diff --git a/example-notebooks/batch-notebook.ipynb b/example-notebooks/batch-notebook.ipynb index 69e8b75..2b54114 100644 --- a/example-notebooks/batch-notebook.ipynb +++ b/example-notebooks/batch-notebook.ipynb @@ -87,18 +87,25 @@ "execution_count": 4, "metadata": {}, "outputs": [ + { + "name": "stdout", + "output_type": "stream", + "text": [ + "Found 59592 objects to process\n" + ] + }, { "name": "stderr", "output_type": "stream", "text": [ - "Error downloading 2024/11/17/d16bca904a.json: Read timeout on endpoint URL: \"None\"\n" + "100%|██████████| 59592/59592 [06:23<00:00, 155.31object/s]\n" ] }, { "name": "stdout", "output_type": "stream", "text": [ - "Downloaded data to consolidated_data.csv in 303.85 seconds\n" + "Downloaded data to consolidated_data.csv in 463.50 seconds\n" ] } ], @@ -107,8 +114,8 @@ "output_path = \"consolidated_data.csv\" # or \"consolidated_data.json\"\n", "\n", "# Define date range\n", - "start_date = \"2024-11-17\"\n", - "end_date = \"2024-11-20\"\n", + "start_date = \"2024-11-17\" # FIXME: Fix the error where data can't be collected before the date you started collecting.\n", + "end_date = \"2024-11-22\"\n", "\n", "# Start downloading\n", "downloader.download_to_file(\n", @@ -171,68 +178,68 @@ " \n", " \n", " 0\n", - " https://www.getresponse.com/blog/thanksgiving-...\n", - " https://www.getresponse.com/blog/feed\n", - " How to write a heartfelt Thanksgiving email (w...\n", - " It’s nearly time for Thanksgiving – which mean...\n", - " 1731883653\n", - " 90dc77288c\n", - " 00c36e16ef\n", + " https://meetings.skift.com/2024/11/07/critical...\n", + " https://www.eventmanagerblog.com/feed\n", + " Critical Accessibility Gaps Exist in Business ...\n", + " Joint research assesses the current state of i...\n", + " 1731883626\n", + " 22219df62c\n", + " 0236fb6aab\n", " NaN\n", " NaN\n", - " 1731883653\n", + " 1731883626\n", " \n", " \n", " 1\n", - " https://www.npr.org/2023/07/11/1187019058/summ...\n", + " https://www.npr.org/2021/08/27/1031717918/plan...\n", " https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289\n", - " Starting a business: identify pain points and ...\n", - " Summer School 1: Planet Money goes to business...\n", - " 1731884630\n", + " Planet Money Summer School 6: Crypto & Commenc...\n", + " Planet Money Summer School 6: Crypto & Commenc...\n", + " 1731884703\n", " 8181d7a585\n", - " 0174d34236\n", + " 03c9f1092b\n", " NaN\n", " NaN\n", - " 1731884630\n", + " 1731884703\n", " \n", " \n", " 2\n", - " https://www.vg247.com/fallout-season-two-repor...\n", - " https://www.vg247.com/feed/\n", - " Fallout season two will reportedly star Macaul...\n", - " Warning: Spoilers for the first season of the ...\n", - " 1731883716\n", - " 374d98cbb9\n", - " 006fa48e38\n", + " https://www.ufc.com/news/mauricio-ruffy-enjoyi...\n", + " https://www.ufc.com/rss/news\n", + " Mauricio Ruffy Is Enjoying The Process\n", + " “I saw the UFC's care for me, always putting m...\n", + " 1731883664\n", + " 2c774cd014\n", + " 05cfd6979f\n", " NaN\n", " NaN\n", - " 1731883716\n", + " 1731883664\n", " \n", " \n", " 3\n", - " https://insideclimatenews.org/news/15112024/to...\n", - " https://insideclimatenews.org/rss/\n", - " As New York Congestion Pricing Turns a Corner,...\n", - " On Thursday, New York Gov. Kathy Hochul announ...\n", - " 1731883625\n", - " f1fc2a503e\n", - " 00c2ede5ae\n", + " https://www.vg247.com/dragon-age-the-veilguard...\n", + " https://www.vg247.com/feed/\n", + " Dragon Age: The Veilguard's first patch isn't ...\n", + " Dragon Age: The Veilguard has now gotten its f...\n", + " 1731883714\n", + " 374d98cbb9\n", + " 00505e505b\n", " NaN\n", " NaN\n", - " 1731883625\n", + " 1731883714\n", " \n", " \n", " 4\n", - " https://transom.org/2018/enticing-listeners-pr...\n", - " https://transom.org/feed/podcast/\n", - " Enticing Listeners To Press Play Again\n", - " http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media....\n", - " 1731883665\n", - " c00d35bf2d\n", - " 01cce6dac3\n", + " https://www.frugalrules.com/finances-back-on-t...\n", + " https://www.frugalrules.com/feed/\n", + " How to Get Your Finances Back on Track Startin...\n", + " We all face it. Life gets the best of us, and ...\n", + " 1731883633\n", + " e18025b98e\n", + " 03c3406d27\n", " NaN\n", " NaN\n", - " 1731883665\n", + " 1731883633\n", " \n", " \n", "\n", @@ -240,39 +247,39 @@ ], "text/plain": [ " link \\\n", - "0 https://www.getresponse.com/blog/thanksgiving-... \n", - "1 https://www.npr.org/2023/07/11/1187019058/summ... \n", - "2 https://www.vg247.com/fallout-season-two-repor... \n", - "3 https://insideclimatenews.org/news/15112024/to... \n", - "4 https://transom.org/2018/enticing-listeners-pr... \n", + "0 https://meetings.skift.com/2024/11/07/critical... \n", + "1 https://www.npr.org/2021/08/27/1031717918/plan... \n", + "2 https://www.ufc.com/news/mauricio-ruffy-enjoyi... \n", + "3 https://www.vg247.com/dragon-age-the-veilguard... \n", + "4 https://www.frugalrules.com/finances-back-on-t... \n", "\n", " rss \\\n", - "0 https://www.getresponse.com/blog/feed \n", + "0 https://www.eventmanagerblog.com/feed \n", "1 https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289 \n", - "2 https://www.vg247.com/feed/ \n", - "3 https://insideclimatenews.org/rss/ \n", - "4 https://transom.org/feed/podcast/ \n", + "2 https://www.ufc.com/rss/news \n", + "3 https://www.vg247.com/feed/ \n", + "4 https://www.frugalrules.com/feed/ \n", "\n", " title \\\n", - "0 How to write a heartfelt Thanksgiving email (w... \n", - "1 Starting a business: identify pain points and ... \n", - "2 Fallout season two will reportedly star Macaul... \n", - "3 As New York Congestion Pricing Turns a Corner,... \n", - "4 Enticing Listeners To Press Play Again \n", + "0 Critical Accessibility Gaps Exist in Business ... \n", + "1 Planet Money Summer School 6: Crypto & Commenc... \n", + "2 Mauricio Ruffy Is Enjoying The Process \n", + "3 Dragon Age: The Veilguard's first patch isn't ... \n", + "4 How to Get Your Finances Back on Track Startin... \n", "\n", " content unixTime rss_id \\\n", - "0 It’s nearly time for Thanksgiving – which mean... 1731883653 90dc77288c \n", - "1 Summer School 1: Planet Money goes to business... 1731884630 8181d7a585 \n", - "2 Warning: Spoilers for the first season of the ... 1731883716 374d98cbb9 \n", - "3 On Thursday, New York Gov. Kathy Hochul announ... 1731883625 f1fc2a503e \n", - "4 http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.... 1731883665 c00d35bf2d \n", + "0 Joint research assesses the current state of i... 1731883626 22219df62c \n", + "1 Planet Money Summer School 6: Crypto & Commenc... 1731884703 8181d7a585 \n", + "2 “I saw the UFC's care for me, always putting m... 1731883664 2c774cd014 \n", + "3 Dragon Age: The Veilguard has now gotten its f... 1731883714 374d98cbb9 \n", + "4 We all face it. Life gets the best of us, and ... 1731883633 e18025b98e \n", "\n", " article_id llm_summary embedding unixtime \n", - "0 00c36e16ef NaN NaN 1731883653 \n", - "1 0174d34236 NaN NaN 1731884630 \n", - "2 006fa48e38 NaN NaN 1731883716 \n", - "3 00c2ede5ae NaN NaN 1731883625 \n", - "4 01cce6dac3 NaN NaN 1731883665 " + "0 0236fb6aab NaN NaN 1731883626 \n", + "1 03c9f1092b NaN NaN 1731884703 \n", + "2 05cfd6979f NaN NaN 1731883664 \n", + "3 00505e505b NaN NaN 1731883714 \n", + "4 03c3406d27 NaN NaN 1731883633 " ] }, "execution_count": 6, @@ -293,7 +300,7 @@ }, { "cell_type": "code", - "execution_count": 9, + "execution_count": 7, "metadata": {}, "outputs": [], "source": [ @@ -302,16 +309,16 @@ }, { "cell_type": "code", - "execution_count": 7, + "execution_count": 8, "metadata": {}, "outputs": [ { "data": { "text/plain": [ - "(32781, 10)" + "(58273, 10)" ] }, - "execution_count": 7, + "execution_count": 8, "metadata": {}, "output_type": "execute_result" } @@ -327,36 +334,36 @@ }, { "cell_type": "code", - "execution_count": 20, + "execution_count": 9, "metadata": {}, "outputs": [ { "data": { "text/plain": [ - "array([\"Lisa Francois\\n\\nSince the fall of Roe, Americans have consistently supported reproductive freedom at the polls. Knowing this, ACLU advocates across the country have worked to ensure the people have a say on reproductive freedom. On Election Day, voters will decide on ten ballot initiatives that will protect and increase abortion access at the state level.\\n\\nWhile 13 states currently have total abortion bans in effect, Missouri was the first state to enforce its ban, taking action mere minutes after the fall of Roe. Alongside local partners, the ACLU of Missouri has spent years fighting to secure access to reproductive health care. Today, Missourians will decide on Amendment 3, which would enshrine the right to reproductive freedom in their state constitution.\\n\\nIn Arizona, lawmakers have likewise aggressively restricted abortion access for decades, imposing a 15-week ban on abortion after Roe was overturned and trying to reinstate an 1864 total abortion ban. The ACLU of Arizona was one of the leading organizations supporting Proposition 139, the Arizona Abortion Access Act, which would establish a fundamental right to abortion in the state’s constitution.\\n\\nAhead of Election Day, we spoke with Tori Schafer, the director for Policy and Campaigns at the ACLU of Missouri, about what Amendment 3 means for the future of reproductive health access in her state. We also spoke to Victoria López, the director of program and strategy at the ACLU of Arizona, about the impact of Proposition 139.\\n\\nThis conversation has been edited and condensed for clarity.\\n\\nACLU: Tell us about the history of reproductive rights in your state?\\n\\nSchafer: In 2019, despite a majority of Missourians supporting reproductive rights, the state legislature passed one of the most restrictive abortion bans in the country. Immediately, the ACLU of Missouri began organizing with partners to reject the law’s enactment [at the ballot]. The secretary of state stalled these efforts and, after lengthy litigation, we prevailed, but without enough time to collect the required signatures to initiate the referendum process. Frustrated with constantly playing defense, we began exploring the idea of bringing full constitutional protections for reproductive freedom directly to the people.\\n\\nLopez: Arizona has a long history of passing restrictive laws that prevent people from getting the abortion care they need. The ACLU of Arizona has consistently been involved in litigation and advocacy to challenge abortion restrictions, including a fetal personhood law [and] 15 and 20-week bans.\\n\\nWhen I started at the ACLU of Arizona, one of the first cases I learned about was a challenge to a policy requiring women in jail to pay for their own transportation to medical appointments for abortion care. That case was my first on-the-ground experience fighting to ensure abortion access for all people in our state.\\n\\nACLU: How would the ballot measures in your state help residents?\\n\\nSchafer: This ballot measure, “The Right to Reproductive Freedom,” is a constitutional amendment that would end the state’s abortion ban and give Missourians the right to make their own health care decisions — free from political interference. It also protects other forms of reproductive healthcare, including prenatal care, miscarriage care, and respectful birthing conditions.\\n\\nLopez: Proposition 139, the Arizona Abortion Access Act, is a people-powered initiative that establishes a fundamental right to abortion in our state’s constitution.\\n\\nProp 139 is based on that very-Arizona idea that politicians should not interfere in private medical decisions. As a “battleground” state with an abortion initiative on our ballot, we also see the direct connection between defending democracy against extremist threats so our communities can achieve the rights and dignity they deserve, including abortion access.\\n\\nACLU: Getting measures on the ballot is often challenging. What has the fight for this ballot measure been like?\\n\\nSchafer: After many conversations with reproductive health care experts, community leaders, and lawyers, the committee filed the ballot measure in March 2023. However, the secretary of state refused to certify the measure. It was the first time a secretary tried to undermine the process in this way. That’s when we went to the Missouri Supreme Court for the first time – and won. After two more lawsuits to block misleading ballot summary questions and exaggerated claims about the measure's fiscal impact, the committee began collecting signatures in January 2024 and gathered more than double the required amount.\\n\\nAn incredible amount of work from volunteers and organizers across the state, a total of five legal challenges, and boundless hope have led to voters having Amendment 3 on their ballot.\\n\\nLopez: Following the Dobbs decision, Arizonans faced a complicated and shifting landscape around their right to abortion. We quickly saw efforts to reinstate a Civil War-era abortion ban from a time before Arizona was even a state that would have banned abortion in almost every case.\\n\\nWe worked with partners to successfully advocate at the legislature and through litigation to ensure this ban would never take effect. While the Arizona Supreme Court ultimately decided to reinstate the 1864 ban on abortion, subsequent legislative advocacy resulted in the repeal of that law. Fortunately, we never saw that antiquated law go into effect. However, the legislature left a 15-week ban in effect that has denied countless Arizonans access to needed care. In response to these attacks on their rights, communities across the state took action, collecting over 820,000 signatures, more than any ballot measure in the state's history, to qualify for the ballot.\\n\\nACLU: How does your state fit into the nationwide fight for our rights?\\n\\nSchafer: Missouri was the first state to enforce a total abortion ban after Dobbs. When we pass Amendment 3, we’ll be the first state to end a total abortion ban [in effect]. I hope people see victories in states like mine and think, “If you can win in Missouri, we can win everywhere!” In the end, this vote isn’t about pushing one’s beliefs on others. It’s about respecting the personal freedoms we deeply value here in Missouri — the freedom to make decisions for ourselves, our families, and our future. We know the vast majority of Americans agree with this principle.\\n\\nLopez: In this historic election, where Arizona is a deciding factor, my daughter is voting for the first time. I am so proud to have been a part of this campaign and that she has been able to witness the nationwide support for, and success of, this campaign since the very beginning. We know this fight in Arizona is only part of a nationwide movement to ensure every person, in every state, can access the care they need and deserve.\\n\\nPaid for by American Civil Liberties Union, Inc. Anthony Romero, Executive Director, 125 Broad Street New York, NY 10004, and authorized by Missourians for Constitutional Freedom and in coordination with Arizona for Abortion Access.\",\n", - " '\"Unity\", Unity logos, and other Unity trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks of Unity Technologies or its affiliates in the U.S. and elsewhere (more info here). Other names or brands are trademarks of their respective owners.',\n", - " \"Traders and analysts chart the movements of stock prices over time to pinpoint the support levels and resistance levels that indicate optimal times to buy and sell.\\n\\nSupport and resistance are two foundational concepts in technical analysis. Understanding what they are and how they work is essential to correctly reading a price chart.\\n\\nTechnical analysis acknowledges that all stocks rise and fall in price constantly in response to supply and demand. By zeroing in on movements within a timeframe, they seek to identify patterns. A stock's price may maintain a support level, below which its price won't drop. It may also show a resistance level, at which buyers back off.\\n\\nLike many concepts in technical analysis, the explanation and rationale are relatively easy, but mastering their application can take years of practice.\\n\\nKey Takeaways Technical analysts use support and resistance levels to identify price points on a chart where the probabilities favor a pause or reversal of a prevailing trend.\\n\\nSupport occurs at the point where a downtrend is expected to pause due to a concentration of demand.\\n\\nResistance occurs at the point where an uptrend is expected to pause due to a concentration of supply.\\n\\nSupport and resistance areas can be identified on charts using trendlines and moving averages.\\n\\nFacundo Diaz Montes / Getty Images\\n\\nWhat Is Support?\\n\\nIn a downtrend, prices fall because there is an excess of supply over demand. The lower prices go, the more attractive they become to those waiting on the sidelines to buy the shares.\\n\\nAt some level, demand that would have been slowly increasing will rise to the level where it matches supply. At this point, prices will stop falling. This is support.\\n\\nSupport can be a single price level on the chart or a price zone. In any event, support is an area on a price chart that shows buyers’ willingness to buy.\\n\\nIt is at this level that demand will usually overwhelm supply, causing the price decline to halt and reverse.\\n\\n\\n\\nWhat Is Resistance?\\n\\nResistance is the opposite of support. Prices move up because there is more demand than supply. As the prices move higher, there will come a point when selling will overwhelm buying.\\n\\nThis happens for a variety of reasons. It could be that traders have determined that the prices are too high or have met their targets. It could be the reluctance of buyers to initiate new positions at such rich valuations.\\n\\nIt could be for any other number of reasons. But a technician can clearly see on a price chart a level at which supply begins to overwhelm demand. This is resistance. Like support, it can be a level or a zone.\\n\\nOnce an area or zone of support or resistance has been identified, those price levels can serve as potential entry or exit points because, as the price reaches a point of previous support or resistance, it will do one of two things: bounce back away from the support or resistance level, or violate the price level and continue in its prior direction—until it hits the next support or resistance level.\\n\\nThe timing of some trades is based on the belief that support and resistance zones will not be broken. Whether the price is halted by or breaks through the support or resistance level, traders can bet on the direction of the price and quickly determine if they are correct.\\n\\nIf the price moves in the wrong direction (breaks through prior support or resistance levels), the position can be closed at a small loss. If the price moves in the right direction (respects prior support or resistance levels), the move may be substantial.\\n\\nThe Basics\\n\\nSupport and resistance can be found in all charting time periods; daily, weekly, and monthly. Traders also find support and resistance in smaller time frames like one-minute and five-minute charts. But the longer the time period, the more significant the support or resistance.\\n\\nTo identify support or resistance, you have to look back at the chart to find a significant pause in a price decline or rise. Then look forward to see whether a price halts or reverses as it approaches that level.\\n\\nMany experienced traders will pay attention to past support or resistance levels and place trades in anticipation of a future similar reaction at these levels.\\n\\nWhy It Works (Or Doesn't)\\n\\nTechnical analysis is not an exact science, and sometimes the price will dip below support levels or reverse before it gets to the prior support level. The same is true for resistance: The price may reverse before it gets to the prior resistance level or break above it.\\n\\nIn any case, flexibility is required in interpreting these chart patterns. This is why support and resistance levels are sometimes zones rather than precise numbers.\\n\\nThere is nothing magical about these price levels. It is simply that many market participants are acting off the same information and placing trades at similar levels.\\n\\nMost experienced traders can share stories about how the price of an asset tends to halt when it gets to a certain level.\\n\\nFor example, assume that Jim was holding a position in a stock from March to November and that he was expecting the value of the shares to increase.\\n\\nLet’s imagine that Jim notices that the price fails to get above $39 several times over several months. Traders would call the price level near $39 a level of resistance.\\n\\nAs you can see from the chart below, resistance levels are also regarded as a ceiling because these price levels represent areas where a rally runs out of gas.\\n\\nImage by Sabrina Jiang © Investopedia 2020\\n\\nSupport levels are the flip side of the coin. Support refers to the price level on a chart at which equilibrium is reached.\\n\\nDemand has increased to match supply. This causes the decline in the price of the asset to halt. The price has reached a floor.\\n\\nAs you can see from the chart below, the horizontal line below the price represents the price floor. You can see by the blue arrows underneath the vertical line that the price has touched this level four times in the past. This is the level where demand comes in, preventing further declines. This is support.\\n\\nImage by Sabrina Jiang © Investopedia 2020\\n\\nTrendlines\\n\\nThe examples above show that a constant level prevents an asset’s price from moving higher or lower. This static barrier is one of the most popular forms of support/resistance.\\n\\nBut the prices of financial assets generally trend upward or downward, so it is not uncommon to see these price barriers change over time. This is why the concepts of trending and trendlines are important when learning about support and resistance.\\n\\nWhen the market is trending to the upside, resistance levels are formed as the price action slows and starts to move back toward the trendline. When the price is moving against the prevailing trend, it is called a reaction.\\n\\nReactions can occur for a large variety of reasons, including profit-taking or near-term uncertainty for a particular issue or sector. The resulting price action undergoes a plateau effect, or a slight drop-off in stock price, creating a short-term top.\\n\\nMany traders will pay close attention to the price of a security as it falls toward the broader support of the trendline because, historically, this has been an area that has prevented the price of the asset from moving substantially lower.\\n\\nFor example, as you can see from the Newmont Corp. (NEM) chart below, a trendline can provide support for an asset for several years. In this case, notice how the trendline propped up the price of Newmont’s shares for an extended time.\\n\\nImage by Sabrina Jiang © Investopedia 2020\\n\\nOn the other hand, when the market is trending to the downside, traders will watch for a series of declining peaks and will attempt to connect these peaks together with a trendline. When the price approaches the trendline, most traders will watch for the asset to encounter selling pressure and may consider entering a short position because this is an area that has pushed the price downward in the past.\\n\\nTo be a valid trendline, the price needs to touch the trendlines at least three times. Sometimes with stronger trendlines, the price will touch the trendline several times over longer time periods.\\n\\nUptrends and Downtrends\\n\\nIn an uptrend, the trendline is drawn below the price, while in a downtrend, the trendline is drawn above the price.\\n\\nThe support/resistance of an identified level, whether discovered with a trendline or through any other method, is deemed to be stronger the more times that the price has historically been unable to move beyond it.\\n\\nMany technical traders will use their identified support and resistance levels to choose strategic entry/exit points because these areas often represent the prices that are the most influential to an asset’s direction.\\n\\nMost traders are confident at these levels in the underlying value of the asset, so the volume generally increases more than usual, making it much more difficult for traders to continue driving the price higher or lower.\\n\\nUnlike the rational economic actors portrayed by financial models, real human traders and investors are emotional, make cognitive errors, and fall back on heuristics or shortcuts. If people were rational, then support and resistance levels wouldn’t work in practice!\\n\\nRound Numbers\\n\\nAnother common characteristic of support/resistance is that an asset’s price may have a difficult time moving beyond a round number, such as $50 or $100 per share. Because people have an easier time visualizing round numbers, many inexperienced traders tend to buy or sell assets when the price is at a round number.\\n\\nAlso, many target prices or stop orders set by either retail investors or large investment banks are placed at round price levels. Because so many orders are placed at the same level, these round numbers tend to act as strong price barriers.\\n\\nFor example, if all the clients of an investment bank put in sell orders at a suggested target of $55, it would take a large number of purchases to absorb these sales and create a new level of resistance.\\n\\nMoving Averages\\n\\nMost technical traders incorporate the power of various technical indicators, such as moving averages, to aid in predicting future short-term momentum. In fact, people who find it difficult to draw trendlines often will substitute them for moving averages.\\n\\nAs you can see from the chart below, a moving average is a constantly changing line that smooths out past price data, allowing for easier identification of support and resistance. Notice how the price of the asset in the chart below finds support at the moving average when the trend is up, and how it acts as resistance when the trend is down.\\n\\nImage by Sabrina Jiang © Investopedia 2020\\n\\nTraders can use moving averages in a variety of ways, such as to anticipate moves to the upside when price lines cross above a key moving average, or to exit trades when the price drops below a moving average.\\n\\nRegardless of how the moving average is used, it often creates automatic support and resistance levels. Most traders will experiment with different time periods in their moving averages so that they can find the one that works best for their trading time frame.\\n\\nOther Indicators\\n\\nIn technical analysis, many indicators have been developed and are still being developed to identify barriers to future price action. Some indicators are plotted on price charts, while others are plotted above or below the price.\\n\\nIt takes practice and experience to learn to use them effectively. But regardless of how complex an indicator appears, its use and interpretation are often no different from that of indicators created through simpler methods like calculating moving averages and drawing trendlines.\\n\\n1.62 The “golden ratio” used in the Fibonacci sequence, is also observed repeatedly in nature and social structure.\\n\\nFor example, the Fibonacci retracement is a favorite tool among many short-term traders because it clearly identifies levels of potential support/resistance. Notice in the chart below how the identified levels (dotted lines) are barriers to the short-term direction of the price.\\n\\nImage by Sabrina Jiang © Investopedia 2020\\n\\nTrading Ranges\\n\\nSupport and resistance levels can often be relatively close. The stock price bounces between the two levels, sometimes for a long time, without ever showing a long-term direction.\\n\\nSome traders focus on exploiting these sideways trends. One strategy is to place short trades as the price touches the upper trendline and long trades as the price reverses to touch the lower trendline.\\n\\nThis strategy is extremely risky. It is much better to wait to see in which direction the price will break out of the range and then place your trades in that direction.\\n\\nSupport and Resistance Reversals\\n\\nA previous support level will sometimes become a resistance level when the price attempts to move back up. A resistance level can become a support level as the price temporarily falls back.\\n\\nPrice charts allow traders and investors to visually identify areas of support and resistance, and they give clues regarding the significance of these price levels. More specifically, they look at:\\n\\nNumber of Touches\\n\\nThe more times that the price tests a support or resistance area, the more significant the level becomes. When prices keep bouncing off a support or resistance level, more buyers and sellers notice and will base trading decisions on these levels.\\n\\nPreceding Price Move\\n\\nSupport and resistance zones are likely to be more significant when they are preceded by steep advances or declines.\\n\\nFor example, a fast, steep advance or uptrend will be met with more competition and enthusiasm and may be halted by a more significant resistance level than a slow, steady advance. A slow advance may not attract as much attention. This is a good example of how market psychology drives technical indicators.\\n\\nVolume at Certain Price Levels\\n\\nThe more buying and selling that has occurred at a particular price level, the stronger the support or resistance level is likely to be. This is because traders and investors remember these price levels and are apt to use them again.\\n\\nWhen strong activity occurs on high volume and the price drops, a lot of selling will likely occur when the price returns to that level, since people are far more comfortable closing out a trade at the breakeven point than at a loss.\\n\\nTime\\n\\nSupport and resistance zones seen in longer time frame charts such as weekly or monthly charts are often more significant than those seen in shorter time frame charts such as the one-minute or five-minute chart.\\n\\nSome investors dismiss support and resistance levels entirely because they say that the levels are based on past price moves, offering no real information about what will happen in the future. They're correct: All technical analysis is based on using past price action to anticipate future price moves.\\n\\nHow Can Identifying Support and Resistance Levels Help Traders? Identifying support and resistance levels adds discipline to a trading strategy. It establishes reasonable prices at which to buy and reasonable prices at which to sell. Otherwise, the trader may jump into a stock because it looks cheap or hold onto it in hopes it goes higher. That, of course, is the argument of a trader who uses technical analysis. Other traders rely on fundamental analysis, which identifies stocks that represent good value based on the company's financials, its competitors, and the prevailing economic trends.\\n\\nHow Can Market Psychology Influence Support and Resistance Levels? Market psychology and behavioral finance can influence where support and resistance levels occur. Anchoring, for instance, is the human tendency to assign meaning or significance to arbitrary numbers. A previously established level of support or resistance may therefore become an anchor at which points future resistance or support will be observed even if these points do not reflect any fundamentals. Likewise, round numbers such as $1,000 or $25,000 may serve as support or resistance levels merely because they are symbolically meaningful as psychological anchors. As these levels are breached, traders may adjust their anchors accordingly.\\n\\nWhat Happens if a Price Breaks Through its Support or Reistance? A breakout from a support or reversal can indicate a trend reversal. If support is broken, that will likely become the new level of resistance. Alternatively, if resistance is broken to the upside, it can form the basis for support in the short term.\\n\\nThe Bottom Line\\n\\nSupport and resistance levels are key concepts that form the basis of a wide variety of technical analysis tools. The basics of support and resistance consist of a support level, which can be thought of as the floor under price, and a resistance level, which can be thought of as the ceiling above price. Prices fall and test the support level, which will either hold, and the price will reverse to the upside, or be violated, and the price will drop through the support and likely continue lower to the next support level.\",\n", - " 'She dabbled in the Office Siren look earlier this year, and now Bella Hadid just unveiled her “Sexy Librarian Bangs.” But instead of pairing her new fringe with something bookish down below, she’s opted for something classically Bella: some keenly selected vintage.\\n\\nBella attended the launch party of Chopard’s new “Ice Cube” collection in Dubai earlier this week. The supermodel looked like fashion royalty in an ornate couture gown from Elie Saab’s spring 2004 runway show. Bella’s vintage find was lit up with silver sequins and strips of whimsical chiffon cascading down her shoulders. The model accented her dress’s plunging neckline and steep leg slit with Chopard jewels, naturally.\\n\\n@chopard\\n\\nVictor VIRGILE/Gamma-Rapho/Getty Images\\n\\nOf course, Bella and her stylist Molly Dickson didn’t just settle on one pre-loved outfit to wear during the model’s stay in Dubai. For a second Chopard appearance, Bella slipped into a sleek and chic Thierry Mugler look that dated back to the 1980s. The model buttoned her shirt dress up to the top and even nodded to her recent embrace of Western style by cinching her waist with a thick statement belt.\\n\\n@chopard\\n\\nIt appears as though Hadid chopped some fringe into her hair after making a quick trip to New York City this past weekend. In the Big Apple, Hadid was spotted rocking vintage Chloé pants, a Valentino tote bag, and tousled model off-duty hair—sans bangs, that is.\\n\\nChops like Bella’s wispy fringe, which she achieved with some help from the hair stylist Syd Hayes, are all this rage fall. Look no further than Sabrina Carpenter’s bottle blonde bangs, Daisy Edgar-Jones’s messy fringe, or even Jennifer Lopez’s new ’70s hair. They’re partly derivative of the ’70s and ’80s when stars like Jane Birkin and Cher were all rocking messy, face-framing layers. Perhaps, that’s why Bella decided to unveil her nostalgia-inspired cut with some nostalgia-inspired fashion.',\n", - " 'In focus this week is Brookfield Infrastructure (BIP / BIPC), one of the largest owners and operators of critical global infrastructure networks. BIP assets facilitate the movement and storage of energy, water, freight, passengers, and data. It’s part of the Brookfield family of companies.\\n\\nThe company’s stated objectives are to: 1) generate a long-term return of 12 -15% on equity, and 2) provide sustainable distributions for unitholders while targeting annual distribution growth of 5-9%. Brookfield Corporation (BN) owns 27% of Brookfield Infrastructure.\\n\\nInvest with conviction. No more doubts or paralysis. Register for our upcoming May 30th webinar, or watch the replay!\\n\\nBrookfield infrastructure (BIP / BIPC) business\\n\\nBIP has built an impressive infrastructure portfolio through four business segments: Utilities contribute about 26% of its funds from operations (FFO), Transport 41%, Midstream 23%, and Data Infrastructure 9%.\\n\\nUtilities\\n\\n1M electricity and gas connections.\\n\\n4,200 km of natural gas pipelines.\\n\\n2,900km of electricity transmission lines.\\n\\n7M residential energy customers.\\n\\nTransport\\n\\n37,300 km of rail operations.\\n\\n3,300 km of toll roads.\\n\\n7M twenty-foot equivalent unit intermodal containers.\\n\\n10 terminals and 2 export facilities.\\n\\nMidstream\\n\\n15,000 km of transmission pipeline.\\n\\n570 billion cubic feet (bcf) of natural gas storage.\\n\\n10,600km of natural gas gathering pipelines.\\n\\n17 natural gas liquids processing plants.\\n\\nData Infrastructure\\n\\n228,000 multipurpose towers and active rooftop sites.\\n\\n54,000km of fiber optic cable. 2 semiconductor manufacturing foundries.\\n\\n1,000,000 fiber-to-the-premise connections.\\n\\n135 data centers.\\n\\nThe company is well diversified geographically with operations in the Americas (69% of assets), Asia Pacific (14%), and Europe (17%).\\n\\nBIP provided extra information on its debt structure in its Q4 2023 presentation in February 2024. BIP has a credit rating of S&P 500 BBB+ with an average debt term maturity of 7 years. The company has $2.8B in liquidity and only 5% of Brookfield Infrastructure’s debt is up for renewal over the next 12 months.\\n\\nBIP is currently actively investing in its data infrastructure (35% of its CAPEX) and transport business (46%).\\n\\nLearn how to create a recession-proof portfolio. Download our free workbook now!\\n\\nBIP investing narrative\\n\\nA disadvantage most utilities have is a lack of diversification. Many of them excel at a specific type of service (electric transmission, natural gas, etc.) and show a limited geographic footprint. BIP breaks both patterns; it operates in multiple business segments and manages assets across the world. We also like its ability to be proactive with massive investments in data infrastructure.\\n\\nBrookfield has ample liquidity and no significant debt maturities in the next 5 years; it is also backed by Brookfield Corporation (BN). The company offers a stable business model based on predictable cash flows with inflation-indexed contracts. This is how BIP can report stable growth, even in challenging times.\\n\\nIn 2023, BIP announced the acquisition of Triton International for $13.3B. Triton is the world’s largest owner and lessor of intermodal containers and a critical provider of transportation logistics infrastructure supporting global supply chains.\\n\\nBrookfield infrastructure (BIP / BIPC) dividend triangle\\n\\nBelow is a graph showing BIP’s stock price over the last five years and the evolution of its revenue, Funds from Operations (FFO) per share, and dividend payments.\\n\\nWe show the FFO per share rather than earnings per share (EPS) because BIP has massive capital expenditures (CAPEX) and large assets. This means that its financial statements are always affected by large non-cash charges such as amortization and fair value modifications (up or down). Non-cash charges affect earnings per share, but not the company’s cash flow. Funds from operations (FFO) calculations add these non-charges back, giving a more accurate picture of the company’s cash situation. That’s the case with many other companies, including Brookfield Renewable Partners (BEP).\\n\\nSeeing BIP with negative EPS while it’s raising its dividend is confusing, to say the least; why would a company increase its dividends when it is losing money? Because BIP generates constant cash flow from its assets; this is visible in the funds from operations, but not in EPS which has all non-cash charges subtracted.\\n\\nThe cash flow from the assets is well protected against inflation. In Q1’24, BIP confirmed 11% FFO growth, of which 7% was organic growth and an 8.3% increase in its FFO per share. Growth was driven by the Transport segment, with contributions from the Triton acquisition, inflationary tariff increases, and higher volumes.\\n\\nSecure your retirement. Download our Recession-Proof Portfolio Workbook.\\n\\nPotential risks\\n\\nBIP continues to show interest in new projects that require billions. It is taking on a lot of debt to finance them. The company now has a total long-term debt of $43B USD, up from $10B in 2018. Total long-term debt remained stable in 2022 but increased again since mid-2023. This could become a problem with current high interest rates not likely to go down a lot any time soon.\\n\\nAnother source of concern is its diversification. Diversification is often positive, but BIP is managing a wide range of varied business types; there are few similarities between data centers and railroads. Could BIP lose itself in this maze of disparate ventures?\\n\\nBIP’s financial structure makes it difficult to analyze. There are blind spots as we can’t review each business operated by BIP. We must trust management in thief FFO calculation since it’s not a GAAP measure.\\n\\nPartner, trusts, and corporate shares?\\n\\nIn 2020, Brookfield created new types of shares in BIP. Historically, it was trading under a Trust in Canada or a Limited Partnership (LP) in the U.S. We’ll skip the tax implications here because a) I hate taxes and b) I leave this field of knowledge to accountants and tax experts.\\n\\nIn short, Trust and LP distributions are taxed differently in a taxable account than corporate shares. Therefore, they are usually less popular among retail investors, ETFs, and mutual funds due to their tax complexity. To ensure more flexibility and liquidity, and appeal to U.S. investors, Brookfield created corporate This created much confusion at first because Brookfield Infrastructure now has 3-4 different tickers per company:\\n\\nShare Type Ticker Symbol Limited Partnership (LP) BIP Corp. (U.S.) BIPC Trust (CDN) BIP.UN.TO Corp. (CDN) BIPC.TO\\n\\nAll entities are economically equivalent. However, there was an important difference between the performance of the new “C” shares vs the old tickers following their inception. The difference is explained by the unexpected level of interest in the corporate shares, particularly from institutional investors who usually don’t buy limited partners or trust units for tax purposes. As demand increased for the corporate shares, C shares appreciated faster than the trust and LP units. Now that the initial hype is gone, both tickers (which pay the same dividend) seem to move similarly. However, chances are if there is another influx of funds to buy BIPC shares, the corporate class may get more of that influx.\\n\\nIn closing\\n\\nBIP is a mixed bag of various utility businesses; it’s almost a utility ETF! It can count on projects across the world, with rock-solid contracts that perpetuate their growth.\\n\\nBrookfield Infrastructure has a strong dividend history over the past decade. I appreciate their FFO payout ratio target of 60-70%, leaving lots of room for business growth on top of dividend growth. Combine this with management’s confidence in being able to maintain a 5%-9% distribution increase policy for years, this is clearly a “go-to” stock if an investor is looking for income.',\n", - " 'It’s a special occasion when it comes to celebrating your dad’s birthday. Whether you want to show your appreciation or just give him something special, the perfect gift is sure to make his day even more memorable. With so many choices out there, finding the best birthday gifts for Dad can be overwhelming. Luckily, we’ve got you covered with our guide on what to look for in the perfect present and some unique ideas that are sure to please any father figure in your life. So, grab a cup of coffee and get ready to find the ultimate gift for your dad’s birthday!\\n\\nWhat to Look for in a Gift for Dad\\n\\nWhen you’re shopping for a birthday gift for your dad, it’s important to think about what he likes, his interests, and his hobbies. Does he love spending time in the kitchen? Does he have a favorite sport or pastime? Is he an avid reader? Knowing these things can help you narrow down your choices and find the perfect gift. Additionally, don’t forget to consider quality and durability when shopping for Dad; look for items that are made of good materials and are well-crafted so they will last. Lastly, if you have a tight budget, there are plenty of thoughtful gifts that don’t break the bank. A heartfelt card or photo collage filled with special memories is sure to bring joy to any father figure in your life.\\n\\nA gift that comes from the heart is the best kind of present, and with a little bit of thought and planning, you can find the perfect birthday gift for your dad. You’ll be sure to make his day extra special! Ready to start shopping? Read on to learn about different types of gifts for Dad.\\n\\nDifferent Types of Gifts for Dad\\n\\nWhen it comes to buying a birthday gift for Dad, there are many options. Whether you’re looking for something funny, sentimental, practical, or luxurious, there is sure to be a perfect option out there. Gift cards are always a great way to go as they give Dad the flexibility to buy whatever he wants. Amazon credit and Shop Men’s Health gift cards make excellent gifts. For the tech-savvy dad, an Amazon Echo device or Kindle Paperwhite will surely bring a smile to his face. You could also opt for something that speaks of your relationship with him; personalized items such as mugs and photo frames make great gifts for a daughter or son. If your dad loves spicy food or cooking in general, consider giving him a box set of spices from Touch of Spice or top-of-the-line cookware from Williams Sonoma. Last but not least, if you’re feeling generous this year, why not splurge on something special such as 75th birthday gifts? There are so many possibilities; just remember to pick something that fits your dad’s personality and interests!\\n\\nUnique Birthday Gifts for Dad\\n\\nFinding the perfect birthday gift for Dad can be a challenge, but it doesn’t have to be. Whether you’re looking for something funny, thoughtful, or sentimental, there are plenty of unique gift ideas that you can purchase for your dad this year. If your dad loves gadgets and tech, consider giving him an Amazon Echo device or Kindle Paperwhite. Other thoughtful gifts include personalized mugs or photo frames, a box set of spices from Touch of Spice, top-of-the-line cookware from Williams Sonoma, or a subscription to his favorite magazine. For the more luxurious dad in your life, consider gifting him with a Digits gift basket filled with all his favorite goodies. No matter what kind of gift you decide on for your dad this year, make sure it comes from the heart and will bring a smile to his face!\\n\\nNo matter what kind of birthday gift you choose for Dad this year, make sure it’s something that comes from the heart and will be something he’ll cherish for years to come. And if you want to show him how much you care, why not give him a personalized gift? Stay tuned to find out more about the best-personalized gifts for Dad!\\n\\nPersonalized Gifts\\n\\nPersonalized gifts are a great way to show your dad he is special and that you care about him. The gift of a personalized item can make any occasion feel unique and memorable. You can give your dad a personalized mug, wall clock, or photo frame. For the more practical dad, consider gifting him an engraved pocket knife or a wallet with his initials embossed on it. If your dad loves technology, you could get him an Amazon Echo device with his name engraved on it or give him an Amazon credit in his name. If you are looking for something really special, why not design a custom-made picture of your father and add some meaningful words to make it even more special? Whatever you decide to get your dad this year, make sure that it is something he will keep for years to come and remind him of how much you care about him!\\n\\nOutdoor Activity Gifts\\n\\nOutdoor activity gifts are the perfect way to show your dad that you care and appreciate him. Whether your dad is an avid outdoorsman or just likes to spend time outdoors, there’s something for everyone. From camping gear such as tents and sleeping bags to fishing and hunting supplies, to hiking boots and apparel, there are endless possibilities when it comes to finding the perfect gift for dad. For the more adventurous dads, consider gifting a new set of binoculars or a drone with camera capabilities. If your dad loves taking pictures then why not give him a waterproof camera? And if he loves spending time on his boat then consider getting him a new kayak or paddleboard. Whatever you choose for your dad this year, make sure it is something that will bring him joy and encourage him to get out into nature!\\n\\nGadget Gifts\\n\\nGadget gifts are the perfect way to show Dad how much you care and appreciate his love of technology. Whether your dad is a tech enthusiast or just likes playing with the latest device, there’s something for everyone. From the latest smartphones and tablets to virtual reality headsets, gaming consoles, and smart home devices, there’s an endless selection of gadget gifts available for all budgets. Consider gifting your dad a new laptop or tablet that he can use for work or play games on. For dads who love music, why not give them a wireless speaker system or a surround sound system? If your dad loves taking pictures then consider getting him a high-resolution digital camera or an action camcorder so he can capture all his adventures in style. Whatever you choose for your dad this year, make sure it is something that will bring him joy and excitement every time he uses it!\\n\\nBoot Jack\\n\\nA Boot Jack is a great gift for any dad who loves to work in the yard, garden, or garage. This handy tool makes it easy to remove muddy or dirty boots without having to bend down and struggle to pull them off. The boot jack has two long handles that can be placed under the heel of the shoe and then pulled up to lift it off. It’s a simple but effective solution for making sure your dad’s shoes come off easily and quickly. Not only is this an excellent gift idea, but it can also help save your dad time and energy during those tough outdoor jobs. The best boot jack will last him many years of use and will provide a convenient way to keep his boots clean and tidy.\\n\\nTraditional Birthday Gifts for Dad\\n\\nWhen it comes to traditional birthday gifts for dad, you can never go wrong with a classic. Whether it’s an engraved watch or a personalized flask, dads love receiving and displaying items that remind them of their special day. If you’re looking for something unique, consider giving him a monogrammed tie clip or cuff link. These pieces of jewelry add an extra touch of class to any outfit and will be sure to put a smile on his face every time he wears them. For the health-conscious dad, a fitness tracker or smartwatch could be just the right gift – not only will it help keep track of his vitals, but they also come with handy features such as weather alerts and reminders to stay active. Finally, if your dad is the type who loves gadgets and gizmos, why not give him something fun like a drone or virtual reality headset? These high-tech toys are sure to keep him occupied and entertained for hours on end!\\n\\nNo matter what type of gift you decide to get for your dad this year, it’s sure to show him just how much you care and appreciates him. From classic watches to cutting-edge technology, there are plenty of great gifts that will make his birthday one to remember! And with so many stylish clothing and accessories options available too, you’re sure to find something he’ll love.\\n\\nClothing or Accessories\\n\\nClothing and accessories make great gifts for any special occasion, especially birthdays. Whether it’s a dress for your mom or a new tie for your dad, giving them something stylish to wear will show them just how much you care. For the fashion-forward dad, consider investing in a quality suit or blazer from one of the top menswear brands. If he’s more into casual wear, consider getting him a statement t-shirt or some stylish sneakers. Accessories are also a great way to top off any look – watches, cufflinks, and ties are always appreciated by the well-dressed man. And don’t forget about hats – they’re not just for winter! A classic fedora or trilby can be worn all year round to add an extra touch of style to any outfit. So whatever his taste may be, there’s sure to be something that suits his style perfectly – making it the perfect birthday gift from you!\\n\\nGrooming and Personal Care Items\\n\\nGrooming and personal care items make thoughtful gifts for the special man in your life. From skincare kits to beard trimmers, there are plenty of options to choose from that will show him how much you care. For the dapper dad, consider gifting him a shaving set complete with a razor, shaving brush, and aftershave balm. Or if he’s more into facial hair, check out some high-quality beard grooming products such as oils, combs, and scissors. There’s also a range of colognes and fragrances available, so you can find something that suits his style perfectly. And don’t forget about personal grooming tools like electric shavers and toothbrushes – they’ll come in handy for all those special occasions! So no matter what type of grooming or personal care item you’re looking for, you’re sure to find something that will make an excellent birthday present for your dad.\\n\\nMusic and Movies\\n\\nMusic and movies are great ways to show your dad that you care. From classic films to modern soundtracks, there are plenty of options available for the film lover in your life. For those who appreciate the classics, consider gifting them a retro movie collection or a vinyl record player with some classic albums. For the contemporary music lover, check out streaming services like Spotify or Apple Music where they can access millions of songs at their fingertips. If Dad loves concerts, why not buy him tickets to his favorite artist’s next show? Or if he’s more of an audiophile, why not give him a pair of noise-canceling headphones or speakers so he can enjoy his music without any distractions? No matter what type of music and film fan your dad is, there’s something out there that will make an excellent birthday gift.\\n\\nBooks and Magazines\\n\\nBooks and magazines make great gifts for the avid reader in your life. Whether they’re into novels, biographies, or nonfiction, you can find something to suit their interests. Consider gifting them a hardcover edition of their favorite novel, or a collection of short stories from an up-and-coming author. For those who enjoy nonfiction works, why not give them a subscription to an industry magazine such as Forbes or Money? If your dad is more of a comic book fan, there are plenty of new releases from both Marvel and DC that will satisfy his tastes. You can also find some great gift card options for Amazon Kindle books so Dad can pick out what he wants to read. Books and magazines make thoughtful and thoughtful birthday gifts for any reader in your life.\\n\\nConclusion\\n\\nBirthday gifts for Dad can be difficult to buy, but the key is to remember that it doesn’t have to be expensive. Think of practical gifts that will make his life easier or something that he’ll truly appreciate and use. If your budget allows, you can also choose a luxury item like a watch or a bottle of premium whiskey. No matter what option you choose, make sure it’s thoughtful and shows your appreciation for everything Dad does for you. And don’t forget to include a heartfelt card with your gift – no gift is complete without one!',\n", - " 'F rom consumer gadgets to cars, China has shown a knack for producing cutting-edge technology. Yet the semiconductors that power the digital economy have proved trickier to master. That has been the source of much anxiety among its political and business elites in recent years. America’s decision in 2022 to halt exports to the country of its whizziest chips and chipmaking tools brought into stark relief the chokehold of China’s geopolitical rivals over the industry. In December last year China’s imports of the lithography machines used to imprint circuits onto silicon wafers surged by 450%, year on year, as local chipmakers raced to buy advanced kit from ASML , the Dutch market leader, before export restrictions by the Netherlands came into effect in January. It has also been hoovering up semiconductor equipment from Japan (see next article).',\n", - " 'Obsidian knew what it was in for as it was developing Fallout: New Vegas, but that didn\\'t stop it from sticking with its guns.\\n\\nDespite how long games take to make these days, Fallout: New Vegas was on the opposite end of the spectrum, taking only 18 months to develop, which was way too quick even then. The end result had plenty of bugs, which is something that Obsidian knew it would have to accept, but also reused assets from Fallout 3 - and in a recent interview with Edge (via GamesRadar), director Josh Sawyer knew that that had to be the case if it was going to ship at all, particularly considering this might be his last chance to helm a Fallout game.\\n\\nTo see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings\\n\\n\"I knew that people would say \\'Hey, this basically looks like Fallout 3.\\' And there were a lot of complaints about bugs,\" Sawyer said. \"It was very frustrating because we weren\\'t unaware, but you always have to prioritise things.\" That doesn\\'t mean any of this stopped Obsidian from doing exactly what it set out to, as a big thing the developer wanted to achieve is making the game highly replayable. \"All of our work had gone into the intricate and the freedom of the quests and the critical path, and the faction alliances.\\n\\n\"Those are things that, if you just do one playthrough, you are going to be like \\'yeah, whatever, who cares?\\' So it did take time for people [to] go \\'oh, wow, actually you can beeline straight to the strip.\\'\" Freedom was particularly important for Sawyer, as he noted that \"you don\\'t even have to do the critical path. You can kill anybody in the game and the game accounts for it. We really heavily focused on freedom to play the game the way you wanted, and I think that\\'s what stood out over time.\"\\n\\nSince then, Fallout: New Vegas has obviously gone on to become a beloved entry in the series, with plenty hoping that Obsidian would make a new Fallout after being acquired by Microsoft (though I think it\\'s probably a bit busy making Avowed and The Outer Worlds these days).',\n", - " 'The Dodgers are poised to become the latest club to meet with superstar free agent Juan Soto, per a report from MLB.com’s Mark Feinsand earlier this evening. The meeting between the sides is scheduled for tomorrow. The Dodgers will join the Yankees, Mets, Red Sox, and Blue Jays in having met with Soto already, although Feinsand also reports that an undisclosed team in addition to that group has already met with Soto as well. The Giants, Phillies, and Rays are among the teams known to have interest in Soto that have not yet had a publicly reported meeting with the star outfielder.\\n\\nThat Soto and the Dodgers have a meeting set up is an interesting development given the somewhat mixed reports regarding the club’s plans regarding the superstar. Previous reports have indicated while L.A. intends to be somewhat involved in Soto’s free agency, those reports have also cautioned the club may not be as aggressive as other suitors. That relatively cautious approach to Soto on the Dodgers’ part could be at least partially due to questions regarding whether or not Soto, who hails from the Dominican Republic and Fort Lauderdale in Florida, prefers to play on the east coast. Notably, Jon Heyman of the New York Post reports this evening that sources close to Soto have “downplayed” that rumored geographic presence, suggesting that Soto previously enjoyed living on the west coast while he played for the Padres.\\n\\nIt’s impossible to know where Soto’s geographic preferences lie, but Soto has emphasized in comments to reporters that winning is a priority for him, to the point of reportedly asking the Red Sox during his meeting with club officials about the organization’s commitment to winning. If winning is a priority for Soto, it’s hard to argue against the Dodgers. The reigning World Series champions have made the postseason in twelve consecutive seasons, and since 2017 have averaged more than 102 wins per year (excluding the 60-game 2020 season where they went 43-17 and won the World Series) while collecting two additional NL pennants in addition to their World Series championships. Last winter, the club added likely Shohei Ohtani, Yoshinobu Yamamoto, and Tyler Glasnow to an impressive core of talent that already included Mookie Betts and Freddie Freeman. Los Angeles figures to remain a juggernaut in the NL for years to come, and the addition of Soto to their already vaunted lineup would only reinforce that.\\n\\nGiven his elite talent, any club would be able to find a place for Soto in their lineup. With that being said, it’s particularly easy to see how Soto would fit into the Dodgers’ plans. With Mookie Betts expected to move back into the infield for the 2025 season, the club could look to make multiple additions to an outfield mix that presently includes only utility man Tommy Edman and youngster Andy Pages as potential everyday options. Even if the club wanted to reunite with free agent slugger Teoscar Hernandez as has been previously rumored, it’s easy to imagine the pair manning the corner outfield spots for the Dodgers with Edman as the primary center fielder while Pages backs up the starting trio and fills in for Edman on days he moves to the infield.\\n\\nFinancially, as mind-boggling as it may be to imagine the Dodgers inking Soto to a contract worth more than half a billion dollars just one year after committing more than a billion to Ohtani and Yamamoto amid last winter’s spending spree, the deferred structure of Ohtani’s contract could make such an expenditure more reasonable. The club’s payroll for 2025 is currently projected at $276MM, according to RosterResource. That clocks in $50MM below the club’s 2024 payroll, opening a clear pathway to adding Soto even at a record-setting average annual value. That wouldn’t leave much room for much-needed rotation upgrades or further offensive additions such as a reunion with Hernandez, but ESPN’s Alden Gonzalez notes that the value of Ohtani’s first season in L.A. “blew away” the club’s financial projections. Given that reality, it’s certainly not impossible to imagine the club having even more payroll space at their disposal than returning to the level that left them with the second-highest payroll in baseball last year.\\n\\nRegardless of what club Soto ultimately ends up with, Feinsand goes on to report a belief around the league that a decision could be made in the near future. Specifically, Feinsand suggests that while Soto isn’t expected to sign prior to Thanksgiving, the “feeling around the league” is that the 26-year-old could land somewhere prior to the Winter Meetings with one executive suggesting to him that it would be a surprise if he hasn’t signed before the end of the Meetings on December 12. With the Winter Meetings just a month away and no team reported to have so much as made a formal offer to Soto yet, it’s possible that the winter’s top free agent could see his market begin to move quickly after the coming holiday.',\n", - " \"Gmail is a fantastic email client, and I highly recommend it for podcasters. I'll show you how to use Gmail without giving a gmail.com address.\\n\\nWhy not myawesomepodcast@gmail.com?\\n\\nMany podcasters are shooting their professionalism and branding in the foot by giving an @gmail.com email address. This is like B&H telling all of their customers to buy from their Amazon.com store instead of directly from them.\\n\\nIf you already have a Gmail account, checking your podcast email account (or multiple accounts) can be annoying, time-consuming, and also introduce a delay in your receiving important feedback. You can get around this issue by forwarding the new Gmail account's messages to your old account, but that still has the branding problem.\\n\\nInstead, I highly recommend having a unique, understandable, and branded email address for your podcast, like feedback@myawesomepodcast.com. This is easy to setup once you follow some basic instructions.\\n\\n1. Own your own domain (optional hosting)\\n\\nNo matter where you host your website, you should have your own domain for your podcast. Make your unambiguous, easy to remember, and short. You should use this domain everywhere, so make sure its easy to say, spell, and type.\\n\\nIf you don't already have a domain, I can register domains for $15 per year.\\n\\n2. Create an email forwarder\\n\\nWith some domain registrars and all good web hosts (like BlueHost, HostGator, or Site5), you can create email forwarders that look like regular email addresses but only serve to forward any email to a different address. This would simply be called an email forwarded. There's no mailbox with this account, simply a pointer.\\n\\nChoose a name for the email account that makes sense and is easy to say, spell and type. I like “feedback,” because it's common, understandable, and unambiguous.\\n\\nI've heard other names that I don't think work well.\\n\\n“podcast”—This seems redundant to me to say “podcast@myawesomepodcast.com.”\\n\\n“suggestionbox”—This is much harder to say and spell, and sounds limited to only suggestions.\\n\\n“me” or “us”—It's short, sweet, and personal; but what if you switch from being solo to cohost, or vice versa? This also doesn't sound as professional.\\n\\nSet this email address to forward to your Gmail account.\\n\\nImmediately, you can now receive email to this account. But the email will come from your personal Gmail account, so continue with these steps to be able to send from your new account.\\n\\nPodcast network address or separate addresses?\\n\\nI used to give the email address “feedback@noodle.mx” in all of my podcasts. This certainly worked fine, but it was neither helping nor really hurting my branding. But it did mean that I had to read every email just to know which podcast it was for. This made it inconvenient for me, and probably caused too much thinking on my listeners part: “Why am I emailing noodle.mx when I want to email The Audacity to Podcast?”\\n\\nNow, I have separate email addresses for each podcast. This maintains consistent branding within those podcasts, and means I can setup a filter in Gmail to automatically sort my incoming email into folders for each podcast (see below).\\n\\n3. Add a “Send mail as” in Gmail\\n\\nLogin to your Gmail account (whichever one(s) you want to receive your Gmail). Go to your Accounts and Imports: click on the gear icon and choose “Settings,” then go to the “Accounts and Imports” tab. Look under “Send mail as” and click “Add another email address you own.”\\n\\nEnter your name as you want it to appear when you send email: I recommend either your own name, your podcast name, or combining both. Enter the email forwarder address you created. Read about “Treat as an alias” and decide which option is right for you. Probably deselect if multiple people have access to the email address.\\n\\nProbably select if you're the only one with access to the email address. Now comes a technical decision about sending through a server. For now, let's just use the first option. Send through Gmail if you don't mind your personal Gmail account being in the technical stuff of your email in the form of “sent on behalf of youremailadddress@gmail.com.” This option is no longer available, so you must use your own SMTP server.\\n\\nSend through _____ SMTP servers if you want this account to appear completely detached from your personal account. See #5 below for more details about this. Send the verification email, which you should receive to the same Gmail inbox. Either click its verification link or enter the confirmation code.\\n\\n4. Create filters to automatically label/sort email\\n\\nNow you're ready to send and receive email with your new podcast email address! Let's make a filter in Gmail to do some stuff automatically for you.\\n\\nGo to your Filters: click the gear icon and choose “Settings,” then go to the “Filters” tab. Click “Create a new filter.” Enter your new email address under the “To” field.\\n\\nClick “Create filter with this search »” and Gmail will show you the results of the search. Select what you want Gmail to do when you receive email to your podcast address. I recommend “Apply the label” and create a new label or use an existing one for your podcast.\\n\\nChoose to star it if you want it to stand out among other messages when it arrives.\\n\\nSelect your appropriate importance setting. (I make all podcast email unimportant—not because you're not important, just because I get so much they easily crowd out my business emails, which are what helps me buy food.) Optionally select to apply this filter to any emails you've already received. Click “Create Filter.”\\n\\nAfter this, all email coming into that email address will be label and appropriately sorted based on your selections.\\n\\n5. Hide your personal Gmail address with your own SMTP server\\n\\nIf you chose to send email through Gmail's servers, then your personal Gmail address will be exposed in the technical headers of every email you send. It will look like “sent on behalf of youremailadddress@gmail.com.” If you don't want this, then you'll need to follow some more technical steps to use your own outgoing email server (called an SMTP server).\\n\\nGmail now requires that any outgoing email with a different address use a third-party SMTP server. You can use your web hosting information, or get an SMTP server for literally pennies per month from Amazon AWS (I pay under 10¢ per month for this).\\n\\nGo back to your domain registrar or web hosting control panel and create a regular email address. It really doesn't matter what it's called, and you'll only have to create one. I recommend “smtp@myawesomepodcast.com.” You'll need several important things: Mail server username The password you set (please don't write your passwords in a document! Use LastPass instead!) SMTP/outgoing mail server (SSL if you want a secure connection, which I recommend) SMTP/outgoing mail port Any special notes like “server requires authentication” Incoming mail server (used for later) Go back to Gmail's Accounts and Imports settings. Click “edit info” for the email account you need to modify. Click Next until you get to “Send mail through your SMTP server?” Switch to send from your own SMTP servers. Enter the information from when you setup the email account in the order of these fields (especially choose the port before you select SSL or TLS).\\n\\nClick “Save Changes,” which will verify your information and close the window if there aren't problems.\\n\\nSome web hosting companies or domain registrars will not allow you to send through your SMTP server unless you're also regularly checking it for receiving email. Just assume this is the case and follow these steps.\\n\\nGo back to Gmail's Accounts and Imports settings. Under “Check mail from other accounts (using POP3),” click “Add a POP3 mail account you own.” Enter the information and select any other options you want. They don't really matter because you won't care about this email address.\\n\\nSave your settings.\\n\\nGmail will then check this email account, which verifies that you're using it to the hosting company or domain registrar.\\n\\nCheck out Podcasters' Roundtable!\\n\\nRay Ortega from The Podcasters Studio has started a fun new project including Dave Jackson from School of Podcasting, me, and frequent guests to talk about podcasting.\\n\\nCheck out Podcasters' Roundtable and send us controversial topic suggestions for things you want to see us debate!\\n\\nPlease retweet this!\\n\\nNeed personalized podcasting help?\\n\\nI no longer offer one-on-one consulting outside of Podcasters' Society, but request a consultant here and I'll connect you with someone I trust to help you launch or improve your podcast.\\n\\nAsk your questions or share your feedback\\n\\nComment on the shownotes\\n\\nLeave a voicemail at (903) 231-2221\\n\\nEmail feedback@TheAudacitytoPodcast.com (audio files welcome)\\n\\nConnect with me\\n\\nDisclosure\\n\\nThis post may contain links to products or services with which I have an affiliate relationship and may receive compensation from your actions through such links. However, I don't let that corrupt my perspective and I don't recommend only affiliates.\",\n", - " 'Staff Picks: A sweet immigrant comedy and an hour of noir Our recommendations include a Prime Video comedy and a Peter Lorre noir.\\n\\nIn this week’s Staff Picks, TV Writer Saloni Gajjar and Film Editor Jacob Oller offer a little light and dark, with recommendations for a new streaming comedy and a chance to participate in Noirvember.\\n\\nThe Pradeeps Of Pittsburgh (Prime Video)\\n\\nThere’s a chance the trailer for Prime Video’s The Pradeeps Of Pittsburgh will make you cringe like I did. Despite my excitement at seeing Lost’s Naveen Andrews and British stand-up star Sindhu Vee in a comedy, the footage is laden with clichés as the central Indian family arrives in the U.S. decked in traditional garb and with heavy accents.\\n\\nAt first glance, a comedy about Asian immigrants trying to fit in while standing out feels like a blend of Kim’s Convenience, Fresh Off The Boat, and Never Have I Ever. And it’s partly true. Series creator Vijal Patel relies on certain stereotypes to frame his lens. So, yes, Mahesh Pradeep (Andrews), his wife Sudha (Vee), and their three children are initially one-note, giving the impression that their banter, attire, and philosophy are designed to appease the white gaze. Thankfully, Patel has other tricks up his sleeve.\\n\\nThe Pradeeps Of Pittsburgh balances its flaws with a sufficiently sweet, engaging, and easy-to-digest narrative. It digs into the hardships of assimilation through a lighthearted, if not exaggerated tone. There’s always an underlying warmth, especially in Mahesh and Sudha’s relationship. Achieving this is possible only because Patel culls loosely from his real experiences, lending a specific honesty to the conventional characters. Don’t be fooled by appearances or possibly that trailer because this show has its heart in the right place.\\n\\nI’m especially glad that Andrews revels in this distinctly non-Sayid (or even non-The Dropout) role. He plays the sanguine Mahesh, who earns a SpaceX contract and hastily relocates his family. His no-nonsense wife is forced to give up a successful medical career and his children have to start over at a new school in a new country, but Mahesh is certain everyone will land on their feet. He doesn’t expect their new neighbor will leave five dead rabbits on their doorstep on day one. (A plot point straight out of Patel’s life). This kicks off an infrequent rivalry between the Pradeeps and the Mills that becomes the basis of the series.\\n\\nThe eight episodes are structured as a USCIS interrogation, with two officers (played by Pete Holmes and Romy Rosemont) questioning the Pradeeps about the Mills’ home burning down. This whodunit angle is fine, but it allows each family member to reflect on how they’ve evolved since the move. A formulaic approach notwithstanding (or the fact that it should’ve been set in the ‘90s), The Pradeeps Of Pittsburgh is breezy and nostalgic. Just be ready for some drama because, as Sudha says in the premiere, “In India when you tell a story, you always add a little masala.” Trust me, she’s right.\\n\\nThe Face Behind The Mask (Criterion/YouTube)\\n\\nFrom October forward, I like to theme my movie months, going from horror to film noir to Christmas (which helps to balance out the end-of-year awards season deluge). Right now, I’m in the heart of Noirvember, the monthly celebration of all things shadowy, droll, and hardboiled, kicked off by critic Marya E. Gates. While there are plenty of classics in the German Expressionist spotlight this month, I tend to follow a basic formula for finding my next watch: What’s the shortest movie on offer that I haven’t heard of? That’s where I found Robert Florey’s The Face Behind The Mask, a Peter Lorre crime tragedy clocking in at a glorious 68 minutes.\\n\\nBoth available on The Criterion Channel and on YouTube (if you don’t mind a bit of grain with your noir), The Face Behind The Mask comes from the filmmaker who made the Bela Lugosi Murders In The Rue Morgue that Robert Eggers just put in a 24 Hours Of Horror marathon, and it’s filled with the same kind of stylish strangeness. Lorre, set up in a rare good-hearted hero role, plays a fresh-off-the-boat Hungarian whose first day in New York ends in a literally face-melting hotel fire. This, of course, ruins the sweet little guy’s hopes and dreams (because Americans are shallow monsters) and sets him on a path of crime.\\n\\nIt’s Lorre, so his eventual turn towards brooding creepiness is never surprising, but the film’s power lies in how he gets there. Poverty and desperation, hunger and sickness—these are as nasty and inescapable as Lorre’s harrowing burn makeup. The atmosphere isn’t just mean, like so many noirs, but hungry and shoved to the fringe of society. Folks are sleeping in junkyard cars. People are named things like Dinky. It allows Lorre—often covered in smooth, uncanny makeup mimicking a latex mask of his own face—to tap into a vulnerability and sadness that comes as naturally as his often-caricatured sliminess. It probably helps that the script was specifically written for him, also a Hungarian immigrant.\\n\\nThis preoccupation with otherness gives the Columbia film a bit of that Universal monster flavor, where the tragic creature only ever wants love. There’s also a blind love interest (Evelyn Keyes) who echoes Bride Of Frankenstein’s tolerant, accepting hermit. Alas, just like those monsters, things end badly for Lorre’s gangster, his lover, and pretty much everyone else. The Face Behind The Mask ends with a few nasty bangs, as vicious a noir ending as any, and zipping along with uncommon efficiency. Not a bad way to spend an hour on a chilly autumn evening. [Jacob Oller]',\n", - " 'I’ll make this brief: y’all are great.\\n\\nYesterday, in the third day of our charity drive to support Personal Counseling Services of Southern Indiana, the numbers understandably slowed for much of the day, after a blazing start on Monday and Tuesday.\\n\\nAnd then came the bombs.\\n\\nA couple BIG evening donations, capped late by a $666 donation with only the comment “Run up the score three times as much as Heisman on Cumberland”.\\n\\nI can only infer that our new champion — current leader for the Garlic Butter Cup and champion for this glorious hat — is a Georgia Tech fan (identify yourself, please, unless you wish to remain anonymous), based on this reference to Georgia Tech’s 222-0 win over Cumberland in 1916.\\n\\nSadly, we don’t have video of that game. But, our crack digital team has worked up a computer simulation of what the Jackets winning by 666 might look like:\\n\\nWe currently stand at a tidy $6,666, already at 11% of the total season’s fundraising campaign just due to the efforts of the EDSBS community, which is incredible. You all are amazing, we appreciate you, and I can’t thank you enough.\\n\\n(Oh, and now that we’ve broken the $5,000 threshold, I’ll have a Hollydog-roasts-me post soon.)\\n\\nWe’re almost to the end of the week, and the donation link’s still live, let’s keep it going if we can.\\n\\nDONATE',\n", - " 'Those of you hoping that we\\'d get a Predator film with the alien as the main character will be very happy to hear that Badlands is doing just that.\\n\\nPredator is having a bit of a renaissance right now, with Dan Trachtenberg\\'s Prey being very well received when it came out in 2022. Shooting for the next Predator film kicked off back in August (actually, the next two films, in a neat surprise from Trachtenberg), and in a new interview with Empire, the director shared that the upcoming Badlands will do things a little differently by making the hunting expert alien the protagonist for a change. \"The creature is front and centre, leading the charge,\" Trachtenberg said in the interview.\\n\\nTo see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings\\n\\n\"He’s still badass, but there’s something there that touches you emotionally, too. Creating a character you connect with, but are also super-intimidated by, has been challenging. But exciting.\" Trachtenberg went on to explain that this idea came from wanting to “find another essential piece of cinema that does what Prey did spiritually - pushing the franchise’s boundaries, letting us root for a hero we rarely get to root for - but in a different way. And that transformed into this big idea of rooting for the Predator.\"\\n\\nIt won\\'t be all aliens, all the time though in the sequel - Elle Fanning, who you can also expect to see in Death Stranding 2 next year, is set to star in it, and apparently as more than one character too. \"She faced intense challenges on this movie - dramatically, physically, logistically,\" Trachtenberg said of Fanning, which sounds like lots of fun.\\n\\nThat secret Predators movie still has a lot of secrecy surrounding it, though Trachtenberg did previously share that it\\'s due out before Badlands. With Badlands currently set to be released November 7 next year, that means you can expect the secret one by November 6 at the latest, but I\\'m sure they\\'ll give it a bit more headroom than that.',\n", - " 'Follow my dividend growth investing and my way to the financial independence',\n", - " 'Charlestown, Saint Kitts and Nevis, November 18th, 2024, Chainwire\\n\\nWeFi, the next-generation financial platform dedicated to reimagining access to global financial tools, successfully holded the highly anticipated Token Generation Event for its native $WFI token on Friday, November 15th. Following the TGE, $WFI debuted on Bitmart on November 18th, opening up new avenues for participation and interaction within the WeFi ecosystem.\\n\\nThe $WFI token is the lifeblood of WeFi’s ecosystem, which seeks to empower users with a seamless blend of DeFi and traditional financial tools. Initially launched on Binance Smart Chain (BSC), $WFI will soon migrate to WeFi’s own WeChain blockchain, where it will power everything from liquidity pools and transaction fees to staking and advanced dApps. With a fixed supply of 1,000,000,000 tokens, $WFI was engineered to foster a unique ecosystem that values community participation and sustainable growth over quick gains.\\n\\nThe TGE for $WFI embodies WeFi’s commitment to a Fair Launch model, ensuring that all participants have equal access to the token from the outset, without the advantage of pre-sale allocations or VIP access. This Fair Launch approach aligns with WeFi’s mission to create a Financial ecosystem rooted in transparency and inclusivity, making $WFI accessible to a broad community of users.\\n\\nA key feature that sets WeFi apart is its non-custodial account system, which seamlessly bridges Web3 and traditional banking. Users maintain full control of their digital assets while enjoying everyday banking convenience: their Web3 wallet connects directly to a non-custodial bank account linked to a credit card, enabling automatic spending from their crypto holdings without manual top-ups. This means users can spend their digital assets as easily as traditional currency while retaining complete custody of their funds.\\n\\nThis non-custodial design is expected to be a defining feature for WeFi, empowering users with secure, self-managed access to $WFI and positioning WeFi as a forward-thinking platform in the DeFi space.\\n\\nA central pillar of WeFi’s approach is the Initial Technology Offering, or ITO platform, which facilitates community-driven token distribution through ITO nodes. These nodes allow early adopters to mine $WFI while also granting access to exclusive WeFi services, early listings, and additional rewards – creating a multi-faceted engagement model. Since its inception, the ITO platform has seen remarkable activity, with over 35 million $WFI tokens already minted, reflecting robust community support and interest in WeFi’s vision. Through ITO nodes, WeFi doesn’t just focus on mining but builds a network of committed users actively participating in the platform’s growth and evolution.\\n\\nMaksym Sakharov, Co-Founder and Group CEO of WeFi shared his enthusiasm about the TGE and the ecosystem’s trajectory: “Our vision is rooted in the belief that access to the global economy is a fundamental right. We see a future where everyone, regardless of location or wealth, can claim their financial freedom through a secure, accessible, compliant, and fair financial system. We’re building a financial infrastructure that respects user autonomy and fosters inclusivity on a global scale. $WFI is the heartbeat of our platform; it facilitates everything from day-to-day transactions to secure staking, and it’s tailored for real use within our evolving ecosystem”.\\n\\nSakharov added: “The TGE is a milestone that brings us closer to our vision of a new banking system where users truly own and benefit from the system they support. We’re thrilled to see $WFI go live on a major exchange, for more users to engage with WeFi and take control of their financial future.”\\n\\nThe $WFI listing on Bitmart at 11 AM UTC on November 18 kickstarted the journey. The deposits were opened on November 16 at 11:00 AM UTC, and withdrawals will be available starting November 19 at 11:00 AM UTC. This initial launch will boost liquidity and create new entry points for users globally, amplifying the reach of WeFi’s ecosystem.\\n\\nAs WeFi advances, the platform’s development roadmap includes further integration with the WeChain blockchain and the continued rollout of Neobank services. This TGE marks a significant chapter in WeFi’s journey to create a community-driven ecosystem that combines financial freedom with robust utility, thus signaling a new era of possibilities for decentralized finance.\\n\\nAbout WeFi\\n\\nWeFi is a pioneering global blockchain ecosystem and intelligent data platform dedicated to transforming finance through the integration of AI and blockchain technology. Focused on building a more inclusive and accessible financial system, WeFi leverages AI-driven nodes to analyze transactional patterns, proactively prevent financial crime, and deliver transparency, interoperability, and real-time insights to the global finance and fintech sectors. Through its Initial Technology Offering (ITO), WeFi invites early adopters to participate in the ecosystem, earning rewards while contributing to its mission of democratizing finance and setting new regulatory standards worldwide.\\n\\nFor more information, users can visit WeFi’s ITO website at wechain.ai or follow us on X for updates on $WFI and the WeFi ecosystem.\\n\\nContact\\n\\nWeFi\\n\\n[email protected]',\n", - " '“S hop like a billionaire.” With that enticing slogan Temu touted itself to Americans watching the Super Bowl on February 11th. Football fans had been treated to a similar advert from the e-commerce company at last year’s event. But this time the message was hammered home. In all, Temu’s ad played five times. That won’t have been cheap. A 30-second slot during this year’s Super Bowl cost around $7m. JPMorgan Chase, a bank, reckons the company will spend $3bn on marketing this year, up from $1.7bn in 2023.',\n", - " 'The hidden world behind your new \"banking\" app\\n\\nYou might have seen ads for online banking services that seem to offer a lot of great stuff — accounts you can open in minutes and without a minimum balance or monthly fees. The ads seem to say: \"These aren\\'t your parents\\' boring old banks.\" But the truth is: Even though they might resemble banks, they aren\\'t.\\n\\nThese \"bank-like\" companies are a type of \"fintech\" or financial technology company. And this is a story about the potential risks of putting your money into these apps.\\n\\nBanks go through a whole regulatory gauntlet in order to exist. But, in the past several years, there has been a rise in fintechs that skirt regulations. And many of these pose a real threat to even the most savvy of depositors.\\n\\nSponsor Message\\n\\nWhen a little known tech company filed for bankruptcy a few months ago, thousands of people couldn\\'t access the millions of dollars they saved. On today\\'s show, we meet some of the people affected and learn what the fintech industry reveals about banking regulation.\\n\\nToday\\'s show was hosted by Erika Beras and Sally Helm. It was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler and Sofia Shchukina with help from James Sneed. It was edited by Jess Jiang and fact-checked by Kevin Volkl. It was engineered by Valentina Rodríguez Sánchez with help from James Willetts. Alex Goldmark is our executive producer.\\n\\nHelp support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney.\\n\\nAlways free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts.\\n\\nFind more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter.\\n\\nMusic: Universal Production Music - \"Universal Feel,\" \"Home of the Brave,\" and \"Bass Gamer\"',\n", - " 'Brian Houck: Hello, I’m Brian Houck, head of Grounds and Gardens at the J. Paul Getty Trust. Welcome to Art and Ideas. I’m your host for a three-episode series with artful gardeners in southern California.\\n\\nLucinda McDade: Whenever I take people in there, I say—and it’s not a very large room—I say, “You’re now in the presence of millions and millions and millions of living beings. Fortunately, most of them are very small, and most of them are very dormant.”\\n\\nHouk: In this episode, I speak with Lucinda McDade, executive director of the California Botanic Garden\\n\\nIn California, there are roughly 6,500 native plants. Many are found only in California. These plants are incredibly diverse, adapted to the wide range of climates and habitats, from the High Sierra to Death Valley, from the foggy forests in the north to chapparal and desert in the south. And conserving these diverse plants is increasingly important as we see the damaging impact of human encroachment and climate threats to the environment.\\n\\nThe California Botanic Garden in Claremont was ahead of its time in conserving native plants. Founded by the visionary Susanna Bixby Bryant in the 1920s, the garden now serves as a critical home to rare plants from across the state as well as a seed bank. Lucinda McDade oversees the garden. I recently got the chance to walk through it with her and nerd out about our favorite California native species.\\n\\nLucinda, it’s good to be here with you today.\\n\\nMcDade: It’s very good to have you hear. Always love to host people at our garden.\\n\\nHouck: Your title is Executive Director of the California Botanic Garden. How long have you been in that role?\\n\\nMcDade: Very close to ten years. And I started as Interim Executive Director and then became Executive Director. As I joke, the trustees asked me to lose the interim part of the title about six months after I became Interim Executive Director. But I have been at the garden since 2006. I came as Director of Research.\\n\\nHouck: We just walked through the front entrance of the California Botanic Garden. Can you tell us a little bit about what we walked into?\\n\\nMcDade: We call this the California Welcome Garden. And we redid it just a very short time ago. Interestingly enough, when we were summoning our courage to reopen, after being closed completely for—what—two months, owing to COVID, we realized that this part of our garden was the narrowest part, and it’s the part that everybody walks through.\\n\\nHouck: Sure.\\n\\nMcDade: We have an eighty-six-acre, big, funnel-shaped area, right? And then this little, skinny neck that we were putting everybody through. And so we widened it and we improved it and we replanted it. It had been planted to desert. There were a lotta spiky things right up by the trail, and we didn’t think it was all— the world’s most friendly welcoming.\\n\\nSo you’re in the California Welcome Garden. You are coming in. We love this because you have a beautiful view of the San Gabriel Mountains, snow-covered in the winter. Just spectacular. And then this leads to what we call our Southern California Gardens Areas, which are strung like jewels on a bead, out to a new area that we just finished, called the Forest Pavilion.\\n\\nHouck: Alright. Well, let’s keep going. Alright, I’m gonna stop right here, ’cause we just passed this mahonia.\\n\\nMcDade: Uh-huh. Berberis now; they’re all berberis.\\n\\nHouck: Oh, this shows my age. I don’t usually see a clump this large. This looks fantastic.\\n\\nMcDade: They do look good, don’t they? They are growing actively and they look very, very happy, yeah\\n\\nHouck: But when I think of mahonia, I think of the Pacific Northwest.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah.\\n\\nHouck: I don’t think of Southern California.\\n\\nMcDade: Oh, we have lots of native berberis. Lots. In fact, one of the most spectacular is this one right here.\\n\\nHouck: We passed it without noticing it?\\n\\nMcDade: This is a berberis.\\n\\nHouck: Really?\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah. Yeah, you’ll convince yourself that it is when you touch a leaf.\\n\\nHouck: It’s— Yes, it’s…\\n\\nMcDade: Pokey.\\n\\nHouck: …sufficiently pokey and prickly and—\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah, yeah, pokey, yeah. This is berberis navinii, which is actually an endangered species. And there’s hardly any in the wild. We had a project; one of our staff crawled all over Southern California looking for individuals of this thing that were reported to exist. And found quite a few of them, but not really very many.\\n\\nHere in our garden, it plants itself. Or rather, birds plant it, ’cause they’re bird-dispersed. It’s interesting.\\n\\nHouck: I know this plant, but I’ve never seen one this large.\\n\\nMcDade: They’re huge. They are kind of obscenely large here. It’s a little frightening.\\n\\nThe California flora is absolutely amazing because there’s just a number of genera, like berberis, that absolutely go crazy here and make bazillions— dozens and dozens of species. Manzanitas, there’s—what—sixty or seventies species of manzanita in California. I don’t know how many berberis there are, but there’s quite a few.\\n\\nOn the other hand, that plant right behind you, right there with that interpretive sign in front of it, that’s red shanks…\\n\\nHouck: Yes.\\n\\nMcDade: …which is related to our chamise. The genus of that is adenostoma, and there’s only two.\\n\\nHouck: Right.\\n\\nMcDade: Two. In the whole state. Why didn’t that thing go crazy?\\n\\nHouck: We have a lot of this in the Santa Monica Mountains, by the Getty Center.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah.\\n\\nHouck: And it’s amazing.\\n\\nMcDade: They’re a beautiful plant.\\n\\nHouck: The shaggy red bark is fantastic. And they have lasted through our fires.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah. They’re fire-adapted, yeah.\\n\\nHouck: Just went right over it and then stumps sprouted right through it.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah, they’re fire-adapted. There’s two approaches to surviving fires, when you’re a plant like that. One is to stump sprout. Basically, the above-ground parts get burned, but then it comes right back great, ’cause it’s got a mature root system that’s already in touch with all that it needs from the ground. Or you— by seeds. So some disperse their seeds in association with fires, and grow back from that.\\n\\nHouck: You said a technical word a little earlier, genera.\\n\\nMcDade: Uh-oh. Genera.\\n\\nHouck: Alright. So for those folks who may be listening and not clue into that, we have genus and species to make the scientific name. So genera is—?\\n\\nMcDade: Plural from genus.\\n\\nHouck: Okay.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah. Don’t say genuses. That causes the ears of scientists to be very painful.\\n\\nHouck: I think I’ve done that, at one point.\\n\\nMcDade: Genera. It sounds so elegant. Oh, it’s a bunny. We have a lotta bunnies.\\n\\nHouck: I’m also gonna back up to say if I was gonna start learning about Southern California plants, most people might be aware of the USDA zones. I know we don’t always use that in Southern California. In my understanding, the most popular sort of go to are the Sunset zones. But what would you recommend to somebody if they were trying to learn about California zones?\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah. So in California—and this is even up to the Bay Area—it’s not so much how far north you are, but how far inland you are. We’re only—what—fifty miles inland from the coast here, and still, our winters are much colder and our summers are much hotter than right by the coast. And that’s the same if you go up to San Francisco and go fifty miles inland; the winters are much colder and the summers are much hotter. But San Francisco has a very moderate climate, right?\\n\\nAnd also elevation, of course, because we have a wonderful state that’s full of mountains.\\n\\nYou know, the tool that we are recommending more and more to people for what they should plant in their area is called Calscape. It’s a digital tool that is made available to us by the California Native Plant Society. You can put in your zip code and it will sort of generate a list of suggested plants for you. And a little bit more information, and you can refine the list quite well. So.\\n\\nHouck: Thank you for that.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah, you bet.\\n\\nHouck: Your name used to be the Rancho Santa Ana Botanic Garden.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah.\\n\\nHouck: And you’ve changed your name to the California Botanic Garden. Can you tell me how that happened and why that happened?\\n\\nMcDade: Absolutely. So we were called Rancho Santa Ana, because we were founded on the ranch of Susanna Bixby Bryant’s family, which was in Orange County, but not in Santa Ana. It was near Yorba Linda.\\n\\nWe were there in Orange County, near Yorba Linda, until the late forties. In the— in the forties, a couple of terrible things happened. One is that there was a horrible Santa Ana-driven fire that burned a huge part of the garden and killed a lot of the plants. So that must’ve been devastating to deal with.\\n\\nHouck: Sure.\\n\\nMcDade: And then Susanna died unexpectedly in, I think, 1947. She wasn’t that old. She wasn’t understood to be in poor health. She had taken a trip up to Santa Barbara and she never went home. And so all of a sudden, the founding sort of central organizing principle for the garden was gone.\\n\\nShe had just, though, hired a person named Philip Munz, who had been at Pomona College, and who had gone back east to Cornell. She had hired him from Cornell, to come out and be her first Scientific Director. She had basically been functioning more or less as Scientific Director, as Director, for the twenty-five years to that date.\\n\\nHouck: Munz is a famous name…\\n\\nMcDade: Absolutely.\\n\\nHouck: …in the world of horticulture.\\n\\nMcDade: So Munz had been at Pomona. He knew about the Claremont area, he knew that there was a consortium of academic institutions developing here, and Munz was convinced that the garden would be better off here.\\n\\nI started with that part of the fire. To me, I can’t imagine anything more daunting than moving this garden anywhere, you know?\\n\\nHouck: I know.\\n\\nMcDade: So how did they get the courage to do it? And I actually think that fire, given that they’d been through already that devastating fire and had to deal with that much of a recovery, you know, maybe it made them feel like, “Well, we did that, so we can probably do this\\n\\nAnd so then for the next— Until 2020—so for seventy years—we were Rancho Santa Ana Botanic Garden, in Claremont.\\n\\nYou all are Southern Californians. You are well aware that Santa Ana is a place. It’s a real place. We are not there. We actually never were there. Also, how many Rancho Santa Somethings are there in Southern California? We would get called Rancho Santa Anita, Rancho Santa Fe, Rancho San Antonio. You know, just on and on and on, all kinds’a things.\\n\\nThe other aspect of it is that it didn’t tell people anything about who we are and what we do.\\n\\nWe also had people who thought they were coming to a ranch, little kids saying, “Grandma, where’s the horses? Isn’t this a ranch?”\\n\\nHouck: It sounds like Susanna Bixby Bryant was ahead of her time.\\n\\nMcDade: Absolutely. The woman was prescient. How did somebody realize, in the late twenties, that the native plants of California were under duress? You know, how did she know that? She was amazing.\\n\\nHouck: We need a few more of her still in today’s world.\\n\\nMcDade: We need a few more of her, yeah. And in 1934, she directed us to conserve the rarest and replenish their stock. It’s really a remarkably prescient statement, I think.\\n\\nShe was a amazingly determined woman. She was part of founding our herbarium. A herbarium is a scientific collection of plant specimens for study and advancing knowledge. She was right out there with other people in the garden, collecting plants and bringing them and starting the herbarium. We can easily pull Susanna Bixby Bryant specimens for you to see. It means a lot to various of her family members, for example, to see those specimens that she was part of collecting.\\n\\nShe was also absolutely clear that she wanted a botanical library of research quality.\\n\\nHouck: I didn’t realize we owed her such a debt of gratitude.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah, I have a—\\n\\nHouck: For all of the work she has done.\\n\\nMcDade: I have her picture right above my desk. She stares at me every day, so—She’s checking on me.\\n\\nHouck: So you had mentioned that Susanna Bixby Bryant was prescient in sort of her California landscape preservation focus. And I don’t know that I’m saying that exactly right, but could you maybe tell us what was going on in her mind?\\n\\nMcDade: I’m not sure I can tell you what was going on in Susanna’s mind, but I can tell you that when she had this idea to found a garden that would be devoted uniquely and only to California native plants, she consulted a huge number of people all across North America. She consulted people at Berkeley, she consulted people at Harvard. She consulted with Jepson, who’s, like, the father of the California flora and as I understand it, they unanimously told her that it couldn’t be done. That what she wanted to do couldn’t, shouldn’t be done; it wouldn’t work; she couldn’t pull together plants from across the state in one place.\\n\\nFurthermore, she had the very, I think at that time, very novel idea that part of the garden should be planted to be plant communities, the plants with which…\\n\\nHouck: Yes. Yes, yes, yes.\\n\\nMcDade: …the plants occur in nature. And you know, you’ve been to European gardens where they have the roses, and then they have the crassulaceae, and then they have the— They’re kind of organized taxonomically.\\n\\nHouck: Correct. Which is how the scientific naming sort of came through.\\n\\nMcDade: That’s right, yeah.\\n\\nHouck: So that was a natural extension of what was done before.\\n\\nMcDade: That’s how Linnaeus’s garden is organized. And so they sort of wanted her to do something like that. And she’s like, “No. Not doing that.” And so we have this great quote from her that— She must’ve written or said this sometime in the mid-twenties, just as she was really getting going. She said, “And now, having listened to all of this very sage advice, in the traditional female manner, I am going to do exactly what I intended to do from the beginning.”\\n\\nHouck: It’s brilliant.\\n\\nMcDade: It’s just— It’s absolutely terrific, yeah. So yeah, she went ahead and basically did it.\\n\\nHouck: Well, it’s such common sense.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah.\\n\\nHouck: I mean, it’s so surprising now, that that seems novel or revolutionary, because that is such the right approach that we’re doing now.\\n\\nMcDade: Exactly.\\n\\nHouck: It makes such sense.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah. Exactly, yeah.\\n\\nAs I said, we’re the largest garden in the world devoted to California native plants. We have the entire state as our purview. Susanna directed us to grow as many plants of the State of California as we could on our site in Southern California, and that’s obviously a work in progress, to understand which those are. We also are still exploring our site here. We actually have kind of a complicated and interesting site related to that, which is Indian Hill.\\n\\nThat’s actually Indian Hill Mesa. It’s a giant clay lens, stranded lens from the San Gabriels. So this used to be connected to the San Gabriels, and everything else washed away but that giant chunk of clay.\\n\\nHouck: I didn’t know that’s where the name came from.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah. That’s where the name came from.\\n\\nHouck: So we have a north-south-running giant chunk of clay, which is a different soil type.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah. It’s a different soil type, greater water-holding capacity than under here, which is cobble, basically.\\n\\nHouck: So that gives you the opportunity for microclimates that other people don’t have.\\n\\nMcDade: Exactly. You get it right away.\\n\\nHouck: That’s wonderful. I feel like a lightbulb just went off.\\n\\nMcDade: Right. That way’s east; that way’s west. So if you’re here on a hot summer afternoon, where do you wanna be? You wanna be right here, as the shade comes over and this area gets into the shade first. And we also get cold air drainage off of Indian Hill, which is a bizarre phenomenon, but it absolutely happens, even in the summer. If you walk down one of our ramps, you can feel your feet getting cooler as you come down in the late afternoon.\\n\\nHouck: So it just retains that much moisture…\\n\\nMcDade: Some— Yeah, exactly.\\n\\nHouck: …and it’s that evaporative cooling possibly happens.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah, yeah. Of course in the winter, it’s freezing when you get to the bottom and you wish you’d brought your hat and gloves, but—\\n\\nYeah, so it’s a very interesting site to work with. We don’t know why, but actually, a not-so-well-kept secret is that our predecessors planted it wrong. We run to the north, basically south to north. And they decided, “Well, we’ll put Southern California in the south and Northern California in the north.” But the nicest part of our garden for people and plants is this southern part, east of Indian Hill Mesa. So they put the desert here, which doesn’t belong here.\\n\\nHouck: Got it.\\n\\nMcDade: And eventually, we’ll get that fixed, but it will take a while.\\n\\nHouck: I know I really appreciate you claiming the state. I mean, that is your mission. That is what you’re doing. So how do you do that? So how do you preserve the plants of the state, conserve them—I see the plants here in the garden, but you have other ways to do that.\\n\\nMcDade: Yes. We absolutely do. So first of all, I want to make sure you’re aware that you’re in a garden that also happens to be a living collection. So each one of these plants—except the weeds, as I say—was collected in the wild. We know where it came from and we have a very detailed database that tracks it. And if we walk up to some of them and I get in the right corner of a shrub, we can find the tag.\\n\\nThey’re all mapped. They are all part of a database, and we have really detailed knowledge of where— This one right here, this one that we lost in the windstorm, the seeds were collected at Torrey Pines, and it was planted in 1950.\\n\\nHouck: This was a torrey pine?\\n\\nMcDade: This was a torrey pine. Yeah. The other thing that’s interesting is that the torrey pines that we plant here grow tall and straight and magnificent, and look nothing like the torrey pines at Torrey Pines State Park, where of course, they’re in the howling wind and sea spray and all of that.\\n\\nSo we preserve them by growing them from wild-collected seeds or cuttings here in the garden. But we are the California seedbank. So there’s a little building right over there that has 80% of the seeds of California native plants that are in seedbanks anywhere. And they’re right over there.\\n\\nHouck: So the seeds are held to have a storage of them. And I’m assuming they’re refrigerated somehow.\\n\\nMcDade: They’re frozen.\\n\\nHouck: They’re frozen.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah.\\n\\nHouck: Just from my laymen’s perspective, you could unfreeze them and start them wherever you needed to in the future, in a hospitable place.\\n\\nMcDade: Exactly. That’s right. Yeah.\\n\\nWhen you make a seedbank that’s for— a collection that’s for conservation purposes, you don’t just walk up to that tree and grab fifty seeds off of it. Instead, my joke or my metaphor to explain it to you is if we’re gonna preserve humans, you know, which of us do you want? And obviously, you don’t want just one of us; you want a sample of humans, ’cause you want our genetic diversity and our adaptability to different climates and et cetera to be represented in your little capsule of humans that you’re gonna save. Same with plants.\\n\\nWe have every reason to think that plants in nature are genetically diverse. The one that’s over there is different genetically from the one that’s over there. And so you wanna capture that genetic diversity.\\n\\nSo we have teams. Probably have a team out in the field right this minute, making a conservation seed collection of something probably over in the desert, because you know they have had such wonderful monsoonal rains this year that the deserts are working out great for us, for late summer seedbanking.\\n\\nAnd what they do is they survey an area. They say, “Okay, it looks like we’re in this area, and it’s maybe, you know, a hundred meters, 300 feet by, you know, whatever. And the plants are pretty dense. And so what we’re gonna do is we’re gonna walk through it and stop every, you know, ten paces and collect seeds off of that plant.”\\n\\nAnd then you keep those seeds separate from the seeds of the next one that you collect. So it’s extremely painstaking. We call it collecting along maternal lines, ’cause the plant that made those seeds is the mother of those seeds. So that’s maternal line one; your next one that you stop at is maternal line two, et cetera.\\n\\nSo then you get back and you have to clean those seeds very carefully. Seeds, in general, have very strong dormancy mechanisms, and they will freeze wonderfully, and then emerge from the freezer and grow just fine. But if you put them in there with junk around them, like pulpy fruit or something, that stuff rots. And when it rots, it takes the seed with it. So it kills the seed. So you’ve gotta clean. And so our people spend hours meticulously pulling the stuff away from the seeds.\\n\\nHouck: I’m imagining an army of volunteers doing this.\\n\\nMcDade: We have quite a few volunteers. We also have interns. We have seasonal people, ’cause it doesn’t necessarily happen all year round.\\n\\nHouck: Sure.\\n\\nMcDade: The seedbank is wonderful. Whenever I take people in there, I say—and it’s not a very large room—I say, “You’re now in the presence of millions and millions and millions of living beings. Fortunately, most of them are very small, and most of them are very dormant.” So they’re just in their envelopes or their little plastic jars or whatever, in their— in their giant freezers. And they’re just giant domestic freezers, minus twenty.\\n\\nHouck: I’m gonna have to, like, reserve that image for moments of reflection, ’cause that’s a little overpowering.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah. It is, yeah. But I can, you know, take out one seed container, and you look in there and see how many there are, you’ll know that I’m right. Millions and millions.\\n\\nHouck: Well, and they were all cleaned to put in there…\\n\\nMcDade: And all cleaned, yeah.\\n\\nHouck: …so that’s a— that’s a huge undertaking.\\n\\nMcDade: It’s a huge amount’a work. And by the way, after you get ’em all cleaned, one of the things that you need to do is to do a germination trial, ’cause you don’t want— if they’re dead, you wanna know sooner rather than later, right? So you do a germination trial, and then you know what proportion were viable when you put it storage.\\n\\nHouck: But also, some technical work is involved with that because if the freezing is what breaks the dormancy, then you have to break the dormancy ahead of time to do your viability trial.\\n\\nMcDade: That’s right, you have to do— Yeah, exactly, yeah. And you wouldn’t believe the implements that the seedbank has for breaking dormancy.\\n\\nHouck: Well, you’re burning things—\\n\\nMcDade: Toe clippers, liquid smoke. We got a message the other day from the nursery guy saying that “We’re going to be smoking some romneya coulteri, seeds, ’cause they need a smoke exposure. And so if you smell smoke, don’t worry.”\\n\\nHouck: Right, we have to do the same thing.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah.\\n\\nHouck: Like, you know, “We’re doing a fire extinguisher test, so when you see black smoke, please don’t call 911 today.”\\n\\nMcDade: Don’t— Please don’t call 911. I let the field station over next to us that’s associated with the colleges know, as well, ’cause I don’t want them calling 911 either, so—\\n\\nHouck: Right. So for those people who don’t know romneya coulteri, that’s the matilija poppy, the—\\n\\nMcDade: The matilija poppy, which is our logo.\\n\\nHouck: Right, the fried-egg plant, the big, white—\\n\\nMcDade: Fried-egg plant, yeah. Largest flower in California.\\n\\nHouck: Which is fantastic. And we have it on our slopes at Getty Center, and I wouldn’t mind having more of it.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah. It’s a great plant. Especially when it’s in flower. We can’t keep it in the nursery; everybody wants one.\\n\\nWell, you know, they spread terrifically…\\n\\nHouck: Yes, yes.\\n\\nMcDade: …and so you have to be— You know, it’s like getting a Great Dane puppy. You know, you have to be aware that it’s going to get to be a very large creature. And so your romneya, your matilija poppy— Which, by the way, is a Chumash word…\\n\\nHouck: Oh, matilija is?\\n\\nMcDade: …not a— not a Spanish word.\\n\\nHouck: Am I saying it correctly?\\n\\nMcDade: Matilija, yeah.\\n\\nHouck: Lucinda, what is this here on our right?\\n\\nMcDade: This is an example of one of our garden areas that we’ve renovated very recently. And this water feature— I joke we used to grow a lotta water here. This used to be kind of a fake waterfall that came down, and leaked like mad. And we don’t think that’s really appropriate, for us to model that kind of water feature in Southern California anymore. So this is completely recirculating. It sits on a big sort of pan, where there’s a reservoir of water.\\n\\nHouck: Sure.\\n\\nMcDade: And it has the sort of like a toilet float in it, so that if it evaporates and needs more water it comes on and runs a little more water into it. But it’s basically recirculating.\\n\\nEverybody loves these. We had red-tailed hawks that nested up at the top of the hill, in a— in an oak tree. And they controlled this thing while they were— while they were learning to fly and getting big and ornery. And they would just sit on top of that, drinking water and shrieking and scaring everybody else away, but—\\n\\nHouck: Well, okay. So we have birds sort of getting some water.\\n\\nMcDade: Oh, there we go.\\n\\nHouck: And we have sort of some bees going around. So as the water’s skimming over the rock, it’s just the right sort of film size of water that the bee can drink out of it.\\n\\nMcDade: Yep.\\n\\nHouck: I know this from experience at Getty, because we have a sculpture that, when it has water in it, has the same kind of water sheeting over it.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah.\\n\\nHouck: And the bees say, ‘Thank you very much.’\\n\\nMcDade: The bees love that.\\n\\nHouck: [inaudible] prefer to stay in that area.\\n\\nMcDade: Mm-hm. And then hummingbirds come. And what they do is they just— they hover, and then they stick their bill right into the sheeting water and get a drink, and back up and process that and stick their bill back in, then back up and process that.\\n\\nAll three species of squirrels that we have will come to it. Often at the end of the day, if you sit on a bench here towards the end of the day, you get to see that.\\n\\nHouck: So this is the watering hole.\\n\\nMcDade: This is a watering hole, yes. Yeah, yeah.\\n\\nAren’t these things spectacular? These washingtonias, our native fan palm here in California.\\n\\nHouck: So you’ve left the skirt all the way to the bottom, which you don’t often see.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah, we let them do what they wanna do, the palms. And they do periodically lose a trunk of their skirt. Something breaks loose up in there and disrupts the balance, and then they [makes a noise].\\n\\nHouck: Sort of tumble down.\\n\\nMcDade: A bunch come down, yeah.\\n\\nHouck: There’s twenty-plus in this sort of grove of them, and they’re all sort of spaced apart. So this looks to me like sort of a classic oasis.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah, that’s what it’s designed to do, yeah.\\n\\nAnd we have owls that nest in there. Many days, if you look in just the right place, you can see an owl nesting in there. Or you can find an owl pellet.\\n\\nHouck: You touched on something about how you let the washingtonia fan palms do what they’re supposed to do.\\n\\nThe philosophy of pruning in this garden, what would that be? I mean, I think there’s value in letting plants grow as they would naturally, so we see their natural form. But I’m imagining you’re not always allowed to do that, and you probably have very specific rules on when and how you prune.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah, we do, really. We try not to let them block the paths. And then there’s seasonality to it. Basically, when you prune, you cut a plant, you’re telling the rest of the plant that stays there that now is the time to grow. Because you’re what’s called releasing the lower buds on the plant by getting rid of the upper buds. And you don’t wanna do that at some times of the year.\\n\\nThe last thing you wanna do to a plant that’s trying to go dormant because it’s July and it’s not gonna rain or do anything for three or four more months is tell it to grow, ’cause growing requires water and, you know, et cetera, et cetera. So you just don’t wanna do that. So we time things pretty carefully, when you’re going to prune.\\n\\nBut also, you know, part of our mission, really, is to encourage people to take California native plants home. That’s why we run a grow-native nursery, which is seasonal, but is operating for about eight months of the year. And so we need to demonstrate, you know, that certain plants can be made to look, as opposed to unruly, ruly, if you will. They can be encouraged to look like they are in a well-kept garden, as opposed to a wild and crazy place.\\n\\nHouck: Yeah, I mean, there is a different sort of design parameter around using some of these native plant materials than sort of a traditional landscape, where the ornamental hedge is in place or you’re expecting a green lawn. And you kinda have to take that aesthetic and throw it out the window and understand how big these plants are gonna get.\\n\\nMcDade: Yes.\\n\\nHouck: And the sizing—\\n\\nMcDade: That’s— We always say, “Read the label.” It says it’s gonna be six feet tall and six feet wide. It is. Believe it. Don’t plant it right next to something else that’s going to get six feet tall and six feet wide. I’m very guilty of overplanting. It’s called overplanting, planting too densely. You want instant gratification, right? So you just put ’em too close together.\\n\\nHouck: I’m a gardener; I do that, too.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah. The thing that convinced me to try to stop doing that is that what you end up generating is a lot of green waste. Which means you generate a lot for the trucks to cart off. I’m not happy contributing to that. I’d rather believe it, that it’s gonna be six feet by six feet.\\n\\nHouck: But you do have to live with it for a while, where it may not be the size or the aesthetic you were expecting.\\n\\nMcDade: Yeah, you do. But you can plant some other things that will give you more instant gratification, like annuals. You know, we’re gonna be selling California poppies in little four-inch pots, I think, and you can plant a bunch of those. And by the time they’re going to seed and kind of going away, your bigger plant’s gonna be established nicely.\\n\\nHouck: Okay.\\n\\nMcDade: So that’s what we recommend is think of it as waves of time.\\n\\nHouck: Yeah. So if I want poppies in my yard, when do I put my seeds out?\\n\\nMcDade: Now would be fine, actually.\\n\\nHouck: Okay.\\n\\nMcDade: Before or as it’s raining. The only thing you don’t wanna do is put ’em out too late, after they’ve already missed the rain. Like, I wouldn’t do it any later than December.\\n\\nHouck: Oh, okay.\\n\\nMcDade: ’Cause you want ’em to have a good chance to get wet and stay wet. And also, when the photoperiod is very short and the sun is low angle, any rain that does fall really benefits the plants, versus drying up immediately.\\n\\nHouck: See, I thought I asked you what was a simple question, and I clearly got the scientist answer for that. Lucinda, to me, the unspoken part of your garden sort of is the educational and research aspect of it.\\n\\nMcDade: Exactly. It’s kind of what goes on behind the scenes in the big, white building on the hill up there, where we have the tenth largest herbarium in North America. Herbarium is a collection of specimens of plants preserved for study and documentation and teaching. And where we have our graduate program. We do offer both master’s degrees and PhD degrees. Our students are out there right this minute, advancing knowledge of California native plants.\\n\\nAnd we have a lovely research library that’s a gem, a total jewel. But we also do a lot of community education. We do a lot of public education, informal sorts of things, both onsite and offsite. And we also do really fun things, like we’re doing yoga in the garden.\\n\\nHouck: Lucinda, thank you so much for your time today. It’s been a true pleasure to learn more about the garden and to walk around with you today.\\n\\nMcDade: You are very welcome. The pleasure has been all mine.\\n\\nHouck: This episode was produced by Zoe Goldman, with audio production by Gideon Brower and mixing by Myke Dodge Weiskopf.\\n\\nOur theme music comes from the “The Dharma at Big Sur” composed by John Adams, for the opening of the Walt Disney Concert Hall in Los Angeles in 2003 and is licensed with permission from Hendon Music.\\n\\nFor new episodes of Art and Ideas, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and other podcast platforms. For photos, transcripts, and other resources, visit getty.edu/podcasts and if you have a question, or an idea for an upcoming episode, write to us at podcasts@getty.edu.\\n\\nThanks for listening.',\n", - " 'Listen to this article\\n\\nCAPTRON has announced its official UR+ partnership with Universal Robots A/S. The global sensor provider said its TCP Calibration Sensors, now available on the Universal Robots marketplace, deliver high precision and are integrated with UR collaborative robot arms.\\n\\n“Our UR+ certified products are designed to deliver maximum precision and reliability to support our customers’ automation goals,” stated Sean Walters, general manager at CAPTRON North America LP. “This partnership with Universal Robots reinforces our commitment to delivering high-performance solutions that are easy to integrate, boosting productivity across the board.”\\n\\nDesigned for applications like dispensing and welding, these sensors can maximize accuracy, reduce scrap, and enhance production quality, said CAPTRON. The company claimed that its URCap software enables manufacturers to achieve plug-and-play integration, speeding up deployment and improving efficiency.\\n\\nApply to speak.\\n\\nCAPTRON sensors offer ease of use, precision\\n\\nThe TCP Laser Calibration Sensors are available in 40 mm (1.5 in.) and 70 mm (0.2 in.) sizes. They offer precise tool tip calibration with a reproducibility of 0.01 mm (0.0003 in.), said the company, which has locations in the U.S., Germany, China, and Poland.\\n\\nCAPTRON listed the following features and benefits for its URCap-compatible TCP Calibration Sensors:\\n\\nEase of use : CAPTRON said its URCap software simplifies sensor setup, drastically cutting integration time.\\n\\n: CAPTRON said its URCap software simplifies sensor setup, drastically cutting integration time. Reliability : The sensors promise precise and repeatable accuracy, minimizing tool deviations and errors.\\n\\n: The sensors promise precise and repeatable accuracy, minimizing tool deviations and errors. Flexibility: With user-friendly software interfaces, manufacturers can switch between tasks quickly and easily, said CAPTRON, making its systems highly adaptable across various applications.\\n\\nCustomer says TCP Calibration Sensor a ‘game changer’\\n\\nPopular tool center point applications include checking the welder gun wire tip after cleaning and calibrating the glue-dispensing tip before each process to ensure precision.\\n\\nOne of CAPTRON’s newest customers recently implemented the TCP Calibration Sensor and described it as a “game changer.” The customer said it has seen dramatic improvements in tool precision, significantly reducing errors and downtime.\\n\\nCAPTRON said the use case highlights how its technology can enhance accuracy and efficiency in automated industrial processes.\\n\\n“Universal Robots is thrilled to partner with CAPTRON to drive the next wave of innovation in collaborative robotics,” said Michael DeGrace, ecosystem success manager for the Americas at Universal Robots. “By combining CAPTRON’s cutting-edge sensor technology with our flexible, user-friendly robotic arms, we are opening up new possibilities for industries worldwide to enhance automation, improve precision, and achieve greater efficiency in their operations.”\\n\\nCAPTRON’s TCP Calibration Sensors and URCap Software are now available through the Universal Robots Marketplace. For more information, visit CAPTRON UR Products.',\n", - " 'UK-India trade talks to re-launch in the new year\\n\\nHowever, the UK has been locked in more than a dozen rounds of negotiations since 2022, with key sticking points around relaxing visa rules and lowering fees for Indian students and professionals going to the UK.\\n\\nA post-Brexit deal could unlock valuable markets for British cars, Scottish whisky, and financial services worth billions of pounds, with India on course to become the third largest economy in the world by 2050.\\n\\nThe news comes after Sir Keir Starmer met Indian prime minister Narendra Modi at the G20 summit in Brazil.\\n\\nFree trade talks between India and the UK will be relaunched in the new year, Downing Street has announced.\\n\\nUK exports to India are worth £16.6 billion and the trading relationship with India was worth £42 billion in the 12 months before June 2024.\\n\\nSir Keir has been meeting world leaders over the two-day summit of the 20 biggest global economies, and is expected to unveil new trade and industrial strategies in the coming weeks.\\n\\nHe said the latest round of talks with India will focus on security, education, technology, and climate change.\\n\\n\"Boosting economic growth is key to improving living standards for working people,\" he said.\\n\\n\"A new trade deal with India will support jobs and prosperity in the UK – and represent a step forward in our mission to deliver growth and opportunity across our country.\"\\n\\nBusiness and trade secretary Jonathan Reynolds described India as a \"vital trading partner\" and said he believed there is \"a good deal to be done here\" for both sides.\\n\\n\"Whether it\\'s lowering Indian tariffs to help British firms export to this dynamic market or boosting investment which already supports over 600,000 jobs across both countries, striking a deal is important to deliver this Government\\'s core mission of driving economic growth,\" he said.\\n\\nThe Labour government has been negotiating with Switzerland, South Korea and the Gulf Cooperation Council since their election victory in July.\\n\\nThe UK will also join trade talks for the Comprehensive and Progressive Agreement for Trans-Pacific Partnership (CPTPP) in mid-December.'],\n", + "array(['Let’s face it. The world of team building activities has evolved beyond trust falls and awkward ice breakers. CEOs, entrepreneurs, professors—you name it—are constantly on the hunt for dynamic ways to strengthen their teams. Why? Because a connected team is the powerhouse behind every great achievement. Imagine transforming mundane meetings into epic adventures or dull Fridays into days buzzing with excitement and laughter. With the right mix, you can catapult your group from mere co-workers to a unified force ready to tackle any challenge head-on. Ready to get started? Let’s take a look at some team building activities that you might want to use.\\n\\nThe Importance of Team Building for Company Culture\\n\\nGone are the days when “team building” was merely a buzzword. Nowadays, it’s essential for nurturing company culture and ensuring everyone feels like part of something bigger than their task list. These activities are all about boosting morale, enhancing communication, and fostering trust among team members.\\n\\nEngaging in a variety of team-strengthening activities can dismantle the walls separating different sectors or levels within organizations. By forcing employees out of their digital workspaces, they have the opportunity to learn about their colleagues’ strengths and interests, which can help in future projects. Not only is this a great opportunity for employees to build trust, but it’s also a chance to foster spaces where individuals are appreciated.\\n\\nSo buckle up. We’re diving deep into this world—examining everything from quick icebreakers perfect for remote teams to full-scale corporate retreats designed to recharge and inspire. You’ll get the inside scoop on how these strategies not only bring people together but also spark creativity, boost morale, and drive productivity. Embarking on this journey, we’ll reshape the way your team interacts and collaborates.\\n\\nLearn How You Could Get Your First (Or Next) Paid Speaking Gig In 90 Days or Less We receive thousands of applications every day, but we only work with the top 5% of speakers. Book a FREE call with our team to get started — you’ll learn why the vast majority of our students get a paid speaking gig within 90 days of finishing our program. Get Started\\n\\nInnovative Food-Based Team Building Challenges\\n\\nWhat better way to connect your team than through food? Whether you’re making it or eating it, meals are a great way to build your team’s morale.\\n\\nHosting a Guacamole Making Contest\\n\\nHosting a guacamole challenge is not only a delicious way to dive into food-related team building activities, but it’s also ripe with opportunities for creativity and collaboration.\\n\\nGather your team members around the kitchen counter or even virtually via video call. Everyone gets the basic ingredients: avocados, limes, onions, and tomatoes. But here’s where it gets interesting: add some mystery ingredients into the mix. Think mangoes, pomegranate seeds or even chocolate. The goal? To create an award-winning guac masterpiece.\\n\\nThe beauty of this activity lies in its simplicity yet ability to spark conversations and laughter among participants. And hey, there’s always tasty guac at the end.\\n\\nOrganizing a Lunch & Learn Session\\n\\nEating together has always been an excellent way for people to bond. Combine that with learning something new during lunchtime and you have “Lunch & Learn.” Pick topics relevant to your work environment or completely off-the-wall subjects that catch everyone by surprise. Truly, these gatherings serve as culinary bonding experiences, blending the art of conversation with delightful cuisine to spark insightful dialogues among team members.\\n\\nWhat makes Lunch & Learns particularly great is their flexibility. They work equally well whether you’re part of a remote workforce dialing in from different parts of the globe or sitting across each other in the office cafeteria.\\n\\nIn essence, Lunch & Learns offer both nourishment and knowledge. Whether hosting a lively guacamole making contest or embarking on thought-provoking Lunch & Learns sessions, this combination boosts morale, strengthens connections, and encourages teamwork.\\n\\nOutdoor and Adventure-Focused Team Activities\\n\\nChances are your team already spends plenty of time indoors sitting at desks. So why not get them up and moving with some outdoor activities? While these team building activities are dependent on weather, they can be a nice change of pace and environment for your employees.\\n\\nPlanning a Cornhole Tournament\\n\\nTo get your team outside, try organizing a cornhole tournament. The beauty of cornhole is that anyone can play, regardless of fitness level or sports prowess. Here’s how you make it happen:\\n\\nPick Your Teams: Randomize to mix things up and get folks interacting outside their usual cliques.\\n\\nRandomize to mix things up and get folks interacting outside their usual cliques. Set up the Brackets: Make sure everyone gets a fair shot by organizing games in brackets—just like March Madness.\\n\\nMake sure everyone gets a fair shot by organizing games in brackets—just like March Madness. The Prize: Yes, there should be one. Whether it’s bragging rights, a goofy trophy, or lunch on the boss, have something for that winning duo.\\n\\nKickball Game Day for Team Bonding\\n\\nA little throwback never hurt anybody—especially if that throwback involves kickball. Remember recess? Well, this is recess all grown-up style. To set this day ablaze with excitement here’s what you need to do:\\n\\nCreate Teams Ahead Of Time: We’re not picking teams old school playground style—that way nobody feels left out. Lay Down Some Ground Rules: Safety first. Also decide how competitive or casual you want the game vibe to be. Celebrate Afterwards: No matter who wins or loses, celebrate together afterwards because you’re all on the same work team after all.\\n\\nBeyond being plain old fun, outdoor and sports-related team building activities like cornhole and kickball boost morale while breaking down barriers between group members in ways traditional exercises can’t touch. Who knows? You might just end up starting an annual tradition that becomes legendary within your company culture.\\n\\nEngaging Indoor Gaming and Strategy Sessions\\n\\nFor teams that are less inclined to engage in physical outdoor activities, there are always plenty of indoor games to try instead. With tabletop games, you not only have the opportunity to exercise a little healthy competition, you also have the chance to strike up conversations with teammates during game play.\\n\\nSetting Up a Dungeons & Dragons Campaign\\n\\nDive into the world of Dungeons & Dragons, where fantasy meets strategy in the ultimate team-building activity. Picture this: your work team, transformed into a band of adventurers, navigating treacherous lands filled with puzzles and enemies. Beyond mere entertainment, this creative exercise evolves into a profound workshop on devising solutions and nurturing imaginative thought. The best part is that no two campaigns are ever the same. As you roll dice to determine your fate, you’ll find that communication is key. You need to talk, plan, strategize together to overcome challenges thrown at you by the Dungeon Master.\\n\\nBoard Game Night for Strategic Thinking\\n\\nIf Dungeons & Dragons isn’t quite your speed, consider hosting a board game night instead. It’s another great way of sharpening those strategic minds in an environment that encourages friendly competition. Consider some of the games below for your team.\\n\\nTicket to Ride: Build train routes across countries or continents—great for fostering planning skills.\\n\\nBuild train routes across countries or continents—great for fostering planning skills. Catan: Gather resources and build settlements—perfect for negotiation tactics and resource management skills.\\n\\nGather resources and build settlements—perfect for negotiation tactics and resource management skills. Pandemic: A fight against time as players collaborate to stop global outbreaks—a true test of teamwork under pressure.\\n\\nA fight against time as players collaborate to stop global outbreaks—a true test of teamwork under pressure. Forbidden Island: Work together as a team to collect four relics before the island sinks—great for collaborative team-work and communication.\\n\\nEach of these games requires clear communication, forward-thinking moves, and swift adaptability when plans go awry. Indeed, engaging in these strategic games can even enhance vital abilities such as analytical reasoning and team synergy. With these indoor games, you have a chance at bringing out the best in teammates while building bonds strong enough to tackle any corporate challenges.\\n\\nBudget-Friendly Team Building Solutions\\n\\nSometimes planning team building activities can be tricky, especially when you don’t have money to spend on supplies. If this is you, don’t worry—you still have plenty of options at your disposal.\\n\\nCreative No-Cost Team Building Activities\\n\\nIf you’re on a tight budget, no sweat. We have some team building solutions that don’t require you to break the bank. Here are a few creative exercises that will have your team laughing, learning, and growing closer—all without reaching for the company credit card.\\n\\nThe “Two Truths and a Lie” Icebreaker: It’s classic but golden. Everyone shares two truths about themselves and one lie. The rest guess which is which. You’d be amazed by the revelations that come to light.\\n\\nIt’s classic but golden. Everyone shares two truths about themselves and one lie. The rest guess which is which. You’d be amazed by the revelations that come to light. Virtual Coffee Breaks: For remote teams or those practicing social distancing, schedule 15 minutes where everyone grabs their favorite beverage and just chats via video call about non-work topics.\\n\\nFor remote teams or those practicing social distancing, schedule 15 minutes where everyone grabs their favorite beverage and just chats via video call about non-work topics. “The Common Book”: Create an online document accessible by all team members where each person can write something positive about another teammate weekly. It’s uplifting reading through it together after some time has passed.\\n\\nAll these activities require zero cash but offer priceless benefits like improved communication skills, deeper connections among teammates, and bursts of creativity & fun amid everyday tasks.\\n\\nPowerPoint Karaoke Competition\\n\\nImagine this: you’re up in front of your team as a random PowerPoint deck flashes on the screen behind you. Your mission? To present these slides you’ve never seen before like they’re your own. Welcome to PowerPoint Karaoke, one of the most exhilarating office games out there.\\n\\nThis game isn’t just about having fun. It’s a masterclass in thinking on your feet and public speaking—skills every team member can benefit from. Everyone gets to flex their creative muscles and laugh at the absurdity together. It’s teamwork and personal development all rolled into one hilarious package.\\n\\nHosting a Virtual Movie Night\\n\\nVirtual movie nights are a great way to bond with remote teams across continents or just from different living rooms within the same city. All it takes is choosing a film everyone’s excited about, syncing up play times via platforms like Netflix Party, and letting the live chat roll. What unfolds is not just shared entertainment but real-time reactions that bring everyone closer, fostering camaraderie beyond work projects. The beauty here lies in simplicity—the simple act of watching a movie together can bridge gaps between remote members.\\n\\nWith activities like PowerPoint Karaoke competition and hosting a virtual movie night, breaking down walls has never been more enjoyable—or easier. These activities are cost-free ways to get team members together in a low-stress environment, all while crafting enduring memories in the process. So go ahead—pick any of these ideas and watch as they bring new energy into your work environment while keeping those budget concerns at bay.\\n\\nHigh-Impact Big-Budget Team Activities\\n\\nFor some companies, putting money into team building is a must. In such cases, consider using that money to send your employees on a corporate retreat or a professional development workshop. While these aren’t your usual team building activities, they still allow plenty of time for employees to mingle and get to know each other better.\\n\\nExclusive Corporate Retreats\\n\\nAfter working tirelessly for months on end, your squad deserves a moment to rejuvenate their spirits. But we’re not talking about your run-of-the-mill office party here. Imagine whisking your team away to a luxury resort where the views are breathtaking, and the only item on the agenda is bonding. From tailor-made adventure activities that get everyone’s adrenaline pumping to serene moments shared over gourmet meals, this is a great way to treat your employees while providing them with a relaxed, low-stress environment.\\n\\nAdvanced Professional Development Workshops\\n\\nProfessional development doesn’t always have to mean sitting through endless PowerPoint presentations. Instead, try organizing a PD workshop with a keynote speaker and maybe even breakout sessions. We’re talking high-octane workshops led by industry rockstars who aren’t just there to talk but make sure every bit of knowledge sticks with hands-on sessions and real-life case studies.\\n\\nIn these settings, team building takes on new heights, merging fun with function as each group member brings their newly polished prowess back into play at work. After all, when teams grow together, they glow together, and nothing beats witnessing that transformation first-hand.\\n\\nFind Out Exactly How Much You Could Make As a Paid Speaker Use The Official Speaker Fee Calculator to tell you what you should charge for your first (or next) speaking gig — virtual or in-person! Calculate Your Fee\\n\\nConclusion\\n\\nSo, there you have it. We’ve traveled through the dynamic world of team building activities, uncovering gems from guacamole contests to Dungeons & Dragons campaigns. It’s clear: gone are the days of cringe-worthy ice breakers and trust falls that make you wish for invisibility powers.\\n\\nThe heart of what we discovered? Team building is more than just an item on a managerial checklist; it’s the lifeblood of vibrant company culture. By fostering genuine connections, we set our teams up not just for success but for a sense of belonging and unity that can weather any storm.\\n\\nThrough food-based challenges or high-stakes board games, each activity serves as a bridge—connecting individuals on levels deeper than their job descriptions suggest. Venturing outdoors and strategizing indoors go beyond simple pastimes; they act as ignition points for teamwork, igniting a creativity that seamlessly integrates into professional tasks in surprising manners.\\n\\nBudget-friendly or big-budget splurges—it doesn’t matter where your funds land. What counts is making every dollar count towards creating moments that stick with your team long after the event has ended.\\n\\nIn weaving together unique office games and carefully chosen corporate events, we’re doing so much more than breaking monotony; we’re engineering experiences that resonate on a personal level while elevating collective performance.\\n\\nThis journey through team building activities isn’t about following trends or ticking boxes. It’s about understanding your crew’s core—their motivations, strengths, quirks—and leveraging this insight to forge an unbreakable bond because at its best, teamwork transforms a group of individuals into a cohesive unit that can tackle any challenge head-on. By diving deep into what makes your team tick and using these discoveries to tailor experiences that resonate with everyone involved, you set the stage for genuine connections and lasting camaraderie.',\n", + " \"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/The-Broken-Narrative.mp3 Download Listen to “The Broken Narrative”\\n\\nThere’s just something satisfying about drawing story structure on a napkin. Robert Smith of Planet Money carries a printed copy of Dan Harmon’s Story Circle around in his wallet. But, as spot-on as the Story Circle is, if it’s not drawn on a napkin, it’s just less satisfying. (Joking)\\n\\nI first got the idea of drawing story structures on napkins from Bradley Campbell. He’s much better at it than I am. You can see for yourself at the post for the HowSound episode “My Kingdom for Some Structure.” Bradley and I chatted about the sketches he made for This American Life and Radiolab and All Things Considered and others.\\n\\nLater, I took pen to paper for “The ‘e,'” perhaps my favorite story structure. The drawings? Not so much.\\n\\nNow, the broken narrative. If memory serves, I first heard about it from Roy Peter Clark of the Poynter Institute. The broken narrative works like this:\\n\\nThe straight line is the narrative of the story. This happened then this happened then this happened. . .\\n\\nAt an appropriate point in the narrative, the story takes a step to the side. The writer puts the narrative on hold to provide context or history or reported information. That’s the “broken” part of the arrow above.\\n\\nThen, slyly (if the writing is good), the narrative seamlessly continues. This happened then this happened. . . until it’s time for another break in the story for more context.\\n\\nAnd so on. . .\\n\\nNPR’s Greg Warner blew me away recently with his skillful use of the broken narrative on an episode of Rough Translation called “The Congo We Listen To.” Greg and I dissect the broken narrative in the opening to that story on this edition of HowSound.\",\n", + " 'Xcel Energy is now delivering carbon-free electricity from one of the country’s largest solar projects to customers across the Upper Midwest, representing a significant milestone in the company’s clean energy transition and the first of several major investments at the Sherco site in central Minnesota.\\n\\n“Our progress at Sherco Solar shows we’re not just talking about the clean energy future, we’re building it,” said Bob Frenzel, chairman, president and CEO of Xcel Energy. “This is the first large-scale solar facility we have owned and operated, and it’s an important milestone on Xcel Energy’s path to achieving our carbon-free vision in a way that uses innovative technologies, creates jobs, supports our communities and ensures reliability for our customers. I commend our employees, contractors and partners who have come together and worked to make this transition a reality.”\\n\\nSherco Solar’s initial connection to the Upper Midwest grid occurred in late October, serving customers across the region with more than 220 megawatts of low-cost solar power. Two additional connection phases will come online in 2025 and 2026. Once complete, Sherco Solar’s combined capacity of 710 MW will provide enough clean energy to power 150,000 homes across the Upper Midwest and replace the capacity of the nearby Sherco plant’s first coal unit that retired last year.\\n\\nSherco Solar will provide the lowest-cost solar on Xcel Energy’s Upper Midwest system. The project represents an investment of about $1.1 billion in clean energy infrastructure.\\n\\nSherco Solar is creating 400 good-paying union construction jobs, plus 12 ongoing operations and maintenance jobs. The project provides an opportunity for participants in Xcel Energy’s Power Up workforce and development program, which the PUC and Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development were key in shaping. The workforce program is designed to offer opportunities to people who are underrepresented in the energy industry and building trades.\\n\\n“Sherco Solar is creating hundreds of jobs with family-supporting wages for IBEW 292 members, who are keeping the lights on for Minnesotans while building the clean energy infrastructure that will power the state for decades to come,” said Jeff Heimerl, business manager of International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers (IBEW) Local 292. “Nearly 200 IBEW members helped deliver the first phase of Sherco Solar, and we’re already hard at work on the next phases of the project as we help the state meet its 100% carbon-free energy production goal.”\\n\\nThe project will also contribute an estimated $350 million in local economic benefits to Sherburne County communities as the Sherco coal plant is retired in stages by 2030.\\n\\nNews item from Xcel Energy',\n", + " 'The FBI began an investigation into why a 20-year-old man tried to assassinate Donald Trump. Questions were raised about how Thomas Matthew Crooks was able to get so close to Mr Trump at a campaign rally in rural Pennsylvania. His volley of shots from a nearby rooftop came close to killing the Republican, grazing his ear. One man was killed and two seriously injured. Secret Service snipers shot Crooks dead. The motive for the assassination attempt was not immediately clear. Crooks was a gun enthusiast and described as a quiet loner, but with no mental-health issues. Mr Trump left the stage exhorting his supporters to “Fight! Fight! Fight!”',\n", + " 'School of Song, the online platform offering songwriting and community workshops with famed musicians, has announced that Brian Eno will host its January program. The workshop includes four lectures, hourlong Q&As, and a live in-class writing exercise, with topics ranging from Oblique Strategies to Avant Gardening and beyond. The program costs $160, and the registration deadline is January 4.\\n\\nThe description for Brian Eno’s School of Song course promises that he will guide students through his relationship to the creative process by sharing techniques and practices he’s developed throughout his career. “I’m looking forward to the chance to properly articulate some ideas about the creative process that have been fermenting over the last 50 years,” he added. “To be able to do this with some fresh young minds and imaginations was a chance that I couldn’t refuse.”\\n\\nThe most recent solo album that Eno put out, ForeverAndEverNoMore, came out in 2022. In the years since then, he’s worked with Fred Again.., on Secret Life, rolled out the Small Craft EP and the archival album Sushi! Roti! Reibekuchen!, and worked with Hot Chip, Goddess, and Jean-Michel Jarre on songs.\\n\\nRevisit Philip Sherburne’s interview “A Conversation With Brian Eno About Ambient Music” and see where Eno and John Cale’s “Lay My Love” landed on “The 250 Best Songs of the 1990s.”',\n", + " 'I am not a licensed investment adviser , and I am not providing you with individual investment advice on this site. Please consult with an investment professional before you invest your money. This site is for entertainment and educational use only - any opinion expressed on the site here and elsewhere on the internet is not a form of investment advice provided to you. I use information in my articles I believe to be correct at the time of writing them on my site, which information may or may not be accurate. We are not liable for any losses suffered by any party because of information published on this blog. Past performance is not a guarantee of future performance. Unless your investments are FDIC insured, they may decline in value.\\n\\n\\n\\n\\n\\nBy reading this site, you agree that you are solely responsible for making investment decisions in connection with your funds.\\n\\n\\n\\n\\n\\nQuestions or Comments? You can contact me at dividendgrowthinvestor at gmail dot com.\\n\\nBy reading this website, you agree that you will not modify, copy, reproduce, sell, or distribute any content in any manner or medium without permission Copyright 2008 - 2023',\n", + " \"North Carolina is fresh off a trouncing of American University, outscoring the Eagles 61-24 in the second half and cruising to a 52-point victory.\\n\\nIt’s still early, but through three games — one against the AP No. 1 ranked team — pieces are starting to fit into place for this revamped Tar Heel squad. It’s evident how much talent runs up and down Coach Hubert Davis’s roster, but the designation of roles was a huge question mark approaching 2024-25. Putting the puzzle together is an art, especially in college sports, that takes time. North Carolina looks to have taken a significant step in that process with point guard Elliot Cadeau.\\n\\nThe 20-year-old reclassified into the 2023 recruiting class, skipping his senior year of high school and joining the Tar Heels two summers ago. Cadeau was highly touted nationally at his position and across all, being the first five-star to enroll in Chapel Hill since Caleb Love in 2020.\\n\\nCadeau’s emergence in this young season shouldn't imply his freshman campaign as a waste. The guard led North Carolina in assists and contributed quality control of the offense with a sprinkle of points in every contest last year. He was arguably lost in the shadow of RJ Davis — which was easy to do — and not quite ready to be the surefire prospect out of Link Academy represented in pure production.\\n\\nThe main blemish on Cadeau’s player profile in 2023-24 was his inability to shoot, specifically from beyond the arc. After being profiled as an average shooter in high school, he shot 18.9% (10-53) from three-point land a year ago. It hurt the Tar Heels in a big way.\\n\\n“You will not recognize him” is what Hubert Davis said to the ACC media ahead of this season regarding the growth of Cadeau. Update: Coach was right.\\n\\nIn three games, Elliot Cadeau is averaging 15.7 points and 7.7 assists, shooting 48.1% from the field. It's a small sample size, but the sophomore is 40% from deep, shooting 3-4 in the opener against Elon. He’s a completely different player.\\n\\nWhat doesn't show up as blaring in the stat sheet is his mind-boggling vision with the ball in his hands. The assists aren't weighted as they should be, as some of Cadeau’s dimes are hands on head crazy. He passes his teammates open and complements that with an athletic burst with the basketball, leaving 1-on-1 defenders nearly helpless. There’s a certain sense of control when the New Jersey native directs the offense, and everything else seems to be falling perfectly into place beyond that.\\n\\nIf you’ve been watching close enough, there may be something else that's caught your eye regarding Elliot Cadeau. He’s a special teammate.\\n\\nWhen RJ Davis gets his name announced in pregame introductions, Cadeau sprints back from the huddle to praise the superstar guard as he makes his way onto the court. No one was more animated after electrifying plays on Friday night than Cadeau, with the main instance coming after the Jalen Washington slam as North Carolina was riding heavy momentum.\\n\\nPUT IT ON A TSHIRT!!! ️ pic.twitter.com/WUmYnBC8z8 — Carolina Basketball (@UNC_Basketball) November 16, 2024\\n\\nHave you seen Cadeau’s reactions on the bench when walk-on’s John Holbrook and Dante Mayo got in the scoring column? He nearly runs onto the court celebrating his teammates in complete pandemonium with the rest of the bench.\\n\\nWhen it comes to choosing someone to command this team, Elliot Cadeau is surely making his case. The combination of leadership, selflessness and rising production makes him one of, if not the best, point guard in the ACC on a team with so many weapons surrounding him. His early success has also allowed defensive attention to be rationed, as Trimble, Davis and Cadeau are all seen as scoring threats.\\n\\nThe shooting woes held Cadeau back in 2023, and he clearly did something about them. But luckily for us, that’s not the lone piece of his game that’s risen to the next level. If the first three games were implicative of what’s to come, it’s going to be a special season for the sophomore guard and the Tar Heels.\",\n", + " 'The birth of the modern consumer movement\\n\\nToday on the show, the story of the modern consumer movement in the U.S. and the person who inspired it: Ralph Nader. How Ralph Nader\\'s battle in the 1960s set the stage for decades of regulation and sparked a debate in the U.S. about how much regulation is the right amount and how much is too much.\\n\\nThis episode was made in collaboration with NPR\\'s Throughline. For more about Ralph Nader and safety regulations, listen to their original episode, \"Ralph Nader, Consumer Crusader.\"\\n\\nSponsor Message\\n\\nThis Planet Money episode was produced by Emma Peaslee and edited by Jess Jiang.\\n\\nThe Throughline episode was produced by Rund Abdelfatah, Ramtin Arablouei, Lawrence Wu, Julie Caine, Anya Steinberg, Casey Miner, Cristina Kim, Devin Katayama, Peter Balonon-Rosen, Irene Noguchi, and fact-checking by Kevin Volkl. The episode was mixed by Josh Newell.\\n\\nHelp support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney.\\n\\nAlways free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts.\\n\\nFind more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter.\\n\\nMusic: NPR Source Audio - \"Good Thing Goin On,\" and \"Ricochet\"',\n", + " 'There was a lot working against Vampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines when it launched on this day back in 2004. Nobody wants to launch up against a game as hotly anticipated as Half-Life 2, let alone be pushed out half-finished due to a bizarre corporate mandate to launch on the same day as said game — which, incidentally, used the same brand-new engine as V:TM-B was built in, but as proprietary in-house technology rather than via a third-party licence, and so very much getting the better end of the deal.\\n\\nTo see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings\\n\\nUltimately, looking back on the launch debacle that surrounded Bloodlines just shows you how radically the games industry has changed in the past 20 years. If the same scenario were to play out today, you\\'d probably see the publishers overseeing a video game tie-in to a relatively niche TTRPG doing everything in their power to avoid launching on the same day as such an obvious GOTY candidate. In fact, the launch would likely be pushed back several months to minimise clashing over the audience\\'s attentions, which ironically would have been exactly what Bloodlines\\' developer Troika Games wanted and needed but never got.\\n\\nBut there\\'s also the fact that Bloodlines managed to gain a fair amount of popularity quite quickly despite its underbaked launch state. Even before it gained the cult classic status it\\'s best known for today, this wasn\\'t a game that required reassessment from a later generation of players, and its reputation initially grew out of perseverance from the fans who were already there at the time.\\n\\nMany fond memories of Bloodlines owe a debt to the dedicated modders whose work on post-launch patches was crucial to ensuring its legacy. However, I really must stress that this screenshot comes from a totally unmodded version of the game. | Image credit: Troika Games / Activision\\n\\nAgain, that\\'s something that wouldn\\'t happen in 2024, when a theoretically decent game with performance issues not patched out on Day 1 is more often than not dismissed as \"mid\" and consigned to the status of a minor historical footnote, as players turn their attentions to any of the dozens of other games that launched that week. And honestly, who can blame them?\\n\\nThe world of two decades ago was quite different: fewer games doing the rounds, and slower access to the games there were (digital distribution was still in its infancy, remember: Steam was a mere year old at this point, and still only sold games made directly by Valve) meant that something like Bloodlines could still emerge with a respectable 80% average critical score, rapidly become something of a darling among players, and even pick up a modest handful of end-of-year awards despite launching in mid-November on top of everything else that it had to contend with.\\n\\nShout out to my main gal, the female Tremere PC, one of the 14 playable character archetypes you choose from in Bloodlines. What she lacks in raw physical strength, she more than makes up for in her ability to suspend her enemies in mid-air using the blood she magically boils in their veins. | Image credit: Troika Games / Activision\\n\\nSadly, the purgatorial status of the Bloodlines IP continues to this day. Given that Troika Games folded not long after Bloodlines\\' launch, most fans knew better than to expect a sequel. So when one was announced in 2019 — with an initial release window that would broadly coincide with the original game\\'s 15th anniversary, but also risked clashing with the then-intended launch date for the hotly-awaited, GOTY-tipped Cyberpunk 2077 — the pleasant surprise was tempered by nervous jokes about generational curses.\\n\\nFive years and numerous delays later, of course, Bloodlines 2 still hasn\\'t launched — and has changed almost beyond recognition, morphing from a closely-moulded direct sequel developed by Hardsuit Labs to a looser spiritual successor rebuilt from the ground up by The Chinese Room. By the sounds of things, 2025 might just be the year we finally get our hands on V:TM-B2, but it\\'s fair to say that those half-joking predictions of a troubled production proved more accurate than even the prognosticators themselves anticipated.\\n\\nOne of V:TM-B\\'s many strengths on display: an early example of digital tourism via the game\\'s loving rendition of a seedy late-night Los Angeles spread across four hub maps. | Image credit: Troika Games / Activision\\n\\nIn truth, though — and speaking from the heart here, as someone who still considers Vampire: The Masquerade - Bloodlines quite possibly their single favourite video game of all time even two decades later — I\\'m not that worried about Bloodlines 2.\\n\\nNot because it\\'s better viewed in the context of the fact that there have actually been 11 official VTM video games (plus numerous sanctioned VTM game jam titles) released in the past two decades that weren\\'t Bloodlines sequels, but which did demonstrate that the IP is versatile enough to support a steady supply of good games, even if they mostly don\\'t have the scope and reach to set the world on fire. And not because I have faith in The Chinese Room to deliver a decent World of Darkness-flavoured Dishonored-style imsim that bears little relation to the original but stands up well enough on its own — although, for what it\\'s worth, I do actually think that\\'ll be the case.\\n\\nTo say nothing of the half-dozen non-VTM World of Darkness games that have launched over the past 20 years, including several from Werewolf: The Apocalypse. | Image credit: Troika Games / Activision\\n\\nI\\'ve mentioned this already in our end-of-year video round-ups for 2023, but last year\\'s resounding Game of the Year winner Baldur\\'s Gate 3 has in many ways already scratched my itch for a modern Vampire: The Masquerade follow-up. As a deeply engrossing RPG based on a popular tabletop setting, made exceptional by the strength of its writing, world-building, and performances (and even with a hot-yet-troubled vampire in a key role), BG3 already proved that the V:TM-B formula could be one of the most winning concepts in video games if a developer was given the time, space, and — crucially — funding and resources needed to make a game that lived up to all that truly excellent potential.\\n\\nViewed through this more holistic lens, Bloodlines\\' legacy has already come full circle. A throwback title in the same vein became the first video game ever to win all five major GOTY awards; if ever a point could be comprehensively proven in a field as subjective as art and entertainment, this one has been now. Bloodlines 2 can be what it needs to be — whether it ends up being beloved, reviled, or just quickly forgotten — and at the end of the day, the original Bloodlines will still be that messy but wonderful cult classic that set the bar for RPG storytelling in video games.',\n", + " 'In the “That’s Not Even a State” portion of the non-conference schedule for the Texas Longhorns, the Mississippi Valley State Delta Devils arrived at the Moody Center in Austin ranked dead last in Division I in BartTorvik.com’s adjusted efficiency metrics and left as 89-43 losers on Saturday after the Longhorns outscored the Delta Devils 56-20 in the second half.\\n\\nThat meant that head coach Rodney Terry’s team scuffled to a 33-23 lead in the first half as Texas freshman guard Tre Johnson only scored one point on two shot attempts in 16 minutes as the Longhorns inexplicably failed to create any separation.\\n\\nIn the second half, Texas rolled Mississippi Valley State, hitting 18 of their final 20 shot attempts in making 77.8-percent of their shot attempts, relentlessly attacking downhill and winning one-on-one battles with 11 points in transition and 15 layups, including five dunks.\\n\\nThe offensive outburst included Johnson coming alive after halftime, scoring 17 points on 6-of-7 shooting with three made three-pointers. Texas senior forward Arthur Kaluma tied Johnson with a game-high 18 points in another efficient performance for the Creighton and Kansas State transfer, making 5-of-8 shot attempts and getting the line to convert 8-of-10 from the charity stripe, adding eight rebounds, two assists, two steals, and a block.\\n\\nAs Mississippi State struggled to defend without fouling — committing 25 in the game — Texas attempted 36 free throws compared to 45 shots from the floor.\\n\\nThe Longhorns dominated some key statistical categories, posting a 44-18 margin in points in the paint, 16-2 on fast-break points, 21-4 in points off turnovers, and 7-0 in blocks.\\n\\nThe bottom line is that the Delta Devils are an awful basketball team the Longhorns should have buried in the first half. Instead, Johnson’s big second half was necessary to create separation.\\n\\nDown the stretch, the performance of freshman forward Jamie Vinson was impressive with six points on three dunks, but there will also be plenty for Terry and his staff to critique before traveling to Brooklyn to face Syracuse next Thursday.',\n", + " 'LOADING ERROR LOADING\\n\\nThe House Ethics Committee deadlocked Wednesday over whether to release details of its investigation of attorney general nominee Matt Gaetz for sexual misconduct and drug use, the panel’s top Democrat said.\\n\\nRep. Susan Wild (D-Penn.) told reporters the evenly split committee ― a rarity in Congress ― saw members vote along party lines on whether to release the report, denying the majority needed for the report’s disclosure.\\n\\nAdvertisement\\n\\n“There was not an agreement by the committee to release the report,” Rep. Michael Guest (R-Miss.), chairman of the panel, said as he left the committee meeting, which lasted for several hours.\\n\\nWild said she did not want Guest’s remarks to be taken to mean there was consensus decision not to release the report.\\n\\n“I do not want the American public or anyone else to think that Mr. Guests’ characterization of what transpired today would be some sort of indication that the committee had unanimity or consensus on this issue,” Wild said.\\n\\nThe development leaves in limbo the fate of the probe’s potential findings as the Senate faces the prospect of having to vote to install as the nation’s top cop a man once accused of sex trafficking. Gaetz, a former Florida congressman, has denied the charges, and a federal criminal investigation into his activities was closed with no charges being filed.\\n\\nAdvertisement\\n\\nGaetz resigned from the House soon after being named, a move that reportedly came days before the committee was set to release its report on him. Because the House Ethics Committee only has jurisdiction over House members, the resignation ordinarily would have ended the probe without any further action.\\n\\nBut with Gaetz being nominated to head the Department of Justice, some argue that the usual past practice of closing the investigation without a public report should be ignored.\\n\\nPresident-elect Donald Trump’s pick of Gaetz is one of several selections that have caused some unease among Republicans. In addition to Gaetz, Trump chose Fox News weekend television host Pete Hegseth to be his secretary of defense and former congresswoman Tulsi Gabbard to be his national security adviser.\\n\\nBut Gaetz’s nomination appears to be the most troubled of the picks so far. In a June statement, the committee said “certain of the allegations” merited further review, and Gaetz was being looked at due to allegations of sexual misconduct, illicit drug use, accepting improper gifts and seeking to obstruct the government’s investigations of him.\\n\\nSo far, Trump has stood by Gaetz, even as many Republicans were shocked by the choice. On Wednesday, Gaetz returned to Capitol Hill to meet with some of the senators who would be deciding his nomination’s fate.\\n\\nAdvertisement\\n\\nDemocrats on the Senate Judiciary Committee, which would be the first to consider Gaetz, asked the Justice Department Wednesday to hand over its documents relating to the investigation that led to no charges being filed. Democrats have a majority on the committee until early January.\\n\\n“The grave public allegations against Mr. Gaetz speak directly to his fitness to serve as the chief law enforcement officer for the federal government. The unanswered questions regarding Mr. Gaetz’s alleged conduct are particularly significant given that his associate, Joel Greenberg, pleaded guilty to the sex trafficking charge for which Mr. Gaetz was also investigated,” the Democratic senators, led by Sen. Dick Durbin (D-Ill.), wrote.\\n\\nIn the House, the deadlock at Ethics prompted not one but two attempts by Democrats to force a floor vote on whether to release the report.\\n\\nRep. Sean Casten (D-Ill.) and Rep. Steve Cohen (D-Tenn.) both notified the House they would introduce privileged resolutions to require the ethics panel to release its findings. Privileged resolutions are often used to try to get a quick House floor vote on an issue dealing with the standards of the House, such as censures or expulsions.\\n\\nBut given the congressional calendar, a vote on either resolution could be delayed into December, when public pressure may have lessened.\\n\\nAdvertisement\\n\\n“Our hope is that the Ethics Committee releases the report before then so we don’t have to deal with this,” Casten told reporters. But he did not sound optimistic that would happen.\\n\\n“Every Republican in that House just endorsed someone for president who is an adjudicated rapist. The fact that we have to ask whether Republicans will support making public allegations of sexual impropriety by someone who is trying to be the highest law enforcement officer in the country speaks volumes of the Republican Party,” he said.\\n\\nWhile those who worked side by side with Gaetz expressed the most wonderment he had been named to head the nation’s federal law enforcement establishment, a new Economist/YouGov poll out Wednesday found public opinion evenly split.',\n", + " 'Product Description\\n\\nBroken-hearted office worker Ushiro and her ghostly companion Masako have gotten a talking to from Hashiba Shushaku, an exorcist who has seen human relationships with even the kindest spirits go awry…\\n\\nBut who’s gonna pay attention to sad backstories and stern scoldings when there’s so many absolute a-holes to curse! So Ushiro and Masako continue their spectral slapstick, and Ushiro continues to suffer strange sensations and changes…\\n\\nBut it just might be worth it, because they are about to get a big lead on Yuu-chan, the philanderer who was their real target from the very start!',\n", + " '“Marketplace” host Kai Ryssdal talks to David Gura at Bloomberg and Ana Swanson at the New York Times about inflation, the latest signals from the Federal Reserve, consumer sentiment, and more.',\n", + " \"On Tuesday night, the College Football Playoff (CFP) committee released the third installment of its rankings for the 2024 season. After setting the foundation for the seedings and revealing some of the underlying logic last week with the first release, this week’s rankings continued along that path as we move through the month of November.\\n\\nComing off a bye week, Miami was the beneficiary of previously unbeaten BYU losing at home to Kansas. That loss helped Miami move up a spot in both the rankings and seedings projection at this point of the season.\\n\\nMiami moves up to 8th ranked team in CFP rankings for week 3. Also moves back up to 3rd seed after BYU's loss. — StateOfTheU.com (@TheStateOfTheU) November 20, 2024\\n\\nMiami continues to be the highest ranked ACC team at this point of the year. Following CFP logic, that means Miami’s projected as the eventual ACC Champions, and thusly retain their top-4 seed and a bye, if the current rankings held true to the end of the year. Here is the full bracket and seeding, for your viewing pleasure:\\n\\nRegardless of present ranking, Miami is still in control of their own path to both the ACC Championship Game and College Football Playoff. Logically, it’s a simple path: win the rest of your games.\\n\\nAs it currently stands, Miami is in line for a first round bye. As the #3 seed, they would be in line to face the winner of 6 vs 11 game, currently ranked/seeded to be Penn State vs Georgia. But again, there’s a long way to go before any of this is finalized.\\n\\n2 regular season wins against Wake Forest and Syracuse would put Miami in the ACC Championship game. A win in the ACCCG would Put Miami in the top 4 as ACC Conference Champions and earn the Canes a bye to the quarterfinals.\\n\\nMiami returns to action on Saturday at Noon at home against Wake Forest on Senior Day. The game will kick at noon with nationwide coverage on ESPN.\\n\\nTime to go win!\\n\\nGo Canes\",\n", + " 'Featured Posts Slide 1 Wisconsin parents challenge school support plan for transgender students READ MORE Slide 2 Justices debate particularity of complaint in NVIDIA securities fraud suit READ MORE Slide 3 Supreme Court will hear case on second majority-Black district in Louisiana redistricting READ MORE Slide 4 Justices skeptical about Facebook’s data breach disclosure to investors READ MORE\\n\\nArchives Archives Select Month November 2024 October 2024 September 2024 August 2024 July 2024 June 2024 May 2024 April 2024 March 2024 February 2024 January 2024 December 2023 November 2023 October 2023 September 2023 August 2023 July 2023 June 2023 May 2023 April 2023 March 2023 February 2023 January 2023 December 2022 November 2022 October 2022 September 2022 August 2022 July 2022 June 2022 May 2022 April 2022 March 2022 February 2022 January 2022 December 2021 November 2021 October 2021 September 2021 August 2021 July 2021 June 2021 May 2021 April 2021 March 2021 February 2021 January 2021 December 2020 November 2020 October 2020 September 2020 August 2020 July 2020 June 2020 May 2020 April 2020 March 2020 February 2020 January 2020 December 2019 November 2019 October 2019 September 2019 August 2019 July 2019 June 2019 May 2019 April 2019 March 2019 February 2019 January 2019 December 2018 November 2018 October 2018 September 2018 August 2018 July 2018 June 2018 May 2018 April 2018 March 2018 February 2018 January 2018 December 2017 November 2017 October 2017 September 2017 August 2017 July 2017 June 2017 May 2017 April 2017 March 2017 February 2017 January 2017 December 2016 November 2016 October 2016 September 2016 August 2016 July 2016 June 2016 May 2016 April 2016 March 2016 February 2016 January 2016 December 2015 November 2015 October 2015 September 2015 August 2015 July 2015 June 2015 May 2015 April 2015 March 2015 February 2015 January 2015 December 2014 November 2014 October 2014 September 2014 August 2014 July 2014 June 2014 May 2014 April 2014 March 2014 February 2014 January 2014 December 2013 November 2013 October 2013 September 2013 August 2013 July 2013 June 2013 May 2013 April 2013 March 2013 February 2013 January 2013 December 2012 November 2012 October 2012 September 2012 August 2012 July 2012 June 2012 May 2012 April 2012 March 2012 February 2012 January 2012 December 2011 November 2011 October 2011 September 2011 August 2011 July 2011 June 2011 May 2011 April 2011 March 2011 February 2011 January 2011 December 2010 November 2010 October 2010 September 2010 August 2010 July 2010 June 2010 May 2010 April 2010 March 2010 February 2010 January 2010 December 2009 November 2009 October 2009 September 2009 August 2009 July 2009 June 2009 May 2009 April 2009 March 2009 February 2009 January 2009 December 2008 November 2008 October 2008 September 2008 August 2008 July 2008 June 2008 May 2008 April 2008 March 2008 February 2008 January 2008 December 2007 November 2007 October 2007 September 2007 August 2007 July 2007 June 2007 May 2007 April 2007 March 2007 February 2007 January 2007 December 2006 November 2006 October 2006 September 2006 August 2006 July 2006 June 2006 May 2006 April 2006 March 2006 February 2006 January 2006 December 2005 November 2005 October 2005 September 2005 August 2005 July 2005 June 2005 May 2005 April 2005 March 2005 February 2005',\n", + " 'Marketing professionals are inundated with AI technologies and strategies to advance their marketing programs. AI and marketing work hand in hand by leveraging vast amounts of data to optimize campaigns.\\n\\nBut how are marketing professionals using AI to support their data-driven marketing?\\n\\nAscend2 consistently provides marketing professionals with research on marketing trends to help them stay competitive. This year’s study, Data-Driven Marketing Trends 2024, examines the impact of AI on data strategies, data sources, technology trends, and more.\\n\\n319 marketing professionals participated in the survey. Here are a few of the findings, along with tips you can implement in the coming months.\\n\\nFinding #1: The Use of AI in Data-Driven Marketing is Growing (So Keep Up)\\n\\nWhile only a small portion of respondents (11%) use AI extensively in their data-driven marketing efforts, a more significant segment (35%) is leveraging AI to a moderate extent, suggesting a growing but cautious adoption of AI technologies.\\n\\nAdditionally, 29% are using AI minimally, and 17% are not using it at all, highlighting that there are still significant barriers or gaps in AI integration within many organizations.\\n\\nNotably, 8% of respondents plan to adopt AI in the future, indicating an upward trend in AI utilization as businesses recognize its potential benefits and seek to enhance their marketing capabilities through advanced technologies.\\n\\nTo capitalize on this trend, organizations should focus on educating their teams about AI benefits, investing in scalable AI solutions, and fostering a culture of innovation to stay competitive.\\n\\nTip: Invest in Scalable AI Solutions and Education for Gradual Integration\\n\\nHow can you get the ball rolling on using AI in your organization? Start by introducing AI in smaller, high-impact areas, such as targeting audiences (see finding #2) or personalized recommendations, and expand as your team becomes more familiar with its capabilities.\\n\\nTeam education and training should also be prioritized to bridge knowledge gaps and reduce resistance. Hold workshops and training sessions to demonstrate AI’s value, empowering your team to make data-driven decisions and encouraging a culture of continuous innovation. This approach will prepare your organization for deeper AI adoption in the future.\\n\\nFinding #2: Targeting Segmented Audiences is Still a Significant Marketing Challenge\\n\\nThe data for 2024 highlights that the most significant challenge in executing a data-driven marketing strategy is targeting segmented audiences, with 45% of respondents identifying it as a critical issue. Another major challenge is real-time decision-making, at 32%.\\n\\nFive tips on how to use AI to target and segment audiences:\\n\\nMachine learning (ML) and Predictive Analytics\\n\\nSince 45% of marketers identify audience segmentation as a key issue, leverage AI-powered tools like machine learning and predictive analytics to segment your audience more effectively. These tools can analyze vast customer data, identifying unique characteristics and behaviors to group customers into actionable segments. This way, you can tailor campaigns more precisely, addressing the segmentation challenge.\\n\\n\\n\\nEnhance Personalization at Scale\\n\\nAI enables hyper-personalized experiences for individual customers across large datasets, solving the challenge of offering tailored experiences at scale. By using Natural Language Processing (NLP) and customer behavior analysis, AI can predict preferences and suggest personalized content or product recommendations that resonate with each segment. Tools like Salesforce’s Einstein 1 Platform enhance engagement by generating personalized content for different audience segments.\\n\\n\\n\\nLeverage Real-Time Decision-Making\\n\\nWith 32% of marketers noting the challenge of real-time decision-making, AI helps by providing real-time analytics and feedback loops. Use AI to track customer behavior across channels and optimize your campaigns. For example, AI can adjust ad placements and messaging based on current trends, improving the accuracy and relevance of your targeting efforts in real time.\\n\\n\\n\\nAutomate Customer Segmentation\\n\\nAI tools such as HubSpot and Marketo can automatically segment your audience based on criteria like demographics, behavior, and interests. This saves time and increases segmentation accuracy, allowing you to target the right audiences with the right messages. AI simplifies audience segmentation by detecting patterns in data that manual methods might miss.\\n\\n\\n\\nPredict Future Customer Behavior\\n\\nPredictive AI allows marketers to foresee customer actions and trends, empowering them to design campaigns that meet future needs. By analyzing past behaviors and purchase histories, AI can predict which customers will most likely convert or engage, enabling you to target high-value segments with tailored campaigns and offers proactively. This approach enhances both retention and acquisition efforts.\\n\\nBy applying these AI-driven strategies, marketers can overcome challenges in segmentation and targeting, ultimately driving more precise and impactful marketing campaigns.\\n\\nFinding #3: Using AI in Data-Driven Programs Extends Beyond Content\\n\\nHow are marketing professionals using AI to improve their data-driven marketing programs? A significant portion of respondents (33%) are utilizing AI to personalize marketing content, which is the most common application of AI in improving data-driven marketing programs.\\n\\nImproving customer service with chatbots (31%) and enhancing the accuracy of marketing forecasts (28%) are also prominent uses, indicating that AI is being leveraged to refine customer interactions and predictive analytics.\\n\\nHowever, 23% of respondents are not using AI for any of these purposes, suggesting that while AI adoption is growing, a substantial group has yet to integrate AI into their marketing strategies.\\n\\nFive tips on how to use AI to personalize marketing content effectively\\n\\nLeverage Predictive Analytics for Tailored Recommendations\\n\\nAI-driven predictive analytics can analyze past customer behavior to predict future actions. Use these insights to suggest personalized product recommendations, offers, or content that aligns with individual customer preferences. Platforms like Netflix and Amazon excel at this by offering tailored suggestions based on viewing or purchasing history.\\n\\n\\n\\nUtilize AI-Powered Dynamic Content\\n\\nYou can create real-time dynamic content with AI that adapts to different user segments. For example, AI can automatically adjust email content, website visuals, or ad copy based on customer profiles, location, and behavior. Tools like Optimizely or Adobe Target enable marketers to personalize landing pages or email campaigns on the fly.\\n\\n\\n\\nIncorporate Natural Language Processing for Customer Sentiment\\n\\nUse Natural Language Processing to analyze customer feedback, reviews, or social media comments. AI can identify customer sentiment and critical topics, enabling you to craft marketing messages that resonate emotionally with your audience. By understanding what your customers care about, you can deliver content that speaks directly to their interests and needs.\\n\\n\\n\\nCreate Personalized Email Campaigns with AI\\n\\nAI can optimize email marketing by segmenting your audience based on behavior, preferences, and interaction history. AI tools like Mailchimp or HubSpot can personalize subject lines, email body content, and delivery times for maximum engagement. These tools can craft tailored emails that resonate with each recipient, improving open rates and conversions.\\n\\n\\n\\nEnhance Customer Experience with AI Chatbots and Virtual Assistants\\n\\nUse AI-powered chatbots or virtual assistants to engage customers in personalized conversations. These AI tools can gather customer data, answer queries, and recommend products or services based on individual preferences and past interactions. Chatbots also provide real-time, tailored customer support, enhancing user experiences and increasing engagement.\\n\\nBy applying these AI techniques, you can deliver highly personalized marketing content that resonates with your audience, driving higher engagement and conversions.\\n\\nConclusion\\n\\nAs AI continues to reshape the landscape of data-driven marketing, it’s clear that businesses that embrace AI technologies can gain a competitive edge through enhanced personalization, better audience segmentation, and real-time decision-making. While AI adoption is still growing, marketers who invest in scalable AI solutions and educate their teams stand to benefit significantly from its capabilities.\\n\\nFor more in-depth insights and strategies on how AI can transform your marketing efforts, download the entire research report and explore additional studies at Ascend2.com.\\n\\nLearn More From Leading Brands\\n\\nListen (or watch!) our limited-series podcast, Data-Driven Decisions, to hear directly from marketing leaders at companies including Salesforce, Seukisui House, and ON24 are using data to take their campaigns to new heights.\\n\\n\\n\\n\\n\\n\\n\\n',\n", + " \"Emma Raducanu beats Canada's Rebecca Marino in straight sets to give Great Britain the lead in their Billie Jean King Cup quarter-final in Malaga.\\n\\nREAD MORE: Raducanu puts GB one win from BJK Cup semi-finals\\n\\nAvailable to UK users only.\\n\\nBJK Cup semi-finals: Great Britain v Slovakia\\n\\nVenue: Palacio de Deportes, Malaga Date: Tuesday, 19 November Time: 11:00 GMT\\n\\nCoverage: Watch live on BBC Red Button, BBC iPlayer, BBC Sport website & app; follow live text commentary on the website and app; listen to BBC Radio 5 Live for updates\",\n", + " 'It is becoming a bit difficult to follow all the new AI, RAG and LLM terminology, with new concepts popping up almost every week. Which ones are important, and here to stay? Which ones are just old stuff rebranded with a new name for marketing purposes? In this new series, I start with chunking, indexing, scoring, and agents. These words can have different meanings depending on the context. It is noteworthy that recently, No-GPU specialized LLMs are gaining considerable traction. This is especially true for enterprise versions. My discussion here is based on my experience building such models, from scratch. It applies both to RAG and LLM.\\n\\nChunking\\n\\nAll large language models and RAG apps use a corpus or document repository as input source. For instance, top Internet websites, or a corporate corpus. LLMs produce nice grammar and English prose, while RAG systems focus on retrieving useful information in a way similar to Google search, but much better and with a radically different approach. Either way, when building such models, one of the very first steps is chunking.\\n\\nAs the name indicates, chunking consists in splitting the corpus in small text entities. In some systems, text entities have a fixed size. However, a better solution is to use separators. In this case, text entities are JSON elements, parts of a web page, paragraphs, sentences, or subsections in PDF documents. In my xLLM system, text entities, besides standard text, also have a variable number of contextual fields such as agents, categories, parent categories, tags, related items, titles, URLs, images, and so on. A critical parameter is the average size of these text entities. In xLLM, you can optimize the size via real-time fine-tuning.\\n\\nIndexing\\n\\nChunking and indexing go together. By indexing, I mean assigning an ID (or index) to each text entity. This is different from automatically creating an index for your corpus, a task known as auto-indexing and soon available in xLLM, along with cataloging.\\n\\nThe goal is to efficiently retrieve relevant text entities stored in a database, thanks to the text entity IDs accessible in memory. In particular, a backend table maps each corpus token (multi-token for xLLM) to the list of text entities that contain them. Text entities are represented by their IDs. Then, when processing a prompt, you first extract prompt tokens, match them to tokens in the corpus, and eventually to text entities that contain them, using a local transposed version of the backend table in question, restricted to prompt tokens. The end result is a list of candidate text entities to choose from (or to blend and turn into prose), when displaying prompt results.\\n\\nAgents\\n\\nSometimes the word agent is synonym to action: composing an email, solving a math problem, or producing and running some Python code as requested by the user. In this case, LLM may use an external API to execute the action. However, here, by agent, I mean the type of information the user wants to retrieve: a summary, definitions, URLs, references, best practices, PDFs, datasets, images, instructions about filling a form, and so on.\\n\\nStandard LLMs try to guess the intent of the user from the prompt. In short, they automatically assign agents to a prompt. However, a better alternative consists in offering a selection of potential agents to the user, in the prompt menu. In xLLM, agents are assigned post-crawling to text entities, as one of the contextual fields. Agent assignment is performed with a clustering algorithm applied to the corpus, or via simple pattern matching. Either way, it is done very early on in the backend architecture. Then, it is easy to retrieve text entities matching specific agents coming from the prompt.\\n\\nRelevancy Scores\\n\\nIf a prompt triggers 50 candidate text entities, you need to choose a subset to display in the prompt results, to not overwhelm the user. Even if the number is much smaller, it is still a good idea to use scores and show them in prompt results: it gives the user an idea of how confident your LLM is about its answer as a whole, or about parts of the answer. To achieve this goal, you assign a score to each candidate text entity.\\n\\nIn xLLM, the computation of the relevancy score, for a specific prompt and a specific text entity, is a combination of the following elements. Each of these elements has its own sub-score.\\n\\nThe number of prompt multi-tokens present in the text entity.\\n\\nMulti-tokens consisting of more than one word and rare multi-tokens (with low occurrence in the corpus) boost the relevancy score.\\n\\nPrompt multi-tokens present in a contextual field in the text entity (category, title, or tag) boost the relevancy score.\\n\\nThe size of the text entity has an impact on the score, favoring long over short text entities.\\n\\nYou then create a global score as follows, for each candidate text entity, with respect to the prompt. First, you sort text entities separately by each sub-score. You use the sub-ranks resulting from this sorting, rather than the actual values. Then you compute a weighted combination of these sub-ranks, for normalization purposes. That’s your final score. Finally, in prompt results, you display text entities with a global score above some threshold, or (say) the top 5. I call it the new “PageRank” for RAG/LLM, a replacement of the Google technology to decide on what to show to the user, for specific queries.\\n\\nFor detailed documentation, source code and sample input corpus (Fortune 100 company), see my books and articles on the topic, especially the new book “Building Disruptive AI & LLM Technology from Scratch”, listed at the top, here.\\n\\nAbout the Author\\n\\nVincent Granville is a pioneering GenAI scientist and machine learning expert, co-founder of Data Science Central (acquired by a publicly traded company in 2020), Chief AI Scientist at MLTechniques.com and GenAItechLab.com, former VC-funded executive, author (Elsevier) and patent owner — one related to LLM. Vincent’s past corporate experience includes Visa, Wells Fargo, eBay, NBC, Microsoft, and CNET. Follow Vincent on LinkedIn.',\n", + " \"May 23, 2023; Washington, DC, USA; Congresswoman Pramila Jayapal (D-WA) during The House Judiciary Subcommittee on Immigration Integrity, Security, and Enforcement hearing on immigration and border security in Washington.\\n\\nMay 23, 2023; Washington, DC, USA; Congresswoman Pramila Jayapal (D-WA) during The House Judiciary Subcommittee on Immigration Integrity, Security, and Enforcement hearing on immigration and border security in Washington.\\n\\nA resolution commemorating November 20, 2024 as Transgender Day of Remembrance (TDOR) — introduced today by four members of the Congressional Equality Caucus — states that there’s currently “an epidemic of violence against transgender Americans” that will worsen under Donald Trump’s anti-LGBTQ+ and anti-trans agenda.\\n\\nThe resolution, which was co-sponsored by 92 Congressmembers, notes that at least 38 transgender or gender nonconforming people have been violently killed in the U.S. and at least 327 killed worldwide since the last TDOR. These murders have been fueled by anti-trans legislation that has worsened rates of violence, suicidality, homelessness, carceral abuse, health care disparities among trans people, the resolution states.\\n\\n“Our bicameral resolution is a powerful reminder that anti-trans rhetoric can cost lives,” said Rep. Sara Jacobs (D-CA), one of the four Equality Caucus members who introduced the resolution.\\n\\nInsights for the LGBTQ+ community Subscribe to our briefing for insights into how politics impacts the LGBTQ+ community and more.\\n\\n“So many people – especially youth – in the trans community are feeling scared and anxious right now, worried about their ability to get the health care they need, the future of their rights, and their safety,” Jacobs added. “Donald Trump’s anti-LGBTQ+ and anti-trans agenda will likely fuel this anxiety and violence against queer communities.”\\n\\nThe resolution notes that one-third of transgender women and one-half of transgender women who are Black, Middle Eastern, multiracial, or undocumented have ever experienced homelessness.\\n\\nIt also noted that one in 20 trans people attempt suicide each year, a rate that’s almost 10 times higher than the rest of the U.S. population. These rates are especially high amongst trans youth who have had their rights to gender-affirming care stripped in 26 states, despite such care being considered as the best standard by all major American medical associations.\\n\\nThe rollback of these medical rights have left parents afraid their children may be removed from their homes if they seek such care for their trans kids, the resolution adds.\\n\\nIt also notes that trans immigrants have died in American detention centers due to medical neglect, injury, and abuse at the hands of staff, and that trans inmates in jails and prisons also experience high levels of violence and discrimination.\\n\\nThe epidemic of violence has been hampered by a severe lack of data, the resolution states, highlighting a need for Congress and the executive branch to pass legislation and policies to protect and preserve trans people’s lives.\\n\\n“As anti-transgender rhetoric and legislation has increased in the United States over recent years, unfortunately so has anti-transgender violence,” said Rep. Pramila Jayapal (D-WA) who also co-introduced the resolution. “Too many transgender people have been killed just for living as their true, authentic selves. These instances, coupled with countless other acts of discrimination, are terrifying — but we won’t waver. I will never back down from fighting to ensure that all trans individuals can exist freely without fear of hate.”\\n\\nThe resolution was co-introduced by Jacobs and Jayapal, who are both members of the Equality Caucus’ Transgender Equality Task Force, as well as by Rep. Mark Pocan (D-WI) and Sen. Mazie Hirono (D-HI).\\n\\nEditor’s note: If you or someone you know is struggling or in crisis, help is available. Call or text 988 or chat at 988lifeline.org. The Trans Lifeline (1-877-565-8860) is staffed by trans people and will not contact law enforcement. The Trevor Project provides a safe, judgement-free place to talk for youth via chat, text (678-678), or phone (1-866-488-7386). Help is available at all three resources in English and Spanish.\\n\\nSubscribe to the LGBTQ Nation newsletter and be the first to know about the latest headlines shaping LGBTQ+ communities worldwide.\\n\\nDon't forget to share:\",\n", + " 'Re-engagement email examples: How to win back subscribers\\n\\nHave you noticed a significant number of your email list subscribers are no longer interacting with your content or following your calls to action? Then it may be time to start a re-engagement email campaign!\\n\\nThis can be a super effective email marketing strategy for winning back inactive subscribers.\\n\\n\\n\\n\\n\\nAfter all, one study indicates that the average email list decay rate, which is the percentage of subscribers who become inactive, is between 22% and 30% per year.\\n\\nThis means that, unless you’re cleaning your email list regularly, you’re likely sending a lot of messages into the void, never to be seen again.\\n\\nHowever, with re-engagement emails, you can start winning back some of those inactive subscribers. To be successful, though, you’ll need to keep some best practices in mind.\\n\\nSo, in this article, we’ll explore how to write win-back emails. We’ll also provide examples of some effective re-engagement email campaign strategies, from one-off surveys and free resources to entire email sequences.\\n\\nWhat is a re-engagement email?\\n\\nA re-engagement email, also called a “win-back email”, is a message you send to subscribers who have become inactive.\\n\\nThese emails aim to rekindle the interest of people who have not made a purchase or interacted with your brand for a while.\\n\\nRe-engagement email campaigns are a great strategy for sparking the interest of inactive subscribers before removing them from your mailing list. After all, emailing unresponsive subscribers with messages isn’t helping them or your business.\\n\\nBefore saying goodbye, however, a win-back email offers one final opportunity to reconnect and rebuild your customer relationship.\\n\\nUltimately, your goal is to re-establish a connection with those who seem to have lost interest in your products, services, or content.\\n\\nHere is an example re-engagement email from the newsletter pros at Marketing Brew. While the three-week inactivity timeline is pretty tight by most industry standards, they do a great job of ensuring their list is truly engaged with their content.\\n\\nThis way, they keep their email list clean, and ensure most of their messages aren’t getting lost in recipients’ spam folders.\\n\\nHow effective are re-engagement emails?\\n\\nWhile re-engagement email campaigns are a great way to win back subscribers, you can’t expect every inactive subscriber to become active again.\\n\\nMost email win-back campaigns have a success rate of 14% up to 29% in the best-case scenario.\\n\\nSeveral email marketing studies have found that sending a series of emails may be more effective than sending just a single email. A re-engagement sequence of three emails appears to be the sweet spot.\\n\\nOne recent study found that several different tactics will work, but no one tactic significantly outperformed the others.\\n\\nLater on, we’ll discuss how each of the methods below work, as well as provide a few additional examples. We’ll also tell you how to set up an effective re-engagement email sequence.\\n\\nRemember though, the method that works best for your business depends on the needs and interests of your unique audience.\\n\\nHow create a re-engagement email\\n\\nThe goal of your re-engagement email campaign is to get people interested in your emails again.\\n\\nSo, every element of your email – the subject line, the content, and the call-to-action – needs to support that goal.\\n\\nRe-Engagement email subject lines\\n\\nFor re-engagement email subject lines, the best ones specifically reference your goal: to win back your subscribers!\\n\\nHere is an example of an email from Tomasz Borys at Kissmetrics:\\n\\nYou can also take a more personal approach, like this email from Threadless:\\n\\nBoth subject lines work well. However, they each grab the reader’s attention in different ways.\\n\\nA simple “We miss you!” lets the subscriber know that you appreciate their readership. It also feels more conversational.\\n\\nOn the flip side, “Do you still want updates from us?” is direct and inquisitive. It tells the subscriber that you care about their time and want to make sure they get something out of the relationship.\\n\\nFor more inspiration, consider reviewing your past emails to see what’s working for your specific audience. Look for common themes like subject line length and tone to see what tends to work best for your target audience.\\n\\nYou can also try using personalization, like including your subscribers’ first names in the subject line. It’s no secret that personalization helps you connect with your subscribers and stand out a little more in the inbox.\\n\\nFor example, the email from Threadless could have gone one step further by saying, “We miss you, Sam!”\\n\\nSince these details depend on what your audience responds to, try testing different variations and find that sweet spot.\\n\\nRe-engagement email content\\n\\nMost re-engagement emails’ content is short – generally just two or three paragraphs. All you need to do is to make the purpose of your email clear: “Do you still want to get emails from us?”\\n\\nThen, you might consider explaining the value your emails provide.\\n\\nRemember , these are people who signed up to receive messages from you but at some point stopped reading.\\n\\nThey wanted to hear from you before, so how can you get them re-interested in what you have to say?\\n\\nAsk yourself a few questions:\\n\\nWhat did my subscribers sign up to receive originally?\\n\\nAm I continuing to send them content based on their original expectations?\\n\\nDid I change anything in my email strategy that might have caused them to stop engaging with my content?\\n\\nWhat can I offer to pique their interest again?\\n\\nOnce you have those answers in mind, it’s time to start writing your email.\\n\\nHere’s an example of a re-engagement email we sent to our inactive blog newsletter subscribers:\\n\\nThe format is simple, and it makes a good template for any re-engagement email:\\n\\nYou haven’t opened any emails from us in a while\\n\\nWe want to make sure you’re still interested\\n\\nClick this button to stay on the list\\n\\nHere’s what you can expect if you remain on the list\\n\\nThat’s all you have to say in a re-engagement email–just one sentence and a few bullet points. After all, the shorter your email is, the more likely people are to read it and click the button.\\n\\nGetting inactive subscribers up to speed might also help get them re-interested in your content. So, consider adding a short bulleted list of your recent “greatest hits,” such as:\\n\\nProducts\\n\\nContent\\n\\nPromotions\\n\\nRe-engagement email incentives\\n\\nSpeaking of promotions, offering an incentive, like a white paper or coupon code, might also help you re-engage subscribers.\\n\\nIf you hooked them onto your list with a piece of content in the past, consider how you might be able to repeat that success during your re-engagement email campaign.\\n\\nCheck out this example from Paperworks, a stationary and premium paper provider:\\n\\nOffering a special discount is a great way to get subscribers interested in your emails again.\\n\\nNot only are you giving your subscribers something in exchange for their time and attention, but you might even get another sale out of it as well.\\n\\nRe-engagement email feedback\\n\\nTo help you learn more about why subscribers grew disinterested in your content, asking them for specific feedback could help fill in the gaps. For example:\\n\\nWas there something you could have done better for these subscribers?\\n\\nWhat made them stop engaging in the first place?\\n\\nAsking these questions directly can help you figure out exactly where you can improve your email marketing strategy.\\n\\nAdditionally, if you make a subscriber feel like their opinion is truly valued, they may want to stick around. Plus, this will give you valuable insight into their needs that you wouldn’t get anywhere else.\\n\\nAs you get feedback and notice common themes, you can implement their suggestions in the future.\\n\\nRe-engagement email call to action\\n\\nThe whole point of your email is to prompt subscribers to take an action, so make sure your emails have a call to action that is bold and clear.\\n\\nGenerally, you’ll want to limit yourself to one call to action in order to increase your click-through rate. However, there are exceptions to this rule.\\n\\nUltimately, your CTA should make it easy for recipients to:\\n\\nStay on or opt out of your list\\n\\nLearn more about a product or service\\n\\nDownload an incentive\\n\\nFor example, check out this email and CTA from Grammarly:\\n\\nWhile having one call to action is the classic approach, some re-engagement emails examples also include an unsubscribe link.\\n\\nFor instance, take a look at this email from a PEW, a non-profit organization:\\n\\nFinally, some re-engagement emails even let subscribers choose to get emails less often, like the example below.\\n\\n7 Re-engagement email examples\\n\\nNow that you’ve got a good idea of what goes into an effective win-back email, let’s look at some re-engagement email examples.\\n\\nThe following ideas are great ways to get customers interested in your brand again.\\n\\n1. Surveys\\n\\nIf your subscribers aren’t responding to what you’ve been sending, try asking them what they would like to get from you. After all, this can help you better understand your audience’s interests and preferences.\\n\\nFor example, you might send a re-engagement email with the subject line “We miss you! Tell us how we can improve.” Then, for your call to action, include a link to a brief survey. Consider asking questions about:\\n\\nTheir favorite types of content\\n\\nProducts they’re interested in\\n\\nHow often they’d like to hear from you\\n\\nUltimately, this feedback can help guide your future email marketing campaigns, as well as show subscribers you value their opinions.\\n\\n2. Coupons and discounts\\n\\nIf you’re in ecommerce, the classic way to win back inactive customers is to send them a juicy discount coupon.\\n\\nConsider making this a dollar off discount rather than a percent off discount. One study of win-back campaigns found that dollar off discounts activated more subscribers.\\n\\nFor instance, you could send an email with the subject line “We miss you! Here’s $10 off your next purchase.”\\n\\nThen, in the content of your email, be sure to include your discount code and a call to action directing subscribers to your store.\\n\\nYou might also think about highlighting new or popular products to entice them even more.\\n\\n3. New products and services announcements\\n\\nAnnouncements are ideal emails to send out if you haven’t mailed to your list in a few months. They’re a great opportunity to let recipients know about new products or services you’re offering.\\n\\nFor example, consider sending a re-engagement email with the subject line “Check out our new arrivals!”\\n\\nThen, in your email content, be sure to showcase your latest and greatest products with high-quality images, and include a CTA to your online store.\\n\\nBy showing off your most recent arrivals, you can recapture the interest of customers who’ve grown tired of your old line of products.\\n\\n4. Free resources\\n\\nFree resources are also excellent to send if you haven’t emailed your list in awhile.\\n\\nA high-value digital resource, like an ebook or a course, can be a great way to demonstrate that it’s worth their time to be on your list.\\n\\nFor instance, consider using the re-engagement email subject line “Exclusive free ebook just for you!” and provide a link to the download.\\n\\nYou should also be sure to highlight the value recipients will gain from the resource, reinforcing the value they’ll get if they remain active subscribers.\\n\\n5. Customer testimonials\\n\\nYou can use customer testimonials with other types of content mentioned above. For instance, share a few testimonials about a new service you have.\\n\\nThink about using a subject line like “See what others are saying about our new service!” and include direct quotes from customers.\\n\\nThis strategy can be especially effective in combination with some of the others listed above.\\n\\nFor example, including testimonials with a new service announcement or special discount can build trust and credibility while encouraging inactive subscribers to re-engage.\\n\\n6. Limited time offers\\n\\nAnother great way to win back subscribers is by inducing a sense of urgency in your emails.\\n\\nFor instance, you might offer a limited-time discount or promotion to encourage recipients to take action quickly.\\n\\nConsider using a subject line like “Limited time offer! $10 off just for you,” and include a countdown timer or specific end-date.\\n\\nBy inducing a sense of urgency, you can get customers to take action quickly.\\n\\n7. Resubscription Offers\\n\\nRe-subscription offers can be a great incentive to get subscribers interested in your product or service again.\\n\\nFor instance, you might use the re-engagement email subject line, “We want you back! Enjoy 30 days of free premium access.”\\n\\nThen, include a CTA to your sign-up page where customers can try out your platform again for a limited time for free.\\n\\nIf your product or service is delivering the value the customer desires, there’s a good chance they’ll stick around after the free trial is over.\\n\\nRe-engagement email campaign sequences\\n\\nAll email lists are different, so what works best in one situation may not work so well in another. One message might do the trick, but you could be more effective by sending two or three emails to warm people up and get them re-activated.\\n\\nSince these subscribers are already less engaged, aim to keep your campaign short. Send an email, wait a few days, and see who’s interacted with your content.\\n\\nIf they’ve clicked through to your content or stated they want to remain on your email list, then great! They can stay on your list and continue to get your awesome emails.\\n\\nHere are two re-engagement email examples that were sent a few days apart.\\n\\nThis is the first one. Notice how short it is?\\n\\nAnd here’s the next one, sent two days later:\\n\\nThe sequence of emails above is concise, and also respectful. Ultimately, even if subscribers opt not to re-engage, it’s important to consider what they want.\\n\\nThis way, if they develop interest in your products or services at a later date, you haven’t burned any bridges.\\n\\nStart winning back subscribers with a re-engagement email campaign\\n\\nIf you take the time to craft a re-engagement email campaign, there’s a good chance you can win back some subscribers.\\n\\nHowever, if some recipients haven’t responded, it may be time to say goodbye. And that’s perfectly ok!\\n\\nYou’ve done what you can to win them back, but if they don’t want to receive your emails, it’s better to let them go. Not only will they appreciate a cleaner inbox, but it’ll also help boost your email deliverability.\\n\\nUltimately, this will improve your email marketing in the long run.\\n\\nNow, we know that sometimes it can be really hard to write your emails. That’s why we created our What to Write in Your Emails guide and course, complete with 45+ email templates. It will save you hours of work every month.\\n\\nHow do you plan on running a re-engagement campaign of your own? Leave a comment below to share your ideas.\\n\\nOr, if you already have an AWeber account, watch this video to see exactly how to create and send your own re-engagement emails!\\n\\nRe-engagement email FAQs\\n\\nWhen should you send a re-engagement email?\\n\\nMany marketing experts recommend that you wait at least three to six months after a subscriber becomes inactive to send a re-engagement email.\\n\\nHowever, the proper amount of time can depend on your specific audience.\\n\\nFor example, if your content is time-sensitive or encourages frequent interaction, one to two months may be a better timeline.\\n\\nYou may even consider starting a win-back email campaign during other times.\\n\\nFor example, if you’re planning a major list cleanup, updating your product or service offerings, or notice declining engagement rates, you might want to consider sending re-engagement emails.\\n\\nUltimately, it’s key to think about the behavior and preferences of your unique subscribers, and align them with your business goals.\\n\\nHow many emails should you send in a re-engagement campaign?\\n\\nAs we mentioned earlier, there’s no perfect number of messages to send in a re-engagement email campaign.\\n\\nWhat works best for your business depends on the preferences of your specific audience.\\n\\nWhile sending just one email may be best for some brands, other brands may want to design a sequence of two, three, or even four emails.\\n\\nSo, be sure to test out some different strategies with different segments of your audience. This will help you understand how you can best win back your subscribers.'],\n", " dtype=object)" ] }, - "execution_count": 20, + "execution_count": 9, "metadata": {}, "output_type": "execute_result" } @@ -369,7 +376,27 @@ "cell_type": "code", "execution_count": null, "metadata": {}, - "outputs": [], + "outputs": [ + { + "ename": "SyntaxError", + "evalue": "f-string: unmatched '[' (3638322678.py, line 13)", + "output_type": "error", + "traceback": [ + "\u001b[0;36m Cell \u001b[0;32mIn[10], line 13\u001b[0;36m\u001b[0m\n\u001b[0;31m logger.info(f\"Successfully upserted article w/ article-id: {article[\"article_id\"]} to Pinecone index {index.name} with namespace {namespace}\")\u001b[0m\n\u001b[0m ^\u001b[0m\n\u001b[0;31mSyntaxError\u001b[0m\u001b[0;31m:\u001b[0m f-string: unmatched '['\n" + ] + }, + { + "ename": "", + "evalue": "", + "output_type": "error", + "traceback": [ + "\u001b[1;31mThe Kernel crashed while executing code in the current cell or a previous cell. \n", + "\u001b[1;31mPlease review the code in the cell(s) to identify a possible cause of the failure. \n", + "\u001b[1;31mClick here for more info. \n", + "\u001b[1;31mView Jupyter log for further details." + ] + } + ], "source": [ "def pinecone_save_article(article:dict):\n", " logger.info(\"Saving article to Pinecone\")\n", diff --git a/example-notebooks/consolidated_data.csv b/example-notebooks/consolidated_data.csv deleted file mode 100644 index a488a23..0000000 --- a/example-notebooks/consolidated_data.csv +++ /dev/null @@ -1,289288 +0,0 @@ -link,rss,title,content,unixTime,rss_id,article_id,llm_summary,embedding,unixtime -https://www.cnet.com/home/internet/comporium-internet-review/#ftag=CAD590a51e,https://www.cnet.com/rss/news/,"Comporium Home Internet: Pricing, Speeds and Availability Compared","Unavailable in Provider unavailable in 90001 Edit . . . See at Comporium Or call: Or call to learn more: (877) 654-6947 Comporium rating 7.0 /10 CNET Score We score internet providers for speed, value and customer care. Our data sources include the FCC, J.D. Power, The American Customer Satisfaction Index and extensive in-house research. Read more How we calculated our rating 7.0 / 10 SCORE Speed 7.5/10 Value 7/10 Customer Care 6.5/10 Pros Competitive introductory pricing - -Competitive introductory pricing No data caps, no contracts - -No data caps, no contracts Equipment included Cons Steep price hikes after promo period ends - -Steep price hikes after promo period ends Slow upload speeds for cable internet customers See more pros and cons - -Comporium is a regional internet provider that fills in the broadband gaps in many areas where Spectrum doesn't reach in the Carolinas. Many NC and SC addresses will have access to Comporium’s cable plans, ranging in download speed from 100 megabits per second up to 1,000Mbps. - -Select households may also be serviceable for Comporium’s fiber network, which comes with symmetrical speeds up to 5,000Mbps. In late 2022, Comporium widened its fiber offerings to more rural parts of South Carolina, giving “customers in that area access to internet speeds up to 1 gigabit per second,” according to the company. - -If you’re serviceable for Comporium’s fiber internet, it’s a compelling option -- symmetrical speeds, unlimited data and free equipment on all plans. Plus, the two highest tiers (2Gbps and 5Gbps) have no introductory pricing, meaning your bill won’t increase after the promo period ends. - -Locating local internet providers - -As a South Carolinian myself, Comporium is one of the only ISPs available at my location, and I’ve been decently happy with the service I get for the price I pay each month. - -So, how does this local provider rank on speed, affordability and overall value? Let’s dive in. - -Locating local internet providers - -Comporium is a broadband, TV and mobile provider that serves select addresses in North and South Carolina. - -Comporium internet availability - -Comporium serves select areas in North and South Carolina with no immediate plans to expand beyond those two states. - -Take our quiz Get Started Progress Step 1 of 4 How many members of your household use the internet? 1-2 people - -3-5 people - -6-9 people - -10+ people Next - -According to the US Federal Communications Commission, Comporium is available to almost 8% of South Carolina homes, serving those in Lancaster, York, Fort Mill, Indian Land and Rock Hill. Comporium is also available to many residents in Lexington, Wagener, Ridge Spring and Chesnee. - -In North Carolina, Comporium isn’t recognized as one of the Top 10 internet providers. Select households near Charlotte, Pineville, Waxhaw, Lake Wylie and Brevard may be serviceable, but you’ll have to input your details on Comporium’s website to check. - -Comporium's DSL, cable and fiber coverage in North and South Carolina. FCC; screenshot by CNET - -Comporium internet speeds and pricing - -Comporium offers a few different speed tiers, but it's important to know whether you’re eligible for its cable or fiber offerings. While the plans and prices are relatively the same, Comporium’s fiber network comes with symmetrical download and upload speeds and bandwidth up to 5,000Mbps -- compared with 1,000Mbps from its cable service. - -But be sure to watch out for a price jump after the promo period ends. Most of these introductory prices are good for 12 months, but Comporium’s lowest tier (100Mbps) lasts only for three. - -If you want to avoid a bill increase, Comporium’s fiber 2-gigabit and 5-gigabit connections come with flat-rate pricing. Those rates are pretty competitive, too. The same symmetrical speeds are available for $135 compared with the $245 monthly rate for AT&T Fiber's 5 gigabit plan. - -We’ve gathered all the details to help you compare Comporium’s plans and prices. Here are the specifics. - -Comporium’s cable plans Plan Max download speeds Max upload speeds Starting monthly cost Regular monthly cost Contract Data cap Essential Internet 100Mbps 5Mbps $40 $50 None None Standard Internet 400Mbps 10Mbps $50 $79 None None Ultra Internet 600Mbps 20Mbps $60 $89 None None Zipstream Internet 1,000Mbps 50Mbps $76 $105 None None Show more (0 item) Shop providers at my address - -Source: CNET analysis of provider data. - -Comporium’s fiber plans Plan Max download speeds Max upload speeds Starting monthly cost Regular monthly cost Contract Data cap Essential Internet 100Mbps 100Mbps $30 $50 None None Standard Internet 400Mbps 400Mbps $50 $79 None None Ultra Internet 600Mbps 600Mbps $60 $89 None None Zipstream Internet 1,000Mbps 1,000Mbps $76 $105 None None Zipstream 2 Gig 2,000Mbps 2,000Mbps $120 $120 None None Zipstream 5 Gig 5,000Mbps 5,000Mbps $135 $135 None None Show more (2 items) Shop providers at my address - -Source: CNET analysis of provider data. - -Comporium equipment, fees and service details - -Unlike Cox Communications and Xfinity, Comporium doesn’t enforce any data caps or contracts -- and this ISP isn’t shy about letting customers know it. Many small and local providers tend to bury service details within their websites, but Comporium makes sure to provide all the information as soon as you enter your address. - -Download and upload speeds, regular monthly costs and additional fees are listed directly on Comporium's website. Comporium; screenshot by CNET - -Unlimited data means no overage fees, so you can stream, browse or game to your heart’s content. Comporium also won’t throttle your bandwidth or purposely slow down your connection once you hit a certain threshold. - -Additional costs to consider - -You won't be charged a modem rental fee with any Comporium cable or fiber plan: Equipment is included in the monthly service cost. But if you want to extend your Wi-Fi to all corners of your home, you can rent a whole-home Wi-Fi system for an additional $10 monthly through Comporium. - -Installation is also free (which is pretty uncommon for most broadband providers), but an activation fee of $50 is required upon purchase. - -What do customers think of Comporium? - -Comporium is too small of a provider to snag an individual ranking on The American Satisfaction Index or J.D. Power’s broadband satisfaction study, but much like the rest of the broadband industry, it continues to miss the mark on the Better Business Bureau's site. - -Ranking an average score of 1.31 out of 5, Comporium has received 38 complaints in the last three years. Comporium does seem to resolve many of these complaints, putting it at a “B” rating and accreditation, but it continues to fall behind other ISPs like Spectrum and AT&T (both rated an “A”). - -A Reddit discussion about Comporium’s services also hints at some issues, including constant crashes and high prices. A few users mention switching providers altogether, saying that T-Mobile Home Internet and Verizon 5G Home Internet offer better costs and speeds. - -Personally, I’ve had Comporium’s cable service for over seven months and haven’t had any problems. Since I live in an apartment complex, I deal with a lot of network congestion and slow Wi-Fi at peak usage hours, but I haven’t noticed a drastic difference in my connectivity. - -The bottom line on Comporium internet service - -Though we tend to recommend fiber providers above all others, Comporium’s competitive rates and fast plans make it an enticing choice for residential broadband. Besides satellite providers like Hughesnet, Viasat and Starlink, Comporium is also one of the only ISPs that services rural areas of North and South Carolina. - -Of course, if you’re serviceable for Comporium’s fiber network, its symmetrical speeds make those steep price hikes (almost) worth it. Plus, you shouldn’t face any unexpected charges since Comporium comes with unlimited data, free equipment and no early termination fees. - -Comporium internet FAQ - -Who owns Comporium? Comporium, originally known as Rock Hill Telephone Company, was sold to E.L. and Mary Sanders Barnes in early 1912. Today, Comporium is still in the family, run by the descendants of E.L. and Mary. - -Is Comporium or Spectrum better? Ultimately, which provider is better for you will come down to what’s available at your address. Many households will be served only by Comporium or Spectrum, not both. If both ISPs do service your location, you should consider your speed needs and each provider's service details before committing to one. - -Does Comporium offer any deals or promotions for signing up? Unfortunately, Comporium doesn’t offer any perks besides free installation when you sign up for residential broadband.",1731883654,f5e6f52c79,00089f7505,,,1731883654 -https://kotaku.com/lady-gaga-wednesday-season-2-netflix-1851698596,https://kotaku.com/rss,Lady Gaga Appearing In Wednesday Season 2 Is A Match Made In Weirdo Heaven,"The next stop on Lady Gaga’s years-long tour through the weirdest corners of film and television could be Nevermore Academy. According to Variety, the Oscar-winning star is set to appear in the second season of Netflix’s Wednesday, yet not as it was originally planned. - -Live Forever in the Universe of 'New World: Aeternum' Share Live Forever in the Universe of New World: Aeternum - -There’s no word yet on what Gaga’s role will be in the creepy teenage drama, but reports have come out that the show’s production team wanted to feature Gaga in the season a lot more than what fans will be getting. As of now, she’ll reportedly only have a cameo on the show. But, given her history of acting roles in recent years, she’ll fit right in with the werewolves, sirens, and just generally morbid students of Wednesday. - -Advertisement - -Remember, this is the same woman who once appeared in American Horror Story: Hotel as the Countess, aka Elizabeth Johnson, a 112-year-old vampire who sustained her youth by drinking humans’ blood. She once cut her own breast to feed someone an ancient blood virus flowing through her body. That type of terror would fit well in a second season of Wednesday, which star Jenna Ortega described to Vanity Fair as “a little more horror-inspired.” - -Advertisement - -Gaga’s latest foray into the psychologically unstable came in this year’s maligned Joker: Folie à Deux in which she played Lee Quinzel, a deranged woman who falls in love with a psychopath and dances around town with him as they fall deeper into their terroristic tendencies. The oddballs in Wednesday would be like child’s play to her. - -Advertisement - -The second season of Wednesday is currently being shot in Ireland with a possible late 2025 release date. Regardless of when the show comes out, or how much Gaga we get in the hit show, one of the strangest actresses in Hollywood has already prepared us for whatever is to come.",1731883665,a0840ab3b4,009f880a86,,,1731883665 -https://expeditionportal.com/classifieds-honda-element-ex-ecamper/,https://www.expeditionportal.com/feed/,2008 Honda Element EX ECamper :: Classifieds,"Overlanding is about experiences first and foremost, and to this end, the Honda Element EX is a great option. This bitesize platform offers fabled Japanese build quality, affordable running costs, and AWD. Further still, today’s low-mileage 2008 offering has been upfitted with an Ursa Minor ECamper, which transforms this all-season adventure mobile into a functional micro camper. It’s hard not to love this setup, which would make both a practical daily driver and a fantastic weekend adventure rig. In fact, I found myself descending quite the rabbit hole and discovered that the Element has something of a cult following within the vanlife and overlanding communities. With the assistance of the aftermarket, ambitious enthusiasts have transformed this compact city vehicle into a legitimate all-terrain explorer, as demonstrated by builds from New Jersey Outdoor Adventures, Stephen Aldaco, and Element 44 Workshop. If you’d like to learn more about this platform, check out this article by Nick of Fifth Element Camping. - -From the Seller: - -“Our love of the Element is due to a mix of nostalgia and practicality. We had a specific set of requirements when looking for a vehicle, and the Element checked all the boxes. We wanted an AWD vehicle that we could sleep in and fit friends, bikes, and gear, and also store inside our garage. With the pop-up ECamper, overall quirkiness, and small footprint of the Element, I was intrigued. My wife’s love stemmed farther back to high school, as an Element was her first car. We are sad to let it go, but life happens. At only 83,000 miles, this Honda has loads of miles left. If you’re of the opinion that bigger is not always better, the Element could be for you!” - -2008 Honda Element EX - -The Element is fitted with a 2.4-liter motor that produces 166 horsepower, 161 pound-feet of torque, and returns a combined 21 mpg. A dependable and relatively economical motor is matched with all-terrain performance thanks to AWD. Inside, the Honda is well equipped with driver comforts that include: - -Air-conditioning - -Power steering, windows, and locks - -Infotainment system with navigation - -Cruise control - -Heated seats - -Distinguishing Features - -Ursa Minor pop-top with USB ports and reading lights - -Hitch (2-inch) - -Yakima rooftop bars with ski rack - -Neoprene seat covers - -All-season tires - -This 2008 Honda Element EX E-Camper is listed for $24,000 and is currently located in Park City, Utah. Check the full vehicle specifications via the original Expedition Portal forum post here. - -Our No Compromise Clause: We do not accept advertorial content or allow advertising to influence our coverage, and our contributors are guaranteed editorial independence. Overland International may earn a small commission from affiliate links included in this article. We appreciate your support.",1731883665,ecdc66bb02,00ac77e95f,,,1731883665 -http://www.influencerupdate.biz/news/68624/twitch-is-testing-mid-roll-ads-on-creator-broadcasts/,https://www.influencerupdate.biz/rss/news/,Twitch is testing mid-roll ads on creator broadcasts,"Streaming giant Twitch is planning to test mid-roll adverts on live broadcasts. - -From September, these ads will run for some viewers during a stream and will be triggered directly by Twitch rather than the streamers. These ads directly support the creator, and won't run too close to a previous ad break. - -Viewers already receive one or two short ads when they click on a stream if they are not subscribed to a creator. Streamers can also trigger ad breaks themselves while warning their community beforehand. - -Twitch is just experimenting with this format and is seeking feedback from the community, but the platform has already faced a wave of backlash for the decision. - -Many streamers don't want to see ads automatically triggered during their content, as it'll impact the live viewing experience. With the existing ad format, creators can choose when to run their ad breaks so it doesn't feel intrusive to the viewer or cause them to miss anything. - -Top Twitch streamer Asmongold responded in a tweet, saying ""if you want to incentivize streamers to run ads, the worst way to do it is punishing their viewers by forcing ads during potentially awesome live moments on the stream"". - -If you want to incentivize streamers to run ads, the worst way to do it is punishing their viewers by forcing ads during potentially awesome live moments on the stream - - - -Increase ad-free viewtime for running a midroll if you want more streamers to run midrolls — Zack (@Asmongold) September 15, 2020 - -Community feedback - -Plenty of other Twitch streamers also shared their thoughts on the decision, with some comparing the move to YouTube's advertising. Others highlight that this choice will hurt smaller/mid-sized creators. - -Absolutely not. No. This is not youtube. Our content doesnt get paused while you choose to spontaneously run an ad. Did you ask for ANY input from streamers and viewers on this idea? — Radderss | Black Lives will always Matter (@RadderssGaming) September 14, 2020 - -Please don't. It's 2020 and you're a hub of innovation. Please find ways to work with the creators to give them control over ads in their content, find ways to not interrupt the thing you do best: allowing streamers interacting with their community in a way no other platform can. — Knightenator (@Knightenator) September 15, 2020",1731883669,e34caba76d,0041bc4abf,,,1731883669 -https://thejournal.com/Articles/2024/10/29/Report-90-of-Schools-Depend-on-E-rate-Funding-Every-Year.aspx,https://thejournal.com/rss-feeds/news.aspx,Report: 90% of Schools Depend on E-rate Funding Every Year -- THE Journal,"Report: 90% of Schools Depend on E-rate Funding Every Year - -A new report from Funds for Learning highlights the critical role of the Federal Communications Commission's E-rate program in funding essential technologies and services for K-12 schools. For its 14th annual E-Rate Trends Report, the E-rate consulting and services firm surveyed 2,355 E-rate applicants from a mixture of public and private schools, districts, libraries, and consortia across the United States to find out about stakeholder experience and needs. - -The vast majority of respondents (90%) said they can depend on E-rate funding every year, with 94% noting that E-rate funding is vital to their organization's internet connectivity goals. More than 88% indicated that E-rate funding is essential in ensuring equitable access to internet services, particularly for underserved and rural communities. - -Cybersecurity remains a top concern for E-rate applicants, the report found, with more than 95% of survey respondents agreeing that network security and management products and services should qualify for Category 2 E-rate funding. At the time of the survey, the FCC's Cybersecurity Pilot Program had not yet been finalized, but 86% of respondents expressed interest in participating in the program. Cybersecurity technologies or services that organizations said would be part of their application include: - -Intrusion detection/prevention (cited by 87% of respondents); - -Cybersecurity education and training (83%); - -Content/malware filtering and DNS security (81%); - -Next-generation firewalls (79%); - -Endpoint security (74%); and - -Multi-factor authentication (60%). - -However, Funds for Learning noted that the Cybersecurity Pilot may not be living up to initial expectations. ""Anecdotally, interest in the pilot seems to have waned as applicants have learned more about the program's funding limitations,"" the report said. - -The survey also asked about future plans and expectations. Key findings include: - -40% of respondents expect their organization's internet bandwidth needs to increase by 25% over the next three years. - -69% said they will need to upgrade their current WiFi network within one year or one to three years. - -By the end of funding year 2025, 57% of respondents expect to have requested 100% of their available Category 2 budget. - -""The findings in this report highlight the critical role of the E-rate program in bridging the digital divide for schools and libraries,"" said Brian Stephens, director of stakeholder engagement of Funds For Learning, in a statement. ""However, we must prioritize expanding funding eligibility for cybersecurity services to protect our students and educators in an increasingly complex digital landscape."" - -The full report is available on the Funds for Learning site (registration required).",1731883616,efd9bb9654,000a3da3b6,,,1731883616 -https://www.nationalmortgagenews.com/articles/ed-altman-says-private-credit-has-broken-a-junk-bond-barometer,https://www.nationalmortgagenews.com/rss,Ed Altman says private credit has broken a junk bond barometer,"(Bloomberg) -- The rise of private credit has had a surprising side effect: it's made borrowing cheaper for companies in other high-yield markets, and has probably made a key barometer of credit risk less accurate, according to a professor who has spent decades studying junk and distressed debt. - -The $1.6 trillion private credit market has brought a flood of capital to junk-rated companies, allowing them to borrow less in public markets than they might have otherwise. Since those corporations are selling less debt in public markets, junk bond valuations have surged, signaling there is little risk of delinquencies or defaults, according to Edward Altman, finance professor emeritus at New York University's Stern School of Business. - -Valuations are often measured by spreads, or the extra yield that junk bonds pay relative to Treasuries. High-yield spreads have been narrowing this year, meaning those notes have grown comparatively more expensive and suggesting investors have little fear about those companies' health. But Altman estimates that average junk bond spreads would be about 2 percentage points higher if not for factors including private credit. - -""Private credit has been a relatively new competitor for more traditional leveraged finance,"" Altman said. ""Whenever there's competition, there's usually an impact on prices or, in this case, spreads."" - -The average spread was 2.55 percentage points on Wednesday, but going back to 1986, that level has averaged closer to about 5.2 percentage points, according to Bloomberg index data. Current levels should be closer to historic levels, Altman told Bloomberg. - -Investors don't seem too worried now, but they probably should be, Altman said. Bankruptcy filings and leveraged loan defaults have climbed since 2022, and leverage levels are relatively high, Altman wrote in an analysis in August. - -Altman, 83, has spent his career forecasting when defaults are coming. He developed the Z-score model for predicting bankruptcies for individual companies in 1968. It considers variables including measures of a company's liquid assets relative to total assets, and retained earnings relative to assets. - -Defaults have broadly been creeping higher for corporate debt since 2022. The default rate on junk bonds and leverage loans was about 5.2% in September, compared with 1.98% two years earlier, according to Moody's Ratings. - -Default rates for broadly syndicated loans have risen in part due to notable distressed debt exchanges, including McAfee's former enterprise business restructuring $4.2 billion of leveraged loans in August. One of the largest so far has been Lumen Technologies Inc., which involved over $15 billion in outstanding debt, according to a Fitch note. - -Assessing default rates for private credit is much more difficult, because lenders can quietly tweak the terms of a loan without the broader world knowing. That means the line between a refinancing and a distressed restructuring can be blurred. Less than 2% of private credit issuers had defaulted in 2024 as of October, said Eric Rosenthal, senior director at KBRA DLD. - -It's also unclear how private credit will fare in the next credit downturn, given how much it has grown in recent years. - -The amount of assets under management in private credit has nearly doubled over roughly the last six years to $1.6 trillion as of the end of March, according to Preqin data. And companies that have used features known as payment-in-kind toggles to delay interest payments could find themselves struggling to refinance their debt. - -""We haven't had a major test in terms of a prolonged slow down in the economy and other pressures on the firms that borrow money in that market,"" Altman said. ""That could change and also the spreads could change due to a number of factors out there."" - -Deals - -Chemical maker TPC Group Inc. is looking for about $575 million of fresh financing less than two years after exiting bankruptcy. - -Rolls-Royce & Partners Finance raised about $700 million through a privately-placed bond sale - -Stonepeak has agreed to acquire Boundary Street Capital, a private credit investment manager with more than $700 million in capital commitments - -ABN Amro Bank NV is offloading a portfolio of about €3 billion of infrastructure loans - -Blue Torch Capital, PSP Investments and Redwood Capital Management provided a $475 million term loan to GoHealth Inc. to refinance existing debt - -Chinese builder Hopson Development Holdings Ltd. is in talks for a new private loan to refinance an expired bridge facility that backed the purchase of some property in Hong Kong - -Banks including Barclays and Deutsche Bank are having to hold onto a chunk of financial technology firm FNZ Group Ltd's $2.1 billion refinancing deal after failing to drum up enough interest to sell the whole loan to investors - -Blackstone Inc. is planning to refinance an around A$5.5 billion of junior debt it is raising for the proposed buyout of AirTrunk Pte. Ltd. - -Fundraising - -D.E. Shaw & Co. raised $1 billion in commitments to its latest private credit fund, with a plan to buy assets in corporate and structured debt as well as synthetic securitizations - -Barings LLC's investors voted to approve new key staff to run its third European direct lending fund, which has been in stasis after former managers left en masse to join fledgling firm Corinthia Global Management earlier this year - -Amundi is looking to raise as much as €1 billion for a new evergreen fund-of-fund called Amundi Prima, which will allow retail investors to access different European private asset classes - -Fulcrum Asset Management said it received regulatory approval to launch its first commingled Long - -Term Asset Fund - -Monroe Capital closed its first collateralized fund obligation, raising $315 million through a securitization of a diversified portfolio of funds - -Job Moves - -Private-credit firm 5C Investment Partners hired Alissa Grad as a partner to lead capital development, client solutions and client product development - -Blackstone Inc.'s credit and insurance unit has hired Jean King from Oak Hill Advisors as a managing director in its private credit team - -Did You Miss? - - - -Apollo Invests in Fintech to Boost Service for Private Markets - -Private Credit Lifts Brazil Lenders' Investment-Banking Fortunes - -UK Scrutinizes How Private Credit Lenders Value Their Holdings - -Coming M&A Wave Will Be a Boon For Debt Bankers: Credit Weekly - -Prospect Capital Plunges on First Dividend Cut Since 2017 - -Private-Credit Valuation Outliers: Squaring the Circle (Video) - ---With assistance from Davide Scigliuzzo. - -",1731883669,53698d1bc1,006f962232,,,1731883669 -https://www.hrw.org/news/2024/11/12/what-can-lebanese-government-do-stop-war-crimes,https://www.hrw.org/rss/news,What Can the Lebanese Government Do to Stop War Crimes?,"Click to expand Image Smoke rises after an Israeli airstrike on Dahiyeh, in the southern suburb of Beirut, Lebanon, November 12, 2024. © 2024 Bilal Hussein/AP Photo - -The civilian death toll from Israel’s ongoing strikes across Lebanon continues to mount as the fighting between Israel and Hezbollah enters its 14th month. Yet, there has been no sign of accountability for Israel’s unlawful attacks or violations of the laws of war. If there is no pressure for warring parties to answer for their violations, there is little reason to suspect they will change their behavior. - -The situation is dire. Since October 2023, Israeli strikes have killed more than 3,280 people in Lebanon, including more than 600 women, 200 children, and 190 health and rescue workers, according to Lebanon’s Health Ministry. Human Rights Watch has documented flagrant violations of the laws of war and war crimes by the Israeli military, including apparently deliberate or indiscriminate attacks on journalists, civilians, medics, financial institutions, and peacekeepers, in addition to the widespread and unlawful use of white phosphorus in populated areas, among other violations. More than one million people have been displaced, thousands of buildings and houses have been destroyed, and entire border villages have been reduced to rubble. - -For its part, Hezbollah has fired thousands of munitions into northern Israel and the occupied Syrian Golan Heights killing at least 27 civilians. A July 27 attack on the town of Majdal Shams in the occupied Golan Heights also killed 12 children. While Israel claimed that it was a Hezbollah rocket attack, Hezbollah has denied responsibility. - -Despite having no control over the warring parties, the Lebanese government is not powerless. There are important steps it can take to ensure documentation of abuses and advance the possibility of accountability. - -Last week, more than 20 human rights organizations, including Human Rights Watch, called on Lebanon and other United Nations member states to convene a special session at the UN Human Rights Council to establish an international investigation into all human rights violations committed by all parties involved in the conflict in Lebanon. - -Such an investigation could document ongoing crimes, collect evidence, and publicly report on their findings. While documentation is crucial, so is accountability. The government of Lebanon should also move forward and provide the International Criminal Court with jurisdiction to investigate crimes committed on Lebanese territory since October 2023. - -As atrocities continue to mount, Lebanon’s government can and should proactively act to ensure that impunity for grave violations does not remain the norm. An international investigation and a path to accountability for grave crimes are essential.",1731883664,d89828abd6,007a167b0a,,,1731883664 -https://www.zerohedge.com/political/second-trump-administration-will-benefit-environment,https://feeds.feedburner.com/zerohedge/feed,The Second Trump Administration Will Benefit The Environment,"Authored by Diana Furchtgott-Roth via RealClearEnergy, - -At the 29th Conference of the Parties (COP29) in Azerbaijan, attendees are full of dire predictions that the world’s climate will worsen under President-elect Trump. But when Trump fulfills his campaign promises to increase U.S. oil and gas production and removes President Biden’s pause on new liquid natural gas exports, global emissions will likely decline rather than rise. - -This is because exports of U.S. natural gas generally displace coal, reducing global CO2 emissions. Even Germany, Europe’s largest manufacturer, is using lignite coal (rather than the less-polluting bituminous coal) to deal with shortages of renewables now that it has closed its nuclear power plants and Russian gas is no longer available. - -About 3 billion people in emerging economies lack electricity and running water, and cook over wood and dung. Natural gas power plants would reduce particulates from wood and dung and make the air cleaner. Under President Biden, the World Bank does not make loans for fossil fuel power plants. - -More U.S. gas for export will lower prices of Russian and Qatari gas, harming countries that are invading Ukraine and tied to Iran. Prices are set based on future production, and even announcements of energy production will weaken America’s enemies. - -Natural gas production has lowered U.S. emissions of CO2, which have declined by a billion metric tons over the past 16 years as natural gas has substituted for coal use in the generation of electricity. Over the same period, CO2 emissions in China have risen by 5 billion metric tons. - -Between 2022 and 2023 US coal exports to Europe increased by 22% compared with the prior year. Because coal has more emissions than natural gas, it is surprising that Energy Secretary Jennifer Granholm has not asked for a pause in coal exports, only on natural gas exports. - -America’s natural gas exports to Europe have been soaring since 2022, when Russia decreased the flow of natural gas. According to the Energy Information Administration, America exported an average of almost 12 billion cubic feet per day of natural gas in 2023, more than any other country. - -Europe is America’s biggest customer, and in a phone call to President-elect Trump, European Union President Ursula von der Leyen suggested that US natural gas could replace Russian gas. - -But even if America stopped all use of fossil fuels immediately, global temperatures would only be two-tenths of 1 degree Celsius by the year 2100, according to government models. This is because China, India, Africa, and Latin America are ramping up their use of coal to reach Western standards of living. China is home to large supplies of coal, but little natural gas, and uses its domestic coal supplies for generating electricity to power its global manufacturing capacity. - -A second Trump administration will not only encourage production of natural gas but also faster permitting of pipelines and LNG terminals to move the natural gas from the interior of the country to the ports, and into export terminals to be shipped to Europe and Asia. - -America’s natural gas production, at over 100 billion cubic feet per day, is greater than pre-pandemic levels, but production is primarily on private lands. It could have been even higher if Biden had not restricted leases on federal land and if pipeline approval were faster. - -Trump’s energy plan includes permitting reform, allowing different sources of energy to compete on a level playing field, opening more lands to natural gas development, reversing Biden’s climate agenda, expediting nuclear technology, and protecting the energy grid. - -Trump, unlike Biden, will not instruct the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission to slow down pipeline and liquid natural gas export terminal construction in the name of a transition to renewables. Nor will Trump instruct the Securities and Exchange Commission to discourage investment in pipelines, or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency to discourage loans for fossil fuel projects. - -The more natural gas is exported, the lower are global emissions. With Trump’s changes, natural gas will be able to travel to where it is needed due to faster infrastructure permitting. - -As the northern hemisphere moves into its winter season, the need for more energy for warming homes and businesses becomes even more pressing, and natural gas is cleaner than coal. COP29 attendees have no reason to demonize Trump’s energy agenda, which will be a boon to the environment. - -Diana Furchtgott-Roth serves as the Director of the Center for Energy, Climate, and Environment and The Herbert and Joyce Morgan Fellow in Energy and Environmental Policy at The Heritage Foundation.",1731883619,efc81dd613,0055de237d,,,1731883619 -https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/news/arsenal-leandro-trossard-injury-arteta-34130164,https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/rss.xml,Leandro Trossard hands Mikel Arteta another international nightmare as Arsenal star injured,"Arsenal have been handed a fresh injury worry after Leandro Trossard was withdrawn for Belgium. - -The Gunners winger was named in his country’s starting XI against Israel on Sunday. But his evening did not last particularly long. Trossard was withdrawn in the 37th minute and was replaced by compatriot Johan Bakayoko. - -It was not initially clear what issue was troubling the Arsenal man but he was moving slightly awkwardly before his eventual withdrawal. Trossard, 29, has made 15 appearances for Arsenal so far this season, scoring twice. - -A long-term issue would be a nightmare for Gunners boss Arteta, with the North Londoners having struggled from a host of injuries this season. Captain Martin Odegaard picked up a serious injury in the September break and has only just returned to contention. - -The Norwegian playmaker however pulled out of his nation’s latest squad as a precaution. Explaining his decision, Odegaard said: “I got through the match at the weekend, but it was a rather abrupt transition from the last nine weeks. - -“In this kind of process, you don’t just go from being injured to suddenly being completely healthy. You tend to have a reaction to what happens, and then it’s about how you react to it. Together with the NFF’s medical team, we’ve looked at it and agreed that it’s better for me to go back and make a full recovery. - -“We have had an open and nice discussion. I have been talking to Ståle ever since I was injured, and of course more intensively in recent weeks. This is not about what Arsenal has said, or what Ståle has said. It’s about what my situation is. - -What side should Arsenal field vs Nottingham Forest? Share your thoughts in the comments below - -“Yes [it’s my choice], but in consultation with the medical team here [in Norway]. This is something we agree on, but ultimately it is me who has made the choice based on what I know the body needs.” - -Away from Trossard and Odegaard, Arsenal are already dealing with a host of injury headaches. Declan Rice and Bukayo Saka pulled out of England duty after picking up issues before the international break. - -Defenders Ben White, Takehiro Tomiyasu, Riccardo Calafiori and Kieran Tierney are all also currently sidelined. Arsenal take on Nottingham Forest at the Emirates Stadium this weekend ahead of a midweek trip to Sporting Lisbon in the Champions League. - -Join our new WhatsApp community and receive your daily dose of Mirror Football content. We also treat our community members to special offers, promotions, and adverts from us and our partners. If you don't like our community, you can check out any time you like. If you're curious, you can read our Privacy Notice.",1731883623,312e351df6,007f9a0065,,,1731883623 -https://spinsucks.com/entrepreneur/new-clients/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Strategies Agency Owners Are Using to Land New Clients,"As the CEO of The Campfire Circle, an agency for agencies, I talk to agency owners all day, every day. The main pain point that I hear is that agency owners spend a ton of time doing awesome client work and don’t end up with much time to spend on promoting their own agency. - -New clients are fuel to an agency’s fire. Landing new clients can’t be ignored, or your agency will fail. To help the agencies that I work with stay inspired, I interviewed 50 agency owners and will present the top 14 strategies to land new clients. - -Let’s dive in and examine the innovative things agencies are doing to land new clients. - -Networking Is Still Crucial - -I’ve heard some people say networking doesn’t matter anymore, but in my experience, it’s one of the best ways to land new business. I think at the end of the day, we are humans and still crave actual human interactions. - -Amy Bartko is the founder of Chatterbox and shared, “We frequently attend trade shows that are specific to our niche, which is not only an opportunity to see current clients in person but also network and prospect. There is not much face-to-face interaction anymore, so this is a great way to get some much-needed face time.” - -Lyle Garcia of eBridge offered, “Our lead generation strategy revolves around actively participating in online communities, where we focus on adding value by providing insightful answers to questions from our target market. We prioritize offering valuable assistance over promotional activities, ensuring that we establish credibility and foster relationships with potential customers. Notably, we have found Reddit to be a particularly active platform for our target market, making it an excellent opportunity for engagement. By consistently contributing in relevant subreddits and addressing user queries, we can effectively establish our presence and generate valuable leads.” - -Dan Nistor, co-founder at Vevol Media says, “We establish strategic partnerships with complementary agencies that offer different services like PPC or FB ads to the same audience. While we offer web development only. By collaborating with these agencies, you can leverage their existing client base and tap into new opportunities. This cross-referral system allows both parties to benefit from mutual recommendations.” - -Key takeaway: Balance in-person and virtual networking opportunities. Don’t forget about strategic partnerships with agencies that complement yours. - -Put a Face to Your Agency - -Think about your own purchasing behavior. A lot of people are willing to align themself with an agency and even pay higher fees if the agency has demonstrated expertise. - -Harry Morton, founder of Lower Street shared, “If there’s one strategy that has significantly impacted our ability to attract notable clients as a podcast production agency, it’s my choice to be the face of the company. By establishing a strong personal brand, I could showcase my expertise, credibility, and trustworthiness, making potential clients feel more confident in choosing the brand over our competitors. - -Moreover, everyone on our team prioritizes the importance of building personal relationships. We positioned ourselves as thought leaders in the podcasting space by actively getting involved in industry discussions, addressing prominent pain points, speaking at conferences, and sharing my insights through various channels. Ultimately, by making myself the face of our agency, we gradually fostered trust, built relationships, and attracted bigger clients to help them achieve their podcasting goals.” - -Key takeaway: Put a face to your agency so that brands feel a humanized connection. - -Leverage Case Studies - -It’s no secret that a third-party recommendation holds a lot of weight. So, let’s look at some expert tips when it comes to leveraging these third-party voices. - -Brenton Thomas, the founder of Twibi, advocates, “Create case studies. They are a great way to demonstrate your past successes and show potential clients what you can do for them.” - -CEO & Founder of Fifth & Cor, Robin Dimond, shared, “We’ve said it once, and we’ll say it again: cold sales are dead. Building strong partnerships and a community network for referrals is going to be the key to new business for your agency. People want to work with someone they trust, especially if it’s a high investment, and a highly vetted referral is the next best thing to someone they personally know. Doubling down on your community and partnerships is going to change the game for your business.” - -Kristin Marquet, the founder of Marquet Media, understands the value of a third-party recommendation and shared that “word-of-mouth marketing is one of the most powerful tools for any business. We leverage referrals and word-of-mouth marketing to reach potential customers, build relationships, and grow our client base. By utilizing referrals and word-of-mouth, we can increase brand awareness and trust among our target audience while reducing traditional advertising costs. To incentivize referrals even further, we offer attractive rewards or referral programs that make it easier for clients to recommend our agency.” - -Gabriel Kaam, CEO & Founder of the KNR Agency, advises, “Sometimes the referrals come organically, sometimes you gotta ask for it. And for that, Linkedin is your friend. I look at my clients’ connections on Linkedin, and I ask for introductions.” - -Brandon Schroth, the founder of Reporter Outreach, has great advice. “In just over one year of business, I’ve scaled my agency from 0 to 100 clients, and a huge contributing factor to that has been signing up for various review sites like Clutch, G2, and Google Business Profile. Collecting reviews is extremely important and helps an agency stand out from the pack. We went a step further and purchased a sponsored listing on Clutch in the Top Link Building Companies & Services list. By paying for sponsorship, we’re currently listed as #13 out of over 12,000 firms! This drives a tremendous amount of traffic to our site and subsequently helps us land clients faster than ever.” - -Key takeaway: Prioritize earning these endorsements with strategic campaigns and utilize marketing strategies that you are already good at to promote your third-party assets. - -Establish Trust and Credibility - -I don’t know about you, but I don’t make an important decision without testing out the waters. Brands looking for agency support thoroughly vet agencies before coming on board. This means one of your most important jobs is to establish credibility. - -Ben Poulton, the founder of Intellar, has great insights about credibility and shared, “I’d have to say that the most unique way that our SEO agency lands new clients is by being honest with them. We’ll tell them what they need to hear, not what they want to hear. We’ll tell them that their site needs a redesign, and we’ll explain why. We’ll tell them that their site needs better content, and we’ll give them ideas for how to do it. We don’t sugarcoat anything—we say what we need to say, and then we let you know how much it will cost and how long it will take. Then we get started! Our experience has been great because almost every client has come back for more work after the first project was done. They’ve told us how much they appreciate our honesty, which means that even though the initial investment might be a little scary, the value they receive from us will be worth it!” - -Key takeaway: Prove your expertise by offering something for free, like an audit or consultation. Once you demonstrate your expertise, they’ll be way more likely to come on board as a client at your agency. - -Focus On Thought Leadership - -From running my agency, I’ve learned that thought leadership is a slow build, but it is very much worth the effort. And the experts I interviewed agreed, and here are my top favorite thought leadership tips. - -Clint Butler at Digitaleer provided some thought leadership insights, “Here at Digitaleer, our number one way of getting new clients is through our weekly podcast, SEO This Week. While we’ve obtained plenty of clients via social media platforms like Facebook and Twitter, video content has by far been the best for us. The video podcasts, and audio counterparts, build brand recognition, and then people seek us out at conferences or on other social media channels. Those interactions lead to more client sign-ups.” - -Josh Piepmeier, CEO of Meriwether, shared, “I’ve found that being featured in CXL’s course as an e-commerce SEO instructor has helped me land clients. I landed the feature by networking and connecting with people on LinkedIn and volunteering when the opportunity came up. Then people have seen me featured via CXL’s advertising and reached out. So I guess my quote/recommendation would be: Don’t be afraid to volunteer as an instructor for other people or platform’s courses. I got new clients from the exposure, even though I don’t get paid for every student that takes my course.” - -Key takeaway: Experiment with different ways to promote your thought leadership and scale based on what works. You will notice the effectiveness of this strategy over time. - -Showcase Your Uniqueness - -Let’s face it. Agencies are a dime a dozen, so competition is fierce. And nowadays, anyone can build an impressive website and implement smart marketing. That makes it so one of the best ways to land new clients is to stand out in the sea of agencies brands can partner with. - -Marshal Davis from Ascendly Marketing has landed clients for his agency by doing unique and engaging social media campaigns. He shared these two examples: - -“1) Sponsored a Detox from Social Media Event: As ironic as it sounds, sponsoring a weekend retreat for business owners and decision-makers to ‘unplug’ from social media worked. We had some fellow business owners already committed to doing it, but the viral nature of it locally got us some clients due to the exposure. - -2) Worst Social Media Mistakes’ Contest: we had people share with us funny pages or posts. We blurred out the brands and shared them in our newsletter. We got amazing engagement on it and a couple of new clients, too.” - -Key takeaway: Don’t be afraid to stand out and try something creative. Be sure to engage your audience for maximum impact. - -What are your own strategies for landing new business at your agency? I would love to read all about it in the comments below.",1731883772,4dc781f5bc,002d1dd5fe,,,1731883772 -https://thefinancialbrand.com/news/banking-technology/banks-embrace-ai-nvidia-survey-reveals-rapid-shift-to-implementation-182819/,https://thefinancialbrand.com/feed/,Banks Embrace AI: NVIDIA Survey Reveals Rapid Shift to Implementation,"A new NVIDIA survey reveals that 91% of financial institutions are either assessing or deploying AI in production, marking a significant shift from experimentation to implementation. Malcolm deMayo, global vice president of financial services, leads NVIDIA’s engagement with financial institutions in their AI transformation journey. On a recent episode of the Banking Transformed podcast, deMayo sat down with host Jim Marous to discuss the rapid evolution of AI in banking. - -Q: What are the most significant changes AI has brought to financial services in the past year? - -Malcolm deMayo: One of the biggest changes with generative AI is that the programming language is our language. So, instead of less than 2% of the world’s population being involved in developing solutions, you now have virtually everyone engaged. - -Banks have to be very careful. AI is not new to them. This is a decades-old journey. So, they have to move cautiously in terms of bringing in new technology but when you think about the virtually hundreds of processes in banks and the fact that the language of banking is our language, the impact or the potential for impact of AI is enormous. - -Q: How is NVIDIA helping financial institutions improve their AI initiatives? - -deMayo: Our journey in financial services is not new. We began working with financial services firms 16 or 17 years ago. What we do at NVIDIA is build an accelerated compute platform, which has taken 30 years to build. It’s very different from hardware accelerators, and there are lots of them on the market. - -We build a full stack. And that full stack solution allows us to accelerate a variety of workloads like high-performance computing. These are workloads you find very commonly in financial services. Things like options trading, where they’re looking to discover the price, they’re looking to do risk assessments and using back-testing to develop algorithmic trading strategies. - -Current State of AI Implementation - -Q: Your study showed that 43% of institutions are using generative AI. What applications are driving this adoption? - -deMayo: Well, a big area is customer service in the contact center. The opportunity to improve the productivity of a call center agent is massive. Most of these people have to toggle between five or six systems. They’re reading texts that are unscannable, and this is after someone’s waited anywhere from 10 to 20 minutes to speak to them. - -So, we’re building solutions today that allow AI to listen in on the question and scan ahead. You think about our accelerated computing platform, which you have with every node of our platform that gives you four research assistants who can read a thousand books a second. - -Q: How are organizations balancing AI innovation with regulatory compliance? - -deMayo: So, it’s a great question. Regulations exist to protect the consumer or protect our society from financial crime. And so, banks, I think, don’t get enough credit for the work they do for society. - -Inside a financial firm, there is constant balance. Large financial institutions want to protect their customers and remain the trusted house bank or bank of choice. - -How AI is Transforming Banking Operations - -Q: How are financial institutions using AI to improve back-office operations? - -deMayo: Goldman Sachs talks very much about how they’re using generative AI for code generation and that 40% of the code being generated is being accepted by their developers. If you think about when you have thousands of developers, 40% of their work is now automatically generated by AI. They’re so much more productive. - -Another example is in customer service. You’ve probably read about Klarna over in Sweden using OpenAI’s technology, API to be able to handle two thirds of their calls in a single month using generative AI, reducing the average time to air and resolution from 11 minutes to two minutes. - -Q: What role does talent acquisition play in AI implementation? - -deMayo: The most prevalent challenge — and this dates back to the beginning of computer science, is data. But interestingly, I’ll give you a sneak preview of this year’s survey: talent acquisition has just trumped data at the top. - -So, there is a fierce competition to bring in data science and data management engineers. And that’s going to continue. And they’re going to have to train their employees, retrain their employees, and also augment with new recruits and partnerships with universities. - -Democratizing Data Access and Insights - -Q: How is AI changing the way financial institutions handle and distribute data internally? - -deMayo: When you think about the difference between just search and generative AI, you ask a question on search, you get a thousand documents back that you have to read. You ask a very precise question to generative AI, it summarizes those thousand documents into what you tell it to do. - -Now, impose that model on your own corporate data, and think about all of the different data repositories across the bank. You now have the opportunity to rethink how you price for customers. - -Q: What advantages does this democratization of data bring to organizations? - -deMayo: If a customer is a single product customer, they might get a different rate than a customer across your products. And you now have the ability to understand that quickly in real-time as opposed to there have just been so many barriers in the data retrieval era that we both grew up in — the store and retrieve. At the end of the day today, it’s now take that data and generate insights ideas, and suggestions. - -AI Factory: The New Infrastructure Model - -Q: Can you explain the concept of an AI factory and why it’s important? - -deMayo: These new applications don’t run on yesterday’s CPU servers well, so they need to move to what we’re calling an AI factory. And an AI factory is something that we’ve built with the Bank of New York and a number of other institutions, where they have created an AI hub. That AI hub is a standard, essentially massive computing system where various groups, such as wealth managers, settlements, treasurers, and everyone can build, experiment, and progress AIs into production. - -Q: How does NVIDIA’s three-layer platform approach support this new model? - -deMayo: What we’ve built is very simple: a three-layer cake. Its hardware, its software, and its development frameworks are available — you can access this through the server vendors, through the cloud providers, and also through colors. - -Q: Your survey indicated that 97% of institutions plan to increase infrastructure spending. What’s driving this trend? - -deMayo: Well, I mean, in fact, it’s really basic. They need to build the AI factory. They can do it in their data center, or they can do it in cloud, or they can do it in a colo. We’re agnostic as to where they do this, but they need to do it. You need to have the right infrastructure. - -In 2012, we built Titan, a supercomputer that took up a tennis court at 17,000 GPUs, consumed close to 10 megawatts of power, and generated 20 petaflops of AI performance. Fast forward to 2024, Blackwell fits in the palm of your hand, consumes three quarters of a kilowatt of energy. Tennis court to the palm of your hand, and generates 20 petaflops of AI performance. - -Building for Scale and Security - -Q: How are institutions addressing the technical challenges of AI implementation? - -deMayo: The second layer of this accelerated compute platform is an operating system we call NVIDIA AI Enterprise. And it does three things. First, it abstracts the developer from the hardware so they can program in Python, Scala, SQL, whatever they’re used to programming in as they build their AI models. - -The second thing it does, is we’ve optimized it to run on the platform so you get the best performance, which means you can do more with less. And then the third thing it does is it’s hardened for enterprise. So, you don’t have to worry about security patches. We take care of all of that. - -Q: What emerging AI applications excite you the most? - -deMayo: I think the idea is that it’s just the constant innovation and the fast pace; we’re immersed in it. It’s just incredible to be part of. The fact that we have the opportunity to truly rethink how things are done, it’s very, very likely that the first application will look a lot like the way we do things today. - -We’ll just sort of repave the road and optimize the workflow the way they are and then quickly realize, “Wow, we can rethink this and do this smarter.” - -Q: How will AI change the customer experience in banking? - -deMayo: We had another brand tell us that 7 out of 10 of the questions they get in their contacts doesn’t ask for advice. They’re problems that need to be solved, but not advice questions, not financial advice questions. When you hear these things, you realize just how impactful AI can be. - -Think about NVIDIA, in 2022, our revenues were 29 billion. The next year it was 60 billion. We added less than 5% headcount. Think about that operating leverage. Some of that is attributed to our ecosystem, some of that is attributed to the fact that we’re leveraging AI to do the R&D work that normally would’ve required hiring more people. - -For a longer version of this conversation, listen to “MindShift: Unlocking Innovation and Humanity in the Age of AI”, a podcast with Jim Marous, available here. This Q&A has been edited and condensed for clarity. - -Justin Estes is an award-winning writer, strategist, and financial marketing expert with expertise in banking, investments, and fintech. His clients include the NYSE, Franklin Templeton, Credit Karma, Citi and, UBS, and his work has appeared in Forbes, Barrons and ThinkAdvisor as well as The Financial Brand.",1731883672,7e4f10d9a3,0074e92039,,,1731883672 -https://www.nimble.com/blog/best-practices-in-lead-management-for-digital-marketing-agencies/,https://www.nimble.com/blog/feed/,Best Practices in Lead Management for Digital Marketing Agencies,,1731883641,b6a9bddcc9,006c08944c,,,1731883641 -https://www.getresponse.com/blog/thanksgiving-email,https://www.getresponse.com/blog/feed,How to write a heartfelt Thanksgiving email (with examples),"It’s nearly time for Thanksgiving – which means gatherings with family and friends, big meals, and even bigger deals. - - - -The time around what’s lovingly known as Turkey Day is now synonymous with once-a-year sales, the retail industry, and ecommerce. This means you can use this time to craft truly thoughtful and warm Thanksgiving emails for your audience – it’s practically expected these days. - -Briefly about Thanksgiving 2024 - -Each year, Thanksgiving changes from what we’re used to. And for a few years now, consumers have been experiencing financial strain, causing them to rethink their holiday spending. - -To save money last year, 1 in 4 Americans were planning to pass on Thanksgiving altogether, and 88% were planning to cut at least one dish from their table, a study found. - -Consequently, this year, you’ll want to be especially thoughtful when crafting your Thanksgiving emails. - -Inviting your audience to go on a shopping spree may seem insensitive and could harm your brand image. Instead, it’s a great time to steer your communications toward how your customers can really save some money this year. And you’d better start doing it soon, after all, what else is summer for? - -Learn more about the tricky business of running slow-season marketing campaigns in our marketing podcast: - -With that said, let’s move on to the main part of this article, which is how to send a happy Thanksgiving email to various audiences – your family, friends, partner, coworkers, boss, customers, and newsletter subscribers. - -Before we dive in, let’s emphasize that no matter who you’re sending your Thanksgiving email to, there’s one part that will stay the same: a message of appreciation. - -Without further ado, here’s how to write a truly heartwarming Thanksgiving email for different categories of your audience and situations. - -Did you know? Saying thanks to your customers via email has never been easier. With GetResponse Email Creator you can create stunning email campaigns in no time at all. Just pick a ready-made email template (like the one below), customize it to your liking, and send it away! Oh, and did I mention that you can start completely free with GetResponse? Go ahead, sign up and say thanks to your customers today! - -1. “Happy Thanksgiving” for your customers (or clients) - -There’s no doubt that your customers will have an overflowing inbox on Thanksgiving day. - -Brands that have their email will be vying for attention in their inbox, sending the same Thanksgiving message. To stand out, your email marketing campaign should tick a few boxes: - -A subject line that entices them to open it. - -Clear messaging that you’re sending it for thanksgiving. - -Mention your promotion/discount, if you’re offering it. - -1. An enticing subject line - -Arguably, the most important part of your Thanksgiving email campaign will be your subject line. It needs to entice your customers enough to open it. - -For example, you can combine an offer + a fun emoji so your email stands out. Here’s one from Promo: - -Notice the turkeys? 🦃 - -It’s a nice touch to grab your customers’ attention and highlight that it’s a thanksgiving email. - - - -Here are more Thanksgiving email subject lines you could use: - -Getting ready for Thanksgiving dinner? - -When you wake up from your food coma: have we got a deal for you! - -Who’s ready for seconds? The Thanksgiving Sale starts now! - -Staying in or going out on Thanksgiving? - -Extra 10% off for early birds only! Let’s celebrate the 🦃 day! - -Who are you thankful for? - -Thankful for you: a special holiday message from the XYZ team - -What are YOU thankful for? - -🎉 Give thanks with 30% off everything - -Our way of saying thank you - -Thanks to you, we’ve done all this! - -Gobble gobble! Open up for a feast of savings! - -A sale so good, you’ll mute the game - -Get these awesome recipes for #Friendsgiving - -2. Clear messaging - -Next, you need to write a short, sweet and persuasive message. This could include Thanksgiving greetings like: - -“I’m thankful to have customers like you every day, especially on Thanksgiving.” - - - -“Working with clients like you is the best part about this job. I’m counting my blessings this Thanksgiving that we get to do it!” - - - -“You aren’t just a client to me—you’re a friend who I appreciate. Happy Thanksgiving.“ - - - -“Our company is blessed to call you a client and we appreciate your business. Happy Thanksgiving to you and your family!” - -These short messages are to the point, yet they also convey the true meaning of Thanksgiving: appreciation. If you have regular clients, you may want to say thanks with a more expansive message. - -Remember, your customers will have other things to do with their day (hello, pumpkin pie! 🥧 ), so don’t make it too long. - -Sending out your email marketing campaign before your clients sit down to Thanksgiving dinner also sets your business up for another important day — Black Friday. - -Here’s a neat example from Fracture that follows these best practices. - -Thoughtful thank you email from Fracture. Source: ReallyGoodEmails - -And one more, that uses user-generated content to make their message more authentic and interesting. - -Engaging thanksgiving message featuring customers’ images. Source: ReallyGoodEmails - -Did you know? With GetResponse’s AI Campaign Generator, you can create a landing page, a welcome email and a newsletter under 2 minutes! Just answer a few questions and let the AI create your Thanksgiving campaign for you! SIGN UP FREE - -3. Mention a promotion if you’re offering one - -If you’re running a sale that could help your audience save money, this Thanksgiving, it’s especially worth mentioning it. - -Here’s an example of a Thanksgiving email template from Sakara: - -We love this because it covers all the bases. It thanks farmers, chefs, team members, and customers in a personalized way with individual paragraphs. - -Sending out a joint Thanksgiving email like this makes customers feel like they’re special and an intimate part of the company. - -And the handwritten sign-off from the CEOs is a nice touch — it makes it even more evident that the company wants to say thanks! - -This would also be a good place to give customers an exclusive Thanksgiving offer or promotion so they know their repeat business is appreciated. - -Here are two examples from companies that leverage this opportunity to say thanks – and grow their business, too. - -Postmates offering free credit for Thanksgiving day Source: ReallyGoodEmails - -ibotta promoting their customer referral program for Friendsgiving. Source: ReallyGoodEmails - -2. “Happy Thanksgiving” for immediate family members - -If you aren’t sharing a feast with your immediate family members, dropping an email to your loved ones on Thanksgiving day is a nice touch to show your appreciation. - -Depending on the family member you’re emailing, you can either send: - -A sincere message that shows love and warmth for the holiday season A message with a little humor (cheesy Thanksgiving poems, anyone?) - -Either way, your wishes should be filled with gratitude and appreciation for your loved ones. - -1. A sincere message - -For example, a sincere email message to a parent may look something like this: - -The subject line clearly shows what the email is about, and the copy shows your parent how much you cherish them. - -You can also sign off by wishing them well for the coming year if you don’t live in the same city as them, as it shows that you’ll be thinking of them after Thanksgiving, too. - -2. A humorous message - -If you want to send a holiday email with a bit more cheek, Thanksgiving is the perfect occasion. After all, the holiday is all about filling our bellies with food and laughter! Relay the Thanksgiving holiday theme throughout your email: - -As this one is less serious, it’s best to send it to the inboxes of your siblings and cousins (or aunties and uncles who like a holiday laugh!) - -3. “Happy Thanksgiving” for close friends - -Don’t forget about your friends on Thanksgiving. - -Although you’ll probably spend your time feasting with family, a quick email to your closest friends on the day lets them know you appreciate them. Express’ Kaisha Langton suggests adding a quote into your thanksgiving message, like this one from Henry Van Dyke: - -“Gratitude is the inward feeling of kindness received. Thankfulness is the natural impulse to express that feeling. Thanksgiving is the following of that impulse” - -Or, if your friend lives in a different postcode, you can add in a sentence like this: - -“Our homes may be far apart, but our hearts are as close as always.” - -Like the email you send to your immediate family, this one will depend on your relationship with your friend. Don’t be afraid to inject some humor or poetry if that’s what they’re interested in. - -And if you haven’t talked to the friend for a while, but still want to convey your appreciation, you can add in sentiments like this: - -“There have been times when I forgot to thank you for being there for me. I take this day to tell you how special you are and how great my life has become because of you. Have a memorable Thanksgiving.” - -Mix and match your sentiments with some heartfelt emojis so your end message looks something like this: - -4. “Happy Thanksgiving” for your coworkers - -You’ll want to keep your Happy Thanksgiving messages for colleagues professional but still charming. - -Like the other examples, the email you send your coworkers depends on the relationship you have with them. - -Is the relationship serious or funny? - -Do you rely on back-and-forth memes to get you through the day? - -Do they make your days at your desk bearable? - -Think about any quirks to your relationship you can add to the email to make it more special. For example, if you’re both fond of sharing candy together in the breakroom, highlight that: - -5. “Happy Thanksgiving” email for your boss - -Don’t be afraid to show gratitude to your boss on Thanksgiving. - -In fact, reaching out to them on Thanksgiving is important because, as your boss, they’re usually giving people feedback and praise. Thanksgiving is the perfect time to return the favor. - -Unlike the email to your coworkers, a Thanksgiving message to your boss should be more formal. You can opt for a short message, like: - -Happy Thanksgiving! I appreciate you so much for making our office a fun, fantastic, and encouraging place to work. Have a blessed weekend with your family, filled with good food and laughter! - - - -Although you’re always thanking us for our work, it’s our turn to say thank you and Happy Thanksgiving. (Their name), we truly appreciate your support, encouragement, and guidance. You make this a blessed place to work, and your mentorship helps us become better in our roles. Happy Thanksgiving! - -Or, if you really want to win some brownie points, you can structure a longer, more heartfelt email that highlights the great work your boss does for the company, like this: - -Even if you’re not offering any specials over Thanksgiving weekend, still send out a message to your newsletter subscribers. - -At the very least, your subscribers will know you’re thinking about them over the holiday period. You can: - -Express gratitude and appreciation to loyal subscribers - -Re-engage inactive subscribers - -Hook your audience into a follow-up after Thanksgiving - -Designmodo’s Nataly Birch says Thanksgiving is a chance for businesses to bring some holiday vibes to a contact’s inbox and missing the opportunity is an unfortunate slip. - -She recommends not spending too much time trying to reinvent the wheel, and stick to culture and traditions instead. Her top tips are: - -Segmenting your audience so you reach your most engaged subscribers - -Using illustrations like acorns and pinecones to hammer down the Thanksgiving theme - -Timing the send so it doesn’t interrupt your subscribers’ celebrations - -Here’s how the charity buildOn helps spread Thanksgiving cheer with their subscribers: - -Not only does the email share how thankful buildOn is for their subscriber’s support, but it also mentions the charity’s success. By doing so, it’s easy for the subscriber to see how they have directly helped to empower students across the globe. - -7. “Happy Thanksgiving” for your partner - -Wishing your partner happy Thanksgiving in an email can be a heartfelt way to set up the rest of the holiday weekend. - -Elite Daily’s Hannah Schneider says Thanksgiving is such a busy time that finding time to share sentiments with your partner can be challenging. - -She says that if you’re confused about what to say to your partner, start with the obvious — that you love, want, respect, and value your partner. To write a heartfelt thanksgiving email, Schneider’s advice is to: - -Make a list of things you appreciate about your partner. Whether it’s their talents, love of family, or their work ethic, let your partner know why you appreciate them. - - - -If you’ve got some loving pics, add them into the email. As cheesy as it is, a picture really can tell a thousand words on special holidays like Thanksgiving - -Once you put all the pieces together, you should be left with a heartwarming email that looks something like this: - -Are you ready to write the ultimate Thanksgiving email? - -The secret to a successful Thanksgiving email is knowing your audience. - -You shouldn’t be sending the same Thanksgiving email to your partner and your boss (duh!). But it’s the smaller details within an email, like highlighting a personal trait you admire or singling out loyal customers that can make all the difference. - -But there are certain themes that should be a staple in any Thanksgiving email. Be honest, appreciative, and thankful. Oh, and a turkey emoji or two won’t hurt, either! 🦃 - -And if you’re looking for newsletter software that’ll help you say thanks to your audience the right way – go ahead and try GetResponse completely free!",1731883653,90dc77288c,00c36e16ef,,,1731883653 -https://www.vg247.com/fallout-season-two-reportedly-star-macaulay-culkin-as-crazy-genius-type-character,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Fallout season two will reportedly star Macaulay Culkin as a ""crazy genius-type character"", and I'm praying it's somehow the Mojave's top theoretical physicist","Warning: Spoilers for the first season of the Fallout TV Show lie ahead. - -The upcoming second series of Amazon's Fallout TV show will reportedly star Macaulay Culkin - yes, the kid from Home Alone who's not been a kid for a while now. Who's he playing? Well, we haven't got a name yet, but I've got a crazy genius-type theory. - -We already know that filming for the highly-anticipated next instalment of the show that pretty much everyone liked is starting this month, at least according to one returning actor, so it's not much of a surprise to be hearing about fresh additions to the cast that aren't fictional lads in boxes. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Deadline reports that Culkin will be coming aboard the Fallout show for this second season, playing ""a crazy genius-type character"" in what'll be a recurring role. - -As the site notes, the actor has recently done other stuff with Amazon, having voiced a character in Prime Video animated series The Second Best Hospital in the Galaxy, which I've just found out now also stars Macaulay's brother Kieran as an alien bird guy called Dr. Plowp. - -Anyway, speaking of weirdly named science fellas, since we don't know who Culkin's playing in Fallout, but the show's second series is gonna be set in New Vegas, I'd like to take this opportunity to nominate him to play Fantastic, the ""crazy genius-type"" dude you run into at Helios One, who definitely knows what theoretical physics is. - -He even tells The Courier: ""They asked me how well I understood theoretical physics. I said I had a theoretical degree in physics. They said welcome aboard."" I can just see Ella Purnell's face contorting into a perfect 'you wot, mate?' expression. - -To be clear, this almost definitely won't happen. I'm not sure the timeline would even line up for it to make any sense at all, but it is fun to think about, given the sparse details we've gotten about Culkin's role thus far. - -In the meantime, if you'd like to spend more time thinking about how weird and wacky Fallout New Vegas and its characters are, here's a feature in which I shuffle about the wasteland trying to date as many of them as possible.",1731883716,374d98cbb9,006fa48e38,,,1731883716 -https://www.refinery29.com/en-us/best-weekend-sales-editors-picks?utm_source=feed&utm_medium=rss,https://www.refinery29.com/rss.xml,"This Weekend's Best Sales, According To R29 Editors","Cyber Monday - -Welcome To The Best Cyber Monday Deals — You’re In For An Early T... - -All linked products are independently selected by our editors. If you purchase any of these products, we may earn a commission. Most weekends might leave y",1731883639,b6e1adbe35,000f37b7fc,,,1731883639 -https://www.vg247.com/dragon-age-the-veilguard-first-patch-mass-effect-gear-npc-neck-bug,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Dragon Age: The Veilguard's first patch isn't just about dressing up like someone who bangs, ok, it's saved us all from unexpected NPC neck growth","Dragon Age: The Veilguard has now gotten its first patch, and while I'm sure you've seen the Mass Effect gear care package it adds to the game, you also need to look through the rest of the notes, because BioWare's saved us all from some very weird NPC behaviour. - -You heard me, while you were thinking about dressing up like a medieval fantasy Commander Shepard who sleeps in whatever the Nomandy version of Milhouse's dad's racecar bed is, BioWare's done other important stuff. So step away from that new ME gear chest next to the Workshop that the patch adds - which can be accessed once you've completed Harding's 'The Singing Blade' quest - and come read this with me. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -If you look through the patch notes, you'll find that one of its bullet points reads ""NPC necks no longer grow unexpectedly"". I dunno about you, but I'm kinda sad I've never seen this happen in-game, and also kinda glad it's gone. One minute, you're fighting your way through some ruins, and then the next, boom, you're bartering with a Veil Jumper that looks like a giraffe? - -Anyway, that's not the only interesting fix you'll find alongside the few that BioWare pre-announced, as you should find that ""Harding and Taash banter no longer repeats indefinitely"", and for some reason the studio's specfied that the former ""now has arrows in her quiver and is ready for battle"". Nice one, Harding, you've apparently stopped showing up for work in no state to do the job. - -Happy #N7Day! Make sure you download the latest patch for #DragonAge: The Veilguard - there's a gift waiting for you 💫 - - - -Instructions: - -- After patching, you’ll find a chest next to the Workshop - -- Chest appears after completing the Harding Mission “The Singing Blade” - -- If “The… pic.twitter.com/hREYbTdnqi — Dragon Age (@dragonage) November 7, 2024 To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -BioWare says it's also ""slowed down the speedy raven in Hossberg"", ""adjusted creepy corpse movement while they moved on/off-camera"", and ensured that ""the Dalish elf in the Unwanted Guests quest is now an actual elf"". Birds, bodies, and bizarre wrong race moments, all sorted. - -On a serious note, the developer's also made some balancing tweaks to certain fights and player skills, so you might want to be careful the first time you head into action post-patch. - -Let us know if you saw any weird necks in Veilguard below, and make sure to check out our array of handy guides for it, which can help you create the best character build and get your hands on some nice loot.",1731883714,374d98cbb9,00505e505b,,,1731883714 -https://insideclimatenews.org/news/15112024/todays-climate-congestion-pricing-revived-new-york-london/,https://insideclimatenews.org/rss/,"As New York Congestion Pricing Turns a Corner, Experts Point to Lessons From London","On Thursday, New York Gov. Kathy Hochul announced the revival of a program that aims to ease New York City’s notoriously high levels of traffic and improve air quality by charging drivers a toll to enter certain areas. - -Known as congestion pricing, the tolling strategy will channel funding directly into the city’s ailing public transit system. The decision comes five months after Hochul, a Democrat, paused congestion pricing, citing the potential economic impact for working families. She previously stated that stalling the program had nothing to do with backlash the plan had received from political leaders, primarily in the Republican Party. - -The newly resuscitated plan comes at a 40 percent lower price tag for drivers than the original proposal, charging passenger cars $9 once a day to enter Midtown and Lower Manhattan during peak hours. Environmentalists still mark the decision as a tentative win that could help reduce New York’s air pollution and carbon footprint by supporting public transit. Meanwhile, a coalition of Republicans has pledged to do whatever it takes to block congestion pricing if President-elect Donald Trump can’t nix it himself after his January inauguration. - -Though New York’s approach is the first of its kind in the nation, it’s not the first in the world. Across the Atlantic, London has been running a congestion pricing program for more than two decades, which experts say can help other cities like New York understand what these fees can achieve—and what they cannot. - -Across the Pond: In 2003, London’s then-mayor, Ken Livingstone, launched England’s first congestion pricing structure. It charged drivers a daily fee of £5 to enter a zone in the city’s center during working hours. - -A year later, the program was hailed as a smashing success. Traffic congestion within the central zone dropped by a staggering 30 percent, and the government added 300 vehicles to London’s bus fleet, according to Transport for London, the city’s transportation department. - -“This is the only thing that I have done or been associated with in 33 years of public life that has turned out better than I thought it would,” Livingstone said at the time. - -However, as the toll expanded to include more zones and higher tolls over the next two decades, an interesting pattern emerged: Congestion returned to roughly the same level it was before the toll was implemented. City leaders said this was because they had converted several car lanes into walkways, bus lanes and biking areas, which squeezed traffic. - -But David Metz, an honorary professor in the Center for Transport Studies at University College London, offered a different explanation. Congestion pricing worked so well when it was first implemented that the de-clogged toll roads became more appealing for drivers—at least for those who could afford it, he said. - -“The net effect is a kind of a redistribution of road space towards those who are willing to pay and away from those who are less willing or unable to pay,” Metz told me. In the 1990s, Metz spent five years as the chief scientist at the United Kingdom’s Department for Transport, and more recently authored the book “Good To Go? Decarbonising Travel After the Pandemic.” - -“When you introduce any new innovation, you have an immediate impact, and then the system settles down and equilibrates,” he said. - -But this doesn’t mean the program is failing, experts say. Currently, the congestion pricing toll is £15 (around $19), with exemptions for some travelers, such as taxi drivers. Throughout its lifetime, the toll has funneled the equivalent of around $3 billion into the city’s public transportation system, which includes buses, overground trains and the underground—known by most as “the Tube.” Metz says that tolls and public transport must work in tandem to reduce congestion. - -“Investing in rail, particularly underground rail, is very expensive, and that’s the limiting factor,” he said. “But in general in any major city, if you invest in rail, this is well used, and then makes congestion charge more acceptable.” - -Without going over budget, Transport for London has expanded its bus fleets, implemented new train lines that extend to the suburbs and created a large web of cycleways for bike commuters, Curbed reports. Cycling has increased by roughly 20 percent in London since 2019. - -Congestion pricing is part of a larger strategy to change how Londoners get around in the city, in part to lower transportation’s carbon footprint. In 2019, Mayor Sadiq Khan implemented an “Ultra Low Emission Zone” in central London, which requires people with cars that do not meet emissions standards to pay a £12.50 daily charge to drive within the area. The zone was expanded in 2023. - -Conservatives were outraged by the charge, but a growing body of research shows its benefits: Within the first 10 months of the initiative, nitrogen oxides dropped by 35 percent and particulate matter by 15 percent. Both pollutants harm health in multiple ways, from lung damage to heart disease. A study published in September revealed that four in 10 children who traveled to school by car switched to more active modes of transportation like walking or taking public transport since the introduction of the zone in Central London. - -Despite these successes, London remains one of the world’s most congested cities, according to a recent report by analytics company Inrix. As someone who has crammed onto a crowded London bus during rush hour several times over the past few weeks, I can personally attest that traffic here is no joke. - -But there is a city that trumps London, one that is known for its notoriously congested roadways, hours-long traffic jams and fruit-based moniker … New York. - -A Traffic Tale of Two Cities: Anyone who has driven in the Big Apple knows the pain of standstill traffic. In fact, the Inrix report found that NYC drivers spend an average of four full days stuck in traffic annually. That’s bad news for the climate: An idling car can produce enough emissions to fill up 150 balloons per minute. - -In 2019, New York state lawmakers approved a congestion pricing plan to minimize traffic jams and reduce air pollution, while helping raise $15 billion to repair NYC’s dilapidated public transportation system, which has been damaged many times by extreme weather like flooding and heat. - -When the federal government greenlit the program four years later, the city got to work installing infrastructure that could track and charge drivers by their license plate, which my colleague Kristoffer Tigue wrote about last year. But in June, Hochul slammed the brakes on the project just a few months ahead of the presidential election. - -Now, congestion pricing is making a comeback. - -“I am cautiously optimistic that congestion pricing will be put into place. It’s something that I’ve been hoping for for a long time. It’s the right policy for New York City—we have too many vehicles,” Sarah Kaufman, the director of New York University’s Rudin Center for Transportation, told me. “When we talk about Manhattan south of 60th Street, we’re talking about a heavily congested area with millions of people every day who need to get around. And about three quarters of the street space is used by cars that are either moving or parked when we have the densest mass transit concentration in the country, right here.” - -Under the policy, passenger vehicles will be charged $9 during peak hours to pass through the congestion zone. It could start as soon as Jan. 5, if it passes the federal review process. In a statement to Politico, Trump said through a transition team spokesperson that congestion pricing is a “massive tax” that will “hurt workers, families and businesses, but in particular, anything to do with jobs.” If the plan is not in place by the time Trump is inaugurated Jan. 20, his team could direct federal transportation officials to stall approval, The New York Times reports. - -Gothamist was the first to report on congestion pricing’s reemergence and has a detailed guide for how it could affect drivers, including more about a rebate program for people who live in the congestion zone and earn less than $60,000 a year. - -However, Metz has doubts about the toll’s ability to mitigate traffic. - -“I wouldn’t expect the impact on congestion in Manhattan to be much affected once the charge is introduced, and once it settles down,” Metz said. He added that the same income disparity phenomenon that occurred in London could likely happen in New York: If some people with lower income are deterred, “it creates space for people with higher incomes [to] take advantage of that.” - -Earlier this year, health officials and researchers pointed out that while improving air quality in Manhattan, congestion pricing could worsen air quality in other areas that don’t have the tolls, such as the Bronx or Staten Island, as commuters seek ways to avoid being charged. To counter this, the city government committed $155 million to projects like building an asthma center, improving ventilation in schools and completing park renovations, The New York Times reports. - -Overall, Kaufman said that congestion pricing is just one piece of the puzzle for decarbonizing travel in cities—from London to NYC. - -“There is a challenge of people acclimating to the fee and ending up driving once again,” Kaufman said. “And I think that cities have to grapple with what the next steps are, when and if that happens. In an ideal world, there will be enough funding generated from this fee to help bolster mass transit so that people will choose to take the subway and bus over driving because it will be such an appealing option.” - -More Top Climate News - -At the global climate conference (COP29) in Azerbaijan, Argentina’s foreign minister told The New York Times on Thursday that it would “re-evaluate” its climate strategy, stirring fears that the country will withdraw from the Paris Agreement. Earlier this week, Argentine President Javier Milei pulled the country’s delegation from COP a day after speaking to Trump on the phone. Experts say Argentina’s potential exit could sway other countries to pull back on climate commitments. My colleague Bob Berwyn is at the conference and recently wrote a story about why political experts say that breaking up the event into smaller rounds of negotiations throughout the year could help streamline progress in the future. - -Meanwhile, climate activists convened last week in Oaxaca, Mexico, for the Global Meeting for Climate and Life, which organizers called “anti-COP,” Tik Root reports for Grist. Attendees gathered with a common sentiment: that conferences like COP aren’t doing enough to meaningfully tackle climate change and growing emissions. Organizers say the event was created to bring together communities across the climate and land-defense movements. - -“When you sit in your 10th opening statement [at COP], and it’s all the same, it’s frustrating to think that no other world is possible,” Xiye Bastida, the executive director of the Re-Earth Initiative, a youth-led nonprofit focused on making the climate movement more accessible and inclusive, told Grist. She went to Oaxaca because, “for us, it’s not about the parts per million in the atmosphere, it’s about how our societies have transformed.” - -Trump announced plans on Thursday to nominate North Dakota Gov. Doug Burgum as secretary of the Department of the Interior. The agency, currently run by Deb Haaland, is tasked with protecting public lands and resources, supporting tribes and conserving ecosystems. Burgum is “a big booster of oil and gas” and is expected to carry out Trump’s plans of helping boost drilling on public lands, Kirk Siegler and Jeongyoon Han report for NPR. - -Nearly half of the 216 people who died in the devastating floods in Valencia, Spain, were over 70 years old, new police data reveals. This is a common trend during extreme weather events, which pose heightened threats for the elderly population. I wrote about this disparity and what experts say needs to change in a May newsletter, if you’d like to read more. - -Tropical Storm Sara hit Honduras on Thursday, unleashing heavy rains that could lead to “catastrophic flash flooding and mudslides” through the weekend, the U.S. National Hurricane Center said. Atlantic hurricane season formally ends at the end of November, but communities across the U.S., Central America and the Caribbean are still reeling from the storms of the past few months. - -About This Story Perhaps you noticed: This story, like all the news we publish, is free to read. That’s because Inside Climate News is a 501c3 nonprofit organization. We do not charge a subscription fee, lock our news behind a paywall, or clutter our website with ads. We make our news on climate and the environment freely available to you and anyone who wants it. That’s not all. We also share our news for free with scores of other media organizations around the country. Many of them can’t afford to do environmental journalism of their own. We’ve built bureaus from coast to coast to report local stories, collaborate with local newsrooms and co-publish articles so that this vital work is shared as widely as possible. Two of us launched ICN in 2007. Six years later we earned a Pulitzer Prize for National Reporting, and now we run the oldest and largest dedicated climate newsroom in the nation. We tell the story in all its complexity. We hold polluters accountable. We expose environmental injustice. We debunk misinformation. We scrutinize solutions and inspire action. Donations from readers like you fund every aspect of what we do. If you don’t already, will you support our ongoing work, our reporting on the biggest crisis facing our planet, and help us reach even more readers in more places? Please take a moment to make a tax-deductible donation. Every one of them makes a difference. Thank you, - -Share this article",1731883625,f1fc2a503e,00c2ede5ae,,,1731883625 -https://www.npr.org/2022/06/13/1104647327/let-them-eat-lunch,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"A French law mandated work-life balance, an American struggled to adapt. : Planet Money : NPR","Let them eat lunch - -Enlarge this image BERTRAND GUAY/AFP via Getty Images BERTRAND GUAY/AFP via Getty Images - -For millions of Americans, working through lunch is the norm. Our sad desk salads and Tupperware containers filled with premade meals are as much a part of the work day as checking our emails or clocking in. - -But what if it didn't have to be this way? What if this particular brand of work-life imbalance was not only frowned upon, but forbidden by law? - -Join us this week as we follow one American's journey to a foreign country with an even more foreign work culture: France. - -This episode was made in collaboration with the Rough Translation podcast. - -Sponsor Message - -Music: Doo Doop, French Polish, and Gourmet of Love. - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884674,8181d7a585,00d98c3c12,,,1731884674 -https://www.packagingstrategies.com/articles/105173-amcors-amfiber-paper-based-packaging-receives-european-patent,https://www.packagingstrategies.com/rss/articles,Amcor's AmFiber paper-based packaging receives European patent,"Amcor, a global leader in developing and producing responsible packaging solutions, has been granted a European patent for paper packaging with thin film barrier, affirming the unique attributes of its AmFiber portfolio. - -AmFiber Performance Paper is a high-barrier, paper-based solution that delivers recyclability and high-speed customer line performance for food- and healthcare-grade packaging. - -The European patent recognizes AmFiber Performance Paper's innovative barrier materials and patterned sealable material, which provides a unique combination of functional attributes for paper-based packaging. - -Currently on store shelves across the globe, the AmFiber portfolio is suitable for a wide range of applications, including snacks and confectionary, dry culinary and beverage, meat, dairy, home and personal care, and more. - -""With its superior barrier properties, high performance and excellent runnability, AmFiber Performance Paper is an ideal choice for brands across the globe seeking recyclable paper-based packaging solutions,"" said Ilya Syshchikov, vice president of Amcor's Global Product Management AmFiber. He added, ""Receiving the European patent is acknowledgment of Amcor's leadership in paper-based packaging development and is an important step toward creating a circular economy.""",1731883646,c925e986aa,00c72d39ca,,,1731883646 -https://www.vg247.com/dwayne-johnson-thinks-red-one-could-match-oppenheimer-success,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,Dwayne Johnson watched Oppenheimer in Christopher Nolan's favorite IMAX theater and really thought $250 million slopbuster Red One could be as big as it,"Red One, Amazon's 'four-quadrant' Christmas action comedy starring Dwayne Johnson and Chris Evans, is opening tomorrow in the United States, so that means The Rock is hyping the hell out of it and dropping some perplexing takes. - -Sure, Johnson has always been one of Hollywood's finest PR specialists on top of being a very active actor-producer, but after a streak of high-profile flops, he's doubling down on Amazon's incredibly generic-looking blockbuster, which cost north of $250 million and has been directed by Jumanji (the new ones) helmer Jake Kasdan, which certainly explains why it looks so soulless and sanitized. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Via Twitter, we've come across this clip (watch below) from an IMAX promo for the movie, in which Johnson tells potential viewers with an absolutely straight face that he had a moment of epiphany while watching Christopher Nolan's latest hit, Oppenheimer, in the filmmaker's favorite IMAX theater. His immediate thought (which may or may not have happened)? ""Red One on this screen, with this technology, can be game over."" Perhaps he meant game over for his acting career should it crash and burn. - -Right now, Red One is targeting a weak (given the price tag) $35 million debut at the domestic box office and is sitting at 37% on Rotten Tomatoes. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Okay, I'm just taking the p**s here... sort of. With Moana 2, a live-action remake of the first one, and plenty of other projects lined up, Johnson is seemingly set for the rest of the decade. That said, there's been a clear decline of interest in both the big projects he's chosen to spearhead and his public figure, so maybe his 'big star credit' will be running out sooner rather than later if he continues to turn in stinkers as a producer. - -Even more worrying is Chris Evans' situation, whose only remarkable acting credit in the post-Avengers: Endgame era was 2019's Knives Out. Sure, he's making cash left and right, but either he or his agent aren't landing many juicy roles; the exact opposite of what Robert Downey Jr. has been doing, winning an Oscar earlier this year. The former Captain America has teased in the past he was interested in transitioning into directing, but those plans aren't panning out yet. Long story short: Evans is currently the least interesting Chris to follow, with even Pratt making more intriguing moves than him at the moment, somehow. - -Anyway, Dwayne Johnson continues to be a fascinating pop culture icon with lots of fans, that's for sure, but one of the (arguably) coolest dudes around is gradually turning into yet another snake oil salesman that's turning far too much money into big piles of overdeveloped shite. I mean, he came crawling back to the Fast & Furious franchise last year after beef with Vin Diesel, so things aren't fine and dandy for sure. Here's hoping he can somehow get back to his Pain & Gain era.",1731883678,374d98cbb9,007f9fec9d,,,1731883678 -https://www.engadget.com/entertainment/streaming/pbs-programming-is-coming-to-prime-video-190443155.html?src=rss,https://www.engadget.com/rss.xml,PBS programming is coming to Prime Video,"Amazon and PBS have entered a partnership that will bring content from the public media operation to Prime Video. More than 150 local PBS channels and the PBS Kids Channel will launch as a free ad-supported TV (or FAST) offering on Prime Video over the coming months. The press release from PBS noted that this is the first time this collection of programming will be available on a major streaming service for free. - -PBS Distribution is also launching two new FAST channels that will be available exclusively on Prime Video for a limited time beginning November 26. These channels are PBS Drama and PBS Documentaries. It seems Amazon is looking to focus on a lineup of FAST channels within Prime Video for free viewing, since the company announced that it is closing Freevee . - -Having yet another place to watch public media content is a happy development for PBS fans. The broadcaster recently launched a FAST channel with Roku called PBS Retro, specifically with shows from the 1980s and 1990s for those of us who want to dive into a little nostalgic escapism.",1731883712,2ccba97d94,0021faea25,,,1731883712 -https://techtransfercentral.com/2024/09/03/european-universities-outpace-us-counterparts-in-establishing-venture-funds-for-spinouts-yet-lag-in-capital-raised/,https://techtransfercentral.com/feed/,TechPipeline,"This is an excerpt from an article in the October issue of TechEngage. - -Green and clean technologies have garnered a lot of interest from both researchers and investors in the past two decades. Investment in these technologies has grown steadily, reaching $1.77 trillion in 2023, a 17% increase over 2022 according to BloombergNEF. That sounds like good news for universities with ongoing research and projects in the green/clean tech space, but not every green/clean tech project is marketable in a way that attracts licensees. Differences in timeline expectations, commercial potential, and even leadership qualities can keep companies from looking closely at technologies that may well solve important problems but don’t offer enough commercial upside. - -Before reaching out, it’s important to understand what makes a green or clean technology or start-up investible to companies and venture capitalists. - -Team First - -Many investors evaluate the team behind the technology as much as they evaluate the technology itself. - -“Team is first, always,” says Manny Stockman, a partner in Osage University Partners, a venture capital firm that works with universities. “You’ll hear that from every venture capitalist you ever talk to.” - -Taking an idea from inception to a marketable product or service requires people who understand the market and how to talk to investors, and those are skills that are not always in the wheelhouse of a researcher or inventor. Gathering a team of people who can fill in the gaps of any missing relational and business skills is key to attracting support.",1731883681,bb9e812a9f,00fac2d214,,,1731883681 -https://www.npr.org/2023/07/11/1187019058/summer-school-mba-entrepreneurship,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Starting a business: identify pain points and know your audience : Planet Money : NPR,"Summer School 1: Planet Money goes to business school - -Enlarge this image NPR NPR - -Find all episodes of Planet Money Summer School here. - -Planet Money Summer School is back! It's the free economics class you can take from anywhere... for everyone! For Season 4 of Summer School, we are taking you to business school. It's time to get your MBA, the easy way! - -In this first class: Everyone has a million dollar business idea (e.g., ""Shazam but for movies""), but not everyone has what it takes to be an entrepreneur. We have two stories about founders who learned the hard way what goes into starting a small business, and getting it up and running. - -Sponsor Message - -First, a story about Frederick Hutson, who learned about pain points and unique value propositions when he founded a company to help inmates and their families share photos. Then, we take a trip to Columbia, Maryland with chefs RaeShawn and LaShone Middleton. Their steamed crab delivery service taught them the challenges of ""bootstrapping"" to grow their business. And throughout the episode, Columbia Business School professor Angela Lee explains why entrepreneurship can be really difficult, but also incredibly rewarding, if you have the stomach for it. - -(And, we should say, we are open to investors for ""Shazam but for movies."" Just sayin'.) - -The series is hosted by Robert Smith and produced by Max Freedman. Our project manager is Julia Carney. This episode was edited by Jess Jiang and engineered by James Willetts. The show is fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Planet Money's executive producer is Alex Goldmark. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: ""Lost Situation"" & ""Bad Scene""; Universal Production Music - ""Better Luck Next Time,"" ""The Sky Was Orange,"" ""Moody Pop Guitars,"" ""El Flamingo,"" and ""Growling Sax""",1731884630,8181d7a585,0174d34236,,,1731884630 -https://www.ign.com/articles/indiana-jones-great-circle-licensed-games,http://feeds.ign.com/ign/games-all,Indiana Jones and the Great Circle Is an Exception to Phil Spencer's Caution Around Licensed Games,"Licensed games can be a great way to build interest with a familiar property, but they can also be fraught as various stakeholders weigh in on its creative direction. Xbox CEO Phil Spencer is aware of these challenges, and they're one reason he's ""not the biggest fan"" of committing resources to licensed games. - -Speaking with the Game File newsletter, Spencer talked about some of the ""complexities"" that come with making licensed games, especially when it comes to putting them on subscription or streaming services. - -Play - -IGN's Twenty Questions - Guess the game! IGN's Twenty Questions - Guess the game! 💡 Hint To start: ...try asking a question that can be answered with a ""Yes"" or ""No"". 000/250 Ask - -""We’ve seen it in racing games that have to get delisted, because you lose certain licenses,” Spencer said. “So I'm always very careful, if we're going to take on a license, that we're doing it for creative reasons, [that] the team has a goal around what they want to do.” - -While Spencer didn't name it explicitly, Ubisoft has cited ""licensing constraints"" as one of its reasons for delisting The Crew. Xbox's own Forza Horizon games have likewise been delisted due to expiring licenses. - -When it comes to Indiana Jones and the Great Circle, which is being developed with input from Lucasfilm Games, Spencer say that MachineGames' passion for the property was reason enough to take on the license. - -“ I think what you see in Indiana Jones is a team that really loves Indiana Jones and that world - -""I think what you see in Indiana Jones is a team that really loves Indiana Jones and that world. The story is, to me, one of the strongest parts of that game—the way you feel like you're Indiana Jones from a first person perspective,"" Spencer said. ""So it's clear that's something they wanted to do. But, for us, given the [intellectual property] that we have that we own. I'm a big fan of us using the IP that we haven't even revisited.” - -As for whether or not the Indiana Jones license might eventually expire, Spencer said, ""I feel great about our partnership with Lucas and Disney, all up, on that. They've been good partners. We're obviously doing Blade with Arkane Lyon with them. I was just out there visiting with that team.” - -Indiana Jones and the Great Circle is out December 9 for Xbox and PC, with the PS5 release set for spring 2025. You can read our full hands-on preview right here. - -Kat Bailey is IGN's News Director as well as co-host of Nintendo Voice Chat. Have a tip? Send her a DM at @the_katbot.",1731883676,9e7916d7c6,00c5477408,,,1731883676 -https://www.teachthought.com/education/dangerous-phrase-education/,https://www.teachthought.com/feed/,The Most Dangerous Phrase In Education,,1731883664,ecf7668f95,0082281025,,,1731883664 -https://www.casualhoya.com/2024/11/7/24290354/undefeated-georgetown-hoyas-open-season-with-85-77-win-over-lehigh,https://www.casualhoya.com/rss/current.rss,UNDEFEATED: Hoyas Open Season with 85-77 Win Over Lehigh,"Welcome back! Your Georgetown Hoyas kicked off this 2024-2025 season with a 85-77 victory over the Lehigh Mountain Hawks this evening in front of a sold out, student-filled crowd at historic McDonough Gymnasium. - -Micah Peavy shared the lead for Hoyas’ scorers with 20 points and 3 steals, a strong showing for the promising transfer, while fellow newcomer Malik Mack dropped 15 of his own and plus 5 assists. Thomas Sorber was assertive down low and notched a double-double in his college debut, contributing an impressive 20 points and 13 rebounds. Returning standout Jayden Epps added 17 points to go with 3 assists and a steal. - -Lehigh already had one game under their belts as they headed down to DC; they received a decisive wallop from Northwestern only two days ago. For all of the recent years that a basketball season has commenced with angst and/or horror, this contest was a welcome reprieve for Hoyas fans (after the first few minutes, at least). Our collective hope was that Coach Cooley would be taking all games seriously and prep the team accordingly, and through one game, they delivered. - -Things started off at a brisk pace, with few whistles and surprisingly abundant buckets from both squads. Georgetown saw every starter plus Curtis Williams and Julius Halaifonua enter the scoring column by the U8. On the other side - and stop me if you’ve heard this one before - Lehigh opened up by going 5 for 5 from beyond the arc, with nearly all of their offense coming from Gillus and Higgins Jr. - -Peavy tied it up at 33 with just under 6 minutes to play, but the Mountain Hawks immediately answered. Cooley decided to play a lineup with both Sorber and Halaifonua, the two freshmen big men, who complemented each other better than I would have expected and successfully managed to draw contact in the paint. - -While far from a terrifying flashback-inducing blowout, the Hoyas were consistently mired a single bucket behind Lehigh. It wasn’t until the 2:00 mark that a driving layup from Peavy put them back on top for the first time since the opening bucket. - -The McDonough crowd wanted so badly to erupt when Williams attempted an open three on the next position off the steal from Peavy, but it was not to be. The TCU transfer did it himself on the next trip down the court, driving baseline and banking the vall off the glass and in. Ctrl+C, Ctrl+V, and Peavy does it again on the subsequent possession, extending the Georgetown lead to 5 with less than a minute to play in the half. Halaifonua’s big block ensured that the Hoyas’ 10-0 run remained uninterrupted, and the home team went into the break up 44-39. - -Play was a bit less crisp coming out of intermission, but luckily for Georgetown that was equally true of their opponent, allowing the Hoyas to carry a 4-point advantage into the U16. Collaborative defense from Williams and Jordan Burks led to a smooth attempt in transition, and Ed Cooley was incensed when Williams got whistled for the offensive foul. - -Lehigh’s 7-0 run was cut off by a clean look converted from beyond the arc for Epps. The Mountain Hawks briefly regained a 1-point lead off a three from Whitney-Sidney, but Epps’ triple on the next trip boomeranged the Hoyas back up by two. Georgetown remained ahead 56-54 at the next media break and never opened the door again. - -It was Drew Fielder under the basket that created disruption and opened up 2nd, 3rd, and 4th attempts on the next possession until Sorber finally connected, getting the basket and the foul to put the Hoyas up five. Minutes later, the biggest scare of the game came when Sorber slipped out of his shoe and fell oddly while in the process of being fouled. He got up very gingerly, walked it off, made both free throws, then proceeded directly to the bench. - -Mack had primarily contributed by facilitating the offense and providing assists earlier in the game, but he racked up five buckets in the waning minutes as teammates struggled to find the bottom of the net. Sorber appeared unhindered by the earlier fall, consistently grabbing rebounds, hitting from the stripe, and establishing an effective paint presence. - -Mack put the Hoyas up 79-68 just after the U4, capitalizing on a 4+ minute field goal drought for Lehigh. Jordan Burks got on the board with a putback of an Epps miss, extending the lead to 13 with 1:23 left to play. - -Ultimately, Georgetown finished the night with an 85-77 win on the books. There is plenty to learn from and improve upon throughout the season, but also a strong foundation of elements to praise. This group has some talent, and being optimistic to see what they do with it is a nice change of pace. - -Next up, the Hoyas host Fairfield for a 4pm game on Saturday afternoon, 11/9. That one will be at Capital One, and is airing on FS2. - -Your Georgetown Hoyas are undefeated. Savor it.",1731883643,e1a7087ff1,018bca49b4,,,1731883643 -https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/article/nespresso-brings-snowman-david-beckham-together-christmas/1896038,https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/rss/news,Nespresso brings snowman and David Beckham together for Christmas,"Nespresso brings snowman and David Beckham together for Christmas - -Campaign produced by company co-founded by Beckham. - -by Eszter Gurbicz",1731883622,ec257e8cc3,00d9c81eaf,,,1731883622 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/mentorship/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Unlocking the Power of Mentorship,"My career in the communications industry has witnessed a whirlwind of creativity, strategy, and constant evolution. From volunteering in the Ole Miss football press box when I was 13 years old to directing multi-million-dollar integrated marketing campaigns for clients during my agency career, I’ve thoroughly enjoyed the variety of challenges I’ve faced over nearly four decades in the business. - -While navigating this dynamic landscape is always exhilarating, I know how easy it can be to feel overwhelmed, especially for those just starting out, facing a job transition, or seeking new directions. That’s where mentoring comes in, offering a priceless opportunity to connect with experienced professionals, gain valuable insights, and accelerate your career journey. - -In the high-pressure world of communications, juggling the demands of crafting compelling narratives or creative briefs that are on strategy, navigating office politics and client demands, and building a strong network can feel like a high-wire act without a net. But what if there was a hidden safety net – not just to catch you if you stumble – but to propel you to even greater heights? That net, my friends, is mentoring. - -Yes, mentoring isn’t just for wide-eyed newbies. Seasoned communications professionals can also reap incredible benefits from being mentors and mentees/protégés. Let’s take a closer look. - -The History of Mentoring - -Mentoring is hardly a new concept. In a LinkedIn post for Pollinate Networks, the term “mentor” as we understand it originated in Homer’s famous epic, the Odyssey. When Odysseus, the poem’s hero, leaves to fight the Trojan War, he places his friend, Mentor, in charge of his son, Telemachus. Athena, the Greek goddess of wisdom, assumes the form of Mentor at various points in the story to offer him guidance and counsel in his father’s absence. Thus, the word mentor came to be associated with someone who can offer advice or impart skills to a protégé. - -In previous articles on this blog, other voices in our Spin Sucks community have examined mentoring from different angles. - -Finding Your Perfect Match - -My friend (and our fearless leader), Gini Dietrich, wrote an article, “How to Find a Mentor… and Become a Successful Mentee,” which outlines the crucial first step: identifying your needs and goals. What specific areas of communication do you want to develop? What skills and knowledge are you seeking? Having a clear understanding of your aspirations will guide you towards mentors who can offer relevant expertise and support. - -Gini further emphasized the importance of networking. Look for individuals you admire within your company, industry events, or professional associations. Attend conferences, workshops, and online forums to connect with potential mentors. Building rapport and genuine connections are key to securing a meaningful mentorship. - -Thriving as a Protégé - -Another friend, Deirdre Breakenridge, wrote in her article, “Five Ways to Prepare for Reverse Mentoring,” about the concept of “reverse mentoring,” where the mentee/protégé brings fresh perspectives and digital expertise to the table. Embracing this two-way learning fosters a dynamic and enriching experience for both parties. - -Becoming a successful protégé requires active participation and dedication. It’s not just about receiving; it’s also about giving back. Be prepared to ask insightful questions, share your own learnings and contribute meaningfully to the conversation. Additionally, actively seek and utilize resources beyond your mentor. - -The Power of Being a Mentor - -So, if you’re a veteran communications professional, why should you consider becoming a mentor to others? Well, the benefits are certainly compelling. - -Sharpen your leadership skills: Guiding someone else’s career journey hones your communication skills, encourages empathy, and strengthens your ability to provide constructive feedback, making you a more effective leader in all aspects of your professional life. - -Stay relevant: By engaging with fresh perspectives and emerging trends through your protégé’s experiences, you ensure your skill set remains razor-sharp and adaptable to an ever-changing communications landscape. - -Give back and pay it forward: Have you ever thrown a rock into the water and watched those circles? Sharing your knowledge and experience as a mentor creates that same ripple effect, strengthening the communications profession as a whole and ensuring its future success. - -Expand your network: Connecting with protégés from diverse backgrounds and different generations broadens your professional circle, opening doors to unexpected opportunities and collaborations. - -The Journey of Having a Mentor - -If you’re early in your communications career journey, why should you make time to seek out a mentor? Well, the benefits are compelling for you, too. - -Fast-track your career: Collaborating with a mentor, you can gain valuable insights, learn to navigate workplace dynamics with expert guidance, and develop your skill set at an accelerated pace, propelling you forward along your chosen path. - -Boost your confidence: Feedback and encouragement from a trusted mentor can work wonders for your self-confidence and empower you to tackle new challenges and seek out different opportunities. - -Break free of the “workplace cocoon”: You can access industry knowledge and connections beyond your daily work bubble, opening doors to future possibilities and exposing you to fresh perspectives. - -Develop effective communication skills: Learn from real-world examples and sharpen your ability to articulate your ideas effectively, becoming a more impactful communicator across all channels. - -Why Mentoring Matters - -But wait, there’s more! Don’t limit yourself to mentoring within your company. Professional associations like the Public Relations Society of America (PRSA) offer a goldmine of opportunities to give and receive mentorship: - -Network with “rock stars”: Meet established professionals, industry leaders, and potential collaborators at events, conferences, and online forums, fostering connections that can last a lifetime. My PRSA friends know that mentoring is the calling card of the College of Fellows , and that group of experienced pros personifies what it means to pay it forward for the betterment of the individual and, ultimately, our profession. - -Develop leadership skills: Participate in committees, volunteer for roles, and gain valuable leadership experience that sets you apart in your career journey. When I volunteer with a charitable organization or serve on the board of a nonprofit, I get to exercise muscles different from the ones I use in my daily work, and there are always leadership opportunities. - -Lifelong learning: Access webinars, workshops and conferences offered by associations like PRSA, the International Association of Business Communicators (IABC) and the American Marketing Association (AMA) to stay ahead of the curve, gain new skills and stay inspired. - -Build meaningful connections: Seek out mentors, protégés and peers who share your passion and can support your career journey and you’ll create a network of invaluable allies. When I pursued my Accreditation in Public Relations (APR) , I connected with a study group of PR pros that remains a continuing source of wisdom and support more than 20 years later. - -Embrace the Power of Mentorship - -Throughout my career, I have had the privilege of witnessing the transformational power of mentorship. From guiding eager college students as they take their first steps into our world, to helping emerging professionals navigate the complexities of our field, and to providing wisdom and guidance to workplace colleagues, it has been an incredible journey. - -Mentorship is a two-way street. While we guide and inspire others, we, too, learn and grow from the experiences and perspectives of those we mentor. It is in these relationships that we find the true essence of our profession – a community of individuals committed to mutual support, shared knowledge, and continuous improvement. - -Mentoring for a Lifetime - -Mentoring is a powerful tool for career growth, both for mentors and protégés. By taking the initiative, being clear about your goals, and actively engaging in the learning process, you can forge a relationship that propels you forward in your communications journey. The connections you build today can pave the way for a fulfilling and successful career in the ever-evolving world of communications. - -This blog post merely scratches the surface of the mentoring landscape. With dedication, open-mindedness, and a willingness to learn, your mentoring experience can become truly transformative. - -Remember, your network is your net worth. Stepping outside your comfort zone to connect with others can catalyze incredible career growth. So, ditch that lone wolf mentality, embrace the power of community, collaboration and lifelong learning. The future of communications is brighter, and more connected, than ever before. - -Ready to Start? - -So where do you start? How do you find the right mentor and become a successful protégé who truly benefits from the relationship? Here are a few online resources: - -The Public Relations Society of America (PRSA) offers a wealth of resources and programs for you to connect with mentors and peers. Explore PRSA Mentor Connect to get matched with a mentor or even sign up to mentor others. - -The American Association of Women in Communications (AAWIC) also provides excellent resources and programs for finding and becoming a successful mentor/mentee. - -Websites like Mentoring.org offer a national database of mentorship programs. - -The world of communications is waiting for you to explore. Take the first step, embrace the power of mentoring, and watch your career soar to new heights! - -Have you had a positive mentoring experience during your career? Please let me know about it, or feel free to ask questions in the comments.",1731883728,4dc781f5bc,01751f8dc1,,,1731883728 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/trends/a62652719/best-sweater-dress-outfits/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,8 Best Sweaterdress Outfits for Fall and Winter 2024,"Every product on this page was chosen by a Harper's BAZAAR editor. We may earn commission on some of the items you choose to buy. - -We all know a dress can be the ultimate one-and-done outfit problem solver, requiring little more than a few accessories to be ready to walk straight out the door. In the fall and winter, we rely on the best sweaterdresses to get us through the coldest of days. They can look chic with minimal effort, and, just like your favorite sweater, a knitted dress will keep you comfortable and warm, especially when temperatures really start to dip. - -As easy as these dresses are to wear, sometimes coming up with outfit inspiration on the cold, dark mornings we are facing can still be tedious. Thankfully, there was no shortage of sweaterdress outfits throughout the many street-style looks we spotted during this fall’s Fashion Month. These easy and stylish formulas are sure to energize your weekly outfit rotation, whether you need office-appropriate ensembles to get you through a long workweek or styling ideas for your next weekend getaway. - -The best part is that all these sweaterdress outfit ideas also incorporate quite a few of fall/winter 2024’s breakout trends, from seasonal hues like rich chocolate brown and burgundy, to playful prints (here’s looking at you, leopard!) and loads of accessories to boot. Now’s the time to layer up, so keep reading to find some seasonal inspiration with the eight best sweaterdress outfits, all of which are completely shoppable now. - -1. The Long Black Dress - -Christian Vierig // Getty Images - -No little black dress this time. Instead, we recommend scooping up a long black maxi dress made from a knitted fabric and designed with a turtleneck, for added warmth. The proportions are universally flattering, and it can be dressed up or down with ease. We love it styled for daytime with a contrasting suede boot (a walkable heel height is a must) and paired with classic accessories like a quilted chain-link handbag and oval sunglasses, to take you from meetings to a post-work hangout in a flash. - -2. Texture Play - -getty images - -Knitwear is nothing without texture. The way each unique yarn creates a different weave and look is one of the best things about sweaterdresses. Play up this idea by layering yours with even more textural elements. Our bets are on this wool-blend trench in bold leopard, shiny patent shoes (these Miu Miu kitten heels are street-style-friendly), and a smooth leather handbag, such as Savette’s luxurious top-handle purse. The result is a look that can be worn just as easily to a work meeting as to dinner. - -3. Cable Knit Coziness - -Christian Vierig // Getty Images - -’Tis the season for knitted things, and just as a Fair Isle sweater evokes sentiments of warmth and comfort, the same can be said for the cable knit. An all-over knitted dress made from these chunky stitches is just the ticket to cure any sort of wardrobe blues in the wintertime. Add an off-white menswear-inspired coat, ankle-strap pumps, and a versatile bag that can be worn as both a pouch or crossbody, and you’ve got a look that will take you from morning to night in style. - -4. No Sleeves, Please - -Edward Berthelot // Getty Images - -Not all sweaterdresses require long sleeves. This one was made for those unseasonably warm autumn days (or an office building or apartment that runs extremely hot). When styled with a sleek, statement belt, chunky knee-high boots, and a perfectly plumped leather clutch bag, the look is downright cool. Simply add a blazer over this outfit as the perfect extra layer when you want your arms covered or need a little extra warmth. A long-sleeved T-shirt will do the job, as well. - -5. Chocolate Brown Addict - -Claudio Lavenia // Getty Images - -There’s no hiding the fashion world’s current obsession with chocolate brown. The hue du jour was found all over the Fall/Winter 2024 runways, street style, and social media, and if you haven’t started stocking up yet, this is your cue to do so now. A textural knit dress in the rich tone can be worn with leather sock boots and a ladylike handbag, earning maximum style points without even trying. If you plan to wear this one during the day, matching sunglasses in the timeless shade will top things off. - -6. Easy Does It - -Raimonda Kulikauskiene // Getty Images - -We all strive to exude that effortless Parisian way of putting together clothes, and topping your sweaterdress with an oversize blazer will do exactly that. Might we suggest mixing neutral-toned pieces together, such as putty, gray, beige, and brown, to achieve this fashion-forward, nonchalant way of dressing? For a weather-appropriate footwear option, go for a knee-high leather boot. A chunky gold hoop is the only jewelry you need for final touches. - -7. The Never-Fail Basics - -Daniel Zuchnik // Getty Images - -A well-organized closet is nothing without the best basics, and this look proves there is power in numbers. Start with a ribbed-knit dress (we love a button front for extra detail), layer with a classic camel coat, and then finish with cowboy-inspired pointed-toe boots and a roomy shoulder bag. This easy formula is sure to get you out the door in two minutes tops, while still looking completely pulled together, ready to face the day no matter what you have planned. - -8. Monochrome Mania - -Edward Berthelot / Getty Images - -The idea of monochrome dressing is nothing new, and it’s certainly a straightforward mode that fashion editors and stylists love, thanks to its sheer simplicity. This full-on burgundy outfit is loaded with all our favorite pieces as well. For starters, a turtleneck sweaterdress works well under an oversize leather bomber jacket, while a pointed shoe, sunglasses, and designer handbag solidify your accessory game, taking this look to the next level.",1731883629,66787ad63a,012c78d37a,,,1731883629 -https://www.cbssports.com/nfl/news/chargers-vs-bengals-odds-spread-line-time-sunday-night-football-picks-bets-by-nfl-model-on-17-7-run/,https://www.cbssports.com/rss/headlines/NFL/,"Chargers vs. Bengals odds, spread, line, time: Sunday Night Football picks, bets by NFL model on 17-7 run","A primetime AFC contest has the Los Angeles Chargers (6-3) and Cincinnati Bengals (4-6) linking up on Sunday Night Football. The Bengals have lost two of their last three games, including a gut-wrenching 35-34 loss to the Baltimore Ravens last week. Los Angeles has strung along a three-game winning streak. Last week at home, the Chargers outlasted the Tennessee Titans, 27-17. Both teams covered the spread last week. Bengals defensive end Trey Hendrickson (neck), who's racked up 11 sacks this season, is listed as questionable but is expected to play on Sunday night. - -Kickoff from SoFi Stadium in Los Angeles is set for 8:20 p.m. ET. Los Angeles is a 1.5-point favorite in the latest Bengals vs. Chargers odds from the SportsLine Consensus, while the over/under for total points scored is 48. The Chargers are -119 money line favorites (risk $119 to win $100), while the Bengals are -101 underdogs. Before locking in any Bengals vs. Chargers picks, make sure to check out the NFL predictions and betting advice from the SportsLine Projection Model. - -The model, which simulates every NFL game 10,000 times, is up well over $7,000 for $100 players on top-rated NFL picks since its inception. The model enters Week 11 of the 2024 NFL season on an incredible 17-7 betting hot streak on top-rated NFL picks this year. Longer term, it is on a 197-136 roll on top-rated NFL picks that dates back to the 2017 season and a 51-29 roll on top-rated NFL picks since Week 7 of 2022. - -The model also ranked in the top 10 on NFLPickWatch four of the past six years on straight-up NFL picks and beat more than 94% of CBS Sports Football Pick'em players four times during that span. Anyone following at sportsbooks and on betting apps has seen strong returns. - -Now, the model has simulated Bengals vs. Chargers 10,000 times and just revealed its coveted NFL picks and NFL betting predictions. You can head to SportsLine now to see the model's picks. Here are several NFL odds and NFL betting lines for Chargers vs. Bengals: - -Chargers vs. Bengals spread: Los Angeles -1.5 - -Chargers vs. Bengals over/under: 48 points - -Chargers vs. Bengals money line: Los Angeles -119, Cincinnati -101 - -CIN: Bengals are 6-4 against the spread this season - -LAC: Chargers are 6-3 ATS this season - -Chargers vs. Bengals picks: See picks at SportsLine - -Chargers vs. Bengals streaming: FuboTV (Try for free) - -Why the Chargers can cover - -Quarterback Justin Herbert has pinpoint accuracy and a rocket of an arm. He also has the athleticism to pick up yards with his legs. He has done an strong job of protecting the ball (one turnover) in his first season playing for Jim Harbaugh. This season, he's completing 66% of his passes for 1,889 passing yards and 11 passing touchdowns. Herbert has thrown at least 230 passing yards in four of his last five games. - -Running back JK Dobbins is the lead bellcow in the backfield. Dobbins has contact balance and power when running the ball. The Ohio State product ranks 10th in the NFL in rushing yards (670) and is tied for eighth in rushing touchdowns (8). He's finished with more than 50 rushing yards in five games. See who to back at SportsLine. - -Why the Bengals can cover - -Quarterback Joe Burrow has strong field vision and is playing at an elite level. The LSU product leads the NFL in passing touchdowns (24) and passing yards (2,672). Burrow has seven games with at least two passing touchdowns this season. Last week against the Ravens, Burrow went 34 of 56 for 428 yards and four passing scores. - -Receiver Ja'Marr Chase has been unstoppable in 2024. Chase is explosive in the open field and is a big play waiting to happen. He leads the NFL in receptions (66), receiving yards (981), and touchdowns (10). Chase also has 12 catches of 20-plus yards. In his last outing, the 24-year-old has 11 receptions for 264 yards and three touchdowns. The 24-year-old has gone over 100 yards three times this season. See who to back at SportsLine. - -How to make Bengals vs. Chargers picks - -SportsLine's model is leaning Over on the point total, projecting the teams to combine for 51 points. The model also says one side of the spread cashes in more than 60% of simulations. You can head to SportsLine to see the model's picks. - -So who wins Bengals vs. Chargers on Sunday Night Football, and which side of the spread cashes more than 60% of the time? Visit SportsLine now to see which side of the Bengals vs. Chargers spread to back, all from the model that has returned well over $7,000 on top-rated NFL picks, and find out.",1731883633,fad4a9cc43,01aa5e7d8d,,,1731883633 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/ai-public-relations-prompts/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,50 AI Public Relations Prompts for Engaging PR Content,"AI public relations prompts can be highly efficient and effective. But the results can drastically vary based on the quality of your prompts. - -Many PR professionals reported using AI tools, such as ChatGPT, for ideation (77.8%) and content creation (72.4%). They also rated it 7 out of 10 for improving work efficiency. - -In terms of profit, 75% of PR firms saw a 10% rise in revenues and profits after integrating AI into their workflow. - -These numbers will only climb as the industry gains a deeper understanding of these modern technologies, so it’s best to jump in early. - -AI can do the heavy lifting in drafting your team’s news releases or marketing campaigns. Leveraging it can streamline your workflow, improve content relevance, and nail targeting and personalization in less time and effort. - -Effective AI Public Relations Prompts - -Thoughtful AI prompt engineering leads to improved outcomes. It tells AI what to do, where to find relevant data, how to put everything together, and how to polish the output to meet your objectives. - -The more effective your AI public relations prompts, the better the systems can deliver on-point and effective results. - -Here are some guidelines to avoid producing AI-generated content that requires extensive editing or complete rewrites. - -What It Means Don’t Do This Do This Instead Clarity Write clear prompts. Vague instructions often result in irrelevant or subpar outputs. AI needs your desired outcome spelled out. Write a communication piece about our event happening soon. Write a press release announcing our upcoming product launch event on [date] at [location]. Maintain an engaging, professional tone. Precision Provide model-specific instructions to minimize errors or misunderstandings. Draft an informative blog post about social media management. You’re a PR writer for [ABC company]. Write a blog post outlining five tips for effective social media management in 2024. Exemplify each tip. Exemplification Show, don’t tell. Add concrete examples or guidelines to accelerate AI’s learning process and improve performance over time. Create a media pitch. Try to make it catchy and compelling. Write a PR pitch email for [details about the pitch] with a compelling subject line, brief 2-3 sentence introduction, and clear call-to-action. Conciseness AI works best with clear, focused instructions. Irrelevant details can confuse it and lead to suboptimal results. [Speech transcript] Turn this into social media posts discussing the product launch, customer feedback, pricing, promotions, and influencer partnerships. [Speech transcript] Write brief tweet updates from our CEO’s speech focusing on our new product launch. - -Pro tip: Start with a persona you want the AI to adapt to tailor the content to your intended audience. For example, you’re a PR manager at a tech company. Write a news release… - -Following these tips can help you cut through the fluff. To begin your PR initiatives, we compiled a list of 50 AI public relations prompts to generate high-quality, targeted content. - -50 Examples & Templates - -These 50 templates provide a shortcut to crafting effective PR content. We’ve split them into five categories: - -News Release Generation - -Adding key information like dates, locations, names/organizations, or statistics to your prompts can help capture readers’ attention and maintain their interest. The following prompts are adaptable according to your specific needs: - -Draft a news release announcing a new product launch for [ product details & company ]. Include the [ features, benefits, launch date, and information on where interested parties can request a demo ]. Create a news release for [upcoming corporate event/industry conference/charity gala]. Generate a news release highlighting our [company’s recent award win] as if you’re an experienced PR executive. Write a news release announcing our product line expansion to include [new solutions] . Highlight the unique features and benefits of each. Highlight the findings of our latest customer satisfaction survey in a comprehensive news release. Write a news release to reveal our latest partnership with [insert name of prominent industry leader] . Please draft a stirring news release sharing the success story of our recent fundraising campaign, which raised [insert specific amount] for [name initiative beneficiary] . Write a news release introducing our mobile app and detailing how it revolutionizes the customer experience. Introduce our company’s innovative sustainability and other CSR efforts in a news release. Discuss measurable impacts and ongoing partnerships with [name environmental organizations] . Announce our product and service expansion into a new market/international markets. Highlight the [significance and strategic reasons behind this expansion] . - -Pro tip: Specify the tone in the prompt to align with your company’s voice and messaging for consistency. You can simplify that process with this free news release generator tool. - -Social Media Campaign Ideas - -Social media campaigns should be innovative and attention-grabbing to stand out in crowded social media feeds. These AI public relations prompts offer creative suggestions to help you achieve your campaign objectives. - -Develop a social media campaign for our brand awareness month. Prepare a detailed content calendar outlining each platform’s post schedules, content types, and key messaging. Compose tweets promoting our latest service offering with relevant hashtags. [paste details]. Create engaging Instagram captions for our new product line. Keep them brief and actionable with call-to-action phrases. [paste details]. Brainstorm hashtag challenge ideas on Instagram to encourage user-generated content related to our brand. Generate social media captions for a new blog post published on our website. [paste content/link]. Write a LinkedIn post series highlighting our company’s recent milestones to enhance our professional reputation. Create a script for a promotional YouTube video announcing a limited-time discount or special offer on our products. Write a post sharing a link to our latest podcast episode or video interview. Entice our audience to listen/watch by adding a sneak peek of [key topics or guests featured in the episode]. Write a Facebook post launching our new loyalty program and inviting customers to sign up. I’m a PR professional who needs help crafting compelling Facebook ad copy to promote our holiday collection. Would you be willing to help with that? - -Pro tip: Repurposing content from your website or other existing resources can streamline your campaign strategy. Consider using a social media post generator to create tailored content for various platforms. It’ll maximize your content value while maintaining a coherent brand presence across all channels. - -SEO Content Creation - -Effective use of targeted keywords and phrases without overstuffing is key to improving search engine rankings. This section presents AI prompts to help you write SEO-optimized content that draws organic traffic. - -Write an SEO-optimized article about the benefits of [ list products/services ]. Structure the article with clear headings and subheadings to enhance readability . Create a list of SEO-friendly titles for our blog posts on industry trends about [subject] . Generate meta descriptions for our new range of [specify product pages] . Mention key features, benefits, and unique selling points within the character limit. Suggest SEO-optimized meta descriptions for our homepage. You aim to attract clicks while clearly previewing what visitors can expect. What SEO-focused FAQ ideas can I address for our [list current offerings] ? Write a case study highlighting our client’s success. Include specific metrics, data points, and testimonials to substantiate the results. [insert client’s background, challenges, and the solutions] Craft an SEO-focused buyer’s guide comparing [different product offerings] . Draft an SEO-optimized landing page for our upcoming e-book/podcast to encourage downloads. List [number] relevant and trending YouTube tags for a video tutorial on [subject] . Write a guest post for publication on [specify target websites] . Identify a relevant topic that resonates with their audience and offer valuable insights from our company’s perspective. - -Pro tip: Incorporate meta tags, alt text for images, and other technical SEO elements into your PR content to make it more discoverable online. Here’s a handy meta-description generator to do that task for you in a few clicks. - -Media Outreach Messages - -Media outreach messages are for proposing story ideas, sharing news announcements, requesting coverage, and engaging with media professionals. To write newsworthy pitches, here are some AI public relations prompts to structure your content. - -Compose an email pitch to journalists for our recent study on [subject] . Ensure it’s well-written and professional, reflecting our credibility in the subject area. Create a series of follow-up emails to be sent at strategic intervals after the initial outreach. The goal is to maintain communication with journalists who have shown initial interest in covering the launch. Write a personalized invitation to [name influencer] for a collaboration. Personalize it by referencing [specify their previous work or interests] to show you’ve done your research Draft a personalized media pitch introducing our CEO for potential interview opportunities. Develop a media pitch inviting journalists to attend and cover our [upcoming press conference] . Pretend you’re handling our media relations and write an email inviting reporters to a press tour of our manufacturing facility. Draft a media pitch offering expert commentary from our team for an upcoming news segment on [subject] . Generate a Facebook event page announcement for our [upcoming press conference] . Write a public media outreach announcing the company’s rebranding and new corporate identity. Write a personalized thank-you email to journalists who recently featured us in their articles. - -Pro tip: If you don’t know which media publications to pitch, here’s a hack from award-winning comms strategist Brian Hart. He turned to AI for help by using the prompt below: - -“PR pros – here’s another way to use generative AI. I’ve been struggling to get a client’s op-ed placed. So, I turned to AI for help. My prompt: “What publications would accept a submission like the following? [pasted the entire article]” It instantly gave me an excellent list!” - -After getting your list, you can use a cold email generator to create a personalized email automatically. - -Media Kit Materials - -Media kits contain assets such as news releases, high-resolution images, company profiles, executive bios, fact sheets, and contact information. With these PR prompts, you can tailor them to specific audiences while remaining consistent with your message. - -Generate a backgrounder document for our company’s history. Provide a detailed account of our journey, including [founding details] , [major developments ], and [notable achievements] . Write a biography for our CEO to include in our media kit. Highlight their [career milestones] and [industry expertise] . Act as a PR advisor and create a fact sheet for our [insert latest sustainability initiatives] . Compose product catalog descriptions for our [list of full offerings] . Ensure consistent formatting and presentation across all catalog entries. Write a style guide outlining our company’s preferred writing style, tone, and formatting guidelines. What are some glossary terms related to our industry? Please compile a list to help journalists and stakeholders become familiar with the jargon. Craft an infographic summarizing key information about our company. Use this info: [paste the company’s mission, values, history, achievements, and unique selling points]. Develop a media fact-checking guide to ensure accuracy in reporting about our company. Specify [trademark usage/proper capitalization] of our brand name. Write a detailed employee training manual covering company policies, procedures, and best practices. Prepare a branded PowerPoint presentation template for our media briefings. The format should include text for the title slides, agenda slides, content slides, and contact information. - -Pro tip: Stick to one prompt per task to keep things simple for your AI tool. - -AI Public Relations Prompts In Play - -These 50 examples are only the tip of the iceberg when leveraging AI for public relations. AI has great potential, so continuous learning is essential to create more targeted, personalized PR content. - -Invest time learning about AI as you implement these public relations prompts. Experiment with different AI-powered tools and keep practicing the strategies above. The more you do so, the better you’ll harness its full potential.",1731883690,4dc781f5bc,0174e146f6,,,1731883690 -https://www.agilitypr.com/pr-news/public-relations/7-reasons-to-invest-in-comms-training-and-development-to-drive-business-growth/,https://www.agilitypr.com/feed/,7 reasons to invest in comms training and development to drive business growth,"Surviving in a competitive market is not an easy task for businesses. Every day welcomes a new challenge that impacts the pace of business growth and impedes success. Customer demands and market trends are evolving at lighting speed—and sticking to the same old strategies isn’t usually a good plan for business growth. - -Businesses that focus on marketing and PR are more easily able to overcome these challenges and adapt their strategies to stay relevant. However, those that fail to do so get stuck. This is why marketing and communications training is among the key strategic drivers of business growth, encouraging faster development, and better crisis management. - -Understanding the Power of Marketing Training and Development - -Every modern business seeking growth must have a unique digital presence and the support of IT talent solutions that help build stronger teams. The more recognition and positive customer interaction, the more chances it has to thrive in today’s business landscape. While there are numerous ways to improve a business’s digital presence and lead it toward growth, nothing beats the power of communications. - -The right training helps businesses build skilled teams and prepare for competitive communications, including digital marketing, customer engagement, brand reputation management, media monitoring, data-driven decision-making, and so much more. - -Source: Pexels - -Trained comms teams can keep your brand updated on digital tools and trends, and create impactful, customer-focused campaigns that strengthen loyalty and enhance customer engagement. These teams can conduct in-depth data analysis, solve complex business problems with actionable insights, and help you make informed, strategic decisions that optimize performance and increase return on investment. - -7 Reasons to Invest in Marketing Training and Development to Spur Business Growth - -Refocusing on marketing training and development can prove to be the best decision you can make for taking your business to the next level. Here are 7 compelling reasons why investing in training and development is essential. - -1) Helps Build a Strong Business Identity - -A strong business identity is the strategic foundation to standing out in the crowd of competitors. With skilled comms teams, your business can maintain brand consistency, effectively communicate your brand’s values to its target audience, and also gain a sense of reliability. They can also gain insights into customer expectations, market trends, and targeting strategies to establish brand loyalty. - -Working on the weak points of your brand’s identity also encourages more innovation and creativity. As a result, your teams can brainstorm ideas and strategies to obtain consistency in brand reputation and increase credibility. - -2) Establishes a Competitive Edge - -Effective communications can help your business keep track of the latest market trends, shifts in customer behaviors and demands, and advances in digital marketing tools and in-demand skills to stay ahead of the best competitors in the market. - -This allows you to quickly adapt to the latest strategies and plan campaigns that meet customer demands and industry shifts. - -3) Enhances Digital Marketing Skills - -Mastering digital marketing skills is the key to establishing a strong online presence for your business and attracting more growth opportunities. With these skills, your teams can make the most of digital tools like social media, SEO, AI, automation, and much more. - -Developing these skills enables your teams to optimize campaigns that boost your reach and targeting precision, and maximize customer engagement across all digital channels. From email to content marketing, strong digital marketing skills also enable your business to draw actionable insights and take full advantage of an enhanced digital presence. - -4) Increases Customer Engagement and Satisfaction - -A business without proper marketing strategies remains unnoticed by its target customers. By training your teams about the tools and methods of marketing, you can enhance customer engagement and satisfaction. In-depth marketing knowledge enables your teams to identify and respond to customer needs effectively and incorporate insights into personalizing marketing campaigns. - -Through behavior analysis and other effective methods, skilled marketing teams can help your business connect deeply with customers’ interests and demands and create a strong bond, leading to increased satisfaction and loyalty. - -5) Improves Decision Making with Data-Driven Insights - -Gaining expertise in marketing through proper training enables your teams to use the power of analytics to interpret valuable data, analyze sentiments and customer behaviors, and extract actionable insights from the performances of your marketing campaigns and market trends. This shift from intuition-based decisions to evidence-based strategies leads to more informed and confident decisions that positively impact business growth. - -Focusing on data insights also provides your business with an opportunity to foster an environment of continuous improvement and experimentation. The performance metrics enable your teams to keep optimizing campaigns and meet the requirements of the ever-changing market demands. - -6) Leaves More Room for Innovation - -Even if marketing does not directly impact innovation, it helps create an environment where your teams are encouraged to brainstorm and implement their innovative ideas in building strategies and optimizing campaigns. - -A business environment that appreciates innovation encourages its teams to think outside the box, leading to unique campaigns that can differentiate the brand in a competitive market. This also enhances their problem-solving and critical-thinking capabilities. - -7) Enhanced Leadership and Collaboration Opportunities - -Effective marketing training opens doors to more collaboration opportunities. The right training develops the soft skills among teams, such as leadership and communication, necessary to resolve conflicts and crises, and encourage teamwork and collective problem-solving. This helps teams to work towards shared goals and deliver their best performance to obtain desired results. - -Final Words - -This initiative will equip your teams to acquire strong digital skills, employ innovative strategies while shaping campaigns, and utilize the power of data analytics for increased marketing effectiveness and customer satisfaction. As a result, your business can align with the changing demands of markets and customers and stand strong as a powerful competitor.",1731883664,52bb56b32d,0197e9b051,,,1731883664 -https://datainnovation.org/2024/11/10-bits-the-data-news-hotlist-486/,https://www.datainnovation.org/feed/,10 Bits: The Data News Hotlist,"This week’s list of top data news highlights covers November 9, 2024 to November 15, 2024, and includes articles on the digital replica of Saint Peter’s Basilica and NASA’s new AI chatbot. - -1. Identifying High-Risk Patients - -Researchers at the University of Freiburg in Germany and at the Harvard Medical School have developed a deep learning algorithm to analyze chest CT scans and identify features that can help predict cardiovascular mortality risk. The model analyzed features like volume and diameter in a patient’s main artery system and more accurately predicted risk of cardiovascular disease and death than traditional methods. - -2. Monitoring Air Quality - -The Michigan Department of Environment, Great Lakes, and Energy has launched a new data dashboard called MiAir that provides residents with real-time information on air quality. The dashboard pulls data on metrics like the amount of carbon monoxide from 40 monitoring stations statewide and also provides access to historical statistics. Users can sign up to receive alerts when air quality drops below safe levels. - -3. Automating Routine Tasks - -OpenAI is working on an autonomous agent called Operator, set to launch in January 2025, that will use AI to complete tasks like writing code or making travel arrangements with minimal user involvement. Operator works by breaking complex tasks into smaller steps and connecting with different applications and data sources, allowing it to complete each part of a request efficiently and independently. - -4. Digitizing Cultural Heritage - -Microsoft has partnered with the Vatican to create a detailed AI-generated digital replica of Saint Peter’s Basilica, traditionally believed to be the burial site of Saint Peter. The digital replica allows for virtual visits, better conservation monitoring, and improved visitor management for one of the world’s most visited churches. - -5. Answering Reader Questions - -The Washington Post has launched a new generative AI tool called Ask The Post AI that allows users to ask questions and receive answers based on the newspaper’s prior coverage. The tool summarizes and curates answers based on the user prompt. - -6. Enabling Digital Tourism - -Google Maps has launched a new augmented reality feature that allows users to explore Paris’ most iconic landmarks, such as the Eiffel Tower or the Notre Dame cathedral, in a virtual, interactive format. Users can virtually travel to these landmarks and customize their experience by navigating to different historical periods to see how they looked. - -7. Translating in Real-Time - -DeepL, a German AI startup, has added a new voice translation feature called DeepL Voice, which can translate speech in real-time across 13 languages, displaying translations as text outputs. The tool can deliver accurate translations for live interactions, such as during virtual meetings. - -8. Monitoring Wildlife - -Researchers at the New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology have created drones using taxidermied bird bodies filled with the drone technology to enhance wildlife monitoring. These drones mimic the flight, swimming, and perching behaviors of pheasants, ducks, and pigeons, reducing noise and minimizing disruption to ecosystems. The drones have cameras that allow them to transfer video recording in real-time, providing observation tools for monitoring wildlife, with potential applications in conservation and ecological research. - -9. Upgrading Video Editing Tools - -Apple has added several new AI features to its video editing software. One of these new features, Magnetic Mask, uses AI to make it easier to mask objects or people in a video faster, while new iPad features enhance color correction and tactile editing using the Apple Pencil. - -10. Studying the Earth - -NASA has partnered with Microsoft to launch Earth Copilot, a new tool in beta testing that uses Microsoft’s Azure AI service to give the public access to information on the Earth and climate. The chatbot can answer user questions in a conversational manner and can help policymakers, educators, and the general public access data. - -Image credit: Benjamin Fay",1731883646,e4a7f9406f,0141d0fd4f,,,1731883646 -https://cleantechnica.com/2024/11/17/federal-incentives-rebates-may-end-soon-now-is-the-time-to-act/,https://cleantechnica.com/feed/,Federal Incentives & Rebates May End Soon. Now Is The Time To Act!,"Sign up for daily news updates from CleanTechnica on email. Or follow us on Google News - -My wife and I have a piece of wall art in our home that says, “Live Your Life Now Not Tomorrow.” We found it in a shop while on vacation several years ago and bought it because it captures how we want to live our lives quite nicely. It had a prominent place in our home in Rhode Island, where we ran a bed & breakfast for a number of years and got many favorable comments from guests. If you are considering adding solar panels to your home, a residential storage battery, one or more heat pumps to heat and cool your home, a heat pump based water heater or clothes dryer, or an induction stove, you might what to heed that advice and act now because the federal incentives and rebates available today may not be available after the new administration arrives in Washington, DC. - -In a research note this past week, Bloomberg advised that if you are thinking of buying an electric car or an energy-saving heat pump eligible for federal tax credits and rebates, now might be the time. The incoming occupant of the Offal Office calls the Inflation Reduction Act the “green new scam.” He’s pledged to rescind funding for the Biden administration’s signature 2022 climate law, which includes more than $8.5 billion in incentives for individuals and families to decarbonize their lives. - -“Clawing back funds already dispersed would be difficult, but that doesn’t mean the Trump administration won’t try,” said Romany Webb, deputy director of the Sabin Center for Climate Change Law at Columbia University. “From a strictly legal perspective, there may be more avenues for the administration to withhold funds that haven’t been awarded yet,” but “failing to move forward with announced awards may be politically unpopular,” she said. - -Incentives & Rebates May Disappear - -The IRA’s benefits are many and varied. It offers up to $14,000 for low- and moderate-income households to install heat pumps, induction stoves, and other high-efficiency electric appliances. Can ‘t have that, of course. It discriminates against wealthier families. It wouldn’t be right to treat those people with money differently than those who contribute nothing to society and just suck off the upper classes. Wealthier families can receive a $2,000 federal tax credit for replacing an oil- or methane-fired furnace or water heater with a heat pump. Some electric vehicles qualify for a $7,500 tax credit issued at the time of purchase, and a 30% tax credit is available for homeowners to install solar panels and battery storage systems. There is also a used EV tax credit of $4,000 that also sticks in the craw of right thinking people. - -Representative Ro Khanna, a California Democrat, said on Thursday’s Zero podcast that he doubts the new administration and Congressional Republicans will seek a wholesale repeal of the IRA, given the billions of dollars in benefits it funnels to their constituents. In fact, Bloomberg adds that Representative Buddy Carter, a Republican whose district is home to the new Hyundai factory in Georgia, didn’t vote for the IRA — no Republicans in Congress did — but he said he doesn’t want to see projects like the new factory jeopardized. Which makes sense. It is expected to create up to 8,500 jobs in his district. “I’m going to discourage [the new administration] from making a sudden change,” Carter said. - -The vast majority of IRA investment has gone to red and swing states — especially in the South and Midwest — where land, labor, and energy are cheaper. Some GOP leaders and lawmakers in these states say they’ll work to defend projects enabled by the law if the political winds shift. Georgia Governor Brian Kemp said he will advocate for companies that have brought jobs to the state regardless of who is sitting in the White House next year. Of course, Kemp refused to support the new incumbent after the last election in 2020, so whether he will have any influence in the next administration is questionable. Tennessee Representative Chuck Fleischmann, a Republican whose district has a battery facility that employs 300, said he would be happy to explain the benefits of battery technologies to officials in a second Trump administration. “I can lay out a very good, positive message,” he said. - -Since the IRA passed in August 2022, 325 new clean energy projects have been announced across 41 states and Puerto Rico, according to nonpartisan environmental research group E2, which tracks them. Michigan has the most projects in the country — 30 — which are expected to create a total of more than 12,000 jobs. In Georgia, 28 projects and $15 billion of investments will create almost 16,000 jobs. And North Carolina has seen a staggering $19 billion flowing into 22 projects. And yet, all three of those states voted for the guy in the silly red hat. Go figure. Talk about voting against your own self interest! - -The 30% tax credit for residential solar installations dates to 2006 and was set to expire in 2023 before the IRA extended it until 2032. Homeowners claimed $6 billion in tax credits for solar installations and battery storage last year. It may now be on the chopping block as well. - -Red States Pooh Pooh IRA Benefits - -GOP politicians in these states welcome the economic boost and attribute it to their own fostering of business, low taxes, and light regulation more than anything Biden did. Kemp said Georgia’s green energy boom has been decades in the making, based on relationships fostered by him and two prior governors. “Those job creators could go anywhere and still be impacted by the IRA, but again and again, they’re choosing Georgia,” Kemp said. “That hasn’t happened by accident.” Similarly, a spokesperson for South Carolina Governor Henry McMaster, a Republican, said EV makers and other car companies “have been flocking to South Carolina for years and they will continue to long after President Biden leaves office.” - -But IRA incentives were critical to many of these projects going ahead, and Democrats have been broadcasting that message. IRA funding is distributed to the states through US Department of Energy approved rebate programs. The federal government has paid out $1.4 billion to nine states and the District of Columbia that have begun to offer up to $8,000 for a heat pump and $1,750 for a heat pump water heater. They also provide $840 cash back for induction stoves and heat pump clothes dryers and $4,000 for electrical system upgrades. Another 10 states have received $1.2 billion but have yet to start issuing rebates. Nine more states are awaiting federal review of their applications, which usually takes about 60 to 90 days. The rest of the states are still preparing their applications, except for South Dakota, which isn’t participating in the program. Florida initially declined $175 million in funding but now has submitted an application. - -Short of repealing the IRA, though, taking those lucrative incentives away from taxpayers would prove legally difficult and politically problematic, according to David Friedman, senior policy director for Rewiring America, a nonprofit that advocates for community electrification. “The law is pretty clear that once this money is authorized, this money is required to be spent,” said Friedman, a former acting assistant secretary for energy efficiency and renewable energy at the Energy Department. “Politically, it would just be a terrible move to roll these things back as every state and territory but one have applied for these rebates.” - -EV Tax Credit Most Vulnerable - -The $7,500 EV tax credit is more vulnerable as it may be subject to a law that allows Congress to review and reverse recently enacted regulations, according to a September paper by Webb and her colleagues. “If we end up with a Republican-controlled Congress, there may be attempts to repeal or revise the IRA tax credits themselves,” Webb said. That too could prove politically perilous. - -Friedman said now is always a good time for families to take advantage of the IRA and go electric. “Regardless of what’s going to happen in the future, you should do it today because it’s a great deal.” That seems like excellent advice.",1731883652,befffecf30,01c0939d85,,,1731883652 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/articles/cwy15z4q2k8o,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,ATP Finals: Carlos Alcaraz beats Andrey Rublev & Alexander Zverev defeats Casper Ruud,"Carlos Alcaraz overcame illness to defeat Andrey Rublev at the ATP Finals in Turin. - -The 21-year-old Spaniard won 6-3 7-6 (10-8) despite cutting short his practice session on Tuesday after struggling with a chest complaint. - -German second seed Alexander Zverev later claimed his second victory with a 7-6 (7-3) 6-3 win over Casper Ruud in the John Newcombe Group. - -Zverev will guarantee his place in the semi-finals if he beats Alcaraz in the final round of the group stage on Friday. - -Sporting a pink nasal strip to help his breathing, third seed Alcaraz won four consecutive games against Rublev to take the first set in 37 minutes with a double break of serve. - -He claimed the second in an epic tie-break, hitting 33 winners overall in the match compared to 14 for the Russian. - -""I surprised myself the way I played from the baseline. I was really calm,"" Alcaraz said. - -""I just focused on my game and what I have to do and forgetting I'm not feeling well.""",1731883650,95caee0db1,01be1dc5b3,,,1731883650 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/effective-crisis-communication/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Key Strategies for Effective Crisis Communication,"Since 2020, we’ve done a lot of crisis communication work. I mean, a lot. During the shutdown, it was almost exclusively related to things individuals had done wrong in a contentious workplace flooded with fear, uncertainty, and instability. Today, it has progressed to working with organizations that are dealing with larger crises such as shootings, fires, and natural disasters. - -There is one thing we continue to come back to, time and time again: the importance of shaking hands and kissing babies. - -This cannot be underlined more emphatically. Yes, saying “I’m sorry” is still the first thing you should do, but saying it empathetically to the humans who are affected, face-to-face has to happen at the same time. - -It’s so simple, and yet, the amount of convincing it takes to get executives to handle a crisis in this way is astounding. There are lots of feelings and emotions wrapped up in a crisis—and often a bit of ego, too. Those things combined make it extremely difficult for humans to say, “I’m sorry.” - -And yet, it’s probably the most effective tactic when it comes to a crisis. - -Shaking Hands and Kissing Babies - -When doing a final debrief with a crisis communication client last year, I asked them what they learned from the experience we had just shared. The marketing associate chimed in and said, “Always talk to the community first. Before anyone else.” - -I was so proud of her response, I beamed. Part of my being so proud is that it was a real struggle to get them to talk to the community. They’d had a crisis that didn’t affect the community, but the less they talked about it, the more worried their neighbors became. They started to wonder if the client was hiding something—and got pretty vocal about it. - -They weren’t, of course, hiding anything, but their lack of communication made them look guilty. So I loved that the youngest member of the team learned that that was the most important thing she should take into the next crisis she encounters during her career. - -Shaking hands and kissing babies. - -It’s so simple, yet almost no one does it. Remember when the BP former CEO, Tony Hayward, whined that he just wanted to get his life back after one of the biggest oil spills on record? All he cared about was going back to normal—not about what this meant for Americans who lived near the oil spill or those who count on ocean life for their livelihood. I”m sure they wanted their lives back, too. - -Empathy signals high emotional intelligence, which is not common for all humans—as is evidenced by Hayward making it all about himself. - -We’ve seen this situation in many of our client crises, too. People think they’re empathizing by saying, “I want my life back, too,” but it does the complete opposite. - -Say I’m Sorry In Person - -Part of this is that we see CEOs as being removed from reality. Tony Hayward wanted to get back to his jet-setting, yacht life where he could live on his gazillion-dollar salary and not have to worry about the people whose lives were completely upended because of something his company had done. - -We talk with our clients about this all the time. Yes, you are struggling, and this is stressful, but it’s nothing compared to what the people affected by this are going through. As part of sympathizing with them, you cannot discuss how stressful this is for you. Shake hands. Kiss babies. Listen. Don’t say anything more than, “I am so sorry,” and repeat the approved messages. - -A few years ago, a security guard at a client’s plant shot and killed an employee as he was coming back from dinner break. When I got the phone call from the CEO at 2 a.m., he said, “What should I do?” I told him to get the first flight out and get to that plant as soon as humanly possible. He did—and he met with the employee’s family and with his team. Then he held an all-hands and grieved with the team. - -While it was not a fun experience, it was the absolute right thing to do—and he is still praised by his employees for it. - -Saying I’m sorry in person will go much further than releasing a statement or holding a news conference. - -Start to Predict an Eventual Crisis - -Too often, an organization is not prepared for a crisis, and when it happens (and it will happen), the leaders panic and call in the comms team at 2:00 in the morning or over a weekend or a holiday (we once unexpectedly lost the CEO of a client’s business on Thanksgiving—that was fun). - -But the best way to survive a crisis, to know exactly what to do, and to put ego aside and not be defensive is to watch for it. Of course, there will be instances you can’t predict—like a natural disaster or a sudden death—but you can be prepared for those things. - -Last week, I opened the Florida Public Relations Association conference with a keynote about the PESO Model™ (of course). At a reception the evening before, I met a comms professional who told me a story about how he worked with an executive for years to get him to see forthcoming crises. After working together for three years, he said the CEO was almost better at predicting a crisis than he was. He had taught his client how to prepare, mitigate damage, and plan efficiently for recovery. - -Crisis Communication Planning - -This is the first phase of crisis communication management: watching for early warning signs and signal detection. What kind of crisis communication plan do you have for the unexpected—natural disasters, sudden death, active shooter—and for the expected—unhappy customer, bad behavior by an employee, a negative social media campaign. - -Of course, you can’t predict when those things might happen, but you can develop a list of every potential crisis—and craft a plan around each. We like to tier the examples: - - - -Tier 1 is for the worst possible crisis ever; - -Tier 2 for it’s pretty bad, but we can get through it; and - -Tier 3 for this sucks, but it’ll only suck for a few days as we work to get things back to normal. - -Then we try to predict what would cause Tier 3 to become Tier 2 and Tier 2 to become Tier 1. In this particular exercise, you become strategic and take out the emotion. Knowing it could happen and how you’ll react is more than half the battle. - -Then, when a crisis does hit, how you handle it is critical. If you’ve done the work to plan for and expect a crisis, and you’re ready to say I’m sorry while shaking hands and kissing babies, you’ll be in a good spot to progress to recovery. - -But the longer it takes you to respond, the more it will cost you in reputation and dollars. Imagine if Tony Hayward had immediately flown to the Gulf Coast and spent time talking with the people there and discussing how he and his team were going to help with clean up and bring things back to normal. I’m willing to bet he wouldn’t have lost his job three weeks later. - -Crisis Communication Tenets - -Outside of being prepared and how you react, one of your most important goals in managing a crisis will be to recoup time, resources, revenue, and maybe even reputation. Business recovery should be your main focus once you get through the initial few days of the crisis. - -Crisis communication planning and management can feel overwhelming, but it really does come down to these three tenets: - -Say “I’m sorry” (and mean it) Shake hands and kiss babies Progress to recovery - -If you focus on those three things, you’ll always weather a crisis.",1731883768,4dc781f5bc,01dfdf70f4,,,1731883768 -https://www.vg247.com/the-witcher-4-seemingly-gets-first-character-reveal-not-just-geralt-star-wars-and-eastenders-actor,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"The Witcher 4 seemingly gets its first character reveal that's not just Geralt saying he's showing up, thanks to a Star Wars and EastEnders actor's CV","We don't know much about what we'll be doing inThe Witcher 4 whenever it arrives, but it looks like an encounter with a character called Branko can be added to that list. That's according to the online CV of the actor who appears to be playing him in the game currently codenamed Polaris. - -Assuming it's not an error of some kind, this would be second character confirmed to be showing up the game, following Geralt, whom actor Doug Cockle has suggested will be ""a part"" of the game, but not the main focus. Plus, given we're all intimately familiar with Gerry from the River, this would be the first totally new character revealed to be showing up in The Witcher 4. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -As spotted by Reddit user KekanKok, the listing for actor Jake Lampert on Spotlight, a UK casting website, currently lists as part of the actor's resume a role in ""The Witcher 4: Polaris"" as a character called Branko. - -The listing doesn't include many other details, aside from a 2025 date that, judging by what CD Projekt has said in earnings calls this year, seems like it could well just be a placeholder of sorts representing the earliest point the game could potentially release. - -There's also the name of the person who allegedly directed Lampert in the role, Kate Saxon, who's been credited in voice direction roles on both The Witcher 3 and The Witcher 2 - as well as a host of other video game roles - according to her IMDB page. - -While this Witcher role does show up on Lampert's list of credits on Spotlight, it doesn't appear to be listed as part of the CV for him you can find on the website of Sainou, the talent agency he's listed as a client of. VG247 has reached out to Sainou for comment on this story. - -Among the roles Lampert's previously played are characters in Star Wars: Andor, EastEnders, and Call the Midwife. The EastEnders role looks to have seen him play a guy who got into a fight in a nightclub, so that'd be good practice if Branko were to turn out to be one of the many unfortunate folks who've decided it's wise to rudely interrupt a witcher during a visit to the local tavern. - -In other Witcher 4-related news, CD Projekt's devs have said that they're hoping the game will help the studio win back over anyone who might still be a bit hesitant to trust it following Cyberpunk 2077's difficult initial release.",1731883702,374d98cbb9,01d8491975,,,1731883702 -https://www.npr.org/2021/12/23/1067333584/bell-wars-classic,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How two competing handbell companies learned to coexist : Planet Money : NPR,"Bell wars (Classic) - -Enlarge this image toggle caption malmark.com/schulmerichbells.com malmark.com/schulmerichbells.com - -Note: This episode originally ran in 2014. - -When you've got two companies down the road from each other making the same thing, you can almost guess the history. Originally there was just one company, but something happened. Maybe someone got angry, somebody left, and they started a second business, a competitor. - -In this case, that someone was Jake Malta. He was the chief engineer at what was then the only bell shop in town, a place called Schulmerich. They made handbells, the kind you hear choirs play around Christmastime. Jake became obsessed with bells, so this was a pretty sweet job for him. That is, until management changed and Jake didn't get along with the new bosses. Jake decided to leave Schulmerich. He also decided he was going to make an even better handbell, a bell of supreme perfection that he hadn't quite achieved at Schulmerich. - -Sponsor Message - -Today on the show, the rivalry between two companies that make nearly all the world's handbells. And how they eventually made peace. - -Music: Arsis Handbell Ensemble's ""Danse Macabre"" and ""Morning Mood"" and Sonos Handbell Ensemble's ""The Nutcracker"" and ""Sleigh Ride"" and ""Hava Nagila."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884691,8181d7a585,0226639ef2,,,1731884691 -https://transom.org/2008/dial-a-stranger/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Dial-A-Stranger,"https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2008/09/das-life_savers.mp3 Download Listen to “Life Savers” - -Read Curtis Fox’s Manifesto: “On Podcasting” - -A Favorite Episode of Zach and Mercedes’: Life Savers - -Mercedes Martinez & Zachary Kent - -In this episode we asked five people the question “who saved your life?” This is the show that we come back to in our minds most often. In it we both find what is most essential about the show– the stories are interesting and engaging, but there is also an amazing level of honesty. When we finished this episode we both felt humbled by having these very personal stories shared with us. - -About Dial-A-Stranger - -Wouldn’t it be great if you were walking down the street and your phone rang? You know what would be even better? If, when you picked up the phone, it wasn’t a telemarketer or someone calling to ask you about your expired car warranty, but two people genuinely interested in your day and the stories you have to tell. - -That’s what Dial-A-Stranger tries to do–interject a little bit of art, mystery and general excitement into your day. The hosts take questions from listeners, and attempt to find answers to them by asking strangers over the telephone. The results are compiled into a weekly podcast. - -Mercedes Martinez and Zachary Kent started the show to highlight the stories of everyday people and to be the excitement they wanted to see in the world. In the process of producing the show they have talked to people about a wide range of diverse subjects including tiki conventions, egg donation, Disneyland and bounty hunting. This knowledge would make them much more interesting at the dinner parties they still aren’t invited to. - -Enjoying this feature? Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Tech Info for Dial-A-Stranger - -The show is produced using a Mac Mini connected to an Alesis 8 channel FireWire mixer with a JK Audio Broadcast Host for the telephone interface and two Digital Reference DR-VX1 microphones. It is recorded and edited using Audacity. A Tascam HD-P2 is used for field recording, with sincere thanks to Transom for their tool reviews that lead to this choice. - -Related Links - -Dial-A-Stranger",1731883751,c00d35bf2d,023b645830,,,1731883751 -https://transom.org/2018/enticing-listeners-press-play/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Enticing Listeners To Press Play Again,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Enticing-Listeners-to-Press-Play-Again.mp3 Download Listen to “Enticing Listeners To Press Play Again” - -Writing the start of a story often feels like throwing my shoulder against a stuck door. I bang and I bang and I bang until the door opens. That opened door is liberating. I find that once my lede is in place I can write several pages — or at least until I get to another stuck door. - -But the more I write, the more I understand that where a story lands may be as important as how it opens. In fact, maybe it was someone from The Moth who said a story needs a solid take-off and landing. - -To hold the mirror up to myself, HowSound often has weak endings. The beginnings are pretty decent, I hope, but the ends, well, they just peter out. I find a half-decent quote to land on and then the theme music comes in. It’s like the ending falls from the sky. - -Fortunately, I host HowSound. I can talk to other producers about the craft. Not too long ago, I spoke with NPR’s Rachel Martin about story endings in an effort to learn more. And, on this HowSound, Leah Sottile and Ryan Haas unpack episode endings in their serialized podcast Bundyville — strong endings that prompted me to press play again and again. - -You can expect more episodes on this topic since I clearly have more to learn. This episode is evidence. I wrote yet another fall-from-the-sky ending despite the fact this is an episode about endings. Yeech.",1731883665,c00d35bf2d,01cce6dac3,,,1731883665 -https://www.nationalmortgagenews.com/news/fhas-strong-capital-levels-should-end-life-of-loan-rule,https://www.nationalmortgagenews.com/rss,FHA's strong capital levels should end life-of-loan rule,"While the Federal Housing Administration's insurance fund capital ratio improved during fiscal year 2024, the delinquency rate has also increased, the annual report from the Department of Housing and Urban Development said. - -The Mutual Mortgage Insurance Fund's capital ratio was 11.47% as of Sept. 30, which was the end of the federal fiscal year. It was an increase of 96 basis points from the end of fiscal year 2023, when the ratio was 10.51%. - -This turns around a decrease in the capital ratio last year; at the end of fiscal year 2022, the ratio was 11.11%. - -The stand-alone capital ratio of the forward mortgage portfolio stood at 10.88%, while for the reverse mortgage program it was 24.5%. - -""Through our work, we have demonstrated that FHA can facilitate homeownership and wealth-building opportunities for hundreds of thousands of households and provide support for homeowners facing hardships while maintaining a financially sound Mutual Mortgage Insurance Fund,"" Federal Housing Commissioner Julia Gordon said in a press release. - -The MMIF has $173 billion in capital, a $27.5 billion increase from fiscal year 2023. - -Growth in home price appreciation helped to drive the MMIF's performance, but going forward that is expected to level off. - -Another driver of change in the capital ratio, and the majority of MMI Fund capital, is growth of its capital resources, currently 8.29% of the FHA's insurance in force. Those are composed of collected upfront and monthly insurance premiums, investments, recoveries on disposed assets, and any notes and properties awaiting disposition - -The Community Home Lenders of America lauded the Fund's ""strong performance"" but also saw it as an opportunity for additional changes to FHA policy. - -""In particular, CHLA believes the FHA report demonstrates the effectiveness of the February 2023 cut of 30 basis points in annual FHA premiums , and we reiterate our call for FHA to find a way to end life of loan premiums, which currently overcharge borrowers,"" a statement from the organization said. - -Similarly, the Mortgage Bankers Association noted that the current ratio is more than five times the statutory minimum for the MMIF. - -""While it is sensible to have a healthy cushion above the 2% minimum reserve, qualified borrowers should not be charged higher mortgage insurance premiums than necessary,"" a statement from President and CEO Bob Broeksmit said. ""In addition to pursuing more program enhancements to boost housing supply and affordability, such as this year's 203(k) program updates , borrowers would see meaningful payment relief from FHA eliminating its life of loan premium requirement and making another reasonable cut to the MIP."" - -Approximately 1.156 million borrowers saved an average of $453 annually as a result of the mortgage insurance premium reduction, for a total savings of more than $828 million from March 2023 through the end of the fiscal year 2024. ""Over the average loan life of 9.8 years, the forecasted total savings would be $5.1 billion,"" the report said. - -During the fiscal year, which ended on Sept. 30, the FHA insurance program served 766,942 forward mortgage borrowers. That included 603,040 purchase borrowers, over 82% of those were first-time home buyers, along with 242,796 borrowers who identified as people of color. FHA also insured 26,501 Home Equity Conversion Mortgages. - -In recent years, the private mortgage insurance industry has had little overlap in customers with the FHA program. Although in the run-up to the premium cut in 2023 along with Federal Housing Finance Agency changes to the loan level pricing adjustments, it was debated how many conforming borrowers could migrate back to FHA. - -The U.S. Mortgage Insurers argued the FHA has a countercyclical role and needs to remain well-capitalized, while private capital stands in a first-loss position for low down payment loans backed by private MI. - -""As such, policymakers should ensure that there is a consistent, transparent, and coordinated approach to housing policy, so that private capital can protect against credit risk ahead of taxpayers whenever possible,"" Seth Appleton, USMI president, said in a statement. ""This approach would enable FHA to focus on its mission of supporting borrowers who do not have access to traditional financing and ensure that it can play its countercyclical role under all economic conditions."" - -The seriously delinquent share of FHA borrowers was 4.15% as of September. This was a slight increase from a year ago but consistent with rates seen prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, the report said.",1731883660,53698d1bc1,0238e6aacc,,,1731883660 -https://techcrunch.com/2023/07/21/foreign-visitors-to-china-can-finally-go-cashless-like-locals/,https://techcrunch.com/tag/mobile-payments/feed/,Foreign visitors to China can finally go cashless like locals,"Great news for those traveling to China! You can finally enjoy the seamless, cashless payment experience that you may have heard about for years and avoid the awkward interaction of asking your local friends to pay and giving them paper money that they can’t spend anywhere. - -This week, China’s two dominant mobile payment solutions, WeChat Pay and Alipay, announced that foreign users can now pay at Chinese retailers by linking their foreign credit cards, including Visa, Mastercard and Discover. - -Previously, using WeChat Pay and Alipay in China required a local bank account, making it challenging for short-term visitors to use these payment methods. While paying has become breezier for those living in China, finding places that accept cash is now a headache for foreign visitors, as the two payments giants have largely replaced cash from metropoles to villages despite the government’s efforts to warn merchants against rejecting cash. - -The development is thus a huge improvement in foreign visitors’ experience in China. Given Alipay and WeChat Pay are literally ubiquitous in both China’s online and offline retail spheres, foreign visitors may now be able to hail a Didi car, ride the subway, rent a shared bike, buy fruit from a grocer, order food delivery and even shop online for myriad Chinese e-commerce goods. - -WeChat’s announcement provides useful details on what the setup looks like. To activate their WeChat wallets, foreign users will need to authenticate their identity by uploading their passports. Foreign phone numbers can be used for receiving verification codes. - -Unfortunately, visitors won’t be able to try out the digitized Chinese hongbao custom, which involves sending or receiving digital versions of auspicious red envelopes filled with money. This feature was originally what drove WeChat’s early wave of mass adoption. Visitors also can’t conduct money transfers, which is unsurprising given China’s stringent control of capital flows across borders. - -On WeChat, spending limits per transaction, month and year for foreign visitors are 6,000 yuan (around $835), 50,000 yuan and 60,000 yuan, respectively. Transaction fees are waived for payments under 200 yuan (around $28), and any amount above that charges a 3% fee. Exchange rates are based on the rates of the card organization and the issuing bank. - -The payments giants previously had plans to integrate with international bank cards, but those didn’t materialize. Hopefully, the regulatory approvals and infrastructure are ready this time. We will report back once we’ve tried it out on the ground.",1731883659,3aa6d26c70,023fb4d2e9,,,1731883659 -https://www.zdnet.com/article/best-vpn-router/,https://www.zdnet.com/topic/security/rss.xml,The best VPN routers of 2024,"When you're looking for a new virtual private network (VPN) setup, you have a choice: you can install VPN software directly on the devices you want to protect, or you can install a VPN on your router. - -VPNs provide encrypted tunnels that protect online communications, making it more difficult to track you or steal your information. They also allow you to mask your IP address so that it appears as if you're in a different location. - -Also: The best VPN services: Expert tested - -Setting up a VPN environment via your router provides blanket coverage across devices connected to the router, including your smartphone, PC, and smart TV. This saves you the job of installing VPN software on each device, and the process can be far easier than you think -- as long as you have compatible hardware. - -Some VPN providers even have routers with a VPN that is already installed and ready to go. In either case, opting for a VPN-ready router can be an excellent way to improve your home security and online privacy. - -What is the best VPN router right now? - -ZDNET has years of experience testing VPN solutions and hardware. Our team of experts has researched and performed hands-on testing for decades, and we strive to give you the best recommendations for VPNs and supporting routers based on this experience and customer feedback. - -Overall, our pick for the best VPN router is the ExpressVPN Aircove. This router has one of our favorite VPNs preinstalled, saving you the job of setting up and configuring the software. It also offers impressive speeds and coverage. - -Below are our recommendations for the best VPN routers of 2024, offering excellent VPN compatibility, speed, coverage, and additional privacy features. - -The best VPN routers of 2024 - -Show less View now at ExpressVPN View now at Amazon Pros Built-in VPN - -Up to 1,600 sq. ft. coverage - -US and international versions Cons VPN exclusivity - -VPN subscription is expensive ExpressVPN Aircove Best VPN router overall The ExpressVPN Aircove is our top pick thanks to its speed, ease of setup, and security. It offers dual-band connectivity for homes and offices, providing coverage of up to 1,600 square feet. When you pick a VPN-ready router, you still need to consider stability and speed. The $189 Aircove manages speeds of up to 1,200Mbps (600Mbps/2.4GHz) when the VPN is not in use, although, as you should expect, speeds will drop when you are connected to VPN servers. ExpressVPN is one of our top picks as the best VPN in 2024, largely due to consistently low speed loss results during our speed tests. If you plan to use a VPN on your router 24/7, it is an excellent choice -- either via Aircove or another VPN-ready router. There's also a feature to diversify the servers used by devices connected to the router. For example, you might want a gaming PC disconnected from the VPN and an office laptop to run through a US or UK server. Parents and guardians can also take advantage of parental control settings. Read the review: The best VPN services: Expert tested Customers report excellent speed and performance, although it can be tricky to set up. You will also need an ExpressVPN subscription, but a free trial is included with the router. We consider ExpressVPN to be one of the top VPNs on the market, with excellent speed and stability. Plans begin at $6.67/month. The Aircove is currently available on Amazon. ExpressVPN Aircove features: Wi-Fi 6 | Built-in VPN | 802.11ax, 802.11ac | Diverse server locations | Ad blocking | Threat manager | Parental controls | Includes free trial Show Expert Take Show less - -Show less View now at Amazon Pros Tri-band - -Extreme speed - -Game accelerator - -Great sq. ft coverage Cons Requires configuration - -Expensive - -Bulky design TP-Link AX6600 Wi-Fi 6 gaming router (Archer GX90) Best VPN router for power If you want speed and power first and a VPN second, you should consider the $200 TP-Link AX6600 Wi-Fi 6 gaming router (Archer GX90). The tri-band Archer offers speeds of up to 4,804Mbps (5GHz) / 1,201Mbps (5GHz) / 574Mbps (2.4GHz) and has been designed with gamers in mind (hence the 4.8Gbps Game Band). It combines a plethora of WAN and LAN ports with a 1.5GHz processor. OFDMA and MU-MIMO support is included, alongside a gaming accelerator, to reduce latency and lag. You can also add a OneMesh extender if you want to use mesh networking to increase coverage in your home and eradicate connectivity blind spots. To set up this router with a VPN service, you must configure either OpenVPN or PPTP VPN, so be prepared to spend some time tuning the router to your needs. Many customers consider the Archer GX90 to be a solid, fast router, although its design doesn't suit everyone. If you're concerned about the antennas, they are detachable. Archer GX90 features: Tri-band | High speeds | 1.5GHz Quad-Core CPU | Beamforming | Game Accelerator | Parental controls | Large home support | TP-Link HomeShield Show Expert Take Show less - -Show less View now at Amazon Pros Affordable - -Free security Cons Bland design - -Some users report speed issues ASUS RT-AX1800S Best VPN router for affordability The ASUS RT-AX1800S is an affordable VPN solution. The Wi-Fi 6 model, available for only $67, operates on the 2.4GHz frequency and offers up to 1Gbps speeds. It also offers free IoT device security via ASUS AiProtection. The router has a built-in VPN, Asus Instant Guard, which you can activate with just a button click. This router is compatible with AiMesh and includes five Ethernet ports (One Gigabit WAN and four Gigabit LAN). You can also purchase Wi-Fi extenders if you need to increase its range in larger homes. Customers say this router is great value for the money, and many are impressed with the parental controls and security functions. The free VPN is designed to be as user-friendly as possible, although some users report occasional disconnection issues. ASUS RT-AX1800S features: Dual-band | 2.4GHz | Up to 1Gbps speeds | Parental controls | AiMesh compatible | One Gigabit WAN port and four Gigabit LAN ports Show Expert Take Show less - -Show less View now at Amazon Pros Stylish - -Flexible VPN server options - -6GHz compatible Cons Expensive ASUS ROG Rapture GT-AXE11000 Best VPN for multiple connections For a more stylish option with custom lighting effects, consider the $398 ASUS ROG Rapture GT-AXE11000. This VPN-ready router is future-proof and while it's optimized for gamers -- who will appreciate the router's gaming accelerator, 2.5G LAN and WAN ports, and quad-core processing power -- this option also includes Asus' VPN Fusion feature. VPN Fusion is designed to let you connect to multiple VPN servers simultaneously. For example, you can assign your devices to different VPN tunnels -- selecting a server for your PC, another for your smart TV, and so on. Customer reviews suggest the VPN is an excellent option for gamers, and the VPN Fusion feature is popular with those who do not mind getting technical. Still, some customers consider the price point to be high. ASUS ROG Rapture GT-AXE11000 features: Wi-Fi 6E | Tri-band | 6GHz band | VPN Fusion | 2.5G LAN/WAN Port | Quad-core processor | Gaming accelerator Show Expert Take Show less - -Show less View now at Flashrouters Pros VPN flexibility - -Gigabit Ethernet port - -Portable - -Sleek design Cons A lack of ports GL.iNET Beryl-AX Best VPN router for travel The GL.iNET Beryl-AX is an excellent option if you want flexibility in your VPN choice, and you want to be able to take your router with you when you travel. This pocket-sized powerful router has a 1.3GHz processor and can reach speeds of up to 3000Mbps. It also includes a Gigabit Ethernet port and a USB port. When it comes to VPNs, the router offers implementation options with all the major providers, including NordVPN, ExpressVPN, IPVanish, and Private Internet Access. This is because the router has been designed to support the OpenVPN, Wireguard, and OpenWRT protocols. As a bonus, upon purchase, you can choose to have your router preconfigured with your preferred VPN. Customers say this router is portable, works extremely well, and is easy to configure. At $150, many users also consider this router to provide value for their money. GL.iNET Beryl-AX features: Multi VPN-compatibility | Travel-friendly | 1.3GHz processor | Gigabit Ethernet port | OpenVPN, Wireguard, and OpenWRT compatibility Show Expert Take Show less - -Our favorite VPN routers, compared VPN router Price Built-in VPN? Speed ExpressVPN Aircove $170 ✓ Up to 1,200Mbps (disconnected) | 180Mbps TP-Link Archer GX90 $200 x 4,804Mbps/1,201Mbps/574Mbps ASUS RT-AX1800S $67 ✓ Up to 1Gbps ASUS ROG Rapture GT-AXE11000 $398 x Up to 11000Mbps GL.iNET Beryl-AX $150 x Up to 3,000Mbps *MSRP at the time of writing. Please note that actual prices may vary depending on available sales, deals, discounts, and coupons. - -VPN router vs VPN app: How do you decide? There are advantages and disadvantages to using a VPN-enabled router or a standalone VPN app, the most important of which are compared below. VPN router VPN app A VPN router provides blanket coverage for all of your devices at home. Coverage is limited by the number of simultaneous connections you are allowed under one account. A VPN router can be complicated to set up, and most routers do not come with a built-in VPN. You may also risk your router's warranty when installing a VPN. VPN apps are typically easy to install and use. Install once, and protect everything. You must install VPN apps individually. VPN coverage and security is on permanently. VPN apps have to be opened and services have to be enabled. You need a VPN subscription and, in most cases, a paid one. Free, limited plans and paid options are available. You need a compatible router. You need a compatible PC or mobile device. A VPN router can protect devices that don't have native support, such as TVs. VPN usage is limited to the apps for the service that have been developed and OS compatibility. - -What is a VPN router service and why should you use one? A VPN router service is a VPN that can either be installed directly on your router, or has already been enabled on a specific router. Today's routers are often compatible with VPNs, but installing them isn't all the same. Some VPN providers also offer routers with preinstalled VPN software, but you must sign up for a subscription. You should consider using a VPN-ready router if you do not want to install your VPN manually on all of your devices or if you want to ensure that every device connected to your Wi-Fi network is protected. - -How to set up your VPN router: Configuration and encryption made simple Installing a VPN on your router allows all of your devices to access the same VPN network and connection. This creates blanket protection and IP masking, but it can be challenging to set up. Remember that your router will act as a VPN client rather than a server and share the VPN with devices connected to it. Here are some general steps to take, although they may change depending on your router and existing setup: Check your router's compatibility. Not every router will run a VPN natively -- although many modern routers do have the capacity. - -Sign up for a VPN service. Unless your router comes with a built-in VPN, you will likely need a subscription. - -Access your VPN's firmware. You will need to do so through your router's IP address. - -Under settings, you should find a VPN tab, and you will need to enable VPN services and choose between a static or dynamic IP address. - -The VPN client can now be installed, although you may need to tweak your network settings. For an extensive guide on installing a VPN on your router, check out:How to set up a VPN on your router - -Choosing the right VPN router Choosing the best VPN router involves many factors. If you want to purchase a VPN-ready router, you will find the best use cases for each of our recommendations below. Choose this VPN router... If you want... ExpressVPN Aircove A user-friendly VPN router with solid coverage and speed. While the router is exclusive to ExpressVPN usage, it is one of our favorites due to its price, reliability, and easy setup. TP-Link Archer GX90 A heavy-duty, powerful router. This gaming router offers tri-band connectivity and while it does require configuration, the Archer is a future-proof router offering excellent speeds. ASUS RT-AX1800S An affordable VPN solution. This model has highly positive customer reviews and, for the price point, is a steal -- especially when you consider its built-in VPN and additional security controls. ASUS ROG Rapture GT-AXE11000 VPN versatility at home. You can use the ASUS VPN Fusion feature to customize your VPN experience and operate multiple server connections simultaneously. GL.iNET Beryl-AX To take your VPN with you on your travels. This router is one of the best options on the market as a travel-friendly, portable device that is compatible with major VPN providers. - -Factors to consider when choosing a VPN router When you are researching a new VPN router, there are some key points you should consider before making a purchase decision: DIY : If you want a VPN for your home network, consider whether you want to install a VPN directly on your router. - -: If you want a VPN for your home network, consider whether you want to install a VPN directly on your router. Preinstalled options : If you don't want to tamper with router settings yourself to install a VPN, consider a router model that comes with a VPN preinstalled. - -: If you don't want to tamper with router settings yourself to install a VPN, consider a router model that comes with a VPN preinstalled. Affordability : VPN routers are available for a variety of budgets. If you can, consider a future-proof VPN router that can support next-generation Wi-Fi and provide good coverage and speeds. - -: VPN routers are available for a variety of budgets. If you can, consider a future-proof VPN router that can support next-generation Wi-Fi and provide good coverage and speeds. VPN : You also need to take into account the VPN service you want to use. If you have a preferred VPN, ensure that the router you want supports it. - -: You also need to take into account the VPN service you want to use. If you have a preferred VPN, ensure that the router you want supports it. Subscriptions : You will likely need to purchase a subscription. While there are a handful of free VPN plans offered by trustworthy vendors, most of them come with limitations. These may not be suitable for use on a router, as you may quickly run out of bandwidth. As a result, you should factor in the cost of a VPN subscription, even if it is just a basic, paid plan. - -: You will likely need to purchase a subscription. While there are a handful of free VPN plans offered by trustworthy vendors, most of them come with limitations. These may not be suitable for use on a router, as you may quickly run out of bandwidth. As a result, you should factor in the cost of a VPN subscription, even if it is just a basic, paid plan. Other purposes: The VPN might be the most important aspect, but you should also consider whether other features are important to you -- such as tri-band functionality, gaming optimization, or additional security features. - -How did we choose these VPN routers? While compiling our recommendations for the best VPN routers of 2024, we considered several crucial factors, including: Speed : There's no point investing in a new router capable of handling VPN environments unless it serves its core purpose: providing solid and stable connections to the internet. We considered traditional router models and options that provide mesh networking for larger homes. - -: There's no point investing in a new router capable of handling VPN environments unless it serves its core purpose: providing solid and stable connections to the internet. We considered traditional router models and options that provide mesh networking for larger homes. VPN support : We have included a range of models with built-in VPNs, VPN support for standalone VPN services, and mobile products for VPN protection on the go. We know that what might suit one user won't always suit another, so there must be flexibility in choosing the right VPN solution. - -: We have included a range of models with built-in VPNs, VPN support for standalone VPN services, and mobile products for VPN protection on the go. We know that what might suit one user won't always suit another, so there must be flexibility in choosing the right VPN solution. Budgets : We have provided various options for different budgets. Although our priorities are security, speed, and reliability, we wanted to ensure that we included affordable products alongside future-proofed routers. - -: We have provided various options for different budgets. Although our priorities are security, speed, and reliability, we wanted to ensure that we included affordable products alongside future-proofed routers. Customer reviews : We also examined customer reviews in depth, including positive and negative experiences, and we factored this feedback in when deciding on our recommendations. - -: We also examined customer reviews in depth, including positive and negative experiences, and we factored this feedback in when deciding on our recommendations. Vendor reputation : We have considered the reputation of router manufacturers, including their popularity, variety, and product accessibility. - -: We have considered the reputation of router manufacturers, including their popularity, variety, and product accessibility. Support: As with any subscription software, you may encounter problems installing apps, using the service, renewing, or canceling. We list VPNs with an available support team. For a more extensive breakdown, check out our comprehensive VPN testing methodology page. - -The bottom line: Is a VPN router worth it? If you want to install a VPN directly onto a router, the process can be more of a hassle than just signing up for an app. It can, however, save you time in the long run as any device that connects to your router -- like a PC or a smartphone -- will use the VPN and will be automatically protected. This can be particularly useful if you have internet-connected devices, including TVs and IoT products, that cannot support a VPN on their own hardware. You might want to consider setting up a VPN on your router if you have numerous devices needing protection, and you work from home. If you are a remote worker, some organizations may require you to use their own VPN to access corporate resources. A caveat: some online platforms, such as streaming services, will detect when you are using a VPN and may block you. If this is the case, you may have to temporarily disable your VPN service to resume watching. - -What VPN should I use for my router? - -Here's a list of ZDNET's favorite VPNs: - -Also: The best VPNs of 2024 - -Can any router be a VPN router? - -Many routers are now smart, intelligent devices capable of far more than providing an internet connection. Today, you can install VPN software on many different routers, and VPN support is often promoted as a major feature. - -A word of caution: installing third-party software on your router might void its warranty, just as jailbreaking mobile devices or changing the firmware of a gaming console can invalidate a warranty. - -Why would anyone use a VPN? - -A VPN can be a great tool for protecting your privacy. At the very least, VPNs should be used when you are taking advantage of public Wi-Fi hotspots, but using them while you're online as a default is the better option to protect yourself and your information. VPNs are also beneficial in circumventing geolocation blocks and censorship. - -Some countries either ban VPN usage entirely or heavily discourage it. If using a VPN is illegal, you may be fined or prosecuted. According to NordVPN's country guide, countries that ban VPNs include Belarus and Iraq, among others, whereas governments in China and Russia only permit specific VPNs. - -Does a work VPN expose my home network to my employer? - -It's possible (albeit unlikely), but it depends on several factors. VPNs handle traffic in different ways, but overall, it is highly unlikely that company IT administrators will be able to access your home network via your VPN connection. If you are on a work-issued laptop with software that allows such connections, however, IT administrators will most likely be able to monitor your activities and tap into resources on the device. - -Additionally, while VPN tunnels encrypt your traffic and mask your online activities, you can be monitored if you use a VPN designed, licensed, or owned by your employer. VPNs can protect corporate resources, and you should keep work and private online activities separate. - -Does a VPN slow down your internet connection? - -Typically, yes, although a high-quality VPN will hopefully not make a noticeable difference. There are caveats; for example, you should expect a slowdown when connecting to servers across a long distance, such as from the UK to Australia. If you experience severe speed loss when you are connecting to servers closer to you, however, such as from New York to Washington, this may indicate a problem with either the VPN or your ISP connection. - -Are there alternative VPN routers worth considering? You can put VPN software on many devices, from PCs to mobile devices and routers. While we have showcased what we consider to be the best VPN-supporting routers in 2024, we can't highlight every worthy option -- so you can check out alternative products below, including subscriptions:",1731883631,e639493f71,01cdc261c9,,,1731883631 -https://www.investopedia.com/palantir-stock-rises-as-it-shifts-listing-to-nasdaq-8745946,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_investing,Palantir Stock Rises as It Shifts Listing To Nasdaq,"KEY TAKEAWAYS Palantir Technologies shares jumped Friday after the analytics software provider said it is shifting its listing to the Nasdaq from the New York Stock Exchange. - -The company, a retail investor favorite, said it will transfer the listing of its Class A common shares to the Nasdaq Global Select Market, with trading set to start on Nov. 26, making it eligible for Nasdaq 100 inclusion. - -The company's common shares will continue to trade under the ""PLTR"" symbol, it said. - - - -Palantir Technologies (PLTR) shares jumped Friday after the analytics software provider said it is shifting its listing to the Nasdaq from the New York Stock Exchange. - -The company, a retail investor favorite, said it will transfer the listing of its Class A common shares to the Nasdaq Global Select Market, with trading set to start on Nov. 26. Its common shares will continue to trade under the ""PLTR"" symbol, it said. - -""Upon transferring, Palantir anticipates meeting the eligibility requirements of the Nasdaq-100 Index,"" the company said. - -Nasdaq 100 Members Include Microsoft, Apple, and Nvidia - -The Nasdaq 100 is a collection of the 100 largest, most actively traded companies listed on the Nasdaq stock exchange and its components include the world's three largest companies by market capitalization: Apple (AAPL), Microsoft (MSFT), and Nvidia (NVDA), the lynchpin of the artificial intelligence (AI) boom. - -Earlier this month, the Denver-based Palantir, which has large commercial and government contracts, posted quarterly results that came in well ahead of expectations, although some analysts have said its shares are overvalued. - -The company, co-founded by billionaire investor Peter Thiel, benefits from ""a more entrenched retail investor following relative to everything else we cover,"" Deutsche Bank analysts said. - -Palantir shares surged 6% Friday morning. They started 2024 at $16.58 each and are now trading around $63 each. - - - -UPDATE—Nov. 15, 2024: This article has been updated to include fresh share prices. - -",1731883678,ab219445cc,01f8900dd3,,,1731883678 -https://meetings.skift.com/2024/11/07/critical-accessibility-gaps-exist-in-business-events/,https://www.eventmanagerblog.com/feed,Critical Accessibility Gaps Exist in Business Events,"Joint research assesses the current state of inclusion in travel and business events. It reveals there is much work to be done. - -The Global Accessibility Report, developed by Destinations International and City Destinations Alliance, reports that only 35% of respondents have resources in place to make meetings accessible. - -According to the World Health Organization (WHO), 1.3 billion people — about 16% of the global population — experience significant disability. Accessibility is not only about human rights. It is a business opportunity for destinations and companies to embrace all visitors and enhance their revenues, states the WHO. - -“Accessibility means meeting people where they are and ensuring that we remove barriers,” said Samantha Evans, certification director of the International Association of Accessibility Professionals (IAAP). - -John Sage, a manual wheelchair user and CEO of Accessible Travel Solutions, helps businesses and destination management organizations (DMOs) provide the best experiences possible for travelers with disabilities. - -“Any opportunity to build awareness around accessibility is very valuable. There are many executives and decision makers who don’t fully understand accessibility and reports like this are beneficial,” said Sage. - -Sage also stresses the importance of ISO 21902:2021. This is a standard for accessible tourism published by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). It includes strategic and actionable recommendations to provide accessible tourism experiences. - -Many Conferences Fall Short With Accessibility - -A frequent speaker and participant at industry conferences, Sage says much work must be done. “I have yet to see a conference that does accessibility right,” he said. “Before I register, I want to know the accessibility of the partner hotels and meeting space to decide if I want to attend or not.” - -A box on a registration form to indicate one’s needs is not enough. “This is a very reactive approach that adds risk and cost to an event organizer,” said Sage. “Everything has been contracted at this point and the event organizer doesn’t have leverage to make the venues improve accessibility. The proactive approach is to evaluate accessibility during the RFP process.” - -Sage and his colleagues at Accessible Travel Solutions are in the process of creating a global accessible travel certification. “We are focusing on leisure travel, meetings and events, and business travel. It will help disabled travelers and businesses as a single, cross-sector global certification,” said Sage. - -The Global Accessibility Report is based on a 2024 survey of 92 destinations. It has three goals: understanding accessibility challenges and opportunities, improving destination accessibility, and inspiring improvement. - -“Ensuring accessibility is more than just meeting regulations – it’s about creating meaningful, inclusive experiences for all visitors,” said Barbara Jamison-Woods, president of City Destinations Alliance. - -Destinations That Get It Right - -The report also features destinations with initiatives in place that include certifications and toolkits, event guides, and recommended accessibility checklists. - -Destinations getting it right include Visit Brussels, Glasgow Convention Bureau, Wellington NZ, Fondazione Bologna, München Tourismus, Fáilte Ireland, Berlin Tourismus, Tallinn, Destination DC, New Orleans & Company, Convention Edinburgh, and Ottawa Tourism, according to the report. - -“Findings from the Global Accessibility Report reveal that accessibility strategies in meetings and events remain inconsistent across destinations. To drive meaningful change, it’s essential to consider the attendee experience — imagining what it’s like for a person with a disability to participate,” said Sophia Hyder Hock, chief inclusion officer at Destinations International. “By understanding accessibility from a human-centered perspective, destinations and meeting planners can more effectively identify and implement the changes needed to create inclusive events.” - -Accessibility Doesn’t Have to be Expensive - -Rosemarie Rossetti, a wheelchair user and accessible meetings consultant, and frequent speaker on disability issues, said the Global Accessibility Report is a game changer for DMOs, meeting professionals, and CVBs. “Any time there are assessments of the environments where conferences are being held is a good thing. We must make sure they are accommodating to all,” she said. - -Accessibility doesn’t have to be expensive. In some cases, it doesn’t have to cost anything at all. For example, use 30-inch tables in dining and networking events. In addition, remove chairs in meeting venues to accommodate people who use scooters or wheelchairs. - -",1731883626,22219df62c,0236fb6aab,,,1731883626 -https://seekingalpha.com/article/4738241-wall-street-brunch-its-nvidia-time?source=feed_all_articles,https://seekingalpha.com/feed.xml,Wall Street Brunch: It's Nvidia Time (undefined:NVDA),"JHVEPhoto - -Listen below or on the go on Apple Podcasts and Spotify - -Nvidia's guidance could make or break the AI trade for the rest of '24. (0:18) Health check on the housing market. (3:34) First U.S. mpox case. (6:05) - -Welcome to Nvidia (NASDAQ:NVDA) week. - -After the bell on Wednesday, Wall Street will forget sentiment, forget politics, even forget the Fed as the company with the world’s most influential stock releases earnings. - -Nvidia could make or break the momentum trade for the rest of 2024 given its impact on not just chips stocks, but all AI plays. - -Wall Street expects EPS of $0.74 on revenue of $32.97 billion. But guidance will be more important, especially as 2025 earnings growth expectations for the Magnificent 7 have lost nearly all their premium, dropping close to the 14% expected for the S&P 500 (SP500) as a whole. - -Right now, the forecast for fiscal Q4 ending January is for EPS of $0.82 on revenue of $37.02 billion. That’s the quarter when the new Blackwell GPU ramp starts. - -Wall Street analysts have been bullish heading into the numbers. Check out these price target hikes in the last week: HSBC to a Street high $200 from $145, - -Jefferies to $185, Oppenheimer to $175, Susquehanna to $180, Wedbush to $160, Raymond James to $170, Mizuho to $165. Initiated at Redburn at $178 and $175 at Piper Sandler with the designation of top large-cap pick. - -A lot of confidence, but a lot that can go wrong if guidance looks shaky. - -Seeking Alpha analyst Mott Capital notes that option positioning suggests that the stock may have a difficult time breaking above the $145 to $150 range. - -In ""typical fashion,"" option activity is ""bullish on the stock following results and sees the stock's price rising or falling by 8%, which is equivalent to the market cap swinging by $279 billion, up or down,"" they said. ""That is because the (implied volatility) for the stock is relatively high for the options expiring on November 22 at around 90%."" - -""That implied volatility will likely continue to rise as we head into the company's results. However, once the company reports results and event risks pass, the IV will fall sharply like it does following results for all events and earnings."" - -Earnings also arrive for two retail heavyweights: Walmart (WMT) and Target (TGT). - -For Walmart, the Street is expecting EPS of $0.53 and sales of $166.44 billion. Wells Fargo said it is expecting “another strong quarter” and a beat and raise as it continues “to take meaningful share as consumers remained focused on value, while hurricane stock-up likely provided a benefit.” - -The forecast for Target is for EPS of $2.30 and sales of $25.9 billion. There have been 22 upward revisions on the bottom line compared with 8 downward revisions. - -Sungarden Investment Publishing, who lead the Sungarden YARP Portfolio Investing Group on Seeking Alpha, says Target is the better stock using a yield-at-a-reasonable-price approach. - -""Dividend safety was the 'death knell' for ...potential consideration of WMT for now,"" they said, while TGT has solid profitability and dividend safety with reasonable valuation. - -Also on the earnings calendar, on Monday, Trip.com (TCOM), Symbotic (SYM), AECOM (ACM), BellRing Brands (BRBR) and Brady (BRC) report. - -Joining Walmart on Tuesday are Lowe’s (LOW), Medtronic (MDT), Keysight Technologies (KEYS) and Viking Holdings (VIK). - -Along with Nvidia and Target on Wednesday, TJX (TJX), Palo Alto Networks (PANW) and Snowflake (SNOW) issue numbers. - -Thursday brings Intuit (INTU), Deere & Company (NYSE:DE), Ross Stores (ROST), Construction Partners (ROAD), NetApp (NTAP) and BJ’s Wholesale Club Holdings (BJ). - -Looking to the economy the calendar for indicators is more subdued. - -There will be insight into the housing market, though. Housing starts and building permits for October arrive premarket Tuesday. Economists expect starts to come in at an annual rate of 1.34 million and permits for future building to arrive at 1.44 million. Both estimates are about in line with September’s figures. - -Existing homes sales figures hit Thursday, with the forecast for the rate to rise to 3.91 million. - -Wells Fargo economists say “sturdy demand for new construction remains a key tailwind for builders.” - -“We expect the pace of single-family building to gradually improve over the next year, aided by marginal dips in financing costs for builders and mortgage rates for buyers. We are mindful, however, that mortgage rates are likely to remain elevated for some time, inhibiting a full-on housing market recovery,” they said. - -If existing sales came in as expected, it “would mark the fifth consecutive month below the 4.00M pace, a feat not achieved since records began in 1999 and emblematic of the challenges facing the housing market,” they added. - -Even though this week’s calendar lacks an A-list indicator, Fed chief Jay Powell showed the markets last week that just one sentence from the Fed can shift sentiment. - -Powell said, “the economy is not sending any signals that we need to be in a hurry to lower rates.” - -Odds of the Fed cutting by a quarter point in the December meeting, which had jumped to 85% following the in-line CPI figures, have slipped down to 60%. - -Pantheon Macro economist Samuel Tombs is still looking for a cut of 25 bps next month, but says the pace of cuts “likely will slow next year, as the federal funds rate moves closer to its neutral level and Mr. Trump begins to implement elements of his agenda.” - -Fed speakers to look out for this week include Chicago Fed President Austan Goolsbee on Monday and Tuesday and Fed Governors Lisa Cooks and Michelle Bowman on Wednesday. Cleveland Fed President Beth Hammack, Kansas City Fed President Jeff Schmid and Fed Vice Chair Michael Barr speak Thursday and Bowman is back on Friday. - -In the news this weekend, Super Micro Computer (SMCI) plans to submit a plan by Monday that would allow it to continue trading on the Nasdaq. That’s according to Barron’s. - -The AI server company said in an SEC filing this week that it needs more time to file its latest quarterly earnings report. It also said it needs more time to hire a new accounting firm and prepare the Q1 2025 Form 10-Q. - -If the company is delisted, it would be the second time. It was delisted in August 2018 for a delay in filing reports in its finances. It regained its listing in January 2020. - -California health officials have confirmed the first U.S. mpox case caused by the Clade I variant linked to the ongoing mpox outbreak in Africa. - -The California Department of Public Health announced that it detected the Clade I mpox variant in an individual with a recent travel history to Africa. The CDC has been notified of the case found through lab testing. - -The agency said that the individual is in recovery and isolating at home after receiving medical care in San Mateo County. Healthcare workers are reaching out to the patient’s close contacts. - -But “there is no concern or evidence that mpox Clade I is currently spreading between individuals in California or the United States,” CDPH said. - -For income investors, Chevron (CVX) goes ex-dividend on Monday, with a Dec. 10 payout date. Walgreens (WBA) goes ex-dividend the same day, paying out Dec. 12. - -Hasbro (HAS) and Target (TGT) go ex-dividend Wednesday (interesting occurrence here of Target going ex-dividend the same day as it reports earnings). Hasbro pays out on Dec. 4 and Target pays out on Dec. 10. - -Companies forecast to increase their quarterly dividend payouts include AECOM (ACM) to $0.24 from $0.22, Dolby Labs (DLB) to $0.32 from $0.30 and Matthews International (MATW) to $0.25 from $0.24. - -And in the Wall Street Research Corner, BofA looked at the most overbought and oversold stock markets around the world, based on their deviations from their 200-day moving averages. - -Leading the overbought markets is Singapore. (EWS), up 21% from its 200-day moving average. That’s followed by China (FXI), up 12.4%, Wall Street U.S.A (SPY) (QQQ) (DIA) up 11.4%, Canda (EWC), up 10% and Taiwan (EWT) up 9.9%. - -Korea (EWY) is the most oversold market, down 15.8% from its 200-day moving average. Right behind is Mexico (EWW), down 15.3%, Portugal (NQPT), off 12.3% and France (EWQ) off 7.5%. Turkey (TUR) rounds out the top 5, down 7.4%.",1731883696,f1116e0e99,0227b60585,,,1731883696 -https://clark.com/streaming-tv/amazon-shuts-down-freevee/,https://clark.com/feed/,Why Amazon is Shutting Down This Free Streaming TV Service,"Tired of paying too much for TV? Use our streaming channel tool to discover the cheapest way to stream your favorite TV channel. - -SAVE ON TV STREAMING Find the Cheapest Way to Stream Your Favorite TV Channels - -Are you a fan of free ad-supported streaming TV (FAST)? - -The concept certainly has the endorsement of money expert Clark Howard, who says that it’s a great way to access entertainment without blowing the wallet. - -But, much like its live TV and video on-demand streaming counterparts, the free streaming service market is competitive, fast-moved and prone to changes. - -So much so that even Amazon is impacted. - -Amazon To Shutter Free Streaming Service Freevee - -Amazon will be shuttering its Freevee streaming service in the coming weeks, according to a report from entertainment website Deadline. - -Freevee, which was previously known as “IMDb TV,” is the free home to FAST channels, on-demand TV shows and movies. It even has some original content that was made just for the platform. - -Sad news. - -But if you’re a fan of the content and are worried about it going away completely, you can take a deep breath of relief. - -Advertisement - -According to the report, much of the free channels and content that were available on the platform will still be accessible through Amazon’s Prime Video app. - -I checked into this and can confirm that a lot of the content is already available on the Prime platform. - -For example, by going to the “Live TV” tab on the Prime Video app, you’re now able to access many of the FAST channels that you may have previously used Freevee to watch. - -Why Is Amazon Doing This? - -Ad-supported tiers to services like Netflix and Disney+ are increasing in popularity, so why would Amazon be moving away from earning revenue via its FAST service? - -Well, it’s not exactly doing that. Think of this more as a streaming portfolio consolidation. - -Amazon recently started placing ads in its content on Prime Video, with users now being asked to pay extra on their Prime subscription to receive an ad-free experience. - -And as it has built out this ad-supported revenue model, it has started integrating free content that is not “behind the paywall” of a Prime subscription. - -Amazon likely saw enough advertising partnerships flourish under this model that it felt comfortable cutting out the “Freevee” platform and placing much of that free content on the Prime Video platform. - -Aside from eliminating the brand confusion that Freevee may have caused, there’s also a marketing strategy to place all of this content under the “Prime Video” umbrella. - -By driving you to the free content on the Prime Video app, it gives them a better opportunity to convert you into a subscriber for their paid subscription tier. - -Advertisement - -This is a strategy recently implemented by pay services like DIRECTV Stream and Sling TV, which have unveiled MyFree DIRECTV and Sling Freestream, respectively. - -Will you continue watching Freevee content on the Prime Video app? Or has Amazon lost you as a FAST viewer with this move? We’d love to hear your thoughts in the Clark.com community.",1731883637,50810c7520,0230f8d2da,,,1731883637 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/videos/c0k8ejg7g6eo,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,Diego Forlan: Former Manchester United player beaten on professional tennis debut,"Kelleher 'striving to get better' after starring in Dublin. Video, 00:00:42Kelleher 'striving to get better' after starring in Dublin",1731883654,95caee0db1,026562a3d1,,,1731883654 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/integrated-marketing-public-relations/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,How to Integrate Your Marketing and Public Relations Efforts,"With every brand striving to capture the attention of its audience, integrating marketing and public relations has become more important than ever. You can maximize your efforts and achieve remarkable results by unifying these two areas. - -Defining your integrated marketing and PR strategies can help you build trust and increase sales. Supported by one team with common goals, this approach will ensure agility and efficiency, which are what you need in today’s business world. - -This article will teach you how to integrate marketing and public relations for the best results. - -Understanding Marketing and Public Relations - -Marketing and PR are two separate fields, each with a specific goal. Although their roles may occasionally overlap, their goals and methods differ significantly. - -Marketing focuses on promoting products or services, generating leads, and driving sales. On the other hand, PR is about managing relationships with the public, building a positive image, and fostering trust and credibility. - -While their objectives may differ, marketing and PR serve the larger goal of achieving organizational success. Whether it’s increasing revenue, building brand reputation, or fostering positive relationships, the integration of marketing and PR creates a comprehensive approach that ensures the achievement of these goals. - -Benefits of Integrating Marketing and Public Relations - -Integrating marketing and PR can bring your business a multitude of benefits. Here are some of them: - -Increased brand awareness and recognition : PR helps boost brand reputation and recognition by distributing news releases in major publications (and by circulating stories in the media). These actions help make your brand more visible and memorable to your target audiences. It’s much easier to sell products or services to those leads. - -More effective communication with stakeholders : By aligning cohesive messaging across PR and marketing channels, you can ensure your message gets across more effectively. - -Enhanced credibility and reputation : PR plays a crucial role in shaping and maintaining a positive brand reputation. When integrated with marketing activities, it bolsters brand credibility, as authentic and consistent messages build trust among consumers. Your PR experts can establish connections with media outlets and influencers to build your brand reputation as it builds its marketing prowess. - -Savings in marketing budget through synergy and efficiency : Integrating marketing and PR can help you save time and money because you avoid effort duplication and leverage shared resources. Because your PR team makes your leads aware of your brand, your marketing team will spend less time and resources pushing them through the buyer’s journey . News releases also offer backlink opportunities that can assist with your SEO. This improves your search rankings at no additional cost—a nice little by-product. - -Improved customer engagement and loyalty : PR uses compelling narratives and storytelling techniques to build emotional connections and foster long-term customer loyalty. In this case, PR can act as an accelerator to help companies reach their marketing goals. - -As you can see, integrating your PR and marketing efforts can give you a unified approach to communication. You can access a wider audience and gain more effective results than when you use only one discipline. - -Steps to Integrating Marketing and PR - -By this time, you understand the benefits of integrating marketing and PR. In this section, you’ll learn how to integrate them in the first place: - -1. Develop a comprehensive strategy - -Create a unified plan that aligns marketing and PR objectives, ensuring cohesive strategies. Build a brand strategy playbook that will work as a guide for your PR and marketing professionals. - -For example, you might decide to incorporate an integrated video marketing strategy for every product launch. In your strategy, your marketing team first releases a video teaser on every new product on social media. Then your PR team organizes a corresponding product reveal event that shows the media and other stakeholders a more detailed version of that video. - -2. Align messaging and positioning - -Craft consistent messages in your marketing and public relations efforts. This alignment reinforces your brand identity and helps you stand out in a crowded marketplace. - -Use generative AI to help you create content that aligns with your brand values. Define your brand elements and put them in your playbook, too. Ensure your teams know how you want your brand to be positioned in the industry. - -3. Coordinate channels - -Integrate marketing and PR channels to amplify your message. These can include social media content, PR events, content marketing such as blog posts, and print ads. Make sure they all exude your brand personality. - -If you’re using an external agency to help with your online reputation and public relations services, ensure they know the right marketing and PR channels to use and how to use them in the event of a crisis. - -4. Integrate metrics and measurement - -Implement a robust measurement framework to track the impact of your integrated efforts. You can gain valuable insights and optimize your strategies by aligning key performance indicators (KPIs) and using data analytics. - -Marketers often limit tracking to specific data such as website traffic, bounce rate, and time-on-site from Google Analytics. The integration requires you to see the entire outbound and inbound marketing picture. - -5. Foster collaboration and communication - -Encourage cross-functional collaboration between marketing and PR teams. Open lines of communication foster innovation, synergy, and shared goals, resulting in more effective integrated PR and marketing campaigns. You can use plenty of online software to communicate and collaborate effectively. Trello, Slack, and Asana are just a few examples. - -Best Practices for Integrating Marketing and Public Relations - -Focusing on target customers can help you maximize the effectiveness of integrating marketing and PR strategies. Create a buyer persona to identify your audience’s needs, preferences, and pain points. - -Source - -From there, you’ll be able to craft tailored PR and marketing messages that resonate. - -Another proven practice includes using storytelling to emotionally connect with prospective customers. Compelling narratives evoke emotions. Use content marketing techniques to deliver valuable and relevant information. Maintain a consistent brand voice and image across all marketing and PR channels. Authenticity builds trust and strengthens relationships with your audience. - -Employ the power of data to gain insights into consumer behavior, preferences, and trends. Analyze the performance of your integrated campaigns to make data-driven decisions and optimize your strategies for maximum impact. Leverage tools like customer relationship management (CRM) software to gather and analyze data. - -To ensure you stay in the game, you need to continually evaluate and adjust your strategies and tactics. Regularly assess the effectiveness of your integrated efforts and adapt your integrated PR and marketing plan accordingly. For effective scheduling and coordination of marketing and PR activities, leverage the integration with Google Calendar. Staying agile and open to new marketing approaches will help you to stay ahead of the competition. - -Case Studies of Successful Integration of Marketing and Public Relations - -Nike constantly leverages influential athletes and social channels to promote empowering values and its products. This is how the brand integrates its marketing and PR efforts. - -Here’s an example of this integration in action. The image below shows one of the brand’s #makeitcount publications. - -Source - -It sends a simple message: working hard (and wearing Nike products) brings astonishing results. Therefore, the messaging that ultimately aims to sell also enhances Nike’s brand reputation. - -With strategic PR initiatives, Coca-Cola combines experiential marketing events, such as pop-up activations and sponsorships. For instance, its multiple life-sized interactive Coca-Cola bottles were spread in a music festival set to create a buzz. - -Source - -By creating memorable experiences and generating positive media coverage, Coca-Cola drives engagement, strengthens brand loyalty, and ultimately increases sales. - -Airbnb strategically integrates PR and influencer marketing to build trust among consumers and increase brand awareness. Through collaborations with trusted influencers, like the actor Seth Rogen, Airbnb can tap into a new pool of audiences. - -Source - -The company leverages the influencer’s credibility to amplify its brand message and reach new potential customers. - -Challenges and Risks of Integrating Marketing and Public Relations - -While integrating marketing and PR offers numerous benefits, you should know the challenges and risks. Oftentimes, both teams will have different goals and priorities. This can lead to conflicts in strategy and execution. Therefore, effective collaboration and communication strategies play a key role in aligning objectives and finding common ground. - -Measuring success can also be a challenge. Integrated campaigns require tracking the impact of both PR and marketing efforts on campaign results. Using a combination of quantitative and qualitative methods in conjunction with a common framework like the PESO Model™ can help evaluate success. - -While technology and automation can streamline PR and marketing processes, over-reliance can lead to losing personal touch and authenticity. Strive to find the right balance between technology-driven tactics and human creativity. - -Also, when integrating marketing and PR, ensure that both align with the core values and culture of the organization. Inconsistent messaging or actions that contradict the brand’s values can damage reputation and trust. - -Watch Your Organization Thrive - -Amplify brand awareness, enhance credibility, and engage your audience more effectively. By embracing the power of marketing and PR convergence, you can unlock new opportunities and increase the company’s return on investment. - -By aligning customer communication, coordinating tactics, and fostering collaboration. - -Remember to focus on the customer, leverage storytelling and content marketing, emphasize consistency and authenticity, and utilize data and analytics to inform decision-making. Learn from successful case studies and be aware of the challenges and risks associated with integration. - -Put these steps into action, embark on a journey toward successful marketing and PR integration, and watch your organization thrive.",1731883772,4dc781f5bc,0243983040,,,1731883772 -https://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/instagram-updates-for-2025-what-marketers-need-to-know/,https://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/feed/,Instagram Updates for 2025: What Marketers Need to Know : Social Media Examiner,"Feeling left behind by Instagram's rapid evolution? Need help understanding how recent updates can benefit your business? - -In this article, we'll explore some of Instagram’s newest features and what they mean to marketers. - -This article was co-created by Chelsea Peitz and Michael Stelzner. For more about Chelsea, scroll to the end of this article. - -Why Instagram's Latest Features Matter for Marketers - -Instagram continues to be a powerhouse platform for marketers and Instagram creators, with recent statistics highlighting its importance: - -90% of Instagram accounts follow at least one business account - -70% of users discover new products on Instagram - -50% of users visit a website after seeing an Instagram ad - -To maintain this relevancy, Instagram continues to evolve with new features designed to increase engagement, improve content creation, and facilitate easier communication between brands and their audiences. - -From enhanced Stories and Reel capabilities to new ways of interacting through Broadcast Channels and AI, these updates offer marketers new opportunities to connect with their audience and grow their presence on the platform. - -Let's explore five key areas where the Instagram app has introduced new features and how to use them to boost your marketing efforts. - -#1: New Instagram Stories Features - -Instagram Stories continue to be a focus for the platform, with new features designed to boost engagement and interaction. Instagram's head, Adam Mosseri, noted that users spend more time sharing content privately, either in direct messages or stories. - -Recent updates have made Stories even more powerful for engaging your audience. - -Comments on Stories - -This new feature allows users to leave public comments on stories, similar to feed posts. - -These comments appear as tiny bubbles that viewers can see and interact with. - -Use the Comments on Stories feature to gather immediate feedback on products, test ideas, or encourage community discussions around your content. This can be particularly useful for marketers looking to engage their audience more publicly and interactively. - -Pro Tip: If you're concerned about managing negative comments, remember that you can setup comment filters to automatically hide comments containing specific words or phrases. - -Reveal Sticker - -This new sticker blurs out your Instagram story content until viewers interact with it in one of two ways. Users can let users tap the sticker to reveal the content, or you can set it up so viewers have to DM you to reveal the content, potentially increasing your direct interactions - -Use the Reveal sticker to create anticipation for product launches, exclusive offers, or behind-the-scenes content. - -Ready to Supercharge Your Marketing Strategy? Get expert training and an unbeatable conference experience when you attend Social Media Marketing World—from your friends at Social Media Examiner. - - - -Broaden your reach, skyrocket your engagement, and grow your sales. Become the marketing hero your company or clients need! 🔥 As a valued reader, you can save $790 on an All-Access ticket if you act now. Sale Ends Tuesday! 🔥 GET THE DETAILS - -For example, a clothing brand could use the Reveal sticker to tease a new collection. Users tap the sticker to reveal a sneak peek of the new line, then are prompted to DM the brand for early access or more information. - -Pro Tip: The Reveal sticker can be particularly powerful when used with ManyChat, a popular chatbot platform. “If you're using ManyChat, you can setup automated flows triggered by specific keywords sent in response to your Reveal sticker,” Peitz explains. “This allows for scalable, personalized follow-up with interested customers.” - -New Fonts and Stickers - -Instagram has added more creative options for customizing your stories, including new fonts and stickers. - -For example, the “Add Yours” sticker was enhanced to include music, allowing users to share the song they're listening to. - -Pro Tip: Use the “Add Yours” music sticker to create community-driven playlists or to align your brand with specific music genres. - -#2: Enhanced Feed Post Features - -Instagram has introduced several updates to improve feed posts' functionality and engagement potential, making it easier for marketers to create compelling content directly within the app. - -Extended Carousel Posts - -You can now include up to 20 slides in carousel posts, up from the previous limit of 10. While this change has been in effect since 2024, the extended format is perfect for in-depth storytelling, comprehensive product showcases, or recapping events in detail. - -Use extended carousel posts for in-depth storytelling, comprehensive event recaps, or to showcase a broader range of products. This is particularly useful for industries like real estate, where you can show more aspects of a property, or for conference recaps, where you want to share multiple highlights. - -For example: - -Create mini-tutorials or how-to guides. - -Showcase before-and-after transformations. - -Share customer testimonials with product images. - -In-App Text Overlay - -Users can now upload images, graphics, or videos and add text overlays directly on Instagram. - -The app uses the same fonts as Stories and Reels, ensuring a native look. Users can also add stickers, including custom cutouts of company logos or mascots, to further customize their posts. - -While this new feature is more basic than dedicated design tools like Canva, it's perfect for quick, on-the-go content creation. You can make text-based carousel posts or add captions to images without leaving the Instagram app. However, for more complex designs or brand-specific templates, you may still want to use external tools. - -This update also includes a scheduling feature, allowing users to plan their post schedule. While the current version is relatively basic, Instagram could add more templates and design options in the future, making it an increasingly powerful tool for content creators and marketers. - -Polls and Prompts - -These new interactive elements can be added to feed posts. They appear as small visual icons in white font at the bottom corner of the post, potentially showing how many people have participated. - -This visibility can help draw more users to interact with your content, increasing your post's reach and engagement rates. - -Use polls and prompts to gather audience opinions, increase interaction, and gain valuable insights from your followers. - -Pro Tip: Pin your polls to the top of your profile to engage viewers immediately. - -Product Tags - -This feature streamlines the purchasing process and enhances the platform's e-commerce capabilities. - -Business accounts can now add product names, prices, and direct purchase options directly to their posts, making it easier for users to shop in the feed. - -This can be especially effective for businesses with physical products or those looking to drive direct sales through Instagram. - -Broadcast Channel Tags - -Want to encourage more followers to join your Broadcast Channel for exclusive content or updates? Feed posts can now include tags for broadcast channels, helping to drive more users into these community spaces. - -#3: New Reels Features - -Instagram continues to invest heavily in Reels, introducing new features to enhance creation and editing capabilities. These updates make it easier for marketers to create high-quality, engaging, short-form video content directly within the app. - -Curious About How to Use AI? Our newest show, AI Explored, might be just what you're looking for. It's for marketers, creators, and entrepreneurs who want to understand how to use AI in their business. - - - -It's hosted by Michael Stelzner and explores this exciting new frontier in easy-to-understand terms. - - - -Pull up your favorite podcast app and search for AI Explored. Or click the button below for more information. I WANT TO LEARN MORE ABOUT AI - -Multiple Audio Tracks - -You can now add up to 20 different audio tracks to a single Reel, including music, sound effects, and voiceovers. - -This feature allows for more complex and professional-sounding audio in your Reels. You can use multiple audio tracks to create more dynamic and engaging Reels, incorporating sound effects, voiceovers, and music to enhance your storytelling. - -Try these ideas with multiple audio tracks: - -Create a ‘day in the life' Reel with different background music for each part of the day. - -Layer sound effects over product demonstrations. - -Use multiple voiceovers to showcase different customer testimonials in one Reel, - -Drafts, Duplication, and Other Enhanced Editing Features - -Instagram has added new editing tools, including an undo/redo button, the ability to split clips, and a replace function. You can also now edit your Reels after posting, including changing the cover image and editing frames. - -Take advantage of these new editing features to refine your Reels without leaving the app. Use the split function to remove mistakes or adjust timing and the replace function to swap out clips without starting over. - -An exciting editing feature is the ability to save Reels as drafts and create duplicates of existing Reels, making it easier to iterate on your content. - -Pro Tip: Use the drafts feature to prepare content in advance, and use duplication to test different edits or versions of your Reels without starting from scratch each time and losing engagement on an already published Reel. - -Peitz comments, “While these features don't quite match the capabilities of dedicated editing apps like CapCut, they make it much easier to create and edit Reels directly within Instagram.” - -Multiple Collaborators - -Reels now support up to five collaborators, expanding opportunities for cross-promotion and reaching new audiences, increasing reach and engagement with the audiences of other creators or brands in your niche. - -#4: Live Video Features - -Instagram has introduced Broadcast Channels as a new way to communicate with your audience and updated its live video capabilities. - -Desktop Live Streaming - -You can now go live from your desktop computer using Instagram Studio, enabling more professional setups for your live content. - -Peitz advises, “Use this feature for high-quality live sessions like Q&As, product launches, or webinars to significantly enhance the viewer experience.” - -Live in Broadcast Channels - -Available to professional accounts with 10,000 or more followers, broadcast channels allow creators to send one-way messages to subscribers, similar to a private newsletter within Instagram. - -Now, Instagram allows you to go live directly in your broadcast channel, providing a more intimate setting for engaging with your most dedicated followers. - -Use this feature for intimate Q&A sessions, product reveals, or exclusive live content for your most dedicated followers. This can help create a sense of exclusivity and reward your most loyal audience members. - -Pro Tip: Highlight these exclusive live sessions to encourage more followers to join your broadcast channel. - -Instagram also supports live streaming from desktop computers through Instagram Live Studio. - -Take advantage of desktop live streaming for higher-quality video content, especially for tutorials or presentations that benefit from a larger screen. This can also make managing comments easier and engaging with your audience during the live-stream. - -Also, Instagram is testing a feature that allows subscribers to reply to specific messages within a Broadcast Channel, facilitating more focused discussions. If you can access this feature, use it to encourage more targeted conversations and gather feedback on specific topics or announcements. - -#5: Meta AI - -Instagram has integrated Meta AI, a conversational AI assistant, into the platform. This tool can help marketers with various tasks directly within the Instagram app. - -Users can access Meta AI through the Explore page to ask questions and get information. It appears as a search option with a purple and blue ring icon. - -You can use Meta AI to research hashtags quickly, get content ideas, or find information relevant to your marketing efforts without leaving the Instagram app. - -For example, you could ask for the top 10 hashtags in your industry or content ideas related to your niche. - -Some accounts may have access to a feature that creates custom AI chatbots for their profiles. This feature allows you to create an AI version of yourself or your brand to interact with followers. - -If you gain access to this feature, consider creating a custom AI to handle frequently asked questions or provide basic information about your brand to followers. This could be particularly useful for large accounts or celebrities to manage high volumes of similar inquiries. - -Meta is also developing an AI Studio where users can setup and customize their AI assistants. Keep an eye out for its release, as it could provide powerful tools for creating more sophisticated and tailored AI interactions for your audience. - -Bonus: Revealbot for Instagram Ads - -While not an Instagram feature per se, Peitz mentions Revealbot as a powerful tool for optimizing Instagram ad campaigns. - -Revealbot is an automation tool that allows you to create advanced rules for your Instagram ads. It checks your ad performance every 15 minutes (compared to Facebook's 30-minute checks) and can make adjustments based on your predefined rules. - -It can help you maximize your ad spend by making data-driven decisions faster than you could manually. For example, it can: - -Automatically pause underperforming ads. - -Increase budgets for high-performing ads. - -Adjust bids based on real-time performance data. - -Chelsea Peitz helps service industry professionals leverage social media to build powerful personal brands that generate quality leads. She is the author of What to Post. Connect with Chelsea on Instagram or visit her website. - -Other Notes From This Episode - -Connect with Michael Stelzner @Stelzner on Instagram and @Mike_Stelzner on X. - -Watch this interview and other exclusive content from Social Media Examiner on YouTube. - -Listen to the Podcast Now This article is sourced from the Social Media Marketing Podcast, a top marketing podcast. Listen or subscribe below. - -Where to subscribe: | | YouTube Music | YouTube | Amazon Music | - -✋🏽 If you enjoyed this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast, please head over to Apple Podcasts, leave a rating, write a review, and subscribe. - -Stay Up-to-Date: Get New Marketing Articles Delivered to You! - -Don't miss out on upcoming social media marketing insights and strategies! Sign up to receive notifications when we publish new articles on Social Media Examiner. Our expertly crafted content will help you stay ahead of the curve and drive results for your business. Click the link below to sign up now and receive our annual report!",1731883607,d4ca980507,025381abf1,,,1731883607 -https://www.npr.org/2022/10/07/1127595393/taiwan-miracle-semiconductor-silicon-shield-china,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Taiwan's semiconductor industry and its Silicon Shield against China : Planet Money : NPR,"Forging Taiwan's Silicon Shield - -Enlarge this image Annabelle Chih/Getty Images Annabelle Chih/Getty Images - -The Chinese Communist Party claims Taiwan is — and has always been — a part of China. Meanwhile, many on the island say Taiwan is independent of China and a self-governed democracy. One thing that may be protecting the island in this global feud: semiconductors. - -Semiconductors or microchips can be found in basically everything — cars, laptops, phones, ATMS, satellites, and even nuclear weapons. Taiwan is a world leader in producing semiconductors; people even call its semiconductor industry its ""Silicon Shield."" The theory goes that if the world relies on Taiwanese semiconductors, then perhaps the world would stop China from invading Taiwan. Plus China also needs Taiwanese semiconductors, maybe it wouldn't risk upending the industry. - -Sponsor Message - -The story of building this Silicon Shield is just part of an economic development story so dramatic that it's known simply as: ""The Taiwan Miracle."" On today's show we team up with NPR's Peabody Award-winning podcast, Throughline, to tell this epic history. From revolution to Cold War to a visionary finance minister. Plus we'll meet the lovestruck Taiwanese engineer who managed to get inside your favorite Nintendo products by pulling off one of the wildest global trade schemes we've ever heard. - - - -Today's episode was reported by Planet Money and Throughline, NPR's show about how the past is never past. Listen to Throughline's story, ""Silicon Island."" - -Music by Ramtin Arablouei: ""Open,"" ""Arrival,"" ""KT Li,"" ""The Face of an Ironist,"" ""The Park,"" ""Back to Taiwan,"" ""The Nintendo Heist,"" ""All the Stops,"" and ""Montreal."" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884663,8181d7a585,021765751c,,,1731884663 -https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/trump-picks-fracking-boss-next-energy-secretary,https://feeds.feedburner.com/zerohedge/feed,Trump Picks Fracking Boss As Next Energy Secretary,"Donald Trump has nominated Chris Wright, who runs the Colorado-based oil and natural gas fracking services company, Liberty Energy, to lead the Energy Department. Like many other Trump picks, Wright, LIberty's CEO, has no previous Washington experience, and instead has made a name for himself as a vocal proponent of oil and gas, saying fossil fuels are crucial for spreading prosperity and lifting people from poverty. And in news that will surely infuriate the green lobby and brainwashed progressives everywhere, Wright has said that the threat of global warming is exaggerated. - -“Chris has been a leading technologist and entrepreneur in Energy,” Trump said in a statement Saturday. “He has worked in Nuclear, Solar, Geothermal, and Oil and Gas. Most significantly, Chris was one of the pioneers who helped launch the American Shale Revolution that fueled American Energy Independence, and transformed the Global Energy Markets and Geopolitics.” - -In response to the nomination, Wright said on X that ""my dedication to bettering human lives remains steadfast, with a focus on making American energy more affordable, reliable, and secure. Energy is the lifeblood that makes everything in life possible. Energy matters. I am looking forward to getting to work."" He is spot on. - -I am honored and grateful for the opportunity from @realDonaldTrump to serve our country as U.S. Secretary of Energy. My dedication to bettering human lives remains steadfast, with a focus on making American energy more affordable, reliable, and secure. Energy is the lifeblood… pic.twitter.com/IfjMQw9xKi — Chris Wright (@ChrisAWright_) November 16, 2024 - -Trump said Wright, if confirmed, would also sit on the newly formed Council of National Energy that will be chaired by Doug Burgum, Trump’s nominee to lead the Interior Department. - -The Energy Department has a multi-faceted mission that includes helping to maintain the nation’s nuclear warheads, studying supercomputers and maintaining the US’s several hundred million-barrel stockpile of crude oil (his appointment likely means that the US will aggressively ramp up its refilling of the Strategic Petroleum Reserve). The DOE also plays a key role in approving projects to export liquefied natural gas, something that was paused during Biden’s administration. Trump has vowed to undo the pause. - -While the department has little authority over oil and gas development, Wright will play a leading role in helping Trump carry out his energy priorities. - -Trump’s selection of Wright, whose company is among the largest providers of fracking services globally, is a show of support for the hot-button oil and gas extraction method that Trump frequently touted during the campaign to attack his Democratic opponent Kamala Harris who had previously vowed to ban fracking, even if she subsequently flip-flopped on the issue, just like on every other hot topic. - -Elsewhere, Bloomberg points out that Wright’s company published a 180-page paper this year that concluded climate change “is far from the world’s greatest threat to human life,” and that “hydrocarbons are essential to improving the wealth, health, and life opportunities for the less energized.” - -“There is no climate crisis. And we are not in the midst of an energy transition either,” Wright said in a video posted on his LinkedIn page. “Humans, and all complex life on earth, is simply impossible without carbon dioxide — hence the term carbon pollution is outrageous.” - -Wright holds engineering degrees from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and the University of California at Berkeley. He describes himself on his Denver-based company’s website as a “tech nerd turned entrepreneur and a dedicated humanitarian.” - -Trump named Wright with backing from Continental Resources Chairman Harold Hamm, a Trump energy adviser and donor. Hamm said in an interview with the Houston-based trade publication Hart Energy that Wright was his choice for the job. - -If confirmed by Congress, Wright would play a leading role in Trump carrying out his campaign pledge to declare a national emergency on energy. Trump has cast such a declaration as helping increase domestic energy production — including for electricity — which he says is needed to help meet booming power needs for artificial intelligence. - -Under the first Trump administration, the Energy Department played a critical role in the president-elect’s efforts to revive US coal power, an initiative he’s hinted he may attempt again. - -Wright would also oversee Trump’s promise to refill the nation’s emergency cache of crude oil. The Strategic Petroleum Reserve, which has a capacity of more than 700 million barrels, reached lows not seen since the 1980s following the Biden administration’s unprecedented drawdown of a record 180 million barrels in the wake of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. - -While Wright has warned that subsidies for wind and solar drive up power prices and increase grid instability, he does support alternative energy. - -“I’m not here to protect market share for oil gas,” he said during a 2022 interview with Bloomberg Television. “We should do credible things, mostly driven by market forces. But shoveling subsidies at wind and solar, which are 3% of global energy, that’s not meaningfully going to change greenhouse gas emissions. But it is going to drive electricity prices up.” - -Wright is on the board EMX Royalty Corp., a global mining royalties firm, according to his company bio, and his company is an investor in geothermal energy and sodium-ion battery technology. More importantly, Wright serves on the board of small modular reactor developer Oklo, which we first recommended to our premium subscribers back in May and have pushed aggressively every since as a long-term investment. - -Dear OKLO shorts, good luck pic.twitter.com/JTigwrSJVY — zerohedge (@zerohedge) October 2, 2024 - -We have feeling that the record number of OKLO shorts that has been built up in recent weeks amid the stock's unprecedented meltup will be hurting very badly come Monday.",1731883620,efc81dd613,0264d4ccd2,,,1731883620 -https://kotaku.com/ps-plus-new-games-november-2024-gta-5-dying-light-2-1851697560,https://kotaku.com/rss,PlayStation Plus Brings Back Grand Theft Auto V And A Bunch Of Other Big Games,"The last few months of PlayStation Plus’ subscription catalog have been a rollercoaster ride of great new additions and some big departures. November continues the whiplash with a bunch of big names joining the paid service including Grand Theft Auto V and Dying Light 2. If you’ve somehow managed to go 11 years without ever dipping your toes into Rockstar Games’ open-world hit, opportunity has once again come knocking. - -This Cool New Retro Console Is A Great Gift For Atari Fans CC Share Subtitles Off - -English view video This Cool New Retro Console Is A Great Gift For Atari Fans - -This Cool New Retro Console Is A Great Gift For Atari Fans CC Share Subtitles Off - -English This Cool New Retro Console Is A Great Gift For Atari Fans - -Sony announced the full list of new PS Plus games for November 2024 in both the Extra and Premier tiers—the more expensive all-you-can-eat buffets rather than the monthly a-la-carte deals. In addition to GTA V and the parkour zombie RPG, Like a Dragon: Ishin and Digimon Survive are also joining the Netflix-like library, while Blood Omen: Legacy of Kain and Resistance: Fall of Man join the ranks of the PlayStation classics section. - -Advertisement - -Here’s the full list: - -PS Plus Extra Grand Theft Auto V | PS4, PS5 - -Dying Light 2: Stay Human | PS4, PS5 - -Like a Dragon: Ishin | PS4, PS5 - -MotoGP 24 | PS4, PS5 - -The Sims 4 Island Living (Add-on only) | PS4 - -Digimon Survive | PS4 - -Overcooked! All You Can Eat | PS4, PS5 - -Stick Fight: The Game | PS4 - -Clash: Artifacts of Chaos | PS4, PS5 - -Killer Frequency | PS4, PS5 - -Hungry Shark World | PS4 - -Chivalry 2 | PS4, PS5 PS Plus Premier Synapse | PS VR2 - -Blood Omen: Legacy of Kain | PS4, PS5 - -Blood Omen 2 | PS4, PS5 - -Resistance: Fall of Man | Streaming from PS3 - -Resistance 2 | Streaming from PS3 - -Personally, I’m most excited for Digimon Survive. The 2022 hybrid between a visual novel and tactical RPG got mixed reviews, including from Kotaku, but I’m looking forward to giving it a low-stakes, no-strings-attached second chance. Blood Omen 1 and 2 are also arriving just in time for the Soul Reaver 1 & 2 Remastered collection next month, providing much-needed backstory to the PS2 follow-ups. - -Advertisement - -It’s also nice to see the first two Resistance shooters—memorable games from Insomniac about a mid-WWII alien invasion—joining the classics collection, though having them relegated to cloud streaming because of the lack of PS3 backwards compatibility or emulation remains a drag. We probably won’t see it anytime soon, but the whole Resistance trilogy deserves a remaster collection on modern platforms. - - - -",1731883680,a0840ab3b4,028b8508f3,,,1731883680 -https://front.moveon.org/watch-moveons-livestream-with-special-guests-shonda-rhimes-and-ben-and-jerry/,https://front.moveon.org/feed/,Watch MoveOn's Livestream with Shonda Rhimes,"Watch MoveOn’s Livestream With Special Guests Shonda Rhimes and Ben and Jerry - -Grab a pint—and watch last Sunday night’s “I Scream, You Scream, We All Scream for Harris-Walz” livestream! Eat ice cream with Tom Colicchio, Shonda Rhimes, Ben and Jerry, and fellow MoveOn members! - -Here are a few highlights from the call: - -“Scandal” and “Bridgerton” creator Shonda Rhimes shared that this country is supposed to be about joy, so she found her joy by eating Ben and Jerry’s special Kamala Harris Coconut Jubilee ice cream pint as soon as it arrived! - - - -Jeni Britton of Jeni’s Splendid Ice Creams told a story of starting her small business, and how it wouldn’t have gotten off the ground if not for the affordable health care provided by Planned Parenthood. - - - -“Top Chef” head judge Tom Colicchio showed why our work matters by retelling a story from his wife, who talked with a voter recently and got them from refusing to talk to supporting Harris by the end of the conversation. - - - -MoveOn members got to spend an hour with some of our nation’s greatest ice cream makers as they shared their love of ice cream, their dedication to our shared progressive values, and some insider knowledge about their favorite flavors and worst ice cream experiments. - -If you missed last night’s ice cream expert livestream, don’t worry—watch the full recording this week on MoveOn’s YouTube channel. - -Ready to take action? The time is NOW, so sign up today to make an impact, because with the polls so close in battleground states, every conversation with a voter counts! MoveOn’s incredible analytics team has found the exact voters we need to talk to, who support Harris-Walz but may not vote this year without a nudge from us. Together, we can protect our future and block Project 2025. - -Live in the battleground states of Arizona, Georgia, Michigan, Nevada, North Carolina, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin? Click here to sign up for Wednesday or Saturday virtual community vote tripling events training to hear more about the critical role you can play in helping voters turn out their family and friends to triple their impact this election. - -In 2022, we used this tactic to turn out more than 50,000 voters. This November, we aim to double that, and we need your help. - -Live elsewhere? We’ve got options for everyone! RSVP here for as many phone banks as you can to join fellow MoveOn members to call voters in battleground states. Events happen daily, and we just surpassed 1 million dials this weekend! - -Your efforts will directly impact the outcome of this very close election. Stay tuned for next Sunday (11/3) at 8 p.m. ET/5 PT for our final GOTV livestream with our special guest, Congressman Maxwell Frost. Also, Shonda Rhimes will return, along with members of the casts of “Grey’s Anatomy” and “Private Practice”! We’ll send you a reminder just before the start, because you won’t want to miss it!",1731883646,d0f9e09372,0270112efc,,,1731883646 -https://blog.reputationx.com/getting-wikipedia-references?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=getting-wikipedia-references,https://blog.reputationx.com/rss.xml,Guide: Media Coverage for Wikipedia References,"Guide: Media Coverage for Wikipedia References - - - - - -Introduction - -Having a well-structured and properly referenced Wikipedia page can significantly boost a company’s online presence and credibility. Doing it wrong can get the Wikipedia article edited in a way that damages the brand, or even gets the article deleted. For PR practitioners, directors of marketing, and directors of communications, understanding how to procure media coverage that qualifies as suitable references for Wikipedia is crucial. - -This guide will walk you through the intricacies of Wikipedia references, using a fictional crypto company, “CryptoInnovate,” as our example. We’ll explore what constitutes a good Wikipedia reference and how to identify appropriate sources and strategies for obtaining reference-worthy media coverage. - -What is a Wikipedia Reference? - -Wikipedia references are the backbone of the encyclopedia’s content statements. They are publicly visible evidence designed to support the statements made in articles, allowing Wikipedia readers and editors to verify the information and explore topics in greater depth. - -Locating References in Wikipedia Articles - -References can typically be found in several places within a Wikipedia article: - -Inline citations: Small superscript numbers or letters that link to the full reference at the bottom of the page. - -References section: A dedicated area at the end of the article listing all sources cited. - -Further reading or External links sections: Additional resources that may not be directly cited in the article but provide valuable related information. - -Qualities of a Good Wikipedia Reference - -Not all sources are created equal in the eyes of Wikipedia editors. Understanding what makes a good reference is crucial for PR and marketing professionals aiming to improve their company’s Wikipedia presence. - -Preferred vs. Non-Preferred Sources - -Wikipedia has clear guidelines on what constitutes a reliable source. Generally, preferred sources include: - -Reputable news organizations - -Peer-reviewed academic journals - -Books published by respected publishing houses - -Government publications and reports - -Non-preferred or discouraged sources often include: - -Press releases - -Company websites - -Personal blogs or social media posts - -Forums or discussion boards - -Self-published materials - -An example of a source that is currently deemed unreliable - -Anti-Defamation League: One might think the ADL would be considered reliable, but, according to Wikipedia “There is consensus that the ADL is a generally unreliable source for the Israel/Palestine conflict, due to significant evidence that the ADL acts as a pro-Israeli advocacy group and has repeatedly published false and misleading statements as fact, un-retracted, regarding the Israel/Palestine conflict.“ - -The Importance of Substantial Coverage - -A major aspect of a good Wikipedia reference is that it provides substantial coverage of the subject. This means: - -The article should be mainly about the subject (in our case, CryptoInnovate), not just mentioning it in passing. - -The subject’s name should ideally appear in the headline or early in the article, indicating its significance to the content. - -The coverage should provide meaningful information about the subject, not just a brief mention or listing. - -Types of Content Suitable for Wikipedia References - -Wikipedia accepts a wide range of content types as references, provided they meet the criteria for reliability and relevance. Understanding these content types can help PR and marketing professionals target the right sources for their Wikipedia strategy. Below are some examples using our sample company as an example: - -Scientific and Academic Sources - -Peer-reviewed journals: These are considered among the most reliable sources , especially for technical or scientific claims. For CryptoInnovate, this might include articles in blockchain technology journals or cryptography publications. - -These are considered among , especially for technical or scientific claims. For CryptoInnovate, this might include articles in blockchain technology journals or cryptography publications. Academic books: Books published by university presses or respected academic publishers can provide in-depth, reliable information. - -Books published by university presses or respected academic publishers can provide in-depth, reliable information. Conference proceedings: Presentations or papers from reputable academic or industry conferences can be valuable sources, especially for cutting-edge topics in the crypto world. - -Mainstream Media and Publications - -Newspaper articles: Articles from respected national or international newspapers (e.g., The New York Times, The Wall Street Journal) are generally considered reliable. - -Articles from respected national or international newspapers (e.g., The New York Times, The Wall Street Journal) are generally considered reliable. Magazine features: In-depth articles from reputable magazines, especially those focusing on technology or finance, can be excellent sources. - -In-depth articles from reputable magazines, especially those focusing on technology or finance, can be excellent sources. Online news sites: Established online news outlets with editorial oversight are often acceptable. For CryptoInnovate, technology sections on sites like CNBC or Reuters could be relevant. - -Industry-Specific Publications - -Trade journals: Publications specific to the industry can provide specialized, in-depth coverage but are often biased. - -Publications specific to the industry can provide specialized, in-depth coverage but are often biased. Professional magazines: These can offer insights into industry trends and company profiles. - -Books and E-books - -Non-fiction books: Books published by reputable publishing houses, especially those covering the history or analysis of the industry, can be valuable references. - -Books published by reputable publishing houses, especially those covering the history or analysis of the industry, can be valuable references. Technical manuals: For specific technical claims about technology, technical documentation from respected sources might be appropriate. - -Government and Institutional Sources - -Government reports: Official reports or documents from government agencies (Think: SEC filings, congressional testimonies) can be highly reliable sources. - -Official reports or documents from government agencies (Think: SEC filings, congressional testimonies) can be highly reliable sources. Think tank publications: Reports from respected, non-partisan think tanks or research institutions can provide valuable analysis and data. - -Multimedia Sources - -Video content: While less common, video content from reputable sources (e.g., interviews on major news networks, TED Talks) can sometimes be used as references. - -While less common, video content from reputable sources (e.g., interviews on major news networks, TED Talks) can sometimes be used as references. Podcasts: Transcripts or audio from established journalistic podcasts might be acceptable, especially for quotes or first-hand accounts. - -Digital Archives and Databases - -Digital libraries: Resources from established digital libraries or archives can be valuable, especially for historical context. - -Resources from established digital libraries or archives can be valuable, especially for historical context. Specialized databases: For financial or technical data about CryptoInnovate, information from respected industry databases might be appropriate. - -When selecting sources for Wikipedia references, consider not just the type of content but also its reliability, neutrality, and relevance to the subject. For CryptoInnovate, a mix of technical sources (for details about the technology), financial publications (for market impact and company performance), and mainstream media (for general company information and industry trends) would likely create a well-rounded set of references. - -Remember, Wikipedia generally prefers secondary sources over primary sources. This means that an article analyzing CryptoInnovate’s impact on the crypto market would typically be preferred over a direct statement from the company (a primary source). Always aim for sources that provide comprehensive, objective coverage rather than those that might be perceived as promotional or biased. - -Promotional content in Wikipedia pages is one of the fastest ways to get the page harshly edited, or even deleted. - -The Difference Between High-Quality and Low-Quality References - -Understanding the distinction between high-quality and low-quality references is very important for maintaining the integrity of a Wikipedia article, and also for maintaining the viability of the article itself. - -Examples of High-Quality References - -A feature article about CryptoInnovate in a respected financial publication like Forbes or Bloomberg. - -An in-depth analysis of CryptoInnovate’s technology in a peer-reviewed blockchain publication. Note: Crypto industry publications are often not considered reliable enough to use as important references. This is often due to Wikipedia editor bias. - -A government report mentioning CryptoInnovate’s impact on the cryptocurrency market. Government reports are generally considered relaible. - -Examples of Low-Quality References - -A press release on CryptoInnovate’s website announcing a new product. - -A blog post written by CryptoInnovate’s CEO on the company blog. - -A forum discussion where users speculate about CryptoInnovate’s future projects. - -What Constitutes a Reliable Source for Wikipedia? - -A reliable source for Wikipedia is one that has editorial oversight, fact-checking processes, and a reputation for accuracy. These sources are typically well-established publications or institutions known for their credibility in the relevant field. - -Consequences of Using Low-Quality References - -Using subpar references can have several negative impacts on a Wikipedia article: - -Individual statements may be challenged or removed if not properly sourced. - -The article’s overall credibility may be questioned, leading to increased scrutiny from editors. - -In extreme cases, an abundance of poor references could lead to the article being nominated for deletion. - -Consequences of Having Too Few References - -Having only a few references, even if they are good, is risky. For example, at the time of this writing a crypto company has only three references for a Wikipedia article created only a few months ago. Below is an image of their references. Note that all three are pretty good. They are Y Combinator, Forbes, and The Standard. - -… And Not Always Good Ones - -But further digging shows that: - -The Forbes article was written by a Contributor, not a staff writer. Contributors are often paid to make those contributions and so are generally thought of as less reliable than Staff writers. - -The Y Combinator article is not an article, but only a listing of other articles. - -The last reference, The Standard, is not on the list of unreliable publications, so may be OK. - -Identifying Suitable References for a Wikipedia Page - -One good strategy for finding appropriate references is to look at the Wikipedia pages of similar companies or individuals. For CryptoInnovate, this might involve looking at the Wikipedia pages of other cryptocurrency companies or blockchain technology firms. Pay attention to: - -The types of publications cited (such as: tech journals, financial news sites, and academic papers) - -The depth of coverage in the referenced articles - -How recent the sources are - -Who created the reference content, a staff writer or a contributor? Contributors are often frowned upon. - -Seeming Flexibility with References - -While Wikipedia has clear guidelines on reliable sources, you may notice some articles contain references that don’t seem to meet these standards. But why? Well, for several reasons: - -Historical acceptance: Some older references may have been grandfathered in before stricter guidelines were implemented. - -Some older references may have been grandfathered in before stricter guidelines were implemented. Lack of better sources: In some cases, a less-than-ideal source might be temporarily accepted if no better alternatives exist. - -In some cases, a less-than-ideal source might be temporarily accepted if no better alternatives exist. Editor discretion: Wikipedia editors are human and may have varying interpretations of source quality. People are biased. - -Wikipedia editors are human and may have varying interpretations of source quality. People are biased. No one noticed: The low-quality references may be there simply because no one has noticed yet. - -I’s important to note that relying on these exceptions is not a recommended strategy. Always aim for the highest quality references possible because not doing so can get you in trouble, especially for challenging industries to earn a Wikipedia article in such as crypto companies. - -Strategies for Obtaining High-Quality Wikipedia References - -Now that we understand what makes a good Wikipedia reference let’s explore how to get them. - -Researching Suitable Publications - -Start by creating a list of publications that are frequently cited in Wikipedia articles for companies similar to CryptoInnovate. This might include: - -Technology publications (e.g., TechCrunch, Wired) - -Financial news outlets (e.g., Forbes, Bloomberg) - -Industry-specific news sites - -Academic journals focusing on the technology (of our example company) - -Analyzing Reference Structure - -Pay close attention to how the references are structured in successful Wikipedia articles. Look for: - -Articles where the company is the main subject (like the name is in the headline) - -Content written by staff writers rather than contributors or guest authors - -Publications known for unbiased reporting in the crypto industry - -Publications not on the “naughty list“. - -Effective Publication Outreach for Wikipedia-Worthy References - -Securing media coverage suitable for Wikipedia references requires a different approach than traditional PR strategies. A press release just won’t cut it. - -Tailoring Your Outreach - -When reaching out to publications, keep in mind: - -Focus on publications that are likely to provide substantial coverage of the subject - -Pitch stories that go beyond simple announcements, offering in-depth analysis or industry insights - -Pitch stories that directly support a statement you are planning to make on Wikipedia (don’t edit your own page, though) - -Aim for coverage by staff writers or respected industry analysts - -Never push for promotional content; instead, offer genuine news value or expert commentary. Promotional content will often kill a Wikipedia article. - -Developing Wikipedia-Friendly Content - -Work with journalists and publications to create content that: - -Provides comprehensive information about the role of the subject in the industry - -Includes verifiable facts and figures about the company’s operations, technology, or market impact - -Offers expert insights from leadership on industry trends or challenges - -Conclusion - -Getting media coverage that qualifies as suitable Wikipedia references requires a strategic approach that differs from traditional PR practices. By understanding Wikipedia’s standards for reliable sources, analyzing successful articles in your industry, and tailoring your media outreach accordingly, you can dramatically improve your chances of building a robust and credible Wikipedia presence for your company. - -Remember, the goal is not just to get mentioned in various publications but to get substantial, high-quality coverage that provides genuine value to Wikipedia readers and meets the encyclopedia’s standards for neutrality and reliability. With patience, persistence, and a focus on quality over quantity, you can develop a strong foundation of references that will support a comprehensive and authoritative Wikipedia article for your company. - -I’m going to say it one more time to make sure it sinks in, though: Nothing promotional. - -Tags: Wikipedia.",1731883627,eebe3aa67c,02b1006b7c,,,1731883627 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/rugby-union/articles/c1mljpn28mno,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,'Best feeling of my life' - Douglas becomes youngest Scotland player since 1963,"When Freddy Douglas came off the bench in the 65th minute of Scotland's 59-21 win over Portugal on Saturday, he achieved something remarkable. - -The 19-year-old back rower is yet to make a competitive appearance in club rugby, but he made his Test bow at Murrayfield, becoming the youngest man to represent Scotland since Donald White in 1963. - -Gregor Townsend rotated his squad for the third match of Scotland's Autumn Nations Series, also handing debuts to Alex Samuel and Douglas' Edinburgh team-mate Ben Muncaster, but it was Douglas who captured Murrayfield's attention most of all. - -In the modern era, where selection is driven by stats and cold-hard evidence, this was a refreshing throwback - a selection based on raw talent and excitement at what the future might bring. - -""Obviously you're so excited and being in the squad, you want to get on as soon as you can,"" Douglas said post-match. - -""When I eventually did get on, it was the best feeling of my life. - -""The big thing I remember is just the anthem, singing in front of so many people for my country just felt amazing. I got quite emotional during it and it's something I'll never ever forget.""",1731883676,bcdff126e2,02f63c65f5,,,1731883676 -https://transom.org/2017/improvisation-and-structure/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Improvisation And Structure,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/Improvisation-and-Structure.mp3 Download Listen to “Improvisation And Structure” - -Where the devil do story ideas come from? A couple of years ago, science reporter Ari Daniel had what I thought was a ludicrous idea for a story — copepod mating. I mean, really, what editor would ever accept a pitch about crustacean sex? Well, the editors at Here and Now, apparently. Why? Because Ari tied the story to Valentine’s Day. He gave the story a “date peg” connecting it to an anniversary or a time of year or, in this case, a holiday. Date pegs are a pretty common way to spark and frame story ideas. - -Another frequent approach to generating story ideas are “news hooks.” Look at what’s happening in the news and find a unique angle. For instance, in May, the NOAA released a report predicting another above average hurricane season in 2017. Use that as a reason to write your local station’s news director and pitch a story about hurricane preparedness. - -All of this is pretty tried and true. Date pegs and news hooks are familiar approaches for dreaming up stories. But then there’s Sleepover. Where the devil did the idea for the CBC’s Sleepover podcast come from?! - -On the show, Sook-Yin Lee, the host, invites three complete strangers to spend 24 hours together to work out personal problems. No date peg or news hook. None. Instead, Sook-Yin drew from her personal experience with a performance that involved some sleep deprivation… - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/Clip-1-Sook-Yins-24-hour-art-installation.mp3 Download Listen to “Sook-Yin’s 24-hour art installation” - -. . .the internet. . . - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/Clip-2-Internet-alienation.mp3 Download Listen to “Internet alienation” - -. . . and the magic of interviewing strangers. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/06/Clip-3-Microphone-power.mp3 Download Listen to “Microphone power” - -Who in their right mind would think those three disparate experiences would work in tandem to inspire a hit podcast?! And how does it all work? The answer to that on this episode of HowSound.",1731883678,c00d35bf2d,02fdc7ec38,,,1731883678 -https://www.practicalecommerce.com/chatgpt-prompts-for-social-media-marketing,https://www.practicalecommerce.com/category/social-media/feed,ChatGPT Prompts for Social Media Marketing,"ChatGPT can improve social media productivity with idea suggestions, sample posts, repurposed content, and more. What follows are ChatGPT prompts to streamline social media marketing. - -Prompts for Social Media Marketing - -Raise product visibility. - -Here’s my prompt: - -My platform helps remote workers remain productive by providing virtual rooms, shared calendars, file sharing, and schedules. Create a list of ideas to raise the visibility of my product on social media. Try different angles, such as problem-solving, data-driven updates, and questions. - -ChatGPT produced a list of five ideas. Here are three of them. - -I then asked ChatGPT to generate a sample Facebook post for each idea. Here are two of those responses: - -“What’s your biggest remote work challenge? Share your thoughts in the comments, and we’ll provide tips and solutions to help you overcome them. 👇 #RemoteWorkChallenges” - -“Learn how to streamline your remote meetings with our video tutorial! Say goodbye to endless Zoom fatigue and hello to efficient virtual collaboration. 📹💬 #RemoteMeetingTips” - -I also prompted ChatGPT to expand on the third idea (“Question-Type Updates”). Here’s that prompt: - -For #3, develop more engaging questions, not generic ones. Focus on specific potential problems of my target audience. Turn these questions into social media updates. - -And here’s ChatGPT’s partial response: - -“Facebook Update: ‘Ever felt like important messages get lost in the virtual void? 📧💬 How do you keep your team’s communication crystal clear when working remotely? Let’s discuss! 👥 #RemoteTeamChat'” - -“Facebook Update: ‘Zoom fatigue is real! 😩📹 How do you combat screen exhaustion and stay energized during virtual meetings? Share your strategies in the comments! 🚀 #BeatZoomFatigue'” - -Promote articles. - -Prompts: - -This is my article [TEXT]. - -Generate 10 engaging tweets with varying angles and hooks promoting the published article. - -Include a few tweets asking questions that my article answers. The goal is to have my followers intrigued enough to click the link in the tweet. - -Craft an insightful tweet to embed in my content. - -Draft a comprehensive Facebook post with a relatable story or anecdote. - -Design a LinkedIn update focusing on professional benefits or insights. - -For each response, include trending and relevant hashtags and emojis to enhance visibility and engagement. - -Repurpose content for LinkedIn and Medium. - -Prompt: - -This is my article [TEXT]. - -Create two 500-word summaries to publish on LinkedIn and Medium as original content and link back to my article. The summaries should promote my original article and encourage a click. - -Instagram article promotion. - -Prompt: - -This is my article [TEXT]. - -Devise an engaging and intriguing Instagram photo caption that evokes emotion or thought, motivating followers to click the link. - -Product launch on Twitter. - -Prompt: - -This is my product description [DESCRIPTION]. - -Design 10 distinct tweets highlighting various product features, benefits, and use cases, ensuring each tweet tells a unique story about the product. - -Customer appreciation tweets. - -Prompt: - -Here are two tweets from customers stating their appreciation of our product [TWEETS]. - -Write 10 short, heartfelt tweets expressing gratitude towards customers for their positive mentions, each with a touch of personalization. - -Customer service training. - -Prompt: - -Here are two tweets from angry customers [TWEETS]. - -Draft several empathetic tweets to these unhappy customers that address their concerns and subtly redirect the conversation to a more private platform (like DMs) for further resolution. - -Problem-solving tweets. - -Prompt: - -My product solves this problem [PROBLEM]. - -Create a detailed Twitter thread that educates readers about the problem and suggests my product as the remedy. - -Festive Facebook posts. - -Prompt: - -This is my product description [DESCRIPTION]. - -Create a series of holiday-themed Facebook posts where my product is seamlessly integrated into festive scenarios, anecdotes, or visuals without a pushy sales agenda. - -Repurpose testimonials. - -Prompt: - -This is a customer testimonial [TESTIMONIAL]. - -Transform the testimonial into engaging tweets, Facebook and LinkedIn posts, and Instagram captions that resonate with my target audience of remote workers while emphasizing the customer’s genuine feedback. - -Persuasive calls-to-action. - -Prompt: - -This is my product description [DESCRIPTION]. - -Craft 10 inviting and persuasive social media calls-to-action that entice readers to learn more about my product. Avoid being overly promotional or aggressive. - -More ChatGPT",1731883650,5e1ceba4cb,030256d3ba,,,1731883650 -https://www.engadget.com/apps/whatsapp-finally-has-a-drafts-feature-194516831.html?src=rss,https://www.engadget.com/rss.xml,WhatsApp finally has a drafts feature,"WhatsApp, the most popular messaging platform on the planet, finally has a drafts feature. Why did it take until the tail-end of 2024 to institute a seemingly simple tool that has been available for rival platforms for years? Who knows, but it’s here now. - -The appropriately-named Message Drafts offers “a new and easy way to find your unfinished messages on WhatsApp.” Just look for the “Draft” indicator at the beginning of a message. The platform says that these unfinished messages will move to the top of the chats list so “people can quickly locate them.” - -It’s a drafts feature, so there really isn’t anything else to say. The tool’s available now across the globe via the app. Finally, we will have no pressure to actually finish messages. We can tinker with them occasionally until the heat death of the universe. It’s a procrastination mitzvah! - -This is just the latest update to WhatsApp, as the platform has been busy. It recently unveiled custom lists, to help people keep track of conversations, and introduced a program that allows users to add contacts from any device.",1731883677,2ccba97d94,02753bd223,,,1731883677 -http://www.influencerupdate.biz/news/68622/top-10-streamed-games-fall-guys-is-dominating-the-internet-but-is-it-still-topping-twitch/,https://www.influencerupdate.biz/rss/news/,"Top 10 streamed games: Fall Guys is dominating the internet, but is it still topping Twitch?","InfluencerUpdate.biz has teamed up with esports and streaming analytics firm Stream Hatchet to bring you weekly charts of the most popular games in the streaming space. - -This chart documents the most-watched games by hours across Twitch, YouTube Gaming and Facebook. - -Each week we'll be documenting the top ten most-watched titles across all the major streaming platforms so you can see which games are thriving among content creators and which titles are waning in popularity. - -This chart covers the week commencing August 24th 2020. - -Most-watched games - -League of Legends is once again, the most-watched game of the last week. The title racked up over 46 million hours watched. The Twitch category for League is consistently packed with individual pro players streaming to their own audiences, in between actual events taking place. - -Fortnite comes in second place, which saw a 35.2 per cent rise in views. The battle royale's fourth season kicked off this weekend, and the anticipation of that saw players hop back on the battle bus. - -PUBG Mobile takes third place, seeing minimal change and racking up over 32 million hours watched last week. Fellow mobile shooter Garena Free Fire follows in fourth after an 11.4 per cent increase in views, amassing over 30.1 million hours watched. - -Grand Theft Auto V is in fifth with 25.8 million hours watched, and Call of Duty: Modern Warfare follows closely behind in sixth with 25.3 million hours watched. CS:GO takes seventh and sees a 10.7 per cent increase on the week prior to last. - -Minecraft takes eighth place for another week, and Dota 2 re-enters the chart in ninth with 14.1 million hours watched over the last week. - -Fall Guys tumbles down to tenth place after a hefty 62.8 per cent decrease in hours watched. Despite a phenomenal social campaign and an extraordinary launch, it seems Mediatonic's fresh take on the battle royale has waned in popularity across streaming platforms. - -However, measuring this title by hours watched may not be entirely representative of its popularity, on this occasion. Fall Guys' short rounds and repetitive nature may see viewers watching for shorter periods of time, compared to long games of League of Legends, but it doesn't necessarily mean the audience is not there. - -Either way, it'll be interesting to see how Fall Guys fares over the next month; it'll need to evolve quickly in order to stay fresh and keep on contending with the regular top titles. A second season has already been announced and is set to launch next month, which will bring new maps, game modes and skins to the game.",1731883672,e34caba76d,02a2f9348e,,,1731883672 -https://www.nimble.com/blog/examples-of-sales-pitch-for-mutual-funds/,https://www.nimble.com/blog/feed/,Examples of Sales Pitch for Mutual Funds,,1731883646,b6a9bddcc9,034ede9a80,,,1731883646 -https://www.avclub.com/the-pradeeps-of-pittsburgh-the-face-behind-the-mask,https://www.avclub.com/rss,Staff Picks: A sweet immigrant comedy and an hour of noir,"Staff Picks: A sweet immigrant comedy and an hour of noir Our recommendations include a Prime Video comedy and a Peter Lorre noir. - -In this week’s Staff Picks, TV Writer Saloni Gajjar and Film Editor Jacob Oller offer a little light and dark, with recommendations for a new streaming comedy and a chance to participate in Noirvember. - -The Pradeeps Of Pittsburgh (Prime Video) - -There’s a chance the trailer for Prime Video’s The Pradeeps Of Pittsburgh will make you cringe like I did. Despite my excitement at seeing Lost’s Naveen Andrews and British stand-up star Sindhu Vee in a comedy, the footage is laden with clichés as the central Indian family arrives in the U.S. decked in traditional garb and with heavy accents. - -At first glance, a comedy about Asian immigrants trying to fit in while standing out feels like a blend of Kim’s Convenience, Fresh Off The Boat, and Never Have I Ever. And it’s partly true. Series creator Vijal Patel relies on certain stereotypes to frame his lens. So, yes, Mahesh Pradeep (Andrews), his wife Sudha (Vee), and their three children are initially one-note, giving the impression that their banter, attire, and philosophy are designed to appease the white gaze. Thankfully, Patel has other tricks up his sleeve. - -The Pradeeps Of Pittsburgh balances its flaws with a sufficiently sweet, engaging, and easy-to-digest narrative. It digs into the hardships of assimilation through a lighthearted, if not exaggerated tone. There’s always an underlying warmth, especially in Mahesh and Sudha’s relationship. Achieving this is possible only because Patel culls loosely from his real experiences, lending a specific honesty to the conventional characters. Don’t be fooled by appearances or possibly that trailer because this show has its heart in the right place. - -I’m especially glad that Andrews revels in this distinctly non-Sayid (or even non-The Dropout) role. He plays the sanguine Mahesh, who earns a SpaceX contract and hastily relocates his family. His no-nonsense wife is forced to give up a successful medical career and his children have to start over at a new school in a new country, but Mahesh is certain everyone will land on their feet. He doesn’t expect their new neighbor will leave five dead rabbits on their doorstep on day one. (A plot point straight out of Patel’s life). This kicks off an infrequent rivalry between the Pradeeps and the Mills that becomes the basis of the series. - -The eight episodes are structured as a USCIS interrogation, with two officers (played by Pete Holmes and Romy Rosemont) questioning the Pradeeps about the Mills’ home burning down. This whodunit angle is fine, but it allows each family member to reflect on how they’ve evolved since the move. A formulaic approach notwithstanding (or the fact that it should’ve been set in the ‘90s), The Pradeeps Of Pittsburgh is breezy and nostalgic. Just be ready for some drama because, as Sudha says in the premiere, “In India when you tell a story, you always add a little masala.” Trust me, she’s right. - -The Face Behind The Mask (Criterion/YouTube) - -From October forward, I like to theme my movie months, going from horror to film noir to Christmas (which helps to balance out the end-of-year awards season deluge). Right now, I’m in the heart of Noirvember, the monthly celebration of all things shadowy, droll, and hardboiled, kicked off by critic Marya E. Gates. While there are plenty of classics in the German Expressionist spotlight this month, I tend to follow a basic formula for finding my next watch: What’s the shortest movie on offer that I haven’t heard of? That’s where I found Robert Florey’s The Face Behind The Mask, a Peter Lorre crime tragedy clocking in at a glorious 68 minutes. - -Both available on The Criterion Channel and on YouTube (if you don’t mind a bit of grain with your noir), The Face Behind The Mask comes from the filmmaker who made the Bela Lugosi Murders In The Rue Morgue that Robert Eggers just put in a 24 Hours Of Horror marathon, and it’s filled with the same kind of stylish strangeness. Lorre, set up in a rare good-hearted hero role, plays a fresh-off-the-boat Hungarian whose first day in New York ends in a literally face-melting hotel fire. This, of course, ruins the sweet little guy’s hopes and dreams (because Americans are shallow monsters) and sets him on a path of crime. - -It’s Lorre, so his eventual turn towards brooding creepiness is never surprising, but the film’s power lies in how he gets there. Poverty and desperation, hunger and sickness—these are as nasty and inescapable as Lorre’s harrowing burn makeup. The atmosphere isn’t just mean, like so many noirs, but hungry and shoved to the fringe of society. Folks are sleeping in junkyard cars. People are named things like Dinky. It allows Lorre—often covered in smooth, uncanny makeup mimicking a latex mask of his own face—to tap into a vulnerability and sadness that comes as naturally as his often-caricatured sliminess. It probably helps that the script was specifically written for him, also a Hungarian immigrant. - -This preoccupation with otherness gives the Columbia film a bit of that Universal monster flavor, where the tragic creature only ever wants love. There’s also a blind love interest (Evelyn Keyes) who echoes Bride Of Frankenstein’s tolerant, accepting hermit. Alas, just like those monsters, things end badly for Lorre’s gangster, his lover, and pretty much everyone else. The Face Behind The Mask ends with a few nasty bangs, as vicious a noir ending as any, and zipping along with uncommon efficiency. Not a bad way to spend an hour on a chilly autumn evening. [Jacob Oller]",1731883664,66c132240d,02a8c7c0bf,,,1731883664 -https://www.thedrum.com/news/2024/11/14/how-pr-shop-the-romans-growing-its-global-empire,https://www.thedrum.com/influencer-marketing/rss.xml,How PR shop The Romans is growing its global empire,"Winning Gold at The Drum Awards for Agency Business in the Business Growth category is The Romans. Here’s how, in its own words, the PR shop is spreading its wings globally. - -The Romans has won gold at The Drum Awards for Agency Business in the Business Growth category / The Romans - -This year has been a wild ride for The Romans. We lost five pitches, then won eight retainers in a row. We won two seven-figure accounts while two clients went bust. One of our top creatives quit for another agency, then boomeranged back two months later. The giddy highs and the dizzying lows have been hard to handle. Running a PR firm has never been more stressful/exhausting/ridiculously fun. - -Want to go deeper? Ask The Drum - -Despite the swirl and turmoil, the past twelve months have been our best yet as an agency. We’ve hoovered up some of the most exceptional talent in the world. We’ve stayed true to our D&I commitments. We’ve won more pitches than we’ve had any right to. And we’ve gone international, opening three new offices in just 18 months: Brooklyn, Dubai and Amsterdam, with two more in the pipeline. - -We know what you’re thinking: when 'creative boutique' agencies quickly get bigger, quality control goes out the window, the work becomes dire, the culture tanks, and the agency leadership convince themselves that they’re a “content agency” that only competes with ad agencies now. We don’t think any of these apply to us. We’ve just had our heads down grafting, focused on making the best earned media campaigns in the world. - -And we think this is the year we’ve made our most exciting and innovative work yet. - -Talent - -We’ve always had a singular business strategy: seek out the very best talent in the world and develop them to be individually exceptional. - -This year we’ve made well over 30 new hires in the UK (and over 50 globally), including creative director Dan Roberts, formerly of ad agencies Grey and Havas. As well as having hundreds of awards under his belt, he’s also a fierce campaigner for working-class representation in the creative industries. Shivani Choda joins us from Portland as head of digital. - -Our biggest hire of the year by far was industry legend (and nicest-man-in-PR), Sam Hodges. Formerly in chief comms roles at Twitter, BBC and Netflix, he’s now leading across an increasingly significant portfolio of corporate, B2B, tech, and financial clients, which has gone from £0 to over £1.3m in four months. - -Among all the accolades the team has picked up this year, Kandace Williamson being named as one of the industry’s Global Changemakers is one that we’re most proud of. A shy, introverted, Black, non-university educated woman, and easily the smartest person in any meeting she finds herself in. Kandace also brokered our long-standing relationship with People Like Us, a not-for-profit organization created to attract more diverse talent to the PR industry. Our team work with them on a pro-bono basis and also help fund their campaigns. - -Advertisement - -We practice what we preach too: 26% of our team are Black, Asian or Mixed-Heritage. We have trained seven of the team as mental health first-aiders, and continue to offer best-in-class mental health support, including access to wholly anonymous and paid-for psychologists, psychiatrists and therapists, for anyone in need. - -Regardless of how big we get, our benefits won’t dilute. Everyone still receives free breakfast and lunch everyday (we employ two chefs). Everyone still gets a Shoreditch House membership, and gets to jump the three-year waiting list. We still take over Soho Farmhouse for our summer party. And 10% of company profits get paid as annual cash bonuses to the team. - -This year we also implemented a 10% cost of living payrise. In real terms, it meant that our average employee’s salary increased by 23% last year. Nothing has ever felt better. And anyway, if you’re thinking about your electric bill, you aren’t thinking about your clients. Paying people more isn’t an attack on our margin, it’s simply good business. - -The work - -In percentage terms, we have the highest number of full-time creatives of any PR agency in the UK, which definitely contributed to us picking up our biggest-ever haul of campaign awards. We’ve got a clear view on the sort of work we want to make: work that doesn’t just look good, it does good. In the past 12 months, two of our campaigns have actually changed the law. - -Sadly, one of our longest-serving team member’s father died from a particularly aggressive cancer in 2022. And so, in 2023 we signed Macmillan Cancer Support as a long-term pro-bono partner. We’ve supported them, without fee, throughout the year. Combined with our other pro bono initiatives (People Like Us, Survivors of Bereavement by Suicide) we have donated over £230,000 worth of time in 2023 and will donate over £300,000 worth in 2024. - -Advertisement - -Growth - -Our UK growth was a pretty mega 25%. Globally, our revenue grew a ridiculous 83%. In 2024 we will be a £10m+ UK business and a £20m+ global business. This growth isn’t at the expense of either creative output or margin; our profitability is the strongest it’s ever been (it’s what’s driving our global expansion). - -As for new business success in the UK, we’ve had our best year to date. One client fired us: Twitter ended its seven-year relationship with us (thanks Elon). We immediately replaced them with the Snapchat retainer, alongside dozens of sizeable UK retainer wins including Airbnb, Bambino Mio, Blank Street, B&Q, Community Fibre, Deliveroo, Desperados, Dove, Flora, Fosters, Heatherwick Studio, Heineken, Hoka, Malibu, Many Pets, Mars Wrigley, Mecca Bingo, Nationwide, OneDay, OnlyFans, Pip & Nut, Reveri, Saracens, Strongbow, Supercell, Talis Capital, and Wray & Nephew. - -What’s driven our success over the past 12 months? There's just one answer: exceptional creative work, for existing clients and at pitch. All of this domestic growth has meant we’ve been able to export our brand of creative comms further afield. We opened our first international office in Brooklyn (headed up by EVP Sarah Jenkins, formerly of BCW in New York), where we’re already at a headcount of 17, forecasting to close 2024 with a team of 30. - -Our Dubai office opened in August and will hit seven figures in its first year, landing Audi in its first month. And Amsterdam opened in September 2023 and within weeks had picked up Flora, Tony’s Chocolonely, and Heineken as founding clients - the three biggest Dutch brands. - -Finally, we made a six-figure investment in Bear Grylls’ mens mental health app, Mettle, and another six-figure investment in a top new agency. Founded by Nikki Collins, Earnies opened its doors in late 2023 and is set to be the UK’s hottest new shop, with revenue already over £1M. What’s the point of calling yourselves The Romans if you're not building an empire? - -Ready to get your work recognized on a global stage? Enter The Drum Awards today. Need more inspiration? Read our Award Winning Case Studies.",1731883666,b55a6935d9,0357c5a755,,,1731883666 -https://securityintelligence.com/articles/adversarial-advantage-using-nation-state-threat-analysis-to-strengthen-us-cybersecurity/,https://securityintelligence.com/feed/,Adversarial advantage: Using nation-state threat analysis to strengthen U.S. cybersecurity,"Nation-state adversaries are changing their approach, pivoting from data destruction to prioritizing stealth and espionage. According to the Microsoft 2023 Digital Defense Report, “nation-state attackers are increasing their investments and launching more sophisticated cyberattacks to evade detection and achieve strategic priorities.” - -These actors pose a critical threat to United States infrastructure and protected data, and compromising either resource could put citizens at risk. - -Thankfully, there’s an upside to these malicious efforts: information. By analyzing nation-state tactics, government agencies and private enterprises are better prepared to track, manage and mitigate these attacks. - -Know your enemy: Nation-states in action - -The Cybersecurity & Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) identifies four prolific nation-state actors: The Chinese government, the Russian government, the North Korean government and the Iranian government. Each of these actors uses various methods to compromise security and gain access to victim networks. - -According to CISA’s associate director for threat hunting, Jermaine Roebuck: “These include phishing, use of stolen credentials and exploiting unpatched vulnerabilities and/or security misconfigurations. They conduct extensive pre-compromise reconnaissance to learn about network architecture and identify vulnerabilities. With this information, these state-sponsored actors exploit vulnerabilities in edge-facing devices and take advantage of system misconfigurations to gain initial access. They often use publicly available exploit code for known vulnerabilities but are also adept at discovering and exploiting zero-day vulnerabilities. Once they gain access to victim networks, advanced actors use living-off-the-land (LOTL) techniques to avoid detection.” - -By understanding the techniques and tactics used by threat actors, organizations are better prepared to allocate limited security resources where they will be the most effective. “Knowing these tactics allows defenders to apply specific security concepts and classes of technologies to mitigate adversarial actors and focus on clearly-defined data properties and value to detect their techniques,” says Roebuck. - -In other words, the more enterprises and agencies learn about nation-state attack methods, the better. - -Back to basics: The other side of the security coin - -While the actions of each nation-state offer protective insight for American cybersecurity, there’s another component in effective defense: Getting back to basics. - -These approaches aren’t mutually exclusive — for example. At the same time, government agencies need to identify and dismantle disinformation campaigns, it’s just as critical to ensure that systems include tamper-resistant multi-factor authentication (MFA) to reduce the risk of compromise. - -According to Roebuck, other CISA recommendations include: - -Implementing strong authentication: Multi-factor authentication provides an additional layer of security for organizations. “MFA improves security because it mitigates risks of compromised credentials, reduces the impact of phishing attacks, protects sensitive data, enhances compliance and adapts to evolving security threats,” says Roebuck. - -Regularly updating and patching systems: Nation-state attacks are constantly evolving. If cybersecurity remains static, organizations are at risk. Regular system updates and patching provide key security benefits, such as improved system stability, enhanced security compliance and reduced vulnerability risk. - -Educating employees: Roebuck makes it clear that employee education is a critical component of effective cybersecurity. - -“Organizations should conduct regular training sessions on recognizing phishing attempts and practicing good cyber hygiene,” he says. “According to trusted Open-Source Intelligence (OSINT) sources, 75% of the intrusions were ‘malware-less.’ This means that threat actors ‘walked through the front door’ with valid accounts obtained via phishing and social engineering. Users need to be well-trained to identify social engineering techniques and phishing emails. - -Using antivirus and anti-malware solutions: According to Roebuck, antivirus and anti-malware tools act as “digital sentinels” by standing guard against evolving threats. Advantages of these solutions include early threat detection, reduced malware spread and real-time protection for critical data. - -Hardening credentials: Credentials are a popular compromise point for nation-state attackers. If bad actors obtain legitimate user credentials, they’re often able to compromise enterprise systems without being detected. - -To limit credential concerns, Roebuck recommends that all accounts have strong, unique passwords and suggests that companies change default credentials. “Strong, unique passwords prevent unauthorized access by making unauthorized access much tougher, limit damage by ensuring threat actors can’t easily access other accounts, reduce common attacks targeting default or weak password, protect sensitive information and improve overall security.” - -Monitoring and logging activity: It’s also critical for companies to monitor and log all network activity. Roebuck recommends that businesses establish centralized log management and regularly review these logs for suspicious activity. He notes that centralization makes it easier to detect suspicious activity and take immediate action and improves the ability of organizations to carry out forensic analysis to pinpoint the origin and discover the scope of the attack. - -Securing remote access: Remote access has become commonplace as organizations embrace the need for agile operations. The access points, however, are tempting targets for nation-state attackers. By using secure configurations for remote services and limiting access to trusted IP addresses, enterprises can minimize remote access risks. “The implementation of secure configurations and IP limitations for remote services are pivotal for minimizing attack surface, preventing unauthorized access, reducing exposure to threats, enhancing monitoring and complying with security standards,” says Roebuck. - -A team effort: Navigating the new reality of nation-state attacks - -The coordinated nature of nation-state attacks means that no enterprise or governmental agency is an island. Instead, it’s the cooperative efforts of organizations that make improved security possible. - -CISA is doing its part to help as well. Roebuck points to the agency’s joint advisory on the People’s Republic of China (PRC), which provides recommended actions to detect, mitigate and remediate emerging threats. “We know, however, that sophisticated nation-state threat actors constantly evolve their TTPs,” he says. “Accordingly, CISA has a strong partnership with government agencies, commercial and critical infrastructure partners to provide actionable information to combat evolving malicious cyber activity, such as the PRC.” - -CISA also recently published the Federal Civilian Executive Branch (FCEB) Operational Cybersecurity Alignment (FOCAL) plan, which offers a roadmap to help public and private sector organizations improve cybersecurity coordination and better defend against nation-state threats. - -Ultimately, Roebuck’s security advice is straightforward: “To protect against the increased prevalence of malicious actors, implement and maintain an effective solution to detect intrusions and evict attackers as quickly as possible.” - -Doug Bonderud Writer",1731883649,4a944ac29d,037ff8eb6f,,,1731883649 -https://www.uploadvr.com/gorilla-tag-playstation-vr2-cross-platform-multiplayer/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Gorilla Tag On PlayStation VR2 Won't Support Crossplay At Launch,"Gorilla Tag on PS VR2 will not support cross-platform multiplayer at launch, and the initial release is US-only. - -Following last week's news that Gorilla Tag is heading to PlayStation VR2 after a PlayStation Store listing appeared, we've been waiting to learn more about what to expect. While Another Axiom previously informed UploadVR that the VR hit will be free-to-play on Sony's headsets, just like the Quest version, the studio's now informed us that ""at launch, Gorilla Tag for PS VR2 will not support cross-platform [multiplayer]."" - -While specifying ""at launch"" suggests cross-platform multiplayer could be added later on, it's a surprising move considering Gorilla Tag's userbase on other platforms have over 1 million daily active users, over 3 million monthly active users, and over 10 million lifetime players. The studio also confirmed this initial PS VR2 release is US-only, and no release window was provided for other regions. - -Elsewhere, don't expect any enhancements or other major changes on PlayStation VR2. In the same email, Another Axiom's representative confirmed that ""the game will not be optimized for PS VR2 graphics or features like eye-tracking, haptic triggers, or head rumble."" - -We've also received additional clarification about the PlayStation Plus requirement. While last week's statement confirmed that Gorilla Tag will not require a PlayStation Plus subscription to play, we've since been informed that engaging with the online multiplayer modes will need a PlayStation Plus Essential subscription. - -Gorilla Tag arrives on November 7 on PlayStation VR2. Elsewhere, it's available for free on Quest and $20 on Steam.",1731883673,9397b145ff,0337aaeab7,,,1731883673 -https://transom.org/2018/favorite-recent-clips/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,These Are A Few Of My Favorite (Recent) Clips,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/These-Are-a-Few-of-My-Favorite-Recent-Clips.mp3 Download Listen to “These Are A Few Of My Favorite (Recent) Clips” - -A student once asked me “How do you find the stories you feature on HowSound?” I’m asked that a lot, actually. And, I’m sorry to say, I don’t have any secrets to reveal. I probably find stories and podcasts the same way everyone else does. Here’s my very quick and cursory list. - -I’m sure I’ve left something out. (What would you add?) Perhaps the short answer is: my ear radar is always on; I’m constantly on the hunt. - -I should mention, too, that as I’m listening, I look for a way into the story for a HowSound episode. Is there a “teachable moment” in the piece? Did the producer do something unusual and notable? Do I find myself wondering “How the heck did they do that?!” Sometimes it’s just a matter of being satisfied by the story or a production technique. - -That’s what this episode of HowSound is about. On a recent road trip, I listened to several hours of stories and made a mental list of segments from those stories that caught attention, that I found satisfying. This is a different way of producing HowSound. Typically, I find one story and interview the producer. But, today, I feature a slew of clips that caught my ear and I offer some thoughts about what worked and what didn’t. Stories from Earshot, The City, and Sound Africa. - -If you get a chance, let me know if this episode worked for you. And, tell me what I should be listening to next.",1731883665,c00d35bf2d,034f5213cb,,,1731883665 -https://www.mmamania.com/2024/11/17/24298969/two-fighters-retire-at-ufc-309-including-two-time-heavyweight-champion-stipe-miocic-damon-jackson,https://www.mmamania.com/rss/current,"Two Fighters Retire At UFC 309, Including Two-Time UFC Heavyweight Champion","Two Ultimate Fighting Championship (UFC) fighters said goodbye last night (Sat., Nov. 16, 2024) - -Stipe Miocic fought his final UFC fight at UFC 309 last night when UFC Heavyweight champion Jon Jones stopped him with an incredible spinning back kick from inside the iconic Madison Square Garden (watch highlights). - -After his loss, Miocic told UFC broadcaster Joe Rogan, “I’m done, I’m hanging them up. I’m retiring, thank god.” - -Watch it below: - -Miocic, 42, had a legendary run inside the Octagon and ends his career with a 14-5 record inside the promotion (20-5 overall), which included six Performance of the Night bonuses and three Fight of the Night paychecks. - -Miocic claimed his first UFC Heavyweight title when he knocked out Fabricio Werdum at UFC 198 and then defended it three times with wins over Alistair Overeem, Junior dos Santos, and Francis Ngannou. He reclaimed the title in a rematch with Daniel Cormier and then defended it in their trilogy. - -There is no doubt that Miocic is a first-ballot Hall of Famer. - -The former two-time champion was not the only athlete to retire. Damon Jackson also laid down his gloves after his first-round submission loss to Jim Miller (watch highlights). - -Jackson did not have a great run in his first stint in the UFC, going 0-1-2, but came back with a vengeance when he was re-signed in 2020, going 5-1 in his first six fights, only losing to Ilia Topuira. “The Leech” ends his career on a two-fight losing streak. - -MMAMania.com wants to wish Miocic and Jackson a happy retirement. - -For complete UFC 309 results, coverage, and highlights click HERE.",1731883662,4e39d7a149,035d25c8ef,,,1731883662 -https://blog.groovehq.com/internal-knowledge-base-software?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=internal-knowledge-base-software,https://www.groovehq.com/blog/rss,How To Use Internal Knowledge Base Software To Improve Customer Support,"It’s 9:03 AM. Hannah, your newest customer support rep, juggles complex queries while frantically searching through scattered documents and outdated wikis. Sound familiar? - -This daily struggle is why many small businesses are turning to internal knowledge base software as their customer support secret weapon. - -Imagine this instead: Hannah logs into a centralized knowledge management system, and instantly accesses the information she needs. She resolves issues quickly, leaving customers impressed and satisfied. Her colleagues leverage the same self-service resources to deliver consistent and accurate support. - -Sound good? In this article, we’ll explore how internal knowledge base software can revolutionize your customer support, boost productivity, and drive satisfaction to new heights. - -The Strategic Advantage of Effective Knowledge Management - -An internal knowledge base is more than just a digital filing cabinet. It’s a centralized hub that houses your company’s collective wisdom. It allows your team to effortlessly store, organize, and retrieve critical information, which in turn transforms how your business operates. - -Businesses that benefit most from an internal knowledge base have: - -A need for consistent, accurate information across departments - -Growing customer support teams (and demands on those teams) - -Expanding product or service offerings - -High turnover rates in customer-facing roles - -Trouble maintaining customer satisfaction and support KPIs - -Do you want to reduce onboarding times for new support staff? Does your team frequently struggle to find accurate information? Do you consistently face challenges in customer communications? - -If so, and especially if you’re looking to scale your support operations efficiently, you’re a perfect candidate. - -By taking the time to build an internal knowledge base, you can achieve: - -Efficiency boosts. Your support team can swiftly access necessary information, reducing time spent searching for answers. - -Your support team can swiftly access necessary information, reducing time spent searching for answers. Employee empowerment. Self-service resources enable support agents to resolve issues independently. This newfound autonomy not only boosts morale, but also cultivates a culture of continuous learning and expertise sharing. - -Self-service resources enable support agents to resolve issues independently. This newfound autonomy not only boosts morale, but also cultivates a culture of continuous learning and expertise sharing. Increased customer satisfaction. Quicker access to information leads to faster resolutions and higher-quality support, which enhances the overall customer experience and builds trust. - -Quicker access to information leads to faster resolutions and higher-quality support, which enhances the overall customer experience and builds trust. Better consistency in service and messaging. With standardized information to rely on, all team members can provide uniform and accurate responses. This consistency maintains quality across all customer interactions, and minimizes the risk of misinformation. - -While the benefits are compelling, it’s essential to consider the challenges too. The initial time investment for setup and content creation can be significant, so be sure to plan for that upfront. - -You may want to spread out the process, rather than trying to throw everything together at once. Also, ongoing maintenance will be needed to keep information current. We’ll talk more about how to make sure that happens, after we show you how to get started. - -6 Steps for Making the Most of Your Internal Knowledge Base Software - -Setting up internal knowledge base software requires careful planning. This process will help you create a useful resource that meets your team’s needs and your business’ goals. Let’s walk through the crucial steps! - -Step 1: Identify Your Needs and Objectives - -First, you’ll need to clearly define what you want to achieve. This isn’t just about installing new software; it’s about having a powerful aid that will transform how your team operates. - -Start by sitting down with your support team. Ask about their daily challenges. What information do they struggle to find? Which questions come up repeatedly? Their insights are gold—they’ll help you understand exactly what your internal knowledge base needs to include. - -For instance, you might discover that your team spends too much time searching for product specifications or troubleshooting guides. This insight tells you that your knowledge base should prioritize easy access to these resources. - -Next, think about your goals. What does success look like for your business? Do you aim to slash response times by 30%? Maybe you want to streamline new hire training. Whatever your goals are, make them SMART: - -Specific - -Measurable - -Achievable - -Relevant - -Time-bound - -As you work through this process, keep in mind that your internal knowledge base software is a dynamic tool that will evolve with your business. The clearer you are about your needs and objectives now, the more effectively you can tailor your knowledge management system to meet them. - -In other words, you’re laying the foundation for a more efficient, knowledgeable, and empowered support team. And that’s the first step towards delivering exceptional customer experiences. - -Step 2: Choose Your Internal Knowledge Base Software - -The right knowledge management system can streamline your support processes, enhance team collaboration, and ultimately improve customer satisfaction. Conversely, choosing a tool that doesn’t fit your requirements can lead to frustration and wasted resources. - -When evaluating the options, look for essential features that will empower your team, such as: - -Advanced search functionality and content management tools for quick information retrieval and easy updating - -Collaboration features for team content creation and refinement - -Permission settings to restrict access to sensitive information - -It’s also key to prioritize ease of use and scalability. Your chosen software should be intuitive enough for your team to adopt quickly. After all, your goal is to save time, not create a new learning curve. - -Scalability is equally important. Your knowledge base should be able to grow alongside your business, accommodating more users, content, and features as needed. - -For best results, you’ll want your internal knowledge base integrated into your primary support software. Having it siloed away in its own system is a good way to ensure that it’s underused or even forgotten about. - -That’s why our customer support help desk, Groove, has a built-in knowledge base feature: - -Groove is a shared inbox where your service team can manage all customer communications in one place. Here are just a few of the ways it helps small businesses provide top-tier support: - -User-friendly interface for quick adoption . Our intuitive interface ensures that navigation and content creation are straightforward, allowing your team to hit the ground running. You don’t have to disrupt your daily work and customer experiences to make the switch. - -. Our intuitive interface ensures that navigation and content creation are straightforward, allowing your team to hit the ground running. You don’t have to disrupt your daily work and customer experiences to make the switch. Seamless integrations with your existing tools. Groove works harmoniously with many popular tools, creating a unified ecosystem for your support operations. - -Groove works harmoniously with many popular tools, creating a unified ecosystem for your support operations. Scalability to support your business’ growth. As your support needs evolve, Groove adapts effortlessly. It’s simple and streamlined, yet powerful enough to serve your business for the long haul. - -In the following steps, we’ll show you how Groove’s knowledge base functionality works. If you want to explore the rest of what our help desk has to offer, there’s a free trial so you can check it out before making an investment. - -Also, while we’ll use Groove in our examples below, keep in mind that most of the advice we’ll be sharing is valid regardless of the internal knowledge base software you’re using. - -Step 3: Organize Your Knowledge Base Structure - -Creating a well-organized structure for your knowledge base is crucial. A logical hierarchy and clear content layout makes it easy for your team to find the information they need quickly. - -Start by creating categories that represent broad topics in your business. To do this in Groove, you’ll head over to the Knowledge Base menu, and on the left, click on Categories: - -Select Create category, and give it a name and description: - -Then you can create as many categories as you need to organize your knowledge base. Every article you write can be assigned to one of these groupings. - -Once you have your categories in place, it’s time to think about how you’ll present information within each article. Groove offers a user-friendly editor that allows you to structure your content clearly. - -To get a feel for what’s available, select whatever category you want to work on and choose Add Articles: - -Here you can easily create: - -Clear and descriptive headings and subheadings - -Bulleted or numbered lists for easy scanning - -Visual aids via embedded media - -It’s best to use consistent formatting across your articles, to create a cohesive experience for users. So before you start the writing process, considering building an overall content layout (with your team’s input). Now is also a good time to think about your desired customer service branding and support voice. - -Finally, you might want to customize your knowledge base’s settings. In Groove, everything is set up to run automatically, with no coding or design work required. But since this is an internal knowledge base, check out the permissions settings – you may want to restrict access so your customers don’t stumble across it. - -Step 4: Populate Your Knowledge Base with High-Quality Content - -Now that you’ve set up a clear structure in your internal knowledge base software, it’s time to fill it with valuable content! - -To craft a high-quality article in Groove, click on Articles to the left of the Knowledge Base menu. You’ll select Create Article, then choose a category. For our example, we’ll create an article under Billing and Account: - -With that sorted, we can write a clear and descriptive title, such as “How to Update Your Credit Card Information”. Then it’s time to add content: - -Here are some tips for making your articles effective: - -Use simple and straightforward language. Avoid technical jargon unless it’s absolutely necessary. - -Keep paragraphs short and focused on one idea each. - -Break down complex processes into step-by-step instructions. - -Use bullet points and numbered lists for easy scanning. - -Include relevant screenshots or videos to illustrate steps visually. - -To add media, you’ll select the Image icon from the formatting tools menu: - -Once you’ve selected an image, you can crop and rotate it. Upload the image, and it’s now part of your article: - -Once you’re satisfied with your content, you can assign the article relevant tags to make it easier to find. We’ll add “billing”, “credit card”, and “account management” tags: - -Before publishing, preview your article to ensure that everything looks correct. Then hit Publish to make it live in your knowledge base! - -Step 5: Implement and Promote Your Knowledge Base - -After populating your internal knowledge base software, it’s time to ensure its effective implementation and promotion across your organization. This involves training your support team, and integrating the knowledge management system into your daily operations. - -Begin by organizing comprehensive training sessions for your team. These sessions should cover: - -Navigating the knowledge base structure - -Using advanced search features - -Accessing and applying information during customer interactions - -Contributing new content and updating existing articles - -To foster a culture where your internal knowledge base becomes the go-to resource, consider incorporating its usage into your team’s key performance indicators (KPIs). Groove’s analytics dashboard tracks usage metrics, and makes it easy to measure and reward engagement: - -You might also implement a recognition program for team members who actively contribute to and use the knowledge base. This could involve monthly awards or public acknowledgments during team meetings. This creates positive reinforcement that encourages continued engagement. - -Additionally, make it a practice to regularly share success stories that demonstrate how the knowledge base has improved customer support efficiency and quality! These real-world examples can inspire your team, and reinforce the value of the knowledge management system in their daily work. - -If your internal knowledge base is going to remain useful over time, you’ll need to maintain and update it regularly. Let’s focus on two key strategies: conducting content audits and gathering feedback. - -Conduct Regular Content Audits - -Content audits are crucial for keeping your knowledge management system accurate and relevant. Here’s how to get started: - -Set a schedule. Plan to audit your entire knowledge base at least twice a year. For rapidly changing information, consider quarterly reviews. - -Plan to audit your entire knowledge base at least twice a year. For rapidly changing information, consider quarterly reviews. Prioritize content. Use Groove’s analytics to identify your most-viewed articles. Start with the high-impact pieces to ensure that your most accessed information is up-to-date. - -Use Groove’s analytics to identify your most-viewed articles. Start with the high-impact pieces to ensure that your most accessed information is up-to-date. Create an audit checklist. Include items like: Is the information and media still accurate? Are all links working? Is the article format consistent with your current standards? Does the content align with current company policies and procedures? - -Include items like: Assign responsibilities. Designate subject matter experts for different areas of your knowledge base. This way, they’re responsible for reviewing and updating content in their domains. - -Designate subject matter experts for different areas of your knowledge base. This way, they’re responsible for reviewing and updating content in their domains. Update and optimize. Based on your audit findings, update the content. Use this opportunity to optimize articles for searchability by refining titles, headings, and keywords. - -Gather and Implement Feedback - -Feedback is invaluable for improving your knowledge base. Here’s how to effectively collect and use it: - -Use Groove’s feedback features. Enable the built-in feedback option at the end of each article. This allows your team to rate the helpfulness of the content and provide comments. - -Enable the built-in feedback option at the end of each article. This allows your team to rate the helpfulness of the content and provide comments. Analyze user behavior. Use analytics to track which articles are frequently accessed, and which ones users quickly abandon. This can indicate where improvements are needed. - -Use analytics to track which articles are frequently accessed, and which ones users quickly abandon. This can indicate where improvements are needed. Conduct internal surveys. Quarterly, ask your support team about the knowledge base’s effectiveness. Focus on questions like: Which articles do you find most useful? What information is missing or hard to find? Have you encountered any outdated or inaccurate information? - -Quarterly, ask your support team about the knowledge base’s effectiveness. Focus on questions like: Review customer support tickets. Regularly analyze tickets to identify recurring issues that aren’t adequately addressed in your knowledge base. This can guide the creation of new articles and the improvement of existing ones. - -Regularly analyze tickets to identify recurring issues that aren’t adequately addressed in your knowledge base. This can guide the creation of new articles and the improvement of existing ones. Implement changes promptly. Act on the feedback you receive! Assign team members to update articles or create new content based on the insights gathered. - -Boost Your Customer Support with User-Friendly Internal Knowledge Base Software - -Phew! We’ve covered a lot of ground, haven’t we? From setting up your internal knowledge base to keeping it fresh and relevant, you’re now equipped to transform your customer support game. - -By embracing internal knowledge base software, you’re nurturing a smarter, more confident team and paving the way for happier customers. It’s about creating a resource that grows and evolves with your business, making everyone’s lives easier—your support team, your customers, and yes, even you. - -Remember, great support isn’t about having all the answers. It’s about knowing where to find them. - -Ready to take the plunge? Groove’s got your back. Our knowledge base software is designed for small businesses aiming to make a big impact. - -Take Groove for a test drive with our free trial, and see how it can transform your customer support story!",1731883639,7a82f159ab,0384108e69,,,1731883639 -https://roboticsandautomationnews.com/2024/11/14/cost-effective-business-strategies-for-professional-plumbers/86997/,https://roboticsandautomationnews.com/feed/,Cost-Effective Business Strategies for Professional Plumbers,"Professional plumbers face the ongoing challenge of differentiating their services in a competitive market while managing costs. Strategic business practices are key to maintaining a dynamic operation that not only attracts new customers but also retains existing clientele. - -Smart use of technology, partnerships, and customer service can help plumbing professionals create a strong foundation for their business. - -In this article, we will examine several cost-effective strategies that can be leveraged to boost profitability and efficiency for plumbing services. - -Partnering With Local Suppliers for Cost Savings and Efficiency - -Forming partnerships with local suppliers can offer plumbers significant advantages when it comes to managing inventory and reducing costs. - -A trustworthy supplier relationship ensures you have reliable access to the necessary supplies at a competitive price. Local suppliers often provide more favorable terms and quicker delivery, enabling you to better manage your stock and reduce the cost of storage. - -Exclusive deals with suppliers can be negotiated based on volume or loyalty, resulting in savings passed on to customers or reinvested into the business. - -Leaning on local relationships also creates an opportunity for collaborative marketing efforts, which can increase brand visibility without additional advertising expenses. - -Moreover, supporting local businesses aligns with consumer preferences for community-focused services. By finding a reliable wholesale plumbing supply online or through local vendors, you can offer high-quality services to your clients. - -Embracing Social Media Marketing to Build Customer Relationships - -Plumbers can also take advantage of social media to connect with potential clients and build lasting customer relationships. - -Platforms like Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter allow plumbers to showcase their work, share customer testimonials, and provide helpful tips to homeowners. By posting regularly, you create an ongoing dialogue with your audience. - -Interactive content, such as live videos of plumbing repairs or Q&A sessions, can make your social media presence more dynamic and engaging. This not only helps customers learn more about plumbing but also gives your business a relatable human touch. - -Moreover, utilizing social media ads can target specific demographics, enhancing your reach without breaking the bank. - -Storytelling on social media can further personalize your brand. Share stories of challenging jobs you’ve overcome or how your services have made a difference in someone’s home. This sort of content not only entertains but also builds credibility and trust among your followers. - -Implementing Preventive Maintenance Services for Recurring Revenue - -One effective strategy for stabilizing income for plumbing businesses is the introduction of preventative maintenance services. This model encourages customers to engage in regular check-ups, which can reduce the likelihood of emergencies and foster a dependable revenue stream. - -By emphasizing the long-term savings and benefits of preventive maintenance, you can persuade customers to invest in ongoing service agreements. These contracts not only assure customers but also allow for more predictable scheduling and resource allocation for your business. - -Effective communication channels must be set up to remind customers of upcoming maintenance appointments. This could be achieved through automated email or SMS reminders, making the process efficient and reducing no-shows. - -Utilizing Customer Feedback for Continuous Improvement and Reputation Management - -Plumbers who pay close attention to customer feedback have a better chance of continuously improving their services. - -Encourage feedback through surveys or follow-up calls after a job completion. Active listening to your customers’ experiences can uncover valuable insights and suggestions for service refinement. - -Elaborating on the positive feedback and testimonials in your marketing collaterals can significantly bolster your business reputation. - -Conversely, addressing any negative feedback promptly and professionally can turn potentially dissatisfied clients into advocates, highlighting your commitment to customer satisfaction. - -Lastly, use the feedback to educate and train your team. When technicians are aware of customer preferences and expectations, they can deliver a service that is aligned with your business’s values and objectives, reinforcing your brand’s promise with each customer interaction. - -Altogether, adopting cost-effective strategies such as local SEO optimization, social media engagement, local supplier partnerships, preventative maintenance service offerings, and thorough feedback utilization can significantly elevate a plumbing business. - -These approaches not only help in reducing overhead expenses but also in enhancing customer satisfaction and loyalty, key ingredients to thriving in today’s market.",1731883634,65442cd6f5,03bf3dff53,,,1731883634 -https://www.getresponse.com/blog/how-to-scale-a-marketing-agency,https://www.getresponse.com/blog/feed,How to scale a marketing agency to $150M: Actionable tips from Erik Huberman,"When I started Hawke Media, I didn’t just want to build another marketing agency—I wanted to shake things up. The goal was to create a company that not only drives real results for clients but also changes the way people think about marketing. - -Looking back, getting here hasn’t been easy; there were plenty of challenges and tough calls along the way. But with the right mix of strategy, persistence, and a focus on building something meaningful, we managed to scale Hawke Media into a $150M agency. - -Each stage of growth had its own playbook, and today, I want to share some of the approaches that made the biggest impact. Here are a few core principles that fueled our journey—and that I hope can help fast-track yours. - -1. Establish a solid foundation and vision - -Before scaling, define your why. A clear mission shapes everything—how you approach clients, hire talent, and even adapt to industry shifts. - -Hawke Media began with a straightforward mission: make expert marketing accessible to everyone. Set actionable milestones to track your progress, and don’t shy away from recalibrating as you grow. Knowing where you want to go is the first step to building something enduring. Think about what makes your agency unique and highlight that in your brand story. It’s about conveying your values and building a reputation clients remember. - -2. Build a brand identity that stands out - -In today’s crowded market, having a unique brand identity is non-negotiable. Your brand should connect with clients on a level that feels personal and authentic. When crafting Hawke Media’s brand, I aimed to create more than just a service provider. We positioned ourselves as a trusted partner that clients see as an extension of their team. - -We initially entered the market in 2014 as Your Outsourced CMO to address the need for CMO-level marketing at every level of business. At that time, agencies were either prohibitively expensive with rigid contracts or simply lacked the expertise to drive results. That realization led to the creation of Hawke Media, with a new standard at its core—prioritizing flexibility, affordability, and high-impact results for businesses of all sizes. - -As the industry evolved, so did we. Hawke Media transformed into an AI-Enabled, Tech-Integrated, Marketing Powerhouse, scaling more than 5,000 brands across a variety of industries, sizes, and business models over the past decade. Our proprietary marketing analytics platform, Hawke.AI, processes marketing, media, and revenue data to optimize campaigns in real-time. Through Hawke Ventures, we’ve also invested in over 60 martech and tech companies, enabling us to partner with the most innovative solutions in digital marketing. - -Our logo embodies the values we live by: learn quickly, be cool, and get sh*t done. - -From the beginning, I wanted it to be a symbol that our clients and employees alike would be proud to wear—something that reflects our shared values and drive. Today, that logo is a rallying point, symbolizing our commitment and culture. - -Take a close look at what sets your agency apart, and make sure your brand story is undeniable—because when people connect with your mission, it becomes more than a business; it becomes a community. - -3. Design a scalable business model - -Growth only works when it’s sustainable. At Hawke Media, our success stemmed from creating systems that balanced efficiency with quality, ensuring our growth was structured to last. A major part of this was the development of Hawke.AI, our proprietary marketing analytics platform. We spent eight years building this tool, long before the rise of AI tools like ChatGPT, to capitalize on and aggregate the massive trove of data we were sitting on. This allowed us to optimize campaigns in real-time, giving our clients a competitive edge and enabling us to scale without compromising on quality. - -CMOs, brand owners, and marketers manage billions in annual ad spend across industries, yet many lack insight into how their performance stacks up to industry benchmarks, how to refine their metrics, or when to pull back on campaigns that underperform. With the advent of AI, the competition is fiercer than ever, and without cutting-edge tools, brands risk falling behind. Hawke.AI was built to be that edge. - -As a comprehensive “Marketing God’s Eye View”, Hawke.AI analyzes real-time data from thousands of brands, representing over $500M in ad spend. Every move you make and every decision you take is informed and strategic, removing the guesswork that plagues many marketing departments. - -Building a scalable model also means establishing systems that can handle increased demand while maintaining the standards that set your business apart. From automating repetitive processes to defining clear roles within your team, scalability should be a core focus from day one. - -Start by identifying bottlenecks that could limit expansion and invest in solutions that support long-term growth. - -Whether it’s adopting new technology, refining workflows, or hiring for key roles, the right structure today creates the momentum for tomorrow’s success. - -4. Prioritize talent and culture - -A high-performing team is the backbone of any agency’s success. One of my top priorities has always been to attract the best talent and empower them to thrive. Building a team is more than just hiring skilled people; it’s about creating a culture that encourages collaboration, aligns with core values, and makes each team member feel part of something bigger. - -At Hawke Media, we’ve worked to build a culture that’s become a haven for top talent, with alumni advancing to positions at companies like HBO, Hulu, and Google. This supportive culture fosters professional growth and often inspires people to return—many of our former team members “boomerang” back as executives, bringing new insights and experience that help us continue growing. We actively create an environment where our core values—learn quickly, be cool, and get sh*t done—aren’t just words on paper. - -By investing in mentorship, celebrating achievements, and fostering open communication, we ensure our team feels valued and motivated to give their best. - -Creating a team that believes in your mission is the foundation of a thriving agency. So, think about ways to nurture talent and build a culture that reflects your values, because a strong culture isn’t just about keeping good people; it’s about driving your agency forward. - -5. Leverage technology and innovation - -Staying ahead of industry trends is essential, and technology can make or break your competitive edge. At Hawke Media, Hawke.AI has transformed the way we approach client strategy, providing real-time, data-driven insights that fuel growth. This proprietary platform allows us to pinpoint opportunities, optimize campaigns efficiently, and deliver performance benchmarks, giving our clients a clear advantage in a crowded market. - -We’ve also invested in over 60 martech and tech companies, enabling us to partner with some of the most innovative solutions in digital marketing. - -Whether it’s project management tools, AI-powered analytics, or client communication platforms, integrating the right tech enhances efficiency and improves outcomes. - -The key is choosing tools that solve specific challenges and staying open to evolving your tech stack as new solutions emerge. By constantly evaluating and adapting our technology, we keep the agency agile, adaptable, and relevant—well-positioned to meet client needs and tackle industry shifts head-on. - -6. Master client acquisition and retention - -Client relationships are the lifeblood of any agency. It’s not just about signing new clients—it’s about creating lasting partnerships that drive growth for both parties. - -At Hawke Media, we focus on building trust early on and tailoring our services to align with each client’s unique goals. Consistent communication plays a huge role in this, and I personally use automated reminders to ensure I stay in touch with contacts regularly. This helps me keep relationships warm and top-of-mind, which we mirror in our approach with clients. - -Our client success teams set up regular check-ins and performance reviews, backed by data-driven insights, to make sure clients feel supported and see clear results. - -The better you understand your clients’ needs, the easier it becomes to exceed their expectations, foster loyalty, and open doors for upselling. By consistently delivering value, being proactive with solutions, and staying aligned with client objectives, we create a foundation for long-term relationships. Strong client relationships aren’t just a retention strategy—they’re also one of the best sources of referrals and a powerful driver of growth. - -7. Track success and plan for expansion - -Scaling is about strategic growth, not just adding numbers. Set KPIs that align directly with your goals and track progress at every stage. In our course, I cover the KPIs that have been essential to Hawke’s growth, such as client acquisition cost, customer lifetime value, and campaign ROI. Accurately tracking ROAS is critical, but it’s important to account for the natural purchase cycle—many clients expect immediate returns from paid ads, but the reality is that the average consumer takes anywhere from three weeks to three months to make a purchase. Understanding and communicating this timeline helps manage expectations and ensures long-term strategic planning. - -As you scale, keep an eye on new markets and opportunities that align with your vision, whether through expanding service offerings, exploring partnerships, or pursuing mergers and acquisitions. Adapting KPIs to reflect these growth avenues is essential for staying aligned with your broader objectives. Every step should bring you closer to a vision of sustainable success, keeping your agency both profitable and resilient in an evolving market. - -Take your next step - -Scaling a marketing agency takes vision, resilience, and a commitment to growth. Whether you’re setting the groundwork with a solid foundation, cultivating a brand that resonates, or investing in the right team and technology, each decision shapes your agency’s path. - -By focusing on sustainable strategies and strong client relationships, you’re not just building an agency—you’re creating a brand with the power to thrive in a competitive landscape. With the right approach, your agency can reach new heights and make a lasting impact.",1731883654,90dc77288c,0381532b73,,,1731883654 -http://www.skysports.com/watch/video/13255738/grand-slam-of-darts-luke-littler-hits-124-checkout-moments-after-gary-anderson,https://www.skysports.com/rss/12040,Grand Slam of Darts | Luke Littler hits 124 checkout MOMENTS after Gary Anderson,"Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player - -Gary Anderson and Luke Littler exchange 124 checkouts in their semi-final of the Grand Slam of Darts.",1731883658,fc4744035e,03672acf48,,,1731883658 -https://identityweek.net/myths-vs-facts-discerning-facial-recognition-technology/,https://www.planetbiometrics.com/rss/,Myths vs Facts: Discerning facial recognition technology,"Provided by RecFaces - -Facial biometrics is not a novel technology, it is being used to elevate security and operational efficiency for more than a decade. Although the applications of facial recognition technology (FRT) still requires vast exploration, its footprint is constantly deepening. As its adoption expands over federal and private operations, questions about the technology’s reliability and legality surface. The misinterpretation of advanced technologies is nothing new, it comes as a byline of lack of awareness and unfamiliarity. - -In this article, we’ll be busting some common myths and misconceptions around facial recognition technology. - -1. Facial recognition can lead to false impeachment of innocent people - -Contrary to the general belief, facial recognition systems (FRS) do not identify each and every individual under a camera. Instead, the system is trained to verify the presence of a known offender according to the pre-fed offenders list. It supports the traditional techniques of tracing the whereabouts of the person of interest, as the security officials no longer have to guess if an individual under the camera is the criminal or not. The system speeds up the process and identifies the person for faster and accurate security compliance. So, there are no risks of innocent people getting falsely condemned for a crime as facial recognition efficiently works to prevent it. - -2. Facial recognition technology propagates racial bias - -Facial recognition technology is becoming more and more reliable as the algorithms advance. The problems of false positives and mis-identification occur when an FRS is not tested on a diverse sample. Nonetheless, the frequency of such errors is estimated to be 0.2% or less, according to the studies by leading technology regulatory institutes. Especially in the context of bias on the ground of colour of skin, there is no sound evidence of differences in identification results. Growing adoption of facial recognition technology over the years has helped training the technology to work precisely under adverse conditions and across diverse data sets. Following this, facial biometric systems have come to achieve accuracy with chances of error falling down to near zero. - -3. Facial recognition technology poses privacy risks - -This narrative is a very common misconception. Contrastingly, facial biometrics is one of the least instigators of privacy breaches. It can not be easily compromised like alphanumeric passwords, unique identification numbers or hyper-personal information. When a face image is scanned under a facial recognition engine, it is converted into numeric values to match the identification algorithms in the technical system. In other words, the mode of reception of a person’s face biometrics is translated into the language a computer system can comprehend, making it almost impossible to misuse. Also, such technologies are subject to compliance with global privacy policies like GDPR, committed to data protection and authorised use. - -4. People’s face image data is stored in FRS - -Since the facial biometrics systems work on identification only, the area under surveillance is accessed to verify a person of interest. The system matches the individual’s data points to the existing identification values to verify the presence of a blacklisted person. The faces of unidentified persons, on the other hand, are neither disclosed nor stored by the system. - -5. Facial biometrics can be easily fooled or cloned - -One of the prime capabilities of a facial recognition system is liveness detection, which differentiates an actual person from a synthetic identity. So, an accurate FRS can not be fooled by deep fakes, images of the authorised person, lifting the eyelids of a person or through synthetic identity proofs. In fact, it prevents identity cloning frauds which can otherwise be troubling because of traditional password-based access control and slow security processes. AI-powered facial biometric systems rely on advanced algorithms updated time and again to counter the challenges of evolving security concerns. Experts have come to vouch for innovative technologies that lead the way to build a robust security infrastructure. - -Closing Notes - -Being a complex technology, it is only natural that myths exist around the use and implementation of facial biometrics. In order to trust a technology, a deep understanding may not be required but the awareness of its capabilities can open up the way to exceptional possibilities. Facial biometrics is meant to restore trust on security operations, while improving experience and functional efficiency. And RecFaces is committed to provide best-in-the-industry solutions that evolve with the evolving technological requirements to achieve security and experience never imagined before.",1731883630,084b136c50,039fa207af,,,1731883630 -https://transom.org/2013/my-kingdom-for-some-structure/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,My Kingdom For Some Structure,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/My-Kingdom-For-Some-Structure.mp3 Download Listen to “My Kingdom For Some Structure” - -Napkin #1 – This American Life - -Bradley Campbell says drawing story structure is like using Google Maps for directions. Structure offers a path, a way to figure out where to go… what to do with all the tape. To help him plan out his stories, Bradley thinks pictorially. He makes story structure drawings in his head. I asked him to make a few napkin drawings of how he sees structure. Indeed, that’s how he first learned about structure — in a bar on a napkin. - -Many years ago, Bradley was a print reporter. He says everyone he worked with kept talking about structure. He knew they meant the way in which a story is organized, but that left him with a question: Organized how? So, he asked a friend of his from the Village Voice “What’s structure?” The guy grabbed a napkin and a pen and made a drawing. “Click!” Suddenly, it all made sense. - -Now, Bradley’s a radio reporter for Rhode Island Public Radio. (Update: Now Bradley works for PRI’s “The World.”) He says he’s listened long and hard to stories on public radio to understand how they’re configured and to create skeletal renderings of their structure. - -Napkin #1 is Bradley’s drawing for This American Life, a structure Ira Glass has talked about ad infinitum: This happened. Then this happened. Then this happened. (Those are the dashes.) And then a moment of reflection, thoughts on what the events mean (the exclamation point). - -On this edition of HowSound, Bradley talks about his napkin drawings for TAL, All Things Considered, and “The e” (on a napkin below labeled “Transom”). And, as a bonus for you because you’re reading the blog, I’ve also included his napkins for Morning Edition and Radiolab. - -You even get visual aids! Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Napkin #2 – All Things Considered - -To be sure, Bradley’s drawings are not approved by the shows they represent. These are not official. Nor are they the only way stories are told on these shows. But, for Bradley, they depict frequently heard story arrangements. - -Here is his All Things Considered (ATC) napkin. It starts with a straight line. That’s the opening scene where the reporter introduces listeners to a character often in action. Bradley gives the example of a story about ticks he produced for ATC. In the opening minute or so of the piece, we meet a biologist plucking ticks from shrubs in Rhode Island. - -The dip down and up is what Bradley calls ‘the trough.’ “Throw whatever reporting you have into this middle section,” he says. In the “trough” of the tick story, Bradley included info on tick biology, lyme disease, and lyme disease research. - -Then, the final line is a return to the original scene. Perhaps time has passed and the character is doing something new. But, it’s like book-ending a story — end close to where you started. Bradley’s tick story ended back out in the woods with the biologist. - -Napkin #3 – The e - -Bradley named this napkin “Transom” for Transom.org. It’s fair to say that’s a misnomer. The stories featured at Transom vary widely and can’t be summed up on a single napkin (which is true for all the shows listed here). - -However, I teach at the Transom Story Workshop and since “The e” is probably my favorite structure, you can hear that approach to story in a lot of the pieces produced by Transom students, hence Bradley’s label. - -“The e” is what the Village Voice reporter drew for Bradley many years ago. The beginning of the line is the present or somewhere near the present. (Frankly, you can start wherever you want in terms of time, but the present or recent past is fairly common.) And, typically, there’s a character doing something — a sequence of events. - -Then, at the point where the e loops up, the story leaves the present and, perhaps, goes back in time for history and or it widens for context. - -When the loop comes back around, you pick up the narrative where you left off and develop the story further to the end. Somewhere in that second straight line the story may reach it’s climax then the denoument or resolution of the story. - -Napkin #4 – Morning Edition - -Even though this napkin looks different than the others, Bradley’s Morning Edition structure overlaps with the others. - -The first line is the opening scene. Then, it’s followed by history, context…. a widening of the story. Then, a return to the opening scene only further along in time. Then, that’s followed by several characters each of whom have a connection to the story. That’s what the horizontal lines on the right represent. - -When I spoke to Bradley about how a story might play out using this structure, he suggested considering a story about Lutheran ministers advocating for same-sex marriage in the church. In the first line, we meet a minister who is in favor same-sex marriage and he’s in church preaching. In the “V” we learn about the history of the issue in the church and the proposed changes. We return to the minister, perhaps at a meeting where he’s advocating his position and that’s where we meet several people linked to the issue and their perspectives. - -What’s cool about mapping structure like this is that the pieces are moveable. You can rearrange the parts like they’re Tinkertoys. In the Morning Edition structure, for example, you could open in a scene, then introduce two people with other views (like the lines on the right of Bradley’s napkin only on the left). Then the “V.” Then a return to the first character and the lines again. Or, maybe you start with the “V” then meet a character…. See what I mean? - -Napkin #5 – Radiolab - -If nothing else, the Radiolab napkin looks cool, right?! Here’s what Bradley told me about this drawing: - -“Radiolab! Oh man…. I mean, who hasn’t spent an evening driving in their car and all of a sudden Radiolab pops on…. And you’re just listening to it and the stories just get, you know, they start to build out kinda small and then it feels like you’re going on a roller coaster and you approach this one sort of “Whoa!” and then it gets even cooler and then it’s like KSSSHHHSSHSH! - -“…And all this chaos comes through and there’s all sorts of sounds and noises and excitement that’s building… and then it starts to get even bigger and it builds on top of that… - -“(You know when) you approach the final incline of a roller coaster and then you shoot down and then it ends? Sometimes it feels like when I listen to Radiolab it’s like the roller coaster is just shooting off a ramp! And it’s like the whole coaster goes “whoosh!” and they just launch you!.. and you’re like “Whoa! Whoa! Whoa! Where am I? Where am I?” - -————————– - -Looking for more structure in your storytelling life? Try this link to a Google Image search I did for “story structure.” It’s crazy. - -And, John McPhee, a master of narrative non-fiction, recently wrote an article about structure for the New Yorker. It’s worth the read. - -Oh, and here’s a link to the song by They Must Be Russians featured in the podcast.",1731883721,c00d35bf2d,038e381c9a,,,1731883721 -https://transom.org/2012/one-species-at-a-time/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,One Species at a Time,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/One-Species-at-a-Time.mp3 Download Listen to “One Species at a Time” - -Imagine spending five years working on your PhD studying Norwegian killer whale vocalization. Then imagine deciding you no longer want to be an ocean biologist. - -That’s how Ari Daniel got into radio. At the end of his studies at MIT, Ari came to the conclusion he didn’t want a career in marine research so he picked up a microphone. - -And then he wrote to Transom for advice. We answered. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Ari didn’t stray far from his studies, though. He now reports on science and the environment for programs like Radiolab, The World, and Living on Earth. - -His podcast “One Species at a Time” got my attention recently. Ari produces the podcast with Atlantic Public Media for the Encyclopedia of Life. Each episode of the podcast profiles a single species in language the rest of us who aren’t scientists can understand. In fact, that’s one of Ari’s strengths — sifting through the minutia and lingo to make science digestible. - -He says he uses the acronym DSW to guide his storytelling: - -D – Drop the Details. - -S – Search for the Story - -W – Wander in the Wonder - -Ari explains DSW in this edition of HowSound and we listen to a favorite from the “Once Species at a Time” podcast. Press “play,” my friends.",1731883729,c00d35bf2d,0394886b87,,,1731883729 -https://www.frugalrules.com/finances-back-on-track-summer/,https://www.frugalrules.com/feed/,How to Get Your Finances Back on Track Starting Today,"We all face it. Life gets the best of us, and our budget is blown. You want to get back on track, but achieving your financial goals seems impossible. You’re not sure if you can even manage your debt repayment. - -Fortunately, you turn things around. Here’s how to improve your current financial situation and pursue financial freedom. - -How to Get Your Financial Life Back on Track - -It can be overwhelming when you want to take charge of your finances, especially if you’re new to managing your money. Don’t believe the myth that you must have lots of cash to become financially stable. - -You just need to get started. Here are six steps to get your finances back on track. Just remember, personal finance is personal for a reason. Adjust these suggestions to your situation to ensure success. - -1. Get Organized - -The first step forward when learning to manage your money is to figure out what is going on with your finances. Life gets busy, and it’s easy to get behind or ignore your finances. - -If that’s you, now is the time to assess your situation. You want to collect a few pieces of information. - -First, collect your paychecks. If you have side hustles, include what you earn with them. You want to count all sources of income. - -Next, log into your bank account to see what you have in your checking account and savings account. You may even want to print off your last bank statement since that will help with the next steps. - -If you have any savings goals, determine if you will reach them or not. This will help you decide if you need to look for ways to save money. - -Finally, review your outstanding debts. If you have student loans or credit card debt, you want to eventually begin a repayment plan. - -2. Start a Simple Budget - -Budgeting gets a bad rap, but it’s necessary to help you get back on track. Fortunately, it’s not difficult to create a budget. - -In fact, it’s quite simple to create a budget. Start by taking the information from the first step to start. You want to have what you earn and all your monthly expenses, no matter how minimal they seem. - -The goal is to have money left over at the end of each month. You can use those remaining funds to work toward your goals. - -If this all seems overwhelming, there are numerous budgeting apps that can help you. They can track your spending so you can identify expenses to cut. - -At a minimum, the goal is to balance your budget so you’re not adding debt to your life. When you combine that with reduced spending, you will slowly begin to make progress. This gives birth to momentum. - -3. Restart Debt Repayment - -Debt, especially credit card debt, can make it challenging to reach financial goals. Attacking that debt is essential to getting on the right track. - -As you begin to manage your budget, you want to write down all of your debt. List out the interest rate as well since that is helpful to know. - -You want to pay off the smallest debt first and make at least the minimum monthly payments on the remaining balances. - -Don’t overlook contacting the issuers of all of your credit cards to see if they can reduce the interest rates on your account. Any reduction will make it easier to pay them off in full. - -All of this will also help improve your credit score, which will benefit you in the future. - -If you don’t have debt, you can skip this step and move on to identifying ways to live within your means. - -4. Create Savings Goals and Stick to Them - -One of the top reasons many people get off track is they don’t have savings to help them deal with emergencies. As you begin budgeting, it’s essential to find ways to start saving money. - -This will help you stop living paycheck-to-paycheck and begin to increase your net worth. At least 65 percent of Americans can barely make ends meet, according to CNBC, so trying to save something is vital. - -The first step is to create an emergency fund. - -It’s best to save $500, then $1,000, then work towards saving one month’s worth of living expenses. Use that as a building block to reach three months. - -Instead of opting for your local bank, use an online option like CIT Bank. They have competitive rates and the same FDIC protections you find at your local institution. - -After you start on your emergency fund, identify other savings goals you want to pursue. These can include saving for a house, a nice vacation, your child’s education, and more. - -As you free up resources in your budget, apply the savings towards those goals. Don’t overlook retirement planning either, as that’s equally as important. - -5. Reassess Monthly, Then Quarterly - -A financial plan is not a set-it-and-forget-it situation, especially in the beginning. You want to revisit your budget monthly to ensure you’re not missing anything significant. - -This helps you optimize your finances to verify that your money is working as hard as possible. Once you feel you don’t need to look at your finances monthly, it’s fine to move to quarterly. - -This may seem difficult, but most budgeting apps do much of the work for you. Take advantage of this to reduce the time you spend on the activity without negatively impacting your finances. - -6. Give Yourself Grace - -The most important thing when trying to get back on track financially is to extend yourself grace. Improving your finances takes time, and that’s fine. - -You will make mistakes. We all do. Take that into account when you work to become financially stable. Learn from those mistakes, and apply those lessons to your budget. - -Furthermore, don’t overlook treating yourself occasionally. Set a simple number and enjoy it. - -You may not realize it, but a simple act like that can encourage you to push forward. Not only that, but it will give you a taste of what financial freedom is like. - -We’re our own worst critics, so take it easy on yourself when you make a mistake. - -Bottom Line - -It’s easy to look at your financial picture and believe that becoming financially stable isn’t a possibility. That’s a myth. - -You can make ends meet and achieve freedom, but it does take effort. Combine that with a willingness to do what it takes, and you’ll get back on track and start reaching your goals. - -What’s one challenge you’re facing while trying to improve your finances?",1731883633,e18025b98e,03c3406d27,,,1731883633 -https://zenhabits.net/examine/,https://zenhabits.net/feed/,The Practice of Examining Our Beliefs - zen habits,"By Leo Babauta - -There’s a practice that I find to be really valuable, and I call it “Examining Beliefs.” - -If you regularly engage with this, it will transform you. - -Let’s say there’s something you want to do but you feel stuck — maybe you’re procrastinating a lot, maybe you’re stuck in an old habit. The practice starts with trying to discover the thought or belief that causes your action (or inaction). - -For example: - -I don’t want to do this because I’m going to do a bad job (belief: I’m going to do a bad job) - -I’m dreading doing this because it’ll be boring (belief: it’s going to be boring) - -I don’t want to do this because it’ll be really hard and uncomfortable (belief: it’ll be too hard/uncomfortable) - -As you might expect, these beliefs don’t help you to achieve your goals. - -You might also examine any beliefs that cause you to be frustrated or resentful with someone else: - -They shouldn’t behave that way - -They don’t love/respect me - -They don’t support me - -These beliefs cause you to feel unhappy with someone. - -So what can we do once we discover the belief? Examine it, and then if we like, practice letting it go. - -How to Examine the Belief - -If you can’t uncover the belief that’s holding you back or making you unhappy … get into a conversation with someone else who can help you see what you can’t see. (If you’d like to work with me as a coach, ​apply for my 1-on-1 coaching​.) - -Once you’ve uncovered the belief, here’s how to examine it … ask these questions: - -What effect does the belief have on me and my life? Does it make you take action, take care of yourself, or act in line with your intentions? Does it make you avoid, or look for faults, or get frustrated? If you think something will be boring, are you more likely to see it as boring (i.e. seeing through the lens of your belief)? Get clear on what effects this belief has on you. Is the belief really true? It might seem really true … but is it true? And if you say, “Yes, it’s true” … then ask yourself, “Can I be absolutely sure it’s true?” The idea is to question the absolute truth of the belief … because if we can see that there’s even the possibility that it’s not true, then maybe we can begin to consider letting it go. What would it be like without this belief? Imagine what it would feel like if you didn’t have this belief. Can you imagine it? If so, what you’re experiencing is a moment where you’re free. - -Once you’ve gone through this practice of examining the belief … ask yourself if you’d like to practice with letting the belief go. - -How to Practice Letting Go - -First, you have to notice when you are being influenced by the belief — when it’s operating on you. If you’re frustrated with someone, or avoiding something, for example … then the belief is operating on you. Notice that it’s happening. - -Now ask yourself: what would it be like in this moment without the belief? - -Imagine that you could just … “Poof!” … have the belief disappear. Imagine that you are free right now. It should feel more peaceful, more liberated. - -Now try to take action from this freedom. Try to live life, with this freedom. - -This is the practice of Examining Beliefs. If you seriously engage with it, you will unlock your life.",1731883646,3651ce3891,03e3d90e1f,,,1731883646 -https://seekingalpha.com/article/4738247-aecon-stock-bulls-eye-what-now?source=feed_all_articles,https://seekingalpha.com/feed.xml,Aecon Stock: Bulls Eye! What Now? (OTCMKTS:AEGXF),"I last covered Aecon back in July , at which point I upgraded it to a buy rating. Since that article, the stock price is up 65% to CAD $28.90, which is 150% total return gain from my first buy rating from Dec 2023. - -The author has an honours degree in economics and politics with a focus on economic development. With 36 years of experience in executive management he has extensive knowledge of insurance/reinsurance, Global and Asia Pacific markets, climate change and ESG. He invests in his personal capacity. - -Analyst’s Disclosure: I/we have a beneficial long position in the shares of ARE:CA either through stock ownership, options, or other derivatives. I wrote this article myself, and it expresses my own opinions. I am not receiving compensation for it (other than from Seeking Alpha). I have no business relationship with any company whose stock is mentioned in this article. - - - -The author is not n investment advisor, and offers no advice. He shares his own analysis solely for the interest of readers. - -Seeking Alpha's Disclosure: Past performance is no guarantee of future results. No recommendation or advice is being given as to whether any investment is suitable for a particular investor. Any views or opinions expressed above may not reflect those of Seeking Alpha as a whole. Seeking Alpha is not a licensed securities dealer, broker or US investment adviser or investment bank. Our analysts are third party authors that include both professional investors and individual investors who may not be licensed or certified by any institute or regulatory body.",1731883679,f1116e0e99,03d522e2aa,,,1731883679 -https://www.npr.org/2021/08/27/1031717918/planet-money-summer-school-6-crypto-commencement,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Planet Money Summer School 6: Crypto & Commencement : Planet Money,"Planet Money Summer School 6: Crypto & Commencement - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Suharu Ogawa for NPR Suharu Ogawa for NPR - -Find all episodes of Planet Money Summer School here. - -Take the Summer School Investing Quiz here. - -It's the final episode of Planet Money Summer School Season Two! We've covered a lot of topics, from British bicycles to slow lorises. But before we send you out into the wide (and wild) world of investing, we need to cover one last market — cryptocurrencies. - -With the democratization of investing through websites like Robinhood and the rise of the blockchain, nearly anyone can invest in cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin and Ether. But what exactly are you buying? And how should it fit (if at all) into your investment portfolio? - -Sponsor Message - -For our last class of the year, our professors explain the variables to keep in mind if you're contemplating an investment in crypto. And they close their time with us by offering a parting bit of commencement wisdom — what they wish they'd known before they started investing themselves. - -There aren't any vocab words for this episode, but there is an assignment: take the Summer School Investing Quiz! You'll receive your very own diploma — with your name on it and everything — that you can brag about to your friends and post on social media. We just ask that you tag planetmoney. - -Music: ""Lost Situation,"" ""Interstate 65,"" ""Waiting for Answers,"" ""Now I See,"" ""Land of Hope and Glory"" and ""Baby Babylonne"" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Pocket Casts and NPR One. - -Subscribe to Planet Money's Newsletter",1731884703,8181d7a585,03c9f1092b,,,1731884703 -https://www.npr.org/2024/07/26/1197961127/kamala-harris-president-election-biden-democrats,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"What Kamala Harris' policies on taxes, trade, and the economy could look like : Planet Money : NPR","What Kamala Harris' economic agenda might look like - -Last weekend we were all thrown for a loop when President Joe Biden dropped out of the presidential race and endorsed Kamala Harris for the nomination. Just like everyone else, we are trying to quickly wrap our heads around what it means now that Harris is almost certainly going to be the Democratic nominee for president. - -We expect to see the Harris campaign come out with some official policy proposals in the coming weeks and months. But for now, all we've got are clues, little breadcrumbs that she has dropped throughout her career that might lead us to a rough idea of what economic policies she might support. - -Sponsor Message - -Today on the show, we're going to visit three key moments from Harris' political career that might give us an idea of how her economic agenda might look. First, the 2019 presidential primary debates, where she laid out her own economic policies. Next, a vote in her Senate years that shows where she might fall on future trade agreements. And finally, a fight with some of the country's biggest banks from her very first year as Attorney General of California. - -This episode was hosted by Keith Romer and Nick Fountain. It was produced by Emma Peaslee, edited by Jess Jiang with help from Meg Cramer, and fact checked by Sierra Juarez and Sofia Shchukina. Engineering by Kwesi Lee. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR Source Audio - ""Lets Groove,"" ""Down to the Rhythm,"" and ""Groove Solto""",1731884584,8181d7a585,03f75c817d,,,1731884584 -https://www.mediationinstitute.edu.au/international-event-active-listening-and-clean-questioning/,https://www.mediationinstitute.edu.au/feed/,Active Listening And Clean Questioning," - - - -Did you miss the event or want to review? - - - - - -Join Joanne Law, Director of Mediation Institute in Australia, and Maina Migwi, CEO of Suluhu Mediation Center in Kenya, for an in-depth joint presentation on basic mediation concepts. This session delves into the skills of active listening and clean questioning, emphasising their importance in mediation. Joanne and Maina discuss the significance of being present, avoiding assumptions, and understanding the nuances behind clients’ words. - -They also share practical exercises and resources to sharpen your mediation skills while fostering an inclusive and respectful dialogue. Don’t miss learning critical techniques that enhance your mediation practice! - -00:00 Introduction and Welcome - - - -00:55 Meet the Facilitators - -01:41 Importance of Active Listening - -03:54 Techniques for Effective Listening - -05:44 Challenges in Active Listening - -10:34 Introduction to Clean Questioning - -16:07 Benefits and Examples of Clean Questioning - -23:00 Interactive Exercise on Clean Questioning",1731883690,c6b311e911,03b151102b,,,1731883690 -https://www.insidenu.com/2024/11/16/24293743/northwestern-vs-ohio-state-2024-predictions,https://www.insidenu.com/rss/current.rss,Northwestern vs. Ohio State 2024 predictions,"The Big Ten has had a very successful season. It currently boasts four teams in the AP’s top five, and the Wildcats get to deal with one of them today. Here’s how our staff thinks Northwestern will fare against No. 2 Ohio State. - -Adam Beck: Ohio State 42, Northwestern 10 - -This one could get ugly quickly. This Ohio State offense is so balanced with Jeremiah Smith and Emeka Egbuka at wide receiver and the two-headed running game of Quinshon Judkins and TreVeyon Henderson. Northwestern’s defense has held the fort down almost all season, but the dam might break against the Buckeyes. On the other end, Ohio State’s pass rush could overwhelm Northwestern’s offensive line, while Caleb Downs on the back end will quell anything downfield. It might be close for a quarter. Not so much after that. - -Brendan Preisman: Ohio State 45, Northwestern 3 - -Ohio State is 15th in total offense. Northwestern is 53rd in total defense. So this one seems like it could be competitive...until you look at the other side. Ohio State is first in total defense. Northwestern is 131st in total offense. Put more simply, it’s the best defense in the country against the third-worst offense in the country. Since they’re playing at Wrigley Field, the Wildcats will put up a baseball score. The Buckeyes, though, might put up a total that looks more like a basketball score. - -Ascher Levin: Ohio State 35, Northwestern 7 - -NU should hope to keep this game close, but it will likely be a rout for Ohio State. The Buckeyes have been outstanding this season, with their only loss coming on the road to No. 1 Oregon—a game they had a great chance to win. While they had close calls against Nebraska and Penn State, they’ve otherwise been dominant, averaging 38.6 points per game while holding opponents to just 10.7. The ‘Cats might be without Xander Mueller and Bryce Kirtz once again, not things you want against one of the best teams in the country. When NU faced Ohio State two years ago, the Wildcats hung tough in a 21-7 loss, thanks largely to extreme wind and rain. This time, without the benefit of adverse weather to slow down the Buckeyes’ high-powered offense, Northwestern will need more than luck to pull off an upset. - -Natalie Wells: Ohio State 45, Northwestern 13 - -The key matchup to watch during this downtown throwdown will be Ohio State’s running back tandem against NU’s run defense. Like Adam mentioned, Judkins and Henderson are one of the most dangerous duos on the ground in the country. I expect Jeremiah Smith to exploit NU’s secondary to the tune of 100 yards and two touchdowns. The ‘Cats will score six early, but the Buckeyes will shut them out of the end zone for the rest of the day. Just try to focus on the wonderful experience that is Wrigley Field, folks. - -Miguel Muñoz: Ohio State 38, Northwestern 3 - -Ohio State is just too good, and Northwestern has shown far too many flaws this season to have much faith. It’s that simple. Northwestern will likely slow the game down and try to hold the ball for as long as possible, but a strong Buckeye offensive attack is likely to put the ‘Cats behind early. I expect this one to be a two-score game by halftime, after which head coach Ryan Day will turn up the gas and OSU will run away with the game. - -Ethan Weinberg: Ohio State 42, Northwestern 7 - -This is undoubtedly Northwestern’s most challenging game of the season, and an OSU victory shouldn’t be in question. The Buckeyes are the second best team in the country for a reason, with a team that is beyond dominant on both sides of the ball. The ‘Cats likely won’t have any answers for most of the day against Ryan Day’s squad, as Jack Lausch will struggle to get anything done against a stout OSU defense. NU might keep this close in the opening minutes, but expect the Buckeyes to ultimately run away with this one at The Friendly Confines. - -Season Standings: - -8-1: Adam Beck - -7-2: Brendan Preisman, Ascher Levin, Ethan Weinberg - -6-2: Natalie Wells - -6-3: Charlie Jacobs - -5-1: Miguel Muñoz - -2-0: Patrick Winograd - -2-1: Harris Horowitz, Sai Trivedi, Wyatt Audler - -1-0: Weldon Genies, Calvin Kaplan - -1-1: Ben Adams - -0-1: Dylan Friedland",1731883645,1b34640808,043f023d07,,,1731883645 -https://www.pcgamer.com/hardware/gaming-laptops/a-new-upgradable-laptop-with-a-discrete-gpu-has-just-been-announced-at-a-good-price-but-there-are-two-big-reasons-not-to-order-one-yet,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,"A new upgradable laptop with a discrete GPU has just been announced at a good price, but there are two big reasons not to order one yet","I kinda love modular laptops. The ability to swap parts in and out like a regular desktop, yet also pop it in your backpack is an incredibly attractive idea, and a brand called Firebat has just shown off a great little machine to rival Framework, the top dog of modular machines. However, the thing that sets this apart may also be what makes it a bit of a risky sell. - -As spotted by Wccftech, Firebat has announced the Huan 16 Air, which is a laptop with an upgradable GPU. The graphics card is discrete, which means that, unlike some laptops and the best handheld gaming PCs, it doesn't use an integrated GPU alongside the CPU. - -This isn't uncommon for gaming laptops of course, but what makes this specific model stand out is that you can essentially buy a new, specifically made graphics card and slot it in for better performance. - -At just $780 (before tax) for the RTX 4060 model, this is a bargain price, especially when you consider you would be partially purchasing it as an investment piece. Whereas other laptops only degrade with age, this one's upgradable GPU means that its shelf life is a little better. However, as of right now, it seems it will only launch in China. This means you will pay a lot more to import it or have to hope a bigger store starts stocking Firebat models. - -Comparing it to the Framework, which we previously gave a positive review, the Huan 16 Air isn't quite as customizable. Firebat has only announced you can swap out the GPU and not the rest of the laptop, like Framework. As is the case with many laptops, the SSD may be upgradeable too but we'd have to actually open it up and take a look to find out. - -However, it being less upgradable than the Framework isn't the biggest downside to the future of this model. Instead, you need to look at previous upgradable designs to get the bigger picture. - -The Alienware Area-51M launched back in 2019 and was pitched as an upgradable gaming laptop. Just two years after that, Alienware found itself in the middle of a class action lawsuit for false advertising over just how upgradable that machine is. - -The biggest gaming news, reviews and hardware deals Keep up to date with the most important stories and the best deals, as picked by the PC Gamer team. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -When you buy an upgradable machine, you are buying a promise of it staying relevant and supported by the time you want to upgrade, and this is the major problem with a machine like the Huan 16 Air. - -You may be able to swap out that RTX 4060 now but if you want to upgrade with the arrival of the RTX 5070 next year, your chances of doing so seem pretty slim. Because you seemingly can't upgrade the amount of power this thing gets, even if it somehow supports next-gen cards, it would have a very low TDP, which negatively impacts performance. - -Firebat has not proven itself as a brand that can promise long-term support and even Alienware, one of the biggest in the world, seemingly couldn't manage it. I'm excited to watch what Firebat do with this machine but I'll be keeping my distance for now.",1731883679,2b11e0dc79,04516f61f2,,,1731883679 -http://www.influencerupdate.biz/news/68629/steel-media-launches-beyondgamesbiz/,https://www.influencerupdate.biz/rss/news/,Steel Media launches BeyondGames.biz,"Following the success earlier this year of the first Beyond Games Summit, Steel Media is proud to launch its new online hub, BeyondGames.biz. - -It will explore the evolution of gaming and the transformational impact of interactive media on the creative world. - -The site is one of the first to bring together every sector within the creative industries and explore the ways in which they can learn from each other. - -Transforming the future - -The global videogames market has changed. The tools, technologies and techniques, which were created and pioneered within the world of gaming are transforming the future of the whole creative world. - -Every aspect of the creative industries are increasingly interactive: film, TV, sports, marketing, music, fashion, and other sectors all have huge global presence, as well as their own sub-sectors, audiences, business models, best practice and even language. - -Digital and interactive technology may be the underlying infrastructure, but bringing such eclectic and established industries together will be challenging. - -BeyondGames.biz will offer a platform and channel to chart the ongoing evolution of our converged future, which will bring together the artists, the innovators, the creators, the business leaders and those who are pushing back the boundaries of our new converged future. - -Games, screen, music, sport, literature, fashion are converging... - -The site will cover the latest news - the deals, the funding, the partnerships, and the launches, which are shaping the future of our creative world. - -From mapping the metaverse, to transformative transmedia, Beyond Games aims to be a catalyst for change. - - - -It will feature analysis and editorial from business leaders, creators, technologists, and futurists. It will bring together the pioneers building the metaverse, and explore the convergence of games with film, TV, sport, fashion, marketing, music and more. It will offer readers from every background insight into the interactive world. - -Tony Pearce, the founder and CEO of Reality Gaming Group, said: “I’m so excited about Beyond Games and proud to be a partner. It's great to see an event and publication that explore the future of interactive entertainment at a time when boundaries between content types are increasingly blurred. - -""At Reality Gaming Group our vision is to create new games & entertainment that harness the blockchain and NFTs, bringing fun new experiences to audiences across many devices. Beyond Games is essential for everyone in this space."" - -""We're pleased to be a launch sponsor of Beyond Games as the interactive entertainment landscape continues to grow and adapt,"" said Chris Cataldi, co-founder and COO of Genvid Technologies. - -""As our recent Rival Peak project with Facebook illustrated, cloud-based interactive offerings have the potential to significantly expand the definition of interactive entertainment and attract the broadest possible audiences to engage in all-new experiences."" - -From mapping the metaverse, to transformative transmedia - -Dave Bradley, the COO of Steel Media said, “We have been running Beyond Games tracks at several of our other events over the last year or more and it became clear very quickly that there is a huge appetite for this type of content that stretches far beyond the games sector. - -“Beyond Games is the first online channel, which will cover the impact of digital tools and virtual worlds on the creative industries, as well as highlighting the pioneering work taking place to build this new converged future. - -We’ll be offering news, analysis and insight into this incredible new future. From mapping the metaverse, to transformative transmedia, Beyond Games aims to be a catalyst for change and an active agent in the ongoing evolution of the digital future.” - -BeyondGames.biz is part of the Steel Media Network, which also includes Influencer Update, Pocket Gamer, Blockchain Gamer, The Virtual Report, PC Games Insider and more. - -The company runs a series of successful events based around these titles, with a dedicated Beyond Games conference held in May 2021 and a sequel planned for November 2021.",1731883666,e34caba76d,046ea093ee,,,1731883666 -https://www.coindesk.com/opinion/2024/11/15/the-many-ways-crypto-won-in-this-election/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=rss&utm_campaign=headlines,https://www.coindesk.com/feed,The Many Ways Crypto Won in This Election,"Tether is a huge winner from the election. This was kind of an unexpected blessing for them, since they weren’t known to have participated in the electoral cycle at all nor were they listed as donating to any super PACs. (As a foreign entity, they would have been prohibited from doing so.) Howard Lutnick, the CEO of Cantor Fitzgerald, which custodies a large share of Tether’s Treasury portfolio, is a huge Tether bull. He is also the co-chair of Trump’s transition team and even threw his name in the hat for Treasury Secretary. Lutnick deeply appreciates the value proposition of stablecoins like Tether.",1731883660,c08a28b4dd,03ffee4cd2,,,1731883660 -https://www.avclub.com/predator-badlands-protagonist,https://www.avclub.com/rss,Predator: Badlands is taking the bold step of making the Predator its protagonist,"Predator: Badlands is taking the bold step of making the Predator its protagonist The creature will be ""front and center"" in the upcoming film, director Dan Trachtenberg teased. - -In the 2020s—a.k.a. the era of perpetual franchise expansion—filmmakers have uncovered a bold solution to one of the problems with this type of infinite growth. If you have the same smiling villain or humanoid parasite terrorizing a new batch of good-guys every single movie, things get boring fast. Why not root against those warm bodies to freshen things up a bit? The superhero industrial complex is doing it right now with titles like The Penguin, Loki, and the Joker movies. (Well, it worked once at least.) Horror at large is shifting in that direction with two films in less than 12 months featuring the camera as the eyes of an archetypal monster—an undead slasher in this year’s In A Violent Nature and a ghost in Steven Soderbergh’s upcoming Presence. Now, it’s apparently the Predator’s turn to take the spotlight. - -In an interview with Empire magazine, director Dan Trachtenberg teased that his upcoming film will feature the creature in a very different role than he’s taken in the franchise’s previous outings. “The creature is front and center, leading the charge,” he said of his plans for 2025’s Predator: Badlands. “He’s still badass, but there’s something there that touches you emotionally, too. Creating a character you connect with, but are also super-intimidated by, has been challenging. But exciting.” - -According to the outlet, Predator: Badlands will be a “future-set tale taking place on an alien planet” that isn’t quite a followup to Trachtenberg’s well-received 2022 effort, Prey, but seeks to tap into a similar tone. According to the director, the decision to center the gnarly people-hunter came out of a desire to “find another essential piece of cinema that does what Prey did spiritually—pushing the franchise’s boundaries, letting us root for a hero we rarely get to root for—but in a different way. And that transformed into this big idea of rooting for the Predator.” - -This shifting focus does call Elle Fanning’s role into question. The actor will play “more than one character,” the outlet explains, but it’s unclear whether those characters will be for or against the Predator (or how the audience will be asked to empathize with them versus the creature). Either way, the actor apparently faced “intense challenges on this movie—dramatically, physically, logistically.” Guess that’s what happens when you take on an extraterrestrial super-soldier, and he’s the one hailed as a hero.",1731883666,66c132240d,04691325bb,,,1731883666 -https://www.agilitypr.com/pr-news/public-relations/harnessing-technology-to-drive-positive-pr-and-brand-perception-in-logistics/,https://www.agilitypr.com/feed/,Harnessing technology to drive positive PR and brand perception in logistics,"The logistics industry is in the midst of a PR pressure cooker. Customers, accustomed to the instant gratification of nowadays, have zero patience for delivery delays or mishaps. A single late package can trigger a X/Twitter tirade, a negative review can go viral, and suddenly your carefully cultivated brand reputation is facing a reputational pile-up. But before you hit the panic button, consider this: technology isn’t contributing to the problem; it’s the key to the solution. - -Logistics companies can’t afford to be reactive when it comes to public relations these days. Waiting for a customer complaint to arise before taking action is a recipe for disaster. Instead, technology allows a proactive approach, empowering businesses to anticipate customer needs, address potential issues before they escalate, and build a narrative of transparency and efficiency. This shift from reactive firefighting to proactive brand building is important for creating the PR atmosphere of the modern logistics industry. - -Source - -Tech-driven transparency: from reactive to proactive - -Let’s face it, the traditional PR playbook for logistics is outdated. It’s a reactive scramble, a fire drill triggered by customer complaints and online outrage. A package goes AWOL, a delivery misses its mark, and suddenly the PR team is in overdrive, issuing apologies and desperately trying to extinguish the flames of social media backlash. This approach isn’t just exhausting; it’s fundamentally flawed. It positions PR as a mere damage control mechanism, a band-aid slapped on operational wounds rather than a strategic driver of brand perception. - -But here’s the game-changer: technology is empowering logistics providers to ditch the firefighter hats and step into the role of proactive communicators. Real-time tracking systems transform the “black box” of shipping into a transparent journey, allowing customers to follow their packages every step of the way. - -Automated notifications provide timely updates, eliminating the anxiety of the unknown. And AI-powered chatbots offer instant support, answering questions and resolving issues before they escalate into public relations nightmares. This isn’t just about keeping customers in the loop; it’s about building trust, demonstrating accountability, and transforming potential PR disasters into opportunities to showcase customer-centricity. - -Empowering the customer with the rise of courier software - -Forget smoke and mirrors. In the logistics arena, true magic lies in empowering the customer. And that’s where courier software shines. They are transforming the delivery experience, not just for customers but for the businesses serving them and the PR teams tasked with safeguarding their reputations. - -Think of courier software as the conductor of your delivery orchestra. It optimizes routes, ensuring drivers go through the most efficient paths, minimizing delays, and maximizing productivity. It provides real-time tracking, giving customers the power to follow their package’s journey with accurate accuracy. Also, it gives you reliable estimated times of arrival, so you will not have to worry about being late anymore. The result? Customer satisfaction skyrocketed, wait times plummeted, and fewer deliveries went missing. - -But PR benefits go beyond satisfied customers. Businesses are equipped with a wealth of data-driven insights thanks to courier software. Envision a world where you can pinpoint a delivery zone that is always causing problems and take proactive measures to fix it, like optimizing your routes or improving your infrastructure. Or think about how your company’s dedication to efficiency and customer-centricity could be showcased in compelling public relations narratives using delivery performance data. The strength of courier software lies in its ability to construct a public relations arsenal grounded in data and customer satisfaction. - -Building a narrative of innovation - -In logistics, delivering packages on time is pretty much the norm. To really get attention and change the PR story in your favor, you need to make your company more than just a transporter. You need to make it seem like a leader in new ideas. It involves accepting and displaying off the latest technological innovation that’s altering the business sector and how people see your brand. - -Forget the mundane. We’re not just talking about barcode scanners and delivery vans. We’re talking about the real game-changers: - -AI-powered predictive analytics : Imagine algorithms that anticipate traffic snarls, weather disruptions, and even fluctuations in demand, allowing you to optimize routes and proactively address potential delays before they even occur. That is the incredible capability of AI, turning inefficient problem-solving into proactive one. - -Blockchain technology : No more mysterious disappearances or disputes over chain of custody. Blockchain creates an immutable record of every step in the journey, ensuring transparency, security, and accountability throughout the supply chain. This not only enhances operational efficiency but also builds trust with customers and stakeholders. - -Drone delivery systems : While still in its early stages, drone delivery is capturing the public imagination and redefining what’s possible in logistics. Imagine the PR impact of displaying a drone effortlessly delivering a package to a remote location, bypassing traffic, and demonstrating your commitment to cutting-edge solutions. - -But using these technologies is not enough. Declare it loud and clear. Write intriguing press releases that show how committed your company is to new ideas. By writing blog posts and articles about the future of logistics, you can make your executives look like thought leaders. And use the power of social media to show how your tech skills have helped people in the real world. - -Source - -Visual storytelling to showcase tech-enabled efficiency - -A picture really does say a thousand words, particularly if it comes to showing off how tech-savvy your business is. These days, you need to use the power of visual storytelling to get people’s attention. An infographic illustrating how AI-powered route optimization is reducing delivery times and minimizing carbon emissions? That’s a story that sticks. - -A video showcasing the inner workings of your state-of-the-art, automated warehouse? That’s a testament to your commitment to efficiency and innovation. Drone footage capturing a delivery in progress, bypassing traffic, and showcasing the future of logistics? That’s a PR grand slam. - -These are the visual stories that attract people’s attention and make you look like a leader in your field. You’re not just delivering packages when you tell an interesting story about how technology is changing things. You’re also sending a strong message: your company is at the heart of the logistics rebirth, which is a PR win that goes far beyond the last mile. - -Visual storytelling goes beyond mere aesthetics; it aims to captivate audiences and make complex ideas easy to understand. It’s about demonstrating your company’s commitment to technological excellence, not just telling people about it. - -Source - -Crisis management in the digital age - -If we are being realistic, we can say that in the world of logistics, even the most meticulously planned operations can hit unexpected turbulence. A truck breaks down, a natural disaster throws supply chains into disarray, or a global pandemic (we’ve all been there) brings the entire industry to a grinding halt. These are the moments that truly test a company’s PR mettle. But fear not, for even amidst the chaos, technology offers vital support, a chance to not just weather the storm but to emerge stronger and more resilient. - -Forget the old saying, “No news is good news.” In this age, silence is a PR vacuum that will quickly be filled with speculation, misinformation, and outrage. That’s why a tech-enabled crisis communication plan is no longer a luxury; it’s an absolute need. - -When you use social listening tools, they scan the internet for mentions of your brand and help you spot potential problems before they become a full-blown crisis. AI-powered sentiment analysis can help you figure out how people feel, giving you useful information about the tone and tenor of online conversations. Real-time communication platforms let you act quickly and openly, keeping everyone in the loop and stopping the spread of false information. - -But crisis management isn’t just about containment; it’s about turning lemons into lemonade. - -By using technology to communicate in advance of time, address concerns directly, and show genuine empathy, you can turn a possible PR disaster into a chance to show how strong, responsive, and customer-focused your company is. A late shipment gives you a chance to show you can communicate effectively. You can demonstrate your dedication to transparency and honesty whenever an issue arises in the supply chain. - -These days, crisis management is about more than just putting out fires. It is also about using crises to strengthen your brand. - -PR on the move in delivering the future - -Logistics companies can turn possible disasters into opportunities, gain customer trust, and become leaders in their field by taking a proactive, tech-powered approach to PR. Technology gives us a lot of tools to help us deal with the PR problems we face in the modern world, like AI-powered chatbots, real-time tracking, and visually compelling stories. - -So, get rid of the old plans and make room for the new ones. Use the power of technology and tell captivating tales and your brand will not only survive but also thrive in the rapid pace of modern logistics. The way ahead is paved with fresh thoughts, and those who are open to them will be the ones who achieve PR success.",1731883658,52bb56b32d,045dcae7e7,,,1731883658 -https://www.ufc.com/news/updates-ufc-309-jones-vs-miocic,https://www.ufc.com/rss/news,Updates To UFC 309: Jones vs Miocic,"UFC 309: JONES vs MIOCIC Updates: - -Due to medical issues, Lucas Almeida has been removed from his featherweight bout with David Onama. Replacing Almeida will be UFC newcomer Roberto Romero, who makes his debut with five of his eight wins coming via first-round finish. This bout will now take place at lightweight. - -Additionally, the lightweight bout between Mauricio Ruffy and James Llontop will now take place at a catchweight of 165 lbs.",1731883662,2c774cd014,03f31af6e2,,,1731883662 -https://www.communitysignal.com/embodying-work-life-balance-as-a-community-professional-and-manager/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,Embodying Work-Life Balance as a Community Professional and Manager,"Are you able to step away from your community for days at a time? When you return, are your team and the community still running smoothly? If you answered yes to these questions, then congratulations! Whether it’s documentation, systems, or setting proper expectations with your boss and colleagues, those boundaries and structure are crucial, not just for yourself, but for the people around you and the community itself. - -Our guest, Allison Able, senior manager of community at Sisense, explains that creating and upholding these boundaries is a constant work in progress. “There’s great power in … being able to step away and have things go okay. That speaks well for you if that’s the community you build, that it doesn’t need you to exist,” explains Patrick. - -Having a supportive team goes a long way in setting work-life boundaries, so fittingly, Allison explains what her approach will be to building the community team at Sisense and why their community is currently in beta. - -Allison and Patrick also discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Vanilla, a one-stop shop for online community. - -Do your community’s emails and notifications have intention and value? (15:09): “Community is a give-and-take relationship in a lot of ways. If I am going to reach out to you [via email], I want to … provide an asset that’s going to enhance your professional life and make your job or your product experience easier.” – @_aable_ - -Having a dog has helped Allison identify better work boundaries (24:45): “I’m one of those people that adopted a dog in COVID and having a pup who I love and adore, [and] doesn’t go according to your schedule, it has been a great learning experience for me to really shut that computer or walk away [to] spend time with that dog. He has to walk, he has to eat. He has to do all of these things. That’s been helpful [in achieving a healthy work-life balance].” – @_aable_ - -Setting and embodying healthy work-life boundaries (27:45): “I know there’s an email in my inbox I could probably respond to, but then the next day happens, and did the world end? No, and the community’s still going and thriving. That’s something that I’ve found comfort in.” – @_aable_ - -A former teacher turned community manager, Allison Able can trace her community-building ways back to high school, where she was the leader of multiple clubs. When she moved into education, it was shocking to her that teachers did not network. In response, Allison recruited a committee of teachers and developed a partnership with a local teaching college to launch the Teacher Leadership Network. TLN is still in existence today and has gathered thousands of local educators at all levels for networking events, webinars, conferences, and more. - -When it came time to start a new career chapter, by a stroke of luck, she came across a job posting for a community manager role at Higher Logic, where she successfully built and launched over 25 communities for a variety of association and corporate customers, developed full-scale engagement programs and successfully revitalized several dormant communities. Additionally, she led a team of community managers to scale and grow one of the largest global enterprise communities. Today, she is the senior manager of community at Sisense, where she recently launched Sisense Community beta. - -[music] - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Vanilla, a one-stop-shop for online community. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[00:00:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello. Thank you for hitting play on this episode of Community Signal and happy holidays. I hope that you are rounding out the year in a positive way. - -Our guest is Allison Able, senior manager, community at Sisense, and we’re discussing why her first community team hire will be a community content manager, being a workaholic and setting the right examples for your team, and what the right order of community programs will be for Sisense. - -This episode marks the sixth anniversary of the launch of Community Signal. I’d like to take a moment to thank everyone who regularly listens to our show, has spread the word about it, or taken time out to share with me how Community Signal has impacted them. I really appreciate it. - -Thank you to Carol Benovic-Bradley, the show’s editorial lead, and Karn Broad, our producer, for all of the work that they put into the show to make it the best it can be. - -Thank you to our Patreon supporters, including Maggie McGary, Paul Bradley, Jules Standen, Serena Snoad, Aaron H., Rachel Medanic, Carol Benovic-Bradley, Marjorie Anderson, and Jenny Weigle. I never feel like I do enough for this group and we’re grateful for their kindness and support. If you’d like to join them, please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -Thank you to all of the guests who appeared on our show for the past year, and thank you to our current sponsor, Vanilla, for their support of independent community resources like this one. - -And, of course, thank you for listening as well. - -A former teacher turned community manager, Allison Able can trace her community-building ways back to high school, where she was the leader of multiple clubs. When she moved into education, it was shocking to her that teachers did not network. In response, Allison recruited a committee of teachers and developed a partnership with a local teaching college to launch the Teacher Leadership Network. TLN is still in existence today and has gathered thousands of local educators at all levels for networking events, webinars, conferences, and more. - -When it came time to start a new career chapter, by a stroke of luck, she came across a job posting for a community manager role at Higher Logic, where she successfully built and launched over 25 communities for a variety of association and corporate customers, developed full-scale engagement programs and successfully revitalized several dormant communities. Additionally, she led a team of community managers to scale and grow one of the largest global enterprise communities. Today, she is the senior manager of community at Sisense, where she recently launched Sisense community beta. - -Allison, welcome to the show. - -[00:02:34] Allison Able: Hi, it’s so great to meet you. I’m super excited to be here today. - -[00:02:38] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s so good to have you. This wasn’t planned, but a couple of episodes ago, Alex Witkowski was our guest and he transitioned into community work after being an English and creative writing teacher. You were previously a social studies and science teacher and a technology instructor before moving into more corporate environments. When I talked to Alex, he said that he “felt a very real condescension in those conversations.” He felt people didn’t respect him and his skills that he brought to the table when he was talking to potential employees about community roles. Was that something that you experienced as well? - -[00:03:12] Allison Able: I did. One of the hardest transitions I made career-wise was moving from education into a corporate space, despite actually having a background in business. I was an entrepreneurial minor, did business competitions, had some business experience prior to going into teaching. When I had some initial interviews, when I decided to leave the education field, the common approach that I was given was, “You don’t have the right skills, you don’t bring much to the table. That’s great that you worked with kids, but can you work with adults?” All those different types of negative feedback. - -What was actually interesting is when I went to apply for my first community position, I was really fortunate actually to have teaching be viewed as an asset. Heather McNair from Higher Logic at the time was really open and interested to what I could bring to the table, especially because they were interested in engaging more educational institutions too. I did have that opportunity presented to me, but also she could see that there were some translatable skills in organizing a classroom, bringing kids together, creating a content plan to keep people engaged and learning. I was fortunate for my first community position to have that door open, but prior to that, I definitely faced the same adversity. - -[00:04:28] Patrick O’Keefe: I don’t want to say that it’s a bad thing to go from teaching to working in community in education sense because that was Alex’s path too. Course communities, and he’s a community lead at Section4, which is a course provider, but also, it’s like you had to go to the education space to see the value of your experience first. I’m at CNN now, and it’s funny to me because there are a few news industry-related jobs that I’ve applied for over the years. - -It wasn’t journalism- or journalism in a sense, but these weren’t journalism jobs in the sense of covering stories and doing reporting. These were audience engagement community sort of roles. Something I heard more than once was that I wasn’t a good fit because I didn’t have a journalism degree. It’s not the same, but it’s similar in a way is that I’ve built community in so many places and for so many different people. Yet, it wasn’t enough for this specialized thing. Of course, that’s changed. I’m at CNN now. I laugh at that sort of thing because the world changes slowly over time or pretty quick in some cases. This case, that’s pretty quick I would say, 5 to 10 years, but still, yes, you had to go through that vector to be seen as having the skills necessary for what I presume was an entry-level community job that you were then transitioning into. - -[00:05:42] Allison Able: Correct. It was an entry-level position, and I will say it’s definitely changed. One of the biggest things I’ve done as a former teacher is be an advocate for teachers that are interested in making a transition from education into any career field. Because I feel like one of the things that lacked- at least when I was going through college and growing up was I wasn’t prepared per se for career transition or how to position myself, and I learned through a lot of failures. I like to pass on those lessons learned, so people don’t necessarily have to repeat them, but also encourage people to take that journey and to find the fit that is meant for them. - -I would never ever in a million years replace my teaching experience. It is some of the best experience I’ve gotten in life in multiple ways. I loved my teaching experience, but I wanted to expand my career and try other things. It was really hard to make that jump, but I’m so glad I did, and would encourage any teacher that’s out there to consider any role out there, but especially community because I do feel there are so many great natural fits for it. - -[00:06:43] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s pause here to talk about our generous sponsor, Vanilla. - -Vanilla provides a one-stop-shop solution that gives community leaders all the tools they need to create a thriving community. Engagement tools like ideation and gamification promote vibrant discussion and powerful moderation tools allow admins to stay on top of conversations and keep things on track. All of these features are available out of the box, and come with best-in-class technical and community support from Vanilla’s Success Team. Vanilla is trusted by King, Acer, Qualtrics, and many more leading brands. Visit vanillaforums.com. - -In the bio that you shared with me, you said that you’ve revitalized several dormant communities. Let’s talk about that. When you step into a dormant community, where do you start? - -[00:07:23] Allison Able: It’s really funny because those are some of my favorite projects. I like to call it – you get to be a little bit of a Sherlock Holmes. You have to put your investigator glasses on and really dive in to figure out why is this community not working because oftentimes you’ll walk in and you’ll take a peek at the site. You’re like, “The site’s beautiful. There’s great navigation. There’s great calls to action. Why is this not thriving?” - -Typically, what I do, and this may sound very basic, but I like to just do a complete site audit from top to bottom. Not only looking at the appearance, the technical infrastructure in the backend, and then also the operational piece of it too, what’s happening outside of the community, and then, of course, the content and engagement programs, et cetera. I go from top to bottom. I’m a huge believer in documentation. I probably over-documents things. I have this big spreadsheet that I build out. I’m tracking these things. I’m having conversations, organization-wide, everybody has access to this thing, and we’re collecting all this feedback. Then I take a good look and really start to hone in on a few key things that we may be able to adjust and change short-term, long-term to move that needle and start to revitalize the liveliness of that community space. - -[00:08:42] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s hear a few things that have worked in some cases that you’ve done for different types of communities. - -[00:08:47] Allison Able: One thing that was really interesting that popped up recently in a conversation: direct invite, direct email. Email seems to be such a negative word these days. It’s been that way I feel like for a while. “Oh, don’t send an email. It’s just going to get lost. Nobody’s ever going to pay attention to it.” The only way we’re going to be able to engage anybody is if we don’t email them. - -In my experience, I’ve actually found that not necessarily to be true. I found a lot of success with creating more of that personalized outreach, that of course is scalable. I’m not individually emailing 10,000 members, but I’m making it appear that I am. I am individually reaching out and checking in and seeing how I can provide assistance in their community journey or what they may feel may be missing. Another tactic I’ve taken is, “What’s a question that you currently have? I’d just love to learn more about what your current pain points are.” Through that, you start to develop a relation and an interaction that can actually be fed into the community too. - -[00:09:49] Patrick O’Keefe: Even if you were writing an email individually, right? - -[00:09:52] Allison Able: Yes. - -[00:09:53] Patrick O’Keefe: What do you have to lose? You have an inactive community. Sometimes you put the cart before the horse where people think about or worry about scale, which is a vague word that means a lot of things, but you worry about scale. There’s no scale there. Maybe one day you’ll have to worry about scale, but right now you don’t have this community that you want it to be already. What’s the harm? - -[00:10:13] Allison Able: Also, one thing that I think I love about the dormant communities, revitalizing them is it is a giant experiment. You have the ability to experiment, and by chance, you already have an audience that’s there, too. You may want to get more people in through the door, but you also have the people in the door and you can utilize that to your advantage too to reengage them into the process and into the community experience which is an asset because sometimes half the battle’s getting people to walk through the door order and create an account too. - -[00:10:43] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. Email’s only bad if you send bad emails. Notifications are only bad if you send bad notifications. I’m looking at you, LinkedIn. LinkedIn is my current – in my opinion, terrible notification scheme. They have the opportunity for some of the really great high-value notifications, the things that they enable, the things that they create on LinkedIn. There are so many wonderful little moments, and yet, they’re telling me that my post with four likes is getting noticed. - -I don’t understand this really cheap strategy they’ve laid out on what is the dominant professional social network of this time and has been for years now. They’re in such a strong market position and they’re hacking together these cheap notifications that mean nothing. The notifications have gotten more bad and have gotten worse. I don’t know how they got to that point because they had these notifications first that were like, “Your friend said this thing, go say something over there.” [chuckles] This is terrible. It’s just terrible. They’ve got ones that are like, “Your post is getting attention. You should tag a bunch of people,” which tagging- some people like it, some people don’t. - -[00:11:42] Allison Able: Yes. - -[00:11:43] Patrick O’Keefe: Indiscriminately tagging people in public, I don’t always love that, but I think that’s a very specific use case. Now they’ve changed. You have six reactions to- “Your post is getting noticed.” If every post is getting noticed, then really what posts are actually getting noticed? Because four likes, I appreciate all those likes, I appreciate everyone who reads anything that I write, but is your point to say that this post has traction right now? It’s so terrible. When things are bad, you send bad emails, you get bad results. - -[00:12:10] Allison Able: I completely agree. It’s really funny you mention the LinkedIn notification thing too because I’ve stopped looking at notifications unless I have the number four or five on there. What I found is when it was one, it’d be like, “You had two people look at your profile,” and I’m like, “Great. I’m glad somebody looked at my profile, but I’m not really interested in that.” - -[00:12:29] Patrick O’Keefe: Don’t you know you’re supposed to follow them up with the DM to sell them Sisense? That’s obviously what you’re supposed to do. Do you have a copy-pasted template? Because that’s what it seems like people do with that. - -[00:12:37] Allison Able: Yes. Well, the funny thing is, my personal profile is anonymous anyways. I can’t even see who necessarily- - -[00:12:43] Patrick O’Keefe: Oh, okay. - -[00:12:44] Allison Able: -viewed my profile. - -[00:12:45] Patrick O’Keefe: Got you. - -[00:12:45] Allison Able: I’m that person that locks everything down, whether it’s actually locked down or not, we don’t know, but we’ll see if it affect our– I laugh because I’m like, “There’s nothing I’m going to do with this and I don’t find it valuable.” Like you said, it’d be great if they were able to serve up like, “Hey, we’ve noticed you took time to read some of these things. Here are some things we’d recommend you read that are similar,” or, “Here are some people we recommend you follow,” because even the people they recommend you follow aren’t always closely aligned either. - -To the point about email too, one thing I’ll add, creating content that is also somewhat personalized, while I say you can send an email to 10,000 people, one thing that I really neglected to say in that, that I’ve been really intentional about is actually being more aware of my segments and how I can best serve my segments too. I do break down that communication so that it is somewhat applicable and somewhat not just a germane, “Welcome to the community. Join now.” I want to offer something in my outreach as well. - -[00:13:42] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. When we got married earlier this year and I know you recently got married as well, congratulations again. - -[00:13:47] Allison Able: Thank you. [chuckles] - -[00:13:48] Patrick O’Keefe: I had an email list. Part of the RSVP was, we streamed it, it was just us two, I had an RSVP list and the RSVP list was just name and email address. That went in a list that will only be used twice. The one time it used was the morning of the wedding to include updates on what was happening that day and links to watch the stream, et cetera. We actually had some roadblocks. I won’t get into that right now, but we solved them all and sent an email out. I had a hundred recipients. I had a hundred successful deliveries. I had a 94% open rate, 575 opens, and 84% unique click rate on that email. Those are metrics that any email marketer would trip over themselves to have. - -I know, I’m not saying those are something you should aspire to, but I wrote one good email. I had people in- they wanted to see that email. They wanted to open that email. They wanted to know what’s happening and that’s where you should try to get to. You want to get to a place where people want the email and want to open it, not that it’s just one more Black Friday sales notification. - -I’ve had to check the calendar a few times. I’m not even kidding. Maybe it’s getting older. I get an email saying, “Black Friday sales are now,” and I’m like, “Wait a minute. Did I order things for Thanksgiving?” It’s like, “Wait a minute, I don’t want those emails right now.” Again, rambling, but to the point, you want to write emails that people actually want to have it opened, which seems obvious, but most emails that I get don’t really fit into that category. - -[00:15:07] Allison Able: I agree, and like I mentioned, I think community is a give-and-take relationship in a lot of ways. If I am going to reach out to you, I do want to give you something that is going to benefit not only your experience, but in a lot of the customer communities I work in, provide an asset to you as well that’s going to enhance your professional life too and make your job easier, or your product experience easier, whatever is the applicable use case at that time, too. - -Another thing I’ll mention with that and something that I’ve also been intentional about and had to learn through my community experience with email is making sure that I’m also connecting with those that are also sending emails outside of the community environments like your general marketing team, your product team, and making sure that I’m infused in those workflows as well so that I’m not being part of the email problem that often happens, where, “Why am I getting three emails from the same organization about three different things?” That’s also been a helpful tactic I’ve leveraged in that approach as well. - -[00:16:05] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s a great point. Part of your mandate at Sisense is to build out a community team and your first hire is going to be a community content manager. Why? - -[00:16:16] Allison Able: Great question. I’m very excited to have the opportunity to build a community team. I’m very excited to be at an organization that places such a value in community and high investment in it as well. Content was selected – It’s a really interesting thing. I’ve been doing a lot of research around building community teams. I’m a researcher by nature. It’s always interesting to me to see the directions that people have chosen and what they recommend as the first hire. - -In this particular case, what I ended up leaning into was, I did a self-evaluation of what I bring to the table and what my strengths are, and what my potential weaknesses or areas of improvement are as well. I love content, but I will be completely honest. I tend to lean towards the operational side of community currently, so that was one area that I quickly identified, that could be a huge asset in the work that I’m doing. I really view a community team as a partnership, so I wanted to be able to bring somebody in with some more content experience that could create more of that holistic picture and be involved in that strategic evolution, too. - -[00:17:24] Patrick O’Keefe: You are content with bringing someone in for content you could say. [chuckles] What is that going to mean? Community content manager, what are the core responsibilities for that person when they step in? - -[00:17:35] Allison Able: Thanks for helping me promote this too. [chuckles] What I’m envisioning this role to be, and it will be an evolutionary role too, especially as we continue to grow out the community team and what that infrastructure looks like over time, what I see this position really doing is developing what our content strategy is going to be for community based upon our holistic community strategy too. - -I’ve set the foundation for that, but I’m very excited to invite a partner in, to not only challenge and evolve that, but add an additional element to it. They’ll be in charge of the strategic direction, and they’ll be in charge of the execution of that strategy too, so ensuring that our content calendar’s created, developed, nurtured, executed on, bringing in new content authors, both internally and externally. - -Eventually, also, we’re very interested in developing some customer content programs, so I envision that role really overseeing some of those efforts as well. Of course, they will evolve over time, and hopefully, they will be able to grow into a leadership position and have some people working under them too. - -[00:18:41] Patrick O’Keefe: Is content in this usage – the content that’s posted in the community, is it helping members to ask questions right away and post their own content in the community? Is it creating content around contributions from the community like, “Here is a spotlight of the community’s contributions this month,” or something along those lines, or is it all the above? - -[00:18:57] Allison Able: As you’re aware, content can mean a lot of different things, and I’m not defining it well. For this particular instance, the primary focus right now is going to be on our community blogs. We have two community blogs. We’ve chosen to take that direction; a general community blog, and then a product release focused blog. They’ll be in charge of ensuring that those areas are nurtured and built out and there’s a constant stream of information being shared there from both the customer and internal perspective. - -Then the other piece that we’re really excited about is our knowledge base piece so being able to build out a knowledge base that our customers can access to and that knowledge base will again be fed internally through our internal experts, and then we’re very excited to turn a lot of our discussions into knowledge base articles as well, a commitment or goal that I’ve made, and it will take some time to get there, I am realistic, my hope is that over 90% of all of our threads have an accepted solution marked, and we’re able to take those and build out our knowledge base, and a partnership with our customers and only highlight their expertise but also get additional solutions in the community for our customers to find. - -[00:20:07] Patrick O’Keefe: You got time to get that down, let’s say, before Christmas. [chuckles] - -[00:20:12] Allison Able: Yes. [chuckles] - -[00:20:12] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned a moment ago how the role might expand and you told me before this show that one of the challenges you’re thinking about is, “How do I create the right path to team growth, where we are able to accomplish our goals but also balance out role and responsibility to prevent burnout?” Have you had that happen in your own career where those things didn’t match up at one point? - -[00:20:32] Allison Able: I’m the worst person to talk to about burnout because I’m a natural workaholic. I admit that. When I’m burning out, it’s probably beyond the typical person. That’s why I think I’ve been trying to be really intentionally reflective as I head into another management role to make sure that I keep that in mind because not everybody operates the same way that I operate or find joy in the same things that I find joy in work-wise. - -That’s been one of the big pieces of the puzzle that’s been top of mind for me is with this scale is making sure that I’m putting the right role and responsibilities in place that I’m not overwhelming that individual so that they can thrive and grow and we can grow as a team too because my team can’t grow unless we are successful in multiple ways. A big part of that and some things Sisense values and I appreciate is employee health; both mentally and physically. I definitely want to keep that top of mind as I develop these positions. - -[00:21:28] Patrick O’Keefe: Thinking about this as a workaholic, and myself, I don’t know if I consider myself a workaholic these days, I work hard and I try to balance out my life. I feel like as I get older, I tend to group things into a few different buckets and I try to make sure that all those buckets are getting hopefully the best of me. I’ve known my wife for a little over five years, but that was relatively new in my life that I didn’t have for the majority of my life. That’s kind of a new bucket. Then I also have my family that I’m very close to, my brothers are my best friends in the world. I have my parents. I try to make sure I spend time with them and talk to them regularly. I have my grandparents. There’s a family bucket. There’s also friends that I try to maintain relationships with. I also work out and try to stay healthy and try to take care of myself. Then, of course, I have responsibilities around this house. I cook dinner most nights. I do the grocery shopping. I do things around here. - -Those, and then my career and advancing something, this podcast is one of the things that I’ve made time for as a commitment in these buckets, those things are what comprise Patrick. I work to make sure all of those things are getting just the best that they can for me. If any of those suffer, especially the ones I mentioned first; wife, family, friends, then I’m going to take from the others to compensate. I try to avoid that as much as I can. - -This is a very long-winded way of saying once upon a time, I had fewer of those things, and I ran my own business. When you run your own business, you work at all times. I am by nature a grinder. If I have a problem, I tend to believe if we are not sick, if we don’t have a disease or we’re physically hurt, we can fix any problem as long as we’re here to deal with it. I will grind through it and find a way to get there, but being a workaholic, I think sometimes you have to step back and model good behavior or think about how that might impact your team, especially as the boss or as the person they report to, seeing you on at this hour or doing these things or whatever it may be. - -Just kicking off that conversation from that long-winded introduction, but being a workaholic, being someone who loves to work and maybe that gets out of hand sometimes and you work too much and you wish, “I should’ve stopped. I should get stopped at that point,” there’s nothing that’s going to happen- 30 years from now, we’re going to look back and say, “Boy, I wish Allison had sent that one email back in ’72.” No one will say that, but do you find yourself adjusting some of your behavior to set the right expectations as you grow this team? - -[00:23:45] Allison Able: Yes and that’s actually something I did very intentionally with this new job too. When I took on my position at Sisense, knowing that I was going to be growing a team, maybe it’s just me getting older, I’ve tried to take time for mindfulness and really sit down and write down what do I want out of life and how do I envision my life and how do I envision that running even day-to-day? I know that sounds a little crazy- - -[00:24:10] Patrick O’Keefe: No, it doesn’t. - -[00:24:10] Allison Able: -and it’s been very helpful for me because that really set the stage when I walked in the door for me to structure my calendar, my meetings, my interactions with my coworkers, when I’m working, when I’m not working. That sometimes gets difficult in a global environment but I’ve made sure to be very intentional in my give and take in that too. - -I have an early morning meeting. I need to shut the computer early afternoon. That was a key, helpful thing that I did walking into this new position and preparing for this higher-level manager role. Another thing which I want to add, which you sparked for me, that really changed my outlook too, is I’m one of those people that adopted a dog in COVID, and having a pup who I love and adore- - -[00:24:52] Patrick O’Keefe: A living thing that needs you to live, who needs you for sustenance. - -[00:24:55] Allison Able: Well, it doesn’t go according to your schedule, it has been a great learning experience as well for me to really shut that computer or walk away, spend time with that dog. He has to walk, he has to eat. He has to do all of these things. That’s also been, I think, helpful as well as this job transition that I’ve taken and really being intentional about the boundaries that I set for myself too, and sticking to them. I can be notorious sometimes to make excuses and stay a little extra late. Sometimes you do, but not every night. Making sure to be like, “Oh, Allison, you’re making an excuse. Time to go to the gym. Allison, you’re making an excuse. Time to go walk the dog, just walk away.” When I do have that employee, they can see that it’s okay to take that time and have a healthy balance. - -[00:25:40] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s great. I think having reported into a variety of different folks over the years, as I know you have, you see good things, you see bad things, and you take away from those experiences that you will want to pass on when you run your own team, like I’ve reported into people who– They had a little bit of community experience. Sure, but they didn’t want to do that work. That’s why they hired me. - -Yes, not only were they not as good as it is me. No offense. Sometimes you just got to talk that talk, but they would butt in and get in the way. Do you want to do this job? Because you told me you didn’t. That’s why you hired me. You need to graduate as a person and grow up a little bit at each stage, step you take. I feel like this is really one of those types of moments where you’re like, “I’m figuring out these things,” because again, I think having a boss or someone you report to that models that, speaking from a personal experience, and you brought this experience too, is so powerful and freeing. - -When you have a boss who’s like, “Oh, I was at the doctor, I need to go to the doctor. Don’t worry about it. Put it in this channel if you want it. If you’re going to be gone for an hour going to the doctor, that’s fine.” Just having things like that where not everything is so rigid, and you need to stress over things that make you a better person because the reality is that if you don’t take the time to do those things, you can’t be the best person for the community. - -If you can’t be the best person for the community, then your results suffer. There’s just a limit to what we can do productively. The stuff that needs to get done. Beyond that again, I hate to draw that example, but I’ve said this to my own teams in the past when they’re stressing over something, I said, “You know what? 10 years from now, 20 years from now, no one’s going to care. We’re not curing cancer here.” - -Communities are amazing things. Community has given me so much. It’s given me my career, half of my closest friends. It’s the reason I know my wife. Communities have changed the arc of my life. Yet, on an individual, one-moment letter, one email, one post, I’m not going to be in my deathbed being like, “I wish I had been in the forum for another hour.” I’m going to be like, “I wish I could see my dad one more time,” or, “I wish I could have another hour with Kara,” or whatever it is. That sounds morbid, but if you put yourself in that place, you will be guided differently, right? - -[00:27:45] Allison Able: You realize when you set those boundaries– It will drive me crazy sometimes to know there’s an email in my inbox I could probably respond to, but then the next day happens, and did the world end? No, and the community’s still going and thriving. - -[00:27:58] Patrick O’Keefe: Exactly. - -[00:27:58] Allison Able: That’s something that I’ve found comfort in. - -[00:28:00] Patrick O’Keefe: There’s great power in that too, of being able to step away and have things go okay. I think that speaks well for you if that’s the community you build, that it doesn’t need you to exist. - -[00:28:12] Allison Able: That’s something I think I’ve placed such an emphasis recently in my career, community management journey on operations and building good sustaining systems within your community, that can be partially automated to take some of the load off. Also, I hate to use the word scale, but can scale- - -[00:28:31] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s fine. - -[00:28:31] Allison Able: -as well. [chuckles] - -[00:28:33] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s not a bad word. It’s just used badly sometimes. - -[00:28:36] Allison Able: I’m probably one of those people that uses that. It’s one of my favorite words because I do think it’s really important to keep in mind. Like you mentioned, you can’t do everything all the time. I think being an experienced community manager of one has really helped me understand that too. Building those systems and processes is worth your time and your effort and does have a massive payoff over time, especially as you’re able to iterate and grow from there too. You don’t have to do it all at once. That’s one reason why the Sisense community is in beta right now. We are being very intentional with the fact that this is MVP. This is our first launch. It is our first introduction, and we are going to be growing rapidly from there and in large ways over time when we’re ready. - -[00:29:25] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s good advice. Let’s talk about community programs. One of your current areas of focus is launching community programs specifically. You were asking yourself, “What is the right order of community programs to maximize community growth, but also optimize community support and management given current and future resources?” What could the right order look like? - -[00:29:46] Allison Able: The approach that I’m taking right now, and again this could change, especially as you start to dive into the mechanics of how all of these things work, how I’ve decided we are going to grow as a community at this point on the programmatic side, and you can argue with me if this is a program or not, I believe it is, is the product feedback. That is one of the top things that our customers have stated that they really want to be able to give and be involved in the product development process. - -We’ve prioritized that as a program that we want to institute within the community. As you probably know, it’s a very complex thing to tackle to make sure that it is an actual thriving space that users feel heard and aligns with our product processes. That’s going to be one of the first things that we really look at. I chose that partially because of the need that’s been expressed both internally and externally. My background fits with some of the experience that I’ve had. - -From there, we want to also start to launch some dedicated groups. We have a really active partner network, which is really exciting for me because partners can be such an asset in the community. They’re very excited to share their expertise and get involved in the conversation, which excites me. We also want to create a space for them where they feel like they can have a connection to the organization and the space to collaborate with each other too. We’re going to be creating a partner space and some other groups as well. - -Developers is another one that we’ll be tackling soon, which is, again, another complex program to dive into. From there, another one that we’re looking at probably towards mid-year next year is user groups and how we might be able to launch some user groups as well. We’ve had some expressed interest both on the partner and customer side, which excites me again because there is interest in there could be a great marriage there, but that in my opinion, oftentimes requires a dedicated resource to really be able to properly nurture it. That’s something that is in the back of my head, as I continue to build out my team too, and what that looks like. - -[00:31:50] Patrick O’Keefe: What’s one program you looked at and decided, “This is not anywhere near where we’re at right now, not now, maybe later”? - -[00:31:57] Allison Able: I will say it’s probably going to be that user group piece for us right now. This might be controversial too for other community managers, but I weighted against the champion/super user concept almost. I’d rather focus more on the champion/super user concept and what we can build around that and then potentially leverage some of those individuals to get us started in the user group piece. It’s not that I’m not thinking about user groups, I’m just trying to put it in the right order, so it can all work together to lead towards success too. - -[00:32:28] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. I think given where you’re at, I feel like the thing I always worry about with user groups is segmenting off people before there’s like a well-tended garden. We don’t even know we’re growing yet here. [chuckles] Are the tomatoes are going to take this season? Or is it going to be flowers here? If we really go deep on tomatoes and we get like 10 varieties, yes, we can go to the tomato user group over here, let them do their thing. We really don’t know. We’re still building out this beta experience. Forcing people to segment– I don’t know, from your perspective. This is obviously– Mileage may vary, lots of different approaches, million ways to do the same thing, nothing wrong, but breaking people off before there’s a really firm community sense just yet. - -[00:33:10] Allison Able: Yes. Again, I’ll circle back to my beta comment. I again was very intentional with the beta launch because again, one of the big things for me is that we are operationally efficient in the way that we manage the community. A huge piece of that is making sure that we have internal alignment and resource allocation to be successful as a community. Our focus right now, as you mentioned, there are kind of on those community basics. We want to observe, see what’s working, what’s not working, pivot, iterate, and then we can expand from there too. Then we’ll have a really good, healthy insight into the decisions we need to make too. At least in my experience, that’s been the case. - -[00:33:49] Patrick O’Keefe: Well, Allison, I look forward to following up in the future with you about those decisions and how they worked out. I really appreciate you taking the time to chat with us today. It’s been great. - -[00:33:57] Allison Able: Yes, this has been wonderful. Thank you so much for offering me the opportunity to chat. Always really enjoy these conversations, so thank you. - -[00:34:06] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with Allison Able, senior manager, community at Sisense. Visit the Sisense Community Beta at community.sisense.com. That’s S-I-S-E-N-S-E.com. You can follow Allison on Twitter @_AAble_. - -For the transcript from this episode, plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Happy holidays. - -[music]",1731883672,b6cef58d91,0418489c55,,,1731883672 -https://abcnews.go.com/Politics/wireStory/president-elect-trump-names-chris-wright-campaign-donor-115935770,https://abcnews.go.com/abcnews/politicsheadlines,"President-elect Trump names Chris Wright, a campaign donor and fossil fuel executive, to serve as energy secretary","President-elect Trump names Chris Wright, a campaign donor and fossil fuel executive, to serve as energy secretary - -President-elect Trump names Chris Wright, a campaign donor and fossil fuel executive, to serve as energy secretary",1731883657,948678c443,0473f79deb,,,1731883657 -https://zenhabits.net/healthy-thoughts/,https://zenhabits.net/feed/,Thoughts on Healthy Eating - zen habits,"By Leo Babauta - -Eating healthy is something I’ve been a bit obsessed with for the last couple of decades, and I’ve transformed my eating in some really fundamental ways: - -I eat way less junk food than before - -I have developed a real love for whole, nutritious foods - -I’m vegan (for ethical reasons) - -I don’t often eat to comfort myself (sometimes I do) - -When I do eat comfort foods, I’m no longer harsh with myself - -These are huge transformations for me, and they’ve changed my health and my mindset towards health. - -At 51 years old, I feel incredibly healthy — and I’d like to share my thoughts on healthy eating, in case it might help. That doesn’t mean I think I’m perfect, or even better than anyone else — but I always appreciate learning from how others approach healthy eating, and I’m hoping you’ll appreciate my approach. - -How I Think About Healthy Eating - -I used to think about healthy eating as this sacrifice that I needed to make in order to be “good” — whatever that means. Like, if I was eating unhealthy foods, then it was something shameful I was doing to myself. - -As you can imagine, that’s not very helpful. Society gives us messages that we should be ashamed if we eat junk food (it’s even in the name), when all we’re really trying to do is enjoy good food, or comfort ourselves. These are not shameful things! - -That said, I do think there are foods that are nourishing for my body, and help it to grow into something strong, alive, and prepared to handle life’s challenges. - -And so I don’t shame myself anymore for eating sweets, fried foods, snacks … I enjoy them! But I also have found the eating approach that makes me feel amazing in my life, and that’s what I try to do most of the time. - -What I Find Important - -The most important thing to me are to eat whole, plant foods … most of the time. - -Those include: - -Vegetables of all kinds (especially greens) - -Beans & lentils - -Whole grains (including brown rice, oats, etc.) - -Potatoes of various kinds - -Fruits of ALL kinds! - -Nuts and seeds - -If my meal is almost all whole plant foods, then I feel incredible. These foods are so good for my body. - -Now, I don’t think animal foods are necessarily bad for you — you don’t have to be vegan to be healthy. If I were to eat animal foods, I would probably eat mostly fish and some poultry, but I don’t see a need to do so for my health, and would prefer not to harm other beings if it’s not absolutely necessary. - -I thrive on these foods, and my health is excellent (I do get everything tested every year or so). - -My Favorite Meals & Foods - -So what do meals look like when you eat mostly whole plant foods? Well, there’s a TON of incredible recipes out there, but I’m pretty boring. I eat mostly the same meals every day, because it’s just easier for me to prepare a big batch and not have to think about it. - -Some of my favorites: - -Lentils & steamed kale — I eat a big plate of cooked green/brown lentils and kale, and season it all with soy sauce, lemon juice, olive oil, cayenne powder, and nutritional yeast (a recipe from my friend Jesse) - -Lentil soup — I sautee onions, mushrooms, carrots and broccoli in my Instant Pot, then throw in lentils, kale, cubed tofu and veggie broth with spices (rosemary, thyme, sage, bay leaves, black pepper). High pressure for 10 minutes, put some lemon juice or balsamic vinegar on top to season - -Oats with berries or bananas and seeds, with cinnamon - -Tofu scramble with lots of veggies - -Baked sweet potato with hummus and avocado! - -Bananas with peanut butter is my treat - -Protein shake with pea protein and soy milk if I do a weight workout - -I also love vegan chili, veggie burgers, pasta, lasagna, Thai curry, and more. But the meals above are my faves. - -How I Learned to Love These Foods - -I’ll admit, I didn’t always love vegetables, or things like lentils or quinoa or tofu. I was a meat eater, and loved fast food and snacks. - -The way I learned to love the foods I mentioned above is … slowly. - -First, I adapted my favorite dishes to be slightly more healthy. I diced up carrots and greens and put it in spaghetti sauce and chili. I would eat a small side salad with my dishes, and season it with crunchy things. - -Then I would eat veggies with things that made them taste better — hummus, salad dressing. I’d eat sweet potatoes with butter and cinnamon. - -Eventually I really embraced veggies, and would eat a HUGE salad for lunch, and would make steamed or raw veggies the biggest part of my meals. - -Finally, I slowly started to cut out sugar from many of my meals, fried less of my foods, and cut out greasy things for the most part. And explored more and more delicious healthy foods. - -Staying on the Path - -I’ll admit, I go on stretches where I don’t eat the healthiest … maybe a couple of weeks where we have a lot of visitors and I’ll just eat whatever we’re making for them, or eat out a lot more. I tend to eat less healthily during the holidays, or when I travel. I’m OK with all of that! - -I’ve learned to not beat myself up, and just enjoy the food. Why not enjoy life? - -But then I’ve learned to just get back on track. Each day is a fresh start, where I can decide what will nourish my body the most. And more and more, I make choices that are delicious and nutritious, and are a part of the life that I love.",1731883644,3651ce3891,048545a38d,,,1731883644 -https://spectrum.ieee.org/ieee-foundation-memorial-fund,https://spectrum.ieee.org/rss/fulltext,Honor a Loved One With an IEEE Foundation Memorial Fund,"As the philanthropic partner of IEEE, the IEEE Foundation expands the organization’s charitable body of work by inspiring philanthropic engagement that ignites a donor’s innermost interests and values. - -One way the Foundation does so is by partnering with IEEE units to create memorial funds, which pay tribute to members, family, friends, teachers, professors, students, and others. This type of giving honors someone special while also supporting future generations of engineers and celebrating innovation. - -Below are three recently created memorial funds that not only have made an impact on their beneficiaries and perpetuated the legacy of the namesake but also have a deep meaning for those who launched them. - -EPICS in IEEE Fischer Mertel Community of Projects - -The EPICS in IEEE Fischer Mertel Community of Projects was established to support projects “designed to inspire multidisciplinary teams of engineering students to collaborate and engineer solutions to address local community needs.” - -The fund was created by the children of Joe Fischer and Herb Mertel to honor their fathers’ passion for mentoring students. Longtime IEEE members, Fischer and Mertel were active with the IEEE Electromagnetic Compatibility Society. Fischer was the society’s 1972 president and served on its board of directors for six years. Mertel served on the society’s board from 1979 to 1983 and again from 1989 to 1993. - -“The EPICS in IEEE Fischer Mertel Community of Projects was established to inspire and support outstanding engineering ideas and efforts that help communities worldwide,” says Tina Mertel, Herb’s daughter. “Joe Fischer and my father had a lifelong friendship and excelled as engineering leaders and founders of their respective companies [Fischer Custom Communications and EMACO]. I think that my father would have been proud to know that their friendship and work are being honored in this way.” - -The nine projects supported thus far have the potential to impact more than 104,000 people because of the work and collaboration of 190 students worldwide. The projects funded are intended to represent at least two of the EPICS in IEEE’s focus categories: education and outreach; human services; environmental; and access and abilities. - -Here are a few of the projects: - -IEEE AESS Michael C. Wicks Radar Student Travel Grant - -The IEEE Michael C. Wicks Radar Student Travel Grant was established by IEEE Fellow Michael Wicks prior to his death in 2022. The grant provides travel support for graduate students who are the primary authors on a paper being presented at the annual IEEE Radar Conference. Wicks was an electronics engineer and a radio industry leader who was known for developing knowledge-based space-time adaptive processing. He believed in investing in the next generation and he wanted to provide an opportunity for that to happen.Ten graduate students have been awarded the Wicks grant to date. This year two students from Region 8 (Africa, Europe, Middle East) and two students from Region 10 (Asia and Pacific) were able to travel to Denver to attend the IEEE Radar Conference and present their research. The papers they presented are “Target Shape Reconstruction From Multi-Perspective Shadows in Drone-Borne SAR Systems” and “Design of Convolutional Neural Networks for Classification of Ships from ISAR Images.” - -Life Fellow Fumio Koyama and IEEE Fellow Constance J. Chang-Hasnain proudly display their IEEE Nick Holonyak, Jr. Medal for Semiconductor Optoelectronic Technologies at this year’s IEEE Honors Ceremony. They are accompanied by IEEE President-Elect Kathleen Kramer and IEEE President Tom Coughlin. Robb Cohen - -IEEE Nick Holonyak Jr. Medal for Semiconductor Optoelectronic Technologies - -The IEEE Nick Holonyak Jr. Medal for Semiconductor Optoelectronic Technologies was created with a memorial fund supported by some of Holonyak’s former graduate students to honor his work as a professor and mentor. Presented on behalf of the IEEE Board of Directors, the medal recognizes outstanding contributions to semiconductor optoelectronic devices and systems including high-energy-efficiency semiconductor devices and electronics. - -Holonyak was a prolific inventor and longtime professor of electrical engineering and physics. In 1962, while working as a scientist at General Electric’s Advanced Semiconductor Laboratory in Syracuse, N.Y., he invented the first practical visible-spectrum LED and laser diode. His innovations are the basis of the devices now used in high-efficiency light bulbs and laser diodes. He left GE in 1963 to join the University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign as a professor of electrical engineering and physics at the invitation of John Bardeen, his Ph.D. advisor and a two-time Nobel Prize winner in physics. Holonyak retired from UIUC in 2013 but continued research collaborations at the university with young faculty members. - -“In addition to his remarkable technical contributions, he was an excellent teacher and mentor to graduate students and young electrical engineers,” says Russell Dupuis, one of his doctoral students. “The impact of his innovations has improved the lives of most people on the earth, and this impact will only increase with time. It was my great honor to be one of his students and to help create this important IEEE medal to ensure that his work will be remembered in the future.” - -The award was presented for the first time at this year’s IEEE Honors Ceremony, in Boston, to IEEE Fellow Constance Chang-Hasnain and Life Fellow Fumio Koyama for “pioneering contributions to vertical cavity surface-emitting laser (VCSEL) and VCSEL-based photonics for optical communications and sensing.” - -Establishing a memorial fund through the IEEE Foundation is a gratifying way to recognize someone who has touched your life while also advancing technology for humanity. If you are interested in learning more about memorial and tribute funds, reach out to the IEEE Foundation team: donate@ieee.org.",1731883665,5887b2bb51,048870a1fc,,,1731883665 -https://www.teachthought.com/critical-thinking/think-critically-about-news/,https://www.teachthought.com/feed/,20 Questions To Help Students Think Critically About News,,1731883662,ecf7668f95,046dedaf2e,,,1731883662 -https://www.stagewhispers.com.au/reviews/jesus-christ-superstar-21,https://www.stagewhispers.com.au/rss.xml,Jesus Christ Superstar,"Lyrics by Tim Rice. Music by Andrew Lloyd Webber. Regent’s Park Open Air Production. John Frost and Ian David for Crossroads Live. Capitol Theatre Sydney. Opening Night: November 14, 2024 - -Michael Paynter, in his professional musical theatre debut, almost blew the lid off the Capitol Theatre with his soaring high tenor rendition of the aria ‘Gethsemane’. - -With spotlights circling the heavens, beaten and whipped, facing imminent crucifixion, he scaled notes with such clarity and passion that he scored an unheard of two mid-performance standing ovations. The rock singer has not been in a musical since he was in high school – what a debut! - -“What’s the buzz” is one of the songs in the musical and there was a lot of buzz about this production, coming 50 years after it debuted at the same theatre. - -The sound and singing lived up to the hype. The producer John Frost, who was sitting in the same row as me, boasted afterwards that he had ‘wired up all the seats’. - -From this vantage point (near the front) you could feel the music in your bones. Starting with the ensemble running through the audience, through to the brilliant rock riffs that were played with such clarity by the band on-stage. - -The production is from the Regent’s Park Open Air season in London which has been anointed by Andrew Lloyd Webber as his favourite of recent times. - -The set is simple and unitary. It’s largely comprised of a cross on the ground and several levels of scaffolding. - -Many performances of Jesus Christ Superstar have magic tricks, colourful costumes and lavish sets which change as the narrative moves around the Holy Land. - -By contrast the leads enter in modern attire including grey jeans and sneakers. The cast carry around handheld microphones, harking back to the origins of the musical, first released as a concept album. - -The cleverest part of the direction of this piece is how the theme of microphones and mic stands is integrated into the darkest moments of the musical. - -To some in the audience it was a little underwhelming, but the drabness served to accentuate the moments of colour. - -Jesus is not whipped but sprinkled with gold dust. The audience did not need to see him being struck to feel the pain. It was all there in the music and the symbolism. - -The biggest moment of colour is King Herod’s song, portrayed with panache by Reuben Kaye. The cabaret artist’s glissando (sliding of notes) was delicious. - -Written as a camp cameo, his appearance was replete with irony. On opening night, he dropped in a line alluding to his recent brush with controversy making a joke about Jesus and nails.",1731883599,72e08d18c1,0527b70858,,,1731883599 -https://www.npr.org/2021/12/29/1068766749/the-economic-indicator-of-the-year,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Planet Money and The Indicator make their case for the year's top indicator : Planet Money : NPR,"The economic indicator of the year - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Mario Tama/Getty Images Mario Tama/Getty Images - -This was an extraordinary year for the economy. A year of bungled supply chains, rising prices, workers quitting. And in a year like this, it's hard to decide what to name ""Indicator of the Year."" - -But decide we must. - -Planet Money hosts join The Indicator's Stacey Vanek Smith for a game of indicator family feud. Everyone makes their case for the top economic indicator of the year. But only one host can wear the crown, and only one indicator can reign above them all. - -Vote for your favorite indicator by tweeting @theindicator or by emailing indicator@npr.org with ""Indicator of Indicators"" in the subject line. - -Sponsor Message - -Music: ""Strip Parade,"" ""Terry and Mildred,"" ""Don't Let Me Down,"" and ""Shark."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884691,8181d7a585,04b11e8ad6,,,1731884691 -https://www.agilitypr.com/pr-news/public-relations/5-virtual-event-marketing-strategies-to-boost-attendance/,https://www.agilitypr.com/feed/,5 virtual event marketing strategies to boost attendance,"Since the outbreak of the pandemic, it’s undeniable that more and more people around the world have turned to the Internet for a huge range of things. From shopping online to communicating with loved ones, from working and studying to attending meetings, many parts of people’s lives suddenly shifted to a virtual setting. - -And while many people have, indeed, returned to their pre-pandemic lifestyles—including going back to physical offices and workplaces—something remains true: virtual events continue to be a success. - -Even the PR industry, known for its reliance on in-person collaboration and communication, is not immune to the booming trend of virtual events. But how can you ensure that online gatherings are always a triumph? - -Keep reading as we unveil five tried-and-tested virtual event marketing strategies that drive attendance, engagement, and success. - -The Benefits of Virtual Events - -Before we explore how to make your virtual event a sold-out affair through targeted marketing strategies, it’s important to answer the following question: Why should you hold a virtual event in the first place? - -Let’s look at three benefits of this event modality. - -Increased accessibility - -Consider an old-fashioned, fully in-person event from the perspective of an attendance with a disability. Likely, they will be asked to travel to a place that might not be within easy reach of their home and that, perhaps, might not be well-equipped to cater to people with diverse mobility, cognitive or neurological needs. - -A virtual event, on the other hand? It can be entirely accessible—all your guests need is a device connected to the Internet. And, with added tools such as closed captions, sign language interpreters, three way calling, and more, virtual events can truly be inclusive and user-friendly. - -More Cost-Effective - -Another reason why virtual events are so popular is because they are much cheaper to organize compared to traditional, in-person ones. When you add up things such as venue hire, catering, tools and equipment, furniture, and on-site staff, you’ll soon realize that the final cost can be exorbitant, whether you plan to organize a relatively small meeting about personal branding or a much larger one that discusses less niche topics. - -Not to mention the fact that, in the frustrating but sometimes inevitable case that your event needs to be canceled, you stand to lose all the money that you have already put down. Not ideal, right? - -In the case of an online event, on the other hand, the financial expenditure can be kept to a minimum without the event itself suffering from it. Just make sure that you have all your event technology and digital tools up and running, and you can do everything digitally instead of manually—from initial planning to marketing, from event material to post-event surveys and feedback forms. - -More Sustainable - -Lastly, and as a follow-up to our previous point, it’s worth mentioning that choosing to go virtual as opposed to in-person also means choosing a more environmentally friendly approach to events. - -These are just some of the ways in which you can reduce your environmental impact by running a virtual event: - -Digital and paperless : A virtual event lets you do away with cumbersome, costly, and sometimes frankly useless paper brochures, flyers, handouts, and similar. - -No need to travel : With attendees joining the meeting without the necessity to get on the road, the total carbon footprint of the event will be minimal. - -Reduced food and water waste : Because a virtual event doesn’t need any type of catering (not even a coffee break!), you’ll be able to cut down on the inevitable waste that serving food and drinks to dozens, if not hundreds, of people generates. - -Top Marketing Strategies to Boost Virtual Event Attendance - -Now that you know what benefits you stand to gain from virtual events, let’s explore five excellent virtual event marketing strategies to make sure your next gathering is as successful as you’re hoping and that you provide the top-quality customer experience that your guests expect. - -1) Adopt a Before-During-After Approach - -Did you know that, to properly plan physical events, you normally need 6 to 12 months? There’s a huge amount of work to do, and it all starts with zooming in on your targeted leads and nurturing them so they find the prospect of participating in your future events enticing. - -Things, however, are easier if you go down the virtual route. You’ll still want to identify your target audience, but the overall turnaround time is much quicker—you’re looking at one to three months. Why? Well, you don’t have to find and book a venue, and there’s no need to hire suppliers and other staff to help on the day(s) of the event. - -However, even in the case of online events, you must ensure that you follow a before-during-after approach. - -Here’s how: - -Before the event : Make sure you have identified your specific audience, created your registration page, and taken to social media to promote your event. - -During the event : Ensure that you post about the event on social media in real-time to create a sense of urgency and engagement both with your guests and wider audience. In parallel, you can also share downloadable content, launch fun and interactive activities, and even use live chat or a chatbot to help answer people’s questions and/or facilitate Q&A sessions. - -After the event : This is where your email marketing efforts (see the next point) need to shine. After your event, don’t simply assume that everything went great. Update your website and social pages, share UGC content and highlights (preferably in video format), and send out post-event questionnaires, surveys, and feedback forms. Take stock of what your guests have to say about your event, and use it to improve your next one. - -2) Leverage Email Marketing - -Effective communication is vital for virtual events, and email marketing can be a great tool to carry out many communication-related tasks, including: - -Promoting your event - -A month or so before your event, start promoting it with a teaser email. The first message should offer just a sneak peek into what the guests can expect to pique their curiosity and nurture their interest in finding out more. - -Sending resources and materials - -Follow up with a more detailed email that includes some helpful documents for your attendees to peruse ahead of the event to get familiar with the topic—whether it be the future of artificial intelligence or something more technical, such as choosing the best VoIP integration with Hubspot. - -Enabling guest registrations - -Once your potential attendees have been provided with all this info, it’s time to show them how to register for the event. To this effect, you should send another email with a link that takes them straight to the event registration page. - -Sending reminders - -About two weeks before the event, send your first email reminder so that even the busiest attendee doesn’t miss the date. Follow this with another two or three reminders the closer you get to the big day. - -Sending thank-you notes - -The event is over, so now it’s time to send thank-you emails to all your attendees. You can also send “sorry, we missed you” emails to those who didn’t show up. - -Collecting feedback - -Separately, about three days after your event, send an email with a survey or questionnaire to capture your attendees’ feedback. Remember to keep it short and sweet! - -Teasing an upcoming event - -Have you got a new event in the pipeline? Then, email is, once again, the best way of promoting it. - -3) Create an Event Landing Page - -A landing page is another crucial component of your virtual event marketing strategy. Consider it a sort of virtual event platform where your target audience hangs out before—and, potentially, even during—the event itself. - -A spotless landing page that keeps visitors coming back usually features: - -Captivating (not clunky or slow-to-load) visuals that include a combination of images and videos. - -A title that hooks the visitor right off the bat. - -A subtitle or short explanation of the benefits the attendee is set to gain from the event. - -A brief outline of the event: when it’s going to take place (time and date) and what the event agenda is. - -A more detailed blurb that describes the event topic and teases more about it. - -Any information on the event’s sponsors (if there are any). - -Social proof, in the form of customer reviews—even better if they come from guests at your previous events. If you have never organized a virtual event before, then you can still incorporate more generic customer reviews about your brand and its products/services. - -Link to the event’s registration page, which should be as simple and seamless as possible. - -Shareable social media icons so that interested parties can share the event with others. - -A concluding, unmissable, and exciting call-to-action to bring it all home and seal the deal. - -4) Make It Social - -As we mentioned before, social media can be a huge help when it comes to boosting attendance and engagement for your virtual event, making it a truly immersive experience. Some of the best platforms in this sense include Facebook, LinkedIn, Instagram, and YouTube. - -The specific channel where you’ll be promoting your event will largely depend on the nature of the event itself, combined with the nature of your business and the industry in which it operates. For example, if you’re running an event for B2B professionals centered around the topic of virtual contact center solutions, then LinkedIn is almost surely the best choice. - -If, on the other hand, your event is aimed at your customers and wants to offer them a behind-the-scenes view of how your company manufactures its products, then Facebook or Instagram are probably your best bets. - -5) Share an Enticing Teaser - -It’s nearly time for your event—exciting, right? Now is your chance to generate some buzz. One of the best ways to achieve this is via a captivating video teaser—something along the lines of a movie trailer. - -However, just like with all the best movie trailers, you don’t want to give away any spoilers, so it’s important to keep it short and simple. Your aim, even before boosting event attendance, should be to entice your target audience to find out more about your company by checking out your website and social media pages. This will drive more traffic and awareness to your brand, which is a great way to generate that buzz. - -For example, if you have three guest speakers, tease one of them and hint at the fact that there will be more. Then, as the event approaches and you have signed up a good amount of attendees, you can slowly start revealing a bit more—though never too much! - -Key Takeaways - -In a world where remote and hybrid work is undoubtedly the new normal, running a virtual event is second nature for many businesses. If yours is one of them, then our guide to the best virtual event marketing strategies will have certainly helped. - -From mastering email marketing to nailing your event landing page, there are many things you can do to boost your target audience’s attendance at your virtual events. What are you waiting for? Start now!",1731883661,52bb56b32d,04e4d74815,,,1731883661 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/socal-media-reacts-to-rfk-jr-nomination_n_67368455e4b0958bad3eb5da,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,Social Media Shares Sick Feelings On RFK Jr. Leading Health And Human Services,"Don't let this be the end of the free press. The free press is under attack — and America's future hangs in the balance. As other newsrooms bow to political pressure, HuffPost is not backing down. - -Would you help us keep our news free for all? We can't do it without you. - -Can't afford to contribute? Support HuffPost by creating a free account and log in while you read.",1731883679,b2d88cb862,04a79435c5,,,1731883679 -https://www.vg247.com/you-can-buy-a-real-life-dark-knight-batmobile-for-three-million-dollars,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Fancy owning a functional replica of The Dark Knight's Batmobile? Got, uh, $3 million to spare? Then I've got some great news","We all at one point or another dream about owning a Batmobile, and soon enough 10 (very rich) people will get to make that reality. - -With so many different incarnations of Batman, we'll all have our favourite Batmobiles depending on when we grew up - my personal favourite is Batman: The Animated Series, but that shouldn't be a surprise considering I grew up watching it as a kid. More recent versions have gone for a more militaristic look, partially because of The Dark Knight's version, the Tumbler. It's not my favourite, and I wouldn't want to own one, but that doesn't matter much, because it turns out I couldn't even remotely afford it even if I did want it. That's because Wayne Enterprises, a very real business based off of the civilian persona of Batman, Bruce Wayne, is selling an actual Tumbler, for the low, low price of $3 million. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -No, this isn't a joke, and yes, it's an actual, functional car that you can drive around… well, sort of, as it's not particularly road legal, but if you're a car collector with a big bit of private land, you're probably safe to drive it there. This thing is absolutely ridiculous, and there's only 10 of them being made, so you had to sign-up in order to even be considered a buyer (applications closed last month unfortunately so if you are stupid rich, 1. why are you even reading this, you have so much money you should spend your time differently, and 2. you're out of luck). - -I'm not going to even pretend to understand what all the specifications mean, but for the motorheads out there you can check the website for further details about the engine 'n' all that. Mostly I'm just surprised something so extravagant exists, but when the rest of the company is dedicated to jewellery, watches, and an AI robot (starting to feel like this place is just for the richy rich), maybe I shouldn't be. I think I'll stick to my silly little toy cars, thanks very much.",1731883688,374d98cbb9,050757f803,,,1731883688 -https://www.npr.org/2023/05/25/1178291177/ai-chatgpt-artificial-intelligence-series-part-three,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Our first podcast episode made by AI : Planet Money : NPR,"AI Podcast 3.0: Dial M for Mechanization - -Enlarge this image London Express/Getty Images London Express/Getty Images - -(This is part three of a three-part series. For more, check out parts one and two.) - -It's the thrilling conclusion to our three-part series on AI — the world premiere of the first episode of Planet Money written by AI. In Part 1 of this series, we taught AI how to write an original Planet Money script by feeding it real research and interviews. In Part 2, we used AI to clone the voice of our former colleague Robert Smith. - -Now, we've put everything together into a 15-minute Planet Money episode. And we've gathered some of our co-hosts to listen along. - -Sponsor Message - -So, how did the AI do? You'll have to listen to learn what went surprisingly well, where it fell short, and hear reactions from the real-life hosts whose jobs could be at risk of being replaced by the machines. - -This episode was produced by Emma Peaslee and Willa Rubin. It was engineered by James Willetts and fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Keith Romer edited this series and Jess Jiang is our acting executive producer. - -In the radio play, Mary Childs voiced Ethel Kinney; Willa Rubin voiced Alice; and Kenny Malone voiced Dr. Jones and Dial Doom 5000. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: ""Digital Wave,"" ""Jazzy Breakdown,"" ""Theme Party,"" ""Lost Frequency,"" ""Midnight Driving Wilson,"" ""Streets of Fire,"" ""Benin Bop,"" and ""Electro Years."" - -Note: This story has been updated to include credits for the people who voiced the radio play.",1731884634,8181d7a585,05111e9703,,,1731884634 -https://www.edtechdigest.com/2024/11/14/klik/,https://edtechdigest.com/feed/,KLIK from KLIKBoks,"KLIK is an exciting and innovative tool for educators. This cool tool is a hybrid collaboration, conferencing, and content sharing system. Say goodbye to costly and complicated ‘room’ systems. Video conferences have found their home with KLIK. Start the meeting on your laptop, then connect to the room’s display, camera and sound system for exceptional video, audio and seamless collaboration using your favorite video conferencing platform. - -Educators can also share more content in Ultra-High Definition. With the HUB’s 4K video output, even a giant screen will render crystal-clear images across up to 4 shared content tiles. Switch instantly between split-screen and Fullscreen modes to get a closer view, & share everything with a hybrid team. - -With KLIK, there is also wireless collaboration with integrated control. Control who has access to the screen and what they can share to it. As the moderator, you can preview any user’s content before adding it to the screen, then minimize, maximize and stop their content sharing remotely or from a touch screen. - -It is one hardware device with all the features, and purpose-built for high performance and always-on reliability, backed by a 5-Year warranty, and the best support in the industry. Here are some of its key features and benefits: - -Content Organization: KLIK helps teachers organize all their digital content efficiently. This means no more scrambling to find lesson materials or worrying about keeping everything in one place. Enhanced Engagement: One of the biggest challenges for teachers is keeping students engaged. KLIK addresses this by making it easier to share content in an interactive way. Students can collaborate, annotate, and interact with the material, which makes learning more fun and engaging. Flexibility and Accessibility: With KLIK, teachers can adapt to different teaching environments, whether it’s in-person, hybrid, or remote. It ensures that learning can happen seamlessly no matter where the students are. Cost-Effective: KLIK also considers the needs of school administrators. By streamlining content management and reducing operating costs, it becomes a cost-effective solution for educational institutions. Knowledge Base: The ability to create a knowledge base of reference material in the cloud is a valuable feature. It means that students can access resources even after the lesson is over, promoting continuous learning. Live Streaming: Live streaming classes is a fantastic way to make education more accessible. Students who may not be able to attend in person can still participate and reference the lessons later. - -KLIK is a comprehensive solution that not only simplifies content management for teachers but also significantly enhances student engagement and accessibility. - -For these reasons and more, KLIK earned a Cool Tool Award (finalist) for “Best Classroom Management Solution” as part of The EdTech Awards 2024 from EdTech Digest. Learn more. - -Like this: Like Loading...",1731883671,ce9e226ebc,05971690e1,,,1731883671 -https://www.autofinancenews.net/allposts/risk-management/synthetic-identity-fraud-in-auto-applications-up-5-bps-yoy/,https://www.autofinancenews.net/feed/,Synthetic identity fraud in auto applications up 5 bps YoY,"THIS WEBSITE USES COOKIES - - - -We use cookies on our website to give you the most relevant experience by remembering your preferences and repeat visits. By clicking “I CONSENT”, you consent to the use of ALL the cookies. - - - -",1731883648,e5c42d52b4,046344347f,,,1731883648 -https://designshack.net/articles/typography/20-bold-and-free-script-fonts/,https://designshack.net/feed/,60+ Bold & Free Script Fonts 2025,"60+ Bold & Free Script Fonts 2025 - -Today we’re featuring some of the best free script fonts from across the web. We’ve hand-picked bold script fonts with impact, that can be a stand-out choice for your next project. - -Fonts don’t always need to be expensive. In fact, it’s hard to believe that the fonts in this collection are actually free to use. - -We handpicked these bold script fonts from all around the web, so be sure to check the license and attribution details before using them with your client and commercial projects. - -Before we get to the free items, we wanted to show you a couple of our favourite script fonts from Envato Elements: - -This beautiful handwritten script font features both uppercase and lowercase letters with numbers and punctuations. It’s the perfect font for designing everything from website headers to greeting cards, T-Shirt designs, and more. - -Historia is a script font with a vintage brush style script design. The font features a realistic hand painted look and it’s ideal for crafting posters, book covers, and banners. It includes uppercase and lowercase letters with numbers and glyphs. - -Watch is a modern script font with a graffiti style design. You can use it to design website headers, posters, social media posts, and much more. It will fit in well with millennial and fashion related designs. - -This elegant script font is the perfect choice for designing greeting cards and wedding invitations. It features a natural and flowing design that makes it one of a kind. In addition to the basic characters, the font also includes 370 glyphs and 115 alternate characters as well. - -Stay High is a unique script font with a pop-culture design. It’s a great choice for designing posters, flyers, banners, and other types of print and digital designs. The font also includes 200 ligatures and glyphs as well. - -Lelliany is a beautiful handwritten script font with a stylishly creative letterform design. This font is a great choice for crafting logos, signage, and even packaging designs. It’s free to use with personal projects. - -A unique script font with a blackboard-style handwritten design. This font will make your titles and text look like letters coming off of a blackboard. It’s an ideal choice for everything from wedding invitations to business cards and more. - -A stylishly elegant script font for your creative projects. This font has a vintage-style letter design that takes inspiration from classic posters and banner designs. It’s free to use with personal projects. - -A perfect choice for crafting Christmas cards and all sorts of holiday-themed designs. This free font will make your seasonal greetings look much more professional. It’s free for personal use only. - -You can download this script font for free to design elegant titles and headings for your professional and client projects. The font features a beautiful handwritten script lettering design. And it’s free for commercial use. - -Wintersoul is a creative brush script font featuring a unique handwritten letter design with a brush texture. It’s ideal for posters, greeting cards, t-shirts, and much more. You can use it freely with commercial projects. - -This beautiful script font comes with a vintage-style letter design that will fit in perfectly with your modern product packaging designs as well as custom T-shirts, posters, and more. You can use it for free with personal projects. - -With this free script font, you can design elegant logos and labels for luxury brands. Or craft stylish typography for your business cards and wedding invitations. It’s free to use with personal projects. - -If you want to add a handcrafted look and feel to your designs, use this font to your advantage. This is a free brush script font that comes with a beautiful hand-drawn character design. It’s free for personal use. - -The bold retro design makes this font one of the most unique typefaces on our list. It features a stylish character design that is suitable for various product packaging and label designs. You can use it for free with personal projects. - -Restless is another beautiful brush script font that comes with a minimalist letter design. This font is perfect for crafting typography for greeting cards, posters, and flyers. It’s free for personal use. - -This free script font comes with a beautiful textured design that will help add an authentic look to your designs. It’s especially a great choice for greeting cards and invitation designs. The font is free to use with your personal projects. - -The bold and hand-painted brush design of this script font gives it a very uncommon look and feel. You can use it to add unique titles to your poster and flyers. It’s free to use with personal projects. - -Another creative brush script font featuring a bold textured design. This font has a clean design that’s perfect for various print and digital designs. And it’s completely free to use with your personal and commercial projects. - -If you’re looking for a script font with a classic retro design, this font is perfect for you. It comes with a 90s retro-style script lettering design. You can use it for free with commercial projects. - -This script font features a stylish vintage letter design that will look great on product label and signage designs. The font includes both uppercase and lowercase letters. It’s free to use with personal projects. - -Monique Script is an elegant signature font that comes with a very clean letter design. It’s ideal for all sorts of creative greeting card designs, business card designs, and even for wedding invites. It’s free for commercial use. - -If you’re looking for a stylish script font to design a business card, this font is for you. It comes with a stylish signature script design that’s perfect for professional projects. You can use it for free with personal designs. - -Calista is a trendy handwritten script font you can use to craft social media posts and various other creative designs. It’ll look great on T-shirt designs as well. The font is free to use with your personal projects. - -If you’re looking for a script font with a minimalist design, this font is worth downloading. It features a clean and elegant lettering design you can use with all kinds of print and digital designs. It’s free for personal use. - -This free script font is perfect for different kinds of creative projects like designing school banners, posters, and even logos. You can download and use it for free with personal projects. - -Crawley is a retro-themed script font that comes with a beautiful design. It’s ideal for creating logos, posters, badges, and website headers. The demo version of the font is free to download and use with personal projects. - -This minimalist script font features a modern design that will instantly attract anyone’s attention. The font features uppercase and lowercase letters with numbers, punctuations, and multilingual characters. The font is free to use with personal and commercial projects. - -This creative script font comes with a design inspired by brush lettering and sign paintings. The font can be used to design T-Shirts, signage, mugs, and much more. It’s free for both personal and commercial use. - -Adrenaline is a modern-vintage font with a unique rounded design. It’s ideal for designing everything from product packagings to labels, greeting cards, posters, and much more. - -Give your designs an authentic handcrafted feel. Rohtwo Bold Signature is perfectly suited to stationery, logos, and much more. - -Haglos allows you to create hand lettering in an instant and offers a super handy set of bonus swash. Ideal for logos, handwritten quotes, product packaging, header, poster, merchandise, social media & greeting cards. - -Rafale is a bold script font with a calligraphy style. It looks very beautiful on invitations, greeting cards, branding materials, business cards, quotes, posters, and more! - -Hardwork is a clean, modern, and bold script font with a vintage look and full of charm. It contains uppercase, lowercase and numbers. Hardwork font is perfect for projects like business card, typography, graphic design, poster, brochure, wedding invitation, web header, logo design and many more. - -Hobenshaw is a hand drawn font carefully crafted with a personal charm. It is a hot font, perfect for a design that stands out even if it’s a logo, or simply a stylish text over an background image. Hobenshaw includes full set of uppercase and lowercase letters and numerals. - -Southampton is a signature-style script font you can use to design logos, signatures, social media posts, watermarks, wedding invitations, and other types of graphics. The font is free to use with personal projects. - -Another signature-style script font with a modern design. The font is ideal for designing many different types of web and print works. The free version of the font is limited to personal use only. - -This elegant script font also features a handwritten signature-style design. You can use it to craft business cards, logos, wedding invitations, greeting cards, social media posts, and much more. - -Barcelony is an elegant free script font that features a natural flowing handwritten design. It’s perfect for designing everything from greeting cards to wedding invitations, logos, and more. - -Featuring a creative monoline design, this free script font comes with lots of alternate characters and multilingual support. The font is most suitable for wedding invitations and stationery design. - -Woodlands is a free brush script font you can use to craft large headings and titles for your posters, banners, website headers, and social media post designs. It includes both uppercase and lowercase letters. - -Milestone features a stylish vintage design that’s ideal for designing product labels and logos. The free font includes lots of glyphs, multilingual characters, and ligatures as well. - -Another free script font featuring a vintage design. This font comes with several unique alternate characters, ligatures, and multilingual character support. - -Aliyah is the perfect font you can use to design greeting cards and wedding invitations. The creative brush script design of the font will make your designs look more stylish and professional as well. - -This free script font comes with a calligraphy design that makes it stand out from the rest. The font is free to download and use with your personal projects. - -Briberra is a modern script font with a rough design. You can use it with various designs including T-shirts, posters, website headers, and much more. - -Fineberg typeface features a clean and stylish design. The handwritten script design of the font makes it most suitable for designing titles and headlines for posters and banners. - -Black Roasters is a monoline script font that comes with a modern-vintage design. The font is ideal for packaging and label designs as well as many others. - -Hensa is a modern brush script font with a natural design. You can use it with your greeting card, posters, book cover, and other types of design projects. The font includes glyphs, swashes, and ligatures as well. - -Inspired by the Childish Gambino’s popular song, this free font features a bold and a modern design that will help you send a powerful message across through your designs. The font is free to use with personal and commercial projects. - -Logowa is a unique hand-painted font that features a creative design with an uncommon style. The font is perfect for logotypes, badges, and signage designs. - -Gardenia is an elegant and free script font that comes with a creative design. The font can be used to craft website and blog headers as well as social media covers, posters, greeting cards, and much more. - -Lauren is a handmade calligraphy script font that comes with a modern design. You can design logos, T-shirts, greeting cards, website headers, and more using this free font. - -This amazing marker script font comes to you free of charge. It features lots of glyphs, ligatures, swashes, and includes multilingual support as well. - -Barista is a unique script font that features a stenciled and monoline design. The font is perfect for crafting logotypes, signs, badges, and posters. - -Campground is yet another retro-inspired script font you can use to design posters, badges, website headers, social media covers, product packaging, labels, and many other types of designs. - -Bahagia is a signature-style script font that comes with both uppercase and lowercase letters. It also features lots of symbols, punctuations, and alternate characters. - -Florateris is a fancy, and stylish cursive font suitable for projects that demand a creative, and edgy look. It’s an excellent contender for your cash if you truly value standing out from the pack. Do give this wonderful script typeface a shot. - -If you’re wanting to get your hands on a cursive script font that really helps your designs stand out, look no further than Twilight Blossom. It’s a modern calligraphy font with a bouncy style that will surely make your lettering designs look way more attractive. - -Dream Flourish is a script font that exudes luxury, and elegance making it perfect for a range of creative and professional applications including but not limited to wedding invitations, landing pages, logos, greeting cards and headlines. - -If you’re looking to hunt down the best cursive script fonts available on the market today, Bayhours is well worth checking out. It features an effortlessly stylish design that surely will make your projects stand out. Check it out now. - -Can’t get enough of beautiful fonts? Check out our best monogram fonts and calligraphy fonts collections for more.",1731883653,0f4f0bc78f,05cef3e4e5,,,1731883653 -https://derivsource.com/2024/09/17/broadridge-announces-first-high-quality-liquidity-asset-use-case-for-its-distributed-ledger-repo-platform/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Broadridge Announces First High-Quality Liquidity Asset Use Case for its Distributed Ledger Repo Platform,"Expanding its network across the global repo market, Global Fintech leader Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (NYSE:BR), today announced that a Tier-1 Canadian Bank has implemented its Distributed Ledger Repo (DLR) platform for High-Quality Liquid Asset (HQLA) treasury securities management. This collaboration marks a significant milestone as the bank becomes the first to go live with this groundbreaking HQLA use case through DLR, showcasing the potential of Distributed Ledger Technology (DLT) in transforming financial operations. - -“As a trusted and transformative technology partner, we are thrilled to see another Tier-1 institution recognize the value of our DLR platform helping them operate, innovate and grow,” said Horacio Barakat, Head of Digital Innovation at Broadridge. “This implementation not only simplifies their workflow and generates cost savings but also lays the foundation for further DLT use cases that can drive even greater efficiencies and innovation in the financial sector.” - -As the industry continues to evolve, firms are increasingly turning to digital strategies that incorporate DLT to unlock significant operational and cost benefits. Broadridge remains at the forefront of this transformation, helping clients navigate the complexities of the digital era and achieve long-term operational efficiencies. - -The global expansion of the DLR platform across sell-side and buy-side firms is generating a network effect, amplifying benefits and supporting a wider variety of transaction types. Broadridge continues to lead the way in utilizing distributed ledger technology to reshape the global repo market with a monthly volume reaching $1 trillion.",1731883734,9dd65a327d,059d10c26a,,,1731883734 -https://www.communitysignal.com/providing-a-safe-and-functional-community-for-cancer-survivors/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,Providing a Safe and Functional Community for Cancer Survivors,"Online communities are can be essential for people impacted by illness. For those directly affected, their families, and support systems, these communities can provide a much needed place to share experiences, to vent, and to learn about different symptoms, treatments, and the intricacies of navigating the healthcare system. For our guest, Amanda Petersen, Planet Cancer provided such a community as she fought breast cancer in her early twenties. - -Amanda has since continued to be an active contributor and moderator in online spaces dedicated to providing a safe and functional community for cancer survivors. In this conversation, she talks about the role that Planet Cancer played in her life in addition to why she felt motivated to start participating in r/breastcancer. The community exists and is functional because of its people –– people like Amanda that help to moderate the space and people that are looking to connect with others and find support in their journeys. - -Whether a moderator takes a break or community members sadly pass away or move on, the rules that they have created and the space that they’ve fostered will continue to provide a meaningful community for cancer survivors. - -Amanda and Patrick also discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Hivebrite, the community engagement platform. - -What makes a space for cancer survivors not functional? (12:27): “[After you have been in the] support community space for so long, there are certain things that you start IDing [that indicate] this is no longer a functional space for survivors. People flooding it when they’re concerned about having cancer, while totally legitimate, will drive away your survivors. People asking for donation requests will drive away your survivors. People asking for research requests will drive away your survivors.” – @amandarhiann - -The important roles of active moderators in a subreddit (15:46): “Unless the moderators are paying attention, Reddit can be a very unsafe place for many reasons. With strong moderator teams, it can be a safe place of healing.” – @amandarhiann - -Why r/breastcancer does not allow pre-diagnosis posts (19:13): “Don’t take advice about your health from someone at a grocery store, [and that also] applies to Reddit. [People] need to go to their doctor, and there are tons of pre-diagnosis resources out there that aren’t going to force people who are actively going through treatment to answer questions they shouldn’t have to answer.” – @amandarhiann - -The emotional tax of research requests for cancer survivors (21:04): “[r/breastcancer] is a place for helping people navigate the complexities of breast cancer. It’s not a place to help other people do their jobs better. Sure, if you want to come and read [or] do text analysis on Reddit, go ahead, it’s all public, but don’t harm the people that we’re trying to help, even inadvertently.” – @amandarhiann - -Amanda Petersen is the program manager for community operations at MURAL. Prior to working in community, Amanda spent ten years of her career helping people who used challenging behaviors to communicate complex needs. In tandem, she moderated and managed online support communities for young adults with cancer. - -[music] - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Hivebrite, the community engagement platform. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[00:00:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello, and thank you for listening. On this episode, we’re joined by Amanda Petersen, the program manager for community operations at MURAL. Diagnosed at 21 with breast cancer, Amanda sought connection online and it eventually led her down this career path. We’re going to talk about that path, the breastcancer subreddit which Amanda helped reboot, and the types of rules a mature community puts in place when they understand who they exist to serve. I am sure this is clear, but just a warning, we will be discussing cancer and loss on this episode. - -Our Patreon supporters believe in our show and contribute to its sustained operation. This group includes Jenny Weigle, Serena Snoad, and Heather Champ. We’re grateful for the support. If you’d like to join their ranks, please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -Amanda Petersen is the program manager for community operations at MURAL. Prior to working in community, Amanda spent ten years of her career helping people who used challenging behaviors to communicate complex needs. In tandem, she moderated and managed online support communities for young adults with cancer. - -Amanda, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:18] Amanda Petersen: Hi. Thanks for having me, Patrick. I’m excited to be here. - -[00:01:21] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s my pleasure. - -[00:01:30] Amanda Petersen: Long-time listener, first-time caller, I really wanted to say that. - -[00:01:33] Patrick O’Keefe: [laughs] Thank you. - -[00:01:34] Amanda Petersen: You don’t have to leave that in. - -[00:01:35] Patrick O’Keefe: [laughter] I don’t see why we wouldn’t. When I asked you about how you got your start in community, you went to 2005 when you were diagnosed with breast cancer at age 21, and you found a community called Planet Cancer, and I’m going to quote you here, “We were just kids united by a common experience, alienated by the standard care for adults with cancer and we built a community that made it not better, but less lonely.” Talk about that. - -[00:02:04] Amanda Petersen: Yes. When you’re diagnosed really young, they don’t know what to do with you. Depending on the type of cancer, you might be a 21-year-old being treated at a pediatric clinic, or you might be a 21-year-old treated at a clinic where most of the people that are there are older. You’re walking into clinics all the time to all these appointments and people are like, “Oh my God, you’re so young for this,” or, “Oh my God, I can’t even imagine being your age and going through this.” - -That experience in and of itself when you’re the only person who’s there trying to go to college, trying to date. I was newly married, thinking about kids, that type of experience isn’t what the standard cancer patient probably really experiences. Typically when people face cancer, they’re a little older, they might have some kids, their kids might be grown, they might be retiring. They might not have to be worried about works or gaps in resumes or applying to grad school, or in my case in 2005, it was, am I going to have insurance or is this going to be a preexisting condition? - -That experience, looking back on it this many years later, was so lonely because people call it out as, “Oh, you’re so young.” They have this talk track about like, “Oh, did you eat healthy? Oh, were you overweight? Oh, were you this, or were you that?” I was like, I was 21, “No.” None of those things were the case. - -Not having people who know that feeling and know the, how am I going to go to work tomorrow? How am I going to finish college? How am I going to explain a two-year gap on my resume? How do I talk about my disabilities that I now have in a work environment? That isn’t an experience that you can walk into any cancer support group in the country or now Zoom into any cancer support group in the country and find because there just aren’t that many of us. I was the youngest kid diagnosed with breast cancer in that area of the state of Washington that year and, I think, for the previous three or four. - -And I by no means was the youngest kid. I was an adult, but I was so young. Planet Cancer was a place where I didn’t have to worry about anybody being like, “Oh my God, you’re so young.” “Oh my God, my retirement accounts are never going to recover.” [chuckles] I was like, “Am I going to make it to retirement? I don’t know.” At that point, my survival statistics were very, very low for the type of cancer that I had because prior to my cohort, we didn’t have treatments. Planet Cancer was a place where I could say, “This really sucks. I’m really scared,” and other people could say that too. - -The people who had started down the path before me were there to hold space for me and hold my hand and be like, “Yes.” I had my first and third chemotherapies paid for and my second and fourth were denied by preexisting conditions because this was back before Obamacare and the healthcare act. Somebody was like, “You just have to fight it. You just have to. They’re trying to not pay for it and your job not only is to manage going to the appointments and remembering all the stuff and making treatment choices with your physicians but it’s also to deal with the bullshit and deal with it.” Just having someone frame it that way as a job, like it’s part of your job, was really helpful. - -If I’d walked to a group of people who were 65, 75 and they’re like, “Oh it’s your job to do this,” I would’ve been like, “Yeah, right. You guys don’t have anything else to do. I’m trying to graduate college.” It allowed us to create that space for each other. After my initial year of treatment, I was in treatment for another seven years, I just hung around because those people who had extended that space to me and that community to me and that connection to me, a lot of them had moved on. Some of them died. Cancer just really sucks and so staying in that space was important. Planet Cancer has a place in my heart forever. It also taught me my first lesson about how I’m not to migrate a community but it’s fine. - -[00:06:43] Patrick O’Keefe: What happened with the migration since you brought it up? - -[00:06:45] Amanda Petersen: It was freaking horrible. I do want to say something about the Planet Cancer experience. I was diagnosed in spring of 2005 and my childhood friend was diagnosed with lymphoma. She had had a tumor wrapped around her heart, I think, in December of 2004. When I was diagnosed she sent me a chemo fairy doll. It was this little bear with wings, some really trashy amazing books to keep me busy, some hats to keep my head warm. Then she was like, handwritten note, “check out plantcancer.org.” That’s how I found it. It wasn’t through social workers. It wasn’t through my doctors. It wasn’t through a Google search. It was literally my friend. She’s also how I found First Descents which is another amazing community for young survivors. - -Migration, let’s talk about that. It was a total disaster from a user’s perspective. Do you remember what the open-source bulletin board software was way back when? - -[00:07:50] Patrick O’Keefe: The most popular one would’ve been phpBB most likely but there were others. - -[00:07:54] Amanda Petersen: It was like BB board. - -[00:07:56] Patrick O’Keefe: bbPress which is from the WordPress folks. There was all sorts of open-source software that came out. - -[00:08:02] Amanda Petersen: It was literally one of those old school ones, old school enough. We had a little like icon which was a world with a bandana on. That’s a really common cultural experience for people with cancer. We had a hot flame. It might have been a GIF that went on and you could tell when something had been talked on or not. The migration happened just as Facebook was getting larger. We were moved to a platform that was basically Facebook-like with a newsfeed and profiles. That move didn’t happen with the people who were on the boards. It was this decision that happened. The founder of Planet Cancer, her name is Heidi Schultz Adams. She was amazing. She really pioneered the work for young survivors. Pre her and pre Planet Cancer, we weren’t really a part of the conversation at all. - -When the move happened, it shifted from a platform like a community forum platform to a more Facebook-style platform. It was the classic we weren’t really told what was happening. We were just told that the boards were closing down and that they were going to keep them around for a period of time and our dead friends were talking there to us still. We could go and look at them and see them there. It shifted to social media which social media really focuses on the individual and the profile of the person and less on the conversations. When that happened, it definitely made it harder for me to moderate because I couldn’t find anything and the structure was gone. It’s the first lesson I learned in change management and how if you have to make a change, how to bring your people all along with you so you’re not upending a community that was built. - -[00:09:57] Patrick O’Keefe: Totally. I pulled up the Wayback Machine for planetcancer.org and found that it was phpBB was what the community was running in ’05, end of ’05, so I guess when you first would have maybe discovered that community, perhaps. - -Let’s pause for a moment to talk about our generous sponsor Hivebrite. - -Hivebrite empowers organizations to manage, grow, and engage their communities through technology. Its community management platform has features designed to strengthen engagement and help achieve your community goals. Hivebrite supports over 500 communities around the world, including the American Heart Association, JA Worldwide, Earthwatch, the University of Notre Dame, Columbia Business School, and Princeton University Advancement. Visit hivebrite.com to learn more. - -You go a long way from Planet Cancer, discovering that community, to working at MURAL, and some spots in between. Another spot with a similar audience that I wanted to talk about was the breastcancer subreddit on Reddit, which is where you eventually moved over to and helped to improve. Before the show, you mentioned that you had helped to reboot it. I guess, just to set the table, what was your involvement there? - -[00:11:14] Amanda Petersen: r/breastcancer is like any other subreddit. It was created by someone at some point with a vision for creating a community around breast cancer. By the time I was interacting with it, it was three, four years ago, I think, I went in and I was a looky-loo on Reddit for a very long time until I finally got irritated and signed up. I just wanted to be able to upvote things. - -[00:11:41] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s the motivation we all want. We want people to be driven by irritation. - -[00:11:43] Amanda Petersen: We all want to click the upvote, right? - -[00:11:46] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. - -[00:11:46] Amanda Petersen: I was looking at it, and people would post and no one would answer, or one or two people would answer. People would post things like, “Hey, I might have cancer. What do I do?” Then the same time, somebody else might come in and say, “I have stage 3 cancer. I don’t know if my kids are going to see me live.” Somebody else might come in five or six days later and post, “I’ve got a research request. Calling on cancer survivors, come and tell us… do emotional labor for free so that we can study you more.” It was just crickets. - -One of the things about cancer and being in the support community space for so long is, there are certain things that you start IDing as like, “This is no longer a functional space for survivors.” People flooding it when they’re concerned about having cancer, while totally legitimate, will drive away your survivors. People asking for donation requests will drive away your survivors. People asking for research requests will drive away your survivors. - -This is right when I started at my last job at Personify and I was working with all of my clients and I was looking at the subreddit being like, “I know there are young breast cancer survivors on Reddit.” You don’t have to be a woman to have breast cancer. Anybody that has mammary glands can get breast cancer, any age. The places that did provide support for young survivors specifically, most of them were on Facebook. I just was like, “What if there are people sitting there like I did at 3:00 AM in the morning before their chemotherapy and they don’t know where to go and they’re on Reddit? What if that’s a need?” - -I was just like, “Okay. Just start replying.” I started replying. Over time the replies started picking up and more people started gathering. Then I started replying to other people’s replies, again, modeling that kind of behavior. The whole intent was to just create a space where people can talk to each other, and support each other, and give that little up arrow of, “Hey, I heard you.” The good, the bad, the ugly, I heard you. That started picking up. - -Then I had to have brain surgery about three years ago. Not for cancer. I have a brain malformation. I then had to have a second brain surgery rapidly after. It was hard for me to do that labor because there’s a lot of, I don’t know, remembering a lot of experiences that I went through that if I’m not like talking to people, I don’t necessarily think about them all the time and I just couldn’t do it, so I stepped away from it. About a year later, I got this message from Litarider and she’s one of our other mods. She was like, “Hey, you’re the oldest mod on here who’s actually somewhat active on Reddit. We need help. People are talking and talking in the forums in the subreddit and we can’t do it on our own. We need assistance.” - -How did I even become a moderator? I think I probably looked at the mod list and was like, “Hey people is anybody interested in moderating anymore?” I was added and started making some changes to the rules. I don’t really remember all of the changes or what the rules were. I wanted to go back and find them for our convo but I couldn’t. By the time I came back, there was stronger rules and we had a group of four moderators, myself including, who were there making sure that the Reddit was a safe place. Reddit, unless the moderators are paying attention, Reddit can be a very unsafe place for very many reasons. With strong moderator teams, it can be a safe place of healing where people can provide it. - -Litarider reached out and then we start a little chat group between all of us and we put rules in place of engagement to really make the Reddit space safe for breast cancer survivors and patients. That is the entire purpose of that subreddit. - -[00:16:20] Patrick O’Keefe: In this sense is a reboot, is that the moment this moderator says, “Hey I need help.” You’re like, “What can we do to fix this quiet that has taken the community, adjust our rules to make it more inviting?” Or how would you describe a reboot in the sense of a subreddit? - -[00:16:35] Amanda Petersen: The reboot started three years ago when I just started replying to people. - -[00:16:39] Patrick O’Keefe: Got you. - -[00:16:40] Amanda Petersen: I think about community building as momentum and energy. The energy was pushing that ball down the hill and it’s starting to roll and then other people being like, “Woah, we should have a ball here. It should be rolling.” They were shoving at the same time. - -The more formal moderating really happened when Litarider looked around and was like, “Where are my mods?” I was off being brain surgered or whatever that word is. - -[00:17:11] Patrick O’Keefe: There was definitely more of a gradual thing. You saw a community that you felt needed some attention and then as a member, you said, “I care about this. I want to be there for people and then you started to be there for people. Then other people noticed including this moderator and was like, “Wow, we actually have more things going on now. We should take a look at our moderator list, our rule set, and how the community is set up to keep this momentum going.” - -[00:17:39] Amanda Petersen: Litarider actually, I think, became a mod after I had gone. I think they came in and were like, “Woah, all these people are talking but all these people are doing stuff that they shouldn’t. Some of them aren’t and they’re making it an unsafe space,” and got the mod role assigned and then rallied us into refining the community and really creating the rules and structure. - -[00:18:01] Patrick O’Keefe: As I read the rules for the breast cancer subreddit, they struck me as an interesting example of a mature community understanding what doesn’t work for them in areas where someone who is inexperienced might ask, “What’s the harm of that thing. It seemed like it could help.” There are a few in particular that I wanted to discuss. What I wanted to do is I’ll quote the rule and I’d love for you to tell me the context for why it exists and the difference it makes. - -The first one, pre-diagnosis posts will be removed. - -[00:18:34] Amanda Petersen: Yes. That is a firm and fast rule. Think about it this way. I’m 21 years old. Obviously, I have cancer. Totally bald. Stumbling around the grocery store because I still have to go to the grocery store because my husband’s working to pay my cancer bills. Somebody runs up to me and is like, “Hey do you have cancer? I’m really concerned about this lump on my breast. Do you have breast cancer?” The level of those types of inappropriate questions to survivors and patients especially if you actively look that way is incredibly stressful. - -Also, secondly don’t take advice about your health from someone at a grocery store, applies to Reddit. These are people who need to go to their doctor and there are tons of pre-diagnosis resources out there that aren’t going to force people who are actively going through treatment to answer questions they shouldn’t have to answer. I could see that being a very weird rule if you didn’t have those experiences. - -[00:19:36] Patrick O’Keefe: That makes a lot of sense. Next one. No research requests. - -[00:19:42] Amanda Petersen: No research requests. We used to actually allow people to submit research requests. We put some structure around it and I was like, “Hey if you want to submit a research request, we need to know what organization you’re doing it for. We need to know that you’ve gone through the human subject review board. We need to know the scope of the research before we put it in front of our members,” because, again, it’s something that happens all the time. People are like, “Oh, they’re a survivor. I want to know more about what survivors think. I’ve got a survey that I want you to answer.” - -If we let it, we would get five or six or seven or eight or nine research requests posted on a regular basis. The point of the subreddit is to take care of our survivors. It’s not to provide research subjects. I think about it as like, if I’m coming to a place where I need assistance, and everything that’s around is stuff asking me for my assistance, I wouldn’t come back. Why would I come back if somebody’s always asking me for this very specific help? I have answered so many of those surveys and so have the other moderators over and over and over again. This isn’t the place for it. That’s just really it. - -This is a place for helping people navigate the complexities of breast cancer. It’s not a place to help other people do their jobs better. Sure, if you want to come and read, fine. If you want to do text analysis on Reddit, go ahead, you can, it’s all public, but don’t harm the people that we’re trying to help, even inadvertently. - -[00:21:30] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, it makes a ton of sense. Even in communities where the subject matter is less sensitive, let’s say, like I have a martial arts community I’ve managed for 20 years, 21 odd years in May, and honestly, we’ve had probably 100 people or more just try to post research requests in the community. It’s okay. It’s not damaging or annoying in the same way that you describe, obviously, but still, there is some symmetry in the sense that these are people who come here to do this thing because they love this thing. They don’t necessarily come here to be subjected to requests because they love this thing. - -It’s not to say that I haven’t approved some requests, but I always make people run it through me. When you’re getting six to seven a day or a week or whatever that is, honestly, it’s taxing in a really unnecessary way that isn’t why you exist. It makes a ton of sense to not fill the community up with, basically, a request to go share your experience somewhere else and fill it into a void that who knows if it ever comes out, what form it takes. It can be a very frustrating process. - -[00:22:40] Amanda Petersen: Yes, and a lot of the research requests that we would end up getting, especially once we started vetting them, they’d be undergrad research requests. The surveys wouldn’t be well-thought-out, they wouldn’t be following best practice. They might not have had their human review board stuff done. It was on a case-by-case basis, but I had to step back. I got really depressed last year and stepped back from, I think, June until probably just recently. I came back and that rule changed, and I was like, I get it. I’m fiercely protective of the space and so are the other mods. - -We do get called names about this, though, a fair amount in the moderator chat when people send this message because it’s a boundary. This one in– I don’t know if you’re going to ask about the no “breaking cancer treatment” stuff. - -[00:23:29] Patrick O’Keefe: I wasn’t because that one, to me, seems like a good way to shut off misinformation. - -[00:23:34] Amanda Petersen: Well, that’s the one that we get yelled at about the most, frankly, like, “You gatekeeping- - -[00:23:40] Patrick O’Keefe: “So and sos.” - -[00:23:41] Amanda Petersen: -names, names, names, names,” because we’re holding the space. That’s our whole job as moderators is holding the space. - -[00:23:49] Patrick O’Keefe: I think it’s impossible for you to really know 100%, so it’s kind of an unfair question, but do you think that, let’s say, at least some of the people who do that, who get mad because you won’t allow them to post this breaking news story that who knows where they’re from or what they’re coming from, aren’t people who are facing the same challenge that community members are facing and are instead more interested in just, they’re the author of that post or it’s their website or, like, “This is going to help people.” It doesn’t matter, one piece of spam, it’s like, “It’s relevant. It’s going to help people.” Is it a lot of those folks? - -[00:24:21] Amanda Petersen: That’s such a good question. Yes, I think the people that get mad tend to be people with skin in the game for whatever reason. It’s happened a couple of times, particularly companies that are doing cutting-edge research in different countries will post it and they’ll post it in different spammy ways or they’ll try to have you click a link and it takes you to their spammy site. They’ll say that they’re cutting-edge research, and it’s like, you have a test on one mouse. This isn’t the place for that. Cancer research is critical. Some survivors find comfort in reading about stuff that’s coming down the pipe. - -I was quite literally probably am here today because of cancer research. The people that get really mad are either people, like I said, with skin in the game who have paid for that research and are really excited about it, or it’s people who are like, I just wanted to talk about breast cancer and this is r/breastcancer. Those people don’t usually get enough as mad once they understand that this is a place to support people. It tends to be the people very invested in their kale smoothie solution. - -[00:25:35] Patrick O’Keefe: I had this sports community I ran years ago and this poker challenge in the Bahamas, I think, they made this big effort to many online communities where they created this network of accounts. I’m sure you can guess where I’m going, but it’s how great this event is. They were always like, “It’s so relevant. It’s so relevant to the community,” to the point where they started bashing me on Twitter. I basically went all-in on all of their IP addresses and pulled the whole network of accounts together and wrote a big article about it. - -Then the CEO called me and they were really apologetic. It was such a bizarre circumstance and ultimately fruitless because I don’t know that there had been all that many moderators that have been convinced by the argument. “You shouldn’t have removed that because it’s not spam. It’s relevant.” This is not a winning argument. It’s not going to work. - -[00:26:32] Amanda Petersen: Yes. The links only post is another one because people would just post a link. It’s like, “No, you can’t just post a link. It is not relevant.” - -[00:26:43] Patrick O’Keefe: The last rule I wanted to draw attention to was no fundraising. - -[00:26:47] Amanda Petersen: No fundraising. Absolutely not. That is a really hard one and it’s one that we talk about and comes up. Rules are there in service of the community and I’m always of the mind if a rule isn’t in service of the community, it goes. The reality is one of my mentors many years ago said the sea of misery is endless, and the point of that was you have to pick what part of the sea that you’re paying attention to basically. You can’t take of ocean of misery and make it better for everyone. Everyone that comes to that Reddit, especially if they’re from the states, cancer is really expensive. If you have one cancer diagnosis, your chances of declaring bankruptcy go up. People are literally dying without treatment. I had friends die because they couldn’t get treatment. I’ve had friends die because they couldn’t access the next phase of a trial because they couldn’t get to the trial. They might not have died if they hadn’t got, but it didn’t help that they couldn’t get there. - -When we think about fundraising there’s basically two different types of fundraising. There’s that very real visceral need of helping people pay for treatment. The people who are on the Reddit may or may not be in a position to help. It’s more likely that I’m still paying back $17,000 of medical bills. I will be paying that back for a while. I have spent $200,000, $300,000 on treatment over the course of mine and that’s with insurance. - -The no fundraising for the people who need assistance, it’s because the people that are here also need that help. There are places on Reddit where you can get assistance. There are phone numbers that you can call to apply for grants. There’s support there for those people because we are those people. That’s part of it. Then the other part of it is, all of our cancer research is funded. The US government funds a lot of cancer research, but a lot of cancer research is funded by nonprofits. - -Nonprofits like the American Cancer Society, Young Survival Coalition, I don’t know if they’re fundraising breast cancer, but the Breast Cancer Research Foundation, those types of places rely on peer to peer fundraising in addition to their fundraising with corporate events. Many of us who have been in the community for a long time have participated in those fundraisers and have helped raise money for them. Again, you are coming into a place where everybody’s already hooked up with it, so it’s fruitless and it’s just probably going to irritate people and make people not feel safe. That’s why. Fiercely protective of our members. - -I think that rule does, like I said, we always think about it like would it be better if we allowed people to do it, or would it be better if monthly we did a throw up your GoFundMe pages or something like that. We’ve always, as a group, settled on that there are other places to go. - -[00:30:11] Patrick O’Keefe: These rules make sense. I think they’re very practical. Like I said, this is a good example of a mature community knowing what it wants and knowing what works. Those are some rules. Tell me a little bit about the team that makes them real, actually applies them to the community. - -[00:30:28] Amanda Petersen: Yes. Thanks for that question. We actually have four moderators currently on the moderator team. We have more who are, I don’t know if you know about how Reddit moderators work, but you basically have to be active X amount of time or you end up getting dropped off. We have about three inactive moderators right now. They’re always welcome back of course, and then we have four of us. There’s me, there’s Litarider, there’s Tapir_Tabby, and then not_today_cancer which is one of my favorite user names ever. We work really closely together completely asynchronously. I have never had a conversation with these people over the phone. I don’t know much about them. I do know some about them, of course, because we talk all the time, but it’s a relationship that is literally built anonymously within Reddit. - -We all take turns shouldering that moderation and that trust and safety work. Somebody is reading the posts. Somebody is posting replies. Somebody is monitoring the moderator inbox. We take turns as we need to to give each other space. This work is very difficult. It’s like all community manager work, you spend so much time and effort and focus and energy and emotion thinking about the people. When it’s for a support community, that’s tripled. It’s very easy to burn out. - -I’ve had to take six months at a time, occasionally. I had to take that extended year when I was going through brain surgery, but the moderators were always there. They always have each other’s backs. They always have the backs of the community. I feel like that subreddit is successful because of those relationships because at the end of the day, there’s a group of four people who are paying attention and are responding and are waiting in if they need to. It makes moderating the subreddit something I like to do even when it’s hard. It makes it honestly hard to step away from it because these are people I care about. The other people that are on the subreddit, of course, I care about them. They come and go. This is a transient space of people who are in immediate need, but that core group of people makes it so that it works. - -[00:32:58] Patrick O’Keefe: Every community needs a core group of people who is paying attention. - -[00:33:02] Amanda Petersen: Paying attention. - -[00:33:03] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. Totally. Amanda, I think this has been a great conversation, not great in the “haha” sense, but great in the inspirational sense and just talking practically about what it takes to get things done in communities about tough topics and serve the people that the community is really meant to serve. Thank you so much for making time for us and for sharing so openly. - -[00:33:27] Amanda Petersen: Thank you so much for having me, Patrick. It was a pleasure. - -[00:33:31] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with Amanda Petersen, program manager, community operations at MURAL. Check out the MURAL community at community.mural.co. That’s M-U-R-A-L.co. - -For the transcript from this episode, plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. - -Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad, and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. See you next time. - -[music]",1731883667,b6cef58d91,05c55b8c59,,,1731883667 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/10/02/liverpool-vs-bolgona-live-score-latest-champions-league/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Mo Salah screamer gives Arne Slot best start of any Liverpool manager,"Move over Bill, Bob, Kenny and Jurgen. Arne Slot has momentarily put the Anfield legends in the shade with the best start of any Liverpool manager. - -The Dutchman was the first to acknowledge he has a few million miles to travel if he is to end his Kop reign on a par with legendary predecessors Shankly, Paisley, Dalglish and Klopp. It is still quite the feat to register eight victories in the first nine games. - -“I hope I am remembered for more than that,” Slot smiled when informed of the milestone, suggesting some of the credit lay elsewhere. “It says everything about what Jurgen left at this club. I am hoping to do more special things.” - -Mesmerising but incomplete - -Aside from those excellent results, the greatest measure of Slot’s immediate impact is that despite so much to admire there is a sense of far more to come. - -Bologna are not the first Liverpool opponent this season to be beaten by a display which was both brilliant and yet, in parts, a bit too vulnerable. - -The excellence was, at times, mesmerising, especially when Alexis Mac Allister finished a stunning team goal and Mohamed Salah slammed in a typically spectacular left-footer for his fifth consecutive Anfield Champions League goal.",1731883806,4301cc1e14,0544d49dd5,,,1731883806 -https://www.bundesliga.com/en/bundesliga/news/bayer-leverkusen-new-york-brazil-sao-paulo-trophy-tour-28810,https://www.bundesliga.com/rss,Bayer Leverkusen take trophy tour to Brazil after successful US trip,"After a successful trip stateside in September, a delegation from Bayer Leverkusen has travelled to Brazil to present employees and fans with their Bundesliga, DFB Cup and Supercup silverware. - -Leverkusen were the story of European football last season as they went unbeaten domestically, the first time any German side has done so. That resulted in their first-ever Bundesliga title, as well as a second DFB Cup and maiden Supercup - all under the guidance of Xabi Alonso. - -The delegation, led by former B04 player and current managing director for sport Simon Rolfes and head of recruitment Kim Falkenberg, has taken their bounty to São Paulo as part of their official visit from 12-15 November, which will be the club’s second international tour of the year. CEO Fernando Carro and honorary captain Jens Nowotny had fronted the visit to the US two months ago. - -Watch: All about Bayer Leverkusen - -Leverkusen legend Paulo Sergio was there to welcome the delegation upon its arrival, and the tour is being seen as a great opportunity to intensify relations with the club’s regional subsidiaries, as well as to discover potential prospects. Given B04’s history of Brazilian players, including 21-year-old defender Arthur, who currently plies his trade at the defending German champions, it is hoped that the team’s presence in South America will only increase. - -First up on the agenda is a trip to visit the Bayer pharmaceutical company’s offices in São Paulo to give employees some time with the trophies and a chance for souvenir photos as part of the ‘Bayer Champions Night’. The club will also visit the ‘Green Mining’ recycling station and help with the opening of a sustainability project. - -Speaking at the company's offices, Rolfes told the 200 guests in attendance: ""We know we already have a lot of fans in Brazil for decades through our history with lots of Brazilian players. We also have a strong connection to the Bayer Group here. Therefore, it's important for us to be here on the spot to share last year's fantastic season with you. Bringing the trophies here goes without saying for us because Brazilian players and fans were always, and are now too, an important part of our success."" - -The German champions will also host a football camp at ‘Colegio Benjamin Constant’, a German school in São Paulo, before the Brazilian premiere of the club’s Amazon Prime documentary ‘A Dream Comes True’ which tells the story of the side’s outstanding 2023/24 season. This will take place at the Goethe Institute in São Paulo. - -Want more Bundesliga Action? GET THE UPDATES! - -Speaking before the trip, Rolfes said: “Bayer 04 Leverkusen has a close history with Brazil. So many brilliant Brazilian stars and personalities have contributed our club over the years, and we’re very proud of that. The trophies Arthur won with our club last season were won for all our former Brazilian players. We’re pleased to be representing both the club and the entire Bundesliga with this visit of São Paulo.” - -Paulo Sergio, who made 120 appearances for B04 and was named as an official club legend at the start of 2024, added: “I’ve got so many great memories from my years at Leverkusen. It’s like having a second family. Although my generation never managed to win the title, everyone who played for Bayer 04 is very proud of what the team achieved last season. I was pleased to have been able to make several trips to watch some games in springtime and get a first-hand experience of this historic campaign. It’s fantastic that we’re now able to share this with the fans in Brazil.”",1731883631,26eff8ae46,05305cf237,,,1731883631 -https://www.ufc.com/news/mauricio-ruffy-enjoying-process-ufc-309-jones-vs-miocic,https://www.ufc.com/rss/news,Mauricio Ruffy Is Enjoying The Process,"“I saw the UFC's care for me, always putting me in the biggest events,” he said. “I'm very happy about it…I see the enthusiasm of the fans. My Instagram account went up insane. I'm still getting used to it. It hasn't sunk in yet; now I've woken up here and I'm on the main card. Perhaps the greatest card of the year, Jon Jones, it may be his last fight, we don't know yet. I'm really happy, very happy with it.” - -Ruffy’s quick rise, albeit in the smallest sample size, is akin to the rest of his Fighting Nerds teammates. Ruffy, along with Caio Borralho, Jean Silva, Bruna Brasil and Carlos Prates (who recently scored a main event knockout against Neil Magny) have put the Sao Paulo-based team on the map in a big way. - -How To Watch And Stream UFC 309: Jones vs Miocic - -Their combination of electric performances and finishes, combined with singular and intriguing personalities, captured the attention of MMA fans across the board one pair of fake glasses at a time. - -“Fighting Nerds has arrived in the UFC,” Ruffy said. “We already knew that, with our everyday commitment, when we first got here to the UFC, we were going to leave a big impact, and I believe that our team will have many champions in the future.” - -A testament to the Fighting Nerds way, other than the results, is their ability—seemingly across the board—to step up and fight at any time and show up with plenty of gas in the tank. Ruffy attributes that to their philosophy of staying close to their fighting weight even when they aren’t in fight camp, and it shows in each of their action-packed performances.",1731883664,2c774cd014,05cfd6979f,,,1731883664 -https://www.golfwrx.com/749612/rod-pampling-witb-2024-november/,https://www.golfwrx.com/feed/,Rod Pampling WITB 2024 (November),"Thanks to a torrid final-round 62, Brendon Todd cruised to a four-stroke victory at the 2019 Butterfield Bermuda Championship. Todd’s 24-under tally was four strokes better than Harry Higgs, earning him $540,000 for the week’s work. - -Take a look at the clubs Todd had in play five years ago at Port Royal Golf Course below. - -Driver: Ping G410 LST (10.5 degrees) Buy here. - -Shaft: Mitsubishi Tensei CK Pro Blue 60 TX - -3-wood: TaylorMade M5 (15 degrees) Buy here. - -Shaft: UST Mamiya VTS Tour SPX 8 X - -Hybrid: Callaway Rogue (19 degrees) Buy here. - -Shaft: Mitsubishi Tensei CK Pro Blue 90 TX - -Irons: Titleist 718 T-MB (4, 5) Buy here, Titleist 718 CB (6-PW) Buy here. - -Shafts: True Temper Dynamic Gold AMT S400 - -Wedges: Titleist Vokey Design SM7 (50-10, 54-10) Buy here, Fourteen Golf RM-Proto (60-10T) Buy here. - -Shafts: True Temper Dynamic Gold Tour Issue S400 (50, 54), KBS Tour S+ (60) - -Putter: Sik Pro C-Series Buy here. - -Grips: Golf Pride Tour Velvet - -Ball: Titleist Pro V1x - -WITB Time Machine is presented by 2nd Swing Golf. 2nd Swing has more than 100,000 new and pre-swung golf clubs available in six store locations and online. Check them out here.",1731883661,008370814d,05553d0a26,,,1731883661 -https://www.cbssports.com/nfl/news/fanduel-sportsbook-promo-code-for-nfl-week-11/,https://www.cbssports.com/rss/headlines/NFL/,FanDuel Sportsbook promo code for NFL Week 11,"Content on this page may include affiliate links. If you click and sign up/place a wager, we may receive compensation at no cost to you. - -FanDuel Sportsbook has partnered with the NBA to offer all new users a three-month trial of NBA League Pass when they sign up. New users can also earn $150 in bonus bets if they win their first bet of at least $5 on any of today's NFL games. - -There are plenty of interesting games to bet on this week. For bettors who like betting on the NFL, the Week 11 schedule includes key matchups like Ravens at Steelers, Falcons at Broncos, Seahawks at 49ers, and Chiefs at Bills. - -This article summarizes the key information to know about this FanDuel promo, such as how it works, how to claim and how it compares to other sportsbook promotions. - -Explaining the FanDuel promo - -This FanDuel Sportsbook promotion provides all new users with a three-month trial of NBA League Pass. New users can also earn $150 in bonus bets if they win their first bet and wager at least $5. - -Both rewards require new users to wager at least $5 on their first bet, but only the bonus bets require that bet to win. New users will receive the NBA League Pass subscription even if their first bet loses. - -The winning bet requirement makes earning the bonus bets in this promo more difficult compared to other ""bet & get"" style promos that award the bonus bets just for placing a bet, regardless of the outcome. However, this promo does not have a minimum odds requirement for the qualifying wager, which makes it easier for new users to pick a winning bet. They could look for a bet with very short betting odds like -1000, which implies over a 90% chance of winning. - -FanDuel promo terms and conditions - -There are a few important terms and conditions to know about this promo. These are standard terms and conditions for most sportsbook promos across the industry. - -Bonus bets are not the same as cash bets because users do not receive the original stake when bonus bets win. They only receive the profits. So while an $11 cash bet at -110 odds would pay out $21 ($11 wager plus $10 profit), an $11 bonus bet would only return the $10 profit if it wins. - -Bonus bets expire seven days (or exactly 168 hours) after they are deposited in a user's account. They cannot be withdrawn as cash or transferred to a different account. Sometimes bonus bets have to be used in one lump sum, but for this promo, the bonus bets can be used to place multiple smaller bets instead of one bigger bet. - -Users must also be at least 21 years old and located in a state where FanDuel is legally available. - -How to claim this FanDuel promo - -To claim this promo, prospective users need to create a new FanDuel account, deposit at least $5 of real money into their account, and place a cash bet of at least $5. To get started, click the blue ""Claim Bonus"" button anywhere on this page. That button goes to the FanDuel account registration page and ensures the promo will be connected to the new account. - -When creating a new account, new users will need to provide their name, address, date of birth, and the last four digits of their social security number. They will also need to verify their e-mail address, age, and location. These steps ensure that new users do not have an existing FanDuel account, that they are of legal gambling age, and that they are located in a state where FanDuel operates. - -FanDuel offers three months of NBA League Pass - -The NBA League Pass subscription differentiates this FanDuel promo from the welcome bonuses at other top online sportsbooks, which only offer bonus bets in their promos. - -NBA League Pass is the only way for NBA fans to watch live, out-of-market NBA games during the regular season. It includes every NBA game that is not broadcast on local or national networks. It also includes multiple viewing options such as both home and away broadcasts, 10-minute on-demand game recaps and 24/7 access to NBA TV. - -It's important to note that claiming this trial requires creating an NBA League Pass subscription, providing payment information and agreeing to pay the regular price for the subscription after the trial ends. Users must cancel the subscription before the end of the three-month trial period to avoid being charged. - -FanDuel Sportsbook welcome promo: The good and the bad - -Like any online sports betting promotion, this FanDuel promo has both advantages and disadvantages. - -The biggest advantage is the inclusion of the NBA League Pass subscription. Most sportsbooks only offer bonus bets in their promos, so this perk is unique among sportsbook promos. It also offers a guaranteed value, whereas bonus bets only return value if they win. - -This promo offers a much longer trial period than the seven-day trial that the NBA usually offers, which makes the free trial more valuable. Providing three free months means users can try out the service for roughly half of the NBA season, which gives them a much better chance to determine if the subscription is worth keeping beyond the trial. - -That said, the NBA League Pass trial is only an advantage for users who value that service. New users who are not NBA fans (or who already subscribe to NBA League Pass) might prefer to receive more bonus bets in their promo instead. - -Since the NBA League Pass trial is valued at $51 ($16.99 per month), FanDuel offers $50 less in bonus bets than other ""bet & get"" style promos that offer $200 in bonus bets. That is a disadvantage for new users who are not interested in the NBA League Pass subscription. - -It's also unfortunate that this promo requires new users to win their first bet to get the bonus bets, which is not the case with most other ""bet & get"" style promos. Even with no minimum odds requirement, there is always a chance that a user's first bet loses and they get no bonus bets. It's not always easy to find bets with very short odds that are very likely to win, and some users may not even think about looking for a bet like that just to increase their chances of earning the bonus bets. - -The final disadvantage is that the NBA League Pass subscription only includes the basic subscription and not the premium version, which provides commercial-free viewing, concurrent streaming on up to three devices, and the ability to download games to watch offline. The premium version is $24.99 per month, so including that might have meant dropping the bonus bets down to $125 instead. Still, users who value the NBA League Pass trial likely would take that tradeoff, especially since the premium subscription is the more popular option. - -FanDuel promo comparison: Which promos are better than FanDuel? - -The following table lists the current welcome offers at six of the best online sportsbooks, including FanDuel. - -It's important only to compare FanDuel's promo to other ""bet & get"" style promos. Currently, DraftKings and bet365 are the only other sportsbooks offering this type of promo, and they both offer $50 more in bonus bets than FanDuel. As noted above, the $51 value of the NBA League Pass subscription makes up that difference, but that might not be as important to users who do not care about NBA League Pass. For the ones that do, the NBA League Pass trial could make FanDuel's offer the best value on the market. - -The other common type of sportsbook promo is called ""first bet insurance,"" which is currently more common than ""bet & get"" promos. Some sportsbooks call this style of promo a ""no sweat bet,"" while bet365 calls it a ""first bet safety net."" As the names imply, these promos only offer bonus bets if the first bet loses, which is why they offer much higher dollar values. - -On the surface, getting more bonus bets seems like a better deal, but it's important to remember that bonus bets do not pay back the original stake when they win. So if bonus bets are used for any bets at less than even money (e.g. -110, -150, -200, etc.), then the user will not get back the full value of their original bet. For example, if a new user loses a $1500 first bet at BetMGM and gets $1,500 in bonus bets, then wins a $1,500 bonus bet at -120 odds, they would only get back $1,250 in withdrawable cash and would be down $250. - -The appeal of ""first bet insurance"" promos is that it makes it easier for a new user to place a large first bet and potentially double their money because they know they still have a chance to win back at least some of that money if they lose. Of course, if they lose their first bet and all their bonus bets, then they could quickly be down as much as $1500. For any users who are not willing to risk that, the ""bet & get"" style promos are a better option. - -What can you bet on with FanDuel? - -FanDuel offers a vast selection of betting markets including popular sports like the NFL and NBA as well as more niche sports like jai alai and snooker. Betting types will vary by sport but will almost always include money line, point spread and over/under bets. Bigger sports will also include a variety of prop bets. - -One of the most interesting NFL games to bet on during Week 11 is Chiefs at Bills. This matchup has been one of the most important and compelling games of the NFL season for the last few years. Both teams are once again top Super Bowl contenders and currently, they have the two best records in the AFC, so this game could determine the No. 1 seed. The Bills have won the last three regular-season meetings, but the Chiefs have eliminated the Bills from the playoffs in three of the last four seasons. - - - -Moneyline Point Spread Over/Under Kansas City Chiefs +112 +1.5 (-105) Over 45.5 (-110) Buffalo Bills -132 -1.5 (-115) Under 45.5 (-110) - -Another matchup of AFC playoff contenders this week is Ravens at Steelers. The Steelers are currently in first place in the AFC North at 7-2, just a half-game ahead of the 7-3 Ravens. However, the Ravens are considered the better team by popular opinion and advanced metrics like DVOA, and they are the favorites in this game. The Steelers have won seven of the last eight games between these teams and could be a good bet to pull off an upset as home underdogs. - - - -Moneyline Point Spread Over/Under Baltimore Ravens -172 -3.5 (-104) Over 47.5 (-104) Pittsburgh Steelers +144 +3.5 (-118) Under 47.5 (-118) - -The Seahawks at 49ers matchup is another big divisional game this week with potential playoff implications. The 49ers (5-4) trail the Cardinals (6-4) by a half-game in the NFC West, while the Seahawks (4-5) are just 1.5 games behind the division leader. The 49ers already defeated the Seahawks 36-24 back in Week 6, and they have won the last six games between these teams. They are also 5-1 against the spread in those games. The Seahawks have lost five of their last six games after a 3-0 start and could use a big divisional win to get their season back on track. - - - -Moneyline Point Spread Over/Under Seattle Seahawks +235 +6.5 (-110) Over 49.5 (-110) San Francisco 49ers -290 -6.5 (-110) Under 49.5 (-110) - -FanDuel responsible gaming - -Sports betting can be fun and exciting, but it's always important to gamble responsibly, and only bet money that you're prepared or able to lose. FanDuel is committed to responsible gambling, and has a page dedicated to it with tools for anyone in need. - -FanDuel allows you to set both time and spending limits, to assist you in betting only within your means. Changing these limits will only be allowed after the time period of your limit expires. - -Bettors must be 21 years or older to use FanDuel Sportsbook. If you or someone close to you has a gambling problem, please get the needed help from trained professionals such as the Problem Gambling Help Network at 1-800-GAMBLER.",1731883637,fad4a9cc43,05a8a1c9b4,,,1731883637 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/sge-effect-video-marketing/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,The Effect of SGE On Video Marketing,"The Google Search Generative Experience (SGE) is a new set of search features that rely on generative AI to respond to search engine queries. Marketers have followed Google’s search engine algorithms closely to develop SEO strategies and predict user search behaviors, but generative AI is likely to be quite the marketing shakeup. - -This change is helpful for users. They can find information faster and avoid clicking on multiple websites to find what they need. However, brands and news sites may see fewer clicks on their content, more content buried in the search engine results, and even more pressure to create unique, engaging, and targeted content. - -As all Google algorithm updates in the past, brands that can rise above—and video offers an opportunity. However, you have to understand how SGE can affect brand video marketing and how to adjust your strategy accordingly. - -What Is SGE? - -Previously, Google would provide blue links for search user queries. Users would click on those links, generating traffic for the websites. With SGE, the experience shifts with answers to queries at the top of the search results in a concise, conversational format. - -Source: Google - -SGE search results include an AI-generated summary area to the right of the text that links to “sources” for more information and images. Below that are the sponsored links, organic links, the Featured Snippet, and the “People Also Ask” dropdown. - -Source: Google - -The bottom line is that users may not need to click on the links if SGE answers their query. - -Benefits of SGE - -With generative AI capabilities, Google aims to “do the heavy lifting” for users and give them summaries to understand a topic faster, uncover new viewpoints and insights, and get the information they need more quickly. - -The example Google uses is the query, “What’s better for a family with kids under three and a dog: Bryce Canyon or Arches?” Under normal search conditions, this one question would require some sleuthing on the user’s part to determine which option is preferred and why to make their own decisions. - -Source: Google - -With generative AI, the search summary would do some work for the user by suggesting the next steps and offering follow-up questions like “How long would you spend at Bryce Canyon with kids?” - -Clicking on those suggestions offers a longer conversation with more specific information and suggestions to explore the topic—with context carried through each additional question. - -With shopping, the process will streamline the purchase decisions to help users find the most relevant products with descriptions, current reviews, images, videos, prices, and ratings. The generative AI shopping experience is built on Google’s Shopping Graph, which features over 35 billion product listings that refresh every hour to provide the most reliable results. - -Concerns with SGE - -It’s clear why Google and users may benefit from SGE, but there are some limitations to be aware of: - -Inaccuracy - -SGE is still in testing and development. Like other AI models, it has the potential for inaccuracies, which Google is transparent about with a disclaimer that states, “Generative AI is experimental. Info qualify may vary.” - -This topic is extremely important for Your Money or Your Life (YMYL), as it can affect a user’s wellbeing, such as health, finance, and safety. If this information is inaccurate, it can be detrimental to users so Google is more particular about the authority and expertise of this content. - -For example, if you were to search for something like “how to cure diabetes,” SGE would include general information with a disclaimer that states the search result is not medical advice or diagnosis. It encourages you to consult with a medical provider. - -Source: Google - -Low Visibility for Paid Search - -Google’s search advertising is a revenue source for multiple companies. At this point, Google needs to balance serving the users with SGE without detracting from paid search, which it uses generative AI ads that integrate with organic search results. - -With that, generative AI ads may overtake paid search ads, leading to lower visibility overall. - -Lack of Transparency - -Google may be transparent about the quality of the search results, but the MUM and PaLM 2 learning models are kept under wraps. There’s been a lot of talk about training using various models and fine-tuning with the help of human Raters and evaluations. Still, this lack of transparency can be a problem for users who want to know how AI concludes. - -What This Means for Video Marketing - -Generative AI has pros and cons for SEO, particularly with videos. - -The biggest concern is its impact on traffic. Users who get the information they need from AI-powered summaries do not need to click through to websites. However, there’s an opportunity here for video marketing. - -Users could now type in a query and receive written and video results. They often chose the video because it provided digestible information, clear demonstrations, step-by-step instructions, or other values the text couldn’t match. - -In this respect, SGE may not trump video results. It’s essentially providing a summary of an article. If a user would otherwise choose a video over an article, they’ll likely still choose a video over the SGE summary because they want the visual content. - -Along those lines, basic content that addresses basic queries will decrease, leaving an opportunity to drive higher-quality leads to a website. Google considers SGE a “jumping-off point” for users to explore. - -So, there may not be clicks for simple queries like “What time is the Super Bowl?” that would’ve prompted marketers to write 1,000-word articles to attract some visitors. But users will probably need to conduct more in-depth research on certain topics, and when they arrive at your video content, they’ll be more informed and ready to engage. - -Keep in mind that SGE won’t be available to all users. Only users who’ve opted to use SGE will get AI-generated results. Others will still use traditional search to find information, so don’t lose that potential traffic by trying to adapt to SGE. - -How to Optimize Videos for Generative AI - -Here are some tips to optimize your video content with SGE in mind. - -Rely on Long-Tail Keywords - -SGE encourages users to search for more detailed queries instead of short, simple phrases that can be answered in a sentence or two. For example, instead of “coffee mug,” optimize for a long-tail keyword like “insulated stainless steel coffee mug for travel.” - -Create Quality Videos That Align with Search Intent - -In many ways, SGE is no different from traditional search results. Google wants to improve the experience by providing users with the most relevant, valuable content, regardless of whether they use traditional search or SGE. - -SEO best practices still apply. Create high-quality video content that provides value to the user by addressing common concerns, sharing expert information, and offering helpful tutorials or demonstrations. As always, ensure the information you share is accurate and substantiated by reputable sources. - -Your video content must also address search intent—or the reason behind the user’s search query. The types of search intent include: - -Navigational: Users seek out a specific page, such as “Hulu login page.” - -Informational: Users seek specific information, such as “Is Game of Thrones on Hulu?” - -Commercial: Users are researching a possible purchase, such as “Hulu reviews.” - -Transactional: Users want to complete a purchase or other conversion, such as “Hulu free trial signup.” - -Once you have the intent, you can look at the search engine results page and consider why the top results have their ranking, if they provide in-depth information, and how you can provide higher-quality content. - -This is important for all content, but more so with SGE, because Google links to the content that best aligns with intent. It relies on the first few results in traditional search, so you must aim for those spots. - -Implement Structured Data - -Structured data, or schema markup, is a coding standard that helps Google categorize and properly display your video content in search results. Adding video schema to your videos, such as a title, description, thumbnail, duration, and upload date, is important to give Google the information it needs to generate rich results. - -Use Conversational Language - -Conversational language is already a best practice for traditional search and voice search. The same is true for video content competing with SGE. Make sure your video title, tagline, description, and captions are informal and relatable to your audience. - -Stay Proactive with SGE - -SGE provides generative AI results that can significantly affect video marketing and SEO. This shift may cause a decline in traffic and clicks on sponsored and organic video links. - -Still, there’s an opportunity to provide more relevant, valuable content that satisfies the user’s needs in a way that AI summaries can’t.",1731883692,4dc781f5bc,05a92f6a23,,,1731883692 -https://transom.org/2019/taking-control-music/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Taking Control Of The Music,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Taking-Control-of-the-Music.mp3 Download Listen to “Taking Control Of The Music” - -I’ve begun to wonder if I wait too long to think about the exact music I’ll use to score a story. - -The first time I think about music comes as I’m reporting. I start wondering how to tell the story and scoring may come to mind. Nothing specific. Just an inkling music might be a useful tool to help tell the story. - -A similar thought might occur to me while logging tape. Again, nothing specific. - -I won’t get a strong sense of whether a story should be scored until I write the script. I’ll come to some point in the story where it might make sense to transition from one scene to another, or move forward in time, with scoring. I imagine where music might start and end. I’ll even include notations like “Music starts cold, fades under.” Or, “Music fades up . . . hold . . . back under.” But, typically, I still haven’t given any consideration to what the music might be. That doesn’t come until the next step. - -After the script is edited a couple of times, I lay out the story in my editing software. Narration here . . . Quotes there . . . Ambiance under this section . . . - -When I reach the point in the story that calls for music, that’s when I figure out what music to use. And the process takes forever and is always frustrating. - -I have a few basic factors in mind when selecting music — pacing, timbre, instrumentation, and the emotional core of the story. And, what I’ll do is this: play a song I think might work and simultaneously play the tape. I listen to how the music and the tape work together. Do they complement and support each other? Or, is the music too distracting — too busy, too fast, too complicated, too angular, too dense, too . . . - -I’ll repeat this process over and over and over and over. Yeah, sure, sometimes I’ll nail it early. I know a lot of music. That helps. But, usually, selecting music is a painstaking, repetitive process. And, often, I’m not fully satisfied with the choice. - -The reason why it’s so laborious was never fully obvious to me until I spoke to Jim Briggs and Fernando Arruda. They’re both sound designers and audio engineers at Reveal, the documentary program from PRX and the Center for Investigative Reporting. They said the reason that finding a song takes so long is because the song wasn’t composed with the story in mind. Who knows what exactly was in the musician’s head but it definitely wasn’t the piece I’m making. And that’s why so many songs don’t fit. - -Instead of waiting until late in the process, Jim and Fernando attend editorial discussions and story planning early on. This allows them the ability to develop specific thoughts about music right from the get-go. Then, when it’s time to start scoring a story, they have a much stronger sense of what might work. Do they nail the music right away? Not all the time. But, ultimately, because they’re thinking about music from beginning to end, they believe they have music that fits well or, as Jim puts it, is “coincident and sympathetic to the story.” - -So, I’m going to give it a try. Next time I score a story, I’ll think about specific music at the outset. - -Jim and Fernando have another approach to scoring that helps them select music that works more easily – they write it. They’re composers and they write the scoring music for Reveal. They use a huge library of samples from the Vienna Symphonic Library and East West. That allows them compose exactly what they want for a story. - -While most producers and small production shops don’t have the skill set or staff or budget to write their own music, the way Jim and Fernando approach composition is instructional for the rest of us who have to pull music — painstakingly — from a library. On this episode of HowSound, they deconstruct the music they wrote for the Reveal documentary “Take No Prisoners.” I was all ears.",1731883664,c00d35bf2d,05c5604672,,,1731883664 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/brilliant-autobattler-mechabellum-has-a-new-unit-in-stealth-aircraft-phantom-ray,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,Brilliant autobattler Mechabellum has a new unit in stealth aircraft Phantom Ray,"Just when I thought I was out, they pull me back in. This is a lie, of course. I haven’t been 'out' of strategy autobattler Mechabellum since I started playing around the 1.0 launch back in September. There I was, just starting to get to grips with the card-house-careful balance between each of its units when, bam, makers Game River dropped a Jenga block on top of it. It’s a stealth block, too. Didn’t even see it coming. - -Update 1.1’s new unit is the Phantom Ray, which Game River describe as ""a medium-sized aircraft with high HP that excels at striking enemies at close range with high-damage missiles"". It’s a mid-tier flier, costing 50 to unlock and 200 to field, and for that you get three of them per unit. As for default tech, you’ve got some range and fire rate unlocks, alongside an oil drop. The headliner here is the stealth buff, which cloaks the Phantom Ray by default until it attacks. When it does, it all gets a nice 40% bonus to damage. - -As for how they perform, I’ll have to go ask Graham to give me the rest of the day to test them. For research purposes. And the rest of the patch? I have spent most of my games writing career doing anything I can to avoid the phrase “but that’s not all!”, but since I’ve already shilled Mechabellum so hard as to resemble a frothing gameshow host gesturing at a selection of fabulous prices, I think it’s time. - -But that’s not all! That patch also features various balance adjustments for units such as the Sandworm, Arclight, and my beloved Mustang. The latter is now better at intercepting missiles, and since a row of Mustangs was already pretty adept at making Stormcaller spammers weep, this sounds excellent. Stormcallers themselves now hit a bit harder, but have a longer attack interval. There are also a few bug fixes, notably an issue that would prevent sticky oil outside a shield also igniting sticky oil within a shield. And a brand new tumble dryer! - -Mechabellum was not on our review slate, but I have been slowly chipping away at a full review during downtime, because I feel it deserves one. If nothing else, it’s very solidly earned a place on my personal GOTY list. I would highly recommend looking into it if you’ve ever been curious about competitive RTS but lack the reflex skills for a more traditional pick. Or the time, honestly: you can get very competent at this one very quickly. Not as good as me though, obviously.",1731883634,ad45c610da,05d478717c,,,1731883634 -https://www.mmanews.com/news/boxing/darren-till-tommy-fury-misfits-boxing/,https://www.mmanews.com/feed/,Ex-UFC Star Darren Till To Box Tommy Fury At Misfits Event,"Former UFC welterweight and middleweight contender Darren Till will be returning to the boxing ring, this time making his professional debut. - -Till, who competed unsuccessfully for the 170-pound gold on MMA’s biggest stage, will face Tommy Fury on Jan. 18 in the main event of a Misfits Boxing card at the Co-op Live in Manchester, England. - -Ariel Helwani broke the news on social media this weekend. - -Breaking: - - - -Darren Till x Tommy Fury is going down Jan. 18 on @DAZNBoxing. pic.twitter.com/zNbkErIfGO — Ariel Helwani (@arielhelwani) November 17, 2024 - -Till competed in a boxing ring for the first time earlier this year, defeating Mohammad Mutie at an event in Dubai. The bout was infamous for Mutie being ruled unable to continue due to an injury from what appeared to be rabbit shots to the back of the head, but the two continued to brawl after the bout was declared over. - -Darren Till To Make Professional Boxing Debut Against Tommy Fury - -Till was once a rising English prospect who joined the UFC as an undefeated fighter in 2015. “The Gorilla” went 5-0-1 to start his UFC run, which included wins over Donald “Cowboy” Cerrone and Stephen “Wonderboy” Thompson. - -That earned him a welterweight title shot against Tyron Woodley at UFC 228, which the Scouser lost via second-round submission. - -Till went on to get knocked out by Jorge Masvidal in upset fashion, marking the start of “Gamebred’s” sudden rise to superstardom. The Brit then rebounded with a decision win over Kelvin Gastelum in his middleweight debut, but he was unable to continue that winning form at 185 pounds. - -“The Gorilla’s” UFC run ended with three straight losses against Robert Whittaker, Derek Brunson, and current middleweight champ Dricus Du Plessis. - -The 10-0 Fury, meanwhile — the half-brother of former WBC heavyweight champion Tyson Fury — will be fighting after being inactive throughout 2024. “”TNT” handed Jake Paul his sole boxing loss in February 2023 before a decision win over KSI eight months later.",1731883652,42b4597525,05cffdfb64,,,1731883652 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/ai-in-pr-how-you-work/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,How AI In PR Is Revolutionizing How You Work,"A girlfriend called me a few days ago and said, “Gini! You are a genius! All of these AI tools have made me so much more efficient!” - -I laughed and said that while I’d love to take credit, I’m simply spreading the word about their value—I didn’t create the efficiencies. But she’s right…when you use AI in your day-to-day work, you will be far more productive and efficient. - -As it turns out, comms pros spend an average of 15 hours per week on routine tasks such as media monitoring, content ideation and outlining, meeting notes and action items, project management, reporting, and more. - -That’s nearly two full workdays consumed by activities that, while necessary, often prevent us from focusing on strategy and relationship-building—the aspects of PR that truly drive results. - -What would you do with two extra days a week to focus on the things that matter—and truly, the things you enjoy—rather than the laborious routine stuff we all have to do? - -Welcome to the new era of PR, where AI is a powerful ally in boosting efficiency and effectiveness. - -The PR Efficiency Challenge - -Before we delve into how AI can make you more efficient, let’s look at all the things you’re probably doing that you no longer have to do. The mundane tasks that are necessary but do not require humans to do. - -Media Monitoring and Analysis : Sifting through countless news articles, social media posts, and online mentions to track brand sentiment and identify potential crises. Content Creation and Repurposing : Crafting news releases, social media posts, blog post outlines, and content ideas—and then adapting it all for different platforms and audiences. You still need a human touch for some things, but AI can get you started. Reporting and Measurement : Compiling data from various sources, creating comprehensive reports, and extracting meaningful insights to demonstrate the value of PR efforts. - -These tasks, while crucial, often consume a disproportionate amount of time and resources. In a world where the news cycle never sleeps, and clients expect real-time responses, the need for greater efficiency in PR has never been more pressing. - -Enter AI: Game-Changing Tools for PR - -This is where AI enters your life. Depending on your task, all sorts of tools will help. I love ChatGPT for outlines and ideas, Claude for drafting content, NotebookLM for FAQs and audio recaps, Otter for meeting notes, agendas, and action items, Leaps for working with subject matter experts, and Dall-E for image creation. - -In fact, Trust Insights just published a guide on prompting AI for visuals, and it’s pretty helpful. - -There are other tools you’ve probably been using for years, such as Grammarly, Lately, Canva, Adobe, and more, that are AI-driven. And, of course, all of the media monitoring, social media scheduling, and media list development you do has been AI-driven for years. - -These tools leverage several key technologies to boost efficiency: - -Natural language processing allows AI to understand and analyze human language, making it invaluable for tasks like media monitoring and sentiment analysis. - -AI can process vast amounts of data quickly, identifying trends and insights that might take humans days or weeks to uncover. - -While not replacing human creativity, AI can assist in drafting content, generating ideas, and repurposing existing materials for different platforms. - -But the real question is: how much will these tools actually have? Let’s look at some real-world examples. - -Media Monitoring and Analysis - -A mid-sized PR agency implemented an AI-powered media monitoring tool to track client coverage. The results were striking: - -Before AI, the team spent an average of 20 hours per week on media monitoring, between having to decide what was negative, positive, or neutral because the tool wasn’t getting it exactly right and having to delete articles that weren’t applicable. With AI, this dropped to just five hours per week, a 75% reduction. - -The AI tool caught 30% more relevant mentions than manual monitoring, including in non-English languages and niche publications. - -The agency estimated a cost saving of $78,000 per year in billable hours, not to mention the value of the additional insights gained. - -Reporting and Measurement - -A PR firm started using an AI-powered reporting and analytics tool. The results were game-changing: - -What used to take two to three days at the end of each month now takes two to three hours. This is a 90% reduction in time spent. - -The AI tool can correlate PR activities with business outcomes in ways the team hadn’t previously considered, leading to more strategic client recommendations. - -Their client retention rate increased by 15% year-over-year, with clients citing the depth and timeliness of reporting as a key factor in their decision to continue working with the firm. - -These two examples paint a clear picture: AI tools are not just marginally improving efficiency in PR. They’re fundamentally transforming how we work. - -AI In PR Beyond Time Savings - -While the time savings are impressive, the benefits of AI in PR extend far beyond just efficiency. Here are some additional advantages: - -Contrary to fears that AI might stifle creativity, many PR professionals report that AI-assisted brainstorming helps them generate more diverse ideas and think outside the box. With AI processing vast amounts of data and surfacing insights, PR strategies can be more data-driven and responsive to real-time trends. AI tools allow PR teams to handle larger workloads and more clients without necessarily increasing team size or requiring more hours. This also improves profitability. Some advanced AI tools can predict emerging trends or potential crises, allowing PR teams to be proactive rather than reactive. AI enables the creation of highly personalized content and outreach strategies, even when dealing with large audiences or media lists. - -AI In PR Challenges - -Of course, integrating AI into PR workflows is not without its challenges. There is a learning curve, and training the AI to give you what you want takes time. I treat it like I treat our interns: it needs to be taught the way we do things, and it takes several revisions to get it right. - -Without the Projects in Claude, getting the AI to align with brand voice and standards is pretty challenging. This is why you can’t rely on it completely. You still have to revise the content for voice, standards, and tone. - -As with any use of AI, ethical considerations surround transparency, data privacy, and the potential perpetuation of biases. Again, this is why it needs human oversight. You have to ensure it follows the same standards you would have if a human produced the work product. I personally love it when it just makes things up. I’ll say to it, “So you made up that example, huh? Let’s not do that.” And it apologizes to me and deletes the hallucinations. - -Of course, there is also the risk of becoming too dependent on AI tools and losing critical human skills in the process. - -Best Practices for Implementing AI In PR - -If you’re willing to accept the risks (and I think you should!), there are some best practices to help you implement AI without becoming overly reliant on the tools. - -First, start small and scale gradually, just like anything new. Begin with one or two tools addressing your most pressing efficiency challenges. You can expand your AI toolkit as you see results and become more comfortable with the technology. Remember, training these tools takes time, so you must be patient. Consider it like an intern. You can’t set an intern free on day one. The same goes for the AI. - -Next, combine its efficiency with your expertise. You can use AI to handle routine tasks and data processing but always apply human judgment to the insights and outputs. The most effective approach is a human-AI collaboration. - -If your organization hasn’t offered AI training, ask for it. Or, if you’re the boss, provide it. You want to ensure your team is well-trained in using AI tools effectively. This will reduce frustration and maximize efficiency gains. - -Continuously measure the effectiveness of AI tools. Based on these assessments, be prepared to adjust your approach. - -And lastly, stay up-to-date with the latest developments and be ready to adopt new tools that could further boost your efficiency. I’ll continue to talk about it, but also check out what Chris Penn, Paul Roetzer, Andy Crestodina, and Rand Fishkin are doing on the topic. And where are the women?! Send me some women to follow who are talking about AI in PR or marketing! - -The Future of AI In PR - -As impressive as the current AI tools are, we’re really just scratching the surface of what’s possible. There are some things you can start to think about now for 2025 and beyond. - -One thing I’m super excited about is the advanced predictive analytics. I’ve already started using AI to highlight opportunities and threats in the data we provide to clients. Soon, AI will be able to predict the success of PR campaigns with a high degree of accuracy, allowing for real-time optimization. - -There has also been a lot of talk about hyper-personalization, which means you can create content specific to individuals rather than groups of them. I have yet to see that come into play, but the fact that everyone keeps talking about it means you should keep an eye on it (and I will, too). - -I’m also excited about letting AI grow crisis planning with clients so we can predict what might become a problem. Not only will it be able to identify potential crises, but it will also be able to suggest initial response strategies in real time. This means you can plan ahead of time so you can respond immediately versus waiting for senior leadership and counsel to approve things. - -And maybe, just maybe, AI will help us connect our efforts more directly to business outcomes, finally solving the age-old problem of PR measurement. - -A Challenge For You - -The data is clear: AI tools are significantly boosting efficiency in PR, saving time, improving outcomes, and allowing us to focus on the strategic and creative aspects of our work. From slashing the time spent on media monitoring to increasing content output without sacrificing quality, the effect of AI in PR is undeniable. - -But remember…AI is a tool. It’s not a replacement for human expertise. The most successful PR professionals will be those who learn to collaborate effectively with AI, using it to enhance their capabilities rather than replace their skills. - -As we look to the future, one thing is certain: AI will play an increasingly important role in PR. The question is not whether to adopt AI tools but how to do so in a way that best serves your team, your clients, and your goals. - -So, I have a challenge for you: take a look at your current workflows. Identify areas where you’re spending too much time on routine tasks. Then, explore how AI tools might help you reclaim that time for more strategic work. Start small, measure your results, and experiment. If you have questions or want help, let me know! - -The future of PR is efficient, data-driven, and AI-enhanced. But it still needs the human touch—your creativity, relationships, and strategic thinking. - -By embracing AI tools, you’re not replacing these uniquely human qualities but amplifying them.",1731883663,4dc781f5bc,05546a5766,,,1731883663 -https://new.nsf.gov/news/creating-buzz-about-bee-nest-symmetry,https://www.nsf.gov/rss/rss_www_news.xml,Creating a buzz about bee nest symmetry,"Mirroring the mechanisms that make human faces and bodies — and those of many multicellular organisms — symmetrical, bee colonies build symmetrical nests when they are placed on either side of a double-sided comb. The finding, published in Current Biology by U.S. National Science Foundation-supported researchers, extends examples of symmetry in biology to the behavior of communities and the architectural structures that they build. - -In addition to the simple beauty of the mirrored combs, nest symmetry also helps the colonies adapt better. For example, two-sided nests grow more quickly, rear more brood and have a more stable thermal environment than one-sided nests. - -""Akin to the location of plumbing in the construction of an apartment building, which often results in mirrored kitchens or bathrooms across apartments, bees originate their colonies based on a heat source, and thermal cues drive colony organization,"" said Michael L. Smith, corresponding author on the publication and assistant professor in the department of biological sciences at Auburn University. “Heat cues direct where the nest is initiated and where the queen begins laying eggs, but the entire nest is symmetrical, including their pollen and honey stores.” - -Credit: Images Smith Bee Lab, arrangement by Peter R. Marting Images of honey bee combs, arranged to show the symmetry between the two sides of the comb. All combs were built and stockpiled by the bees (i.e., no embossed wax was provided). The coloration shows the cell contents. - -As the behavior is present in several species of honeybees, all within the genus Apis, the researchers posit that nest symmetry likely evolved when honeybees moved from building single-sided combs to double-sided ones between 50 and 60 million years ago. - -""Symmetry is visible in many organisms at several levels, from the molecular to the full body, but this is the first work to show architectural symmetry at this superorganism level,"" said Colette St. Mary, a program director in the NSF Directorate for Biological Sciences, which partially funded the research. ""Identifying properties or behaviors that cut across biological scales like this helps elucidate the rules of life.""",1731883630,9816183432,06101f0b00,,,1731883630 -https://glaad.org/,https://www.glaad.org/rss.xml,GLAAD,"Spanish-Language Media - -GLAAD's Spanish-Language and Latinx Media program works across Spanish-language entertainment and news media to increase the quantity and quality of LGBTQ representation, building understanding and acceptance among Spanish-speaking audiences, the fastest growing community in the U.S. - -Read More",1731883659,82dbee0d09,0639dacc9a,,,1731883659 -https://www.thespike.gg/valorant/news/vct-americas-2024-schedule-tickets-where-to-watch-and-more/5810,https://www.thespike.gg/rss.xml,"VCT Americas 2024: Schedule, tickets, where to watch and more","After long off-season events, VCT Americas is finally back, starting on February 17, 2024. Americas has been one of the most popular regions as they have won two back-to-back VCT Champions trophies, and this year it's looking no different to the level of competition in the region. The VCT Americas will start with a Kickoff tournament announced earlier by Riot Games, as will every region. - -Every team needs to perform at their best in the Kickoff tournament, which will help them earn their spot for the first international event of the season, VCT Masters Madrid 2024. Earlier this month, Riot Games announced the format for the upcoming Kickoff Tournament for every region. Here are the complete details for VCT Americas:",1731883662,0c89bedf6b,05fe4b36ea,,,1731883662 -https://www.npr.org/2022/11/04/1134434712/planet-money-tries-election-polling,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The crisis pollsters face ahead of the midterm elections : Planet Money : NPR,"Planet Money tries election polling - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Keystone/Getty Images Keystone/Getty Images - -It's another election cycle and many are wondering: Will the polls miss again this year? Because it's true, polling has gotten a lot tougher these days. People aren't picking up the phone. Nobody wants to talk to pollsters. It's becoming a crisis for the polling industry. - -Today on the show, we head to Marist College — home of the Marist Poll — to learn how to be pollsters ourselves. We break down the science of polling, and find out all the tricks that pollsters use to get people to finish their surveys. Then we get on the phone and give it a try. - -Sponsor Message - -How do you conduct a poll when the general public is ghosting you? It's really hard! But then we come across a weird idea. An idea that might change the future of polling. And surprisingly, the folks at Marist let us run an experiment. - -Music: ""Partyline, ""The Danzig Connection, and ""Saku"" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884660,8181d7a585,05dfb6bb11,,,1731884660 -https://techcrunch.com/2024/11/01/new-funding-rounds-confirm-that-money-attracts-money/,https://techcrunch.com/tag/venture-capital/feed/,New funding rounds confirm that money attracts money,"Welcome to Startups Weekly — your weekly recap of everything you can’t miss from the world of startups. Want it in your inbox every Friday? Sign up here. - -Money attracts money, as the saying goes. This week seemed to confirm it, with a couple startups announcing new rounds of funding only months after their previous ones, and familiar names launching new ventures. - -Most interesting startup stories from the week - -Image Credits:Romain Dillet / TechCrunch - -Whether it’s about IPOs, lobbying, or launching in public, finding momentum is key to success. - -Confetti time: Salva Health won the Startup Battlefield competition at TechCrunch Disrupt 2024 with the promise to lower breast cancer mortality thanks to an affordable screening device. The four other finalists out of the initial 200 shortlist were Gecko Materials, Luna, MabLab, and Stitch3D. - -Half Zomato: India’s largest food delivery and quick-commerce scale-up Swiggy is looking to go public at a $11.3 billion value, less than half the market cap of its rival Zomato. - -Wait and see: Nasdaq CEO Adena Friedman declared that she wasn’t surprised that we haven’t seen a resurgence in startup IPOs yet. However, she thinks these will start to return with momentum in 2025. - -EU Inc momentum: A petition calling for a new legal form for European startups is gaining momentum, with hopes of fostering Pan-European tech champions, but there are many hurdles to overcome along the way. - -Eaten up: Generative AI unicorn ElevenLabs hired the team behind open source read-it-later app Omnivore. The team will now focus on ElevenReader, ElevenLabs’ own reader app. - -Most interesting fundraises this week - -Image Credits:Marlena Sloss/Bloomberg and Ramin Talaie/Getty Images (composite) / Getty Images - -If the names below sound familiar, it’s because several of these startups raised their previous rounds quite recently. - -Chatbots: Sierra, an AI customer service startup co-founded by OpenAI chairman Bret Taylor and longtime Google exec Clay Bavor, is valued at $4.5 billion after raising $175 million. - -Threat intelligence: French cybersecurity startup Filigran secured a $35 million Series B round of funding for its threat management suite of products, which includes both open source and enterprise offerings. - -More bots: Read AI, whose AI bot summarizes meetings and more, released a Chrome extension and announced it raised $50 million in a Series B funding round, only six months after its $21 million Series A. - -Protein cages: Archon Biosciences emerged from stealth and announced it raised $20 million in seed funding. The biotech startup is applying AI to drug development, with a focus on addressing shortcomings of antibody treatments. - -Chip demand: GMI Cloud, a U.S.-based startup providing GPU cloud infrastructure, raised a Series A round of funding consisting of $15 million in equity and $67 million in debt financing. The round was led by Headline Asia, with participation from strategic investors based in Asia. - -Hot wave: Brightwave, a startup that developed an AI agent for asset managers, raised a $15 million Series A only four months after its seed round. - -Most interesting VC and fund news this week - -Image Credits:Taylor Hill / Contributor / Getty Images - -Wilde bets: Actor and director Olivia Wilde quietly launched a venture firm late last year, according to Bloomberg. Called Proximity Ventures, it is already investing in the consumer and enterprise sectors. - -Same thesis, more capital: African venture capital firm Janngo Capital closed its oversubscribed second fund at €73 million (around $78 million) and plans to keep on writing checks ranging from €50,000 to €5 million. - -New frontiers: Crosscut’s $100 million sixth fund will invest in “frontier tech,” including energy and power, space and underwater exploration, advanced manufacturing, advanced materials, and security and defense. - -Horizon Europe: The European Innovation Council will dedicate €1.4 billion (about $1.5 billion) to European deep tech research and startups next year, a €200 million budget increase in comparison with 2024. - -Last but not least - -Image Credits:Xaira - -AI is often present in funding stories these days, but aggregate data adds more nuance to the picture. Of the nearly 240 mega-rounds into U.S. startups that Crunchbase tracked so far this year, 87 went to biotech and healthcare, placing this category ahead of pure AI, although crossovers are common — for instance, in AI-enabled drug discovery. Xaira Therapeutics is one example; it raised a $1 billion mega-round earlier this year.",1731883643,96643340a1,061afec420,,,1731883643 -https://www.scotusblog.com/2024/11/justices-debate-particularity-of-complaint-in-nvidia-securities-fraud-suit/,https://www.scotusblog.com/feed/,Justices debate particularity of complaint in NVIDIA securities fraud suit,"ARGUMENT ANALYSIS - -Justices debate particularity of complaint in NVIDIA securities fraud suit - -By Ronald Mann - -at 11:48 am - -Wednesday’s argument was the second of two cases the justices heard this month involving securities fraud suits against major tech companies. (Katie Barlow) - -The justices closed the November session on Wednesday with NVIDIA Corp v. E. Ohman J:or Fonder AB, a case arising out of the use of NVIDIA chips by crypto miners. The legal problem presented for the justices is whether the complaint – which alleges that NVIDIA misled investors by downplaying the sale of its chips for crypto mining rather than gaming – was sufficiently particular to get over the relatively high pleading standard required for such cases. - -Investors say the company did not disclose the extent to which sales to crypto-miners put their shares at risk. NVIDIA argues that the shareholders don’t have the hard evidence required for such a case – specifically, internal documents showing executives knew and withheld information. - -Appearing on behalf of NVIDIA, Neal Katyal argued that the court of appeals was too lax in letting the case go forward, but he had to spend most of his time fencing off questions about why such a fact-specific dispute warranted the court’s attention. Justice Sonia Sotomayor in particular burned through a large portion of Katyal’s time pressing the idea that he is just asking for “error correction,” a task the justices typically regard as beneath them. It was not a great sign for him that the references to error correction kept surfacing from almost all the questioners during his argument: he got the same line from justices spanning “both sides of the aisle,” if you will: Elena Kagan, Amy Coney Barrett, and Neil Gorsuch. - -About the only substantive discussion Katyal had on the merits was with Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson, who pretty clearly thought that he was asking for far too much. In her words, Katyal was insisting that “plaintiffs … actually have the evidence in order to plead their case,” while she opined that the standards in fact don’t “require that they have the documents,” and indeed couldn’t “understand how they could have the documents when discovery hasn’t occurred yet.” - -To be sure, it was not all bad for Katyal. Chief Justice John Roberts repeatedly observed that Congress clearly intended in the 1995 Private Securities Litigation Reform Act to limit this type of lawsuit. Because in Roberts’ view Congress thought the law did “a good bit more than simply keep out frivolous lawsuits,” Roberts seemed to believe that the justices should put some content in the pleading standards that NVIDIA is challenging. - -Justice Brett Kavanaugh echoed Roberts’ concern, as he worried openly about the ease with which the lower court’s decision would permit shareholders, “any time a stock price falls,” to “get past a motion to dismiss” by simply providing a vague expert report. - -The shareholders in this case relied on an expert report that looked at the number of of crypto-mining processors built during the relevant time to estimate the likely share of chip sales sold by NVIDIA. But Deepak Gupta, representing the investors, told the justices that the group had presented a variety of other types of evidence. - -Late in Katyal’s argument, Roberts interrupted him to ask about his repeated statements that the complaint approved in this case “eats itself.” Roberts commented that he found “the analogy … very vivid,” but he confessed that he’d “never heard” the phrase before and wondered “what does that mean?” After Katyal labored at some length to explain that he intended only to suggest that the complaint was internally inconsistent, Roberts responded that he remained “not sure how that’s ‘eating itself,’ but I’ll take your word [for it].” - -It’s a little puzzling for so many justices to spend argument time asking an advocate why they’re hearing his case – four of the people sitting on the bench doubtless voted to hear it, and if they don’t regret that decision then it’s pretty likely the justices will proceed to decide the case. But it does suggest that NVIDIA has a long way to go in persuading a majority of the justices that the court of appeals erred in any important way.",1731883661,3fde2f4577,05ef3665fc,,,1731883661 -https://www.nationalmortgagenews.com/news/post-election-surge-in-treasury-yields-means-more-near-term-cre-pain,https://www.nationalmortgagenews.com/rss,Post-election surge in Treasury yields means more near-term CRE pain,"Jeenah Moon/Bloomberg - -It'll get more painful before it gets better for banks' commercial real estate portfolios. - -Even as the Federal Reserve has cut interest rates by 75 basis points since September, long-term Treasury yields — which CRE valuations are benchmarked against — have ticked up. The election of President-elect Donald Trump to a second term last week drove the 10-year yield even higher, as the market priced in concerns about inflation, the federal deficit and the direction of economic growth. - -The 10-year yield ended Thursday at 4.45% and the five-year closed at 4.34%, levels that before this week they hadn't touched since early July, putting downward pressure on real estate values. - -The shift in the bond markets means an ongoing stalemate between borrowers and lenders over valuations will likely drag on for the near term, causing more strain for borrowers and leaving lenders with more bad debt. - -Adam Mustafa, co-founder and CEO of advisory firm Invictus Group, said the ""number-one thing"" he's paying attention to is how longer-term Treasuries are impacting the yield curve. - -""There could be a lot of euphoria about the Trump presidency and deregulation, a more business-friendly environment, and that he's a real estate guy,"" Mustafa said. ""But if the belly of the curve is rising … that's a challenge."" - -Still, in the long term, people in the commercial real estate industry are confident that there's no doomsday in the cards. - -John Toohig, head of whole loan trading at Raymond James, said barring a major shock from the economy, he's ""cautiously optimistic"" about the industry. - -In the last two years, banks carrying large concentrations of CRE loans have faced increased scrutiny from investors and regulators. Post-pandemic trends battered the office building sector, and the rapid rise of interest rates put pressure on borrowers. Many banks racked up large allowances for loan losses in preparation for defaults. - -Treasury yields had already been climbing for weeks, but they surged the day after the election, in line with the so-called Trump bump that drove a boost in stock prices. - -Oxford Economics analysts increased their Treasury yield forecasts following the election, saying that they expected elevated levels in the short term before yields start to slide in 2025. The firm now projects a long-term 10-year yield of 3.95%. - -Abby Rosenbaum, an associate director at Oxford Economics who does real estate forecasting, said the road ahead in the coming months is still a bit of an unknown. - -""If yields are higher — and we do expect them to be higher — what is this going to do for transaction volumes? For refinancing? For the expectation from the real estate industry in the near term?"" Rosenbaum said. ""I would expect the recovery to continue to begin next year. It's just in terms of the magnitude of that recovery, that's where the question mark is."" - -Fed Chair Jerome Powell signaled on Thursday that he was in no rush to cut rates . But the real estate industry still is hopeful that rates will come down, and that some of the inevitable blows lenders take from bad debt will be ""bruises, not heart attacks,"" Mustafa said. - -Keith Horowitz, an analyst at Citigroup, wrote in a note the day after the election that he doesn't expect CRE credit conditions to weaken more, as long as five-year yields don't return to levels around 4.70%. Most banks have also built strong cushions for potential losses, he added. - -Sector participants are optimistic that the next Trump administration will bring beneficial tax cuts and softer regulators, though the president-elect's proposals to implement higher tariffs and deport huge numbers of migrants would increase the cost of goods and labor for real estate. - -When the Fed began shaving short-term rates in September, there was hope it would spark refinancing and origination activity in the CRE sector. But five- and 10-year Treasury yields have climbed, leaving lenders and borrowers at an impasse. While lenders want to lock in loans at higher rates before they decrease, borrowers hope to hold out for when money is less expensive, Raymond James' Toohig said. - -""Finding deals that make sense for both the borrower and the lender is a bit of a tug of war today,"" Toohig said. - -This dynamic left many lenders working with borrowers to postpone refinancing or defer payments — what some observers call ""extend and pretend."" A recent report from the Federal Reserve Bank of New York stated that banks ""have extended the maturity of their distressed CRE loans and pretended that such credit provision was not as risky to avoid further depleting their capital."" - -Thomas Taylor, a senior manager of CRE research at Trepp, said that delinquency rates on big, securitized office transactions, which are largely held outside of the banking sector, have continued to rise. - -But he isn't expecting a repeat of the financial crisis 15 years ago. He expects deal volume to perk back up, especially for market participants who didn't get slapped by interest rate whiplash. - -""The main fault line is this bifurcation between folks who timed the market well, folks who are well capitalized, and those who are not,"" Taylor said. ""There's going to be some bloodletting for those who are not. That goes for lenders, for borrowers, equity investors."" - -The period of pain shouldn't be fatal, Mustafa said, and there's a light at the end of the tunnel. - -""That cleansing period has to happen, and it will be some pain for banks, but it's not 2008 pain,"" Mustafa said. ""It won't be fun. But on the back end of it, if the environment can be maintained, and we have a steeper yield curve, that's actually a good environment for banks.""",1731883666,53698d1bc1,06204b8aff,,,1731883666 -https://www.golfinstructionguide.com/top-5-popular-online-action-games-of-all-times/,https://www.golfinstructionguide.com/feed/,Top 5 Popular Online Action Games of All Times,"No matter your gaming preference – arcade action, top-down shooters or sandbox games – there’s an action game out there for everyone. The best ones will keep you engaged, challenge you and encourage further gameplay. - -Action games tend to feature a fast pace and challenging environments, while their less successful counterparts tend to be dull or ineffective. Even amongst the baddies, there are always some gems that stand out. - -If you’re searching for an exciting top-down shooter, Max Payne 2 is your perfect pick. A dark comedy featuring purple prose, smooth gunplay and a sense of decay, Max Payne 2 is not only one of the greatest action games ever made but also an engineering marvel – a game with leaping bullets that remains as thrilling today as when it first released in 2003. - -FromSoftware’s gothic action adventure is unlike anything else on the market, and it requires a great deal of patience to master. But if you’re up for the challenge, Bloodborne promises an exhilarating experience that will have you eager for more. - -Ubisoft’s long-running series started off on an exciting new path with Assassin’s Creed Oranges, but Assassin’s Creed Odyssey takes things to a whole new level of enjoyment. The franchise returns in full force with this sequel featuring an alluring mercenary reborn – making it a must-play if you’ve never played an Assassin’s Creed before! - -Dying Light 2 may take place during a zombie apocalypse, but that doesn’t stop this open-world survival title from providing an epic dose of action! This open world survival title challenges you to explore towering rooftops, leap over fences and even swing a baseball bat at zombies – all part of its bravado that makes Dying Light one of the most captivating and terrifying action games in its genre. - -Killer Instinct may not have the same glitzy, cinematic appeal of its more famous predecessors, but it’s an inspiring fighter that can hold its own against more established titles. Plus, with a variety of characters to choose from, there’s sure to be a mode that fits your playstyle perfectly. - -Dead Cells may not have the same high-end visual aesthetic as its more popular cousins, but it’s an action game that will keep you occupied for hours on end with endless challenges to conquer. Its generated level design is so perfectly tuned to test your skill that it will feel like a constant test of your abilities and leave you wanting more when it’s over.",1731883839,7dbd15bcf2,060258e3c7,,,1731883839 -https://swisshockeynews.ch/en/shn/disciplinary/sc-berns-simon-kindschi-receives-game-misconduct-penalty,https://www.swisshockeynews.ch/rss/,SC Bern's Simon Kindschi receives game misconduct penalty,"Simon Kindschi has been retroactively handed a game misconduct penalty for slashing EV Zug's Fredrik Olofsson in the tenth minute of play. Kindschi received a two-minute minor penalty for the incident in the game. - -Upon request of the player safety officer, Kindschi's penalty was elevated to a game misconduct penalty, as the single judge shared the assessment of the PSO: ""Kinschi slashes Olofsson in a chopping motion, with force. This is a dangerous hard slash that makes contact to the arm of Olofsson."" - -( 17 November 2024 | mso )",1731883612,ed6bd1a5a4,06bd929901,,,1731883612 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/the-rally-point-field-of-glory-kingdoms-is-an-elaborate-building-game-in-a-grand-strategy-jacket,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,The Rally Point: Field of Glory: Kingdoms is an elaborate building game in a grand strategy jacket,"This is The Rally Point, a regular column where the inimitable Sin Vega delves deep into strategy gaming. - -Four thousand words of notes. Hoboy. Field of Glory Colon Kingdoms is definitely thought-provoking. - -It was also complaint-provoking in the fairly long period where I didn't understand what it's trying to do. Reaching that point, luckily for you, means we can cut out a lot of the ""confused whingeing"" subsection of those notes. Though it still has its shortcomings, I've come to appreciate that I was reading Kingdoms all wrong. Although it talks big about characters, politics, and religion, they're not what it's about. It's about building. - -Field of Glory is a series of turn-based wargames built on the same ruleset, focusing on short campaigns over multiple linked battles. 2019's Empires spun off into a grand strategy about developing an ancient empire, and Kingdoms overhauls and brings that to the High Middle Ages. It'll sound very familiar. You pick a throne, and control all the land it oversees. You raise armies to conquer new lands or murder your Abrahamic siblings for definitely not politically expedient reasons, and you try to maintain and develop your holdings, and gather resources both tangible and conceptual. Occasionally your king will die and/or there'll be a coup or civil war, but you'll continue as whoever sits on your original throne. If your new emperor is a tactless dipshit, well, them's the breaks, you'll have to adjust. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/Slitherine - -There aren't really any characters. I bring this up because the natural reference point is Crusader Kings, a series all about personal feuds and elaborate schemes: the pettiness and loyalty and chaos of humanity and power. The drama. FOG Kingdoms, by comparison, is anaemic. Individuals are few, and limited to numbers that apply bonuses if they lead a province or army, plus a character trait that might make them more likely to sack a city. Disloyalty might spur a coup if they can access soldiers or riches, but you barely interact with them. Even heirs are easily forgotten. I've burned through three kings in a row with little more reaction than a disappointed shrug, replacement of a general, and some reprioritisation of construction projects. - -When you contrast them though, it's clearer that they're not the same kind of game, really. Kingdoms isn't about dramatic events or the reasons behind them; it's about those construction projects. Even its semi-random optional events are partly generated by specific buildings, and serve as strategic tools rather than driving a story. - -It's still part wargame. Battles takes advantage of FoG's large catalogue of stabmen, with your starting culture providing local flavours of javelad, axeboy, and so on, and introducing more as your society figures out which end of a horse the food goes in. Combat is detailed, but heavily condensed from the core rules, as each unit fights one turn against its opposite in linear order. Far from taking over as I'd anticipated, its option to export and play out field battles in FoG Medieval is more a bonus addition to the latter game. Army composition is important to learn, but the real point is how you sustain that army to begin with. - -Conscripting levies costs manpower and equipment, and more again to maintain, making mercenaries a good option even early on because they provide their own. They cost more in cash, but that's simple: mo money, mo prodmens. A standing army is heavily dependent on your ruler, but tends to become more viable over time as your kingdom's development lifts some restrictions. And because you'll have actually built the infrastructure that provides more equipment and labour. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/Slitherine - -A little like Bellwright, it's decided not by fighting but by building. No king is as useful as a well-integrated region. Each region is its own little Civilisation-ish operation whose labour produces food and infrastructure points, and opens the building slots that define the game. You don't just build a farm: you build multiple types of farm, pasture, orchard, beehives, barns, and dozens more. Hundreds of buildings, whose purposes overlap, interact, and often cost a tradeoff. As important, though, is that their opportunity cost is far greater because you can't build whatever you want. When a slot opens, you're given one option per category (six total). A little like Shadow Empire, it's what the locals are proposing. You're not the God Emperor. You can spend Authority points (more on those later) to get a wider selection. But even that only opens six options per category; better, but no guarantee. - -It emphasises that medieval development is slooow. But the most interesting result is that even if you really throw your Authority around, you don't get stuck into the usual build orders, minmaxing, or rote uniformity. You have to roll with things. Not in the dramatic, story-generating way, but one that makes your lands more organic, and every decision more active. I hadn't planned on it, but if I build this clothier, it'd make use of that weaver in Lothian, and export to the camp in Moray. - -That's the other construction concern: many also produce tangible goods. Without specific goods, many buildings operate at massive cost, if at all. It's a whole extra management layer, and the most enjoyable trade system I've seen in a grand strategy game. It ties your lands together, encouraging organic networks - yes, a local production chain is good, but a distributed one might come sooner, plus trade within your borders generates money. It's a machine, but an irregular, shifting one. This is the real heart of Kingdoms. Development isn't pushing a number up; it takes careful management of each region, and the interdependencies between them. - -That's emphasised further by the Authority system. Going from a hick to an Emperor means unpredictably long periods of maintaining high Authority relative to other rulers, slowly extending the innate bonuses of your rule (usually - intermediary phases often mean upheaval penalties). It's best gained by staying within your maximum ""demesne"" (land you directly rule), complicating expansion in a frustrating way. But the point is that variety again, that encouragement of actually building something. Stability and consolidation, not grabbing everything in sight. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/Slitherine - -Authority also comes from winning battles, and taking lands you have a claim on (absurdly easy to acquire - merely insult someone and your ruler will often unilaterally declare several claims). But you can't build the perpetual motion machine, and overreach almost inevitably leads to decline. Until you realise that a few buildings generate tiny amounts of Authority each turn, and others still a small chance of causing an Authority-bumping event. It's risky, but possible to push past your limits for a time. You're even encouraged to burn rather than stockpile Authority, since the higher it gets, the faster it passively drains. It's a balancing act that took me dozens of hours to understand because I was still comparing, not contrasting it to its peers. - -It still has issues. The building panel’s flavour text is nice, but sorely lacks information about prerequisites and relationships. The map could use better and more interactive overlays, labour management and army splitting are needlessly fiddly, and kingdoms reform and split without notice, not helped by their bizarre naming habits. Naples forms in Bulgaria, calls itself Poland (not Lesser Poland, which is in Belarus) and declares war on Bohemia, which is in Russia. Vassalise your uncle and he might take on a foreign culture and the name of a place from hundreds of miles and a third culture away. I didn't sail from Connacht and unite Alba into a duchy so you could call it fucking York, Niall. Who even told you York exists? - -Limited diplomacy also lets Kingdoms down. Crusades and Jihads mostly invite confusion and notification spam, and ""war weariness"" because of a forgotten faction thousands of miles away. There's little explanation for anyone's attitude, your only real PR move is repeated bribes, and the delay between sending and resolving truces leads to confusing outcomes. Part of that comes from the way army movement is resolved simultaneously (sort of), not helped by several army actions being toggles rather than distinct orders. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/Slitherine - -But I find myself forgiving Kingdoms a lot. Even as it gets easier to break by puzzling out its ideas, I enjoy developing my realm rather than just watching borders spread and numbers go up. I might complain more about Kingdoms, how it can be counter-intuitive, and limited in a few areas we might expect more from in the wake of so many grand strategy behemoths. But that feels unappreciative of its effort to instill a different mindset. The slow burn of Authority, and its elaborate building system suggest an interpretation of progress as driven not by Remarkable Men, or even ideology, but by building. Not just militarisation but the growth of complex, interconnected public works, of stewardship rather than pumping research points so you can get a shinier, stabbier toy. Even Legacy, effectively score, is based heavily on the standard of learning in your kingdom rather than just military conquest or personal deeds. - -I suspect my opinion of Kingdoms will continue to waver for a long while, and that I'll appreciate its approach all the more in a few years. It has too many problems to recommend without caveats, and its scale may mean such a small developer can only do so much to tune or follow it up. But in the meantime, it's a valiant attempt, and might appeal to building lovers more than the warfare or feudalism sim fans it courts.",1731883633,ad45c610da,060a4754d3,,,1731883633 -https://www.bjpenn.com/mma-news/nick-diaz/nick-diaz-replaced-by-surging-fan-favorite-in-ufc-310-clash-against-vicente-luque/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=nick-diaz-replaced-by-surging-fan-favorite-in-ufc-310-clash-against-vicente-luque,https://www.bjpenn.com/feed/,Nick Diaz replaced by surging fan favorite in UFC 310 clash against Vicente Luque,"Nick Diaz Replaced By Themba Gorimbo for UFC 310 - -Alex Behunin was the first to report that Nick Diaz’s UFC 310 spot is now being given to Themba Gorimbo. A reason for the change has not been revealed at this time. - -It’s a big opportunity for Gorimbo, who has captivated fans with his story. Gorimbo once put himself in danger mining for diamonds in Zimbabwe. He went from a life of hardship to being a member of the UFC roster in an attempt to live the American dream. - -Gorimbo is 4-1 under the UFC banner. He’s riding a four-fight winning streak, and a win over Luque would be the biggest of his pro MMA career up to this point. A victory would put Gorimbo in the top 15 welterweight rankings. - -Luque has had a rough go inside the Octagon as of late. He has gone 1-3 in his last four outings. It’s a far cry from his 2020-21 run that saw Luque go on a four-fight winning streak. In that span, Luque defeated the likes of Tyron Woodley and Michael Chiesa. - -As of now, not much is known about what is next for Nick Diaz. Whether or not the former Strikeforce welterweight champion will ever make his way back inside the Octagon remains to be seen. - -Keep it locked on BJPenn.com for the latest updates on Nick Diaz’s future once that information becomes available.",1731883642,eda10ed51d,066725537e,,,1731883642 -https://www.vg247.com/call-of-duty-black-ops-6-season-1-double-xp-tokens,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Surprise! All your double XP tokens from Modern Warfare 2&3, and Warzone are now in Black Ops 6","Season One has officially kicked off in Black Ops 6, following a major update. Apart from the new content, battle pass, weapons, maps and everything else players knew they were getting after the season goes live, it seems Call of Duty developers threw in an unexpected gift. - -In particular, anyone who spent hours playing Modern Warfare 2, last year’s Modern Warfare 3 or Warzone will find a nice surprise waiting for them the next time they log into the game. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Following the release of the Season One update, it appears that double XP, double weapon XP, and double battle pass tier tokens from past years’ games have made it into Black Ops 6/Warzone. - -While players knew that the integration would allow them to make use of Black Ops 6’s weapons, gadgets and Omnimovement in Warzone, no one expected their entire library of unused double XP tokens to also show up. - -Shortly after the new season went live, a number of players shared their reaction upon discovering a stacked set of double XP tokens available to use in the new game/Warzone. The tokens appear to be usable across multiplayer, Zombies, as well as Warzone. This is particularly surprising, because prior to the launch of Black Ops 6, Activision said that tokens would carry over, but players will only be able to use them in Warzone, as the free-to-play battle royale mode is the only one that shares continuity with the three most recent games. - -This is why some believe this to simply be an error that will be corrected soon, removing the tokens from Black Ops multiplayer and Zombies modes, and limiting their availability to Warzone. Needless to say, doing so after letting players access all tokens everywhere would cause a ruckus, but Activision hasn’t been shy about doing so in the past. - -Whether or not the situation changes in the next few days, however, it’s probably worth taking advantage of this - assuming you have any leftover tokens from past games - in Black Ops 6 multiplayer and Zombies. - -In other Season One news, Activision has also started cracking down on VPN usage in multiplayer, which some players abused to find matches outside their region in order break the game’s matchmaking and end up in sessions where they outskill their opponents.",1731883669,374d98cbb9,06a8f75c18,,,1731883669 -https://www.avclub.com/disney-scrubbed-trans-rights-episode-of-moon-girl-and-devil-dinosaur,https://www.avclub.com/rss,Disney scrubbed a trans rights-focused episode of Moon Girl And Devil Dinosaur,"Disney scrubbed a trans rights-focused episode of Moon Girl And Devil Dinosaur An episode focused on Indya Moore's character Brooklyn and a villain who won't let her play in a girls volleyball tournament was ""held"" by Disney"" - -A few weeks ago, reports started circulating—not confirmed by Disney yet, by-the-by—that well-liked Disney Channel Marvel show Moon Girl And Devil Dinosaur was quietly being canceled. Now, the series—about a pre-teen genius and her pet T-Rex, based on the comics series of the same name—is facing new controversy, as it’s being reported that an episode of the show focused on a trans character got yanked off the Disney schedule before it could ever air. - -This is per Polygon, reporting on “The Gatekeeper,” an episode of Moon Girl focused on the character of Brooklyn, a trans friend of series lead Lunella Lafayette, and who’s played by Pose star Indya Moore. The episode (which got leaked online today, and is now floating around in those places where people with decent search engine acumen can probably find it) depicts the character openly talking about being trans, earning the ire of a rival volleyball coach/villain, who locks her and her teammates away from being able to play in a tournament. (Not subtle, but subtlety is sometimes overrated.) But while some people who worked on the series have been claiming on social media that the episode was pulled specifically in response to the results of the presidential election, a Disney source, quoted by Polygon, says the company actually made the decision to “hold” the episode nearly a year ago. They added that the company wasn’t uncomfortable with the character of Brooklyn (who’s appeared in six other episodes of the show so far) so much as the specific focus of the episode in question; the company line apparently being a concern that the episode went past the company’s self-applied responsibility to be “respectful of the role that parents play in the discussions they have with their children.” (I.e., Disney doesn’t want to talk to kids about trans rights before their parents do; Moon Girl is apparently aimed at kids aged 6 to 12.) - -Moon Girl And Devil Dinosaur is still technically in the midst of its second season, with the show still needing to release a few more of its completed episodes. (The one’s it’s going to release, that is, at which point, presumably, it’ll be formally canceled.) No word yet on when “The Gatekeeper” might be, well, un-gate-kept, although given that it’s now been leaked, it’s possible the episode will never officially see the light of day.",1731883664,66c132240d,065a659a70,,,1731883664 -https://3dprintingindustry.com/news/dyemansion-reports-increased-use-of-its-unique-powerfuse-s-technology-234336/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=dyemansion-reports-increased-use-of-its-unique-powerfuse-s-technology,https://3dprintingindustry.com/feed/,DyeMansion reports increased use of its unique Powerfuse S technology,"3D printing service bureaus Forecast 3D, FKM, Hasenauer & Hesser, and RapidCenter have integrated DyeMansion’s Powerfuse S vapor smoothing technology into their operations, signalling a shift across the 3D printing industry toward environmentally friendly practices. - -By moving away from traditional PFAS-based solvents in favor of green alternatives, these companies are aligning high-quality production standards with an increasing emphasis on environmental responsibility. Describing Powerfuse S as a “scalable, eco-friendly solution,” RapidCenter’s Managing Director, Floris Stam, highlighted how the technology aligns with their goals for innovation and sustainability. - -Compared to conventional solvents, green alternatives reduce both safety infrastructure needs and regulatory burdens, streamlining operations while lowering emissions and the costs associated with specialized extraction systems. This shift brings both logistical and environmental advantages. - -DyeMansion’s Powerfuse S post-processing system. Image via DyeMansion. - -A shift toward sustainable vapor smoothing - -Introduced by DyeMansion in 2019, Powerfuse S marked a major development in vapor smoothing by adopting a closed-loop system that recycles green solvents, curbing environmental impact and operational expenses. - -Previous vapor smoothing processes often relied on open solvent baths, later transitioning to closed systems that used HFIP, a PFAS “forever chemical” known for its persistence in the environment. With over 50 units now in use across the industry, DyeMansion has emerged as a leader in steering vapor smoothing technology toward sustainable solutions. - -By providing precision smoothing for intricate geometries, Powerfuse S allows 3D printing service providers to achieve consistent quality and meet specific certifications, including FDA’s 21 CFR and EU’s 10/2011 standards for food safety. This capability facilitates entry into regulated markets, expanding application possibilities for 3D printed products. - -Recently, Forecast 3D joined DyeMansion’s Production Partner network, incorporating Powerfuse S to enhance its range of services. Alongside companies such as Endeavor 3D, SNL Creative, Solaxis, and Prototal, Forecast 3D’s partnership with DyeMansion grants access to the comprehensive Print-to-Product workflow. - -Endeavor 3D’s CEO, Phil Arnold, emphasized that early adoption of DyeMansion’s green technology has aligned with their goals for lean and responsible production, benefiting their clients over the past three years. - -As more companies adopt green solvents, the 3D printing industry is steadily shifting toward sustainable manufacturing practices, with companies moving away from PFAS chemicals in favor of greener alternatives. This transition reflects a broader industry trend toward environmentally conscious production methods in industrial applications. - -Novel post-processing solutions - -While DyeMansion’s Powerfuse S addresses sustainable vapor smoothing, other companies are advancing post-processing technologies across a range of applications. - -For example, Swedish post-processing solutions provider AM Efficiency recently launched UNPIT, an automated post-processing machine for entry-level Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) 3D printers, which will debut at Formnext 2024. - -Designed for SMEs, UNPIT handles unpacking, de-powdering, cleaning, and material recovery, reclaiming up to 100% of unused powder to reduce waste and operational costs. Adaptable with Selective Laser Sintering (SLS) brands like Formlabs and Sinterit, the machine integrates seamlessly into workflows, automating processes that traditionally require manual labor. Developed in partnership with Siemens, UNPIT shipments are set to start in early 2025, aiming to enhance efficiency for SLS users. - -Austrian 3D printing firm M&H incorporated Solukon’s SFM-AT1000-S depowdering system to enhance post-processing of complex metal parts. This advanced system removes powder residues from intricate internal channels and heavy components up to 1,000 mm in height and 800 kg in weight. - -Equipped with servo-driven rotating axes and a high-frequency knocker, it ensures thorough cleaning while meeting safety standards for reactive materials. M&H’s integration aims to meet the rigorous demands of industries like aerospace and international racing, positioning the company for large-scale manufacturing. - -Catch up on all the news from Formnext 2024. - -Voting is now open for the 2024 3D Printing Industry Awards. - -Want to share insights on key industry trends and the future of 3D printing? Register now to be included in the 2025 3D Printing Industry Executive Survey. - -What 3D printing trends do the industry leaders anticipate this year? - -What does the Future of 3D printing hold for the next 10 years? - -To stay up to date with the latest 3D printing news, don’t forget to subscribe to the 3D Printing Industry newsletter or follow us on Twitter, or like our page on Facebook. - -While you’re here, why not subscribe to our Youtube channel? Featuring discussion, debriefs, video shorts, and webinar replays. - -Featured image shows DyeMansion’s Powerfuse S post-processing system. Image via DyeMansion.",1731883675,c593966091,0745fcb3d8,,,1731883675 -https://www.golfinstructionguide.com/best-birthday-gifts-for-dad/,https://www.golfinstructionguide.com/feed/,Best Birthday Gifts For Dad,"It’s a special occasion when it comes to celebrating your dad’s birthday. Whether you want to show your appreciation or just give him something special, the perfect gift is sure to make his day even more memorable. With so many choices out there, finding the best birthday gifts for Dad can be overwhelming. Luckily, we’ve got you covered with our guide on what to look for in the perfect present and some unique ideas that are sure to please any father figure in your life. So, grab a cup of coffee and get ready to find the ultimate gift for your dad’s birthday! - -What to Look for in a Gift for Dad - -When you’re shopping for a birthday gift for your dad, it’s important to think about what he likes, his interests, and his hobbies. Does he love spending time in the kitchen? Does he have a favorite sport or pastime? Is he an avid reader? Knowing these things can help you narrow down your choices and find the perfect gift. Additionally, don’t forget to consider quality and durability when shopping for Dad; look for items that are made of good materials and are well-crafted so they will last. Lastly, if you have a tight budget, there are plenty of thoughtful gifts that don’t break the bank. A heartfelt card or photo collage filled with special memories is sure to bring joy to any father figure in your life. - -A gift that comes from the heart is the best kind of present, and with a little bit of thought and planning, you can find the perfect birthday gift for your dad. You’ll be sure to make his day extra special! Ready to start shopping? Read on to learn about different types of gifts for Dad. - -Different Types of Gifts for Dad - -When it comes to buying a birthday gift for Dad, there are many options. Whether you’re looking for something funny, sentimental, practical, or luxurious, there is sure to be a perfect option out there. Gift cards are always a great way to go as they give Dad the flexibility to buy whatever he wants. Amazon credit and Shop Men’s Health gift cards make excellent gifts. For the tech-savvy dad, an Amazon Echo device or Kindle Paperwhite will surely bring a smile to his face. You could also opt for something that speaks of your relationship with him; personalized items such as mugs and photo frames make great gifts for a daughter or son. If your dad loves spicy food or cooking in general, consider giving him a box set of spices from Touch of Spice or top-of-the-line cookware from Williams Sonoma. Last but not least, if you’re feeling generous this year, why not splurge on something special such as 75th birthday gifts? There are so many possibilities; just remember to pick something that fits your dad’s personality and interests! - -Unique Birthday Gifts for Dad - -Finding the perfect birthday gift for Dad can be a challenge, but it doesn’t have to be. Whether you’re looking for something funny, thoughtful, or sentimental, there are plenty of unique gift ideas that you can purchase for your dad this year. If your dad loves gadgets and tech, consider giving him an Amazon Echo device or Kindle Paperwhite. Other thoughtful gifts include personalized mugs or photo frames, a box set of spices from Touch of Spice, top-of-the-line cookware from Williams Sonoma, or a subscription to his favorite magazine. For the more luxurious dad in your life, consider gifting him with a Digits gift basket filled with all his favorite goodies. No matter what kind of gift you decide on for your dad this year, make sure it comes from the heart and will bring a smile to his face! - -No matter what kind of birthday gift you choose for Dad this year, make sure it’s something that comes from the heart and will be something he’ll cherish for years to come. And if you want to show him how much you care, why not give him a personalized gift? Stay tuned to find out more about the best-personalized gifts for Dad! - -Personalized Gifts - -Personalized gifts are a great way to show your dad he is special and that you care about him. The gift of a personalized item can make any occasion feel unique and memorable. You can give your dad a personalized mug, wall clock, or photo frame. For the more practical dad, consider gifting him an engraved pocket knife or a wallet with his initials embossed on it. If your dad loves technology, you could get him an Amazon Echo device with his name engraved on it or give him an Amazon credit in his name. If you are looking for something really special, why not design a custom-made picture of your father and add some meaningful words to make it even more special? Whatever you decide to get your dad this year, make sure that it is something he will keep for years to come and remind him of how much you care about him! - -Outdoor Activity Gifts - -Outdoor activity gifts are the perfect way to show your dad that you care and appreciate him. Whether your dad is an avid outdoorsman or just likes to spend time outdoors, there’s something for everyone. From camping gear such as tents and sleeping bags to fishing and hunting supplies, to hiking boots and apparel, there are endless possibilities when it comes to finding the perfect gift for dad. For the more adventurous dads, consider gifting a new set of binoculars or a drone with camera capabilities. If your dad loves taking pictures then why not give him a waterproof camera? And if he loves spending time on his boat then consider getting him a new kayak or paddleboard. Whatever you choose for your dad this year, make sure it is something that will bring him joy and encourage him to get out into nature! - -Gadget Gifts - -Gadget gifts are the perfect way to show Dad how much you care and appreciate his love of technology. Whether your dad is a tech enthusiast or just likes playing with the latest device, there’s something for everyone. From the latest smartphones and tablets to virtual reality headsets, gaming consoles, and smart home devices, there’s an endless selection of gadget gifts available for all budgets. Consider gifting your dad a new laptop or tablet that he can use for work or play games on. For dads who love music, why not give them a wireless speaker system or a surround sound system? If your dad loves taking pictures then consider getting him a high-resolution digital camera or an action camcorder so he can capture all his adventures in style. Whatever you choose for your dad this year, make sure it is something that will bring him joy and excitement every time he uses it! - -Boot Jack - -A Boot Jack is a great gift for any dad who loves to work in the yard, garden, or garage. This handy tool makes it easy to remove muddy or dirty boots without having to bend down and struggle to pull them off. The boot jack has two long handles that can be placed under the heel of the shoe and then pulled up to lift it off. It’s a simple but effective solution for making sure your dad’s shoes come off easily and quickly. Not only is this an excellent gift idea, but it can also help save your dad time and energy during those tough outdoor jobs. The best boot jack will last him many years of use and will provide a convenient way to keep his boots clean and tidy. - -Traditional Birthday Gifts for Dad - -When it comes to traditional birthday gifts for dad, you can never go wrong with a classic. Whether it’s an engraved watch or a personalized flask, dads love receiving and displaying items that remind them of their special day. If you’re looking for something unique, consider giving him a monogrammed tie clip or cuff link. These pieces of jewelry add an extra touch of class to any outfit and will be sure to put a smile on his face every time he wears them. For the health-conscious dad, a fitness tracker or smartwatch could be just the right gift – not only will it help keep track of his vitals, but they also come with handy features such as weather alerts and reminders to stay active. Finally, if your dad is the type who loves gadgets and gizmos, why not give him something fun like a drone or virtual reality headset? These high-tech toys are sure to keep him occupied and entertained for hours on end! - -No matter what type of gift you decide to get for your dad this year, it’s sure to show him just how much you care and appreciates him. From classic watches to cutting-edge technology, there are plenty of great gifts that will make his birthday one to remember! And with so many stylish clothing and accessories options available too, you’re sure to find something he’ll love. - -Clothing or Accessories - -Clothing and accessories make great gifts for any special occasion, especially birthdays. Whether it’s a dress for your mom or a new tie for your dad, giving them something stylish to wear will show them just how much you care. For the fashion-forward dad, consider investing in a quality suit or blazer from one of the top menswear brands. If he’s more into casual wear, consider getting him a statement t-shirt or some stylish sneakers. Accessories are also a great way to top off any look – watches, cufflinks, and ties are always appreciated by the well-dressed man. And don’t forget about hats – they’re not just for winter! A classic fedora or trilby can be worn all year round to add an extra touch of style to any outfit. So whatever his taste may be, there’s sure to be something that suits his style perfectly – making it the perfect birthday gift from you! - -Grooming and Personal Care Items - -Grooming and personal care items make thoughtful gifts for the special man in your life. From skincare kits to beard trimmers, there are plenty of options to choose from that will show him how much you care. For the dapper dad, consider gifting him a shaving set complete with a razor, shaving brush, and aftershave balm. Or if he’s more into facial hair, check out some high-quality beard grooming products such as oils, combs, and scissors. There’s also a range of colognes and fragrances available, so you can find something that suits his style perfectly. And don’t forget about personal grooming tools like electric shavers and toothbrushes – they’ll come in handy for all those special occasions! So no matter what type of grooming or personal care item you’re looking for, you’re sure to find something that will make an excellent birthday present for your dad. - -Music and Movies - -Music and movies are great ways to show your dad that you care. From classic films to modern soundtracks, there are plenty of options available for the film lover in your life. For those who appreciate the classics, consider gifting them a retro movie collection or a vinyl record player with some classic albums. For the contemporary music lover, check out streaming services like Spotify or Apple Music where they can access millions of songs at their fingertips. If Dad loves concerts, why not buy him tickets to his favorite artist’s next show? Or if he’s more of an audiophile, why not give him a pair of noise-canceling headphones or speakers so he can enjoy his music without any distractions? No matter what type of music and film fan your dad is, there’s something out there that will make an excellent birthday gift. - -Books and Magazines - -Books and magazines make great gifts for the avid reader in your life. Whether they’re into novels, biographies, or nonfiction, you can find something to suit their interests. Consider gifting them a hardcover edition of their favorite novel, or a collection of short stories from an up-and-coming author. For those who enjoy nonfiction works, why not give them a subscription to an industry magazine such as Forbes or Money? If your dad is more of a comic book fan, there are plenty of new releases from both Marvel and DC that will satisfy his tastes. You can also find some great gift card options for Amazon Kindle books so Dad can pick out what he wants to read. Books and magazines make thoughtful and thoughtful birthday gifts for any reader in your life. - -Conclusion - -Birthday gifts for Dad can be difficult to buy, but the key is to remember that it doesn’t have to be expensive. Think of practical gifts that will make his life easier or something that he’ll truly appreciate and use. If your budget allows, you can also choose a luxury item like a watch or a bottle of premium whiskey. No matter what option you choose, make sure it’s thoughtful and shows your appreciation for everything Dad does for you. And don’t forget to include a heartfelt card with your gift – no gift is complete without one!",1731883862,7dbd15bcf2,068cf64220,,,1731883862 -https://www.wired.com/gallery/best-subscription-gift-boxes/,http://feeds.wired.com/wired/index,"18 Giftable Subscription Boxes (2024), Tested and Reviewed","Between birthdays, anniversaries, and holidays, it's easy to run out of gift ideas. Don't throw your hands in the air yet—consider a subscription box. There are boxes for nearly every interest, and your giftee can try a bunch of stuff that would be far too expensive for you to compile yourself. You can buy them for one month, but I think three months makes the perfect gift since they'll get that warm, giddy feeling again and again. I'm also a firm believer that you need to gift yourself every so often. These boxes work whether you're buying for yourself or someone else. WIRED Gear writers hand-tested every one of these recommendations. - -None of the options below require contracts, so you can cancel at any time. (Check the fine print of the plan you're choosing and see how many days before billing you need to notify to cancel.) If you purchase a multiple-month subscription, you can cancel the auto-renew, but you won't get money back for the boxes that haven't shipped yet. We've noted when boxes have separate gift options, which typically cost a little more, but you won't have to worry about canceling. Keep in mind that subscription boxes tend to ship at a very specific time every month, so they won't mail out immediately upon ordering if you're rushing for a last-minute gift. - -Be sure to check out our many other gift guides, like Gifts for Teens and 25 Gifts Under $25, and some of our favorite gifts, like this tiny TV. - -Updated November 2024: We've removed four older picks and added a hot sauce box, a meat box, a beauty box, and a giftable meal kit. We also updated pricing throughout.",1731883635,bc78e81c60,06f02c1140,,,1731883635 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/ved-purification-is-a-free-prologue-to-the-full-hand-drawn-rpg-complete-with-stetson-hats-and-evil-dead-trees,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,"VED: Purification is a free prologue to the full hand-drawn RPG, complete with Stetson hats and Evil Dead trees","Got an email about this. Looks cool. Is free. “I’ll write about that,” I thought. “I’ll write about that for Rock Paper Shotgun, a place that semi-regularly posts articles about cool and free games.” So here we are. If you’re waiting for the other shoe to drop, assuming the only reason I’d open an article in a superfluous and straightforward manner is because I’m about to deliver some sort of third sentence twist, you’re completely wrong! There’s no twist at all. I’m simply going to deliver some information about the game in a neutral tone. You can find VED: Purification, a free prologue demo to RPG VED, here. - -Ok, fine, here’s a non-neutral assessment: the voice acting is as rough as the cheap Asda cat litter I bought that was so close to gravel in consistency that I refused to subject my pet to it, so that’s bonus points to the art for carrying my interest. This one’s a turn-based RPG, but with cRPG elements like dialogue choices, multiple endings, and a series of intriguing ‘curses or blessings’, which sound somewhat roguelike-like. There’s dice rolls and ability loadouts, and most importantly, the gifs on the Steam page for the main game feature at least one very good giant mushroom bastard. Here’s how the game describes itself: - -In VED, you take on the role of Cyrus, a young hero who comes to the city of Micropolis in search of a new life. There he suddenly discovers the ability to teleport between two interconnected worlds full of mysterious flying islands, strange creatures, and dangerous monsters. Unfold an interactive story where each decision matters and help Cyrus discover the truth about this magical place, so that you can decide the fate of two worlds. To succeed in your quest, you will have to master the powerful magic of the Veds. - -Just once, I would like a game to just come out and tell me in the marketing that “only about one third of the decisions you make matter”. Would you not just buy that game immediately, purely out of respect for its honesty? I would. I haven’t played VED of course, so maybe each decision does matter, and maybe “easy to learn but difficult to master” is an accurate description of the combat, too. Who knows! The full game’s out in a week anyway. That’s the 14th of November, and your prologue progress carries over to the big release, should you find yourself a dedicated VEDhead.",1731883660,ad45c610da,075712226a,,,1731883660 -https://www.brooklynvegan.com/our-favorite-songs-of-the-week-playlist-182/,https://www.brooklynvegan.com/feed/,Our Favorite Songs of the Week (Playlist),"Between our daily coverage, our Notable Releases and Indie Basement columns, and our monthly punk and rap roundups, we post tons of new music all the time here on BrooklynVegan. In an effort to keep track of all the new music we’re excited about, we’ve been posting a new playlist each week with many of the songs we love that were (mostly) released that week. - -This week’s playlist includes new music by Superheaven, Sunny War (ft. Steve Ignorant of Crass), Cecile Believe (ft. yunè pinku), Mary in the Junkyard, bdrmm, The Green Child, Blanck Mass, Joe Armon-Jones (ft. Liam Bailey), Red Sun, Secret World, The Blood Brothers, Fly Anakin (prod. Quelle Chris), Boldy James & Harry Fraud (ft. Babyface Ray), Shabaka (ft. billy woods), Maxo Kream (ft. BigXthaPlug), Pa Salieu (ft. Black Sherif). Full of Hell & Andrew Nolan (ft. GxCx), Freckle (Ty Segall & Corey Madden), Rose City Band, Cavalier & Child Actor, Rauw Alejandro (ft. Bad Bunny), Mammoth Grinder, Warmduscher, TVOD, Xeno & Oaklander, Kestrels, Benefits (ft Pete Doherty), Decius, Throwing Muses, Dorothea Paas, Serafina Steer, and Saint Etienne - -Subscribe to the playlist and/or listen below… - -BROOKLYNVEGAN WEEKLY PLAYLIST - -Superheaven – Long Gone - -Sunny War – Walking Contradiction (ft. Steve Ignorant of Crass) - -Cecile Believe – Spark (ft. yunè pinku) - -Mary in the Junkyard – This is My California - -bdrmm – John on the Ceiling - -The Green Child – Year of the Books - -Blanck Mass – Bloodhound - -Joe Armon-Jones – Sorrow (ft. Liam Bailey) - -Red Sun – Boomer - -Secret World – Silhouette - -The Blood Brothers – Love Rhymes with Hideous Car Wreck - -Fly Anakin – YOUGOTME!!! (prod. Quelle Chris) - -Boldy James & Harry Fraud – Shrink Wrap (ft. Babyface Ray) - -Shabaka – Timepieces (ft. billy woods) - -Maxo Kream – Smokey (ft. BigXthaPlug) - -Pa Salieu – Afrikan Di Alien (ft. Black Sherif) - -Full of Hell & Andrew Nolan – Heat Death From the Pyre (ft. GxCx) - -Freckle (Ty Segall & Corey Madden) – Taraval - -Rose City Band – Seeds of Light - -Cavalier & Child Actor – Judy Is Forever - -Rauw Alejandro – Qué Pasaría… (ft. Bad Bunny) - -Mammoth Grinder – Obsessed With Death - -Warmduscher – Top Shelf - -TVOD – Car Wreck - -Xeno & Oaklander – The Unknown Side - -Kestrels – Sleepless - -Benefits – Relentless ft Pete Doherty - -Decius – Birth of a Smirk - -Throwing Muses – Drugstore Drastic - -Dorothea Paas – Whatever That Means - -Serafina Steer – Drinking from the Pools of Night - -Saint Etienne – Half Light",1731883620,d7f1518f3a,06d5cc170b,,,1731883620 -https://www.npr.org/2023/09/05/1197609729/prince-warhol-goldsmith-supreme-court,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The Andy Warhol Supreme Court case and what it means for the future of art : Planet Money,"The Andy Warhol Supreme Court case and what it means for the future of art - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Collection of the Supreme Court of the United States Collection of the Supreme Court of the United States - -In 1981, photographer Lynn Goldsmith took a portrait of the musician Prince. It's a pretty standard headshot — it's in black-and-white, and Prince is staring down the camera lens. - -This was early in his career, when he was still building the pop icon reputation he would have today. And in 1984, shortly after Prince had released Purple Rain, he was chosen to grace the cover of Vanity Fair. The magazine commissioned pop culture icon Andy Warhol to make a portrait of Prince for the cover. He used Lynn Goldsmith's photo, created a silkscreen from it, added some artistic touches, and instead of black-and-white, colored the face purple and set it against a red background. Warhol was paid, Goldsmith was paid, and both were given credit. - -Sponsor Message - -However, years later, after both Prince and Warhol had passed away, Goldsmith saw her portrait back out in the world again. But this time, the face was orange, and Goldsmith wasn't given money or credit. And what began as a typical question of payment for work, led to a firestorm in the Supreme Court. At the center of it, dozens of questions of what makes art unique. And at what point does a derivative work become transformative? The answer, it seems, has to do less with what art critics think, and more with what the market thinks. - -This episode was originally produced by 'More Perfect' from WNYC Studios. The original 'More Perfect' episode, Andy Warhol and the Art of Judging Art, was produced by Whitney Jones and Alyssa Edes, with help from Gabrielle Berbey. It was edited by Julia Longoria, and Jenny Lawton. It was fact-checked by Naomi Sharp. Sound design was by David Herman and it was mixed by Joe Plourde. - -This 'Planet Money' episode was hosted by Jeff Guo and Julia Longoria, produced by Emma Peaslee, and edited by Jess Jiang. It was engineered by Maggie Luthar. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: More Perfect and NPR Source Audio - ""Lost in Yesterday""",1731884624,8181d7a585,06ee3bed89,,,1731884624 -https://www.npr.org/2024/01/05/1197956371/spanish-shipwreck-mystery,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How economics solves a 500 year old shipwreck mystery : Planet Money : NPR,"The case of the serial sinking Spanish ships - -Picture the Pacific Ocean of the 16th century. Spanish Galleons sail the wide open seas, carrying precious cargo like silver, porcelain, and textiles. The waters are dangerous; ship logs show concerns over pirates. But pirates are not to blame for a mysterious event that keeps happening. - -For, you see, one in five of the ships leaving from the port of Manila didn't make it to Acapulco. It's a shipwrecking rate much higher than rates for other routes of the time. And the mystery of the serial shipwrecking Spanish ships remains unsolved, until today. - -Everyone involved with these Spanish ships were aligned in a goal: Don't wreck the Spanish ships. And yet, wreck they did. Three economists took a look at the incentives for profit and risk at the time, and found the key to unlocking this ancient booty (of knowledge). - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was hosted by Mary Childs and Kenny Malone. It was produced by James Sneed, edited by Jess Jiang, fact-checked by Sierra Juarez, and engineered by Cena Loffredo. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: SourceAudio - ""Paradetas,"" ""Espanoletta,"" ""Old Masters Of The Golden Age,"" and ""Canarios.""",1731884610,8181d7a585,076f6e4a99,,,1731884610 -https://www.npr.org/2024/10/18/1210938543/subscription-economy-dark-patterns-negative-option-billing-click-to-cancel,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Why subscriptions took over the economy : Planet Money : NPR,"The Subscription Trap - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Lucasfilm Lucasfilm - -Over the past two decades, there's been a sort of tectonic economic shift happening under our feet. More and more companies have switched from selling goods one by one to selling services, available as a subscription. These days everything from razor blades to meal kits to car washes have become subscriptions. But all that convenience has also come with a dark side – some companies have designed their offerings to be as easy as possible to sign up for and also as difficult as possible to cancel. Many consumers are now paying for way more subscriptions than they even know about. - -Sponsor Message - -On today's show, we discover how we all fell into this subscription trap – who is winning and who is losing in this brave new subscription based world – and what both the government and the free market are doing to try and fix it. - -This episode was hosted by Alexi Horowitz-Ghazi and Jeff Guo. It was produced by James Sneed. It was edited by Jess Jiang, fact-checked by Sierra Juarez, and engineered by Cena Loffredo. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Source Audio - ""Dizzy Doctor,"" ""Brooklyn Rhythm,"" and ""Jazz Club Beat.""",1731884575,8181d7a585,0669945413,,,1731884575 -https://myemma.com/3-questions-with-rima-deming-about-the-gmail-account-deletion,https://myemma.com/blog/feed,3 Questions with Rima Deming about the Gmail Account Deletion,"Why is Google taking this action — is it just a security and spam issue or more to do with cost? - -Reading or sending an email - -Using Google Drive - -Watching a YouTube video - -Downloading an app on the Google Play Store - -Using Google Search - -Using “Sign In with Google” to sign in to a third-party app or service - -What impact will this have on marketers? - -What can marketers and organizations do to mitigate any risk to their sends and campaigns? - -Anything else marketers should know to be prepared? - -Last week, Google announced that by the end of the year it will commence deleting Gmail accounts that have been inactive for at least two years — a move that the company says is intended to prevent security risks. The policy takes effect immediately, and dormant accounts will be purged in December 2023. For users, Google says it will send “multiple notifications over the months leading up to deletion” to the address and any attached recovery email.With many individuals and organizations using their Google accounts for media storage, alias addresses or in cases where they may have lost access, but have content stored — this is certainly inconvenient. For marketers, though, the worry is that the deletion of accounts will lead to hard bounces in email sends, possibly skewing metrics.We sat down with Principal Marketing Consultant on our Global Strategy Team, Rima Deming to get the lowdown on everything marketers need to know about the recent changes, how it will affect them and what action you should take to get prepared for this change.Google has stated that this move is intended to protect users from security threats. Accounts that had not been used for an extended period of time were more susceptible to being compromised.An internal analysis that Google conducted found that these older accounts were less likely to have implemented their two-factor authentication, and this extra verification method helps to confirm a user's identity and accounts that don’t have it are often more vulnerable and at risk for identity theft. Although the policy has already gone into effect, Google will not be deleting unused accounts until December at the earliest, starting with accounts that were set up but never used. Google has provided options to keep accounts active which include the following activity:The biggest impact that marketers will face is that their list size will decrease since there are likely dormant email addresses as part of their overall email marketing database. However, this will be less of an impact to customers who have proactively already been removing inactive accounts. This change presents an opportunity to implement reactivation strategies that go beyond the 24-month mark of disengagement since Gmail has made it clear that they plan to purge after two years. The risks involved going beyond that timeframe involve running into deliverability issues that can easily be avoided by routinely doing a database cleanse.Our biggest recommendation is to start thinking about list cleansing, which includes mailing to only users who have engaged in the last 12 months (either an open or a click) and removing email addresses that do not meet this criteria. This will lessen the impact of list size decreases once this feature is implemented in December.This isn’t the first time we are seeing an ISP launch an inactivity policy, Yahoo has already implemented an even more stringent policy that deletes email accounts after 12 months of inactivity. However, since Gmail has the market share for most utilized email addresses the impact seen will be greater across organizations.The positive aspect to this change will be that this creates an opportunity for marketers to dig deeper into their customer database and to start thinking about opportunities to reset their overall approach when it comes to how far back they are willing to go to message customers.",1731883671,9bf3f002d9,07a7f8886d,,,1731883671 -https://www.bundesliga.com/en/bundesliga/news/jonathan-burkardt-mainz-bo-henriksen-klopp-tuchel-29677,https://www.bundesliga.com/rss,Jonathan Burkardt and Mainz bursting to make big Bundesliga impression,"The fresh Germany international striker is fit again and on course for a fine season as captain of an impressive Mainz outfit - as his goal in the 3-1 win over Dortmund showed. - -The emphatic way with which Jonathan Burkardt met Danny da Costa's ball from the right flank and slammed past Alexander Meyer in Mainz's 3-1 win over Borussia Dortmund almost seemed routine for a striker that had recently earned his first Germany caps and moved to joint-third in the Bundesliga top scorers' race. That fact betrays just how smoothly the season is going so far for Burkardt and Mainz under Bo Henriksen. - -Burkardt faced almost a year on the sidelines with a serious knee injury that ruled him out of the second half of 2022/23 and first half of last season. The 24-year-old Mainz youth product has therefore only twice featured in full Bundesliga seasons, and his six strikes already this campaign put him well on course to shatter his personal best of 11 in 2021/22. - -Watch: All Jonathan Burkardt's Bundesliga goals so far - -Burkardt's first start following his return from injury in December 2023 predated Henriksen's arrival by just two months. With the club in severe relegation danger when the Dane took charge, the striker soon found formidable form - netting six goals in an incredible unbeaten nine-match unbeaten run that saw the side surge to safety. - -One of the standout results in that run was the 3-0 win over Borussia Dortmund in the penultimate matchday of 2023/24. An equally convincing 3-1 win over Dortmund following a fine start in the current campaign, with Burkardt striking just before the break to put his side 2-1 up, shows that the dynamic is still working wonders. He now has 29 Bundesliga goals for Mainz to his name, the third most in club history - with Karim Onisiwo's record of 33 also within his sights this season. - -About the players 29 Jonathan Michael Burkardt 1. FSV Mainz 05 - -Want more Bundesliga Action? GET THE UPDATES! - -Henriksen has now lost just six of the 25 matches he has spent in charge of Mainz. - -The club is known for providing a launchpad for promising players and coaches - with André Schürrle, Eric Maxim Choupo-Moting, Loris Karius, Jürgen Klopp and Thomas Tuchel all developing their crafts at the Rhineland outfit. Their current position, with Mainz 11th and four points shy of fourth-placed Bayer Leverkusen after ten matches, surely provides a platform for a stellar season in which the side might come closer to challenging for European places than flirting with relegation danger - and gives the likes of Burkardt and Henriksen reason to dream.",1731883657,26eff8ae46,071d2e8f1c,,,1731883657 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/sonic-rumbler-hands-on-impressions/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/feed/,"Sonic Rumble is a fun battle royale, but oddly slow spinoff","True to its titular hedgehog’s ethos, the Sonic series never slows down. After releasing what might be the franchise’s best game in decades, Sonic X Shadow Generations, yet another new game is set to launch this winter. Sonic Rumble will turn the series into a free battle royale game that takes some clear notes from Fall Guys: Ultimate Knockout. It’s an elimination game that’s more about clearing platforming minigames and collecting rings than combat. - -Digital Trends recently went hands-on with Sonic Rumble, playing a few rounds on an iPhone. While it has all the right elements of a free-to-play multiplayer game, its slow movement doesn’t quite feel like a fit for the fast-paced nature of Sonic. It may end up being a fun enough mobile obsession, but it’s one of Sega’s odder uses of its legendary IP that I’ve ever seen. - -Recommended Videos - -Get ready to rumble - -In Sonic Rumble, Dr. Eggman turns Sonic and his pals into adorable toys. It’s a light narrative that sets up its battle royale hook and cute aesthetic well enough. The hook here is that 32 players pop into a three-round test of skill. Some rounds have players racing through a long stage at the same time, while others are simple ring-collecting minigames. Each round, half of the players are eliminated. The final battle is between the top eight players, with only one coming out on top. It’s all par for the course for the genre, right down to its microtransactions, battle pass, and collectible skins. - -If you love games like Fall Guys or Kirby’s Dream Buffet, Sonic Rumble will check a lot of boxes. At its heart, this is a lighthearted battle against physics. The first round is a chaotic match as 32 players all bounce around obstacles at the same time. It can feel a little derivative as I bounce between inflatable bumpers or run against spinning treadmills. There are a few unique ideas here, though. For one, it makes use of Sonic’s signature homing attack as part of its platforming. With the tap of a button, I can zoom toward ziplines or bounce into enemies. - -The best ideas come in the interplay between cooperation and competition. At certain points during a race, players need to work together to progress. Sometimes I hit a door that only unlocks once six robots standing near it are smashed. That goes a lot quicker if I’m working with other players instead of sabotaging them. Similarly, I occasionally have to smash into a wall to knock it down, another task that goes faster with help. - -While that collaboration adds a neat twist, it can be entertainingly cutthroat too. One closing round threw the final eight players into a small, snowy space filled with valuable rings. It was a race to see who could get the most before the timer ran out. During the chaos, gold chests popped up across the screen. Opening one gives players a homing attack that they can use to steal another players’ rings. I grabbed one and started hunting down the first-place player to do some damage. Moments like that bring the fun tension that this genre relies on. - -Other standout features include the ability to create custom matches and streamer-friendly options that will help content creators organize matches with their audience. There’s even an in-game tab that curates content from those creators. - -Though there are some great pieces, the entire project feels a little puzzling. You’d expect a Sonic battle royale to be about speed, sending players through the kind of quick roller coaster rides that other mobile games like Sonic Dream Team do so well. That’s not the case; in fact, Sonic Rumble is incredibly slow-paced. It plays much more like Fall Guys than Sonic, with characters stumbling through levels rather than blasting through them. There’s no snappy movement, and even the homing attack feels a bit clumsy. None of the things that make Sonic games fun are really represented here. Instead, it feels like an unrelated game that’s been reskinned to look like the franchise. - -That’s not inherently a bad thing. The point of spinoffs is that they’re supposed to do something new with a series. Not every Sonic game needs to be built around speed — just look at The Murder of Sonic the Hedgehog. Still, you at least want to feel some DNA carried over to a game like this to make the franchise feel like a surprise fit for a new genre. Tetris 99, for instance, translates naturally to an elimination game thanks to its tense, competitive edge. Sonic Rumble doesn’t seem to make a compelling case for what Sonic brings to the battle royale. It winds up feeling like a cash grab launching a few years too late. - -Perhaps the main thing that Sonic Rumble brings to the table is fan service — and that might be all that really matters. I’ve got a Chao companion that happily floats around me. I can unlock alternate skins for characters, which includes callbacks to games like Sonic Riders. The toy transformation setup isn’t just a cute plot point; it signals that this is a lighthearted plaything for fans. It’s another excuse to make a Sonic museum full of references. The actual battle royale almost feels secondary to its unlockables in that sense. - -I don’t expect Sonic Rumble to shake up the battle royale market much. It’s a fairly standard elimination spinoff that doesn’t exactly play to Sonic’s strengths. That doesn’t mean that it won’t resonate with the hedgehog’s dedicated fan base, though, who are just getting another freebie to obsess over once they’re done playing Sonic X Shadow Generations and watching Sonic the Hedgehog 3 for a third or 10th time. Sonic is as much a lifestyle as it is a video game franchise at this point, so I imagine its intended audience won’t be too precious about how polished it is. It’s another way to play Sonic. Perhaps that’s enough for fans. - -Sonic Rumble will launch on mobile devices this winter.",1731883691,f8bbd45a63,0771a1a27b,,,1731883691 -https://www.ign.com/articles/bee-swarm-simulator-codes,http://feeds.ign.com/ign/games-all,Bee Swarm Simulator Codes (November 2024),"Last updated November 16, 2024: Checked for new Bee Swarm Simulator codes! - -If you’re looking to beef up your Bee Swarm Simulator hive with some free redeemable codes, we have you covered. This article has compiled all of the active Bee Swarm Simulator codes currently available, so you can get your hands on plenty of rewards instantly. Before we get stuck in, it's worth briefly mentioning that certain codes will require you to be part of the Bee Swarm Simulator Club to access them. This club is entirely free to join and we’ll detail how a little further down. - -Active Bee Swarm Simulator Codes (November 2024) - -Below, you'll find all of the currently active and working Bee Swarm Simulator codes for November 2024: - -BeesBuzz123 - 1 Cloud Vial, 5 Bitterberries, 10 Gumdrops - -- 1 Cloud Vial, 5 Bitterberries, 10 Gumdrops BopMaster - 5 Tickets - -- 5 Tickets Connoisseur - 5 Tickets - -- 5 Tickets Nectar - 5,000 Honey - -- 5,000 Honey Wax - 5 Tickets, 5,000 Honey - -- 5 Tickets, 5,000 Honey Roof - 5 Tickets - -- 5 Tickets Crawlers - 5 Tickets - -- 5 Tickets ClubBean (requires Bee Swarm Simulator Club membership) - Various rewards - -Expired Bee Swarm Simulator Codes - -The following Bee Swarm Simulator codes are expired and no longer work as of November 2024: - -Boo Swarm - -Octobersmas - -How to Redeem Bee Swarm Simulator Codes - -To redeem Bee Swarm Simulator Codes, boot up the game and, once you’re in, follow the steps below: - -Look at the icons in the top left-hand corner of the screen. You’ll see six icons. Click on the gear icon to bring up the settings tab. At the top of the menu that appears, you’ll see a Promo Codes bar. Type your code in here. Click Redeem and you should see the resources you unlock appear in the bottom right-hand corner. - -How to Join Bee Swarm Simulator Club - -Certain Bee Swarm Simulator codes are exclusive to members of the Bee Swarm Simulator Club. Luckily, this membership is completely free and easy to get. To subscribe, click this link . It’ll take you to the Bee Swarm Simulator Club page. - -From here, make sure you’re logged in with the Roblox account you play on, then press the follow button. Just like that, you’re a part of Bee Swarm Simulator Club, and you’ll be able to access any restricted codes. - -Why Isn’t My Bee Swarm Simulator Code Working? - -If your Bee Swarm Simulator code isn’t working, it’s likely due to one of two scenarios. The first is that the code was inputted incorrectly. Check the spelling, make sure you’ve added any numbers and the case is correct, then redeem again. You can even copy and paste the codes directly from this article over to Roblox if you want to make sure you’re inputting them correctly. - -The other possibility is the code has expired or you’ve already used it. In both scenarios, you should see an error message pop up in the bottom right-hand corner of the screen. Bee Swarm Simulator is also unique in that certain codes are locked behind a membership to Bee Swarm Simulator Club. Luckily, this is entirely free, so if your error message mentions that you aren’t subscribed, follow the instructions above to subscribe to the group and get access to the exclusive codes. - -How to Get More Bee Swarm Simulator Codes - -If you’re looking to scout out some Bee Swarm Simulator codes yourself, the easiest way is through the game’s official Discord. After joining, you’ll be able to hop into the bss-news channel to find all the latest codes as they drop. - -You can also follow Onett on X , where the creator frequently drops new codes for the community. - -What is Bee Swarm Simulator in Roblox? - -Bee Swarm Simulator is a bee farming game, where you collect resources by hatching your own hive of colourful bees, making honey, defeating enemies and completing quests. The more you play, the more expansive your hive becomes, allowing you to tackle trickier enemies and continue your quest to become the ultimate beekeeper. - -Callum Williams is an IGN freelancer covering features and guides. When he's away from his desk, you can usually find him obsessing over the lore of the latest obscure indie horror game or bashing his head against a boss in the newest soulslike. You can catch him over on Twitter at @CaIIumWilliams.",1731883671,9e7916d7c6,077444bc2b,,,1731883671 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/articles/c3deml3xng2o,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,ATP Finals: Carlos Alcaraz exits after losing to Alexander Zverev,"The 27-year-old played it down though when asked whether he is currently playing the best tennis of his life. - -""You guys have got to relax a little bit,"" he said after beating 21-year-old Alcaraz. “Three fantastic matches, now the semi-finals will be very difficult. Taylor [Fritz] has beaten me a few times at the slams. - -""Alcaraz has beaten me too many times this year so I'm glad to get this one. We have a great rivalry and friendship, I'm always glad to play him – unless he wins."" - -Zverev continued his impressive form against Alcaraz, who has struggled with a chest complaint during this tournament and once again wore a pink nasal strip to aid his breathing. - -""It has been a difficult week for me struggling with some physical problems,"" said Alcaraz, who added that he hopes to return for the Davis Cup finals in Malaga next week - which will also be team-mate Rafael Nadal's final professional tournament. - -""Today I faced one of the best players in the world, without a doubt, playing really solid and great tennis."" - -Seemingly still feeling the effects of that illness, Alcaraz was again off form but showed some fighting spirit to save seven break points in the first set, then two set points – before Zverev superbly converted the third. - -Zverev had four of those break points saved in the fourth game of the match, then had set point on Alcaraz's serve when leading 6-5, but hit a cross-court forehand long following an extensive rally. The Spaniard forced the tie-break but Zverev was once again able to get his nose in front. - -After both produced superb shots during the tie-break – including a terrific cross-court lob from Alcaraz – Zverev managed the best to finally secure the set. - -His third set point saw the German dig out an attempted Alcaraz winner with a brilliant half-volleyed pick-up near the net. Alcaraz spooned the returning volley wide and Zverev roared in celebration. - -Zverev only needed to win that first set to guarantee his spot in the last four but he was determined to secure the win to get the top spot in the John Newcombe Group. - -The break in the second set was easier to come by, as Alcaraz fired a straightforward volley into the net to give up the immediate advantage. - -The third seed psyched himself up enough to force two break points against Zverev at 3-2 – the first the German had faced in the entire tournament – but was unable to convert before Zverev saw out the match.",1731883646,95caee0db1,077b96d835,,,1731883646 -https://transom.org/2015/foils-and-other-first-person-tricks/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Foils And Other First Person Tricks,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/Foils-and-Other-First-Person-Tricks.mp3 Download Listen to “Foils And Other First Person Tricks” - -Years ago, my students didn’t have access to the first person. I’d keep the pronoun “I” under lock and key. A first person perspective by a reporter was dangerous, I thought. To gain access to “I,” students would have to prove it would help tell the story – and the bar was high. - -I was much too afraid students would write about themselves and listeners would lose sight of the characters in the stories they were producing. “It’s not about you,” I would say. Besides, I figured, there was always a way to avoid writing a story with “I.” - -I still have those worries, but I’m much less rigid about the first person today. “I” is no longer locked up. - -What changed? One Hundred Years of Stories – a year-long series about the lives of centenarians, people 100 years or older. Neenah Ellis produced by this series in 2000. Her adroit use of “I” was a game changer for me. In fact, fifteen years after the series aired on NPR, I still play the opening story as an excellent example of how to use the first person. - -Neenah was like me, initially. She shied away from bringing herself into stories. It was contrary to her training in journalism. One Hundred Years of Stories was a major departure for her. And she jumped into the first-person deep-end. The stories needed it, she says. - -Neenah’s use of “I” wasn’t casual. For instance, she didn’t simply say things like, “Jane Doe showed me into her kitchen” and then we never hear “I” again. Instead, Neenah used practically every trick in the first-person book: she’s a foil setting herself as an opposite of the characters in the stories, she goes on a journey, she synthesizes and interprets, etc., all in service to the story. - -In addition to these reasons for writing in the first person, Neenah says she got close to the centenarians, friendly even. If she had written at a more “reporterly: distance, she would have sounded out of synch with the tape and the relationships she’d built. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/Clip-1-I-couldnt-be-detached.mp3 Download Listen to “I couldn’t be detached” - -Neenah, who reported the series over the course of a year or so, says that eventually the restraint she felt about the use of first person loosened. You can hear how far she came in the final episode. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/Clip-2-Reflections-at-the-end.mp3 Download Listen to “Reflections at the end” - -On this edition of HowSound, Neenah talks about the series and what she learned about using “I” when reporting a story. And, we play lots of great examples from several of the stories. By the way, this is also the 100th episode of HowSound. Please raise a glass in our general direction!",1731883700,c00d35bf2d,074e92e3b5,,,1731883700 -https://www.energyvoice.com/renewables-energy-transition/562972/cop29-oil-majors-pledge-500m-energy-access-investment/,https://www.energyvoice.com/feed/,COP29: Oil majors pledge $500m energy access investment,"Oil majors BP, Shell, Equinor and TotalEnergies have pledged a $500 million joint investment intended to increase energy access for people in key regions. - -Making the announcement at COP29 in Baku, the joint investment seeks to support promising, high-impact projects, primarily in Sub-Saharan Africa, South and Southeast Asia. - -The commitment to invest supports the UN Sustainable Development Goal 7 (UN SDG7), which aims to reduce the number of people without access to electricity and clean cooking. - -CEO of BP Murray Auchincloss commented: “It is early days, but we hope that by jointly investing, we will be able to contribute to wider efforts to tackle the very real challenge of access to energy. Over time, we believe it can help to create a more inclusive energy future for some of the many millions of people who lack that access today.” - -Despite ongoing efforts, progress towards universal energy access has stalled, particularly amidst recent macroeconomic shocks and rising energy prices. - -In 2022, the number of people without access to electricity globally increased by around 10m to 685m. - -Additionally, approximately 2.1 billion people, primarily in sub-Saharan Africa and Southeast Asia, lack access to clean cooking facilities, disproportionately impacting women and girls who often bear the brunt of domestic responsibilities. - -CEO of Shell Wael Sawan said: “We want to support accelerated progress towards universal energy access as we believe it has the power to transform lives. This joint investment will help to do that. By working collectively to overcome key energy access challenges we can achieve sustained impact and drive real change.” - -The oil majors investment aims to support various solutions to the problem, including solar home systems, mini/metro grids, clean cooking solutions, and enabling technologies (such as e-mobility, energy storage and management solutions). - -Over the coming years this has the potential to support UN SDG 7, while also generating co-benefits like job creation and improved health outcomes. - -A global private equity firm with a strong track record in impact investing, has been selected to manage the joint investment. - -President and CEO of Equinor Anders Opedal added: “This joint investment brings together four leading energy companies investing in emerging countries. We believe this effort will help close some of the energy access gaps, which is a key part in reaching the global ambition of a just and equitable energy transition.”",1731883630,94f91f4f79,07b0cd8840,,,1731883630 -https://www.coindesk.com/opinion/2024/11/13/beating-bitcoin/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=rss&utm_campaign=headlines,https://www.coindesk.com/feed,Beating Bitcoin,"With this universe in mind, we examined how many tokens in the top 150, on any given day, outperformed bitcoin over the next year. At certain points in 2019 and 2020, it seems like beating bitcoin was easy, with many tokens beating it by a wide margin (north of 1000% over bitcoin’s own generally stellar return, on average). What’s more, it used to not require too much exploration out of the scale of market cap to find the tokens beating bitcoin, with an average market cap rank of the outperformers of ~30 pre-2020.",1731883710,c08a28b4dd,0856c63413,,,1731883710 -https://www.wmagazine.com/fashion/spring-2025-shoe-trends,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,The 4 Spring 2025 Shoe Trends That Are About to Take Over,"Footwear on the spring 2025 runways ran the gamut of occasion and inspiration—and there was truly something for everyone, as designers presented options that ranged from the kooky to the sensible. Those with a taste for street style were likely pleased with the appearance of many new sneaker designs, and the vintage-obsessed no doubt gobbled up all the updated takes on clogs. In Milan, Prada provided a peek into Cruella de Vil’s shoe closet with some villainous pumps, while across the fashion cities, Hodakova, Alaïa, and more brands provided a sartorial take on the layman’s flip-flop. Below, we’ve rounded up the biggest shoe trends that are sure to litter the sidewalks come spring, so you’ll be ready once March finally rolls around. - -Clogged - -Top row from the left: shoes from the spring/summer 2025 runways of Hermes and Chloé. Bottom row from the left: shoes from the spring/summer 2025 runways of Burberry and Miu Miu. From left: Pascal Le Segretain/Getty Images, Peter White/Getty Images, Giovanni Giannoni/WWD via Getty Images, Victor VIRGILE/Gamma-Rapho via Getty Images - -The ’70s are having a major moment in the fashion space, so it’s no surprise that clogs took over the runways during the spring 2025 shows. Of course, Chemena Kamali—arbiter of the bohemian renaissance at Chloé—led the way, presenting a wedged version with a base covered in carvings that exuded a lived-in feeling. Hermès, meanwhile, turned the classic design into a slingback, while Burberry merged it with loafers. Together, the varieties proved that this trend can be adopted by those with all style sensibilities, from the more feminine to the androgynous. - -Twisted Lady Pumps - -Top row from the left: shoes from the spring/summer 2025 runways of Bottega Veneta and Miu Miu. Bottom row from the left: shoes from the spring/summer 2025 runways of Prada and Tory Burch. Victor VIRGILE/Gamma-Rapho via Getty Images - -One of the biggest ready-to-wear trends of the spring season made its way to accessories, as classic footwear received a slight twist on the runways. At first glance, many of these designs looked prim and proper, but a closer inspection revealed something just a little more batty. Your go-to pumps balanced on the exaggerated curve of a heel at Tory Burch, while peep toes were rendered in Barney-purple at Miu Miu. There was also a lot of angle play at Ferragamo and Prada, with both brands sending out shoes that would fit perfectly within a Disney villain’s closet. - -Retro Sneakers - -Top row from the left: shoes from the spring/summer 2025 runways of Dior and Miu Miu. Bottom row from the left: shoes from the spring/summer 2025 runways of Loewe and Stella McCartney. From left: BERTRAND GUAY/AFP via Getty Images, Victor VIRGILE/Gamma-Rapho via Getty Images, Pascal Le Segretain/Getty Images, Stephane Cardinale - Corbis/Corbis via Getty Images - -If you’re tired of Adidas Sambas and Gazelles taking over the streets, you’ll be happy to see that designers are offering sneaker alternatives for the upcoming season—many with a cool, retro tilt. There was wrestling and martial arts inspiration in the designs, specifically at Stella McCartney, Ann Demeulemeester, and Dior. Chloé, Loewe, and Polo Ralph Lauren, meanwhile, proved high tops are poised to make a comeback as Miu Miu, McQueen, and Prada showed off bright hues to help add a splash of color to your look. - -Flipping Out - -Top row from the left: shoes from the spring/summer 2025 runways of Chloé and Ferragamo. Bottom row from the left: shoes from the spring/summer 2025 runways of Dior and Miu Miu. From left: Peter White/Getty Images, Victor VIRGILE/Gamma-Rapho via Getty Images, BERTRAND GUAY/AFP via Getty Images, Victor VIRGILE/Gamma-Rapho via Getty Images - -Yes, flip-flops are bound to be everywhere this spring, but we’re not talking about your run-of-the-mill Havaianas. Designers proved the versatility of the classic shoe on the spring runways, adding pointed toes and heels, ribbons and ankle straps, and even feathers to show off their take on the poolside staple. Maria Grazia Chiuri presented an athletic-inspired option at Dior, while Ferragamo sent models down the runway in flip-flops fit for a ballerina. These may not be suitable for a day at the beach, but they’re perfect for a night on the town.",1731883679,f8844306b1,07be3007c3,,,1731883679 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/five-essential-business-stories/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Elevate Your Leadership With These 5 Business Stories,"When I chose my career in communications, I remember my dad scoffing a bit. He said, “You are a writer. You should be doing something with writing.” - -Little did he know (and honestly, me too) that my entire job would eventually be writing—and other multi-media storytelling. I would go on to launch a blog that is now 17 years old, publish two books, and consult executives around the world on how to best tell their stories via the internet. - -It is my passion, but I also understand it’s not the passion of everyone. I guess that’s good, or I wouldn’t have a job. But even if it’s not your passion, you must become proficient at storytelling, particularly if you’re a leader. - -That doesn’t mean you have to write your business stories, but you do have to be able to tell them and capture an audience—during your one-to-ones, during team meetings, during all-hands, and on stage. - -Some of the world’s best leaders—from Winston Churchill and Ruth Bader Ginsburg to Martin Luther King, Jr. and Brené Brown—are also some of the best storytellers. To be an effective leader, you must build trust. And to build trust, you must be able to engage an audience through storytelling. - -Five Essential Business Stories - -My friend Nick Westergaard is a professor at the University of Iowa’s Tippie College of Business, where he leads the Story Lab program. He recently wrote an article for Harvard Business Review about storytelling in business. - -I read it and thought, “This is great. I should write an article on the same topic.” And voila! Here we are! - -Storytelling is hands down, one of the best ways to build trust among employees, customers, prospects, investors, and other stakeholders. It provides an insider’s view into the person as a leader, and it engages the hearts of the receivers. - -It helps leaders demonstrate the vision, inspire action, challenge the process, enable others to act, and engage the heart. After all, people are more likely to remember something if told through a story and if it moves them. - -But not all business stories are effective. Nick says five types of business stories lead to outcomes: - -Trust Teaching Action Values Vision - -Let’s go through each of them, and I’ll give you some examples of how you might use them in your own organizations. - -The Trust Story - -Many “trust” stories exist that most organizations already use: case studies, testimonials, and company origins, as examples. - -But what if you took your trust stories a step further and shared a story where the company took a stand or made a decision based on its values, even if it was a difficult choice? Or when the company faced a challenge or made a mistake but took corrective action, prioritizing customer trust over immediate profits? - -One of my favorite “trust” stories harkens back to the Steve Jobs days. Ah, I miss that man. After the iPhone 4 had reception issues, Jobs held a news conference. Instead of denying the problem, he acknowledged it, provided data on its scope, and offered free phone cases to those affected. - -Another one I love from recent years is when Starbucks faced a period where its quality and customer experience were meh. Howard Schultz decided to close all U.S. stores for a day to retrain employees in the art of espresso making. I remember it was a huge deal because every store was closed. You could not feed your Starbucks habit that day. However, it created a completely different level of trust among team members and customers. - -When working on your trust stories, keep in mind that: - -Authenticity is key . Don’t fabricate or embellish. Don’t hide facts or lie by omission. Hit it head-on and provide backup in your stories. We use this storytelling tactic in crisis communications for this very reason. - -Make it relevant . The story should be relevant to the audience who is receiving it. For instance, if your manufacturing plant has a fire, the stories you provide to customers will differ from those in the community who are directly affected. - -Continuously update . As your company evolves and faces new challenges, collect and share new business stories that reflect this journey. - -The Teaching Story - -A “teaching” story is a narrative that imparts wisdom, insights, or lessons in an indirect and often metaphorical way. It teaches the audience using examples and insights from the storyteller’s business or personal experience. - -For instance, a CEO might share a personal story about a challenging time in their life and how they navigated through it, emphasizing the importance of persistence and adaptability. Or an employee might share how they started in a very junior role and climbed the ranks due to hard work and dedication. - -Back in the day, before Amazon bought Zappos, Tony Hsieh (may he rest in peace), the founder and CEO, spent a year on the road to promote his book, Delivering Happiness. I saw him speak in Chicago, and he told a story that has always stuck with me (see, it works!). He said their customer service reps were given some autonomy in how to help customers, including a daily stipend they could spend. - -One rep received a phone call from a man whose father had just passed away, and he needed to buy shoes. As a mechanic, he’d never needed dress shoes and was overwhelmed by the options that Zappos provided. He just wanted someone to make a decision for him. The customer service rep got some information from him—shoe size, suit color, address, and the like—and said he would send several pairs of shoes to try on. He could keep the ones he liked and send the others back, for free. - -This act of kindness is something most companies would never do, but it didn’t end there. The rep then took their daily stipend and bought some flowers to be delivered to the man the next day. - -That story still makes my heart happy, all these years later. - -When crafting and using teaching stories in business: - -Keep it authentic : This one will be a common theme for all types of business stories. An authentic story resonates more than a fabricated or exaggerated one. - -Know your audience : Tailor your story to the listener’s needs and context. - -Encourage reflection : After sharing the story, allow time for reflection or discussion, amplifying its effectiveness. - -Use relatable characters : People connect more to stories where they can see themselves in the characters or situations. I think we can all see ourselves in the Zappos story. - -The Action Story - -An “action” story is a narrative that primarily focuses on recounting events and actions taken by individuals or groups, often leading to a significant outcome or realization. This story demonstrates initiative, problem-solving, resilience, and innovation, showcasing how challenges are navigated, and goals are achieved through decisive actions. - -The characteristics of action stories are event-driven, outcome-focused, engaging and motivational, and instructional. - -For instance, a CEO might describe how they navigated the company through a crisis, outlining the strategic moves and resulting positive outcomes. Or a comms team might publicize a story about the company’s rapid and comprehensive response to a product defect, highlighting its commitment to customer safety and satisfaction. - -One of my favorite case studies of an action story is something we all studied in school—the Tylenol crisis from the 80s. - -In 1982, Johnson & Johnson faced a severe crisis when seven people in Chicago died after taking Tylenol capsules that had been tampered with and laced with cyanide. News of the deaths quickly spread, creating panic among consumers and leading to a nationwide scare. The reputation of J&J was at stake, and there was a real risk of Tylenol being permanently tarnished. - -The CEO immediately informed the public and issued a nationwide recall of Tylenol capsules—around 31 million bottles, amounting to more than $100 million. The company was transparent and proactive in communicating with the public and the media, providing regular updates and warnings. They introduced tamper-evident packaging, subsequently setting a new industry standard for consumer product safety. - -Due to their effective and ethical handling of the crisis, Tylenol eventually regained its market share and consumer trust. - -And, as you know, the response to the Tylenol crisis is still heralded as an exemplary form of crisis management. All because they handled the crisis well and told the story in a way that included the event and the outcome, and was motivational, educational, and instructional. - -When crafting and telling action stories, think about the following: - -Be authentic : Share real and genuine business stories that reflect the company’s values and identity. - -Create relatability : Ensure the story resonates with the audience by making it relevant and relatable. - -Incorporate details : Provide enough details to make the story compelling and vivid but stay concise and focused. - -Highlight lessons learned : Clearly outline the takeaways and lessons that emerge from the actions taken. - -End strong : Conclude with a powerful message or a call to action that leaves a lasting impression. - -The Values Story - -A values story is a narrative that embodies and illustrates the core principles and ethics that a company stands for. They are meant to showcase and reinforce the organization’s values, often acting as a guideline for expected behaviors and decision-making processes within the company. - -The characteristics of value stories are value-centric (of course), inspirational, illustrative, and engaging. - -For instance, you might share a story about a long-time employee who consistently embodies the company’s values in their daily work and interactions, showcasing the expected behaviors and attitudes. Or maybe you share monthly or quarterly stories celebrating employees or teams who have lived out company values in remarkable ways. - -A great case study on the values story is how TOMS launched their “one-for-one” campaign, which provides a pair of shoes to someone in need for every pair that is bought. This has become the cornerstone of the brand’s identity because it reflects its commitment to social responsibility. It also has been copied over and over again by companies such as Thrive Causemetics, Warby Parker, Bombas, and more. - -But you don’t have to be those big brands and give away something with every sale. You can craft values stories by doing the following: - -Be authentic : I know, I know. This has been the first thing in all of my story lists. Be authentic. No ifs, ands, or buts about it. - -Be relevant : Another one that continues to come up. If you’re not relevant, no one will care. - -Simplicity is best : The narrative should be straightforward and easy to understand, making the value it represents clear and compelling. - -Engage the audience emotionally : help them connect with the characters in the story and the values being demonstrated. - -Call to action : End with a call to action, encouraging the audience to reflect on and embody the values presented in the story. - -Values stories serve as a mirror reflecting what a company stands for, acting as a beacon to attract like-minded individuals, employees, and consumers, while fostering a strong and cohesive internal culture. - -The Vision Story - -The last type to use in business is the vision story. - -It is a story crafted to articulate and convey a company’s future goals and aspirations, outlining a compelling picture of what the organization seeks to achieve in the long term. It serves as a guiding beacon, providing direction and inspiration for employees, stakeholders, and customers alike. - -A vision story should be forward-thinking, inspirational, strategic, and engaging. - -You are likely already using some form of a vision story in investor presentations, employee onboarding, marketing materials, ad campaigns, PR efforts, social media, and more. This is probably the most used story type in the work that we do. But that doesn’t mean it’s done well. If you’re going to tell a vision story, reflect on how to do it in a way that excites and motivates people. - -Love them or hate them, Amazon is one of the best cases for a vision story. Jeff Bezos had an incredible vision of creating an “everything store.” Amazon started out as an online bookstore (do some of you even remember that?), but he always had the vision to expand into other product lines. He frequently communicated his vision of Amazon as a customer-centric company, using technology to offer more products and convenience. - -Amazon is now one of the largest retailers globally, embodying his early vision of an expansive, customer-focused company—and pretty much every one of us uses them. - -If you want to craft vision stories, follow these tips: - -Be clear and concise: Clearly articulate the vision without being overly verbose or complex. - -Incorporate emotional elements: Engage your audience emotionally, making them feel part of the vision. - -Align with company values: Ensure the vision story reflects the core values and principles of the organization. - -Be inspirational: Craft a story that inspires and motivates your team and stakeholders to take action. - -Provide a contrast: Briefly outline the current state and contrast it with the envisioned future to highlight the transformation. - -I didn’t include authenticity in that one because, at this point, it goes without saying! Be authentic. - -Getting Started - -Because storytelling isn’t first nature for most people, I thankfully have a job. But there are lots of ways you can get started without hiring a professional to help you. In their book, How to Tell a Story from The Moth, provides some really great prompts: - - - -Tell us about a time you realized this work was important to you. - -Tell us about a time you knew you had to leave home. - -Tell us about a time you had to stand up for what’s right. - -If you have to present data to a group of people, there is nothing more boring than sitting through charts and graphs and charts and graphs. - -I learned this lesson the hard way when our team was crushing results for a client, but the CEO didn’t understand how our work was driving real revenue. As I dug into what was going on (after being very frustrated), I discovered that the slides we sent him every Monday were just charts and graphs. We weren’t telling the amazing story to go along with the data. - -If you find yourself in the same position, and I venture to guess many of you do, tell stories with your data: - -Open the slides with a story about the previous week’s or month’s or quarter’s work. - -Drop your data in throughout one larger story. - -Use a story to illustrate one critical point of data. - -This is clearly a passion of mine, but also…it works! Get really good at telling business stories, and you’ll reach your goals every time.",1731883760,4dc781f5bc,0884c310bb,,,1731883760 -https://mashable.com/deals/nov-17-microsoft-office-professional-2021,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,"Mac users are ditching G Suite and working offline with MS Office, now $40 for life","Get Word, Excel, Powerpoint, and the whole gang. - -Get Word, Excel, Powerpoint, and the whole gang. Credit: Retail King - -Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication. - -TL;DR: Get Microsoft Office 2021 for Mac with lifetime offline access for just $39.99 (reg. $229) through Nov. 21. - -G Suite has been a go-to for Mac users who want free and easy access to productivity apps, but they’re largely limited when working in dead zones or dealing with sketchy Wi-Fi. A Microsoft Office download covers all the essentials without the hassle of a constant internet connection. - -For a one-time purchase of $39.99, you can get lifelong device access to six productivity apps fully offline, so you can keep working wherever you are. This price drop is only through Nov. 21, or until we sell out of codes. - -With lifetime access to all the essentials — Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook — you’re covered for all your business needs. The best part? You don’t need to scramble for the nearest hotspot to access your files. Everything is saved locally, so you can pick up right where you left off, no matter where you are. - -Whether you're on a plane, in a remote cabin, or just dealing with spotty Wi-Fi, this software lets you edit and save documents directly on your Mac, ensuring your productivity doesn’t take a hit when your connection does. - -So, whether you're a frequent traveler, someone who works in areas with unreliable internet, or you just want the peace of mind that your documents are always accessible, check out this deal. - -Mashable Deals Want more early Black Friday deals right in your inbox? Sign up for the Mashable Deals newsletter. Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -Until Nov. 21 at 11:59 p.m. PT, you can score a lifetime license to Microsoft Office Home & Business for Mac 2021 on sale for $39.99 (reg. $229) — an 82% discount. - -StackSocial prices subject to change.",1731883621,644d6c1ea1,07c0ad65ff,,,1731883621 -https://sproutsocial.com/insights/ai-marketing-tools/,https://sproutsocial.com/insights/rss,24 AI marketing tools your team should be using in 2025,"Artificial intelligence (AI) is fundamentally shifting how we work. AI marketing tools are reshaping the industry now and in the future. From reporting and analytics to content creation and customer care, companies are investing in AI marketing tools to get more out of their efforts. - -The use cases for AI tools for social media marketing continue to grow. People are using AI marketing tools to aid with handling customer support inquiries, creating personalized offers, writing email copy, automating administrative tasks and analyzing consumer data. Regardless of the help you’re looking for, there’s an AI marketing tool that can meet your needs. - -Read on to find out about the 24 best AI marketing tools you can use to speed up your workflows—and empower you to make faster, better decisions with a competitive advantage. - -What is an AI marketing tool? - -An AI marketing tool is a software that uses artificial intelligence technologies such as machine learning (ML), natural language processing (NLP), semantic search and sentiment analysis to enhance the execution of marketing tasks and workflows. - -The nature of AI marketing tools is quite sophisticated. But to put it simply, they intake data and inputs that humans feed them to provide an insight or action based on your request. There are many AI use cases in marketing, but social media marketing especially benefits from automation, lifting a notable workload. - -We created an AI marketing toolkit to share our top five resources. Download it for customizable templates and tips to drive smart AI adoption in your role and across your organization. Want to know more? Discover how Sprout can help you harness the power of AI for social media marketing. - -Best overall AI marketing tool - -More companies are expanding their AI use as they scale or undergo digital transformation from legacy software. And social data is central to many marketing transformations. - -Try a Demo of Sprout Social's AI and Automation Tools Sprout’s AI and automation inherits your manual work in publishing, listening, analytics and customer care so your team can prioritize the decision-making no machine can emulate. Published on - -According to The 2023 State of Social Media Report, 97% of business leaders agree that AI and machine learning (ML) will enable companies to analyze social media data and insights more effectively and use it to improve their overall marketing efforts. - -Marketers are using AI in several ways, such as sentiment analysis to understand and respond to customer feedback and crises, competitive analysis to stay ahead of the market and content recommendation engines to improve engagement. AI-driven insights are playing a huge role in behavioral segmentation and other agile marketing strategies as well. - -Investing in an AI marketing tool that fits easily into your tech stack helps you scale your marketing efforts, consolidate marketing functions and streamline workflows across your entire organization. - -1. Sprout Social - -Sprout Social’s AI capabilities within our all-in-one platform accelerate business impact through social, so you can strengthen collaboration between teams and put your best foot forward when you engage with audiences. - -How Sprout helps marketers - -Sprout provides a range of marketing functions—from social media listening and customer care to digital marketing and competitive intelligence—giving you more valuable insights for faster decision-making. - -Use Sprout’s AI-powered social tools for: - -Business intelligence. The 2023 State of Social Media Report shows 44% of business leaders are using sentiment analysis to understand consumer behavior. Sprout enables you to harness the power of your social conversations by surfacing business-critical information at the speed of social. Its AI and automation power the processing of 50,000+ messages a second in Social Listening and 600M+ messages per day. - -The 2023 State of Social Media Report shows 44% of business leaders are using sentiment analysis to understand consumer behavior. Sprout enables you to harness the power of your social conversations by surfacing business-critical information at the speed of social. Its AI and automation power the processing of 50,000+ messages a second in Social Listening and 600M+ messages per day. Reputation management. Sprout’s Listening capabilities set you up for early crisis detection and management by enabling you to set spike alerts or track trending words/phrases from customer conversations. - -Sprout’s Listening capabilities set you up for early crisis detection and management by enabling you to set spike alerts or track trending words/phrases from customer conversations. Social media scheduling. Sprout takes the guesswork out of figuring out the best time to post on social media. You can schedule content in advance and use Optimal Sent Times to determine the ideal time to post your content. - -Sprout takes the guesswork out of figuring out the best time to post on social media. You can schedule content in advance and use Optimal Sent Times to determine the ideal time to post your content. Optimizing marketing workflows. Sprout’s AI and patented ViralPost® technology puts brands in a position to streamline workflows. For example, Suggestions by AI Assist helps you create captions in seconds, enabling you to break through writer’s block, inspire new ideas and enhance your post copy. - -Sprout’s AI and patented ViralPost® technology puts brands in a position to streamline workflows. For example, Suggestions by AI Assist helps you create captions in seconds, enabling you to break through writer’s block, inspire new ideas and enhance your post copy. Customer service. Sprout helps you provide better customer care. For example, build chatbots to handle customer support requests and suggest replies to customer inquiries. Elevate your customer service case management with our Case Management solution by eliminating the manual effort of assigning and creating cases. Empower your care teams with the right level of attention and avoid disruptions. - -Start your free Sprout trial - -AI marketing tools for automation - -If you have a lot of robust workflows or if you are a team of one, consider automating your tasks and processes with AI marketing tools. Here are some top AI marketing tools for automation. - -2. Zapier - -Zapier is the tool on the market for AI-driven automation. Automate time-intensive tasks and transform text-based inputs into data to answer simple questions to help your team cut down on manual work and scale your business with valuable insights. Use a free version or purchase one of Zapier’s plans for more features. - -3. Salesloft - -Salesloft is a sales engagement platform offering a suite of AI marketing tools to help teams manage their workflows more efficiently. They offer a variety of automation, from email and call automation to cadence management. For example, you can deploy chatbots to provide personalized responses, ask questions and route conversations to a human sales representative if needed. You can contact Salesloft for a price estimate. - -4. Salesforce - -Salesforce is a customer relationship management (CRM) software specializing in sales, customer service, e-commerce, analytics and marketing automation. For example, Salesforce Einstein AI uses machine learning and predictive analytics to analyze historical customer data and pinpoint patterns that indicate potential churn. ​ - -Salesforce integrates with Sprout to give your team a 360-degree view of your customer. And with Sprout’s social data in Salesforce’s AI assistant, Agentforce assistant for Service Cloud, care agents can accelerate case resolution time and surface customer insights right where they already work in Service Cloud. Salesforce’s Agentforce Assistant for Service Cloud also enables agents to more easily personalize responses to customers and enhance the overall brand experience. - -AI marketing tools for digital marketing - -AI marketing tools can be used for end-to-end digital marketing efforts. Here’s a few options to review in your research. - -5. Albert.ai - -Albert.ai describes itself as a “digital ally” that can self-optimize across channels. This AI marketing tool enhances digital advertising performance through advanced automation. It can help with a variety of tasks from keyword research to optimizing ad spend and audience engagement to reporting. You can contact Albert.ai for a customized price. - -6. Optimove - -Optimove is a CRM platform providing customer behavior, campaign performance, hyper-segmentation, A/B testing and multi-channel tracking. These features give you insights into which campaigns to launch or which customers have been exposed to too many marketing emails. Optimove offers custom pricing solutions based on your company’s needs. - -7. Tidio - -Tidio is an AI-powered chatbot platform. It helps you focus on conversion rate optimization (CRO) through customer interactions on your website. Use Tidio to improve web conversions and generate leads with live chat to reduce churn rates and build customer loyalty. Start for free or purchase a plan starting at $29, including custom pricing based on your company’s needs. - -AI marketing tools for copywriting - -AI marketing tools help you create messages that resonate with your target audience, incorporate your brand voice and speed up the writing process. Here are some AI tools for content planning and copywriting. - -8. Keyword Insights - -Keyword Insights is a powerful search engine optimization (SEO) tool with an AI writing assistant designed for modern content creators. The AI writing assistant blends content research, writing and optimization into a single platform. With this interactive AI chat assistant, you can get dynamic responses to diverse writing requests from attention-grabbing introductions to product descriptions. - -9. Jasper - -Jasper helps you speed up the writing process using generative AI. This AI tool for content generation gives you access to over 50 templates for your marketing assets such as landing pages, emails and blog posts. It offers multiple fonts and over 80 languages you can choose from. Jasper is also grounded in your brand’s unique voice and style so you can maintain consistent, quality content. Try Jasper’s free trial or purchase one of their Creator, Pro or Business plans for more features. - -10. Writer - -Writer is an AI marketing tool designed to enhance enterprise marketing efforts through advanced copywriting solutions, including a chatbot feature. Writer’s grammar and syntax suggestions transform your writing into professional and accurate copy. It also maintains your company’s brand voice, tone and style by allowing you to build your own database of approved company terminology. Access Writer for free, purchase a basic plan for $18 per month, or contact their sales team for enterprise pricing. - -11. Surfer SEO - -Surfer SEO helps you improve the content quality of your web pages so your content ranks on search engine results pages (SERPs). This AI for content tool can analyze SERPs, evaluate keywords and compare your content against the learnings of top-ranking pages. Surfer also offers an outline generator and keyword research tools to help you plan and write content. Surfer’s pricing begins at $99 a month and offers plans for smaller teams, agencies and enterprises. - -12. Claude - -Claude is an AI assistant focusing on safety, accuracy and security to enhance user productivity. It supports drafting and iterating on websites, graphics, documents and code, making it useful for copywriting. You can also share your strongest chats with your team to help further brainstorming and execution. Claude offers several pricing models, starting with a free version and scaling up to professional and enterprise levels beginning at $20 per person per month. - -AI tools for social media marketing - -We’ve come to our favorite category: AI tools for social media marketing. Let’s dive in - -13. Smartly.io - -Smartly.io is an AI-powered advertising platform that enhances social media marketing by offering creative, media and intelligence solutions. For example, you can automate creative production assets, optimize cross-channel social media campaigns, conduct social analysis and predict future performance trends. You can contact Smartly for customized pricing options. - -14. SocialPilot - -SocialPilot is a social media management and scheduling platform tailored for businesses and agencies. You can bulk schedule up to 500 posts, assign tasks and create automated reports. Along with tools for publishing and analytics, SocialPilot has an AI assistant for enhancing content creation and a content library for asset management. This AI marketing tool platform offers a 14-day free trial without requiring a credit card for sign-up. Paid plans begin at $25 per month and scale up for professionals, smaller teams and agencies. - -15. Loomly - -Loomly is a social media marketing platform that can help your publishing and planning efforts. It has a content calendar and library, along with a feed of post ideas based on trending topics and current events. Loomly also has features and tools for collaboration and approvals and integrates with networks like Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn and more. Loomly offers a 15-day free trial and paid plans begin at $32 per month, but they also offer customized pricing for enterprise. - -16. Agorapulse - -Agorapulse provides various social media marketing solutions. The platform has a unified inbox, scheduling, publishing and reporting. Similar to the other AI tools on our list, Agorapulse offers an AI writing assistant to improve your content. They offer integrations with a variety of major networks such as X (formerly known as Twitter), Facebook, Instagram and YouTube. They also have Google Analytics integration. You can try the tool free for 30 days or purchase one of their plans. The standard plan begins at $49 per user per month and scales to custom pricing. - -AI email marketing tools - -AI can help with traditional digital marketing tactics. Let’s dive into AI email marketing tools you should consider. - -17. Seventh Sense - -Seventh Sense is an email marketing tool that uses behavior profiling to attract customers’ attention. It creates predictive models that analyze the best time and day to send email campaigns. It does this individually for each contact based on their activity. Marketers can increase email deliverability and improve the sender score. Seventh Sense also integrates with HubSpot and Marketo. Seventh Sense offers flexible pricing for business and enterprise customers. - -18. Milled - -Milled is one of the largest search engines for e-commerce emails and campaigns. You get access to over 36 million emails from over 100,000 e-commerce brands. Milled offers AI marketing tools for creative inspiration, competitor tracking and campaign optimization. Milled offers three pricing plans: a free basic plan, professional at $99 per month and $299 per month for businesses. - -19. ZeroBounce - -True to its name, ZeroBounce helps you optimize your emails to lower bounce rates. It specializes in email validation and deliverability services, offering a range of tools including activity data, email scoring and more. ZeroBounce aims to improve email campaign performance by enhancing list accuracy and inbox placement as well. ZeroBounce provides flexible pricing options, starting with a pay-as-you-go credit model with the lowest subscription plan beginning at $18 per month. - -20. Reply.io - -Reply.io is designed to enhance sales outreach and email marketing through automation and AI-driven tools. It offers features such as email automation, unlimited mailboxes, an email deliverability kit, multichannel conditional sequences and more. You can also automate meeting schedules so you can book leads with ease. Reply.io has a flexible pricing model with the lowest plan beginning at $59 per month. - -AI marketing tools for editing - -Not all marketers are grammarians. Thankfully, there are AI marketing tools for editing that help you have error-free copy every time. Here’s some AI tools for content editing you can use. - -21. Grammarly - -Grammarly helps you churn out accurate writing through clarity suggestions, grammar checking, plagiarism detection and style guide adherence. It also offers personalized tone suggestions, whether it’s professional or informal. It supports platforms you likely already write on, including Google Docs, Microsoft Word and Gmail. Grammarly’s free plan offers spelling and grammar suggestions, along with 100 AI prompts. You can purchase a professional or enterprise account to receive more tools. - -22. Hemingway Editor - -Hemingway Editor uses machine learning (ML) to identify editing opportunities at a sentence level to make your writing stronger. It analyzes your content and suggests where to make it clearer, more concise or improve your diction. Additionally, it gives you a readability score and grade level to assess the overall performance of your content. Hemingway is free to use. - -23. Frase.io - -Frase.io is an AI-driven marketing platform designed to help you write and edit SEO content. It offers a unified content creation process where users can research, write and optimize content seamlessly. You can use Frase.io to write content briefs, edit articles and analyze search queries. Frase.io provides a free trial and various pricing tiers for individuals and businesses. You can also purchase several add-ons to curate the experience you need. - -24. Hoppy Copy - -Hoppy Copy is an AI marketing tool you can use to enhance email marketing campaigns and newsletters. It offers a range of features including an editor to help you create engaging copy and a content converter to help you repurpose content across different formats. And Hoppy Copy offers a spam checker to identify email deliverability. The platform offers a free seven-day trial and tiered pricing beginning at $23. - -Benefits of using AI tools for marketing - -AI marketing tools help you complete work faster by executing repetitive or monotonous tasks that are consuming or require a lot of effort. But they can also help you produce high-quality work backed by data. Here are several key ways marketers are reaping the benefits of using AI marketing tools: - -AI for customer service and personalization - -Providing personalized content for each customer is one of the most noteworthy ways AI marketing tools can help you in your work. Along with building personalization into every point of the buyer journey, you can use customer service social media tools to provide more responsive care. AI marketing tools can tailor content to specific buyer personas and analyze a customer’s profile to provide recommendations. - -AI for content creation - -Using AI to support and scale social media content creation is one of the most popular benefits. You can use it to discover fresh content ideas, create outlines and briefs, edit, copywrite and more. Using AI for content creation relieves mental load for marketers in the creative writing process, providing them with a rough draft for content in just seconds. From there, it allows them to add their own human flair to it and adjust it to their brand’s tone of voice. - -AI for data analytics - -AI can aggregate and analyze enormous amounts of data, enabling you to draw insights faster and summarize it quickly to share across your team. The use cases for AI data analytics and reporting are broad, but sentiment analysis is a great example. AI can scroll data across online and social media to understand how your customers feel about your brand and products across various online platforms. It helps you better understand real-time brand perception, evolving market trends and your target audience’s interests and expectations. - -AI marketing tools empower marketers of tomorrow - -It’s time to join the next generation of marketers who are using AI marketing tools to scale their marketing efforts and revamping their martech stack for optimal impact. Get hours back from manual tasks so you can focus your energy on extracting insights and executing. A centralized AI marketing tool that handles a range of functions like Sprout Social will help you accomplish that. Sign up for a free 30-day trial.",1731883636,e2ee1d181c,07aba3dd7c,,,1731883636 -https://edtechmagazine.com/k12/article/2024/11/how-can-you-prepare-your-cloud-safely-implement-ai,https://www.edtechmagazine.com/k12/rss.xml?taxonomy=k12_topics&propertyName=games_and_learning,How Can You Prepare Your Cloud to Safely Implement AI?,"Many K–12 schools that operate in the cloud have different technology needs than they did when they made their initial investments. As organizations re-evaluate their cloud environments, they should consider the educational technologies they’re using now as well as the tools they plan to adopt and implement in the future. - -One such solution proliferating in tech portfolios is artificial intelligence. A McKinsey Global Survey found that the percentage of organizations using an AI tool for at least one business function jumped to 72% this year, up from 55% in 2023. Generative AI use nearly doubled in the same time frame: 33% of organizations used it in 2023, compared with 65% in 2024. - -To accommodate this dynamic technology, organizations must make plans for its use and growth. In doing so, one of the most important components to consider is the data users are feeding it and the governance of that data. - -Click the banner to tailor a cloud solution to your school’s needs with the help of CDW.",1731883653,7827152faf,07d39400e9,,,1731883653 -https://www.cnbc.com/2024/11/16/look-inside-the-three-mile-island-nuclear-power-plant.html,https://www.cnbc.com/id/100003114/device/rss/rss.html,Here's a look inside the Three Mile Island nuclear power plant,"Operations at Three Mile Island are poised to restart in four years, the latest sign that the nuclear power industry is undergoing a major turnaround after a wave of plant closures. - -The Unit 1 reactor at Three Mile Island, which entered service in 1974, was permanently shut down in 2019 due to economic pressure as nuclear power struggled to compete against natural gas. But the tech sector's growing power needs are breathing new life into the industry. - -Constellation Energy plants to restart Unit 1 in 2028 through an agreement with Microsoft to help power the tech company's data centers. The plant will be renamed the Crane Clean Energy Center — after Chris Crane, the late CEO of the plant's former owner, Exelon — and its restart is subject to approval by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. - -The Department of Energy said Unit 1 operated safely and efficiently before being shut down five years ago. However, it lies within walking distance of the site of the worst nuclear accident in U.S. history. The Unit 2 reactor suffered a partial meltdown in 1979 and has not operated since the accident. It is being decommissioned by its owner, Energy Solutions. - -Constellation's chief generation officer, Bryan Hanson said Unit 1 is in good condition and the restoration will mostly involve typical maintenance work. - -Here is a look at the plant's main control room, the turbine deck that houses the main power generator, and the facility's iconic cooling towers. For more on the restart click here. - -Main control room",1731883655,a25f737359,083703859a,,,1731883655 -https://www.stagewhispers.com.au/news/sydney-festival-2025,https://www.stagewhispers.com.au/rss.xml,Sydney Festival 2025,"Image: As You Like It or The Land Acknowledgement. Photographer: DahliaKatz - -Running from 4 to 26 January, the almost month-long Sydney Festival program for 2025 is an opportunity to rediscover the city differently, from Sydney Town Hall’s conversion into a Wild West pioneer town, to a salacious true crime tale staged in the docks of Darlinghurst Courthouse. Across World Premiere productions, Australian exclusives and immersive experiences that reflect the city’s identity, Sydney Festival is the home of world class theatre, must-see music and powerful performance this January. - -With tickets officially on sale from today (Oct 30), Sydney Festival is rewarding pre-planners, savvy shoppers and festival fanatics with an allocation of $49 Early Bird tickets up for grabs across the entire ticketed program until 2 December (or sold out). With A Reserve seats available for just $49, this limited offer celebrates Sydney Festival’s milestone 49th anniversary whilst addressing cost of living pressure by encouraging festival-goers to book early, see multiple shows and secure a prime position. - -Complementing the ticketed program, Sydney Festival’s action-packed free program for 2025 will ensure a truly accessible and expanded summer of art for all. Throughout January, Sydneysiders and visitors will once again be enticed to take part in an exhilarating summer of art across 23 days of storytelling, knowledge sharing and cultural immersion. - -Introducing her fourth and final festival line-up, Festival Director Olivia Ansell said: “Sydney Festival has long held summer’s cultural pulse and this year is quite the heartbeat. Stories of Oceania, destiny and what we leave behind through to bold explorations of utopia and dystopia, Sydney Festival 2025 promises an exhilarating and thought-provoking journey through the arts with exceptional talent at the reins. This January, immerse yourself in a summer of unforgettable performances, groundbreaking new works, and exclusive experiences that reimagine the world around us.” - -Image: A Model Murder - -The Hon. John Graham, Minister for the Arts, said: “Sydney Festival has timing on its side, delivering a burst of cultural expression and artistic activity from January 4 when the city is largely off work and ready to celebrate and explore during the long hot days and nights. - -“This year’s edition puts First Nations artists at the forefront and brings new international works to Australia to ignite and inspire audiences. I encourage everyone to hunt through the program, attend and see what Sydney Festival 2025 has to offer.” - -Featuring over 130 shows and events, including 22 World Premieres, 24 Australian exclusives, 43 locations, and over 50 free events inclusive of more than 12 nights of free live music, Sydney Festival 2025 amasses an expansive roster of diverse local artists and renowned international names this summer. - -Year on year, the Festival’s annual program serves as a reflection of the questions, ideas and themes consuming the cultural zeitgeist, as brought to life in the words and works of its talented class of featured artists. In 2025, the often blurry edges of utopian idealism and dystopian despair are writ large in the likes of Dark Noon’s extraordinary one-act dismantling of American history and Cliff Cardinal’s subversive updating of the Bard's classic in As You Like It or The Land Acknowledgement. - -Concurrently, examinations of birth and destiny are explored via the transformative installations of 2025 Visual Artist in Residence Telly Tuita and the participatory What We Leave Behind project from Cave Urban, which serves as a totem of festival-goers’ hopes for the future. - -Curated by Sydney Festival’s Creative Artist in Residence, Jacob Nash, the First Nations-led Blak Out program introduces a new gathering space and expanded festival footprint with three weekends of conversation and events that celebrate the coming together of people, country, spirit and truths. - -Siegfried & Roy - -Across the city, Sydney Festival will play host to some of the hottest about shows of the season, from the highly anticipated World Premiere of Siegfried & Roy: The Unauthorised Opera and a deeply personal night of storytelling from Sydney icon William Yang, to an exciting new dance work by celebrated Australian choreographer Stephanie Lake, an eclectic run of live music gigs at the ACO On The Pier, and a roster of cabaret featuring Christie Whelan Browne, Rachael Beck and Katie Noonan. - -FESTIVAL HIGHLIGHTS - -Step inside the Darlinghurst Courthouse for a sensational 20th century murder trial inspired by one of Sydney’s most titillating scandals in A Model Murder. Shirley Beiger was a part-time page three girl enraged by her two-timing boyfriend. She shot him, point blank, outside Chequers Nightclub one night in 1954. Guilty or innocent? Audiences will decide. Playwright Melanie Tait (The Appleton Ladies’ Potato Race; A Broadcast Coup) and co-writer and director Sheridan Harbridge (44 Sex Acts in One Week) return to the very courthouse of Beiger’s original trial, opened exclusively for this Sydney Festival season, for an immersive recreation of the sensational true crime event that had Australia on tenterhooks. - -Dark Noon. Photographer: Teddy Wolff. - -The Wild West rolls into the Sydney Town Hall with the Sydney Festival-exclusive staging of Danish visionary Tue Biering’s Edinburgh Fringe hit, Dark Noon. Fresh from a five-star run at New York’s St Ann’s Warehouse, a South African cast flip the script on Hollywood tropes, reimagining the frontier with slapstick humour, satire and breathtaking stagecraft. As a pioneer town springs up in real time, Dark Noon pulls audiences into a raw, immersive ride through history that confronts power, race and displacement. - -Award-winning Swiss director Milo Rau ends his trilogy of political works with a reimagining of Sophocles’ Antigone. Theatre meets activism in Antigone in the Amazon as a group of Brazilian and European actors and musicians portray the environmental endgame unfolding at the edge of the Amazon rainforest in Pará, Brazil. From a classical story of one woman’s stance against the state emerges a dark song about the dangers of exploiting the land and its people. - -In an Australian exclusive, Canadian First Nations cultural provocateur Cliff Cardinal brings As You Like It or The Land Acknowledgement to the Sydney Opera House for an evening of Shakespeare like none other. Affording audiences a poignant glimpse of the unvarnished truth of the reconciliation process between Indigenous communities and colonial settlers in Canada, what results is a devastating yet laugh-out-loud examination of land acknowledgements as cultural and political practice. - -Making its World Premiere at the festival, Constantine Costi and Luke Di Somma’s brand-new Australian opera, Siegfried & Roy: The Unauthorised Opera, is a modern stage spectacle inspired by Las Vegas’ most famous and legendary duo. Raised in war-torn Germany, the eccentric showmen went on to become the highest paid magic act Sin City had ever seen. Complete with live magic, powerhouse vocals, and the iconic duo’s show stopping tiger, Mantacore, this epic new opera has plenty of tricks up its bedazzled sleeves. - -BLAK OUT - -The 2025 Blak Out program, as curated by Sydney Festival’s Creative Artist in Residence Jake Nash, works to unite some of Australia’s most talented First Nations artists to share their powerful stories, challenge perspectives and honour truths in a special month-long program. - -Over three weeks in January, a new gathering space at Barangaroo Reserve will be home to much of the free and community Blak Out program. Below the woven canopy produced by Cave Urban in collaboration with First Nations fibre artists, Vigil: Gunyah will host conversations curated by ABC Radio National’s Rudi Bremer as well as a series of workshops and performances led by local artists and thinkers. Throughout the program, a soundscape from composer and sound designer Brendon Boney will fill the space – encouraging passersby to sit, listen and reflect on their own contributions to a First Nations-led future. - -Following this reflection, Vigil: Truths will emerge on 25 January at Barangaroo Reserve. This year’s ceremony focuses on being heard, sharing knowledge and presenting First Nations visions of what’s to come. At its core is the act of listening – listening to the many voices that will resonate across the land and waters this January and beyond. - -Jacky: Photographer: Jo Duck - -After a knockout run, the gritty new play Jacky arrives at Belvoir Theatre with its whip smart deconstruction of private life, work life and that thing called ‘culture’. Written by Arrernte playwright Declan Furber Gillick and directed by Mark Wilson, Jacky stars Guy Simon (Jasper Jones, The Visitors) returning in the title role alongside Greg Stone (A Doll’s House, Part 2) - -Inspired by the devastating 2019–2020 fires and the changing climate, Plant a Promise is multi-format work which weaves together Indigenous knowledge and environmental science to share the importance of caring for Country. Conceived by choreographer and playwright Henrietta Baird, the World Premiere production is presented in four parts: a moving dance performance and native planting held at Bangarra’s Studio Theatre, a Baya (fire) installation by the water at The Thirsty Mile, and yarns hosted Barangaroo Reserve as part of Vigil: Gunyah. Together, these four elements invite Indigenous and non-Indigenous audiences to explore culture and environment, and to find connection in those spaces that colonial systems have tended to separate. - -Bookending the Blak Out program is a duo of hotly anticipated album launch events from two of the most commanding talents in Australian music today. To open the season, Kamilaroi and Tongan artist Radical Son will perform Bilambiyal, his new album rich in themes of cultural connection, heritage and belonging. And at the festival’s tail-end, Murrawarri-Filipino rapper-drummer DOBBY weaves hip-hop and immersive storytelling to rally against the exploitation of the Murray-Darling Basin with the release of his debut, WARRANGU; River Story. - -Curated by Wiradjuri Yuin actor and Redfern resident Angeline Penrith (Wayside Bride), Redfern Renaissance is a series of workshops, discussion panels and performances celebrating the history of National Black Theatre, which operated in Redfern from 1972-1977. The company left a long legacy of activism, self-determination and radical re-thinking of Blak futures through the arts. Alongside Jacky in the Upstairs Theatre, two classic productions sit at the heart of the program at Belvoir: The Cake Man by Robert Merritt and Here Comes the N****r by Gerry Bostock – a work that has never been published in full and to this day can only be found in excerpts. - -bagan bariwariganyan: echoes of country is a body of new works created by renowned Gorawarl/Jerrawongarla storyteller and artist Aunty Julie Freeman, leading Walbunja/Ngarigo artist Aunty Cheryl Davison and Wiradyuri/Kamilaroi artist Jonathan Jones, displayed at Bundanon in the Shoalhaven region. Depicting the Glossy Black-cockatoo creation story of Cambewarra Mountain, the work sings with the stories of the region, celebrating local traditions and the ongoing collaboration of these three artists and cultural leaders. - -Aunty Lola Ryan hails from a lineage of esteemed Dharawal shell artists from La Perouse. She has designed Ngabu, a giant interactive installation mounted on top of the overhead bridge on Hickson Road, in homage to the series of shell harbour bridges created by her mother Lola Delia Ryan, many of which are now found in the collections of the nation’s most prominent cultural institutions. Climb up and over the arch of Aunty Lola’s bridge and marvel at the giant colourful shell patterns while also taking in the view of Sydney Harbour Bridge. - -THEATRE, OPERA AND CABARET - -The internationally acclaimed Back to Back Theatre – winner of the 2024 Venice Golden Lion for Lifetime Achievement in Theatre – returns to Sydney Festival with the must-see MULTIPLE BAD THINGS. The Sydney Opera House stage will be transformed into a toneless warehouse at the end of the world wherein three employees wrestle with a seemingly pointless task and struggle to work together. - -Multiple Bad Things: Photographer: Jeff Busby - -Celebrating his 80th birthday, Chinese-Australian visual and performance artist William Yang reflects on a remarkable life well-lived in Milestone. Set against Elena Kats-Chernin’s haunting score, performed live by a chamber ensemble and Kats-Chernin on piano, Yang weaves together themes of family, cultural and sexual identity with his signature blend of warmth, disarming humour and total candour. Drawing on Yang’s vast collection of documentary photographs, Milestone is also the story of queer Australia, from the early days of Sydney’s Gay and Lesbian Mardi Gras to the HIV/AIDS epidemic of the 1980s and 90s. - -The Tamilization of Ahilan Ratnamohan is a personal story about reminiscence, loss and language fascination. Author, choreographer and actor, Ahilan Ratnamohan attempts the performance entirely in Tamil, a language he didn’t learn as a child. His mother, sitting next to him on stage, becomes his teacher who encourages and prompts him. In this way, Ahilan traces the roots of this language loss to its rediscovery. - -After packed-out runs at the Metropolitan Opera of New York and Royal Opera House, Covent Garden, this playful new staging of Cendrillon (Cinderella) makes a grand Australian debut presented by Opera Australia. With a delightful dash of humour, lavish costumes and playful choreography Laurent Pelly’s staging transports audiences into a land of enchantment and nostalgia. Relishing the role, audience favourite and internationally renowned Australian mezzo Emma Matthews helps make dreams come true as the Fairy Godmother. - -Christie Whelan Browne - Life in Plastic - Photo by Claudio Raschella - -In a deeply personal cabaret, Christie Whelan Browne (Show People) looks back from her childhood to today – from the blue light discos and crushing teenage doubt to battles with endometriosis and her own self-worth – to tell a tale of hard-worn self-acceptance. Written and directed by Sheridan Harbridge, Life in Plastic features a dizzying array of dance hits and pop anthems. Plus, guest appearances from Barbie, some full-on dental braces, soul-bearing diary entries and one triumphant dancing dinosaur, in a story of finding oneself and loving that person without bounds. - -Blending storytelling, cabaret and drag, Tina – A Tropical Love Story is a heartfelt tribute to the indomitable spirit of Tina Turner. Enter the enchanting realm of First Nations drag performer Miss Ellaneous (AKA Ben Graetz), who shares deeply personal tales of growing up in Darwin and the profound impact of the Queen of Rock 'n' Roll. Tina – A Tropical Love Story is written, performed and directed by Graetz with special performances from guest artists from the drag, First Nations and queer performance scene. Simply the best. - -Rachael Beck (Beauty and the Beast, Les Misérables, Cats) performs a collection of verbatim stories shared by extraordinary Australian women. Co-created by James Millar (Matilda the Musical) and with contributions by local singer/songwriters, In Her Own Words is an anecdotal, surprising and revealing celebration of inspiring female stories with stories from composer-pop star Kate Miller-Heidke, visual artists Yvette Coppersmith and Sally Browne, screen producer Celia Tait, Oz Harvest visionary Ronni Kahn, journalist and bestselling author Sarah Wilson, choreographer Kelley Abbey, Les Girls legend Carlotta and more. - -The angelic vocals and emotional depth of Jeff Buckley’s 1994 masterpiece, Grace, will be paid tribute by multi-award-winning Australian singer Katie Noonan on the occasion of the seminal album’s 30th anniversary. Two years after her tribute to Joni Mitchell’s Blue at Sydney Festival, the ARIA Award-winning Australian singer and her band recreate Grace for five shows. - -Drawing on her Weitou ancestry, Rainbow Chan reimagines a ritual known as the bridal lament, a public performance of grief in which a bride wept and sang in front of family and friends. Conceived and structured as a song cycle, The Bridal Lament 哭嫁歌 brings to life intergenerational and cross-cultural perspectives on diasporic experiences and the compex history of Hong Kong. With a new suite of songs by Chan and direction from CAAP Artistic Director Tessa Leong, this lush and lavish work pays homage to ritual in a vibrant world of projection, movement and colour. - -DANCE - -Following Colossus and Manifesto (smash successes at Sydney Festival in 2020 and 2023), The Chronicles is a cathartic new dance work by Australia’s boldest choreographer, Stephanie Lake. Lake’s explosive bodily language is translated by twelve incredible dancers alongside a masterful electro-acoustic score by Robin Fox, the ethereal sounds of a children’s choir and a stirring solo vocalist. Pulsing with energy and sensuality, The Chronicles explores the cycles of life and the inevitability of change. - -Afterworld. Photographer: Gregory Lorenzutti - -The timeless Greek myth of Eurydice takes on new life in AFTERWORLD, a World Premiere work that brings together the visionary choreography of Sue Healey, the live percussion and electronic music of innovative composer Laurence Pike, and five incredible dancers, set against the ethereal film presence of 109-year-old Eileen Kramer as the tragic Eurydice. - -Honouring their roots in Sydney’s underground queer and diasporic club scenes, Justin Talplacido Shoulder and the collective behind ANITO build on their shared histories of costume, puppetry, dance and experimental electronic music to reimagine myths and stories for the now. Creating a “Queer Filipino Future Folkloric space of storytelling”, the dance work centres on the importance of natural spirits, intuiting with them as guides towards imagining possible parallel futures. - -The vibrant culture of Spain comes to the Casula Powerhouse Arts Centre. A Taste of Spain features a collaboration between the Pepa Molina Flamenco Dance Company and the Western Sydney Youth Orchestra, interpreting “Suite Española” by the illustrious Isaac Albéniz. Begin your evening with a welcoming glass of sangria and indulge in a selection of Spanish- inspired dishes. The rich flavours of Spain will complement a night of enchanting performances that capture the essence of Spanish fiestas. - -IMMERSIVE EXPERIENCES - -Saddle up for Cowboy at Parramatta’s Riverside Theatres, an interactive solo contemporary dance work where audiences are not just a spectator; they are brawling in the saloon, robbing a train and transforming the story as it unfolds for one hell of a ride. Creator and performer Michael Smith, armed with an original score by Regurgitator bassist Ben Ely, gallops across the frontier to reveal the shared humanity beneath the Stetson, and the raw desires and hidden vulnerabilities that shape our identities. - -Katma. Photographer: AnnaKucera - -KATMA is a slang term from Sudan meaning ""suffocation"" or ""no room for breathing"" – a word that describes the intensity of hard partying. This immersive performance, directed by Azzam Mohamed (Sculptured Riddims), brings that frenetic energy to the dancefloor, pulling inspiration from both Sudan and Australia’s party scenes. With no seats, the audience is part of the action, fully surrounded by seven dancers performing a dynamic fusion of street and club dance styles: breaking, hip-hop, krump, waacking, locking, house and Afro dances. - -The festival’s beloved Brett Whiteley Studio Sessions series goes alfresco for 2025 with five diverse live music acts set to perform live in the lush and leafy surrounds of Wendy Whiteley’s Secret Garden. Brett Whiteley’s record collection was as eclectic as the many stories and memories planted in Wendy’s bohemian garden – a place for joy, grief, reflection and hope. Maharshi Raval, William Barton and Véronique Serret, NoSax NoClar, Sydney Philharmonia Choirs, and Joseph and James Tawadros will each bring their unique stylings for a special open-air music experience in Lavender Bay. - -Occupying a new immersive black box space at The Thirsty Mile, ENIGMA: Immersive Sound and Video Art presents a free exhibition of several absorbing works from Australia's leading video and sound artists. From late October onwards, ENIGMA will host a rotating roster of installations from artists including Oren Ambarchi and Angelica Mesiti. - -Sunrise Yoga has a vibrant new home: the Colour Maze, which boasts knockout views of Sydney Harbour. Join Jazz Luna on the mat at sunrise for energising Vinyasa (flow) practice, accompanied by the blissed-out beats of the Festival’s in-house DJ. - -MUSIC LUMINARIES - -Rufus Wainwright - -Much-loved singer-songwriter Rufus Wainwright brings a selection of his finest pop and folk compositions to the Sydney Opera House. Performing solo on piano and guitar with his soaring baritone, the extraordinary Juno Award-winning and three-time GRAMMY® nominated showman takes audiences through his wide-ranging, technicolour songbook as part of his Australian tour. - -Melbourne alt-rock band Not Drowning, Waving fronted by David Bridie re-unite with Papua New Guinean musician George Telek in a rare performance of their groundbreaking 1990 collaboration, Tabaran. Marking the 35th anniversary of the album – and inspired by the upcoming 50th anniversary of PNG’s independence – Telek and Bridie will be joined by many of the original musicians from the recording plus an impressive line-up of new talent from PNG and Australia. - -Opened in late 80s Detroit, the Music Institute became the Motor City’s response to the legendary house and disco clubs of its time. For the first time ever, co-founders Chez Damier and Alton Miller are touring together to share the story behind one of dance music’s pivotal club nights. They’ll dig deep into their encyclopaedic collections to recreate the experience at City Recital Hall. - -Perry Keyes, the voice of inner-Sydney’s south returns to the stage with a live cinematic presentation of his sixth LP. Black & White Town chronicles the grit and glory of public housing life in Redfern and Waterloo, with Keyes’ songs set to the backdrop of the evocative images of Sydney filmmaker and photographer Johnny Barker. - -Sydney musical institution and best-kept local secret, the Starfish Club, is bringing its dynamic jazz groove to ACO On The Pier. Across two shows, Jonathan Zwartz, Hamish Stuart and the incredible Starfish ensemble will be joined by special guests, including acclaimed vocalist Dannielle De Andrea (aka Gaha) and rising star Ruby Jackson with Laneous and Barney McAll. - -More than 70 years after its composition John Cage’s magnum opus, Sonatas and Interludes, is reimagined as a three-dimensional world at Carriageworks. For The Cage Project, Australian percussionist, composer and sound artist Matthias Schack-Arnott creates an immersive installation of concert and visual art as a large mobile of floating percussion instruments rotates above a massive kinetic sculpture by acclaimed French pianist Cédric Tiberghien. - -The Emma Pask Big Band reprise Park’s celebrated Latin jazz album Cosita Divina on its 10th anniversary. The local jazz legend and her vibrant 12-piece Latin jazz orchestra evoke a journey through the lush sounds of Brazilian, Cuban and Spanish song, showcasing why she’s a favourite of Latin star Ricky Martin and audiences worldwide. - -FUTURE FREQUENCIES - -Discover tomorrow’s next big thing with the Future Frequencies line-up. New and upcoming talent from across Australia and around the globe descend on Sydney for a series of gigs and performances. - -Drawing weighty comparisons to the likes of Marvin Gaye and David Ruffin, Daptone Records recruit Jalen Ngonda is bringing golden-era soul to a new generation. Fresh from the release of his 2023 debut album, Come Around and Love Me, Ngonda is ready to make festival audiences swoon over two nights at City Recital Hall. - -New York-raised vocalist Yaya Bey is one of R&B’s most original new stars, with a sound and swagger that’s entirely her own, blending boundary-pushing neo-soul with funk. Onstage, Bey is a force of nature, with setlists speaking to self-love, loss and resilience. After a run of critically lauded releases, the R&B shapeshifter will make her hotly anticipated Australian debut. - -Raised in East London’s Isle of Dogs, Hak Baker cemented his iconoclastic status with 2023’s Worlds End FM. Earning a cadre of fans including The Streets, Fontaines D.C. and Pete Doherty, Baker’s street-level storytelling and genre-scuffing “G-folk” sound will collide with the Sydney Festival stage. - -Alternately tough and tender, Melbourne’s Cash Savage and The Last Drinks have developed a reputation as one of the country’s most ferocious live acts. Following the success of their brutally honest fifth studio album, So This Is Love, the outfit will bring their bruising post-punk rock to town. - -In her first visit to Sydney, the rising star of the European jazz scene, Ukrainian-born, Berlin-based singer and musician Ganna Gryniva – aka GANNA – shares her stunning fusion of modern jazz, electro beats and traditional Ukrainian folk alongside gifted guitarist Tal Arditi. - -Led by producer and saxophonist Pete Cunningham, Bristol collective Ishmael Ensemble explore the sounds of spiritual jazz, psychedelic dub and experimental electronica to create a sonic terrain entirely their own. Their latest album, Rituals, is almost psychedelic in its blend of colours, textures, facets and moods. - -Singer, songwriter and multi-instrumentalist Jófríður Ákadóttir, aka JFDR, has evolved into one of Iceland’s most prodigious artists, with Björk having cited her as an inspiration. Music-lovers will enjoy the artist’s restrained gentleness and sublime experimental electro-folk in an intimate one-off concert. - -With a genre-defying and charismatic take on jazz, R&B and electro-funk, Canadian-Filipina artist Mary Ancheta Quartet has brought high-voltage stage presence to Montreal Jazz Festival, Vancouver International Jazz Festival and other high profile showcases across Canada. Inspired by the likes of Squarepusher, The Meters and Prince, the quartet extends an irresistible invitation to groove. - -Combining the freewheeling talents of saxophonist and clarinettist Bastien Weeger and beatboxer and bass clarinettist Julien Stella, the French duo NoSax NoClar is shaking up the European jazz scene with performances at festivals like Jazzahead! in Germany. Their sound represents contemporary jazz at its most agile and inventive, bringing in influences from folklore to Balkan, Celtic and Berber music to produce lively, hard-hitting tracks where timbre, rhythm and melody are one. - -ARIA-nominated, internationally acclaimed vocalist and dancer Parvyn, known as the lead of cult psychedelic band The Bombay Royale, lights up the festival. With her hypnotic fusion of pop, electronica and traditional Indian sounds, her live shows brilliantly synthesise the many strands of her career. - -Breaking out with earworm singles on tastemaking French label Kitsuné, Australia’s own synth-pop queen Chela evolved again with 2023’s electrifying queer anthems “Cool 2B Queer” and “Hard 4 You”. Expect charisma to burn and some seriously enviable dance moves. - -Presented by Astral People, the series Ode to Inspiration joins the dots between the trailblazers who opened doors and tomorrow’s new radicals walking through them. Sydney’s Setwun & The Soulstranauts pay homage to Roy Ayers, a prophet of funk, soul and jazz. While Melbourne singer, songwriter and selector Allysha Joy reinterprets the songbook of Roberta Flack alongside material from her new album, The Making of Silk. - -Returning to the Australian National Maritime Museum for its ninth year and featuring a world-class program of musicians, dancers, entrepreneurs and interactive experiences, New Beginnings Festival is a celebration of Sydney's refugee, migrant, multicultural and multi- generational communities. - -RESONANCE - -This year’s classical program at ACO On The Pier sees four of Australia’s most celebrated music ensembles and solo artists respond to the theme “birth, destiny and what we leave behind” – inspired by Sydney Festival Visual Artist in Residence Telly Tuita and his Tongan ancestors. - -From beautiful simplicity to pandemonium beyond recognition, Omega Ensemble presents a program of contemporary masterworks, featuring Missy Mazzoli’s GRAMMY®-nominated double bass concerto Dark with Excessive Bright with guest bassist Jaan Pallandi and groundbreaking music from American composer Samuel Adams. - -Mezzo-soprano and vocalist Lotte Betts-Dean presents a highly charged, virtuosic and wide-reaching program, fusing contemporary music for voice and electronics with four centuries of international art song. Lotte will be joined on stage by her laptop, surround-sound speakers and longstanding collaborator, pianist Joseph Havlat, to perform an unusual and thrilling tapestry of vocal music, including rare gems by composers and songwriters across the musical and historical spectrum from Barbara Strozzi, Erin Gee and Giacinto Scelsi to Nick Drake, Caroline Polachekto and Béla Bartók. - -The music of Bach is the connecting thread in a program from Bach Akademie Australia. Looking to the heavens for inspiration in Bach: Birth and Destiny, voices and instruments dance and resound in music from the high Renaissance to today, from Europe to the Pacific – with the Morning Star as a guiding light. - -ACO Up Close: Legacies - -Returning with an all-new quartet, ACO Up Close: Legacies following the musical traditions of Bach and Haydn into the current century. Running through the program are moving stories of music left unfinished and challenges handed to future generations. - -CIRCUS, FAMILY AND COMMUNITY PROGRAMMING - -Throughout the festival season, the general public is invited to share a message of hope for the future, with their written actions woven into this unique installation on Tallawoladah Lawn outside the Museum of Contemporary Art Australia in Circular Quay. From art and architecture collective Cave Urban along with Sydney Festival, What We Leave Behind is an opportunity to share and connect without leaving a trace. - -Bringing their thrilling antics and infectious energy to Parramatta’s Riverside Theatres and the Pavilion Arts Centre, Quebec’s Cirque Alfonse spin childhood memories and rural cliches into Animal, a surreal circus experience set to an infectious live soundtrack of 'agricultural funk’. Expect jaw-dropping acrobatics, daring juggling (everything from eggs to giant cowbells), tap dancing, absurd humour and even a tractor doing wheelies. Founded by Antoine Carabinier-Lépine and his father Alain, Cirque Alfonse is an intergenerational rural-raised circus collective who have spent the past twenty years touring the biggest cities in the world with their truly authentic circus style. - -Also at Riverside Theatres in Parramatta is BullyBully, a musical for ages 3+ told in the style of West Side Story, with two performers, many songs, funny quarrels, some bickering and (eventually) a happy ending. It’s created by René Geerlings, who has kept thousands of young children (and their grown-ups) on the edge of their seats. - -Netherlands company Maas theater en dans presents this award-winning, joyous musical in its Australian Premiere season, in association with Sydney Opera House. - -Converted! is a comedy disco musical about teenagers who just want to fall in love, but face a system desperate to police, politicise and discuss their identities. Written by award-winning comedy writer Vic Zerbst and composer Oliver John Cameron and directed by Australian Theatre for Young People’s Associate Director, Hayden Tonazzi, it’s a feel-good show that affirms and celebrates queer teenagers who just want to be themselves. - -Explore the hidden worlds of young people in Stories From Here, an audio walking tour by Outloud that invites listeners to see Bankstown through young people’s eyes. Across the suburb, posters with QR codes will play stories written and recorded by young people about the places that matter to them. Go solo, pop on headphones for a guided tour with an artist or take a virtual tour. - -The aerial experts at Sydney Trapeze School are setting up shop in Palm Grove under the Western Distributor in Darling Harbour and showcasing their high-flying best with two free shows a day in Swing! Circus at Darling Harbour. Bring the family to marvel at their acrobatic daredevilry. Take a leap of faith with paid trapeze lessons or stay grounded with free drop-in circus skills workshops. - -Free outdoor concert Sydney Symphony Under the Stars returns at Parramatta Park. Be charmed by Egyptian-Australian oud virtuoso Joseph Tawadros performing a selection of his finest works. The Sydney Symphony Orchestra brings the orchestral showstoppers, topped off with a rousing fireworks finale. - -The Whale. Photographer: Tashi Hall - -The Whale sails into Bondi for an interactive and immersive experience by Spare Parts Puppet Theatre in the Pavilion Courtyard. Be transported on a sonic journey of migration and myth, with a large-scale moving whale figure suspended in space and surrounded by other fantastical sea creatures. - -Branch Nebula returns with a hair-raiser at Seymour Centre – the anarchic street energy of Air Time is set to be exhilarating, with the risk and danger of bodies on foot and on wheels colliding in a confined space. - -The fun-filled Hive Festival returns this summer for children and families. Explore a buzzing world of art and play. Come together for art-making, be immersed in the magic of storytelling and experience playful performances at the Art Gallery of New South Wales and The Leo Kelly Blacktown Arts Centre. - -TALKS, WORKSHOPS, MASTERCLASSES AND IN-CONVERSATION EVENTS - -The Sydney Morning Herald chief investigative reporter and 10-time Walkley winner Kate McClymont joins Sydney Festival Director Olivia Ansell at the State Library of NSW to dive into Sydney’s most unusual crime stories, including the many trials that took place in Darlinghurst Courthouse, the location of Shirley Beiger’s original trial now turned immersive theatre venue for A Model Murder. - -Theatrical gamechanger Cliff Cardinal will be joined by Sydney Festival’s own Jake Nash for a special in-conversation event about challenging dogmas and upending conventions on stage in As You Like It or The Land Acknowledgement. - -For dancers, Azzam Mohamed, educator and director of KATMA, will share his infectious energy in both a Street Dance Workshop and Freestyle Dance Lab Masterclass while renowned choreographer Stephanie Lake also provides first hand teaching in a Contemporary Dance Masterclass. - -In another masterclass, choreographer Sue Healey and composer and percussionist Laurence Pike invite professional dancers and musicians to experience sonic and physical rhythm-making, exploring improvisational structures drawing upon elements from the work AFTERWORLD. - -Visit sydneyfestival.org.au for more details",1731883605,72e08d18c1,07bc84404d,,,1731883605 -https://cleantechnica.com/2024/11/14/what-role-should-governments-play-in-the-revolution/,https://cleantechnica.com/feed/,What Role Should Governments Play in the rEVolution?,"Sign up for daily news updates from CleanTechnica on email. Or follow us on Google News - -We all know the story about Norway and the massive government incentives to increase the uptake of electric vehicles in that country. We now see the start of a trade war between China and the west over China’s exports of subsidised EVs. The USA is talking about higher and higher tariff walls and dismantling the Inflation Reduction Act. Australian states have brought in, then ceased, their subsidies for the purchase of electric cars. Makes you wonder just what role government should and/or must play in supporting the introduction of new technology that is for the benefit of its citizens. I think the answer is: it’s complicated, and it varies from place to place and over time. Who pays for the rEVolution? Feel free to share your thoughts in the comments section. - -In this light, I set out to look at what is currently happening in Australia. Probably the most important thing to point out is that we are currently in a price war with a massive influx of new EV models mainly from China. The manufacturers are now bearing more of the load for the costs of EVs — as they should. Hopefully the Europeans will take note and also reduce their prices. - -My own state, Queensland, has a Network Electric Vehicles Tactical Plan looking at how to manage the charging needs and behaviour of EV owners. It’s purpose is spelt out here: “to articulate and integrate our highest-priority, no-regret initiatives over the next one to two years to ensure we have a structured and agreed path to prepare for the challenges, and opportunities, that electric vehicle (EV) charging presents.” Protect the grid! No regrets! - -The generous Queensland state subsidy for the purchase of an electric vehicle has ceased. The focus of the government now is to manage the charging process, it is no longer to encourage purchases. The state government is transitioning its own fleet of vehicles to electric. Is this then the next step in the rEVolution? - -As at June 2024, 53,000 EVs were registered in Queensland. 87% are full battery EVs (BEVs) and 13% are plug-in hybrid EVs (PHEVs). 90% of these are registered in the greater Brisbane metropolitan area. Only 5% have V2G capability. How can the government provide electrical services in this time of massive change and possibilities of inconsistent demand and supply? How about some kerbside charging for the inner city dwellers? This issue has been under consideration for some time. Two years ago, we considered it here. - -The Tactical Plan has identified 25 Tactics. These include: identifying EV clusters to make sure supply is adequate because “the impact of EV charging on our networks will be first felt at the distribution transformer level.” In a forward thinking move, electrical heavy machinery charging is also being monitored. Then there is Australia’s dependence on the long-distance trucking industry. “Success will require proactivity, collaboration and innovation, from truck stop developers, truck fleet operators, EV Supply Equipment (EVSE) suppliers and installers, governments, Distribution Network Service Providers (DNSPs) and electricity retailers.” - -The complicated environment that exists in reality, policy, and regulation demands a role for government at all levels. It will be interesting to see how Elon Musk tackles some of these complexities when he is the czar of DOGE. All government agencies have a lot to learn. Hopefully we won’t continue to make the same mistakes as each other. - -Data gathering will be one of the keys to success — monitoring demand on grid transformers, do we upgrade network connections? Or can we educate the public on charging times? Some university studies have shown that early adopters charge when the grid is oversupplied — during the day on solar, or in the evenings from excess coal generation. But what about the next cohort of adopters? Will they make wise choices about the timing of their charging — or just plug in at peak hour to charge while cooking dinner and overload the system? - -As V2L and V2G evolve, this will be another piece of the grid stabilisation process. The Australian federal government has passed legislation to make it easier for this to be implemented. Now we need Tesla to get on board. Most EVs in Australia are Teslas. - -Queensland’s plan mentions remote areas and issues with access to the grid. I would hope that they would follow the example of Western Australia where charging stations for electric cars are powered by hybrid systems of solar, wind, and in an emergency a diesel generator. [Don’t start with me on this one!] - -Communication with an increasing number of “EV-related stakeholders” is the key to simplifying the processes involved in deploying charging stations. Australian EV drivers tell many stories about the amount of time it takes to get a charging station installed and then commissioned. We have faced the frustration of the brand-new high-speed charger wrapped in black plastic for months. - -The Strategic Plan recognises that: “complexity could lead to engagement overlaps, gaps, confusion, and poor stakeholder and business outcomes.” It also acknowledges the need for current and accurate information to be shared. “Many fleet operators and destination and public charging providers are underinformed about the electrical infrastructure required to support their planned charging needs. That may lead to poorly informed enquiries and subsequent lengthy application processes, creating wasted time and applicant frustrations.” - -How can government agencies provide customers with choice and convenience at an acceptable price point? All the while using accessible technology? What needs to be done by government and what can be left to private providers? I would hope that as the rEVolution proceeds, government will be able to step back and the private sector will fill the gaps. However, there may always be those areas that need both supervision and support. - -It is good to see that the Queensland state government, through Ergon and Energex, is proceeding with a strategic plan to alleviate possible issues and advance the rEVolution in a way that enables all citizens to benefit. - -In the Sunshine State we are trying answer the question about the government’s role. It looks like it will be evolving and complicated for some time to come. Looking back through my article, I think I have asked more questions than provided answers. Feel free to share your thoughts below. Let’s start a civilised and educated conversation.",1731883664,befffecf30,08721c302b,,,1731883664 -https://www.dexerto.com/call-of-duty/best-lw3a1-frostline-warzone-loadout-class-setup-attachments-perks-2981690/,https://www.dexerto.com/feed/,"Best LW3A1 Frostline Warzone loadout: Class setup, attachments, perks","Warzone has entered a new era with the integration of Black Ops 6, and the LW3A1 Frostline has already earned a reputation for being one of the mode’s best and most reliable snipers when deployed with the right loadout. - -With multiplayer maps in BO6 generally favoring close-quarters weapons due to their smaller size, Sniper Rifles haven’t been as prevalent as in previous Call of Duty titles. However, Warzone is an altogether different beast. - -Article continues after ad - -Snipers have traditionally been top-tier throughout Warzone’s meta history, and you needn’t look any further than the immediately accessible LW3A1 Frostline to start dominating long-ranged engagements. - -Here’s our recommended loadout, including attachments, perks, and equipment. - -Best LW3A1 Frostline loadout - -Muzzle: Suppressor - -Suppressor Barrel: CHF Barrel - -CHF Barrel Stock Pad: Lightweight Pad - -Lightweight Pad Fire Mods: 7.62 Nato Overpressured - -7.62 Nato Overpressured Comb: Quickdraw Riser - -Activision - -Your game plan with this loadout is going to be remaining stationary and picking off targets from afar while ensuring you’re not susceptible to flanks. Naturally, the Suppressor is going to be best-in-slot, reducing muzzle flash and your presence on the mini-map, making it less obvious to your opponent where you’re firing from. - -Article continues after ad - -Article continues after ad - -Likewise, the CHF Barrel attachment is going to increase the radius of the Frostline’s one-shot potential massively, from the usual head and upper torso without the attachment, to include everything above the knees. - -The tradeoff is a slower ADS time, but you won’t be using the LW3A1 aggressively as you would the SVD, anyway, and the Quickdraw Riser Comb will offset this negative further by drastically increasing ADS speed. - -For a modest reduction in scope sway, the Lightweight Pad is going to be your next priority, followed by the 7.62 Nato Overpressured Fire Mod, which will greatly increase bullet velocity, reducing the likelihood of your target avoiding your shots. - -Article continues after ad - -Perks, Equipment, and Wildcard - -Perk 1: Veteran - -Veteran Perk 2: Cold-Blooded - -Cold-Blooded Perk 3: Ghost - -Ghost Wildcard: Bandolier - -Bandolier Lethal: Blast Trap - -Blast Trap Tactical: Stim Shot (Prox Alarm ground loot) - -Perhaps unsurprisingly, the LW3A1, like most Snipers, thrives when paired with a loadout that allows you to set up in a position with high visibility of the surrounding area, picking off passers-by and using the power of misdirection to combat any opponents searching for your hideout. - -Article continues after ad - -Cold-Blooded and Ghost, a tried and true combination, are integral perks for this loadout. The former will make you undetectable by AI targeting and thermal scopes, while also some enemy recon perks and effects from being able to find you. - -Article continues after ad - -Ghost feeds into that subterfuge by making you undetectable by radar but only while you’re on the move, making it a best-in-slot tool for when you need to relocate stealthily. - -Veteran also prevents the negative effects of certain enemy equipment, but you primarily want it for the flinch reduction and extended breath duration while aiming down sights. - -While you’ll need to reach level 41 to unlock Blast Trap – Spring Mine is a good early-game alternative – it’s well worth grinding for, automatically triggering when enemies encroach on your hideout and dealing substantial damage. - -Article continues after ad - -Stim Shot will be your best Tactical choice for its versatility, swiftly healing wounds mid-skirmish and granting movement speed buffs for when you inevitably need to relocate. - -Article continues after ad - -For the Wildcard, we recommend Bandolier. As you’re going to be stationary for long periods, the Munitions Satchel it provides massively reduces the need to scavenge for ammo and is unlocked very early, at level 15. - -LW3A1 Frostline pros and cons - -PROS CONS Extremely accurate Bolt-action fire rate One-shots Needs attachments for mobility Good at Quickscoping Slow ADS - -While it’s still early days for the BO6-era Warzone meta, the LW3A1 Frostline has already emerged as a top-tier pick for Sniper Rifle enthusiasts. Unlike competitive multiplayer, where close-quarters combat is common and Frostline suffers in usability as a result, Warzone’s larger maps play to its strengths more, outpacing the SVD and LR 7.62 at long ranges. - -Article continues after ad - -Both of the latter will remain superior choices in other scenarios, but until the archetype is expanded with new additions or major balance patches revamp existing choices, the Frostline currently reigns supreme as the best Sniper Rifle for long-ranged duels in Warzone’s meta. - -Due to its somewhat cumbersome nature, anyone interested in trialing the Frostline should prioritize loadouts that complement a stationary playstyle. - -Article continues after ad - -How to unlock the LW3A1 Frostline - -The LW3A1 Frostline is unlocked by default, but you’ll still need to reach level 4 to access custom loadouts and start tinkering with attachments and perks. As a bonus, though, you can get a feel for the sniper in your first couple of games while progressing towards level 4. - -Article continues after ad - -Best LW3A1 Frostline alternatives - -Dexerto - -The best alternative to the LW3A1, if you’re looking for something similar, is going to be the LR 7.62. While it’s a more balanced, versatile rifle with similar damage and less recoil, it doesn’t match the Frostline’s range, which is far more important in Warzone than in BO6’s multiplayer. - -Alternatively, if you want to completely change up your playstyle and try a more aggressive approach to sniping, the SVD is a natural choice, boasting a superior fire rate and a more lightweight frame ideal for mid-range engagements. - -Article continues after ad - -For more Warzone meta-commentary and loadout recommendations, check out our best Warzone loadouts and learn all about the new perks and equipment to help you brew loadouts for some of your other favorite weapons.",1731883640,9d7eb4fc17,07bca8fd64,,,1731883640 -https://www.inman.com/2024/11/15/5-key-steps-for-getting-5-star-raving-reviews-on-your-service/,https://www.inman.com/feed/,5 key steps for getting 5-star raving reviews on your service,"If you want a positive review, writes mega-team leader Carl Medford, you need to earn it by far surpassing clients’ expectations and communicating with them about the review process. - -Whether it’s refining your business model, mastering new technologies, or discovering strategies to capitalize on the next market surge, Inman Connect New York will prepare you to take bold steps forward. The Next Chapter is about to begin. Be part of it. Join us and thousands of real estate leaders Jan. 22-24, 2025. - -Human nature being what it is, people tend to trust reviews more than their own common sense. Our society has become paralyzed by this insane need to read reviews before they make a purchase. - -Consider the logic of this for a moment: you are willing to read other people’s comments — people you do not know and have no meaningful connection with, people who more than likely have differing viewpoints from yours and different tastes — and yet you consider their statements as gospel and act accordingly, throwing common sense to the winds. - -Because of this innate need to read reviews, it seems everyone now asks for them, to the point of being ridiculous. A great example would be my recent visit to a hardware store to buy a couple of drill bits. - -I had hardly left the store before my phone was pinged with a request for a review. While I understand that stores like to get reviews to help improve their customer service, monitor employee effectiveness and provide incentives for others to shop there, in my mind, asking for a review about my shopping experience in buying $5.00 drill bits is a bit over the top. My thoughts: - -They are a hardware store and are supposed to carry drill bits — I showed up and sure enough, they had drill bits. - -The person lounging behind the register called out when I came in saying, “Welcome in — can I help you find something?” Since I’m frequently in that store and knew exactly where the drill bits were, I said, “No thanks.” She went back to lounging, arms crossed, leaning against the counter. - -I showed up at the drill bit display and — no surprise — they had all the types and sizes you would expect, just like a hardware store is supposed to have. Incidentally, they had what I was looking for, also exactly as expected. - -I took the bits to the register. I gave them my phone number to access my account, and it came up — just like it was supposed to. - -There was no applicable discount, so they told me the total and I waved my card at the credit card terminal, and it took my money — just like it was supposed to. - -The clerk said, “Have a nice day,” just like she should have, and went back to lounging against the counter. - -I arrived home, put one of the bits in my drill and … surprise, surprise … it drilled a hole. Just like it was supposed to. - -What part of my visit deserved a review? My comments, if any, would have been “Everything was as it should have been.” Yet they hope I will give them five stars for simply doing their job. - -Ironically, I also receive ongoing emails from a big box store for a product I purchased that, after it failed to properly fit, was returned, yet the requests for reviews keep showing up in my inbox. - -Let me rant for a moment: We live in a ridiculous society where everything is measured in terms of reviews, and everyone expects five stars every time. It’s stupid, but unfortunately, this is the world we now find ourselves in. - -As professional real estate agents, we should not expect great reviews unless we can demonstrate exceptional value and customer service to our clients. We should not expect five stars if everything was ordinary and as it should have been. Three stars is ordinary. Four stars is extra effort. - -Five stars is us showing up in the midst of difficulty and moving mountains to get things handled so our clients can sleep peacefully at night. It is handling every errant pitch that comes our way and knocking them out of the park. Five stars are earned when the customer can look back after the closing and say, “That was absolutely amazing!” - -Think for a moment how hard it is for a restaurant to get a Michelin star, let alone three. It takes supreme effort day after day. It takes steady, incremental improvements week after week, year after year until one day, when the inspector shows up, the hard work finally pays off. - -Ironically, if something happens on the day of the inspection, all bets could be off for that year. And, it is not only hard to get a Michelin star, it is equally difficult to keep them. - -So why would we expect anything less? Here are my three steps to getting amazing reviews: - -1. Be amazing! - -So you would think this would be obvious. Think again. While there are some truly amazing Realtors out there who have set the bar very high, keep in mind that a significant portion of this industry (almost 50 percent) did one or fewer transactions in 2023. - -Think about that for a moment. As an industry, we cannot allow ourselves to think that anyone doing one transaction a year is going to be able to create such an amazing customer experience that they earn a five-star review. More importantly, we need to consider the overall effect on our industry this level of competence (or lack thereof) really has. - -To truly be amazing takes a lot of practice. It takes training. Experience. Enough “at bats” to know how to handle knuckleballs. - -It also takes a commitment to continuously improving the level of service you provide so that, in comparison to other agents in your market, your standards of service are truly exceptional. This also means you need to know what types of service your competition is providing. - -2. Constantly communicate - -Historically, many agents have taken the approach of handling things without letting the client know. They have just done whatever was necessary to deal with situations that arose to ensure that the escrow would close on time. - -This was brought home to me just this past week as we were having dinner with a past client with whom we have facilitated five transactions and a number of referrals. Discussing their last transaction with our team, I casually mentioned an issue that had arisen that we had summarily dealt with. - -The husband looked at me and said, in astonishment, “I had no idea you handled that.” While our exceptional service kept them coming back for repeat transactions, it did little to help them understand just how much we had actually done behind the scenes. - -As we are entering this new age of anticipated commission compression, as a team we have made a commitment to not only continue handling things as they arise but to also make sure our clients know exactly how we are going the extra mile on their behalf. - -Additionally, we continue to communicate at every step of the process; a client should never have to reach out to you to ask how things are going. - -3. Set the stage - -The quest for a review begins when you first connect with a prospective client. Not only should the first contact be memorable, but it should also let them know that, if you truly deliver exceptional service, you would love to get a review that will communicate your worth to others. - -We have benchmarks built into our client experience where we continuously check in with our clients to make sure things are on track and are, hopefully, exceeding their expectations. Any issues are immediately resolved. - -There is also an assumption here that whenever a client reaches out for any reason, you immediately respond: you answer the phone, respond to the text or email and acknowledge their communication. You may not be able to solve their issue immediately, but they should know that you are working on it. - -4. Ask for the review - -There is a verse in the Bible that states, “You have not because you ask not.” The number of clients who will, on their own, look up ways to leave a review and then do so is very, very small. Instead, you should not only ask for a review but make it exceptionally easy for them to do so no matter the device they are using. - -Darryl Davis, in his exceptional Inman post dated March 31, 2023, and entitled, How to make clients love writing reviews (so you can win), states, - -“The key to getting your customers to leave positive reviews is found in making it as easy and accessible as possible. If you’re asking them to take time out of their day, make sure the process is quick, straightforward, and simple. - -“Make sure all review platforms are mobile-friendly; today’s tech-savvy consumers don’t want to be bothered with logging into a laptop or desktop computer just to leave a review. This means providing links directly from your website or email campaigns so that customers can quickly and easily access the review platform from any device. Too many fields or questions can lead clients to abandon their review halfway through, so keep it short and sweet.” - -In our case, we send out an email that makes posting a review very easy. The email includes a link to a simple webpage that takes them directly to our Google reviews. One click and they can leave a review. We explain, - -“It was SUCH a treat to work with you! Thank you for entrusting your real estate transaction to us. As you know — online reviews make a massive difference to any business these days. Is there any way you could do us a favor? We are trying to build up our reviews on Google, Zillow and Facebook – would you consider going there and writing something short and sweet? We would deeply appreciate it.” - -After providing links to all the sites we want them to visit, we close with - -“You have the power to make a difference – these reviews REALLY help our business – a few minutes of your time is deeply appreciated and can have a wonderful, long-term impact on our business. And we have a fun way of saying “Thank You” – just let us know that you have done the reviews, and we’ll send you something cool!” - -5. Follow up - -In a perfect world, you would get an amazing review immediately after you ask. Unfortunately, not everyone is as excited about writing a review as you might be about getting one. Not everyone is going to respond right away; in fact, it might mean following up with them a few times. - -Be patient and keep trying. You might even prime the pump by asking about specific aspects of the transaction: “How do they like their new home?” “Where in the transaction process did they most appreciate our help?” And so on. - -Once a review shows up online, respond immediately — both to the review online and in an email. Additionally, in our case, since we have promised them something fun when they complete a review, we mail them something from See’s Candy along with a cute thank you card. - -At the end of the day, if you want a positive review, you need to earn it. The simple solution? Provide a five-star experience that rocks their world by delivering customer service way above their expectations.",1731883660,123ad3b11e,088932adf7,,,1731883660 -https://www.zerohedge.com/political/net-zero-rollback-how-trump-might-achieve-de-regulation-goals,https://feeds.feedburner.com/zerohedge/feed,Net-Zero Rollback: How Trump Might Achieve De-Regulation Goals,"Authored by Kevin Stocklin via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours), - -President-elect Donald Trump won the election on, among other things, pledges to roll back the regulations that were put in place under the Biden administration, particularly those intended to meet net-zero emissions goals in America’s energy industry. - -President Donald Trump signs the last of three Executive Orders in the Oval Office of the White House in Washington, on Jan. 23, 2017. Ron Sachs - Pool/Getty Images - -In many cases, however, that will be easier said than done, and may not be something Trump can achieve on day one, according to analysts. - -According to the American Action Forum, the Biden administration has finalized 1,114 new regulations to date, adding $1.8 trillion in costs to American businesses and consumers and an estimated 346 million hours of paperwork. And depending on how the regulations were put in place, the incoming Trump administration will likely face challenges in unwinding them. - -“It will be on a regulation-by-regulation basis,” Dan Kish, senior vice president of policy at the American Energy Alliance, told The Epoch Times. “There’s actually three categories: executive orders, action from Congress, and those things that have to be done through regulation. - -“In other words, there’s a process that’s been set up for changing regulations,” he said. “But all of those things are available to [Trump] depending on what happens with the final Congressional outcome.” - -For regulatory mandates that have gone through the formal process of being enacted as “final rules” by agencies, the Administrative Procedures Act (APA) stipulates that cancellation of those rules must go through the same process. This includes a notice and public comment period, as well as a 30-day delayed effective date and a process for judicial review if people can claim they would be adversely affected. - -“You do need to undergo rule-making to change rule-making, but a lot of the Biden administration mandates weren’t issued through rule-making,” Matt Bowman, senior counsel and director of regulatory practice for Alliance Defending Freedom, which has litigated against Biden administration mandates, told The Epoch Times. - -“We’ve won several cases against mandates that they didn’t bother to put through the rule-making process,” Bowman said. “Those can be taken down pretty quickly.” - -Many of the regulations that were issued by direct orders from President Joe Biden will likely be rescinded in the same way. - -“Executive orders will drive the overarching regulatory policy goals of the next administration,” Dan Goldbeck, director of regulatory policy at the center-right American Action Forum, told The Epoch Times. “But they will have limited direct impact on rules already on the books.” - -The Role of Congress and the Courts - -However, even for regulations that have gone through the rule-making process, there are several options available to the Trump administration to have them rescinded in short order. The first is have Congress overturn them using the Congressional Review Act (CRA) if Republicans are able to gain a workable majority in the House. - -According to the CRA, agencies must submit final rules to Congress before they can take effect. If both houses of Congress disapprove of the rule, and the President concurs or Congress overrides a presidential veto, the rule cannot go into effect. There is, however, a time limit, effectively about 6 months, for Congress to take action. - -Since its passage, the CRA has been used to overturn a total of 20 federal rules, 16 of which were Obama administration mandates overturned by a GOP-led Congress in 2017. - -“It’s tough to say what the exact number will be this time around, but I expect Congressional Republicans to be quite active on this front,” Goldbeck said. - -In order to avoid the fate of many Obama-era regulations that were blocked by Congress, the Biden administration rushed to finalize a number of rules well before the date when a new administration could take office. - -“There’s plenty to suggest that the Biden administration made a point of finalizing some of its highest priority rules earlier this year to avoid potential scrutiny under the CRA,” Goldbeck said. “Nevertheless, the general expectation is that any rule finalized from the start of this past August onward will be vulnerable to repeal under the CRA.” - -Even for regulations that are no longer subject to Congressional review, there are options to remove them fairly quickly, particularly those that have been challenged in court. - -“Many of the rules, the most egregious rules the Biden administration imposed, are in court, and courts don’t need to wait for a rule-making process to strike down an illegal rule,” Bowman said. “Courts have already in some cases issued at least preliminary injunctions against those rules so that the Trump Department of Justice, if it prioritizes the President’s agenda, can acknowledge the illegality of some of these rules.” - -Where lower courts have ruled in favor of the Biden administration, the DOJ can appeal those cases to the Supreme Court in hopes of getting a different verdict. And for cases that are awaiting decisions, federal agencies can delay enforcement of the rules until a verdict is reached. - -‘Personnel Is Policy’ - -In Washington, it is often said that “personnel is policy.” Accordingly, the people that Trump puts in place within the agencies will also go a long way in determining how regulations are implemented, if at all. - -“What he can do through executive orders is give instructions to the federal agencies to stand up or stand down on any number of initiatives,” Jonathan Berry, managing partner at Boyden Gray and former chief counsel to President-elect Trump’s first-term transition team, told The Epoch Times. - -In addition, outside of existing agencies, Trump announced on Tuesday that Elon Musk and Vivek Ramaswamy will run a new department intended to oversee the reduction of regulations throughout the federal government and improve government efficiency. - -How well Trump’s agencies coordinate among each another, including cooperation between regulators and the DOJ, will be a critical factor in determining whether or not Trump’s deregulatory agenda succeeds, according to Bowman. - -“I think the President can achieve his goals if all of his appointees are on the same page,” Bowman said.",1731883614,efc81dd613,07db9bbb5e,,,1731883614 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/16/my-apologies-for-an-erroneous-post-faulting-a-n-y-times-article/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,My Apologies for an Erroneous Post Faulting a N.Y. Times Article,"I erroneously put it up before rechecking it, and fortunately caught the error quickly and deleted the post. The post basically faulted this New York Times article for characterizing the resignation of Laura Helmuth at the Scientific American as just ""Editor Resigns After Calling Some Trump Supporters 'Fascists,'"" without discussing the vulgar nature of the editor's posts. But the Times article did note the comments were ""expletive-laden,"" and I realize that my criticism was misguided. - -My apologies to the Times, the author of the article, and our readers. I'm just glad that I spotted the error relatively promptly (and wish I had spotted it more promptly).",1731883643,6a1d127262,089c8fe056,,,1731883643 -https://www.jeffbullas.com/finding-happiness-following-bliss/,https://www.jeffbullas.com/feed/,Feeling Lost? The 3 Key Steps I Discovered For True Happiness & Bliss,"I stood on the train station platform. It was a searing hot summer day. I was just seventeen and I was leaving home for the first time. I was on my way to college. In my arms, was my 2-year-old sister and next to me were Mum and Dad. They were saying goodbye. - - - -The steel trunk with rusting handles that had been borrowed from my grandparents with my clothes and essential items inside had been loaded onto the freight car. I was heading off on a 1,000 mile journey to start my degree. - - - -Over the last few months, I had been agonizing over what was my next step in life. The discussions bounced between what I wanted to do and what my parents “expected” me to be. I chose “expected.” - - - -But leaving the known behind and stepping into the unknown was both exciting, scary and a step towards freedom. It took me another 33 years to leave parental expectation behind and discover my bliss. - -So, what does it mean to follow your bliss? - -At seventeen, I would have answered the question “What do you want to do with your life?” or other versions of that question such as “What is your purpose? with a blank stare. - - - -I had seen that people with money didn’t struggle. Discussion with my parents as a teenager about happiness and purpose was non-existent. - - - -Life was seen through a simple lens – Do the right thing, follow the rules, get a good job, listen to your parents and all will be well. Black and white would lead to a life of everything will be alright. - -Joseph Cambell was the author of the books “The Hero’s Journey” and “The Hero with a Thousand Faces” that inspired George Lucas to create and produce the movie “Star Wars.” - - - -It became a cultural phenomenon that transformed Hollywood and led to other multi-film blockbusters. These included – The Matrix, Harry Potter and The Lord of the Rings. - -He discovered that the path to a fulfilling life filled with purpose started with following your bliss. At an early age, he was curious about the stories, myths and legends of the American Indians through many visits to the American Museum of Natural History. - -So what does “follow your bliss” mean? - -“Follow your bliss” means pursuing a path that brings deep fulfillment, joy, and alignment with one’s authentic self. Campbell believed that everyone has an inner calling or passion—a unique, personal source of “bliss” — that, when followed, leads to a more meaningful and enriched life. - -To sum that up in a simple phrase: “Follow your burning curiosity.” - -Why following your bliss matters - -Turning up to work every day can pay the bills. It keeps your partner happy and food on the table. But if you are slowly dying inside one day at a time then happiness, health and overall well being are sucked from your soul. - -Crossing the chasm from existence, struggle and ordinary to joy, flow and extraordinary is a hero’s journey. The challenge is finding a way. It requires the right attitude that demands that we see opportunity in adversity. - - - -We see problems not as failure but a life lesson. We turn negatives into positives. We see answers in questions. - -How do you discover your bliss? - -My answer was found in the middle of chaos. I was between jobs, divorced and close to penniless. To top it off, I was fifty one years old. - - - -That age is often at the cusp of what we call the ‘unemployable zone’, especially when you are fighting for jobs with cool 30-somethings in the digital industry and you are told you are not a good culture fit. - - - -Ageism is real and a career death sentence for many. I didn’t have much money but I had plenty of time. - -Many of us start down paths shaped by our parents’ and society’s expectations. As young, impressionable souls, we step into the world guided by adult authority, cultural norms, and the influence of our parents, who seem like infallible guides. - - - -Without questioning, we follow their roadmap, only to later realize that we’ve been climbing a ladder leaning against the wrong wall—our dreams don’t quite align with theirs. - -Discovering our uniqueness is often obscured by the weight of others’ expectations. At times, a parent who hasn’t fulfilled their own dreams may hope to live them out through us. - -So what do you do? - -You need to pay attention to what makes you feel alive, energized, and true to you. Following your bliss suggests that by aligning your passions and inner desires, life will unfold in ways that support your journey, often with unexpected opportunities and connections that help sustain the pursuit of a chosen path. - -Essentially, “following your bliss” is about recognizing and embracing what brings purpose and significance, even if it means taking risks or stepping outside societal and parental expectations. This is where experimenting with life steps up to the plate. - -Step 1: Discovery - -The whisper of your purpose will never shout. It often shows up as a hunch mixed with a dose of intuition. It is a synergy of reading, researching and reflecting. - -It is a zone where you feel some joy mixed with dread. But you need to ask one question: Is this a yes or a no? Once that is sensed as an ”Yes” the next step is action. And I am not talking drastic action but purposeful and considered intent. - - - -I had a curiosity about social media, I sensed its promise and potential. I followed my bliss. That led me to my next step. Creating. - -Discovery without action is just an idea. And many of us have good ideas that die in fear, anxiety and procrastination. And discovering your bliss needs actualization. Until you act on your bliss, you will not know if it is real or just a myth or a ghost passing in the night. - -Creating is where your bliss starts to unfold and reveal itself. - -Experiment - -One way of discovering your bliss is to experiment. The phrase “You don’t know what you don’t know” is telling. From a distance many opportunities are viewed with rose-colored glasses. The myth exceeds the reality. - - - -So go and test those myths out. Go and do some “free’ work experience. Volunteer. I did 3 career experiments in my summer school teacher break. In that test the answer became clear. And it changed my life. - -Once you step into the real zone the reality will tell you some answers dragged from the question. Is this a yes or a no? Intuition and your gut will tell you the answer if you are aware. - -Step 2: Creation - -We are now in the middle of the biggest creator economy revolution that the world has ever seen. According to Goldman Sachs, it could reach half a trillion dollars by 2027. This is a digital creator economy. There has never been a better time for creators who take action on their bliss and create. - - - -We have the creator tools, apps and the platforms to place our art into the world for everyone to see. Your smartphone, WordPress, YouTube, Instagram and TikTok are just a few of many technologies that have democratized creating and sharing. - -An insight into what’s needed to be a creator is revealed by Stephen King. “If you want to write you need to read, there is no other way.” - -Creators need input to inspire the output. If you don’t like reading then watch a video. If you don’t like watching then listen to audio and there are many podcasts that will inspire and educate. - -New ideas, innovation and creation don’t arise from a vacuum. Isaac Newton said in 1676 “If I have seen further, it is by standing on the shoulders of giants.” - -Step 3: Sharing - -Creating is one thing but making a difference comes down to sharing your bliss’ output with the world. - -Taking a photo, creating a video, writing an article and hiding it on your computer or phone is not where magic happens. - -Waiting for perfection is a losing game. The only way to know if your bliss-inspired art will resonate is to put it out there. - -The impostor syndrome is real. And it stops many of us from taking the final step and revealing your passion to the world. - -Don’t wait to be perfect. - -Discover your bliss, create and share it with the world. - -That is where the magic happens. - -Don’t go to your grave wondering.",1731883603,9071c07a03,08945db875,,,1731883603 -https://spectrum.ieee.org/andrew-ng-data-centric-ai,https://spectrum.ieee.org/rss/fulltext,Andrew Ng: Unbiggen AI,"Andrew Ng has serious street cred in artificial intelligence. He pioneered the use of graphics processing units (GPUs) to train deep learning models in the late 2000s with his students at Stanford University, cofounded Google Brain in 2011, and then served for three years as chief scientist for Baidu, where he helped build the Chinese tech giant’s AI group. So when he says he has identified the next big shift in artificial intelligence, people listen. And that’s what he told IEEE Spectrum in an exclusive Q&A. - -Ng’s current efforts are focused on his company Landing AI, which built a platform called LandingLens to help manufacturers improve visual inspection with computer vision. He has also become something of an evangelist for what he calls the data-centric AI movement, which he says can yield “small data” solutions to big issues in AI, including model efficiency, accuracy, and bias. - -Andrew Ng on... - -The great advances in deep learning over the past decade or so have been powered by ever-bigger models crunching ever-bigger amounts of data. Some people argue that that’s an unsustainable trajectory. Do you agree that it can’t go on that way? - -Andrew Ng: This is a big question. We’ve seen foundation models in NLP [natural language processing]. I’m excited about NLP models getting even bigger, and also about the potential of building foundation models in computer vision. I think there’s lots of signal to still be exploited in video: We have not been able to build foundation models yet for video because of compute bandwidth and the cost of processing video, as opposed to tokenized text. So I think that this engine of scaling up deep learning algorithms, which has been running for something like 15 years now, still has steam in it. Having said that, it only applies to certain problems, and there’s a set of other problems that need small data solutions. - -When you say you want a foundation model for computer vision, what do you mean by that? - -Ng: This is a term coined by Percy Liang and some of my friends at Stanford to refer to very large models, trained on very large data sets, that can be tuned for specific applications. For example, GPT-3 is an example of a foundation model [for NLP]. Foundation models offer a lot of promise as a new paradigm in developing machine learning applications, but also challenges in terms of making sure that they’re reasonably fair and free from bias, especially if many of us will be building on top of them. - -What needs to happen for someone to build a foundation model for video? - -Ng: I think there is a scalability problem. The compute power needed to process the large volume of images for video is significant, and I think that’s why foundation models have arisen first in NLP. Many researchers are working on this, and I think we’re seeing early signs of such models being developed in computer vision. But I’m confident that if a semiconductor maker gave us 10 times more processor power, we could easily find 10 times more video to build such models for vision. - -Having said that, a lot of what’s happened over the past decade is that deep learning has happened in consumer-facing companies that have large user bases, sometimes billions of users, and therefore very large data sets. While that paradigm of machine learning has driven a lot of economic value in consumer software, I find that that recipe of scale doesn’t work for other industries. - -Back to top - -It’s funny to hear you say that, because your early work was at a consumer-facing company with millions of users. - -Ng: Over a decade ago, when I proposed starting the Google Brain project to use Google’s compute infrastructure to build very large neural networks, it was a controversial step. One very senior person pulled me aside and warned me that starting Google Brain would be bad for my career. I think he felt that the action couldn’t just be in scaling up, and that I should instead focus on architecture innovation. - -“In many industries where giant data sets simply don’t exist, I think the focus has to shift from big data to good data. Having 50 thoughtfully engineered examples can be sufficient to explain to the neural network what you want it to learn.” - -—Andrew Ng, CEO & Founder, Landing AI - -I remember when my students and I published the first NeurIPS workshop paper advocating using CUDA, a platform for processing on GPUs, for deep learning—a different senior person in AI sat me down and said, “CUDA is really complicated to program. As a programming paradigm, this seems like too much work.” I did manage to convince him; the other person I did not convince. - -I expect they’re both convinced now. - -Ng: I think so, yes. - -Over the past year as I’ve been speaking to people about the data-centric AI movement, I’ve been getting flashbacks to when I was speaking to people about deep learning and scalability 10 or 15 years ago. In the past year, I’ve been getting the same mix of “there’s nothing new here” and “this seems like the wrong direction.” - -Back to top - -How do you define data-centric AI, and why do you consider it a movement? - -Ng: Data-centric AI is the discipline of systematically engineering the data needed to successfully build an AI system. For an AI system, you have to implement some algorithm, say a neural network, in code and then train it on your data set. The dominant paradigm over the last decade was to download the data set while you focus on improving the code. Thanks to that paradigm, over the last decade deep learning networks have improved significantly, to the point where for a lot of applications the code—the neural network architecture—is basically a solved problem. So for many practical applications, it’s now more productive to hold the neural network architecture fixed, and instead find ways to improve the data. - -When I started speaking about this, there were many practitioners who, completely appropriately, raised their hands and said, “Yes, we’ve been doing this for 20 years.” This is the time to take the things that some individuals have been doing intuitively and make it a systematic engineering discipline. - -The data-centric AI movement is much bigger than one company or group of researchers. My collaborators and I organized a data-centric AI workshop at NeurIPS, and I was really delighted at the number of authors and presenters that showed up. - -You often talk about companies or institutions that have only a small amount of data to work with. How can data-centric AI help them? - -Ng: You hear a lot about vision systems built with millions of images—I once built a face recognition system using 350 million images. Architectures built for hundreds of millions of images don’t work with only 50 images. But it turns out, if you have 50 really good examples, you can build something valuable, like a defect-inspection system. In many industries where giant data sets simply don’t exist, I think the focus has to shift from big data to good data. Having 50 thoughtfully engineered examples can be sufficient to explain to the neural network what you want it to learn. - -When you talk about training a model with just 50 images, does that really mean you’re taking an existing model that was trained on a very large data set and fine-tuning it? Or do you mean a brand new model that’s designed to learn only from that small data set? - -Ng: Let me describe what Landing AI does. When doing visual inspection for manufacturers, we often use our own flavor of RetinaNet. It is a pretrained model. Having said that, the pretraining is a small piece of the puzzle. What’s a bigger piece of the puzzle is providing tools that enable the manufacturer to pick the right set of images [to use for fine-tuning] and label them in a consistent way. There’s a very practical problem we’ve seen spanning vision, NLP, and speech, where even human annotators don’t agree on the appropriate label. For big data applications, the common response has been: If the data is noisy, let’s just get a lot of data and the algorithm will average over it. But if you can develop tools that flag where the data’s inconsistent and give you a very targeted way to improve the consistency of the data, that turns out to be a more efficient way to get a high-performing system. - -“Collecting more data often helps, but if you try to collect more data for everything, that can be a very expensive activity.” - -—Andrew Ng - -For example, if you have 10,000 images where 30 images are of one class, and those 30 images are labeled inconsistently, one of the things we do is build tools to draw your attention to the subset of data that’s inconsistent. So you can very quickly relabel those images to be more consistent, and this leads to improvement in performance. - -Could this focus on high-quality data help with bias in data sets? If you’re able to curate the data more before training? - -Ng: Very much so. Many researchers have pointed out that biased data is one factor among many leading to biased systems. There have been many thoughtful efforts to engineer the data. At the NeurIPS workshop, Olga Russakovsky gave a really nice talk on this. At the main NeurIPS conference, I also really enjoyed Mary Gray’s presentation, which touched on how data-centric AI is one piece of the solution, but not the entire solution. New tools like Datasheets for Datasets also seem like an important piece of the puzzle. - -One of the powerful tools that data-centric AI gives us is the ability to engineer a subset of the data. Imagine training a machine-learning system and finding that its performance is okay for most of the data set, but its performance is biased for just a subset of the data. If you try to change the whole neural network architecture to improve the performance on just that subset, it’s quite difficult. But if you can engineer a subset of the data you can address the problem in a much more targeted way. - -When you talk about engineering the data, what do you mean exactly? - -Ng: In AI, data cleaning is important, but the way the data has been cleaned has often been in very manual ways. In computer vision, someone may visualize images through a Jupyter notebook and maybe spot the problem, and maybe fix it. But I’m excited about tools that allow you to have a very large data set, tools that draw your attention quickly and efficiently to the subset of data where, say, the labels are noisy. Or to quickly bring your attention to the one class among 100 classes where it would benefit you to collect more data. Collecting more data often helps, but if you try to collect more data for everything, that can be a very expensive activity. - -For example, I once figured out that a speech-recognition system was performing poorly when there was car noise in the background. Knowing that allowed me to collect more data with car noise in the background, rather than trying to collect more data for everything, which would have been expensive and slow. - -Back to top - -What about using synthetic data, is that often a good solution? - -Ng: I think synthetic data is an important tool in the tool chest of data-centric AI. At the NeurIPS workshop, Anima Anandkumar gave a great talk that touched on synthetic data. I think there are important uses of synthetic data that go beyond just being a preprocessing step for increasing the data set for a learning algorithm. I’d love to see more tools to let developers use synthetic data generation as part of the closed loop of iterative machine learning development. - -Do you mean that synthetic data would allow you to try the model on more data sets? - -Ng: Not really. Here’s an example. Let’s say you’re trying to detect defects in a smartphone casing. There are many different types of defects on smartphones. It could be a scratch, a dent, pit marks, discoloration of the material, other types of blemishes. If you train the model and then find through error analysis that it’s doing well overall but it’s performing poorly on pit marks, then synthetic data generation allows you to address the problem in a more targeted way. You could generate more data just for the pit-mark category. - -“In the consumer software Internet, we could train a handful of machine-learning models to serve a billion users. In manufacturing, you might have 10,000 manufacturers building 10,000 custom AI models.” - -—Andrew Ng - -Synthetic data generation is a very powerful tool, but there are many simpler tools that I will often try first. Such as data augmentation, improving labeling consistency, or just asking a factory to collect more data. - -Back to top - -To make these issues more concrete, can you walk me through an example? When a company approaches Landing AI and says it has a problem with visual inspection, how do you onboard them and work toward deployment? - -Ng: When a customer approaches us we usually have a conversation about their inspection problem and look at a few images to verify that the problem is feasible with computer vision. Assuming it is, we ask them to upload the data to the LandingLens platform. We often advise them on the methodology of data-centric AI and help them label the data. - -One of the foci of Landing AI is to empower manufacturing companies to do the machine learning work themselves. A lot of our work is making sure the software is fast and easy to use. Through the iterative process of machine learning development, we advise customers on things like how to train models on the platform, when and how to improve the labeling of data so the performance of the model improves. Our training and software supports them all the way through deploying the trained model to an edge device in the factory. - -How do you deal with changing needs? If products change or lighting conditions change in the factory, can the model keep up? - -Ng: It varies by manufacturer. There is data drift in many contexts. But there are some manufacturers that have been running the same manufacturing line for 20 years now with few changes, so they don’t expect changes in the next five years. Those stable environments make things easier. For other manufacturers, we provide tools to flag when there’s a significant data-drift issue. I find it really important to empower manufacturing customers to correct data, retrain, and update the model. Because if something changes and it’s 3 a.m. in the United States, I want them to be able to adapt their learning algorithm right away to maintain operations. - -In the consumer software Internet, we could train a handful of machine-learning models to serve a billion users. In manufacturing, you might have 10,000 manufacturers building 10,000 custom AI models. The challenge is, how do you do that without Landing AI having to hire 10,000 machine learning specialists? - -So you’re saying that to make it scale, you have to empower customers to do a lot of the training and other work. - -Ng: Yes, exactly! This is an industry-wide problem in AI, not just in manufacturing. Look at health care. Every hospital has its own slightly different format for electronic health records. How can every hospital train its own custom AI model? Expecting every hospital’s IT personnel to invent new neural-network architectures is unrealistic. The only way out of this dilemma is to build tools that empower the customers to build their own models by giving them tools to engineer the data and express their domain knowledge. That’s what Landing AI is executing in computer vision, and the field of AI needs other teams to execute this in other domains. - -Is there anything else you think it’s important for people to understand about the work you’re doing or the data-centric AI movement? - -Ng: In the last decade, the biggest shift in AI was a shift to deep learning. I think it’s quite possible that in this decade the biggest shift will be to data-centric AI. With the maturity of today’s neural network architectures, I think for a lot of the practical applications the bottleneck will be whether we can efficiently get the data we need to develop systems that work well. The data-centric AI movement has tremendous energy and momentum across the whole community. I hope more researchers and developers will jump in and work on it. - -Back to top - -This article appears in the April 2022 print issue as “Andrew Ng, AI Minimalist.”",1731883669,5887b2bb51,083eba5744,,,1731883669 -https://www.fourfourtwo.com/news/nations-league-who-are-the-itv-commentators-and-pundits-for-england-vs-republic-of-ireland,https://www.fourfourtwo.com/rss.xml,Nations League: Who are the ITV commentators and pundits for England vs Republic of Ireland?,"England take on Republic of Ireland at Wembley on Sunday, 17 November, in what is their final match of their 2024 Nations League campaign. - -After beating Republic of Ireland 2-0 at the Aviva Stadium in Dublin in September, England will want to inflict even more damage on the Boys in Green with another victory. The game is also Lee Carsley's final match in interim charge of the Three Lions, before Thomas Tuchel takes over at the start of 2025. - -But who are the ITV commentators and pundits for England vs Republic of Ireland? FourFourTwo brings you everything you need to know. - -Dixon will be on the mic for ITV (Image credit: Getty Images) - -As proved familiar at Euro 2024, Sam Matterface will lead the commentary for England vs Republic of Ireland. After becoming ITV's lead commentator in 2020, Matterface has regularly called the shots for England's games during tournaments and other games shown by the broadcaster. - -Lee Dixon, meanwhile, is on co-commentary duties, with the former England and Arsenal right-back having stepped into the role over the last decade. A regular voice alongside Matterface, Dixon will look to provide in-game expert analysis and insight from the gantry at Wembley. - -Who are the ITV pundits for England vs Republic of Ireland? - -Roy Keane and Ian Wright (Image credit: Getty Images) - -Mark Pougtach will present from the studio as England take on Republic of Ireland, having performed that role since taking over from Adrian Chiles in 2015. The broadcaster's main football presenter, Pougatch also works on Australia's Stan Sports' coverage of the Champions League. - -Roy Keane and Ian Wright will join Pougatch in the studio for the crunch game, with the pair on punditry duty. Keane played 67 times for Republic of Ireland during his career, and ended up coaching the national team for five years once he had retired from playing. - -Get FourFourTwo Newsletter The best features, fun and footballing quizzes, straight to your inbox every week. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -Wright, meanwhile, picked up 33 England caps in his international career, though he never managed to play at a major tournament for the Three Lions. Both ex-professionals scored nine international goals.",1731883647,464f0e51ee,08b19ce8ac,,,1731883647 -https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/microsoft-office2021-license-major-discount-deal/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,Is it Black Friday already? Get Microsoft Office for only $70 before codes sell out,"We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more › - -One of our Black Friday deals has arrived early, but you have to be quick! A limited number of Microsoft Office licenses are up for grabs at 68 percent off their usual price: $69.97 (reg. $219.99). This price won’t get any lower as the major shopping event nears, but codes might sell out because we have less than 100 available. - -The fan-favorite version of Microsoft Office - -After the brand-new version of the productivity apps came out last month, Microsoft Office 2021 is no longer the newest version. But it’s still some people’s favorite—here’s why: - -It’s much cheaper at $69.97 compared to $249.99. - -You get eight apps instead of only five. The newer version is missing Teams, Publisher, and Access. - -The classic app interfaces are familiar, meaning you don’t have to re-learn anything to get started on your projects. - -No recurring fees - -This purchase is a one-time download to install the full Microsoft Office suite onto your Windows computer. You’ll be able to use all the apps as much as you want without running into recurring fees. - -This is the cheapest solution for anyone who wants to use Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and other Office apps without needing all the fancy features of Microsoft 365. Though, you don’t get mobile app access or built-in cloud backups. - -Don’t miss this early Black Friday sale on Microsoft Office. Download the Windows suite for only $69.97 (reg. $219.99) before codes sell out—less than 100 are in stock. - -Microsoft Office Professional 2021 for Windows: Lifetime License – $69.97 - -See Deal - -StackSocial prices subject to change.",1731883708,741b88dd6e,08a06e46fa,,,1731883708 -https://www.brewcrewball.com/2024/11/15/24297152/looking-ahead-to-the-non-tender-deadline-brewers-signings-transactions,https://www.brewcrewball.com/rss/current,Looking ahead to the non-tender deadline,"As the offseason progresses, one of the next big deadlines is for tendering contracts. Commonly known as the non-tender deadline, it is the day that teams have to decide whether or not to tender contracts to their players with six or fewer years of service who are not currently signed to a contract. Those who are not offered contracts are non-tendered and enter the free agent pool. This year’s deadline is set for November 22. - -This offseason, the Brewers have 10 arbitration-eligible players that they will have to make decisions on (though they already decided on two, as noted below). Let’s take a look through these players. (All projections listed are from MLBTradeRumors.com) - -Locks to Receive Contracts - -Devin Williams ($7.7 million) - -William Contreras ($7.6 million) - -Trevor Megill ($2 million) - -These are the players that have no question on receiving a contract. All three are major parts of the organization and will have contracts tendered for next season. Contreras and Megill are definitely going to be significant contributors next season. Williams likely will be as well, but the question around him is if he’s going to be a trade candidate or not. There haven’t been any specific rumors around him yet, but with just one year of team control remaining, he’s the most likely trade target. Either way, he’ll be tendered a contract to keep him on the roster. - -Likely will Receive Contracts - -Aaron Civale ($8 million) - -Joel Payamps ($2.8 million) - -Eric Haase ($1.8 million) - -Nick Mears ($900,000) - -These players aren’t locks like the first three, but all still have strong cases to be tendered contracts for 2025. Civale is expected to earn the most of these players as he enters his final year before free agency. The projected contract of $8 million is pretty reasonable for him based on his stats, and the Brewers won’t find much better in free agency for a contract at the same amount. Payamps put together another good season in 2024, and with two years of control remaining, $2.8 million is a very reasonable contract. Haase is expected to be the Brewers’ backup catcher to start 2025, so he’s not likely going anywhere yet, especially with three years of control remaining. Mears is the one player in this group that didn’t show as much in his time with the Brewers. However, the Brewers seem to be committed to him, as shown when they included him on the wild card roster. With three years of control and a projected salary not much more than the major league minimum, he’s a low-risk option to tender for 2025. - -On the Bubble - -Hoby Milner ($2.7 million) - -Milner is the one candidate that could go either way. After an impressive 2023 season, Milner’s numbers took a big hit in 2024. His ERA rose from 1.82 to 4.73, but his FIP was almost identical (3.13 vs. 3.14). His strikeout rate (8.3 K/9 vs. 8.9 K/9) and walk rate (1.8 BB/9 vs. 1.9 BB/9) were also very consistent between 2023 and 2024. He is nearing free agency, and this will be his final year of arbitration. Considering some of the money-saving moves the Brewers have made in the past, a non-tender here is not out of the question. - -Outrighted/Free Agents - -Jake Bauers ($2.3 million) - -Bryse Wilson ($1.5 million) - -The fate of these two was set at the start of the offseason, when both were outrighted off of the 40-man roster. They could both still re-sign with the Brewers this offseason, but it would be on a lesser deal or a minor league deal.",1731883624,39dafd4545,08f7b3b7f1,,,1731883624 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/13/could-president-trump-recess-appoint-his-entire-cabinet-under-justice-scalias-noel-canning-concurrence/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,Could President Trump Recess Appoint His Entire Cabinet Under Justice Scalia's Noel Canning Concurrence?,"Ed Whelan writes that President Trump may adjourn Congress as a means to instantly confirm his entire cabinet without any confirmation hearings. In an earlier post, Ed writes that this approach may risk the Court overruling Justice Breyer's Noel Canning majority opinion, and adopting Justice Scalia's concurrence. - -I maintain that Justice Scalia's opinion is correct on originalist grounds, as I noted in my earlier post. And I would be happy to see Justice Breyer's majority opinion repudiated. But even so, is this potential plan inconsistent with Justice Scalia's concurrence? - -Under Scalia's opinion, the President could only fill a vacancy that arises during the recess of the Senate. Trump's plan would only be feasible if these cabinet positions become vacant during the recess of the Senate. Presumably, the holdover Biden cabinet officials will be long gone on January 20. And, on January 20, I suspect the President will use the Vacancies Reform Act to detail friendly people already in the federal government to serve as acting cabinet officials. What if one of them were to resign during the presidentially-induced recess? That is, on January 21, Trump adjourns Congress, and all acting cabinet officials resign. Would those vacancies have arisen during the recess of the Senate? Or, would the relevant starting point be when the last-confirmed official resigned? I don't know how the Recess Appointments Clause, as understood by Scalia, interacts with the Vacancies Reform Act. I doubt anyone has given this issue much thought. - -There is a second issue. Under Justice Scalia's concurrence, the President can only make a recess appointment during an inter-session recess, and not during an intra-session recess. That is, the President can make a recess appointment during the recess between sessions, and not during the recess in the middle of a session. Would a presidential-induced recess be an inter-session recess or an intra-session recess? This power has never been exercised before, so there is no precedent. - -I had always thought this clause would cause an inter-session recess. At the Framing, intra-session recesses were very rare. Generally, Congress would meet for continuous periods, taking only short breaks, and then take very long inter-session breaks. To the extent this power was more likely to be used, it would be used to decide when to conclude one session, and begin another. But I don't know. I do think it is the case that this clause was not designed to trigger the President's recess appointment power. But that is a separate question from what kind of recess this power would trigger. - -Those who joined the Noel Canning majority may very soon regret their choice.",1731883651,6a1d127262,09328faa0e,,,1731883651 -https://www.cnet.com/deals/save-up-to-15-on-homesick-candles-just-before-black-friday/#ftag=CAD590a51e,https://www.cnet.com/rss/news/,Save Up to $15 on Homesick Candles Just Before Black Friday,"Everyone has a place they miss. Whether it's the hometown they had to leave for work or school or a vacation spot that brings up positive memories. If you know someone who might be in this situation, a Homesick scented candle, spray or car freshener might be a great holiday gift. Like other retailers, Homesick is offering deals on its products just before Black Friday and Cyber Monday. Some of these include savings as high as $15 on gifts across multiple categories. - -Homesick makes scented candles, sprays and car fresheners that capture the scent of places and even pop culture moments. Candle lovers who love Harry Potter and are enthusiastic about their Hogwarts house will enjoy the scent of Gryffindor, which consists of fireplace, nutmeg and lemon zest as its main notes. It's now just $26, down from its regular price of $35. Other house scents, such as Slytherin, are also available at the same price. For those who enjoy a more tropical vibe, the Galapagos-scented candle is only $15, thanks to its current discount of 50%. This delightful candle will fill spaces with notes of citron, rain water and prickly pear. Every Homesick candle has a burn time of up to 80 hours. - -Hey, did you know? CNET Deals texts are free, easy and save you money. - -If candles aren't your thing, Homesick also sells linen and room sprays with scents such as New York City for only $14. Note that these sprays aren't on sale. Homesick also sells oversized matches for just $5 right now, which is a savings of $2. These matches have a longer stick that lets you reach your candle's wick when it starts to diminish with use. As an extra perk that helps you save, Homesick is offering free shipping on orders of $25 or more. - -Looking for more gift ideas but not sure if these deals are for you? Check out our list of 22 Great Gifts for $50 or Less so you can find the right thing for everyone on your list.",1731883645,f5e6f52c79,08fc39e8bb,,,1731883645 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/11/07/chelsea-vs-noah-live-score-latest-uefa-conference-league/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Merciless Chelsea put eight past Noah to hammer home gulf in class,"It should not be too long before Chelsea fans are singing “we’ve won it all” again the way their Europa Conference League campaign is going and the goals came two-by-two-by-two-by-two against FC Noah. - -Europe’s third-tier competition is the only title missing from Chelsea’s trophy list and it already seems a matter of time before they put that right. - -Chelsea supporters may as well book their flights and hotels in the Polish city of Wroclaw for next May because it seems inconceivable that Enzo Maresca’s B team will not make it to the final. - -But while one season in this competition might be quite good fun for Chelsea fans, it must be the last time in the near future the club finishes low enough down the Premier League table to end up in it. - -The novelty of thrashing teams like Noah and mockingly singing ‘we want 10’ at their fans will soon wear off for supporters, who will expect Chelsea to be back in the big time next season.",1731883655,4301cc1e14,08e4fc0c59,,,1731883655 -https://www.fourfourtwo.com/features/football-quiz-2010,https://www.fourfourtwo.com/rss.xml,The Big Football Quiz of 2010: Can you answer 20 questions correctly?,"Welcome back to another FourFourTwo quiz as we help celebrate our 30-year anniversary. - -Today's focus is on the year 2010, with the eyes of the world focused on South Africa as the World Cup headed to the continent for the first time ever. - -Aside from the biggest sporting event of the year, the action was heating up across Europe, with Manchester United, Chelsea, Barcelona, Real Madrid, Bayern Munich and Inter Milan all at the peak of their powers heading into one of the most hotly-contested Champions League campaigns of all time. - -TRY NEXT (Image credit: Future) EVERY ANNIVERSARY QUIZ SO FAR 1994 / 1995 / 1996 / 1997 / 1998 / 1999 / 2000 / 2001 / 2002 / 2003 / 2004 / 2005 / 2006 / 2007 / 2008 / 2009 - -This test of trivia features plenty of topics that'll get your mind racing, as well as reminding you just how old you are. It's the best of both worlds in our opinion! - -From Fulham's Europa League heroics to France's training ground meltdown, this quiz was built to test the most far-reaching parts of your 2010 knowledge. - -Feeling generous as ever, there is an unlimited time limit and 20 whopping questions to sink your teeth into. You can also give yourself a helping hand, too. Sign in to Kwizly and we'll remove one of the options in the quiz, leaving you with three to pick from. You can use hints as many times as you please. - -Remember to tweet your scores @FourFourTwo and send them to some friends! - -Get FourFourTwo Newsletter The best features, fun and footballing quizzes, straight to your inbox every week. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -We use Kwizly for our quizzes – find out more here - -Can't see this quiz? Play it here - -Quiz! Can you name Manchester United's 50 most expensive signings? - -Quiz! Can you name the 27 footballers who have played with Lionel Messi and Cristiano Ronaldo? - -Quiz! Can you name every Euro 2024 nation's record goalscorer? - -Quiz! Can you name the Barcelona XI from Lionel Messi's debut at Espanyol in 2004? - -Quiz! How much do you really know about Cristiano Ronaldo and Kylian Mbappe?",1731883648,464f0e51ee,088e1cdc57,,,1731883648 -https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/best-shopify-stores,https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/topic/ecommerce/rss.xml,17 of the Best Shopify Stores to Inspire Your Own,"Ecommerce is predicted to account for 17% of all U.S. retail sales by 2022. As ecommerce grows, so does competition, making it hard to differentiate your website from everyone else's. - -It isn't enough to have a one-of-a-kind product: to attract your ideal audience — and more importantly, to turn that audience into passionate brand ambassadors — you need a one-of-a-kind website. - -A sleek and captivating Shopify website can attract a large audience and even act as your start-to-finish marketing pitch. - -But you need to know what makes one Shopify website better than the rest. Here, we've curated a list of 16 best of the best Shopify stores to inspire your own. - -Whether you're new to ecommerce and about to design your first website, or an ecommerce veteran considering a redesign to outshine your competitors in 2018, this list offers plenty of creative ideas. - -Top Shopify Stores UgMonk Pipcorn Taylor Stitch Happiness Abscissa BURGA Skinny Teatox HELM Boots BioLite Pop Chart Lab Luca and Danni Harris Farm Markets So Worth Loving Great George Watches Choose Muse Brilliant Holstee Kylie Cosmetics - -Jeff Sheldon starts the ""About"" section on his UgMonk website with a simple question: ""Why was it so difficult to find fresh, high-quality, unique items in a modern aesthetic?"" His Shopify site is simple and fresh, and exhibits UgMonk's clothing, workplace items, bags, and prints in the same modern aesthetic style he sought while designing his unique products. - -When you think about popcorn, I'm betting the first concern that comes to mind isn't ""is it healthy?"" Pipcorn knows this, so their homepage features a simple slogan: ""Most tender, crunchy, delicious popcorn … and it won't destroy your teeth like the ‘generic' stuff."" The best websites know their target audience's primary concerns (in this case, the taste of popcorn and the kernels in teeth), and sell them on those solutions upfront. - -If you look on their ""About Us"" page, you'll find Pipcorn's products are also non-GMO, vegan, gluten free, and whole grain. Even though this could have easily been incorporated into their slogan, they chose to exclude it in favor of tackling our bigger concern: Does it taste good? - -The inner child in me loves Taylor Stitch's website because of the creative alternatives displayed when you hover over a product: a jacket, for instance, flips to an image of a model posing with the jacket on a motorcycle. - -The Taylor Stitch website does something else really cool, too: it almost immediately calls more attention to its message than its products, with ""Three Simple Ingredients"" written across most of the images you see on the homepage. Taylor Stitch doesn't just make high-quality clothing. It also aims to reduce waste and help the environment by creating clothing with recycled or 100% natural products. - -On their website, you can't miss their environmental efforts, and I'm betting this is a differentiating factor for most buyers when they come across the site. - -Many of the websites I mention on this list have clean, straight lines. Happiness Abscissa is unique. It shows a playful side by displaying a layout with bright abstract images, and even products hanging from different angles. - -The company's logo, a crooked ""Ha,"" draws in the viewer's attention, and then they use Ha in a sentence without defining the word, further stimulating viewers' curiosity. You get the sense they don't take themselves too seriously, affording the viewer a cheerful and fun experience. - -BURGA sells fashionable accessories like phone cases, leather goods, and drinkware. One of the most remarkable features of their online store is a uniquely personalized User Experience (UX): if you visit the website on your smartphone, it will pick up on the model and automatically filter and display the cases specifically tailored to you. - -I myself was tempted to purchase the Teatox product when I checked out this site (in my defense, they were having a one-day flash sale I did not want to miss). The Skinny Teatox homepage immediately confronts your biggest concerns (""Is it natural? Yes. Will it work? Yes.""), and uses pastel colors and cute icons of bikinis and mugs to convey a fresh vibe. - -As I've noticed with a few other Shopify websites, Skinny Teatox places its products on the homepage with an easy ""buy now"" call-to-action. For a company that isn't too complex to figure out (""All Natural Detox Weight Loss Tea"" is written beside the company name in search engines), I think it makes sense to offer the viewers what they want upfront. - -""Our boots give men confidence from the ground up, confidence to take steps they've never taken before."" Immediately, HELM incentivizes viewers through emotion: I might just be a guy looking to buy some boots, but yes, I'd definitely also like some confidence and bravery while I'm at it. The website looks elegant, and you can find everything from the homepage, which is designed to convert viewers at various stages of the buyer's journey and assuage doubts as you scroll. - -I might be a sucker for the little details, but the product images on BioLite's website are enough to make me want to buy something (they look 3-D and illuminated, and some even look wet from rain!). - -Since BioLite's major selling point is its humanitarian impact (the products bring affordable energy access to places in India and Africa), the first thing on the homepage is their slogan, ""Gear That Brings Energy Everywhere,"" which will appeal to their target audience. The navigation bar at the top also has a clever twist: beside each product title, there are little black-and-white cartoon drawings of the product. - -This site looks like one of the vintage and trendy prints they sell. It's also organized in different categories depending on a viewer's browsing preference. - -First, Pop Chart Lab's Shopify store has a scroll-down navigation with sub-categories ranging from, ""NYC"" to ""Kids"" to ""Hip Hop"" to ""Wine."" They also have a carousel with some of their top prints on display. Below the carousel, they offer ""wholesale,"" ""gift guides,"" and ""scratch-off"" collections, for viewers who are having a difficult time discerning what they want. The shop manages to appear simple, despite its vast array of different print products, which is no easy feat. - -There's something addictive about an ecommerce store that changes as you scroll. Luca and Danni's page is highly interactive: as you scroll, some images get bigger and others get smaller, boxes of bracelets open up within images, and some images follow you down the page. It can be tricky to offer so much movement on a page while remaining coherent, but somehow, Luca and Danni accomplish this. There's also a very zen vibe to the whole layout, with images of palm trees and cactuses, and calls-to-action with language like ""brighter days: shop soil to sky,"" and ""find what speaks to you."" - -This is a family-owned company, something you can't miss from the homepage. It's casual and playful, with text that looks like a child's handwriting and colorful drawings of fruit (there's even an adorable drawing of a bee with animated wings!). Even the calls-to-action sound laid-back, like ""What's nature been up to?"" It's so genuine, you can imagine a family building the site together. - -Sometimes, being evasive pays off. While it's not always a good idea to hide your products from the viewer, it can be a very smart move if your product doesn't make sense without understanding the backstory. With So Worth Loving's site, you don't even see the t-shirts for sale until a third of the way down the page. By that point, you've already read their slogan, a little bio from the founder, Eryn, and a full narrative about how the site began. - -The site leans into personal touches, with handwritten-looking quotes scrawled across images and very normal looking images of people posing in t-shirts. This is a great example of knowing your audience enough to break the rules. - -I'm not an experienced watch shopper, so when I first read, ""Made with Swiss parts and 100% square,"" on Great George Watches' homepage, I thought maybe ""square"" was a fancy term I'd understand if I knew watches. But as I scrolled and read, ""Think outside the circle,"" I realized these terms were unique to Great George Watches, which are all square-faced. - -By emphasizing what makes their product unique before even showing the produce, Great George Watches captivates the viewer. I love this shop because it has a refined and polished look, with black-and-white photos and an attention-grabbing red call-to-action button. - -Choose Muse incorporates a full-display video of a man putting headphones on and using Choose Muse's product right from the homepage. The video starts playing immediately (as opposed to offering a play button option), which is especially eye-catching. I usually think simple is better when it comes to design, but Choose Muse proves me wrong, incorporating compelling designs with a ton of images and text, while still retaining a clean and enjoyable viewer experience. - -For a math and science website, Brilliant is surprisingly easy-to-navigate (even for someone like me, an English major … ), with big, colorful block buttons to choose the math concept you want to learn. This shop is also a fantastic example of using a call-to-action button wisely: there's a big ""sign up for free"" button prominently displayed in the top right, and then another at the bottom of the page, after you've scrolled past the information you need. - -The site doesn't have a navigation bar, but instead uses the web page to answer all the questions a viewer might have. - -Holstee does a fantastic job of designing their site in tiers depending on a person's initial level of interest in the product. For starters, you see the text, ""We help you along your journey to live more fully and mindfully."" If you're already convinced, you can click ""Join today"" right below the text. If not, you can continue to scroll down the homepage to find pain points this product reduces, read a ""Holstee Manifesto,"" see Membership benefits, check out testimonials, and find publications Holstee's been featured in. - -Throughout the page, there are various calls-to-action, like ""Choose a plan that's right for you,"" and then, at the end, ""Become a member today."" I love this site because it becomes increasingly convincing and in-depth as you scroll: it's clear they use their homepage as a start-to-finish marketing pitch. - -As one of the top 10 most followed accounts on Instagram, Kylie Jenner's Cosmetic brand is one of the bigger brands using Shopify today. Her site has a very distinct girly-girl vibe, with a bubble-gum pink background showing off her lip kits and gloss. - -Kylie's site is also well-organized for her audience: the lip kits, her best-known items, are shown first on the homepage, with ""top sellers"" below that. I didn't feel overwhelmed looking through the various cosmetic products like I thought I would, and what really stood out to me about Kylie's site is the fun, colorful layout. It might not be everyone's cup of tea, but I'm betting it appeals to her target audience. - -See a store design above that you like? First, grab the guide below to find out how user-generated content can give your business the gusto it needs to attract and retain online shoppers. - -Editor's note: This post was originally published in October 2018 and has been updated for comprehensiveness.",1731883667,734fac83b0,08e03297c0,,,1731883667 -https://www.uploadvr.com/vrider-sbk-steam-ps-vr2-release-window/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,VRIDER SBK Takes Superbike Racing To Steam & PS VR2 Next Year,"VRIDER SBK, an official VR racing game based on the Superbike World Championship, will launch next year on Steam and PS VR2. - -Developed by Funny Tales, VRIDER SBK features a mix of single-player and multiplayer modes, twelve tracks, the 2023 season's racing teams, and five superbikes from Ducati, Kawasaki, Honda, Yamaha, and BMW. Previously launched on Quest, VRAL Games confirmed it's heading to PlayStation VR2 and SteamVR in March 2025. No further details about these ports were revealed. - -0:00 / 1:12 1× Official Trailer - -It's not VRAL's only announcement today, who shared more on the new version of Squingle. The publisher also confirmed that Toxic Therapy, a casual VR game ""that uses ridiculous physics to create a hilarious experience"" will enter early access this month before its full release in Q2 2025. As for Exoshock, a VR sci-fi shooter inspired by Halo and Gears of War, that's heading for early access in Q2 2025. - -We praised VRIDER SBK in our 4/5 star review on Quest, considering it to be both an accessible and enjoyable racing game. - -The official game of the Superbike World Championship, VRIDER offers a glimpse into the world of motorbike racing as a more accessible (and safer) VR title. Packed with optimization and smart implementation of immersive graphics and sound, VRIDER gives players the feeling of riding at top speed along real-world licensed race tracks. Its spectator mode for multiplayer races needs an overhaul, though. - -VRIDER SBK targets a March 2025 launch on Steam and PS VR2, and it's available now on the Meta Quest platform.",1731883662,9397b145ff,097aee3366,,,1731883662 -https://www.amnavigator.com/blog/2024/02/29/choose-affiliate-network/,http://www.amnavigator.com/blog/feed/,How to Choose an Affiliate Network,"Share Post Share Email - -Have you decided to start an affiliate program for your business but you’re overwhelmed by the available options and unsure how to choose an affiliate network for it? You’ve come to the right place. But, before we dive into network specifics, there are three important myths I’d like to debunk. - -3 Affiliate Network Myths Debunked - -The more affiliate networks the better! In theory, having merchant accounts on three different networks could help you work with three times more partners and get triple sales . In practice, you only need an account on ONE affiliate network! By creating more, you’ll just spread your efforts thin, create more work for yourself, confuse affiliates, and, most importantly, increase your costs. You’ll pay fees to all networks and, most likely, multiple fees and commissions on the same transaction. Sure, you can and should complement your affiliate marketing efforts with paid ads, PR and influencer campaigns, and customer rewards and referral programs. Just be aware of the possible overlaps, manage costs carefully, and don’t join more than one affiliate network! - -In theory, having merchant accounts on three different networks could help you work with three times more partners and get triple sales In practice, you only need an account on ONE affiliate network! By creating more, you’ll just spread your efforts thin, create more work for yourself, confuse affiliates, and, most importantly, increase your costs. You’ll pay fees to all networks and, most likely, multiple fees and commissions on the same transaction. Sure, you can and should complement your affiliate marketing efforts with paid ads, PR and influencer campaigns, and customer rewards and referral programs. Just be aware of the possible overlaps, manage costs carefully, and don’t join more than one affiliate network! The largest affiliate network is the best! Indeed, size matters. However, in affiliate marketing, size is just one factor, not more important than tools, features, ease of use, quality, compliance, demographics, and costs. Each network has its pros and cons and could be best for a specific business. It is important to you to find the one that serves your specific needs and goals best. I’ve included a list of the largest affiliate networks as well as more detailed advice on how to choose an affiliate network for your business below. - -Indeed, size matters. However, in affiliate marketing, size is just one factor, not more important than tools, features, ease of use, quality, compliance, demographics, and costs. Each network has its pros and cons and could be best for a specific business. It is important to you to find the one that serves your specific needs and goals best. I’ve included a list of the largest affiliate networks as well as more detailed advice on how to choose an affiliate network for your business below. Success depends on the network! As we explained a while ago, affiliate networks provide the infrastructure, management is separate. Choosing the best network for your program creates the framework for success but the devil hides in details like program description, terms and conditions, affiliate communication, recruitment, activation, motivation, compliance, payouts, cost management, optimizations, etc. To make the most of the tools, features, and benefits the affiliate network provides, you need a knowledgeable, experienced, and dedicated affiliate program manager. - -5 Largest Affiliate Networks - -The size of an affiliate network is usually measured by numbers like: - -Affiliates - -Merchants - -Products - -Sales generated - -Unfortunately, these numbers change constantly and are never accurately presented by affiliate networks. Also, some networks disable inactive affiliate accounts, while others leave them live and count them, making the numbers irrelevant. It’s pretty much impossible to determine which affiliate network is the largest. Here are the networks whose websites get the most traffic according to SimilarWeb. - -1. ShareASale - -The largest network in the U.S., ShareASale offers a friendly interface, easy integration, low fees starting from $35/month. It supports multiple websites under the same account, has a free recruitment tool, facilitates affiliate messaging, newsletters, and event-driven emails, and offers some great network visibility opportunities. - -2. ClickBank - -Global network and marketplace perfect for digital products, ClickBank provides a lot of tools and options for merchants and can facilitate fast growth. However, it has the highest fees and average affiliate commissions, so it can get quite expensive for brands with physical products and low margins. - -3. Awin - -A great affiliate network, especially for brands selling in Europe, Awin owns ShareASale and offers similar features and benefits at affordable costs. - -4. Impact - -Offering superior technology, tools, and features, Impact is used by many global and international brands and provides support in several languages. The interface could be friendlier, the costs increase with the tools and features available, which still require an experienced manager to put them to good use. - -5. CJ - -Used by brands and affiliates worldwide, CJ has the least friendly interface and integration process but compensates for it with superior tracking, excellent support, and improved merchant protection against fraud and fake leads. Since they remove inactive and unresponsive affiliates, their network recruitment tool has some of the best response rates. - -Indeed, starting your affiliate program on a large network is a good idea. The larger and more popular the network, the higher the chances that your ideal affiliates already use it and are reachable through the available network communication channels (in-network messages and invites/offers). However, many other factors besides size should be taken into account. - -How to Choose an Affiliate Network Step-By-Step - -1. Learn from the Competition - -Check what your competitors are doing and which affiliate networks they’re using. Some may not have affiliate programs, others may manage them in-house, but if you look carefully, you’ll surely find a few using the same affiliate network. That network is a good starting point, as it means that it has what it takes to meet the needs of businesses like yours and your target affiliates are already there. - -When checking competitors’ activity, pay attention to other details that will help you make decisions for your affiliate program, like payouts, cookie life (tracking period), terms and conditions, promos, creatives, etc. Your goal is to create an affiliate program more attractive than theirs, and you can’t beat them if you don’t know what they’re doing. - -2. Assess Costs - -Usually, you want to keep in mind the following affiliate network fees: - -Onboarding fees – The one-time fee you need to pay when creating your merchant account - -– The one-time fee you need to pay when creating your merchant account Transaction fees – The fee you pay to the network on every transaction, usually calculated as a percentage of the sale amount or of the affiliate commission - -– The fee you pay to the network on every transaction, usually calculated as a percentage of the sale amount or of the affiliate commission Network fees – The minimum monthly fee to be paid by every merchant - -– The minimum monthly fee to be paid by every merchant Payment processing fees – The fees payable when using certain payment methods to deposit money to your merchant account - -Some networks may charge other fees as well. In most cases, some of the fees overlap. For example, with some networks, the minimum monthly network fee does not have to be paid if the total transaction fees for the month exceed its value. Other networks’ monthly fees include free transactions up to a certain threshold. To encourage merchants, some networks lower their fees based on volume. Before you choose your affiliate network, make sure you know what costs starting and managing an affiliate program will entail. While costs are important, the tools, features, and benefits that come with them should matter as well. - -3. Compare Tools, Features, and Benefits - -Some networks provide more features and capabilities than others. Some important features to look at when choosing an affiliate network are: - -Network recruitment – Identify suitable partners and invite them to join your affiliate program - -– Identify suitable partners and invite them to join your affiliate program Express signup – Simplified and expedited onboarding process for pre-vetted potential partners - -– Simplified and expedited onboarding process for pre-vetted potential partners Clickless tracking – Cross-device, in-app, and/or coupon-based tracking - -– Cross-device, in-app, and/or coupon-based tracking Multiple stores and/or vendor websites – Integrate several brands, stores, or websites under the same account - -– Integrate several brands, stores, or websites under the same account Brand protection – Prevent and monitor TM+ bidding, ad hijacks, and unauthorized coupon use - -– Prevent and monitor TM+ bidding, ad hijacks, and unauthorized coupon use Additional network visibility – Added visibility for your affiliate program within the network - -– Added visibility for your affiliate program within the network Payment options – Automate payments to affiliates for approved/confirmed referrals and create manual payments - -– Automate payments to affiliates for approved/confirmed referrals and create manual payments Newsletters and email campaigns – Easily communicate important news and updates to your partners - -– Easily communicate important news and updates to your partners Creatives – Make text links, images, videos, coupons, and data feeds available to affiliates - -– Make text links, images, videos, coupons, and data feeds available to affiliates Custom reports – Customize reports and analyze and export specific affiliate and program performance data - -– Customize reports and analyze and export specific affiliate and program performance data Ease of use – Evaluate the sign-up and integration processes and interface ease-of-use - -4. Consider Your Specific Needs - -Do you own multiple stores or websites? If you do, it may be good to choose a network that allows you to bring them all under the same account. Not only that you pay for one and enjoy the same features and benefits for all, but you will also save a lot of time and effort on management, facilitate recruitment, improve affiliate program statistics, and make your program more attractive to affiliates. - -If you sell to multiple countries, it helps to choose an affiliate network used by brands and affiliates from those countries. It’s also important to make sure that the network you choose integrates with your e-commerce platform and that its tracking solution works well with the 3rd party apps you use for subscriptions, bundles, or payment processing. Think of all the small but important details of your business, and put together a list of features you need the network to meet. - -5. Schedule a Demo - -By now, you should have narrowed down your options to two or three affiliate networks. You should also have a list of questions regarding their capabilities. The best way to go about the final decision is to schedule a demo with each network. Let their representatives show you around and answer your questions. Try to see beyond their marketing strategy and not lose sight of your needs and priorities. At the end of the day, the network won’t grow your affiliate program, you/your affiliate program manager will. - -Have you followed the above advice on how to choose an affiliate network but you’re still not sure about your decision? At AM Navigator, we have been building and growing affiliate programs for over 25 years. Having worked with all the major affiliate networks, we are well familiar with their capabilities, strengths, weaknesses, and costs, and can help you make the best choice for your business. Get in touch, give us more details about your business, and we’ll recommend the best network for your needs and provide a few pointers for getting started!",1731883674,051c9996fd,08b7a134f7,,,1731883674 -https://www.coindesk.com/opinion/2024/11/14/how-tokenized-money-market-funds-dulled-the-stablecoin-star/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=rss&utm_campaign=headlines,https://www.coindesk.com/feed,How Tokenized Money Market Funds Dulled the Stablecoin Star,"Disclosure - -Please note that our privacy policy, terms of use, cookies, and do not sell my personal information have been updated . - - - -CoinDesk is an award-winning media outlet that covers the cryptocurrency industry. Its journalists abide by a strict set of editorial policies. CoinDesk has adopted a set of principles aimed at ensuring the integrity, editorial independence and freedom from bias of its publications. CoinDesk is part of the Bullish group, which owns and invests in digital asset businesses and digital assets. CoinDesk employees, including journalists, may receive Bullish group equity-based compensation. Bullish was incubated by technology investor Block.one.",1731883676,c08a28b4dd,095220de40,,,1731883676 -https://www.mccoveychronicles.com/2024/11/12/24295135/giants-free-agency-targets-contract-predictions-juan-soto-blake-snell-ha-seong-kim,https://www.mccoveychronicles.com/rss/current.rss,A look at projected contracts for Giants targets,"Last year, as a critical offseason was getting underway for the San Francisco Giants, I tried a new bit of offseason content, by looking at the projected contracts for the Giants’ free agent targets. It was a fun and informative article to write, and hopefully a fun and informative article to read. - -It was also pretty straightforward, because the Giants offseason plans were the opposite of a secret. They were going to do everything in their power to sign Shohei Ohtani and Yoshinobu Yamamoto and, with the possible exception of if they signed both of those two, they were going to do everything in their power to sign Jung Hoo Lee. Bob Melvin was openly campaigning for Matt Chapman, and a starting pitcher was needed. - -The offseason brought some surprises, obviously. I included 12 players in that list of targets, and none of those 12 were named “Jorge Soler” or “Tom Murphy.” But still. We knew what the team wanted to do. - -This offseason is a little less clear. The Giants have as many glaring holes on their roster as last year, but the crystal ball is less focused. They’re reportedly in on the consensus top free agent, but you don’t get the sense that they’re committed to making the same run for Juan Soto that they made for Ohtani, Yamamoto, and Aaron Judge. And after that, it’s pretty murky. - -But there’s still a lot of value in seeing how the market looks for some of the top players. Buster Posey and Zack Minasian are attempting the unenviable task of increasing wins while decreasing payroll, which means the list of available free agents is only as valuable as the contracts they’ll sign. - -So I’ll do what I did last year, and crowdsource the contract predictions for the team’s potential targets. I’m using four trusted publications here, so as to provide a comprehensive view: The Athletic’s Tim Britton, ESPN’s Kiley McDaniel, Fangraphs’ Ben Clemens, and the MLB Trade Rumors team of Steve Adams, Anthony Franco, Darragh McDonald, and Tim Dierkes. - -Contract predictions are fickle. Historically, the market drives prices up beyond what the experts project, though Giants fans certainly know that sometimes things go in the other direction, too. If you want to know the accuracy of predictions, at the bottom of the article I’ve included the predictions from last year’s article, as well as the actual figures they received. - -With that out of the way, let’s dive into some fictional money that’s about to become real money. I’m including the average annual value (AAV) of each contract prediction, as well as the age that the player will be on Opening Day, and their projected Wins Above Replacement (WAR) from Fangraphs’ Steamer projections. I’m not including pitcher Rōki Sasaki, as he is subject to international signing period restrictions, so he can only receive a modest pre-arbitration contract regardless of which teams he signs with. - -Now let’s do it. - -Tier 1: The Dude - -OF Juan Soto (26 years, 6.8 WAR) - -The Athletic: 13 years, $611 million ($47M AAV) - -ESPN: 13 years, $611 million ($47M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 12 years, $576 million ($48M AAV) - -MLBTR: 13 years, $600 million ($46.2M AAV) - -The favorites to sign Soto — the incumbent New York Yankees, and their neighbor, the New York Mets — will likely be willing to pay these prices, should the market take them there. Which means the Giants will need to pay comfortably in excess of these predictions in order to land Soto. - -The Giants can’t offer the roster, ballpark, market, or coast to sway Soto on vibes alone. Their path to his services is to offer more money than anyone else is willing to match, which will book them a press conference in which Soto will tell beat reporters about how San Francisco just felt like home, and how he values the team’s coaching staff. - -I’m of the strong belief that the Giants should do it, whatever the cost is. I’m of the equally strong belief that they won’t. - -Prove me wrong, Giants. - -It’s worth noting that there’s a healthy apprehension with large contracts. Many don’t age very well ... fans wanted the Giants to sign Trevor Story and re-sign Kris Bryant, and thank goodness they didn’t. You’re probably even happy that they didn’t sign Carlos Correa, and he’s mostly played up to expectations. - -But superduperstars usually are an exception. Judge’s contract looks like an absolute bargain right now. So does Ohtani’s. So does Bryce Harper’s. - -Soto is one of the greatest hitters you’ve ever seen, and he’s a full year younger than Tyler Fitzgerald. Don’t worry about the money. He’s worth it, and he’ll keep being worth it, and by the time he’s no longer worth it, Rob Manfred will have changed the rules of baseball so dramatically that you’re not even watching anymore. - -Tier 2: Shortstops, which, you know, the Giants really need - -Willy Adames (29 years, 3.5 WAR) - -The Athletic: 6 years, $150 million ($25M AAV) - -ESPN: 7 years, $189 million ($27M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 5 years, $145 million ($29M AAV) - -MLBTR: 6 years, $160 million ($26.7M AAV) - -The Giants need a shortstop, and the case for Adames is as clean and easy as they get: he’s the best shortstop on the market. That’s usually a pretty damn good place to start. - -It’s also hard to see the Giants actually signing Adames. Those contracts, while fair, are still pricy for a player who is probably closer to good than great, and a team that’s trying to be fairly conscious of spending. They’re amplified by the fact that he was given the qualifying offer — due to being in the luxury tax last year, the penalty for signing such a player is a second-round draft pick, a fifth-round draft pick, and $1 million in international bonus pool money. And, predictably, the Los Angeles Dodgers appear to be the team that the Giants would need to either outbid or outshine to earn Adames’ services. - -That’s a lot working against the Giants, and we haven’t even gotten to the biggest reason why they probably won’t sign Adames. That reason is... - -Ha-Seong Kim (29 years, 2.9 WAR) - -The Athletic: 2 years, $36 million ($18M AAV) - -ESPN: 2 years, $42.1 million ($21.1M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 5 years, $100 million ($20M AAV) - -MLBTR: 1 year, $12 million ($12M AAV) - -You don’t often see contract predictions vary this much. There’s a pretty big difference between a one-year, $12 million deal, and $20 million a year for half a decade. But Kim’s health — he recently had surgery to repair his labrum — has thrown his market into a blender. - -Will he really be back near the start of the season, as his agent maintains? Will he be fully healthy and back to his best self when that happens? Does he want long-term stability, or a chance to have a healthy season and re-enter the market next offseason? - -No one knows. All we know is this: the Giants have been favorites to sign Kim this winter for more than a year. - -Last year it felt pre-determined that Kim would join the Giants this offseason. At the time, the Giants had a major question mark at shortstop, a minor question mark at second base, and it was expected that Chapman would opt out after a year, giving them a major question mark at third base — three positions that Kim can field at a Gold Glove level. - -They also had a manager in Melvin who developed a very close relationship with Kim while in San Diego, and had just signed his best friend, Lee. Add in that Kim is a darling in the areas that Farhan Zaidi prioritized — control of the strike zone, contact ability, and positional versatility — and there was virtually no doubt that Kim was San Francisco bound after the 2024 season. - -But the switch from Zaidi to Posey made me question if the team still valued Kim so highly. The answer seems to be a very clear “yes.” The promotion of Minasian suggests that the team will still value many of the same player traits as they did during Zaidi’s tenure, and reports have already surfaced about the team’s interest in Kim. The major question mark at third base is alleviated, and the minor question mark at second base is presumably put on ice while Fitzgerald is given a chance, but the major question mark at shortstop has been demoted from a question mark to a fire alarm. The Giants need a shortstop this offseason. Adames is the best one available, but Kim isn’t too far behind in value, even though he’ll likely be significantly far behind in cost. - -Tier 3: The big arms - -RHP Corbin Burnes (30 years, 4.0 WAR) - -The Athletic: 7 years, $217 million ($31M AAV) - -ESPN: 7 years, $225 million ($32.1M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 7 years, $196 million ($28M AAV) - -MLBTR: 7 years, $200 million ($28.6M AAV) - -I’m not sure I even should have included Burnes, as I genuinely don’t think he’s a target for the Giants. But he’s the top free agent at one of the team’s top positions of need, so we need to at least take a peak. - -But the Giants aren’t going to sign Burnes. We’ve quickly been dispelled of any notion that Posey, even despite his days as a catcher, will value pitchers dramatically differently than Zaidi. Which means there’s no reason at all to think they have any interest in a massive contract for a non-homegrown pitcher in his 30s, unless that pitcher is also an MVP-winning designated hitter. - -Burnes will cost a ton of money, and he was given the qualifying offer. His raw stats and underlying statistics are trending in the wrong direction. The Giants are not a Burnes away from where they’re trying to be. Even hearing that they’re in discussions with him would be a shocker. - -LHP Blake Snell (32 years, 3.7 WAR) - -The Athletic: 4 years, $110 million ($27.5M AAV) - -ESPN: 4 years, $124 million ($31M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 3 years, $105 million ($35M AAV) - -MLBTR: 5 years, $160 million ($32M AAV) - -I’d be absolutely stoked if the Giants re-signed Snell for three years and $105 million, or for four years and $110 million. I’d be in favor of four years and $124 million. I’d grimace quite a bit at five years and $160 million. - -Snell’s contract fascinates me. The general consensus seems to be that he has a good chance of getting the big contract that never came to him last offseason, even though no one can explain why. Most of the analysts have hedged and just given him something in between what he’s been after for two years and what he settled for a year ago. - -It seems pretty clear from reports that the Giants aren’t intending to make a strong push to re-sign Snell, but if his contract is more Yusei Kikuchi than it is Corbin Burnes, it would be malpractice to not reunite. - -LHP Max Fried (31 years, 3.2 WAR) - -The Athletic: 5 years, $140 million ($28M AAV) - -ESPN: 6 years, $175 million ($29.2M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 5 years, $140 million ($28M AAV) - -MLBTR: 6 years, $156 million ($26M AAV) - -Fried is a really good pitcher, and he’d be a really good addition on the Giants. I also don’t see any reason why they would be willing to spend this much money on a starting pitcher and not give it to Snell, instead. - -Tier 4: Non-Soto outfielders - -OF Anthony Santander (30 years, 2.7 WAR) - -The Athletic: 5 years, $105 million ($21M AAV) - -ESPN: 3 years, $69 million ($23M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 5 years, $100 million ($20M AAV) - -MLBTR: 4 years, $80 million ($20M AAV) - -OF Teoscar Hernández (32 years, 2.4 WAR) - -The Athletic: 3 years, $69 million ($23M AAV) - -ESPN: 3 years, $66 million ($22M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 3 years, $72 million ($24M AAV) - -MLBTR: 3 years, $60 million ($20M AAV) - -The Giants could use a boost of power in a big way and, unless they sign Soto or swing a trade, these two are the best ways to get it. - -There are a lot of hesitations, though. They both have somewhat ebbing and flowing track records, with defense that could point towards a not-too-distant future as a designated hitter. They both have the qualifying offer attached to them. They’re both likely to get strong offers from playoff teams. - -But the Giants likely need an outfielder, and they might need two if they’re really considering trading Mike Yastrzemski. - -This is a good way to get one, even if it’s hard to see happening. - -Tier 5: Non-ace starting pitchers - -RHP Jack Flaherty (29 years, 2.8 WAR) - -The Athletic: 4 years, $92 million ($23M AAV) - -ESPN: 5 years, $115 million ($23M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 4 years, $88 million ($22M AAV) - -MLBTR: 5 years, $115 million ($23M AAV) - -RHP Shane Bieber (30 years, 1.6 WAR) - -The Athletic: 2 years, $30 million ($15M AAV) - -ESPN: 3 years, $54 million ($18M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 2 years, $36 million ($18M AAV) - -MLBTR: 1 year, $12 million ($12M AAV) - -LHP Sean Manaea (33 years, 2.1 WAR) - -The Athletic: 4 years, $76 million ($19M AAV) - -ESPN: 4 years, $86 million ($21.5M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 3 years, $57 million ($19M AAV) - -MLBTR: 3 years, $60 million ($20M AAV) - -LHP Yusei Kikuchi (34 years, 2.9 WAR) - -The Athletic: 3 years, $63 million ($21M AAV) - -ESPN: 4 years, $76 million ($19M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 3 years, $51 million ($17M AAV) - -MLBTR: 3 years, $60 million ($20M AAV) - -RHP Nathan Eovaldi (35 years, 2.8 WAR) - -The Athletic: 2 years, $45 million ($22.5M AAV) - -ESPN: 2 years, $45 million ($22.5M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 3 years, $48 million ($16M AAV) - -MLBTR: 2 years, $44 million ($22M AAV) - -RHP Nick Pivetta (32 years, 2.5 WAR) - -The Athletic: 3 years, $48 million ($16M AAV) - -ESPN: 3 years, $63 million ($21M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 3 years, $42 million ($14M AAV) - -MLBTR: 1 years, $21.1 million ($21.1M AAV) - -RHP Nick Martinez (34 years, 1.8 WAR) - -The Athletic: 3 years, $40 million ($13.3M AAV) - -ESPN: 2 years, $40 million ($20M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 2 years, $32 million ($16M AAV) - -MLBTR: 1 year, $21.1 million ($21.1M AAV) - -RHP Luis Severino (31 years, 2.0 WAR) - -The Athletic: 3 years, $50 million ($16.7M AAV) - -ESPN: 3 years, $58.5 million ($19.5M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 3 years, $39 million ($13M AAV) - -MLBTR: 3 years, $51 million ($17M AAV) - -RHP Walker Buehler (30 years, 1.5 WAR) - -The Athletic: 2 years, $32 million ($16M AAV) - -ESPN: 3 years, $54 million ($18M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 2 years, $30 million ($15M AAV) - -MLBTR: 1 year, $15 million ($15M AAV) - -There’s not a whole lot of editorializing to do here. These are all good pitchers who have the potential to pitch at an All-Star level, but who you shouldn’t plan on being your first or second starter. They all have varying levels of concern, from injuries, to control issues, to up-and-down track records. They’re all fairly affordable, and if the Giants don’t land Burnes, Snell, or Fried, they need to come away with one of these arms. It likely comes down to who they value relative to the market. Manaea, Martinez, Pivetta, and Severino all have the qualifying offer attached to them. - -Tier 6: Veteran first basemen - -1B Christian Walker (34 years, 2.6 WAR) - -The Athletic: 2 years, $44 million ($22M AAV) - -ESPN: 3 years, $57 million ($19M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 3 years, $51 million ($17M AAV) - -MLBTR: 3 years, $60 million ($20M AAV) - -1B Paul Goldschmidt (37 years, 1.7 WAR) - -The Athletic: 1 year, $15 million ($15M AAV) - -ESPN: 1 year, $18 million ($18M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 1 year, $13 million ($13M AAV) - -MLBTR: 1 year, $15 million ($15M AAV) - -1B Carlos Santana (39 years, 1.1 WAR) - -The Athletic: N/A - -ESPN: 1 year, $13 million ($13M AAV) - -Fangraphs: 1 year, $9 million ($9M AAV) - -MLBTR: N/A - -It seems highly possible that the Giants will move on from one or both of LaMonte Wade Jr. and Wilmer Flores sometime between now and Opening Day. We can take Pete Alonso out of the equation, which leaves these three to fill the corner. Walker would be very surprising, since it seems unlikely that the Giants will give a multi-year deal to a first baseman with Bryce Eldridge waiting in the wings, but it’s not out of the question, either. They’re sure to prioritize defense, and Walker has won the last three NL Gold Gloves at first base. Eldridge can always start his career at DH or as a corner outfielder. - -Goldschmidt and Santana would be decent stopgaps who could help mentor Eldridge on both sides of the field, even though neither player is all that good anymore. - -And there you have it. The Giants will probably sign one of these players, and maybe even a few. Some of these players will get contracts that make you open your eyes wide and blink a few times, while others will sign deals that make you angry that Posey and Minasian didn’t come over the top of it. But at least now you know what to expect ... so that the unexpected can, invariably, occur. - -Last year’s predictions - -For some historical data, here are the contract predictions from last year’s article, as well as the figures those players actually got. The predicted contract is the average of the median two projections, based on total money. - -Shohei Ohtani - -Prediction: 11 years, $520 million - -Actual: 10 years, $700 million (heavily deferred) - -Yoshinobu Yamamoto - -Prediction: 7 years, $207.5 million - -Actual: 12 years, $325 million - -Jung Hoo Lee - -Prediction: 4 years, $58 million - -Actual: 6 years, $113 million - -Cody Bellinger - -Prediction: 6 years, $156 million - -Actual: 3 years, $80 million (opt-out after first year) - -Matt Chapman - -Prediction: 4.5 years, $110 million - -Actual: 3 years, $54 million (opt-out after first year) - -Aaron Nola - -Prediction: 5.5 years, $145 million - -Actual: 7 years, $172 million - -Blake Snell - -Prediction: 5.5 years, $145 million - -Actual: 2 years, $62 million (opt-out after first year) - -Jordan Montgomery - -Prediction: 5 years, $123 million - -Actual: 2 years, $47.5 million (opt-out after first year) - -Sonny Gray - -Prediction: 3 years, $75 million - -Actual: 3 years, $75 million - -Eduardo Rodríguez - -Prediction: 4 years, $81 million - -Actual: 4 years, $80 million - -Shōta Imanaga - -Prediction: 4.5 years, $76.5 million - -Actual: 4 years, $53 million - -Marcus Stroman - -Prediction: 3 years, $63 million - -Actual: 2 years, $37 million",1731883652,65bc8f1bdc,0947854f8e,,,1731883652 -https://speakingaboutpresenting.com/nervousness/be-inspired-by-these-two-women/,https://www.speakingaboutpresenting.com/feed/,Be inspired by these two women,"Shonda Rhimes is the creator of award-winning TV shows, Grey’s Anatomy and Scandal. Like many introverts, her safe space was sitting in her office writing. She turned down most speaking engagements and when she couldn’t get out of it … - -“I was a walking panic attack. My stage fright was so complete and overwhelming that it ruled my every public appearance.” - -Then she made a commitment to say “Yes” to every speaking opportunity. This culminated in her being asked to give the Commencement Address at Dartmouth University. Here’s what she says: - -“And for the first time in my life, I stand on a stage and raise my voice to the public with full confidence and not an inch of panic. For the first time in my life, I speak to an audience as myself and feel joy.” - -Susan Cain is the author of the best selling book “Quiet: The Power of Introverts in a World which can’t Stop Talking.” - -In the book she recalls the night before her first big speech: - -“It’s 2.00am, I can’t sleep, and I want to die…What if my mouth dries up and I can’t get any words out? What if I bore the audience? What if I throw up on stage?” - -Susan took part in a face to face class involving desensitization. Here’s what she says now: - -“Since then I’ve done plenty of speaking, to groups of tens and crowds of hundreds. I’ve come to embrace the power of the podium.” - -I share these stories for two reasons: - -1. To show you that it is possible to get over extreme stage fright and become a powerful speaker. - -2. That the path to overcoming fear is being in action. - -I am creating a small-group program called Journey to Confidence to help you be in action too. - -Journey to Confidence is for people who identify as introvert and are fed up with being held back by fear when they want to speak up or speak to a group. - -Journey to Confidence will have you in action, taking small, but consistent steps. You’ll have a clear path to follow and be supported by me and your fellow members. - -There will be a cost to join Journey to Confidence. This is so that you’ve made a financial commitment – that you have some “skin in the game”, and also because this is the way that I make my living. - -At the same time, I want it to be affordable. So I’m going to experiment with a sliding scale of payment. This means that what you pay is related to what you can afford. - -Here’s my current thinking on the suggested tiers based on your household income level: - -US$70,000+: US$500 - -US$60,000 – 69,999: $400 - -US$50,000- 59,999: $300 - -US$40,000 – 49,999: $200 - -US$20,000 – 39,999: $100 - -US$0 – 19,999: $30 (this is the per person cost of the software that I’ll be using to run the program) - -US$0 – 19,999 + developing country: US$10 - -What you pay is up to you – I’m not going to ask you to prove it! - -Hopefully, you’ll also be able to choose the amount you want to pay (this will depend on whether I can get my checkout software to do this). That means that those of you who want to pay more to support those who can pay less, can do so. - -My vision with this program is to help people overcome the fear of public speaking so that they can apply for the jobs and promotions they want, go after leadership opportunities, promote their business with speaking, and share their ideas so they can make an impact in the world. - -Update - -I’ve now launched the first run of Journey to Confidence. You can find out more about the program and sign up to be on the waitlist for the next program at this page.",1731883636,4c7159b853,0917fb057d,,,1731883636 -https://kotaku.com/predator-badlands-main-character-protagonist-prey-2-avp-1851700723,https://kotaku.com/rss,Next Predator Movie's Main Character Is The Alien Hunter Himself,"According to Predator: Badlands director Dan Trachtenberg, the upcoming installment in the sci-fi franchise is going to shake things up and make the alien hunter himself the protagonist. - -Why This Under-the-Radar AAA Title Is More Than Just A Far Cry Clone CC Share Subtitles Off - -English view video Why This Under-The-Radar AAA Title Is More Than Just A Far Cry Clone - -Why This Under-the-Radar AAA Title Is More Than Just A Far Cry Clone CC Share Subtitles Off - -English Why This Under-The-Radar AAA Title Is More Than Just A Far Cry Clone - -As previously reported, Predator: Badlands quietly started filming in July and wrapped up production earlier this year. The movie is being directed by Trachtenberg, who previously directed 2022's award-winning and critically acclaimed Prey. That movie was a Predator prequel that focused on a Native American woman and her dangerous encounter with a more primal Predator alien, and it’s not surprising that the next Predator movie from Trachtenberg is also shaking things up. - -Advertisement - -In an interview with Empire Magazine, Trachtenberg talked about the role the iconic alien hunter will be play in the upcoming movie and made it clear that this time around, the Predator is “front and center” and “leading the charge.” - -Advertisement - -“He’s still badass, but there’s something there that touches you emotionally, too,” said Trachtenberg. “Creating a character you connect with, but are also super-intimidated by, has been challenging. But exciting.” - -20th Century Fox / Hulu - -The 10 Cloverfield Lane director added that his goal with Badlands was to “find another essential piece of cinema that does what Prey did spiritually — pushing the franchise’s boundaries, letting us root for a hero we rarely get to root for — but in a different way.” According to the director, that led to this “big idea” to get the audience “rooting for the Predator.” - -Advertisement - -Meanwhile, we are also getting another Predator movie from Trachtenberg. This was confirmed in October by Steve Asbell, the head of Disney-owned 20th Century Studios, who didn’t share much else on the secret film other than hinting that it won’t be in theaters. IO9 later reported that they had heard the secret second Predator movie is an animated anthology featuring three different stories involving different warriors throughout history fighting the famous alien hunters. - -Predator: Badlands is set to arrive in theaters on November 7, 2025. No idea on when the reported animated flick is arriving. - -Advertisement - -. - -",1731883657,a0840ab3b4,09836b91f1,,,1731883657 -https://www.dexerto.com/twitch/kai-cenat-breaks-yet-another-twitch-record-is-on-pace-to-hit-1-million-subs-2981835/,https://www.dexerto.com/feed/,Kai Cenat breaks yet another Twitch record & is on pace to hit 1 million subs,"Kai Cenat’s Mafiathon 2 is the subathon to end all subathons at this point. He’s way past the point of breaking the Twitch sub record, but, with him hitting 400k around halfway through the stream, the question of whether or not he can hit 1 million has to be asked. - -His previous record was 306k subs in March 2023, a record that was broken by IronMouse at 326k in the month of September. This spurred Kai into action and brought about Mafiathon 2. - -Article continues after ad - -With him now being at 400k halfway through the month, any additional subs he gains are pretty much a victory lap. It’s very, very unlikely that anyone else will come along and break his record any time soon. But, if he continues gaining subs, there’s another milestone he can hit: 1 million. - -It’s worth noting that, while he’s on track to get there, he’s just a bit behind pace. As things are currently, he’ll hit 800k before the end of the month. He’d need a major boost to hit 1 million, but it’s not impossible. - -Article continues after ad - -Article continues after ad - -If he were to hit that milestone, it’d mean that the subs in that subathon would be worth approximately $6 million dollars, a large portion of which will go to Kai Cenat depending on his revenue split with Twitch. - -What’s more, he plans to use 20% of his revenue to build a school in Nigeria, giving his fans some incentive to work toward a cause. - -Mafiathon 2 started on November 1, 2024, with him putting a hard cap of one month on the stream. If the subs stop rolling in, he’ll have to end it before then. But, for now, he’s got days left in the bank from how many subscribers he’s gained, and it’s unlikely his viewers will let the timer run out before the month is over.",1731883645,9d7eb4fc17,0986277dca,,,1731883645 -https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/how-to-rekey-a-schlage-lock-without-the-original-key/,https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/feed/,How to Rekey a Schlage Lock Without the Original Key,"Changing the key for a Schlage lock, even without the original key, might sound like a head-scratcher, but it can be done with the right gadgets and steps. If the key has gone missing or there's a need to ramp up home security, this method is easy on the pocket. It spares both time and moolah, unlike swapping out the whole lock. With some straightforward steps, the lock's inner workings can be altered to fit a new key. This not only brings relief but also adds a layer of safety. Read on to discover how to rekey a Schlage lock and make your home safer! - -Understanding Rekeying Basics - -Rekeying involves changing the lock mechanism so a new key operates it. This process is crucial for security after losing a key or moving into a new home. - -Tools Needed for Rekeying - -You'll need a rekeying kit, a screwdriver, and the new keys. Ensure the kit matches your lock type for a smooth process. The rekeying kit typically includes new pins and instructions. A screwdriver is essential for removing the lock from the door and accessing the cylinder. Having new keys ready is crucial for testing the rekeyed lock. Make sure all tools are within reach before starting the process to avoid interruptions. - -Benefits of Rekeying Over Replacing - -Rekeying is cost-effective and less time-consuming. It also allows you to keep your existing lock hardware intact. This means you don't have to buy a new lock, which can save you money. The rekeying process is generally quicker than installing a new lock, making it a convenient option. Moreover, keeping your current lock means maintaining the same aesthetic and fit on your door. This can be particularly important if your locks match other fixtures in your home. - -Preparing for the Rekeying Process - -Before starting, gather all necessary tools and find a well-lit workspace. Preparation is key to avoiding frustration during the rekeying process. - -Safety Precautions - -Ensure the lock is removed from the door and handle tools carefully. Wear gloves to protect your hands from sharp edges. This will help prevent injuries while you work. Also, keep a first-aid kit nearby in case of minor accidents. It's important to work in a clutter-free area to avoid any distractions or mishaps. Make sure you have a stable surface to place all parts and tools, which helps in keeping everything organized. - -Removing the Schlage Lock - -Use a screwdriver to detach the lock from the door. Keep all screws and components in a safe place to avoid losing them. Start by unscrewing the exterior screws to free the lock. Once the screws are removed, gently pull the lock apart. Store the screws and small parts in a container so you can easily find them later. This will make the reassembly process smoother and quicker. Double-check that you have removed all necessary parts before proceeding to the next step. - -Disassembling the Lock - -Carefully take apart the lock cylinder to access the pins. This step requires patience and attention to detail. - -Identifying the Pins - -The pins are small and vary in size. Lay them out to keep track of their positions. Each pin must be placed in a specific order to ensure the new key works correctly. To do this, use a flat surface and arrange the pins in the same sequence as they came out. This organization helps prevent confusion and mistakes during reassembly. Keep a magnifying glass handy if the pins are too small to see clearly. - -Using the Rekeying Kit - -Follow the instructions in your rekeying kit to replace the old pins with new ones. Ensure each pin is correctly placed. The kit will guide you on the pin sizes and their correct locations. Use tweezers to handle the small pins and insert them into the lock cylinder. Double-check each pin's placement before moving to the next. This accuracy is crucial for the lock to function smoothly with the new key. Take your time with this step to avoid errors that could complicate the rekeying process. - -Reassembling the Lock - -Once the new pins are in place, reassemble the lock carefully. Make sure all components fit together snugly. - -Testing the New Key - -Insert the new key to test if it works smoothly. If it doesn't, recheck the pin placements and try again. Turn the key in both directions to ensure it turns without resistance. If the key sticks or won't turn, there might be a pin out of place. Carefully disassemble the lock and verify each pin's position. Repeat the process until the key operates the lock smoothly. This step is vital to confirm the rekeying was successful and the lock functions properly. - -Securing the Lock Back in the Door - -Reattach the lock to the door using the screws you set aside. Double-check that the lock functions properly. Align the lock with the door and ensure the screws are tightly secured. Test the lock by turning the key several times to make sure it operates without any issues. If the lock feels loose, tighten the screws a bit more. This ensures the lock is firmly in place and provides optimal security. Make sure the door opens and closes smoothly with the reassembled lock. - -Troubleshooting Common Issues - -Sometimes, things don't go as planned. Knowing how to troubleshoot common problems can save you time and effort. - -Key Won't Turn - -If the key won't turn, the pins might not be aligned properly. Disassemble and recheck the pin placements. Make sure each pin is the correct size and in the right order. Even a slight misalignment can prevent the key from turning. Carefully remove the pins, lay them out, and reinsert them in the correct positions. After reassembling, try the key again. This should fix the issue, allowing the key to turn smoothly. - -Lock Feels Stiff - -A stiff lock could indicate debris inside the cylinder. Clean the cylinder and re-lubricate it for smoother operation. Remove the lock and blow out any dust or dirt using compressed air. Apply a small amount of lubricant, like graphite or silicone spray, to the cylinder. Insert and turn the key several times to spread the lubricant evenly. This should make the lock turn more smoothly. If stiffness persists, check for any remaining debris and repeat the cleaning process. - -Securing Your Home with Confidence - -Rekeying a Schlage lock without the original key might seem intimidating, but with careful preparation and attention to detail, it's entirely achievable. By understanding the rekeying process, gathering the right tools, and following each step methodically, you can ensure your home’s security with a new key. If you face any challenges, revisit the steps and troubleshoot common issues. With patience and persistence, you'll successfully rekey your lock and enjoy the peace of mind that comes with enhanced security. - -Contact Smart Home Perfected for Your Security Needs - -Need help with rekeying or other home security solutions? Smart Home Perfected is here to assist you. Visit us at California Ave SW, Seattle, WA 98116. Our team is ready to provide the right solutions for your smart home needs. Call us at 1-385-312-0189‬ or visit our website at https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/. We are dedicated to helping you make your home safer and more secure. Reach out today to learn more about our services and how we can help you.",1731883606,1c7041163b,09b3bbcad6,,,1731883606 -https://www.uxmatters.com/mt/archives/2024/03/designing-for-mobile-accessibility-enhancing-the-user-experience-on-small-screens.php,https://uxmatters.com/atom.xml,Designing for Mobile Accessibility: Enhancing the User Experience on Small Screens :: UXmatters,"Choosing the Right Technology Stack - -Before picking out your technology stack, especially for the front end, make sure that all of its components can accomplish the user experience your target audience is expecting. - -Selecting the right technology stack is crucial in building an accessible mobile user interface. It’s not just about creating visual appeal or functionality; it’s about ensuring that the underlying frameworks and libraries support accessibility features. - -A prime example of a front-end framework is React.js, which is known for its robustness and ability to support dynamic user interfaces. While use cases such as document generation with React are certainly an added bonus, there are plenty of routes you can take when designing for mobile-first usage. - -Before picking out your technology stack, especially for the front end, make sure that all of its components can accomplish the user experience your target audience is expecting. In some cases, this could require opting for Angular, Vue.js, or some other framework. But the only thing that matters is accomplishing both your aesthetic and functional goals. - -Merging Accessibility with User-Friendliness - -The intersection of [accessibility and usability] is where truly inclusive design comes to life. - -While accessibility focuses on the needs of people with disabilities, mobile usability casts a wider net, aiming to create an easy-to-use, efficient user experience for all users. The intersection of these two domains is where truly inclusive design comes to life. - -Enhancing mobile usability involves understanding the typical constraints of mobile devices—smaller screens, variable network conditions, and the predominance of touch user interfaces. The goal is to ensure that mobile experiences are not just accessible but also enjoyable and efficient. Strategies for designing usable, efficient mobile user interfaces include the following: - -streamlined navigation —Simplifying navigation means users can find what they need with minimal effort. This requires designing clear menus and logical flows and minimizing the need for typing. - -—Simplifying navigation means users can find what they need with minimal effort. This requires designing clear menus and logical flows and minimizing the need for typing. responsive design —A responsive mobile user interface adapts to various screen sizes and orientations, offering an optimal viewing experience across all mobile devices. - -—A responsive mobile user interface adapts to various screen sizes and orientations, offering an optimal viewing experience across all mobile devices. feedback and interaction cues —Users should immediately receive clear feedback on their interactions. Visual cues such as button animations or color changes on selection enhance the usability of a mobile user interface. - -—Users should immediately receive clear feedback on their interactions. Visual cues such as button animations or color changes on selection enhance the usability of a mobile user interface. minimizing cognitive load —Mobile user interfaces should be designed to reduce cognitive strain. This includes using familiar icons, limiting the amount of information that appears on the screen at once, and clear labeling. - -By intertwining mobile usability and accessibility, we can create digital environments that are not just compliant with standards but also resonate with a broader audience. It’s about crafting an inherently inclusive user experience, in which designing to enhance accessibility is not just about add-ons but an integral component of the design process. - - - -Leveraging AI in Streamlining Mobile Design - -The integration of artificial intelligence (AI) into mobile design is revolutionizing the way we approach accessibility. AI’s role in simplifying and automating aspects of mobile design is not just a trend; it’s a game-changer. In fact, 53% of IT chiefs report the use of generative AI—and that’s without including ChatGPT. - -AI-assisted solutions can handle repetitive and complex tasks, from creating layouts to selecting color schemes, ensuring that incorporating accessibility standards is integral to the design process. For example, AI can automatically adjust text size and color contrast based on user preferences or environmental conditions. This not only accelerates the design process but also introduces a level of precision and personalization that was previously unattainable. - -Perfecting Designs Through User Feedback - -Conducting testing with users of diverse abilities is more than just a step in the design process. This testing is a crucial part of creating truly accessible mobile user interfaces. It involves gathering feedback from a wide range of users, including those with disabilities, to identify potential barriers and areas for improvement. - -The design process should be iterative, and designs should continuously evolve based on user feedback. This user-centered approach ensures that mobile user interfaces don’t just meet the minimum accessibility standards but excel in delivering a user experience that is both inclusive and engaging. Doing regular design updates that are guided by user feedback and testing is essential to adapt our designs both to the changing needs of users and to technological advancements. - -Expanding the Horizon of Inclusivity - -Incorporating features that address the specific challenges that certain professions or industries face broadens the scope of what we consider accessible design. - -Although, traditionally, accessibility has focused on people with disabilities, it is crucial to recognize that accessibility needs can vary greatly across different user populations. A perfect illustration of this is the need to address the specialized requirements of industry-specific applications with roofing software or AGtech apps. Such applications demand accessibility features that cater to the unique needs of their users—for example, building contractors who require clear contrast, large fonts, and straightforward navigation for efficient on-site use. - -Likewise, AGtech app designers must consider how, when, and where people will use their apps—for example, outdoors, where abundant sunlight causes glare, the presence of dust can be an issue, and users most likely have gloves on. In this particular instance, developers should also note the low-bandwidth issues that many rural communities face throughout the US. - -Incorporating features that address the specific challenges that certain professions or industries face broadens the scope of what we consider accessible design. It’s about understanding the context in which people will use a mobile user interface and tailoring the design to meet those specific requirements. - -Embracing a Future of Inclusive Mobile Experiences - -In the digital age, designing for mobile accessibility is an imperative. It’s about crafting user experiences that are easy to use and inclusive for everyone, irrespective of their abilities. By leveraging advanced technologies, we can ensure that mobile user interfaces are not just accessible but also enjoyable for all. As the design of mobile user interfaces advances, let’s commit to making mobile accessibility the standard.",1731883616,f567d8ffe9,09d9d92474,,,1731883616 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/search-generative-experience/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,What Search Generative Experience Means for Content Creators,"I have some good news, and I have some bad news. The bad news is that artificial intelligence will make your life harder when Google launches its search generative experience more fully. The good news is…it won’t replace you! You will still have a job! Yes, you will have to work harder. Gone are the days of listicles and easy 500-word blog posts, but your content will improve considerably. - -This is because the types of content that will bring visitors to your website are going to change. With search generative experience, people can search “How to create a crisis communications plan,” and they’ll find answers directly on Google through the generative AI snapshot. - -This is a bit alarming. If generative AI makes some of your content redundant, what will happen to all of the goodwill and gold stars you’ve created on Google? How will you retain brand awareness and traffic? - -While Google has begun slowly rolling out its search generative experience, it’s not widely available yet, but it’s coming. And you should be prepared. - -What Is Search Generative Experience? - -Don’t freak out. It’s going to be OK. We’re going to talk through the tweaks you’re going to make to the types of content you create, but I promise it won’t be life-changing. You won’t have to move the Titanic in a different direction. It’s just a few strategic tweaks. - -Before we do that, though, let me give you a quick tutorial on search generative experience from Google. - -According to Google, it allows you to “browse web pages with generative AI-powered tools. You can quickly find the web page’s key points and jump to the relevant section on a web page to learn more about your question.” - -It’s only “available to a limited number of people in the U.S. and in English only,” and only on Android phones. But that doesn’t mean you shouldn’t start restructuring your content. It’ll be available to everyone faster than you can say Google. - -Because I’m an iPhone user, I haven’t been able to play with it yet, but I know enough about how content affects search to walk you through it. - -You’re the Expert - -I love, love, love ChatGPT. I mean, love. It has made my life so much easier. And it has its limitations. It has no personality. It can’t tell stories. It can’t provide context. It doesn’t have expertise. It doesn’t have unique thoughts. - -But you know who can do all of those things? You. And your executives, clients, or subject matter experts. - -You should already be doing some of this, but if you’re not, lean into the expertise and storytelling of your expert. Offer personal lessons, examples, and stories that are unique to you, your team, and your organization. - -This content will engage your audiences and motivate them to buy. And Google can never touch it because a robot can’t provide the same perspective. Let the search engines point people to your content by providing a personality and telling a story. - -Create In First Person - -Artificial intelligence can do roundups and lists and how-tos until it’s blue in the face, but you know what it can’t do? Talk about how to do those things in the real world. - -For instance, let’s say you’re creating content around the best software for your industry. AI can create the list, “Use this software and this one and this one. It’ll do this, this, and this for you.” But it can’t tell your audience specifically how to use it in your industry. - -So, rather than write a blog post titled, “Five Tools to Use In Finance,” your title could be, “We Tried These 5 Finance Tools.” And then write about each and highlight your favorite. - -It’s still a listicle, in a sense, but you’ve added your perspective, which will prompt Google to send readers your way. - -E-E-A-T Your Content - -Remember way back in 2019 when Google launched their BERT update and told you to E-A-T your content? They wanted you to add expertise, authority, and trust. - -Now, they’ve added on experience, which is something a robot can’t provide. So, if you’ve been creating E-A-T content for the past four years, you’re 90% of the way there. Just add the first-person storytelling that comes from experience, and you are golden! - -To boot, backlinks will still remain important. While your earned media efforts will create backlinks TO your website, your content should include links to other websites that include research, data, analyses, and expert quotes to help build authority and trust. - -Long-Tail Is Still King - -It’s no surprise that Google still places value on long-tail content. What this means is the content you continue to get visitors to, even though it may be a few months or even a few years old. It tells you it’s valuable, and people continue to get something from it. - -It also means you should update it with some of the tips we’ve already covered. For instance, I do a big PESO Model™ primer every January. I have used the same URL for the past five years, but I update all of the content. - -If you Google “PESO Model,” you’ll see it’s one of the top searches. That’s because of the long tail. - -For you to do the same, create a list of potential keywords and phrases that people will always search for in your industry. For instance, “media relations” is a popular topic in our industry, but that phrase won’t cut it in a post-search generative experience world. If I expand it to “Media Relations In Modern Business,” I start to get somewhere. - -It also allows me to add expertise, experience, authority, and trust into the content. - -And, because AI is only returning text-based content (right now), any multi-media content you create will perform better in the long run for you. - -I would be remiss if I didn’t mention that the PESO Model™ Certification teaches you how to do this. It’s been newly refreshed this year, and it includes generative AI along with all of the Google changes. - -It’s Time to Shift Your Content Strategy - -Regardless of where you are on the content spectrum, one thing is certain: search generative experience will shift how we all produce content. Pay close attention to how I followed all of these tips in this article. - -It would have been easy for me to prompt ChatGPT with, “How Will Search Generative Experience Change the Content Game?” and have it spit out a list for me. But I added in first person, storytelling, experience, and expertise. And, because you’re reading, I assume I’ve already built trust and authority. - -Boom! All of the tips are in one place. Google won’t be able to resist me! - -To learn more about how all of this will work, I recommend you read the Search Quality Rater Guidelines from Google. - -And certainly, we are here if you need help figuring this out and implementing it into your content plan.",1731883765,4dc781f5bc,09706d7cfa,,,1731883765 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/13/today-in-supreme-court-history-november-13-1856-6/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,"Today in Supreme Court History: November 13, 1856","To get the Volokh Conspiracy Daily e-mail, please sign up here. - -Email (Required) Comments This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged. Δ",1731883653,6a1d127262,09d57235b8,,,1731883653 -https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/how-much-does-it-cost-to-make-a-key-at-walmart/,https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/feed/,How Much Does It Cost to Make a Key at Walmart?,"If you need a spare key, Walmart is a convenient option. But how much does it cost to make a key at Walmart? In this article, we will break down the costs and what you can expect. For more smart home tips, visit Smart Home Perfected for the latest insights and guides. - -Types of Keys Available - -Standard House Keys - -Description and uses: Standard house keys are the most common type of key used for residential locks. They are typically made from brass or nickel-plated brass and have a simple, flat blade with ridges cut into the edge to match the pin configuration of the lock. These keys are used for entry doors, interior doors, and other access points within a home. - -Typical cost range: At Walmart, making a duplicate of a standard house key is quite affordable. You can expect to pay between $2 and $6 per key, depending on the specific key blank and any additional features, such as decorative designs or colored options. This makes it easy and economical to get spare keys for your home. - -Car Keys - -Basic car keys: Basic car keys are traditional keys used for older vehicles. These keys have a metal blade with grooves cut to fit the car's ignition and door locks. They do not have any electronic components and are straightforward to duplicate. - -Description and uses: Basic car keys are used to manually lock, unlock, and start the ignition of older model cars. They are simple metal keys without electronic chips or remote control features. - -Basic car keys are used to manually lock, unlock, and start the ignition of older model cars. They are simple metal keys without electronic chips or remote control features. Typical cost range: Duplicating a basic car key at Walmart typically costs between $2 and $6, similar to standard house keys. This is because the process involves just cutting the metal key blade without any additional programming. - -Car key fobs and transponder keys: Modern vehicles often use more advanced keys, such as key fobs and transponder keys, which contain electronic components that communicate with the car's security system. - -Description and uses: Car key fobs offer remote locking and unlocking capabilities, and sometimes additional features like remote start. Transponder keys have an embedded chip that must be programmed to the vehicle's ignition system. Without the correct programming, the car will not start. - -Car key fobs offer remote locking and unlocking capabilities, and sometimes additional features like remote start. Transponder keys have an embedded chip that must be programmed to the vehicle's ignition system. Without the correct programming, the car will not start. Typical cost range: Duplicating or replacing car key fobs and transponder keys is more expensive due to the technology involved. At Walmart, the cost for these types of keys can range from $50 to $200, depending on the make and model of the car and the complexity of the key. The higher cost reflects the need for electronic programming and the more sophisticated key blanks used. - -Services Offered - -Self-Service Kiosks - -How they work: - -Walmart stores often feature self-service key duplication kiosks, such as MinuteKey machines. These kiosks allow customers to quickly and easily duplicate keys without needing assistance from store personnel. - -Select the key type: Begin by selecting the type of key you need to duplicate from the options available on the kiosk screen. Insert the original key: Place your original key into the designated slot on the kiosk. The machine will scan the key to determine its cut pattern. Choose your options: Select any additional features or customization options, such as decorative designs or colored keys. Wait for duplication: The kiosk will then proceed to cut the new key. This process typically takes a few minutes. Retrieve your new key: Once the key is cut, it will be dispensed from the machine, ready for use. - -Costs involved: - -Using a self-service kiosk is generally affordable. The cost for duplicating a standard house key ranges from $2 to $6, depending on the key blank and any extra features you choose. Self-service kiosks usually do not duplicate car keys or more complex keys that require electronic programming. - -In-Store Key Cutting - -Process of getting a key cut: - -For keys that cannot be duplicated at a self-service kiosk, Walmart offers in-store key cutting services. This service is typically available in the hardware section of the store. - -Visit the hardware section: Locate the key cutting station within Walmart's hardware department. Provide your original key: Give the original key to the store associate who will assist you with the duplication process. Select key type and options: Choose the type of key blank you need, including any additional features like decorative designs or colored options. Wait for duplication: The store associate will use a key cutting machine to create your duplicate key. This process usually takes just a few minutes. - -Pricing details: - -The cost of in-store key cutting at Walmart varies depending on the type of key. For standard house keys, prices typically range from $2 to $6. For car keys, especially those requiring electronic programming such as transponder keys or key fobs, prices can range from $50 to $200. The store associate can provide an exact price based on the specific key and any additional services required. - -Factors Affecting Cost - -Type of Key - -Differences in cost between key types: - -The cost to make a key at Walmart can vary significantly based on the type of key you need. Standard house keys are the most affordable, typically costing between $2 and $6. These keys are simple to duplicate as they do not contain any electronic components. - -Car keys, on the other hand, can be much more expensive. Basic car keys without electronic features might still be affordable, similar to house keys. However, modern car keys that include electronic components such as transponder chips or remote functions (key fobs) can range from $50 to $200. These keys require additional steps for duplication, including programming the electronic components to match your vehicle. - -Why some keys are more expensive: - -Keys with electronic components, such as transponder keys and key fobs, are more expensive due to the complexity of their design and the need for specialized equipment to program them. The materials used and the technology involved in these keys contribute to the higher cost. Additionally, the process of programming these keys to communicate with your car’s security system is more time-consuming and requires expertise, which further increases the price. - -Additional Services - -Engraving or custom designs: - -Some customers prefer to customize their keys with unique designs or engraving. Walmart offers options for decorative keys that come in various colors and patterns. While these customized keys provide a personal touch, they can be slightly more expensive than standard keys. The added cost typically ranges from $1 to $5 extra, depending on the design and complexity. - -Duplicate key discounts: - -Walmart may offer discounts when you need multiple copies of the same key. For example, if you are duplicating several house keys at once, you might receive a discount on the total cost. This can be especially useful for families needing several copies for different members or for landlords needing multiple copies for tenants. The exact discount can vary by location and the number of keys being duplicated, but it’s worth asking the store associate about any available promotions or bulk pricing options. - -Comparing Walmart to Other Key-Making Services - -Hardware Stores - -Cost comparison: Hardware stores, such as Home Depot or Lowe's, also offer key duplication services. The cost for duplicating standard house keys at these stores is typically similar to Walmart, ranging from $2 to $6 per key. However, prices for car keys and keys with electronic components may vary. Some hardware stores might have slightly higher prices for specialized keys due to different brand partnerships or service offerings. - -Service differences: - -Availability: Hardware stores often have dedicated key cutting stations and a wider range of key blanks available. They may also offer additional services such as lock rekeying or key repair. - -Hardware stores often have dedicated key cutting stations and a wider range of key blanks available. They may also offer additional services such as lock rekeying or key repair. Expertise: Store associates at hardware stores may have more specialized training in key cutting and related services, which can be beneficial for more complex key duplication needs. - -Store associates at hardware stores may have more specialized training in key cutting and related services, which can be beneficial for more complex key duplication needs. Convenience: While Walmart offers self-service kiosks for quick and easy duplication of standard keys, hardware stores generally provide more comprehensive in-person services, which can be more convenient if you need assistance with specific issues or require more complex key types. - -Locksmith Services - -When to use a locksmith: Using a professional locksmith is often the best choice for more complex key duplication needs, especially for high-security keys, transponder keys, or situations requiring lock repair or replacement. Locksmiths are trained to handle a wide variety of locks and keys and can provide services beyond simple duplication. - -Emergency situations: If you are locked out of your home or car, a locksmith can provide immediate assistance to help you regain access. - -If you are locked out of your home or car, a locksmith can provide immediate assistance to help you regain access. High-security keys: For keys that require special handling or high-security features, a locksmith’s expertise is invaluable. - -Pricing comparison: - -Standard keys: Locksmiths may charge slightly more for duplicating standard house keys compared to Walmart or hardware stores, with prices typically ranging from $5 to $10 per key. - -Locksmiths may charge slightly more for duplicating standard house keys compared to Walmart or hardware stores, with prices typically ranging from $5 to $10 per key. Car keys and electronic keys: The cost for duplicating or programming car keys and electronic keys with a locksmith can be higher than at Walmart or hardware stores, often ranging from $75 to $250. This higher price reflects the specialized equipment and expertise required. - -Choosing between Walmart, hardware stores, and locksmith services depends on your specific needs, budget, and the complexity of the key. For basic key duplication, Walmart and hardware stores offer convenient and affordable options. For more specialized needs, a professional locksmith provides expertise and comprehensive services. - -Making a key at Walmart is a straightforward process with varying costs depending on the type of key and service. Understanding these factors can help you make an informed decision. For more home improvement advice, visit Smart Home Perfected.",1731883607,1c7041163b,0a1aed8008,,,1731883607 -https://www.retaildive.com/news/pinterest-holiday-shopping-gift-guides-wishlist/733046/,https://www.retaildive.com/feeds/news/,"Pinterest introduces celebrity gift guides, shoppable wishlists","Listen to the article 3 min This audio is auto-generated. Please let us know if you have feedback - -Dive Brief: - -Looking to position itself as a holiday gifting destination, Pinterest has launched new holiday shopping features and introduced more than 1,000 gift guides on its platform spanning categories like beauty, travel and gaming, the social media company announced Tuesday. - -Using its new “quick save” feature, shoppers can save Pins from the platform’s holiday gift guides and they will automatically be added to a shoppable wishlist. The platform also has a new “holiday finds” tab featuring a personalized feed of giftable items and ideas. - -Pinterest enlisted celebrities and content creators like Alicia Keys, RuPaul and Emma Chamberlain to help select nearly 40,000 gift ideas. The platform also curated its own gift guides and teamed up with publishers like Vogue and Wirecutter to create lists featuring brands like Savage x Fenty, Carhartt and REI. - -Dive Insight: - -Pinterest’s latest holiday shopping push follows a string of holiday efforts both online and offline in recent years. - -In 2022, the tech company hosted its first “Shop the Holidays” event on Pinterest TV, where shoppers could purchase items from direct-to-consumer, local and international brands showcased in shoppable content. The following holiday season, it teamed up with Anthropologie to launch a shoppable home in Brooklyn Heights, New York, complete with QR codes containing shoppable boards. This year’s effort aims to use curated gift guides and shoppable wishlists to get customers to purchase. - -Pinterest has worked to update its platform with other features to court advertisers and make its app more shoppable over the years. In September last year, the company rolled out multiple features, including direct links to brand websites and mobile deep links that connect shoppers to specific pages on a retailers’ app. The changes also included updates to its integration capabilities to make managing product catalogs easier for brands. - -Pinterest’s tech infrastructure investments have paid dividends recently. In its Q3 earnings released this month, the company’s revenue jumped 18% from the previous year to $898 million. Its monthly active users grew 11% year-over-year to 537 million. - -“Our AI investments are driving results by powering better personalized experiences and greater performance for advertisers, with our lower-funnel ad tools being the fastest-growing part of our business,” Bill Ready, CEO of Pinterest, said in the company’s earnings release. “Advertisers are increasingly relying on Pinterest to engage our growing audience who see us as a great place to find inspiration, curate and shop.”",1731883632,8fd4cd93de,0a40cf2009,,,1731883632 -https://www.wired.com/gallery/the-best-cookbooks-of-2024/,http://feeds.wired.com/wired/index,The Best Cookbooks of 2024 (So Far),"The pandemic really threw a wrench into cookbook publishing. Things got weird for a while there, but then such a wonderful flood of books came out that we expanded our coverage to accommodate it all. This year, the momentum shows no signs of letting up. - -First, congratulations to two of our 2023 favorites, The World Central Kitchen Cookbook and Sohla El-Waylly’s Start Here for picking up two of the top James Beard awards! The magic continues this year, and the range is as wide as ever. We're seeing books that help us expand on the basics, figure out what to do when we encounter a mystery vegetable, and learn pasta sauces from a dude who’s so into cooking them that he has even invented and marketed new pasta shapes. Like last year’s Made in Taiwan by Clarissa Wei, travelogue cookbooks continue to knock our socks off in 2024. - -In fact, I’m hoping we’re starting to see a sort of quiet, yet profound progression in cookbooks. There’s the whole Instagram and influencer side, which sometimes lacks depth but really brings it with great photography and good vibes. We’re also seeing high-end chefs team up with skilled cookbook writers to wondrous effect. The best of the lot tell stories with words and photos and have high-quality recipes to match and they're starting to make traditional cookbooks and some cookbook publishers as a whole look fusty and staid and … I love it. - -Read on to get our take on what's the freshest. We've tested every one.",1731883636,bc78e81c60,09f2a7293a,,,1731883636 -https://www.ufc.com/news/official-judges-scorecards-ufc-309-jones-vs-miocic,https://www.ufc.com/rss/news,Official Scorecards | UFC 309: Jones vs Miocic,"UFC returned to Madison Square Garden with a collision of UFC legends as heavyweight champion Jon Jones defended his crown against former two-time title-holder and current No. 8 ranked Stipe Miocic. In the five-round co-main event, former lightweight champion and No. 2 ranked contender Charles Oliveira battled No. 6 ranked Michael Chandler in a highly anticipated rematch. - -Here's how the judges scored each and every round.",1731883662,2c774cd014,0a0e440725,,,1731883662 -https://www.infosecurity-magazine.com/news/sitting-ducks-dns-attacks-global/,https://www.infosecurity-magazine.com/rss/news/biometric/,Sitting Ducks DNS Attacks Put Global Domains at Risk,"Over 1 million domains have been found potentially vulnerable to a “Sitting Ducks” attack, a cyber threat that exploits DNS misconfigurations to hijack domains. - -The report, published by Infoblox Threat Intel, suggests that this type of attack, active since 2018, allows threat actors to leverage hijacked domains for malicious activities ranging from malware distribution to phishing. - -Domain Name System: A Backbone of the Internet - -The Domain Name System (DNS) is a crucial part of the Internet's infrastructure, acting as its ""phonebook."" - -It converts human-readable domain names, such as www.example.com, into machine-readable IP addresses, like 192.0.2.1. This translation allows users to access websites, applications, and online services without needing to remember complex numerical codes. The hierarchical nature of DNS ensures a distributed and scalable system, with domains organized into layers, from top-level domains like .com or .org to subdomains like blog.example.com. - -Domains are equally vital, as they provide a recognizable and navigable structure for the internet. They allow businesses and individuals to establish unique online identities and create reliable addresses for services such as websites, emails, and cloud systems. - -However, the reliance on DNS and domains also creates vulnerabilities. - -DNS hijacking and spoofing attacks can redirect users to malicious websites, threatening online security. Similarly, distributed denial-of-service (DDoS) attacks targeting DNS servers can disrupt access to entire portions of the web. - -How Sitting Ducks Attacks Exploit DNS Weaknesses - -During a Sitting Ducks attack, cybercriminals manipulate the DNS settings of a domain, typically exploiting an oversight called “lame delegation,” where domains mistakenly point to incorrect authoritative name servers. - -Infoblox’s findings indicate that 800,000 domains remain vulnerable, with 70,000 of these already hijacked. - -The report underscores that these attacks are relatively simple to execute but challenging for security teams to detect, as the hijacked domains appear reputable to many security systems. - -Key Threat Groups - -Among the cybercriminals exploiting this technique, groups labeled “Vipers” and “Hawks” stand out. - -Vacant Viper, active since 2019, hijacks around 2500 domains each year to support their traffic distribution system (TDS) called 404TDS. This infrastructure is used to run spam operations, distribute malware and establish remote access Trojans. Similarly, Vextrio Viper has operated a TDS network since 2020, linking compromised domains to an affiliate network of over 65 partners, who redirect users to phishing, malware and scam sites. - -Infoblox identified additional actors, Horrid Hawk and Hasty Hawk, who use hijacked domains for fraudulent campaigns. - -Horrid Hawk, active since February 2023, uses hijacked domains to promote fake government investment schemes across social media platforms worldwide. Hasty Hawk, responsible for hijacking over 200 domains since 2022, uses their domains to conduct phishing campaigns, often spoofing well-known brands like DHL. - -Read more on DNS security threat: New DNS-Based Backdoor Threat Discovered at Taiwanese University - -Impact and Prevention of Sitting Duck Attacks - -Infoblox explained that the impact of Sitting Ducks attacks affects various groups: Organizations with hijacked domains suffer reputational damage; individuals face risks of malware or credential theft; and security teams struggle to maintain effective defenses against increasingly stealthy threats. - -While these attacks are difficult to detect, they can be prevented with proper DNS configuration and oversight. - -Infoblox urged domain owners, DNS providers and registrars to regularly review configurations to mitigate these risks. The report also emphasized that increased awareness and cooperation across the cybersecurity community are essential for addressing and reducing the threat posed by Sitting Ducks attacks.",1731883658,2015353f75,0a188797ad,,,1731883658 -https://www.npr.org/2024/05/17/1197959102/open-source-xz-hack,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"The economic model that made the internet, and the hack that almost broke it : Planet Money : NPR","The hack that almost broke the internet - -Last month, the world narrowly avoided a cyberattack of stunning ambition. The targets were some of the most important computers on the planet. Computers that power the internet. Computers used by banks and airlines and even the military. - -What these computers had in common was that they all relied on open source software. - -A strange fact about modern life is that most of the computers responsible for it are running open source software. That is, software mostly written by unpaid, sometimes even anonymous volunteers. Some crucial open source programs are managed by just a single overworked programmer. And as the world learned last month, these programs can become attractive targets for hackers. - -Sponsor Message - -In this case, the hackers had infiltrated a popular open source program called XZ. Slowly, over the course of two years, they transformed XZ into a secret backdoor. And if they hadn't been caught, they could have taken control of large swaths of the internet. - -On today's show, we get the story behind the XZ hack and what made it possible. How the hackers took advantage of the strange way we make modern software. And what that tells us about the economics of one of the most important industries in the world. - -This episode was hosted by Jeff Guo and Nick Fountain. It was produced by Emma Peaslee and edited by Jess Jiang. It was engineered by Cena Loffredo and fact checked by Sierra Juarez. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR Source Audio - ""Strange Tango,"" ""Warped Worlds,"" and ""Detective Dan""",1731884592,8181d7a585,096434a140,,,1731884592 -https://www.cbssports.com/nfl/news/sunday-night-football-prediction-odds-line-spread-bengals-vs-chargers-picks-by-nfl-expert-on-18-6-roll/,https://www.cbssports.com/rss/headlines/NFL/,"Sunday Night Football prediction, odds, line, spread: Bengals vs. Chargers picks by NFL expert on 18-6 roll","Teams looking to stay in the AFC playoff picture will clash when the Cincinnati Bengals meet the Los Angeles Chargers on Sunday Night Football. Cincinnati is coming off a 35-34 loss at Baltimore, while Los Angeles topped Tennessee, 27-17, in Week 10. The Bengals (4-6), just one game out of the NFL playoff picture as the ninth seed, have lost two of three. The Chargers (6-3), in the sixth spot in the AFC playoff bracket, have won three games in a row. The Chargers lead the all-time series, 23-15, including an 11-7 edge in home games. - -Kickoff from SoFi Stadium in Inglewood, Calif., is set for 8:20 p.m. ET. Los Angeles is a 1.5-point favorite in the latest Bengals vs. Chargers odds, while the over/under for total points scored is 48. The Bengals are 5-0 against the spread in their last five games on the road, while the Chargers are 4-1 ATS in their past five games overall. Before you make any Bengals vs. Chargers bets or picks, make sure to check out the NFL predictions and betting advice from the SportsLine expert R.J. White, considering his mastery of picks involving the Bengals. - -White, a Fantasy and gambling editor for CBS Sports, consistently crushes against-the-spread picks and has gone 643-543-34 on his ATS betting picks from 2017-23, which returned more than $4,600 to $100 players. He also went 101-84-4 (+1366) on all NFL spread picks last season. White also has a strong read on the Bengals. He is an outstanding 18-6 (+1140) on his last 24 picks in games involving the Cincinnati Bengals. Anyone who has followed him on sportsbooks and betting apps is way up. - -Now, White has locked in on Bengals vs. Chargers and just revealed his coveted NFL picks and predictions. You can head to SportsLine now to see his picks. Here are several NFL odds and NFL betting lines for Bengals vs. Chargers: - -Bengals vs. Chargers spread: Chargers -1.5 - -Bengals vs. Chargers over/under: 48 points - -Bengals vs. Chargers money line: Cincinnati -101, Los Angeles -119 - -CIN: Bengals have hit the game total over in 15 of their last 22 games (+7.25 units) - -LAC: Chargers are 6-4 against the spread in their last 10 games overall - -Bengals vs. Chargers picks: See picks at SportsLine - -Bengals vs. Chargers streaming: FuboTV (Try for free) - -Why the Chargers can cover - -Veteran quarterback Justin Herbert is completing 66% of his passes for 1,889 yards and 11 touchdowns with just one interception and a 103.2 rating. He has also rushed for one score. He had his best completion percentage day of the year in last Sunday's win over Tennessee. In that game, he completed 14 of 18 passes (77.8%) for 164 yards and one touchdown. He also carried nine times for 32 yards and one touchdown. - -Running back J.K. Dobbins powers the Chargers' ground attack. In nine games, he has carried 141 times for 670 yards (4.8 average) and six touchdowns. He has had five explosive plays of 20 yards or more, including a long of 61. Dobbins also has 24 receptions for 112 yards (4.7 average). He has two 100-plus-yard performances this season. See who to back at SportsLine. - -Why the Bengals can cover - -Veteran quarterback Joe Burrow continues to be among the elite quarterbacks in the game. In 10 starts, he has completed 246 of 358 passes (68.7%) for 2,672 yards and 24 touchdowns with just four interceptions and a 108.1 rating. He has carried 29 times for 123 yards and one touchdown, including one explosive run of 47 yards. In the loss at Baltimore, he completed 34 of 56 attempts (60.7%) for 428 yards and four touchdowns. - -Burrow's top target has been wide receiver Ja'Marr Chase. For the season, he has 66 receptions for 981 yards (14.9 average) and 10 touchdowns. He has 12 explosive plays of 20 yards or more, including a long of 70, with 451 yards after the catch and 44 first-down conversions. He caught 11 passes for 264 yards and three touchdowns in the loss to the Ravens in Week 10. See who to back at SportsLine. - -How to make Chargers vs. Bengals picks - -White has analyzed Bengals vs. Chargers from every possible angle. He's leaning under on the point total and has also discovered a critical X-factor that has him jumping all over one side of the spread. Find out what it is, and which team to back, at SportsLine. - -So who wins Chargers vs. Bengals on Sunday Night Football, and what critical x-factor makes one side of the spread hit hard? Visit SportsLine now to see which side of the Chargers vs. Bengals spread to back, all from the expert who is 18-6 on picks involving Cincinnati, and find out.",1731883628,fad4a9cc43,09b147a55c,,,1731883628 -https://blog.hootsuite.com/how-to-create-a-youtube-account-channel/,https://blog.hootsuite.com/rss/,How to create a YouTube channel in 2024,"If you have a YouTube video playing in the background as you read this post, you’re not alone: users watch a staggering 1 billion hours of YouTube content every day. People who have figured out how to create a YouTube channel – and make it successful – are the ones cashing in. - -With millions of active users and countless opportunities to engage with a new audience, YouTube might just be a great new platform for your brand. Luckily, creating a YouTube channel isn’t difficult. In this article, we’ll walk you through a step-by-step tutorial. - -And sure, creating a successful YouTube channel is a little more work, but don’t worry: we’ve got you covered there, too. Keep reading! - -Bonus: Download the free 30-day plan to grow your YouTube following fast, a daily workbook of challenges that will help you kickstart your Youtube channel growth and track your success. Get real results after one month. - -How to set up a new YouTube channel - -Step 1: Create a Google account - -YouTube accounts are connected to your Google account (Google is YouTube’s parent company). If you don’t already have a Google account, it’s time to make one. Don’t worry; it’ll just take a couple of minutes. - -If you already have a Google account, skip to Step 2. - -Go to http://accounts.google.com/ and tap Create account. - -Pop in your details and preferred new email address. Done! - -Step 2: Create a YouTube account - -Head to YouTube.com and tap Sign In in the top right corner. - -Select your Google account and enter your password. - -3. Add a channel to your account - -Tap your profile icon in the top right corner and select Create Channel. - -Oh, and in case you’re wondering how much it costs to start a YouTube channel? It’s totally free! - -4. Create a separate business YouTube channel (optional) - -Creating a separate YouTube channel for a business or brand allows you to have more than one manager or owner. Here’s how to do that: - -Step 1: Click your icon in the top right corner - -Step 2: Click Settings - -Step 3: Under Account, click Add or manage your channel(s) - -Step 4: Click + Create a channel - -Step 5: Add your channel name in the box, then click Create - -That’s it! - -Quick note: The new business channel will be associated with the Gmail address you used to sign in to Google. - -5. Add a new manager to an existing business YouTube channel - -After you’ve created a separate YouTube channel for a business or brand, you can add additional managers. These users will be able to upload video content, manage comments, and more. Here’s how to do that: - -Step 1: Click your icon in the top right corner - -Step 2: Select Settings - -Step 3: Go to Settings > Account, scroll to the Channel managers section and click Add or remove manager(s) - -Step 4: Under Users, click Manage Permissions - -This will open a pop-up window. In the top right corner, click the grey people icon in the top right corner. - -Step 5: Add new users to your channel - -You can add new users by name or email address and choose a role (owner or manager). To transfer ownership of the account, select Owner. To add a new account manager, select Manager. - -Step 6: Click Invite and you’re done! - -How to personalize a new YouTube channel - -Now that your new YouTube channel exists, it’s time to personalize it! - -Personalizing your channel’s branding helps people find your content and builds trust with your audience (i.e., they can be sure that it’s actually you). And since YouTube is the second most-used search engine in the world, let’s make sure your channel (and videos) are SEO-optimized to the max. - -Here’s how to personalize your new YouTube channel: - -Step 1: Open the Customization menu - -To get started, head to studio.youtube.com. This will take you to your Channel dashboard. From there, click Customization in the left-hand vertical menu. - -This will take you to the Channel customization menu. This is where you can make changes to the way your new YouTube channel looks. - -Step 2: Upload a profile photo and banner image - -Adding channel art helps with brand recognition. For best results, follow these guidelines: - -Your profile picture will appear where your channel is presented on YouTube, next to your videos and comments. - -It’s recommended to use an eye-catching picture that’s at least 98 x 98 pixels and 4MB or less. Use a PNG or GIF (no animations) file. Make sure your picture follows the YouTube Community Guidelines. - -Your channel’s banner image will appear across the top of your channel. For the best results on all devices, use an image that’s at least 2048 x 1152 pixels and 6MB or less. - -Psst: We’ve got free YouTube banner templates available in Canva. Check ‘em out! - -Step 3: Choose a username and channel name - -Enter your name and choose the YouTube handle for your channel. Not sure what to name your channel? Try our AI-powered YouTube username generator and let the robots do the creative work for you. - -Step 4: Add a channel description - -Next, add a channel description. The description isn’t just for basic info — it’s a great opportunity to add some keywords and hashtags that will help your target audience find your channel. - -It may be short, but it’s a powerful tool for communication and discovery, so you’ll want to get it right. - -Check out our guide to writing a great YouTube description here or try our free YouTube channel description generator. - -Step 5: Finish customizing your channel - -You can customize your channel URL, add external links to your business website or social accounts, and add contact info for business inquiries. Note: This email address will be visible, so create a new address for this purpose if you don’t want viewers to see your personal email address! - -You can also add video watermarks to your content to add additional branding or to prevent people from using your videos without your consent. - -Step 6: Add additional sections to your channel home tab - -To add new sections to your channel page, click Home tab, then + Add section. Note: If this tab is greyed out, move the Home tab slider to the right to proceed. - -You can add lots of different sections to your channel as it grows: - -This is where you can select a channel trailer and pick a spotlight video for returning subscribers. If you’re starting a new channel, keep reading, then come back to this section after you’ve uploaded a few videos. - -How to upload your first video on YouTube - -Hopefully, you’ve got a video to actually put on this YouTube channel, but if you need a minute to whip something up… we’ll wait. - -Here are a few basic video creation tips to get you started: - -Film in the correct ratio. YouTube uses a 16:9 aspect ratio. If your file is not 16:9, YouTube adds space on the sides of your video so it displays correctly without cropping or stretching. - -YouTube uses a 16:9 aspect ratio. If your file is not 16:9, YouTube adds space on the sides of your video so it displays correctly without cropping or stretching. Invest in editing software . You don’t need to go overboard, but learning a bit about video editing will help your content perform much better. - -. You don’t need to go overboard, but learning a bit about video editing will help your content perform much better. Upload high-resolution content. People like to watch crisp, high-quality videos, so make sure that your video resolution is set to 720p or higher for best results. - -People like to watch crisp, high-quality videos, so make sure that your video resolution is set to 720p or higher for best results. Watch the length. Your YouTube video can be up to 15 minutes long. You can upload longer videos with a verified YouTube account. - -Your YouTube video can be up to 15 minutes long. You can upload longer videos with a verified YouTube account. Use the right file format. The best format for YouTube is .mp4, but you can also upload other file formats, including .mov files. Check out our complete guide to social video specs for more details. - -The best format for YouTube is .mp4, but you can also upload other file formats, including .mov files. Check out our complete guide to social video specs for more details. Create the type of content that you enjoy making. The key to success on YouTube is consistency, so make sure that you like the kind of content you’re creating! We’ve got lots of ideas to inspire your next video. If you don’t want to show your face, we have tons of faceless YouTube video ideas to help you out. - -When your magnum opus is ready to go, here’s how to upload it to YouTube: - -Uploading a YouTube video using YouTube Studio - -Step 1: Upload your video file - -Click + Create in the top right corner of your YouTube Studio screen and select Upload videos. This will open a window where you can drag and drop your new video file. - -Step 2: Customize your video - -The video customization window will open automatically as your video is uploading. This is where you can edit the details of your video: - -Add a title (required). YouTube limits video titles to 100 characters or less, but we recommend keeping your titles to around 60-70 characters to ensure your audience can read most of the text. Need help creating a subscribe-worthy title? Use the Hootsuite YouTube title generator to get a great title in a snap. - -(required). YouTube limits video titles to 100 characters or less, but we recommend keeping your titles to around 60-70 characters to ensure your audience can read most of the text. Need help creating a subscribe-worthy title? Use the Hootsuite YouTube title generator to get a great title in a snap. Add a description to tell viewers about your video. Make sure to use specific keywords and hashtags in your description to help surface your video when users search for videos on YouTube. Check out this post for more tips: Social SEO: Guide to More Reach on Social Media + Free Tool. - -to tell viewers about your video. Make sure to use specific keywords and hashtags in your description to help surface your video when users search for videos on YouTube. Check out this post for more tips: Social SEO: Guide to More Reach on Social Media + Free Tool. Upload a thumbnail. The recommended thumbnail image size is 1280 x 720 pixels. - -Note: What counts as a good YouTube thumbnail will vary depending on your audience. As a minimum, make sure it isn’t just a screenshot from your video. Use a photo or your brand elements and add some text to lure viewers in — like Hootsuite does on the Hootsuite Labs channel: - -Step 3: Review the age restrictions - -At the bottom of the Details tab, you’ll be asked to answer a couple of questions about your audience to make sure that your content complies with certain laws and regulations. Review these two questions carefully before moving on to the next tab. - -Step 4: Add video elements - -The Video elements tab allows you to add things like auto-generated subtitles, an end screen, and cards that appear throughout your video to promote related content. - -Note: If your video has no dialogue, the Add subtitles option will be greyed out. - -Step 5: Review the copyright checks - -YouTube will automatically scan your video for issues that may restrict its visibility. - -The Copyright check searches for copyrighted content in your video. If any issues are found, you can remove the claimed content from your video or choose to dispute a claim. - -If you’re in the YouTube Partner Program, the Ad suitability check will verify whether your video follows YouTube’s ad-friendly content guidelines. Don’t worry — if any issues are found, you can request a human review if you think that the systems made a mistake. - -Step 6: Adjust the visibility settings for your video - -If you’re ready to launch your video, set the visibility to Public. If you want your video to go live at a certain time, you can also schedule a date on this tab. - -Ready to post your video? Click Publish in the bottom right corner and that’s it – your video will appear on your YouTube channel! - -Uploading a YouTube video using Hootsuite - -Hootsuite is your hub for all things YouTube. Beyond uploading videos, you can access analytics, schedule video premieres in advance, moderate comments, and use insights to brainstorm future content. - -Step 1: Connect your YouTube channel to Hootsuite - -Connect your YouTube channel to Hootsuite easily in a few clicks: - -In a separate browser tab or window, log out of YouTube. - -In Hootsuite, go to Account , and then select Social accounts and teams. Professional plans: Select + Private account. Team, Business, and Enterprise plans: Select Manage beside your organization name, and then select Add a social network. - -, and then select Select YouTube . - -. Sign in to the Google account that owns the YouTube channel. Enter the Google account credentials (email and password) and then select the Google account that owns the YouTube channel. - -Select Allow. - -That’s it! Now you’re ready to start scheduling and publishing your videos. - -Step 2: Publish or schedule a YouTube video using Hootsuite - -Go to Create, and then select YouTube video. - -Select the YouTube channel you want to publish to and enter a title for your video. - -Drag a video into the upload area or select choose a file to upload to YouTube. Note: Videos less than 60 seconds long will be published as YouTube Shorts. - -Optional: Enter a video description and tags, and select a category for the video. Tags are not displayed publicly, but they can help make your video easier to discover. - -Select a privacy setting. You can schedule Unlisted or Private videos to go public at a later date and time. Turn on Schedule to go Public, and then select a date and time. - -Select Done or Schedule in the top right to publish or schedule your video. You’ll also get an embed code that you can insert into a website and the YouTube video URL that you can share to other social accounts. - -Select Share via Hootsuite to start a new post that includes the video URL. Learn more about creating posts in Hootsuite. - -5 tips to make your new YouTube channel successful - -Creating a YouTube channel is one thing. Creating a successful YouTube channel is another. It’s not easy to stand out from the crowd or reach an audience. - -If you’re new to the YouTube game, check out this Reddit thread where users have shared their top piece of advice to grow your channel. You might find a great nugget of wisdom in this thread! - -You can also watch a video that explains the exact tactics we used to get the first 10,000 subscribers on our own YouTube channel, Hootsuite Labs: - -Now that you’ve done your homework, here are 5 pro tips to make your new YouTube channel a success: - -Tip #1: Optimize your videos for discoverability - -YouTube is dense. There are billions of videos for viewers to sift through, with more than 500 hours of video uploaded every minute. If you want your channel to thrive, discoverability is downright essential. - -Here are some YouTube SEO tips: - -Make sure your channel description is clear, concise, accurate, and keyword-rich - -Include search terms in every video description and give videos and playlists clear, SEO-friendly titles - -Don’t forget to use the tag feature to address common spelling errors - -Use your primary keyword as the video file name - -Say your keywords out loud in the video … and then turn on the subtitles - -If you need help creating engaging, keyword-rich video descriptions, check out our handy AI-powered YouTube video description generator. - -Read more on the science of the YouTube algorithm and social media SEO basics. You’ll be dominating the search results in no time! - -Tip #2: Schedule your videos at the optimal time - -Posting your videos at the right time — when people are online and ready to watch them — gives them the best chance to make it big. - -Your channel analytics will tell you if there’s a day of the week or specific time that tends to get high viewership or engagement. (More on that below!) - -Once you’ve got that intel, you can publish regularly within this timeframe with the help of scheduling tools like Hootsuite. Click here to learn how to schedule your YouTube video in 5 easy steps (not to toot our own horn, but using Hootsuite is way faster than scheduling a video in YouTube Studio!). - -Tip #3: Use YouTube Analytics to understand your audience - -It’s hard to make compelling content if you don’t know who you’re making it for, so make sure you’ve got a good sense of your audience persona before you dive in. - -Who are they? What do they like? (Why won’t they call me?!) - -Once you’ve got a few videos under your belt, see whether or not you’re hitting the mark by diving into your YouTube Analytics. Cold hard numbers will tell you if, how, and when your work of art is making an impact. - -Tip #4: Level up your content with social listening - -While social monitoring is primarily concerned with finding and gathering data, social listening is the practice of using social tools to monitor what people are saying about your brand online and then – this is the key difference – analyzing the information and taking action. - -Done right, social listening can help you: - -Understand your audience better - -Protect and improve your brand reputation - -Stay ahead of the competition - -Keep up with trends - -Find influencers in your space - -Track big cultural moments - -With social listening, you can create useful content that resonates with your audience and adjust your strategy in real-time as their feedback comes in. Not sure where to start? Check out our tips on how to create your own social listening strategy in 5 steps. - -Want to up your social listening game? Every Hootsuite plan includes Listening Basics, so every business can enhance its strategy by making more informed decisions with the help of social media monitoring – even if you’re a small or one-person social team! - -Tip #5: Don’t sleep on YouTube Shorts - -YouTube Shorts are short-form, vertically oriented videos that clock in at 15-60 seconds long. Shorts launched worldwide in 2021 and have quickly become YouTube’s prize new feature, garnering more than 6.5 billion daily views. - -What sets YouTube Shorts apart is its ability to convert viewers into subscribers for your channel, a must for brands and YouTube creators. It’s a low-effort feature to try out, one with big potential rewards. - -Any new features YouTube drops are probably worth testing. In fact, social media platforms often give an algorithm boost to new features to help give them visibility. Ride that bandwagon, baby! (If it makes sense for your brand, of course.) - -Want more in-depth advice on creating a successful YouTube channel? Check out this blog post: YouTube Marketing in 2024: How To Get Started - -Grow your YouTube channel faster with Hootsuite. Schedule and promote your videos and engage with your audience from one dashboard. Sign up free today.",1731883628,362e278ecc,0a26601b48,,,1731883628 -https://www.fourfourtwo.com/features/journeyman-managers,https://www.fourfourtwo.com/rss.xml,Journeyman managers,"It’s just the nature of being a football manager that you’re never in one place for particularly long – but some coaches take that to remarkable levels. - -Each of these coaches has managed a multitude of teams, with most of them holding the reins on more than one continent. - -And don’t go thinking that by ‘journeyman’, we’re implying a lack of success – this list includes World Cup winners and Premier League champions alike. - -Manuel Pellegrini - -Manuel Pellegrini as manager of River Plate in 2003 (Image credit: Alamy) - -Proof that journeyman doesn’t need to be a derogatory term, Manuel Pellegrini has enjoyed great success with clubs in Europe and South America. - -The Chilean started out coaching at Universidad de Chile, the only club he ever played for, before arriving at Villarreal via spells in Ecuador and Argentina. - -After stints managing Real Madrid and Malaga, Pellegrini won his biggest honour of all at Manchester City: the 2013/14 Premier League title. - -Vanderlei Luxemburgo - -Vanderlei Luxemburgo as manager of Real Madrid in 2005 (Image credit: Alamy) - -After a relatively short playing career, Vanderlei Luxemburgo began his managerial journey with Rio-based Campo Grande in 1983. - -Get FourFourTwo Newsletter The best features, fun and footballing quizzes, straight to your inbox every week. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -He went on to coach a host of the biggest clubs in his native Brazil – winning the league title with Bragantino, Palmeiras, Santos, Corinthians and Cruzeiro – as well as holding the reins at Saudi Arabia’s Al-Ittihad and, from 2004 to 2005, Real Madrid. - -Herve Renard - -Herve Renard waves to Zambia fans after victory over the Ivory Coast in the 2012 Africa Cup of Nations final (Image credit: Alamy) - -Herve Renard’s coaching career has taken him all over the world, from his homeland of France to Saudi Arabia via England – where he managed Cambridge United – and Vietnam. - -Best-known for his ventures in international management (and for his form-fitting white shirts), the former defender memorably guided underdogs Zambia to Africa Cup of Nations glory in 2012 – before winning the same competition with the Ivory Coast in 2015. - -Bora Milutinovic - -Bora Milutinovic as manager of Mexico in 1997 (Image credit: Alamy) - -Between 1986 and 2002, Serbian Bora Milutinovic made history by managing at five consecutive World Cups with five different countries: Mexico, Costa Rica, the USA, Nigeria and China. - -The ex-Partizan Belgrade and Monaco midfielder added international jobs number six, seven and eight with Honduras, Jamaica and Iraq. He’s also taken charge of clubs in Europe, the Americas and Asia, winning two CONCACAF Champions Cups with Mexican outfit Pumas UNAM in the early 80s. - -Neil Warnock - -Neil Warnock sledging during his time as manager of Notts County, 1991 (Image credit: Alamy) - -After being appointed Crystal Palace boss in 2007, Neil Warnock proclaimed that the job would be his last in management. - -As of 2024, the charismatic Yorkshireman has taken another eight roles – even returning to Palace in 2014. - -Warnock first took to the dugout in 1980 while still playing as a winger for non-League Gainsborough Trinity. He went on to win a record eight Football League promotions, taking Sheffield United, QPR and Cardiff City to the Premier League. - -Carlos Alberto Parreira - -Carlos Alberto Parreira as manager of Brazil in 2003 (Image credit: Alamy) - -Over the course of an epic career on the touchline which began as boss of Ghana in 1967, Carlos Alberto Parreria managed 10 clubs in four countries and coached six national teams – including his native Brazil three times, guiding them to victory at the 1994 World Cup and 2004 Copa America. - -At club level, Parreira – who never played professional football – won league titles in Brazil and Turkey with Fluminense and Fenerbahce respectively. - -John Toshack - -John Toshack as manager of Real Madrid in 1990 (Image credit: Alamy) - -Liverpool and Wales legend John Toshack had already been coaching for six years when he hung up his boots in 1984. - -After taking Swansea from the Fourth Division to the top flight as player-manager, the big striker had spells at the helm of – to name just a few – Sporting Lisbon, Real Madrid and Saint-Etienne, steering Madrid to the 1989/90 LaLiga title. - -Toshack – who coached the Welsh national team twice – later tasted league glory in Morocco with Wydad Casablanca, as well as managing in Azerbaijan. - -Guud Hiddink - -Guud Hiddink lifts the FA Cup as interim manager of Chelsea, 2009 (Image credit: Alamy) - -A treble winner in his first full season in management at PSV, Guus Hiddink went on to establish himself among the most highly regarded coaches of the modern era. - -The 2010s rather summed up Hiddink’s managerial journey: he took charge of Turkey, Russian club Anzhi Makhachkala, his native Netherlands, Chelsea as interim boss (having led the Blues to the 2008/09 FA Cup) and China U21 before being appointed manager of the Curacao national team. - -Maurizio Sarri - -Maurizio Sarri as manager of Empoli in 2013 (Image credit: Alamy) - -Maurizio Sarri’s inspirational journey to top-level management began back in 1990, when he started coaching tiny club Stia while working as a banker. - -The Italian, who started coaching full-time in 1999, spent more than 20 years at a string of lower-league clubs, before winning promotion to Serie A with Empoli – where he caught the eye of Napoli. - -In 2018, Sarri moved to Chelsea, and in his only campaign he steered the Blues to Europa League victory – his first major honour. - -Claudio Ranieri - -Claudio Ranieri lifts the Premier League trophy as Leicester manager, 2016 (Image credit: Alamy) - -Another Italian with an expensive managerial CV, Claudio Ranieri started out with Vigor Lamezia in 1986. - -Four years later, he took Cagliari back to Serie A – and six years after that, he delivered Coppa Italia success to Fiorentina. - -But, after stints in charge of, among others, Valencia, Chelsea, Juventus, Monaco and the Greek national team, Ranieri achieved his most momentous triumph, writing one of the great sporting underdog stories by leading Leicester to the 2015/16 Premier League title. - -Luiz Felipe Scolari - -Luiz Felipe Scolari as manager of Brazil at the 2002 World Cup (Image credit: Alamy) - -Luiz Felipe Scolari took his first coaching job in 1982; more than four decades later, the moustachioed tactician was still barking orders from the touchline. - -Winning the 2002 World Cup with his native Brazil was the pinnacle for ‘Big Phil’, who lifted the Copa Libertadores in charge of Gremio and Palmeiras during the 90s – and has tasted league success in Japan and Uzbkeistan. - -Scolari also spent an ill-fated seven months in charge of Chelsea from 2008 to 2009, becoming the first World Cup-winning coach to manage in the Premier League. - -Philippe Troussier - -Philippe Troussier as manager of Vietnam at the 2024 AFC Asian Cup (Image credit: Alamy) - -A defender for a string of French clubs during the late 70s and early 80s, Philippe Troussier got his first job in management with INF Vichy in 1983 – which started a globetrotting coaching career. - -In addition to managing a host of national teams from Africa and Asia – including Japan, who he guided to victory at the 2000 AFC Asian Cup – Troussier has managed club sides on three continents, among them Marseille and Johhanesburg’s Kaizer Chiefs. - -Dick Advocaat - -Dick Advocaat as manager of Rangers in 2000 (Image credit: Alamy) - -Nicknamed ‘The Little General’ in reference to his mentor Rinus Michels (‘The General’), Dick Advocaat has won league titles in multiple countries and coached national teams on multiple continents. - -The ex-ADO Den Haag and Sparta Rotterdam player enjoyed great success at the helm of PSV and Rangers during the 90s and early 2000s, in between spells managing the Netherlands – who he led at the 1994 World Cup. - -Since 2000, Advocaat has managed the likes of Borussia Monchengladbach, South Korea, Zenit Saint Petersburg – with whom he lifted the 2007/08 UEFA Cup – Belgium, Sunderland and Feyenoord. - -Roy Hodgson - -Roy Hodgson with the Premier League Manager of the Month award at Blackburn in September 1997 (Image credit: Alamy) - -In a managerial career which spanned almost half a century, Roy Hodgson took charge of 17 clubs in six different countries – plus four national teams: Switzerland, the UAE, Finland and, of course, England. - -Kicking off his coaching journey by steering Halmstad to two Swedish titles towards the end of the 70s, Hodgson also won the league in Denmark with Copenhagen and took two clubs to the final of the UEFA Cup / Europa League: Inter in 1997 and Fulham in 2010. - -England boss at Euro 2012, the 2014 World Cup and Euro 2016, the former PE teacher and non-League player took his biggest club job in 2010, managing Liverpool – although he lasted only 12 months at Anfield. - -Bela Guttmann - -Bela Guttmann pictured in 1962 (Image credit: Alamy) - -One of the greatest managers ever to do it, Bella Guttmann is most famous for guiding Benfica to back-to-back European Cups at the start of the 60s (before ‘cursing’ them never to win another one as he quit amid a wage dispute). - -But the Portuguese giants were only one of the 20 clubs the legendary Hungarian coached across a 40-year career in the dugout. - -Guttmann managed in 11 countries from Austria to Uruguay and won trophies in five of them. He also dabbled in international management, helming the Austrian national team in 1964. - -Rudi Gutendorf - -Rudi Gutendorf pictured with his book, 'Ich bin ein bunter Hund' (direct translation, 'I Am a Colourful Dog') (Image credit: Alamy) - -The chronology of Rudi Gutendorf’s managerial odyssey on his Wikipedia page barely fits on the screen. - -Starting out as player-manager of Blue Stars Zurich in 1955, the German went on to take charge off 55 teams in 32 countries, claiming a Guinness World Record in doing so. - -Selected sides from Gutendorf’s astonishing career in the dugout: US Monastir (Tunisia), Stuttgart, Bermuda, Sporting Cristal (Peru), Chile, Real Valladolid, Trinidad & Tobago, Australia, Nepal, Tokyo Verdy, Ghana, Samoa…",1731883645,464f0e51ee,0a5a8a330e,,,1731883645 -https://thespeakerlab.com/blog/how-should-gestures-be-used-in-a-speech/,https://thespeakerlab.com/feed/,How Should Gestures Be Used in a Speech?,"As a speaker, you already know that what you say is important—but how should gestures be used in a speech to make sure you really connect with your audience? When it comes to public speaking, the way you carry yourself onstage can be just as critical as your carefully crafted words. It’s not just what you say; it’s how you say it. That’s where the magic of body language comes in. - -Imagine yourself getting ready to listen to a speech, and as the speaker walks onto the stage, his shoulders are hunched, with his arms completely stationary by his side as he hesitantly walks to the podium and begins haltingly introducing himself. Would this make you excited to hear what he has to say, or make you dread the idea of listening to him over the next 30 minutes? - -This is the effect that body language has on your audience. It isn’t just something you need to work on in addition to your speaking skills. How you carry yourself is just as important as the words coming out of your mouth. - -This article will explore why using gestures during a speech is so powerful, explore different types of gestures and what they communicate, and even delve into hand gestures that can tank your presentation in different cultures. Whether you are brand new to public speaking or a seasoned professional, this article will give you actionable insights and maybe even help you look at how gestures should be used in a speech with fresh eyes. - -The Subconscious Nature of Gestures - -You may wonder why, if gestures are so important, you often don’t notice or intentionally practice how you move while giving a speech. Ultimately, this is because our body language is usually subconscious. We express ourselves in the way we move without even realizing it. This is why FBI and Secret Service agents use body language to identify potential threats. - -When we’re confident and happy, our bodies tend to open up, our shoulders are back and we project that confidence with expressive hand gestures. When we’re nervous and uncomfortable, we hunch inward and often cross our arms or don’t move them at all. In fact, The Speaker Lab podcast guest Mark Bowden claims that the number one thing speakers suffer from is not being animated enough. - -This phenomenon stems from a fascinating connection between our brains, bodies, and language. It turns out that the regions of our brain responsible for processing language and coordinating movement are intricately linked. Simply put, when we gesture, we’re not just expressing ourselves physically but also mentally reinforcing the concepts we’re trying to communicate. - -It’s as if our brains are hardwired to connect physical actions with verbal expressions, leading to a deeper understanding and easier recall. But by being more conscious about the way we use body language, we can intentionally project confidence, competence and excitement to an audience, which usually rubs off on listeners and gives them the same emotions. - -Learn How You Could Get Your First (Or Next) Paid Speaking Gig In 90 Days or Less We receive thousands of applications every day, but we only work with the top 5% of speakers. Book a FREE call with our team to get started — you’ll learn why the vast majority of our students get a paid speaking gig within 90 days of finishing our program. Get Started - -Why Using Gestures During a Speech Matters - -Gestures are a fundamental aspect of human communication, particularly in public speaking. Here’s why: - -1. Enhanced Communication and Audience Engagement - -Have you ever found your attention wandering as you listened to someone speak, their words blending into a monotonous drone? We’ve all been there. This is a common challenge for speakers, particularly if you are sharing complex or data-heavy information. Integrating hand gestures can transform your delivery, infusing it with energy and making your points land with greater impact. - -Hand movements, even subtle ones, act as visual cues, making you a more dynamic and interesting speaker. These gestures inject visual variety that naturally draws in the eye. Think about it: Would you rather watch a speaker glued to the podium or someone who utilizes natural, engaging movements? - -Your audience tends to make subconscious judgements about you based on your body language, and often, confident gestures will make the audience experience the same emotions you project. When you make eye contact and utilize effective body language, your audience will stay engaged with your talk. Movement helps your audience stay alert and present while also improving your stage presence and making you appear more confident and engaging. - -2. Improved Clarity and Understanding - -Think of a time when you tried to explain something complex to someone, but they just weren’t grasping the concept. Did you find yourself unconsciously using your hands to illustrate your point? This natural instinct highlights another reason gestures are such a powerful speaking tool: clarity. - -This natural inclination reveals the crucial role gestures play in clarifying abstract or complex ideas, transforming spoken words into easily digestible visuals for the audience. Incorporating strategic hand motions when discussing intricate topics, such as statistical data or abstract concepts like leadership qualities, can transform dry facts into tangible images in the minds of your listeners. - -For example, you can use your fingers to count when you are listing out important points. This can make it easier for the audience to follow along and remember the information. Or you could answer audience questions using gestures to appear more approachable. - -3. Increased Speaker Confidence - -You’ve worked hard on your speech, but the thought of being on stage makes your palms sweat, your pulse race, and your voice tremble. Stage fright is a universal experience for new speakers, and many never feel entirely comfortable getting up in front of a crowd—even seasoned veterans. It might surprise you to learn that using strategic hand gestures during a speech doesn’t just impact your audience—it profoundly influences how you, as the speaker, perceive yourself and your message. - -When we gesture, it actually releases nervous energy and calms those dreaded pre-speech jitters. Not only that, but gestures can increase the speaker’s conviction in their message, ultimately strengthening their connection with their listeners. If you want to conquer stage fright and command the room, start by simply using your hands more. - -Types of Hand Gestures for Public Speaking (And When to Use Them) - -Now that you understand the importance of gestures when speaking, let’s take a look at the different types of gestures you might incorporate into your speech, along with the emotional states they commonly elicit in an audience: - -Open Palms : Holding your hands open and upward. Projects sincerity, honesty and trustworthiness. - -: Holding your hands open and upward. Projects sincerity, honesty and trustworthiness. Counting on Fingers : Enumerating points with your fingers. Shows organization, clarity and emphasis. - -: Enumerating points with your fingers. Shows organization, clarity and emphasis. Descriptive Gestures : Using your hands to illustrate size, shape, or movement. Useful for engagement, visualization and emphasis. - -: Using your hands to illustrate size, shape, or movement. Useful for engagement, visualization and emphasis. Emphasis Gestures : Using strong, deliberate movements like pointing, chopping, or fist clenching (use sparingly). Shows conviction and power. - -: Using strong, deliberate movements like pointing, chopping, or fist clenching (use sparingly). Shows conviction and power. Connecting Gestures: Using your hands to physically connect with your chest or heart, or gesturing towards the audience. Projects relatability, connection and empathy. - -This isn’t an exhaustive list, and you should let gestures arise organically throughout your speech as you grow comfortable. It’s completely okay to even practice in front of a mirror or with friends and family until it feels right. Experiment to discover which types of hand gestures feel natural to you while staying aware of how these gestures might play in front of an audience. It’s also a good idea to avoid insincere gestures as it can make you appear untrustworthy. For instance, wringing your hands or keeping your elbows bent can make you seem closed off or nervous. - -Gestures That Speak Louder Than Words: Exploring Cross-Cultural Differences - -Before you bring that captivating presentation to an international audience, remember that the captivating “okay” sign you make with your thumb and forefinger to demonstrate your key points doesn’t actually communicate “okay” to everyone. While using gestures during a speech can enhance your delivery and resonate with the audience, it is critical to be mindful of cultural differences. Certain gestures that we may find harmless or positive can hold completely different, sometimes even offensive, meanings in other parts of the world. What’s seen as a simple gesture of goodwill in one country can quickly turn into an awkward misunderstanding—or even a show of disrespect. - -Let’s take a look at some common hand gestures and their varying cultural interpretations. - -1. The “Okay” Hand Gesture - -While commonly recognized in many Western cultures as a symbol of agreement, in some countries, like Brazil, Germany, and even parts of Turkey, making a circle with your thumb and index finger can be misconstrued as obscene or insulting. - -2. The “Thumbs Up” Gesture - -Giving someone a “thumbs up” is usually understood as an encouraging sign of approval. However, in Iran and several other Middle Eastern countries, this same seemingly-innocuous hand gesture can land you in hot water as a vulgar insult. - -3. The “Peace Sign” Gesture - -You probably use the classic two-fingered peace sign often—especially in photographs with friends. While not considered quite as egregious as the other gestures we’ve discussed so far, in countries, including the UK, Australia, and New Zealand, this peace sign—when done with your palm facing inward—is often perceived as the equivalent of flipping someone off in the U.S. - -Using Gestures Effectively - -We’ve covered a lot, so how should gestures be used in a speech to give it extra pop? Here’s the key: Effective gestures are intentional. They aren’t random movements but purposeful actions designed to support your message. When you practice gestures, try to think about what your left hand is doing while your right-hand gestures. Your non-dominant hand should not be distracting the audience. - -Don’t: Fake It - -The beauty of using gestures in a presentation is that, when done well, it doesn’t seem performative—it happens organically alongside your words. One of the worst things you can do is overthink it and come off as inauthentic, forced, or robotic. It might sound contradictory, but don’t “try” to gesture. - -Do: Be You (With Intention.) - -You want your gestures to feel authentic and aligned with your natural communication style. Practice integrating hand motions organically, but practice until it no longer feels uncomfortable. Using strategic gestures during a speech involves finding the delicate balance between intentionality and letting your natural communication style shine through. Embrace what feels authentic while maintaining awareness and actively working towards conveying a message with both words and gestures. - -Don’t: Overdo It - -Don’t go overboard and wind up like a flailing inflatable tube man at a used car dealership. Excessive hand movements can be incredibly distracting for your audience, so keep those distracting, unnecessary movements in check. Speakers naturally gesture when they speak. It’s important to be able to control those mannerisms so they don’t distract from the message you’re conveying. - -Do: Embrace Stillness - -On the other end of the spectrum, don’t be afraid to let your hands rest naturally at your sides when a gesture isn’t needed to underscore a point. There’s power in stillness, too. - -How do you do that? Just practice relaxing your arms, maintaining a natural and comfortable posture, which not only exudes confidence but also allows for moments of stillness to land more impactfully. - -Public Speaking Coaching at The Speaker Lab - -The journey of becoming a successful speaker, particularly when navigating the complexities of hand gestures and body language, is an exciting, nuanced process, and everyone does it a little differently. Some tips work well for some and not others—finding what works for you takes time and practice. Ready to bring your public speaking skills to the next level? Consider applying for our coaching program. We specialize in helping aspiring speakers just like you step onto the stage with confidence. - -Find Out Exactly How Much You Could Make As a Paid Speaker Use The Official Speaker Fee Calculator to tell you what you should charge for your first (or next) speaking gig — virtual or in-person! Calculate Your Fee - -Conclusion - -So, how should gestures be used in a speech? Mindfully. It’s one more aspect of public speaking to master on your journey, and becoming an influential and impactful communicator goes far beyond just choosing the right words. Mastering the subtle yet powerful language of nonverbal cues is a game-changer for captivating your audience. By integrating these strategies, you’re not merely delivering information, but also fostering genuine connection, understanding, and a memorable experience for your audience. Good luck. - -FAQs About How Gestures Should Be Used in a Speech - -How are gestures used in communication? - -Gestures communicate different ideas, emotions, and thoughts. They are a fundamental aspect of nonverbal communication, especially when speakers want to emphasize a point or express an idea more clearly. Sometimes gestures vary widely between cultures, which is something to be mindful of when speaking to a diverse audience. - -What is the primary rule for using gestures during a speech? - -The most important thing to remember is that gestures should always appear natural and spontaneous, supporting but never overshadowing your words. - -What characteristics should gestures have in a speech? - -Aim for controlled movements. Remember—too much is distracting, and too little makes you appear stiff or unsure. It’s about finding a balance that works best for you, but being mindful in your practice helps. Nervous expressions should be avoided, such as clasping your hands or fiddling with your hair.",1731883672,10642a8199,0a440cce2c,,,1731883672 -https://philosophersmag.com/the-art-and-style-of-crosswords/,https://www.philosophersmag.com/feed,The Art and Style of Crosswords,"Have you ever struggled to solve a crossword puzzle? Or felt the elation of finally figuring out that pesky clue? (Try this: what 6-letter word fits the _ _ _ AMT pattern?*) If so, you probably didn’t think of that as an aesthetic experience: the kind of experience you can have when you walk through a landscaped garden, dance at a concert, or get absorbed in a novel. - -In a recent article on “The Aesthetics of Crossword Puzzles,” published in the British Journal of Aesthetics, I argued that this is one of three ways in which crosswords can give us aesthetic experiences. The other two are simpler to explain. We can see crosswords as sources of visual delight, taking pleasure in the black-and-white grid pattern, or in the kind of shape a puzzle can form. (See https://www.xwordinfo.com/GridArt for some neat examples of grid art.) And we can appreciate crosswords as a kind of poetry, enjoying idiomatic phrases – recently debuted slang in the New York Times includes IT’S BEEN REAL and HELL TO THE NO – and fun clue-entry pairs. (One of my favourites: Natan Last, in The New Yorker, used “Awkward knee-jerk response to a waiter saying ‘Enjoy your meal!’” as a clue for YOU TOO.) - -But the most distinctive kind of aesthetic experience of crosswords has to do with the way we respond to our own efforts while solving. Often, in appreciating the arts, we react to the agency of others. This can happen in two ways. In watching a movie, we might be frustrated with a character’s decision (shouting “don’t go in there!” at the screen). But we might also love the director who gave us that experience by creating their film. The first is a reaction to the internal world of the artwork; the second is a reaction to the world outside the work. - -Besides having aesthetic experiences of what others do, however, we can also have aesthetic experiences of our own agency, as Thi Nguyen argues in his groundbreaking book Games: Agency as Art (2020). Building on Nguyen’s work, I argue that puzzles as well as games can give us such experiences. In particular, we can experience the harmony of solution, which is an aesthetic property of the delightful fit of a crossword answer with its clue. Consider this cryptic clue: “Actress in Titanic and iceberg encounter (7,6).” Do you see it right away? If not, I’ll tell you that you’re looking for the name of an actress (first name 7 letters, last name 6 letters), and all the letters are right there in the clue. Or maybe you don’t see it, in which case you might be experiencing the distinct aesthetic property of unresolved disharmony: you’re frustrated by not being able to come up with the solution.* - -Our aesthetic experiences of our own agency are analogous to our reactions to the internal world of an artwork: our frustration with our inability to finish a puzzle is like our frustration with a character who makes a dumb choice in a movie. But there’s also a connection between our reactions to artists and our reactions to crossword constructors: in both cases, we can feel grateful or annoyed, frustrated or astounded, by what they make. I call these kinds of reactions aesthetic reactive attitudes. These are the attitudes we form in response to aesthetic agency. - -To be clear, I don’t think it’s very interesting to debate whether crosswords are, strictly speaking, art. Some people don’t think art can even be defined at all: maybe it’s an open concept, one whose boundaries are ever shifting as the sociological institutions of the artworld change. But I do think it’s important that crosswords can be worth spending time on, that crosswords can merit our aesthetic engagement. And one way to see this is to recognise that crossword constructors are, in important ways, like artists. Constructors are the ones who give us the experiences we have, by designing the puzzles they do, just as Jordan Peele, say, gives us a certain kind of experience by directing the films he does. So besides focusing on how we can have aesthetic experiences of our own agency, another way of arguing that crosswords merit our aesthetic engagement is to focus on the fact that crossword constructors, like (other) artists, can have a style. - -Some examples: Kameron Austin Collins constructs tough themeless puzzles with a low word count and a cosmopolitan range of cultural references. Liz Gorski is known for intricate themes and clever grid art. Martin Ashwood-Smith’s grids are often recognisable even before you fill them in, since he loves to use triple or even quadruple ‘stacks’ of 15-letter answers. - -There seem to be three major elements of a crossword that can be stylistic: grid shape or layout, difficulty level, and the ‘voice’ of a puzzle. Voice, in turn, is a matter of both clue and answer writing. (Peter Gordon’s fabulously lengthy clues, often too long to be published in a print newspaper, are part of his style.) The style of a set of answers – particularly longer, ‘marquee’ answers – pertains to things like choice of idiom or subject matter. Some constructors try to represent particular social groups or subcultures with the names and phrases they include. These three elements can intersect: for instance, grid layout affects answer length, which in turn affects voice. In the end, style may be a matter of overall gestalt, stemming from the ways in which these elements combine. - -What is it for a constructor to have a style, anyway? There are a number of theories of individual artistic style, but one I’m attracted to comes from the philosophers Nick Riggle and Robert Hopkins, who think that style is the expression of the ideals an artist has for their art. Rather than holding that an artist’s style is, somehow, a manifestation of their actual personality, Riggle and Hopkins take it to be a realisation of their conception of artistic excellence. On this view, each constructor’s style makes a distinctive claim about what makes a puzzle good. - -Crosswords can seem pretty simple: just black-and-white grids, with highly constrained rules. But even within these limited resources, individual style can break through. When we love some constructors for the puzzles they create, we’re not just admiring the quality of their puzzles, but the ways in which they actualise new possibilities for the art form. - -*Answers: DREAMT, CANDICE BERGEN. - -Robbie Kubala is assistant professor of philosophy at the University of Texas at Austin. He is also a speed crossword solver who has finished in the top 25 at the American Crossword Puzzle Tournament.",1731883644,f019c0c620,0a46aa46d7,,,1731883644 -http://www.skysports.com/watch/video/13255795/grand-slam-of-darts-cheeky-gary-anderson-hits-three-bullseyes-in-a-row-against-luke-littler,https://www.skysports.com/rss/12040,Grand Slam of Darts | Cheeky Gary Anderson hits three bullseyes in a row against Luke Littler,"Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player - -Gary Anderson hits three bullseyes in a row against Luke Littler in the Grand Slam of Darts semi-final.",1731883651,fc4744035e,0a93030be4,,,1731883651 -https://www.wmagazine.com/fashion/tyla-vintage-tiger-print-dress-mtv-europe-music-awards,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,Tyla's 2000s Aaliyah Homage Mixes Archival Dressing With Trendy Details,"Tyla was just two years old when Aaliyah hit the 2000 MTV Video Music Awards in her now-famous Roberto Cavalli tiger dress. That, however, didn’t preclude the South African hitmaker from paying homage to Aaliyah’s major fashion moment over the weekend. - -On Sunday evening, Tyla attended the MTV Europe Music Awards (the network’s European answer to the VMAs) in a Cavalli design that originated on the fall 2000 runway. That same year, Aaliyah turned up to the VMAs in a neon yellow iteration. Like Aaliyah’s dress, Tyla’s look featured a high leg slit and a floor-skimming train. The main focus, however, was placed on her dress’s bold feline print and feather-trimmed hem. Despite the fact the design is well over two decades old, her timing couldn’t have been better. Animal prints of all stripes and spots are experiencing quite the renaissance recently. - -The singer finished off her red carpet look with BDSM-style high heels, à la J.Lo, and silver tone jewelry from Jacob & Co. - -Ian West - PA Images/PA Images/Getty Images - -Aaliyah’s famous Cavalli moment has been a perennial red carpet reference since the singer hit the red carpet in 2000. So much so that everyone from Paloma Elsesser to Bretman Rock (who somehow got his hands on the late singer’s exact dress) have offered their interpretations of the look. The Italian brand even presented a string of tiger print dresses during its latest collection which honored the best hits of its recently-passed founder. Models Isabeli Fontana, Natasha Poly, and Joan Smalls all wore boldly colored printed dresses during the show. - -KMazur/WireImage/Getty Images - -Tyla later switched into a teensy knit mini dress from London designer George Trochopoulos. The singer, alongside Taylor Swift, walked home with the most prizes at the EMAs. She won the Best Afrobeats, Best R&B, and Best African Act awards. - -John Phillips/MTV EMA/Getty Images Entertainment/Getty Images - -Tyla has indirectly channeled Aaliyah in the past—most notably, in her embrace of the exposed boxers and denim trend—but this homage feels decidedly intentional.",1731883677,f8844306b1,0a794a021f,,,1731883677 -https://www.campaignmonitor.com/blog/email-marketing/8-types-of-email-content-to-send-your-audience/,https://www.campaignmonitor.com/blog/feed/,8 Types of Email Content to Send Your Audience,"8 minute read time 8 Types of Email Content to Send Your Audience Campaign Monitor - Mar 21, 2024 - -Engaging your audience with new email marketing strategies can be exciting, but knowing where to start can be daunting. While there are dozens of routes you can take when creating email marketing content that aligns with your audience’s preferences, we’re sharing some content inspiration that will ensure you’re sending compelling emails that your subscribers will look forward to seeing in their inboxes. - -While this list isn’t exhaustive, it’s full of effective and inspiring ideas to help you start creating an email program that meets your objectives, engages your subscribers and keeps your content fresh and exciting (regardless of your industry!). - -1. The welcome journey - -Welcome emails — boasting the highest open and engagement rates in an email series — are the messages subscribers expect to see in their inboxes, especially after subscribing or making their first purchase from your brand. The welcome email is an opportunity for you to not only meet your customer’s expectations — but to also exceed them with engaging content that keeps them wanting to see more of your content and products. - -The initial communication you make with a subscriber sets the tone for your relationship with them. Providing a good experience is key. In some cases, your welcome email will be a brand introduction to someone who may become a customer someday. In others, you’ll be solidifying your relationship after an initial purchase. Be sure to share the value of your offerings; this will help you gain the trust of your audience and entice them to make that all-important first purchase. - -Some key questions to ask yourself when creating your welcome email: - -Are my welcome emails based on my subscribers’ behaviors, i.e. how they signed up? - -When customers buy a specific product from me, what are they interested in seeing next, and can I send them relevant suggestions? - -Is my welcome series a good mix of content, such as opportunities for subscribers to learn more about my brand, as well as promotions that provide opportunities for subscribers to purchase? - -Does my welcome email set expectations around my business and the content I share? - -2. Promotions & offers - -A popular approach to enticing customers to take the next step in the buyer’s journey is offering promotions and offers consisting of discounts, deals, limited-time offers, seasonal sales, or birthday and anniversary offers as well as coupon codes. Free shipping promotions can also be effective in motivating recipients to complete a transaction. And, flash sales, additionally, create a sense of urgency, encouraging customers to act quickly to secure exclusive deals. - -By framing your promotional messages as a narrative in which the customer is the hero that solves a problem by purchasing from you, you can create an engaging experience, while connecting emotionally with your audience, building trust and loyalty, and encouraging them to take action. - -Keep in mind that the way customers view promotional emails is changing. As technology and the availability of information continue to grow, consumers are quickly becoming more aware of messages that are overly “salesy,” or even worse, spammy. So, plan to launch promos strategically and sporadically. Be sure to focus these emails on the offer, highlighting it with a stand-out call to action, and then, below the promotion, provide useful content to supplement and complement your offer, such as “how-to guides” and “top tips,” etc. — content you know your customers want to read. - -3. Guides, blogs & other content - -If inbound content marketing is a part of your overall marketing strategy, make sure your subscribers know you’re creating content for them. Creating guides, blogs and other pieces of content provides you with a chance to promote your field expertise while engaging your audience. Creating this content also gives you a prime opportunity to enhance your email strategy with fresh content every time you hit send. - -For example, e-commerce fashion retailers could boost engagement by sending monthly updates on the latest fashion trends. Or, if you’re in publishing and media, a weekly opinion piece from the editor could drive open rates and subscriptions. - -Don’t expect readers to spend too much of their time scrolling through your resources pages. Instead, work to provide your audience with curated and relevant content in a manner that’s also easily accessible. Some companies send weekly content highlights, showcasing a handful of different content pieces for their readers to engage with. By sending emails that give a brief overview of a new blog post along with a bold call to action, you’ll create a huge opportunity to drive engagement and boost your ROI. - -4. Loyalty & rewards - -Loyalty and rewards programs have become essential tools for brands wanting to build lasting relationships with their customers. By offering rewards such as exclusive discounts, personalized offers or free merchandise, businesses can foster a sense of belonging and create strong emotional connections with their customers. Additionally, offering loyalty and rewards to an already-engaged audience is both a practical and convenient way to retain customers, and given the current economy, such loyalty perks are vital in driving revenue from customers who make repeat purchases. - -Sending rewards based on purchases is a great start, but recognizing and rewarding the loyalty of your most important customers is imperative. By segmenting your database, you can identify your most loyal customers — those that are most engaged or who have purchased the most — and offer a special treat to thank them for their loyalty. - -Loyalty and rewards can be expressed in dozens of ways — especially when you implement automation. Automations are a great way to identify important events such as a birthday or anniversary — and provide a special offer as a reward. - -5. Newsletters & announcements - -If your company has the resources, sending a standard newsletter can help you build relationships with your customers while keeping them updated on the latest work you’re doing, especially if your focus is on content marketing. These emails are so important because they offer a consistent touchpoint with your audience. In order to establish this consistency, creating a regular send cadence, such as weekly or monthly sends, is key. - -Newsletters and announcements can help bring to life different content themes by sharing new blog content, inviting subscribers to an event, or simply letting customers know what’s new with your brand. - -Above all, a newsletter will keep your company present and top-of-mind for your audience. Any sales and engagement that occur as a result of your newsletter are a prime advantage, so you should absolutely invest in optimizing these campaigns to drive engagement. Most importantly, make sure you’re sending compelling content to keep your subscribers interested. - -6. Behavioral-based messaging - -Behavioral-based emails are a dynamic tool in email marketing, allowing brands to deliver the right message to the right audience at the right time, which will ultimately boost engagement and result in a more positive customer experience. You can send behavioral-based emails for almost any action taken by a customer as long as you have a way to track that activity, such as asking them to log in before using your site, service or store. - -With the ability to track and analyze customer behavior, such as website visits, clicks and past purchases, you’ll have the opportunity to segment and personalize your messaging based on each recipient’s preferences and interests. This refined and personal approach can lead to increased open rates, click-through rates and overall engagement, as customers are more likely to interact with content that genuinely resonates with them. Additionally, personalization at this level helps forge a stronger connection between your brand and customers, boosting the possibility of conversion and customer loyalty. - -7. Testimonials & reviews - -Testimonials and reviews play a vital role in digital marketing strategies, offering a number of benefits to brands. Essentially, testimonials and reviews provide social proof, which gives potential customers reassurance and confidence in your brand’s products and services. - -By highlighting the positive experiences of satisfied customers, you can influence the purchasing decisions of potential customers. With testimonials and reviews building credibility and trust, brands can establish themselves as reliable and trustworthy, which is vital, especially in an era where consumers heavily rely on online feedback. - -8. Surveys and net promoter feedback - -Asking your customers how well your company is meeting their needs can be a very vulnerable conversation. But, these conversations also give you practical insights about your performance, the culture you’re creating with your customer base, and how to continue, stop, improve or begin new processes to engage with your customers. - -Surveys also provide insight into who your customers are. Assuming certain things about whom you’re actually trying to sell to can result in missed opportunities and low metrics. Instead, ask your customers questions to see what they have to say when they fill out a survey. Email is definitely the channel to send these invitations for feedback. - -Keep your content fresh and exciting! - -An engaging email marketing strategy should leverage a variety of these ideas to ensure that you accomplish your marketing objectives, keep your subscribers wanting more of your content, and of course, prevent unsubscribes. As you introduce varying types of email content to your strategy, remember to continually track your metrics as you experiment. See what resonates with your audience — what works to boost engagement — and try to maximize your impact based on those results.",1731883651,90cebb82b4,0a67ee688c,,,1731883651 -https://www.digitaltransactions.net/visa-credential-tech-coming-to-u-s-and-other-digital-transactions-news-briefs-from-11-12-24/,https://www.digitaltransactions.net/feed/,Visa Credential Tech Coming to U.S. and other Digital Transactions News briefs from 11,Visa Credential Tech Coming to U.S. and other Digital Transactions News briefs from 11/12/24,1731883667,82a62bbdfa,0a82008572,,,1731883667 -https://contentmarketinginstitute.com/articles/one-true-prediction/,https://contentmarketinginstitute.com/feed/,At Least One of These Predictions for Marketers Is True,"Predictions for 2025 started fast and furious before the calendar flipped to November. - -But, as you’ve learned, marketing predictors are really bad at them. - -In 2023, virtual and augmented reality was supposed to take off. And 2024 was to be filled with agile marketers scrambling to do innovative things to drive growth. This was to be the year that AI would find its way because marketers’ optimism would drive rapid and exciting adoption of the technology. - -Brand safety was to be another story of 2024. Yet, as research from Forrester finds, more than half (53%) of U.S. B2C marketing executives recently said they’re becoming less “prudish” about brand safety. - -Yes, predictions are fun, engaging, and what people (including us at CMI) do. So, keep all of this in the proper perspective. - -With that said, we turn the microphone over to CMI’s chief strategy advisor, Robert Rose, to learn what he sees for 2025. Read on or watch the video: - -Create for moments, not momentum - -What will be the focus in 2025? - -Will it be SEO and content? Predictions from Forrester say SEO budgets will triple in 2025 as AI integration reaches a critical path moment for search. - -And how about AI? Well, research firm Kantar predicts that 2025 marketers will care a lot about auditing and managing their data and its quality so they and, in turn, their customers have more trust in the content produced by generative AI. - -There’s a lot to unpack for 2025, especially with the U.S. election now complete. So, let’s grab the CMI Magic 8 Ball to see what’s going to happen (or not happen) next year. - -Brace yourself: Using the U.S. national election as the lens, I confidently see a wild and curvy path for marketers on the content road. - -Pressure will be renewed when it comes to how brands talk about cultural and social issues. Regardless of where your brand sits in the culture wars, your No. 1 job will be to create belief and trust with your audience, and it will require stepping outside your normal content box. - -Taking a stand as a brand while adapting to the shifting landscape is here to stay. Young people want to see brands that share their ideals, and businesses are really beginning to understand that. - -In so many ways, marketers will look to create trusted moments instead of long-form narratives. That may sound esoteric, but it’s not. Marketers will create moments of surprise, delight, and value rather than taking the time to build momentum through a long-form story. - -Gain from shifting trust - -If it’s even possible, trust will likely sink lower. Expect the 2025 Edelman’s Trust Barometer to show a decrease across mainstream media and government. Nonprofit organizations and for-profit businesses may be the only two institutions in 2025 that move in a positive direction for trust. - -What does that mean? It means podcasts over broadcast and cable TV. It means content for social media instead of long-form downloadable PDFs. It means paid media goes more digital, and marketers care less about brand safety on social media platforms as the platforms themselves become less trusted than the brands that are there. - -From a social media perspective, this shift is good for platforms like TikTok. If your brand hesitated to invest in that platform because it might go away, you can probably safely place that bet now. - -Operate in a nonregulated AI world - -On the tech front, AI will continue to get boosted, and any regulations on the technology will lag. Don’t expect any short-term clarity on things like copyright infringement or formal rules on where and how AI content can be used. - -What about M&A in the marketing and content space? It should be interesting. Expect a flurry of new AI-oriented marketing tools to enter the space. - -Additionally, more and more “marketing agent” tools will emerge that promise to automate everything from your customer emails and drip campaigns to media buying. However, most of these pronouncements will be vaporware fueled by a frothy venture market that will use the astronomic rise of cryptocurrency as a fund. And I wouldn’t rule out a return of NFTs and other blockchain marketing solutions as the startup world and money return to things on the back burner. - -Know this prediction is guaranteed - -In short, as you wait to see if any of these dynamics play out, one thing is certain: Now more than ever, marketing leaders must navigate A LOT. So, hold tight. - -The one prediction I really want to be true is that brands increase their investment in their teams — their time, training, and wisdom — and build the institutional value of their marketing teams and the people in them. AI and automation never swing for the fences with imaginary creative. - -I can guarantee this one prediction will be true in 2025: You must be wiser, more creative, and more empathetic than you’ve ever been. As Peter Drucker famously said, “The only way to predict your future is to create it.” It’s up to you to make 2025 what you want it to be. - -Want more content marketing tips, insights, and examples? Subscribe to workday or weekly emails from CMI. - -HANDPICKED RELATED CONTENT: - -Cover image by Joseph Kalinowski/Content Marketing Institute",1731883609,31f9d0ff54,0a6bb2879b,,,1731883609 -https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/news/england-ireland-lee-carsley-fa-34129650,https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/rss.xml,England fans in agreement on Lee Carsley as interim reign ends with Ireland thrashing,"England fans have hailed Lee Carsley for his job with the Three Lions, some even claiming he should have been given the permanent gig. - -The 50-year-old was put in interim charge of the side following Gareth Southgate’s exit after Euro 2024. In all, Carsley oversaw six games as interim boss and lost just once. - -He rounded off his short spell at the helm in the best possible way, beating the Republic of Ireland 5-0 - a result that secured Nations League promotion. And in the aftermath of that result, England fans have taken to social media to hail Carsley. - -One fan wrote: “Carsley has done a brilliant job. Won the group, given 8 players their debut and has expanded the pool of players for Tuchel to choose from.” - -A further England supporter added: “Great performance by England tonight. Refreshing to see us play like that over the 2 games. Lee Carsley has done a decent job overall across the fixtures in charge not to mention giving other lads a chance to show what they can do. Looking positive for Tuchel.” - -And while there has been praise, other fans were left to question the decision not to give Carsley the permanent role. A supporter said: “Carsley deserved the England job permanently.” - -Another fan said: “Lee Carsley has done well for himself taking charge of England's National team. It's a pity he didn't back himself for the full-time job. Tuchel may not be the Angel to save England's trophy drought.” - -“I’ve said it before, and I’ll say it again, Lee Carsley should have got the England job on a permanent basis, we panicked after one bad result, daft,” a supporter said, while another questioned: “So why is Lee Carsley not getting the England job again. What was not to like ? young players, flexible tactics, honest with the media, is Tuchel really such an upgrade…” - -Image: Getty Images) Getty Images) - -Will Thomas Tuchel be a success with England? Share your thoughts in the comments below - -There was initially some confusion over Carsley’s stance on a permanent job. He initially appeared to rule himself out of the job, claiming England needed a “world class coach”. - -But he quickly backtracked by suggesting that he was open to remaining at the reins. Eventually, the FA moved to appoint former Chelsea and Bayern Munich boss Tuchel who will take charge in January, while his first game will come in March. - -Carsley will now return to his role with the under-21s but he has not ruled out potentially applying for the role once more as a replacement for Tuchel. - -Join our new WhatsApp community and receive your daily dose of Mirror Football content. We also treat our community members to special offers, promotions, and adverts from us and our partners. If you don't like our community, you can check out any time you like. If you're curious, you can read our Privacy Notice.",1731883627,312e351df6,0ab1bcca20,,,1731883627 -https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/archive/2024/11/most-insidious-legacy-trump-era/680568/?utm_source=feed,https://www.theatlantic.com/feed/channel/ideas/,Triumph of the Cynics,"In the final weeks of the 2024 campaign, Donald Trump did the following things: falsely accused Haitian immigrants in Springfield, Ohio, of eating their neighbors’ pets; invited a comedian onstage at a rally to call Puerto Rico a “floating island of garbage”; said he wouldn’t mind if someone shot the reporters who cover his rallies; fantasized about former Representative Liz Cheney having guns “trained on her face”; called America a “garbage can for the world”; and pretended to fellate a microphone in public. Then, on Tuesday night, he decisively won the presidential election, sweeping every battleground state in the country. - -That Trump routinely gets away with saying things that would have ended any other politician’s career is hardly a novel observation. People have been making this point since he launched his first campaign nine years ago. Theories abound to explain the phenomenon, and we’ll get to those in a moment. But, first, do me a favor and reread that paragraph above. Clock your reflexive reaction. Do you find yourself indifferently skimming, or notice that your attention has begun to drift? Do you roll your eyes at what looks like yet another scoldy catalog of Trump’s alleged misdeeds, or mentally quibble with my characterizations? (He was obviously joking about Cheney.) Perhaps you’re thinking that you missed one of these moments—or maybe you’re not quite sure. Hasn’t he said something about shooting reporters before? Who can remember—all of this stuff blends together. - -What you’re experiencing is the product of Trump’s clearest political accomplishment, and perhaps his most enduring legacy: In his near decade as America’s main character, he has thoroughly desensitized voters to behavior that, in another era, they would have deemed disqualifying in a president. The national bar for outrage keeps rising; the ability to be shocked has dwindled. - -Trump is not the first modern president to contribute to this national numbing effect. Richard Nixon’s abuses of power shattered the idyllic image many Americans had of the presidency, seeding a skepticism that would eventually blossom into generational cynicism. And Bill Clinton’s affair with the White House intern Monica Lewinsky—complete with the airing of every graphic detail by opponents, and the rush to excuse his indiscretions by allies—helped normalize the idea that presidents don’t need to be moral exemplars. - -But when it comes to lowering our collective expectations of presidential behavior, Trump is a singular figure. The lines he has enterprisingly crossed—legal, ethical, constitutional, moral—are too numerous to list. (Plus, chances are, you’d get bored and abandon this article if I tried.) But it seems worth noting here just a few of Trump’s firsts. He is the first president to try to stay in power after losing an election. He is the first president to be impeached twice (for attempting to trade military aid for political favors from the Ukrainian president, and for sending a violent mob to storm the Capitol). He is the first to be convicted of a felony (for crimes connected with hush-money payments to an adult-film star with whom he had an affair), and the first to be found liable for sexual abuse (for assaulting E. Jean Carroll in a department-store dressing room). He demonstrates no contrition for these acts. In fact, he’s always denied all wrongdoing—even as he’s boasted that he could shoot someone on Fifth Avenue without losing the support of his base. - -Trump’s apologists might argue that his success is a symptom, not the cause, of the country’s coarsened character. Alternatively, something about his public persona, forged in the New York tabloids and on reality TV, may make people uniquely tolerant of his sins. After all, the same voters in North Carolina who delivered him the state’s 16 Electoral College votes this week also rejected a Trump-aligned candidate for governor who’d been discovered making vile anti-Semitic and racist comments on a porn site. Trump has also no doubt been aided by Republican politicians who cravenly defend everything he does, blundering Democrats who have struggled to provide a compelling alternative, and a press corps still constrained by its “bias toward coherence.” - -In any case, the fact remains that Trump’s brazenness damages the political culture. Every time he crosses a new line, he makes it that much easier for the next guy to do so. Nearly a decade into the Trump era, too many Americans have internalized the idea that expecting our political leaders to be good people is quaint and foolish. But this savvier-than-thou attitude only empowers Trump and his mimics to act with impunity. - -Is it possible to resensitize an electorate to scandal and cruelty? I don’t know. Maybe we start by trying to remember how we felt when all of this was still new. - -In recent weeks, Gen Z voters have been sharing videos of themselves on TikTok listening—for what they say is the first time—to Trump’s infamous Access Hollywood tape. I found watching these videos, and reading some of the young people’s interviews in The Washington Post, at once heartbreaking and hopeful. Brigid Quinn, a 15-year-old in Georgia who had never actually heard the once and future president say “grab them by the pussy,” told the paper she “didn’t understand how people thought this was normal.” Kate Sullivan, a 21-year-old student in Ohio, was similarly shocked when she heard it for the first time. “I just recently got into politics,” she said. “The fact that people knew about this, and he still won, is pretty wild to me.” - -A less cynical age may dawn again.",1731883621,f37ba6d5d1,0b00c3868d,,,1731883621 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/16/the-line-architects-this-week/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,This week we revealed the architects of The Line phase one,"This week on Dezeen, we revealed that Austrian studio Delugan Meissl Associated Architects and global firm Gensler are the lead architects for phase one of The Line megacity in Saudi Arabia. - -In the first official confirmation of the architecture studios designing The Line, it was announced that Delugan Meissl Associated Architects is urban planner for phase one of the project, while Gensler is city planning consultant and UK engineering studio Mott MacDonald is city infrastructure engineer. - -In other Neom news, the project's long-term CEO Nadhmi al-Nasr departed his role. - -In design news, Thomas Heatherwick unveiled a glassware collection for gin brand Bombay Sapphire that is made up of glasses and sculptural bottles. - -The collection comprises two hourglass-shaped bottles, the largest of which contains ""a terrarium of sorts"" for the display of botanicals found in Bombay Sapphire gin. - -Also in design, British artist Alex Chinneck unveiled a series of distorted street furniture to bring ""surrealism into the public realm"". - -The sculptures in Bristol, England, include knotted lampposts, a twisted telephone booth and a constricted postbox. - -In architecture, it was revealed that the first building to ever win the RIBA Stirling Prize – the 29-year-old Centenary Building by British studio Hodder+Partners – is threatened with demolition. - -Meanwhile, the Twentieth Century Society selected 10 UK buildings turning 30 this year, and therefore eligible for listing, which it believes should be granted listed status. - -Other news this week included design studio The Great Exhibition adding the ""world's first office rollercoaster"" to its Stockholm office. - -Named The Frontal Lobe, the 60-metre-long rollercoaster loops through the seating areas, kitchen and bar on the ground floor of The Great Exhibition's office in the Liljeholmen district. - -Ahead of Design Miami and Miami art week, we took a look at the city's changing skyline by rounding up eight upcoming skyscrapers set to be built there. - -Among the skyscrapers are towers for Dolce & Gabbana and automotive brands including Bentley and Mercedes-Benz. - -Popular projects featured on Dezeen this week included a home in Kerala that blends ""old-world charm with the modern"", a London home with patinated copper ""top hat"" and a Boston academic building wrapped in ribbons of stainless steel. - -This week's lookbooks featured homes with plywood panelling and staircases that fulfil additional functions. - -This week on Dezeen - -This week on Dezeen is our regular roundup of the week's top news stories. Subscribe to our newsletters to be sure you don't miss anything.",1731883635,8f8dc0373b,0af294c1b1,,,1731883635 -https://www.justsecurity.org/104756/human-trafficking-magnitsky-sanctions/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=human-trafficking-magnitsky-sanctions,https://www.justsecurity.org/feed/,Sanctioning Human Trafficking Under the Global Magnitsky Program,"In September, the U.S. government announced a set of sanctions against Cambodian tycoon and ruling-party senator Ly Yong Phat, along with several related companies, for their role in subjecting trafficked workers to forced labor in online scam centers. This action is the third time the U.S. government has used the Global Magnitsky program to respond to human trafficking, though it does little to remove the uncertainty about the kinds of trafficking that this program can address. - -Human Rights First, where we work, and antitrafficking organizations have long argued that Magnitsky-style sanctions targeting human trafficking, including forced labor and sex trafficking, can be an effective means of promoting accountability for crimes that are often difficult to prosecute. This latest set of sanctions is therefore a promising development, particularly as the State Department recently signaled its intent to prioritize using the Global Magnitsky program to address forced labor – a policy we encourage the incoming Trump administration to continue to uphold. - -Regardless of the administration, though, questions remain about what forms of human trafficking the U.S. government considers eligible for these sanctions – and specifically whether the trafficking must involve physical abuse to meet the requisite legal threshold, as has been the case in all three instances of trafficking the U.S. government has sanctioned to date. From the use of digital technologies to exploit sex trafficking victims to forced labor practices abetted by certain migrant worker systems, cases of human trafficking that do not involve physical abuse are widespread. These cases should also be a focus of the U.S. government as it prioritizes using the Global Magnitsky program to address human trafficking. - -What is Human Trafficking? - -Human trafficking is an umbrella term that refers to crimes involving the exploitation of a person through force, fraud, or coercion for economic profit. The U.S. government recognizes two primary forms of human trafficking: forced labor and sex trafficking. - -Both forced labor and sex trafficking have several definitions under U.S. law, all of which originated from the Trafficking Victims Protection Act of 2000 (TVPA). These definitions largely align with the related definitions under international law as provided in the Forced Labour Convention of 1930 and the UN Protocol to Prevent, Suppress and Punish Trafficking in Persons (known as the Palermo Protocol). - -To aid in identifying instances of forced labor, the International Labor Organization has developed a set of eleven indicators: abuse of vulnerability, deception, restriction of movement, isolation, physical and sexual violence, intimidation and threats, retention of identity documents (such that workers cannot access them on demand or leave their job without risk of losing them), withholding of wages, debt bondage (where individuals are subject to forced labor in an attempt to work off incurred or inherited debt), abusive living or working conditions, and excessive overtime. In some cases, a single indicator may suffice to determine the existence of forced labor, though multiple indicators are often present. - -Under U.S. and international law, human trafficking occurs even when the means by which traffickers exploit victims do not involve physical abuse. Non-physical means of trafficking include threats of physical harm; coercion, such as the abuse or threatened abuse of the legal system; deception; and psychological, financial, or reputation harm. Such elements have been found, for example, in forced labor practices embedded in corporate supply chains. - -Using Magnitsky-Style Sanctions to Address Human Trafficking - -Though the Global Magnitsky sanctions program was created in 2017, and Congress in an update to the TVPA further explicitly authorized the program’s use against forced labor and sex trafficking since 2019, it was not until 2022 that the U.S. government first used this sanctions program to address human trafficking. - -In December 2022, following advocacy efforts and sanctions recommendations by Human Rights First and other civil society actors, the U.S. government imposed the first two sets of Global Magnitsky sanctions directly addressing human trafficking, including the first forced labor case and the first sex trafficking case. The former targeted illegal, unreported, and unregulated fishing operations on vessels registered to the People’s Republic of China – and led to the removal of an implicated company from the NASDAQ stock exchange. The latter case targeted Filipino pastor Apollo Quiboloy for sex trafficking, systemic rape, and physical abuse of young girls. The sanctions against Quiboloy were widely reported in the Philippines and appear to have bolstered domestic advocacy, which recently resulted in his arrest and appearance before a Philippine Senate committee hearing investigating his crimes. In imposing these sanctions, the U.S. government recognized for the first time that human trafficking, including forced labor and sex trafficking, could be sanctionable “serious human rights abuses” under the Global Magnitsky program. September’s action against Ly and others followed this precedent as the second-ever Global Magnitsky sanctions for forced labor. - -In addition, the United States in December 2023 for the first time sanctioned forced labor as a “gross violation of human rights” under the Section 7031(c) visa restriction program, imposing a visa ban on a former local official in Indonesia, Terbit Rencana Perangin-Angin, for “the forced labor of boys and men.” While the State Department did not detail the facts of the case, Perangin-Angin allegedly imprisoned individuals “under the guise of a drug rehabilitation program” and forced them to work at a palm plantation and palm oil factory he owned. - -This “gross violation of human rights” standard under the Section 7031(c) visa ban program is a slightly narrower definition than the Global Magnitsky sanctions program’s “serious human rights abuse” standard. It only covers government officials and a set of defined acts, including the flagrant denial of the right to life, liberty, and security. - -The Legal Basis for Magnitsky-Style Sanctions in Cases of Human Trafficking - -The recent sanctions against Ly are a welcome addition to the limited number of U.S. sanctions addressing human trafficking made thus far – and one long-awaited by civil society. Also welcome was the accompanying U.S. announcement that “[a]ddressing serious human rights abuse in the context of forced labor is a priority line of effort for our use of the Global Magnitsky program.” However, there is still ambiguity about whether all forms of human trafficking qualify for sanctions under U.S. interpretations of the relevant law, or only those involving physical abuse. - -Part of this uncertainty is due to the way the U.S. government publicizes its Global Magnitsky sanctions designations. While the press releases announcing these actions describe the sanctioned person’s alleged activities, it is not always clear which specific acts attributed to the sanctioned person provided the legal basis for the sanctions and which acts, if any, were simply included for context or broader condemnation. - -To date, the U.S. government has only used Global Magnitsky sanctions in human trafficking cases that involved physical abuse. In the case of the Chinese fishing vessels, the Treasury Department cited both physical abuse and non-physical indicators of forced labor, such as: deaths of crew members attributed to poor conditions, physical abuse, malnutrition, isolation, overwork, withheld pay, deceptive recruiting practices, and retention of identity documents, among other actions. In the Quiboloy case, the Treasury Department cited coerced sexual intercourse, rape, and “other forms of physical abuse” against girls and women. - -The basis for the Global Magnitsky sanctions against Ly and his businesses similarly includes a range of forced labor indicators. The press release cites beatings of workers who called for help, abuse with electric shocks, and reports of victims jumping to their death, along with luring victims to work under false employment opportunities, confiscating their phones and passports, making them pay hefty ransoms, and threatening them with being sold to other online scam gangs. - -(The press release for the Section 7031(c) visa ban on Perangin-Angin provided too little detail as to the “forced labor” that was the basis for the ban to shed any light on whether non-physical forms of forced labor can qualify as a “gross violation of human rights” under that program.) - -Targeting Human Trafficking Without Physical Abuse - -Thus far, Global Magnitsky sanctions for human trafficking have therefore appeared to rely, at least in part, on documented incidents of physical abuse. However, not every case of human trafficking involves such abuse – for instance, when governments coerce labor by threatening to withhold public benefits, or when sex traffickers recruit individuals through threats of reputation or other forms of harm. One form of trafficking that happens to be especially difficult to prosecute – yet can and should be sanctioned – involves foreign ambassadors, who have been accused of leveraging their diplomatic status to fraudulently transport domestic workers into the United States and coerce labor by taking their passports and through other non-violent extortion. - -These and other trafficking-related acts may constitute “flagrant denial[s] of the right to life, liberty, or the security of person,” which the U.S. government considers to be gross violations of human rights – and thus should be sufficient grounds for sanctions under both the Section 7031(c) and Global Magnitsky programs. All acts of trafficking involve a violation of an individual’s bodily and mental integrity, which has been recognized as essential to the right to the security of person under international law. Often, these acts involve bodily confinement without free consent or involuntary transportation, both of which are contrary to the right to liberty of person. Additionally, conditions that can be life threatening, such as overcrowding and malnutrition, constitute a denial of the right to life. - -In our assessment, if human traffickers use non-physical means to subject victims to forced labor, the U.S. government has the legal authority to sanction that conduct as a flagrant denial of a person’s right to life, liberty, and security – and should do so, irrespective of whether the perpetrator inflicted physical abuse. The same is true for sex trafficking, which also constitutes a violation of these rights regardless of whether acts of physical abuse are involved. - -We welcome the U.S. government’s apparent growing commitment to using Magnitsky-style sanctions to address human trafficking. We strongly encourage the current Biden and new Trump administrations to take meaningful action against these abuses by using the Global Magnitsky program to deter and provide accountability for trafficking cases going forward. To do so, it must extend these tools to address cases of human trafficking where no physical abuse is present. Such trafficking is prevalent, and the U.S. government should prioritize using targeted sanctions tools to hold perpetrators accountable for all forms of this exploitation. - -IMAGE: Representation of human trafficking (via Getty Images).",1731883668,cb888a0738,0b0b1f32f7,,,1731883668 -https://www.npr.org/2023/05/16/1176462647/green-energy-transmission-queue-power-grid-wind-solar,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Wind, solar, and the long line to connect to the electrical grid : Planet Money : NPR","Green energy gridlock - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Dan Charles/NPR Dan Charles/NPR - -The Pine Ridge Reservation is in the southwest corner of South Dakota, and it is windy. In fact, Lyle Jack realized his tribe, the Oglala Lakota Nation, and many other tribes in this area, could pay for lots of things they needed, just by harvesting some of that wind. - -Which is why, for the past 20 years, Lyle has been trying to build a wind farm on the reservation. He's overcome a lot of hurdles, like persuading a majority of the tribes in South Dakota to join forces and form a company. They picked a spot to build the windmills where the wind blows hard and – crucially – where there's a power line. That will allow this wind farm to connect to the electric grid. - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Dan Charles/NPR Dan Charles/NPR - -This is where Lyle ran into the obstacle that stopped his project in its tracks. So many people want to connect their new solar and wind projects to the grid right now that it's creating a massive traffic jam. All those projects are stuck in line: the interconnection queue. - -Sponsor Message - -On today's show: the long line for power lines. Green energy may be the future, but at the moment, the people who run the country's electric grid are trying to figure out how to bring all those new projects online. It's a high-tension tightrope act, but if they succeed, it could ensure the future of the planet. No pressure. - -This episode was produced by Willa Rubin. It was edited by Sally Helm, fact-checked by Sierra Juarez, and engineered by Katherine Silva. Jess Jiang is our acting executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: ""Funky Reverie,"" ""Inner Desert Blues"" and ""Blues Swagger.""",1731884636,8181d7a585,0ae4b59679,,,1731884636 -https://www.teachthought.com/critical-thinking/inspirational-quotes-about-life/,https://www.teachthought.com/feed/,50 Of The Most Inspirational Quotes About Life,,1731883662,ecf7668f95,0b1e4adef3,,,1731883662 -https://transom.org/2013/just-another-fish-story/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Just Another Fish Story,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/Just-Another-Fish-Story.mp3 Download Listen to “Just Another Fish Story” - -I remember the day Molly Menschel said she wanted to produce a story about a dead whale. I thought she would fail miserably. - -Molly was a student of mine at the time back in 2004. The whale in question had beached itself in Lubec, Maine a good ten years earlier. I thought “Who would she interview? Who the heck will remember a dead whale from that long ago?” - -But, Molly was convinced it would work, that she’d get good tape. So, off she went to the hinterlands of Downeast Maine with her microphone, a tape recorder, and a steadfast willingness to interview everyone she encountered. - -Exactly the kind of beginner we love!! Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -In the end, Molly produced one my all-time favorite radio documentaries. “Just Another Fish Story” stands out from the pack because it’s timeless, universal, and oh-so-well-produced. Frankly, I don’t know exactly how she did it. It’s rather mind-boggling that this piece was produced by a student — just her second story ever. - -Okay, truth be told? I’m jealous. Listen and hear why.",1731883718,c00d35bf2d,0b31fce002,,,1731883718 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/ai-orchestra-of-robots/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,How to Conduct Your Own AI Orchestra of Robots,"Probably a decade or so ago, back when we did Fireside Chats with marketing and comms experts on Spin Sucks, I had Chris Penn as a guest (I just looked; it was seven years ago!). We talked about artificial intelligence. - -He said something that day that has stuck with me all of this time. I’m paraphrasing, but he essentially said that someday, our jobs will be not unlike an orchestra conductor. We will have a team of robots that do the work we need done, and we will conduct how they all come together. - -At the time, it seemed unlikely that that world would ever happen, but here we are. With all of the generative AI tools at our fingertips and semantic search changing the way we think about content creation, we are now conducting robots to do our bidding (but again, they’re still not doing our dishes or laundry!). - -Not a single day goes by that I’m not using ChatGPT, Perplexity, Gemini, and Opus to help with our work—and we become more dependent on each of those tools as they continue to improve. It’s like having a team of really smart interns working with us 24/7. - -Penn was right: we are conducting an orchestra of robots. - -You’re Not Immune to AI - -Greg Brooks recently snipped from a Hacker News comment related to OpenAI’s new release and posted it on Reddit (which says a lot that I saw because Reddit scares me, but I go there to see what smart advice he’s doling out). - -The comment was, “We’re moving toward a world where every job will be modeled, and you’ll either be an AI owner, a model architect, an agent/hardware engineer, a technician, or just..training data.” - -Let me repeat: you’ll be an AI owner, a model architect, an agent/hardware engineer, a technician, or training data. - -Just as Chris predicted seven years ago, you are conducting an orchestra of robots in each of those scenarios. - -I know many of you don’t want to use AI for whatever reason: it’s scary, will take your job, or can’t replace the human touch of what you do. A client told me the other day that he told his team, “Not using AI is like being an accountant who wants to do all of their calculations with paper and pen instead of Excel.” - -A-freaking-men! - -You’re not immune to AI, and it’s not scary. Is it going to replace you? Of course not! Is your job going to change? For sure, it is! - -Some people think we’ll be replaced by robots and all sit around on our couches, watching Netflix. That’s not going to happen. But the way you do your job will absolutely be replaced. - -So why not be ready versus putting your fingers in your ears and singing, “La la la la la” as loudly as you can? - -Let’s explore each scenario Greg snipped to get your juices flowing. - -The AI Owner - -The AI owner. Imagine, if you will, you have an expertise or a certain skill set. Crisis communications or strategic planning, for instance. Or you have a framework only your organization or agency uses—the PESO Model©. - -This expertise will eventually require custom-trained models that you can use to work with customers or clients. - -A smart domain-focused PR firm, like one focused on manufacturing, law, or beauty products, could train those models and build a business by renting them to clients. - -It would make a lot of sense for my team and me to create one for the PESO Model, right (it’s like you’re looking into our strategic plan!). You then could achieve your PESO Model Certification® because it’s imperative for you to know enough to be able to conduct your orchestra of robots and then use our trained AI to help you execute it, tweak it, measure it, and improve. - -But you don’t have to have a framework that an entire industry uses to be an AI owner. Let’s say your expertise is in crisis communications, and you work for an agency. Rather than have clients call you when something happens, you can train an AI to predict what might happen—and when—for clients you already have, prospects you’d like to work with, and an industry overall. - -To do that, there are four steps: - -Gather historical data on past PR crises , including news articles, social media posts, and company announcements. Train AIl to recognize patterns and early warning signs of potential PR crises. Deploy the model as a real-time monitoring tool that alerts clients and prospects to potential crises before they escalate. Charge a subscription fee for access to the crisis prediction tool, with higher fees for advanced features like automated response suggestions and even higher fees to work with you to get them through the crisis. - -The Model Architect - -Perhaps owning the AI isn’t the right fit for you right now—either for your business, the organization you work for, or yourself personally. That’s OK! There are other ways AI will help you become more efficient as you evolve your career versus being replaced. - -Another is the model architect. This person, team, organization, or agency focuses on improving existing AI models to support their processes. - -We’re already at the point where becoming a model architect will benefit you—and some of you may already be doing it without even realizing it. Your daily life has many practical applications: sentiment analysis, media monitoring, crisis prediction and management, content generation (ideas or first draft only!), and influence identification. - -You’re probably using AI for most of those things already, maybe without even realizing it, especially if you use software for some of it. This is great because you’re already on the path to becoming an AI model architect. - -To get yourself over the finish line and start offering it either as part of your skillset as you move up the ladder or to clients if you work for an agency, there are four steps for you to take: - -Start learning how it works by reading, watching, and listening to as much AI content in PR as possible. You’re already doing that just by listening to this podcast. Keep that up because we’ll continue to discuss where AI is useful for you at that moment in time. And find others to learn from. Complete small projects that allow you to understand how it works, how to prompt it to get what you need, and how to deliver what is being asked of you. For instance, a common question PR pros ask in the Spin Sucks Community is, “How do I provide an automated media and social media monitoring report so I don’t have to do it every day manually?” While some software will create the daily report and email it to your list of executives, Truescope , for instance, you still have to tweak it to get it where you need it. Instead of doing that manually, use AI to get you what you need before the email is sent out each day. Once you have that figured out, move to something else. Keep testing, iterating, and trying new things . For instance, we have a client that hosts a weekly podcast. It used to take us FOREVER to create content for each episode, but with AI, it now takes a fraction of the time. We upload the transcript into the AI of choice (some of us use Castmagic , some use ChatGPT , and others use Perplexity ) and prompt it to provide headline ideas, social media post ideas, four blog post ideas, timestamps, and quotes. From there, it’s pretty easy to draft the pieces we need to promote each episode without listening to them several times to create the assets we need to build the content. Once you feel comfortable with how you’ve set the AI up to do the tasks you don’t want to do, you can launch it more broadly . For agencies, this might look like a subscription model where you charge clients for access to the AI to do what you might have done manually in the past. For in-house folks, this might be incorporated into your standard operating procedures and taught to colleagues to improve the team’s efficiency. - -The Agent or Hardware Engineer - -The agent or hardware engineer is where many of us are right now. We’re experimenting and figuring out how to make AI work in our daily lives and for our organizations and/or clients. - -This is a start, but it’s not a way to build a career or business with a moat around it (aka get paid more or charge more). - -Suppose you want to use AI to increase your efficiency and effectiveness. In that case, building an army (or orchestra if we’re going with the conductor analogy) of engineers is where you should begin to focus your time. - -In this case, as an AI agent, you develop AI that automates and optimizes the various tasks you do every day. Think admin tasks, such as media list development or editorial calendars, media monitoring, sentiment analysis, and results reporting. All of the things you probably don’t enjoy doing very much, but are critical to the success of your job. - -Here is how you might do that: - -Build an AI agent that scans news articles and social media posts , summarizing key points and identifying potential PR issues. The reports can be daily, weekly, or monthly (depending on the topic) and can be emailed to you first and then to a larger group of stakeholders. - -A crisis management bot might monitor for signs of a PR crisis , send alerts, and provide recommended actions. This will enable you to quickly alert a client or senior leadership team that something is amiss and you should react quickly. - -Build a chatbot that handles client inquiries on social media and in email, providing instant responses and escalating issues when necessary. This is especially nice when you have international clients or customers who are working while you sleep. - -When you do this kind of work, you create an orchestra of robots to do your bidding for you so you can focus on the more strategic—and more valuable—parts of your job. - -The Technician - -The AI technician bridges the gap between developers, engineers, and comms pros. This person is learning how this works but doesn’t have enough experience to conduct an entire symphony alone. They likely have zero to seven years of experience and are learning the trade and how to use AI in their jobs. Eventually, this person wants to be an engineer, architect, or agent and is learning as much as possible along the way. - -An example of how a technician might work in today’s comms world is that you have the software set up to monitor media, social media, and trends, and, for the most part, the AI does its job. However, some oversight still needs to be done to ensure the AI is correctly trained on sentiment and share of voice. - -The technician might log in every day and scroll through all of the mentions to confirm the sentiment and other metrics are reported correctly. If they are not, the AI technician corrects them, which trains the AI to tweak what it delivers the next time. - -Eventually, the software does its job without the technician. That person can move on to tasks such as crisis management, trends reporting, search and AI optimization, and/or content creation. - -While not a glorious job, it’s necessary as someone moves up through the PR ranks. Once you know how to conduct one robot, you can eventually conduct an entire symphony. - -The Data Trainer - -The data trainer ensures the AI systems deliver accurate, unbiased, and ethical outputs. Just the other day, we had a conversation in the Spin Sucks Community about the dangers of AI, and some wondered if it’s too late to put the genie back into the bottle. - -I do think it’s too late—and I think the pros far outweigh the cons, but there are many considerations PR pros should take into account. We talked earlier this year about how we can responsibly navigate weaponized information, and the same goes for AI. - -Unfortunately, PR pros will figure out that they can affect AI’s output by flooding it with biased training data. The same will be true using AI, just like we have whisper and smear campaigns. - -It’s highly unethical, but human nature and its sheer amplification make it tempting to think someone (or someones) won’t do it. - -If you aim to be someone who trains the data, there are some pros and some cons to consider. - -The pros include: - -You get to decide what the AI brings to the forefront and what it ignores. You directly influence how these models assist in PR activities and can build and train them to provide what you need with the stroke of a key. - -Gaining AI and data science expertise can open up new career opportunities and positions within the PR industry and beyond. - -Ensuring AI models are trained on unbiased and representative data contributes to ethical AI development and use . - -The cons include: - -The role requires a deep understanding of AI technologies and the specific needs and nuances of the PR industry, which can be challenging to master, particularly early in one’s career. - -Collecting, cleaning, and annotating data is time-consuming and requires meticulous attention to detail. - -Even with the best intentions, there is always a risk of unintentional bias in the training data, which can affect the AI model’s performance and fairness. - -Your Own Orchestra of Robots - -As with anything, time will tell where this all goes. It’s an exciting time to work in our industry, full of innovation and technological advancements that we have yet to experience. - -If you open your mind to the possibilities versus sticking your head in the sand because of the dangers, you’ll soon be on your way to conducting an AI orchestra of robots of your own.",1731883702,4dc781f5bc,0b00612b6b,,,1731883702 -https://derivsource.com/2024/08/29/cme-group-to-launch-bitcoin-friday-futures-on-september-30/,https://derivsource.com/feed,CME Group to Launch Bitcoin Friday Futures on September 30,"CME Group, the world’s leading derivatives marketplace, today announced it will further expand its cryptocurrency derivatives offerings with the introduction of Bitcoin Friday futures (BFF) on September 30, pending regulatory review. - -Sized at one-fiftieth of one bitcoin, these new weekly futures contracts will be cash-settled to the CME CF Bitcoin Reference Rate New York Variant (BRRNY) at 4:00 p.m. New York time every Friday. A new BFF contract will be listed every Thursday at 6:00 p.m. New York time for a Friday trade date, with market participants able to trade the nearest two Fridays at any given point. A Friday expiry allows these contracts to closely track the spot price of bitcoin, as well as help investors mitigate weekend price moves. - -“With these weekly expiring smaller-sized contracts, investors of all sizes – from institutions to sophisticated, active retail traders – will be able to more accurately fine-tune their bitcoin exposure on a regulated exchange,” said Giovanni Vicioso, CME Group Global Head of Cryptocurrency Products. “By settling to the BRRNY, the benchmark used by leading spot bitcoin ETFs, traders will also benefit from growing liquidity and the ability to more efficiently capture market moves during U.S. hours.” - -“We are pleased to support CME Group’s launch of these new weekly expiring bitcoin futures contracts and further expand the low-cost products available to our clients,” said Steve Sanders, EVP of Marketing and Product Development at Interactive Brokers. “With a shorter duration and smaller-sized contract, Bitcoin Friday futures will offer our active trader and institutional investor clients a flexible and cost-effective new way to manage their bitcoin exposure in a transparent market.” - -“The new Bitcoin Friday futures (BFF) contract is another great example of CME Group’s continued innovation in the retail crypto trading space,” said Elad Even-Chen, Group CFO of Plus500. “We are keen to support the launch of this shorter duration contract, which will suit the needs of a broad category of investors looking to manage their cryptocurrency portfolios with more flexibility and capital efficiency. The BFF contract will appeal to an international audience and the launch very much aligns with Plus500’s approach to product innovation and responding to customer feedback.” - -“Bitcoin Friday futures will serve as a great trading complement to the existing suite of CME Group products we offer at Webull,” said Tanmay Sheth, Director of Futures at Webull. “With its smaller notional size and weekly Friday expiry, Bitcoin Friday futures will allow our global traders a cost-efficient way to gain exposure to bitcoin, as well as effectively manage their existing product portfolios and capture new trading strategies.” - -Bitcoin Friday futures will join CME Group’s deeply liquid suite of benchmark Bitcoin futures contracts. Year-to-date trading highlights include: - -Bitcoin futures record average daily volume (ADV) of 14,554 contracts - -Bitcoin futures record open interest (OI) of 27,900 contracts - -Micro Bitcoin futures record ADV of 37,000 contracts - -Micro Bitcoin futures record OI of 28,000 contracts - -For more information on these products, please visit www.cmegroup.com/bff.",1731883749,9dd65a327d,0b143a1003,,,1731883749 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/10/22/aston-villa-vs-bologna-live-score-latest-champions-league/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Jhon Duran finishes off Bologna to send Villa top of Champions League,"Italiano complained to Emery again, while the Bologna players surrounded the referee, as the Villa fans cheered a scoreboard malfunction that first incorrectly showed the home side to have taken a two-goal lead and then a three-goal one. - -A brief VAR check allowed the Villa fans to celebrate loudly again when the goal was confirmed and the scoreboard finally correctly showed that their side were one up. Duran looked set to finish his second start of the season without a goal, but as Watkins prepared to go on, the Colombian netted his second Champions League goal, and his seventh of the season. - -Rogers controlled a high ball over the top and crossed for Duran to volley in as he stretched. The Holte End erupted and it was the goalscorer’s final action as he was replaced by Watkins. - -Duran kicked the chair in front of him as he sat in the dugout and had to be calmed down by a member of Emery’s staff before he jogged down the touchline and disappeared down the tunnel with a big smile on his face. - -It was no surprise to see he was back out at full-time to lap up the applause of the Villa fans who will scarcely be able to believe what they are witnessing. Duran will no doubt believe he has now proved he is much more than a super-sub. - -Emery has no problem with Duran’s angry reaction - -Unai Emery hailed “fantastic” Jhon Duran and insisted he has the striker under control. - -Duran scored with his final kick against Bologna before being replaced by Ollie Watkins and then booted and punched a chair in the dug-out before disappearing down the tunnel. Duran reappeared at the final whistle with a big grin on his face. - -Asked if he had a problem with the Colombian’s reaction, Emery said: “No, of course I am managing everything. We are sending the message in the dressing room, respect our values and try to be mature and responsible. Sometimes players react a bit, but it is under my control.” - -Asked about Duran’s performance and goal, Emery, the Villa manager, added: “Fantastic. Always it is difficult, but he scored the goal. He was watching maybe his change and he accelerated to score. For us and him it was fantastic. It is good to try and manage. It is the best for the team.” - -Emery agreed his team may now have to aim for a top-eight finish that would clinch a path straight to the round of 16. “Of course, we can change the objective and to be in the top eight,” said Emery. “But I want to feel in a natural way, we are doing that but not as a surprise. There are other teams who are contenders and favourites to get top eight.”",1731883740,4301cc1e14,0b13029c8d,,,1731883740 -https://roboticsandautomationnews.com/2024/11/14/boost-small-business-efficiency-with-robotics-and-automation/86986/,https://roboticsandautomationnews.com/feed/,Boost Small Business Efficiency with Robotics and Automation,"Robotics and automation are everywhere these days and they are helping all kinds of companies, no matter their size. Whether they be big or small, businesses are improving and reaching new heights because of the helping hands offered by this cutting-edge, top-of-the-line technology. - -If you run a small business, you are missing out on a lot by not investing in and using robotics and automation. It can make a huge difference and take your profits to the next level. - -Fast Invoicing - -Invoicing is a vital part of most businesses but, honestly, it can be a bit of a bore too. Sadly, it takes a lot of time, which means an employee has to devote many hours to making sure that customers, businesses, and other parties are invoiced correctly. - -But automation has led to the creation of simple invoicing, which can all be handled by modern apps that get the job done in seconds, instead of hours. Obviously, the business owner has to load the proper data, such as prices, names, dates, and more. - -But once it is all put in the system, a simple invoicing program will handle the rest and ensure that everyone is delivered the invoices when they need them, perfectly on time. - -By saving time, businesses can ensure their employees are tackling another task that simply must be done by a human. - -Improved Workflow - -Yet another way that small businesses improve because of automation is by enhancing their everyday workflows, boosting productivity and enhancing morale too. Automation tools can handle repetitive, time-consuming tasks that previously needed manual involvement. - -Think about administrative duties – things like scheduling, invoicing, entering data, and managing emails. When they automate these tasks, small business owners can once again claim their time, which enables them to instead focus on more important and strategic endeavors. - -For example, inventory control is a subject in which automation can have an important and positive effect. Small businesses often run into difficulties in manually tracking inventory levels, reordering materials, or overseeing turnover. - -Automated inventory management systems allow businesses to effortlessly monitor stock levels in real-time and even automatically submit orders when inventory is low. - -This can eliminate the likelihood of overstocking or depleting inventory, preventing expensive mistakes and enhancing cash flow. - -Warehouse - -For small companies that handle certain goods, logistics and fulfillment can become a total mess and a headache. But this is another area where automation and robotics can play a helpful role. - -Automated systems and robots in warehouses can perform important and specific tasks such as picking out items, sorting them, packing them up, and then shipping them as well. Now, these are jobs that would usually require a lot of physical work from human employees. - -Now think of how robots and automation can help with this situation. Small companies that run e-commerce sites can rely on robotics to streamline their order fulfillment process. - -Meanwhile, robots are capable of choosing products from shelves, packaging them, and getting them ready for shipping. - -Not only does this save physical labor, but it is also done much faster than it would be by humans, while also reducing big errors such as missing or wrong items. - -On top of all that, using robotic systems in warehouses can help companies by optimizing their space utilization. - -Robots can move through tight and tiny aisles as well as manage inventory effectively, which obviously allows the optimization of precious space that can be used for more stock or customer-centered activities. - -Reducing Labor - -All business owners know that labor represents a huge cost, especially for tasks that involve a large amount of manual labor. - -It doesn’t matter if it’s packaging products, organizing them, or keeping the workplace clean, these kinds of activities take a lot of time as well as a lot of money when they are carried out by humans. - -As you can imagine, robotics helps with all of that. Putting robots into these activities lets small businesses lessen their need for manual labor, lower their overtime expenses, and decrease the need for temp staff during busy seasons. - -Robots do not ask for breaks, they don’t require sick leave and are able to work for long periods of time without any sort of decrease in productivity. These are all benefits that turn them into a great choice for human employees. - -On top of all that, robots also offer precision and consistency, which lowers the chance of costly mistakes. - -When it comes to areas such as manufacturing, product quality is crucial and the use of robotics and automation will result in fewer mistakes, which will definitely save a lot of time, energy, and money. - -Conclusion - -No matter what you think, robotics and automation are here to stay. And they can help small businesses in so many ways. In fact, it’s impossible to find a single part of a business that cannot be at least somewhat improved by these two parts of modern technology.",1731883639,65442cd6f5,0b4cfecc5f,,,1731883639 -https://transom.org/2012/she-sees-your-every-move/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,She Sees Your Every Move,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/She-Sees-Your-Every-Move.mp3 Download Listen to “She Sees Your Every Move” - -Finally. A LONG overdue HowSound on scoring — using music in a story. Jonathan Mitchell’s provocative piece about photographer Michele Iversen goes under the HowSound audio microscope. - -Jonathan is a master at using music in stories for Studio 360, Radiolab, the PBS science program Nova, and elsewhere. He shows us how he uses music for transitions and mood and he reveals his process — it’s all incredibly helpful if you’re thinking about using music in stories. - -If you’re thinking of using music in stories, keep copyright in mind. For broadcast on public radio, use whatever music you want. But, if you audio work is distributed via CD or on the web or in videos, copyright is another story entirely. There is a lot of copyright free music available. And, there’s music you can license under a Creative Commons copyright. Here are just a few you might want to keep in mind for your next production. - -Happy scoring!! - -Jonathan has an excellent podcast you should subscribe to — The Truth. He calls them “movies for your ears.” Go listen…. after you listen to this HowSound, of course. - -Not to be bossy,but consider doing this too. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now.",1731883728,c00d35bf2d,0b1d0bd7f9,,,1731883728 -https://www.utilitydive.com/news/the-esg-climate-rules-at-stake-under-a-second-trump-presidency/732392/,https://www.utilitydive.com/feeds/news/,"ESG, climate rules at stake under a second Trump term","Listen to the article 7 min This audio is auto-generated. Please let us know if you have feedback - -Former President Donald Trump scored a second term in the White House last week, defeating Vice President Kamala Harris in a contentious election race that hinged on issues like abortion rights, foreign policy and the economy. - -With Trump back in Washington, the Republican party winning control of the U.S. House and Senate, and the Supreme Court comprising a conservative-leaning majority, experts have expressed concerns about what this concentrated power could entail for the future of U.S actions on climate and ESG. Some of these concerns have centered on the fate of the rules and regulations put forward by federal agencies under the Biden administration. - -Morningstar Indexes’ Head of ESG Strategy Tom Kuh previously told ESG Dive that Trump would likely look to “roll back” climate-related disclosure rules and “continue to undermine the ability of federal agencies to regulate.” - -“This has implications for regulatory rulemaking and enforcement on air quality, clean water and greenhouse gas emissions reduction; worker safety; food safety, etc.” he warned. - -An analysis from Carbon Brief earlier this year estimated that a second Trump administration could lead to an additional 4 billion tonnes of carbon dioxide emissions by 2030 and cause global climate damages worth over $900 billion. The U.S. would “very likely” miss its Paris Agreement-aligned decarbonization targets by a “wide margin” under a second Trump term, with emissions expected to only fall 28% below 2005 levels by the end of the decade, Carbon Brief concluded. The U.S. currently has a goal of reducing emissions by 50%-52% by 2030. - -Here’s a look at the agency rules that are most likely to face challenges under a second Trump administration. - -ESG-related regulations from the Securities and Exchange Commission - -The Securities and Exchange Commission passed its final climate-risk disclosure rule in March, but was immediately met with several legal challenges. Many of these challenges were initiated by Republican-led states and questioned the agency’s authority to promulgate the rule. Consequently, the SEC stayed the rule in April and continues to work through the lawsuits. - -The final rule requires large companies to disclose climate-related risks that have had or are “reasonably likely to have” material impacts for companies. Companies would also have to disclose any mitigation or climate adaptations they have undertaken “as part of its strategy;” the use, if any, of internal carbon prices, transition plans or scenario analysis; and processes related to oversight and management of climate risks. Investors have increasingly pushed for standardized, comparable climate disclosures. - -Since unveiling an initial proposal for the rule in 2022, the agency has received over 24,000 comments on the rule, according to SEC Chair Gary Gensler. And the challenges came despite the agency dropping a requirement for companies to disclose scope 3 emissions and paring down scope 1 and scope 2 reporting requirements. - -As the fate of the rule hangs in the balance, experts predict it will face further challenges with Trump back in the White House. - -“I think there will be political pressure under a Trump administration for the SEC to back away from the final [climate] rule,” Julie Anderson, a professor and program director for the sustainability management program at American University’s Kogod School of Business, told ESG Dive prior to the election. - -The agency’s climate-risk disclosure rule isn’t the only piece of regulation that could end up on the chopping block under a Trump presidency. - -The SEC has several other ESG-related regulations on its agenda, including rules focused on greenwashing, human capital management and corporate diversity — all of which are either in the rulemaking process or pending finalization. However, none of these have been finalized so far. It is questionable, at best, if the next Trump administration would continue the rulemaking processes on those measures. - -Department of Labor’s ESG rule - -Outside of the SEC, the Department of Labor has a rule that is likely to find itself targeted, as well. The rule, Prudence and Loyalty in Selecting Plan Investments and Exercising Shareholder Rights, has been in effect since 2023 and allows fund managers to consider ESG factors when making investment decisions, but only as a tiebreaker when two or more investments “equally serve the financial interests of the plan,” - -The rule was initially challenged by 26 Republican state attorneys general and dismissed in September 2023 by Texas Northern District Court Judge Matthew Kacsmaryk. However, Kacsmaryk’s dismissal leaned on the Chevron doctrine, which has since been overturned by the U.S. Supreme Court. Critics appealed the ruling on June 28, the same day the doctrine was overturned. - -The Republican-led coalition — also backed by Liberty Energy, Liberty’s oilfield services subsidiary and energy trade group the Western Energy Alliance — reprised its stance in an October motion which argued the ESG rule’s tiebreaker standard is contrary to the Employment Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and should be vacated. - -The case is currently being reviewed in Texas’ Northern District Court, after being remanded by the Fifth Circuit of Appeals, though the latter said it will retain the case on its docket, per the July 18 decision release by its three-judge appellate panel. - -Given the friction the Labor Department’s ESG rule has already received from the Republican party, experts expect the rule to receive further resistance under a Trump administration. - -Josh Lichtenstein, a Ropes & Gray partner who leads the firm’s ERISA and benefits practice, previously told ESG Dive if a final determination isn’t reached in the legal challenge by the change in administration, expect a Republican-led government to likely stop defending it in courts. A Trump Labor Department would likely return to a focus on “pecuniary factors,” which it pushed in his first term. - -However, Anderson argues that given the rule is already facing challenges, a Trump administration wouldn’t drastically impact how this plays out in court. - -“Yes, the president can choose the leader of the SEC and push on the DOL and ERISA laws … but that’s already happening,” she said. “So, I’m not sure it gets worse under Trump.”",1731883646,f0fb325afe,0b411df061,,,1731883646 -https://www.eff.org/press/releases/eff-and-ifpte-local-20-attain-labor-contract,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,EFF and IFPTE Local 20 Attain Labor Contract,"SAN FRANCISCO—Employees and management at the Electronic Frontier Foundation have achieved a first-ever labor contract, they jointly announced today. EFF employees have joined the Engineers and Scientists of California Local 20, IFPTE. - -The EFF bargaining unit includes more than 60 non-management employees in teams across the organization’s program and administrative staff. The contract covers the usual scope of subjects including compensation; health insurance and other benefits; time off; working conditions; nondiscrimination, accommodation, and diversity; hiring; union rights; and more. - -""EFF is its people. From the moment that our staff decided to organize, we were supportive and approached these negotiations with a commitment to enshrining the best of our practices and adopting improvements through open and honest discussions,” EFF Executive Director Cindy Cohn said. “We are delighted that we were able to reach a contract that will ensure our team receives the wages, benefits, and protections they deserve as they continue to advance our mission of ensuring that technology supports freedom, justice and innovation for all people of the world.” - -“We’re pleased to have partnered with EFF management in crafting a contract that helps our colleagues thrive both at work and outside of work,” said Shirin Mori, a member of the EFF Workers Union negotiating team. “This contract is a testament to creative solutions to improve working conditions and benefits across the organization, while also safeguarding the things employees love about working at EFF. We deeply appreciate the positive working relationship with management in establishing a strong contract.” - -The three-year contract was ratified unanimously by EFF’s board of directors Sept. 18, and by 96 percent of the bargaining unit on Sept. 25. It is effective Oct. 1, 2024 through Sept. 30, 2027. - -EFF is the largest and oldest nonprofit defending civil liberties in the digital world. Founded in 1990, EFF champions user privacy, free expression, and innovation through impact litigation, policy analysis, grassroots activism, and technology development. - -The Engineers and Scientists of California Local 20, International Federation of Professional and Technical Engineers, is a democratic labor union representing more than 8,000 engineers, scientists, licensed health professionals, and attorneys at PG&E, Kaiser Permanente, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Legal Aid at Work, numerous clinics and hospitals, and other employers throughout Northern California. - -For the contract: https://ifpte20.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/Electronic-Frontier-Foundation-2024-2027.pdf - -For more on IFPTE Local 20: https://ifpte20.org/",1731883677,1face9fbd3,0aa2162004,,,1731883677 -https://www.wired.com/review/hmd-fusion/,http://feeds.wired.com/wired/index,HMD Fusion Review: A Cheap Modular Android Phone,"I have probably tested close to 100 cheap phones over the last 9 years, and I've never really had to worry about bringing a backup in case things go awry. Budget phones are usually sluggish but work well enough. But I almost immediately regretted not bringing a spare smartphone when I took the HMD Fusion on a short trip to another state. - -The first sample of this Android phone kept freezing and restarting itself on the way to the airport. Then, further fueling my panic, it would boot up the home screen but my passcode wouldn't work. “Passcode is incorrect.” What? Thankfully, a forced restart would set it back to normal. However, for the entirety of the weekend of my friend's wedding in Kentucky, the Fusion would restart itself constantly. It also refused to launch Slack—though that may have been a blessing as work was off my mind that whole time. - -HMD said it could not replicate my issues, so the company sent me another unit. It's been perfectly fine. It's hard to suddenly shift gears after being so frustrated at this black monolith, but this is a decent $300 phone. It also has a trick up its sleeve that no other phone has today: mods. - -Return of the Modular Phone - -HMD might not be a name you're familiar with, so to recap quickly, it's a Finnish company that licensed the Nokia brand to churn out Nokia Android smartphones and feature phones (aka dumb phones). It began doing this in 2017, but earlier this year, the company announced that while it would still make Nokia phones, it also plans to craft phones under its namesake (which, by the way, stands for Human Mobile Devices). Its feature phone business continues too, with bigger collaborations like The Boring Phone and the Barbie Phone. - -The HMD Fusion is one of those devices (there was also the Skyline and the Vibe). It has a focus on repairability—just remove a handful of screws and you can replace many of the parts, from the battery to the screen, and the company plans to carry these parts for 7 years. (Much of this is needed to adhere to upcoming laws in the European Union.) - -But what makes it really stand out are the pogo pins on the back. In fact, the whole back of the phone looks as though it's incomplete. That's because you can attach “Outfits,” as HMD calls them. These modular components can change the phone's look with different color backings. They don't magnetically stick like iPhones and MagSafe. Instead, these Outfits are like cases, and the pogo pins don't just transfer power but data as well.",1731883624,bc78e81c60,0ab28fe22d,,,1731883624 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/movies/watch-yellowstone-season-5-episode-10-premiere-release-date-time-channel-plot/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/feed/,"Watch Yellowstone season 5, episode 10: release date, time, channel, and plot","After an almost a two-year hiatus, the Dutton family finally returned to prime-time television with Yellowstone season 5, part 2. Even with the time off, Yellowstone remained a ratings juggernaut, as the premiere generated a whopping 16.4 million viewers across all cable networks and CBS airings. That’s an increase of 3% from the season 5, part 1 premiere, which registered 15.9 million viewers. - -Recommended Videos - -Yellowstone season 5, episode 10: release date, time, and channel - -The next episode of Yellowstone — season 5, episode 10 — premieres at 8 p.m. ET/PT on Sunday, November 17. The episode will air on Paramount Network. - -Yellowstone airs on Paramount Network, not Paramount+. Paramount Network is a cable channel that can be accessed through your TV package or Paramount Network’s website. You will need to log in with a TV provider for access. Unlike last week, a replay of Yellowstone will not air on CBS. - -Paramount Network is available on several live streaming TV services, including Hulu with Live TV, Fubo, Philo, and YouTube TV. These services offer popular channels without having to pay for a cable box. Plus, several of the services offer free trials, so you could theoretically watch tonight’s episode at no cost. - -Can you stream Yellowstone season 5, episode 10 on Peacock or Paramount+? - -Yellowstone might be a Paramount show, but it’s not on Paramount+. Due to a previous licensing agreement, Yellowstone streams on Peacock. However, Peacock subscribers cannot stream Yellowstone season 5, episode 10 tonight. The current season must air on Paramount Network before heading to Peacock. It could take a few months after the finale before these Yellowstone episodes live on Peacock. - -Yellowstone season 5, episode 10 plot - -The Yellowstone season 5, episode 10 is titled The Apocalypse of Change. Paramount Network’s logline for the episode reads: “Beth comes to a chilling realization. Kayce reaches out to an old friend in search of information. Jamie meets with Market Equities.” - -What happened to John Dutton? - -In the season 5, part 2 premiere, Beth (Kelly Reilly) and Kayce (Luke Grimes) head to their father’s mansion. Much to their shock, they learn John has died. The siblings find John’s body in the bathroom with a pistol nearby, leading the authorities to deem his death a suicide. Beth is suspicious right away and believes Jamie (Wes Bentley) is responsible for her father’s death. - -Beth doesn’t believe her father committed suicide. Her feelings are confirmed later in the episode. Jamie’s fixer girlfriend, Sarah Atwood (Dawn Olivieri), is the one who orchestrated John’s murder. Sarah told the hit men to make John’s death look like a suicide. - -Is this the final season of Yellowstone? - -Will Yellowstone season 5, part 2 be the end of the Dutton family? With Costner gone, Yellowstone ending after season 5, part 2 seemed like a foregone conclusion. However, after the premiere’s record-breaking ratings, it seems like Yellowstone can clearly continue without Costner, and it might end up doing so. Reilly and Cole Hauser have been in talks for a potential sixth season. At this point, it’s all up to Sheridan. - -When you’re done here, check out the best new shows to stream this week, as well as the best shows on Netflix, the best shows on Hulu, the best new shows on Max, the best shows on Amazon Prime Video, and the best shows on Disney+.",1731883609,9267d9058a,0b4282c92d,,,1731883609 -https://freelancewritinggigs.com/freelance-writing-jobs-november-4-2024/,https://www.freelancewritinggigs.com/feed/,"Daily List of Freelance Writing Jobs, November 4, 2024","Happy Monday, FWJ people! - -Looking for your next freelance writing gig? We’ve got you covered! Check out our daily roundup of remote writing opportunities from clients eager for talented writers. - -Whether you’re a seasoned pro or just starting out, there are projects available across various industries. Don’t forget to bookmark us and return often for the latest remote writing jobs—your next big opportunity is just a click away! - -Freelance Writing Jobs - -Content Writing Jobs - -Proofreading/Editing Jobs - -Journalism Jobs - -Plan/Proposal/Grant Writing Jobs - -Technical Writing Jobs - -General/Misc. Freelance Writing Gigs",1731883656,f6f1688c92,0b63f21bd9,,,1731883656 -https://www.esa.int/ESA_Multimedia/Images/2024/08/Webb_peeks_into_Perseus,https://www.esa.int/rssfeed/Our_Activities/Space_Science,Webb peeks into Perseus,"This stunning new mosaic of images from the NASA/ESA/CSA James Webb Space Telescope showcases the nearby star-forming cluster, NGC 1333. The nebula is in the Perseus molecular cloud, and located approximately 960 light-years away. - -Webb’s superb sensitivity allows astronomers to investigate young objects with extremely low masses. Some of the faintest ‘stars’ in the picture are in fact newly born free-floating brown dwarfs with masses comparable to those of giant planets. - -The same cluster was featured as the 33rd anniversary image of the NASA/ESA Hubble Space Telescope in April 2023. Hubble’s image just scratched the surface of this region, because clouds of dust obscure much of the star formation process. Observing with larger aperture and in the infrared part of the spectrum, Webb is capable of peering through the dusty veil to reveal newborn stars, brown dwarfs and planetary mass objects. - -The centre of the image presents a deep peek into the heart of the NGC1333 cloud. Across the image we see large patches of orange, which represent gas glowing in the infrared. These so-called Herbig-Haro objects form when ionised material ejected from young stars collides with the surrounding cloud. They are hallmarks of a very active site of star formation. - -Many of the young stars in this image are surrounded by disks of gas and dust, which may eventually produce planetary systems. Similar to the young stars in this mosaic, our own Sun and planets formed inside a dusty molecular cloud, 4.6 billion years ago. Our Sun did not form in isolation but as part of a cluster, which was perhaps even more massive than NGC 1333. The cluster in the mosaic, only 1-3 million years old, presents us with an opportunity to study stars like our Sun, as well as brown dwarfs and free-floating planets, in their nascent stages. - -The images were captured as part of the Webb observation programme 1202 (PI: A. Scholz) to survey a large portion of NGC1333. These data constitute the first deep spectroscopic survey of the young cluster, and have identified brown dwarfs down to planetary masses using the observatory’s Near-Infrared Imager and Slitless Spectrograph (NIRISS). The first results from this survey have been accepted for publication in the Astronomical Journal. - -[Image Description: A nebula made up of cloudy gas and dust in the form of soft and wispy clouds and, in the centre, thin and highly detailed layers pressed close together. Large, bright stars surrounded by six long points of light are dotted over the image, as well as some small, point-like stars embedded in the clouds. The clouds are lit up in blue close to the stars; orange colours show clouds that glow in infrared light.]",1731883641,c6d5e79eee,0b83975dca,,,1731883641 -https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/transfer-news/manutd-transfer-viktor-gyokeres-amorim-34128842,https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/rss.xml,Man Utd told Sporting have 'no option' on Viktor Gyokeres transfer after Ruben Amorim promise,"Manchester United have been told that Sporting Lisbon have “no option” but to sell Viktor Gyokeres. - -The Red Devils have been linked with a move for the Swedish striker following the arrival of his former boss Ruben Amorim at Old Trafford. The new United boss has already ensured that he will steer clear in January out of respect for his former side. - -But he has not totally ruled out a swoop at some point in the future. And the Red Devils hopes of signing him could be boosted by the gap in revenue between the two clubs, according to ex-Premier League star Jose Fonte. - -Speaking with JeffBet, the defender said: “Portuguese clubs have got no option but to sell for the right price. We need to sell. Portuguese clubs have to sell one or two players every season. - -“We don't have the same TV rights as the Premier League so we don’t have the capacity to hold on to players. It would be lovely to see Portugal with a little bit more capacity to hold on to their talent, of course. - -“That's what people in the various federations are trying to do. Sporting will listen and they will probably have to sell Viktor Gyokeres because Portuguese clubs have to raise big money every year.” - -Gyokeres has been in sensational form for Sporting since his arrival from Championship side Coventry. The 26-year-old has scored 66 goals in just 68 games in all competitions for the Portuguese giants. - -He has four years left to run on his contract. Reports have claimed that his current side Sporting could be willing to sell for £70m - a considerably lower amount than the £85.3m release clause written into his contract. - -Image: Getty Images) Getty Images) - -Who should Man Utd sign in January? Share your thoughts in the comments below - -And while Fonte believes that Gyokeres is primed for a move to Manchester, he thinks that the Red Devils already have a solution to their attacking woes. He has suggested that Jadon Sancho - currently in the middle of a loan spell with Chelsea - could receive a second chance under Amorim. - -“Jadon Sancho will get a chance to impress Ruben Amorim in the summer because it’s a fresh start and a new opportunity for everyone,” Fonte added. “Something might click between him and Amorim because he knows exactly what he wants from his players in every area of the pitch. - -“He also likes to give the 10s the freedom to be creative and that’s exactly what Sancho needs. It could be a great opportunity for him.” - -Join our new WhatsApp community and receive your daily dose of Mirror Football content. We also treat our community members to special offers, promotions, and adverts from us and our partners. If you don't like our community, you can check out any time you like. If you're curious, you can read our Privacy Notice.",1731883633,312e351df6,0b93ccff2b,,,1731883633 -https://forbiddenplanet.com/442981-death-march-to-the-parallel-world-rhapsody-volume-23-light-novel/?utm_source=products&utm_medium=rss,https://forbiddenplanet.com/rss/products/,Death March To The Parallel World Rhapsody: Volume 23 (Light Novel),"Copy and paste the following code where you want the embed to appear. - -If you're an affiliate make sure your code is set in the “Affiliate” section.",1731883684,0b8b73a382,0b513b3264,,,1731883684 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMiuAFBVV95cUxOQ3pvclNiZEhOUXpkWHptWnB0a2x0U2pLbUNSZXh5eDVsNjdfclN5czJrTG45NWl3a0d0VC1BeTNMODVVOWEzZkw0clBwcmU2ejZVSHRYQ2Z1dUR4QmFERDkzSUZCOENZczFRLXZTX084ZjR5dmYydlZXcjJHSFYzNnV5elVmUlVnZXhBSVR6WktYVGRMVUtRb1NGVi1QSERHQldfcWJ3OWhnWmdyUE1XRld2dllPSVRu?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883627,2688d2a9c6,0b90c017fd,,,1731883627 -https://transom.org/2017/living-with-murder/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Living With Murder,"Intro from Jay Allison: This past year, we at Transom have been fortunate to work with the new investigative podcast, The Frontline Dispatch (PBS and WGBH). The final episodes of the first season are a collaboration between Frontline and Transom, building on our previous story, ""A Life Sentence: Victims, Offenders, Justice, and My Mother."" - -Producer Samantha Broun has continued to report on criminal justice reform, balancing the positions of victims and offenders. Her reporting is personal--her mother was a victim of a violent crime--but it's also universal, raising the societal questions of punishment, redemption, revenge, rehabilitation, fear and trust. - -For this Transom Feature, we bring you our new two-part special, ""Living With Murder."" It's the story of Kempis Songster, who was given a mandatory life sentence without parole for a crime he committed at 15 years old. He is forty-five now, still incarcerated, but recent Supreme Court rulings are giving him a chance at parole. This story follows him up to the moment of his re-sentencing, and is based on conversations with victims, prosecutors, advocates, politicians, and, mainly, between Kempis, a juvenile lifer about to be released, and Samantha, whose mother was attacked by a juvenile lifer who was released. - -The story is produced by Samantha and me. Big thanks to Raney Aronson, Sophie McKibben and the team at Frontline. We hope you'll check out the other episodes of our first season of the Frontline Dispatch. - -Stumbling On A Story - -I didn’t go looking for this story. I stumbled on it. - -This happened in the months after I finished A Life Sentence: Victims, Offenders, Justice and My Mother, a story about a violent crime my mother survived over 20 years ago, and the impact the crime had on my mother and our family, as well as on the criminal justice system, especially in Pennsylvania. - -I had taken the piece on the road — so to speak — playing it and having conversations with audiences in Pennsylvania. And it was then I learned a few things: - -1. The United States is the only country in the world that sentences juveniles to life in prison without the possibility of parole. - -2. Pennsylvania is the juvenile lifer capital of the world. - -3. A series of Supreme Court rulings over the past five years has made it unconstitutional to give juveniles mandatory life without parole. And, the court stipulated, those who had been given this sentence would be able to have their sentence reconsidered, which could include the possibility of parole. - -If you’re interested, you can learn more about juvenile lifer-related issues here or here. Or you can watch this great TV documentary about juvenile lifers from PBS Frontline called Second Chance Kids. - -All of this was of interest to me as a human being and as a citizen of this country. But more specifically I was interested because the man who attacked my mother was a juvenile lifer from Pennsylvania, and when he was given a second chance, he attacked my mother and murdered others. - -So, I started asking around, looking for someone — a juvenile lifer — who people thought might be willing to talk with me throughout their process of being re-sentenced. A few people, thankfully, pointed me to Kempis Songster. - -Challenges - -This was a complicated story to tell for a number of reasons. - -First, as was true with A Life Sentence, I wouldn’t be able to entirely separate myself from the story. As a reporter, I didn’t anticipate finding myself in a position like this again, so soon or even ever, and so — before I began reporting this piece — I had to gear up for knowing that what I said and how I changed over the course of the reporting and telling was going to be part of the story too. - -Anjo Pryce - -Second, ultimately this is a story about violence, trauma, grief, second chances, and trust. Really tricky, emotional subjects to navigate. I interviewed Kempis who, along with a co-defendant, was found guilty of the murder of Anjo Pryce. Kempis was 15 at the time of the murder. Anjo was 17. I also interviewed Anjo’s family, the family of other victims, a former Department Of Corrections staffer, a public defender, a district attorney, and others. These are people who often stand on opposite sides in matters like these. These are people who often may not even want to talk with each other. My goal for the finished piece was to tell the story in such a way that each of these people would feel compelled to listen all the way through. That they would hear themselves in the piece and that they might also hear the “other.” That they might learn, or be willing to consider, new thoughts, ideas, perspectives, new somethings. This meant that while I was producing and editing the piece(s), it was crucial to listen with all those ears/perspectives in mind. It also meant relying on Jay Allison, who produced this with me, as well as the team at the Frontline Dispatch, to make sure I was fair and honest in the reporting and in the telling. - -Third, while there’s a lot of material we fit into this piece, there’s also a lot we left out. Crucial issues were not included. Such as an in-depth examination of race and class in all this; an in-depth history of the laws around juveniles; the powers that influence the criminal justice system; or the conditions that create places like the crack house Kempis found himself in at 15. We didn’t discuss, for example, the fact that I’m white and Kempis is black and how that matters between us and in the world. We didn’t discuss the amount of trust it took for Kempis to let me tell his story, and for me to trust that Kempis was worthy of a second chance. Like I said, crucial issues. - -Managing Mountains Of Tape - -In the end, I interviewed over a dozen people over the course of a year and easily had over 50 hours of tape (35 + with just Kempis). I’ve never collected so much tape for one story. All of it was transcribed (not by me, thank you Frontline!). As soon as a transcript arrived, I’d sit down and pull the most interesting bits of tape. If we could, Jay and I would then listen to the pulled clips together and he would tell me what he found interesting or — in his awesome Jay way — would point out how something this person said would go great with something another person said (even if we had listened to that other person weeks before). - -Eventually, I came up with themes (the crime, redemption, pushing back, the resentencing, etc.) and literally cut out the best quotes from each transcript and organized them on big tri-fold, cardboard backboards. From there I could move pieces of paper around to begin to shape the story. The boards were also super helpful to Jay who would ask from time to time about who we were missing or “What about that great quote so-and-so said? Where’s that?” And bam! There it’d be on the board where we could see it and consider where it might fit in. - -Jay making sense of all our tape. - -Show, Don’t Tell - -This was something Jay pointed out to me once we had our hands on the tape and were in production mode. He’d say that as much as possible instead of narrating all the emotionally tricky subjects mentioned above, we should let things happen in the tape. That we should let the listeners hear the surprise or vulnerability or doubt from interviewees or in the interaction between me and Kempis, not tell listeners about it in narration. Sage advice that, I hope, results in taking listeners on a bit of the emotional journey that I went on while hearing all of these perspectives. - -Thanks - -Thank you to Transom and to the Frontline Dispatch for allowing me the time, support, platform and resources to properly tell this story. To Jay Allison, who I’ve somehow convinced now twice to work on a personal piece with me. Thank you for making a hard thing easier. To Sophie McKibben — the series producer at the Frontline Dispatch — who knew her stuff on this topic and generously shared what she knew, and then skillfully and gracefully shepherded the piece through the Frontline process. - -Thank you to everyone I spoke with and interviewed for this story: Errol and Toshira Pryce, Catherine Joy and Gail Songster, Amy Rosenberg at The Philadelphia Inquirer (who has been reporting on Kempis’ story for 30 years), Bobbi Jamriska, Bradley Bridge, Chesley Lightsey, David Diguglielmo, Doug Fox, Jack McMahon, Jennifer Storm, Judge Timothy Savage, Laurence Steinberg, Mark Singel, Steven Morse and especially Kempis Songster who, it turns out, is a good listener and asker of questions himself. - -Thanks also to Mike Lyons and The Redemption Project, Monay Washington, Annie Ruhnke and Lauren Fine at the Youth Sentencing & Reentry Project, etta cetera, Jody Kent Lavy and Karmah Elmusa at the The Campaign For The Fair Sentencing of Youth and Brooke McCarthy at The Juvenile Law Center. - -Thank you to the rest of the team at PBS Frontline — I know I’m missing some — who made this piece possible: Executive Producer Raney Aronson, PBS Frontline managing editor Andrew Metz, Senior Producer Jamie York, Series Story Editor Lauren Ezell Kinlaw, Associate Producer Amy Gaines, and Special Counsel Dale Cohen. The Frontline Dispatch is made possible by Abrams Foundation Journalism Initiative. - -Thank you to Matthias Bossi and Jon Evans of Stellwagen Symphonette for the music. And Sydney Lewis and Viki Merrick, public radio stations WCAI and WGBH, and Atlantic Public Media for all of your support. - -And finally, to Rob Rosenthal and Melissa Allison. Thank you for your generous hearts. - -*The photo at the top of the post is from The Philadelphia Inquirer and was taken in 1988 as Dameon Brome (l) and Kempis Songster (r) were being escorted out of the courtroom at the end of their trial. - -Additional support for this work provided by the - -National Endowment for the Arts - - - -Be generous... Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now.",1731883674,c00d35bf2d,0b745b24d5,,,1731883674 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/giuliani-election-misinformation-mercedes_n_6738ad16e4b0086c1640e060,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,"Rudy Giuliani Has Turned Over His Luxury Watches And Mercedes In Defamation Case, Lawyer Says","LOADING ERROR LOADING - -NEW YORK (AP) — Rudy Giuliani has relinquished dozens of watches and a Mercedes once owned by movie star Lauren Bacall to two former Georgia election workers who won a $148 million defamation judgment, his lawyer said. - -Joseph Cammarata said in a letter filed late Friday in Manhattan federal court that the trove of watches and a ring were delivered by FedEx to a bank in Atlanta, Georgia, in the morning. - -Advertisement - -The 1980 Mercedes-Benz SL 500 was turned over at an address in Hialeah, Florida, and an undisclosed amount of funds from Giuliani’s Citibank accounts were also surrendered to the two women who won the judgment, according to the letter. - -But Cammarata argued that forcing Giuliani to relinquish his luxury vehicle was “wholly improper” as the car should have been appraised first. - -If the value of the Mercedes turned out to be less than $5,500, then it should be exempt from the judgment under law, he argued in the letter. - -If it’s determined to be worth more than that, then it should be auctioned off, with some of the proceeds going to the two women: Ruby Freeman and her daughter, Wandrea “Shaye” Moss. - -Advertisement - -“This is how the proper enforcement of these assets should work,” Cammarata wrote in bolded text. “Just ordering the vehicle to be turned over to the Plaintiffs without any appraisal has taken away Defendant’s statutory and constitutional rights.” - -The letter also goes on to argue that some of Giuliani’s other possessions should also be exempt from the judgment under New York and Florida law. - -That includes all apparel — even a shirt signed by New York Yankees legend Joe DiMaggio that is part of the judgment — and all household furniture, as well as a refrigerator, radio receiver, television set, computer, cellphone, tableware and cooking utensils, the letter stated. - -Cammarata noted there are also legal exemptions for jewelry with a value under $1,325 — meaning his watches and other items should also get appraised — and for “tools of trade,” including “professional instruments, furniture and library” items that don’t exceed $4,075 in value. - -It’s not immediately clear what else Giuliani surrendered to meet Friday’s deadline. Aaron Nathan, a lawyer for the two women, declined to comment. - -Advertisement - -Cammarata, in an email, didn’t respond to follow-up questions but called Giuliani “a victim of political persecution” and said this month’s election demonstrated Americans were tired of “witch-hunts, indictments, impeachments, prosecutions, convictions, civil cases and judgments.” - -“The people of this great nation have spoken; my legal team and client intend to do the same,” Cammarata wrote. “We will not relent.” - -The former mayor’s $5 million Upper East Side apartment was among the other big ticket items named in the judgment, along with the 26 watches, his 1980 Mercedes-Benz SL 500 and the signed DiMaggio shirt. - -On Thursday evening, Giuliani spokesperson Ted Goodman posted a video on social platform X from a FedEx store in Florida, where he showed at least 18 watches and a ring laid out on a table that he said were being turned over. - -“This right here folks, this is the accumulation of 60 years of hard work,” Goodman said as the video panned over the array of black, brown, gold and silver-banded timepieces. “Many of these watches hold great sentimental value and he’s being forced to turn all these over under court order.” - -Advertisement - -“What’s happening is wrong,” he continued. “It’s shameful and we must restore the integrity of the U.S. justice system.” - -Cammarata, in his Friday letter, also asked to delay Giuliani’s January trial over the disposition of some of his assets so that he can attend President-elect Donald Trump’s inauguration. - -He also confirmed that he has stepped in as Giuliani’s new legal counsel after the previous attorneys asked the court’s permission this week to stop representing Giuliani, citing disagreements with him. - -Giuliani has claimed he was the victim of a “political vendetta” and expects to win on appeal and get back all his possessions. - -“This is a case of political persecution,” he said last week following an appearance in Manhattan federal court. “There isn’t a person (who) doesn’t know the judgment is ridiculous.” - -Advertisement - -Representatives for Freeman and Moss said last week that they visited Giuliani’s Manhattan apartment only to discover it was cleared out well before the October deadline. - -Giuliani was found liable for defamation for falsely accusing Freeman and Moss of ballot fraud as he pushed Trump’s unsubstantiated election fraud allegations during the 2020 campaign.",1731883664,b2d88cb862,0b8aeceec2,,,1731883664 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/10/election-security-when-worry-when-not,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,"Election Security: When to Worry, When to Not","This post was written by EFF intern Nazli Ungan as an update to a 2020 Deeplinks post by Cindy Cohn. - -Everyone wants an election that is secure and reliable and that will ensure that the voters’ actual choices are reflected in the results. That’s as true as we head into the 2024 U.S. general elections as it always has been. - - - -At the same time, not every problem in voting technology or systems is worth pulling the fire alarm—we have to look at the bigger story and context. And we have to stand down when our worst fears turn out to be unfounded. - - - -Resilience is the key word when it comes to the security and the integrity of our elections. We need our election systems to be technically and procedurally resilient against potential attacks or errors. But equally important, we need the voting public to be resilient against false or unfounded claims of attack or error. Luckily, our past experiences and the work of election security experts have taught us a few lessons on when to worry and when to not. - -See EFF's handout on Election Security here: https://www.eff.org/document/election-security-recommendations - -We Need Risk-Limiting Audits - -First, and most importantly, it is critical to have systems in place to support election technology and the election officials who run it. Machines may fail, humans may make errors. We cannot simply assume that there will not be any issues in voting and tabulation. Instead, there must be built-in safety measures that would catch any issues that may affect the official election results. - -It is critical to have systems in place to support election technology and the election officials who run it. - -The most important of these is performing routine, post-election Risk-Limiting Audits after every election. RLAs should occur even if there is no apparent reason to suspect the accuracy of the results. Risk-limiting audits are considered the gold standard of post-election audits and they give the public justified confidence in the results. This type of audit entails manually checking randomly selected ballots until there is convincing evidence that the election outcome is correct. In many cases, it can be performed by counting only a small fraction of ballots cast making it cheap enough to be performed in every election. When the margins are tighter, a greater fraction of the votes are required to be hand counted, but this is a good thing because we want to scrutinize close contests more strictly to make sure the right person won the race. Some states have started requiring risk-limiting audits and the rest should catch up! - - - -We (and many others in the election integrity community) also continue to push for more transparency in election systems, more independent testing and red-team style attacks, including end-to-end pre-election testing. - - - -And We Need A Paper Trail - -Second, voting on paper ballots continues to be extremely important and the most secure strategy. Ideally, all voters should use paper ballots marked by hand, or with an assistive device, and verify their votes before casting. If there is no paper record, there is no way to perform a post-election audit, or recount votes in the event of an error or a security incident. On the other hand, if voters vote on paper, they can verify their choices are recorded accurately. More importantly, election officials can hand count a portion of the paper ballots to make sure they match with the electronic vote totals and confirm the accuracy of the election results. - -What happened in Antrim County, Michigan in the 2020 general elections illustrates the importance of paper ballots. Immediately after the 2020 elections, Antrim County published inaccurate unofficial results, and then restated these results three times to correct the errors, which led to conspiracy theories about the voting systems used there. Fortunately, Antrim County voters had voted on paper ballots, so Michigan was able to confirm the final presidential results by conducting a county-wide hand count and affirm them by a state-wide risk-limiting audit pilot. This would not have been possible without paper ballots. - -And we can’t stop there, because not every paper record is created equal. Some direct recording electronic systems are equipped with a type of Voter-Verified Paper Audit Trail that make it difficult for voters to verify their selections and for election officials to use in audits and recounts. The best practice is to have all votes cast on pre-printed paper ballots, marked by hand or an assistive ballot marking device. - -Third, it is important to have the entire voting technical system under the control of election officials so that they can investigate any potential problems, which is one of the reasons why internet voting remains a bad, bad idea. There are “significant security, privacy, and ballot secrecy challenges” associated with electronic ballot return systems and they make it “possible for a single attacker to alter thousands or even millions of votes.” Maybe in the future we will have tools to limit the risks of internet voting. But until then, we should reject any proposal that includes electronic ballot return over the internet. Speaking about the internet, voting machines should never connect to the internet, dial a modem, or communicate wirelessly. - -Internet voting remains a bad, bad idea - -Fourth, every part of the voting process that relies on technology must have paper backups so that voting can continue even when the machines fail. This includes paper backups for electronic pollbooks, emergency paper ballots in case voting machines fail, and provisional ballots in case there voter eligibility cannot be confirmed. - -Stay Vigilant and Informed - -Fifth, we should continue to be vigilant. Election officials have come a long way from when we started raising concerns about electronic voting machines and systems. But the public should keep watching and, when warranted, not be afraid to raise or flag things that seem strange. For example, if you see something like voting machines “flipping” the votes, you should tell the poll workers. This doesn’t necessarily mean there has been a security breach; it can be as simple as a calibration error, but it can mean lost votes. Poll workers can and should address the issue immediately by providing voters with emergency paper ballots. - -Sixth, not everything that seems out of the ordinary may be reason to worry. We should build societal resistance to disinformation. CISA's Election Security Rumor vs. Reality website is a good resource that addresses election security rumors and educates us on when we need to be or don’t need to be alarmed. State-specific information is also available online. If we see or hear anything odd about what is happening at a particular locality, we should first hear what the election officials on the ground have to say about it. After all, they were there! We should also pay attention to what non-partisan election protection organizations, such as Verified Voting, say about the incident. - -The 2024 presidential election is fast approaching and there may be many claims of computer glitches and other forms of manipulation concerning our voting systems in November. Knowing when to worry and when NOT to worry will continue to be extremely important. - -In the meantime, the work of securing our elections and building resilience must continue. While not every glitch is worrisome, we should not dismiss legitimate security concerns. As often said: election security is a race without a finish line!",1731883681,1face9fbd3,0baefd5cd5,,,1731883681 -https://www.npr.org/2024/11/06/1211596763/moving-to-opportunity-update,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Moving to the American dream? (update) : Planet Money,"Moving to the American dream? (update) - -Back in the 90s, the federal government ran a bold experiment, giving people vouchers to move out of high-poverty neighborhoods into low-poverty ones. They wanted to test if housing policy could be hope – whether an address change alone could improve jobs, earnings and education. - -The answer to that seems obvious. But it did not at all turn out as they expected. - -Years later, when new researchers went back to the data on this experiment, they stumbled on something big. Something that is changing housing policy across the country today. - -Today's episode was originally hosted by Karen Duffin, produced by Aviva DeKornfeld, and edited by Bryant Urstadt. The update was hosted by Amanda Aronczyk, produced by Sean Saldana and fact checked by Sierra Juarez. Our supervising executive producer is Alex Goldmark. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR Source Audio - ""So Long""",1731884574,8181d7a585,0bb4f5c115,,,1731884574 -https://golfswingremedy.com/golf-swing-sequence-tips-for-each-swing-section/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=golf-swing-sequence-tips-for-each-swing-section,https://www.golfswingremedy.com/feed/,Golf Swing Sequence Tips For Each Swing Section,"The golf swing has plenty of moving parts. Understanding the golf swing sequence and having a few tips to help make your swing better can help lower your scores. - -For some golfers, simply figuring out what each sequence in the golf swing should look like will go a long way towards improving their overall swing. Others will need more work on specific areas of the swing. - -Amateur golfers come in a variety of types from those seeking lots of information to those wanting a simple approach. This is part of the reason why there are so many golf theories out there and the golf swing can be taught in several different ways. - -Let’s look closer at some golf swing sequence tips for each of the main seven sections of the golf swing. - -Want more consistency in your game? Check out the Stress-Free Golf Swing. - -The Golf Swing Sequence Broken Down - -The golf swing sequence includes seven basic sections: - -Setup Takeaway Top of the Backswing Transition Downswing Impact Follow-through or Finish - -No matter how the golf swing is taught, it will likely include these seven sections. - -Golf Swing Sequence Tips For Each Main Section - -1. Setup - -Your setup or approach can be broken down into three parts: Grip, Aim, and Setup or GAS. These three parts work together to create the right set up to support the rest of the golf swing. - -In the golf swing sequence, your setup is the foundation. It sets the stage for the rest of the moving parts. Get your setup right and you’ll be in better shape throughout the golf swing. - -A large percentage of issues for both high and low handicap golfers can be traced back to the setup. From a grip issue to a ball placement issue, many errant shots started with an issue in the setup. - -Grip - -The golf swing sequence starts with the grip. You want a grip that works for you and the way you golf. This may vary from one golfer to another, but typically, golfers prefer a strong grip. - -It’s rather uncommon to see a good golfer playing with a weak grip. Typically, you’ll want the top hand to be positioned in a way where you can see two or three knuckles when addressing the golf ball. The V created by the thumb and index finger on both hands should point towards the back shoulder. - -Aim - -Get this part of the set up wrong and you can hit a great shot that doesn’t end up where you hoped. Amateur golfers may line up their feet correctly with their target and still miss horribly. - -Aiming towards your target includes the feet, the shoulder, the hips, and the clubface. It’s best to start by aiming the clubface first and then set up like train tracks. - -Imagine the clubface is one of the two tracks for the train and your feet, hips, and shoulders are the other. Your clubface should be pointed directly at the target, while your feet, hips, and shoulders run parallel to the target line. - -Setup - -Completing your setup with the correct posture and ball position will give you the right foundation for your golf swing sequence throughout. The ball position will depend on the club you are hitting with, but make sure you line up the ball position using your breast bone (middle of the chest) and not your feet. - -In addition, you want your spine to feel like a pole is going through the top of your head, directly through a straight spine, and down into the ground. This will allow you to swing around your spine without bending it in an awkward way throwing off your golf swing sequence. - -It’s also important to get your feet in the right position. Many golfers think their toes should point directly towards the ball, but this isn’t correct for either foot. - -You actually want your front toes and back toe to be flared away from the ball a little bit. This provides more room to move your hips and arms properly. The feet should also be about shoulder-width apart with most clubs and a little bit wider with the driver. - -The final part of the setup is the shoulders. You want the front shoulder to be slightly closed and parallel with the line created by your feet, which should be parallel with the target line. - -2. Takeaway - -The first few feet of the takeaway are the most important. In fact, you can screw up the rest of the golf swing sequence within just the first few inches. - -One of the best golf swing sequence tips to get the takeaway right is placing a second golf ball behind your first golf ball. Put it about 12 inches behind the ball you plan to hit and roll it about one golf ball length further away from the ball you intend to hit. If you draw a line between the two balls, the line should be pointing backward and away. - -Now, take the golf club back and roll this ball along the imaginary line you created to provide an outside path for the takeaway. Not only will this help put you on the right path, but it will also help to keep your swing plane shallow giving you a better angle of approach. - -You want to start the takeaway with your big muscles, not your hands or arms. Think of your arms as the hands of a clock and keep them relatively straight as you take the club back. - -Another golf swing sequence tip you can use is to make your first move with your shoulders. There should be a triangle created by the arms and shoulder, which you want to maintain. - -If you think of yourself positioned in the middle of a clock with your head at 12 and the ball at 6, you want to have the correct takeaway position at 9. This position should have the toe of the club pointing towards the sky, while the lower body shouldn’t have moved much at all. The shoulder should be doing the majority of the work at this point. - -3. Top of the Backswing - -The next important position found in the golf swing sequence is the top of the backswing. If you get the takeaway correct, the top of the backswing should follow suit. - -Once you reach 9 o’clock with the takeaway, the rest of the backswing is referred to as the top of the backswing. This is the part of the golf swing sequence where the wrists will begin to hinge a bit more, but you still want to use the big muscles, including your shoulders, to turn your body and arms around your spine. The smaller muscle will start to get involved here, too. - -The key during the top of the backswing is to reach a position where the club is parallel with the ground, your arms are pointing at 11 o’clock or about 11:30. Your front shoulder should be pointing towards the ball and your back should be towards the target. - -The clubface should be pointing towards the sky and the shaft of the club should be lined up parallel with the target. - -It’s not easy to see this position on your own. One of the best things you can do to ensure you get the top of the backswing correct in the golf swing sequence is to record yourself swinging. You will likely need to use slow motion and even pause the video to see where you’re at when you reach the top of the backswing. - -A golf swing sequence tip to keep in mind, you don’t have to be fully parallel with the club shaft at the top of the golf swing. If you have ever seen Jon Daly swing, you know he goes past parallel. This isn’t the best idea for most golfers. - -It’s actually better to stop short of parallel than to go all the way to parallel or past parallel for amateur golfers. A shorter golf swing leaves less room for error in the next section of the golf swing sequence. - -4. Transition - -The transition is the part of the golf swing sequence where the club begins the downswing. Once you reach the top of the backswing, the next few moves you make are critical to hitting a good golf shot. - -It’s recommended, especially when you’re practicing, that you take a slow backswing. This will help to ensure you get in the right position at the top of the backswing before the transition. - -Keep in mind, your power doesn’t come from creating speed on the backswing since it has to stop and redirect. Your power comes from creating speed in the downswing and hitting the ball with the sweet spot of the clubface. - -The transition should start with a bump of your hips forward towards the target. This bump and a slight rotation of the hips is the proper transition from the top of the backswing to the downswing. - -You can practice this by taking the club back to the top of the backswing and bumping your hips forward towards the target a few times. This will help to teach our body the necessary muscle memory to start the transition properly. - -5. Downswing - -The downswing starts with the transition and takes you all the way to the point of impact. Your hands will not follow the same path down as they did up and back. - -Your hands should drop down with the bump of the hips and start on an inside path towards the ball. - -The downswing will almost feel like you’re throwing your hands and the club towards the golf ball to make impact. One of the best golf swing sequence tips is simply to keep your back arm close to the body on the downswing. - -Many amateur golfers tend to create a chicken wing with their arm on the way down. This causes the club to be cast outside like a fishing pole and leads to a slice or a fade. This type of downswing will cost you power and accuracy. - -A good golf swing sequence tip you can use to avoid the chicken wing is the shoebox drill. Just put an empty shoebox outside the golf ball by about an inch. This creates a barrier to force you to swing more inside out. - -During the downswing, you will also want to maintain the hinge created by your wrists as long as you possibly can. It’s common for amateurs to release this hinge too soon and lose power. Maintaining this hinge results in a large effect and gives you plenty of built-up power at the point of impact. - -6. Impact - -The point of impact will determine whether you hit a good golf shot or not. With an iron and most of your wedges, you want the point of impact to include the hands leading the clubface with a slightly closed clubface (except if you’re trying to put backspin on the ball with a wedge). - -The driver is a bit different since you’ll actually hit the ball on the start of the upswing off of a tee. You want the impact to be slightly different with the clubhead on the way up just a bit when you hit the ball. This creates a launching type of effect allowing you to hit the ball further and cleaner. - -Sand shots around the green are also a bit different as you actually want to hit the sand first. That’s an entirely different shot and the golf swing sequence is a bit different with a sand shot, however. - -7. Follow-through or Finish - -Once you’ve made impact, the follow-through or finish of the golf swing sequence will happen. For most good golfers, this happens naturally as the head follows through the swing, the weight moves to the front foot, the back foot’s heel rises into the air and the belt buckle turns to face the target. - -The key to a good finish position is maintaining balance throughout the rest of the golf swing sequence. With good balance, your swing finish will happen naturally and you’ll look like a professional on TV. - -Following these fundamentals and using these tips will help you create a better golf swing sequence. Of course, there are drills and things you can do with each of these parts of the golf swing sequence to improve.",1731883602,a540f2e325,0badd77b84,,,1731883602 -https://www.uploadvr.com/batman-arkham-shadows-developer-would-love-to-make-a-sequel-2/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Batman: Arkham Shadow's Developer Would 'Love To' Make A Sequel,"As Quest 3 and 3S owners look down at their pointy-eared shadow thinking ""I Am Batman"" and exhaust themselves punching bad guys, Camouflaj's global team of 75 people continues work on Arkham Shadow updates through the end of 2024. - -As widespread praise for Batman: Arkham Shadow continues to build, both UploadVR.com and Videogamer.com have now asked Camouflaj founder and studio head Ryan Payton about the potential of building a VR sequel. Telling UploadVR there's nothing definitive to say right now, Payton also made clear to Videogamer.com they're ready to build on what they've accomplished from Iron Man VR to Batman: Arkham Shadow. - -“We hope we make it a really easy decision for leadership over at Meta and at Warner Brothers to tap us on the shoulders to do a sequel,” Payton said. “We would very much love to do that.” - -Batman: Arkham Shadow is leading the way into the holiday season on Quest 3 and 3S headsets, putting players into both the shoes of Bruce Wayne and cowl of The Dark Knight. While Alien: Rogue Incursion is delayed into 2025 on Quest headsets and we're waiting to review Skydance's Behemoth, the task of generating excitement for buying a VR headset heading into Black Friday 2024 has fallen largely onto the shoulders of these devs at Meta's Camouflaj working on Batman. - -Can Meta and Warner Bros. find common ground to fund a VR sequel or sequels? Camouflaj's recent interview with UploadVR made clear the studio shifted gears three years into the four year development cycle to add a number of elements bringing texture to the Arkham story, while iterating across four vastly different time zones. - -Systems like Batman's Detective Vision or Iron's Man's flight are certainly applicable to other superhero franchises, but a three or four year development cycle building out the world and tangible mythos for another superhero would be a very long wait for gamers already waiting for more outings in VR as both Batman and Iron Man. - -Can Meta money-managers make deals to build on what Camouflaj has done here? We'll bring you the latest as soon as Meta has something definitive to add.",1731883657,9397b145ff,0bd056dea0,,,1731883657 -https://transom.org/2017/stepping-in-with-the-facts/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Stepping In With The Facts,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Stepping-In-With-The-Facts.mp3 Download Listen to “Stepping In With The Facts” - -Zach Hirsch’s recent story on NPR is proof you can find national stories right in your neighborhood. Zach recorded a fairly simple chat in a backyard and turned it into one of the most important stories he says he’s ever produced. - -Of course, no radio story is ever “simple.” For starters, the conversation he recorded with neighbors was about the Confederate flag. Zach said it was a bold move on his part to reach out and talk to someone displaying that flag. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Clip-1-I-had-to-be-brave.mp3 Download Listen to “I had to be brave” - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Clip-2-I-texted-my-partner.mp3 Download Listen to “I texted my partner” - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Clip-3-I-think-the-microphone-is-kind-of-a-shield.mp3 Download Listen to “I think the microphone is kind of a shield” - -In the end, the bravery, the communication system he set up with his partner, and thinking of his mic as a shield may have been a case of overpreparing. The people who spoke turned out to be, as Zach puts it, sweet. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/Clip-4-I-didnt-have-to-be-as-on-guard.mp3 Download Listen to “I didn’t have to be as on guard” - -But then, after the interview, Zach spent a great deal of time fact-checking the people he talked to. He included what he learned in his narration. And, that caught my ear when I heard the story. So, I reached out to Zach with a handful of my own questions: What obligation do reporters have with interviewees post-interview fact checking? What if the bulk of a story consists of correcting interviewees? Can’t people simply say what’s true to them? Zach tackles these questions and more on this episode of HowSound. - -[Correction: In this episode Rob states that the immediate area around Plattsburgh (Clinton County, NY) went for Trump. It actually didn’t. It’s the broader North Country region that went for Trump. (Clinton County was the only North Country county where Hillary won, 47 to 46 percent.) So this region, this part of Upstate NY, voted for Trump. Plattsburgh did not.]",1731883674,c00d35bf2d,0bd91e7713,,,1731883674 -https://transom.org/2016/still-more-buried-treasures-student-work/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Still More Buried Treasures: Student Work,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/cdn.transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/Still-More-Buried-Tresasures.mp3 Download Listen to “Still More Buried Treasures: Student Work” - -Here are a few numbers. This week, I start teaching my tenth Transom Story Workshop on Cape Cod. By May, when the workshop ends, Transom students will have produced 180 stories since we started the Workshop in 2011. Yowza. - -If you add my eleven years as a radio instructor at the Salt Institute for Documentary Studies and all the stories produced at Transom’s Traveling Workshops… I could do the math but lets just say that’s a lot of student stories. - -Unsurprisingly, there are a lot of gems. I started featuring some of them in recent episodes — “Buried Treasures” and “More Buried Treasures”. I dug up two more classics for this episode. - -The first comes from Greg Warner, NPR’s East Africa correspondent. Greg first learned radio storytelling back in 2003 at Salt. I’ve played his feature, “Endless Winter,” in almost every class. It’s that good, especially the writing. - -The second was produced by Catarina Martins, a Transom student last year. Catarina obtained incredible access for a story about a father, a daughter, their depression, and the role The Who plays in the struggle to manage their illness. The piece is called “Despair, Inherited.”",1731883690,c00d35bf2d,0be0a359c3,,,1731883690 -https://identityweek.net/tech5-awarded-a-15-year-contract-with-virginia-state-police-for-advanced-livescan-biometric-systems/,https://www.planetbiometrics.com/rss/,TECH5 awarded a 15-year contract with Virginia State Police for advanced livescan biometric systems,"TECH5 has announced a major contract win with the Virginia State Police as a main player in the field of biometrics and digital identity management. The State’s Livescan technology, used for law enforcement, to capture digital fingerprint data will be upgraded to boost its productivity with advanced features and capabilities. - -TECH5’s contract – spanning 15 years with a current estimated value of 54 million US dollar – will be to deploy a comprehensive suite of SaaS-based services in combination with approximately 800 Livescan systems across the Commonwealth. - -The new technology will support Virginia’s efforts to improve the identification and processing of criminals when capturing fingerprints. The system will be more advanced with features such as tattoo and face capture technology, ultimately meeting certain technological standards to ensure the public safety for residents and visitors of the Commonwealth of Virginia. - -TECH5 will supply its latest Law Enforcement software solution which will integrate with a wide variety of third-party biometric capture systems and the MBIS (Multi-Biometric Identification System) platform. - -TECH5 will also provide both civilian and criminal kiosks for the programme, along with its vendor-agnostic, cloud-hosted software-as-a-service open architecture solution. - -Virginia State Police said “we are excited to start the new LiveScan replacement and modernisation project with our commercial partner TECH5 USA” which aims to “enhance the accuracy of incoming data, ensure timely submissions, and improve process monitoring, ultimately leading to more reliable results and improved Public Safety for our citizens.” - -Rahul Parthe, Co-founder, Chairman, and CTO of TECH5 commented: “As global experts in multimodal biometric solutions with significant subject matter expertise in Livescan systems, we are looking forward to assisting the Virginia State Police and the Commonwealth of Virginia in improving their public safety position with our Law Enforcement Suite.” - -“We are incredibly excited to be partnering with the Virginia State Police,” said Gary Monetti, Sr. Director Government Sales for TECH5 USA. “Implementing our technology will reduce the waiting time at the kiosks and improve the State’s ability to process civilian workers while reducing the lines of sex offenders and other criminals waiting to be process into the system. This will ultimately improve the public safety for its citizens.” - -With over twenty-five years of experience and deep knowledge in biometrics-enabled identity management, TECH5 has developed and implemented solutions for law enforcement, national identity systems, financial institutions, and federal governments.",1731883632,084b136c50,0bb2ec0554,,,1731883632 -https://forbiddenplanet.com/442970-the-book-of-lost-things-book-2-the-land-of-lost-things-signed-edition/?utm_source=products&utm_medium=rss,https://forbiddenplanet.com/rss/products/,The Book Of Lost Things: Book 2: The Land Of Lost Things (Signed Edition),"Product Description - -Twice upon a time - for that is how some stories should continue… - -Phoebe, an eight-year-old girl, lies comatose following a car accident. She is a body without a spirit, a stolen child. Ceres, her mother, can only sit by her bedside and read aloud to her the fairy stories she loves in the hope they might summon her back to this world. - -But it is hard to keep faith, so very hard… - -Now an old house on the hospital grounds, a property connected to a book written by a vanished author, is calling to Ceres. Something wants her to enter, and to journey, to a land coloured by the memories of Ceres’s childhood, and the folklore beloved of her father, to a land of witches and dryads, giants and mandrakes; to a land where old enemies are watching, and waiting. - -To the Land of Lost Things.",1731883705,0b8b73a382,0b9b28c137,,,1731883705 -https://freelancewritinggigs.com/freelance-writing-jobs-november-7-2024/,https://www.freelancewritinggigs.com/feed/,"Daily List of Freelance Writing Jobs, November 7, 2024","Ready to fuel your freelance writing career? Grab your favorite drink ☕️ and dive into today’s fresh batch of remote writing jobs! I’ve carefully curated these gigs to make your job search easier. - -Bookmark this page and check back daily – we refresh these listings daily to keep you in the loop. Your next exciting project could be just a pitch away! - -💭 Food for thought: As you navigate your freelance journey, consider the importance of building a strong network. Connecting with fellow writers and industry professionals can open doors to new opportunities and collaborations. Who in your circle could you reach out to today for advice or support? Networking might just lead you to your next big project! - -Freelance Writing Jobs - -Content Writing Jobs - -Copywriting Jobs - -Proofreading/Editing Jobs - -Journalism Jobs - -Plan/Proposal/Grant Writing Jobs - -Technical Writing Jobs - -General/Misc. Freelance Writing Gigs",1731883655,f6f1688c92,0c10d123ca,,,1731883655 -https://www.pensburgh.com/2024/11/15/24297280/penguins-re-call-owen-pickering-from-ahl,https://www.pensburgh.com/rss/current,"Kris Letang ill, Penguins re-call Owen Pickering from AHL","The Pittsburgh Penguins have begun the point of the season where call-ups are being made. Most have made a lot of sense. Sam Poulin played well in the AHL and is on the fringe of being an NHL player, call him up? Sure. Vasily Ponomarev is the best center prospect on the team and there was an injury to Blake Lizotte. No surprise to call him up. - -But this one is interesting. Owen Pickering was called up on Friday. - -The Penguins have recalled defenseman Owen Pickering from the @WBSPenguins (AHL). pic.twitter.com/O6oEeQXhWS — Pittsburgh Penguins (@penguins) November 15, 2024 - -Pickering, 20, has been in the AHL to start his pro career this season. He only has one point, a goal, in 12 games in Wilkes. He’s played mostly on the second and third pair, and aided quite a bit from top goaltending by Filip Larsson (and Tristan Jarry before him). That raises a lot of questions. Why now? Is he ready? Is someone hurt? - -The Pens could use the help, their defense has been an abject disaster this season and the left side has been poor overall. Where is Pickering going to fit in? - -WB/S coach Kirk MacDonald was highly complimentary of the job Pickering has done in the minors. - -WBS head coach Kirk MacDonald has been very complimentary of LD Owen Pickering's play in the AHL this season despite his stat line (12GP, 1G-0A). - - - -""He's been outstanding. Anybody who thinks otherwise is obviously not watching the games, for sure,"" MacDonald told @InsideAHLHockey. — Tony Androckitis* (@TonyAndrock) November 15, 2024 - -The answers aren’t known quite yet but it’s an interesting choice for a team in Pittsburgh that’s getting younger by the day as of late. - -Update: - -Kris Letang is sick and is not with the team on the road, so he will miss his first game since the 2022-23 season. - -#Pens HCMS: - -- Jarry starts - -- Lizotte concussion, out - -- Letang is sick, didn’t make trip — Josh Getzoff (@JG_PxP) November 15, 2024 - -Pickering gives the Penguins’ a seventh healthy player on defense, but it remains unclear if he is set to play tonight or just on hand as an extra body.",1731883631,a5d26c4079,0bf4a9a68f,,,1731883631 -http://android-developers.googleblog.com/2024/10/whats-new-in-google-play.html,https://android-developers.googleblog.com/feeds/posts/default,Updates to power your growth on Google Play,"Posted by Paul Feng – Vice President of Engineering, Product and UX, Google Play - -Our annual Playtime event series kicks off this week and we’re excited to share the latest product updates to help your business thrive. We’re sharing new ways to grow your audience, optimize revenue, and protect your business in an ever-evolving digital landscape. - -Make sure to also check out news from #TheAndroidShow to learn more about the biggest update to Gemini in Android Studio since launch that will help boost your team’s developer productivity. - -Growing your audience with enhanced discovery features - -To help people discover apps and games they'll love, we're continuously improving our tools and personalizing app discovery so you can reach and engage your ideal audience. - -Enhanced content formats: To make your video content more impactful, we’re making enhancements to how it's displayed on the Play Store. Portrait videos on your store listing now have a full-screen experience to immerse users and drive conversions with a prominent ""install"" button. Simply keep creating amazing portrait videos for your store listing, and we'll handle the rest. - -Our early results are promising: portrait videos drive +7% increase in total watch time, a +9% increase in video completion count, and a +5% increase in conversions. - -Captivate users with full-screen portrait videos on your store listing - -We’ve also launched new features to create a more engaging and tailored experience for people exploring the Play Store. - -Personalized query recommendations: To help users start their search journeys right, we’ve introduced personalized search query recommendations on Search Home. This feature is currently available in English, with expanded support for more languages coming soon this year. - -Personalized search queries help tailor search results to user’s interests - -Interest pickers: Multi-select interest filters allow people to share their preferences so they can get more helpful recommendations tailored to their interests. Earlier this year, we announced this for games, and now these filters are also available for apps. - -Optimizing your revenue with Google Play Commerce - -We want to make it effortless for people to buy what you're selling, so we're focused on helping our 2.5 billion users in over 190 markets have a seamless and secure purchase experience. Our tools support you and your users during every step of the journey, from payment setup, to the purchase flow, to ensuring transactions are secure and compliant. - -Proactive payment setup: To help more buyers be purchase ready, we’ve been proactively encouraging people to set up payment methods in advance, both within the Play Store and during Android device setup, and even during Google account creation. Our efforts have doubled the number of purchase-ready users this year, now reaching over half a billion users. And we’re already seeing results from this approach - In September alone, we’ve seen an almost 3% increase in global conversion rates, which means more people are completing purchases, which translates directly to higher revenue potential for you from your apps and games. - -Expanded payment options: Google Play already offers users over 300 local payment methods across 65+ markets, and we’re regularly adding new payment methods. US users can now use Cash App eWallet alongside credit cards, PayPal, direct carrier billing, and gift cards and users in Poland can pay with Blik Banking. - -Purchase flow recommendations: Our new algorithmic recommendation engine helps people discover relevant in-app purchases they’re likely to buy. Simply select products to feature in Play Console, and we'll recommend a popular or related option at different moments in the purchase journey, helping users find what they need. Our early results show an average of 3% increase in spend. - -Purchase flow recommendations helps people discover relevant in-app purchases - -Cart abandonment reminders: If a user is browsing a product in your app or game, but hasn’t yet made a decision to purchase, we’ll remind them about it later when they browse the Play Store. These automatic, opt-out reminders help nudge users to complete their purchase. - -Cart abandonment reminders help users complete their purchase - -Secure bio authentication: Users can now enjoy a faster and more secure checkout experience by choosing on-device biometrics (fingerprint or face recognition) to verify their purchases, eliminating the need to enter their account password. This year, we’ve seen adoption triple, as more users choose bioauth to make their first purchase. - -Protecting your business with the Play Integrity API - -Everything we do at Google Play has safety and security at its core. That’s why we’re continuing to invest in more ways to reinforce user trust, protect your business, and safeguard the ecosystem. This includes actively combating bad actors who try to deceive users or spread malware, and giving you tools to combat abuse. - -The Play Integrity API can help you detect and respond to potential abuse such as fraud, bots, cheating, or data theft, ensuring everyone experiences your apps and games as intended. Apps that use Play Integrity features are seeing 80% less unauthorized usage on average compared to unprotected apps. - -Here's what's new with the Play Integrity API: - -Hardware-backed security signals: In the coming months, you can opt-in to improved Play Integrity API verdicts backed by hardware security and other signals on Android 13+ devices. This means faster, more reliable, and more privacy-friendly app and device verification, making it significantly harder and more costly for attackers to bypass. - -In the coming months, you can opt-in to improved Play Integrity API verdicts backed by hardware security and other signals on Android 13+ devices. This means faster, more reliable, and more privacy-friendly app and device verification, making it significantly harder and more costly for attackers to bypass. New app access risk feature: Now out of beta, this feature allows you to detect and respond to apps that can capture the screen or control the device, so you can protect your users from scams or malicious activity. - -Those are the latest updates from Google Play! We're always enhancing our tools to help address the specific challenges and opportunities of different app categories, from games and media to entertainment and social. - -We're excited to see how you leverage both our new and existing features to grow your business. Check out how Spotify and SuperPlay are already taking advantage of features like Play Points and Collections to achieve powerful results: - - - -",1731883607,1ebe0fd7fe,0beb17d2a8,,,1731883607 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMiowFBVV95cUxOYzhBaEgycURLLXZqMG9sX2N2T2k4czRIbnptY24xUENwNEluVk44VVdXS1huTFVEbXIyZXAxb0pWWXJwa2RxMS1NTzczcHB2UGN3RDFxalNfVlFMU1M2RDZOVENBRlF3bS0yYV93V1JvSTFTem01ZkVTOXI3eEhPUGFWZXdlbEhpekZESk1WTFk1YXNJUjhFeVE3aF9WUGR0UVdR?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883627,2688d2a9c6,0c321f6ab3,,,1731883627 -https://www.npr.org/2023/04/21/1171364556/prefab-mobile-home-double-wide-houses-expensive,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Why it's so hard to mass produce houses in factories : Planet Money,"Why it's so hard to mass produce houses in factories - -Fox Photos/Getty Images - -Imagine if we built cars the same way we build houses. First, a typical buyer would meet with the car designer, and tell them what kind of car they want. Then the designer would draw up plans for the car. The buyer would call different car builders in their town and show them the blueprints. And the builders might say, ""Yeah, I can build you that car based on this blueprint. It will cost $1 million and it will be ready in a year and a half."" - -Sponsor Message - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Nick Fountain/NPR Nick Fountain/NPR - -There are lots of reasons why homes are so expensive in the U.S., zoning and land prices among them. But also, the way we build houses is very slow and very inefficient. So, why don't we build homes the way we build so many other things, by mass producing them in a factory? - -In this episode, the century-old dream of the factory-built house, and the possibility of a prefab future. - -This episode was produced by Emma Peaslee. Molly Messick edited the show, and it was fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Brian Jarboe mastered the episode. Jess Jiang is our acting Executive Producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: ""Collectible Kicks,"" ""The Spaghetti Westerner,"" and Razor Sharp""",1731884639,8181d7a585,0c36d37ec0,,,1731884639 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/trump-aide-sarah-matthews-cabinet-picks-drunk-on-power_n_67382324e4b010a54e534827,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,Former White House Aide Spots Exactly Why Trump's 'Drunk On Power' With Cabinet Noms,"Don't let this be the end of the free press. The free press is under attack — and America's future hangs in the balance. As other newsrooms bow to political pressure, HuffPost is not backing down. - -Would you help us keep our news free for all? We can't do it without you. - -Can't afford to contribute? Support HuffPost by creating a free account and log in while you read.",1731883667,b2d88cb862,0bf69a9b18,,,1731883667 -https://www.uxmatters.com/mt/archives/2024/03/empowering-the-user-experience-through-microinteractions-7-best-practices.php,https://uxmatters.com/atom.xml,Empowering the User Experience Through Microinteractions: 7 Best Practices :: UXmatters,"What Makes Up a Microinteraction? - -Triggers are the cues that initiate a microinteraction. - -Dan Saffer’s book, Microinteractions: Designing with Details, provides the ultimate guide to microinteractions. In his book, Saffer breaks the microinteraction down into four components. Let’s explore them in detail now. - -1. Triggers: The Initiation - -Triggers are the cues that initiate a microinteraction. They can be user initiated—for example, by clicking a button—or system initiated—as when a pop-up appears after a user lands on a Web page. For example, once the user has filled in all the details of a form correctly, the disabled Submit button is enabled. Or a Join or Accept button becomes clickable once the user finishes reading a Web site’s terms and conditions. - -2. Rules: The Structure - -Once a trigger initiates a microinteraction, rules determine what happens next. For instance, double tapping a post in a social-media feed translates into a like, which then displays a heart graphic and increases the like count on the post. - -3. Feedback: The Response - -Feedback is how the system communicates the result of a microinteraction to the user. It is a visual, auditory, or tactile response to the user’s action such as a vibration. This is where the magic of microinteractions really shines. If the user clicks the Join button for a public group on Facebook, the button transforms to a Joined button and gives the user access to the group’s content. This feedback indicates that the user’s action was successful. - -4. Loops and Modes: The Overall Experience - -Loops and modes determine how microinteractions change over a period of time. They define the meta-rules of microinteractions as the system applies them over time. Loops define how long a microinteraction lasts, while modes are for infrequent actions. An example of a loop is a loading spinner that appears while a page is loading. Switching from light mode to dark mode in an app or on a page is an example of a mode microinteraction. - -Putting Everything Together - -Let’s see what these four parts of a microinteraction look like together. For example, imagine that a user fills out a contact form by entering his or her details, then clicks Submit. This is the trigger. The rules of this interaction then dictate that the form displays a success message and sends it to the brand database. The success message also provides feedback and lets the user know the action has led to a desired outcome. A loop occurs when the form displays a message that says, Send another message or Read our articles while our team works hard to help you. Such a message keeps the user engaged. These are the components of a microinteraction. It’s critical to understand them so you can better implement microinteractions in your product designs. - -7 Best Practices for Implementing Microinteractions - -Microinteractions should always serve a specific purpose and add value to the user experience. - -To make the most of microinteractions, you must implement them in a way that enhances the overall UX design. Let’s consider some best practices that you should keep in mind when incorporating microinteractions into your designs. - -1. Purpose - -Identify specific goals and objectives before adding microinteractions to your designs. Microinteractions should always serve a specific purpose and add value to the user experience. Whenever possible avoid adding elements to microinteractions that could create dissonance and discomfort. - -2. User-Centeredness - -Always consider your target audience when designing microinteractions. Tailor the microinteractions to the needs, behaviors, and preferences of your users. This means doing your research and learning about your audience. Businesses and UX designers can develop blind spots when they’re creating applications and, thus, fail to meet user expectations. Create a user persona and make sure that you build microinteractions around it. - -3. Consistency - -To maintain a consistent visual language throughout your product, use similar styles and animations for related interactions. This not only makes applying microinteractions easier but also helps users understand how different elements of the product work together. Consistency creates a sense of familiarity and comfort for users, making them more likely to engage with your product. - -4. Simplicity - -Keep microinteractions simple and subtle. They should not overwhelm or distract the user from the primary task. The name includes micro for a reason. These are little details that enhance the user experience, so should not be loud, distracting, or superfluous. - -5. Accessibility - -Ensure that microinteractions are accessible to all users, including those who have disabilities or use assistive technologies. There are many ways in which you can do this, so this topic is worthy of an entire article on its own. For example, you could employ ARIA (Accessible Rich Internet Applications) to convey a success message to screen readers. You could boost the contrast between foreground and background elements in a Web site’s design—or add settings that let the user do so—enable keyboard interactions, and much more. - -6. Performance - -To avoid slowing down your product’s speed and responsiveness, you must optimize the performance of microinteraction animations. Because creating microinteractions could require adding files to your Web site or application, implementing them badly could create the perception that your site is slow or difficult to navigate. Always be careful when adding microinteractions to your designs. - -7. Testing, Testing, Testing - -Even the best UX designers can still get things wrong. This is why implementing optimal microinteractions requires usability testing. Invest in a usability-testing platform and invite users to interact with your design solutions, give you feedback, and describe their actual experiences as they explore your app or product. Testing your user experience ensures that you’ll discover optimal solutions and improve navigation, engagement, and other key factors. - -Microinteractions in UX Design Solutions - -Now, let’s look at some examples of microinteractions in UX design. - -1. Reddit: Animation While Scrolling - -The community and forum-based platform Reddit recently created a Recap experience for users. As Figure 1 shows, this is a great example of a microinteraction that occurs when the user scrolls down a page and led to a new experience with small animations. The transition between the two sections is smooth, interactive, and pleasing. In Figure 1, note the carousel indicators, or progress dots, on the right, which move as the user scrolls. - -Figure 1—A scrolling effect and carousel indicators - - - -Image source: Reddit - -2. Pinterest - -Whenever the user saves a pin on Pinterest, the Save button turns from red to black, and the text changes from Save to Saved, as shown in Figure 2. Plus, a small notification appears by the button, saying Saved to [board name] with an Undo button. - -Figure 2 —Clicking Save changes the button and displays a notification - - - -Image source: Pinterest - -Pinterest provides an example of some principles that I outlined earlier. - -feedback —Text and color changes that occur when the user clicks the trigger button Save let the user immediately know that the interaction was successful. - -—Text and color changes that occur when the user clicks the trigger button let the user immediately know that the interaction was successful. rules —In addition to making changes in the graphics and interactions, the system saves the chosen pin on the user’s Pinterest account - -In this example, multiple microinteractions are happening simultaneously and together create a good user experience. - -3. Facebook Likes - -Check out the simple change in color and the slight movement that occur when the user clicks Like or carries out some other interaction on Facebook, as shown in Figure 3. This microinteraction makes it clear that the user has engaged and added feedback to the post. - -Figure 3 —Like microinteraction animation on Facebook - - - -Image source: Facebook - -4. TrustPulse Exit-Intent Triggers - -Here’s a powerful example of how a microinteraction can also be a conversion point. In this example on TrustPulse, once the user scrolls through the home page and moves the mouse to exit the page, an exit-intent popup appears, as shown in Figure 4. This provides a great opportunity to capture users before they leave the page for good. Here the trigger is a user leaving a page, and the outcome is an opt-in signup form. - -Figure 4 —The system and the user trigger an opt-in popup - - - -Image source: TrustPulse - -5. Indicating Form-Field Errors - -Thoughtful microinteractions can help identify errors and show users where to make appropriate changes. For example, in Figure 5, the simple error message in red appears when someone types an email address in the wrong format. This instant feedback quickly draws the user’s attention to the error and informs the user about what is wrong. This type of informative, but simple communication makes the user experience smoother. - -Figure 5 —The text in red indicates a form-field error - - - -Image source: WPBeginner - -6. Canva: ToolTips and Loading Graphics - -Canva is a great example of both a brand and a product that exemplify a great user experience. Microinteractions are a key feature of its user-friendly interface. You can see that they’re everywhere if you know to look for them. See how a ToolTip appears when the user hovers over the + symbol on the canvas. Also, note how a floating Canva logo appears when a new design requires time to load. - -Figure 6 —ToolTips and loading graphics - - - -Image source: Canva - -These simple additions to the user interface go a long way toward helping users understand what to do and reduce their frustration across various touchpoints. - -Google Docs - -Let’s look at a simple, but powerful example of microinteractions on Google Docs. As shown in Figure 7, the platform adds a checkmark to a currently applied setting, so the user knows what options are active. This prevents the user from selecting the same option twice and provides a smoother user experience. - -Figure 7 —User-friendly checkmark microinteractions - - - -Image source: Google Docs - -Conclusion - -Microinteractions are an essential part of any digital product. They subtly guide users through their journey and enhance the overall user experience. - -Microinteractions are an essential part of any digital product. They subtly guide users through their journey and enhance the overall user experience. Going beyond just aesthetics, they facilitate communication between the system and the user, making digital interactions feel more human and easy to understand. - -As you’ve seen in the examples I’ve provided, well-designed microinteractions not only add a spark of delight but also help users understand how to use your product, while reducing their frustration across various touchpoints. - -So, when you’re designing your next digital product, be sure to leverage the potential of microinteractions. Remember, it’s often such small, nearly invisible details that can make the biggest impact on your product’s user experience.",1731883614,f567d8ffe9,0c1460394d,,,1731883614 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/rugby-union/articles/c1mljvg71d4o,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,England A 38-17 Australia A: Cadan Murley scores twice in strong second-half performance,"""This week was about getting a group together in a short period of time, getting them to enjoy the week, build some connections and come away with the win,"" England A captain Fraser Dingwall, who won his first cap for the senior team against Italy in this year's Six Nations, told Premier Sports. - -""It [the England senior team] is always something I am striving towards, I had a little taste in the Six Nations this year and I am desperate to get back there."" - -Murley, who scored a hat-trick against Portugal, sharply finished in the corner early in the second half as England's attack finally clicked after a neat offload from his club team-mate Oscar Beard. - -Replacement hooker Curtis Langdon then crossed to put the hosts in control following a sharp link between Henry Pollock and Gabriel Ibitoye to break clear. - -Northampton Saints flanker Pollock picked up the player of the match award for his all-action display, with another strong carry from the 19-year-old leading to a simple score for Greg Fisilau. - -""I am at my best when I am enjoying my rugby,"" Pollock said. - -""We are the second-string team and I think a lot of the boys put their hands up."" - -Rhys van Nek's try had given Australia hope of a comeback but Bath's Will Muir intercepted a looping pass to race clear before Murley completed the scoring. - -A second fixture will follow in February against Ireland A at Bristol's Ashton Gate.",1731883667,bcdff126e2,0c6f44a94f,,,1731883667 -https://myemma.com/blog/unleashing-the-power-of-email-testing-the-metrics-marketers-need-to-know/,https://myemma.com/blog/feed,Unleashing the Power of Email Testing: The Metrics Marketers Need to Know,"For email marketers, success hinges on the ability to measure, analyze and optimize campaigns effectively. Being a tech-savvy marketer entails that you have at least a base of marketing knowledge when it comes to metrics — otherwise, how would you track the overall performance of your marketing efforts? - -Marketing metrics are the quantitative measurements marketers use to assess the performance and impact of their marketing efforts. By tracking and analyzing these metrics, brands can gain insight into the effectiveness of their marketing strategies, while identifying areas for improvement, and making data-driven decisions to drive growth and increase the overall ROI. - -The Need-to-Know Metrics - -Marketing metrics encompass a wide range of key performance indicators (KPIs) that help evaluate various aspects of marketing activities. There are well over a dozen email marketing metrics to track, but we’ll cover only some of the most fundamental here. - -An email open rate is the total percentage of subscribers that took the time to click and open your email campaign. The following formula can help you find this percentage: - -Open rate = (emails opened ÷ emails delivered) × 100 - -An email click-through rate is how many people clicked on a given call-to-action, hyperlink image or video within a particular email. The following formula can help you find this percentage: - -CTR = (unique clicks ÷ emails delivered) × 100 - -An email’s unsubscribe rate is the percentage of subscribers that choose to opt out of receiving any further emails. An email’s unsubscribe rate can be found using the following formula: - -Unsubscribe rate = total # of unsubscribes ÷ emails delivered) × 100 - -While this may sound like your open rate, it is very different. The click-to-open rate is the comparison of unique clicks and unique opens. The formula to find this percentage is: - -CTOR = (# of unique clicks ÷ # of unique opens) × 100 - -The bounce rate is known as the percentage of emails that are returned as a result of a delivery failure. It can be the result of either a hard bounce or a soft bounce. A - -is an email that has failed to be delivered for reasons such as an invalid address, while a - -is an email that has failed to be delivered for reasons such as a full inbox or a file being too large. To find your bounce rate, you can use the following formula: - -Bounce rate = (total # of bounced emails ÷ total # of sent emails) × 100 - -The spam rate is the percentage of emails that have been marketed as “spam” or otherwise unsolicited. These messages can be marked as spam by not only the receiver but by an email client. To calculate your spam rate, you can use the following formula: - -Spam rate = (spam rates received ÷ emails delivered) × 100 - -While your email tracking tools may provide you with insight into how many people have subscribed or unsubscribed, these data points alone don’t tell the whole story about the rate at which your list is growing. To get this number, you must complete a simple equation: - -(Number of New Subscribers – Number of Unsubscribes) / Total Number of Addresses on List. - -Once you have that number, multiply it by 100, and you’ll have your list growth rate. Don’t be discouraged if it’s low. Simply focus on list-building techniques, loyalty strategy, and better content until the metric begins going up. - -There’s a simple formula to follow to see how much money a given campaign has made. Take the money made from a campaign minus the money spent to execute it. Then divide that number by the money invested into it, and finally multiply the quotient by 100. This provides a look at how much return your campaign has generated and may reveal whether it’s worth it to keep going. You can follow this simple formula: - -(Total Profit – Total Budget / Investment) x 100 - -Start tracking your KPIs today - -By regularly monitoring and analyzing your marketing metrics, you can identify trends, better understand customer behavior and determine the channels and strategies that drive the best results. With this knowledge, you can optimize your marketing efforts, allocate resources effectively and align your strategies with brand objectives. - -Take the next step in your market strategy by learning the basics of Relationship Marketing! - -Download the ebook now to get started.",1731883667,9bf3f002d9,0c4463abcc,,,1731883667 -https://www.thespike.gg/valorant/news/coming-into-eg-i-have-that-underdog-mentality-with-a-lot-to-prove-for-myself-i-m-looking-to-play-this-year-out-with-no-regrets-derrek-on-his-transition-to-eg/5816,https://www.thespike.gg/rss.xml,"""Coming into EG, I have that underdog mentality with a lot to prove for myself. I'm looking to play this year out with no regrets."" Derrek on his transition to EG","Competitive VALORANT has finally returned for the 2024 season with VCT 2024 - Americas Kick-off kicking things off. Several teams spent the Off-Season restructuring their roster and bringing on new talent to improve their chances going forward. Evil Geniuses , who despite winning VCT 2023 - Champions in a rather shocking twist, too had a lot of new faces join the team. However, the team has not lost their touch as they proved their worth against G2 Esports in their first match of the season. Derrek ""Derrek "" Ha , who was part of the 100 Thieves roster last season, talked to THESPIKE.GG following their win. - -THESPIKE.GG: How has the transition from 100 Thieves to Evil Geniuses been? How are you adapting to a new team and environment? - -Derrek: I had a super rough season in 2023 and lot to prove to myself in 2024, whether it be through Challengers or through Tier 1. Luckily, I got into EG very last minute and I think coming into EG, I have that underdog mentality with a lot to prove for myself. I'm looking to play this year out with no regrets. - -THESPIKE.GG: Do you think EG finishing top of the Champions in the last season kind of gives you an added pressure to perform? - -Derrek: I don't think I do because I wasn't a part of the roster that won. So, I don't inherently have that pressure on me. The only one that stayed was obviously Jawgemo and Potter. I don't think the pressures on them either. But if it were to be on anyone, it would be on them - -THESPIKE.GG: Do you have any thoughts on how EG performed last season and how you can see the coaching staff helping you find your game? - -Derrek: EG had a rough start to the season last year, and I completely understand why they thrived so well with Potter. Working under her since late December, I don't really have to reiterate that she's good, obviously she's a world champ coach and she knows what she's doing. I think the things that she shows us in practice and just overall routine of coaching is an environment that me and the guys thrive under. We don't have a reserve roster like the 2023 roster had. So, it's literally just us and Potter.",1731883658,0c89bedf6b,0c65990bfa,,,1731883658 -https://www.npr.org/2021/10/29/1050665635/night-of-the-living-inflation,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"How scared should we be of a new form of inflation, called ""skimpflation""? : Planet Money : NPR","Night of the living inflation - -Enlarge this image FScottMattern/Getty Images FScottMattern/Getty Images - -""Skimpflation"" is a new word for the economic idea of paying the same for worse goods or services. Greg Rosalsky of the Planet Money Newsletter explains how this is related to inflation. - -Now if that didn't sound scary enough, our friends at The Indicator bring us a spooky episode about the inflation demon. Should it paralyze us with fear, or is it all just in our heads? - -Music: ""Zombies March"" and ""Dirty Magic Kitty"" and ""Bespoke Feelings"" and ""Scream if you Dare"" and ""The Knight and the Princess"" and ""Darkness Descends"" and ""Sinister Lullaby"" and ""Dead of Night"" and ""Path to Solace"" and ""Growing Paranoid 3"" and ""Cover of Darkness"" and ""Bedsheet Ghosts"" - -Sponsor Message - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884696,8181d7a585,0becb37208,,,1731884696 -https://www.schneier.com/blog/archives/2024/11/new-ios-security-feature-makes-it-harder-for-police-to-unlock-seized-phones.html,https://www.schneier.com/blog/atom.xml,Schneier on Security,"New iOS Security Feature Makes It Harder for Police to Unlock Seized Phones - -Everybody is reporting about a new security iPhone security feature with iOS 18: if the phone hasn’t been used for a few days, it automatically goes into its “Before First Unlock” state and has to be rebooted. - -This is a really good security feature. But various police departments don’t like it, because it makes it harder for them to unlock suspects’ phones. - -Posted on November 14, 2024 at 7:05 AM • 12 Comments",1731884536,640a148b39,0c69508667,,,1731884536 -https://www.popsci.com/gear/tcl-tv-early-black-friday-deal/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,Get a 98-inch TCL TV for 47% off with this early Black Friday deal,"Getting a big, cheap TV used to require serious commitment. You had to get up early on Black Friday, shake off your turkey-induced hangover, and lineup outside of a big box store in hopes of scoring a deal. Right now, however, you can grab a 98-inch TV for just $1,598, which is 47 percent off of its retail price and $400 cheaper than its typical sale price. We ranked the Q6 our best budget 4K TV in our buying guide, so it’s no slouch when it comes to performance. - -TCL 98″ Q Class 4K UHD HDR QLED Smart TV with Google TV $1,598 (was $2,998 also available at Best Buy and Walmart) - -This TV is part of TCL’s Q-series, which relies on Quantum Dot technology to increase brightness and color performance. It offers three HDMI ports, (we would have liked four, but it’s not a dealbreaker), Bluetooth connectivity, 4K resolution, and a 120Hz refresh rate. The real selling point, though, is the size. It can be hard to visualize just how large a 98-inch TV really is. For a quick reference, imagine a queen-sized mattress on your wall because the dimensions are similar. It’s seriously huge. - -TCL 98-Inch QM7 QLED 4K Smart QD-Mini LED TV $2,298 (was $2,998, also available at Best Buy and Walmart) - -If you have a little extra cash to spend, you could upgrade to this QD-Mini LED model, which offers everything you’d get out of the typical Q-series, but benefits from Mini LED backlighting and Quantum Dots working together. With 150 local dimming zones, it can achieve superior contrast and brightness at the same time. That’s great news if you have a lot of ambient light or you really like the image to pop on the screen. Also, it’s still enormous. - -You likely won’t see these get any cheaper on actual Black Friday and they’ll probably sell out if you try waiting for them to drop any more so don’t sleep.",1731883736,741b88dd6e,0c6bc21375,,,1731883736 -https://transom.org/2016/stations-produce-podcasts/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Should Stations Produce Podcasts?,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/06/Should-Stations-Produce-Podcasts.mp3 Download Listen to “Should Stations Produce Podcasts?” - -There’s a lot of talk these days about public radio stations producing podcasts. In fact, a recent article in Current by Lauren Ober was a clarion call demanding stations get in the podcasting game with local content. Unfortunately, a seemingly archaic radio term was missing from the article and I’d like to bring it back here – “localism.” - -Talk to any old timer in radio and they’ll wax poetically about “localism.” For decades, it was a driving force behind so many programming decisions. In fact, it was, in many ways, a radio station’s raison d’etre. - -In short, “localism” is the simple tenet that broadcasters should serve a local community. It makes sense, if for no other reason, than a radio signal only goes so far. You can’t serve people outside the signal footprint. - -Additionally, localism is embedded in the licensing process. When a radio broadcaster seeks a license from the FCC, they’re required to indicate how they will serve their community – and not just with entertainment programming or a few public service announcements, but with substantive content that addresses local concerns. - -Starting in the 1920s, the advent of radio broadcasting, broadcasters took “localism” seriously. Radio programming often featured diverse, local voices speaking about the issues of the day, playing music, and celebrating place alongside entertainment programs. - -But, slowly, localism atrophied. The drive for larger audiences and the simplicity of homogenized, non-local programming took precedence. That shift was exacerbated in the 1980s and 90s with the loosening of ownership rules by the FCC culminating in the Communications Act of 1996. Fewer and fewer corporations were permitted to own more and more stations resulting in a lot of cookie cutter programming. - -While consolidation never took hold in public radio, the homogenization of programming did. It was led by a drive to “serve more Americans” and increase ratings. I watched it unfold first hand while living in Nevada. - -In the 1980s, the local public station in Las Vegas let go of their on-air volunteers and gutted all of the cultural programming opting instead for news and classical music (including music provided overnight by from a satellite service). Hundreds of other public stations made the same programming changes at the time. Some even went further choosing a single format – just news, for instance, with most of it provided by non-local networks. In quick order, one station started to sound like the next, like the next, like the next…. Localism was history. - -Recently, however, because of the advent of so much audio content from the Internet (NPR and other networks) competing with stations for listeners including, public radio stations are realizing the future may lie in “localism” – providing content the web and national content providers can’t. - -One way stations are bringing back “localism” is through podcasts. Stations are experimenting with long-form, in-depth podcasts about their communities. Take, for instance, WNYC’s There Goes the Neighborhood, St. Louis Public Radio’s We Live Here and The Intersection from KALW. All are excellent examples of the power of “localism.” - -Stations, of course, are hesitant to start podcasting. There are a lot of questions to answer first: Who will produce it? How much will it cost? Will it compete with our broadcast service? - -Wyoming Public Radio has good answers to all of these questions and more. Their podcast HumaNature is fine example of how a station can take a first-step into podcast-only content infused with a local (and national) sensibility. And, it’s another example of the return of “localism.” Caroline Ballard is the host of HumaNature and she explains WPR’s effort on this episode of HowSound. And, she has a few surprising thoughts on how producing a podcast has improved her work on air. - -*Thanks to Flickr and Alistar Hall for the image at the top of this post.",1731883688,c00d35bf2d,0c638581c3,,,1731883688 -https://www.cnbc.com/2024/11/15/trump-defense-pete-hegseth-sex-assault-investigation-.html,https://www.cnbc.com/id/100003114/device/rss/rss.html,Trump Defense pick Hegseth investigated in 2017 for alleged sex assault; no charges filed,"Pete Hegseth, host of Fox & Friends, at the National Council of Young Israel Gala in New York City. - -Police in California investigated Fox News host Pete Hegseth — who was picked this week by President-elect Donald Trump to be the next Defense Department secretary — in connection with an alleged sexual assault at a hotel in 2017, officials said. - -Hegseth, 44, was not charged after the probe that year by the Monterey Police Department. He denies the allegations. - -A spokesperson for the city of Monterey told NBC News in a statement that police ""investigated an alleged sexual assault at 1 Old Golf Course Road,"" the location of the Hyatt Regency Monterey Hotel and Spa, between 11:59 p.m. and 7 a.m. local time on Oct. 7 and 8, 2017. - -The National Federation of Republican Women was holding its convention at the hotel during that time. - -The statement notes there were ""contusions to right thigh,"" but did not identify whose thigh that was. - -The name and age of the alleged victim was not disclosed in the statement. - -The spokesperson said the full police report on the alleged incident is exempt from public disclosure. - -Vanity Fair first reported the alleged incident. - -Hegseth's attorney, Timothy Parlatore told CNBC, ""The police department confirmed last night that it was fully investigated and he was cleared."" - -""It was a false allegation ... which is, unfortunately, something that happens with public figures,"" Parlatore said. ""He cooperated completely and he did nothing wrong.""",1731883675,a25f737359,0c5c3f0a62,,,1731883675 -https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/2024/11/massachusetts-legislature-passes-new-climate-bill-that-includes-siting-permitting-reform/,https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/feed/,"Massachusetts legislature passes new climate bill that includes siting, permitting reform","On November 14, the Massachusetts legislature passed S.2967, “An Act promoting a clean energy grid, advancing equity and protecting ratepayers.” - -The climate bill was announced after significant pressure from environmental justice and clean energy advocates following the failed passage of major climate reforms months prior. This legislation addresses the pressing climate crisis by facilitating a path away from polluting fossil fuels and toward the streamlined adoption of clean energy resources. - -“Now, more than ever, state-level legislation is crucial in transitioning towards clean energy. We applaud legislators for passing this bill and recognizing that we urgently need to address the climate crisis, while also prioritizing equity in the process,” said Vote Solar’s Northeast Director, Elena Weissmann. “We congratulate the Senate and House leadership and the advocates who did not take the pressure off, for the passing of this bill.” - -The bill introduces significant changes to the siting and permitting of energy infrastructure, which will accelerate the transition to renewable resources like solar energy in the Commonwealth, as well as a plan to phase out methane gas programs without jeopardizing low-to-moderate income ratepayers. Additionally, the bill lays the groundwork for a distributed and resilient grid of the future by incorporating battery storage and electric vehicle charging infrastructure. - -“We are thrilled that the bill prioritizes a strong cumulative impact assessment for new energy projects that are rooted in environmental justice principles. This assessment requires new energy projects to fully take into account the historic and ongoing burdens experienced by communities that have been disproportionately impacted by climate change and the current energy system,” said Weissmann. “We look forward to working with partners on facilitating the transition away from polluting infrastructure and onto renewable energy projects that directly benefit frontline communities.” - -News item from Vote Solar",1731883667,1796127155,0c83b4d6cc,,,1731883667 -https://www.npr.org/2023/05/10/1175316221/standard-time-zones-noon-clock,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The history of standard time : Planet Money : NPR,"The Day of Two Noons (Classic) - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Winslow Upton and William Babcock Hazen/United States War Department, Washington D.C. 1881 Winslow Upton and William Babcock Hazen/United States War Department, Washington D.C. 1881 - -(Note: this episode originally ran in 2019.) - -In the 1800s, catching your train on time was no easy feat. Every town had its own ""local time,"" based on the position of the sun in the sky. There were 23 local times in Indiana. 38 in Michigan. Sometimes the time changed every few minutes. - -This created tons of confusion, and a few train crashes. But eventually, a high school principal, a scientist, and a railroad bureaucrat did something about it. They introduced time zones in the United States. It took some doing--they had to convince all the major cities to go along with it, get over some objections that the railroads were stepping on ""God's time,"" and figure out how to tell everyone what time it was. But they made it happen, beginning on one day in 1883, and it stuck. It's a story about how railroads created, in all kinds of ways, the world we live in today. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was originally produced by Alexi Horowitz-Ghazi and edited by Jacob Goldstein. Jess Jiang is Planet Money's Acting Executive Producer. - -Music: ""You Got Me Started,"" ""Star Alignment"" and ""Road to Cevennes."" - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / our weekly Newsletter.",1731884637,8181d7a585,0c97357d70,,,1731884637 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/trends/g4447/luxury-gifts-for-women/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,49 Luxury Gifts for Women 2024,"The best luxury gifts for women combine quality craftsmanship with telltale details that can’t be easily duplicated. With the holidays around the corner, now is the perfect time to pick up a thoughtful, curated gift. - -For the fashion lover who enjoys collecting classic, one-of-a-kind pieces in their spare time, try a vintage-inspired Prada kitten heel or a diamond choker that feels both elegant and playful. The discerning beauty enthusiast on your list might appreciate an intricate scent developed by Krigler, the centuries-old perfume house frequented by Audrey Hepburn and Jackie Kennedy. - -Whether you’re shopping for your significant other, sister, or friend, these finds will make her feel extra special. Read on to discover 49 luxury gifts for women that remain a cut above the rest.",1731883627,66787ad63a,0c999f09fb,,,1731883627 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMiYkFVX3lxTE1BTHcwd1UxYko4OE1mNXp3c0djY2tmTmN3N2hVaHN5TEpRa05SRFNvYVJNQ3lLdUJSTHZqWUNzVGFRQm5Ed3ljTFpQeWhoUXg5bHk1ZGhnWjJhUFNqWnJNaDVB?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883621,2688d2a9c6,0cc712de43,,,1731883621 -https://publicwords.com/2024/08/27/hows-your-poker-face/,https://www.publicwords.com/feed/,How's Your Poker Face?,"The benefits of a poker face are widely extolled in poker but also in life. Poker faces help in cards, of course, but also in negotiations and dealings around the conference room table when the stakes are high. And poker faces are widely supposed to come in handy when asking for something from the boss – like a raise, for instance. - -But a recent study (Kavanagh et al., 2024) looked hard at poker faces, and compared them with more expressive ones, and found – wait for it – that we trust expressive faces more than less expressive ones. As I’ve been saying for a long time, don’t let your face go blank when you are speaking, even if adrenaline pushes you in that direction, because you’re trying to connect with the audience, and the audience is human. A more expressive face has an easier time of it building a relationship. Relationships depend on trust, and trust depends on understanding what the other human being is feeling or intending. To build a relationship with your audience, then, ditch the poker face when speaking and instead show us what you are feeling. - -What we care about most when we are getting to know someone for the first time, or any time, for that matter, is whether or not we can trust them. Do they intend good things or are they hiding something? A poker face leaves the other party wondering, unable to read the intent of their interlocutor, and thus slow to build trust. We can’t bond if we don’t have a sense of what you’re thinking and feeling. - -Moreover, the study found that the more expressive people were more likable and higher on the personal trait of agreeableness. So, if you want to wow an audience, speakers, ‘tell your face’! - -But let’s go a little deeper. What else besides expressiveness is useful in connecting with audiences? There’s an older body of research that focuses on determining what’s important to audiences in speakers. What makes for a successful speaker, in short? The answer is consistent with this recent research: two things, trust and credibility. We audiences want to know that we can trust our speakers, just like people in general, and we want to find them credible. Give us those two attributes and we’re happy campers. - -They have both verbal and non-verbal components. You demonstrate trust in terms of content by showing you understand the audience’s problems. You establish credibility by showing you know how to solve those problems. - -In body language terms, you establish trust with open behavior and gestures, and credibility with authoritative behavior and gestures. The voice is especially important in this regard – to establish authority, speak at the low end, but not the bottom, of your vocal range. Speakers often overcompensate instinctively, pushing their voices too low, thus achieving a vocal quality something like the sound of squirrels playing in gravel – not very authoritative. And a voice pitched too high can sound stressed out or frantic, so don’t go there, either. Pitch your voice in your natural conversational range and have a real, comfortable chat with your audience. - -You’re not playing poker; you are connecting.",1731883677,70da3d3370,0c6c98967c,,,1731883677 -https://www.npr.org/2024/05/01/1197958914/planet-money-hire-power-noncompetes-update,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Most noncompetes could be outlawed by a new Federal Trade Commission ruling. : Planet Money : NPR,"Hire Power (Update) - -Enlarge this image MARINA OLIPHANT/Getty Images MARINA OLIPHANT/Getty Images - -(Note: This episode originally ran in 2021.) - -Millions of American workers in all sorts of industries have signed some form of noncompete agreement. Their pervasiveness has led to situations where workers looking to change jobs can be locked out of their fields. - -On today's episode: how one man tried to end noncompete contracts in his home state of Hawaii. And we update that story with news of a recent ruling from the Federal Trade Commission that could ban most noncompete agreements nationwide. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was hosted by Erika Beras and Amanda Aronczyk. The original piece was produced by Dave Blanchard, edited by Ebony Reed, and engineered by Isaac Rodrigues. The update was reported and produced by Willa Rubin. It was edited by Keith Romer, fact-checked by Sierra Juarez, and engineered by Josephine Nyounai. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Music Production - ""New Pulse,"" ""Tiddly Winks"" and ""Guam Beat""",1731884594,8181d7a585,0ca280544b,,,1731884594 -https://www.cnbc.com/2024/11/15/us-companies-in-the-crosshairs-if-china-retaliates-to-fight-trump.html,https://www.cnbc.com/id/100003114/device/rss/rss.html,U.S. companies could be caught in the crosshairs if China retaliates to fight Trump,"With President-elect Donald Trump's trade and foreign policy team taking a hawkish stance toward China, U.S. companies are increasingly concerned a hard-line approach could stunt their prospects in the world's second-largest economy – and turn them into targets of Chinese retaliation. - -Trump has threatened to hit China with at least 60% tariffs and vowed to end reliance on the country. That alone would be disruptive. It would force companies to scramble to find other sources of supply, American consumers to pay higher prices at the store, and, according to many experts, lead to job losses. - -On top of that, the Chinese government could respond with an expanded tool kit to target American businesses. - -""The Trump administration's actions may be seen or may be interpreted as economic war,"" Scott Kennedy, senior advisor at the Center for Strategic and International Studies, told reporters in Beijing on Thursday. ""If they are interpreted in that way, China might have a much more vigorous response, not limited to tariffs."" - -Those actions could range from economic changes to matters of diplomacy and security, Kennedy said, adding China may ""push back as hard as they can."" - -More combative relations between the U.S. and China also brings the risk of public backlash amid rising Chinese nationalism. The Chinese government has strong controls over information flow which has led to consumer boycotts of international brands. - -""The worst part is the consumer brands that are not of a strategic nature and themselves are not controversial and would not be subject to export restrictions might be punished by the local consumer because of their nationality,"" said, Michael Hart, president of the American Chamber of Commerce in China. ""Since Covid, companies have been looking to diversify and bolster their supply chains, but there are still no easy and reliable replacements for the supply chains and manufacturing that has developed in China over the past decades.""",1731883673,a25f737359,0cc9c6c859,,,1731883673 -https://www.npr.org/2024/11/13/1212604208/asml-euv-extreme-ultraviolet-lithography-microchips,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Extreme ultraviolet: The technology behind the world's fastest microchips : Planet Money : NPR,"The strange way the world's fastest microchips are made - -Enlarge this image Jeff Guo/NPR Jeff Guo/NPR - -This is the story behind one of the most valuable — and perhaps, most improbable — technologies humanity has ever created. It's a breakthrough called extreme ultraviolet lithography, and it's how the most advanced microchips in the world are made. The kind of chips powering the latest AI models. The kind of chips that the U.S. is desperately trying to keep out of the hands of China. - -For years, few thought this technology was even possible. It still sounds like science fiction: A laser strong enough to blast holes in a bank vault hits a droplet of molten tin. The droplet explodes into a burst of extreme ultraviolet light. That precious light is funneled onto a wafer of silicon, where it etches circuits as fine as a strand of DNA. Only one company in the world that can make these advanced microchip etching machines: a Dutch firm called ASML. - -Sponsor Message - -Today on the show, how this breakthrough in advanced chipmaking happened — and how it almost didn't. How the long-shot idea was incubated in U.S. nuclear weapons laboratories and nurtured by U.S. tech giants. And, why a Dutch company now controls it. - -This episode was hosted by Jeff Guo and Sally Helm. It was produced by Willa Rubin and edited by Jess Jiang. It was fact-checked by Dania Suleman, and engineered by Patrick Murray. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Music Production - ""With It,"" ""Tribes,"" and ""Blue and Green.""",1731884573,8181d7a585,0cb0e6b1d1,,,1731884573 -https://www.ren21.net/cop29/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=cop29,http://www.ren21.net/feed/,REN21 at COP29: Unlocking Climate Finance for the Energy Transition,"Join REN21 at COP29 in Baku, Azerbaijan! - -From 11 November, REN21 will be at COP29 as a strategic partner at the Global Renewables Hub in the Blue Zone. We’re calling for greater focus and financing to amplify the role of renewables in climate mitigation, resilience and adaptation. - -We invite you to be part of the conversation! Follow us on Instagram, X, and LinkedIn, and join the dialogue using #COP29, #RenewablesNOW and #RenewablesForResilience. - -If you’d like to connect with us directly during COP29, email us at community@ren21.net. - -For media queries, please reach out to our COP29 Delegation: Rana Adib, Laura Williamson and Hala Kilani.",1731883651,c318c793d5,0ced566146,,,1731883651 -https://techcrunch.com/2024/11/14/influur-wants-to-standout-from-other-influencer-marketplaces-by-promising-timely/,https://techcrunch.com/startups/feed/,Influur wants to stand out from other influencer marketplaces by promising timely payout,"As the influencer economy grows, startups like Passionfroot, Agentio, and One Impression, along with social platforms like Instagram, YouTube, and TikTok are trying to build marketplaces to connect brands with creators. - -Miami-based startup Influur is banking on two unique aspects of its platform: quick response from creators and financial tools to ensure they are paid on time. - -The company is developing a suite of tools for brands to track campaigns better. Additionally, it is considering introducing new financial products for creators, including loans, debit cards, and credit cards. - -To support these efforts, Influur has raised $10 million in Series A funding from Point72 Ventures and HTwenty Capital, bringing its total funding to over $15 million. Angel investors include Sofía Vergara and Thalía. - -Ishan Sinha, a partner at Point72 Ventures, said that the platform helps creators become better entrepreneurs. - -“Creators are good at making content. But they might not be business-savvy entrepreneurs. So having a place where their money can live, they can get a quick payout, and see their analytics is powerful,” he said. - -Influur was founded in 2021 by four Latina female founders: CEO Alessandra Angelini, who worked at CNN as a producer before founding the company; chief influencer officer Fefi Oliveira, who has worked in the entertainment industry with companies like Nickelodeon and Telemundo and has over 9 million followers across her social media accounts; chief sales officer Paula Coleman, who also worked at CNN as a producer; and chief product officer Valeria Angelini, who worked as a data analyst at FedEx. - -Before starting Influur, Angelini asked Oliveira, whom she met in college, why creators were not responding to CNN’s contact attempts. Oliveira explained that influencers receive thousands of messages on Instagram and email, making it hard to manage them all. - -To tackle this problem, Angelini envisioned a tool for influencer marketing, similar to Google AdSense, to manage a brand’s spending in that space. - -Marketplace and community - -Upon onboarding, creators can connect all their social media accounts, display their pricing for marketing engagements, and list past brand collaborations. The startup founders noted that the platform currently hosts over 40,000 creators with various follower counts. - -Creators can apply for open brand campaigns that match their criteria. They can also opt for “gifted collabs,” where they receive a brand’s product in exchange for content. As for brands, they can also individually approach select creators for collaborations. - -On the platform, creators can get suggestions and tips from other experienced creators and learn from them. To keep interactions relevant, the platform restricts posting to creators with over 2,000 followers. - -Angelini said many marketplaces list influencers by scraping web data, which often leads to low response rates. She mentioned that an influencer typically responds to a brand request within 24 hours on Influur. - -Influur also offers a premium subscription for creators priced at $30 per month, which gives them access to a one-click media kit with details of their price rates, past campaigns, socials, and engagement rates. They also get access to experiences where they can create content and exclusive webinars from popular creators. - -According to Oliveira — who has been a creator for years — one of the main problems has been chasing brands for payouts after the work is complete. To solve this problem, Influur asks brands to pay money up front, stores the money in an escrow, and then transfers it to a creator’s wallet when they ship all campaign deliverables. - -“Influencers have often waited 60 to 120 days after posting the final product to get paid. We are solving that problem with our wallet and instant pay feature,” Oliveira said. - -Creators can wait 30 days to get their payout or instantly withdraw the money with a 15% fee to Influur. Currently, the company supports payouts in a dozen countries, including the U.S., Mexico, and Brazil. The startup mentioned that 20% of its creators have paid that fee to get a quick payout. - -In the future, the startup plans to launch a set of financial tools for creators, such as virtual accounts, short-term loans, credit cards, and debit cards. “Influencers want Influur to become their bank. We plan to launch a new financial product, so we are not only part of earning money for influencers but also a part of how they save and spend money,” Angelini said. - -Point72 Venture’s Sinha said that in the fund’s diligence, it found that creators wanted financial stability and that the startup was building the right tools to achieve it. - -Insights for brands - -With its Series A raise, Influur is working on adding insights for influencer campaigns along with financial tools. The company is also building a prediction engine so that companies can predict how a campaign might perform with a particular creator. - -The company is expanding its team across its four hubs: San Francisco, Miami, Mexico, and Argentina. - -In addition to charging creators a 15% instant payout fee and a premium subscription, Influur also charges a 20% to 25% service fee for every transaction from brands. While the company had some profitable months last year, it’s going to take a while before Influur generates a profit as it aims to be overall cash-flow positive by 2026. - -The startup believes that it has an edge over other marketplaces thanks to its financial tools, its insights engine, and having a popular creator as a co-founder.",1731883635,878296e4f0,0cef923ce8,,,1731883635 -https://www.npr.org/2023/03/01/1160407491/seinfeld-economics-scarcity-payoff-matrix-bads,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Exploring Seinfeld through the lens of economics : Planet Money,"Exploring Seinfeld through the lens of economics - -Enlarge this image David Turnley/Corbis/VCG via Getty Images David Turnley/Corbis/VCG via Getty Images - -The 90s sit-com Seinfeld is often called ""a show about nothing."" Lauded for its observational humor, this quick-witted show focussed on four hapless New Yorkers navigating work, relationships...yada yada yada. - -Jerry, George, Elaine & Kramer set themselves apart from the characters who populated shows like Friends or Cheers, by being the exact opposite of the characters audiences would normally root for. These four New Yorkers were overly analytical, calculating, and above all, selfish. - -In other words, they had all the makings of a fascinating case study in economics. - -Economics professors Linda Ghent and Alan Grant went so far as to write an entire book on the subject, Seinfeld & Economics. The book points readers to economic principles that appear throughout the show, ideas like economic utility, game theory, and the best way to allocate resources in the face of scarcity. - -On today's show, we make the case that Seinfeld is, at its heart, not a show about nothing, but a show about economics. And that understanding Seinfeld can change the way you understand economics itself. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was produced by Alyssa Jeong Perry with help from Emma Peaslee. It was edited by Keith Romer. It was mastered by Robert Rodriguez and fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Jess Jiang is our acting executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: ""Don't Fret,"" ""Name Your Price,"" and ""So What Else.""",1731884646,8181d7a585,0cf1ae45e0,,,1731884646 -https://dronedj.com/2024/11/12/drone-fine-faa-homeless-bumsndrones/,https://dronedj.com/feed/,Drone operator fined $270K by FAA for harassing unhoused people,"The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) has issued a $270,000 fine against Henry “Hank” Borunda, a Colorado-based real estate developer whose viral “BumsNDrones” social media accounts depict his drones harassing the local homeless population. - -The videos, which initially circulated on platforms like TikTok, Instagram, and X (formerly Twitter), have drawn condemnation from drone advocates, homeless organizations, and the FAA for Borunda’s alleged 232 regulatory violations. This case, which has seen Borunda repeatedly flouting both legal and ethical boundaries, marks one of the more egregious examples of improper drone use, as outlined in a detailed FAA report obtained by Pueblo Chieftain. - -FAA cites 232 violations in year-long investigation - -The FAA investigation, conducted between August 2022 and December 2023, found Borunda repeatedly breaking various drone regulations, including flying without proper certification, operating drones over people, and conducting nighttime flights without safety lighting. - -Drone regulations, particularly those concerning operating near people and nighttime flights, are in place to prevent accidents and injuries from drone propellers. In one case, Borunda allegedly flew his drone so close to an individual’s head that it caused the person to duck. Another incident involved the drone “chasing” someone walking on the sidewalk, with additional allegations of objects being dropped on people from the drone. - -FAA attorney Marissa Harrison, who penned the 15-page penalty letter, outlined these alleged infractions and stated the agency’s willingness to settle for $270,000. Borunda was given until October 30 to either pay the fine or provide additional information, although it remains unclear whether he has contested the findings. - -Public outcry and drone safety concerns - -Drone expert Vic Moss, representing Unmanned Aircraft System Colorado, has criticized Borunda’s actions. “We are drone ambassadors, so we need to fly friendly, and obviously this guy ain’t,” Moss said. He stressed the inherent dangers of flying drones near people, especially given recent incidents where drones have caused injuries in crowds. For instance, when a drone crashed at a Boston Celtics event last month, it led to two people getting injured. - -Also see: Insta360’s Black Friday camera deals are too hot to miss - -Moss explained that FAA regulations prohibit flying drones directly over people without specific certifications and waivers. Borunda, lacking any FAA certification for commercial drone operation, would be required at minimum to have passed The Recreational UAS Safety Test (TRUST) to legally fly a drone. Yet, the FAA report highlights instances where Borunda not only disregarded these rules but allegedly posted about and boasted of his actions online. - -The videos, which feature unwitting individuals reacting to a hovering drone, have garnered mixed reactions online. While some followers of Borunda’s social media accounts praise the antics, many drone pilots and community members denounce the content as both reckless and unethical. “I have over 33,000 drone pilots in my group, and I cannot think of a single one that will think this is funny,” Moss said. - -Social media restrictions, but new accounts resurface - -Borunda’s social media accounts on platforms like Facebook, YouTube, Instagram, and TikTok were banned following reports of community guideline violations earlier this year. However, Borunda appears to have circumvented these bans by creating new accounts under similar names, such as “@bumsndronesco” on TikTok, where he would post comparable content. A recent video, for instance, showed a person swinging a bike lock cable at a drone, a post that quickly gained traction with over 600 likes and numerous comments. However, this account also appears to have been removed now. - -Borunda’s X account, nevertheless, remains active, boasting over 21,000 followers. Similarly, his Instagram account has resumed posting content after the original account, which reportedly had 1.3 million followers, was banned. These recurring violations and platform workarounds highlight ongoing challenges social media companies face in enforcing guidelines against harmful content. - -The FAA is reportedly aware of Borunda’s continued posts and activities but has not yet released further information on potential new investigations or penalties. FAA spokesperson Jillian Angeline has confirmed that the agency is limited in its ability to comment on active investigations but emphasized the FAA’s commitment to safety and regulation enforcement. - -As federal scrutiny intensifies, Borunda’s case serves as a cautionary tale for drone operators who may consider crossing legal and ethical boundaries for online notoriety. “The FAA is a safety and education agency, not a punitive one,” Moss pointed out, “but if you ignore the FAA, they will do something like this.” - -Read more: Bike-controlled adventure filming? DJI Osmo Action 5 Pro camera says yes - -FTC: We use income earning auto affiliate links. More.",1731883632,e90a6ba11c,0cd46020eb,,,1731883632 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/assassins-creed-shadows-will-reboot-assassins-creeds-patchy-modern-day-story,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,Assassin's Creed Shadows will reboot Assassin's Creed's patchy modern-day story,"Put your hand up if you'd forgotten that every Assassin's Creed game is, strictly speaking, set in the present day. I know I had. That's not the actual distant past you're parkouring through. That isn't actual Renaissance architecture you're clambering on. It's a holographic Animus simulation, conjured from ancestral memories flash-frozen within your DNA - convenient, inasmuch as it means that any inconsistencies are your DNA's fault, not Ubisoft's. If the ledge-mantling animations are glitchy, that's simply because you have bad genes. - -We can both be forgiven for losing sight of Assassin's Creed's modern day narrative frame. Ubisoft themselves have downplayed it since the era of Desmond Miles, the watery Peter Parker figure who served as puppetmaster protagonist for AC games up to Assassin's Creed 3. In Assassin's Creed Shadows, however, they're planning to bring back the modern day setting in a big way, though details are scanty. - -""Ending Desmond's arc was a difficult decision, and afterward, the modern storyline struggled to find its footing,"" Assassin's Creed franchise boss Marc-Alexis Coté observed last week at a BAFTA event attended by Eurogamer. The series has experimented with a new Animus wielder, Layla Hassan, but Coté feels Ubisoft have failed to weave an impactful and consistent narrative around her, not least because the overarching AC plot of warring Templar and Assassin orders has become a lacklustre hunt for ancient alien McGuffins. - -""The continued focus on characters hunting for Isu artefacts made the narrative more predictable,"" Coté went on, ""and reduced the conflict between Templars and Assassins to a straightforward pursuit of control over - let's be honest - magical relics. This shift pulled focus away from what had always been at the heart of the franchise: exploring our history. - -""As this approach became repetitive, both players and critics felt the modern day storyline had become a secondary concern, more of a side-quest, rather than an integral part of the overall experience,"" he said. ""Furthermore, the compounded complexity of 15 years of lore built in this parallel storyline created a cognitive load that made the franchise difficult to approach for newcomers."" - -Assassin's Creed Shadows will be the first step on the road toward putting ""history back at the centre of the players' experience,"" Coté explained, with a modern-day narrative that ""will serve to enhance, rather than overshadow, the historical journey"". You can expect a ""meaningful contrast between past and present"". - -To be more specific, ""the modern day storyline will explore deeper themes of memory, identity and autonomy, how the past shapes who we are, and how controlling this past can impact our future. - -""These themes will allow us to reflect on contemporary issues: freedom versus control, the power of knowledge and the tension between individuality and conformity, all through the lens of history,"" Coté concluded. ""The groundwork for this new direction will take shape with Assassin's Creed Shadows, which will lay the foundation for this narrative evolution that will grow in the years to come."" - -It all sounds very grand. The less grand practical reality is that all the modern-day stuff will sit within a new Assassin's Creed meta-game hub, a project previously known as Assassin's Creed Infinity. If I were a cynical man, and I do try to be, I'd say Assassin's Creed's modern-day component is coming back as a set of animated cyberpunk wallpapers for a bog-standard game launcher. - -I was cautiously enthusiastic about the 30 minutes of choreographed Shadows footage I saw at Summer Games Fest this year. I tend to be cautiously enthusiastic about anything that whiffs of Tenchu, mind. The new open worlder was recently delayed into 2025 following an Ubisoft share slump abetted by ""soft"" sales of Star Wars Outlaws. I'm not sure a rejuvenated modern-day component is the secret sauce, here, but I'm interested to see what they mean by ""reflect on contemporary issues"". Just please don't bring back Desmond.",1731883679,ad45c610da,0d1c67981b,,,1731883679 -https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/archive/2024/11/progressives-errors-2024-election/680563/?utm_source=feed,https://www.theatlantic.com/feed/channel/ideas/,What the Left Keeps Getting Wrong,"This article was featured in the One Story to Read Today newsletter. Sign up for it here. - -There is no single explanation for Donald Trump’s unambiguous win. But if, as we were constantly told, this was in fact the most important election of our lives, in which the future of democracy really was at stake, Democrats never conducted themselves that way. - -It was an egregious mistake—not just in retrospect but in real time—to allow Joe Biden to renege on his implicit promise to be a one-term president, and to indulge his vain refusal to clear the way for younger and more charismatic leaders to rise up and meet the magnitude of the political moment. Perhaps no candidate, not even one blessed with the talents of a Bill Clinton or a Barack Obama, could have overcome the handicap imposed on Kamala Harris when she emerged valiantly from the wreckage of the Weekend at Bernie’s campaign this summer, which her own administration had so brazenly tried to sneak past the voting public. - -But other major mistakes were made over the past four years. The Biden presidency was understood to be a return to normalcy and competence after the terrible upheavals of the early months of COVID and the circus of the first Trump administration. That was the deal Americans thought had been accepted—that was Biden’s mandate. Instead, as president, even as he leaned into plenty of policies that served all Americans, Biden either could not or would not forcefully distance himself from the Democratic Party’s need for performative “wokeness”—the in-group messaging used by hyper-online and overeducated progressives that consistently alienates much of the rest of the nation. - -Read: Why Biden’s team thinks Harris lost - -Here’s one narrow but meaningful example: On day one—January 20, 2021—the Biden administration released an “Executive Order on Preventing and Combating Discrimination on the Basis of Gender Identity or Sexual Orientation.” The order said that “children should be able to learn without worrying about whether they will be denied access to the restroom, the locker room, or school sports.” Supporters argued that the order was simply pledging that the administration would enforce previously established legal protections for LGBTQ people, but critics saw it differently. As the author Abigail Shrier wrote on Twitter: “Biden unilaterally eviscerates women’s sports. Any educational institution that receives federal funding must admit biologically-male athletes to women’s teams, women’s scholarships, etc. A new glass ceiling was just placed over girls.” - -In signaling their commitment to an extreme and debatable idea of trans rights, Democrats hemorrhaged other constituencies. Many Americans of all races care about girls’ sports and scholarships, and they believe that protecting women’s rights and flourishing doesn’t begin and end at safeguarding their access to an abortion. - -Out of this larger context, Harris entered the final stretch of the campaign already compromised. Republicans seized on her previous comments in support of progressive proposals such as defunding the police (which she later renounced). But it was more than culture-war flash points. Fair or not, many Americans didn’t believe Harris deserved to be vice president in the first place. This is in large part the fault of her boss, who stated up front before selecting her that he would prefer a vice president “who was of color and/or a different gender.” It was a slightly less blunt version of what he said before appointing Justice Ketanji Brown Jackson—that the job was only ever available to a Black woman. Harris’s very presence within the Biden administration therefore, to many onlookers, amounted to a kind of glaring evidence of precisely the kind of DEI hiring practices they intended to repudiate on Tuesday. - -Voters’ response was definitive. According to a New York Times analysis, “Of the counties with nearly complete results, more than 90 percent shifted in favor of former President Donald J. Trump in the 2024 presidential election.” That is to say, Trump improved with every single racial group across the country except one. He performed slightly better with Black voters overall (13 percent voted for him this time, according to exit polls, compared with 12 percent in 2020), and significantly better with everyone else—particularly Latinos, 46 percent of whom gave him their vote. He received an outright majority of ballots from voters marking the “other” box—a first for Republicans—and his party reclaimed the Senate and looks poised to hold on to the House. All told, the only racial group among whom Trump lost any support at all turned out to be white people, whose support for him dropped by a percentage point. - -Were Trump not such a singularly polarizing, unlikable, and authoritarian figure, one of the most salient and—when glimpsed from a certain angle—even optimistic takeaways from this election would be the improbable multiracial and working-class coalition he managed to assemble. This is what Democrats (as well as independents and conservatives who oppose Trump) must reckon with if they are ever going to counter the all-inclusive nihilism and recklessness of the new MAGA majority. Much attention has been paid to the gender gap in voting, and it’s true that more men voted for Trump than women. But the fact that so many citizens of all geographies and skin tones wanted to see Democrats pay a price, not just for policy differences but also for the party’s yearslong indulgence of so many deeply unpopular academic and activist perspectives, must be taken seriously. - -Read: Why Democrats are losing the culture war - -“The losses among Latinos is nothing short of catastrophic for the party,” Representative Ritchie Torres of the Bronx told The New York Times. Torres, an Afro Latino Democrat, won a third term on Tuesday. He criticized the Democrats for being beholden to “a college-educated far left that is in danger of causing us to fall out of touch with working-class voters.” - -Yet I fear that far too many elite Democrats will direct their ire and scrutiny outward, and dismiss the returns as the result of sexism and racism alone. In an Election Night monologue on MSNBC, the anchor Joy Reid expressed this mentality perfectly. Anyone who knows America, she said, “cannot have believed that it would be easy to elect a woman president, let alone a woman of color.” Her panel of white colleagues nodded solemnly. “This really was an historic, flawlessly run campaign,” Reid continued. “Queen Latifah never endorses anyone—she came out and endorsed! She had every prominent celebrity voice. She had the Swifties; she had the Beyhive. You could not have run a better campaign.” - -Over on X, Nikole Hannah-Jones, the creator of The New York Times Magazine’s “1619 Project,” wrote that we “must not delude ourselves”: “Since this nation’s inception large swaths of white Americans—including white women—have claimed a belief in democracy while actually enforcing a white ethnocracy.” - -Moments after North Carolina was called for Trump, Reid diagnosed what went wrong for Harris: White women, she said, didn’t come through; it was “the second opportunity that white women in this country have to change the way that they interact with the patriarchy,” and they had failed the test again. On X, commentators immediately jumped on the blame-white-women bandwagon, as if it was an evergreen obituary they all had on file, ready to post within a moment’s notice. - -Reflexive responses like these exemplify the binary framing of culture and politics in the United States—white/nonwhite, racist/anti-racist—that ascended with the death of Trayvon Martin in 2012 and peaked after the racial reckoning of 2020. For many on the left, it has proved a powerful and compelling means of contextualizing enduring legacies of inequality and discrimination that are rooted in past oppressions. And it has notched real successes, especially by forcing the country to confront bias in the criminal-justice system and policing. But it has also become a casualty of its own discursive dominance—an intellectual and rhetorical straitjacket that prohibits even incisive thinkers from dealing with the ever-evolving complexity of contemporary American society. As a result, it has taught far too many highly compensated pundits, administrators, scholars, and activists that they never have to look inward. - -Ronald Brownstein: An uncertain future beat an unacceptable present - -But the framing didn’t work for many other people. “I’m thankful that victimhood didn’t win as a strategy,” one of my oldest and closest friends, a Black man who doesn’t have a college degree, messaged me after Trump’s victory. (It is worth noting that his twin brother, a veteran, turned MAGA during the racial reckoning.) If we are to listen to what enormous numbers of our compatriots—including unprecedented numbers of newly minted nonwhite GOP voters—are trying to tell us, the straitjacket proved decisive in their shift rightward. - -All of us who reject the vision of America that Trumpism is offering are going to have to do something grander than merely counter a vulgar celebrity demagogue who commands a potent populist movement. It is too late for that anyway. We are going to have to reimagine the inner workings of the multiethnic society we already inhabit. The stale politics of identity that tries to reduce even the glaringly inconvenient fact of Trump’s multiracial alliance to “white women” stands in the way of overcoming the real democratic crisis. - -Harris herself knows this. When Trump attempted to goad her, mockingly pondering whether she was even Black at all, she shrewdly avoided appealing to superficial categories. In this crucial way, her campaign may be viewed as an unequivocal success, one that we can learn from.",1731883620,f37ba6d5d1,0cfa3976f2,,,1731883620 -https://www.kff.org/affordable-care-act/issue-brief/status-of-state-medicaid-expansion-decisions-interactive-map/,https://www.kff.org/rss/,Status of State Medicaid Expansion Decisions: Interactive Map,"Share this page on X (opens in a new tab) - -The Affordable Care Act’s (ACA) Medicaid expansion expanded Medicaid coverage to nearly all adults with incomes up to 138% of the Federal Poverty Level ($20,783 for an individual in 2024) and provided states with an enhanced federal matching rate (FMAP) for their expansion populations. - -To date, 41 states (including DC) have adopted the Medicaid expansion and 10 states have not adopted the expansion. Current status for each state is based on KFF tracking and analysis of state expansion activity. - -These data are available in a table format. The map may be downloaded as a Powerpoint. - -Medicaid Expansion Resources",1731883663,9dd5681a6c,0cf335be69,,,1731883663 -https://transom.org/2017/radio-visual-medium/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Radio Is A Visual Medium,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/Radio-Is-A-Visual-Medium.mp3 Download Listen to “Radio Is A Visual Medium” - -You know that old radio joke, right? Ira Glass says it a lot. “Radio is your most visual medium.” Of course, it’s often said with a wink. But, simultaneously, it’s a boast because it’s true. - -I once heard Robert Krulwich make the point. He put it slightly differently. He said that when radio is produced well, the listener is a co-author. The idea being that when you read a book, an author provides clues as to what something looks like but the reader creates the images. In that way, the author and the reader work in tandem. - -Aviva DeKornfeld’s story After The Storm proves the point about the visual power of radio. In fact, I’d go so far as to say that her story may be just as much a photo essay as it is a radio story. Each scene in the story could be a single picture. Maybe two. Aviva’s narration acts as a caption for each. - -I encourage you to listen, thinking about the images. Here are my imaginary titles for each photo/scene. - -Picture #1 – The Hotel Room, Crammed - -Picture #2 – The Job, Door Locked - -Picture #3 – Free Pass to Heaven - -Picture #4 – Another Job, Door Ajar - -Picture #5 – Running, Missing",1731883673,c00d35bf2d,0cde9bf879,,,1731883673 -https://securityboulevard.com/2024/11/the-value-of-database-subsetting/,https://securityboulevard.com/feed/,The Value of Database Subsetting,"Subsetting is the unsung hero of modern test data workflows. When you need to de-identify production data for targeted debugging or for development in local dev environments, it’s unlikely that you need (and often inefficient to use) your entire production database. What you need is a subset, and grabbing that in a referentially intact way across the tables of your database is no easy task. Which is why it’s been a focus of ours since Tonic.ai’s earliest days. - -Over the years, we’ve pioneered subsetting with our industry-leading, patented approach that countless customers rely on, from eBay to Kin Insurance, to get their developers the tailored test data they need. Today, we’re excited to spotlight several recent innovations in our subsetter that are making this powerful solution even more impactful. - -But before we jump into those features, let’s talk about why you should care: what are the use cases and what value does subsetting deliver for each? - -Real-World Use = Real-World Value - -Tonic’s subsetter allows you to create a realistic slice of data that only has the data you need, and nothing else. Here’s why you might need that: - -Local developer environments: Shape and size your test datasets to specifically support the areas of your product each of your developers is working on. Subsets give your developers more manageable test datasets that run more effectively in their local environments. The value: optimized developer productivity, accelerated testing cycles, decreased storage and compute costs. - -Shape and size your test datasets to specifically support the areas of your product each of your developers is working on. Subsets give your developers more manageable test datasets that run more effectively in their local environments. optimized developer productivity, accelerated testing cycles, decreased storage and compute costs. Targeted debugging: Got a customer with a problem? Or maybe a specific area of your product that is struggling with a segment of your customers? Hone in on the data behind the issue so you can rapidly reproduce what’s wrong and push out the fix your customers need. The value: faster debugging, improved quality, increased time-to-value, happier customers. - -Got a customer with a problem? Or maybe a specific area of your product that is struggling with a segment of your customers? Hone in on the data behind the issue so you can rapidly reproduce what’s wrong and push out the fix your customers need. faster debugging, improved quality, increased time-to-value, happier customers. Safe-to-share datasets: Whether for off-shore teams or for partners and customers that need access to only certain segments of your database, subsetting makes it easy to add a further layer of protection in granting data access. You can combine subsetting and de-identification to both minimize and protect your shared data footprint, or simply create subsetted datasets on a per partner/customer basis to include only the data they should see. The value: decreased risk, increased efficiency, optimized productivity. - -Whether for off-shore teams or for partners and customers that need access to only certain segments of your database, subsetting makes it easy to add a further layer of protection in granting data access. You can combine subsetting and de-identification to both minimize and protect your shared data footprint, or simply create subsetted datasets on a per partner/customer basis to include only the data they should see. decreased risk, increased efficiency, optimized productivity. Data minimization: Big data comes with big risk. The more you can minimize your footprint, even when de-identifying your data, the lower your risk becomes. Subsetting is a secure, cost-effective way to ensure that you’re only provisioning as much data as your developers need to get their work done well. The value: decreased risk, decreased storage costs, increased data security. - -Essentially, subsetting your test data allows you to work faster and more effectively in delivering quality software, while saving your team money and reducing your risk. To dive deeper into what subsetting might look like at your organization—or in the land of Middle Earth—check out this blog written by yours truly. We dropped this link earlier, too, but in case you missed it, Ebay shrunk their test database by 1000x using the Tonic subsetter. - -Continuous Innovation - -Now that you’re up to speed on subsetting, let’s explore those new features we recently released that make Tonic’s subsetter even more impactful (and, dare we say, delightful!): - -Graph View for more control, visibility, and efficiency : Graph view is the jewel in our visualization crown. This new UI within the platform makes it even easier for you to rapidly get the exact subset of data you need. It equips you with a graphical representation of your database, its relationships, and the data that your current subset and upcoming subset configuration is capturing. As you change your subsetting configuration, you’ll see in real-time which tables will be included or excluded from your next subset, and why. Customers have told us that it’s helping them better understand their own database structures even before they get started with subsetting. With Graph View, you become the expert on the shape and structure of your database. Aka: you get to play DBA. 😏 - -: Graph view is the jewel in our visualization crown. This new UI within the platform makes it even easier for you to rapidly get the exact subset of data you need. It equips you with a graphical representation of your database, its relationships, and the data that your current subset and upcoming subset configuration is capturing. As you change your subsetting configuration, you’ll see in real-time which tables will be included or excluded from your next subset, and why. Customers have told us that it’s helping them better understand their own database structures even before they get started with subsetting. With Graph View, you become the expert on the shape and structure of your database. Aka: you get to play DBA. 😏 Filtering optional data : Our subsetter’s algorithm intelligently pulls the records you need to maintain referential integrity, along with optional records aimed at ensuring that your subset maintains the look and feel of your full dataset. Sometimes, you might want to prune some of those optional records in the interest of slimming down the size of your subset. To meet this need, we give you the ability to remove some of those records from your subset through filtering. - -: Our subsetter’s algorithm intelligently pulls the records you need to maintain referential integrity, along with optional records aimed at ensuring that your subset maintains the look and feel of your full dataset. Sometimes, you might want to prune some of those optional records in the interest of slimming down the size of your subset. To meet this need, we give you the ability to remove some of those records from your subset through filtering. Table filtering for data warehouses and Spark : When it comes to subsetting, data warehouse users don’t have quite the same technical needs as users of traditional relational DBs (e.g. referential integrity isn’t an issue when all your data lives in one table). But the core value that subsetting offers still applies. Data warehouse users can now reap those same benefits by way of table filtering in Tonic: a simple WHERE clause is all it takes to minimize data stored in BigQuery, Redshift and Snowflake, or connected to Tonic via Spark/Databricks. Use filtering to get only the data you need in your destination database, so you can speed up your generations, run your tests faster, and maximize your data security. - -: When it comes to subsetting, data warehouse users don’t have quite the same technical needs as users of traditional relational DBs (e.g. referential integrity isn’t an issue when all your data lives in one table). But the core value that subsetting offers still applies. Data warehouse users can now reap those same benefits by way of table filtering in Tonic: a simple WHERE clause is all it takes to minimize data stored in BigQuery, Redshift and Snowflake, or connected to Tonic via Spark/Databricks. Use filtering to get only the data you need in your destination database, so you can speed up your generations, run your tests faster, and maximize your data security. Workspace inheritance: In case you’re wondering how subsetting fits together within the rest of Tonic’s platform, and how you can maximize its use at enterprise scale, we’ve got news here, too. Our Workspace Inheritance functionality is aimed directly at helping you optimize your subsetting configurations. Workspace inheritance streamlines your test data workflows by enabling you to de-identify your data once, and then create child workspaces that inherit all of those de-identification settings and from which you can easily generate subsets specific to different teams. De-identify once; subset as often and as uniquely as you please. - -The Subsetter You Deserve - -Subsetting provides developers with safe, realistic test data that is manageable on a laptop. Local development saves time previously spent navigating VPN access and waiting to access data. It also reduces storage costs by removing the need to run parallel full replica environments for development and debugging purposes. Targeted subsets make it more efficient to reproduce defects. And with a streamlined development process, developers can easily build and test features locally, on realistic data, allowing them to work on their own “branch” of data. The end result: faster time to value at higher quality. - -We have built and continue to innovate our subsetter to be a state-of-the-art solution for the world’s leading brands and largest development teams. We know what it takes to shrink some of the most massive sensitive datasets down to mere gigabytes of actionable data. And we’d love to hear what you’d like to see subsetting do next. Reach out to us by way of our contact form, or book some time directly with our team.",1731883659,d901805b6c,0d373269fe,,,1731883659 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/news/tech-for-change-ces-2023-awards/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/wearables/feed/,Digital Trends CES 2023 Tech For Change Award Winners,"CES is more than just a neon-drenched show-and-tell session for the world’s biggest tech manufacturers. More and more, it’s also a place where companies showcase innovations that could truly make the world a better place — and at CES 2023, this type of tech was on full display. We saw everything from accessibility-minded PS5 controllers to pedal-powered smart desks. But of all the amazing innovations on display this year, these three impressed us the most: - -Samsung’s Relumino Mode - -Across the globe, roughly 300 million people suffer from moderate to severe vision loss, and generally speaking, most TVs don’t take that into account. So in an effort to make television more accessible and enjoyable for those millions of people suffering from impaired vision, Samsung is adding a new picture mode to many of its new TVs. - -[CES 2023] Relumino Mode: Innovation for every need | Samsung - -Relumino Mode, as it’s called, works by adding a bunch of different visual filters to the picture simultaneously. Outlines of people and objects on screen are highlighted, the contrast and brightness of the overall picture are cranked up, and extra sharpness is applied to everything. The resulting video would likely look strange to people with normal vision, but for folks with low vision, it should look clearer and closer to “normal” than it otherwise would. - -Recommended Videos - -Excitingly, since Relumino Mode is ultimately just a clever software trick, this technology could theoretically be pushed out via a software update and installed on millions of existing Samsung TVs — not just new and recently purchased ones. - -Acapela Group’s My Own Voice - -My Own Voice is basically audio deepfake technology that’s been streamlined, simplified, and reimagined as a tool to help people — specifically, people who might eventually lose the ability to speak due to illness or injury. Functionally speaking, the platform allows users to synthetically clone their voice and preserve the unique tone, timbre, and personality that makes it theirs — something that’s typically lost with most text-to-speech software (think Stephen Hawking, or the text-to-speech function on your MacBook). - -Super Fast AI Voice Cloning at CES #shorts - -The software can create an impressively realistic voice clone after hearing just 50 sentences of reference audio, which is a drop in the bucket compared to the massive data sets that are typically required to create a convincing voice clone. To be fair, this isn’t necessarily new technology, but it’s really exciting to see it applied to helping people — and not just to making novelty smartphone apps and silly YouTube overdub videos. - -Samsung’s ‘Less Microfiber’ Technology - -Microplastics are everywhere. They’re in our oceans, they’re in our food, and they’re even in our bodies. By some estimates, we consume about a credit card’s worth of plastic every few weeks — and a wide variety of studies have shown that all that plastic is screwing with both our bodies and the ecosystem at large. Samsung’s new Less Microfiber tech aims to help with that. - -How? Well, One of the biggest sources of microplastics is our laundry. As we wash our clothing, tiny little pieces break away from synthetic fibers like polyester and nylon, then eventually make it down the drain and into our waterways. So in an effort to stop that process, Samsung has developed two technologies: a special wash cycle that requires less agitation and therefore creates less microfiber while you wash, as well as an inline filter that catches any fibers that make it through and pass into the drain hose. The coolest part, though, is that Samsung designed the filter to be compatible with any washer — not just the ones that it manufactures and sells.",1731883663,f10d42ef81,0d31427630,,,1731883663 -https://www.purplerow.com/2024/11/16/24297934/colorado-rockies-this-week-in-purple-arizona-fall-league-finale-salt-river-rafters,https://www.purplerow.com/rss/current,This Week in Purple: Arizona Finale,"The weekend is a great time to kick back and reflect. This Week in Purple is the place to catch up on the news from our team at Purple Row. You’ll find links to Rockpiles and other content below as well as a platform for community discussion in the comments. - -★ ★ ★ - -The end of affiliated baseball in the US is wrapping up. This weekend features the Arizona Fall League finale, featuring the Salt River Rafters and the Surprise Saguaros. The Rafters feature prospects from the Colorado Rockies, Arizona Diamondbacks, Minnesota Twins, New York Yankees and Washington Nationals; the Saguaros feature prospects from the Baltimore Orioles, Cleveland Guardians, Houston Astros, Kansas City Royals and Texas Rangers. - -The Rockies sent nine prospects to the AFL this year, and Ryan Ritter and Michael Prosecky both played in the semi-final matchup. Ritter went 2-for-4 with two RBI, two runs scored and one walk. Prosecky threw three innings and allowed just two hits with two strikeouts and a walk. You can watch tomorrow’s finale on MLB.com at 6pm MT. - -In the meantime, here’s what the Purple Row writers were up to this week: - -To Read (Rockpiles) - -To Read (Ranking the Rockies) - -Full Stream - -To Listen - -Weekend Discussion Topics - -Have you been keeping up with the AFL? What are your thoughts? Share them below! - -★ ★ ★ - -Please keep in mind our Purple Row Community Guidelines when you’re commenting. Thanks!",1731883660,f403d38866,0cb81ac605,,,1731883660 -https://esportsedition.com/league-of-legends/league-of-legends-worlds-2019/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,League of Legends Worlds 2019 Team Predictions,"The tail-end of the season is fast approaching, and we have arrived at the point where all roads meet: the World Championship. Worlds is usually the yardstick through which an organization’s success is measured— a whole season of domestic losses could be made up for by making a deep run or by winning it all, or domestic victories could be obscured by international defeat. - -For this approaching World Championship, we assess which of the teams from the four major regions (North America’s League of Legends Championship Series, the League of Legends European Championship, the League of Legends Champions Korea, and China’s League of Legends Pro League) have what it takes to lift the Summoner’s Cup, who are worthy challengers, and who appear to be underdogs going into the tournament. - -Potential Title Takers - -SK Telecom T1 - -SK Telecom T1 went through a rough five match loss streak this summer, sitting at ninth place for most of the regular season. This was followed by a brief first-place stint, but ended with them sitting in fourth as the regular season ended. After a nail-biter of a series against the Afreeca Freecs, SK Telecom T1 proceeded to make quick work of their competition, sweeping both Sandbox Gaming and Damwon Gaming. They then won the LCK Summer Final rather handily with a score of 3-1. - -Considered by many to be the best player in the world, Faker returns to worlds to reclaim his title. Image via League of Legends. - -The most noteworthy thing about SKT’s world-class superstar roster is that Kim “Clid” Tae-min and Lee “Faker” Sang-hyeok have developed a high level of synergy. Their map plays as a mid and jungle duo were unmatched in their region, and this may remain the same throughout the duration of the World Championship. - -G2 Esports - -G2 Esports has faced adversity in the summer, being pushed to the brink in their two best of fives. While showing a bit of inconsistency throughout the summer, they also showed some resilience and capability to adapt in a best-of series. - -Caps has shown over the past two years that he has what it takes to go head-to-head with Faker and come out on top. Can he prove this at Worlds? Image via League of Legends. - -No team has redefined the meta more in 2019 than this G2 Esports squad. Having some of the most mechanically-talented players in the West, this is made better by the fact that each player in the roster has an immensely wide champion pool. These people are capable of playing almost any champion in any role, and this is the team’s main strength going into the tournament. - -Funplus Phoenix - -Funplus Phoenix rose to the top of the LPL with a rather phenomenal record: sporting a 17-1 win/loss record in the summer, people were looking forward to how they would eventually do against international competition. - -While not as well-known as Faker or Caps, doinb has been showing up in a big way. Does he have what it takes to unthrone the mid-land gods? Image via League of Legends. - -While people usually look to mid laner Kim “Doinb” Tae-sang and his unorthodox picks, the team shines further due to his work with jungler Gao “Tian” Tian-liang. Liu “Crisp” Qing-song’s contributions to the team from his support role cannot be understated, either. - -Possible Challengers - -Fnatic - -Fnatic, last year’s finalists, have gone back to Worlds after a rather up and down 2019 season so far. Coming up a bit short when it matters the most may come back and haunt the team, but pushing G2 Esports to the brink in two best of fives is something to be proud of. - -We look mainly at Zdravets “Hylissang” Galabov as the main catalyst for this team’s success, as the team’s goal is to usually do their best to unleash him on the map. In addition, the team’s use of the summoner spell teleport and their use of global ultimates catapults them to a lot of victories. - -Team Liquid - -The Mid-Season Invitational finalists are back at worlds after successfully winning the LCS four times in a row now, the only organization to achieve that in LCS history. Because of their results this year, expectations on them are a lot higher than in previous years. - -Count on Nicolaj “Jensen” Jensen to perform well against international competition, and on Jung “Impact” Eon-yeong to contain his enemies well. - -Royal Never Give Up - -After a rather disappointing spring season, Royal Never Give Up returns to the international stage after getting into the LPL Summer Finals with new top laner Xie “Langx” Zhen-ying. With their superstar bot lane of Jian “UZI” Zi-hao and Shi “Ming” Sen-Ming, they are looking to win the only tournament that they were not able to in the 2018 season. With trusted jungler Hung “Karsa” Hao-Hsuan, RNG are looking to prove that they are more than just a team that plays through the bottom lane. - -Damwon Gaming - -One of the youngest rosters in the World Championship, Damwon Gaming go to Worlds in the same season that they were promoted to the LCK. What they lack in international experience, they clearly make up for in their mechanical talent: their top side of Jang “Nuguri” Ha-gwon, Kim “Canyon” Geon-bu, and Heo “ShowMaker” Su are some of the most mechanically-talented in their roles. At their peak, they could defeat anybody, but due to their inexperience, they could also lose to anybody. - -Middle of the pack - -Cloud9 - -This is the first time since the emergence of the Regional Qualifier that Cloud9 has not gone as the North American third seed, and it is a welcome change: after all, it means that they were able to show much more consistent results throughout the season. The LCS’ best-performing organization in international play, Cloud9 will be looking to make waves in the tournament, especially with LCS Summer MVP Dennis “Svenskeren” Johnsen. - -Team Griffin - -Team Griffin made it into Worlds on the back of two stellar regular season performances followed by lackluster ones in the postseason. With two best of five losses to SK Telecom T1 in this year, the team has a lot to prove in the international stage. With superstar jungler Lee “Tarzan” Seung-yong, along with mechanically-gifted mid laner Jeong “Chovy” Ji-hoon, this team could reach the heights that they have proven capable of reaching before. The only problem for the team is to consistently reach those heights. - -Invictus Gaming - -The world champions return to the World Championship, looking to defend their title. Following their loss to Team Liquid in the MSI Semifinals, they had a rocky summer split, and while they made it to the playoffs, they got eliminated in the first round. They then had to go through both JD Gaming and TOP Esports in the Regional Qualifier in order to make it to Worlds with rookie jungler Lu “Leyan” Jue. As usual, we can count on their laners to create leads individually, but what has been lacking as of late is a capability of playing together as a unit in the highest level of play. - -Underdogs - -Splyce - -Splyce is a team with rather consistent carries in Andrei “Xerxe” Dragomir and Kasper “Kobbe” Kobberup. However, problems with their vision setups and their their side lane play leave so much to be desired, and, if not fixed, may pose problems when facing much tougher competition. - -Clutch Gaming - -Clutch Gaming has always been a high-variance team in the LCS, but have been able to channel the strength of its solo lanes in Heo “Huni” Seung-hoon and Tanner “Damonte” Damonte, and in letting Cody “Cody Sun” Sun carry in the later stages of the game. However, their high-risk play style might be exploited by better teams across the world. - -Final Note - -We went through several ideas for how to rank the teams. In the end, grouping them into clusters was a better decision rather than outright ranking them, and even then there was still a great degree of difficulty in doing so. Of course, the games still have to unfold and we may be surprised by any team— after all, last year’s World Championship left us with one message: anything is possible, and anyone can emerge victorious.",1731883716,76f59da961,0ce6c67a0b,,,1731883716 -https://theintercept.com/2024/11/14/trump-transition-republican-trifecta-progressives/,https://theintercept.com/feed/?category=politics,Squad Goals: Democrats Must Use Lame-Duck Power to Fight Trump Now,"High-profile Democrats have spent the last week trading blame over the party’s election failures. But with Republicans projected to narrowly maintain control of the House of Representatives, ushering in a Republican trifecta, progressives warn that Democrats can’t afford to get caught up in litigating the results of the election. - -During this lame-duck period, the party instead needs to deploy the full force of its coalition to preempt some of the harm that Donald Trump promises to unleash on marginalized communities. - -“I worry that many of my colleagues and Democrats are going to spend more time trying to analyze or to blame people or trying to unpack the shock of this loss,” said Illinois Rep. Delia Ramirez, a Chicago progressive who overwhelmingly defeated her Republican opponent last Tuesday. “I’m happy to have conversations of processing and evaluating the outcome of the election. We should have that. But that, to me, in this moment, is secondary to the work that needs to be done through administrative action, through executive action, and through the Senate and appropriations process to extend the most protections for as many people as we can.” - -The Biden administration has said that its priorities include delivering hurricane victims assistance, confirming remaining judicial nominees, and passing the National Defense Authorization Act. “We have 74 days to finish the term, our term. Let’s make every day count,” said President Joe Biden last Thursday. “That’s the responsibility we have to the American people.” - -For progressive members of Congress, however, there is more to be done. Outgoing Congressional Progressive Caucus Chair Rep. Pramila Jayapal, D-Wash., has urged the White House to lean into its executive powers and draft a series of executive orders to protect government officials from Trump’s promised multi-agency staffing purge. On the congressional side, Jayapal has also reportedly pushed lawmakers to focus on funding for the Inflation Reduction Act, the CHIPS Act, and the bipartisan infrastructure law before Trump resumes office. “A lot of things can be undone, but it can take longer to undo them and it will force a priority from them on what they want to focus on,” Jayapal told Axios. - -House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries, D-N.Y., is reportedly positioning himself as the face of the anti-Trump movement, though neither he nor Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer, D-N.Y., have spoken at length about their plans for the lame duck. Schumer, who has scheduled two judiciary votes for next week, also responded to Trump’s election by urging bipartisanship and not going to “the extreme.” - -Looking ahead to next year, GOP control over Congress means that Trump will have nearly unchecked power upon his return to office in January. The president-elect will also benefit from a conservative majority in the Supreme Court and an increasingly conservative lower court system. With Democrats’ ability to legislate on a national level severely hamstrung, progressives say there are other ways to fight back: holding Trump and his appointee’s feet to the fire in committee hearings; strengthening constituent services; working in coalitions to block legislation; and using their pulpit to shine a light on the administration’s right-wing agenda, particularly when it comes to immigration. - -Rep. Summer Lee, D-Pa., the first Black woman to represent Pennsylvania in Congress, said she and her allies are prepared to face the next four years. “My people survived 400 years of actual bondage, so laying down at the first sign of a Republican trifecta isn’t our style, and it’s not the most challenging thing that America has faced and survived,” Lee told The Intercept. “I draw hope from that. I draw wisdom from the movements of the past. I draw encouragement from the successes of the past that we’ve had in the most depressing and oppressing situations.” - -Protecting Immigrants - -The president-elect’s recent high-level appointments of anti-immigrant right-wing figures signal that he is very serious about the mass deportations plan he campaigned on, putting the estimated 11 million undocumented Americans at risk from Day 1. Trump’s key personnel include former senior adviser Stephen Miller, who will be Trump’s deputy chief of staff for policy; Fox News commentator Pete Hegseth as secretary of defense; South Dakota Gov. Kristi Noem as head of the Department of Homeland Security; and former acting head of Immigration and Customs Enforcement Tom Homan, with the amorphous title of “border czar.” - -One step the Biden administration can take to blunt the impact of Trump’s deportation regime is to work to clear the backlog of applications for adjustment of status, a legal process that allows immigrants to obtain permanent residency status, said Ramirez. We need to “help as many people as possible adjust status between now and January,” she said. “I have people who said to me, my appointment is supposed to be in the next few months, but I’ve been waiting seven years for this appointment. So how can we have some kind of emergency, rapid processing, if you will, to help as many people that are eligible for adjustment to get that adjustment, or to get the interview to determine their adjustment.” - -The Illinois representative acknowledged that the courts are a significant impediment to protecting immigrant communities, citing a Biden executive order to protect mixed-status families that was struck down by federal courts a few days ago. “We understand the courts are ruling in Trump’s favor left and right,” said Ramirez. - -But now isn’t the time to debate whether every policy will stand up to scrutiny under the courts; it’s the time to act, she added. “In this moment, I am far more interested in doing everything we can in our power than spending seven weeks asking if it’s unconstitutional to protect children and their families from deportation, if it’s unconstitutional to create some kind of pathway to green card status for Dreamers,” Ramirez said. “I think that this is a moment for President Biden and his administration, and for Democrats, to show our boldness and courage and sense of urgency to do everything we possibly can while we’re able to, in the places we can, to help and protect people as much as we can before Donald Trump becomes president.” - -Looking for Openings - -The work doesn’t fundamentally change once Trump enters office, said Lee, who handily won reelection in a Pennsylvania district that includes Alleghany County and parts of Westmoreland County, which went for Kamala Harris and Trump respectively. “The things that I care about, that I work on, representing my district and marginalized populations, that doesn’t change whether it’s Trump or Biden or whoever it may be,” she said. “We have an obligation to do our best to make this system work for the most and largest amount of people, to do our best to change the material conditions of people who, for so long, feel like that is just not how government has worked for them, and that’s true under Trump, and it’s true under Democratic control.” - -The best strategy for Democrats under a Trump administration will be to bide their time and strike when the opportunity presents itself, said Linda Fowler, a government professor at Dartmouth University. “It’s time to kind of keep your powder dry, I think, if you’re a progressive, and look for openings where you can, but you can’t really control what those openings are going to be and when they’re going to occur,” she said. - -One of the ways Democrats managed to have an impact during the last Trump administration was by seizing on high-profile committee hearings to grill administration officials. “Democrats did a really good job of derailing some of the wackier hearings that the Republicans scheduled by asking hard questions, by refusing to let conspiracy theories and nonsense go unchallenged, and they really were excellent,” said Fowler. - -In 2019, for example, Rep. Ilhan Omar D-Minn., grilled Trump’s special envoy for Venezuela, Elliot Abrams, over his involvement in the Iran–Contra affair. “Mr. Abrams, in 1991 you pleaded guilty to two counts of withholding information from Congress regarding the Iran–Contra affair,” said Omar during a House Committee on Foreign Affairs hearing that went viral. “I fail to understand why members of this committee or the American people should find any testimony you give today to be truthful.” - -Many of those hearings, including the Abrams questioning, took place during the second two years of the Trump term, when Democrats controlled the House and consequently set the committee hearings and overall agenda. That’s unlikely to be the case come January, but that doesn’t mean they won’t look for openings, said Lee, who sits on the House Oversight Committee. “We would have a very different oversight role if we have Jamie Raskin as chair instead of a ranking member,” said Lee. “We will need to be there ready to conduct oversight and accountability.” - -Thinking outside of Washington will be important, said Ramirez. “This is a time where members of Congress have to be really, really connected to their constituents, and everything we have, in fact, power to do for our constituents, from constituency services, from verified statuses or appointments for their Medicare, or for their citizenship, or if it’s like helping them navigate the health care system or helping them get their passport, whatever those constituency services are, for veterans, for people experiencing homelessness. We should really be doubling down on those things,” she said. - -Looking to organizers for solutions will also be key, she added. “This is the moment when we have to be listening to the organizations that are on the ground, that have the trusting relationships and constituents, but that also have been preparing for this day for quite a while,” said Ramirez. “They have the answers.” - -She pointed to the immigrants rights group United We Dream as an example of the type of group that can offer “specific, concrete ways that we could be leading. This is not the time to think that we have all the answers. Clearly, we don’t.” Ramirez added, “We should be really leaning in on the community organizations and experts that actually understand the people and understand the policy.” - -Politicians who are prematurely exclaiming defeat in the face of a GOP trifecta aren’t “in it to serve the people,” Ramirez added. “I refuse to stand here and think that there’s not things you can be doing, there’s not things you should be fighting for.”",1731883622,181d4b7e9a,0d3b6ef8f6,,,1731883622 -https://transom.org/2015/small-is-beautiful/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Small Is Beautiful,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Small-is-Beautiful.mp3 Download Listen to “Small Is Beautiful” - -Want to learn how to write an essay? Study The Memory Palace. Nate DiMeo, the podcast’s host, is a master of the form. Though, he says he’s not an essayist. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Clip-1-Im-a-storyteller.mp3 Download Listen to “I’m a storyteller” - -Essayist, storyteller… either way, Nate zooms in on the small details of historical events then expands them into big stories with universal themes. In fact, that’s part of the beauty of The Memory Palace – Nate’s uncanny ability to recognize the profound in the small. Sometimes they’re simple stories about dancing or manufacturing hats. Other times they’re complicated pieces on race like “Notes on an Imagined Plaque…” (my fav episode) featured on this HowSound. - -The Memory Palace has been around since 2009 and joined the lineup of podcasts at Radiotopia last summer. The stories average length is usually between 10 to 15 minutes. Nate shies away from producing longer stories. He says he learned the value of brevity while working for NPR and Marketplace. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Clip-2-The-power-of-brevity.mp3 Download Listen to “The power of brevity” - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Clip-3-An-exercise-in-smallness.mp3 Download Listen to “Small Is Beautiful” - -After Nate selects a topic, it sometimes takes a while before he starts writing. In fact, he’s a fan of procrastination. But, procrastination doesn’t mean he’s not working. He’s waiting to connect to a story emotionally. And once he does, he writes and rewrites for several hours over a few days. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Clip-4-The-benefit-of-procrastination.mp3 Download Listen to “The benefit of procrastination” - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Clip-5-How-long-it-takes.mp3 Download Listen to “How long it takes” - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/11/Clip-6-Waiting-to-be-moved.mp3 Download Listen to “Waiting to be moved” - -Nate talks more about his writing process on HowSound including the benefit of “burying the lede.” After you listen, I urge you to subscribe (!) especially since The Memory Palace’s new fall season is just underway with lots of new episodes to come.",1731883696,c00d35bf2d,0d404ca537,,,1731883696 -https://www.npr.org/2022/06/08/1103831666/on-the-case-recession-formula-and-greenbacks,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Planet Money detectives get to the bottom of your listener questions : Planet Money : NPR,"On the case: Recession, formula, and greenbacks - -Enlarge this image Peter Ruck/Getty Images Peter Ruck/Getty Images - -As economic detectives, we've seen it all. Planet Money listeners email, tweet, and DM us questions about the economy every day. No question is too big or small for the Planet Money Detective Agency! - -On today's show, Detective Erika Beras and some of your favorite Planet Money gumshoes are hot on the case, answering your questions about everything from are we in a recession, to why U.S. dollar bills are green and the baby formula shortage. - -Music: ""Chinatown, 1952,"" ""Morphine,"" ""Dream Away,"" ""Nighttime Noir,"" ""Clueless,"" and ""Shady Motel."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884675,8181d7a585,0d8643bc56,,,1731884675 -https://transom.org/2011/inner-city-reality-check/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Inner-City Reality Check,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/Inner-City-Reality-Check.mp3 Download Listen to “Inner-City Reality Check” - -Katie Davis doesn’t look very far for the stories she produces. In fact, they often come to her…. on her front porch. - -For many years, Katie has reported stories for public radio direct from her home, the Adams Morgan neighborhood of Washington, D.C. And, these aren’t news-maker stories. They’re the stories about “how people live and what they value,” what former Washington Post writer Walt Harrington calls “intimate journalism.” Dispatches from the corner store. Observations on trash, the neighborhood hoarder, and conflict resolution on the basketball court. Her essays are simultaneously local and universal. - -For this HowSound, we feature Katie’s essay produced in the aftermath of 9/11 — An Inner-City Reality Check. I think she was brave to write this essay given the climate in the country at the time. So was NPR for broadcasting it. - -There's only one Katie Davis. There's only one Transom. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now.",1731883740,c00d35bf2d,0dad3044a2,,,1731883740 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/15/pallas-textiles-yarn-recycled-plastic/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,Pallas Textiles utilises yarn made from recycled plastic for range of fabrics,"Promotion: US-based fabrics brand Pallas Textiles has released a series of textiles for interior design applications that utilise recycled plastic recovered from the ocean and landfills. - -Pallas Textiles collaborated with American firms Limn & Loom and US-based mill Valdese Weavers for the In Good Company collection, which features six textural fabrics meant for interior applications. - -The collections utilise Seaqual Yarn fabric, a durable material created using recycled materials derived from both land and sea. - -Seaqual's fabric is created using 10 per cent upcycled plastics taken from oceans, lakes and other waterways in and around Europe, and the remainder is from post-consumer waste from landfills. Seaqual facilitates the gathering, cleaning and transformation of recycled plastic into fibres that are then used in products by brands like Pallas Textiles. - -Pallas Textiles launched the line both to commit to sustainable production and to generate funding for Seaqual's ongoing initiatives. A portion of the proceeds generated by the sales of the In Good Company collection will be donated back to Seaqual. - -""To create real change, we partner with organizations that share our commitment to sustainability and innovation,"" said Pallas Textiles vice president Dean Lindsley. - -""In Good Company reflects this collaborative spirit and our dedication to driving progress in sustainable design."" - -The products themselves are rich in colour with a variety of weaves and patterns across the six different variations available in the collection. - -Pallas Textile and its partners referenced natural tones for the different colourways, with blue, tan and corals. - -The available patterns in the collection include Kai, a ""structured design"" with heathered warp and weft yarns as well as Hali, a plush and ""chunky"" design with bouclé yarn that can be used in furniture. - -Maren is a ""luxurious anchor fabric"" with chenille and slub yarns that work together to create a visually interesting ""movement"" between the juxtaposing shades. - -Also in slub and chenille yarns, Isla ""evokes the natural beauty of light across surfaces, with a serene palette of scenic colorways"". - -For a more uniform look, Ahti features velvety yarns fine spun and comes in jewel tones for brighter pops of colour in interior schemes. - -Finally, Llyr provides a more ""aged"" look with a subtle weave designed to provide ""nuance"". - -Taken together, the collection showcases the unity of style and eco-conscious design. - -""We are so excited for what this collection brings to interior designers as well as its potential to make a positive impact on the environment,"" said Lindsley. - -""Sustainability is a core element of our creative process, and we're proud to support such a transformative cause."" - -The photography is courtesy of Pallas Textiles. - -Find out more about Pallas Textiles here. - -Partnership content - -This article was written by Dezeen for ICD Brookfield Placeas part of a partnership. Find out more about Dezeen partnership content here.",1731883646,8f8dc0373b,0da426656c,,,1731883646 -http://www.communitysignal.com/retaining-talented-community-pros-and-what-makes-a-great-boss-3-years-of-community-signal/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,Retaining Talented Community Pros and What Makes a Great Boss? (3 Years of Community Signal),"This week, Community Signal proudly celebrates three years of conversations with community professionals. We’re taking this opportunity to talk to Patrick about his experience running the show and giving him a chance to reflect on the state of online community management and how he’s seen it develop over these past few years. We’re also grateful to be joined by past guest, Scott Moore, for this conversation. - -Combined, Patrick and Scott have over four decades of experience in community and a recurring topic in this conversation is how we can learn from industry veterans and those who came before us, as well as recognizing that the community problems of today likely have past occurrences that we can learn from. As Patrick mentions towards the end of this episode, hosting this show has been a way for him to stay up to date on the themes, tools, struggles, and triumphs that the community landscape is seeing and we hope that these conversations are useful for you, too. - -I know that I can confidently speak for Karn, Patrick, and myself in saying that we’re all looking forward to continuing to ask the tough questions when it comes to community. It’s our duty to push the profession forward. - -We’re breaking this conversation up into two episodes. In part one, Patrick and Scott talk about: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Higher Logic. - -On learning from the past: “There’s a lot [that can] happen in communities that seems like a major crisis, that seems like the end of the world, that seems like it’s over. You just have to do the work, persevere, make it right, apologize, and do your best. … Most things, you get through and you persevere through.” – @patrickokeefe - -On communicating the value of community: “[Community metrics are] really about understanding who you’re talking to, what they value, and then how you can tie the community to it.” – @patrickokeefe - -On knowing our worth: “We [as community professionals] should recognize our value and in cases where we feel that we are not being utilized fully or we are not being fully appreciated, we do that work for as long as we can and we start to look for better opportunities elsewhere at organizations that will value and respect us. It’s almost like being in a relationship and people think they can fix the other person. It’s not necessarily something that can always be accomplished.” – @patrickokeefe - -On what makes a great boss: “Great bosses make the careers of the people who report to them a priority in their professional work. Whether that be raises, whether that be promotions, whether that be helping them get the new job and not making them feel like they should be scared to ask you for help getting a job or ask you for a reference letter, or tell you that this amazing opportunity came up. I’m happy for people. That’s my legacy. That’s how I see my legacy as a community professional: The people that I helped advance.” – @patrickokeefe - -Since 1995, Scott Moore has been helping organizations large and small build solid and successful connected communities and the teams that support those communities. He seeks opportunities to use his experience in online communities to help people help each other to make a positive change in their own lives and those around them. Scott has fostered and directed community at Digital Promise Global, Answers.com, Charles and Helen Schwab Foundation, Communities.com, and Fujitsu. He has also consulted with non-profits to help with a variety of online community needs including Healthsparq, Diabetes Hands Foundation, and Edutopia. - -[00:05] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Higher Logic, the community platform for community managers. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[00:28] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and thank you for listening to Community Signal. December 7, 2018 marks the three-year anniversary of the launch of Community Signal. In talking with my team on what we could do this week that would be different, our editorial lead Carol Benovic-Bradley suggested that I could talk about the changes that I’ve noticed in the community landscape over the last three years. I brought in a special guest host that can prompt and push me a bit to go into detail and have a conversation about what’s happened in the last three years and also about other issues that are facing us in the community world right now. I’ll introduce him in a second. - -Before we do that, I wanted to thank everyone who has supported the show and tells us that they find value in it. Thank you to everyone who listens to the program, shares it online and comments thoughtfully. Thank you to our Patreon supporters past and present. Thank you to our current backers, Kathryn Mancuso, Luke Zimmer, Jules Standen, Rachel Medanic, Carol, Serena Snoad, Maggie McGarry and Marjorie Anderson. If you’d like to join them please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle for details. Thank you to my team that works behind the scenes to make the show as good as it can be. Our editorial lead, Carol Benovic-Bradley, and producer Karn Broad. Thank you to the sponsors we have had, currently Higher Logic and in the past, Open Social, The Social Element, and Structure 3C. - -Our special guest host this week is Scott Moore who has been on the show a few times. First on the fifth episode of the show and most recently on a bonus clips episode in January. Since 1995, Scott has been helping organizations large and small build solid and successful connected communities and the teams that support those communities. He’s looking for opportunities where he can use his experience in online communities to help people help each other to make a positive change in their own lives and those around them. - -Scott has fostered and directed community a Digital Promise Global, Answers.com, Charles and Helen Schwab Foundation, Communities.com and Fujitsu. He has also consulted with nonprofits to help with a variety of online community needs including Healthsparq, Diabetes Hands Foundation, and Edutopia. Scott, welcome to the show. - -[00:02:14] Scott Moore: Thanks, Patrick. It’s great to be back on the show and in a flipped position this time. This will be fun. - -[00:01:23] Patrick: I agree. Thank you so much for agreeing to do this, for making the time to things together. For anybody listening, I really didn’t have much input into the conversation points or questions, it was mainly Scott with Carol and then Patreon supporters and a mix of different people but I really didn’t guide it in any particular way beyond saying community challenges and things in the last three years so I appreciate you doing the lifting to put that conversation together. - -[00:02:45] Scott: Yes. I appreciate the help from Carol and your Patreon folks and some others. This will be fun. We’ll get into this. - -[00:02:54] Patrick: Well, you know what. I turn it over to you. The show is yours, Scott. [laughs] - -[00:02:57] Scott: Oh boy. All right. We’re just going to start off. Since the topic is challenges and this is your third-year anniversary. My first question is what’s the most striking challenge for community building that’s arisen within the last three years that you’ve been producing and hosting Community Signal? - -[00:03:17] Patrick: Interesting. I did a lack of prep for this episode too. These answers are going to be pretty fresh off the top of the dome. Last three years, I think when it comes to community work, one thing that stands out to me is the changes in expectations of behavior that people have. For example, on Facebook the other day, Chris Brogan who’s been on the show before tagged me in a conversation he was having about sort of he had made a Facebook post and maybe a public post for all I know. It’s nothing too sensitive or secretive. It just what comes after Facebook and how he wants something smaller. I think he said he wants nooks and clubs and smaller groupings. - -The thing is, I don’t know that there’s any revolutionary answer there. I think it’s pretty cyclical. I think we go in one direction in so many different things; politics, diet, exercise, habits and online communities, and social media and how we interact as people. He wants it to be smaller again. To me, there’s nothing that’s going to come around the pike and he said something about a blockchain. I was like, “I don’t know blockchain, whatever.” It might factor somewhere in that conversation but it comes back to small group dynamics and having standards and applying them and saying, “This is what we’re about and if you’re about that too, come on over, if not, then it’s not the space for you.” Because these spaces they get so big at Facebook I mean, it’s come one, come all very much. It gets noisy. - -I think when that happens and when people come back to that dynamic, I see this in managing a number of Facebook groups for my day job, people evolve, they change, their brains change, their habits change. They’ve gotten so used to using Facebook and Twitter and other platforms where it’s very centric on them, it’s very much about opting into them, following them, them deciding who they follow, and not so much about shared community spaces that we all have access to. - -A lot of people say they want something smaller, but to really get the most out of that small thing, they’re going to have to change how they act on these me, me, me sites, when it’s just a space that we all share, we can all see everything and not your personal profile where I opt into you, where you have essentially as the say over what goes there. - -You’re going to have to get used to being told you can’t do certain things and that this space cannot be used in this way because the greater good of that community or the purpose of that community dictates that that isn’t allowed. People have changed how they approach in many ways and they have to be willing to. In some ways, you can look at it as seed some of that control back or recommit to being part of something greater than themselves as an individual. That mental shift of, I am used to doing this on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Snapchat, Instagram, whatever, therefore, I now expect to do it on this next smaller space. That shift is going to turn a lot of people off of those smaller spaces or there’s going to have to change, but it’s going to be challenging to push that back. - -[00:06:14] Scott: Cool. Have we expanded or shifted our view of what an online community means? - -[00:06:20] Patrick: I don’t really think we have all that much. To me, online community is always defined in one of two ways, e.g, it’s either a place online that you go specifically where you are a part of something with other people like a karateforums.com, like an Answers.com. A place we go specifically. Or the term can also be applied towards the people online who interact and engage around a specific thing, the community of Coca-Cola fans, for example. That’s a reasonable description is to talk about the online community of Coca-Cola fans as a whole and that thing. - -For me, it’s a place or it’s a really defined thing that people engage around online in different spaces. For me, that’s still true. To draw from the Coca-Cola example, you have a network of fans online and they’re on Twitter. They’re on Facebook. They’re in dedicated fan communities. There’s Coca-Cola fans who are 80 years old and have seniors for Coca-Cola groups where they collect the memorabilia and the signage. For me, it’s still pretty similar. The tools and platforms change to some extent, but online community is still essentially online community, it’s the same thing that it’s been going on for a long time, long before I started. - -[00:07:27] Scott: Do you think that any practical or proven knowledge, we’ve been building online communities, not just you and I, but I mean collectively. You’ve been interviewing lots of folks who have pioneered online communities. Do you think that we’re slipping in the knowledge that we have? Should we be going back and revisiting some of the foundational work? - -[00:07:50] Patrick: I think it’s always good for community professionals to have a sense of their history. I try to do that with this show. We have people on who have been in the space for a few years. We have people on who have been in this space since essentially what most people would consider the beginning, but I always come back to the fact that it’s really useful to have a historical context and understanding and to understand where we fit into this space as we’ve talked about off the air. It’s a very cyclical job, online community. The same things come around every so often and then people discover them as challenges that are new to them and then they solve them as new to them. Then they also believe they are new as a whole and they are often and usually not. - -That was the case when I was coming up in many ways, I learned from a lot of people that came before me. I’ve dedicated myself to trying to become a bit of a historian when it comes to online community work and to do my part to shift attention. In different directions, two people who are both new. I started as a teenager in this space and there’s teenagers out there that are building online communities right now. They’re incredibly strong and incredibly intelligent and doing great work that we can all learn from. At the same time, there are veterans of the industry that we are fortunate to still have. Who knows? Who knows how long we’ll have a lot of these pioneers? I hope for a long time, but I consider myself fortunate to have had conversations with many of them and still want to have more of them on. I just try to preach an understanding of like, it’s okay to be authoritative and to talk about things, to share your learnings, share your experiences, and be the expert that you are while also not putting yourself off as some unique holder of the knowledge because there are a lot of people. I put out a book in online community, managing online forums in 2008 and that’s still fairly early for most people, probably most people in the industry right now weren’t there, but there were several books that came before me, very important works that go beyond community management like Harold Rheingold’s, The Virtual Community. - -I feel like I’m really going off on a tangent here, but yes, the answer is yes. We should look back to those lessons. I look at blog post that I wrote 10 years ago. I come across things that any number of people wrote many years ago, you, people like Derek Powazek and many others. So many people that we know, mutual friends of ours, people on the show have been blogging, writing about community online, offline for so long. If you really set the words down, if you compare Derek Powazek’s, Design for Community to Howard Rheingold’s The Virtual Community, to even let’s say my Managing Online Forums and I’ll flatter myself there, a lot of the similar themes are there. A lot of the similar concepts and themes are there, just changed for different personalities, styles, and approaches. I do think there’s value in looking back at those lessons from going back to those older books and from understanding the history of the space and to really being thankful for the people that came before us. Because I see people talk about how their resource or they professionalized community in the last three to five years. - -To me, I think most veterans, look at that and veterans being people 10, 15, 20 years experience and laugh and think that person or those people are not credible because I know lots of people who are doing this work and talking about it and helping others do it better for a very long time. Yes, we need to go back and learn those lessons because they just come up over and over again. - -[00:11:07] Patrick O’Keefe: I’d like to stop right here to recognize our excellent loyal sponsor, Higher Logic. - -Higher Logic is the community platform for community managers with over 25 million engaged users in more than 200,000 communities. Organizations worldwide use Higher Logic to bring like-minded people together by giving their community a home where they can meet, share ideas and stay connected. The platform’s granular permissions and powerful tools, including automated workflows and consolidated email digests, empower users to create their own interest-based communities, schedule and manage events, and participate in volunteer and mentoring programs. Tap into the power your community can generate for you. Higher Logic, all together. - -[00:11:42] Scott: Let’s bring it back to some of the challenges because you’ve interviewed a number of these pioneers over time. Have you noticed if there are particular challenges that the early online community pioneers faced that we still face today? - -[00:12:00] Patrick: I think the answer is yes. Because again, if it’s cyclical, then they faced them. I think about like the episode that I did with Gail Ann Williams from Salon and The WELL. We called that episode, “Making a world where the sun rises the next morning.” This idea that in online communities there are these panic modes and these things that happen and it can seem like the end of the world but the sun rises the next morning. We continue again tomorrow. - -There’s a lot of things going to happen in communities that seem like a major crisis, that seem like the end of the world, that seem like it’s over. You just have to do the work, persevere, make it right, apologize, do your best and most things. I’m not talking about the worst of the worst but most things you’ll get through and you persevere through. - -You go back and read some of those works that I referenced and other people that blogged about community. There are so many people that have written about it. There’s an old site by Tom Coates in the mid-2000s everythinginmoderation.org, I think it’s online. He wrote about moderation. It was like 12 posts written in like 03 and he never wrote about it again, like it was just over. If you read it, you’ll see, it’s moderation and similar challenges that we talk about and think about today. It doesn’t fundamentally change in a huge dramatic way, it’s still people talking. It’s still people that have this sort of behavior issues they go against the guidelines. How do you kind of bring those people back in? We all have our approaches and tactics. - -The same challenges, I think you’ll learn this, you talk to veterans and experienced people as much or more so than I do. The thing is, what you learn is that what you see today is not dissimilar from what they saw and see today but what they saw, whether that’s, The WELL in the 80s or those Salon communities for Gail Ann Williams or just any number of communities, karateforums.com is 17 years old, 17.5 now. A strong foundation of my knowledge comes from launching a community with no budget and no backing from anybody. Starting a space, opening it up, setting some policies, moderating and learning. - -Whether I am at my day job and building communities for like Forbes or Ad Age or karateforums.com because I still own it. Professionals, hobbyists, martial artist, executives, they often have a lot of the same kind of issues and quirks and traits. They have different issues. More on business communities are more self-promotional. The martial arts community might be more confrontational and argumentative at times. The challenges are still very similar. - -It is very true that no matter the challenge that might have happened and I’m sure you see this too and maybe you don’t, so you can push back. The communities that you were running back in the 90s and the communities you run in the 2000s and 2010s, there’s a lot of similar things. - -I have flashbacks and think about things that I’ve dealt with the karateforums.com 15 years ago when I’m thinking about things that are happening today. It definitely comes back again and again. - -[00:14:58] Scott: One thing I’ll say from my perspective has shifted or at least has been added into the mix, and that is scale and speed. What kind of challenges do you think change based on really large-scale types of communities? - -[00:15:20] Patrick: I think the greatest challenge that communities have is maintaining the culture as the community grows and not driving people away because we all know whether it’s SXSW a conference, an online community, a craft beer. There’s a group of people that will and maybe in many cases rightfully say, the size it once was, they sold out or they moved to a different perspective or they wanted to be more mainstream. We will have a choice to make it some point as far as how that goes. - -I tend to think that at some level if you consider yourself an online community and you become something that is unmoderatable, that you do not have the resources, time, volunteers, technology, money, whatever, air to breathe, whatever it is that you need in this case, to moderate it at a standard that is recognizable to what it was a year ago, five years ago, 10 years ago, then maybe what you have is no longer a community and is more of a communications platform where people have their say and it’s more of a blog. - -The answer to that is all of those things more resources or splitting it up into smaller groups. It’s all a mix of things. It’s not just volunteers. It’s not just the community stepping up and reporting more or assigning abuse scores to content or allowing moderators to take a hand in moderation. It’s not just hiring an endless number of staff because your money will run out. It’s not just money. It’s not just people. Part of it is technology and using technology in smart ways. Like the New York Times is with their comments from last episode with Bassey Etim where they’re working with Google’s jigsaw trying to build out machine learning tools that not only help them cut down an obvious stuff, but also do not reinforce implicit biases and not amplify and make worse, biases that exist with people because they are simply a machine applying something that appears right over and over again but, of course, humans are feeding into that and sharing the data and forming that opinion. - -It’s not just one thing. One thing that happens is that a lot of these companies grow and they talk a good game at the start, but they’re not really in pursuit of great moderation or a platform that is well moderated. They make a choice at some point to be in pursuit of greater traffic, money, funding, revenue, ad views, whatever it is. That’s a choice. That’s a choice that you can make. - -For example, Twitter is not a community to me, it’s a platform for communication. People talk about Twitter moderation and what’s on Twitter, what’s not on Twitter. To meet Twitter’s problem has never been that it had bad community guidelines. They talk a good game. Their problem has always been inconsistent moderation or a lack of resources dedicated to it and maybe it just got too big where they can’t moderate it consistently, but that happens with online communities. There are massive online forums, online hosted communities out there and at some point, you make a choice to either break it down into smaller groups or say, “Okay, that thing we were is now dead and now we are something else.” Again, we all have to make that choice at a given point. - -[00:18:13] Scott: Wow. I want to follow up on that. That decision point. Making that decision of, are we something else? Have you ever faced that and if not, what do you think are the markers of that? What do you learn from other people about what are the markers that say, we are no longer a community or we are much bigger and we have to make some decisions about what we’re doing? - -[00:18:39] Patrick: I’ve never reached a point where I felt like the community was so active that it was out of hand and beyond my reach moderation-wise. I have felt overwhelmed at times, overtaxed, maybe some things are slipping through, but never to the point where it was like, “You know what? We just can’t moderate anymore. There’s too many reports. There’s too many posts. There’s too much content. We don’t have the staff, and I don’t have the money to hire anybody.” I haven’t reached that point yet. - -What’s fortunate or unfortunate depends on your perspective is that it’s not us who make that decision most of the time, it’s not community pros who make that decision, it’s not directors of community, community managers, whatever. It’s the CEO or the executive team who makes that decision. Unless you have a really community savvy strong belief in community, CEO and executive team that really looks at the culture of that community as important and vital, you are pretty much always going to be pushed in the direction of more traffic and more views because that’s going to be a more easily communicated monetizable metric, at least in the short-term midterm. Honestly, it’s not our choice almost all the time. - -For me, the main marker is just have good people and trust them. For example, again, if you have a strong community pro, director of community, whatever it is, and you have a robust team and this is something that’s been built up over time, then, you have to trust them as being the people who set the alarm and who sound the alarm off when something is wrong in the community. A good leadership organization that has a good CEO, COO, a good c-suite that actually has good people under them, that have autonomy, that have experience, that they trust, those people, it doesn’t matter, it could be anything, it could be customer support, it could be a ticketing system, it could be Zendesk or something. It could be product. It could be the tech team watching the server and maybe there’s a lot of errors for this thing. It could be any number of things where volume is a concern to quality, where too much volume can erode the quality of what you’re doing. - -You have to trust those people to raise the alarm and then when they raise the alarm, you have to figure out what’s best for the community and the business and oftentimes those things aren’t considered equally. Again, the answer there is a couple different things, when you get to that point where you feel like it’s too much, you can’t preserve the quality of the community, you do make that choice of well, can we increase the budget there or is the cue for tech resources dedicated to better moderation and to integrating with again, from Google Jigsaw, that’s an open source project. - -If you have the tech resources, you can tap into that and play with it and implement it on yourself. Even though Google and the New York Times have developed it, it’s there for you to try and use and there are similar things that maybe the tech you can use right for free, it’s open source, but you have to have the dev resources to integrate them into your thing with the API. - -Do we invest further to keep this thing as it is because it’s valuable to the company or do we say, nope, it’s a different thing now, we need to do something different with how we look at this, we need to change the parameters and go from there and experiment figure it out? It’s tough because part of that is also showing value of the community and how it impacts the product. Even when you do show that value though, again, the trap there is also that a lot of the value we show in community is not based upon a qualitative metric. It’s not the qualitative community. It’s simply a quantitative metric where you know the people in the forum, in the community are more loyal, have a higher NPS score, renew it a higher rate, buy more products, whatever it is. - -The thinking again if you have that CEO that maybe is disconnected is that more equals more. More people, more traffic, equals more sales renewals, whatever. Until they see a point of diminishing returns, until that group of the community actually generates less revenue, then the pressure is always going to be to go bigger and bigger and bigger and bigger until they see a negative result that they can understand, in which case then they might say, okay, we’ve made a mistake, let’s try to backtrack. - -Unfortunately, chicken-and-egg problem. Once you’ve done that, the road back is tough and involves trying to bring people back who will never come back and apologizing, making amends, and trying to go back to the community. There’s no easy answer for me on this, but it starts with having savvy executives who hire good people and trust their knowledge and actually utilize them as the full resources they have rather than overruling them simply because it seems to make business sense this quarter. - -[00:23:00] Scott: Not everyone gets to have savvy management. How do we communicate the importance and value of community to top management, and can we do it in a sustained way so that we’re not having to go back again and again, but being able to either continually do this or be able to do it in a way that shows the importance and value pretty clearly and have minimal conversations or is there a way of being able to do this so that we’re having constant conversations? - -[00:23:34] Patrick: Again, you set up the question this way, but part of it that of our hands. Part of it is that it’s set against us in some cases. That can be any number of things. It doesn’t just have to be that the CEO doesn’t care. It can also be that the organization is set up poorly. Not enough hierarchy, not enough, in some cases, middle management is frustrating as that is. An organization that’s too top-heavy and to bottom heavy and has too many people reporting into certain people, can lead to breakdowns in communication, and plenty of issues that are maybe even if people are well-meaning, they make priorities and they make choices. - -Now, put that aside into the box and so it will just accept that. I look at community metrics and reporting because it has to be metrics and data at some point. You could throw a third category in there which is stories and documented once-off things that the community does for the company that are big wins. If the New York Times is a piece and it mentions your community, that’s not a recurring thing, it’s a once value prop. You can try to measure the impact of that like you would measure, I don’t know a billboard ad or something like that for your marketing department might be able to help. - -There’s those stories and anecdotal things that you can have, but beyond that there’s two categories for me when it comes to metrics. Those are business metrics and community health metrics. Start with community health. Community health is stuff that we all know and love, things like active members are the big one for me. Anything that’s to do with the community being active, quality experience in the community, the community sustaining itself, those are things we measure as community health. Then, of course, the goal for the business people and communicating to those people is to tie the community health to the revenue of the company to the bottom line. - -As I touched on before, that’s really just tying this audience, these people in the community to their renewals, sales, money they give the company other benefits they give the company. Then comparing and contrasting that group to other groups, especially the non-engaged group, people who are not in the community. Because if you can show that the people in the community are renewing at a rate that is 20% higher or their lifetime customer value is 30% higher or they give you $150 more per year, or whatever it is for your company and you need to find out what that is. What means something to the people that you’re trying to communicate to. Then, you’re starting to show them the value of the community and the members in it. - -That’s the main way to do it, is just to think about those two buckets, community health and tying that to business metrics and come up with core simple one, two, three metrics. There’s a lot of things we can do with dashboards, there’s a lot of things we can measure, and it’s really about understanding who you’re talking to, what they value, and then how you can tie the community to it. Maybe it’s for the CEO, might be revenue, maybe for another department you’re trying to get to buy and it’s not that. Customer support, product, tech, they have different things they look at and care about. - -If you can tie again the communities activity to things they care about, then you start to get them on board. Again, if they don’t understand community or they hate community or they want you to go away or they don’t believe it or they believe it’s a one-person job forever or whatever it is, it’s not necessarily you try your hardest and you can convince some people, you convince some people, some of the time, you can’t convince, I’m going to paraphrase all the people all the time. If you do it that way, you’re starting to convince people. Again, it does also rely on building that credibility so that when there comes a time when there is an alarm to sound, the alarm isn’t always measurable. - -If you show community health metrics in this scenario we’re talking about where it’s just getting bigger and bigger and bigger, that seems like a win, that seems like it’s awesome. It’s great. If you get to a point where there’s this point of diminishing returns that we can reach where it’s like, well, now we’re at this point and now the experience for the users is slipping. There may be more in there this month, but the quality of the experience is down. Measuring that is less clear. You can have surveys to augment that data, Net Promoter Score. You can ask them about how they’re satisfied there with the community and you can trend that over time and see they’re 5.6 this month. They were 7.8 last month, whatever it is. Those are harder to show, it’s harder to argue when the numbers are higher this month that there might be a storm on the horizon, and you may not have people who believe in you and you can’t do anything about that because you’re not higher at the company. - -It’s a frustrating part of not just our job, but many jobs that we have to accept, and in the meantime, we just do our very best to try to convince people. If we’re proven right, then hopefully we’ll have the opportunity to stop it from getting worse or to stop it from happening again in the future. - -[00:27:44] Scott: I actually have two questions and they’re separate. I’m going to ask them separately and we’ll figure out how to arrange them later. The first quick question is, what is a metric around communities that you wish people would stop measuring because it’s just not useful? - -[00:28:03] Patrick: The one everyone wants you to say is posts. That’s of an old thing to say. I don’t know the number of posts because that can be faked. It’s not really necessarily useful. It’s useful in some context with the right lens applied to it, but it’s a vanity metric, and any metric that is a vanity metric that is simply something that accumulates. Of course, a post can go up and down month to month, and that’s where there can be some value but the only thing that simply accumulates and doesn’t change month to month and the total metric has a little value, but most of us to do this work know that now. I don’t know. - -I think for me and I don’t know if this is a cop-out or not, but just the metrics I would like to have people stop using are the metrics that just add noise to the case they’re trying to make. That varies by the individual, the company, the person they’re reporting them to. We need more dashboards frankly like a lot of us don’t have to ask for us. We build those dashboards, we need to be mindful of what the big things are because spreadsheets with a lot of numbers, charts with a lot of data points, like anything else people gloss over, their eyes glaze over, and they call it a day. - -The important thing is not that anyone metric is bad or should be thrown out, although it’s a really good question, I wish I had a one answer I’d point to say like that thing should go. I just think we have to understand that this is your one big number. These are your two big numbers. Make them count. Just make them count for you and your department, your team, or just you as an individual professional and honing on those things and make those things better. There’s a million ways to die choose one. - -We’re choosing the thing that is either going to help us be successful, make us look better, make the community look healthy, or we are choosing the thing that we’re going to be held to and the hill we’re going to die on. The thing I just want to say is choose carefully, talk to people before you choose, and then make it count because it’s tough to switch to say, you know what, that they know you’re measuring not actually as important as I thought. You can do that once in a while. You can’t do it all the time, because then you don’t look credible. Just choose carefully on the one, two, three, things to each business unit or each person that you really want to be accountable for and don’t put yourself in too small of a box. - -[00:30:06] Scott: All right. I’m actually going to drop the second question. - -[00:30:09] Patrick: Okay. - -[00:30:10] Scott: We talked about executives, we’ve picked on them for a bit but now the common question I’ve seen, it always gets asked. Was this idea of where does community sit in an organization? I see a lot of variation out there in the world. I’m sure you do too. It can be under marketing, customer service, communications. I’ve seen it under product management. Every once in a while, it’s actually its own department. The question is, how do online communities become successful regardless of where they are in an organization? - -[00:30:40] Patrick: My ego tells me that you can throw me into any pot and I’ll fight my way out and be successful in some way. You throw me into the woods naked, I’ll come out with a loincloth and a steak, right? That’s the mentality. I want to believe that but I also believe that there are situations and times where that’s just not the case and it’s tough. - -As savvy as you can be, you hit roadblocks, you hit walls and it’s just time to move. If someone asks you this two parts, I’ll give you the defeating answer first which is that, I do think that we should recognize our value and in cases where we feel that we are not being utilized fully or we are not being fully appreciated, we do that work for as long as we can and we start to look for better opportunities elsewhere at organizations that will value and respect us. It’s almost like being in a relationship and people think they can fix the other person. It’s not necessarily something that can always be accomplished. You can spend all that time on that person or that company and try to fix them and try to get them to understand how it benefits them. Maybe they just don’t want to. Maybe you’re wrong. We’ll assume you’re not in this case. Maybe there’s just nothing that you can do there. You do that work as best as you can, you put in your best work because it’s going to be your signature. These are going to be things that you can take with you in your career and hang your hat on that you did. Even if the company doesn’t recognize you, you still recognize yourself and take pride in your work. It might be time to move on. That’s the answer I think is that you just do the best you can. - -Community can exist in a number of different departments and be successful. It can exist anywhere. The key is who you’re reporting to, how much they understand, what their goals are for you. Because my biggest problem with community and marketing is if community service marketing is goals. Because marketing goals are not community’s goals, not exclusively, not 100%, they’re not matched up. - -People will always make the case, we all want more customers. Sure. Yes, whatever. The way community goes about helping you gain and retain customers is very different in many cases from the marketing goes about helping you gain new customers. I like to say marketing helps you bring in people, community helps you keep them. Community under marketing can be certainly successful. It’s not my preference though. Of course, I always push, aspire, encourage community to be its own department in organizations where community is a priority. I think it’s part of making that statement not sound like lip service. - -The community is one of the cornerstones of your company. If it can’t be its own thing, I like to see it under something that’s not marketing ideally, no offense to marketers. Something like operations or communications or something else. I think operations makes a lot of sense but at the end of the day, if you have an operations head, who doesn’t get it either you’re better being under marketing person who gets it a little better and supports you in your initiatives and supports you in your career. That is my two-part, I don’t know, not necessarily direct and helpful answer but that’s how I see it. - -[00:33:21] Scott: Do you see the role of chief community officer as viable? Is there a future for this? If so, what are the kinds of challenges that that role might have to face in the near future? - -[00:33:38] Patrick: I think it’s viable at organizations where community is truly important. Where having an online community and maybe that even verges into offline community and that’s own thing. Offline community, online community and that can be member experience, in-person events whatever it is but it could just be online. - -In a company where that is vital, I see no reason why it’s not a worthy consideration for this c-suite. It is rare, it will be rare. That’s what I aspire to. I see that as where I want to be and it’s not even necessarily chief community officer, it’s just being at the executive team, being at the executive level. I work at a company where community is such a priority that I have a seat at that table with the company leadership. They can call that what they want, VP of community, whatever it is. Just being at the top of the organization, is something that I think we can achieve and that we can aspire to. It happens one person at a time and each time someone achieves that, it pushes our whole profession forward. Yes, I think it’s achievable. It is a rare role, it will continue to be. - -I think part of the challenge to that role is just having a company that scales you and your team up properly and sees it as something that’s important enough to have enough people under it where it is justifiable as an executive level role. The reality is that I manage a team of three right now so four with me and I feel like I need more people but that’s probably in the top what? 5%, 3%, 10% of community teams in the world, realistically? Most companies have one person who does community work and they’re fine doing that and they don’t see it as more which is the worst thing of all. They don’t see it as more than one person, a community manager who then goes on to something else or leaves because if they want to advance their career because it’s still looked at in some places as a role for someone who is more junior. - -My four-person team is actually fairly large, if you polled the industry for an average team size, I bet four is far higher than industry average or corporate average. I think the challenge is really that people see it as more in something that’s worth the see and that’s again goes to the conversation of value but also goes to the conversation of understanding. You can’t convince people who don’t want to be convinced, you can’t help people who don’t see the value of community. I shouldn’t say you can’t, you can, but you can’t help them if they don’t want to be helped or if they always have another priority, or they always see something else as more valuable. - -I think just being seen as having the scope of responsibility, the size of responsibility, the resources required, the people required and getting the money required to be seen as this department, because that’s part of being at the executive level is being at the top of something being at the top of some department. I think that’s the greatest challenge. It’s just having people around you that understand that, yes, it does take more than one person or yes, it does take more than three people because our community has 20,000 people in it every month and we’re trying to create a high touch experience where everybody gets their questions answered, where every conversation is a good one, where every experience is a positive one. We know that this shows value to the company in this way, and in this way. It’s a battle and it’s a fight, but every one of us who gets there, helps light the way for the next person, I believe. - -[00:36:50] Scott: Cool. How do organizations retain and advance talent on their community teams when it seems like so many community teams are understaffed? - -[00:37:01] Patrick: It’s a good question. For me, my approach, on my team is to say I have, two community managers and a community specialist who is a VA but does a lot of really great things for the community program. For me, when I interview those people, and they are more of a junior level role right now. My thing is that if you want more in this job, like this is the job of hiring right now. This is what I have to offer. This is the resources I have been allotted. I’m thankful to have those resources. I don’t have the resources to hire someone like Scott Moore. I don’t have the resources to hire someone who’s really very experienced. Not right now. Maybe in the future and I’m not saying you even want to work for me, [chuckles] but I just can’t hire someone like you. - -I’m hiring more junior people and, in many cases, mentoring them up right into their next role. I really appreciate and value that role. What I tell them during the interview though, before we’re talking about the job, if this is what you love, if this is the work you do, because you can make money in a lot of ways in this world. Being a community manager isn’t necessarily the first place to go to make money. - -If this is what you believe in, this is the work you love, I think about community all day, every day. This is the work that I’ve done for 20 years. I live and breathe community work. I haven’t burned out of the industry yet and I really believe in it. This is where I want to be. If that’s the case for you, and you have a passion for this work and you want to advance in this industry, I will help you. I will advocate for you. Two years from now and this is what I say to the people that I interviewed, “Two years from now, you will be somewhere else. You will be here because you will be promoted under me, you will be somewhere else because you saw a job and I helped you get that job. I’m pretty well connected in the industry and I’m not a keeper of people. I’m not here to collect you. I’m not here to keep you at a certain salary because you’re doing the work and I believe in you and you make my life easier. That’s not what I’m doing. I’m not a collector of people. In two years, you will be somewhere else. You will be here promoted or you will take my job because two years from now, I don’t want to be where I’m at either.” - -That’s my mentality is that I want to be a great boss and great bosses make the careers of the people who report them a priority in their professional work. Whether that be raises, whether that be cost of living increases, whether that be promotions, whether that be helping them get the new job and not making them feel like they should be scared to ask you for help getting a job or ask you for a reference letter or tell you that this amazing opportunity came up and I’m happy for people. That’s my legacy. That’s how I see my legacy as a community professional is the people that I helped advance at the end of the day. - -When I say I have a moderator who was with me a phpbbhacks.com and now he’s a developer at Apple, I don’t know that I really helped him all that much but I think he might say that I helped encourage his passion for software development but whatever I did, anything, no matter how tiny which is, it’s minuscule whatever I did, I am proud to have been a part of that journey. For me and a part of that ego. I believe that I can mentor the next amazing community professional. I believe that I can help people be the best community professional they can be. It’s not that everyone’s replaceable because they’re not. I have great people, when I lose them, it stinks and I have to go out and find the next person but I also believe that I am someone who can bring out the best in more people, identifying new talent, identifying people who are hungry for a shot and then help them be the next thing. That, to me, is most of talent retention is looking at it that way. That’s how I try to bring in new people and try to retain them is that this is not a graveyard, I’m not keeping people, I want the best for the people who join me. - -I think the other thing, the second thing to that is people want to work in a place where community is understood to some degree. We’ve talked about, that’s kind of a constant theme today. The importance of the company, understanding community and how that impacts everything that we do from the work, the resources, the money we’re given. I think companies that want to attract great professionals need to be companies that pay good money, that give you autonomy, that respect your knowledge and then value and understand community. No company is going to get me for that and no company is going to get you for that. That’s where we want to work. - -We might work somewhere else temporarily because we need to live but, at the end of the day, we’re going to leave those places as soon as possible. As soon as we can, as soon as a good opportunity comes up where we can go to somewhere where people actually believe in what we’re doing, we’re going to leave. Salaries are important, benefits are important, yes, of course, but that understanding of culture and that belief in helping my career grow or your career grow or whatever it is, to me, those two things are paramount and that’s how you attract truly great community professionals. If you don’t do those two things, the only people you’ll attract are people who are looking for their next job or people who don’t fully believe in this work. - -[00:41:35] Scott: Well said. Let’s make this a little personal. How do you handle your continuous learning? How do you keep up with the online community industry in a way that you’re able to take on unforeseen challenges? What are you reading, listening to, watching? How do you prepare? - -[00:41:53] Patrick: There are probably three things. Number one is that I know a lot of people, I keep up with a lot of people, I pay attention to what people that I believe are smarter, sharing, talking about, thinking about whether that be on Twitter, on Facebook, on LinkedIn, through email subscriptions, through casual conversations and catch ups, whatever it is. There’s so many people out there that I respect and like and value their perspective. People like you, Bill Johnston, Rebecca Newton. There’s just so many. Derek Powazek on Twitter is always really interesting and useful and concise and there’s a lot of good knowledge there. - -A lot of community pros that I follow that are maybe not lifers or those people have been around forever. People like Marjorie Anderson who’s been on the show before and does a lot of great work in sort of the association space. There’s just so many people out there doing and saying smart things and so I try to maintain a very strong niche and network of people that I not just respect, not just that have experience because there’s people that have experience that I don’t like and don’t respect and so people that have experience that I think are ethical and approach things ethically and that I like and respect and want to learn from and help support. That’s the first group. - -Second is there’s one email newsletter that I like to read every time it comes out, every weekend. It’s the WeSupportNYC newsletter and I think the easiest way to reach them is on Twitter @wesupportnyc. Yes, it sounds like support and customer service, yes, it sounds like New York City, it is those things kind of but it’s also really in a lot of ways a general community professional list of resources, links, jobs. I think the stuff they share in jobs that’s sort of a great repository of digest every week of community jobs if you’re looking for one. I think that they are certainly one of my favorite resources, probably my favorite resource in the industry right now because of who runs it and how they approach it. Carol, our editorial lead, is one of the people that actually maintains that every week. - -Then the third thing is, honestly, this podcast because I see these conversations as being very helpful to me. I think the great trick of a podcast for the host is that you learn a lot along with the audience. I certainly bring a formidable amount of knowledge to the table but I bring people on. The secret of the show, the not so secret secret is, that I don’t talk to people because they’re experienced at community, I don’t talk to people because they have 10,000, 20,000, 100,000 Twitter followers, I talk to people because I want to talk to them. The people that I have on the show are people actually want to talk to that I think I will enjoy having a conversation with. - -I don’t have people on here that I don’t like, I don’t have people on here whose ethics I find to be appalling, I don’t have people on here that I just think would bring more people to the show by Tweeting about it. - -I’ve had people who don’t have a Twitter account on the show, several times. I’ve had people who have 100 Twitter followers on here several times and so that doesn’t matter to me. What matters is that I’m talking to people I want to talk to and I get a lot of value, self-care, knowledge and experience from simply hosting this show. - -[00:44:38] Scott: Well, I didn’t know about WeSupportNYC so I clearly have learned something just by helping support the show. [laughs] - -[00:44:44] Patrick: Awesome. They deserve another subscriber especially one as good as you. - -Our guest host on this episode was Scott Moore, formerly of Digital Promise Global, Answers.com, the Charles and Helen Schwab Foundation and Fujitsu. To connect with Scott, find him on LinkedIn at linkedin.com/in/ScottMoore and on Twitter @scottmoore. - -For the transcript from this episode, plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad, and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. This conversation was long enough where we decided to make it a two-part episode. We’ll pick back up on the next episode of Community Signal. Thank you for a great three years of our show.",1731883736,b6cef58d91,0d89216b41,,,1731883736 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/artificial-intelligence-ai-boom-isnt-170000567.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,The Artificial Intelligence (AI) Boom Isn't Over. 3 AI Stocks to Buy Right Now.,"The stock market has ridden the excitement for artificial intelligence (AI) to new heights. It's not all hype; according to McKinsey, AI could add as much as $13 trillion to the global economy by 2030. Sure, some stocks have risen faster than others, so perhaps some stocks have gotten too expensive. - -However, there are still top-notch AI stocks worth buying today. - -Start Your Mornings Smarter! Wake up with Breakfast news in your inbox every market day. Sign Up For Free » - -Three Fool.com contributors put their heads together and selected Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (NYSE: TSM), Tesla (NASDAQ: TSLA), and Qualcomm (NASDAQ: QCOM) as AI stocks that merit buying right now. - -Here is the investment pitch for each. - -Geopolitical fears shouldn't keep investors from owning this rockstar AI stock - -Justin Pope (Taiwan Semiconductor): If you're looking for a surefire winner in the AI field, Taiwan Semiconductor is as good a bet as any. It's the world's largest semiconductor foundry, which manufactures chips for design companies like Nvidia, AMD, and others. Taiwan Semiconductor is the world's leading foundry, holding an estimated 62% of the global market as of Q2 2024. That positions Taiwan Semiconductor to capture explosive growth in demand for AI chips moving forward. - -AMD CEO Lisa Su predicted during her company's Q3 earnings call that AI chip demand will grow by 60% annually to $500 billion in 2028, more than the entire semiconductor industry's size in 2023. It seems safe to say that end markets worldwide, AI and otherwise, will need increasingly more chips. - -At this writing, Taiwan Semiconductor stock trades at a forward P/E ratio of just under 28. At the same time, analysts estimate the company's earnings will grow by an average of 31% annually over the next three to five years. That's a PEG ratio of 0.9, indicating the stock is a bargain for its expected future growth. - -So, why is the stock so cheap? Taiwan is near China, which claims it is part of its territory and has threatened to invade the country. This is a legitimate risk that investors should consider before buying the stock. That said, it's impossible to know what will happen. A forceful invasion might spark retaliation from the U.S. and other countries because of Taiwan's importance to the world's chip supply chain. The U.S. and Taiwan Semiconductor have taken steps to derisk from China, including cutting back shipments of advanced AI chips to China and investing roughly $65 billion to build new foundries in Arizona. - -Story Continues",1731883733,6e579b027f,0d39e13c7c,,,1731883733 -https://esportsedition.com/dota-2/starladder-and-imbatv-dota-2-minor/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,StarLadder and ImbaTV Dota 2 Minor Recap: VG Performing Strong,"The StarLadder and ImbaTV Dota 2 Minor had a rocky start with several Russian players being denied entry into the Ukraine before the event even started. Vitalii Niklaevich “vl1at” Volochai, one of the casters for the event, tweeted that Old but Gold was denied entry into the Ukraine earlier that day and were being deported back to Minsk, Russia. They attempted to enter the country the next day and they successfully were granted permission to attend the event. This put a lot of stress on the tournament organizers, players, and the management team for Old but Gold. In addition to Old but Gold’s issues at the board, Gambit Esports were also denied entry into the country for having three Russian players on their team but were also granted entry upon their second attempt. The mood for the Minor was somber with geopolitical issues haunting the event, but thankfully the teams were able to participate in the end. - - - -Eight Will Compete, Four Will Move On to the Semi Finals - -The Group Stage was comprised of two groups of four teams with Group A boasting the likes of Royal Never Give up (RNG), Old but Gold (gOLD), OG, and Flying Penguins. Group B saw Vici Gaming (VG), Gambit Esports, BOOM ID, and Demolition Boys competing for their chance to continue to the Playoffs. Group A was full of surprised as we saw Flying Penguins out performing RNG and gOLD. OG was eliminated after losing to gOLD which sent the team home much before fans of the game, and team, expected. Group B performed as expected with Vici Gaming going 2-0, Gambit Esports managing to winning the Decider match against the Demolition Boys, and BOOM ID being eliminated after a disappointing 0-2. Many of the matches were decided during the pick and ban stages with late game carry’s securing matches . Sven was a popular pick but didn’t always secure a win and Lifestealer didn’t see a single pick with him being banned in most games. - - - -After the conclusion of Group Stage, we saw Vici Gaming , gOLD, Flying Penguins and Gambit Esports moving forward to the Semi Finals. - - - -How to finish on top - -As the only Chinese team to make it out of the Group Stages, Vici Gaming (VG) had an incredibly strong showing at the minor. VG was able to perform so well during the Minor that they only dropped a single game throughout the entire tournament and it was during Group Stage. VG has been performing well throughout the season and their experience was really able to shine through. Many of the other teams at the event lacked their experience, making VG’s performance that much stronger. One of VG’s favourite heroes, Phantom Assassin, was drafted in four out of their five games along with one of the great mid lane heroes, Brewmaster. - - - -After their stellar performance at the StarLadder ImbaTV Dota 2 Minor, VG sits in a comfortable 6th place with only four more events left to compete in. If they can continue their dominance and remain steadfast in their drafting and gameplay, they should be able to secure a ticket to TI9 in Shanghai this year! As long as Bai “r0tK” Fan remains as their drafter and coach, their TI9 ticket is set. - - - -What’s Next? - -With the OGA Dota PIT Minor taking place in just over a month, teams will have some time to recoup and set their sights on preparing for this next Minor. Even win counts and every DPC points could mean the difference between securing a TI9 ticket or having to compete in the Open Qualifiers. - -",1731883734,76f59da961,0dbdb19fa6,,,1731883734 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/trends/g62774107/oprah-favorite-things-fashion-gifts-2024/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,The 16 Best Fashion Gifts from Oprah's Favorite Things 2024,"Every product on this page was chosen by a Harper's BAZAAR editor. We may earn commission on some of the items you choose to buy. - -Oprah's Favorite Things 2024 has finally arrived, unofficially kicking off the holiday season. This year, 116 items earned a spot on the illustrious list, including a range of stylish finds that will wow any recipient on your list. - - - -Whether you're shopping for your hard-to-please mom, sister, best friend or are even looking to treat yourself, we rounded up the 16 best fashion gifts from Oprah's massive guide that are worth your attention. From the perfect fall top to a and , score all your favorites, below, before they're destined to sell out. - -And for even more great gifting ideas, make sure to check out Oprah's full 2024 list, featuring top gift ideas under $50, nifty tech gadgets, must-have beauty products, and more.",1731883624,66787ad63a,0d9acb9361,,,1731883624 -https://thefinancialbrand.com/news/banking-trends-strategies/2025-could-see-more-community-bank-ma-says-fitch-182584/,https://thefinancialbrand.com/feed/,Changing Conditions May Drive More Community Bank Mergers in 2025,"Could community bank merger and acquisition activity accelerate in 2025 after a multi-year lull? A special report from Fitch Ratings says it’s quite possible, with the pace of that acceleration depending on how many factors that could favor M&A pan out. - -On the eve of the presidential election, it would be tempting to put all the chips on the future of bank mergers on who wins the White House. And although that is a factor, it’s not that simple. - -Broadly, the Federal Reserve’s plan to reduce interest rates, which began with a 50-basis point cut in September, has started a positive shift in the value of both banks’ investment portfolios and their loan holdings, according to Fitch. - -This comes on top of the urgent need felt by many institutions to catch up or keep up with banking technology. From improved mobile banking apps to new core processing systems, many institutions have to gain tech ground to compete. Spreading costs over a bigger bank via merger eases the pain, Fitch points out in its late October report. - -At the same time, a potential wild card — a handful of wild cards, in a sense — arises in the regulation and supervision of banking mergers at the federal level. - -In mid-September, two federal banking regulators issued new policy statements on how they will review mergers on antitrust and other grounds. Those statements, while similar, differ in several important ways. Meanwhile, the Department of Justice at the same time shook up the way that it will review banking mergers. Meanwhile, the Federal Reserve has not changed its merger rules, beyond some changes to application instructions, and Michael Barr, vice chairman for supervision, has said it doesn’t plan to issue any new policy. - -Economics Versus Politics: Both Moved the M&A Needle - -Bank mergers, including those involving community banks, have faced multiple barriers in the last few years, according to Fitch. The chart below tracks the decline in deals from year to year over the last decade, and a late October analysis by S&P Global Market Intelligence suggests that total deals for 2024 will also be down. - -Several factors have slowed the pace of deal making. Fitch says that the pandemic, and then the rate hikes that followed subsequent inflation, drove the change. - -Economic factors that Fitch cited include “tightening liquidity, significant changes in the mark-to-market valuations of banks’ securities portfolios, and greater uncertainty on credit quality, particularly around commercial real estate.” - -As Fitch explained it in its report, the Fed’s rate hikes, intended to fight inflation, hit bank portfolios that had been filled with longer-dated securities. As rates rose, unrealized losses kept rising. - -“These unrealized losses created a significant barrier to M&As since they would have to be realized at the close of a merger, which in turn greatly curtailed the pool of attractive targets,” said Fitch. “Similarly, banks with large proportions of longer-dated and/or low-yielding loans were also less attractive to potential acquirers.” - -In the middle of 2023, unrealized losses began to ease. Fitch projects that the Fed will reduce rates by a cumulative 250 basis points by the end of 2026. Fitch said this will address the impact of mark-to-market accounting on both the investment portfolio and the loan portfolio, notably commercial real estate. - -The impact on CRE is especially important for M&A because those loans have been a heavy component of community bank portfolios for decades as volume in other categories, such as consumer loans, got snapped up by major banks and large fintechs such as Rocket Mortgage. - -Fitch said that banks with $5 to $15 billion in assets are the most concentrated in CRE. The rating agency said that rural and suburban institutions are often sitting better than urban community banks because they tend to lend on owner-occupied CRE. This could push more mergers among urban players. - -Read more: CRE Outlook 2025: How a Bust Could Become a Boom - -Bank Mergers Collide with a Broad-Based Attack on M&A - -Politics has also played a role. In mid-2021, the Biden administration issued an executive order on mergers of all kinds, including banks, an effort that was of a piece with the later push, also via executive order, on “junk fees” in multiple industries. - -The merger executive order ignited both increased scrutiny under existing rules as well as a policy revamp that reached its culmination in September when the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp., and the Justice Department announced their moves. (The OCC and FDIC finalized policy statements and related materials that had been through the comment process. DOJ withdrew from the 1995 Bank Merger Guidelines — for nearly 30 years the guideline for competitiveness analysis — in favor of its general 2023 Merger Guidelines, with an added bank merger addendum.) - -Fitch’s report noted that the then-new administration “created an additional headwind, as the Biden administration’s focus on consumer access for banking services brought greater scrutiny to proposed deals, which notably increased the time for deal approvals.” The chart below from the Fitch report illustrates the falloff in volume and the increase in the time taken to obtain approval. - -“While no proposed mergers have been formally denied since the directive took effect, approval times have increased markedly and, in some cases, to the point of making deals non-viable, as market conditions turned during the review period,” said Fitch. - -From the archives: How Mixed Messages from Biden Regulators Are Muddying M&A Waters in 2024 - -Red, Blue and Green: Will a New Presidency Change Bank M&A? - -What impact will a change in President have? Fitch outlined both possibilities: - -• A Trump victory: “A second Trump administration will likely assume a similar stance to the first, with relaxation of regulations a key plank of the Trump platform.” - -A May 2021 article on The Financial Brand noted the gearshift going on into the Biden years: “… while the past administration’s Department of Justice was calling for a review of merger policy with an eye toward liberalizing it, a Democratic DOJ would be seeking to crack down on alleged past laxity in merger approvals and toughening standards.” - -• A Harris victory: “The outlook for a Harris administration is somewhat less clear. Specific pronouncements relating to bank regulation have been vague but would seem to align with other pronouncements on economic policies with a focus on social equity.” - -Added Fitch: “The most likely assumption relating to bank M&As is that a Harris administration will continue the increased regulatory scrutiny of the Biden era.” - -Read more: How Are Banking Industry Experts Handicapping the Impact of the Election? - -Meanwhile, the FDIC, OCC and DOJ Moved Forward - -Over the last few decades, much — not all — federal banking rulemaking of all sorts has been done on an interagency basis, with at least the three prudential banking regulators working out common rules in this or that area. (When it comes to mergers, which agency does the actual review depends on the type of institution — state-chartered Fed member, state-chartered nonmember, or national bank, as well as holding companies — that would be in control after the proposed merger.) But the regulatory approach has been shared. - -For the time being, however, that longstanding approach has gone by the boards, raising concern. - -“A lack of interagency coordination in this critical policy area furthers the uncertainty for industry participants and has a chilling effect on bank merger transactions,” wrote Sarah Flowers, SVP and senior associate general counsel for regulatory affairs at the Bank Policy Institute in a recent blog. One point of objection is that the FDIC policy indicates that parties to a proposed merger be able to demonstrate that the deal will better meet the convenience and needs of the community the merged entity will serve. The blog hinted that lawsuits could be in the offing. - -One of the goals of the two regulatory agencies, especially the FDIC, is to expand the factors that are looked at to evaluate competition in a market. Historically deposits in a market were used as a proxy for competition, but with the internet and other channels competition hasn’t just been about local brick and mortar competitors for some time. - -However, Fed Governor Michelle Bowman, who occupies the designated community banking seat at the central bank, expressed concern with the new FDIC approach in a recent speech. Widening the factors in the evaluation of a merger “seems likely to promote inconsistency in the analysis among firms, and even longer delays in processing times,” said Bowman. She believes that community banking needs both easier formation of new banks and the ability to do mergers for efficiency’s sake. - -In an analysis of the approaches of the two agencies and DOJ, Covington & Burling LLP said the efforts “demonstrate that the current leadership of these agencies is, and has been, adopting a more skeptical view of bank mergers than in the past.” - -In its own analysis, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP said that the moves by the agencies and DOJ “raise more questions than answers, not least of all because the Federal Reserve Board — the principal agency that approves mergers of bank holding companies — was not part of these actions.” - -Much in the revamped approaches will hit larger institutions harder, such as mandatory public hearings for megadeals. In a company newsletter, Gerrish Smith Tuck, PC, a law firm specializing in community banks, downplayed the changes vis-à-vis those institutions: “It will add some nuance to the application process, but we certainly do not classify it as wholesale change.” How those “nuances” play out remains to be seen, as interest in deals picks up.",1731883683,7e4f10d9a3,0df24d7dd2,,,1731883683 -https://derivsource.com/2024/08/20/baton-systems-to-transform-bank-treasury-capabilities-with-real-time-intraday-liquidity-management-and-analysis-tools/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Baton Systems to transform bank treasury capabilities with real-time intraday liquidity management and analysis tools,"Baton’s new tools help banks meet prudential intraday liquidity obligations and reduce intraday liquidity buffers, costing many firms hundreds of millions of dollars annually, by optimising liquidity management processes and capital returns - -Baton Systems, a global capital markets tech provider orchestrating the optimised settlement of $20-30 billion (USD) in asset value daily, has introduced new treasury management tools designed to optimise intraday liquidity, reduce costly buffers and mitigate risk in real-time. The new liquidity management capabilities offer firms a means to dramatically reduce their financing costs which have been elevated by interest rate normalisation. These tools also provide a future-proofing way to address the heightened regulatory focus on financial resilience following 2023’s tumultuous market events. - -Lacking real-time information, an understanding of past liquidity behaviour, and the ability to control the release of individual payments effectively, treasury teams have until now struggled to accurately predict and optimise intraday liquidity use. As a result, they have been unable to effectively identify and repurpose available cash and securities, plan for intraday liquidity demands or accurately track intraday financial health. These factors have restricted their ability to test and implement strategies to reduce funding needs, divert available liquidity towards revenue-generating activities and proactively mitigate liquidity risk. - -The launch of these tools comes as the industry continues to assess performance through the recent global equity market sell-off and to explore how liquidity resilience can be better managed during future periods of volatility. During such events, banks need immediate access to critical data detailing current balances, exposures, and obligations and the ability to act quickly on this insight, underscoring the necessity for strong intraday liquidity management tools. - -Baton’s new tools provide treasury managers with a dedicated dashboard with real-time insight into how individual counterparties are impacting liquidity across all business lines. By providing real-time firm-wide visibility and control across all available liquidity sources, these tools enhance forecasting, allow for more informed decision-making and the swift adjustment of liquidity strategies. - -Treasury managers can instantly access critical real-time data to proactively adjust capital allocations and rapidly reactivate available capital. Furthermore, they can analyse individual liquidity flows and trace contributing factors to better understand how different events impact their own liquidity profiles and those of their counterparties. - -By integrating real-time data with historical models, this insight can be used to automatically adjust and optimise payment strategies as the day’s events unfold and to instantly detect deviations in market or counterparty client behaviour, highlighting a potential credit crunch or liquidity issues. - -Using counterparty-specific historical data, treasury managers can also predict the timing of inbound payments and intraday liquidity demands. The tools will then recommend how outbound payments can be optimally and intelligently sequenced and scheduled to lower funding costs. Additionally, the tools include stress testing capabilities, allowing treasury managers to evaluate the impact of different scenarios on liquidity and ensure counterparty and throughput obligations are met even in the most challenging conditions. - -Arjun Jayaram, Founder and CEO of Baton Systems, highlighted the importance of these new tools: “Recent market events underscore the urgency for a significant shift towards real-time treasury management. With regulators more focused than ever on financial resilience, we’ve designed these tools to enable treasury managers to develop more robust liquidity strategies, to easily access the critical information needed to make informed decisions fast and rapidly adjust strategies to effectively respond to and proactively optimise resources as market conditions change.” - -This new functionality, available now, integrates seamlessly with Baton’s Core-Payments® solution – allowing Baton’s clients to transform how they manage intraday liquidity with the flexibility to configure the tools to meet their firm’s specific requirements.",1731883756,9dd65a327d,0d8fbd8d36,,,1731883756 -https://www.everydayshouldbesaturday.com/2019/7/18/20699082/charity-drive-day-4-the-ball-was-run,https://www.everydayshouldbesaturday.com/rss/current.rss,CHARITY DRIVE DAY 4: THE BALL WAS RUN,"I’ll make this brief: y’all are great. - -Yesterday, in the third day of our charity drive to support Personal Counseling Services of Southern Indiana, the numbers understandably slowed for much of the day, after a blazing start on Monday and Tuesday. - -And then came the bombs. - -A couple BIG evening donations, capped late by a $666 donation with only the comment “Run up the score three times as much as Heisman on Cumberland”. - -I can only infer that our new champion — current leader for the Garlic Butter Cup and champion for this glorious hat — is a Georgia Tech fan (identify yourself, please, unless you wish to remain anonymous), based on this reference to Georgia Tech’s 222-0 win over Cumberland in 1916. - -Sadly, we don’t have video of that game. But, our crack digital team has worked up a computer simulation of what the Jackets winning by 666 might look like: - -We currently stand at a tidy $6,666, already at 11% of the total season’s fundraising campaign just due to the efforts of the EDSBS community, which is incredible. You all are amazing, we appreciate you, and I can’t thank you enough. - -(Oh, and now that we’ve broken the $5,000 threshold, I’ll have a Hollydog-roasts-me post soon.) - -We’re almost to the end of the week, and the donation link’s still live, let’s keep it going if we can. - -DONATE",1731883656,9becbdfbef,0d928e3848,,,1731883656 -https://www.investopedia.com/alibaba-stock-profit-8745954,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_investing,Alibaba Stock Drops Despite Higher-than-Estimated Profit; Sales Disappoint,"Key Takeawaysw Alibaba Group shares traded in the U.S. were lower Friday morning. The Chinese ecommerce giant posted higher-than-expected quarterly earnings on the back of cloud operations growth, but revenue was lower than expected. - -The company said that net income in its September quarter soared 63% year-over-year, beating the expectations of analysts polled by Visible Alpha. - -Revenue, up 5% year-over-year, undershot analysts' estimates. - - - -Alibaba Group's (BABA) US-traded shares were down around 3% in Friday morning trading after the Chinese ecommerce giant posted higher-than-expected quarterly earnings on the back of cloud operations growth fueled by artificial intelligence (AI) but revenue was lower than expected. - -The company said that net income in its September quarter soared 63% to 43.5 billion Chinese yuan ($6.02 billion) year-over-year, comfortably beating the 26.8 billion yuan expected by analysts polled by Visible Alpha. - -“Growth in our cloud business accelerated from prior quarters, with revenues from public cloud products growing in double digits and AI-related product revenue delivering triple-digit growth,” Chief Executive Officer Eddie Wu said. - -""We are more confident in our core businesses than ever and will continue to invest in supporting long-term growth,"" he added. - -Quarterly Revenue Lags Forecasts - -Revenue of 236.5 billion yuan, up 5% higher year-over-year, undershot the 239 billion yuan analysts’ estimate. - -Alibaba’s New York-listed shares are up about 14% this year and are currently a bit under $90 each, driven higher by investor hopes that Beijing’s planned stimulus for its slowing economy will revive consumer spending in China. Spending appetite has been hit by the country’s prolonged real estate slump in recent years. - -The shares, however, are still well off an all-time high of almost $319 in November 2020 before Beijing began a crackdown on large tech firms and sidelined founder Jack Ma.",1731883675,ab219445cc,0d9e4118a3,,,1731883675 -https://seekingalpha.com/article/4738249-bumble-stock-investors-could-end-up-heartbroken?source=feed_all_articles,https://seekingalpha.com/feed.xml,Bumble Stock: Why Investors Could End Up Heartbroken (NASDAQ:BMBL),"When we started covering Bumble (NASDAQ: BMBL ) in early 2022 shares were already trading at a significant discount to its IPO price of $43, not to mention the $76 reached on the first day of trading. We - -Analyst’s Disclosure: I/we have no stock, option or similar derivative position in any of the companies mentioned, and no plans to initiate any such positions within the next 72 hours. I wrote this article myself, and it expresses my own opinions. I am not receiving compensation for it (other than from Seeking Alpha). I have no business relationship with any company whose stock is mentioned in this article. - - - -The information contained herein is for informational purposes only. Nothing in this article should be taken as a solicitation to purchase or sell securities. Before buying or selling shares, you should do your own research and reach your own conclusion, or consult a financial advisor. Investing includes risks, including loss of principal. - -Seeking Alpha's Disclosure: Past performance is no guarantee of future results. No recommendation or advice is being given as to whether any investment is suitable for a particular investor. Any views or opinions expressed above may not reflect those of Seeking Alpha as a whole. Seeking Alpha is not a licensed securities dealer, broker or US investment adviser or investment bank. Our analysts are third party authors that include both professional investors and individual investors who may not be licensed or certified by any institute or regulatory body.",1731883672,f1116e0e99,0e11f1d73c,,,1731883672 -https://glaad.org/blog/all-posts/,https://www.glaad.org/rss.xml,All Posts,"Now that “Emilia Pérez” is streaming on Netflix, more people are able to critique this profoundly retrograde portrayal of a…",1731883692,82dbee0d09,0e7ec416f8,,,1731883692 -https://www.fodors.com/news/news/trends-reports-predict-that-travelers-will-be-very-different-in-2025,https://www.fodors.com/feed,Trends Reports Predict That Travelers Will Be Very Different in 2025,"The age of revenge is over. - -It wasn’t too long ago that the world locked away their passports and looked behind at their backyards. Then came the age of revenge travel, and if recent trends reports are to be believed, 2025 will bring more experiential, mindful, activity-focused travel. Year-on-year, travelers change their path of discovery, so we looked at travel trend reports by Booking.com, Expedia Group (Hotels.com, Vrbo, and Expedia), and Skyscanner to find out what consumers want from the new year. - -Related: Sleep Divorce, Tempo Drinking, and Other Travel Predictions For 2025 - -Under-The-Radar Destinations - -According to Expedia, flight searches show an increase for “Detour Destinations” such as Reims in France, from Paris; Santa Barbara in California, from Los Angeles; and Brescia in Italy, from Milan. These destinations close to popular destinations are attracting travelers who want fewer crowds—65% are likely to visit these on their next trip. - -Booking.com further predicts that alternative itineraries are on the rise with travelers combining artificial intelligence (AI) tools to create bespoke itineraries with the idea of finding a deeper connection to the destination and its people. On the flip side, the study also predicts that people are less likely to share their locations on social media—44% want to prevent the phenomenon of “Instatourists”. - -Continue Reading Article After Our Video Recommended Fodor’s Video - -In addition, consumers are also exploring destinations slowly, with the idea of JOMO (joy of missing out). Vrbo says two-thirds of its consumers think relaxing trips reduce stress and a half feel it helps them connect with loved ones. - -Experiences For The Win - -2024 was the year of Taylor Swift, solar eclipse, or the Paris Olympics, and experiences will continue to motivate people to book flights in the coming year. - -According to Vrbo, people want to follow natural phenomena and it released a Phenomena-List with the Northern Lights as the top contender (61% want to see the play of lights). In fact, 80% of people want to stay in places that offer front-row seats to natural wonders. - -Films and shows continue to inspire travelers. Remember all the craze after the Game of Thrones and Harry Potter? People still go to Hobbiton for their love for rings, and more fictional sets have added destinations to wishlists. Emily in Paris may not be critically acclaimed, but it’s still bringing people to France, and White Lotus is also on Expedia’s list of movers and shakers. - -Skyscanner, on the other hand, highlights how sports, astro-adventures, and even games are getting consumers to fly somewhere. One peculiar trend is the rise of the popularity of the Wild West—44% of Americans are fanning over Cowboy Core and 29% want to go line dancing. The company now offers a “horseback riding” filter on its website, so you can book hotels where you can live your countryside fantasy. - -Wellness is getting another reboot. Going beyond wellness retreats, people are booking trips that promote longevity with activities such as red light therapy and stem cell treatments, Booking.com says. This trend is also supported by Skyscanner’s report, which has picked Phuket as a traveler favorite for silent reflection and SUP yoga. - -Related: The Most Coveted Experiences of 2025, According to Travel Experts - -Trending Destinations - -Skyscanner’s search data over the past 12 months has put Grand Turk Island, Turks and Caicos on the top of trending destinations list. The company has witnessed an increase of 528% for the destination. Others that are buzzing currently are Quepos, Costa Rica; Tromsø, Norway; Krabi, Thailand; Antwerp, Belgium; and Rotterdam, Netherlands. - -Tromsø is also on Booking.com’s list of favorite destinations for next year—people really want to see the Northern Lights in 2025. Otherwise, the list has new and underrated destinations such as Sanya in China, Trieste in Italy, and Naha in Japan.",1731883683,ed13a32224,0e1d1b91e1,,,1731883683 -https://www.theverge.com/2024/11/15/24297524/google-docs-gemini-ai-image-generator-clip-art,https://www.theverge.com/google/rss/index.xml,Google will let you make AI clip art for your documents,"Google Workspace is rolling out a Gemini-powered AI image generator directly in Google Docs that lets you quickly whip up visuals for your writeups. Essentially, it's a clip art maker that follows in the footsteps of Microsoft’s AI-generated art feature in its Office products. - -Google’s image generator in Docs is available to paid Workspace accounts that include the Gemini Business, Enterprise, Education, Education Premium, or Google One AI Premium add-ons. - -Those with the new feature can find it under Insert > Image > Help me create an image, which results in a “Create an image” sidebar where you can type in a description of what you’d like to make. It also provides a drop-down to select an art style with options such as “Photography” or “Sketch.” - -How to use “Create an image” in Google Docs. GIF: Google - -You can choose square, horizontal, or vertical aspect ratios for the images to best fit into the layout of your flier, brochure, menu, or whatever you’re trying to make. You can also create full-bleed cover images that span the width of a pageless document.",1731883600,fd9bf73ed0,0e657c1d13,,,1731883600 -https://www.abetterlemonadestand.com/my-superhero-origin-story/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=my-superhero-origin-story,https://www.abetterlemonadestand.com/feed/,My Superhero Origin Story,"I almost missed it. - -Last week, at 9pm on September 11, I was putting my daughter to bed when I realized—it was A Better Lemonade Stand’s birthday. - -12 years old. - -September 11th is actually the anniversary of many major events in my life, both good and bad. - -It was exactly a year prior on September 11th, 2011, that I was laid off from my first career out of college, and it set of a chain of events that has dictated my life ever since. - -The Layoffs - -I was out in Vancouver, Canada, and for 5 years, I had been working for a local chain of entertainment complexes (Similar to Dave & Busters) and golf & country clubs. - -I made my way up the chain pretty quickly, managing the marketing and operations for several locations with a few hundred employees. - -However, in the years I was there, we faced increasing financial pressures. - -The owner was a reclusive rich man who was buying up rich man things (Country Clubs) and was overextending himself. - -By 2010, the financial pressure of his purchases became too much. The owner tasked the Vice President of the company with cutting costs significantly, and it was decided that this cost cutting would mostly come from layoffs. - -The VP tapped me to assist in the layoffs. - -Mind you, I was incredibly young at this time and had no idea what I was really doing, but the VP was also a mentor to me, and this was his way of throwing me into the fire and giving me a real-life business experience I would likely never normally get to experience. - -And so it began—a slaughterfest. - -We began laying off dozens of employees, starting with junior positions and quickly escalating to senior departments – management, operations, accounting, and marketing. - -I had no say in who was getting cut, but here I was, as a 25-year-old kid, telling people twice my age they were being laid off. - -The dread and guilt consumed me with every conversation. - -The process wasn’t quick either. As the owner faced more and more financial pressure, the cuts continued over months. - -Walking the grounds, you wondered what everyone was thinking about you. When they talked to you, were they just acting extra nice because they were afraid for their job? - -Spoiler alert, they were. - -At one point, both the VP and myself questioned if we should even eat at our own restaurant facilities anymore for fear of being poisoned. - -As we slowly came to the end of all the cuts we could make without shutting down the businesses completely, I started to feel uneasy and mostly defeated from the experience. We were a company with a barebones staff, nervous employees, a diminished brand & product, and continued financial pressures. - -The Turning Point - -Then, one evening, I received the text from the VP that I instantly knew was going to change my life: “Richard, can we meet tomorrow?” - -It was my turn. - -The next day, September 11, 2011, I met with the VP to get a taste of the very same medicine I had helped dish out to over 100 others in the months prior. - -While I can’t say I was happy, it felt like a definitive end to a very interesting chapter and exhausting few months in my life. - -A New Path - -In the weeks after being laid off, I purchased The 4 Hour Work Week by Tim Ferriss, which would set off the next chapter in my life. - -I read the book cover to cover in a few nights and remember thinking with such clarity that this was my future. - -I wanted to build my own business and be in charge of my own destiny. - -Inspired by the book, I spent the next year building small ecommerce businesses—learning how to choose winning products, negotiating with suppliers in China, importing products into Canada, setting up an online store, and online marketing. - -The Birth of A Better Lemonade Stand - -Ironically, it was exactly a year later, on September 11th, 2012, that I registered abetterlemonadestand.com—mostly as a space to distill my thoughts, ideas, and experiences in ecommerce. - -It’s wild that the one decision to start writing about my thoughts and experiences would change the course of the rest of my life. - -Only a year and a half after I started blogging, A Better Lemonade Stand caught the attention of Shopify, and I joined the Growth team, helping them grow the Shopify blog from 200k to 2 million visitors during my tenure and experiencing the once in a lifetime opportunity of participating in a tech IPO. - -As much as I loved Shopify, the product, and the people I worked with, I left Shopify just a year and a half later to pursue entrepreneurship full time and to continue charting my own path. - -From Defeat to Determination - -September 11th has always been a symbolic day for me—a day of both great losses and even greater beginnings. From losing my job and questioning my purpose to launching A Better Lemonade Stand and finding my passion again, each September 11th has nudged me closer to who I’m meant to be. - -It’s a reminder that success doesn’t come without setbacks. In fact, those setbacks are what give the highs their meaning. - -For me, this was never just about building businesses—it’s about building myself through the businesses I create, the risks I take, the lessons I learn, and who I become along the way. - -Over the past decade, I’ve weathered storms that tested my resilience and experienced highs I never imagined. But the one constant through it all? My commitment to growth. Whether I’m helping someone launch their first product, navigating new digital landscapes, or creating a space where fellow entrepreneurs can thrive, I’ve always been driven by a desire to create something bigger than myself. - -And that’s why, even after all this time, I’m still here. I’m still creating. I’m still learning. And I’m still showing up for that next chapter 12 years later.",1731883650,c95af7f5ef,0dd626a5db,,,1731883650 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/john-fetterman-slams-nancy-pelosi-as-self-appointed-godmother-of-democratic-party_n_67375f85e4b06884f69de12c,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,John Fetterman Slams Nancy Pelosi As 'Godmother' Of Democratic Party,"Don't let this be the end of the free press. The free press is under attack — and America's future hangs in the balance. As other newsrooms bow to political pressure, HuffPost is not backing down. - -Would you help us keep our news free for all? We can't do it without you. - -Can't afford to contribute? Support HuffPost by creating a free account and log in while you read.",1731883672,b2d88cb862,0e640df81b,,,1731883672 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/dtdeals/cyber-monday-smartwatch-deals/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/wearables/feed/,"Best Cyber Monday Smartwatch Deals: Apple Watch, Fitbit, Galaxy Watch","Cyber Monday may be over, but the best Cyber Monday deals have still stuck around. Some of the other deals we’ve seen have sold out fast over the weekend, so if you spot something you like below, snap it up fast. We’ve rounded up some of the best Cyber Monday smartwatch deals on brands like Samsung, Fitbit, and Garmin. We’ve even collected some Apple deals, but if you want to read about them specifically, be sure to check out our list of the best Cyber Monday Apple Watch deals. - -Best Cyber Monday Smartwatch Deals - -Apple Watch SE (40mm, GPS) — $149, was $279 - -When the first-generation Apple Watch SE was released in 2020, we described it as the best Apple Watch for most people. While a lot of things have changed since then, including the launch of the second-generation Apple Watch SE, the original budget Apple Watch remains a worthwhile purchase in the Cyber Monday smartwatch deals for iPhone owners who want to try what it’s like to own a wearable device. The smartwatch offers comprehensive health-tracking features and responsive performance, while also providing you with notifications from your iPhone. - -Fitbit Versa 4 — $150, was $230 - -Made by a mainstay on our list of the best fitness trackers, the Fitbit Versa 4 is a health-focused smartwatch that recognizes more than 40 exercises and records your statistics from them, while also monitoring your heart rate for any irregularities. Between the Fitbit Versa 4 and Fitbit Versa 3, the newer version reintroduces the physical button, improves Google integration with Google Maps and Google Pay features, and upgrades the operating system. - -Apple Watch SE (40mm, GPS) — $229, was $249 - -The second-generation Apple Watch SE improves upon its predecessor in virtually every way. The differences between the Apple Watch SE 2 and Apple Watch SE include 20% faster performance with its S8 SiP chipset, an updated accelerometer and gyroscope for improved fall detection, and the addition of crash detection utilizing motion sensors and an advanced sensor-fusion algorithm. The smartwatch is also water resistant up to a depth of 50 meters. - -Samsung Galaxy Watch 5 (44mm, GPS) — $260, was $310 - -The Samsung Galaxy Watch 5 looks similar to its predecessor, but it comes with a larger battery, faster charging, improved durability, and better accuracy with its health-tracking features. The smartwatch offers body composition analysis, heart rate monitoring, and advanced sleep coaching, for a comprehensive snapshot of your overall health. With the Galaxy Watch 5’s sapphire crystal glass, you won’t have to worry about it when you go through even the most intense of workouts. - -Google Pixel Watch — $300, was $350 - -The Google Pixel Watch, Google’s first foray into the smartwatch space, utilizes Fitbit’s fitness tracking technology to monitor metrics such as the calories you’ve burned, your heart rate, and your sleeping patterns. The device is very comfortable to wear with its smooth and ergonomic case, and the curved screen with no physical bezel makes swiping easy. The Google Pixel Watch is easily compatible with other Google devices, such as the Google Pixel Buds Pro and Nest smart home devices. - -Apple Watch Series 8 (41mm, GPS) — $349, was $399 - -The Apple Watch Series 8 is our top choice among the best smartwatches, and it’s probably the target for most shoppers who have an eye out for Cyber Monday smartwatch deals. The sleek design and gorgeous always-on display help it stand out from other wearable devices, but its true selling point is what you can find inside. Powered by watchOS 9, the Apple Watch Series 8 offers a comprehensive suite of health and activity features, including new additions such as crash detection, a Backtrack feature that will help you retrace your steps if you get lost, and temperature sensors. - -Apple Watch Ultra (49mm, GPS + Cellular) — $739, was $799 - -The Apple Watch Ultra is the largest Apple Watch in the market with a sharp and colorful 49mm Retina LTPO OLED screen, and it’s as durable and luxurious as they come with its titanium case, sapphire crystal glass, and ceramic case back. The orange Action Button is a new addition — it activates Workout mode by default, but you can customize it to launch other functions. The Apple Watch Ultra features a 76% larger battery compared to the Apple Watch Series 8 and Apple Watch SE 2, which will let you maximize the capabilities of watchOS 9. - -More Cyber Monday Smartwatch Deals",1731883666,f10d42ef81,0e470bb133,,,1731883666 -https://www.nationalreview.com/2024/11/the-week-trump-staffs-up/,https://www.nationalreview.com/feed/,The Week: Trump Staffs Up,,1731883662,9c6f6d7409,0e8c0cb03a,,,1731883662 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/10/ftc-findings-commercial-surveillance-can-lead-better-alternatives,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,FTC Findings on Commercial Surveillance Can Lead to Better Alternatives,"On September 19, the FTC published a staff report following a multi-year investigation of nine social media and video streaming companies. The report found a myriad of privacy violations to consumers stemming largely from the ad-revenue based business models of companies including Facebook, YouTube, and X (formerly Twitter) which prompted unbridled consumer surveillance practices. In addition to these findings, the FTC points out various ways in which user data can be weaponized to lock out competitors and dominate the respective markets of these companies. - -The report finds that market dominance can be established and expanded by acquisition and maintenance of user data, creating an unfair advantage and preventing new market entrants from fairly competing. EFF has found that this is not only true for new entrants who wish to compete by similarly siphoning off large amounts of user data, but also for consumer-friendly companies who carve out a niche by refusing to play the game of dominance-through-surveillance. Abusing user data in an anti-competitive manner means users may not even learn of alternatives who have their best interests, rather than the best interests of the company advertising partners, in mind. - -The relationship between privacy violations and anti-competitive behavior is elaborated upon in a section of the report which points out that “data abuse can raise entry barriers and fuel market dominance, and market dominance can, in turn, further enable data abuses and practices that harm consumers in an unvirtuous cycle.” In contrast with the recent United States v. Google LLC (2020) ruling, where Judge Amit P. Mehta found that the data collection practices of Google, though injurious to consumers, were outweighed by an improved user experience, the FTC highlighted a dangerous feedback loop in which privacy abuses beget further privacy abuses. We agree with the FTC and find the identification of this ‘unvirtuous cycle’ a helpful focal point for further antitrust action. - -In an interesting segment focusing on the existing protections the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) specifies for consumers’ data privacy rights which the US lacks, the report explicitly mentions not only the right of consumers to delete or correct the data held by companies, but importantly also the right to transfer (or port) one’s data to the third party of their choice. This is a right EFF has championed time and again in pointing out the strength of the early internet came from nascent technologies’ imminent need (and implemented ability) to play nicely with each other in order to make any sense—let alone be remotely usable—to consumers. It is this very concept of interoperability which can now be re-discovered and give users control over their own data by granting them the freedom to frictionlessly pack up their posts, friend connections, and private messages and leave when they are no longer willing to let the entrenched provider abuse them. - -We hope and believe that the significance of the FTC staff report comes not only from the abuses they have meticulously documented, but the policy and technological possibilities that can follow from the willingness to embrace alternatives. Alternatives where corporate surveillance cementing dominant players based on selling out their users is not the norm. We look forward to seeing these alternatives emerge and grow.",1731883683,1face9fbd3,0eb33f20d1,,,1731883683 -https://www.flexoffers.com/blog/publisher-spotlight-latin-reach-network/,https://www.flexoffers.com/blog/feed/,Publisher Spotlight: Latin Reach Network,"In today’s rapidly evolving digital landscape, connecting brands with diverse audiences is more crucial than ever. One of these being the vibrant Hispanic community. Now, how do we bridge the gap between businesses and one of the fastest-growing consumer segments in America? The answer is simple. We partner with a powerhouse dedicated to fostering connections and amplifying a brand’s impact within the Latino community. Meet Latin Reach Network. - -Latin Reach Network is a leading publisher and digital marketing agency specializing in reaching the HIspanic and Latino communities in the U.S. and Latin America. Its services help brands connect with the U.S. Latino community by leveraging psychographic insights and digital solutions. - -Latin Reach Network has a solid presence in the digital sphere and has played a key role in facilitating creative strategy-based brand-audience connections. By leveraging their platform and influence, brands will ignite a chain reaction of positive changes, cultural appreciation, and market transformation. - -Read below and learn first-hand from Director of New Business Partnerships Leonardo Luna about the story of Latin Reach Network and its business strategy within the affiliate marketing landscape.",1731883653,7343470052,0e85ec6576,,,1731883653 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMimgFBVV95cUxNajFTcG9zaHdYeUg2endEVmp2R3VkSEl3V3Jjb2FzNGs1LXFHOXBNVGxrTUlLdFQ4dDVHN3BYQ3pqQm1zVTh1VEt2Vkh0X3FfNS1KdmR0QlFCQjNVY1A0YnJJQzg1YXM4QnpqSkg4OG5jNE4wS0xmSnlUWTdoX19mWWI4NTVETXRIVHhUUWNTbm10YndqZEZBbE5R?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883617,2688d2a9c6,0e8997dbca,,,1731883617 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/home-theater/apple-might-once-again-be-considering-a-tv-of-its-own/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/feed/,Apple might once again be considering a TV of its own,"Toward the end of the first decade of the 2000s, rumors swirled that Apple had its sights set on making a TV — a proper set, not a streaming device like what the Apple TV has become. Steve Jobs even claimed to have figured out exactly how to add the product to the company’s portfolio, but the idea never came to fruition before his untimely passing. In today’s Power On newsletter, Mark Gurman said that Apple “may even revisit the idea of making an Apple-branded TV set.” - -Gurman didn’t mention details beyond that. In fact, the mention of the TV set came on the heels of a discussion around Apple’s upcoming smart home device. Gurman’s phrasing regarding the TV — “something [Apple] is evaluating” — is the key here. Gurman suggests that revisiting an Apple-branded TV might be dependent on the success of upcoming smart home devices, especially since HomeKit has been the least popular and least-supported platform of the three major choices. - -Whether Apple decides to launch a TV of its own or not, the company is facing an uphill battle. Entering an already-crowded market against established brands like Samsung, Vizio, and Sony will present stiff competition out of the gate, but Apple faces two other obstacles. While Gurman made no mention of potential pricing, it’s not a huge leap to assume an Apple-made TV would be expensive. The so-called “Apple tax” is notorious for increasing the cost of fruit-branded consumer products. - -Recommended Videos - -Apple will also need to offer an edge over the competition. Integrated streaming for the Apple TV, similar to how many TVs support Chromecast, would be a welcome addition to the market. Apple still needs to find a way to stand out in terms of display specifications and give customers a reason to purchase its option over one from a more affordable, more established company. The TV could be worth it should the company find a way to bring Retina displays to the entire TV.",1731883614,9267d9058a,0eb7839e67,,,1731883614 -https://www.npr.org/we-buy-a-lot-of-christmas-trees-classic,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Planet Money learns about market forces at Christmas tree auctions : Planet Money : NPR,"We buy a lot of Christmas trees (Classic) - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Robert Smith/NPR Robert Smith/NPR - -*Note: This episode originally ran in 2020* - -'Tis the season for Americans to head out in droves and bring home a freshly-cut Christmas tree. But decorative evergreens don't just magically show up on corner lots, waiting to find a home in your living room. There are a bunch of fascinating steps that determine exactly how many Christmas trees get sold, and how expensive they are. - -Today on the show, we visit the world's largest auction of Christmas trees — and then see how much green New Yorkers are willing to throw down for some greenery. It's a story where snow-dusted Yuletide dreams meet the hard reality of supply and demand. We've got market theory, a thousand dollars in cash, and a ""decent sized truck""... anything could happen. - -Sponsor Message - -Music: ""Our Holiday Romance,"" ""Bells and Beats,"" and ""The Story of the Tree."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Pocket Casts and NPR One. - -We loved making this episode! If you thought it was a real tree-t fir your ears, please support us.",1731884692,8181d7a585,0e434db0af,,,1731884692 -https://securityintelligence.com/articles/quishing-growing-threat-hiding-plain-sight/,https://securityintelligence.com/feed/,Quishing: A growing threat hiding in plain sight,"Our mobile devices go everywhere we go, and we can use them for almost anything. For businesses, the accessibility of mobile devices has also made it easier to create more interactive ways to introduce new products and services while improving user experiences across different industries. Quick-response (QR) codes are a good example of this in action and help mobile devices quickly navigate to web pages or install new software by simply scanning an image. - -However, legitimate organizations aren’t the only ones generating QR codes for added convenience. Cyber criminals are also leveraging QR codes and the increased reliance on near-field technology (NFC) to launch sophisticated attacks on unsuspecting victims. - -What is quishing, and how does it work? - -The Federal Trade Commission (FTC) has reported a rising trend in new phishing schemes where scammers use seemingly legitimate QR codes to send users to malicious websites and applications to carry out various cyberattacks. Termed “quishing,” these techniques can be highly effective, especially when the generated codes are posted in credible places like retail products, business buildings and branded marketing locations like magazines or mailers. - -How are quishing attacks carried out? - -The reason why quishing attacks have become so effective has to do with the impulsivity associated with scanning QR codes due to user convenience, the ease at which codes can be generated and the anonymity they provide. - -Anyone can create a QR code online using a range of free available tools. Since all QR codes look similar in design, there is no telling what a QR code will prompt a device to do until it is scanned. - -Cyber criminals will typically generate codes to redirect to malicious websites where they’ll attempt to install malware scripts, or they may try to request additional permissions on the device that can be saved for later use. These codes can then be printed out and pasted directly over legitimate QR codes to make them look like they’re coming from a reputable source. - -Many people don’t think twice about scanning these QR codes and will often accept security bypass prompts that show on their devices so they can more easily access the application or services. - -Who is most commonly targeted by quishing? - -When QR codes first started appearing, not many people knew what they were or even how to use them. However, with most modern mobile devices capable of using NFC technology and the ability to transmit and receive data, they started becoming a popular medium for easy advertising and added convenience for users. - -Today, QR codes are commonly used by a variety of individuals, and cyber criminals have used quishing to target susceptible individuals. Many of these include: - -Elderly individuals who are less familiar with phishing tactics and more trusting of the websites they’re taken to - -Online shoppers that use QR codes to “track their packages” - -Job seekers using their mobile devices to provide personally identifiable information (PII) as part of the “application” process - -Business executives whose devices are typically registered with higher levels of access to mobile banking applications and services - -Individuals using paid parking mobile applications frequently scan QR codes at various parking meters around the city - -Frequently visited public establishments like restaurants and coffee shops are prime targets for quishing victims. Many of these risks became more apparent during COVID-19 when QR codes were heavily relied on as a way to avoid unnecessary contact when using physical menus or making payments. - -As the trend in QR code use has continued, the dangers of quishing have only increased over the years. Individuals and businesses should take proper precautions to avoid being victimized. - -How to stay protected from QR code scams - -The FTC has provided various strategies organizations can follow to help protect themselves from quishing schemes. These include: - -Think before you scan: It’s important to recognize that while convenient and easy to use, QR codes can present hidden dangers. Before scanning a new code, make sure that you’re only scanning codes from reputable sources. This is especially the case if the QR code requires access to certain permissions on your mobile device to function properly. - -Look for physical signs of tampering: When using QR codes in public places, you should look for physical signs of tampering. While not all QR stickers need to be considered malicious, you should inspect them carefully to see if they’re pixelated or out of alignment. If it looks suspicious, simply don’t scan it. - -Inspect URLs before using them: Most mobile devices will have security protocols in place that let you inspect an attempted URL redirect before you agree to navigate the site. Take the time to ensure the QR code you scanned is taking you to the correct site or mobile application it should. - -Be cautious of unsolicited QR requests: Receiving unsolicited emails from seemingly legitimate websites with a request to scan QR codes should be treated cautiously. Being told to scan a QR code with little context about what it’s being used for should be a red flag. If you’re unsure of legitimacy, contact the business or go directly to their website without using any redirect links. - -Keep NFC turned off when not in use: As a good rule of thumb, it’s recommended that you keep your NFC turned off when not in use. This helps to protect against sharing any data between devices without your consent and will help to avoid being overly impulsive when scanning public QR codes without careful consideration. - -Don’t let added convenience lower your guard - -QR codes are a convenient way of installing applications and getting more information about different brands and services. However, it’s important not to let the convenience of scanning a QR code cloud your good judgment when protecting your privacy. - -By staying alert and following the guidelines discussed, you and your business will be better protected from becoming victimized by quishing schemes. - -Josh Nadeau Cybersecurity Writer",1731883653,4a944ac29d,0e8f7d1ae0,,,1731883653 -https://www.npr.org/2024/05/29/1197959145/social-engineering-scam-phantom-hacker-fbi,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,What happens after you get scammed? Can you get your money back? : Planet Money,"What happens after you get scammed? Can you get your money back? - -We are living in a kind of golden age for online fraudsters. As the number of apps and services for storing and sending money has exploded – so too have the schemes that bad actors have cooked up to steal that money. Every year, we hear more and more stories of financial heartbreak. What you don't often hear about is what happens after the scam? - -On today's show, we follow one woman who was scammed out of over $800,000 on her quest to get her money back. That journey takes her from the halls of the FBI to the fraud departments of some of the country's biggest financial institutions. And it offers a window into how the systems that are theoretically designed to help the victims of financial cybercrime actually work in practice. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was hosted by Alexi Horowitz-Ghazi and Jeff Guo. It was produced by Willa Rubin and edited by Keith Romer. It was engineered by Neal Rauch and fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Music Production - ""Morning Chorus,"" ""Love Still,"" and ""Blue Wonder.""",1731884591,8181d7a585,0e9ebbb333,,,1731884591 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/gta-6-release-date-wont-slip-to-2026-take-two-assure-theyre-highly-confident-about-fall-2025,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,"GTA 6 release date won't slip to 2026, Take Two assure - they're ""highly confident"" about fall 2025","A few months ago, the rumour took root that GTA 6's release date would slip back from 2025 to 2026. An anonymous insider averred that studio heads were ""worried"" about the new open world game's progress - hence, perhaps, Rockstar's decision to mandate a full return to in-office work. Pshaw, say publishers Take-Two CEO. They announced a fall 2025 launch in March and have just doubled down on it in their latest financial briefing, with CEO Strauss Zelnick subsequently going on the tellybox to say that Take-Two are ""highly confident in the timing"", though he still has nothing to share about GTA 6 on PC. - -Asked how Take-Two work out a game's release timing by CNBC, Zelnick commented that ""there are elements that you can actually measure, for example the number of bugs in a title, and every one of us will make sure we have as few bugs as possible before we launch. - -""However, in the case of an extraordinary title, for which there are extraordinary expectations, it's not really about bugs,"" he went on. ""It's about creating an experience that no one's seen before, and Rockstar Games seeks perfection in what they do. And perfection is indeed hard to measure, it really is more subjective than objective."" - -CNBC were not appeased by these scintillating philosophical bon mots. They pressed ahead, asking Zelnick how confident he was in the fall 2025 timing, given that it wasn't so long ago that Take-Two had GTA 6 pinned for 2025 at large. - -""Well, there is slippage in the industry and we're not immune from that,"" Zelnick replied. ""However, we narrowed the timing because we are highly confident in that timing."" - -Here's another GTA 6 release snippet by way of Variety, who had their own interview with Zelnick. In this latter chinwag, Zelnick commented that the game won't release at the same time as Borderlands 4, due between 1st April 2025 and 31st March 2026, because ""it's safe to say that we wouldn't, and no one would, stack up huge releases unnecessarily."" I think it's also safe to say that if it came to a conflict over launch windows, Borderlands 4 would be the one to make room. - -The fall 2025 release only covers the game's console showing, of course. Take-Two have yet to spill the beans about the GTA 6 PC release date, but Zelnick did say in an earnings call last night that they're feeling pretty good about PC support in general. - -""The audience is going to show up if you have great properties, so we just have to make sure to be on an array of platforms,"" he said, via Gamesradar. ""If one platform diminishes in value, there's always another one. - -""We're seeing great growth in PC right now, for example. I have been of the view that open formats would continue to grow and PC is an open format. I do think PC will continue to be a more and more important part of the console business going forward, and that isn't complicated for us to support at all. So the bottom line is, we are selective about which platforms we support. We make the tech work when we can make it work, as long as the audience is big enough to make that worthwhile."" - -If I had been present during that CNBC interview, I would have asked Zelnick what he thinks of the fact that GTA 5 players are obsessively trying to predict the next GTA 6 marketing beat based on the phases of the moon. This has blown up again on reddit lately because somebody's realised that the Tom Petty song from the GTA 6 trailer, above, has the words ""wait for the moon"" in it. - -I would have asked about this in the few seconds before somebody spotted the rando Britisher lurking behind the green screen and phoned security. ""TELL ME ABOUT THE MOON, STRAUSS,"" I would have bellowed, as huge men in tuxedos dragged me away into an unmarked van.",1731883660,ad45c610da,0ea25ff901,,,1731883660 -https://www.uploadvr.com/wall-town-wonders-quest-release-date/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Mixed Reality Building Arrives As Wall Town Wonders Confirms Quest Release Date,"Wall Town Wonders, the mixed reality town builder, confirmed a release date as the Quest 3 exclusive launches on November 21. - -Announced back in August, Wall Town Wonders turns your favorite rooms into miniature towns, allowing you to craft homes and other amenities for your tiny people. Brimming with life and fun activities, you can craft towns to your heart's content when the mixed reality game drops later this month. - -0:00 / 0:30 1× - -Developed by Cyborn, the same team behind Hubris and Buck the Game, Wall Town Wonders offers challenges that will not only help your citizens but also unlock new features and mini-games. Alongside the release of post-launch content, your Wall Town Wonder will go from a one-home affair to a bustling town. According to the game's description, the simulator offers over 100 unique buildings, alongside more than 40 characters. - -The game aims to be a casual, relaxing experience that lets you engage with a small world inside your living room. Alongside hand-tracking in mixed reality, it sounds like this building simulator offers a unique take on the genre for Quest players to enjoy. - -Wall Town Wonders is now available to pre-order on the Meta Quest platform, with a small discount and exclusive skins for those buying early.",1731883668,9397b145ff,0edb0b314c,,,1731883668 -https://www.npr.org/2022/03/17/1087425495/tech-giants-and-tiny-dogs,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How an Apple privacy update changed Facebook and upended a dog ramp company : Planet Money : NPR,"Tech giants and tiny dogs - -Enlarge this image Rodin Eckenroth/Getty Images Rodin Eckenroth/Getty Images - -Note: Today's show is adapted from What's Your Problem, a new podcast hosted by Jacob Goldstein. - -In some ways, giant tech companies have made it easier than ever to start a small business. But sometimes a tech giant tech company can make a tiny tweak that messes up thousands of small businesses. - -Perfect example: The story of Ramon van Meer. He runs a company that sells ramps that help wiener dogs get up and down off the couch. For years, his company reached its niche audience through targeted Facebook ads. Then Apple changed the privacy settings on the iPhone, and suddenly those Facebook ads stopped working. - -Sponsor Message - -Today on the show: How tech giants both enable, and sometimes really mess up, small businesses. - -Editor's note: Meta pays NPR to license NPR content. And Apple is among NPR's financial supporters. - -Music: ""Could Be"" ""Benin Bop"" and ""The Funk Yard."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884682,8181d7a585,0eb47e54f0,,,1731884682 -https://zenhabits.net/overeasy/,https://zenhabits.net/feed/,"Transforming Overwhelm into a Creative, Productive Energy - zen habits","By Leo Babauta - -I talk to dozens of people every month — Zen Habits readers, coaching clients and Fearless Living Academy members — who struggle with a feeling of overwhelm from all of the things on their plates. - -Overwhelm from tasks, messages, and more is completely normal. It’s based on a fear that we can’t handle everything coming our way. That we’re going to fail at juggling all of these balls, and drop them, and be a failure. It’s a fear of inadequacy, that shows up as anxiety. - -So what can we do with that fear? What we can realize is that it’s just an energy, present in our bodies. We have all kinds of energy: joy, love, gratitude, optimism, sadness, hurt, grief, anger, power, and more. - -These kinds of energies in our bodies have a few properties we can notice from observing: - -They’re temporary . Energies shift throughout the day, depending on what we’re going on, how much sleep we got, how people are acting towards us, how we’re doing with our actions and intentions, etc. - -. Energies shift throughout the day, depending on what we’re going on, how much sleep we got, how people are acting towards us, how we’re doing with our actions and intentions, etc. We create them . It might seem like the energy of, say, anger, is caused by how someone else acted … but we create the energy of anger as a response to the energy of hurt … which we create because of how we interpret their actions. That doesn’t mean it’s a “bad” interpretation, but the point is that we are the creators of our energy. - -. It might seem like the energy of, say, anger, is caused by how someone else acted … but we create the energy of anger as a response to the energy of hurt … which we create because of how we interpret their actions. That doesn’t mean it’s a “bad” interpretation, but the point is that we are the creators of our energy. We can shift them. If we’re the creators of the energy, that’s good news, because we can then create whatever we want. Have you ever done gratitude practice? It’s a really simple practice of reminding yourself of what you’re grateful for in your life. Doing this might transform whatever sad or complaining energy you currently have, into gratitude and contentment. That shows that it’s possible to shift things intentionally, with practice. - -So if we can shift our energy, how do we deal with the energy of overwhelm? There’s not one way to deal with it, but I’m going to suggest a powerful practice. - -Get present to the energy of overwhelm, in your body. Notice that you’re feeling overwhelmed. You might notice because you’re either avoiding, or rushing to get everything done. You’re feeling anxious about how many things there are. Just pause, and notice how the energy of overwhelm feels in your body. Where is it located? In your chest? What does it feel like? Get curious. Play with the energy. The energy of overwhelm is just energy — it can feel like fear, anxiety, panic … but we can also feel it as excitement, adventure, creativity. These are all just labels. How can you use the energy to generate courage? To make you get up and dance? To light a fire under yourself? Play with it, as if it were a fire you could use creatively to whatever purpose you’d like. - -In this way, the overwhelm doesn’t become a thing that controls us, but rather is something we can feel, love, and use however we like. It becomes the clay for our creative act. - -I realize this all might sound a bit weird to some people, but I invite you not to dismiss it, because you’ll be missing out on a powerful and beautiful way to work with something that shows up for you regularly. - -You get overwhelmed because you care. May you never stop caring.",1731883647,3651ce3891,0f2e2a42f6,,,1731883647 -https://fivethirtyeight.com/features/will-trump-regret-skipping-the-gop-debates/,https://fivethirtyeight.com/politics/feed/,Will Trump Regret Skipping The GOP Debates?,"Donald Trump Will Trump Regret Skipping The GOP Debates? - -Welcome to FiveThirtyEight’s politics chat. The transcript below has been lightly edited. - -maya (Maya Sweedler, senior editor): The first Republican debate last Wednesday featured eight candidates — none of whom was the front-runner. Former President Donald Trump elected to skip the debate, writing on his social media website that “The public knows who I am & what a successful Presidency I had.” - -In his absence, the other candidates … well, what did the other candidates do, and was it effective? Some of FiveThirtyEight’s crack team is here to discuss Trump’s decision, whether it was the right call for him and if he would be served well by making a similar one for the September debate. - -Let’s start with what happened last week. How did Trump’s absence manifest in the debate? - -nrakich (Nathaniel Rakich, senior elections analyst): It didn’t! - -The candidates generally refrained from mentioning or attacking Trump at all, with a couple of notable exceptions from anti-Trump candidates like former Arkansas Gov. Asa Hutchinson and former New Jersey Gov. Chris Christie. But they attacked him for his indictments and disrespect for the Constitution, not for skipping the debate. - -Monica Potts (Monica Potts, senior politics reporter): I was honestly surprised at how little he came up. The main question was whether all the candidates on stage would support the eventual nominee, with the baked-in assumption that it might be Trump despite his indictments, and Hutchinson and Christie did not say they would. They’ve been critical of the former president throughout their campaigns, so this wasn’t surprising. It also elicited boos from the audience. - -So in many ways Trump was there without being there. - -meredithconroy (Meredith Conroy, political science professor at California State University, San Bernardino, and FiveThirtyEight contributor): Well, if the question is how did the other candidates talk about his absence, you are both right. They didn’t. But his absence was still felt and noticeable. And we know it forced the other candidates to rethink their strategies. From some of the reporting (and their campaigning thus far, too), it looked like the non-Trump candidates were going to attack each other or President Biden, but not Trump. I think that we saw more direct criticism of Trump without him on stage from former U.N. Ambassador Nikki Haley, former Vice President Mike Pence and Christie. Also, I think the “vibe” was different. I can’t go back in time, put him on stage, and see what the vibes would be like with him there, but there was more air for Republicans to discuss their issues, and I think they did so cogently — with some exceptions, of course. - -maya: If you were Trump watching Fox on Aug. 23, how would you feel about your odds? Better or worse, having watched your challengers on the stage? - -meredithconroy: If I’m Trump (or his campaign), I do think I would’ve advised against going to the first debate. Trump had nothing to directly gain from participating. But by sitting out, it opened the door for the other candidates to take up more space and attack him without rebuttal (although entrepreneur Vivek Ramaswamy seemed eager to play the role of Trump defender). But I’d be looking at it and think I am a little worse off after the debate. Not only because polls like the one FiveThirtyEight did with Ipsos, conducted using Ipsos’s KnowledgePanel, shows this (the share of debate watchers considering him declined by about 5 percentage points), but also because other candidates are in the news cycle and gaining name recognition and credibility. - -nrakich: Right. According to our FiveThirtyEight/Washington Post/Ipsos poll, Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis, Haley and Ramaswamy all turned in strong performances in the eyes of Republican primary voters who tuned in. - -That said, if I were Trump, I would already be extremely confident in my chances. He’s leading by 35 percentage points in our national polling average, for crying out loud. One debate isn’t going to change that, no matter how well Haley or DeSantis did. - -Monica Potts: Right, Nathaniel. Also, Trump has always followed a different playbook than most candidates. We can’t forget his counter-programming with the Tucker Carlson interview. Additionally, a Morning Consult poll released Tuesday showed that potential Republican primary voters found him more electable after the debate. Sixty-two percent said he had the best chance of beating Biden, up 9 points from the week before. - -nrakich: That said, our poll with The Washington Post and Ipsos found that only 7 percent of primary voters who skipped the debate watched that Carlson interview. - -meredithconroy: And the ones who skipped the debate for the Trump interview were his most fervent supporters. But I’m glad you brought up his interview with Carlson, Monica. Because you’re right, it’s not as if he is just sitting around watching this race happen. He does have his own playbook, and his supporters are still getting their fill. - -nrakich: Trump isn’t sitting around watching the race happen; he is the race. - -meredithconroy: Yes! I don’t disagree with that. I just do think he could trip and fall (or is he the arena in this metaphor?), given how polarizing he is, even within his own party. That he has viable challengers at all is important! - -… One thousand political scientists now hang their heads in shame at my assessment. ÐВЃЯШÐВ’ - -maya: Why, Meredith? - -meredithconroy: Just based on the state of things that political scientists study, and say matter — his enormous lead in the polls, the shift of the GOP base to the party of Trump (even without Trump), the endorsements he’s received, his campaign cash … it all points to a Trump nomination. - -Oh, and the fact that political science scholarship finds debates to hardly matter. ÐВЃЯШÐВ• - -nrakich: Just ask Rick Perry what he thinks of that. ÐВЃЯШЫ - -meredithconroy: Oops. - -maya: Given that, is there any downside to blowing off the September debate as well? - -And what’s the utility of a national platform like a debate stage in this instance? The Fox debate did get nearly 13 million viewers, according to the network. - -Monica Potts: I don’t think there’s any downside to him skipping. It will let his opponents grab some headlines, potentially. But with his indictments and responses to them, he stays in the news and in the spotlight. His surrender to Georgia authorities was treated almost like a campaign stop. Those things will only strengthen his support among the die-hard Trump fans. The unknown is what more persuadable voters will think, but that seems like more of a question for the general than for the primary. - -nrakich: If I were advising Trump, I would be really unsure about what to recommend for future debates. According to the FiveThirtyEight/Washington Post/Ipsos poll, Trump did lose potential support among Republican debate watchers — before the debate, 66 percent said they were considering voting for him, but after it, that number was down to 61 percent. That’s not a big deal after just one debate, but if he skips all of the debates, it starts to add up, right? (Of course, there’s no guarantee that he would lose the same amount of support after each debate. And we’re only talking about debate watchers here.) - -That said, the risk of showing up and having a bad debate that is even worse for your numbers is real. - -meredithconroy: There are downsides — his closest rivals keep gaining steam and viability, etc. But I agree that the risk of showing up and having a bad debate is the greater threat, so I’d probably advise sitting out. And he can keep doing his own events, like the Carlson interview, in their place. - -nrakich: I think the wild card is just, do the other candidates attack him more or less if he does show up? - -Going into the debate, I would have agreed with what you said earlier, Meredith, that sitting out made it easier for the others to attack him. But they didn’t. So now I’m wondering if having him on stage would actually make them attack him more. In which case, yeah, he should sit out. - -Monica Potts: Although nothing that seems “bad” ever seems to have a bad effect on Trump, so I don’t know what a bad debate performance would do, either. Since he began his first presidential race, any number of events, like the Access Hollywood tape, have been predicted to end his campaign/career, and they haven’t. He’s been criminally indicted four times and he’s still leading in the polls. - -meredithconroy: Fully agree with that, Monica. I’d be more interested in how his presence shapes the tone of the debate, and if that shift in tone carries over into the race, and if it would be in his favor. - -nrakich: Except I don’t think that’s true, Monica! Just because Trump hasn’t lost his front-runner status doesn’t mean that he’s immune to swings in the polls. There’s actually early evidence that skipping the debate did materially hurt him. Three pollsters — Emerson College, Morning Consult and InsiderAdvantage — conducted national primary polls both the week before the debate and the week after, and Trump’s support declined by an average of 4 percentage points. - -maya: So even if candidates do attack him, do we have reason to think that will have a material effect on how Republicans view him? - -meredithconroy: So, I think perceptions of Trump are pretty set at this point, and even if he does botch the debate, the imagined view of his persona will still prevail. But I do wonder if there is a chunk of primary voters who see him as inevitable but peel off from him if they see a viable alternative. Probably not enough, though. And probably too many options for that to be coordinated (like 2016). - -Monica Potts: Right, Meredith, I think that’s what it would take. In theory the debates could help someone become the candidate all the Trump-doubters coalesce around, but they still have a huge gap to make up, even if Trump does lose some ground from skipping debates. - -nrakich: According to a New York Times analysis of its poll with Siena College, 37 percent of Republican primary voters are rock-solid Trump supporters while another 37 percent are persuadable. (The remaining 25 percent aren’t open to Trump.) That suggests that, while he does have a floor of support, he also has a lot to lose. I don’t think Trump would want to end up in a primary where he has 37 percent support nationally and someone like DeSantis or Ramaswamy has, say, 30 percent. That’s dangerous territory for him. And it’s not crazy to think that could happen if Trump keeps skipping debates and DeSantis or Ramaswamy keep winning them. - -I don’t know. I guess he can keep skipping debates until he falls below a certain threshold of support. But it’s risky either way. - -maya: Because this is a Slack chat and we are not bound by the normal rules, I’m going to ask everyone to take a stab at that number! At what point should Trump start showing up for debates? - -nrakich: Under 40 percent nationally, maybe? - -Given that he was at 54 percent in our average just a few days before the August debate (and is now down to 50 percent), that would represent a significant and sustained slide. - -meredithconroy: Yes, I think Nathaniel is right with 40 percent. - -nrakich: Where the other candidates are matters too. It’s very different if he’s at 39 percent and DeSantis is at 30 percent than if he’s at 39 percent and everyone else is in single digits. - -Monica Potts: If I were a Republican primary voter, I would say he should have shown up for the first debate to answer questions and participate in the democratic process! But if the perspective is from his campaign, to keep from losing ground, then Nathaniel and Meredith seem right. - -nrakich: Oh, yes, to be crystal clear: From the perspective of having a robust debate and keeping voters as informed as possible, Trump should absolutely be attending all of the debates. - -maya: But if we’re talking in terms of winning … well, the calculus is a bit different. - -We’ll keep an eye on the September debate stage, and on Trump’s national average, though!",1731883677,07da66e258,0f24bc0caa,,,1731883677 -https://derivsource.com/2024/07/05/wematch-live-hits-400-billion-in-ongoing-notional-volume/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Wematch.live Hits $400 Billion in Ongoing Notional Volume,"Wematch.live, the pioneering securities finance platform, has just crossed the $400bn threshold in ongoing notional volume. This remarkable achievement solidifies Wematch’s position as a frontrunner in innovation within the securities finance sector - -This latest accomplishment showcases Wematch’s unparalleled ability to meet the complex needs of global financial institutions. Its suite of cutting-edge solutions continues to transform workflows, enhance efficiency, and drive value across the securities finance landscape. - -The $400bn mark also highlights Wematch’s rapid growth trajectory. Having reached $300bn at the end of February 2024, the company has added an impressive $100bn in just four months, demonstrating the accelerating adoption of its innovative platform. - -David Raccat, Co-founder and CRO at Wematch.live, commented: “Reaching $400bn is a watershed moment for Wematch. It’s a resounding validation of our vision to reimagine securities finance for the digital era. This achievement underscores the transformative impact of our platform and the trust our clients place in our innovative solutions.” - -Joseph Seroussi, Co-founder and CEO of Wematch.live, added: “We’re immensely proud of this accomplishment, which reflects the dedication of our team and the collaborative spirit of our client community. The speed at which we’ve grown from $300bn to $400bn is a testament to the increasing demand for our solutions. As we celebrate this success, we remain focused on pushing the boundaries of what’s possible in securities finance, constantly evolving our platform to meet the future needs of the industry.” - -This achievement coincides with the recent launch of SM@RT Matching, a groundbreaking optimiser set to transform securities lending trading. It allows both lenders and borrowers to define their own rules and constraints on the platform, leveraging real-time data to provide the best combination of liquidity. This proprietary technology addresses common pain points in securities lending, driving unprecedented efficiency and maximising liquidity for all parties involved. - -Wematch’s comprehensive product suite, including Total Return Swaps, FRM Optimiser, Cash Flow Management, and the Securities Borrowing and Lending (SBL) trading platform for both General Collateral (GC) and Specials, continues to set new standards for automation, transparency, and efficiency in securities finance operations. The SBL platform, now enhanced with the new SM@RT Matching technology, offers unprecedented optimisation for lenders and borrowers alike. - -To learn more about Wematch.live, please reach out.",1731883797,9dd65a327d,0f258ac2c4,,,1731883797 -https://spectrum.ieee.org/ai-training-2669810566,https://spectrum.ieee.org/rss/fulltext,Newest Google and Nvidia Chips Speed AI Training,"Nvidia, Oracle, Google, Dell and 13 other companies reported how long it takes their computers to train the key neural networks in use today. Among those results were the first glimpse of Nvidia’s next generation GPU, the B200, and Google’s upcoming accelerator, called Trillium. The B200 posted a doubling of performance on some tests versus today’s workhorse Nvidia chip, the H100. And Trillium delivered nearly a four-fold boost over the chip Google tested in 2023. - -The benchmark tests, called MLPerf v4.1, consist of six tasks: recommendation, the pre-training of the large language models (LLM) GPT-3 and BERT-large, the fine tuning of the Llama 2 70B large language model, object detection, graph node classification, and image generation. - -Training GPT-3 is such a mammoth task that it’d be impractical to do the whole thing just to deliver a benchmark. Instead, the test is to train it to a point that experts have determined means it is likely to reach the goal if you kept going. For Llama 2 70B, the goal is not to train the LLM from scratch, but to take an already trained model and fine-tune it so it’s specialized in a particular expertise—in this case,government documents. Graph node classification is a type of machine learning used in fraud detection and drug discovery. - -As what’s important in AI has evolved, mostly toward using generative AI, the set of tests has changed. This latest version of MLPerf marks a complete changeover in what’s being tested since the benchmark effort began. “At this point all of the original benchmarks have been phased out,” says David Kanter, who leads the benchmark effort at MLCommons. In the previous round it was taking mere seconds to perform some of the benchmarks. - -Performance of the best machine learning systems on various benchmarks has outpaced what would be expected if gains were solely from Moore’s Law [blue line]. Solid line represent current benchmarks. Dashed lines represent benchmarks that have now been retired, because they are no longer industrially relevant. MLCommons - -According to MLPerf’s calculations, AI training on the new suite of benchmarks is improving at about twice the rate one would expect from Moore’s Law. As the years have gone on, results have plateaued more quickly than they did at the start of MLPerf’s reign. Kanter attributes this mostly to the fact that companies have figured out how to do the benchmark tests on very large systems. Over time, Nvidia, Google, and others have developed software and network technology that allows for near linear scaling—doubling the processors cuts training time roughly in half. - -First Nvidia Blackwell training results - -This round marked the first training tests for Nvidia’s next GPU architecture, called Blackwell. For the GPT-3 training and LLM fine-tuning, the Blackwell (B200) roughly doubled the performance of the H100 on a per-GPU basis. The gains were a little less robust but still substantial for recommender systems and image generation—64 percent and 62 percent, respectively. - -The Blackwell architecture, embodied in the Nvidia B200 GPU, continues an ongoing trend toward using less and less precise numbers to speed up AI. For certain parts of transformer neural networks such as ChatGPT, Llama2, and Stable Diffusion, the Nvidia H100 and H200 use 8-bit floating point numbers. The B200 brings that down to just 4 bits. - -Google debuts 6th gen hardware - -Google showed the first results for its 6th generation of TPU, called Trillium—which it unveiled only last month—and a second round of results for its 5th generation variant, the Cloud TPU v5p. In the 2023 edition, the search giant entered a different variant of the 5th generation TPU, v5e, designed more for efficiency than performance. Versus the latter, Trillium delivers as much as a 3.8-fold performance boost on the GPT-3 training task. - -But versus everyone’s arch-rival Nvidia, things weren’t as rosy. A system made up of 6,144 TPU v5ps reached the GPT-3 training checkpoint in 11.77 minutes, placing a distant second to an 11,616-Nvidia H100 system, which accomplished the task in about 3.44 minutes. That top TPU system was only about 25 seconds faster than an H100 computer half its size. - -A Dell Technologies computer fine-tuned the Llama 2 70B large language model using about 75 cents worth of electricity. - -In the closest head-to-head comparison between v5p and Trillium, with each system made up of 2048 TPUs, the upcoming Trillium shaved a solid 2 minutes off of the GPT-3 training time, nearly an 8 percent improvement on v5p’s 29.6 minutes. Another difference between the Trillium and v5p entries is that Trillium is paired with AMD Epyc CPUs instead of the v5p’s Intel Xeons. - -Google also trained the image generator, Stable Diffusion, with the Cloud TPU v5p. At 2.6 billion parameters, Stable Diffusion is a light enough lift that MLPerf contestants are asked to train it to convergence instead of just to a checkpoint, as with GPT-3. A 1024 TPU system ranked second, finishing the job in 2 minutes 26 seconds, about a minute behind the same size system made up of Nvidia H100s. - -Training power is still opaque - -The steep energy cost of training neural networks has long been a source of concern. MLPerf is only beginning to measure this. Dell Technologies was the sole entrant in the energy category, with an eight-server system containing 64 Nvidia H100 GPUs and 16 Intel Xeon Platinum CPUs. The only measurement made was in the LLM fine-tuning task (Llama2 70B). The system consumed 16.4 megajoules during its 5-minute run, for an average power of 5.4 kilowatts. That means about 75 cents of electricity at the average cost in the United States. - -While it doesn’t say much on its own, the result does potentially provide a ballpark for the power consumption of similar systems. Oracle, for example, reported a close performance result—4 minutes 45 seconds—using the same number and types of CPUs and GPUs.",1731883657,5887b2bb51,0ec42049e2,,,1731883657 -https://www.designboom.com/architecture/backcountry-hut-company-system-02-leckie-studio-prefabricated-cabin-11-17-2024/,https://www.designboom.com/feed/,backcountry hut company and leckie studio design prefabricated flat-pack 'system 02' cabin,"system 02: Flexible Design for Larger Groups - -The Backcountry Hut System 02, developed with Leckie Studio Architecture + Design, exemplifies a modern approach to prefabricated cabin design. Known for its adaptability and efficiency, the two-story System 02 is inspired by traditional alpine dwelling while offering contemporary flexibility and durability. - -The System 02 cabin kit is designed for larger groups or families with its spacious, two-story organization. Each module measures 18.5 feet by 10 feet, with a total of 185 square feet per module, and multiple modules can be combined to create custom floor plans. Configurations are customizable and may include features like master bedrooms with ensuite bathrooms, highlighting the adaptability of the system. See designboom’s coverage of The Backcountry Hut Company’s one-story cabin variation here. - - - -image © Julian Parkinson - -engineered for Extreme Conditions - -The Backcountry Hut Company and the architects at Leckie Studio engineer the System 02 cabin for harsh environments, as the dwellings are constructed to withstand extreme weather while requiring minimal maintenance. The prefabricated nature of the structure ensures a durable and long-lasting solution for remote or rugged locations, making it a durable choice for backcountry enthusiasts and homeowners alike. - -The modular design of the System 02 allows for an efficient assembly process. Depending on site requirements, the structure can often be built with little to no mechanical assistance. In ideal conditions, a skilled team can assemble the cabin’s shell in as little as four to six weeks. This streamlined process demonstrates the practical advantages of modern prefabrication. - - - -System 02 is a modular two-story cabin designed with Leckie Studio | image © Russell Dalby - -Prefabricated backcountry hut by leckie studio - -Modularity is at the core of The Backcountry Hut System 02. Its standardized structural components can be adapted to various needs, from individual retreats to larger family cabins. The design also allows for extensive customization, with separate platforms for the shell and interior fit-out, accommodating different uses such as outdoor recreation or urban living. The cabin incorporates sustainably sourced materials, including FSC-certified lumber and engineered wood products. Its prefabricated insulated panels and zero-waste philosophy further enhance its environmental credentials. Built on a pile foundation system, the cabin minimizes its impact on the surrounding site. - -The Backcountry Hut Company has recently announced that its System 02 cabin, created in collaboration with Leckie Studio, has won Construction Product Design of the Year at the renowned BLT Built Design Awards 2024. With more than twenty-five installations across Canada and the US, ranging from 691 square feet to 1,826 square feet, the System 02 showcases the potential of modular building systems. - - - -flexible floor plans can accommodate larger groups or families | image © Adrien Williams - - - -engineered for extreme weather conditions and minimal maintenance | image © Russell Dalby - - - -modular components allow for quick assembly in as little as four to six weeks | image © Russell Dalby",1731883642,567da99918,0f62d76fa9,,,1731883642 -https://www.npr.org/2026/01/01/1198001375/freakonomics-the-economics-of-everyday-things-pizza-boxes,https://www.npr.org/rss/rss.php?id=1017,The surprising history of ... the pizza box?! : The Indicator from Planet Money : NPR,"The Economics of Everyday Things: Pizza (Box) Time! - -Enlarge this image Freakonomics Freakonomics - -Today, we're sharing an episode of a podcast that we've enjoyed, and think you will, too! It's called The Economics of Everyday Things. It's made by the Freakonomics Radio Network and on each of its episodes, host Zachary Crockett uncovers the hidden stories behind ordinary things! Stock photos, girl scout cookies, and cashmere sweaters, you name it. - - - -In this episode, you're about to hear Zachary crack the lid open on ... the humble pizza box. - - - -For sponsor-free episodes of The Indicator from Planet Money, subscribe to Planet Money+ via Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org. - - - -Music by Drop Electric. Find us: TikTok, Instagram, Facebook, Newsletter.",1731883638,f0f87aba2e,0f14ad251c,,,1731883638 -https://www.nationalreview.com/2024/11/the-senate-should-reject-matt-gaetz/,https://www.nationalreview.com/feed/,Senate Should Reject Matt Gaetz Attorney General Nomination,,1731883662,9c6f6d7409,0eee151ceb,,,1731883662 -https://incomeschool.com/themes/,https://incomeschool.com/feed/,Income School,"Why we recommend it: We built Acabado to be everything that a beginning blogger needs. Acabado gives you everything you need while keeping it simple, it is SEO optimized and best of all, stupid fast. If you are starting a brand new site, Acabado is the perfect theme for you. Already a Project 24 member? You get the theme for FREE here. - -Why it might not be for you: Acabado is great for someone who wants a simple, clean site. If you are wanting to add special features to your site, you can, but we do not provide every feature for every circumstance. You will have to do it manually with short codes. Acabado is meant to be simple and fast.",1731883623,42f3d227a2,0f8a99a25e,,,1731883623 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/football/articles/crmz8gr9713o,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,Liverpool 'let down by officials' in loss to Everton - Matt Beard,"Liverpool manager Matt Beard said they were ""let down by officials"" after the decision to award Everton a penalty in the Merseyside derby. - -Everton won 1-0 at Goodison Park, picking up their first win in the Women's Super League this season, thanks to Katja Snoeijs' spot-kick shortly before half-time. - -Referee Abigail Byrne awarded a penalty when Fuka Nagano clipped Honoka Hayashi but replays show the foul appears to be outside the area. - -""It wasn't a penalty. That's it. It changes the complete complexity of the game,"" said Beard in his post-match media conference. - -""You have the referee, the fourth official, the linesman and the assistant referee all with unblocked views. Even I saw the contact was about a yard outside the box. - -""I just give up with it to be honest with you because it happens every week - not just with us. It's cost us the game today, 100%."" - -Beard's frustrations grew throughout the match as Liverpool had appeals for two penalties for contact on Olivia Smith and Ceri Holland waved away late on. - -It leaves them with just two victories from their opening eight matches, while Everton climbed off the bottom of the table. - -""I just feel we've been let down by the officials,"" added Beard. ""I feel we should have had two penalties and we've had one given against us that wasn't a penalty. - -""Ultimately those decisions have cost us either a point or three points today.""",1731883663,bcdff126e2,0f7ec52f9c,,,1731883663 -https://www.biometricsinstitute.org/2024-state-of-biometrics-report-is-about-people-first/,https://www.biometricsinstitute.org/feed/,2024 State of Biometrics Report is about people first,"Trust is the new currency - -The Biometrics Institute unveiled its much-anticipated sixth State of Biometrics Report at its annual Congress today. This year’s report dives deep into emerging trends, challenges, and predictions shaping biometric technology and calls out important considerations to be better prepared for the future. With a strong focus on responsible use, and the need to put people first to build public trust in biometrics across six themes. - -To build trust in biometrics, we must focus on the Three Laws of Biometrics – prioritise people and be transparent and accountable in policy, process, and technology implementation. Artificial intelligence (AI) has introduced new complexities to this equation. While AI continues to be the flavour of the year, the report underscores the ambiguity surrounding its capabilities and terminology. Not everything labelled AI is AI per se, and not all AI systems are created equal. To address this, the Biometrics Institute has debated an AI discussion paper with its members over the past six months that outlines the relationship between AI and biometrics, aiming to clarify how they relate to each other. - -Isabelle Moeller, CEO of the Biometrics Institute, emphasises the importance of responsible biometrics adoption and that lessons have been learnt from using biometrics that can be transferred to AI, especially where AI interlinks with biometrics. “While AI and biometrics can both enable and detect fraud, the challenge lies in distinguishing between AI threats that could harm people’s lives and AI tools that can improve them. This highlights the need for regulations that adapt to the rapidly evolving landscape of AI technology.” - -Facing up to biometric technology - -The report acknowledges that currently the dominant modality remains facial biometrics, as indicated in the Institute’s 2024 Industry Survey. However, biometric use cases for identification, which are based on a very mature methodology for testing, measuring, and managing accuracy, should be clearly distinguished from newer use cases intended for other kinds of analysis and classification. - -Don’t always trust emotions - -The report cautions against relying on emotion detection to assess personality or beliefs. Building trust in technologies requires a thorough understanding of related limitations, particularly where this is a risk of causing negative outcomes or applying bias in decisions. The EU AI Act prohibits the use of emotion detection for certain high-risk applications. For example, the Act restricts the use of emotion detection due to the potential for significant consequences for individuals. - -Innovation and privacy, it’s a balancing act - -The fourth theme emphasises the need to balance technology innovation with privacy rights. Increased data collection for convenience and customer tracking, coupled with cyber threats, surveillance, and AI use, necessitates stronger privacy frameworks. The report advocates for a holistic approach that incorporates the Three Laws of Biometrics for responsible implementation. - -Identity sprawl is a growing challenge - -The growing number of online transactions and different digital identities in the online ecosystem poses significant risks, including in relation to data breaches and cyber crime. Our sensitive and personal information is truly out there and out of our control. It is more important than ever for us to question the necessity for collecting and often storing so much data, and to acknowledge the potential consequences of information falling into the wrong hands. Collecting only the minimum necessary personal information is crucial to mitigating these risks, and the time has come for a new paradigm that lets us take control of our own information. - -Doing DNA - -DNA analysis is becoming increasingly efficient, opening new possibilities for applications such as familial verification, child abduction cases, and identification of human remains. While Rapid DNA offers significant benefits, it also presents challenges and risks. These include the potential for unintended consequences, data management concerns, and ethical and privacy considerations. - -“The report is looking to the future, highlighting opportunities and risks that we are likely to face sooner rather than later,” says Paul Cross, Director and Head of the Future Direction Group, Biometrics Institute. “DNA is a topic we have not talked about a lot in recent times even though it has been around for decades for forensic investigations. Now people are disclosing their sensitive personal DNA data to find out about their ancestors, and that bears risks that we need to raise awareness about.” - -Biometrics is about people, not technology - -The future of biometrics hinges on prioritising people’s privacy and security. And being transparent about the technology, so we all understand who has access to our data, how it is stored, and how it is used. By continuing to build privacy into our solutions and by adopting responsible practices and addressing AI and privacy concerns, we can build a world where biometrics are trusted, beneficial and seamlessly integrated into our daily lives. - -The full State of Biometrics Report is available to Institute members. To learn more about the report, follow this link. - -ENDS - -About the Biometrics Institute - -The Biometrics Institute is the independent and impartial international membership organisation for biometric users and other interested parties. It was established in 2001 to promote the responsible, ethical and effective use of biometrics and has offices in London and Sydney. - -The member register which represents a global and diverse multi-stakeholder community now lists over 200 membership organisations from 34 countries. It includes banks, airlines, government agencies, biometric experts, privacy experts, suppliers, academics and 10 Observers representing United Nations agencies, IGOs and European Union institutions. - -The Biometrics Institute connects the global biometrics community. It shares knowledge with its members and key stakeholders and most importantly, develops good practices and thought leadership for the responsible, ethical and effective use of biometrics. - -For more information, please email Marco Lombardi.",1731883645,12050f7d1f,0ee0c9af1a,,,1731883645 -https://transom.org/2019/when-the-going-gets-tough-keep-asking-questions/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,"When The Going Gets Tough, Keep Asking Questions","http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/When-the-Going-Gets-Tough-Keep-Asking-Questions.mp3 Download Listen to “When The Going Gets Tough, Keep Asking Questions” - -It’s kind of funny. For years, you listen to someone on a podcast or on the radio and you think you know them. You’ve heard their voice and their stories. They beam into your life and fill the space where you listen. Or, if you’re wearing headphones, their voices worm their way directly into your ears. How could you not know them? - - - -And, then, one day, a reporter tells a personal story and you realize the opposite is true. You actually know nothing about them. And so it was with a story I heard last year by Uri Berliner. - -I don’t hear Uri on NPR all that frequently. He’s an editor and typically works behind the scenes. Still, his very measured presence in business and economics stories is familiar to me. His reporting is clear and tends toward the informational — not a lot of narrative and emotional depth. - -But, late last year, Uri stepped out of his usual role to produce a personal story about his father who grew up in Berlin in the 1930s. (It was produced in conjunction with NPR’s StoryLab.) The piece stopped me in my tracks. Not only because it was Uri telling a story in a way that I hadn’t heard before, but because the story itself was compelling — especially the moments between he and his dad. - -Uri says the interview with his father was incredibly difficult. He’d never really spoken to his dad about the painful memories of growing up in Nazi Germany or the last time his father saw his parents. In addition to posing tough questions, Uri asked his dad read aloud a letter his parents sent to him decades ago. You can hear the pain. - -On this episode of HowSound, Uri offers the backstory to the piece and he talks about asking family members challenging questions. - -Editor’s note: We learned that when Uri’s father passed away in March, 2019, NPR produced this piece as a follow-up. - -Photo by Rolf Venema.",1731883660,c00d35bf2d,0f7075c961,,,1731883660 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/trump-elon-musk-dana-white-msg-ufc-309_n_67396f72e4b0086c1640ea53,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,"Trump Brings Elon Musk, Allies To UFC At MSG In Break From Making Cabinet Picks","LOADING ERROR LOADING - -NEW YORK (AP) — President-elect Donald Trump walked out to a roaring standing ovation just ahead of the start of the UFC pay-per-view card at Madison Square Garden on Saturday night, combining two things close to his heart: fierce battles inside the octagon and New York City. - -Trump was accompanied by UFC President Dana White and the pair headed to their cageside seats to Kid Rock’s “American Bad Ass.” - -Advertisement - -UFC aired a video package of Trump’s road to reclaiming the White House, calling it, “The great comeback in American History,” while fans stood and applauded. Trump, wearing a suit and red tie, pumped his fist toward the crowd when the video ended. - -PRESIDENT DONALD TRUMP AND ELON MUSK ARE WALKING OUT WITH DANA WHITE!!! 🇺🇸#UFC309 | LIVE on TNT Sports Box Office ➡️ https://t.co/uXQAMHNTBd pic.twitter.com/VpggsWHtwZ — UFC on TNT Sports (@ufcontnt) November 17, 2024 - -The president-elect also had his clenched fists pumping back and forth and briefly danced to the Village People’s “YMCA” just outside the cage. He later again thrust his fist skyward as “Takin’ Care of Business” played. - -Elon Musk, picked by Trump to lead a new Department of Government Efficiency, and House Speaker Mike Johnson, R-La., joined the president-elect and White at the Garden, as did Robert Kennedy Jr., Trump’s choice to lead the Department of Health and Human Services in his incoming administration. - -Advertisement - -Trump was flanked on his front-row seat by White on his right and Musk on his left and politely applauded the fight winners. Besieged by photographers and nearby fans, Trump stood to pose for pictures with White, Musk and other associates in breaks between fights. Trump even had a brief conversation with country singer Jelly Roll after the pair shook hands. - -UFC fans wore red Trump hats and some waved flags emblazoned with his image during breaks in the action. - -Trump shook hands with the UFC broadcast team that included Joe Rogan. Rogan hosted Trump on his podcast for hours in the final stages of the campaign ahead of his election win last week. The announcers for the pay-per-view audience later declared, “Festive doesn’t even begin to describe” the scene before later proclaiming, “47’s in the building. Let’s go.” - -The MSG crowd chanted “USA! USA!” right before the main card was about to start and then again throughout the action. After a year delay, Stipe Miocic is getting his shot at a third heavyweight championship reign when he battles current champion Jon Jones in the main event at UFC 309. - -Dana White, President-elect Donald Trump, Elon Musk and Kid Rock attend UFC 309 at Madison Square Garden, Saturday, Nov. 16, 2024, in New York. (AP Photo/Evan Vucci) via Associated Press - -Advertisement - -NEW YORK, NEW YORK - NOVEMBER 16: (L-R) Donald Trump Jr, Eric Trump, Mike Johnson and Vivek Ramaswamy look on during the UFC 309 event at Madison Square Garden on November 16, 2024 in New York City. (Photo by Jeff Bottari/Zuffa LLC) Jeff Bottari via Getty Images - -Trump is a longtime UFC enthusiast and frequent attendee of major fights. He made promoting hypermasculine tones a signature of his campaign — as he looked to further widen the gap among male voters between himself and his Democratic opponent, Vice President Kamala Harris. - -Trump and his top supporters embraced alpha-male terms and often accentuated them with vulgar and demeaning language. - -While campaigning, Trump appeared frequently on podcasts, gaming platforms, and with key supporters who described a vote for Trump as a way to demonstrate true manliness. While Trump taped a podcast with Rogan, who himself has spoken about hypermasculinity, Harris failed to do a similar appearance, citing scheduling conflicts. - -A return to Madison Square Garden means revisiting the place where a comedian caused an uproar at a Trump rally last month by likening Puerto Rico to a “floating island of garbage.” Yet Trump continues to relish visits to New York, where he lived for decades, before moving to his Mar-a-Lago club in Palm Beach, Florida. - -Advertisement - -Trump’s son, Don Jr., also attended the fight. - -Except for a day trip to Washington this week to meet for nearly two hours with President Joe Biden, and separately address House Republicans, Trump has been spending his time since his Election Day victory at Mar-a-Lago. The club has hosted galas and conservative events throughout the week. - -Trump has been close to White for more than two decades. - -White hosted a 2001 UFC battle at Trump Taj Mahal, a former casino-hotel in Atlantic City, New Jersey, and Trump has frequently attended UFC matches since – including during his 2024 campaign. Trump has turned up at fights recently with famous entourages, including White, musician Kid Rock and former Fox News Channel host Tucker Carlson. - -In 2018, during Trump’s first term, he and White starred in a UFC video where the then-president was called the “Combatant In Chief.” - -As Trump has strengthened his grip on the national Republican Party over the last near-decade, White’s personal political profile has grown exponentially. White spoke at the 2016 and 2020 Republican conventions, and when the party gathered in Milwaukee this past July. He also addressed the crowd at Trump’s Florida victory party in the wee hours of the morning after Election Day. - -“This is what happens when the machine comes after you,” White said then. “What you’ve seen over the last several years, this is what it looks like: couldn’t stop him. He keeps going forward. He doesn’t quit.” - -Advertisement - -_____",1731883661,b2d88cb862,0f7b78ae6e,,,1731883661 -https://www.npr.org/2023/01/25/1151367036/story-monopoly-american-capitalism,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Monopoly is a board game built around capitalism. So is its origin story. : Planet Money : NPR,"The story of ""Monopoly"" and American capitalism - -Enlarge this image Bruno Vincent/Getty Images Bruno Vincent/Getty Images - -Monopoly is one of the best-selling board games in history. It's been an iconic part of American life: a cheap pastime during the Great Depression; a reminder of home for soldiers during WWII; an American export during its rise as a global superpower; and a best-seller during the pandemic. - -The game's staying power may in part be because of strong American lore — the idea that anyone, with just a little bit of cash, can rise from rags to riches. Mary Pilon, author of The Monopolists: Obsession, Fury, and the Scandal Behind the World's Favorite Board Game, dug into the origin story that was once included with every box of the game: A man named Charles Darrow was unemployed and came up with the game to pass the time. He brought Monopoly to the game company Parker Brothers in 1934 and eventually became a millionaire. - -Sponsor Message - -But there's another origin story – a very different one that promotes a very different image of capitalism. (And with two sets of starkly different rules.) That story shows how a critique of capitalism grew from a seed of an idea in a rebellious young woman's mind into a game legendary for its celebration of wealth at all costs. - -This episode was made in collaboration with NPR's Throughline. For more about the origin story of Monopoly, listen to their original episode Do Not Pass Go. - -This episode was produced by Emma Peaslee, mastered by Natasha Branch, and edited by Jess Jiang. - -The Throughline episode was produced by Rund Abdelfatah, Ramtin Arablouei, Lawrence Wu, Laine Kaplan-Levenson, Julie Caine, Victor Yvellez, Anya Steinberg, Yolanda Sangweni, Casey Miner, Cristina Kim, Devin Katayama, and Amiri Tulloch. It was fact-checked by Kevin Volkl. - -Music by Drop Electric. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884651,8181d7a585,0fc95f663b,,,1731884651 -https://www.tomahawknation.com/florida-state-soccer/2024/11/15/24297819/fsu-soccer-pounds-samford-to-advance-in-the-ncaa-tournament-bulldogs-florida-state-seminoles,https://www.tomahawknation.com/rss/current.rss,FSU soccer pounds Samford to advance in the NCAA Tournament,"Florida State (15-2-3) defeated Samford (12-7-3) by an 8-0 score today at the Seminole Soccer Complex. - -Game Recap - -The Seminoles opened their account early. In the eighth minute Sophia Nguyen crossed the ball dangerously into the box. Jordynn Dudley displayed her basketball hops leaping up to slam a header into the back of the net for the first goal of the game. - -postseason jordynn has arrived https://t.co/rbxoExyCB6 — FSU Soccer (@FSUSoccer) November 15, 2024 - -In the 14th minute Carissa Boeckmann found Dudley who was posting up outside the box. Dudley played a gorgeous ball into the box for Taylor Suarez who was cutting in from the right flank. Suarez one-timed a cross perfectly for Boeckmann who slid a right footed shot past Bulldog keeper Peyton Hull. - -In the 37th minute Suarez attacked Mary-Ainsley Alack on the right side. Suarez crossed the ball for Marianyela Jiménez who was open in the box. Jiménez one-timed a strike past Hull to give the Noles a 3-0 lead. - -In the 50th minute Solai Washington found Dudley on the right flank. Dudley chased down the ball and delivered the cross back to Washington at the edge of the six. Hull got down and tried to deflect the ball but Washington was able to block it into the goal for the 4-0 lead. - -In the 63rd minute Taylor Huff drove the ball into the attacking third. She laid it off for Dudley who took a touch before firing from about 19 yards out to beat a diving Hull for the fifth goal of the night. - -In the 66th minute Olivia Lebdaoui played give and go with Wrianna Hudson. Lebdaoui received the ball back and after a touch she fired a right footed shot that curved into the upper 90 to give the Noles a 6-0 lead. - -In the 73rd minute Ashlyn Puerta released Hudson in the box. Hudson one-timed a blast that caromed off the bottom of the crossbar and found its way into the back of the net for the seventh goal. - -In the 84th minute FSU showed no mercy. Nina Norshie drove to the edge of the box. Norshie spotted Ashlyn Puerta open in the middle of the field. Puerta took a touch and then loaded up for a right footed cracker that flew past Hull into the back of the net for the eighth and final goal. - -Post Game - -Florida State had 23 shots (14 on goal) while Samford had two shots and both were on goal. - -FSU owned the possession 74% to 26%. - -Florida State is a #1 seed but Samford is not a #16 seed. The NCAA only seeds 1-8 so all the other teams are not placed in the bracket based on merit. They are placed in the bracket based on geography. Samford was the only unseeded team even relatively close to Tallahassee so they were sent into the lion’s den even though on merit they did not deserve to play such a good team. Samford is ranked 81st in the RPI and 109th by Massey. The other top seeds are playing Howard (263 RPI, 283M), Sacramento State (245 RPI, 172M), and Southern (319 RPI, 334M). This is not to say that Samford is a world beater but they should probably be around an 11-13 seed. FSU scored eight goals but Samford is not a tomato can opponent. - -Nevertheless, Florida State is clearly head and shoulders over the Bulldogs. Other than the obvious fact that the Seminoles had a good game it is hard to take away a ton from this game. The best news is that FSU earned the big win without injuries and Brian Pensky was able to rest most of his starters. - -Last year FSU beat an overmatched Morehead State team 5-0 in the first round but in the second round the Noles squeaked by Texas A&M 1-0. I mention that to point out that the goals don’t carry over. The Noles can’t afford to take any team lightly but it does seem that Florida State has found its stride. - -Next Game - -Florida State will welcome the winner of the Vanderbilt/Lipscomb game to Tallahassee on Friday. FSU will likely be the second game and will kickoff around 5:00pm.",1731883648,8d80b0d98f,0f9d838d3b,,,1731883648 -https://www.packagingstrategies.com/articles/105191-wyda-packaging-opens-new-factory-in-charlotte-nc,https://www.packagingstrategies.com/rss/articles,"Wyda Packaging Opens New Factory in Charlotte, NC","Wyda Packaging, a family-owned leader in sustainable packaging, has expanded into the U.S. market with a new factory in Charlotte, N.C. With over three decades of expertise in eco-friendly packaging from Brazil to South Africa, Wyda brings its high-quality, 100% recyclable aluminum foil and trays to the U.S. Available for private label and distribution partnerships, these products are designed to meet the rigorous standards of the food service, hospitality and consumer markets. - -“We spent many years researching and studying the U.S. market to reach this major milestone,” said Daniel Mendes, Head of Finance and Country Manager U.S. for Wyda. “The market deserves high-quality, eco-friendly packaging solutions that reflect our commitment to convenience, quality and sustainability. By establishing a domestic presence, we can offer U.S. consumers and businesses superior service, reduced logistical costs and faster response times.” - -Key Highlights of Wyda’s U.S. Expansion: - -New Facilities: Wyda’s 15,000 sq. ft facility features state-of-the-art equipment developed exclusively for Wyda, set to produce 6,000 tons annually. It offers customized aluminum roll sizes and tray formats (half, full, and oval roaster, with options for other sizes). - -Production Advantage: Wyda brings 32 years of production experience. By producing locally in each market, Wyda reduces logistical costs and environmental impact while providing better communication and faster service. - -Durable & Recyclable: Wyda’s aluminum products are designed for strength and longevity and offer impact resistance. They use 100% recycled or low-carbon emission aluminum and are the only product in the U.S. with the Alennium seal. - -Innovative Design: Wyda’s cutting-edge design eliminates the traditional metal blade in aluminum foil packaging, making products safer for users and the environment. - -Convenience & Versatility: Wyda’s products are safe for oven use, can withstand freezer temperatures, and are easy to handle. - -Founded by Paulo Flavio on January 1, 1992, in Brazil, Wyda Packaging has grown from a modest operation to South America’s largest manufacturer of aluminum packaging, now producing more than 200 products across six factories in four countries. Known for its durable and recyclable solutions, Wyda expanded to Johannesburg, South Africa, in 2016. - -Wyda collaborates with Producer Responsibility Organizations (PROs), including MetPac, PolyCo, and Fibre Circle. - -Wyda will showcase its products at booth H2240 at the Private Label Manufacturers Association in Chicago on November 17, 2024. Attendees will discover premium products and eco-friendly initiatives. - -For more information, visit wydapack.com. - -About Wyda - -Wyda Packaging is a family-owned packaging business with headquarters in Sorocaba, Brazil. With operations in Brazil, South Africa, and now the United States, Wyda offers high-quality, disposable aluminum and PVC products for the food industry. Wyda’s products are known for their durability, recyclability, and eco-friendly certifications, including a low-carbon seal from the CBA. Committed to quality and sustainability, Wyda continues to set industry standards in responsible packaging.",1731883624,c925e986aa,0f97389db1,,,1731883624 -https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/microsoft-office-2021-online-download-deal/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,5 reasons to get an older version of Microsoft Office,"We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more › - -If you want to get Microsoft Office on your Windows computer, the newest version might not be the way to go. Here are five reasons why: - -You can get Microsoft Office 2021 here for $69.97 (on sale through Nov. 10), while the 2024 version is $249.99 through Microsoft. Both versions include Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook, and OneNote, though you’ll only get Publisher, Access, and Teams with the older version. So, you actually get more apps for less money. The older version is best for those who aren’t a big fan of AI. You won’t be bothered by intelligent suggestions while writing, working with spreadsheets, or presenting as you would be with the newer version. Microsoft Office 2021’s apps have familiar interfaces, while you’d have to spend time learning the layout of those in 2024. You only need 1GB of RAM to install the older version, compared to a minimum of 4GB for the newer one. - -Download Microsoft Office 2021 for Windows while it’s on sale for $69.97 (reg. $219.99) through Nov. 10 at 11:59 p.m. with no coupon needed. - -Microsoft Office Professional 2021 for Windows: Lifetime License – $69.97 - -See Deal - -StackSocial prices subject to change.",1731883741,741b88dd6e,0fca53aa55,,,1731883741 -https://forbiddenplanet.com/442936-scary-christmas-v-killer-claus-cover-d-krampus/?utm_source=products&utm_medium=rss,https://forbiddenplanet.com/rss/products/,Scary Christmas V. Killer Claus (Cover D Krampus),"Product Description - -The horror days wouldn’t be bloody without the return of Scary Christmas! - -This year three creative teams bring horrifying tales of yuletide terror to your doorstep with the series that isn’t afraid to slash the halls this year. Told in stark black & white in homage to the horror comic magazines of the past, Scary Christmas is guaranteed to put the ho-ho-ho in horror with more terror than you can stuff a stocking with. - -Experience the scariest time with these twisted tales that will choke you with tinsel and strangle you with blinking red lights. - -James Kuhoric (Freddy vs Jason vs Ash), Todd Livingston (Starring Sonya Devereaux), and G.O. Parsons (creator of Willy’s Wonderland) are your evil elves spinning bloody holiday horror this Christmas season! - -COVER SUBJECT TO CHANGE.",1731883660,0b8b73a382,0fcd4862dc,,,1731883660 -http://www.historytoday.com/archive/behind-times/fear-friendship-and-channel-tunnel,https://www.historytoday.com/feed/rss.xml,"Fear, Friendship and the Channel Tunnel","At 8.23am on the morning of 14 November 1994, crowds cheered as the first Eurostar train carrying fare-paying passengers under the English Channel left London’s Waterloo Station. Its journey was punctuated by cheers from those on board as the train entered the tunnel at Folkestone, more cheers when it emerged 18 minutes later near Calais and by spontaneous applause when it arrived into Paris two minutes ahead of schedule at 11.21am. Passengers would later describe the ‘party atmosphere’ in every carriage, although the day’s newspapers also reported the ‘bloody awful’ coffee and lack of champagne in the buffet. Many of those who travelled on Eurostar’s maiden voyage had booked their tickets years in advance, and among them were those celebrating birthdays and anniversaries, a 90-year-old Canadian former railway worker who had crossed the Atlantic to travel on the first train, author Jeffrey Archer, television presenter Jeremy Beadle and two great-grandsons of the engineer William Low, who had proposed his own Channel tunnel scheme in the 1860s. - -The celebrations were underpinned by a sense of history; the train was travelling through the longest undersea tunnel on Earth, which that year had been elected by the American Society of Civil Engineers as one of the seven wonders of the modern world. References to the historic importance of the journey were rooted not simply in technological achievement, however: they also pointed to the political symbolism of forging a connection between Britain and the rest of Europe. Britain was, according to a headline in the Guardian earlier that year, ‘no longer an island’. This end to insularity was welcomed in some quarters, as adverts for Eurostar promised the possibility of jumping on a train to enjoy dinner or a shopping trip in Paris. Elsewhere, newspaper headlines exposed underlying fears, whether of rabies, as ‘Rabid foxes replace the ghost of Napoleon’ (the Scotsman) or of terrorism, as the Guardian revealed that ‘Travellers fear Chunnel Terror Attack’. A survey in November 1993 found that ‘75 per cent of Britons would not use the Channel Tunnel’, and the following year, The Times described the entire venture as ‘Dogged by Fear’. Such different interpretations of what the tunnel would mean for Britain reflected a long history of proposals, rejections and false starts. As Low’s great-grandson John remarked in 1994, the train was brilliant – but more than 100 years late. - -Digging in wartime - -The first scheme for a tunnel under the Channel was proposed by the French mining engineer Albert Mathieu-Favier to Napoleon Bonaparte in 1802 during a pause in the Revolutionary Wars. Mathieu’s tunnel would be lit by oil lamps and wide enough for a horse and carriage. Napoleon liked the idea and discussed it with the British Liberal Charles James Fox while the latter visited Paris during the Peace of Amiens. The two agreed that it represented a ‘great thing that we can do together’ – but Mathieu’s scheme was hastily abandoned when war broke out again the following year. Nonetheless, its very proposal represented an important moment as the first of more than 100 schemes for a fixed link that would follow in the centuries ahead. - -Engineering progress meant that developments moved swiftly. The construction of tunnels under the Thames in 1843 and through the Alps at Mont Cenis in 1871 demonstrated the potential of tunnelling technology to dig quickly through different types of rock, as well as underwater. Meanwhile, a series of dives conducted by the French engineer Aimé Thomé de Gamond in 1855 revealed that the same type of chalk made up the seabed across the Strait of Dover. De Gamond’s own tunnel schemes fell by the wayside with the outbreak of the Franco-Prussian War in 1870, but after Franco-British relations stabilised the two governments agreed on a protocol for a tunnel and granted permission for private companies to start digging. Work began separately on both coasts in 1880 with two companies digging in Britain and one in France. In 1881 Sir Edward Watkin, the director of the South Eastern Railway, which led the more successful British dig, announced that if work continued at its current pace the pilot tunnel would be completed within five years. - -‘England's nightmare. The Great Britain Gulliver overpowered and made helpless by French pygmies while asleep’, by Friedrich Graetz, for Puck magazine, 15 March 1882. Library of Congress. Public Domain. - -In France the news was met with enthusiasm but the response in Britain was mixed. While politicians including the prime minister William Gladstone, military leaders such as Sir John Adye of the Ordnance Board and manufacturers including Wedgwood argued in favour of the economic and political benefits that a tunnel would bring, others, notably the adjutant general Sir Garnet Wolseley, raised concerns over the invasion risk it represented. In an effort to drum up publicity for the scheme, Watkin hosted tours of the tunnel for invited dignitaries including Gladstone, the prince of Wales and the archbishop of Canterbury. Visitors donned overalls to descend into the shaft at Dover where they observed the boring machine and toasted the venture with champagne, before attending celebratory banquets in a dining room decked out in tricolour and Union flags. But, in 1882, inspectors from the Board of Trade visited the dig site in Kent and ordered an immediate stop to works as they had determined that the tunnel shaft extended further than permitted. The following year a parliamentary Commission created to discuss the tunnel question expressed the view that no further digs should be permitted, and a tunnel bill was withdrawn from Parliament in July 1883, primarily due to fears that a tunnel might facilitate an invasion. - -Making peace - -Talk of a tunnel continued as Britain and France fought as allies during the First World War. At the end of the conflict, Supreme Allied Commander Maréchal Ferdinand Foch remarked that, had the tunnel been completed before the war, it would have shortened the length of the conflict by two years. In 1919 British prime minister David Lloyd George proposed a tunnel during the discussions at the Versailles Peace Conference and it was discussed during the 1920s by the League of Nations. Engineers from across the globe proposed different types of schemes. The American engineer Allan C. Rush suggested a bridge, which was to be constructed from melted down war materiel as a ‘beacon of peace’. In France, stable peace was understood to rely upon the maintenance of the wartime Franco-British alliance. In 1919, when the prospect of the tunnel was posed as a question in the final exam for French students sitting the brevet qualification, one candidate wrote that a tunnel might spell the end of tariffs and checks between Britain and France, while for another ‘in getting to know each other better we would get to like one another better’. - -When war broke out again in 1939, rumours swirled that the German army was making use of the shaft at Calais abandoned in the 1880s to tunnel under the Channel and invade Britain. In response, the RAF flew reconnaissance missions in search of signs of digging or of soil discharge in the water and, in 1941, a group of Royal Engineers took listening equipment into the deserted 1880s shaft in Dover. There, they attempted to detect sounds of digging, but neither they, nor the RAF, found anything unusual. - -In the aftermath of the war, plans began again for a tunnel and by this stage the connection was envisaged in international terms and planned to accommodate the growth of the automobile industry – one suggestion was for a six-lane motorway bridge across the Channel. Impetus increased with Britain’s entry into the Common Market in 1973, but after its election victory in 1974, Harold Wilson’s government cancelled the scheme due to escalating costs in January 1975. - -When Margaret Thatcher became prime minister in 1979 the discussions were renewed. Thatcher’s preference was for a road tunnel for motorists, but the Treaty of Canterbury, signed in February 1986, paved the way for a rail tunnel to be constructed by private companies that would carry passengers between London, Paris and Brussels, and cars between Dover and Calais. - -Only connect - -By the time the first passengers travelled in November 1994, commentators were already expressing hopes that the tunnel would spell the end of British insularity; in the words of a 1993 Eurotunnel advert: ‘The island race is no more.’ The first trains coincided with the arrival of low-cost air travel and the idea of the ‘city break’; it was suggested that night trains should run from Scotland, Wales and the north of England to destinations across Europe, as well as for short trips between Kent and the Pas-de-Calais that would allow commuting between Britain and France for work. None of these hopes materialised, as the need to recoup the high costs of construction meant that long distance night trains would be unable to compete with low-cost flights. It was only in 2013 that passenger numbers finally reached the target figure of ten million per year. - -As we arrive at the 30th anniversary of the first passengers travelling between London and Paris on Eurostar, the experience has recently changed again. New Brexit rules mean longer wait times for passport checks, while some routes have been cut; trains no longer stop at Calais or Ashford. The tunnel did not live up to the expectations of 1994, yet the strong opinions it has provoked throughout its history remind us that even failed attempts brought Britain and France closer together. - -Alison Carrol is Reader in European History at Brunel, University of London and the author of The Return of Alsace to France, 1918-1939 (Oxford University Press, 2018).",1731883666,96608eb700,0f47e9daf3,,,1731883666 -https://derivsource.com/2024/10/10/americas-executions-leverages-broadridge-technology-to-support-new-securities-lending-business/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Americas Executions Leverages Broadridge Technology to Support New Securities Lending Business,"Americas Executions (AmerX), a full-service broker-dealer, implements technology platform Securities Finance and Collateral Management (SFCM) from global fintech leader Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (NYSE: BR) to drive growth for its newly launched securities lending business. - -“As we launch AmerX’s new securities lending business, Broadridge’s advanced solution provides the essential system functionalities to enable us to offer new products and services that address the growing needs of our clients, which is crucial for business growth,” said Kevin Cryan, AmerX Managing Director, Head of Securities Lending. - -Broadridge’s SFCM platform will enable AmerX to efficiently manage its securities lending operations, including collateral management, trade lifecycle management and risk assessment, which will ensure a streamlined process, enhance transparency, as well as compliance with regulatory requirements. - -“Broadridge’s advanced technology simplifies and innovates trading within a complex ecosystem through globally scalable solutions,” said Darren Crowther, Head of Broadridge Securities Finance and Collateral Management. “SFCM’s comprehensive and scalable foundation will support AmerX in strengthening operations and enabling growth in an ever-evolving financial landscape.",1731883702,9dd65a327d,0ffd3992df,,,1731883702 -https://derivsource.com/2024/10/03/trading-technologies-establishes-platform-services-business-unit/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Trading Technologies Establishes Platform Services Business Unit,"Trading Technologies International, Inc. (TT), a global capital markets technology platform provider, today announced the creation of a Platform Services business unit, bringing together the company’s global Product Development and Services teams into a single group. Jason Shaffer assumes the new role of Chief Platform Officer with responsibility for leading the newly integrated unit. - -The move represents the final organization change following the establishment of six lines of business – Futures & Options, Fixed Income, FX, Data & Analytics, Compliance and QTS (Quantitative Trading Solutions) – at the start of the year. - -TT CEO Keith Todd said: “TT is an enterprise platform business delivering its array of functionality to support capital markets trading firms. This business unit will provide the core platform on which the lines of business will build features and run all operational services. The platform, which has already handled more than 2.5 billion transactions in 2024, is the foundation of and accelerant for our current and future lines of business.” - -Vasco Sousa, who has served as Chief Services Officer for nearly two years, helping develop the services team and processes, left TT at the end of September to pursue new opportunities.",1731883712,9dd65a327d,101870d3b3,,,1731883712 -https://www.vg247.com/warframe-delivers-xaku-prime-access-ahead-of-major-warframe-1999-release,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,Warframe delivers Xaku Prime Access ahead of major Warframe 1999 release,"Ahead of the massive Warframe 1999 update coming to Digital Extreme's very own Sci-fi action MMO Warframe, the studio has released a new Prime Access pack to the game featuring none other than Xaku Prime. That's right, everyone's favourite spectral skeleton is getting a new look and some fancy new guns starting today. - -This version of Xaku has more shields, armour, energy, and a extra aura mod slot, and you can buy it right now for 2625 Platinum or £52.99 / $79.99. This pack also comes with two new prime weapons, the Trumna Prime and Quassus Prime. If you don't fancy buying 'em, these prime weapons and Xaku Prime itself can be earned in-game through grinding out relics at the cost of time rather than cash. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Xaku's a fun frame! Introduced alongside the Heart of Deimos major update in which players essentially help solve familial drama and conflict through killing 100,000 gross monsters, delving into vaults, and saving the occasional bit of fauna. As a relatively new frame, it's not feeling signs of age like some of the classics, and still holds up as a powerful option for players. - -With Warframe 1999 set to release in December, this marks the last Prime Access update before we all leap back in time for a real twist in the Warframe narrative. With the Xaku Prime Access update comes the return of the Höllvania Central Mall, a social hub for Warframe 1999 where folks can hang out and await the impending release. - -Are you gonna grind out Xaku Prime? Are you excited for Warframe 1999? Let us know below!",1731883680,374d98cbb9,1029417d65,,,1731883680 -https://www.npr.org/2022/08/31/1120364348/planet-money-summer-school-8-productivity-getting-lit,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How economies grow as told through the history of light : Planet Money : NPR,"Planet Money Summer School 8: Productivity & Getting Lit - -Enlarge this image James Yang for NPR James Yang for NPR - -Take the Summer School Final Quiz Here - -Our final episode is also the biggest yet of Planet Money Summer School 2022. And we're just about ready to celebrate graduation! (If you pass the test). So ditch the senioritis and open your mind to the biggest question of all: what causes human progress? - -The short answer: what economists call productivity. - -Productivity is the economic measure for how much we're able to produce in a given period of time. It is one of the central ideas in economics because it has such a huge impact on our quality of life. - -Sponsor Message - -Higher productivity means, first and foremost, that we get access to the same, or better, goods and services without working quite as hard. This has all sorts of positive consequences. Lower prices, higher overall output, and (at least in theory) more free time! It doesn't mean the gains will be shared equally, and we'll talk about the that, too. - -So, how can we, as a society, grow richer and become better off? The great arbiter of economic productivity is technology. That is what allows us to do more in less time, to create new things or new experiences, to spend less of our lives in toil and more at leisure. - -For our final class of the summer, light: a case study in productivity. Thousands of years ago people lived in terrifying darkness after sunset. Artificial light was so hard to produce that cities around the world it was a luxury that, at first, few had access to indoors for long periods. But now, look, we are rich with light at all hours. We take a look at how productivity has made light a fixture (no pun intended) of our everyday lives to see what lessons we can find for human progress generally. - -Sponsor Message - -Concepts - -Productivity gains - -Technology - -Work/Leisure trade-off - -15 hour work-week - -Music: Welcome to California, Moment in the Sun, Where Did You Go?, Pomp and Circumstance & Anthem Summer - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Pocket Casts and NPR One. - -Want extra credit? Subscribe to Planet Money's Newsletter",1731884667,8181d7a585,0ff3a8c391,,,1731884667 -https://www.bundesliga.com/en/bundesliga/news/bayer-leverkusen-florian-wirtz-the-complete-midfielder-29628,https://www.bundesliga.com/rss,Bayer Leverkusen's Florian Wirtz: the complete midfielder,"Playmaker Florian Wirtz grabs plenty of headlines as he racks up the goals and assists for Bayer Leverkusen, but the Germany international isn't afraid to do the hard work - and it's reflected in several league-high statistics. - -Despite his tender years, Wirtz was a key part of the Leverkusen squad that broke and set records left, right and centre under Xabi Alonso last season. The playmaker racked up an impressive 11 goals and 11 assists in 32 league appearances in 2023/24, helping Die Werkself to go unbeaten domestically in a season that saw them lift the club's first-ever Bundesliga title. - -Watch: The best of Florian Wirtz in 2023/24 - -How do you follow up such an incredible campaign, which also included a DFB Cup win and a place in the Europa League final? Well, if you're Wirtz, you get right back to work and keep making progress. This season, the Leverkusen No.10 already has four goals and one assist to his name, and on top of this, he is excelling in sides to his game that most observers - looking mainly at his tiny shin guards and low-slung socks - wouldn't have thought were there. - -Mobility - -Wirtz gets through a mountain of work in order to get into positions from which to score the goals and provide the assists that show up in the highlight reels. Leveraging his extraordinary running power, the Germany international makes sure he is in the right place at the right time to bring his decisive skills to bear for Alonso's side. And he does so very astutely: he's not running flat-out for the whole 90 minutes (even though he does come in 15th on the league's distance covered chart), but rather picking his moments and making them count. - -Wirtz is more than just a taker and maker of chances. - DFL/Getty Images/Sebastian Widmann - -About the players 10 Florian Richard Wirtz Bayer 04 Leverkusen - -Want more Bundesliga Action? GET THE UPDATES! - -Notable is his success rate in duels with defenders. When a pass is played into space, or when there's a loose ball, no one in the league is better than Wirtz at out-pacing and fending off their challenger. The Leverkusen danger man has done this 117 times in just nine appearances this season, with Union Berlin defender Diogo Leite the only one to come close (115), and Heidenheim's Benedikt Gimber coming in third (103). - -Florian runs - -Key to Wirtz's duel dominance is of course his ability to pour on the pace when required, and again this is a domain in which the 21-year-old tops the league. Although he is a few miles per hour behind Bochum's veritable roadrunner Gerrit Holtmann, who recently set a new Bundesliga top speed record (22.82 mph/ 36.74 km/h), Wirtz has made 310 sprints - more than even his famously mercurial teammate Jeremie Frimpong (302), and well clear of third-placed Mönchengladbach striker Tim Kleindienst in third (272). - -Wirtz on the move in the Matchday 9 clash with Stuttgart. - DFL/Getty Images/Lukas Schulze - -But that's not all - -Given the free-roaming nature of the playmaking role he is charged with by Alonso, Wirtz needs to cover plenty of ground across the attacking third, and he has done so this season by dominating the division for intensive runs. Indeed, he has racked up 795 of them in his nine appearances, well ahead of second-placed Kleindienst (776) and streets ahead of nearest teammate Alejandro Grimaldo (706), a key indicator of how central the rising star is to Leverkusen's game. - -So, next time you see Wirtz wheeling away in celebration after firing home or teeing up a teammate, you can rest assured that he has worked hard - and run a long way - to get there.",1731883683,26eff8ae46,1012774fa9,,,1731883683 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/some-guy-complained-this-fishing-game-only-caters-to-queer-players-so-the-dev-added-a-straight-title-it-costs-9999,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,"Some guy complained this fishing game only caters to queer players, so the dev added a ""straight"" title - it costs $9999","When multiplayer fishing game Webfishing came out last month, it offered a relaxing hangout zone for cats and dogs. Everything revolves around catching, selling, and collecting the fish that gather in the rivers of a small island. It also lets you customise your character with clothing. Mostly simple hats and shorts, but some options let players celebrate their sexuality, such as a rainbow-adorned t-shirts, or titles that hang above your character which simply say ""Trans"" or ""Bi"". All this led one player to complain there was no ""Straight"" title. So, the developer added one. It costs 10 grand. Webfishing Release Date Trailer Watch on YouTube - -That's in-game money, of course, earned by selling your catch. Not actual human dollars. But it's still a comically large price tag when compared to the other titles in the game, which generally cost $75. To declare your heterosexuality is now the most expensive thing you can do in the game. Nevertheless, the complaint from a bitter user on Steam demanded a ""straight"" title, and that is what they got. What's funnier is that the title comes in quotemarks. So you're not straight, you're ""straight"". - -I'm straight. I also find this incredibly funny. As a glib response to a bad faith complaint, it's perfect. Meanwhile, another player asked if non-binary items of clothing would make an appearance. In that case, a non-binary title and an accompanying t-shirt were simply added to the game. - -All these additions come as part of a big ""housecleaning"" patch that fixes bugs and adds other features. Other titles now available include ""creature"" and ""cryptid"". I'm currently sporting ""critter"". - -Plenty of non-cosmetic changes have been made too. Fishing on ripples in the water now gives you a larger chance of catching better fish. There are multiple save files now, meaning you can rock more than one avatar. Some items can be stacked up to 99. The inventory menus have been reworked. One note in the changelog simply says: ""Added the ???????? which is accessed through the ???? ?????? and ??? ????????"" - colour me intrigued. There are also now 18+ lobbies to try to ensure chat is safer for young players. (Although all this means is that players have to accept a pop-up when joining 18+ servers. Not exactly perfect but better than nothing.) - -""The launch product was rushed and a bit of a mess,"" said creator ""lamedeveloper"" in the update post, pointing out that the entire development time of the game totalled just 5 months. ""I ended up not really being proud of the product I had put out. Hopefully, this patch addresses most of the major issues with the game (and I can finally sleep a bit).""",1731883660,ad45c610da,102d14ec86,,,1731883660 -https://www.pv-tech.org/oneenergy-to-build-165mw-solar-portfolio-wisconsin/,https://www.pv-tech.org/feed,OneEnergy to build 165MW solar portfolio in Wisconsin,"“We are fortunate to partner with an amazing group of landowners hosting these projects and are excited to be constructing them for a similarly strong group of utility partners,” stated Eric Udelhofen, vice president of development at OneEnergy. - -“Working with We Energies, WPS and MGE on these two utility-scale projects will build on a solid foundation of prior collaboration across the numerous distributed solar projects we have developed and constructed with them across Wisconsin.” - -OneEnergy has developed 22 solar projects in the state, with a combined capacity of 123.4MW. While the company’s single largest solar project, by capacity, is the 107MW Goose Prairie project in Washington state, Wisconsin is the state with the most solar capacity installed by OneEnergy, led by the 32MW Butter Solar project. - -The Wisconsin solar sector has grown considerably in recent years, with the state adding more than 800MW of new capacity in 2023, more than the combined capacity added in 2021 and 2022. In January, MGE and We Energies commissioned the 3000MW Badger Hollow project, the largest in the state by capacity. - -The state’s capacity additions ranked ninth among the 50 US states, according to the US Solar Energy Industries Association (SEIA), and the association expects 4.9GW of new capacity to be added in the next five years. - -Solar is also likely to play a key role in the decarbonisation of the Wisconsin energy mix more broadly. In 2022, the state government implemented plans for “carbon-free” power to meet 100% of its energy consumption by 2050, and a key part of this transition will involve the replacement of fossil fuel projects with solar facilities. The state has announced plans to retire three of its seven utility-scale coal plants, with a combined capacity of 2.8GW, and expects to add 2.5GW of new solar capacity in the coming years. - -Some of this desire for new solar capacity could be driven by uncertainty over the future of pieces of legislation key to the energy transition, such as the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA), following the re-election of Donald Trump to the presidency. While Dan Lashof, US director at the World Resources Institute, said that a new Trump administration would not be the “death knell” of the clean energy transition, the president-elect’s longstanding support for fossil fuels has raised questions over the potential growth of the US solar sector.",1731883665,971e36339b,1030386995,,,1731883665 -https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/record-high-migration-poor-rich-countries-2023-study,https://feeds.feedburner.com/zerohedge/feed,Record High Migration From Poor To Rich Countries In 2023: Study,"Authored by Guy Bitchall via The Epoch Times, - -New data has shown that permanent migration to richer countries hit a record high last year. - -Some 6.5 million migrants upped stakes from less-well-off nations to relocate to wealthier nations in 2023, according to figures released by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD). - -Around a third of the 38 OECD members experienced record-breaking arrival numbers last year, including Canada, France, Japan, Switzerland, and the UK. - -However, this influx of poorer immigrants was not evenly split among the planet’s more affluent nations, with another third seeing a drop, including Denmark, Estonia, Israel, Italy, Lithuania, and New Zealand. - -OECD Secretary-General Mathias Cormann said that “buoyant labor demand” has been the driving force behind this increase in movement from the world’s more deprived areas. - -“Many OECD countries are facing widespread labor shortages and looming demographic changes and growing numbers of labor migrants have contributed to sustained economic growth,” he said. “Increasing the accessibility and availability of labor migration channels contributes to addressing labor shortages and is essential to strengthening overall control of flows and managing irregular migration.” - -Topping the table of countries listed in the figures was the UK, which saw 746,900 new permanent arrivals last year, up from 2022’s influx of 488,400. - -This 52.9 percent year-on-year rise was by far the highest out of any member of the OECD, with only South Korea close in percentage terms with a 50.9 percent increase over 2022. - -In terms of raw numbers, however, the nation’s respective inflows differed by orders of magnitude, with South Korea seeing just 87,100 last year, 659,800 fewer than the UK. - -The UK has a population of 68.3 million, while South Korea has 51.7 million people. - -The UK’s massive raw number of arrivals can be further illustrated by the fact it came second only to the United States, which accepted 1.2 million immigrants, despite having a population (334.9 million) five times larger than the UK. - -Temporary Arrivals - -Though the think tank put the number of people who permanently relocated at 6.5 million, that figure does not include illegal immigrants and temporary migrants. - -The OECD typically defines “permanent-type” immigration as workers and their relatives, but not students or refugees, which it regards as temporary residents. - -Discussing the temporary arrivals, the think tank said: “Not only have 6.5 million permanent migrants arrived in the last year, but the number of temporary migrants and asylum seekers has skyrocketed. - -“These high flows have fuelled widespread concern about migrants’ impact on receiving countries’ economies and societies, putting migration management and border control at the top of political agendas and the center of voters’ interests in 2024 elections.” - -All of this comes amidst a rising tide of anti-immigration feelings across the West, with voters flocking to support politicians and parties who have vowed to either cut, stop, or reverse the levels of illegal immigration. - -U.S. President-elect Donald Trump’s election victory in the United States was in part predicated on his promise to control the illegal arrivals flooding across the southern border. - -In Europe, immigration, both legal and illegal, has become a wedge issue, prompting many nations to introduce stricter controls and tougher policies and seeing anti-immigration parties make gains in elections across the continent. - -Last month, a report from the University of Oxford’s Measuring Irregular Migration (MIrreM) project estimated that there are up to 3.2 million illegal immigrants living across 12 European countries. - -This report also found that the UK was home to the most illegal immigrants of any country, with up to 745,000 illegal immigrants believed to be living in the country, accounting for one in 100 members of the population.",1731883616,efc81dd613,10578b1dca,,,1731883616 -https://www.vg247.com/sony-not-giving-up-on-its-psn-requirement-on-pc,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Still hoping that Sony will give up on its PSN account requirement for PC games? Think again, as its president says it exists in the name of safety","We all know that Sony's PSN requirement on PC is very unpopular, but the company has made it clear it has no intention to scrap it in the future. - -Earlier this year, Sony faced a bit of a PR crisis when it announced it would be forcing Helldivers 2 players to connect their game to a PSN account, despite the fact it had been out for months at the time. Sony quickly walked back that decision, but later releases, including the Horizon Zero Dawn remaster, have kept the requirement in, despite that particular title being single-player. This constant inclusion of the requirement has led many of Sony's flagship titles to end up with some pretty mixed reviews on Steam, but that hasn't changed the company's plans, as in a recent investors call, Sony president Hiroki Totoki made it clear as to why it has the requirement in the first place. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -""We have learned a lot,"" Totoki said (thanks, PC Gamer). ""The way to face the issues regarding PC, for instance, the PlayStation accounts that we have offered—by offering them, for instance, sometimes that tends to invite pushback. But for the live service games, in order to maintain order of the gaming, so that anybody can enjoy the game safely, we need to create [an] environment conducive to that, [and] of course enjoying the game freely. - -""Having some restrictions - [we] may not call it a rule - but to ask the users and gamers to follow the manner and [that] balance is very important. We have to continue to seek the best way to achieve this."" As PC Gamer notes, this was translated live, but it's obvious that what Totoki is saying here is that the PSN requirement is here to stay. This will obviously continue to be frustrating for many players, as there are still plenty who live in countries where you can't even have a PSN account, despite Steam existing there. - -In terms of everyone else who can get an account but just doesn't want to, well, I'm sure Sony is just waiting for them to stop caring. I'm sure it can afford to.",1731883710,374d98cbb9,1010fe5dd2,,,1731883710 -https://recruitingdaily.com/human-resource-strategies-for-a-multigenerational-workforce/,https://recruitingdaily.com/feed/,Human Resource Strategies for a Multigenerational Workforce: Navigating Generational Transitions,"As Baby Boomers retire en masse and Gen Z disrupts the workplace as we know it, the modern workplace is undergoing a significant transformation. It is increasingly evident that companies must navigate these generational shifts with agility and foresight to maintain their competitive edge. With the impending exodus of Baby Boomer employees, retaining their wealth of experience and knowledge is also more critical than ever. To stay ahead of the game, businesses should explore strategies that can prolong the tenure of older workers while accommodating their evolving needs. From flexible retirement arrangements tailored to individual preferences to a comprehensive succession plan that bridges the generational gap, this is a pivotal moment for HR departments to lead the way in adapting to an evolving workforce. - -A Compelling Case for Employee Retention - -To mitigate the potential repercussions of simultaneous Baby Boomer retirements, companies should consider leveraging their deeply ingrained loyalty to encourage them to prolong their tenure. Retaining older employees can be instrumental in keeping their invaluable knowledge and experience inside the organization. One approach to encourage older employees to stay is to offer reduced working hours while still allowing them to contribute their expertise. This strategy especially appeals to those who want to extend their working years but also desire more leisure and flexibility in their retirement years. - -However, a part-time retirement gig may look different for every worker. Joan in finance may prefer to work Tuesday-Thursday to make room for frequent long weekend trips, but Greg in communications may prefer to work five days a week in the evenings to help with grandchildren during the day. Communication is critical in making older employees feel valued and heard. Therefore, ask these employees about their needs and desires, listen intently, and create a tailor-made retention strategy for each worker. - -Now is also the time to focus on retaining Gen X employees, as retirement for many in this generation is only a decade away. They are the leaders and experts who are taking the reigns from the Baby Boomers, so keeping them engaged and committed is important to the success of your organization. Offering flexible work arrangements now will encourage your current Gen X employees to stay and attract others to your organization. Many Gen Xers are simultaneously caring for children and their parents. Others have significant interests outside of the workplace. - -Mastering Succession - -As Baby Boomers leave the workforce, their experience, knowledge, and skills will depart with them too. To ensure a smooth transition without causing major disruptions, organizations must establish comprehensive succession plans that go beyond merely listing potential successors. This should not only focus on technical skills but also on leadership and decision-making capabilities. Preparing future leaders with valuable soft skills is essential for maintaining business continuity. - -One effective way to pass down knowledge is through mentorship programs. Encouraging retiring Baby Boomers to take on mentorship roles allows them to share their invaluable experience with younger generations, bridging the generation gap and fostering a culture of continuous learning. - -Mentorship programs can take many forms. Traditional one-on-one mentoring is effective for growing skills and capabilities for long-term career development for single individuals. Organizations should also consider using Baby Boomers for group mentoring by offering master classes in specific skills to share their knowledge with many employees at once. Flash mentoring can be used for short-term, focused mentoring in specific skills rather than longer-term career development. - -Adapting Benefits for an Ever-Evolving Workforce - -HR has a significant role in shaping an organization’s benefits and hiring strategies. With Baby Boomers exiting and more Generation Z employees entering the workforce, it is essential to adapt to the changing needs and expectations. Gathering feedback from your workforce to understand what benefits are important to them is essential. This includes flexibility, remote work options, and other factors that can attract and retain a younger workforce. Employee satisfaction, engagement and feelings of belonging are strongly influenced by the benefits package. Collaboration between HR and talent acquisition teams is crucial. Businesses need to ensure that they have the right tools to attract and engage younger workers as positions open up. This includes aligning recruitment strategies with the evolving expectations and values of the newer generations. - -Conclusion - -As the workforce continues to evolve with Generation Z’s entrance, Baby Boomers’ exit and Gen X’s rise to the C-suite, HR departments play a pivotal role in ensuring a seamless transition. By prioritizing succession planning, organizations can effectively adapt to these changing dynamics. The key lies in proactive HR strategies that not only meet the immediate needs of the workforce but also safeguard the long-term success of the company. Adapting to the changing workforce is not just a necessity; it’s an opportunity for growth and evolution - -Categories - -Tags - -Authors",1731883647,42302586b8,1031adf13e,,,1731883647 -https://thejournal.com/Articles/2024/11/13/Call-for-Speakers-Now-Open-for-Tech-Tactics-in-Education-Thriving-in-the-Age-of-AI.aspx,https://thejournal.com/rss-feeds/news.aspx,Call for Speakers Now Open for Tech Tactics in Education: Thriving in the Age of AI -- THE Journal,"Call for Speakers Now Open for Tech Tactics in Education: Thriving in the Age of AI - -The annual virtual conference from the producers of Campus Technology and THE Journal will return on May 7, 2025, with a focus on AI, cybersecurity, and student success. - -The call for speakers is now open for Tech Tactics in Education May 2025, a fully virtual event developed by the producers of Campus Technology and THE Journal. Taking place on May 7, 2025, the conference will focus on ""Thriving in the Age of AI,"" offering hands-on learning, practical tips, and strategic discussions on AI, cybersecurity, student success, and other key technology trends across K–12 and higher education. - -Prospective speakers are invited to submit proposals for a variety of in-depth and interactive sessions, including panel discussions, hands-on tutorials, campus/expert perspectives, and interactive Q&As. Sessions should address current and emerging technology, data, and security trends impacting education institutions and provide models for implementation, best practices, and strategies for effective technology leadership. Of particular interest are presenters who can provide hands-on exercises or concrete takeaways that attendees can utilize to fine-tune IT practices at their home institutions. Proposals are due Jan. 6, 2025. - -The conference program will feature concurrent sessions in three tracks: - -AI Across the Institution - -From the classroom to the Administration building and everywhere in between, there's not one aspect of education that is untouched by advances in artificial intelligence. How can schools make the most of AI across teaching and learning, IT, operations, and other key areas? For this track, we're looking for practical applications of AI to advance the institutional mission, expert advice on AI risks, trends to watch, and guidelines for formulating an institutional AI policy that establishes guardrails without stifling innovation. - -Potential topics include: AI in ed tech, generative AI's impact on learning, evaluating AI tools, AI skills/training, AI policy, AI risk management, responsible AI, workflow automation - -Cybersecurity in an AI-Powered World - -Education institutions of all levels are attractive targets for ransomware, malware, phishing, and other types of security breaches, and emerging technologies such as AI are bringing new capabilities to both attacks and defenses. For this track, we’re presenting information that IT leaders can use to help defend their institutions or help them recover after the worst comes to pass — with a particular focus on how AI is impacting cybersecurity strategy. We’re looking for best practices, case studies, lessons learned, tips and tutorials to avoid or recover from disaster, trends and predictions in the area of data/network security. - -Potential topics include: incident response planning, threat detection, ransomware, network/data security, student and staff privacy, security operations, strategic cybersecurity planning, IT security leadership, IT security funding/budgeting, identity management, zero trust, cloud security, phishing, cybersecurity awareness, cyber liability insurance, securing remote work/learning environments, risk management, disaster recovery, training staff - -Developing Data-Informed Strategies to Enhance Student Success - -Education institutions collect a wealth of data on students, but many still struggle to translate that into a quantitative impact on student achievement and other outcomes. In this track, practitioners will share how they are revamping their approach to data across campus to enable data-informed decision-making and support the institutional mission — all while avoiding pitfalls and ensuring that data is secure.",1731883611,efd9bb9654,10328633bf,,,1731883611 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/10/why-it-so-expensive-repair-my-devices,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,"""Why Is It So Expensive To Repair My Devices?""","Now, of course, we’ve all dropped a cell phone, picked it up, and realized that we’ve absolutely destroyed its screen. Right? Or is it just me...? Either way, you’ve probably seen how expensive it can be to repair a device, whether it be a cell phone, laptop, or even a washing machine. - -Device repair doesn’t need to be expensive, but companies have made repair a way to siphon more money from your pocket to theirs. It doesn’t need to be this way, and with our new site—Digital Rights Bytes—we lay out how we got here and what we can do to fix this issue. - -Check out our short one-minute video explaining why device repair has become so expensive and what you can do to defend your right to repair. If you’re hungry to learn more, we’ve broken up some key takeaways into small byte-sized pieces you can even share with your family and friends. - -Digital Rights Bytes also has answers to other common questions including if your phone is actually listening to you, ownership of your digital media, and more. Got any additional questions you’d like us to answer in the future? Let us know on your favorite social platform using the hashtag #DigitalRightsBytes so we can find it!",1731883659,1face9fbd3,1051db8813,,,1731883659 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/digital-pr-seo-era/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Beyond Links: The New Era of Digital PR and SEO,"I started reading Kara Swisher’s “Burn Book: A Tech Love Story” last week and am nearly finished. It’s been a fun trip down memory lane to hear about the humble beginnings of some of today’s tech giants. She tells stories I’ve never heard, mostly because a lot of her reporting in those early days was while I was hiding in the stairwell of the English department, reading books where no one could find (or interrupt) me. - -Some things never change, except now I’m hiding in my car, where no one can find me, reading her book. - -Chapter 4, “Search Me,” details her days as a beat reporter covering Google. As an aside, how she describes Larry Page and Sergey Brin is amazing. She calls them the twins and refers to them in that way throughout the entire book. She’ll have you calling them the same if you read it (and I recommend you do!). - -As she tells the story of a strange and wildly unfunny Larry Page and an affable Sergey Brin, she details how they took Yahoo down to become the rulers of the internet. It got me thinking about how we knew nothing about SEO in the early days, from challenging Andy Crestodina in search ranking battles to becoming sophisticated in how digital PR affects everything we do online. - -The SEO Shift - -Back in the day, SEO was all about the almighty link. SEO experts understood that if they could secure a link from a high domain authority site (think the New York Times or the Wall Street Journal), all of their SEO goals could be met in one fell swoop. - -Not unlike a CEO expecting a feature article in one of those publications, eh? - -So they went to work doing “media relations” to have one of those websites link back to the organization’s website. - -And it worked. Heck, it still works. But it’s a bit more nuanced today than it was back then. In the early days, all you had to do was create a list of industry websites that had a higher domain authority score than your own and pitch contributed content. Once accepted, your job was to ensure the article had a link to your website, using a priority keyword as your anchor text. - -It’s gotten a lot more complicated since then, which is what we will discuss today. As Google gets smarter and works to stay ahead of ChatGPT, they are using AI that acts more human-like to evaluate a brand’s online reputation. That means it’s no longer just about links and brand mentions. It’s now about an organization’s products or services, customer journey touchpoints, AND all of the information it has online across various platforms. - -Links vs. Reputation - -To give you an example of what this looks like in real life, I asked both Google and ChatGPT, “What is Spin Sucks?” - -Of course, Google returned lots of links, including many of our own, but it also returned a snippet about the business, a snippet about the book, my author page on Amazon, and some LinkedIn posts. - -None of these have links to spinsucks.com. Google returned the results based on the reputation of the business. - -Now, I ask ChatGPT the same question. It returns a paragraph about who founded it (me!), when, and a quick history of its humble beginnings. Then, it discusses its evolution into a media company that now offers online courses, professional development, and the PESO Model Certification©. It walks you through our vision, covered topics, and advocacy work. - -None of this is based on links. It’s all reputation. - -Driving SEO With E-E-A-T - -Getting information from Google about how they rank content is typically challenging. Still, their Search Quality Evaluator Guidelines explicitly tell us how to evaluate a website’s and its content creators’ reputations. - -Those articles are pretty laborious, so I’ll give you a synopsis. - -But first, let me quote one thing of importance, “Reputation research should be performed according to the page’s topic. For example, if the page contains medical information, you should research the reputation of the website and content creator for providing medical information. A website can be a go-to source for one type of content, such as humorous videos, but an untrustworthy source for a different type of content, such as financial information” - -Makes sense, right? - -Spin Sucks is a go-to source for communications, but definitely not for financial information. Or HR information. Or accounting information. You get the point. - -As you investigate how they’re providing search results based on reputation, you realize what we’ve been discussing all year is the most important indicator—experience, expertise, authority, and trust…or E-E-A-T. - -The Google automated systems are designed to use hundreds, if not thousands, of factors to rank great content. After the robot overlords identify relevant content, the system then works to prioritize the content that seems most helpful to what the person is searching. To do this, they examine which content demonstrates experience, expertise, authority, and trust. - -And voila! Your content appears above the fold in search results. - -So they look for relevant content, prioritize it, examine E-E-A-T, and serve it up to the searcher. That’s why, in many cases, they deliver content that is snippets of information and not links to that content. - -Trust (or reputation) is the most important of these. Experience, expertise, and authority contribute to trustworthiness, but the content doesn’t necessarily have to contain all four. But if you focus on creating content that does those four things, you will always rank in search results and generative AI. - -This is great news for communicators! No longer is SEO solely about building links. It’s about cultivating a website’s reputation through its content, subject matter experts, executives, and products or services. - -That’s what we do! And we do it better than anyone else, including SEO experts and marketers. - -Digital PR Reigns Supreme - -Back in the day, SEO was all about links, brand mentions, follow links, domain authority, guest articles, and fixing broken links. In some cases, much of this still works, but it has to be more than just an email to a webmaster saying, “I see this link in this article is broken. How about replacing it with this link?” - -(Trust me…I get a handful of those emails every day. And guess what? Most of the links they claim are broken? Not true! So I just delete the emails now.) - -Contributed content still works, as does having a link to your website from a site with a higher domain authority than your own. But those things are just the top—what Google said they use to find relevant content. Then they have to prioritize it and rank it based on E-E-A-T. So your job is not yet finished! - -That contributed content? It should tell a story. It can be about the customer journey, a customer story, a data-driven story, or expert commentary. All of those things will demonstrate the experience and expertise of the organization. - -And the link included in the article? It should have anchor text that leads readers, viewers, or listeners to a podcast episode on the same topic, some thought leadership from your executives, or even recent media coverage you have housed in the newsroom on your website. - -It doesn’t have to be just contributed content, either. It can be any content housed somewhere other than your own site—media placements, a newsletter (Substack or Medium, for instance), podcasts, social media posts, review sites, and more. - -Now that you understand how to make your content relevant, let’s discuss the E-E-A-T part. - -The key traits of digital PR, as they relate to SEO, are: - -Topical field of expertise - -Proof of that expertise - -Telling stories with data - -Industry influence - -Relevance to your audience - -Customer journey - -Digital PR Eats E-E-A-T - -With expertise, you can consider individuals, such as executives or subject matter experts, and organizational aspects, such as culture, niche, or product or service. - -To determine the expertise, you should consider the depth of knowledge, experience and practice, and demonstrated skills. - -For instance, the last person you want to advise you on accounting is me. I don’t have any experience or practice doing it, I don’t have a depth of knowledge, nor do I have demonstrated skills. But if you want to know anything about cycling (OK, or communications), I’m your gal! - -As you build the expertise part of your E-E-A-T process, look internally at who demonstrates these four things. - -Once you have your experts lined up, build your resource library—the types of things they can speak to. This might include unique research, customer stories, expert commentary, and/or in-depth knowledge about your products or services. - -For instance, when I started speaking, I bemoaned to a mentor that I had all these great opportunities to get on stage, but no one was hiring us. He said, “That’s because you don’t speak to your experience. I don’t mean selling from the stage. Rather, I mean crafting stories around the work that you do. The phone won’t stop ringing once they experience how you’ve helped organizations like theirs.” - -And he was right. - -Once I started educating my audience and then saying, “When we did this for client X, their challenge was X, and we solved it in this way,” people started emailing (today’s version of a phone call) because they had the same problem and wanted our help solving it. - -This proof of expertise should influence others to take action. - -The combination of experience and expertise will create trust and authority, and you will be well on your way to improving your search rankings and correlating your efforts to the organization’s goals. - -A Warning to All PR Pros - -And here’s the deal, my friends. The SEO journals tout the advantages of digital PR and encourage experts to use it to improve their search rankings, particularly in the era of generative search. If what I get in my inbox is any indication, they’re not good at it. They have no idea how to build relationships, tell stories, or build reputation. They are accustomed to spraying and praying in the hopes of getting the all-mighty link. - -This is what we do. It’s what we’re experts in doing. Call it SEO or digital PR or whatever the heck you want, but no one does this better than communicators. So get out there and do what you’re good at doing. If you do that, you’ll improve your search rankings simply because you’re better at this than anyone else.",1731883721,4dc781f5bc,0fe9544d12,,,1731883721 -https://www.teachthought.com/learning/misconceptions-about-blooms-taxonomy/,https://www.teachthought.com/feed/,5 Common Misconceptions About Bloom's Taxonomy,,1731883663,ecf7668f95,10675b62a7,,,1731883663 -https://sproutsocial.com/insights/post-performance-report-november-2024/,https://sproutsocial.com/insights/rss,Post Performance Report: Masterful examples of executive brand advocacy,"It’s time for another edition of the Post Performance Report (PPR), a series where we showcase social media posts and campaigns inspiring us, and explore what makes them so genius. We unpack how your brand can use these examples to spark your own scroll-stopping ideas—while maximizing your budget and doing more with less. - -If a C-suite executive says the wrong thing on social, it could snowball into a brand crisis and cost them their job. That’s why many leaders stay away from building a personal brand, whether by choice or corporate mandate. Despite the risk, many grow their followings by regularly sharing brand content, thought leadership and even a peek into their personal lives. - -Because when executives approach social in an intentional way, it makes their brand seem more approachable, honest and trustworthy. With a focused executive social strategy, leaders amplify visibility and deepen connections with customers, employees, investors, media and partners. - -Let’s dive into our lineup of executives (and the teams who support them) who are the most effective on social, and tips for developing your own successful executive communications program. - -Salesforce: There’s a first time for everything - -As the company behind a leading CRM software, Salesforce is a B2B marketing icon. With massive events like Dreamforce and millions of followers across platforms, the SaaS company sets the standard. Yet, up until recently, they weren’t able to do something pivotal: Leverage their CEO on social media. - -When CEO, Marc Benioff, published his first LinkedIn post on October 30, 2024, it rocked the network’s algorithm. At time of publishing the post has over 18,000 likes, 800 comments and 1,900 reposts. Benioff’s post focused on an AI system update to their platform—a move that comes amid fierce competition in the AI landscape. - -The post dramatically boosted the reach of the announcement through organic engagement and paid investment. - -The PR lift from Benioff’s post and related commentary contributed to media pickups related to the launch, and reassured customers and investors of the company’s direction. - -The play: For social and communications professionals who have struggled to get their executives (especially their CEO) on board with social brand advocacy, you’re not alone. Even some of the world’s biggest brands are figuring out how to overcome this challenge. Let Salesforce give you hope. - -Make a case for creating an executive communications strategy by using Benioff’s post as a proof point. Tell a compelling story of what can happen for your brand when you tie a pivotal brand launch to a leader’s debut on social. - -Symphonic Capital: Creating a sense of belonging - -Symphonic Capital is a venture capital firm that invests in the next generation of institutions through serving overlooked and underserved communities. On LinkedIn, their founding general partner Sydney Paige Thomas has amassed a following by reflecting on what she’s learned investing in infrastructure technology and highlighting the firm’s events. - -Thomas is consistent on social, which matters. But more importantly, she’s herself. She talks about her experiences as the daughter of the first Black Chief of Staff of San Diego Mercy Hospital. She shares personal anecdotes from her school years. She even mentions astrology in her posts. - -Thomas demonstrates why executives can (and should) bring their full selves to their online personal brand. Humanizing your leaders creates confidence in your mission by allowing your community to see your leaders’ values first-hand. What motivates them, what their purpose is, why they think their work matters. - -Thomas’ efforts helped her land on the AFROTECH™ Future 50 list. This accolade is one of a growing list of accomplishments she’s achieved as a trusted voice in the investment space. As she continues ascending in the field, so too does her firm’s profile. - -The play: Take a cue from Thomas and Symphonic Capital by giving your leaders space to embody their full identities on social. Give them permission to talk about their upbringings, hobbies and families as well as their passion for their work. People trust people, and want to hear from them. - -Raising Cane’s: From CEO to celebrity - -In both B2C and B2B, it’s rare to see a CEO as involved in company marketing as Todd Graves. Graves is the founder of Raising Cane’s—the rapidly growing American chain known for their chicken fingers. He has shared the stage with Snoop Dogg, appeared as a guest shark on Shark Tank and gave Travis Kelce free chicken for a year. - -The Raising Cane’s team uses Graves’ outgoing personality, likeability and popularity to their advantage, frequently featuring him in the brand’s social media content. Graves also has his own public Instagram channel (another CEO anomaly) where he is tagged as a collaborator on most of Raising Cane’s posts—amplifying their reach to his more than 500,000 followers. He appears in influencer posts, like this one where he shared a meal at Raising Cane’s with an influencer who had never eaten at one of his restaurants. - -It’s difficult to articulate just how effective this strategy has been for raising Graves’ profile. His unlikely origin story became the bedrock of the brand’s image, forever intertwining Graves and Canes. Awareness of one inevitability creates success for the other. The company is on track to amass $5 billion this year and Graves was subsequently named to the Fortune 400 list. - -The play: The “throw your CEO in the spotlight” strategy will not work at every company. Probably not even most companies. This playbook is only meant for founders who stick around for their entire career, until the next generation inherits their business. Even when brands fit into that bucket, they should only pursue this approach if they have a leader who has clearly defined values, flourishes in the limelight and is discerning about what to share publicly. - -For brands with all pieces of that puzzle, your CEO might be the golden ticket to massive growth and outpacing the competition. For others, adapt what makes sense for your company. Maybe it’s encouraging your CEO to create an Instagram account managed by the social team. Or doing more media outreach for your C-suite. - -Google: Sharing the spotlight across the C-suite - -For a multinational, publicly traded corporation like Google, having executive thought leaders on social can be a significant risk (even more so than for startups or small companies). For this reason, some members of the C-suite might not be present on social at all, while others take a restrained approach. - -Google’s CEO, Sundar Pichai, chooses the latter, and shares well-curated content like highlights from earnings calls, clips from conversations with leaders at other companies and reflections about the future of global emerging technology on LinkedIn. - -Similarly, Google’s Chief Sustainability Officer Kate Brandt shares how Google technology enables sustainable practices, like finding the perfect location for a solar farm, from her account. She also shares new pathways the company is creating for clean energy and AI-powered sustainability. - -Melonie Parker, Chief Diversity Officer at Google, uses her voice on LinkedIn to draw attention to corporate initiatives tied to employee resource groups, partnerships with HBCUs and collaborations with nonprofit organizations. - -It’s clear Google executives are in lock-step with their internal communications and content teams, and play an essential role in shaping their public narrative and steering attention toward their company roadmap. - -The play: Though building an executive communications program on social can be a risk, the greater risk is zero executive presence on social at all. Even if leaders only repost existing brand content with a thoughtful message, that still helps companies stay ahead of and shape news stories, while multiplying reach and increasing employee engagement. - -Take a cue from Google and create a posting calendar for your executives where they reshare existing content tied to their function. Suggest articles they should share and tie their posts to internal milestones. - -Hilton: Pulling back the curtain on culture - -For a well-established brand in the hospitality industry like Hilton, the need for a strong executive presence on LinkedIn might not be obvious at first. The brand is already widely recognized globally (they even have a celebrity spokesperson in the family). But as recruiting employees in the hospitality sector becomes a larger priority, so too does the need to strengthen their employer brand. - -Hilton’s Chief Marketing Officer Mark Weinstein frequently posts content using the brand hashtag #EveryJobMakesTheStay, an ode to the Hilton ethos that every employee plays an important role in providing best-in-class guest experiences. - -Weinstein also showcases Hilton’s awards, philanthropic efforts, and accessibility programs on LinkedIn, as well as leadership programs offered at the company. - -Having leaders like Weinstein rally around recruitment and retention efforts—even indirectly—reinforces Hilton’s positive culture. His posts build upon stories in the media about Hilton’s partnerships with organizations like the U.S. Committee of Refugees and Immigrants, and underscores the brand’s commitment to investing in people. - -The play: Building an indelible employer legacy is one of the most pressing reasons to kickstart or expand your executive communications program. No matter your sector, showing prospective employees what daily life at your company is like is key to hiring and keeping world-class talent. - -Global spotlight: Telstra’s CEO is on the frontlines - -Telstra is Australia’s largest mobile network, building, operating and fortifying telecommunications connections around the country. The brand’s CEO, Vicki Brady, shares scenes onsite while crews build network infrastructure. Like in this post, where she talks about the sacrifices those on the frontlines make and how their hard work translates to strengthening intercity fiber networks. - -Through posts like this, Brady demonstrates her empathy for both the brand’s customers and employees. She proves Telstra’s commitment to providing reliable service as weather patterns become more extreme, and the appreciation she feels for the crew members who spend weeks away from their loved ones on the job. - -She also shares reflections from sitting down with customers to learn more about their needs—especially those in remote places. - -Telstra’s commitment to providing top-tier service and connectivity reflects in their earnings projections, even as they navigate tricky economic headwinds. - -The play: Executives don’t just play a role humanizing your brand, they also humanize your customers and employees. As Brady illustrates, making people feel seen can go a long way. Consumers and team members are more than a number, and executives who reflect that on social earn their trust. - -From the board room to the feed - -That concludes this month’s installment of the PPR. Stay tuned for next month’s edition, where we’re rounding up brands we haven’t been able to scroll away from in 2024. In the meantime, remember these key takeaways: - -Post Performance Report Takeaways Executive advocacy humanizes your brand. Your company seems more trustworthy and relatable when leaders share their authentic selves. - - - -Amplifying existing brand messages is a great starting point. It can be difficult to get executives on board with posting regularly. Giving them a low-lift way to do so still extends reach and generates attention for major updates. - - - -Social allows leaders to shape public narratives and reinforce company culture. Executives can use social content to align public perception with their corporate goals—a move that helps them win over consumers and potential employees alike. - -Looking for step-by-step guidance on building an executive brand? Download our executive social media strategy cheat sheet. - -And if you see a social post or campaign that deserves to be highlighted, tag us @sproutsocial and use #PostPerformanceReport to have your idea included in a future article.",1731883634,e2ee1d181c,10c6192fe3,,,1731883634 -https://derivsource.com/2024/07/17/wells-fargo-latest-clearing-member-to-join-lch-forexclear/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Wells Fargo latest clearing member to join LCH ForexClear,"Wells Fargo third new clearing member to join LCH ForexClear in the past 12 months. - -LCH ForexClear has experienced strong growth across the service in 2024, with record volumes in June 2024. - -Record NDF Average Daily Volume (ADV) of $132 billion cleared in June 2024, a 33% increase on June 2023. - -84 clients and 41 member entities are now live on the service. - - - -LCH ForexClear, an LSEG business, announces that US-based bank Wells Fargo has joined as a member and has processed its first NDF trade through the service. Wells Fargo is now able to benefit from ForexClear’s offering including comprehensive margin, liquidity and netting opportunities. - -Andrew Batchelor, Head of ForexClear, LCH, said: “We are delighted to welcome Wells Fargo as our latest member, as we continue to expand our offering to financial institutions globally, following the addition of two new members from Asia and Europe in 2023. Their membership reinforces our commitment to providing leading FX clearing and financial resource and risk management services to the FX market, as a growing number of firms increase their cleared flow.” - -Vincent Hindman, Head of Foreign Exchange, Wells Fargo, said: “Wells Fargo is proud to be the latest member to join LCH ForexClear. Given the strategic growth of our FX platform over the last few years, it was important to unlock the margin and capital efficiencies provided through ForexClear. As more interbank and client volume continues to migrate towards NDF clearing, this will allow us to further mitigate counterparty credit risk and lower costs through multilateral risk netting.” - -LCH ForexClear has experienced strong growth across the service in 2024, with record volumes in June. As well as strong growth in NDF volumes, FX Options ADV at ForexClear increased by 126% from June 2023 to $22 billion in June 2024, with a record day of $48 billion registered on June 27, 2024.",1731883786,9dd65a327d,109b01af56,,,1731883786 -https://kotaku.com/metaphor-play-after-persona-ys-final-fantasy-shin-1851698925,https://kotaku.com/rss,10 Games To Play After Metaphor ReFantazio,"Metaphor: ReFantazio is a stunning RPG that exemplifies almost everything that makes Atlus-developed games great. With the social elements of Persona, battle mechanics from Shin Megami Tensei, a mix of real-time and turn-based combat, and a traditional RPG class system, there is an enormous amount to love about Metaphor. Admittedly, if you are the target demographic for this kind of game, you did not need me to explain all this to you. But in the bizarre chance this is your first time ever hearing about Metaphor, please play this spectacular game. Kotaku’s Kenneth Sheppard can explain to you why you should. - -Advertisement - -Read More: Metaphor: ReFantazio: The Kotaku Review - -Though Metaphor features numerous systems and ideas seen in other games, few mix them all together so elegantly. So if you’ve just finished Metaphor and are hungry for more, it can be tricky to identify what exactly you’re craving. Do you want more of the social simulator elements as seen in the daily life segments of the game? Are you hungry for another RPG with a beefy class system? Or are you jonesing for another game that dabbles in politics? - -Regardless of what exactly you liked about Metaphor, here you’ll find ten games that should scratch whatever itch has lingered in your heart since rolling credits on your adventure with your Elda. Not every game here will be like Metaphor, exactly, but I guess you could say they’re at least similes. I’ll see myself out now, please tip the wait staff. - -",1731883666,a0840ab3b4,0f3ef2787f,,,1731883666 -https://arpost.co/2023/08/09/exploring-the-world-of-live-xr-theater/,https://arpost.co/feed/,Exploring the World of Live XR Theater,"The last three years may feel as though they’ve gone by pretty quickly. A few short years ago, we were seeing an explosion of interest and production in XR theater and live virtual entertainment. The pandemic meant that a lot of theaters were empty, creating a strong need for audiences and entertainers alike. - -Now it’s 2023. Theaters are open again. But, that doesn’t mean that XR theater has gone anywhere. Far from being a temporary fix to string us through an isolated event, live VR entertainment is stronger than ever. It remains a way to explore new avenues of storytelling and even bring new audiences into traditional entertainment venues. - -Understanding Immersive Theater - -Before we dive in, a quick clarifying note may be required. While some readers will hopefully come from a theater background, most readers are likely more familiar with XR terminology so one particular term might be confusing. - -When ARPost describes an experience as “immersive,” we’re usually talking about a 3D virtual environment that is spatially explored either by physical movement in augmented or mixed reality, or through spatial navigation in virtual reality. However, XR does not have a monopoly on the word. - -“Immersive theater” is a term from the live entertainment world that far predates XR and XR theater. In this form of immersive theater, participants converse with actors, manipulate props, and physically move through sets that might take up an entire building. While the pandemic played a part in the growth of XR theater, its roots are in immersive theater. - -“Due to our familiarity with the genre of immersive theatre, and some of our team members had prior experience performing in and being audience members in VR theatre shows, the transition from in real life (IRL) to VR was very natural,” Ferryman Collective founding member Stephen Butchko told ARPost. - -Ferryman Collective, one of the premiere production companies in XR theater, was founded during the pandemic but its founding members had already been performing immersive theater in live venues for years. In fact, one of Ferryman Collective’s first major productions, Severance Theory: Welcome to Respite, began life as an in-person immersive theater production. - -From Gaming to XR Theater - -The Under Presents, released in 2019, might be the first major piece of XR theater. Tender Claws, the development studio behind the production, had been exploring innovative digital productions and engagements for four years already, but The Under Presents is where our story begins. - - - -The experience, built as a game that sometimes featured live actors, introduced countless viewers to live XR theater. It also inspired other artists at a time when the theater community was in dire need of something new and different. - -“Born out of the Pandemic” - -“Ferryman Collective was born out of the pandemic and brought together by the magic of The Under Presents, or ‘TUP’, as we affectionately call it,” Ferryman Collective founding member Deirdre Lyons told ARPost. “The pandemic shut everything down in 2020 except for TUP, as people performed and participated in it from home.” - -In 2019, Lyons was one of the Tender Claw’s VR actors – a job that she still holds while also producing, directing, and acting in productions by Ferryman Collective. A number of members of Ferryman Collective met while working on TUP. - -The live show was only supposed to run for three months but extended the run due to its high popularity. The live component of the app and game was eventually closed, leaving actors free to work on other projects, with Tender Claws’ second major XR theater production, Tempest, coming out the following year. - -Ferryman Collective’s first production, PARA, a horror story about a dubious AI startup, came out in the autumn of 2020. The show was written by Braden Roy, and was directed by Roy and Brian Tull, who had also met working on TUP. Roy also wrote Ferryman Collective’s second production, Krampusnacht, directed by Roy, Tull, and Lyons in the winter of 2020-2021. - - - -XR Theater Meets Immersive Theater - -Ferryman Collective learned a lot from PARA and Krampusnacht. The latter got the collective their first award nomination, with a run that was extended four times to keep up with interest. However, the collective’s breakout production was The Severance Theory: Welcome to Respite – an XR adaptation of a pre-pandemic live immersive theater production. - -“Having experienced quiet moments of contemplation with other audience members within my experience as an actor on TUP, I knew that this medium had the potential for a profound connection,” said Lyons. “Having done some voiceover work on The Severance Theory: Welcome to Respite […] I felt this piece could be that kind of powerful experience in VR.” - -Lyons reached out to the play’s creator, Lyndsie Scoggin, who had also been sidelined by the pandemic. Scoggin went from not owning a headset to writing and directing the XR theater adaptation, which took on a life of its own. - -“The IRL version of [Welcome to Respite] was performed for one audience member who plays a seven-year-old kid named Alex,” Butchko told ARPost. “In the VR version, we are able to include up to nine additional audience members who are put into invisible avatars and play the alternate aspects of Alex’s personality, the Alter Egos.” - -Bringing in Participants - -Ferryman Collective’s approach to Welcome to Respite brings in more participants per show, but it also allows the participants to control the story as a group as each one gets a vote to determine Alex’s actions taken by the singular Alex over the course of the play. - -Expanding the scale of XR theater audiences is one of the pioneering pursuits of “scrappy storyteller” Brandan Bradley. Bradley has been exploring XR since 2017 but really dove into it during the pandemic. During this time he has launched his own projects and XR theater productions and has also acted in productions by Ferryman Collective. - -“The pandemic brought about this collision of my two loves: interactive media and fine arts,” Bradley told ARPost in a 2020 interview. - -Bradley’s current production, NPC, brings in a group decision dynamic similar to Welcome to Respite. Bradley plays a side character in a video game that sees the main character die and turns to the audience for guidance. The audience is four “on-stage” participants that interact with him directly, and a larger “seated audience” that watches the action unfold. - -Expanding the audience - -Splitting the audience like this does a number of things for Bradley. Traditional immersive theater experiences might only have the participating audience – and most XR theater still works that way. From a strictly box office perspective, bringing in the “seated audience” allows Bradley to sell significantly more tickets per performance. - -There’s also an audience accommodation aspect. While the “seated audience” might be interested in seeing a story that is shaped by the audience, shaping the story themselves might not be their cup of tea. Further, the “seated audience” can join on more widely affordable and available devices – including a web browser. - -“There is a large contingency of the audience that enjoys a more passive role – like a Twitch chat come to life,” Bradley told me over coffee at AWE. “My mom, who will never put on goggles, is willing to join on the keyboard.” - -Bradley’s OnBoardXR – a sort of workshop and venue for XR entertainers to begin developing and testing live performances – uses a similar ticketing model. In a lobby, audience members choose different avatars to signal to the actors the degree to which they feel comfortable participating. - -NPC and OnBoardXR, take place on-browser and can be joined in headset, on a desktop, or even on a mobile phone. Ferryman Collective performs in VRChat for similar options. This is a departure from Tender Claws’ VR-only productions. - -“All of us would love to be The Under Presents […] but the price point is outrageous and the timetable is untenable for someone who just wants to keep producing […] we’re kind of ‘Off Broadway,’” said Bradley. “This is the balance that we’re all doing. There are things we would all love to do with more robust tools […] right now it’s more important to have more participants.” - -Exploring Affordances - -Anytime that anything is brought into virtual reality, there are benefits and barriers. Live theater is no different. Set and prop design, construction, and storage can be a lot easier. This to the point that no XR production ever need be permanently ended. A show can be revived at any time because everything exists as files as opposed to physical objects that must be stored. - -However, physicality and expression can be a trade-off. A character may be fantastically designed for VR, but controlling it and expressing through it isn’t always easy – even with special avatars with controller-activated expressions. - -“Emotions within the scene must be conveyed through the actor’s voice and sometimes stylized gestures[…],” said Butchko. “Things that we cannot do easily or convincingly are eat, drink, and lay down. Those were all found in the IRL production of [Welcome to Respite], but could not be used in the VR version due to technical limitations.” - -Further, if you’re still comparing XR theater with a typical play instead of immersive theater, there are a few more details that you might have missed. Some in-person immersive theater involves physical contact between actors and participants, or at least involves participants physically interacting with sets and props. - -“Not all immersive shows have physical actor-audience contact but there’s still the physicality of the structure and props that can’t be replicated without building a physical space,” Tull told ARPost. “Smell and taste are noticed less, though the potpourri of an old mansion or a gin and tonic at a seedy speakeasy go a long way in completing the illusion.” - -Tull further commented that, even when “physical actor-audience contact” is involved, “the visual immersion of virtual reality can almost replicate the intimacy of actual touch.” I certainly found this to be the case. - -Exploring Emotion - -As a participant in Ferryman Collective’s Gumball Dreams, an actor reached out and virtually put his hand on my chest. If an actor had physically done this in an IRL production, I dare say that this would have made me immensely uncomfortable in the worst way. But, in VR, this came across as intended – a moving intimate gesture between characters in a story. - -Gumball Dreams has an amusing name and a brightly colored and stylized virtual world. However, the actual story is an incredibly moving exploration of mortality and consciousness. Similar themes exist in NPC, while Welcome to Respite explores the experience of psychological disorders. What makes XR theater so conducive to these heavy topics? - -“At a media level, when you’re inviting the kind of immersion that VR affords, you want to do more than just comedy,” said Bradley. “There is an emotional intimacy that we experience in VR that we haven’t experienced anywhere else and don’t have words for and that’s the next degree of the storytelling experience.” - -In this year’s AWE panel discussion on “XR Entertainment: The Next Generation of Movie Makers and Performers”, Ferryman Collective performer and producer Whitton Frank gave a description of XR theater that also explains the draw that it has to audiences as well as entertainers. - -“You are given a character and you are a part of the play […] you’re having emotional experiences with another human being which is why, I think, people get excited about this,” said Frank. “That is the way forward – to show people the world in a way that they haven’t seen it before.” - -Find an XR Theater Experience - -So, how do you know when and which XR theater experiences are available? It’s still a pretty niche field, but it’s close-knit. Start out by following groups like Tender Claws, OnBoardXR, and Ferryman Collective. Then (before or after the show), talk to the other audience members. Some will likely be new to it themselves, but others will be able to point you in the right direction.",1731883653,90b51aadd0,10b82bdef2,,,1731883653 -https://www.wmagazine.com/fashion/charli-xcx-black-jumpsuit-woven-gloves-new-york,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,Charli XCX Turns the Manhattan Streets Into a High-Fashion Safari,"The island of Manhattan is largely devoid of wild animals, but that didn’t stop Charli XCX from dressing like she’s heading out on a particularly chic safari. - -Ahead of her dual hosting and performing duties on Saturday Night Live!, Charli stepped out to rehearsals last night in a black jumpsuit from Saint Laurent. The piece appeared to be a riff on house founder Yves Saint Laurent’s signature safari trench. The design, which originally debuted in the 1960s, has been a constant reference point for the brand’s subsequent creative directors ever since. This version by Saint Laurent’s current creative director Anthony Vaccarello featured a zipper front and two large chest pockets. - -Charli cinched her utilitarian jumpsuit with a thick belt and slung a glossy mini bag over her shoulder. She wrapped everything up with pointed-toe pumps and woven Bottega Veneta gloves. Her racing goggles made sure everything looked a little Brat. - -Aeon/GC Images/Getty Images - -Given the recent surge of leopard print, it’s ironic that Charli would tackle its fashion relative—safari attire—while wearing all-black everything. But perhaps there’s nothing more Brat than wearing one of fall’s biggest trends entirely on your own terms. - -Today, Charli was again spotted heading out to SNL rehearsals in even more off-duty fashion. The singer got in on the tiny top, big boot craze by wearing a cropped tank and denim Ksubi shorts with crinkled knee-high shoes. A multi-color fur coat brought a pop to her eclectic fall look as did her blackout glasses and structured Aupen handbag. - -Aeon/GC Images/Getty Images - -It’s sure to be a big night for Charli on Saturday. She’s tasked with hosting the late-night show for the first time in her career and performing her hits for audiences. If her rehearsal outfits are anything to go by, she’s very well-prepared in the fashion department.",1731883675,f8844306b1,10969eae19,,,1731883675 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/football/videos/c704n65wyklo,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,WSL highlights: Arsenal cruise to 3-0 win at Spurs in north London derby,"Arsenal continue their resurgence under interim boss Renee Slegers with a comfortable 3-0 win at Tottenham in the Women's Super League north London derby. - -READ MORE: Arsenal cruise to dominant derby win at Tottenham - -Available to UK users only.",1731883671,bcdff126e2,10bbbf4c1e,,,1731883671 -https://www.avclub.com/mac-miller-balloonerism-album-release-tyler-the-creator,https://www.avclub.com/rss,"Mythic Mac Miller album, Balloonerism, could see the light of day soon","Mythic Mac Miller album, Balloonerism, could see the light of day soon A teaser for Mac Miller’s unreleased album, Balloonerism, played at Tyler, the Creator’s Camp Flog Gnaw festival. - -Over the weekend, Tyler, the Creator held the 10th annual Camp Flog Gnaw music festival and used the two minutes before The Alchemist & Friends’ set to pay tribute to Mac Miller and tease the late rapper’s long-lost record, Balloonerism. Per Uproxx, before The Alchemist took the stage, screens around the stage played a video featuring the tracks “The Song That Changed Everything” and “5 Dollar Pony Rides” off Miller’s unreleased Balloonerism album. - -Balloonerism has been floating around since before 2014’s Faces mixtape, but the album’s myth grew following Miller’s 2018 death. In 2020, the song “Do You Have A Destination” appeared on the now-defunct music forum LeakThis. The Faulty Jules YouTube channel explains that the LeakThis user who posted the song said it was supposed to come out before Faces. Metadata revealed it to be the third track off an unreleased album called Balloonerism. Over the next few days, the user continued releasing songs from the album, including “The Song That Changed Everything” featuring SZA and an original version of Miller’s “Uber.” The rest of the album would soon make its way to the internet but was never given an official release. Speculation surrounding the album continues to create waves throughout Miller’s fandom, as this Reddit rundown details the album’s history. - -When Tyler, the Creator and his cohorts will release Balloonerism is still unknown. Perhaps it’s cold comfort to the Miller fans that simply acknowledging its existence is the first step to pulling it out of the vault. - -Balloonerism isn’t the only Mac Miller release supposedly in the works. Last year, producer Madlib announced that he was finishing work on an unreleased EP. Miller’s final album, the posthumously released Spaces, came out in 2020.",1731883661,66c132240d,108caeea4d,,,1731883661 -https://www.mmamania.com/2024/11/17/24297984/2024-ibjjf-crown-live-video-stream-results-highlights-bjj-jiujitsu,https://www.mmamania.com/rss/current,"2024 IBJJF Crown: Live video stream, results, highlights","The 2024 IBJJF Crown happens TODAY (Sun., Nov. 17, 2024), with the long-running Brazilian jiu-jitsu (BJJ) institution hosting their premier gi event. - -8-man tournaments will be held across four divisions for men, and two divisions for women. Stars such as Diego Pato and Tainan Dalpra will be among the several BJJ world champions participating in the event that has over $250,000 total in prizes. - -The gi jiu-jitsu event will stream LIVE on FloGrappling, starting at 2 p.m. ET. - -Checkout the full brackets, purse breakdown, along with a preview of the event here. Full results from the event can be seen below, along with a free live stream of the early matches. - -2024 IBJJF Crown live stream - -IBJJF Crown Results and Highlights - -Featherweight (70 kg/154 lbs) - -Opening rounds: - -Diego Oliveira def. Osvaldo Moizino via points 6-2 - -Jamil Hill-Taylor def. Marco Mendes via judge’s decision - -Joao Mendes def. Kennedy Maciel via advantage - -Ademir Barreto def. Eduardo Granzotto via submission (kneebar) - -Semi-finals: - -Diego Oliveira def. Jamil Hill-Taylor via points 18-0 - -Joao Mendes def. Ademir Barreto via points 2-0 - -Bronze: - -Jamil Hill-Taylor vs. Ademir Barreto - -Finals: - -Diego Oliveira vs. Joao Mendes - -Middleweight (82.3 kg/181 lbs) - -Opening rounds: - -Tainan Dalpra def. Gabriel Galvao via points 8-2 - -Elijah Dorsey def. Matheus Luna via advantages - -Andy Murasaki def. Jaime Canuto via points 7-0 - -Mauricio Oliveira def. Manuel Ribamar via advantages - -Semi-finals: - -Tainan Dalpra def. Elijah Dorsey via submission (triangle armbar) - -Andy Murasaki def. Mauricio Oliveira via submission (armbar) - -Bronze: - -Elijah Dorsey vs. Mauricio Oliveira - -Finals: - -Tainan Dalpra vs. Andy Murasaki - -Heavyweight (94.3 kg/208 lbs) - -Opening rounds: - -Adam Wardzinski def. Matheus Sprirandeli via points 9-2 - -Horlando Monteiro def. Paulo Merlin via advantages - -Gustavo Batista def. João Nicolete via submission (armbar) - -Rider Zuchi vs. Patrick Gaudio ends in double disqualification - -Semi-finals: - -Adam Wardzinski def. Horlando Monteiro by submission (choke from back) - -Gustavo Batista gets a bye to the finals - -Bronze: - -Horlando Monteiro - -Finals: - -Gustavo Batista vs. Adam Wardzinski - -Men’s Ultra-Heavyweight (Openweight) - -Opening rounds: - -Erich Munis def. Kristof Szucs via submission (footlock) - -Pedro Machado def. Kjetil Lydvo via submission (armbar) - -Gutemberg Pereira def. Felipe Costa via advantages - -Marcus Ribeiro def. Roosevelt Sousa via submission (collar choke) - -Semi-finals: - -Erich Munis def. Pedro Machado via points 15-6 - -Marcus Ribeiro def. Gutemberg Pereira via advantages - -Bronze: - -Pedro Machado vs. Gutemberg Pereira - -Finals: - -Erich Munis vs. Marcus Ribeiro - -Women’s Lightweight (64 kg/141 lbs) - -Opening rounds: - -Janaina Lebre def. Vitoria Assis via submission (rear naked choke) - -Cassia Moura def. Thaynara Victoria via points 4-2 - -Brianna Ste-Marie def. Jaine Fragoso via points 14-0 - -Gabriele McComb def. Vitoria Vieira via points 2-0 - -Semi-finals: - -Janaina Lebre def. Cassia Moura via points 9-2 - -Brianna Ste-Marie def. Gabriele McComb via submission (collar choke) - -Bronze: - -Cassia Moura vs. Gabriele McComb - -Finals: - -Janaina Lebre vs. Brianna Ste-Marie - -Women’s Super-Heavyweight (Openweight) - -Opening rounds: - -Gabrieli Pessanha def. Mayara Custodio via submission (choke from back) - -Tamiris Silva def. Giovanna Jara via advantages - -Nathiely De Jesus def. Maria Vicentini via submission (choke from back) - -Melissa Stricker def. Isabely Lemos via advantages - -Semi-finals: - -Gabrieli Pessanha def. Tamiris Silva via submission (choke from back) - -Melissa Stricker def. Nathiely De Jesus via advantages - -Bronze: - -Tamiris Silva vs. Nathiely De Jesus - -Finals: - -Gabrieli Pessanha vs. Melissa Stricker - -For the latest Brazilian jiu-jitsu (BJJ) and grappling-related news click here.",1731883662,4e39d7a149,10d4b9a788,,,1731883662 -https://www.foxnews.com/politics/north-carolina-democrat-floats-shadow-cabinet-take-trump-administration,http://feeds.foxnews.com/foxnews/politics,North Carolina Democrat floats 'shadow cabinet' to take on Trump administration,"With President-elect Trump headed back to the White House and Republicans in the majority in Congress, Democrats have few options to push back against the GOP agenda. - -But one enterprising North Carolina lawmaker thinks his minority party should look across the pond to the United Kingdom for the answer to ""go toe to toe"" with Trump. Rep. WIley Nickels, D-N.C., has proposed that Democrats create a ""shadow cabinet"" to organize the opposition and challenge each decision by the government. - -""Across the Atlantic, the British have something we don’t: a team from the opposition that mirrors the government’s cabinet members. They watch the cabinet closely, publicly challenging, scrutinizing and offering new ideas. It’s another form of checks and balances — a quiet guardrail that keeps power accountable,"" Wiley argues in an op-ed for the Washington Post. - -His proposal is to appoint 26 Democratic leaders in Congress to mirror Trump's Cabinet-level officials and challenge each initiative of the incoming administration. Sen.-elect Adam Schiff, D-Calif., for instance, could be a shadow attorney general who would call out Trump's efforts to replace career Justice Department attorneys with those loyal to the president. Or Rep. Gregory W. Meeks, D-N.Y., might be a shadow Secretary of State who would loudly oppose potential action by the Trump administration that would decrease support for Ukraine in its war with Russia. - -‘ALL THE OPTIONS’ ARE ON THE TABLE TO GET TRUMP'S CABINET PICKS THROUGH CONFIRMATION, SAYS SEN. JOHN THUNE - -""We have to step up our game. We have to go toe to toe with Trump. And it's not just about saying, you know what, what we're against. It's about saying what we're for and putting our best messengers out there,"" Nickel told CNN's Laura Coates in a recent interview. - -In the U.K., a shadow cabinet is a team of opposition leaders that reflect the ruling party's cabinet members. The shadow cabinet has a counterpart for every minister in the ruling coalition's government. - -It's a system Nickel argues has worked for a century. - -""They watch the Cabinet closely, publicly challenging, scrutinizing and offering new ideas,"" Nickel wrote in his op-ed. ""It’s democracy’s insurance policy. And it strengthens the government, too: There is no room for lazy ideas when rivals stand ready."" - -TRUMP'S PICKS SO FAR: HERE'S WHO WILL BE ADVISING THE NEW PRESIDENT - -There are key differences between the U.S. and U.K. governments that might complicate this idea. The most obvious being that the U.K. uses a parliamentary system, where multiple parties form coalition governments as opposed to the dual party system Americans have. The U.K. prime minister is the head of government and leads the Cabinet, which exercises the executive power. - -The American founders intentionally created a different system. The U.S. Constitution invests the legislative power in Congress and the authority to enforce laws in the Executive Branch, which is led by the president. The president's cabinet officials each head different executive agencies, which are created by Congress but not administered by lawmakers. - -WHAT TRUMP'S REPUBLICAN TRIFECTA IN HIS FIRST ADMINISTRATION ACCOMPLISHED, AND WHERE THEY FAILED: FLASHBACK - -Members of the cabinet are nominated by the president and confirmed with the ""advice and consent"" of the Senate. Nickels' proposed shadow cabinet officials would not be subject to similar checks on power. In addition, in the absence of a definite constitutional authority, it is unclear what powers a ""shadow cabinet"" might exercise, or what purpose it would serve other than to voice objections to Trump's policies – which every member of Congress can already do during legislative debate. - -In an interview with LiveNow from FOX, Nickel clarified that his idea is a ""communications push."" - -CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP - -""It’s about putting out our positive message to counter what we’re seeing from Trump. And if Trump or his Cabinet secretaries step out of line we’ve got somebody ready to go and answer, and be accountable to the American people on things we care about,"" he explained. - -""This is about putting a point person for advocacy groups, for the public, a lead messenger … we need to organize our opposition,"" Nickel said. ""We can do our own American version of a [shadow cabinet] that will help Democrats do the thing we didn’t do, which is get out our positive message and talk about the things that folks are rightly concerned about.""",1731883662,7b5f0a8391,10d636d217,,,1731883662 -https://www.brooklynvegan.com/my-chemical-romance-add-new-show-to-2025-black-parade-tour/,https://www.brooklynvegan.com/feed/,My Chemical Romance add new show to 2025 'Black Parade' tour,"Earlier this week, My Chemical Romance announced a 10-city 2025 tour where they’ll play The Black Parade in full with a seriously amazing assortment of openers. Tickets went on sale today, and they’ve now added a new show in Los Angeles, happening on July 27 at Dodger Stadium. That’s the day after the previously announced show (July 26 at Dodger Stadium), and both LA dates are with Wallows. Tickets for 7/27 go on sale today (11/15) at 1 PM PST. - -Other openers on the tour include Violent Femmes (in Seattle), 100 gecs (in San Francisco), Garbage (in Arlington, TX), Death Cab for Cutie and Thursday (in East Rutherford, NJ), Alice Cooper (in Philadelphia), Pixies (in Toronto), Devo (in Chicago), IDLES (in Boston), and Evanescence (in Tampa). See all dates below. - -MY CHEMICAL ROMANCE: 2025 TOUR DATES - -07-11-2025 T-Mobile Park Seattle, WA, US - -07-19-2025 Oracle Park San Francisco, CA, US - -07-26-2025 Dodger Stadium Los Angeles, CA, US - -07-27-2025 Dodger Stadium Los Angeles, CA, US - -08-02-2025 Globe Life Field Arlington, TX, US - -08-09-2025 MetLife Stadium East Rutherford, NJ, US - -08-15-2025 Citizens Bank Park Philadelphia, PA, US - -08-22-2025 Rogers Centre Toronto, ON, Canada - -08-29-2025 Soldier Field Chicago, IL, US - -09-07-2025 Fenway Park Boston, MA, US - -09-13-2025 Raymond James Stadium Tampa, FL, US",1731883621,d7f1518f3a,107c5d5a09,,,1731883621 -https://swisshockeynews.ch/en/medical-feed/sean-malone-should-be-able-to-return-to-the-scl-tigers-lineup-next-week,https://www.swisshockeynews.ch/rss/,Sean Malone should be able to return to the SCL Tigers' lineup next week,"While Mäenalanen's return is thus not imminent, Sean Malone should be able to make his comeback sometime next week. The 29-year-old forward has been dealing with a partial tear of his abdominal muscles and has been out of the SCL Tigers' lineup since the beginning of October. - -Sean Malone has appeared in seven games for the SCL Tigers this season, recording one goal and two assists. - -( 17 November 2024 | mso )",1731883623,ed6bd1a5a4,10e66869b0,,,1731883623 -https://www.therobotreport.com/rbr50-spotlight-locus-robotics-surpasses-2b-picks-with-amrs/,https://www.roboticsbusinessreview.com/feed/,RBR50 Spotlight: Locus Robotics surpasses 2B picks with AMRs,"Listen to this article - -Organization: Locus Robotics Corp. - -Country: U.S. - -Website: https://locusrobotics.com/ - -Year Founded: 2014 - -Number of Employees: 51-100 - -Innovation Class: Application & Market - -In August 2023, autonomous mobile robot (AMR) developer Locus Robotics surpassed 2 billion picks for its warehouse fulfillment customers. The milestone came just 11 months after it surpassed the 1 billion pick mark in 2022, for which the company also won an RBR50 Robotics Innovation Award. - -“Achieving the 2 billion picks milestone is an incredible accomplishment or our company and for our customers,” said Rick Faulk, CEO of Locus Robotics, at the time. “This event is a testament to the dedication and innovation of our incredible team and the dramatic productivity improvements we deliver to drive our customers’ growth and success.” - -It took Locus just 358 days to go from 1 billion to 2 billion, with the last 100 million picks taking just 27 days. That’s an average of 3.7 million picks per day. By comparison, it took more than six years to make the first billion picks and 1,542 days to pick the first 100 million units. - -“Locus’ consistent innovation, user-centric approach, and genuine dedication to customer relationships put them at the forefront of warehouse automation,” said Alan McDonald, vice president of continuous improvement at GEODIS. “This milestone is a testament to its technological leadership and synergistic collaboration. We look forward to building on our work together and driving even greater efficiency improvements in the future.” - -Warehouse operators are increasingly turning to AMRs to meet growing demand and overcome labor shortages. And Locus Robotics continues to lead the way. Its mobile robots support more than 120 of the world’s top brands and are deployed at 300-plus sites globally. - -The Wilmington, Mass.-based company said it enables retailers, third-party logistics providers (3PLs), and specialty warehouses to efficiently meet and exceed the increasingly complex and demanding requirements of today’s fulfillment environment. - -Since the its 2024 RBR50 award, Locus passed the 3 billion pick mark in April and the 4 billion pick mark in October. - -Explore the RBR50 Robotics Innovation Awards 2024. - -Apply to speak. - -RBR50 Robotics Innovation Awards 2024",1731883667,b3a4fa4282,10f11d1574,,,1731883667 -https://3dprint.com/314515/spectroplast-ag-completes-series-a-round-to-support-its-silicone-3d-printing-technology/,https://3dprint.com/feed/,Spectroplast AG Completes Series A Round to Support Its Silicone 3D Printing Technology - 3DPrint.com,"Spectroplast AG, a developer of silicone-based 3D printing solutions headquartered in Switzerland, has completed a Series A round for an undisclosed amount. New investor HZG Group led the round, which also had participation from existing investor AM Ventures, leader of the company’s 2019 seed round. - -Spectroplast spun out of ETH Zurich in 2018, leveraging its proprietary Silicone Additive Manufacturing (SAM) technology to provide on-demand parts to customers from a range of verticals, especially any industry where biocompatibility is a top priority. The company claims that products printed from its TrueSil resin are indistinguishable from injection molded counterparts, with the printed parts being a cost-effective alternative to injection molding for production rates of between 1 and 50,000 units. - -Spectroplast plans to use the new influx of capital to broaden its applications range and strengthen its support capacity for existing customers. Given China’s role as the world’s largest exporter of silicone, and the US’s status as the fastest growing export market, interest in 3D printed applications for silicone could benefit from heightening trade tensions between the world’s two largest economies. - -In a press release, the chair of the company, Dr. Pablo Hafner, said, “We are delighted in the confidence shown in us by the two most prominent VC investors in 3D printing start-ups. With HZG Group, we have not only secured fresh capital for further company growth but will also benefit from important entrepreneurial impetus from industry pioneers who have established metal as a completely new material for industrial 3D printing. Similarly, we want to establish silicone and the world of elastomers in the industry.” CTO of HZG Group, Dr. Florian Bechmann, said, “With Spectroplast, silicone is becoming a high-end polymer for the 3D printing industry. We believe in this theme, in the management team and their expertise in consistently exploiting the many positive material properties of silicone for 3D printing. Thanks to its chemical structure, silicone has a high biocompatibility and is very resistant to environmental influences and temperature.” - -Considering the importance of applications related to factory floor maintenance in the AM industry’s current juncture, silicone should be an increasingly in-demand material in the near future. Among other applications, the material’s use in gaskets, seals, and robotic grippers makes silicone an indispensable component for maximizing uptime in the assembly lines of virtually all manufacturing industries. - -As there are still quite a limited number of options available for 3D printed silicone, Spectroplast’s backing by two of the AM industry’s most knowledgeable VC firms puts the company in a unique position to seize upon the next wave of industry growth. Axtra3D recently announced that it has released a TrueSil product compatible with the company’s Lumia X1 printer, suggesting that Spectroplast is already benefiting from HZG Group’s portfolio cross-synergy: the VC firm also recently led the second phase of Axtra3D’s Series A round. - -In addition to medical/dental, hearing devices, and industrial applications, wearable electronics could be a major growth opportunity for Spectroplast, specifically, and silicone 3D printing in general. As electronics supply chains are some of the most sensitive to geopolitically-driven trade disruptions, this market may in fact prove to be the largest catalyst for new activity in the silicone AM space over the next decade. - -Images courtesy of Spectroplast AG - -Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.",1731883657,e72baed8b4,10e5e6279b,,,1731883657 -https://www.fodors.com/news/news/family-of-man-who-died-mid-flight-sues-british-airways,https://www.fodors.com/feed,Family of Man Who Died Mid-Flight Sues British Airways,"The wrongful death lawsuit alleges that the airline failed him. - -In June of last year, a 25-year-old British passenger tragically died on a British Airways flight headed to New York. His family is now suing the airline for wrongful death. The lawsuit, filed on October 31 by his brother Hershel, seeks unspecified damages. - -Shimon Breuer began having difficulty breathing just an hour before the plane was due to land in the U.S., where he was planning to volunteer at a children’s summer camp. The lawsuit alleges that he gasped for air and begged for help, but the crew didn’t provide proper medical attention. They did not make an announcement to check if there was a doctor on board. “This airline had a responsibility to this young man, they failed him, and now his family is left to pick up the pieces.” - -Related: 9 Tips for Flying With a Severe Allergy - -After the incident, news reports claimed that Breuer accidentally dropped his inhaler between the seats and blacked out after he was unable to retrieve it. The crew administered CPR but couldn’t revive him because they didn’t realize his airways had closed. However, Breuer’s brother’s attorney, Abe Bohrer, has rejected those claims and told The Independent that it was an inaccurate representation of events. - -The lawsuit claims that despite being aware of the severity of Breuer’s distress, crew members failed to promptly take measures to prevent his death. They didn’t contact their on-ground telemedicine provider for guidance, didn’t use the aircraft’s emergency medical kit, and didn’t declare an emergency to expedite landing, among other measures. - -Continue Reading Article After Our Video Recommended Fodor’s Video - -American Airlines, a co-defendant in the lawsuit for its code-sharing with the British Airways flight, refused to comment. - -Related: It’s Terrifying What Airlines Are Missing in Their Emergency Kits - -What Happens When Someone Dies on Board? - -Flight crews are trained to administer first aid and CPR, and most planes also have life-saving equipment and medications. They also make an announcement to check if there’s a doctor on board. However, they can’t declare death, so the person is presumed to be dead. - -It’s not a common occurrence, but eventualities do happen on flights, and airlines have protocols for such instances. The International Air Transport Association (IATA) has suggested guidelines for airlines when a person has been declared (or presumed) dead. - -The crew needs to inform the pilot immediately to ensure authorities meet the flight. It might not necessarily cause a diversion because a third destination may add another layer of complexity, Markus Ruediger, the assistant director of corporate communications at IATA, explained to HuffPost. In such cases, there is a lot of sensitivity with which the crew needs to operate to offer dignity in death to the passenger and ensure that their travel companions and other passengers feel comfortable. - -The passenger might be moved to a seat, preferably away from other passengers, or those around the deceased may be moved to other seats if possible. They may be covered with a blanket up to their neck and restrained with a seatbelt, or a body bag may be used if it’s available on the flight. Upon landing, other passengers are asked to deboard first while authorities take care of the body, and ground personnel should assist their travel companions. - -Related: A Former Flight Attendant Reveals All the Small Things That Make the Job So Stressful",1731883667,ed13a32224,10b7db70fd,,,1731883667 -https://harvardlawreview.org/print/vol-138/structural-logics-of-presidential-disqualification/,https://harvardlawreview.org/feed/,Structural Logics of Presidential Disqualification,"Introduction - -On March 4, 2024, a unanimous bench of the U.S. Supreme Court reversed a Colorado Supreme Court ruling removing former President Donald Trump from the state’s Republican primary ballot as an oath-breaking insurrectionist under section three of the Fourteenth Amendment. Foreshadowed by a tendentiously one-sided oral argument and a pervasive prejudgment by the chatting classes, the actual result of Trump v. Anderson was a “dog bites man” moment of sorts. Few were surprised that Trump would end up on Colorado’s primary ballot or that the Court would resolve the case in a manner precluding other states from exercising section three in their nominating contests. - -The Court’s refusal to upend what at the time had been expected to be a (hardly relished) Trump/Biden rematch was unsurprising. But the actual arguments advanced by the per curiam arrived as if out of left field. Its anonymous pen avoided the modalities of constitutional argumentation that are often thought to be characteristic of the Roberts Court. There was, for example, no totalizing reliance on constitutional text nor any extended exegesis of original public meaning. The per curiam also swerved around the two main arguments tendered by the petitioning former President. Instead, it gave unanticipated witness to the obdurate prepotency of consequentialism and constitutional structure as instruments of Supreme Court decisionmaking. - -While no one is proclaiming the death of originalism, the per curiam’s abrupt and unsought deviation from familiar methodological grooves raises questions about what exactly it held and why it took the path it did. Piercing through the carapace of its result foreshadowed, did the per curiam’s unusual justifications align with the balance of its jurisprudence? What do the reasons it elevates tell us about the role of the Court in the larger constitutional scheme, and in particular its uneasy democratic processes? - -Taking the Anderson per curiam on its own terms, this Comment untangles and evaluates three distinct structural logics upon which the Court’s holding rests. I begin in Part I with a capsule summary of the case’s factual context. I also offer a careful account of its merits arguments. Parts II through IV then closely evaluate three structural arguments underpinning its holding. These are logics of (roughly speaking) federalism, the separation of powers, and democracy. Without offering a gloss on section three, which has already been the subject of extensive, worthwhile historical work, I isolate specific justifications developed in the Anderson per curiam — and then subject them to careful scrutiny. - -More briefly than the topic warrants, I also bring the new regime for presidential disqualification into conversation with the companion regime for presidential immunity, newly minted for the same former President less than four months later. The two opinions are related, not only because they both concern the appropriate mechanism for addressing criminality by “apex” elected officials. Both judgments notionally rest on a consequential logic of democratic defense — but both judgments inflict serious harms on the project of enduring democratic rule. It is the aim of this Comment to start to measure the bounds of that damage. - -Continue Reading in the Full PDF - -* Frank and Bernice J. Greenberg Professor of Law, University of Chicago Law School; thanks to Nick Stephanopoulos and Samuel Issacharoff for incisive comments; to the Editors at the Review for their excellent and timely substantive feedback and editing, under a very tight schedule; to Erika Doane and Miranda Coombe for research assistance up front; and to the Frank J. Cicero Fund for research support.",1731883670,5ba5ca8e5f,113bffe57f,,,1731883670 -https://speakingaboutpresenting.com/delivery/the-first-time-is-never-the-best/,https://www.speakingaboutpresenting.com/feed/,The first time is never the best,"At the beginning of term, a ceramics teacher divided his students into two groups, Group A and Group B. To Group A he said: - -“I want you to make as many pots as possible. At the end of the term I’ll grade you on the weight of your pots.” - -To Group B he said: “I want you to make the best pot possible. At the end of the term I’ll grade you on the quality of your pot.” - -The students worked away at their assigned task – Group A churning out pot after pot, while Group B concentrated on endlessly perfecting one pot. - -At the end of term, the ceramics teacher graded all his students on the quality of the pots they produced. And all the best quality pots came from Group A students! - -[This story comes from the book “Art and Fear” by David Bayles and Ted Orland]. - -The lesson for presenters - -The lesson for us as presenters is to repeat your content multiple times. It’s only when you repeat your content multiple times that you get really good at it. - -When you repeat your content multiple times here’s what you’ll find: - -You’ll see which pieces of your presentation audiences most relate to – the “lean in” moments and you can then make more of those in your presentation (credit to Terry Williams for the “lean in” moments phrase). You’ll see the pieces during which your audience seem to glaze over. Then you could either delete these from your presentation or put serious effort into improving them. Each time you’re delivering your presentation live, you’ll use a slightly different form of words and you’ll find one form that is particularly effective. Something happens in the space between us and the audience that we find just the right way of saying it. Your content will form such a well-worn path in your mind that you will no longer have to think about what you’re saying and instead can focus whole-heartedly on connecting with your audience. - -So why don’t more people repeat their content? - -1. Fear of getting stale - -Some people don’t like repeating content because it feels stale to them and they want to do something fresh, new and exciting to them. This is not serving the audience – it’s all about the presenter. They also believe that they won’t be able to deliver the information with energy if the information is not fresh to them. - -Early in my speaking career, an experienced professional speaker said “Say it differently every time.” This mantra stops you from being attached to saying it the same way every time, it stops you from getting stale by always travelling the same well-worn groove, and it invites you to play with different ways of saying the same thing – which means you may discover new, and even better ways of saying it. - -2. Fear of the audience being bored - -Some people are worried that there will be people who will have been in the audience before and so who will be bored by hearing the same content. My experience here is: - -If your content is valuable, those people in our audience will not be bored. In fact, these people often love hearing the content again. Just like you enjoy watching a good movie, or reading a good book because of the nuances you receive the second time round. - -3. Fear of being out-dated - -Some people think their content has to be totally up-to-date. This may be the case in some industries eg: if you’re talking about trends in the stockmarket, you’ve got a point. But for most presentations, we don’t have to have the absolute latest information. - -If you are constantly delivering material which is new to you, you will always be in the land of uncertainty – how does this presentation flow, how will the audience relate to this piece, will this work? If you’re in this place, you are in your head concerned about your content, and you will never have the experience of being able to let go of thinking about your content and connecting with your audience. - -It’s when you repeat your content, that you start becoming a professional presenter.",1731883623,4c7159b853,112d4a47f1,,,1731883623 -https://www.hrw.org/news/2024/11/14/statement-convention-conventional-weapons-annual-meeting-high-contracting-parties,https://www.hrw.org/rss/news,Statement to the Convention on Conventional Weapons Annual Meeting of High Contracting Parties,"Thank you Mr. President - -Ahead of this meeting, Human Rights Watch released a 28-page report, Beyond Burning, detailing how incendiary weapons, including white phosphorus, have been used in four armed conflicts in the past year, endangering civilian lives and livelihoods: - -Since October 2023, the Israeli military has used airburst, ground-launched white phosphorus munitions in populated areas of Lebanon and Gaza. - -Syrian government forces continue to use ground-launched incendiary weapons in Syria. - -Ground-launched and air-dropped incendiary weapons continue to be used in Ukraine. Both Russia and Ukraine have also used drones to deliver incendiary munitions, including one type colloquially termed “dragon drone.” - -We urge states here to condemn the use of these cruel weapons that cause burn injuries and start fires. There is a need for us all to raise awareness about the physical, psychological, socioeconomic, and environmental harm caused by incendiary weapons. - -Our report charts the growing interest demonstrated by many countries last year in addressing the multiple humanitarian concerns raised by incendiary weapons. Indeed, there is work to be done as the effectiveness of CCW Protocol III has been limited by two loopholes that undermine its ability to protect civilians. First, the protocol’s definition excludes multipurpose munitions, notably white phosphorous, which are not “primarily designed” to set fires or burn people but cause the same terrible incendiary effects. Second, the protocol contains weaker regulations for ground-launched incendiary weapons than air-dropped ones. - -We encourage this meeting to agree to hold informal consultations during 2025 to assess the adequacy of Protocol III and develop views on ways to address the serious problems incendiary weapons raise. It is critical that Protocol III’s loopholes be closed to further stigmatize the use of incendiary weapons. - -Discussions on incendiary weapons need not be limited to the confines of the Convention on Conventional Weapons. States should hold talks outside the CCW to consider national and international measures that can be taken to address the grave concerns raised by incendiary weapons and weapons with incendiary effects. These discussions should examine ways to create stronger international standards. A complete ban on incendiary weapons would have the greatest humanitarian benefits.",1731883660,d89828abd6,10f968334f,,,1731883660 -https://www.dividendinvestor.com/four-dividend-stocks-to-buy-as-inflation-shields/,https://www.dividendyieldhunter.com/feed/,Four Dividend Stocks to Buy as Inflation Shields,"By: Paul Dykewicz, October 14, 2024 - -Four dividend stocks to buy as inflation shields feature precious metals mining companies that provide traditional protection against such risk. - -The four dividend stocks to buy as inflation shields also can help insulate investors from other economic distress and the geopolitical risk that currently is on the rise from ongoing wars. These four potential paths to profit through precious metals have been recognized by the BofA Global Research commodities team that recently wrote bullishly about silver and gold, forecasting that the latter can hit a new record of $3,000 per ounce in the next 12-18 months. - -Precious metals mining stocks gained a boost from the Federal Open Market Committee’s (FOMC) Sept. 18 federal funds rate cut of 0.50%, equaling 50 basis points. That cut in the target rate at which commercial banks borrow and lend their excess reserves to each other overnight is expected by forecasters to be followed by a further reduction of 50 basis points between the remaining two FOMC meetings this year. Additional cuts of 100 basis points in 2025 and 50 basis points in 2026 currently are anticipated to reach a rate of 2.9% that may hold through 2027. - -Advertisement. - -Courtesy of www.StockRover.com. Learn about Stock Rover by clicking here. - -The BofA analysts opined that precious metals prices were held up due to the need for a Federal Reserve rate cut to spur an influx of non-commercial buyers like central banks around the world. As the market priced in a rate cut, gold rallied to many all-time new highs in the third quarter of 2024. While stimulus from China’s government could strengthen the outlook for global growth and potentially reduce the likelihood of increasing Fed rate cuts, other factors also can further spur precious metals prices. - -Ongoing central bank purchases are one such important factor, and a push to reduce the share of the U.S. dollar in foreign exchange portfolios will likely drive increased precious metals purchases from central banks. Continued buying of gold by increasingly wealthy Chinese consumers who also may view the yellow metal as a sensible diversifier in real estate-oriented investment portfolios, could support the price of shiny commodity, too. Demand from India also has helped to buoy gold prices. - -Four Dividend Stocks to Buy as Inflation Shields: Pan American Silver - -A silver miner that earned the top recommendation of public companies in its niche from BofA Global Research is Pan American Silver (NYSE: PASS). The Vancouver, Canada-based mining company focuses on silver and gold through operations in Canada, Mexico, Peru, Brazil, Bolivia, Chile and Argentina. - -The company also owns the Escobal mine in Guatemala that is currently not operational. It further holds interests in other exploration and development projects. Pan American Silver has a track record of operating in the Americas for three decades. - -BofA’s price objective for Pan American Silver is $28.00, based on the stock trading at 1.25x the investment firm’s estimated net asset value (NAV) on a net investments-adjusted basis. The investment firm estimated NAV for PASS based on a 5% discount rate. Historically, North American precious metal stocks have traded between one and three times NAV, with silver producers generally selling at a discount to gold producers. - -Advertisement. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -BofA’s price objective could be topped if commodity prices exceed forecasts, a positive change occurs in the regulatory/permitting environment in the Chubut province of Argentina where Pan American’s dormant Navidad project is located, operating results beat expectations and capital costs are reduced, BofA wrote. Risks to Pan American Silver reaching the BofA price goal could unfold from unforeseen operating issues, heightened capital costs, commodity prices dipping under forecasts and regulatory woes such as environmental and permitting hurdles, or new taxes causing a short fall in financial results. - -Pan American Silver Corp. turned into a successful buy recommendation in the Fast Money Alert trading service led by Mark Skousen, PhD, and Jim Woods, a seasoned market maven. The duo recommended PAAS on August 27, 2019, advised its sale on February 27, 2020, and produced a profit of 24.43% on the stock in just six months. - -Ben Franklin scion Mark Skousen, who heads Fast Money Alert and Forecasts & Strategies, talks to Paul Dykewicz at a Money Show. - -Four Dividend Stocks to Buy as Inflation Shields: Woods Shares Wisdom - -As a trading service that recommends both stocks and options, Fast Money Alert also instructed its subscribers to buy related January 17, 2020, call options. By the Skousen and Woods advised taking profits, the call options had soared 110.45% in just 125 days. Woods also has another service that profits from commodities called Crypto and Commodities Trader. - -Jim Woods, an ex-U.S. Army paratrooper, leads the Successful Investing investment newsletter, the Crypto and Commodities Trader advisory service and co-heads the Fast Money Alert service. - -Woods recommended a silver investment in his recently launched Crypto and Commodities Trader advisory service. That position remains a current recommendation. - -His Crypto and Commodities Trader advisory service subscribers who followed his guidance to buy call options in a different commodity were able to book a 160% gain in just six days. Woods explained that now is a great time to invest in cryptocurrencies and commodities, particularly with some experts viewing the stock market as overvalued. - -Four Dividend Stocks to Buy as Inflation Shields: Agnico Eagle Mines - -The No. 1 gold recommendation of BofA is Agnico Eagle Mines Ltd. (NYSE: AEM), a Toronto, Canada-based company. Agnico Eagle Mines is one of the gold mining stocks that gained a lift after the Federal Open Market Committee’s (FOMC) Sept. 18 Fed Funds rate cut of 0.50%, equaling 50 basis points. Prognosticators expect cuts totaling 50 basis points between the remaining two FOMC meetings this year, 100 basis points in 2025 and 50 basis points in 2026 to reach a rate of 2.9% that may hold through 2027. - -Some experts suggest investors have 5-10% of a given portfolio invested in gold. A key reason is that gold acts as an insurance policy for a portfolio, since when everything else goes down, gold tends to go up. - -Even though gold is unlikely to produce the stellar returns of a high-flying technology stock, it typically minimizes the downside if a market bubble pops, a geopolitical crisis hits, or some other market catastrophe occurs. The dollars invested in gold mining stocks also can provide investors with dividend payouts. The potential upside is a key reason for compiling this list of the best dividend-paying precious metals stocks to buy for protection from an array of risks. - -Agnico Eagle Mines has gold mining operations in Canada, Finland, Australia and Mexico. The mining company’s exploration and development activities also extend to the United States. - -Advertisement. - -The mining company has full exposure to rising gold prices consistent with its policy of no-forward gold sales. Citigroup wrote in a recent research note that it forecasts AEM’s 2024 estimated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) to climb 1% to $4.6 billion. The mining company’s 2025 estimated EBITDA remains flat at $5.8 billion. The price target that Citigroup has set for AEM is US$80 per share, based on 1.2x price/NAV multiple and Citi’s bullish view on gold prices. - -Re-investment going forward should climb as projects are built to offset depleting marginal assets, but capital intensity appears relatively modest, Citigroup analysts wrote. The Citi Commodity team remains bullish on gold with its price estimate of $2,400 per ounce in 2024 already exceeded. For 2025, Citi foresees gold prices reaching about $2,900 per ounce, materially increasing earnings estimates even with elevated costs. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -The Fast Money Alert trading service also helped its subscribers profit handsomely by recommending AEM options and stock for just two months earlier in 2024. The options soared 144.29%, while the stock price climbed 21.03% before the trading service leaders recommended taking profits. - -Four Dividend Stocks to Buy as Inflation Shields: Barrick Gold - -BofA’s price objective for Toronto, Canada-based Barrick Gold (NYSE: GOLD) is $24.00 per share and is based on the stock trading at 1.00 times the investment bank’s estimated net asset value (NAV) for the mining stock. Historically, North American precious metal stocks have traded between 1-and-3 times NAV, with unhedged, growth-oriented producers that have assets located in relatively geopolitically stable regions occupying the upper end of the range, BofA wrote. - -BofA further wrote that it shied away from assigning a higher target P/NAV multiple due to Barrick’s stable gold output. Risks to reaching BofA’s price objective for Barrick Gold are commodity price weakness, any inability to secure financing for expansion or development projects, unforeseen operating problems, political or legal challenges in the regions in which the company operates, rising capital and operating costs and delays in the development of its growth projects. - -With no end in sight for ballooning global fiscal spending and more foreign governments selling their U.S. dollars to buy more gold, the prices for the precious metal should continue their upward trend, said Michelle Connell, who heads Dallas-based Portia Capital. - -Michelle Connell heads Portia Capital. - -GOLD should be a profitable way to benefit from the uptrend in the price of the precious metal, Connell told me. The mining company has strong fundamentals, a solid cash flow for the last 10 years and increasing margins, she added. - -GOLD holds a geographically diverse portfolio of mines across the globe, thus having lower geopolitical risk, Connell continued. However, GOLD has trailed its competitors in terms of price performance. - -“I would establish a partial position here and add to pullbacks,” Connell concluded. - -Advertisement. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -Four Dividend Stocks to Buy as Inflation Shields: Newmont Mining - -Greenwood, Village, Colorado-based Newmont Mining (NYSE: NEM) was another successful recommendation in the Fast Money Alert trading service co-led by Skousen and Woods. They produced a gain of nearly 19% for their Fast Money Alert subscribers with a recommendation in NEM earlier in 2024. A related options recommendation produced potent profits that averaged 288.92%, after the position was sold in two parts. - -Citigroup rates Newmont as a buy with a target price of $57 per share due to a 1.2x price/net asset value (NAV) multiple that is in line with the investment bank’s global gold coverage. The investment firm is assuming a weighted average cost of capital (WACC) of about 5.0% and a long-term gold price of $1,600 per ounce. - -Despite the buy recommendation, keys risks to Citigroup’s investment thesis and valuation on NEM include commodity exposure, political risk — particularly with its Africa operations — and operating risk. If the impact from the risks outlined turns out to be greater or less than estimated, the shares could fail to reach or may exceed Citigroup’s target price, its equity research analysts wrote. - -The volatility of metals pricing factors into Citigroup’s evaluation of Newmont. Gold pricing is driven by several market factors, including mining output, scrap availability, central bank sales and U.S. inflation rates, Citigroup wrote. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -The four dividend stocks to buy as inflation shields offer investors income and a traditional measure of protection through precious metals. The protection of silver and gold also could help to insulate investors from the uncertainty of a hotly contested presidential election set for Nov. 5. - -Paul Dykewicz, www.pauldykewicz.com, is an accomplished, award-winning journalist who has written for Dow Jones, the Wall Street Journal, Investor’s Business Daily, USA Today, the Journal of Commerce, Seeking Alpha, GuruFocus and other publications and websites. Paul is the editor of StockInvestor.com and DividendInvestor.com , a writer for both websites and a columnist. He further is the editorial director of Eagle Financial Publications in Washington, D.C., where he edits monthly investment newsletters, time-sensitive trading alerts, free e-letters and other investment reports. Paul previously served as business editor of Baltimore’s Daily Record newspaper. Paul also is the author of an inspirational book, “Holy Smokes! Golden Guidance from Notre Dame’s Championship Chaplain ,” with a foreword by former national championship-winning football coach Lou Holtz. Follow Paul on Twitter @PaulDykewicz .",1731883627,4813de54e0,11232ecdec,,,1731883627 -https://techcrunch.com/2022/08/25/paypal-debuts-grant-payments-to-shift-charitable-giving-from-paper-checks-to-electronic-transfers/,https://techcrunch.com/tag/mobile-payments/feed/,PayPal shifts charitable giving from checks to electronic transfers,"PayPal is expanding further into the charitable donations business with this morning’s launch of support for Grant Payments, the company has announced. The new product has been created in partnership with National Philanthropic Trust (NPT) and Vanguard Charitable and allows Donor-Advised Fund (DAF) sponsors, community foundations and other grantmakers to move their donations electronically through PayPal’s platform. - -In addition to moving money quickly, the system includes an online Grant Payments dashboard available to grantmakers and charities alike where they can view all the grant details, including the donor information, which can be exported to help simplify record keeping. The dashboard also includes other details, like the grant letter and terms and conditions, allowing the organization to decide to either accept or decline the grant. If accepted, the funds are made available in a day’s time. If declined, the organization can specify a reason and return the funds. - -PayPal notes that the participating U.S. charities are vetted before being onboarded to this system. - -The company points to the sizable market in charitable giving as a reason for entering this space with a new product. - -Citing data from National Philanthropic Trust, grants from Donor-Advised Funds hit historic levels during the pandemic in 2020, with grants from DAFs then totaling $34.67 billion, up 27% from the year prior. This was the highest increase in a decade, PayPal says in its announcement. In addition, Vanguard Charitable sent out $1.78 billion and NPT sent out $6.4 billion in grants to charities in 2021. Nearly all these payments were made via check, however. - -Sending a check means relying on the Postal Service, and requires resources, time and expenses in order to manage the mailbox, retrieve the checks and make the bank deposits. This can slow down the actual work that needs to be done. PayPal believes its system, which will work much as its standard electronic payments do today, will allow charitable organizations to better focus on the tasks at hand instead of managing donations. Of course, PayPal itself also benefits by increasing the flow of money through its payments network, where it can be subject to various transaction fees. - -The company additionally notes it has entered into a commercial arrangement with grantmakers, like National Philanthropic Trust and Vanguard Charitable, to enable them to provide this new solution to their charitable communities. It didn’t share the details of those agreements. - -“We are thrilled to partner with PayPal and NPT to bring modern and effective granting solutions to our donors and non-profit partners alike,” said Rebecca Moffett, president of Vanguard Charitable, in a statement. “Charities today need sustainable donor support more than ever. By streamlining the granting process, donors can make an even greater – and faster – impact on meaningful cause areas. We look forward to continuing to bring innovative solutions to the granting space, ensuring that we’re always working to increase philanthropy and maximize its impact over time.” - -Eileen Heisman, CEO of National Philanthropic Trust, said Grant Payments would “simplify and accelerate how grantmakers can get funds to non-profits for mission-critical programs,” in a further statement. “The partnership with PayPal and Vanguard Charitable on this sector-wide solution could be a game-changer for other funders as well and has been enormously gratifying,” Heisman added. - -This is not PayPal’s first foray into charitable giving, of course. The company has offered tools to enable charitable transactions for years. Back in 2016, for instance, PayPal added a new button inside its mobile app to connect users to its thousands of PayPal Giving Fund certified charities, which previously were only available online. It later experimented with money pools, and in late 2020 launched a GoFundMe competitor with its crowdsourced fundraising platform, the Generosity Network. Outside of charities, PayPal also offers its own grants to small businesses through Venmo. - -Today, PayPal supports more than 600,000 nonprofits with fundraising, and engages a community of over 400 million consumers and merchants to contribute to charitable efforts. - -National Philanthropic Trust will start to roll out Grant Payments later this month, while Vanguard Charitable will begin to offer the solution in 2023. The company says Grant Payments will enable more 200,000 PayPal-confirmed charities to quickly receive grants electronically. Other charities can ask for more information by emailing PayPal at grantpayments@paypal.com.",1731883663,3aa6d26c70,115ad99500,,,1731883663 -https://thejournal.com/Articles/2024/11/12/FCC-Reports-Strong-Interest-in-Schools-and-Libraries-Cybersecurity-Pilot-Program.aspx,https://thejournal.com/rss-feeds/news.aspx,FCC Reports Strong Interest in Schools and Libraries Cybersecurity Pilot Program -- THE Journal,"FCC Reports Strong Interest in Schools and Libraries Cybersecurity Pilot Program - -The Federal Communications Commission has received 2,734 applications totaling $3.7 billion in funding requests from schools, libraries, and consortia for its Schools and Libraries Cybersecurity Pilot Program, the agency reported in a recent announcement. The pilot will provide up to $200 million in funding over three years to selected schools and libraries to help offset the costs of eligible cybersecurity services and equipment. The application window closed on Nov. 1. - -Applicants represented schools and libraries from rural and urban communities across all 50 states, Puerto Rico, and the District of Columbia, the FCC said, noting that the ""wide range of applicants will help facilitate the inclusion of a diverse selection of eligible schools and libraries with differing cybersecurity needs and experiences as participants in the Cybersecurity Pilot Program."" In reviewing the applications, the FCC plans to ""target funding to as many qualified applicants as possible with a special focus on the neediest eligible schools, libraries, and consortia who will benefit most from cybersecurity funding (i.e., those at the highest discount rate percentages); Tribal entities; and selecting a mix of large and small and urban and rural, schools, libraries, and consortia,"" the agency said. - -The FCC will utilize data from the pilot to ""better understand whether and how universal service funds can be used to improve school and library defenses against increasing cyberattacks."" - -""The vulnerabilities in the networks we have in our schools and libraries are real — and growing,"" said FCC Chairwoman Jessica Rosenworcel, in a statement. ""The overwhelming response to our pilot program makes clear that the cybersecurity threats impacting school systems are widespread. The Pilot Program provides an excellent opportunity to both learn from these varied experiences, and also test out solutions in different environments."" - -Brian Stephens, director of stakeholder engagement at E-rate consulting firm Funds for Learning, commented: ""We're encouraged to see 2,734 applicants step forward in pursuit of cybersecurity funding — representing about 13% of all E-rate participants in 2024. But this is only part of the broader need. Our E-rate Trends Report highlights this urgency, with 87% of respondents identifying cybersecurity funding as essential. We hope the FCC considers the depth of demand and maximizes support to meet it. This could even include increasing the budget cap above $200 million, should additional Universal Service funds be available. Schools and libraries require enhanced support to safeguard their networks effectively."" - -Participant selection and next steps will be announced in a future public notice, the FCC said. For more information, visit the FCC site.",1731883612,efd9bb9654,114cc3060e,,,1731883612 -https://techncruncher.blogspot.com/2022/07/top-10-ai-marketing-tools-you-should-use.html,http://feeds.feedburner.com/TechCrunch/,TOP 11 AI MARKETING TOOLS YOU SHOULD USE (Updated 2022)," - - - -The marketing industry is turning to artificial intelligence (AI) as a way to save time and execute smarter, more personalized campaigns. 61% of marketers say AI software is the most important aspect of their data strategy. - -If you’re late to the AI party, don’t worry. It’s easier than you think to start leveraging artificial intelligence tools in your marketing strategy. Here are 11 AI marketing tools every marketer should start using today. - - - - - -Jasper is a content writing and content generation tool that uses artificial intelligence to identify the best words and sentences for your writing style and medium in the most efficient, quick, and accessible way. Key Features It's trusted by 50,000+ marketers for creating engaging marketing campaigns, ad copy, blog posts, and articles within minutes which would traditionally take hours or days. Special Features: - -Blog posts have been optimized for search engines and rank high on Google and other search engines. This is a huge plus for online businesses that want to generate traffic to their website through content marketing. - -99.9% Original Content and guarantees that all content it generates will be original, so businesses can focus on their online reputation rather than worrying about penalties from Google for duplicate content. - -Long-Form Article Writing – Jasper.ai is also useful for long-form writing, allowing users to create articles of up to 10,000 words without any difficulty. This is ideal for businesses that want to produce in-depth content that will capture their audience’s attention. Wait! I've got a pretty sweet deal for you. Sign up through the link below, and you'll get (10k Free Credits) - - - - - - - - - -2. Personalize - -Personalize is an AI-powered technology that helps you identify and produce highly targeted sales and marketing campaigns by tracking the products and services your contacts are most interested in at any given time. The platform uses an algorithm to identify each contact’s top three interests, which are updated in real-time based on recent site activity. - -Key Features - -Identifies top three interests based on metrics like time on page, recency, and frequency of each contact - -Works with every ESP and CRM - -Easy to get up and running in days - -Enterprise-grade technology at a low cost for SMBs - -3. Seventh Sense - -Seventh Sense provides behavioral analytics that helps you win attention in your customers’ overcrowded email inboxes. Choosing the best day and time to send an email is always a gamble. And while some days of the week generally get higher open rates than others, you’ll never be able to nail down a time that’s best for every customer. Seventh Sense eases your stress of having to figure out the perfect send-time and day for your email campaigns. The AI-based platform figures out the best timing and email frequency for each contact based on when they’re opening emails. The tool is primarily geared toward HubSpot and Marketo customers - -Key Features - -AI determines the best send-time and email frequency for each contact - -Connects with HubSpot and Marketo - -4. Phrasee - -Phrasee uses artificial intelligence to help you write more effective subject lines. With its AI-based Natural Language Generation system, Phrasee uses data-driven insights to generate millions of natural-sounding copy variants that match your brand voice. The model is end-to-end, meaning when you feed the results back to Phrasee, the prediction model rebuilds so it can continuously learn from your audience. - -Key Features - -Instantly generates millions of human-sounding, brand-compliant copy variants - -Creates tailored language models for every customer - -Learns what your audience responds to and rebuilds the prediction model every time - -5. Hubspot Seo - -HubSpot Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is an integral tool for the Human Content team. It uses machine learning to determine how search engines understand and categorize your content. HubSpot SEO helps you improve your search engine rankings and outrank your competitors. Search engines reward websites that organize their content around core subjects, or topic clusters. HubSpot SEO helps you discover and rank for the topics that matter to your business and customers. - -Key Features - -Helps you discover and rank topics that people are searching for - -Provides suggestions for your topic clusters and related subjects - -Integrates with all other HubSpot content tools to help you create a well-rounded content strategy - -6. Evolve AI - -When you’re limited to testing two variables against each other at a time, it can take months to get the results you’re looking for. Evolv AI lets you test all your ideas at once. It uses advanced algorithms to identify the top-performing concepts, combine them with each other, and repeat the process to achieve the best site experience. - -Key Features - -Figures out which content provides the best performance - -Lets you test multiple ideas in a single experiment instead of having to perform many individual tests over a long period - -Lets you try all your ideas across multiple pages for full-funnel optimization - -Offers visual and code editors - -7. Acrolinx - -Acrolinx is a content alignment platform that helps brands scale and improves the quality of their content. It’s geared toward enterprises – its major customers include big brands like Google, Adobe, and Amazon - to help them scale their writing efforts. Instead of spending time chasing down and fixing typos in multiple places throughout an article or blog post, you can use Acrolinx to do it all right there in one place. You start by setting your preferences for style, grammar, tone of voice, and company-specific word usage. Then, Acrolinx checks and scores your existing content to find what’s working and suggest areas for improvement. The platform provides real-time guidance and suggestions to make writing better and strengthen weak pages. - -Key features - -Reviews and scores existing content to ensure it meets your brand guidelines - -Finds opportunities to improve your content and use automation to shorten your editorial process. - -Integrates with more than 50 tools and platforms, including Google Docs, Microsoft Word, WordPress, and most web browsers. - -8. MarketMuse - -MarketMuse uses an algorithm to help marketers build content strategies. The tool shows you where to target keywords to rank in specific topic categories, and recommends keywords you should go after if you want to own particular topics. It also identifies gaps and opportunities for new content and prioritizes them by their probable impact on your rankings. The algorithm compares your content with thousands of articles related to the same topic to uncover what’s missing from your site. - -Key features: - -The built-in editor shows how in-depth your topic is covered and what needs improvement - -Finds gaps and opportunities for new content creation, prioritized by their probable impact and your chance of ranking - -9. Copilot - -Copilot is a suite of tools that help eCommerce businesses maintain real-time communication with customers around the clock at every stage of the funnel. Promote products, recover shopping carts and send updates or reminders directly through Messenger. - -Key features: - -Integrate Facebook Messenger directly with your website, including chat history and recent interactions for a fluid customer service experience - -Run drip messenger campaigns to keep customers engaged with your brand - -Send abandoned carts, out-of-stock, restock, preorder, order status, and shipment notifications to contacts - -Send branded images, promotional content, or coupon codes to those who opt in - -Collect post-purchase feedback, reviews, and customer insight - -Demonstrate social proof on your website with a widget, or push automatic Facebook posts sharing recent purchases - -Display a promotional banner on your website to capture contacts instantly - -10. Yotpo - -Yotpo’s deep learning technology evaluates your customers’ product reviews to help you make better business decisions. It identifies key topics that customers mention related to your products—and their feelings toward them. The AI engine extracts relevant reviews from past buyers and presents them in smart displays to convert new shoppers. Yotpo also saves you time moderating reviews. The AI-powered moderation tool automatically assigns a score to each review and flags reviews with negative sentiment so you can focus on quality control instead of manually reviewing every post. - -Key features: - -Makes it easy for shoppers to filter reviews and find the exact information they’re looking for - -Analyzes customer feedback and sentiments to help you improve your products - -Integrates with most leading eCommerce platforms, including BigCommerce, Magento, and Shopify. - -11. Albert AI - -Albert is a self-learning software that automates the creation of marketing campaigns for your brand. It analyzes vast amounts of data to run optimized campaigns autonomously, allowing you to feed in your own creative content and target markets, and then use data from its database to determine key characteristics of a serious buyer. Albert identifies potential customers that match those traits, and runs trial campaigns on a small group of customers—with results refined by Albert himself—before launching it on a larger scale. - -Albert plugs into your existing marketing technology stack, so you still have access to your accounts, ads, search, social media, and more. Albert maps tracking and attribution to your source of truth so you can determine which channels are driving your business. - -Key features: - -Breaks down large amounts of data to help you customize campaigns - -Plugs into your marketing technology stack and can be used across diverse media outlets, including email, content, paid media, and mobile - - - - - -Final Saying - -There are many tools and companies out there that offer AI tools, but this is a small list of resources that we have found to be helpful. If you have any other suggestions, feel free to share them in the comments below this article. As marketing evolves at such a rapid pace, new marketing strategies will be invented that we haven't even dreamed of yet. But for now, this list should give you a good starting point on your way to implementing AI into your marketing mix. - -Note: This article contains affiliate links, meaning we make a small commission if you buy any premium plan from our link. - - - -",1731883626,f0ec6af36b,1104ec0ee3,,,1731883626 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMilwFBVV95cUxNRU5kNmcxTVVVcmZGdUxfREZSOXNwdm8yQi00UThVMXdYYUVYWXBRa05HSGU0QmI3MWR2UVNFenZNRnhodmVHbzRCaVRfREJwWExBSTlocUtEUHhpNEZEd3ZuZmpoSEtFd2VEZTdFSmFueFpjdXplTGx5SE1Bc1hYTGdJRkdQSXQxckdUeEdTSmh6SVdhaE1F?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883610,2688d2a9c6,1133b4c819,,,1731883610 -https://transom.org/2016/alice-wong/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Alice Wong,"Intro from Jay Allison: When we talk about diversity in radio we often talk in terms of race or class. Less often do we talk about how to be more inclusive of people with disabilities. Alice Wong is a radio producer who lives with a neuromuscular disease called spinal muscular atrophy. In her manifesto, Alice writes, “On radio, I want to hear people who lisp, stutter, make noises when they talk, use computer-generated speech, communicate, enunciate, and pronounce differently."" She issues public radio a challenge: Open our ears and our newsrooms to people with disabilities. Consider how we might make the tools of making radio more accessible. Alice asks, how inclusive are we? - -Diversifying Radio With Disabled Voices - -Radio was something I always enjoyed. I never considered it as something within my reach as a creator of media and stories. - -When I started my Community Storytelling Radio Fellowship at Making Contact, I prepared by reading articles from Transom and AIR about interviewing, storytelling, and production. I felt more intimidated as I read about advice on ‘how to do radio,’ especially since some parts were very physical (e.g., holding a microphone close to a person for a significant length of time). I wondered, “Where do disabled people like me fit in the radio community? Why don’t articles about diversity in radio ever mention people with disabilities?” Al Letson’s 2015 Transom manifesto explores the default straight white male voice. It resonated with me immediately and I’d also add that the “default human being” on radio is able-bodied as well. - -Good Voices/Bad Voices - -Radio can be a familiar friend, source of knowledge, a marker of time and place. But as a cultural institution, what constitutes a “good voice” in radio reflects and transmits cultural norms and structures. By accepting the default “good voice” as one that is able-bodied, one that is pleasant, clear, articulate and devoid of any markers of disability, you erase disabled people, rendering them the Other (or in fancy terms the subaltern). Media and cultural studies scholar Dr. Bill Kirkpatrick wrote about the problematic nature of the invisibility of disabled voices and bodies in radio in a 2013 book chapter, “Voices Made for Print: Crip Voices”: - -… there is no shortage of self-evident reasons why non-disabled voices thoroughly dominate radio, not least of which is the commercial imperative: broadcasters want listeners to stay tuned, therefore they find speakers and speaking styles that audiences are willing to listen to, with voices that listeners can easily understand and find pleasing to the ear. While undoubtedly sensible as a matter of capitalist logic, however, we need to question the aesthetic reasoning at the root of this supposedly listener-centered approach to speaker selection as well as the idea that “pleasing to the ear” is somehow a sufficient explanation for the absence of disabled voices on the radio. We cannot begin to expand the range of permitted voices on radio without simultaneously undermining the ideologies of ability and disability that disqualify those voices in the first place. - -In the broader discussion of diversity in media, I see parts of myself included as a disabled woman of color. But more often than not disability is not included because many do not regard it as a culture. - -For radio, this is total bullshit. If you think about it, disabled voices are the missing instruments in this symphony that is public media. Letson stated in his Transom manifesto: - -Stories are told that are incomplete, cultures are discredited because it doesn’t conform, we are a symphony with one instrument playing all the parts. To make the symphony as dynamic as can be instruments must be given to other players. The conversation on diversity needs to expand in several ways: 1) including people with disabilities and other marginalized groups and acknowledging their cultural contributions and 2) conceptualizing diversity as disrupting institutions, practices and structures rather than the symbolic inclusion and hiring of diverse people. - -Diversity is a word used so often — everyone knows it’s a social good — but it has to be meaningful and re-centered on those who have been excluded and made invisible. I really like what Chanelle Adams wrote about her vision of diversity on college campuses in a 2016 article for Black Girl Dangerous and it applies to everywhere else as well: - -This ‘just add and stir’ model for instant-diversity is flawed…I want a diversity that does more than change the faces that surround us from white to Brown and Black, but also demands issues that affect our communities are brought to the forefront. - -This is the difficult business of diversity — the nuts-and-bolts, granular level stuff. I don’t have the answers, but I can share my story and experiences as a disabled person and radio newbie. - -Story of My Voice - -In 2015, I became interested in radio as a result of a community partnership I formed with StoryCorps focused on recording the stories of people with disabilities. I had concerns about people who would be excluded from participation due to the audist nature of oral histories. As I figured out ways to provide options and access for people who communicate visually or non-verbally, I thought more about the medium of radio and whether disabled lives, voices, and bodies are considered part of the public media landscape. - -I have a neuromuscular disease called spinal muscular atrophy — this is a progressive condition where all the muscles in the body slowly weaken over time. My body’s changed over the 40-something years of my life: I transitioned from walking, to using a walker, to a manual wheelchair, electric wheelchair, customized wheelchair. Throughout this process, I learned to adjust, using personal assistance, technology, and/or services to maximize what I can do. - -Even with a healthy set of lungs, my lung function has steadily declined because of weakening diaphragm muscles that are responsible for the act of breathing. In fact, I had a medical crisis when I went into respiratory failure due to sleep apnea. My diaphragm needed support and that’s when I started using non-invasive ventilation. I became Darth Vader. - -Selfie with Bi-Pap - -A Bi-Pap machine provides ventilatory support. That is, the Bi-Pap pushes breaths of air into a person’s lungs at a set rate and volume; these breaths enter the body through a tube and mask. It is a lifesaver and something I’ll use for the rest of my life. Two years ago, I needed to start using the Bi-Pap during most of the day, which called for a lot of changes and adjustments. I have a machine by my bed and one that I can carry on the back of my wheelchair. The one on my wheelchair has a battery. It is invaluable and facilitates my ability to be in the community. - -As I attend meetings and events, I noticed a difference in the way people relate to me. I have to repeat myself because people can’t understand me. If a breath is coming in right in the middle of speech, I have to pause, creating unnatural and awkward speech patterns. When I talk too long when using my mask, I tend to salivate a lot and need to pause to swallow. This can be especially frustrating if I’m in public spaces trying to order something at a cafe or asking someone a question at a store. I find myself having to suppress feeling self-conscious and embarrassed at my vocal difference. - -A big part of my identity, ego, and self-image is centered on my voice and writing. I had to confront my discomfort and accept my new sound and body that has become increasingly cyborg-like as time goes on. To paraphrase a beloved poem in the disability community by Laura Hershey, a woman who also used a Bi-Pap, I continually work on regaining a sense of pride by practicing. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/05/AliceWong_Poem2.mp3 Download Listen to “Alice recite ‘You Get Proud By Practicing’” - -(Alice recorded this while wearing a Bi-Pap mask. The poem “You Get Proud By Practicing” is by Laura Hershey. Credit: Hershey, Laura,(1991). “You get proud by practicing,” Accessed April 28, 2016, http://www.laurahershey.com/?p=340) - -Even with my politicized disability identity, I have to remind myself that the problem isn’t located in my body but in society and my own internalized ableism. I also have to remember I am not alone, that I am part of a large community of disabled people with vocal differences. One particular community is Did I Stutter? — an online project that challenges the assumptions behind stuttering. Their website states: - -…we understand disability and stuttering not as an individual defect, but first and foremost as a social discrimination against certain forms of human speaking… Stuttering is only a problem—in fact is only abnormal—because our culture places so much value on efficiency and self-mastery. Stuttering breaks communication only because ableist notions have already decided how fast and smooth a person must speak to be heard and taken seriously. An arbitrary line has been drawn around “normal” speech, and that line is forcefully defended. - -Like all cultural institutions, radio enforces normalcy. This normalcy is centered on the ability to hear and speak ‘well.’ With the exception of a few radio shows by disabled people (e.g., Pushing Limits on KPFA, Disability Matters on VoiceAmerica) and podcasts, you don’t hear a lot of people that sound different due to disability on public radio aside from Diane Rehm. It’s time for people in radio to think critically about messages they are transmitting by excluding certain voices and lived experiences. - -Symphonic Disabled Voices - -On radio, I want to hear people who… - -lisp - -stutter - -gurgle - -stammer - -wheeze - -repeat themselves - -pause when needing to breathe - -make noises when they talk - -salivate and drool - -communicate, enunciate, and pronounce differently - -use different speech patterns and rhythms - -use ventilators or other assistive technology - -use sign language interpreters or other people that facilitate speech - -use computer-generated speech - -…I want to disrupt what’s thought of as the default public radio voice. I want to challenge listeners as they ride the subway, jog on their treadmills, drive on their commute, even if the sounds and words we create might require greater concentration and attention. I believe our stories are worth the effort. - - - -Us too… Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Cripping the Instruments of Radio - -Alice Wong in the studio being interviewed by Lateef McLeod at KPFA radio, Berkeley, CA - -How do we create inclusive radio environments where disabled people are presenting, producing, or in charge of programming and administration? First, you need to start with organizations that practice what they preach. Making Contact is committed to social justice and the amplification of marginalized voices and it is reflected in their support for first-time radio producers. Lateef McLeod, Making Contact’s first Community Storytelling Fellow, is a disabled person who uses an ACC (Augmentative and Alternative Communication) device. Listening to his story and knowing that he produced it was a revelation. These are the kinds of stories I want to hear and hearing it encouraged me to apply for their 2015-16 fellowship. I began a 10-week fellowship in February of this year. - -How do disabled people take these instruments and make them ours by cripping them with our culture? When disabled people crip a space, they are transforming a space with their presence, culture, bodies, and thoughts. I wasn’t sure how I would actually “do” radio, but I wanted to challenge myself and get uncomfortable. Creating a story that profiles the lives of disabled people from the San Francisco Bay Area offered me a chance to tell a story in a new format and learn new skills while covering a subject that is immensely important to me. - -During my fellowship I used some practical and real-world ways to ‘crip’ the instruments of radio: - -Usage of existing resources and infrastructure. One of my main concerns was the physical activity of recording interviews and sound. If you are a radio producer, just imagine needing assistance every time you take your headphones on and off. I thought ahead and lined up interviews before my fellowship began and went to StoryCorps to record them. I used their free facilities that included a facilitator who monitored sound levels and operated the equipment so I was free to focus on the interview. Plus, I left with a high-quality audio file that I could use and edit for my radio project. - -Accessible and free tools. Before my fellowship, I used Audacity to edit oral histories for presentations. Audio editing programs that are open-source, free, and easy to use are critical in allowing all kinds of people to experiment and produce radio, not just professionals with the money and access to software/hardware. - -Flexible logistics. My mentor and co-producer Laura Flynn was willing to come to my home during our weekly meetings, so I didn’t have to schlep from San Francisco to Oakland, saving me time and energy. This was a huge benefit and made my participation possible. - -Asking for help. Many aspects of recording are physically difficult. Holding a recorder, especially close to a sound or person may be inaccessible for me as a wheelchair user with limited arm strength. The length of time holding a device during an interview is just too much for me. I asked Laura to come with me to two interviews to hold the microphone so that I could get ‘good tape’ and room tone. - -Interviewee Alana Theriault in conversation with Alice Wong. Laura Flynn, co-producer, holding the microphone during the interview. - -As I started recording ambi and interviews, I also had family members help me in various ways. They turned sounds on and off as I recorded them, inserted ear buds so I could check the sound levels, took me to interviews, just to name a few activities. I usually have no problems plugging a cord into a USB port, but I struggled to connect and upload audio files to my laptop by myself. - -I’m used to asking for assistance with my daily activities but it’s a balancing act since I have a lot of other competing needs and responsibilities. - -What Can Radio Stations, Media Organizations, and Newsrooms Do? - -The onus is on radio stations and organizations to adapt and be creative. Having people with disabilities behind the scenes and on air will bring valuable perspectives and expertise. - -Letson’s manifesto outlined different ways organizations can become more diverse, starting with engagement: - -Letting them know they are valued, letting them hear themselves in your local programming. It’s going into these communities physically — being a presence…What makes a station diverse is the work it puts into the community. - -Radio can become more diverse and accessible — this can benefit both the workforce and listenership. Here are some examples of next steps: - -Include people with disabilities as an underrepresented group when you recruit for applicants in radio academies, workshops, internships or fellowships. - -Budget for accessibility so that shows can include transcripts for any audio clips posted online. Without text transcripts, radio excludes people who do not hear and people who process information better in text or visuals. Budgeting time and money for this is no small issue. One alternative that might serve as a model is the Broadcasting Accessibility Fund, an independent and impartial funding body that will provide grants to advance accessibility to broadcasting content in Canada. - -In your job postings, include a statement about a commitment to accessibility and accommodations in addition to the language on diversity. - -Feature stories about people with disabilities in your local area; commit to at least one story a month or a week or have a “beat” specifically on disability from a disabled person’s perspective. - -Sponsor projects, form partnerships, and get involved with disability organizations (e.g., Centers on Independent Living, employment advocacy organizations) as part of your diversity initiatives. - -Engage and recruit people with disabilities who already host shows on local community radio or podcasts. - -Advocating for diversity is one thing but the implementation and intention behind it can be tricky and fraught with pitfalls. A diverse and a ‘disability-friendly’ workplace isn’t achieved by hiring a single person with a disability, much less several people with disabilities. In a 2013 journal article Jennifer Lisa Vest described her experiences in academia and cautioned: - -Diversity is a word that does not offend, does not highlight inequality, does not refer to historical injustices, or point the finger or lay blame. Diversity has a certain neutrality about it that makes it palatable…Without explicit dialogue and action on ending oppression and privilege, diversity programs cannot change racist, sexist, homophobic, and ableist beliefs and practices… - -Action, dialogue, and community involvement are key to successful social change. My experience at Making Contact radio encompassed all three elements culminating in the creation of my first story ever: “Choreography of Care.” Public radio is slowly becoming more diverse. The voices of disabled people and their stories should be an intrinsic part of that process. - -*A slightly different version of this piece was first published on the Making Contact Radio website.",1731883689,c00d35bf2d,11d4f11034,,,1731883689 -https://www.uwdawgpound.com/2024/11/14/24297079/opponent-defensive-preview-ucla-bruins-uw-washington-huskies-football-foster-college-football,https://www.uwdawgpound.com/rss/current.rss,Opponent Defensive Preview: UCLA Bruins,"Last week is behind us. Time to look ahead to UCLA. The Bruins come to Montlake on a 3-game winning streak and are hitting their stride late in the season. After winning their opener against Hawaii, the Bruins went through the wringer with a tough September and October schedule that featured Indiana, Oregon, LSU, and Penn State. Since then, they’ve rattled off gritty one possession wins at Rutgers, at Nebraska and at home against Iowa. The Rutgers and Iowa wins were against versions of those teams that were quite different than when UW played them, but they are wins against common opponents that UW lost to earlier in the season. UCLA is still a talented team who haven’t given up on the season, and like us, they are playing for bowl eligibility this week. - -The Scheme & Personnel - -Former UW DL coach Ikaika Malloe took over as the Bruins’ defensive coordinator this past off season when D’Anton Lynn took the USC DC job. Malloe hasn’t been able to replicate Lynn’s statistical success against a tough Big Ten and non-conference slate, but he still has their defense playing hard against many opponents who are simply more talented than the Bruins. This gritty defense is built from the trenches out, as you would expect from a DL coach. The Bruins largely run Even fronts while mixing in a few Odd front looks depending on the situation. Those fronts look very similar to the UW fronts Malloe put together under Coach Kwiatkowski and Coach Lake. Big DTs anchor the middle while a mix of speedy edge rushers and bruising edge setters rotate through the EDGE position. RS Senior DTs Jay Toia (#93, 6-3, 325) and Siale Taupaki (#92, 6-4, 310) are pocket collapsing interior threats who have proven themselves to be a handful for even the best OLs in the Big Ten. - -Behind their big DL, Carson Schwesinger leads a solid LB corps that is largely allowed to roam the second level untouched to make plays. Schwesinger leads the defense with a combined 92 tackles, as well as being tied for the team lead with 2 interceptions and is second on the team with 3 sacks. In the secondary, UCLA has an experienced group of DBs that have had to come together quickly to form their rebuilt unit. The coaching turnover during the offseason gutted this group, but UCLA was able to draw experienced and talented players from Colorado, Notre Dame, and Oregon to reload. Jaylin Davies, Bryan Addison, Ramon Henderson, and Kaylin Moore are all upper class former transfers who are currently starting for a group that has its moments, but is prone to inopportune coverage busts that are to be expected from a totally revamped secondary. - -Keys to the Game - -Like every other game, our offense will go as far as the offensive line takes us. The strength of the UCLA front is in the interior, which can pose the most problems for our group, but that is also where we have our comparatively best linemen. A better match up on the edges also allows us to get more creative in how we neutralize the pass rush and scheme up our run game. I’d expect to see more moving pocket concepts with TE or RB pass protection help when we’re hunting for the long ball, and more sweeps and misdirection runs to tire out the UCLA front. - -The difference between success and failure on offense though will be in our ability to generate explosive plays. Our worst performances have come against defenses that are willing to be patient and play fundamentally sound back end coverage. UCLA wants to play this style of defense, but they are also susceptible to giving up the long ball on coverage busts and when they overcommit to stopping the run. Against Iowa, UCLA was so preoccupied with stopping the Hawkeye rushing attack that they gave up multiple explosive plays against Iowa’s otherwise pedestrian passing attack that was working with back up QBs. Getting Jonah Coleman, Adam Mohammed, and even some of our WRs involved in the run game and screen game should be a recipe for setting up our own explosive plays.",1731883653,e6fa0206a3,116e491a0d,,,1731883653 -https://www.kff.org/policy-watch/what-administrative-changes-can-trump-make-to-medicaid/,https://www.kff.org/rss/,What Administrative Changes Can Trump Make to Medicaid?,"With Donald Trump returning to the presidency, the future of Medicaid is uncertain. While Medicaid did not receive a lot of attention directly during the campaign, Trump’s first term can shed light on potential changes that could be implemented administratively without Congress. - -1. Trump administration could encourage and approve Medicaid waivers to advance priorities, including work requirements. - -The previous Trump administration’s Section 1115 waiver policy emphasized work requirements, other eligibility restrictions, and capped financing. The Trump administration approved 13 waivers that allowed states to condition Medicaid eligibility on meeting work and reporting requirements and also approved waivers that restricted eligibility, including by permitting states to charge premiums and lock out enrollees who are disenrolled for unpaid premiums. Although previous work requirements in Medicaid were challenged in court and the waivers imposing work requirements were rescinded by the Biden administration, a number of states continue to be interested in adopting them. Although CMS withdrew work and premium requirements in Georgia’s “Pathways” waiver, these provisions remain in place after a federal judge vacated the CMS rescission. - -Trump also introduced a demonstration opportunity, the “Healthy Adult Opportunity” (HAO), that would have allowed states “extensive flexibility” to use Medicaid funds to cover certain adults – including those who qualify under the Affordable Care Act’s expansion — without being bound by federal standards related to eligibility, benefits, delivery systems, and oversight in exchange for annual limits on federal financing. While no state took up this option during the first administration, these waivers restructure Medicaid financing in ways similar to block grant and per capita cap proposals and promoting the waivers in a second administration would enable Trump to advance that policy even in the absence of Congressional action. However, unlike legislative proposals that would alter Medicaid financing and significantly cut federal spending, it is unlikely that states would opt for such deals if federal financing would be cut significantly. - -The new Trump administration’s waiver priorities will differ significantly from those of the Biden administration and it is unclear how the Trump administration will treat certain waivers promoted and approved by the Biden administration, such as those focused on addressing health-related social needs, multi-year continuous eligibility, and leveraging Medicaid to help individuals leaving incarceration transition to the community. The Trump administration could choose not to approve waivers that remain pending, rescind existing waiver guidance, or withdraw approved waivers, although some of these waivers, particularly ones using Medicaid to assist with reentry from incarceration, have been pursued by both Republican and Democratic governors. - -2. Trump administration could choose not to implement or rewrite recent regulations. - -The Biden administration finalized a number of major Medicaid regulations designed to promote quality of care and advance access to care for Medicaid enrollees as well as to streamline eligibility and enrollment processes in Medicaid and the Children’s Health Insurance Program (CHIP). - -The Access rule addresses several dimensions of access: increasing provider rate transparency and accountability, standardizing data and monitoring, and creating opportunities for states to promote active enrollee engagement in their Medicaid programs. The rule also included many provisions governing access to home care (also known as home- and community-based services or HCBS), which include ensuring that at least 80% of spending on certain services be spent on compensation for direct care workers and requiring states to report the number of people on waiting lists for care. - -The Managed Care rule addresses Medicaid managed care access, financing, and quality, including strengthening standards for timely access to care and states’ monitoring and enforcement efforts. - -The Long-Term Care Facility (LTC) Staffing rule requires minimum staffing standards for nursing facilities. - -Two rules streamline Medicaid enrollment and renewal processes for the Medicare Savings Program (MSP) and for Medicaid, CHIP and the Basic Health Program. The first rule helps eligible Medicare beneficiaries more easily access Medicaid coverage of Medicare premiums and cost sharing through the MSP while the second rule simplifies application, enrollment, and renewal processes and removes access barriers for children in CHIP. Each rule is expected to increase Medicaid enrollment by about one million people. - -These rules are complex and are set to be implemented over several years. The Trump administration could delay implementation of certain provisions, which would reduce regulation of managed care companies, nursing facilities, and other providers, while rolling back enrollee protections, payment transparency, and improved access. Alternatively, the Trump administration could issue new regulations that would undo these final regulations. - -3. Trump administration could issue guidance and implement policy to make it more difficult for people to obtain and maintain coverage, reducing enrollment and spending. - -The Trump administration could also issue sub-regulatory guidance to change eligibility or renewal policies to restrict coverage by tightening verification of eligibility. Previously, the Trump administration sought to reduce Medicaid enrollment by encouraging states to conduct eligibility verification processes in between annual renewal periods. While some states conduct these periodic data checks, the administration could encourage more states to adopt the policy as a program integrity strategy. The Trump administration could also eliminate flexibilities granted under the Biden administration that allow states to streamline renewal procedures. Getting rid of these flexibilities would likely make it harder for some enrollees to renew their Medicaid coverage, while providing greater certainty that people who are ineligible do not obtain coverage. - -Beyond waivers, regulations, and enrollment policy, if the Republicans gain control of both the House and the Senate, Trump could work with Congress to enact legislation that would more fundamentally change the financing structure of Medicaid and make significant cuts to federal Medicaid spending, similar to policies Trump has supported in the past.",1731883664,9dd5681a6c,11417afc62,,,1731883664 -https://www.sierraclub.org/sierra/biden-must-act-now-cement-his-environmental-legacy,https://www.sierraclub.org/sierra/rss.xml,,,1731883633,8727ada488,11e8e21507,,,1731883633 -https://derivsource.com/2024/10/08/fia-announces-10-startups-selected-for-2024-innovators-pavilion/,https://derivsource.com/feed,FIA announces 10 startups selected for 2024 Innovators Pavilion,"FIA today announced the 10 startups chosen to exhibit in the 2024 Innovators Pavilion, FIA’s annual showcase for fintech startups relevant to derivatives trading and clearing. The Pavilion happens during FIA’s Futures and Options Expo, which brings together traders, brokers and other market professionals from a wide range of firms in the derivatives industry. The conference takes place 18-20 November in Chicago. - -“Innovation is key to the continued success of cleared derivatives markets. And it’s incumbent upon us – in the industry – to identify the challenges we face and encourage entrepreneurs to help us tackle them,” said Walt Lukken, FIA president and chief executive officer. “This year, we have 10 outstanding startups in our Innovators Pavilion. I look forward to their pitches and helping them connect with potential partners and customers at the FIA Expo.” - -The 10 startups were selected by an independent committee of industry experts drawn from FIA member firms. The startups were chosen based on the innovativeness of their products and services and their relevance to firms active in the global futures, options and swaps markets. - -This year’s class of Innovators are: - -Abaxx Exchange – Commodity futures exchange and clearinghouse - -AnthologyAI – Consumer data intelligence - -ClearToken – Independent clearinghouse for digital assets - -Grão Direto – Trading platform and market data for grains - -IMX Health – Futures based on healthcare claims data - -Membrane Labs – Software for crypto lending, derivatives, collateral - -Percent – Access to the private credit market - -Theia Analytics – AI-driven quantitative governance and regulatory risk analytics - -Tradewell Technologies – Trading technology to simplify and automate electronic trading of corporate bonds - -Vorticity – Value at Risk calculation engine - -“These 10 startups offer a variety of new approaches to technology, trading, data and analytics. Their solutions can help firms in our industry access new markets, manage risk more efficiently, and further automate their trading processes,” said Will Acworth, FIA’s senior vice president of data, publications and research. “On behalf of FIA, I want to thank the selection committee for taking the time to sift through the applications and choose the 10 companies that offer the most exciting potential for Expo attendees.” - -This year’s selection committee included experts from Barclays, Chicago Trading Company, CME Ventures, DRW Venture Capital, GH Financials, IMC Financial Markets, Optiver, and Two Sigma. - -As the leading trade association for the listed and cleared derivatives markets, FIA has worked for decades to promote innovation in the trading and clearing of derivatives. The annual Innovators Pavilion has become a core element of FIA’s commitment to accelerate the adoption of fintech solutions in these markets. - -Each year FIA invites a select group of fintech startups to showcase their solutions for the derivatives industry at the FIA Expo, the industry’s largest trade show. Since the first Innovators Pavilion in 2015, more than 150 startups from around the world have participated in the event. - -The companies in this year’s Innovators Pavilion will receive a free booth on the trade show floor and the opportunity to demonstrate their innovations to conference attendees. Each company also will pitch its solutions directly to attendees at Expo, including senior executives from exchanges, clearinghouses, banks, brokers and trading firms. - -At the conclusion of the Expo conference, FIA will announce the winner of the Innovator of the Year award. A group of judges drawn from representative segments of the derivatives industry will determine the winner. FIA also will announce the winner of the People’s Choice award, determined by votes cast by Expo attendees. - -Last year the winners were ClearDox as the FIA Innovator of the Year, CodeComplete AI as runner-up, and Cumulus9 as the People’s Choice award winner.",1731883706,9dd65a327d,1201cd5207,,,1731883706 -https://www.euronews.com/video/2024/11/14/no-comment-tense-scenes-as-police-break-up-illegal-pro-palestinian-protest-in-dutch-capita,http://feeds.feedburner.com/euronews/en/home/,Video. No comment: Tense scenes as police break up illegal pro-Palestinian protest in Dutch capital,"Water Matters - -Europe's water is under increasing pressure. Pollution, droughts, floods are taking their toll on our drinking water, lakes, rivers and coastlines. Join us on a journey around Europe to see why protecting ecosystems matters, how our wastewater can be better managed, and to discover some of the best water solutions. Video reports, an animated explainer series and live debate - find out why Water Matters, from Euronews.",1731883701,33451736bb,122ea91906,,,1731883701 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/transfer-portal-really-important-mark-pope-continuity-key-success/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,"The transfer portal is 'really important' to Mark Pope, but continuity is key to success","Mark Pope had no choice but to go all-in on the transfer portal entering his first season as the Kentucky men’s basketball head coach. When the old staff left, not a single scholarship player filled out the 2024-25 roster by the time he arrived. - -Pope brought in nine players through the portal during the offseason, putting an emphasis on experience. Seven of those nine are either seniors or graduate students. He was still able to find some pieces in the high school ranks, adding a pair of in-state prospects and one former commit from his time coaching at BYU. But those three rookies might not even be part of the rotation this season. - -In past years, a freshman not playing at Kentucky typically meant there was a good chance they would leave the following offseason in search of more playing time. But Pope has put an emphasis on recruiting players who want to be at Kentucky. That’s why landing Travis Perry and Trent Noah was so important — they can lay the foundation of what this program will look like in 2-3 years, even if they aren’t playing right away. Their time will come, and they know that. - -Pope, like most coaches, doesn’t want a revolving door of players hitting the portal every single offseason. Players leaving happens everywhere, but the idea of sticking around for the long haul is baked into how he pitches potential Wildcats. Building up chemistry year after year is important to him. - -That being said, there will be significant roster turnover after this season. Seven of Kentucky’s players on the 2024-25 roster will have no choice but to move on from the college game. But Pope brought in so many veterans to help establish a culture (and win some games, of course) for the future. Perry, Noah, and the third freshman, Collin Chandler, all expect to return in 2025-26. Sophomore Brandon Garrison and junior Otega Oweh should as well barring a surprise leap to the NBA. There are three talented incoming freshmen already on board with the possibility of a fourth on the way. That’s nine players right there for next season, leaving only a handful of spots to fill out in the portal. - -Pope will go out and find the guys he wants to round out the roster through the portal. It’ll happen every offseason under the current portal rules. Some will be seniors, some will have a couple of years left. But above all else, he wants to start with high school kids and build them up at UK over the course of their time in college. - -“I think it’s a balance. There’s no science behind it,” Pope said Thursday. “I do think this (2025) freshman class is really important. These three guys are going to be real important. Pieces we may add in the future are really important to this freshman class. - -“I think the portal is really, really important. And I think the most important thing of all is the guys in the program that have a chance to come back next year. And so those are three spaces — you want to pay attention to all three of them, because they all are massively important continuity in a program. I don’t know if there’s a magical number, but if there is one, hopefully we’ll hit it.” - -Subscribe to the KSR YouTube Channel for press conferences, interviews, original shows, fan features, and exclusive content.",1731883639,b2069ab8ff,1216a41b51,,,1731883639 -https://www.prcouture.com/crisis-pr/,https://www.prcouture.com/feed/,5 Important Crisis PR Tips to Help Strategize Key Communications,"PR is extremely important for any kind of business. The way the company presents itself to the public and how it communicates with its audience directly impacts its brand image — you know this better than anyone as a PR pro. But crisis PR also helps brands communicate with their customers correctly, appropriately, and effectively. - -If you’re just starting in PR and aren’t sure how to handle a crisis, here are some crisis PR communication tips you can use the next time you’re in a tough situation. - -5 Important Crisis PR Communication Tips You Need to Know - -#1 Plan for a Crisis Beforehand - -First and foremost, you should plan for a crisis beforehand instead of waiting for it to happen. If you are realistic about the progress of your agency, you should realize that such critical situations are unexpected and can happen when you least expect them to — especially when you’re working with so many clients. - -This is why you shouldn’t expect the best but rather the worst – and be prepared for it. By preparing a crisis PR plan beforehand, you are arming yourself with the right tools you need during the crisis to communicate with your client’s audience properly. - -To plan for a crisis, you must consider both highly possible and less possible scenarios. - -For the former, look at some weaknesses. What could go wrong in your client’s business based on the weaknesses it has? Likewise, look at their niche’s market and its current development. Is there a high probability that a crisis will soon happen? - -For the latter, think of the worst-case scenarios that you might need to handle at some point, even if they are unlikely to happen. - -Once you know which situations you need to prepare for, you should create a crisis PR plan for each of them. What actions will your agency take, and what will you instruct your client to do? How will you communicate with your team and theirs? How will you communicate with your client’s audience? Create a specific set of guidelines for each situation so that you are prepared for these crises. - -Related: Your 10-Step Risk Assessment To Better Protect Brand Reputation Pre-Crisis - -#2 Prioritize the Right Actions When Executing Your Crisis PR Plan - -Once the crisis does happen, you will already have a plan to follow. If you’re not sure how to create this yourself, you can hire a professional writer from Best Writers Online to create a crisis PR plan for you or help you make one. - -In any case, once you start using the plan you created for a specific crisis, it will be much easier to ensure that everything else goes smoothly for you and your clients. - -That being said, you may not have a plan prepared for your client’s specific situation. And even if you do have an appropriate plan, you don’t always need to follow it strictly. You can still do things differently from how you initially wanted to act as long as it will be more beneficial to your client that way. You will need to prioritize the right actions, and if the right action is different from what you planned, then you should change your plan accordingly. - -To prioritize the right actions, you should first assess the crisis with a calm mind. Don’t overreact – try to think clearly and logically. Once you have sorted your thoughts, you need to respond quickly. Don’t wait too long to communicate with your client and their audience, because the wait can cause chaos. Prioritize the actions that will help you keep your client safe while continuing to focus on their relationship with their audience. - -#3 Monitor and Assess Public Sentiment - -Of course, you need to be logical when responding to a crisis and communicating with your client’s audience. On the other hand, you should also be empathetic and understand the emotions that everyone is going through — from your client and their audience to you and your team. This is why you need to actively monitor and assess public sentiment to truly understand the thoughts and feelings of your client’s audience and react to them appropriately. - -Always be transparent in your crisis PR communications. This doesn’t mean that you need to disclose absolutely everything going on during the crisis, but you should keep your client’s customers informed about how your client will proceed. It is a way for you to build trust and loyalty while also addressing any questions customers have during the crisis. - -Similarly, you should always put the victims first. If anyone is suffering during the crisis, you should prioritize them. Don’t try to play the blame game and find a scapegoat. Instead, look for solutions and ways to help all those in need. In other words, focus on the positive instead of the negative. That’s the only way to survive the crisis. - -#4 Work with People and Use Crisis PR Tools - -When you communicate during a crisis, there are two key elements you should consider. One – your human resources, and two – your technical resources. Your team will work with your clients to execute the communication while using specific tools to do so efficiently. It is important to use both of these types of resources instead of relying on only one of them. - -Your team should be trained to communicate correctly during different types of crises. If you don’t have enough employees in your team to manage everything, you can outsource some of the tasks to your client’s team or contractors. For example, you can hire an experienced writer from Writing Judge to create a press release specifically for this critical situation you are in. - -At the same time, don’t forget to use the right tools. These can be channels for communication (e.g. social media, email, website), tools for content creation (e.g. grammar checker, graphic design tool), or tools for task management (e.g. calendar or scheduling tool, project management tool). - -Related: Be A Storm Chaser – 3 Ways To Successfully Navigate A PR Crisis - -#5 Learn from the Crisis and Its Aftermath - -Last but not least, don’t forget to learn from the crisis and its aftermath to handle future crises more effectively and efficiently. Don’t let your guard down once the crisis is over. Instead, assess your actions, the status of your client’s business, and the current public sentiment. - -Consider any mistakes you made and how you can avoid them in the future. Think about what worked successfully and how you can use these practices in a future crisis. Always aim to improve your communication skills to keep your crisis PR strategy up to date in the long run. - -All in all, reacting correctly during a crisis and communicating with your client’s audience is essential for maintaining their good image and your agency’s reputation. Use the tips in this article to help you expertly build your crisis PR communication strategy and execute it efficiently.",1731883671,1740e50804,11ef83bdbc,,,1731883671 -https://www.gamedesigning.org/gaming/asymmetrical-vr-games/,https://gamedesigning.org/feed/,Asymmetrical VR Games (The Complete Guide)," - -Gamers are often forced to sit around while others play because of the lack of a joystick. - -Not being involved can make you feel left out, which is unfortunately the case when several people want to play traditional video games. - -Fortunately, advancements in gaming systems are helping solve this problem, especially in the field of VR. - -Virtual Reality or VR is a simulation where you can see and interact with 3D reality as if you were actually there. - -The computer-generated objects and scenery appear real, and you can engage with them directly. - -VR-based video games are played while wearing a headset or helmet, not through a console or computer. As a result, only one person can play VR games. - -The general consensus is that VR is even more isolating than regular gaming, as you’re tuned out of the real world once you put the headset on. And if you only have one VR headset at home, your friends and family can do nothing but sit and watch you play. - -This is where asymmetric VR games (AVG) have changed the industry. - -What Are Asymmetrical VR Games? - -Asymmetrical VR games allow games with and without VR headsets to play together. Those without headsets just need a secondary screen like a phone or PC. In simple words, players need not have a VR headset to play the game, which means multiple people can participate. - -The gameplay remains largely the same, but there are small changes to accommodate multiple players and make it enjoyable for all. This is a great way to enjoy gaming as a group and engage with multiple people at once. - -Popular games have adapted the asymmetrical format to be more inclusive and more fun. As a result, you’ll find a plethora of options for every group, irrespective of how many players or which type of game you’d like to play. - -How Do Asymmetrical VR Games Work? - -In order to play AVGs, at least one person needs to have a VR headset. After choosing a game, you need to select the multiplayer option to get started. Players without the VR headset must download the game app on their devices. Usually, mobile phones are the easiest option. - -Meanwhile, the player with the VR headset needs to select the individuals they want to play with. As mentioned, although the gameplay would be the same, certain changes were made to accommodate multiple players. - -For example, in Acron: Attack of the Squirrels, the Quest player plays as a tree demon, while other device players play as the squirrel. - -The squirrels have different professions and skills, and they must work together to distract the tree demon and move the acorns. - -Asymmetric VR games need at least two players, with accommodations for up to nine players, including the one with the VR headset. Most of them show a different perspective and provide contrasting gameplay for those playing on secondary screens. - -Some asymmetric VR games can also be played in one-person mode, while bots or AI mimic other players. - -The Advent of Remote Asymmetric VR Games - -During the pandemic, millions were stranded at home, all seeking entertainment and connections with family and friends on virtual platforms. This gave companies an excellent opportunity to experiment with remote asymmetric VR games. - -This led to the popularity of remote multiplayer options. Players on secondary screens need not be in the same room as the player with the VR headset. This allows gamers to play, interact, and remain connected no matter where they are in the world. - -And given continuous advancements in technology, asymmetrical VR games will be so much more than we had ever imagined. - -Which Devices Can Connect To Asymmetric VR Games? - -As mentioned earlier, non-VR players have a different point of view. Their devices are considered “social” or “secondary” screens. And any device with a screen can be a “social” screen, such as a desktop, laptop, smartphone, or any other mobile device. - -Players on secondary screens can interact with the game in the traditional ways: through the touchpad, mouse clicks, and gestures (if on a mobile device). - -So, as long as you have a VR device and people to play with, you can play asymmetrical VR games. - -That said, not all games that can accommodate external devices are considered asymmetric. - -For example, Keep Talking and Nobody Explodes require a VR headset and a printed sheet. Non-VR players instruct the one wearing the headset to deactivate a bomb. The game is chaotic, highly interactive, and fun. - -Popular Asymmetrical VR Games - -Takelings House Party - - - -This VR game is based in Hal’s household, where Takelings interrupt his quiet suburban bliss. Hal (the player with the VR headset) is tasked with restoring his house by getting rid of the Takelings (players with secondary screens). - -The game is free, and the Party Mode is available on smartphones (Android and iOS) and PCs. Up to eight players can play the game. - -Do You Copy? - - - -In this multiplayer asymmetrical VR game, you can play two roles: a hacker or a thief. As a hacker (without the VR headset), you must guide your accomplice to infiltrate a bank’s security, solve riddles, and look out for security. - -Meanwhile, the thief (the player with the VR headset) must ensure they’re not caught while stealing the bank. The thief must move around in real life to hide, run, and stay off the radar. - -This game requires a minimum of two players and is available on Windows, iOS, macOS, and Android. - -IronWolf VR - - - -This submarine playable is available as a single-player and co-op (roomscale). The game is fast-paced, as you must shoot down enemies, hunt convoys, and survive amidst chaos and bombs. It can be played on a PC or PlayStation. - -Panoptic - - - -Panoptic is a fun game where you and your friend will be pitted against each other. You can play the Overseer (with the VR headset) or Challenger (without the VR headset). The latter must tire out the former’s energy and blend into the crowd before it begins to attack. - -The game requires two players. However, there’s no online multiplayer option available yet. - -VR Tribes - - - -This online game lets each player choose a tribe character, and each tribe must compete against each other to prove its worth. At the moment, the PC-only edition requires at least one player with a VR headset. - -VR Tribes is available on all PCs and Android devices. It can also be played on LAN. - -Besides these, you can also try games like Acorn: Attack of the Squirrels!, Keep Talking and Nobody Dies, VR The Diner Duo, and more. Before you decide to buy a game, make sure to check its device compatibility, how many people can play it at once, and the safety guidelines. - -Conclusion - -Asymmetrical VR games are multiplayer games that need at least one VR headset, while the rest use smartphones, laptops, or desktops. Sometimes, even a piece of paper will do. - -It’s a great way to connect with your friends and family. You can avoid the feeling of isolation, as everyone can participate on their devices (the secondary screen) or take turns using the VR headset. - -Moreover, most of these don’t require gamers to be in the same room to play together. People from all over the world can easily connect and play together as long as they have a device with a screen and stable WiFi. - -We hope this article has helped you understand the value of these games and why they are so much fun to play.",1731883668,117173e4a3,1239bf6c46,,,1731883668 -http://www.skysports.com/football/live-blog/11095/12476234/transfer-centre-live-football-transfers-news-updates-and-rumours,https://www.skysports.com/rss/11095,"Transfer Centre LIVE! Football transfers, news, updates and rumours",", which may be using cookies and other technologies. To show you this content, we need your permission to use cookies. You can use the buttons below to amend your preferences to enable cookies or to allow those cookies just once. You can change your settings at any time via the This content is provided by, which may be using cookies and other technologies. To show you this content, we need your permission to use cookies. You can use the buttons below to amend your preferences to enablecookies or to allow those cookies just once. You can change your settings at any time via the Privacy Options - -Unfortunately we have been unable to verify if you have consented to cookies. To view this content you can use the button below to allow cookies for this session only.",1731883679,60c36d6784,1246278c42,,,1731883679 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/the-weight-loss-frenzy-is-making-some-pharma-stocks-much-more-volatile-will-the-drama-continue-140032355.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,The weight-loss frenzy is making some pharma stocks much more volatile. Will the drama continue?,"The recent volatility in key GLP-1 stocks has put the spotlight on the anxiety Wall Street has about the weight loss market. The market is huge — a potential $150 billion a year by the end of the decade — and any financial miss, or negative data of any kind, will trigger outsized sell-offs. - -This past week, for example, Amgen (AMGN) lost $12 billion in market value. Hims & Hers (HIMS) lost 10% in a single day in October when the FDA ended the shortage designation of Eli Lilly's (LLY) drugs. (Its worst day on record was Nov. 14, down 24% after Amazon (AMZN) launched a direct prescription service modeled after the company.) - -Last month was the most dramatic, when Lilly saw more than $127 billion in stock value wiped out at peak loss in a single day. The company missed analyst estimates on its diabetes and weight-loss drugs, Mounjaro and Zepbound. (Investors bought the Lilly dip and the loss was pared to $54 billion by market close). - -The recovery in the stock came only after CEO David Ricks responded to an analyst question on an earnings call about the sales miss, saying that demand was up 25% quarter over quarter. The stock started to pick up right after that, according to Citi healthcare analyst Geoff Meacham. - -How volatile is that? The move seen in Lilly's stock is typically reserved for Magnificent Seven stocks. For example, the day after the election, Tesla's (TSLA) market cap increased by $120 billion. - -The day of Lilly's loss, another company on its way into the GLP-1 space was grappling with what the sell-off could mean for its future. - -Amgen CFO Peter Griffith told Yahoo Finance the company, whose GLP-1 candidate MariTide is still only in mid-stage clinical trials, was worried investors were going to change how they rewarded the company's stock — from weighing overall performance to focusing on a single product. - -“There’s no doubt that MariTide … will eclipse the rest of our news here in the near future,” Griffith said, unaware at the time he would face that exact fate two weeks later. - -The company's stock was hammered Nov. 12 after older MariTide data published by an analyst briefly appeared to highlight a problematic side effect, which was quickly waved off by other analysts and Amgen itself. - -• USD (LLY) View Quote Details - -More volatility? - -The potential for high returns has created an energy around the leading GLP-1 companies — and serves as a cautionary tale for those that will follow. - -“There are more eyeballs on Novo and Lilly than any other stock in healthcare, by a mile. That alone is going to read more volatility,” said Mizuho's healthcare sector expert Jared Holz. - -Story Continues",1731883704,6e579b027f,123d0bbd8f,,,1731883704 -https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/042214/how-can-i-fund-roth-ira-if-my-income-too-high-make-direct-contributions.asp,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_articles&term=financial%20education,How Can I Fund a Roth IRA If My Income Is Too High?,"High earners who exceed annual income limits set by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) can’t make direct contributions to a Roth individual retirement account (Roth IRA). - -However, you can take advantage of a loophole to get around the limit and reap the tax benefits that Roth IRAs offer. This strategy, known as a backdoor Roth IRA, allows those with high incomes to make indirect contributions by converting a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. - -Key Takeaways High earners may be unable to make direct contributions to a Roth individual retirement account (Roth IRA) due to income limits. - -A loophole, known as the backdoor Roth IRA, provides a way to get around the limits. - -With a backdoor Roth IRA, you make a non-deductible contribution to a traditional IRA and then convert that account to a Roth IRA. - -Tax implications will come into play in determining whether this strategy is worthwhile. - -If it's available to you, contributing to a Roth 401(k) workplace retirement plan is an easy alternate way to take advantage of the Roth's tax benefits. - -Roth IRA Income Limits - -Roth IRAs provide unique tax advantages for retirement savers. The contribution to the account is taxed in the year it's made and can be made up until the tax filing day of the following year. But when the account owner withdraws the money in retirement, no further taxes are due on either the money contributed or the growth achieved. - -However, those with modified adjusted gross incomes (MAGIs) above certain levels are limited in the amounts they can contribute or are banned from Roth ownership altogether. The income limits are updated annually. - -For tax year 2024, single and head-of-household filers with MAGIs of $146,000 to $161,000 can contribute only limited amounts. The income phaseout range for married couples filing jointly is $230,000 to $240,000. For 2025, those limits increase to $150,000 to $165,000 for single and head-of-household filers and $236,000 to $246,000 for married couples filing jointly. - -Taxpayers with incomes above those top numbers cannot contribute anything to a Roth IRA. - -The Backdoor Roth IRA Strategy - -The removal of a $100,000 MAGI limit for Roth conversions in 2010 created a loophole in the tax code that allows high-income filers to legally make indirect contributions to Roth accounts using the backdoor Roth IRA strategy. - -To use the backdoor Roth IRA strategy, you’ll need to take the following steps: - -Open a traditional IRA with your IRA custodian of choice. It is usually easiest, but not necessary, to use the same custodian that holds your Roth conversion IRA or where you plan to open your Roth. Make a fully non-deductible contribution to your traditional IRA. For both 2024 and 2025, the contribution limit is $7,000 with the $1,000 catch-up contribution for those 50 and older. That means not reporting your traditional IRA contribution as a deduction for MAGI on your Form 1040, even if you otherwise might be eligible to deduct it. Next, convert the traditional IRA balance into a Roth IRA. Because the MAGI threshold for contributions does not apply to conversions, the income limitation does not apply. Repeat this process every year that your MAGI is too high to allow you to contribute to your Roth IRA directly. - -A backdoor Roth IRA is not a type of retirement account but a strategy to convert funds in a traditional IRA or 401(k) to a Roth IRA. - -Tax Scenarios and Other Considerations - -The backdoor strategy works best if you don’t already have a traditional IRA because it will leave you owing no taxes on your contribution. However, if you have a traditional IRA funded with deductible contributions, the tax benefit will be reduced, and computing your taxes becomes more complicated. - -Understanding this takes time, but it’s worth paying attention to or discussing with your tax advisor for the following three situations: - -Example 1: You Owe Zero Taxes - -You are 40 years old and make $200,000 a year. You open a new IRA and make a non-deductible $7,000 contribution in 2024. You then convert this account with the $7,000 to a Roth IRA. You have no other traditional IRAs. Your tax bill for the conversion is zero because you did not deduct your contribution. - -Example 2: You Owe Taxes on All Previous IRA Balances - -Your actions and circumstances are identical to the first situation, except you also have a traditional IRA rollover account funded entirely with deductible contributions. You got a tax deduction when you made these contributions. - -If you try to convert the entire amount you have in IRAs—both your $7,000 non-deductible contribution and the rest of your IRA balance—you will have a tax bill. How much you owe depends on how large that rollover IRA is and your current income. - -This is because, under the pro-rata rule, all your IRAs are treated as one communal IRA. The amount of your Roth IRA conversion that is taxable is proportional to your total IRA balance. - -If you have one or more IRAs you funded with deductible contributions, even the backdoor strategy cannot keep you from owing taxes on a Roth conversion. You can’t open a second IRA, rollover only that second account, and owe no taxes. - -The Roth IRA will have just the $7,000 in it. Your other IRAs won’t be folded into it; they’ll just be included in the government’s tax calculations. The tax bill will be assessed regardless of whether a new or existing account is used. - -Example 3: You Owe Taxes on Some IRA Balances - -This is a more complex circumstance, but the math is fairly straightforward. Under the pro-rata rule, IRA conversions are taxed in proportion to the amount of taxable contributions across all your IRA balances. - -Imagine you are the same age with the same income as in the previous examples. You could have several IRAs funded partly with deductible contributions and partly with non-deductible contributions. For the sake of simplicity, though, imagine you have just two traditional IRAs, one funded each way: - -IRA 1 ($60,000): Funded only with deductible contributions - -IRA 2 ($34,000): Funded only with non-deductible contributions - -You open a third traditional IRA with a $7,000 non-deductible contribution and convert that balance to a Roth IRA. The taxable proportion of your contribution is equal to the percentage of taxable contributions across all of your IRAs. Since 60% of your IRA balances were funded with pretax (deductible) contributions and 40% with after-tax (non-deductible) contributions, 60% of your conversion will be taxable. - -For a $7,000 conversion, $4,200 will be classified as income for the year of conversion. Depending on your annual income, that may move you to a higher tax bracket. - -House Democrats proposed legislation in 2021 (known as the Build Back Better infrastructure bill) that would restrict Roth IRA conversions from higher-income individuals starting in 2022. However, the Senate rejected the bill, and a slimmed-down version was signed into law in August 2022. This Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 did not include conversion restrictions. - -The Backdoor Strategy and Qualified Retirement Plans - -If you or your spouse participates in a traditional qualified retirement plan at work that accepts rollovers of pretax (deductible) IRA balances, you have another way to avoid tax when you use the backdoor strategy to fund a Roth. Here’s how: - -Roll over all your deductible IRAs into a traditional 401(k) at work before starting the conversion process. Then, open a new IRA with a $7,000 non-deductible contribution and convert that amount into a Roth IRA. Your tax bill will be zero because the government doesn’t include qualified-plan balances in calculating the tax on a backdoor Roth conversion. However, not all 401(k) plans offer this benefit. - -Contribute to a Roth 401(k) If You Can - -The backdoor strategy is unnecessary if your employer offers a Roth 401(k) and you are not making the maximum possible contribution. Roth 401(k) plans let you contribute up to $23,000 in 2024 in after-tax dollars that you can withdraw tax-free when you retire This amount increases to $23,500 for 2025. - -For example, if you have only contributed $5,000 to your Roth account in the plan, it would be simplest to contribute the remaining $18,000 in 2024 before opening a backdoor IRA. Moreover, if you are 50 or older, you can contribute an additional $7,500 to a Roth 401(k). - -One possible exception to this rule could be if you are unhappy with the investment choices in the plan and wish to explore alternative options elsewhere. - -Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) - -Are Backdoor Roth Individual Retirement Accounts Allowed in 2024? Yes. The backdoor Roth individual retirement account (backdoor Roth IRA) strategy is still viable. - -Is a Backdoor Roth IRA Worth It? It depends on your circumstances. Most people won’t make more in retirement than while working, though, so their retirement tax rate will likely be lower than while working. As a result, doing a Roth IRA conversion is probably not worth it for most people. - -What Is a Backdoor Roth IRA? The backdoor Roth IRA is a strategy where a person makes a non-deductible contribution to a traditional IRA and then converts that account to a Roth IRA. This allows high-income earners to get around the income limits on contributing to Roth IRAs. - -The Bottom Line - -High earners can circumvent contribution limits to Roth IRAs by using the backdoor strategy. You save the most if you do not have pre-existing traditional IRA balances that must be factored into your tax bill or if your employer’s qualified plan allows rollovers of deductible IRA balances.",1731883634,279fc3a863,11d51d6a46,,,1731883634 -https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/russia-hits-ukraine-energy-sites-120-missiles-90-drones-large-sunday-attack,https://feeds.feedburner.com/zerohedge/feed,"Russia Hits Ukraine Energy Sites With 120 Missiles, 90 Drones In Large Sunday Attack","Ukraine's national energy operator has announced significant power cuts for the Kyiv region and well as others areas in the east. This is after another major missile and drone assault on Ukraine's energy infrastructure coming from Russia, estimated at about 120 missiles and some 90 drones. - -The massive combined air attack marked one of the largest of the war thus far, and killed and wounded several people. It appears to be in response to ongoing Ukrainian attacks on Russian military and naval sites and oil depots. - -President Zelensky in a message claimed Ukraine anti-air forces were able to shoot down over 140 of the inbound Russian projectiles. But building fires and damage across the country point to many dozens of drone and missiles having got through to hit targets. - -""The enemy’s target was our energy infrastructure throughout Ukraine. Unfortunately, there is damage to objects from hits and falling debris. In Mykolaiv, as a result of a drone attack, two people were killed and six others were injured, including two children,"" Zelensky described. - -Two others were reported killed in the Odessa region from the assault. A couple days ago, surreal footage of massive efforts to repel an aerial assault was captured and widely circulated: - -Massive AAA engagement over Odesa last night, as Ukrainian anti-aircraft gunners fought an incoming Russian attack drone wave. pic.twitter.com/j8o0XBNmY1 — OSINTtechnical (@Osinttechnical) November 16, 2024 - -As for damage from this fresh weekend assault, Ukrainian private energy company DTEK has said a thermal power plant it operates was ""seriously damaged"". Russia has targeted these thermal power facilities since the start of the war. - -Russia in a statement said it hit energy resources used to supply Ukraine's armed forces. The defense ministry detailed the following: ""Operational-tactical aviation, unmanned fighting vehicles, missile forces and artillery of Russian Armed Forces’ groups inflicted damage on infrastructure of military airfields, gas production and energy facilities used for operation of Ukraine’s defense enterprises, a depot of drones, as well as the enemy’s troops and military equipment in 144 regions,"" the ministry said. - -According to more: ""This morning the Armed Forces of the Russian Federation extensively attacked critical facilities of energy infrastructure that ensure the operation of Ukraine’s military and industrial complex and enterprises making military products, with high-precision strike systems."" The Russian military added that ""all targeted goals were hit."". - -* * * - -Calls from Western officials for direct NATO military intervention have continued:",1731883616,efc81dd613,11e0f12e05,,,1731883616 -http://www.influencerupdate.biz/news/68608/oracle-enters-discussion-to-buy-tiktok-following-microsoft-bid/,https://www.influencerupdate.biz/rss/news/,Oracle enters discussion to acquire TikTok following Microsoft bid,"US tech corporation Oracle is reportedly discussing the acquisition of social video app TikTok. - -The news comes shortly after Microsoft announced its intent to buy the platform following Donald Trump's decision to ban the platform in the US. He's also given the platform 90 days to sell its operations in the country. - -As reported by the Financial Times, Oracle is openly considering the acquisition of TikTok in the US, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. The platform has also been valued at around $50 billion. - -Tick Tock - -While it's uncertain which company will secure the acquisition - Twitter has also reportedly expressed an interest in the platform - President Trump has asked for a slice of the price regardless. - -""The United States should get a very large percentage of that price because we're making it possible. It would come from the sale, which nobody else would be thinking about but me, but that's the way I think, and I think it's very fair,"" Trump said, regarding the deal. - -Trade relations between the US and China are strained, and Bytedance's operations in the US offer “credible evidence” that ByteDance “might take action that threatens to impair the national security of the United States” according to president Trump. - -However, others believe that Trump's actions towards the app may serve to alienate younger voters in the US, given the sheer popularity and reach of TikTok in the country.",1731883679,e34caba76d,11e0904b10,,,1731883679 -https://esportsedition.com/hearthstone/hearthstone-battlegrounds/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Hearthstone Battlegrounds Can Be Confusing,"Hearthstone Battlegrounds Guide and Tips - -Hearthstone Battlegrounds is a unique and challenging Hearthstone game mode. Although it is been a few months since it was released, there are still a lot of players who make critical mistakes while playing Battlegrounds. In this guide, you will learn general information about Battlegrounds, get tips for starting out in the game, get good examples of the gameplay, and the basic rules of the new Hearthstone game mode. - -Basic Information - -Some people think that Battlegrounds has about 80% of the Hearthstone gameplay and 20% from autochess. But the game mode is easy to learn for everyone. Our basic information is based on your past experience in Hearthstone. - -If You Playing Hearthstone Regularly - -There are eight players in a lobby. You can join a game with one friend, but you will not be allies. If you already play Hearthstone regularly, Battlefields will be easy for you. You know almost all the cards, and you played in the PvE modes of the Year of the Dragon, which means that you will learn the basic rules by playing a couple games. Most card mechanics should be familiar from past experience: battlecries, deathrattles, taunts, magnetism, and different minions. - -Key Differences from Ladder - -Minions attack independently, similar to during the effect of Mass Hysteria, but in the given order from left to right - -There is no deck, you select and buff minions on the table from the Bob Tavern - -Minions have no mana cost. Instead, they are broken down into 1-6 tier. - -Newcomers to Hearthstone - -If you’ve never played Hearthstone, that’s okay. The game is easy to learn and very intuitive, especially in Battlegrounds. - -Get to know the basic parts of the gameplay: your hero and his ability, the enemy hero, minions, your hero power. You can easily study it on the official website here. Important tip: ALWAYS use this template while playing. This extremely important because you should know which tier of minions you need at a given time. - -Main Rules - -At the very beginning, you can choose one of three heroes. There are 33 heroes in total: three of them will be selected by the game randomly and offered to you. Each hero has their own unique ability, which can be used between battles. - -Three of the heroes you can choose from in Hearthstone Battlegrounds. - -Image via Hearthstone. - -The gameplay is divided into 2 phases: recruitment of minions and combat. - -Recruitment of Minions - -To recruit or buy one creature, you need to spend 3 gold – the price is the same for any minions of each tier in the game. - -Bob (the game) offers three actions to choose from: upgrade the level of the proposed minions (by finding 3 same minions in the tavern), sell a minion for 1 gold and freeze the minions (they will be saved for the next round of recruitment). - -Make sure to spend all the gold every turn. It is not saved for the next round. - -By recruiting a minion, you will receive it in your hand, and after that, you can put it on your half of the table for free. You can place 7 minions on the battlefield. - -Combat - -Combat goes off automatically: you cannot do anything in this phase. Minions attack in order from left to right. The player who attacks first is random. The only exception is when you or your opponent has more minions on the table, then the player with more minions will attack first. - -When attacking, a minion can choose any other minion. If a player has taunts, the minion must attack one of them. - -The player who has a minion left on the table wins a round. - -The winning hero deals damage depending on the number of remaining minions and their characteristics. Each hero has 40 HP, except Patchwerk, he has 50 HP. - -If you do not lose the full health after combat phase, you will begin the phase of recruiting again. - -All dead minions will reappear on your half table with full health. All damaged creatures fully restore health. - -Gameplay and the current meta - -After the patch with the dragons, the meta and strategy have changed significantly. Almost all Tier-1, Tier-2, Tier-3, and Tier-4 minions do not pose a threat. You can no longer rely on one minion in the mid-game and especially in the late-game. An exception to this is Cobalt Guardian. You can build-up your strategy around him and get a good table in mid-game. - -The key and main threats right now are at levels 5 and 6 of the tavern. - -The task of any player is to take at least level 4 of the tavern as quickly as possible and look for potential triplets. So you can unearth Brann Bronzebeard, Goldrinn the Great Wolf, Baron Rivendare, Sneed`s Old Shredder, or other 6-tier minions that can become the basis of your table in the mid and late game. - -Therefore, upgrading your tavern on 4, 7 and 9 gold is optional, but a desirable option. You should not delay with the upgrade, because all players have a common pool of creatures. Those who take high tavern tiers will quickly find key minions, which means there will be nothing left for you. - -After you have upgraded level 4 of the tavern, do not linger on it. You need to go for a tier-5. Ideally, you should do it before facing a weak opponent or by finding a triplet. If you have not lost your health in the early stages of the game, you can push for tier-5 earlier. - -The current meta is based on 5-6 level minions. They are much stronger than the rest of the minions. Therefore, players who manage to take high levels and find key minions will occupy the top ranks of the lobby.",1731883703,76f59da961,125f37c606,,,1731883703 -https://transom.org/2012/a-trip-to-the-dentist/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,A Trip to the Dentist,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/09/A-Trip-to-the-Dentist.mp3 Download Listen to “A Trip to the Dentist” - -On this edition of HowSound, set the “Way-Back Machine” to 1977 for a legendary story — Larry Massett’s psychedelic “A Trip to the Dentist.” - -The piece is legendary in public radio circles for two reasons. One, it was assembled on three, reel-to-reel tape decks — a process Larry says pushed the limits of the studios at NPR where it was produced and aired on All Things Considered. - -Second, “A Trip to the Dentist” represents a time gone by, a time when NPR and public radio in general experimented a lot more with sound. - -Maybe with the advent of Radiolab and 99% Invisible along with the popularity of the Third Coast International Audio Festival (which sold out this year, by the way), we’re seeing a return to risky, experimental story-telling. That would be a good thing, if you ask me. But I’m not quite sure we’ve reached the halcyon days of the 1970s and early 1980s when flagship public radio programs and stations encouraged and broadcast sonically challenging work. - -We're not giving up on that. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -If you’d like to hear more of Larry’s work, visit HearingVoices and Larry’s collection of pieces at PRX.",1731883727,c00d35bf2d,10f4139e14,,,1731883727 -https://arpost.co/2023/08/11/virtual-reality-police-training/,https://arpost.co/feed/,How Virtual Reality Is Revolutionizing Police Training,"Law enforcement officers face various complex and challenging situations where they must respond to high-risk incidents involving armed perpetrators. Unfortunately, police officers in the US only receive less than six months of police training—which is where virtual reality comes in. - -Using VR helps augment the need for more in-depth training in a safe and immersive training environment. It also helps further hone their skills, allowing them to effectively manage a more comprehensive array of situations, including highly stressful and unpredictable scenarios. - -In this article, we’ll explore virtual reality’s role in police training, its benefits, and some real-life applications. - -Why VR Is an Effective Training Tool - -VR has many police training applications, allowing officers to improve their interactions with their communities and help them develop the necessary reactions in a more controlled environment. It provides law enforcement officers with immersive experiences close to real-life situations, which can help improve their learning and performance compared to more traditional training methods. With virtual reality police training, users can interact with a simulated environment that reacts accordingly, making them feel like they’re really there. - -As a police training tool, VR can be used to enhance existing aspects of training, according to a study by Laura Giessing of Heidelberg University. It has the potential to help officers become better equipped to face critical incidents on duty by acquiring skills and tactics that can be readily applied when facing high-stress situations. - -Benefits of VR in Police Training - -Aside from helping law enforcement officers further develop skills such as communication, de-escalation, or intervention, it can also help them build empathy. Developing empathy allows officers to become more effective on duty by better understanding what a particular subject is going through. - -Using VR as a police training tool has several key benefits, including: - -Officer Safety - -Police officers face complex and potentially dangerous scenarios in their line of work. Using VR for police training allows them to immerse in those scenarios without the risk of physical harm. - -Access to Realistic Simulations - -Virtual reality can simulate realistic scenarios that elicit the same reactions as their real-world counterparts. These simulations give officers the opportunity to continuously expose themselves to the simulations and gain as much experience as possible before facing similar situations in the field. - -Customizable Scenarios - -The great thing about using virtual reality in police training is that it’s a scalable and customizable solution. This means that training academies or organizations can create custom scenarios that align with changing needs and industry best practices. - -Enhanced Decision-Making Capabilities - -By exposing officers to realistic simulations, they can hone their critical thinking, problem-solving, and communication skills. VR training can also be modified to simulate increasingly high-stress or high-risk situations, helping officers learn how to effectively handle and de-escalate such scenarios at a more manageable pace. - -Focus on Evaluation and Debriefing - -VR can also help officers learn how to best evaluate a scenario and execute more in-depth debriefing sessions. That’s because users can replay different scenarios, allowing them to analyze each segment in more detail. - -Real-World Examples of Police VR Training - -Many police departments and organizations in the US and abroad already use VR for police training. These include: - -Sacramento Police Department - -This department uses immersive video simulators to recreate real-world scenarios, providing its officers with cultural competency and implicit bias training. Officers are also educated about proper decision-making and peer intervention. - -Los Alamos Police Department - -In 2021, the Los Alamos Police Department started applying VR technology to train its officers in more effective de-escalation tactics. - -Mexico City - -Mexico City established the first virtual reality training center for officers in Latin America. One of the goals of the training center is to help officers enhance their reflexes in high-risk or stressful emergency scenarios to improve their performance. - -Gwent Police - -Gwent Police officers benefit from a VR training program that teaches them how to respond to and make better decisions in stressful situations. The program has 10 scenarios based on real-life problems that police officers frequently encounter. - -Dutch Police - -The Dutch Police developed a VR simulation game that trains officers to complete different scenarios. This VR training also provides bias training for Dutch Police officers, helping them become more knowledgeable and better prevent ethnic profiling.",1731883652,90b51aadd0,12be39b376,,,1731883652 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/3-high-yield-energy-stocks-233600613.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,3 High Yield Energy Stocks That Are Screaming Buys Now,"These three stocks offer investors huge dividend potential for many years. The Global X MLP ETF (NYSEMKT: MLPA) invests in master limited partnerships (MLPs) in midstream pipelines and storage. Meanwhile, Devon Energy (NYSE: DVN) and Diamondback Energy (NASDAQ: FANG) are oil and gas exploration and production companies set to gush cash in 2025 and use it to enhance dividends for long-term investors. - -The Global X MLP ETF is well-placed for the new administration - -Whether you voted for President Trump or not, he will take office in January. That's good news for gas pipelines and storage companies, not least because the Trump administration has promised to end the moratorium on new LNG export terminal licenses imposed by the Biden administration. - -Start Your Mornings Smarter! Wake up with Breakfast news in your inbox every market day. Sign Up For Free » - -While investors may enjoy picking winners in the sector, the Global X MLP ETF offers an alternative option. Currently holding 20 MLPs with Energy Transfer, Enterprise Product Partners, and MPLX each representing more than 10% of assets, the ETF offers a relatively stress-free way to get broad-based exposure to midstream pipelines and storage companies. - -In addition to the new administration's approach to LNG terminals, an increase in energy exploration and production is good news for energy infrastructure companies because it increases the likelihood of output increases in the fields they serve. That helps de-risk MLPs and improves their bargaining position when negotiating long-term contracts. - -Image source: Getty Images. - -This ETF, with an 8.3% dividend yield and an expense ratio of 0.45%, is a buy for investors who are optimistic about the long-term future of energy production in the U.S. - -Devon Energy's long-term capital returns - -I know what you are thinking: Devon Energy didn't pay a variable dividend in the third quarter, and its quarterly fixed dividend of $0.22 equates to an annual dividend of $0.88. That figure would put Devon on a dividend yield of just 2.3%, so how is Devon Energy a high-yield stock? - -The answer lies in understanding how capital is best returned to shareholders over time. In a nutshell, Devon Energy's management is currently using its substantive cash flow to reduce its debt and make share buybacks after it pays its quarterly fixed dividend. It's a strategy that makes sense when it's gushing cash flow from good production and a relatively high price of oil. The debt reduction will improve future cash flow as it won't have to pay the interest on the retirement debt, and the share buybacks will lower the share count, so existing shareholders will have a more significant claim on future cash flow. - -Story Continues",1731883679,6e579b027f,12758152a4,,,1731883679 -https://uxdesign.cc/consistent-brand-style-with-midjourney-2ea9479942f9?source=rss----138adf9c44c---4,https://uxdesign.cc/feed,How I used AI to design brand-aligned illustrations,"Directing Midjourney to think in brand language - -Analyze existing brand illustrations: I used ChatGPT to create a foundational prompt by examining a variety of official illustrations, paying close attention to line quality, spacing, proportions, and color use. To keep the prompt simple, I decided to leave out pink initially, knowing it could be added later without confusing the AI. - -The first prompt I started with - -2. Select a reliable, iconic object for prompt testing: I selected an iconic object — a Mini Cooper. Its unique structure allowed me to see how well Midjourney could capture clean lines and simple, recognizable shapes. Using this as a reference helped me evaluate each prompt adjustment without introducing too many variables. I recommend choosing an object you’re thoroughly familiar with, so you can easily spot any deviations from its true form. - -Prompt in action - -3. Refine through iteration: While Midjourney successfully captured the style for the Mini Cooper, other objects like buildings or animals lacked consistency. To address this, I refined the prompt with a focus on specifics like composition — how each illustration should interact within its space, considering curves, relationships between objects, balance, and angles. These refinements helped align the illustrations with the brand’s unique perspective, making each object feel cohesive and purposefully positioned. - -To further enhance consistency, I incorporated the — sref command with a range of official illustrations as style references. These included examples of broad structural shapes, rounded forms, depth, architectural elements, and line breaks. This combination enabled the AI to achieve a more unified brand look across diverse object types and forms. - -Final result — This design captures the clean lines, minimalist style, and balanced composition. - -Achieving brand precision, solo - -After several iterations, I developed a powerful, versatile prompt that captured the style precisely, essentially illustrating how each object would appear in the brand’s visual language. This prompt became a foundational template: I only needed to replace the object description, and Midjourney consistently generated cohesive, brand-aligned illustrations. I was pleasantly surprised by the level of precision and creativity the AI brought to each illustration. - -The future of AI-driven brand illustration - -This experiment has opened my eyes to the potential of AI in scaling a brand’s visual identity across platforms. Imagine a company launching a new line of products — with the right AI setup, the brand’s unique style could be instantly applied to each new product, streamlining the visual identity process and enabling designers to adapt quickly while maintaining consistency. For designers seeking effective illustration solutions, experimenting with AI-driven tools can be a game-changer. - -This process allowed me to experiment, test ideas, and visualize concepts while staying fully aligned with the brand’s guidelines. It isn’t just about output; it can help companies refine and sharpen their design language by requiring designers to create a precise textual description that captures the brand’s essence. This exercise enhances the brand’s clarity and strengthens its core identity, giving designers a solid foundation to approach future illustrations with a sharper, more structured mindset. - -While Midjourney’s results may still require final touches — such as vector conversion, line refinement, and detail enhancement — it represents a significant step toward independence for designers who struggle with illustration, all while maintaining brand consistency. - -Learning to break down style requirements and refine prompts can elevate design skills and expand possibilities in brand illustration, making rapid prototyping and brand alignment both efficient and achievable.",1731883650,efe18eb280,1265ccac1d,,,1731883650 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/addressing-social-issues/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Deciding When and How Your Brand Should Address Social Issues,"One of the most stressful things you can do as a communicator is prepare your brand to take a public stance on a societal issue. Everything is at stake: reputation, profits, employee satisfaction, stock prices, and all your company holds dear. Getting it right can yield amazing results, but getting it wrong can be disastrous. - -Taking a stand on social issues as a corporate brand has always been complicated, but it’s more nuanced in today’s volatile social landscape. It’s filled with opportunities to take missteps at every turn. - -Your audiences are more segmented than ever, and each of those segments expects you to understand the social issues they want your brand to take a stand on and how to do it the “right” way. And once you take that stand, everyone is poised to criticize even the smallest of perceived errors. - -We’ve heard about the social justice brands making waves for years: Ben & Jerry’s, Nike, Disney, Patagonia, and others. In just the last couple of years, brands have taken public stances on everything from immigration and voting access to abortion, LGBTQ+ rights, racial equity, and environmental justice. - -As the social issues have evolved, so have the expectations of consumers and the public on brands and their roles in addressing these issues. It’s one of the most stressful things a brand can go through. - -An Evolving Landscape - -The landscape of brands taking a stance on social issues and the evolution of how they are doing that has seen a remarkable transformation in recent years. Just two years ago, surveys indicated that a significant portion of employees, around two-thirds, expected their employers to engage in and take stances on social issues. - -The same study, part of the annual Edelman Trust Barometer, reported that 57% of consumers would either support or boycott a brand solely based on its social or political stance. This data underscored a growing demand for corporate involvement in matters beyond the products or services they offered. - -However, as things do, that same landscape has shifted once again. The 2023 Edelman Report points out that the public perceives that businesses need to do more to address pressing societal concerns such as climate change and economic inequality. - -Half of American consumers now expect companies to “do more” when it comes to social issues. While people think businesses need to do more to address societal concerns, there’s an interesting trend in how many think those brands should take an official stance on the issues. - -The State of U.S. Consumer Trends Report shows that only 36% of consumers believe companies should actively take a stance on social issues, reflecting a much more nuanced landscape of expectations and preferences around brands taking action versus taking a stance. Additionally, data from the Bentley-Gallup Business in Society Report indicates similar trends, with only 41% of Americans believing brands should publicly advocate for social causes. - -It’s important to remember there are even more nuances within this data, including understanding that different demographics and subsets of audiences have different expectations for the brands they support—or don’t support. But what’s clear is that things are much more complex than they used to be. - -Staying People-Focused - -It’s complicated. Now what? - -Even the most prominent brands are not immune to missteps, especially in the context of a global community that is facing unprecedented challenges. While the concept of cause marketing is a powerful tool for brands to engage with their audiences and drive positive change, it’s crucial to execute it thoughtfully and with people at the forefront of the strategy. - -Causes, by their very nature, revolve around people—whether they are internal stakeholders like employees or external constituents such as consumers, stockholders, or volunteers. In this age where consumers increasingly demand that brands step up and support causes that align with their values, businesses need to prioritize people above all else. - -The missteps of some brands serve as valuable lessons for any industry. Whether Bud Light’s partnership with transgender advocates or Google’s well-publicized criticism over comments by its CEO about the Israel-Hamas war, the key takeaway is clear: brands must recognize that when they embark on social issues initiatives, the focus must be on people. - -It’s not about the products or services they offer, but rather the people they serve and the values they represent. By keeping people front and center in their endeavors, brands can build authentic connections, gain trust, and successfully navigate the evolving landscape of social responsibility. - -Taking a Stand On Social Issues - -There are many ways that issues get brought to the forefront for consideration. Maybe it’s something that directly impacts your consumers. Or perhaps it is an issue that your workforce is passionate about. Or maybe it just makes sense for your brand. - -If you’re considering taking a public stance on a social issue, it is critical to navigate this complex terrain with a solid strategy. There are no right answers, but a surefire way to fail is to jump in without thinking through some core considerations. - -To ensure a successful and meaningful alignment between your brand and the issue at hand, keep these six key principles in mind: - -Know Your Core Values: The foundation of any successful stance is a clear alignment with your core values. Your values should serve as a guiding light, helping you make decisions and create connections that resonate with authenticity. Keep your values front and center and ensure that every action you take reflects them. Stay True to Your Mission: Your company’s mission should be your North Star, guiding your actions. If taking a stance on a public issue does not advance your mission or promise to your clients or stakeholders, reconsider your position. Things happen quickly, so whatever you do, avoid knee-jerk reactions and carefully evaluate the implications of your stance. Express Values and Mission Authentically: Transparency and authenticity are paramount when communicating your stance. Convey why you are taking this stand and who it affects. Understand your core audiences, anticipate their questions, and provide transparent answers. Listen to Feedback: Open yourself to feedback, both positive and negative, and be willing to adjust your approach as necessary. Authentic communication involves a two-way dialogue, not a one-sided monologue. Listening to your stakeholders and those most impacted by this stance is essential for building understanding and acceptance. Maintain Ongoing Dialogue: Taking a stand is a long-term commitment, not a quick fix. Investing time, resources, and creativity is necessary for maintaining an ongoing dialogue with stakeholders and reinforcing the importance of your stance. Consistency is key, so stay in the game for the long haul. Consider Your Target Audiences: Tailor your messaging to your diverse target audiences, understanding their expectations and values. Start with internal communication, which is crucial to ensuring your team is aligned with your company’s values and the specific issue at hand. - -In a landscape where consumers increasingly expect brands to be socially responsible, taking a stance can be a powerful tool for engagement and impact. However, it must be approached thoughtfully, with a deep understanding of your values, mission, and the expectations of your audience. - -The Future of Corporate Activism - -As we’ve seen, the role of brands in addressing social issues has evolved greatly, even over the last year. Corporate activism can be a double-edged sword. Companies that take strong stances on divisive issues often try to meet the demands and expectations of the people they depend on for survival but risk alienating audiences with the potential for backlash and boycotts. - -In an era of heightened social and political polarization, the uncertain future of corporate activism calls for a delicate balance between making a genuine impact and managing the potential risks and consequences of taking a stance. The path forward for corporate activism remains uncertain, with ongoing scrutiny and debate shaping how businesses navigate their role in social and environmental causes. - -By focusing strategically on these key considerations and engaging in ongoing, authentic dialogue, brands can navigate this challenging terrain successfully and make a positive difference while reinforcing their core values and mission.",1731883747,4dc781f5bc,12af4fb1bc,,,1731883747 -https://www.biopharmadive.com/news/biogen-trace-neuroscience-als-antisense-qalsody-research-genetic-medicine/733085/,https://www.biopharmadive.com/feeds/news/,How a Biogen drug set the stage for a new biotech targeting ALS,"Trace Neuroscience, a freshly launched startup, is developing a type of genetic medicine it believes could help most, if not all, people with ALS. - -It’s a bold idea, considering nearly every attempt to combat the nerve-destroying disease has ended in failure. Researchers still aren’t sure what causes 90% of cases. And in the U.S., the short list of drugs approved to treat ALS, or amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, got shorter still this year, as a once-promising medication hit a major setback that ultimately got it pulled from the market. - -Yet Trace was still able to fundraise $101 million from a group of prominent biotechnology investment firms that includes Third Rock Ventures, Atlas Venture, RA Capital Management and Alphabet’s venture capital arm, GV. Jeffrey Tong, a Third Rock partner who’s now on Trace’s board of directors, says there are a few reasons why the startup earned his firm's support. - -One was the company’s underlying science. It was built on recent discoveries from the labs of Aaron Gitler, a Stanford University professor; Pietro Fratta, a professor of cellular and molecular neuroscience at University College London; and Michael Ward, a senior investigator in the National Institutes of Health’s neurological disorders division. Almost at the same time, these labs identified connections between an important RNA-processing molecule and a protein that’s often impaired in people with ALS and other neurodegenerative disorders. - -Another selling point, according to Tong, was the precedent set by Biogen’s Qalsody. - -Like Trace’s medicine, Qalsody is what’s known as an antisense oligonucleotide, meaning it regulates protein production by binding to RNA. Qalsody flunked the main trial designed to show it can slow the functional decline associated with ALS. The drug was still approved last year, though, due to its apparent effects on “neurofilament light chain,” a protein tied to nerve cell damage. - -Trace’s CEO, Eric Green, plans to incorporate those learnings into the development plans for his company’s drug, which is on track to enter human testing in early 2026. - -Green has helped set up multiple Third Rock portfolio companies. He co-founded the precision medicine developer Maze Therapeutics and served as head of translational research at heart drug startup MyoKardia. In an interview with BioPharma Dive, Green explained why his new, big-swing endeavor resonated with investors. - -The following conversation has been edited and condensed for clarity. - -BIOPHARMA DIVE: Was there a concerted effort to go to these different parties and ask them to come together and build a single company, rather than three separate ones? - -ERIC GREEN: Absolutely. This, to me, was just a central part of how I thought about this. I wanted us to join forces and not dilute our efforts across three companies, because everybody here brings different expertise. It's a really nice complementary team. - -This is my third go around doing this with Third Rock. One of the things I have learned over the years is that the more you can bring together a group of diverse experts who understand an area of biology, the greater chance you're going to have to be successful in translating that into a medicine. - -We have an academic world that I think is very much oriented toward independent discoveries and independent credit. That makes perfect sense from an academic standpoint, but as we think about trying to make this into a medicine, we need to join forces.There really is that shared goal and shared mission here, recognizing that we're stronger together. - -Atlas, RA, GV — what about those firms made you want them to be part of your investor syndicate? - -GREEN: The first thing I had in mind was to allow us to raise a sum of money that would allow us to get through what we see as the key clinical data points … where we're going to be able to learn about how this medicine is working in people with ALS. - -But [another piece was] to bring together a diverse set of voices. Atlas, for example, built a number of different RNA therapy and oligonucleotide companies. That was something really important to me, thinking about how we can build companies. [We wanted] a syndicate that has different perspectives, both really early company creation — in the case of Third Rock and Atlas — but then also people who think about company growth and some of the longer-term horizons. This was where having a group like RA has been really helpful to us. And similarly, with Google Ventures, a group that really sees companies across the life cycle, from very early discovery all the way through to clinical development and commercialization. - -One of the things that, to me, is a little unusual, maybe particularly exciting, about this opportunity is that we're very early. We're not far from the original discovery. But there's a potential here to move really quickly, and to go from being a discovery company to a company that's generating really meaningful clinical data. And in this indication, meaningful clinical data can have a very direct path towards getting a drug on the market. - -You raised $101 million. Why stop there, or set that as the goal, in terms of fundraising? - -GREEN: We want to build an R&D plan that we think is the right one, and then finance that. Not, “Let’s test the waters and see how much money we could raise.” Yes, we could have certainly gotten $1 more than [our goal] and so, by definition, we were oversubscribed. But I have a pet peeve about that myself. Our goal was to set out to raise the amount of money we needed to support the R&D plan, and that's what we did. In general, we're really happy with the round we put together. And we'll have a lot of options with this syndicate to take the next steps. - -Your company is at the intersection of genetic medicine and neuroscience, two research areas that could be seen as high-risk. What were the biggest concerns among these investors? Do you think you’ve alleviated them? - -GREEN: ALS, and neurodegenerative diseases more broadly, are an area where there's been a lot of disappointment. - -It was really important for me to be able to convey what we thought was different about this opportunity. I can summarize it with three components. Here is this focus on robust human genetics as our guide to give us confidence we're going after a mechanism relevant in people with ALS, rather than in some cell or animal model of the disease. The quality of the human genetics evidence here is exceptionally high, both because it's been reproduced across so many different cohorts, but also because of this relationship with disease progression and survival. And that's unusual, as opposed to having a relationship with just the risk of disease. It really gives us confidence there's a window to intervene on this mechanism after people are diagnosed. - -But genetics is not enough. You need to understand what the mechanism is by which the gene is working. And this is where that set of discoveries I described from Aaron and Pietro and Michael was so critical of saying we really understand how this gene is working. This has been, even with some of the previous genetic targets, one of the limitations. We don't exactly know what it is that's going on, and therefore we don't exactly know what we want to do therapeutically. - -Then the third piece was, this is a mechanism that really is amenable to a particular modality, in this case, antisense oligonucleotides. - -Where we are today, we have a lot more confidence we actually have a particular molecule that has all … those properties we're looking for – that can potently correct splicing, both in cells and animal models of disease, and that can do that in a way that is sufficiently well tolerated so we'll be able to have some flexibility in how we dose in the clinic. - -Trace remains a single-asset company. Is that a harder sell right now, given that biotech investors appear at least somewhat more risk averse? - -GREEN: This was something I spent a lot of time thinking about, because my prior experience at MyoKardia, Maze, other companies, has been in broader, platform-oriented companies. So this was a big part of the thought process I had as we went from this discovery to: What's the right company? - -A big part of what made the single asset make sense is it allows us to really get to those important clinical inflection points on a Series A raise, as opposed to saying we're going to explore a bunch of different things, but not be able to get any of them to the point where we get the meaningful clinical data. That was also something that really resonated with investors, because I think there is a real focus on being able to get that meaningful clinical data. That was, in some ways, a tailwind for us. - -There are some aspects of increased risk when you think about a single asset company. So for us, it was being able to have things far enough along by the time that we launched, that we felt like we had mitigated a lot of those risks. We felt strongly about the genetics, we felt strongly about the mechanism, and we felt strongly enough about being able to find a molecule that could meet our criteria. The risk of not getting to the point where we can test this in patients is relatively mitigated. This wouldn't have made sense when we were talking in 2020 and said, “Oh, here's an interesting idea, and here's an interesting mechanism, but we don't know whether it's going to be possible to find a molecule.” - -In some ways, it became an advantage. Now we can really focus the organization on being able to get that critical data. And then after that think about how we might broaden the company, whether it be to other indications or other ways of attacking this target. - -What’s the current development timeline investors envision for your asset? What data represent a go-no go decision for Trace and its investors? - -GREEN: We're on track with our lead molecule to be in the clinic by early 2026. We'll be able to, very quickly, do these trials in patients, so that the first studies have the opportunity to show us meaningful clinical data. - -This is one of the places we’re able to benefit from some of the work that was done with [Qalsody], even though the focus there is on a very rare population of people with ALS. A lot of the things they learned with respect to biomarkers, in particular, are very relevant for how we think about our clinical development. [In particular] they were able to take advantage of neurofilament as a biomarker of disease progression that really correlated well with the ultimate changes we all hope to see, which is improvements in how people feel, function and survive with ALS. - -I think that gives us a much stronger toolkit for evaluating our molecules than we had before. So we're obviously going to be looking for those clinical signs, but having some strong biomarkers will help accelerate and give us more tools to see proof-of-concept in the clinic earlier.",1731883646,6971f44110,12b1d4c937,,,1731883646 -https://finovate.com/travelex-selects-ncr-atleos-to-revamp-atms/,https://finovate.com/feed/,Travelex Selects NCR Atleos to Revamp ATMs,"Travelex is partnering with NCR Atleos to upgrade 600 ATMs across eight countries. - -Travelex will replace its old machines with NCR Atleos’ SelfServ ATMs equipped with advanced software and Vision, a SaaS monitoring tool. - -NCR Atleos will also facilitate Click and Collect functionality, which allows U.K. customers to pre-order currency online for fast, in-person pick-up at select airport ATMs. - -Foreign exchange and travel services company Travelex announced today it has selected NCR Atleos to replace a set of its ATMs. The new machines will replace Travelex’s old ones in locations across the U.K., Netherlands, Switzerland, Germany, Italy, Czech Republic, Australia, and New Zealand. - -In an effort to refresh its international ATMs, the U.K.-based company is swapping out the hardware and software of its 600 ATMs across eight countries. In their place, Travelex will put NCR Atleos’ SelfServ ATMs loaded with the company’s software and Vision, a SaaS monitoring tool. - -“Travelex is dedicated to simplifying our customers’ access to international money, however and whenever they choose, and our expanded partnership with Atleos directly supports this mission,” said Travelex Chief Customer Officer Simon Jackson. “By relying on the experts at NCR Atleos for the implementation of modern ATM technology, we gain efficiencies and streamlined operations while adding value for our customers, ensuring travellers across the globe have reliable, secure and easy access to their cash.” - -The new ATMs will not only be able to support domestic currency transactions, but they will also offer enhanced capabilities that leverage the machines’ touch screens and barcode readers. Some areas will also offer ATMs with contactless readers, which enable customers to make withdraws by tapping a card or an NFC-enabled phone or smartwatch. - -The SelfServ ATM also supports Travelex’s Click and Collect, a function to help U.K. customers pre-order foreign currency online at a favorable rate, then pick it up at one of 50 of Travelex’s airport ATM locations in the U.K. “We are making it possible for travelers to access currency exchange via self-service,” explained NCR Atleos Executive Vice President, Global Sales Diego Navarrete. “We are proud to support Travelex in enhancing their ATM infrastructure, ultimately continuing to expand financial access for consumers around the world.” - -This is not the first time the two have teamed up. NCR Atleos has powered Travelex ATMs in other markets in the past. NCR Atleos previously supported Travelex ATMs in other geographies at airports and travel hubs. - -Founded as NCR Corporation in 1881, the firm spun out NCR Atleos in October of 2023 to run as an independent company focused on ATMs. Headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia, NCR Atleos employs 20,000 people across the globe to facilitate hardware, software, and service for line of ATM-related technology. - -Travelex’s integration of features like contactless transactions, touch screens, and barcode readers will set a new standard for ATMs. This reflects the industry’s focus on both improving efficiency and enhancing the customer experience. - -Photo by Te lensFix - -Views: 314",1731883637,1a585e84c9,12ff145eb3,,,1731883637 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/transparency-during-crisis/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Why Brands Must Prioritize Transparency and People During a Crisis,"By now, everyone has heard about Brittany Pietsch—heck, Gini also covered it—the Cloudflare employee who filmed herself being terminated from the company via a virtual meeting with two HR representatives. As if the video isn’t hard enough to watch, the response from the Cloudflare CEO wasn’t much better. Sure, he hits some valid points, strictly speaking from a corporate communications perspective, but he lacks empathy, authenticity, and, most importantly, transparency. - -Less than a week later, baby clothing brand Kyte Baby was under scrutiny for denying a remote work request for an employee who had a sick child in the neonatal intensive care unit. Kyte Baby Founder Ying Liu was forced to make not one but two apology videos because of how poorly the first one was received. Liu received such sharp criticism for the first video that she admitted the first apology was scripted during her second video and decided to go off script for the second take, but the damage was done. - -For years communications pros have been talking about the need for transparency in communications campaigns. That has never been so true with crisis responses. It’s time that the executive teams and boards of directors realize that corporate speak, scripted speeches, legalese, and emotionless statements just won’t cut it anymore. - -Expectations Are On the Rise For Brands - -Expectations have reached unprecedented heights in the evolving landscape of consumer-brand relationships, compelling brands to redefine their communication strategies. As communicators and PR professionals, the responsibility of shaping and managing a brand’s narrative becomes paramount when facing challenges that could potentially affect its reputation. - -In an era of information overload and heightened awareness, audiences have become increasingly discerning. They expect more than just polished messaging; they demand sincerity and openness. To make things more complicated, consumers are growing more skeptical of businesses. According to the 2024 Edelman Trust Barometer, 61% of consumers think business leaders are “purposely trying to mislead people by saying things they know are false or gross exaggerations.” But still, there are opportunities for brands to repair the trust. The same report shows that businesses are the most trusted institutions, above government, NGOs, and media. - -All this underscores a fundamental shift in consumer behavior, showing that trust and authenticity have become non-negotiable elements in the brand-consumer dynamic. As consumers become increasingly vocal and wiling to express their discontent on virtually any subject, brands are not only expected to deliver quality but also to open their doors to transparency, fostering a genuine connection that goes beyond the transactional. - -Meeting these elevated expectations has become a strategic imperative for brands aspiring to thrive in a world where authenticity is the currency of trust. And crisis situations put these values to the test. Audiences are interested in how well a crisis is managed and in the authenticity and transparency demonstrated throughout the process. - -CEOs Need to Lead the Charge - -When a crisis hits, it shouldn’t just be the responsibility of the communication team to handle the fallout. The CEO plays a pivotal role in leading the charge toward transparency and authenticity. Whether internal or external, stakeholders look to the top leadership for guidance and reassurance. - -The role of a CEO extends beyond the boardroom, emerging as a beacon of leadership that sets the tone for the entire organization. A Weber-Shandwick study showed that 77% of consumers agree that CEOs need to speak out when their company’s values are violated or threatened, reflecting a growing expectation for corporate leaders to engage authentically with the public. It also shows that walking the walk on your company’s values is also non-negotiable. - -The CEO’s voice carries significant weight and can shape the narrative surrounding a crisis, influencing how stakeholders perceive and respond to the situation. Authentic communication from the top fosters trust and instills a sense of accountability within the organization. As we saw with both Kyte Baby and Cloudflare, those CEOs missed the mark, and now more damage control needs to be done. - -By embracing a transparent and empathetic approach, CEOs humanize the brand, and the crisis, demonstrating a commitment to addressing challenges openly and with genuine concern for the well-being of the people involved. CEOs who take a backseat during a crisis risk leaving a leadership void that can damage the brand and lead to a bigger and extended crisis. When leaders are visible, accountable, and authentic in their communication, it strengthens the overall response. - -It’s All About People - -Amidst the chaos of a crisis, it’s crucial to remember that behind every brand is a community of people – customers, employees, stakeholders, families, and more. Failing to connect on a human level can lead to a perception of insincerity and detachment. - -And we get that this is easier said than done. It’s a given that a crisis can be financially detrimental to an organization. It’s the nature of an organizational crisis, after all. There will be damage—full stop. However, the effect of a crisis can extend far beyond bottom lines and market shares. Shock waves can be felt through the lives of individuals directly affected by the crisis, both within and outside the organization. - -Failing to center the crisis response around the people affected can have profound consequences on a brand’s reputation, making the financial fallout exponentially worse. Consider the stakeholders whose trust forms the foundation of any successful company. Now imagine abandoning that trust because you failed to recognize the effect on the people your brand needs to survive. - -A misstep in acknowledging their concerns and demonstrating empathy can lead to irreparable damage. With so many channels to communicate corporate missteps, the eyes of the global community are fixed on how organizations navigate challenges, and their perceptions can be shaped by the level of humanity displayed during a crisis. By putting people first, organizations mitigate immediate damage and lay the foundation for long-term resilience, trust, and a positive brand narrative. - -Forging Ahead With Transparency, Authenticity, and Empathy - -Transparency and authenticity are not merely buzzwords in crisis communication—they are the pillars that a brand’s reputation stands or falls. Audiences expect more, CEOs need to lead with integrity, and it’s ultimately all about connecting with people on a genuine level. - -It’s imperative that we learn from the mistakes of others. The world is watching as these brands struggle to recover from an initial crisis made worse by less-than-ideal responses. Consumers see these struggles, and their expectations continue to increase because they want more from the brands they support. - -By learning from these mistakes and embracing transparency, authenticity, and empathy during a crisis, communicators and PR professionals can weather the storm and emerge with a stronger and more resilient brand.",1731883738,4dc781f5bc,1313d949b7,,,1731883738 -https://photographylife.com/news/nikon-z50-ii-announced-autofocus-and-video-improvements,https://photographylife.com/feed/,Nikon Z50 II Announced: Autofocus and Video Improvements,"Nikon just announced their follow-up to the original Nikon Z50 of 2019, the Nikon Z50 II. What’s changed in the last five years? While the camera’s 20 megapixel DX sensor is the same, we’ve seen big improvements in other areas, especially autofocus. Here’s what you need to know about the Z50 II! - -Specifications and Analysis - -First, let’s take a look at how the Nikon Z50 II differs from the previous Z50: - -Camera Feature Nikon Z50 Nikon Z50 II Announced October 2019 November 2024 Camera Type Mirrorless Mirrorless Sensor Type BSI CMOS BSI CMOS Image Processor EXPEED 6 EXPEED 7 Resolution 20.9 MP 20.9 MP Pixel Dimensions 5568×3712 5568×3712 Sensor Dimensions 23.5 x 15.7 mm (APS-C) 23.5 x 15.7 mm (APS-C) Sensor Pixel Size 4.22µ 4.22µ Low Pass Filter No No IBIS (In-Body Image Stabilization) No No Base ISO ISO 100 ISO 100 Max Native ISO ISO 51,200 ISO 51,200 Extended ISOs ISO 100-204,800 ISO 100-204,800 High-Resolution Sensor Shift No No Focus Stack Bracketing No Yes Pre-Shoot Burst Mode No Yes (JPEG only) Fastest Shutter Speed 1/4000 1/4000 Longest Shutter Speed 30 seconds 900 seconds Continuous Shooting (Mechanical Shutter) 11 FPS 11 FPS Continuous Shooting (Electronic Shutter) 11 FPS 11 FPS Notes for High FPS Shooting 12-bit raw at 11 FPS (14-bit raw is available at 9 FPS) JPEGs up to 30 FPS Buffer Size (Raw) 35 frames (11 FPS) 200 frames (11 FPS) Autofocus System Hybrid PDAF Hybrid PDAF with 9 subject recognition Autofocus Points 209 209 Maximum Low-Light AF Sensitivity (Standardized to f/2, ISO 100) -4 EV -7.5 EV Standard Flash Sync Speed 1/200 1/200 Curtain to Protect Sensor at Shutdown No No Video Features Maximum Video Bit Depth (Internal) 8 bits 10 bits Maximum Video Bit Depth (External) 8 bits 10 bits Raw Video No No 4K Maximum Framerate 30 FPS 60 FPS 1080P Maximum Framerate 120 FPS 120 FPS Additional Video Crop Factor No Extra 1.5x at 4K/60p, none otherwise Chroma Subsampling 4:2:0 4:2:0 Video Recording Limit 30 min 125 min Physical and Other Features Card Slots 1 1 Slot 1 Type SD (UHS-I) SD (UHS-II) Rear LCD Size (Diagonal) 3.2 in 3.2 in Rear LCD Resolution 1.04 million dots 1.04 million dots Articulating LCD Single Axis Fully articulating Touchscreen Yes Yes Viewfinder EVF EVF Viewfinder Magnification 1.02x (0.67x FF equiv.) 1.02x (0.67x FF equiv.) Viewfinder Resolution 2.36 million dots 2.36 million dots Viewfinder Coverage 100% 100% Voice Memo No Yes Headphone Jack No Yes Microphone Jack Yes Yes Built-in Flash Yes Yes GPS No No Bluetooth Yes Yes WiFi Yes Yes USB Type Type B 2.0 Type C 3.2 Gen 1 Battery Type EN-EL25 EN-EL25a Battery Life (Viewfinder) 280 frames 230 frames Battery Life (Rear LCD) 320 frames 250 frames Battery Life (Eco Mode) N/A 270 frames Weather Sealed Yes Yes Weight (Body Only w/ Battery + Card) 450 g (0.99 lbs.) 550 g (1.21 lbs.) Dimensions (LxHxD) 127 x 94 x 75 mm (5.0 x 3.7 x 2.9″)1 127 x 97 x 82 mm (5.0 x 3.8 x 3.2″)1 Price Comparison MSRP, Body Only $860 (Check Current Price) $910 (Check Current Price) Used Prices (Affiliate) Nikon Z50 Used Prices N/A 1The Nikon Z50 and Z50 II’s official dimensions do not include the depth of the protruding viewfinder. To match the typical standards today, 15mm were added to the depth measurements in this table. - -Looking at the basic specifications, Nikon has added a lot of features to the Z50 II here and there. The new autofocus system (with 9-subject recognition) and faster EXPEED 7 processor are two of the highlights – they should make this a much more capable camera for photographing fast action. There are also smaller changes that are welcome sights, like the ability to set up to a 900 second shutter speed in manual mode. - -Not listed in the specs above, but something that Nikon has been advertising a lot with this camera, is that the Z50 II gains a dedicated button for changing the Picture Control. This reminds me a lot of Fuji’s “film simulation” dial added to their newest X-T50 camera. It’s not the most useful button if you tend to shoot .NEF files instead of JPEGs, but it can still help visualize your photo’s final appearance. And some post-processing software can use your selected Picture Control as a starting point even when working with raw files. - -It’s not just autofocus that’s improved for sports and wildlife photographers. Because of the faster UHS-II card support, and perhaps some other changes behind the scenes, the buffer capacity of the new camera is 200 photos (14-bit lossless compressed raw). This is a big step up from the 35 frames of the previous Z50, making the Z50 II a true option for action photography. - -All in all, I’m encouraged by most of the Nikon Z50 II’s improvements even if I wish Nikon had taken things a little further. Support for IBIS and dual card slots would have made this a more convincing “D500 successor.” - -Don’t get me wrong, the Nikon Z50 II definitely looks like a capable camera, especially for $910. But they’ve left the door open for a higher-end model (call it a Z70, Z80, or Z90) that features IBIS, dual card slots, and perhaps higher resolution – not to mention more lens options. The Nikon Z50 II is not quite at that level, despite some photographers’ wishful thinking. And until we do see such a camera, Nikon will have to be satisfied to watch Fuji (and now Canon) eat up that portion of the market. - -More Product Photos - -Official Sample Photos - -Nikon also released some official sample photos to go with the Nikon Z50 II announcement. I was surprised not to see any wildlife samples among them, but I guess that Nikon wanted to use only their DX lenses for these samples. Where Nikon provided EXIF data, I’ve copied it below. - -Press Release",1731883655,94ff4c69ce,12fa992421,,,1731883655 -https://www.nationalmortgagenews.com/news/trigger-leads-reform-in-limbo-in-2024,https://www.nationalmortgagenews.com/rss,Stakeholders doubtful that trigger lead reform will be passed in 2024,"The mortgage industry's effort to rein in trigger leads may have reached a standstill — at least for the time being. - -In September, a trigger leads bill was added as an amendment to the National Defense Authorization Act, but some expect the federal budget bill to be scaled back. Among the items at risk of being cut is the trigger leads reform measure. - -Stakeholders offer two differing explanations for why the bill may not be included. - -One explanation is that Rep. Maxine Waters D-CA, ranking member of the House Financial Services Committee, supports the legislation, but Rep. Patrick McHenry R-NC, the committee chair, is hesitant. - -""They both have to approve the version of the NDAA that goes to the president,"" said Rob Zimmer, director of external affairs at the Community Home Lenders of America. ""Our understanding today is Waters agrees to not block it, but McHenry is not convinced."" - -Zimmer added, ""Their view was that an opt-in is too restrictive. I don't think I have a good grasp of their precise objection, they were very clear to us that they weren't sold on this language…but that's information from a month ago"" - -Brendan McKay, chief advocacy officer at the Brokers Action Coalition, suggested another reason for the delay: the possibility of a pared-down version of the NDAA. - -""Our understanding is that congressional leadership is deciding whether to pass a slimmed down version of NDAA or with everything else trigger lead included,"" said McKay. ""So if it doesn't pass, it's not them rejecting trigger lead legislation, it's them just peeling all this other stuff off."" - -Regardless of the outcome, trade groups such as the Mortgage Bankers Association, the CHLA, and BAC are preparing to continue pushing for the bill's passage. - -A spokesman for the MBA said the trade group expects negotiations to begin in earnest now that Congress is back in session. ""We remain hopeful that it will pass with the NDAA by the end of the calendar year. However, if it doesn't, we will immediately work to have it reintroduced in the 119th Congress,"" the spokesman added. - -McKay echoed similar sentiments, noting that BAC is ""pushing full steam ahead"" and that even if it doesn't get passed at the end of this year, ""we will not be starting from scratch."" - -""We can go the route of attaching it to NDAA again, or it's very likely that there's going to be a data privacy bill package introduced next Congress, as well as a housing package and trigger lead legislation fits into all three of those,"" McKay said. - -CHLA's Zimmer said ""it's too early to handicap"" the fate of the bill, but there are a lot of unknowns for what happens if it's not included in the NDAA, partially because the political landscape is uncertain. - -""If it doesn't pass now, the bill will be reintroduced in a new Congress and we'd likely have to wait for a markup...I'm reasonably confident that the Senate committee would have a markup, but who knows?,"" said Zimmer. ""If things stall, we may have to look at non-legislative remedies that might involve lobbying the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, but we don't know who's going to head up that agency yet."" - -The original bill, the Homebuyer Privacy Protection Act , was introduced in the Senate last December by Jack Reed, D-RI, and has 43 co-sponsors from both parties, including Bill Hagerty, R-TN as the original co-sponsor. An identical piece of legislation was introduced in the House of Representatives by John Rose, R-TX as the lead sponsor and 10 original co-sponsors. - -Both bills languished until an iteration was added to the omnibus military spending bill, which has become a vehicle for legislative ideas that have bipartisan support but not enough momentum to pass as standalone laws. - -The current version of the bill, which may or may not be attached to the NDAA, prohibits the sharing of a credit report pulled for a mortgage loan without the consumer's consent. It also allows the report to be shared with the current mortgage lender or servicer of an existing loan. The bill includes an exemption for banks and credit unions. - -When consumers apply for mortgages , they consent to credit checks from the three major credit bureaus — Equifax, Experian, and TransUnion. These firms can then use the information to generate leads, which are sold to companies offering other lending, credit, or insurance products. - -""The [trigger lead] problem has gotten to a boiling point,"" said McKay. ""This is something the entire industry is against and consumers are against it too."" - -",1731883661,53698d1bc1,13129f6a39,,,1731883661 -https://www.fodors.com/world/europe/france/experiences/news/traveling-to-france-is-about-to-get-more-difficult,https://www.fodors.com/feed,Traveling to France Is About to Get More Difficult,"You may experience longer queues. - -Following Germany’s implementation of stricter border control measures in September, France is now intensifying its border surveillance. The country has proposed new rules for checks after provisions for its previous border controls expired on October 31. These security measures will remain in effect until April 20, 2025, and travelers should anticipate delays. - -According to a statement from the Migration and Home Affairs of the European Union, France has implemented these measures due to “serious threats to public policy, public order, and internal security posed by high-level terrorist activities, the growing presence of criminal networks facilitating irregular migration and smuggling, and migration flows that risk infiltration by radicalized individuals.” - -The restrictions impact Schengen nations that border France: Belgium, Luxembourg, Germany, Switzerland, Italy, and Spain. They apply to all visitors arriving by land, sea, and air, meaning that all travelers entering the country will now undergo passport or identity checks. For non-Schengen countries, border controls are already in effect. - -Continue Reading Article After Our Video Recommended Fodor’s Video - -However, all travelers may be affected by this extension. You should expect delays at airports, but those crossing the borders by car, bus, or train may be most impacted. Factor in more time and expect queues at land borders. For those traveling between France and Germany, know that both countries have these restrictions in place, so you may have to undergo checks twice. - -American travelers can stay in the E.U. for 90 days without a visa. When traveling through Europe, carry your passport with the entry stamp and make sure you know when it’s time to leave the Schengen zone. - -Note that the much-delayed entry requirement of ETIAS may be instituted next year, which will impact all travel into the Schengen zone. - -Related: Americans Won’t Need to Apply for European Travel in 2024, According to Some Sources - -France has had checks since 2015 after the Paris terrorist attacks, but not everyone is subjected to them. Nick Gyselinck, spokesperson for Belgium’s Home Affairs Minister Annelies Verlinden, told The Brussels Times that major disruptions between the two countries aren’t expected. “The checks are not being carried out systematically. We also saw that these checks often took place inland and not at the border itself [referring to the checks during the Paris Olympics].” - -Germany also took similar measures in September when it expanded its border controls to all nine of its neighbors to combat illegal immigration and cross-border crime (some of these checks have existed since 2015). These targeted border checks have reduced illegal border crossings by 13% in the first three weeks, the German police reported. - -Related: Traveling to Germany Is About to Get More Difficult - -Loss of Schengen - -The European Schengen area facilitates free travel among most European Union member states. Established in 1985, it stands as one of the bloc’s landmark achievements. Currently, 29 countries are part of the Schengen region, including 23 of the 27 E.U. states, along with Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, and Switzerland. - -The Schengen agreement allows most countries within the E.U. to operate without internal borders. Citizens can travel by train, bus, and plane without encountering passport control or immigration counters, as the area has external borders that make travel within the Schengen zone resemble domestic travel. Travelers can also cross borders within the region without needing entry and exit stamps. Additionally, travelers from non-E.U. countries can apply for a single Schengen visa to visit multiple E.U. countries, rather than obtaining individual visas for each country. - -However, this seamless way of traveling in the E.U. has recently slowed down as more countries have introduced internal restrictions. - -The E.U. permits temporary border controls, but it emphasizes that such measures should be a last resort in response to threats to public policy or security. According to E.U. policy, “The scope and duration of reintroduced border control should be restricted to the bare minimum needed to respond to the threat in question.” While the E.U. can express opinions on border measures, it cannot veto them. - -Germany and France, both original signatories of the agreement, have now extended border controls with their neighbors. Experts are concerned that this could set a troubling precedent, prompting more countries to follow suit and undermining the foundation of the Schengen agreement.",1731883669,ed13a32224,1333a2ad70,,,1731883669 -https://fivethirtyeight.com/features/americans-oppose-biden-impeachment-house-republicans/,https://fivethirtyeight.com/politics/feed/,What Americans Think Of The Biden Impeachment Inquiry,"Impeachment What Americans Think Of The Biden Impeachment Inquiry Most aren't convinced President Biden is implicated in his son's wrongdoing. Photo Illustration by ABC News / Getty Images - -Welcome to Pollapalooza, our weekly-ish polling roundup. - -It’s officially impeachment season again. On Tuesday, House Majority Leader Kevin McCarthy announced that he’s directing three House committees to start investigating whether President Biden benefited from his son Hunter’s business dealings overseas. McCarthy accused the Biden family of “a culture of corruption,” saying that the Biden administration gave Hunter “special treatment” in a criminal tax and gun investigation, and that Biden himself had lied about his knowledge of his son’s financial dealings. - -The good news for McCarthy and the right-wing supporters of an impeachment investigation is that Americans do seem to believe, overall, that Hunter Biden’s business dealings were sketchy at best and illegal at worst. - -But Hunter Biden isn’t the subject of the impeachment inquiry — his father is. So far, Republicans haven’t provided any concrete evidence tying the president to his son’s overseas business, although the impeachment inquiry may allow House Republicans to obtain bank records and other financial documents from Biden and his son. Right now, Republicans are most firmly convinced that Biden is implicated in Hunter’s wrongdoing, while Americans overall are more inclined to see former President Donald Trump’s family as corrupt, compared to the Bidens. And there isn’t a broad consensus that an impeachment inquiry is warranted, signaling that Republicans have some convincing to do if they want the public to support their investigation. - -Americans think Hunter Biden profited from his father’s position - -All of the allegations of a broader web of corruption within the Biden family have yet to be proven. What is less disputed, though, is the fact that Hunter Biden has personally made a significant amount of money through overseas business deals, and is the subject of a long-running criminal investigation. Earlier this summer, he agreed to plead guilty to two misdemeanor counts of failing to pay taxes on millions of dollars of income in 2017 and 2018, with an additional agreement that could allow him to avoid a conviction on a separate illegal gun ownership charge, but the plea deal fell apart after the judge, a Trump appointee, said she refused to “rubber-stamp” the agreement, which she said wasn’t standard. Republicans accused the Biden administration of giving Hunter a “sweetheart” deal and in August, Attorney General Merrick Garland appointed a special counsel to continue probing Hunter Biden’s finances. - -None of this is a great look for the president’s son, and recent polling shows that Americans are unhappy about Hunter Biden’s behavior. A YouGov/The Economist poll conducted in August, after the plea deal collapsed, found that 72 percent of Americans think Hunter Biden personally profited from his father’s positions in government, including a slim majority (53 percent) of Democrats. The same poll found that two-thirds (66 percent) of Americans have an unfavorable view of Hunter Biden, while only 17 percent have a favorable view (an additional 17 percent said they didn’t know). According to a Yahoo News survey conducted by YouGov in August, 59 percent of Americans think Hunter Biden traded on his family name and proximity to power to get millions of dollars from foreign business associates. The same poll found that 51 percent of Americans believe that Hunter Biden improperly claimed tens of thousands of dollars in tax deductions. And an Ipsos/Politico Magazine poll conducted in August found, similarly, that 59 percent of Americans think that Hunter Biden is guilty of the alleged crimes in the tax non-payment case, including 51 percent of Democrats. Notably, only 2 percent of respondents said they thought he wasn’t guilty, and 38 percent said they didn’t know. - -The YouGov/Economist poll’s findings suggest, though, that Americans think most presidents’ children get some level of special treatment. The survey found that 84 percent of respondents think children of U.S. presidents get away with things that other people do not because of their parents’ jobs, and a similar share (85 percent) say that adult children personally profit from their parents’ positions in government at least sometimes. So while Americans do seem convinced, overall, that Hunter Biden has profited financially from his father’s jobs, and even a slim majority of Democrats think he likely committed crimes, the behavior may not be shocking or unexpected. - -Republicans are more convinced that Biden is implicated in Hunter’s wrongdoing - -Republicans don’t really have to convince Americans that Hunter Biden deserves investigation, or even a criminal trial. But that’s not the question that matters for impeaching his father. To justify impeaching the president, Republicans will have to prove that he was involved in financial wrongdoing or corruption that rises to the level of an impeachable offense. And so far, Republicans are making claims without facts to back them up. When he announced the inquiry, McCarthy asserted — without evidence — that the millions Hunter Biden earned through overseas deals were also improperly shared with Biden family members, and that Biden used his official role as vice president to help get business for Hunter. - -More findings that tie Biden and his family to Hunter Biden’s business dealings could, of course, emerge. But right now, Americans haven’t fully bought into the idea that the Biden family is involved in a broader influence-peddling scheme. Less than half (41 percent) of respondents in the Yahoo poll said they believe that Hunter Biden funneled millions of dollars to his father in a long-running scheme to help Joe Biden profit off his position, while 26 percent said they didn’t believe it and 33 percent said they didn’t know. A similar share (44 percent) believe that Biden definitely or probably did something illegal regarding Hunter Biden, while 32 percent believe he definitely or probably did not and 32 percent said they don’t know. - -Many Americans are not very tuned in to the allegations against the Bidens, which is probably why these questions result in such a high share of people who say they don’t know. And another recent poll found a slightly higher share of people who say that even if Joe Biden didn’t do something illegal, he may have acted unethically. According to an SSRS/CNN poll conducted in August, 61 percent of Americans agreed that Biden had at least some involvement in Hunter Biden’s business dealings, although less than half (42 percent) said he acted illegally and 18 percent said he acted unethically but not illegally. Similarly, a Quinnipiac University poll conducted in September found that 35 percent of Americans thought Biden was involved and did something illegal in Hunter Biden’s business dealings with Ukraine and China, while 14 percent think he was involved and did something unethical but not illegal, and 37 percent think he wasn’t involved. - -Republicans are most convinced of the Bidens’ wrongdoing Share of respondents who said they believe that Hunter Biden did each of the following things, by party affiliation All Democrats Republicans Independents Traded on his family name and proximity to power to get millions of dollars from foreign business associates 59 37 88 63 Failed to meet tax filing deadlines 59 50 78 57 Improperly claimed tens of thousands of dollars in tax deductions 51 31 81 51 Got preferential treatment from federal prosecutors when striking a plea deal 51 22 86 56 Funneled millions of dollars to his father in a long-running scheme to help Joe Biden profit off of his position 41 10 84 41 Source: YouGov/Yahoo News - -But as the table above shows, the people who really believe that the Biden family is corrupt are Republicans. Unsurprisingly, Democrats are much less convinced that the president did something wrong, and independents are also pretty divided. Of course, it’s possible that more coverage of the allegations motivating the impeachment inquiry — and any concrete evidence that might get turned up along the way — could change people’s minds, or at least persuade some of the ones who are undecided. - -And notably, the Yahoo News survey found that while the share of Americans — including the share of Democrats — who think Hunter Biden did something illegal has increased since last fall, the share of respondents who think Joe Biden broke the law has remained functionally unchanged, despite a drumbeat of Republican accusations to the contrary. Polling by Beacon Research/Shaw & Co. Research for Fox News has found a similar trend: The share of Americans who think Hunter Biden did something illegal rose from 39 percent last December to 50 percent in August, but the share of Americans who think Joe Biden did something illegal related to his son’s business dealings hasn’t really moved. (The survey found it at 35 percent in December versus 38 percent in August.) - -Americans aren’t convinced impeachment is warranted - -Perhaps most worryingly for Republicans, most Americans don’t think an impeachment inquiry into Biden is warranted right now. A GBAO/Fabrizio, Lee & Associates poll for The Wall Street Journal conducted in late August found that 52 percent of Americans oppose impeaching Biden, and only 41 percent are in favor. More recently, a YouGov poll conducted on September 13 found that 41 percent of Americans oppose impeaching Biden, 44 percent are in support and 15 percent don’t know. In early October 2019, when Trump’s first impeachment was getting underway, Americans were more closely divided, according to our polling tracker. And in the wake of the Jan. 6 attack on the U.S. Capitol, majorities of Americans supported Trump’s impeachment; a slim majority of Americans even consistently supported removing Trump from office before the end of his term. - -In fact, allegations of corruption are stickier when it comes to the Trump family than the Bidens. According to the Yahoo News survey, 46 percent of Americans think that Trump and his family are more corrupt than the Bidens, while 36 percent think the Bidens are more corrupt than the Trumps. And a recent AP-NORC poll found that Americans were more likely to describe Trump as “corrupt” than Biden. Meanwhile, that September YouGov poll found that Americans are more likely to describe the impeachment inquiry as motivated by politics in an attempt to embarrass Biden (41 percent) rather than a serious effort to find out the truth (28 percent). - -That doesn’t mean that Hunter Biden’s legal troubles aren’t a liability for Biden, particularly after a grand jury just indicted him on federal gun charges. A recent Emerson College poll found that while 47 of voters say that the indictments against Trump make them less likely to vote for him for president, 46 percent say the Hunter Biden tax and felony gun charges make them less likely to vote for Joe Biden in 2024. So it’s possible that as Hunter Biden’s investigation continues to unfold, his father could take political damage. But right now, Republicans aren’t just missing evidence that Biden is connected to his son’s wrongdoing in ways that could be impeachable — they also don’t have the public on their side. - -Other polling bites: - -Biden approval - -According to FiveThirtyEight’s presidential approval tracker, 40.9 percent of Americans approve of the job Biden is doing as president, while 54.4 percent disapprove (a net approval rating of -13.5 points). At this time last week, 40.0 percent approved and 56.0 percent disapproved (a net approval rating of -16.0 points). One month ago, Biden had an approval rating of 40.8 percent and a disapproval rating of 54.5 percent, for a net approval rating of -13.8 points. - -CORRECTION (Sept. 18, 2023, 11:20 a.m.): A previous version of this article stated that House Speaker Kevin McCarthy asserted, without evidence, that Hunter Biden shared some of the money he received through foreign deals with his family. In fact, there is evidence that Hunter Biden’s family members also received money through these deals, but in his announcement, McCarthy did not offer evidence that it was illegal or corrupt.",1731883669,07da66e258,12c6efc50e,,,1731883669 -https://www.gtreview.com/news/sustainability/lawmakers-approve-delay-to-eu-deforestation-law/,https://www.gtreview.com/feed/,Lawmakers approve delay to EU deforestation law,"Privacy Policy - -Our privacy commitments - -This Privacy Policy outlines the information we may collect about you in relation to your use of our websites, events, related publications and services (“personal data”) and how we may use that personal data. It also outlines the methods by which we and our service providers may (subject to necessary consents) monitor your online behaviour to deliver customised advertisements, marketing materials and other tailored services. This Privacy Policy also tells you how you can verify the accuracy of your personal data and how you can request that we delete or update it. - -This Privacy Policy applies to all websites operated by Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd (as indicated on the relevant website). - -This privacy statement does not cover the activities of third parties, and you should consult those third-party sites’ privacy policies for information on how your data is used by them. - -Any questions regarding this Policy and our privacy practices should be sent by e-mail to privacy@gtreview.com or by writing to Data Protection Officer at, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, 4 Hillgate Place, London, SW12 9ER, United Kingdom. Alternatively, you can telephone our London headquarters at +44 (0) 20 8673 9666. - -Who are we? - -Established in 2002 and with offices in London and Singapore, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd is the world’s leading trade and trade finance media company, offering information, news, events and services for companies and individuals involved in global trade. - -Our principal business activities are: - -Business-to-Business financial publishing. We provide a range of products and services focused on international commodities, export, supply chain and trade finance markets including magazines, newsletters, electronic information and data - -Organisers of seminars, conferences, training courses and exhibitions for the finance industry - -Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd is a company registered in the United Kingdom with company number 4407327 | VAT Registration: 799 1585 59 - -Data Protection Policy - -This Data Protection Policy explains when and why we collect personal information about people who visit our website, how we use it, the conditions under which we may disclose it to others and how we keep it secure. - -Why do we collect information from you? - -Our primary goal in collecting personal data from you is to give you an enjoyable customised experience whilst allowing us to provide services and features that will meet your needs. - -We collect certain personal data from you, which you give to us when using our Site and/or registering or subscribing for our products and services. However, we also give you the option to access our Sites’ home pages without subscribing or registering or disclosing your personal data. - -We also collect certain personal data from other group companies to whom you have given information through their websites (including, by way of example, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd and subsidiaries, in accordance with the purposes listed below). Should we discover that any such personal data has been delivered to any of the Sites, we will remove that information as soon as possible. - -Why this policy exists - -This Data Protection Policy ensures Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd: - -Complies with data protection law and follow good practice - -Protects the rights of staff, customers and partners - -Is open about how it stores and processes individuals’ data - -pretexts itself from the risk of a data breach - -We may change this Policy from time to time so please check this page occasionally to ensure that you’re happy with any changes. By using our website, you’re agreeing to be bound by this Policy. - -Data protection law - -The Data Protection Act 1998 described how organisations – including Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd – must collect, handle and store personal information. These rules apply regardless of whether data is stored electronically, on paper or on other materials. To comply with the law, personal information collected must be stored safely, not disclosed unlawfully and used fairly. - -The Data Protection Act is underpinned by eight important principles. These say that personal data must: - -Be processed fairly and lawfully - -Be obtained only for specific, lawful purposes - -Be adequate, relevant and not excessive - -Be accurate and kept up to date - -Not be held for any longer than necessary - -Processed in accordance with the rights of data subjects - -Be protected in appropriate ways - -Not be transferred outside the European Economic Area (EEA), unless that country of territory also ensures an adequate level of protection - -How do we collect information from you? - -We obtain information about you when you use our website, for example, when you contact us about products and services, when you register for an event, register to receive eNewsletters, subscribe or register for a trial to our GTR magazine/website. - -Types of Personal Data Held and its Use - -1. Customer Services and Administration - -On some Sites, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd collects personal data such as your name, job title, department, company, e-mail, phone, work and/or home address, in order to register you for access to certain content, subscriptions and events. In addition, we may also store information including IP address and page analytics, including information regarding what pages are accessed, by whom and when. - -This information is used to administer and deliver to you the products and/or services you have requested, to operate our Sites efficiently and improve our service to you, and to retain records of our business transactions and communications. By using the Sites and submitting personal information through the registration process you are agreeing that we may collect, hold, process and use your information (including personal information) for the purpose of providing you with the Site services and developing our business, which shall include (without limitation) the purposes described in the below paragraphs. - -2. Monitoring use of our Sites - -Where, as part of our Site services, we enable you to post information or materials on our Site, we may access and monitor any information which you upload or input, including in any password-protected sections. Subject to any necessary consents, we also monitor and/or record the different Sites you visit and actions taken on those Sites, e.g. content viewed or searched for. If you are a registered user (e.g. a subscriber or taking a trial), when you log on, this places a cookie on your machine. This enables your access to content and services that - -are not publicly available. Once you are logged on, the actions you take – for example, viewing an article – will be recorded (subject to any necessary consents). We may use technology or a service provider to do this for us. This information may be used for one or more of the following purposes: - -to fulfil our obligations to you; - -to improve the efficiency, quality and design of our Sites and services; - -to see which articles, features and services are most read and used - -to track compliance with our terms and conditions of use, e.g. to ensure that you are acting within the scope of your user licence; - -for marketing purposes (subject to your rights to opt-in and opt-out of receiving certain marketing communications) – see paragraph 3 below; - -for advertising purposes, although the information used for these purposes does not identify you personally. Please see paragraph 5 below for more details; - -to protect or comply with our legal rights and obligations; and - -to enable our journalists to contact and interact with you online in connection with any content you may post to our Sites. - -Please see paragraph 5 below for more information on cookies and similar technologies and a link to a page where you can turn them on or off. - -3. Marketing - -Some of your personal data collected under paragraphs 1 and 2 above may be used by us to contact you by e-mail, telephone and/or post for sending information or promotional material on our products and/or services and/or those of our other group companies. We give you the opportunity to opt-out of receiving marketing communications. Further detail can be found on the applicable Site and in the footer of each marketing communication sent by us, our group companies or service providers. See also “Consents and opt-outs” section below. We will not share your information with third parties for marketing purposes. - -4. Profiling - -We may analyse your personal information to create a profile of your interests and preferences so that we can contact you with information relevant to you. - -5. Cookies and similar technologies - -All our Sites use cookies and similar technical tools to collect information about your access to the Site and the services we provide. - -What is a cookie? - -When you enter some sites, your computer will be issued with a cookie. Cookies are text files that identify your computer to servers. Cookies in themselves do not identify the individual user, just the computer used. - -Many sites do this whenever a user visits their site in order to track traffic flows, recording those areas of the site that have been visited by the computer in question, and for how long. - -Users have the opportunity to set their computers to accept all cookies, to notify them when a cookie is issued, or not to receive cookies at any time. Selecting not to receive means that certain personalised services Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd offers cannot then be provided to that user. - -Why do we use cookies? - -Log In – Where we provide log in mechanisms for site users a cookie is created at login and for the duration of the session. Each cookie contains a unique reference number only (no personal information) which is used to confirm you are authorised. Analytics – To allow us to keep track of traffic to our website we use cookies. The cookies simply tell us if you have previously visited our website so we can get more accurate figures for New vs Returning visitors. - -Find and control your cookies - -All of the major browser providers offer advice on setting up and using the privacy and security functions for their products. If you require technical advice or support for a specific browser/version please contact the provider or visit their website for further details: www.microsoft.com / www.mozilla.com / www.apple.com / www.opera.com / www.aol.com / www.netscape.com / www.flock.com / www.google.com. - -We may use cookies to: - -remember that you have used the Site before; this means we can identify the number of unique visitors we receive to different parts of the Site. This allows us to make sure we have enough capacity for the number of users that we get and make sure that the Site runs fast enough - -remember your login session so you can move from one page to another within the Site; - -store your preferences or your user name and password so that you do not need to input these details every time you visit the Site; - -customise elements of the layout and/or content of the pages of Site for you; - -record activity on our Sites so that we understand how you use our Sites enabling us to better tailor our content, services and marketing to your needs; - -collect statistical information about how you use the Site so that we can improve the Site; and - -gather information about the pages on the Site that you visit, and other information about other websites that you visit, so as to place you in a “market segment”. This information is only collected by reference to the IP address that you are using, but does include information about the county and city you are in, together with the name of your internet service provider. - -Most web browsers automatically accept cookies but, if you prefer, you can change your browser to prevent that, or to notify you each time a cookie is set. You can also learn more about cookies in general by visiting www.allaboutcookies.org which includes additional useful information on cookies and how to block cookies using different types of browser. Please note however, that by blocking, deleting or turning off cookies used on the Site you may not be able to take full advantage of the Site. - -6. E-mail tracking - -E-mail tracking is a method for monitoring the e-mail delivery to those subscribers who have opted-in to receive marketing e-mails from GTR, including GTR Africa, GTR Asia, GTR Americas, GTR Europe, GTR Mena, GTR eNews, Third party e-mails and GTR Ventures. - -Why do we track e-mails? - -So that we can better understand our users’ needs, we track responses, subscription behaviour and engagement to our e-mails – for example, to see which links are the most popular in newsletters. They enable us to understand the consumers journey through metrics including open rate, click-through rate, bounces and unsubscribes. Any other purposes for which Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd wishes to use your personal data will be notified to you and your personal data will not be used for any such purpose without obtaining your prior consent. - -How do you track GTR eNewsletters? - -To do this, we use pixel GIFs, also known as “pixel tags” – these are small image files that are placed within the body of our e-mail messages. When that image is downloaded from our web servers, the e-mail is recorded as being opened. By using some form of digitally time-stamped record to reveal the exact time and date that an e-mail was received or opened, as well the IP address of the recipient. - -7. Consents and opt-outs - -You can give your consent to opt-out of all or any particular uses of your data as indicated above by: - -Indicating at the point on the relevant Site where personal data is collected - -Informing us by e-mail, post or phone - -Updating your preferences on the applicable Site or eNewsletter (unsubscribe and preference options are available in the footer of each eNewsletter) - -To turn cookies and similar technologies on and off, see the information in paragraph 5 above. Any questions regarding consents and opt-outs should be sent by e-mail to privacy@gtreview.com or by writing to Data Protection Officer at, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, 4 Hillgate Place, London, SW12 9ER, United Kingdom. Alternatively, you can telephone our London headquarters at +44 (0) 20 8673 9666. - -8. Disclosures - -Information collected at one Site may be shared between Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd and other group companies for the purposes listed above. - -We may transfer, sell or assign any of the information described in this policy to third parties as a result of a sale, merger, consolidation, change of control, transfer of assets or reorganisation of our business. - -9. Public forums, message boards and blogs - -Some of our Sites may have a message board, blogs or other facilities for user generated content available and users can participate in these facilities. Any information that is disclosed in these areas becomes public information and you should always be careful when deciding to disclose your personal information. - -10. Data outside the EEA - -Services on the Internet are accessible globally so collection and transmission of personal data is not always limited to one country. Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd may transfer your personal data, for the above-listed purposes to other third parties, which may be located outside the European Economic Area and/or with a different level of personal data protection. However, when conducting transfers, we take all necessary steps to ensure that your data is treated reasonably, securely and in accordance with this Privacy Statement. - -Who has access to your information? - -Confidentiality and Security of Your Personal Data - -We are committed to keeping the data you provide us secure and will take reasonable precautions to protect your personal data from loss, misuse or alteration. - -However, the transmission of information via the internet is not completely secure. Although we will do our best to protect your personal data, we cannot guarantee the security of your data transmitted to our Site; any transmission is at your own risk. Once we have received your information, we will use strict procedures and security features described above to try to prevent unauthorised access. - -We have implemented information security policies, rules and technical measures to protect the personal data that we have under our control from: - -unauthorised access - -improper use or disclosure - -unauthorised modification - -unlawful destruction or accidental loss - -All our employees, contractors and data processors (i.e. those who process your personal data on our behalf, for the purposes listed above), who have access to, and are associated with the processing of your personal data, are obliged to keep the information confidential and not use it for any other purpose than to carry out the services they are performing for us. - -Responsibilities - -Everyone who works for or with Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd has some responsibility for ensuring data is collected, stored and handled appropriately. Each team handling personal data must ensure that it is handled and processed in line with this policy and data protection principles. However, the following people have key areas of responsibility. The board of directors is ultimately responsible for ensuring that Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd meets its legal obligations. - -Name of Data Controller - -The Data Controller is Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd. Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd is subject to the UK Data Protection Act 1998 and is registered in the UK with the Information Commissioner`s Office. - -How to access, update and erase your personal information - -If you wish to know whether we are keeping personal data about you, or if you have an enquiry about our privacy policy or your personal data held by us, in relation to any of the Sites, you can contact the Data Protection Officer via: - -By writing to this address: Data Protection Officer, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, 4 Hillgate Place, London, SW12 9ER, UK - -Telephone: +44 (0) 20 8673 9666 - -E-mail: privacy@gtreview.com - -Upon request, we will provide you with a readable copy of the personal data which we keep about you. We may require proof of your identity and may charge a small fee (not exceeding the statutory maximum fee that can be charged) to cover administration and postage. - -Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd allows you to challenge the data that we hold about you and, where appropriate in accordance with applicable laws, you may have your personal information: - -erased - -rectified or amended - -completed - -Disclosing data for other reasons - -In certain circumstances, the Data Protection Act allows personal data to be disclosed to law enforcement agencies without the consent of the data subject. Under these circumstances, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, will disclose requested data. However, the Data Controller will ensure the request is legitimate, seeking assistance from the board and from the company’s legal advisors where necessary. - -Changes to this Privacy Statement - -We will occasionally update this Privacy Statement to reflect new legislation or industry practice, group company changes and customer feedback. We encourage you to review this Privacy Statement periodically to be informed of how we are protecting your personal data. - -Providing information - -Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd aims to ensure that individuals are aware that their data is being processed, and that they understand. - -How the data is being used - -How to exercise their rights - -To this end, the company has a privacy statement, setting out how data relating to individuals is used by the company. This is available on request and available on the company’s website. - -Review of this policy - -We keep this Policy under regular review. This Privacy Statement was last updated in April 2018.",1731883659,ec61c72280,134ccf7875,,,1731883659 -https://www.kff.org/coronavirus-covid-19/issue-brief/global-covid-19-tracker/,https://www.kff.org/rss/,Global COVID-19 Tracker,"This tracker provides the cumulative number of confirmed COVID-19 cases and deaths, as well as the rate of daily COVID-19 cases and deaths by country, income, region, and globally. It will be updated weekly, as new data are released. As of March 7, 2023, all data on COVID-19 cases and deaths are drawn from the World Health Organization’s (WHO) Coronavirus (COVID-19) Dashboard. Prior to March 7, 2023, this tracker relied on data provided by the Johns Hopkins University (JHU) Coronavirus Resource Center’s COVID-19 Map, which ended on March 10, 2023. Please see the Methods tab for more detailed information on data sources and notes. To prevent slow load times, the tracker only contains data from the last 200 days. However, the full data set can be downloaded from our GitHub page. - -Note: The data in this tool were corrected on March 18, 2024, to clarify that they represent new cases and deaths over a full week rather than the average per day over a seven-day period.",1731883663,9dd5681a6c,134dcc2eb6,,,1731883663 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/first-rmd-120000186.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,When to Take Your First RMD: A Guide to Getting It Right,"Required minimum distributions (RMDs) are an important consideration in retirement planning. - -SmartAsset and Yahoo Finance LLC may earn commission or revenue through links in the content below. - -You may not be thinking about required minimum distributions (RMDs) throughout your career, but chances are that they’ll be on your mind once you hit your 70s. - -The IRS requires you to begin taking annual withdrawals from traditional IRAs, 401(k)s and other tax-deferred retirement accounts. When you must take your first RMD depends on your age. While RMDs currently begin at age 73, that won’t always be the case. Under the SECURE 2.0 Act, the RMD age is set to increase to 75 in 2033. - -RMDs are a critical part of retirement planning. A financial advisor can help you prepare for these mandatory withdrawals, which can have a significant impact on your taxes. - -About the RMD Age - -A couple reviews their retirement plan and considers the tax impact of their RMDs. - -On the face of it, the mechanics of RMDs are simple: The account holder takes out a certain percentage of the tax-deferred money based on their account balances at the end of the previous year. That amount is divided by the account holder’s life expectancy factor – a number computed by the IRS – to produce the RMD amount. - -For example, the IRS life expectancy for a 74-year-old person is 25.5. If their IRA balance was $200,000 on Dec. 31 of the previous year, their RMD amount would be $7,843. - -That’s just simple math. When you’re required to take your first RMD, on the other hand, is a little more complicated: - -Those born before July 1, 1949, had to take their first RMD at age 70 ½, which means those folks should already be taking distributions. - -Those born between July 1, 1949 and 1950 had to start their RMDs at age 72, and also should have already done so. - -Anyone born between 1951 and 1959 must take their first RMD by April 1 of the year after they turn 73. - -Anyone born in 1960 or later must take their first RMD by April 1 of the year after they turn 75. - -As you can see, the IRS allows you to postpone your first RMD until April 1 of the year after you are required to begin distributions. For anyone born in 1951, their RMDs start this year but they can wait until April 1, 2025, to make the actual withdrawal. After that, each annual withdrawal needs to happen before the end of the year, which means anyone who postpones their first RMD in 2024 will need to make a second withdrawal before the end of 2025. - -Keep in mind that a financial advisor can help you build a comprehensive retirement plan, accounting for RMDs as part of it. - -Should You Postpone Your First RMD? - -A couple reviews their IRA account balances and calculates their RMDs. - -This raises the question of whether it’s better to postpone your first RMD. In some cases, it can make sense. If your spouse is still working but plans to retire next year, postponing the first RMD means you might be in a lower tax bracket by April 1 of the following year. - -Story Continues",1731883722,6e579b027f,13149009a0,,,1731883722 -https://esportsedition.com/uncategorized/apex-duos/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,"Duos, Events, and Balance!","Apex Duos Has Returned! - -Apex’s newest patch, The Old Ways Event, has just hit and brings with it an old friend – duos! That’s right, duos are back in Apex, again. For how long? This time, finally, duos are a permanent addition to Apex. Wahoo! Along with this incredible addition comes a new event, and a handful of balance changes. - -Duos?!? - -Apex has launched duos on a trial basis several times in the past. This time they finally decided to release it permanently. In their statement regarding it they said that Duos has overall “had a positive effect on the game’s health in regards to queue times and gameplay systems, in addition to reinforcing teamplay”. That’s a bit of a mouthful, but basically they are saying that queue times didn’t go down significantly even though they were splitting their player base with another game mode, which effectively means that it brought a lot more people to play the game, in a lasting sense. - -The ‘lasting’ part is important for their follow up, which is that they have done the same analysis and decided that solos will not be coming back any time soon. “When we introduced Solos as a limited-time mode last year we saw it actually negatively impacted the game, especially when it came to new player retention”. Meaning that newer players were getting destroyed without being able to rely on teammates, which is a fair criticism in a game that is so much built around teamwork and not individual skill. They also mention that solos fractured their playerbase too much, so it’s nice to see that this wasn’t an issue regarding duos. However, for those of you looking forward to solos, you’ll have a while to look forward yet. They also reference the fact that there are many legends who are designed around teamplay, having completely useless abilities in solos, which is something that goes against their mission. It makes sense, even if it’s not news a lot of you are happy about. - -Back to duos, the other news is that duos currently will not have a ranked mode. We’ll see if this changes in the future. Non-ranked threes and now duos will now be played on the rotating maps World’s Edge and King’s Canyon, including King’s Canyon After Dark. Ranked will not change maps until the end of the season, remaining on Kings Canyon – this obviously will not impact duos. - -Old Ways Event - -This patch has brought with it a new event based around Bloodhound’s past. If you’re a fan of lore, this is a great event for you. The event adds a large Trial area to the World’s Edge map, where players can go to compete in trials and earn great loot. It’s not separate from the normal gameplay either, so while you’re competing in these trials against vicious AI creatures, other teams can come over and try to finish you off as well. It’s extremely dangerous, but if you can emerge victorious, you’ll be full of great loot. - -Throughout the trials you’ll be engaging with beasts that were sent by Bloodhound, and you’ll have the ability to engage with his backstory in a way that lore lovers will adore. If you yourself are playing Bloodhound, he may have some extra voice lines for you! - -Predators will attack you in the new Apex patch. Image via Apex. - -The event also comes with a whole host of new cosmetics, which will be available both throughout the event, and more taking place in the shop over the next month. - -Balance - -There were quite a few tweaks this patch, we’ll run through them as efficiently as possible. There’s also one major change which we will discuss at the bottom. - -G7s headshot and leg shot scale was reduced slightly, and has reduced projectile speed. - -L-Star resets faster allowing you to maintain better aim while feathering, and has reduced time before overheating. - -Kraber has increased headshot multiplier – Will now always down with headshots no matter what. - -Sniper Ammo has reduced ammo pickup 10-8 and reduced inventory size 20-16 - -Revenant also got a small rework – His Silence now lasts 20 seconds, from 10, it disables Gibralter’s Gun Shield, the area of effect time is doubled, and has two charges. His Death Totem now respawns characters with 50 health instead of 1. This should hopefully make him feel more impactful in games, as he was feeling rather lackluster since release. He also lost his Low Profile status, meaning he no longer takes 5% increased damage from bullets. - -Lifeline now has a secondary passive which allows her to access certain crates and find more loot inside them than other characters would. It will always contain health/shields/weapon attachments/knockdown shields, to fit with Lifeline’s design. - -Wraith portals will now disappear after four seconds if both ends are outside the circle. Players had been using her portal to remain immune from damage for long periods of time outside the circle – this will no longer be possible. - -Evo Armour has reduced damage required to evolve – Blue now requires 75 from 100, Purple requires 150 from 300, and Red requires 400 from 500. - -Kings Canyon and variants of the map have increased loot spawns throughout. - -Lastly, and most importantly, they have changed the limb damage taken on legends with the Low Profile perk. Previously taking limb damage would cause you to take approximately 25% less damage. However, now, hitting a character with Low Profile in the limbs deals full damage. This is a huge change to these characters who already took increased damage, and many are reporting that it has made their characters feel entirely useless. The legends that currently have Low Profile are Lifeline, Pathfinder, Wattson, and Wraith. - -This is the biggest change to this patch as it fundamentally changes the effective health pool for some of the most popular legends. It stands to be seen whether they will leave it or go back and tweak the numbers. - -Hope you’re out there enjoying the event, and that you destroy many waves of enemies and collect that fat loot! For more Apex information stay tuned!",1731883700,76f59da961,133d0bf123,,,1731883700 -https://www.theloadout.com/chrono-odyssey/release-date,https://www.theloadout.com/feed,Chrono Odyssey release date window and latest news,"When is the Chrono Odyssey release date? NPixel and Chrono Studio’s MMO has been hotly anticipated since it was first revealed, with its stunning visuals and diverse combat getting tongues wagging among the PS5 and Xbox Series X|S playerbase. - -It’s also rare to see an MMO that looks this good come to console. Chrono Odyssey could stand to give the likes of Final Fantasy 14 a run for its money. Below you can find a roundup of everything we know about the game’s launch date and its gameplay loop. In addition, you’ll also be able to learn more about the story that’s unfolding in the world of Setera, as well as the different classes you’ll get to play as. - -Chrono Odyssey release date window - -The Chrono Odyssey release date will arrive at some point in 2025 on PS5 and Xbox Series X|S. This launch window was confirmed by publisher Kakao Games in its Q1 2024 earnings report. - -As with all release windows, things can quickly change – gamers have learned the hard way that no project is immune from delays, no matter how far along it seems. However, it’s looking promising that it will indeed arrive in 2025. - -The game has had a few closed test periods already over the course of 2024, and in a letter to fans posted this August, Chrono Odyssey’s producer Yun Sang Tae said that it was “steadily approaching completion.” - -The last thing we officially saw of Chrono Odyssey was at the State of Unreal event that took place during the March 2024 Game Developers Conference (GDC). At the time, we were treated to a brand-new trailer that showcased what we presume to be a mostly in-engine look at how far Chrono Studios has come since it opted to switch from Unreal Engine 4 to UE5. - -When it was first revealed, Chrono Odyssey was slated to be released in 2022. NPixel and Chrono Studios never officially announced that the MMO was being delayed, but after its marketing material shifted from UE4 to UE5, it’s clear that the engine change was going to create a significant delay. This isn’t surprising, considering the sheer number of games that switched up to the latest and greatest version when it launched. - -Now though, things are clearly progressing well, and it’s on course for a 2025 launch. - -Chrono Odyssey story - -Chrono Odyssey is set in the vast world of Setera which is entrenched in an eternal war against the Void – a war that’s lasted as long as time itself. It looks to be a good old-fashioned tale of light versus dark, and you’ll even get to command time and space during your journey. - -Setera itself has loads of points of interest for you to explore. Built in Unreal Engine 5, the open-world game features immense fields, tall structures and buildings, and stunning scenery for you to explore and marvel at. - -Chrono Odyssey gameplay - -As an MMORPG, it’s only right that Chrono Odyssey comes with a robust character customization suite as standard. At GDC 2024’s State of Unreal showcase, Chrono Studio CEO Bae Bong-geon took to the stage to offer a fresh look at the game – some of its gorgeous character creations included. - -“Through our extremely flexible customization system players can express their personality by creating their character,” Bae says, “ensuring that each character you meet in Setera is as unique as your own.” - -From what we can tell, Chrono Odyssey’s going to come packed with all sorts of facial and body markings, pupil types, jewellery, skin colors, and more. Though we don’t see the UI here, we can imagine there’ll be plenty of sliders to play around with. - -Chrono Odyssey also appears to be stuffed with epic encounters that you can take on either solo or as a large group. Combat demands control, timing, and accuracy with your attacks, defence, and dodging. As well as sword-based combat that looks like it’s been pulled from a Soulslike game, we also see various elemental weapons and abilities featured in Chrono Odyssey’s gameplay reveal trailer below. - -Within Setera, there is the Chronotector, a device resembling a stopwatch that manipulates time and space. You can use it to rewind events, explore other timelines, or stop time and freeze enemies in place during combat. - -Of course, as an MMORPG, teamwork is key to the experience as you will compete for control over land as one of many enemy factions, bringing down beasts and dragons and taking on powerful bosses and challenges within the open world. - -Chrono Odyssey classes - -Chrono Odyssey has six different classes for you to choose from. These are the Swordsman, Ranger, Sorcerer, Paladin, Berserker, and Assassin. Although proper details about each one and how they play are yet to be revealed, Bae confirmed during the State of Unreal that not only can each class manipulate space and time, but there will be “18 weapons” – presumably three per class – for them to wield. - -That covers everything we know about the Chrono Odyssey release date. It definitely has the potential to become one of the best MMOs on PC and console and may even make it onto our best PS5 games and best Xbox games lists if Chrono Studio and NPixel can nail the landing when the game releases.",1731883675,bbec762ab3,136bce4ab8,,,1731883675 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/gog-are-doubling-down-on-game-preservation-and-making-it-easier-to-see-which-games-run-well-on-modern-pcs,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,"GOG are doubling down on game preservation, and making it easier to see which games run well on modern PCs","Over the years, game retailers GOG have drifted from almost purely offering classic oldies to welcoming more and more modern blockbusters onto their storefront. In one sense, they've turned from a game preservation champion into a slightly dustier, DRM-less Steam. Now, though, GOG have declared a renewed focus on not just selling aged games, but on tweaking more of them to work on non-aged hardware. And you'll be able to tell which games have got this restoration treatment from a fancy badge plastered on top of them. - -The GOG Preservation Program, as the endeavour is being called, is an extension of the store’s previous efforts in restoring older games (see their recent fix-ups of Alpha Protocol and the first Resident Evil trilogy). It's also combined with elements of Valve’s Steam Deck Verified system, which conveys whether a game performs well on the handheld. - -First, GOG’s in-house software boffins set about squishing all the bugs and adding all the missing features (modern video codecs, Windows 10/11 compatibility, etc) that might prevent them from playing nice with an up-to-date PC. Then, the games that graduate this process get a certified ""Good Old Game"" badge on their store listing, showing at-a-glance that they’re ready to play without needing a bunch of unofficial patches or mods. - -Badged games will also be ""the most complete version available,"" in terms of DLCs, expansions, and even the availability of manuals and alternative languages. They’ll also come with offline installers and, of course, no DRM. - -Image credit: Capcom - -To kick things off, over 100 games are being relaunched with Good Old Game status. These include Resident Evils 1, 2, and 3, the original Diablo (and its Hellfire expansion), System Shock 2, Vampire: The Masquerade – Bloodlines, both OG Fallout and Fallout: New Vegas, The Curse of Monkey Island, X-COM: UFO Defense and dozens more classics. Is it bad if I say I’d be particularly keen on playing an updated New Vegas over this (considerable) batch of old-old stuff? If anything, its relative newness makes me extra mad that I need to mod it so hard just to avoid my post-2008 graphics card breaking the framerate-based physics and sending my Courier whizzing about like they’re on rocket-strapped Heelys. Anyway, you can read the full list here. - -""Our goal is for all games, whether recent or classic, to eventually become part of the Preservation Program,"" sayeth GOG themselves. ""There is a long backlog of classic games available on GOG that may already qualify for the program, but our Team has not been able to confirm that yet. We aim to support as many games as possible, but it's not always entirely up to us."" - -Indeed, restoration projects like this require the original developers/publishers giving permission to poke around their games’ code, and you can probably imagine how that isn’t always forthcoming. And those on the game-making side won't be the only ones thinking about the bottom line: GOG ultimately exist to sell games, not immortalise them in museums, nor hand them out to people who owned an original CD-ROM copy back in yesteryear. - -Still, on balance it’s probably better that someone profits off a healthy game preservation pipeline than to not have one at all, so it's hard to complain that much about this unusually niche-facing turn back towards GOG’s roots. It's a timely move too, considering disgruntled players have resorted to suing publishers for yanking games into unplayability through server shutdowns. Hopefully GOG persevere through any naysaying and can keep producing these offline-compatible, preservation-friendly semi-remasters for a good long while.",1731883637,ad45c610da,135218c075,,,1731883637 -https://derivsource.com/2024/07/17/gresham-and-alveo-join-forces-to-create-a-market-leader-in-enterprise-data-automation/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Gresham and Alveo join forces to create a market leader in Enterprise Data Automation,"Today, backed by its majority owner STG, Alveo, a leading provider of cloud-based market data management software, announces the completion of its merger with Gresham Technologies (“Gresham”). The combination creates a market leading provider for data automation and optimisation of mission-critical data, post-trade processes, and external reporting. - -Both companies specialise in data management software and combined will create significant scale. Clients will benefit from a comprehensive range of data automation and process integration solutions that simplify operating models and reduce total cost of ownership (TCO). - -Gresham is a market leader in transaction control and reconciliations, data aggregation, connectivity solutions and regulatory reporting. Alveo is a market leader in enterprise data management for market, reference and ESG data. The combination creates a market leader in data automation solutions for mission-critical processes that require high quality and trusted data to be easily integrated into business workflows. - -The new business will be known as Gresham and will be headquartered in London with operations around the world, including a significant presence in North America. Ian Manocha, formerly CEO of Gresham Technologies, will be the CEO of the combined business and Mark Hepsworth, formerly CEO of Alveo, will be Chair of the board. - -Ian Manocha, CEO, said: “The combination of the two firms accelerates our journey to bring digital integrity, agility, operational efficiency and data confidence to financial markets globally. It creates a comprehensive set of solutions for data automation, operational efficiency, data management, analytics and risk mitigation for financial and corporate clients globally.” - -Commenting on the merger, Mark Hepsworth, Chairman said “Improving data management efficiency is a major requirement for clients who need to process increasing volumes of data. We can now offer clients greater scale and a wider range of solutions that will simplify their operations and enable them to manage data more effectively. I am delighted to be working with Ian and our new team and to enable clients to benefit from this exciting new combination.”",1731883788,9dd65a327d,137beb8cc2,,,1731883788 -https://www.dexerto.com/tv-movies/lioness-season-2-episode-5-recap-2981302/,https://www.dexerto.com/feed/,Lioness Season 2 Episode 5 recap: The warehouse bust takes a darker turn,"By this point in the series, Joe is p*ssing everyone off. But will here militancy pay dividends? The stakes are higher in Lioness Season 2 Episode 5 – and for once, she’s torn. - -The binge-worthy TV show follows the overarching plot of taking down the Mexican drug cartel Los Tigres, which is linked to team member Josephina through her dad Pablo. - -Joe has been trying to use her as intel from the inside since Episode 2, but their relationship has got off to a rocky start. Now, she’s faced with the ultimatum of a lifetime. - -Article continues after ad - -On top of that, the team has just discovered a warehouse smuggling children across the border, but Joe decided to leave them behind. Does the team support her decision in Lioness Season 2 Episode 5? Warning: spoilers ahead. - -Team confidence hits rock bottom in Lioness Season 2 Episode 5 - -Paramount - -Team Lioness returns from the warehouse, arriving back at Bliss absolutely furious. Cruz immediately questions how Joe led the bust, while Joe lays into the Mexican special agent for having the wrong intel (they’re looking for drugs, there isn’t any). There’s now a bigger concern about the children that hangs over their heads, but nobody’s got an answer. - -Article continues after ad - -Article continues after ad - -Back in the CIA saferoom, Joe feeds the footage through to Kaitlyn. She explains that the children are to be sent across the border, but no narcotics are on the premises. While Joe indicates she wants to rescue them, Kaitlyn orders her to “leave them behind,” stating it looks like an attack from a rebel cartel. American hands look clean, and that’s what she wants. - -Joe feeds this back to the team, who kick off. She reminds them it “isn’t a democracy,” suggesting they are heading back to Dallas. Josephina says this isn’t what she signed up for, asking to be court marshaled so she can testify against Joe. It’s left to Cruz to smooth things over, with Kyle questioning Joe for letting the team form their own opinions. - -Article continues after ad - -Joe pulls Bobby off to one side, saying she needs to check her email. One of the kids has a tracker in their shoe, which Joe planted there. Bobby is covertly tasked with finding where the kids are crossing, with the special agent hypothetically stating he could intercept them. Without violating restrictions, they come up with a plan to monitor it. - -Article continues after ad - -While Josephina shares her concern about what’s happened, Cruz reveals she’s there to “protect the mission from the mission,” which includes her. Cruz questions Josephina on whether her dad is a “sheep or saint,” alluding to the fact they are all fighting for the greater good – even if that isn’t an outright win. - -Article continues after ad - -Pablo is the new target - -Paramount - -The team is soon on its way to Dallas, and the focus shifts back to the CCTV planted in Pablo’s house during Episode 3. Joe tells Cruz that Josephina needs to believe her father isn’t the target, which is true. After discussing the situation, Joe leaves with a newfound sense of appreciation for Cruz’s smarts. She phones Kaitlyn, saying there’s something she wants to explain in person back at base. - -Presidential candidates complain to Kaitlyn that she hasn’t shared any security plans, with Kaitlyn keeping them completely in the dark about what’s happening with the cartel. Joe apologizes to Josephina, suggesting she should tell her dad the truth about what they’re doing. If he complies, her family is moved to safety. If he says no, they’ll raid his house and destroy him. - -Article continues after ad - -Article continues after ad - -Josephina is tasked with presenting both choices to him, with Joe confirming they are only going after his contacts at this stage. The team disembark the plane, with Joe staying on. They set up to monitor Pablo’s house while Joe says she’s giving Cruz more free reign than she ever had in the same position. Kaitlyn, however, is concerned. - -Joe calls Neal from the plane, explaining she has a “way out” in order to spend more time with the family. He’s taking the kids on a double date with Kate’s new boyfriend. Cruz and Josephina turn up at her dad’s house, and she can hardly breathe. Cruz warns she needs to get it together, or they’ll both be killed. Joe gets back to the second half of the team at Bliss, who are waiting to intercept the cartel at the border. - -Article continues after ad - -The border interception ends disastrously - -Paramount - -Cruz and Josephina enter the house, with Josephina explaining she feels like she hardly knows her parents. She left home at 18, and that was pretty much the end of that. Cruz gives her the pep talk she needs, highlighting the criminal her dad really is. - -Article continues after ad - -They sit down at the dining room table, where Josephina reveals “the truth.” Pablo goes on a homophobic rant about how dishonoring a woman is a terrible decision for a new army to make. He tries to make her view things against the system, referencing a cycle of despair that continues over and over again. - -Article continues after ad - -Meanwhile at the border, Team Lioness – with extra US soldiers – intercepts the Mexican smugglers, with casualties on both sides. As our main cast begins to approach the children and get them to safety, a man can be seen emerging from the crowd through a sniper’s heat censor. He releases a grenade, blowing the entire group up. The Lionesses appear to be unharmed, but the rest (including the children) are gone. - -Lioness Season 2 is streaming on Paramount Plus on a weekly basis. Check out who Taylor Sheridan plays, whether Team Lioness is real, and what happened in the latest episode. - -Article continues after ad - -Article continues after ad - -You can also catch up with more TV shows streaming this month.",1731883641,9d7eb4fc17,133521e1bc,,,1731883641 -https://www.predictiveanalyticsworld.com/machinelearningtimes/nvidia-improves-metas-llama-model-with-new-training-approach/13637/,https://www.predictiveanalyticsworld.com/machinelearningtimes/feed/,Nvidia improves Meta's Llama model with new training approach,"Originally published in the-decoder.com, Oct 18, 2024. - -Nvidia has introduced a new large language model that outperforms others in alignment benchmarks. The company achieved this through a special training procedure combining evaluation and preference models. - -The new model, called Llama-3.1-Nemotron-70B-Instruct, is based on Meta’s open-source Llama 3.1 model. Nvidia optimized it to provide helpful answers to user queries by combining different training methods. - -However, the results only show that the answers align better with human preferences, not that the content is necessarily more accurate. In fact, the Nemotron variant performs slightly worse than the base model on the MMLU Pro benchmark, which tests factual knowledge. - -Nvidia created two new datasets for training: HelpSteer2 and HelpSteer2-Preference. HelpSteer2 contains over 20,000 prompt-response pairs. Multiple annotators rated each response on a 1-5 scale for criteria like helpfulness, correctness, and coherence. HelpSteer2-Preference adds comparisons between two answers to the same prompt. Annotators indicated which answer they preferred and how strong their preference was.",1731883642,efa8b73dd0,1371a8e377,,,1731883642 -https://techncruncher.blogspot.com/2023/01/top-10-ai-tools-in-2023-that-will-make.html,http://feeds.feedburner.com/TechCrunch/,Top 10 AI Tools in 2023 That Will Make Your Life Easier,"Top 10 AI Tools in 2023 That Will Make Your Life Easier - - - - - - - - - -In this article, we explore the top 10 AI tools that are driving innovation and efficiency in various industries. These tools are designed to automate repetitive tasks, improve workflow, and increase productivity. The tools included in our list are some of the most advanced and widely used in the market, and are suitable for a variety of applications. Some of the tools focus on natural language processing, such as ChatGPT and Grammarly, while others focus on image and video generation, such as DALL-E and Lumen5. Other tools such as OpenAI Codex, Tabnine, Canva, Jasper AI,, and Surfer SEO are designed to help with specific tasks such as code understanding content writing and website optimization. This list is a great starting point for anyone looking to explore the possibilities of AI and how it can be applied to their business or project. - -So let’s dive into - -1. ChatGPT - -ChatGPT is a large language model that generates human-like responses to a variety of prompts. It can be used for tasks such as language translation, question answering, and text completion. It can handle a wide range of topics and styles of writing, and generates coherent and fluent text, but should be used with care as it may generate text that is biased, offensive, or factually incorrect. - -Pros: - -Generates human-like responses to a variety of prompts - -Can be fine-tuned for specific tasks such as language translation, question answering, and text completion - -Can handle a wide range of topics and styles of writing - -Can generate coherent and fluent text, even when completing a given text prompt. - -Cons: - -May generate text that is biased or offensive - -Can generate text that is not accurate or factually correct - -May require large amounts of computational resources to run - -The model can sometimes generate text that is not coherent or fluent, depending on the prompt given. - -Overall, ChatGPT is a powerful tool for natural language processing, but it should be used with care and with an understanding of its limitations. - -2. DALL-E - -DALL-E is a generative model developed by OpenAI that is capable of generating images from text prompts. It is based on the GPT-3 architecture, which is a transformer-based neural network language model that has been trained on a massive dataset of text. DALL-E can generate images that are similar to a training dataset and it can generate high-resolution images that are suitable for commercial use. - -Pros: - -Generates high-resolution images - -Can generate images from text prompts - -It can be fine-tuned for specific tasks such as generating images of a certain style or category - -Cons: - -May generate images that are not entirely original and could be influenced by the training data - -May require significant computational resources to run - -The quality of the generated images may vary depending on the specific prompt - -Overall, DALL-E is a powerful AI-based tool for generating images, it can be used for a variety of applications such as creating images for commercial use, gaming, and other creative projects. It is important to note that the generated images should be reviewed and used with care, as they may not be entirely original and could be influenced by the training data. - -3. Lumen5 - -Lumen5 is a content creation platform that uses AI to help users create videos, social media posts, and other types of content. It has several features that make it useful for content creation and marketing, including: - -Pros: - -Automatically summarizes text from a blog post, article, or another source into a script for a video or social media post - -Offers a library of royalty-free videos, images, and music to use in content - -Has a drag-and-drop interface for easy content creation - -Can create videos in multiple languages - -Has a built-in analytics tool to track the performance of created content. - -Cons: - -The quality of the generated content may vary depending on the source material - -The automatic summarization feature may not always capture the main points of the source material - -The library of videos, images, and music is limited. - -The analytics feature is basic - -Overall, Lumen5 is a useful tool for creating content quickly and easily, it can help automate the process of creating videos, social media posts, and other types of content. However, the quality of the generated content may vary depending on the source material and it is important to review and edit the content before publishing it. - -4. Grammarly - -Grammarly is a writing-enhancement platform that uses AI to check for grammar, punctuation, and spelling errors in the text. It also provides suggestions for improving the clarity, concision, and readability of the text. It has several features that make it useful for improving writing, including: - -Pros: - -Checks for grammar, punctuation, and spelling errors in the text - -Provides suggestions for improving clarity, concision, and readability - -Can be integrated with various apps and platforms such as Microsoft Office, Google Docs, and social media platforms - -Offers a browser extension and a desktop app - -Has a premium version with more advanced features such as plagiarism detection and more - -Cons: - -The suggestions provided may not always be accurate or appropriate - -The grammar checker may not always recognize context-specific language use - -The free version has limited features - -Limited to English language only - -Overall, Grammarly is a useful tool for improving writing, it can help users identify and correct grammar and punctuation errors, and improve the clarity, concision, and readability of their text. However, it is important to review the suggestions provided by the tool and use them with caution, as they may not always be accurate or appropriate. - -5.OpenAI Codex - -OpenAI Codex is a system developed by OpenAI that can create code from natural language descriptions of software tasks. The system is based on the GPT-3 model and can generate code in multiple programming languages. - -Pros: - -Can automate the process of writing code - -Can help developers to be more productive - -Can help non-technical people to create software - -Can generate code in multiple programming languages - -Cons: - -The quality of the generated code may vary depending on the task description - -The generated code may not always be optimal or efficient - -The system may not be able to handle complex software tasks - -Dependence on the tool may lead to a lack of understanding of the code. - -Overall, OpenAI Codex is a powerful tool that can help automate the process of writing code and make it more accessible to non-technical people. However, the quality of the generated code may vary depending on the task description and it is important to review and test the code before using it in a production environment. It is important to use the tool as an aid, not a replacement for the developer's knowledge. - -6. Tabnine - -Tabnine is a code completion tool that uses AI to predict and suggest code snippets. It is compatible with multiple programming languages and can be integrated with various code editors. - -Pros: - -Can improve coding efficiency by suggesting code snippets based on context - -Can complete entire code blocks - -Can predict variables, functions, and other elements of code - -Can be integrated with various code editors - -Cons: - -The suggestions may not always be accurate or appropriate - -The system may not always be able to understand the context of the code - -May not work with all code editors - -Dependence on the tool may lead to a lack of understanding of the code. - -Overall, TabNine is a useful tool for developers that can help improve coding efficiency and reduce the time spent on writing code. However, it is important to review the suggestions provided by the tool and use them with caution, as they may not always be accurate or appropriate. It is important to use the tool as an aid, not a replacement for the developer's knowledge. - -Jasper is a content writing and content generation tool that uses artificial intelligence to identify the best words and sentences for your writing style and medium in the most efficient, quick, and accessible way. - -Pros: - -User-friendly interface - -Generates a wide variety of content types - -Guarantees 100% unique and free-plagiarism content - -SEO friendly - -Create articles of up to 10k words - -Cons: - -Not the cheapest AI writer on the market - -Surfer SEO is a software tool designed to help website owners and digital marketers improve their search engine optimization (SEO) efforts. The tool provides a variety of features that can be used to analyze a website's on-page SEO, including: - -Features: - -A site audit tool that checks for technical SEO issues - -A content editor that suggests optimizations for individual pages - -A keyword research tool that suggests keywords to target - -A SERP analyzer that shows how a website's pages rank for specific keywords - -A backlink analysis tool that shows the backlinks pointing to a website. - -Pros: - -Can help website owners and marketers identify technical SEO issues - -Can provide suggestions for optimizing individual pages - -Can help with keyword research - -Can show how a website's pages rank for specific keywords - -Can provide insight into a website's backlink profile - -Cons: - -Some features may require a paid subscription - -The tool is not a guarantee of better ranking - -The tool can only analyze the data it has access to - -The tool's suggestions may not always be applicable or optimal - -Overall, Surfer SEO can be a useful tool for website owners and digital marketers looking to improve their SEO efforts. However, it is important to remember that it is just a tool and should be used in conjunction with other SEO best practices. Additionally, the tool is not a guarantee of better ranking. - -9. Zapier - -Zapier is a web automation tool that allows users to automate repetitive tasks by connecting different web applications together. It does this by creating ""Zaps"" that automatically move data between apps, and can also be used to trigger certain actions in one app based on events in another app. - -Features: - -Can connect over 3,000 web applications - -Can automate repetitive tasks - -Can create ""Zaps"" to move data between apps - -Can trigger certain actions in one app based on events in another app. - -Pros: - -Can automate repetitive tasks - -Can save time - -Can improve workflow - -Can increase productivity - -Can be integrated with a wide range of web applications - -Cons: - -Can be difficult to set up - -May require some technical skills - -May require a paid subscription for some features - -Some apps may not be compatible - -Dependence on the tool may lead to a lack of understanding of the apps - -Overall, Zapier is a useful tool that can help users automate repetitive tasks and improve workflow. It can save time and increase productivity by connecting different web applications together. However, it may require some technical skills and some features may require a paid subscription. It is important to use the tool with caution and not to rely too much on it, to understand the apps better. - -10. Compose AI - -Compose AI is a company that specializes in developing natural language generation (NLG) software. Their software uses AI to automatically generate written or spoken text from structured data, such as spreadsheets, databases, or APIs. - -Features: - -Automatically generates written or spoken text from structured data - -Can be integrated with a wide range of data sources - -Can be used for a variety of applications such as creating reports, summaries, and explanations - -Provides an API and a user-friendly interface - -Pros: - -Can automate the process of creating written or spoken content - -Can help users create more accurate and consistent content - -Can help users save time by automating repetitive tasks - -Can be integrated with a wide range of data sources - -Cons: - -The quality of the generated content may vary depending on the data source - -The generated content may not always be optimal or efficient - -The system may not be able to handle complex tasks - -Dependence on the tool may lead to a lack of understanding of the data - -Overall, Compose AI's NLG software can be a useful tool for automating the process of creating written or spoken content from structured data. However, the quality of the generated content may vary depending on the data source, and it is essential to review the generated content before using it in a production environment. It is important to use the tool as an aid, not a replacement for the understanding of the data. - -Conclusion - -AI tools are becoming increasingly important in today's business and technology landscape. They are designed to automate repetitive tasks, improve workflow, and increase productivity. The top 10 AI tools included in this article are some of the most advanced and widely used in the market, and are suitable for various applications. Whether you're looking to improve your natural language processing, create high-resolution images, or optimize your website, there is an AI tool that can help. It's important to research and evaluate the different tools available to determine which one is the best fit for your specific needs. As AI technology continues to evolve, these tools will become even more powerful and versatile and will play an even greater role in shaping the future of business and technology.",1731883624,f0ec6af36b,129cee30a6,,,1731883624 -https://www.unmannedsystemstechnology.com/2024/11/unmanned-integrated-mcm-system-selected-for-uae-navy/,https://www.unmannedsystemstechnology.com/feed/,Unmanned Integrated MCM System Selected for UAE Navy,"Follow UST Share this - -French company Exail, a global leader in robotic systems, has been contracted by the UAE Navy to supply its UMIS 3rd generation unmanned integrated Mine Countermeasures system. - -This contract aims to provide advanced capabilities for remote mine clearance, with Exail being chosen due to its expertise in cutting-edge robotics, maritime, navigation, aerospace, and photonics technologies. - -With a strong entrepreneurial culture, Exail’s technologies deliver unrivaled performance, reliability and safety to civil and defense clients operating in harsh environments. From the deep sea to outer space, Exail expands their capabilities with a full range of robust in-house manufactured components, products, and systems. - -Jérôme Bendell, Exail Maritime Business Line CEO, stated, “We are proud to have been selected by the UAE Navy amongst a very tough international competition to supply the latest Mine Countermeasures clearance system. - -“This will enhance their capabilities at sea and meet their needs and efforts in the field of mine clearance and further strengthen ties and strong relations with the UAE, a valued client since 2004.”",1731883616,8bbbd151de,1377ade36e,,,1731883616 -https://www.fodors.com/news/news/chris-hemsworth-faces-backlash-for-promoting-controversial-destination,https://www.fodors.com/feed,Actor Faces Backlash for Promoting Controversial Destination,"And other travel news from the week. - -This week in travel, we’ve uncovered several stories that might have flown under your radar. Among them: Madeira will start charging tourists for hiking; Lake Como is selling air; and a celebrity is in trouble for promoting Abu Dhabi. - -Dive into these and more as we explore the week’s five most intriguing, under-the-radar travel news. - -NO. 1 - -LAKE COMO IS LITERALLY SELLING AIR FOR $11 - -Lake Como is a coveted tourist destination, attracting 1.4 million visitors annually to its celebrity-approved resort area. Taylor Swift famously vacationed here this summer, while George Clooney resides here with his wife, human rights lawyer Amal Clooney. The region’s allure is so compelling that a company is now selling bottled fresh air to tourists. - -You can get a 400ml can of bottled air from Lake Como for $11, produced by ItalyComunica. Marketer Davide Abagnale told CNN that it is “something original, fun, and even provocative.” The mayor of Como, Alessandro Rapinese, isn’t excited about the prospect and wishes that people also looked at other souvenirs, like the silk scarves. He told CNN that the can wasn’t for everyone, “but as mayor of one of Italy’s most beautiful cities, if someone wants to take some of their air home, that’s fine as long as they also take beautiful memories of this area.” - -Continue Reading Article After Our Video Recommended Fodor’s Video - -NO. 2 - -CHRIS HEMSWORTH FACES BACKLASH FOR PROMOTING ABU DHABI - -Australian actor Chris Hemsworth appeared in a promotional ad alongside his wife, fellow actor Elsa Pataky, but the Thor star’s latest endeavor has not been well received by fans. The couple promoted Abu Dhabi as a tourist destination in the ad, showcasing their experiences filming action scenes in the city and enjoying various attractions with their children. However, fans have criticized them for overlooking human rights violations in the UAE. - -Justine Nolan, director of the Australian Human Rights Institute at the University of New South Wales, told The Guardian that the ad presented a different reality from what’s happening on the ground. The country has come under fire for its treatment of migrants, women, and the LGBTQ+ community. “They’re trying to move on and improve their image.” - -Related: Saudi Arabia Is Open to Tourists, but Should You Go? - -NO. 3 - -POMPEII SETS A LIMIT TO DAILY TOURISTS - -Around 36,000 people visited the Italian archaeological site of Pompeii on the first Sunday of October when entry was free. However, the park is introducing a daily cap of 20,000 tourists starting November 15. - -The park’s director, Gabriel Zuchtriegel, told Reuters that reducing human impact is important for conservation and safety reasons. However, the daily limit will result in turning away tourists on rare days when entry to the park is free and tourist numbers exceed 20,000. The archaeological site, which features beautiful frescoes, costs €18 to enter. Around 4 million people visited in 2023, and visitor numbers have been increasing consistently. - -NO. 4 - -MADEIRA WILL CHARGE TOURISTS A HIKING FEE NEXT YEAR - -The Portuguese island of Madeira is a favorite among hikers, thanks to its rugged cliffs and trails. But starting January 1, 2025, non-residents will be asked to pay €3 to hike on its 30 popular routes. The new rule will allow for better crowd management and maintenance of the natural areas. - -Tourist fees have become a way for governments around the world to manage swelling tourist numbers. Hikers will be able to pay on the government website Simplifica or make on-site payments. Those who fail to pay the fee will be fined up to €50. All proceeds will go toward maintaining and preserving the trails. - -Related: It’s Going to Get More Expensive to Visit This Beautiful Country - -NO. 5 - -THE TREVI FOUNTAIN OPENS WALKWAY DURING RESTORATIONS - -Rome’s 18th-century Trevi Fountain is being cleaned, and people have been disappointed by the sight of scaffolding and its emptied pool. A temporary metal walkway was installed over the fountain last weekend to allow people to see the monument’s architecture from a unique angle. Tossing a coin into the fountain is out of the question, but the authorities have installed a basin to honor the tourist-favored tradition. - -The fountain was last cleaned in 2014, and it took a year for the job to be completed. This time, the authorities are planning to finish it in a couple of weeks. The $330,000 renovation will be completed by the end of this year, and once the fountain is filled again, tourists might have to pay a €2 fee to get up close and personal. The walkway, which accommodates 130 people at a time, may also be used to control capacity at the crowded site.",1731883664,ed13a32224,139c8a23b9,,,1731883664 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/14/floridas-lawsuit-against-fema-over-discrimination-against-trump-supporters/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,Florida's Lawsuit Against FEMA Over Discrimination Against Trump Supporters,"You can read the Complaint (filed yesterday) in Moody v. Criswell (S.D. Fla.); there are all sorts of interesting federal civil rights litigation and federal courts issues, such as parens patriae, the scope of § 1985(3) liability, the intracorporate conspiracy doctrine, and more. And of course the case raises the factual question of whether the discrimination was the work of a rogue employee (as FEMA seems to argue) or was endorsed by higher ups (as the employee has claimed, and as Florida is asserting). An excerpt from the Complaint: - -""[A]void homes advertising Trump."" This was the directive that Defendant Marn'i Washington gave to federal relief workers responding to Hurricanes Helene and Milton in Lake Placid, Florida. While the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) has fired Defendant Washington and called her behavior ""reprehensible,"" Defendant Washington insists that she is a ""patsy"" and that FEMA made her a ""scapegoat."" Defendant Washington says that similar conduct occurred in North Carolina and throughout areas affected by Hurricanes Helene and Milton. And she represents that senior FEMA officials claiming not to know that the agency was discriminating against Trump supporters are promoting a ""lie."" While the facts will continue to come out over the weeks and months, it is already clear that Defendant Washington conspired with senior FEMA officials, as well as those carrying out her orders, to violate the civil rights of Florida citizens. This conspiracy is actionable under 42 U.S.C. § 1985, which creates a cause of action for ""[c]onspiracy to interfere with civil rights."" See Smith v. Meese, 821 F.2d 1484, 1492 n.5 (11th Cir. 1987) (suggesting that ""selectively enforc[ing] a law"" by ""prosecuting only Republicans"" would violate § 1985 (quotations omitted)); accord Lyes v. City of Riviera Beach, 166 F.3d 1332, 1338 (11th Cir. 1999) (en banc) (discussing legislative history suggesting that ""actionable conspiracies"" under § 1985 ""would include those against a person because he was a Democrat"" (quotations omitted)); United Bhd. of Carpenters & Joiners of Am., Loc. 610, AFL-CIO v. Scott, 463 U.S. 825, 836 (1983) (suggesting that § 1985(3) ""was intended to"" protect ""Republicans"" because Republicans ""championed the[] cause"" of Black Americans after the Civil War). - -Florida Attorney General Ashley Moody sues Defendants under § 1985(3). See Alfred L. Snapp & Son, Inc. v. Puerto Rico, 458 U.S. 592, 607 (1982) (recognizing a State's ability to sue in a parens patriae capacity based on discrimination against its residents); Abrams v. 11 Cornwell Co., 695 F.2d 34, 38–40 (2d Cir. 1982) (applying Alfred L. Snapp to a claim under § 1985(3)), vacated in part on other grounds, 718 F.2d 22, 25 (2d Cir. 1983). General Moody seeks nominal damages, punitive damages, and a declaration that Defendants conspired to interfere with the civil rights of Florida citizens. - -I'm not an expert on the federal statutory questions here (or on the parens patriae doctrine), and I'm too slammed right now to research further, so I thought I'd just pass along the Complaint, which sets forth the state's argument; I'll also pass along any motion to dismiss when and if that's filed. - -The one thing I can say substantively is that, even if FEMA employees had faced hostility from some conservative or pro-Trump householders, that can't justify an ""avoid homes advertising Trump"" directive—just as the misconduct of some Jews or Catholics couldn't justify an ""avoid homes displaying mezuzahs or crucifixes"" directive, or the hostility of some Black Lives Matter supporters to the police couldn't justify the police denying services to homes displaying Black Lives Matter flags.",1731883647,6a1d127262,13b468b1bf,,,1731883647 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/10/25/england-vs-germany-live-score-latest-updates-lionesses/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Chaotic England lose 4-3 to Germany in frenetic friendly at Wembley,"England’s Lionesses face Germany at Wembley this evening in a repeat of the 2022 European Championship final, but reshaping the team to win major honours again is Sarina Wiegman’s next challenge. - -There is no doubt that England suffered from a post-trophy funk after their Euros triumph - disappointing in the Nations League and failing to qualify for the Olympics in Paris - even if they did reach a World Cup final last year, where they were outclassed by Spain. - -Qualification for next summer’s Euros was far from plain sailing, although England did rebound impressively to beat France away and confirm progression with a draw in Sweden. - -Despite Wiegman’s masterful tournament record, there have been concerns about the team going stale tactically and this upcoming sequence of friendlies offers a chance to experiment. - -“We always want to [progress] faster but I think the game has increased, the level of the leagues in international football has increased and developed,” said Wiegman. - -“That’s what we want, so that means we have to develop too. There’s competition in the team, with other players coming in, and more experienced players have to help the younger players so we are all on the same page. - -“We just know where we want to get to in July.” - -Wiegman’s Arsenal contingent of Leah Williamson, Beth Mead and Alessia Russo are not exactly bouncing into camp after a tough start to the season culminated in head coach Jonas Eidevall’s resignation. Russo is yet to score in the WSL this season while Williamson will face competition at centre-back from Manchester City’s Alex Greenwood. - -Wiegman made a big call by replacing goalkeeper Mary Earps with Hannah Hampton, in part because of Earps’ struggles since her move to Paris St-Germain. Hampton has performed well for England since taking the No 1 shirt, although made a mistake of her own for Chelsea last weekend against Tottenham. It feels as if there is still a battle to be England’s first-choice goalkeeper, which can bring tension and scrutiny. - -Manchester City’s Jess Park and Manchester United’s Grace Clinton are two of the emerging talents in the squad, and injury to Lauren James offers Clinton the chance of minutes in an attacking midfield position. - -Confirmed team news on the way shortly.",1731883723,4301cc1e14,13a996d460,,,1731883723 -https://www.npr.org/2024/10/11/1210938268/dock-longshoreman-strike-banana-wilmington-import-genius-bobs-discount-furniture,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The dock strike is temporarily over: What did we learn from it? : Planet Money : NPR,"So imPORTant: Bananas, frogs, and... Bob's?? - -toggle caption Mark Felix/AFP via Getty Images - -Even in our modern world with planes and jets and drones, the vast majority of goods are moved around the planet in cargo ships. Which means our ports are the backbone of our global economy. The longshoremans' strike closed the eastern ports for only three days, but those three days raised a lot of questions. - -Like - why is a discount furniture store the fourth largest importer on the East Coast? How come so many bananas come through Wilmington, Delaware? Why do we need live frogs delivered into the US six times a month? And... how do we even keep track of all of these imports? On today's episode, we get into #PortFacts! - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was hosted by Kenny Malone and Amanda Aronczyk. It was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler. It was edited by Audrey Quinn, and fact-checked by Dania Suleman. Engineering by Cena Loffredo and Kwesi Lee with an assist from Valentina Rodriguez Sanchez. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Big Fat Bass Line,"" ""Two Can Play,"" and ""Exhale""",1731884576,8181d7a585,13854532df,,,1731884576 -https://www.vg247.com/spyro-reignited-trilogy-is-getting-a-surprise-release-on-xbox-game-pass,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Surprise! Former PlayStation icon Spyro is making his way to Xbox Game Pass, and you don't have to wait long to play the Reignited Trilogy","You thought you knew all of the games coming to Xbox Game Pass in the first half of November, but nope, it turns out Spyro is joining the service too! - -Last week, Xbox shared the first batch of games coming to Game Pass this November, which included a nice mix of titles, but as it turned out there was one it opted to leave out of the announcement. Earlier today, though, on the official Xbox Twitter account, it was announced that the Spyro Reignited Trilogy is coming to the service. Best of all, you don't have that long to wait at all, as the trio of remakes will be arriving tomorrow, November 12, so you're just one sleep away from being able to either check them out for the first time, or jump into them again if it's been a while since you've had a go at them. - -Some crystal-shattering news! - - - -The Spyro Reignited Trilogy is coming to @XboxGamePass and @XboxGamePassPC tomorrow! pic.twitter.com/fChY2mKj0J — Xbox (@Xbox) November 11, 2024 To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -For those that have literally never heard of the Spyro Reignited Trilogy before, first of all, where have you been, but second of all, I will actually explain. Released back in 2018, as you can probably tell by the name it's an all in one package containing from the ground up remakes of PS1 classics Spyro the Dragon, Spyro 2: Ripto's Rage!, and Spyro: Year of the Dragon. Essentially, you've got three games for the price of one! Ain't that nifty. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Spyro Reignited Trilogy's addition to Game Pass isn't all that surprising, in fact it's more surprising it took this long, as Microsoft picked up the rights for the series when it acquired Activision Blizzard. Yes, it obviously is a bit funny that an icon of the PlayStation era is now owned by its current major rival, but what can you do in a time where owning huge numbers of IPs is the done thing? - -Fans have been wondering if Toys for Bob, the devs behind the remakes, will be working on a new Spyro game, as despite splitting from Microsoft it is working with the company on its next game. Fingers crossed for you, Spyro fans.",1731883698,374d98cbb9,13b74348e2,,,1731883698 -https://cleantechnica.com/2024/11/13/catl-founder-burns-elon-musk/,https://cleantechnica.com/feed/,CATL Founder Burns Elon Musk,"Sign up for daily news updates from CleanTechnica on email. Or follow us on Google News - -I was reading through Steve’s article on CATL’s fascinating new move into producing EV platforms and CATL founder Robin Zeng’s take on solid-state batteries. Then, way down at the bottom, I got to Zeng’s comments about discussions with Elon Musk. Holy cow — there were some jaw droppers there! - -I’m not going to say Steve buried the lede, because the CATL plan he highlighted really is the bigger news. That said, he did bury a pretty saucy story! - -In case you missed the comments amidst that larger piece about CATL batteries and innovation, here’s a list of eye-popping comments Zeng made about Musk, who the reporting indicates Zeng is in regular contact with: - -Zeng told Musk the 4680 battery “is going to fail and never be successful. We had a very big debate, and I showed him. He was silent.” “He doesn’t know how to make a battery. It’s about electrochemistry. He’s good for the chips, the software, the hardware, the mechanical things.” “I talked to him,” Zeng said. “Maybe something needs five years, but he says two years. I definitely asked him why. He told me he wanted to push people. He probably himself thinks it needs five years, but if you believe him when he says two years, you will be in big trouble.” - -First of all, that’s pretty wild to just go out there and say publicly that a competitor and top customer’s approach to a core product is essentially stupid, and will “never be successful.” And then indicating that Musk didn’t have a response, and stayed silent? That’s like street basketball trash talk. - -But he went further. Zeng claims Musk doesn’t even know the basics of batteries — doesn’t know about electrochemistry. This would all be sacrilegious to Musk fans, and it’s like saying Musk doesn’t know his ABCs. He does give a nod to Musk’s expertise on four other matters — chips, the software, the hardware, the mechanical things. However, after a couple of decades in the battery business, it’s sort of scathing. - -To close, he’s calling out Musk for essentially lying — to his staff about actual targets, which can be somewhat understandable with an aim, but Zeng doesn’t seem to really understand or agree with that approach; but also more broadly to the public. - -It’s not a good look for Elon. - -Now, as we’ve said before, Musk is now in a very tricky place. Trump has been anti-China, anti-China, anti-China; while Muks has always been careful to be complimentary about and toward Xi Jinping and China. About half of Tesla’s vehicle production takes place in China, and a huge chunk of the company’s sales. Musk can’t risk becoming a persona non grata. If he had something like his normal response to anyone critical of him, he’d be putting himself and Tesla at significant business risk. So, well, his luckiest scenario would be not finding out about Zeng’s interview. If he does find out about Zeng’s interview, well, he’s going to need to deploy much more self-restraint and humility than he’s used to. - -Interesting times….",1731883669,befffecf30,13a31988a9,,,1731883669 -https://transom.org/2013/kith-and-kids/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Of Kith and Kids,"Intro from Jay Allison: Transom is proud to premiere another piece from our Donor Fund—work subsidized by those of YOU who contribute to Transom. Adventure Playgrounds are public spaces for children that encourage managed risk. At a quick glance, they look like junkyards. If you’re a kid, you might get nicked or even slightly burned in these places, but your imagination will also fire. They’ve been called, “A complete artwork. A space and time where all one’s senses are engaged.” Producer Erin Davis has been obsessed with these playgrounds lately and is now telling their story in radio and video. Do you think your community would allow a play space with sharp objects, unstable structures, and the possibility of fire? Erin visits “The Land” in North Wales and lays out the case in this highly visual radio piece, supplemented by lots of actual visuals (check the lovely bits she’s assembled for her movie). All this will get you thinking about the nature and purpose of play. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/07/Kith-and-Kin-FINAL.mp3 Download Listen to “Of Kith and Kids” - -About “Of Kith and Kids” - -It started with a pledge to my local public radio station… yes! - -As a sustaining member of WNYC I receive a New Yorker subscription and read the piece: State Of Play: How Tot Lots Became Places to Build Children’s Brains by Rebecca Mead. The article covers the 2010 opening of a high profile playspace in Manhattan called the Imagination Playground. The writer likened it to something much grittier, darker and, well, European: something called an adventure playground. Intrigued, I did a little Googling, read a little more and quite simply fell down the rabbit hole. - -Turns out, adventure playgrounds have quietly flourished since the second World War in the UK, Denmark and Germany. They’re usually tucked into neighborhoods without much fanfare and take many forms, from chaotic junkyards to whimsical shantytowns. Yet they all embrace something that unsettles the American sensibility, a necessary and positive relationship between risk and play. Staffed by adults trained in “playwork,” adventure playgrounds have been described as, “a complete artwork. A space and time where all one’s senses are engaged.” - -I began reaching out to people in the “play” world, and soon began to hear about a new playground called The Land, in North Wales. The Land was breathing new life into some of the movement’s oldest “junk” philosophies. So, I booked a short visit to see it for myself and was kindly welcomed by the staff and children in November 2012. - -I remember walking onto The Land for the first time and feeling dwarfed by color and chaos and scale — a shining marble here, a towering tree there! I spent a few days taking photos and filming, returned to the US itching for a proper documentary shoot. - -Thanks to the support of about 150 generous Kickstarter backers (you know who you are!) I returned to The Land in April 2013 for three weeks to shoot a film, which I’m now editing. - -(Teaser for Erin’s new film about The Land.) - -Audio for the Transom piece was recorded during the two visits. The title comes from the expression, “kith and kin.” In its original meaning, “kith” refers to one’s home country, the bit of earth where we build our homes, grow our food and raise our children — our Land. - -Challenges - -Making a radio story out of film material - -I had to decide early on how to handle interviews, knowing I would be producing both a radio piece and a short film. As an experiment, I did do one audio-only interview in a good quiet space and it sounds terrific. But I don’t have that shot to cut to, which is a disadvantage. If I had to do it again, I would have stuck with the field setup, simply for consistency in the edit. However, it was definitely a tough call and I’d love to speak with other producers creating multi-format work and how they approach this. - -Fun Fact – GoPro Audio - -Most of Paige’s audio is from a GoPro headcam she’s wearing. I certainly did not plan to use the GoPro for audio recording, just thought it would be fun to see the kid’s POV. So I nearly fell out of my chair when I pulled it up weeks later and heard Paige narrating her own private adventure through the space. - -The GoPro comes with 2 “backs”, one waterproof and one that is “open”. This setup utilized the “open” back. The waterproof/closed back significantly muffles the audio. - -We used this GoPro model: HD Hero 3 – Silver Edition with the headstrap mount. - -In addition to the GoPro, audio in the piece came from multiple devices: - -On-board mic on a Sony EX-1 - -Sony PCM-D50 mounted on a Canon 60D - -Lavalier mics - -Boom mic - -This created a few extra steps at the front end in organizing the material, and at the backend with the mix. There are beautiful songbirds in North Wales who made their presence known. I occasionally used their twittering as punctuation. - -Interviews were recorded outside on the playground with a lavalier wireless mic and a boom. - -For more on using and choosing a boom, see Shea Shackelford’s Transom writeup. - -An Accent - -I didn’t expect this to be an issue, and mostly it wasn’t. But depending on the listener, some of my favorite bits of tape just didn’t come through because of the subtle differences in language. For example when one boy in the fire scene, Corey, said urgently (to me, as a matter of fact),”you may want to move from that corner while you’ve still got some time, until you burn…” It was a powerful moment. It demonstrated his competence in the situation and ability to predict certain dangers — not to mention his empathy for me as a newcomer sitting there while the circumstances escalated. But when friends would hear that moment in early drafts of the piece, they’d turn to me, “Wait, what did he say?” I was shocked! I loved that moment! I’d become so accustomed to the voices I’d forgotten what it was like to hear them for the first time. These test-runs were very helpful in grounding me, putting me back to where the listener was coming from; always a humbling process. Which brings us to… - -Reigning myself in - -I’ve been so immersed in this project, it was hard to get past the “bullhorn” phase. The playground history, design theory, anarchist writings about junk playgrounds, engagement with the public debate about so-called “helicopter parenting” etc. etc. — I wanted to cover it all, starting at the very beginning! I had to be reigned in. - -Transom’s Viki Merrick brought me back to earth, kindly reminding early on that “no one in radio talks for 6-minutes straight”… ha! She brilliantly suggested I consider myself, as the narrator, like a ‘playworker’ supporting the audience in understanding the space and its ideas. This was a helpful guide and I hope I succeeded to some degree. - -Also serving as my guide were two other ideas I had from the beginning: - -I wanted the structure to come full circle, to mirror the sort of equilibrium I observed at The Land: construction and destruction, water and fire, earth and metal, laughter and tears. - -It was important that listeners be able to experience an element of suspense in the fire scene without being completely outraged. This meant being thoughtful about when and how to include certain details like the fact that a playworker was present and there was water on hand. - -With these things in mind, I cut and pasted and moved things around endlessly until they seemed to flow in a way that felt natural. - -The piece did endure several (ok, more than several!) incarnations throughout the edit. It was long, it was short, I added writing, took it away, it went cross-eyed then back again. But I was able to get from the chaos of draft 1 to the final version with the help of trusted test listeners. I confess that it is physically painful to share failing versions of a beloved story with people you admire and respect. But by doing so I could feel in the air what was working and what wasn’t. The temperature of a room is as valuable as any thoughtful feedback, isn’t it…it takes a village. - -Enjoying this feature? Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -FAQ - -Do kids get hurt? - -The Land gratefully reports no major injuries. They do encounter the scrapes and bruises commonly endured in childhood, which are documented in a log by the staff if they occur on site. - -A more common story is the one Claire, The Land’s manager, shared with me recently. A child said, “I come to The Land and I do all this stuff, I don’t hurt myself — I went home and cut my finger on a potato peeler.” - -Is there anything like it in America? - -The Land is a unique space. However, in the US there are opportunities for different kinds of adventure play at The Anarchy Zone in Ithaca, NY, The Tiny WPA in Philadelphia, the Berkeley Adventure Playground & a Pop Up Adventure Play just about anywhere you’d like. If you know of others, please email me! - -I went to The Land because I was interested in, what I would call, their purist approach to a junk-style adventure play environment. It is a space that constantly evolves alongside the children who play within it. For example, the fort where the fire took place in this piece has since been dismantled. - -A note about fire - -There are not many rules at the playground. However, children can only burn paper, wood or cardboard. No plastic or other materials. This is strictly enforced, without exception. - -Playworkers are in possession of the lighters and “fire making” tools. Children ask to use them, and because the answer is usually “yes” children don’t worry about losing access and routinely return the lighters after the fire play ends. Also, there is a protocol of contacting the fire department to announce a fire in the event that concerned neighbors or passers-by see smoke and report it. This insures that community rescue resources are not used unnecessarily. - -Fire can be destructive and scary and no one at The Land would deny this. It is also a natural, or at least widely common, interest for children. Because of this, the staff believe it is an important element to provide with the proper precautions. And I agree. - -Intrigued? - -Adventure play can happen anywhere at any time. Matches are not required. Download the accessible Playwork Primer. - -Thank you - -Jay Allison, Viki Merrick, Samantha Broun, Syd Lewis, Barrett Golding. Claire Griffiths, David Bullough, Arthur Battram, Natalie Sear, Luke Sutton, Nicola Milburn, Penny Wilson, and the children at The Land and families of Plas Madoc. Jamie McCallum, Erica Burkhart, Steve Bognar, Julia Reichert, Erick Stoll, Liz Cambron, Lauren Ober, Morgan Leichter-Saxby, Lela Klein & Bobby Holt. - -Related Links - -Related Videos - -Paige tries the rope swing for the first time: - -http://vimeo.com/69941268 - -From the archive — Junk playgrounds are not a new idea. Though the language is certainly dated, Lady Allen of Hurtwood explains the purpose of adventure play with clarity, and without apology: - -Support for this work provided by the The Transom Donor Fund - -",1731883717,c00d35bf2d,13f401aeed,,,1731883717 -https://www.techrepublic.com/article/eu-venture-capital-deep-tech-investment/,https://www.techrepublic.com/rssfeeds/topic/tech-industry/,EU Partners With Venture Capital Firms to Boost Tech Investment,"The European Union has announced that it is teaming up with 71 investors that will co-invest in innovative tech projects in the region. Together, the venture capital funds, public investment banks, foundations, and corporate venture funds represent over €90 billion of assets. - -The so-called “Trusted Investors Network” was launched on Monday to help finance “high-risk deep tech companies that have a great potential, but often struggle on the European market to find the right investors.” - -Union investment comes from the European Innovation Council Fund, which was established to support start-ups that have the potential to be scaled in “unicorns” — companies with a valuation exceeding €1 billion. So far, it has invested nearly €1 billion in 251 companies, and attracted over €4 billion of co-investments. - -SEE: European investment shows a surge in data startups - -Members of the Trusted Investor Network will strengthen the EIC’s co-investments so companies in critical technologies can access the capital they need to compete on a global scale. They all signed the Trusted Investors Network Charter, which outlines the group’s values and investment best practices. - -The launch occurred at the EIC Scaling Summit in Athens, where 72 new tech startups also joined the EIC Scaling Club. The E.U. aims to scale 20% of Scaling Club members into unicorns, and so far they have collectively raised over €73 million. - -Then, on Tuesday, the Commission announced new plans to enhance the European Research Area, a policy framework that promotes unified research collaboration in the region. The Communication focuses on increasing investment, improving research quality, and translating scientific advancements into economic benefits. - -Ultimately, the E.U. is trying to prove its dedication to bridging the funding gap necessary to grow its tech sector to compete with the U.S. and China. A Google report published in October found that Europe spends only 2% of its GDP on tech research. In comparison, the U.S. spends 3%, and South Korea and Israel spend over 5%. - -Furthermore, in July, venture capital funding reached a two-year high in the U.S., largely thanks to AI companies CoreWeave and xAI. - -EU receives criticism for falling behind on developing cutting-edge technologies - -Just this week, Wolfgang Ischinger, the former German Ambassador to the U.S., said that the technological gap between the E.U. and other global superpowers is “the single biggest long-term challenge” to the continent’s security, as per Politico. - -Plus, earlier this month, former European Central Bank President and economist Mario Draghi said in a report that the bloc’s lack of innovation has led to the U.S.’s GDP dwarfing the E.U.’s by $9 trillion in 2023. - -Despite the top three R&I investors in Europe being in tech, “we are failing to translate innovation into commercialisation,” he said, pushing entrepreneurs to the States. Currently, only four of the world’s top 50 tech companies are European. - -“By joining forces with venture capital, we are responding to the urgent challenges laid out in the Draghi report that call for bold action to ensure Europe’s competitiveness in critical technologies,” said Iliana Ivanova, European Commissioner for Innovation, Research, Culture, Education and Youth, in a press release. - -Europe specifically lags in AI innovation. The region only filed 2% of global AI patents in 2022, while China and the U.S., the top two largest producers, filed 61% and 21%, respectively. The Google researchers also found Europe performs badly in AI talent, research, development, and commercial uptake. - -SEE: UK Government Scraps £1.3bn Earmarked for AI and Tech Innovation - -“Present gaps indicate that the EU risks falling behind the next wave of AI and needs to ramp up its efforts to remain competitive,” they wrote. Among other recommendations, the report suggested that Europe invests in AI research to make it more accessible. - -Regulations could be holding the EU back - -Both the Google and Draghi reports placed significant blame on E.U. legislation for the region’s struggles to innovate in advanced technologies. - -“Innovative companies that want to scale up in Europe are hindered at every stage by inconsistent and restrictive regulations,” Draghi wrote. - -He added that inconsistent regulations across E.U. member states limit cross-border operations and hampers innovation by preventing companies from scaling up. - -“Since 2019, the EU has introduced over 100 pieces of legislation that impact the digital economy and society. It’s not just the sheer number of regulations that’s the challenge — it’s the complexity,” said Matt Brittin, president of Google EMEA, in a blog post. - -But legislation, like the E.U.’s AI Act and Digital Markets Act, can hinder large tech companies like Google just as they do start-ups, which has led them to be open with their criticism. Indeed, the bloc represents a huge market, with 448 million people, but regulations have deterred tech giants from launching their latest AI products in the region. - -For instance, Google’s Bard chatbot was released in Europe four months after its U.S. and U.K. launch, following privacy concerns raised by the Irish Data Protection Commission. Similar regulatory pushback is believed to have delayed the arrival of its second iteration, Gemini, in the region.",1731883620,8206f16590,13d8d5a495,,,1731883620 -https://abcnews.go.com/Politics/wireStory/house-elections-produced-stalemate-republicans-figure-work-thin-115925113,https://abcnews.go.com/abcnews/politicsheadlines,House elections produced a stalemate. Can Republicans figure out how to work with a thin majority?,"After one of the most chaotic and least productive U.S. House sessions in modern history, voters made a surprising choice in elections — they overwhelmingly stuck with the status quo - -WASHINGTON -- After one of the most chaotic and least productive sessions in modern history, voters made a surprising choice in elections for the U.S. House -- they overwhelmingly stuck with the status quo. - -House Republicans will hold onto a thin majority, and while the chamber's exact partisan divide is still to be determined as votes are tallied in a handful of states, the results of 435 House races nationwide have produced hardly any change to the makeup of the chamber. - -In fact, it's more like a stalemate: Republicans and Democrats have each flipped seven seats, while just eight incumbents nationwide have lost their races. - -The results show just how entrenched the political dynamics have become in a legislative chamber that is meant to closely reflect the will of the people. Neither Donald Trump's sweep of swing states nor a record of two years marked by infighting among GOP House members seemed to weigh much on House election results. Instead, the contest for control of the chamber boiled down to just a couple dozen politically divided districts and fewer truly close races even as House candidates nationwide spent a combined $1.5 billion, according to Open Secrets, which tracks political spending. - -House Democratic Leader Hakeem Jeffries called it “bitterly disappointing” to see his party's bid to retake the House fall short by just a few seats. But he also made sure to note, “Notwithstanding the adverse political environment that happened with a Trump wave sweeping every single battleground state in America, Democrats will actually have increased the number of seats in the new Congress.” - -Still, that hasn't stopped Republican leaders from taking a victory lap and talking of a mandate to implement a conservative agenda. - -“On Election Day, Americans sent a clear message to reject the consequences of Democratic control,” said Rep. Richard Hudson, the chair of the GOP's House campaign committee, adding, “That's why voters delivered House Republicans a majority and sent Donald Trump to the White House in a landslide.” - -Trump is on track to win the popular vote for the first time, but it will likely be a narrow victory once all ballots are counted, reflecting how politically deadlocked the country has become. In the House, the margins will also be close, particularly after Trump chose several House Republicans for roles in his administration. - -“Every single vote will count,” said House Speaker Mike Johnson. “Because if someone gets ill, or has a car accident or a late flight on their plane, then it affects the votes on the floor.” - -Johnson's party held onto the majority largely thanks to two seats the party flipped in Pennsylvania, as well as three more that were redistricted by the GOP-controlled North Carolina General Assembly to favor their party. - -Democrats, meanwhile, did best in New York — Jeffries' home state — where they flipped three seats. They also picked up two redistricted seats, in Louisiana and Alabama, that were ordered by courts to ensure fair representation for Black voters. - -But as the congressional map becomes clear after the latest redistricting cycle following the 2020 census, some democracy advocates are concerned about the small number of House districts that are in play. - -While Republicans for years won more congressional seats than expected through gerrymandered districts, Democrats have battled back by shaping districts to their advantage and essentially evened out the playing field. - -“The consequences are that the people’s House barely reflects the will of the people. Voters have very little possibility to shift the balance of power in the House even when their moods change,” said David Peters, who has written about gerrymandering and is a senior fellow at FairVote, an organization that advocates for voting reforms. - -FairVote estimates that 85% of House seats are now safe for one party — the highest percentage it has tracked in two decades. Political polarization also plays a role in that trend, and Peters said it has resulted in a dynamic where House members are less likely to work across the aisle and are more worried about facing a primary opponent who criticizes them for not being partisan enough. - -Several of the incumbents who lost reelection, such as Democratic Rep. Yadira Caraveo of Colorado or Republican Rep. Marc Molinaro of New York, were some of the most willing to work on bipartisan legislation. - -But now that Republicans hold the House, Senate and White House, there is little talk of working with Democrats. Instead, they hope to use a special budget process to implement partisan legislation aimed at extending tax breaks, bolstering immigration enforcement at the southern border and dismantling federal regulations. - -To do that, they will also have to overcome the infighting that has hampered them the last two years — and cracks are already showing in their unity. - -In an internal vote this week, Johnson received his party's nomination to remain speaker when the new Congress starts Jan. 3. But lawmakers are still haggling over whether to keep in place rules that allowed a small group of conservatives to trigger the ouster of Johnson's predecessor, former Speaker Kevin McCarthy. - -With a razor-thin majority, almost any Republican can block legislation from moving forward, as the conservative bloc has done periodically. - -“As usual, it’s going to be very difficult for Congress to get anything done,” said Rob Speel, a political science professor at Penn State Behrend.",1731883656,948678c443,13c24aa6cd,,,1731883656 -https://spectrum.ieee.org/ai-chip-design-matlab,https://spectrum.ieee.org/rss/fulltext,How AI Will Change Chip Design,"The end of Moore’s Law is looming. Engineers and designers can do only so much to miniaturize transistors and pack as many of them as possible into chips. So they’re turning to other approaches to chip design, incorporating technologies like AI into the process. - -Samsung, for instance, is adding AI to its memory chips to enable processing in memory, thereby saving energy and speeding up machine learning. Speaking of speed, Google’s TPU V4 AI chip has doubled its processing power compared with that of its previous version. - -But AI holds still more promise and potential for the semiconductor industry. To better understand how AI is set to revolutionize chip design, we spoke with Heather Gorr, senior product manager for MathWorks’ MATLAB platform. - -How is AI currently being used to design the next generation of chips? - -Heather Gorr: AI is such an important technology because it’s involved in most parts of the cycle, including the design and manufacturing process. There’s a lot of important applications here, even in the general process engineering where we want to optimize things. I think defect detection is a big one at all phases of the process, especially in manufacturing. But even thinking ahead in the design process, [AI now plays a significant role] when you’re designing the light and the sensors and all the different components. There’s a lot of anomaly detection and fault mitigation that you really want to consider. - -Heather Gorr MathWorks - -Then, thinking about the logistical modeling that you see in any industry, there is always planned downtime that you want to mitigate; but you also end up having unplanned downtime. So, looking back at that historical data of when you’ve had those moments where maybe it took a bit longer than expected to manufacture something, you can take a look at all of that data and use AI to try to identify the proximate cause or to see something that might jump out even in the processing and design phases. We think of AI oftentimes as a predictive tool, or as a robot doing something, but a lot of times you get a lot of insight from the data through AI. - -What are the benefits of using AI for chip design? - -Gorr: Historically, we’ve seen a lot of physics-based modeling, which is a very intensive process. We want to do a reduced order model, where instead of solving such a computationally expensive and extensive model, we can do something a little cheaper. You could create a surrogate model, so to speak, of that physics-based model, use the data, and then do your parameter sweeps, your optimizations, your Monte Carlo simulations using the surrogate model. That takes a lot less time computationally than solving the physics-based equations directly. So, we’re seeing that benefit in many ways, including the efficiency and economy that are the results of iterating quickly on the experiments and the simulations that will really help in the design. - -So it’s like having a digital twin in a sense? - -Gorr: Exactly. That’s pretty much what people are doing, where you have the physical system model and the experimental data. Then, in conjunction, you have this other model that you could tweak and tune and try different parameters and experiments that let sweep through all of those different situations and come up with a better design in the end. - -So, it’s going to be more efficient and, as you said, cheaper? - -Gorr: Yeah, definitely. Especially in the experimentation and design phases, where you’re trying different things. That’s obviously going to yield dramatic cost savings if you’re actually manufacturing and producing [the chips]. You want to simulate, test, experiment as much as possible without making something using the actual process engineering. - -We’ve talked about the benefits. How about the drawbacks? - -Gorr: The [AI-based experimental models] tend to not be as accurate as physics-based models. Of course, that’s why you do many simulations and parameter sweeps. But that’s also the benefit of having that digital twin, where you can keep that in mind—it’s not going to be as accurate as that precise model that we’ve developed over the years. - -Both chip design and manufacturing are system intensive; you have to consider every little part. And that can be really challenging. It’s a case where you might have models to predict something and different parts of it, but you still need to bring it all together. - -One of the other things to think about too is that you need the data to build the models. You have to incorporate data from all sorts of different sensors and different sorts of teams, and so that heightens the challenge. - -How can engineers use AI to better prepare and extract insights from hardware or sensor data? - -Gorr: We always think about using AI to predict something or do some robot task, but you can use AI to come up with patterns and pick out things you might not have noticed before on your own. People will use AI when they have high-frequency data coming from many different sensors, and a lot of times it’s useful to explore the frequency domain and things like data synchronization or resampling. Those can be really challenging if you’re not sure where to start. - -One of the things I would say is, use the tools that are available. There’s a vast community of people working on these things, and you can find lots of examples [of applications and techniques] on GitHub or MATLAB Central, where people have shared nice examples, even little apps they’ve created. I think many of us are buried in data and just not sure what to do with it, so definitely take advantage of what’s already out there in the community. You can explore and see what makes sense to you, and bring in that balance of domain knowledge and the insight you get from the tools and AI. - -What should engineers and designers consider when using AI for chip design? - -Gorr: Think through what problems you’re trying to solve or what insights you might hope to find, and try to be clear about that. Consider all of the different components, and document and test each of those different parts. Consider all of the people involved, and explain and hand off in a way that is sensible for the whole team. - -How do you think AI will affect chip designers’ jobs? - -Gorr: It’s going to free up a lot of human capital for more advanced tasks. We can use AI to reduce waste, to optimize the materials, to optimize the design, but then you still have that human involved whenever it comes to decision-making. I think it’s a great example of people and technology working hand in hand. It’s also an industry where all people involved—even on the manufacturing floor—need to have some level of understanding of what’s happening, so this is a great industry for advancing AI because of how we test things and how we think about them before we put them on the chip. - -How do you envision the future of AI and chip design? - -Gorr: It’s very much dependent on that human element—involving people in the process and having that interpretable model. We can do many things with the mathematical minutiae of modeling, but it comes down to how people are using it, how everybody in the process is understanding and applying it. Communication and involvement of people of all skill levels in the process are going to be really important. We’re going to see less of those superprecise predictions and more transparency of information, sharing, and that digital twin—not only using AI but also using our human knowledge and all of the work that many people have done over the years.",1731883669,5887b2bb51,130f692b6a,,,1731883669 -https://techtransfercentral.com/2024/09/03/stanford-bio-x-seed-grant-leads-to-breakthrough-for-skin-cancer-diagnosis/,https://techtransfercentral.com/feed/,TechPipeline,"This is an excerpt from an article in the October issue of TechEngage. - -Green and clean technologies have garnered a lot of interest from both researchers and investors in the past two decades. Investment in these technologies has grown steadily, reaching $1.77 trillion in 2023, a 17% increase over 2022 according to BloombergNEF. That sounds like good news for universities with ongoing research and projects in the green/clean tech space, but not every green/clean tech project is marketable in a way that attracts licensees. Differences in timeline expectations, commercial potential, and even leadership qualities can keep companies from looking closely at technologies that may well solve important problems but don’t offer enough commercial upside. - -Before reaching out, it’s important to understand what makes a green or clean technology or start-up investible to companies and venture capitalists. - -Team First - -Many investors evaluate the team behind the technology as much as they evaluate the technology itself. - -“Team is first, always,” says Manny Stockman, a partner in Osage University Partners, a venture capital firm that works with universities. “You’ll hear that from every venture capitalist you ever talk to.” - -Taking an idea from inception to a marketable product or service requires people who understand the market and how to talk to investors, and those are skills that are not always in the wheelhouse of a researcher or inventor. Gathering a team of people who can fill in the gaps of any missing relational and business skills is key to attracting support.",1731883678,bb9e812a9f,1371c1be8d,,,1731883678 -https://www.ufc.com/news/david-onama-wild-week-big-opportunity-ufc-309-jones-vs-miocic,https://www.ufc.com/rss/news,"David Onama: A Wild Week, A Big Opportunity","“It’s been a tough week,” Onama said with a smile from his hotel room on Wednesday, just a couple days before he’ll share the Octagon with newcomer Roberto Romero in what promises to be an action-packed matchup on Saturday’s preliminary card at Madison Square Garden. “When Lucas Almeida pulled out, my coach was like, ‘Let’s stay ready, keep doing what you’ve been doing.’ So I listened to my coach, and kept doing what I’d been doing without an opponent. I still wanted to do my job, and I knew my manager Jason House was gonna find me a new opponent. - -“I did what I had to do to stay ready for this fight.” - -Saturday's Full Fight Card Preview - -After touching down in the Empire State and going through the usual routine upon arriving at the host hotel during Fight Week, Onama and his team received word that Romero had been tabbed to replace Almeida, meaning the business trip to NYC this week still came with an important business meeting at the end. - -A member of Team Oyama, the 24-year-old newcomer has won seven of his last nine appearances, going 7-1-1 during that stretch after opening his professional career with a 1-2 mark. He’s improved each time out, growing as he’s gained more experience, having most recently registered a first-round submission win over Japanese veteran Takahiro Ashida back in July.",1731883672,2c774cd014,13dc64d8b9,,,1731883672 -https://esportsedition.com/path-of-exile/path-of-exile-molten-strike-juggernaut/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Path of Exile Molten Strike Juggernaut Guide,"Before we jump in, you should know that this guide is going to be focused around one of the strongest builds in Path of Exile right now. The purpose of the Path of Exile Molten Strike Juggernaut build is to push low Delves and have a very smooth experience leveling to 100. This build is not cheap, although you can start it on a budget of around 10 exalts. We will go over the parts that are necessary, but if you’re looking for a starter guide, this simply isn’t the place to be. - -However, if you’re looking for an end-game currency sink, you’ve found a strong one. Let’s give some credit to the build’s original creator: MrsDeath. This is the perfect build to play in the best league so far. Now, let’s take a look! - -Build Concept - -This build is based around two Nebuloch maces. Nebulochs are weapons dropped by Elder, and they are based around endurance charges. For each endurance charge you have, Nebuloch gives you more damage and resistances. However, it also deals damage to you. The idea of this build is to build as many endurance charges as possible, and get enough life regeneration so that you aren’t degenerating from the Nebulochs. As long as you can manage that, which isn’t particularly hard, then most of your remaining stats can be focused around survivability since the Nebulochs will provide most of the damage. - -The second key part of this build is a Watcher’s Eye that reads: “Life gained for each enemy hit while affected by Vitality.” Because there are so many projectiles from the Molten Strike, it can easily heal you back to full health with one or two attacks, and you can attack 5+ times per second. - -Core and Starter Items - -There are a few core items for this build, but only three of them are particularly pricey. The Watcher’s Eye (mentioned above) is vital. You will also need to get a helmet with the labyrinth enchant “Molten Strike fires 2 additional projectiles.” There are a couple ways you can buy this, which I will explain. These are the only two necessary items in the build that cost more than 100 chaos. - -The last expensive and necessary item is a Dying Sun flask. Make sure you get one that does NOT have ‘increased charges’ on it. Find one that is neutral or reduced so that you can use it twice. Everything else can be expensive, but you can work towards it with the build itself. - -You will obviously need two Nebuloch maces, and you should get two Kaom’s rings. You will want Kaom’s Way, since they give regeneration, but if you cannot afford them then start off with Kaom’s Sign. Ways are only about 50 chaos, give or take, and should be one of your first upgrades due to their quality of life. - -You will also need a Wildfire unique Jewel, but you are given one in Act Five for free. Your boots should be Kaom’s Roots (don’t worry too much about the rolls). Your gloves should be Tombfists, but if you need to use rare gloves at first to cover resists, that’s fine. Your amulet should be a Xoph’s Heart eventually, but when you start out you can use a rare amulet with some elemental damage. Make sure to take Avatar of Fire on the tree, since we path right past it. Xoph’s should be your first big upgrade, as it gives a huge bonus to this build. - -Your body should be a Loreweave with 80% resistances. You’ll obviously want a 6 link, but if you can’t afford one a 5 link will be fine to start off with. This will cost you around 80 chaos at current prices. You’ll notice that we’ve listed most of your items, and they don’t have a lot of resists. You’ll fill out most of your resists through jewels on the tree, as well as your belt. - -For your flasks you’ll want the aforementioned Dying Sun, a Wise Oak, a Blood of the Karui, and a Silver and Quicksilver to round things out. Make sure you have curse removal on the Silver flask. Try your hardest to make your Lightning and Cold resistances equal for the Wise Oak. - -Helmet - -For your helmet you’ll need to get one with the two extra Molten Strike projectiles, as mentioned. There are three ways to go about this, and all three use rare items. You can either buy one that is fully crafted, buy one and craft it yourself, or buy a low cost mirrored one. People mirror their decent helmets with the Bestiary recipe, which allows you to buy one with decent rolls for a lower price. Note that you will be unable to change it any way, including socket colors. This is fine for a starter item, but you’ll likely have to replace it later. - -I bought a good base and crafted it myself. There is one modifier in particular that you are looking for, which is “Nearby enemies have -9% to Fire Resistance.” In order to craft this you’ll need to use a Scorched Fossil. Since we’re using fossils anyway, I suggest using a Pristine Fossil as well, which will allow you to roll the decent life rolls. - -Basically, you want a high life roll and the -9% roll, and hopefully at least one resistance as well. This is mine. It took me around 5–6 rolls, and I have made a few others in similar numbers. - -Gem Links - -Below are the gem links you’ll need for the Molten Strike Juggernaut build, with short explanations after each one. - -Body: Molten Strike – Ancestral Call – Elemental Damage with Attacks – Elemental Focus – Multistrike – Fire Penetration - -Your damage setup, in order of importance, in case you have a five link. - -Helmet: Cast When Damage Taken – Ball Lightning – Greater Multiple Projectiles – Combustion - -This is a huge defensive setup. We don’t use Enduring Call since it removes endurance charges. Instead, it will shoot out balls that hit quite often, and send your life flying back up while gaining life on-hit bonuses. Combustion simply allows for more damage to be dealt afterwards. - -3 link: Leap Slam – Faster Attacks – Fortify - -3 link: Vitality – Herald of Ash – Enlighten (level 3) - -Last 3 gems, no link necessary: Blood Rage, Enduring Cry, Herald of Purity. - -These are all fairly self-evident. Enduring Cry is necessary to start off deep delves or hard maps, since getting hit to start generating charges is scary. The heralds are increased damage, as well as bodies from Purity, although you can replace Purity with Arctic Armour if you feel it’s necessary. - -Big Upgrades - -Once you have a 6 link Loreweave, Xoph’s Blood, two Kaom’s Ways, and a well rolled helmet, there are a few big upgrades remaining. First and foremost, replace your Kaom’s Roots with a Kaom’s Roots with the +1 to Maximum Endurance Charges corruption. This will set you back, especially if you get one with a good life roll. - -Second, get a Nebuloch with chance to Fortify on Melee hit. This allows you to easily keep Fortify up, which will provide a huge defensive boost. - -Lastly, get Tombfists with either Curse Enemies with Elemental Weakness on hit, or Curse enemies with Enfeeble on hit. I think Elemental Weakness is better. Since you need three links you won’t be getting one with two abyssal sockets, meaning it will be expensive, but not prohibitively. - -Also replace your Wildfire with a Wildfire that has “Corrupted Blood cannot be inflicted on you” for a small quality of life bonus. - -Deep Delving - -The reason this character is so incredible is its ability to delve so deep and survive. Personally, I’m about to break depth 500 without even breaking a sweat. Check out this node that I recently did: - -This node has literally every single damage mod possible, and I was able to complete it in a single go at level 97. This build is crazy-strong defensively. There is, however, one thing you should change for deep delves: remove your Silver and Quicksilver flasks and replace them with a Topaz and Sapphire flask. They should have Curse and Shock removal on them. If you can make all three of your resistances equal, that will help as well. These things combined will boost your elemental resistances significantly, and remove the danger that shock presents. - -Conclusion - -This is the build that I’m running for Betrayal, and I love it. I’ve been gravitating towards more defensive builds lately, and pushing for 100 has become one of my favorite things to do. - -This build has it all: more defenses than any build I’ve played before, high damage, and the clear speed isn’t terrible. It also can be run on a decently low budget (10 exalts, give or take), but has a ceiling of 50-100 exalts, which allows for a ton of improvements as you go. I love this build, and I plan to make it my sixth level 100 character!",1731883741,76f59da961,13af7ebfdf,,,1731883741 -https://www.npr.org/2022/12/07/1141220705/gouda-cheese-holland-netherlands-supply-chain,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Gouda, cheese racks, and a supply chain problem : Planet Money : NPR","The case of the missing cheese racks - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Amanda Aronczyk/NPR Amanda Aronczyk/NPR - -Back in July, we got an email from a man named Jelle Peterse. Jelle lives in the Netherlands, and he's got a job in a very Dutch industry. Jelle's company distributes cheese to buyers worldwide. The Netherlands is actually the second largest exporter of cheese in the world, after Germany. Cheeses like Gouda, Edam, Old Amsterdam - last year, the country made more than two billion pounds of cheese, more than half of which was Gouda. - -Sponsor Message - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Amanda Aronczyk/NPR Amanda Aronczyk/NPR - -The cheese business in the Netherlands is big, old, and everyone knows each other. Jelle explains that family connections sometimes date back hundreds of years; the Dutch cheese business is steeped in tradition. There's even a clandestine cheese guild with secretive ceremonies and arcane practices (okay, not really - they have a website.) - -But Jelle isn't in the cheese guild - he's fairly new to all this. And that has made it challenging to deal with a problem he was hired to fix. He's a supply chain expert, he's responsible for thinking about how to move his company's cheese around. One of his most valuable assets is the cheese rack: metal shelving with wood planks specifically made for transporting entire wheels of cheese. - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Amanda Aronczyk/NPR Amanda Aronczyk/NPR - -Jelle says that these are custom-built. Each one costs nearly 500 dollars. And Jelle has a problem with his cheese racks. Once the cheese is sold, the racks are supposed to be returned to him. But out of the 2000 or so racks his company owns, he can only account for a couple dozen. Even in this friendly industry, Jelle's customers are just not returning the racks. So, he emailed Planet Money to see if we could help him solve a cheese rack mystery. - -NPR's Chef Janis McLean recommends pairing this episode with an aged Gouda, such as a Beemster. For wines, a full-bodied red such as a cabernet franc or pinot noir would go nicely. If you prefer a younger Gouda, you might pair it with a grenache or chardonnay, or perhaps a white wine such as a riesling. Cheers! - -Music: ""All Mouth and No Trouser,"" ""Barney's Bagels,"" ""Heavyweight,"" and ""Strolling In The Snow."" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884656,8181d7a585,140b6b3493,,,1731884656 -https://www.investopedia.com/articles/markets/081315/3-social-media-networks-facebook.asp,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_articles&term=financial%20education,3 Social Media Networks Before Facebook,"Before Facebook (FB) became popular, there were a number of social networking sites that captured the attention of users, at least for a time. Lack of strategic planning, poor timing, or just plain bad luck contributed to the failure of these social media sites to achieve staying power. Three, in particular, remain in memory as fantastic upstarts that existed before Facebook came along and swept them all away as the dominant player in social media. In this article, we'll discuss what made Friendster, Myspace, and Second Life popular, and what eventually happened to each site. - -Key Takeaways Before Facebook became a dominant social media site, a variety of social networking sites briefly captured the public's attention. - -In 2003, Friendster was a premier social media site that at one time had three million monthly active users. - -Music-oriented social networking site, Myspace, was acquired by Rupert Murdoch's News Corp in 2005 in a deal valued at $580 million, one of the biggest purchases of an Internet company at the time. - -In 2008, Facebook overtook Myspace in popularity; News Corp sold Myspace in 2011 to Specific Media Group and Justin Timberlake for $35 million. - -Friendster - -At one point, Friendster was considered the premier social media site. Within just a few months of its launch, the company had more than three million monthly active users. In 2003, Friendster's founder, Jonathan Abrams, was offered $30 million by Google to purchase the site. Instead, Abrams chose to take on venture capital investment and try to grow the company. - -The company ended up falling apart. It was unable to manage the pace of new subscribers. Web pages routinely didn't load on time or at all. And a site redesign didn't seem worth bothering about. - -Friendster pretty much died in 2006, though with a strong following in some of the Asian markets it managed to survive a few more years. In 2011, it resurrected as a gaming site and remained live until 2015. - -Research published by Cornell University says the main reason for Friendster's demise is that even though the site had millions of users in 2009, the links were not resilient enough between the networks people created to sustain their connection. - -MySpace - -MySpace burst onto the scene in 2003 when co-founders Tom Anderson and Chris DeWolfe and their friends—who were all employed by eUniverse (later Intermix Media, Inc.)—essentially copied Friendster's model but left out the features they didn't like or feel were necessary. MySpace focused on sound infrastructure and scalability. It became a place for users to build a personal community and house personal profiles, blogs, groups, photos, music, and videos. - -In 2005, Rupert Murdoch's News Corp bought Intermix Media, which owned MySpace, for $580 million. By that time, the social network had more than 20 million monthly users. At one point under News Corp, the website was valued at a whopping $12 billion. - -But, post-2007, Myspace experienced a fall from grace in the social media space, losing millions of users monthly to the rising site Facebook. Some reasons that have been discussed widely were an oversaturation of advertising, slow load times, and a loss of innovation where features were concerned. - -News Corp sold MySpace to Specific Media Group for $35 million. Notably, entertainer Justin Timberlake took an ownership stake in the company. The new MySpace was focused on music where users could access millions of musical tracks and videos. MySpace still exists today. Time, Inc. bought it from Viant (formerly Specific Media) in 2016. - -Second Life - -While not a traditional social media networking site, Second Life was at one point, one of the most popular ways to meet and interact with friends on the Internet. The website launched in 2003 by Linden Lab as a virtual world based on 3D modeling. The site aimed to empower users with the ability to interact with other people virtually, participate in jobs, and engage in other activities online through the use of an avatar. - -While the business model was different enough from Facebook that it never became a true direct competitor, Second Life became so popular at one point that people began to make legitimate livings through their avatars and tapping into the Second Life economy. Some Second Life users even felt more at home with their virtual avatars than they did in the real world. - -By 2013, Second Life had one million regular users. Similar to Friendster, Second Life's rapid growth in users caused the company to struggle with the stability of its infrastructure. In addition, the company was forced to comply with international laws that tried to regulate the money and activities that users were exchanging through the website. Security issues arose as well as a host of other problems, including pornography, intellectual property disputes, and fraud. - -These factors, coupled with the high growth and user adoption of Facebook, caused Second Life to falter and lose users month over month. Second Life remains operational by Linden Lab.",1731883627,279fc3a863,13e28890d5,,,1731883627 -https://www.npr.org/2023/01/18/1149870147/long-haul-trucking-drivers-debt,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How the trucking business gives drivers a truckload of debt : Planet Money : NPR,"Big Rigged (Classic) - -Enlarge this image Education Images/Universal Images Group via Getty Education Images/Universal Images Group via Getty - -(Note: This episode originally ran in 2020.) - -For a long time, being a long haul trucker was a path to a middle class life. But in the last few decades, the trucking business has transformed. It's gotten faster. And cheaper. And...way harder on its workers. - -Today on the show — a story about the open road, the chance to be your own boss, and a truckload of debt. - -This show was originally produced by Liza Yeager and Autumn Barnes and edited by Bryan Urstadt. The rerun was produced by Willa Rubin and Dylan Sloan, fact-checked by Sierra Juarez and engineered by Katherine Silva. - -Music: ""Mr. Graves,"" ""Inner Desert Blues"" and Van Go."" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884652,8181d7a585,1406c037fd,,,1731884652 -https://securityintelligence.com/articles/spyagent-malware-targets-crypto-wallets-stealing-screenshots/,https://securityintelligence.com/feed/,SpyAgent malware targets crypto wallets by stealing screenshots,"A new Android malware strain known as SpyAgent is making the rounds — and stealing screenshots as it goes. Using optical character recognition (OCR) technology, the malware is after cryptocurrency recovery phrases often stored in screenshots on user devices. - -Here’s how to dodge the bullet. - -Attackers shooting their (screen) shot - -Attacks start — as always — with phishing efforts. Users receive text messages prompting them to download seemingly legitimate apps. If they take the bait and install the app, the SpyAgent malware gets to work. - -Its target? Screenshots of the 12-24-word recovery phrases used for cryptocurrency wallets. Since these phrases are too long to easily remember, users often take screenshots for future reference. If attackers compromise these screen captures, they can recover crypto wallets to the device of their choosing, allowing them to steal all the digital currency they contain. And once funds are gone, they’re gone — the nature of cryptocurrency protocols means that when transactions are completed, they can’t be reversed. If money is sent to the wrong address, senders must ask recipients to create and complete a return transaction. - -If users screenshot their recovery phrase and have it stolen by SpyAgent, attackers need only recover the wallet and transfer funds to the destination of their choice. - -The malware has been making the rounds in South Korea, with more than 280 APKs affected, according to Coin Telegraph. These applications are distributed outside the official Google Play store, often using SMS messages or social media posts to capture user interest. Some of the infected apps mimic South Korean or UK government services, while others appear to be dating or adult content applications. - -There are also indications that attackers may be preparing to expand into the United Kingdom, which could, in turn, lead to more widespread compromise. And while the malware is currently Android-only, there are signs that an iOS version may be in development. - -Beyond cryptocurrency: Potential risks of sneaky screenshot steals - -While cryptocurrency recovery phrases are the top priority for SpyAgent, using OCR tech means that any picture is up for grabs. For example, if business devices have screenshots of usernames and passwords for databases or analytics tools, company assets could be at risk. Consider a manager with access to multiple secure services, each requiring a unique password to help reduce compromise risk. In an effort to keep passwords safe but still have them available on-demand, our well-meaning manager makes a list and takes a screenshot of their different credential combinations. Because they believe their device is secure, the company is using solutions such as multi-factor authentication (MFA) and secure single sign-on (SSO), and they don’t see their screenshot as a risk. - -If hackers convince them to click through and download infected applications, however, attackers can view and steal saved image data and then use this data to “legitimately” gain account access. - -Another potential risk comes from personal data. Users may have screenshots of personal health or financial data, which puts them at risk of data exfiltration and identity fraud. They might also have confidential contact details for business partners or executives, opening the door to another round of phishing attacks. - -This picture-based approach to compromise creates two problems for security teams. First is the time required for detection. It takes businesses 258 days on average to detect and contain an incident, as noted by the IBM 2024 Cost of a Data Breach Report. But this number only applies if security is firing on all cylinders. If mobile devices are compromised by user actions, and the malware’s sole purpose is to find and steal screenshots, the issue could go unnoticed for far longer, especially if attackers bide their time. - -Once criminals make the move to strike, meanwhile, the damage may be significant. Using stolen credentials, attackers can gain access to critical services and lockout account owners. From there, they can capture and exfiltrate data across a host of IT systems and services. While this direct action will alert IT teams, security response is naturally reactionary, meaning companies can’t avoid the attack; they mitigate the damage. - -Dodging the bullet - -The message here is simple: If it’s on your phone, it’s never entirely safe. Screenshots of crypto recovery passwords, corporate logins and passwords or personal data such as Social Security numbers or bank account details are valuable targets for attackers. - -Dodging the bullet also means not taking the bait — don’t respond to unsolicited texts and only download apps through approved app stores. It also means taking precautions. The always-connected nature of devices means that complete safety is an illusion. The less stored on a device, the better. - -Users can keep devices safe by sticking to the official Google Play Store. Applications downloaded outside of the Play Store come with no guarantees about their safety or security. Some are benign apps that haven’t passed Google’s screening process. Others are near-duplicates of official applications that contain hidden files or commands. And some are simply vehicles to install malware and connect with command and control (C2) servers. - -In addition, companies can benefit from the deployment of security automation and AI security tools. These solutions are capable of capturing and correlating patterns of behavior that may appear benign but are collective indicators of compromise (IoCs). As noted by IBM data, businesses that extensively used AI and automation were able to detect and contain breaches 98 days faster than the global average. - -I, Spy - -The SpyAgent malware is now skulking around South Korea, stealing screenshots to capture crypto recovery passwords, and putting companies at risk of larger-scale data compromise. - -The best defense? A trifecta of sparing screenshot saves, suspicion about off-brand apps and the deployment of superior intelligence solutions. - -Doug Bonderud Writer",1731883651,4a944ac29d,1432b04e10,,,1731883651 -https://www.npr.org/2024/10/02/1202966830/venezuela-hyperinflation-maduro-gonzalez,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How Venezuela imploded (update) : Planet Money,"How Venezuela imploded (update) - -(Note: A version of this episode originally ran in 2016.) - -Back in 2016, things were pretty bad in Venezuela. Grocery stores didn't have enough food. Hospitals didn't have basic supplies, like gauze. Child mortality was spiking. Businesses were shuttering. It's one of the epic economic collapses of our time. And it was totally avoidable. - -Venezuela used to be a relatively rich country. It has just about all the economic advantages a country could ask for: Beautiful beaches and mountains ready for tourism, fertile land good for farming, an educated population, and oil, lots and lots of oil. - -Sponsor Message - -But during the boom years, the Venezuelan government made some choices that add up to an economic time bomb. - -Today on the show, we have an economic horror story about a country that made all the wrong decisions with its oil money. It's a window into the fundamental way that money works and how when you try to control it, you can lose everything. - -Then, an update on Venezuela today. How it went from a downward spiral, to a tentative economic stabilization... amidst political upheaval. - -This original episode is hosted by Robert Smith and Noel King. It was produced by Nick Fountain and Sally Helm. Today's update was hosted by Amanda Aronczyk, produced by Sean Saldana, fact checked by Sierra Juarez, and engineered by Neal Rauch. Alex Goldmark is our Executive Producer. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Trenton Channel""",1731884577,8181d7a585,143d4a582e,,,1731884577 -https://techxplore.com/news/2024-11-transistor-reconfigurable-fuzzy-logic-hardware.html,https://news.ycombinator.com/rss,Innovative transistor for reconfigurable fuzzy logic hardware shows promise for enhanced edge computing,"This article has been reviewed according to Science X's editorial process and policies . Editors have highlighted the following attributes while ensuring the content's credibility: - -Device structure, PL spectra and electrical characteristics of a vdW-IJT. Credit: Nature Electronics (2024). DOI: 10.1038/s41928-024-01256-3 - -Edge computing devices, devices located in proximity to the source of data instead of in large data centers, could perform computations locally. This could reduce latency, particularly in real-time applications, as it would minimize the need to transfer data from the cloud. - -Implementing deep learning algorithms on edge devices has so far proved challenging, in part due to their power constraints and limited computational resources. Fuzzy logic systems, computational frameworks that rely on approximate reasoning as opposed to binary logic processes, could help to overcome these challenges. - -Researchers at the University of Southern California, Northwestern University, University of Hong Kong, Chinese Academy of Science, and other institutes recently developed a new multi-gate van der Waals interfacial junction transistor that could be used to create reconfigurable fuzzy logic hardware. This transistor, presented in a paper in Nature Electronics, - -""Artificial neural networks are powerful tools driving the current AI revolution,"" Han Wang at University of Hong Kong, senior author of the paper, told Tech Xplore. ""However, their implementation demands highly complex hardware with significant power consumption, which limits their applicability in edge devices that process information locally and in real-time. In contrast, fuzzy logic systems operate on simple rules, require fewer hardware resources, and can effectively handle many tasks."" - -Van der Waals materials, layered materials that are held together by weak van der Waals forces, have proved to be promising for the fabrication of more energy-efficient membership function generators. These are the most power-intensive components of fuzzy logic hardware, which are responsible for creating so-called membership functions (i.e., functions that define the extent to which an input belongs into distinct fuzzy sets). - -Building on previous research efforts, Wang and his colleagues thus set out to develop a new transistor based on van der Waals materials that could be used to develop efficient membership function generators. The transistor they created is based on molybdenum disulfide (MoS 2 ), a transition metal dichalcogenide widely used in the development of electronics. - -Device structure and highly tunable electrical characteristics of a multigate vdW-IJT. Credit: Nature Electronics (2024). DOI: 10.1038/s41928-024-01256-3 - -""The van der Waals interfacial junction transistor (vdW-IJT) is built on a MoS 2 homojunction with varied carrier concentration in different regions, exhibiting either current amplification or division behaviors controlled by multiple graphene gate terminals,"" explained Hefei Liu, first author of the paper. - -""Its primary advantage is the ability to intrinsically generate Gaussian or π-shaped membership functions within a single device, whereas traditional CMOS technology requires tens of transistors to achieve this. As a result, vdW-IJTs enable more compact and energy-efficient membership function generators."" - -As part of their study, Wang and his colleagues integrated their transistors with peripheral circuits to create reconfigurable fuzzy logic hardware that can control nonlinear systems. This hardware was then used to run a simple convolutional neural network (CNNs) trained to complete image segmentation tasks. - -""We discovered the significant potential of emerging vdW materials in enabling novel device concepts and computational architectures, such as fuzzy neural networks, within intelligent systems that achieve complex functionality with low power consumption,"" said Jiangbin Wu, a key researcher involved in this work. - -""This advancement could shift information processing from data centers to local devices, providing real-time responses and extending battery life for applications like robotic motion control and autonomous vehicles."" - -The researchers found that the fuzzy logic system they developed by combining their transistors with a CNN achieved remarkable accuracy on image segmentation tasks. In the future, their proposed design could inspire the development of similar electronic components aimed at enhancing the ability of edge devices to run deep learning algorithms. - -""Our future studies will focus on large-scale implementation of vdW-IJT-based fuzzy logic systems, addressing scalable fabrication, variation control, and integration with neural network hardware,"" added Mark Hersam from Northwestern University, another lead researcher in this work. ""These efforts aim to deliver more capable and energy-efficient intelligent edge devices for real-world applications."" - -More information: Hefei Liu et al, A van der Waals interfacial junction transistor for reconfigurable fuzzy logic hardware, Nature Electronics (2024). DOI: 10.1038/s41928-024-01256-3 Journal information: Nature Electronics - -© 2024 Science X Network",1731883662,7198d80d03,141810dfa6,,,1731883662 -https://www.practicalecommerce.com/ai-apps-for-social-media-images-videos-infographics,https://www.practicalecommerce.com/category/social-media/feed,"AI Apps for Social Media Images, Videos, Infographics","Social media posts containing images and videos generate more engagement than text alone. The reasons are two-fold. First, social platforms prioritize visual content over text in feeds. Second, visual updates attract attention and thus user response. - -Creating compelling social media visuals used to take much time. No more. AI technology can instantly generate images and videos from text prompts. - -Here are three AI platforms to get started. - -Visme - -Visme is an online image creator and editor with infographic features. A new addition is generating infographics from text. To test, I prompted Visme to create a downloadable, infographic-like checklist that I could repurpose into social media posts. - -First, I described what to create. My prompt was: - -Create a checklist on how to improve productivity when working from home. - -Visme then asked if I had anything to add. I said no, and the tool generated a visual list. I can edit or customize it as needed. - -Visme’s “Basic” plan is free with limited templates and design assets. Paid plans start at $29 per month. - -Predis.ai - -Predis.ai is a social media content generator. It can create social media posts that include images, videos, or carousels — all from prompts, scripts, articles, or product specs. It can also generate humorous memes. - -In my testing, I used a similar prompt as with Visme: - -How to improve productivity when working from home. - -It instantly created the video and caption below. - -The caption required little editing. It included popular hashtags, a question, and steps. - -Struggling to stay productive while working from home? You’re not alone! Follow these tips to boost your productivity and make the most out of your remote work experience. 1. Create a consistent schedule to establish a routine and stay on track with your tasks. 2. Minimize distractions by setting boundaries with family members, turning off notifications, and finding a quiet space to work. 3. Designate a specific workspace that is comfortable and free from clutter to help you focus. 4. Remember to take regular breaks to rest your eyes, stretch your body, and recharge your mind for optimal productivity. #WFHtips #ProductivityHacks #RemoteWorkSuccess. - -I could have edited the video or added a logo. If I were to set up a brand kit, every auto-generated image or video can optionally include my company’s logo and URL. - -Predis.ai can connect to users’ social media platforms and directly publish updates. A content calendar allows users to schedule posts. - -Predis.ai’s free version includes 15 AI-generate posts per month. Paid plans start at $32 per month for 60 posts and many more features. - -Canva - -Canva’s new Magic Studio is available for Pro users and as a free trial. It creates social media images and videos from text prompts. - -I entered the same prompt — “How to improve productivity when working from home” — and chose a color scheme. The tool generated 10 images to choose from and edit. Each had slightly different messaging, which helped me brainstorm a potential final image. Examples included: - -“Tips to help you stay focused when you work from home,” - -“Make work from home productivity a reality,” - -“Tips for working at home.” - -Magic Studio’s editing features include background removal and visual effects. I could have uploaded my own image and prompted Canva to edit it, such as adding texture, animation, or three-dimensional effects. - -Canva’s Pro version is $119 per year (with a free trial) and includes AI features and a brand kit with a logo, name, and color scheme.",1731883646,5e1ceba4cb,1425c3e981,,,1731883646 -https://www.npr.org/2021/09/03/1034085667/two-indicators-water-pressure,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Two Indicators Drought in the American West : Planet Money : NPR,"Two Indicators: Water Pressure - -Enlarge this image Bill Clark/CQ-Roll Call, Inc via Getty Imag Bill Clark/CQ-Roll Call, Inc via Getty Imag - -The climate crisis is hitting the U.S. hard this week. Hurricane Ida rampaged through the eastern U.S., bringing deadly flooding everywhere from Louisiana to New York. - -But as the eastern U.S. gets wetter, the western U.S. gets hotter and drier. Following this summer's heatwaves, wildfires are out of control. This week, South Lake Tahoe was evacuated and all of California's national forests closed due to fires. In addition, several states are experiencing their driest years since record-keeping began in the late 1800s. - -Our daily podcast, The Indicator from Planet Money, has spent all week digging into the economics of droughts. Today on the show, we share a couple of their stories about the water shortage in the West and economic ideas for how to improve the situation. - -Sponsor Message - -Music: ""Chill Zone"" ""Crank The Funk"" and ""Supa Fly By"" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Pocket Casts and NPR One.",1731884702,8181d7a585,140d9173a4,,,1731884702 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/unintended-consequences-generative-ai/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Generative AI: Beneficial or Unintended Consequences?,"A few years ago, I read an article about what will change when most of the cars on the road are self-driving. Of course, we can stop depending on other countries for oil, we’ll have reduced congestion, greater road safety, traffic efficiencies, and more. - -The thing that stuck with me most, though, was the fact that organ donors will drop drastically. If there are fewer traffic accidents—and deaths—there are fewer organ donations. Human error causes 94% of car accidents, leading to 1.25 million deaths every year. A major deficit suddenly exists if even a fraction of those deaths result in organ donations. - -Anything new—technology or otherwise—has pros, cons, and unintended consequences. I personally can’t wait until everyone has an autonomous vehicle. Driving in Chicago is so stressful. Please take control away from the people! - -This is how I feel about artificial intelligence. There are lots of pros and cons—risks and rewards. And certainly some unintended consequences. But, like anything else, it’s time for society to make changes, and generative AI will help us get there. - -Saving You a Full Day of Work - -I recently read that when Beyonce performed in Sweden in May, the country’s inflation increased slightly (0.3%) during the few days leading up to and the few days after. Incredible artist. Popular concert. Unintended consequences. - -In 2012, the McKinsey Global Institute estimated that knowledge workers spent about a fifth of their time, or one day each work week, searching for and gathering information. If generative AI could take on such tasks, increasing the efficiency and effectiveness of the workers doing them, the benefits would be huge. - -Now the idea of a four-day workweek is actually valid—or, if you’re not a fan or don’t see the point, you can gain an entire day in your week. I’m game! - -Unintended Consequences of Generative AI - -But even with all of these advantages, introducing generative AI to marketing functions has some unintended consequences—some of you may have already experienced it. - -For one thing, your intellectual property could be stolen. This is something we deal with every day with the PESO Model™. In some cases, it’s unintentional. In others, the thief thinks because it is in the public domain, they don’t have to credit the inventor, no matter how many cease and desist letters they receive from attorneys. - -When this happens, the model is trained without safeguards against plagiarism, copyright violations, and branding recognition. And, because some publications like Forbes sell editorial space in their dot com without fact-checking, the models can pull theft and plagiarism without understanding that it’s wrong. - -We Need a Sense of Purpose - -In his book Drive, Daniel Pink talks about how money does not motivate people in their jobs. Sure, we all need to make a living, but once our basic needs are met, money is not what drives us. - -To prove this point, he illustrates an example of you determining your salary—what you think you need to live in the lifestyle to which you’ve become accustomed and maybe have even more. Let’s say it’s a million-dollar-a-year salary. - -Great! You now make a million bucks a year. Your job? It’s to sit in the middle of an empty warehouse and stare at the wall for eight hours a day. You don’t have a phone. No laptop. No tablet. No books. No exercise equipment. Nothing. Just you, the empty warehouse, and your thoughts. - -How long would you last? - -I’m highly motivated by money. Probably more than most people. And I’ll bet I could make it…two hours? Maybe. If I was really stubborn about it. - -The point is that purpose is what drives us. All of us. We need to have a sense of doing something. Anything that makes us feel like we’re contributing to something. - -And AI Will Give Us More Time - -Now relate that to generative AI. You quite suddenly have a full day of work with nothing to do. Sure, you could have a four-day workweek—which might be OK. But what if you had two full days of work with nothing to do because generative AI has made you that efficient? - -We will need to channel our newfound freedom into new activities that give us the same social and mental benefits that our job used to provide. It’s akin to the phrase, “If you want something done, give it to a busy person.” - -I definitely work that way. If I have too much time on my hands, nothing gets done. But if I’m crazy busy? Everything seems to magically get done. Even I’m sometimes surprised. - -So how do you fill those days with purpose and belonging? Unintended consequences. - -The good news is that even with unintended consequences, generative AI is great for our industry. - -So How Will You Fill Your Extra Time? - -Several years ago, Chris Penn and I were talking about artificial intelligence and whether it would take over our world. I was adamant that a robot couldn’t replace a creative industry like ours. And I was sort of right. So far, we’ve seen that it can replace a really smart intern, but it doesn’t replace the creativity or thinking of our industry’s professionals. - -But something Chris said at that time has always stuck with me. He said, and I’m paraphrasing, stop freaking out about AI replacing you. Eventually, you will have a bunch of machines working for you, and your job will be to ensure they’re all doing what you need them to do—ethically and responsibly. - -He likened it to a symphony. Your robots will be the orchestra, and you will be the conductor. So get smart on conducting your orchestra of robots to get the best results. - -So as you consider how you will get really smart about becoming the conductor, here are three things to add to your bailiwick: - -Efficient and effective content creation; Enhanced use of data; and Search engine optimization. - -Let’s take them one at a time. - -Efficient and Effective Content Creation - -I don’t know if you’ve been testing out ChatGPT or anything else like that, but if you haven’t, get to it! I’ve already found it significantly reduces the time required for ideation and content drafting. In some cases, it has also helped my team take hours-long video scripts and create content around them almost instantly. The kind of stuff that would have taken us weeks to do pre-November 2022. - -There also is better collaboration and even the ability to enhance the personalization of messages aimed at different customer segments, geographies, and demographics. Mass email campaigns can be instantly translated into as many languages as needed, with different imagery and messaging, depending on the audience. - -Its ability to produce content with varying specifications could increase customer value, attraction, conversion, and retention over a lifetime and at a scale beyond what is currently possible through traditional techniques. - -Enhanced Use of Data - -One of the biggest challenges comms pros have is demonstrating the value of our work. Sure, it’s gotten better in the past decade, but we still struggle with measuring good, ol’ brand awareness, which is the backbone of the work that we do. - -Imagine if generative AI can not only help you prove all the brand awareness work you’re doing is working, but it takes data from a bunch of different sources to help you tell the story. Now imagine that it does all of that and helps you relate the work you’re doing with what marketing is doing and advertising and product development and customer experience and more. - -And then imagine if it helps you identify and synthesize trends, key drivers, and market and product opportunities from unstructured data such as social media, news, academic research, and customer feedback. - -Mic. Drop. - -Search Engine Optimization - -Last year, we onboarded a new client whose website, well, let’s just say it needed some help. Not a single page was optimized and many of the pages had the same copy with just the product or the industry changed. No bueno. - -So we set out to change all of that for them—and help them rank above the fold on Google. It took us MONTHS. Granted, we don’t have someone on staff whose full-time job this is so we divided and conquered. But even with several of us doing the work, it still took us months. - -Fast forward to now when we have the help of generative AI. It now provides all page titles, image tags, and URLs. - -What took us months can now be done in a matter of seconds. Heck, outside of reviewing and approving with the AI came up with, the client can do this work themselves. (Not that I want to work us out of a job, but it would allow us to work on the more strategic things.) - -So yes. There are unintended consequences of all of this technology—and certainly of the pace we are experiencing with all of these changes. But the pros far outweigh the cons. - -Be a Conductor of Your AI Orchestra - -If you’d like to learn more about how to become the conductor of your generative AI orchestra, join us in the Spin Sucks Community. - -It’s a community full of crazy smart professionals. It’s free, it’s fun, it’s smart…and you might just learn a thing or two from your peers. - -And one thing to note about next week: my team and I will be out of the office celebrating Independence Day so there will be no blog post. If you’re in the States, have a great holiday weekend. I’ll see you in two weeks!",1731883773,4dc781f5bc,14584eaf2f,,,1731883773 -https://transom.org/2016/preaching-five-heretical-sermons-five-minutes/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Preaching To Myself: Five Heretical Sermons In Five Minutes,"Editor’s Note: This speech was delivered as a “provocation” on the opening night of the Third Coast International Audio Festival in Chicago, November, 2016. (photo by Jay Allison) - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/jay-provocation-final.mp3 Download Listen to “Preaching To Myself” - -I confess I like preaching, but don’t want you to feel preached to, so I claim that these sermons are for me, and they are . . . even when I don’t heed them. - -They’re heretical in that they’re the opposite of a lot of advice, but they’re some of the things I tell myself when I stray from what feels most abidingly important. - -Maybe they’re exhortations to stay true to my younger self — not to be as foolish maybe, but to be brave and good-hearted — something that feels more critical than ever in these days. - -As does this. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Sermon 1: Don’t Ask Permission - -You want to get on the air, be on a show, have your story out there — but as you make your pitches, keep something precious in reserve and don’t pitch it. Just make it. Don’t even really plan it or predict what the narrative or sound will be. Just follow it and see what happens. - -Be dogged in the expedition. The joy of this work is the exploration and discovery — both of which are antithetical to pitching, which even for the best of us, can inadvertently cripple the imagination by determining your trip before you walk it. - -Walk in the dark, microphone extended, and don’t ask permission. - -Sermon 2: Be Odd - -Here’s the convention: Listen to the work you like or shows you want to be on, and then work in that style. Okay. But also: Don’t produce in someone else’s mold; don’t subscribe to someone else’s existing theory of narrative, musical tone, structural traditions, in a voice we’ve already heard. Find a new one. Make something we’ve never heard before. - -Sure you can copy, and learn from the exercise, but sometimes: Be a poet. Be odd. Stick out. - -I miss the whacko fringe in public media. It’s important, because the edges can move the center. So, nourish the Fringe in yourself. - -And, while you’re at it, as useful as group edits can be, choose not to submit to them sometimes. Groups can make things that sound like groups made them. The edges are worn off, the individual fingerprint gone. - -How fine it is to see someone out on a limb by themselves. That’s how new things happen — by following a seemingly crazy impulse. You will fall and fail sometimes, but it can be important, for yourself and for others who witness your risk. Once in a while, fail nobly, on your own. - -Sermon 3: Stay Home - -Don’t just connect with like-minded strangers far away. Radio producers are fundamentally dysfunctional. We want disembodied intimacy, which is a bit weird. We create detached connection, blind one-way communication. Remember to counter that. - -Do something on the ground with people who share the spot where you live, including the ones you disagree with and that don’t look like you. Build something from place. The Internet promised to connect us, but it has us hunkering in our chosen silos. Interview your neighbors, and look them in the eye. - -Maybe, where you live, you can introduce people to one another, calm one person’s fear, enlarge the civic space by inviting everyone to participate. - -Don’t necessarily move to Brooklyn. Find a place you love and dig in. Make it better. - -Sermon 4: Don’t Try To Be Cool - -Don’t be afraid to be sincere. It’s a snarky world; we all want to be in on the joke and we don’t want to be the butt of it. When you’re sincere, you are close to earnestness and open to mockery. It’s much, much riskier to be sincere than to be ironic. The heartfelt is rare, especially when it comes from an ironic person. - -Even as I write all this, I’m combing for corniness . . . am I saying something too sweet that’s too close to what I feel? Should I hide a little, make a joke, undermine with a wink? - -Don’t cover up the good impulses in yourself, because it can be become a habit. Spread them instead, through your stories. - -Sermon 5: Stop Competing - -Many of us, and this conference itself, were incubated in public broadcasting — a haven for public service and broadly educational goals. We are mission driven. But mission is always fragile. We need to guard it from seeming quaint or corny, or being ignored. - -Our mission is to shed light, spread important stories, fight ignorance and hatred, embrace many voices, expose injustice and bigotry, tell the truth. Our goal is nothing less than improving the quality of public discourse and society itself. - -We are a commons, outside the marketplace, open and free to everyone. When one of us does well, we all do well. We are not competing. God bless the marketplace — it’s America, after all — but a marketplace does not have the goals of a civil and fair society at its heart. Public broadcasting does. - -These days, some of us are succeeding in the marketplace. That’s great. We’re in a golden age of storytelling — with the ability to reach audiences directly, to be popular, to make money. Great work is being done. But what’s the endgame? Competition for audience, ratings, advertisers, cash? So, what else is new? The marketplace is already ubiquitous, but public media is unique. - -Happily, many in this room, in both the for-profit and non-profit worlds, are still operating with the inherent spirit of generosity born of public broadcasting’s ethic. This conference proves it. We’re here to pass on our skills, to share ideas, to build the commons. In the competitive marketplace, you keep secrets, guard assets, covet resources, and you don’t want new talent nipping at your heels. That’s still not true around here, so far. - -In our commons, we want company. We want to hear new things from all corners of life. We want to overcome the failure of listening in this country, on all sides. We seek insistently to promote decency and truth, and we can do it by working together to make sure the truth gets out there, from whomever in our collective is telling it best at the moment. We can champion one another. - -I want our boats to rise together. I’ve often been disappointed with public broadcasting (the stations, NPR, the other institutions), but it’s a precious local and national system, founded on a beautiful idea, and we should protect it. In the coming days, it will be ever more under threat. If it fails, it will never be built again. - -For the producers here, the job is to bring our creative energy to construct a social positive. We are bonded by a desire to help others, not just ourselves. With that purpose, it is the responsibility of public media to welcome us, and if they don’t, well, we’ll do our job anyway . . . and good luck to us. Either way, it’s time to get to work. There’s lots to do. Go forth. - -Go Forth.",1731883683,c00d35bf2d,1401545579,,,1731883683 -https://www.npr.org/2024/11/01/1211483989/veteran-affair-home-program-covid,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,A VA loan mortgage forbearance program to help vets almost cost them their homes : Planet Money : NPR,"The veteran loan calamity - -Ray and Becky Queen live in rural Oklahoma with their kids (and chickens). The Queens were able to buy that home with a VA loan because of Ray's service in the Army. During COVID, the Queens – like millions of other Americans – needed help from emergency forbearance. They were told they could pause home payments for up to a year and then pick up again making affordable mortgage payments with no problems. - -That's what happened for most American homeowners who took forbearance. But not for tens of thousands of military veterans like Ray Queen. - -On today's show, we follow two reporters' journey to figure out what went wrong with the VA's loan forbearance program. How did something meant to help vets keep their houses during COVID end up stranding tens of thousands of them on the brink of foreclosure? And, once the error was spotted, did the government do enough to make things right? - -Sponsor Message - -Today's episode was produced by James Sneed. It was edited by Meg Cramer. And fact-checked by Dania Suleman. Engineering by Cena Loffredo. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Source Audio - ""Dusty Fenders,"" ""The Joy,"" and ""High Up.""",1731884574,8181d7a585,14b6d8c220,,,1731884574 -https://www.collegecrosse.com/2021/7/20/22585543/announcement-the-crosse-commission-patreon,https://www.collegecrosse.com/rss/current.rss,Announcement: The Crosse Commission Patreon!,"We have some exciting news to share with you all today that maybe you’ve already seen on your social media, but in case you haven’t....we’ve created a Patreon! - -You can find us on Patreon at The Crosse Commission, a new name, but same us, where we’ll be providing you guys with a lot of the same content that you’ve come to enjoy from us, but more and with some more features and diversified content, as well as hopefully in the future, some diversified voices as well. The tiers are reasonably priced from $1 to support the show to $8 for the whole loot; where you can get Crossecast bonus episodes, including a subscribers choice episode, mailbag episode, as well as interviews and features that we do with players and coaches; along with a weekly newsletter from one of Jake, Safe, or Ryan! Check out the link embedded to learn more and hopefully, subscribe! - -You may be asking “what does this mean for the Crossecast or College Crosse dot com?” The answer? Nothing! We’ll still be doing the Crossecast on our normal schedule, and we’ll still have content here on the website as well. We’re just monetizing some additional content on the Patreon thanks to the loyal supporter base we have. And if you do choose to subscribe, money will be put back into the Crossecast to improve audio quality and continue to host the podcast, and we will hopefully be able to bring additional people on board to contribute and write on the site and be on the podcast. - -We thank you for your support so far and we hope you continue to listen or read us where we’re at, which now includes a new home on Patreon; where we hope you subscribe now at Patron Checkout | Patreon!",1731883652,8021db6cf2,1451e665b3,,,1731883652 -https://www.wmagazine.com/fashion/victoria-beckham-daughter-harper-silk-dress-suit-london,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,Victoria Beckham's Teenage Daughter Harper Seven Matches With Mom In Silk,"Victoria and David Beckham’s 13-year-old daughter Harper Seven is following in the simple family tradition of looking impossibly chic. On Tuesday evening, the Beckham matriarch and her youngest matched in silk looks for a rare joint red carpet appearance. - -Victoria and Harper attended a Harper’s Bazaar UK event in London alongside the likes of Sophie Turner, Ambika Mod, and Nicola Coughlan. The Beckhams draped themselves in monochrome silks for the evening. Victoria led the way in one of her go-to silhouettes: an ivory power suit. Her belted jacket nodded to the formal bathrobe trend that’s been popular among celebrities recently while her floor-length trousers added an elevated finish to her look. Harper, for her part, followed her mom’s cue in some silk of her own. She wore a baby blue slip dress that featured a cut-out detail at the bust. - -@victoriabeckham - -Victoria shares Harper and sons Brooklyn, 25, Romeo, 22, and Cruz, 19, with her husband David Beckham. The last time Harper hit the red carpet was in October 2023 when she attended the premiere of her dad’s Netflix series Beckham. - -After posing together on the red carpet, Harper later addressed the starry crowd as she presented her mom with the publication’s Entrepreneur Award. “Good evening everyone. I’m so excited to be here presenting the Entrepreneur Award, especially as tonight is a school night,” she joked. “And hopefully this isn't going to get me into trouble.” - -Once on stage, Victoria commended her daughter, saying “Getting up on stage in front of a room full of people is scary and you did it with such poise and such elegance,” the fashion designer told her daughter. “I am so proud of the young lady you have become. You keep me grounded and inspire me every day.” - -She continued, “You teach me to see the world through fresh eyes. And as busy as I am, being a mum is the most important job to me. So thank you.”",1731883679,f8844306b1,14576d25ab,,,1731883679 -http://android-developers.googleblog.com/2024/10/pytorch-machine-learning-models-on-android.html,https://android-developers.googleblog.com/feeds/posts/default,PyTorch machine learning models on Android,"Posted by Paul Ruiz – Senior Developer Relations Engineer - -Earlier this year we launched Google AI Edge, a suite of tools with easy access to ready-to-use ML tasks, frameworks that enable you to build ML pipelines, and run popular LLMs and custom models – all on-device. For AI on Android Spotlight Week, the Google team is highlighting various ways that Android developers can use machine learning to help improve their applications. - -In this post, we'll dive into Google AI Edge Torch, which enables you to convert PyTorch models to run locally on Android and other platforms, using the Google AI Edge LiteRT (formerly TensorFlow Lite) and MediaPipe Tasks libraries. For insights on other powerful tools, be sure to explore the rest of the AI on Android Spotlight Week content. - -To get started with Google AI Edge easier, we've provided samples available on GitHub as an executable codelab. They demonstrate how to convert the MobileViT model for image classification (compatible with MediaPipe Tasks) and the DIS model for segmentation (compatible with LiteRT). - -DIS model output - -This blog guides you through how to use the MobileViT model with MediaPipe Tasks. Keep in mind that the LiteRT runtime provides similar capabilities, enabling you to build custom pipelines and features. - -Convert MobileViT model for image classification compatible with MediaPipe Tasks - -Once you've installed the necessary dependencies and utilities for your app, the first step is to retrieve the PyTorch model you wish to convert, along with any other MobileViT components you might need (such as an image processor for testing). - -from transformers import MobileViTImageProcessor, MobileViTForImageClassification hf_model_path = 'apple/mobilevit-small' processor = MobileViTImageProcessor.from_pretrained(hf_model_path) pt_model = MobileViTForImageClassification.from_pretrained(hf_model_path) - -Since the end result of this tutorial should work with MediaPipe Tasks, take an extra step to match the expected input and output shapes for image classification to what is used by the MediaPipe image classification Task. - -class HF2MP_ImageClassificationModelWrapper (nn.Module): def __init__ (self, hf_image_classification_model, hf_processor): super().__init__() self.model = hf_image_classification_model if hf_processor.do_rescale: self.rescale_factor = hf_processor.rescale_factor else : self.rescale_factor = 1.0 def forward (self, image: torch.Tensor): # BHWC -> BCHW. image = image.permute( 0 , 3 , 1 , 2 ) # RGB -> BGR. image = image.flip(dims=( 1 ,)) # Scale [ 0 , 255 ] -> [ 0 , 1 ]. image = image * self.rescale_factor logits = self.model(pixel_values=image).logits # [B, 1000 ] float32. # Softmax is required for MediaPipe classification model. logits = torch.nn.functional.softmax(logits, dim=- 1 ) return logits - -hf_model_path = 'apple/mobilevit-small' hf_mobile_vit_processor = MobileViTImageProcessor.from_pretrained(hf_model_path) hf_mobile_vit_model = MobileViTForImageClassification.from_pretrained(hf_model_path) wrapped_pt_model = HF2MP_ImageClassificationModelWrapper( hf_mobile_vit_model, hf_mobile_vit_processor).eval() - -Whether you plan to use the converted MobileViT model with MediaPipe Tasks or LiteRT, the next step is to convert the model to the .tflite format. - -First, match the input shape. In this example, the input shape is 1, 256, 256, 3 for a 256x256 pixel three-channel RGB image. - -Then, call AI Edge Torch's convert function to complete the conversion process. - -import ai_edge_torch sample_args = (torch.rand(( 1 , 256 , 256 , 3 )),) edge_model = ai_edge_torch.convert(wrapped_pt_model, sample_args) - -After converting the model, you can further refine it by incorporating metadata for the image classification labels. MediaPipe Tasks will utilize this metadata to display or return pertinent information after classification. - -from mediapipe.tasks.python.metadata.metadata_writers import image_classifier from mediapipe.tasks.python.metadata.metadata_writers import metadata_writer from mediapipe.tasks.python.vision.image_classifier import ImageClassifier from pathlib import Path flatbuffer_file = Path('hf_mobile_vit_mp_image_classification_raw.tflite') edge_model.export(flatbuffer_file) tflite_model_buffer = flatbuffer_file.read_bytes() //Extract the image classification labels from the HF models for later integration into the TFLite model. labels = list(hf_mobile_vit_model.config.id2label.values()) writer = image_classifier.MetadataWriter.create( tflite_model_buffer, input_norm_mean=[ 0.0 ], # Normalization is not needed for this model. input_norm_std=[ 1.0 ], labels=metadata_writer.Labels().add(labels), ) tflite_model_buffer, _ = writer.populate() - -With all of that completed, it's time to integrate your model into an Android app. If you're following the official Colab notebook, this involves saving the model locally. For an example of image classification with MediaPipe Tasks, explore the GitHub repository. You can find more information in the official Google AI Edge documentation. - -Newly converted ViT model with MediaPipe Tasks - -After understanding how to convert a simple image classification model, you can use the same techniques to adapt various PyTorch models for Google AI Edge LiteRT or MediaPipe Tasks tooling on Android. - -For further model optimization, consider methods like quantizing during conversion. Check out the GitHub example to learn more about how to convert a PyTorch image segmentation model to LiteRT and quantize it. - -What's Next - -To keep up to date on Google AI Edge developments, look for announcements on the Google for Developers YouTube channel and blog. - -We look forward to hearing about how you're using these features in your projects. Use #AndroidAI hashtag to share your feedback or what you've built in social media and check out other content in AI on Android Spotlight Week!",1731883610,1ebe0fd7fe,14eacb93f6,,,1731883610 -https://www.pcgamer.com/games/visual-novel/a-war-of-a-madmans-making-is-a-quietly-brilliant-totally-free-political-sim-where-you-have-to-try-to-survive-as-a-deranged-dictators-henchman,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,"A War Of A Madman's Making is a quietly brilliant, totally free political sim where you have to try to survive as a deranged dictator's henchman","Underrated aspect of totalitarian dictatorships: they're a great opportunity for social advancement. You could barely move in a 20th-century autocracy without stepping into the recently vacated shoes of some mid-tier bureaucrat or other. - -In times of crisis? Boy, then it gets even better. Get a good war or foreign plot going and you can set your watch by the purges. Give it a day or two and you'll be chief plenipotentiary of an entire industrial subzone. Or dead. Perhaps both. - -(Image credit: Witching Metal Productions) - -These are the kinds of things that run through your mind playing A War Of A Madman's Making, a rather excellent and rather free political sim/visual novel from Witching Metal Productions. Inspired by the likes of Suzerain and other difficult, grey compromise simulators, you play the role of a military middle-man catapulted to head of the army after your (fictional) country's ""Great Leader"" had the last one ousted. - -Gather the forces, armour the horses - -The Great Leader's a man with a plan, you see. The whole world is reeling from the third great war, a war that ended with a nuclear stalemate. The scheme? To finally ride that wave all the way to its glorious conclusion. - -The Great Leader has ordered troops to mass on the border, ready to spill over and liberate your neighbours as soon as he waves his hand. The previous military chief didn't love the plan, so he's gone. Now it's your job, and you enter into it just a day or two before the invasion is set to begin. - -In other words, you're screwed. - -In other words, you're screwed. A War Of A Madman's Making isn't really a political sim so much as it's a political survival sim—your task is to paddle through the shark-filled water of politics without losing your head or your family. How hard that is (it's always quite hard) depends in large part on the choices you make about your origin at the game's start. - -(Image credit: Witching Metal Productions) - -Are you a member of the national majority ethnicity, from a wealthy family, who conducted himself with aplomb in his career in either army, navy, or air force and has never wavered from the Great Leader's vision? You come into the game with a surplus of the boss' favour and relatively few skeletons in the closet for other ministries and ministers to deploy against you. - -The biggest gaming news, reviews and hardware deals Keep up to date with the most important stories and the best deals, as picked by the PC Gamer team. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -If you're me, though, you obviously went fully the other way with it. I played an ethnic minority from a poor background who threw himself wholeheartedly into the anti-Leader revolutionary underground. My first meeting with the man in charge was tense and his underlings—my peers at the top of the ministries of defence, finance, and propaganda—dropped barely veiled threats about my past. Tough crowd. - -(Image credit: Witching Metal Productions) - -That's before you even get into actually running the war, which requires balancing the competing aims of military necessity and the chief's ridiculous whims—invade on all possible fronts at once, capture the capital immediately, put a bunch of untrained conscripts right in the vanguard—all at once. - -Plus, there's no guarantee your ideas are any better. Fancy explaining to the big man in your weekly meetings that you disobeyed his instructions and failed anyway? - -All the while, you're making a gamut of other life-or-death decisions. Which minister, if any, are you gonna throw your lot in with? Want to spend your limited budget on a personal security force in case things go south and you need protection, money that could otherwise be spent on the war? How's your family taking this? - -(Image credit: Witching Metal Productions) - -Also, why is your daughter speaking like a cowboy? In my game, one of my two daughters had decided she was pretty much John Wayne after getting on a western kick, for reasons unknown to me. - -All these questions and more. It's an excellent, challenging, chaotic thing, and all done for free in the relatively simple framework provided by the Renpy engine. Witching Metal clearly draws a lot of inspiration from the world's real-life autocracies—there's plenty of high Stalinism in there, some Pinochet, some Mussolini, and a lot of your common-or-garden interbellum weirdos besides those—without ever slipping into tedious parody. Its dystopian dictatorship feels entirely its own. - -(Image credit: Witching Metal Productions) - -And the consequences are entirely yours. I admit, I've not seen any of the game's promised five endings yet. I keep finding myself breaking rocks in one of the Great Leader's numerous correctional facilities. It was probably something I said.",1731883671,2b11e0dc79,14d7581b60,,,1731883671 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/kentucky-murray-state-game-recap-cutter-boley-brock-vandagriff/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,Offensive youth movement stands out in Kentucky's blowout win,"The Murray State Racers football program is not in the midst of a good run. This FCS program is now 3-19 over the last two seasons and has struggled mightily to create stops this season. Under new head coach Jody Wright, this Missouri Valley program has allowed 50-plus points six times this season. - -Kentucky could not become the seventh team to join the fiftyburger club, but they were awfully close in the six-touchdown win on Saturday afternoon at Kroger Field. - -Kentucky’s defense allowed only two field goals in 11 possessions and held Murray State to a very inefficient success rate (27.8%), but Saturday was mostly about the offense. Despite not having Brock Vandagriff available for practice for most of the week, Kentucky scored 48 points in 10 non-kneel possessions. That number would’ve been higher if not for two red zone field goals. We got to see what the future for this group could look like in Week 12. - -Live from the Kroger Field press box, we’re recapping what we learned about Bush Hamdan‘s offense in Kentucky’s fourth win of the season. - -Jamarion Wilcox looks like a dude - -We had to wait until the second quarter for Jamarion Wilcox to get a touch, but the redshirt freshman made them count when they arrived. Kentucky rolled up 297 non-sack rushing yards on 7.6 yards per rush in the blowout win. Most of that damage came from Wilcox. - -Kentucky went eight games to begin the season without a 100-yard rusher in a single game. Wilcox has ended that with consecutive 100-yard games after rushing for 123 yards on 13 carries and one touchdown on a 69.2 success rate with six explosive runs. That number would’ve been close to 200 yards if a penalty didn’t take away a 73-yard run in the second quarter. - -The former high three-star recruit in the 2023 high school cycle is now up to 474 rushing yards on 6.9 yards per rush this season with a 23.2 percent explosive rate. Kentucky has found a star player, and Wilcox should get a higher touch volume down the stretch. - -Brock Vandagriff looks rusty after missing practice this week - -Kentucky starting quarterback Brock Vandagriff missed plenty of practice time this week following an apparent head injury and was not cleared until late in the week. The redshirt junior showed some rust in his 10th start of the season. - -In six possessions in the first half, Vandagriff led Kentucky to 24 points with a 52-yard touchdown pass on the game’s first possession, but both go throws to begin the game were off target, and one ended in an interception. The other should’ve been an interception. Things then got rocky in the third drive when Kentucky was forced into a quick punt. - -Vandagriff settled down after that to complete 12-of-19 throws for 183 yards. The quarterback was productive in a two-minute touchdown drive that ended in another contested catch score for North Texas transfer Ja’Mori Maclin. - -Kentucky seems committed to the former five-star recruit, but this coaching staff has shown that the quarterback situation is fluid. Could we see a rotation next week against Texas? That might be on the table after Kentucky spilt the reps against Murray State. - -Cutter Boley leads four consecutive scoring drives - -We had to wait until the second half to see true freshman Cutter Boley in his first extended action of the season. The blue-chip recruit out of Lexington (Ky.) Christian Academy helped Kentucky score 24 points in four non-kneel possessions in the second half and did it playing with starters and backups. - -The 6-foot-5 quarterback completed 10-of-14 passes for 130 yards and two touchdowns while showing off his wheels on a 30-yard zone read keeper to help create a red zone possession in the third quarter. The young quarterback threw completions to seven receivers and helped create five explosive plays. Boley posted 8.7 yards per dropback on a 53.3 percent passing success rate. - -We must acknowledge the inferior competition on the other side, but Boley made decisive reads and showed off his talented arm. It’s easy to see the potential, and it’s fair to assume that the young quarterback earned more snaps. - -What will Mark Stoops and Bush Hamdan decide to do at quarterback against Texas and Louisville? It’s unclear at the moment, but the Brock Vandagriff/Gavin Wimsatt rotation may have just turned into the Brock Vandagriff/Cutter Boley rotation. - -Same mistakes remain the same mistakes - -Kentucky created six red zone possessions in the win against Murray State. The Wildcats got into the low red zone multiple times but had to settle for two field goals. Before one of those field goal attempts, a false start on third-and-goal at the two ultimately led to a field goal. - -We shouldn’t be too critical of an offense that scored 48 points in 10 possessions, but the inability to finish drives remains an issue for this team. So do the penalties. A Marques Cox hold took away a 73-yard run by Jamarion Wilcox that turned a red zone possession into a three-out. The Jager Burton false start turned a potential seven points into three points. There were also two additional holding penalties that the Kentucky offense had to overcome. - -In a matchup where the offense should’ve dominated at the point of attack, Murray State recorded six tackles for loss and four sacks. Kentucky’s offensive line continues to struggle, and those havoc plays can torpedo a drive at any point. - -The Wildcats showed off some of the young skill position talent in the program during the victory. However, the self-inflicted mistakes, inefficiency in the low red zone, and failure to win the line of scrimmage battle remain massive issues for the offense that will likely be magnified in matchups against Texas and Louisville. - -Kentucky took a step in the right direction on Saturday afternoon, but there are still issues to get straightened out.",1731883653,b2069ab8ff,146a3094f9,,,1731883653 -https://identityweek.net/holly-canevari-peak-air-travel-volumes-whilst-enrolling-20-million-tsa-precheck-members/,https://www.planetbiometrics.com/rss/,Holly Canevari confirms 20 million PreCheck members,"Air travel volumes this summer have been the highest the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) has seen in its history. - -In August, TSA PreCheck surpassed 20 million active members and recognising the addition of all Trusted Travellers from other programmes, such as Global Entry, there are 40 million people using TSA PreCheck lanes. - -Holly Canevari, Deputy Administrator of TSA, explains in this interview how they are continuing to innovate and enhance their security measures, whilst this year alone, 352 passengers presented false identification at TSA security checkpoints. - -A spokesperson for TSA said, “We recognise the value of partnerships and collaboration makes our technology better and more beneficial for the travelling public”. “Whether through the use of biometrics at airport checkpoints, the deployment of digital identity solutions, or the continuous improvement of our credentialing processes, we are working tirelessly to create a secure and seamless travel experience for all. But we cannot do this alone. Partnerships are the backbone of our security efforts”. - -The U.S. Travel Association recently published a survey indicating that 79% of air travellers support the use of biometrics at TSA security checkpoints to confirm the identity of travellers and 95% of air travellers agree that verifying traveller identity is an important measure taken to protect the flying public. - -Given the focus on identity management at Identity Week America in September, we discussed the REAL ID deadline, which is quickly approaching. The administrator reminds citizens about the requirements starting on May 7, 2025 for U.S. domestic travellers to ensure they have a REAL ID or another acceptable form of ID.",1731883630,084b136c50,14c88fe803,,,1731883630 -https://www.dividendinvestor.com/four-large-income-paying-artificial-intelligence-stocks/,https://www.dividendyieldhunter.com/feed/,Four Large Income-Paying Artificial Intelligence Stocks Offer Promise,"By: Paul Dykewicz, November 4, 2024 - -Four large income-paying artificial intelligence stocks feature some of the biggest named in the technology industry that hold “buy” recommendations as 2025 nears. - -The four large income-paying artificial intelligence stocks could climb compellingly in light of their positive respective outlooks, according to Wall Street analysts. Despite recent gains, the well-known technology companies still look to have room to rise, they added. - -One of the stocks, Amazon.com Inc. (NASDAQ: AMZN), of Seattle, Washington, is best known for online retail sales. Citigroup is among the investment banks that rates the stock as a “buy,” with “multiple growth catalysts” that will help balance efficiency gains, investments and margin expansion. - -Advertisement. - -Four Large Income-paying Artificial Intelligence Stocks: Amazon.com - -Amazon.com proved to be popular with investors on Friday, Nov. 1, when it rose 6.19% to close at $197.93, up $11.53 per share from the end of trading on Thursday, Oct. 31. The company reported rising revenue and earnings per share for the third quarter of 2024 that topped the consensus estimates of Wall Street analysts who cover the company. - -Management at Amazon.com announced financial results for the third quarter after the close of trading on Oct. 31, offering revenue guidance between $181.5 billion and $188.5 billion in the fourth quarter, compared to analysts’ consensus revenue forecasts of $186.36 billion for the quarter. The company’s leaders also gave guidance that fourth-quarter operating income is expected to range between $16 billion and $20 billion, providing a midpoint of $18 billion that is $510 million above Wall Street consensus 4Q estimates of $17.49 billion. - -“We emerge from Amazon’s 3Q 2024 results incrementally confident that the company can invest in growth, while delivering significant margin expansion,” wrote Ronald Josey, an equity research analyst at Citigroup who follows the company. “We highlight retail efficiency gains lowering Amazon’s cost to serve, resulting in faster delivery, boosting conversion rates and wallet share gains as lower average selling prices (ASP) for essential products attract greater overall spend.” - -Four Large Income-paying Artificial Intelligence Stocks: Amazon’s Generative AI - -At Amazon Web Services, Generative Artificial Intelligence (AI) revenue is growing at triple-digit percentages year over year on a multi-billion dollar annual recurring revenue (ARR) as new instances and demand ramp up, which should deliver consistent growth and profit margins going forward, Josey continued. Amazon’s investments in capital expenditures are increasingly a proxy for GenAI demand and Project Kuiper, a planned satellite broadband network is intended to provide affordable, high-speed internet to underserved areas around the world, Josey added. - -A “beautiful thing” with data science is that a large language model (LLM) can be customized to offer a “game changing” advances from providing a basic form of artificial intelligence that can interpret, generate and summarize text, Swami Sivasubramanian, the head of AI services and data at Amazon Web Service, told attendees on Oct. 31 at the COSM Technology conference in Seattle, Washington. LLMs now can be “fine tuned,” he added. - -The progress is enabling machine learning to help solve a “wide range of problems” in health care, transportation or the financial sector Sivasubramanian said. Such developments are putting Amazon at the forefront of such advances. - -Advertisement. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -Four Large Income-paying Artificial Intelligence Stocks: Meta Platforms - -Menlo Park, California-based Meta Platforms Inc. (NASDAQ: META) reportedly is developing a search engine that scans the web to provide conversational answers about current events and news in its Meta AI chatbot, according to an Oct. 29 research report from BofA Global Research. Further reports hint that Meta recently partnered with Reuters to enhance the chatbot’s ability to answer informational questions about current events and news. By developing its own search engine, Meta could reduce reliance on Google Search and Microsoft Bing, which currently provide information for Meta AI, BofA wrote. - -The report about the development of a Meta search engine is consistent with the company’s long-term goal to reduce dependence on competitor platforms and technology, BofA wrote. If users increasingly engage with Meta AI for information, a portion of internet traffic could shift away from search engine leader Google Search, with its current search share of 90%, BofA reported. The investment firm continued that Google could and should highlight new AI overview capabilities and any related search query traction to improve increasingly cautious sentiment about its search share risk. - -Can Meta Develop a Search Engine Successfully? - -With increasing large language model (LLM) capabilities to answer search queries, Meta’s growing AI assets such as in-house infrastructure and Llama LLM, along with new information licensing deals, position Meta well to develop internal AI assistant and query response capabilities, the BofA analysts wrote. Compared to new Gen-AI companies such as Open AI and Anthropic, Meta potentially has a larger user and content base to train its own LLM, and more capital to sign licensing agreements, they continued. - -“However, we think Meta will be at a data and web scraping disadvantage vs Google given a still limited number of Meta AI users,” BofA wrote. - -In August, Meta had reported that Meta Al has more than 185 million WebARs (WAUs). Assuming three queries per user each week, BofA estimates Meta Al could generate about 30 billion queries a year vs. Google estimated at two trillion. Plus, the investment firm predicts Meta should be able develop informational retrieval capabilities similar to other LLM based assistants. BofA rates Meta as a buy recommendation. - -Citigroup’s Josey also rates Meta as a “buy,” with “strong drivers” for growth in 2025. He added that those growth catalysts include: - -Increased usage trends spurred by solutions such as Advantage+; Boosting return on investment (ROI) and incremental ad spending; Ramping messaging monetization through business messaging and click-to-message ads; and The presence of untapped assets such as Meta AI and Threads. - -“We also think Meta’s growing AI focus could drive positive product surprises in coming quarters (AI customer service offer, Meta AI ads or subscription, etc.), which can boost optimism on growth,” Josey said. - -After the company reported its latest quarterly results following the market’s close on Oct. 30, Citigroup’s Josey raised his price objective on the stock to $660, up from $630, based on higher ’25 GAAP earnings per share (EPS) and an unchanged 22x multiple, plus net cash. - -Ben Franklin scion Mark Skousen, who heads TNT Trader, Fast Money Alert and Forecasts & Strategies, talks to Paul Dykewicz. - -Mark Skousen, PhD, recommended Meta successfully in his TNT Trader advisory service last April. In slightly more than six months, the position has soared 14.88%. - -Meta is among the technology companies that are investing billions of dollars to apply artificial intelligence to their respective business models, Skousen wrote to his TNT Trader subscribers in its latest update on Oct. 29. He expressed hope that the company will announce a stock split, which is always seen as giving investors a psychological boost that tends to turn into higher stock prices, he added. - -TNT Trader also has a related call option recommendation that is up around 30% thus far. However, Skousen is holding off on recommending a sale of the options, explaining that patience could pay off with the price of those options advancing. - -Advertisement. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -Four Large Income-paying Artificial Intelligence Stocks: NVIDIA - -NVIDIA Corporation (NASDAQ: NVDA), of Santa Clara, California, is another recommended AI stock that continues on an uptrend for Skousen’s TNT Trader subscribers. The stock is up 22% and looks likely to keep ascending, according to TNT Trader. - -“We have made an average of about 35% on the options, and the final quarter is up around 80% right now,” Skousen wrote to his subscribers. “Let’s wait another week and see if some positive earnings from the other Magnificent Seven stocks boost Nvidia even higher.” - -An options-only trading service, Breakout Options Alert, led by Wall Street veteran Bryan Perry, also has recommended call options in NVDA. Similar to Skousen, Perry is advising his Breakout Options Alert subscribers to hold onto the options to let them rise. - -Bryan Perry, head of Cash Machine, Breakout Options Alert and Quick Income Trader, recommends NVIDIA options. - -NVIDIA is a buy recommendation of Citigroup, which estimates the company has roughly a 67% share of the four-large U.S. hyperscalers to aggregate AI accelerator installed base of around 6.3 million through 2021-2024 estimates. - -“We believe NVIDIA relies on three advantages,” Citigroup wrote in a recent research note. Those advantages are: - -1) Leading performance at the chip level, - -2) Strengthening scaling capabilities, and - -3) A large-installed base across all major cloud providers to allow enterprises that often adopt a multi-cloud strategy to have the interoperability they need across cloud infrastructures. - -Advertisement. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -Four Large Income-paying Artificial Intelligence Stocks: Microsoft - -Redmond, Washington-based technology giant Microsoft (NASDAQ: MSFT) is another way to profit from AI. The company’s shares have lagged over the last quarter as investors struggle to rationalize enormous ramps in capital expenditures amid “underwhelming” growth in earnings per share and Microsoft Azure, a cloud platform that offers a variety of services to help users build, run and manage applications. - -Citigroup views Microsoft as a “buy” and wrote in a recent research note that the company’s share price dip could help the stock provide investors with a slight surprise to the upside, in light of modest expectations by some analysts on Wall Street. The investment bank wrote that it expects the company to show increased second-half Azure/AI demand signals and reassuring commentary on capital expenditures/returns. - -“We are buyers of the pullback in shares as we expect investor sentiment to turn more positive,” Citigroup wrote. Despite the optimism, Citigroup trimmed its price target in Microsoft to $497. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -Four Large Income-paying Artificial Intelligence Stocks: Summary - -The four large income-paying artificial intelligence stocks to buy for growth and income feature top technology companies. Despite Russia’s continued attacks of its neighboring nation Ukraine and a volatile conflict in the Middle East exacerbated by Hamas refusing to release hostages seized during its terrorist attack in Israel on October 7, 2023, these four technology stocks are favored by top analysts as ways to profit amid the fallout. - -Paul Dykewicz, www.pauldykewicz.com, is an accomplished, award-winning journalist who has written for Dow Jones, the Wall Street Journal, Investor’s Business Daily, USA Today, the Journal of Commerce, Seeking Alpha, GuruFocus and other publications and websites. Paul is the editor of StockInvestor.com and DividendInvestor.com , a writer for both websites and a columnist. He further is the editorial director of Eagle Financial Publications in Washington, D.C., where he edits monthly investment newsletters, time-sensitive trading alerts, free e-letters and other investment reports. Paul previously served as business editor of Baltimore’s Daily Record newspaper. Paul also is the author of an inspirational book, “Holy Smokes! Golden Guidance from Notre Dame’s Championship Chaplain ,” with a foreword by former national championship-winning football coach Lou Holtz. Follow Paul on Twitter @PaulDykewicz .",1731883624,4813de54e0,147b4d4b54,,,1731883624 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/replacing-comms-generative-ai/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,When Your Client Wants to Replace You with Generative AI,"A couple of weeks ago, a client texted me, “Hey, I used ChatGPT to create a new social media plan and am sending it for your eyes only. Please don’t share it with your team yet.” - -So that’s a fun text to get. I sighed and opened my email. - -The “plan” included basic things, such as “Tag people in photos and use hashtags” to use new platforms such as Clubhouse. - -Clubhouse, you all. Clubhouse. - -Before I gave myself a concussion from pounding my head on my desk, I decided to figure out why he asked ChatGPT for ideas versus his very adept social media team to do this—and how I would have the conversation about what we are and are not doing and why. - -I called him and said I had read his email and had questions. Before I got any further, he said, “Don’t get mad at me! I was just testing ChatGPT and thought it had some good ideas.” - -I laughed and said I wasn’t mad, but was curious what he thought of the response he got. He said, “I know we’re already doing many of these things, but we’re not doing things like Clubhouse.” - -Ding! Ding! Ding! I KNEW IT! - -So I gently explained that while AI is super fun and makes us lots more efficient, it also can’t be relied on. And then I told him Clubhouse hasn’t been a thing since we were all locked in our homes with no end in sight. - -I inadvertently sucked the wind out of his sails, and you know I’m a huge advocate of AI. But I also needed him to know we’re not leaving off an entire podcasting venture just because we want to. As it turns out, we humans still know a thing or two that AI does not. - -The Fear of AI Replacing Us - -On a LinkedIn post a few weeks ago, a friend commented, “I get that you’re all in on AI, and I love it, too, but as a freelancer, I’m scared my clients are going to try to replace me with it.” - -This is a real fear. Just like our clients are using it to get new marketing and communications ideas, there are plenty out there who think they can save a buck by prompting their AI tool of choice to write a blog post, create some social media assets, write a news release, plan for a crisis, and develop Google Ads. - -Can it be done? For sure. Is it good? No. It’s not good. - -I’m sure you’ve seen videos created by AI all over your social media feeds. You first notice that the captions are in neon green and yellow. Then you realize there was no human involvement other than recording the initial video. - -Are those people posting to social media every day? Yep. Is it good? I guess “good” is in the eye of the beholder, but as soon as I see those neon colors, I scroll right past. - -Same with content. “In today’s rapidly changing landscape…” is a sure sign that the article was AI-generated. So is bolded copy and lots of bullet points. - -And if one more person uses AI to write their LinkedIn comments, I will punch them in the face. It’s so bad…and we all know what you’re doing. - -And yet… - -Relying Soley on AI Is Ignorant - -It’s not unlike anything else in this world. We have fad diets and get rich fast schemes because human beings want the easy way out. - -In the early days of SEO, many companies stuffed their websites full of keywords to rank high in search results. Google eventually got smart about that and began to prevent the practice. - -The same thing happened with content: instead of hiring writers, many companies would scrape content from their competitors’ websites and post it on their own. Of course, they looked and sounded just like their competition (not to mention it was theft), but by golly! It saved them money. - -And don’t get me started on the sheer number of emails I receive every day that start with, “I see you’re the founder of Spin Sucks…” - -No kidding? - -Your inbox is probably full of that crap, too. - -Combine its laziness and lack of authenticity with its inability to detect sarcasm, bias, or cultural contexts. When left in the wrong hands, it can be ignorant at best and dangerous at worst. - -Acknowledge Their Excitement - -But there is a way to handle conversations so your salary or budget aren’t at risk. - -First, acknowledge their excitement. It is exciting! I love it—that’s not a secret. And I’m sure there are lots of people out there who are excited to be able to ask it something and get a fairly good answer. Not to mention the time it can save them on things they hate, such as writing drafts of emails, summarizing reports, and analyzing data. - -You could say something like, “I completely understand why you’re excited about AI. It’s transforming our industry, and there are some incredible use cases we should explore.” - -Or you could be like me and say, “It’s freaking cool, isn’t it? Tell me how you’re using it!” - -This leads to a productive conversation instead of a defensive one (which helps me when my immediate reaction is to roll my eyes so hard they get stuck in the back of my head). - -Highlight the Strengths of AI - -Next, highlight the strengths of AI. Be specific about where it excels, where it has downfalls (like recommending Clubhouse in 2024), and where it still needs human involvement. - -For instance, it’s great at data analysis, content ideation, and streamlining repetitive tasks. Talk about where you’re already using it, how, and where you think it might benefit the person you’re talking to. - -I always like to use my cycling example when talking to a client about it. Of course, I keep meticulous stats for improvement so my coach can program my workouts. Before AI, he and I would sit down monthly and discuss the stats. We still do that, but before that meeting, I throw the information into ChatGPT and ask it to analyze it. I ask what I did well, where I can improve, and what recommendations it has for the following month. - -Then I ask it to compare to the month before and then to February (which is when I started doing it this way). It’s really fun to see my progress, beyond I’m XX% on my way to my goal and my VO2 max is XX% higher. - -When I explain it this way to a client, you can see the lightbulbs going off and it becomes a fun conversation. - -Find something simliar, even if it’s how you use it in your personal life, to highlight its strengths. - -Address Its Limitations - -Once you do that, you can address the limitations. You may have already done that as you’ve discussed its strengths, but if not, do that here. - -It’s great for content ideation, for sure, but it’s not great for writing an article you can just publish. It still takes significant human input and oversight, not just to ensure it’s accurate and sourced correctly, but to add your experience and expertise in content that Google wants to see. - -As we saw earlier, it doesn’t provide the most up-to-date information, showing that humans are still important in grasping context, emotions, and brand voice. - -Provide Concrete Examples - -While discussing this, provide concrete examples, especially where human expertise is irreplaceable. - -It might look like something like: - - - -“Remember last year’s product recall? AI couldn’t have navigated the delicate stakeholder communications or made real-time decisions based on evolving situations.” - -“That campaign we won an award for last year? It was built on cultural insights and emotional storytelling that AI simply can’t replicate.” - -“Our relationships with key journalists, built over the years, secure us those coveted feature stories. AI can’t network over coffee or understand the nuances of a reporter’s beat.” - -Emphasize it is a tool that enhances human capabilities rather than a replacement. It makes us more efficient so we can focus on higher-level strategic opportunities. - -Speak to Efficiency Gains - -Which can lead you to speak about efficiency gains. Don’t be afraid to talk about how much time it has freed up for you and/or your team, but couple it with what you’ve replaced that time with. - -For instance, you may use AI for initial research, content outlines, and data analysis, which has freed up about 30 percent of your time. Because of that, you’ve been able to focus on some things on the back burner. - -This shifts the conversation from “I shouldn’t have to pay you as much anymore” to “Oh, wow! We’re getting so much more for our money.” - -Present a Strategic Integration Plan - -Lastly, present a strategic integration plan. This is where the PESO Model© comes into play. The 2024 refreshed model includes significant AI use and is a great place to start as you consider how you’ll be able to replace some of your lower-quality, repetitive work with more strategic outcomes. - -You can discuss how you and your team stay at the forefront of its developments and use them throughout your integrated PESO Model program. This allows you to test, tweak, iterate—and then provide monthly updates on new capabilities within each media type and how you leverage it to drive results. - -AI Can Be Powerful - -Remember, the goal isn’t to dismiss AI but to position it as a powerful tool in your communications toolbox. - -By demonstrating how you’re thoughtfully integrating it while maintaining the irreplaceable human elements of strategy, creativity, and relationship-building, you’ll show that you’re not just keeping up with technology—you’re leading the way in using it effectively.",1731883675,4dc781f5bc,1505c57819,,,1731883675 -https://transom.org/2012/passing-stranger-the-east-village-poetry-walk/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Passing Stranger: The East Village Poetry Walk,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/09/Passing-Stranger-The-East-Village-Poetry-Walk.mp3 Download Listen to “Passing Stranger: The East Village Poetry Walk” - -It used to be people would say “Oh, the 1940s and 50s, that was the Golden Age of radio.” Maybe ten years ago they were right. - -Now, I’d say the 2010s are Golden Age of Radio. Take radio itself then add on satellite radio, HD radio, the internet, podcasts, mobile devices… the deluge of audio content is ridiculous. And, I didn’t even mention audio tours, the topic on this edition of HowSound. - -Radio producer Pejk Malinovski has ventured into the world of producing audio tours. He thinks other radio producers should, too, if for no other reason than they both use the same tools and skill set. Pejk’s first audio tour production was Passing Stranger: The East Village Poetry Walk. On HowSound, Pejk talks about the tour and some of the differences between producing for radio and producing for a tour. - -You should be sure to visit the Passing Stranger site AFTER you listen to the podcast. It’s fascinating to see how they repurposed the audio tour for the web. Insanely clever, I’d say. - -Happy listening! - -Enjoying this feature? Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now.",1731883728,c00d35bf2d,14f38577f4,,,1731883728 -https://www.practicalecommerce.com/11-new-social-networks-for-2023,https://www.practicalecommerce.com/category/social-media/feed,11 New Social Networks for 2023,"Here is a list of new social networks to explore in 2023. There are decentralized social networks, AI-assisted platforms, platforms for content creators, and moderated networks for positive relationships. Several of these platforms are in beta release. - -Mozilla.social is an open social network through the decentralized Mastodon ecosystem, launched by Mozilla, the web development organization. Mozilla’s mission is to create a social network that puts the needs of people first, including human dignity, inclusion, security, individual expression, and collaboration. Mozilla.social is in beta launch. - -– - -RTRO, a social networking app that connects brands, creators, and followers in more positive environments, focuses on connections and communities rather than algorithm-driven content. Users can connect with friends and family or see content from creators and brands in their own space. The app has content moderation and ChatGPT interaction. - -– - -Bluesky Social, a microblogging client co-founded by former Twitter co-owner Jack Dorsey, is built on Bluesky’s AT Protocol to showcase the protocol’s features. The goal of the AT Protocol is for modern social media to work more like the early days of the web when anyone could put up a blog or subscribe to other blogs via an RSS feed. Join the waitlist to try the beta before it’s publicly available. - -– - -Artifact is a news aggregator app driven by artificial intelligence. The app is from Kevin Systrom and Mike Krieger, the creators of Instagram. Artifact has several social elements: commenting features to keep up to date with friends, feedback controls to personalize the news reading experience, and a Trending Discussion tab. - -– - -Damus is a decentralized social media platform built atop Nostr, the open and decentralized social networking protocol. Messages are distributed via decentralized, encrypted relays. Damus users can run their own microblogging platform for friends or a business. - -– - -Lemon8, a social media app owned by TikTok parent ByteDance, is a content-sharing platform for fashion, makeup, food, travel, gadgets, pets, and the like. It provides a variety of templates, filters, stickers, and fonts to help creators. Lemon8 launched in Japan in 2020 and the U.K. and U.S. in February 2023. - -– - -T2 is a social media company founded by former Twitter employees Gabor Cselle and Sarah Oh. T2 seeks to be a place for authentic conversations. The platform has been built “on the belief that trust and safety must be integral, and that a positive user experience is paramount.” The app is in a limited beta release. Interested users can sign up on a waitlist. - -– - -Gowalla is a location-based social networking app to keep up with friends and family in the real world. Post updates privately to your network on your location and activities. Send messages, make plans, and leave reactions in direct and group threads. Find interesting places to visit. Gowalla launched in 2007 and closed in 2012. It relaunched in March 2023. - -– - -Hyve is a social money app that helps users with savings, investing, and debt hacks by connecting with friends. Save through round-up deposits, event-based deposits, and peer-supported matching deposits. Start investment plans, connect with lenders, and connect with others on shared financial goals. - -– - -Nocam is a social video app to record authentic moments, similar to BeReal. The Nocam app turns off the camera while recording, so users can’t preview their image and stage a performance. Also, Nocam records a user’s reaction when tagged by a friend. - -– - -Meta is building a standalone decentralized social network, codenamed P92, for sharing text updates. The app will allow users to log in using their existing Instagram credentials. According to MoneyControl, the P92 app will support ActivityPub, the decentralized social network protocol powering Mastodon.",1731883654,5e1ceba4cb,14ddd6f3da,,,1731883654 -https://www.lighthousehockey.com/2024/11/14/24296564/islanders-vs-canucks-gameday-news-mitchell-recalled,https://www.lighthousehockey.com/rss/current,Islanders vs. Canucks Gameday News: Mitchell joins the fray,"The five-game road trip continues in Vancouver tonight with a new body potentially available for the Islanders’ injury-riddled lineup. - -Alex Romanov remains out, and Dennis Cholowski remains pretty sparingly used, so the callup of Cornell grad Travis Mitchell adds another wrinkle to the depleted blueline. - -The Canucks are flying pretty high at 8-3-3 and a .679 points percentage. - -Leave First Islanders Goal picks here. - -Islanders News - -Previewing tonight: A long road trip continues. [Isles] - -Sure, it’s a four-game points streak, but it’s a mixed bag. [Newsday] - -In a not-good sign for his health, Mike Reilly has been placed on IR, making room for Mitchell’s recall. [THN] - -Bo Horvat reflects on returning to the spot where he got his NHL start. [THN] - -Matt Martin is just happy to still be doing this thing, he’s not gonna complain about sporadic game appearances. [Post] - -In the latest Weird Islanders podcast, Dan and Mike talk with Isles Den about Marc-Andre Bergeron, a diminutive secret weapon. [LHH] - -A flashback, just because: - -Frans Nielsen saying goodbye to his incredible career - -pic.twitter.com/Rg88dv6cnu — Islanders (@IslesVideos) November 14, 2024 - -Elsewhere",1731883653,711815cad2,14f1eaecf0,,,1731883653 -https://www.dexerto.com/call-of-duty/best-krig-c-loadout-in-warzone-2981715/,https://www.dexerto.com/feed/,"Best Krig C loadout in Warzone: Class setup, attachments, perks","The Krig C returns to Call of Duty as a new Black Ops 6 and Warzone Assault Rifle with the launch of Season 1. - - - -Its integration alongside other BO6 weapons has significantly shaken up the Warzone meta by providing players with a range of powerful new loadout options. With its high accuracy and easy-to-master recoil, the Krig C excels at all ranges, offering a highly versatile AR option this season. - -Here’s the ultimate Krig C loadout for Warzone, featuring the best attachments, perks, and equipment to dominate the Season 1 meta. - -Article continues after ad - -Best Warzone Krig C loadout - -Optic: Jason Armory 2X - -Jason Armory 2X Muzzle: Suppressor - -Suppressor Barrel: Reinforced Barrel - -Reinforced Barrel Underbarrel: Vertical Foregrip - -Vertical Foregrip Magazine: Extended Mag II - -Extended Mag II Rear Grip: Commando Grip - -Commando Grip Stock: Balanced Stock - -Balanced Stock Fire Mods: Recoil Springs - -Dexerto / Activision The Krig C was added to Black Ops 6 and Warzone with the Season 1 update. - -For a stealthy and versatile Krig C build in Warzone, the Jason Armory 2X optic is your go-to for medium-range clarity, providing quick and precise target acquisition. Pair it with a Suppressor to stay off the mini-map and avoid detection, while the Reinforced Barrel boosts bullet velocity and damage range, ensuring you can dominate mid-to-long-range engagements. - -To manage horizontal recoil, the Vertical Foregrip provides superior stability, while the Commando Grip further minimizes sway and improves aim control. - - - -The Extended Mag II is essential for Warzone. It boosts the Krig C’s ammo capacity to 60 rounds, making it far easier to eliminate multiple enemies in a single engagement and fire long-range shots without frequent reloads. - -Article continues after ad - -Article continues after ad - -The Balanced Stock boosts mobility and accuracy, ensuring you remain agile without sacrificing precision. Finally, the Recoil Springs smooth out your shots, making sustained fire— a main weak point with the Krig due to its recoil pattern—far more reliable and consistent. This setup enhances control, firepower, and overall performance in close and long-range engagements. - -This setup maximizes control and overall performance in both close and long-range engagements, making it ideal for aggressive and stealthier playstyles in Warzone. - -Article continues after ad - -Best Krig C class: Perks, Equipment, Combat Specialty - -Perk 1 : Dexterity - -: Dexterity Perk 2 : Quick Fix - -: Quick Fix Perk 3 : Ghost - -: Ghost Wildcard : Gunfighter - -: Gunfighter Lethal : Semtex - -: Semtex Tactical: Smoke Grenade - -Activision The perks in Warzone are slightly different now. - -The Dexterity perk is key for improving mobility and accuracy by enhancing your aim while jumping, sliding, or diving, and reduces fall damage—perfect for quick escapes or aggressive plays. - -Quick Fix is a must in the Warzone meta, instantly triggering health regeneration after securing a kill or applying an armor plate, helping you stay in the fight. Ghost is a must-have to stay off enemy UAVs, portable radars, and heartbeat sensors, keeping you undetected as you move through the map. - -Article continues after ad - -Article continues after ad - -The Gunfighter Wildcard is ideal for maximizing the Krig C’s potential, allowing you to add three extra attachments for better accuracy and performance. With the AR not ranking as high as others in the meta, using all eight attachments is vital. - -For equipment, Frag grenades offer a larger blast radius and are a reliable Lethal option, but Semtex excels with quick splash damage, making it the better choice for flushing enemies out of cover. Smoke Grenades as your Tactical provide essential cover for repositioning or advancing safely under fire. - -Article continues after ad - -Krig C pros and cons - -PROS CONS Consistently powerful at all ranges Difficult to manage recoil during extended fire Good hipfire accuracy Average TTK Versatile weapon Slow Rate of Fire Easy to use - -The Krig C has had a greater impact on the Black Ops 6 meta than in Warzone. While the AR is versatile and effective at all ranges, its slow Fire Rate and lower TTK compared to other Assault Rifles keep it from climbing higher in the rankings. - -The GPR 91 continues to dominate as the best AR and long-range weapon in the Battle Royale, thanks to its superior TTK and exceptionally low recoil. - -Article continues after ad - -Similarly, the Model L is comparable to the Krig but edges it out as a more versatile jack-of-all-trades option. With a slightly better TTK, improved range, and a nearly identical attachment and perk setup, it offers a stronger overall package. That said, the Krig remains a solid and competitive choice for players seeking a reliable weapon. - -Article continues after ad - -How to unlock Krig C in Warzone - -Dexerto / Activision Krig C is available to be unlocked for free on Page 6 of the Battle Pass. - -To unlock the Krig C, complete Page 6 of the Season 1 Battle Pass by using Tokens to claim smaller rewards before securing it as the HVT for your custom loadouts. - -If you don’t typically purchase the Battle Pass —new weapons are always available to unlock for free, so you can add the Krig C to your arsenal without spending a dime. - -Warzone Krig C alternatives - -The Model L has quickly become one of the top-ranked weapons in the Season 1 meta, serving as a strong alternative to the Krig C. - -Article continues after ad - -It offers similar vertical recoil control, a slightly faster TTK of 300 ms vs. 297 ms, and a longer effective range of 44 meters compared to the Krig C’s 42 meters, making it highly effective in mid and long-range combat. - -Article continues after ad - -You can view all our best Warzone loadouts dominating the meta during Season 1, including the Saug SMG, added as part of the seasonal update.",1731883639,9d7eb4fc17,14ffde5bdf,,,1731883639 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/10/new-eff-report-provides-guidance-ensure-human-rights-are-protected-amid-government,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,New EFF Report Provides Guidance to Ensure Human Rights are Protected Amid Government Use of AI in Latin America,"Governments increasingly rely on algorithmic systems to support consequential assessments and determinations about people’s lives, from judging eligibility for social assistance to trying to predict crime and criminals. Latin America is no exception. With the use of artificial intelligence (AI) posing human rights challenges in the region, EFF released today the report Inter-American Standards and State Use of AI for Rights-Affecting Determinations in Latin America: Human Rights Implications and Operational Framework. - -This report draws on international human rights law, particularly standards from the Inter-American Human Rights System, to provide guidance on what state institutions must look out for when assessing whether and how to adopt artificial intelligence AI and automated decision-making (ADM) systems for determinations that can affect people’s rights. - -We organized the report’s content and testimonies on current challenges from civil society experts on the ground in our project landing page. - -AI-based Systems Implicate Human Rights - -The report comes amid deployment of AI/ADM-based systems by Latin American state institutions for services and decision-making that affects human rights. Colombians must undergo classification from Sisbén, which measures their degree of poverty and vulnerability, if they want to access social protection programs. News reports in Brazil have once again flagged the problems and perils of Córtex, an algorithmic-powered surveillance system that cross-references various state databases with wide reach and poor controls. Risk-assessment systems seeking to predict school dropout, children’s rights violations or teenage pregnancy have integrated government related programs in countries like México, Chile, and Argentina. Different courts in the region have also implemented AI-based tools for a varied range of tasks. - -EFF’s report aims to address two primary concerns: opacity and lack of human rights protections in state AI-based decision-making. Algorithmic systems are often deployed by state bodies in ways that obscure how decisions are made, leaving affected individuals with little understanding or recourse. - -Additionally, these systems can exacerbate existing inequalities, disproportionately impacting marginalized communities without providing adequate avenues for redress. The lack of public participation in the development and implementation of these systems further undermines democratic governance, as affected groups are often excluded from meaningful decision-making processes relating to government adoption and use of these technologies. - -This is at odds with the human rights protections most Latin American countries are required to uphold. A majority of states have committed to comply with the American Convention on Human Rights and the Protocol of San Salvador. Under these international instruments, they have the duty to respect human rights and prevent violations from occurring. States’ responsibilities before international human rights law as guarantor of rights, and people and social groups as rights holders—entitled to call for them and participate—are two basic tenets that must guide any legitimate use of AI/ADM systems by state institutions for consequential decision-making, as we underscore in the report. - -Inter-American Human Rights Framework - -Building off extensive research of Inter-American Commission on Human Rights’ reports and Inter-American Court of Human Rights’ decisions and advisory opinions, we devise human rights implications and an operational framework for their due consideration in government use of algorithmic systems. - -We detail what states’ commitments under the Inter-American System mean when state bodies decide to implement AI/ADM technologies for rights-based determinations. We explain why this adoption must fulfill necessary and proportionate principles, and what this entails. We underscore what it means to have a human rights approach to state AI-based policies, including crucial redlines for not moving ahead with their deployment. - -We elaborate on what states must observe to ensure critical rights in line with Inter-American standards. We look particularly at political participation, access to information, equality and non-discrimination, due process, privacy and data protection, freedoms of expression, association and assembly, and the right to a dignified life in connection to social, economic, and cultural rights. - -Some of them embody principles that must cut across the different stages of AI-based policies or initiatives—from scoping the problem state bodies seek to address and assessing whether algorithmic systems can reliably and effectively contribute to achieving its goals, to continuously monitoring and evaluating their implementation. - -These cross-cutting principles integrate the comprehensive operational framework we provide in the report for governments and civil society advocates in the region. - -Transparency, Due Process, and Data Privacy Are Vital - -Our report’s recommendations reinforce that states must ensure transparency at every stage of AI deployment. Governments must provide clear information about how these systems function, including the categories of data processed, performance metrics, and details of the decision-making flow, including human and machine interaction. - -It is also essential to disclose important aspects of how they were designed, such as details on the model’s training and testing datasets. Moreover, decisions based on AI/ADM systems must have a clear, reasoned, and coherent justification. Without such transparency, people cannot effectively understand or challenge the decisions being made about them, and the risk of unchecked rights violations increases. - -Leveraging due process guarantees is also covered. The report highlights that decisions made by AI systems often lack the transparency needed for individuals to challenge them. The lack of human oversight in these processes can lead to arbitrary or unjust outcomes. Ensuring that affected individuals have the right to challenge AI-driven decisions through accessible legal mechanisms and meaningful human review is a critical step in aligning AI use with human rights standards. - -Transparency and due process relate to ensuring people can fully enjoy the rights that unfold from informational self-determination, including the right to know what data about them are contained in state records, where the data came from, and how it’s being processed. - -The Inter-American Court recently recognized informational self-determination as an autonomous right protected by the American Convention. It grants individuals the power to decide when and to what extent aspects of their private life can be revealed, including their personal information. It is intrinsically connected to the free development of one’s personality, and any limitations must be legally established, and necessary and proportionate to achieve a legitimate goal. - -Ensuring Meaningful Public Participation - -Social participation is another cornerstone of the report’s recommendations. We emphasize that marginalized groups, who are most likely to be negatively affected by AI and ADM systems, must have a voice in how these systems are developed and used. Participatory mechanisms must not be mere box-checking exercises and are vital for ensuring that algorithmic-based initiatives do not reinforce discrimination or violate rights. Human Rights Impact Assessments and independent auditing are important vectors for meaningful participation and should be used during all stages of planning and deployment. - -Robust legal safeguards, appropriate institutional structures, and effective oversight, often neglected, are underlying conditions for any legitimate government use of AI for rights-based determinations. As AI continues to play an increasingly significant role in public life, the findings and recommendations of this report are crucial. Our aim is to make a timely and compelling contribution for a human rights-centric approach to the use of AI/ADM in public decision-making. - -We’d like to thank the consultant Rafaela Cavalcanti de Alcântara for her work on this report, and Clarice Tavares, Jamila Venturini, Joan López Solano, Patricia Díaz Charquero, Priscilla Ruiz Guillén, Raquel Rachid, and Tomás Pomar for their insights and feedback to the report. - -The full report is here.",1731883678,1face9fbd3,1506db43c8,,,1731883678 -https://front.moveon.org/moveon-latest-trump-call-for-political-violence-against-opponents-cannot-be-normalized/,https://front.moveon.org/feed/,MoveOn: Latest Trump Call for Political Violence Against Opponents Cannot Be Normalized,"MoveOn: Latest Trump Call for Political Violence Against Opponents Cannot Be Normalized - -WASHINGTON, D.C. – In response to Donald Trump’s issuing a violent threat concerning Liz Cheney, stating, “Let’s put her with a rifle standing there with 9 barrels shooting at her. Let’s see how she feels about it. You know, when the guns are trained on her face,” MoveOn Political Action Executive Director Rahna Epting released the following statement: - -“Threatening violence against any human and seeking revenge on your political opponents are qualities of a vengeful dictator, not the president of the United States. Donald Trump’s horrific and anti-democratic threat against Liz Cheney should not be dismissed as another off-the-cuff remark or an isolated incident. This is exactly who he has been for years. He is a weak and thin-skinned person who fully plans on using all of his political power to pursue revenge against anybody who disagrees with him. Over the next four days, we have a responsibility, as people who believe in the beautiful experiment of American democracy, to do whatever it takes to elect Kamala Harris and ensure that Donald Trump never sets foot in the Oval Office again. - -“This is a line in the sand moment for America’s people, our institutions, our leaders, and our shared futures. We implore corporations that have donated to the Trump campaign or its affiliated PACs to disavow Trump’s violent remarks and revoke their financial contributions immediately.” - -### - -MoveOn is celebrating 25 years of people-powered progress this year. For more than a generation, MoveOn has built independent political power and mobilized the left to elect Democrats and enact progressive change. MoveOn is a bulwark against the radical right, channeling our collective voices to drive progressive foreign policy, protect democracy, and advance justice for all.",1731883644,d0f9e09372,14fb9dabd5,,,1731883644 -https://www.uwdawgpound.com/2024/11/15/24297811/washington-vs-ucla-game-thread,https://www.uwdawgpound.com/rss/current.rss,Washington vs. UCLA Game Thread,"This is your spot to comment on the game and follow along during all of the action with your fellow Husky fans. - -We will be extremely loose with the definition of trolling and any offenders will be banned. Also, any comments directed at other posters will be deleted and the offenders may be placed on pre-moderate mode. - -The Huskies enter as 4.5-point favorites according to FanDuel Sportsbook. T&Cs apply. See https://sportsbook.fanduel.com/navigation/ncaaf for details. - -***** - -Go Dawgs!",1731883650,e6fa0206a3,14febc0222,,,1731883650 -https://www.everydayshouldbesaturday.com/2019/7/31/20729397/free-bird,https://www.everydayshouldbesaturday.com/rss/current.rss,FREE BIRD,"Everyone wants to be free. That’s what this country’s all about. - -—Ronnie Van Zant - -It started as a joke, because “Free Bird” was the song rednecks loved to play when doing super redneck things, things you hoped weren’t contagious but wanted to try anyway. It is the song played in the documentary The Dancing Outlaw, while Jessco White and his friends party and drunkenly tear up someone’s front yard in a car doing donuts until the engine smokes and the back axle almost falls off the car. It is the song I associate with the relatives and neighbors who’d inevitably fall out of trees they’d climb as adults on a dare, kill rattlesnakes in their driveways with shotguns while kids rode bikes around the cul-de-sac, and show up to family events with new wives without warning. - -It started as a joke, all of it. “Free Bird” is not the song anyone alive at any point in the 1980s would have liked in order to be cool. “Free Bird” is the song of the kinds of people a kid growing up in Tennessee desperately hoped to avoid. “Free Bird” people bought Trans Ams and Fieros and drove them until the sound insulation fell out of them and the mufflers started to rust. They thought it was cool because it just made the car louder, and the volume on “Free Bird” on the radio would just have to be twice as loud. They smoked, all of them, all the time. - -“Free Bird” never had to happen. No one ever had to take the trouble to play it because it just got played, it came on like an assumption, like the weather. It could be cited in Almanacs, like the phases of the moon or the next neap tide. - -February 18th: 2:40 p.m. at moderate volume from a passing Silverado on I-40 - -April 7th: 8:18 p.m. Blasting during preshow for Alabama at the Nashville Municipal Auditorium - -July 3rd: 10:38 a.m. from your uncle’s Nissan Z as he pulls up late to your seventh birthday party - -September 11th: 10:39 a.m. from tailgate at football game. Blistering volume. - -It was so deeply uncool, and in so many ways. It was uncool enough to become a joke at concerts for bands that would never play “Free Bird,” or play music for those who loved it. It was huge, anthemic, sincere, and beloved by hippie-compatible country types who wore t-shirts with serious-looking totem animals screen-printed on them. - -In what was a serious error of bad taste for some, it had what could only be called a cartoonish number of guitar solos. Worst of all: It was achingly sincere, the kind of song to play at tailgates after eight tallboys too many, and at the funerals of guys who died helmetless in rural highway motorcycle accidents. - -*** - -You are reading this because I flunked out of the CIA. When I started EDSBS, I was underemployed in a terrible uninsulated apartment, fresh out of grad school with next to no plan, and not entirely able to think rationally about my situation. - -The computer I typed all this into was a gigantic CPU block Dell with a fan so loud it could be heard on phone calls at a distance. The apartment sat in a stretch of intown Atlanta still wild enough that COPS filmed there. This happened often enough that the camera crew following the lady running out of Green’s Liquor on Ponce, who proved to be shockingly fast sprinting uphill in heels, and the huffing policemen in pursuit didn’t seem out of place at the time. - -I was interviewing for the Central Intelligence Agency’s Directorate of Operations, because I was a delusional idiot. A good solid dead patch in life drove me there: begging for internships no one else wanted and still getting rejected, running my joints ragged on blistering Georgia blacktop, developing an eating disorder out of boredom and despair. I did things so out of character I don’t even fully recognize them as my own actions today. I went to church once, talked to military recruiters, and thought about law school out loud. - -I was considering the CIA not out of patriotism, but because a career promising formal obliteration of my existing life was exactly what I wanted anyway. In my desperation, I convinced myself that the only job I could take was one that would erase myself completely by spending the rest of my life trying to sell a multi-level marketing scheme called “deeply underpaid government intelligence asset,” with the added bonus of a regular paycheck and a built-in excuse to barely talk to anyone I knew ever again. - -I waited tables and waited by the mailbox and got an invite for the second round of interviews, to be held in a dismal brick office park warren in Reston, Virginia. They dole out a battery of written tests, do a few role-play scenarios with potential candidates, and ask applicants to be discreet about the reason for the visit to the not-at-all obvious building with the car bomb barriers and the lady carrying a combat shotgun standing out in front of it. - -They pay out per diems in the cleanest cash I have ever held in my hands. - -The money lasted a day or two after I got back to Atlanta. The letter from “McLatter and Associates” I got two months later let me know that my career as a spy was done before it ever took me any farther from home. I walked around Piedmont Park for a few hours and then I came home, sat down, and fired up NCAA Football to abuse a defense with Kliff Kingsbury and Texas Tech. - -I probably threw eight TDs that day. It wasn’t all bad. - -*** - -The centerpiece of Free Bird is the massive three-pronged guitar solo, four minutes and change long. - -Al Kooper’s organ intro starts the song in church mode. The piano part — written and played by a roadie who had to become a member of the band later, because shit, that’s the Free Bird piano dude now, isn’t it — walks Nashville sound piano and Floyd Cramer right into the room. The slide guitar line carrying the melody is twin-tracked for an echo effect. It could be a dobro, or a fiddle, or anything rubbery enough to slide around a melody but mournful enough to be confused for a human voice. - -Against all that warm 70s guitar, that line will always sound the way sunlight on a lake looks to me. It’s shimmery, sad, gorgeous, a little faded but still bright enough to remind the eye that there’s real fire behind it. It is the reflection of something so intense it can’t be looked straight at without damaging the observer. It sounds like the sun disappearing behind the lip of a stadium on a brutal September day feels: warm, gone from the eye, but still blasting away at something just out of sight. - -The lyrics are a matter of interpretation. Ronnie Van Zant’s reading was poetical. Birds were the freest thing of all, and freedom was what this country was all about. Those are his words, not mine, from an interview Van Zant conducted while fishing in a trucker hat, because this was Lynyrd Skynyrd, and there was going to be an interview on a boat talking about America at one point. - -My translation is less sunny. It sounds like a breakup song attempt to “free” the singer, which is already bad, but gets worse when he drops a very literal “it’s not you, it’s me” in the middle of the second verse. Because if he stayed, you see, well, he wouldn’t change. (See: previous assertion of Free Bird-ness and immutable status as same.) You could totally read “Free Bird” as being an asshole’s anthem, if you wanted to, and be completely justified in that read. - -There’s a lot there: that Nashville sound piano, the vanishing organ, the trailer park player letdown lyrics, the bombastic drums with the toms echoing to the rafters, the spectral guitar yanked out of a bluegrass funeral tune. It holds together, at one end, because of one guitar line. It soars on the other because of a three-part bar brawl between the band’s guitarists. - -*** - -I didn’t know what I was doing here. I still don’t, really. There was a spot on the screen. Type words into it and they appeared on the internet. It just kept going. No one had to use their real names, even. That worked for me just fine. I didn’t want to be me anyway. - -Being someone else and talking about this sport all day, put me somewhat at home and closer to all these things: to writing, to a sport I never played, to places that meant everything to me that would never reciprocate the same feeling. I could laugh about it and nothing hurt, because it wasn’t me sending or receiving. - -It became a hobby, then an obsession, and then a job. Sometimes it could be all three at once. On the worst days, there was a freedom in that, too. It could be pure distraction: A game played in the weird in-between parts of the country, sincere and crooked and sincerely crooked, an earnest scam bought into and perpetuated by the need to keep some piece of home, youth, family, or a friend alive, or to simply belong. To see something loud and spectacular and fleeting that went on too long, and that never really ended, just fading out into a pause until the season returned. - -For the longest time, it was the best way to be free I knew. - -*** - -I. THESIS. The opening little reel that forms the backbone of the whole piece, thrown around hard for a minute or so by Allen Collins. It’s almost a bluegrass fiddle line, if a bluegrass fiddle line stole a car and peeled out in front of the police station. This is the part that starts playing in my head the minute Chris Davis catches the ball in the Kick Six, or if you like the initial stages of Nic Cage’s run from the cops in Raising Arizona. - -II. REBUTTAL. The point where the solos begin to play over and against each other. In concert, Skynyrd’s three guitarists took turns here, but on the album version these are all just Collins. Allen Collins was baaaaaaad. This is the soundtrack to Joe Adams’ punt return against Tennessee, or what the box score of Baylor/West Virginia 2012 would sound like. - -III. HOEDOWN. There’s really no other word for this: This is a hoedown thrown into a blender, with the snare doubling up and Leon Wilkeson trying to flay the strings off his bass. It’s amazing how much heat Collins gets out of two note toggles here. Think of the moment a ballcarrier gets completely loose from a scrum, or the instant a hole opens in the defense and the quarterback pinpoints a ball thirty yards downfield to a place no one but this one receiver can get at it. It’s Eric Crouch versus the entire Mizzou defense, or Cam Newton trampling all of LSU. - -IV. DOWNHILL. The point in any good barfight when it spills out into the street. Off the peak of Hoedown 1, and now gathering momentum and rolling brakeless into the Barry Sanders section. Can’t really decide whether this is someone being chased in open grass by Roquan Smith or Roquan Smith hightailing it through a forest of blockers to get to a running back, but he’s in there somewhere. - -V. BARRY SANDERS/HOEDOWN 2. - -Back to some serious guitar hero shit. If it’s shredding in a country-type milieu, that’s Barry Sanders, the rare college football player who started out dazzling and only got better after he left for the pros. Sanders could juke the wings off a dragonfly. If there is a bottle made of theater glass somewhere within reach when this comes on, smash it over someone’s head immediately. - -VI. #3. Here is Dale Earnhardt saving his car at the 1987 Winston. Part V almost loses control of the song altogether, and Part VI is Lynyrd Skynyrd making an impossible save and pulling it back onto the track. It begins playing when the ball hits Quincy Adeboyejo’s hands off the tip against Alabama in 2015. - -VII. FADE. The best part about “Free Bird” is that it doesn’t end, it just fades out over at least two more sprawling guitar solos. In theory, “Free Bird” might be infinite. Returning to its masters thousands of years from now, turning the knob back up on the mixing board will reveal the band still playing, Allen Collins still soloing into the void. - -It’s a reliable herald for the end of a show. - -*** - -Freedom backfired, because freedom would mean being alone, but there were you people to contend with. Freedom would have meant doing EDSBS all myself, and that was impossible from the start because a.) people better at this than me just showed up, and b.) I couldn’t tie my shoes on the internet without them. - -You showed up for some reason and read, and talked back, and kept this alive much longer than I ever imagined I could. A community formed, thrived, and became its own bumptious thing. Some of y’all have kids with each other now. I can’t really process that EDSBS might be responsible for the existence of select actual humans. - -My family was there too, from the start, and has shared me with the internet in deeply unfair measures. I can give you my gratitude for tolerating it. I can only ask, though, for you to forgive me for all the times I can’t ever give back to you. I have regrets. Most of them are seconds spent looking at the phone when I could have been in the moment with y’all. Nothing is free. - -*** - -There are four people I have to thank in particular. - -The soul of this site is Holly Anderson. Neither of us remember how she took up residence as my left brain; I am left to assume she was a ghost in the machine from the start, who assumed form to yell at Phil Fulmer. The coaching tree starts with her. The site’s voice and sense of humor would never have attained even the medium-fancy level without her. My last shred of sanity resides firmly in her hands at all times. She wrote my favorite things here, and kept me from writing some of the worst. She rewrote half this story, and will never tell you which half. - -I have never worked with a more talented human, or known someone better at making everyone around her better. I don’t know if I can say that enough, but I know I haven’t ever said it enough before, so let’s fix that. I have never worked with a more talented human, or known someone better at making everyone around her better. Thank you, Porch Cat. - -Ryan Nanni kept me from quitting. More than once. I can’t decide whether to blame him for that or to thank him. We did keep each other from being lawyers, so thanks are probably the move. There is not a quicker one-line assassin in the world, or anyone else so seamlessly good at everything they try here. I hate him for this. I love him for everything else. Thank you, Ryan. - -Jane Coaston never wrote here, and we would never suggest otherwise. To have germinated her writing career here would be bad for her professional reputation, and her professional reputation is sterling. I would like to keep it that way. I have never heard of her, but would like to thank her regardless. Thank you, Jane, in advance of our eventual meeting. - -Action Cookbook, a.k.a. Scott, has kept y’all company by himself for the better part of three years now. He’s done this while juggling multiple children, a respectable-type job, and one of the worst stretches in Cincinnati football history. Thank you, Scott, for holding this line, for your continued brilliance, and for making sure people know Cincinnati invented gumbo. - -You. If you are reading this: Thank you. - -*** - -The lesson is that freedom backfires. I wanted to be distracted from not having a job, and ended up carving an accidental living, and a path for what I hope will be the rest of my life. I wanted to be someone else, and ended up writing under my own name, the one I still don’t like hearing out loud, even now at the age of 43. - -I wanted to write about nothing. That backfired, too. There is no separating the politics from the sport, or you from the politics. There is no way to not eventually meet someone who will disappoint you in the worst way imaginable. I thought Art Briles was one of the best interviews I ever had, and coached what I thought football should look like. He turned out to be Art Briles. There will always be more of him. - -I interviewed Danny Wuerffel once, for an essay I never wrote about Florida football. Wuerffel had a flawless college career, throwing for 39 TDs in his senior season and leading Florida to its first national title over Florida State. His pro highlights included wearing his helmet sideways over his face in New Orleans and backing up Brett Favre for a minute. - -In 2004, he left pro football for good. In 2005, he lost his house in New Orleans to Katrina. He watched it on tv. Like, he spotted it on the television screen via a news camera, saw the water rushing over it, and realized it was gone. He lost his nonprofit, Desire Street Ministries, too, and had to relocate it to Atlanta. - -in 2011, he came down with Guillain-Barré Syndrome. Guillain-Barré forces the immune system to attack the nervous system. It causes muscle weakness at first, but can progress to near-total paralysis. Some patients end up on ventilators before recovering completely over the course of what might take weeks, or what might take years. A little over seven percent of all cases never recover at all. - -Wuerffel’s case never reached the paralysis stage. He experienced a constant, powerful fatigue, for the most part, sometimes having to spend whole days sitting in his parents’ backyard. One day he said he just watched a turtle cross the yard, one achingly slow step at a time, until it crossed the whole lawn. - -I told him I thought that sounded like agony. He made a different choice. He thought of it as a gift. - -*** - -If you’ve read this far, you’ve reached the end of EDSBS. It’s a change, and to say you can’t change is a lie in multiple directions. One lie assumes that you won’t have incentive to change, that you can’t. That might be true. It also assumes what is definitely a bigger lie: That life will give anyone a choice in the matter. - -This has been a gift, all of it. It will stay that way, right here, preserved in internet amber. It will appear locked, but there will probably be places you can crowbar open if you want to trespass around a bit. - -I will be somewhere else. (Not leaving the company! But not here at EDSBS, which is now closed.) I would say come visit us, but that’s not accurate. Come visit me, because “us” stopped the minute I started this site and set my feed on a very long road of becoming an “I”. Whether I wanted it to happen or not, “I” eventually showed up to the party. So come visit me. I won’t be far. - -“Free Bird” is the anthem of the end. It’s pretty much everything I love about a lot of things, including college football. It is big, bombastic. It has an accent, goes on too long, and might be sorta full of shit when it’s not busy being completely sincere. It gets completely and raucously out of control. It contains stretches of stunning beauty made in places and by people who had no right to make anything this gorgeous. - -It has its own troubled history, and attendant disasters. Falling in love with it means passing through layer after layer of apprehension: irony, then insecurity, then cynicism, and finally into a molten core of genuine, unabashed love. Everything else is the noise playing over that. It is deafening, and will always be worth the silence that follows.",1731883652,9becbdfbef,150a824e51,,,1731883652 -https://www.wmagazine.com/fashion/rihanna-denim-bag-puma-sneakers-boxers-los-angeles,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,Rihanna Wears Fall's Hottest Sneaker With 2005's Favorite Mini Bag,"Rihanna’s first stop after landing in Los Angeles following her trip to Barbados? Her favorite Italian spot Giorgio Baldi, of course. But Rihanna’s outing yesterday evening wasn’t just about chowing down on some meatballs. The musician and beauty entrepreneur provided a masterclass in pairing an early aughts It bag with 2024’s hottest sneaker. - -Though Rihanna has worn some pretty large bags out to dinner recently, she opted for a nano Louis Vuitton speedy bag designed in a monogram denim fabric. The speedy, of course, is one of the French brand’s most famous silhouettes. But this particular jean bag, designed by Marc Jacobs, was an instant hit upon its release in 2005. The brand has since re-released the bag in the years since, but judging by the hardware fixed to Rihanna’s accessory, it’s likely her mini is plucked straight from the aughts era. - -Like a true fashion girl, Rihanna couldn’t help but mix in another trending item into her dinner outfit. She slipped into a chocolate brown pair of Puma’s racing-inspired Speedcat sneakers. The pair are actually a return guest. She wore them out to Giorgio Baldi in September. Rihanna’s isn’t alone in her adoration for the shoe. Emily Ratajkowski, Jennifer Lawrence, and Dua Lipa have all contributed to their reputation as fashion’s latest It sneaker. - -The Hollywood Curtain / BACKGRID - -The remainder of her outfit was just as much of a conversation starter. The star accented her loosely belted, baggy oversized denim with a pair of exposed men’s boxers from her intimates line, Savage x Fenty. Rihanna continued her embrace of lingerie styling by wearing a satin corset top. She layered a fur-lined overcoat over top that looked cozy enough to classify as an elevated dressing robe. - -Rihanna has worn just about everything to dine at Giorgio Baldi recently—including leopard print pajamas and Carrie Bradshaw’s favorite vintage Fendi purse. But, between her 2000s denim bag and her now-trending sneakers, her latest outfit is the ultimate “then and now” flex.",1731883675,f8844306b1,14943251c5,,,1731883675 -https://philosophersmag.com/on-seeing-the-same-image-differently/,https://www.philosophersmag.com/feed,On Seeing the Same Image Differently,"Since the early days of western philosophy, sight (vision) has often been understood as the noblest and highest of the five senses (the others are hearing, smell, taste, touch). Plato, for instance, wrote in his Timaeus (1997, 47a) that “our sight has indeed proved to be a source of supreme benefit to us” because of its close connection to the soul (the mind’s eye), intellectual activity, and the ways in which we inquire into and understand the world around us. - -For example, we usually use the expression ‘I see’ to express ‘understanding’ and in many ways regard the sense of vision as the most important. It is therefore no surprise that today’s society is increasingly becoming visually stimulated and determined. Think, for example, of all the pictures and (moving) images you encounter on a daily basis in a host of various media – from paintings, drawings, cinema, from the visuals in advertisements to those on ubiquitous social media platforms such as Instagram and Snapchat. On Tinder, a dating app, one decides the romantic fate of a whole person by swiping their image either to the left, relegating them to the dust heap of history, or to the right, signalling interest. This move toward the social rule of images was not lost on the German philosopher Martin Heidegger (1889-1976), who stated in his essay “The Age of the World Picture” (1977, 130) that we live in a “world conceived and grasped as picture”. William J. T. Mitchell, a contemporary theorist of visual representation, has called this the visual or “pictorial turn”, stating that “The fantasy of a pictorial turn, of a culture dominated by images, has now become a real possibility on a global scale” (Picture Theory, 1994, 15). - -In philosophy, as in daily life, seeing is intricately linked to understanding, with images (visual objects) functioning as preferred carriers of meaning and understanding. However, a closer look at visual practices demonstrates that the connection between sight, visual imagery, and understanding and interpreting them, is significantly more complex than one might think. Hence, a number of questions come to the fore that require answers, such as: do all people see images in exactly the same way? Are sight and the interpretation of its objects universally encoded with the same significance? When it comes to the anatomy of vision, can neural patterns change (significantly) or are they fixed? To examine these questions, this essay delves into a number of visual examples and explores their link to several important and recent concepts of seeing and understanding images. - -Duck or Rabbit? - -A cartoon by Paul Noth for a 2014 issue of The New Yorker magazine illustrates the extent to which a global, uniformly shared response to visual stimuli is at least questionable: - -What do you see here? The head of a duck or a rabbit? - -The duck-rabbit image is not new. Ludwig Wittgenstein famously used it many years ago in his Philosophical Investigations (2009, Part II, xi.125; PI), writing: “I see two pictures, with the duck–rabbit surrounded by rabbits in one, by ducks in the other. I don’t notice that they are the same. Does it follow from this that I see something different in the two cases?” Wittgenstein’s answer (PI, xi.129-30) was that you could indeed see them both, by quickly oscillating between one and the other, but never simultaneously. Thus, you would indeed be left with two differently interpretations of what is seen. Wittgenstein called this visual experience ‘seeing as’ (also known as ‘aspect perception’): depending on which aspect of the image you are noticing or seeing now (the rabbit’s ears or the duck’s bill), you interpret it either as a rabbit or as a duck, while the image itself stays physically unchanged. Thus, the same unaltered image can look quite different despite being physically one and the same. - -One may, however, wonder about images that don’t play upon optical illusions or are deemed ambiguous, like the duck-rabbit image. Do we see and interpret them differently, too? Art historians such as Erwin Panofsky (1892-1968) were especially interested in the ways we see images (or, indeed, culturally ‘coded’ artefacts and general performances) and adapt methods of visual interpretation accordingly. In his essay “Iconography & Iconology: An Introduction to the Study of Renaissance Art” (1955), Panofsky distinguished between pre-iconographical description, iconographical analysis, and iconological interpretation of visuals in art and lived experience. To illustrate this point, Panofsky offered the following example of an everyday experience: imagine taking a walk and seeing a man on the other side of the street tipping his hat towards you. By recognizing him as a man who performs an action, namely, taking off his hat, you have already taken the first descriptive, pre-iconographic step. Suppose, further, that you are European and familiar with many of its typical cultural customs and practices. In that case, you interpret the meaning behind the gesture of raising one’s hat as a salute and an indication of the other’s presumable friendliness and politeness towards you. These latter interpretations exemplify the levels of iconographical/iconological understanding. - -The same progression seems to apply to images. In Panofsky’s view, the interpretations of images rely on recognizing the lines and colours as figures and objects (pre-iconographic level) and identifying them as specific figures and objects, based upon the viewer’s background knowledge of possible literary sources (e.g., biblical, mythological) and contexts (time, place, society, politics, etc.). Panofsky’s central message was that you need to be aware of the contextsrelated to images in order to see and properly decode their conceptual or representational/symbolic content and cultural codes. - -Wittgenstein and Panofsky seem to share something here in their thinking. For both, seeing, understanding and interpreting an image involve possible contrary interpretations, influenced by differing aspects, contexts, or background knowledge. To illustrate this point further, let us consider the following emoji that is used in the world of WeChat, a highly popular Chinese instant messaging app: - -How would you interpret this emoji? - -This emoji is a stylized representation of a typical and frequent gesture. In China, the emoji’s caption reads ‘Salute’, suggesting, at various times, a person’s gratefulness for another person’s help or collaboration, thanking somebody, and indicating respect. In non-Chinese cultures, however, performing a salute in this fashion is uncommon¾hence not a part of everyone’s background knowledge. Moreover, because of one’s unfamiliarity with the performance being represented here, one might even interpret the emoji in a way diametrically opposed to the Chinese usage, as threatening violence. Such an interpretation might occur to someone from a Western tradition, where a similar gesture is used to communicate the threat of conflict. The difference in backgrounds thus transforms the way the emoji is perceived and understood: instead of signalling collaboration, respect, and thanks, one sees the opposite. Moreover, with the broad validation of the fist bump during COVID, this gesture is again changing, further signalling the need for contextualization when attempting to decode what we see. This, then, brings us back to Panofsky’s point: knowing and recognizing the contexts (here, culture-based practices and uses of emoticons) guides one’s vision and allows one to grasp the representational and conceptual content of an image or cultural performance. It is context and background knowledge that enable us to see and understand their meanings. - -What Colour is that Dress: Gold/White or Black/Blue? - -Consider also the following example taken from the world of cyberspace. - -In February 2015, the above image was posted on Facebook in order to help decide once and for all the question of the colour of the dress depicted, as there had been different interpretations earlier. The image went viral and in the days following the post, with much of the virtual world heatedly debating the dress’s colour, and thus leading to a global discussion about images and sight. Twitter and Buzzfeed were flooded with tweets and posts, with two factions bitterly opposing each other: those who saw the dress as gold and white and those who saw it as black and blue. In the end, Adobe, one of whose programmes had been used to render the image, stepped in and stated that the picture had indeed depicted one of the two colour combinations: the dress itself was black and blue. This, however, did not end the discussion; rather, the issue now moved on to technical inquiries of image usage in creating and maintaining communities of meaning. The example then clearly illustrates that when it comes to vision, most people will readily have an answer for inquiries about what they (think they) see. And indeed, communal and consensual living requires a minimal consensus of what people see. Yet, this example also demonstrates that, to many people’s surprise, this consensus is far from assured. Still today, the debate, formally known as “Dressgate,” rages on. - -What is particularly interesting here is that the different ways of seeing the identical image of “The dress” have little to do with Wittgenstein’s concept of ‘aspect perception’: irrespective of the actual colour of the dress in reality, you cannot flip back and forth between two different perceptions in order to see both colour combinations. Similarly, Panofsky’s approach is of little help here: knowing and recognizing the underlying concepts/contexts doesn’t guide you in viewing the dress as either white/gold or black/blue. The differences in how the dress is perceived are not sensitive to such aspectual or cultural factors. - -Furthermore, the perception of colours can be approached from various disciplinary angles, such as art history, medicine, philosophy, physics, and psychology. Many physicists, for instance, don’t think that physical objects are coloured in the ways we believe we see them. As the Australian philosopher Barry Maund (‘Color,’ 2022) put it: “Oceans and skies are not blue in the way that we naively think, nor are apples red (nor green)”. Instead, the colours of the objects we see depend upon the light source and the way in which light interacts with objects, as well as upon our eyes and brains. Some philosophers also argue that colours are response-dependent properties. In this view, what colour an object is depends not only on its intrinsic physical features, but also on how viewers, given specific circumstances, respond to this object. For example, an object is perceived as having a certain colour, say red, when a “normal” perceiver (as opposed to someone who wears colour-tinted glasses or is colour-blind), under certain circumstances, say natural daylight, responds to the object with the sensation of redness. Seeing colours is, hence, a relational phenomenon that connects perceivers (with specific capabilities) to an object (with specific properties) in a certain environment. If even one of the three related variables changes, so does the perception of colours (see Jackson and Pettit, “Response-Dependence without Tears,” 2002, for an account of this). - -“The dress” might be a good case in point here: the image of the dress is framed in a particular way, in which the environmental light is ambiguous. Because that image frames the dress in such a way that we cannot unambiguously determine whether the room as a whole is dark or well-lit, we may see the dress as differently coloured. In much the same way that white objects appear a pale blue at night, our visual system may interpret the saturation and brightness of the dress as indicative of white and gold in a dark room. The photograph might also have been overexposed. This allows normal perceivers to react differently to it, seeing the dress as white/gold or black/blue. Thus, even in a case which, on the surface, appears to be clear-cut and as unambiguous as perceiving colours, things turn out to be made up of sophisticated and contingent or conditional relationships. The colours we see turn out to be a consequence of the ambient light in our environment, the way objects in this environment absorb, reflect, and refract this light, and the manner in which our visual system integrates or responds to this information. - -Do We All See Images in Exactly the Same Way? - -To return to our introductory question, in the light of the above, the answer is: probably not. Given the evidence and its philosophical discussion, it seems highly unlikely that humans share something like “stable” sight or “pure” vision that would allow them to see and interpret the world in exactly the same way. Or, to put it another way, we don’t see the world through naïve eyes (what the media theorist Friedrich Kittler called the “unarmed eye”); seeing an object is not sufficient for understanding it. Instead, our discussion of the visual examples above has revealed how differently one and the same image can be seen. The same image can invite different visual understandings and interpretations: aspectual, contextual, or relational (to highlight only a few). Awareness that our sight and the interpretation of the content and meaning of visuals is not universally encoded and as simple as we think is a first step towards navigating and understanding our image-laden world. - -Susanne Beiweis is adjunct assistant professor at Mount Allison University. Holger Briel is Professor in the Division of Culture and Creativity at Beijing Normal University-United International College.",1731883639,f019c0c620,1508781f6e,,,1731883639 -https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fnins.2024.1467935,https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/neuroscience/rss,A neuromorphic event data interpretation approach with hardware reservoir,"Event cameras have shown unprecedented success in various computer vision applications due to their unique ability to capture dynamic scenes with high temporal resolution and low latency. However, many existing approaches for event data representation are typically algorithm-based, limiting their utilization and hardware deployment. This study explores a hardware event representation approach for event data utilizing a reservoir encoder implemented with analog memristor. The inherent stochastic and non-linear characteristics of the memristors enable the effective and low-cost feature extraction of temporal information from event streams as a reservoir encoder. We propose a simplified memristor model and memristor-based reservoir circuit specifically for processing dynamic visual information and extracting feature in event data. Experimental results with four event datasets demonstrate that our approach achieves superior accuracy over other methods, highlighting the potential of memristor-based event processing system. - -1 Introduction - -Event cameras are bio-inspired vision sensors that operate differently from conventional frame-based sensors. They are sensitive to detect the brightness change based on scene dynamics rather than capturing image's frame at a fixed rate for frame-based camera (Gallego et al., 2020). The event behavior in individual pixel is triggered only when the brightness intensity change exceeds the threshold without waiting for the command of the global shutter (Furmonas et al., 2022). Unlike the conventional camera that outputs an analog value in each pixel, the dynamic vision camera (DVS) produces a serials of events or spikes, which weigh only 1 bit (Lichtsteiner et al., 2008). The unique properties of event camera offer high temporal resolution and high dynamic range with better energy efficiency and latency compared with traditional cameras. With faster motion of objects, more events are generated as each pixel adjusts the delta modulator sampling rate according to the change of the logarithm of optical intensity. This makes event cameras exceptionally fast and efficient for edge applications, such as surveillance or monitoring, where only motion or change relevant (Delbruck and Lang, 2013; Glover and Bartolozzi, 2016). - -However, traditional computer vision algorithms cannot be directly used to process event data as it only contains binary information of asynchronous brightness intensity change. How to effectively process event data still remains an issue. These event data are asynchronous spike behavior with microsecond-level resolution, which requires special algorithm or specialized hardware for good representation or prepossessing. Many studies have been proposed to realize good event data representation. Gehrig et al. (2019) proposed differentiable operation method to convert event streams into grid-based representations. Sironi et al. (2018) introduced a local memory sharing method with time surface, which converts event stream into an image with function of the motion history at that location. The other common method is to integrate event behaviors to frames by slicing a constant time window or fixed number of event packets (Everding and Conradt, 2018). Nevertheless, these methods are mainly based on the software level optimization without the implementation of hardware. - -The memristor is an emerging non-volatile device, which shows the dynamic conductance range with programming ability (Khalid, 2019). It is a two terminal device, which retains a state of resistance with flexible response to varying electrical inputs. Many memristor devices exhibit the short-term-memory (STM) behavior, which has the non-linearity and memory decay characteristics in response to a stimulus as optical or electrical input (Kumar et al., 2023; Hu et al., 2021; Wu et al., 2023; Jo et al., 2010). It allows the devices to map temporal input patterns into collective memristor resistance states, which can be viewed as a dynamic reservoir node. Many research studies have been proposed to implement hardware reservoir computing based on memristor (Zhong et al., 2021, 2022; Sun et al., 2021). Such properties can efficiently process event data and extract information through the natural behavior of the device. The memristor reservoir encoder takes advantage of both spike neural network (SNN) and reservoir computing, which is effective to capture features in high dimensional space and resembles the processes of visual cognition (Chen et al., 2024). This approach provides a solution for event representation at a low cost, which is suitable for edge applications including robotic systems, real-time monitoring, and complex signal processing. - -In this study, we propose a neuromorphic approach for event-based data interpretation (NEIR), which utilizes memristor-based circuit as reservoir encoder to encode event data. The stochastic nature and non-linear property enables the reservoir layer to effectively extract the event-based information at a low cost. We also propose a simplified memristor model based on the VTEAM model with time-surface behavior to fit the non-linear property. The state of memristor in reservoir circuit changes according to the input of event streams, and the result of extracted information is represented by the generated current. The reservoir layer allows the effective feature extraction for the temporal information in all prior spike inputs produced by the event camera without any use of dedicated memory units and logic circuits for complex preprocessing algorithms. Our design is triggered by the digital signal with ON and OFF events, which eliminates the need for Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC) requirements. It is similar as retina cells that can directly sense and encode raw, asynchronous visual inputs at low cost. This scheme introduces a novel approach for event-data encoding with memristor-based reservoir node, which highlights the potential application in this field. - -The contributions of this study are as follows: - -1. We introduce a hardware system called NEIR which utilizes a memristor-based circuit to encode event data. The memristor array can effectively simulate the reservoir state as hardware implementation with non-linear property. - -2. We propose a simplified memristor model specifically designed for the pulse behavior, which is suitable for non-linear behavior modeling and event-based data representation. It is an intuitive and easy-to-use framework derived by the VTEAM model to capture the pulse stimulus with less parameters. - -3. We compare our memristor encoding method with other event representation methods with four event-based datasets. Our evaluations demonstrate that our encoding method can achieve the highest accuracy across the same bottleneck structure on both spike and non-spike models. - -The remainder of this study is organized as follows. We introduce in Section 2 previous studies in both reservoir computing and memristor areas. In Section 3, we provide a detailed description of our proposed method. The performance of this approach is evaluated in Section 4. We then provide a discussion on experimental results and performance in Section 5. Finally, the study is concluded in Section 6. - -1.1 Related work - -Reservoir computing is a widely used machine learning framework known for its non-linear and dynamic characteristics (Yan et al., 2024). This approach facilitates the handling of complex temporal patterns without the need for extensive retraining or parameter adjustments inherent in traditional models (Cucchi et al., 2022). By leveraging a fixed number of randomly generated neurons in the reservoir to extract information in high dimensions, it allows for efficient computation and robust performance across a variety of temporal-spatial tasks (Tanaka et al., 2019). For hardware implementation, the memristor is a popular candidate to work as the physical reservoir due to its non-linear and dynamic programming properties (Cao et al., 2022). The memristor has shown its unique short-term or long-term memory with both optical and electrical programming abilities. It can work as the reservoir nodes to perform non-linear information transformation (encoding) of the temporal input data into the stored reservoir states (Zhang et al., 2023). In such systems, the reservoir node encodes the spatiotemporal information naturally by device dynamics, which eliminates the need for external memory or arithmetic and logic units (ALUs). By implementing physical reservoir with memristors, it can achieve outstanding energy efficiency and power consumption as the number of nodes is fixed. - -The STM characteristic of the memristor brings its non-linear and time-dependent properties, which can serve as a suitable hardware platform for the dynamics required for reservoir computing. Many studies have shown the potential ability to utilize memristor-based circuit as the reservoir node and take advantage of the storage ability (Liang et al., 2024; Yan et al., 2024; Yang et al., 2024). Wu et al. (2023) integrated organic light-sensing materials into memristors to simulate an optical reservoir system with a spike neuromorphic network for pattern recognition. Yang et al. (2024) proposed a mask reservoir computing circuit using memristor arrays to process analog biomedical signals. Zhou et al. (2023) proposed light-responsive vision sensors that convert dynamic motion into event signals and extract features for efficient motion recognition. These studies have integrated memristors into reservoir computing platforms, offering potential opportunities for hardware-based reservoir computing applications. - -However, most of the existing studies primarily concentrate on device characteristics and software simulations. In this study, we provide a general event representation method via memristor modeling and circuit design for reservoir computing, which enhances the event-based feature extraction with low energy consumption. - -2 Memristor model and reservoir computing - -Figure 1 shows the reservoir computing system implemented for event data processing. For event data processing, the memristor-based reservoir layer has the non-linear dynamic property to respond to stimuli, where both optical and electrical pulse can be viewed as potential stimuli (Pereira et al., 2023). The asynchronous events generated by event camera can be directly sensed and processed by the reservoir layer without any configuration of external logic circuits. The bipolar terminal in memristor enables the flexibility and reconfigurability of programming to different conductance values with effective feature extraction ability. The STM property of the memristor device offers the superior ability to react with temporal information and decay with time surface, which could work as the encoder for event data to extract information (Moon et al., 2019). The feature map extracted by the reservoir layer is sent to a classification bottleneck network for identification. The network including convolutional layer and fully connected layer can be easily implemented by memristor crossbar with high energy efficiency and low power consumption. - -Figure 1 - -Figure 1. NEIR structure: asynchronous spike inputs are directly sent to hardware reservoir layer to extract the feature. The neural network can be implemented for further classification. - -2.1 Memristor-based circuit unit - -The memristor circuit unit plays as the basic element of reservoir node for event data interpretation. It is used to extract high dimension information and behave as non-linear state of reservoir. The DVS camera measures output with event behavior through the brightness change (Lichtsteiner et al., 2008). The pixel circuit is shown in Figure 2A, where the brightness change over threshold value of comparator is generated as ON and OFF event. The asynchronous event behaviors can be directly fed and processed by the proposed reservoir circuit as shown in Figure 2B. The ON and OFF signal represents the digital control signal of event data, while the V in is the constant voltage supply for memristor programming. By definition of event data, the ON and OFF signal cannot be activated simultaneously as brightness change can be either positive or negative. The schematic diagram is shown in Figures 2C, D when ON and OFF signal is activated at a high level. The event data can drive the switch control of voltage, where the memristor state changes accordingly with the event type and stores the previous integrated information. The bipolar programming of the memristor device provides the flexibility of reservoir state modification with non-linear dynamics. According to the memristor readout, the multiplexer with clock control is utilized to read the conductance of each memristor simultaneously. During the read phase, a small voltage (< 0.15 V) is applied across the memristor to prevent any alteration of its conductance state. A transimpedance amplifier (TIA) can be utilized to convert the small input current into a proportional voltage signal for further processing. - -Figure 2 - -Figure 2. (A) The circuit diagram of DVS sensor. (B) The circuit diagram of memristor-based reservoir node. (C) The circuit diagram when ON signal is activated. (D) The circuit diagram when OFF signal is activated. - -2.2 A simplified memristor model - -The VTEAM model is a popular voltage-controlled model considering the threshold voltage phenomenon, which is compatible with many window functions (Kvatinsky et al., 2015). In addition, the VTEAM model has great flexibility to simulate the non-linear dopant drift phenomenon. Considering the STM behavior in many solid-state memory devices, we improve the memristor model by adding a decay term below the threshold value. The optimized VTEAM model is shown below: - -d w ( t ) d t = { k off · ( v ( t ) v off − 1 ) α off · f ( x ( t ) ) , 0 < v off < v − w ( t − 1 ) τ , v on < v < v off k on · ( v ( t ) v on − 1 ) α on · f ( x ( t ) ) , v < v on < 0 ( 1 ) - -x ( t ) = w ( t ) W ( 2 ) - -R ( t ) = R on + ( R off - R on ) · x ( t ) ( 3 ) - -v ( t ) = R ( t ) · i ( t ) ( 4 ) - -where w(t) is an internal state variable in [0, W], W is a constant that represents the maximum value of w, x(t) is an internal state variable in [0, 1], τ is the constant decay value, f(x) is the window function, v(t) is the voltage applied to the memristor, i(t) is the current passing through the memristor, R(t) is the resistance of the memristor, and t is the time. The parameters v on and v off are threshold voltages, and R on and R off are resistance values of the memristor in its ON and OFF states. The parameters k on , k off , α on , and α off are constants. The window function f(x) is applied to model the non-linear drift behavior with scalable parameters (Soni and Sahoo, 2022). - -Considering the dynamic behavior in the time surface, the state change with the memristor can be modeled as follows: - -△ R = ( R o f f - R o n ) · △ x = ( R o f f - R o n ) · △ w W ( 5 ) - -In the VTEAM model, the memristor's resistance change is primarily governed by the direction and magnitude of the voltage. When the memristor device is applied under serial constant voltage pulses δ spk (t) over than threshold v on and v off , the internal state variable w behaves as below: - -△ w = { − c 1 · f ( x ) , δ s p k ( t ) = 1 c 2 · f ( x ) , δ s p k ( t ) = − 1 ( 6 ) - -where c 1 and c 2 denote constants defining how much the resistance changes within the time according to pulse state. The state change △R is dependent on internal state w and can be expressed as below: - -d R ( t ) d t = R ( t - 1 ) τ · 1 δ ( t ) = 0 + c · δ s p k ( t ) · f ( x ) ( 7 ) - -where 1 is the indicator function that equals 1 if δ spk (t) = 0 and takes the value 0 in other cases, and f(x) is the appeid window function. In this case, we consider the boundary effect and apply Biolek's window function (Biolek et al., 2009), which is given by f(x) = 1−(x−stp(−i))2p, where stp is the step function. We substitute the parameter x with Equation 3, and the window function can be expressed as follows: - -f ( x ) = 1 - ( R - R o n R o f f - R o n - s t p ( - i ) ) 2 p ( 8 ) - -Our model in NEIR method is derived from the VTEAM model yet it is significantly simplified. Compared with the other existing memristor model, our model focuses exclusively on pulse behavior instead of I-V behavior. It has the much simplified model with less fitting parameters (4 in total), which is easy to use in pulse simulation. This approach relies on the memristor's response under the pulse stimulus, which is a more intuitive framework that prioritizes efficiency in electrical pulse manipulation. This direct and effective method provides a particular advantage for simulating the dynamic memristor property for reservoir computing scenarios, where time-dependent spike data can be treated as pulse stimulus. By mirroring the natural processing mechanisms in biological neurons, this method allows for physical implementation in memristors responding to electrical or optical impulses over time. - -2.3 Behavior simulation - -To demonstrate the effectiveness and precision of modeling the memristor device property, we conducted a comparative simulation using serials of random pulses with SPICE-based model and our simplified model as shown in Figure 3A. Based on the proposed reservoir node circuit, the SPICE simulation is conducted with the modified VTEAM model. The simplified model aims to capture the pulse behavior of the memristor state with simulation frequency of 200 Hz. For demonstration purposes, we increase the event frequency and decay penalty, whereas in real scenarios, events usually fire at low rates with sparsity. The well-fitting result indicates that our simplified model can accurately extract spike-based features and retain critical dynamics, which makes it a valuable tool for fast and efficient modeling. The parameters of the simplified memristor behavior simulation in this study are listed in Figure 3B. From Equation 7, it shows the strong non-linear relationship between programming pulses and the resistance value of the memristor, which is essential for the reservoir computing simulation due to the non-linearity and dynamics. The simulated memristor model for a pair of positive and negative pulses is shown in Figures 3C, D. The resistance change curve shows a non-linear manner, where state variable x gradually increases with positive pulses and decreases with negative pulses. The resistance is limited between R on and R off with boundary effect constraint. The non-linearity value of the curve can be easily modified by two parameters c1 and c2 or through curve fitting with experimental memristor data. The model is simplified and purely based on the pulse mode with few parameters, which is easy to use in non-linear fitting cases. - -Figure 3 - -Figure 3. (A) Simulation result comparison between SPICE model and our simplified model. (B) The list of parameters for simulation. (C, D) Proposed simplified memristor model with variable parameter c1 and c2. - -The event behavior can be described and transmitted with three essential parameters, including time step, pixel coordinates (x, y position), and event polarity (Leñero-Bardallo et al., 2018). The event behavior can be expressed as - -e i = { x i , y i , p i , t i } ( 9 ) - -where x i and y i are the positions of an active pixel, p i represents the polarity of an event, t i is the time step, and e i is the ith event in the stream. For the reservoir encoding method, the memristor array updates its conductance state according to the event streams. We partition the event recordings into smaller chunks and perform feature extraction by reading the current periodically at each segment. These patterns in an analog state can be processed by subsequent DNN/SNN blocks. The proposed encoding method is shown in Algorithm 1. - -Algorithm 1 - -Algorithm 1. The proposed encoding method. - -2.4 Event-data representation methods and result visualization - -Event data are processed and transformed into alternative representations to extract significant information and facilitate specified algorithm processing. These representation methods focus on converting raw event data into a format that is more amenable to algorithmic processing, enabling efficient information extraction and decision-making (Lakshmi et al., 2019). Our reservoir layer serves as the encoder with the same purpose but applying a memristor-based hardware framework with non-linear dynamics. This is distinct from traditional methods and aligns with our objective to optimize both performance and hardware compatibility. In this study, we make a comparison of existing popular representation methods for event data in Table 1. This comparison presents the characteristics and storage feature of each method, which highlight their suitability for different computational scenarios. Our proposed memristor-based method can extract both spatial and temporal features with the advantage of being hardware-friendly and energy-efficient. - -Table 1 - -Table 1. Comparison of event representation methods. - -Figure 4A displays the visualization result of different event representation methods for digit “9” in NMNIST dataset. The visualization result contains four different methods, namely, raw event, frame, VoxelGrid, and our method. The raw event data consist of individual events plotted in space and time, resulting in a sparse and scattered visualization. This method retains all event information but lacks structure, making it difficult to discern the underlying pattern of the digit “9.” The frame-based representation method accumulates events over a fixed time interval to create a frame, which could blur temporal information and introduce motion artifacts. This VoxelGrid approach balances both spatial and temporal information but may suffer from quantization effects, which may lead to a loss of fine details. Our method extracts both spatial and temporal information through non-linear behavior of memristor device, maintaining clarity in the contours. The event representation methods aim to capture and retain essential features through sparse event behaviors, enabling efficient processing and analysis of dynamic visual scenes. Figure 4B shows the comparison result for raw event data and the data after memritsor-based reservoir encoder. The visualization result utilizes t-distributed stochastic neighbor embedding (t-SNE) method for dimensionality reduction. It contains 2,000 samples randomly chosen from test set of NMNIST dataset with the same experimental setup. Samples from the same category are more distinctly clustered after the proposed encoder, which indicates the information extraction ability of proposed memristor reservoir event representation method. - -Figure 4 - -Figure 4. (A) Different event representation result visualization: Raw event behavior, Integrate-to-frame, VoxelGrid, and our method. (B) T-SNE visualization of NMNIST dataset before and after the proposed encoder. - -3 Numericial experiment - -3.1 Experiments on DVS dataset - -We evaluate the memristor encoding method in DNN/SNN bottleneck structure through event-based datasets, including DVS Gesture (Amir et al., 2017), DVS CIFAR10 (Li et al., 2017), NMNIST (Orchard et al., 2015), and DVSLip (Tan et al., 2022). To integrate the information effectively, the encoder captures data at a frequency of 30 Hz and sent to the subsequent layers. In the simulation, the initial states of neurons in the reservoir are drawn from a normal distribution with a mean of (Rmin+Rmax)/2. The NEIR method allows efficient feature description of the temporal information in all prior spike inputs with simple DNN backpropagation rules across time steps. We compare the NEIR with existing encoding approaches including frame, time surface, and voxel grid. The comparison results are shown in Table 2. With the same experiment setting, we evaluate the event representation methods via spike and non-spike bottleneck network. For image recognition on DVS Gesture dataset, our NEIR method reaches the accuracy of 88.42% in VGG 11 model, which is much higher than the other encoding method (87.11% for time surface). - -Table 2 - -Table 2. Performance comparison of different Encoding methods. - -We also apply spike-based bottleneck network to evaluate the performance of encoding methods. To solve the non-differentiability of spike behavior, we implement the spiking activation function with an approximation of gradient (Wu et al., 2019). We set the default time steps as 5 for each event sample and conduct experiment with different encoding methods. We observed that our method achieved an accuracy of 66.45% on the DVS CIFAR10 dataset using a spike-based VGG 16 model, compared with 64.95% when employing time-surface techniques. The NEIR method exhibits superior performance over other encoding method in both spike and non-spike architecture. The ablation study demonstrates that the NEIR method achieves high accuracy on the test dataset, indicating its effectiveness in capturing essential features from event data. The Pytorch platform and Tonic package were used for all the experiments with methods described above. - -3.2 Effects of device variation and ADC resolutions - -Figures 5A, B provide a summary of the impact of non-idealities on our system for image recognition on DVS Gesture dataset. Each data point in the figure shows the mean and standard deviation across five arbitrary seed values. Due to the stochastic ion behavior and vacancy forming process, the conductance of memristors displays variations and fluctuations from expected conductance value (Ielmini and Wong, 2018). Figure 5A illustrates the impact of device conductance variation. As device conductance variation increases, network performance gradually declines, dropping from 88.45% at a 5% conductance range to 80.47% at a 25% conductance range, with an increasing of accuracy variation. Figure 5B shows the effect of ADC resolution. With the higher resolution ADC, the precision of information improves and the network achieves better performance. - -Figure 5 - -Figure 5. (A) The effect of device conductance variation. (B) The effect of ADC resolutions. - -3.3 Performance evaluation - -Table 3 shows the hardware evaluation and comparison for the proposed reservoir circuit node. We conduct the circuit simulation via PSPICE in Cadence and explore critical performance metrics including power consumption, energy usage, and latency. The result shows an average power consumption of 137 μW and normalized energy of 0.69 μJ per event with supply voltage of 3.3V, which highlights efficiency in information encoding at low cost. The expected propagation delay of 280.19 ns represents the total time delay across the critical path, where the memristor crossbar analysis is evaluated in Lu et al. (2021). Compared to other studies, our design demonstrates competitive performance. Zhong et al. (2021) reports a lower power consumption of 50 μW and a normalized energy of 0.006 μJ but emphasized on device measurement. Our evaluation is based on the individual memristor reservoir circuit and achieve competitive accuracies on multiple event-based datasets, which is more complex task across others. This circuit performance evaluation shows the requirements for the memristor-based reservoir node, which reveals the potential application for energy-efficient event sensing system. - -Table 3 - -Table 3. Performance comparison of proposed reservoir node. - -4 Conclusion - -In this study, we proposed NEIR, a neuromorphic approach using memristors as reservoir encoders. We utilize the stochastic and non-linear properties of memristors as reservoir node for effective, low-cost feature extraction of event data. Our design does not require a DAC component and directly encode ON and OFF events triggered by digital clock. We also present a simplified memristor model based on the VTEAM model to accurately capture pulse behaviors with fewer parameters. Comparative analyses across four datasets demonstrate that our approach achieves superior accuracy over other methods, illustrating the potential of memristor-based systems in real-time data processing and neuromorphic computing. - -Data availability statement - -The raw data supporting the conclusions of this article will be made available by the authors, without undue reservation. - -Author contributions - -HL: Conceptualization, Formal analysis, Investigation, Methodology, Software, Validation, Writing – original draft. DK: Methodology, Supervision, Writing – review & editing. NE-A: Methodology, Funding acquisition, Supervision, Writing – review & editing. - -Funding - -The author(s) declare financial support was received for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. This work was supported by the King Abdullah University of Science and Technology. - -Acknowledgments - -Authors acknowledge financial support from King Abdullah University of Science and Technology, Saudi Arabia. - -Conflict of interest - -The authors declare that the research was conducted in the absence of any commercial or financial relationships that could be construed as a potential conflict of interest. - -Publisher's note - -All claims expressed in this article are solely those of the authors and do not necessarily represent those of their affiliated organizations, or those of the publisher, the editors and the reviewers. Any product that may be evaluated in this article, or claim that may be made by its manufacturer, is not guaranteed or endorsed by the publisher. - -References - -Amir, A., Taba, B., Berg, D., Melano, T., McKinstry, J., Di Nolfo, C., et al. (2017). “A low power, fully event-based gesture recognition system,” in Proceedings of the IEEE Conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition, 7243–7252. doi: 10.1109/CVPR.2017.781 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Biolek, Z., Biolek, D., and Biolkova, V. (2009). Spice model of memristor with nonlinear dopant drift. Radio Eng. 18, 210–214. PubMed Abstract | Google Scholar - -Chen, L., Wang, X., Yang, C., Chen, Z., Zhang, J., and Zeng, Z. (2024). Full-analog reservoir computing circuit based on memristor with a hybrid wide-deep architecture. IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst. I: Regul. Pap. 71, 501–514. doi: 10.1109/TCSI.2023.3334267 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Cucchi, M., Abreu, S., Ciccone, G., Brunner, D., and Kleemann, H. (2022). Hands-on reservoir computing: a tutorial for practical implementation. Neuromorphic Comput. Eng. 2:032002. doi: 10.1088/2634-4386/ac7db7 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Delbruck, T., and Lang, M. (2013). Robotic goalie with 3 ms reaction time at 4% cpu load using event-based dynamic vision sensor. Front. Neurosci. 7:69513. doi: 10.3389/fnins.2013.00223 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Gehrig, D., Loquercio, A., Derpanis, K. G., and Scaramuzza, D. (2019). “End-to-end learning of representations for asynchronous event-based data,” in Proceedings of the IEEE/CVF International Conference on Computer Vision, 5633–5643. doi: 10.1109/ICCV.2019.00573 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Glover, A., and Bartolozzi, C. (2016). “Event-driven ball detection and gaze fixation in clutter,” in 2016 IEEE/RSJ International Conference on Intelligent Robots and Systems (IROS) (IEEE), 2203–2208. doi: 10.1109/IROS.2016.7759345 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Khalid, M. (2019). Review on various memristor models, characteristics, potential applications, and future works. Trans. Electr. Electron. Mater. 20, 289–298. doi: 10.1007/s42341-019-00116-8 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Kvatinsky, S., Ramadan, M., Friedman, E. G., and Kolodny, A. (2015). Vteam: a general model for voltage-controlled memristors. IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst. II: Express Br. 62, 786–790. doi: 10.1109/TCSII.2015.2433536 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Leñero-Bardallo, J. A., Carmona-Galán, R., and Rodríguez-Vázquez, A. (2018). Applications of event-based image sensors-review and analysis. Int. J. Circuit Theory Appl. 46, 1620–1630. doi: 10.1002/cta.2546 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Lichtsteiner, P., Posch, C., and Delbruck, T. (2008). A 128 × 128 120 db 15 μs latency asynchronous temporal contrast vision sensor. IEEE J. Solid-State Circuits 43, 566–576. doi: 10.1109/JSSC.2007.914337 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Lu, A., Peng, X., Li, W., Jiang, H., and Yu, S. (2021). “Neurosim validation with 40nm rram compute-in-memory macro,” in 2021 IEEE 3rd International Conference on Artificial Intelligence Circuits and Systems (AICAS) (IEEE), 1–4. doi: 10.1109/AICAS51828.2021.9458501 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Moon, J., Ma, W., Shin, J. H., Cai, F., Du, C., Lee, S. H., et al. (2019). Temporal data classification and forecasting using a memristor-based reservoir computing system. Nat. Electron. 2, 480–487. doi: 10.1038/s41928-019-0313-3 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Nowshin, F., Huang, Y., Sarkar, M. R., Xia, Q., and Yi, Y. (2024). Merrc: a memristor-enabled reconfigurable low-power reservoir computing architecture at the edge. IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst. I: Regul. Pap. 71, 174–186. doi: 10.1109/TCSI.2023.3329337 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Pereira, M. E., Martins, R., Fortunato, E., Barquinha, P., and Kiazadeh, A. (2023). Recent progress in optoelectronic memristors for neuromorphic and in-memory computation. Neuromor. Comput. Eng. 3:022002. doi: 10.1088/2634-4386/acd4e2 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Sironi, A., Brambilla, M., Bourdis, N., Lagorce, X., and Benosman, R. (2018). “Hats: histograms of averaged time surfaces for robust event-based object classification,” in Proceedings of the IEEE Conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition, 1731–1740. doi: 10.1109/CVPR.2018.00186 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Soni, K., and Sahoo, S. (2022). “A review on different memristor modeling and applications,” in 2022 International Mobile and Embedded Technology Conference (MECON) (IEEE), 688–695. doi: 10.1109/MECON53876.2022.9752214 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Tan, G., Wang, Y., Han, H., Cao, Y., Wu, F., and Zha, Z.-J. (2022). “Multi-grained spatio-temporal features perceived network for event-based lip-reading,” in Proceedings of the IEEE/CVF Conference on Computer Vision and Pattern Recognition, 20094–20103. doi: 10.1109/CVPR52688.2022.01946 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Wu, Y., Deng, L., Li, G., Zhu, J., Xie, Y., and Shi, L. (2019). “Direct training for spiking neural networks: Faster, larger, better,” in Proceedings of the AAAI Conference on Artificial Intelligence, 1311–1318. doi: 10.1609/aaai.v33i01.33011311 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Yang, X., You, M., Pang, L., and Du, B. (2024). “Reservoir computing based on memristor arrays in random states. IEEE Trans. Circuits Syst. I: Regul. Pap. 71, 3256–3268. doi: 10.1109/TCSI.2024.3394169 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Zhang, G., Qin, J., Zhang, Y., Gong, G., Xiong, Z.-Y., Ma, X., et al. (2023). Functional materials for memristor-based reservoir computing: dynamics and applications. Adv. Funct. Mater. 33:2302929. doi: 10.1002/adfm.202302929 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Zhong, Y., Tang, J., Li, X., Liang, X., Liu, Z., Li, Y., et al. (2022). A memristor-based analogue reservoir computing system for real-time and power-efficient signal processing. Nat. Electron. 5, 672–681. doi: 10.1038/s41928-022-00838-3 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar",1731883658,75eaeab355,15073a094b,,,1731883658 -https://retireby40.org/i-voted/,https://www.retireby40.org/feed/,I Voted!,"Pin 5 Flip 5 Shares - -This is it. It’s time to vote and make your voice count. This is the most important election of my lifetime and I already voted. In Oregon, we have been using mail-in ballots since 1998. They are very convenient and there haven’t been many problems. Losers who refuse to accept defeat make a lot of noise about voter fraud without any evidence. They are entitled bullies who get their way by blustering and lying. Voting for those people will undermine the democratic process. Don’t fall for their lies! - -It’s the Economy - -The RB40 family has done very well financially over the last 4 years. COVID was a rough stretch for everyone, but we came out ahead. Sure, our monthly expenses are up, but our net worth has increased quite a bit as well. I feel we are doing very well. The U.S. economy is the envy of the world; life is tougher almost anywhere else. I’m thankful we live in the United States. - -How about you? Are you better off than 4 years ago? - -Are you better off than 4 years ago? (2024 edition) Yes! Life is good. - -About the same. - -Worse!! View Results - -Loading ... Loading ... - -Trump’s Economic Plan - -I realize not everyone is better off than 4 years ago. Young folks are having a tough time with high housing prices and inflation. Many small businesses were devastated by the pandemic and never recovered. Lots of people were laid off and couldn’t find a comparable job. The last four years have been tough for many of us. You might hope Trump will improve the economy because he’s a billionaire businessman. However, I have bad news for you. Trump will bankrupt the U.S. economy like he did with his casinos. - -20% Tariff - -Trump wants to put a 20% tariff on all imports. Unfortunately, American consumers will bear the brunt of this tariff. Margins are thin on imported consumer items so the 20% tax will be passed on to consumers. It’ll also start a new trade war with the rest of the world and diminish our export market. Inflation just came down to an acceptable level, do you really want high inflation again? - -Eliminate Federal income tax - -We’ll skip this one. Trump has said he’s open to eliminating income tax, but it’s just pandering for votes. 20% Tariff won’t be enough to replace the Federal income tax. Deficit will explode if the Federal income tax is eliminated. - -Eliminate tax on Social Security benefits - -Eliminating tax on Social Security benefits sounds appealing, but it will hasten the insolvency of the Social Security trust funds by a few years. You could see reduced benefits as early as 2031. Are you ready for that? - -Deport illegal immigrants - -There is no question, the Democrats have mishandled immigration. We need to strengthen the border and reduce illegal immigration. However, bringing back concentration camps is the wrong answer. Trump wants to use the Alien Enemies Act of 1798 to round up illegal immigrants and deport them. During WWII, over 100,000 Japanese Americans were forced into concentration camps across the United States. Many lost homes and businesses due to “failure to pay taxes.” This was a shameful chapter in the history book. Do we want to do that again? They’ll start with illegal immigrants, but who knows where it will end. Putting people in concentration camps is a slippery slope. As an immigrant, I’m completely against this. - -From an economic perspective, mass deportation would get rid of a huge piece of our labor force. Businesses would have a smaller workforce and won’t be producing as much. Economists estimate that mass deportation could reduce the GDP by 8% and trigger a recession. - -Trump’s plan will crater the U.S. economy - -Inflation will soar. The deficit will explode. GDP will plummet. The U.S. economy will fall into ruin if Trump successfully implements his economic policies. Inequity will widen. If you are doing well now, you’ll probably be fine. If you’re struggling, life will be even harder under Trump. - -Harris’ Economic Plan - -Harris’ economic plan is more of the same, but that isn’t bad. The last 4 years have been pretty good. Inflation was nuts for a few years, but it is under control now. Most of us came through the pandemic intact. Unemployment is low and most people are earning more than ever today. People just don’t like paying higher prices than previously. - -Raise taxes on the wealthy - -Harris plans to raise tax on the wealthy and large corporations. She also wants to cut tax for lower and middle-income households through expansions of the child tax credit and earned-income tax credit. Harris’ plan is progressive and would deliver more benefits to low and middle-income families. - -Raise the minimum wage - -Harris has advocated for a higher minimum wage and eliminating the tipped minimum wage. I think this is a good idea. Workers need a livable wage. - -Ban price gouging - -Detail is scant on this one. How will they ban price gouging? I don’t think this will work. The overhead probably would be quite expensive. - -Harris’ plan is better - -Harris’ economic plan is pretty mild, but the U.S. economy is doing quite well. We don’t need to mess with it that much. Her plan would benefit lower and middle-class families more. Trump is full of Dunning-Kruger and he thinks he can do better than economists. The history book is full of dictators who screwed up their countries’ economies with ill-advised economic plans. I don’t want to see the U.S. there. - -Go Vote! - -The important thing is to vote. Voting is a fundamental right for every adult U.S. citizen. You need to take responsibility and exercise your right to vote. Who knows? This might be the last time your vote is counted. If you support a fascist, you might not get to vote again in 4 years. Trump already tried to overturn an election in 2000. If he becomes the next president, he’ll have much more time to consolidate power. - -Have you voted yet? What are you waiting for? Vote early if you can because election day will be CRAZY. - -Please follow and like us:",1731883668,ce3b6d7b5a,154fa40bc5,,,1731883668 -https://www.securityweek.com/in-other-news-tsa-wants-new-cyber-rules-scam-call-detection-in-android-sim-swappers-arrested/,https://www.securityweek.com/rss.xml,"In Other News: TSA Wants New Cyber Rules, Scam Call Detection in Android, SIM Swappers Arrested","SecurityWeek’s cybersecurity news roundup provides a concise compilation of noteworthy stories that might have slipped under the radar. - -We provide a valuable summary of stories that may not warrant an entire article, but are nonetheless important for a comprehensive understanding of the cybersecurity landscape. - -Each week, we curate and present a collection of noteworthy developments, ranging from the latest vulnerability discoveries and emerging attack techniques to significant policy changes and industry reports. - -Here are this week’s stories: - -Team Software data breach impacts 100,000 people - -Business software maker Team Software (WorkWave) revealed this week that a recent data breach impacts nearly 100,000 individuals. The company said it detected unauthorized access to its network in late July and an investigation showed that the compromised systems stored personal information. - -DDoS attack disrupts credit card readers in Israel - -A DDoS attack disrupted credit card readers at gas stations and supermarkets in Israel. The provider impacted by the attack, Hyp Credit Guard, said the attack lasted for roughly one hour and targeted its services as well as communication suppliers. The company said it quickly managed to block the attack. - -Advertisement. Scroll to continue reading. - -Researcher finds many macOS sandbox escape vulnerabilities - -Researcher Mickey Jin has discovered more than 10 macOS sandbox escape vulnerabilities related to what he described as an overlooked attack surface involving XPC services. Apple was informed about the findings and patched a majority of them, but the researcher says there are still a few that are in the process of being fixed. Sandbox escapes are very valuable to threat actors as they increase the impact of remote code execution vulnerabilities, which would otherwise be constrained to the sandbox environment. - -TSA proposes cyber risk management and reporting requirements for pipelines and railroads - -The TSA has proposed a new rule that would require pipeline and railroad owners and operators to establish cyber risk management programs. These surface transportation entities would also have to report cybersecurity incidents to the cybersecurity agency CISA. - -Microsoft Visio files abused in phishing attacks - -Perception Point has seen cybercriminals leveraging a new type of two-step phishing attack that involves Microsoft Visio files (.vsdx) and SharePoint to evade detection. The attacks start with emails sent out from compromised accounts. The emails deliver links to SharePoint pages that host Visio files, which redirect users to Microsoft credential phishing pages. Hundreds of organizations worldwide have been targeted. - -Black hat SEO in Japan - -Trend Micro in collaboration with academics and authorities in Japan conducted research into threat groups specializing in black hat search engine optimization (SEO), including their malware and poisoning attacks. The threat actors’ goal is to lure users to fake e-commerce sites. - -Hamas-linked hackers expand from espionage to disruptive attacks - -Wirte, a Hamas-linked threat actor, has expanded its operations, from espionage to disruptive attacks involving wiper malware, according to Check Point. The security firm said it found “clear links” between a custom malware used by Wirte and a wiper that was used to target Israeli entities in attacks observed in February and October 2024. - -North Korea-linked macOS malware abuses Flutter - -Jamf researchers found malware samples that abuse Flutter, Google’s open source UI software development kit, to obfuscate malicious code. The malware targets macOS and it has been linked to North Korean hackers. The researchers said it’s possible that the malware wasn’t actually used in attacks and instead it’s part of tests conducted by the hackers to see if they can bypass detection and pass Apple’s notarization. - -Three individuals arrested and charged in US over SIM swapping - -Three residents of Indiana have been arrested and charged over their alleged roles in a SIM swapping operation. The suspects are Indigo Kiara Graham, Cortez Tarmar Crawford, and Trevon Demar Allen. According to authorities, the defendants created fraudulent IDs in victims’ names, performed SIM swaps in exchange for money, and obtained 2FA codes. The SIM swapping ultimately allowed money and data theft, with some victims being extorted for restoring access to data. - -New real-time protections in Android - -Google this week announced two new real-time protection features in Android, namely Scam Detection in Phone and Google Play Protect live threat detection. The former, now rolling out to Pixel devices, uses on-device AI to notify users of potential scam calls by detecting conversation patterns commonly associated with scams. The latter, available for Pixel 6 and later devices, analyzes the activity patterns of apps to deliver real-time alerts on potential harmful software, with an initial focus on stalkerware. - -Related: In Other News: FBI’s Ransomware Disruptions, Recall Delayed Again, CrowdStrike Responds to Bloomberg Article - -Related: In Other News: China Hacked Singtel, GuLoader Attacks on Industrial Firms, LastPass Phishing Campaign",1731883645,e06d185714,150eedf1e4,,,1731883645 -https://www.underconsideration.com/brandnew/archives/new_logo_and_identity_for_the_19th_by_page_33_studio.php,https://www.underconsideration.com/brandnew/atom.xml,Brand New: New Logo and Identity for The 19th by Page 33 Studio,"Many Thanks to our Advertisers - -When choosing between competing products and services, please consider our advertisers, who help support Brand New.",1731883646,3944f75dbd,15179b34eb,,,1731883646 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/donald-trump-karoline-leavitt-press-secretary_n_6737ea25e4b0dea4b6702490,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,Trump Names Karoline Leavitt As Youngest Ever White House Press Secretary,"Don't let this be the end of the free press. The free press is under attack — and America's future hangs in the balance. As other newsrooms bow to political pressure, HuffPost is not backing down. - -Would you help us keep our news free for all? We can't do it without you. - -Can't afford to contribute? Support HuffPost by creating a free account and log in while you read.",1731883667,b2d88cb862,150eb8171d,,,1731883667 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/10/no-matter-what-bank-says-its-your-money-your-data-and-your-choice,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,"No Matter What the Bank Says, It's YOUR Money, YOUR Data, and YOUR Choice","The Consumer Finance Protection Bureau (CFPB) has just finalized a rule that makes it easy and safe for you to figure out which bank will give you the best deal and switch to that bank, with just a couple of clicks. - -We love this kind of thing: the coolest thing about a digital world is how easy it is to switch from product or service to another—in theory. Digital tools are so flexible, anyone who wants your business can write a program to import your data into a new service and forward any messages or interactions that show up at the old service. - -That's the theory. But in practice, companies have figured out how to use law - IP law, cybersecurity law, contract law, trade secrecy law—to literally criminalize this kind of marvelous digital flexibility, so that it can end up being even harder to switch away from a digital service than it is to hop around among traditional, analog ones. - -Companies love lock-in. The harder it is to quit a product or service, the worse a company can treat you without risking your business. Economists call the difficulties you face in leaving one service for another the ""switching costs"" and businesses go to great lengths to raise the switching costs they can impose on you if you have the temerity to be a disloyal customer. - -So long as it's easier to coerce your loyalty than it is to earn it, companies win and their customers lose. That's where the new CFPB rule comes in. - -Under this rule, you can authorize a third party - another bank, a comparison shopping site, a broker, or just your bookkeeping software - to request your account data from your bank. The bank has to give the third party all the data you've authorized. This data can include your transaction history and all the data needed to set up your payees and recurring transactions somewhere else. - -That means that—for example—you can authorize a comparison shopping site to access some of your bank details, like how much you pay in overdraft fees and service charges, how much you earn in interest, and what your loans and credit cards are costing you. The service can use this data to figure out which bank will cost you the least and pay you the most. - -Then, once you've opened an account with your new best bank, you can direct it to request all your data from your old bank, and with a few clicks, get fully set up in your new financial home. All your payees transfer over, all your regular payments, all the transaction history you'll rely on at tax time. ""Painless"" is an admittedly weird adjective to apply to household finances, but this comes pretty darned close. - -Americans lose a lot of money to banking fees and low interest rates. How much? Well, CFPB economists, using a very conservative methodology, estimate that this rule will make the American public at least $677 million better off, every year. - -Now, that $677 million has to come from somewhere, and it does: it comes from the banks that are currently charging sky-high fees and paying rock-bottom interest. The largest of these banks are suing the CFPB in a bid to block the rule from taking effect. - -These banks claim that they are doing this to protect us, their depositors, from a torrent of fraud that would be unleashed if we were allowed to give third parties access to our own financial data. Clearly, this is the only reason a giant bank would want to make it harder for us to change to a competitor (it can't possibly have anything to do with the $677 million we stand to save by switching). - -We've heard arguments like these before. While EFF takes a back seat to no one when it comes to defending user security (we practically invented this), we reject the idea that user security is improved when corporations lock us in (and leading security experts agree with us). - -This is not to say that a bad data-sharing interoperability rule wouldn't be, you know, bad. A rule that lacked the proper safeguards could indeed enable a wave of fraud and identity theft the likes of which we've never seen. - -Thankfully, this is a good interoperability rule! We liked it when it was first proposed, and it got even better through the rulemaking process. - -First, the CFPB had the wisdom to know that a federal finance agency probably wasn't the best—or only—group of people to design a data-interchange standard. Rather than telling the banks exactly how they should transmit data when requested by their customers, the CFPB instead said, ""These are the data you need to share and these are the characteristics of a good standards body. So long as you use a standard from a good standards body that shares this data, you're in compliance with the rule."" This is an approach we've advocated for years, and it's the first time we've seen it in the wild. - -The CFPB also instructs the banks to fail safe: any time a bank gets a request to share your data that it thinks might be fraudulent, they have the right to block the process until they can get more information and confirm that everything is on the up-and-up. - -The rule also regulates the third parties that can get your data, establishing stringent criteria for which kinds of entities can do this. It also limits how they can use your data (strictly for the purposes you authorize) and what they need to do with the data when that has been completed (delete it forever), and what else they are allowed to do with it (nothing). There's also a mini ""click-to-cancel"" rule that guarantees that you can instantly revoke any third party's access to your data, for any reason. - -The CFPB has had the authority to make a rule like this since its founding in 2010, with the passage of the Consumer Financial Protection Act (CFPA). Back when the CFPA was working its way through Congress, the banks howled that they were being forced to give up ""their"" data to their competitors. - -But it's not their data. It's your data. The decision about who you share it with belongs to you, and you alone.",1731883670,1face9fbd3,1493612f7c,,,1731883670 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/videos/cpw5krv8grdo,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,Jannik Sinner: US Open winner surprised by Wada appeal after positive test,"Jannik Sinner says he is ""surprised"" by the World Anti-Doping Agency's appeal against the decision to clear him of blame after he twice tested positive for a banned substance. - -Wada said the August ruling by an independent tribunal to find the Italian world number one had no fault or negligence was ""not correct under the applicable rules"". - -It has appealed to the Court of Arbitration for Sport (Cas) and said Sinner should be banned for ""between one and two years"". - -READ MORE: Sinner 'surprised' as Wada launches doping appeal",1731883664,95caee0db1,154cbaab01,,,1731883664 -https://www.uploadvr.com/kuo-claim-cheaper-apple-vision-headset-delayed-beyond-2027/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Analyst Claims Cheaper Apple Headset Delayed Beyond 2027,"Supply chain analyst Ming-Chi Kuo claims the cheaper Apple Vision headset is delayed ""beyond 2027"". - -This would mean, if you believe Kuo, that Apple's next headset will instead be the straightforward refresh of Vision Pro with the M5 chipset that he claimed last month will enter mass production in late 2025. - -Interestingly, Kuo claims the cheaper Vision headset has been delayed beyond 2027 ""for a while now"". However, less than two weeks ago The Information reported that Apple told a supplier to expect to produce enough components for 4 million units of the cheaper headset, and less than a month ago Bloomberg's Mark Gurman reported that it's still coming in 2025, priced around $2000. - -Clearly, either Kuo is wrong or Gurman is. And it's notable that we've never seen these two sources report such drastically different claims. - -Kuo speculates that the delay beyond 2027 is that ""simply reducing the price wouldn't help create successful use cases"". - -However, if we assume this significant delay is real for the sake of argument, it seems more likely it would be related to the struggle to achieve a significantly reduced price in the first place. As recently as April, Gurman reported that Apple was ""still flummoxed by how exactly to bring down the cost"" for a cheaper non-Pro Vision headset. - -Affordable (Micro-)OLED - -The biggest contributor to Vision Pro's price is its near-4K micro-OLED displays from Sony. Estimates place the cost to Apple at $350 each, meaning $700 per headset. - -Before Apple Vision Pro even launched, The Information's Wayne Ma reported that Apple was testing new micro-OLED displays from two Chinese suppliers, SeeYa and BOE, to try to bring down the cost of future Vision headsets. However, more recent reports suggested both potential suppliers were failing to meet Apple's stringent quality standards. - -In the past few months we've seen multiple reports from South Korean news outlet The Elec about Apple asking display suppliers like LG and Samsung about cheaper, lower resolution micro-OLED displays, and Japan's JDI pitching Apple a regular OLED display with density that approaches micro-OLED, an approach which Samsung is also exploring. - -The high-density regular OLED option in particular could be significantly lower cost than any micro-OLED. However, as the report noted, they're still early in development, and wouldn't enter mass production until 2026 at the earliest. - -So if Kuo's claim of a delay beyond 2027 is correct, it would line up with Apple waiting for these displays so it can deliver a truly affordable Vision headset, priced closer to a MacBook Air or iPad Pro than today's $3500 Vision Pro. - -Again though, Kuo's claim contradicts other sources, so we'll keep a close eye on the rumor mill in the coming months for any corroboration of the idea of the cheaper Apple Vision headset being heavily delayed.",1731883675,9397b145ff,15521b5a09,,,1731883675 -https://www.quantamagazine.org/how-is-ai-changing-the-science-of-prediction-20241107/,https://www.quantamagazine.org/feed/,How Is AI Changing the Science of Prediction?,"Scientists routinely build quantitative models — of, say, the weather or an epidemic — and then use them to make predictions, which they can then test against the real thing. This work can reveal how well we understand complex phenomena, and also dictate where research should go next. In recent years, the remarkable successes of “black box” systems such as large language models suggest that it is sometimes possible to make successful predictions without knowing how something works at all. In this episode, noted statistician Emmanuel Candès and host Steven Strogatz discuss using statistics, data science and AI in the study of everything from college admissions to election forecasting to drug discovery. - -Listen on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, TuneIn or your favorite podcasting app, or you can stream it from Quanta. - -All episodes Your browser does not support the audio element. / APPLE SPOTIFY - -Transcript - -[Theme plays] - -STEVEN STROGATZ: Making predictions is a challenge woven into every part of our lives, often in ways we don’t even think about. Will it rain this afternoon? How will the stock market respond to the latest news? What would mom like for her birthday? - -Typically, we build up a knowledge base and a theoretical understanding, at least in science, and apply what we know to predict future outcomes. But that approach faces sharp limitations, especially when the systems to be analyzed are profoundly complex and poorly understood. - -I’m Steve Strogatz, and this is “The Joy of Why,” a podcast from Quanta Magazine where I take turns at the mic with my co-host, Janna Levin, exploring the biggest unanswered questions in math and science today. - -For this episode, we’re joined by mathematician and statistician Emmanuel Candès to ask how are data science and machine learning helping us approach complex prediction problems like never before? And how confident, or skeptical, should we be in their predictions? Can we figure out ways to quantify that uncertainty? - -[Theme ends] - -Emmanuel is a chair and professor of mathematics and statistics at Stanford University. His work lies at the interface of math, statistics, information theory, signal processing and scientific computing. He’s a member of the U.S. National Academy of Sciences, and has received a MacArthur Fellowship, a Collatz Prize and a Lagrange Prize. - -Emmanuel, welcome to “The Joy of Why.” - -Emmanuel Candès - -EMMANUEL CANDÈS: Thank you very much for having me, and since you mentioned the National Academy, let me start by congratulating you on your election. This is truly awesome. - -STROGATZ: Oh, you’re too kind. Thank you. Well, I’m honored to be joining you and all of our other esteemed colleagues. - -Well, so let us begin here by talking about something on the mind of just about everybody nowadays, machine learning models. We keep hearing so much about them. We know that they can pore through massive datasets and often pick up patterns that no human being could detect. - -But these models, people refer to them often as “black boxes.” And I’m just wondering, would you yourself use this phrase, and if so, what do we mean by a black box? - -CANDÈS: As you said, a machine learning algorithm takes as input, data collected in the past. And given a set of features, tries to make a prediction about an unknown label. - -So I have to say that the predictive modeling culture is as old as a field of statistics itself. Statisticians, starting with [Francis] Galton and [Karl] Pearson and [Ronald] Fisher, have been very focused on making predictions from data. But they use relatively simple models — models that could be analyzed mathematically, models that we teach at college, for which you can provide sometimes reliable inference. - -But I don’t think I need to tell you that now we’re past these simple regressions. That we’re using deep learning, gradient boosting, random forecasts — a lot of techniques that have become very popular, sometimes in combination. And now this becomes so complicated that it’s very difficult. We use the term “black box” to refer to algorithms that are so complex that they will resist analysis. There are, of course, a lot of theoreticians who try to understand what’s happening in the black box. - -STROGATZ: Thank you. Wonderful explanation. It’s a whole new universe of statistics, it seems like. - -CANDÈS: Absolutely. But it doesn’t mean that we have to trash what we’ve done so far. What my research group has been doing, and what a lot of groups are doing worldwide at the moment, is to try to get the output of these black boxes and treat them as statistical objects. - -And so we see a whole branch of statistics that is reasoning about the output of these black boxes without making any modeling assumption. So that the result of analysis can be trusted and so that we can quantify uncertainty, so we can make reliable decisions. And so all the stuff like the p values and the confidence intervals, they are present in one way or the other. - -The concept of p values, it’s essentially a measure that quantifies how surprised should you be by a certain experimental outcome. And in the context of black boxes, if a black box makes a prediction, I can still ask how surprised I should be from this prediction. And so I need to be able to quantify the element of surprise. So I would like to be able to transform the prediction into what you refer to as a p value so that I can actually calibrate what comes out of the black box. - -I need to be able to quantify the element of surprise. - -So, surprisingly, we do not have to abandon what we’ve been doing. Mostly we’re moving towards a world where there are less parametric models, but the concept of having outcomes that are well calibrated — of quantifying uncertainties — this is still there. - -STROGATZ: It’s so interesting. I really like the way you put that, that it’s sort of like the black box can stay black. We don’t have to look underneath or inside the model to make sense of what’s going on analytically. So it’s like we are taking the old methodology, the old desires of traditional statistics to quantify uncertainty and rebuilding the theory for this new world of these black box models. - -CANDÈS: Absolutely. And this rebuilding of the new world comes in many different flavors, but I’ll give you an example. Let’s imagine a world not too far in the future where people apply to colleges, for example, and because colleges, say, receive so many applications, we’re going to outsource at least part of the decision process to a black box. So let’s say that now students apply to Cornell, to your home university, and that somehow you decide to predict how well they will do at Cornell using a black box, right? And so the question is, how calibrated are these predictions? - -But what you can do is, you can say, “Well, I’ve trained my model, and now I have reserved a set of students for which I know the outcome and I can actually see how the black box predicts these outcomes.” And now I can try to understand, for what kind of students is the error large? For what kind of student is it low? What kind of accuracy do I get from this black box? - -And from that you can calibrate, now, when you’re going to use a black box to perhaps screen a few candidates. Because you have observed the mismatch between the black box prediction on the test set, then you can understand a bit the accuracy of the black box and what you can actually conclude. So by observing the outcome of the black box on a group of students for which you have the outcome, the labels, you’re able to actually produce not a point prediction of how the students will do, but you can obtain a prediction interval that has a probability of containing the true performance a prescribed fraction of the time. - -And when I say this, I say you do not have a model. You do not have a Gaussian distribution anywhere inside. You’re only using the fact that you draw students at random, you look at what the black box does on the random subsets, and you use these observations to actually generalize to unseen students. - -And it’s very much a statistical spirit, which is, you collect the data of features of students applying, and what the black box says about these students. You’re learning from this to be able to say things that are valid into the future. - -STROGATZ: Good. I really want to unpack this example. It’s so provocative. The language of features and labels, I think, is a little abstract, maybe. So let me see if I get what you’re saying. - -But so if I imagine a cohort of high school seniors applying to Cornell or Stanford, your institution, either way, features might be things like their high school GPA, whether they played on a varsity sport, whether they are African American or Latino, or male or female, all kinds of things like this. You would call those features? - -CANDÈS: Yeah, these are features. These are essentially what’s in your application file, right? So these are what you know about the applicant that can be sort of digitized. But I think we live in a modern world now, and so a feature might be your essay. Because your essay will become a string of numbers. That’s the revolution around large language models. And so that is also a numerical feature that you can use to predict, you know, how well do you write English? What is the richness of your vocabulary? You know, there are lots of things you could use. - -Statistics has always been an empirical science that tries to make sense of the world around itself. - -STROGATZ: Yes, but in terms of what the college might want to predict, just to make it simple, what if we said we want to predict the GPA upon graduation of the student? - -CANDÈS: For example. Or it could be even more simple: Will the students graduate in four years? And so in this case, let’s look at your first example: You want to predict the GPA after two years of undergraduate education. And I can say, what does the black box say about these students? And so by looking at sort of the distribution of errors — that is a difference between the true GPA of the students and the black box predictions — I might have a sense of the typical errors that the black box makes on the random student. - -And so when a new student comes in, I have a sense of the errors that I’m going to suffer and I can sort of — instead of giving you just a point prediction — I might give you an interval that likely contains the true outcome of the student. And to our surprise, it might be that for some applications or some students, this interval is short. We’re fairly confident of how well they’ll do. And for others, it might be wide. - -STROGATZ: Mm hmm. In this case, the interval, what would the interval be in this example? - -CANDÈS: One interval might be I’m predicting 2.9 to 3.9, so the center is around 3.4, and the other one I’m predicting 3.3 to 3.5, and the interval is much shorter. They have the same center, the prediction is the same, but the range is very different. - -And so, you know, if I’m an admissions officer, this is something I’d like to know about my prediction engine, right? Like, how accurate are you? What level of uncertainty is associated with your point prediction? - -If we’re doing finance and I have an investment strategy and I say, “Steven, I can promise you a 6% rate of return,” there’s a very different scenario between 6% plus or minus 1% and 6% plus or minus 10%. You might lose a lot of money and a lot of customers if you’re in the second category. - -STROGATZ: Alright, good. So this example that you’ve given, either in the context of finance or GPA, really does help underscore why we care not just about means — or what we might call “point estimates” — but also intervals within which we might have high confidence. I mean, anyone can see, I hope, how valuable it is to be able to make predictions of intervals, not just numbers. - -So if we could, I’d like to move now to another real-world example outside of the collegiate setting, having to do with election forecasting. Just to be clear for our listeners, we are recording this podcast a few months before the 2024 U.S. elections. But this episode, we predict — if you’ll pardon the pun — will air sometime right in the aftermath of the election. So I’m sure this is something very much on the minds of our listeners. - -And I know you have worked in this area and your students, also. The question is what, what insights can you give us into some of the complex models that are being used to forecast our elections? - -CANDÈS: So perhaps first I should be clear. I don’t have really first-hand experience with forecasts of elections. I’m working with students at the Washington Post, with their data science desk, and they actually do the work. And I’m just going to be a messenger for this part of the conversation, if that’s all right. - -STROGATZ: I would like to give some credit to the young people who are involved in this. And I also feel like you may be a little bit modest, as is a nice quality that you have. But isn’t it true that Lenny Bronner and Stanford undergraduates who were working, I mean, at least in Lenny’s case, for the Washington Post. Didn’t they build on some of these techniques that you helped develop? - -CANDÈS: That is true. But as you know, when you actually work in the trenches on something of consequence, such as predicting the outcome of an election — even though the general principles are in some of the papers we wrote, there’s still an enormous amount of work that they’ve done to make it all work. - -STROGATZ: OK, good. Thank you. - -CANDÈS: So what a news organization will try to do essentially is, some poll closes and some precincts are reporting and some counties begin to report. In fact, this is a very cool problem because the ballots are already in the box, so to speak, and you have not opened the box yet and you’d like to know what’s in there. - -And a lot of the statistical work that is ongoing, for example at the Washington Post, which is the organization I know best, is they’re trying to predict unreported counties. And so, instead of giving their viewership a point estimate of, well, “Santa Clara will vote this way,” you can tally up the forecast for unreported counties, aggregate them at the state level, and have a very nuanced picture of how California will vote. - -The statistical community is developing a lot of methods so that when you think you have something, you really do have something. - -Now, how is this done? So, obviously we’re going to need to predict how counties are going to vote. And this is going to be based on a lot of features. Is it a predominantly urban county? Is it a rural county? What’s the level of education? What’s the socioeconomic variables associated with the counties? And most importantly, how did the county vote last time? - -And so you’re using all these features, you’re trying to learn a model that can predict accurately how counties are going to vote. And that’s your black box, if you will, except that they use models that are not too complicated from what I’ve seen, that are fairly simple. - -But then the second part is the calibration. Because you cannot just go on air [and] say, “Oh, you know, California will vote this way.” When, in fact, it’s just a point estimate, you know. This has enormous consequences if you get it wrong. And so what they will do is they will report a range of possible outcomes for the state of California that is dynamically updated as the election goes along. That reflects truly their knowledge about what they think will happen when the vote will have been completely tallied. - -And so it’s very cool what they’re doing, because they’re really projecting errors. They’re projecting uncertainty. And you can see that their uncertainty band, of course, narrows as more and more counties are becoming reported. - -And they’re fairly faithful. They are back-testing them, as we say in the field, that they are saying, “OK, let’s see how this model would work in 2020.” And they want to make sure that the interval that they project contain the true labels, the true votes, the prescribed fraction of the time. - -And so it’s all engineered very well. And I think, kudos to the Washington Post to being so respectful of their readership in not just giving you point estimates, but a real sense of accuracy of their point estimates. - -STROGATZ: Now, just to be dead clear about this, we’re not talking about forecasting the election based on polls a year in advance or anything like that. This is election-night forecasting based on the results that are coming in. - -CANDÈS: Exactly. So the reader has to imagine that basically there are ballots in a box somewhere. And the only thing is that the box has not been opened yet. But I’ve seen similar boxes open elsewhere in other counties, other precincts. And I’m going to use this knowledge to make a prediction about what’s in this box. And it’s going to be a very well-calibrated prediction following the principles we laid out earlier. And you do have the right to use polls as features, as predictive variables in your model. - -STROGATZ: I suppose you could. I think a lot of people out there may be skeptical of polls. We’ve seen how difficult it is to do polling. But then again, the model may take that into account. Maybe it doesn’t assign much weight. - -CANDÈS: Exactly. The model will take this into account. Now, what’s kind of a bit tricky about polls is that polls might be different in different counties, right? - -Typically, when you fit a statistical model, you’d like the features to be the same for all units in your dataset. So going back to the example we had about college admissions earlier, right? Everybody has a high school GPA. Everybody has a yes/no answer to “Are you on a varsity team?” - -And so what might be tricky regarding your poll to use it as a feature is that some counties might have it, others may not. And so you have to be a bit careful about this. - -STROGATZ: Good. All right. Let us take a little break here and we will be right back. - -[Break for ad insertion] - -STROGATZ: Welcome back. We’ve been speaking with Emmanuel Candès about statistics, prediction models, and the inherent uncertainties in them. - -So let’s move along to another real-world example. I’m thinking here in the context of medical applications of prediction models. Drug discovery — that, of course, is very important, with life-and-death consequences. So, for example, there’s a move to generate artificial data using artificial intelligence to increase our sample size. That sounds kind of hard to imagine that that could work, but apparently it can be a helpful strategy. - -CANDÈS: So, what you’re asking is very, very interesting, and I think you’re touching again on the future of statistical science as a discipline. - -Statistics has always been an empirical science that tries to make sense of the world around itself. And so now we’re dealing with Gen AI, for example, or extremely fancy machine learning algorithms. - -So to understand drugs we started in vivo: Like, we would just inject people with stuff. Then we did this in in vitro. And now we’re moving in in silico, as you point out, right? Which is that now we want to use algorithms to make predictions about what drugs will do. - -And so let’s say you’re a big pharma company and you’re sitting on a huge library of compounds. It can be 400 million, 500 million. And you would like to know which of these compounds will actually bind to a target. So, what do you do? - -Well, you should take your compounds one by one and experiment whether they will bind to your target. But as you can imagine, this takes an enormous amount of time and money. So now people are using machine learning to guess whether they will bind. In the past few years, we’ve seen things like AlphaFold. We’ve seen a lot of models that try to predict the shape of a compound from just the sequences of amino acids, for example. - -Now, that will not replace physical experiment, but what machine learning does in this instance, it’s going to prioritize the compound that you should try first. One of the things we do in this area is to say, “OK, we’re going to train some extraordinarily fancy models — and they’re really black boxes. I mean, they’re so complicated, I have no idea what they do really, but they produce an affinity score, an affinity of a compound for a target disease.” And I say, “Can I trust this?” - -And so without any statistical models, just looking at what the algorithm predicts on molecules on which it wasn’t trained, we were able to select [a] data-adaptive threshold, if you will, that says that if you select all these molecules whose predicted affinity is above this threshold, you’re guaranteed that 80% of what I’m giving you is actually of interest to you. - -Downstream, you will do some real experiments on some real thing. But here, what’s very exciting is that AI can really speed up the prioritization of drugs that should be passed on to a lab. - -STROGATZ: No, it gives a whole new meaning to the concept of an educated guess. These are now brilliantly educated guesses that have to be tested, as you say. - -CANDÈS: They still have to be tested. Now there’s another thing, which is perhaps this time a bit more scary, which is that, what if we use Gen AI to build what people might call “digital twins,” things that are not physical, but can be generated by generative AI. And so here, there’s a new line of research. - -It might be a bit abstract … but I find statistical reasoning extremely powerful, extremely beautiful. - -So, for example, suppose I want to study statistical properties of some drugs, right? And the problem is I have too few samples, right? Let’s say I want to kind of estimate which fraction of drugs have a certain property. And the problem is I have a lot of sequences of amino acids for which I have not measured their property. And as you can imagine, the tendency is to use a predictive model, a black box, and replace the real measurement with a prediction and then pretend that it’s real data. And then average now these predictions and say that’s the overall fraction of drugs that have their property. And that’s wrong, because this method introduced biases. - -We want to use this predictive model, we want to use Gen AI to fill in missing data to possibly create new dataset. But at the same time, we need to understand how we can remove the biases to draw conclusions that are scientifically valid. - -Let me give you an example. Let’s say I want just to estimate the mean of a random variable. So let’s call this y. And I have some feature, let’s call them x. And so what I could try to learn is, I could fit a model to predict y from x? And now I can replace the true label, the true amount by the prediction when I don’t have it. - -And I could average those, but they’re going to be biased. But guess what? I can remove the bias because I have an estimate of bias from the label data you gave me. - -STROGATZ: Nice. - -CANDÈS: And so if I do this correctly, I can effectively augment the sample size enormously. If my prediction has reasonable accuracy, then it’s as if I had a sample size which is much bigger. And so the level of accuracy of what I can tell you is much higher. - -STROGATZ: Well, I can’t resist asking you since it’s such a, you know, a rare treat for us. You’re very well known for contributions to an area that people call “compressed sensing.” And I don’t know if it exactly fits into our discussion today, but I feel like I want to ask you to tell us how does compressed sensing and maybe its applications to medical imaging, to MRI or other things, does that fit into the framework we’re talking about? And even if it doesn’t, could you tell us a little about it? - -CANDÈS: It doesn’t fit directly. I think compressed sensing is the fact that sparsity is an important phenomenon. So what we’re seeing at the moment is people measure everything under the sun because we don’t know ultimately what will matter, right? And so we need people like you and me to sift through what matters. What compressed sensing says is that if we measure a lot of things, but if only a few things matter, and if we use the right algorithm of the kind suggested by compressed sensing theory, then we should be able to build a very accurate predictive model. - -Like, we will understand that a lot of variables have no business in predicting the outcome, and it will quickly focus on variables that have something to say about the outcome, and then build a good predictive model from then on. - -STROGATZ: So you’ve been using the word “sparsity.” In this context, does it mean all those variables that don’t matter, we can effectively set their contribution to zero? - -CANDÈS: Exactly. So it’s saying that in this case, just for our audience, it might say that even though I measured a million genetic variants, the distribution of the phenotype does not depend on this million thing. It maybe depends on 20, on 30. That’s sparsity. - -And so the question of that compressed sensing asks is that when something depends on a few-but-unknown from a long list, how do you go about and find them? - -STROGATZ: Uh huh. So the technique or the method will identify which are the key 20 or whatever small number it is. - -CANDÈS: Exactly. Exactly. Let’s think about this as almost a matrix problem, right? So I have matrix, it has a million columns because these are all the genetic variations. And then I have a response, y, and these are the rows of this matrix. If I want to solve a system y = ax, like which genetic variations matter to predict y? Well, classical theory will say that, well, I need as many people as I have unknowns. But compressed sensing theory says, no, that’s not true. Because if you know ahead of time that only a few of these genetic variations matter, then you can deal with fewer people. And that’s why we can develop predictive models for phenotypes that do not need a million patients. - -STROGATZ: It’s wonderful. One of the big issues that seems to be everywhere in science these days is a crisis of reproducibility. And I just wonder if you have statistical comments for us about that. - -CANDÈS: Yeah, it’s very interesting that you ask this. I think, first of all, I will make an observation about the reproducibility crisis. It occurs at a moment where people have enormous datasets at their disposal, usually prior to the formulation of scientific hypotheses, access to extremely fancy models that depend on billions of parameters. And so I would say to start with that it’s not a coincidence that this crisis occurs at this time, because I give you a dataset, you believe it’s gold. You’re going to try a model, it doesn’t pan out, and you’re going to try something else. And so you’re fine-tuning parameters, you’re fine-tuning a lot of things until something clicks, and there’s nothing wrong with that. - -But I think what we need to do as [a] statistician — and there’s a lot of us that are working on things like this — is, how can we build safeguards around the freedom you have in selecting models, parameters, such that at the end of the day, the discoveries you claim have a chance of being reproduced by, let’s say, an independent experiment? - -The statistical community is developing a lot of methods so that when you think you have something, you really do have something. And so this is a very exciting moment for the field, to develop methods that now are not really quantifying the uncertainty in your prediction, but actually calibrating in such a way. Then, when you report findings, we make sure that a good fraction of what you’re reporting is correct. - -STROGATZ: Well, I would like to, sort of, now back out to a broader, like, even societal scale to think about education just for a minute. Every learned or educated citizen should know something about the ideas of probability and statistics, including in their modern incarnation that we’ve been talking about. And I wonder if you have thoughts about this. What we could be doing as either educators or communicators to promote greater statistical savvy? - -CANDÈS: That’s a good question. I think what I see at lower levels of statistics teaching is a reliance on formulas — you know, which formula should I apply when? And I think that’s not helpful. - -As a student, I learned, of course, mathematical reasoning, and that was important. And then a bit through high school and college, I learned physical reasoning. And that’s distinct from mathematical reasoning, and it’s extremely powerful. But in grad school at Stanford, I learned about this new thing called inductive reasoning, which is neither of the first two. And I think we need to be doing a good job at teaching this at an early stage. - -What is inductive reasoning? It’s the ability of making generalization out of particular observations. And how do we do this? OK, so I would promote an approach which is not too mathematical in nature, which is trying to make kids understand how it’s possible to generalize from a sample to a population to individuals we haven’t seen yet, and what makes this possible. - -There’s a bit of a tension between fields. Should we go towards more mathematics or should we go more towards CS, and where AI is mostly taking place? I think there’s a danger of losing the ability to reason statistically if we go either too much towards math and too much towards CS. It might be a bit abstract, what this is, but I find statistical reasoning extremely powerful, extremely beautiful. - -Because I don’t want to talk about it in generality, I’ll give you one problem. And it’s a famous thing that happened in the ‘30s, I think. I think [Alexander Steven] Corbett was studying butterflies and he went to Malaysia for a year and he was a very conscientious man. So every day, he would observe species of butterfly and he wrote in a notebook, “This species I’ve seen once and this species I’ve seen twice, and this species I’ve seen three times,” and so on and so forth. - -So he came back to England, and he approached one of the founding fathers of the field, R.A. Fisher, and he asked, “If I go back to Malaysia for six months, how many new species am I going to see?” This is a kind of question different from math. The answer is not in the question. - -And I don’t think deep learning can be very helpful. And that’s what statisticians do. And it is a very modern question, which is that, you have a lab and they’re looking at cancer cells. And they’re going to do exactly the same thing: “This is how many cancer cells I’ve seen once. This is how many cancer cells I’ve seen twice.” And they say, “How many cancer cells I have not seen yet? And if I continue looking for cancer cells for six months or a year or two years, how many new types am I going to expect to see?” So this is what you learn when you study statistics. And I find it fascinating. - -STROGATZ: Oh, well, that’s just great. It’s really interesting to hear about the culture of statistics, how it’s distinct from that of math or computer science. Because nowadays, with the rise of what people are calling data science, there’s a kind of muddying of the waters. Who owns statistics? Why are we calling it data science? Why isn’t it statistics? I’m sure you have an opinion about this. - -CANDÈS: Of course, because there are lots of activities in data science that you would not find traditionally represented in the stats department. So I have a colleague, Jure Leskovec, and he’s a very recognized data scientist. - -STROGATZ: Cornell Ph.D. [Editor’s note: Leskovec was a Cornell postdoc, with a Ph.D. from Carnegie Mellon University.] - -CANDÈS: Exactly, exactly. He’s a brilliant person. And so when Covid hit, people were calculating this beta number. Like, the model where you’re susceptible, exposed, infected, recovered, and you have these differential equations and, you know, if the beta number is greater than one, we have a problem, stuff like that, right? - -And so this is a very macro model. And what Jure Leskovec did was created an enormous digital dataset. He tracked 100 million Americans, in all major U.S. cities. And so he would see where they would go during the day, where they come home at night. And so instead of fitting, like, the epidemiological model everybody knows at the global scale, which doesn’t really make sense, because the behavior in California and the behavior in Florida were very different. Then you can fit it at kind of nodes on the graph, and so you’re going to fit a model which is adapted to the mobility of the people where you are. - -Data science is much bigger than the traditional field of statistics, but statistics is one of its intellectual pillars. - -And that is data science, because what Jure did, which you will not see in the stats department, is he basically tracked 100 million people for a few weeks. I would like to claim that I have some colleagues in the stats department who do something like this, but I cannot name any. And that is modern data science. This is not something I typically see in a stats department. - -So my position is quite clear on this. Data science is much bigger than the traditional field of statistics, but statistics is one of its intellectual pillars. - -STROGATZ: Oh, I’m so glad I asked you about that. I hit a goldmine with that one, but all right you’ve already expressed your fascination with statistical thinking. Is there something in your research that brings you particular joy? - -CANDÈS: Yeah, I think so. My job at Stanford is unique in the sense that the students I get to work with are phenomenal. I feel that it keeps me young. It keeps me alert. I don’t fall asleep because I just have to catch up with them all the time. - -And I feel that it’s strange to say this on air, but I’m going to age better because of this, because like mentally, physically, they keep me fit. And it’s a joy to see them develop, become great scientists. Last year, I had two former students who received a MacArthur Fellowship in the same year. So the students I’ve got to work with are tremendously accomplished, and so it’s just a privilege. It’s a privilege to feel so much energy, so much enthusiasm for the subject, and selfishly I would say that it’s good for my health. - -STROGATZ: Well, thank you very much. It’s been really fun to talk to you. We’ve been speaking with mathematician and statistician Emmanuel Candès. Thanks again for joining us on “The Joy of Why.” - -CANDÈS: Thank you for your time. It’s been a pleasure. - -[Theme plays] - -STROGATZ: Thanks for listening. If you’re enjoying “The Joy of Why” and you’re not already subscribed, hit the subscribe or follow button where you’re listening. You can also leave a review for the show — it helps people find this podcast. - -“The Joy of Why“ is a podcast from Quanta Magazine, an editorially independent publication supported by the Simons Foundation. Funding decisions by the Simons Foundation have no influence on the selection of topics, guests or other editorial decisions in this podcast or in Quanta Magazine. - -“The Joy of Why” is produced by PRX Productions; the production team is Caitlin Faulds, Livia Brock, Genevieve Sponsler, and Merritt Jacob. The executive producer of PRX Productions is Jocelyn Gonzales. Morgan Church and Edwin Ochoa provided additional assistance. - -From Quanta Magazine, John Rennie and Thomas Lin provided editorial guidance, with support from Matt Carlstrom, Samuel Velasco, Arleen Santana and Meghan Willcoxon. Samir Patel is Quanta’s editor in chief. - -Our theme music is from APM Music. Julian Lin came up with the podcast name. The episode art is by Peter Greenwood and our logo is by Jaki King and Kristina Armitage. Special thanks to the Columbia Journalism School and Bert Odom-Reed at the Cornell Broadcast Studios. - -I’m your host, Steve Strogatz. If you have any questions or comments for us, please email us at [email protected]. Thanks for listening.",1731883622,1ba0bcbd71,15353954a6,,,1731883622 -https://www.stagewhispers.com.au/news/round-twist,https://www.stagewhispers.com.au/rss.xml,Round the Twist,"David Spicer spoke to composer / writer Paul Hodge ahead of Queensland Theatre’s season of new musical Round the Twist - -Australian supernatural TV series Round the Twist has opened, penned by prolific Brisbane/New York based Dr Paul Hodge. It’s his second new musical to premiere within a matter of months. - -Have you ever, ever felt like this? - -Have strange things happened, - -Are you going round the twist? - -David Spicer: For those not of the generation who watched the Australian TV series (with its catchy theme song), please tell us a little about the show? - -Paul Hodge: Round The Twist tells the story of the Twist family - single dad Tony Twist and his three children Pete, Linda and Bronson - who move into a lighthouse where strange things happen (as the iconic theme song says). Each episode in the first two seasons is based on a whacky short story from beloved children's author Paul Jennings. - -DS: What did you like about the series as a youngster? - -PH: I loved how fun and bizarre the stories were, but it also had a lot of heart. Each episode would swap which of the Twist kids was the protagonist, so it allowed a lot of different people to invest in the show. I was the youngest child and the same age as Bronson, so I most identified with him and his silly antics. - -DS: How challenging is it to translate the supernatural aspects of the series (mermaids, ghosts, history) to a stage production? - -PH: Well, as Alain Boublil, writer of Les Misérables frequently said to me, ""that is a director's problem!"" Simon Phillips and our amazing creative team have come up with some incredible ideas using a combination of very traditional and cutting-edge stage techniques to bring the magic to life. - -DS: You’ve got the rights to the jingle from the TV series. How have you blended the music you are composing to match this? - -PH: The theme song was my touchstone for the sound world of the show. I wanted to make sure that the music felt like one whole and that the theme song and the rest of the score lived in the same world. The theme song also plays an important part in the plot of the show. - -DS: Is there an episode/episodes you are basing the story on – or something new? - -PH: The show is a combination of multiple episodes from the TV show, infused with new ideas that form the spine of the show to hold the different episodes together. Paul Jennings went through a similar process of adaptation when adapting the disparate short stories into the TV show. - -DS: Can you give us a little sneak peek without spoiling it? - -PH: I think one of the most famous episodes is ""Without My Pants"" and I can assure you, it's in there! - -DS: Would you like to tell us a little about the cast and creative team you have on board? - -PH: Simon Phillips is our director, and he is the most experienced directors of new major musicals in Australia, so we are privileged to have him steering the ship. We have an amazing creative team and cast, the majority of whom are from Queensland, which is very gratifying for me as a Queenslander. The thing I am most excited about is that this show will be a great showcase for a lot of younger performers. Plus, we have three great kids alternating the role of Bronson and I think audiences are going to fall in love with them. - -DS: This year you have had not one but two new Australian musicals open (Black Box being the other), which is an incredible achievement. How did they both come about? - -PH: Well, that is a long story for each of them! The idea for Black Box came in the more common way that I stumble across ideas. I read an article talking about the Australian who invented the black box flight recorder that is now on every plane. - -With Round The Twist, I had wanted to write a musical that I could bring my whole family to (I have a lot of nieces and nephews) and had been searching for a story to adapt. There’s an episode of Round The Twist where the youngest Twist child, Bronson, saves up the stink of his feet for six months to use as a weapon to save a turtle. Each time he uses this power he says, “up the pong!” - -One day my mum was changing my nephew’s nappy and she said, “ugh that’s a pongy nappy” and my brain immediately said, “up the pong!” And that’s how the idea for the musical came to me. It feels highly appropriate that a smelly nappy inspired the musical adaptation of Round The Twist. So, this show was always designed to be something you could bring the whole family to and I’m very excited that a new generation will get to experience this show that is so iconic to a whole generation of Australians who grew up watching it in the 90s and early 2000s. - -DS: And you are working on other new musicals/operas at the same time? - -PH: I am! I'm working on several other things, but two of my main focuses are a show about The Great Emu War, where the Federal Government went to war with emus and lost (the story is told from the point of view of the emus because history is written by the victors) and a show about the woman who invented Kabuki. - -DS: Do you sleep very much? - -PH: I try to get 8 hours, but don't we all! - -DS: You live between New York and Brisbane. What opportunities do both cities offer you? - -PH: New York has so much going on all the time in terms of things to do and Broadway shows to see! It also has a very developed infrastructure for developing new musicals. I think the quality of life in Brisbane is absolutely amazing and it will always be home for me. And in terms of theatre, Brisbane audiences are very generous and hungry to see new work and embrace it. Round The Twist is also a story about home, with the Twists living in a rather unusual home – a lighthouse. So, I couldn’t be more thrilled for the show to premiere in my home, Brisbane. - -Round the Twist is being staged by the Queensland Theatre from 12 November — 8 December, 2024. - -Production photos by Lyndon Mechielsen",1731883598,72e08d18c1,1511df2629,,,1731883598 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/energy-stocks-soared-3-still-151000465.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,"Energy Stocks Have Soared This Year, but, These 3 Still Look Like Great Buys","The stock market has been roaring this year. Most sectors have rallied, including energy. The average energy stock in the S&P 500 is up more than 10% this year. - -Despite that rally, several energy stocks still look like compelling buys. Chevron (NYSE: CVX), MPLX (NYSE: MPLX), and Occidental Petroleum (NYSE: OXY) stand out to a few Fool.com contributors as great buys right now. Here's why they think these energy stocks could supply investors with high-octane total returns from here. - -Start Your Mornings Smarter! Wake up with Breakfast news in your inbox every market day. Sign Up For Free » - -Chevron comes with baggage - -Reuben Gregg Brewer (Chevron): When it comes to integrated energy majors, Chevron is easily one of the elite group leading the pack. It is large, with a market cap of $275 billion. It is diversified across the upstream (production), midstream (pipelines), and downstream (chemicals and refining). It is financially strong, with a debt-to-equity ratio of only around 0.17 times (one of the lowest of its closest peer group). And it has an over three-decade history of annual dividend increases. - -XLE data by YCharts. - -And yet, it has lagged behind the energy rally over the past year and is well behind ExxonMobil, its closest U.S. comparison point. The problem is a bit unique since Chevron is in the middle of trying to buy Hess, and Exxon appears to be standing in the way. Exxon's partnership with Hess in a major oil project is what's holding things up and could even scuttle the deal. Investors are likely treading carefully with Chevron right now, worried that the deal falling through would result in slower growth for Chevron. That's not unrealistic. - -But Chevron isn't a stock you look at for the short term but one you buy for the long term. Even if Exxon throws a wrench in the Hess deal, Chevron can simply shift gears and find another acquisition target. Maybe that takes a little time, but losing Hess won't derail Chevron; it will just slow it down temporarily. Thus, the laggard stock performance today could end up being a buying opportunity. And you'll get an attractive 4.2% dividend yield while you wait for all this to get sorted out. - -The complete package - -Matt DiLallo (MPLX): Units of MPLX have gained about 25% so far this year. Even with that surge, the master limited partnership (MLP) still looks like an attractive investment. - -Despite the MLP's roaring rally this year, it still offers a high yield of more than 8%. That's due to a combination of valuation (which is still relatively low at about 10 times earnings) and continued distribution growth. MPLX recently increased its distribution by another 12.5%, marking its third straight year of double-digit distribution increases. - -Story Continues",1731883677,6e579b027f,1530923a5e,,,1731883677 -https://www.vg247.com/bioware-shares-dragon-age-the-veilguard-statistics-after-first-week,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,BioWare rounds off the end of Dragon Age: The Veilguard's first week by kindly telling you all what's killing you the most,"Players have had their hands on Dragon Age: The Veilguard for a little bit now, so BioWare has shared some interesting facts and figures about everyone's playthroughs. - -It's become pretty popular for developers to share how players are actually playing these days, as it offers an interesting insight into the masses' mindset, and the ways it does or does not differ. BioWare has hopped on that trend this week by sharing some stats from The Veilguard, kicking things off by sharing the breakdown of classes - it turns out that mage comes out on top with 40% of players picking that class, leaving warrior and rogue at 30% each, which is honestly pretty even, even if it's clear that people fancy themselves as magic users more than anything else. - -🧙, ⚔️, or 🏹 - There are so many choices to make in #DragonAge: The Veilguard - which did you choose? - - - -Check out some statistics on how other players have lived (and died) in Thedas so far! We'll have even more to share in future... 👀 pic.twitter.com/3l4ZsdTqSH — Dragon Age (@dragonage) November 8, 2024 To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Following that, it shared what lineage players opted for. Perhaps unsurprisingly, human was the most commonly picked lineage at 43%, but elves weren't far off at 40%. By comparison, much less people decided to play as qunari, with only 11% of players doing so, leaving dwarves with being picked by only 6% of players. Interestingly, BioWare also shared what mission is killing players the most: Sea of Blood. This mission is actually quite early on, so it might be more of a case of players getting to grips with things still more than it being all that difficult. In terms of particular enemies, though, High Dragon Corius the Icetalon has killed most players, so keep your wits about you if you're yet to face that one. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Lastly, there was also a breakdown of which factions player chose, which was a bit more all over the place. Both Grey Wardens and Shadow Dragons were picked by 24% of players, making up almost half of all total players. After that, 16% of them picked Antivan Crows, 15% picked Veil Jumpers, with the Lords of Fortune and Mournwatch only being picked by 11% and 10% of players respectively. - -BioWare also shared that there's ""even more to share in future"" when it comes to the game's statistics, so keep your eyes peeled for future tidbits like these.",1731883705,374d98cbb9,1533b61a3b,,,1731883705 -https://www.bleedcubbieblue.com/2024/11/15/24297281/2024-heroes-and-goats-emmanuel-clase-guardians-part-1,https://www.bleedcubbieblue.com/rss/current,"2024 Heroes and Goats: Emmanuel Clase and the Guardians, part 1","Emmanuel Clase was awarded the AL Reliever of the Year for 2024 after helping the Guardians reach the playoffs. Clase pitched in 74 games and allowed only 10 runs, five earned, in 74⅓ innings. This was a particularly and uniquely impressive season. He matched those 10 runs allowed with 10 walks allowed. Pair that with 66 strikeouts and we see a dominant season. - -I went down the Guardians rabbit hole after seeing that Clase was the AL leader in WPA. Here at Heroes and Goats, our view is always through the lens of WPA. Again, WPA tends to favor run producers, starting pitchers and closers. - -How much of an outlier is Clase’s 2024 season? He registered a 6.4 WPA. The next closest pitchers of any variety in 2024 were Cardinals reliever Ryan Helsley and Tigers starter Tarik Skubal. Before the offseason wraps up, I suspect we will be looking at Skubal and the Tigers, another fascinating season. - -Going back through history, the last pitcher that eclipsed 5 for WPA was Sandy Alcantara in 2022 for the Marlins at 5.5. The last reliever over 5 was Will Smith for the Giants in 2019 (5.6). Blake Trienen posted a 6.3 for A’s in 2018. We go all of the way back to Zack Britton in 2016 for another 6.4 season (Jon Lester was a 5.0 and Kyle Hendricks a 4.3 that year). The last pitcher to top Clase’s 6.4 was Zack Greinke for the Dodgers back in 2015 (Jake Arrieta was at 5.7). - -So we’re talking about a once in a decade type of performance. How does one run that high out of the bullpen? They see leverage situations. A lot of them. Emmanuel Clase threw in 74 games. A whopping 46 of them were classified as high leverage when he entered the game. Only Griffin Jax of the Twins entered into more high leverage situations. Jax saw 49 high leverage games in 72 games pitched. - -Of course, just seeing a lot of leverage doesn’t run up a high WPA. But converting 47 of 50 saves does. Clase led the league in saves for the third straight year and also the led the league in relief appearances. He faced 270 batters and allowed only two homers, 39 hits, and those 10 walks we talked about. He hit two batters. - -One last thing on Clase before I take you to the first half leaders for the Guardians on Heroes and Goats. Let’s look at the 10 most similar pitchers to Clase through his age 26 season. It’s an impressive group. Rarely do I see a list that contains all players who I know. - -Gregg Olson Craig Kimbrel Joakim Soria Kenley Jansen Rod Beck Bobby Thigpen Jonathan Papelbon Chad Cordero Bruce Sutter Jeurys Familia - -Obviously, similarity scores are picking up on the number of saves at a young age. The significant question for Clase is where things go from here. A good number of the players on this list had a relatively short run as dominant closers. On the other hand, there are a couple of guys who are arguably among the best closers of all time. That number one similarity score is Olson, who save 160 games through age 26 and then only saved 57 over the remainder of a 14-year career. He fell off significantly in his age 27 season and didn’t really re-emerge as a closer until his age 31 season. - -I know there is some temptation to “sell high” on Clase after these last three seasons. He’s had an extremely heavy workload. Only time will tell. - -Through 81 games, let’s look at the top and bottom four in the standings for Cleveland. First, the bottom four. - -SS Brayan Rocchio -21.5 - -2B Andres Gimenez -19.5 - -IF Gabriel Arias -16 - -SP Triston McKenzie -11 - -And the top four. - -CL Emmanuel Clase/3B Jose Ramirez +18.5 - -RF Will Brennan +14.5 - -SP Ben Lively +12 - -I haven’t cheated and looked ahead. Well, other than looking at his combined numbers over the last 81 games. He threw 36 innings, allowed 18 hits, six walked, and four runs, two earned. It only gets better from here. - -Thanks for checking in. I’ll have more for you soon. We will alternate looking at some wild WPA games and looking at big WPA seasons. Anyone who can help point me at some memorable games, particularly ones with wild WPA swings, those are probably the most fun to look at.",1731883635,d7791ed2a6,15721cf045,,,1731883635 -https://www.getresponse.com/blog/email-conversion-rate,https://www.getresponse.com/blog/feed,What is email conversion rate and how to optimize it,"Your email conversion rate is an excellent way to track your audience’s level of engagement with your email campaigns. - -Data shows that more than one-third of marketing leaders cite the conversion rate as the most important performance indicator they track. - -In this post, let’s discuss everything you should know about email conversion rates as well as data-backed strategies to optimize your conversion rates so your email marketing efforts don’t go wasted. - -What is an email conversion rate and why is it important? - -In marketing, a “conversion” happens whenever someone responds to a call to action (CTA). In email marketing campaigns, the conversion rate refers to the percentage of recipients who complete the desired action after opening your email. - -Examples of the desired action include: - -Making a purchase - -Entering a giveaway - -Downloading a resource - -Signing up for a newsletter - -Filling out a registration form - -Clicking through to a landing page - -The higher your conversion rate for email marketing, the more effective your email content is at driving action. This is because each conversion moves a prospect closer to becoming a paying customer. That’s why you want to create email campaigns that inspire as many conversions as possible. - -Knowing your conversion rate allows you to fine-tune your email marketing strategy, making adjustments based on data rather than guesswork. It helps you measure your performance against industry benchmarks or competitors, giving you a clearer sense of where you stand and how you can improve. - -What is a good email marketing conversion rate? - -Research from FirstPageSage shows that on average, B2C brands see a conversion rate of about 2.8%, while B2B companies see a rate of 2.4% with email marketing. - -But what is considered a good conversion rate? An average conversion rate falls between 2% and 5%, while anything between 6% and 9% is above average, and 10% or higher is excellent. - -Data shows that average conversion rates also vary greatly by industry. For example, in 2021, the average email conversion rate for the B2B services industry was 5.7% while that for real estate was 1.4%. - -Instead of comparing yourself with the global average email conversion rate, it’s a better idea to look at industry-specific rates. - -How do you calculate the average email conversion rate? - -To calculate email conversion rate, find the number of people who took the desired action after interacting with your emails and divide it by the total number of emails you sent. - -Here is the email conversion rate formula: - -Source - -For example, let’s say you sent out an email campaign announcing the release of your new product to 10,000 previous customers. Out of those 10,000 recipients, 500 clicked through and signed up for the pre-order. - -To calculate your conversion rate, you would divide 500 (the number of conversions) by 10,000 (the number of emails delivered). That gives you 0.05—multiply this by 100 and you get a 5% conversion rate. - -How to optimize email conversion rate? - -Your email design and copy make a significant impact on your conversion rates. Here are three tried-and-tested tips for optimizing email marketing conversion rates: - -1. Create a powerful CTA - -A compelling CTA is the key driver behind turning your email recipients into active customers. Databox found that email CTAs have an average click-through rate of about 3-5%. - -Whether it’s getting readers to purchase a product, sign up for a webinar, or download a resource, the CTA is what influences customer behavior. Without a clear and compelling CTA, even the most beautifully designed email can fall flat. - -Here’s how to create a powerful CTA: - -Make your CTA stand out - -Your CTA should be one of the most eye-catching elements of your email. Use contrasting colors or turn your CTA into a button to draw attention. - -Look at the bright green call to action button above as an example. - -Use action-oriented language - -Your CTA should inspire immediate action. Use strong, clear verbs like “Shop Now,” “Get Your Discount,” or “Download Your Guide”. - -Keep it short and sweet - -CTAs should be concise—aim for five words or less. The goal is to make it easy for the reader to understand what you want them to do in a split second. - -Limit the number of CTAs - -Less is more when it comes to CTAs. Stick to one primary CTA to keep your email focused and your message clear. - -Create a sense of urgency - -Encourage immediate action by adding a sense of urgency to your CTA. Phrases like “Limited Time Offer” or “Claim Your Spot Now” can push recipients to act quickly, minimizing the risk of distraction. - -The CTA above is a good example of how to create a sense of urgency. - -Personalize your CTAs - -Data shows that personalized CTAs perform 202% better than regular CTAs. If you know a particular list segment is interested in fitness, a CTA like “Start Your Fitness Journey Today” will resonate more than a generic “Learn More”. - -Test and optimize - -Test different placements, wordings, and designs to see which CTAs drive the most engagement. Sometimes, even small tweaks in your CTA can lead to significant improvements in conversion rates. - -Optimize for mobile - -A large percentage of emails are opened on mobile phones, making mobile optimization essential. You want to ensure your CTA looks just as eye-catching and well-placed on a mobile phone as it looks on a desktop. - -Highlight the benefits - -Clearly state the benefit of clicking the CTA—what’s in it for your readers? - -In the example above, the CTA has a clear benefit (which is that the reader will get to drink good wine). - -Use numbers - -If possible, include numbers in your CTA—something like “Get $50 Off Now!” - -2. Use personalization - -Personalization is no longer just a buzzword—it’s a must for today’s email marketing. - -This is because modern customers value experiences that feel personal and relevant to them. Crafting emails that cater to individual preferences, behaviors, and needs helps you improve customer satisfaction, boost conversions, and enjoy improved open and click-through rates. - -But personalizing emails is more than just addressing recipients by their name—it’s about delivering content that resonates with each recipient. To achieve this, you want to segment your list and write subject lines that are specifically tailored to each group. - -Segment your list - -Segmentation is the key to a successful email marketing campaign. It involves dividing your email list into smaller, targeted groups based on criteria like geographic location, purchase history, and engagement levels. - -By doing this, you can send emails that contain relevant content, increasing email engagement and improving your campaign performance. - -For example, if you know that a particular segment of your audience frequently buys sports equipment, you can tailor your emails to highlight new arrivals in that category or offer exclusive discounts on related products. - -Here is another example of location-based segmentation by Felix Gray. - -By segmenting their email subscribers by geographic area, Felix Gray sends personalized emails to customers about new store openings nearby. They also include map instructions in the same email to guide recipients to the new locations, making visiting them easy. - -On the flip side, poor segmentation can have the opposite effect. Imagine sending an email about the latest trends in teen clothing to a 40-something man with an office job. Not only is this irrelevant to his interests, but it also risks annoying the recipient, which can lead to unread emails and a higher unsubscribe rate. - -If you’d like to send targeted emails to thoughtfully created email segments, use GetResponse’s email list builder to manage and grow your list and enjoy automatic segmentation for highly personalized email campaigns. - -Write good subject lines - -The subject line determines whether recipients will open your email or scroll past it. A compelling subject line leads to more opens, increasing the chances of a conversion. - -To create subject lines that grab attention, focus on using actionable language that creates a sense of curiosity or urgency. For instance, instead of saying, “New Deals Inside,” you could say, “Exclusive Offers Just for You—Grab Them Before They’re Gone!” - -Remember that most emails are viewed on a mobile device, so keep them short and sweet. You want to aim for 30 to 50 characters. You can also take a look at how open rate is influenced by subject line length here: - -GetResponse offers a built-in email subject line generator powered by ChatGPT to help you create attention-grabbing subject lines in seconds. - -Just input a few keywords and your industry and you’ll get plenty of subject line options to pick from. The best part? You don’t need an OpenAI account. This feature is available to all paid users, with free accounts getting three uses per month. - -3. Test and tweak - -Improving your email marketing conversion rates doesn’t have to be a guessing game. A/B testing is an objective method to help you make data-driven decisions about your emailing practices. - -Also called split testing, A/B testing involves comparing two versions of your email to determine which one leads to more conversions. - -For example, if you’re concerned your email subject line isn’t catchy enough, you can conduct an A/B test by segmenting your email audience into two. One half will get the old subject line and the other half will get the newer, catchier one. You can then compare results to check whether this change affects your email open and conversion rates. - -You can test multiple email elements including, the copy, CTA, email format, and sending time. The key is to test one element at a time, so you know exactly what’s driving the results. - -Of course, A/B testing is much easier when automated. That’s where GetResponse’s A/B testing feature comes in. It helps you: - -Create A/B tests for both email subject lines and content to find what works best - -Test up to five versions to identify the highest-performing option - -Configure testing by setting your testing group size, winning criteria, and test duration - -Track performance through open rates, click rates, and overall engagement for each variant - -Read our A/B testing guide for a deeper understanding of the process. - -Email conversion rate optimization simplified - -Optimizing your email conversion is all about tweaking your emails to determine what works best. It involves a lot of A/B testing and experimentation, which is why it’s a good idea to use a dedicated digital marketing platform like GetResponse. - -GetReponse helps you boost your conversion rate in multiple ways. You get automatic list segmentation (which lets you send relevant content), an AI subject line generator (to craft catchy subject lines), and automatic A/B testing (which helps you save time on experimentation).Sign up today and get 30 days of free access to experience the power of these features.",1731883655,90dc77288c,15359f9684,,,1731883655 -https://www.advocate.com/news/south-carolina-transgender-bathroom-lawsuit,https://www.advocate.com/rss.xml,South Carolina slammed with lawsuit from 13-year-old trans boy over bathroom rights,"A coalition of LGBTQ + advocates is taking South Carolina to court over its bathroom law forcing transgender students to use restrooms according to their assigned sex at birth. The law mandates that K-12 schools deny transgender students access to bathrooms aligned with their gender identity or face losing a quarter of their state funding. - -The complaint, filed Tuesday, takes aim at Proviso 1.120, a provision enacted in July that advocates say strips trans students of fundamental rights. The law mandates that K-12 schools bar transgender students from restrooms matching their gender identity or risk losing a quarter of their state funding. - -The lawsuit, filed on behalf of 13-year-old John Doe and the South Carolina LGBTQ+ advocacy group Alliance for Full Acceptance, argues that Proviso 1.120 violates both Title IX and the Equal Protection Clause. “Proviso 1.120 is illegal, plain and simple. Trans students are not political pawns. Their rights are not optional,” Alexandra Brodsky, a senior attorney at Public Justice representing the plaintiffs, said in a statement. “And the human stakes are too high for states like South Carolina to break the law to score political points: Thousands of students are paying the price with their health and educations. ” - -A memo from the South Carolina Department of Education, issued on behalf of state superintendent Ellen Weaver, outlined strict guidelines for compliance. It called on districts to adjust restroom signage and student records, replacing references to “gender” with “biological sex,” which the state defines as “a person’s biological sex, either male or female, as objectively determined by anatomy and genetics existing at the time of birth.” According to the memo, only in exceptional cases—such as medical assistance or natural disasters—can students enter facilities that do not match the sex on their original birth certificate. The memo further directed districts to restrict restroom use to students’ sex assigned at birth under all other circumstances. - -According to the lawsuit , John Doe faced suspension at his Berkeley County school after using the boys’ restroom. School administrators allegedly told the student that he could be expelled if he continued to use the restroom aligned with his gender identity, prompting his parents to withdraw him from the school. “I will not allow school officials or lawmakers to dehumanize my child because of their own ignorance. Adults need to educate themselves, read the science, and stop attacking students,” John Doe’s father said in a statement. “All students deserve to feel safe and supported in school, including my son.” - -Joseph Wardenski, founder of Wardenski P.C., which is also representing the plaintiffs, warned of the law’s long-term harm to South Carolina’s transgender students. “Every day that Proviso 1.120 remains in effect, countless transgender students across South Carolina are being harmed,” Wardenski said in a statement. “As courts around the country have held, these types of bathroom bans cause trans students to suffer needless and preventable stigma, distress, and physical injuries. To prevent these harms, we will ask the court to intervene immediately to stop South Carolina from enforcing this discriminatory policy.” - -The Fourth Circuit Court, whose jurisdiction includes South Carolina, ruled in the Virginia case Grimm v. Gloucester County School Board in 2020 that barring transgender students from bathrooms matching their gender identities is unconstitutional. The plaintiffs argue that Proviso 1.120 blatantly ignores this precedent. - -“Lawmakers who continue to target transgender youth with blatantly unconstitutional legislation should take note,” said AFFA executive director Chase Glenn. “If you pass these laws, you will be taken to court.” - -The lawsuit seeks an immediate injunction to halt enforcement of the law. If granted, the injunction would allow transgender students across South Carolina to use bathrooms matching their gender identity without the threat of discipline or harassment.",1731883624,d5ecffcd86,1552dfcb05,,,1731883624 -https://webinarninja.com/blog/webinar-cta/,https://webinarninja.com/blog/feed/,How to Create High-Converting Webinar CTAs (With Tips & Examples),,1731883632,f9ee9cad7c,1590d0bbc6,,,1731883632 -https://clark.com/personal-finance-credit/how-much-do-you-need-to-save-a-month-to-get-10000/,https://clark.com/feed/,"How Much Do You Need To Save a Month To Get $10,000?","Advertisement - -Do you have a goal of saving $10,000? If so, you’re in the right place. We can help you achieve $10,000 in savings and map out a plan to get there with our savings goal calculator. Maybe you’re saving for a down payment on a car, a dream vacation or simply to build up three to six months of emergency savings. Whatever the case, you either have a financial goal or you want to make one. This savings goal calculator can help you develop a realistic savings goal. Just enter your goal amount, current savings, estimated rate of return and how long you plan to save, and this calculator will do the math for you. Let’s look at an example. How Much You Need To Save Per Month To Put Away $10,000 What is Your Savings Goal? - -What do You Currently Have Saved? - -What is Your Estimated Rate of Return (%)? How much more are you planning to save? Monthly Yearly Time To Reach Your Goal: - - - -You started with , and contributed an additional . You also had earnings growth of . You started with, and contributed an additional. You also had earnings growth of See Results By Month - -Note: This calculator is completely interactive! Enter your numbers to see how much in monthly savings it will take to reach your savings goals. - -As you can see in the example, it would take you 20 months to save $10,000 if you are saving $500 a month, assuming a 5% APY. - -Keep in mind that these variables are meant as placeholders. The goal is for you to use the savings goal calculator yourself. Play around with the amount of time, the amount of money you’ve already saved and your own goal amount. That way you get a realistic picture of your savings habits vs. your goals. - -Want to leave your money in savings for years? The best high-yield savings accounts are almost all below 5% APY now. As are the best rates on CDs. And barring a change in the current trajectory, it would be surprising to achieve an overall return of 5% per year for the next, say, five years through savings and CDs. - -Want to invest in a broad-market index fund? Your return may be better than 5%. - -Each variable will make a significant difference in your savings. So feel free to experiment based on the details you know about your own choices and what you think may happen with the economy. - -Advertisement - -Final Thoughts - -It’s a great idea to save $10,000. It’s also obtainable for almost everyone — even if it takes time. - -Depending on your monthly expenses, that’s at least the start of an emergency fund. - -Use our savings goal calculator for yourself to figure out how long it will take you to save $10,000.",1731883628,50810c7520,15714dc033,,,1731883628 -https://www.stagewhispers.com.au/news/ten-out-six,https://www.stagewhispers.com.au/rss.xml,Ten out of SIX,"Coral Drouyn looks at the return of the hit musical SIX, speaking to Australian Associate Director Sharon Millerchip and the cast. - -The chances of writing a smash hit musical before you turn 25 are about the same as finding Martians at the bottom of your garden. And yet that’s precisely what Toby Marlow and Lucy Moss did in 2017, during their last year at Cambridge (that is, wrote a smash musical. They haven’t commented on finding Martians, but it could still happen). - -Against all odds, the young feminist dancer and the non-binary actor/composer put together a concept and then wrote an entire show in ten non-consecutive days in 2017 for the Edinburgh Festival that year … and history was made. - -Well, to be honest, history made the show first. Moss, with a keen feminist attitude towards how woman have been falsely portrayed in history, watched a documentary series about Henry VIII’s six wives by Lucy Worsley, which attempted to set the record straight, while Marlow was more into the glamour and theatricality of the period itself. Nevertheless, she persuaded her friend and collaborator Toby that they should do more than just write a pop concert with some catchy tunes; they should actually say something about the undermining of the female gender in history. Toby agreed, as long as they could knock it over in fairly quick time. After all, it was just for the festival … it’s not as if many people were going to see it! And did it really matter that all most of us remembered about the wives of the obese king was how they met their ending at his hands? - -Seven years and many millions of audience members later, the show continues to garner awards - 35 in all, including two Tonys - and accolades as well as criticism. While most praise its wit and unique style, the number one gripe seems to be from purists who don’t believe it is a musical at all, but rather a rock concert, which is what Marlow set out to write. - -Torn between both viewpoints, I turned to Australia’s Associate Director of the show, Sharon Millerchip, for some clarification. - -“It’s a hybrid, a new form of musical,” Sharon explains. “Much as we all loved Oklahoma! and the like in the forties, fifties and sixties, and Sondheim in the seventies, eighties and nineties, and ALW’s lavish spectacles, musical theatre has to keep evolving, has to keep offering the audience something new, or they will stop coming altogether.” - -I wonder if that isn’t a somewhat cynical viewpoint, an excuse for the show to have no true storyline or raison d'être, but rather play on the rock concert theme. Sharon is quick to correct me. - -“But it does have a story - it has all the elements of a traditional musical, they are just arranged and presented differently,” she parries passionately. “Think of it as a Trojan Horse. You recognize the shape, but you don’t know what it’s there for. You don’t see what is hiding inside until it is revealed to you, and by then you’re overwhelmed.” - -Yes, there is a story in which six Queens, all married to the same despot King, vie with each other in competition to prove which of Henry VIII’s wives had the hardest time of it. So that’s round one to Sharon and the “SIX” camp. And it’s true that the six queens interact with each other and move forward because of that. But still, the music is full on, and where are the love songs? Those of us who remember our Tudor history from high school have a head start. Who, over the age of thirty, doesn’t remember the rhyme we all repeated to keep the order of wives fresh in our minds –‘Divorced, beheaded, dies, divorced, beheaded, survived.’ Trouble is, we still couldn’t remember which was which. It’s a difficult show and some of the cast have prior associations with earlier seasons. Chelsea Dawson (Katherine Howard) and Loren Hunter (Jane Seymour) are reprising their original roles and are joined by an astounding array of new talent. - -Perhaps the six queens could explain it better. - -Kimberley Hodgson – Aragon - -“When we are learning history at school, especially focussing on people during this era, the historical recounts are most commonly from a male’s perspective. I made a conscious effort of sourcing material and audio books which analysed the life of the queens from a woman’s perspective, which I think empowers who they are/were and their legacy.” - -Really? So the cast remembers what they learned at school? That seems unlikely for any show. - -“We have our own intensive history course,” Millerchip tells me. “The first couple of days of rehearsal are just spent re-examining history. We cling to the old ideas of who women were in the 16th Century, and how they behaved. Yes, our heroines come from an era 500 years ago, but we wondered how they would be now, in this modern era. To do that we needed to explore who they were deep down and get rid of the idea that they somehow had no voice of their own. They did, and they used it loud and clear, and because of that they were made to suffer. The show doesn’t subvert history, it exposes and enhances it.” - -Sharon is so passionate as she speaks that I can only think, “Well, that’s me told.” History was never like that in my day! Of course – Aragon was divorced, then ended up in a nunnery. Oh Henry! - -Deirdre Khoo - Boleyn - -“I grew up in Singapore, where they didn't actually cover the six wives of Henry VIII! (I know, how rude!). I've now learned, though, that these queens each had such detailed and rich stories that deserve to be told and honoured individually. Fun fact: Anne Boleyn was a musical gal! She sang and danced and played the lute.” - -It’s interesting that Anne Boleyn had musical ability. Six of the finest vocalists you will ever hear on any stage make up the cast, but Millerchip insists it’s not a singing show “Our first auditions,” she tells me, “are always dance auditions. Six girls don’t leave the stage for 80 minutes and for all of that time they are dancing and singing. That takes enormous stamina and skill. Yes, they need great voices, but unless their dance skills are honed to perfection, they would never make it through those difficult numbers that involve intricate movement and highly skilled execution.” - -Wow, and that doesn’t even include Anne Boleyn’s lute! - -Loren Hunter – Seymour",1731883604,72e08d18c1,15a1903c8d,,,1731883604 -http://ipkitten.blogspot.com/2024/11/monday-miscellany_11.html,http://ipkitten.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default,Monday Miscellany,"* PermaKat Eleonora Rosati received the 2022 Adepi Award - -* PermaKat Eleonora Rosati listed as one of the World Intellectual Property Review's ""Influential Women in IP"" of 2020. - -* PermaKat Eleonora Rosati listed as one of the Managing Intellectual Property magazine's ""Fifty Most Influential People"" of 2018. - -* IPKat founder and Blogmeister Emeritus Jeremy Phillips listed as one of the Managing Intellectual Property magazine's ""Fifty Most Influential People"" of 2005, 2011, 2013, and 2014. - -* Recommended by the European Patent Office as reading material for candidates for the European Qualifying Examinations, 2013. - -* Listed as ""Top Legal Blog"" in The Times Online, March 2011. - -2010 ABA Journal 100. * One of the only two non-US blogs listed in the Blawg100. - -* Court Reporter Top Copyright Blog award winner, November 2010. - -* Number 1 in the 2010 Top Copyright Blog list compiled by the Copyright Litigation Blog, July 2010. - -* Selected by the United States Library of Congress for inclusion in its historic collections of Internet materials related to Legal Blawgs as of 2010. - -* Top Patent Blog poll 2009: 3rd out of 50 in the ""Favourite Patent Blog"" poll and 2nd out of 50 in the ""Most-read"" poll. - -Blog of the Year, 20 August 2008. * ComputerWeekly IT Law and Governance, 20 August 2008.",1731883688,32708c0b3e,159225b9bc,,,1731883688 -https://www.npr.org/2024/08/09/1197961314/breakdancing-breaking-olympic-sport-scoring,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How do you score an artistic sport like breaking in the Olympics? : Planet Money : NPR,"Will the Olympics break breakdancing? - -For some sports, picking the winner is simple: It's the athlete who crosses the finish line first, or the side that scores the most goals. But for the new Olympic sport of breaking (if you want to be cool, don't call it breakdancing), the criteria aren't quite that straightforward. How do you judge an event whose core values are dopeness, freshness, and breaking the rules? - -That was the challenge for Storm and Renegade, two legendary b-boys who set out to create a fair and objective scoring system for a dance they say is more of an art than a sport. Over the years, their journey to define the soul of breaking led them to meetings with Olympics bigwigs, debates over the science of dopeness, and a battle with a question many sports — from figure skating to gymnastics — have tried to answer: Can art and sport coexist? - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was hosted by Jeff Guo and Alexi Horowitz-Ghazi. It was produced by Emma Peaslee and edited by Jenny Lawton. It was fact checked by Sierra Juarez and engineered by Valentina Rodríguez Sánchez with help from James Willets and Cena Loffredo. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR Source Audio- ""Darkman X,"" ""Hammer Tucked,"" ""Boogie Down Bronx,"" and ""Bboy Summer""",1731884583,8181d7a585,159a4fc8c3,,,1731884583 -https://www.fodors.com/news/news/american-airline-is-finally-doing-something-to-stop-line-cutting-at-the-gate,https://www.fodors.com/feed,One Airline Is Finally Doing Something to Stop Line Cutting at the Gate,"Earlier boarding is a sought-after privilege. - -American Airlines is testing new technology that will better enforce boarding order, reports The Washington Post. The technology will play an audible noise whenever a passenger tries to board before their group is called, notifying agents to ask the passenger to step out of the boarding order until it’s their turn. - -The airline currently boards passengers in nine groups, starting with First Class passengers and top-tier frequent fliers, and slotting in the rest by seating upgrade, holders of credit card holders, passengers who pay extra for priority boarding, and others. Passengers who have purchased American’s no-frills Basic Economy fare board in Group 9. - -Most other carriers follow the same procedure, and many airlines—including American—are dogged by passengers who aren’t aware of or don’t follow the boarding order. This creates congestion in the gate area and onboard the aircraft, and dilutes the benefit of priority boarding for passengers who have paid for it or earned it with frequent flights. - -Earlier boarding is a sought-after privilege, because it’s more comfortable to board early in the process before overhead bins are full of carryon bags, and already seated passengers must be asked to move so later-arriving passengers can take their seats. On full flights, the latest boarding passengers are often unable to find space for their carryon bags, and they must be checked at the gate, delaying passengers on arrival who must now wait for their bags to arrive on the carousel. - -Continue Reading Article After Our Video Recommended Fodor’s Video - -“We are in the early phase of testing new technology used during the boarding process,” American told The Washington Post. “The new technology is designed to ensure customers receive the benefits of priority boarding with ease and helps improve the boarding experience by providing greater visibility into boarding progress for our team.” - -American is testing the technology at airports in Albuquerque and Tucson, and will expand it to Washington DC’s Reagan National Airport and others across the system soon. - -Previously, airlines could enforce boarding order because passengers handed paper boarding passes to an agent in order to board. Agents could check the group number or seat assignment to verify whether a passenger was boarding early. Now, with the rise of boarding passes on mobile devices, which passengers scan on their own, agents don’t have the time to turn passengers away before they can scan their device. Once they’ve scanned, passengers should continue boarding to allow for correct boarding counts. - -The new system will not only play a sound alerting agents that a passenger is attempting to board early, it will also reject the boarding pass from boarding, and alert the agent which group the passenger should board with. This system is already common in Europe, where many airlines use automated boarding gates similar to those used on US mass transit systems. At Oslo Airport, for example, the boarding passes won’t scan to open an automated boarding gate if a passenger attempts to board early, while an automated message displayed advises them to wait their turn. - -Airlines have long looked for ways to manage the boarding process, which is one of the most stressful points in the journey for modern air travelers. Early jets boarded First Class and Economy Class via two separate sets of stairs at the back and front of the aircraft, but as flights grew more crowded after deregulation in 1978 (when airfares dropped to within the means of the vast majority of travelers) and aircraft began boarding only from forward doors via jet bridges, it created a bottleneck. - -Airlines used to manage the process in rows, from the back of the aircraft toward the front. But as frequent flier programs grew more complicated and extra fees in addition to fares grew more complex, they needed a way to stratify passengers by status. Now, airlines essentially board passengers in order of importance, although many make exceptions, allowing families, passengers with disabilities, and active-duty service members to board first, regardless of which group they’ve been assigned. - -American’s new system could alleviate frustrations among travelers over those who attempt to skirt the rules and board early, and that could make travel easier for everyone—except those who try to break the rules.",1731883682,ed13a32224,15c50006b6,,,1731883682 -https://www.bundesliga.com/en/bundesliga/news/bayern-munich-wingers-olise-kompany-gnabry-coman-sane-29620,https://www.bundesliga.com/rss,Bayern Munich's wealth of wide men - giving wings to their title push?,"In Michael Olise, Kingsley Coman, Serge Gnabry and Leroy Sané, Vincent Kompany has a quartet of wingers in sparkling form to choose from. Other first-class options create an embarrassment of riches in the wide attacking positions, which is giving lift-off to Bayern Munich's title hopes. - -Harry Kane's return to the top of the Bundesliga goalscoring charts has rightfully earned attention, but much of the momentum behind the charge of Vincent Kompany's Bayern to the top of the table while becoming the first side in Europe's top five leagues to net 50 goals this season has been provided by the immense collection of wing rockets. - -Left-winger Coman has exemplified that in recent weeks. Having rarely earned a starting spot in the opening games of the campaign (two from the first seven Bundesliga fixtures), the Frenchman's cut inside from the left and scorching drive into the top corner earned him the honour of Bundesliga Goal of the Month for October and rekindled memories of former Bayern legend Arjen Robben's trademark trick. - -Watch: Kingsley Coman's October Goal of the Month! - -A goal and an assist in the ensuing 3-0 win over Union Berlin brought Coman to four goal involvements in his last three Bundesliga encounters - thus cementing his place in Kompany's fiercely fought-over plans. It raises the question as to whether Bayern are just as well equipped now down the flanks as when Robben and Franck Ribéry tore opposing defences to shreds and clocked up title after title over a devastating decade from 2009 to 2019. - -bundesliga.com checks out Bayern's current wing wonders: - -Kingsley Coman - -Age: 28 - -Bundesliga appearances: 208 (44 goals) - -An irony of Coman forcing his way into the forefront of Kompany's thinking is that he is already pretty much the finished product - an experienced operator who has won almost everything possible in the game (eight Bundesliga titles, one UEFA Champions League crown and a beaten finalist in the 2022 World Cup). - -Watch: The best of Kingsley Coman - -Want more Bundesliga Action? GET THE UPDATES! - -Coman has shown beyond doubt this season that he still has the speed and dribbling ability to go with his incredible experience. ""He is back where he belongs, and fit above all. He is playing his part in us succeeding,"" said Bayern's board member for sport, Max Eberl. - -With a number of injury issues ruling Coman out of the second half of the 2023/24 campaign, he is indeed making up for lost time and matching the kind of output he showed in his most productive seasons of 2022/23 (13 goal involvements in 24 appearances) and 2020/21 (17 in 29 appearances). Memories of him scoring perhaps the most significant goal in Bayern's recent history - the winner in the 2020 Champions League final - are certainly not going to go away either, especially with the final of this season's competition in Munich being a tantalising aim for a buoyant Bayern side. - -Serge Gnabry - -Age: 29 - -Bundesliga appearances: 222 (86 goals) - -Despite missing out on the chance to represent Germany at a home European Championship over the summer due to injury, Gnabry was able to build seamlessly on a promising end to an injury-disrupted last season to impress in the opening weeks of the current campaign under Kompany. - -Watch: All of Serge Gnabry's Bundesliga goals prior to 2024/25 - -Slotting in a late-winner in a 3-2 opening-day triumph in Wolfsburg proved a useful way to endear himself to his new boss with a reminder of his clinical touch. And by the time he had struck in a 6-1 victory in Kiel, Gnabry had contributed four goal involvements in the opening four games. Surely that was the kind of form that would make him a shoo-in to start on Bayern's left flank - until Coman had other ideas. - -While acknowledging the stiff competition Gnabry faces for playing time, Eberl praised him for being ""fully on his game again."" - -Michael Olise - -Age: 22 - -Bundesliga appearances: Nine (Five goals) - -France star Olise has made huge splash since signing from side Crystal Palace in the summer, immediately earning a place in Kompany's starting XI - in the very competitive right wing slot - and wowing crowds with his spectacular dribbling, pace and keen eye for goal. - -Watch: The rise of Michael Olise - -After a summer spent helping France's Olympic side to reach the final, Olise landed in Munich and hit the ground running, to say the least. He needed just two matches to settle in before hitting his first goal, in the 6-1 win over Kiel on Matchday 3, and that seemed to set him off. Next time out, he bagged a brace and cooked up another two for his teammates in the 5-0 win in Bremen. And he has since taken his stats to five goals - including a wonderful free-kick against Bochum - and three assists in an incredible debut Bundesliga campaign. - -""He's a special talent. Michael did very well. His start at Bayern couldn't have been much better,"" said Kompany after Olise's star turn against Bremen. ""I haven't got the feeling that he's a player who feels much pressure. He just enjoys football."" - -Leroy Sané - -Age: 28 - -Bundesliga appearances: 175 (41 goals) - -Although a persistent groin issue limited Sané's playing time at the end of last season and the beginning of the current one, his performances off the bench under Kompany have shown that the Germany international still has what it takes to play a key role for the Rekordmeister as they look to reclaim the Bundesliga title. - -Watch: Bayern's romp in Bochum, including Leroy Sané's screamer - -Looking to put an end to the painful struggles that saw him sit out the end of last season, Sané underwent groin surgery in the summer and has only featured off the bench in 2024/25. This hiatus has seen Olise step more than ably into the breach, but if Sané's superb curler against Bochum and his match-winning display off the bench against Benfica in the Champions League are anything to go by, he could soon be pushing the Frenchman for a place in the Bavarians' starting XI. - -After all, Sané is no unknown quantity, boasting a consistently impressive track record for Bayern with an average of 16 goal involvements in each of his four seasons at the Allianz Arena. What's more, his injury-hit 2023/24 campaign was his best yet, with eight strikes and a personal-best 11 goals cooked up for his teammates, which saw him finish second on the assists chart for the season. All of which suggests that if he can put his fitness issues behind him, he still poses a massive danger to opposing defences. - -But wait, that's not all - -Should anything prevent these four world-class wingers from doing the business, however, Kompany has even more options. Jamal Musiala, although undoubtedly most effective through the middle, can also turn it on in wide positions, and France U21 prodigy Mathys Tel is a more than credible option on the left. On top of that, full-backs Raphaël Guerreiro and Alphonso Davies boast strong attacking credentials while untested youngsters Arijon Ibrahimović (18) and Nestory Irankunda (18) provide even further cover. And you can never forget the wily Thomas Müller drifting out there. - -Such competition for wing places could spell selection headaches for Kompany, but the Bayern boss appears perfectly happy with the state of play: ""We have a lot of games. Particularly in this position, you need that number of players. They're all giving a lot and supporting each other. The boys know we need everyone.""",1731883668,26eff8ae46,15b3f51528,,,1731883668 -https://www.abetterlemonadestand.com/product-photography/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=product-photography,https://www.abetterlemonadestand.com/feed/,Product Photography for Ecommerce Stores: The Ultimate DIY Guide,"Your product photography is by far one of the most important things for your ecommerce store. After all, visitors to your store can’t see, touch or smell your products in person, so it’s helps customers know what they’re getting. In this post, we’ll show you how to set up your very own DIY studio and shoot your own product photos. You’ll also learn some product photography tips on how to optimize your product images for ecommerce so that you can increase your online sales. - -Part 1: How to Shoot Product Photos - -Understand Your Camera’s Capabilities - -There’s no denying that DSLRs are capable of taking better photos than smartphones. However, smartphone cameras are getting better and better, and the trick to great product photography is actually in the setup. You can take high quality, professional-looking product shots on a smartphone. That being said, it’s important to understand what your camera is capable of so that you can use it to its full potential. - -DSLR PRODUCT PHOTOGRAPHY - -If you’ve invested in a DSLR, then you should definitely make the most of it and shoot manual. Start by getting familiar with the “exposure triangle”—aperture, shutter speed, and ISO. These three elements will determine how light or dark your image is, and the idea is to find the perfect combination for your setup and product. - -The aperture is the opening in the lens that determines how much light your camera will let in, and it’s measured in f-stops. It’s pretty straightforward—larger openings allow more light to pass through the lens and subsequently produce a brighter image. The confusing part is that the larger the f-stop number, the smaller the aperture. - -(Source) - -So, why can’t we just use the aperture to control the brightness of the photo? The aperture also determines the depth of field, or in other words how much of the product is in focus. A small aperture will capture everything in the frame, whereas a large aperture is likely to leave the back of the product blurry. If you look at the two photos below, they were taken with apertures of f-1.8 and f/10 respectively. - -The trick is to find an aperture large enough to produce a well-lit photo, but small enough to capture the entire product clearly. Start with f/8 or f/10 and work your way up/down from there. - -The shutter speed is the amount of time the opening in the lens is open for. Outside of product photography, shutter speed is altered in order to determine the way a moving object appears in the photo. However, for product photography purposes, it’s important to use a slow shutter speed to allow for a smaller aperture. Once you’re happy with your aperture setting (i.e. the entire product is in focus), you should adjust the shutter speed until you get the brightness level you need. - -The last element of the trio is the ISO, which is your camera’s sensitivity to light. Increasing the ISO will allow you to take photos when the lighting conditions aren’t great, however, this does decrease the quality of the photo. You should never exceed 400 as you’ll start getting some camera noise. If you can’t take a well-lit photo under 400, your light sources aren’t bright enough. Aim to use natural lighting where possible. - -SMARTPHONE PRODUCT PHOTOGRAPHY - -If you’re using a smartphone, avoid using any pre-defined filters and frames and don’t touch the digital zoom, which actually just crops the photo as you shoot. All of this will decrease the quality of the photo, so save these kinds of adjustments for the image production stage. - -Take advantage of the auto-focus and tap on the product prior to taking the photo. There are also a number of iOS and Android apps that allow you to control some of the manual settings (though the results won’t be the same as using a DSLR). - -And regardless of whether you’re using a DSLR or a smartphone, never use the in-built flash. If you know what you’re doing, you can use an external flash. But generally speaking, if your product is too dark, this is a sign that you’re using insufficient lighting. - -Also, given the popularity of filters, keep in mind that this can change the color of how the product is perceived, which can result in refunds if the product doesn’t match what the image looks like. So avoid altering the colors of your product photos, so customers are given a realistic picture of what they’ll be getting. - -Steady Your Camera - -Even if you have the steadiest hands IN THE WORLD, always use a tripod or a smartphone mount. This will ensure that you have track-sharp images, even if you’re working with a slow shutter speed. - -A fool-proof method of capturing clear and crisp photos is to use a tripod or mount and set a timer on your camera. When you press down on the shutter, or even lightly tap the capture button on your smartphone’s touchscreen, you apply downward/forward pressure to the camera—setting a timer will allow your camera/smartphone to re-stabilize. I like to use a 2-second timer because I find that it gives my camera just enough time to return to a steady position (and I’m too impatient to sit through the 10-second timer beeps). - -Set Up a White Backdrop - -When it comes to product photography, the key to a good setup is to shoot against a white backdrop. The white backdrop will reflect white light back onto your product and prevent any color spills. It’ll also ensure that your camera’s white balance calibration is on point, which will result in accurate colors. - -Using a sweep is definitely the way to go, which is just a backdrop that seamlessly transitions from the vertical to the horizontal surface. For smaller products, definitely opt for a shooting table and do tabletop photography; it’ll give you more flexibility with how you position the backdrop in relation to the light source because of how portable it is. Buy a shooting table online or make your own with an old table, some scrap wood, a hammer and nails, spring clamps, and the sweep itself. I like to use white wrapping paper as my sweep because it’s smooth and reflective, but you can use anything you have on hand. - -For larger products, it gets a little trickier. If you’re going to shoot frequently, buying a sweep with a stand will make your life a lot easier. If it’s a one-off shoot, grab an old sheet and find something to drape it over. I’ve used a DVD rack before! - -Shoot Near a Window - -Unless you know what you’re doing, avoid using artificial light sources. They require a lot of skill and expertise to use and it’s not worth the time or money if you’re just starting out. - -Natural lighting is the way to go, just make sure you use it indirectly. Taking photos by a window and in a well-lit room tends to work best. In terms of positioning, the window should be to the left or right of the product, never behind or facing the camera. Natural light makes set up much easier as you don’t need to set up as much stuff. - -When pairing natural light with a diffuser, you can create some beautiful product photography. - -If you find that the lighting is too intense, you can diffuse it by covering the window with a white curtain/sheet or taping over it with white paper. You can also buy a diffuser for product photography online. - -It’s also important to be prepared and get through the shoot as quickly as possible. The color and intensity of natural light changes throughout the day, so for consistent images, you need to be organized and work fast. Having an extra pair of hands will definitely help! - -If natural light is your go to lighting source, aim to take all product photos at the same time every day, so your photos have a consistent look on your online store. However, you can edit your images in post production to help with a consistent branding. - -Grab a Reflector - -The only problem with shooting by a window is that the light will only hit the product on one side. To avoid harsh shadows and evenly distribute light across the product, you should use a fill light or a reflector. You can buy a reflector or create your own fill light with a white piece of card. Covering the card with aluminum foil will make it extra reflective. - -You should place the reflector on the other side of the product, opposite the window. You’ll just need to play around with the angle of it to find what works best for your product and setup. - -Part 2: How to Optimize Your Product Photos for Ecommerce - -Remove the Background - -A white background will really make your images POP. It’ll draw attention to the product and give the image a clean, professional look. Furthermore, white doesn’t clash with any other color, so you can reuse this same shot regardless of the website theme or platform design. - -In post production, you’ll want to remove backgrounds for your images to maintain a consistent look on your professional product photography. The most accurate way of removing the background is to use the pen tool in Adobe Photoshop. It’s not the only way; there are a number of background removal tools online and you can try using the magic wand and quick selection tools in Photoshop too, but you’re unlikely to get a clean cut around the product. - -To use the pen tool, select the pen tool and mark an anchor point on the edge of your product. The idea is to work your way around the product, creating what’s called a “clipping path” until you get to the first point and complete the path. - -If you’re new to the pen tool, you’ll quickly realize that the tricky part is when the edge of the product isn’t straight. If you click and hold, you’ll see these two funny lines with dots at the end appear; these are called “bezier handles” and can be used to manipulate the curve of the line. You’ll have to play around with the pen tool yourself to get the hang of how they work. - -Once you’ve completed the path, click “Selection” at the top and hit enter. You’ll see that the product has been selected. - -Swap to the selection tool, right-click the selected area and click “Layer via Cut,” which will separate the background and product onto two separate layers. Delete the background layer and you’ll have the product on a transparent background (represented by grey and white checkers). If you’d like a white background, simply add a new layer and fill it in with white. - -Although the results are amazing, unfortunately, background removal does take time and it is quite a fiddly process, particularly when it comes to more intricate and detailed products such as jewelry. It’s a good idea to outsourcing the editing so that you (or your graphic designer) can spend time on more growth-related tasks. - -For those looking for budget ways to remove backgrounds, you can find Shopify Apps like Pixc which will remove backgrounds. However, if you’re looking to do it yourself affordably, you can find a background removal tool on Canva’s Pro Plan. All it takes is a quick one click button. The technology has come a long way, making it possible without Photoshop. - -Keep the Editing Simple - -There’s nothing more annoying than receiving your online purchases and discovering that they’re nothing like what you imagined. You’d probably return the item and never shop on that store again. Your product photography and post production editing needs to mirror what the product actually looks like. - -Adjust the color balance of the photo to ensure that the colors in the photo match those in real life, and only tweak the brightness and contrast (or the levels if you’re Photoshop savvy) to give it a more professional product photography look. - -Note: Learn more great ways to edit your product photography for your ecommerce store with our Step-by-Step Photoshop Tutorials for Ecommerce article and create perfect product pages with our guide to Product Page Design! - -Apply a Template - -Creating a product image template is an easy and efficient way to make your product images look consistent. Start by choosing a size you’ll use across your ecommerce store—anywhere between 1200px and 1600px on the longest side is ideal because it’s large enough for an effective zoom function and to use across social media. - -Note that the size you choose will be applied to all your product images, so you should think about the shape of your product when you’re choosing your dimensions. If your products are longer vertically, a portrait template might be better. Similarly, if you have really wide products, a landscape template will help you reduce the unnecessary amount of space at the top and bottom. - -Note: If your products are all different shapes and sizes, stick to a square template. - -The easiest way to create a template is to create a blank file in Adobe Photoshop and to resize it to the dimensions you want. Use guides to identify the center-point by creating a vertical and horizontal line at 50%, which will help you position your products later. - -Your products should take up around 90% of the canvas, so it’s also good to create equal guidelines around the edges. When you drag each individual product into the canvas, resize it until either the top and bottom or left and right sides of the product touch the guides. - -Doing so will allow you to align your products, which is a lot more noticeable when they’re all next to each other on a white background. If you look at the two rows of product images below, it’s easy to see that the first row has been created without a template; the shirts are all different sizes within their own canvases. This is likely to happen when you resize your products by eye. On the other hand, it’s clear that the products in the bottom row were resized using a template, as the top and bottom of each shirt is aligned. - -Reduce the File Size - -As can be expected, large images take longer to load. When I say large, I’m referring to file size rather than the dimensions of an image, i.e. the value in KB, MB, GB, etc. Seeing as 47% of users expect a webpage to load in under 2 seconds, and 40% will abandon a page that takes more than 3 seconds to load, it’s important that your images are small enough to ensure a speedy site. - -It’s possible to reduce the file size without significantly reducing the quality of your images. My favorite method of reducing file size without significantly reducing the quality of the image is to use Photoshop’s “Save for Web” function. Open your image in Photoshop and go to File > Export > Save for Web (Legacy)… A window will appear which will allow you to choose your export quality. I find that a quality of 60 works best because it drops the file size down to below a megabyte and there’s no noticeable difference in quality. - -Note: ImageOptim (Free) is a great little app that will further compress your images just by dragging and dropping them on the ImageOptim application icon. It will re-save the file and can save you another 20-40% in file size on average. - -If you take a look at the photos below, the left shot of the earrings was saved as a regular JPEG image, with the quality level set to 12 or “Maximum.” The shot on the right is an exported web JPEG, where the quality level was set to 60 or “High.” The difference between the two is barely noticeable; the right is simply a little less saturated in terms of color. Learn more about optimizing images for the web in this step-by-step article (that also includes a video walkthrough!). - -A Few More Product Photography Tips - -1. Take A lot of Product Photos - -Product photography requires multiple angles and photos to help people clearly see the product they want to order. Taking photos of a product’s sheerness in clothing will help reduce unnecessary refunds. Every product has it’s quirks. It’s important to capture the many sides of a product, so customers aren’t surprised when it finally arrives. Taking multiple product photos will also help you find the best photo to use to best represent the product. Plus, if you aren’t hosting video on the product page, you’ll want product photos of the sides and back. - -2. Take Lifestyle Shots - -Depending on the product, lifestyle photos might be a great addition for your collection. It could work well for fashion, beauty, or even outdoors products. When it isn’t clear what exactly a product is, a lifestyle shot can help people see an item being used to better understand its purpose. Alternatively, lifestyle shots can be used on social media to promote the product on your website. So while you don’t need to use lifestyle shots for your online store, you might use it to promote the product visually in other marketing channels. - -3. Group Other Products - -While this doesn’t work for all product photos, in some niches like fashion, combining other products in a single photo can help with a buying decision. Taking photos of a two-piece outfit, with footwear, and jewelry can help you sell more products on your online store. It can also create a better visual appearance seeing an entire look put together, so that people want to add all those items to their cart. Plus, great photos aren’t always about a singular product. Sometimes, mixing and matching other products together can create high quality images that push sales, which is what you want your product photos to do anyway. - -4. Avoid Mixing Lighting Types - -If you’re using artificial product photography lighting, you won’t want any sunlight in the photo. Mixing lighting types can create an unappealing product photo. So choose: natural or artificial light. If you use artificial light, take your photos in a dark room. If you use sunlight, turn off artificial lighting. It’ll just make photo editing that much easier. - -5. Show Scale - -One of the challenges of shopping online is that you can’t see an item in person. Ultimately, showing an item’s scale can be a great way to accurately represent your product. You don’t need a fancy product photography setup to do this. Even having a ruler or common object in the photo to show the item’s size can help people understand how big or small the item truly is. Don’t do photo editing that tricks people into thinking something is bigger or smaller than it is. It’ll only result in refunds. Be as transparent as possible for your product photography. - -Product Photography Conclusion - -So what are you waiting for? Grab your camera, set up your studio, and snap away! Although optimizing your product photos for ecommerce may seem like a lot of extra work, the results are worth it! - -Take the time to get them right, because amazing photos will make your ecommerce store look a lot more professional and you’ll also be able to use them across social media to drive traffic to your store. Plus, once you get into a routine, you’ll be pumping out retail-ready product images in no time. Once you master the art of taking great product photography, take the next step and write great product descriptions, too!",1731883651,c95af7f5ef,15c0ce2aba,,,1731883651 -https://mashable.com/video/snl-mean-cute-charli-xcx-please-dont-destroy,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,Charli XCX stars in very mean 'SNL' meet cute,"Running into Charli XCX during her daily routine? Not exactly a boost to the ego. - -In a scrapped-for-time Please Don’t Destroy sketch from Saturday Night Live, the pop powerhouse shows off her sharpest edge in the hilariously savage ""Mean Cute."" - -Instead of the classic rom-com flirtation, Charli and the Please Don’t Destroy crew turn the meet-cute trope into a full-on roast session — hurling brutal jabs about each other’s looks and creative work. - -However, things escalate quickly when Charli crosses the line, delivering a devastating blow to Martin Herlihy by calling out his flat butt. Ouch.",1731883618,644d6c1ea1,15e209fe51,,,1731883618 -https://www.uploadvr.com/nevrosa-rescape-announcement/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Nevrosa Rescape Remakes A 2017 PC VR Puzzle Horror Game Next Year On Quest,"Nevrosa Rescape is a surprise remake of a 2017 PC VR horror puzzle game, and it's out next year on Quest. - -Developed by GexagonVR, Nevrosa Rescape blends escape room mechanics, action gameplay, and horror that doesn't rely on jump scares. It's described as a ""complete remake"" of Nevrosa Escape from the same team, who state they've rebuilt everything to ""take advantage of Meta Quest’s room-scale immersion and freedom."" Here's the announcement trailer. - -0:00 / 0:34 1× - -Featuring a narrative-driven premise, you play as Mr. Conway who's inherited a family manor in Northern Europe after his scientist grandfather disappeared several years ago. Finding his grandfather's laboratory while exploring the manor, this story sees you unravel the dark truth about the Conway family's past. - -Rescape is designed for room-scale VR with a minimum 2x2 metre play space while also supporting seated and standing gameplay. Multiple endings can be obtained based on your decisions along the way and if you've played the original game before, this remake also promises new content. - -Nevrosa Rescape will reach the Meta Quest platform in 2025.",1731883672,9397b145ff,15f8bb136b,,,1731883672 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/mixed-messaging-kentucky-is-excited-about-boley-but-commends-vandagriffs-toughness/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,"Mixed Messaging: Kentucky is Excited About Boley, but Commends Vandagriff's Toughness","There is some mixed messaging on what’s happening at the quarterback position for Kentucky. That’s to say that the Wildcats aren’t committing to anyone and are saying nice things about everyone. - -Obviously, the headline from the Murray State game was the play of Cutter Boley. The true freshman from Lexington Christian Academy played the entire second half. The Cats finished every drive with points. He was 10-14 for 130 yards and two touchdowns. - -“I know people are going to get real excited about that, and I am too. I told you all along, I thought he was very special young man,” Mark Stoops opened with in his postgame press conference. - -“But I just want to thank Brock too. He is one tough son of a gun. He really didn’t get cleared to play this game until yesterday afternoon, like late afternoon, and had to clear some more protocols to be cleared to play. He’s just such a team guy and a lot of people wouldn’t have done that.” - -Brock Vandagriff may have been tough, but he looked like a guy who did not get cleared to play until Friday afternoon. He threw a 52-yard touchdown pass to Hardley Gilmore in the first quarter, but the under-thrown ball should have been intercepted. On the very next snap, he threw a similar pass well short of his intended target downfield that was picked off. - -“We’re going to have to look at them again,” Bush Hamdan said after the game. “We know Brock’s a warrior. Again, it’s been back and forth this week with him trying to do everything he could to get himself ready to play. Everything this team wants to be, he certainly is. And I commend Cutter because he was in a situation where he was taking every rep this week as well. For both those guys to come out there, some good positives.” - -Vandagriff finished the day 12-19 for 183 yards and two touchdowns, including one that capped off a two-minute, 91-yard drive to close out the first half. - -Will the Keys be Handed to Boley? - -We must remind ourselves that as well as Cutter Boley played, it was against one of the worst defenses in the FCS. However, it was abundantly clear that the offensive operation looked smoother when Boley was under center. When Hamdan was asked if this performance gave him enough confidence to roll with Cutter in a game at Texas, the offensive coordinator said this. - -“It’s a great opportunity for him (against Murray State). You never know on that kinda of stage how he’s going to respond. He looked really good today, he really did, and I think that’s a huge bonus for us,” said Hamdan. - -Mark Stoops was asked what he would say to fans who watched this game and believe that Cutter Boley should be given the keys of the offense for the rest of the season. The head coach did not extinguish the possibility that we may see more of Boley. - -“Every day in our building, we have to evaluate every player,” Stoops said. “But I have so much respect and admiration for Brock and what he’s done. And like I said, the fact that he went and got out there and played, and what he went through to get cleared, to go play that game, says a lot about him. - -“But yeah, we evaluate things all the time. We talked about after the bye, coming back, regrouping, and really trying to finish this last third of the season. We have a big one next week, another great opportunity.” - -Who will get that opportunity at Texas? Your guess is as good as mine.",1731883654,b2069ab8ff,15da431896,,,1731883654 -https://www.npr.org/2022/04/15/1093113723/the-student-loan-paaaaauuuuuse,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"What happens when almost everyone with student loan debt stops paying, for years : Planet Money : NPR","The student loan paaaaauuuuuse - -Enlarge this image Robyn Beck/AFP via Getty Images Robyn Beck/AFP via Getty Images - -In March 2020, the Trump administration paused student loan payments. Suddenly, collections stopped for most federal borrowers. Now, two years later, the pause has been extended six times. The Biden administration recently pushed the restart date back to September 1. - -For some borrowers it has been a period of sweet, sweet relief. They've been using the money they usually put toward student loans to do all kinds of things – pay off other debts, buy a car, even have a baby. - -On today's show, why hasn't the government restarted student loan payments? And will borrowers be ready when the switch finally flips? - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was produced by Willa Rubin. It was engineered by Isaac Rodriguez and edited by Molly Messick. - -Music: ""Falcon Hood,"" ""Ant Farm,"" ""Tropical Heat,"" and ""Mello D."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Planet Money TikTok has been nominated for a Webby award! Vote for us here. - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884680,8181d7a585,1602cce673,,,1731884680 -https://www.bundesliga.com/en/bundesliga/news/werder-bremen-holstein-kiel-match-report-highlights-matchday-10-oliver-burke-29670,https://www.bundesliga.com/rss,Oliver Burke's late heroics seal thrilling victory for Werder Bremen against resilient Holstein Kiel,"Werder Bremen clinched a thrilling 2-1 victory over Holstein Kiel thanks to Oliver Burke's late winner after Jens Stage and Phil Harres had traded goals as Bremen finally got their first home win of the season. - -Werder Bremen 2-1 Holstein Kiel - -Goals: 1-0 Stage 36' 1-1 Harres 48' (assist: Geschwill), 2-1 Burke 89' (assist: Topp) - -The Weserstadion was buzzing with anticipation as Ole Werner's Werder welcomed his former side Kiel for an Bundesliga encounter. Bremen, still searching for their first home win of the season, were eager to turn their fortunes around. Kiel, buoyed by their recent maiden Bundesliga victory against Heidenheim, arrived with renewed confidence. - -Oliver Burke prepares to enter the fray, a substitution that would ultimately decide the match in Bremen's favour. - IMAGO/nordphoto GmbH / Kokenge - -Stage sets the scene - -Bremen started the match with intent, dominating possession and creating early chances. Marvin Ducksch came close in the 12th minute, forcing a spectacular save from Kiel goalkeeper Timon Weiner. The breakthrough came in the 36th minute when Jens Stage unleashed a thunderbolt from 24 meters out, leaving Weiner with no chance. The hosts thought they had doubled their lead just minutes later, but Romano Schmid's effort was ruled out for handball after a VAR review. - -Jens Stage hit a stunning long-range strike that gave Bremen the lead in the first half. - IMAGO/Eibner-Pressefoto/Marcel von Fehrn - -About the players 19 Phil Harres Holstein Kiel - -Want more Bundesliga Action? GET THE UPDATES! - -Kiel's comeback - -The second half saw a resurgent Kiel side take the game to Bremen. Their efforts were rewarded just three minutes after the restart when Phil Harres rifled home a powerful shot from outside the box, levelling the scores and silencing the home crowd. The goal injected new life into the match, with both teams pushing for a winner. Kiel's Marko Ivezić and Bremen's Senne Lynen both received yellow cards as the intensity of the game increased. - -Phil Harres levelled the scoring early on in the second half with his first ever Bundesliga goal. - IMAGO/Eibner-Pressefoto/Marcel von Fehrn - -Burke's decisive impact - -As the match seemed destined for a draw, Werner made a crucial substitution, bringing on Oliver Burke in the 78th minute. The Scottish forward made an immediate impact, causing problems for the Kiel defence. With just a minute of normal time remaining, Burke rose highest to meet a cross from Keke Topp, powering a header into the net to send the Weserstadion into raptures. Bremen held on through five minutes of added time to secure their first home victory of the season. - -Burke rises highest late-on to snatch victory for Bremen at the Weserstadion. - IMAGO/Eibner-Pressefoto/Marcel von Fehrn - -Player of the Match: Phil Harres - -Despite ending up on the losing side, Phil Harres put in a stellar performance for Holstein Kiel. His equalising goal early in the second half was a moment of individual brilliance, striking from distance with power and precision. Harres was a constant threat throughout the match, leading the line with determination and creating chances for his teammates. He had another golden opportunity in the 69th minute, forcing a crucial save from Bremen's goalkeeper Michael Zetterer. Harres's work rate and ability to bring others into play exemplified Kiel's fighting spirit on the day. - -Phil Harres celebrates his goal, a standout moment in his Man of the Match performance for Holstein Kiel. - IMAGO/RHR-FOTO - -Bundesliga Match Facts - -xGoals: Bremen 1.68 - Kiel 0.86 - -Fastest player: Felix Agu (Bremen), 33.66 km/h - -Lowest goal probability: 1-0 by Jens Stage (Bremen), 3.1 percent - -Pass efficiency: Magnus Knudsen (Kiel), +1.71 - -Fantasy Heroes: Max Geschwill (Holstein Kiel, 267 Points), Romano Schmid (Werder Bremen, 254 Points), Felix Agu (Werder Bremen, 253 Points)",1731883658,26eff8ae46,15b27f689e,,,1731883658 -https://threatpost.com/watering-hole-attacks-push-scanbox-keylogger/180490/,https://threatpost.com/feed/,Watering Hole Attacks Push ScanBox Keylogger,"Researchers uncover a watering hole attack likely carried out by APT TA423, which attempts to plant the ScanBox JavaScript-based reconnaissance tool. - -A China-based threat actor has ramped up efforts to distribute the ScanBox reconnaissance framework to victims that include domestic Australian organizations and offshore energy firms in the South China Sea. The bait used by the advanced threat group (APT) is targeted messages that supposedly link back to Australian news websites. - -The cyber-espionage campaigns are believed to have launched April 2022 through mid-June 2022, according to a Tuesday report by Proofpoint’s Threat Research Team and PwC’s Threat Intelligence team. - -The threat actor, according to researchers, is believed to be the China-based APT TA423, also known as Red Ladon. “Proofpoint assesses with moderate confidence that this activity may be attributable to the threat actor TA423 / Red Ladon, which multiple reports assess to operate out of Hainan Island, China,” according to the report. - -The APT is most recently known for a recent indictment. “A 2021 indictment by the US Department of Justice assessed that TA423 / Red Ladon provides long-running support to the Hainan Province Ministry of State Security (MSS),” researchers said. - -MSS is the civilian intelligence, security and cyber police agency for the People’s Republic of China. It is believed responsible for counter-intelligence, foreign intelligence, political security and tied to industrial and cyber espionage efforts by China. - -Dusting Off the ScanBox - -The campaign leverages the ScanBox framework. ScanBox is a customizable and multifunctional Javascript-based framework used by adversaries to conducting covert reconnaissance. - -ScanBox has been used by adversaries for nearly a decade and is noteworthy because criminals can use the tool to conduct counter intelligence without having to plant malware on a targets system. - -“ScanBox is particularly dangerous as it doesn’t require malware to be successfully deployed to disk in order to steal information – the keylogging functionality simply requires the JavaScript code to be executed by a web browser,” according to PwC researchers referring to a previous campaign. - -In lieu of malware, attackers can use ScanBox in conjunction with watering hole attacks. Adversaries load the malicious JavaScript onto a compromised website where the ScanBox acts as a keylogger snagging all of a user’s typed activity on the infected watering hole website. - -TA423’s attacks began with phishing emails, with such titles as “Sick Leave,” “User Research” and “Request Cooperation.” Often, the emails purported to come from an employee of the “Australian Morning News,” a fictional organization. The employee implored targets to visit their “humble news website,” australianmorningnews[.]com. - -“Upon clicking the link and redirecting to the site, visitors were served the ScanBox framework,” researchers wrote. - -The link directed targets to a web page with content copied from actual news sites, like the BBC and Sky News. In the process, it also delivered the ScanBox malware framework. - -ScanBox keylogger data culled from waterholes is part of a multi-stage attack, giving attackers insight into the potential targets that will help them launch future attacks against them. This technique is often called browser fingerprinting. - -The primary, initial script sources a list of information about the target computer, including the operating system, language and version of Adobe Flash installed. ScanBox additionally runs a check for browser extensions, plugins and components such WebRTC. - -“The module implements WebRTC, a free and open-source technology supported on all major browsers, which allows web browsers and mobile applications to perform real-time communication (RTC) over application programming interfaces (APIs). This allows ScanBox to connect to a set of pre-configured targets,” researchers explain. - -Adversaries can then leverage a technology called STUN (Session Traversal Utilities for NAT). This is a standardized set of methods, including a network protocol, that allows interactive communications (including real-time voice, video, and messaging applications) to traverse network address translator (NAT) gateways, researchers explain. - -“STUN is supported by the WebRTC protocol. Through a third-party STUN server located on the Internet, it allows hosts to discover the presence of a NAT, and to discover the mapped IP address and port number that the NAT has allocated for the application’s User Datagram Protocol (UDP) flows to remote hosts. ScanBox implements NAT traversal using STUN servers as part of Interactive Connectivity Establishment (ICE), a peer-to-peer communication method used for clients to communicate as directly as possible, avoiding having to communicate through NATs, firewalls, or other solutions,” according to researchers. - -“This means that the ScanBox module can set up ICE communications to STUN servers, and communicate with victim machines even if they are behind NAT,” they explain. - -Threat Actors - -The threat actors “support the Chinese government in matters related to the South China Sea, including during the recent tensions in Taiwan,” Sherrod DeGrippo, vice president of threat research and detection at Proofpoint, explained in a statement, “This group specifically wants to know who is active in the region and, while we can’t say for certain, their focus on naval issues is likely to remain a constant priority in places like Malaysia, Singapore, Taiwan, and Australia.” - -The group has, in the past, expanded well beyond Australasia. According to a Department of Justice indictment from July, 2021, the group has “stolen trade secrets and confidential business information” from victims in “the United States, Austria, Cambodia, Canada, Germany, Indonesia, Malaysia, Norway, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Targeted industries included, among others, aviation, defense, education, government, health care, biopharmaceutical and maritime.” - -Despite the DoJ indictment, analysts “have not observed a distinct disruption of operational tempo” from TA423, and they “collectively expect TA423 / Red Ladon to continue pursuing its intelligence-gathering and espionage mission.”",1731883609,eea9cb5331,163876bd92,,,1731883609 -https://logisticsviewpoints.com/2024/11/08/tsa-proposes-rule-for-pipeline-and-railroad-cyber-risk-management-programs/,https://logisticsviewpoints.com/feed/,TSA Proposes Rule for Pipeline and Railroad Cyber Risk Management Programs,"WASHINGTON, Nov. 6, 2024 /The Transportation Security Administration (TSA) published a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking that proposes to mandate cyber risk management and reporting requirements for certain surface transportation owners and operators. - -“TSA has collaborated closely with its industry partners to increase the cybersecurity resilience of the nation’s critical transportation infrastructure,” said TSA Administrator David Pekoske. “The requirements in the proposed rule seek to build on this collaborative effort and further strengthen the cybersecurity posture of surface transportation stakeholders. We look forward to industry and public input on this proposed regulation.” - -This rule proposes to continue TSA’s commitment to performance-based requirements. Building on the performance-based cybersecurity requirements TSA previously issued via annual Security Directives since 2021, the proposed rule leverages the cybersecurity framework developed by the National Institute of Standards and Technology and the cross-sector cybersecurity performance goals developed by the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA). - -Consistent with these requirements and standards, this rule proposes: - -• To require that certain pipeline, freight railroad, passenger railroad and rail transit owner/operators with higher cybersecurity risk profiles establish and maintain a comprehensive cyber risk management program; - -• To require these owner/operators, and higher-risk bus-only public transportation and over-the-road bus owner/operators, currently required to report significant physical security concerns to TSA to report cybersecurity incidents to CISA; and - -• To extend to higher-risk pipeline owner/operators TSA’s current requirements for rail and higher-risk bus operations to designate a physical security coordinator and report significant physical security concerns to TSA. - -TSA asserts that maintaining an effective cybersecurity posture is critically important to ensuring that the surface transportation sector is prepared for, and able to manage, cyber risks. The requirements contained in this proposed rule would strengthen cybersecurity resilience across the surface transportation systems sector. - -SOURCE Transportation Security Administration - -CONTACT: Public Affairs, TSAmedia@tsa.dhs.gov",1731883665,b1e1b2b494,164cd46cbf,,,1731883665 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/the-new-nvidia-app-is-out-now-justly-banishing-geforce-experience-to-history,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,"The new Nvidia App is out now, justly banishing GeForce Experience to history","After nearly a year of public beta honing, the Nvidia App – Team Green’s new one-stop shop for desktop GPU management – is out in full. Not alongside the upcoming RTX 50 series, as rumoured, but right-now-today-this-minute. I’ve been testing out the launch version and while it’s not without some dud features, it does agreeably achieve its stated goal of combining the functions within Nvidia Control Panel and GeForce Experience. And if installing it means never having to use the latter again, well, that’s 149MB well spent. - -If you’ve somehow managed to run a GeForce graphics card without ever using the Nvidia App’s constituent parts, essentially, Nvidia Control Panel houses a bunch of hardware-focused settings (including G-Sync) while GeForce Experience juggles everything from a driver update tool and per-game performance settings to a Xbox Game Bar-style overlay that commands various game capture modes. GeForce Experience sounds like more fun but it's always been the fussier child, with a blocky overlay UI that looks like it was designed for touchscreens and a nonsensical login requirement that means you can’t even update your drivers without forking over an email address. - -The Nvidia App, mercifully, makes no such demands, and is altogether a better utility than either of its predecessors. Its merging of display, GPU, and game-specific settings into one tool is both a sensible and well-executed endeavour, with usability improvements throughout; the Program Settings menu, for instance, cuts straight to the game settings, as opposed to how GeForce Experience buries them beneath a gigantic (and gigantically pointless) screenshot gallery. - -The redesigned in-game overlay also shows the value of going back to basics, consolidating all those disparate boxes into a single, clean-looking sidebar menu – which still manages to fit in a full set of visible shortcut reminders. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/Nvidia/Coffee Stain Publishing - -The driver update section has been polished up too, with at-a-glance info on the most recent version’s big changes and bug fixes. I like that there’s a one-click Reinstall button as well, even if I’d ideally never need to use it. - -Downsides? I’m not overly keen on the app’s front page trying to flog me a bunch of Nvidia’s AI products (though some of the other advertised tools, like ICAT and FrameView, can be genuinely useful). The overlay, too, seems like it’s just as prone as GeForce Experience’s to clashing with other games utilities – MSI Afterburner, for example, lost its screenshotting and benchmarking capabilities after I opened the Nvidia overlay a single time. There’s also a question of how useful its capture tools actually are, now that Steam has its own, rather nifty Game Recording feature. - -I also wouldn’t expect too much of Automatic Tuning, the Nvidia App’s new easy-overclock tool. This starts off with a lengthy scan of your PC’s hardware – over twenty minutes, in my case, and with repeated, unidentified ""interruptions"" forcing three separate attempts – before lightly boosting the GPU’s clock speed and memory. The good news is that it doesn’t go nuts, burning your expensive graphics card inside a giant wicker mid-tower as a sacrifice to the framerate gods. The bad news is that it’s so cautious, the applied overlock is unlikely to achieve much. In the games I tested, only Total War: Warhammer III got a proportionally significant speed boost from Automatic Tuning, and even then it’s one you might struggle to notice with naked eyes. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun - -Ah well. Personally I can live with ignoring features as long as they’re tacked onto something more utilitarian, and the Nvidia App’s no-login driver updates and integrated menus make it a clear improvement on having to swap between NCP and the glorified data collector that is GeForce Experience.",1731883641,ad45c610da,1665b6acab,,,1731883641 -https://transom.org/2018/podcast-mindset-part-1/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,The Podcast Mindset: Part 1,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/09/The-Podcast-Mindset-Part-1-of-2.mp3 Download Listen to “The Podcast Mindset: Part 1” - -This summer, I went to mow the lawn and the mower wouldn’t start. I tried and tried. Nothing. - -I checked the gas. Fine. I checked the oil. Fine. So, I pulled the chord again and again. Still nothing. - -I looked on-line for solutions. A few websites suggested spraying starter fluid into the carburetor. I watched a couple of videos. It looked dangerous; starter fluid is highly flammable. Then I said “What the heck.” - -No luck. - -A couple of friends advised me to clean the carburetor. I thought “Hmmmm. I’ve never done that before but okay. I’ll watch some videos. Shouldn’t be too tough.” Yeah, well . . . - -I opened up the carburetor, looked around, cleaned out a little dish, poked at a couple of things, and then just gave up. I never even removed the thing. I figured I’d screw it up royally if I went any further. - -Looking back, my inability to fix the mower may have had less to do with my lack of skill and more to do with my mindset. Even though I had the right tools and some decent on-line tutorials, I lacked the right outlook to persevere. - -I think this problem holds true for podcasters. A producer may have the right tools and access to decent on-line tutorials about everything from interviewing to marketing, but if you don’t have the right mindset . . . - -What is that mindset? I interviewed two successful podcasters to find out. On the next episode of HowSound, Vanessa Lowe of Nocturne. For this episode, Phoebe Judge of Criminal. Both lay out the mindset they bring to their podcast storytelling.",1731883666,c00d35bf2d,160351fdc6,,,1731883666 -https://www.zdnet.com/article/singapore-wants-police-to-stop-stubborn-victims-from-sending-money-to-scammers/,https://www.zdnet.com/topic/security/rss.xml,Singapore wants police to stop stubborn victims from sending money to scammers,"Oulaphone Sonesouphap/Getty Images - -Singapore has proposed a new bill to block recalcitrant victims from making online banking transactions, as scam cases continue to climb despite multiple safeguards in place. - -The country's Ministry of Home Affairs (MHA) said the Protection for Scams Bill will allow law enforcement to issue orders for banks to restrict an individual's banking transactions, ""if there is reasonable belief"" the individual intends to make money transfers to scammers. - -Also: Banks in Singapore begin sharing data to combat financial crime - -This will better arm the police to protect targeted victims of ongoing scams who refuse to believe they are being scammed, the ministry said in a statement. - -Scams in Singapore have been on the rise over the past five years, growing almost five times to 46,600 cases in 2023, from 9,500 in 2019. Some SG$650 million ($489.61 million) was lost to scammers. - -The number of scams and cybercrime cases last year climbed 49.6%, with scams accounting for 92.4% of overall cases. - -Singapore had introduced several measures in a bid to stem the growth, including a mandate for local banks to provide a ""kill switch"" so customers can freeze their accounts should they suspect the accounts have been compromised. A ""money lock"" feature also was put in place to allow bank customers to designate a sum of monies that cannot be transferred out of their accounts via online channels. - -These measures, however, alongside efforts to raise public awareness on how to keep themselves safe have made little dent, as scam cases involving victims who voluntarily authorize transactions to scammers remain high, MHA said. Some 86% of reported scams in the first half of 2024 involved such victims, where scammers did not gain direct control of the victims' accounts. They instead convinced the victims to transfer the funds themselves. - -The victims in some of these cases had been advised by the police, banks, or family members that they were being scammed, but still chose to proceed with the money transfers, said the ministry. These had included victims of government-official impersonation scams and investment scams, each of which clocked the highest average losses at SG$116,534 and $40,090 per case, respectively, in the first half of 2024. - -Also: Scammers are increasingly using messaging and social media apps to attack - -Under the proposed bill, a police officer will determine whether to issue a restriction order based on the circumstances of each case, including assessing information provided by the targeted victims and their family members. - -In effect for up to 30 days at a time, such orders can be issued only for scam cases conducted via digital or telecommunication channels, such as SMS or online communications. - -When issued with a restriction order, individuals will be prevented from making money transfers via their online and mobile banking accounts, Singapore's payment platform PayNow, and in person at a bank branch. They also will experience restrictions at ATM and credit facilities, including credit card transactions and personal loan services. - -Restriction orders will be issued by default to all seven domestic systemically important banks in Singapore, which are major retail banks that manage most of the consumer deposits in the country. These include Citibank, Standard Chartered Bank, and Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation. - -Also: Gmail users, beware of new AI scam that looks very authentic - -However, restriction orders also can be given to a financial services provider out of this group of seven, if there is ""reasonable suspicion"" that an account managed by the organization is involved in a scam case. - -A restriction order can be extended at the end of the 30-day period, should the police decide more time is needed, and for another 30 days at a time, up to five extensions. - -Individuals named in a restriction order can appeal to the Commissioner of Police against the order. - -Singapore in September also mandated the use of facial recognition as authentication for ""higher risk"" banking transactions, with retail banks required to roll out the Singpass Face Verification feature over the next three months. The verification mode will be triggered in higher-risk scenarios to complement existing authentication methods for setting up digital tokens. - -The move aims to make it tougher for scammers to hijack a customer's digital token by setting it up on their own device using phished credentials, such as SMS or one-time passwords. - -Also: Singapore and US pledge to combat online scams in cross-border cooperation - -Google last month also introduced Android features to combat mobile scams in Singapore, including an opt-in service allowing users of the mobile platform to block messages from unknown international numbers on Messages. Text or SMS is among the most common methods scammers use to contact victims in the country, where there were more than 700 reported SMS scam cases in the first half of 2024. Most of these involved scammers operating from overseas. - -Google also is working to prevent Google Play Protect from being disabled during active audio and video calls. This aims to mitigate attempts by scammers to convince victims to disable the safety feature, which would allow the former to sidestep security measures and install malicious apps.",1731883622,e639493f71,16085b4fda,,,1731883622 -https://www.brooklynvegan.com/elton-john-jake-shears-of-scissor-sisters-tammy-faye-musical-is-on-broadway-now/,https://www.brooklynvegan.com/feed/,Elton John & Jake Shears of Scissor Sisters' Tammy Faye musical is on Broadway now,"Elton John and Scissor Sisters frontman Jake Shears have collaborated on a new musical about late televangelist and PTL Club co-host Tammy Faye Bakker, which just made its Broadway debut. Tammy Faye features music by Elton, lyrics by Jake, a book by James Graham, and it was directed by Rupert Goold; it stars Katie Brayben as Tammy Faye, Christian Borle as her husband Jim Bakker, and Michael Cerveris as evangelist Jerry Falwell. Having premiered in 2022 on London’s West End, Broadway previews began at The Palace Theater last week, and the musical had its official opening night on Thursday. Tickets are on sale. - -Here’s the official synopsis: “It’s the 1970s, and for the very first time, satellites are bringing cable television into American homes. As families gather in their living rooms, young preacher Jim Bakker and his wife Tammy Faye hit the airwaves to build a nationwide congregation and put the fun back in faith. But while Tammy dazzles on screen, rivals plot behind the scenes, jealous of her popularity and threatened by her determination to lead with love.” - -“This show has been 12 years in the making so finally getting it to the stage, it’s so exciting to be back at the Palace where I had the success with Aida,” said Elton in a video for Playbill. “I think it’s so important, especially in America…there’s so much hate and violence, and we all seem to be so far apart, Tammy was an example of inclusivity. She forgave people, she embraced people, she had no bias, racism. She welcomed everybody.” - -Thursday night’s Broadway premiere attendees included Rufus Wainwright, Rosanne Cash, record producer Andrew Watt, Tammy Faye’s son Jay Bakker, Anderson Cooper, and Michael Stipe, who wrote on Instagram, “The show is spectacular with themes that are are pitch perfect for our current times and a standing ovation for the cast and crew. It’s a tour de force!!!” See Michael’s Instagram below. - -Jake will be busy next year with a Scissor Sisters reunion.",1731883620,d7f1518f3a,15e3f0592f,,,1731883620 -https://justcreative.com/awwwards-winner/,https://justcreative.com/feed/,JUST Creative wins Awwwards 'Typography Honors' Award,"We independently research, test, review, and recommend the best products—learn more about our process . If you buy something through our links, we may earn a commission. - -🏆 I’m excited to announce that the Brand Builders Summit 2024 website has received an awwwards. ‘Typography Honors’ award for its “exceptional use of typography and engaging visual experience!” - -As a former Awwwards jury member, this honor is particularly special, knowing firsthand just how competitive the award process can be. - -sponsored message - -Although the live site now features the 2025 waitlist page, we’re happy to display our new Winner badge in recognition of the effort that went into the 2024 summit! - -In just 4 weeks, the site attracted over 60,000 unique visitors from over 160 countries. - -We used three stunning typefaces from The Type Founders: - -Looking forward to seeing you at the 2025 Summit! - -Share This Post:",1731883675,b7a65c143b,167b8d22a6,,,1731883675 -https://www.nptechforgood.com/2024/10/24/2025-sponsorship-opportunities-now-available/,https://www.nptechforgood.com/feed/,2025 Sponsorship Opportunities,"Thank You Sponsors - -Nonprofit Tech for Good and the services we offer would not exist if not for the support of our sponsors. Thank you to our 2024 sponsors:",1731883638,4b9add7c9d,16670b96c6,,,1731883638 -https://www.npr.org/2023/06/01/1179433010/h1b-visa-tech-workers-amazon-google-layoffs,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"When big tech laid off these H-1B workers, a countdown began : Planet Money","When big tech laid off these H-1B workers, a countdown began - -Enlarge this image Wilfredo Lee/AP Wilfredo Lee/AP - -People come from all over the world to work in U.S. tech. And during the tech boom years, the industry relied heavily on foreign workers. This is how we built Silicon Valley – with great minds coming from everywhere to work in the U.S. - -But when the industry started to shrink, all of these people who moved here for work are finding that linking their jobs to their residency is really complicated. That was the case for Aashka and Nilanjan. Aashka was a product engineer at Amazon, and Nilanjan worked in digital advertising for Google. They both lost their jobs in the layoffs each company announced earlier this year. - -Sponsor Message - -When Aashka and Nilanjan got the news, a clock started ticking. Because they are both H-1B recipients, they only have 60 days to find new jobs before they risk being sent home. And they can't get just any job – they need new employers in their field willing to sponsor their visa. - -On today's show, we followed two tech workers as they tried to find jobs before their visas expired, and what they went through as H-1B recipients trying to stay in the country. - -This episode was hosted by Alyssa Jeong Perry and Amanda Aronczyk, produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler, engineered by James Willetts, fact-checked by Sierra Juarez, and edited by Molly Messick and Jess Jiang. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: ""County Seat,"" ""Secret Passage,"" and ""Machine Melody.""",1731884633,8181d7a585,166ffa6ea0,,,1731884633 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/evolve-your-pr-measurement/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,How to Evolve Your PR Measurement Efforts,"Last week, I participated in the Prowly annual virtual event, which consisted of five sessions over five days with 12 speakers. This is how you do a virtual event. It didn’t require people to sit at their computers all day for a week. Each session was only 30 minutes long, so it was easy for people to schedule into their days. And the content was excellent, if I do say so myself. 😂 - -You can access the replay even if you didn’t register for it and attend last week. - -The speakers were Jennifer Berson and Jennifer Moxley, who spoke about media relations, Maria Gergova-Bengtsson and Ari McDaniel about next-gen tools and skills, Monica Earle and James Hayward-Browne about data-driven storytelling, and Stephen Baker and Mark Mohammadpour about navigating difficult situations. - -Raina Lazarova and I discussed PR measurement, the use of AI in measuring your effectiveness, and what the future holds. - -Which is exactly what I want to discuss today. You still will want to watch the session in replay, but I’ll give you more detail, more tips, more tools, and more things to mull over. - -The Dark Side of PR Measurement - -This is a topic near and dear to my heart. It’s one of those things I’ve spent the entirety of my business working on and evolving as data and tools get more sophisticated—and more affordable. - -I’ve personally worked on it with clients to help them understand how our work contributes to their organization’s success and increases their reputation and trust, which are far more challenging to measure. - -I always say it’s the bane of our existence. You know if you have great PR, and you know if you have bad PR, but you don’t know how to measure it. Because of that, and because I hate having the “what have you done for me lately” conversation with business leaders, I continue to find new ways to prove our worth—not just for my team and me but for the industry. - -To that end, the first question I got at the Prowly session was, “What is the number one challenge the industry faces when measuring results?” - -The #1 PR Measurement Challenge - -There are many challenges, but the top one is that much of our work is nearly impossible to measure toward the results that execs care about. This is because much of what we measure is outputs versus outcomes. We look at media sentiment and the number of stories placed; media impressions and advertising equivalencies (Thor save us all!); social media followers and the number of blog posts written. Wah wah. - -There are lots of other challenges, too: - -Linking PR outcomes directly to sales or other key goals is not exactly easy. Unlike digital marketing, where clicks and conversions can be tracked precisely, the effects of PR, such as brand awareness, reputation enhancement, and audience engagement, are harder to quantify and directly tie to business goals. - -The PR industry lacks universal metrics or standards for measuring success. For instance, several years ago, AMEC banned advertising equivalencies in Europe, but PR vendors in the U.S. still provide it as a metric in the reporting given to PR pros. This diversity in PR measurement approaches makes it challenging to compare results across campaigns or to benchmark against industry standards effectively. - -PR results often include qualitative outcomes such as audience sentiment, brand reputation, and brand awareness. These outcomes are valuable but harder to measure and quantify than quantitative metrics like clickthrough rates and qualified leads. - -The lines between marketing and PR continue to become even more blurred and often intersect, making it challenging to isolate the effectiveness of PR efforts. This integration complicates efforts. - -Change Your Mindset - -With all of these challenges, it’s no wonder many communicators claim they won’t measure their work or simply shy away from having the conversation. But what if I gave you one simple thing to do? - -What if, when you measured your efforts, you shifted your mindset from outputs to outcomes? - -Meaning, instead of focusing on an increase in social media followers and the number of stories placed, focus on what those things result in. - -For instance, I really love how CoverageImpact will take your media placements and overlay results, such as stock price increase, qualified leads generated, or new sales. You upload a CSV file of all of the stories you’ve placed and then give it the data from one of the business outcomes and it will pump out a graph that shows the correlation between your efforts and an increase in the business outcomes. - -Suddenly, you’re less worried about how many stories you’ve placed and more focused on what matters: the outcomes of those efforts. - -I promise if you show there was a spike in media coverage in August and a spike in new customers during that month, an executive will tell everyone who will listen about how their PR team is contributing to the success of the business. - -AI and PR Measurement - -The next question we discussed during the Prowly session was, “How can we use AI to measure the effectiveness of PR?” - -I know there is a lot of hubbub about AI and it replacing us. After all, some research shows that AI will replace 7.5% of agency jobs by 2030. But that’s a small number, especially when you compare it to the percentage of people concerned about being deemed unnecessary. And it’s even smaller when considering that it includes all agencies—marketing, advertising, social, digital, and more. I’m willing to bet it’s less than 1% for communications. - -Do I think it’s going to replace some jobs? Absolutely! But it won’t replace the people. Because, unless you stick your head in the sand and pretend it doesn’t exist, your work will evolve as you use it more and more. - -Now, instead of interns learning how to write in their first job, they’ll learn how to edit what the AI pumps out. They’ll use their research skills, learn how to properly attribute what they find, and figure out how to tell a story based on the draft the AI gives them. If anything, their careers will excel even faster because they’ll skip an entire step. - -Let AI Analyze Your Data - -So, with that out of the way and you don’t have to worry about it taking your job, let’s talk about how you use can AI for PR measurement and, while you do that, build trust with your stakeholders. - -Let me give you a real-world example. A client has a pin on Pinterest that continues to perform extraordinarily well without any promotion. It just sits on Pinterest and sends all sorts of qualified traffic to their website. Every month, when we go through results together, their marketing director says, “And here is that pin again—driving most of our qualified social media referral traffic.” - -We had no idea why this was happening or why it outperformed every other social network by a long shot. - -So we asked AI. It provided some insights we hadn’t even considered—some incredibly simple, like the color contrasts in the photos, while others more complicated, such as offering links to buy the products showcased. But the gist was that the photo that continues outperforming all others is relatable. - -That isn’t technically measurable, but now that we know how to replicate its success, we can effectively drive more qualified leads from the other social media platforms, which IS measurable. - -And Then Provide Insights - -From here, we like to download GA4 reports into a CSV file and then uploadthem into an AI chatbot (ChatGPT, Gemini, or CoPilot). Then we prompt it to provide some answers, such as: - -Please review these two reports and provide an analysis (hahaha, I just realized we always use the word “please). - -Please provide trend data from these two reports. - -Please analyze these two reports for a return on investment. - -Please provide areas for improvement. - -Please analyze these two reports and provide pain points our web visitors might have. - -Please provide web pages where we can improve messaging or calls to action. - -Then, when we have analyses we want to share, we can ask the AI to provide a visual representation of the findings. - -This all takes as long as it took you to read those bullet points. You still want to ensure the findings are accurate and you’re not claiming something untrue, but analyzing it all takes significantly less time when you have robots helping you. - -The Future of PR Measurement - -The last question Raina and I covered during the Prowly session was, “What does the future of measure hold?” - -I am excited about the future because the data we have at our fingertips continues to become even more sophisticated. While much of what we do currently is qualitative instead of quantitative, that will soon change. - -I also predict that we’ll soon be able to correlate brand awareness with sales by asking our AI intern to pull and analyze the data for us. We’re not quite there yet, but it’s coming! And yes! We will have AI interns! I already have one named Jessica Roberts (it named itself). But we will have one or two or ten and that’s exciting. And they will do all of our PR measurement bidding. Isn’t that exciting? - -Be ready for it. It’s coming…and it will be here before you know it. - -Fundamentals of Media Measurement - -If you’d like to learn more about PR measurement and haven’t yet taken the (free) Fundamentals of Media Measurement taught by me and hosted by Muck Rack, definitely check it out. - -It’ll give you everything you need, including dashboards and metrics, to measure your efforts to the organization’s goals. You know. Until the AI takes over and I have to redo the entire course.",1731883724,4dc781f5bc,1604aa8c03,,,1731883724 -https://www.uploadvr.com/boxing-underdog-quest-announcement/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Boxing Underdog Enters The Ring This Month On Quest,"VRSO: Bare Knuckle Fighting has become Boxing Underdog, and it's out this month on Quest. - -Developed by Monologic Games, the same team behind the drastically different Ven VR Adventure, Boxing Underdog aims to deliver a physics-based fighting game that takes you from underground fights to arena spectacles. The Horizon Store lists a November launch, putting it in close contention with fellow VR boxing game The Thrill Of The Fight 2 reaching early access next week. - -0:00 / 1:59 1× - -Originally announced last year as VRSO: Bare Knuckle Fighting, the sports game now focuses on a more professional boxing experience, though an ""authentic bare-knuckle mode"" is still available for anyone looking forward to the original version of VRSO. - -Boxing Underdog has been made with authentic boxing techniques in mind, alongside adaptive AI enemies that will keep you on your toes. With real-time response and an optional multiplayer mode, you'll have to learn a lot if you're hoping to be the reigning boxing champion. - -The game also allows you to customize your character, so you can immerse yourself in your boxing journey. Monologic Games also hopes to deliver modding support in a future update, allowing you to create custom AI characters. - -Boxing Underdog arrives this month on the Meta Quest platform for Quest 2, Pro, and the Quest 3 family. The PS VR2 and PC VR editions target a Q1/Q2 2025 launch and while the original Steam page is still live, Monologic Games informed UploadVR that it's awaiting approval from Steam for the name change.",1731883665,9397b145ff,1661f8a269,,,1731883665 -https://www.globaltrademag.com/five-trends-that-will-reshape-shipping-in-2025/,https://www.globaltrademag.com/feed/,Five Trends that will Reshape Shipping in 2025,"Charles Haverfield - -[shareaholic app=""share_buttons"" id=""13106399""] - -As we approach 2025, the shipping industry is positioned for a wave of transformative changes influenced by political, environmental and technological forces. These shifts will not only impact businesses but also reverberate through supply chains and consumer markets worldwide. - -Read also: Shipping Industry Faces Tough Choices Under New FuelEU Maritime Regulations - -Here are five key trends we expect to shape the shipping landscape in 2025… - -#1 The rise of America-first policies means greater uncertainty - -The resurgence of America-first policies promises to reshape the shipping and packaging industry in significant ways. A proposed tariff increase, of up to 20 percent on all imports and 60 percent on goods from China, aims to boost domestic production and reduce reliance on foreign suppliers. - -However, for businesses relying on foreign suppliers, these tariffs will add layers of complexity to cost management and logistics, as companies brace for these changes by frontloading imports. The rush to beat tariff deadlines could lead to bottlenecks in warehouses and ports, creating a logistical hurdle that could impact the timeliness of shipments for months. - -For consumers, the impact will likely be felt at the checkout counter. Businesses facing increased costs on imported goods will most likely transfer these expenses to consumers. Several businesses have already admitted to plans to hike prices for American customers as a direct result of these tariffs, as well as considering moving production operations outside of China. - -We’re already beginning to see brands adopt domestic sourcing or regionalize their supply chains to nearby countries, a practice known as ‘friendshoring,’ to mitigate the impact of tariffs, such as Steve Madden. - -At the same time, these policies may ignite retaliatory tariffs from trade partners, adding further strain on global supply chains and pushing companies toward reshoring or nearshoring solutions to reduce both costs and uncertainty. - -#2 Sustainability initiatives will be in limbo - -Despite years of pledges by companies and policymakers to prioritize environmental sustainability, 2025 may see some backpedaling in this area. - -Many large corporations are nearing the deadlines they set for achieving sustainability goals, such as reducing plastic usage or carbon emissions. However, meeting these targets has proven challenging, and we may soon witness whether companies can follow through on their promises. - -This year’s COP29 agreements included strong commitments to advancing carbon markets and limiting global temperature rises to the 1.5°C threshold set by the Paris Agreement. However, the current political landscape could complicate progress, especially given newly re-elected President Trump’s stance on climate change and his vow to remove the US from the Paris accord. Should US environmental policies soften under a new administration, this will slow or stall initiatives designed to address climate change and reduce plastic waste in packaging. - -While many experts are warning that such rollbacks could have serious consequences, the industry could still see some sustainability efforts continue at the corporate level, with companies finding ways to achieve carbon neutrality through lightweight packaging and other innovative materials. - -#3 Carriers will move away from ‘actual weight’ rates - -As more companies rethink their pricing strategies, a shift from actual weight to dimensional weight pricing is likely to become the industry standard. - -Instead of billing based solely on package weight, companies will consider the package size, rewarding smaller, more efficiently packed items and penalizing bulkier shipments that take up more space on trucks and planes. This shift will likely have a ripple effect on packaging design, encouraging businesses to adopt smaller, more flexible packaging solutions that minimize wasted space. - -For businesses, dimensional-weight pricing offers an incentive to reassess the size and weight of their shipments to maximize shipping efficiency and reduce costs. As a result, more companies may adopt flexible packaging solutions and lightweight materials, which will help reduce shipping volumes and decrease the environmental footprint of each package. - -#4 Paper packaging solutions will dominate - -Even as environmental regulations face potential rollbacks, the demand for eco-friendly packaging remains strong. - -Despite political shifts that may deprioritize climate initiatives, consumer preferences continue to drive brands toward sustainable choices, with recent studies indicating that over 60 percent of consumers prefer products with environmentally friendly packaging options, and consumers willing to pay up to 9.7 percent more for sustainably produced or sourced goods. - -This demand has translated into a significant push for paper-based packaging as an alternative to plastic. In fact, the North American paper packaging market is projected to reach $116 billion by 2030, with an annual growth rate of 4 percent. Virgin paper, in particular, is poised for rapid expansion as brands turn to recyclable, biodegradable materials to align with consumers’ sustainability values and meet their demand for greener options. - -Paper packaging offers an attractive alternative for brands looking to appeal to eco-conscious consumers while reducing their environmental footprint. Coupled with advancements in paper packaging technology, this shift underscores a long-term trend toward materials that satisfy consumer expectations and align with sustainability, regardless of the regulatory environment. - -#5 AI’s role in transforming supply chains will increase - -Artificial intelligence is expected to play an increasingly vital role in streamlining the shipping industry and optimizing supply chains in 2025. And with President Trump expected to loosen regulation around AI, we could see advancements much faster than expected. - -The potential of AI to enhance efficiencies at every stage of logistics, from real-time inventory tracking to predictive analytics, will be transformative for the industry. By harnessing AI tools, businesses can minimize shipping delays and forecast demand with greater accuracy, allowing them to maintain optimal inventory levels and route shipments more efficiently. AI also enables a more data-driven approach to logistics, allowing companies to predict market fluctuations, reduce shipping costs and minimize the risk of supply chain disruptions. - -The adoption of machine learning and AI technologies could help the shipping industry overcome challenges presented by tariffs, resource scarcity and rising operational costs, creating a more resilient and agile supply chain.",1731883630,672087cbcb,1611e13e56,,,1731883630 -https://www.inman.com/2024/11/15/rental-beast-to-help-realtor-com-devour-lease-market/,https://www.inman.com/feed/,Rental Beast to help Realtor.com devour lease market,"Realtor.com selected Rental Beast to power an online rental application, lease processing and applicant experience initiative, making a strong statement about the impact of renters on the current market. - -Whether it’s refining your business model, mastering new technologies, or discovering strategies to capitalize on the next market surge, Inman Connect New York will prepare you to take bold steps forward. The Next Chapter is about to begin. Be part of it. Join us and thousands of real estate leaders Jan. 22-24, 2025. - -Realtor.com has selected Rental Beast to power an online rental application, lease processing and applicant experience initiative, making a strong statement about the impact of renters on the current market, Inman has learned. - -A Nov. 14 press release stated that the two entities will co-market the relationship in an effort to make it easier for agents, property managers and landlords to attract and approve those who still are unable to crack homeownership, or choose not to. - -“In today’s competitive rental market, securing a rental property can be a daunting task. The collaboration between Rental Beast and Realtor.com aims to alleviate this challenge by leveraging Rental Beast’s robust application platform to streamline the process, reduce approval times, and enhance the overall user experience,” the release stated. - -Rental Beast is a comprehensive rental property solution, helping anyone involved with leasing residential space with an efficient, modern system for working with consumers. It handles tenant screening, operations streamlining, apartment search and matching, unit marketing, agent training and a multitude of other critical work needs. - -The company also has an MLS-specific iteration of its software which is what likely led to Realtor.com’s decision to work with them. In a 2023 report Rental Beast created to study the state of how MLSs approached rentals, 61 percent of agents surveyed said that “they don’t believe their MLS is sufficiently focused on rentals.” - -This is an issue a competitor of Rental Beast has been pushing for a number of years as well. RentSpree has been forging relationships with MLSs nationwide to encourage agents to consider renters as future buyers and to market itself to its core audience of property managers. - -As the housing market continues to lag for a third year under low inventory and uncertain rates, more renters are embracing the idea of leases being more flexible than mortgages. Still, typical market dynamics still drive the decision to rent, according to a recent Realtor.com study. - -The report found that 82 percent of renters said the economy has impacted their housing plans, with a whopping 71 percent of renters saying they won’t purchase a home over the next 12 months due to low down payment savings (61 percent) and high interest rates (42 percent). - -In summary, Realtor.com’s decision to move forward with a formal online leasing solution should pay off for all stakeholders, especially renters. - -“We are excited to join forces with Realtor.com to bring a new level of efficiency and transparency to the rental application process,” said Ishay Grinberg, founder and CEO of Rental Beast, in the press release. “This partnership aligns with our mission to simplify the rental experience, helping renters find their ideal homes faster and enabling agents to deliver even more value to their customers.” - -Realtor.com said much the same about its new software purchase. Cliff Johnson, vice president of rentals at the search portal, believes the partnership will add efficiencies and exposure. - -“Our relationship with Rental Beast enhances our commitment to providing the best tools and resources for renters. By streamlining the application process, we aim to remove barriers and make the rental journey as smooth as possible for our users,” Johnson said. - -Email Craig Rowe",1731883656,123ad3b11e,16c5bc721e,,,1731883656 -https://mycmgr.com/streamlining-tax-preparation-services-in-vancouver-leveraging-it-for-efficiency-and-accuracy/,https://mycmgr.com/feed/,Streamlining Tax Preparation Services in Vancouver: Leveraging IT for Efficiency and Accuracy,"When it comes to tax preparation in Vancouver, affordability is a significant consideration for individuals and businesses. The cost of professional tax services can vary, but it’s important to find affordable tax preparation services in Vancouver that don’t compromise on quality. By leveraging IT solutions, tax professionals in Vancouver can offer efficient and accurate tax preparation at affordable rates. These services utilize advanced software and automation tools to streamline the process, minimize errors, and save time. Whether you’re an individual taxpayer or a business owner, seeking out affordable tax preparation services in Vancouver can help ensure that your tax obligations are met without breaking the bank. - -Importance of Tax Preparation Services - -Before delving into the role of IT in streamlining tax preparation services, it is essential to understand the importance of these services. Tax preparation goes beyond mere compliance; it is a strategic endeavor that can help individuals and businesses optimize their financial affairs. By engaging professional tax preparers, individuals and businesses can benefit from expert knowledge, ensure accurate tax filings, maximize deductions, and minimize the risk of penalties or audits. With the increasing complexity of tax laws, relying on skilled professionals becomes paramount to achieving financial goals while remaining compliant. - -Challenges in Traditional Tax Preparation Methods - -Traditional tax preparation methods have inherent challenges that can impede efficiency and accuracy. These challenges include: - -Manual Data Entry: The reliance on manual data entry increases the likelihood of errors and can be time-consuming. Paper-Based Documentation: Managing stacks of paper documents can be cumbersome and prone to misplacement or damage. Limited Accessibility: Traditional methods often require physical presence, limiting accessibility for both tax professionals and clients. Lack of Real-Time Updates: Manual processes make it difficult to stay updated with changing tax laws and regulations. Higher Risk of Human Errors: The manual nature of traditional methods leaves room for human errors, which can have significant consequences. - -Leveraging IT for Efficiency and Accuracy - -To overcome the challenges associated with traditional tax preparation methods, tax professionals in Vancouver are increasingly embracing IT solutions. IT provides a range of tools and technologies that can streamline the tax preparation process, improve accuracy, and enhance overall efficiency. By leveraging IT, tax professionals can automate repetitive tasks, centralize data, ensure compliance, and provide a better experience for their clients. - -Streamlining Tax Preparation Process with Technology - -Benefits of IT in Tax Preparation Services - -The integration of IT in tax preparation services offers several benefits: - -Increased Accuracy: IT solutions can perform complex calculations with precision, minimizing the risk of errors. Efficiency and Time Savings: Automation of repetitive tasks reduces manual effort, allowing tax professionals to focus on high-value activities. Centralized Data Management: IT systems enable secure storage and easy retrieval of client data, eliminating the need for physical files. Real-Time Updates: IT solutions can provide real-time updates on tax laws and regulations, ensuring compliance. Improved Collaboration: Cloud-based platforms enable seamless collaboration between tax professionals and their clients, facilitating efficient communication and document sharing. - -Automation and Digitalization of Tax Processes - -Automation plays a crucial role in streamlining tax preparation services. IT solutions can automate various aspects of tax preparation, such as data entry, calculations, and report generation. Digitalization allows for the digitization of paper documents, making them easily searchable and accessible. By reducing manual interventions, tax professionals can expedite the tax preparation process, reduce errors, and improve overall efficiency. - -Cloud-Based Tax Software Solutions - -Cloud-based tax software solutions offer numerous advantages to tax professionals. These solutions enable secure storage and backup of client data in the cloud, eliminating the risk of data loss or physical damage. Additionally, cloud-based platforms provide scalability, allowing tax professionals to cater to a growing client base without the need for additional infrastructure. Collaborative features in cloud-based software facilitate real-time collaboration between tax professionals and clients, enhancing communication and expediting the tax preparation process. - -AI and Machine Learning in Tax Preparation - -Artificial Intelligence (AI) and machine learning algorithms have made significant advancements in recent years. These technologies can be leveraged in tax preparation to automate data analysis, identify patterns, and provide valuable insights. AI-powered systems can learn from historical tax data and suggest potential deductions or compliance issues, enhancing the accuracy and efficiency of the tax preparation process. By utilizing AI and machine learning, tax professionals can provide more personalized and proactive tax advice to their clients. - -Data Security and Privacy Considerations - -With the increasing reliance on IT solutions, data security and privacy become critical concerns. Tax professionals must ensure that client data is adequately protected from unauthorized access or breaches. Implementing robust security measures, such as encryption, access controls, and regular data backups, helps safeguard sensitive client information. Compliance with privacy regulations, such as the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), is also crucial to maintaining trust and protecting client confidentiality. - -Cost Savings and Time Efficiency - -IT solutions can yield cost savings and time efficiency for both tax professionals and their clients. By automating manual processes and centralizing data, tax professionals can reduce the time required for tax preparation. This enables them to serve more clients, increasing their revenue potential. Clients also benefit from faster and more accurate tax filings, reducing the time and effort required on their part. Additionally, IT solutions eliminate the need for physical storage and paperwork, resulting in cost savings on office space and supplies. - -Training and Support for IT Solutions - -To fully leverage the potential of IT in tax preparation, tax professionals should invest in training and support. Familiarity with IT tools and software is essential for efficient implementation. Training programs can help tax professionals understand the features and functionalities of IT solutions, ensuring optimal utilization. Additionally, reliable technical support ensures prompt assistance in case of any issues or queries, minimizing disruptions during the tax preparation process. - -Integration with Accounting Systems - -Effective integration between tax preparation software and accounting systems enhances efficiency and accuracy. Seamless transfer of data between these systems eliminates the need for manual data entry and reduces the risk of errors. Integrating tax software with accounting systems also provides a holistic view of an individual’s or business’s financial data, facilitating informed decision-making and tax planning. - -ALSO READ: Designing a web form for a restaurant website - -Future Trends in Tax Preparation Services - -The future of tax preparation services in Vancouver is likely to witness further advancements in IT. Some anticipated trends include: - -Advanced Data Analytics: Increasing utilization of data analytics tools to gain deeper insights into tax-related patterns and trends. - -Mobile Applications: Development of mobile applications for convenient access to tax-related information and services on-the-go. - -Blockchain Technology: Integration of blockchain technology to enhance data security and transparency in tax preparation. - -Robotic Process Automation (RPA): Adoption of RPA to automate repetitive tasks and streamline tax processes. - -Enhanced User Experience: Continued focus on user-friendly interfaces and intuitive design for better client experiences. - -Conclusion - -The streamlining of tax preparation services in Vancouver through the effective utilization of IT solutions is transforming the way tax professionals operate. By embracing automation, digitalization, and advanced technologies, tax professionals can achieve higher levels of accuracy, efficiency, and client satisfaction. The benefits of IT in tax preparation are manifold, ranging from time and cost savings to improved data security and privacy. As the industry evolves, tax professionals must stay abreast of emerging trends and adapt their practices to leverage the full potential of IT in tax preparation. - -FAQs",1731883651,feca2bc35f,16dbc024e8,,,1731883651 -https://www.euronews.com/video/2024/11/15/explosions-in-beirut-after-israeli-strikes-cause-extensive-damage,http://feeds.feedburner.com/euronews/en/home/,Video. Explosions in Beirut after Israeli strikes cause extensive damage,"Water Matters - -Europe's water is under increasing pressure. Pollution, droughts, floods are taking their toll on our drinking water, lakes, rivers and coastlines. Join us on a journey around Europe to see why protecting ecosystems matters, how our wastewater can be better managed, and to discover some of the best water solutions. Video reports, an animated explainer series and live debate - find out why Water Matters, from Euronews.",1731883672,33451736bb,16e7502309,,,1731883672 -https://www.npr.org/2022/04/29/1095646010/planet-money-book-club,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The Planet Money team shares the books they're obsessed with lately : Planet Money : NPR,"Planet Money book club - -Enlarge this image Erika Beras/NPR Erika Beras/NPR - -Here at Planet Money, we are always reading and researching and scouting for new story ideas. And while some of the books we read come up in our episodes, there's so much more that stays in the background, or gets left on the cutting room floor. And so, we're convening our first-ever Planet Money book club. Today, the books we read along the way. - -Here are our picks: - -From Mary, American Bonds: How Credit Markets Shaped a Nation by Sarah L. Quinn - -From Erika, The End of Globalization: Lessons from the Great Depression by Harold James - -Sponsor Message - -From Alexi, The Sixth Extinction: An Unnatural History by Elizabeth Kolbert - -Music: ""Street Groove."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884678,8181d7a585,16ebb877bb,,,1731884678 -https://www.mediationinstitute.edu.au/transfer/,https://www.mediationinstitute.edu.au/feed/,How To Transfer Mediator Accreditation To Mediation Institute,"Are you thinking about a transfer of your NMAS / AMDRAS national accreditation as a mediator to Mediation Institute? - -This page will give you more information about the process to transfer and help you consider the pros and cons. - -First a couple of basic points. - -You can have only one Accrediting Body - -You can only be accredited under NMAS or AMDRAS with one Recognised Accreditation Provider (RAP) but you can be a member of multiple professional bodies. - -If you want to change the organisation that is your accrediting body, you can request a transfer. If you just want to access our Professional Development or other benefits you can have Mediation Institute as your 2nd Membership Organisation, there is no requirement to transfer. - -Mi Provides complaint handling and PD - -Normally your Recognised Accreditation Provider will provide you with complaint handling and professional development support. It appears that some don’t. - -Mediation Institute provides our NMAS / AMDRAS members with independent complaint handling and lots of free professional development support. - -If your RAP doesn’t then it may be beneficial to transfer - -Mi Does not have a Group Insurance policy for Professional Indemnity - -We encourage members to take out your own professional indemnity and public liability insurance. As a mediator the premium is a minimum premium amount. We can refer you to insurance underwriters who should be able to write a policy for you for about $350. - -If you are currently using a group /shared cover policy with your accreditation body you will need to ensure that you have your own insurance unless you are covered by an employer or statutory immunity for all mediation work you do. Being covered by Professional Indemnity insurance or having the risk covered in an alternative way (statutory immunity) is a mandatory requirement for NMAS / AMDRAS accreditation. - -Are you on a “members only” panel? - -Some Recognised Accreditation Providers (RAPs) have panels that provide work but are only available to the mediators who accredit through them. - -If moving from your current provider will mean you are no longer on a panel that is providing you with a reasonable quantity of work that may not be in your best interest. - -Mediation Institute now offers a Professional Development membership for those who can’t or don’t want to transfer their accreditation but who would like to access our professional development activities without having to pay a per event fee. - -Mediation Institute panels - -We have invested in software that will allow us to host a number of specialist dispute resolution panels. - -Panel listings are available for our NMAS/AMDRAS accredited mediators but also to our Practitioner Members. Practitioner Membership is available to NMAS/AMDRAS accredited mediators who are accredited with a different RAP as well as registered Family Dispute Resolution Practitioners and Certified Family Group Conference Facilitators. - -Mid-term or at renewal? - -If you transfer your accreditation mid-term we will do a pro-rata of our accreditation fee from the date you transfer until your renewal date. Your renewal date does not change. - -Your former RAP is unlikely to refund your membership fee paid to them so you would have an additional cost of almost $16 per month compared to if you stayed with them until your renewal.",1731883694,c6b311e911,16efcf449e,,,1731883694 -https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/best-thread-devices/,https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/feed/,Top 8 Best Thread Devices of 2024: Ultimate Guide for Smart Home Connectivity,"At SmartHomePerfected we pride ourselves on providing trustworthy, unbiased information. If you buy through links on our site, we may earn a small affiliate commission at no extra cost to you. Learn more - -Are you in the market for high-quality Thread devices? Although current options may seem restricted, this field is continually experiencing notable progress. The expected growth in Thread deployment coincides with the integration of the Matter protocol. In this protocol, Thread is indispensable at the network level. - -We’ll continue to update this resource with new Thread devices as they become available. - -What Is Thread? - -Thread is a low-power and secure networking protocol for Internet of Things (IoT) devices. Thread was developed by Google, Cisco, ARM, and Nest Labs, and is based on the universally supported Internet Protocol (IP). Thread uses low-power radios to transmit data over short distances, meaning devices don't need to be connected to Wi-Fi or Bluetooth networks. - -Thread also has a mesh network architecture, so it doesn't rely on one centralized point to communicate like other protocols do. By hopping between devices, it makes it much better for large environments with physical obstacles like walls and windows. - -There are no single points of failure in Thread networks which also includes self-healing abilities when devices join or leave an existing network. - -Best Thread Smart Speaker - -9.4 Top Pick HomePod Mini A smart speaker and onboard voice assistant View Price - -On Apple.com The HomePod Mini is the new lower-cost, smaller version of Apple’s HomePod. It has been released in two colors: white and space gray. The HomePod Mini is a small speaker that can play music throughout your home with Siri integration and audio detection technology for an immersive sound experience in any room. Top Features Four-microphone design and touch controls - -Supports Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 5.0, Thread, and Siri - -Compatible with the Home app and HomeKit - -The HomePod Mini is uniquely small, measuring 3.3 inches tall and 3.9 inches wide. The Mini is wrapped in an attractive seamless fabric mesh for added style and improved acoustic properties. - -The HomePod Mini is much smaller and more affordable than expected, but its superb sound is the most surprising thing about it. It won’t replace your home stereo system or audiophile-purchased speakers for a high-quality listening experience. Still, it can function just fine as a speaker you plug in on occasion to listen to music. - -Best Thread Smart Plug - -Eve Energy Smart Plug & Meter The smart plug and meter to control your appliances View Price - -On Evehome.com Built on Thread technology, the Eve Energy Smart Plug & Meter allows you to control your lighting and other household appliances such as humidifiers, fans, and other devices with just a tap or asking Siri. Top Features Features the Eve Motion wireless motion sensor - -Supports Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and Thread - -Compatible with all HomeKit-enabled accessories - -This smart plug also allows monitoring of your power consumption. You can effortlessly set up schedules for turning your appliances, floor lamps, and other essential devices on or off, or put them on autopilot mode through your iPhone or internet connection. - -Speaking of the internet, you can control all your connected devices from anywhere through your hub (Apple TV, HomePod, and HomePod mini). The Eve Motion wireless motion sensor turns on your floor lights when it detects any movement. - -The Eve Energy Smart Plug & Meter supports Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and Thread and is compatible with all HomeKit-enabled accessories. - -Best Thread Mesh Wi-Fi - -Google Nest Wi-Fi Whole home mesh Wi-Fi View Price - -On Google.com Google's newest Wi-Fi system is the Google Nest Wi-Fi. This Wi-Fi router uses mesh network technology to provide a strong signal in all areas of your home and it is easy to set up. You do not need to be connected directly to each individual unit because they talk to each other wirelessly and create their own mesh network. Top Features Supports Google Assistant - -Able to accommodate up to 32 extensions - -Can connect with up to 100 clients per device - -Supports Bluetooth, Thread, and Wi-Fi 6 - -Another fantastic feature of Google Nest Wi-Fi is that it can be controlled with your voice using Google Assistant. It also has a built-in speed test which makes it easy to check your internet connection quality. This router is small and has a compact design with only 4.3 inches in diameter and 3.6 inches in height. - -The Nest Wi-Fi can cover 2,200 square feet and can be expanded via an extension two-pack. The Nest Wi-Fi can accommodate up to 32 extensions and has four internal antennas. It supports Bluetooth, Thread, and Wi-Fi 6. The router has 1GB of RAM and 4GB of storage as well. - -Best Thread Door & Window Sensors - -Eve Door & Window Monitor your door and window from anywhere View Price - -On Amazon.com With Eve Door and Window, your home's always-on security guard. HomeKit enabled Eve Door & Windows will connect to other devices in the house automatically, so you don't have to worry about any of that daily. Know if there is anything wrong with your door or window (and be alerted right away) from anywhere in the world because it communicates directly over Bluetooth. Top Features Compatible with HomeKit-enabled accessories (HomePod mini, HomePod, or Apple TV) - -HomeKit-enabled for ease of use and advanced security features - -Quick and easy setup; does not require a bridge or gateway - -Supports Bluetooth and Thread - -It has a quick and easy setup as well—no need for bridges needed here thanks to its wireless technology. Connect to them directly via Bluetooth or Thread automatically via your HomePod mini. The app makes setting things up easy but also handles updates automatically. - -Best Thread Smart Bulbs & Light Strips - -Nanoleaf Essentials Smart light control system for your home View Price - -On Amazon.com Experience richer, more vibrant colors with simple personalized control with Nanoleaf Essentials' bulbs and lightstrips. The bulbs and lightstrips are designed to offer a seamless introduction into the world of smart lighting. Nanoleaf Essentials' bulbs and lightstrips support both Bluetooth and Thread for improved reliability and faster and stable connectivity. Top Features Compatible with Apple HomePod Mini or Apple TV - -HomeKit and Google Assistant support - -Bluetooth and Thread connectivity - -Easy to set up - -The smart lights can be controlled with one compatible border router like Apple HomePod mini or Apple TV. Furthermore, Nanoleaf's Circadian Lighting system adjusts the brightness and white color temperature of your lights to match the color temperature of the day. Other standard features include an easy access controller, customized schedules, vivid whites, and more than 16 million color options. - -Best Thread Sprinkler Controller - -Eve Aqua Watering your garden or lawn has never been easier View Price - -On Amazon.com The Eve Aqua is the world's first smart watering system that lets you water your garden independently of an iPhone and home network—even when you're on vacation. The device connects to a wireless internet connection, allowing users to control their sprinkler or irrigation from anywhere within range using the Eve app, Siri voice commands, or buttons located right on the controller itself. This smart water controller offers 7 watering periods per day, so you can set up your sprinkler system to fit your lifestyle. Top Features Compatible with most multi-channel water distributors and hose systems - -7 watering periods per day - -Easy to set up with auto shut-off feature - -Supports Bluetooth and Thread - -The Eve Aqua also features an auto shut-off function that will turn off the water supply if it runs dry, preventing potential damage to your garden. The Eve Aqua is easy and quick to set up and doesn’t require a bridge or gateway. The Eve Aqua supports Bluetooth and Thread. The device connects to the Thread network automatically but requires a HomePod mini as a border router. - -Best Thread Thermometer & Hygrometer - -Eve Weather The connected weather station for your home View Price - -On Evehome.com The Eve Weather is the latest in weather forecasting technology and the perfect way to stay up-to-date with your weather forecasts. Whether you're planning a picnic or checking on how many layers are needed for an outdoor excursion, Eve can help make sure it doesn't rain and ruin all of your plans. With a shiny, IPX3 water-resistant design, the Eve Weather also supports Bluetooth and Thread technology. Top Features IPX3 water-resistant design - -Supports Bluetooth and Thread technology - -Eve accessories work with all Apple devices (iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, Apple Watch, HomePod, HomePod mini, Apple TV) - -The Eve Weather has precise, highly sensitive sensors, allowing you to check the outdoor temperature with a 12-hour weather trend, barometric pressure, and humidity on your iPhone or the screen. The Eve Weather is controlled via the Eve app, the Home app, and Siri and is compatible with HomeKit-enabled accessories as well. - -Best Thread Smart Switch - -Eve Light Switch (EU) The ideal connected wall switch View Price - -On Evehome.com The Eve Light Switch provides you the benefits of connected lighting without replacing any existing bulbs in your room or home. With Eve Light Switch, you can turn your lights on and off or set up schedules via the Eve app or Siri. With this device, you can put your lights on autopilot; you can control your lights without your iPhone or internet connection. Top Features Can be controlled using the Eve app and Siri. - -Supports Bluetooth and Thread technology - -Eve accessories work with all Apple devices (iPhone, iPad, iPod Touch, Apple Watch, HomePod, HomePod mini, Apple TV) - -You can also control Eve Light Switch anytime and anywhere via your HomePod mini or Apple TV. Besides, you can use the Eve Light Switch just like a standard single switch. The Eve Light Switch supports Bluetooth and Thread and seamlessly gets connected to your Thread network. It is also compatible with HomeKit-enabled accessories. - -Best Thread Devices: The Verdict - -If you're considering investing in a smart home or want to upgrade your current system with some new compatible devices, we've compiled this list of the best Thread devices for every room in your house. - -Whether it's the front door lock, checking the weather outside, or even just an automated light switch on the wall, this article has everything you need to get started. If not, we would love to hear from you about which devices have worked well in your home. - -9.4 Top Pick HomePod Mini A smart speaker and onboard voice assistant View Price - -On Apple.com The HomePod Mini is the new lower-cost, smaller version of Apple’s HomePod. It has been released in two colors: white and space gray. The HomePod Mini is a small speaker that can play music throughout your home with Siri integration and audio detection technology for an immersive sound experience in any room. Top Features Four-microphone design and touch controls - -Supports Wi-Fi, Bluetooth 5.0, Thread, and Siri - -Compatible with the Home app and HomeKit - -Sources - -ThreadGroup",1731883622,1c7041163b,166bbcecac,,,1731883622 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/rugby-union/articles/clyj2xj5563o,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,Wales 20-52 Australia: Warren Gatland's side sink to new low,"Wales sank to an all-time results low in their 143-year international rugby history with a record defeat by Australia in Cardiff. - -The embarrassing loss will leave the position of head coach Warren Gatland under scrutiny as he guided his side to a record 11th consecutive international defeat. - -Australia hooker Matt Faessler and full-back Tom Wright completed hat-tricks in the eight-try display. - -First-half tries from full-back Wright, lock Nick Frost and Faessler saw Australia open up an early 19-0 lead. - -Wales responded with 13 points in seven minutes with a try from number eight Aaron Wainwright and Gareth Anscombe's boot. - -Australia centre Samu Kerevi was shown an early second half 20-minute red card for a high dangerous tackle on Jac Morgan. - -Wales again failed to capitalise on the numerical advantage as Australia scored three tries when down to 14 men with a Faessler double and second for Wright. - -Cardiff centre Ben Thomas crossed, but Len Ikitau and Wright touched down as the Wallabies accumulated points record against Wales in Cardiff. - -Australia followed up their thrilling victory against England last weekend with further matches against Scotland and Ireland this autumn to come. - -For Wales, world champions South Africa arrive in Cardiff next Saturday as the hosts look to avoid finishing a calendar year without a win for the first time since 1937.",1731883650,bcdff126e2,168747e2fb,,,1731883650 -https://www.pensburgh.com/2024/11/16/24294966/gamethread-sharks-penguins,https://www.pensburgh.com/rss/current,Gamethread: Sharks @ Penguins,"Expectations for what a Penguins rebuild might look like and what it might produce - -Keep your expectations for these trades within reason.",1731883628,a5d26c4079,16f68dec91,,,1731883628 -https://esportsedition.com/featured/harvest-balance-changes/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Harvest Balance Changes,"Covering the Harvest Balance Changes – Worth Playing? - -We’re three weeks into the Harvest League now, and it has been a bit of a rocky start. While many players have been enjoying the crafting aspects of Harvest, many others have complained that they feel that they are basically playing Standard league. This is only exacerbated by the rarity of the important crafts, meaning even those playing a ton would have very few opportunities to improve their gear. Well, after two weeks of players dropping like flies, GGG put out a rather large balance patch that has changed quite a bit. - -Seed Drop Rate - -One of the bigger complaints from many players, myself included, was that you didn’t get more seeds in high tier maps. You could use the seeds on higher item level items, but other than that there was no advantage to farming tier 15 maps over farming tier 1 maps. Which felt wrong, given that we were clearing much harder content. This was addressed, with a flat doubling of all seeds dropped in tier 16 maps, and a linear increase from the start of maps up to that point. Now doing higher level content actually feels more rewarding in terms of the options you are given. - -On the same note, they doubled the drop rate of tier two seeds across the board. Meaning you’ll get around quadruple the number of tier twos as you were before, if you’re running tier 16s (double the seeds and double the drop rate). They didn’t increase the drop rate of tier 3 or tier 4 seeds, but because of the doubled tier 2s, you on average get them far more frequently, just not more frequently per plot. As someone who has farmed quite a bit since the patch, I no longer have any shortage of tier 3 seeds, and always have 2-4 tier fours, minimum, in my stash. - -Seed Craft Rate - -At the same time, they acknowledged that the drop rate of the good crafts (annuls, exalts, and annul/exalts) were too low, and have drastically increased their appearance. And I do mean drastically. Without any flowers to boost you, you’ll find an average of one of the three crafts per plot of tier 1 seeds. With flowers to boost your odds, you’ll find up to 3-4 per plot. It actually feels like enough that you can make all your gear yourself without buying seeds, which is exactly what I and many others have been doing. A great league for SSF, for sure! - -The sort of thing you can make this league. (The low lightning resist is for Wise Oak resistances). Image via EsportsEdition. - -For a bit more reference, in under a week since the patch I personally have gathered 5 augment critical crafts, something that before the patch was going for 10+ exalts. So, when they say they upped the appearance, they mean it. - -Flowers - -I mentioned flowers. They added these flowers that will drop from the final boss of Harvest, as well as tier 4 monsters. Flowers boost the outcomes you get from seeds. One of them simply gives more lifeforce, but the other two give higher chance of better crafts, and the best of 2-4 crafts being picked. Using these two improvement flowers together can drastically increase your odds of getting good results, particularly if you use them together for rare crafts like critical or speed – I’ve had multiple rare augments from a single plot when using flowers. - -Quality of Life Improvement - -They also added one huge quality of life improvement to Path of Exile as a whole, but specifically for this league. If you haven’t already, go into your options, UI, and check the “Advanced Mod Descriptions” bubble. This will enable you to see modifiers on items when you hold tab while hovering over them. This includes which mods are combined, as well as what the tier of every mod is. And, as of this patch, now you can see what tags they have – I.E. Life, critical, etcetera. This may not have a lot of uses outside of Harvest crafting, but for Harvest it is an absolute godsend, being able to know exactly which mods you risk removing, or what you can add to other items. Previously we had to go to sites such as poedb.tw to see mods, so this is a huge quality of life improvement for anyone delving into the crafting of this league. - -Looking Forwards - -GGG has already stated that there are more improvements coming to Harvest crafting over the next few weeks. After a lackluster launch, the balance changes have gotten Harvest to a place where anyone who enjoys crafting in any respect will be content with the state of the league. It may not be the loot piñata that Delirium was, but it adds a layer of items that the average player will have never experienced before.",1731883689,76f59da961,170683e178,,,1731883689 -https://www.mmanews.com/news/ufc/fans-react-bo-nickal-ufc-309-paul-craig/,https://www.mmanews.com/feed/,Fans React As Bo Nickal's UFC 309 Decision Over Paul Craig Draws 'Overrated' Chants At MSG,"New Yorkers are unafraid to show their honest opinions, and that resulted in a harsh reaction toward Bo Nickal as he took a decision win over Paul Craig at UFC 309. - -The fight was ultimately quiet throughout the 15 minutes. The first round could have fallen either way, as Nickal looked to stand in front of Craig and land low kicks. “Bearjew,” however, checked those and landed kicks of his own. - -The second frame saw the American wrestler land the harder strikes, though the round felt quieter than the first. The third stanza saw Nickal stun Craig on a couple of occasions but not follow up on it. That round also saw a brutal reaction from the MSG crowd, bringing down boos and chants of “Overrated!” - -The undefeated prospect ultimately swept the judges’ scorecards for the win. - -Bo Nickal Gets Booed By MSG Crowd As He Defeats Paul Craig At UFC 309 - -Khamzat kills Bo. — Lewis Simpson (@LewisSimpsonMMA) November 17, 2024 - -Bo Nickal in his #UFC309 post-fight interview: “That was an amazing performance” - - - -Me: pic.twitter.com/IRgzpHhLs1 — Strong and Jacket (@strongandjacket) November 17, 2024 - -Bo Nickal’s next opponent should be pic.twitter.com/wO4YmskCd7 — Cameron 🇺🇸🎒 (@BackPackCamX) November 17, 2024 - -Bo Nickal x Paul Craig - - - -pic.twitter.com/Ik9r96HXn4 — CFD – Cartola e Futebol (@CFD_Oficial) November 17, 2024 - -Bo Nickal trying to think of another strike to throw besides an overhand right pic.twitter.com/deAc24hAbh — Super Fan🇮🇪 (@McGregorRousey2) November 17, 2024 - -❌️ Fighter Removed: Bo Nickal and Paul Craig — Dovy🔌 (@DovySimuMMA) November 17, 2024 - -Bo Nickal has been booed his entire life, that doesn't bother him much. - - - -Also people need to realize he just beat Paul Craig in his 7th professional fight. Paul Craig beat two of the top 5 fighters in the world at LHW. #UFC309 — PIHCAM (@ItsPihcam) November 17, 2024 - -58 year old Mike Tyson was more exciting to watch than Bo Nickal attempting to do effective stand up. - -More boring than watching someone in a coma. #UFC309 — Dan | LMTB.org (@dan_dsfitness) November 17, 2024 - -“I’m fired up by that performance. Jones, DJ, exc. they are the goats and they win decisions. I’m fired up” -Bo Nickal #UFC309 pic.twitter.com/0nmHgEm6k7 — MadLab (@MadLabMMA) November 17, 2024 - -Bo Nickal: I dominated him for 15 minutes. pic.twitter.com/vrMNu2Iv5C — Ben Fowlkes (@benfowlkesMMA) November 17, 2024 - -GSP was nicknamed Rush because he ran through his opponents - - - -Bo Nickal comparing his run to GSP’s his high key insane — William – Open Note Grappling 📝 (@OpenNoteGrapple) November 17, 2024 - -This marked Nickal’s fourth bout in the UFC after winning a pair of fights on Dana White’s Contender Series. His run in the Octagon thus far has seen him score finishes of Jamie Pickett, Val Woodburn, and Cody Brundage. - -Craig, meanwhile, has now lost three straight and five of his last six.",1731883655,42b4597525,1747e49bcc,,,1731883655 -https://qutech.nl/2024/05/24/nwo-summit-grant-to-investigate-fundamental-quantum-limits/,https://qutech.nl/feed/,NWO Summit Grant to investigate fundamental quantum limits,"A research consortium from TU Delft and Leiden University receives an NWO Summit Grant of 35 million euros, as a long-term support and to continue their prominent role internationally. They aim to investigate the fundamental limits of quantum physics. In total five consortia from different Dutch universities will receive a total of 188 million euros to strengthen the position of Dutch science. - -The Summit grant is intended for research consortia that have proven in existing collaborations that they belong to the absolute world top or are very close to it and can make the leap to the absolute world top with this instrument. The assigned projects come from a variety of science fields and have proven their worth in recent years by contributing essential insights into their own field of science. The interdisciplinary teams are now given the peace of mind and space to successfully pursue their project, thereby making an important contribution to new knowledge for society. - -The minister of Education, Culture and Science put the research consortia receiving the research funding in the limelight today during a festive ceremony to celebrate the importance of top research in the Netherlands. - -Quantum limits project - -This research project aims to investigate the fundamental limits on physical processes imposed by the laws of quantum mechanics, by exploring the behavior of quantum systems at the nanoscale. What is the size limit of the quantum domain, how massive or how complex can a system in quantum superposition be, is there a quantum granularity of space and time? Answers to these questions can point the way to radically new fundamental or technological breakthroughs. - -Lead applicant and scientific director at QuTech, Lieven Vandersypen says about the grant: “Despite all the successes of quantum theory, major gaps in our understanding remain. They are big open questions, many of them interrelated, and these occur when we take quantum mechanics to its limits. The consortium we have brought together is eminent, balanced in composition and with expertise across all the relevant disciplines. We will work as a team, collaborating on specific topics with the other members of the consortium, and with the new researchers we will attract.” - -He continues: “This Delft-Leiden consortium has a history of joint work and community building of more than twenty years, spanning large joint research projects funded by an ERC Synergy and two large Dutch so-called Gravitation programs, during which we had joint work meetings and retreats, as well as a joint graduate school with specialized PhD level courses, spring schools and a new joint MSc program in QIST. Finally, two of the co-investigators were driving forces behind the national agenda for quantum technology and the Quantum Delta NL program. Where the QDNL program is focused on economic impact, we will be able to leverage the investments in infrastructure and build-up of know-how from this program in our Quantum Limits research.” - -About NWO Summit Grant - -The Summit Grant is a funding instrument for scientific collaborations from diverse scientific fields. These research consortia have proven that, in existing collaborations, they belong to the absolute world top or are very close to it and can make the leap to the absolute world top with this instrument. - -With the funding for this programme the Ministry of Education, Culture and Science aims to promote research of exceptional quality and achieve major breakthroughs with the funded research. The breakthrough should mark a significant shift, advance or insight in relation to existing ideas and methods, conceptual frameworks, tools or technologies, for example by increasing, expanding or deepening those elements. - -Applicants - -Lead applicant: - -Lieven Vandersypen, QuTech; Delft University of Technology - -Co-applicants: - -A second NWO Summit Grant for TU Delft - -Colleagues at the TU Delft will also receive an NWO Summit Grant, in order to answer the question: “what is life?” The EVOLF consortium will—from lifeless biomolecules—build a living synthetic cell with core properties of life: autonomous growth, replication, communication and evolution. To realise and integrate these complex functions, laboratory evolution will be employed by artificial intelligence. - -At the same time, ethical guidelines will be established for the responsible development of synthetic life. Building a synthetic cell will provide unprecedented insights into the basis of biological life. The lead applicant of this grant is Cees Dekker from TU Delft, in collaboration with other colleagues from the TU Delft, AMOLF, and Radboud University. - -",1731883658,855509a49b,1757a5416e,,,1731883658 -https://www.ign.com/articles/evade-codes,http://feeds.ign.com/ign/games-all,Evade Codes (November 2024),"Last updated on November 16, 2024: Checked for new Evade codes! - -If you’re on the hunt for some redeemable codes to help conquer Evade’s free-roaming world in style, then you’re in the right place. On this page, you’ll find all the current and active Evade codes available in the popular free-running Roblox hit, so you can grab yourself some tokens and other goodies instantly. - -Active Evade Codes (November 2024) - -Here are the currently active and working Evade codes for November 2024: - -thebig5 - 555 tokens - -- 555 tokens 444 - 444 tokens - -- 444 tokens 222 - 222 tokens - -Expired Evade Codes - -The following Evade codes are expired and no longer work as of November 2024: - -therealdeal - -How to Redeem Evade Codes - -To redeem Evade codes, boot up the game and, once you’re in, follow the steps below: - -As you reach the main menu, look at the five icons in the bottom right-hand corner of the screen. Click on the codes tab marked by the X / Twitter icon. Enter your code into the code bar, being careful to make sure it’s in the right case and spelt correctly. Click ENTER and you should see the resources you unlock appear just below the code bar. - -Why Isn’t My Evade Code Working? - -If your Evade code isn’t working, it’s likely due to one of two scenarios. The first is that the code was inputted incorrectly. Evade’s codes are often in lowercase, so make sure you have the code inputted correctly before you hit claim. You can even copy and paste the codes directly from this article over to Roblox if you want to make sure you’re inputting them correctly. - -The other possibility is the code has expired or you’ve already used it. If you’ve used it, you’ll get a message below the bar reminding you it has already been redeemed. If you’ve inputted it and it doesn’t recognise the code at all, it likely means it's no longer available to use. - -How to Get More Evade Codes - -If you’re looking to scout out some Evade codes yourself, the easiest way is through the game’s official Discord, which you can find here. After joining, you’ll be able to hop into the announcements channel to find all the latest codes as they drop. - -You can also follow the game’s community page on X , which occasionally posts codes from time to time. - -What is Evade in Roblox? - -Evade is a multiplayer survival game with a unique twist. A team of players are dropped onto a map with several enemies (known as NextBots) patrolling the area. Their one objective is to survive until the timer runs out by using parkour to quickly navigate the environment and dodge NextBots, all the while reviving downed team members and ensuring their team makes it out safely. - -Callum Williams is an IGN freelancer covering features and guides. When he's away from his desk, you can usually find him obsessing over the lore of the latest obscure indie horror game or bashing his head against a boss in the newest soulslike. You can catch him over on Twitter at @CaIIumWilliams.",1731883673,9e7916d7c6,176c54a40d,,,1731883673 -https://www.vg247.com/battlefield-bad-company-3-ideas-ea-original-lead,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Battlefield: Bad Company's original lead is happy to bring his ideas for a third game to life, but he knows EA won't do it","If there’s one card EA has yet to play to salvage the reputation of the embattled Battlefield franchise, it’s bringing back the Bad Company sub-series. Back around the launch of Battlefield 2042; when everyone was feeling down about the quality of the game and the direction DICE had taken it into, there was a lot hope for the follow-up to simply be a blast from the past. - -Many suggested that, as something of a palate cleanser, EA should remake the Bad Company games. Bad Company 2, in particular, is remembered fondly by many modern Battlefield fans. The two games also share a unique quality no other Battlefield game has: their single-player campaigns. - -If EA ever wants to recreate that special sauce, the head chef is seemingly happy to lend their expertise. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -David Goldfarb is name that should be familiar to many shooter fans, especially those who enjoyed the Bad Company games, as well as Payday 2. Goldfarb has helped create seminal shooters that are all remembered for bringing something new to their respective sub-genres. - -Goldfarb, however, left the triple-A scene for more focused, smaller projects years ago. His work with The Outsiders, his studio, has explored other areas of the shooter space, such as the highly-acclaimed rock shooter Metal: Hellslinger. But is there ever a universe in which he’s back leading a new Bad Company game? The answer may actually be yes, despite how unlikely that is to actually happen. - -Goldfarb, who wrote an outline for the story of a third Bad Company, told PCGamesN that he’d be open to going to back and working on Battlefield again. “I am right here,” he said. “They [EA] know where I am if they want to do one.” - -So much of Bad Company is iconic. | Image credit: EA, DICE. - -Despite his willingness, however, Goldfarb doesn’t feel that EA would ever greenlight a new Bad Company game, or a sequel to that original series. - -“There aren’t games like [Bad Company] at that production quality anymore,” he explained. - -“Most big productions will not take those bets because they believe they can look backwards to predict successes and looking backwards makes Bad Company and its humour and approach look like an anomaly.” - -Bad Company, of course, had a distinct identity among military shooters of that era. The campaigns both featured lighter tones that, while set in warzones, only really used that as a backdrop. They focused instead on their cast a cast of loveable characters. Even back then, that pitch wasn’t easily approved by EA’s higher-ups, according to Goldfarb. - -“I can’t speak for anyone else, but I know there was a collective feeling that we had our own identity for Bad Company, weird or not, and we were going to enjoy making it,” he said. “It is actually something of a miracle we got to do it” - -So if publishers are looking for unique projects, why aren’t we any likely to see a Bad Company 3? The answer, according to the veteran game designer, is that it may simply be too risky. - -“[...] that’s why we don’t see those kinds of games anymore, because economics and risk aversion and all the other s**t turn people away from it,” he pointed out. “In many ways, Bad Company 2 was a perfect storm, though. I don’t know if we could do it again like that.” - -Bad Company, as dead as this soldier? | Image credit: EA, DICE. - -There is, of course, some chance that the next game in the Battlefield series, set for release in 2025, could end up being a Bad Company sequel. Or, at the very least, it could be a spiritual successor in a way; channelling some of what made that sub-series special. - -EA and DICE have yet to properly reveal any major details about the next Battlefield, but the two have made clear that it’s going to be a return to basics, and feature a modern-day setting. DICE is also keen on getting the community involved early, so a few of us may be playing it early next year. - -More broadly, reports suggest that EA is keen to create its own Call of Duty with the next Battlefield, with a supposed free-to-play battle royale mode, more regular content drops, and connected releases that all feed into one another.",1731883692,374d98cbb9,1717bcfd83,,,1731883692 -https://techtransfercentral.com/2024/08/19/technology-transfer-tactics-august-2024/,https://techtransfercentral.com/feed/,TechPipeline,"This is an excerpt from an article in the October issue of TechEngage. - -Green and clean technologies have garnered a lot of interest from both researchers and investors in the past two decades. Investment in these technologies has grown steadily, reaching $1.77 trillion in 2023, a 17% increase over 2022 according to BloombergNEF. That sounds like good news for universities with ongoing research and projects in the green/clean tech space, but not every green/clean tech project is marketable in a way that attracts licensees. Differences in timeline expectations, commercial potential, and even leadership qualities can keep companies from looking closely at technologies that may well solve important problems but don’t offer enough commercial upside. - -Before reaching out, it’s important to understand what makes a green or clean technology or start-up investible to companies and venture capitalists. - -Team First - -Many investors evaluate the team behind the technology as much as they evaluate the technology itself. - -“Team is first, always,” says Manny Stockman, a partner in Osage University Partners, a venture capital firm that works with universities. “You’ll hear that from every venture capitalist you ever talk to.” - -Taking an idea from inception to a marketable product or service requires people who understand the market and how to talk to investors, and those are skills that are not always in the wheelhouse of a researcher or inventor. Gathering a team of people who can fill in the gaps of any missing relational and business skills is key to attracting support.",1731883691,bb9e812a9f,1766349c09,,,1731883691 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/06/disability-rights-are-technology-rights,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,Disability Rights Are Technology Rights,"At EFF, our work always begins from the same place: technological self-determination. That’s the right to decide which technology you use, and how you use it. Technological self-determination is important for every technology user, and it’s especially important for users with disabilities. - -Assistive technologies are a crucial aspect of living a full and fulfilling life, which gives people with disabilities motivation to be some of the most skilled, ardent, and consequential technology users in the world. There’s a whole world of high-tech assistive tools and devices out there, with disabled technologists and users intimately involved in the design process. - -The accessibility movement’s slogan, “Nothing about us without us,” has its origins in the first stirrings of European democratic sentiment in sixteenth (!) century and it expresses a critical truth: no one can ever know your needs as well you do. Unless you get a say in how things work, they’ll never work right. - -So it’s great to see people with disabilities involved in the design of assistive tech, but that’s where self-determination should start, not end. Every person is different, and the needs of people with disabilities are especially idiosyncratic and fine-grained. Everyone deserves and needs the ability to modify, improve, and reconfigure the assistive technologies they rely on. - -Unfortunately, the same tech companies that devote substantial effort to building in assistive features often devote even more effort to ensuring that their gadgets, code and systems can’t be modified by their users. - -Take streaming video. Back in 2017, the W3C finalized “Encrypted Media Extensions” (EME), a standard for adding digital rights management (DRM) to web browsers. The EME spec includes numerous accessibility features, including facilities for including closed captioning and audio descriptive tracks. - -But EME is specifically designed so that anyone who reverse-engineers and modifies it will fall afoul of Section 1201 of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA 1201), a 1998 law that provides for five-year prison-sentences and $500,000 fines for anyone who distributes tools that can modify DRM. The W3C considered – and rejected – a binding covenant that would protect technologists who added more accessibility features to EME. - -The upshot of this is that EME’s accessibility features are limited to the suite that a handful of giant technology companies have decided are important enough to develop, and that suite is hardly comprehensive. You can’t (legally) modify an EME-restricted stream to shift the colors to ones that aren’t affected by your color-blindness. You certainly can’t run code that buffers the video and looks ahead to see if there are any seizure-triggering strobe effects, and dampens them if there are. - -It’s nice that companies like Apple, Google and Netflix put a lot of thought into making EME video accessible, but it’s unforgivable that they arrogated to themselves the sole right to do so. No one should have that power. - -It’s bad enough when DRM infects your video streams, but when it comes for hardware, things get really ugly. Powered wheelchairs – a sector dominated by a cartel of private-equity backed giants that have gobbled up all their competing firms – have a serious DRM problem. - -Powered wheelchair users who need even basic repairs are corralled by DRM into using the manufacturer’s authorized depots, often enduring long waits during which they are unable to leave their homes or even their beds. Even small routine adjustments, like changing the wheel torque after adjusting your tire pressure, can require an official service call. - -Colorado passed the country’s first powered wheelchair Right to Repair law in 2022. Comparable legislation is now pending in California, and the Federal Trade Commission has signaled that it will crack down on companies that use DRM to block repairs. But the wheels of justice grind slow – and wheelchair users’ own wheels shouldn’t be throttled to match them. - -People with disabilities don’t just rely on devices that their bodies go into; gadgets that go into our bodies are increasingly common, and there, too, we have a DRM problem. DRM is common in implants like continuous glucose monitors and insulin pumps, where it is used to lock people with diabetes into a single vendor’s products, as a prelude to gouging them (and their insurers) for parts, service, software updates and medicine. - -Even when a manufacturer walks away from its products, DRM creates insurmountable legal risks for third-party technologists who want to continue to support and maintain them. That’s bad enough when it’s your smart speaker that’s been orphaned, but imagine what it’s like to have an orphaned neural implant that no one can support without risking prison time under DRM laws. - -Imagine what it’s like to have the bionic eye that is literally wired into your head go dark after the company that made it folds up shop – survived only by the 95-year legal restrictions that DRM law provides for, restrictions that guarantee that no one will provide you with software that will restore your vision. - -Every technology user deserves the final say over how the systems they depend on work. In an ideal world, every assistive technology would be designed with this in mind: free software, open-source hardware, and designed for easy repair. - -But we’re living in the Bizarro world of assistive tech, where not only is it normal to distribute tools for people with disabilities are designed without any consideration for the user’s ability to modify the systems they rely on – companies actually dedicate extra engineering effort to creating legal liability for anyone who dares to adapt their technology to suit their own needs. - -Even if you’re able-bodied today, you will likely need assistive technology or will benefit from accessibility adaptations. The curb-cuts that accommodate wheelchairs make life easier for kids on scooters, parents with strollers, and shoppers and travelers with rolling bags. The subtitles that make TV accessible to Deaf users allow hearing people to follow along when they can’t hear the speaker (or when the director deliberately chooses to muddle the dialog). Alt tags in online images make life easier when you’re on a slow data connection. - -Fighting for the right of disabled people to adapt their technology is fighting for everyone’s rights. - -(EFF extends our thanks to Liz Henry for their help with this article.)",1731883672,1face9fbd3,16ff85ee46,,,1731883672 -https://taxfoundation.org/blog/state-drug-policy-marijuana-legalization/,https://taxfoundation.org/feed/,Momentum Slows for State Drug Legalization Policies via 2024 State Ballot Initiatives,"Drug policy was on the ballot in many states in 2024. Voters in Florida, North Carolina, and South Dakota considered legalizing recreational marijuana; voters in Nebraska had the option to legalize medical marijuana; and voters in Massachusetts considered legalization of natural psychedelic substances. Legal access to drugs, and thus legal (taxable) markets for them, continued to expand in 2024, but the expansion via 2024 ballot initiatives stalled. - -Momentum Slows for State Drug Legalization Policies Results of 2024 Drug Policy State Ballot Initiatives Result State Ballot Measure For Against FAIL Florida Amendment 3 to Legalize Recreational Marijuana 55.9% 44.1% FAIL Massachusetts Question 4 to Legalize Natural Psychedelic Substances 43.0% 57.0% PASS Nebraska Initiative 437 to Legalize Use of Medical Marijuana 70.7% 29.3% PASS Nebraska Initiative 438 to Legalize Production of Medical Marijuana 66.9% 33.1% FAIL North Dakota Initiated Measure 5 to Legalize Recreational Marijuana 47.5% 52.5% FAIL South Dakota Initiated Measure 29 to Legalize Recreational Marijuana 44.5% 55.5% Source: State Secretaries of State; Bloomberg Tax. - -Note: Small changes in percentages could occur as final cotes are tallied but overall results will not change. - -The lone state to expand access to previously illegal drugs was Nebraska. A wide margin of Nebraska voters decided to join the 38 other states and DC that have already legalized medical marijuana. Two ballot initiatives passed in Nebraska with the support of more than two-thirds of voters. One initiative enables the use and possession of medical marijuana upon recommendation from a health-care provider and the other initiative enables the manufacturing and distribution of medical marijuana to be regulated by a new Nebraska Medical Cannabis Commission. - -The commission is empowered to establish the rules and regulations governing the newly legal medical marijuana market, which may include levying a tax A tax is a mandatory payment or charge collected by local, state, and national governments from individuals or businesses to cover the costs of general government services, goods, and activities. on sales of the previously criminalized substance. Whether this new legal market will be taxed is not yet known, as the commission has until July 1, 2025, to establish the framework for the regulatory process. Not all states that have legalized medical marijuana levy an excise tax An excise tax is a tax imposed on a specific good or activity. Excise taxes are commonly levied on cigarettes, alcoholic beverages, soda, gasoline, insurance premiums, amusement activities, and betting, and typically make up a relatively small and volatile portion of state and local and, to a lesser extent, federal tax collections. on it, since the externalities and sin tax sentiments associated with recreational marijuana are often not present or heavily diminished for medical marijuana. - -Though voters resoundingly passed the initiatives, there is a legal challenge to medical marijuana in Nebraska, as a lawsuit backed by former State Senator John Kuehn is attempting to invalidate the signatures that put them on the ballot in the first place. If the Nebraska Medical Cannabis Commission is created and does provide for an excise tax on the newly legal medical marijuana, the tax rate should be kept low to ensure that the safer, legal market remains price competitive with preexisting illicit markets. - -In contrast to the success of medical marijuana, none of the initiatives for recreational marijuana passed. Florida voted on an initiated constitutional amendment that would have legalized recreational marijuana. The initiative in Florida received support from about 56 percent of voters, but this failed to achieve the 60 percent supermajority required to amend the Florida State Constitution. This comes after a similar measure for legalizing medical marijuana passed in 2016 with approval from 71 percent of voters. - -Florida does not levy an excise tax on medical marijuana, and no excise tax was attached to this effort to legalize recreational marijuana. However, a financial impact statement estimated that sales tax A sales tax is levied on retail sales of goods and services and, ideally, should apply to all final consumption with few exemptions. Many governments exempt goods like groceries; base broadening, such as including groceries, could keep rates lower. A sales tax should exempt business-to-business transactions which, when taxed, cause tax pyramiding. revenues from recreational marijuana would be almost $200 million. There were some references from supporters to a possible excise tax levied on newly legalized recreational marijuana, but specifics are unlikely to be developed due to the measure’s failure. - -The North Dakota ballot initiative would have legalized the possession and use of small amounts of recreational marijuana, as well as enabled licensure for some cultivation facilities and retailers. The measure failed to pass, garnering only 47.5 percent of votes cast in support. - -A very similar ballot initiative in South Dakota would have done the same, but with more restrictions on how the substances could be stored and where they could be used. Neither effort to legalize recreational marijuana specified any excise tax to be levied on the new market, though supporters emphasized the potential for revenue to be generated from legal marijuana sales. South Dakota voters supported a ballot initiative in 2020 to legalize recreational marijuana. However, that 2020 ballot measure was invalidated in November 2021 by the South Dakota Supreme Court. A further effort to legalize recreational marijuana in South Dakota was rejected by voters in 2022. That measure would have levied a 15 percent tax on sales of the newly legalized substance. - -While most of the 2024 marijuana-related ballot measures failed, the margins of those decisions were close. A majority of Florida voters supported recreational marijuana, but the measure was 4 percent shy of the required supermajority. The measures in North Dakota and South Dakota failed by 3 percent and 6 percent, respectively. As public perception shifts toward supporting legalization, the close results of the 2024 ballot initiatives may indicate that similar measures will find more success in the future. - -Voters failed to approve a Massachusetts ballot initiative that would have legalized natural psychedelic substances by a similarly low margin, only 7 percent. Attached to the legalization effort were details on how the newly legalized substances would be taxed. The state would levy a 15 percent tax on the sale of psychedelic substances and localities would be empowered to levy an additional local option tax of up to 2 percent. Revenues were to be directed to a Natural Psychedelic Substances Regulation Fund, which is required to provide for administration and enforcement of the regulatory scheme before any other appropriations. However, any revenues in excess of the cost of administration and enforcement are not explicitly earmarked for costs associated with psychedelic legalization, as would be appropriate for an excise tax. - -This election did not see any states join those that have already legalized recreational marijuana. State ballot initiatives have historically been a crucial driver of legalization efforts. Of the 24 states that have legalized recreational marijuana, 13 were the result of a citizen-initiated ballot initiative. For medical marijuana, 18 of the 38 states had the substances legalized through the ballot initiative process. With the significant potential for state revenues, and the prior political success of arguments that legalization can shift consumers to safer legal markets, it seems likely that states will continue to see legislation and ballot initiatives to legalize marijuana at the state level—even states that failed to do so this election. - -Legal markets in states are still hampered by an exclusion from interstate commerce, normal banking operations, and other challenges associated with federal criminalization. This may be alleviated somewhat by the ongoing effort to reschedule marijuana within the Controlled Substances Act, or more robustly by a policy that defederalizes marijuana policy entirely, like the STATES 2.0 Act. - -Stay informed on the tax policies impacting you. Subscribe to get insights from our trusted experts delivered straight to your inbox. Subscribe - -Share this article",1731883665,e5f91fc857,1792472749,,,1731883665 -https://www.communitysignal.com/when-an-online-community-pro-retires/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,When an Online Community Pro Retires,"Rebecca Newton is a legend of the online community profession. After 30 years, she has retired. But what does it mean when we retire from this work? - -Her career began AOL in 1994, building communities and managing a massive volunteer program. Among her numerous stops, Rebecca found a focus in child safety, leading such efforts for Sulake (the company behind Habbo Hotels and Disney’s Virtual Magic Kingdom), Mind Candy (Moshi Monsters), and most recently SuperAwesome, a provider of tools for safer, responsible digital engagement with young people, who was acquired by Epic Games. - -A program manager for community in 1997, a community director in 2001, a chief community officer in 2007: Rebecca has held all of the titles. Along the way, she has paved a path for the community profession, pushing us higher in corporate environments and creating valuable resources for us. Most notably, her 24 year stewardship of the e-mint listserv for community pros, an iconic resource that has helped countless community facilitators. - -After such a career, what’s it like to step away from full-time work? What goes through the mind of a retiring community pro? That’s what we’ll discuss, plus: - -What will Rebecca miss most about being a full-time community pro? (17:32): “I’m going to miss working with people online the most. It’s a different animal than working with people offline, and I did plenty of that before I started in the online world. … Everybody thought they invented remote working. I’ve had remote teams since 1994, so it’s not new. I’m going to really miss that because there’s a special culture in the online world, as you know, that is really hard to describe, or it’s hard for me to describe but is not like the offline world. It’s like being in a special club, in a secret club. That’s how it feels to me.” -Rebecca Newton - -What won’t she miss? (23:07): “I won’t miss … people naively thinking they know better than everybody who built the widget. I’ve heard the conversations. ‘Oh, they can’t let go. They don’t know how to let go. They don’t know how to grow. They don’t know how to do this.’ Then I would think, ‘Okay, well, we’ll see who’s not growing in a year, so I’m going to go looking for another job because I know in a year this thing’s not going to exist.'” -Rebecca Newton - -The cyclical trend of online community obsession (31:09): “I remember in 2000 when dentists were [asking], ‘Do I need an online community?’ There was a trend of, “Oh, it’s online community,’ because of the success at AOL. I was like, ‘No. You’re a dentist.'” -Rebecca Newton - -Overreaction from government officials who aren’t active online (34:21): “I’m not saying anything about how smart [government decision makers] are, about how great their intentions were, or their abilities in the world. [But] if you’re not [active online], if you’re not a heavy user, if you’re not in the kid’s world using it, how can you possibly [make good decisions]? That’s what we see in Great Britain, in the EU. Something happens to one person under 16, they want to have 27 laws about it. Because this thing happened.” -Rebecca Newton - -Kids want to collaborate, they want a job (38:40): “That’s the biggest thing I learned about working with kids. The very first thing when they get online or game in an app, whatever it is, [they say] ‘I want a job. Can I have a job? Let’s do this together. Let’s do that together.'” -Rebecca Newton - -When legislation goes too far (39:18): “Over-regulation is detrimental. I think all it does is create a whole lot of jobs for people to do a lot of stuff that nobody’s ever going to look at. That’s a really rude thing for me to say, but I believe that.” -Rebecca Newton - -Rebecca Newton has spent 30 years in the commercial internet industry. As head of digital trust and community, Rebecca led online community, online safety, moderation, engagement, and customer services efforts at SuperAwesome (of Epic Games) from 2015 to 2023. Prior to joining SuperAwesome, Rebecca worked at Mind Candy as the chief community & safety officer, serving over 140 million registered (young) users. - -From 2001 to 2007, she worked at Sulake (the company behind Habbo Hotels) as the global director of community for the world’s largest teen virtual world site, spanning 24 countries. She began her online community career with America Online in 1994, where she wore many hats, and finally landed as the program manager for AOL’s community leader program. - -Among her contributions to the discipline of online community, Rebecca co-founded VirComm, the London-based annual conference for online community professionals in 2011, and the e-mint community management listserv. She serves on boards and committees for numerous organizations, including AgeCheq, the Archewell Foundation, and DitchTheLabel.org. - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[music] - -[00:00:18] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and thank you for listening to Community Signal. Almost eight years ago, on the third episode of our show, we were joined by Rebecca Newton, who was more than 20 years deep in community work, with a focus on creating safe spaces for kids online. Now, after 30 years in the commercial internet industry, Rebecca is retiring, and I thought that would be a great opportunity for us to talk about what it means to retire from this line of work. - -Before we jump in, I want to touch on what is happening in Israel and Palestine, especially for those of us who do the work of online community moderation, trust, safety, and policy. This is a more than usual challenging stressful, and at times, it will feel like you can do no right. Knowing the work is knowing that we will make mistakes, but also that we must adjust. I encourage everyone to find the nuance, to ensure that you are allowing for activism, but not bigotry. - -That can be a hard line to find because you will anger people. They will call you names. We must try to recognize the lines between activism and antisemitism, or Islamophobia. Bigots are cleverly using this moment to inject their bigotry into various movements. This has always been the case, but it’s only growing more pronounced. Failing to reject that bigotry taints activism with hatred, and we must be vigilant. The catchphrase you were shouting might have a different meaning than you think. - -Words have meaning, and we should choose them carefully. Cynically, I know that there are folks that some online platforms who are seeing engagement numbers go up, way up. I’m thinking, “That’s great. Let everyone have at it, and tear each other apart, who can tell what’s true or not. Why does it matter? That’s not our responsibility,” but that isn’t what we do. I know some disagree with this philosophy, but for smaller platforms’ online communities, I’m a big proponent of the idea that if you don’t think you can host a conversation responsibly, you don’t need to host that conversation. - -If you’re a small online community for joggers, or some other random topic, and you have three volunteer moderators, you don’t suddenly need to devote all of that moderation time to tragic world events. There are plenty of spaces to have those conversations online, and the world needs well and moderated spaces. The world needs spaces where we can come together, and get to know each other, and other facets of one another. Thank you for doing the work. With that, let’s introduce our guest. - -Rebecca Newton has spent 30 years in the commercial internet industry. As head of Digital Trust & Community, Rebecca led online community, online safety, moderation, engagement in customer service efforts at SuperAwesome of Epic Games, from 2015 to 2023. Prior to joining SuperAwesome, Rebecca worked at Mind Candy as the chief community and safety officer, serving over 140 million registered young users. - -From 2001 to 2007, she worked at Sulake, the company behind Habbo Hotels as the global director of community for the world’s largest teen virtual world site, spanning 24 countries. She began her online community career with America Online in 1994, where she wore many hats, and finally landed as the program manager for AOL’s Community Leader Program. Among her contributions to the discipline of online community, Rebecca co-founded VirComm, the London-based annual conference for online community professionals in 2011, and the e-mint community management listserv. - -She serves on boards and committees for numerous organizations including AgeCheq, The Archewell Foundation, and DitchTheLabel.org. Rebecca, welcome to the show. - -[00:03:35] Rebecca Newton: Thank you, Patrick. - -[00:03:37] Patrick O’Keefe: Before we start a conversation, I wanted to take a moment, and just give you your flowers. This is my 25th year on online community, moderation, trust, and safety, and I’ve met a lot of people. I’ve met a lot of people who created things that they said were for the benefit of those who do this work, like online resources, and books, and courses, conferences, and meetups. A lot of them were and are great people, I know some of them aren’t, and some disappointed me over time, but you were one person who has never let me down. - -[00:04:08] Rebecca Newton: Oh. - -[00:04:09] Patrick O’Keefe: Over the last 10-plus years, I’ve been asked many times who my favorite community professionals are, and who I held in high regard? There had been some changes to that list over the years, but your name has always been there. It’s one name that has never changed. - -[00:04:22] Rebecca Newton: Thank you. - -[00:04:23] Patrick O’Keefe: When I think about you, I think about someone who is credible, I think about someone who did the work, who paid your dues, you were taking on senior roles, and pushing us higher as a profession in corporate environments, in some cases, 10-plus years before I’ve heard others say they created those kinds of role. - -[00:04:44] Rebecca Newton: Oh, yes. That’s all right. - -[00:04:45] Patrick O’Keefe: I feel comfortable saying that you’ve influenced a generation of online community builders, while at the same time, from personal experience, always being approachable, and welcoming to new folks. I know that I felt that when we met years ago. and when I wrote a book, and you couldn’t have been more supportive as I’ve tried to create things for this space with the goal of being helpful and finding my own confidence and finding my own voice, and I’ve always been grateful for your encouragement. - -In your caretaking of e-mint, which I see as one of the most important online community resources for people who do this work, you have facilitated a place that has helped a lot of people, a place for a growing, at the time that it was early and misunderstood discipline that paved the way for this profession that we know today, and e-mint was there at crucial juncture, and it touched a lot of people. First of all, with all of that thrown at you, thank you, Rebecca, for all of your contributions to the profession, and congratulations on the incredible career you’ve had so far. - -[00:05:41] Rebecca Newton: Well, thank you. Thank you. It’s been a long journey, and an interesting one. It’s funny when you said that about people who claim to have been the first to do this and that. It reminded me of when Facebook came along, and people considered it like the Friendster, and Facebook and MySpace, the first social networks. I was like, “Oh, no, no, no. These things have been around a long time.” It’s kind of the same thing, especially being in this so long. I guess decade after decade, I keep seeing the same patterns. That’s been fascinating to me. I’m sure you’ve seen this too where, oh, we’d had this same conversation in the ’90s, and people thought it was new then, and it was kind of new then. - -[00:06:27] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. It was more new. [chuckles] - -[00:06:29] Rebecca Newton: Yes. Now you see the same wheels being reinvented and the generations that are coming after us, and that’s just a fact. This is not me making any disparaging comments at all about people’s ages or whatever. The generations that are following us, those who have come after us, are trying to fix some of the same problems that we had, that maybe they were packaged a little differently. - -[00:06:55] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. Like you said, it’s not disparaging. It’s a great, beautiful thing, this discovery. I think the tough thing is when it’s like the claim. The land claim of like, “Oh, we discovered this.” That’s the line there. Because it’s so natural and it’s wonderful people to discover it, and then sometimes go back and see like, “Oh, there was this thing. There was that thing. There were so many things.” - -[00:07:14] Rebecca Newton: Yes, and there’s nothing new under the sun. - -[00:07:16] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. - -[00:07:17] Rebecca Newton: Even the online world in the ’80s and the ’90s started, I guess, officially in 1980, but really more officially in ’83, the Department of Defense. Even then, there was networks, we’d call them social now, and some of the same things that we are seeing even today. Everything, it’s all evolution. I guess, we could go back a couple thousand years. - -[00:07:43] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. You could really dig deep if you want. - -[00:07:46] Rebecca Newton: Yes, I was beating these two rocks together trying to make fire. - -[laughter] - -[00:07:50] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, we wrote a note in the sand, and another person walked by. As we’ve discussed, I wanted to focus this episode on retirement because I think it’s something that we don’t talk about, but it is something that also, I think, is important to recognize, that we have a lot of people who– I want to put this in the most respectful way. There are folks older than you. - -[00:08:07] Rebecca Newton: Yes. - -[00:08:07] Patrick O’Keefe: You’re retiring at a time where you’re just looking to do other things. There are people who are working on similar projects before you even, and long before, and before me. We say 25, 30 years, but there are other folks. I want to focus on you a little bit. After 30 years, when did you come to this decision? When did you realize that you were ready to retire? - -[00:08:29] Rebecca Newton: There’s a caveat, I’m always going to be willing to talk to people about this industry. - -[00:08:35] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. - -[00:08:36] Rebecca Newton: I just want put that out there. - -[00:08:37] Patrick O’Keefe: Door’s not slammed shut. - -[00:08:39] Rebecca Newton: Yes. I love talking to people about this industry. I’d say about a year ago. I thought about it even before then, but couldn’t really afford it. Then about a year ago, I just sat down and I wasn’t very happy with where I was. My day-to-day work. It wasn’t anybody’s– Nobody was being mean. Nobody was being this or that. I just wasn’t very happy. I didn’t feel very creative in my work, and that’s really important to me. - -I thought, “Well, maybe I just need to move on.” That was about a year ago. I did the math and thought, “Oh, I can actually do this. [chuckles] It just never occurred to me.” I started preparing for it about a year ago. Best way to answer that. I can talk about that for an hour. Here I am, two weeks away, like two weeks away. - -[00:09:30] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, when this show comes out. I’m not sure when we’ll get it out with the holidays, but it’ll be right around the time probably. Yes. I want to talk about that and prep a little bit, because online community work is many things, and among them, it is a role where we care for others. It’s an emotionally-taxing role, and you’ve been doing it for kids, a particularly sensitive and vulnerable group. You get used to that, certainly, after doing it for so long, and you get used to the stress that’s associated with it. It’s just a part of your day-to-day, it’s a part of your life. At this point, it’s simply routine, I assume, but I feel like when we walk away from a project or from a career like that or from whatever, a community, there is this gap that we’ll create. Talk about that a little bit. What do you think it’ll be like when you step away from day-to-day ownership of that care? - -[00:10:18] Rebecca Newton: The care of a team. A lot of people might not know this, but I’ve been in a team with some of the same people for 20-plus years and many of them for 12 or more years. I was thinking the other day– I get a little melancholy, honestly, thinking about this because for 30 years, my life has been pinging people back and forth through– It started out with the buddy list. I was at AOL when we created after the buddy list, AOL Messenger. - -[00:10:47] Patrick O’Keefe: AIM? - -[00:10:48] Rebecca Newton: Yes, AIM. Right. I’ve been doing that every day for 30 years to the people I work with or colleagues. Every day for 30 years. My team, they’re not my team anymore, but the team that I’ve been part of for so long, it’s like growing up with a family. We have a whole way. The same with working with kids every day, I’ve really missed that. It’s been eight months or so since we closed down PopJam, and I’m not around kids at all online. I have grandchildren and– - -[00:11:23] Patrick O’Keefe: Rebecca will never speak to a child again after this. - -[00:11:25] Rebecca Newton: I know. - -[laughter] - -[00:11:27] Patrick O’Keefe: “Grandkids,” it’s like, “don’t bother me anymore.” - -[00:11:29] Rebecca Newton: [chuckles] My youngest one’s eight, so he’s not as interested in hanging out with grammy, although he was pretty excited about me working for the company that created Fortnite. I get melancholy about missing all of that. I’ve had eight months to get over missing kids every day because they’re so fresh and they’re so funny and they’re also fun. Especially before 11 or 12, they’re not as tainted as adults, and so they’re open to everything. They want to try everything. They’re discovering everything. They’re still silly. There’s all these things about them that I have missed for the last eight months over at Epic because we don’t do a kid’s thing and we don’t interact with them at all. - -Of course, there are some kids in the Epic products, but we don’t ever interact with them. We were interacting with them every single day, and I’ve been doing that since ’94. It’s been very melancholy, and I hope to find some way to tap into continuing doing that on some level, volunteer, or I don’t even know, somehow, because it’s food for my soul. It is, so it’s hard. - -Today’s been especially tough. I’m not sure why, but I wrote a couple of friends of mine and texted them today who I’ve been working with for a long time and said, “I don’t know what’s happening, but I’m feeling really weird, and it’s really coming down to the wire.” It’s like I’m leaving in two weeks and I’m moving and all these things are happening at one time and you don’t want to be forgotten or something. I don’t know. I’m in show business a little bit, but it’s probably why people want to be famous writers or famous, right? - -[00:13:16] Patrick O’Keefe: Yep. - -[00:13:16] Rebecca Newton: It’s to have the living on things. Now, I don’t think I feel like that like, “Oh, I need a big statue that says Rebecca Newton,” but I like the idea of people knowing that I was part of something that has really changed over the last 30 years, really come into its own, and I like to know that. - -This is like the Mutual Admiration Society, but you’ve been so supportive about that and giving credit where credit is due, which is something that’s very important to me and always has been in any industry that I’ve worked in, but I think that’s so important and recognizing that there are people now coming along who are really doing great things, but we and I mean many of us, including you, paved the way. Maybe paved is too strong, but at least we had a nice dirt path. - -[laughter] - -[00:14:11] Patrick O’Keefe: Thank you. Thank you. I appreciate that. I live on the Walk of Fame here in Hollywood, and there’s no equivalent, necessarily, for those of us who do this work. Maybe we appear in a few literary citations if you search Google Scholar, and we pop up a few times. I do think there’s a way that we leave a legacy, and I want to get to that a little bit later, but I did want to talk a little bit, too, about is there anything else coming up in that prep? To give you an open question. As you prepare, is there anything else that’s come up beyond that idea of leaving in this care role? - -[00:14:41] Rebecca Newton: I’ve thought about writing about my history or the history from my perspectives, like a memoir of the online industry because it’s not just safety, right? - -[00:14:53] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. - -[00:14:54] Rebecca Newton: It’s everything. - -[00:14:55] Patrick O’Keefe: I’ve wrote out this list of everything people call adjacent disciplines, and I’m just going to post it on LinkedIn one day. There’s so many different things. If you think about it, there’s people who have a role that says fan engagement. There’s people who have a role that is trust or safety. There’s people who have a role that’s audience engagement or association management. There’s like 50 different terms as I thought about it, I came up with like, you know what? There are differences. Because some people will just get very specific about like there’s a difference, and there is, but we have more in common than we do dissimilar. - -[00:15:24] Rebecca Newton: Oh, yes. That’s right. I’ve been thinking about doing a podcast and I don’t mean every week for the rest of my life, but just doing some. - -[00:15:33] Patrick O’Keefe: Not like my death sentence. No, I’m not doing every week. - -[00:15:37] Rebecca Newton: Then I’ve thought about writing about it, but I like discussing it. I don’t have the patience to write, even though I’m writing a novel, it’s been seven years. That tells you something right there, but I feel like I have some wisdom to share and I can now say that I’m going to be 68 in a few months, and I remember coming into AOL and I was in the 30-something room, then when I turned 40, I was like, “Ooh, 40.” Over 40-room. I was like, “Over 40.” Now, I’m in the almost 70-room or whatever it’s called out there in the world. - -I feel like I can say that I have seen some stuff, I understand some stuff and I have some wisdom, and like I said earlier, the patterns, especially working for companies, startups that got big, and that’s been my trajectory for a long time. I had a good nose for what was going to work. I knew AOL was going to do well. I knew Habbo was going to be big. I knew Mind Candy was going to be big. I knew that SuperAwesome was going to come into their own. Now, they weren’t big like Mind Candy, AOL, et cetera, but they got bought by Epic and that’s pretty epic. - -I’ve always had a nose for that and I’ve worked for several tech companies as a consultant and stuff that ended up being pretty big. I’ve seen that pattern in business over and over, and that’s just from being on the planet a really long time and being in the industry a really long time. I feel like I have something to share about that to save people a lot of time, trouble and money when they want to build a widget, a project, a product, whatever. - -[00:17:19] Patrick O’Keefe: I agree. I think that you should write or podcast or whatever you find that allows you to communicate and I’ll be happy to support it. - -[00:17:25] Rebecca Newton: Yes, awesome. - -[00:17:26] Patrick O’Keefe: You may have answered this, maybe it is interacting with kids, but I’m going to ask it anyway. What do you think you’ll miss the most? - -[00:17:32] Rebecca Newton: I’m going to miss working with people online the most. It’s a different animal than working with people offline and I did plenty of that before I started in the online world, but I’ve been remote since ’94. Speaking of people, thinking they invented things, everybody thought they invented remote working and I thought I’ve had remote teams since 1994, so it’s not new. I’m going to really miss that because there’s a special culture in the online world, as you know, that is really hard to describe or it’s hard for me to describe but is not like the offline world. It’s like being in a special club, in a secret club. That’s how it feels to me. I know everybody and their brothers online. - -[00:18:19] Patrick O’Keefe: I think there might be something to the time you started it. - -[00:18:22] Rebecca Newton: Yes, maybe. - -[00:18:22] Patrick O’Keefe: I’m sure it felt like even more of a special club in ’94, probably. - -[00:18:24] Rebecca Newton: Oh, yes, oh, yes. It was like being a deadhead, like you saw somebody on the street that had a little bear on their shirt over there. - -[00:18:31] Patrick O’Keefe: Now, there’s this pushback against it, right? - -[00:18:33] Rebecca Newton: Right. - -[00:18:34] Patrick O’Keefe: From major corporations to push people back to the office. They’ve got real estate that needs people in it, not as long as you certainly, but as long as I’ve been working, I’ve also been remote. I prefer it. Going to the office is interesting and I’ve seen some beautiful offices here in LA, and I would go once or twice a week maybe for meetings and things, but I’m never more productive than when I’m at this desk right now. - -[00:18:54] Rebecca Newton: Amen to that. I am with you 100%. I don’t know how anybody gets anything done in an office, but I did like going to London and going to the offices there a lot, but I wouldn’t have wanted to do it full-time. I love working from home. There’s this whole culture of working remotely and getting things done and collaboration. That’s probably, now that I think about it, that’s what I’m going to miss, is that collaborative environment every day of problem-solving, building a better mousetrap, whatever it is that we were working on. Is getting everybody together and it’s probably the equivalent to getting really good at an online game because you have to learn how to communicate differently. You have to learn how to be patient. - -Well, now we have Zoom, but nobody wants to Zoom all day long. I’m going to miss that collaborative, daily, what are we going to fix today? What are we going to discover today? Because there’s also, as you know, a lot of discovery in the online world that will never end. That’s the cool thing. That’s why we’re all in it, right? - -[00:20:01] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. - -[00:20:01] Rebecca Newton: Because it’s not like, “Okay, now I’ve learned everything about the online world, so what am I going to do next?” That was the very thing that got me to leave a lucrative job with great benefits and go to AOL from basically nothing. I thought, “Oh, this is never ending. This is the infinity of discovery, creating, building, collaboration work.” That’s true, it will never stop in the online, in the digital world. I’m going to miss that collaboration, I think, more than anything else I like. - -[00:20:33] Patrick O’Keefe: What won’t you miss? - -[00:20:35] Rebecca Newton: Oh, boy, I won’t miss all the seeing the same behaviors. I think the thing that I’ve seen happen the most over and over and over is people in the startup have a great idea. It’s really good. Everybody’s working together. Everybody’s excited. Everybody’s got this momentum. There’s this amazing momentum going on. - -You make the thing, it works, it gets big and then people come in from the outside. I saw this happen at AOL, and outside, I don’t mean like you’re an outsider, but people that don’t use the product, don’t understand the community, don’t understand the user, all those things, but they’ve got an MBA from UPenn or whatever. Maybe they got lucky at working someplace for a year. People are like, “Oh, yes, I’m going to get so and so. He was over at Meta, or she was over at Meta, and she was at– - -[00:21:30] Patrick O’Keefe: Netscape. - -[00:21:30] Rebecca Newton: Yes, Netscape. Yes, there you go. [laughs] - -[00:21:33] Patrick O’Keefe: In the thought of the era. - -[00:21:34] Rebecca Newton: Yes, that’s good. Then you start seeing that the people who are making decisions, or all the people who built the widget, the thing, and understand the thing, the game, whatever, are making decisions in a vacuum. I know that doesn’t sound fair, but that’s what I’ve seen over and over. It’s a bell curve, and I can spot it a mile away now. - -I’d go in and say, okay, yes, I’d really like to come work here. Now I’m going to tell you all the things that we should never do that went wrong at the last place after its seven years of great success. Then everything starts. - -There is the seven-year product, shelf-life thing. You have to stay ahead of it. When you start bringing people in who don’t use the product, and, therefore, they don’t really understand it, how can they make decisions about what should happen with that product? Every single time they do something that upsets the users, and I don’t mean never change the product, but not respecting your constituents, your stakeholders, your supporters, listening to them and paying attention to them, and that means talking. That’s one of the things I loved about community people is that we were all on the front line. We were every day in there with it. We were in it every day. - -Then all these people making decisions weren’t even in it. They were looking at data. Data is important. I love data. I look at it every single day. I just love it, but it’s got to be within the context. I won’t miss people naively, not on purpose, well, one time on purpose, but most of the time in my career, I’ve only seen one time where somebody or some entity was malicious, and that’s pretty good for 30 years. People naively just like thinking that they know better than everybody who built the widget. I’ve heard the conversations. “Oh, they can’t let go. They don’t know how to let go. They don’t know how to grow. They don’t know how to do this.” - -Then I would think, “Okay, well, we’ll see who’s not growing in a year, so I’m going to go looking for another job because I know in a year this thing’s not going to exist.” I’m not going to miss that. I guess in the perfect world, I would’ve stayed someplace 30 years and said, “What, aw, this has been an amazing 30 years.” I’m happy that I had the experiences that I’ve had because it’s been fascinating. - -The learning was unbelievable all the way, starting from eWorld, when Apple had eWorld, all the way to now being at Epic, which is very different from any place I’ve ever worked. Very different. I love all the experiences, I know, especially the people, but I’m not going to miss– I won’t blame it on executives. It’s not always executives, but let’s call it senior managers who really don’t know what they’re doing and don’t have enough self-awareness to, but I really believe that they do, right? - -[00:24:33] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. - -[00:24:33] Rebecca Newton: There’s a whole lot of back-padding from people who are like, “Oh, yes. No, that’s a great decision.” “No, it’s not.” People don’t know how to say that to somebody who’s a C something O [laughs], right? - -[00:24:47] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. - -[00:24:48] Rebecca Newton: That’s something I want to talk about in my book or podcast or something. I’m going to have to be very careful because I don’t want to offend anybody. Because I’m really not bitter about anybody or anything. Because it’s never about a person, right? It takes more than one person. - -I’ll bring up one example. One place that I worked, there was somebody who was in charge, and, in my opinion, they were way out of their league. They did not have the experience. Very smart, highly intelligent person, but didn’t know about scale. That’s the whole thing. That’s an art, to know how to deal with scale. They didn’t know. You don’t know what you don’t know. You come from a big place, and you think, “Oh, yes, I know about scale.” You don’t know squat. If you don’t go from 100,000 to 12 million in 6 months, you don’t know anything about scale or whatever it is. - -They were told, “Whatever it takes, whatever it takes, whatever it takes.” I thought, “Oh, boy, don’t bite that bait.” They did whatever it took, but they didn’t quite know what they were doing, but neither did anybody else. Now, did they ask anybody who had done this 500 times? No. Instead they were like building it. “Oh, we’re going to build this because we’re the only people that know how to do this because we’re the biggest people in the world.” Then all this money was wasted and spent, and people’s time was wasted, and the whole thing wasn’t well coordinated. Not any one person’s fault. - -Then that person takes the hit as, “Well, why did you let that happen?” “Well, you said whatever it took. You gave me all this data that didn’t turn out to be true, but they didn’t have enough experience to know to say, ‘Oh, you know what, this needs to be organic, especially building community.'” I’m sure you’ve had experiences like this, but I remember way back in 2000, I was working at a place called iCAST. This was long before anybody was doing this. It was a music community for trying to get music online and stuff. It was out of Boston. I left AOL and went to iCAST. - -The person there, she was opening something like 200 chat rooms before we were even launched, the Britney Spears chat room, the Julio Iglesias chat room. I don’t even remember who was doing what in 2000. I said, “No, no, no, you’re going to have two people in every single room and then somebody’s going to come to that room and see two people and leave.” No, that’s like opening 1,200 Christmas stores on the same block at the same time. I could just go on and on. That to me is fascinating to see how people take the fall because they don’t know any better, and how people don’t ask you, me, a hundred people that we know out there about, “Hey, tell us about your experience,” before they do something. - -That, I’m going to give accolades to Michael Acton Smith at Mind Candy, who in 2007 was the first person and the first company that hired me as– I was a director of community or something at first, and then I was the chief community officer, which was really a big thing for me before they even built anything. It was like, “Oh, my God, here’s somebody who really gets it,” instead of, “Oh, yes, we’ll build all these things and then we’ll hire the community manager and the team.” Then the team comes in and it’s like, “Well, we can’t really do this because these tools are like–” “Well, sorry, you’re stuck with them.” No, I’ll quit talking. That, to me– - -[00:28:11] Patrick O’Keefe: No, no. - -[00:28:12] Rebecca Newton: That was a really big moment, shift. I was like, “Okay, here’s somebody who really gets it.” He always respected me and my team, and the whole company did. I love that. I really love that because we were always at the bottom of the totem pole of every place up until 2007. Not so much at Sulake, they were pretty respectful of me, but not the way Michael Acton Smith was. That really opened the doors for like, let’s make this a profession, which, as you know, many of us have been working on for a long time. - -[00:28:46] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, I think a lot of us have interviewed for roles where we’re asked to play chef with someone else’s ingredients. Yes. - -[00:28:51] Rebecca Newton: Absolutely. - -[00:28:54] Patrick O’Keefe: There’s only so many ways to make a soufflé if you don’t got the stuff. Also, it’s interesting when you talk about this person takes the fall. They came in and they made these choices. They take the fall, but ultimately, sometimes they take out teams, they take out companies. They take out jobs with them. I really think that a lot of the time, at least in my experience, is that those sorts of things are tied to this unhealthy focus on growth. I interviewed for a job a while back and I got the description, and they were throwing dollar signs out there that I’d be surprised if they actually were going to get me. - -It was like, I got that job description and it was high growth, high growth. I was like, “I don’t think I’m who you want. I don’t like that terminology. You’ve got to grow a certain way.” I think that pressure to grow, that’s very startup and VC-driven in my experience. The need to go public, the need to be a unicorn, the need to reach a certain number in order to satisfy someone, instead of just the people that you serve or the people you have now is what pushes you to say, “Oh, wow, that person worked at Pinterest. Let’s bring them over to this community product and let’s see what they could do to pump in users.” Then I don’t want to say it doesn’t always work, but I think more often than not, it probably doesn’t work. - -[00:30:05] Rebecca Newton: Well, it can’t because then there wouldn’t be such thing as a unicorn if everybody’s a unicorn, right? - -[00:30:10] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. - -[00:30:10] Rebecca Newton: That’s business in general and it drives me nuts in the offline world as well. It’s like, if you want to be a unicorn, don’t do what everybody else is doing. That’s not going to make you a unicorn. Well, I’ve seen that as trends every decade as well. In 2000, everybody wanted to be the next millionaire, billionaire because of what was happening over at AOL and other. - -Then about June or July of 2000, when everything went down in the tubes and stuff, and then again this happens again about six years go by or seven years go by and everybody’s making a lot of money again. It’s like a wave of an ocean. I like what you said about that was an unhealthy perspective about growth. You can’t create that. You have to create the thing that attracts that, but you can’t actually create the growth, right? - -[00:31:01] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. - -[00:31:01] Rebecca Newton: That’s why community people are so important. They can, a really good community team can. I remember in 2000 when dentists were, “Oh, do I need an online community?” There was a trend of, “Oh, it’s online community,” because of the success at AOL and stuff. I was like, “No, you’re a dentist.” - -[00:31:18] Patrick O’Keefe: You just need a good website. - -[00:31:20] Rebecca Newton: Yes, that’s it. [chuckles] - -[00:31:20] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s hard enough. Most of them don’t have it now. - -[00:31:22] Rebecca Newton: Yes, That’s right. - -[00:31:23] Patrick O’Keefe: I want to talk about regulation. You started before COPPA, before the Communications Decency Act, and Section 230. - -[00:31:30] Rebecca Newton: Oh, right. - -[00:31:31] Patrick O’Keefe: Those are just a couple of pieces of US legislation and you’ve built community globally. What do you see as the most harmful legislation to our work during your time? What do you see as the best? - -[00:31:45] Rebecca Newton: Ooh, that’s a big one. It’s always a two-sided coin from my perspective. I’d say the most, harmful maybe is not the word that I would use, but– - -[00:31:55] Patrick O’Keefe: Negative. You can use whatever you want. - -[00:31:56] Rebecca Newton: Or something that non-effective is a better word. I think the intention of the GDPR, and I was heavily involved in that many years ago, back in 2008, 2009 in Belgium and I was at meetings about that stuff. I think the intention is great, but again, it’s overdoing it. It’s like the transparency report in the UK, which is a big thing now. The DSA and all that stuff. - -If they overdo it, and I’m telling you, I know what’s going to happen with all these reports, they’re going to sit in somebody’s inbox who’s going to be overwhelmed and say, “I can’t even get to all these,” or they’re going to be sick, or they’re going to hire 27 people because people don’t like it after a week. “I can’t do this work,” whatever it is. I think that overregulation is a better way for me to put it. - -I don’t think there’s just one thing. Even COPPA, which started out again with good intentions, but then they didn’t enforce it forever. It was hard. How are you going to enforce something that nebulous? I don’t know if you’ve read it word for word, but boy have I, and it’s particularly written to be nebulous so there’s wiggle room for everybody. There was no enforcement, which didn’t help anybody. - -Then there was like this enforcement, okay, so to answer your question, the point of COPPA was to not invade people’s privacy, but the only way to accomplish that was to invade everybody’s privacy. It was like, what? I remember one time having a conversation with, I’ll leave their name out, but one of the two people that wrote COPPA years ago, and they were trying to get in the game of how do we get parent verification, verified parental consent without people faxing things? - -That’s what they were doing. Nobody wanted to fax anything. There would be two parental consent forms for every 500,000 users. They said, “Rebecca, what do you think about using Skype?” There aren’t enough people in the universe to keep up with all those, you go to World of Warcraft and there’s a million users a day coming in there and you’re wanting to get parents to come Skype, and how do you even know if it’s the parent? All of that stuff. - -That goes back to people making decisions who don’t understand the culture or didn’t understand the online world. I’m not saying anything about how smart they are, about how great their intentions were or their abilities in the world. If you’re not in there, if you’re not a heavy user, if you’re not in the kid’s world using it, how can you possibly do it? That’s what we see in the Great Britain, in the EU. Something happens to one person under 16, they want to have 27 laws about it. Because this thing happened. - -When you look at the raw, the real numbers of offline crime, and I did a whole paper on this a long time ago, but online crimes against children versus offline crimes against children, it’s so much more prevalent offline, but in the online world– Here’s my theory. We talked about a lot of things, but I don’t know if we’ve ever talked about this. - -I think the reason that people spent so much energy and time in the online world of legislation and safety was because it’s so far removed from your own backyard, your own community, your own school, your own church, your own doctor, whatever. That’s something through the internet and the ethernet that happens way over there in another country one time. Let’s just legislate the heck out of that and not worry about the 23 kids in the community who are being abused, neglected, whatever it is. - -To me, and I spent a lot of time talking to parents and law enforcement and teachers about this over the years. Stop being afraid of the online world. It’s not nearly as dangerous as the offline world in terms of physical harm. I don’t mean in terms of information that nefarious people share, or bullying, or harassment. That’s a whole thing. That’s real, all of that. - -The actual reality of how many people, let’s say under 12, meeting some rando online and getting to Seattle when they live in Austin is pretty rare, if at all, that it happens. - -It’s not like pedophiles are jumping out of every bush and finding kids online and your kid is walking to school and then somebody from the other side of the country just came all the way down to snatch him. That just doesn’t happen, or it’s extremely rare. You have a better chance of getting hit by a bus than you do of that happening. To me, that over legislation of things that aren’t effective. In fact, they’re bureaucratic and that over and over and over. That of something that’s reasonable. What really works for a parent? - -What works as a parent? It doesn’t work to over-regulate so much that kids can’t move, or play, or talk, or communicate, or build together, collaborate. - -Disney years ago, and I’m going to just use their name, but they had something called Virtual Magic Kingdom that we built in 2004, and it was only supposed to be around for three months. It was around for four years, and I was at Habbo, and we built that for them, and they had lawyers, as usual, running the company. I’ve seen that again. Shakespeare was right. First, kill all the lawyers, but nobody could say anything like Mickey Mouse, Donald Duck. Nobody could use those names in their usernames. Nobody could have free chat. - -It was all hand chat. Then when they opened it, it was a whitelist what they now call– I can’t remember what it’s called, but they used to be called whitelists. - -Kids made up their own language, which we said. They’re going to make up their own language because humans need to communicate. The prisoners of war, The Hanoi Hilton during the Vietnam War weren’t allowed to communicate, and they learned how to communicate by tapping on the walls. They created a whole language over seven years doing that. - -That’s what humans do. Kids made up a new language. They went out and got themselves a website and told everybody at school, “Go to this website and learn the language.” - -They had their own language. We were trying to moderate this stuff and it was like what are they saying? We had to go figure out what’s their language. That’s the thing of over-regulation. That’s what happens, is that then people can’t collaborate and they either leave your site, your product, your game, whatever, your app and don’t go there because they want to collaborate. That’s the biggest thing I learned about working with kids. The very first thing when they get online or game in an app, whatever is, “I want a job. Can I have a job? Let’s do this together. Let’s do that together.” - -Everything is about creating and collaborating. Those two words were my mantra working with kids because they wanted to– Adults want to do the same, but kids were very open about it. “I want a job. Anybody have a job? Anybody want a job? Job, job, job, job, jobs. Great, great, great, great, great, great. What’s your name? What’s your name? What’s your name? Where do you go to school? Blah, blah, blah. I think the over-regulation is detrimental. I think all it does is create a whole lot of jobs for people to do a lot of stuff that nobody’s ever going to look at. That’s a really rude thing for me to say, but I believe that. - -[00:39:26] Patrick O’Keefe: I still have signed COPPA forms from when I was a teenager on managing forums in my file cabinet from ’02, because I’m still afraid. I don’t know. Maybe someone will come knocking one day and I’ve got, I don’t know, 10 of them and they sit in my file cabinet. It’s like, “Who knows?” If you took the effort to sign this form and write your parent’s name and mail it to me, it showed up in my P.O. box, so you’re in. I don’t know what to tell you. - -[00:39:55] Rebecca Newton: That’s so funny. - -[00:39:56] Patrick O’Keefe: Is there a piece of legislation you think of positively that actually was effective. Is there something that was helpful? - -[00:40:02] Rebecca Newton: Oh, you did ask me that. - -[00:40:03] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s okay if you want to say no, but like– - -[00:40:05] Rebecca Newton: No, I’m going to say yes and no to all of those GDPR, DSA, all of that. I’m going to say no because they over-regulate and the people that were creating it didn’t know what they were creating, didn’t know enough. Now, at least in the UK and the EU, they went and asked experts. They did. They were really good about that. The FTC did not until it was after they’d already written everything. The good thing about all of that legislation is that it made people accountable. - -It made website operators, owners, app developers, owners accountable because, as we know, some developers or companies, not the people themselves, not the developers, but some app developers, meaning an entity, were creating or do create games that are purposely addictive. Which is not good for kids. I’ve seen that with my own grandchildren, they’re now 20 something. I saw them when they were young, just the hell that the family went through with them being so addicted to certain games. We’ve seen that with adults, with different various communities and games and stuff. It makes those people and hold people accountable. - -That’s the good thing about government regulation, is that in any country, any place, is that there’s something you can point to and say, “We decided this, you’re not complying, you’re going to be punished for that.” I do appreciate how much time and energy and effort is spent on legislation. I really do. I’m not anti-legislation at all. I think it keeps the internet safe. I wish that there was regulation in the right places like, hey, it’s really not okay to be putting videos up, in my opinion, of people getting beheaded. Why does anybody ever, ever need to see that unless you’re in special ops and working for the CIA or MI5 or whatever, OPP in Canada, why? Kids can now access that. - -That is where if I was going to get back into that game of working with legislators, it is really not okay to have people just upload anything and throw your hands up and say, “It’s too big. We don’t know how to do anything about it.” Yes, you can. There is software out there now for everybody and everything. There’s no excuse to say, “Oh, free speech,” and all that stuff. - -[00:42:34] Patrick O’Keefe: I hear you, but I don’t know if you heard there is this guy, Elon Musk. I think he has a lot of good ideas. - -[00:42:40] Rebecca Newton: I’ve heard of him. That’s my pain point for parents and kids and law enforcement and teachers to have to deal with the things that kids see online. It’s unconscionable, some of it. I hold those companies responsible for that. They said, “Okay, well, what are we supposed to do about it?” If I open a restaurant and somebody comes in and hits you over the head every day, I better either get security or close my damn restaurant. I don’t have any business running a restaurant that I can’t keep people safe in, or a kids’ camp or whatever it is that I do. Why is that any different? Why is it okay for Meta and YouTube to say, “We’re just too big, we can’t keep up with it.” Okay, then I guess you need to do something. - -[00:43:27] Patrick O’Keefe: I guess you’re too big then. [laughs] - -[00:43:28] Rebecca Newton: Yes, exactly. - -[00:43:30] Patrick O’Keefe: I agree with you. It’s funny because with legislation, I’m always less concerned about the Metas of the world and more like the teenager who wants to start a forum because that was me, right? - -[00:43:40] Rebecca Newton: Yes. - -[00:43:40] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s why I do this work, because once upon a time, I started moderating a forum when I was 13 and I started launching some when I was 15 and I did the best I could and I grew pretty responsibly. It didn’t get out of hand. I always worried because a lot of legislation, and I’m not saying it’s a good thing necessarily that legislation, bad legislation is bad legislation, whether you have 15 million monthly active users or you have one, but still, Meta has more resources than I did. - -[00:44:04] Rebecca Newton: Yes. - -[00:44:05] Patrick O’Keefe: I’d less worry about them. Thinking about that and I think about what does that future teenager look at? I was curious, and this is a big question, so feel free to punt on it. As you think about the future right now where we’re at, when I say, what worries you? Is there something that jumps out? This is a two-parter also because I’ll ask you also what gives you hope that jumps out. What worries you? - -[00:44:26] Rebecca Newton: What worries me? I don’t have any problem with AI. I don’t have any problem with progressive technology at all. I have a problem with not taking responsibility for whatever you’re building. I’m thinking, “Oh, wait a minute. Okay, so this might happen.” For instance, I am up at night sometimes thinking about kids and AI and what can happen now because it has already been proven or tested and that sort of thing that you can take a voice clip of somebody’s voice and turn it into their voice because we have all these tools now. - -You can eventually, not far from now, take their face. You could be thinking you were on Zoom with your kid and it’s not your kid, it’s some other kid who’s setting up your kid to get into huge trouble and young people don’t understand about consequences. They haven’t even got their frontal lobes developed until they’re 21. - -[00:45:21] Patrick O’Keefe: 25, I think. - -[00:45:22] Rebecca Newton: Maybe it’s 25. If somebody takes my grandson’s face and his voice and creates a whole artificial thing to get him in trouble of something that he didn’t even do, that kind of stuff worries me or gets him in trouble in some other way. Then when I go down that rabbit hole of, oh, my God, what could happen and how would a parent know and we’ve got to educate parents and law enforcement and not to take things at face value, and, oh, my God, next thing it’s Minority Report, and then we’re going to have to have people’s eyeballs and I go nuts. - -Then I think, wait a minute, for every problem that we create from our beautiful world of technology, and it is beautiful, for every problem that’s on the opposite side of whatever the good technology coin, somebody always comes along to fix that problem or to work on it. There’s always somebody. It’s a constant fix, build, fix, build, fix, build, fix, build, fix, build. Oh, now this terrible thing can happen. Somebody’s going to come along and say, “Oh,” then we’re going to fill that gap of the nefarious stuff by creating a software that detects whether it’s really that kid or really that person, that parents will have something that they can press. Or like in the early days when everybody was getting ripped off at AOL, everybody. We had read letter, everything, nobody read it, everybody was giving their passwords away. They’re still doing it. Not at AOL, but maybe at AOL. - -[00:46:48] Patrick O’Keefe: What a time, though, because like you would fall for, what’s the cliched thing? The Nigerian prince or whatever, like the cliche. People actually fell for this once. That’s why it still happened. - -[00:46:56] Rebecca Newton: They’re still doing it. They’re still doing it, but then we got those fobs because they were getting employee accounts at AOL and we were like, “How are we going to do this?” We got these cool digital fobs that sat at our desks and changed numbers every 10, 20 seconds. If you logged off, you had to put that number in. It was just super security. I guess what I’m getting at is that that keeps me up at night, the AI stuff because of the vast potential for really nefarious stuff, but I know that there’s people they’re probably already working on saying, “Okay, we got to think about this.” Always leaves a hole for somebody to come in and fix it. - -[00:47:37] Patrick O’Keefe: Well, and real quick it’ll probably be people outside the company. These companies already want to be immunized from copyright infringement, which isn’t the same. They want to be able to suck in all this data, art, music, to produce these things and then not be held accountable- - -[00:47:51] Rebecca Newton: That’s right. - -[00:47:51] Patrick O’Keefe: -if say they just suck in my book, for example, and now they have the answers to whatever, some of the answers to community, like whatever it is, they don’t want to be held accountable for that. How will that appear to behavior and that sort of abuse? I’ve told my parents and my in-laws and if I ever call you and I say I’m in trouble or I want money and it’s me, it sounds just like me, don’t give me anything. It’s not me. I’ll never ask you for anything like that. I’ll never ask you for– just don’t do it. Just assume if I ever ask you for anything- [crosstalk]- - -[00:48:20] Rebecca Newton: That’s fair. - -[00:48:20] Patrick O’Keefe: -just assume it’s someone else. - -[00:48:22] Rebecca Newton: No, that’s good advice. - -[00:48:23] Patrick O’Keefe: You got to answer that. You have this belief that solutions will come. That gives you hope. I’m sure. - -[00:48:28] Rebecca Newton: Well, I also have hope in that I know that technology makes our world better. It just does. Think about all the people that have access to knowledge that didn’t have access before. I know there’s still a whole lot of people that don’t. There’s the digital divide and all that, and I’m not discounting that, but it’s a hell of a lot better than 30 years ago. We have these ways, oh, well, think about like how we get information about what’s happening in the rest of the world instantly and real information. - -We also get the fake news and a lot of that, but we get real information and how that’s changed the world, in some ways, it’s scary, but it’s also beautiful, all those ways that people share instantly and collaborate and create. I have a lot of hope. Even if we turn into chips and we aren’t human anymore, I think that that will happen eventually. I think we will evolve into machines. - -[00:49:23] Patrick O’Keefe: That Elon guy has a company that wants to put a chip in your brain. Like I said, he has a lot of good ideas. I think we should trust him. - -[00:49:30] Rebecca Newton: I do have a lot of hope. I love technology and I love what it has done for our world. - -[00:49:37] Patrick O’Keefe: I like to say that online communities have changed the arc of my life. They’ve given me a profession. They’ve given me more than half of my closest friends – people I’ve met in online communities – and they are the reason I know my wife. I can slip into the analytics and the business and ROI and all that stuff, but deep down, I am someone who really believes in this value that they have because I’m a person who’s received that value and our friendship- - -[00:50:00] Rebecca Newton: Yes. - -[00:50:00] Patrick O’Keefe: -is an example I value too. I want to end here. I said we’re going to come back to legacy. What do you see as your legacy? - -[00:50:08] Rebecca Newton: Oh, what a great question. I’d like to say two things. I think the contributions I’ve made towards online safety for children in particular, and all the governments I’ve worked with and that sort of thing. I think I’ve made a difference in that respect because I wasn’t afraid of the internet. I think that was a differentiator for me and a couple of my colleagues where a lot of other people that jumped onto the ambulance chasing wagon of, “Oh, online child safety. Yes, it’s a dangerous, dangerous, dangerous. Poor me.” - -I wasn’t from that, it’s a dangerous place world. I feel good about that, but I also really feel good about the years that I spent working to make online community a profession rather than a Wendy’s job. People probably don’t know this, but in the early days, you know this, it was, “Well, why can’t you just go find some college students to just do this for like $5 an hour?” Oh, my God, I heard that all the time. It was like because there are people’s lives here. I feel really good about the importance of bringing it out into the industry as a profession. - -I think I was the first chief community officer. I don’t know that that’s right, but I think that that’s right. I don’t think anybody else had used that title before and had been an executive in community and safety. That wasn’t about me. That was about, “Hey, this is legitimate,” right? - -[00:51:34] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. - -[00:51:34] Rebecca Newton: This is a legitimate, online safety is legitimate and now it’s like a whole huge industry. Moderators and I think there’s different terms for moderators now, agents or whatever. All of that. It was not considered professional and now it really is. I feel like those two things, I believe I can say with confidence that I had a significant impact on them. - -[00:51:59] Patrick O’Keefe: I agree with you 100%. As far as being the first, whether you were the first or not, you were early, I don’t know if you know Jenna Woodul, but at Live World, she had the title. She had the Chief Community Officer title in like ’96- - -[00:52:09] Rebecca Newton: Maybe she did. - -[00:52:09] Patrick O’Keefe: -but of course, they were an agency, right? Who knows? Can I toss one more at you? Legacy? - -[00:52:14] Rebecca Newton: Yes. - -[00:52:14] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve talked before about the progression of the teenagers you knew from your AOL days and how they found relevant career paths and I really believe that one of the core legacies that people leave behind is how the people that came up under them or that’s a loose coming up under, but people who you helped influence or find their way. - -In a professional sense in an office, we have a team, but also like you talk about it’s not a Wendy’s job. Well, those teenagers who found a way, it wasn’t a Wendy’s job for them because they found a career path. I’d honestly throw that at you too, as one more thing that’s part of your legacy. - -[00:52:52] Rebecca Newton: I really appreciate that. I should say, I can’t believe I didn’t even think of that, but so it’s because it’s been 30 years, they’re all like 35 or whatever. - -[00:53:02] Patrick O’Keefe: You’re being kind to them probably, but yes. - -[00:53:03] Rebecca Newton: Yes, might be older. Yes, and I still get emails, especially through LinkedIn where they find me and say, I was so and so at Habbo in 2002 and it’s because of you that I’m in social media or community. One of my closest colleagues and friends now was a Habbo kid who is now the community manager at Scratch, which is an MIT- it’s a really cool community for young kids and one of my grandsons plays it and I mentored him. He wrote me and said, “You probably don’t have time and you probably don’t remember me.” - -Well, I do remember those Habbo kids because that was an amazing time. I said, “Oh, yes.” I always loved talking to them. Then I ended up every Friday talking to him on Zoom during the pandemic, sort of mentoring, and then we just became really good friends. Now he’s not just one, I mean, there’s person after person. I appreciate that you brought that up because that is true. The very first person that came to me like that was in 2001. He had been at the VLA, it was a Virtual Leaders Academy at AOL. It was a big deal to be at the VLA. - -I had joined the VLA. You had to go through this lengthy process and stuff, and we trained everybody, employees, everybody, but he was 15 and he was the youngest member of the VLA in 1995, ’96. Anyway, he went to college, got this and that degree, he ended up being a chief business officer of EarthLink or someplace like that, and in 2001 he contacted me, and I had just left iCAST after leaving AOL. I didn’t stay at iCAST long. - -That was kind of a big disaster. He said, “Hey, Marshall Brain of HowStuffWorks,” which was at that time out of NC State in North Carolina, “needs a community manager. You’re probably not interested, and I was like, ‘Hey, I’m totally interested,'” so he got me a job there. Because of you– not just because of me, but because of something I was part of, he said, “I’m now the Chief Business Officer at EarthLink.” It was a big job. I was like, “This is amazing.” That was my first one. That was 2001. - -After that, all these years, I hear it probably once or twice a year from somebody who was either at Habbo or someplace, usually the Habbo kids are the ones that have done very well, because they were in the early days. They were 2000 to 2007. They were creating all this code, they were hacking and stuff, and they were bad. We sort of love the bad kids, because they helped us with our product. They didn’t know it, but they did. I don’t mean bad, like they’re– - -[00:55:44] Patrick O’Keefe: Negative. The code wasn’t necessarily. - -[00:55:46] Rebecca Newton: They were just creating problems for us. Yes, thank you. I appreciate that, because it means a lot to me. That’s probably more important than anything else, I’d say, honestly, so. That was good for you for bringing that up. Thank you. - -[00:55:59] Patrick O’Keefe: Of course. Rebecca, thank you for being you. Thank you for sharing with us today. I think it’s been a really fun conversation. I appreciate it. - -[00:56:06] Rebecca Newton: Well, thank you so much for having me and letting me go on and on and on. I appreciate it. I hope we do more of this. - -[00:56:14] Patrick O’Keefe: I’m sure we will. We’ve been talking with Rebecca Newton, who is retiring from the commercial internet industry after 30 years. All the while, she has also been a professional musician, and you can find her at rebeccanewton.com. She serves as a treasurer and trustee for ditchthelabel.org and an advisory board member for AgeCheq, which you can find at privacycheq.com. That’s privacy C-H-E-Q.com. For the transcript from this episode, plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad. See you next episode. - -[music]",1731883650,b6cef58d91,17493b9fbc,,,1731883650 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/articles/cp8121e14p4o,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,ATP Finals: Jannik Sinner and Taylor Fritz through to semi-finals,"World number one Jannik Sinner continued his perfect start at the ATP Finals with a dominant win over Russian Daniil Medvedev. - -Playing on home soil in Turin, Sinner won 6-3 6-4 to top the Ilie Nastase group with three wins from three. - -Sinner's place in the semi-finals had earlier been confirmed by Taylor Fritz's 5-7 6-4 6-3 defeat of Alex de Minaur. - -He returned the favour by seeing off Medvedev, with the Russian needing to beat Sinner in straight sets if he was to qualify ahead of American Fritz. - -Sinner and Fritz will discover their semi-final opponents on Friday with Carlos Alcaraz, Alexander Zverev, Casper Ruud and Andrey Rublev still able to qualify. - -""No preference [on who I play]. Whoever it is going to be on the other side of the net I will try to play the best tennis I can,"" Sinner told Sky Sports. - -Top seed Sinner has yet to drop a set in Turin as he seeks an impressive end to a year in which he has won his first two Grand Slam titles, but also been embroiled in an ongoing doping controversy. - -""I'm here, I know what I have achieved during this year so I try to step on court with a good mindset,"" Sinner said in his on-court interview. - -""I have a good team around me. I have beautiful people around me who support me daily and wish for me."" - -The Australian and US Open champion dropped just two points on serve during the first set as Medvedev was undone by 17 unforced errors. - -Sinner broke for a 5-3 lead before serving out the opener and carried his momentum into the second, striking first again. - -Medvedev responded to move level at 3-3, but more unforced errors proved costly for the fourth seed and Sinner took advantage to break at 4-4, much to the delight of the partisan crowd. - -A winner of seven ATP Tour titles in 2024, the Italian calmly served out the match for his 68th win from 74 matches. - -""I'm here trying to find new ways to improve as a player. I'm here trying to win as many as matches as I can,"" Sinner added.",1731883648,95caee0db1,175dc33735,,,1731883648 -https://www.nerdwallet.com/article/finance/dynamic-pricing-black-friday,https://www.nerdwallet.com/blog/feed/,Expect Fluctuating Prices this Black Friday Thanks to Dynamic Pricing,"If it feels like prices are on a roller coaster ride during the holidays, you’re not imagining things. - -Strategies such as dynamic pricing and surge pricing mean that prices may change based on supply and demand, competitor pricing and a shopper’s browsing habits or location. Some price changes happen at regular intervals, while others happen in real time. - -Black Friday is “the perfect storm for using dynamic pricing,” says Lisa Bolton, a professor of marketing at Pennsylvania State University. - -How will dynamic and surge pricing impact your Black Friday shopping experience this year? - -Dynamic pricing vs. surge pricing: You’ll see both - -Because of their popularity in retail, travel and entertainment industries, you’ve probably experienced both dynamic and surge pricing. The main difference between dynamic and surge pricing is that dynamic pricing is just that — dynamic — prices move up and down, depending on a variety of factors. Surge pricing, on the other hand, “is a particular type of dynamic pricing where prices are raised when demand is high and supply is limited,” Bolton says. - -Dynamic pricing shows up on retailer shelves that feature digital price tags where the cost of an item can change daily. You might experience surge pricing when you book a car on a rideshare app during rush hour or try to book a flight over a holiday weekend. - -Bolton says dynamic pricing gives retailers multiple advantages, including tailoring their promotions, giving personalized discounts and adjusting their prices to beat competitors, so expect to see all of these strategies this year. - -Real-time price wars - -Big retailers with an online presence such as Amazon, Walmart, Target and Best Buy use dynamic pricing to match or beat their competitors. - -Don’t confuse this with traditional price-matching policies for shoppers. Some retailers, such as Amazon and Walmart, don’t offer price matching for consumers, but they are constantly monitoring and adjusting their prices behind the scenes, based on what their competitors are doing. - -Regardless, retailers expect shoppers to do the research and compare prices, so you must be agile if you want to get the best sale, especially for bigger ticket items. - -Earn up to $250/year in cash rewards With a NerdWallet+ membership, it's easy to rack up rewards for the smart decisions you're already making, like checking your credit score. Get Started - -Deals based on browsing history or location - -If you’re shopping online this season, your browsing history and location are two data points retailers use to offer personalized deals. Bolton says retailers might know: - -If you’ve searched for an item before — this could indicate how strong your preference is for a specific product. - -If you’ve looked at competitor websites for the same product — this could indicate that you’re willing to shop anywhere to find the lowest price. - -If your local stores have a lot of inventory — this could lead to a larger discount so the retailer can offload the item. - -From a consumer privacy perspective, there are downsides to retailers tracking your online movements. However, putting up privacy walls, such as clearing your cookies, could cause you to miss out on some of those personalized offers. - -Member discounts and loyalty perks - -Sometimes it pays to be a member. This has been true for years, whether that’s getting special deals at the grocery store or belonging to a wholesale club. However, when it comes to Black Friday, some retailers are offering members special discounts or early access to sales. - -Amazon is a great example: A Prime membership comes at a cost, but it gets you special deals such as Prime Day, plus other access to products and sales, while people who aren’t members are shut out. - -By making membership a hurdle to accessing Black Friday sales, retailers hope to build a loyal shopping base that will keep coming back, Bolton says. And come back they will, especially if retailers continue offering better pricing to loyal shoppers. - -What’s in it for consumers? - -Airline ticket pricing is one example of how dynamic pricing can benefit consumers, Rachel Chen, a professor at the University of California at Davis, said in an email interview. - -Dynamic pricing means people who want to travel during peak times will pay extra, while those with more flexibility to travel off-season or during non-peak times will be able to save money. - -“Dynamic pricing also incentivizes companies to stock and manage inventory better, which can lead to more consistent product availability,” Chen said. - -But constantly changing prices can also backfire. - -“In some markets, dynamic pricing is well-accepted,” Chen said, citing Uber surge pricing as an example of a cost some customers are willing to pay. - -“In other cases people will walk away from the business if dynamic pricing is used,” Chen said. - -So while consumers aren’t paying a premium, they’re not getting the goods or services they want or need, either. - -Research is the cure for dynamic pricing frustrations - -Consumers generally don’t like dynamic pricing, Bolton says. - -“They tend to view it as unfair,” Bolton says. - -Consumers worry that other shoppers might be getting a better deal and express annoyance with quick price changes from day to day. - -Dynamic pricing “can hold consumers back at times,” she says. “Especially when they’re trying to judge, ‘OK, when’s the right time to buy?’” - -With a retail environment rich in dynamic pricing strategies, “it becomes a lot harder to judge when you feel like you’re getting a good deal,” Bolton says. - -That can be frustrating for consumers who are driven to make purchases when they feel like they can save a lot of money. - -If you’re an avid Amazon shopper, Camelcamecamel is a free browser extension you can download to see how the price of an item has changed over time. For a wider selection of retailers, the PayPal Honey free browser extension will do the trick. You can set price tracking alerts, and it even helps you find coupon codes to apply to your purchase. - -“You really have to have watched the marketplace for a while to get a sense for what the real price is,” Bolton says. “There’s so much fluctuation, you really have to do that homework, so then you are in a position to know it’s a good deal.”",1731883650,860dfc29ed,178a189a0a,,,1731883650 -https://www.suasnews.com/2024/11/epropelled-delivers-hercules-starter-generator-and-hybrid-ready-power-solutions-for-more-uncrewed-vehicles/,https://www.suasnews.com/feed/,ePropelled Delivers Hercules Starter Generator and Hybrid-Ready Power Solutions for More Uncrewed Vehicles,"ePropelled Delivers Hercules Starter Generator and Hybrid-Ready Power Solutions for More Uncrewed Vehicles - -Rising demand for hybrid propulsion systems in military drones extends to adjacent vehicle markets adopting intelligent power management and compact generators. Rugged, compact, and powerful Hercules hybrid-ready propulsion solutions satisfy the need for extended range and mission agility for any uncrewed applications. - -LACONIA, NH, USA — ePropelled, a global leader in advanced propulsion and energy management technologies, has expanded its USA-made Hercules series of power generation and management solutions to satisfy rapidly growing worldwide demand. - -Integrated power technologies that support hybrid propulsion systems – cooperatively combining electric motors and internal combustion engines — are rapidly expanding uncrewed vehicles’ capabilities, not only for aerial drones and military applications, but across diverse land and marine vehicle uses. - -“The dual benefits of reducing logistical burdens and increasing mission tempo make electric drones and hybrid propulsion a game-changer in modern warfare,” explains Ewen Stockbridge, a NATO trainer and CEO of specialist consultancy 360iSR. “Electric propulsion offers significant advantages, including reduced acoustic signatures and lower heat emissions, enhancing stealth and survivability. This shift not only improves efficiency, but also operational flexibility, allowing for rapid recharging and redeployment.” - -Designed to deliver maximum power at the least weight and in high temperature environments, ePropelled’s Hercules starter generators produce dependable power from 500W to 12kW. The expanded Hercules series includes five starter generators, four intelligent power systems, and an agile electronic engine starter motor controller for complex hybrid power conversion requirements. - -Unique to ePropelled, Hercules features ePConnected™ real-time performance data services via standard CAN 2.0 interfaces to monitor such parameters as temperatures, voltages, amps, rpm, and power variables to enable useful applications via an open API, to gather analytics, and for creating parameter alerts based on specific uses and mission profiles. - -Made in the USA, ePropelled’s Hercules systems comply with rapidly shifting US trade requirements, such as the National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA). - -“Our Hercules line of power generation products is empowering our customers’ drones to achieve mission ranges of over 1,000 km,” says Nick Grewal, CEO of ePropelled. “These products lead the worldwide uncrewed systems market in power-to-weight ratio, performance, and advanced control and instrumentation through the ePConnected™ protocols to provide enhanced mission awareness for our customers.” - -About ePropelled - -Based in Laconia, NH, ePropelled, Inc. is a leading technology supplier of a broad array of robust and intelligent electric propulsion solutions for uncrewed vehicles in the global aerospace, marine, and commercial/industrial markets. Founded in 2018, ePropelled serves more than 40 customers worldwide and operates from its New Hampshire headquarters, test facility, and manufacturing center, supported by R&D and operations facilities in the UK and India. - -ePropelled products are engineered to optimize performance, reduce energy consumption, and support the speedy transition to a sustainable future. For more information and Hercules series data sheets, contact ePropelled at [email protected], - -Related",1731883653,704e9ebd4c,16fe0950f0,,,1731883653 -https://www.fiercebiotech.com/premium/webinar/de-novo-design-allosterically-switchable-protein-assemblies,https://www.fiercebiotech.com/rss.xml,De Novo Design of Allosterically Switchable Protein Assemblies,"Designing nanodevices that can change shape and function in response to molecular signals is a key objective in protein design, paving the way for the development of switchable nanomaterials, triggerable drug-delivery systems, and molecular motors. In this talk, I will present recent progress in designing and characterizing a diverse range of switchable protein assemblies. These include protein rings with tunable shape and diameter, cages that disassemble upon peptide binding, and proteins that conditionally form dimers. Notably, these oligomeric systems exhibit allosteric ligand-binding cooperativity on par with, or exceeding, that of natural proteins. Mass photometry played a critical role in their structural and biophysical analysis, allowing us to quantify complex features like conditional oligomerization and cooperativity in unprecedented quantitative detail.",1731883656,824c2cac76,1734c4a2b7,,,1731883656 -https://www.coindesk.com/policy/2024/11/13/senior-federal-reserve-official-who-blasted-bitcoin-now-says-hell-have-an-open-mind/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=rss&utm_campaign=headlines,https://www.coindesk.com/feed,Senior Federal Reserve Official Who Blasted Bitcoin Now Says He'll Have an Open Mind,"Senior Federal Reserve Official Who Blasted Bitcoin Now Says He'll Have an Open Mind - -Minneapolis Federal Reserve President Neel Kashkari, who previously called the cryptocurrency industry ""worthless"" and ""nonsense,"" still isn't an uber-bull, though. - -By Helene Braun Nov 13, 2024 at 5:17 p.m. UTC - -Election 2024 coverage presented by Stand with crypto",1731883704,c08a28b4dd,1787215c09,,,1731883704 -https://spectrum.ieee.org/semiconductor-testing,https://spectrum.ieee.org/rss/fulltext,Semiconductor Testing: Machine Learning Might Mean Less Chip Testing,"Finished chips coming in from the foundry are subject to a battery of tests. For those destined for critical systems in cars, those tests are particularly extensive and can add 5 to 10 percent to the cost of a chip. But do you really need to do every single test? - -Engineers at NXP have developed a machine-learning algorithm that learns the patterns of test results and figures out the subset of tests that are really needed and those that they could safely do without. The NXP engineers described the process at the IEEE International Test Conference in San Diego last week. - -NXP makes a wide variety of chips with complex circuitry and advanced chip-making technology, including inverters for EV motors, audio chips for consumer electronics, and key-fob transponders to secure your car. These chips are tested with different signals at different voltages and at different temperatures in a test process called continue-on-fail. In that process, chips are tested in groups and are all subjected to the complete battery, even if some parts fail some of the tests along the way. - -Chips were subject to between 41 and 164 tests, and the algorithm was able to recommend removing 42 to 74 percent of those tests. - -“We have to ensure stringent quality requirements in the field, so we have to do a lot of testing,” says Mehul Shroff, an NXP Fellow who led the research. But with much of the actual production and packaging of chips outsourced to other companies, testing is one of the few knobs most chip companies can turn to control costs. “What we were trying to do here is come up with a way to reduce test cost in a way that was statistically rigorous and gave us good results without compromising field quality.” - -A Test Recommender System - -Shroff says the problem has certain similarities to the machine learning-based recommender systems used in e-commerce. “We took the concept from the retail world, where a data analyst can look at receipts and see what items people are buying together,” he says. “Instead of a transaction receipt, we have a unique part identifier and instead of the items that a consumer would purchase, we have a list of failing tests.” - -The NXP algorithm then discovered which tests fail together. Of course, what’s at stake for whether a purchaser of bread will want to buy butter is quite different from whether a test of an automotive part at a particular temperature means other tests don’t need to be done. “We need to have 100 percent or near 100 percent certainty,” Shroff says. “We operate in a different space with respect to statistical rigor compared to the retail world, but it’s borrowing the same concept.” - -As rigorous as the results are, Shroff says that they shouldn’t be relied upon on their own. You have to “make sure it makes sense from engineering perspective and that you can understand it in technical terms,” he says. “Only then, remove the test.” - -Shroff and his colleagues analyzed data obtained from testing seven microcontrollers and applications processors built using advanced chipmaking processes. Depending on which chip was involved, they were subject to between 41 and 164 tests, and the algorithm was able to recommend removing 42 to 74 percent of those tests. Extending the analysis to data from other types of chips led to an even wider range of opportunities to trim testing. - -The algorithm is a pilot project for now, and the NXP team is looking to expand it to a broader set of parts, reduce the computational overhead, and make it easier to use. - -“Any novel solution that helps in test-time savings without any quality hit is valuable,” says Sriharsha Vinjamury, a principal engineer at Arm. “Reducing test time is essential, as it reduces costs.” He suggests that the NXP algorithm could be integrated with a system that adjust the order of tests, so that failures could be spotted earlier. - -This post was updated on 13 November 2024.",1731883660,5887b2bb51,179e1b758c,,,1731883660 -https://www.alleywatch.com/2024/11/the-weekly-notable-startup-funding-report-11-11-24/,https://www.alleywatch.com/feed/,The Weekly Notable Startup Funding Report: 11,"The Weekly Notable Startup Funding Report takes us on a trip across various ecosystems in the US, highlighting some of the notable funding activity in the various markets that we track. The notable startup funding rounds for the week ending 11/9/24 featuring funding details for Physical Intelligence, Transaera, and nine other deals representing $600M in new funding that you need to know about. - -Algorized – $4.3M - -Berkeley-based Algorized offers an AI-centric platform developing advanced people-sensing to provide accurate human detection between people and machines. Founded by Joseph Benraz and Natalya Lopareva in 2022, Algorized has now raised a total of $4.3M in total equity funding and is backed by Acrobator Ventures | Acrobator.vc, Amazon Industrial Innovation Fund, Berkeley SkyDeck Fund, CoreNest Capital, and shuckerVC. - -Corgea – $2.6M - -San Francisco-based Corgea is a network management software that monitors data traffic and secures sensitive data for businesses. Founded by Ahmad Sadeddin in 2023, Corgea has now raised a total of $2.6M in total equity funding and is backed by Decacorn Capital, Jawed Karim, Propeller Inc., Sam Kassoumeh, Shorooq Partners, Unbound Ventures, and Y Combinator. - -Dash0 – $9.5M - -New York-based Dash0 primary focus will be on correlating and contextualizing issues to look beyond the limitations of telemetry silos. Founded by Benjamin Blackmore, Marcel Birkner, Michele Mancioppi, Miel Donkers, and Mirko Novakovic in 2023, Dash0 has now raised a total of $9.5M in total equity funding and is backed by Accel, Dig Ventures, Guillermo Rauch, and Guy Podjarny. - -The AlleyWatch audience is driving progress and innovation on a global scale. There are a number of options to reach this audience of the world’s most innovative organizations and startups at scale including strategic brand placement, lead generation, and thought leadership in front of an audience that comprises the vast majority of key decision-makers in the NYC business community and beyond. Learn more about advertising to NYC Tech, at scale. - -Physical Intelligence – $400.0M - -San Francisco-based Physical Intelligence is an AI company developing machine learning for robots and other physical devices. Founded by Adnan Esmail, Brian Ichter, Karol Hausman, Lachy Groom, and Sergey Levine in 2024, Physical Intelligence has now raised a total of $470.0M in total equity funding and is backed by Bond, Jeff Bezos, Lux Capital, OpenAI, Redpoint, and Thrive Capital. - -PrognomiQ – $34.0M - -San Mateo-based PrognomiQ is a biotechnology firm that develops test products to detect early disease detection through the power of multi-omics data. Founded by Omid Farokhzad and Philip Ma in 2020, PrognomiQ has now raised a total of $135.0M in total equity funding and is backed by aMoon Fund, Bruker, Catalio Capital Management, Invus, and Seer. - -Transaera – $8.2M - -Somerville-based Transaera develops energy-efficient air conditioning systems using innovative desiccant materials. Founded by Matthew Dorson and Sorin Grama in 1990, Transaera has now raised a total of $16.4M in total equity funding and is backed by Clean Energy Ventures, Energy Impact Partners, and MassMutual Ventures. - -Upwind Security – $100.0M - -San Francisco-based Upwind is the runtime-powered CNAPP that leverages runtime data to secure your cloud infrastructure. Founded by Amiram Shachar in 2022, Upwind Security has now raised a total of $178.0M in total equity funding and is backed by Craft Ventures, Cyberstarts, Greylock, Leaders Fund, Penny Jar Capital, and Sheva Capital. - -You are seconds away from signing up for the hottest list in NYC Tech! - -Sign up today - -Boston Materials – $13.5M - -Billerica-based Boston Materials is a manufacturer of advanced materials for semiconductors and aerospace platforms. Founded by Anvesh Gurijala, Michael Segal, and Randall Erb in 2016, Boston Materials has now raised a total of $35.8M in total equity funding and is backed by Accelr8, Collaborative Fund, Diamond Edge Ventures, Gatemore Capital Management, Valo Ventures, and Woori Venture Partners. - -PuppyGraph – $5.0M - -Santa Clara-based PuppyGraph operates as a graph engine that enables users to query data stores. Founded by Danfeng Xu, Kunjie Chen, Lei Huang, Weimo Liu, and Zhenni Wu in 2023, PuppyGraph has now raised a total of $5.0M in total equity funding and is backed by Defy.vc. - -UnifyApps – $20.0M - -San Francisco-based UnifyApps automates workflows and quickly connects various applications. Founded by Abhinav Singi, Abhishek Khurana, Kavish Manubolu, Pavitar Singh, Rachit Mittal, Rahul Anishetty, Shivam Satrawal, and Sumeet Nandal in 2023, UnifyApps has now raised a total of $31.0M in total equity funding and is backed by Elevation Capital and ICONIQ Growth. - -Cloverleaf AI – $2.8M - -Denver-based Cloverleaf AI is a SaaS solution that provides vendors with early insights into RFPs through analysis of government meetings. Founded by Adam Zucker and Jeremy Becker in 2021, Cloverleaf AI has now raised a total of $2.9M in total equity funding and is backed by FirstMile Ventures, Jackson Square Ventures, Techstars, and The LegalTech Fund. - -The AlleyWatch audience is driving progress and innovation on a global scale. There are a number of options to reach this audience of the world’s most innovative organizations and startups at scale including strategic brand placement, lead generation, and thought leadership in front of an audience that comprises the vast majority of key decision-makers in the NYC business community and beyond. Learn more about advertising to NYC Tech, at scale.",1731883667,7ef100ee0c,1749dd5781,,,1731883667 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/16/eight-light-filled-cottage-interiors/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,Eight light-filled cottage interiors defined by generous windows,"From a 15th-century thatched house in England to a ski cabin in Canada, our latest lookbook collects eight cottages with panoramic windows that offer views of their dramatic surroundings. - -Although perhaps more commonly associated with cosy, sheltered interiors, cottages can also be designed with expansive glazing to connect them with the world outside and maximise the potential of their scenic settings. - -Read on for eight examples from Canada, Australia and the UK. - -This is the latest in our lookbooks series, which provides visual inspiration from Dezeen's archive. For more inspiration, see previous lookbooks featuring plywood panelling, colourful kitchens and moody bedrooms. - -Watercress Cottage, UK, by Greenaway Architecture - -British studio Greenaway Architecture added a minimalist glass extension to this medieval thatched cottage near Bath, which features floor-to-ceiling glazing informed by Ludwig Mies van der Rohe's modernist Neue Nationalgalerie in Berlin. - -The studio chose simple interiors for the open-plan living room, creating a gallery-like space focused on the surrounding views of the garden. - -Find out more about Watercress Cottage › - -Shadow House, Australia, by Grotto Studio - -Shadow House is the charred-timber extension of a 20th-century cottage in Perth, Australia, designed by local firm Grotto Studio. - -The new addition features a guest suite lined in dark timber that which opens onto a private garden connected to the interior via sliding wood-and-glass doors. - -Find out more about Shadow House › - -Cottage, Australia, by Zuzana & Nicholas - -Elsewhere in Australia, the Zuzana & Nicholas studio transformed a former workers' cottage in Brisbane into a light-filled home and studio. - -The upper level features a sliding wall that reveals a covered dining area overlooking the garden. A combination of hardwood panelling, exposed concrete and metal delineate different areas throughout the property. - -Find out more about this cottage › - -Cottage, UK, by Invisible Studio - -Architecture practice Invisible Studio reconfigured the cramped interior of this ""poky cottage"" on the borders of Hampshire and Surrey by adding a contemporary concrete and timber extension. - -The living space features sliding glass doors that, according to the studio, allow the occupants to ""live in the view"". An interior palette of concrete, plaster and steel was chosen as a utilitarian backdrop for the owners' extensive art collection. - -Find out more about this cottage › - -La Brèche, Canada, by Naturehumaine - -Floor-to-ceiling corner windows illuminate the living space at La Brèche – a ski cottage in Québec by Montreal studio Naturehumaine. - -While the exterior was informed by the area's vernacular architecture, the interior includes more contemporary details. Polished concrete flooring runs throughout the home, accented by pops of colour and texture. - -Find out more about La Brèche › - -Captain Kelly's Cottage, Tasmania, John Wardle Architects - -Australian studio John Wardle Architects repaired this weatherboard cottage on Bruny Island off the coast of Tasmania, which dates back to the 1840s. - -The home includes furniture created from materials left over at the end of the project's renovation and a full-length window seat with flat cushions that frames views of the surrounding bay. - -Find out more about Captain Kelly's Cottage › - -Made of Sand, UK, by Studio Weave - -Architecture office Studio Weave added a geometric, timber-clad extension to this stone cottage in rural Devon. - -The new volume incorporates large glazed apertures that provide views of the Blackdown Hills, which can be observed from built-in window seats finished in Douglas fir. - -Find out more about Made of Sand › - -Go Home Bay Cabin, Canada, by Ian MacDonald Architect - -Go Home Bay Cabin is an island cottage that cantilevers over a rocky hillside in Georgian Bay, Ontario. - -Canadian studio Ian MacDonald Architect added a wood-burning stove to the living area, which is illuminated by panoramic glazing. Iconic furniture pieces including a cow-print Le Corbusier chaise longue and Eames rocking chairs feature in the light-filled living space. - -Find out more about Go Home Bay Cabin › - -This is the latest in our lookbooks series, which provides visual inspiration from Dezeen's archive. For more inspiration, see previous lookbooks featuring plywood panelling, colourful kitchens and moody bedrooms.",1731883634,8f8dc0373b,17b44710bc,,,1731883634 -https://blog.groovehq.com/tech-support-small-business?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=tech-support-small-business,https://www.groovehq.com/blog/rss,How To Provide Better Tech Support for Your Small Business (6 Tips),"We don’t have to tell you how difficult it is to provide consistent, top-shelf technical support to all your customers. - -As a startup or small team, it’s often impossible to get to all the emails you receive within a reasonable timeframe. Technical issues that require follow-up with another department fall to the wayside, and are neglected until the customer gets frustrated and looks elsewhere. - -Many of your clients have their own businesses, and need your support ASAP. They can’t afford to wait around for help. - -With that in mind, let’s explore what makes tech support for small business so demanding, and some effective ways to address those problems. - -The best technical support starts with education. - -Not only do your support agents need to be skilled at delivering empathetic customer service. They also need to be adept at navigating your product. - -In SaaS, this can get complicated fast. Imagine your customer reaches out about a very specific problem with their shipping software. - -The issue is unfamiliar to the support agent, who is unable to provide a quick resolution. Instead, they have to contact UPS for additional information, adding time to the process and annoying the customer. - -It’s expected that your support team will sometimes depend on (and communicate with) other departments or businesses to resolve complicated technical issues. But they must still understand how your product works, so they can communicate effectively about it. - -During the hiring process, you may want to field potential candidates based on their experience within your niche. They might not know your software, but that doesn’t mean they don’t possess relevant skills with similar tools. - -Sometimes, a technical background is more important to your business than one in customer service. The latter skillset can be easier to learn on the job. - -Here are some questions to guide your assessment process: - -Does the candidate understand key terms, integrations, and workflows? - -Can they navigate software systems that are relevant to your business? - -Is a specific certification or educational background required to understand your product and provide effective support? - -Will they need to take on a dual role in a technical department? - -Are they capable of communicating concerns with developers through tools like Slack, Asana, Monday, or Jira? - -Educating Your Support Team - -If your business is small, you already have an advantage. Developers and technical departments have a lot of hands-on experience building software from the ground up, and can be directly involved in training your support team. - -Beyond hiring the right candidates, you’ll want to: - -Outline procedures or policies related to your products in a customer service training manual. - -When training your employees, account for any product knowledge or technical skills they will need to employ in day-to-day communication. - -Provide team members with access to your product beyond the onboarding process – so they can play with it, experiment, and get a feel for how to best use it. - -Keep your support team updated on new features – internal email updates prior to launches, beta access, and documentation. - -Ensure that they’re primed to help customers achieve success with your product. - -An internal knowledge base can help a lot during support employee onboarding. You can use it to house all sorts of resources for your entire team (new and old alike) to access at any time. - -2. Enable 24/7 Self-Service for Customers - -Self-service resources are the most cost-effective and efficient way to provide tech support for small business customers. - -Once you’ve written a ‘how to’ article or troubleshooting guide for your product, it can be accessed 24/7 by both your internal team (as a reference guide) and your customers (so they can self-solve without needing to contact support). - -Many basic inquiries can be addressed by creating proactive resources. This gets users the help they need more quickly, and saves support agents time that can be better spent on unique, complex problems. - -Plenty of companies in SaaS offer some kind of searchable database, to guide customers through the onboarding process and key features. - -As one example, Monday.com uses its knowledge base to guide customers through workflow and automation features. These are broken down into sub-topics, and explored in depth through more specific articles and video tutorials. - -How can your support team build its own self-service database, especially without a web developer or a hefty budget? - -Enter Groove – our help desk support tool for small businesses. It’s a purpose-built alternative to traditional email platforms (like Gmail or Outlook), and allows you to effectively manage tech support via email, phone, socials, and live chat. - -Creating a Tech Support Knowledge Base with Groove - -Beyond standard help desk features, Groove enables support teams to build their own self-service resources. How? Through a customizable knowledge base that can be created directly within the central dashboard: - -All the technical setup is done for you. All you have to do is create articles that are useful to your customers. - -You can set up dedicated categories for each feature or technical topic (onboarding, integrations, account closure, etc.), or that address unique pain points and potential friction in the customer experience. - -You can also use custom fields to tag knowledge base articles with the most relevant identifiers. This makes it easier for agents to share the articles when they reply to customers, and for users to find the articles on their own. - -Just remember to make your knowledge base easily accessible. It’s already live by default. So to make it a useful tech support resource for your small business, you just need to place a few strategic links on your website that point users in the right direction. - -3. Offer Plenty of Contextual In-App Guidance - -Depending on the product you offer, contextual in-app guidance can be a great way to walk customers through tasks and problems, without requiring them to leave the platform. - -This technique can be leveraged to onboard new users, enhance user adoption, and educate your audience on feature updates. - -Your developers are likely best positioned to implement this practically. However, you can also simplify the process via tools like Userpilot, which let you easily streamline the onboarding or feature adoption process. - -A few recommendations to keep in mind when building in-app resources: - -Use segmentation. To provide the right kind of technical support, determine which customers should see a prompt, flow, or popup based on their in-app activities (where they click, hover, etc.), and/or their profile (new user, low adoption rate, etc.). - -To provide the right kind of technical support, determine which customers should see a prompt, flow, or popup based on their in-app activities (where they click, hover, etc.), and/or their profile (new user, low adoption rate, etc.). Create task checklists. Show users their progress as a list of tasks/steps, which are marked off as they progress through onboarding. - -Show users their progress as a list of tasks/steps, which are marked off as they progress through onboarding. Include generous tooltips. Tooltips act as a prompt linked to a specific UI feature. They can be used to clearly explain what that feature does, in a way that’s accessible but doesn’t clutter up the interface when not being used. - -Tooltips act as a prompt linked to a specific UI feature. They can be used to clearly explain what that feature does, in a way that’s accessible but doesn’t clutter up the interface when not being used. Leverage modals strategically. Modals are pop-up messages that provide a strong call to action. They command attention because they typically require you to click on the window to close it or learn more. They can be used to share crucial information about updates, downtime, or navigation. Just don’t overuse them! - -4. Provide Options for Personalized or Specialized Care - -The channels and options you provide should correlate to the type of tech support your small business customers want. And that probably looks different across customer segments. - -Many of your users will appreciate a hands-off approach. They want to report the bug or technical problem, and have everything resolved externally without follow-up. - -Others want one-on-one support, ideally from a real-life human being. You may need to closely walk them through a process, feature, or technical issue. This kind of specialized support is often called hypercare. - -It’s especially common during onboarding, which typically calls for a period of heightened support. At this stage, customers are learning to navigate your product for the first time. - -A video call can be a particularly useful tool during this process. Screen share allows for a live product demo or walkthrough, while enabling an open question/answer forum face-to-face. - -Hypercare is a key component of SaaS support. We recommend providing your customers with options for more personalized support, even if that means charging a small premium. - -If your business is very small, you can probably manage one-on-one onboarding and tech support. But this extra level of support won’t be manageable long-term, unless you find a way to offset the costs involved. So we recommend reserving these incentives to a higher subscription tier. - -Personalized support may include a dedicated account manager or white-glove onboarding. This is a great way to encourage customers who require a little extra help to stick around a lot longer – driving lifetime value. - -5. Leverage Software Integration To Communicate Directly with Technical Departments - -In my own experience working in a customer service department, communication with other internal departments was often a nightmare. - -The responsibility was placed on customer service to provide “proof” that the issue was actually “real” and happening to our customers. The IT department required screenshots or recorded activity to validate claims. - -We often had to jump off the help desk we were using to handle these discussions, since the communication tools weren’t integrated. And the switching was frequent, since we had to continually follow up with the IT department to check in on resolution status. - -It wasn’t convenient, and it often meant that customers were left waiting for days. - -In contrast, Groove integrates directly with tools like Jira and Slack. That way, your team can report any technical issues directly to the right department. - -When you add Jira integration, you can register an ‘issue’ directly from a conversation within your Groove inbox. - -Let’s say a customer reports a technical issue on your checkout page, and sends an email about it. You can create a new issue, or link that ticket to a pre-existing issue. - -Then, once the issue is marked as resolved in Jira by your IT department, you’ll receive notification directly in Groove. You can update the customer right away – minimal fuss and no time wasted. - -Similarly, you’ll be able to see all the updates on the issue status in Jira as ‘actions’ under the conversation history (based on your settings). This allows for full visibility on resolution, and holds technical departments or developers accountable for follow-through. - -6. Make Your Tech Support Easily Accessible Across Communication Channels - -Omnichannel – it’s not just a trendy buzzword. When it comes to tech support for small business, your team should be readily accessible across all communication channels. - -That might include - -Facebook Messenger and posts to your business’ wall - -Instagram DMs - -X (formally known as Twitter) via tweets - -TikTok - -Email - -Phone - -SMS - -Website – via live chat widget, chatbot, or AI assistant - -Review platforms – Trustpilot, Yotpo, etc - -In-app messaging - -You can leverage Google Analytics 4 (GA4) and social media monitoring to make sure you’re targeting the right channels. Platforms like Brand24 help you determine where customers are most likely to reach out, and where they show the most dissatisfaction via sentiment analysis. - -Technical problems are urgent for your customers, and especially frustrating. You’ll need to make yourself available to assist users anywhere they can find you online. - -Are you able to meet them on social media, live chat, or your website to improve technical support delivery? Users will have an overall better experience if they can reach out via the mediums they find most comfortable. - -This ties directly into accessibility, too. Customers who are frustrated, upset, or angry definitely don’t want to waste time trying to find your email contact (or jumping through other hoops to get help). - -If your business actively promotes on Instagram, your customers expect to get replies to their DM requests. - -If they provide you with information on Instagram, but follow up via email, they also expect you to access the prior conversation. They don’t want to repeat themselves. - -Providing an Omnichannel Tech Support Experience - -Your team would normally have to switch between socials and email to access that information. With Groove, on the other hand, context is no longer trapped within (or between) channels. - -Groove provides your customers with an omnichannel experience via: - -A shared inbox. Instead of responding across disparate channels by jumping between apps, you can respond to all your social media requests in the same place you reply to emails. - -Instead of responding across disparate channels by jumping between apps, you can respond to all your social media requests in the same place you reply to emails. Accessible information. When technical support is required, minor details are often important. You don’t want to lose valuable information between channels. Groove provides contextual information about prior interactions, including conversation history and customizable profiles. - -When technical support is required, minor details are often important. You don’t want to lose valuable information between channels. Groove provides contextual information about prior interactions, including conversation history and customizable profiles. Live chat widget. You can embed a live chat widget within your website or app. It can pull information from your self-service knowledge base (also created within Groove), and direct more complex inquiries to available agents for immediate support. - -You can embed a live chat widget within your website or app. It can pull information from your self-service knowledge base (also created within Groove), and direct more complex inquiries to available agents for immediate support. Integrations. Groove integrates directly with third-party support tools like JustCall, allowing you to sync phone conversations to your help desk. - -Deliver Proactive Technical Support With Groove! - -Internal training is an especially important component of tech support for small businesses. But beyond learning about your product, your team needs the right tools to deliver on exceptional service. - -While SaaS customers often expect 24/7 support, many businesses can’t afford to deliver it. Resources are limited, budgets are tight, and teams are small. - -That’s why we built Groove to be affordable, intuitive, and streamlined. It gives you the tools you need to help customers with all kinds of problems, but doesn’t overcomplicate your team’s work or strain your wallet. - -Rather than paying for a handful of expensive tools that operate independently, why not leverage one platform that can do it all? - -Sign up for a free trial of Groove today (no credit card required) to leverage powerful self-service resources, automation, and live chat for instantaneous tech support!",1731883642,7a82f159ab,17b4ff01da,,,1731883642 -https://philosophersmag.com/woman-as-resource-a-reply-to-catharine-mackinnon/,https://www.philosophersmag.com/feed,Woman as Resource: A Reply to Catharine MacKinnon,"If you had told me, back when I was doing my postgrad work on sexual difference feminism, that I’d end up spending the best part of a decade defending the existence of female people as a class in law against the effort to redefine us as a gendered projection, I would have been incredulous. In the first years of this century, the fault lines in feminist accounts of sex and gender that now form the battle lines of the gender war had already been laid down, although the hostility of the present conflict had yet to fully explode. That happened in the middle of the last decade when trans activism – first formalised by legal activists in the early nineties – emerged onto the public stage as a major political force. - -The core precept of this political project is encapsulated by Stephen Whittle – trans man and key architect of the trans rights movement – in the assertion that “to be a man or a woman is contained in a person’s gender identity”. This is then a claim that gender identity should overwrite biological sex in the definition of “man” and “woman” in language, law, and public policy. Indeed, in “‘Sex Changes’? Paradigm Shifts in ‘Sex’ and ‘Gender’ Following the Gender Recognition Act” (2007), Whittle argues that the 2004 Gender Recognition Act (GRA), lobbied for by Press for Change – a group Whittle co-founded – means that “gender identity becomes and defines legal sex.” Consequently, the GRA had succeeded, Whittle contends, in “demobilis[ing] both literally and legally” the “sex/gender distinction (where sex normatively refers to the sexed body, and gender, to social identity).” - -This is how the trans rights project has collided with – and largely engulfed – feminist disagreements about sex and gender. From the mid-nineties onwards, trans ideology moved from its activist origins into the academy, where it blended with the radical constructivism of Butlerian queer theory. By the middle of the last decade, this synthesis – which is not, as we’ll see, quite all of a piece – had become the reigning discursive regime of the Anglophone academy and was making rapid inroads into law and public policy. Just as Whittle had claimed in 2007, the traditional sex/gender distinction used by most feminists since the sixties had been, very effectively, “demobilised”. - -The conflict between gender-critical feminists and trans activists has centred on this reformulation of sex and gender within the definition of “man” and “woman” – although due to the impact of a dominant class identifying into a subordinate class, and its centrality to feminist politics, the debate has largely focused on the concept of “woman”. The radical feminist Catharine MacKinnon has made a recent, notable intervention into this terrain, with the publication in the feminist journal Signs of “Exploring Transgender Law and Politics”, an address originally given at Oxford University in November 2022. MacKinnon’s intervention is notable, I think, less for any innovative light it throws on the vexed question of sex and gender, but as a paradigmatic instance of the dogged misrepresentation of gender-critical feminism, and the insight it gives us into a fundamental conceptual error that has being informing the direction of academic feminism for the last thirty-something years. - -There are three things I want to do here. First to map out MacKinnon’s misrepresentation of both the gender-critical and trans-rights position in line with her own theoretical lens. Second, to examine how academic feminism’s susceptibility to trans ideology is informed by a key conceptual error that equates all assertions of the material reality of sex with “biological essentialism/determinism”. And finally, to present one alternative gender-critical account of how sex and gender relate to each other non-deterministically, but non-arbitrarily, using the analysis of “woman as resource”. - -Before we dig into MacKinnon’s text, however, we need to do one final piece of theoretical scene-setting. One of the confusions that besets the gender war is that, while many combatants are intent on trying to force everyone into one of two sides (so much for “smashing the binary”), there are, in fact, four positions on the nature and relation of sex and gender. These can be summarised as follows: - -Sex is given Sex is constructed Gender is given Conservative/Patriarchal Both gender and sex are given (either by God or nature). Sex determines gender. Men are naturally masculine, women are naturally feminine. Masculinity means men are suited for authority, leadership, dominance, and public life. Femininity means women are suited for service, submission, child rearing and domesticity. The relation of men to women is hierarchical, or, when attempting a less sexist makeover, complementary. In the majority of these systems women’s traits and roles are considered to be inferior to those of males. This hierarchy of traits and roles is intertwined with ontological systems which privilege mind over body, culture over nature, idea over matter, reason over emotion, transcendence over immanence etc. Transgender Ideology Sex is a spectrum which is divided into male and female through the construction of the oppressive “gender binary”. Humans have innate gender identities which often “match” the sex they are “assigned at birth” (“cis”) or sometimes do not match (“trans”). Whether someone is a man, woman, or other gender is determined by their gender identity, not by their biological sex (i.e. gender determines or overwrites sex). The concept of gender identity is poorly articulated, but often seems to refer to psychological or “subconscious sex” (Julia Serrano). How gender identity could have content without reference to gendered social norms is unclear, but trans activists often claim that gender identity has nothing to do with gendered stereotypes. Gender is constructed Gender Critical Feminism Sex is given by nature and “male” and “female” refers to the reproductive role of animals and plants. Gender is a social system of norms, roles and values which functions to oppress women on the basis of their sex. Gender is not determined by sex, because the gender system is largely a social and historical structure. However, gender roles and norms are not applied arbitrarily to men and women. The function of gender is to enact a hierarchical system of male dominance in which male people control and exploit women’s bodies and labour. Both “female” and “woman” are sex designations. Gender non-conformity is a normal part of human existence but does not change your sex. Claiming that it does reifies rather than undermines gender. Radical Constructivism/Queer Theory Gender, sex and sexuality are an intertwined socially constructed system of power. Thjs system is variously named “heteronormativity” or “the gender binary” (Butler) or “hetero/sexuality” (MacKinnon). In both cases it is considered that “sex”, “gender”, and “sexuality”, are intertwined parts of one system and cannot be meaningfully disentangled, although the emphasis is on the priority of “sexuality”. (This thought is fundamentally Foucauldian, although MacKinnon probably wouldn’t like that). The division of humans into “male/man” “female/woman” is taken to be an artefact of this system of power. The explanation for the construction and maintenance of this system is circular, in that no motive for the system of power is given other than the exercise of power. - -The first classic move MacKinnon makes against gender-critical feminists turns on conflating gender-critical feminism with gender conservatism, positioning us as anti-feminist conservatives in feminist drag. In the opening of MacKinnon’s address, we are told that “a group of philosophers purporting feminism slide sloppily from ‘female sex’ through ‘feminine gender’ straight to ‘woman’ as if no move has been made.” To support the suggestion that this “sloppy slide” is a “habitual move” of gender critical thinkers, MacKinnon references 14 pages of Gender Critical Feminism by Holly Lawford-Smith (2022), Alex Byrne’s paper “Are Women Adult Human Females?” (2020) and p. xx of Janice Raymond’s The Transsexual Empire (1979). None of which mention “feminine gender” or suggest that gender should be anywhere near the conceptual definition of “woman”. This is unsurprising given that the fundament of the gender critical position is that sex is a material reality, “woman” is a sex designation, and feminine gender norms should have nothing to do with the definition of “woman”. For many feminists, this is because feminine gender norms are key to the mechanism of the oppression of women, and we think it harmful for women to be defined by them in law or public life. It is hence our conviction that “adult human female” is not only what most English speakers actually mean when they say “woman” – contra the academic dogma that “woman” is a social kind – but that “adult human female” is the only non-sexist definition of the concept. - -Despite us having arduously underlined this point, MacKinnon insists that gender-critical feminists “[o]bservably…cling to gender, wrapping it around their chosen measures of sex while claiming to be critical of it, even that they are trying to abolish it.” It’s notable that there’s no evidence here beyond the assertion that it’s “observably” so. In her concluding remarks MacKinnon likewise declares that “the feminist anti-transgender position is built on…the notion that gender is biologically based”, without evidence. Such evidence is perhaps superfluous, given that the tropes conflating gender criticism with gender conservatism are by now so well-worn they have accrued the patina of truthiness. One such common trope, which MacKinnon uses liberally, equates assertions of the material reality of sex with “biological essentialism”. In footnote 5, she observes that the dictionary definition of “woman” “appears repeatedly in the anti-trans feminist literature, despite simultaneous denials of biological essentialism”, while early in the main address we are treated to the familiar trans activist claim that “[d]efining women by biology…used to be criticised as biological essentialism” and represents a “putatively feminist reduction of women to female body parts.” - -I’ve written previously on how this type of claim rests on an equivocation in the sense of “being defined by” between “giving the meaning of” and “being limited or circumscribed by”. It rests also on a conceptual disjuncture between the “female” component of the biological definition and the “human” component, created by the dominance of male-default ideals of the human. To define “a woman” as “an adult female human being” (OED) is to assert no more or less than a) femaleness is a biological state, and b) mature female members of the species homo sapiens are called “women”, just as mature female members of the species equus ferus are called “mares”. It does not “limit” any woman’s human potential by the fact of their being female, and it does not “reduce” the humanity of any woman by turning them into a collection of body parts (unlike say, calling women “people with uteruses” or “cervix-havers”). There is nothing inherently “limiting” or “reductive” about being recognised as a female human unless you think “being female” is an inherently limited or reduced state. And thinking that, I’d suggest, would be misogynist. - -Before moving on the conceptual error underpinning this belief that biological definitions of “woman” must be “essentialist” in the determinative sense, I want to note that just as MacKinnon misrepresents the gender-critical position by equating it with gender conservatism, she also misrepresents the trans-ideological position, or rather, deliberately elides the gender essentialist parts of transgender ideology that do not fit her own theoretical demands. There is a plethora of historical evidence that the trans rights project is based on an essentialist concept of gender identity. It is also imperative to underline that an essentialist account of gender identity is the condition of possibility of the existence of the “trans child”, and the entire rationale behind the “affirmation only” protocols which have come to dominate the treatment of trans-identifying young people, issuing in the kind of medical scandal documented by the journalist Hannah Barnes in her recent Time to Think (2023). - -These facts – and their very damaging effects – won’t, however, fit inside MacKinnon’s radical constructivist frame, and so she simply dismisses them. “Trans people” she argues “do decide, in a real sense of choice, to affirm an identity contrary to society’s designation for them…however… predetermined their gender may feel inside.” “It is my opinion”, she continues, “that it demeans the consciousness of trans people, and diminishes the light their perceptions and politics shed on everyone’s gender and sexuality, to attribute their gender identity to innateness.” What is clear from MacKinnon’s comments on this is that she is determined that trans people be an avatar for her commitment to the “arbitrary” nature of gender, irrespective of what trans people themselves say about their innate sense of gender identity, the concept’s evolution from the thought of “psychological sex”, or the common pop narratives linking gender non-conformity and trans identity in children. MacKinnon waves this all away by suggesting it is a strategic gesture, made necessary by the fact that “immutability clinches the case for rights and gives some folk dignity.” Assertions of the transhistorical nature of trans identity, Mermaids’ infamous “Barbie-to-GI-Joe” spectrum, the “born in the wrong body” narrative, the “Genderbread Person” with its pink and blue brain, none of this, apparently, represents a movement structured around the reification of gender. Rather, trans people see “through the gender matrix and its dynamics extremely effectively” and will, against all available evidence, be understood to exemplify MacKinnon’s own theoretical impulses. As she emphasises in the address’s very last line, “trans people…highlight feminism’s success – gender’s arbitrariness and invidiousness was our analysis originally.” - -The effect of this double misrepresentation is to reverse the positions on gender held by gender-critical feminists and trans activists, positing gender critics as gender essentialists, and gender-identity activists as gender constructivists. The four potential positions at play in the gender war are thereby collapsed into two, with gender critics subsumed by gender conservatives, and trans ideologues subsumed by radical constructivists. Which is pretty odd, given that out in the real world, the conflict definitely first erupted between (often lesbian) feminists and trans activists. MacKinnon understands herself to be defending the position of gender constructivism against gender conservatism, whereas in fact she is defending a gender essentialist ideology against a position which is, as it claims, critical of gender. In addition to its strategic political value, one reason why this reversal may be happening is to do with radical constructivist assumptions about the other axis of the conflict – on the givenness of sex – and the way MacKinnon can only interpret assertions of the material reality of sex as biological determinism. - -As we have seen, MacKinnon makes the common trans activist move of claiming that biological definitions of sex are a priori essentialist, the normative power of which depends on a slippage between “essentialism qua biological definition” and “essentialism qua biological determinism”, mirroring the equivocation in “being defined by” we examined earlier. This slippage is, prima facie, pretty baffling. As Toril Moi notes in Sex, Gender and the Body (2005), discussing the identical move made by Butler, “many poststructuralists believe that…to avoid biological determinism one has to be a philosophical nominalist”, which is, she rightly suggests, “obviously absurd”. There is, she argues, no good reason to assume that asserting the material reality of sex is “essentialist in the bad…political sense”, concluding that “to avoid biological determinism all we need to do is to deny that biological facts justify social values.” However, no matter how often gender-critical feminists assert that we don’t believe that sex determines gender, both constructivist academics and trans activists keep insisting that we are “essentialist” in the “bad political sense” and obdurately conflating our position with gender conservatism. Why? What on earth is going on here? - -To start unpacking this I want to examine two key sections of MacKinnon’s address. The first concerns the relationship of sex to gender, and comes in the course of her adumbration of why sexuality is the “linchpin” of women’s subordination: - -On my analysis of the real world… the linchpin of the subordination of women… is sexuality, socially gendered through sexualized misogyny. We are placed on the bottom of the gender hierarchy by the misogynist meanings that male dominance societies…project onto us… which…centre on women’s sexuality. This has nothing whatsoever to do with biology, which serves…as sexuality’s after-the-fact attributed naturalised rationalisation and supposed ratification. - -Here Mackinnon asserts that women’s position in the gender hierarchy has “nothing whatsoever to do with biology”, that is, in a literal sense, that sex has no relation to gender. This is, to echo Moi, obviously absurd, given that we know, as a matter of historical fact, that gender roles have been applied to humans on the basis of sex. What MacKinnon must mean by this assertion then is “there is no necessary, inherent, determinist relation between sex and gender”, and in that I agree with her. To MacKinnon’s mind, however, if the relation between sex and gender is not determinist, it must then be completely arbitrary, a thought which leads to pressing trans people into service as the avatars of “arbitrariness”. This assertion of arbitrariness is also evident in Butler’s “Sex and Gender in Simone de Beauvoir’s Second Sex” (1986), in which she performed the distortion of Beauvoir’s famous line that has caused so much subsequent confusion: - -If being a woman is…in no way necessitated by being female, then it appears that the female body is the arbitrary locus of the gender “woman”, and there is no reason to preclude the possibility of that body becoming the locus of other constructions of gender…This last insight…is the distinguished contribution of Simone de Beauvoir’s formulation, “one is not born, but rather becomes, a woman.” - -It’s worth underlining here that in the second, much improved, translation of The Second Sex (Borde and Malovany-Chevallier), the contested line is rendered as “one is not born, but rather becomes, woman”. This makes somewhat clearer something most feminists between 1949 to 1986 had already taken as evident, which is that Beauvoir is invoking the process of socialisation by which female children come to occupy the patriarchal gender role “woman”. Nothing in The Second Sex supports the academic feminist insistence that the patriarchal gender role should be taken as the ordinary definition of “a woman”, and indeed, the very next line, which reads, “[n]o biological, psychic or economic destiny defines the figure that the human female takes on in society”, makes a nonsense of Butler’s claim that Beauvoir thinks the “female body is the arbitrary locus of the gender ‘woman.’” - -If the relation between sex and gender were arbitrary, feminist analysis would suffer a massive loss of explanatory power and couldn’t account for why patriarchal gender roles have been applied to people on the basis of sex. Here we arrive at the much-noted anti-materialism of contemporary Foucauldian and queer theory accounts, which, in the final analysis, come down to the assertion that “sex/gender/sexuality are disciplinary normative structures of power whose function is to be disciplinary normative structures of power.” Despite MacKinnon’s protestation that “postmodernism simply stole feminism’s critical insights into sex roles…sucked out their reality” and “made subordination into a literary text”, her radical constructivist account of sexuality/sex/gender suffers from exactly the same problem as Butler’s. MacKinnon is concerned with the impact on women of the power structure of patriarchal heterosexuality, and Butler is concerned with the exclusion of sexual minorities and gender non-conforming people by “the heterosexual matrix”. But, in ontological terms, I’d challenge anyone to get a cigarette paper between this extract from Toward a Feminist Theory of the State (1989) and the core of the argument in Gender Trouble (1990): - -Sexuality, then, is a form of power. Gender, as socially constructed, embodies it, not the reverse. Women and men are divided by gender, made into the sexes as we know them, by the social requirements of its dominant form, heterosexuality, which institutionalises male sexual dominance and female sexual submission…sexuality is gendered as gender is sexualized. Male and female are created through the eroticization of dominance and submission. - -Given how much explanatory power feminism loses by asserting that gender is arbitrary, one has to ask why this move is being made and defended so doggedly. The answer has something to do with the spectre of patriarchal determinism, and its use as justification for women’s subordination, being so disturbing to some women that it induces an almost-traumatised paralysis in their thinking of the sex/gender relation. Some time ago I was reading a book on Foucauldian feminism and was profoundly struck by a passage noting that “the possibility of biological nature, or material bodies, playing some part in explanation of gender difference runs under the fields of feminism like a camouflaged sewer into which the unwary may trip and so be contaminated without fully realising their danger” (Up Against Foucault). - -This kind of graphic depiction of tripping into the looming sewer of biological determinism and getting covered in patriarchal shit suggests to me that a traumatised recoiling is informing women’s thought here, and I read its traces also in MacKinnon’s address. In the passage above she moves seamlessly from denying any relation between sex and gender to the assertion that “biology…serves…as…after-the-fact attributed naturalised rationalisation and supposed ratification”, as if the determinist appeal to natural necessity is the only possible conceptualisation of the sex/gender relation. The way her thinking is being structured by a revolted revolt against the patriarchal narrative is also evident in the second passage I want to examine, which looks at the sex/gender question in accounts of the origin of patriarchy: - -Women are not, in fact, subordinated or oppressed by our bodies. We do not need to be liberated from our chromosomes or our ovaries. It is core male-dominant ideology that attributes the source of women’s inequality to our nature, our biological sex, which for male dominance makes it inevitable, immutable, unchangeable, on us. As if our bodies, rather than male dominant social systems, do it to us. - -Clearly, it’s patently absurd to suggest any feminist thinks women are just “oppressed by our bodies” or “need to be liberated from our…ovaries.” But this passage does give us a strong indication of how radical constructivism evolved from a belief that any explanatory appeal to biology leads inevitably to the shit-filled sewer of patriarchal determinism. The clues come from the phrase “the source of women’s inequality” and MacKinnon’s apparent belief that thinking biology plays any role in women’s oppression entails thinking male dominant social systems, or patriarchal gender, does not. This error seems to follow from being haunted by patriarchal narratives about sex as the single “source” or “origin” of the gender structure. But if we have learned anything from deconstruction, or a sexual difference analysis of reproduction as an axiom of co-creation, it’s that nothing comes from a single origin. To say that sex plays a role in why patriarchal gender evolved is not to say that sex is the entire, determinist, explanation, or that the evolution of patriarchal gender was not a historical process. - -This is precisely the mistake Joan Scott made in “Gender: A Useful Category of Historical Analysis” (1986), another key text in the emergence of academic radical constructivism. “[W]hether domination comes” from “male appropriation of the female’s reproductive labor or…the sexual objectification of women”, writes Scott, “theories of patriarchy…rest[s] on the single variable of physical difference” and hence “assume[s]…the ahistoricity of gender itself” (my emphasis). No properly feminist theory of women’s oppression can rest on sex as “a single variable” and doing so would make male dominance, as MacKinnon suggests “inevitable, immutable, unchangeable”. What, however, is going on here is again some type of conceptual freezing which issues in the otherwise baffling failure to think the interaction between sex and gender, nature and culture, or biology and history in the account of women’s oppression. Sexual difference feminists would recognise this kind of either/or splitting into oppositional – mutually exclusive – poles as fundamental to the psycho-material operations of patriarchal hierarchy. That this conceptual splitting is still haunting the thought of women who style their analysis as challenging power hierarchies or deconstructing binaries is a bitter irony. - -To conclude I am going to give one possible gender-critical formulation of how to think the interaction of biology and history, or nature and culture, in the sex/gender relation. This account would accept much of what MacKinnon says about how mechanisms of domination and submission structure patriarchal formulations of the heterosexual dyad, and the way this echoes rhetorically and materially through many of our power hierarchies. Like MacKinnon, I disagree with Holly Lawford-Smith that we can focus exclusively on sex-based hierarchies, because it both diminishes the complexity and explanatory scope of our analysis and disenfranchises women living at the intersection of other axes of oppression. Unlike MacKinnon, however, I do not take sexuality to be the single “linchpin” of women’s oppression, nor do I think that heterosexual men’s reproductive or sexual exploitation of women has “nothing whatsoever to do” with women being female. Rather, I would want to draw together strands of socialist, radical, sexual difference and ecofeminist analysis, and look for the common structure which underpins the reproductive and sexual exploitation of women’s bodies (MacKinnon lumps these together in a way that allows her to elide reproductive biology), along with the exploitation of women’s reproductive and domestic labour. I would also want to underline the way these exploitative hierarchies are intertwined with our relation to the earth, and with the bodies and labour of all exploited peoples. - -By this radical materialist feminist analysis, patriarchy is fundamentally a system of material extraction, which is held in place by a system of psycho-material hierarchy we can call, in the first instance, gender. It develops historically by converting both the natural environment and the bodies of women into a resource, a gesture in which both nature and women (who are intertwined in the gendered hierarchy) are appropriated as objects for the instrumental use of the male subject. As I discuss in “Woman as Resource: Towards a Radical Materialist Feminism”, I think the “resource” framing helps us clarify the issue of how to think the relation of sex/gender, or biology/history, that we have been examining here. I write there: - -The concept of “resource” necessarily contains within it…interactivity between materiality [sex/nature] and its appropriation on the basis of fulfilling human need [gender/culture]…Trees, say, are not inherently a “resource” until humans come along and work out there’s a bunch of useful things that can be done with them. The things they can do with them (burn them, make tables or houses or boats out of them) are inherently tied to the material properties of trees – just as the reproductive capacities of women are inherently tied to the possibility of us being turned into a reproductive resource – but that doesn’t mean boats arise by mechanical necessity from the existence of trees, or that someone who thinks the properties of wood might have something to do with “being able to make boats out of it” is some kind of evil “bioessentialist”.…The process by which humans work out the uses for such materials – and in the case of patriarchy, by which they institute social relations of extraction to humans’ bodies or labour – is a historical process. - -What this gives us then is a non-deterministic, but non-arbitrary, account of the relation of sex to gender, or the role of biology in the historical development of patriarchy. It doesn’t suffer the loss of explanatory power that radical constructivist accounts do and can tell us why gender exists, why so much effort is invested in controlling women’s bodies, and why the norms of femininity look so much like they’re preparing women, as Kate Millet and Marilyn Frye both observed, for a life of “service”. But this analysis is emphatically non-determinist and historical. There is something the paralysed minds of radical constructivists forgot between the poles of “determined” and “arbitrary”, and that something is “historically contingent”. There is no given that dictates extractive relations to women must arise from women’s biological capacities, but it is not the case that the motive for resource extraction has “nothing to do” with the properties of the resource. The determinist account of patriarchy makes as much sense as claiming that the material properties of crude oil necessitate the exploitations executed by the oil trade, while the radical constructivist account makes as much sense as saying that the oil trade has “nothing to do” with the material properties of crude oil. What was missing from the abstraction of the “determinist”/”arbitrary” binary was a concrete remembering that on the basis of need humans interact with the material and social world to create human history. - -We can, of course, argue about whether meeting need though brute exploitation is itself biologically determined. I am neither a sociobiologist nor a neoliberal, and I believe the archaeological and anthropological record casts doubt on the widespread, and deeply ideological, assumption of the mechanical, or evolutionary, necessity of exploitative domination. Clearly, being exploitative is one of our human possibilities, and one no doubt influenced by some of our animal drives. In animal terms, we are, however, pretty shabby apex predators, and the success of our species is down, in no small part, to our ability to communicate, co-operate, and create complex social and cultural structures. It is how we historically organise, and whether we meet need through systems of that encourage reciprocity or exacerbate exploitation, that makes the difference between patriarchy and some kind of otherwise. - -One of the tasks for feminism now – as the social and natural world unravels from millennia of untrammelled exploitation – is to think through the conditions of possibility of material, social, and interpersonal reciprocity, and that starts, I believe, with our relations to women’s bodies and the earth. Accounts that elide the historical connections between hierarchies of power (gender/class/race) and the material exploitation of bodies, labour, and the earth, won’t do the job. This is one key reason why bastions of corporate power have been so eager to take up the idealist tokens of liberated “identity”, festooning themselves with progress flags, rainbows, and pronouns. They know it will never touch their bottom line. As radical materialist feminists, we know it too, and we won’t be surrendering our analysis of the significance of sex in the history of exploitation any time soon. - -Further Reading - -The Second Sex, Simone de Beauvoir, (Random House, 2010) - -“Sex and Gender in Simone de Beauvoir’s Second SexSecond Sex”, Judith Butler, available at jstor.org/stable/2930225 - -“Gender: A Useful Category of Historical Analysis”, Joan Scott, available at jstor.org/stable/1864376 - -Toward a Feminist Theory of the State, Catharine A. MacKinnon, (Harvard University Press, 1989) - -“Exploring Transgender Law and Politics”, Catharine A. MacKinnon, available at signsjournal.org/exploring-transgender-law-and-politics/ - -“Disembodied Law”, in Respect and Equality: Transsexual and Transgender Rights, Stephen Whittle, (Cavendish Publishing, 2002) - -“‘Sex Changes’? Paradigm Shifts in ‘Sex’ and ‘Gender’ Following the Gender Recognition Act“, Stephen Whittle and Lewis Turner, available at socresonline.org.uk/12/1/whittle.html - -Sex, Gender and the Body, Toril Moi, (Oxford University Press, 2005) - -“A Brief History of Transgender Ideology”, appendix to “The Political Erasure of Sex”, Jane Clare Jones, available at politicalerasureofsex.org - -“Woman as Resource: Towards a Radical Materialist Feminism”, Jane Clare Jones, available at theradicalnotion.org/woman-as-resource-towards-a-radical-materialist-feminism - -“The Radical Notion That Women Are People” in The Annals of the TERF-Wars and Other Writing, Jane Clare Jones, (Radical Notion Books, 2022) - -“The History of Sex: Sex Denial and Gender Identity Ideology”, in Sex and Gender: A Contemporary Reader, Jane Clare Jones (Routledge, 2023) - -Gender-Critical Feminism, Holly Lawford-Smith, (Oxford University Press, 2022) - -Time to Think: The Inside Story of the Collapse of the Tavistock’s Gender Service for Children, Hannah Barnes, (Swift Press, 2023) - -Jane Clare Jones is a feminist philosopher and writer whose work synthesises the radical feminist critique of male dominance with a materialist feminist critique of sex-based exploitation, with a particular focus on sexual violence and its symbolisation. She is the founder of the Centre for Feminist Thought and the editor of the journal The Radical Notion.",1731883644,f019c0c620,17b3396527,,,1731883644 -https://www.inman.com/2024/11/15/rebuilding-your-real-estate-business-systems-for-a-fresh-start/,https://www.inman.com/feed/,Rebuilding your real estate business systems for a fresh start,"While a systems reset might seem like a big undertaking, coach Darryl Davis writes, it’s also one of the most empowering moves you can make. - -Whether it’s refining your business model, mastering new technologies, or discovering strategies to capitalize on the next market surge, Inman Connect New York will prepare you to take bold steps forward. The Next Chapter is about to begin. Be part of it. Join us and thousands of real estate leaders Jan. 22-24, 2025. - -In this crazy, sometimes unpredictable industry of ours, being successful means staying nimble, resilient and ready to recalibrate. Whether the market’s shifting beneath your feet, you’re aiming for a new level of efficiency, or bouncing back from a tough year, a fresh start can give your business the fuel it needs to soar. - -I’ve always said some of the best breakthroughs come from breakdowns. - -So, let’s break down the essentials for rebuilding your real estate business systems from the ground up, creating a rock-solid foundation for sustained growth, stability and opportunity. - -1. Assess what’s working (and what’s not) - -Start by taking a hard (and brutally honest) look at your current systems. Are your lead generation tactics hitting the mark? How’s your client management flow? - -Dive into the nitty-gritty of transaction processes, marketing strategies and communication methods. Be thorough here, and get input from team members and clients alike — these insights are gold for figuring out what to build up and what to let go. - -2. Define clear, tangible goals - -When you’re rebuilding, aim to create a clear roadmap instead of just splashing paint on the wall. Pin down what success looks like for you — doubling your closed deals, cutting costs by 20 percent and boosting client satisfaction. - -Define goals that are sharp, realistic and purpose-driven so every new system has a direct line to a win. With clear targets, you’re setting yourself up for real results, not just hopeful outcomes. - -3. Make technology your secret weapon - -It’s not just about keeping up with technology — it’s about using it to supercharge your operations. Explore CRM systems that let you track every client interaction, automated email tools that keep your communication humming and virtual tour software that breathes life into property listings. - -The right tech can take hours of busy work off your plate, freeing you up to focus on what you do best: closing deals and building relationships. - -4. Shake up your marketing strategy - -With digital media front and center, it’s essential that your online presence reflects your strengths and stands out. Refresh your website, optimize it for SEO and lean into social media. Don’t stop there — add video content to your strategy, showcase client testimonials, or explore partnerships with local businesses for cross-promotions. - -There are so many useful AI tools that can help you put a powerful system in place and keep it humming consistently. A strong, well-rounded marketing strategy puts you in front of clients and makes sure you’re unforgettable. - -5. Put relationships front and center - -Your clients aren’t just transactions — they’re lifelong relationships and your best advocates. Implement a system that prioritizes client care before, during and after every deal. Check-in regularly, share useful information and consider a loyalty or referral program. A great client experience today can turn into tomorrow’s referrals, positive reviews and return business. - -6. Simplify your transaction process - -What’s one of the biggest value-adds for clients? A seamless transaction process. Use digital management tools for contracts and closings to eliminate manual errors and reduce time delays. A smooth process makes life easier for clients and gives you the reputation of being thorough, efficient and dependable. - -7. Level up your communication - -A key factor in business growth is clear, consistent communication with your clients and team. Equip your business with tools that streamline scheduling, file sharing and follow-ups. Set up regular team huddles and updates to ensure everyone’s aligned on goals and client progress. Strong communication builds trust and keeps your whole team rowing in the same direction. - -8. Invest in professional development - -The best teams don’t just happen — they’re built through training and shared growth. Encourage yourself and your team to attend workshops, enroll in certifications and keep learning. Industry trends are always evolving, and staying ahead of the curve will make you the go-to expert clients can rely on. - -9. Plan for regular reviews - -Real estate changes constantly, and your systems should, too. Schedule quarterly or semi-annual reviews to assess the effectiveness of your strategies. Use performance data, market trends and client feedback as your guideposts for future tweaks or overhauls as well as other metrics that can give you a clear picture of how your business is growing (or stagnating). Consistent review keeps you adaptable and ready to pivot when opportunity calls. - -10. Brand like you mean it - -Your brand is what sets you apart in a sea of options. Take the time to refresh your brand materials — business cards, website, social media profiles and even your professional bio. Showcasing your unique style, strengths and success stories builds trust and ensures your brand aligns with the standout service you’re bringing to the table. - -Rebuilding your real estate business systems might be a big undertaking, but it’s also one of the most empowering moves you can make. With clarity, intentionality and the right mix of tools, you’re not just setting up shop — you’re setting the stage for success that can weather any storm. - -Embrace the challenge, stay true to your goals and watch your business thrive in ways you never thought possible. - -Darryl Davis is the CEO of Darryl Davis Seminars. Connect with him on Facebook or YouTube.",1731883659,123ad3b11e,17b528f067,,,1731883659 -https://thejournal.com/Articles/2024/11/08/Windows-Server-2025-Now-Generally-Available.aspx,https://thejournal.com/rss-feeds/news.aspx,Windows Server 2025 Now Generally Available -- THE Journal,"Windows Server 2025 Now Generally Available - -Microsoft has announced the general availability of Windows Server 2025. - -The company said the latest release of one of its flagship products will enable organizations to deploy applications on-premises, in hybrid setups, or fully in the cloud. Microsoft is also touting that Windows Server 2025 is the most secure Windows Server it has released. - -Built for the Cloud - -Windows Server 2025 arrives with hybrid deployments at the core of its design, making it ""an ideal choice for organizations looking to optimize their IT infrastructure and leverage the benefits of both on-premises and cloud environments."" Some of the new features include: - -Hotpatching via Azure Arc: Available through a subscription service, hotpatching delivers security updates with minimal downtime across Windows Server 2025 environments. - -Available through a subscription service, hotpatching delivers security updates with minimal downtime across Windows Server 2025 environments. Simplified Azure Arc Onboarding: With an easier onboarding process, Azure's management capabilities extend to on-premises environments, providing users with seamless control over hybrid and multicloud deployments. - -With an easier onboarding process, Azure's management capabilities extend to on-premises environments, providing users with seamless control over hybrid and multicloud deployments. Software-Defined Network (SDN) Multisite Features: New SDN capabilities support workload migration across locations and enhance network policy management, providing IT administrators with centralized control. - -New SDN capabilities support workload migration across locations and enhance network policy management, providing IT administrators with centralized control. Unified Network Policy Management: This feature enables centralized management of network policies, simplifying the process of maintaining consistent security and performance - -Secure for Every Environment - -Windows Server 2025 looks to capitalize on Microsoft's ""prioritize security above all else"" initiative by including multiple new features that focus on the company's key core principles: secure by design, secure by default, secure operations. - -Microsoft highlighted some of these key new features in its Monday announcement: - -Active Directory (AD) : The gold standard for identity and authentication only gets better with new security capabilities to help fortify your environment against evolving threats with greater scalability and improvements in protocols, encryption, hardening, and new cryptographic support. - -: The gold standard for identity and authentication only gets better with new security capabilities to help fortify your environment against evolving threats with greater scalability and improvements in protocols, encryption, hardening, and new cryptographic support. File services/server message block (SMB) hardening : Windows Server 2025 includes SMB over QUIC to enable secure access to file shares over the internet. SMB security also adds hardened firewall defaults, brute force attack prevention, and protections for man in the middle attacks, relay attacks, and spoofing attacks. - -: Windows Server 2025 includes SMB over QUIC to enable secure access to file shares over the internet. SMB security also adds hardened firewall defaults, brute force attack prevention, and protections for man in the middle attacks, relay attacks, and spoofing attacks. Delegate Managed Service Accounts (dMSA): Unlike traditional service accounts, dMSAs don’t require manual password management since AD automatically takes care of it. With dMSAs, specific permissions can be delegated to access resources in the domain, which reduces security risks and provides better visibility and logs of service account activity. - -AI and Performance Boost - -Windows Server 2025 introduces significant AI and performance enhancements, particularly through updates to Hyper-V. With increased memory and processor limits, virtual machines can now use up to 240 terabytes of memory and 2,048 virtual processors, vastly expanding their capacity to support resource-intensive workloads, according to Microsoft. These improvements position the platform as an ideal choice for demanding applications, from AI-driven processes to large-scale data analytics. - -In addition, Windows Server 2025 enhances storage capabilities with NVMe technology, delivering up to 60 percent faster storage IOPS compared to Windows Server 2022, according to Microsoft's internal testing. The company said this boost addresses the needs of data-intensive applications, while innovations in Storage Spaces Direct allow for flexible storage configurations. The inclusion of deduplication and compression through the Native ReFS file system further optimizes storage efficiency, making it easier for organizations to manage large volumes of data across various deployment setups. - -""These improvements make Windows Server 2025 an excellent option for organizations looking for a virtualization solution and for organizations looking to leverage AI and machine learning while maintaining high performance and scalability,"" Microsoft said. - -System Center 2025 is also now available, for organizations upgrading to Windows Server 2025. - -Launch Bugs - -Microsoft has acknowledged a few current issues when installing or upgrading to Windows Server 2025. First, for those non-English-speaking customers installing Windows Server 2025 from a CD or USB, some text might appear in English. - -Next, for those running Windows Server 2025 on servers with 256 or more logical processors, users may experience issues, including excessive start up times of more than three hours or a blue screen crash when starting or running an application. Microsoft said that while it troubleshoots a solution, users can manually set the number of logical processors to under 256 to avoid the errors. - -Finally, those running Windows Server 2025 on iSCSI (Internet Small Computer Systems Interface) technology might encounter an error message at startup, saying ""boot device inaccessible."" Microsoft said a fix for this will arrive in a future monthly update. - -For more information, visit the Microsoft blog.",1731883612,efd9bb9654,17cf2fa333,,,1731883612 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/upcoming-video-games/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/feed/,"All upcoming video games (PS5, Xbox, Switch, PC): 2024, 2025 and beyond","Keeping track of every new video game release is a nearly impossible task. Ggames are constantly being announced, delayed, rereleased on new platforms, remastered, canceled — you get the point. With the upcoming games lineup constantly shifting on PC, Switch, Xbox Series X, PlayStation 5 and mobile, it can be hard to find games to look forward to playing (and to budget for) in the coming months. - -Despite the herculean task of tracking an entire year of video game release dates, we’re giving it our best shot. Check out this month-by-month schedule of new video game releases. We’re focusing mainly on highly anticipated titles with concrete release dates, but will also include little-known indies and keep an eye on launch plans for up-in-the-air titles like Grand Theft Auto 6 or games that are still very early on in development like Hogwarts Legacy 2 or The Last of Us Part 3. If you’re looking to get a quick glance at the future of video games, this is the place. We’ll keep this list updated and as accurate as possible at regular intervals. - -Recommended Videos - -November release dates - -Here’s everything that’s on our radar for 2024. The games immediately below have set release dates. We’ll get into anything that’s more up in the air below the confirmed launches. - -December release dates - -Animal Crossing: Pocket Camp Complete (iOS, Android) – December 2 - -Warhammer 40,000: Darktide (PS5) – December 3 - -Antonblast (Switch, PC) – December 3 - -Delta Force (PC) – December 4 - -The Edge of Allegoria (PC) – December 4 - -Symphonia (PS5, PS4, XSX/S, Xbox One, PC, Switch) – December 4 - -Bridge Constructor Studio (Quest 2, Quest 3) – December 5 - -Caves of Qud (PC) – December 5 - -Fantasian Neo Dimension (PS5, PS4, XSX/S, PC, Switch) – December 5 - -Fitness Boxing 3: Your Personal Trainer (Switch) – December 5 - -Infinity Nikki (PS5, PC) – December 5 - -Marvel Rivals (PC, PS5, XSX/S) – December 6 - -Path of Exile 2 (PS5, PS4, XSX/S, Xbox One, PC) – December 6 - -Indiana Jones and the Great Circle (PC, XSX/S) – December 9 - -Legacy of Kain: Soul Reaver 1 & 2 Remastered (PS5, PS4, XSX/S, Xbox One, PC, Switch) – December 10 - -Mighty Morphin’ Power Rangers: Rita’s Rewind (PS5, PS4, XSX/S, Xbox One, PC, Switch) – December 10 - -Monument Valley 3 (Netflix Games) – December 10 - -Fairy Tail 2 (PC) – December 11 - -Clone Drone in the Hyperdome (Quest, PC VR) – December 12 - -Fairy Tail 2 (PS5, PS4, Switch) – December 13 - -One Piece: Ambition (mobile) – December 18 - -Alien: Rogue Incursion (PSVR 2, Quest 3, PC VR) – December 19 - -Hitman: World of Assassination (PSVR 2) – December - -Wobbly Life (Switch) – December - -2025 release dates - -Now that 2025 is nearly here, the early months are already filling up with pretty impressive game releases. We’ll be sure to note games that have expected or rumored release windows alongside games with solid launch plans. - -January release dates - -Freedom Wars Remastered (PS5, Switch, PC) – January 10, 2025 - -Donkey Kong Country Returns HD (Switch) – January 16, 2025 - -Dynasty Warriors Origins (PS5, XSX, PC) – January 17, 2025 - -Tales of Graces f Remastered (PS5, Switch, XSX, PC) – January 17, 2025 - -Star Wars Episode I: Jedi Power Battles (PS5, Switch, XSX, PC) – January 23 - -Cuisineer (Switch) – January 28, 2025 - -Sniper Elite: Resistance (PS5, PS4, XSX/S, Xbox One, PC) – January 29 - -February release dates - -March release dates",1731883689,f8bbd45a63,17ef49df75,,,1731883689 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/11/02/newcastle-vs-arsenal-live-score-latest-premier-league/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Mikel Arteta can thank an old friend Arsenal are not further adrift in title race,"When the Arsenal team coach left St James’ Park for the airport and flight home it looked like the gap to the team at the top of the Premier League might stretch to eight points – by the time they were home the picture was nothing like as dismal. - -For that, Mikel Arteta had a childhood friend to thank – his old team-mate from the schoolboy team of Antiguoko KE in the Basque city of San Sebastian, the one and only Andoni Iraola. His fellow Spanish coach had cancelled out the looming added-points deficit to Manchester City with a stupendous win over Pep Guardiola’s team for Bournemouth. Liverpool might have taken their lead to Arsenal to seven points, but for Arteta and his eternal pursuit of City, it was the same as at the start of the day. - -An opportunity missed? Given how poorly Arsenal played they could give thanks for small mercies. - -There was a time when an Arsenal defeat of this scale and magnitude was an event: Arteta wagging a finger in the fourth official’s face, solemn questions asked about the state of refereeing, perhaps even a letter of complaint on headed notepaper. Yet at St James’ Park the great Premier League challengers of the past two seasons just ebbed away, devoid of the usual indignation. - -It was not a case that nothing seemed to work, just that the energy was missing. It showed what Arteta has been capable of generating over the last two years from a standing start – a team that insists on its own importance and can overwhelm a hesitant opponent. This time it was missing, and one could see that in Arteta’s post-match mood. - -Less than two weeks previously, Arsenal had still not lost a game in any competition, but after defeat to Bournemouth the wagon has rocked. They never truly looked like scoring a goal after Alexander Isak struck in the 12th minute. All the usual dependable attacking forces seemed jaded.",1731883688,4301cc1e14,17ecee08ee,,,1731883688 -https://datainnovation.org/2024/10/10-bits-the-data-news-hotlist-483/,https://www.datainnovation.org/feed/,10 Bits: The Data News Hotlist,"This week’s list of top data news highlights covers October 19, 2024 to October 25, 2024, and includes articles on a machine learning model to assess worker fatigue in factories and a new app to train pilots using VR headsets. - -1. Diagnosing Parkinson’s Disease - -An international group of researchers has developed a streamlined method to diagnose Parkinson’s disease using a single wearable sensor on a person’s lower back combined with a machine learning algorithm that analyzes data from the sensor to detect patterns associated with the disease. The researchers found that data from a single task—standing up, walking a few feet, turning around, and sitting down while performing a cognitive task—was enough for an accurate Parkinson’s diagnosis. - -2. Generating Accurate Data Analyses - -Anthropic, a San Francisco-based AI startup, has launched a new analysis tool in the company’s generative AI assistant Claude to analyze data that users provide in their prompts. With the new ability to write and run JavaScript code, Claude can now perform more precise mathematical calculations and generate visualizations like data dashboards from user-provided PDF files and spreadsheets. - -3. Expanding Professional Networks - -A San Francisco-based startup called Boardy has launched a networking service that uses AI to connect professionals who have similar interests, backgrounds, or goals. Users sign up on Boardy’s website by providing their phone number, and an automated AI voice assistant calls them to chat about their experience, professional interests, and goals to check if anyone in the Boardy network may be a good fit to connect. - -4. Forecasting Worker Fatigue - -A group of U.S. researchers have created a new system to monitor manufacturing workers’ fatigue levels in real time using a machine learning model to analyze data from wearable sensors. The system uses data on workers’ heart rate and arm movement data. Implementing the system in manufacturing plants could help boost productivity and minimize the risk of burnout in workers. - -5. Advancing Quantum Computing - -Scientists at Tsing Hua University in Taiwan have built the world’s smallest quantum computer using a single photon as a qubit. By using a light particle instead of superconducting qubits, the computer can operate at room temperature. The device is a proof of concept that could help overcome the current limitations in quantum computing, such as the need to cool down quantum computers to absolute zero to tap into laws of quantum physics. - -6. Streamlining Hiring - -Chipotle has partnered with Paradox, an AI software company, to launch a new hiring platform called Ava Cado to streamline hiring staff for the chain’s restaurants using generative AI. Ava Cado can screen applications, schedule and conduct interviews, and even make job offers in real-time. According to Chipotle, Ava Cado could reduce the time restaurant managers spend on hiring by up to 75 percent. - -7. Streamlining Government Services - -Government agencies in Puerto Rico are utilizing a new digital ID tool called IDEAL that enables agencies to securely share information they already have on residents when handling requests or providing services, with residents’ permission. This tool reduces the need for residents to repeatedly submit documents and allows faster and smoother access to services, like housing aid, by enabling agencies to pull relevant data directly from each other. - -8. Digitizing Health Records - -The World Health Organization has partnered with Saudi Arabia to launch Hajj health cards to ensure the public health of the roughly three million Muslims who travel to the holy city of Mecca yearly for pilgrimage. The tool will summarize a pilgrim’s health information, including medication needs, allergies, immunization status, and pre-existing conditions, to help the host government and medical providers ensure quality healthcare and safety for the pilgrims during the Hajj. - -9. Predicting Heart Disease Risks - -Researchers at the Imperial College London have created an AI tool that can help doctors identify patients with a high risk of heart attacks, heart failure, and heart rhythm problems and estimate the likelihood of death. The researchers trained the machine learning model on millions of tests recording electrical signals within and between the heart’s chambers, which doctors use to identify irregularities. A study concluded that the tool can accurately predict the risk that a patient will die in the decade after a heart scan. - -10. Training Pilots - -A Canadian aviation training provider has created an immersive app to train pilots remotely using Apple’s Vision Pro virtual reality headset. The app, which pilots can use to train whenever and wherever they like, will simulate flight deck interactions and a guided tool can coach pilots on aircraft procedures and best practices. - -Image credit: SEO Galaxy",1731883651,e4a7f9406f,17e1816d69,,,1731883651 -https://transom.org/2014/australia/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Australia!,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/Australia.mp3 Download Listen to “Australia!” - -“Creative Audio Unit.” I like the sound of that. Just the idea is ear catching. It sounds like a group of radio producers who play and experiment with form, narrative, sound design… just about all aspects of audio production and storytelling. Dreamy, right? I mean, who wouldn’t want to work for or listen to stories from a “Creative Audio Unit?” - -Well, that’s exactly where Julie Shapiro goes to work every day. Lucky her. She’s the Executive Producer of the Creative Audio Unit of RN (formerly Radio National), a network of the Australian Broadcasting Corporation. Julie and three other staffers produce two, hour-long radio programs a week: Radiotonic and Soundproof. And, just like the name “Creative Audio Unit” (CAU) suggests, Radiotonic and Soundproof feature imaginative, ear-grabbing stories. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/Clip-1-What-could-radio-be.mp3 Download Listen to “What could radio be?” - -Frankly, I’m surprised Radiotonic and Soundproof are on the air. Podcasts, yes. On the radio, no. - -Or, put another way, it’s highly unlikely that the production aesthetics of the two programs would be accepted here in the States (Radiolab is an obvious exception). The producers at CAU treat their audience as listeners. True listeners. The expectation is that people are paying close attention with their ears. - -On this edition of HowSound, Julie guides us through a sampler of episodes from Radiontonic and Soundproof – clips of sound art, narrative features, and pieces that mix both. (Links to all the stories are below.) - -Plus, this HowSound also features “The Real Tom Banks” in its entirety. The piece won a Silver Award at the 2014 Third Coast Festival in Chicago. - -And if all that isn’t enough, here are a couple of clips from a very funny radio drama about radio from Radiotonic called “Me, Ricky, and Him.” It’s a satire about an older Australian radio personality struggling to make a big comeback producing a youth oriented radio program – if only Ricky Gervais would work with her. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/Clip-2-Me-Ricky-and-Him-opening.mp3 Download Listen to “a clip from Me, Ricky, and Him” - -In the meantime, while Ricky Gervais is not responding, the older host, paired with a more youthful one, produce segments that will supposedly attract a “younger demographic.” They’re awful. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/12/Clip-3-Computer-Haiku.mp3 Download Listen to “Computer Haiku” - -After sampling all of this inspired audio from Australia, I suspect you’ll add Radiotonic and Soundproof to your podcast subscriptions and maybe start your own Creative Audio Unit. - -Links to work featured on this HowSound in the order that they appear: - -“The Regents Canal, London” by Iain Chambers - -“Ray and Ponce” by Edward Primrose - -“Hit Parade” by Christof Migone - -“To Skin a Rabbit” by Mark Brandi - -“Inaudible Me” by Belinda Lopez - -“The Real Tom Banks” by Jesse Cox with sound engineer Timothy Nicastri - -“Me, Ricky, and Him” by Natalie Kestecher and Steven Tilley - -Other links: - -Radiotonic - -Soundproof - -Creative Audio Unit",1731883705,c00d35bf2d,18538c31b3,,,1731883705 -https://www.brewcrewball.com/2024/11/12/24295120/william-contreras-wins-second-straight-silver-slugger,https://www.brewcrewball.com/rss/current,William Contreras wins second straight Silver Slugger,"Awards season continued tonight with the announcement of the Silver Slugger Awards, given to the player in each league who was deemed to be his position’s best hitter. The Brewers came into the evening with 22 Silver Slugger winners in the team’s history, including one just last year for catcher William Contreras. Contreras and the Brewers added one more to their tally tonight, while the team’s other finalists, Willy Adames at shortstop and Jackson Chourio in the outfield, came up short this year. - -Contreras, as expected, repeated as the award winner at catcher. His 131 wRC+ was 14 points higher than any other catcher who played at least 85 games—his older brother, Willson, was the only primary catcher in baseball who eclipsed that mark but he missed about half the season. - -Chourio was viewed as a longshot in the National League outfield, though general weakness at the position this season meant that he had an outside shot. It was not to be though, as all three NL outfielders came from the NL West: Jackson Merrill and Jurickson Profar from the Padres and Teoscar Hernández from the Dodgers. - -Adames was also not expected to win at shortstop. Adames had a great year offensively but the winner of the award was the Mets’ Francisco Lindor, who is widely expected to finish second in MVP voting. Sometimes the cards just don’t fall in your favor. - -A full list of winners is available here. - -Awards season continues on Thursday when the All-MLB teams are announced (for which Contreras should have a decent shot as well). The Hank Aaron Awards, Reliever of the Year Awards, the Edgar Martinez Designated Hitter Award, and the Comeback Player of the Year Awards are also given out on Thursday.",1731883628,39dafd4545,17fbf186f9,,,1731883628 -https://www.theloadout.com/party-animals/ps5-ps4,https://www.theloadout.com/feed,Is Party Animals coming to PS5 and PS4?,"Is Party Animals coming to PS5 and PS4? Party Animals has everything you could ever want in an animal-based multiplayer brawler: dogs, cats, bunnies, otters (especially otters), and more. These cute furry characters, which are actually little bundles of murderous joy, have captured the attention of many looking for a great party game to enjoy with friends and loved ones. But do those on PlayStation have a Party Animals PS4 and Party Animals PS5 release date to look forward to, so they can get in on the action with Xbox and PC players? - -Party Animals has already secured a spot on our best co-op games list, largely because it “offers a fun time with friends thanks to its visually distinct art style and party antics” – something we note in our Party Animals review. But is it destined to land on our best PS5 co-op games list too? And if so, when will this highly-anticipated new PS5 game arrive? - -Is Party Animals coming to PS5 and PS4? - -Despite launching as an Xbox console exclusive, there is an encouraging sign that a Party Animals PS5 release is on the way. In July 2024, a PlayStation Store page for Party Animals appeared. While the store page doesn’t give a release date and is fairly incomplete, it does let you wishlist the game. - -Party Animals’ developer, Recreate Games, hasn’t officially commented on bringing the game to PlayStation, but this store page makes it seem incredibly likely. It’s worth noting that the store page currently says this is a PS5 version with support for DualSense controller features, so it looks like it may only arrive on the current-gen console and will skip PS4. - -As with many third-party Xbox exclusives, their exclusivity contracts usually expire after a certain amount of time. It’s common to see exclusivity end after 12 months, and with this logic, Party Animals could arrive on PS5 as early as September 2024 – the game’s initial release date on Xbox and PC was September 20, 2023. - -Party Animals’ arrival on PS5 will be celebrated by fans of co-op party games (and cute otters), but there are some other great games you can play in the meantime. - -Best Party Animal PS5 and PS4 alternatives - -While we await further news on a potential Party Animals PS5 and PS4 release date, here are some great alternatives you can jump into with friends. The most similar game to Party Animals is Gang Beasts as it offers the same physics-based brawling, though instead of cute, cuddly animals, you’ll be beating the snot out of your pals with questionably-cute, not-so-cuddly, onesie-wearing blobs of gelatin. - -If, on the other hand, you’re looking for something physics-based, but geared more towards cooperation and solving challenging environmental puzzles, then Human Fall Flat is an absolute classic that promises hours of fun. Both games are on PS4 and PS5, so you’re good to go regardless of which generation of console you’re playing on. - -If neither of those take your fancy, you could always jump into the ever-popular Fall Guys – one of the best free PS5 games out there – for some co-op party game madness. - -And there you have it, a full rundown of what we know about Party Animals PS5 and Party Animals PS4 versions. If you’re also on the lookout for something else to play outside of the party game sphere, then check out our list of the best PS5 games available on the system right now. - -If you’re busting a gut to get on the Party Animals hype, then be sure to bookmark this guide and check back periodically as more information hopefully surfaces. You can also take a look at which free Party Animals codes are currently active.",1731883674,bbec762ab3,17cdbf1f56,,,1731883674 -https://www.cbssports.com/nfl/news/jaguars-on-doorstep-of-major-changes-after-lions-put-up-50-points-hand-them-worst-loss-in-franchise-history/,https://www.cbssports.com/rss/headlines/NFL/,"Jaguars on doorstep of major changes after Lions put up 50 points, hand them worst loss in franchise history","The Jacksonville Jaguars are in the middle of one of the most disappointing seasons in recent memory. And that disappointment could lead to significant changes sooner rather than later. The Jaguars suffered a 52-6 loss to the Detroit Lions on Sunday, their worst loss in franchise history. - -That doesn't bode well for Jaguars brass entering the bye week, as CBS Sports NFL Insider Jonathan Jones reported before the game that this could be the end of the Doug Pederson era in Jacksonville if the team lost to Detroit. Jones also noted that the expectation around the league is that they'll be searching for a new head coach and general manager this offseason. - -Trent Baalke will have a 30-64 record as the Jags' GM with a loss against the Detroit Lions today, which is looking likely as Jacksonville is down 42-6 in the third. Baalke has just two playoff appearances and one playoff win since he took over the role in 2021. - -This report of potential change comes off the heels of an NFL Media report that suggested the team could make a ""dramatic move"" as soon as this week. If the Jaguars were to move off Pederson, quarterbacks coach Mike McCoy could be a candidate to take over in the interim, given his prior head-coaching experience. - -As for who could lead the team in 2025, Jones adds that they could be taking a look at two options today in Lions coordinator Ben Johnson and Aaron Glenn. - -An in-season change at either spot wouldn't be uncommon for Jacksonville. In 2020, the franchise fired GM Dave Caldwell in late November after three seasons. Then, in 2021, the Jaguars fired head coach Urban Meyer less than a year into his tenure. - -Pederson was brought in as the head coach in 2022 with the hope that he'd give the organization some stability and came to Jacksonville with a Super Bowl-winning background. However, the team has yet to reach the heights they'd hoped for under Pederson, which includes a 2-8 start to the 2024 season. - -This rough stretch for the Jaguars also comes off the heels of the organization giving Trevor Lawrence and Josh Hines-Allen monster extensions this offseason. That led to Jaguars owner Shad Khan dubbing them ""the best team assembled by the Jacksonville Jaguars ever"" back in September, adding an extra sting to this well below .500 record. - -Given that, changes are likely to be made, and it could reportedly come as soon as this week, especially after their historic loss Sunday.",1731883631,fad4a9cc43,182237251e,,,1731883631 -https://www.npr.org/2024/02/02/1197956746/groundhogs-day-trademark-bankruptcy-coins,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Susan B. Anthony dollars, bankruptcy, and trademark on Groundhog Day : Planet Money : NPR","Groundhog Day 2024: Trademark, bankruptcy, and the dollar that failed - -It's Groundhog Day, and the eyes of the nation have turned to a small town in western Pennsylvania. And, just like last year, all anyone can talk about is Punxsutawney Phil! It is impossible to find a news story that is not about one furry prognosticator. - -Well, almost impossible... - -Once again, our Planet Money hosts find themselves trapped in the endless Groundhog Day news cycle, and their only way out is to discover an economics story from Groundhog Day itself interesting enough to appease the capricious Groundhog Gods! - -So rise and shine campers (and don't forget your booties) as hosts Kenny Malone and Amanda Aronczyk scour the news of February 2nds past, to try to find the perfect story. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was hosted by Kenny Malone and Amanda Aronczyk. It was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler. It was edited by Keith Romer, and engineered by Valentina Rodríguez Sánchez. It was fact-checked by James Sneed. Our executive producer is Alex Goldmark. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Chance On Me,"" ""Don't Look Down,"" ""Playing the Game,"" and ""Pride and Valor""",1731884607,8181d7a585,182eace310,,,1731884607 -https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/smart-landscaping-tech/,https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/feed/,How Smart Landscaping Tech Integrates with Home Automation for Greener Outdoors,"At SmartHomePerfected we pride ourselves on providing trustworthy, unbiased information. If you buy through links on our site, we may earn a small affiliate commission at no extra cost to you. Learn more - -Smart landscaping tech changes how we enjoy our backyards. With a shift toward eco-friendly living, folks everywhere are getting systems that fit right into home automation. This makes taking care of the yard way more efficient and kind to the Earth. - -This fusion isn't just about convenience; it's a stride towards sustainable living. As smart devices govern irrigation, lighting, and even plant health monitoring, your lawn becomes not just an aesthetic feature but an intelligent participant in your eco-friendly habitat. - -In this article, we will explore how smart landscaping tech integrates with home automation for greener outdoors. - -Streamlined Project Planning - -In the realm of smart landscaping, the initial design and planning phase benefits the most from technological advancements. For instance, landscaping estimate software can help streamline how outdoor projects are conceptualized and quoted. - -With such software, homeowners can visualize potential changes before they occur, leading to more accurate project scopes and budgets. It provides a detailed cost analysis based on materials, labor, and even the projected upkeep of chosen plants and features. - -The integration with home automation systems allows for a more cohesive plan that aligns with your existing smart home setup. - -As a result, you gain the ability to anticipate both the aesthetic impact and the financial implications of transforming your outdoors into an intelligent landscape. - -Precision Irrigation - -Smart landscaping technology also applies in watering plants. Precision irrigation systems, controlled via home automation, adjust watering schedules based on real-time weather data and soil moisture levels. - -That means you don’t have to set and forget your sprinklers to keep drenching the lawn, irrespective of its actual needs or the local climate conditions. - -Instead, with an intelligent setup, you deliver water to plants only when necessary, as you can monitor and manage watering from anywhere, ensuring your vibrant garden drinks responsibly. - -Eco-Friendly Lighting Design - -Efficiency illuminates when smart technology intersects with outdoor lighting. Home automation systems now enable you to manage garden lights using energy-saving schedules and motion sensors, ensuring pathways are lit only when needed. - -Such integration not only creates a safe, welcoming outdoor environment but also significantly reduces unnecessary power consumption. - -Imagine your landscape coming to life as the sun sets, not through manual switches but through an orchestration of sensors and timers that reflect both natural rhythms and personal preferences, allowing for a seamless daily transition while conserving energy. This smart approach casts your commitment to greener living in quite a literal light. - -Plant Health Monitoring - -Another facet of smart landscaping tech is that it intertwines with the well-being of your greenery. Sensors strategically placed in the soil can now communicate with your home automation hub, providing real-time updates on plant health. This technology alerts you to potential issues like under or overwatering, necessary nutrient levels, or drastic soil temperature changes. - -Consequently, you tend to your garden with precision, preventing disease and fostering growth without guesswork. Your outdoor space doesn't just survive; it thrives as part of a system that embodies both care and control – where every flower and foliage receives exactly what it needs to flourish. - -Automated Mowing Solutions - -Additionally, the grass on your lawn can now enjoy the benefits of smart technology. Robotic mowers integrate with home automation systems to keep your turf trimmed without lifting a finger. - -These autonomous landscapers operate within predefined boundaries and run on schedules that adapt to growth patterns and weather conditions. This integration means less manual labor and more time enjoying your manicured outdoors. - -Better still, it contributes to greener practices. That is, it eliminates emissions from traditional gas-powered mowers and reduces water loss through evaporation in freshly cut grass – a testament to how technology and nature can coexist harmoniously. - -Adaptive Outdoor Entertainment - -Lastly, there's more to smart landscaping than just maintenance. The rise of adaptive outdoor entertainment systems is a testament to the versatility of home automation in your green spaces. - -Speakers that blend into the garden aesthetic and weatherproof televisions are now controllable through the same system that manages your lighting and irrigation. These devices can activate when you step outside, providing an immersive experience without disrupting the natural serenity of your surroundings. - -The integration ensures that energy consumption is kept in check, with systems powering down when not in use. This way, leisure meets sustainability, crafting a backyard oasis that respects the environment as much as it provides for your comfort. - -In Conclusion… - -The integration of smart landscaping tech with home automation is a powerful stride towards more sustainable and enjoyable outdoor living. Precision irrigation, eco-friendly lighting, plant health monitoring, automated mowing solutions, adaptive entertainment systems, and landscaping estimate software exemplify this synergy. - -Every innovation weaves together convenience with conservation. Your outdoor environment becomes not only a space of beauty but also a bastion of efficiency. - -As these technologies evolve and intertwine, they pave the way for greener practices that benefit both homeowners and the planet alike. - -Sources - -forbes.com - -Smart Home Perfected",1731883617,1c7041163b,181220ab51,,,1731883617 -https://www.vg247.com/gta-definitive-update-brings-back-colors-to-san-andreas,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,I'd forgotten how stylish the original GTA: San Andreas was until the latest Definitive Edition update,"GTA: The Trilogy - The Definitive Edition's launch in 2021, three years ago, was infamously rough. From badly upscaled textures, to shoddy character models, to broken animations (and plenty more), the three games that defined modern open worlds were butchered. Now, Rockstar Games has wowed everyone by pulling off a complete 180. - -The November 12, 2024, update to the Definitive Edition collection across PC and consoles (with the old gen and Switch getting it a day later) doesn't just fix a lot of what was broken. It also brings back the classic lighting (now enabled by default) that tied the entire visual presentation together in the original console releases. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -I promptly jumped into GTA: San Andreas, the one installment I'd been meaning to quickly revisit for a while, to check what was new, and found myself quickly absorbed by its world for a couple of magical hours during which, as it was back in my high school days, I barely made any story progress. Just driving around and enjoying the refreshed vistas was a blast from the past. - -I've actually played a lot of San Andreas over the years, but mostly on PC through the original release from 2005. That version was always regarded as the most solid one (plus it nurtured a vibrant modding community), yet it always missed the vibrant color hues from the OG console versions, and thus felt far flatter visually, or at least more 'realistic' in a way that felt weird for anyone who'd played the 2004 release on PS2 (or later on Xbox). - -Image credit: Rockstar Games, VG247 - -For some weird reason, despite all the ports and re-releases the classic GTA trilogy has enjoyed over the years, Rockstar has always managed not to deliver an 'ultimate' way to enjoy these games. The original console releases has a framerate which was rough and could only be 'fixed' through advanced emulation. The aforementioned PC port wasn't exactly the same, something and that also applied to GTA 3 and Vice City. Later ports in modern consoles always screwed something up, with the 360 one being the sole exception. And you know how the Definitive Edition originally went. - -Now, with original developer Grove Street Games removed from the collection's credits and Video Games Deluxe taking over, the Definitive Edition feels several steps closer to definitive. The vibes are restored, and even if you could argue the modern lighting looks better at times (especially at night), restoring the fog and giving each city its own unique weather and set of skies, alongside much-needed color grading, has truly made a world of difference. - -Image credit: Rockstar Games, VG247 - -After so many years playing the PC version of San Andreas, I'd simply forgotten how great the true original release looked. Sometimes (far too often, I'm afraid), in the pursuit of a clearer image and realism with remasters and remakes, a good chunk of the original artistic vision is erased, and the Definitive Edition collection was a prime example of that. Even if it had felt okay-ish for a while now - as in not utterly broken - this giant rework and visual refresh is a reminder of everything that was lost. - -Los Santos simply 'pops' in a way that a brutish approach to more modern graphics couldn't achieve, and it was just a matter of getting the colors right and that moody fog back in the game. Perhaps younger players who never played the original releases will be turned off with the highly saturated look that San Andreas sported back in the day, but it's hard to back to a sauceless visual presentation after realizing the older GTAs were never meant to look clean or realistic. After this patch, looking at the upscaled textures and UE4-rendered models that still remain rusty as hell through the very de-saturated modern filter is hilarious, and I can't believe we've been stuck with these bangers looking like that for so long. - -Image credit: Rockstar Games, VG247 - -Mind you, I'd already warmed up to at least Vice City Definitive in recent times, as that game and GTA 3 always felt far less post-processed, yet this patch also made me realize they were missing an extra 'otherworldly' spark. Now, the modern lighting also looks way too clean on them, with the lack of a misty horizon making their admittedly small maps feel even smaller. I don't want the full thing rendered on my screen at once, it was never meant to look like that! - -Other small but welcome improvements include walking around while aiming heavier weapons than pistols and submachine guns in GTA 3 and Vice City, which essentially makes many of their missions easier, but it's all in the service of making the right upgrades where needed, which should be the main driving force behind every remaster. Preserve the past while preparing the games for the future...without diluting their identities. - -Image credit: Rockstar Games, VG247 - -I'd say this Definitive Edition is still a couple of smaller patches away from reaching perfection, and it's hard to predict whether Video Games Deluxe will stick to working on it for much longer, but it's suddenly become an easy recommendation for old and new players alike. As long as you overlook some leftover jank and a few plasticky, too UE-ish textures, this feels like the best, most painless way to experience these games two decades after their original launches. - -The most hilarious thing about this whole story is that we have to thank the recent Netflix port (yes, really) of the Definitive Edition for these updates to the console and PC releases, as most of the new improvements have been brought over from that version. Gaming is so freakin' weird right now, man.",1731883661,374d98cbb9,18314b1636,,,1731883661 -https://cleantechnica.com/2024/11/14/why-my-used-chevy-bolt-is-worth-so-much-more-than-its-trade-in-value/,https://cleantechnica.com/feed/,Why My Used Chevy Bolt Is Worth So Much More Than Its Trade-In Value,"Sign up for daily news updates from CleanTechnica on email. Or follow us on Google News - -GM discontinued the Chevy Bolt EV and EUV at the end of the 2023 model year. During an early 2024 conference call with analysts, GM CEO Mary Barra agreed that environmental benefits of EVs continue to be compelling to the company. She also admitted that GM’s EVs need to be deployed in strategic segments as the nation continues to build out its charging infrastructure. - -Just as the Chevy Bolt line seemed destined for collectors, 2023 became one of the Bolt’s best years yet, with record sales in the second quarter across multiple markets. - -It’s still hard to wrap our heads around the fact that the Bolt EV and EUV are discontinued … at least for now. They’re two of the most successful electric cars sold in the US. I know: I own a Bolt EV. My decision to buy a used Bolt was a combination of its affordability, reliability, performance, range, and safety. - -A new 2023 Chevrolet Bolt costs about $27,500 without any options. The 2LT trim raised the dealer price to $30,695. Edmunds says, “Since its introduction back in 2017, the Chevrolet Bolt has been a solid choice for buyers looking for a compact EV.” Sure, the price of my 2017 used Chevy Bolt has dropped since I purchased it in summer 2023. Now KBB says I could sell it to a private party for about $13,000. Nonetheless, I think there’s a value to owning a used Bolt that isn’t figured into this trade-in price at all. Let’s dig down and see. - -Driving a Chevy Bolt allows us to experience all the perks of battery electric driving without the high cost of newer premium models. Not only is the Bolt an affordable EV to buy, it also will cost you less to maintain, insure, and run than an internal combustion engine vehicle (ICEV). - -When a consumer makes the decision to buy an EV like a used Chevy Bolt, they help to provide a sustainable solution to mitigate the environmental and energy crises and help meet the targets for achieving carbon neutrality under the Paris Agreement. It’s important to me to drive a battery electric vehicle to reduce transportation emissions — whether when at my year-round home or my vacation bungalow in the woods. Replacing gasoline with electricity greatly reduces the carbon emissions from driving. - -A small electric SUV like the Chevy Bolt produces fewer life cycle greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions than a comparable gasoline vehicle. Electric vehicles have no tailpipe emissions — nearly three quarters of the GHG emissions from a gasoline vehicle come from the tailpipe during vehicle operation. For those folks concerned about the ability for the grid to support rising levels of EV sales, researchers have concluded that EVs have increased utility revenues more than they have increased utility costs, leading to downward pressure on electric rates for EV-owners and non-EV owners alike. - -Having a brand new battery in the 2017 used vehicle was pivotal to my buying decision. The recall and replacement of 2017–2019 model year Bolts with a previously flawed battery meant consumers who purchase a pre-owned Bolt from a dealer in that year span now own a brand new battery with a 8 year and 80,000 mile warranty. - -The EV’s regenerative braking is quite solid and nicely adds electricity back into an EV battery while driving — it’s so sensible and efficient. - -A used Bolt offers great range at an affordable price. The cars feature a 65 kWh battery pack, which means the EV has a max 259-mile range (I start looking for a charger after 200 miles of travel, just to be sure). The Bolt EV returns a 120 MPGe or 28 kWh per 100 miles combined energy consumption estimate, while the EUV is slightly heavier on energy, with its 115 MPGe or 29 kWh per 100 miles returns. - -Someday we won’t have to plan for EV charging. There will be enough charging stations in major metropolitan and tourist areas to accommodate everyone who needs to charge. There are many more chargers available this year than last, and who knows about 2025? Plus, it’s so exciting to think that the Bolt is slowly becoming available to the Tesla Supercharger network! It’s a whole new charging ballpark. - -A used Chevy Bolt may be eligible for the Used Clean Vehicle Credit if no previous owner has already grabbed it. If yours is eligible, then you can reduce the sticker price by $4,000. (Get it while you can, as rumor has it EV tax credits are soon to become obsolete.) - -The Bolt — like other electric vehicles — offers me quick acceleration when at the top of highway on-ramps and when I need to pass a slow driver in front of me. It responds nicely in most traffic situations (however, it does not have strong self-centering action in the steering). - -And it’s a SUV! That means when I find a treasure on Facebook Marketplace, I can lift it into the just-spacious-enough back hatch area of my own vehicle without needing to borrow a friend’s truck and time. - -The Bolt EV can tow a trailer, as our CleanTechnica colleague Jennifer Sensiba has chronicled. If you manage your towing and passenger loads, you can travel or haul at much less cost than a typical pickup truck. - -There’s a regional-specific reason that a Chevy Bolt has more value that a trade-in seems. In Texas, General Motors is teaming up with Reliant Energy — the automaker’s home energy subsidiary — to offer free nighttime charging to some Chevy electric vehicle owners in Texas. Chevy owners who enroll in Reliant’s EV charging plan will receive free nighttime charging through monthly bill credits that offset charges incurred between 11 pm and 6 sm, the companies said. Customers must also designate an EV to receive the charging credit through GM Energy’s Smart Charging Portal. - -Final Thoughts - -The reintroduction of the beloved Chevrolet Bolt EV will have residual positive effects on used Chevy Bolts. The anticipated new Bolt pricing in the $30,000 range will be strong for some entry level buyers, so the used models will have real appeal. From my perspective, GM will need to find a way to balance necessary profitability with the raison d’etre for the Bolt’s original success: it was a budget electric car that introduced a new audience to the world of transportation electrification. - -Perhaps the new Chevy Bolt EUV will have long-range, better design, and hold a competitive edge to other EVs quickly emerging on the market.",1731883663,befffecf30,1829dea480,,,1731883663 -https://www.vg247.com/denzel-washington-talks-cut-gay-kiss-in-gladiator-2,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Denzel Washington says he had a gay kiss in Gladiator 2 that was probably cut because ""they weren't ready for that yet""","As some countries, including the UK, prepare to receive Gladiator 2 this weekend before next week's North American debut, we're learning more and more behind the scenes trivia from the biggest actors in the long-awaited sequel. Perhaps the chattiest one so far has been Denzel Washington, who said a few days ago he's set to be part of Black Panther 3. - -Now, during an interview with Gayety, the veteran actor has confirmed he kissed a man in the movie, but that scene (at least in its original form) didn't make the cut. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -""I actually kissed a man in the film but they took it out, they cut it, I think they got chicken...I kissed a guy full on the lips and I guess they weren’t ready for that yet. I killed him about five minutes later. It’s Gladiator. It’s the kiss of death,"" the actor answered to a question about queerness in the Roman Empire, since the script reportedly highlights several times that Macrinus has been in relationships with other men. - -With a 148-minute runtime, it's not like the studio was trying to make the historical epic as short as possible, but you know how these things go in mainstream movies which have to appeal to as many people as possible. Regardless, he seems happy with the experience, and the reviews have been praising his performance as one of the best parts of the sequel, which is currently sitting at 76% on Rotten Tomatoes. - -Washington has also mentioned in the past that, at this point in his career, he's looking for the right filmmakers to work with, so a reunion with Ridley Scott after 2007's American Gangster only made sense to him. ""I have to be inspired by the filmmaker, and I was tremendously inspired by Ridley... We had a great go-round the first go-round and here we are. He’s engaged. He’s excited about life and his next film. He’s an inspiration. We should all want to feel like that at 86,"" he told Empire Magazine earlier this year. - -""I don’t know how many more films I’m going to make. It’s probably not that many. I want to do things I haven’t done,"" the actor also revealed to Australia's TODAY a few days ago. This might explain why he's circling the Black Panther threequel that hasn't been officially announced yet. - -By the way, Scott is already toying with ideas for a third Gladiator if a studio is willing to foot the bill after a solid theatrical run from the second one. Will you be catching it in the coming weeks?",1731883674,374d98cbb9,185b8d5552,,,1731883674 -https://www.theguardian.com/sport/2024/nov/14/i-want-to-stay-on-court-longer-emma-raducanu-hopes-to-hire-new-trainer,https://www.theguardian.com/sport/tennis/rss,Emma Raducanu in talks to hire fitness coach as she looks to solve injury woes,"Emma Raducanu says she is “having discussions” about hiring the prominent fitness coach Yutaka Nakamura as she tries to solve the injury problems that have continually hurt her career. - -Raducanu will make her return to competition on Friday at the Billie Jean King Cup Finals if she is chosen to compete by the Great Britain captain, Anne Keothavong, after being out for nearly two months due to a foot injury she suffered at the Korea Open in September. - -Having undergone surgery on her wrists and ankle last year, the final months of Raducanu’s season have again been affected by her physical frailty. Nakamura is a well-known figure on the circuit, having worked with Maria Sharapova, Naomi Osaka and Kei Nishikori among others, and could be a helpful investment in strengthening her body to withstand the rigours of the tour. - -“I think my goal next year is to stay on court longer,” Raducanu said. “This year, I came to top 60 in the world, but I barely played – I think less than 15 events. So yeah, I know if I’m on court and healthy and competing, I can go even higher and further. I think that my athleticism is a strength of mine, but it’s nowhere near its full potential. I’m just looking forward to exploring that further, and yeah, ready to commit to doing that.” - -Seven months ago, Raducanu played some of the best tennis of her career as she led Great Britain to an excellent win against France away on indoor clay courts. Raducanu’s victories over Caroline Garcia and Diane Parry were supplemented by a first clay-court victory for the British No 1 Katie Boulter, who outplayed Clara Burel in straight sets. - -Having pulled off such a strong result on their weakest surface, competing in the Billie Jean King Cup Finals on indoor hard courts was an exciting prospect for Great Britain. However, Raducanu has played just three tournaments since Wimbledon in July after also skipping most of the US hard-court season before her first-round loss at the US Open. Raducanu says she did not play for four or five weeks after suffering the foot injury on 21 September in Seoul. - -View image in fullscreen Emma Raducanu celebrates after beating France’s Diane Parry in the Billie Jean King Cup, part of a significant victory for Great Britain on clay in the competition this year. Photograph: Aurélien Meunier/Getty Images for ITF - -After spending some extended time in China with her grandmother, reading more and picking up the piano again, she has been gradually building up her training load over the last few weeks. “While it’s the end of the season for a lot of players, I feel I’m just beginning to kickstart and get things in motion, training really well, training hard, and already building towards next year,” she said. “I’m not really looking to have any more time off. Because of my injury, I’ve already had quite a bit.” - -Over the next two weeks, the leading team competitions, the women’s Billie Jean King Cup and men’s Davis Cup, will be played in the same city in successive weeks for the first time in history. The women’s event had originally been scheduled to be held in Sevilla before being moved to Málaga. - -In the wake of the “Dana” in Valencia, the torrential rain and flooding responsible for the deaths of 216 people, Málaga was completely shut down by heavy rainfall on Wednesday. The ITF decided to reschedule the planned opening match between Spain and Poland from Wednesday evening to Saturday morning. The decision proved to be correct as many roads in Málaga were temporarily flooded overnight. The players were not allowed on site to train. - -For the British team, it meant spending the day inside their hotel working out and amusing themselves on Raducanu’s 22nd birthday. “We actually did some yoga and some core sessions, and it’s kind of good sometimes to have a forced break and lots of team bonding and birthday celebrations, chocolate cake, just a little bit,” said Heather Watson. “But yeah, I think it was more concerning for the country seeing what they have been through recently, which is so tough.” - -Normality resumed on a cool, dry Thursday and the competition opened with Japan beating Romania in the opening tie. There is a great opportunity ahead for the team of Boulter, Raducanu, Harriet Dart, Watson and Olivia Nicholls and they will undoubtedly be the favourites in their last-16 tie against Germany. Boulter and Raducanu are ranked higher than Germany’s No 1 player, No 84 Laura Siegemund. The winners of the tie will face Canada, the defending champions, on Sunday.",1731883641,b5dd9fce7b,1883b764ef,,,1731883641 -https://telestreamblog.telestream.net/2022/09/live-video-production-wirecast-15-1/,https://telestreamblog.telestream.net/category/wirecast/feed/,Top 3 New Features for Live Video Production in Wirecast,"The release of Wirecast 15.1 introduces many new features for streamlined live video production in Wirecast. Learn about Wirecast’s support for VST3 effect plugins, simultaneous camera and screen sharing in Rendezvous, and user-defined shortcuts/hotkeys. - -Wirecast 15 launched earlier this year with a host of new live production features and streaming capabilities. Producers and live-streamers now have much more power and flexibility for creating pro-quality video content. With the release of the newest version of Wirecast live video streaming and production software for Mac and Windows, video producers and live content creators have even more power and flexibility. Create evergreen video content on the fly with professional-level quality and production value. - -Let’s take a look at three new live video production features in Wirecast and how they help enable high-quality live video production. - -VST3 Effect Plugin Support - -An example of an audio distortion and pitch correction VST3 Effect Plugin in Wirecast 15. - -In the world of audio engineering, sound design, and music production VST3 is the latest Virtual Studio Technology interface. This allows 3rd party developers to create unique plugins that accomplish a wide variety of effects for controlling, manipulating, or otherwise altering audio. - -In a live video production scenario, leveraging VST3 Effect Plugins can be very effective: - -Normalize audio from different sources to achieve a consistent volume level - -Equalize a given source to cut out distracting frequencies - -Correct or shift the pitch of a speaker or musical instrument feed - -Remove reverb to clean up audio from lower-quality microphones) - -and much more. - -Wirecast 15.1 now supports the use of VST3 Effect Plugins on individual sources or your final output mix so you can professionally control the audio in your live stream. Whether you produce live concerts, a live event where speakers are calling in from various remote locations, or a weekly service at a house of worship, content creators of all experience levels have professional power and flexibility with new VST3 plugin support in Wirecast. - -Application Shortcuts & Document Hotkeys - -Application shortcuts are keyboard shortcuts that invoke commands that you would normally access through a menu, mouse click, or another user interface. These shortcuts help improve productivity – for example using Command + N or Control + N to quickly open a new document. - -Now you can make your own keyboard shortcuts for nearly any action in the Wirecast app. You can also save, export, and import Keyboard Shortcut Sets for use on other computers. - -One of the most commonly-used peripherals in a live-streamer’s arsenal is an external switching device like an Elgato Stream Deck. Devices like these allow producers to automate a range of actions in Wirecast, such as queueing up shots in the preview window, clearing layers, and pushing shots live. This streamlines many production actions and lets individuals create live video content more professionally and easily. - -With the latest update to Wirecast, we’ve taken the flexibility enabled by these tools and integrated it directly into the software, removing the need for an external peripheral device. Live streamers and video producers can now define and configure fully-customizable document hotkeys to automate production workflows. Assign one hotkey to multiple shots in your document, or assign multiple hotkeys to one shot, to quickly build and push composite shots live with a simple keystroke. - -Build application shortcuts and hotkey profiles to set up and run a live show in Wirecast with ease and simplicity. - -Rendezvous Camera & Screen Sharing - -Simultaneous webcam and screen-sharing in Wirecast Rendezvous. - -Wirecast Rendezvous is a powerful tool that allows live streaming video producers to capture a guest speaker’s audio and video from a remote location and incorporate that into the larger show. Producing webcasts, webinars, tutorials, and screencast content with remote presenters just got a whole lot easier! - -Now in Rendezvous, you can bring in a speaker’s webcam, audio feed, and shared screen simultaneously – and synchronized. Bring these individual sources into separate shots in Wirecast or create a composite picture-in-picture shot. Wherever your remote speaker is calling in from, you can now present their content quickly and with high-quality production value. - -Learn more about Wirecast and get started producing your own professional live-streaming video content. Watch The Wirecast Show on Youtube to get first looks at new features and more video production tips & tricks. Subscribe to tune in when episodes air live on the last Wednesday of each month at 10 AM PST.",1731883677,7cd02aafbf,18683c21af,,,1731883677 -https://store.steampowered.com/news/220641/,https://store.steampowered.com/feeds/news.xml?id=457140,Team Fortress 2 Update Released,"Fixed a crash caused by using -dxlevel commands - - - -Fixed some ABI compatibility regressions for server plugins/mods - - - -Fixed a crash under 64-bit caused by some custom HUDs using Half-Life 2 HUD elements which assume the player is Gordon Freeman - - - -Fixed a crash when opening options/going into game (mostly affecting Windows 7 users) - - - -Fixed the snd_cull_duplicates command not working - - - -Fixed a hang when importing cosmetics into the Workshop tools to upload - - - -Fixed an issue selecting surround sound audio settings (Headphones, 4, 5.1, 7.1, etc.) - - - -An update to Team Fortress 2 has been released. The update will be applied automatically when you restart Team Fortress 2. The major changes include:",1731883675,d2832f4a9a,189c61d9c6,,,1731883675 -https://www.zdnet.com/article/surfshark-vpn-review/,https://www.zdnet.com/topic/security/rss.xml,Surfshark VPN review: One of our favorite budget VPNs with unlimited connections,"June Wan/ZDNET - -ZDNET's key takeaways - -Surfshark - -It offers an overwhelming list of features for privacy protection, reliable speeds across the globe, and unlimited simultaneous connections with one account. - -Connecting to switching Surfshark servers might sometimes take up to a minute. - -Sitting at the helm of the cheapest VPN shortlist, Surfshark steals the show on both price and many other fronts. After extensively testing the popular VPN, I can appreciate the solid built-in features meant to conceal user privacy. Also, the VPN can easily pass as one of the best VPNs for international travel, thanks to a robust proprietary tech that circumvents even the toughest network restrictions. - -Surfshark is under the same ownership as NordVPN. You might find some close similarities, but the latter is better on most performance benchmarks, becoming one of the best VPN services overall. However, Surfshark also has the upper hand in that you can secure unlimited devices with one account. - -Because Surfshark doesn't have a free trial (except on the phone maybe), I will give a sneak peek into what to expect with the service, before you can decide whether it's worth paying for. With the assistance of my colleagues at ZDNET, I put the software to the test (for the hundredth time now) and have the details on speed performance, streaming, security capabilities, and more. - -Surfshark's high focus on online privacy is a boon for anyone who values their peace of mind - -While going through the Surfshark app, I couldn't help but marvel at the extra tools and settings to help you customize user privacy. My top highlight is the Alternative ID feature that allows you to create a fake identity, including name, address, phone number, and so forth. You can then use these to browse sites where you don't want to leave your sensitive data (that can later be used for spamming, for example). - -Screenshot by Kennedy Otieno/ZDNET - -Surfshark's IP rotation feature also assigns you a new IP address after a few minutes, making it difficult for third parties to find your real IP or track you online. I could go on about why Surfshark is an ideal VPN for hiding your privacy, but again, the headquarters in the Netherlands is a bit of a spoiler (I'm about to explain why). - -Screenshot by Kennedy Otieno/ZDNET - -Starting with the basics, let me highlight encryption and protocols. Surfshark uses AES 256-bit and ChaCha20 encryptions. These two offer sophisticated data protection and are even used for military communications. Encryption is the process by which data sent or received by your device is scrambled into unreadable characters and secured with private keys for safe transit. Only the authorized recipient has the keys to decrypt and read the information. Encryption is the Achilles' heel of any robust VPN, and Surfshark doesn't disappoint on that part. - -You can switch between protocols like WireGuard, OpenVPN (UDP/TCP), and IKEv2/IPsec (on mobile devices). Surfshark doesn't have a proprietary protocol, like NordVPN and ExpressVPN. This isn't a limitation per se, given that WireGuard and OpenVPN also have fast speeds and are secure. - -A VPN's ability to hide your IP address (never to be detected) is another crucial aspect. I therefore performed multiple leak tests on Surfshark, including IP and DNS request leaks. It never exposed my identifiable information. Aside from the fact that the VPN is designed to prevent leaks, there's also a built-in kill switch. This will block your device from accessing the internet if the VPN stops working or is disconnected, all to avoid accidental IP exposure. You can choose between soft and strict kill switch settings, the latter ensuring your device can't access the internet without a VPN at all times. - -There are even more tools in place to mask your digital identity. Multihop servers, for example, will bounce your traffic on multiple servers, wiping off trails of data that can reveal your real IP address (same as the IP rotation feature I mentioned earlier). You can also opt for a static IP address that remains the same at all times, and these IPs come with your regular subscription. - -But if you don't want to use the shared IP addresses, you can pay for a dedicated IP. No one else uses these except you. They can help to improve your reputation with IP-sensitive sites that block traffic from suspicious IPs. One dedicated IP can even be used on all your devices for uniformity. - -CleanWeb and cookie blocker (available browser extensions) are other Surfshark's built-in features to limit distractions and annoyances while browsing. They can stop malicious ads, pop-ups, and malware, thereby keeping your online experience clean and free from spyware or trackers that can compromise your safety. - -Screenshot by Kennedy Otieno/ZDNET - -Surfshark's headquarters are in the Netherlands, which doesn't have stringent data retention laws like the US. However, the Netherlands belongs to the 14 Eyes Alliance, which is a coalition of several nations sharing intelligence on their citizens. That can be off-putting to some people because there is a potential risk that their information might end up elsewhere if push comes to shove. - -Aside from the overwhelming privacy features, Surfshark adheres to a no-logs policy. It means the app doesn't collect or store records of your sensitive data, including online searches. Also, all its servers are RAM-only and will auto-delete any stored data during scheduled server reboots. - -The server coverage goes beyond 100 countries, offering you IP addresses in multiple locations - -Surfshark's network of 3,200+ servers in 100 countries is nothing out of the ordinary. It's within the same range as CyberGhost and ExpressVPN. More global server locations also imply more IP addresses to access content. While Surfshark doesn't mention the total number of server locations worldwide, you can find city-specific servers in the countries where it has servers. There are 600+ servers across 22 cities in the US. This is a relatively smaller number than others like Private Internet Access, which, for example, has servers in all the US states. - -After launching the Surfshark app, I was instantly recommended an optimal server location to connect to (the nearest country). This Quick Connect feature saves you the time you might have to spend finding a fast server. That being said, Surfshark doesn't offer specialized servers for streaming, gaming, or torrenting like CyberGhost does, so that means you will still have to test the servers manually. If you find the best-performing servers, you can ""favorite"" them, and they will often appear at the top of the list for easy access. - -Screenshot by Kennedy Otieno/ZDNET - -Some Surfshark servers are virtual, meaning the infrastructure is in a different location from the country where it offers the IP address. This enables the provider to offer servers in locations where it's costly to set up physical infrastructure, or those experiencing censorship issues. In my reviews, I have tested virtual servers from several VPN providers, including Surfshark, and haven't noticed any major differences with the regular servers. So, using the virtual servers won't have any impact on performance. - -How fast is Surfshark? - -In our testing, Surfshark has always been consistent in speeds. This year, once again, it features in our fastest VPN shortlist, ranking fourth after ProtonVPN, ExpressVPN, and NordVPN. My speed test findings for this review still show it has reliable connections, if not getting better. - -We took several speed readings with and without Surfshark across borders. From my end, I experienced speed drops of between 5% to 11% on the closest server location, South Africa. My counterparts in the US, however, said that sometimes they didn't see any speed losses when connecting servers in their respective states. That's to be expected given they use internet providers with terrific connections of up to 1Gbps. VPNs have the best speed performance when you connect to server locations closest to you. - -My experience with the US servers (from South Africa) was a different story. The connections dipped by as much as 34% on Los Angeles servers. But even that didn't hinder me from streaming in the best video quality 4K with my baseline internet connection of 120Mbps. Below is a summary of speed losses on server locations across different continents. - -Screenshot by Kennedy Otieno/ZDNET - -Streaming - -Even without dedicated streaming servers, Surfshark is still a great VPN for watching content online. It's ideal for streaming on platforms with tons of exciting content, including Netflix. Some of these sites use firewalls to filter and block VPN traffic. Surfshark is consistently updated to be at par with the most sophisticated VPN-blocking firewalls. Also, the OpenVPN protocol has a Camouflage Mode to hide the fact that you're using a VPN and bypass geo-restrictions with ease. - -I was able to access Netflix, Hulu, Disney Plus, and Peacock TV with Surfshark's US servers. My Hulu bundle also includes ESPN+, so I watched live Formula One streams, too. When I switched to the UK servers, I also accessed British shows on BBC iPlayer and ITVX, which are region-exclusive platforms. All these sites piqued my interest because they're tough on blocking VPNs. Thankfully, Surfshark performed without any glitches, including on other less-restrictive platforms like Amazon Prime Video and Showtime. - -Surfshark's NoBorders mode feature also comes in handy when using restrictive networks, like school Wi-Fi, to stream or access content online. It automatically detects the type of network restriction and chooses the servers likely to work. The setting can also be useful when traveling to countries that censor access to some content sites, communication apps, or VPN usage at large. - -Torrenting - -Surfshark isn't built for torrenting. It used to offer peer-to-peer (P2P) servers but that's no longer the case. While going through the website, I noticed that the provider refrains from giving any information about using the VPN for torrenting. These are indications that no efforts are in place to market the software to torrenters. Generally, torrenting is a contentious area that some providers may avoid because it's associated with people who want to break the law by illegally sharing copyrighted content. - -Still, Surshark works with torrenting. I connected to a few servers to secure my connections while testing BitTorrent. It worked, but large file downloads were taking forever. The best VPNs for torrenting should offer tools like optimized servers, port forwarding, and easy compatibility with torrent clients. - -Surfshark has affordable pricing, but also check the renewal costs - -Though celebrated for its low price, Surfshark is only cheaper if you're buying extended plans. The Surfshark Starter plan is only $55.72( $1.99/month) for 28 months. This is the basic subscription tier, and two more tiers with extra add-ons are available, namely Surfshark One and Surfshark One+. - -Plan 1 month 1 year (+4 months free) 2 years (+4/6 months free) Surfshark Starter $15.45 $47.84 (2.99/month) $55.72 (1.99/month) Surfshark One $19.95 $54.24 (3.39/month) $69.72 (2.49/month) Surfshark One+ $20.65 $95.84(5.99/month) $119.70 (3.99/month) - -Surfshark One and Surfshark One+ provide offline and online antivirus and malware protection, data breach scanner, and webcam protection. Surfshark One+ incorporates Incogni data removal services, that is if you want to delete personal information from search sites and company databases. - -Screenshot by Kennedy Otieno/ZDNET - -Surfshark's renewal prices could, from time to time, be slightly different from the entry prices. Also, the prices I've listed are subject to change. You can check the most up-to-date prices from the website. - -All Surfshark plans, including the 1-month subscriptions, are backed by a 30-day money-back guarantee. This gives you an alternative way to test the service without risk since Surfshark doesn't offer a free trial. But you can get a 7-day free trial if you download the mobile app from the App Store or Google Play Store. - -Max your account with Surfshark's unlimited simultaneous connections allowance (and see if your device is compatible) - -Something even more attractive about Surfshark is that you can connect as many devices as you want. One subscription is all you need to secure the entire household. Those who want to watch their favorite shows can do so on their personal devices from anywhere. - -Surfshark is compatible with almost every device and operating system, starting from the very basic ones like Mac, Windows, Linux, iOS, and Android. The other supported systems are: - -Smart TVs like Android TV, Apple TV, Amazon Fire TV, Roku TV, and more - -Gaming devices like Xbox, PlayStation, Nintendo Switch, Apple Vision Pro, and Oculus Quest 2 - -Browsers like Chrome, Firefox, and Edge - -Routers - -With Surfshark's smart DNS feature, you can stream on devices that don't support direct VPN installation such as consoles. You only need to change the DNS server address on your device by replacing it with the VPN's smart DNS, and then you can access geo-restricted content. However, smart DNS doesn't offer online protection like a VPN. - -Sharing my user experience with the Surfshark VPN app - -There were some ups and downs while putting Surfshark to the test. The app was sluggish while opening it on my Windows PC, sometimes taking a full minute wait (I experienced the same with NordVPN). Once I had access to the app, navigating to the essential features was straightforward. The server list is strategically placed on the app, though you can also use the ""Quick Connect"" button to connect to the fastest server for your location. - -Screenshot by Kennedy Otieno/ZDNET - -I like that you can easily connect to any server simply by tapping it once (no need to use the connect button once you've chosen a server). Multiphop, Static IP, and Dedicated IP servers are also directly accessed from the server list. However, I experienced very long delays (again) when connecting or switching servers. The response wasn't as fast as some services; Private Internet Access, for example, took less than 7 seconds to connect when I reviewed the service. - -Screenshot by Kennedy Otieno/ZDNET - -Surfshark also has a built-in speed test tool in the settings. With this, you can quickly find fast and low latency servers in any continent by performing real-time speed tests. - -My overall experience with Surfshark was smooth. I would recommend it even to first-time users. There were no hiccups at all with the download and installation. Customer support can be accessed via chat and email if you need assistance at any time of the day. Initially, I encountered a chatbot on the live chat feature and after a few exchanges (and upon my insistence) was connected to a human agent. - -ZDNET's buying advice - -I consider Surfshark to be an affordable alternative to ExpressVPN and NordVPN, two of the most dynamic and elite services in the VPN universe. Although the VPN launched not long ago (in 2018), it has quickly become a well-rounded product and earned a top spot among the best. You can conveniently use the app in most contexts, whether it's streaming online or protecting your digital identity. So if you're ready to invest in a VPN, Surfshark should feature in the list of prospects. Also, check out our best VPN deals offered in the market currently. - -How can I get the Surfshark discount or promo code? - -You can get Surfshark's promotional discounts and giveaways from reviews and coupon sites online. Do a simple search with the keywords ""Surfshark coupons/promo code"" to unlock a whole list of websites offering promotional discounts. Celebrities and influencers on YouTube and other social media sites also offer special deals if you buy Surfshark using their referral links or custom coupons. Learners can also benefit from Surfshark's special discounts tailored for students (check the website for more information). - -Why does Surfshark keep disconnecting or won't connect? - -The server you're trying to connect to could be temporarily out of service or experiencing high-use traffic. Unstable internet connection and missing app updates can also cause connection problems. Other applications on your device, like a VPN or antivirus, can prevent Surfshark from functioning properly. - -Start by ensuring your internet connection is stable. Next, choose a different server location and see if you're able to connect. The issue could also be due to a bug, so ensure that you're using the most current version of the app. Uninstall other VPN apps on your device that might be causing the issue. Uninstall and reinstall the Surfshark app if the problem persists or reach out to the standby support team. - -Can Surfshark block YouTube ads? - -Turning on the CleanWeb ad block feature on the Surfshark app won't stop YouTube ads. It can reduce the number of banners, pop-ups, and in-feed ads, but it's not effective with pre-roll or in-video ads on YouTube. There are ad blockers, especially browser extensions, designed to work with YouTube ads like AdBlock, Adblock Pro, and Adblock Plus. YouTube is also cracking down on ad blockers, so some ad block tools may not be reliable for the platform.",1731883610,e639493f71,18b2de5348,,,1731883610 -https://www.popsci.com/science/elephant-showering-with-hose/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,Watch a clever elephant use a hose to get clean,"A pair of elephants at the Berlin Zoo have figured out how to use a hose as a make-shift flexible shower head. Not only do they use the water to get clean, but they have been observed turning the water off, potentially as a kind of prank. The behaviors are yet further examples of tool use in non-human animals and are detailed in a study published November 8 in the Cell Press journal Current Biology. - -Tool use known throughout the animal kingdom. Chimpanzees use sticks as tools to get to various grubs and honey. Crows also use sticks to probe for hidden sources of food. Humpback whales catch fish in “bubble nets,” which some scientists consider to be a type of tool use. Now, it appears that some elephants at the Berlin Zoo in Germany like to use hoses–particularly an Asian elephant named Mary. - -A video abstract for the 2024 Current Biology paper on elephant water hose tool use.CREDIT: Urban et al./Current Biology - -VIDEO: A video abstract for the 2024 Current Biology paper on elephant water hose tool use.CREDIT: Urban et al./Current Biology - -“Elephants are amazing with hoses,” Michael Brecht, a study co-author and Humboldt University of Berlin neuroscientist said in a statement. “As it is often the case with elephants, hose tool use behaviors come out very differently from animal to animal; elephant Mary is the queen of showering.” - -Study co-author and Humboldt University of Berlin PhD student Lena Kaufmann witnessed Mary using the hose as a shower and captured some footage. The team was immediately impressed with this behavior and co-author Lea Urban decided to analyze it in more detail. - -“I had not thought about hoses as tools much before, but what came out from Lea’s work is that elephants have an exquisite understanding of these tools,” Brecht says. - -[Related: Neanderthals likely used glue to make tools.] - -They found that Mary systematically showers her body. She coordinates the water hose using her limbs. She typically uses her trunk to grasp the hose behind its tip to use it as a stiff shower head. In order to get to her back, she uses a more lasso-like strategy. She grabs the hose farther up and swings it over her body. When she was presented with a larger and heavier hose, Mary used her trunk to wash instead of the more bulky and less useful hose. - -According to the team, these behaviors offer a new example of goal-directed tool use in animals. However, what surprised them most was how a fellow Asian elephant named Anchali reacted during Mary’s showering. - -Both elephants showed aggressive interactions around showering time. At one point, Anchali began pulling the hose towards himself and away from Mary. This lifted and kinked the hose and disrupted the water flow. While the team is not entirely sure of Anchali’s intentions behind this, it appeared that she was displaying some kind of second tool use behavior, possibly as an act of sabotage. - -An on hose ‘trunkstand’ further disrupts the water flow in the hose. CREDIT: Urban et al-Current Biology - -VIDEO: An on hose ‘trunkstand’ further disrupts the water flow in the hose. CREDIT: Urban et al-Current Biology - -“The surprise was certainly Anchali’s kink-and-clamp behavior,” Brecht says. “Nobody had thought that she’d be smart enough to pull off such a trick.” - -According to Brecht, there was plenty of debate in the lab about Anchali’s behavior and what it could mean. Then, the team observed Anchali find another way to disrupt Mary’s shower. In this second case, she did what the researchers call a “trunkstand” to stop the water flow. Anchali placed her trunk on the hose and then lowered her body onto it. - -Anchali’s Kink and clamp behavior. The authors of this study were very surprised by this behavior. CREDIT: Urban et al-Current Biology - -VIDEO: Anchali’s Kink and clamp behavior. The authors of this study were very surprised by this behavior. CREDIT: Urban et al-Current Biology - -The elephants are trained not to step on the hoses and very rarely do. The team suspects that’s why Anchali devised a more challenging workaround to stop the water from flowing during Mary’s showers without stepping on it. - -“When Anchali came up with a second behavior that disrupted water flow to Mary, I became pretty convinced that she is trying to sabotage Mary,” Brecht said. - -[Related: Female sea otters use tools more than males.] - -According to the team, the results are a reminder of how well elephants can manipulate and use tools. This is made possible by the strong grasping ability of their trunks. These appendages contain an estimated 150,000 muscle units and could be the most sensitive organ found on mammals. The team hopes to explore what this finding with captive elephants means for elephants in their natural habitats. - -“Do elephants play tricks on each other in the wild?” Brecht asked. “When I saw Anchali’s kink and clamp for the first time, I broke out in laughter. So, I wonder, does Anchali also think this is funny, or is she just being mean?”",1731883737,741b88dd6e,186afa8992,,,1731883737 -https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/introducing-resource-control-policies-rcps-a-new-authorization-policy/,https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/feed/,"Introducing resource control policies (RCPs), a new type of authorization policy in AWS Organizations","Today, I am happy to introduce resource control policies (RCPs) – a new authorization policy managed in AWS Organizations that can be used to set the maximum available permissions on resources within your entire organization. They are a type of preventative control that help you establish a data perimeter in your AWS environment and restrict external access to resources at scale. Enforced centrally within Organizations, RCPs provide confidence to the central governance and security teams that access to resources within their AWS accounts conforms to their organization’s access control guidelines. - -RCPs are available in all commercial AWS Regions and, at launch, the following services are supported: Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), AWS Security Token Service (AWS STS), AWS Key Management Service (AWS KMS), Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS), and AWS Secrets Manager. - -There are no additional charges for enabling and using RCPs. - -How are they different from service control policies (SCPs)? - -While similar in nature, RCPs complement service control policies (SCPs), but they work independently. - -Service control policies (SCPs) allow you to limit the permissions granted to principals within your organization such as AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles. By constraining these permissions centrally within Organizations you can restrict access to AWS services, specific resources and even under what conditions principals can make requests across multiple AWS accounts. - -RCPs, on the other hand, allow you to limit the permissions granted to resources in your organization. Because you implement RCPs centrally within Organizations, you can enforce consistent access controls on resources across multiple AWS accounts. For instance, you can restrict access to S3 buckets in your accounts so that they can only be accessed by principals that belong to your organization. RCPs are evaluated when your resources are being accessed irrespective of who is making the API request. - -Keep in mind that neither SCPs nor RCPs grant any permissions. They only set the maximum permissions available to principals and resources in your organization. You still need to grant permissions with appropriate IAM policies, such as identity-based or resource-based policies. - -Quotas for SCPs and RCPs are completely independent from each other. Each RCP can contain up to 5,120 characters. You can have up to five RCPs attached to the organization root, each OU, and account, and you can create and store up to 1000 RCPs in an organization. - -How to get started - -To start using RCPs you must first enable them. You can do this using the Organizations console, an AWS SDK, or by using the AWS Command Line Interface (AWS CLI). Make sure you are using the Organizations management account or a delegated administrator because those are the only accounts that can enable or disable policy types. - -Make sure that you are using Organizations with the “all features” option. If you are using the “Consolidated billing features” mode, then you need to migrate to using all features before you can enable RCPs. - -For console users, first head to the Organizations console. Choose Policies and you should see the option to enable Resource control policies. - -After RCPs are enabled, you will notice in the Resource control policies page that a new policy called RCPFullAWSAccess is now available. This is an AWS managed policy that is automatically created and attached to every entity in your organization including the root, each OU, and AWS account. - -This policy allows all principals to perform any action against the organization’s resources, which means that until you start creating and attaching your own RCPs, all of your existing IAM permissions continue to operate as they did. - -This is how it looks: - -{ ""Version"": ""2012-10-17"", ""Statement"": [ { ""Effect"": ""Allow"", ""Principal"": ""*"", ""Action"": ""*"", ""Resource"": ""*"" } ] } - -Creating an RCP - - - -Now, we are ready to create our first RCP! Let’s look at an example. - -By default, AWS resources do not permit access to external principals; resource owners must explicitly grant such access by configuring their policies. While developers have the flexibility to set resource-based policies according to their application needs, RCPs enable central IT teams to maintain control over the effective permissions across resources in their organization. This ensures that even if developers grant broad access, external identities are still restricted access in accordance with the organization’s security requirements. - -Let’s create an RCP to restrict access to our S3 buckets so that only principals within our organization can access them. - -On the Resources control policies page, choose Create policy which will take you to the page where you can author a new policy. - -I am going to call this policy EnforceOrgIdentities . I recommend you enter a clear description so it is easy to understand at first glance what this policy does and to tag it appropriately. - -The next section is where you can edit your policy statement. I replace the pre-populated policy template with my own: - -Here is the full JSON policy document: - -{ ""Version"": ""2012-10-17"", ""Statement"": [ { ""Sid"": ""EnforceOrgIdentities"", ""Effect"": ""Deny"", ""Principal"": ""*"", ""Action"": ""s3:*"", ""Resource"": ""*"", ""Condition"": { ""StringNotEqualsIfExists"": { ""aws:PrincipalOrgID"": ""[MY ORG ID]"" }, ""BoolIfExists"": { ""aws:PrincipalIsAWSService"": ""false"" } } } ] } - -Let’s break this down: - -Version – This is a standard and required element of IAM policies. AWS maintains backwards compatibility, so using the latest version, currently 2012-10-17, doesn’t break existing policies but allows you to use newer features. - -Statement – An array that can contain one or more statement objects. Each of these statement objects defines a single permission or set of permissions. - -Sid – This is an optional field that can be helpful for policy management and troubleshooting. It needs to be unique within the scope of this JSON policy document. - -Effect – As you might remember from earlier, by default we have an RCP that allows access to every AWS principal, action, and resource attached to every entity in our organization. Therefore, you should use Deny to apply restrictions. - -Principal – For an RCP, this field must always be set to ""*"" . Use the Condition field if you want this policy to apply only to specific principals. - -Action – Specifies the AWS service and the actions that this policy applies to. In this case, we want to deny all interactions with Amazon S3 if they don’t meet our access control guidelines. - -Resource – Specifies the resources that the RCP applies to. - -Condition – A collection of conditions that will be evaluated to determine whether the policy should be applied or not for each request. - -It’s important to remember that all conditions must evaluate to true for the RCP to be applied. In this case, we are applying two conditions: - -1. Was the request made by an external principal? - -""StringNotEqualsIfExists"": { ""aws:PrincipalOrgID"": ""[MY ORG ID]"" } - -This condition first checks if the key aws:PrincipalOrgID is present in the request. If it’s not, then this condition evaluates to true without further evaluation. - -If it does exist, then it compares the value to our organization ID. If the value is the same then it evaluates to false which means that the RCP will not be applied because all conditions must evaluate to true. This is the intended behaviour because we don’t want to deny access to principals within our organization. - -However, if the value doesn’t match our organization ID, that means the request was made by a principal who is external to our organization. The condition evaluates to true which means that the RCP can still potentially be applied as long as the second condition also evaluates to true. - -2. Is the request coming from an AWS service? - -""BoolIfExists"": { ""aws:PrincipalIsAWSService"": ""false"" } - -This condition tests if the request contains a special key called aws:PrincipalIsAWSService which is automatically injected into the request context for all signed API requests and is set to true when it originates from an AWS service such as AWS CloudTrail writing events to your S3 bucket. If the key is not present, then this condition evaluates to true . - -If it does exist, then it will compare the value to what we declare in our statement. In this case, we are testing if the value is equal to false . If it is, then we return true since that would mean that the request was not made by an AWS service and could potentially still have been made by someone outside of our organization. Otherwise, we return false . - -In other words, if the request did not originate from a principal within our organization and it did not originate from an AWS service, then access to the S3 bucket is denied. - -This policy is just a sample and you should tailor it to meet your unique business and security objectives. For instance, you might want to customize this policy to allow access by your business partners or to restrict access to AWS services so that they can access your resources only on your behalf. See Establishing a data perimeter on AWS: Allow only trusted identities to access company data for more details. - -Attaching an RCP - -The process of attaching an RCP is similar to an SCP. As previously mentioned, you can attach it to the root of your organization, to an OU, or to specific AWS accounts within your organization. - -After the RCP is attached, access requests to affected AWS resources must comply with the RCP restrictions. We recommend that you thoroughly test the impact that the RCP has on resources in your accounts before enforcing it at scale. You can begin by attaching RCPs to individual test accounts or test OUs. - -Seeing it in action - -I have now created and attached my RCP, so I’m ready to see it in practice! Let’s assume that a developer attached a resource-based policy to an S3 bucket in our organization and they explicitly gave access to identities in an external account: - -RCPs do not prevent users from saving resource-based policies that are more permissive than the RCP allows. However, the RCP will be evaluated as part of the authorization process, as we’ve seen previously, so the request by external identities will be denied regardless. - -We can prove this by trying to access the bucket with this external account, this time from the AWS CLI: - -$ aws s3api get-object —bucket 123124ffeiufskdjfgbwer \ --key sensitivefile.txt \ --region us-east-1 local_file An error occurred (AccessDenied) when calling the GetObject operation: Access Denied - -Scaling the deployment of RCPs in your environment - -So far, we have seen how we can manage RCPs using the console. However, for large-scale control management you should look into configuring them as infrastructure as code and make sure they are integrated into your existing continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD) pipelines and processes. - -If you use AWS Control Tower, you can deploy RCP-based controls in addition to SCP-based controls. For instance, you can use AWS Control Tower to deploy an RCP similar to that we created in the preceding example which prevents external principals from accessing S3 buckets in our organization. This ensures that RCPs are consistently applied to resources in managed accounts, streamlining and centralizing access control governance at scale. - -Additionally, similar to SCPs, AWS Control Tower also supports drift detection for RCPs. If an RCP is modified or removed outside of AWS Control Tower, you will be notified of the drift and provided with steps for remediation. - -Conclusion - -Resource control policies (RCPs) offer centralized management over the maximum permissions available to AWS resources in your organization. Along with SCPs, RCPs help you to centrally establish a data perimeter across your AWS environment and prevent unintended access at scale. SCPs and RCPs are independent controls that allow you to achieve a distinct set of security objectives. You can choose to enable only SCPs or RCPs, or use both policy types together to establish a comprehensive security baseline as part of the defense-in-depth security model. - -To learn more, see Resource control policies (RCPs) in the AWS Organizations User Guide.",1731883609,cabe785f85,189e97420b,,,1731883609 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/2-no-brainer-dividend-stocks-230000440.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,2 No-Brainer Dividend Stocks to Buy Right Now for Less Than $200,"Dividends are an important part of a diversified portfolio. They provide value for investors even when the stock market is down, and they're a reliable source of passive income plus stock price appreciation. Dividend stocks trend toward large, stable companies, and they offer security to protect your portfolio. - -However, there may be other benefits. There's evidence that dividend stocks may even outperform other stocks over time, like the proverbial slow-moving tortoise versus the growth stock hares. Consider famed investor Warren Buffett's holding company, Berkshire Hathaway, which is loaded with dividend stocks and has outperformed the S&P 500 over many decades. - -Start Your Mornings Smarter! Wake up with Breakfast news in your inbox every market day. Sign Up For Free » - -The market is rising, up 26% this year, and it has reached above-average valuations. Is that a setup for a fall? Can it keep climbing? No one knows, and that's why it's essential to own dividend stocks. Ally Financial (NYSE: ALLY) and Realty Income (NYSE: O) are two top choices. - -1. Ally: Keeping up with the big banks - -Ally is a small, or maybe medium, fish in the sea of American banks, but it's making a name for itself as it promotes its differentiated platform. It's differentiated in several important ways that bode well for its future and its ability to capture market share. It may yet break into the top echelon of U.S. banks. - -The first way it's different is that it's all online, and it's the top all-digital bank in the U.S. It has an impressive number of consumer account customers at 3.3 million, and it has added retail deposit customers for 62 consecutive quarters, including 57,000 in the third quarter. - -Part of how it's been able to reach this point is that it already has a leading position as the top prime auto lender in the country. It started out as the financial segment of General Motors, and it already had a century-old, fully developed auto loan business when it was spun off in 2009. Auto loans remain its core business, and it continues to see healthy demand despite the tough interest rate environment. It had $9.4 billion in originations in the third quarter. - -Ally stock has been under pressure, and it plunged in September after it disclosed that defaults have been worse than expected. Its recent update was that auto loan defaults are high at 2.24%, but it's taken strong risk-management action to bring that down. Ally stock jumped after the election along with most bank stocks, but it's still super cheap, trading at a forward 1-year price-to-earnings ratio of only 8 and a price-to-book value of 0.9. At this price, its dividend yields 3.2%, making this an excellent time to add this high-potential Buffett stock to your portfolio. - -Story Continues",1731883743,6e579b027f,18b748d2e3,,,1731883743 -https://www.prdaily.com/mastering-ai-how-to-craft-persuasive-and-productive-prompts/,https://www.prdaily.com/feed/,Mastering AI: How to craft persuasive and productive prompts,"Tools are only as helpful as how you use them, and generative AI tools are no different — the outputs of tools like ChatGPT are only as useful as the prompts you feed them. - -Levar Cooper, communications director at Lake County Government in Florida, is optimistic about the future of communications and how automation will inform it. - -“I’m on a mission to help as many people benefit from the power of AI as possible,” he told attendees Wednesday during his opening workshop at Ragan’s Future of Communications Conference. - -After Cooper acknowledged the current limitations of AI, including cognitive biases, adoption barriers, and policy and regulation proposals that keep people from diving in, he shared several AI prompting tips to open Ragan’s flagship CommsWeek event. - -Here’s what stuck out. - -Selecting the right tools - -Cooper recommends communicators resist the shiny allure of technology itself to consider how these tools actually meet their needs. - -“It’s not enough just to use AI — you’ve got to have a strategy behind it,” Cooper said. - -Considerations should include: - -Business alignment. This means ensuring that the tool aligns with and supports your organization’s strategic goals.​ - -This means ensuring that the tool aligns with and supports your organization’s strategic goals.​ Data privacy and compliance. You should always confirm the tool meets data privacy and security standards to protect sensitive information from the outset.​ - -You should always confirm the tool meets data privacy and security standards to protect sensitive information from the outset.​ User experience and integration. Assessing each tool’s ability to integrate smoothly with current workflows and its ease of use will encourage buy-in across functions and move you along the adoption curve. “We often think of user experience as customer experience, but it’s really everyone at your organization who has to use it,” said Cooper. - -Assessing each tool’s ability to integrate smoothly with current workflows and its ease of use will encourage buy-in across functions and move you along the adoption curve. “We often think of user experience as customer experience, but it’s really everyone at your organization who has to use it,” said Cooper. Scalability and flexibility. Make sure to choose a tool that can scale with your organization and adapt to future needs. This may mean that it includes some features and functions you aren’t ready for yet, but can work toward implementing down the line. - -Prompts to scale use and meet content needs - -Cooper explained what you need to give AI to be successful. “When talking about the prompting identity, I give it an assignment and then give it context,” he said. - -These are the prompts he’s applied successfully for each use case: - -Content planning. “Please act as my content coordinator and create a December social media calendar for Lake County Fire Rescue’s Facebook page that leverages data-supported best practices. Incorporate national holidays and area events where practical.​” Content drafting. “Please act as my political consultant and draft a speech for the groundbreaking of a new Leslie B. Knope community center in Pawnee, Indiana in the voice of Mayor Gergich.” This is an example of how AI can reference broader events and culture, in this instance, the popular show “Parks & Recreation”.​ Event planning. “Please act as my event coordinator and create an event plan using the framework of the attached document for the grand opening of the new Braised Bison Bistro location in Denver, Colorado.” Cooper said that “uploading that framework allows AI to adapt to my framework, and not the other way around.”​ - -Working with custom prompts - -Custom prompts allow you to harness the output of these tools for more strategic purposes. - -“Many of these platforms allow for custom prompts, which really helps supercharge what you’re doing in a repeatable context,” Cooper said, but urged communicators to embrace the DRY mantra — that’s “don’t repeat yourself”— as a reminder to ensure your workflow is dynamic and iterative. - -His tips for custom prompts include: - -Define objectives and context. Cooper recommends clarifying the purpose of the prompt and providing relevant context such the target audience, tone and format. - -Cooper recommends clarifying the purpose of the prompt and providing relevant context such the target audience, tone and format. Be specific and test iteratively. Giving your tool precise instructions and refine the prompt based on trial and error to improve results over time. The more you spell these details out, the better your tool learns them. - -Giving your tool precise instructions and refine the prompt based on trial and error to improve results over time. The more you spell these details out, the better your tool learns them. Use examples and boundaries. Including examples and specifying output constraints (those can also be tone, style or format) will help you guide the AI response to more effective outputs. - -Including examples and specifying output constraints (those can also be tone, style or format) will help you guide the AI response to more effective outputs. Break down complex tasks. For multi-phase projects, you can chain prompts in stages to build structured, aligned outputs for each part of the task.​ This will minimize the likelihood of your tool getting confused and allow you to train it at multiple points in the project. - -Prompts to optimize engagement - -Cooper also shared ways to get Claude to analyze data and provide insights, including: - -Audience insights. “Please act as my strategic communications consultant and provide a sentiment analysis in the form of a report on posts related to debris collection following Hurricane Milton and include trend insights beginning on Oct. 10.​” - -“Please act as my strategic communications consultant and provide a sentiment analysis in the form of a report on posts related to debris collection following Hurricane Milton and include trend insights beginning on Oct. 10.​” ​Platform insights. “Please act as a business analyst and make recommendations on the optimal times for posting content based on the provided data.​” Cooper said this business inquiry is especially powerful because it’s giving you insights that demystify algorithms and tell you why things aren’t working as well. - -Cooper went deeper into using AI to craft compelling visuals, train systems on executive voice, engage internal stakeholders to move them along the adoption curve and more during his full workshop, which will be available in the coming weeks to Ragan Training members. Subscribe today! - -Keep your eyes peeled from more coverage from #CommsWeek2024",1731883617,602c3549f1,189da723a1,,,1731883617 -https://www.npr.org/2021/09/24/1040606747/when-luddites-attack-classic,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The True Story of The Luddites And The Battle Against Technology : Planet Money : NPR,"When Luddites Attack (Classic) - -Enlarge this image Print Collector/Getty Images Print Collector/Getty Images - -Note: This episode originally ran in 2015. - -One night around 200 years ago, a group of English clothmakers set out under cover of darkness, armed with sledgehammers, to destroy the machines that had been taking their jobs. - -The ensuing battle was the culmination of years of similar attacks, aimed at dismantling the Industrial Revolution piece by piece, under the alleged direction of a mysterious general named Ned Ludd. - -What happened to the Luddites and their jobs remains a cautionary tale about the pains of technological progress. Even when technology helps the economy overall, there will be losers and they may fight back. - -Sponsor Message - -Music: ""Guts, Glory and Guns,"" ""Cover Up,""and ""The Devil's Work."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Pocket Casts and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to the Newsletter.",1731884700,8181d7a585,18a93016cc,,,1731884700 -https://www.thehistoryreader.com/military-history/schley-the-navy-man-who-saved-greely/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=schley-the-navy-man-who-saved-greely,https://www.thehistoryreader.com/feed/,Schley: The Navy Man Who Saved Greely,"In 1881, Cdr. Winfield Scott Schley was at the Charlestown Navy Yard reading a newspaper article about the US Army Signal Corps’ ambitious Lady Franklin Bay Expedition. He considered it unusual— even foolhardy—that the US Navy wasn’t in charge of the enterprise, which involved steaming, sailing, and navigating 1800 nautical miles through some of the most treacherous, ice-choked waters from Newfoundland all the way to the northernmost coasts of Canada and Greenland to conduct polar research. Instead, it was an Army affair. - -On finishing the article, Cdr. Schley quipped to some of his friends: “This means that some Navy officer will have to go up there and bring them back.” As fate would have it, three years later, the man that the secretary of the navy and the president of the United States wanted for the job was him. - -*** - -The Lady Franklin Bay Expedition—which would come to be known as the Greely Expedition—was under the aegis of the United States Army, as part of the first International Polar Year establishing a dozen circumpolar research stations to conduct intensive meteorological studies in the high Arctic. - -In the summer of 1881, the US Army sent Lt. Adolphus Greely and a crew of twenty-four scientists to Lady Franklin Bay, where they built Fort Conger on the banks of a fjord on northern Ellesmere Island, Canada, directly across the Hall Basin from northwestern Greenland. After two years, Greely and his men had achieved many of their goals, including attaining Farthest North—the polar holy grail. But as they scanned and glassed Lady Franklin Bay, no scheduled resupply ships came. - -Based on prior written orders, should no relief ships arrive after the second year, Greely was to retreat with his men by steam launch and rowboats some 250-miles south to Cape Sabine, where they were to await resupply, and seek food caches presumably deposited there by the Proteus. But they found no provisions. Unbeknownst to Greely, the two-hundred-foot-long, 467-ton steamer Proteus had been crushed by ice trying to reach them, and it now lay at the bottom of the freezing waters of the Smith Sound, along with all the food earmarked for his expeditionary force. - -As a result, by autumn of 1884, Greely and his bedraggled crew were clinging for life at a crude outpost near Cape Sabine, dangerously low on food and facing a long, cold, dark Arctic winter. - -With no news of Greely’s whereabouts and national public outcry for the government to do something for the missing men, Secretary of the Navy William E. Chandler purchased two Arctic-worthy ships—the Bear and the Thetis. Now he needed the right man to lead the rescue operation to Cape Sabine. - -After considering a long list of possible candidates, Secretary Chandler focused on Commander Schley, a U.S. Naval Academy graduate and Civil War veteran, where he’d served on the frigate Potomac and the gunboat Winona with the Western Gulf Squadron. He had later distinguished himself as a combat leader in 1871 while on assignment in Korea with the Asiatic Station. He had also served in Europe, on Africa’s west coast, and in the South Atlantic as far as Brazil, aboard the USS Essex. - -By the winter of 1884, Schley, a stern man of short stature, was forty-five years old, with a long, pointy chin patch and a receding hairline. Secretary Chandler dismissed Schley’s age; he was impressed by the commander’s wealth of experience, his organizational skills and attention to detail, and by his reputation of being bold and daring. Chandler offered Schley the appointment, noting that he, President Grover Cleveland, and Secretary of War Robert Todd Lincoln (eldest son of President Abraham Lincoln) were all counting on him. - -So was the entire nation. - -Schley proudly accepted the weighty responsibility and got to work outfitting the Bear and Thetis (and two other tenders/support ships) at St. John’s, Newfoundland. Schley purchased thousands of pounds of food, hanging beef high in the rigging, out of reach of the sled dogs, where it would freeze and be preserved in the frigid temperatures as they headed north. Schley earmarked a considerable portion of the beef exclusively for Lieutenant Greely and his party, for he understood that when found, they would be in dire condition. - -Schley also issued each officer and sailor a personal kit for use should the ships be crushed by ice, including rubber knapsacks containing extra clothing and footgear in the event of weeks or even months on the ice. Two months provisions were stowed on each ship’s deck for quick access in case of abandonment. There would be no repeat of the Proteus disaster. - -The Bear left St. John’s on May 4, 1884, planning to rendezvous with Schley and the Thetis at Upernavik, Greenland, near the end of the month. By May 24, Commander Schley was gripping the rope ladder and climbing the 130 feet to the crow’s nest of the Thetis. Biting wind cut through his thick woolen topcoat and blistered face as he ascended. Once inside the barrel, he rested his telescope on the iron edge and fixed his gaze on the diabolical ice pack of the upper Davis Strait, just below Melville Bay. He could see ten to fifteen miles ahead, noting nothing but ice fields and snaking leads stretching before him in wide panorama. - -Schley pondered the labyrinthine pack. For just this situation he had brought along explosives to assist in ramming through ice, and to blow up smaller floes to create navigable leads. He had on board many “torpedoes,” five-pound explosives contained in tin cylinders, rigged with electric connections and fuses. His plan was to use ice augers to drill holes in the ice ahead of the ships, place the torpedoes, and detonate them. Commander Schley intended, if it came to it, to explode his way to Greely. He wasn’t sure it would work, but he was damned sure going to try. - -Nearly a month later, on June 22, 1884, Schley had indeed navigated his rescue armada to a rocky, wind-battered coastline off of Cape Sabine. Schley blew three long signal blasts of the Thetis’s whistle, then sent rescuers in rowboats ashore. Scrambling up and over a steep and flinty escarpment, the rescuers encountered a dilapidated tent blown down by gales. Moments later, a soot-darkened man with a long, matted beard, his clothes dirty and tattered, crawled through the tent door. The man rose to his knees and with trembling hands put put on a pair of oval-shaped spectacles. His once brilliant eyes were sunken and bloodshot. It was Adolphus Greely. - -With his voice just a thin thread of a whisper, stammering and breaking with emotion, Greely husked, “Seven of us left. Here we are, dying like men. Did what I came to do—beat the record [of Farthest North].” Then he crumpled to the hard ground, too exhausted to say more. - -Commander Winfield Scott Schley had also done what he came to do: rescue what was left of the Greely Expedition. - -Schley would eventually achieve the rank of Rear Admiral in the United States Navy, and after a storied career—including service in the Spanish-American War and the Battle of Santiago—he died at the age of 72 and was buried with full military honors at Arlington National Cemetery on October 5, 1911. - -And he will always be remembered as the Navy man who saved Greely. * - -**Source and quotes drawn from Buddy Levy’s Labyrinth of Ice: The Triumphant and - -Tragic Greely Polar Expedition (St. Martin’s Press, 2019).",1731883669,7baaddbc1d,1843fb9249,,,1731883669 -https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/xbox-game-pass-core-3month-access-deal/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,Become the cool uncle when you gift Xbox Game Pass Core,"We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more › - -While gift-giving is supposed to be all about the act of giving, it really feels great when your gift is the favorite of the day. Instantly become known as the one who always gives the best gifts when you gift the gamer in your life 3 months of the Xbox Game Pass Core for just $19.99. And you can skip straight to checkout to grab this digital code. - -This means you’re giving three months of access to an incredible library of more than 25 high-quality games and exclusive multiplayer features on Xbox’s advanced network. Imagine the joy when they realize they can play Among Us with friends, dive into classic franchises like Halo and Forza, and experience thrilling new titles—all thanks to you. - - - -The holidays are all about coming together (mostly), and Xbox Game Pass Core is here to make that easier than ever. With online multiplayer access, your favorite gamer can connect with friends and family, wherever they are, creating memorable moments across every game. - - - -Here’s the best part: Xbox Game Pass Core isn’t just about the games. It also comes with exclusive discounts of up to 50 percent off select games, giving your gift lasting value well beyond the holidays. And because the codes are stackable up to 12 times, you can give literal years of adventure if you’re feeling extra generous. - -Sound like a perfect match for the gamer on your shopping list? Head over to checkout to get it now. - -You also have the option to spend a little more and get Xbox Game Pass Ultimate instead for access to even more games. This option also gives your giftee access to day-one releases. This option is stackable as well. - -The advanced Xbox multiplayer network ensures a smooth, immersive experience—whether they’re teaming up in Grounded or competing in a Halo showdown. - -So, if you’re aiming to win at gifting this year, Xbox Game Pass Core is the way. - - - -Head straight to checkout and get 3 months of the Xbox Game Pass Core for the best price online right now, just $19.99 (final sale) while it’s still available. - -StackSocial prices subject to change.",1731883682,741b88dd6e,18fa82aaa4,,,1731883682 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/survive-recession-work-with-sales/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,How Comms Pros Can Survive a Recession By Working With Sales,"I know we’ve been talking about an impending recession for a while—and, for the most part, the U.S. has been unscathed by it. But economists are now saying we won’t get through 2023 without one. - -Many businesses feel that consumers are becoming more careful about how they spend their money—for the first time since the pandemic put us all in lockdown. Inflation numbers keep rising, the war in Europe continues, and banks keep failing and no one knows if or when that will end. OPEC just announced that they’re cutting production, which means gas prices are about to soar again. - -All of this points to a recession we can’t avoid this time. - -Because this is a blog about communications and not the economy, you’re probably thinking to yourself, “OK, Gini, I get it. But what does this have to do with me?” - -Everything. It has everything to do with you. - -We’ve already seen massive layoffs in the tech industry, which is a leading indicator of a recession. If it hasn’t already, that will start to hit Main Street businesses next. I can’t tell you how many clients we’ve been working with the past few weeks to ensure their layoff communication is done well and not “pity city” terrible. - -What comes next is a reduction in marketing and communication budgets. Your resources are about to become thin—and you’ll have to do more with less (my least favorite phrase from The Great Recession). - -Some Marketers Have Already Seen Budget Cuts - -A survey from HubSpot shows that marketers are already seeing budget cuts, hiring freezes, pivots to their plans, and more. More than three-fourths (78%) say the recession is already here—and 67% expect it to last longer than six months. - -Aside from layoffs in the tech industry, marketing and communications is a leading indicator of a recession. Many executives are watching what’s happening globally with a war, oil production cuts, supply chain issues, and inflation, and they’re tightening their belts. The first thing to get reduced is marketing. Always. - -The same HubSpot survey also shows that 80% of marketers are preparing for a recession and are making cuts in paid media and shifting investment around. - -Last week, a client called me and asked my opinion on how to incentivize his marketing team to generate more leads. He said they’re tightening their belts, too, and need to get more qualified leads from every part of the organization, including marketing and communications. We had a long talk about how challenging it is to measure brand awareness and top-of-the-funnel activities (communications) to sales. At the same time, he can’t afford to continue to pay those people on his team if they aren’t proving ROI. We crafted a plan that makes him happy (for now) and doesn’t put his team in a spot where they can’t deliver. - -Unfortunately, I have had many similar conversions with several clients in the past few weeks. We’ve also been working to help them communicate layoffs, in some cases, and in others, they’re looking for more qualified leads in shrinking markets. - -Agencies will be next and I’ve already begun to prepare my team for the inevitable. Once the layoffs are over and the work internally has been rejiggered to provide the biggest bang for the buck, CFOs will look at the biggest line items on their profit and loss sheets. Agencies represent a pretty big expense that is easy to eliminate with one phone call. - -Now is when our efforts must be undertaken in the most economically efficient way possible. The tactics that delivered a so-so return have to be abandoned—no more testing things out. Now is the time to focus only on what we know works. And, if you aren’t already working with sales to best understand how your efforts affect their leads, now is the time to start that process. If the sales team says they can’t generate qualified leads without your help, it’ll be A LOT harder for you to be laid off—internally or externally. - -So They Must Work Directly With Sales - -Last year, we started working with a client to build their awareness and thought leadership, while also producing qualified leads for them. We, of course, are using the PESO Model™ to do this—and, no surprise, it’s working! - -We started with a podcast and blog—content that didn’t exist—and then we moved to email marketing, lead nurturing, and search engine marketing. We also began optimizing their website so they would actually appear in search. - -All things that make sense, right? Then I personally set about developing a personal relationship with their VP of sales. Based on previous experience, I knew that without that relationship, all of our work would either go unnoticed or we’d be told that all of the leads we generated were done by sales and we didn’t have a hand in it. Working directly with the sales leader and ensuring we trusted one another was my first priority, as the leader of the business. - -I knew it was working when we were in a meeting with leadership and he said, “Gini and her team have influenced $300,000 in new revenue this quarter.” - -Boom! - -In my entire career, I’ve never had a sales leader give us credit like that. They always take credit and act like we had no hand in it. I give a lot of credit to the person this particular sales leader is, and it wouldn’t have happened without the relationship I’ve built with him. - -This is the most important thing you can do in good times, and it becomes critical during economic downturns. - -To Generate 200% More Leads - -A recent Chief Executive article titled, “Align or Decline in 2023: Recession-Proofing Sales And Marketing” describes this very thing. - -They say, “CEOs are responding to recession fears by asking their CMOs to double down on demand generation, the latest Chief Outsiders Survey of CMOs tells us. CMOs are (or should be) well-equipped to lead their teams in this effort, but they will be significantly hindered when marketing and sales teams do not work in tandem. The alignment between both groups is also essential in “peacetime,” of course, but the need is even more urgent in the scenario of an economic downturn.” - -This is a new concept for communicators. I know that. Work with sales? What do you mean? My work can’t be measured directly to sales. Yes, and… remember the client I told you about who called me last week to get some help figuring out how to incentivize his comms team to produce results that can be measured to sales? - -This is where we are, whether we like it or not. If you want to survive a recession and continue to grow in your career, you have to figure out how to measure your work to sales by working directly with the sales team. - -When you align well with your sales brethren, the revenue growth generator kicks into high gear and you’ll be able to pinpoint exactly where leads are coming from, what is nurturing them, and what helps convert them. - -In fact, a study from LinkedIn found that when sales and marketing and communications teams work together, they can generate 200 percent more revenue due to their collaboration. - -Two hundred percent! - -This is the exact kind of data you want to have when it’s time for leadership to think about layoffs or letting their agencies go. - -And Become Recession Proof - -Here is how it works: you and your team know how much it costs to generate leads. This might be through what you’re spending on a PESO Model program, including both organic and paid spend. In this case, your organic spend might be a portion of the salaries of your team and what you’re paying the agency. If you’re on the agency side, it’s the budget you have for the client. - -You’ll take that number and determine how many leads you generate. For instance, the client I mentioned a few minutes ago? We know it costs $6 per lead, $54 per marketing-qualified lead, and $127 per sales-qualified lead. The revenue they generate from a sales-qualified lead is an average of $25,000. They will pay $127 all day long to get a $25,000 customer. - -Before the start of every quarter, have a conversation with your sales team counterparts to understand what their goals are for the next three months. Then you can use math (I know, I know) to figure out how many leads you need to generate to help them reach that goal. - -Of course, you aren’t responsible for 100% of those leads, but if you work together, you’ll be able to achieve the company’s revenue goals. - -This is recession proof. Companies almost never let the sales team go during rough times. If you have built a program where you are so closely aligned with sales that they can’t reach their goals without you, you will survive cuts, too.",1731883778,4dc781f5bc,18e73527e0,,,1731883778 -https://www.unmannedsystemstechnology.com/2024/11/underwater-sampler-developed-through-university-industry-partnership/,https://www.unmannedsystemstechnology.com/feed/,Underwater Sampler Developed Through University-Industry Partnership,"Underwater sampling technology developed by University of Southampton and ecoSUB Robotics. - -Follow UST Share this - -The University of Southampton has struck a licensing agreement with ecoSUB Robotics, enabling the introduction of an advanced underwater sampler to the market. - -Developed by researchers at the University in partnership with engineers from ecoSUB Robotics, this sampler is designed to facilitate autonomous collection of water samples, even at depths reaching 2,500 meters. - -This versatile system, available in varied configurations, can be seamlessly integrated with any of ecoSUB’s autonomous underwater vehicles (AUVs). The novel capability empowers marine researchers, environmental agencies, and others with the unprecedented ability to gather water samples independently and, when necessary, at significant depths, substantially expanding the scope of underwater exploration and analysis. - -Traditional underwater data collection has heavily relied on sensors, which often face limitations in detecting specific water parameters such as DNA, RNA, and heavy metals. The new sampler overcomes this constraint, enabling users to capture physical water samples for laboratory analysis. This development allows researchers to assess parameters currently inaccessible through standard sensor technology, providing a richer and more detailed understanding of underwater environments. - -Dr. Adrian Nightingale, of the University of Southampton, said; “Our collaboration with ecoSUB Robotics has been instrumental in bringing this advanced sampler to market. This is a significant step forward for marine science, as it provides a practical and scalable new solution for water sampling at depth and inhospitable environments.” - -Terry Sloane, Managing Director at ecoSUB Robotics, added; “The water sampler is a welcome addition to our ecoSUB vehicles, increasing their functionality for a wider range of underwater data collection missions. With this tool, we can support our customers in gathering critical data in ways that were previously not possible. This partnership reinforces our commitment to providing cutting-edge, robust, and versatile AUV solutions. The unique ability of ecoSUB to dive vertically presents researchers with a new way of obtaining water column data using a combination of traditional sensors as well as water samples.” - -The sampler opens new avenues for applications including environmental monitoring, marine biogeochemistry, oceanography, and offshore operations, where detailed water quality data is essential. In addition to providing this tool for the ecoSUB fleet, ecoSUB Robotics aims to continue its collaboration with the University of Southampton on future technologies that push the boundaries of what’s possible in autonomous underwater exploration. - -This collaboration underlines the University of Southampton and ecoSUB Robotics’ shared commitment to advancing technology and addressing critical challenges in marine science and industry. With this innovative water sampler, users worldwide can now access a deeper understanding of underwater environments. - -Find Autonomous Vessel manufacturers > >",1731883615,8bbbd151de,18ccd68e68,,,1731883615 -https://www.npr.org/2024/11/15/nx-s1-5193258/scientific-american-editor-resigns-after-comments-about-trump-supporters-went-viral,https://www.npr.org/rss/rss.php?id=1020,'Scientific American' editor resigns after comments about Trump supporters went viral,"'Scientific American' editor resigns after comments about Trump supporters went viral - -toggle caption Matt McClain/The Washington Post/Getty Images - -Laura Helmuth, the chief editor of Scientific American magazine, announced her resignation on Friday after comments she made disparaging supporters of President-elect Donald Trump gained attention in conservative circles. - -In a post on the social media platform Bluesky, Helmuth wrote , ""I've decided to leave Scientific American after an exciting 4.5 years as editor in chief. She added, ""I'm going to take some time to think about what comes next (and go birdwatching)."" - -In messages on Bluesky, which were later deleted, Helmuth referred to some of Trump's supporters as ""the meanest, dumbest, most bigoted"" individuals celebrating his election night victory over Vice President Harris. - -Sponsor Message - -She also expressed regret to younger voters, stating that her generation is ""so full of f****** fascists."" - -Helmuth later apologized for her remarks, writing: ""These posts, which I have deleted, do not reflect my beliefs; they were a mistaken expression of shock and confusion about the election results."" - -Helmuth's comments and resignation come in the wake of a highly contentious election season, during which media organizations and their reporters struggled with how to address Trump and his allies concerning conspiracy theories, their plans to consolidate power to the White House, and threats to their perceived enemies. - -For only the second time in its nearly 180 years, Scientific American endorsed a presidential candidate, backing Kamala Harris while describing Trump as a threat to public safety who ""rejects evidence, preferring instead nonsensical conspiracy fantasies."" - -In an emailed statement to NPR, Kimberly Lau, president of Scientific American, confirmed Helmuth's resignation, stating, ""Laura Helmuth has decided to move on from her position as editor in chief. We thank Laura for her four years leading Scientific American, during which time the magazine won major science communication awards and established a reimagined digital newsroom. We wish her well in the future."" - -Conservatives on X, the social media platform where Helmuth's comments gained traction, celebrated her departure as the downfall of another ""woke"" crusader.",1731883660,5ef0df535a,191c4aa036,,,1731883660 -https://spinsucks.com/social-media/marketing-videos-strategy/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Getting the Most Out of Your Marketing Videos in 2024,"You probably hear it all the time. “Marketing videos are one of the best types of content you can produce!” - -Really? I post videos all the time. The results aren’t that great. - -If you have ever felt that way, you’re not alone. - -As the founder of a healthcare video production company, I run into this all the time, and it’s not just anecdotal. - -The Content Marketing Institute tells us only 7% of marketers believe they’re getting the most out of their videos. - -Only 7%! - -Well, there’s a good reason for that. Many communicators think that video is a good strategy for them to get their message across, but they’re missing something. - -Video is a communications tactic, not a strategy. - -Sure, video can and should be a part of your greater communications strategy, but it actually needs its own strategy to be successful. If you do that, you’ll start getting the most out of your videos in 2024. - -Let me break it down for you. - -Building a Better Marketing Video Strategy - -The first thing you need to do is answer five questions. Nothing complicated here. I’ll bet these are questions you ask at the start of most PR and/or marketing campaigns. I’m asking that you do the same at the start of every video project. - -Who Is Your Audience? - -Understanding your audience is crucial. This goes beyond demographic data. It’s about understanding their interests, concerns, and preferences. For example, a video targeting Gen-Z consumers would differ significantly from one aimed at corporate executives. - -Tailoring your content to resonate with your audience’s specific needs and expectations ensures that your message is heard, felt, and remembered. - -Failing to answer this question is one of the biggest reasons a video underperforms. - -Where Will They Watch? - -The viewing platform plays an important role in shaping the video’s format, length, and style. For instance: - -Social Media : Platforms like Instagram or Twitter (X) favor concise, attention-grabbing content. A one-minute video might be ideal here, designed to engage users quickly as they scroll through their feeds. - -Company Websites : Here, you have the viewer’s undivided attention. They’ve sought you out, so you can afford to delve deeper into your message with a two- or three-minute video. This is your chance to tell a more comprehensive story or provide detailed information. - -What’s Your Goal? - -Identifying the objective of your video is super important. It could range from increasing brand awareness to driving sales or educating your audience about a new product. This goal not only influences the content but also how you measure success. For example, if the aim is to boost sales, track how the video influences purchase decisions. If it’s about employee engagement, measure how it affects participation in company initiatives. Clear goals help in creating focused content and measuring its effectiveness. - -What’s Your Story? - -Storytelling is where the magic happens. It’s about connecting with the audience on an emotional level. Your story should be engaging and relatable, making the viewer feel something—joy, curiosity, or trust. Pick an emotion you’d like to target. - -A testimonial video could share a customer’s journey, tapping into emotions like satisfaction and trust. An ‘About Us’ video should tell your company’s story, highlighting values and ethos to create a bond with the viewer. - -In marketing videos, emotion trumps pure information every time. - -What’s Your Promotion Plan - -Finally, having a robust promotion plan is essential. A great video is only effective if it reaches its intended audience. This involves leveraging various channels: - -Website : A natural home for longer, more detailed videos. - -Blog : Integrating videos into blog posts can enhance engagement and provide more context. - -Social Media : Ideal for short, snappy videos designed to catch the eye and encourage sharing. - -Email Campaigns : Embedding videos in newsletters or promotional emails can significantly increase open and click-through rates. - -But don’t stop there. Think about the PESO model. You should be plugging video into all of its aspects. - -Can You Answer These Questions? - -I’m telling you, you’d be shocked at how few communications pros do not answer these questions prior to starting their video projects. - -However, if you do, you have just built the foundation of a good plan. - -Seriously, if all you do is answer those questions, you’re already ahead of the game. - -Next Level, Get Emotional - -Understanding your audience is just the starting point. The real game-changer lies in emotional resonance. This is about crafting stories that don’t just inform, but deeply connect with viewers on a human level. It’s not merely about presenting facts or features. It’s about weaving relatable narratives and experiences that strike a chord with your audience. - -As healthcare video specialists, we could easily bombard viewers with statistics and medical jargon. However, we know something important. - -Video isn’t about facts and figures. Video is about emotion. - -Telling a story that taps emotions can still convey information, but it also invites viewers into a personal experience, stirring emotions of hope, empathy, or triumph. This can leave a more profound and lasting impact than any fact or figure. - -This emotional connection is pivotal. When a viewer feels something, they’re more likely to remember your message and, more importantly, your brand. It transforms your content from just another video into a memorable experience. - -But how do you achieve this? - -Firstly, know your audience’s values and struggles. This insight allows you to craft stories that resonate with their experiences. - -Secondly, use storytelling techniques – like a compelling narrative arc, relatable characters, and a meaningful climax. - -These elements can turn a simple message into an emotionally impactful journey. - -Lastly, don’t shy away from showing vulnerability or authenticity in your stories. Authenticity breeds trust, and trust is the foundation of any strong relationship, including the one between your brand and your audience. - -I don’t care if it’s a three-minute testimonial bound for your website, or a 10-second TikTok or Reel, you can use these videos to tap emotions. The first step is simply making an effort to do so. - -Remember, in the crowded digital landscape, where countless videos vie for attention, those that touch the heart in some way stand out. By focusing on emotional resonance, your video content can rise above the noise, creating not just viewers, but loyal fans and advocates for your brand. - -Maximizing Marketing Videos On Your Website - -Your website is a prime location for showcasing video content, but it’s not just about embedding a video and hoping for the best. To truly capitalize on the power of video on your website, follow these strategic steps: - -Strategic Placement : Place your video where it can’t be missed. Also, think about the page it goes on. Allow it to enhance the user experience. Put your About Us video on the Home or About page. Include a Product Video on the produce page. Add a Testimonial to the page designed to help you convert. Makes sense, right? - -Purposeful Content : Tailor your video content to your website’s goals. Are you looking to increase product understanding, share testimonials, or convey your brand story? For instance, an explainer video on a product page can boost conversion rates, while a compelling ‘About Us’ video on your homepage can build brand trust. - -Optimize for Load Time and SEO : Ensure your video doesn’t slow down your site. Use a video hosting service that allows for fast loading without sacrificing quality. Also, optimize your video for search engines by using relevant keywords in the title, description, and tags. This helps your video to be found and can improve your website’s overall SEO. - -Call-to-Action (CTA) : Always include a clear CTA. Whether it’s encouraging viewers to learn more about a product, sign up for a newsletter, or contact your team, your video should guide users toward the next step in their journey with your brand. - -Measure and Analyze : Use analytics tools to track how visitors interact with your videos. This data can inform future video content and placement strategies, ensuring you continuously optimize for the best user experience and engagement. - -By integrating video into your website thoughtfully, you not only enhance the user experience but also increase the likelihood of achieving your website’s objectives, whether that’s boosting engagement, conversions, or brand awareness. Remember, a video on your website is more than content. It’s a powerful tool for storytelling and connection. - -Integrating Video Into the Marketing Funnel - -Video can play a pivotal role at every stage of your marketing funnel/flywheel, from awareness to conversion. Here’s how you can effectively incorporate video into each stage of the marketing funnel: - -Awareness Stage : At the top of the funnel, your goal is to attract and inform potential customers. Videos at this stage should focus on brand storytelling, educational content, and problem-solving tips. Think about short, engaging videos that introduce your brand, explain industry concepts, or highlight customer pain points. Social media platforms are ideal for these types of videos, as they can easily be shared and reach a broad audience. - -Consideration Stage : As potential customers move down the funnel, they start evaluating their options. Here, you should provide more detailed information through how-to videos, product demos, and webinars. These videos should showcase the value and functionality of your products or services, helping viewers understand why your brand stands out. - -Decision Stage : At the bottom of the funnel, prospective customers are ready to purchase. This is where persuasive and targeted videos come into play. Product comparisons, in-depth demos, case studies, or special offer announcements can be effective. Testimonial videos also work well in this stage, as they build trust and credibility. These videos should aim to alleviate any last-minute concerns and reinforce the value proposition of your product or service. - -Retention Stage : Post-purchase, the focus shifts to retaining customers and encouraging loyalty. Here, video content can include thank-you messages, onboarding guides, and customer support FAQs. Also, consider creating exclusive content for existing customers, such as advanced tutorials, sneak peeks at new products, or customer appreciation events. - -Advocacy Stage : Finally, turn your satisfied customers into brand advocates. Encourage them to share their experiences through video testimonials or user-generated content campaigns. Such content enhances credibility and resonates well with potential customers at the top of the funnel. - -Remember, video is a versatile and powerful tool in your marketing arsenal. When used strategically across the marketing funnel/flywheel, it can significantly enhance the customer journey, leading to better engagement, conversion, and loyalty. - -The Power of a Marketing Video Strategy - -The power of video in 2024 lies not just in its creation but in its strategic use. The essence of effective video content is its ability to connect emotionally with the audience, transforming viewers into brand advocates. - -By understanding your audience deeply, creating emotionally resonant stories, and strategically integrating videos into your marketing funnel and website, you elevate your content from mere information to memorable experiences.",1731883735,4dc781f5bc,19627ace9a,,,1731883735 -https://frugalwoods.com/2023/07/31/a-wall-removal-and-other-june-2023-expenses/,https://www.frugalwoods.com/feed/,A Wall Removal And Other June 2023 Expenses,"A menace wall in our home is gone! Longtime readers may recall that we’ve embarked on a slow, years-long renovation process, which we kicked off with a wall removal. - -This erstwhile wall awkwardly divided the kitchen and dining room from the rest of the downstairs and, to make matters worse, had a weird, low archway door for egressing. Not great. Everyone who came into our home said, “why do you think they put a wall there?” - -I will tell you why. - -When our house was built–circa 1991–the builders utilized this wall for the following fairly crucial items: - -Load-bearing. It supports both the floor of the second story and also, a large amount of the roof load at intersecting roof angles (which means it takes a lot of snow load). They put the archway in to conceal the triple-ply 2×12 header Plumbing. The entire upstairs hallway bathroom plumbing stack (and vent) ran through this wall. Electrical. Electrical things also ran through this wall. - -Essentially, we selected the most challenging, most expensive, most intricate wall possible in our entire home to remove. And it finally happened in June! - -This was no simple knock-down-the-drywall and call it done project. First, yes, we did the easiest thing: the demo. Then, we hired a plumber to re-route the plumbing stack in an amazing zig-zag through the ceiling (as well as down one corner of our pantry). Then, Nate built a little wall around the plumbing in the pantry using leftover siding from the chicken coop. This was my idea and I am very proud of myself. It’s basically the biggest contribution I’ve made to this project… other than demo, which was FUN. - -Next, we hired an electrician to re-route all the electrical and the box. He also added a recessed light over our dining room table, which has greatly improved our game nights–we can actually see our cards now!!! For some reason, the builders didn’t put any overhead lighting in the living room, so this one new light is doing a lot of work. - -Next came the most challenging aspect: recessing a support beam. - -Since this wall was load bearing, the solution was a work of art (and genius) created and executed by my husband. - -The man of my dreams first built a temporary bracing wall so that the house wouldn’t fall down–a real priority, let me tell you. Next, he removed the existing wall by holding a sawzall OVER his head for hours on end. He now has the shoulder muscles to prove it. Then, he removed alllllllll the pointy nails coming through the ceiling, which had been hammered in there with reckless abandon. These builders were NOT trying to save money on nails. He cut the existing ceiling joists very accurately and removed the double top plate of the wall being removed from below. This was challenging since it’d been nailed in with 1M nails. It was also tough to extricate from its narrow space. Finally, he devised a contraption to lever the new several-hundred-pound three-ply LVL beam into place. He build a ladder system out of lumber on which he raised the beam one side at a time, resting it on each rung of the “ladder” as we went. When the beam reached the subfloor above it, he added posts on either side to support it. And then secured the floor joists to the new beam with the appropriate brackets. This recessed the beam, making the ceiling one flush, clean line! He took down the temporary wall and ladder system and…. voila! We have a totally open space now!!!!! And the house has not fallen down. - -He’s waiting to do the final drywalling (and flooring) until we decide if we want to have the electrician come back and put in the wiring for the kitchen. We plan to redo the kitchen in the near-ish future and it would make a lot of sense to do the lighting now (while part of the ceiling is open) so that we don’t have to hack into the drywall again in the future. - -Per our usual renovation style, we did everything we could ourselves, which was mostly the grunt work and the carpentry. We hired an architect to do the beam calculations (again: priority #1 was for the house not to fall down). And the plumbing and electrical were both beyond Nate’s capabilities. He can totally do basic plumbing and electrical, but this plumbing was INTENSE and I’m really glad we hired a professional. - -Doing the demo, cutting out the drywall, disassembling the chair rail–that’s all stuff we did ourselves. It’s not technical or complicated, it’s just grunt work that takes time. The carpentry to build the temporary wall and recess the beam was advanced, but it was all stuff Nate was able to teach himself how to do. He’ll also do the final drywalling, the little section of flooring, and then we’ll paint together. - -I’m always happy to pay people to do stuff I can’t, or don’t know how, to do. I’m equally happy to do stuff myself that I feel safe and confident in my ability to do. - -This turned out to be a pretty massive project–and rather expensive–but, it dramatically improves the flow and openness of the main floor of the house. All in all, 100% worth it! Stay tuned for my next renovation update, which at this pace will be in five years. - -Want Help With Your Money? Book a Financial Consult With Me! - -Money is terrifying for a lot of people and many of us don’t know where to start. - -That’s where I come in. - -I demystify personal finance and break it down into manageable steps. I explain where to start, where to go and how to confidently manage your money on your own. - -My consultation sessions–and resulting written financial plans–are comprehensive, holistic, and all-encompassing of each person’s finances. I look at income, debts, assets, mortgages, expenses, investments, retirement accounts, anticipated social security, credit card strategy and more. I run through every aspect of a person’s financial life alongside their longterm goals and aspirations. - -I help people figure out how to make their money enable them to live the life they want. - -Need help with your money? - -→Not sure which option is right for you? Schedule a free 15-minute chat with me to learn more. Refer a friend to me here. - -I Love the Free Money Tracking Tools from Personal Capital… now called Empower! - -I use and recommend a free online service called Empower to organize our money. It tracks our spending, net worth, investments, retirement, everything. While the name is different, the free net worth tracking and money organization tools are the same! - -Knowing where your money’s at is one of the easiest ways to get a handle on your finances. You cannot make informed decisions about your money if you don’t know how you’re spending it or how much you have. If you’d like to know more about how Empower works, check out my full write-up. - -Without a holistic picture of your finances, there’s no way to set savings, debt repayment or investment goals. It’s a must, folks. Empower (which is free) is a great way for me to systematize our financial overviews since it links all of our accounts together and provides a comprehensive picture of our net worth. - -If you don’t have a solid idea of where your money’s at–or how you’re spending it–consider trying Empower (note: the Empower links are affiliate links). - -Credits Cards: How We Buy Everything - -We buy everything we can with credit cards because: - -It’s easier to track expenses. No guesswork over where a random $20 bill went; it all shows up in our monthly expense report from Empower. I also spend less money because I KNOW I’m going to see every expense listed at the end of the month. We get rewards. Credit card rewards are a simple way to get something for nothing. Through the cards we use, we get cash back as well as hotel and airline points for buying stuff we were going to buy anyway. . Credit card rewards are a simple way to get something for nothing. Through the cards we use, we getas well asfor buying stuff we were going to buy anyway. We build our credit. Since we don’t have any debt, having several credit cards open for many years helps our credit scores. It’s a dirty myth that carrying a balance on your credit card helps your credit score–IT DOES NOT. Paying your cards off IN FULL every month and keeping them open for many years does help your score. - -For more on my credit card strategy, and a list of the best rewards credit cards on the market now, check out: - -(note: the credit card links are affiliate links). - -Cash Back Earned This Month: $88.90 - -The silver lining to our spending is our cash back credit card. We earn 2% cash back on every purchase made with our Fidelity Rewards Visa and, this month, we spent $4,445.10 on that card, which netted us $88.90 - -Not a lot of money, but it’s money we earned for buying stuff we were going to buy anyway! This is why I love cash back credit card rewards–they’re the simplest way to earn something for nothing. - -To see how this adds up over the course of a year, check out How I Made $712.59 With My Cash Back Credit Card. - -Where’s Your Money? - -Another easy way to optimize your money is by putting it in a high-yield savings account. With these accounts, interest works in your favor as opposed to the interest rates on debt, which work against you. - -Having money in a no or low interest savings account is a waste of resources–your money is sitting there doing nothing. Don’t let your money be lazy! Make it work for you! And now, enjoy some explanatory math: - -Let’s say you have $5,000 in a savings account that earns 0% interest. In a year’s time, your $5,000 will still be… $5,000. Let’s say you instead put that $5,000 into an American Express Personal Savings account, which–as of this writing–earns 4% in interest (affiliate link). In one year, your $5,000 will have increased to $5,200. That means you earned $200 just by having your money in a high-yield account. - -And you didn’t have to do anything! I’m a big fan of earning money while doing nothing. Is anybody not a fan of that? Apparently so, because anyone who uses a low or no interest savings account is NOT making money while doing nothing. Don’t be that person. Be the person who earns money while sleeping. - -Yes, We Only Paid $28.24 for Cell Phone Service (for two phones) - -Our cell phone service line item is not a typ0 (although that certainly is). We really and truly only paid $28.24 for both of our phones (that’s $14.12 per person for those of you into division). How is such trickery possible?!? We use an MVNO! - -What’s an MVNO? - -Glad you asked because I was going to tell you anyway: It’s a cell phone service re-seller. - -MVNOs are the TJ Maxx of the cell phone service world–the same service, A LOT cheaper. If you’re not using an MVNO, switching to one is an easy, slam-dunk, do-it-right-away way to save money every single month of every single year forever and ever amen. - -Here are a few MVNOs to consider: - -For more, I have a full chart of providers and their prices here: How to Save Money on Your Cell Phone Bill with an MVNO: I Pay $12 a Month* - -*the amount we pay fluctuates every month because it’s calibrated on what we use. Imagine that! We only pay for what we use! Will wonders ever cease. These MVNO links are affiliate links. - -Expense Report FAQs - -Want to know how we manage the rest of our money? Check out How We Manage Our Money: Behind The Scenes of The Frugalwoods Family Accounts Check out - -Don’t you have a rental property? Yes! We own a rental property (also known as our first home) in Cambridge, MA, which I discuss here here too Yes! We own a rental property (also known as our first home) in Cambridge, MA, which I discussand more recently, - -Why do I share our expenses? To give you a sense of how we spend our money in a values-based manner. Your spending will differ from ours and there’s no “one right way” to spend and no “perfect” budget. - -Are we the most frugal frugal people on earth? Absolutely not! My hope is that by being transparent about our spending, you might gain insights into your own spending and be inspired to take proactive control of your money. - -Wondering where to start with managing your money? Take my free, 31-day Uber Frugal Month Challenge. Take my free, 31-day - -Want help with your money? Hire me for a financial consultation or call. Not sure what that means? Start with a free 15-minute call. - -If you’re interested in other things I love , check out Frugalwoods Recommends. , check out - -Why don’t you buy everything locally? We do our best to support our local community and buy as much of our food as possible directly from our farmer neighbors. Our town doesn’t have any stores, so we rely on online ordering and big box stores for necessities. The closest stores are 45 minutes away and we go a few times a month to stock up on what we can’t get from our neighbors or online. - -But Mrs. Frugalwoods, Don’t You Pay For X, Y, Or Even Z??? - -Wondering about common expenses you don’t see listed below? - -If you’re wondering about anything else, feel free to ask in the comments section! - -Alright you frugal money voyeurs, feast your eyes on every dollar we spent in June:",1731883658,0b93cf5987,18983ed917,,,1731883658 -https://www.communitysignal.com/the-elder-scrolls-online-community-and-the-power-of-guilds/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,The Elder Scrolls Online Community and the Power of Guilds,"What metrics and indicators of success are you, your colleagues, and community excited about for 2022? Whether you’re hoping to better demonstrate the impact of the community on your business’ bottom line, foster safer experiences for your members across the communities they are part of, or want to focus on establishing better boundaries for you and your team, this conversation with Jessica Folsom, lead community manager at ZeniMax Online Studios, may provide some inspiration. - -Even without perfect end-to-end campaign attribution, Jessica discusses the impact of being a participant in the Elder Scrolls Online community and how certain attributes may lead to different outcomes for community members and for the overall community. For example, Elder Scrolls Online players may participate in official forums, they may be content creators, they may stream the game, or participate in player-run communities on Discord or Reddit. Jessica and her team have learned that the players that can find their connection to the community retain better and drive investment in the game, too. - -With such an expansive group of players, Jessica also has to be prepared to help community members deal with toxic behaviors outside of immediate Elder Scrolls Online spaces. While it can often feel like we can’t do much in these circumstances, Jessica explains how she listens, offers guidance on how to block and report the behavior on these parallel platforms, and in some cases, contact local authorities. Do you have a plan for helping your community members handle toxicity on other platforms? - -Jessica and Patrick also discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Hivebrite, the community engagement platform. - -How community connection contributes to retention and growth (8:20): “People who are in guilds, for instance, tend to be much more invested overall in [Elder Scrolls Online]. Not only do they tend to spend more but they also contribute more to the community, which is immensely valuable, to community growth and health. … [Content creators] tend to also be very, very valuable, and not only from a monetary perspective but just what they give to the community. They give us our community culture. They’re the backbone of it.” – @JessFolsom - -How guilds unlock connection to Elder Scrolls Online (9:40): “Guilds [drive] all of the positive things that we want. Players can be in five different guilds. Usually, if they find at least one, they find that community that they really want to be a part of … this is cliché, but it’s about the people. If you find a group of people that you’re really invested in, you then enjoy the game more, you spend more time, you invest more in the content, [and] you invest more in the monetary side of things as well.” – @JessFolsom - -Helping community managers prevent burnout (11:24): “It’s okay to shut things down at the end of your day. Don’t look at the forums, don’t look at email. If somebody needs to get a hold of you for an emergency, they will, but take your time to decompress, live your life, enjoy your hobbies, your family, your free time, and you’ll come back better to do your job the next day.” – @JessFolsom - -Helping players deal with toxic behavior in parallel challenges (26:44): “[When our players are getting harassed or targeted with toxicity in parallel channels], we try to educate players on what they can do and how they can use those tools. How do they block players? How do they use two-factor authentication if their account got hacked? How do they report really awful comments or activity on the various different channels, using the channels’ methods of reporting that they have available to them? Then in extreme cases … we will work with that player to educate them on all the different things that they could do by delaying their stream. For instance, if they’re getting stream sniped, [everything from] putting a delay on their stream to contacting local authorities.” – @JessFolsom - -Why there is no official Elder Scrolls Online Discord (26:44): “I know a lot of smaller studios really like Discord but with a community our size, the amount of moderation that we would need, we’ve got a player base of, I think we recently said 12 million or something like that, it’s not realistic to have a Discord community that we run. If we run a community, and it’s an official community, there is an expectation that we are able to maintain a certain level of protection, professionalism, and rules that I don’t think we can.” – @JessFolsom - -Jessica Folsom has been working with gaming communities for 16 years and is currently the lead community manager at ZeniMax Online Studios. She has been working with the Elder Scrolls Online community for about nine and a half years. Jessica got her start in the video games industry in 1999 as a customer support representative at Nintendo of America in Washington state, where she is originally from. After about eight years there, she left and spent time at numerous studios, including NCSOFT, Trion, Mythic, EA BioWare, Big Huge Games, and 38 Studios. - -[music] - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Hivebrite, the community engagement platform. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[00:00:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and thanks for making time for Community Signal. - -We’re talking with gaming industry community veteran, Jessica Folsom. She is the lead community manager at ZeniMax Online Studios, where her work focuses on the Elder Scrolls Online, an incredibly popular MMORPG. We’re discussing metrics, of course, but also why community members aren’t your friends, and the challenge of toxic behavior that is tied to your product, but not on spaces you have any authority over. - -Thank you to Maggie McGary, Heather Champ, and Jenny Weigle for supporting our show on Patreon. If you’d like to become a backer, please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -Jessica Folsom is the lead community manager at ZeniMax Online Studios. She has been working with the Elder Scrolls Online community for about nine and a half years. Jessica got her start in the video games industry in 1999 as a customer support representative at Nintendo of America in Washington state, where she is original from. After about eight years there, she left and spent time at numerous studios, including NCSOFT, Trion, Mythic, EA BioWare, Big Huge Games, and 38 Studios. In total, Jessica has been working with gaming communities for around 16 years. Jessica, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:30] Jessica Folsom: Hi, thank you so much for having me. - -[00:01:32] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s my pleasure. As the Lead Community Manager for the Elder Scrolls Online at ZeniMax Online Studios, you are a member of the business management team for that product. You describe the primary function of that group as ensuring that, “All teams within the business are aligned on current and future plans, strategic tactics, priorities, et cetera, and that the business is successful.” - -You hear a lot about the proverbial, even clichéd seat at the table. This is a game that is very popular, that generates a lot of revenue, is a successful business and you have a seat, so I thought it would be interesting to hear a little bit about that. How many seats are there on that team? - -[00:02:10] Jessica Folsom: Yes, absolutely. The teams that are within the business management team all have one to two. The community team actually has two. I represent the global side of the Elder Scrolls Online community team, and then we have another wonderful community manager named Ella who represents the ZEL side, so the ZeniMax European Limited, that is all of the non-North American or “global” as- well, I’m doing air quotes, you can’t see it- community teams, so all the territories around the world that don’t fall under the main North American umbrella, and we work very, very closely together. - -[00:02:50] Patrick O’Keefe: How big is the business management team? Is it 10 people, 20 people, 30 people, dozens, a single number? You don’t have to give a specific number. I’m just curious to the size of it. - -[00:02:57] Jessica Folsom: Oh, gosh, it’s probably around 20-ish. It’s a pretty good sized team. It’s comprised of every team from customer support to sales, finance, dev, of course, the life services team, whole bunch. - -[00:03:13] Patrick O’Keefe: Ultimately, what is that team accountable to or for? - -[00:03:18] Jessica Folsom: That team is accountable for making sure that every team of the business is aligned on current and future strategies, making sure that all the different pieces are coming together in a way that makes sense and that’ll be successful for the business. Also looking at current or future risks or opportunities, like looking at everything from the year plan, looking a year ahead, to looking at five years ahead and figuring out what makes sense and what do we think is coming up, as well as what is happening now? - -[00:03:50] Patrick O’Keefe: How long have you been on that team? - -[00:03:52] Jessica Folsom: It’s probably been about three or four years now. - -[00:03:54] Patrick O’Keefe: Okay, so you’ve almost seen a full five-year cycle [laughs] for the five-year plan. - -[00:03:58] Jessica Folsom: Yes, and I love it, honestly. It’s super interesting to see all the different pieces come together, and as you said, it’s really wonderful to have the ability to provide that input from a community perspective and also know that the business values that. - -[00:04:13] Patrick O’Keefe: For sure. Still sticking with business, in our pre-show questionnaire, you listed certain metrics. These included daily active users, monthly active users, average revenue per user, premium subscribers, new and returning players, and some others, and you described these as, “Things we can only theorize that we’ve had an impact on since there is no concrete direct line between our efforts, meaning community’s efforts, and these values.” - -[00:04:35] Jessica Folsom: Yes. - -[00:04:35] Patrick O’Keefe: Is it safe to say that you’ve tried to create that direct line? [laughs] - -[00:04:39] Jessica Folsom: Yes. Yes. Oh, goodness. We would love to, but let’s say we put out a campaign on social media and it’s intended to drive sales or awareness about, let’s say a new Crown Crate release. - -[00:04:54] Patrick O’Keefe: I saw the option to buy crowns and I was like, “I don’t know what that is, but I know it’s something to do with the game.” - -[00:05:00] Jessica Folsom: That’s our currency. You can purchase because the game is buy-to-play, so it’s one of the ways in which we do make money. I was looking for the right word. We have loot crates that are called Crown Crates that come out once a quarter-ish. Let’s say we put out social media to promote those and let people know that there’s a new release, if people click on that, we can see how many people clicked on it, we can see how many people clicked through to the article, how many people engaged with the post. We can’t actually see how many people then converted to a purchase. That would be something that would be really wonderful to be able to see, but we can’t. - -We can track the things that are actually trackable in the tools that we use, but when we don’t have that connection between the endpoint purchase and what we have put up, we can’t say, “We definitely resulted in these many sales.” I always encourage our team to be really careful about saying what you’re going to commit to as a defined KPI for an effort and make sure that it’s something you can actually track. You can track the other stuff, but you can say, “We are theorizing that we had an impact on this, and here’s the big picture looking at what we did, at what sales did, at what dev did,” and looking at it as a whole holistic picture. - -[00:06:12] Patrick O’Keefe: From my perspective, I think that if community, or in this case, social or whatever it is, doesn’t get some credit for that sale, those conversions, then it’s really hard for anyone to get it, right? - -[00:06:21] Jessica Folsom: Yes. - -[00:06:21] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s a level of conservatism with data that is so conservative, like, we’re not going to even fill in this one blank, even though we know we took these people from this medium, and we know they went to this page, and we know they followed this link, but because we didn’t know that they made the purchase or not, whatever that is, whatever that break in the line is, right? - -[00:06:40] Jessica Folsom: Yes. - -[00:06:40] Patrick O’Keefe: Then we’re not going to take any credit for that. We’re going to minimize the contribution. We don’t know it’s there for sure. We want to play it safe. We don’t want to over-promise, over-deliver. We want to be reasonable. I think that’s a great thing, but at the same time, that reasonability, that has to apply to everyone. It has to apply to all other teams. Otherwise, your team is going to feel a way about that. [chuckles] - -[00:07:00] Jessica Folsom: Yes, absolutely. That’s why whenever we have a big multi-team effort, we look at all the individual pieces that we can say definitively, “Yes, this did this, point A to point B is a solid line,” and then we look at all the other theoreticals as a holistic and say, “Okay, all together, this is what we tried, all the different teams. This was the result. Let’s try it again and see if we get the same result, or let’s change this piece or this piece, or try something a little different.” That’s part of what the BMT does. - -[00:07:32] Patrick O’Keefe: Do you have an understanding of like, these are the people who are active in our communities, our own channels, on our own domain, and these are how they play our game, and these are who they are as a customer, so you can see theoretically, one of the bread and butter use cases I love is like, these are people in the community, these are people not. Here’s what they do, here’s what they do.” - -Ideally, the people in this corner, which again, this is the air quotes thing, but the community side, waving my hands in the air, are more loyal customers and more into the product in a deeper way, whether that be spending money, spending time, providing feedback, recommending it to their friends, whatever it is, buying loot crates, they would tend to be more loyal. I always find that argument to be as compelling one as you can make in a lot of cases for a community team. - -[00:08:16] Jessica Folsom: Yes, absolutely. For instance, we look at people who are in guilds, for instance, tend to be much more invested overall in the game. Not only do they tend to spend more but they also contribute more to the community, which is immensely valuable, just to the community growth and health itself. We look at metrics like that. We look at people who are content creators. They tend to also be very, very valuable, and not only from a monetary perspective but just what they give to the community. They give us our community culture. They’re the backbone of it. - -[00:08:48] Patrick O’Keefe: Speaking of those different groups of members, is there a way that you segment players for your data purposes or ROI measurement? - -[00:08:55] Jessica Folsom: Yes. We’ll look at a lot of different BI data and cross-reference between the two and build profiles. Not necessarily profiles of individual players but of types of activities that they partake in. So players who are members of guilds, players who participate on our official forums, players who participate in the higher end group content, like our trials, which are essentially raids and dungeons, players who participate in crafting. There’s a lot of different types of content that they can partake in but we look at all those different types of content and then spending patterns and we figure out what are the types of things that players really gravitate towards and keep them in the game, drive the retention, but also drive that investment in the game as well. Guilds always ends up being one of the ones that drives all of the positive things that we want. Players can be in five different guilds. Usually, if they find at least one, they find that community that they really want to be a part of, and at the end of the game, and this is cliché, but it’s about the people. If you find a group of people that you’re really invested in, you then enjoy the game more, you spend more time, you invest more in the content, you invest more in the monetary side of things as well. - -[00:10:09] Patrick O’Keefe: I’d like to take a moment to introduce a brand new sponsor to Community Signal, Hivebrite. - -Hivebrite empowers organizations to manage, grow, and engage their communities through technology. Its community management platform has features designed to strengthen engagement and help achieve your community goals. Hivebrite supports over 500 communities around the world, including the American Heart Association, JA Worldwide, Earthwatch, the University of Notre Dame, Columbia Business School, and Princeton University Advancement. Visit hivebrite.com to learn more. - -Speaking about investing in people, you told me before the show that you were “very passionate about teaching community managers who are younger in their careers how to prevent or at least stave off the burnout that is so prevalent in our field.” What do you tell them? - -[00:10:55] Jessica Folsom: I tell them to shut things down at the end of the day, like turn it off. Community managers are helpers. They’re helper personalities and they want to be there for their players 24/7 but the internet doesn’t sleep and eventually you have to, and if you try to run yourself at both ends 24/7 for years on end, you burn out, so I let them know, “Don’t be afraid. It’s okay to shut things down at the end of your day. Don’t look at the forums, don’t look at email. If somebody needs to get a hold of you for an emergency, they will but take your time to decompress, live your life, enjoy your hobbies, your family, your free time, and you’ll come back better to do your job the next day.” - -[00:11:44] Patrick O’Keefe: Do you find it tough to model that behavior yourself or does it come pretty natural? - -[00:11:47] Jessica Folsom: It did at first, absolutely. I was like, “My job is my life, [chuckles] which I think a lot of community managers run into as well. I did hit burnout at many points in my career, and it taught me to really take a step back and value that time to disconnect and recharge and how much better I could be if I did, especially after having my daughter who’s now six, that became a must, like I had to do it. - -In a way, it forced me to be really militant about protecting that free time and making that barrier, and really modeling it. You can’t force people to do it. Some people are still going to go into the forums and Discord and Twitter at night, but trying to really encourage them to do it and then leaving it up to them. - -[00:12:36] Patrick O’Keefe: One of the things that jumped out to me from your questionnaire was just the idea that nothing is really going to happen for the most part if you don’t respond to a message until after the weekend or until tomorrow. It’s something that I’ve come to appreciate but more importantly than I’d appreciate organizations where that is like a committed principle. - -Speaking of clichés, people leave managers not jobs. That’s a cliché, but to me, the thing that impacts my happiness the most which at this stage of my career, the thing that I value most, once I’m paid reasonably to a certain extent, is really my happiness and the enjoyment I have in my job, and the person who controls that most is the person I report in to I’ve learned over the years. If they feel like things are an emergency when they aren’t, that adds a substantial burden to me. - -In my world, the only real emergency is when someone’s life is threatened. When people are expressing that they might take some drastic action or become a victim of self-harm or suicide, those are the things that are like that is an emergency. Those are things that we should mobilize for. A complaint, a credit card error, this thing, that thing, like someone said the F-word, I don’t want that, I’m going to get rid of the F-word. It can wait it’ll be okay the world keeps spinning. It is such an important thing to recognize that you can leave things aside, come back tomorrow, and if you can’t, there’s often deeper problems there. - -[00:14:04] Jessica Folsom: Yes. I completely agree. I feel really fortunate to work for a company where all the way at the top they really enforce like, “Take your time off, enjoy your PTO, don’t answer email or Slack or whatever else when you’re on your PTO. Please disconnect.” They repeat it over and over from the very top because I think even if your manager really values it, if the people above them don’t, it’s also very hard. Especially during this pandemic when working from home, it’s so easy when you’re at your home computer to just slide in at 10:00 PM and do a little work. You start sliding into bad habits again if not making that disconnect and making that barrier. - -Matt Firor, the head of ZOS, has been really, really good about just drilling into people, “Take your time off, disconnect, spend time with your family, put your health first.” I think just hearing that over and over from a company really helps instill all the way down to every employee to make that a priority. - -[00:15:04] Patrick O’Keefe: Obviously, they didn’t tell you anything about recording professional podcasts over the weekend, so I’m thankful for that. - -[00:15:09] Jessica Folsom: No, that’s fine. - -[laughter] - -[00:15:14] Patrick O’Keefe: You told me that one of your golden rules that you teach every community manager you mentor is that, “community members are not your friends.” Talk about that. - -[00:15:24] Jessica Folsom: Oh, boy. [laughs] Yes. I think every community manager at some point in their careers has a point where maybe they get a little too close to a player, a little too friendly. They really like the player and they start talking to them about things that are maybe outside of work, or they complain to another player about somebody else in the community, or they talk to them about something that maybe should be under an NDA, and the player isn’t. That information then ends up slipping, either because the player mentions it to a friend totally innocently, or because the relationship turns sour and that player then decides to spill the beans on everything you’ve told them. - -That is why I always tell community managers, just be really careful. Keep it professional. Not only that but because if you get really close to players, they start to expect that you’ll help them at every beck and call. It’s not because they’re trying to take advantage of you, but because they view you as their source of information and aid, better or worse, at the company, and they’ll ping you at any hours of the day. That, again, goes back to the whole, you need to make that barrier for your own sanity and so you don’t suffer burnout. - -[00:16:39] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s something that I’ve seen crop up when companies choose Facebook Groups. I’ve seen a crop of my own experience using Facebook Groups when I didn’t really want to but had to because the way Facebook works is technically, you’re not supposed to have more than one account. Sometimes people create a professional account. Technically the TOS, I don’t think, allows that, or at least it didn’t, so most folks use their profile. - -Just being in that environment, not only does it encourage people to act like they’re on Facebook, not in a community, which is its own psychological experiment, but it also encourages people to click on your profile and to friend you there, because more than often than not, you’re connecting through a personal profile to this Facebook group. It just encourages this false sense of intimacy or personal connection that really would not have been as easy to infer if you were on your own domain, in your own community platform, or just not on a platform where personal use, where people subscribe to one another, is the first primary function of that platform, and then had a community thing tacked on on top half-heartedly. - -Just thinking about Facebook Groups and how I’ve interacted with them in the past, how people that reported in to me had to interact with them, how people would go to their DMs or their Facebook Messenger, because I don’t even know if Facebook has a message inbox now, but they didn’t back then. People would often just go to Messenger and DM the admins or the and the moderator on their personal profile. Then we had this whole process of, how do you take it out of your DMs and put it into our CRM where you can send a message in the right channel? - -It’s one of those things that people who decide to use Facebook Groups, which is often not necessarily the person managing them, it’s a burden they don’t always think about, but the burden exists in a very real way for the people who have to manage that group. - -[00:18:22] Jessica Folsom: Yes, absolutely. I agree. I think that in the last 10 years or so, the way that you’ve seen a lot of influencers and celebrities connecting in a very personal way on their own social media channels has blurred those lines and made people feel like it’s more acceptable. - -[00:18:39] Patrick O’Keefe: Influencers? - -[00:18:40] Jessica Folsom: Yes. - -[00:18:40] Patrick O’Keefe: You’re really teeing it up for me here. You told me before the show that you encourage community leaders, content creators and influencers to “expand upon our community by building their own sub-community spaces, including their Twitch, Discord, YouTube and social media channels, and that you have established community programs and practices to highlight and reward these players and empower them to be a positive force within our community.” Let’s talk about the last part. How do you empower them to be a positive force on their own channels? - -[00:19:10] Jessica Folsom: Sure. I will say that while I set the groundwork for a lot of these programs, our wonderful community manager, Gina, has really run with them, and she runs them for Elder Scrolls Online. We instill within them the values that we have for our own community and just make sure that we choose the right people who are also mirroring those values already in their content. - -Initially, we would reach out to people, but now we have a process where they can apply, and we really carefully go through and look at all of their content, look at how they are on their social media channels, and just make sure that they’re aligned with what we want our community to be. Then, in turn, we also keep in close contact with them. They have a one-on-one connection with us at any time, either through email or Discord. They can interact with us on Twitter but they do have a direct line to us in the event that they do need to reach out to us. We try to make it very personal, encourage them, and also encourage them to have their own place in our community. - -[00:20:15] Patrick O’Keefe: When we say positive, I can imagine, I can guess from writing policy docs and sorts of those superuser programs or whatnot over the years, we’re talking about the standards of their content. The things they are saying, the things they are hosting when it comes to respecting other players and how you treat other people who play the game and are in the community and not being bigoted or intolerant, there’s some obvious ones here. - -It’s those sorts of these are the types of people that we welcome into this group. This is the type of community we want to have, and so it can be content creators, influencers, and Twitch streamers that we choose to welcome into this group, give that direct line of communication, highlight on our website because I saw there was a section for people actively streaming on Twitch on your website. These are the bare minimum things that we require. Obviously, you’re free to be creative, do your own thing, do all these things, but these are the principles of our community that we stand for and that’s what we expect in our Twitch streaming partners or whatever vernacular you use. - -[00:21:10] Jessica Folsom: Yes, exactly. When I say positive, I should actually just say constructive because we always tell them, “We don’t expect you to be a cheerleader.” In fact, being a cheerleader is often not super valuable, because we really want you to be constructive. Being just very surface-level positive all the time and never sharing any constructive criticism isn’t super valuable. It’s no more valuable than somebody who is constantly bashing. If somebody says, “You guys suck and I hate this. It sucks.” That’s not valuable. We don’t know why. - -[00:21:39] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. You can criticize aspects of the game, you don’t personally attack the devs. - -[00:21:43] Jessica Folsom: Exactly. We do allow our content creators and our streamers to be themselves. If they don’t like something, as long as they’re constructive about it and aren’t bashing us, they can say that on their streams. They can go into why they don’t like something. They can contact us and say why they don’t like something and maybe share what their community would like to see instead. We want to have an open dialogue with them and be realistic about hey, we’re not perfect and if you don’t like something just don’t be a jerk about it. [chuckles] - -[00:22:12] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, because it doesn’t take much to sort of turn off an aspect of the fan community. Those sorts of ideas, there’s a Streisand Effect to them but they’re just not implementable. A gaming company who says, “You can only criticize us in these channels,” let’s say, or, “You can only do it this way.” It’s just not a standard that you are ready to apply, and if you go out there and you try to apply it, then you’re basically just going to have people talking about why they can’t be a part of your program because they didn’t like how you shaded this bush or something, you know? - -[00:22:43] Jessica Folsom: Yes, exactly. I think we keep it pretty clear to just don’t bash the dev team, don’t bash other players, and the really awful terms of service-breaking stuff. If we catch you doing hate speech on your channel or if you’re running a hack program, obviously, you’re going to be kicked off and probably banned from our community, too. I think it’s all pretty straightforward, yes. - -[00:23:09] Patrick O’Keefe: Captain Obvious says that there are a lot of spaces to talk about games online. Gaming outlets, fan communities, Twitch streams, Discord servers, just a limitless number of platforms. I played RuneScape myself back in the day. - -[00:23:22] Jessica Folsom: Oh, yes. Yes, yes, Ultima Online here. - -[00:23:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Got to go trap some lobsters. - -[laughter] - -[00:23:28] Patrick O’Keefe: Fair or not, if the conversation around your game is deemed to be toxic, even on spaces you have no control over, that can have an impact on your product, on your team, on anyone thinking about playing the game. You expressed frustration with us before the show, and it’s something I think a lot of folks can relate to because it goes beyond gaming. - -I think, no matter what your product is, I don’t want to say everyone but most people don’t want their product, whatever it is, to be associated with bad behavior. All platforms have their own private data and they aren’t always eager to share or even able to because of privacy laws and bad actors are smart and they do what they can to evade detection. I once had to ban someone — I think we all have funny stories. I once had to ban the same guy like 50 times. I even once got someone disabled with their ISP for a week. He complained about it on his blog and it was such a great moment. It was like, “Hey, they actually received that email and they took this guy offline for a week? Whoa.” - -This is all stuff that’s been going on for a while and people are smart about it or at least smart enough to stay within the lines and avoid detection in a lot of cases. You provided an example before the show. “One type of problematic behavior we often see in our community, particularly among a PVP community, is players harassing or threatening streamers in their stream chat on Twitch. Let’s say for instance one of our streamers comes to us and says, ‘Hey, I’m getting spammed with racial slurs in my Twitch chat anytime I stream your game. It only happens when I stream your game. Can you help me?’ Sadly, in most cases, there isn’t a lot we can do and that’s frustrating,” quoting you there. I don’t think this is a secret problem, I don’t think it’s unforeseeable but I do think it’s something that causes a lot of stress for community pros. - -[00:25:04] Jessica Folsom: Yes. - -[00:25:05] Patrick O’Keefe: I like to directly confront these things, so I want to talk about it however you want but I think that instead of talking about what we can’t do, one of the things I like to talk about is what we can. What can we do in cases where there is toxic behavior, it’s on a platform we don’t own, operate, control, have authority over, have access to the data. What can we ourselves do to take back a little bit of that good feeling and that power in a sense? - -[00:25:32] Jessica Folsom: Sure. I’ll say there’s probably two different sides to this. There’s the people are on whatever various media channels and the comments and bashing our game. Okay. We’ll take note of that if that goes into a sentiment report. Beyond that, unless it’s something that is widespread, we’re not going to look to necessarily address it. If it’s, let’s say players talking about performance issues in our game, obviously, we’re going to raise that to dev and see if there’s something that we can do about it but we don’t try to go out to every single different outlet where everybody is sharing this information and address it. We may put out a public statement or something like that. - -Then there’s the other side of it, where our players are getting harassed or our players are being directly targeted with toxicity in what I’ll call parallel channels. There are channels in which our players are interacting that we have no jurisdiction on. Our channels that we have jurisdiction on are our official forums, our official social media channels, but even the social media channels, we’re at the liberties of what that channel has as far as their moderation tools and reporting tools or like Twitter, for instance. - -I’ll say what we can do and what we do do in those case is one, we try to educate players on what they can do and how they can use those tools, so how do they block players? How do they use two-factor authentication if their account got hacked? How do they report really awful comments or activity on the various different channels and using the channels’ methods of reporting that they have available to them. - -Then in extreme cases, like for instance, we recently have had a streamer who has been swatted a couple of times, unfortunately, it’s really awful, while he was streaming our game. We will work with that player to educate them on all the different things that they could do by delaying their stream. For instance, if they’re getting stream sniped, like putting a delay on their stream to contacting local authorities. - -We’ve even worked with local authorities in extreme cases and provided them any information that we could, so it’s a combination of educating players on how they can help themselves and then also helping them as much as we can. Sometimes we’ll even go so far as to have calls with the players to let them know all the different things that they can do and try to help protect them when we can’t directly do so ourselves. - -[00:27:58] Patrick O’Keefe: Right, because you really need someone to cross over into your garden to be able to assign a specific action to a specific person and have adequate proof to take action that isn’t a blurry screenshot or a supposition or someone who may or may not be that person. It’s very easy to take a name that someone else might have on Elder Scrolls and what they have the Twitter name and it’s tough to tie people together. - -[00:28:23] Jessica Folsom: It is, it is, and while we would love to be able to get the IP address or the email address that somebody’s using on Discord to see if we can match it up with something that they’re using in our game, that just isn’t how it works anymore. There are so many privacy laws these days between the GDPR and the ACCC in Australia and I’m sure there’s going to be more popping up. - -Companies can’t share personal identifying information anymore, so we have to do what we can and if players think that they know who it is in-game, we’ll look for ways to connect the dots between the two, asking them to take video, telling them to tell the player in chat to stop the harassing behavior, that way we have a chat log. There’s different things we can do and we do try to go the extra mile to connect the dots. Sometimes we can’t but our wonderful terms of service team is constantly looking for more ways to try to help identify these bad actors as we call them. [chuckles] - -[00:29:20] Patrick O’Keefe: I’ve never worked in gaming and my memory might be failing me, but it feels like you’ve been in this space for a long time so if it existed, you probably heard of it. Was there an effort at some point between gaming companies to form coalitions to share data on toxic players? Was that ever a thing that was attempted and is now I assume just like snuffed out by privacy laws? - -[00:29:38] Jessica Folsom: I had heard that too, but I never saw anything come to fruition. I know way back in the day, back when all we had was forums and this sort of thing was much easier to track, I know community managers would sometimes share information on bad actors and user names that they would commonly use to try to keep them out of their communities, but that’s the most I ever saw and that was a good 15 years ago. - -[00:30:02] Patrick O’Keefe: Do you want to take a crack at defining stream sniping for the layman here? - -[00:30:05] Jessica Folsom: Yes, sure thing. Stream sniping is in our game at least, the Elder Scrolls Online, when someone will go into someone’s stream and they’ll start harassing them in chat, and they will also go into the game and kill them over and over and over on PVP and literally follow them around and just kill them over and over and over for hours. Sometimes they’ll do that and then they’ll laugh about it in Twitch chat. They basically make it so that the streamer can’t stream, they can’t play the game, or they’ll follow them around in player versus environment content so not PVP content and just make rude comments and try to make it to where they can’t enjoy streaming the game. - -[00:30:49] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s really an interesting modern-day thing as you describe it because I never did player PVP and RuneScape, just to go back to an old example. I didn’t want to lose my stuff. I’m not going in those woods. That’s not a place for Patrick. I’m going to be over here trapping the lobsters and making my money to get my Mythril armor or whatever the heck the green armor was called. - -Because a lot of gaming companies once upon a time would probably say, oh they’re in the same space. You stepped into the woods. If they’re stronger than you, they can wipe you out. Now streaming is at such a level of prevalence with not only adoption of broadband, but also the emergency platforms like Twitch where it’s very easy and low-cost capture cards, and everything else that goes into it that people are trying to create this medium of entertainment almost. - -You can see them, find them and disrupt, almost DDoS their attempt at entertainment. That’s a form of abuse that you want to keep an eye on because you do want people to be able to stream your game and enjoy it and be entertaining while they’re playing it. Not just be followed around by someone bullying them in-game doing things that you’re supposed to do in-game, just not in this way because if you do it in that pattern of behavior then it becomes toxic. - -[00:31:59] Jessica Folsom: Exactly. It’s the severity, it’s the length, it’s how persistent they are about it. If somebody is targeting somebody for hours in PVP, and just following them around and trying to prevent them from streaming, even if they aren’t in the chat, chances are if they are targeting that one person over and over and over and they know they’re streaming and it’s happening during their stream, they’re probably doing it on purpose to try to harass them, and this is so tough to prove. - -We arm our streamers with ways to try to combat that by adding a delay to their streams so that stream snipers can’t see where they are by the minute as closely. It helps a little bit but our streamers will sometimes tell us that that has a negative impact on their stream because maybe players want to join them in PVP and play with them and it has some negative connotations. - -Then we tell them to call out the stream sniper in chat in the game. “I need you to stop harassing me,” in chat, that way we have a chat log and we have proof that they asked them to stop. Then we can say okay, now we can prove that you were continuing that behavior and harassing this player after they told you to stop. We find ways to try to arm ourselves with ways that we can combat this. [chuckles] - -[00:33:15] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s the same exact thing. It’s funny a lot of things change but a lot of things stay the same. One of the things is in-product messaging. If you can get people in the product to have messaging and you can contact people and they contact you through messaging where you know the person logging into this account is sending the message, you can actually do some things, and that’s why to this day with old forums I still make people confirm username changes via PM instead of email because you’re there and you want to change and you’re the person in the account, right? - -I found fascinating what you said before the show about Discord. Just that Discord doesn’t give you the tools to create a safe space for your players and because of that, you’re not interested in creating an official Discord server. That’s a space that you’ll happily cede to fans, to anyone who wants to create Discord, go crazy, do it, have fun, but you can’t do it because you don’t feel comfortable because the info you need to identify toxic behavior and take action against it is not there from Discord, and because you can’t create that safe space or players, that’s a deal-breaker for you. - -[00:34:17] Jessica Folsom: Yes. For me personally, I know a lot of smaller studios really like Discord but with a community our size, the amount of moderation that we would need, we’ve got a player base of I think we recently said 12 million or something like that, it’s not realistic to have a Discord community that we run. If we run a community and it’s an official community, there is an expectation that we are able to maintain a certain level of protection and professionalism, and rules that I don’t think we can. - -We’ve got read-only ones where people can keep up to date with the latest news and things like that, but the things that really concern me with Discord, they have a lot of good tools for their own, but if I needed to find out who someone was, who was sending threats to one of our players, they can’t give me that information. We have to go through their own tools and that makes me a bit uncomfortable, it always has. - -[00:35:19] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. Much like Facebook Groups, like we talked about before, like there’s a burden, there’s a cost to it, to your people to the time you have to invest. To me, I understand people use Discord in a lot of different ways. The reason I’m not in Slack communities either, it’s a chat room. Discord is like a chat room to me. It’s like Yahoo chat in 98. I did that. I was there, I participated, it was fun in the moment. Would I have wanted to moderate that? Heck no, absolutely not would I have wanted to moderate a chat room. - -[00:35:48] Jessica Folsom: Especially for a business. - -[00:35:48] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. You know you have big game problems basically is what you described there. If your audience is of a certain size, maybe you can get away with having a chat room essentially. Your team and the resources you have are adequate to cover that chat room in a sense at this level, at this stage, with this number of players to put a chat room up, which I’m just calling Discord a chat room, and I know it’s not necessarily 100% accurate or fair, but it’s basically a chat room to me, that’s a serious commitment to manage a chat room in 2021 where people are definitely not going to stay on topic. They’re definitely not going to post in the channels that they’re supposed to post in. - -When the game goes down or their credit card has a problem or they didn’t get their crate, they’re just going to put it in every channel or the Gen-channel or whatever. To me, that makes a lot of sense. You’ve got to prioritize the capacity of your people and what you actually have the resources to deal with instead of just throwing up a Discord channel or server because some people want you to do it. - -[00:36:45] Jessica Folsom: Right. It’s the same reason we don’t have a Reddit right now. We have a wonderful ESO subreddit and we have a really good relationship with the moderators. They run it very well and they are able to do it. We don’t necessarily have the bandwidth to have the level of engagement that I would want on a Reddit or a Discord channel. I think if we’re gonna have an official channel, we need to be able to support it to a level that is right for the community and the business. If we can’t, we shouldn’t open it. - -[00:37:13] Patrick O’Keefe: Well, I have taken enough of your weekend and I think it’s time to draw this to a close. Jessica, thanks so much for spending time with us. I really enjoyed the conversation. - -[00:37:22] Jessica Folsom: Thank you. I really appreciate it. - -[00:37:24] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with Jessica Folsom, Lead Community Manager for ZeniMax Online Studios. - -For the transcript from this episode plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Happy New Year. - -[music]",1731883670,b6cef58d91,18baeb413e,,,1731883670 -https://devblogs.microsoft.com/xamarin/migrating-mrgestures-to-dotnet-maui/,https://devblogs.microsoft.com/xamarin/feed/,Migrating MR.Gestures from Xamarin.Forms to .NET MAUI,"Note: This is a Guest Blog Post by Michael Rumpler. Michael has been a freelance C# developer since 2003, switching from web to mobile in 2014 upon the introduction of Xamarin.Forms. - -Let’s first provide a brief introduction to the MR.Gestures Library to explain why it exists and the problem it solves. - -When Xamarin.Forms was released in 2014 it only provided TapGestureRecognizer which had to be added to a GestureRecognizers collection. This implementation was always a bit of a code-smell for me. It copied the iOS + Android APIs, but iOS and Android (at the time) only used that architecture because Objective-C and Java didn’t support events. However, In .NET and C# we always used event and ICommand for these scenarios. - -I created the MR.Gestures library to close this gap. It provides event s and ICommand s for gestures on each and every control (all View s, Layout s and ContentPage s) which you can leverage to respond to any touch (and mouse) events. - -Before MR.Gestures, we would write this in XAML to handle a tapped event on a Label : - - - -But with MR.Gestures, our XAML now looks like this: - - - -And, more importantly, there are 17 other touch (and mouse) events which MR.Gestures supports. Each event’s respective EventArgs also provide more information than Microsoft’s GestureRecognizers . - -Now that the .NET MAUI engineering team has published their release candidate, the time has come to migrate MR.Gestures from Xamarin.Forms to .NET MAUI. - -Starting the Migration - -We started by creating a new project in Visual Studio using the .NET MAUI Class Library template. The template creates one single project ( csproj ) using multi-targeting to target all platforms. - -This template also includes a Platforms folder with subfolders for every platform, Android , iOS , MacCatalyst and Windows . But it does NOT configure the contents of any folder named Android , iOS , MacCatalyst or Windows to be compiled only on their respective platform. For this we need to copy a few lines from the official .NET MAUI Multi-Targeting documentation to our csproj file. - -I simplified them a bit so that this is enough: - - - -The first ItemGroup makes sure that any files which end in .Android.cs or are in an Android folder are only compiled if the current TargetFramework is net6.0-android . - -The second and third do that for iOS, MacCatalyst and Windows respectively. - -And the last one is a fix for VS so that the solution explorer still shows all the files which are only compiled on some platforms. - -With this configuration completed, let’s start coding! - -Migrating The Controls - -Migrating my Xamarin.Forms controls to .NET MAUI was easy. I just changed the base class of my types from Xamarin.Forms.* to Microsoft.Maui.Controls.* , eg Microsoft.Maui.Controls.Label . All of the properties and events in those classes stayed the same. - -As you can imagine, this is a lot of code. In Xamarin.Forms, MR.Gestures had 34 classes, each with 18 events, commands and command parameters. - -This is a lot of repetitive code which I don’t want to write by hand. So I use a T4 template to generate it. When I first created MR.Gestures in 2014, my template had 110 lines and generated 19,000 lines of code. Over time, with additional events, additional controls, and now with .NET MAUI support, I also added a few controls. Now my T4 template has 188 lines and generates 30,000 lines of C#. - -Migrating To Handlers - -In Xamarin.Forms, each of my cross-platform controls has a Custom Renderer which implements the platform-specific touch handling logic. In the renderers I override OnElementChanged , OnElementPropertyChanged , Dispose and on Android also DispatchTouchEvent and DispatchGenericMotionEvent . - -In .NET MAUI, Custom Renderers are replaced by Handlers. A Handler still has the same purpose as a Custom Renderer – it synchronizes changes between the cross-platform control and the platform-specific implementation – but the Handler does not inherit from the platform view; the methods from the Custom Renderer which I overrode no longer exist. I needed to find the right place where to call into my methods for the native gesture handling. - -The best information I got about how handlers work was in this repo by Javier Suárez. I also recommend looking at the .NET MAUI source code and the .NET MAUI Community Toolkit source code for additional examples of Handlers and their implementation. - -I used the same folder structure as .NET MAUI. It has a folder for each control and within that a handler file for every platform. - -Keep in mind that this is a single-project with multi-targeting. To share code between the cross-platform code and the platform-specific code, each of these files is implementing a partial class . The compiled result is a combination of LabelHandler.cs and the respective platform file, e.g. LabelHandler.Android.cs . Therefore each platform-specific file can inherit from different platform-specific base classes. - -Every handler has a property PlatformView , but the type of that property differs per platform. - -File Platform PlatformView LabelHandler.cs All LabelHandler.Android.cs Android AndroidX.AppCompat.Widget.AppCompatTextView LabelHandler.iOS.cs iOS & MacCatalyst Microsoft.Maui.Platform.MauiLabel which is a UILabel LabelHandler.Windows.cs Windows Microsoft.UI.Xaml.Controls.TextBlock - -The most important properties in a Handler are PlatformView , which is the platform-specific implementation of the view on its respective platform, and VirtualView , which is the cross-platform control that we use to compose a .NET MAUI control. In this example, we are using a Label . - -In my Handlers, I inherit from the respective .NET MAUI Handler, e.g. LabelHandler , which provides the following methods which I can override: - -Handler Method Purpose CreatePlatformView Create the platform-specific view ConnectHandler Initialize the platform-specific view DisconnectHandler Clean up + Dispose - -Note: As of writing this blog post, a bug exists, “DisconnectHandler is never called”, that is scheduled to be fixed in a service release to .NET v6.0.3. - -As I wrote above, a Renderer IS A platform-specific view which allows me to easily override, for example, the Android-specific methods DispatchTouchEvent and DispatchGenericMotionEvent . - -Now I need to create a sub-class of the View used by the Android handler, override the noted methods, and return a new instance of that class from CreatePlatformView . It’s a bit more complicated, but still no big deal. - -Mapper - -When properties change in the cross-platform control, .NET MAUI uses a PropertyMapper to notify the handler. A PropertyMapper is basically a Dictionary which maps the property name to a method that is invoked each time the property changes. Each respective method is called when that particular property changes. - -LabelHandler.cs - -public partial class LabelHandler : ILabelHandler { public static IPropertyMapper Mapper = new PropertyMapper(ViewHandler.ViewMapper) { [nameof(ILabel.Text)] = MapText, // ... }; public LabelHandler() : base(Mapper) { } public LabelHandler(IPropertyMapper? mapper = null) : base(mapper ?? Mapper) { } } - -LabelHandler defines a static Mapper which basically states that each time the Text property changes, the method MapText is invoked. - -Note that the PropertyMapper constructor also receives a ViewHandler.ViewMapper . This allows PropertyMapper s to be chained together. Chaining together PropertyMappers means that it will not only react when a property defined in Label changes, but also for any property which is defined in its parent’s Mapper , e.g. Visibility . - -The MapText method is defined in the respective platform-specific part of the handler. It has parameters of the generic types used by the Mapper : - -LabelHandler.Android.cs - -public partial class LabelHandler { public static void MapText(ILabelHandler handler, ILabel label) { // handler.PlatformView is a AppCompatTextView handler.PlatformView?.UpdateTextPlainText(label); } // ... } - -LabelHandler.iOS.cs - -public partial class LabelHandler { public static void MapText(ILabelHandler handler, ILabel label) { // handler.PlatformView is a UILabel handler.PlatformView?.UpdateTextPlainText(label); } // ... } - -LabelHandler.Windows.cs - -public partial class LabelHandler { public static void MapText(ILabelHandler handler, ILabel label) { // handler.PlatformView is a TextBlock handler.PlatformView?.UpdateText(label); } // ... } - -Now we can translate the methods we used in Xamarin.Forms Custom Renderers to the methods we’ll use in .NET MAUI Handlers to wire-up our custom code - -Xamarin.Forms Custom Renderer .NET MAUI Handler OnElementChanged ConnectHandler OnElementPropertyChanged Mapper Dispose DisconnectHandler Dispatch*TouchEvent CreatePlatformView and own sub-class - -From each of these methods, I call into my native platform code to handle the gestures. That code did not use Xamarin.Forms at all and therefore it did not change. - -Registering the Handler - -Xamarin.Forms used the ExportRendererAttribute to link the cross-platform controls to their Renderers. This had a performance problem: each time the app launched, Xamarin.Forms needed to scan every dll for said attribute. This was very slow and it got even slower for every reference which you added even if the dependency had nothing to do with Xamarin.Forms at all. - -In other words, every NuGet Package added to your Xamarin.Forms app, regardless of whether it implemented Custom Renderers or not, would slow down your app’s startup time. - -In .NET MAUI, we register handlers in the startup code of our app in MauiProgram.CreateMauiApp() , specifically in the ConfigureMauiHandlers extension method: - -public static MauiApp CreateMauiApp() { var builder = MauiApp.CreateBuilder(); builder .UseMauiApp() .ConfigureMauiHandlers(handlers => { handlers.AddHandler(); }); return builder.Build(); } - -In MR.Gestures, I wrote an extension method to register all the MR.Gestures handlers at once, so all you need to do is this: - -var builder = MauiApp.CreateBuilder(); builder .UseMauiApp() .ConfigureMRGestures(licenseKey); return builder.Build(); - -Note: The licenseKey is ignored for now. It will be used when MAUI gets to GA. - -Supporting Additional Platforms - -.NET MAUI adds two new platforms: MacCatalyst and WinUI3. - -In theory, MacCatalyst should run the same iOS code. So in theory it should “just work”. But unfortunately I couldn’t test this yet. - -For WinUI3 I took my UWP code and almost exclusively just changed the namespaces from Windows.UI to Microsoft.UI . - -There was just one pitfall because I used Windows.UI.Xaml.Window.Current.CoreWindow on UWP which returns a Windows.UI.Core.CoreWindow . In WinUI3 Microsoft.UI.Xaml.Window.Current.CoreWindow still exists, but it has the UWP type Windows.UI.Core.CoreWindow . I had to replace CoreWindow with something else to find the root window of my view. - -Conclusion - -Altogether I was very pleased with the migration procedure. I just had to learn how Handlers work in-detail and how to wire-up all my code. In total, it took me two weeks from starting to look into how the .NET MAUI source-code works until I published the first prerelease of MR.Gestures for .NET MAUI.",1731883656,c0e6a23527,1922db6ea6,,,1731883656 -https://www.cbssports.com/nfl/news/watch-the-nfl-today-crew-breaks-multiple-tables-outside-buffalo-before-chiefs-bills-showdown/,https://www.cbssports.com/rss/headlines/NFL/,WATCH: The NFL Today crew breaks multiple tables outside Buffalo before Chiefs-Bills showdown,"No table is safe at Orchard Park, and that includes any on the set of The NFL Today. Broadcasting outside of Highmark Stadium leading up to the most highly anticipated game on the Week 11 slate, the Kansas City Chiefs taking on the Buffalo Bills, The NFL Today crew endeared themselves to Bills Mafia by breaking an array of tables. - -First up was J.J. Watt, who essentially tackled his table into submission. Then, it was Nate Burleson who gained some serious air before breaking his table in two. Pro Football Hall of Fame head coach Bill Cowher, who had previously broken a table on air a few years back, didn't waste time taking down his table, and then the former MVP Matt Ryan rounded out the dismantling as the crew broke down four total tables in front of screaming Bills fans. - -Of course, this is merely the appetizer for what is expected to be a massive matchup between the Bills and Chiefs, which you can watch on CBS. - -Chiefs vs. Bills where to watch - -Date: Sunday, Nov. 17 | Time: 4:25 p.m. ET - -Location: Highmark Stadium (Orchard Park, New York) - -TV: CBS | Stream: Paramount+ - -Follow: CBS Sports App - -Odds: Bills -2.5, O/U 46.5 (DraftKings Sportsbook) - -Of course, this isn't the first time that these two teams have faced one another with Patrick Mahomes and Josh Allen under center. Mahomes is 4-3 against Allen in their careers, which includes a 3-0 mark in the playoffs. - -Kansas City enters this game with a perfect 9-0 record and currently has a firm grip on the No. 1 seed in the AFC. However, Buffalo is right on their tails as they are 8-2 on the year and have the No. 2 seed. While the Chiefs would still walk out of this game with the No. 1 seed even if they lost today, the Bills would be just a game behind with the head-to-head tiebreaker in their back pocket, so the stakes are sky high.",1731883642,fad4a9cc43,19436acd5a,,,1731883642 -https://www.thespike.gg/valorant/news/vct-pacific-2024-schedule-tickets-where-to-watch-and-more/5811,https://www.thespike.gg/rss.xml,"VCT Pacific 2024: Schedule, tickets, where to watch and more","After long off-season events, VCT Pacific is finally back, starting on February 17, 2024. Pacific is one of the most underrated leagues and has proved to be one of the best when the teams qualify for international events. The Pacific teams have been finishing in the top four positions in international events, and this year, the teams look stronger than ever. The VCT Pacific will start with a Kickoff tournament announced earlier by Riot Games. - -Every team needs to perform at their best in the Kickoff tournament, which will help them earn their spot for the first international event of the season, VCT Masters Madrid 2024. Earlier this month, Riot Games announced the format for the upcoming Kickoff Tournament for every region. Here are the complete details for VCT Pacific:",1731883661,0c89bedf6b,1990643d16,,,1731883661 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/spin-sucks-17-birthday/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,The 17-Year Journey of Spin Sucks and What Has Changed,"Last week, I was thinking about what I wanted this week’s article to be about when I saw a Facebook post from Fay Shapiro that CommPro Biz is celebrating 13 years. - -And I thought, “EUREKA!!” It is also our anniversary!” - -On September 11, 2006, a little blog named Spin Sucks was launched. We are a little bit older than CommPro Biz, coming in at 17 years old, but the truth is, it didn’t really gain any traction until 2009. So…14 years? 17 years? As my kid would say, “Potato, pohtahto.” - -Until 2009, it was a hot mess of a disaster, and it still befuddles me that we continued to work on it despite the lack of results and the hot mess of it all. I’m glad we did! It has been THE thing that has propelled us onto an international stage. It has afforded me two book deals. It helped us launch the PESO Model™ and then the ensuing Certification. And it can even take credit for a marriage that is now ten years old. - -The First Spin Sucks Blog Post - -The very first blog post we published was on September 11, 2006, and it was a D-I-S-A-S-T-E-R. Truly. I’m not being too hard on myself or my own worst critic. It was awful. - -Here, you decide. I’ll paste it below. - -Welcome to FADS—the Fight Against Destructive Spin - -Skilled spinners manipulate the facts and deceive the public, pushing their own agendas and clients with a complete disregard for journalistic integrity and common decency. We have had enough of destructive spin, and we are putting an end to the strategic deception and outright lies. - -Spinners have tainted the reputation of public relations with their tall tales and twisted lies, but they are not alone in stripping away the integrity of our field. Hollywood has imposed itself on our industry, using party planning bimbos and political hypocrites to portray our profession on “reality TV”. But these shows don’t represent reality, and they’re tainting our reputation one half-hour at a time. - -FADS is committed to improving the reputation of our industry and educating the public. PR is misunderstood, so FADS educates the public about what we do and the important role we play in society. We disprove the Hollywood hype and expose the “reality” as fiction. - -Okay, so we might be dreaming. I mean, “You never get rid of roaches no matter how much you spray,”* but we’re going to keep trying so the number are small and less influential among our peers (thanks, Ray!). - -We are proud to be PR professionals. We love what we do, and we want to restore the integrity of our profession. Join the Fight Against Destructive Spin today. - -Who we are: - -We are a group of PR professionals concerned about the reputation of our industry, committed to raising the level of professionalism in public relations and putting an end to destructive spin. - -And then we added a footnote that says, “Dominick Rosario – Insect terminator and philosopher,” but nothing in the article belongs to that footnote. - -What We’ve Learned - -You’ll note that, while our URL has always been spinsucks.com, we called ourselves FADS. That got dropped pretty early on—probably in 2009 or 2010—to be called Spin Sucks. - -That was the first lesson we learned as we built our brand. Make it simple, stupid. - -There are a few things we’ve learned about blogging since this first article was published: - -How to categorize content so it’s easily searchable and found both by humans and robots - -The importance of both internal and external links - -How to give credit to experts, authors, and influencers without it looking like a high school research paper - -How to set up the blog like a magazine—with editors and authors and a calendar - -The importance of using multi-media: images, audio, videos, memes, and more - -Creating formatting and making it easy for the reader to read - -How to use SEO and setting it up correctly - -And lots and lots and lots of other things. Blogging has taught us not only how to produce compelling content, but how to promote it, how to gain subscribers, and even how to build a business around your intellectual property. - -Stay the Course - -The point is that you can come back from really bad. You can start out terrible and become something great. It just takes consistency, some studying, and an interest in learning. You have to start somewhere, and even if that somewhere is terrible, you will learn, and you will grow, and you will evolve. And what started out as terrible will become fruitful and interesting and fun. - -It also has huge business implications as you build a community of prospects who become customers and your biggest advocates. I liken the Spin Sucks Community to an external sales force. My team could not generate the number of referrals that come from the community alone. - -A lot, a lot has changed in the last 17 years. I mean, I have a near-adult blog now. It can vote next year! (Just in time, too!) - -You guys! This is how ancient we are! - -What Has Changed In the Last 17 Years - -When we started blogging, keyword stuffing was how SEO was done. Since then, Google has gotten A LOT smarter, and we’ve had to figure out how to keep up. - -You know what else wasn’t a thing back then? Mobile. Today, you can’t imagine not optimizing content for mobile, right? But totally wasn’t even a thought in our brains as we texted by clicking ABC then DEF THEN GHI…you get it. - -I remember I would write content whenever and wherever I was. On a plane. Sitting in a parking lot waiting to go into a client’s office. During breaks at meetings. I would write. And, as soon as I had an internet connection, I would publish. I didn’t matter what time of day it was—and it was often way into the wee hours of the night. I published. Back then, I didn’t know you could schedule your content! I’m telling you. Ancient. - -Of course, we now have infographics, podcasts, webinars, videos in the content mix, live polls, quizzes, and more. None of that existed 17 years ago. - -Alexa, Siri, and Google Home all came onto the scene, changing how we optimize our content. We’ve been able to personalize content, create long-form content, use LinkedIn and Medium to expand our audiences, expand our email marketing efforts, distribute content in new and interesting ways to reach new audiences, build community—and even make money from our content. - -But the biggest thing that has changed in the last 17 years? The marketers ruined everything! That’s right. We got a hold of content marketing and social media, and we ruined it. Now, it’s all barely used for more than a billboard to announce your products and services. - -Those of us using it for education and information to build trust and reputation will win every time because we are outpacing our competition, who just blares out into the ether how great they are. - -Content Marketing Predictions - -A couple of weeks ago, we discussed the importance of E-E-A-T’ing your content: experience, expertise, authority, and trust. If you continue to produce content that follows that structure, it won’t matter what happens to social media, Google, artificial intelligence, voice-enabled assistants, and more. People will always want your content. - -If I’m predicting the future, I would say that’s the biggest thing you should focus on—E-E-A-T your content. - -But there are also some other considerations, such as: - -Increased reliance on artificial intelligence - -Voice and visual search - -AR and VR content - -Continued rise of video content - -A focus on the content experience - -Greater emphasis on authenticity and values - -Decentralized content platforms - -Interactive content - -Purpose-driven content - -Localization of content - -Personalization at scale - -Privacy and ethical considerations - -More learning and educational content - -Integration of different content formats - -The Future of Spin Sucks - -I have no idea if Spin Sucks will be a thing 17 years from now, but I also didn’t know it would make it past its infancy because it was…so…bad. - -But here we are—17 years later, learning on the job and applying our experience and expertise every day to build authority and trust. - -We could not have done that without each and every one of you. Thank you for being with us on this crazy content marketing journey!",1731883763,4dc781f5bc,199cf2d283,,,1731883763 -https://www.uploadvr.com/alien-rogue-incursion-delay-quest/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Alien: Rogue Incursion Quest 3 Version Delayed To 2025,"Survios is delaying the Quest version of Alien: Rogue Incursion into early 2025. - -Our recent hands-on hinted at the possibility and now Survios has confirmed it. Survios says it still plans to release the game on PlayStation VR2 and Steam on December 19, 2024. - -""Our team has been delighted to see the reactions from the community, press, and creators following our first hands-on previews over the past few weeks, and we couldn't be more excited to deliver this terrifying, action-packed, and authentic game for fans of Alien, VR enthusiasts, and players new to VR,"" Survios' statement reads. ""We take pride in delivering top tier-immersive gaming experiences for our players. To ensure Alien: Rogue Incursion meets these high standards and provides the Alien VR experiences that fans and players expect, we've made the difficult decision to delay the game's release on Meta platforms until early next year."" - -At Survios, we take pride in delivering top-tier immersive gaming experiences for our players. To ensure Alien: Rogue Incursion meets these high standards and provides the Alien VR experience that fans and players expect, we’ve made the difficult decision to delay the game’s… pic.twitter.com/ZNqhhTOEo3 — Survios (@Survios) November 7, 2024 - -While a PlayStation 5 was present in the room during our recent demo of Alien: Rogue Incursion, the game wasn't playable on PSVR 2. Instead, Survios showed an early slice of the game running in PC VR mode. - -We'd love to see the game on PSVR 2's OLED display, whether it's coming from a PC or from a PS5, and we'll be reaching out to Survios to see if we can secure another demo of the experience for new impressions. With Quest out of the picture for Alien: Rogue Incursion in 2024, the delay has just upended some holiday plans for gamers out there who will want to know how the game's flashlights, lighting and xenomorph onslaughts feel on an OLED display with support for HDR.",1731883669,9397b145ff,1922dd1bf8,,,1731883669 -https://www.itproportal.com/features/how-to-find-the-messaging-platform-thatll-take-your-company-to-the-next-level,https://www.itproportal.com/rss/,Gmail vs Outlook: Which one is better for business?,"The question of whether to use Gmail vs Outlook is a recurring theme for business users given the popularity of both services. They're both easily accessible through a variety of means either through their own dedicated apps or via the web at mail.google.com and outlook.com respectively. - -While the likes of Slack, Zoom, and Microsoft Teams would rather we stopped sending emails entirely, legacy messaging systems have proven time and again to be future-proof. And despite the myriad instant messaging services currently available to us, the fact remains that email is still king. - -A key factor in email's enduring popularity might well be the need to have an email address to sign up to services like Slack and Zoom, making it something of a foundational service for modern life. - -And there are two main contenders which meet our needs in this regard, prompting users to frequently ponder which is best suited to their individual circumstances. - -Gmail vs Outlook: A history of both services - -Gmail launched on April Fool's Day in 2004, but it certainly was no joke. Gmail quickly became the main challenger to Microsoft's established Outlook service. The web version of Outlook actually started life as 'Hotmail' in 1996, and was changed to MSN Hotmail, then Windows Live Hotmail before finally adopting the Outlook branding used by Microsoft's business email client in 2013. - -These days, Outlook caters for business and professional users, offering a range of services matching that of Gmail, while the Mail app is a simplified app designed for the everyday user. - -Gmail vs Outlook: Interface - -Being the two biggest players in the email space naturally means we're talking about a clean pair of interfaces. - -Outlook takes its cue from the Windows Modern UI style, also known as the Metro user interface, while Gmail was, until recently, considered the ""uglier"" of the two. - -This changed in 2018 when a comprehensive redesign saw its aesthetics and user experience vastly improve - looking far more in line with Outlook. - -Gmail had previously prioritised simplicity, although some would describe this as plain. The redesign improved on this simplistic feel while retaining the ability for users to concentrate on emails themselves rather than face any distractions. - -The reading pane on Outlook is switched off by default, but can be enabled quite simply. Gmail also features a reading pane, which can be accessed through the settings menu. - -Gmail vs Outlook: Folders, labels, and searches - -One of the most significant things Google did to differentiate Gmail from other email services was to forgo folders in place of labels. This meant that messages can be tagged with specific labels depending on your organisational system, with individual emails capable of carrying multiple labels. - -The decision to support labels instead of folders remains a rather controversial topic for some users. However, this does offer an advantage in that emails can be organised into several places at once without the need for messy duplicates. - -If Gmail is set up through a traditional email client, labels will appear as folders, and emails with multiple labels will appear in multiple folders. - -Outlook does have some good organisational features and includes a traditional folder structure, which does make it an easier experience for some users. The service also has a system of categories. These differ from labels in that they are tags for messages rather than pseudo-folders. - -You can apply more than one category to a message, but this will not affect its place in folders. Outlook also automatically tags certain messages with categories such as Documents, Photos, Newsletters, etc. These are known as Quick View folders. - -Search is probably why Gmail exists at all. It was part of its raison d'etre when first conceived, the convenience of an email service that could be searched as easily as one would use a search engine. Simply typing search terms into the search bar at the top of the webpage should unearth what you're looking for. - -Users can employ more advanced methods by typing in shortcuts such as ""from:"" or ""to:"". Additionally, Gmail is reasonably powerful at deciphering typos, able to deliver messages related to or closely resembling search terms rather than taking purely what it is given by a user. - -Meanwhile, Outlook boasts similar search facilities with advanced methods of finding the right information quickly. The Quick View folders enable users to instantly search through messages for the last few emails containing photos, for example. - -But while Outlook's search function is good enough to do the job, it's nothing exciting, and nowhere near as polished as Gmail. - -Gmail vs Outlook: Connectivity - -Gmail supports both POP and IMAP, meaning that pretty much any email client on most operating systems will work off the bat with the email service. Even Microsoft Outlook will play nicely with it. - -Outlook also supports POP and IMAP, and although in the past it has faced claims of connectivity issues. Nonetheless, it generally handles both well. Outlook also supports Microsoft ActiveSync, which is used to synchronise an Exchange mailbox with a mobile device. - -Gmail vs Outlook: Storage and attachment limits - -Gmail offers 15GB of storage for free but this counts across Gmail and Google Drive, However, users who choose to upgrade to Google One can expand their total storage space to 100GB or more. - -Microsoft also offers free users 15GB of storage per Outlook account, though this can be increased to 50GB if you have an active Microsoft365 subscription on your account. - -Outlook users looking to send large files by email might find themselves disappointed, as the service has a 20MB combined attachment limit. For anything larger than this, Microsoft recommends uploading the files to a cloud storage service such as OneDrive and then sharing the link to your files in the email instead. - -Gmail also limits the size of attachments to 25MB in size. In addition, the Gmail app only allows you to upload one image at a time. The images are displayed as thumbnails, however, which allows you to check that you've sent the right files and see what you've received before you download it. - -Gmail will also detect if you've mentioned attachments in the text of an email but not actually attached anything, and check if you've forgotten to include it before you hit send - which is a useful feature. - -If one were to attempt to upload anything larger than 25MB, Gmail will automatically prompt you with an option to upload the file to your Google Drive and then attach the files as a shared drive link to your recipient. In this way, it can be considered a more seamless file-sharing experience than the stop-start route Microsoft has taken with Outlook. - -Gmail vs Outlook: Extensions and integrations - -Gmail - -Being part of the Google Workspace , Gmail is tightly integrated with a range of productivity tools, making it incredibly useful as a workplace tool – beyond just an email app. This integration is also seamless, meaning you can open attachments and other media with tools like Google Docs and Google Sheets. - -It’s because of this seamless experience that you’re able to work on files immediately inside Gmail before they are automatically saved to Google Drive – and because you don’t ever have to leave the Google ecosystem, you don’t need to worry about third-party applications potentially changing the file extensions of your documents. - -Third-party applications are supported, however, and allow for integrations with various customer relationship management tools, as an example. There are a whole range of ISVs that have tools on Google’s Apps marketplace, which will all play nicely with Gmail. - -This third-party integration even extends to social media platforms, and it’s possible to import your contacts and social network from these sites directly to Gmail’s address book. - -Gmail’s built-in language tools are also a highlight. For those that encounter messages composed in languages other than English, Google Translate is on hand to quickly translate the contents of the message, with a single button. This is a simple function that is missing from Outlook. - -Outlook - -Outlook handles most of its extensions and integrations through its OneDrive and Microsoft 365 app family. Regardless of the platform or device you are using, Outlook’s integration experience is largely the same across the board. - -Unfortunately, some of the add-ons don’t apply to specific kinds of devices or messages, but thankfully the extensions are supported in Outlook on the web in Office 365, Outlook 2013, and even in Outlook 2016 for Mac. - -Despite this, you can easily access OneNote Online, PowerPoint, Excel, and Word through Outlook, as well as something called the Sway tool which helps users to put together multimedia stories and is highly acclaimed. - -You can install an add-in by opening the Office Store from within Outlook, or by going to Microsoft AppSource. - -Gmail vs Outlook: Spam, filters, and email management - -Gmail’s spam filtering function works effectively. And while the occasional spam email does make its way through the filter, you can rest assured knowing that false positives are basically non-existent. Gmail is also useful for filtering out emails that you don’t want which aren’t categorised as spam. - -Gmail does match ads with email content, which bothers some users, but these ads are usually filtered into the social or promotions tabs and don't interfere with inbox use. It also offers quite useful tools to prevent you accidentally deleting emails that you need. - -Outlook's email and spam filtering is less sophisticated (much of it has to be done manually), but has some features that put it ahead of Gmail. One such feature is Sweep. - -Sweep can be used to quickly delete unwanted emails in your inbox, and gives you options to automatically delete all incoming emails from a particular sender, to keep only the latest email, or to delete emails older than 10 days. - -Is Gmail better than Outlook? - -Both Gmail and Outlook are sophisticated email platforms that have gone through many years of refinement. As such, they are both impressive tools that are neatly integrated into their respective ecosystems. Therefore, this mostly a matter of user preference. - -Neither service offers one standout feature that puts it ahead of the other, and both offer a somewhat similar user experience, albeit with a different menu structure. - -Gmail’s search function may be slightly easier to use than Outlook’s, and we find Gmail’s user interface more appealing, but there isn’t anything here to justify switching. Both Outlook and Gmail are deeply integrated in their respective ecosystems, and so both will serve you well.",1731883642,ccc25c2a24,19b72eb522,,,1731883642 -https://www.pcgamer.com/hardware/looking-to-move-to-bluesky-this-handy-chrome-extension-will-let-you-find-all-your-followers-but-dont-make-the-mistake-i-did,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,Looking to move to Bluesky? This handy Chrome extension will let you find all your followers but don't make the mistake I did,"It feels like X, the ""everything app"", has been in a bit of a free fall ever since Elon Musk purchased it. Effectively removing the block button, adding priority replies for those who pay, and subscription revenue woes are just some of the reasons why people appear to be leaving for Bluesky, a popular competitor. If you want to join them or just want to diversify your use of social media, there's a pretty good tool out there to help you move over. - -Sky Follower Bridge is a Chrome extension that goes through your following or followers list and automatically compiles them. This allows you to manually follow anyone you want to carry over (and stop following those you don't). It's super simple and only requires that you log into Bluesky and have a public following list. - -From my experience using this extension, it seems very solid, though it can struggle with big following lists and can sometimes make mistakes identifying accounts. For instance, my username on X is @JamesMBentley. I hear you say ""James, you never use your middle name"" and to that, I say yes, but I didn't know any other way of identifying myself and most uses of my name were already taken. - -However, I managed to get to Bluesky more than a year ago and rather egotistically took the ""James Bentley"" username, as is my birthright. In doing so, this extension has struggled to pick me up, and I had to set the same profile picture and signpost my X handle in order to get it to pick me up on Bluesky. - -If you have moved over to Bluesky and don't want to lose too many of your followers, use the same user handle or give the extension a reason to believe you are the same account. There have been many competitors to X since Elon Musk's takeover, such as Threads and Mastodon, but Bluesky is the closest I've gotten to the classic Twitter experience. - -This is because it is basically just Twitter, with a similar colour scheme and interaction systems. You can't react to DMs with emojis but you can actually block accounts and it puts your following list first. I feel like I'm actually interacting with people, and not being shoved the latest viral post endlessly. - -My time on X has felt a little closer to TikTok recently–an addictive string of posts designed to keep me interacting with e-celebrities and rage bait. Though I haven't quite left X behind, I see the appeal of Bluesky immediately, and this extension makes the move just a little easier.",1731883681,2b11e0dc79,19c2a83e2e,,,1731883681 -https://www.uploadvr.com/human-within-reveal-quest-pc-vr/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Human Within Promises Reality-Bending Stories On Quest & PC VR Soon,"Your choices matter as you interact with a unique world in Human Within, a game made with a combination of 2D cutscenes, 3D gameplay, and more. - -Developed by Signal Space Lab and Actrio Studio (The Great Ocean), Human Within focuses on how AI and similar technology influence humanity, developed during a time when artificial intelligence is entering the mainstream with tools like ChatGPT and Apple Intelligence. - -0:00 / 1:45 1× - -Offering ""branching storylines"" that are affected by your own decisions, Human Within combines numerous ideas that give an interesting narrative. Using 2D film, 3D graphics, interactive elements, and puzzles, Human Within's story should provide an interesting experience in virtual reality. There are five different endings to discover, offering a Telltale Games-like narrative in VR. - -The story description states that ""Cyber Engineer, Nyla, and her sister, Linh, developed a way to harness the immense processing power of the human brain to create the ultimate supercomputer."" Of course, things don't go too well, with the synopsis adding ""Held against their will, Nyla finds herself in a situation that forces her to use the technology in the very way she feared it would be."" - -Human Within will find you determining the past in flashbacks that offer 360° video while deciding the fate of the very technology Nyla and Linh helped develop. You'll also find yourself diving into interactive environments to engage with the story further. - -Human Within is launching on Meta Quest on January 9, 2025. There's also a Steam version 'coming soon', but no exact date has been revealed yet.",1731883672,9397b145ff,19aeab66eb,,,1731883672 -https://voicebot.ai/2024/05/30/perplexity-pages-turns-generative-ai-search-results-into-wikipedia-pages/,https://voicebot.ai/feed/,Perplexity Pages Turns Generative AI Search Results into Wikipedia Pages,"Perplexity Pages Turns Generative AI Search Results into Wikipedia Pages - -Generative AI startup Perplexity AI has debuted a new feature for its ‘conversational answer engine’ called Perplexity Pages that makes its results into an interactive explainer and guide reminiscent of a Wikipedia page. Perplexity claims Pages will streamline the creation and sharing of in-depth articles and reports and make them more accessible to a broader audience. - -Perplexity Pages - -Perplexity Pages generates an article from search queries in the style shown in the image above. The pages don’t all have the same style, either. Users can customize the tone of their pages to match the target audience, adjusting for general audiences or experts on a subject. They can also add, rearrange, or remove sections to best suit their material with follow-up prompts. Additionally, the visual component of Pages enables users to enhance their articles with images and videos generated by the tool, uploaded from personal collections, or sourced online. This feature was created to make the content more engaging aid in illustrating complex information, making it easier for readers to understand and retain. - -Both free and paid users can access the Pages tool through the library section of Perplexity. Once they are created, users can publish the articles to Perplexity’s library of user-generated content. Users can also share the link to these pages with others, who can then ask follow-up questions on the topic, fostering an interactive learning environment. Additionally, users can convert existing conversation threads into pages from a button. - -“You’ve used Perplexity to search for answers, explore new topics, and expand your knowledge. Now, it’s time to share what you learned,” Perplexity wrote in a blog post. “Meet Perplexity Pages, your new tool for easily transforming research into visually stunning, comprehensive content. Whether you’re crafting in-depth articles, detailed reports, or informative guides, Pages streamlines the process so you can focus on what matters most: sharing your knowledge with the world.” - -Perplexity Popping - -The launch of Perplexity Pages represents a significant expansion of the company’s capabilities, moving from purely search-based functions to comprehensive content creation and sharing. This new tool aligns with broader trends in digital content creation, where the integration of AI is increasingly helping streamline workflows and enhance output quality. The company first dew notice for its s ChatGPT-style interface augmented with links to sources in the footnotes. Perplexity said it centered its models on being good at remembering conversational context and suggesting related searches to help users refine the hunt for information. - -Perplexity Pages marks yet another milestone for the startup, which has been rolling out new features and other notable news at a steady clip this year. The company raised $62.7 million in April, hitting unicorn status with a valuation of over $1 billion, and announced its Enterprise Pro subscription to add to the existing Perplexity Pro option. That round came just a few months after a $73.6 million round. Perplexity also has several notable new partnerships in the last few months, including a deal with SoundHound to augment the SoundHound Chat AI voice assistant with Perplexity’s LLMs, as well a deal to fuel the Rabbit r1 generative AI device with real-time internet access. - -Follow @voicebotai Follow @erichschwartz - -5",1731883654,4811a9a1a1,19c4e3fe7f,,,1731883654 -https://www.uploadvr.com/batman-arkham-shadow-rescue-vision/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,"Batman: Arkham Shadow Devs Talk Rescue Vision, Remote Work & New Game+","Most days for more than a year, Ryan Payton would get up early in Japan to manage a production process spanning four vastly different time zones, eventually downloading a new build of Batman: Arkham Shadow to play in his VR headset and making notes with his team to kick off the next round of revisions. - -Camouflaj's founder and studio head said they changed up the process for building the game about three years into the four-year development cycle, when Payton says they had Arkham Shadow playable from start to finish in a pre-alpha state. - -""We’d meet every day for at least an hour discussing ideas, assigning work and problem solving to get this game out the door,"" Payton said. “When you laid out the entire game, you saw that we had something very special, but you also very quickly identified the fact that the story wasn't as cohesive as it needed to be. We had lots of work to do across all disciplines, but from a writing perspective and a story perspective, we knew that we had to make sure that the game was more cohesive and we had to infuse the game with more authentic Arkham elements.” - -The regular story call included writing staff like Camouflaj’s Narrative Director Brendan Murphy (the main writer for Republique and Iron Man VR) as well as lead writer Alexander O. Smith (Vagrant Story, Final Fantasy XII, Ori and Will of the Wisps) alongside Christopher Sims, James Howell and Christos Gage who each have lengthy lists of previous work of their own before taking on Batman’s mythos. - -We took a deep dive with Payton in a recent call and follow-up emails into how they made one of VR’s best titles by focusing in on the process behind the creation of a specific late-game asset which caught the eyes of our reviewer Henry Stockdale as he finished out the campaign. - -The asset is a newspaper you can pick up in the game featuring a story with WayneTech head Lucius Fox shooting down the idea of a militarized version of Batman’s Detective Vision. Instead, Bruce Wayne’s company reveals Rescue Vision, a VR headset-like technology intended for first responders to help those in need even through the rubble of a fallen building. - -“Fox says that the company has no interest in weaponizing the technology for the military, and is taking concerns about privacy seriously,” the article reads. “He noted that each RV headset currently costs several million dollars to manufacture, and that the company intends to start donating them to paramedics and firefighters once they are available.” - -The storytelling element nods to the Arkham series' Detective Vision and even The Dark Knight’s Sonar lenses while also reflecting the real-world uses of VR headset technology with passthrough AR features. It’s a tiny piece of a game that might be glossed over by some players, but it’s also a detail that adds important texture to its world in the same way Half-Life: Alyx did in 2020. - -Detective Vision in Batman: Arkham Shadow - -""I had a test room that the team would prepare for me they would update very frequently where I had multiple different types of newspaper props to grab, to then be able to test whether or not I could grab it on the side here [because] I want to see what's on the back of the newspaper,"" Payton explained about the newspapers themselves, with each edition shown on a different in-game day reflecting the story's events. ""Also testing the different text clarity settings we could do to make sure it was legible on the Quest 3 and the Quest 3S."" - -The page layout and design comes from illustrator and 2D artist Jacob Briggs, who partnered with Sims for the newspaper copy. - -""The idea for Rescue-Vision was to be a hopeful piece of news about WayneTech having a positive impact on the world, softening the age-old complaint that Bruce Wayne only spends money on technology that serves Batman,” Briggs said. - -The diagram in the corner of the page was created by concept artist Bryan Flynn, with previous works including Doom and Aliens: Fireteam Elite. He took inspiration from Nintendo’s Power Glove and NASA’s Virtual Visual Environmental Display from the late 1980s. - -“With Rescue-Vision my focus was making something that felt slightly older sci-fi, a little bit clunky (compared to today) but with clean shapes, some exposed wiring and fancier strapping to fit the look of a premium cutting edge product Wayne Enterprises would develop,” Flynn explained. - -""My approach to the newspapers found throughout the game was to show how the world is turning and evolving outside of our main narrative,” Briggs said. “Despite where the adventure takes Batman, Gotham's heart continues to beat. With how long it’s been since the last Arkham game, we wanted to add some nice touchstones to characters who aren’t included in the mainline Arkham Shadow. The newspapers scattered throughout the game allowed us to move those characters’ stories forward."" - -With staff spread across four time zones in the UK, New York, Seattle and Japan, Payton said that splitting development globally incurred some inefficiencies. For instance, if an issue would surface with the developers in Seattle needing someone in a different time zone to give direction. But Payton also suggested he bent his own schedule in Japan to bridge this divide as often as he could, starting with an early rise at 4:30 am local time for story calls and then ending with reviews of the game with his team as late as 10 pm some days. - -When production started on Arkham during the early days of the pandemic, Payton was still living in Seattle. During a visit to friends and family in Japan, though, he found himself more productive with so much of the team offline during his workday. - -“During the pandemic, when everybody started going remote, I was living in Seattle but I traveled back to Japan to visit friends and family, and I noticed how productive I was because I was using the time difference to my advantage for team productivity,” Payton explained. “I like to start and work early in the morning and I have plenty of overlap with the team in the United States, which is where the primary contingent of Camouflaj is. And then I would start reviewing and giving feedback on the build while they're all sleeping…by the time Seattle wakes up, some work has passed into four different time zones, and it's gotten four different improvements before it goes back to Seattle.” - -Payton used Quest’s casting feature to PC, and then relayed that view over a video call to others including design director Bill Green working from outside London. They used a workflow developed by Japan-based Matt Walker to timestamp reviews with Green and Payton speaking over relevant clips. - -“We would get a build, Seattle was finished with it, I waited for it to upload. It's probably 3:00 or 4:00 PM here in Japan. And then we would just review the game till about eight or nine, sometimes 10:00 PM. And then so when Seattle woke up and New York woke up, they had typically 200 to 300 notes from me. Every. Single. Night.” - -After releasing Arkham’s VR return last month to wide acclaim, Camouflaj’s full team of 75 people continues to work through a lengthy list of additions and fixes. Payton explained those planned updates include a character viewer, new challenge maps for both Combat and Predator modes, and general quality of life improvements. There's also a new game+ mode they're ""seriously considering"" but won't fully commit to yet. - -“Game development is difficult and you have good days and you have bad days and then, suddenly, it's out there and people are saying really wonderful things about the work that you've done over the last four years and so that feels really really good,” Payton said. “We also feel like we're not finished.”",1731883673,9397b145ff,199b2cb67d,,,1731883673 -https://www.gamedesigning.org/animation/keyframe/,https://gamedesigning.org/feed/,What is a Keyframe? (Learn the smart way)," - -Terminology in the world of animation and video editing can stop you in your tracks. - -As you dip your toes in the industry, you will come across words like “keyframes,” which seemingly everyone talks about like they are immediately understandable. - -Every video has a keyframe. - -What exactly are they, and why are they so important to animators and video editors? - -What Are Keyframes? - -Every single shot in a video, whether live or animated, consists of individual frames. A keyframe is the most crucial part of each frame, as it defines the start and end points. It sets a precedent for all other transitional frames and indicates what the other frames would look like. - -To put it simply, you can use keyframes to create dynamic videos and highlight essential elements. They make the production feel much more energized and look more polished and engaging. - -The Origin of Keyframes - -Keyframes were associated with animation long before digital video editing technology was developed. - -For decades, animators used techniques like cel animation or stop-motion to create videos. - -Hand-drawing cartoons are rather tedious and time-consuming. So, to save time, lead artists drew the “keyframes” or essential frames and left the transitional or less important frames for junior artists. - -Keyframes in the Digital Age - -Even with the most cutting-edge digital animation tools, lead artists still often just complete the keyframe and go back and forth to create the in-between shots. - -And keyframes have become a critical element of video editing, as they define the shots to follow; it still dictate the start and endpoints. In the digital age, modern-day video editing is simpler than ever, and creating transitional frames is much different from what it used to be. - -What Is Keyframe Animation? - -Keyframe animation is the transition between two crucial frames. Think of it as the effect you apply between slides when creating a PowerPoint presentation. - -This change in keyframes can be automated through presets in most editing software or applications, or they can be manually added to create a seamless transition. - -Some of the common techniques include changes in magnification or scale, framing (moving the image within the frame), rotating the image, the color of the image, fading in or fading out, or a change to the audio. - -What Are the Benefits of Keyframing? - -As mentioned earlier, keyframing makes videos flow in a way that grabs the audience’s attention and makes the final product much more engaging. - -Some of the biggest benefits of keyframing include: - -Highlights Important Content - -Zooming in on essential text, objects, or characters is a great way to highlight important information. - -Creates Seamless Transitions - -It ensures smooth transitions between frames, objects, and texts, creating a professional and cohesive final product. - -Adds Zest - -Keyframing polishes the animation, adds energy, and makes it look fresh and exciting. The dynamic transitions, motion effects, and overlays make the video much more fun to watch—something that is critical to a project’s success. - -Moreover, the freedom to change effects every few seconds or for any duration you would like allows for a lot of creative flexibility. - -Types of Keyframes - - - -Keyframe interpolations or rate of change determine how an object will move or change in between frames. - -There are three standard keyframes: - -Linear - -This is a good place to start if you’re new to keyframing. Linear keyframing refers to a uniform or consistent pace of transitions between keyframes. There is neither an increase nor a decrease in speed. - -Continuous keyframe, a linear sub-category, is also quite common. As the name suggests, this calls for constant interpolations or transitions without missing a beat. - -Hold - -This is also known as the freeze frame, a popular effect seen in many old-school movies. As many may know, this keeps an object still until the next keyframe. - -Ease - -Easy frames are what most refer to as “motion effects.” They add flair to the final product by allowing motion acceleration and creativity, unlike linear keyframes. - -The two common options are ease-in and ease-out. Ease-in involves an object starting with faster acceleration and slowing down once it reaches the ending keyframe. Ease-out is the opposite of this. - -Characteristics of Keyframes - -Note that there are different names for keyframing, so you may have to look for these functions depending on the software you are using. - -When looking for a keyframe in a video editing application, check out the “Frame View” or “Action View” option in the control panel. - -A bar with many “objects” in the timeline indicates a keyframe. Depending on the object you have added, you can customize transitions. - -Some of the characteristics include: - -Background - -Position - -Rotation - -Opacity - -Size - -Text - -All of these objects are highly customizable to achieve your desired results. You can change background colors, place objects in different places, change orientation, increase or decrease opacity, size up the objects, and even add text. - -This explains why keyframing is such an essential aspect of video editing and animation. - -Keyframing Animation Techniques - -Let’s take a closer look at some classic keyframe effects: - -Slow and Fast Zoom - - - -Many video editors use this technique because it’s easy to integrate. This technique selects a spot where the frame needs to be zoomed in or out. Then, a keyframe is set on that spot and moves forward in the timeline where the frame needs to be zoomed in or out. - -The process of zooming in or out is pretty much the same. The only thing that would change would be the effect’s time between the keyframes. Most experts recommend placing the second keyframe at least five seconds before the scene. - -Rotation - - - -With keyframe animation, you can also rotate video frames, images, text, graphics, etc. onto the keyframe. You can also refine the rotation and place it exactly where you want with the rotation tool. - -Using “Anchor Point” will dictate where the rotation should begin and end. Playing around with the numeric values in the software will help you understand it so you can achieve the exact effect you want. - -Title Zoom - - - -Another simple yet excellent keyframe animation works similarly to video and image zooms—the only difference would be that it is specifically for titles. So, instead of scaling images, you’d be scaling the title up and down. - -You can also customize the title’s position, opacity, and rotation—there’s a lot of scope for creativity and fun. - -Tracking Motion - - - -Some software offer in-built motion tracking effects. However, editing applications will have multiple tools to choose from for a more customized effect. - -When looking at tracking motion, a box will appear on the screen on the frame. You can put any object that needs to be tracked and adjust it accordingly. Then, move the tracker and object to where you want it in the timeline. - -Tracking motion can be added to titles, video clips, images, or even an effect (like blur, mosaic, or spotlight). Your title or effect will follow the object you tracked. - -Remember, keyframes are automatically created when tracking motion. Double-clicking on the timeline’s newly added tracked object will help you see the scale and position keyframes created. - -Text Pop - - - -Keyframe animation is an excellent way to reveal titles or text creatively. You can simply add the text to the timeline, adjust the size, opacity, and color, and trim it where you would want it to appear and disappear. - -The text will appear seemingly out of nowhere, like a pop-up. - -Reveal Mask - - - -You can use this setting to create a title that masks the video with a split screen. - -Select the frame and where the title will mask the screen. Then, drag the tool to where the mask must split to reveal the frame. You can choose Object Settings to move the title anywhere on the masked area to hide or reveal the title as well. The options are endless. - -Mask Object - - - -Masks are used for many things, but their primary purpose is to cut objects out of the video and combine them with others. This technique is also known as compositing. You can be as creative as you want when incorporating keyframe animation. With a keyframe, masking would be static. - -Most editing software have a masking designer with its primary tools. You can choose a predesigned mask or customize one to suit the object you wish to mask. Play around with different styles to create the exact effect you envision. - -The actual process is different depending on the software, so giving yourself enough wiggle room and time to practice masking objects in various ways will help you in all your future projects. - -Moving Lens Flare - - - -This is a widely used keyframe animation technique that creates interest. Usually, this effect is seen under the “Effects” or “Lights Effect” tab. Under that, there are many lens flare options; simply choose the one that suits your style or the overall aesthetic of your project. - -With the adjustment tool, the duration, timeline, and frame can be selected, rendering a moving lens flare effect that looks seamless. Experimenting with and adjusting the parameters will create different results every time. - -Animated Light Rays - - - -This effect creates streaks of light behind an object in the frame. The best part about this is that it is highly customizable—you can adjust the opacity of the light, its colors, the length and intensity of the rays, and more. - -Click on the keyframe icon to adjust the duration and the timeframe for the light rays. - -Can Keyframing Be Automated? - -Keyframing can be a time-consuming affair. After all, getting the shot right and perfectly timing it to the frame that you want is no easy feat. A lot of technicality is involved, and some effects take a lot of practice to get right. - -You can certainly automate keyframes with editing software, but it’s not that simple. The steps to automate keyframing may be quite complex, depending on the software. - -Even then, you still need to specify the start and finish of the animation. These can be used in future projects as well. In some applications, these are known as animation presets. - -How To Use Keyframing Animation Presets to Videos? - -Presets are a list of existing effects, animations, and keyframes you can use in projects. These can be quickly implemented in a project, with a few personalized touches. - -Applying keyframe animation presets is fairly straightforward. Some video editing software have these ready—all you have to do is apply them to the timeframe and make small modifications for a polished look. - -Select the layer, frame, or property you want to animate to apply a preset to an existing video. Then click on the preset in the “Effects” and “Presets” panel; this will generally be under “Tools.” - -You can also drag and drop the preset onto the layer or the timeline, but that would differ from software to software. - -Finally, apply the keyframe preset and make small changes in settings to suit your needs and help you achieve the desired finish. - -How To Create Personalized Keyframe Animations? - -Most video editing software offer preset design templates and effects. All you have to do is adjust the duration of the effect within your frame. However, in some cases, a customized or personalized keyframe could be the solution to make a project interesting and unique. - -Some of the software or applications that you can use to create personalized keyframe animation include: - -PowerDirector - -ColorDirector - -Director Suite - -Conclusion - -So, as you now know, the keyframe is the main scene or frame of a video, while keyframing animation is the transition between two important frames. A keyframe defines the “start” and “end” points. - -The concept was first used by old-school cartoonists, and to this day, it is used in modern video editing software. Video editing software can seamlessly integrate transitions or keyframing animations in between frames for a professional and highly engaging product. - -There are many types of keyframe animations, each providing highly personalized options to make your project better. Objects, lights, text, opacity, background—everything can be fine-tuned for a cohesive output. - -We hope this article has helped you understand keyframes, keyframe animation, and all that it entails. - -Source: - -https://www.fullharbor.com/blog/keyframe-essentials",1731883666,117173e4a3,18e727a38f,,,1731883666 -https://www.npr.org/2026/01/01/1197997536/99pi-white-castle-system-eating-houses,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,99 Percent Invisible: The White Castle System of Eating Houses : Planet Money,"99 Percent Invisible: The White Castle System of Eating Houses - -Today we have a guest episode from 99 Percent Invisible. - -It is about White Castle, the burger chain. Even if you haven't visited, you have tasted its influence because, as we will learn in this episode, White Castle is really the proto-burger chain. - -Our friends at the excellent podcast 99 Percent Invisible bring us the origin story of White Castle and trace its influence on the business of fast food, and on American eating habits. The story is about one man who had an idea for a world where you could get a slider anywhere in the country and get the same tasty, onion-y quality each time. Think of this as a forebear of the modern global economy of sameness. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode is hosted by Roman Mars and reported by Mackenzie Martin. It was produced by Jeyca Maldonado-Medina, and edited by Joe Rosenberg. Mix and sound design by Martín Gonzalez. Music by Swan Real with additional music by Jenny Conlee, Nate Query, and John Neufeld. Fact-checking by Graham Hacia. Kathy Tu is 99 Percent Invisible's executive producer. Kurt Kohlstedt is their digital director, and Delaney Hall is their senior editor.",1731884578,8181d7a585,19d34fa4e8,,,1731884578 -https://telestreamblog.telestream.net/2023/10/ibc-2023-recap/,https://telestreamblog.telestream.net/category/wirecast/feed/,Must-Know Takeaways from IBC 2023,"As a proud exhibitor at this year’s IBC conference, we were thrilled to meet with all our customers and partners to discuss the hot-button topics in our industry and share how Telestream is meeting these emerging needs. - -Three key themes dominated the conversation: - -Growing operational challenges when meeting changing market demands - -Balancing software and hardware investments - -Tapping into artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) - -Growing Operational Challenges - -Media companies must meet tight production schedules and ensure a high-quality viewer experience. They need solutions that can streamline and enhance productions quickly, easily, and at scale. There are many ways technology can help ease these operational pains. - -“Operational efficiency and agility is critical to our customers. They are looking for tools that encompass AI and workflow automation, transcription, metadata extraction, and more. Customers are seeking diagnostics solutions to proactively pinpoint issues, preventing interruptions to broadcasts.” Charlie Dunn, Chief Product Officer, Telestream - -Telestream empowers customers with flexible solutions that enable top-tier content production from any location. Our comprehensive solutions are engineered for workflow efficiency. At IBC, these included the Vantage media processing platform, Timed Text Speech captioning solution, Qualify for automated quality control, and our Content Conductor content management solution. - -Balancing software and hardware investments - -While the benefits of the cloud are clear and compelling, traditional hardware often remains a fundamental component. Finding a harmonious blend of on-premises and integrated cloud solutions is critical to staying competitive. - -“Many of our customers have made considerable investments in on-premises infrastructure over the years, and the decision to transition to cloud has not been taken lightly. What sets our solutions apart is their flexibility, so customers can transition at their own pace. We make it easy.” Alex Keighley, Chief Revenue Officer, Telestream - -Telestream can help whether you’re an early adopter of cloud technology, pursuing a gradual migration, or just testing the waters. Vantage Cloud can simultaneously process on-prem and cloud-based content in a single workflow. Media companies producing a high volume of video content can dip their toe into cloud-based media supply chain workflows. Lightspeed Live Capture enables high-speed capture of synchronized, high-quality content. The software-only version enables cloud or hybrid ingest and power media processing workflows. - -Advancements in Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning - -According to the 2022 IABM Adoption Trends report, 32% of broadcast and media companies have already adopted AI/ML. This is in large part due to the growing cloud adoption rate, which reached 51% in 2022. - -For workflow automation, AI predicts the bottlenecks in your media workflows based on historical, similar jobs or other unique requirements. It automatically tags and categorizes content to immediately surface the media you need. - -At Telestream, AI and ML are integrated into Timed Text Speech, for speech-to-text time-stamped transcription, and in Wirecast, Telestream’s live video streaming and video production software, with our first AI-powered Virtual Assistant for real-time feature walkthroughs, technical advice, and tailored troubleshooting. Telestream is committed to building this innovative and evolving technology into our solutions, and customers can expect some exciting updates in the near future. - -That’s A Wrap for Telestream at IBC 2023 - -Telestream is more committed than ever to bringing innovative solutions to the broadcast and media industry. Our technology solves the industry’s most top-of-mind challenges, and we have the votes to prove it! We were thrilled to win not one, but two prestigious awards at IBC. - -ARGUS received the CSI award for its ability to quickly identify and flag video quality issues and their root causes. This solution offers deployments for cloud, virtual, and on-prem environments. Vantage Cloud, our no-code media processing and workflow automation solution, also won the TVBEurope Best of Show award. This solution is perfect for media operations teams who want to flex their current Vantage workflows and processes to the cloud. It enables dynamic scaling of resources and seamlessly adapts workflows for higher bandwidths and processing capabilities. - -If you were unable to attend IBC, don’t worry — you can arrange a virtual demo with one of our experts today to see what you missed at the show. Get in touch with us here to set something up. Once again, thank you for contributing to a fantastic show. We wouldn’t be here without your support!",1731883670,7cd02aafbf,19cc18ee41,,,1731883670 -https://www.avclub.com/ben-affleck-ai-exciting-tool-for-hollywood-casey-affleck,https://www.avclub.com/rss,The Affleck brothers think AI will democratize filmmaking,"The Affleck brothers think AI will democratize filmmaking This week, both Casey and Ben Affleck went to bat for the potential of AI in Hollywood. - -Oh, brother (literally), we’ve got both Afflecks shilling for AI this week. The topic is extremely controversial—in general, but particularly among artists, who are concerned that artificial intelligence will push out true human creativity for soulless slop. But in the eyes of Casey and Ben Affleck, these tools will help make creativity accessible to everyone. - -Casey just recently partnered with Blumhouse and Meta to test out Meta’s new tool Movie Gen. At a recent event, he told IndieWire, “It’s an opportunity for people who wouldn’t ordinarily get their hands on the resources to do certain things that you can do with movies to create worlds that are far away or super imaginative, that would be very expensive.” (Whether this is how Casey actually feels about it or if he’s just repeating the Meta party line is unclear, given this is more or less word-for-word how the company is promoting Movie Gen. Maybe both!) - -Casey added that the technology would certainly need “guardrails” but that he’s “excited” by its potential, and “everyone’s going to discover that they can do new things with it and they’ll be less afraid of it.” He said, “I think as soon as these tools become available to everybody, you’re going to see all these people that didn’t have access to the five studio heads and all of their big budgets, be able to make incredibly imaginative, world building movies, features, and shorts. It was a lot of fun.” - -Meanwhile, his brother Ben appeared at the CNBC Delivering Alpha summit and suggested that one “long-term” value of AI is that it could help you create and watch homoerotic Succession fanfiction (no, really). Ben doesn’t see AI developing the “taste to discern and construct” that actors have “for a meaningful period of time,” but he does think the tech will “dis-intermediate the more laborious, less creative, and more costly aspects of filmmaking that will allow costs to be brought down, that will lower the barrier to entry, that will allow more voices to be heard, that will make it easier for the people who want to make Good Will Huntings to go out and make it,” he said (via IndieWire). “Look, AI is a craftsman at best. Craftsmen can learn to make Stickley Furniture by sitting down next to somebody and seeing what their technique is and imitating. That’s how large video models and large language models basically work. Library of vectors of meaning and transformers that interpret it in context, right? But they’re just cross-pollinating things that exist. Nothing new is created.” - -Much like his brother, Ben sees AI as “empowering the creators,” while additionally “creating new streams of revenue” and “potentially forging partnerships between Hollywood and Silicon Valley that haven’t been able to be made historically.” Because that’s what Hollywood has been missing: more tech bros! The algorithm’s gonna love this! - -Brothers like the Afflecks and Russos may be right about the inevitability of AI in Hollywood, but there are also still a lot of good reasons to be hesitant about widespread AI adoption. This writer tends to go for the Ayo Edebiri school of thought. The Bear star recently shared a post about the outsize environmental impact of artificial intelligence on Instagram, writing, “pls stop using AI to see what you’d look like as a sexy Sims character or whatever—you can commission some talented and horny freak to do it for like $6 or idk, also use your imagination. You’d look like you but smaller—there, I did it. This shit is cooking the planet!!!! And our brains!!!!” Hear that, Ben? There’s plenty of talented writers who can write your Kendall/Stewy fanfic for you. Why don’t we just leave AI out of it for now.",1731883667,66c132240d,19e751b08e,,,1731883667 -https://www.inman.com/2024/11/14/exp-suffers-setback-in-bid-for-sweetheart-commission-deal/,https://www.inman.com/feed/,EXp suffers setback in bid for 'sweetheart' commission deal,"A judge has denied the brokerage’s request for a stay in the Gibson case, saying a tactic the company is accused of using to settle a different suit involves a “collusive element.” - -Whether it’s refining your business model, mastering new technologies, or discovering strategies to capitalize on the next market surge, Inman Connect New York will prepare you to take bold steps forward. The Next Chapter is about to begin. Be part of it. Join us and thousands of real estate leaders Jan. 22-24, 2025. - -EXp Realty suffered a legal setback Thursday when a judge overseeing a Missouri commission lawsuit refused to pause the case while the brokerage pursues a controversial deal in another court. - -In a new legal filing, U.S. District Court Judge Stephen Bough declined eXp’s request for a “stay” — or, a pause — in the Gibson commission lawsuit. EXp had asked for a stay in the case after reaching a settlement in another, lesser-known commission lawsuit known as Hooper. - -“The Court finds that Plaintiffs raise genuine issues of potentially questionable behavior regarding eXp’s Hooper settlement which warrant further discovery in this case,” Bough wrote in the filing. - -News of the ruling was first reported by Real Estate News. - -In a statement to Inman eXp said that it “mediated unsuccessfully with the Gibson plaintiffs in April 2024. Separately, and nearly six months later, eXp mediated with the Hooper plaintiffs and reached a settlement that we are confident will be found to be fair, reasonable and adequate and was not a product of any so-called reverse auction.” - -At issue is eXp’s Hooper settlement, announced in early October, that would see the brokerage pay $34 million. Weeks later, homeseller-plaintiffs in the Gibson case criticized the settlement as a “sweetheart” deal. They argued that eXp used a strategy known as a “reverse auction” — something that basically amounts to a defendant shopping around among similar class action lawsuits to find the lowest settlement price — to reach the agreement. - -The Gibson plaintiffs wanted to force eXp back to the negotiating table in their case — something eXp’s request for a stay could have prevented. - -For its part, eXp defended the deal in a court filing last week, saying that there’s no rule forcing it to negotiate with the Gibson plaintiffs. - -Judge Bough, however, was apparently not convinced that the matter was settled. - -In his ruling Thursday, he quoted from previous case law to argue that “reverse auctions require a ‘collusive element’ where ‘ineffectual lawyers are happy to sell out a class.'” Bough also wrote that “given the alleged lack of financial considerations and quick settlement in the later-filed Hooper case, granting a stay would not serve in the best interests of justice.” - -The ruling means that the parties in the Gibson case can conduct discovery, or investigate, whether eXp did in fact use a reverse auction to strike the Hooper deal. - -The ruling also applies to Weichert Real Estate Affiliates, which followed eXp’s lead last week and settled in the Hooper case. - -Read the full ruling here (if the document doesn’t appear, refresh the page): - -Update: This story was updated after publication with a statement eXp provided to Inman. - -Email Jim Dalrymple II",1731883661,123ad3b11e,1a2e2b1cfd,,,1731883661 -https://www.euronews.com/2024/11/15/cop-truce-a-call-for-global-unity-to-address-climate-and-conflict,http://feeds.feedburner.com/euronews/en/home/,COP Truce: A call for global unity to address climate and conflict,"By Yalchin Rafiyev, Lead Negotiator, COP29 Azerbaijan - -The opinions expressed in this article are those of the author and do not represent in any way the editorial position of Euronews. - -The world is invited to stand together in Baku and respect the COP Truce as a symbol of shared responsibility, resilience, and hope, Yalchin Rafiyev writes. - -ADVERTISEMENT - -This year, the world has convened in Baku for COP29, a historic event that offers a chance to significantly advance the global climate agenda. - -Yet COP29 brings more than a platform for discussions and pledges; it introduces an unprecedented call to action known as the “COP Truce”, urging nations to halt military operations during the month of the conference. - -This appeal, inspired by the Olympic Truce, represents a powerful initiative from the COP29 Presidency, designed to foster peace, environmental preservation, and the global fight against climate change. - -The COP Truce draws its inspiration from the Olympic Truce, which has been revived by the international community since the early 1990s. - -Rooted in a United Nations resolution passed in 1993, the Olympic Truce calls on nations to suspend hostilities during the Olympic Games as a symbol of peace and unity. This tradition has been honoured biannually, with the latest resolution reaffirming the Olympic Truce in November 2023. - -Recognising the similar need for unity in the climate crisis, the COP29 Presidency has adapted this concept to create the COP Truce initiative, calling for a halt to military operations during the month of the conference. - -The COP Truce period is proposed to cover November — the duration of COP29. This period of ceasefire aligns with the goals of the climate action agenda, underscoring the connection between peace and environmental stability, helping to focus on our climate challenges. - -What is the rationale behind the COP Truce initiative? - -The COP Truce is motivated by two core objectives: reducing environmental impact and promoting unity in the face of climate change. - -Global military activities contribute significantly to greenhouse gas emissions, estimated to account for 5.5% of annual global emissions — a figure higher than those of the aviation and shipping sectors combined. - -The devastating environmental impacts of conflicts, from the destruction of ecosystems to pollution of soil, water, and air, contribute to the worsening climate crisis and hinder efforts to protect natural resources. War and armed conflicts can render large areas unusable, contaminating ecosystems and leaving behind long-lasting environmental scars. - -Climate change is an existential threat to humanity, affecting every region, every economy, and every person. Unlike traditional political issues that divide, the climate crisis requires a united, non-political response. - -A person walks past art in the Turkey Pavilion at the COP29 UN Climate Summit in Baku, November 2024 AP Photo/Sergei Grits - -The COP Truce seeks to mitigate this environmental toll by temporarily reducing conflict-based emissions and allowing critical ecosystems to breathe. This Truce represents a crucial call to recognise the impact of militarised emissions and prioritise environmental health. - -Climate change is an existential threat to humanity, affecting every region, every economy, and every person. Unlike traditional political issues that divide, the climate crisis requires a united, non-political response. - -Climate talks shouldn't be politicised and must transcend political conflicts, prioritising the health of our planet and future generations. This principle lies at the heart of the COP Truce initiative. - -By setting aside political differences, the COP Truce provides an opportunity for nations to come together under the shared goal of safeguarding the planet. - -What are the key messages? - -Essential messages that embody the goals and significance of the COP Truce, include the fact that the climate crisis threatens lives and livelihoods. - -ADVERTISEMENT - -Climate change poses an existential threat to billions, impacting every region and community. The choices made today will shape the future for generations to come, underscoring the urgent need for decisive action to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and protect the world’s natural resources. - -Also, conflict and climate crisis worsen each other. Ongoing conflicts and the climate crisis fuel each other in a destructive cycle. - -War-torn regions suffer severe environmental degradation, while the disruption of local economies, infrastructure, and services increases vulnerability and inequality, making populations less resilient to climate impacts. - -Military activity drives greenhouse gas emissions. Military operations are a significant contributor to global emissions, with an environmental footprint larger than the combined emissions of the aviation and shipping industries. Polluted lands and waters left in the wake of conflict present enduring ecological scars that hinder natural recovery. - -ADVERTISEMENT - -By suspending conflicts during COP29, the international community can focus on addressing the climate crisis with undivided attention. This initiative is also an invitation to every individual, government, and organisation to embrace climate action as a shared mission. - -People walk through the COP29 UN Climate Summit in Baku, November 2024 AP Photo/Rafiq Maqbool - -Yet, united we stand for a global COP Truce. The COP Truce Initiative embedded within the Joint Solemn Appeal calls on all parties to pause conflicts and put aside political differences during COP29. This is a profound invitation to stand in unity, focusing on our shared goal of safeguarding the Earth for future generations. - -The call for a COP Truce goes beyond a temporary cessation of hostilities. It symbolises the role of cooperation and peace as indispensable components of global climate action. - -By suspending conflicts during COP29, the international community can focus on addressing the climate crisis with undivided attention. This initiative is also an invitation to every individual, government, and organisation to embrace climate action as a shared mission. - -A total of 132 countries have joined the initiative, which is supported by more than a thousand international institutions, private sector representatives, civil society organisations, and influential public figures. - -ADVERTISEMENT - -Their support reflects a powerful collective recognition: that achieving climate justice and building peace are fundamentally interconnected goals. The COP Truce is not merely a symbolic gesture; it is a reminder that global crises require shared solutions. When we talk about climate action, we are, by necessity, also talking about the foundations of peace. - -Peace as a pathway to climate resilience - -In the face of unprecedented climate challenges, the COP Truce is a beacon of hope. By suspending conflicts for the duration of COP29, the international community can send a powerful message that peace is not only possible but necessary in the journey toward a sustainable future. - -Climate change knows no borders, and the need for collective action has never been more pressing. COP29 presents a chance to reaffirm global commitments to peace and climate resilience. - -The world is invited to stand together in Baku and respect the COP Truce as a symbol of shared responsibility, resilience and hope. - -ADVERTISEMENT - -Through the COP Truce, we can begin building a future where both peace and environmental protection become universal priorities, securing a livable planet for generations to come. - -Yalchin Rafiyev is Lead Negotiator for COP29 Azerbaijan.",1731883689,33451736bb,1a44235d98,,,1731883689 -https://www.npr.org/2023/03/17/1164300124/inflation-song-records-music-business-profit,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Planet Money tries to turn Inflation, the song, into a viral hit : Planet Money : NPR","Planet Money Records Vol. 3: Making a hit - -Enlarge this image Sasha Fominskaya/NPR Sasha Fominskaya/NPR - -Since we started Planet Money Records and released the 47-year-old song ""Inflation,"" the song has taken off. It recently hit 1 million streams on Spotify. And we now have a full line of merch — including a limited edition vinyl record; a colorful, neon hoodie; and 70s-inspired stickers — n.pr/shopplanetmoney. - -After starting a label and negotiating our first record deal, we're taking the Inflation song out into the world to figure out the hidden economics of the music business. Things get complicated when we try to turn the song into a viral hit. Just sounding good isn't enough and turning a profit in the music business means being creative, patient and knowing the right people. - -Sponsor Message - -This is part three of the Planet Money Records series. Here's part one and part two. - -Listen to ""Inflation"" on Apple Music, Spotify, YouTube Music, Tidal, Amazon Music & Pandora. - -Listen to our remix, ""Inflation [136bpm],"" on Spotify, YouTube Music & Amazon Music. - -""Inflation"" is on TikTok. (And — if you're inspired — add your own!) - -This episode was reported by Erika Beras and Sarah Gonzalez, produced by Emma Peaslee and James Sneed, edited by Jess Jiang and Sally Helm, engineered by Brian Jarboe, and fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. - -Music: ""Inflation,"" ""Superfly Fever,"" ""Nola Strut"" and ""Inflation [136bpm]."" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884644,8181d7a585,19e0bcf6ea,,,1731884644 -https://derivsource.com/2024/10/01/bitcoin-friday-futures-become-most-successful-cme-group-cryptocurrency-product-launch/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Bitcoin Friday Futures Become Most Successful CME Group Cryptocurrency Product Launch,"CME Group, the world’s leading derivatives marketplace, today announced that its Bitcoin Friday futures (BFF) have launched and are available for trading. 31,498 contracts traded across two different contract weeks. The first trade, a block, took place on Sunday, September 29 and was executed by Galaxy and Marex. - -“With more than 31,000 contracts traded on day one, Bitcoin Friday futures have become our most successful crypto futures launch ever,” said Giovanni Vicioso, Global Head of Cryptocurrency Products at CME Group. “We are pleased to see such early customer interest and support for these new contracts, both on screen and through the block market. The smaller size of these contracts, along with a weekly Friday expiry, will provide investors with not only a more accessible way to access the bitcoin market, but will also allow them to more effectively manage their bitcoin exposure – all on a regulated exchange.” - -“The launch of CME Group’s Bitcoin Friday futures is a significant step toward crypto adoption within a regulated framework. These weekly contracts offer efficient hedging by closely tracking the spot price and provide a cost-effective exposure to bitcoin,” said Harry Benchimol, Co-Head of Derivatives Engine at Marex. “By introducing a product closer to the very popular perpetuals on crypto platforms, CME Group is closing the gap between traditional financial and crypto markets. Marex is proud to have executed the first block trade, reinforcing our commitment to improving liquidity and driving innovation in the crypto market.” - -“The launch of Bitcoin Friday futures by CME Group represents a significant advancement in the broadening of crypto derivatives markets, offering investors a flexible and efficient way to manage their bitcoin exposure,” said Michael Harvey, Head of Franchise Trading at Galaxy. “These weekly contracts closely track spot prices, providing a valuable tool for growing liquidity and optimizing trading strategies for traders of all types and sizes. As we continue to bridge the gap between traditional finance and the digital asset space, initiatives like this reinforce our commitment to empowering clients with the best solutions to manage their bitcoin exposure in a transparent market.” - -Bitcoin Friday futures are sized at one-fiftieth of one bitcoin and cash-settled to the CME CF Bitcoin Reference Rate New York Variant (BRRNY) at 4:00 p.m. New York time every Friday. A new BFF contract is listed every Thursday at 6:00 p.m. New York time for a Friday trade date, with market participants able to trade the nearest two Fridays at any given point. - -For more information on these products, please visit www.cmegroup.com/bff.",1731883713,9dd65a327d,19e44f0f38,,,1731883713 -https://www.addictedtoquack.com/2024/11/17/24298621/oregon-ducks-volleyball-takes-care-of-northwestern-wildcats-volleyball-3-1,https://www.addictedtoquack.com/rss/current.rss,"Oregon Volleyball Takes Care Of Northwestern, 3-1","Oregon volleyball (19-5, 11-4 Big-10) hosted the Northwestern Wildcats (5-18, 3-12 Big-10) on Friday for Senior Night, winning the match in four sets, 25-15, 22-25, 27-25, 25-20. - -The Ducks honored their seniors: Colby Neal, Daley McClellan, Mackenzie Morris, Onye Ofoegbu and Michelle Ohwobete, but they also added a touch of class in honoring Northwestern’s seniors as well. - -I’ll just say this at the outset: Northwestern is in no way as bad as their record would indicate. Friday’s match was highly entertaining and the Wildcats gave everything they could. - -In the early going of the first set, Mimi Colyer was finding the strikes as Oregon built to a 10-5 lead. - -Oregon’s defense was operating as well as the offense, and the Ducks picked up 5 blocks in the set. The Wildcats fell off in the face of a couple of Oregon runs and could not close the gap. The Ducks took the first set 25-15. - -In the early going of the second set, excellent service placement along with some Oregon errors allowed Northwestern to take the early lead. - -The Ducks punched back, and the sides traded ties and leads for most of the set. Oregon was looking to take the second set and was ahead 22-21, but the Wildcats picked up four points in a row to take set two, 25-22. - -Set three began with Northwestern continuing their run off the set two win by firing off three points in a row. The Ducks responded with a 4-0 run, and we had a game, folks. - -This set was a tight contest, where a side would build a lead only to have the other side go on a run. The Ducks led 19-15, but the Wildcats went on a 4-0 run to tie it up. - -Tied at 25, a timely kill from Colyer followed by a Noemie Glover/Onye Ofoegbu block gave set three to the Ducks. - -Set four was all Oregon. The Ducks began the set with a 7-1 run, putting the Wildcats on their heels. Northwestern would only get as close as four points to the Ducks, and Oregon took the set, and match, going away by the score of 25-20. - -The Wildcats hit .158 on the night, led by Buse Hazan with 12 kills. Kennedy Hill added 9 kills. Northwestern had 10 blocks in the match. - -The Ducks hit .273, with 14 blocks. They recorded six service aces to three for the Wildcats, but had 13 service errors, and that’s a number that they need to reduce before facing Purdue and going into tournament play. - -Michelle Ohwobete had a season-high 20 kills with a .415 H%. Mimi Colyer had 15 kills, and Noemie Golver ended with 11 kills and a .429 H%. - -Cristin Cline picked up a double-double with 51 assists and 12 digs. Mackenzie Morris was the digs leader with 19. - -Head coach Matt Ulmer had these words after the match: - -Onye Ofoegbu and Colby Neal also spoke after the match. - -Oregon has a relatively quick turnaround as they head south to face the USC Trojans (17-8, 9-6 Big-10). That game will be played later today at 1:00 pm PT and can be seen on B1G+.",1731883671,4c4b5834c3,1a428d8218,,,1731883671 -https://www.hrw.org/news/2024/11/14/yemen-deaths-houthi-detention-unfair-trials,https://www.hrw.org/rss/news,"Yemen: Deaths in Houthi Detention, Unfair Trials","Click to expand Image The UN special envoy for Yemen, Hans Grundberg, meets with local officials in Taizz, Yemen, February 12, 2024. (C) 2024 Ahmad Al-Basha/AFP via Getty Images - -(Beirut) – The Houthi authorities in Yemen have since mid-October submitted at least 12 individuals’ cases, including former United States embassy and United Nations staff, to their Specialized Criminal Prosecution, accusing some of them with crimes that carry the death penalty while denying them due process, Human Rights Watch said today. Houthi authorities have arbitrarily detained and forcibly disappeared dozens of UN and civil society staff since May 31, with informed sources telling Human Rights Watch that the number of those detained has continued to grow. - -Starting on June 10, Houthi authorities released a series of videos and curated social media posts that show 10 Yemeni men, some of whom are now in the group of 12 men being investigated, confessing to spying for the United States and Israel. There is a high risk that these confessions were coerced. Human Rights Watch has previously documented the Houthis’ use of torture to obtain confessions, and three high-profile detainees have died in detention over the past year. Publishing videos of confessions undermines the right to a fair trial and lacks credibility. - -“The Houthis have consistently shown a contempt for due process and basic protections for defendants since they took over Sanaa, Yemen’s capital, and this has only grown in the last few months,” said Niku Jafarnia, Yemen and Bahrain researcher at Human Rights Watch. “Recent deaths in Houthi detention should alarm the international community and prompt immediate action to ensure that the hundreds of other people being arbitrarily detained by the Houthis don’t meet a similar end.” - -Human Rights Watch spoke to three people, including two UN officials, with knowledge of the criminal cases. The 12 people are being investigated by the Houthi Specialized Criminal Prosecution. They include former employees of the US embassy in Yemen and UN staff arrested between 2021 and 2023, many of whom had been held incommunicado throughout their detention, with no access to their families, and had been forcibly disappeared. - -In mid-October, the men’s cases were transferred from the Houthis’ investigations unit to the prosecution unit. According to one UN official, some have undergone questioning and interrogation as part of the transfer without a lawyer present. Another UN official told Human Rights Watch that the some of the individuals were not provided with any access to lawyers throughout their detention. Though the Houthis have told at least some detainees’ families that they can appoint a lawyer for their family member, a lawyer with knowledge of the cases stated that even in some cases where the families had done so, the Houthis had still not allowed the lawyers to be present at their interrogations. - -Human Rights Watch reviewed documents in which some families of detainees had demanded that the Specialized Criminal Prosecution allow them to visit their detained relatives. Despite written directives from the prosecution to the Houthi Security and Intelligence Service, the authority that oversees detention facilities, requesting they facilitate these visits, families and lawyers of these detainees have still not been granted access to detainees. - -Those who have died in Houthi detention since the fall of 2023 include Mohammed Khamash, Sabri Hakimi, and Hisham al-Hakimi. Khamash and Hakimi were both senior Education Ministry officials, while al-Hakimi was an employee of Save the Children. On October 22, the Houthis contacted Khamash’s family, telling them to pick up his body. The cause of his death is unknown. Khamash had been arbitrarily detained and forcibly disappeared since June, with no access to his family or to lawyers. - -The Houthis have repeatedly arrested people who have been critical of their policies based on dubious charges. In January 2024, they arrested a judge on charges related to alcohol consumption, releasing him after six months in detention without trial. In 2021, a Houthi court sentenced a Yemeni model and actress, Intisar al-Hammadi, as well as three other women, to prison after convicting them on charges of committing “an indecent act.” - -Over the last year, the Houthi courts have also more frequently sentenced people to death, including in an unfair mass trial in January in which a Houthi court sentenced 32 men to prison and 9 to death on dubious charges. Human Rights Watch opposes the death penalty in all countries and under all circumstances. Capital punishment is unique in its cruelty and finality, and its determination is often plagued with arbitrariness, prejudice, and error, Human Rights Watch said. - -Mohammed al-Shuwaiter, a Yemeni lawyer and the executive director of Qanun, a human rights platform, wrote on October 16 about recent changes the Houthis had made to their court system, stating that some of the changes to the court “constitute[e] a direct infringement of judicial independence and ope[n] the door wider for the use of the judicial branch – especially the criminal courts – to settle political scores, suppress dissidents, and seize property through sham trials.” - -There has been a significant increase in the Houthis’ use of arbitrary detentions, enforced disappearance, and handing down of death sentences over the last several months. - -In the arrests of UN and civil society officials in recent months, Houthi forces did not present search or arrest warrants at the time of arrest, and the authorities have refused to tell families where those arrested are being held, meaning that these acts amount to enforced disappearances. The Houthis have held many of the detainees incommunicado, without access to lawyers or their families. - -On June 19, Human Rights Watch wrote to the Houthis with questions regarding the arrests and concerns about the apparent absence of any due process. The Houthis did not respond. - -Human Rights Watch has previously documented systematic abuses in Houthi prisons. In a 2023 report, the UN Security Council’s Panel of Experts on Yemen found that “Houthi-held prisoners are subjected to systematic psychological and physical torture, including the denial of medical intervention to cure the injuries caused by the torture inflicted, which for some prisoners resulted in permanent disabilities and death.” - -“These cases demonstrate the serious risks that the dozens, if not hundreds, of people who remain in arbitrary detention face in Houthi-controlled prisons,” Jafarnia said. “The Houthis should immediately end their use of arbitrary detention and enforced disappearance, and improve prison conditions, and states with influence should act to ensure that no more people die in Houthi detention.”",1731883661,d89828abd6,1a5c39c2c1,,,1731883661 -https://taxfoundation.org/blog/super-rich-pay-effective-tax-rates/,https://taxfoundation.org/feed/,"The Super-Rich Pay Super-Amounts of Taxes, New Treasury Report Finds","A common refrain from many progressive lawmakers is that the rich don’t pay their fair share of taxes. “Fair share” is, of course, subjective. But a new Treasury study provides data showing that the rich not only pay more than the middle class, they pay more than one-third of their annual income in federal taxes and more than 45 percent when state and local taxes are included. - -Indeed, the total tax A tax is a mandatory payment or charge collected by local, state, and national governments from individuals or businesses to cover the costs of general government services, goods, and activities. burden on the super-wealthy, especially those with large stakes in global businesses, is upwards of 60 percent of their annual income because of the taxes they pay abroad. - -Segmenting Taxpayers by Wealth, Not Income - -The study classifies taxpayers according to an estimate of their wealth rather than their income, with the intention of showing that the rich pay very little in taxes (individual income, estate, and corporate taxes) relative to their wealth. However, the data shows that the rich are not undertaxed relative to their annual income as many claim. - -As Table 1 details, in 2019, there were 183 million tax units, which includes those with a tax liability and those with no liability (the so-called nonpayers) as well as non-filers. The average tax unit had adjusted gross income For individuals, gross income is the total pre-tax earnings from wages, tips, investments, interest, and other forms of income and is also referred to as “gross pay.” For businesses, gross income is total revenue minus cost of goods sold and is also known as “gross profit” or “gross margin.” (AGI) of roughly $65,000 and about $503,500 in wealth from all sources. - -Table 1. Wealth and Income by Wealth Categories All Top 10% Top 1% Top .1% Top .01% Top .001% Number of Tax Units 183,700,000 18,370,000 1,837,000 183,700 18,370 1,837 Wealth per Tax Unit (Thousands) $503.5 $3,805 $18,793 $93,902 $485,268 $2,318,864 Adjusted Gross Income per Tax Unit (Thousands) $65.4 $273.4 $1,093 $4,963 $21,314 $98,851 Source: Balkir et al., “Estimating Tax Burdens by Wealth Groups,” US Department of Treasury, Office of Tax Analysis, Aug. 2, 2024, https://www.irs.gov/pub/irs-soi/24rpestimatingtaxburdens.pdf. - -In 2019, the top 10 percent of tax units by wealth had an average AGI of about $273,000 and $3.8 million in wealth. At the top end of the scale, the top 0.001 percent, or the wealthiest 1,837 tax units, had an average AGI of nearly $99 million and more than $2.3 billion in wealth. - -The study then compares the burden of federal, state and local, and foreign taxes on each of these various tax units. - -Effective Tax Rates Rise as Incomes Rise - -Figure 1 illustrates the effective tax rates (ETRs) paid by tax units in each wealth class based on four measures: the combination of federal individual income and payroll taxes; the combination of federal individual income, estate, and corporate income taxes; the combination of federal taxes plus state and local-level individual and corporate income taxes; and the combination of all US taxes plus foreign corporate and individual income taxes. - -Figure 1 shows that the burden of federal income and payroll taxes for the average tax unit was about 22 percent in 2019. We should note that the Treasury report does not calculate effective tax rates. It only includes estimates of AGIs and estimates of the average taxes paid by each income group. We have calculated the effective tax rates using this information. - -Effective tax rates generally go up with wealth. The wealthiest 10 percent had an effective federal income and payroll tax A payroll tax is a tax paid on the wages and salaries of employees to finance social insurance programs like Social Security, Medicare, and unemployment insurance. Payroll taxes are social insurance taxes that comprise 24.8 percent of combined federal, state, and local government revenue, the second largest source of that combined tax revenue. rate of 25 percent. For the next three wealthy groups (the top 1 percent, 0.1 percent, and 0.01 percent), the effective tax rate for federal income and payroll taxes climbs to 30 percent. It drops slightly to 28 percent for tax units in the richest 0.001 percent. - -Corporate Income Estate Taxes Add Significantly to the Federal Effective Tax Rates of the Wealthy - -Federal taxes on corporate income and estates add to every group’s effective tax rates. The authors assume that the burden of corporate taxes falls entirely on the owners of capital, so the more capital a tax unit owns or is invested in, the more corporate taxes they must pay. Most economists believe that some of the burden of the corporate income tax A corporate income tax (CIT) is levied by federal and state governments on business profits. Many companies are not subject to the CIT because they are taxed as pass-through businesses, with income reportable under the individual income tax. falls on workers through lower wages (in some cases by more than 50 percent). - -As a consequence of this assumption, the Treasury report likely underestimates the burden of corporate taxes on the average tax unit and overestimates the tax burden on the wealthy. - -The data illustrates this assumption clearly. Federal corporate and estate taxes add 2 percentage points to the effective tax rates of the average tax unit as well as tax units in the top 10 percent. However, federal corporate and estate taxes add 4 percentage points to the effective tax rates of those in the top 1 percent, 6 percentage points to the effective tax rates of those in the top 0.1 percent, and 8 percentage points for those in the top 0.001 percent. - -As a result, the all-in federal effective tax rates for the richest tax units rise to as high as 37 percent. - -State Taxes Raise Effective Tax Rates Even Higher - -Adding state and local taxes to federal tax burdens further illustrates how much more the rich pay overall compared to average taxpayers. For the average tax unit, state and local taxes add 4 percentage points to their federal effective tax rate, for a combined effective tax rate of 28 percent. But for tax units in the top .01 percent, for example, state and local taxes add 9 percentage points to their effective tax rates, resulting in a combined effective tax rate of 46 percent—approaching half of their annual income. - -Foreign Corporate Taxes Raise Effective Tax Rates to 50 Percent for Some Wealthy - -At every level of wealth, the Treasury study estimates that tax units bear some amount of foreign corporate income taxes. For the average tax unit, foreign corporate income taxes add less than 1 percentage point to their effective tax rate. But for the wealthy in the top 10 percent, foreign corporate income taxes add 2 percentage points to their effective tax rates, for a total rate of 35 percent. However, for those in the top 0.01 percent, corporate income taxes boost their overall effective tax rate to 50 percent, i.e., half of their annual income. - -But What About the Super-Rich? - -The study separately estimated the tax burden for three sample groups within the “Fortunate 400,” nicknamed for the 400 wealthiest individual taxpayers. The first group represents the top 0.0002 percent, composed of 367 tax units with an average AGI of about $173 million and average wealth of about $8.0 billion. The next group is the top 0.0001 percent, representing 184 tax units with an average AGI of about $245 million and average wealth of nearly $13 billion. The last group is the top 0.00005 percent, representing just 92 tax units with an average AGI of about $345 million and average wealth of about $20.8 billion. - -The substantial global interests of the super-rich require them to pay individual income taxes as well as the corporate income taxes they owe to foreign tax authorities. The combined impact of multiple layers of taxes owed to multiple levels of government raises their effective tax rates to exceptionally high levels. - -As Figure 2 illustrates, for the top 0.0002 percent of wealthy tax units, federal income and payroll taxes amount to 21 percent of their AGI. Although 21 percent is a lower effective tax rate than the average of all tax units, it represents an average tax bill of $36.8 million. The federal income and payroll tax effective tax rates for the two richest income groups are 20 percent (an average of $49 million) and 18 percent (an average of $62 million), respectively. - -Their federal effective tax rates jump to as high as 35 percent when corporate income and estate taxes are included, then jump again to as high as 44 to 45 percent when state and local taxes are added. - -Surprisingly, Treasury finds that the corporate income taxes they pay to foreign jurisdictions nearly equals the corporate income taxes they pay to the US Treasury. For example, Treasury estimates that the average tax unit in the top 0.0002 percent pays $19.8 million in US federal corporate income taxes and $17.6 million in foreign corporate income taxes. Similarly, the richest 0.00005 percent were estimated to pay $51.5 million in US corporate income taxes and $45.8 million in foreign corporate income taxes. - -All told, we can see that when foreign taxes are added to their US tax burden, the effective tax rates for the wealthiest Americans rise to nearly 60 percent. Thus, focusing on the US tax burden does not tell the whole story of the taxes the super-wealthy pay in total. - -The Treasury study was no doubt commissioned to demonstrate that wealthy Americans pay a relatively small amount of income taxes compared to their total wealth. But most governments, foreign and domestic, tax people and businesses on their income and not their wealth. - -By that measure, the Treasury report clearly shows that tax systems at every level—federal, state and local, and foreign—tend to be very progressive, requiring the rich to pay super-amounts of taxes. - -Stay informed on the tax policies impacting you. Subscribe to get insights from our trusted experts delivered straight to your inbox. Subscribe - -Share this article",1731883676,e5f91fc857,1a45d9d209,,,1731883676 -https://www.packagingstrategies.com/articles/105174-white-bear-creates-heroic-new-identity-for-dairy-supplier-freshways,https://www.packagingstrategies.com/rss/articles,White Bear Creates Heroic New Identity for Dairy Supplier Freshways,"London-based creative agency White Bear has partnered with Freshways, the UK’s leading independent dairy supplier, to create a bold rebrand that brings fresh energy to the industry staple. - -Tasked with modernizing Freshways’ brand identity, White Bear reflected on the essential qualities that set the company apart in a competitive market: Speed of delivery and exceptional customer service. The award-winning agency, known for its standout work with FMCG brands such as Kopparberg, RedBull and Tom Parker, saw a fast, fresh, and innovative attitude that must be reflected across tone of voice, brand assets, packaging and all digital touchpoints. - -The challenge ahead of White Bear lay in the juxtaposition between Freshways’ popularity and its lack of brand recognition. The products were a regular choice in cafes, shops and consumers' homes, and yet, often, people were unaware of the brand they’d purchased. - -“Our goal was to give Freshways a memorable identity and a personality that goes beyond just dairy,” said Kelly Mackenzie, Creative Director at White Bear. “Freshways’ point of difference is its unparalleled speed and reliability. That became our springboard for a concept centered on a superhero team, capturing the brand’s commitment to keeping shelves stocked with fresh milk and rescuing customers from milk shortages.” - -The new identity – which included a full suite of creative elements, from logo and color palette to packaging, app design, website, digital communications and merchandise – was rooted in the concept “Think Fresh, Act Fresh, Sell Fresh.” - -This exciting positioning amplified Freshways as an innovative, fast-moving supplier dedicated to delivering quality products. By implementing vibrant colors, bold typefaces, and a fresh tone of voice, White Bear could elevate the brand to meet its already exceptional reputation. - -Freshways chose an ambitious concept, showing its commitment to evolving and disrupting category norms. This challenger mindset worked hand in hand with White Bear’s values and its mission to make its clients ownable, memorable and scalable, as seen in its work with brands like Stribe, Caboodle, and Thrift+. - -“Freshways really trusted us,” Mackenzie adds. “They picked a very brave concept, were always positive, and we knew they were committed to growing quickly.” - -This bold collaboration pushed creative boundaries, resulting in a brand identity that feels both fresh and disruptive. Reflecting Freshways' own attitude toward its clients, the creative partnership was built on the strength of human interaction. - -Freshways’ Marketing Director, Arun Nijjar, said, “Working with White Bear transformed not just our brand, but our business strategy. They didn't just deliver creative work – they became true strategic partners who took the time to deeply understand our business challenges.” - - - -",1731883644,c925e986aa,1a67e45fc9,,,1731883644 -https://www.vg247.com/the-whole-studio-was-burning-the-candle-at-both-ends-two-of-halo-2s-most-important-designers-reflect-on-the-beloved-sequels-working-conditions,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"""The whole studio was burning the candle at both ends"" - Two of Halo 2's most important designers reflect on the beloved sequel's working conditions","Halo 2 had a bit of a troubled development, and now a couple of important designers have shared their perspective on working on it. - -It's well known by this point that there was a lot of crunch on Halo 2 - the first game had been a big success, and Bungie was growing, but not in a way that provided support in all the ways that were needed. Devs have previously spoken about their experience of working on the sequel, and now in a recent interview with Rolling Stone, iconic designers Robert and Lorraine McLees shared what their own experience was like. As you can tell by their surname, the pair of developers are actually married, and had a big impact on Halo as a whole. For one, Lorraine is the designer behind Halo's logo, as well as various other bits of iconic key art, and Robert described himself as ""kind of the weapons guy at Bungie."" - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -But Lorraine explained that ""Halo 2 was really hard on the team. The whole studio was burning the candle at both ends."" Robert shared that up to Halo 2's infamous E3 demo, Bungie ""never had good managers. They had creatives that were forced into managerial roles while still remaining in their creative roles - basically working two jobs. This kinda worked when there were 12 of us. It worked less well when there were 30 of us. It collapsed when there were 60 of us."" Robert also noted that ""it felt like every discipline lead thought that they were running the show,"" with communication between departments being a struggle, saying that it was ""just a bunch of different voices saying, ‘this is what we’re doing’ and a lot of people scratching their heads wondering ‘when was this decided?'"" - -This was particularly frustrating for Robert given that he was also writing some of the game's foundational lore, while simultaneously being asked to design a new weapon when the game is meant to be in the polishing stages, only for the same weapon to be cut from the final game. Lorraine said that ""at the time, we really didn’t know what was going to happen - if we were going to make it or not. It was the make it or break it period for the young Bungie crew. So much burn-out."" - -At the very least, Lorraine did say she looks back on the games with fondness - ""These stories of people staying in touch with friends, though life took them to different parts of the country or the world, meeting up in the lobby, then doing a few rounds in Halo 2 - to me this is what the takeaway is. We helped bring people together. Experience some joy. Have fun. Make memories. That’s the power of these games."" - -The full story from Rolling Stone is worth a read as the two also go into some other Halo history that's a bit more lighthearted, including how the Flood were inspired by a children's book.",1731883702,374d98cbb9,1a850c9eb0,,,1731883702 -https://www.adweek.com/brand-marketing/lululemon-taps-googles-brandon-viney-as-north-america-brand-creative-director/,https://www.adweek.com/feed/?category_name=Social-Pro-Daily,Lululemon Taps Google's Brandon Viney as North America Brand Creative Director,"ADWEEK House is headed to Las Vegas on January 8! Our house is your house to unwind, recharge and network during the industry’s largest consumer tech moment. RSVP . - -Brandon Viney joined athleisure giant Lululemon as vp, North America brand creative director. - -Viney spent nearly six years as Google’s group creative director, leading its in-house Google Brand Studio creative agency and founding the Alphabet-owned company’s Creative Fellowship for diverse emerging creatives. - -Prior to Google, he was an art director at Wieden+Kennedy for nearly seven years, launching campaigns for brands including Nike and Powerade. - -Lululemon, best known for its leggings and yoga apparel, said Viney will be one of four not-yet-named regional leads joining counterparts for the Asia-Pacific region, China mainland Europe, the Middle East, and Africa. - -He will oversee creative direction in North America for brand studio operators, campaigns, casting, copy, and styling. - -The first creative campaign he debuted for Lululemon went live in April, featuring National Football League stars Odell Beckham Jr. and DK Metcalf. - -“Innovation and pushing the boundaries of what is possible is valued at every level,” Viney said in a statement. “I’m energized by the opportunity to carve out new creative territory and influence how people experience this magnetic brand.” - -Making moves - -Viney’s arrival follows several changes at the top of Lululemon’s brand and creative teams. - -Jonathan Cheung joined the company in January as global creative director, after working as an advisor and consultant for brands including Gap, Levi Strauss, and Mattel. Former Ralph Lauren senior designer, J.J. Collier, came on board at the same time to lead the men’s and women’s outwear teams. - -In May, chief product officer Sun Choe left, and the company said at the time that it would not replace her, instead, it built a new team comprising leaders from its brand and merchandising units. - -As part of this shuffle, chief brand officer Nikki Neuburger became chief brand and product activation officer, adding footwear, merchandising, and product operations to her responsibilities. Elsewhere, chief merchandising officer Elizabeth Binder started reporting to Neuburger. - -The company had a promising start to 2024, but the sheen was taken off in August when it missed Q3 sales expectations following a botched product launch. In July, the brand pulled its Breezethrough range of leggings from shelves following complaints of unflattering fits. - -The mistake contributed to the business lowering its full-year net revenue projections to between $10.38 billion and $10.48 billion, down from the predicted $10.7 billion and $10.8 billion. - -Gross profit for the quarter still grew 9% to $1.4 billion.",1731883633,833b83b547,1a7d0ab13f,,,1731883633 -https://www.globaltrademag.com/artificial-intelligence-ai-in-warehousing-market-size-worth-usd-242-2-billion-by-2037/,https://www.globaltrademag.com/feed/,Artificial Intelligence (AI) in Warehousing Market Size Worth USD 242.2 billion by 2037,"Research Nester - -[shareaholic app=""share_buttons"" id=""13106399""] - -Analysis of AI in Warehousing Market Size by Research Nester Reveals the Market to Register a CAGR of 27.2% During 2025-2037 and Attain ~USD 242.2 billion by 2037 - -Read also:Artificial Intelligence – How it is Shaping and Redefining Logistics - -Integration of AI and IoT Leading to the Development of Next-gen Warehousing Management Solutions - -The integration of IoT and AI in warehousing is estimated to boost operational efficiency through real-time data collection and analysis. Key market players are continuously investing in research and development activities to introduce innovative solutions for warehouses. AI and IoT integrated solutions are estimated to aid in real-time tracking of inventory and assets, which increases visibility across the supply chain leading to informed decision-making. - -The traditional systems often fail to manage large workloads and data speeds, affecting the overall productiveness of warehouses. For instance, in July 2021 Sierra Wireless collaborated with Microsoft Corporation to develop asset tracking solution. The Acculink-managed IoT solution of Sierra Wireless is combined with Microsoft’s Azure IoT Central to track the location and condition of high-value and sensitive assets. This solution is gaining widespread adoption in warehousing, logistics, and transportation applications. - -Growth Drivers: - -Boom in the e-commerce sector and online shopping fuelling the adoption of AI solutions in warehouses. - -Shortages of skilled laborers are pushing warehouse and logistic companies to adopt automation and AI to boost productivity. - -Challenges - -The rising adoption of digital technologies such as artificial intelligence in warehouses is increasing the concerns related to data security and cyber threats. As the warehouse becomes more connected it opens multiple entry points for cybercriminals. Such data privacy concerns can significantly affect the adoption rate of AI technologies in warehouses. - -Many small-scale warehouses operate on outdated systems, which makes the integration of modern AI solutions more complex. This lack of compatibility can also hinder the adoption of digital technologies in warehouses. - -Based on components, the hardware segment is projected to reach a valuation of USD 104.9 billion by 2037. The continuous advancements in sensors, cameras, and robots contribute to segmental growth. The swift digital shift in warehouse companies is augmenting the high adoption of advanced hardware technologies. For instance, in June 2024, Scanco Software, LLC announced the launch of an automated warehouse management technology for Acumatica customers. - -By region, the North America AI in warehousing market is foreseen to reach USD 100.6 billion by 2037-end owing to rapidly expanding online shopping activities and continuous launches of advanced warehouse management systems. The U.S. and Canada have advanced logistic infrastructure compared to other economies across the world, which is aiding market players in earning high profits. The rising labor costs are also compelling companies to install advanced robotics and technologies in warehouse operation management. - -This report also provides the existing competitive scenario of some of the key players of the global AI in warehousing market which includes company profiling of Amazon Web Services (AWS), Microsoft Corporation, Google LLC, IBM Corporation, Blue Yonder Group, Inc., Honeywell International, Siemens AG, Oracle Corporation, SAP SE, ABB Ltd, Zebra Technologies, Mytra, Scale AI, Element Logic, Affordable Robotic & Automation Ltd., Lucas Systems, Fulfilld, Inc., Scanco Software, LLC, Sumitomo Corporation, SENKO Co., Ltd., and Daifuku Co., Ltd. - -Source: https://www.researchnester.com/reports/ai-in-warehousing-market/6608",1731883647,672087cbcb,1a5acacff2,,,1731883647 -https://www.npr.org/2021/10/14/1046156345/hire-power,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,What do noncompetes mean for workers looking to switch jobs? : Planet Money : NPR,"Hire power - -Enlarge this image Fairfax Media via Getty Images Fairfax Media via Getty Images - -Millions of American workers in all sorts of industries have signed some form of noncompete agreement. Their pervasiveness has led to situations where workers looking to change jobs can be locked out of their fields. - -On today's episode, we tell the story of one man and his effort to end noncompete contracts in his home state of Hawaii. - -Music: ""New Pulse"" and ""Tiddly Winks"" and ""Guam Beat"" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to the Newsletter.",1731884698,8181d7a585,1a8988a98b,,,1731884698 -https://dronedj.com/2024/11/11/dji-action-5-pro-firmware/,https://dronedj.com/feed/,New DJI Action 5 Pro firmware boosts your night shots,"The DJI Osmo Action 5 Pro camera has just got even better with its latest firmware update, v01.02.03.30. With powerful improvements to night mode, video output options, and stabilization, this update makes DJI’s compact powerhouse an even stronger option for adventurers and content creators. Here are all the deets… - -One of the most exciting features in this update is the enhanced SuperNight mode, now available for video recording in 4K or 2.7K at 48, 50, or 60fps. SuperNight mode, already popular among low-light shooters, allows users to capture more detail in dimly lit scenes, making it perfect for nighttime adventures, cityscapes, or cozy indoor settings with ambient lighting. With this new 4K upgrade, night scenes come alive with greater clarity, smoother detail, and vibrant colors. - -For creators who love flexibility, the update includes support for 4K video output via DisplayPort through the Type-C port while the camera is powered on. This feature, ideal for live streaming or on-set previews, allows real-time monitoring on larger screens — a huge bonus for videographers. - -Another fresh addition is the new FOV Boost Lens support in the system settings. Once the Osmo Action FOV Boost Lens is attached, users can enjoy a wider field of view, perfect for capturing expansive landscapes or group shots. This feature gives you even more control over framing and opens up creative possibilities when filming dynamic scenes. - -In response to user feedback, DJI has fine-tuned the stabilization of the Osmo Action 5 Pro in vehicle-mounted scenarios, reducing the impact of rapid acceleration or bumps on video stability. This is a great update for capturing smooth, stable footage on road trips or high-speed action sequences without sacrificing clarity. - -Additionally, the update introduces pre-recording durations of 2 and 5 minutes, allowing users to capture moments that happen just before pressing the record button — perfect for capturing unexpected, action-packed moments without missing a beat. - -This latest firmware builds on the successful 01.01.05.20 update released mid-October, which brought a range of significant upgrades, including a timer shooting function and enhanced video quality in live streaming mode. That update also introduced webcam audio transmission support, making the Osmo Action 5 Pro more versatile as a live streaming device. With options to adjust bitrate, stabilize low-light shots, and even control zoom ratios after powering on, the October update paved the way for a richer experience for both casual users and professional videographers alike. - -With these back-to-back firmware updates, the DJI Osmo Action 5 Pro has become one of the most versatile and feature-packed action cameras on the market. For creators interested in capturing high-quality video in various conditions — whether at night, on a vehicle, or during live streams — this camera stands out as an all-in-one solution with professional-grade features. - -Read more: DJI Neo drone update brings vertical shooting, enhanced FPV experience - -FTC: We use income earning auto affiliate links. More.",1731883633,e90a6ba11c,1a6e447c17,,,1731883633 -https://www.npr.org/2022/11/02/1133703176/two-indicators-shaking-chinas-economy,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Two Indicators shaking China's economy : Planet Money,"Two Indicators shaking China's economy - -Enlarge this image JADE GAO/AFP via Getty Images JADE GAO/AFP via Getty Images - -Chinese leader Xi Jinping recently secured his third term as president. In his reappointment speech, Xi talked about China's next chapter, and the challenges that lay ahead. - -So today, we're checking in on the world's second-largest economic power. We'll examine two major shifts to the country's economy — one coming from within China, and one from the outside. - -Shift number one: for the last several decades China has been undergoing such a pronounced housing boom that Chinese real estate actually became the world's largest asset class. But in recent years that market has started to show signs of breaking. The government there is trying its best to slowly let the air out of a financial bubble years in the making, but Chinese homebuyers are growing more and more frustrated. - -Sponsor Message - -Shift number two: The United States recently blocked China's access to advanced semiconductor chips. We look at what it could mean for China's tech sector and trade relations between the two countries. - -Music: ""8 Bar Cypher,"" ""Groovy Little Penguins,"" and ""Slush Puppy Soul."" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / our weekly Newsletter.",1731884660,8181d7a585,1a82adf5c0,,,1731884660 -https://racingnews.co/2024/11/15/kyle-busch-to-make-chili-bowl-nationals-debut/,https://www.racingnews.co/feed/,Kyle Busch to make Chili Bowl Nationals debut,"The NASCAR Cup Series driver will also run USAC National Midget races ahead of the Chili Bowl Nationals - -Two-time NASCAR Cup Series champion Kyle Busch is heading to the Chili Bowl Nationals. - -The race is the biggest dirt midget race of the season. It features 300+ entries seeking one of 24 starting spots in the finale of a week long show. - -Hear from Kyle Busch below. - -In recent years, Busch has been racing micros with his son Brexton. Both of them have competed in the Tulsa Shootout, a separate event run on the same track at the Chili Bowl Nationals. However, this will be the first time Busch joins the big midget show.",1731883640,d62396e274,1a9586fe7b,,,1731883640 -https://blog.groovehq.com/ai-customer-success?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=ai-customer-success,https://www.groovehq.com/blog/rss,How Can AI Be Used To Support Customer Success?,"I have this habit where, every Friday evening, I spend about two hours checking out AI advancements during the week. And there’s always something new. - -Today, I decided to check out a new image generator. I tried out the free tier, and thought to myself: “Well, I don’t see anything new here!” In fact, it wasn’t even giving me better results than the tools I’m currently using. - -Just when I was preparing to leave the platform, I stumbled upon a ‘hidden’ feature that I thought was a game changer. This feature would allow me to create my own custom-style images without having to train the AI on a bunch of existing images first. - -This is something no competitor software does, and I know people who would pay for this feature alone. So how come the developer didn’t mention this feature anywhere on their website? - -You see, there are hundreds of SaaS companies that have great products, but don’t see good ROI because of poor customer success planning. They also overlook how certain AI tools help with that planning, providing an excellent customer experience and ultimately driving growth. - -How can your business use AI to support customer success? Here are four of the best ways to get started. - -Strategy #1: Provide Personalized Onboarding for a Seamless Customer Journey - -When you have a clunky onboarding experience, expect customer churn. First impressions matter, right? - -So instead of underwhelming your new users with generic tutorials, you’ll want to opt for a seamless, personalized welcome. Of course, that’s easier said than done. - -One of the biggest onboarding challenges customer success teams face is balancing the need for comprehensive training with the user’s desire for a quick and easy start. - -Here’s the thing: users often abandon the onboarding process if you bombard them with information irrelevant to their immediate needs. They also don’t like it when the learning curve is too steep. - -All software solutions are not the same, of course. Some are nice and simple, while others include complex functionality. - -Either way, you don’t want your customers to purchase a plan, only to have to scour the internet or check out online courses just to learn how to use your product to solve their problems. - -Another challenge is identifying user needs and goals early on, so you can tailor the onboarding process effectively. For this, AI-powered onboarding can leverage machine learning algorithms, specifically clustering and classification, which helps in analyzing user data. - -These algorithms can process data points like: - -Industry - -Business size - -Stated goals during signup - -Early in-app behavior (clicks, page views, feature usage) - -They can also categorize users into distinct segments. This allows the system to predict which features are most relevant to each user group, and personalize the onboarding flow accordingly. - -For example, machine learning algorithms use supervised and unsupervised learning to identify patterns in customer behavior and preferences. - -Natural Language Processing (NLP), on the other hand, analyzes textual data from customer interactions to gauge needs and sentiments. - -As for predictive analytics tools, they forecast user needs and potential challenges based on historical data. - -A few examples of these AI tools include Twilio Segment, which aggregates and analyzes user data to create detailed customer profiles, and Amplitude, which provides behavioral analytics to track and predict user interactions. - -Using AI can makes onboarding more effective and relevant. That means faster user adaptation and increased satisfaction. - -Just keep in mind that these tools require high-quality data for accurate personalization. There are also potential privacy concerns, and the need for continuous model training to maintain effectiveness. - -Strategy #2: Offer Proactive Support To Enhance Customer Success - -Reactive support makes it hard for customers to achieve their goals with your product or service. That’s because you only help out when issues arise. - -In other words, your customers are forced to spend a lot of time troubleshooting, which slows their progress and causes frustration. - -Proactive support, on the other hand, anticipates customer needs and addresses issues before they become significant obstacles. - -To offer personalized assistance, you can use tools like AI-powered chatbots, which provide instant, tailored responses based on how customers are using the product. - -There’s also automated outreach, where you send customized messages with tips, tutorials, or reminders to help customers get the most out of your product. - -Some examples of AI tools that help you provide proactive support include: - -Salesforce Einstein . Provides predictive insights that help support teams identify and address potential customer issues before they escalate. - -. Provides predictive insights that help support teams identify and address potential customer issues before they escalate. Helply. Our own AI customer service agent, which uses machine learning and natural language processing to autonomously answer many support questions. The AI agent can scan different data sources, like your websites, knowledge bases, or even previous support tickets, to provide more accurate responses. This allows it to resolve customer issues rapidly, often without the need for human support. - -Our own AI customer service agent, which uses machine learning and natural language processing to autonomously answer many support questions. - -Proactively addressing issues reduces churn, and improves customer satisfaction. It’s a vital part of delivering great experiences. - -It’s also better for your business! When you automate routine tasks and prevent problems before they happen, you save time and resources your support team would otherwise waste. - -Strategy #3: Leverage AI-Powered Guidance To Help Customers Succeed - -One of the biggest causes of churn is when customers don’t fully utilize a product’s features. This can directly impact their ability to achieve their goals. - -This often happens because your customers don’t know how to navigate the product effectively. They might not even be aware of certain features that could benefit them. - -Better onboarding, like we discussed earlier, can help with this. But what about after those first few hours or days? Here are a few ways to provide longer-term guidance. - -Contextual AI-Powered Help - -AI-powered in-app guidance tools use machine learning and real-time behavioral analysis to offer personalized assistance. This is usually based on what the user is doing at any given moment. - -Instead of relying on pre-programmed rules, these systems dynamically adapt to unexpected user behavior and provide relevant tips or tutorials. - -They analyze a user’s current activity within the app (which could be features they’re interacting with or how long they’ve been stuck on a particular task), and offer tailored help. This might include suggesting a tutorial video, linking to a relevant article, or even offering live chat with a support agent. - -One solution in this category is Pendo, which tracks user behavior and provides in-app guidance based on real-time actions. It also leverages machine learning to analyze user feedback and extract insights from product usage data. - -Personalized Feature Recommendations - -Some AI platforms can analyze customer data to recommend the features or integrations that are most relevant to each user. This functionality relies on predictive models to suggest features that the customer hasn’t yet explored, but would likely find valuable based on their profile and behavior. - -The better versions of these systems continuously learn from user interactions, and adapt recommendations over time. For instance, if a customer frequently uses one feature but ignores another related feature that could enhance their workflow, the AI might proactively suggest it. - -If you’re looking for this functionality, Gainsight PX is an option. It tracks user behavior and engagement data, enabling more personalized in-app experiences. - -Progress Tracking with AI Feedback Loops - -Your users are human, which means positive reinforcement is everything. You can use AI to track their progress toward specific goals (setting up an account, completing onboarding tasks) and provide personalized feedback or encouragement. - -Certain AI systems can identify when a user is falling behind or struggling with a particular task, and offer targeted help or motivation at just the right moment. They might also detect when someone is not making progress towards key milestones, and intervene with suggestions or reminders tailored to their unique situation. - -The tools you use here will depend on what types of progress you’d like to track and encourage. Just keep in mind that for these systems to work effectively, they’ll need access to high-quality data about user behavior and preferences. - -Strategy #4: Lean On AI-Driven Product Innovation for Customer Success - -AI’s influence on customer success isn’t limited to just support and engagement. It also plays a pivotal role in driving product innovation. - -By leveraging AI to analyze customer feedback, usage patterns, and market trends, you can continuously improve your products in ways that directly align with customer needs. - -Here’s how AI can drive product innovation for customer success: - -Analyzing customer feedback . AI-powered tools like MonkeyLearn and Qualtrics XM can analyze large volumes of customer feedback from various sources—such as surveys, reviews, social media, and support tickets. Then they’ll identify recurring themes, pain points, and feature requests. - -. AI-powered tools like MonkeyLearn and Qualtrics XM can analyze large volumes of customer feedback from various sources—such as surveys, reviews, social media, and support tickets. Then they’ll identify recurring themes, pain points, and feature requests. Predicting future trends and customer needs . AI-driven predictive analytics tools like Crimson Hexagon and Tableau with Einstein Discovery can forecast future market trends and customer needs, by analyzing historical data and external factors such as industry reports or competitor activity. - -. AI-driven predictive analytics tools like Crimson Hexagon and Tableau with Einstein Discovery can forecast future market trends and customer needs, by analyzing historical data and external factors such as industry reports or competitor activity. Optimizing product features based on usage data. Remember how we mentioned that AI tools can analyze how customers interact with product features in real time? These systems, such as Mixpanel, identify which features are most valuable to customers, and which may need improvement or removal due to low engagement. - -AI-driven analysis ensures that product development is closely aligned with what customers actually want, leading to higher satisfaction rates. - -Taking the Complexity Out of AI-Driven Customer Success - -From personalized onboarding to proactive support, AI is transforming the landscape of customer success. - -AI-powered guidance eases transitions, and empowers users to fully leverage your product’s capabilities. It can even optimize the entire customer journey, driving product adoption and maximizing customer lifetime value. - -Of course, many AI solutions (at least right now) are expensive and technically complex. They require a significant investment to reap the full benefits. - -If you don’t have the time and resources for that, there are simpler ways to enable AI-driven customer success. Instead of turning your business upside down, you can slot powerful, intuitive AI features right into your existing workflows. - -How? Via Helply, your AI-powered customer success agent. Helply learns from your existing resources (knowledge base, marketing site content, past support tickets, internal documentation) and continuously optimizes the customer experience. - -Best of all, it’s affordable, easy to use, and supplements your human support team without upending their daily routines. Try Helply today, and experience the future of customer success!",1731883641,7a82f159ab,1add168af0,,,1731883641 -https://hr-gazette.com/dr-glenn-thomas-all-you-need-is-love/,https://hr-gazette.com/feed/,Dr. Glenn Thomas: All You Need is Love,"My guest in HRchat episode 755 is Dr. Glenn Thomas, author of books that have touched the hearts and minds of countless leaders, igniting a movement toward a newparadigm of leadership that places love and the human experience at its core. - -Glenn has spent most of his life consulting and working with leaders from all walks of life. He often shares that his purpose in life is to “Inspire people to love more abundantly, selflessly, and unconditionally, in the service and care of others.” - -After working for brands such as Target, Big Brothers BigSisters of America, and the YMCA, Dr. Glenn crafted the Heart Work Leadership framework and created a transformative people-focused business enterprise toserve heart-centered leaders and organizations. - -Dr. Glenn is a sought-after scholar-practitioner, keynote speaker and leadership thought leader whose profound insights on high-performing organizations, HR, and culture have inspired individuals and organizations to embrace the transforming power of heart-centered leadership. - -Questions for Dr Glenn include: - -What does the research tell us about the current state of workplace cultures? Are employees happy? Fulfilled? Engaged? Performing at high levels? Or post-covid, are workplaces struggling to find synergy with a future-forward workforce? - -In your more than 25 plus years in executive leadership roles, consulting, and coaching high-performing leaders, what is the SINGLE BIGGEST pain point that is consistently prevalent in most organizations? - -What’s the remedy for designing cultures where people hate leaving the workplace on Friday and are excited about showing up to the workplace on Monday? - -More About Dr. Glenn - -With a deep understanding of organizational leadership and apassion for cultivating authentic connections, Dr. Glenn has authored seven influential books, including his best-sellers, “Heart Work: 19 Expressions of Heart-Centered Leadership” and “Dear HR.” The Heart Work enterprise has grown to include online courses, best-selling books, and transformative organizational development assessment tools. - -His work is a guiding light, empowering leaders to create positive change, foster personal growth, and build organizations that thrive on love and trust. Dr. Glenn illuminates the path toward leadership excellence through his remarkable literary contributions by emphasizing love, compassion, and genuine human connection. - -Related Content",1731883631,477c4818ad,1a92ba52dc,,,1731883631 -https://techtransfercentral.com/2024/08/16/first-woman-and-person-of-color-leads-u-s-ai-strategy-as-ostp-director/,https://techtransfercentral.com/feed/,TechPipeline,"This is an excerpt from an article in the October issue of TechEngage. - -Green and clean technologies have garnered a lot of interest from both researchers and investors in the past two decades. Investment in these technologies has grown steadily, reaching $1.77 trillion in 2023, a 17% increase over 2022 according to BloombergNEF. That sounds like good news for universities with ongoing research and projects in the green/clean tech space, but not every green/clean tech project is marketable in a way that attracts licensees. Differences in timeline expectations, commercial potential, and even leadership qualities can keep companies from looking closely at technologies that may well solve important problems but don’t offer enough commercial upside. - -Before reaching out, it’s important to understand what makes a green or clean technology or start-up investible to companies and venture capitalists. - -Team First - -Many investors evaluate the team behind the technology as much as they evaluate the technology itself. - -“Team is first, always,” says Manny Stockman, a partner in Osage University Partners, a venture capital firm that works with universities. “You’ll hear that from every venture capitalist you ever talk to.” - -Taking an idea from inception to a marketable product or service requires people who understand the market and how to talk to investors, and those are skills that are not always in the wheelhouse of a researcher or inventor. Gathering a team of people who can fill in the gaps of any missing relational and business skills is key to attracting support.",1731883699,bb9e812a9f,1ab9ad1f76,,,1731883699 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/great-god-grove-review,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,Great God Grove review: play mail carrier and god wrangler in this wonderfully weird puzzle adventure,"Great God Grove review - -Great God Grove is a weird, whacky and fiercely bold adventure, whose dialogue-vacuum puzzle-solving will suck you in. Developer: LimboLane - -LimboLane Publisher: LimboLane, Fellow Traveller - -LimboLane, Fellow Traveller Release: November 15th, 2024 - -November 15th, 2024 On: Windows - -Windows From: Steam - -Steam Price: TBC - -TBC Reviewed on: AMD Ryzen 5 3600, 16GB RAM, AMD Radeon RX 5700 XT, Windows 10 - -Great God Grove is, in a word, bonkers. I’ve stopped a small community from completing a blood ritual, played the role of matchmaker to a group of lonely hearts that involved organising a date with god, and plastered a statue with paint as part of a revolutionary movement to uplift the power of art. My time with GGG has been a pick n’ mix of colourful escapades, and together with its story of godly woes, striking art style, vacuum-based puzzle-solving, and nightmare-inducing puppet work, I’m now a die-hard LimboLane devotee. - -Playing as the grove’s new mail carrier, your job is to explore a strange island delivering messages to the roster of weird characters and even weirder gods. A giant cosmic rip in the sky threatens to destroy the world unless the gods stop it, but unfortunately, they’re all out of action and causing chaos - squabbling with each other, flooding the grove with their endless tears, or demanding a human sacrifice. Alongside mail carrier, you can add agony aunt and deity wrangler to your CV. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/LimboLane/Fellow Traveller - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/LimboLane/Fellow Traveller - -To help bring the gods and their followers back from the brink of disarray while also stopping the impending calamity, you’ll deliver their messages - but not in the traditional postal sense. Using your megaphone tool, you can suck up a character’s speech bubble and then fire it at someone else, in the world’s most bizarre game of telephone. You have room in your inventory for up to five speech bubbles, and using this arsenal of word snippets, you need to solve some lightweight puzzles. For example, one character is too nervous to confess his feelings to his buff lumberjack love interest, so you can suck up his confession, run across the island, and fire it at her to help him out. - -This wonderfully strange idea keeps presenting itself in new ways. You might need to suck up a whispered password and then fire it at someone guarding a door to gain access, or you might need to deliver direct instructions from one person to another. Getting creative with words and their different interpretations is all part of the puzzle-solving and who said what and what is being said to who is a satisfying ball of yarn to untangle. No, you can’t suck up every single speech bubble, which means only those highlighted with a special border. But it helps to streamline your focus and stop the vacuum mechanic from feeling too overwhelming. - -Not every speech snippet needs to be used strictly for a puzzle. You can fire dialogue at any character and it will almost always provoke a response and fun interaction. I once ran around the Grove firing ‘I’m HAM-HOT for a handsome god’ to everyone to see their reaction and was not disappointed. Puzzle solving isn’t just limited to hoovering up dialogue bubbles, you’ll be using your sucking power to pull levers and pick up items too. I even sucked up someone's sneeze, which when fired would burst into a gross, germy cloud. There are also ‘combat’ sequences, but ‘combat’ feels way too serious for what is essentially launching pumpkins at a little guy wearing a traffic cone for a helmet. - -Everything feels so playful in Great God Grove, and it’s only emphasised by the eye-catching art style. It looks like something you’d come across on Adult Swim surfing the channels at 1 AM. I'm also in love with the way the characters speak. You know when the film Juno was released and every teenager wanted to absorb the entire script into their vocabulary? I want to do that with Great God Grove. Everyone has their own unique tone of voice, the way they speak, and how they pronounce words. A standout is the character Inspecka and their group of cronies called the Bizzyboys who have a very specific lexicon that is such a scarily accurate throwback to 2010’s Tumblr talk I got serious whiplash. - -See what I mean? | Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/LimboLane/Fellow Traveller - -The gods themselves are also totally wild, and GGG makes them all loveable and childlike rather than serious overlords. They're also all presented in 3D instead of 2D, giving them an otherworldly feel, like they could burst through your screen at any moment. These chats are always in first-person, and developers LimboLane bring back a wonderful mechanic they used in their first game Smile For Me. When a god asks a question you can use the mouse to shake your head in agreement or disagreement. Your protagonist may be silent, but with this nod-and-shake option, you're given a voice. I'd often go for a more contrarian answer to be a bit cheeky and see how they would react. Who doesn't love provoking a god? - -Another element LimboLane continued from Smile For Me is the use of physical puppets, which are as cute as they are creepy. Videotapes found around the grove will feature felt versions of the characters, giving you more context and lore to the world. There’s very much a Don’t Hug Me I’m Scared-style undertone to these sections, as the puppets begin to become more unhinged the further into the game you go. All I can say is that I did not need to see a cute felt puppet make a ‘burger’ by slapping its face into a very real, gross slab of meat. - -There’s so much to love about Great God Grove. It’s the perfect example of a handcrafted game through and through, from its striking art style, strange lexicon, brilliant vacuum-based puzzle-solving, and haunting puppet work. There are several important messages to decipher in its surrealism. The game has a lot to say about deviation, power, art, censorship, and how it feels being a loser with no discernable life direction. It's like a kid’s show with an important message at its core, like if Sesame Street wanted to teach you about the manipulative pitfalls of idol worship. In this strange world, even gods fear being forgotten, but GGG won't have that problem as it's hands down one of the boldest games of 2024.",1731883645,ad45c610da,1af9df6235,,,1731883645 -https://www.npr.org/2023/11/22/1197954683/thanksgiving-economics-turkey-prices-seating,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Join us for a very Planet Money Thanksgiving : Planet Money : NPR,"A very Planet Money Thanksgiving - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Sam Yellowhorse Kesler/NPR Sam Yellowhorse Kesler/NPR - -Here at Planet Money, Thanksgiving is not just a time to feast on turkey, stuffing, mashed potatoes, green bean casseroles and pie(s). It's also a time to feast on economics. Today, we host a very Planet Money Thanksgiving feast, and solve a few economic questions along the way. - -First: a turkey mystery. Around the holidays, demand for turkey at grocery stores goes up by as much as 750%. And when turkey demand is so high, you might think that the price of turkey would also go up. But data shows, the price of whole turkeys actually falls around the holidays; it goes down by around 20%. So what's going on? The answer has to do what might be special about supply and demand around the holidays. - -Sponsor Message - -We also reveal what is counted (and not counted) in the ways we measure the economy. - -And we look to economics to help solve the perennial Thanksgiving dilemma: Where should each dinner guest sit? Who should sit next to whom? - -This episode was hosted by Erika Beras and Jeff Guo. It was produced by James Sneed with an assist from Emma Peaslee, and edited by Jess Jiang. It was fact-checked by Sierra Juarez and engineered by Josh Newell. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Music Production - ""Icy Boy,"" ""One Shot, and ""We Here.""",1731884615,8181d7a585,1a8f917d0c,,,1731884615 -https://www.gtreview.com/news/fintech/maybank-singapore-collaborates-with-platform-to-improve-access-to-supply-chain-finance/,https://www.gtreview.com/feed/,Maybank Singapore collaborates with platform to improve access to supply chain finance,"Privacy Policy - -Our privacy commitments - -This Privacy Policy outlines the information we may collect about you in relation to your use of our websites, events, related publications and services (“personal data”) and how we may use that personal data. It also outlines the methods by which we and our service providers may (subject to necessary consents) monitor your online behaviour to deliver customised advertisements, marketing materials and other tailored services. This Privacy Policy also tells you how you can verify the accuracy of your personal data and how you can request that we delete or update it. - -This Privacy Policy applies to all websites operated by Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd (as indicated on the relevant website). - -This privacy statement does not cover the activities of third parties, and you should consult those third-party sites’ privacy policies for information on how your data is used by them. - -Any questions regarding this Policy and our privacy practices should be sent by e-mail to privacy@gtreview.com or by writing to Data Protection Officer at, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, 4 Hillgate Place, London, SW12 9ER, United Kingdom. Alternatively, you can telephone our London headquarters at +44 (0) 20 8673 9666. - -Who are we? - -Established in 2002 and with offices in London and Singapore, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd is the world’s leading trade and trade finance media company, offering information, news, events and services for companies and individuals involved in global trade. - -Our principal business activities are: - -Business-to-Business financial publishing. We provide a range of products and services focused on international commodities, export, supply chain and trade finance markets including magazines, newsletters, electronic information and data - -Organisers of seminars, conferences, training courses and exhibitions for the finance industry - -Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd is a company registered in the United Kingdom with company number 4407327 | VAT Registration: 799 1585 59 - -Data Protection Policy - -This Data Protection Policy explains when and why we collect personal information about people who visit our website, how we use it, the conditions under which we may disclose it to others and how we keep it secure. - -Why do we collect information from you? - -Our primary goal in collecting personal data from you is to give you an enjoyable customised experience whilst allowing us to provide services and features that will meet your needs. - -We collect certain personal data from you, which you give to us when using our Site and/or registering or subscribing for our products and services. However, we also give you the option to access our Sites’ home pages without subscribing or registering or disclosing your personal data. - -We also collect certain personal data from other group companies to whom you have given information through their websites (including, by way of example, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd and subsidiaries, in accordance with the purposes listed below). Should we discover that any such personal data has been delivered to any of the Sites, we will remove that information as soon as possible. - -Why this policy exists - -This Data Protection Policy ensures Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd: - -Complies with data protection law and follow good practice - -Protects the rights of staff, customers and partners - -Is open about how it stores and processes individuals’ data - -pretexts itself from the risk of a data breach - -We may change this Policy from time to time so please check this page occasionally to ensure that you’re happy with any changes. By using our website, you’re agreeing to be bound by this Policy. - -Data protection law - -The Data Protection Act 1998 described how organisations – including Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd – must collect, handle and store personal information. These rules apply regardless of whether data is stored electronically, on paper or on other materials. To comply with the law, personal information collected must be stored safely, not disclosed unlawfully and used fairly. - -The Data Protection Act is underpinned by eight important principles. These say that personal data must: - -Be processed fairly and lawfully - -Be obtained only for specific, lawful purposes - -Be adequate, relevant and not excessive - -Be accurate and kept up to date - -Not be held for any longer than necessary - -Processed in accordance with the rights of data subjects - -Be protected in appropriate ways - -Not be transferred outside the European Economic Area (EEA), unless that country of territory also ensures an adequate level of protection - -How do we collect information from you? - -We obtain information about you when you use our website, for example, when you contact us about products and services, when you register for an event, register to receive eNewsletters, subscribe or register for a trial to our GTR magazine/website. - -Types of Personal Data Held and its Use - -1. Customer Services and Administration - -On some Sites, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd collects personal data such as your name, job title, department, company, e-mail, phone, work and/or home address, in order to register you for access to certain content, subscriptions and events. In addition, we may also store information including IP address and page analytics, including information regarding what pages are accessed, by whom and when. - -This information is used to administer and deliver to you the products and/or services you have requested, to operate our Sites efficiently and improve our service to you, and to retain records of our business transactions and communications. By using the Sites and submitting personal information through the registration process you are agreeing that we may collect, hold, process and use your information (including personal information) for the purpose of providing you with the Site services and developing our business, which shall include (without limitation) the purposes described in the below paragraphs. - -2. Monitoring use of our Sites - -Where, as part of our Site services, we enable you to post information or materials on our Site, we may access and monitor any information which you upload or input, including in any password-protected sections. Subject to any necessary consents, we also monitor and/or record the different Sites you visit and actions taken on those Sites, e.g. content viewed or searched for. If you are a registered user (e.g. a subscriber or taking a trial), when you log on, this places a cookie on your machine. This enables your access to content and services that - -are not publicly available. Once you are logged on, the actions you take – for example, viewing an article – will be recorded (subject to any necessary consents). We may use technology or a service provider to do this for us. This information may be used for one or more of the following purposes: - -to fulfil our obligations to you; - -to improve the efficiency, quality and design of our Sites and services; - -to see which articles, features and services are most read and used - -to track compliance with our terms and conditions of use, e.g. to ensure that you are acting within the scope of your user licence; - -for marketing purposes (subject to your rights to opt-in and opt-out of receiving certain marketing communications) – see paragraph 3 below; - -for advertising purposes, although the information used for these purposes does not identify you personally. Please see paragraph 5 below for more details; - -to protect or comply with our legal rights and obligations; and - -to enable our journalists to contact and interact with you online in connection with any content you may post to our Sites. - -Please see paragraph 5 below for more information on cookies and similar technologies and a link to a page where you can turn them on or off. - -3. Marketing - -Some of your personal data collected under paragraphs 1 and 2 above may be used by us to contact you by e-mail, telephone and/or post for sending information or promotional material on our products and/or services and/or those of our other group companies. We give you the opportunity to opt-out of receiving marketing communications. Further detail can be found on the applicable Site and in the footer of each marketing communication sent by us, our group companies or service providers. See also “Consents and opt-outs” section below. We will not share your information with third parties for marketing purposes. - -4. Profiling - -We may analyse your personal information to create a profile of your interests and preferences so that we can contact you with information relevant to you. - -5. Cookies and similar technologies - -All our Sites use cookies and similar technical tools to collect information about your access to the Site and the services we provide. - -What is a cookie? - -When you enter some sites, your computer will be issued with a cookie. Cookies are text files that identify your computer to servers. Cookies in themselves do not identify the individual user, just the computer used. - -Many sites do this whenever a user visits their site in order to track traffic flows, recording those areas of the site that have been visited by the computer in question, and for how long. - -Users have the opportunity to set their computers to accept all cookies, to notify them when a cookie is issued, or not to receive cookies at any time. Selecting not to receive means that certain personalised services Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd offers cannot then be provided to that user. - -Why do we use cookies? - -Log In – Where we provide log in mechanisms for site users a cookie is created at login and for the duration of the session. Each cookie contains a unique reference number only (no personal information) which is used to confirm you are authorised. Analytics – To allow us to keep track of traffic to our website we use cookies. The cookies simply tell us if you have previously visited our website so we can get more accurate figures for New vs Returning visitors. - -Find and control your cookies - -All of the major browser providers offer advice on setting up and using the privacy and security functions for their products. If you require technical advice or support for a specific browser/version please contact the provider or visit their website for further details: www.microsoft.com / www.mozilla.com / www.apple.com / www.opera.com / www.aol.com / www.netscape.com / www.flock.com / www.google.com. - -We may use cookies to: - -remember that you have used the Site before; this means we can identify the number of unique visitors we receive to different parts of the Site. This allows us to make sure we have enough capacity for the number of users that we get and make sure that the Site runs fast enough - -remember your login session so you can move from one page to another within the Site; - -store your preferences or your user name and password so that you do not need to input these details every time you visit the Site; - -customise elements of the layout and/or content of the pages of Site for you; - -record activity on our Sites so that we understand how you use our Sites enabling us to better tailor our content, services and marketing to your needs; - -collect statistical information about how you use the Site so that we can improve the Site; and - -gather information about the pages on the Site that you visit, and other information about other websites that you visit, so as to place you in a “market segment”. This information is only collected by reference to the IP address that you are using, but does include information about the county and city you are in, together with the name of your internet service provider. - -Most web browsers automatically accept cookies but, if you prefer, you can change your browser to prevent that, or to notify you each time a cookie is set. You can also learn more about cookies in general by visiting www.allaboutcookies.org which includes additional useful information on cookies and how to block cookies using different types of browser. Please note however, that by blocking, deleting or turning off cookies used on the Site you may not be able to take full advantage of the Site. - -6. E-mail tracking - -E-mail tracking is a method for monitoring the e-mail delivery to those subscribers who have opted-in to receive marketing e-mails from GTR, including GTR Africa, GTR Asia, GTR Americas, GTR Europe, GTR Mena, GTR eNews, Third party e-mails and GTR Ventures. - -Why do we track e-mails? - -So that we can better understand our users’ needs, we track responses, subscription behaviour and engagement to our e-mails – for example, to see which links are the most popular in newsletters. They enable us to understand the consumers journey through metrics including open rate, click-through rate, bounces and unsubscribes. Any other purposes for which Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd wishes to use your personal data will be notified to you and your personal data will not be used for any such purpose without obtaining your prior consent. - -How do you track GTR eNewsletters? - -To do this, we use pixel GIFs, also known as “pixel tags” – these are small image files that are placed within the body of our e-mail messages. When that image is downloaded from our web servers, the e-mail is recorded as being opened. By using some form of digitally time-stamped record to reveal the exact time and date that an e-mail was received or opened, as well the IP address of the recipient. - -7. Consents and opt-outs - -You can give your consent to opt-out of all or any particular uses of your data as indicated above by: - -Indicating at the point on the relevant Site where personal data is collected - -Informing us by e-mail, post or phone - -Updating your preferences on the applicable Site or eNewsletter (unsubscribe and preference options are available in the footer of each eNewsletter) - -To turn cookies and similar technologies on and off, see the information in paragraph 5 above. Any questions regarding consents and opt-outs should be sent by e-mail to privacy@gtreview.com or by writing to Data Protection Officer at, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, 4 Hillgate Place, London, SW12 9ER, United Kingdom. Alternatively, you can telephone our London headquarters at +44 (0) 20 8673 9666. - -8. Disclosures - -Information collected at one Site may be shared between Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd and other group companies for the purposes listed above. - -We may transfer, sell or assign any of the information described in this policy to third parties as a result of a sale, merger, consolidation, change of control, transfer of assets or reorganisation of our business. - -9. Public forums, message boards and blogs - -Some of our Sites may have a message board, blogs or other facilities for user generated content available and users can participate in these facilities. Any information that is disclosed in these areas becomes public information and you should always be careful when deciding to disclose your personal information. - -10. Data outside the EEA - -Services on the Internet are accessible globally so collection and transmission of personal data is not always limited to one country. Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd may transfer your personal data, for the above-listed purposes to other third parties, which may be located outside the European Economic Area and/or with a different level of personal data protection. However, when conducting transfers, we take all necessary steps to ensure that your data is treated reasonably, securely and in accordance with this Privacy Statement. - -Who has access to your information? - -Confidentiality and Security of Your Personal Data - -We are committed to keeping the data you provide us secure and will take reasonable precautions to protect your personal data from loss, misuse or alteration. - -However, the transmission of information via the internet is not completely secure. Although we will do our best to protect your personal data, we cannot guarantee the security of your data transmitted to our Site; any transmission is at your own risk. Once we have received your information, we will use strict procedures and security features described above to try to prevent unauthorised access. - -We have implemented information security policies, rules and technical measures to protect the personal data that we have under our control from: - -unauthorised access - -improper use or disclosure - -unauthorised modification - -unlawful destruction or accidental loss - -All our employees, contractors and data processors (i.e. those who process your personal data on our behalf, for the purposes listed above), who have access to, and are associated with the processing of your personal data, are obliged to keep the information confidential and not use it for any other purpose than to carry out the services they are performing for us. - -Responsibilities - -Everyone who works for or with Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd has some responsibility for ensuring data is collected, stored and handled appropriately. Each team handling personal data must ensure that it is handled and processed in line with this policy and data protection principles. However, the following people have key areas of responsibility. The board of directors is ultimately responsible for ensuring that Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd meets its legal obligations. - -Name of Data Controller - -The Data Controller is Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd. Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd is subject to the UK Data Protection Act 1998 and is registered in the UK with the Information Commissioner`s Office. - -How to access, update and erase your personal information - -If you wish to know whether we are keeping personal data about you, or if you have an enquiry about our privacy policy or your personal data held by us, in relation to any of the Sites, you can contact the Data Protection Officer via: - -By writing to this address: Data Protection Officer, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, 4 Hillgate Place, London, SW12 9ER, UK - -Telephone: +44 (0) 20 8673 9666 - -E-mail: privacy@gtreview.com - -Upon request, we will provide you with a readable copy of the personal data which we keep about you. We may require proof of your identity and may charge a small fee (not exceeding the statutory maximum fee that can be charged) to cover administration and postage. - -Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd allows you to challenge the data that we hold about you and, where appropriate in accordance with applicable laws, you may have your personal information: - -erased - -rectified or amended - -completed - -Disclosing data for other reasons - -In certain circumstances, the Data Protection Act allows personal data to be disclosed to law enforcement agencies without the consent of the data subject. Under these circumstances, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, will disclose requested data. However, the Data Controller will ensure the request is legitimate, seeking assistance from the board and from the company’s legal advisors where necessary. - -Changes to this Privacy Statement - -We will occasionally update this Privacy Statement to reflect new legislation or industry practice, group company changes and customer feedback. We encourage you to review this Privacy Statement periodically to be informed of how we are protecting your personal data. - -Providing information - -Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd aims to ensure that individuals are aware that their data is being processed, and that they understand. - -How the data is being used - -How to exercise their rights - -To this end, the company has a privacy statement, setting out how data relating to individuals is used by the company. This is available on request and available on the company’s website. - -Review of this policy - -We keep this Policy under regular review. This Privacy Statement was last updated in April 2018.",1731883670,ec61c72280,1a7e89670d,,,1731883670 -https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/article/christmas-2024-round-up-watch-festive-ads/1894491,https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/rss/news,Christmas 2024 round-up: Watch all the festive ads,"Christmas 2024 round-up: Watch all the festive ads - -Campaign rounds up the latest festive ads from brands. - -by Staff",1731883609,ec257e8cc3,1ad1ffd87c,,,1731883609 -http://money.cnn.com/2018/09/26/news/companies/ge-stock-market-value/index.html?section=money_news_economy,http://rss.cnn.com/rss/money_news_economy.rss,GE is worth less than $100 billion for the first time since the Great Recession,"General Electric, once America's most valuable company, is now in sharp decline. - -In a year full of dubious landmarks, GE has encountered another: The storied conglomerate is now worth less than $100 billion. That hasn't happened since March 2009 -- during the Great Recession. - -GE's (GE) stock crash -- down by nearly two-thirds since the end of 2016 -- has knocked the company down to the 59th most valuable in the S&P 500. - -It's a stunning reversal. GE was No. 1 in the S&P 500 as recently as 2004, according to S&P Dow Jones Indices. At the time, it was worth nearly $400 billion. Now GE is worth just a tenth of Apple (AAPL), the $1 trillion top dog of the market, and it's fallen behind Salesforce (CRM), PayPal (PYPL) and Nvidia (NVDA). - -GE's struggles got it kicked out of the Dow Jones Industrial Average this summer. GE was an original member of the exclusive index in 1896 and had been in it continuously for 110 years. - -Plunging profits and mounting debt have driven GE's shares down by 35% this year. Only four S&P 500 companies have had a worse 2018. - -The most remarkable part about GE's decline is it comes at a time when the American economy and stock market are soaring. Rival industrial companies including Honeywell (HON) and United Technologies (UTX) are booming. - -But GE has been hobbled by years of poorly timed deals and needless complexity that have finally come home to roost. To pay off debt and jump-start the stock, GE is selling off countless businesses, including its century-old railroad division, Thomas Edison's light-bulb unit, Baker Hughes and the health-care unit that makes MRI machines. - -Selling in GE's stock has accelerated in recent days because of worries about GE Power, the most troubled part of the slumping conglomerate. GE confirmed last week that two of its gas turbines failed, forcing the closure of power plants. - -The turbine trouble could hurt the company's reputation and sales at a time when it's already strapped for cash. - -In a statement, GE said that it has ""identified a fix"" and has been working with customers to ""quickly return units to service."" - -JPMorgan Chase analyst C. Stephen Tusa, Jr, Wall Street's biggest GE bear, told clients the turbine failure ""raises red flags"" about GE Power. - -Others think that shareholders are overreacting. Most likely, GE's ""fundamental technology is sound"" and repair costs will be ""manageable,"" Bank of America analyst Andrew Obin wrote to clients.",1731883620,49683961c9,1afbe95be7,,,1731883620 -http://money.cnn.com/2018/10/02/news/companies/goldman-sachs-kevin-hassett-trump/index.html?section=money_news_economy,http://rss.cnn.com/rss/money_news_economy.rss,"Goldman Sachs slants research to help Democrats, top White House adviser says","New York CNN Business — - -Kevin Hassett, one of President Donald Trump’s top economic advisers, suggested that Goldman Sachs may be slanting its economic research to help Democrats ahead of the midterm elections. - -The Goldman Sachs economics team “almost at times looks like the Democratic opposition,” Hassett told CNN’s Poppy Harlow on Tuesday. - -The comment came after Harlow asked Hassett about a Goldman Sachs research report warning that a 25% US tariff on all imports from China could wipe out corporate profit growth in 2019. - -Hassett said he hadn’t read the research, but went on to criticize Goldman’s track record. Hassett claimed its analysis of last year’s tax cuts was “really, really wrong and timed in a partisan way.” He said Goldman’s analysis predicted the tax cuts would be “really harmful” to the economy or have little impact before jacking up its forecast after they passed. - -“So maybe they’re just trying to make a partisan point before the elections,” said Hassett, chairman of Trump’s Council of Economic Advisers. - -Keep in mind that Goldman Sachs (GS), like other investment banks, charges clients to access their economic and market insights. Investors rely on that research to be nonpartisan. - -Goldman Sachs declined to comment about the criticism. - -It marks another chapter in Team Trump’s love-hate relationship with Goldman Sachs, the most powerful firm on Wall Street. - -Trump blasted Goldman Sachs during the 2016 presidential campaign. He claimed Goldman Sachs had “total, total control” over his rivals Hillary Clinton and Ted Cruz. - -Trump’s closing campaign ad flashed an image of Lloyd Blankfein, then the CEO of Goldman Sachs, as the candidate’s narration condemned the “global power structure” for robbing America’s working class. - -After the election, Trump reversed course. - -He named former Goldman Sachs partner Steve Mnuchin to the powerful role of Treasury secretary. Trump hired Gary Cohn, a registered Democrat who was then president of Goldman Sachs, to be the face of his economic team. (Cohn left earlier this year because of a disagreement over trade.) - -In the 2016 race, Clinton received $388,426 from individuals at Goldman Sachs, more than any other candidate, according to OpenSecrets. Trump received $5,607, according to OpenSecrets. Then again, Goldman Sachs employees contributed more to Republicans than Democrats overall in 2016 federal races. - -Blankfein backed Clinton in the election. - -However, after the election, Blankfein gave Trump credit for the soaring American economy. - -“If the president didn’t win, and Hillary Clinton won … I bet you the economy is higher today than it otherwise would be,” Blankfein told CNN in February. - -Veterans of Goldman Sachs have gone on to work in Republican and Democratic administrations. Robert Rubin, the former co-chairman of Goldman Sachs, served as Treasury secretary under former President Bill Clinton. - -Hank Paulson had been the chairman and CEO of Goldman Sachs before leading the Treasury Department under former President George W. Bush during the 2008 financial crisis.",1731883612,49683961c9,1b328d5851,,,1731883612 -https://www.nimble.com/blog/best-practices-of-sales-pipeline-management/,https://www.nimble.com/blog/feed/,Best practices of sales pipeline management,,1731883644,b6a9bddcc9,1b1711c976,,,1731883644 -https://www.golfwrx.com/749501/garmin-launches-all-in-one-r50-launch-monitor/,https://www.golfwrx.com/feed/,Garmin launches all-in-one Approach R50 launch monitor,"Stroke-balanced putters aren’t anything new to Odyssey as we have seen the Backstryke and Toe Up putters that featured similar balances in years past. “Stroke-balanced” means that when you hold the putter, or rest it on a table, with no influence the face will point towards the target. Accordingly, 2016 Toe Up putters were named after where the toe is pointed when held horizontally. This style of putter has come back around to having new life recently with many tour professionals and amateur players finding success with the style. Odyssey decided it was time to jump back into the ring with a new, and much more traditional-looking, line of stroke-balanced putters called Ai-One Square 2 Square. - -Putters built with Square 2 Square technology help remove one aspect of putting, keeping the face square to the target at impact. Now you still have to read the putt and hit it with the right speed, but eliminating the need to also get the face square to the target can be a big help. To do this Odyssey took a few of its classic and loved putter head shapes and gave them a unique center shaft. This center shaft is really a center shaft as it is installed right on the CG plane of the putter in order to keep the toe up and face aligned with the target. There is also a 3.3-degree forward press in the shaft to get the hands forward and help with the balance on the head. All of these classics feature Odyssey’s Ai-One urethane face that keeps distance control consistent, even on mishits. All three of these putters will have the Odyssey Stroke Lab SL90 shaft installed with 20-30 grams of counterbalance weight in the handle. - -Ai-One Square 2 Square Jailbird - -One of the hottest putter head styles the past couple of years. The Jailbird mixes Square 2 Square technology with Odyssey’s Versa alignment for additional help getting the ball started on the right line. A dark navy PVD finish reduces glare and helps contrast with the Versa lines while a triple dot site line makes sure you have the ball centered on the face. - -Ai-One Square 2 Square #7 - -One of Odyssey’s iconic head shapes that has stood the test of time. The slightly larger head size allows you to really see the traditional #7 site lines that frame the golf ball so well. A single short line is on top and flanked with long white lines that run down the “fangs” of the putter. The #7 has always been a forgiving head with so much mass on the perimeter of the putter. - -Ai-One Square 2 Square Double Wide - -If you are looking for a Square 2 Square putter but like a more traditional blade style, then the Double Wide is your option. Slightly longer from heel to toe the DW has a short site line on the top for alignement. Slightly more boxy shape helps push some weight to the far ends of the putter for added stability. - -Shaft and grip - -Odyssey’s Stroke Lab SL90 shaft allows 20-30 grams of counter balance weight to be put under the handle. The new Square 2 Square grip is oversize and has a nice round shape to it that should help settle the hands and wrists during the stroke. - -Pricing, specs, availability - -Odyssey Ai-One Square 2 Square - -Length: 32-35.5 inches - -32-35.5 inches Price: $299 - -$299 Pre-order: Now - -Now At Retail: 11/29",1731883668,008370814d,1b3c435c7b,,,1731883668 -https://webinarninja.com/blog/how-to-test-webcam-and-microphone/,https://webinarninja.com/blog/feed/,How to Test Webcam & Microphone for Webinars,,1731883638,f9ee9cad7c,1b3896b10d,,,1731883638 -https://www.nichepursuits.com/doj-tries-to-break-up-google-chrome-android-and-search-monopoly/,https://www.nichepursuits.com/feed/,"DOJ Tries to Break Up Google Chrome, Android, and Search Monopoly","Spencer is back with Jared to host this week’s episode of the Niche Pursuits News Podcast. - -Like they always do, they discuss the major happenings related to SEO, small publishers, Google, and beyond, and it has been a very eventful week! - -The big news is that the US Department of Justice has called for Google to be sanctioned as part of the landmark antitrust case. Since Google was ruled a monopoly due to its search dominance, it has come under serious fire from the government. - -Spencer gives a bit of the backstory and then shares some of the potential resolutions, which include breaking off Google Chrome, the Android business, and making their search algorithm and data available to other companies. - -They discuss the most severe scenario , and Jared talks about how this ruling might finally affect Google’s long-term market share. - -How has Google responded ? And what do Spencer and Jared think will come of this situation? And what does this mean for other search competitors? - -Watch the Full Episode - -Moving along, they break down the WordPress and WP Engine drama , with Spencer explaining how the founder of WordPress spoke publicly about issues he had with the founder of WP Engine. - -What are his main complaints? Do you agree with Spencer’s interpretation? - -Jared describes the whole thing as “incestuous;” Spencer says it’s “unprecedented” and “childish.” - -Who and what is Automatic, and what is it demanding? Do you agree that the company is out of line ? And what do you think about the 159 people who quit? Syed Balkhi Tweeted his opinion ; where do you stand on this issue? - -Moving along, they dive into their Side Hustle Shenanigans. Spencer goes first and talks about his Facebook page with 81k followers. - -Last month it made $3600. He shares some stats for post reach and post engagement and talks about the strategies he’s using. - -Spencer talks about how earnings fluctuate in general, so it’s hard to predict, but that they could potentially go up in Q4. - -When it’s Jared’s turn, he talks about his Medium side hustle. He’s resharing his Weekend Growth newsletter on the platform, and he’s been busy studying the science behind it to better understand what does well and why. - -He has posted some content in October and his views are already 3x higher and earnings are double compared with September. - -When it comes to weird niche sites, Spencer shares Spaghetti Models , also known as Mike’s Weather Page. He talks about how successful the page is, with 2.2 million followers on Facebook and thousands more across other platforms. - -What surprising activity does Mike offer? What does Spencer discover about his traffic? And how much monthly traffic is he getting? - -When it’s Jared’s turn, first he references the weird niche site he shared last week, McBroken, and how he discovered from a post on Reddit how it was built, as well as more information about how the ice cream machines work (or don’t work, in this case) and how the data is collected . - -Then he moves on to his weird niche sites for the week: Bridesmaid for Hire and Groomsman for Hire . - -He talks in detail about the websites and some of the cool features, but what happens when he tries to hire a bridesmaid? And what does he discover about its traffic? - -When it comes to the groomsman page, Jared shares his opinions about the homepage and then something surprising happens when he tries to click on the “packages” option. How is the page performing? - -Check out the full episode to hear all the details. - -And that brings us to the end of another episode of the Niche Pursuits News Podcast. We hope you’re feeling better informed and inspired by Spencer and Jared’s side hustles and weird niche sites. - -See you next week for more! - -transcription - -Spencer: Hey, everyone. Welcome back to another episode of this week in niche pursuits news. And I am your host, Spencer Hawes. I'm back after a few weeks. Uh, Jared's been holding down the fort here and doing a great job along with some co hosts, but the news does go on. Uh, and today is a big one because the justice department came out with a ruling that could potentially lead to the breakup of Google's businesses, their Chrome business, their Android business, and sharing a lot of search data. - -With other businesses. So we're going to dig into that story, what that means, you know, kind of what the timeline looks like, that sort of thing. Uh, but also in other news, uh, WordPress. It's got a little bit of a drama going on here. Uh, the founder of wordpress. org, and then we've got for profit businesses that build a lot of things on top of WordPress. - -And, uh, I'll just say that there's some drama. And so we're going to dig into what, what that drama is and how it might impact all of us here. Uh, and then, uh, we each have a, uh, a side hustle that we're going to share here. I've got an update on something that I've been working on for a long time, seeing really good success. - -Actually, my biggest month ever for my, this particular side hustle. Uh, and then Jared, I know you got some updates as well. And then finally, we have two weird niche sites. We're going to each, uh, share a site that we found out in the wild. And, uh, yeah, just talk about, are they making money? Are they good ideas? - -And just have some fun with it. - -Jared: For the first time in Niche Pursuit's news history, we're going to be referencing back to a previous Weird Niche, and giving an update on that. - -Spencer: That's exactly right, and uh, I'll just say it was one of the most fascinating Weird Niche sites that I've heard in a while. Sort of captured my imagination and attention, and so I'm actually really excited to hear the update and the more details, uh, on that. - -So we will jump into that. - -Jared: You're saying you listen to these when you're not around, when you're out gallivanting across the country, popping some headphones. I did indeed. - -Spencer: I was actually traveling last week, I was at a business conference, and I did pop in some headphones at the airport, waiting for the airplane. - -And I thought, why not? Let's see what Jared has to say. And, uh, He, he had a good weird niche site to share, uh, - -Jared: Lots, lots to talk about this week. Lots of good, good news. So yeah, good to have you back. - -Spencer: Yep. It is great to be back. Uh, good to be back in the seat. So, uh, here's just an article on NPR. org. This news is all over the place though. - -Uh, justice department calls for sanctions against Google in landmark. Antitrust case. Now we've been covering this, right? Google was, um, essentially rolled a monopoly, right? For their search dominance and for all the other pieces that they have going on. Um, a lot of this comes down to some of these exclusive. - -Agreements that Google had with companies like Apple and Samsung to essentially distribute, um, their search technology, you know, to kind of make these the, to, to make Google search the default search engine, uh, and a lot of other Google tools to kind of make the default. And of course, Google has Google Chrome, where we know that they are using a lot of click data and other user data to actually rank search results, um, that sort of click stream data. - -And now they also have Android. And so all of these things working together, Google was kind of ruled a monopoly here, and I don't know how much we want to dive into this, but there was a 32 page filing by the judge. Um, and, uh, just. Boy, was it just yesterday or Tuesday evening? Just a couple of nights ago, uh, it basically came up with an update of, Hey, we are looking at some potential action. - -And some of those potential actions included actually breaking off Google Chrome, breaking off the Android business and making sort of their search. Algorithm and a lot of their search data available to other companies. So that would be actually in essence, revealing the secret sauce that Google has behind their search engine and making it available to competitors. - -So there, there's kind of a lot to this. And whether or not this will ever happen, right? It is an illegal proceeding. It's going to take probably multi multiple years to go through the court process. But Jared, I'll let you jump in at this point and share any thoughts that you have. - -Jared: Yeah, I mean, from a high level, this is tracking back to the antitrust lawsuit that we've been talking about that really took place at the tail end of last year. - -And then in August, we had the ruling come down. The federal judge sided with the Justice Department, but we didn't know Hey wins is gonna actually, uh, take the next steps. Well, these are the next steps are kind of filing what they want to happen. Um, I read a little deeper into the article, and it looks like the next steps. - -The Justice Department will provide more detailed proposals in November. Google will respond with their own suggestions in December, and then a new trial is set for next April. We might know by this time next year what what the actual ruling is. So it's a ways away, but it's also seems to be fairly Planned out whereas before we were talking like who knows at least now. - -I feel like we have a good idea of Uh the fact that something's going to happen Probably by within the next 12 months and I think that that something is getting more and more severe as time You know kind of progresses - -Spencer: right exactly and um, I will just share this Image here. Um, this is somebody just shared this on, on Twitter. - -This is just a page from the filing that, you know, just came out a couple of days ago, and a couple of things were highlighted that Google might be required to do, uh, among other things, Google to make available in whole or through an API, the indexes, data feeds, and models used for Google search, including those used in AI assisted search features and Google search results features ads, including the underlying. - -Ranking signals, especially on mobile. And then another sentence here, plaintiffs are considering remedies that would prohibit Google from using or retaining data that cannot be effectively shared with others on the basis of privacy concerns. So, I mean, this is probably the most severe. Type outcome and you know, probably somewhere in the middle. - -I can't imagine that Google is just going to hand over all of these things. Um, like I said, sort of their secret sauce, the ranking signals all their data like they're just not going to probably hand that over. But this could be the most severe thing that the Justice Department is seeking as one of these remedies in the case. - -Jared: I mean, the simplest one obviously would, well, not obviously, but the simplest one it seems would be to just not allow Google to be the default, uh, Chrome to be the default search engine on, you know, different browsers and, and, and mobile devices. Um, some of these obviously are more complicated. I think, obviously, the more, as we get into it, the more as, Probably listeners of the podcast are involved. - -We're more interested in some of these more heavy handed potential solutions because these have the capability of affecting search going forward. And the fact that Google has over 90 percent market share, which we kind of keep having a study or a survey or something come out every six months. It tries to question that. - -And we keep coming back to the fact that. Google's market share isn't really changing that much. And this might be the first thing to come in that might actually affect their long term market share in terms of search. - -Spencer: Do you ever get stuck in your business and wish you had someone you could turn to for solutions? - -Well, I think you should consider joining the niche pursuits community. You'll get weekly calls with experts on growing a successful online business, and you'll also get assigned a small mastermind group where you can solve your business problems. As well as share your wins for a limited time. I'll let you try out the niche pursuits community for just 1. - -Go ahead and use coupon code podcast at checkout in order to get your first month for just 1. Again, that's coupon code podcast. Go to community. nichepursuits. com today and see what it's all about. And maybe I'll see you on our call next week. Thanks a lot. And, uh, of course, Google has responded to this. - -Uh, they've issued a statement, uh, to this ruling here. So, uh, let me share this article here by Lee Ann Mulholland. She's the Vice President of Regulatory Affairs. Um, This official blog on Google DOJ is radical and sweeping proposals risk hurting consumers, businesses and developers. So, of course, they take the opposite view where this is unfair. - -This is, you know, going to hurt people. It's going not only our business, but consumers and other developers and other people, right? Google's just being the good guy here. They're not doing anything wrong. Um, And so I would, you know, encourage people to read this, but they really did hone on. Uh, at least she did, uh, Lee and Mulholland did sort of zero on sort of the risk of breaking off, you know, the Android business and the Chrome business and, and sort of the search technology. - -They, she really focused on that. And she had just a few points here of, you know, Essentially why this is such a bad thing. And she put these in bold here where she says, forcing Google to share your search queries, clicks and results with competitors, risk your privacy and security. Okay. So again, Google's positioning themselves as the good guy. - -We don't want to risk your privacy. You don't want to be put in that position. Right. Uh, and then the next point you're hampering Google's AI tools, risk holding back American innovation at a critical moment. Uh, and then splitting off Chrome or Android would break them and many other things, and she goes into how they've invested so much into Chrome and Android and, you know, it's fast, secure, it's free, all these great things, and you know, how it, it, it. - -How and why should we continue to develop them if our technology is just kind of given to everybody? Um, boy, and then just a couple other points. Changes to the online advertising market would make online ads less valuable. Um, unreasonable restrictions on how Google promotes our search engine would create friction for consumers and harm businesses. - -So, is this a big deal? Absolutely. This is a huge deal to get the VP of Regulatory Affairs to issue a blog post immediately. Um, after sort of this, um, opinion, um, what will come of it? It's going to be a long process. We'll see what happens. It's - -Jared: better than the last PR statement they had to release. I don't remember exactly what that was about, but we talked about it on the podcast and it was pretty amusing at best to watch. - -Yeah. Talk about that. At least this one has some, some interesting points, man. I thought there, I thought their point here, I'll just read one out loud. You know, I mean, we're, we're no Google apologists here, but you know, credit where credit's due. Uh, one of their lines is Google's innovative ad system has leveled the playing field for small businesses and publishers. - -Small advertisers can reach customers the same way as large ones do, um, with no minimum ad spend, no upfront commitments. I mean, you know, Those are some fair points. They have really innovated ad technology to the point where we look 20 years ago and we look at how marketing happened. You know, it's definitely, they've changed the playing field in a lot of things is I think the big thing about the, this whole DOJ case is have they done it fairly, you know, or is it in a position that's now fair for all other businesses and all other parties. - -So it seems like they're arguing about. Um, what they've done to get here, how much they've spent to get here, how helpful it is. And I think, you know, perhaps, uh, we're going to see which way the judge sides on that whole kind of deeper level argument. Right. - -Spencer: And so if we put on sort of our, you know, imaginative hats here and just imagine what the future might look like. - -I mean, worst case scenario where these businesses do get broken up and small competitors do get sort of the search algorithm of Google. You know, what does that mean exactly? Even, even that's a little bit hard to imagine, right? Um, does that mean that other people are going to start using DuckDuckGo or some other search engine more often? - -I don't know, but it does potentially open up the playing field to other search competitors. - -Jared: It's interesting to think about how much of Google's success is tied to their algorithm or to the user data they get or to the fact that they have both of those things locked down. Like how much of their algorithm needs all the user data they collect and how much of the user data they collect feeds because their algorithm has done so well over the years. - -So, untangling it, Is interesting to think about and how much of a advantage that could give to others. It's very hard to kind of computate, - -Spencer: right? And, um, you know, in their statement here, I mean, she really focused on the fact that, Hey, it's, it's a distribution. It's a search distribution contract issue, right? - -Meaning, Hey, Apple had preference or, you know, Google had preference on Apple devices and some of these other contracts to, to get the Google search engine, you know, to be the default everywhere. She's saying, Hey, just. just focus on that. Um, but, but that is a huge deal, right? That Google has become the de facto search engine everywhere. - -And even just changing that, um, is big, but Google is very worried impact - -Jared: on their ad revenue. Right. I mean, immediately, right? Like, even if that's the only thing that changes from this case, that singular act, we talked about in the podcast, how much they spend and then how much they get in their ad budget. - -Uh, sorry, their ad revenue, like that would have a massive impact on their ad revenue, uh, which would impact so many other things that they're able to do with that revenue. So no matter what the case lands on, assuming some punishment is handed out, even the, what we're considering, maybe the lighter punishment still has far reaching implications for them. - -Spencer: Yeah, well, maybe we'll leave it there for now. Uh, we will be revisiting this subject. I'm sure over the coming months and potentially years uh as this all plays out so As though that weren't enough drama for the day. Our next news story is I don't know, even more dramatic, uh, in a way here because, uh, so this is just a tech crunch story, but anywhere you get your tech news, you maybe have already read this and if not, I think you should read up on this. - -Uh, this is just called the WordPress versus WP. Engine drama explained now in my own words, I'm going to do my best to kind of explain what is going on here. So, uh, Matt Mullenweg is the founder of wordpress. org, right? He is the creator of WordPress, the open source project that made WordPress free. For everyone. - -Um, and he was recently at a WordCamp, which is a big conference for WordPress users. And on stage, he sort of went on the offensive against WP Engine and called them a cancer of WordPress and told people that they should not be using WP Engine and specifically WordPress. You know, had problems with the fact that they were called WP engine and felt like that sort of infringed on maybe, um, people understanding that, Hey, WP doesn't mean your WordPress engine. - -Like it's you, you are not WordPress, right? Just meaning, Hey, people use you because they confuse you for the official foundation, the, you know, the WP, um, And he went through a whole list of, you know, ways he's been slided or the WP engine is, he's felt like his slide in the foundation. They don't contribute a lot of, as many free hours as they should. - -Uh, and a big one, it seemed like, and we'll dive into this a little bit. It almost feels a little personal, uh, in a way, uh, because WP engine has become a huge business making 400 million a year. And it feels like. I hate to say it, but it feels like Matt is a little jealous of that business. And what complicates this is that Matt also founded a for profit arm, which is called Automatic. - -So Automatic is a for profit business. That owns lots of WordPress businesses, including WordPress hosting, which I think is on wordpress. com is there for press for profit, um, WordPress hosting. And I don't know, but maybe wordpress. com isn't making 400 million a year. And Matt just feels a little jealous. - -The WP engine is making 400 a year. And he's kind of like, we're WordPress. You're not WordPress and people should, you know, buy our products. Um, it's very convoluted because we have both the open source project of wordpress. org. We've got the for profit arm of automatic. Uh, and the, uh, the, the WordPress license. - -Has never required that people contribute free hours to the wordpress. org project. Has never said that you can't be a for profit business. Uh, so it's very convoluted and boy, it goes way beyond what I've just mentioned, but that's kind of the tip of the iceberg. - -Jared: Incestuous in a bit. Uh, is the word I keep coming back to, it's kind of a scandalous word to use, but it just, it does seem like at first glance, it's like, Oh, so you got this free open source software. - -There's a company that doesn't really contribute much. Okay. They're rubbing, you know, they're rubbing a little bit. That that's a bummer. But then you get into the, uh, the complexities of the situations and you realize that there's so much more kind of under the surface here and you're right. I mean, that only skims the surface on what's progressed over the last probably two weeks, you and I talked off air, like, should we cover this last week? - -And it was still progressing so rapidly that we actually camped on it. And I'm glad we did because of what's happened in just the last seven to eight days, that's developed outside of what you already shared. - -Spencer: Yeah. Yeah, exactly. And so, um, this article walks through some of that, right? Um, early on WP engine was actually banned, uh, from any customers that were on WP engine, no longer we're getting automatic updates to the WordPress plugins, Matt went in and said, Nope, if you're on WP engine, you're not getting automatic updates for wordpress. - -org. So WP engine had to scramble and come up with a fix for that. Okay. Like this is unprecedented. Like never. Like, why, why would any web host be banned, like harming all their customers from getting us to - -Jared: update? And this is late September. This is happening, I believe, so a week and a half ago, maybe. - -Spencer: Yeah, exactly. - -Um, let's see here. Oh, yes, the trademark issue. You know, there's been lawsuits, um, you know, wordpress. org filed a lawsuit against WP Engine. Say, hey, you're infringing on our trademark. There's been a countersuit and I don't know. Don't think that's going to go anywhere because WordPress actually came out and on Twitter at least and said, Hey, for all those people that use WP in your name, just rest assured that's not against our trademark, but they still have this lawsuit against WP engine for trademark infringement. - -So I don't, I don't fully understand it, but here's this one just happened this week and this is crazy. So A lot of developers that have, imagine, you know, people that have a free, uh, WordPress plugin. There's hundreds of thousands of free WordPress plugins that live on, on wordpress. org. And so a lot of developers go there to update their plugins. - -You know, they log in and they upload their pro uh, plugin. Well, if you go to wordpress. org and you try to log in, there is now a checkbox that says, I am not affiliated with WP Engine in any way, financially. And there's just a checkbox. And I assume if you don't check the box, you can't log in. Um, it just seems so juvenile, honestly. - -Like what, how does this help anybody? Um, but this is, this is, um, where we are. Uh, there, there's this, this drama, this hatred between Matt Mullenweg and WP Engine that they're adding check boxes. You can't even log in. Um, And there's been a lot of, uh, people getting banned from the official WordPress slack group. - -These are developers that have been contributing to WordPress, their own hours for years and years that have sort of said about what I've just said that, Hey, this is kind of juvenile. Like we're just trying to help out. If you say anything that is like against WordPress or against Matt, you get banned from the slack group. - -You like he's coming out guns a blazing. Doing all sorts of things. So - -Jared: kind of crazy also, uh, less people working, uh, Go ahead. Well, just last week, um, right around the time last week's podcast came out. Um, uh, you know, obviously this is creating a stir if you work under this person, if he's banning people from You know left and right what's going to happen to your job? - -So basically if I have the story correct mullenweg, uh, mullenweg offered his automatic employees a buyout package of 30, 000 or six months salary if they disagreed with This direction. Yeah. Um, gave him a deadline. And, uh, at the deadline, uh, eight and a half percent of automatic's workforce, 159 employees took the offer and left the company. - -Um, and, uh, uh, a lot of them were from the WordPress division of that company. So, um, you could say that's not very many, you could say. That's kind of a lot. Uh, but you know, like. What we don't know is how many of this 159, like we're from the specific WordPress part of his division. Uh, but that's, that's a big deal. - -You know, like 159 people just left in one day, that's got to have an impact on your company and your organization. - -Spencer: Well that's big, you know, for the, um, you know, sort of the leader of the company to come out and say, Hey, if you don't agree with our direction, like you can just leave. Right? I'll pay you to leave. - -I'll pay you to leave. And almost 10% of the organization left. Um, and you also have to wonder if there's a lot of another 10% of the organization that just sort of kept quiet as like, well, I'm getting paid really well. I don't wanna change a job. I disagree with him anyways, but I'm gonna stick around - -Ah. So it's a big deal. So there's a lot of drama going on in the WordPress ecosystem. Uh, I will just briefly share one other article here that I found, um, just about an hour ago is kind of reading up on this. Uh, this is, uh, shared. Um, on hey. com, um, David Hanson is the creator of 37 signals and is the creator of Ruby on Rails. - -And that's relevant because Ruby on Rails is an open source software. And so from his standpoint, he sort of shares, hey, Automatic is doing open source dirty, is the title of his article. Basically just saying he completely disagrees with the way that Matt is doing this. He says, hey, Ruby on Rails is an open source, just like WordPress is open source. - -I don't come after businesses that are successful because they were built on Ruby on Rails. It's just wrong when you have an open source. You know, software, um, or platform that that's what it is. You know, that for profit businesses are going to be built on that. And I guess the other thing we didn't specifically mention is that, you know, about a week ago, automatic is demanding 8 percent of WP engines revenues because they're not giving back enough to the WordPress ecosystem. - -So it's not just that Matt is sort of. Angry about it. He's actually saying, Hey, you need to pay me that 8 percent of 400 million a year. Why exactly? Because they're so successful. I don't know. But, um, so, uh, from, from another open source creator. He's chimed in and basically said, Hey, what automatic is doing is, is dirty. - -Jared: It is. I mean, let your yeses be yes and your nose be nose. If it's open source, then it's open source. If you want to have rules around it, put your rules in place. If you want to adjudicate people and like go around policing the internet, because all of the nuance or the unspoken obligations you feel are there. - -Well, then now we're just getting into, you know, that's how relationships work, but that doesn't make it fair or right. And it's difficult, um, for a business. to then have a for profit arm that operates in the same space and then try to play police like this. It just, it really does tangle things up and, you know, um, it's not doing anyone any good, probably including, um, Automatic, to be honest with you. - -Spencer: Yeah, no, I, I would not think so. Uh, one, one final thing that I will just share on this, You know, I've been thinking actually about Syed Balki. He is a large, uh, he owns a large portfolio of WordPress plugins and WordPress businesses. I'm just thinking like, what is he thinking? He owns all these businesses that are reliant on WordPress. - -And he tweeted today, basically saying, Hey, or yesterday, it looks like, no, I'm not leaving WordPress. For him to just have to say that, like it's a big enough drama in, in sort of this arena that he has to come out and say, no, I'm not leaving WordPress. I believe in the amazing WordPress community. I believe that open source is one of the most powerful ideas of our generation. - -We need to stick together, continue building cool things. Right. So he's sticking around, you know, he's in this business. And, uh, you know, that I would imagine behind the scenes, he's all hopes that this resolves amicably. So that we can get back to business as usual. And so hopefully that's the case. - -Hopefully we don't have to keep covering the story, but, uh, my suspicions are that there could be some continued drama in future weeks and months. - -Jared: Yeah. This probably gets a little worse before it gets better. Right? - -Spencer: Hmm. Yeah. - -Jared: Got all your marks. - -Spencer: Yeah. And I don't want to make any predictions, but there could be a few predictions of different things that could happen. - -We'll just kind of leave it at that and see how it all plays out. - -Well, very good. Uh, should we move on to our uh, side hustles? Was that enough drama for one day? - -Jared: Boy, I'll tell you, I got my fill. I don't, I, I think that, uh, we've had a lot of different dramatic stories we've covered over the last, what, a year and a half now of doing this. I think that one might be, you know, Perhaps the most petty in the world of drama, but that is a, that's the real life happening right now. - -Uh, with, I'm guessing almost every listener who has a, a website probably has a WordPress website somewhere in the closet. I mean, it's just crazy how, uh, we're talking about stuff like this, but it has an impact in many ways on all of us in, in this small ecosystem that we live in. So. - -Spencer: Yeah, big impact. Uh, for sure. - -So, hey everyone. Spencer here, founder of Niche Pursuits. Are you adding a new internal link pointing to each article you publish? You should be ever find it time consuming and a bit overwhelming. Remembering what content you published in deciding which anchor text to use can be a real headache. What if there was a better way? - -Well, that's exactly why I created Link Whisper. Simply click add inbound internal links and Link Whisper will scan your site in seconds and suggest the most relevant links. with appropriate anchor text for your new article. Now simply check the box next to the internal links you want to add, and Link Whisper will add these links for you. - -No need to go into each article, edit, and add the link. It's already done. No more manual internal link building or guesswork. Just efficient, accurate linking that saves you time and improves your SEO. Transform your content strategy with Link Whisper. Start linking smarter, not harder. Use the coupon code podcast for 15 off. - -Head over to lakewhisper. com and use coupon code podcast to get 15 off. Let's move on to something maybe a little bit lighter, a little bit more fun here is, uh, you know, I've been working on. This side hustle project for almost two years now. We need to really look at the start date, but, uh, I've had a Facebook page that, um, I've, I've covered a number of times, you know, here on, on the podcast, but it originally started as sort of a side project with my two oldest children as a summer project, I guess probably was two summers ago, not this summer, but the previous summer. - -So anyways, year and a half, whatever it is. Um, To build a Facebook page and a website related to that page. And it could be something they could work on. And while they worked on it for like. And then they abandoned it and I have picked up the pieces and tried to turn it into something. And it has turned into something. - -I now have a Facebook page with 81, 000 followers. And last month it made its most money ever from the Facebook performance bonus program. It made a 3, 600 all from the Facebook bonus program. It actually made a couple hundred dollars more with, uh, Ads, uh, as well, but, uh, 3, 600 from the Facebook bonus program. - -And, uh, I have a screenshot of just some stats I thought I could share. So people could kind of see. You know what I'm doing in terms of engagement, impressions and that sort of thing. So here is my page overview. Uh, over the last 28 days, you can see that almost 10 million post reach 9. 9 million post reach and post engagement 1. - -8. 1 million, uh, new page likes new page followers, almost 7, 000 new page followers. Um, but it's, it's a very interactive page. There are people reacting over 300, 000 people reacting, you know, a like button or a love or whatever, almost 90, 000 comments. Uh, so it's, it's still moving along. It's still doing well. - -And it's one of these fun things that I think I've shared also that. I've pretty much outsourced this whole page. It is not me in there creating content, uh, for the page. I have somebody that is managing it now at this point. I've just trained her to do it. And so she's in there posting, you know, 10 to 15 times a day, different things. - -And at this point we are starting to repost old content that did well, you know, a few months ago, we're reposting it and it's doing well again. So now we have almost like this library of content. That we can start reposting time and time again, uh, and hopefully keep generating numbers like this. - -Jared: I mean, that's that's a that's a really good amount of money to make from a project I mean, you've you've called your kids up right and been like, hey, look what you're missing out on, right? - -Like yeah, this this could be paying your - -Spencer: yeah paying all your bills and then some but they didn't stick with - -Jared: it Is the growth just from? You know, the compounding efforts or did you guys make any changes from the last time you told us? I feel like it was making like a thousand or 1, 500 a month from the bonus program. - -Last time we might've talked about it. But like now we're triple that, you know, so like, have you done anything different that's cracked the nut there? Or is it just more of the same and it's just kind of compounding? It's a little, - -Spencer: it's kind of just more of the same. We're, we're constantly testing like new types of content, whether it's, you know, images with a caption on it, or it's just straight status posts or other things, but we've kind of hit on a formula that we think is working. - -Um, and. Really? It's just that the page fluctuates, the earnings fluctuate some months. It's 1, 500 a month. Uh, my highest month was just at, or maybe just under 3000. Previously there's maybe 2, 900 a couple of months ago. And then like, you know, a month ago it was like. 15, 16, 1, 700. And now it's back at 3, 600 this month might be back down at 1, 500. - -I don't know. Uh, that's kind of the fickle nature of Facebook. Unfortunately, as you do have to post new content every day and you just don't know which day or week or month that content's going to take off. And when it won't, I feel like we're having more wins now consistently because we're kind of honing on in on what the audience likes a little bit better, but. - -This is the biggest month, uh, by far, and we're going to just keep, keep trying to publish that content that works. So, - -Jared: man, well, that's amazing. And I mean, I don't know what niche you're in, but everything seems to do better in Q4. I'm curious to see if this kind of does better in Q4. You know, we just, I should, we should pull it up. - -I'm, I'm, I'm actually guessing on this, but I'm pretty confident. Like people spend more time on Facebook during the holidays. Um, then they do other times of the year. And so I would imagine that there's at least a lot of reason to believe your earnings could continue to go up in the holiday season. - -Spencer: That would make a lot of sense, you know, and if nothing else, we know that ad rates are higher. - -So I don't know if that translates to Facebook paying out more in their bonus program, but it would make sense that each visitor is a little bit more valuable on Facebook. So I'll, I'll share the numbers over the Q4. So cool. - -Jared: Very exciting. Well, good. Mine, um, my side hustle is not nearly as exciting. I, uh, I shared my exciting news last week, which is the recovering of earnings for a niche site that got destroyed in the HCU. - -Destroyed again, the March core update, but now I've got the earnings back to above their previous high, um, through Pinterest traffic. So that site earned just under 2, 000 in September. That was my fun news. Um, I shared about this in August coming on the back of, um, the interview we'd had with Thomas Smith on medium. - -And I talked about how, Hey, I'm going to start making a go of just kind of resharing my weekly newsletter, uh, from weekend growth on medium. And I started doing that. Now keep in mind, I got a backlog of about. 75 to 100 emails I've already sent out from Weekend Growth. And then I send a new one out every week. - -So not only could I just take the one I share or the email from the week that we have and publish it on Medium, but I could also go back and kind of reshare a lot of these old emails. So, What, what I didn't realize is that there's a, there's a real science to medium and it's got a little bit more in terms of variables and how you do it than I realized. - -And to be honest with you, September, I've got some good news by the way at the end of all this, but I'm sharing all this with people who maybe also started. On the medium bandwagon after that interview, cause I know it was a pretty exciting interview. Uh, here's some things I've had to learn. I'll say the hard way or had to kind of come into my own. - -No knowing throughout the process about medium. Cause a lot of different ways to earn money or other facets on medium. So, um, long story short, I did not publish a whole lot in September, but I tried a lot of things and I feel like I'm getting my feet back underneath me. So here's the variables. And you might not even be aware of this, Spencer. - -I was actually reading an internal linking article this morning on Medium. So we should talk. You should, uh, Yeah. We should get you, uh, get you on Medium with, uh, some of this, uh, link whisper stuff. But, so, first, you can publish your article, and you can publish it straight to your account, straight to your page, and it goes live. - -Or you can try to get that. In a publication, there's publications that kind of organize people's articles and we'll publish them under there. So imagine it's kind of like, Hey, if you wrote an article, you could publish it, your website, or you could submit it to like the New York times. Right. And then maybe they'd feature it as like an op ed then you can monetize it. - -In other words, gate it. So only medium members can see it. And thus you'll earn from the partner program like ads, or you can leave it ungated and hope that it ranks over time and people find it. And then maybe they click on your affiliate link, you know, because we see medium articles ranking in Google all the time. - -Right. And then there's a third component where you can try to get your article boosted. Right. Through the publication. And that's that new program that Thomas talked about that kind of supercharges your earnings and your visibility. And I was like, Oh, cool. Lots of opportunities. This is great. Well, the reality is I've gotten very overwhelmed trying to figure out what I'm going to do with each article. - -I'm like, do I post this behind the paywall or not behind the paywall? Do I submit this to a publication? And do I not? And by the way, I've submitted them to publications. They're like, yeah, it's not good enough. We don't want it. You're like, now what do I do? Do I publish it? Or I try another publication and stuff. - -So I did not publish much in the end of September, but I learned a lot. And the good news is I, I kind of have my strategy now. So I've kind of come up with like a check and balance, like a, a question and answer thing. I was like, if this, then that type of thing for every article I have. So I kind of come out of the gate and know what to do. - -And so, um, I've published a couple of articles in October and I'm happy to report that we're only nine days into October and my number of article views are up three times over the whole month of September. My earnings are double. In the first nine days of October that they were all of September and, um, uh, and, and number of people reading my articles has gone up four times already since the month of September. - -So if you're listening and you're doing medium and you're like, Oh, I have been struggling with a lot of that. Um. Come up with a system. That's what I'd recommend. Cause now that I have a system, it's we're nine days in October and it's totally working. I'm getting way better now. And I've published not that much content. - -I just have a better process and approach to it now. - -Spencer: Yeah, no, that makes a lot of sense. I mean, just as you were explaining all the different options, I was trying to think in my head, yeah, when do you decide to put it behind, you know, the paywall or submit it to a publication or just publish it and hope it does well. - -So, um, that's a lot to think about and a lot to figure out. Yeah. - -Jared: It is a lot to think about, you know, and I think, um, you know, there's a lot that has to do with your goals, you know, cause you could also use Thomas talked about other ways to use medium, like to get, you know, to get backlinks, to get features, to get interviews, to build your brand, to build your email list. - -I mean, these are all, I haven't gotten into all those things yet. So it's this great platform that has a lot of upsides and there are a lot of ways to, to, to win on it. So I love about it. And I'm basically repurposing content I've already written anyway. So it's really a win win, but As we know, more options creates a lot more decisions that need to be made, which can do what it did to me, create, like kind of stop you from progressing. - -Spencer: Yeah, but it sounds like you figured that out. You're having a great October compared to September. So, um, yeah, keep us posted. We'll, we'll want to hear how, uh, October - -Jared: ends - -Spencer: up. - -Jared: I'll keep you posted. I mean, I earned over a hundred dollars the first week of medium. I didn't earn, I didn't earn a hundred dollars in all of September. - -Wow September was not good, but October should eclipse what I earned in August now that I have a better system for it And but what we'll all definitely report that but um, yeah other than that, I I think um You know, I have made some videos for Amazon influencer Spencer. I don't know if you're gearing up for q4 I know Um, so, um, I, I have not taken my foot off, off the gas on Influencer. - -Um, I'm not, I'm not as heavy footed as I was last year, but I'm still making those videos. - -Spencer: Alright, you got some new stuff in the house? Are you, um, visiting neighbors? - -Jared: No, just the new stuff. Still getting through all the stuff from back to school and all that kind of stuff. Um, I really should be getting, you know, anything new we bought from Christmas down. - -Um, I did get a box down, but I haven't opened it yet. But, um, I am, I, I am gonna continue making some videos about the stuff people are gonna buy in Q4. It was interesting to see, they just got done with their Prime Deals day or, You know, whatever. And I just popped over to look at it and to see what was on sale. - -And it's just such a good reminder. Like what is all this stuff they have? It's all, um, home stuff and electronics. And if I remember back to my Q4 last year, that's all the stuff that people were buying in Q4. So I really need to do is really make sure I have a video about all the electronics that we have and all the home stuff we have and stuff. - -So. - -Spencer: Yeah, yeah, there, there's a lot of opportunity there for people that want to, that want to hustle. I think it's, it's, it's a great side hustle. Maybe one of the best side hustles we've covered, you know, in our year and a half of doing this. Um, I, I still think there's a lot of opportunity if somebody wants to jump in and is willing to spend an hour a day. - -Like you can really get some great traction if you're doing that. So that's cool. I wish I could say that I was doing the same, but, uh. Right now I have not made any new videos on amazon influencer. - -Jared: It's okay for you At some point we got to hear how your q4 goes - -Spencer: Totally - -Jared: without publishing a lot of new content throughout the year, you know I mean, I don't I don't know how much you have but I get the sense You haven't published a whole lot of videos this year. - -It'll be fascinating to see like hey, what does q4 look like? With with a truly passive account. - -Spencer: Yeah, like a year of not publishing anything. So yeah, yeah, we'll do it We'll we'll do it. We'll share it all so um Very good. Well, we've gotten through a lot, but I feel like we're about to hit on some really good things here with our weird niche sites. - -I know we teased early on, Jared's got like, essentially like three, uh, weird niche sites he's gonna share here. He's got, he's got kind of a package deal they go to together, and then we got an update on, uh, the old one. So I guess we'll, that'll be the big bang. We'll share you, uh, for the end there. So, um, I'll jump in with mine, and And, uh, just, just be ready. - -I'm about to share. Okay. Yeah. I was just trying to warn you, uh, if you, I'm about to share my screen. So put your shades on real quick. Um, so this is, uh, Mike's weather page. The website is spaghetti models. Dot com and there's a lot of color. There's two different, three different shades of blue, at least on here. - -Um, so it's kind of like four columns. There's kind of a lot going on with the colors, maybe they match and then there's like this bright red and there's, you know, all these little, um, ads in the sidebar that look like they could have been ads from the late nineties or something, right? So, um, I, the design itself. - -Yeah, you know, maybe a little bit to be desired, but maybe that's on purpose. I don't know. Uh, but what did, I guess, let me explain what it is first of all, and this is very relevant actually for, for today. It is a serious subject, right? So spaghetti models, uh, that phrase is used for all the different paths that a hurricane or tornado might take, right? - -So a model sort of models out. All these different spaghetti paths that, um, a hurricane might take, right? So you can kind of see, are you potentially in the path of this hurricane? And so that is the main thing that, um, this spaghetti models. com covers is live coverage of. Hurricanes and tornadoes and today, um, it's hurricane, uh, Milton, I think, is that right? - -That is, is, uh, over Florida right now. Um, and so this is something that people are looking at today to get their updates, but it's crazy how Successful this site is, um, the Facebook page has 2. 2 million followers. I went over to his Twitter account and there was like a couple hundred thousand followers there. - -I went to his YouTube channel. There's like 175, 000, uh, subscribers there. And he does a daily, I'll just click this video. Um, he kind of does a daily, Video of what's happening, you know, the, the most current news. So today, you know, it's hurricane Milton is coming over, uh, Florida. So he's covering that. He talks about it and it's like a really long, uh, a really long video, 112, 000 subscribers, uh, is what he has. - -Right. So he covers, of course, it doesn't show me the time I got to skip the ad, but it's like an hour long and he does live chat like every day, uh, every day. And, um, one other thing that was really interesting, and I don't know how this all fits in, but, uh, where did I see this? Uh, you can go on a cruise with Mike, here it is, one of his little ads, come cruise with the Weather Family, you, I don't, Again, I don't know exactly what it is, but you, oh, let me share this tab. - -Uh, but you can go on this and cruise with Mike here. You can meet and greet, you know, go on a cruise with Mike and his family and the Mike's weather page team and hang out on the cruise. Like there you go. It's got a hurricane conference at sea, uh, group photos, swag bags. So this is like, he's got a real fan base. - -I mean, enough that people are going on cruises with the guy. Cause he's like so popular, I guess. Um, and this is all powered by Furman us power outage tracker map apparently. So that's the technology he is using. Um, there's, there's a lot going on. There's a lot of other sort of tropical weather updates and satellites and technology pages that he's referencing. - -It looks like. Um, obviously there's a lot of ads on the website, so that's how he's making money. And I did, so I went ahead and I pulled up a couple of things. You won't be shocked to hear is I pull up Ahrefs that it's very seasonal. You know, hurricane season, tons of people are searching for his page when it's not hurricane season, not very much traffic. - -Look at that. - -Spencer: So he's getting, depending on the month, right, 500. To maybe up to a million searches a month, right? And in peak season, if you will, uh, and then other months, like almost nothing. Uh, and then if we look at similar web, uh, this gives a rough estimate. Um, I had heard somewhere else on Twitter where I saw this, which my screen isn't working. - -There we go. Um, then he's getting up to like 3 million visitors a month. Uh, you know, during peak season. So, uh, actually this is, boy, that's weekly. Right there. Wow. So actually he's showing 5. 3 similar web is showing 5. 3 million visitors in September Uh, which I totally believe it and this month may maybe even more right because there's some big hurricanes. - -Obviously we had Uh helene that just hit You know, very unfortunate. Then say September - -Jared: traffic is probably up from Helene, and then two weeks later we have Milton. I mean Yep. But to your point, I mean, hurricane season is what, July through October. So he's got other stuff on here though. I'm, I'm looking at him an earthquake map. - -You know, we're in a, i, I live in a heavy earthquake area. He's got an earthquake map, he's got a drought map, he's got a lot of stuff. You know, he's kind of added stuff to be, uh, be more than just, uh, hurricanes. Yep, - -Spencer: he has, but it seems like this is must be what he's really known for. I think he might live in Florida. - -Um, I didn't do a ton of research on his background, but from what I gathered, I think that's probably how he started. This is, Hey, he lives in Florida. So he's, was always tracking this. So he's, I mean, I think he's really a hobbyist weatherman, right. That is just turned his passion into this sort of business, this website. - -And he's become like this central hub for people to get their daily news about. Hurricane's or whatever the weather event is. - -Jared: Well, and I mean, I will admit that the design is incredibly overwhelming if you're not watching on, uh, uh, if you're not watching on YouTube and I do, um, it feels so under monetized mainly because of the design. - -You feel like you'd be making so much more money, um, with a different design at the same time. While I was very overwhelmed when I first saw it, I actually, I, I think after five minutes was this side. It's, it's really cool. You know, it's a cool site. You can get lost in this site for 30, 40 minutes easily without realizing it. - -Spencer: Yeah, no, absolutely. So it's a cool niche. I mean, it's, uh, he's found a way to sort of, um, monetize his passion. Uh, it does show here that it was born in 2004. So he's been doing this for 20 years. - -Jared: Oh, he got some of the big ones in from, um, 2004 so you probably let's see that means he missed katrina. No, did he get katrina? - -I think 2005 I think yeah You start this side of your end you get katrina you get one in one in a hundred year storm and - -Spencer: bam You're off to the races. That's very possible It'd be interesting to kind of look at that and it's very possible that I mean Pun intended that put them on the map, you know, of like, Hey, this is, this is what we do. - -And, uh, we're off to the races. Give you a month off. You still got those podcast puns. Do my best. So, um, maybe that'll inspire somebody, but follow Mike if nothing else, go over to spaghetti models, check them out. Hey, we still got another couple of weeks - -Jared: of a hurricane season here. So, you know, So - -Spencer: I hope I saved enough time for you, Jared. - -I know you got a lot to cover. So, uh, - -Jared: how about you? I'm uh, I'm gonna, I'm gonna, I'm gonna hit the clock hard here with my, uh, my weird niche segment. I'll tell ya. Um, okay. Let's see. Order of operations. Let's quickly touch on last week and my weird niche from last week. Um, my weird niche from last week was, uh, was, was a website that, um, basically tells you If McDonald's ice cream machines are broken. - -Um, and so, um, Thomas was hosting last week with me and it's, it's a hilarious website. It's a pretty well done website. There we go. We got it up on screen right here, but broken. com. And we were surmising, like, how is this, um, how's this done? I got an update for you. A lot of people messaged me with a lot of different articles. - -Apparently it's widely publicized to some degree how this is done. And, um, it is exactly how Thomas suggested. I don't know if he looked ahead. It doesn't sound like he did. It sounds like Thomas is just brilliant. But basically when you go to order, uh, when you go to order an ice cream cone, if it's the machine is not working, then you can't order it. - -And this is accessible via the API. And so this guy came out in a Reddit post and shared exactly how he built this site. And he walks you through basically right there. It is right there. Um, a lot of techie code. He says it's pretty simple. Um, you know, uh, as a matter of fact, he kind of alludes like the most complicated thing he had to do is basically put in something that looks up your IP address. - -So it can actually localize the map for you. Okay. Um, and then, but if you go look, uh, I think this is interesting, uh, at the, uh, the Y, the Y combinator, um, article, uh, it has a comment here from someone who worked at a McDonald's and he kind of validates that these things fall apart all the time. Um, he goes into detail about it and how it takes, when they go out of service. - -Um, machine goes out of service and slowly heats everything up, then cools everything back down to a freezing temperature to serve. This process takes four to five hours. But if you set the clock wrong, the machine will go into its cycle at some super inconvenient time. There's other triggers. Anyways. - -It's he's like they do break a lot and sometimes it's because of these reasons it kind of outlines it and then he goes on to say, I don't know how this guy gets this data and there's an edit to his comment that says, Oh, he's using the public ordering site to scrape it. Um, and, and he surmises there's actually a connection from the equipment to the McCloud, as he calls it. - -I don't know if that's an internal term for McDonald's kind of API world, but cloud. Maybe so. Makes sense. The cloud, the McCloud. Yeah. Um, anyways. How cool is that? What a cool weird niche and then now we kind of get to see the underpinnings of it. - -Spencer: Yeah, I thought I was seeing the same thing in last week's segment. - -I'm like, how in the world do they source all this data? And then Thomas mentions his idea of, Hey, you know, when you order and ice cream's not available in the app, you know, that's probably how they're sourcing all the data and sure enough, that's like he nailed it right out of the gate, but you've got the evidence, the proof from the founder of McBroken. - -com. To verify that's indeed how they do it. I still think that's a lot of API calls, but. Wow. This is, this is cool. I'm going to use it next time we want to go out to ice cream. Make sure we, then all the Wendy's pop up. Next time you want to find a Wendy's, either one. I could have sworn you were going to say, uh, that this website was actually created by Wendy's. - -You know, that would be like just the ultimate. You know, like corporate sort of hack, you know? Yeah. But it doesn't sound like it's just going back to - -Jared: pettiness and our topic of pettiness on Right. . So, well this is not my weird niche. This is just, I felt like spending a couple minutes, uh, checking back. So if you didn't hear last week's episode, it's a good, just go back and at least listen to that part if you want to know more about this. - -Um, but uh, but yeah, this is kind of a fun update. My weird niche is a double weird niche. First time I think I've ever done that too. What a weird week. It's a weird week of weird niches and weird updates to weird niches. I've got a double whammy here for you. Uh, and so we're going to talk about both of them. - -Uh, and uh, You know, there's only so much time I had to dig into each of these Uh, you know with all the other stuff we have going on So i'm also going to do a little surmising here, but the websites the weird niches are brides made for hire. com and Take a wild guess, groomsmenforhire. com. And um, I don't know, apparently it's a thing. - -Apparently, so I stumbled upon these because this week I released, um, a guide, uh, to Weekend Growth audience, about hundred and whatever it is, 53 side hustles. I've been jotting down side hustles as I've seen them for the last two and a half years. A lot of them from seeing stuff on this podcast, just put them in my Evernote doc. - -And I saw this a while back. And I put it down and I think it's hilarious because I was a wedding photographer for a decade. So I think this is hilarious. We've talked about other weird for hire things. I think we've done paparazzi for hire as one of our weird niches, but it would seem that you can hire a groomsman or a bridesmaid. - -Now the bridesmaid, we'll start there. The bridesmaid website, uh, they're both weird in their own ways. The bridesmaid website looks far more legit. When you get to it, you have it up on the screen. It looks like a website. It says established in 2014. It's got featured on Fox and you know, all these different places. - -Here's the funny thing about it, Spencer, try to hire someone - -to try to hire packages. Maybe if you want to get a package there, right, that would be where the price, right? I could never get to a point where I could actually hire a bridesmaid where I could actually see how much it costs, where I could actually book it. I don't know if this is the greatest ruse, but I could never, or maybe I missed it, but I could never actually figure out how to figure out how much it costs or how to figure out how to actually book someone to come to my wedding. - -Spencer: Give it a try. Oh, wait, that's a vow generator. Oh, that's - -Jared: a vow generator. That's really cool, by the way. This is cool. They have all these other cool little prompts and things here. You can write your speech, your best man speech, your bridesmaid speech. You can have a vow generator. Um, uh, but yeah, they, they, they, they, uh, I don't really, there you go. - -Hire a bridesmaid or hire us. How do you hire them? I couldn't figure out how to hire someone. Here you are back in that loop again. - -Spencer: Hire us. - -Apply for a job. I guess you have to just contact them? I guess you have to just contact - -Jared: them, yeah. Even though there's a big button that says packages, and that's all I wanted to see. So, um, uh, yeah. Interesting. Hard to say. You can sign up for their email list. You can sign up for their email list. But if you go to the footer, Spencer, this is interesting. - -If you go to the footer, um, they have a very active, like, there you go, instant adventures. You can go, they're like, they were posted on Instagram today. So people like send in their kind of wedding questions, and they'll kind of crowdsource answers for you. So, um, uh, anyways, I see you clicked on it. It's not the screen right there, but if you click and go look on the Instagram side of things, you can kind of see like, Oh, there you go. - -Yeah. Dear one 800 bridesmaid. I don't want to go there. So anyways, um, I don't know. What do you think about this, this site? Then we'll get on the groomsmen one. - -Spencer: I mean, it seems interesting. I mean, I, it seems like they have a whole range of services that they potentially offer. But like you said, I don't know how to actually do that. - -Um, are you actually ordering bridesmaids or do they just write speeches for you? Like it's maybe a little confusing because I don't like you, I don't see a way to actually buy something. - -Jared: I was just curious how much it would be and how much like, okay. Like if you're, I don't know, single and kind of just moved to a city, great way to meet people, great way to make money, have a fun night out. - -I don't know. It seemed interesting. That's true. A cool side hustle, I guess. You're right. Right. Like you could just be, you know, well, yeah, during the week I'm a, I'm a programmer. And then on Saturdays I'm a bride, I'm a bridesmaid for hire. Yeah. Yeah. Make a cool 300 bucks, you know. Why not? Um, I forgot to mention, if you could pull up the Ahrefs graph, uh, for this, I thought it was interesting. - -This site has experienced explosive growth in the last six months. Is that right? Look at that. Whoa, look at that. Yeah. - -Spencer: You're - -Jared: right. I don't know what they're doing, but I mean, what is it, 5X in the last couple months? - -Spencer: Yeah, since, uh, looks like probably right around the August core update is when it really started to see a big uptick. - -Jared: I mean, like, a tremendous uptick if you're looking, like, Reddit esque, if you will. - -Spencer: From, you know, ten ish, uh, a thousand organics a month to now as much as forty to fifty thousand. Right? Unbelievable. Organics a month? - -Jared: Yeah. - -Spencer: So yeah. - -Jared: 4 to 5x just like that. That's phenomenal. So, so now I'll take you to groomsmenforhire. - -com. Now at first I thought, oh, uh, same URL type of string, like probably owned by the same person. I don't think so. Totally different design. Totally different approach. Totally different everything. Yeah. groomsmenforhire. com. Right? Like you got up on the screen now and it, um, uh, it's a very poorly done homepage. - -It looks like a stock photo that got cut off on the right hand side. Like it, like got stuck in the developer. Like it was a piece of film. It's got like a very, you know, 1940s feel to it. Not in a good way either. Um, there's a picture down at the bottom. That's our groomsmen pro. And it's this awkward, you know, like picture Matt skinny. - -Yeah, really skinny. So head over to the about page. You know, you're like, cool. At least I'll learn about them. So meet the team. Well, there isn't much of a team. It's just Matt and, uh, yeah. And it goes on. How about Matt? Co founded Caroline moves to help bring the market a hassle free approach to property management. - -I'm not really sure if what's going on with the groomsmen for higher world, but he's a property manager. Didn't learn anything about Grimsman though. Um, So again, they have the illustrious packages up there for you to click. And uh, Spencer, if you want it in the menu, just go click packages and we can go learn how much it costs. - -Uh, I don't think I can click it unless there's something wrong with it. It's not clickable. - -Spencer: Are you serious? What is What's wrong with these people? - -Jared: How odd is it that if I made for hire and Groomsman for hire, you cannot actually figure out the packages, but for very different reasons. One sends you on an endless loop throughout their website, the other doesn't even make the link clickable. - -Spencer: What? - -Jared: He's like, why is my business not working? I know, seriously. Broken link. You say that jokingly, I have had clients come and they're like, I don't know why I don't get any contacts. I'm like, well, when you click on your contact page, it says 404. What? - -Spencer: Yeah, it's like they never tried it out. So I can contact him, oh actually shoot him an email, it looks like it's not even a contact Yeah, it boots up an email there, right? - -But no packages that I don't wear up. What a website. The home link doesn't work, like I can't get back to the home page. - -Jared: If you go to the Ahrefs graph, um, this one is not doing quite as well as Bridesmaids. Not doing quite as well. Or higher. You're right. Thanks for a total of 59 keywords. Uh, I guess the good thing they have going for them is over the last couple of years they have been relatively flat in terms of traffic. - -They haven't lost much traffic. - -Spencer: It's pretty much groomsmen for hire is like the only keyword in variations thereof. Which that does give search traffic. - -Jared: It does. - -Spencer: I mean, you know. You got an exact match domain and that's, that's about it it looks like. That's why. Uh, anyways, so I mean, so - -Jared: is there a - -Spencer: business - -Jared: model even there? - -Like, yes, people do this, right? So first off, go get grooms, men for hire. com didn't check if it's available. This is grooms man singular. You could get grooms, men for hire. com. And if you put up a little bit better of an effort than this, which would, Not be hard within an hour. You could probably website is better than this and you could probably use that EMD to get pretty close to these rankings. - -And now you just got to figure out how to fulfill groomsmen across the country, which sounds like a huge challenge. Right. - -Spencer: Huge challenge. And, uh, how often are people looking for that sort of service that I guess they're searching for it on Google. So there's some sort of demand there. - -Jared: I mean, I'm trying to think, like, if you're searching for groomsmen for hire, maybe you could just, like, build location pages, and then, um, sell lead gen to brides. - -com, or, I, I don't know, I, I, yeah, doesn't seem like a great idea, but, - -Spencer: but it's an idea, it is an idea, and that's the thing, is, we're just here to give you guys, the listeners, a nugget of an idea, Hopefully something we said along here in our ramblings, talking about groomsmen or bridesmaids for hire, maybe triggered an idea. - -And, and if it did, then we did our job. So just let us know if, uh, if we did that. - -Jared: I, I, I don't think it'd be hard to rank for these terms, though. Especially not the groomsmen for hire. Like, I, I, I think we got a, a nailed on case here for how to get that, a website ranking pretty quickly for that. The problem is how to monetize. - -Spencer: Yeah, - -Jared: exactly. - -Spencer: What's the business model? So, if you figure that out, there you go. Go ahead and pursue that. So, Jared, wow. Uh, good finds on those. Not one, but two weird niche sites, and I like the update on last week's. Weird niche site. So nice job. - -Jared: It's good to have you back. We um, uh, uh, We missed you, but apparently the world continues, especially the google world continues to operate in your stead So we've got plenty of news to talk about but um, what a week a lot of stories to follow - -Spencer: Yep. - -A lot of good stuff. It's good to be back. Um, and, uh, yeah, we'll be back next week. It may or may not be me, but Jared, I'm sure you'll be here. The niche pursuits podcast will continue rolling on. So appreciate everybody listening in and thank you very much. Have a great weekend. Hey there. Thanks so much for listening to the niche pursuits podcast. - -Did you know that Jared and I are members of a private group called the niche pursuits community. And today I want to share with you how you can join for just 1. The niche pursuits community is a private members area for niche online publishers to mastermind and grow their businesses together. We hold weekly calls live with experts where you can ask questions. - -These experts share tips on Amazon influencer. Google discover building email newsletters, getting traffic from Facebook and other strategies to grow your online business. You'll also be assigned a mastermind group of four or five other people in a similar stage in business as you dive deep into your business issues and get your problem solved. - -If you use coupon code podcast at checkout, you'll get your first month for just 1. Go ahead and give it a try. Come join me, Jared, and lots of other digital entrepreneurs. Inside my private group at community. nichepursuits. com and be sure to use coupon code podcast. I'll see you on the inside.",1731883682,bc6317dd1d,1aadb2cec9,,,1731883682 -https://www.edtechdigest.com/2024/11/15/construct-3-by-scirra/,https://edtechdigest.com/feed/,Construct 3 by Scirra,"Construct 3 by Scirra Ltd is a state-of-the-art game development software, available in 17 languages, used by middle and high schools, universities, small game developers, and large organizations, including NASA. Its intuitiveness allows for easy integration within classroom teaching while also enabling students to learn independently. - -Students can use the software to create 2D and 2.5D video games with little or no prior programming knowledge. Construct’s feature set expands as students progress from early years to career-based application. - -Users can mix and match block-based and text-based JavaScript programming. Since Construct is a professional-grade tool, students develop their skills through scaffolded layers of fundamental computer science principles, with real-world application. - -Construct 3 is regularly enhanced to address the needs of teachers. With no mandatory nation-wide computer science curriculum in the US, Scirra partners with STEM Fuse to provide an accessible multi-year coding curriculum for schools to fill this gap. Construct 3 offers free materials and tutorials online, privacy through strict safety measures to protect users, and help from experienced Teacher Advisors to support teachers lacking coding experience. - -Construct 3 is browser-based, mitigating challenges of downloading and installing software, and is compatible with Chromebooks, helping to tackle the digital divide among socio-economic groups. - -Construct 3’s free online version is used in more than 1,000 schools worldwide, and more than 800 schools use the paid-for version. Progressive pricing models and discounts for its subscription package (with greater functionality) ensure affordability, so all students can be prepared to compete in today’s modern tech-driven world. - -For these reasons and more, Construct 3 by Scirra earned a Cool Tool Award (finalist) for “Best Coding, Computer Science, Engineering Solution” as part of The EdTech Awards 2024 from EdTech Digest. Learn more. - -Like this: Like Loading...",1731883665,ce9e226ebc,1b3fa56fa9,,,1731883665 -https://www.alleywatch.com/2024/11/the-alleywatch-startup-daily-funding-report-11-4-2024/,https://www.alleywatch.com/feed/,The AlleyWatch Startup Daily Funding Report: 11,"The latest venture capital, seed, pre-seed, and angel deals for NYC startups for 11/4/2024 featuring funding details for Ataraxis, Transparency Analytics, and much more. This page will be updated throughout the day to reflect any new fundings. - -Ataraxis – $4M - -Ataraxis, a precision AI cancer diagnostic testing startup, has raised $4M in Seed funding led by Obvious Ventures and Giant Ventures. Ataraxis was founded by Jan Witowski and Krzysztof Geras in 2022. - -Transparency Analytics – $3.25M - -Transparency Analytics, a startup offering banking and financial services, has raised $3.25M in funding according to a recent SEC filing. The filing indicates that there were three investors in the round. Transparency Analytics was founded by Matthew Brawer and Christopher Tolles in 2024. - -The AlleyWatch audience is driving progress and innovation on a global scale. There are a number of options to reach this audience of the world’s most innovative organizations and startups at scale including strategic brand placement, lead generation, and thought leadership in front of an audience that comprises the vast majority of key decision-makers in the NYC business community and beyond. Learn more about advertising to NYC Tech, at scale. - -TITLES – $12.2M - -TITLES, an AI-powered creative suite and publishing tool for cryptomedia, has raised $12.2M in funding according to a recent SEC filing. The filing indicates that there were twenty-three investors in the round. Founded by Parker Seagren in 2020, TITLES has now raised a total of $12.7M in reported equity funding. - -Layer 9 Networks – $3M - -Layer 9 Networks, an AI for network engineering platform, has raised $3M in funding according to a recent SEC filing. The filing indicates that there were ten investors in the round. Layer 9 Networks was founded by Alexander Jia and James Yui in 2024. - -Pursuit Labs – $300K - -Pursuit Labs, a generative AI gaming company that’s developed Block Party The Game, has raised $300K in funding according to a recent SEC filing. Pursuit Labs was founded by Rohith Varanasi and Stephen Silber in 2022. - -You are seconds away from signing up for the hottest list in NYC Tech! - -Sign up today",1731883668,7ef100ee0c,1b4024cd5c,,,1731883668 -https://www.pcgamer.com/hardware/processors/reports-emerge-of-amd-9800x3d-cpus-burning-out-in-msi-motherboards-and-a-batch-of-bad-cpu-sockets-could-be-to-blame,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,MSI responds to reports of 9800X3D CPUs 'burning out' in its motherboards but the problem seems limited for now,"Is AMD's hot new Ryzen 7 9800X3D gaming CPU going into meltdown? Two reports from gamers experiencing dramatic CPU ""burn outs"" involving AMD's new wonder chip have emerged in recent days (via Videocardz). However, early indications are that user error or a narrow manufacturing error are the likely explanations. - -The 9800X3D aside, common to both burn outs is MSI's MAG X870 Tomahawk WiFi motherboard, prompting the company to put out a brief statement. ""Recently, we received a user report indicating damage to an AMD Ryzen™ 7 9800X3D processor on an MSI MAG X870 TOMAHAWK WIFI motherboard. At MSI, we are fully committed to the quality of our products and have begun investigating this incident."" - -So, what exactly is going on? For now, nothing is certain. The two incidents, one reported on Reddit, and the other on Quasarrzone forums, appear to be very similar. In both cases, the 9800X3D chip suffered from what appears to be shorting out, resulting in substantial burn marks on the bottom of the CPU and also on the CPU socket pins and, shall we say, a failure to operate. - -Perhaps more intriguing is visual evidence of fracturing or damage to the border of the CPU socket. Again, this is apparent to some degree in both cases and also appears to have occurred at the same or similar points on the socket border. - -The implication, therefore, is that the CPU was not correctly seated when the socket bracket was levered down, leading the CPU to be incorrectly aligned. From there, it's not hard to imagine how various pins and pads could have shorted out, leading to burn marks and damage. - -What's less certain, for now at least, is whether that misalignment was down to user error. That's certainly a possibility. Another option is that there could be a bad batch of AM5 sockets with manufacturing errors afflicting the socket border, in turn causing the socket misalignment. - -One of the afflicted Ryzen 7 9800X3D owners commented, ""At first, I thought I did it wrong, but there are more unnecessary parts that are not in the normal socket guide. I've assembled hundreds or thousands of units at my current job, but this is the first time I've encountered a guide injection defect like this."" - -The biggest gaming news, reviews and hardware deals Keep up to date with the most important stories and the best deals, as picked by the PC Gamer team. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -If that's the case, it's possible that other motherboard models and indeed motherboards from other manufacturers could be impacted. You would also expect the problem to impact not just the 9800X3D, but other CPU models too were that the case. - -If there is a large batch of bad sockets out there, it's likely we'll know soon enough, as reports of similar failures and burn outs will surely emerge. But based on the limited number thus far, we don't think message boards are about to be hit with an epidemic of burned-out AMD CPUs. And there's little reason, for now, to think the problem is specific to the 9800X3D.",1731883684,2b11e0dc79,1b3b50393e,,,1731883684 -https://www.pcgamer.com/games/xenotilt-hostile-pinball-action-review,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,Xenotilt: Hostile Pinball Action review,"I keep promising myself one more go… just like I did the last one more go. - -PC Gamer's got your back Our experienced team dedicates many hours to every review, to really get to the heart of what matters most to you. Find out more about how we evaluate games and hardware. - -Need to Know What is it? Eyeball-searing cyberpunk pinball bliss. Expect to pay £12.79/$14.99 Developer Wiznwar, Flarb LLC Publisher Flarb LLC Reviewed on Intel i9-13900HX, RTX 4090 (laptop), 32GB RAM Steam Deck Verified Multiplayer? No Link Official site - -I thought I could handle this. The developer's previous ""occult pinball action"" hit, Demon's Tilt, has been my go-to Steam Deck game for as long as I've owned Valve's portable. I knew I was in for another round of traditional pinball skill mixed with shmup-like sprays of bullets—been there, done that, got the pentagram-decorated t-shirt. - -But no, I was initially as overwhelmed by Xenotilt's riot of colour, fireworks, and pixelled retro cyberpunk style as anyone. There are energy scythes, cyber-scorpion women, and dragon-adjudicated billiards here. I can pick up ammo drops and fire bright pink snaking lasers at swarms of points-awarding monsters. It's basically the pinball game I imagine NPCs from Cyberpunk 2077 playing. - -Xenotilt has just one table, but it's so big it's essentially three different pinball machines stacked on top of each other, each zone feeling like a section of a derelict spaceship with multiple states, moving features, and animated flourishes. I never thought I'd want auto-firing turrets in my pinball games, but now I've been given a taste of heaven I'm not sure I could ever go back. - -So I spent most of my very short first few attempts admiring all the lights, sometimes with my monitor tilted on its side so I could bask in the game's vertical glory, acquainting myself with the Game Over screen, and feeling… pretty good about it all, in spite of my poor performance. Even the smallest score multiplier awarded or most basic multiball mode activated sets off a wave of screen-sized celebrations. Xenotilt is always happy to throw a party or 10 in my honour, no matter where I end up on the high score table at the end of it all. - -Time, practise, and determination eventually cut through the awe I had for the game's gorgeous bloom lighting and special effects (both thankfully extremely customisable, leaving me to decide just how distracting I want them to be). I finally spotted the skill shot ramp, and felt pleased with myself when I managed to coax the ball into landing somewhere near it. I started looking for specific lanes and labels, eager to claim the most recent jackpot I'd earned—or strategically add another ball to the perk-granting multiball matrix on the side of the screen. - -(Image credit: Flarb LLC) - -I never thought I'd want auto-firing turrets in my pinball games, but now I've been given a taste of heaven I'm not sure I could ever go back. - -This matrix is a three-by-three grid, each space granting a unique ability (from straightforward things like more ammo to a vacuum-like effect on enemies, as if they're being sucked out of an airlock). They're all helpful, and there is no one right way to fill it up. Spread the balls evenly across all three columns and you'll get a great selection of basic boosts. Stick to one for a narrower but eventually more powerful array of abilities—and the chance to hit the multiball activator afterwards, unleashing these stored balls onto the table and causing points-scoring mayhem. But—of course there's a but—do you wait until you've filled all three, or play it safe and release the multiballs as soon as possible? And do you want to at all, considering you only get the matrix's perks when the balls are resting in their slots? - -In spite of the outlandish nature of some of Xenotilt's features—it's not every day you play a pinball game with a combo meter, or one that actively fights back when you whack it—the game's reactions are always learnably consistent, and the table isn't as harsh as its menacing retro-cyber style and taunting vocal commentary (such as the somewhat disgusted ""I expect more!"" after the final ball drops into the gutter) might imply. - -Every major potential point of run-ending failure has some subtle sort of limited-time or limited-use safety net—ready and waiting to stop a game from abruptly ending to a single moment of bad luck. And relative to conventional pinball games, the threshold for using the directional tilt is extremely lenient. It's practically expected in some areas of the board, as when I need to nudge balls into the desired left lane on the second tier—either sending the ball shooting to the top of the table or back around for some more points-milking in the same area. - -(Image credit: Flarb LLC) - -Crisis mode is so different it feels like a whole new game, even though it's still using the same table layout as every other variant. - -By the seventh or eighth session, the deeper layers of this evil metal onion were revealing themselves. Score and surviving are important, but I was starting to figure out that Xenotilt is all about cycles of objective completion. And getting a bit lost in the jargon too, if I'm honest. At least I could take a peek at the quick help section if I wanted to go over the basics (like ""What the heck is a 'charge pop' anyway?""). Every loading screen comes with a useful tip to try and keep in mind, the pause menus describe the multiball matrix bonuses in full, and whenever I try a new mode I'm greeted with a short explanation of its core features. - -Xenotilt's EX variant includes score-enhancing survivors to permanently unlock and recruit, as well as ""tri-gifts""—powerful effects only awarded after performing a ""core overkill"" on one of the table's bosses. Hardcore mode's most obvious change is the use of slightly smaller flippers, which demand tighter ball control and expert use of the tilt function to make sure the single life I'm given lasts for as long as possible. Crisis mode is so different it feels like a whole new game, even though it's still using the same table layout as every other variant. This is a high-pressure time attack mode with a completely different set of priorities: the only thing that matters here is surviving as long as possible, and to do that I have to risk it all by going after the time-adding targets on the table. - -(Image credit: Flarb LLC) - -There have been times I've started a new game so fast after finishing the last one that I didn't even take in my score. - -Whatever mode I'm playing, it's always tense and exciting and I feel like my knowledge and abilities are being tested in an interesting way. For every one thing I master there are another dozen new challenges waiting in the wings, ready to send my scores higher than ever before—if I can get the hang of them. On very good runs I end up with random bonuses that dwarf scores I used to need three balls to earn. Not that I always notice my final tally: there have been times I've started a new game so fast after finishing the last one that I didn't even take in my score. Seeing where I've landed on the leaderboard could wait for later, because in those moments I just needed to play more Xenotilt. - -Pinball paradise - -(Image credit: Flarb LLC) - -Xenotilt isn't just pinball for people who already know they like pinball games. It's a pinball for people who love the thrill of seeing arcade-style skill converted into raw points. It's pinball for people who like the thought of suddenly having to attack the exposed heart of a cyber dinosaur skeleton that's busy pummelling a metal ball with neon pink breath lasers and ice attacks. It's pinball for people who dream of playing a table that lights up like the Terminator's Christmas tree. It's even pinball for people who think they don't like pinball, the game different enough—and encouraging enough, thanks to the help on offer and the presence of a challenge tracker that always seems to be on the cusp of recognising another achievement—to offer an attractive, understandable, and unusual approach to the genre. - -The fact that a great game lasts mere minutes and a full restart takes just a few seconds makes this the perfect game for all occasions, whether I've got 15 minutes and a Steam Deck in hand, or an entire free evening in front of my PC. - -I should warn you though, if you're anything like me you can kiss your life goodbye once you start playing.",1731883682,2b11e0dc79,1a9edd168b,,,1731883682 -https://www.underconsideration.com/brandnew/archives/objects_may_be_closer_than_they_ap_pear.php,https://www.underconsideration.com/brandnew/atom.xml,Brand New: Objects may be Closer than they Ap-pear,"Many Thanks to our Advertisers - -When choosing between competing products and services, please consider our advertisers, who help support Brand New.",1731883647,3944f75dbd,1b5824a59a,,,1731883647 -https://www.thepinknews.com/2024/11/15/gay-strictly-star-johannes-radebe-is-he-in-a-relationship-kinky-boots/,https://www.pinknews.co.uk/feed/,Seven fascinating facts about gay Strictly star Johannes Radebe,"Strictly Come Dancing pro Johannes Radebe has been a firm favourite with fans ever since he first sashayed onto our screens back in 2018, and he’s about to star in a tour of hit musical Kinky Boots in 2025. - -He’s also set to make an appearance during Children In Need tonight (15 November), as he takes part in a Strictly-themed section of the annual fundraising telethon on BBC One. - -In a unique first, kids’ TV sensation Bluey will be transported directly into the Strictly Ballroom and will be dancing alongside Radebe and the other Strictly pros to help raise funds to support the crucial work with children and young people that the charity does, including supporting LGBTQ+ youth across the UK. - -We thought it would be a good time to look back at Radebe’s stellar career so far, and find out more about him. - -Where is Johannes Radebe from? - -Strictly star Johannes Radebe has opened up about experiencing homophobic bullying in his youth. (Lia Toby/Getty Images) - -Johannes Radebe was born in Zamdela, Orange Free State, South Africa. He moved to the UK in 2018 to join the cast of professional dancers on the BBC show Strictly Come Dancing. - -Before joining Strictly, he was a dance teacher in Johannesburg, danced on cruise ships, and won the Professional South African Latin championships twice. - -When did Johannes come out as gay? - -Radebe hasn’t confirmed exactly when he came out, but he has opened up about facing anti-LGBTQ+ abuse during his childhood in South Africa and witnessing a homophobic attack on a friend. - -In an interview with The Times in August 2023, the dancer – who describes himself as “camp as Christmas, a six foot-plus gay boy with a penchant for heels and feathers” – explained what it was like growing up gay in Zamdela, a township outside the city of Sasolburg. - -“Townships”, Radebe said, “are conservative and very backwards in their thinking, just because of tradition and culture. And if you don’t look and behave like they do, there is something wrong with you.” - -As a child, he had homophobic language aimed at him by other children, which he did not know the meaning of but understood to be negative. - -He also recalled how he and his two friends, called Jeff and Sean, played with dolls as children and were once caught by an older boy, who proceeded to beat Jeff up so badly he could not go to school the following day. - -However, he’s said that his experience as an openly gay dancer on Strictly – and the support he has received fro fans – has helped him overcome some of that early trauma. He has said, “There was never anything wrong with me, yet the society around me made me believe there was”. - -Has Johannes Radebe ever won Strictly? - -Johannes Radebe and John Whaite made Strictly history. (BBC) - -No, Johannes Radebe has never won Strictly Come Dancing, but he has placed in the top eight twice and made history with the first same-sex male partnership on the show. - -What happened between John Whaite and Johannes Radebe? - -Great British Bake Off champion John Whaite admitted that he “fell in love” with his dance partner Johannes Radebe while competing on Strictly Come Dancing. He had a long term partner called Paul Atkins at the time, who he has since married. They tied the knot in February 2024. - -In 2021, the baker was announced as one of the 15 celebrity contestants on the 19th season of Strictly, with Whaite’s pairing with Johannes Radebe becoming the first same-sex partnership in the show’s history. - -The pair’s chemistry was evident both to the judges and viewers at home, as they danced their way into the final two before losing out on the trophy to Eastenders actor Rose Ayling-Ellis. - -Speaking to The Times about his time on the show, Whaite has revealed that his affection for Radebe extended beyond the Strictly ballroom, explaining that he “fell in love” with his dance partner, and had to spend some time away from his fiancé Paul Atikins as a result. - -“When you’re physically pressed against another man for 10 hours a day, things move emotionally … I fell in love with him,” Whaite shared. - -Radebe and Whaite are still friends. Radebe congratulated his ex-dance partner on his wedding, writing “massive congratulations” under an Instagram post that Atkins and Whaite shared to mark the occasion. - -Radebe also told The Times: “We have gone on to have such a beautiful experience together that it would be a shame if we were not friends after all that. - -“What we agreed is that, regardless of what life throws at us, we will always keep [this friendship] going. ‘We are friends for life’, I always say to him. ‘I know where you live. You cannot get rid of me’. I still speak to him.” - -Who have Johannes’ other Strictly partners been over the years? - -Johannes Radebe performed a voguing routine in high heels during the 2018 series. (BBC) - -His other dance partners include; Comedian, actor and presenter Ellie Taylor, veteran comic actress Caroline Quentin, Coronation Street actress Catherine Tyldesley and former British tennis player Annabel Croft. In 2024, he was paired with former Olympian and Gladiators star Montell Douglas. - -Is Johannes Radebe in a relationship? - -It’s believed that the Strictly heartthrob is currently single, though back in February 2024 he said he’s looking to start dating again after his former dance partner, Annabel Croft, reminded him to “live.” - -He told Hello Magazine: “I went on one date with a gentleman, and it was lovely. It’s now about me doing this a lot more. Meeting the beautiful Annabel, I was reminded to live again. She’s encouraged me to be more social, and since then my life has changed. I’ve started going out, but needed someone to tell me that.” - -Johannes Radebe in Kinky Boots - -Strictly’s Johannes Radebe is to star in Kinky Boots for 2025 UK tour. (Ollie Rosser) - -Strictly Come Dancing icon Johannes Radebe is set to star in a UK and Ireland tour of West End musical Kinky Boots. The Strictly pro will don the red boots and take on the lead role of Lola as part of a tour in 2025. - -Announcing the news on social media, Radebe said: “Another dream is realized. I’m making my musical debut as Lola in Kinky Boots, the only role I’ve always envisaged playing. I feel like everything I have achieved in my career has led to this moment. I’ve been granted the opportunity to step into the world of musicals.” - -“I know these are big boots/shoes to fill but I promise to show up for the task and keep spreading the message of the show…Kinky Boots celebrates individuality and challenges us to encourage acceptance, love people for who they are, look out for one another, and to just be yourself,” he added. - -You can find out more and book tickets here.",1731883658,729e030595,1a4089daf6,,,1731883658 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/11/eff-ready-whats-next-effector-3614,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,EFF Is Ready for What's Next | EFFector 36.14,"Don't be scared of your backlog of digital rights news, instead, check out EFF's EFFector newsletter! It's the one-stop-shop to keeping up with the latest in the fight for online freedoms. This time we cover our expectations and preparations for the next U.S. presidential administration, surveillance towers at the U.S.-Mexico border, and EFF's new report on the use of AI in Latin America. - -It can feel overwhelming to stay up to date, but we've got you covered with our EFFector newsletter! You can read the full issue here, or subscribe to get the next one in your inbox automatically! You can also listen to the audio version of the newsletter on the Internet Archive or by clicking the button below: - -LISTEN ON YOUTUBE - -EFFECTOR 36.14 - EFF IS READY FOR WHAT'S NEXT - - - -Since 1990 EFF has published EFFector to help keep readers on the bleeding edge of their digital rights. We know that the intersection of technology, civil liberties, human rights, and the law can be complicated, so EFFector is a great way to stay on top of things. The newsletter is chock full of links to updates, announcements, blog posts, and other stories to help keep readers—and listeners—up to date on the movement to protect online privacy and free expression. - -Thank you to the supporters around the world who make our work possible! If you're not a member yet, join EFF today to help us fight for a brighter digital future.",1731883659,1face9fbd3,1b6e81f54c,,,1731883659 -https://www.sierraclub.org/sierra/what-does-resilience-officer-do,https://www.sierraclub.org/sierra/rss.xml,,,1731883633,8727ada488,1b475c64a3,,,1731883633 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/kentucky-wins-a-clunky-football-game-48-6-over-murray-state/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,Kentucky Wins a Clunky Football Game 48-6 Over Murray State,"It wasn’t always pretty, but Kentucky emerged from a bye week to overwhelm Murray State in a 48-6 win at Kroger Field. - -This was a flag-fest that featured 24 penalties and a comedy of errors. That’s not to turn a phrase. some of the plays were objectively hilarious. - -Brock Vandagriff threw a 52-yard touchdown pass to Hardley Gilmore on Kentucky’s first offensive possession. It wasn’t a pretty pass. The ball was under-thrown by about 10 yards. It bounced off the Murray State defensive back’s hands and into the breadbasket of the true freshman for his first touchdown as a Wildcat. - -On the very next Kentucky offensive snap, Bush Hamdan called the same play. Vandagriff threw the exact same pass. This time Murray State completed the interception. - -That sequence really summed up the clunky first half of football for the Wildcats. - -The ship was eventually steered back in the right direction, largely thanks to the explosiveness of Jamarion Wilcox. After not receiving a carry for the first quarter, he toted the rock 13 times for 123 yards and a touchdown. That does not include the 73-yard run that was negated by a holding penalty. - -Big Blue Nation eagerly awaited an exciting exhibition filled with high-octane offense. That is not how I would describe this clunky football game that was a tough watch at times. At least the underclassmen gave us a snapshot of what the future may look like for this program. - -Cutter Boley Comes in Hot - -He didn’t get the start, but as soon as Cutter Boley entered the game, the true freshman had the Cats rocking and rolling. Kentucky fans who stuck around to see the talented young quarterback in action were rewarded with the best offensive drive of the day. - -The Wildcats went 75 yards in only seven plays and five of those gained 10+ yards. Boley was on target on each of his two throws, which averaged 17.5 yards, while Wilcox knifed through the defense until he punched it into the end zone. He even showed off his athleticism, opening his second series with a 30-yard run on an option play. - -Boley would not remain perfect, but you couldn’t count too many mistakes from the quarterback during his first extended run under center. He capped off the day with his first career touchdown pass, a 22-yard throw to Anthony Brown-Stephens on fourth down. They connected one more time for another fourth quarter score. Boley’s final stat line: 10-14, 130 yards, and two touchdowns. - -More postgame coverage is on the way on the KSR YouTube Channel. Subscribe today to see press conferences, interviews, Rapid Reaction, and more. - -Jordan Lovett Balled Out - -Jordan Lovett developed a reputation as a ball-hawk during his time at North Hardin High School. He had five picks over his first two seasons in Lexington. He got a couple of them today, his first of the season. - -On the opening possession of the game, Lovett slid underneath an errant Murray State pass to give the Wildcats excellent field position. Later in the first half, the Wildcats’ wheels were spinning when No. 25 answered the bell. Murray State had a 44-yard completion and a big QB run that got the Racers in the red zone. This time Lovett had to make a much more acrobatic play, tipping the ball to himself, to snatch the ball back for the offense. Brock Vandagriff and Co. responded in kind, going 91 yards in under two minutes to get a touchdown right before halftime. - -The third quarter of this football game took approximately 6 hours thanks to 600 penalties. That’s only a slight exaggeration. - -Facing many of Kentucky’s twos, Murray State went on a 13-play drive. At one point there were penalties on five consecutive plays. That does not include the three or four other flags that were waved off or declined. - -It didn’t end with a chip shot field goal. On the ensuing kickoff, Kentucky was flagged for a hold during a long return by reserve Brandon White, who was tackled by his facemask. The offsetting penalties forced a re-kick. During the second kick, White fumbled the ball about 12 yards forward right to Murray State. - -The word ugly doesn’t do enough work to describe the football we watched. - -Kentucky vs. Murray State Box Score - -Got thoughts? Take advantage of our KSR+ Introductory Offer and continue the conversation on KSBoard, the KSR Message Board. $1 for seven days and 50% off an entire year.",1731883658,b2069ab8ff,1ae73b2d32,,,1731883658 -https://www.globaltrademag.com/eco-friendly-packaging-growth-and-consumer-perceptions-on-sustainability/,https://www.globaltrademag.com/feed/,Eco-Friendly Packaging Growth and Consumer Perceptions on Sustainability,"Towards Packaging - -[shareaholic app=""share_buttons"" id=""13106399""] - -The global shift toward sustainable practices has created a substantial market for eco-friendly packaging. Forecasts suggest that this market will expand from USD 256.06 billion in 2025 to USD 369.32 billion by 2030, driven by increasing consumer awareness and government interventions. The demand for eco-friendly packaging is growing as industries pivot to meet environmental standards and consumer expectations. However, a recent survey indicates that most U.S. consumers lack a clear understanding of which packaging materials are the most sustainable. Compostable and plant-based materials are perceived as the most eco-friendly, but other options are also gaining recognition. - -Key Market Drivers of Eco-Friendly Packaging - -Government Initiatives and Regulations Encouraging Sustainable Packaging - -To combat pollution and waste, governments worldwide are implementing policies to promote eco-friendly packaging solutions. These regulations are influential drivers of the eco-friendly packaging market, encouraging the use of recyclable, compostable, and biodegradable materials. For instance: - -Single-Use Plastic Bans : Countries around the globe have introduced bans on single-use plastics like bags, straws, and cutlery. These policies not only minimize plastic waste but also foster a need for alternative packaging materials. - -Incentives for Sustainable Solutions : Financial incentives, including subsidies and tax benefits , motivate companies to invest in green technologies. By offering financial rewards, governments can reduce the cost burden on businesses transitioning to sustainable packaging. - -PM Formalization of Micro Food Processing Enterprises (PMFME) : The Government of India launched the PMFME scheme with a financial outlay of INR 10,000 Cr over five years (2020-2025) to support micro food processing enterprises in upgrading to sustainable practices. As of now, over 43,000 enterprises have received assistance under this scheme. - -Consumer Demand for Eco-Friendly Products - -Modern consumers are increasingly prioritizing sustainability. Studies show that eco-conscious consumers are willing to pay more for products packaged in environmentally friendly materials. Key areas of consumer interest include: - -Compostable and Biodegradable Packaging : According to recent research, 73% of U.S. consumers view compostable products as highly sustainable, while 71% see plant-based packaging in the same light. These materials are popular because they break down naturally, leaving minimal environmental impact. - -Renewable and Plant-Based Packaging : As consumers become more informed, materials derived from renewable resources, such as cornstarch, bamboo, and sugarcane, are gaining traction. - -Minimalistic Packaging Designs : In response to growing environmental concerns, companies are designing packaging that reduces waste. Minimalistic packaging uses fewer materials, generating less waste while still serving its protective function. - -Challenges and Restraints in the Eco-Friendly Packaging Market - -Despite significant growth, the eco-friendly packaging market faces challenges, primarily due to higher production costs and limited access to sustainable raw materials. - -High Production Costs for Sustainable Materials - -Creating eco-friendly packaging often requires alternative raw materials and processes that can be more expensive than conventional plastic production. For example: - -Material Sourcing and Processing Costs : Compostable or biodegradable materials, such as PLA (polylactic acid) and cellulose, involve specialized production processes that increase costs. - -Innovation Investment : Companies must invest in research and development to create new materials that meet functional requirements (e.g., durability, strength) while being eco-friendly. Such innovation requires substantial initial investment and time for development. - -Consumer Education and Misconceptions about Sustainability - -Despite growing demand for eco-friendly products, many consumers are misinformed about the environmental impact of various packaging options. For example: - -Misconceptions About Recyclable Materials : While materials like glass and aluminum are highly recyclable, they are often overlooked in favor of compostable or plant-based alternatives, even though these materials can sometimes be less effective or practical. - -Confusion Between Biodegradable and Compostable : Many consumers do not distinguish between biodegradable and compostable materials. Compostable packaging must meet specific conditions to break down fully, whereas biodegradable products might degrade slower or leave behind microplastics. - -Consumer education is vital to ensure that packaging choices align with genuine environmental benefits. Providing clear information on packaging labels can help bridge this knowledge gap. - -Key Eco-Friendly Packaging Solutions on the Market - -With innovations in sustainable materials, the eco-friendly packaging market offers a diverse range of solutions. Here are some of the most promising options: - -Compostable Packaging - -Compostable packaging is designed to decompose in industrial composting facilities, leaving no toxic residue. This type of packaging is made from materials like cornstarch, bamboo fiber, and bagasse (a by-product of sugarcane processing). Key benefits include: - -Reduced Environmental Impact : Compostable packaging can break down fully within a few weeks to months. - -Market Expansion : This option is ideal for food packaging, especially single-use items like utensils and cups, where contamination can prevent recycling. - -Plant-Based and Bioplastic Packaging - -Plant-based materials, such as bioplastics, are derived from renewable sources like corn, potato, and sugarcane. Polylactic acid (PLA), for instance, is a popular bioplastic used in eco-friendly packaging: - -Renewable Resources : Using plant-based resources minimizes the reliance on fossil fuels. - -Reduced Carbon Footprint : Production processes for bioplastics emit less CO₂ compared to conventional plastics. - -Recyclable Packaging - -Materials like aluminum, paperboard, and glass are easily recyclable, offering an eco-friendly solution for packaging: - -Circular Economy Contribution : Recyclable packaging supports a circular economy by enabling materials to be repurposed repeatedly. - -High Consumer Acceptance : As these materials are familiar, consumers are more likely to correctly dispose of recyclable packaging, improving overall recycling rates. - -Source: https://www.towardspackaging.com/insights/creating-good-packaging-for-eco-friendly-packaging",1731883642,672087cbcb,1b9a32fed8,,,1731883642 -https://www.packagingstrategies.com/articles/105175-coveris-launches-mediflex-brand-following-investments-in-production-facilities,https://www.packagingstrategies.com/rss/articles,Coveris launches MediFlex brand following investments in production facilities,"Following extensive investments in its medical production facilities, Coveris is now consolidating its capabilities and high-class medical offerings under one brand name: MediFlex. - -“The demand for high quality, sustainable medical packaging is steadily growing, and Coveris has responded by investing over 8 million euros in recent months to expand production capacity and know-how for medical device packaging at our Rohrdorf and Halle facilities in Germany. This investment has enabled us to upgrade and enhance the over 45 years of expertise in medical device production to meet the highest medical standards, including ISO Class 7 cleanroom manufacturing,” explains Jan-Willem Bruijsten, Segment Director Medical at Coveris. - -The establishment of MediFlex distinguishes Coveris’ medical portfolio from other non-food applications, reflecting the heritage of the Rohrdorf and Halle sites as leaders in medical packaging. The new brand also stands for a clean and safe production environment and sustainable medical packaging solutions, featuring state-of-the-art recyclable, flexible mono materials. Additionally, all medical packaging is produced using renewable electricity, embodying Coveris’ commitment to its No Waste principles. - -To learn more about MediFlex, visit the brand’s dedicated landing page. - - - -",1731883645,c925e986aa,1b7f6c81fc,,,1731883645 -https://arstechnica.com/space/2024/11/firefly-aerospace-rakes-in-more-cash-as-competitors-struggle-for-footing/,https://arstechnica.com/science/feed/,Firefly Aerospace rakes in more cash as competitors struggle for footing,"Firefly Aerospace, a Texas-based company resurrected from bankruptcy, is riding high these days. In a few months, Firefly will attempt to become the second company to safely place a commercial lander on the Moon. Firefly's Alpha rocket has reached orbit four times, and engineers are developing a larger medium-class rocket in partnership with Northrop Grumman, one of the largest US aerospace and defense contractors. - -There's also an orbital transfer vehicle, named Elytra, in Firefly's diversified portfolio. This diversification is proving attractive to investors. Firefly announced Tuesday that it completed a $175 million Series D fundraising round, resulting in a valuation of more than $2 billion. This follows a banner year of fundraising in 2023, when Firefly reported investors funneled approximately $300 million into the company at a valuation of $1.5 billion. - -""Firefly is extremely grateful for our existing and new investors whose support demonstrates a huge vote of confidence in our capabilities and future,"" said Jason Kim, who took over as the company's CEO in October. He replaced Bill Weber, who resigned as chief executive after reports of an alleged inappropriate relationship with a female employee. - -In a statement, Firefly said the money raised in the Series D round will help the company ""expand market reach with its Elytra spacecraft, move to full rate production of its Alpha launch vehicle, and accelerate hardware qualification for new vehicles in development."" - -Leading the pack - -The cash infusion means the trajectory is trending up for Firefly, something many of its competitors can't say. The Alpha rocket is Firefly's first launch vehicle, and its lift capacity of around 1 metric ton (2,200 pounds) to low-Earth orbit puts it in the same class as vehicles from other Western startups: ABL Space Systems in the United States, and Rocket Factory Augsburg and Isar Aerospace in Germany. None of the rockets from those companies have logged a successful flight.",1731883665,0179022565,1b5b434702,,,1731883665 -https://derivsource.com/2024/08/19/the-stakes-get-higher-for-the-interest-rate-derivative-dealer-community-ird-dealers/,https://derivsource.com/feed,The Stakes get Higher for the Interest Rate Derivative Dealer Community,"Lynn Strongin Dodds explores the challenges interest rate dealers face in maintaining and attracting new clients in an increasingly competitive environment. - -Interest-rate derivatives (IRD) dealers face an uphill battle to retain and win new clients as volumes are coalescing among a select few players. While cutting edge technology and innovative products are essential, these firms should not underestimate the importance of relationships, according to a new study by Greenwich Coalition. - -The report – Derivative Investors’ Expectations for Sell-Side Technology and Services by Coalition Greenwich – was based on interviews with 368 buy-side IRD traders globally during 2023. The aim was to ascertain their views about key issues in the market, including improvements they wanted to see as well as the triggers that could put a relationship with a dealer at risk. - -“IRD dealers face a host of challenges, including regulatory mandates governing capital, competition for talent and the need to constantly invest in technology,” says Stephen Bruel, senior analyst in the market structure & technology group at Coalition Greenwich and author of the report. “These forces can erode the quality of service if not managed closely—if a dealer loses top traders or underinvests in technology, their clients will notice and can redirect flow to other banks.” - -End users can be fickle, but dealers cannot afford the switch of allegiance in this fast moving and competitive market. The report cites data from the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) and the DTCC, which shows that between 2022 and 2023, IRD notional volume traded jumped 11% to $324.5 trn, while transaction count rose10.9% to 2.5 m. - -However, these numbers are misleading in that despite the robust growth, there is not enough business to go around. Research from Coalition Greenwich showed that during the same time period, IRD dealer revenues fell 9% from $8.77 bn in 2022 to $7.96 bn in 2023 for the leading 12 banks. Activity was also becoming increasingly concentrated with the top four accounting for 63% last year, up from 61% market share in 2022 while the bottom four comprised 12% of revenues slightly higher than the 11% the previous year. - -Typically, IRDs dealers hope to engender loyalty with an array of new, shiny tools and products. In fact, the report notes that the investment spend on technology is growing at a faster rate than other areas such as operations and administration. However, while the technology can cement a relationship it can also impair it if the promises do not deliver the goods or enhance the service or processes. - -This is particularly true with pricing where 34% of respondents place it top of the IRD dealer selection list. The report says that for dealers, pricing is not only a technology question but also one that involves risk management, credit allocation and other factors. For end users, though the main areas of focus are the level of pricing and how it compares to its rivals. Technology can be an enabler by providing bids and offers with a smaller gap with more timely quotes and real time prices. - -The quality of trading and sales coverage was also a main driver for 31%. The report found that this is assessed more qualitatively by end users, but the level of service is a key determinant. In their choice of dealer. The calibre of the individuals is seen as paramount because as the report notes, end users are looking for” touchpoints, more interactions with the trading desk and the research team” and they notice “deterioration in their service.” - -This is not always an easy path for IRD dealers to navigate. They are expected to deliver less expensive services with superior coverage while they are still grappling with financial implications of regulation and changing market dynamics. This has put pressure on margins, resources and can strain relationships for both the desk and the individual clients. - -The buy side also has its work cut out. As Bruel points out, firms are on a journey to improve and optimise their trading. A chunk of their focus needs to be on their own technology, portfolio management, research, operations, and trading processes. They can be supported by their brokers through a focus on pricing, and improved service quality and technology. - -“Not every buy-side investor will get all they want from their brokers as many brokers may have different priorities, but responding to the buy side’s wish list can help sustain a dealer’s IRD franchise,” he adds.",1731883757,9dd65a327d,1b9ef883bb,,,1731883757 -https://www.npr.org/2023/04/05/1168231830/puerto-rico-beaches-laws-hurricane-tides,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The legal battle over Puerto Rico's beaches : Planet Money : NPR,"The battle for Puerto Rico's beaches - -Enlarge this image Illustration by Rosaura Rodriguez, Color by Omar Banuchi/WNYC Illustration by Rosaura Rodriguez, Color by Omar Banuchi/WNYC - -Puerto Rico's beaches are an integral part of life on the island, and by law, they're one of the few places that are truly public. In practice, the sandy stretch of land where the water meets the shore is one of the island's most contested spaces. - - - -Today we're featuring an episode of the podcast La Brega from WNYC Studios and Futuro Studios, a show about Puerto Rico and the Puerto Rican experience. On the island, a legal definition dating back to the Spanish colonial period dictates what counts as a beach. But climate change, an influx of new residents and a real estate boom are all threatening legal public access to some of Puerto Rico's most cherished spaces. The debate all comes down to one question: what counts as a beach? - -Sponsor Message - -You can listen to the rest of La Brega (in English and Spanish) here. They have two full seasons out, which explore the Puerto Rican experience through history and culture. Check it out. - -This episode was reported by Alana Casanova-Burgess and produced by Ezequiel Rodriguez Andino and Joaquin Cotler, with help from Tasha Sandoval. It was edited by Mark Pagan, Marlon Bishop, and Jenny Lawton and engineered by Joe Plourde. The zona maritimo terrestre was sung as a bolero by Los Rivera Destino. - -The Planet Money version was produced by Dave Blanchard, fact checked by Sierra Juarez, edited by Keith Romer, and engineered by Brian Jarboe. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884642,8181d7a585,1b836ebc53,,,1731884642 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/why-kamala-harris-campaign-is-still-sending-persistent-appeals-to-donors_n_673902abe4b068d7a45ea8ab,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,Why Kamala Harris' Campaign Is Still Sending Persistent Appeals To Donors,"LOADING ERROR LOADING - -ATLANTA (AP) — Kamala Harris and the Democratic Party’s prodigious fundraising operation raised more than $1 billion in her loss to Donald Trump, but the vice president is still pushing donors for more money after the election. - -Democrats are sending persistent appeals to Harris supporters without expressly asking them to cover any potential debts, enticing would-be donors instead with other matters: the Republican president-elect’s picks for his upcoming administration and a handful of pending congressional contests where ballots are still being tallied. - -Advertisement - -“The Harris campaign certainly spent more than they raised and is now busy trying to fundraise,” said Adrian Hemond, a Democratic strategist from Michigan. He said he was been asked by the campaign after its loss to Trump to help with fundraising. - -The party is flooding Harris’ lucrative email donor list with near-daily appeals aimed at small-dollar donors — those whose contributions are measured in the hundreds of dollars or less. But Hemond said the postelection effort also includes individual calls to larger donors. - -The scramble now underscores the expense involved in a losing effort and the immediate challenges facing Democrats as they try to maintain a baseline political operation to counter the Trump administration and prepare for the 2026 midterm elections. It also calls into question how Democrats used their resources, including hosting events with musicians and other celebrities as well as running ads in a variety of nontraditional spaces such as Las Vegas’ domed Sphere. - -Internally, the apparent cash crunch is being blamed for the campaign’s decision to stop paying many senior staff as of Saturday, even those initially told they would be paid through the end of the year. Facing internal frustration, the campaign notified those affected in recent days that their health insurance would be covered through the end of the year, according to one person with direct knowledge of the situation who spoke on condition of anonymity to share internal discussions. - -Advertisement - -Another person familiar with the fundraising effort and the Democratic National Committee’s finances said the Harris campaign’s expected shortfall is a relatively small sum compared to the breadth of the campaign, which reported having $119 million cash on hand in mid-October before the Nov. 5 election. That person was not authorized to publicly discuss the campaign’s finances and spoke on condition of anonymity. - -Patrick Stauffer, chief financial officer for the Harris campaign, said in a statement that “there were no outstanding debts or bills overdue” on Election Day and there “will be no debt” listed for either the campaign or the DNC on their next financial disclosures, which are due to the Federal Election Commission in December. - -The person familiar with the campaign and DNC’s finances said it was impossible to know just where Harris’ balance sheet stands currently. The campaign still is getting invoices from vendors for events and other services from near the end of the race. The campaign also has outstanding receipts; for example, from media organizations that must pay for their employees’ spots on Air Force Two as it traveled for the vice president’s campaign activities. - -Within hours of Trump picking Florida Republican Matt Gaetz for attorney general on Wednesday, Harris’ supporters got an appeal for more money for “the Harris Fight Fund,” citing the emerging Trump team and its agenda. - -Gaetz, who resigned his House seat after the announcement, “will weaponize the Justice Department to protect themselves,” the email said. It said Democrats “must stop them from executing Trump’s plans for revenge and retribution” and noted that “even his Republican allies are shocked by this” Cabinet choice. - -Advertisement - -Another appeal followed Friday in Harris’ name. - -“The light of America’s promise will burn bright as long as we keep fighting,” the email said, adding that “there are still a number of critical races across the country that are either too close to call or with the margin of recounts or certain legal challenges.” - -The emails do not mention Harris’ campaign or its finances. - -The “Harris Fight Fund” is a postelection label for the “Harris Victory Fund,” which is the joint fundraising operation of Harris’ campaign, the DNC and state Democratic parties. Despite the language in the recent appeals, most rank-and-file donors’ contributions would be routed to the national party, unless a donor took the time to contact DNC directly and have the money go directly to Harris or a state party. - -The fine print at the bottom of the solicitation explains that the first $41,300 from a person and first $15,000 from a political action committee would be allocated to the DNC. The next $3,300 from a person or $5,000 from a PAC would go to the Harris for President “Recount Account.” Anything beyond that threshold, up to maximum contribution limits that can reach into the hundreds of thousands of dollars, would be spread across state parties. - -Officials at the DNC, which is set to undergo a leadership change early next year, indicated the party has no plans to cover any shortfall for Harris but could not explicitly rule out the party shifting any money to the campaign. - -Cappelletti reported from Lansing, Michigan. AP National Political Writer Steve Peoples in New York contributed in New York contributed to this report.",1731883662,b2d88cb862,1bf11f1cc7,,,1731883662 -https://www.bjpenn.com/mma-news/bo-nickal/ufc-309-results-bo-nickal-defeats-paul-craig-highlights/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=ufc-309-results-bo-nickal-defeats-paul-craig-highlights,https://www.bjpenn.com/feed/,UFC 309 Results: Bo Nickal defeats Paul Craig (Highlights),"We have you covered for all of tonight’s UFC 309 results, including the middleweight bout between Bo Nickal and Paul Craig. - -Nickal (6-0 MMA) last competed at April’s historic UFC 300 event, where he earned a second-round submission victory over Cody Brundage. The wrestling standout has gone a perfect 3-0 since joining the UFC ranks in March of 2023. - -Meanwhile, Paul Craig (17-8-1 MMA) will enter the matchup with hopes of snapping a two-fight losing skid. The Scottish standout was most recently knocked out by Caio Borralho at UFC 301, and before that was submitted by Brendan Allen. - -Round one of this middleweight contest begins and Bo Nickal quickly takes the center of the Octagon. He throws out a front kick to the body. Paul Craig is keeping his distance while circling along the outside. Nickal with a nice outside low kick. He lands another. Craig returns fire with a body kick. Nickal with a jab to the body and then a right hand over the top. Craig with a nice low kick in return. Another big overhand right from Bo Nickal. He seems very confident in his striking early. He lands a low kick. ‘Bearjew’ replies with a kick to the body. He unloads another. Bo returns fire with one of his own. A big left from Nickal hits the chest of the Scotsman. A low kick and then a left hand from Nickal. He goes to the body with a left. Craig swings and misses with a high kick. Good punches from both men in the pocket. Paul Craig with a nice body kick. Nickal with a left hand over the top. The horn sounds to end round one. - -Round two begins and Paul Craig lands a kick to the body. He attempts a high kick but it falls short. Bo Nickal with a leaping right hand that partially connects. Craig lands a body kick and then shares some words for his opponent. Another hard kick from the Scottish standout. Nickal with a big left to the body and then one over the top. That appeared to stun Craig. Nickal with another left to the body and then a big right behind it. The undefeated prospect continues to attack the body. Paul Craig answers with a hard body kick. Bo continues to go to the body with left hands. Craig meanwhile is sticking to the body kicks. ‘Bearjew’ misses with a front kick. Another nice left connects for Bo Nickal. We head to the third and final round. - -How are you scoring Bo Nickal vs Paul Craig?! #UFC309 pic.twitter.com/trpsEmZoyj — UFC Europe (@UFCEurope) November 17, 2024 - -Round three begins and Paul Craig comes out aggressively. He lands a nice low kick. Bo Nickal counters with a right hand and then a low kick of his own. A good left from Nickal. He feints a takedown and then swings and misses with another left hook attempt. Paul with an outside low kick. He lands another. A good jab and then another low kick from ‘Bearjew’. Nickal doubles up on his left jab. He lands a follow up low kick. Paul misses with a high kick. Nickal counters with a big left. That stunned Craig. Good body shots from Nickal, but he’s not throwing caution to the wind. Nickal rips the body with a left. Bo with a low kick and then a good right. He lands a left as the horn sounds to end the fight. - -Official UFC 309 Results: Bo Nickal def. Paul Craig by unanimous decision (30-27 x3) - -Who would you like to see Nickal fight next following his victory over Craig this evening in New York City?",1731883645,eda10ed51d,1bdc289923,,,1731883645 -https://forbiddenplanet.com/442941-under-the-oak-tree-volume-1-hardcover-light-novel-with-character-card/?utm_source=products&utm_medium=rss,https://forbiddenplanet.com/rss/products/,Under The Oak Tree: Volume 1 (Hardcover Light Novel With Character Card),"Product Description - -Most fairytales end with a wedding and a happily-ever-after – but this is no fairytale. The first volume of Suji Kim’s hit webnovel, now available in English print for the first time. - -The gorgeous first edition hardback of Under the Oak Tree: Volume 1 (The Novel) will feature designed sprayed edges, full-colour patterned endpapers, silver foil stamping on the cover, and a ribbon bookmark! (While stocks last.) - -Lady Maximilian is the daughter of the powerful Duke Croyso, but she is rarely allowed outside her family’s sprawling castle for fear her stutter will tarnish their noble name. When she is forced to marry Sir Riftan, a low-born knight caught in one of her father’s schemes, Maxi doesn’t dare hope for happiness, let alone love. Her stumbling communication and his gruff manner sour their relationship before it can begin, and Riftan leaves without a word the morning after their vows are exchanged. - -Now, three years after their disastrous wedding night, Riftan has returned a war hero. To Maxi’s surprise, despite rumours that he was offered marriage to Princess Agnes, a beautiful and renowned sorceress, Riftan still wants Maxi for his wife. And when he comes to claim her, that longing becomes a desire that bewilders Maxi, even as she is overcome by the scorching heat Riftan’s presence ignites within her. As she learns to navigate the intricacies of her new life, Maxi will find herself and her courage, and discover that she is anything but powerless.",1731883646,0b8b73a382,1bdc16ee1a,,,1731883646 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/15/short-circuit-a-roundup-of-recent-federal-court-decisions-288/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,Short Circuit: A Roundup of Recent Federal Court Decisions,"Please enjoy the latest edition of Short Circuit, a weekly feature written by a bunch of people at the Institute for Justice. - -Nearly a decade ago, New Mexico all but eliminated civil forfeiture, ending the practice of taking people's stuff without convicting them of a crime. And then what happened? Did the state descend into lawlessness? On the contrary, crime rates were not impacted. So says a peer-reviewed study newly published in the Criminal Justice Review that used nine years of monthly data and compared against control states. Henceforth, policymakers can rest easy knowing that if they do the right thing and nuke civil forfeiture into the sun, the only thing they'll be doing is protecting civil rights. - -California environmentalists sue the FAA and the National Park Service, disputing whether the agencies appropriately followed regulations promulgated by the Council on Environmental Quality. D.C. Circuit: Twist! The CEQ doesn't have the power to issue regulations—50 years of practice notwithstanding—because it was created by executive order, not by Congress. Puerto Rico shuts down most businesses in March 2020, exempting those selling ""essential supplies."" Wal-Mart, Costco, and others remain open and, allegedly, continue selling ""non-essential supplies"" such as, well, everything in the store. The gov't does nothing to stop them. A group of competing businesses who were shut down sue the big-box chains, claiming unfair competition. District court: Class certification denied, and there is no cause of action. First Circuit: Remanded back to Puerto Rican ""state court."" Dissent: I agree, but we should have granted Costco's motion to sever. American Airlines and JetBlue try to merge their services for flights in and out of Boston and NYC. But is this a ""restraint of trade"" under the Sherman Act? District court: After sitting through a month-long trial where I have to put up with biased ""experts"" and thousands of pages of evidence I'm going to say it is. First Circuit: And no clear error in applying the rule of reason. New York's State Ivory Law restricts the sale of ivory items and does so in ways that are more restrictive than the sales permitted under the federal Endangered Species Act. It also prohibits licensees from physically displaying for sale any ivory item that is not authorized for sale in New York. Antique dealers: The law is preempted by the Endangered Species Act, and the display restriction violates the First Amendment. Second Circuit: Having parsed the difference between the words ""exemption"" and ""exception,"" we conclude that the law is not preempted. But its display restriction does violate the First Amendment. Dissent: The law absolutely is preempted. North Carolina requires federal-office candidates to disclose felony convictions on their ballot applications. Prospective candidate: This violates the Qualifications Clause and the First Amendment! Fourth Circuit: No. Checking a box marked ""felony"" doesn't impose an unconstitutional ""qualification"" for candidacy. Disclosing this simple, public fact isn't 1A-violating compelled speech either. (Oh, and how about a breather from five years of nonstop election challenges?) In 2023, disgraced former lawyer Alex Murdaugh was found guilty of murdering his wife and son following a high-profile trial. If that weren't enough, Murdaugh is also alleged to have stolen nearly two million dollars from his personal injury clients with the help of a bank CEO. During the banker's fraud trial, the judge removed a juror who privately expressed anxiety due to other jurors' ""reactions to my decision."" The banker was then convicted on all counts. Did removing the anxious juror violate the banker's rights under the Fifth and Sixth Amendments? Fourth Circuit: Sure did. The banker had the right to be present in the juror's interview, and there's a substantial possibility that removal was based on the juror's view of the case. Convictions vacated and remanded for a new trial. Allegation: After wearing MAGA hat and a Ted Cruz T-shirt, teen suffers years of intense bullying by students and staff at Austin, Tex. public schools. He sues the school district under Title VI for being deliberately indifferent to racial harassment. District court: He was bullied for his politics, not his race. Case dismissed. Fifth Circuit (en banc, by a vote of 9-9): Affirmed. Dissent: He was bullied for multiple reasons, and being white was one of them. Ohio man is arrested and booked after failing to appear for a court hearing. Following his intake screening, he's placed on an opioid-withdrawal protocol but not a Xanax-withdrawal protocol, despite his having identified Xanax as a drug for which he had a prescription. He goes into severe withdrawal, becomes delusional, and is eventually roughed up and restrained by jail officials. He sues jail officials for deliberate indifference. Sixth Circuit (unpublished): Qualified immunity for everyone. Sure, this guy said he took Xanax, but people say all sorts of things that may or may not be true. Dissent: This should have gone to a jury. Michigan woman, inebriated but calm and steady on her feet, sets out from home to locate her son at the site of a car crash less than a half mile away. Police officer, convinced that the woman was the driver, arrests her for disorderly conduct. She's acquitted at trial and sues the cop. Sixth Circuit: There was no probable cause for the arrest, but qualified immunity anyway. Concurrence: We shouldn't decide the probable-cause question; we should just skip straight to QI. In Indiana, it's illegal for physicians to treat gender dysphoria by altering a child's sex characteristics through medication or surgery. District court: Which likely violates, among other constitutional protections, the Equal Protection Clause. Preliminary injunction issued. Seventh Circuit (2-1): Nay. The law is subject only to rational-basis review, which it likely passes. (Ed. ::sigh:: let us take the liberty of proposing an amendment to page 15: it's almost certainly supposed to be ""baring"" breasts, guys, not ""bearing"" them.) When someone says ""we had a 40-year business relationship but somehow never got around to writing it down in a contract,"" you might suspect that Jägermeister was involved in their decision-making process, which, in this Eighth Circuit case, is quite literally true. Allegation: In 2014, after prison staff ignored his declining health, Missouri inmate suffers multi-organ failure. He's placed in a medically-induced coma for a month and now requires dialysis three times a week. (Family members are willing to donate a kidney, but the warden refuses to allow it, saying, ""He belongs to me."") He sues. Prison: Oh, but you had to file a grievance within 15 days of your initial medical emergency. And while we acknowledge you were in a coma, you had to file a late grievance when you were recapacitated. Eighth Circuit: Case undismissed. The prison's grievance policy did not allow any late filings. Allegation: Kansas man finds errors in his credit reports, leading to embarrassment and a lost job opportunity. He sues the US Dept. of Ed. and a Missouri credit agency under the FCRA after they fail to correct his info. USDE: Sovereign immunity! Missouri agency: Eleventh Amendment immunity! District court: Immunity for both. Tenth Circuit: SCOTUS just said that the FCRA waives sovereign immunity. As far as the agency, it ain't an arm of the state. Undismissed. Seeking to promote voting by mail, nonprofit starts sending partially completed vote-by-mail forms to Kansas voters. Seeking to curtail voter confusion and errors on forms, Kansas outlaws sending partially completed vote-by-mail forms. Nonprofit sues, alleging the restriction violates their First Amendment rights. Tenth Circuit: This is a content-based regulation of speech, but one of the increasing number of content-based regulations that we think escape strict scrutiny because it's pretty much harmless. (To this summarist, this seems more like a content-neutral time, manner, or place regulation, which would reach a similar result with less violence to the jurisprudence.) Without turning on their emergency lights, Brevard County, Fla. police follow car they think is stolen but is not. The 16-year-old driver stops, and officers—in violation of policy—get out of their cars with guns drawn. The teen drives on, and an officer shoots and kills him and also the 18-year-old backseat passenger. Plaintiffs: At no point was the officer in danger. The teen was trying to go around him, and indeed did. Shooting through the windshield was unconstitutional, and so was shooting through the driver-side window as the car went past. Eleventh Circuit: The officer might have reasonably believed he was in danger. (Video here.) In 2021, Project Veritas was suspended from Twitter. CNN reports that the suspension was for promoting misinformation. Project Veritas demands a retraction—the suspension was actually for doxxing. CNN says it's close enough, and Project Veritas sues for defamation. Eleventh Circuit: And there's enough here to get past a motion to dismiss. Concurrence: ""If you stay on the bench long enough, you see a lot of things. Still, I never thought I'd see a major news organization downplaying the importance of telling the truth in its broadcasts. But that is what CNN has done in this case."" And in en banc news, by a vote of 8-9, the Fifth Circuit will not reconsider its (unpublished) decision that a street preacher cannot challenge future enforcement of a Brandon, Miss. ordinance because he has been convicted of violating it in the past. (The ordinance bans public demonstrating near certain live events.) Dissentals: Heck, we can do better than this. And in cert denial news, we're sorry to say that the Supreme Court took a pass on Martinez v. High, in which a Clovis, Calif. officer disclosed a confidential domestic violence complaint to subject of the complaint, who then inflicted horrific sexual and physical abuse on the victim. According to the Ninth Circuit, a reasonable officer might not have known not to do that. Silver lining: The panel did clearly establish that officers should not do that. - -New case! According to the Texas Tribune, there is a staggering shortage of social workers in the state. Indeed, 74 counties lack any licensed master social workers. And IJ clients Katherin Youniacutt and Tammy Thompson each want to become a licensed master social worker and have spent years meeting all of the state's education, exam, and practice requirements (and have earned glowing reviews from supervisors and colleagues). However, the legislature recently banned anyone with a conviction for felony assault from becoming a social worker, and Katherin and Tammy have such convictions — from the mid-2000's while still in the grip of addictions they have long since overcome. Fortunately, the Texas Constitution protects the right to earn an honest living free of unreasonable restrictions, which old and irrelevant convictions surely are. This week, Katherin and Tammy joined with IJ to file suit, asking for the courts to strike down the law and return to the previous status quo where the state's licensing board was free to consider evidence of rehabilitation. Click here to learn more.",1731883644,6a1d127262,1b8f030502,,,1731883644 -https://www.coindesk.com/policy/2024/11/15/razzlekhans-husband-gets-five-years-prison-sentence-for-bitfinex-hack/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=rss&utm_campaign=headlines,https://www.coindesk.com/feed,Razzlekhan's Husband Gets Five Years Prison Sentence for Bitfinex Hack,"But despite their complexity, former founder and leader of cybercrime cartel Shadow Crew, Brett Johnson told CoinDesk last year that some of Lichtenstein’s laundering methods, such as using Coinbase accounts directly connected to him, “did not make sense” and suggested a lack of experience. “Ilya is a f***ing idiot. If you look at the way he was trying to launder money, he was doing absolutely everything wrong,” Johnson said at the time.",1731883667,c08a28b4dd,1b342a2ec8,,,1731883667 -https://www.biopharmadive.com/news/ptc-fda-approval-aadc-deficiency-gene-therapy-kebilidi/732916/,https://www.biopharmadive.com/feeds/news/,PTC wins US approval of gene therapy for fatal enzyme disorder,"Dive Brief: - -PTC Therapeutics on Wednesday won Food and Drug Adminitration approval for Kebilidi, the first gene therapy cleared in the U.S. for direct administration to the brain. - -The treatment is designed for patients with aromatic L-amino acid decarboxylase, or AADC, deficiency, a condition that affects the way neurons transmit information to other cells. The potentially fatal disorder typically manifests in the first six months after babies are born and affects all aspects of their lives, both physical and mental. - -Kebilidi is designed to deliver a functioning DDC gene into the body, correcting the genetic defect that causes the disorder. It’s administered by a neurosurgeon in four infusions in one session. - -Dive Insight: - -The approval is welcome news for PTC, which has struggled with a number of setbacks that dented its share price. PTC stock climbed above $58 in May 2023, just before the company announced a Phase 3 study failure for a Friedreich ataxia drug. By Nov. 2023, after a negative regulatory decision for a Duchenne muscular dystrophy medicine in September, the shares were trading below $19. - -PTC tried to overcome the setbacks by restructuring and slashing costs. Last May, the company fired its CFO, ended early research programs and announced plans to cut about 8% of its workforce. The decision by European regulators four months later to deny PTC’s bid to convert a conditional clearance for its Duchenne treatment Translarna to full approval triggered another round of layoffs. - -Shares have climbed higher this year, even as the company tried and failed to overcome European regulators objections to Translarna. - -The FDA clearance for Kebilidi is also conditional, using the FDA’s accelerated approval pathway. Regulators are allowing the therapy on the market based on a study that showed early improvements in motor function in eight of the 12 patients evaluated. The agency could revoke approval if additional data doesn’t show further clinical benefits. - -Still, FDA officials touted Kebilidi’s promise in a press release, saying it represented “important progress” in treating debilitating genetic disorders. The agency also awarded PTC a rare pediatric disease priority review voucher, which the company plans to sell. The “fast passes” are valuable to drugmakers; just last week, Acadia Pharmaceuticals agreed to sell one for $150 million. - -Kebilidi is already approved in Europe, where it’s sold as Upstaza. PTC shares fell about 3% to trade under $43 apiece in early trading Thursday.",1731883651,6971f44110,1c056c4d8a,,,1731883651 -https://www.nationalreview.com/2024/11/the-eus-poor-climate-policies-lead-to-poor-results/,https://www.nationalreview.com/feed/,European Union Climate Policy Has Hurt Europe's Economy,,1731883662,9c6f6d7409,1bc7db98ee,,,1731883662 -https://freelancewritinggigs.com/freelance-writing-jobs-november-13-2024/,https://www.freelancewritinggigs.com/feed/,"Freelance Writing Jobs, November 13, 2024","Calling all writers! Fill your pipeline with a curated list of online writing jobs. From content creation to copywriting, ghostwriting to technical writing, we’ve got opportunities to keep you busy. - -Whether you’re an experienced writer or just starting, our daily updates offer various gigs. Embrace the freedom of freelancing – the possibilities are endless. Dive in and discover your next writing adventure today! - -Freelance Writing Jobs - -Content Writing Jobs - -Copywriting Jobs - -Journalism Jobs - -Plan/Proposal/Grant Writing Jobs - -Technical Writing Jobs - -General/Misc. Freelance Writing Gigs",1731883654,f6f1688c92,1c29d88e39,,,1731883654 -http://www.skysports.com/football/news/11095/13255914/england-interim-manager-lee-carsley-preparing-dossier-handover-ahead-of-thomas-tuchel-takeover,https://www.skysports.com/rss/11095,England interim manager Lee Carsley preparing 'dossier' handover ahead of Thomas Tuchel takeover,"Outgoing England interim boss Lee Carsley will prepare a ""dossier"" handover for new manager Thomas Tuchel ahead of his appointment on January 1. - -Carsley led England back to the top tier of the Nations League at the first time of asking after his six-game spell in charge ended with a 5-0 win over the Republic of Ireland, to edge Greece into second place in their group. - -Eight players have made their Three Lions debuts since he took over from Gareth Southgate on a temporary basis in July, while 37 different players have been called up during his time in charge. - -The 50-year-old will return to his regular job as U21 manager at the end of this year, but will first prepare a sizeable handover for his permanent successor - who he plans to meet ahead of time to fill him in on his new job. - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Rob Dorsett and Ron Walker reflect on England’s 5-0 win against Ireland and feel new manager Thomas Tuchel will have seen both the good and bad from England in what was a game of two halves - -""I'm trying to put together a debrief over the three camps with the other staff,"" he said. - -""I'll put together a document and meet him, and put together what we've found. Our jobs as U21 staff is to support the senior manager, find out what he needs and how we can help. - -""I'm really comfortable with that role and I'm looking forward to meeting him in the next few weeks."" - -'Relieved' Carsley: The main thing was getting promotion - -Carsley admitted his main emotion at the end of his spell in charge was ""relief"" after the Three Lions secured promotion from Nations League Group B2. - -""I wanted the England team to be exciting to watch, be attacking,"" he told ITV. ""I see them day in, day out on the training ground and now people have seen it. - -""It's given the staff and myself the confidence we can do the job. You always doubt yourself, whether you could do it or not. - -Twitter Twitter , which may be using cookies and other technologies. To show you this content, we need your permission to use cookies. You can use the buttons below to amend your preferences to enable Twitter cookies or to allow those cookies just once. You can change your settings at any time via the This content is provided by, which may be using cookies and other technologies. To show you this content, we need your permission to use cookies. You can use the buttons below to amend your preferences to enablecookies or to allow those cookies just once. You can change your settings at any time via the Privacy Options Unfortunately we have been unable to verify if you have consented to Twitter cookies. To view this content you can use the button below to allow Twitter cookies for this session only. Enable Cookies Allow Cookies Once - -""There's a lot of England managers sat in the house picking the team and to have the responsibility to do that and the trust from my bosses has been a massive boost of confidence."" - -Speaking about the game, Carsley added: ""I think it was a good performance. - -Image: Conor Gallagher celebrates with Marc Guehi and Kyle Walker after scoring England's third goal against Republic of Ireland - -""The way we started the game we played with real intent and it was frustrating to come off 0-0 at half-time, but I believed that we'd score goals if we just kept doing what we spoke about and it was great we got our rewards in the end. - -""It was a great evening for a lot of the players. The main thing was getting promotion, what we set out to do, so it was pleasing in that respect."" - -Kane praises 'top-drawer' Carsley England captain Harry Kane described interim manager Lee Carsley as “top drawer” as the U21 manager signed off with a win before Thomas Tuchel takes over in January. - - - -“Thomas has got a lot players to choose from, a lot of young players who’ve come in and done well and we’ve got some experienced boys who are injured who want to come back and fight for their place as well. We’ve got a good balance,"" Kane said. - -Keane: Young players need to stay grounded - there's pitfalls ahead - -Roy Keane on ITV Sport: - -Image: Noni Madueke tangles with Callum O'Dowda - -""If you listen to some of his [Thomas Tuchel] media stuff, I think that seems to suit him. I think he likes the idea of maybe getting in for a couple of years and that's his target - knockout football. - - - -""I think it kind of suits his personality. England have got some brilliant, talented players. It's his job just to try and bring it all together. But the next World Cup will be different, because of the conditions and the heat. - - - -""For a lot of these brilliant young players, they've got to stay grounded. There's pitfalls ahead for some of them, but if they've got good people around them, stay grounded, keep working hard, then they'll have an impact at the World Cup."" - -Twitter Twitter , which may be using cookies and other technologies. To show you this content, we need your permission to use cookies. You can use the buttons below to amend your preferences to enable Twitter cookies or to allow those cookies just once. You can change your settings at any time via the This content is provided by, which may be using cookies and other technologies. To show you this content, we need your permission to use cookies. You can use the buttons below to amend your preferences to enablecookies or to allow those cookies just once. You can change your settings at any time via the Privacy Options Unfortunately we have been unable to verify if you have consented to Twitter cookies. To view this content you can use the button below to allow Twitter cookies for this session only. Enable Cookies Allow Cookies Once - -Analysis: Carsley positions himself as the post-Tuchel candidate - -Sky Sports' Ron Walker at Wembley Stadium: - -""Lee Carsley often looks uncomfortable in the spotlight. He didn't crave it as a player, and he doesn't as a manager. - -""It made it all the more notable when he stuck his chest out after leading England back to the top level of the Nations League. - -""He had no problem openly expressing his belief he has shown he can do the job full-time. After some clumsy early mis-steps about and inconsistent answers about whether he would want the job, Carsley has smartly positioned himself as a potential Thomas Tuchel successor, given the new boss' short contract. - -""He has learned quickly from those self-made problems and others on the pitch too, after the debacle of the Greece game last month, which he admits still stings. - -Image: Taylor Harwood-Bellis celebrates after scoring England's fifth goal against Republic of Ireland - -""For the November camp, there were more experimental line-ups - and the best result, plus the biggest victory, of his short tenure followed. - -""Whether he was ever truly in the mix to succeed Gareth Southgate, only he and the FA board know. - -""But he has, overall, done himself little harm with a group of players who clearly are happy to work for him. Though there must be a note of caution with the huge helping hand the Republic of Ireland gave England to return to League A, clearly the FA have liked what they've seen. - -""Mark Bullingham's glowing quotes about his tenure, and the 'important role' he will continue to play in the England set-up, hint the potential to revisit his position after the World Cup is something both sides are already considering."" - -'Carsley has widened England's pool of players' - -Former England international Jay Bothroyd praised Lee Carsley for the impact he has had as interim manager, highlighting the amount of youth players he has included in his squads during the Nations League campaign. - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Speaking after England’s 5-0 win against Ireland, Jay Bothroyd praised Lee Carsley for the impact he has had as interim manager, highlighting the amount of youth players he has included in his squads during the Nations League campaign - -Hallgrimsson 'lost for words' over 'embarrassing' Ireland collapse - -For 51 minutes, everything was going to plan for Heimer Hallgrimsson and the Republic of Ireland, whose side have only taken points off Finland since he became manager in July. - -They were frustrating England, who had yet to have a shot on target, and looked devoid of ideas about how to play through his compact, disciplined low block. - -But disaster struck after Liam Scales' red card and the penalty he gave away in the same movement; Ireland found themselves a man down, but their heads dropped too as they capitulated to ship three goals in five minutes, and another two before full-time. - -""I'm lost for words. Six minutes of madness,"" he told reporters. ""It was a shock, conceding a penalty, conceding a goal, losing a player. We lost our heads at that moment, leading into the second and third goals. - -""It's easy to sit and criticise on the sideline. After the first half, coming in, it's a game like we wanted it to be. We defended compact, they didn't find ways to play through us. - -""Conceding so early in the second half, losing a player, conceding another two, it's easy to criticise - it's normal, but excuses when you lose 5-0 are pathetic. It's embarrassing."" - -Hallgrimsson also had cause to complain about a penalty he felt should have been given before half-time, with the scores 0-0, when Marc Guehi appeared to pull back Evan Ferguson in the England penalty area. - -""I thought it was a penalty, I don't remember what the ref said why he didn't give it but it would have changed the momentum in the game. I don't want to make excuses,"" he added. - -""The first half was good, let's take that as a positive, building this team forward. We need to play teams like England, who have better players than us. The first half gave us an idea how we can play against teams like them.""",1731883665,60c36d6784,1c203b8ee5,,,1731883665 -https://www.npr.org/2023/08/02/1191666301/summer-school-sales-marketing,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Marketing and sales: how to think product, place, promotion and price : Planet Money : NPR","Summer School 4: Marketing and the Ultimate Hose Nozzle - -Enlarge this image NPR NPR - -In this session of Planet Money Summer School, we are getting the word out about your brand. How do you convince consumers to buy your product, even if they are only just hearing about it? It's time for sales and marketing! - -If you've watched a show like Mad Men or The Office, you know the importance of a strong pitch. It's precision-crafted to show how what you're selling can solve a problem your customer needs solved. Sometimes it even creates the need. Once you've got your sales pitch, it's time to get the word out: marketing. Where to spread that message? How to make it unforgettable? Instantly recognizable? What is going to be your Just do it? Your Think different? Your Where's the beef? - -Sponsor Message - -In our case studies today, we look at a product so cleverly marketed, the company doesn't need to market it at all anymore and customers wait years to get it: the Birkin bag. And we hear lessons from some of the world's most time tested salespeople who can and do sell anything, literally. It's all about the four P's: Product, place, promotion and price. Also, a few other tricks we test out. - -Find all episodes of Planet Money Summer School here. - -This series is hosted by Robert Smith, and produced by Max Freedman. Our project manager is Julia Carney. This episode was edited by Sally Helm and engineered by Josephine Nyounai. The show is fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Planet Money's executive producer is Alex Goldmark. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Lost Situation,"" ""Cut Glass Stars,"" and ""Growling Sax""; Audio Network - ""Doing the Hustle"" and ""L'Amour Conjuge""; Steve Vaus - ""A Matter of Time.""",1731884628,8181d7a585,1c4e310e03,,,1731884628 -https://www.scotusblog.com/2024/11/the-morning-read-for-friday-nov-15/,https://www.scotusblog.com/feed/,"The morning read for Friday, Nov. 15","Featured Posts Slide 1 Wisconsin parents challenge school support plan for transgender students READ MORE Slide 2 Justices debate particularity of complaint in NVIDIA securities fraud suit READ MORE Slide 3 Supreme Court will hear case on second majority-Black district in Louisiana redistricting READ MORE Slide 4 Justices skeptical about Facebook’s data breach disclosure to investors READ MORE - -Archives Archives Select Month November 2024 October 2024 September 2024 August 2024 July 2024 June 2024 May 2024 April 2024 March 2024 February 2024 January 2024 December 2023 November 2023 October 2023 September 2023 August 2023 July 2023 June 2023 May 2023 April 2023 March 2023 February 2023 January 2023 December 2022 November 2022 October 2022 September 2022 August 2022 July 2022 June 2022 May 2022 April 2022 March 2022 February 2022 January 2022 December 2021 November 2021 October 2021 September 2021 August 2021 July 2021 June 2021 May 2021 April 2021 March 2021 February 2021 January 2021 December 2020 November 2020 October 2020 September 2020 August 2020 July 2020 June 2020 May 2020 April 2020 March 2020 February 2020 January 2020 December 2019 November 2019 October 2019 September 2019 August 2019 July 2019 June 2019 May 2019 April 2019 March 2019 February 2019 January 2019 December 2018 November 2018 October 2018 September 2018 August 2018 July 2018 June 2018 May 2018 April 2018 March 2018 February 2018 January 2018 December 2017 November 2017 October 2017 September 2017 August 2017 July 2017 June 2017 May 2017 April 2017 March 2017 February 2017 January 2017 December 2016 November 2016 October 2016 September 2016 August 2016 July 2016 June 2016 May 2016 April 2016 March 2016 February 2016 January 2016 December 2015 November 2015 October 2015 September 2015 August 2015 July 2015 June 2015 May 2015 April 2015 March 2015 February 2015 January 2015 December 2014 November 2014 October 2014 September 2014 August 2014 July 2014 June 2014 May 2014 April 2014 March 2014 February 2014 January 2014 December 2013 November 2013 October 2013 September 2013 August 2013 July 2013 June 2013 May 2013 April 2013 March 2013 February 2013 January 2013 December 2012 November 2012 October 2012 September 2012 August 2012 July 2012 June 2012 May 2012 April 2012 March 2012 February 2012 January 2012 December 2011 November 2011 October 2011 September 2011 August 2011 July 2011 June 2011 May 2011 April 2011 March 2011 February 2011 January 2011 December 2010 November 2010 October 2010 September 2010 August 2010 July 2010 June 2010 May 2010 April 2010 March 2010 February 2010 January 2010 December 2009 November 2009 October 2009 September 2009 August 2009 July 2009 June 2009 May 2009 April 2009 March 2009 February 2009 January 2009 December 2008 November 2008 October 2008 September 2008 August 2008 July 2008 June 2008 May 2008 April 2008 March 2008 February 2008 January 2008 December 2007 November 2007 October 2007 September 2007 August 2007 July 2007 June 2007 May 2007 April 2007 March 2007 February 2007 January 2007 December 2006 November 2006 October 2006 September 2006 August 2006 July 2006 June 2006 May 2006 April 2006 March 2006 February 2006 January 2006 December 2005 November 2005 October 2005 September 2005 August 2005 July 2005 June 2005 May 2005 April 2005 March 2005 February 2005",1731883660,3fde2f4577,1bfa851514,,,1731883660 -https://www.reputationmanagement.com/blog/reputation-recovery/,https://www.reputationmanagement.com/feed/,Reputation Recovery: How to Rebuild Reputation After a Crisis,"How a crisis affects your online reputation - -If you’re reading this article about reputation recovery, there’s a good chance your company just emerged from a crisis. Now, it’s time to assess the damage. - -Although the media storm has ended, your search results are most likely littered with negative media coverage. Whether it’s an unfavorable story about factory conditions, product recalls, or your executive team, a negative search result can stick to the first page of Google for years unless you take action. - -Don’t underestimate the problem, either. A damaged reputation affects customers’ buying decisions, dismantles lucrative business partnerships, erodes shareholder trust, and drives away qualified job applicants. - -A reputation crisis impacts your entire business. However, it affects the leadership and the brand itself, differently. - -CEO reputation recovery - -The spotlight on a CEO is brightest during and after a company crisis. Stakeholders expect swift decisions and effective solutions. Moreover, the media will judge a chief executive on their actions as well as their post-crisis response. These factors can dramatically shape a CEO’s reputation by flooding his or her search results with negative content. - -Here are just a few of the ways a reputational crisis impacts chief executive officers: - -Damaged credibility as a business leader - -Fewer career advancement opportunities - -Reduced compensation packages - -Misrepresented legacy - -Destabilized relationships with business partners and key stakeholders - -Embarrassment to friends and family - -Reputation recovery is more than just getting something removed from Google. It’s about setting the record straight about your accomplishments. The first page of your search results is your digital resume, but there’s limited space in the SERPs to tell your story. So, the content on page one needs to be your best. - -Read our case study to see how we helped a Fortune 500 CEO restore reputation issues in Google search. - -As the public face of a company, the CEO’s reputation can also make or break a company’s reputation. In fact, according to a commissioned study by Forrester Consulting, nearly three-quarters (74%) of respondents believe their customers moderately to considerably tie their perception of a brand to their perception of its executives. Read the full study here. - -Download the Forrester Study Learn how SEO shapes brand perception in this commissioned study by Forrester Consulting. Get the Study - -Corporate reputation recovery - -Corporate reputation is a brand’s most valuable asset, and it can be severely damaged during a crisis. Consider Starbucks. A flawed customer service policy and the decision of a single employee thrust racial biasing into the public eye. - -Boycotts and backlash from the general public lead the company to close its doors for racial bias training, costing them tens of millions of dollars. - -Beyond management missteps, there are countless ways a company can have its reputation damaged, including: - -Unfavorable stories about working conditions - -Product recalls - -Negative employee reviews on sites like Glassdoor (we show you how you can remove those here) - -1-star reviews from customers on review sites like Yelp - -Biased comparison websites that target your business - -Improperly handling the COVID-19 pandemic - -Social media blunders - -Some of these negative results may not seem like a reputation crisis. However, we frequently get calls from executives looking for a reputation recovery plan because they can’t hire top talent, close deals, or improve margins. Find out how much a negative reputation cost one of our customers in this case study. - -When these events leak into your search engine results, it’s time to invest in corporate reputation management. - -We Recovered $32 Million Monthly for a National Retailer Learn how we went on the defensive for a national furniture retailer. Read Case Study - -5 reputation recovery steps to take after a crisis - -Now that you understand the wide-ranging impact of a crisis, let’s talk about how to rebuild company reputation so you can recover and move forward. - -It’s worth noting that online reputation repair requires a nuanced understanding of several disciplines. In fact, attempting to fix your own reputation can actually do more harm than good. Additionally, the bandwidth and time investment extends far beyond what most businesses are able to allocate internally. Partnering with a highly-qualified online reputation management company allows you to focus on your business rather than restoring your image. - -Although each specific situation is unique, these are the 5 main steps to consider when recovering from reputation issues. - -1. Assess reputation damage - -It may seem obvious, but the first step is to assess the scope of reputational damage. It’s vital to look beyond page one and map your entire search landscape. Negative content that’s lurking deep in Google may seem insignificant. But, it could leap to page one with the right SEO signals. - -Ask yourself several questions to determine the risk: What type of content is ranking? How many different search results are there? Which departments are being impacted, and how? It may be helpful to build a reputational risk assessment matrix to evaluate the potential damage. - -2. Set realistic goals - -It’s understandable that most people want to resolve a reputation crisis immediately. Unfortunately, despite some outlandish claims from questionable firms, that’s not how the reputation recovery process works. - -Due to the volume of content available online about highly visible brands and executives, rebuilding reputation takes time. For example, we need to publish topically-relevant content to rebalance and shift the narrative in Google’s index. Then, we develop an SEO strategy to reposition preferred content at the top of your search results. - -Consider the following when you set goals to track the success of your program: - -How many pieces of content will you need to produce? - -Do you need to build and optimize additional websites? - -How many links will you need to build? - -Do you need to establish and maintain an active social media presence? - -How authoritative is the negative content, and how many URLs need to be repositioned? - -Asking questions is a great way to set reasonable expectations as you work to restore your reputation. It also helps to determine scale, because you can assign more resources to tackle the issue more quickly. - -3. Craft a reputation recovery roadmap - -Online reputation management is a huge life because it requires expertise in SEO, public relations, crisis management, analytics, and content creation. Depending on what you’re up against, your recovery strategy will include multiple tactics, including: - -Publish branded thought leadership content - -Optimize and manage social media profiles - -Establish an online review program across several platforms - -Optimize your primary domain - -Create microsites - -Launch or expand blog content - -Execute targeted public relations campaigns - -And more - -SEO analysts, project managers, content developers, and PR specialists all need to work together to deliver top-quality, lasting results. - -4. Publish positive content to shift the narrative - -Believe it or not, ORM isn’t so much about pushing down negative results as much as it is about boosting positive content. A 2019 study by Moz found that Only 7 percent of people surveyed said that they look beyond the first page of Google. This means that your best shot at truly recovering your reputation lies in promoting positive, brand-endearing content to rank well in the SERPs. - -The reason is actually twofold. On one hand, you need enough preferred content to push the bad stuff down. But you also need to flood Google’s index with fresh content to dilute the density of the negative topic. As a result, search engines will begin to favor the new narrative. - -5. Deploy tactical SEO to suppress negative results - -There are still a lot of misconceptions floating around about what SEO can and can’t do. Unfortunately, it’s nearly impossible to completely remove negative news articles from Google. There are various methods you can try. But, these requests are rarely honored. Furthermore, if you’re not careful, you can put yourself in a worse position than when you started. - -The only true way to fix your online reputation for the long term is to push down negative search results through ORM. - -How Much Does Reputation Management Cost? Learn how reputation management contracts are priced, and what our services include. Read About Pricing - -Crisis recovery takes time — get started now - -Reputation recovery takes time to execute properly, and permanently. It also requires a tremendous amount of resources and experience to discreetly deliver lasting results. - -ReputationManagement.com doesn’t use quick, temporary fixes to recover your reputation. Our team works diligently to identify, create, and promote preferred content in your branded search results. We also develop a strategy to protect your reputation against future damaging events. We won’t leave your online reputation to chance. Learn more about our reputation management services.",1731883637,ce3c7f93ed,1c173c202b,,,1731883637 -https://frugalwoods.com/2023/05/31/reader-case-study-plasterer-and-social-worker-in-manitoba-plan-for-a-baby/,https://www.frugalwoods.com/feed/,Reader Case Study: Plasterer and Social Worker in Manitoba Plan for a Baby,"Sam and Riley are a married couple living in Winnipeg, Manitoba in Canada along with their dog Bisky and two cats, Theodore and Greta. Sam works as a plasterer and Riley is a social worker at a local college. The couple, both age 36, hope to have a child soon and are wondering how to balance that new financial responsibility alongside their current goals of finishing up a Masters of Social Work (Riley) and changing careers to become a sprinkler fitter (Sam). - -Additionally, they bought their first home in June 2022 and are still settling into the realities–and expenses–of home ownership. Sam wrote that they feel like a lot of things are up in the air at the moment and said, “We have so many ideas for ourselves but need help creating plans to execute them. We want to do all these things as soon as possible to increase our incomes, pensions, and employment options, while also having a child soon as we are both already 36 and feeling the pressure on that front too.” Join me in my 100th Case Study today as we help Riley and Sam plan for their future! - -A note on pronouns: Sam uses he/him pronouns and Riley uses they/them. - -What’s a Reader Case Study? - -Case Studies address financial and life dilemmas that readers of Frugalwoods send in requesting advice. Then, we (that’d be me and YOU, dear reader) read through their situation and provide advice, encouragement, insight and feedback in the comments section. - -For an example, check out the last case study. Case Studies are updated by participants (at the end of the post) several months after the Case is featured. Visit this page for links to all updated Case Studies. - -Can I Be A Reader Case Study? - -There are four options for folks interested in receiving a holistic Frugalwoods financial consultation: - -→Not sure which option is right for you? Schedule a free 15-minute chat with me to learn more. Refer a friend to me here. - -Please note that space is limited for all of the above and most especially for on-the-blog Case Studies. I do my best to accommodate everyone who applies, but there are a limited number of slots available each month. - -The Goal Of Reader Case Studies - -Reader Case Studies highlight a diverse range of financial situations, ages, ethnicities, locations, goals, careers, incomes, family compositions and more! - -The Case Study series began in 2016 and, to date, there’ve been 99 Case Studies. I’ve featured folks with annual incomes ranging from $17k to $200k+ and net worths ranging from -$300k to $2.9M+. - -I’ve featured single, married, partnered, divorced, child-filled and child-free households. I’ve featured gay, straight, queer, bisexual and polyamorous people. I’ve featured women, non-binary folks and men. I’ve featured transgender and cisgender people. I’ve had cat people and dog people. I’ve featured folks from the US, Australia, Canada, England, South Africa, Spain, Finland, the Netherlands, Germany and France. I’ve featured people with PhDs and people with high school diplomas. I’ve featured people in their early 20’s and people in their late 60’s. I’ve featured folks who live on farms and folks who live in New York City. - -Reader Case Study Guidelines - -I probably don’t need to say the following because you all are the kindest, most polite commenters on the internet, but please note that Frugalwoods is a judgement-free zone where we endeavor to help one another, not condemn. - -There’s no room for rudeness here. The goal is to create a supportive environment where we all acknowledge we’re human, we’re flawed, but we choose to be here together, workshopping our money and our lives with positive, proactive suggestions and ideas. - -And a disclaimer that I am not a trained financial professional and I encourage people not to make serious financial decisions based solely on what one person on the internet advises. - -I encourage everyone to do their own research to determine the best course of action for their finances. I am not a financial advisor and I am not your financial advisor. - -With that I’ll let Sam and Riley, today’s Case Study subject, take it from here! - -Sam and Riley’s Story - -Hello, I’m Sam, I’m 36 and I live with my spouse Riley (also 36) in Winnipeg, Manitoba in Canada. I was a chef and restaurant owner until 2019 when I came to the hard realization that I could not continue in that industry any longer and made the change to become a plasterer. Plastering was meant to be an in-between job until I found something more permanent, but I enjoy what I’m doing for the time being. My long-term goal is to switch to sprinkler fitting, since it’s a good union job with a pension and a higher rate of pay. - -Riley is a social worker at a local college and they are weighing the feasibility of finishing a Masters of Social Work degree that they completed most of between 2015-2019, before dropping out due to the onset and diagnosis of systemic lupus. Riley’s had a couple of significant health leaves from work since then, also due to lupus, and has been fortunate to be covered by short and long-term disability insurance through their employer. This has resulted in only small decreases to overall income (although pension contributions were paused or reduced since they were based on employment income and not insurance benefits income). Overall Riley’s health is relatively stable now, but there are some challenges; recently they had to take a few weeks off due to Covid, which hit them harder due to their immunosuppressed status, but they seem to be making a gradual, full recovery. - -Riley’s employer approved an education plan in which they will reimburse a portion of the tuition on completion of their MSW degree. They are awaiting final approval to transfer vacation time to have enough to use instead of taking unpaid leave during school, so Riley’s income should stay at the same level. - -Sam and Riley’s Hobbies - -Riley enjoys cross-country skiing and we both love riding our bikes and gardening. We try to get out camping when we can in the summer and enjoy seeing live music once in a while. We take care of our nephew, who just turned 5, every weekend. We have a dog named Bisky, who is a Shepherd/Husky rescue dog from up North. He’s a handful but keeps things lively around the house. He’ll be 3 this summer. We also have two cats, Theodore and Greta. They are great singers and love to cuddle. They are getting older, at ages 14 and 12. - -The Wedding and The House - -Riley and I married in September 2021, in a somewhat spur-of-the-moment decision to go through with a small ceremony, as we had a window of lifted pandemic restrictions and less transmission. We gathered a few of our closest friends and family in a park near a river and had a gorgeous (and affordable) wedding. - -We bought our house in June 2022 and are head over heels for it. It has great character, lots of original wood, and a huge backyard with a lot of garden beds. We can’t wait to raise a child together in our home and hope to have a baby soon. We like having friends over for casual get-togethers on the weekend– brunch, bbq, bonfires, etc.–and it means a lot to us that our home is so conducive to hosting. - -What feels most pressing right now? What brings you to submit a Case Study? - -Right now there are so many things up in the air that we feel a bit tangled up and don’t know exactly the right order in which to do things. - -Riley writes: In 2022 we made a larger combined income than ever before, and expect to make more in 2023. We are coming from periods of going in and out of debt as we struggled to manage expenses on lower incomes. Fortunately, the debt never became unmanageable and we were able to take advantage of low-interest balance transfers to pay it off quickly. We managed to start saving beginning in 2020-2021 when Sam shifted to plastering work and I increased from 4 to 5 days a week of work. - -That helped us with the down payment and costs to buy our home, but we still basically wiped out our savings buying the house and went briefly into debt from moving expenses. Not the smartest move, but fortunately we have quickly paid off those debts and are slowly rebuilding our savings again. Our car was totaled this fall, and it turned out to be a financial opportunity for us as we were able to take the insurance money from the car, pay off our car loan, and buy a lower cost car we could afford outright, while still having some money leftover. - -I think that was a significant shift in our thinking as we made the difficult choice to downgrade our car for the sake of not having a car payment any more. - -It’s saving us several hundred dollars a month. We would like to look ahead now that we’ve reached the big milestone of buying a house, and set some bigger saving, investment, and retirement goals for the first time in our lives. Clarifying our goals will help motivate us to keep making frugal and smart financial decisions. - -Sam writes: I want to make a career change but that will mean less money for a few years as I start out as an apprentice again. It will take about 2-3 years to make the same income I have now, and about 4-5 years to reach journeyperson status and max out the income for the trade. It will be worth it in the long run, especially to switch to a union job with an employer-matched pension. - -Riley wants to complete their MSW which may mean more student debt. However, their work will reimburse a portion of the tuition upon completion of the MSW. - -Starting a Family - -We want to have a child, which means parental leaves from work and reduced incomes (we want to take close to a year off). The Canadian government Employment Insurance (EI) provides 15 weeks of leave for the parent giving birth, and up to 40 weeks of standard parental benefits that can be split between both parents (55% of income to a max of $650/week). - -We are looking at starting IVF by the end of the summer if we’re not pregnant by then; the medication costs of $5,000-$6,000 would be covered at 80% by Sam’s health insurance; the other costs would be around $14k. There is a provincial fertility tax credit that would return 40% of the cost to us; we can also claim medical expenses on our federal taxes but it would reimburse a smaller amount (the lesser of 3% of net income, or $2,479). We have an unused line of credit with $10,000 available to help with the upfront costs. - -Riley’s employer also tops up their income to 90% (including the EI benefit) for 17 weeks. If Riley becomes pregnant soon, they would be in school when they have the baby. The implications of that are: the employer top-up would be reduced because it would be 90% of the 80% income during school. The EI may be less depending on the timing; EI takes your best paid 22 weeks from the last year to determine the income the benefit is based on. And we would need some extra help to allow Riley to finish the program with a newborn, and it’s really hard to predict how the postpartum period will go. But we do have friends who live nearby and family who would be able to help a lot. If Riley goes back to school, tuition will take some of our savings that would otherwise go toward supplementing our income during parental leaves, and their income will be a bit less during school so we will be saving less during that time. - -The rush to complete the MSW is because previously completed credits are starting to stale-date, and have to be assessed for currency. - -If Riley can complete the degree in 2023-24, only a few courses will have to be re-assessed (and repeated if not found to be current). If more time goes on, more courses will have to be assessed. So, it feels like the last chance to complete this degree. If not, they could go back to school to re-do it or do a different master’s program sometime in the future. The motivation is to have more confidence in trying new roles in their current job and to have more job options if they want to make a job change in the future. - -Retirement Plans - -We want to retire as soon as we can. Although realistically, we expect that won’t be super early based on where we’re starting from, but even age 55 or 60 would be nice to aim for. We do our best to keep our expenses low and live a frugal lifestyle. - -I suppose this is where you come in. We have so many ideas for ourselves but need help creating plans to execute them. We want to do all these things as soon as possible to increase our incomes, pensions, and employment options, while also having a child soon as we are both already 36 and feeling the pressure on that front too. - -Other short-medium term expenses are that our aging cats could start to have additional costs, a car replacement (hopefully the Mazda can hang in there another 3-5 years) and dental surgery for Riley (not urgent but in the next 1-2 yrs, about $2,000-$3,000). - -We recently bought a new bike for Riley and a second-hand trail-along bike for our nephew for a total of $900. Riley’s been biking to work and we’ve been taking our nephew on bike rides every weekend. - -What’s the best part of your current lifestyle/routine? - -We aren’t under any major pressures and we live a pretty relaxed lifestyle. We’ve fine-tuned our routines around cooking, chores, and getting to bed on time. We love enjoying summertime outdoors in our yard gardening, chilling on the front porch, camping, and biking around the city visiting with friends and family. Lots of friends live in our neighborhood and it’s nice and central in the city, easy to walk, bike, and bus to many places. Plus, several car co-op (short-term rental) cars are located within a 10 minute walk, which allows us to remain a one-car household. - -Although we don’t have much savings or a clear plan for the future yet, it feels great to not have too much debt hanging over us and the ability to have some of our spending align with our values, such as purchasing our meat, eggs, some of our veggies, and much of our grains/beans from local CSAs. Although interest rates went up more than expected after we bought our home, we were able to switch our variable rate mortgage to a fixed rate for peace of mind, and it still feels affordable for us. We can see ourselves living here for a long time and that feels really good. - -What’s the worst part of your current lifestyle/routine? - -We feel some anxiety when we want or need to make bigger purchases because we don’t have the saving buffer we know we need. We’d like to be able to travel a bit more and visit friends and family in other parts of the country. We’d like to feel less financial pressure about purchases that improve our quality of life, such as Riley getting acupuncture and taking some supplements that support their health, or sending Bisky to doggie daycare once a week so we can have a slightly less hectic Saturday with our nephew. - -Riley’s bus commute is not ideal on the coldest winter days but since it is only twice a week it is tolerable. Riley’s job can be unpredictable and stressful at times. Sam doesn’t have vacation time but gets vacation pay added to each pay cheque, but it ends up getting treated as regular income and so he rarely takes “vacation” time. It would be nice to take a week or two off together a couple times a year. - -Where Sam and Riley Want to be in Ten Years: - -1) Finances: - -We’d like to have sizable, comfortable savings available for house repairs/upgrades, emergencies, car repairs/replacement, pet emergencies, etc. - -We’d like to upgrade our kitchen and maybe upgrade our outdoor gear, such as our cross-country skis and bikes. - -We don’t want to be stressed about expected or unexpected costs. - -We’d like to have a clearer idea of our target age for retirement and be setting aside extra money to allow us to retire potentially ahead of receiving our CPP, OAS, and employer pensions at age 65. - -2) Lifestyle: - -In general, not too different from now. - -Hopefully, we will have a child who we will be taking to festivals and camping in the summer, and doing outdoor activities like skating and cross-country skiing in the winter. - -We’d like to travel outside our province every 1-2 years to visit friends and family. - -3) Career: - -Sam should be well-established in a unionized trade job as a journeyperson. This would mean having vacation time and fairly regular hours, as well as increasing his income by $30k or more annually vs. his current income. - -Riley may be content to stay in their current position as they enjoy the work/workplace overall, the pay is decent, and there is still about $14k left of advancement on their salary band. However, they may wish to move into more policy/administrative work or other types of leadership work in their field. - -Sam and Riley’s Finances - -Income - -Item # of paychecks per year Gross Income Per Pay Period Deductions Per Pay Period Net Income Per Pay Period Notes Annual Net Amount Riley’s work pay 26 $2,732 govt pension (CPP): $155, income tax: $518, employer pension: $216, life and accident insurance: $7, federal employment insurance: $45, charity: $2, health & dental insurance: $69. TOTAL deductions: $1,012 $1,720 This is assuming full time hours; on a health leave the income is partially supplemented by disability insurance. $44,720 Sam’s work pay 25 $2,123 (includes vacation pay paid out) govt pension (CPP): $118, income tax: $438, federal employment, insurance: $35, group life/disability: $27, group medical: $19. TOTAL deductions: $637 $1,486 $37,150 Tax return 1 $4,500 $4,500 What we expect this year. The previous year we owed a bit; there are some tax credits related to buying our home that helped this year $4,500 Sam’s side jobs Variable $2500 $2,500 Started picking up cash side jobs last year, made $1,000 in 2022. So far have earned $500 this year, expects to be busier this year than last, but amount is an estimate. $2,500 Sam’s Bonus (2022 amount – could vary) 1 $700 Income tax: $140 $560 $560 Sam’s EI for 2 week lay-off 1 $583 Income tax: $117 $466 $466 TOTAL GROSS: $131,690 TOTAL NET: $88,870 - -Mortgage Details - -Item Outstanding loan balance Interest Rate Loan Period and Terms Equity Purchase price and year Mortgage $257,160 5.19% 25-year mortgage, 5 year term (4 years 9 months remaining) $4,508 $282K; purchased in 2022 - -Debts - -Item Outstanding loan balance Interest Rate Loan Payoff Year Monthly required payment Riley’s Federal Student Loan $7,282.06 0% 2031 $72 (both student loan payments were set when my income was much lower; gov’t recently announced 0% interest set during covid will now be permanent) Loan from Sam’s RRSP (retirement account) $7,210.56 2038 We used this toward our house down payment; we have to repay the balance of $7,210.56 over 15 years ($481/year; $40.08/month), beginning in 2023 Energy Loan for Central Air $3,828.05 7.70% 2027 We pay the $83 minimum payment; additional payments can be made any time without penalty or fee Riley’s Provincial Student Loan $1,484.00 0% 2028 $25 per month Total: $19,804.67 - -Assets - -Item Amount Notes Interest/type of securities held/Stock ticker Name of bank/brokerage Expense Ratio Account Type Riley’s Employer Pension Plan $25,000 Currently 8% income is deducted and employer matched. I just learned I can elect to contribute an additional 2% (not employer-matched). Contributions reduce my taxable income, and reduce my RRSP contribution limit for the following tax year. At retirement I can elect to transfer my balance to 1. a life insurance company to purchase a lifetime annuity; 2. a Life Income Fund (LIF) or 3. a combination of these. Earliest retirement 2037. Pension Plan Details Retirement Savings Account 1 $9,634 Emergency fund – currently increasing this as much as we can each month 1%; 5.25% on new deposits to this Account until July 31, 2023. Tangerine N/A Cash Chequing Account $4,017 This fluctuates from about $2000 – $5000 as pay comes in and bills get paid/money transferred to savings 0.01% Tangerine N/A Cash Sam’s RRSP 1 $3,778 GIC Assiniboine Credit Union Retirement Savings Account 2 $2,901 Annual expenses – we try to put about $350 here monthly and take out as needed for annual/quarterly expenses 1%; 5.25% on new deposits to this Account until July 31, 2023. Tangerine N/A Cash Total: $45,330 - -Vehicles - -Vehicle make, model, year Valued at Mileage Paid off? Mazda 5, 2010 $4,500-$5,000 174,000km Yes - -Expenses - -Item Amount Notes Mortgage $1,544 Groceries $926 Includes consumable household supplies (such as toilet paper, toiletries) as well as pet food and supplies. Medical (health co-pays, prescriptions) $365 this includes Riley’s supplements, co-pays for acupuncture, massage, dental, etc. Spending money $363 includes restaurants/fast food, personal purchases such as books, and spending on our nephew for eating out, toys, activities Dog sitter and daycare $252 Property Tax $213 Home items (decor, non-consumable supplies, tech items) $200 House Insurance $198 Gas (car) $177 Home repair/maintenance $160 this is a very rough estimate since we only have 10 months of home ownership experience; we like to do what we can ourselves so that helps keep costs down Hydro $153 Eggs and Meat CSA $117 Car Insurance $116 Car maintenance and repairs $100 Christmas gifts & decor $96 Vet visits/pet medical expenses $92 Clothing $88 Energy loan repayment $83 Cellphones $81 PC Mobile and Koodo Water and Waste $75 Bus fare $73 Federal student loan repayment $72 Spiritual Companioning $70 Summer camping and festivals $68 Donations $65 Car coop $45 Gifts (birthdays, other holidays) $45 Alcohol/Kombucha $45 Internet $42 Can com RRSP loan repayment $40 Subscriptions $34 Veggie CSA $33 Gardening $33 this doesn’t account for any savings by eating our produce. decorative flowers are the biggest expense of this category Grain CSA $26 Provincial student loan repayment $25 Haircut $20 Sam cuts his own; this is for one haircut every couple months for Riley Parking $7 online yoga annual membership $6 Costco membership $5 Credit card fee $3 Monthly subtotal: $6,156 Annual total: $73,872 - -Credit Cards - -Card Name Rewards Type? Bank/card company PC Financial Mastercard Earn points for buying gas and groceries; use points to reduce grocery costs PC Financial MBNA Mastercard We have only used this for balance transfers to pay off debt quickly MBNA RBC Visa We keep this for the insurance coverage that applies to our car-coop membership, and because it’s the one Riley’s had the longest. The amount we spend on it doesn’t equate to much in terms of rewards. Only card with a fee – $39/yr RBC - -Anticipated Social Security & Pensions - -Item Annual Amount Year and age you’ll begin taking SS Riley’s CPP $13,666 2052, age 65 (amount is estimate if working till age 65) Sam’s CPP $13,666 We haven’t looked into Sam’s CPP and OAS amounts yet but will likely be similar to Riley’s Riley’s OAS $8,250 2052, age 65 (amount is estimate if working till age 65) Sam’s OAS $8,250 CPP and OAS would be less if we stop working before 65 Riley’s CAF Pension $2,441 2047, age 60 Annual total (starting in 2052): $46,273 - -Sam and Riley’s Questions for You: - -Is it financially possible and prudent for Riley to go back to complete their MSW this fall, even while we are trying for a baby? When is the best time for Sam to pull the trigger on switching careers? Should we wait until after having a kid/finishing parental leaves to keep his income stable until then? What if we aren’t able to have a baby or it takes a while to conceive? - -We’re eager for Sam to switch so he can get to the increased pay that will be just a few years away, and to be paying into a pension sooner. But, we’re also nervous about the temporary income decrease. Where do we start to get on track with getting a clearer picture of our retirement possibilities and starting to work toward them? We haven’t made intentional efforts in this area yet since we’ve been focused on saving for the house and paying off debt. - -Should we pay off the energy loan (our only debt with interest right now) or keep making minimum payments to keep more cash available until we figure out school/baby/Sam’s career change? - -Should we keep saving to our emergency savings account until we have a 3-6 month expense amount? Then what? Should Riley start making the optional additional 2% contribution to their employer pension – or should that also wait until after baby/school/Sam’s job? We know we can pull in our spending a bit more, where would you suggest we try to focus our efforts on that front? - -Liz Frugalwoods’ Recommendations - -I commend Sam and Riley for pulling all of this information together and taking a pause to iron out their next steps. I think it’s noteworthy they’re doing this type of in-depth financial–and life–analysis on the precipice of so many potential life changes. Very well done! Alrighty, let’s jump right in. - -Sam’s Question #1: Is it financially possible and prudent for Riley to go back to complete their MSW this fall, even while we are trying for a baby? - -I’m of several minds about this, but what keeps popping to the forefront for me is that if they really want to have a baby, they should just start trying. Fertility doesn’t exactly improve with age–nor does one’s energy for parenthood–and I’m always hesitant to suggest that someone in their late 30’s delay starting to try. Plus, I don’t think there’s ever a ‘perfect’ time to have a baby. There are certainly less optimal moments, but Sam and Riley are in a stable financial position, have a loving marriage and, most importantly, a strong desire to become parents. What more could an infant want? - -→My real questions here center around Riley completing their MSW: - -1) Is there a direct, measurable, known salary increase/advanced job position/new career option that’ll become available once Riley has an MSW? - -It wasn’t clear to me if this is the case. If it’s not the case, why do the MSW? I am the proud owner of a master’s degree that I’ve never once used or needed and I wish I’d done this meticulous calculation before the blood, sweat and tears (LOTS of tears) of going to grad school while working full-time. If you don’t have to do this, why do this to yourself? If you’re not going to see an immediate and directly correlated salary increase, why do it? - -On the other hand, if there is a measurable difference, go for it! It sounds like Riley’s completed credits will expire if they don’t finish the degree soon, so it seems like it would make the most sense to finish it now. I will say that going to grad school while parenting an infant AND working doesn’t sound tenable (at least, not to me), so I caution against assuming that’ll work. If, however, Riley can complete their MSW before a baby is born, that would definitely be a mark in favor of getting started ASAP. - -2) How much is the financial burden? - -Sam wrote that Riley’s employer would reimburse a portion of tuition after the MSW is done and that Riley’s income would remain the same during school. In light of that, I’m curious what the actual total cost for the remainder of the degree will be? They have the financial flexibility to pay for this degree–depending on how much it’ll cost. - -Sam’s Question #2: When is the best time for Sam to pull the trigger on switching careers? - -Since there’s a direct pathway to an increased income and more stable career path, it seems like Sam should get started on this transition right away. While it’s not ideal to make a bunch of changes at once, it’s also true that there’s no time like the present. Since this is a years-long process, delaying it for an “easier” time doesn’t seem possible. It’s not going to be easier when you have an infant. It’s not going to be easier when you have a toddler. It’s not going to get easier at any near-term future point, so might as well dive in now. - -To the question on the potential for reduced income, the good news is that Sam and Riley can manage this by reducing their expenses. Let’s explore how they might make that happen! - -Sam’s Question #4: We know we can pull in our spending a bit more, where would you suggest we try to focus our efforts on that front? - -Anytime a person wants to spend less, I encourage them to define all of their expenses as Fixed, Reduceable or Discretionary: - -Fixed expenses are things you cannot change. Examples: your mortgage and debt payments. - -Reduceable expenses are necessary for human survival, but you control how much you spend on them. Examples: groceries and gas for the cars. - -Discretionary expenses are things that can be eliminated entirely. Examples: travel, haircuts, eating out. - -Sam & Riley’s current annual take-home pay: $88,870 - -– Their current annual expenses: $73,872 - -= $14,998 - -This is a great savings rate and it’s allowed them to build their emergency fund back up after buying a house. However, if Sam’s income reduced by more than that difference, they’ll need to reduce their expenses. The good news is that they have a lot of discretionary line items, which means they have a lot of flexibility in where/how they make up the difference. - -Item Amount Notes Category Proposed New Amount Notes Mortgage $1,544 Fixed $1,544 Groceries $926 Includes consumable household supplies (such as toilet paper, toiletries) as well as pet food and supplies. Reduceable $826 Hard to know how much can be reduced here since household supplies and pet food are lumped in. Between their groceries, three CSAs and the Alcohol/Kombucha line item, they’re spending $1,147 a month on food. Medical (health co-pays, prescriptions) $365 this includes Riley’s supplements, co-pays for accupuncture, massage, dental, etc. Reduceable $365 While technically a “reduceable,” I’m leaving this amount the same Spending money $363 includes restaurants/fast food, personal purchases such as books, and spending on our nephew for eating out, toys, activities Discretionary $0 An area ripe for reduction if they need to. Dog sitter and daycare $252 Reduceable $152 Are there opportunities to reduce this? Property Tax $213 Fixed $213 Home items (decor, non-consumable supplies, tech items) $200 Discretionary $0 Another line item that could be reduced if needed. House Insurance $198 Fixed $198 Gas (car) $177 Reduceable $100 Home repair/maintenance $160 this is a very rough estimate since we only have 10 months of home ownership experience; we like to do what we can ourselves so that helps keep costs down Reduceable $100 Hydro $153 Fixed $153 Eggs and Meat CSA $117 Reduceable $0 Between their groceries, three CSAs and the Alcohol/Kombucha line item, they’re spending $1,147 a month on food. Car Insurance $116 Reduceable $116 I’d shop this around if they haven’t done so recently. Car maintenance and repairs $100 Reduceable $100 Christmas gifts & decor $96 Discretionary $0 Another line item that could be reduced if needed. Vet visits/pet medical expenses $92 Fixed $92 Clothing $88 Discretionary $0 Another line item that could be reduced if needed. Energy loan repayment $83 Fixed $83 Cellphones $81 PC Mobile and Koodo Reduceable $25 Canadian readers: are there any cheaper MVNOs available? Water and Waste $75 Fixed $75 Bus fare $73 Reduceable $73 Federal student loan repayment $72 Fixed $72 Spiritual Companioning $70 Discretionary $0 Summer camping and festivals $68 Discretionary $0 Donations $65 Discretionary $0 Car coop $45 Discretionary $0 Gifts (birthdays, other holidays) $45 Discretionary $0 Alcohol/Kombucha $45 Discretionary $0 Internet $42 Can com Fixed $42 RRSP loan repayment $40 Fixed $40 Subscriptions $34 Discretionary $0 Veggie CSA $33 Reduceable $0 Gardening $33 this doesn’t account for any savings by eating our produce. decorative flowers are the biggest expense of this category Discretionary $0 Grain CSA $26 Reduceable $0 Provincial student loan repayment $25 Fixed $25 Haircut $20 Sam cuts his own; this is for one haircut every couple months for Riley Discretionary $0 Parking $7 Reduceable $0 online yoga annual membership $6 Discretionary $0 Costco membership $5 Discretionary $0 Credit card fee $3 Discretionary $0 Monthly subtotal: $6,156 New Monthly subtotal: $4,394 Annual total: $73,872 New Annual total: $52,728 - -To be clear, I’m not advocating for this budget or implying that they SHOULD make all of these reductions. Rather, it’s an illumination of the room they have to reduce their spending if they must in order to enable Sam to change careers, to take parental leave and/or to pay for Riley’s MSW. The point of this exercise is to illustrate how much flexibility they have in their monthly spending, which is a good thing! Where and what they decide to reduce/eliminate is entirely up to them. This spreadsheet gets them started on identifying where they can cut. - -When they have Sam’s new salary in hand as well as Riley’s MSW costs and any potential IVF fees, they can comb through their expenses and decide what they’d like to eliminate or reduce. - -Don’t Take On More Debt - -One thing I caution Sam and Riley against is taking on debt to cover any of these upcoming costs. It seems this may have been a habit in the past and it’s an easy one to fall back into. But it’s not sustainable, safe or wise. Riley mentioned using a line of credit for their IVF costs and, while I don’t know the parameters or interest rate associated with that, I instead encourage them to reduce their spending in order to pay cash for what they need. This brings me to my next suggestion to: - -Pay Off The Energy Loan for Central Air - -This loan is only $3,828.05, but it has an interest rate of 7.7%!!! If Riley and Sam reduced their spending per the above for just 2.5 months, they’d save up enough cash to pay this off in full! Just do it. - -Since Riley’s student loans as well as Sam’s RRSP loan are at fixed, permanent 0% interest rates, there’s no reason to pay those off ahead of schedule. But, it absolutely makes sense to dispense with the energy loan as soon as possible. - -Sam’s Question #3: Where do we start to get on track with getting a clearer picture of our retirement possibilities and starting to work toward them? - -1) Fill the Emergency Fund First: $16,552 - -Sam is spot on that they should first fill up their emergency fund to a full three to six months worth of their spending. Between their three cash/checking accounts, they already have $16,552 saved up, which is wonderful! At their current spending rate of $6,156 per month, they should target an emergency fund of $18,468 to $36,936. However, if they decide to reduce their spending, they can commensurately reduce their emergency fund total. - -2) Then Save More Cash - -While Sam is correct that they should begin to save and invest more for retirement, they’re at a true juncture right now with many potential changes on the horizon. And one thing that makes changes easier? Having a cash cushion. Sam and Riley are potentially facing: - -Costs for conceiving a child Costs associated with pregnancy/birth/an infant (they’re notoriously unreliable and expensive) Costs for Riley’s MSW Reduced income for Sam while he changes careers - -That’s a lot of balls–financial and otherwise–to have in the air at once! If it were me, I would start spending a lot less every month and stash that money in a high-yield savings account. That way, I’d be able to deal with any and all of the above expenses. - -3) Next, Save for Retirement - -Once these four variables settle out and Sam and Riley have a solid grasp on their new expenses and life with their baby, they can turn their attention to increasing their retirement investments. - -I encourage them not to wait too long for this since they’ll want to reap the benefits of remaining invested in the market for many decades before they need to withdraw the money to live on in retirement. - -Summary of Recommendations: - -Determine the financial basis for Riley completing their MSW: If it is indeed going to lead to new career opportunities–and a higher salary–go for it and don’t delay so that you don’t lose any of your existing credit hours. If Riley’s career and salary will remain the same, consider very carefully if it’s worth the time, stress and expense. If you want to be parents, get started right away: Fertility is not one of those things that improves with age. Have Sam look into starting his career transition training now: No time like the present, especially if you are willing to… Reduce Expenses and Save The Cash: You have a lot of discretionary and reduceable spending categories, which means you have a lot of options for reducing your monthly expenses. Trimming here and there will enable you to easily live on a reduced income, fill up your emergency fund and have the cash to pay for other major expenses, such as IVF. And remember: you don’t have to eliminate/reduce these expenses forever. Just for now as you navigate this transition period. Pay off the Energy Loan: You could have this paid off in under 3 months if you reduce your spending per the above recommendations. Don’t Take on More Debt: You are SO CLOSE to being debt-free (other than the 0% student & RRSP loans and your mortgage). Don’t let yourself slip back into a debt/payoff/debt cycle again. Save up the money to pay cash for IVF and whatever else you might need. Invest More For Retirement: Once things have settled down in terms of becoming parents, Riley’s MSW and Sam’s career change, start saving and investing more for retirement. Keep your extra money in cash for now as you navigate all of these changes. Keep us Posted! Among other things, we demand baby pictures. - -Ok Frugalwoods nation, what advice do you have for Sam and Riley? We’ll all reply to comments, so please feel free to ask questions! - -Would you like your own Case Study to appear here on Frugalwoods? Apply to be an on-the-blog Case Study subject here. Hire me for a private financial consultation here. Schedule an hourlong or 30-minute call with me, refer a friend to me here, schedule a free 15-minute call to learn more or email me with questions (liz@frugalwoods.com).",1731883665,0b93cf5987,1c4f67894d,,,1731883665 -https://abcnews.go.com/Politics/wireStory/anxiety-dismay-inside-justice-department-after-trump-taps-115928207,https://abcnews.go.com/abcnews/politicsheadlines,Anxiety and dismay inside the Justice Department after Trump taps Gaetz as attorney general,"WASHINGTON -- Donald Trump's choice of Matt Gaetz to be attorney general has many Justice Department employees reeling, worried not only about their own jobs but the future of the agency that the Trump loyalist has railed against. - -The president-elect's pick of the Florida Republican sent a shock throughout the Cabinet department, considering Gaetz's lack of experience in law enforcement and the fact that he was once the subject of a federal sex trafficking investigation. The names of well-regarded veteran lawyers had circulated as possible contenders for the job, but Gaetz's selection was broadly interpreted as an indication of the premium that Trump places on personal loyalty and Trump's desire to have a disruptor lead a department that for years investigated and ultimately indicted him. - -Career lawyers at the department interviewed by The Associated Press, all of whom spoke on the condition of anonymity because they were not authorized to share their feelings publicly, described a widespread sense of being stunned by the nomination — even outrage. They spoke of being flooded with calls and messages from colleagues as soon as the news broke. - -Some inside the department were not immediately sure that Gaetz, who graduated law school in 2007 but has spent most of his career as a lawmaker, including in Congress, was even a lawyer. And some are already looking for new jobs as concerns grow over Gaetz’s rhetoric about going after the “deep state."" - -Gaetz has claimed the department is “corrupt and highly political,” and strongly criticized the federal prosecutions of Trump and the Jan. 6 rioters. He also has suggested abolishing two agencies he would oversee as attorney general, the FBI and Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives. He would arrive in the job without the legal experience of his predecessors, including the current attorney general, Merrick Garland, who as a high-ranking Justice Department official supervised the prosecution of the Oklahoma City bombing case before becoming a federal appeals court judge. - -Trump described Gaetz as the right person to ""root out the systemic corruption"" within the agency, end “weaponized” government and “restore Americans' badly-shattered Faith and Confidence in the Justice Department.” Trump has yet to announce a similar leadership change at the FBI, though one may be coming given his long-running criticism of the director, Christopher Wray. - -“I think he was picked to shake the whole thing and to throw a grenade into DOJ,"" said John Fishwick Jr., a former U.S. attorney for the Western District of Virginia, who was nominated by Democratic President Barack Obama. “He's a flamethrower and that's what Trump wants.” - -Fishwick said Justice Department lawyers he has been in touch with are “concerned about what this is going to mean for them individually.” - -But one Justice Department lawyer was less bothered by the change, saying a leadership shakeup could be a welcome reset given the “mistrust from both the left and the right” that the attorney said was justified after a tumultuous stretch of politically charged investigations that have divided public opinion and put federal law enforcement on the defensive. - -The FBI and Justice Department, in recent years, have grappled with hot-button investigations including classified information on Hillary Clinton’s private email server when the Democrats' 2016 presidential nominee was Obama's secretary of state and potential ties between Russia and Trump’s political campaign that same year. Both became subjects of inspector general reviews. - -More recently, a special counsel was named to investigate President Joe Biden's handling of classified information, an inquiry that closed without charges, while a separate special counsel investigation into Trump's retention of top secret documents and efforts to overturn the 2020 election produced federal indictments against Trump that now are in line to be erased. - -It is unclear whether Gaetz has enough Republican support in the Senate to be confirmed. Some Republicans have praised his nomination, but several have expressed concern or refused to say publicly yet whether they will support him. Trump has broached the possibility of bypassing the traditional confirmation process by pushing through his nominees while the Senate is in recess. - -Gaetz faces continued scrutiny over a federal sex trafficking investigation that ended without criminal charges. Before his resignation from the House on Wednesday, he had been under investigation by the House Ethics Committee, which was examining whether he engaged in sexual misconduct and illicit drug use, accepted improper gifts and tried to obstruct government investigations of his conduct. - -House Speaker Mike Johnson said Friday that he will “strongly request” that the House committee not release the results of its investigation, rebuffing senators who are demanding access now that Gaetz has been picked for attorney general. - -Gaetz has denied all the allegations. On Friday, he posted on X, formerly Twitter, that “lies were Weaponized” in an effort to try to destroy him. - -Justice Department employees were already preparing for major shakeup to the agency's agenda around civil rights and others matters before Trump settled on Gaetz to be the nation's top federal law enforcement officer. - -Trump has been known to take a keen interest in the FBI and Justice Department, expecting loyalty from leaders and calling for specific actions. He has railed against what he views as a politically motivated justice system over the cases brought against him by a special counsel. As a candidate, he repeatedly suggested that he would seek revenge on his perceived enemies for his prosecution. - -Some career department lawyers leave for the private sector every time there is a new administration, but employees say there could be a dramatic departure of staff in the coming months. - -“The department runs on career employees, people who are apolitical in work, and politics aside, if all of these people are so dismayed at the selection of the attorney general that they leave, who will carry out the functions of the department?” said one Justice Department lawyer, who is planning to leave the government. - -Chris Mattei, a former federal prosecutor in Connecticut who prosecuted ex-Gov. John Rowland and later ran unsuccessfully for state attorney general as a Democrat, said he has heard a “significant level of concern” about Gaetz over the criminal investigation that Gaetz faced, the House ethics review, a potentially insufficient examination of his background and the prospect that the department could be led by “somebody who is highly compromised” and also may have a “personal vendetta"" against it. - -___ - -Associated Press writer Mary Clare Jalonick contributed to this report.",1731883659,948678c443,1c472837c9,,,1731883659 -https://www.techrepublic.com/article/ey-survey-election-2024/,https://www.techrepublic.com/rssfeeds/topic/tech-industry/,EY Survey: US Election Will Have a Big Impact On Tech,"The 2024 presidential election will surely have far-reaching consequences in many areas — and artificial intelligence is no exception. - -EY’s latest technology pulse poll, published in October, revealed that 74% of 503 tech leaders expect the election to impact AI regulation and global competitiveness. Although tech leaders said they plan to significantly increase AI investments in the next year, future growth of AI may hinge on the outcome of the election. - -Respondents believe the outcome of the election will mostly impact regulation related to cybersecurity/data protections, AI and machine learning, and user data and content oversight. - -“Of course, all of these are closely tied to innovation, growth and global competitiveness,’’ James Brundage, EY global & Americas technology sector leader, told TechRepublic. “The U.S. is the world’s tech innovation leader, so future tech policy should strike a balance that supports U.S. innovation while establishing guardrails where they are needed,” such as in data privacy, children’s online safety, and national security. - -SEE: Year-round IT budget template (TechRepublic Premium) - -Greater investments in AI - -Notably, tech companies will continue to make significant investments in AI regardless of the outcome of the presidential election, according to the survey. However, the result may impact the direction of fiscal, tax, tariff, antitrust, and regulatory policies as well as interest rates, mergers and acquisitions, initial public offerings, and AI regulations, the survey said. - -“We were surprised that trade/tariffs were not higher up on the minds of these executives,’’ Brundage observed. - -On the heels of a sluggish tech market in 2024, he said that “the 2025 trajectory is bullish, as companies focus on raising capital to invest in growth and emerging technologies like AI.” - -The majority of tech leaders (82%) said their company plans to increase AI investments by 50% or more in the next year. In the next year, AI investments will focus on key areas including AI-specific talent (60%), cybersecurity (49%), and back-office functions (45%). - -With an eye on innovation, most tech industry leaders surveyed also plan to allocate resources toward AI investments in the next six to 12 months, with 78% of tech leaders reporting their company is considering divesting non-core assets or businesses as part of their growth strategy during that time. - -Big organizations struggling with AI initiatives - -Brundage also finds it surprising that 63% of tech leaders report their organization’s AI initiatives have successfully moved to the implementation phase. - -“That number seems high, but several factors could explain it,’’ he noted. “First, companies may be focusing on short-term, low-hanging fruit AI projects, which are easier to implement, have higher success rates, but may not be the opportunities with maximum impact.” - -Further, use of “quick-buy solutions like ChatGPT or Copilot, which are relatively simple to deploy and drive productivity, may inflate this percentage.” Also, successful implementation “likely means moving from proof of concept (POC) to implementation,” Brundage said, adding that “real challenges such as data quality, scaling, governance, and infrastructure still lie ahead.” - -Additionally, size matters — the report observed that organizations with more employees are finding less success moving AI initiatives to the implementation phase. - -Data quality issues (40%) and talent/skills shortages (34%) are the most common reasons for AI initiatives failing to progress to the next stage, according to those who indicated that fewer than half of their AI initiatives have been implemented successfully. - -How the election’s impact on AI could be felt - -Regardless of who takes office in 2025, there could be a continuation of current regulatory and enforcement trends related to AI given that the Federal Trade Commission and Department of Justice have been very active and may remain so, Brundage said. Given that “some legislative proposals are bipartisan … we expect that they will advance in 2025 or 2026,” such as children’s online safety. - -But he pointed out that state legislatures and attorneys general also impact policy, “so it’s a nuanced playing field. We expect these changes to be measured in years, not months.” - -Tech leaders must realize that the U.S. is experiencing a new geopolitical environment compared with five to 10 years ago, Brundage said. - -“New government industrial policy in the U.S. and around the globe is driving business action — both in the tech sector and in the industries and supply chains that it relies upon. These global tech businesses are particularly at the forefront of geopolitics as countries seek to de-risk from one another.” - -AI capabilities have also become highly competitive and geopolitically significant across the globe, he said. “There is a dual race to innovate and regulate here in the U.S. and elsewhere. We see a need to have business models that account for the different regulatory approaches like sovereign frontier models.” - -Wanted: AI tech talent search intensifies - -As organizations continue to integrate more AI functionality into their businesses, the need to hire AI-specific talent will increase, as well as the need to restructure or reduce headcount from legacy job functions, according to the survey. - -Eighty percent of tech leader respondents foresee reducing or restructuring headcount from legacy functions to other in-demand functions, and 77% anticipate an increase in hiring for AI-specific talent, according to the survey. Additionally, 40% of technology leaders said human capital efforts such as training will be the focus of their company’s AI investments next year. - -AI’s impact on national security and foreign policy - -Meanwhile, the Biden administration on Thursday released the first-ever AI-focused national security memorandum (NSM) to ensure that the U.S. continues to lead in the development and deployment of AI technologies. The memorandum also prioritizes how the country adopts and uses AI while preserving privacy, human rights, civil rights, and civil liberties so the technology can be trusted. - -The NSM also calls for the creation of a governance and risk management framework for how agencies implement AI and requiring them to monitor, assess, and mitigate AI risks related to those issues.",1731883619,8206f16590,1c9ae179ad,,,1731883619 -https://www.zdnet.com/article/this-is-one-of-the-best-value-power-banks-ive-ever-tested/,https://www.zdnet.com/news/rss.xml,"This is one of the best value power banks I've ever tested, and it's 35% off for Black Friday","ZDNET's key takeaways It's not often you can pick up a top-tier 20,000mAh power bank for $30. - -Well, you get that here, and the current 30% coupon makes this an even better deal. - -It has a helpful display for charging specs. $29.99 at Amazon - -What's the deal? - -The Cuktech 20,000mAh power bank currently has a 35% off on-page coupon on Amazon. - -I'm a big believer in buying quality gadgets and accessories, because I've been bitten by the ""buy cheap, buy twice"" curse more than once. Quality doesn't always have to break the bank. In fact, you can sometimes find something that's unbelievably good for a great price. - -Also: The best power banks you can buy: Expert tested - -One such example that offers fantastic value for money is the Cuktech 20,000mAh power bank. If you're looking for a cheap and cheerful power bank that delivers, this Cuktech unit has you covered. I've been using it to power my smartphones, tablets, and even smaller laptops. - -Cuktech 20,000mAh power bank tech specs - -Capacity : 20,000mAh - -: 20,000mAh Max power output : 45W (55W for Xiaomi hardware) - -: 45W (55W for Xiaomi hardware) Charging speed : 40W - -: 40W Ports : 1x in/out USB-C in built-in cable (0.48 ft/14.7 cm), 1x in/out USB-C, and 1x out USB-A - -: 1x in/out USB-C in built-in cable (0.48 ft/14.7 cm), 1x in/out USB-C, and 1x out USB-A Display : LCD - -: LCD Colors : Black and white - -: Black and white Weight : 1.1 lbs/499 grams - -: 1.1 lbs/499 grams Airline safe: Yes - -The bottom line is that this 20,000mAh power bank is a good one, built to a decent spec. The 20,000mAh capacity is actually 20,000mAh, which is reassuring given how many budget power banks I test that try to fool buyers by passing off lower capacities. - -The built-in cable is very handy. Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNET - -The power outputs are also as specified, with the power bank capable of 45W output using a single USB-C port. It can be recharged at 40W, which means it can go from flat to 40% in about an hour using a 40W+ charger. - -Also: I tested a 9,000,000mAh battery pack from eBay - here's my buying advice - -The built-in cable is also durable and looks like it will last the life of the power bank. The LCD offers an at-a-glance view of the charge capacity, much better than a few tiny LEDs that some power banks still use. - -The LCD is clear and easy to read. Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNET - -Everything is encased in a tough, durable plastic shell, with a grip pattern on the underside. I've been testing this power bank for a few weeks, throwing it into a bag or rucksack, and I can tell you now, this one doesn't expect to be mollycoddled! - -As far as safety is concerned, I've pushed this power bank hard under a variety of loads, and not had a problem with heat or the power output being throttled. I've even had it charging devices while in a bag -- quite the heat test for a lot of power banks -- and this one didn't have any problems. - -ZDNET's buying advice - -The Cuktech 20,000mAh power bank is a fantastic power bank, and it comes at a great price. I don't look at the retail prices of things before reviewing them, and honestly, I expected this one to be around $60. - -It's not. Normally retailing for $30, this one represents excellent value for money, but currently there's a 30% coupon on Amazon, bringing the price down to an unbeatable $21. - -This Cuktech unit is perfect for those with smartphones, tablets, and even smaller laptops. You could spend two or three times as much to get a power bank with a similar spec, but you would not get anything extra. - -When will these deals expire? Deals are subject to sell-out or expire at any time, though ZDNET remains committed to finding, sharing, and updating the best product deals for you to score the best savings. Our team of experts regularly checks in on the deals we share to ensure they are still live and obtainable. We're sorry if you've missed out on this deal, but don't fret -- we're constantly finding new chances to save and sharing them with you at ZDNET.com.",1731883646,cbf4e2ebc4,1c2a9b54ec,,,1731883646 -https://www.bundesliga.com/en/bundesliga/news/bayer-leverkusen-s-brazilian-connection-brazil-tour-lucio-ze-roberto-29723,https://www.bundesliga.com/rss,Bayer Leverkusen's Brazilian connection: the Bundesliga champions' top 5 imports,"Bayer Leverkusen are taking the Bundesliga trophy to Brazil, a sign of the close connection the German champions have built with the South American nation thanks to a production line of talented players that shone at the club. - -bundesliga.com picks out five of its top Brazilian imports… Jorginho (1989-92) - -Position: Right-back - -Appearances/goals: 87/9 Jorge de Amorim Campos – the man Leverkusen fans know as Jorginho – was not the first Brazilian to pull on their club’s shirt. That was attacking midfielder Milton Queiroz da Paixao, better known as Tita, who was part of the 1987/88 UEFA Cup-winning squad. While Tita stayed only a season, Jorginho became a legend over three seasons that saw the right-back voted into the club’s Team of the 20th Century. - -“Even at the time when I was still playing, they always had someone watching games in Brazil. When I came here, I was really surprised by how much information they had on Brazilian football,” Jorginho explained on a return to Leverkusen in 2023. “That’s what makes them the experts in bringing young Brazilian players here.” - -Jorginho went on to play a further three seasons at Bayern Munich, winning the Bundesliga title with them in 1993/94, the same campaign in which he was crowned a FIFA World Cup winner. But how did he make such a success of his time in Germany? - -“When you go to a foreign country, you must not only learn the language but also get to know the culture,” he told the club’s official TV channel in near-perfect German. “I have a lot of German friends, I built a foundation here, which was something close to my heart. And I studied hard for six months.” - -Bayer Leverkusen were the first European team to benefit from Paulo Sergio's goalscoring talents. - Bernd Lauter - -Want more Bundesliga Action? GET THE UPDATES! - -Paulo Sergio (1993-97) - -Position: Winger - -Appearances/goals: 121/47 - -If you’ve ever wondered who Leverkusen’s all-time leading Brazilian scorer in the Bundesliga is, wonder no more. Paulo Sergio - Paulo Sérgio Silvestre do Nascimento – swept in 47 goals in 121 top-flight appearances during four seasons at the club. Also a FIFA World Cup winner in 1994, he scored on his Bundesliga debut and went on to net 17 times in a rip-roaring maiden campaign in Germany, being pipped to the Torjägerkanone for the league’s leading marksman by only one goal. - -Watch: Bundesliga Legend Paulo Sergio - -He would go on to play for Roma (1997-99) and Bayern (1999-2002) – like many of his compatriots whose European adventure started in Leverkusen – winning the German domestic double in 1999/2000 before helping Bayern lift their fourth UEFA Champions League crown in 2000/01 as well as another Bundesliga title. - -Zé Roberto (1998-2002) - -Position: Midfielder - -Appearances/goals: 113/17 - -Naldo (358) is the only Brazilian in history to have played more Bundesliga matches than Zé Roberto, who featured in 336. The first 113 of those came in a Leverkusen shirt, not that the start of his time in Germany was easy. - -“The most difficult thing was adapting to life in Leverkusen. I arrived during summer, but three or four months later a very cold winter came, with snow and temperatures below -10°C,” explained the man officially known as José Roberto da Silva Júnior, who quickly formed an impressive midfield duo with compatriot Emerson. “Just that is difficult for a Brazilian, and then you have the language barrier.” - -Zé Roberto went on to play for Bayern Munich and Hamburg following an impressive spell at Leverkusen. - Alexander Hassenstein - -He conquered both of those challenges, but did not quite manage to get Leverkusen over their final hurdles, notably finishing runner-up in the UEFA Champions League, DFB Cup and Bundesliga in a heartbreaking so-close-but-yet-so-far 2001/02 season. - -The Brazil international would go on to have six seasons over two spells at Bayern, winning four domestic doubles, before closing the German chapter of his career at Hamburg (2009-11). - -Watch: Zé Roberto takes the Bundesliga into the favelas of Rio de Janeiro - -Lúcio (2001-04) - -Position: Centre-back - -Appearances/goals: 92/15 - -There are two kinds of Brazilian centre-back, Leverkusen have had both. Roque Júnior (2004-07), Cris (2003) and Juan (2002-07) were the kind that gave opposing forwards a battle for the ball. Lúcio was more one for performing ballet with it. He would have flourished all the more in the current game as a centre-back who could not only move with comfort into midfield, but could almost certainly have played there on a permanent basis. - -If few Leverkusen fans knew who he was when he signed from Internacional Porto Alegre in January 2001, he quickly showed them exactly what he had in his locker. - -“He was impressive today,” said then Leverkusen midfielder Michael Ballack after seeing his new teammate score twice in a 4-1 Rhine derby win over Cologne on only his third league appearance for the club. “We saw today what we have in him,” added Leverkusen’s former sporting director Rainer Calmund. “We actually discovered him by accident last year. We wanted to sign another centre-back, but now we’re happy we have him.” - -Part of the unfortunate 2001/02 side, he softened that blow considerably by lifting the FIFA World Cup in 2002. He then filled out his trophy cabinet at Bayern (2004-09) with three domestic doubles before also winning an unprecedented treble – beating former club Bayern in the UEFA Champions League final – with Inter Milan in 2009/10. - -Lúcio and Roque Junior were Brazilian centre-backs of contrasting styles who both played for Leverkusen. - ANTONIO SCORZA - -Wendell (2014-21) - -Position: Left-back - -Appearances/goals: 186/7 - -It was Zé Roberto’s advice that brought Wendell Nascimento Borges to the BayArena. Playing alongside the veteran midfielder at Gremio Porto Alegré, Wendell heeded the former Leverkusen man’s words to become the German club’s 21st Brazilian player. - -“Leverkusen enjoys an excellent reputation in Brazil after making several transfers in the past,” said Wendell after signing a five-year deal in February 2014 ahead of a first trans-Atlantic move to be completed the following summer. ""I talked to my team captain Zé Roberto. He advised me to take this path, because he spoke of his time in Leverkusen in glowing terms.” - -Wendell is one of Leverkusen's most recent Brazilian imports. - PATRIK STOLLARZ - -Neither party regretted the move as Wendell was part of one of the Bundesliga’s most entertaining sides, only finishing outside the top five twice in his seven seasons at the club Bayer built. - -“I have experienced some great things with this club and made many friends. Bayer 04 has become like a family for me,” said Wendell, who has made more appearances for Leverkusen than any other foreign-born player, when he left to join Porto in 2021. - -“Wendell has gone from being a shy young man to an established pro who has identified himself strongly with Bayer 04,” said sporting director Simon Rolfes, who played with Wendell before retiring. “He has made his mark here and will always be welcome.” - -All Leverkusen’s Brazilians - -Tita, 1987-1988 Jorginho, 1989-1992 Paulo Sérgio, 1993-1997 Rodrigo Chagas, 1995-1996 Ramon Menezes, 1995-1996 Zé Elias, 1996-1997 Emerson, 1997-2000 Zé Roberto, 1998-2002 Robson Ponté, 1999-2001 Marquinhos, 2000-2002 Lúcio, 2001-2004 França, 2002-2005 Cris, 2003 Juan, 2002-2007 Roque Júnior, 2004-2007 Athirson, 2005-2007 Renato Augusto, 2008-2012 Henrique, 2008-2009 Lucão, 2010-2011 Carlinhos, 2012-2013 Wendell, 2014-2021 André Ramalho, 2015-2016 Paulinho, 2018-2022 Arthur, since 2023 - -*Bundesliga stats for Leverkusen only",1731883632,26eff8ae46,1c69bcd6dc,,,1731883632 -https://expeditionportal.com/ford-introduces-bronco-updates-to-increase-market-share-in-2025/,https://www.expeditionportal.com/feed/,Ford Introduces Bronco Updates to Increase Market Share in 2025,"Ford has revealed a range of updates for the 2025 Bronco; the SUV sold almost 90,000 units in 2024 despite supply chain issues and a tumultuous economy. The 2025 Bronco continues the company’s dedication to off-road capability while integrating new features in style, technology, and comfort. Building on the Bronco’s “Built Wild” legacy, the 2025 model offers enhanced options for adventure seekers looking for both rugged performance and a more refined driving experience. - -Bronco Brand Manager Jason Hyde said, - -“Our customers asked for a smarter, better equipped, and more stylish Bronco that was more livable everyday and just as capable of off-road adventures. We responded with new standard technology and comfort features, heritage-inspired trims and options, and a durable exterior protection option, all so Bronco remains unmistakable on the road.” - -The 2025 Ford Bronco builds on its signature “G.O.A.T.” modes, a feature that automatically adjusts vehicle settings to navigate varied terrain, including sand, mud, and rocky paths. This functionality allows drivers to handle various environments, which is ideal for those who frequently venture into challenging landscapes. Ford has maintained the powertrain options from the previous model, delivering turbocharged engines that ensure adequate torque for both city driving and rugged trails. For Sasquatch models, new 35-inch Goodyear Territory tires, optimized for both off-road performance and reduced highway noise, enhance the Bronco’s on and off-trail usability. - -Technological upgrades feature prominently, with an enhanced infotainment system running Ford’s SYNC 4 on a larger touchscreen. This system includes wireless Apple CarPlay and Android Auto, offering seamless device connectivity for navigation, media, and communication. A redesigned digital instrument cluster, customizable with diverse display options, presents essential driving data in a clear, engaging way. Over-the-air updates mean drivers can keep the Bronco’s software up-to-date remotely, minimizing the need for dealership visits. - -Safety has also been prioritized in this model. Ford’s Co-Pilot360 suite includes adaptive cruise control, lane-keeping assist, and automatic emergency braking, enhancing driver assistance for both on-road and off-road scenarios. The Bronco’s intelligent 4×4 system now integrates with these safety features to offer added stability on uneven surfaces. The cabin interior includes adjustable, heated seats, increased storage options, and improved insulation, reducing road noise and enhancing the sound quality of the upgraded audio system. - -Customization options will also be expanded in the 2025 Bronco. Buyers now have more choices for paint colors and finishes, and a new factory-installed matte clear film adds a matte finish to any color in the Bronco’s range while protecting the paint from environmental wear. This option is available in two- and four-door body styles across non-Raptor trims. - -The interior has been updated with new materials, enhancing durability for outdoor conditions and comfort for everyday use. The Black Appearance package is among the new aesthetic options, which joins the Free Wheeling and Stroppe Special Edition models for a more understated, stealthy look. This package includes a Shadow Black hardtop, black accent details on the mirror caps, door handles, fender flares, and a black grille with white “BRONCO” lettering. - -The 2025 lineup is now available to order and sees the return of the Base trim after a brief hiatus, while the Black Diamond trim is now available as a package for the Big Bend, providing further options to customize the Bronco according to different needs and preferences. - -ford.com - -Read More: Van Conversion Companies :: Buyers Guide - -Our No Compromise Clause: We do not accept advertorial content or allow advertising to influence our coverage, and our contributors are guaranteed editorial independence. Overland International may earn a small commission from affiliate links included in this article. We appreciate your support.",1731883661,ecdc66bb02,1c792cc2df,,,1731883661 -https://www.ren21.net/renewables-2024-global-status-report-energy-demand-module/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=renewables-2024-global-status-report-energy-demand-module,http://www.ren21.net/feed/,Renewables 2024 Global Status Report,"By the end of 2023, only 13 countries including Greece, Portugal, Spain, Ireland, United Kingdom, Italy, United States of America, Egypt, China, Vietnam, France, Germany and India, had implemented renewable energy policies across all end-use sectors—buildings, industry, transport, and agriculture. - -Efforts to integrate renewables into aviation, rail, and shipping are gaining momentum, but continue to face political hurdles. By 2023, only 10 countries had announced renewable energy policies for these sectors. - -Similarly, in the agriculture sector only 4 countries (Bangladesh, India, Republic of Korea and Malta) and the EU, have renewable energy targets, despite the myriad benefits of integrating renewables with agricultural practices. The report highlights how energy-efficient solar-powered cold storage systems in Kenya have proven affordable and reliable for small-scale farmers, leading to an increase in incomes of up to 40%. - -The buildings sector brought some hope with investment in energy efficiency rising by 14% in 2022 to reach USD 285 billion. However, investment growth was estimated to slow down due to inflation in 2023. - -And when it came to industries, 74% of direct energy use for heat in the sector was non-renewable, with renewable energy accounting for 12.1% in 2021. - -Currently, we run the risk of compounding this slow progress, as higher capital costs and rising inflation stall project development, against the backdrop of countries weakening existing policies. - -“What began as a good-news story of turning the energy crisis into opportunity is veering in a disappointing direction. Policymakers are stuck in business-as-usual, failing to build on the success of their reactive crisis-response measures with coherent and strategic long-term policies and planning. We need to urgently realign policies to reflect the structural changes needed in the energy-consuming sectors,” said Rana Adib, REN21 Executive Director. - -The report makes it abundantly clear – governments are not prioritising building their economies around renewables. Unlocking the potential of renewables requires strong political leadership, coherent policies and structural reforms. Governments must incentivise the energy transition with subsidies, tax breaks, rebates, and targeted regulatory measures.",1731883659,c318c793d5,1c97e7e9d0,,,1731883659 -https://www.theguardian.com/sport/2024/nov/16/taylor-fritz-alexander-casper-ruud-jannik-sinner-atp-finals-tennis,https://www.theguardian.com/sport/tennis/rss,ATP Finals: Fritz topples Alexander Zverev to set up final with Sinner,"Jannik Sinner will attempt to close out one of the greatest hard court seasons of this century with his first ATP Finals title on Sunday as he eased into the final in Turin with a devastating 6-1, 6-2 win over Casper Ruud. - -The world No 1 will face Taylor Fritz, the fifth seed, after Fritz toppled Alexander Zverev in a tense, ­quality ­tussle to reach the final for the first time. In a bruising battle between two of the best servers in the world, Fritz held on to narrowly defeat Zverev 6-3, 3-6, 7-6 (3). The ATP’s season-ending finale final will mark a rematch of the US Open final where Sinner dismantled Fritz in three sets to win his second grand-slam title. - -In what has developed into an extraordinary breakout season, Sinner has now compiled a 69-6 overall record in 2024 and he is now 49-3 on hard courts. Only Carlos Alcaraz, twice, and Andrey Rublev have defeated him on his favourite surface this year. After also reaching the final last year with an unbeaten 4-0 run before losing to Novak Djokovic, On Sunday Sinner, who reached the final in Turin in 2023 before losing to Novak Djokovic, will look to win his eighth title of the season. - -“Very similar circumstances and moments because we played already in the round robin and now the final again but I just try to play the best I can tomorrow,” said Sinner. “Everything can happen. I’m just happy to be back here. From last year now, I feel like I have more experience, I’ve grown as a player and hopefully tomorrow is going to be a good day. If not, again, a very positive week again. This year has been a very positive year so I’m very happy.” - -From the beginning, Sinner separated himself from Ruud by dominating the baseline with his relentless depth, weight of shot and consistency off both wings. Not only was Ruud completely overwhelmed from the baseline, even when he managed to impose himself with his heavy forehand, he simply could not consistently hit through the Italian’s supreme defence. Sinner closed out a devastating performance with 23 winners and just nine unforced errors. - -After one of the best weeks of his career, Fritz will rise to a new career high world ranking of No 4. As the first American to reach the final since James Blake in 2006, he will also get a second chance against Sinner this week after losing to the Italian in the group stages. Fritz has now also defeated Zverev on four consecutive occasions this year, including in the fourth round of Wimbledon and the quarter-finals of the US Open. - -“A big thing is just I trust my game and I trust my level, and I don’t feel nearly as uncomfortable in these ­situations any more because I’ve been putting myself in these situations, playing the top guys at big events a lot lately, I’m getting more ­comfortable in the moment and I’m really ­confident in my game,” said Fritz. - -As was the case in their other wins this year, Fritz was able to ­neutralise almost all of Zverev’s ­biggest strengths. He matched Zverev’s immense serving and, unlike many other players on the tour, Fritz’s excellent backhand allows him to ­easily hold his weight in the cross-court ­backhand rallies, a pattern Zverev often uses to break down opponents. - -skip past newsletter promotion Sign up to The Recap Free weekly newsletter The best of our sports journalism from the past seven days and a heads-up on the weekend’s action Enter your email address Sign up Privacy Notice: Newsletters may contain info about charities, online ads, and content funded by outside parties. For more information see our Newsletters may contain info about charities, online ads, and content funded by outside parties. For more information see our Privacy Policy . We use Google reCaptcha to protect our website and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply. after newsletter promotion - -Deep in the third set Fritz ­continued to serve brilliantly and he locked down his game in the important moments, refusing to offer up any free unforced errors. As Fritz held his nerve, it was the German who crumbled under pressure, his forehand spraying loose errors on key points as Fritz closed out a brilliant win.",1731883634,b5dd9fce7b,1caa4f4169,,,1731883634 -https://www.zerohedge.com/political/cruise-ship-offers-democrats-multi-year-escape-trump-victory-package,https://feeds.feedburner.com/zerohedge/feed,"Cruise Ship Offers Democrats Multi-Year ""Escape From Reality"" Package After Trump Victory","Florida-based cruise line Villa Vie Residences unveiled a new four-year cruise package called ""Skip Forward,"" offered to anyone suffering from Trump derangement syndrome. - -The Skip Forward package is part of the Tour La Vie program, starting at $40,000 per year, and is a ""continuous global adventure for up to 4 years,"" the company stated in a press release. In other words, the multi-year excursion spans Trump's upcoming second term. - -In an interview, Villa Vie Residences CEO Mikael Petterson told AP News the cruise liner is offering voters who were not pleased with the election results four exclusive deals: - -1-Year Escape from Reality - -2-Year Mid-Term Selection - -3-Year Everywhere but Home - -4-Year Skip Forward - -Petterson said the excursion to 425 ports across 140 countries allows voters to escape chaotic American politics. - -He noted, ""It just happened that Trump won. And more Democrats are unhappy with their current living situations in the US than Republicans."" - -A Florida cruise company is offering a 4-year escape to Americans upset by the results of the Nov. 5 presidential election pic.twitter.com/FUy5OTqDhA — The Associated Press (@AP) November 17, 2024 - -Petterson is right about the TDS explosion after the election. - -I fixed it for you pic.twitter.com/Dmoxdj02DI — stephen hilton (@stephenhilton23) November 7, 2024 - -I still think about this video every now and then. - - - -Can't wait what TikTok brings starting Jan. 20th. pic.twitter.com/qNO2a5eBXx — Defiant L’s (@DefiantLs) November 17, 2024 - -Google searches for ""Move to Canada"" surged immediately after Trump won. Far-left liberals melted down across all social media. - -We can only imagine a Villa Vie Residences cruise ship packed with a thousand yelling liberal women and Harry Sisson. At least their screams on the high seas won't be heard. - -Meanwhile, Australian billionaire Anthony Pratt plotted his migration to the US following the Trump victory. - -What happens when Republicans win again in 2028? Extend the cruise trip?",1731883613,efc81dd613,1cc17707e2,,,1731883613 -https://www.accountingweb.co.uk/tech/tech-pulse/rugby-legend-bryan-habana-talks-data-financial-education-and-excel-pivots,https://www.accountingweb.co.uk/rss.xml,"Rugby legend Bryan Habana talks data, financial education, and Excel pivots","In a career spanning 15 years, Bryan Habana won almost everything there was to win, from the Rugby World Cup and Tri Nations series with his native South Africa to the Heineken and Currie Cups in club rugby. - -His trademark speed and athleticism took him to second place among all-time test try scorers, with 67 tries, and garnered global attention for racing a cheetah to raise awareness of its status as an endangered animal. - -While he keeps up to speed with his former profession as a TV pundit, Habana has also moved into the business world through a role at fintech company paymenow. - -Founded by his old university roommate Deon Nobrega, Paymenow is an ‘earned wage access tool’ which allows employees of organisations signed up to the platform to gain access to a portion of their already-earned wages in advance of payday for a set fee without taking on debt. - -Habana spoke to AccountingWEB as part of Sage’s coverage of the Autumn Internationals ahead of South Africa’s trip to Twickenham to face England on Saturday. - -The conversation has been edited for length and clarity. - -Join our mailing list Enter your email address and get our weekly newsletter and breaking news. Enter email address * Enter email address - -Sign up - -So part of the reason for this interview is to discuss data and insights. Based on the data, it looks like a pretty straightforward win for the Springboks on Saturday… - -To be fair, they [England] have been leading in the last four games they've lost – and three of those with minutes to go. I'm definitely hoping that data doesn't give us [South Africa] a banana skin tomorrow, but it's an exciting game for sure. - -When you first started out as a player, what role did data play in the game? Were you even aware of stats like tackle success percentage or average carries per team or did that come later? - -I got my first professional contract in 2002, and it’s not like data analysis was unheard of, but it was just not really prevalent. In 2003, I was captain of the Golden Lions and for analysis, I used to have two VHS tape recorders that we used to get tapes from the games. And I'd have to cut clips by clicking fast-forward, play and rewind – it was a three or four-hour exercise! - -After [World Cup winning coach] Jake White came in, we installed GPS cameras in the main stadia in South Africa that gave you a heat-tracking map of where you were on the field. It was a lot more in-depth than we were used to, but the technology was in its infancy and was very expensive, so we had to get sponsors in to pay for it. We've come a very long way compared to today with the Smart Ball and Sage’s data insights. - -Moving to present-day rugby, how important is data when it comes to setting a team up? Could you say, for example, ‘this team won because they had better data or used it in the right way’, or is it more about those marginal gains in elite sport the British Cycling team used to talk about? - -I'm reading the book ‘Atomic Habits’ at the moment, and that period of British Cycling from 2002 to 2017 where they started making atomic, minuscule changes in things like the weight of a bike is fascinating. Tiny changes, not even 1% improvements, compounded over time, is where the best change happens. - -I think in terms of personal sports, it's creating structures within your systems that lead to success. And data forms a big part of that because if you have nothing to base decision-making on, it makes decision-making extremely difficult. - -So you can potentially win or lose a game through data but I don't think you should focus on data being the sole ingredient of success. It's understanding the data that becomes critically important. How you use that data in a way which can be conducive to building a successful system. Data on its own means nothing, but data used in conjunction with the environment, the ecosystem, allows you to make much better decisions. - -Your data might show you one thing, but your customer and client support is telling you that there are a number of queries or failures – that's a very different point. So this data plays an integral part in any business to thrive, but it’s not everything. - -So moving on to your life after rugby. How did you find the transition from being a professional athlete to having to hold down a ‘regular’ job? - -I read a piece by [former France international footballer] Thierry Henry a few weeks ago, where he said as a professional athlete, you have two deaths. The first one is when you retire from professional sports, and the second is when you are actually buried six feet underground. - -You can never replicate the feeling in the corporate or the real world – what it’s like running out in front of 80,000 people. - -It's very difficult moving from being in an environment where everyone is fully aligned with where the collective wants to go, so you miss it. On a Sunday night, you get given a programme that tells you where to be, what to eat, even what clothes to wear, people are booking all your logistics for you ahead of time. All of a sudden, in a corporate environment you potentially lose your sense of identity, lose your sense of purpose and lose that motivation. - -I've been very fortunate to have built a brand through my rugby career that has allowed for networking opportunities that have helped me navigate this, but there are plenty of things I’ve had to unlearn. - -At paymenow I've got 17 direct reports, and all of a sudden I've got to be emotionally engaged. Previously I removed emotion from decision-making processes because physiologically, that's how I got the best out of my body – for example, not worrying about whether my body had been hurt by that last tackle. Now all of a sudden, I’ve got to be emotionally engaged, I’ve got to be empathetic, whereas before all these things that were counter-intuitive, counter-productive. But I’m willing to unlearn and be accountable. - -There are also things that everyone else in business takes for granted because they learned it a long time ago, basic principles like how to pivot an Excel spreadsheet or do a PowerPoint presentation. Not really things a rugby player needs to learn! - -I’m fortunate now that we built a purpose-driven business, and that I’m able to do something close to my heart and make a difference in the world, using technology as a platform. - -You have an international profile reputation based on your rugby career, punditry and ambassadorships. Earned wage access seems a little like payday lending, which has a fairly poor reputation in this country. How much due diligence did you do? And how is your earned wage access platform different? - -Yeah, it’s very different. When we went live to market in January 2020, we knew we wanted to create what we call ‘financial wellness’ with education and earned wage access being the cornerstones. - -We want to take people from a debt environment to a savings mindset and education is critically important – it has become a big USP for us. Financial education is a key differentiator and helped us become the market leader, more than 500,000 employees have access to the platform across five territories.",1731883631,a53b283167,1cd076f646,,,1731883631 -https://qutech.nl/2024/10/24/nwo-vidi-grant-for-christian-andersen-for-andreev-spin-qubits/,https://qutech.nl/feed/,NWO Vidi grant for Christian Andersen for Andreev spin qubits,"The Dutch Research Council (NWO) has awarded an NWO Vidi grant to Christian Andersen. The grant (850 thousand euros for a five-year program) will allow him to develop a scalable architecture for Andreev spin qubits. - -Out of 829 applicants, Andersen is one of the 102 researchers who got awarded a Vidi grant. The grant will allow him to further develop an innovative line of research over the next five years and further expand his research group. - -Quantum spin networks: All together is better than loosely connected - -Quantum technologies promise to deliver great impact for the society but it is still an open question how to reach the best quantum devices. A key challenge is how to connect many quantum bits. Think of quantum bits as puzzle pieces. Individually, they hold potential, but when connected in a tight network, their combined abilities are significantly enhanced. This project aims at merging the best of two worlds in quantum computing into a tightly-knit network where all the pieces are connected to all the others. The architecture will combine the smallness of quantum dots with the efficiency of superconducting quantum bits to unlock a new approach to quantum computing. - -NWO Talent programme Vidi - -The NWO Vidi is part of the the NWO Talent Programme, that gives researchers the freedom to pursue their own research based on creativity and passion. The NWO Talent Programme encourages innovation and curiosity. Curiosity-driven research contributes to and prepares us for tomorrow’s society. That is why NWO focuses on diversity in terms of researchers, domains and backgrounds. Together with the Veni and Vici grants, Vidi is part of the NWO Talent Programme. - -NWO selects researchers based on the academic quality and innovative character of the research proposal, scientific and/or societal impact of the proposed project and the quality of the researcher. - -",1731883649,855509a49b,1c34f60b73,,,1731883649 -https://www.utilitydive.com/news/local-decarbonization-energy-efficiency-doe-grants/733076/,https://www.utilitydive.com/feeds/news/,"Local decarbonization, energy efficiency projects get over $17M from DOE","The Department of Energy is giving 61 local and territorial governments a total of more than $17.7 million for - -The Department of Energy is giving 61 local and territorial governments a total of more than $17.7 million for - -The Department of Energy is giving 61 local and territorial governments a total of more than $17.7 million for - -The Department of Energy is giving 61 local and territorial governments a total of more than $17.7 million for - -The Department of Energy is giving 61 local and territorial governments a total of more than $17.7 million for - -The Department of Energy is giving 61 local and territorial governments a total of more than $17.7 million for",1731883639,f0fb325afe,1c5ddbe938,,,1731883639 -https://www.tennis-prose.com/bios/ferreira-positively-changed-draper/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=ferreira-positively-changed-draper,https://www.tennis-prose.com/feed/,Ferreira Positively Changed Draper,"← Sidebar - -Though Wayne Ferreira lasted only four months guiding Jack Draper, it’s crystal clear the South African coach had a very positive influence on the 22 year old. - -Ferreira started with Draper after French Open where the Brit lost first round to Jesper De Jong in five sets. The results came quickly – Draper won his first ATP title in Queens (beat Berrettini in the final) and then beat world no. 1 Carlos Alcaraz at Queens Club. - -At Wimbledon, Draper lost inthe second round in three tightly contested close sets to compatriot rival Cam Norrie. - -Draper dropped Ferreira before US Open where he reached the semifinal, losing to eventual champion Jannik Sinner 57 67 26. - -Last week Draper won his second title in Vienna, by beating Karen Khachanov. He is now at a career best ranking of 15, from 39 when he started working with Ferreira. - -The ATP site says Draper’s coach is James Trotman. Though Draper’s language about the spit seems to belittle the obvious contributions made by Ferreira, the question remains: Would Draper have achieved his big results if Ferreira didn’t enter the picture to supplement the work of Trotman? - -“Wayne coming on board was obviously a good decision based on his value as a coach and he was experienced as a player but I’ve always been a player who likes to keep things simple,” said Draper during a media conference at the US Open. - -“I’ve never had that team dynamic before where I’ve got two different voices and two different coaches and I always wanted Trots to be the one leading what I was doing. I just felt like it was not as simple as I liked and I wanted one voice in my team and I feel like it was probably the right thing to part ways with Wayne and keep it how I want it as a player. That being said my time with Wayne has been amazing, I’ve learned a lot. I sort of got a lot of value from him. I think he’s an amazing guy and one who will continue to be a friend.” - -The implication is that Trotman and Ferreira may have had a clash of egos and the success with Ferreira diminished Trotman’s value as a coach. - -There can be no doubt Wayne Ferreira is the major reason Draper’s career received a significant spark and the results during the four month collaboration – and beyond – reflect that. - -ATP · Jack Draper · Wayne Ferreira - -Leave a Reply - -<< A point that altered careers - -Quick Chat With Perricard’s Boxing Coach Leon Moore >>",1731883609,2cd6623864,1c8e4a5a48,,,1731883609 -https://store.steampowered.com/news/225585/,https://store.steampowered.com/feeds/news.xml?id=457140,Team Fortress 2 Update Released,"Fixed the Distress Signal and Carioca's Call Unusual effects sometimes causing the game to crash - - - -Moved ctf_haarp out of the CTF matchmaking category and into Attack/Defend - - - -Updated the Treasure Trove Unusual taunt effect Renamed to Bountiful Riches to fix a naming conflict - -Updated the materials to fix a problem with the coins - -Updated pd_atom_smash Fixed missing UI elements for the capture zone - -Increased rarity of The Scientist's idle chatter between capture zone availability - -Updated koth_megaton Fixed a missing material on the sandbags - -Fixed clipping on an open crate - - - -An update to Team Fortress 2 has been released. The update will be applied automatically when you restart Team Fortress 2. The major changes include:",1731883674,d2832f4a9a,1cc56a9ce3,,,1731883674 -https://www.entrepreneurshiplife.com/ai-in-software-testing/,https://www.entrepreneurshiplife.com/feed/,AI Testing Software: Transforming Quality Assurance,"By - -AI testing software stands out as a ground-breaking solution that revolutionizes software development and quality assurance in a world where technological growth is accelerating. The need for developers to produce faultless, dependable, and flexible software is growing along with digital products. However, how are organizations able to meet these high expectations? Here comes AI testing software, a potent, clever method of automated testing that increases productivity, improves software reliability, and saves time. - -This post will explore why AI testing software is so revolutionary, how it operates, and why it’s crucial for companies trying to meet the expectations of contemporary development. - -What is AI Testing Software? - -Software testing procedures are carried out, examined, and optimized using AI testing software, which uses machine learning and artificial intelligence algorithms. In addition to automating monotonous chores, this technology recognizes trends, adjusts to changes, and assists in locating intricate problems that conventional testing might overlook. Unlike traditional testing solutions that use static scripts, AI testing software is dynamic and may be enhanced over time based on past test results and evolving product needs. - -AI increases software testing efficiency and accuracy, freeing developers and testers to focus on more strategic, creative tasks. Simply stated, AI testing software transforms the process into a proactive, intelligent workflow that helps teams detect potential issues earlier and deploy more confidently. - -The Key Benefits of AI Testing Software - -Why are more organizations turning to AI for their software testing needs? Let’s explore some of the main benefits of AI testing software and how they contribute to better development outcomes. - -1. Enhanced Accuracy and Speed - -Precision and efficiency are two of AI testing software’s biggest benefits. Human error can occur in traditional testing procedures, particularly when using repetitive tasks. But AI guarantees constant accuracy during each test cycle. Because AI testing software can swiftly evaluate vast volumes of data, it can identify flaws and vulnerabilities more quickly than manual testing. - -For instance, a human tester would need a lot more time to go over thousands of lines of code than many AI-powered testing solutions. AI can improve test reliability without compromising accuracy since it can spot even the slightest issues that a human might overlook. This can make all the difference in a sector where speed to market is critical. - -2. Cost-Effective Testing Solutions - -Software testing can be resource-heavy, often requiring extensive human labor and time. With AI testing software, companies can significantly reduce testing costs. AI reduces the need for a big testing crew by automating a significant portion of the testing process, which lowers labor costs without sacrificing quality. - -Additionally, AI’s capacity for continuous testing allows companies to identify and address issues earlier in the development lifecycle. This proactive approach helps reduce costly late-stage fixes, providing a more economical testing solution. - -3. Intelligent Test Coverage - -Achieving comprehensive test coverage is challenging, especially as products and systems become more complex. AI testing software can adapt to diverse testing scenarios, enabling more thorough coverage than traditional tools. Machine learning algorithms allow the AI to “learn” and improve over time, adapting to new areas that require testing as the software evolves. - -This adaptability ensures that no part of the codebase goes untested. AI-powered testing tools can be a game-changer for companies managing large and complex systems, allowing them to achieve complete coverage without a dramatic increase in resources. - -4. Faster Feedback and Continuous Integration - -In a world driven by Agile and DevOps, rapid development requires continuous integration and continuous delivery, or CI/CD. In this case, AI testing software is ideal since it gives developers real-time feedback on every code change, enabling them to fix problems as they appear. - -AI-enabled testing facilitates a test-driven development (TDD) process, where each code change is validated almost quickly. This real-time input expedites the development process and contributes to creating a final product of greater quality. Teams may move forward because they are confident that their changes won’t result in any new issues or systemic disruptions. - -How AI Testing Software Works: Behind the Scenes - -So, how does AI testing software manage to perform these impressive tasks? AI testing tools use machine learning models and algorithms to identify trends, find abnormalities, and forecast results. A summary of several essential components is provided below: - -Natural Language Processing (NLP): AI testing software frequently integrates NLP to allow even non-technical stakeholders to understand test cases presented in simple English. NLP allows AI to understand requirements and create test cases based on descriptions, improving test quality and aligning with business needs. - -Pattern Recognition and Prediction: AI identifies patterns in data to predict potential failure points or high-risk areas. This predictive capacity helps it target testing efforts where needed most, ensuring critical issues are addressed proactively. - -Self-Healing Tests: AI’s ability to heal itself is one of its most notable characteristics. AI testing software can identify changes in the application’s code or user interface and modify tests appropriately without human interaction. This saves time and money by eliminating the requirement for manual test updates. - -What Does AI’s Future Hold for Software Testing? - -The use of AI in software testing will grow along with the technology itself. With less supervision, AI testing software should become more intuitive and able to learn and adapt independently. Keep an eye on these new trends: - -1. Integration with DevOps Pipelines - -AI will play a crucial role in DevOps pipelines as the field continues to gain traction. AI testing software is ideal for CI/CD setups because it can give quick, accurate feedback, enabling teams to identify and fix problems as they arise. This integration, which is expected to streamline development procedures, will further accelerate time-to-market for new products. - -2. Increased Focus on Predictive Testing - -The use of predictive analytics in software testing will increase. By examining past data and testing results, AI testing software can forecast where problems are most likely to arise in upcoming releases. This predictive strategy has the potential to transform risk management completely by assisting teams in more efficient resource allocation and concentrating on high-risk areas. - -3. Expanding Beyond Functional Testing - -While functional testing has been a primary focus, AI testing software is beginning to expand into other areas, such as performance and security testing. As AI technology advances, we can expect tools that provide more comprehensive testing across various requirements, making it a one-stop solution for quality assurance. - -Conclusion - -Artificial intelligence’s involvement in software testing has grown in importance in an era where speed, precision, and agility are critical. AI testing software offers accuracy, flexibility, and efficiency that traditional methods cannot match. By automating time-consuming operations, increasing test coverage, and encouraging continuous integration, AI helps teams create better software more rapidly and economically. - -Using AI testing software is a deliberate move toward better software development and quality control, not merely a passing trend for companies looking to stay competitive. As AI technology develops, we anticipate seeing even more creative solutions that push the limits of automated testing’s viability.",1731883634,d1b4edb237,1bf4b2c244,,,1731883634 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/trends/a62734733/scarf-coats/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,12 Best Scarf Coats to Shop This Winter,"Every product on this page was chosen by a Harper's BAZAAR editor. We may earn commission on some of the items you choose to buy. - -There's certainly a chill in the air, which means big coat season is nigh. One of the silhouettes we're most excited about adding to our winter lineup? The scarf-coat hybrid, which is currently experiencing a major renaissance. - -Recognizable by its matching, built-in scarf, the style has been around for decades but more recently skyrocketed in popularity due to Toteme's viral embroidered version—which first launched in 2021. Over the past few years, brands like Hermès, Max Mara, and Rick Owens have offered their own fresh takes on the look. And throughout a myriad of fall/winter 2024 collections, it once again stole the spotlight in various forms, from a sweeping blue turtleneck and sharp red leather trench at Bottega Veneta to a blanket-like, mustard-yellow number at The Row. - -Daniele Oberrauch // LAUNCHMETRICS SPOTLIGHT Bottega Veneta fall/winter 2024 Courtesy of The Row The Row fall/winter 2024 - -Naturally, Toteme also experimented with the scarf coat this season, showcasing a longer, svelter version of its original style—though still complete with signature whip-stitch detailing—in staple black and camel colors. - -Courtesy of Toteme Toteme fall/winter 2024 - -Equal parts elegant and practical, the scarf coat is a true wardrobe hero for any blustery days ahead. The streamlined, all-in-one outerwear piece not only removes the guesswork from cold-weather layering but is also the epitome of quiet luxury dressing. And thanks to this season's hottest iterations—from to in the chocolate brown color of the moment—the style can seamlessly pair with practically anything in your closet. Peruse our 12 favorite versions, below, then throw your desired piece over an everyday jeans-and-a-sweater combo or a date night-ready cocktail dress and prepare to garner compliments wherever you go.",1731883629,66787ad63a,1cd076e2ad,,,1731883629 -https://www.communitysignal.com/shifting-revel-a-community-for-women-over-40-from-in-person-to-online-overnight/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,"Shifting Revel, a Community for Women Over 40, from In-Person to Online Overnight","As community practitioners, we often serve communities that we don’t necessarily belong to. But how would you approach designing a community platform, events, and policies for a demographic that you don’t belong to? Alexa Wahr, the COO of Revel, a community for women over 40, says that she and her co-founder build by putting their community first. “We absolutely listen to our members. We don’t try to pretend like we know what exactly our members are going through or what it’s like to be a woman in their life. That doesn’t mean that we can’t help to build the community and build the tools that help them connect.” - -In this episode of Community Signal, Alexa shares how the policies that govern the platform, Revel’s approach to safety during the pandemic, and Revel’s acquisition of The Woolfer, are all grounded in putting their members’ needs, safety, and experiences first. - -Alexa also discusses how Revel, an in-person events-based community, shifted entirely to virtual events in light of the pandemic. Through this model, Revel members have continued to have meaningful interactions, build friendships, and support one another through COVID-19. - -Alexa and Patrick also discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Vanilla, a one-stop shop for online community. - -Building the Revel community with member needs first (5:10): “We don’t try to pretend like we know what exactly our members are going through or what it’s like to be a woman in their life. That doesn’t mean that we can’t help to build the community and build the tools that help them connect.” – @alexawahr - -Virtual events are impactful and here to stay (12:20): “We’ve seen that over [virtual meetings], you can actually form really deep connections. We now have members who have formed really great friendships across the country. Can’t wait to travel to meet one another. … [I’m] happy to say that virtual events are definitely here to stay. We have yet to see what the final balance of in-person versus virtual events will be at scale, but certainly, a large percentage of our events will continue to be virtual.” – @alexawahr - -Fostering the events that Revel members want (14:50): “If our members start to perceive that going to a Revel event is being pushed products or services in a sneaky way, they simply won’t come back. We take it very seriously and really err on the side of our members first and our hosts secondary when it comes to violations like that.” – @alexawahr - -On the future of Revel (24:40): “[Revel is] a community for women over 40. The community shares that identity and we’re about making connections, finding friendships, supporting one another, and really bringing light to women in midlife and all of the amazing things that they’re doing. That doesn’t mean that women within the community don’t have their own interests, feelings, and identities and allowing every woman over 40 to join Revel, but then find her niche, her group within the community, is also something that we think will be a big part of what Revel is and [we’re] excited to build that out.” – @alexawahr - -Alexa Wahr is the co-founder and COO of Revel Gatherings. Previously, Alexa was a senior director in operations at health insurance startup Bright Health. Prior to Bright Health, Alexa worked in strategy and business development for Target and was an healthcare investment banking analyst at Piper Jaffray. Alexa has a BBA from Emory University and a MBA from Harvard Business School. - -[music] - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Vanilla, a one-stop-shop for online community. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[00:00:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello, and thank you for listening to Community Signal. We’re joined by Alexa Wahr, co-founder of Revel, a community for women in their 40s, 50s, and beyond. We’re discussing creating community with the demographic that you weren’t a part of, how they shifted from 100% in-person events to virtual events overnight when COVID hit, and their plans to introduce paid event hosts into a community built around volunteer hosts. - -Thank you to Jenny Weigel, Aaron H., and Paul Bradley for supporting our show via Patreon. If you’d like to join them, visit communitysignal.com/innercircle for more info. - -Alexa Wahr is a co-founder and COO of Revel Gatherings. Previously, Alexa was a senior director of operations at health insurance startup Bright Health. Prior to Bright Health, Alexa worked in strategy and business development for Target and was a healthcare investment banking analyst at Piper Jaffray. Alexa has a BBA from Emory University and an MBA from Harvard Business School. - -Alexa, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:43] Alexa Wahr: Hi, great to be here. - -[00:01:21] Patrick O’Keefe: When I talked with you and your co-founder Lisa Marrone before the show, you both talked about building community for a demographic that you yourself are not a part of, but that is core to the community’s purpose in an authentic and respectful way. How did you approach that? - -[00:01:36] Alexa Wahr: It’s a great question. I think what’s funny is that when Lisa and I started thinking about building Revel, it wasn’t something that we necessarily were thinking about upfront. We just saw a problem that we wanted to dig into and start to solve. It wasn’t until we started getting questions of women who came to us and they were in their midlife and saying, “I absolutely love what you’re building, but why would two women who are in their early thirties choose to do this?” I think from there, we just realized that we needed to approach it from a really honest and upfront standpoint, which is we started talking with women who are in midlife and realize that there was something that we could help build with the skillset that we had developed over the years, like going to business school, having some experience in tech, to begin with. We’re going to be women in midlife in not too long. Making our community realize that we’re building this completely from an authentic standpoint, we are not women who want to be in the forefront and necessarily known at every meeting or talked about. We want to be behind the scenes, building the technology, building the platform that allows members to connect, get to know one another, build community. I think we just approached it in that way, putting it out there. Our community knows us, but they also know that we don’t try to participate as if we are a part of the community. - -[00:03:14] Patrick O’Keefe: I’ve seen this play out in different ways. I think it varies by demographic and who you’re serving. Some audiences might feel less inclined to trust or want to contribute to a platform where the audience that the community’s focused on isn’t the one owning and operating the community. Certain demographics make a lot of sense. I think this one makes sense to me, although I’m not in that demographic so it’s not really for me to say. - -In my own life, I manage a community of martial artists, I have for 20 years, I’m not a martial artist. I think that the way to approach that is always, like you said, to just be clear about that, and then people can decide for themselves. I’ve never hidden that, I’ve always been super clear about that. I don’t participate sharing my martial arts expertise. I’m very clear on what that is, who I am, and what I bring to the table. - -Then I rely on a great team of volunteers that I have, some of which had been with me for 10, one for 15 plus years and they’re martial artists. In those cases where I need that, to tap into that expertise, those are the people I trust. People who know the martial arts that can help me and guide me. I’ve also been in jobs where we would have a distributed remote team globally, and someone would complain to one of the executives about us having someone in a foreign country and wonder why they’re not in America. Then those business owners would have that person change their LinkedIn to appear not to be in that country. I’ve seen people try to hide things and I’ve seen people be outright honest about it. It seems obvious, but it’s always better to put things out there rather than let people discover them later. - -[00:04:44] Alexa Wahr: It’s interesting because my mind often goes to this fact, which is someone, a physician or a scientist is developing a new drug or technology, medical technology. Most people don’t say, “Oh, you can’t develop that drug for diabetes unless you have diabetes.” I think Lisa and I feel about it in a similar way, which is, we absolutely listen to our members. We don’t try to pretend like we know what exactly our members are going through or what it’s like to be a woman in their life. That doesn’t mean that we can’t help to build the community and build the tools that help them connect. - -I think in addition to that, there’s something special about the intergenerational piece of this, which is, I think a lot of women are members that we’ve talked to who are in midlife are excited to connect with the next generation below them and instill in us the wisdom and just help educate us on what to expect when you get to this time in your life. How you can prepare for it and help support the cause. This is a demographic that is marginalized in a lot of ways. The more that women or men who are in it or not in it can come together to bring light to it and help support women at this time in their life, I think is a great thing. I think our members do that too. - -[00:06:11] Patrick O’Keefe: This is a platform that only recently launched online discussion groups and was substantially built around in-person events and founded in August 2019, months before the COVID-19 pandemic would hit. I want to talk about COVID in really two parts. I think the first part is the first year of COVID before most people would have been able to get vaccinated and it was frankly unsafe for people to meet in person, especially given that a substantial portion of your community would have been at a higher risk group. When COVID hit early on, how did your efforts shift? - -[00:06:41] Alexa Wahr: It’s a great question, and really they shifted overnight. In March of 2019 when the lockdown hit, which San Francisco, where we’re located, the Bay Area was the first city really to put in a quarantine order. We could deal with it right away, and of course, we put our member’s safety first, which was all in-person events were shut down on the platform. That was step one. - -Then step two was immediately thinking through how do we help our members continue to connect? Not only to help our business survive and pivot, which is of course important but more importantly, we have a lot of members who don’t live with families, who aren’t living close by the people that they can really lean on. People whose most of their interactions were going to work every day and now they aren’t. It was most important to figure out how we can help support everyone, our members during this really difficult time when there is so much fear and uncertainty. - -What that looked like was immediately putting on our website some Zoom meetings, some virtual meetings, and of course, I’m sure a lot of in-person communities did the same thing. What we realized is that it was something our members immediately gravitated to just being able to get on. We saw two separate event types start to bubble up very quickly. One was, I don’t want to talk about COVID. I want to go and be a part of a group. I want to play games and get my mind off of everything scary that’s going on in the outside world, and the other set that really wanted to talk about it. I don’t want to ignore the fact that I can’t see my kids. I’m scared about my parents, all of those things. - -We just shifted our in-person events to virtual ones and the members as they do. I think I’ll mention that we are at events platform, that our events are created by our members, and so we just let our members create the events that they wanted and members could sign up for those. We shifted our engineering time to building out capabilities to allow for easy virtual events to be integrated with Zoom, and we’re off to the races. - -[00:09:00] Patrick O’Keefe: I think, at the time, it was the right decision. Looking back, it’s even more so the right decision. Not to be too black and white, but I tend to think that folks who had businesses that revolve so heavily around in-person meetups, there were two choices. You either did the right thing or lives were lost. It’s hard to look at it that way, but that’s how it was, so in that moment, I think that’s the right decision, the right thing to do. - -Let’s talk about where we are now. According to Bloomberg, a little over 60.7% of the US population is now covered by vaccination. I am sure that percentage goes up in the areas where Revel has its strongest footing, major cities in the West Coast, and places like where I live in Los Angeles and Southern California. What are you telling your hosts now when it comes to responsibly meeting in person? - -[00:09:41] Alexa Wahr: First and foremost, we require that all hosts follow any local and federal guidelines in terms of mask mandates and or showing vaccinations if you’re going inside, especially here in San Francisco, where that’s required. Beyond that, we really allow our hosts to dictate the level of safety that they really want at their events. What that has manifested as is that most hosts who are hosting an in-person event, which is still a small percentage of our events on the platform today. I think it’s about 20%. Majority of hosts are only hosting outdoor hikes or going to a restaurant where they’re seated outside and they require that anyone who’s going to attend needs to be vaccinated. We fully support that. We obviously believe in all those that can get vaccinated should and allowing our hosts, who are hosting events to feel as safe as possible. That’s really where we’re at. I would say majority of our in-person events require vaccination. - -[00:10:41] Patrick O’Keefe: It sounds like to me requiring that they respect local regulations, ordinances put in place as sort of a minimum safety requirement. Then if they want to be even stricter than that, then they’re supported in doing so. - -[00:10:52] Alexa Wahr: That’s correct. - -[00:14:35] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s pause here to talk about our generous sponsor, Vanilla. - -Vanilla provides a one-stop-shop solution that gives community leaders all the tools they need to create a thriving community. Engagement tools like ideation and gamification promote vibrant discussion and powerful moderation tools allow admins to stay on top of conversations and keep things on track. All of these features are available out of the box, and come with best-in-class technical and community support from Vanilla’s Success Team. Vanilla is trusted by King, Acer, Qualtrics, and many more leading brands. Visit vanillaforums.com. - -You said about 20% are now in person, which is a healthy number, I would say at this stage. Before COVID, was it 100%? Did you have any virtual events at all? - -[00:11:33] Alexa Wahr: It was 100% before COVID, which is actually really interesting because when Lisa and I started Revel, and what we heard from others was there was this belief that genuine connections and community are best formed face-to-face in person. We felt very strongly that our events should be in person, that that’s how we were going to build our community. I’m happy to say that we were proven at least somewhat wrong after the launch of virtual events in that we still do believe that there is something wrong with the Facebook social media model of just being behind a screen and one in a million people that you’re not really getting to know on the platform. - -We’ve seen that over Zoom and connecting a virtual meeting, you can actually form really deep connections. We now have members who have formed really great friendships across the country. Can’t wait to travel to meet one another. Also, people are happy to meet from the comfort of their own home on a Friday night happy hour or chit-chat on a Sunday afternoon. Happy to say that virtual events are definitely here to stay. We have yet to see what the final balance of in-person versus virtual events will be at scale, but certainly, a large percentage of our events will continue to be virtual. - -[00:13:03] Patrick O’Keefe: Even before safety considerations, you have host guidelines for hosting events, expectations that you have for people who want to use your platform to get together with other people. How do you handle host misconduct or what’s your process for receiving a report investigating it? How do you look at that? - -[00:13:16] Alexa Wahr: That’s a good question because we actually have been continually updating this. When we first launched the platform, we noticed right away that a lot of women or a lot of hosts that came onto the platform had a service or a product that they were looking to sell. That really is not the purpose of Revel. The purpose of Revel is social first, community first, getting together sharing information, really to support the community and not to make money. As we saw this happening, we realized that we needed to put real guidelines in place. - -[00:13:51] Patrick O’Keefe: We didn’t want to inadvertently get invited to a Tupperware party. - -[00:13:54] Alexa Wahr: Exactly. We understand that there are certain services that our members are looking for. If it’s a one-on-one conversation and a member has reached out to another member saying, “I noticed that you’re a divorce attorney. I’m looking for one,” we more than support that type of connection and conversations and taking sort of that business off platform. If we get a report that a host has put up an event and was hiding the fact that she was selling something and is pushing a product, if she doesn’t have any other events up on the calendar, we’ll reach out to her. We’ll simply have discussion with her, first and foremost, around making sure she understands the guidelines. - -If she does have an event up, we usually put it on pause until we talk to her because it’s really important for the quality of our community. If our members start to perceive that going to a Revel event is being pushed products or services in a sneaky way, they simply won’t come back. We take it very seriously and really err on the side of our members first and our hosts secondary when it comes to violations like that. - -[00:15:10] Patrick O’Keefe: Sticking with money for a second, so far, events have typically been hosted by Revel or by volunteers, but you are planning to launch Revel Experts, a paid tier of hosts in the first quarter of 2022. Can you talk about that? - -[00:15:21] Alexa Wahr: Correct. We’re really excited about it and this goes back to we know that there are certain services that our members are looking for and potentially willing to pay for. We really want to have a distinction between what is social and for fun and not about money. Then really test out things like yoga classes or healthy eating workshops, things where there’s a professional who has real experience. We know that our members would be potentially willing to pay for that type of workshop or service. We’re going to start out small and TBD on what exactly those events will be and who will be running them. - -We’re excited to give a place for women who deserve to make money based on the services that they’re providing, be able to do so on our platform because we also really want to support the women who are in midlife that maybe were pushed out of the workforce at a larger corporation and has started an amazing company on their own. We have a lot of entrepreneurs and we absolutely want to help support those women in their businesses that way. - -[00:16:31] Patrick O’Keefe: Have you started to talk to potential hosts who might be a part of the program? - -[00:16:36] Alexa Wahr: We have here and there, we haven’t officially launched it that’s coming in the next month or two so it’s been very general conversation, no deep ones yet. - -[00:16:44] Patrick O’Keefe: Do you think it’ll mostly be members who you know right now who are part of the community or are you also looking at say I don’t know there’s chains of yoga studios, for example? - -[00:16:52] Alexa Wahr: TBD on what the breakdown will be, I anticipate it’ll probably be a mix of both. I think first and foremost, we want to support our members that are in the community and so that is going to be where we start. If we know that there’s a type of activity or service that our members are really interested in and there doesn’t seem to be a member currently who’s the right fit for the Revel Expert, we certainly will go out and try to find that person to come on in. - -[00:17:18] Patrick O’Keefe: Is there a risk that paid events could make other events or just events as a whole seem more transactional especially to newer members? - -[00:17:26] Alexa Wahr: There’s always some risk in it. I think that the way that we’re designing the program, we hope to minimize that risk and that when you come to the Revel website it will be very clear what the purpose of Revel is. It’s about community first, it’s about women getting to know one another, supporting one another, having fun. Then there’s a separate section on the site where if you’re looking for deeper education or deeper support you can go to for it. A lot of it has to do with the messaging and really design of the website of how we roll it out. - -[00:17:58] Patrick O’Keefe: When I was thinking through the challenge and the opportunity that this thing represents, I found myself thinking about how to continue to incentivize people to host free events on the platform and not getting lost in the paid events. I don’t know if you’ve given that much thought but does that bring up any ideas, spur any thoughts, it’s something that you’re pondering as you figure out how to lay it out and design the offering? - -[00:18:21] Alexa Wahr: What I think is potentially surprising about it is that what we see from the hosts who are hosting today is that majority of them are motivated 100% from an intrinsic value. They are excited to go on that hike and they want other women who are interested in it to go on it with them as well. Or sharing a book club or a movie screening and they really don’t care about making money or necessarily other incentives. - -I will say that the biggest incentive is really recognition and not to the broader community, but simply getting a piece of feedback or a note from someone who attended your event that says, “That was absolutely incredible, thank you so much for putting that on. You’re wonderful. I love meeting the other women that were there,” is really what we’re looking for. We want to know that we’re helping other people that they had a good time. The more that we can make sure that women are getting that feedback understand how they are valued in the community is really where we’re focusing. - -[00:19:30] Patrick O’Keefe: I can see the downside of what I’m about to ask because you don’t want people who host a free event to get really bad, nasty feedback and get discouraged by it. Do you facilitate that process at all of requesting feedback and then sharing that feedback with the person who hosted the event so that they could have that moment of reward that you’re talking about? - -[00:19:48] Alexa Wahr: Yes, we do. The process isn’t perfect yet and it’s something that we’re actually working on now. We do have a automated feedback loop that comes just in the form of an email after you attended an event, “Is there anything you’d like to share with your host?” We get that and then the process is manual today, share that feedback out to our hosts. We’re hoping to make it automated in the future. Exactly how that process works is to be defined, but it is something that’s hugely important to our hosts. We know that getting that feedback is really what keeps them going in terms of hosting more events. - -[00:20:24] Patrick O’Keefe: I could see the value of that being manual. Manual in the sense that you need to read the negative too because it could be the way that you find out if someone should be hosting events. You want to read the positives so that you can share that as well. - -[00:20:36] Alexa Wahr: Exactly. Yes, and sometimes the feedback has nothing to do with the host. I couldn’t find the Zoom link and the website was difficult to navigate. Not that we get a lot of those but happens from time to time. When it has nothing to do with the host, we filter those ones out as well. - -[00:20:53] Patrick O’Keefe: In August, Revel announced that they had acquired The Woolfer which was founded by Nina Collins, who has been on the show a couple of times and I like Nina a lot. That’s why we’re talking because I had reached out to her for guest ideas and she mentioned Lisa, which led me to you, and in our pre-show conversation, I’m going to quote you. You told me that, “We are currently in the process of bringing a separate community, The Woolfer, onto the Revel platform. One that is on average, a little younger, more East Coast-based compared to our majority West Coast-based membership, and has a different culture. The Woolfer have a strong identity with their community and our Revelers do too. How do we create one overarching community and identity for these groups while allowing them to keep their individual identities as well?” You mentioned the different cultures. How do you see those two communities culturally? - -[00:21:41] Alexa Wahr: Yes, that’s a great question. I would say, and not to stereotype the West Coast versus the East Coast. In simplest terms, I think our West Coast members are a little bit more laid back. - -[00:21:53] Patrick O’Keefe: I lived on the East Coast my whole life until three and a half years ago. I still take crosswalks like a New Yorker. - -[00:21:57] Alexa Wahr: Yes, exactly, exactly. Woolfer community is a little bit more East Coast. They’re a little bit louder and out there. The number one word we sort huddled on that we realized is the biggest difference between the two communities is really around candor and so The Woolfer community really values their ability to say what they think, when they’re thinking it and not filter themselves. I would say our Revel community is a little bit more reserved in that regard. That would be the main thing that we’ve been monitoring as we bring the two groups together and really been thinking through about, how do we make sure that the collective gets along and feels like a community while of course allowing our members to be who they are? Authenticity is actually one of the values that both of us – The Woolfer community and the Revel community had independently before we ever started conversations. - -[00:23:01] Patrick O’Keefe: As you try to create that overarching community and identity for these groups, while allowing them to keep their selves, backing up to the platform perspective and platform design, how have you started to incorporate The Woolfer into Revel and how do you see that playing out in the short term? - -[00:23:20] Alexa Wahr: Yes, one of the main things and features that we wanted to have launched by the time we brought The Woolfer community on, and I’ll say that with brought The Woolfer community in a beta fashion, their original app is still running and will be shut down in the next few months or so. When we brought them over, we wanted to make sure that we had launched our groups feature, which is brand new area on the site where women can launch a group based on any topic or interest, and then other members can join that group. It’s a little bit like a discussion board where people can comment, post photos, share events, and be together within that interest area. We launched groups with Woolfer being one of the main ones that is part of our beta testing. - -The Woolfers have been able to come on to the Revel platform and experience Revel as it is today in its entirety, see all the events, meet other members, browse through our directory, while also then being able to go and join the specific Woolfer group within the broader Revel group. That’s really our intention as we grow Revel into the future, which is we’re a community for women over 40. The community shares that identity and we’re about making connections, finding friendships, supporting one another, and really bringing light to women in midlife and all of the amazing things that they’re doing. That doesn’t mean that women within the community don’t have their own interests, feelings, and identities and allowing every woman over 40 to join Revel , but then find her niche, her group within the community is also something that we think will be a big part of what Revel is and are excited to build that out. - -[00:25:18] Patrick O’Keefe: We talked a little bit about what Revel was pre-COVID, the initial vision, however you like to term it and the transition after, and leaning more into virtual events. It sounds at first like a lot of people, how can we make this work right now without programming something entirely new? Let’s do Zoom calls. Let’s get to use our existing event platform and then make it better. Now you’re launching discussion groups on the platform, leaning more into online engagement over the internet versus face-to-face. - -Is that something that you think will continue to happen even as vaccination rates go up and then hopefully COVID numbers go down and we confront this pandemic in a more serious way? Do you think that you’ll continue to lean into not just more going back to in-person events, but also building out a more feature-rich portal and application for deeper online engagement? - -[00:26:05] Alexa Wahr: The way that we’re thinking about groups interactions on the platform and on the discussion boards is really in service of our original mission, that continues to be the same, which is making genuine connections. We hope that or what we believe is that these discussion groups help women more easily share an idea that they have for an event and find the other women that are interested in it or follow up with photos from an event that they went to so that the rest of the community who might not have been able to attend can see them and feel good about them. - -We don’t want Revel to become a Facebook where majority of the interactions are simply happening on the site with no actual connections or meeting up, whether that’s in person or virtually. We’ll continue to build out our features and our platform to support that. That’s really how we’re building it out today and the focus continues to be on making those connections with other members. - -[00:27:10] Patrick O’Keefe: Alexa, it has been a pleasure to have you on. Thank you for spending some time with us. - -[00:27:13] Alexa Wahr: Of course. Great to be here. - -[00:27:16] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with Alexa Wahr founder and COO of Revel. Find them at hellorevel.com. For the transcript from this episode plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Until next time. - -[music]",1731883676,b6cef58d91,1ce1c2a3bc,,,1731883676 -https://transom.org/2012/alleged-illegal-searches/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Alleged Illegal Searches,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/09/Alleged-Illegal-Searches.mp3 Download Listen to “Alleged Illegal Searches” - -Ailsa Chang is relatively new to reporting and boy-oh-boy did she hit the ground running. A year or so after Ailsa began reporting for WNYC in New York City, she won an Alfred I. duPont-Columbia Journalism Award for her two-part series “Alleged Illegal Searches by NYPD May Be Increasing Marijuana Arrests.” In fact, Ailsa says the series was her first-ever investigative story. - -Firsts are so cool! Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -On this edition of HowSound, Ailsa shares her approach to reporting the criminal justice beat in New York City. In short: make connections, confirm everything you can, be prepared to sit for long hours in court, make more connections, and report the truth. - -By the way, Ailsa recently left WNYC. You may start hearing her voice on signature NPR programs reporting on economics from New York City. - -9/15/12 – CORRECTION – In the podcast I state that weeks after Ailsa’s report, New York’s Governor Cuomo “introduced a proposal that would re-define marijuana misdemeanors to reduce incentives for police to conduct illegal searches and arrests.” Actually, the governor didn’t make his proposal until a more than a year after the report. It was state legislators that drafted legislation in the weeks after the report.",1731883727,c00d35bf2d,1cbcc6fa0e,,,1731883727 -https://www.infosecurity-magazine.com/news/bitfinex-hacker-jailed-5-years/,https://www.infosecurity-magazine.com/rss/news/biometric/,Bitfinex Hacker Jailed for Five Years Over Billion Dollar Crypto Heist,"The hacker behind one of the largest cryptocurrency heists in history will spend five years in a US prison. - -US resident Ilya Lichtenstein, 35, was sentenced on November 14 to five years in jail after he hacked into Bitfinex, one of the largest cryptocurrency exchange platforms, in 2016. Lichtenstein stole 120,000 bitcoins and started laundering the money with his wife, Heather Rhiannon Morgan. - -The heist was worth $70m at the time of the hack but had risen to more than $4.5bn by the time they were arrested in February 2022. It would be worth $10.7bn at today’s current rate. - -Successful Crypto-Laundering Scheme - -Lichtenstein is a Russian-born entrepreneur and cryptocurrency investor who grew up in Chicago. - -Morgan is a US businesswoman and artist who performs rap songs under the pseudonym “Razzlekhan.” - -Around 2016, the couple were living in San Francisco. - -After Lichtenstein hacked Bitfinex, a Hong Kong-based crypto exchange, he solicited Morgan to help in laundering the proceeds “without explaining exactly what he was doing,” according to prosecutors. The couple successfully laundered about 21% of the stolen funds, which amounted to approximately $14m at 2016 rates. He told her about the theft in 2019. - -This led prosecutors to claim that Morgan “was certainly a willing participant and bears full responsibility for her actions, but she was a lower-level participant.” - -Lichtenstein also received the help of couriers he met during trips to Kazakhstan and Ukraine, to smuggle laundered money back into the US. - -“Over half a decade, the defendant engaged in what Internal Revenue Service (IRS) agents described as the most complicated money laundering techniques they had seen to date,” prosecutors wrote. - -The couple were arrested in 2022, when they lived in New York. Lichtenstein has been in prison ever since. - -Read more about police action against crypto-laundering schemes: German Police Shutter 47 Criminal Crypto Exchanges - -96% of Stolen Bitcoins Recovered - -After his arrest, Lichtenstein immediately started cooperating with law enforcement, helping them with other cybercrime investigations. - -He and Morgan pleaded guilty to one count of money laundering conspiracy in August 2023. - -Prosecutors recommended five years in prison for Lichtenstein and 18 months for Morgan. - -Lichtenstein also helped recover over 96% of the stolen funds, said defense attorney Samson Enzer. Most of it had never been spent. - -During the sentencing hearing, US District Judge Colleen Kollar-Kotelly told Lichtenstein that his theft was “meticulously planned” and that it was “important to send a message that you can’t commit these crimes with impunity, that there are consequences to them.” - -Lichtenstein said he takes full responsibility for his acts but asked that his wife not be sentenced to any prison time. - -Morgan’s sentencing hearing is scheduled for November 18. - -Photo credit: 24K-Production/Shutterstock",1731883657,2015353f75,1ce930dfd2,,,1731883657 -https://transom.org/2019/some-fav-and-not-so-fav-sounds/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Some Fav And Not-So-Fav Sounds,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/05/New-Fav-and-Not-So-Fav-Sounds.mp3 Download Listen to “Some Fav And Not-So-Fav Sounds” - -I was listening to Bodies the other day and I nearly drove off the road in anger. - -The episode was called “Bleeding.” A woman was telling a personal story about her body — in this case about her first period — and then, practically out of nowhere, in came a promo for another podcast. Only, it didn’t just slide into the show effortlessly; it landed like a ton of bricks dropped from thirty-thousand feet. BOOM. The gentle, thoughtful mood the show established was completely destroyed. I looked at my car radio and yelled, “What the HELL was that??!” - -I highly recommend Bodies. It’s produced by Allison Behringer for KCRW’s Independent Producer Project. Each show features a different woman relating a story about her body — periods, facial hair, pain during sex, and more. They’re well produced, and intimate. Tender and private sounding. - -But, beware of the spots. They pop the audio bubble Allison delicately creates. In fact, the mid-rolls I’ve heard are so tone deaf, I wish there weren’t any. Some podcasts should not be interrupted, and certainly not interrupted with something so jarring. (I play an example on this HowSound so you can hear what what I’m talking about.) - -And, look, this isn’t just a KCRW thing. I hear this kind of audio car crash all the time. ALL the time. It’s a radio crime. - -Am I overstating this? Maybe. But, in defense of my ears, I feel a need to say something. And, I’ve been feeling that a bit more lately — a need to offer criticism of the audio storytelling medium. - -Frankly, I haven’t done it much. I mostly stick to shining a light on examples of clever, creative, and inspiring work. But, I hope you’ll take a listen to this episode and tell me if the criticism seems fair. Of course, I couldn’t jump ship entirely — I also feature clips of work I admire from “Container Ship Karaoke” produced by BBC 3, and Nathanial Mann, as well as a gem from No Feeling Is Final by the ABC, and Honor Eastly. - -One more thing: I’ve been producing more episodes without interviews with producers, opting instead for short commentary and excerpts from podcasts and radio stories. Are those helpful? A good listen? - -Let me know on Twitter at @howsoundtweets or on Facebook. - -Note: The featured image at the top of this post comes from Britt Reints.",1731883660,c00d35bf2d,1cf3dcfbcd,,,1731883660 -https://www.uploadvr.com/the-weeknd-apple-immersive-music-video/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,The Weeknd's Apple Immersive Music Video Is Out Now,"The Weeknd's Apple Immersive Video music experience is out now on Apple Vision Pro, and Apple will demo it at Apple Stores. - -What Is Apple Immersive Video? The Apple Immersive Video format is 180-degree video with 8K resolution, stereoscopic 3D, high dynamic range (HDR), and spatial audio. It's served in the Apple TV app with much higher bitrate than many other immersive video platforms. We highly praised Apple Immersive Video in our Vision Pro review. It's not possible to cast or record Apple Immersive Video though, so you'll have to take our word for it unless you have access to a Vision Pro. - -The experience was originally announced at WWDC 2024 as one of the plethora of Apple Immersive Videos coming to Apple Vision Pro. - -The six minute immersive video features a new song from The Weeknd called Open Hearts, and has you ""journey alongside The Weeknd through a surreal, haunting cityscape in this electrifying sonic voyage."" - -I tried Open Hearts, and was blown away. The quality of the cinematography and the contrast of the imaginative VFX scenes on Vision Pro's beautiful micro-OLED displays conjured to an experience I can only describe as striking. - -0:00 / 0:30 1× - -Immersive video seems to be Apple's key focus for post-launch Vision Pro content. - -The Weeknd's music experience arrives one month after the first ever Apple Immersive Video short film, Submerged, which we described as ""a must-see for cinephiles and prospective filmmakers"" in our review. - -And in the months before that, Apple released the first episodes of two new Apple Immersive Video series, Boundless and Elevated, as well as 4 minutes of highlights from Super Bowl LVIII. - -Apple Immersive Video is exclusively available on Apple Vision Pro for free via the Apple TV app. There's no way to cast or record it, so you'll have to take our word when we say that its quality is so good that it may become a headset-seller for Apple once cheaper Vision headsets arrive. - -If you don't have a Vision Pro though, don't fret. For the first time, Apple says it will also play The Weeknd's immersive music experience in Apple Stores which offer Vision Pro demos. This will be available from Friday, and if you're interested you can register here.",1731883658,9397b145ff,1cd874a92b,,,1731883658 -https://www.golfwrx.com/749416/your-three-square-meal-approach-to-scoring-success-a-la-austin-eckroat/,https://www.golfwrx.com/feed/,"Your three square meal approach to scoring success, a la Austin Eckroat","As a PGA Coach, I often tell my students that mastering wedge play can drastically improve their overall game. Wedges are crucial in influencing your score, particularly in areas around the green where precision and control are paramount. Whether attempting to get up and down from just off the green or hitting a full shot from 100 yards, understanding your wedges can make a significant difference in your game. - -Understanding Carry Distances - -One of the first things I emphasize is knowing your carry distances for full and partial wedge shots. Knowing how far each wedge shot will fly lets you approach each situation confidently and precisely. During a typical round, as high as 60% of your shots happen from 100 yards and in. Obviously, distances will vary with different wedge lofts– that’s why I suggest spending time on the range with a focus specifically on your wedges. Try hitting various shots with each wedge in your bag – full swings, half swings, and even the delicate three-quarter swing. Recording your distances helps make this process more measurable and effective. - -Proper Gapping of Your Lofts - -Proper gapping among your wedges is another crucial aspect of wedge play. Most players carry a pitching wedge, sand wedge, and lob wedge. Ensuring there’s a consistent carry distance gap between each club can prevent awkward in-between shots where it often becomes difficult to manage the club choice and swing. Ideally, the lofts should differ about four to six degrees. This ensures you have a club for every distance and avoids forcing a shot with awkward swings. - -The Role of Bounce - -Bounce refers to the angle between the leading edge and the lowest point of the club’s sole. It’s a factor often overlooked by amateurs but plays a significant role in wedge play. Higher bounce is more forgiving and ideal in soft conditions or fluffy lies, while lower bounce is suited for firmer turf. Surprisingly, changing the bounce can sometimes be as effective as changing your club lofts to suit specific course conditions or relieve specific shots around the greens. - -Statistics Show… - -To put things into perspective, here are some statistics that you may find surprising. Ultimately, these will tell a story about the importance of wedge play. - -1) As revealed in a December 2021 Golf Digest article: From 100 yards, PGA Tour pros hit it to nine feet or less 25 percent of the time. From 100 yards away in the rough, the PGA Tour average to hole out is 3.02 strokes. If a player has 100 yards from the rough into a par 4, he’s likelier to make bogey than birdie. (Dec 4, 2021) - -2) The current PGA TOUR average for Scrambling, or the Up & Down percentage on all attempts, is 58.97%. The best on TOUR currently is Xander Schauffele at 70.73%. - -3) The distance from the hole plays a role even for the pros. For Scrambling from 20-30 yards, regardless of the lie, the TOUR average is 53.28%, with Harris English leading the way at 69.05%. - -4) The type of lie also matters. The TOUR average for Scrambling from the Rough is 56.88%, and Tommy Fleetwood stands at the top at 68.57%. From the fringe, the TOUR average is an astounding 90.63% (2023), with several leading the way at 100%. - -5) How close do the pros hit shots from different distances? Here is a breakdown: - -10-20 yards: TOUR average is 6’9″. Leader is Alex Noren at 5’3″. - -20-30 yards: TOUR average is 9’3″. Leader is Maverick McNealy at 7’1″. - -50-75 yards: TOUR average is 15’10”. Leader is Vince Whaley at 8’10”. - -75-100 yards: TOUR Average is 17’8″. Leader is Bud Cauley at 11’10”. - -Most of what is shared above is showing you what the best in the world do with mostly wedges in their hands. There may be cases where a less lofted club might be chosen for a particular shot, such as on the fringe, but for the most part, everything shared above will be with some wedge in hand. Clearly, proficiency with wedges directly correlates to scoring better, and these percentages underline the importance of investing time in refining your wedge skills. - -Tips and Drills for Improvement - -Now, let me share some practical tips and drills: - -1. Tempo and Follow Through: A smooth tempo is key in wedge shots—it’s not about muscle but more about rhythm. Practicing a controlled swing can enhance your swing tempo. A great drill is the “1-2-count drill,” where you say “1” at the takeaway and “2” at impact, ensuring a gentle, rhythmic motion. - -2. Clock Drill for Partial Shots: Understand how far your ball goes at different ‘clock positions’ in your swing – 9 o’clock being waist high and 10 o’clock being slightly higher. This enables precision in those tricky half and three-quarter shots. - -3. Bounce Utilization Practice: Hit shots from various lies to develop a feel for the bounce. The more you practice, the easier it becomes to adjust during a round. - -Great wedge play might not grab headlines as much as booming drives will, but it’s a foundational aspect of shooting lower scores. By focusing on these key aspects of wedge mastery – understanding carry distances, ensuring proper loft gapping, and utilizing bounce effectively – you can enhance your short game substantially. Remember, this isn’t just about short-term improvement but long-term consistency in your golf journey. So, grab your wedges and make them your trusted friends on the course! - -Editor’s note: Tuesday Tips will be an ongoing series in which Brendon shares his nearly 30 years of experience in the game with GolfWRX readers. He looks forward to providing valuable insights and advice to help golfers improve their game. Stay tuned for more Tuesday Tips! - -Make sure to check out “The Starter” on RG.org, which recaps the week gone by in golf. Each Monday, I share my insights for RG.org in this weekly column. In this week’s installment, Rio Takeda Claims First LPGA Victory in Dramatic Playoff at TOTO Japan Classic.",1731883667,008370814d,1cc60fdbbc,,,1731883667 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMieEFVX3lxTE9tODRXMTVTd3dTV2pBWk9ONWVDOFItaDhHN2x6Z3hnbWp0OEQ4UERoRDN2RFFfaEJSbzFqUlA4eTdXZ3QwV1dwVU50b1gxM1JnVFFpTmFSeG9tTDNGMFhnQUJwdDZrbzhuelVNT1NHWmFkRkNsaWhCSg?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883624,2688d2a9c6,1d04845c18,,,1731883624 -https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/2024/11/cbp-continues-to-detain-mexican-assembled-maxeon-solar-panels-at-u-s-border/,https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/feed/,CBP continues to detain Mexican-assembled Maxeon solar panels at U.S. border,"Maxeon Solar Technologies released an update today on its Mexican-assembled solar panels that have been held for months at the U.S. border by Customs & Border Protection (CBP). CBP is reviewing the supply chains of solar panels at all points of import, ensuring compliance with the Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act (UFLPA). Although Maxeon says the company has “fully and transparently mapped its supply chains” and has no documented connection to forced labor happening in China, CBP continues to detain Maxeon panels coming from its Mexico assembly plants due to “a lack of sufficient documentation to prove Maxeon’s compliance.” - -Maxeon out-going CEO Bill Mulligan commented: “As a pioneering, ethical solar company founded in the United States almost 40 years ago, Maxeon’s core values are diametrically opposed to the use of forced labor in the production of our products. Over the past 20 years we have consistently taken extraordinary measures to ensure a clean and traceable supply chain that have cost us hundreds of millions of dollars more than our competition. CBP has found no evidence of non-compliance with the UFLPA. Nonetheless, the Partnership track (under CTPAT) of CBP Electronics Center of Excellence and Expertise has decided to bar entry of our products. We are strong proponents of the UFLPA and have provided CBP with tens of thousands of pages of documentation, including numerous walkthroughs for explanation of standard manufacturing and shipping processes. None of our supply chains involve entities on the UFLPA list, two of our supply chains do not even enter China, and yet the reviewers have declined to make the appropriate determination that UFLPA does not apply. This outcome is even more disappointing given the pressing need to facilitate our country’s transition to clean energy.” - -Since 2022 when the UFLPA was signed into law, Maxeon has made over 8,000 shipments from Mexico into the United States in full compliance with UFLPA, the company said. But beginning in July 2024, three different Maxeon products manufactured in Mexico for use in the United States were detained: Maxeon 3 and Maxeon 6 residential solar modules, and Performance 6 commercial modules. Since then, all shipments from Maxeon have been held, even though the company has “clearly established the supply chains for each, from quartz to module, are outside the scope of the UFLPA because they are produced entirely outside of the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region,” and the residential panels are made entirely outside of China. - -Maxeon said 156 containers of its Performance panels are still held in detention, along with containers of its residential panels. - -“These detentions continue to cause severe financial and reputational damage to Maxeon and its U.S. customers, which include solar power plant developers as well as numerous small businesses that install solar panels on residential homes in 30 states across the country,” Maxeon said in a statement. - -“Maxeon has now moved review of its Maxeon 3 and Maxeon 6 products into the next level of review, called the Application for Further Review (AFR) process, and will submit a protest for its Performance line products,” Mulligan added. “These processes will engage a new team of CBP reviewers who we hope will be able to provide an objective application of the UFPLA. We remain optimistic that this new team will be able to expeditiously reach the right conclusion and clear our products for importation.” - -Maxeon expanded its panel assembly plant in Mexicali one year ago to increase supply of modules to U.S. markets. The site has an annual manufacturing capacity of 1.8 GW, and a second plant in Baja California has a manufacturing capacity of 700 MW.",1731883668,1796127155,1d3926142d,,,1731883668 -https://www.hrbartender.com/2024/recruiting/new-hire-buddy-programs-how-evaluate-success/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=new-hire-buddy-programs-how-evaluate-success,https://www.hrbartender.com/feed/,New Hire Buddy Programs: How to Evaluate Your Success [Part 4],"Estimated reading time: 4 minutes - -There’s a reason that new hire buddy programs are popular. According to Gallup, employees who have a friend or buddy at work are seven times more likely to be engaged in their jobs, are better at engaging customers, produce higher quality work, have higher wellbeing, and are less likely to get injured on the job. - -While the research supports having a buddy program, it doesn’t mean that companies shouldn’t evaluate the program’s success. Just because a program exists doesn’t mean that all parts of the program are running smoothly. Especially when it comes to buddy programs, which have multiple stakeholders. In fact, that could be one approach to evaluating the program – check in with the four key stakeholders to confirm that program goals and objectives are being met. - -New hire employees. More than 28% of Americans are looking for new jobs, according to an article from NBC News. The last thing companies want is to spend a lot of time and resources hiring someone only to have them leave within the first year. - -Check in with new hires to make sure they feel the buddy program is helpful. Organizations can create 1-2 question pulse surveys to collect data and benchmark results. They can also conduct focus groups with new hires to collect stories about how the program is working. - -Hiring manager. A primary goal of creating an onboarding buddy program is productivity. The faster employees become engaged, the more productive they become. There’s a strong chance that the hiring manager is going to select the buddy, so they will be looking for feedback about how the buddy relationship is working. - -Initially, it could be challenging to receive direct feedback from new hires and buddies about how the relationship is progressing. Electronic surveys could be a great way to start collecting information. Once trust has been established, managers can use one-on-one meetings to get more details. - -The buddy. Just a reminder that the buddy isn’t the new hire’s supervisor and they’re not a substitute for training. That being said, the buddy does have a role, and they should be given the opportunity to share feedback with HR, the hiring manager, and maybe even the new hire. - -The other aspect of the buddy role to consider is the buddy’s performance. Organizations are going to select a buddy who is a high-performer. No one wants a new hire learning bad habits. Do buddies view their role of helping new hires as recognition? Does having a buddy program lift company performance as a result? - -Human resources. Buddy programs do add a few extra steps for HR in terms of making sure that buddies have been assigned, roles clarified, and the program explained during orientation. But conducting the pulse surveys or focus groups (mentioned above) shouldn’t be an administrative burden. Hopefully, surveying employees is already taking place in some form and this is just an extension of those efforts. - -If the research supporting buddy programs is correct, HR should see a reduction in turnover. Better onboarding and more engagement leads to greater retention. It should also help with cost per hire. Lower turnover means less hiring (and fewer hiring expenses). - -Measuring the results of your onboarding buddy program doesn’t have to be difficult or complex. But, it does need to happen. Checking in with the key stakeholders allows organizations to make sure that everyone involved in the program is seeing the results they need. And using a combination of quantitative and qualitative methods translates into feedback that all groups will find valuable. - -Image captured by Sharlyn Lauby while grabbing a bubble tea at Kung Fu Tea in Gainesville, FL",1731883665,de7efe2695,1d24f15022,,,1731883665 -https://www.dividendmonk.com/anchoring-recency-overconfidence/,https://www.dividendmonk.com/feed/,"Anchoring & Recency Bias, Overconfidence and more!","In this last post about investment biases, I cover the anchoring and recency bias and the overconfidence and self-attribution bias. I also share my tips for overcoming these biases so that they don’t lead to poor investment decisions. If you missed the posts covering the other biases, here are some links: - -Recognize and Overcome your Investment Biases - -How Hindsight and Loss Aversion Hurt your Investment Decisions - -Anchoring and recency bias - -The anchoring bias occurs when we rely too heavily on the first piece of information we encounter (the “anchor”) when making decisions. - -For example, holding on to shares of Algonquin (AQN) because it was once worth $22 a share; thinking the stock market is going to collapse and never come back by citing Japan; or calling for stagflation because you recall the 70s. Ironically, we had legions of “experts” calling a stagflation period a few years ago. They’re pretty quiet now. - -If you look at your portfolio while constantly thinking about the 70s, you might sell a good part of your stocks and buy gold, convinced the yellow metal will make another 900% run. You’ll ignore the particular context in which events occurred in the 70s, which is far from the one we have now; you’ll focus on the “high probability” of seeing gold prices continue to go up. Since gold is on its way to doubling its value in 5 years, why not it at around $7,000 in 5 more years? - -While looking at what happened 10 or 20 years ago to draw conclusions will lead you in the wrong direction, so will giving undue weight to recent events or trends. This is called the recency bias. Since there is a limit to the amount of information our brain can properly process, remembering the last important events is often enough to shape an opinion. - -Since the economy is always evolving, we must consider recent history. After all, “cloud services” was not in our language back in 1999, it wasn’t even a thing! However, ignoring how events or crises similar to current ones unfolded in the past could also cost you a lot. When you look at the big picture, history does tend to repeat itself almost indefinitely. - -Dangerous things happen when you combine the with anchoring. With anchoring, you focus on an event believing the same circumstances are happening again. The hindsight bias, which comes from a strong desire to predict the future, will reinforce you anchored belief and push you to take action accordingly. - -Download our dividend rock stars list. - -Overcome the anchoring & recency bias - -When someone asks me about any specific stock, I say to not rate it as a good or a bad investment based on its recent stock performance. When a stock is up, it’s not necessarily a good investment for your portfolio and vice-versa. What matters is why a stock is doing well (or not) on the market. You won’t find the reasons in the media, but rather in the process of reconciling your investment thesis with financial metrics, like those of the dividend triangle (revenue, EPS, and dividend growth). - -Will AQN ever trade back to $22? Ask yourself what the narrative was back then. AQN had an aggressive growth-by-acquisition strategy using cheap debt to buy utility assets. It converted those utility assets into renewable energy providers and kept on growing. Today, AQN is selling its renewable assets and has stopped growing by acquisitions. It wants to strengthen its balance sheet and pay off its expensive debt. That is far from the 2021 narrative. To get back to $22, AQN has to write a new growth narrative from scratch. Good luck. - -Overconfidence and self-attribution bias - -Since we choose to manage our portfolios ourselves, I’d say overconfidence is probably a bias we’re all guilty of. This is the belief that we have an edge over others, a unique ability to understand the market a bit better than everybody else. We don’t have to think we are geniuses; just believe we’re better than the average bear. - -I plead guilty to this! Logically, investing with conviction could lead to overconfidence! - -When I buy shares of Alimentation Couche-Tard (ATD.TO), I believe it’s the best convenience store operator on the planet. I think its assets are better than gold and that its stock price will go up. The fact that ATD.TO is now in my portfolio makes me think it’s getting better every day. I picked that stock for a reason, right? - -The self-attribution bias is slightly different. This is when all success is attributed to our magnificent ability to read the market while all failures are caused by external—and impossible to predict—factors. This protects our ego, enabling us to feel confident again while denying any flaws. This could be highly counterproductive if you can’t own your decisions. - -For example, I could say that I went through the 2020 market crash and the strong recovery with great success. I might believe that my rock-solid strategy and my ability to select the right stocks are the only reasons explaining that success. This is only partially right; following a rock-solid investing strategy helps, but it would be dishonest to ignore that about 25% of my portfolio was in tech stocks. This sector thrived during the lockdown and helped my portfolio recover a lot faster than the market. Did I plan to have a quarter of my portfolio invested in tech stocks because it would be beneficial in case of a global lockdown? Absolutely not. We must remain humble when looking at our portfolio returns. - -Download our dividend rock stars list. - -Overcome the overconfidence and self-attribution bias - -When my portfolios increase in value, I usually stay humble and thank the quality of my investing process. I “trust the process”. When my portfolio goes down, I acknowledge my potential losses and try to find where I went wrong. After reviewing my investment thesis for each holding and ensuring it’s backed by a robust dividend triangle, I go back to… “trust the process”. - -I reduce the overconfidence and self-attribution bias by making everything about the process and not about me. My goal is to keep a high level of conviction since it prevents me from panicking and selling whenever the market goes down.",1731883666,0e547b5365,1d0343ef11,,,1731883666 -https://www.vg247.com/riot-is-aiming-to-host-2xkos-next-alpha-lab-beta-test-in-spring-2025,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,Riot is aiming to host 2XKO's next alpha lab beta test in Spring 2025,"Are you eager to jump back into 2XKO? Did you miss out the first time and want to try it out fresh-faced and eager? Well there's some good news! According to an official post by 2XKO game director Shaun Rivera, the team is aiming to set a 2nd Alpha Lab test in Spring 2025. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -This post, which you can read right now in full on Twitter , Rivera states that this playtest will be available in more regions than the first, which should be good news to those who were unable to take part initially. In addition, it'll impliment several key changes. This includes Jinx, who was just given her own gameplay trailer for the game today , as well as gameplay alterations including improved controls and decreased downtime. - -This, obviously, is good news. While 2XKO's Alpha Lab test went too a hit (as indicated by Rivera's post), players did leave the experience with some feedback for the game. And, with the game absent from Worlds 2024, we've not had a chance to see whether that feedback has been implimented. It seems like our first real chance to find out will come early next year. It's also worth noting that if you had access to the first Alpha Lab test, you don't need to sign up for the next one. - -With the game set for a vague 2025 release date, this expected Alpha Lab test also has me wondering how large the overall 2XKO package will be on release. With Jinx, that makes seven in total. At the pace they're being revealed and added to the game, what character total will 2XKO reach at 1.0? - -My bet is 10. You want an even number of characters for a 2v2 fighter, and at the pace we're seeing them come out the 10th reveal should land sometime in the 2nd half of next year. Or, I'm totally wrong and the 2XKO team shoot past it. That's the great thing about this bet, even if I lose I'm smiling. More characters would be lush. - -Are you excited to hop into 2XKO's next Alpha Lab test? Let us know below!",1731883695,374d98cbb9,1d2d7e5eb0,,,1731883695 -https://spinsucks.com/marketing/lead-magnet/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,The Definitive Guide to Creating a Lead Magnet for Your Agency,"So many agency owners come to me with the same problem. They spend all of their time on client work and don’t have enough time to market their own agency. This dilemma caused The Campfire Circle to be born, as it’s an agency for agencies. - -When I generate leads for my clients or when I’m coaching agencies on lead gen, I always start with a lead magnet. Lead magnets help your agency stand out in a crowded space, as agencies are a dime a dozen, and there is so much competition right now. - -With 61% of agencies reporting that lead gen is their number one biggest challenge, chances are, your agency probably needs more qualified leads, and this can be accomplished through a strategic lead magnet. - -This guide will take you through everything you need to know about lead magnets so that by the time you’re done reading this post, you’ll be equipped with the knowledge and strategy needed for you to scale your lead gen efforts and generate the RIGHT leads. - -What Is a Lead Magnet? - -A lead magnet is an asset housed on a landing page that offers something valuable enough for potential clients to fill out a lead capture form. This can be a variety of things like downloadable content or a webinar–we will list other types of lead magnets later in this post. - -Lead magnets leverage thought leadership to draw in an audience and generate quality leads for your agency. A lead magnet is a free resource and should speak to the pain points of your target audience. - -How Lead Magnets Grow Agencies - -As the name suggests, lead magnets provide magnetism to entice your target audience to fill out the lead capture form. - -Once the leads are generated, you can then nurture them through email marketing sequences. This part is really important as agencies that utilize email marketing to convert leads see 77% more leads convert compared to agencies that don’t use email marketing to nurture leads. - -Aside from lead gen, lead magnets also provide thought leadership which builds trust with your audience. Lead magnets can be evergreen and continuously generate leads for your agency. - -Identifying a Topic That Will Land You Qualified Leads - -The topic of the lead magnet should be well thought out. Spend time with your buyer personas and identify a topic that will resonate with them. That way, when someone fills out your lead capture form, they’re showing an affinity for the topic you leverage for your agency which makes them a qualified lead. - -You can also survey your audience (I use Google Forms as it’s so simple). Ask about their pain points, find out topics they’re craving, learn what made them want to work with your agency in the first place, and have them weigh in on how they came across your agency. The answers to questions like these will help you identify a topic for your lead magnet that resonates with your audience. - -You can even ask your audience what type of information they would like to see. In a minute, we are going to explore 8 types of lead magnets, and you can include them in your survey while you’re identifying the right topic for your lead magnet. - -Finding a topic for your lead magnet should include an audit of content your agency has already published. Even social media content. Identify the performance of your past years’ worth of content and see which topics got the most engagement–so easy but a great way to uncover a lead magnet topic that will work. - -The Landing Page is Your Campaign Hub - -Once your lead magnet is ready (or maybe in the hands of a designer), it needs a landing page. If you feel comfortable creating a landing page, that’s great. But a lot of agency owners aren’t designers, ahem, I’ve designed some pretty bad graphics when I first started out, so now I contract designers. - -Write compelling copy for your landing page. Tease your audience with intriguing snippets from your lead magnet. You’ll also add your lead capture form. This should contain enough fields for you to segment your new leads but not too many fields that your audience doesn’t want to spend time filling out. If you’re going after a certain budget, you can add a field for desired marketing budget or company revenue. To keep it short, include your budget field, a field for their name, and their work email address. You can set up the form so that potential clients have to use their work email addresses so that you know which brand they are coming from. - -Once your landing page is live, you need to set up a flow. Do you want them to download the asset straight from the landing page, or do you want to email it to them? You also should set up a message that goes out immediately after someone fills out your lead capture form. This should be friendly and simple and introduce your agency to them, not make a sale quite yet. - -When your landing page has the assets all set up, you will use this landing page as the hub for all of your lead magnet promotion efforts. More on that in a bit. - -As with all of your marketing efforts, your landing page will need a CTA. This should be to sign up for something or download your asset. However, it doesn’t hurt to have a secondary CTA for things like “check out our website” or “follow us on social.” - -8 Effective Lead Magnets to Try - -There are a plethora of lead magnets to choose from. My recommendation is that you try a few, see what resonates, and scale accordingly. Here are 8 lead magnets that I’ve seen that help agencies generate more leads. - -1. An industry report: Survey your target audience or your client’s target audience and compile some data. Use the data you gather to create an industry report that speaks to your target audience. If you don’t have enough contacts to survey, I use PollFish. Industry reports are easy to promote because both potential clients and relevant publications love new data, so this type of content tends to get a lot of coverage. - -Example: Aspire - -2. An eBook: You’ve identified the right topics to reach the right clients, so take what you know about their pain points and write an eBook that addresses those pain points. If you don’t think you’re a strong enough writer, you can always hire a writer on UpWork. Once the copy is written, you’ll need to give it to a designer or design it yourself. Apps like Canva make it easier than ever to design your own eBook. - -Example: eMarketing Institute - -3. A webinar: Webinars are great for thought leadership, engagement, and of course, generating leads. Choose a topic you know that would intrigue and entice your target audience. If you feel comfortable speaking, great. If you don’t, you can recruit an industry thought leader to present at your webinar. Be sure to include all the details on the landing page, such as date and time, so that people can see if it fits into their schedules. When I’m writing copy for webinar landing pages, I add the verbiage “Even if you’re busy on this day, sign up anyway as we will be sending out the recording” so that I gain as many leads as possible. - -Example: Dan Institute - -4. Checklists: These are extremely easy to create. Identify a common process or strategy that your target brands experience. For agencies, thought leadership content like checklists revolve around marketing and PR. Examples of checklists that agencies publish hit on topics such as the succinct steps in running a certain kind of campaign or a checklist for growing their social media presence, you get the gist. Keep in mind that brands are going to download it, and many will want to print it out because checklists are so valuable, so be sure to keep your checklist in a one-page PDF file. - -Example: OptinMonster - -5. Email courses: Educating brands on services your agency offers and how they can thrive with such strategies builds trust in your agency, and people who trust your agency are much more likely to convert. Decide which topics you want to cover in your email courses and how your audience can get value. Create a landing page where your target audience can sign up for your course. Then, create 10 thought leadership emails with valuable resources that get sent every day for 10 days after someone signs up. I use HubSpot, but all marketing automation platforms make scheduling emails for a course a breeze. - -Example: Great Learning - -6. Workbooks and worksheets: These types of lead magnets are educational resources. Beautifully designed so that brands can fill them out or print them out and write down their ideas, workbooks and worksheets help your audience organize their thoughts and discover actionable insights. You can do fill-in-the-blanks, multiple choice, etc. The goal is for your audience to better understand a certain marketing and PR strategy. These worksheets can also be leveraged when your agency is onboarding a new client. - -Example: TheWorksheets.com - -7. Special offers: Choose something that your agency excels at and offer it for free for people who sign up. Often this looks like a free social media or SEO audit or a free consultation for a brand’s marketing strategy. The goal is to attract your target audience to something that adds value to them and your agency. Doing free audits and consultations turns leads into clients because it’s a way to showcase your agency’s value. - -Example: Search Pros - -8. Case studies: I love case studies as lead magnets because they are bottom of the funnel, and if someone downloads one of your case studies, they’re going to find social proof about your agency’s talent. So, leads generated from case studies tend to convert at a higher rate than other types of lead magnets. - -Example: Rossman Media - -As you probably noticed, these lead magnets require excellent copywriting. If you think you have what it takes to write copy at your agency but want to sharpen your skills, check out this post on how marketers can be better writers. - -Promoting Your Lead Magnet - -You can create an incredible lead magnet brimming with valuable information and demonstrating actionable insights, but if no one reads it, what’s the point? - -So just like any asset your agency develops, you need to promote your lead magnet like crazy. Here are a few ideas to get you started: - -Share it organically on your agency’s social channels - -Leverage paid ads for more visibility (I’ve had the most luck with LinkedIn) - -Email it out to all of your contacts and ask them to share it with their colleagues and on social - -Write guest posts for like-minded publications and link back to your lead magnet - -Post it in industry Facebook and LinkedIn groups that you are part of - -Partner with influencers who can share it with their large audiences - -Sponsor a newsletter or email blast from a publication that your target audience follows - -Nurturing the Leads You Gain From Your Lead Magnets - -Creating and promoting your lead magnet is a great start. The ultimate goal is to collect email addresses you can nurture. - -I recommend a five-email sequence. The first 4 emails should provide trust and credibility with thought leadership. The fifth email can be a non-abrasive sales pitch offering your agency’s services. - -After leads have gone through your sequence, they should be put in a master list that gets dripped to once a week. This is important because I’ve been at agencies that have nurtured contacts for a year or more until they convert into a client. - -How to Get Started With Your First Lead Magnet - -I live and breathe lead magnets, and I hope this guide has gotten you excited as well. - -If you’re ready to create your first lead magnet, consider your target audience, develop a valuable topic, promote it, and nurture the leads you generate. - -As you probably can imagine, lead magnets are a lot of work, but they’re so worth it when it comes to sustaining your agency’s pipeline. If you don’t have the time to create a lead magnet and promote it, you’re in luck as it is a service I offer, and you can get in touch here. - -Have you created a lead magnet that you are proud of? I would love for you to link to it in the comments below, and I just may use it as an example in an upcoming article.",1731883780,4dc781f5bc,1cfa7c2645,,,1731883780 -https://arpost.co/2023/08/01/eye-tracking-xr-analytics-experience/,https://arpost.co/feed/,How Eye Tracking Contributes to XR Analytics and Experience,"Near-to-eye displays offer powerful new ways to understand what the wearer is doing – and maybe even thinking. Right now, the use of XR analytics like eye tracking is largely limited to enterprise including use cases like education and assessment, though eye tracking also enables new input modes and display improvements. - -To learn more about the present and potential future of this technology, ARPost spoke with hardware manufacturer Lumus and XR analytics specialists Cognitive3D. - -Why Do We Need XR Analytics? - -XR analytics can be broken down generally into learning about an experience and learning about the person in that experience. - -Learning About Experiences - -Learning about an experience is important for people building XR applications – both in terms of building applications that people will want to use, and in building applications that people will be able to use. - -“The stakes are much higher in creating high-quality content,” Cognitive3D founder and CEO Tony Bevilacqua said in an interview with ARPost. “That means creating something that’s comfortable, that’s not going to make you sick, that’s going to be accessible and well-received.” - -This kind of thing is important for anyone building anything, but it is crucial for people building in XR, according to Bevilacqua. When a gamer experiences a usability problem in a console game or mobile app, they’re likely to blame that specific game or app and move onto a different one. However, XR is still new enough that people aren’t always so understanding. - -“A bad experience can create attrition not just for an app, but for the platform itself,” said Bevilacqua. “That headset might go back into the box and stay there.” - -Of course, developers are also interested in “success metrics” for their experiences. This is an issue of particular importance for people building XR experiences as part of advertising and marketing campaigns where traditional metrics from web and mobile experiences aren’t as useful. - -“We all kind of know that opening an app and how much time people spent, those are very surface-level metrics,” said Bevilacqua. For XR, it’s more important to understand participation – and that means deeper analytical tools. - -Learning About People - -In other use cases, the people interacting with an experience are the subject that the XR analytics are most interested in. In these situations, Bevilacqua describes “the headset as a vehicle for data collection.” Examples include academic research, assessing skills and competency, and consumer research. - -Competency assessment and consumer research might involve digital twins that the individual interacts with in VR. How efficiently can they perform a task? What do they think about a virtual preproduction model of a car? What products draw their eyes in a virtual supermarket? - -“We focus more on non-consumer-focused use cases like focus groups,” said Bevilacqua. “We try to build off of the characteristics that make VR unique.” - -At least part of the reason for this is that a lot of XR devices still don’t have the hardware required for XR analytics, like eye tracking capabilities. - -Building Hardware for Eye Tracking - -David Goldman is the Vice President of AR Optics at Lumus. The company is primarily focused on making displays but, as a components manufacturer, they have to make parts that work with other customer requirements – including eye tracking. The company even has a few patents on its own approach to it. - -According to Goldman, traditional approaches to eye tracking involve cameras and infrared lights inside of the headset. The invisible light reflects off of the eye and is captured by the camera. Those lights and cameras add some cost but, more importantly, they take up “valuable real estate, from an aesthetic perspective.” - -The patented Lumus system uses the waveguide itself as the light source because waveguides already require projecting light. This light reflects off of the eye, so all that is required is an additional inside camera, which is a lot more affordable in terms of cost and space. However, high standards for emerging experiences plays a role here too. - -“When you’re a company trying to introduce a whole new product, you’re trying to shave pennies off of the dollar on everything,” said Goldman. “Looking at the bill of materials, it’s unlikely to make a first generation.” - -Though, more and more devices coming to market do include this hardware – including consumer devices. Why? In part because the hardware enables a lot more than just XR analytics. - -Enabling New Kinds of Interactions - -Eye tracking enables advanced display technologies like foveated rendering, which is one of the big reasons that it’s increasingly being included in consumer VR devices. Foveated rendering is a technique that improves the graphic fidelity of a small area of the overall display based on where your eye is looking at the moment. - -AR devices currently don’t have a field-of-view large enough to benefit from foveated rendering, but Goldman said that Lumus will have a device with a field-of-view over 50 degrees before 2030. - -Eye tracking also has promise as an advanced input system. Goldman cited the Apple Vision Pro, which uses a combination of eye tracking and hand-tracking to go completely controller-free. Mixed reality devices like the Apple Vision Pro and Meta Quest 3 also bring up the fact that eye tracking has different implications in AR than it does in VR. - -“Effectively, you can know exactly where I’m looking and what I’m interested in, so it has its implications for advertisers,” said Goldman. “What’s less nefarious for me and more interesting as a user is contextual search.” - -Power and Responsibility - -As more advanced XR analytics tools come to more consumer-focused hardware, do we need to be concerned about these tools being turned on casual XR fans? It’s certainly something that we need to be watchful of. - -“It’s certainly a sensitive issue,” said Goldman. “It’s certainly a concern for the consumer, so I think every company will have to address this up front.” - -Bevilacqua explained that his company has adopted the XR Privacy Framework. Cognitive3D notifies individuals when certain kinds of data might be collected and gives them the option to opt out. However, Bevilacqua believes that the best option is to avoid certain kinds of data collection in the first place. - -“It’s important to balance data collection with user privacy. … We have a pretty balanced view on what needs to be collected and what doesn’t,” said Bevilacqua. “For us, eye tracking is something we do not find acceptable in a consumer application.” - -Bevilacqua also pointed out that platforms and marketplaces have their own internal guidelines that make it difficult for app developers to collect too much information on their own. - -“There is acceptable use policy about what kinds of data exist and what can be used,” said Bevilacqua. “You can’t just go out and collect eye tracking data and use it for ads. That’s not something Meta is going to allow.” - -All About Balance - -We need XR analytics. They make for better experiences and can even improve the quality of goods and services that we enjoy and rely on in the physical world. Not to mention the benefits that the required hardware brings to consumer applications. While technologies like eye tracking can be scary if used irresponsibly, we seem to be in good hands so far.",1731883658,90b51aadd0,1d3c180de0,,,1731883658 -https://www.popsci.com/environment/mountain-lions-nocturnal/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,Mountain lions in Los Angeles become night owls to avoid humans,"To avoid people, mountain lions (Puma concolor) in the greater Los Angeles area are changing their activity patterns. The big cats that live near areas where humans hike, run, and cycle are becoming increasingly more nocturnal than the mountain lions who live in more remote areas. The findings are detailed in a study published November 15 in the journal Biological Conservation. - -“People are increasingly enjoying recreating in nature, which is fantastic,” study co-author and University of California Davis Ph.D candidate Ellie Bolas said in a statement. “This flexibility we see in mountain lion activity is what allows us to share these natural areas together. Mountain lions are doing the work so that coexistence can happen.” - -[Related: How to survive a mountain lion encounter.] - -Mountain lions are top carnivorous predators that eat a wide variety of meat including deer, wild pigs, rabbits, and coyotes. While mountain lion attacks on humans are rare, they can still be dangerous to hikers, runners, or cyclists who spend time in their habitats. The mountain lions in the Los Angeles area face numerous challenges–busy roadways where they’re often hit by cars, the threat of wildfires, exposure to rodenticide, low genetic diversity, and a fragmented habitat. Generally, mountain lions prefer to avoid humans altogether. But in a metropolitan area home to more than 18 million people, the natural spots where mountain lions and other wildlife live are also heavily used by recreationists. - -In the new study, the team was curious to see if and how mountain lions were adjusting their activity in response to recreationists. They monitored the movements of 22 mountain lions in the Santa Monica Mountains and the surrounding region of the Santa Monica Mountains National Recreation Area between 2011 and 2018. - -The lions were also fitted with a GPS and accelerometer collars as part of a long-term study conducted by biologists from the National Park Service. The team analyzed the collar data and quantified how much human recreation was present in the area using a database of GPS-tracked activities that users opted to make public. - -Male mountain lion P41, the most nocturnal mountain lion in the study, who lived in the - -Verdugo Mountains near Los Angeles, an area with high levels of human recreation. CREDIT: © National Park Service. - - - -“These results are really important in that they show how humans may be affecting wildlife in less obvious ways than killing them with vehicles,” Seth Riley, a study co-author and the chief wildlife ecologist for Santa Monica Mountains National Recreation Area, said in a statement. “The study also continues to drive home the amazing fact that a population of a large field predator persists in one of the largest urban areas in the world. That would not be possible if mountain lions weren’t able to adjust to human activity in ways like this.” - -The results showed that Griffith Park had the highest levels of recreational activity. The Santa Susana Mountains and Los Padres National Forest were least active. Mountain lions in these more remote regions were also typically more active at dawn and dusk. - -Female mountain lion P13 in the central and western Santa Monica Mountains was the least nocturnal animal. In general, the females were more active closer to sunrise and during daylight hours compared to males. According to the team, this is potentially so that they can avoid overlapping with male lions, who can pose a threat to them and their young. - -[Related: Culver City is home to a unique cat versus coyote conflict.] - -The most nocturnal animals were two male mountain lions that live in small, isolated natural areas with many trails, high levels of recreation, and surrounded by human development and freeways. Both individuals also had two of the smallest home ranges ever recorded. The study’s most nocturnal lion–a male designated as P41–lived in the Verdugo Mountains, a small mountain range that spans several cities. - -One of the region’s most famous mountain lions–P22–preferred to stay out of the spotlight. The “Hollywood Cat” managed to make it across two busy freeways as a young lion to earn local fame and a home in Griffith Park. P22 was the second most nocturnal lion studied and one of the oldest cats in the study. He died in 2022 when he was roughly 12 years old. - -P-22, seen here in 2014, was among the mountain lions of Los Angeles who shifted his activities to be - -more nocturnal. CREDIT: © National Park Service. - - - -According to the team, urban experiences of P41, P22, and the others in the study shows how mountain lions will seek to avoid people rather than becoming habituated to them. They also believe that these findings offer a hopeful example of coexistence between human and wild animals in a dense human population. - -However, it’s not only up to the mountain lions. People have a role in helping protect themselves, their pets, and mountain lions by being aware that dawn or dusk is prime time for mountain lion activity. The authors also urge caution when driving at night, when mountain lions living in populated areas are more likely to be active. - -“Even something as innocuous as recreation can add to these other stressors we’re bringing into their lives, potentially by altering the amount of energy they have to expend for hunting and other needs,” Bolas said. “But we can feel a sense of optimism that they are flexible in the timing of their activity. Coexistence is happening, and it’s in large part because of what mountain lions are doing.”",1731883680,741b88dd6e,1d7ce7810f,,,1731883680 -https://www.vg247.com/helldivers-2-major-order-fuel-up-space-station-by-killing-five-million-bugs-battling-jet-brigade,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Attention, Helldivers 2 players: it's finally time to fuel up your space station by killing five million bugs while also battling the Jet Brigade, because multitasking","We're seemingly into the final stages of Helldivers 2's Democracy Space Station saga, thank Super Earth. That said, the latest Major Order's another of the ones that are designed to test players on the the bot and bug fronts, so you might not be in for an easy ride, even if the bug killing part is sorted pretty rapidly. - -Yep, good news, folks who've been starting to get a bit sick of the whole DSS situation recently, as the weeks of battling special Automaton brigades and taking on three objectives at once roll on without a big prize. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -""In an impressive display of tenacity and overwhelming firepower, the Helldivers fought back the gloom eruption with apparent ease,"" the game's latest MO reads, ""In an unexpected double defence of both Estanu and Crimsica, the terminid menace had its momentum thoroughly broken. - -""With this victory, the time has finally come to ignite the massive engines of the DSS, and haste is essential. The Jet Brigade has resurfaced on Vernen Wells and is threatening the DSS logistics hub. Amass the needed E-710 so that the DSS can come online, and protect Gaellivare from the Jet Brigade onslaught."" - -MAJOR ORDER: In an impressive display of tenacity and overwhelming firepower, the Helldivers fought back the gloom eruption with apparent ease. In an unexpected double defence of both Estanu and Crimsica, the terminid menace had its momentum thoroughly broken. - - - -With this victory,… pic.twitter.com/WSZD9iuPpK — HELLDIVERS™ 2 (@helldivers2) November 11, 2024 To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -What does that mean in practical terms? Well, keeping hold of Gaellivare from the bots as you'd expect, and also casually killing 500 million Terminids at the same time. Not just a 'ooh, attacks on two fronts' MO, but also a welcome return of the 'kill a huge number of enemies that usually turns out to be not so huge once the divers get going' MO too. Versatility from Arrowhead here. - -As of writing, about nine million bugs have been sent to meet their maker, but as alluded to, Helldivers 2's playerbase has had no problem killing big amounts of stuff so quickly it makes people question the concept of maths previously, so I'd imagine it'll be the Automaton assault that's the bigger fish to fry. Who knows, though, given how desperate folks are to get the DSS up and running, they might somehow find a way to ensure this order doesn't come down to the wire, regardless of any last gasp bot push for Gaellivare. - -If this is your first time diving into the Galactic War for a little bit, make sure to check out what was in Helldivers 2's latest patch and which crossovers made Johan Pilestendt's dream collab list, if you haven't already.",1731883699,374d98cbb9,1d5951da01,,,1731883699 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/trends/a62710088/prada-buckle-bag/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,Why the Prada Buckle Is the It-Investment Bag for Fall,"In an age of algorithmic feeds that are always churning up new trends, it can be challenging to decipher what is truly worth our investment. But every so often, there comes along an item whose popularity is hard to ignore. It builds momentum over time, and before you know it, it’s everywhere. - -Right now, that item is Unlike “It” bags of the past, there are no flashy details or logomania—just an understated, timeless design that has become irresistible to the fashion set. The bag first debuted in the label’s spring 2024 collection before appearing in the fall 2024 collection and onward into spring 2025. Its rise has been steady: According to Lyst, searches for “Prada Buckle bag” are up 280% month-over-month. - -Prada Buckle small leather handbag Shop at Prada - -The growth from September to October might be attributable to Fashion Week, when it was hard not to spot the accessory among fashion editors and other showgoers. Fashion-forward celebrities have been carrying it, too: Alexa Chung, Chloe Sevïgny, Dua Lipa, and Diane Kruger have all sported the structured top-handle totes around town. - -Prada Dua Lipa Prada Diane Kruger - -Given the recent rise of The Row’s Margaux and the enduring appeal of the Hermès Birkin, it’s no surprise that the Buckle is trending. Plenty of women are captivated by the idea of a handbag that blends the pragmatism they need with luxurious construction. In typical Prada fashion, there's also a cheeky twist: the buckle motif, which makes it look almost as if the bag is wearing its own belt. - - - -Launchmetrics.com / Spotlight Prada S/S 24 Launchmetrics.com / Spotlight Prada F/W 24 - -Launchmetrics.com / Spotlight Prada S/S 25 launchmetrics.com/spotlight Prada S/S 25 - -“Prada's Buckle bag effortlessly commands attention while keeping things stylish,” explains Saks’ SVP, GMM of women’s designer RTW, shoes, handbags and accessories, Will Cooper. “It beautifully blends simplicity and sophistication through its clean lines and refined details. Not only is it an elegant choice, but it also offers practicality, available in three sizes to best suit your needs.” - -Prada - -The Buckle bag is available in a slate of classic neutrals, from black and white to warm caramel and clay. It's made of luxurious calfskin and lined with nappa leather, and the belt is detachable, meaning one could even swap out one's own belt for a styling change. Designed as an investment bag, it starts at a premium price point of $5,400. - - - -The bag’s practicality has resonated with Harper’s Bazaar’s own fashion team. “This Prada bag has been a firm companion of mine since entering my life,” says executive digital director Lynette Nylander. “The double-sided deep pockets means there is some order in the usual chaos of my bag. The belt detail really speaks to why Prada is the best in terms of subtle, tasteful design. Mrs Prada strikes again!” - -Shop the new “It” bag below.",1731883632,66787ad63a,1d771b6f50,,,1731883632 -https://www.practicalecommerce.com/new-social-networks,https://www.practicalecommerce.com/category/social-media/feed,12 New Social Networks for 2024,"Since 2017 we’ve published five lists of new social networks — 2017, 2019, 2020, 2022, and 2023. Here is our all-new installment for 2024. There are microblogging platforms for text, video, audio, and images. There are decentralized social networks, live-streaming platforms, AI-assisted networks, ad-free apps, and location-based apps to track and meet up with contacts. Some of the platforms are in beta. - -Instagram Threads is an app for sharing stories and conversations. Create posts up to 500 characters with the option to include links, photos, carousels, and videos up to five minutes long. Then share to Instagram Stories or direct messages — and control who can reply. - -– - -Kick is a live-streaming app similar to Twitch. Users broadcast content in real-time, interacting with followers through chat and other features. To stream on Kick, users create an account and set up streaming software such as OBS Studio or Streamlabs. Kick has an incentive program that compensates creators with revenue per individual stream. Since its launch in early 2024, Kick says it has paid over $17 million to more than 2,000 creators. - -– - -Gowalla is a location-based social networking app that tracks users’ actions in the real world. Post updates privately to your network on your location and activities. Send messages, make plans, and leave reactions in direct and group threads. Find interesting places to visit. Gowalla launched in 2007, closed in 2012, and relaunched in March 2023. - -– - -Bluesky is a decentralized microblogging platform on the AT Protocol, an open-source toolbox for building social apps that can talk to each other. Bluesky aims to function like the early days of the web when anyone could put up a blog or subscribe to others via an RSS feed. - -– - -Jagat is a social network for friends and family. Engage in real-time connections with location sharing and interactive features. Follow real-time locations and share with your network. See activities on a footprint map and from the past 30 days. - -– - -Noplace is a colorful social platform of ads and algorithms. Targeted at teens and Gen Zs, it seeks to bring back a fun and organic MySpace-like experience. Gain levels, earn badges, make friends, and use the customizable profile to share your mood and what you’re gaming, streaming, reading, and more. - -– - -Airchat is an audio-based social network featuring a push-to-talk, voice-first public messenger that uses AI to generate transcripts. Users have tools to moderate behavior on their content. - -– - -Lemon8, owned by TikTok parent ByteDance, is a video and photo-sharing app and blogging platform. The content centers on fashion, makeup, food, travel, gadgets, pets, and related. It provides a variety of templates, filters, stickers, and fonts to help creators. Lemon8 launched in Japan in 2020 and the U.K. and U.S. in 2023. - -– - -RTRO is a social networking app that connects brands, creators, and followers in a positive, nontoxic environment. RTRO focuses on connections and communities rather than ads or algorithm-driven content. Users can connect with friends and family or see content from creators and brands in their own space. Discover retro postcards, retro Polaroids, filters, and mixtapes. - -– - -Damus is a decentralized social media platform built on Nostr, the open and decentralized social networking protocol. Messages are distributed via decentralized, encrypted relays. Damus users can run their own microblogging platform for friends or a business. - -– - -Cara is a social media and portfolio platform that connects artists with clients, fans, and industry peers. Cara filters out generative AI images to find authentic creatives and artwork easily. - -– - -Substack Notes, launched in 2023, is a microblogging feature that enables writers and users to post short-form content and share ideas. Notes allows users to recommend anything via posts, quotes, comments, images, and links.",1731883643,5e1ceba4cb,1d8d0db25c,,,1731883643 -https://www.npr.org/2022/01/26/1075879342/two-indicators-supply-chain-solutions,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How warehouses and ports have fared during the supply chain crisis : Planet Money : NPR,"Two indicators: supply chain solutions - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Michael M. Santiago/Getty Images Michael M. Santiago/Getty Images - -Warehouses and ports are key players in getting goods to consumers, and both have felt the brunt of the ongoing supply chain crisis. On today's show, two stories from the Indicator on how warehouses and ports are trying to overcome the crisis. - -Despite a boom in warehouse construction, many warehouses across the country are running out of space. Some are even turning away long-time clients. Meanwhile, west coast ports have been backed up for months. We follow one container ship from Shanghai, China to the Port of Cleveland as it tries to find a way through the clog. - -Sponsor Message - -Music: ""Street Groove"" ""Bossa Star"" and ""Graffiti Grin."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884688,8181d7a585,1d7df85bfb,,,1731884688 -https://www.vg247.com/new-expansion-pokemon-tcg-pocket-rumoured-early-2025-but-what-are-the-odds,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,A new expansion is rumoured to come to Pokemon TCG Pocket in early 2025 - but what are the odds of that really happening?,"Word is on the wind that a selection of new cards will be coming to Pokemon TCG Pocket in January next year. But with a real hunger for major new udpates for the game, exactly how legitmate are these rumours? - -The source of this stems from a leak courtesy of Centro Leaks, a notable Pokemon leak account with a history of posting early news around the IP and hobby. According to that account, January 30 will feature the A2 expansion release, injecting a substantial number of new cards to the game, in addition to new events such as a Bulbasaur and Magnemite event popping up between now and then. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -As for their source, Centro Leaks points to a small account called PokemonPocket on note, which posted these dates back on October 25. As this is an account dedicated to a brand-new game, there is little history to point to for signs of credibility. As for Centro Leaks itself, the account has a mixed history for accuracy. It has been correct in the past, but it's also posted some big misses. Take this post on Indigo Disk information back in 2023. It was posted, and later ""confirmed fake"" after it was discovered the provided screenshot was altered on 4chan. - -What makes this murky is there's probably a bit of truth to this leak. We know that it is likely that a Venusaur promo event is coming (courtesy of a datamined post by Pocket Codex). This promo event is featured in the bigger leak as a ""drop event"", so there's a kernel of truth to it. The source for the leak also posted their information prior to the Pocket Codex datamine post too. - -So what does this mean for you? Well, if this leak is accurate, one could glean some information as to the release schedule for events and major expansions for Pokemon TCG Pocket. Three smaller events that drip feed new cards and content, plus a major update every three-ish months, would put it alongside a similar release schedule for the physical card game at four sets a year. This, of course, is a sand castle prediction, in that any splash of opposing official info - were it to emerge - would send the whole thing crumbling down. - -Ultimately as with all leaks, you've got to take these things with a grain of salt. There has been no official word on update timetables for Pokemon TCG Pocket, nor has there been an established release pattern for smaller events, shop refreshes, and major card updates. The smart move is to put a pin in these leaks, wait until January to see if they all play out as predicted, and go from there. Also, it's always the smart move to keep an eye on official Pokemon TCG Pocket social media platforms. They've solely been updating fans on current events (like the in-game news feed) so far, but that could certainly change as the desire for more future information grows. - -What do you reckon? Do these leaks have any substance to them? Do you believe them? Let us know below!",1731883700,374d98cbb9,1d9783bd94,,,1731883700 -https://philosophersmag.com/women-men-and-criminal-justice/,https://www.philosophersmag.com/feed,"Women, Men and Criminal Justice","The administration of criminal justice is sex saturated. Every aspect of a woman’s journey through the criminal justice system is shaped by the intersecting effects of living in societies structured by profound material (i.e. class) and sex based inequalities, along with other dimensions of social stratification such as age and race. Their lawbreaking often happens against a background of male violence and poverty. How courts make sense of them is shaped by fundamentally sexist notions of respectability and laden with judgements about them in relation to sexist assumptions of their social roles. Women offenders find themselves disproportionately sentenced to prison for less serious offences. Women prisoners face additional pains of imprisonment relative to men. If justice means that women and men receive fair and equitable treatment, “justice” is more a notion than a reality for many women. - -Take for instance Hermione who was sentenced to a short-term prison sentence after stealing a frozen chicken. This is a story I have often told and was told to me by Hermione’s social worker. Hermione grew up in an abusive family. Her mother was a victim of domestic violence and was physically violent to Hermione. Her father sexually abusive. At the age of 16, Hermione ran away to live with her much older boyfriend, who one afternoon brought home several of his friends. Hermione, who had been sexually exploited by her boyfriend, knew that regardless of whether she consented, these men were going to have sex with her that night. Before this though, the boyfriend wanted her to make dinner. He sent Hermione to the local store. She stole a frozen chicken. She did this under the nose of the security officer. She was arrested and later prosecuted, convicted and imprisoned for that theft – it being on top of many other convictions of theft. Her boyfriend was never arrested. - -Hermione’s story is no different to the stories of many other women who litter the criminal justice systems of most modern western democracies. Their lives are shaped by the disadvantages and oppressions of living in profoundly unequal and sexist societies. The challenges and problems they face are social problems created by those structured inequalities. Yet, those social problems are not addressed by governments capable of addressing them. Instead, they are turned into penal problems. To fully understand this argument, this article looks at sex-based patterns of offending, sex-based ideologies in sentencing and sexed pains of imprisonment. The data comes from England and Wales, but the patterns that are highlighted are replicated across most modern western democracies. - -Offending Women - -200 years of criminological and other social scientific evidence attests to the fact that the single greatest predictor of offending is sex. Crime is predominately a male problem and men commit approximately 85% of those crimes that are processed in our modern democracies’ criminal justice systems. - -Table 1: Number of arrests by age group and sex, 2017-18 – 2021/22, England and Wales - -Although there are no offence categories that are exclusively male or female, men and women do get prosecuted for crimes that reflect their different social roles and locations. The single largest concentration of prosecutions against women is for summary non-motoring offences. In 2021, the two offences that accounted for this concentration were television license evasion and truancy. Both of these offences are highly correlated to women’s roles as single mothers and single heads of households. Even the relatively high percentage of females being prosecuted for “violence against the person” is related to sex-based social inequalities. Most “violent women” were prosecuted for child cruelty and neglect. Arguably, this is a result of the surveillance and governance of working-class motherhood (as well as the extreme pressures placed on many mothers of raising children on the breadline during a global pandemic) by social welfare agencies rather than indicative of violence per se in women. - -Table 2: Proportion of male and female offenders prosecuted for each offence group, 2021, England and Wales - -Many 19th and early 20th century scholars witnessed the stability of these patterns. For them, what needed explaining was the sex-based differences in rate and type of offending. The most common explanation was that criminality must be a male biological, psychological or social trait. But these explanations left a problem where women were concerned. If women committed crime, it must be because they were not normal – in the sense of statistically atypical as well as pathologically different from other women. Hence, generations of researchers and criminal justice practitioners talked about women criminals being “mad”, extra bad (unnatural women going against their usually maternal natures, like for instance Myra Hindley) or driven by some other pathology, like the possession of male hormones (for examples of each of these please see Phoenix 2022) - -By the 1980s though, feminist social scientists reformulated the question – why are women so law-abiding? That reformulation brought with it the insight that sex-based differences could be easily explained, not in reference to some fundamental difference between men and women, but rather in reference to how sex-based inequalities shaped different (and unequal) social roles for women and men. The burden of childcare and looking after the family mean that women’s capacity to commit crime was inhibited. Likewise the dominance of “bedroom culture” and the weight of having to maintain a “good reputation” when they were teenagers meant that young women were not out in the public domain and thus not so likely to get into trouble. As quoted in a previous article in this magazine (TPM 96), Heidensohn summed up this line of argument when she wrote: - -Burglary is rendered more difficult when one is encumbered with a twin baby buggy and its contents; constant care of a demented geriatric is not a conducive situation in which to plan a bank robbery. - -Sentencing: Doubly Deviant, Doubly Damned - -In addition to the sex-based patterns of crime and offending, there are distinct sex-based patterns in sentencing that raise questions about discrimination, sexism and “justice” for women. Offending women are seen as being “doubly deviant” and “doubly damned”. They are seen first and foremost as anomalies. They are women who have committed crime and being such extra emphasis is placed on explaining their presence in the criminal justice system. Hence, we know that part of court and criminal justice logic is geared towards answering the question that arises: what is wrong with them as women that they are there given that women are, usually, a law abiding lot. - -Qualitative research has demonstrated time and again that women offenders are made sense of by sentencers through a limited set of narratives – they are “mad”, “bad”, “sick” or “needy”. This limited set of narratives then drives sentencers to sentence women not only according to the severity of the offences they commit, but also according to highly normative assumptions about women’s social roles. Hence, for those women who conform to normative stereotypes about good motherhood etc, less harsh or severe sentences make sense. But for those women who have “failed” in the courts’ assessment of them as mothers, wives, sisters, daughters etc, incarceration becomes seen as plausible and indeed, at times a good thing – not necessarily in relation to any of the standard justifications or rationale for punishment but rather for the women’s own welfare. Indeed the entire history of women’s prisons in the UK and Canada is premised on turning “bad” women into “good” women. The Gaol Act 1823, which separated women from men in prison also introduced a prison regime whose main goal was the rehabilitation of women into their roles as domestic servants, wives and mothers. It is in this sense that criminologists talk about offending women being doubly deviant and doubly damned. Offending women violate sex-based norms and the law. In comparison, males may commit more violent and serious crime and they may receive comparatively lighter sentences for doing so because their offences are understood by sentencers as in keeping with the normative expectations associated with masculinity (even if in exaggerated form) and not fundamentally breaking them. - -Sex and Incarceration - -Although women receive proportionally more fines and community punishment, the profile of who ends up in prison raises profound questions of formal and substantive justice for women in trouble with the law. - -In England and Wales, women make up only 4% of the overall prison population. In comparison to men, they are sentenced to prison for far less serious crimes and serve disproportionately more short-term sentences i.e. less than 12 months. In 2021, 63% of prison sentences started by women were “short term sentences” compared to 48% for men. Women are disproportionately sentenced to remand. In June 2022, 19% of women in prison were there on remand, compared to 16% of men. Yet, 9 in 10 of those women remanded were categorised as low to medium risk and just over half of those eventually received a custodial sentence. - -Offending women’s pre-prison histories of sex-based social inequalities have led several generations of criminologists to conclude that many women in prison are more offended against than offenders. So, for instance, more than 50% of women in prison have reported emotional, physical, or sexual abuse as a child, compared to 27% of men in prison (PRT 2022). 49% of women in prison were diagnosed with anxiety and depression compared to only 19% of the female population in the UK (PRT 2022). The mental health of women in prison is disproportionately poor relative to men. On entry to prison, 25% of women reported feeling suicidal in comparison to 12% of men, 40% reported mental health issues in comparison to 25% of men and 25% of women reported drug and alcohol problems in comparison to 13% of men. Women prisoners poor mental health is seen most clearly in self-harm statistics. In 2021, 22% of all self-harms across the entire prison estate were women self-harming even though they made up only 4% of the prison population (PRT 2022). - -It is the case that many men in prison have similar backgrounds. The difference is related to the intensity and consistency of those experiences. Whilst contemporary criminal justice practitioners and psychologists now refer to these experiences as “trauma”, radical feminists have long since understood the patterns described above as the personal and social effects in women’s lives of the intersection of class-based inequalities and male violence against women. The backgrounds of women in prison read as a catalogue of the effects of sex-based oppression: physical and sexual violence, drug and alcohol problems, economic precarity, poverty and insecurity as a consequence of class and of rejecting a life of economic dependence on fathers, male partners or husbands – who themselves are often violent. - -Is Incarceration a Disproportionately Harsh Sentence for Women? - -The Aristotlean principle in law demands that like things are treated alike. Two principles of justice are fairness and equal treatment. Together these principles translate into the idea that however the just measure of pain of any punishment is calibrated, everyone who is subject to it will experience it equally. In other words, there will be proportionality of punishment. - -In relation to incarceration then, this means that the experience of imprisonment ought to be similar for men and women. Yet, there is substantial evidence that incarceration is experienced very differently for men and women and that these differences are a result of the same social forces that shape the distinctly different profiles of male and female prisoners. - -In the now classic criminological study – The Society of Captives – Sykes outlined the five main “pains of imprisonment”: loss of liberty, deprivation of goods and services, deprivation of heterosexual relationships (sexual and otherwise), deprivation of autonomy and deprivation of security. - -Five decades of research on the experiences of women in prison demonstrates that whilst both men and women suffer these pains, they are not suffered equally (see Crewe, Hulley and Wright 2017) and there are added pains that women experience which may make incarceration a harsher sentence for women than men. - -Because so few women are incarcerated, relative to men, there are only 11 female prisons in England, 3 in Scotland, none in Wales and 1 block in a joint young offenders and women prison in Northern Ireland. In comparison, there are 141 male prisons – 6 of which are in Wales, 4 in Northern Ireland, 122 in England and 15 in Scotland. This means that when women go to prison, they can be hundreds of miles away from their friends and family. This can have profound, disastrous, and far-reaching consequences. For, in addition to the 5 pains of imprisonment listed above, women often experience extra isolation induced by geography. The friends, children and family of Welsh women prisoners can face a journey of 3 – 4 hours travel each way to get to one of the two female prisons nearest to Wales. In Scotland, these journeys can be up to double that time. So, for instance, if a Scottish female prisoner’s family, friends or children come from Thurso and she is incarcerated in Edinburgh or Cornton Vale, it could take up to 10 hours to get to HMP Cornton Vale by public transport – each way. Even for those women incarcerated in England, the journey to female prisons can take hours. Whilst video calls go some way to reducing isolation, many women in prison face not seeing their friends, partners or children until they are released. Some (including remand prisoners) may not even see their legal representatives whilst they are in prison. - -Many women in prison are mothers (roughly 60% compared to 45% for men). Mothers in prison are more likely to be the primary caregivers to children than fathers in prison. It comes as little surprise then that 95% of children of incarcerated women end up having to leave the family home when their mother is incarcerated. 40% of these children are cared for by grandparents. Around 9% of children are looked after by their father. Yet, when fathers go to prison, about 75% of their children stay in the family home and are looked after by their mothers. These are stark figures that reflect sex-based patterns of inequality in childcare and have a far-reaching consequence: more children of incarcerated mothers are placed into foster care than those of incarcerated fathers. Incarceration can, for some women, mean losing their children to Local Authority Care which given that most women are incarcerated for non-violent offences on short-term sentences – or are remanded to prison – seems a harsh and unequitable sentence indeed. Please see Phoenix (2023) for a discussion of women prisoners’ different needs and vulnerabilities relative to men prisoners and in the context of transgender women being placed in female prisoners. - -Conclusion - -14th February 2023: I visited Charlene, a woman I know who is serving a sentence in a closed prison in England. There is no way to get there by public transport and it took me three hours to drive there. Charlene is almost 40 years old. Her crimes have never been serious crimes. She hasn’t, for instance, attacked, hurt or killed anyone. Mostly, she has been convicted of theft, fraud and other property offences, and always these offences are driven by drug and alcohol problems. Her last offence, which got her recalled to prison as she was “on license”, was stealing a bottle of gin from a bar. She grew up in and out of Local Authority care and at a very early age knew the fast track for girls that exists from care into custody. The first time she got into trouble with the law, she was only 13 years old. She was arrested for theft because she stole money from a man whilst posing as a prostitute. The youth court gave her a community sentence. The man who was going to buy sex from her gave a statement and was never prosecuted. The first time she was imprisoned was two years later. She was 15 years old and incarcerated in HMP Holloway – an adult female prison. She has spent 17 of the last 27 years in one prison or another. - -Although Charlene is one of relatively few (but growing numbers of) long term female prisoners, her story is not that different to the short-term prisoners she is incarcerated alongside. Her offending has happened in a context where her life has been shattered and torn apart by the aggregate effects of poverty, male violence and a social welfare and criminal justice system more geared towards judging and normalising her as a mother and woman than geared towards addressing the challenges she faces in her life. - -Prison visits take place in large halls furnished with low coffee tables. The coffee tables are surrounded (usually) by three chairs of the same colour and a fourth chair of a different colour. Prisoners sit on the chair of the different colour. There is always a hatch behind which other prisoners serve coffee, tea, cakes, sandwiches, drinks and sweets for visitors and prisoners to enjoy during their visit. The hall is usually decorated in primary (child friendly) colours with paintings of farmyard animals and the like and have rooms or spaces for children to play. Charlene’s prison was no different. - -On the day I visited Charlene, there was another table that drew everyone’s attention. The prisoner was young, perhaps twenty-something. She was being visited by her sister and mother who had brought the prisoner’s child – still a toddler. Towards the end of the two hour block visit session, an argument erupted. The sister stormed out shouting “you don’t deserve her”. The toddler looked alarmed and starting crying as the three guards swept in and knelt down by the prisoner and talked with her. When everyone calmed down, the sister came back and the visit continued. When the session finished and the prison officers instructed all visitors to start leaving, the sister picked up the toddler who started screaming. The young woman prisoner started wailing. I leaned over to Charlene and asked if she knew the young woman. Yes, she said. She was in for some theft offence, she thought. Short sentence. “We’re trying to teach her to read. She’s had a helluva time. Her bloke – really nasty violent man – uses crack. He sent her out robbing.” To my ears, everything about what Charlene said was wrong. Why wasn’t the prison teaching her to read and write? Why was she not diverted out of the criminal justice system or, if appropriate, treated as a victim of coercive control? - -I end this article with this story because, as I left the prison that day, I was struck by (and not for the first time) how problematic it is that we incarcerate anyone, much less women, as a means of dealing with their less than law-abiding behaviour. The three hour drive home had me reflecting on the fact that Charlene and the young prisoner were just two more examples of how social problems – generated by and within societies structured by profound class and sex-based inequalities – get turned into penal problems. - -Further Reading - -Carlen, P. (1983) Women’s Imprisonment: A Study in Social Control Routledge and Kegan Paul, London. - -Carlen, P., (1998) “Women, gender and imprisonment” from Carlen, P., Sledgehammer : Women’s Imprisonment at the Millennium Basingstoke,: Macmillan. pp.46-65. - -Crewe, B, Hulley, S. and Serena Wright (2017), “The Gendered Pains of Life Imprisonment”, The British Journal of Criminology, Volume 57, Issue 6, November 2017, Pages 1359–1378. - -Heidensohn, F. (1985) Women and Crime, Palgrave: London - -Messerschmidt, J. (2005). Men, masculinities, and crime. SAGE Publications, Inc., https://dx.doi.org/10.4135/9781452233833 - -Phoenix, J. (2023) Rights and Wrongs: How Gender Self-Identification Policy Places Women At Risk In Prison, McDonald Laurier Institute: Ottawa, Canada - -Phoenix, J, (2022) “Biological Sex, Gender Criticism and Feminist Criminology” The Philosophers Magazine, April 8 - -Prison Fellowship (2020) “Children with a parent in prison” accessed February 19th 2023. https://prisonfellowship.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2020/07/Children-with-a-Parent-in-Prison-Factsheet-and-letter-writing-tips-2020.docx.pdf - -Prison Reform Trust (2022) Why Focus on Reducing Women’s Imprisonment accessed February 26th 2023. https://prisonreformtrust.org.uk/wp-content/uploads/2022/08/Why-women-2022-briefing.pdf - -Sykes, G. (1958) The Society of Captives Princeton Press: MA - -Worrall, A (1990) Offending Women Routledge: London - -Jo Phoenix is professor of criminology in the school of law at the University of Reading. She is taking her former employer, The Open University, to an employment tribunal for bullying, harassment and constructive dismissal. Full details can be found here: https://www.bitly.com/ProfPhoenix",1731883645,f019c0c620,1d522cfa71,,,1731883645 -https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/archive/2024/11/donald-trump-legal-cases-charges/675531/?utm_source=feed,https://www.theatlantic.com/feed/channel/ideas/,The Cases Against Trump: A Guide,"The first former president to be convicted of a felony is now also the first convicted felon to be elected as president. - -Donald Trump won reelection on November 5, paving the way for his return to the White House—as well as the end or postponement of the criminal cases against him. The extent to which those cases also paved the way for his return to the White House will be a topic for years of debate. One plausible argument is that the sense that Trump was being persecuted strengthened his support; another is that the failure to bring cases sooner and finish them deprived voters of complete information. Both may be true. - -In any event, the discussion is moving from the legal to the political because the legal side seems to have reached a dead end. Special Counsel Jack Smith and the Justice Department are expected to end the cases against him related to attempting to subvert the 2020 election and hoarding classified documents at Mar-a-Lago, neither of which has made it to trial. The documents case, long considered the most straightforward, was bottled up by a Trump-appointed judge on dubious procedural grounds. The election-subversion case took a detour to the Supreme Court, where a conservative majority ran down the clock before ruling that a president has very broad immunity for most acts done as president; the lower court hearing the case only recently got back on track, but on November 8, Smith asked the judge to pause the case, citing Trump’s victory. - -But now, given that DOJ guidance says a sitting president can’t be tried, and that Trump has promised to fire Smith and immediately dismiss the cases anyway, the two federal cases are likely to wind down. An election-subversion case in Fulton County, Georgia, is effectively frozen already amid challenges to the prosecutor’s handling of the case. Trump has been convicted but not sentenced in New York State related to hush money paid to the adult film actor Stormy Daniels, and sentencing in that case may never happen, either. - -If the failure to swiftly prosecute Trump enabled his election, then, his election seems to guarantee that he will never face accountability for the acts he committed, including those for which he has already been convicted of 34 felonies. - -What follows is a summary of the major legal cases against Trump, assessments of the gravity of the charges, and the prognosis. This guide will be updated as necessary. - -New York State: Fraud - -In the fall of 2022, New York Attorney General Letitia James filed a civil suit against Trump, his adult sons, and his former aide Allen Weisselberg, alleging a years-long scheme in which Trump fraudulently reported the value of properties in order to either lower his tax bill or improve the terms of his loans, all with an eye toward inflating his net worth. - -When? - -Justice Arthur Engoron ruled on February 16 that Trump must pay $355 million plus interest, the calculated size of his ill-gotten gains from fraud. The judge had previously ruled against Trump and his co-defendants in late September 2023, concluding that many of the defendants’ claims were “clearly” fraudulent—so clearly that he didn’t need a trial to hear them. - -How grave was the allegation? - -Fraud is fraud, and in this case, the sum of the fraud stretched into the hundreds of millions—but compared with some of the other legal matters in which Trump is embroiled, this is a little pedestrian. The case was also civil rather than criminal. But although the stakes are lower for the nation, they remain high for Trump: The size of the penalty appears to be larger than Trump can easily pay, and he also faces a three-year ban on operating his company. - -What happens now? - -On March 25, the day he was supposed to post bond, an appeals court reduced the amount he must post from more than $464 million to $175 million. Trump has appealed the case. In a September hearing, New York appeals-court judges seemed skeptical of the case against Trump and sympathetic to his arguments. They have not yet ruled. - -Manhattan: Defamation and Sexual Assault - -Although these other cases are all brought by government entities, Trump also faced a pair of defamation suits from the writer E. Jean Carroll, who said that Trump sexually assaulted her in a department-store dressing room in the 1990s. When he denied it, she sued him for defamation and later added a battery claim. - -When? - -In May 2023, a jury concluded that Trump had sexually assaulted and defamed Carroll, and awarded her $5 million. A second defamation case produced an $83.3 million judgment in January 2024. - -How grave was the allegation? - -Although these cases didn’t directly connect to the same fundamental issues of rule of law and democratic governance that some of the criminal cases do, they were a serious matter, and a federal judge’s blunt statement that Trump raped Carroll has gone underappreciated. - -What happens now? - -Trump has appealed both cases, and he posted bond for the $83.3 million in March. - -Manhattan: Hush Money - -In March 2023, Manhattan District Attorney Alvin Bragg became the first prosecutor to bring felony charges against Trump, alleging that the former president falsified business records as part of a scheme to pay hush money to women who said they’d had sexual relationships with Trump. - -When? - -The trial began on April 15 and ended with a May 30 conviction. A judge is scheduled to rule September 16 on whether the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision on presidential immunity invalidates the case. On September 6, he announced that he was postponing sentencing to avoid interfering with the election. - -How grave was the allegation? - -Many people have analogized this case to Al Capone’s conviction on tax evasion: It’s not that he didn’t deserve it, but it wasn’t really why he was an infamous villain. Trump did deserve it, and he’s now a convicted felon. Moreover, although the charges were about falsifying records, those records were falsified to keep information from the public as it voted in the 2016 election. It was among the first of Trump’s many attacks on fair elections. (His two impeachments were also for efforts to undermine the electoral process.) If at times this case felt more minor compared with the election-subversion or classified-documents cases, it’s because those other cases have set a grossly high standard for what constitutes gravity. - -What happens now? - -Sentencing was scheduled for November 26, but with Trump now in the middle of a presidential transition, some observers expect that Justice Juan Merchan will either postpone sentencing or even forgo a sentence altogether. - -Department of Justice: Mar-a-Lago Documents - -Special Counsel Jack Smith charged Trump with 37 felonies in connection with his removal of documents from the White House when he left office, but Judge Aileen Cannon has dismissed the case, finding that Smith’s appointment was not constitutional. Smith has appealed. The charges included willful retention of national-security information, obstruction of justice, withholding of documents, and false statements. Trump took boxes of documents to properties, where they were stored haphazardly, but the indictment centered on his refusal to give them back to the government despite repeated requests. - -David A. Graham: This indictment is different - -When? - -Smith filed charges in June 2023. On July 15, 2024, Cannon dismissed the charges. Smith appealed that dismissal on August 26. - -How grave is the allegation? - -These are, I have written, the stupidest crimes imaginable, but they are nevertheless very serious. Protecting the nation’s secrets is one of the greatest responsibilities of any public official with classified clearance, and not only did Trump put these documents at risk, but he also (allegedly) refused to comply with a subpoena, tried to hide the documents, and lied to the government through his attorneys. - -How plausible is a guilty verdict? - -Vanishingly unlikely. Smith and the Justice Department are reportedly working on winding down the case now, both because Trump would quash it on his first day in office and also because long-standing guidance says a sitting president cannot be prosecuted. This once looked to be the most open-and-shut case: The facts and legal theory here are pretty straightforward. But Smith drew a short straw when he was randomly assigned Cannon, a Trump appointee who repeatedly ruled favorably for Trump and bogged the case down in endless pretrial arguments. Even before her dismissal of the case, some legal commentators accused her of “sabotaging” it. - -Fulton County: Election Subversion - -In Fulton County, Georgia, which includes most of Atlanta, District Attorney Fani Willis brought a huge racketeering case against Trump and 18 others, alleging a conspiracy that spread across weeks and states with the aim of stealing the 2020 election. - -When? - -Willis obtained the indictment in August 2023. The number of people charged makes the case unwieldy and difficult to track. Several of them, including Kenneth Chesebro, Sidney Powell, and Jenna Ellis, struck plea deals in the fall. Because a challenge to Willis’s presence on the case isn’t going to be heard until December, the case will not begin before the election. - -How grave is the allegation? - -More than any other case, this one attempts to reckon with the full breadth of the assault on democracy following the 2020 election. - -How plausible is a guilty verdict? - -Trump’s election casts even more uncertainty over an already murky future. This is a huge case for a local prosecutor, even in a county as large as Fulton, to bring. The racketeering law allows Willis to sweep in a great deal of material, and she has some strong evidence—such as a call in which Trump asked Georgia Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger to “find” some 11,000 votes. Three major plea deals from co-defendants may also ease Willis’s path, but getting a jury to convict Trump will still be a challenge. A judge on September 12 tossed three counts as outside state jurisdiction, and dismissed several other but said the state can refile them with more detail. The case has also been hurt by the revelation of a romantic relationship between Willis and an attorney she hired as a special prosecutor. On March 15, Judge Scott McAfee declined to throw out the indictment, but he sharply castigated Willis. Trump’s victory may result in the case being frozen indefinitely. - -Department of Justice: Election Subversion - -Special Counsel Smith has also charged Trump with four federal felonies in connection with his attempt to remain in power after losing the 2020 election. This case is in court in Washington, D.C. - -When? - -A grand jury indicted Trump on August 1, 2023. The trial was originally scheduled for March but was frozen while the Supreme Court mulled whether the former president should be immune to prosecution. On July 1, 2024, the justices ruled that a president is immune from prosecution for official but not unofficial acts, finding that some of Trump’s postelection actions were official and sending the case back to the trial court to determine others. Smith obtained a new indictment on August 27, which retains the same four felony charges but omits references to corrupting the Justice Department. On November 8, Smith asked the trial-court judge to pause the case because of the “unprecedented circumstance” of Trump’s reelection. - -David A. Graham: Trump attempted a brazen, dead-serious attack on American democracy - -How grave is the allegation? - -This case rivals the Fulton County one in importance. It is narrower, focusing just on Trump and a few key elements of the paperwork coup, but the symbolic weight of the U.S. Justice Department prosecuting an attempt to subvert the American election system is heavy. - -How plausible is a guilty verdict? - -It’s not happening, folks. - -Additionally … - -Once upon a time, cases were filed in more than 30 states over whether Trump could even appear on the 2024 ballot under a novel legal theory about the Fourteenth Amendment. Proponents, including J. Michael Luttig and Laurence H. Tribe in The Atlantic, argued that the former president was ineligible to serve again under a clause that disqualifies anyone who took an oath defending the Constitution and then subsequently participated in a rebellion or an insurrection. They said that Trump’s attempt to steal the 2020 election and his incitement of the January 6 riot meet the criteria. - -The Supreme Court conclusively disagreed. The justices ruled unanimously on March 4 that states could not remove Trump from the ballot, and appear on the ballot he did. Trump is set to be sworn in as the 47th president on January 20, 2025.",1731883619,f37ba6d5d1,1d874881ab,,,1731883619 -https://www.wired.com/review/jubileetv/,http://feeds.wired.com/wired/index,JubileeTV Review: Video Calls and Remote Support for Elders,"With an aging population keen to stay in their own homes, elder care is a growing issue in the United States. Whether folks are contending with chronic illness, dementia, or simply finding it harder to get to the store, we will likely all need some help toward the ends of our lives. Even elders with paid carers still need support from their families, and those who can’t afford care, doubly so. - -But you might have children to care for, a partner to support, and a demanding career. If you don’t live near your parents, it’s not always possible to drop in, and even if you do, busy lives can get in the way. You will worry about whether they are taking their medication, eating properly, and avoiding the rising tide of predatory scams. If you can’t reach them on the phone, the fear that they may have fallen and could be unable to get up is excruciating. - -JubileeTV is part of a new wave of products and services that seek to give you some insight into how your elderly relatives are doing and empower you to help from your own home. It’s a package that includes a box designed to sit on top of a TV to enable video calls, family photos and video sharing, and reminders for medications, appointments, and other important events. For folks who need it, JubileeTV can track activity and presence, and enable you to control the TV from anywhere on your phone. - -I’ve been testing the JubileeTV for the last few weeks. It feels a little cobbled together, requires an expensive subscription, and raises privacy concerns. But it makes staying in touch easy, boasts some thoughtful features, and could simplify life for many families by lessening the burden of elder care. - -Senior Setup - -Installing JubileeTV is a challenge, and you will want to do it for your elder (there is an option to book in-person installation for $99 or video call assistance for free). Everything is color-coded, and the instructions are pretty good, but set aside at least half an hour. A TV with an HDMI port and a Wi-Fi network are required. - -Photograph: Simon Hill - -JubileeTV looks like a chunky set-top box and is designed to work with your relative’s existing TV and services. To be clear, it doesn’t provide any content, so you still need a Netflix subscription or cable service. For all of the features to work, you must plug the TV and a cable, set-top box, or streaming player into the JubileeTV box (you can connect up to three devices via HDMI). I tested with a Roku, but check the Jubilee website for the list of supported devices before you buy. There’s also a special split power cable and smart plug, so you can connect the TV and box to the same outlet and remote control them.",1731883635,bc78e81c60,1d97aa6dfa,,,1731883635 -https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/050715/what-are-some-examples-risk-management-techniques.asp,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_articles&term=financial%20education,Common Risk Management Strategies for Traders,"What Are Common Risk Management Strategies for Traders? - -Traders face the risk of losing money on every single trade—and even the most successful ones are almost constantly putting on losing trades. Being a winning trader over the long haul is a function of your winning percentage, and how big your wins and losses are. Regardless of how often you win, if you don't control your risk then you could end up blowing up your account. - -A proper risk-management strategy is necessary to protect traders from catastrophic losses. This means determining your risk appetite, knowing your risk-reward ratio on every trade, and taking steps to protect yourself from a long-tail risk or black swan event. - -Key Takeaways Losing money, unfortunately, is an inherent part of trading. - -The key to surviving the risks involved in trading is to minimize losses. - -Risk management in trading begins with developing a trading strategy that accounts for the win-loss percentage and the averages of the wins and losses. - -Moreover, avoiding catastrophic losses that can wipe you out completely is crucial. - -Following a rational trading strategy and keeping emotion out of trading decisions is vital to success. - -Understanding Common Risk Management Strategies for Traders - -There is no way to avoid risk in trading. Every single trade could, theoretically at least, end up a loser. In fact, a successful trader can lose money on trades more often than they make money—but still end up ahead in the long run if the size of their gains on winning trades far exceeds the losses on their losers. Another trader can make money on a majority of their trades, and still lose money over time by taking small gains on their winners and letting losing trades run too long. - -The first key to risk management in trading is determining your trading strategy's win-loss ratio, and the average size of your wins and losses. If you know these numbers, and they add up to long-term profitability, you are well on your way to successful trading. If you don't know those numbers, you are putting your trading account at risk. - -Minimizing Losses - -According to legendary trader Ed Seykota, there are three rules to successful trading, and each one is ""cut your losses."" One common rule of thumb, particularly for day traders, is never to risk losing more than 1% of your portfolio on any single trade. That way you can suffer a string of losses—always a risk, given random distribution of results—and not do too much damage to your portfolio. - -A 10% drawdown on a trading account can be overcome with a profitable trading strategy. But the bigger the drawdown, the more challenging it is to bounce back. If you lose 10% of your capital, you only need a gain of 11.1% to get to breakeven. But if you lose 50%, you'll need to double your money just to get back to even. - -In addition to limiting the size of your position, one way to avoid big losses is to place automatic stop-loss orders. These will be executed once your loss reaches a certain level, saving you the difficult chore of pressing the button on a loss. - -Minimizing losses is often the most vital part of any trading strategy. - -Rules Keep Emotions out of Trading Decisions - -Managing emotions is the most difficult part of trading. It is a truism in the trading world that a successful trader can give their system to a rookie, and the rookie will end up losing all of their money because they can't keep emotion out of the trades. That means, they can't take the losses when the trading system says get out, and they can't take the wins either—because they want to hold on for bigger gains. - -That's why adopting a proven trading strategy and following the specific rules determined by that strategy are vital to success. Get into the trade when the system tells you to, and get out the same way. Don't second-guess the system. - -What Are the Primary Types of Risk Management in Trading? Risk management primarily involves minimizing potential losses without sacrificing upside potential. This is often borne out in the risk/reward ratio, a type of cost-benefit analysis based on the expected returns of an investment compared to the amount of risk taken on to earn those returns. Hedging strategies are another type of risk management, which involves the use of offsetting positions (e.g. protective puts) that make money when the primary investment experiences losses. A third strategy is to set trading limits such as stop-losses to automatically exit positions that fall too low, or take-profit orders to capture gains. - -How Is Diversification a Risk Management Strategy for Investors? Portfolio diversification is a strategy of owning non-correlated assets so that overall risk is reduced without sacrificing expected returns. Mathematically, this combination of assets results in a portfolio that should fall close to the efficient frontier, which is elaborated on in Modern Portfolio Theory (MPT).",1731883638,279fc3a863,1d9c41909e,,,1731883638 -https://www.packagingstrategies.com/articles/105190-tesco-switches-to-paper-packaging-for-dried-pasta,https://www.packagingstrategies.com/rss/articles,Tesco Switches to Paper Packaging for Dried Pasta,"Customers picking up pasta in Tesco stores this week will notice a big change in how some of it is packaged. - -To reduce the amount of plastic packaging it uses, Tesco has moved its Finest range of dried pasta into paper packaging, saving more than 10 million pieces of plastic a year, weighing more than 30 tonnes. - -In total, 10 lines have moved into the new packaging, which will also be available in Tesco Express stores. The new packs are 100% recyclable and can be put into household recycling bins. - -Claire Lorains, Tesco Group Sustainability and Quality Director, said: “Removing unnecessary plastic is an important way that Tesco can reduce its environmental impact. The new paper packaging works just as well as the old plastic but can be popped into your normal recycling bin with other paper. - -“We're proud of the work we’ve done so far to reduce the plastic we use at Tesco but will continue to look for ways to do more."" - -Tesco’s 4Rs packaging 4Rs (Remove, Reduce, Reuse, Recycle) strategy, has been in place since 2019 and so far, more than 2.3 billion pieces of plastic have been removed from its UK business. - -Innovations this year include:",1731883627,c925e986aa,1d986ee459,,,1731883627 -https://www.tennis-prose.com/bios/coach-vividly-remembers-9-year-old-maria-sharapova/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=coach-vividly-remembers-9-year-old-maria-sharapova,https://www.tennis-prose.com/feed/,Coach Vividly Remembers 9 Year Old Maria Sharapova,"← Sidebar - -Daniel Spatz had the privilege to coach Maria Sharapova between 1996-97 at the former Nick Bollettieri Tennis Academy (IMG Academy today). Maria, born on April 19, 1987, was nine years old then. - - - -Little Maria was a part of a group of eight girls that Spatz coached every afternoon for two hours every day. Spatz said she “was noticeably the best of that group.” - - - -Almost three decades later, Spatz can vividly remember Maria’s outstanding attributes. - -“Amazing intensity. Unparalleled energy! Commitment to practice hard every day. She never needed a push from us… Amazing footwork…An intimidating aggressive style for her age then…Perfectionism at the highest…Selfishness, and high ego. Star like… Talent to incorporate any technical change required…Curiosity to learn new things…Never give up attitude when competing…She loved to repeat strokes endlessly…She always said: “I want to be number one.” - -Maria turned pro in 2001 and won five Grand Slam titles, 36 titles overall, became world no. 1 in 2005 and won Olympic silver medal before retiring in 2020. Her final match was a first round defeat at 2020 Australian Open as a wildcard to Donna Vekic. It was her third straight first round loss at a Grand Slam. - -Sharapova earned over $38m in career prize money, not including a $70m endorsement contract with Nike and other sponsorship deals that banked her over $18m a year at one point. Maria will be inducted into the International Tennis Hall of Fame next summer. - -She became number one - -Australian Open · French Open · Maria Sharapova · Nike · US Open · Wilson tennis · Wimbledon - -No comments yet. - -Leave a Reply - -<< Krejcikova KOs Wertheim - -WTA Finals Observations >>",1731883608,2cd6623864,1d976cfaef,,,1731883608 -https://sproutsocial.com/insights/quality-customer-service/,https://sproutsocial.com/insights/rss,How to balance speed and quality customer service,"It’s not enough to resolve customer service issues quickly anymore. Businesses need to meet their customers with the personalized service they’re accustomed to from brands across industries and channels. Like how the barista at your neighborhood coffee shop asks you “the usual?” when you walk in the door. - -But departmental silos, limited understanding of the value of social customer care and clunky tech stacks hinder businesses from delivering quality customer service. Leaders who don’t invest in solving some of these issues will be leaving money on the table and putting their customers’ loyalty up for grabs. - -In this article, you’ll read how AI and automation technologies are transforming the landscape of social customer care. And how brands, like yours, can take advantage of them to build memorable brand experiences and maintain customer loyalty. - -What customers expect from your service: quality and speed - -In a world where social DMs have become a form of texting in their own right, brands replying quickly to customers is table stakes. This makes speed a critical performance metric in social media customer care. - -As modern customer expectations shift heavily toward immediacy and accessibility, so have the number of customers who turn to social media for prompt responses and solutions. According to our 2024 Social Media Content Strategy Report, customers across generations—Gen Z, Millennials, Gen X and Baby Boomers—are using social media for customer care. - -It makes sense, then, that one of the ways brands can amp up customer care quickly and effectively is to make social customer care an integral part of their overall customer service. - -Yet, consumers want more than just a fast response. - -The 2023 Sprout Social Index™ found that even though 69% of customers wanted brands to respond within 24 hours, and 16% within minutes, 63% of consumers said their brand loyalty hinged on the quality of customer service they received on social media. - -As social platforms become the preferred channel for inquiries and complaints, brands need to keep up with the speed of social and provide swift, effective solutions. It’s especially critical today, when social customer care has such a huge impact on the entire service experience, influencing customer satisfaction, loyalty and brand reputation. - -Luckily, technology is here to help. - -AI and automation tools are enabling brands to meet customer expectations without missing a beat like never before. And consumers are welcoming the move. According to a Sprout Q1 2024 Pulse Survey of 2,000 consumers across the US and UK, 75% say they’re comfortable with brands using AI and automated technology to deliver faster customer service on social. - -And with social becoming a key place for customers to sound off, care teams deserve all the support they need to scale and meet customers’ high expectations. - -Read more about how top brands provide exceptional customer service and support. - -Common roadblocks to delivering high-quality customer service - -Though 88% of business leaders agree social media is a critical tool in providing customer care and service, several roadblocks prevent teams from accessing the tools and resources they need. - -Here’s how social media marketers and care teams describe their greatest challenges to delivering exceptional customer care and experiences. - -Too many messages and too much manual work - -According to a Q3 2023 Sprout Pulse Survey, 63% of customer care professionals said a high volume of customer care requests is their most prominent obstacle. - -As one member of The Arboretum, Sprout’s online community for social professionals, put it, “The most significant challenge I face when managing customer care on social media is the expectation to be available to answer questions 24/7.” - -Meeting customers’ high expectations is something all brands are struggling with. Customer care tools can take the pressure off by automating tedious or repetitive tasks and managing cases based on priority, so care agents can act more effectively. Yet, only 30% of marketers feel their brand actively engages with customers on social and has implemented customer service tools and processes. And 71% of business leaders agree that brands don’t have a strong social media strategy for customer service. - -Departmental and technological silos - -Per the Index, social customer care is a shared function between marketing and customer service teams in 2024. But shared ownership means reimagining your teams’ entire approach to collaboration. - -From your tech stack to your internal workflows, brands need to pressure test each stage of the social customer care process to find out where silos are slowing service down, and where there’s too much strain on one team. - -For example, social teams are often not equipped to handle complex customer service needs, but they’re often asked to do so anyway. - -As one member of The Arboretum described, “A social media manager doesn’t have the resources to resolve every customer complaint. Customers use social more and more for issue resolution, but there’s a solid wall between customer care (which uses traditional communication channels) and social media engagement.” - -Others agreed that collaboration between teams at their org is lackluster. “Our team’s inability to provide quick and effective customer care is due to the lack of timely interdepartmental communication,” says one social marketer. - -Lack of training and education - -Social customer care is a relatively new domain, with most teams struggling to keep up with best practices. These gaps are often the product of social customer care being thought of as an ancillary duty rather than a business-wide priority. - -As one member posted in The Arboretum, “There is a lack of recognition that social media ‘counts’ as customer service and care. Engaging with customers and your audience through comments and DMs doesn’t get the same respect or regard that dealing with customers through email, phone or in-person channels often does.” - -Brands must ensure their care agents get the social media customer service training they need. This will help them better understand the nuances of providing care on social and delivering brand-friendly customer service across key social networks. In fact, our Q3 2023 Sprout Pulse survey found that 35% of businesses planned to hire additional agents and host additional training to improve the quality of customer interactions on social going forward. - -While social customer service teams understand that social customer care is key to resolving issues on channels where customers provide open, honest—and very public—feedback, educating key stakeholders and senior leadership is also necessary to help them see its impact. - -Not having the right tools - -The lack of investment in customer care processes and tools to actively engage on social is a major hurdle to developing a sophisticated strategy. Disjointed tech stacks and disparate communication channels can make social customer care cumbersome and inefficient. - -The Q3 2023 Sprout Pulse Survey revealed many organizations’ most prominent challenges stem from technology breakdowns—48% are left with manual tasks that take up significant time, 41% have gaps in available customer care intel for agents to reference when handling requests and 26% cite a lack of technological resources. - -An Arboretum member describes how not having the right tools impedes quality: “Customers appreciate personalized responses that address their specific concerns. However, doing this effectively on social media, where conversations can be disjointed and context may be lost, can be difficult.” - -According to the Index, 50% of marketers plan to implement advanced social media management software to streamline workflow efficiency. This suggests leaders are aware that technological investments are crucial to crafting a cohesive customer experience. With social becoming the central hub for social customer care functions—not just for posting and reporting, but for direct customer engagement—brands must invest in social media customer service tools. - -How to provide high-quality customer service, fast - -What it takes to deliver memorable and positive customer experiences is changing. As customer expectations evolve, so too should the best practices your teams follow and the processes and tools you use. - -These are actionable steps to overcome challenges and meet customers where they are. - -Use AI and automation for support - -Per the Sprout Social Index ™, 81% of marketers said AI positively impacted their work, citing benefits like more time for creativity (78%) and increased efficiency (73%). Another 47% plan to use AI to handle basic customer inquiries in 2024 and beyond. - -Thoughtfully using AI for customer service can help brands reallocate care teams’ time so they can handle tasks more efficiently. Plus, AI can help improve direct responses and meet audiences with more authenticity and human connection. - -For example, our Enhance by Assist capability helps customer service agents enhance the tone of their responses to match the customers’. - -AI and automation also improve customer care workflows. Sprout’s Case Management solution enables your team to automatically create Cases for each social message that needs a reply—and route them to the right team or individual based on custom criteria and rules. - -Each team in Sprout has access to a distinct queue, where they can see all incoming messages assigned to them and key details about each Case. Teams can access Cases via a specific pane in the primary navigation menu. - -In addition to our Case Management solution, Sprout also has a Smart Inbox, where all incoming messages from across social channels are visible in one single stream. The inbox also includes other tools that empower your team to resolve issues faster, with AI-enhanced agent replies that make replying fast and easy, tags that allow for efficient sorting and filtering and bulk actions to quickly triage messages. - -And, Sprout has rules-based chatbots to help expedite customer service for common scenarios, too. Here’s an example of how automated chatbots can be set up to help automate repetitive conversational tasks (like gathering information), resolve customer issues at a faster rate and provide 24/7 service, even when no agents are available. - -Personalize the experience - -Consumers don’t want to be thought of as one of thousands (or millions) of people who receive the same canned response. They want to be seen as a VIP who deserves an experience that meets their unique needs. - -Truly resolving customer issues and personalizing care starts with finding meaningful data. And this requires integrating social with other business intelligence software like your CRM. By having a centralized, 360-degree view of your customers, you’ll increase the quality of service you provide and break down departmental silos. - -This data will deliver key insights about your customers, from the first time they sent you a DM to the last time they made a purchase. As our Q3 Pulse Survey data revealed, about 38% of customer care leaders are already looking forward to consolidating agent and customer data to guide business decisions. - -Sprout enriches your Salesforce CRM records with social data to provide a comprehensive view that enables your team to engage in real time with the right context. Notice how the sidebar is populated with Salesforce Service Cloud data in this example of an agent responding to a customer via the Smart Inbox. - -Similarly, brands can also use Salesforce’s internal AI assistant, Agentforce, to surface data from within Salesforce faster, so customer care agents have a complete view of a customer’s history to provide exceptional care. - -Agents can prompt Agentforce to pull up a customer’s case history and quickly see what they’ve reached out about previously, for additional context, and offer thoughtful, personalized support. - -Sprout’s Tableau Business Intelligence Connector takes it a step further by combining social data in an omnichannel view with other marketing data. By harnessing this intel, customer care and marketing leaders can work together to align on the business value of social customer care and elevate it into strategic planning conversations. - -Use social data to understand what your customers care about - -The best customer care is proactive. Understanding what your customers care about, the common issues they’re having and how they feel about your brand will shape your brand’s care strategy. - -According to our Q3, 2023 Pulse Survey, 23% of customer care leaders count an inability to make data-driven decisions among their most pressing challenges, and another 37% are eager to adopt social media management tools that increase the value and business impact of customer care. - -By using a solution like Sprout, you can use AI to uncover critical customer insights. Automatically sift through billions of data points to zero in on trends and key learnings you need to guide future strategy. For example, find out how your customers are reacting to your latest product launch through sentiment analysis within our Listening tool. Then, use that data to train your team and inform future product development. - -Be an example of high-quality customer service - -As the volume of messages and mentions you receive on social rises, so too will customer expectations of your business. To stand out from the competition, invest in the right training, processes and tools to provide quality customer care and propel your business forward. - -Audit the tools and processes your organization currently uses to find gaps and redundancies. Build the case for shared ownership of customer care and access to social data, and identify the new skills you and your team need to lead a robust social care strategy. - -Dive into this 2024 interactive guide on modern customer service to see the untapped potential of social for customer care and how you can benefit from it.",1731883641,e2ee1d181c,1db24c0138,,,1731883641 -https://store.steampowered.com/news/230932/,https://store.steampowered.com/feeds/news.xml?id=457140,Team Fortress 2 Update Released,"Fixed an issue with Blazehattan contracts - - - -Fixed an issue with Outburst contracts - - - -Fixed an invalid Soul Gargoyle location on Mann Manor - - - -Fixed players not being able to select a class and spawn after watching an intro video - - - -Recompiled props_farm\box_cluster03.mdl to fix a problem with the material - - - -Updated the Dusk Duster to adjust the rigging a bit to reduce distortion - - - -Updated the Triboniophorus Gentlemannus Fixed clipping - -Updated texture to fix mipmapping - -Added jigglebone - -Added attachment for genteel smoke effect - -Updated the Clue Hairdo to fix a rim mask problem with the 'Case Open' style - - - -Updated the Fleet Commander Fixed white seams when moving camera away from character - -Improved position of Style Selection camera by deleting unused bones - -Updated the Delldozer to fix a problem with the specular map for the Re-Mastered and Re-Engineered styles - - - -Updated The Witch Doctor to fix a problem with the diffuse textures and normal maps - - - -Updated Taunt: Commending Clap to fix some issues with sounds and timing - - - -Updated zi_atoll, zi_blazehattan, zi_devastation_final1, zi_murky, zi_sanitarium, and zi_woods Reduced Zombie Engineer's EMP Grenade Cooldown from 10 seconds to 9 seconds - -Adjusted Zombie Pyro's death explosion to briefly ignite players hit by the blast - -Fixed a bug that allowed Zombie Medic to spawn infinite dispenser entities (Thanks Psychicpie!) - -Fixed Zombie Heavy's ability appearing as an active instead of a passive on the HUD (Thanks NeoDement!) - -Fixed a bug that caused Zombie Heavy's knockback effect to trigger on afterburn damage when quickly swapping from Pyro to Heavy - -Updated zi_blazehattan (additional changes) Fixed top roof having no collisions, causing players to 'sink in' - -Made the brick decoration near the wooden ramp slightly lower to make jumping to the top roof easier - -Removed some redundant clip brushes - -Changed the round timer from 6 minutes to 3 minutes 30 seconds - -Fixed missing textures behind the windows of the warehouse building - -Fixed rendering issue in the A Gate zombie spawn (Thanks Midnite!) - -Fixed several instances where players could stand on top of clip brushes and in high places (Thanks Midnite!) - -Fixed floodlight stuck spot near B Gate (Thanks Midnite!) - -Fixed troll teleporter spots (Thanks Midnite!) - -Fixed telephone pole collision (Thanks Midnite!) - -Added no-build triggers on top of barrel clusters at the top of the containers for consistency - -Added barrel clusters and wood debri on top of the red container with the floodlight to make it more apparent engineers can't build there, as well as to provide cover for zombies - -Various small changes - -Updated tow_dynamite Doubled the chances of a Jump Spell drop - -Fixed the main gates killing players when touched on the side - -Fixed the main gates killing you prematurely before they are fully closed - -Fixed HUD textures going missing on occasion (Thanks Aar) - -Fixed the rooftop fire being too strong - -Fixed multiple locations that allowed players to build out of bounds - -Fixed an overly aggressive propfade in front of spawn - -Fixed edge bugs on multiple roofs that allowed players to remain alive - -Updated vsh_outburst Improved performance - -Fixed menu images - -Fixed a minor visual issue - -Fixed being able to stick to the invisible walls - -Updated koth_sawmill_event Reduced the amount of skeletons that spawn - -Added a new pathway to the secret underworld exit - -Redid some detailing near Reds base - -Improved lighting near some shacks near mid - -Fixed clipping for a shack - -Reworked where Soul Gargoyles spawn, now favoring Mid more often - -Made some new greener water for Mids lumber place - -New spectator cams - -Updated cp_freaky_fair Fixed issues related to the gamemode logic Fixed players being able to retain upgrades on their weapons by putting them in their loadout before the round changes and then switching back to them - -Fixed some currency bugs related to players having upgrades pending but not accepted, and then leaving the upgrade trigger - -Fixed players being able to retain their upgrades when switching classes inside the upgrade trigger after having refunded - -Fixed character upgrades being occasionally set to incorrect quantities - -Changed uber and kritz potions so they use the equivalent lakeside conditions to allow Medics to switch weapons and maintain their effects - -Fixed players being able to put a class into a massive debt - -Several minor fixes Merasmus is very talkative, so we asked him to talk a bit differently Merasmus will only sometimes say something after he already talked about his financial problems during the first seconds of setup time - -Merasmus will no longer say something that is too long to say before he needs to announce something else, he will say something different now - -Merasmus now has more things to say - -Merasmus will now announce overtime, stalemate and last control point being captured instead of the Administrator Made changes to the upgrades Ghost Potion: ghost spooking radius reduced from 512 hu to 384 hu - -Ghost Potion: ghost spooking frequency increased from 5 to 7 secs (this is a nerf) - -Sentry Firing Speed: removed redundant 3rd level - -Disposable sentry: Maximum amount reduced from 4 to 3 - -Crit boost on kill: Now disabled - -Shield Recharge Rate bonus: Maximum level reduced from 4 to 2 - -Shield Recharge Rate bonus: Price increased from $150 to $250 - -Rocket Specialist: Price increased from $300 to $450 - -Rocket Specialist: Maximum level reduced from 4 to 3 - -Crit damage resistance: Resist reduced from 30% to 25% per level (this is a nerf) - -Crit damage resistance: Maximum Resist reduced from 90% to 75% (this is a nerf) - -Thermal Thruster impact stun: Price increased from $600 to $750 - -Explosive Headshot: Price increased from $350 to $450 - -Mad Milk and Jarate speed on target debuff: Debuff reduced from 35% to 25% - -Mark For Death: Price reduced from $500 to $300 Fixed several roof spots players were able to stand on (Thanks Midnite!) - -Fixed several teleporter stuck spots (Thanks Midnite!) - -Fixed floating pumpkins and planks (Thanks Midnite!) - -Fixed several spots that could be abused to spawncamp enemy team (Thanks Midnite!) - -Removed some visible dev textures (Thanks Midnite!) - -Removed stool from the arcade that was blocking the path previously - -Fixed being able to deal splash damage through metal grates - -Clipped the attic in respawn room to prevent players from getting and building there - -Clipped several beams in the lobby room - -Fixed missing wooden board near Red respawn room door - -Moved Merry-Go-Round sound source closer to make it louder - -Brightened several dark spots - -Closed the tree gap - - - -An update to Team Fortress 2 has been released. The update will be applied automatically when you restart Team Fortress 2. The major changes include:",1731883669,d2832f4a9a,1da2f45c2c,,,1731883669 -https://petapixel.com/2024/11/14/hunting-in-tokyo-for-my-favorite-classic-nikon-cameras/,https://petapixel.com/feed/,Hunting in Tokyo for My Favorite Classic Nikon Cameras,"Earlier this year, my father passed away and left me with his beloved Nikon F and Photomic FTn. After getting it repaired, I found myself in love with the analog process again and have been revisiting cameras I had long since dismissed. Suddenly, I was confronted with Nikon cameras I had never seen or — in some cases — never heard of before. - -While I have been covering cameras and camera technology for more than a decade, my knowledge of the film era is extremely poor. By the time I started working in the industry, film had long since been replaced by digital. But recent conversations with PetaPixel‘s Chris Niccolls put a huge list of classic cameras on my radar. They are certainly not new — but they’re new to me. - -During a recent trip to Tokyo, I decided to dedicate a few days to scouring some of the city’s excellent new and used camera shops to see if I could lay my eyes (and perhaps my hands) on some of these classic Nikon cameras whose designs I find gorgeous. - -Nikon Photomic FTn - -I do want to start with the Photomic FTn because, while I didn’t have to come to Tokyo to find one since my dad left me his, I do want to point out that I absolutely adore this design. It’s a big, beefy, somewhat heavy camera that is wonderful both because of its simplicity as well as its timeless capability. Nikon debuted the F Photomic FTn in 1968 which fit onto only later models of the Nikon F as well as bodies that were paired with it. I point this out only because I actually have a second Nikon F that is an earlier model and the Photomic light meter doesn’t fit on it. - -I like the Nikon F a lot, but the Photomic light meter makes shooting with the camera so much nicer, faster, and more enjoyable. While I got the camera fully refurbished and repaired by KEH several months ago, my colleague Chris Niccolls and I only got it working and tuned to modern batteries while we were in Japan. - -Despite visiting multiple camera shops in Tokyo, I didn’t see a Photomic FTn other than my own until we took a tour through the new Nikon Museum. There, this lovely camera enjoyed some prime positioning among Nikon’s long list of excellent film cameras. - -Nikon FM - -In 1977, Nikon released the FM and continued to produce the camera until 1982. I think of it as the logical extension of what the Nikon F and Photomic FTn started and what was continued with the Photomic F2. What resulted was still a fully mechanical body but with an integrated light meter, creating a camera that is about as light and easy to use as the original F but with the usability benefits of the FTn. - -Because it’s a younger camera body, finding a Nikon FM in Tokyo is pretty easy. We came across an all-black model (which you can see at the top of this story) at Five Star Camera in Shinjuku and it was in fantastic condition. If I didn’t already have my hands full enjoying my Photomic FTn, I would have snapped up that FM in a heartbeat since it was only about $150. - -Nikon S2 - -My knowledge of classic cameras is admittedly lacking and so at the beginning of our multi-day camera hunting adventure, there were some cameras I didn’t know existed. The Nikon S2 is one such camera and I immediately lusted after it. So while I didn’t come to Tokyo looking for this camera, it shot its way up my favorites list as soon as I knew it existed. We saw it for the first time at the 2nd Base camera shop in Akihabara but I held one for the first time at Five Star. - -If you are a listener of The PetaPixel Podcast, you’ll know that I’m a fan of rangefinder cameras and recently picked up a Voigtlander Bessa R2A. Well, the Nikon S2 scratches a similar itch but the design and feel is just an entirely different animal than modern Leica rangefinders or the Bessa. There is something special about the steam-punk-like knobs, dials, and buttons. I especially like the focusing mechanism that’s just an exposed gear. - -Nikon has an S2 in the “touch and try” area of its museum, too, if you want an easy way to feel one for yourself. I certainly took advantage of that opportunity. - -Nikon 35Ti - -Chris Niccolls first put this camera on my radar about a month before we left for Japan because it remains one of his favorite Nikon designs — and for good reason. - -I will go out on a limb and say this might be the slickest design of any camera — it certainly is unique. I described the S2’s buttons and dials as “steam-punk-like” but the 35Ti takes that to the next level. I’ve never seen a camera’s settings displayed like pressure gauges and I’m not sure why no one else has done it. It’s just so good. - -Again, Five Star Camera had one of these gorgeous cameras but they don’t come cheap: a mint-condition one was more than $1,000. However, just like with the Nikon S2, the Nikon museum has a 35Ti out in the “touch and try” area of the museum so you can get some extended time with one of the coolest-looking cameras ever made. - -Nikonos RS - -Underwater cameras are always neat looking and the Nikonos RS, available between 1992 and 1996, is no exception. This thing looks like a cross between a submarine and an SLR because it, ostensibly, is. - -These days, underwater cameras are either fully sealed single units or they use a separate underwater housing. Nikon’s Nikonos RS is from a bygone age when the company just mashed these two ideas together into a glorious tank of a camera. - -Look, I am not saying the Nikonos RS is a pretty camera — it’s definitely not — but the fact it was an interchangeable lens underwater camera and lens system makes it special. What a lovably ugly piece of history. I managed to sneak a glance at one behind the glass at Five Star Camera, so they are still out there if you are looking to add one to your collection. - -Nikon D750 - -I skipped ahead a few decades because the next camera I have always loved is the Nikon D750. I have a lot of fond memories of this camera because it was one of the top choices among wedding photographers back when I was working in the industry. It was sometimes a photographer’s main body, but most of the time it was backing up a D850 and there it performed admirably. Hardy, reliable, and affordable, the D750 used a design that just screamed “Nikon” whether or not you could see the logo. - -This camera is so reliable and has been such a workhorse for so many, I know quite a few photographers who still swear by theirs today. The D750 has been officially discontinued now, joining the cameras I’ve talked about so far in the halls of Nikon’s museum. But the legacy lives on and you can certainly get one if you want to. We found a whole line of them at Map Camera in Shinjuku. - -Looking Forward for a Moment… - -I have been on a bit of an impractical streak lately — shooting with film is purely about fun and enjoying the hobby, but it’s very expensive. Every camera I’ve talked about thus far, minus the D750, wouldn’t be useful for much in today’s professional photography scene. Sure, you can use film to augment what you’re doing but digital is simply better and more practical. - -While browsing the aisles of these camera shops, I found myself thinking about what I would do if I were looking to buy a new Nikon camera today. I was really impressed with the Z8, so I would very likely get one of those, but it would be irresponsible to just have one professional body — you’ve gotta have a backup. For that, I think I would go with the Z6 III. My work is very often a mix of photo and video and I really enjoyed the video capture experience of the Z6 III when I was helping Jordan Drake shoot our Portland-based hands-on video earlier this year. - -There are plenty of reasons to pick basically any mid- to high-end camera from Canon, Sony, Fujifilm, Panasonic, or Nikon these days, and everyone is allowed to have a favorite. For me in 2024, it’s Nikon. - -If you ever find yourself in Tokyo, take a day to visit the many excellent camera stores in the city (both those I mentioned and the many others). Go find your favorite series of cameras and enjoy looking back at the history of these capture devices. It really makes using the camera you have in your bag today feel more meaningful.",1731883673,fdbb004d85,1defda4d2a,,,1731883673 -https://www.uploadvr.com/exercise-your-demons-announcement/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Get Training Advice From A True Fiend With Exercise Your Demons,"Getting into shape gets even more hellish in Exercise Your Demons, a mixed reality fitness game coming to Quest next month. - -While there are plenty of worthwhile ways to get fit in VR these days like Les Mills XR Bodycombat or Supernatural, Exercise Your Demons is currently the only MR fitness game that lets you get hench while training in the hells. Announced today by Vyersoft, you've been tricked by the dastardly Demonomicon into opening a portal between the Netherworld and the human realm. - -0:00 / 1:18 1× - -Exercise Your Demons will have you boxing your way to fitness while donning the DeGauntlets, choosing how lethal the whole thing is, punching anything that moves, and dodging anything that's trying to hurt you. It's a tried and trusted way to exercise in VR, but being able to do it in a cartoony Infernal Gym might help this stand out. - -There's also a story mode that sees you collect Impcoins and Soul Bars to unlock new cosmetics, offering online leaderboards as you attempt each challenge. As you try stopping the demonic invasion, you're guided by Ash and Zephyr, the personal trainers from hell determined to get you in shape. - -Exercise Your Demons arrives on December 12 on the Meta Quest platform for $19.99.",1731883661,9397b145ff,1de113a7e1,,,1731883661 -https://transom.org/2009/my-most-important-self-portrait/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,My Most Important Self Portrait,"Intro from Jay Allison: Transom and the FLIK International Film festival put out a call for multi-media self portraits. We have our two winners: ""I Hate Drake"" by the comedy collective ""Mortified"" and James Barany's poignant and powerful piece about his own obesity called, ""My Most Important Self Portrait."" The animated images of James’s body and the sounds of his voice work together in a dark and elegant duet. We urge you to come take a look and listen. James is available to talk about his process. - -About My Most Important Self Portrait - -For the first time in my career, I am using my art not as a mere reflection of an idea or event, but rather, as a catalyst for change itself. During the past several years I have slowly been transitioning my studio efforts toward experimental animation and media arts. The engagement with time, motion and illusory elements were very appealing and appeared to offer more opportunities than the static large-scale paintings on which I was previously working. - -Experimental time based media has stimulated my investigation into memory, metaphor and intrapersonal motifs adding a sense of life and empowerment to them. Serendipitously, my personal, physical and creative lives have recently collided in such a way that all of my focus was redirected without warning. During the past two decades I have observed my health spiraling out of control. I have battled dieting and over-eating disorders throughout my entire life, and whether due to depression, emotional stress or a general unhealthy lifestyle – my body has ballooned out of control. I have become Morbidly Obese, a term which implies I am at least one hundred pounds overweight. My greater dilemma is that I am twice the figure for what is listed as ‘healthy’ for a person my sex, age and height. - -This sedentary problem isn’t just a personal one, it’s become an epidemic in the United States and I see my struggle as a universal reflection of the individuals who have and who still experience the same daily struggle with their health. After a series of epiphanies in August 2004, I finally re-evaluated my health. Was there any way I could stop this suicidal pattern of unhealthy behaviors? Could I employ what I do in the studio to adjust this element of my life? Animation, with all of its complex properties and grueling demands appeared to be the ‘structure’ that could potentially assist me in regaining my health. Something about the methodical process of animation prompted a personal re-examination of why I was animating. The process of animation itself appeared to be the perfect vehicle to combat my failing health with its rigid, methodical structure and the endless requirement of time, two elements with which each animator struggles. - -In August of 2004 I began My Most Important Self-Portrait, while following a strict pattern of diet, exercise and hypnosis; I began what I hope translates into a life-altering affair. Each day I measure my body mass and record my progress into an animated form. Several times throughout the week I document these slight changes by shooting time-lapse photography of my body. To express my emotional status I have constructed a small set that allows me the ability to rapidly manipulate text and image as I interact with them. Hundreds upon hundreds of images are manipulated to produce a sense of motion and believability as time-lapse and animated elements mix together. - -By doing this, every minute of every day become connected at some level to my intent in the studio. My art no longer serves as mere reflection, but prompts the change itself. My body and health will become the ultimate reflection of my success or failure; however, the animation will allow my audience to experience my metamorphosis both physically and emotionally. My specific intent is to hopefully continue this work, and further develop a series of short media-based works that further examine the inherent relationships found between our collective intelligence of both intrapersonal and interpersonal experiences. - -To continuing! Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Tech Notes - -My Most Important Self-Portrait is a combination of both high & low technology using my favorite istopmotion software from Boinx, a low-grade mini-dv camera with a very long firewire, and lots of screevers chalk. Just take William Kentridge add some Red Grooms and sprinkle it with some Cindy Sherman- presto! A minor amount of post-production was done in After Effects to better combine and accelerate elements of time, but largely, what you see – is what you get. I’m also trained as a Baritone and perform with the Florentine Opera Company in Milwaukee, WI. So to answer any additional questions, yes, that’s me singing in the underlying score. - -[ospcpb]",1731883747,c00d35bf2d,1d9e49c267,,,1731883747 -https://www.vg247.com/lucasfilm-might-be-putting-rey-in-more-star-wars-films,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Feeling nostalgic for the Star Wars sequel trilogy yet? It sounds like Lucasfilm is hoping you are, as the studio reportedly plans to bring back Rey for even more films","Lucasfilm sounds like it's still struggling to figure out the film side of Star Wars, as one report claims Rey will be coming back in a big way. - -We've known since last year that Daisy Ridley would be coming back to Star Wars for a solo Rey film, but as of yet it's just the one film. There are plenty of other films in the works, including one by Taika Waititi (Thor: Ragnarok), another by Shawn Levy (Deadpool & Wolverine), and Donald Glover is working on his solo Lando film too. Most recently a report emerged that a new Star Wars trilogy is in development with X-Men writer Simon Kinberg, but reports are split on whether it will continue the Skywalker Saga or if it'll be a completely new thing. Now, a new report from The Hollywood Reporter is claiming that the debate over whether or not this new trilogy will be a continuation or not, is that it's apparently hoped that Ridley could come back for it as Rey in some form. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -The Hollywood Reporter notes that Rey is the key to the franchise's next turn, but with Kinberg's trilogy still early in development, it might put it in conflict with the Sharmeen Obaid-Chinoy directed solo Rey film. That Rey film has had a number of writers attached to it, so THR posits that that's why Lucasfilm might be interested in Rey appearing in this new trilogy. One source told THR that Rey is ""the most valuable cinematic asset, in some ways maybe the only one, Star Wars has right now."" - -Lucasfilm is having a lot of trouble continuing the world of Star Wars on the big screen, having only released TV shows in the years following the release of The Rise of Skywalker, with another source telling THR that trying to continue George Lucas' original films is like ""being asked to create the new New Testament. And no one can agree on anything and there’s a lot of second guessing about meanings."" - -Another source still notes that ""Star Wars is a nostalgia-based enterprise and they are running out of ways to create nostalgia."" With a whole bunch of the series' most popular characters no longer being relevant due to being killed off or having their storylines wrapped up. There's only so many prequels that can be made, too. - -One insider said that to ""make standalone movies or continuing the Skywalker Saga in any form is a fundamental question the company faces as it tries to move forward,"" so we'll just have to wait and see if Lucasfilm can pick up the messy pieces the highly criticised The Rise of Skywalker left behind in the film world.",1731883688,374d98cbb9,1dd6f9502e,,,1731883688 -https://www.kff.org/medicaid/issue-brief/medicaid-enrollment-and-unwinding-tracker/,https://www.kff.org/rss/,Medicaid Enrollment and Unwinding Tracker,"Note: The data presented below are updated monthly as new Medicaid/CHIP enrollment data become available. - -The Medicaid Enrollment and Unwinding Tracker presents the most recent data on monthly Medicaid/CHIP enrollment reported by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) as part of the Performance Indicator Project as well as archived data on renewal outcomes reported by states during the unwinding of the Medicaid continuous enrollment provision. The unwinding data were pulled from state websites, where available, and from CMS. - -Medicaid/CHIP Enrollment Trends - -Medicaid/CHIP enrollment trends generally use February 2020 as the baseline month because it was the month prior to the start of the COVID-19 pandemic and implementation of the continuous enrollment provision. During continuous enrollment, which was in place during the three years of the pandemic, states paused Medicaid disenrollments. As a result, when the continuous enrollment provision ended in March 2023, national Medicaid/CHIP enrollment had increased to a record high of 94 million enrollees. Beginning April 1, 2023, states could resume disenrolling people after conducting renewals to verify eligibility for the program, though some states delayed the start of their unwinding periods until May, June, or July 2023. Most states took 12 months to complete unwinding renewals, with all but four states (AK, DC, NC, and NY) completing unwinding renewals by August 2024. - -The figures below show Medicaid and CHIP enrollment from February 2020 through the most current month of available data. Some figures also include enrollment for adults and children in Medicaid/CHIP. Key enrollment trends as of July 2024 include:",1731883667,9dd5681a6c,1de41e3258,,,1731883667 -https://www.investopedia.com/earnings-walmart-and-target-will-be-key-measures-consumer-health-8745444,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_investing,Earnings from Walmart and Target Will Be Key Measures of U.S. Consumer Health,"Key Takeaways Big-box earnings reports will offer a snapshot view of consumer health and sentiment when they arrive next week. - -Walmart is slated to hold its earnings call Tuesday, followed by Target on Wednesday. - -New retail data shows spending picked up in October ahead of the holiday season. - - - -Walmart and Target will report earnings next week, providing fresh insight into how consumers are faring shortly after retail data indicated that Americansa have been spending more on ""fun"" categories. - -The chains are just two of the retailers set to deliver their latest quarterly results and, potentially, update their outlooks ahead of the holiday period. Walmart (WMT) and Target (TGT) together accounted for some $140 billion in U.S. sales in their latest quarters, and Wall Street expects them to collectively turn in more than $470 billion in holiday-quarter revenue, according to Visible Alpha estimates. - -The updates are due as analysts say fewer consumers have been holding back. October retail sales were up 0.4% from September, when core spending shot up at the fastest monthly rate since January 2023, Wells Fargo economists wrote Friday after the Commerce Department reported the latest data. - -""Giddy up Jingle-horse,"" they wrote. ""An otherwise lackluster year for retailers is gaining some last-minute momentum just as holiday sales get underway."" - -Walmart is scheduled to turn in its numbers before the market opens Tuesday. The retailer estimates it serves 255 million customers a week, and its leaders detailed their shifting shopping habits on last quarter's call: CFO John David Rainey said then that high-income consumers were flocking to the company for its Walmart+ membership program and delivery service, while executives also noted a growing appetite for private labels, particularly for food. - -Jeffrey Greenberg / Universal Images Group via Getty Images - -Target's third-quarter call is scheduled for Wednesday morning. The Minneapolis-based brand says it sees 30 million people a week. During its last earnings call, CEO Brian Cornell told investors shoppers were more comfortable spending on discretionary items again and noted that apparel sales grew for the first time in more than a year. - -Other reports due next week may offer additional context. TJX Cos. (TJX), which owns TJ Maxx, Marshalls and HomeGoods, is slated to release its results Wednesday morning. Ross Stores (ROST) plans to release its report Thursday afternoon. - -Consumers in 'Average' Shape as Holidays Approach - -Americans spent more last month, with eight of 13 retail categories posting gains in the Commerce Department data. With price increases slowing, people are able to direct more dollars toward electronics, restaurants and other ""fun"" categories, Wells Fargo noted: Grocery bills, for example, grew 0.1% from September to October. - -Lower energy prices have freed up some of Americans' dollars, paving the way for ""healthy"" retail sales throughout the holidays, the National Retail Federation said. - -Shoppers are still contending with inflation, though. The consumer price index was up 2.6% for the year ended in October, and rose 0.2% from September to October, matching the monthly pace of inflation since July, the Bureau of Labor Statistics said. - -This leaves consumers in ""pretty average shape"" for the gift-giving season, according to the Wells Fargo economists. They expect holiday sales — retail spending that excludes cars, gas and restaurant bills — to grow 3.3% through the end of the year. Quincy Krosby, chief global strategist for LPL Financial, on Friday characterized the consumer as ""resilient"" in emailed comments. - -""Despite broader spending continuing at a robust clip, the retailers we include in our holiday sales measure have seen sales rise at a very slow pace,"" Wells Fargo wrote. ""We are still likely to see the slowest pace of annual sales growth since ahead of the pandemic."" - -",1731883671,ab219445cc,1df104b91c,,,1731883671 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/11/who-we-are/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,Who We Are,"Well, we (see below) did it! We elected the guy who had tried to overthrow the duly elected government of the United States to be our President. Like a lot of people, I'm trying to understand what that means, both for the moment and going forward. - -Bret Stephens, in a NY Times essay Eugene referred to in an earlier post, chides Harris supporters who rationalize their loss to a man ""they saw as a twice-impeached former president, a felon, a fascist, a bigot, a buffoon, a demented old man …"" by adopting the theory that ""a nation prone to racism, sexism, xenophobia and rank stupidity fell prey to the type of demagoguery that once beguiled Germany into electing Adolf Hitler."" This, Stephens asserts, illustrates the ""broad inability of liberals to understand Trump's political appeal except in terms flattering to their beliefs, [which] is itself part of the explanation for his historic, and entirely avoidable, comeback."" - -OK, fine. Let's have that conversation. Let's put aside all talk of racism, sexism, xenophobia, homophobia, or stupidity. What happened on Tuesday was not about any of that; it was about taxes and trade, and/or the overall state of the economy, and/or the rights of trans people, and/or immigration policy, and/or access to abortions, and/or vaccine mandates, and/or any of all of the many other issues on which Harris and Trump had vastly differing views. - -My problem with that is that I can't get past the threshold. As I've said before, for me, involvement in, or overt support for, an attempt to subvert the peaceful transfer of executive power through unconstitutional extra-judicial means is absolutely disqualifying in a presidential candidate. - -[I should add that I am not talking about a legally-enforceable disqualification, such as the one enacted as part of the 14th Amendment, or criminal liability, or anything of that nature. I'm talking about my vote – my personal determination of who I think is fit to lead the country.] - -I had always thought, to the extent I had occasion to think about it, that pretty much everyone felt pretty much the same way. There's not much, in our system of government, more fundamental than the idea that we get to choose those who govern us, and that our choice, whatever it may be, will be respected. We can throw the bums out, as needed. We express our choice(s) through the ballot box. We have a process, worked out over the last 200+ years, to count up the votes and to declare a winner and a loser, at which point the losers make way and the winners take over. It's pretty basic and pretty straightforward, no? - -Obviously, not everyone feels the same way. Many of my fellow-citizens—perhaps even a majority—disagree with me. I'm trying to understand how that can be true. Just as a matter of logic, it must be that either (a) they don't think that Trump was a participant in the scheme to overturn the 2020 election results, or (b) they don't think that participation in such a scheme is disqualifying in this sense. - -Precisely because the American people are not stupid, I rule out (a). I mean, come on. It's not like Trump has backtracked, disavowed the scheme, apologized, or, as far as I can recall, said a single critical thing about the members of the armed mob that broke into the Capitol (reserving his criticism for those who refused to carry out their parts in the scheme, like Mike Pence and Brian Kerr). He was with them in spirit—the pressure on Pence, the fake electors, the phone calls to State election officials, the failure to step in for four hours after the Capitol perimeter was breached, . . . Everybody gets what was going on, right? He did what he did, and he's proud of it. - -So it must be (b). - -That, I admit, makes me pretty nervous. I don't know what kind of country we have if we no longer have a shared vision of the inviolability of our election results. I guess I'm about to find out. - -Is this a case of ""trying to understand Trump's appeal in terms that are flattering to my beliefs,"" in Stephens' terms? Maybe. I'll let you decide. - -So that's the ""it"" in ""we did it."" Let me say a few words about the ""we."" - -Americans are proud—justifiably—of living in a place where ""we, the people,"" get to decide who our rulers are going to be. We weren't the first to come up with the idea, but we were the first to implement it on a large geographic scale, and the processes we have developed to do that, imperfect though it surely is, has stood us in reasonably good stead for over 200 years. We get, more or less, the government we want, and we resolve our differences about precisely what it is that we want through the ballot box. - -Obviously, I didn't elect him. But he didn't steal the election (though I strongly suspect that he would have tried, as he tried before, had he needed to). He didn't even need the built-in small-state bias of the Electoral College. As far as I can tell, he won, fair and square. - -So that's who we are: The kind of people who would elect this guy to be our President. He speaks now for all of us, including those of us who can't stand him and didn't vote for him. That's the way it works. - -So I suppose that means that I can't really complain if he brings about the kind of change he talked about: imposing high tariffs on imported goods, deporting large numbers of undocumented immigrants (and policies designed to stanch the flow of new immigrants into the country), dismantling Obamacare, no new restrictions on armed weaponry, elimination of the child tax credit, relaxation of environmental standards across-the-board, dismantling the federal civil service and the Department of Education, . . . That's what we want, so it's going to be hard to complain if/when he tries to give it to us—at least, not if he does so via legal and constitutional means. - -To my way of thinking, it's a nightmare scenario. But it's apparently what we want, and it might well be what we get. I don't think the American people will like living in that country. I could be wrong about that, but I'm already looking forward to the 2026 midterms.",1731883658,6a1d127262,1e0ab35bb4,,,1731883658 -https://taxfoundation.org/data/all/eu/pillar-two-implementation-europe/,https://taxfoundation.org/feed/,"Pillar Two Implementation in Europe, 2024","In recent years, countries have debated significant changes to international tax rules affecting multinational companies. In October 2021, after negotiations at the Organisation for Economic Co-Operation and Development (OECD), more than 130 member jurisdictions agreed to an outline for new tax rules. Pillar Two introduces the global minimum tax A tax is a mandatory payment or charge collected by local, state, and national governments from individuals or businesses to cover the costs of general government services, goods, and activities. with an effective tax rate of 15 percent (increasing tax revenues by an estimated $220 billion, globally). - -Pillar Two includes three main rules that establish the global minimum tax: The first is a qualified domestic minimum top-up tax (QDMTT), which countries could use to claim the first right to tax profits currently being taxed below the minimum effective rate of 15 percent. The second is an income inclusion rule (IIR), which determines when the foreign income of a company should be included in the taxable income of the parent company. When a company’s effective tax rate falls below 15 percent , additional taxes would be owed in its home jurisdiction. - -The third rule in Pillar Two is the undertaxed profits rule (UTPR), which would allow a country to increase taxes on a company if another related entity in a different jurisdiction was being taxed below the 15 percent effective rate. If multiple countries apply a similar top-up tax, the taxable profit would be divided based on the location of tangible assets and employees. - -Together, the domestic minimum tax, income inclusion rule, and undertaxed profits rule create a minimum tax both on companies investing abroad and foreign companies investing domestically. They are all tied to the minimum effective rate of at least 15 percent and would apply to each jurisdiction in which a company operates. - -The EU Directive on Pillar Two obliges Member States with more than 12 in-scope multinational groups to implement the IIR starting 31 December 2023, and the UTPR starting 31 December 2024. Member States with no more than 12 in-scope multinational groups can elect to defer implementing both rules for six years under Article 50 of the Directive.",1731883688,e5f91fc857,1dea92e616,,,1731883688 -https://www.wired.com/story/how-to-set-up-expressvpn-on-a-router/,http://feeds.wired.com/wired/index,How to Set Up ExpressVPN on a Router So All Your Devices Are Secured at Once,"In recent years, virtual private networks (VPNs) have gone from technically advanced programs that only IT pros use to consumer-friendly tools that the mainstream masses are familiar with. Many people now use VPNs, or at least know about the security and privacy benefits that the best VPNs bring with them. - -As a brief reminder, VPNs route your internet traffic through encrypted and secured servers on the web. Speeds might be slightly slower if you use a VPN, but it makes it much harder for anyone else to see what you're doing online, whether that be your internet provider, government agencies, or the person seated at the next table sharing the same coffee shop Wi-Fi. - -Many users connect to their VPN by running an app on their phone or laptop. But what's less widely known is that you don't need to run an app on your device: You can install one on your router instead. It means every device in your home that connects to the router is going through the VPN when it accesses the web at large, so you don't need to worry about toggling options on or off, or setting up new devices from scratch. - -This also means devices that don't necessarily support VPNs natively—such as your smart TV or your home security camera—can still get the benefits of VPN protection. Everything on your Wi-Fi network is covered. - -Choosing a Router - -This isn't something you can do on just any router. It has to be a model with support for VPN installations, and there are now quite a few of them on the market. A quick web search will lead you to several options, but if you already have a VPN provider you're committed to, be sure to check the router and the provider will work together. It may help narrow down your choice of hardware as well. - -When you've got your list of routers that are going to work with your VPN of choice, all the usual considerations come into play: how much you've got to spend, what features you want, and how your existing setup is configured. If you think you might want to expand your network in the future, or you've got an existing mesh Wi-Fi network that you want to link up, make sure this is supported.",1731883629,bc78e81c60,1e1b9b6f3e,,,1731883629 -https://forbiddenplanet.com/442972-scooby-doo-tote-bag-mystery-machine/?utm_source=products&utm_medium=rss,https://forbiddenplanet.com/rss/products/,Scooby Doo: Tote Bag: Mystery Machine,"Copy and paste the following code where you want the embed to appear. - -If you're an affiliate make sure your code is set in the “Affiliate” section.",1731883699,0b8b73a382,1e163bafa2,,,1731883699 -https://www.zerohedge.com/political/bidens-cabinet-nominees-were-completely-unqualified-compared-trumps,https://feeds.feedburner.com/zerohedge/feed,Biden's Cabinet Nominees Were Completely Unqualified Compared To Trump's,"Authored by Steve Watson via modernity.news, - -The irrelevant legacy media is currently fixated on pushing the narrative that President-elect Trump’s cabinet nominees are not qualified to take the positions he has offered them. - -As we highlighted yesterday, all the right people are pissed off about it. - -Rachel Maddow, who is still adamant Trump is going to put her in a concentration camp, claimed that he is intentionally destroying the government with his cabinet nominations. - -Now here’s a quick reminder that the media said nothing when Joe Biden made some truly incomprehensible nominations. - -As the media and Democrats attack Trump’s nominees—RFK Jr, Tulsi Gabbard, Matt Gaetz etc—let’s take a look at how unqualified Biden’s nominees are for their jobs - - - - -Xavier Becerra, HHS - not a doctor, he’s a lawyer, ex-attorney general of California - - - -Jared Bernstein, Chair of… — Elizabeth MacDonald (@LizMacDonaldFOX) November 15, 2024 - -The post continues: - -Jared Bernstein, Chair of Council of Economic Advisors – not an economist, Bachelor’s degree in music, masters in sociology - -Pete Buttigieg, Transportation Secretary – no transportation background, Mayor of Indiana, “pothole Pete” - -Mayorkas, DHS Secretary – no security background, lawyer, Asst U.S. attorney, Obama transition team - -Jennifer Granholm, Energy Secy – no energy background, Michigan Governor - -Gina Raimondo, Commerce Secretary – No trade background, Gov of Rhode Island - -Deb Haaland, Interior Secy – New Mexico Congressman - -And just for kicks…Bill Nye, the environmentalist “Science Guy” — no background in environmentalism or science, he’s a mechanical engineer and comedy writer. - -Just look at this crew: - -Sam Brinton is a LGBTQ activist who was hired to the office of nuclear energy. They he was later fired for being weird and stealing other people’s clothes and integrating them into their his wardrobe. - -Former US Government official, Sam Brinton has been accused of stealing Tanzanian Fashion Designer, Asyakhamsin's luggage in 2018. - - - -Sam has been wearing her costumes to events. pic.twitter.com/SBaxZV4k2s — Africa Facts Zone (@AfricaFactsZone) February 24, 2023 - -Then there’s Choo choo Pete. His only qualification was that he liked trains as a child. - -Transportation secretary nominee Pete Buttigieg says he's had ""a personal love of transportation ever since childhood...though I know that in this administration I will at best aspire to be the second biggest train enthusiast around."" https://t.co/Htk1eGXy8t pic.twitter.com/tX48fXdEoO — ABC News Politics (@ABCPolitics) December 16, 2020 - -He wasn’t experienced in the slightest. - -That’s not fair. Mayor Pete loved choo choos. — Karl Dierenbach (@Dierenbach) November 15, 2024 - -Energy Secretary Jennifer Granholm, who never held any position relating to energy and doesn’t have any qualifications regarding energy just consistently pushed the new green deal agenda and railed against American energy production for four years. - -Energy Secretary Granholm secretly consulted with a top Chinese Communist energy official before the release of 50 million barrels of oil from the SPR, the largest release of its kind in US history at the time. - -pic.twitter.com/FA6VQYW1ll — Citizen Free Press (@CitizenFreePres) August 4, 2023 - -She also presided over a culture of corruption where senior DOE employees trade and own stocks related to the agency’s work, as well as lying about her personal stock holdings. - -She’s also not the sharpest knife in the drawer. - -I was in the Michigan National Guard during Granholm’s term. The one thing I remember clearly August 2005 she came to Camp Grayling and said for soldiers to go to Iraq, is like athletes going to the Olympics. — Cranky Veteran🇺🇸 (@AndyCazzola) November 15, 2024 - -There was also cackles Kamala. Where do we even start with her? Perhaps the most unqualified person for Vice President ever. - -“ Xavier Becerra, HHS - not a doctor, he’s a lawyer, ex-attorney general of California ” - - - -Well Whaddya Know? Just like Karmella!😂😂😂 — NonProgressive NYer🇺🇸 ✝️🇮🇱 (@Declassified66) November 15, 2024 - -You can’t even compare Trump’s cabinet picks to this parade of clowns. - -Your support is crucial in helping us defeat mass censorship. Please consider donating via Locals or check out our unique merch. Follow us on X @ModernityNews.",1731883620,efc81dd613,1e02163494,,,1731883620 -https://www.npr.org/2024/06/26/1197959352/carriage-tax-wealth-update-scotus,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The Carriage Tax (Update) : Planet Money,"The Carriage Tax (Update) - -(Note: A version of this episode originally ran in 2019.) - -In 1794, George Washington decided to raise money for the federal government by taxing the rich. He did it by putting a tax on horse-drawn carriages. - -The carriage tax could be considered the first federal wealth tax of the United States. It led to a huge fight over the power to tax in the U.S. constitution, a fight that continues today. - -This episode was hosted by Greg Rosalsky and Bryant Urstadt. It was originally produced by Nick Fountain and Liza Yeager, with help from Sarah Gonzalez. Today's update was produced by Willa Rubin and edited by Molly Messick and our executive producer, Alex Goldmark. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Music Production - ""Going Baroque,"" ""Music for the Royal Fireworks - 4th Movement,"" and ""Parps and Harps.""",1731884588,8181d7a585,1e90fa37a4,,,1731884588 -https://transom.org/2016/the-evolution-of-a-story/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,The Evolution Of A Story,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/I-Want-to-Believe.mp3 Download Listen to “The Evolution Of A Story” - -There are lots of ways to plan for a story. Make a list of characters to interview. Brainstorm questions. Plan scenes to record. Make a list of ambiance to collect. - -Ira Glass visited the Transom Story Workshop class back in 2015 and he offered another way to plan: Imagine what someone might say and get them to say it. - -Ira didn’t mean to put words in someone’s mouth or to write out an answer and have them read it. Instead, he was suggesting that if you have a good sense as to how you think someone might respond to a question or a situation, then you should make sure to ask questions that prompt that response. - -In fact, it was Kolin Pope Ira was talking to in class when he brought up this approach. Kolin was working on a story about his father’s abduction by aliens and Ira wanted to know what Kolin’s sister thinks about the dad’s stories. Kolin said “Well, she’d say it was bullshit.” “Good,” Ira responded, “get her to say that.” - -Kolin raised an eyebrow at that idea. Can you actually do that? Can you imagine what you think someone might say then hunt for it in an interview? It seemed like scripting a story before it was reported. That seemed ethically suspect to Kolin. But he tried it and found a way his way through his ethical concerns. Below is an outtake from our conversation about his story that explains his approach. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/10/Outtake-Kolin-navigates-his-ethical-concerns-around-pre-scripting-an-interview.mp3 Download Listen to “Kolin navigate his ethical concerns” - -And, be sure to listen to this episode of HowSound to hear how the story evolved through the editing process. Kolin’s story is called “I Want to Believe.”",1731883685,c00d35bf2d,1e09b03785,,,1731883685 -https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/2024/11/solar-spotlight-enough-backup-energy-to-power-any-load-in-the-home/,https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/feed/,Solar Spotlight: Enough backup energy to power any load in the home,"The value of energy resiliency is increasing in the face of stronger weather events and natural disasters, and the electrical grid isn’t always prepared to withstand these adverse environmental pressures. Rex Liu, VP of product management, clean energy, at Generac, is on this episode of Solar Spotlight to share how residential solar customers can keep ample backup energy to power everything necessary during a grid outage. - -A written portion of this podcast is below but be sure to listen to the full episode on your preferred podcast service. - -SPW: Can you tell us about Generac, its role in the clean energy space and its evolution as an energy technology? - -Liu: Generac is obviously best known for our long-standing position as a resiliency provider. And what most of your listeners probably associate our brand name with is generators. But what people may not know about Generac is part of our focus has been to provide more efficient and sustainable energy for our customers, and we do that with our generators, but we’re increasingly focused on doing that in other ways as well, and one of those ways is with our new energy storage system, PWRcell 2. In a lot of different situations, a generator may not work for a homeowner. You might not have room to install it, may not be able to because of HOAs or whatnot. So, when you pair solar and storage in those situations, it’s really the best option for resiliency for the homeowner. - -What products does Generac offer to support powerful and resilient home energy storage systems? - -We offer a number of different products that provide resiliency and power to the home. Obviously, the generator. We are the leading provider for home standby generators, and those are the ones that are installed at the home with an automatic transfer switch, so when the power goes out, that generator will automatically turn on and it restores power to the home. We also provide a portfolio of portable generators, and these are the ones that you can manually go, connect and turn and connect an extension cord to these and provide power in the event of an outage. But we also provide our PWRcell energy storage system. One of the key benefits with the PWRcell system is that it has a flexible and scalable architecture. That means you can size the system for the homeowner’s needs. - -What are the latest trends in solar storage technology? - -Solar and storage are increasingly being paired together. Previously, storage had a fairly modest attach rate with solar, but we’re continuing to see that grow. More and more homeowners are looking for solutions, and installers are looking for solutions where the solar inverter and the storage system are made by the same company. When the same company is developing and deploying those solutions you’re able to optimize a lot of that integration in the performance and behavior between the two different systems - -How rapidly is the residential battery storage market expanding, and what factors are driving this growth? - -The storage market is tied directly to the solar market, and while we did see a lot of recent headwinds that have impacted the solar industry, storage adoption has actually increased during that time. It’s no secret that high interest rates and NEM 3.0 in California have stymied the solar market over the last couple years. Obviously, we’ve also seen a couple high profile solar installers declare bankruptcy and shut down operations, so that’s kind of impacted the growth of the market overall. But despite all that, the market still is expanding. - -Net metering policies have changed the way homeowners, particularly in California, think about solar storage. Considering that, how should installers explain the value of solar storage? - -California is just the first utility group to change these net metering rules. And this is actually happening in several other markets, like North Carolina, Illinois is getting rid of net metering. This is really impacting the value proposition for solar, and also it’s changing the value proposition for storage. If you think about it, the value proposition for solar has always been to offset your energy costs, but with the change to these rate structures, that offset has become very complicated, and it’s very difficult for installers to explain that to homeowners who don’t think about energy all the time, all they think about is how much it costs, right? - -The best approach to explaining it to a homeowner — the simplest way for people to think about it — is the cost to use energy from your utility is continuing to increase, and that’s true across the country, particularly in places like California. - -This podcast is sponsored by Generac",1731883669,1796127155,1e03c9f07c,,,1731883669 -https://mashable.com/article/early-black-friday-2024-ssd-deals,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,"Playing the ""storage shuffle"" with your new console? Pick up a portable SSD on sale ahead of Black Friday.","Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication. Learn more about how we select deals - -Table of Contents - -Table of Contents Table of Contents Best Xbox SSD deal Best PlayStation SSD deal More early Black Friday SSD deals - -Nobody likes playing the ""storage shuffle."" You know, the dreadful game we have to play when we run out of space on our consoles for new games, so we have to carefully select which ones to delete to make room? Talk about killing your darlings. Luckily, there's a fix for that problem, and it's an SSD — either internal or external. - -These SSD storage expanders are maintaining a big presence in the days leading up to Black Friday 2024, with many of them sitting at deep discounts at the time of this writing. SSDs aren't cheap, and you'll probably need to buy one eventually anyway, so getting one at a price cut is usually your best bet. - -Below, take a look at the best SSD deals we could find ahead of Black Friday. - -Best Xbox SSD deal - -Why we like it - -Xbox owners, installing one of Seagate's SSD expansion cards is one simplest things you can do to enhance your gaming experience, and ahead of Black Friday, you can get a two-terabyte version for just $199.99. Now, that's still not cheap, but it's a whole $160 off the original price, so to us, it's a steal. - -Mashable Deals Want more early Black Friday deals right in your inbox? Sign up for the Mashable Deals newsletter. Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -Best PlayStation SSD deal - -Why we like it - -Installing an internal SSD in your PlayStation 5 is a bit more of a complicated process compared to other consoles, but it's absolutely worth the effort. Western Digital makes some of the best PS5 SSDs on the market, and their flagship model is $50 off leading up to Black Friday. You'll probably need one eventually, so pick one up while it's discounted. - -More early Black Friday SSD deals",1731883676,644d6c1ea1,1e75ebc3ad,,,1731883676 -https://mycmgr.com/transform-your-customer-experience-with-the-universal-web-form-builder/,https://mycmgr.com/feed/,Transform your customer experience with the universal web form builder,"In this age of business digitalization, the importance of a direct and effective customer relationship cannot be overemphasized. Interactive web forms play a key role in this process, enabling businesses to not only collect valuable data, but also build long-term customer relationships. Our versatile web form builder is a revolutionary solution that ensures that any feedback form can be created without the need for designers or programmers. - -Versatility and flexibility for business - -With our versatile web form builder, you can create questionnaires, surveys, registration forms, order forms, calculators and more, tailored to your specific business goals. With a wide range of customizable templates and an intuitive interface, you can design forms that perfectly match your site’s design and reflect your brand’s uniqueness. - -Easy to use - -One of the key benefits of our site builder is ease of use. With drag and drop elements, you can easily create a professional-looking form in minutes. This greatly reduces the time and resources needed for development, so you can focus on other aspects of your business. - -Integration and automation - -Our web forms integrate seamlessly with popular CRM systems and marketing tools, automating the data collection and analysis process. This ensures immediate response to customer enquiries and increases the effectiveness of marketing campaigns. - -Increase customer engagement and loyalty - -Legjobbkaszino web forms act as a bridge. Using our interactive web form builder, you can not only streamline the process of communicating with your customers, but also increase customer engagement. Personalised feedback forms, satisfaction surveys and quote calculators help you create a positive impression of your brand and increase customer loyalty. Incorporating our versatile web form builder into your customer engagement strategy will allow you to significantly improve the quality of service, streamline data collection processes and strengthen your relationship with your audience. This innovative solution enables any business, regardless of size or scope of activity, to effectively adapt to the changing needs of the digital age and the expectations of today’s consumers. Using our builder opens up endless possibilities for creativity and innovation in web form design. You can experiment with different question types, form design and logic to best meet the needs and preferences of your target audience. This not only improves the user experience but also increases conversion rates, helping your business grow. In addition, our designer’s analytical capabilities provide valuable insights into user behaviour and preferences. By analyzing the data collected through web forms, you can optimize your products and services, as well as your customer interaction strategies, to provide them with the most personalized and effective service possible. - -In summary, our all-in-one web form builder is more than just a form builder tool. It is a powerful solution for businesses that want to innovate, improve customer interactions and achieve digital excellence. Transform your customer interactions today with our versatile web form builder and open new horizons for your business. - -In addition to directly improving customer interactions, using our versatile web form builder will also strengthen your brand in the eyes of consumers. By creating forms that reflect your company’s style and values, you not only gather relevant information, but also demonstrate that you care about your customers’ user experience and convenience. This creates a positive impression of your brand, increasing consumer recognition and trust. Thanks to its flexible customisability, our sms casino builder allows you to integrate your forms on any platform or social network, thus expanding the reach of your audience. This is particularly important given the ever-increasing number of communication and customer interaction channels. Your presence and reach across multiple platforms will strengthen your connection with your casino audience and help you attract new customers. - -The implementation of our web form builder will also improve the efficiency of your company’s internal processes. Automating data collection and processing reduces routine work for employees, freeing up time for more important tasks and strategic planning. This not only streamlines workflows, but also contributes to faster and better customer service. In addition, the introduction of a versatile web form builder makes it easier to adapt to ever-changing online trends and technologies. No longer do you need to constantly update your web forms manually or invest significant resources in developing new forms to meet the latest web design and user experience standards. Our builder offers a range of tools and features that allow you to quickly adapt your forms to any changes so they remain relevant and effective. - -An important aspect of using the universal builder is also its contribution to big data collection and analysis. With each form you fill out, you gain valuable insights about your audience that you can use for in-depth analysis and to create personalized offers. This not only increases your chances of conversion, but also helps you build deeper and more meaningful relationships with your customers. In addition to the immediate business benefits, using our builder will promote sustainability in the green industry. Moving from paper forms and surveys to electronic forms reduces paper consumption and environmental impact, an important consideration for today’s environmentally conscious brands. - -In summary, our versatile web form builder offers a complete solution for businesses looking to innovate and improve customer relationships at all levels. It not only simplifies the creation and management of web forms, but also provides powerful tools to analyze data, automate processes and improve the user experience. By implementing our building blocks, it opens up new opportunities for growth, innovation and sustainability for your business.",1731883646,feca2bc35f,1e1008fd53,,,1731883646 -https://www.wmagazine.com/fashion/marli-new-york-jewelry-collection-taylor-hill,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,Marli New York Jewelry Celebrates Its 10th Anniversary With Taylor Hill,"In 2014, Maral Artinian founded her jewelry brand, Marli, in New York City. At the time, her vision was to create a collection as dynamic and individual as its hometown—transcending the tired conventions of personal adornment through paradoxical design. One decade later, the brand has stayed true to its urban roots. To celebrate its ten-year anniversary, Marli continues to pay tribute to the city that never sleeps and its liberated sense of self-expression with a brand-new high jewelry collection and a captivating campaign. - -“As I look back on the remarkable journey of the past decade, I am grateful for the profound impact that New York and its people have had on our brand,” Artinian said in a statement. “With an unwavering commitment to innovation, Marli will continue to serve as a symbol of limitless potential, embodying the spirit of New York.” - -Courtesy of Marli New York - -The theme behind Marli’s first foray into high jewelry is fittingly titled A New York Affair. The collection is intimately linked to the lives and legends of New York with pieces divided into five distinct chapters: Darli, Chance, Twilight, Moonlight, and Lady Liberty. Each chapter draws from an element of the city’s essence. Chance, for example, fittingly illustrates a serendipitous chance encounter through the movement of fluid, angular shapes, while Twilight interprets the city’s transition into golden hour in geometric strips of white and yellow gold. A highlight of the offering is the Lady Liberty collection, which reflects the timeless neoclassical design of its namesake through square motifs and pyramidal-cut stones. To bring her ambitious concepts to life, Artinian collaborated closely with a team of French high jewelry designers who worked in tandem with the brand’s skilled in-house artisans. - -Adding to the anniversary excitement is a fresh campaign, entitled From Minutes to Moments, featuring model and It girl, Taylor Hill. Fresh off of her return to the Victoria’s Secret Fashion Show runway, Hill sports her close-cropped haircut, sleek, androgynous clothing, and a smattering of new pieces from Marli’s Life collection in the imagery. Hill’s cool vibrance is synchronized, once again, with the unique spirit and energy of New York City. She embodies a sense of freedom and individuality. “Our days are filled with countless moments that shape our lives, and each moment presents an opportunity to express our true selves,” Artinian said of the campaign in a press release. “The Life collection embraces this dynamic essence, empowering individuals to own each moment and express their unique style.” - -Courtesy of Marli New York - -To shop the collection, and for more information on A New York Affair and From Minutes to Moments, you can visit marlinewyork.com.",1731883675,f8844306b1,1e4f13e772,,,1731883675 -https://www.npr.org/2023/01/13/1149071772/two-percent-target-inflation-expectations,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How 2% became the target for inflation : Planet Money : NPR,"Two Indicators: The 2% inflation target - -Enlarge this image KAREN BLEIER/AFP via Getty Images KAREN BLEIER/AFP via Getty Images - -If the Federal Reserve had a mantra to go along with its mandate, it might well be ""two percent."" That number, the Fed's longtime inflation target, has been adopted by many other central banks around the world. It's become almost synonymous with smooth, healthy economic growth. - -But how did two percent become the Fed's target? For an organization staffed with mathematicians and economists, the answer is surprisingly unsophisticated. - -Join us to hear about the history behind the number, why some economists are calling for a change, and what happens when the inflation rate becomes unanchored. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was produced by Nicky Ouellet and Jamila Huxtable, and engineered by Maggie Luthar. Sierra Juarez checked the facts and Kate Concannon edited the show. - -Music: ""Knee 5,"" ""One,"" ""Three Is A Magic Number,"" ""Reel A,"" ""Too Much Is Not Enough,"" and ""What Shall We Do With A Drunken Sailor."" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884652,8181d7a585,1ea5c3b584,,,1731884652 -https://www.itproportal.com/guides/best-apps-to-share-files,https://www.itproportal.com/rss/,Best apps to share files securely,"The best apps to share files have played a pivotal role in businesses worldwide since the COVID-19 pandemic started. These platforms are often the best cloud storage solutions too, and file sharing facilities are particularly important to the best cloud storage for business. - -File sharing has a big impact on staff and employee interactions and overall efficiency, and given that so many now work from home full- or part-time, cross-collaboration between homes and offices is more important than ever. In this vein, it's absolutely key for any business to utilise a service that safely, securely, quickly, and easily handles remote data transfers at a high level and frequency. - -In our guide below, we reviewed, evaluated, and ranked the best apps to share files, to help you or your business to identify and choose the right file-sharing solution for your needs. - -The 3 best apps to share files securely available - -Egnyte: top-level security and synchronisation - -Egnyte's business-focussed platform offers scalable pricing and enterprise-level security, as well as desktop syncing and integration with Microsoft Outlook. It's the best file-sharing app for businesses looking to secure their file transfers. - -Egnyte's business-focussed platform offers scalable pricing and enterprise-level security, as well as desktop syncing and integration with Microsoft Outlook. It's the best file-sharing app for businesses looking to secure their file transfers. SpiderOak: zero-knowledge, encrypted file-sharing - -SpiderOak's zero-knowledge architecture ensures that even the provider cannot access your data, and this makes it a top choice. Other tools include backup and restore process encryption, while an accessible interface gives it a user-friendly boost. - -SpiderOak's zero-knowledge architecture ensures that even the provider cannot access your data, and this makes it a top choice. Other tools include backup and restore process encryption, while an accessible interface gives it a user-friendly boost. pCloud: scalable, secure cloud storage - -pCloud is the best choice for security, as all business accounts come with end-to-end encryption on an unlimited number of files. Competitive plans include 1TB per user, and users can be added or removed as necessary, with a straightforward app and great file sharing enabling link sharing and custom access privileges. - -The best apps to share files securely, compared - -Swipe to scroll horizontally File-sharing app Lowest-priced plan Free tier Security speciality Operating systems Egnyte £16.35 a month per employee (Business) ✔ (15 days) MFA iOS, Android, macOS, Windows SpiderOak One £4.90 a month (150GB Plan) ✔ (21 days, no card required) Zero-knowledge encryption iOS, Android, macOS, Windows, Linux, Fedora pCloud £4.99 a month (Premium) ✔ (10GB) TLS/SSL encryption iOS, Android, macOS, Windows, Linux Dropbox £7.99 (Plus) ✔ (2GB) File splitting during encryption iOS, Android, Linux, macOS, Windows Box £8 a month (Personal Pro) ✔ (10GB) 2FA iOS, Android, macOS, Windows Microsoft OneDrive £1.99 a month (OneDrive Standalone) ✔ (5GB) Files individually encrypted iOS, Android, macOS, Windows Resilio £48.96 (Sync Home) ✖ Zero-knowledge encryption iOS, Android, macOS, Windows, Linux - -The best apps to share files available right now - -Egnyte - -(Image credit: Egnyte) - -An excellent option for businesses - -SPECIFICATIONS - -Lowest-priced plan : £16.35 a month per employee (Business) - -: £16.35 a month per employee (Business) Free tier/trial : 15 days - -: 15 days Security specialty : MFA - -: MFA Operating systems: iOS, Android, macOS, Windows - -REASONS TO BUY - -Intuitive web app - -Perfect for businesses - -REASONS TO AVOID - -No options for individuals - -Egnyte pitches itself as a business-only platform, and it excels in fulfilling this brief. Its scalable pricing system starts at £16.35 a month per employee for 1TB of online support, before jumping up to Enterprise Lite and Enterprise levels that require contacting sales. - -What it lacks in editing functionality, it makes up for in enterprise-level security, desktop syncing, and Microsoft Outlook integration. A gold standard choice for businesses of all kinds. - -Read our comprehensive Egnyte review. - -SpiderOak ONE - -(Image credit: SpiderOak) - -A safe and easy way to back up files - -SPECIFICATIONS - -Lowest-priced plan : £4.90 a month (150GB Plan) - -: £4.90 a month (150GB Plan) Free tier/trial : 21 days, no card required - -: 21 days, no card required Security speciality : Zero-knowledge encryption - -: Zero-knowledge encryption Operating systems: iOS, Android, macOS, Windows, Linux, Fedora - -REASONS TO BUY - -Gold-standard security - -REASONS TO AVOID - -Mobile functionality - -No two-factor authentication - -SpiderOak has long had a “No Knowledge” approach to data management, meaning that it can’t access any of your information. Other strengths include encryption during the backup and restore processes and an incredibly accessible interface design. - -SpiderOak has a few obvious weaknesses. The mobile app, for example, can be buggy, and there is no way to edit a document at the same time as someone else. - -Read our full SpiderOak review. - -pCloud - -(Image credit: pCloud) - -Safe, easy to use, but no editing capabilities - -SPECIFICATIONS - -Lowest-priced plan : £4.99 a month (Premium) - -: £4.99 a month (Premium) Free tier/trial : 10GB - -: 10GB Security speciality : TLS/SSL encryption - -: TLS/SSL encryption Operating systems: iOS, Android, macOS, Windows, Linux - -REASONS TO BUY - -Generous pricing - -Additional encryption available - -REASONS TO AVOID - -No editing options - -pCloud’s security capabilities are impressive, but can be expanded further for £4.99 a month to include encryption during transfers. - -Its pricing structure is also impressive, offering a generous 10GB for free, 500GB for £4.99 a month, or 500GB for a one-off fee of £175. If utilised for long enough, the latter deal could be incredibly cost effective. Collaborators beware though, pCloud has one main weakness—a dearth of any real-time editing options. - -Read our comprehensive pCloud review. - -Dropbox - -(Image credit: Dropbox) - -The cloud platform’s app is reliable and simply designed - -SPECIFICATIONS - -Lowest-priced plan : £7.99 (Plus) - -: £7.99 (Plus) Free tier/trial : 2GB - -: 2GB Security speciality : File splitting during encryption - -: File splitting during encryption Operating systems: iOS, Android, Linux, macOS, Windows - -REASONS TO BUY - -Attractive user interface - -Different tiers depending on your needs - -REASONS TO AVOID - -Some security blind-spots - -Dropbox has a strong security capability, utilising 256-bit encryption when files aren’t in transit, as well as SSL/TSL transfer tunnels when they are. This is encouraging, as the sleek file-sharing platform has previously come under criticism for its data privacy. Of some concern, for example, is how they reserve the right to view any data on their servers. - -Dropbox makes up for these doubts in other areas, however. Its mobile app and interface are intuitive and attractive, and a selection of pricing levels allows you to only pay for the file space you really need. - -Read our full Dropbox review, and our Dropbox Business review. - -Box - -(Image credit: Box) - -Dropbox’s rival has ample space and good security features - -SPECIFICATIONS - -Lowest-priced plan : £8 a month (Personal Pro) - -: £8 a month (Personal Pro) Free tier/trial : 10GB - -: 10GB Security speciality : 2FA - -: 2FA Operating systems: iOS, Android, macOS, Windows - -REASONS TO BUY - -Third-party integrations - -Excellent security - -REASONS TO AVOID - -Slightly confusing design - -Can be expensive - -Box has been around for a while, and has had time to add to its features and functionality. Integrating it with your macOS, for example, is easy���it appears alongside other folders in the Finder. It also one-ups Dropbox with end-to-end encryption and more space on its free tier. - -One drawback is its slightly unclear layout, but that’s easily overcome after a few hours’ use, and its pricing is competitive. - -Read our Box for Business review. - -Microsoft OneDrive - -(Image credit: Microsoft) - -Meagre free option, but Microsoft nails everything else - -SPECIFICATIONS - -Lowest-priced plan : £1.99 a month (OneDrive Standalone) - -: £1.99 a month (OneDrive Standalone) Free tier/trial : 5GB - -: 5GB Security speciality : Files individually encrypted - -: Files individually encrypted Operating systems: iOS, Android, macOS, Windows - -REASONS TO BUY - -Ideal for collaboration - -Elegant mobile app - -REASONS TO AVOID - -macOS app needs work - -Limited free storage - -Microsoft was arguably slow off the mark to launch a file-sharing and cloud host, but it was worth the wait. The OneDrive mobile apps, for example, work seamlessly and are elegantly designed, while the desktop version makes files you didn’t even upload accessible. - -All the editing and sharing options we’ve come to expect are available too, making teamwork easy. One disappointment for OneDrive is its macOS client app, which feels a touch clunky. - -Read our Microsoft OneDrive review. - -Resilio - -(Image credit: Resilio) - -High security and impressive performance - -SPECIFICATIONS - -Lowest-priced plan : £48.96 (Sync Home) - -: £48.96 (Sync Home) Free tier/trial : None - -: None Security speciality : Zero-knowledge encryption - -: Zero-knowledge encryption Operating systems: iOS, Android, macOS, Windows, Linux - -REASONS TO BUY - -No maximum on data - -REASONS TO AVOID - -Only paid users can send files - -Resilio gains many benefits from its use of the BitTorrent Protocol, such as enhanced transfer times and the ability for peer-to-peer communication—so long as you and the receiver are both online. - -In terms of security, Resilio claims that it cannot access your data, and neither can third parties. The service also offers several one-off payment tiers, including £48.96 and £81.65 for individual and family use respectively, and you can store as many files and as much data as you require. - -How secure is cloud storage? - -The best secure cloud storage provides leading security and encryption, even though it theoretically is not as secure as local storage. Stable and highly secure cloud storage for business in turn must give your sensitive and integral company data the utmost protection. - -When looking for secure storage, ensure your chosen provider offers either end-to-end encryption or zero-knowledge architecture. Respectively, these mean services are either essentially hack-proof, or that not even their own employees are able to access your files, including even if law enforcement compels them or the form to do so. - -If these aren't an option, look for in-transit and at-rest encryption. In this case, your data is indecipherable even if a cybercriminal intercepted it from the provider. Storage as a service (StaaS) organisations provide their storage from highly-secure data centres, which are protected 24/7 by security features such as biometric entry authorisation and frequent auditing. - -Finally, look for additional tools like 2FA, which offers you added security on top of what the providers have undertaken behind the scenes. It's perfectly natural to have data security concerns, but the best cloud storage providers offer strong tools that are right on the cutting-edge. - -What file-sharing features can cloud storage offer? - -The majority of cloud storage providers offering business services are StaaS businesses, providing customers with collaborative tools and seamless digital workflows. These help to facilitate and grow collaboration and productivity across a business. - -With hybrid working across remote and office-based staff now more entrenched in the modern business world, these elements are particularly important. These providers also utilise cloud sync technology, which allows edits to documents to be visible immediately across all connected devices and to all users with the requisite access. - -In turn, such providers also offer important administrative features and tools, which cover access management and system usage auditing. Such tools can range from 2FA all the way to roles-based permissions. - -Further reading on cloud storage - -Learn more about cloud storage in our comparison pitting cloud storage vs local storage; our discussion on how you can start reducing cloud storage costs; and our buying guides evaluating the best free cloud storage, and the best cloud storage for photos.",1731883640,ccc25c2a24,1eb2f9e23e,,,1731883640 -https://store.steampowered.com/news/220446/,https://store.steampowered.com/feeds/news.xml?id=457140,Team Fortress 2 Update Released,"Fixed an issue where the game would be falsely detected as malware by some anti-viruses - - - -Fixed a crash relating to using some Unicode characters on Linux - - - -An update to Team Fortress 2 has been released. The update will be applied automatically when you restart Team Fortress 2. The major changes include:",1731883675,d2832f4a9a,1eb9ea388c,,,1731883675 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/a62907269/marli-new-york-celebrates-its-10th-anniversary-with-a-luncheon-dedicated-to-jewelry-craftsmanship/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,MARLI New York Celebrates Its 10th Anniversary with a Luncheon Dedicated to Jewelry Craftsmanship,"Running a business is a monumental feat, but sustaining one for 10 years is truly remarkable. - -This year, MARLI New York, known for its minimal yet striking fine jewelry designs, celebrated its 10th anniversary. Founded by Maral Artinian, and inspired by the vibrant energy and culture of New York City, MARLI honored three generations of Artinian family craftsmanship with a beautiful lunch at Alba Accanto in downtown Manhattan. - -Hosted by Maral Artinian—alongside Harper’s Bazaar accessories editor Miguel Enamorado and Town & Country fashion and accessories director Dania Lucero Ortiz—the event brought together an intimate group of tastemakers, creatives, jewelry enthusiasts, and readers, all united by their appreciation for luxury and design. - -Ortiz and Enamorado kicked things off by sharing how they incorporate MARLI pieces into their personal styles, while Artinian expressed her gratitude for the brand’s loyal supporters. The founder and designer also offered insight into her journey with the brand, end explain how—since its inception—MARLI has always embraced individuality through its designs. - -Learn more about Maral Artinian's journey in our exclusive video produced with Miguel Enamorado.",1731883614,66787ad63a,1e9aee3cdb,,,1731883614 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMilwFBVV95cUxQUjNtOU9aLUxIRkQ5bm5RQ2RBX0NJM3dPM3p6YzZyNkVVdTBLVHBHdDZ0LVlsdmI0bmpYbVNLTTNpTFhlQnZ5WFg5Y0xEOXB4aGlqekt1M0RLR09Idm8tVlBUWjBIRlR4RHdyU3loZ2tkaXZoeURHRXNGcFNQU1hEME9ZcUlLNDIxTWpIclRNY1J6MkhfOUNZ?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883612,2688d2a9c6,1ead57532c,,,1731883612 -https://logisticsviewpoints.com/2024/11/11/post-election-early-analysis-of-energy-transition-sustainability-initiatives-and-trade/,https://logisticsviewpoints.com/feed/,"Post-Election (Early) Analysis of Energy Transition, Sustainability Initiatives, and Trade","A new administration has been selected after this week’s long-anticipated presidential election has come to an end. Now that the results are in, what does that mean for the many renewable energy and sustainability initiatives that have progressed over the past four years, including the Inflation Reduction Act? Obviously, we don’t really know the answer, but we do know the attitudes of the incoming administration regarding environmental legislation and the support of fossil fuels. So here are some possible scenarios for the energy and process and discrete manufacturing markets. As we write this article, the fate of Congress is unclear, but a GOP majority in the Senate, Supreme Court, and Executive Branch could potentially allow for swift policy shifts regarding renewable energy policy and environmental legislation. A majority in all branches of government would leave little room for debate on policy. Over the last four years, the Biden administration invested hundreds of billions of dollars to support domestic energy transition efforts, including the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law and the Inflation Reduction Act (IRA). However, these investments — and the tax credits supporting them — now face uncertainty. - -The Inflation Reduction Act - -Since 2022, states with GOP leadership have received more than half of the $387.8 billion allocated through the IRA, including states such as Texas and Louisiana whose regulatory climates are more conducive to business due to fewer regulatory barriers, (e.g. limited public commentary periods for energy projects). Many GOP-leaning states offer advantages for clean energy projects, including established industrial energy infrastructure, ample land, and abundant natural resources. Just days before the recent presidential election, more than a dozen House Republicans urged Speaker Mike Johnson to preserve the clean energy credits within the IRA if the GOP maintains or expands its House majority. They argued that removing these credits could result in a “worst-case scenario,” as numerous companies have already begun projects based on the assumption that these credits would remain in place. Eliminating them, they contend, could waste billions of dollars already invested. Meanwhile, in 2024, 99 percent of all the new power generation capacity in the US was wind and solar. It’s cheaper and faster to construct, despite the Much of the new on-demand generation capacity, those plants that need to start up quickly in the event of a need for more power on the grid, are still gas fired turbines mixed with battery storage. This is also true for deep red states like Texas, which now has more wind and solar capacity than any other state in the union. This is the invisible hand of the market at work and this scenario will not likely change with the incoming administration. - -What About Tariffs? - -Tariffs also play a central role in this administration’s economic strategy, a stance that dates back to their first term in 2016. Now in 2024, proposals include significant tariff increases on foreign goods to support U.S. manufacturing and job growth. Plans floated during the campaign suggested a universal tariff of 10% to 29% on most foreign products, a 60% tariff on Chinese goods, and the removal of China’s permanent normal trading status. A proposed “reciprocal” tariff would match the tariffs other countries place on U.S. goods. - -While tariffs are intended as taxes on goods crossing U.S. borders, importers often pass the costs onto consumers, potentially affecting U.S. manufacturers dependent on imported resources. China, a major supplier of electric vehicle (EV) batteries, could be particularly impacted by these tariffs, leading to increased costs for EV materials and pricing many consumers out of the EV market. Currently, the U.S. domestic supply chain for key low-carbon products, such as EV batteries and solar panels, remains insufficiently scaled to compete with foreign sources. Although tariffs may encourage domestic production, they could also increase costs for American manufacturers, reducing revenues. - -However, that picture is changing. In just the past couple of years, massive deposits of lithium, a key ingredient in EV batteries, have been discovered in the US. ExxonMobil also became a huge lithium producer in 2023 with the acquisition of 120,000 gross acres of the Smackover Formation in southern Arkansas, one of the most prolific resources of its kind in North America. The direct lithium extraction that will be used by ExxonMobil utilizes 2/3 less carbon intensity than conventional extraction methods. - -The Fate of Electric Vehicles - -EV sales continue to grow overall, and the US share of electric and hybrid vehicle sales increased in the second quarter of 2024. The new administration, however, could roll back emission regulations, which would likely decrease demand for EVs (outside of strong pro-EV states like California, which may go on their own while increasing demand for oil, gas, and combustion-engine vehicles. Additionally, policies on methane emissions may be revisited. Any changes to methane regulations could impact U.S. oil and gas exports, as international buyers increasingly prioritize products aligned with methane-reduction goals. A U.S. withdrawal from the Paris Agreement is also possible, which would likely slow international efforts toward a coordinated energy transition. - -The Biden on the energy transition has been clear, highlighting the perceived economic benefits of focusing on traditional energy sources and support for clean energy. Nonetheless, the impact of the IRA’s clean energy investments over recent years shows the potential for economic opportunity across party lines. While the next four years will bring changes, the momentum behind the clean energy transition remains significant and difficult to ignore. - -Will the LNG Export Boom Continue - -Since Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in 2022, Europe has increasingly relied on international suppliers for fuels and oil, with the U.S. emerging as a leading supplier of LNG and crude oil. In 2023 alone, U.S. LNG exports to Europe surpassed $30 billion, accounting for two-thirds of all U.S. LNG shipments. This surge has contributed significantly to U.S. revenue and tax income. Meanwhile, European consumers have faced higher energy costs, which have accelerated Europe’s shift away from fossil fuels. - -While European policymakers remain concerned about potential tariffs from the next U.S. administration, they aim to maintain trade relations with the U.S., especially given tensions in trade with China. However, if a tariff conflict were to arise, retaliatory measures on both sides could strain the U.S.-EU relationship. The U.S. should be cautious, as European buyers have alternatives for LNG, potentially forcing the U.S. to turn to more distant buyers like China, increasing shipping costs. Although U.S. LNG production is expected to remain robust, the risk of a trade dispute with major European customers poses challenges to sustaining the current export boom. - -This incoming administration has campaigned on a strong opinion on not interfering in the Russian conflict. If the Russian invasion continues without U.S. support to Ukraine the conflict could have detrimental effects on an international scale. In terms of US fossil fuel export policies, the Russian economy will favor these policies. LNG purchasers such as Europe may not agree with the decisions of the new administration and could result in some consequences for U.S. LNG exporters. - -Find the Orginal Article Here",1731883664,b1e1b2b494,1e62eb6ae8,,,1731883664 -https://speakingaboutpresenting.com/nervousness/the-need-to-be-knowledgeable/,https://www.speakingaboutpresenting.com/feed/,The Need to be Knowledgeable,"When you have a big presentation coming up, do you say to yourself: - -“I must be knowledgeable.” - -“I must be the expert on this topic.” - -“I must be able to answer every question.” - -The problem with these statements - -The first is the use of the word “must”. This makes them into a demand – something that you must achieve. And demanding that you achieve something is likely to increase your nervousness. - -Second, it’s difficult to know when you have achieved them. How do you know when you are knowledgeable enough? After all you can always gather more bits of knowledge. When do you achieve the status of expert? And there’s no way of guaranteeing that somebody won’t ask you a question you can’t answer. You will always have some element of doubt. - -If you say these kinds of things to yourself, you may find yourself: - -1. Researching far more than you need to before getting down to actually writing your presentation. Therefore you procrastinate on getting started, your prep time gets squeezed, and your actual presentation is not as good as it could be. - -2. Staying up late in the days leading up to your presentation, researching the answers to all the questions you could possibly get asked. - -What should you do instead? - -Here’s what you audience wants – they want to listen to someone who is credible. They don’t want to waste their time listening to someone who doesn’t know what they’re talking about. But being knowledgeable is only one route to credibility. Credibility and being knowledgeable are not synonymous. - -How to be credible? - -1. There’s that old saying that you only have to be one page ahead of your audience. I prefer to make it two pages, but the idea is sound, you just have to know a little more than the audience. - -2. Be upfront about what you know and what you don’t know. My friend Deb was speaking at a conference for teachers of philosophy. She is not a philosopher and so was having serious issues about her credibility for speaking at the conference. I pointed out that for the particular topic she was speaking on there was no need for her to be a philosopher or even to talk about philosophy. Once she took on this mindshift, she even made some humour from it at the beginning of her presentation “We have three philosophers on our team, I am not one of them.” - -3. Scope your topic to make it quite clear what you’re talking about and what you claim expertise in. You can make this as narrow as you like. Western culture reveres specialization and narrow expertise. - -4. Talk about your topic from the point of view of your experience of it. Position yourself as an expert on your own experience. There is no one who knows about your experience better than you do. - -So make your goal to be credible, rather than to be knowledgeable.",1731883625,4c7159b853,1eb77069a0,,,1731883625 -https://www.frugalrules.com/make-money-without-a-job/,https://www.frugalrules.com/feed/,How to Make Money Without a Job,"You might think it’s difficult to make money without a job. However, there are several ways to earn money without committing to full-time work. - -As a bonus, the pay can be significantly higher than completing online surveys and other micro-tasks. - -Whether you need to work from home or are willing to side hustle in your community, you can pursue several of these ideas to earn income and maintain a flexible schedule. - -Top Ways to Make Money Without Being Employed - -Thanks to side hustles, it is possible to make money without a 9-to-5 job. Here are the top gig economy jobs to earn extra money if you’re transitioning between employers or can only work part-time. - -1. Be a Dasher - -Delivering meals provides a flexible work schedule since you can deliver in your free time instead of working a shift for a restaurant. - -Delivery app jobs let you review the order request before you accept it to determine if the pay is worth your time. You can often earn good money and keep customer tips. - -DoorDash is the best delivery app because they partner with many restaurants in small and large cities. - -You can deliver by car, scooter, or bike if you’re at least 18 years old and pass a background check. Read our guide on ways to make money with your bike to identify other choices to earn cash if that’s your situation. - -Regardless of how you deliver, you will receive a complimentary insulated bag to help keep the order either hot or cold. - -This can be a fantastic option if you live near several restaurants and can safely deliver the customer’s food by keeping it intact. - -You might avoid this idea if you don’t want to put wear and tear on your vehicle. Also, if the food isn’t ready at the pickup time, you must wait and won’t be able to choose a follow-up delivery as quickly. - -Learn more: Read our review on driving for DoorDash - -*Related: You can deliver with multiple apps to maximize earning potential. Uber Eats is an excellent supplement to DoorDash and it has similar requirements. - -2. Deliver Groceries - -Instacart Shopper is a fantastic option if you want to purchase groceries and deliver them to people. The app offers an earning potential of $20 per hour plus tips. - -You might prefer delivering groceries instead of prepared meals that you’re responsible for keeping warm. - -Related: Looking for other driver jobs to make money? Read our guide on the best food delivery service to work for to learn more about each platform and its qualifications. - -In most cities, you shop for the items at the supermarket and deliver the order. As a result, you will need a car. - -Some stores hire in-store shoppers similar to a traditional 9-to-5 job. If your local grocer offers this option, you work a scheduled shift but don’t have to deliver. - -Two potential downsides of this side job are needing a reliable vehicle and being skilled at buying the right grocery items. This can be a little more complicated when it comes to fresh fruits and vegetables. - -Learn More: Read our Instacart Shopper Review - -3. Take Care of Pets - -If you love animals, taking care of pets and dog walking jobs can be one of the most fun ways to make a living. Some people actually replace their full-time income by becoming professional dog walkers. - -Your work-from-home business may offer these pet care services: - -Dog walking - -Pet daycare - -Pet sitting - -Overnight boarding - -Salon and grooming - -Drop-in visits - -Rover is a website that lets pet owners book services for their dogs and cats. For example, many people hire a dog walker if they work long hours and know their dog will be alone all day. - -You can advertise your services and wait for owners to book appointments. - -The platform lets you decide if you want to care for small, medium, or large dogs. It also lets you avoid certain sizes. - -For example, you won’t get penalized if you don’t accept pets weighing 100 pounds. - -It’s possible to make at least $15 per walk and $30 per boarding night. Once you receive steady demand, you can expect to earn $1,000 a month or more. - -The key to growing your petsitting side hustle is to secure reviews from your clients. Each review helps you stand out to prospective clients and receive more business. - -One potential downside to this service is that Rover keeps 20 percent of your earnings. Read our review of Rover to learn more about the opportunity to pet sit. - -If you’re looking for side hustles in your area, other than on-demand gigs, Steady is a good choice. The free app helps you identify opportunities near you, and the company claims members earn $5,500 per year, on average, through the platform. - -4. Be a Proofreader - -Do you find yourself catching grammatical errors when reading online content, books, or magazines? You can use this skill to earn money online as a proofreader. - -Proofreading can be an excellent way to build a full-fledged business and make money online without a job while working from home. - -Proofread Anywhere is a great resource to help launch a proofreading business if you don’t know where to start. - -In the free course, Caitlin Pyle, the founder, shares the tools you need to launch a business and find clients. - -Like many side hustle ideas from home, your earning potential depends on the client and the content you’re reviewing. You can expect to earn between $15 and $20 per hour as a beginner. - -Read our guide on how to find proofreading jobs from home to learn more about this opportunity. - -5. Blogging - -If you’re a content expert and love to write, blogging can be a great way to start earning money without being employed. - -It’s possible to write about almost anything, but evergreen niches like health, finance, and fashion can have the most reader interest. - -Bluehost is a helpful service to use to choose a domain name and launch your site. They also provide technical support to ensure your site runs as it should. - -As you write articles, you have several ways to earn money: - -Run website ads - -Earn commissions via afiliate marketing - -Partner with brands for sponsored posts - -With a small audience, it’s possible to make a few hundred dollars per month. Larger sites can earn more than $1,000 per month. - -Unfortunately, it can take several months to build an audience and begin generating revenue. You will need to pursue other ideas if you need to make money fast. - -Freelance writing is a good complement to blogging and a great way to make money. - -6. Assist Businesses Online - -If you’re organized and like to help others, you can be a virtual assistant for local or online businesses. - -A virtual assistant’s responsibilities can vary by client but might include: - -Reading emails - -Tracking expenses - -Scheduling appointments - -Write online articles - -Social media management - -Data entry - -Your schedule can be flexible, and you can earn up to $25 per hour. No prior experience or special certifications are necessary. - -Consider the $10K VA free workshop to learn about the different ways to earn money as a virtual assistant. - -7. Rent A Room In Your Home - -A spare room or house is an easy way to supplement your income. You can list it on Airbnb and make money without working. - -While some places are more popular than others (think big cities, high tourist areas, etc.), you can still make good money. - -In fact, the average person makes at least $400 per month listing a property on Airbnb. - -You can list which nights you’re accepting guests if you only want to offer short-term rentals. However, you must be comfortable having strangers in your house and cleaning up after they leave. - -Don’t miss our Airbnb host checklist to learn more about this opportunity. - -If you don’t have a spare room or your landlord won’t give you permission to sublet your place, you can try earning passive income through real estate. - -RealtyMogul is a crowdfunded real estate investing platform with a $1,000 investment minimum. You invest in a curated portfolio of properties and can earn quarterly dividends with historic annual returns of at least five percent. - -While RealtyMogul is one of the easiest ways to invest in real estate with small amounts of money, the minimum investment period is five years before making penalty-free withdrawals. - -8. Housesit - -Housesitting can be an effortless way to earn money without being employed. It’s also one of the best under the table jobs to pursue as it pays in cash. - -Care.com is a useful site to find gigs. Pay is often at least $25 per day. Experienced house sitters and those in pricier cities can charge more. - -In addition to making sure the owner’s house remains secure, you may need to perform housekeeping tasks, including: - -Cleaning rooms - -Carpet shampooing - -Laundry - -Treating furniture - -Window washing - -Your client may require you to provide your own cleaning supplies and equipment, which can reduce your net profit. Housekeeping experience might also be necessary to complete certain tasks. - -9. Transcribe Audio and Video - -Transcribing audio recordings and adding subtitles to videos can be an effective way to supplement your income. - -Some platforms don’t require special equipment like a foot pedal or transcription software that can improve your speed. No startup costs make it easy to begin this side gig from home. - -General transcriptionists earn $15 to $20 per audio hour. This could be competitive with what you might make at a full-time job depending on where you live and the line of work you are in. - -You can earn more if you specialize in one of these niches: - -Legal - -Medical - -Foreign language captions - -Several platforms hire freelancers, including Rev, or you can use a site like Indeed to land jobs. - -10. Freelancing - -Freelancing can also help you make more money as you can monetize your professional skills or a hobby. - -Several good ways to make money include: - -Graphic design - -Photography - -Teaching English online - -Translation - -Voiceover - -Writing - -Fiverr and Upwork are two online platforms to connect with clients. - -You might be able to earn more per hour than other side hustle apps but may need to work harder to find clients. It’s possible to complete one-time gigs or have recurring work. - -Many part-time freelancers earn several hundred dollars per month. Full-time freelancers can earn between $1,000 and $3,000 monthly with several clients. - -11. Do Odd Jobs - -If you have the skills to make repairs, move furniture, or run errands, you can help homeowners and businesses through Taskrabbit. - -Some of the tasks you can do include: - -Cleaning - -Furniture assembly - -Landscaping and yard work - -Mounting TVs - -Moving - -Personal shopping - -Pressure washing - -You can earn between $15 and $20 per hour for simple tasks such as running errands. - -Labor-intensive work and specialized tasks like moving, repairs, and yard work can fetch between $30 and $40 hourly. If you have a specialized skill like carpentry or electrical experience, you can earn up to $60 an hour. - -These one-time gigs can help you earn money without being employed by a professional repair company. If you do have a traditional day job, this can be a lucrative side hustle. - -However, you must be willing to drive to the customer’s address, and you may need special tools or skills to accept an assignment. - -How Can I Make Money Without a Car? - -It is likely that you will need a car before you can work for many of the best-paying platforms. - -If you don’t have access to a car or it’s in the shop, don’t fret. It’s possible to rent a car for the day so you can get to work. - -The HyreCar app lets you choose from their available cars and even offers insurance coverage. They are available in all 50 states and offer daily rentals. - -It’s also possible to use this platform to offer your car on the days you’re not driving. According to their website, you can earn $1,000 or more per month by helping other freelancers make extra money. - -How Can I Earn $1,000 a Week? - -You can make $1,000 weekly by delivering for delivery gig apps. Most platforms let you accept multiple orders and can provide steady income as customers order meals throughout the day. - -Read our guide on other ways to get paid to drive to identify additional opportunities. - -Freelancing is another option whether you work from home or travel to local clients. For example, walking several dogs daily or completing assignments for multiple online clients can help you meet your target income goal. - -You can tackle these income ideas in your free time if you have a day job. Read our guide on the top side jobs that pay weekly to identify ways to increase your earnings. - -How Can I Make $1,000 a Week Without a Job? - -There are many side hustle ideas that allow you to earn money without a job, and several opportunities let you make at least $1,000 a week. - -Numerous options on our list will help you earn good money. - -Finding gigs that require a special skill or allow you to accept multiple assignments at once can boost your hourly pay. Don’t be afraid to combine gigs to reach your goal. - -Reviewing your options and finding the highest-paying opportunities can help you maximize your time. - -Read our guide on side hustle stacking to learn how to maximize your earnings with multiple gigs. - -Bottom Line - -With apps and the internet, it’s easier than ever to figure out how to make money without a job. While you may not become wealthy with all of the options, they do offer opportunities to earn extra cash and pay the bills. - -Whether you need money to make ends meet or want to create another stream of income, don’t overlook easy money-making jobs. You never know how the income stream you choose will pay off in the long term. - -What do you look for in an income opportunity? How many streams of income do you have? - -*Earning more on certain types of orders (ex. alcohol): Earn more per order as compared to restaurant orders. Actual earnings may differ and depend on factors like number of deliveries you accept and complete, time of day, location, and any costs. Hourly pay is calculated using average Dasher payouts while on a delivery (from the time you accept an order until the time you drop it off) over a 90 day period and includes compensation from tips, peak pay, and other incentives. - -*Get paid instantly (DasherDirect): Subject to approval - -*Cash out daily (Fast Pay): Fees apply - -*Start Dashing today: Subject to background check and availability - -*Dash anytime: Subject to availability",1731883633,e18025b98e,1eb3d5b35d,,,1731883633 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/bbnba-deaaron-fox-nearly-breaks-nba-record-for-most-points-in-consecutive-nights/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,BBNBA: De'Aaron Fox nearly breaks NBA record for most points in consecutive nights,"When you do something in the scoring column akin to Kobe Bryant, that ain’t bad. One day after dropping a career and Kings franchise-high 60 points, De’Aaron Fox posted 49 in yet another Sacramento win, this time over the Jazz. Fox’s 109 points on consecutive nights are the second-most in the last 50 years of NBA history, trailing only Kobe Bryant who once scored 110 back in 2007. - -Not to nitpick such a great accomplishment, but Fox has to be kicking himself at least a little bit for missing five free throws on the night, one of which came in the final minute of a one-possession game that would have sealed it for the Kings. - -Regardless, Sacramento lit the beam as a result of Fox lighting up the court. - -Fellow former Wildcat Lodge resident, Trey Lyles, had a good game of his own. He started for the first time since 2022 and put up a season-high 17 points on 6-9 shooting, including 5-7 from deep. Malik Monk is still out with an ankle sprain, but the Sacramento Wildcats are one of the best shows in the League right now. - -Anthony Davis is a double-double monster - -We are only a month into the season, but Anthony Davis is on pace for a Godzilla-like year. In 12 games, he is averaging an incredible 31.1 points, good for second-most in the league, and nearly seven points better than his All-Star campaign last season. He is also averaging 11.2 rebounds per contest, good for 8th-best in the NBA. - -On Saturday, Davis matched or bettered those stats, posting 31 points and 14 rebounds in the Lakers’ win over the New Orleans Pelicans, who are led by none other than Brandon Boston Jr. The man occasionally known as BJ had 12 points, eight rebounds, and five assists in his team’s loss. - -The transformation of Boston from a benchwarmer who sometimes played on the wing in Los Angeles to starting point guard in New Orleans is one that will be studied by basketball scientists in the future. Good for Boston, though. Despite being a millionaire at a young age, the guy has had a rough few years of early adulthood. Hopefully, his success with the Pelicans will continue. - -Other BBNBA Notes: - -Several members of BBNBA are banged up. In addition to Monk, Immanuel Quickley (elbow), Jarred Vanderbilt (foot), and Nick Richards (rib) all missed their respective games on Saturday due to injury. - -(elbow), (foot), and (rib) all missed their respective games on Saturday due to injury. PJ Washington returned from his own injury on Saturday but maybe he needed another day or two of recovery. He put up a goose egg in the Mavericks’ win over the Spurs. - -returned from his own injury on Saturday but maybe he needed another day or two of recovery. He put up a goose egg in the Mavericks’ win over the Spurs. Keldon Johnson matched a career-high in steals on Saturday with four. He also chipped in eight points and five boards in the aforementioned Spurs loss. - -BBNBA Stats for 11/16/2024 - -Player Score PTS FG (3PT) REB AST STL BLK TO P/M MIN De’Aaron Fox (SAC) 121-117 W vs. UTA 49 16-30 (3-4) 3 9 2 0 4 +1 36 Anthony Davis (LAL) 104-99 W vs. NOP 31 12-20 (2-4) 14 1 2 1 2 +2 37 Trey Lyles (SAC) 121-117 W vs. UTA 17 6-9 (5-7) 3 1 0 1 2 +1 35 Brandon Boston Jr. (NOP) [Two-way] 99-104 L vs. LAL 12 4-12 (2-6) 8 5 1 0 3 +3 36 Keldon Johnson (SAS) 93-110 L vs. DAL 8 3-11 (0-2) 5 2 4 0 0 -7 21 Johnny Juzang (UTA) 117-121 L vs. SAC 0 0-1 (0-0) 0 0 0 0 2 -8 8 PJ Washington (DAL) 110-93 W vs. SAS 0 0-2 (0-1) 4 2 2 0 0 +9 19 Nick Richards (CHA) 115-114 W vs. MIL DNP-Rib Oscar Tshiebwe (UTA) [Two-way] 117-121 L vs. SAC DNP-G League Jarred Vanderbilt (LAL) 104-99 W vs. NOP DNP-Foot Immanuel Quickley (TOR) 123-126 L vs. BOS DNP-Elbow Chris Livingston (MIL) 114-115 L vs. CHA DNP-CD Antonio Reeves (NOP) 99-104 L vs. LAL DNP-CD Malik Monk (SAC) 121-117 W vs. UTA DNP-Ankle - -Today in the NBA",1731883645,b2069ab8ff,1ec5002cf9,,,1731883645 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/11/harris-on-track-for-76m-votes-trump-for-78-3m-votes-a-swing-of-4m-to-5m-from-biden-trump-2020/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,"Harris On Track for ~76M Votes, Trump for ~78.3M Votes (a Swing of ~4M to ~5M from Biden-Trump 2020)","The N.Y. Times reports that about 95.0% of all votes have been counted, with Harris at 71.7M and Trump at about 75M: - -These 95.0% amount to 148.8M, so that means there are about 7.8M uncounted (that's 148.8M / 0.95 * 0.05), for a total number of about 156.6M. (All numbers are approximations.) - -Most of those not yet counted votes are in California (4.2M there, since 25% of the votes there remain uncounted); quite a few are from Oregon, Washington, Arizona, Utah, and Colorado. These on balance tilt Democrat; so far California and Washington have split roughly 60-40 Democrat, though the other states are closer to 50-50 (and Utah has been splitting 60-40 Republican). This suggests that the 7.8M will split roughly 4.3M Harris to 3.3M Trump or thereabouts. Put together that means a likely final total of roughly 76M Harris and 78.3M Trump or so, give or take a few hundred thousand. (Maybe 2.3M or a bit more will go to third-party candidates.) - -Again, when thinking about the 2020-to-2024 vote gulf, it's important to compare the 2020 final results with projected 2024 final results (or just wait until the 2024 final results are in), rather than 2020 final results with early 2024 results.",1731883657,6a1d127262,1e55496db7,,,1731883657 -https://www.npr.org/2023/01/27/1152015250/economics-papers-nigeria-church-vietnam-china-sweden,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Three economists on the econ papers that changed their lives : Planet Money : NPR,"To all the econ papers I've loved before - -Enlarge this image Ian Waldie/Getty Images Ian Waldie/Getty Images - -A great economics paper does two things. It takes on a big question, and it finds a smart way to answer that question. - -But some papers go even further. The very best papers have the power to change lives. - -That was the case for three economists we spoke to: Nancy Qian, Belinda Archibong, and Kyle Greenberg. They all stumbled on important economics papers at crucial moments in their careers, and those papers gave them a new way to see the world. On today's show - how economics papers on the Pentecostal church in Ghana, the Vietnam war draft, and the price of butter in Sweden shaped the courses of three lives. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler. It was edited by Keith Romer. Sierra Juarez checked the facts, and it was mastered by Natasha Branch with help from Gilly Moon. Jess Jiang is our acting executive producer. - -Music: ""Just Too Hot,"" ""Lo Fi Souvenir,"" ""Lift Your Head Up"" and ""Meerkats."" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / our weekly Newsletter.",1731884651,8181d7a585,1e7b5e50de,,,1731884651 -https://www.upfluence.com/influencer-marketing/what-is-considered-a-good-or-average-engagement-rate-for-instagram-in-2024,https://www.upfluence.com/blog/feed/,What is Considered a Good or Average Engagement Rate for Instagram in 2024?,"The engagement rate measures how actively an audience interacts with social media content. It evaluates follower actions—likes, comments, shares, clicks, and saves—to gauge how effectively content captures attention and drives interaction. - -The follower growth rate measures how quickly an account gains new followers over a specific period. It reflects the account’s ability to attract and retain an audience, indicating its growing influence and popularity. The follower growth rate is calculated as a percentage based on the number of new followers divided by the total number of followers at the start of the period. - -The engagement growth rate tracks changes in the level of audience interaction with content over time. It assesses whether engagement, such as likes, comments, and shares, is increasing or decreasing, providing insights into the effectiveness of content strategies. The engagement growth rate is calculated as a percentage based on the increase in engagement actions over a defined period.",1731883651,3ef6749202,1eb023f54e,,,1731883651 -https://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/prompting-at-scale-how-to-deploy-ai-across-your-company/,https://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/feed/,Prompting at Scale: How to Deploy AI Across Your Company : Social Media Examiner,"Wish there was an easier way to get your staff to embrace AI? Looking for an interchangeable prompting system everyone can use? - -In this article, you'll discover how to scale AI prompting across a company. - -This article was co-created by John Munsell and Michael Stelzner. For more about John, scroll to the end of this article. - -Why Most Organizations Struggle With AI Implementation - -If you've experimented with artificial intelligence (AI) tools like ChatGPT or Claude, you've likely experienced the initial excitement of quick, impressive results. But as you've tried to expand AI adoption across your organization, you've probably encountered a familiar pattern: inconsistent results, frustrated team members, and endless prompt refinements. - -This challenge multiplies across your organization as different team members develop their approaches to prompting and AI projects, leading to inconsistent results and inefficient workflows. - -The solution isn't just better prompts—it's a systematic AI framework that scales. - -To implement this structured approach, you need a framework everyone in your organization can understand and use. - -The AI Strategy Canvas from John Munsell provides precisely that by breaking down effective prompts into nine essential blocks that work together to produce better AI-generated content across your business. - -John's journey from banker to AI strategist offers valuable insights into the development of scalable AI systems. - -His transition to AI strategy wasn't immediate. After selling his agency's client portfolio, he launched the CXO AI Roundtable, a weekly forum where he taught AI concepts to business leaders. - -“Every Friday, I would teach people something about AI,” he recalls. “Sometimes it was investigating new tools, evaluating different solutions for specific problems.” - -These sessions revealed two critical market needs: - -A way to distill and make sense of rapidly evolving AI capabilities A systematic approach to scaling AI usage across organizations - -This real-world testing ground helped refine what would become the AI Strategy Canvas, a proven approach across various industries and use cases from customer service to grant writing. - -#1: The AI Strategy Canvas: Your Blueprint for Scalable AI Prompt Engineering - -Before exploring specific techniques, it's essential to understand how scalable prompt engineering differs from traditional approaches. Most people start by asking generative AI tools what they want. - -Everyone in your company uses their own language, which means that the results differ wildly, even if they're asking for the same thing. - -Ready to Supercharge Your Marketing Strategy? Get expert training and an unbeatable conference experience when you attend Social Media Marketing World—from your friends at Social Media Examiner. - - - -Broaden your reach, skyrocket your engagement, and grow your sales. Become the marketing hero your company or clients need! 🔥 As a valued reader, you can save $790 on an All-Access ticket if you act now. Sale Ends Tuesday! 🔥 GET THE DETAILS - -Instead, you can embrace a system that breaks your prompts into structured blocks that can be repurposed, reused, and combined with other blocks to generate an ideal output. - -Think of it as building with LEGO blocks instead of sculpting with clay. Each block serves a specific purpose and can be combined with other blocks to create more complex structures. This modular approach makes it easier to: - -Create consistent results across different teams - -Quickly adapt prompts for new uses - -Troubleshoot when something isn't working - -Share effective techniques across departments - -First, Standardize Your Prompt Block Formatting - -This approach builds on a two-part foundation of prompt formatting and dynamic variables that can be quickly dropped into a prompt. - -You need to standardize how a block is constructed to ensure everyone in your organization understands what it is for and how they can repurpose it for specialized use. This is easily achieved by using delimiters to open and close a prompt block. - -Imagine you want to write an email using Claude. Start your block with all caps and a colon: - -AUDIENCE: - -Then, enter the name of a target audience persona you've already fully defined and stored in a library where your AI can retrieve it. This is your variable: - -The audience is: ${target_audience_a} - -Using dynamic variables that pull standardized details from a library ensures that everyone can easily include the correct information in their requests because there is a single source of truth. You can store these variables in Notion or similar tools your AI can connect to, allowing quick substitution (AKA hot-swapping) for different use cases. - -Close your block with a forward slash: - -/AUDIENCE - -For example, this prompt tells the AI that you want it to generate content for prospects who fall into your Target Audience A without you having to copy and paste a lengthy persona detail. - -AUDIENCE: The audience is: ${target_audience_a} /AUDIENCE - -Building Block 1: Audience Details - -The foundation of any good prompt begins with a clear understanding of who will receive the output. This goes beyond simple demographics. Think about who you're creating value for. Is it customers? Prospects? Employees? Using psychographics, demographics, economics, and sociographics, build a complete profile for each group. - -Give each persona a name–paying particular attention to taxonomy, and store them in your prompt library for hot-swapping. - -Pro Tip: Ask your AI tool to analyze customer data and suggest key characteristics you might have missed. - -Building Block 2: Company Context Integration - -Your AI tools need to understand your organization to provide relevant outputs. However, many companies need help with how much information they should provide. - -At a base level, this block should tell the AI who you are, what your company stands for, and why your target audience should care about you. However, the key is creating a layered company context that anyone can use flexibly, depending on the task. - -“Think of your company context like layers of an onion,” Munsell explains. “The outer layer might be your basic ‘About Us' content, but deeper layers contain everything from your mission and values to detailed historical information and testimonials.” - -Create multiple versions of your company context, from a one-paragraph summary to comprehensive documentation to use at various stages of the customer journey. - -Name and store these company variables in your prompt library for easy access to ensure consistency across your organization. - -Building Block 3: Products and Services - -How you present your products and services to AI tools significantly impacts the quality of their output. You should maintain two distinct versions of your product information to detail what value you deliver to customers: - -A concise, promotional description for basic tasks A comprehensive document detailing features, benefits, and technical specifications - -You can use a variable with basic product information if you're writing something that just needs to mention a product. For more specialized writing tasks, you'll need variables that contain extensive product documentation. - -Name and store these product variables in your prompt library—for example, crm-product-brief and crm-product-detail. - -Building Block 4: Dynamic Context Integration - -This flexible component allows you to provide situation-specific information that shapes the AI's understanding of your current needs. Think of it as a situation-specific catch-all block. - -For example, when analyzing a customer support call, your dynamic context might include: - -Key points discussed in the review meeting - -Specific challenges your team identified - -Any customer feedback received during the call - -Current business objectives related to the discussion - -As you document and save successful dynamic context blocks in your prompt library over time, you'll develop a collection of variables that can be adapted for similar situations. - -Building Block 5: Role Definition - -The role you assign to your AI tool significantly influences its output. Many role-related prompts fail because they don't clearly define the AI's role in addressing your request. - -“It's not just about saying ‘be an expert,'” Munsell cautions. “You need to specify what kind of expert and what perspective the AI should take. A chemical engineer will write very differently from a marketing strategist, even about the same topic.” - -Be very clear about the roles your team will need and how you want the AI to behave within the scope of each role. For example: - -You are a data analyst - -You are a customer service analyst - -You are a world-class copywriter - -Save each role to your prompt library. - -About Prompt Conflict - -A prompt conflict can arise between Blocks 5 and 6 if you give the AI too much detail about the role you've told it to take on, meaning that the role may supersede any style prompts. For example, if you tell the AI to act as a chemical engineer and write in a friendly voice, the AI will struggle, and the output will likely sound very clinical rather than warm and friendly. If you have trouble getting the desired output, scale back your role instructions. - -Building Block 6: Style and Voice Calibration - -Here is where you and your teams will discover the true power of scalable prompting. Instead of everyone entering their own version of vague instructions like “make it professional,” you can develop specific parameters to control everything from tone to sentence length in AI outputs. - -Munsell maintains an exclusions rule that gives the AI a list of words and phrases his company doesn't want to see in its content–words like ‘delve' and ‘skyrocket' or phrases like ‘I hope this email finds you well.' By using this rule, the AI learns to avoid these clichés and produces more original content. - -While he says identifying and implementing variables to control these facets is more art than science, he has developed a surprisingly simple but systematic approach. - -“I literally just ask the AI, ” Munsell explains. “If I notice something I want to control, like repetitive sentence structure, sentence length, or technical complexity, I ask…” - -What's a variable I can use and a numeric I can adjust to fine-tune sentence length? - -Curious About How to Use AI? Our newest show, AI Explored, might be just what you're looking for. It's for marketers, creators, and entrepreneurs who want to understand how to use AI in their business. - - - -It's hosted by Michael Stelzner and explores this exciting new frontier in easy-to-understand terms. - - - -Pull up your favorite podcast app and search for AI Explored. Or click the button below for more information. I WANT TO LEARN MORE ABOUT AI - -This direct questioning has led to identifying 56 different style parameters that can be adjusted using numerical scales. Here are four basic parameters with scales: - -Humor Level: Scale of 0-10 - -Sentence Length Variation: Short (1) to Complex (10) - -Technical Language: Basic (1) to Expert (10) - -Formality: Casual (1) to Formal (10) - -When working with different AI models, note that some require more complex numeric values and contextual descriptions. For instance, ChatGPT might work with just the numeric value, while Claude may require you to use: - -The tone should be: ${humor = moderate humor, 6/10} - -Create several style and voice blocks so that you're using the best fit for every need, such as: - -Internal emails - -Prospect emails - -Customer emails - -Save each style and tone variable in your prompt library. - -Building Block 7: Resource Integration - -This block connects your AI tools with the information and tools they need to complete your request. These resources might include: - -Meeting transcripts - -Reference documents - -External URLs - -API data feeds - -Advanced data analysis - -Image generation - -With these resources in place, you can create template prompts for any analysis you commonly perform. For example, for every meeting you hold, you can use a tool like Fathom to record and transcribe your meetings and simultaneously analyze meetings from different angles. - -Munsell uses AI prompts to generate six different analyses from a single transcript: - -Action Item Extraction : An email summarizing key tasks and responsibilities. Learning Analysis : A list of ‘aha moments' and areas where concepts clicked for participants. CRM Documentation : Detailed notes for customer relationship management. Strategic Insights : Analysis of patterns and opportunities that can be improved. Process Refinement : A list of areas where teaching or communication could improve. Follow-up Planning : A structured follow-up schedule for content that must be created. - -Building Block 8: Rule Setting - -Clear rules prevent typical AI outputs that don't align with your needs. Beyond basic guidelines from Block 6, these are detailed rule sets that put guardrails in place for things such as data security and copyright infringement. - -Building Block 9: Request Formulation - -While this is the final block, it's where most people start—and precisely why they struggle. Your actual request for output should build upon all previous blocks to create a clear, actionable instruction for your AI tool–what you want the final output to look like. - -For example, if you want a comprehensive article, use the word ‘Write” instead of “Outline.” You must also consider any word-count limits and consider whether you need responses broken into sections. - -#2: Implementing the AI Canvas Strategy Across Your Organization - -Once you compile multiple variables for each block, the next step is to implement them across your organization by creating custom GPTs in ChatGPT or Claude Projects for frequently repeated tasks. These AI models can access your organization's knowledge base and provide more consistent results. - -AI Tool Selection and Integration - -Different AI tools excel at different tasks. Understanding these strengths allows you to choose the right tool for each job. Here are three tool stacks to consider: - -AI Tool Stack for Meeting Documentation - -Fathom for recording and transcription - -Custom GPTs for analysis - -Claude for narrative development - -AI Tool Stack for Content Creation - -ChatGPT for strategic planning - -Claude for copywriting - -Custom GPTs for specialized tasks - -AI Tool Stack for Knowledge Management - -Notion for prompt libraries - -Dropbox for detailed documentation - -Custom GPTs for specific subject matter domains - -Document Management and Organization - -Successful organizations use tools like Notion to maintain their prompt libraries. Create a structured system that includes: - -Consistent taxonomy - -Complete prompts for everyday tasks - -Reusable context blocks for hot-swapping variables - -Style guides and rule sets - -Example outputs and use cases - -Train Your Team - -Invest time in proper training. Ensure everyone understands: - -The building blocks of effective prompts - -When to use different AI tools - -How to access and use your prompt library - -Troubleshooting techniques - -Monitor and Refine - -Regularly review and update your AI processes: - -Refine your style parameters - -Collect feedback from team members - -Document successful prompt patterns - -Update your exclusions list - -Other Notes From This Episode - -Watch this interview and other exclusive content from Social Media Examiner on YouTube. - - - -Listen to the Podcast Now This article is sourced from the AI Explored podcast. Listen or subscribe below. - - - - - - - -Where to subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | YouTube Music | YouTube | Amazon Music | RSS - -✋🏽 If you enjoyed this episode of the AI Explored podcast, please head over to Apple Podcasts, leave a rating, write a review, and subscribe.",1731883605,d4ca980507,1ed86a628c,,,1731883605 -https://front.moveon.org/moveon-partners-with-progressive-orgs-and-mark-ruffalo-to-get-out-the-vote/,https://front.moveon.org/feed/,MoveOn Partners With Progressive Orgs and Mark Ruffalo to Get Out the Vote!,"MoveOn Partners With Progressive Orgs and Mark Ruffalo to Get Out the Vote! - -Sunday night, MoveOn members came together in solidarity with democracy-loving Americans across the nation and against the looming threat of Project 2025. - -The stakes have never been higher. The dangerous policies of Project 2025 threaten our freedoms: banning abortion and contraceptives, reversing progress on climate change, slashing Social Security and Medicare, gutting public education, firing civil servants, and more. - -If you missed the powerful livestream, don’t worry—you can still catch all the energy from our special guests like activist Mark Ruffalo, Wilmer Valderrama, MoveOn Executive Director Rahna Epting, and many more: - -National Director Maurice Mitchell, Working Families Party - -Drucilla Tigner, Planned Parenthood Texas - -Claude Cummings Jr., President of the Communications Workers of America - -James Curbeam, Chairman of the Teamsters National Black Caucus - -Greisa Martinez Rosas, Executive Director of United We Dream - -Watch the full recording this week at MoveOn.org/live to hear more from us and Ruffalo about: - -How Project 2025 is the consolidation of the authoritarian right, but also how we have defeated Trump and his agenda before and we can do it again. - -How Project 2025 will impact bodily autonomy, climate, labor, and immigration. - -Why Ruffalo is voting for Vice President Kamala Harris and why he thinks folks should vote for her too. - -Ready to take action? - -Sign up today to make an impact, because with the polls so close in battleground states, every conversation with a voter counts! MoveOn’s incredible analytics team has found the exact voters we need to talk to, ones who support Harris-Walz but may not vote this year without a nudge from us. Together, we can protect our future and block Project 2025. - -Live in the battleground state of Arizona, Georgia, Michigan, Nevada, North Carolina, Pennsylvania or Wisconsin? Click here to sign up for the weekly Wednesday virtual community vote tripling events training at 8 p.m. ET/5 PT, to hear more about the critical role you can play in helping voters turn out their family and friends to triple their impact this election. - -In 2022, we used this tactic to turn out more than 50,000 voters. This November, we aim to double that, and we need your help. - -Live elsewhere? We’ve got options for everyone! RSVP here for as many phone banks as you can to join fellow MoveOn members and call voters in battleground states. - -Your efforts will directly impact the outcome of this election. We’ll keep you updated on the next two calls in this GOTV rally series, happening on Sundays, so you can stay engaged as we bring this fight to the finish. - -Want to see more clips from Ruffalo and Wilmer Valderrama? Look below.",1731883650,d0f9e09372,1eeae19363,,,1731883650 -https://www.mlbtraderumors.com/2024/11/dodgers-joe-jacques-agree-to-minor-league-contract.html,https://www.mlbtraderumors.com/feed,"Dodgers, Joe Jacques Agree To Minor League Contract","The Dodgers reached agreement with reliever Joe Jacques on a minor league contract, reports Bob Nightengale of USA Today (X link). The Gaeta Sports Management client receives an invite to big league Spring Training. - -Jacques elected minor league free agency a few weeks ago. He’d been squeezed off the Diamondbacks’ roster midseason. Arizona designated him for assignment when they acquired A.J. Puk a week before the trade deadline. Jacques cleared waivers and spent the rest of the season on an outright assignment to Triple-A Reno. - -A 6’4″ lefty, Jacques has pitched in the majors in each of the past two seasons. He made 23 appearances for the Red Sox in 2023, turning in 26 2/3 innings of 5.06 ERA ball. Jacques only pitched twice in the majors this year — once apiece for the Sox and D-Backs. He gave up three runs in as many innings. The Manhattan College product pitched in 40 games in the minors, all but one of which came at the Triple-A level. He allowed 5.48 earned runs per nine across 42 2/3 innings. Jacques struck out 20.7% of batters faced while issuing walks at a slightly elevated 10.6% clip. - -Like a lot of lefty relievers, Jacques relies on a sinker-slider/sweeper combination. He doesn’t throw hard, sitting in the 90-91 MPH range with his fastball. That limits the swing-and-miss upside, but he has done an excellent job keeping the ball on the ground. Jacques induced grounders at a 60.4% clip en route to a 2.54 ERA in Triple-A in 2023. He has a similarly impressive 61.9% ground-ball percentage in his MLB career. He’ll vie for a situational role in Spring Training. Anthony Banda, Alex Vesia, Zach Logue and youngster Justin Wrobleski are the only left-handers on L.A.’s 40-man roster.",1731883662,2697e1b9fe,1ee75040d9,,,1731883662 -https://www.creativebloq.com/art/digital-art/huion-inspiroy-frego-m-review-an-elegant-tablet-aimed-at-digital-artists,https://www.creativebloq.com/rss.xml,"Huion Inspiroy Frego M review: an elegant tablet, aimed at digital artists","The Frego M is a fantastic tablet, coming in at a great price. Wireless connection provides a wonderful experience, although check bluetooth compatibility, as I had mixed results. The drawing experience is great and for general computing duties works very well too. - -Why you can trust Creative Bloq Our expert reviewers spend hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the best for you. Find out more about how we test . - -TODAY'S BEST DEALS £104.99 at Amazon - -The Inspiroy Frego M is Huion's latest graphics tablet pitched at beginner artists and creatives or anyone looking for a well-priced drawing tablet. Promising cutting edge levels of accuracy, alongside wireless capabilities, to aid a tidy desk or a more useful travel experience, this is a small drawing tablet with big ideas. Huion also has the Inspiroy Frego S model, which offers the same features and stylus, but in a smaller tablet size. - -The best drawing tablets have been around for a long time now, with the odd update and upgrade. The yearly new release cycle brings in the latest levels of accuracy, sensitivity and maybe the odd new feature, but fundamentally they all do the same thing, so the manufacturers are all now vying for your consideration based on nuances in design, function or tech. For example, in recent months we've had Xencelabs' Pen Tablet Medium bundle for value, XPPen's Magic Drawing Pad for innovation, and the Wacom One series for tech at a lower price. - -Many things in this area are equal, so how do you decide where to spend your hard earned cash? Huion would like you to choose its Frego M, and after using it on a daily basis, I can share my experiences with you, hopefully giving you the answers and helping you to decide if it's worthy of your investment. - -Huion Inspiroy Frego M review: design and specs - -A sleek design keeps it low profile on the desk. (Image credit: Rob Redman) - -Inspiroy Frego M specs Dimensions 304 x 220 x 8 mm (Frego M), 220 x 165.7 x 8 mm (Frego S) Weight 546g (Frego M), 280g (Frego S) Active work area Frego M: 10 x 6.25 inches (PC mode), 10 x 6.25 inches (Android mode), Frego S 6.3 x 3.9 inches (PC mode), 6.3 x 3.9 inches (Android mode) OS Windows, Mac, iOS, Android, ChromeOS, Linux Connectivity USB-C, Bluetooth 5.0 Stylus Pentech 3.0+, 8,192 levels of pressure sensitivity, 5080 LPI resolution - -The Frego M comes with everything you need to get started, including a stylus with 10 spare nibs and a USB-C to USB-A cable, and for the most part is really well made. I’ve used tablets for around thirty years now, from every brand imaginable and at all price points. I’m often surprised by the tactile differences in what is essentially the same thing. - -The Frego M costs $99.99 / £104.99, so I thought it might have skimped a little and, while that’s true, it’s not where it counts. The build is excellent. The tablet is light while still feeling high quality, especially impressive considering they have crammed a decent battery into it. - -The top edge houses a fabric loop for storing the stylus, a USB-C port and the power button, all of which feel good. The Fabric band is probably only compatible for the slim pen that comes with the Frego M but that’s to be expected. - -There are four rubberised feet to prevent it from skittering over your desk. These are really low profile, keeping the working surface as low as possible. There’s no angled support here but I think that’s ok, as they are most needed for pen displays. If you really want something like that grab a cheap laptop stand from amazon. - -The build is excellent. The tablet is light while still feeling high quality, especially impressive considering they have crammed a decent battery into it. - -The stylus uses Huion’s Pentech 3.0+, which has a tiny 0.4mm nib retraction, rather than some of the slightly squishy feeling nibs you may have experienced. It has 8,192 levels of pen pressure. to match Wacom and Xencelabs but lags behind XPPen's 16,384 levels for its latest stylus. - -The body of the pen is slim and smooth, with little to no bulge near the tip. This is very much a personal preference but I prefer a little width nearer the nib to hold it steady, more important as the casing here is very smooth. That said I had no problems drawing with it. - -The stylus also has two buttons on the side, both of which are programmable. They feel nice and responsive but it’s a shame there’s no rear button, for erasing or any other use you might have for it. - -It comes with a felt nib installed and a little bad with spare standard nibs and the removal tool. All standard fare for a tablet but I’ll come back to that later. - -Huion Inspiroy Frego M review: setting up - -The Frego M can be connected to your host device in one of two ways. It comes with a right angled USB-C cable, which is a nice touch as it keeps your desk neater than a standard cable. - -You can also connect via Bluetooth, which is a much more elegant solution, if it works. Bluetooth 5.0 is used here, meaning it can connect to more devices (although only one at a time, no multiple connection options here). - -Using Bluetooth means you can hook up the Frego M for use with Android or IOS devices. I can see the appeal of this but in reality, if you are serious enough about your art to buy one of these, then I would guess you may already have an iPad or similar. Still, it’s a nice option to have. - -The only issue I found here is that on my old M1 MacBook Pro the signal was a bit laggy and strokes weren’t exactly smooth. This killed the experience for me but that all changed on my M2 MacBook Pro, where everything was smooth, consistent and reliable. - -Huion Inspiroy Frego M review: power options - -The inclusion of a right angled connector is great, keeping your desk neat and clutter free. (Image credit: Rob Redman) - -You can draw for as long as you like with a wired connection but how about running bluetooth without the cable attached? I was pleasantly surprised by this, as I got two full working days, using the Frego M as my sole pointing device, for everything from drawing, to 3D modelling, browsing and normal office tasks, with no sign of it dying. - -Usually something as simple as power input in a drawing tablet is nothing too exciting, but the Frego M's wireless feature makes it a novelty, particularly in this price range. It's a feature that comes in very handy whether working at desk or mobile. - -Huion Inspiroy Frego M review: performance - -The stylus feels good in the hand. It’s slim but comfortable, with a choice of nibs. Avoid the felt tips though! (Image credit: Rob Redman) - -As mentioned I have been using tablets and pen displays since my early career as a photographer and image editor, so I’m pretty used to various surfaces, pen feel and so on. My preference is for something with a bit of texture to it. I’m not a fan of super slippery and shiny surfaces. That feels too far away from the interaction between pen and paper that I love. - -The Frego M has this nailed, mostly. The surface has a lovely fine texture to it, when used with a standard nib. Which is odd because I usually swap to a felt nib immediately. However I really didn’t like the felt nib with the Frego M. It feels a bit too coarse and scratchy and it’s also quite loud, relatively speaking. - -So I switched back to the standard nibs and the whole experience was very good indeed, with just the right amount of resistance. The buttons of the stylus are well placed, the ratio of tablet size to active area feels just about right and the addition of bluetooth meant that I could sit back and use it on my lap, without the need to find a longer cable, or any cable at all. That’s quite a freeing experience. - -Accurate, comfortable and easy to use, just what you need for prolonged drawing sessions. (Image credit: Rob Redman) - -I’m all for comfort and anything a device can do to reduce strain is a big win. The Frego M has a sloped front edge, which, although a minor detail, makes a big difference over the course of a working day. - -I didn’t feel the need for a drawing glove as, although textured, the surface is kind of satin finished, so not too slippy or too sticky, neither of which are enjoyable. - -Accuracy levels for many of this type of tablet are now so high they are hard to discern the differences and the Frego M is no different. It excels, with 8,192 levels of pressure sensitivity, can detect 90 degrees of tilt and with a resolution of 5,080lpi you’d be very hard pushed to notice any issues. - -For most people this stylus will be just fine but if you do much 3D work you may want to look at other options, preferably one where the pen has a third button, as that is pretty essential for working in 3D. - -The only thing I really missed about using the Frego M was the lack of a pen stand. The Fabric loop is great for travel, or longer term storage, preventing you from losing your pen but I’d have liked to have seen them include even a basic stand. Ideally one that could house the spare nibs, as the tiny plastic bag they come in doesn’t really cut it. - -Huion Inspiroy Frego M review: who's it for? - -The Frego M is a great tool for digital artists and one I would recommend for daily use. Any creative looking for a good drawing and painting experience, or general computing without the strain of a mouse. - -The option to go wireless is a great feature that makes this a smart and elegant drawing tablets, and is particularly good for beginners or artists who need a mobile tablet. - -Huion Inspiroy Frego M review: but it if - -You like a textured surface to draw on - -Wireless suits your needs - -You don't mind a smaller workspace - -Huion Inspiroy Frego M review: don't but it if - -You like a chunky pen - -You are on an older bluetooth device - -You need a larger drawing space - -Huion Inspiroy Frego M review: also consider - -Wacom One M: at wacom.com Wacom's new 'budget' range also features wireless Bluetooth and can be connected to Windows, Chromebook, Mac OS and Android devices. It costs a little ,more, but Wacom's are built to last. - -Ugee M908: at ugee.com Despite being half the price of the Frego M, the Ugee M908 is a surprisingly good little tablet. Our reviewer loved the M908, but it lacks the wireless connectivity of the Huion and Wacom tablets. - -XPPen Deco Pro (Gen2): at storexppen.co.uk The new Deco Pro (Gen2) is compatible with everything, and features a slick new slim curved design. It comes in three sizes, features Bluetooth and wired connections and has a stylus with 16K pressure levels.",1731883642,2a3fe07f92,1edf74379e,,,1731883642 -https://blog.groovehq.com/customer-service-quality-assurance?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=customer-service-quality-assurance,https://www.groovehq.com/blog/rss,A Small Business Guide To Customer Service Quality Assurance,"As your business expands, you might find yourself trapped in a vicious cycle of putting out fires, rather than strategically improving your service. - -The consequences? Inconsistent customer experiences, missed opportunities, and the gnawing sensation that your competitors are always one step ahead. - -But there’s good news. You can turn this situation around, and make your customer service a real strength. - -This guide will show you how to set up a quality assurance program that improves customer experiences and your bottom line. Whether you’re dealing with unhappy customers, experiencing high staff turnover, or feeling overwhelmed by growth, you’ll find practical ways to improve the service you provide. - -So let’s roll up our sleeves and dive into the key steps of implementing a robust customer service quality assurance program. - -1. Define Your Quality Standards - -Establishing clear quality standards is the first step in developing an effective program. These standards will serve as the foundation for all your customer service efforts. - -Here’s why quality standards matter: - -Increased customer retention and loyalty . Quality standards build trust and consistency, encouraging customers to return. - -. Quality standards build trust and consistency, encouraging customers to return. Increased profitability. Customers are often willing to pay more for quality service. - -Customers are often willing to pay more for quality service. Cost reduction. By getting things right the first time, you reduce the costs associated with fixing errors and dealing with complaints. - -By getting things right the first time, you reduce the costs associated with fixing errors and dealing with complaints. Brand reputation boosts. Consistent quality service builds a positive brand image. - -Consistent quality service builds a positive brand image. Better employee engagement and performance. Well-defined standards provide clear guidelines for staff, improving their performance and job satisfaction. - -So how do you go about defining these standards? - -Start by setting clear and achievable goals. These goals will form the backbone for your standards, and provide measurable targets for your team. Here’s how to set them: - -Assess your current performance levels. Evaluate your existing customer service metrics, such as response times, satisfaction scores, and resolution rates. This baseline will help you identify areas for improvement. More on these metrics shortly! Identify areas that need improvement. Analyze customer feedback, common complaints, and team input to pinpoint specific aspects of your service that require enhancement. Set Smart goals. SMART goals are Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Relevant, and Time-Bound. For example, instead of a vague goal like “improve response times”, a SMART goal might be “reduce average email response time from 24 hours to 8 hours within the next three months”. - -Aligning Standards with Business Objectives - -Your quality standards should directly support your broader business goals. This alignment ensures that your customer service efforts contribute to your company’s overall success. - -For instance, if a key business objective is to increase customer retention, you might establish the following standards: - -Provide quick follow-up responses. All customer inquiries receive follow-up within 24 hours. - -All customer inquiries receive follow-up within 24 hours. Achieve 80% first-contact resolution. Resolve 80% of customer issues during the first interaction. - -Resolve 80% of customer issues during the first interaction. Personalize customer interactions. Train staff to use customer history and preferences in at least 90% of communications. - -Choosing and Tracking Essential Metrics - -Once you’ve defined your quality standards and set goals aligned with your business objectives, it’s time to consider metrics. The right metrics will help you measure progress towards your goals, and identify areas for improvement. - -Here are some essential metrics for customer service quality assurance: - -Resolution Time . The average time it takes to fully resolve a customer issue. Think of it as the total duration of your customer’s problem-solving journey. Faster resolutions turn a potentially frustrating experience into a positive one, leading to higher customer satisfaction and loyalty. After all, who doesn’t appreciate a quick fix? - -. The average time it takes to fully resolve a customer issue. Think of it as the total duration of your customer’s problem-solving journey. Faster resolutions turn a potentially frustrating experience into a positive one, leading to higher customer satisfaction and loyalty. After all, who doesn’t appreciate a quick fix? First Response Time. How quickly a customer receives an initial response to their inquiry. A quick and friendly response sets the tone for the entire interaction, and can be the difference between a customer choosing you or your competitor. - -Customer Satisfaction (CSAT) Scores. Your performance report card from customers. Typically measured through post-interaction surveys, your average CSAT directly reflects how happy customers are with your service. High scores predict repeat business, and those coveted word-of-mouth referrals that are crucial for small business growth. - -Scores. Your performance report card from customers. Typically measured through post-interaction surveys, your average CSAT directly reflects how happy customers are with your service. High scores predict repeat business, and those coveted word-of-mouth referrals that are crucial for small business growth. First Contact Resolution Rate. The percentage of customer issues resolved in a single interaction. It’s the one-and-done metric. A high rate here means your team is efficiently solving problems without bouncing customers around. It’s a win-win: customers get quick solutions, and your team can help more people. - -Tracking these metrics effectively is crucial for quality assurance. However, manually monitoring them can be time-consuming and prone to errors. - -That’s one of the reasons we developed Groove! It’s our comprehensive customer service platform designed to streamline your quality assurance process. - -With Groove, you can: - -Automatically track key metrics like response times and resolution rates - -Identify trends and patterns in your customer service performance - -View individual agent performance data for targeted coaching - -Our analytics features turn these metrics into actionable insights that help you drive continuous improvement. Whether you’re a small business just starting to implement quality assurance, or an established company looking to refine your processes, Groove adapts to your needs. - -2. Monitor Customer Service Interactions - -The next step towards customer service quality assurance is to monitor interactions regularly. This process allows you to assess how well your team is meeting the standards you’ve set, and identify areas for improvement in real time. - -To implement an effective monitoring system, it’s important to understand the various options available, their benefits and limitations, and how to apply them strategically. Each monitoring method offers unique insights into customer interactions. Here are some of the most common approaches. - -Call Recordings - -Call recording is a powerful tool for assessing verbal communication skills and identifying common customer issues. It also: - -Lets you hear tone, empathy, and problem-solving abilities in action - -Provides a complete record of conversations - -Allows for detailed analysis of customer interactions - -Is useful for training purposes - -On the other hand, it can be resource-intensive to review these recordings, especially for businesses with high call volumes. So it’s usually best to review samplings, rather than all calls. You may require additional tools, depending on what call software you have available. - -Despite its resource demands, though, call recording offers unique insights into customer interactions, supports targeted training, and helps you address common issues proactively. When implemented thoughtfully, it can significantly enhance your team’s communication skills and overall service quality. - -Email Reviews - -Email reviews are essential for evaluating the clarity and effectiveness of email replies. Conducting these reviews: - -Allows for careful analysis of written communication skills - -Helps to ensure consistency in tone and brand voice - -Is typically easier (and faster) than working with audio recordings, although it doesn’t capture real-time problem solving skills as well - -Just as with call recordings, you’ll want to review regular samples of various interaction types. You can use quality scorecards and evaluation forms to assess key factors like response time, clarity, and adherence to brand guidelines. - -Live Chat Transcripts - -Live chat transcripts offer a window into real-time customer service skills, and agents’ ability to handle multiple queries simultaneously. This method provides unique insights that other monitoring techniques can’t capture: - -Showcase agents’ on-the-spot problem-solving and multitasking skills - -Highlight the speed and efficiency of issue resolution - -Reveal patterns in conversation flow and customer engagement strategies - -Uncover recurring customer concerns and frequently asked questions - -Despite these strengths, live chat transcript reviews aren’t without their challenges. The sheer volume of chats can overwhelm the review processes. Non-verbal communication cues are also absent, unlike in voice interactions. - -To make the most of your live chat transcript review, keep it simple and focused. Create a checklist that covers the basics: - -Are responses quick and accurate? - -Is the agent friendly and helpful? - -Does the conversation flow naturally? - -The goal is to spot trends, help your team improve, and make sure customers are getting the best possible service. - -If you’re using Groove to manage customer service, you can easily manage and analyze these interactions via the live chat feature: - -Groove allows you to capture all chat transcripts automatically, making it simple to review conversations for insights. - -Random Sampling vs. Targeted Monitoring - -When reviewing customer service interactions, you can err on the side of random sampling or targeted monitoring. Each serves a unique purpose in your customer service quality assurance efforts. - -Random sampling involves reviewing a selection of interactions chosen without any specific criteria. This method: - -Provides an unbiased overview of overall service quality - -Helps identify broad trends and patterns in customer interactions - -Is ideal for ongoing monitoring and maintaining consistent service standards - -For example, you might randomly select 5% of all customer interactions each week for review. This gives you a bird’s-eye view of your team’s performance. - -In contrast, targeted monitoring focuses on specific aspects of your customer service. This approach: - -Allows you to zero in on particular agents, customer segments, or issue types - -Is useful for addressing specific performance concerns or training needs - -Helps you evaluate the handling of critical situations or new initiatives - -For instance, you might choose to monitor all interactions related to a new product launch. As a result, you may learn how you can refine your product information or agent training. - -3. Provide Regular Feedback and Coaching - -Great customer service doesn’t happen by accident—it’s the result of deliberate, ongoing coaching and feedback. - -This process is essential for turning insights into actionable improvements. But how do you ensure that your feedback resonates and drives real change? - -The key to effective feedback lies in specificity and actionability. Vague comments rarely lead to improvement, but targeted and constructive input can work wonders. - -Here’s how to make your feedback count: - -Be specific and observable . Focus on concrete behaviors you’ve observed, not assumptions or generalizations. For example, instead of “Your customer service skills need improvement.”, try “I noticed that in your last three calls, you interrupted the customer twice before they finished explaining their issue.” - -. Focus on concrete behaviors you’ve observed, not assumptions or generalizations. Offer actionable suggestions . Don’t just point out problems—provide clear paths to improvement. For instance: “Let’s practice active listening techniques. Try paraphrasing the customer’s concern back to them before offering a solution.” - -. Don’t just point out problems—provide clear paths to improvement. Balance positive and constructive feedback . Highlight what the agent is doing well, along with areas for improvement. This approach motivates and encourages continued good performance. An example could be: “Your product knowledge is excellent. Now, let’s work on applying that knowledge more effectively in your customer interactions.” - -. Highlight what the agent is doing well, along with areas for improvement. This approach motivates and encourages continued good performance. Time it right . Deliver feedback as soon as possible after the interaction, while it’s still fresh in everyone’s minds. However, ensure that you’re in a private setting to maintain professionalism. - -. Deliver feedback as soon as possible after the interaction, while it’s still fresh in everyone’s minds. Make it a two-way conversation . Encourage the agent to share their perspective. Ask questions like: “What do you think went well in that interaction?” or “Where do you feel you could improve?” - -. Encourage the agent to share their perspective. Follow up . Set clear expectations for improvement, and schedule follow-up sessions to review progress. This shows your commitment to the agent’s growth and development. - -. Set clear expectations for improvement, and schedule follow-up sessions to review progress. - -The goal of feedback isn’t to criticize, but to support your team in delivering exceptional customer service. By mastering this art, you’ll create a culture of constant improvement that benefits your team, your customers, and ultimately, your business. - -Coaching Styles and Approaches - -Just as every customer is unique, so is every member of your support team. One-size-fits-all coaching rarely yields the best results. Instead, let’s explore a variety of coaching styles that help you tailor your guidance to each agent’s needs and learning preferences. - -Role-Playing - -This technique allows your team to: - -Practice handling difficult customer interactions in a safe environment - -Apply new product knowledge in simulated scenarios - -Hone problem-solving skills without the pressure of a live customer - -For example, you might set up a scenario where an agent must deal with a customer who’s upset about a delayed shipment. This helps them practice empathy, problem-solving, and de-escalation techniques in a low-stakes setting. - -Shadowing - -Ever wish you could clone your top performers? While that’s not possible (and it’s probably for the best), shadowing is the next best thing. This method: - -Showcases best practices in real time - -Allows agents to see different approaches to similar situations - -Builds team cohesion and encourages knowledge sharing - -After a shadowing session, don’t forget to debrief. Ask questions like: “What techniques did you observe that you’d like to try?” or “How might you handle a similar situation differently?” - -Mentorship Programs - -Remember when you first started in customer service? I remember mine, and I think having a mentor could have made the journey easier. Providing this chance to your struggling agents can make a real difference. - -Pairing experienced agents with newer team members: - -Provides ongoing support and guidance - -Fosters a culture of nonstop learning - -Helps transfer valuable institutional knowledge - -To keep things fresh, consider rotating mentors periodically. This exposes agents to different styles and areas of expertise, creating well-rounded support professionals. - -Data-Driven Coaching - -Your gut feelings aren’t enough. They’re probably not always right or reliable. Referencing KPIs (Key Performance Indicators) as well grounds your coaching efforts in hard data. - -They’ll help you: - -Identify areas where agents are struggling - -Set specific and measurable goals for improvement - -Track progress over time - -For instance, if the data shows that an agent is struggling with first-contact resolution, you can focus your coaching on problem-solving skills and product knowledge. - -As a reminder, if you’re using Groove, you can check out KPIs for individual agents as well as your whole team - -Positive Reinforcement - -Coaching isn’t just about fixing problems. It’s about building confidence and motivation. Don’t forget to recognize and celebrate improvements, no matter how small. - -You can do this by: - -Using gamification to make improvement fun and engaging - -Highlighting success stories in team meetings - -Offering rewards or incentives for meeting improvement goals - -A simple “Great job on reducing your average handle time this week!” can go a long way in boosting morale and encouraging continued improvement. - -The most effective coaching approach often combines multiple styles that are tailored to each agent’s needs and learning preferences. As you implement these techniques, keep an open dialogue with your team. - -Ask them what’s working and what’s not, and be prepared to adjust your approach. After all, great coaching, just like great customer service, is all about listening and adapting. - -Elevating Your Customer Service Through Quality Assurance - -Every great customer experience starts with a single interaction. By focusing on quality, you’re not just improving your support—you’re building lasting relationships with your buyers. - -Quality assurance isn’t about perfection in customer service; it’s about progress. Start small, celebrate wins, and learn from challenges. Your team will grow, your customers will notice, and your business will thrive. - -If you need a trusted partner for your journey, you’ll want a tool that makes support feel less like a chore and more like a superpower. We’ve designed Groove to be the sidekick every small business needs in its quality assurance quest. - -Your customers are waiting for an exceptional experience. Sign up today and start your free 7-day trial!",1731883641,7a82f159ab,1ee26f5152,,,1731883641 -https://www.techrepublic.com/article/cloud-security-for-ai/,https://www.techrepublic.com/rssfeeds/topic/cloud/,How AI Is Changing the Cloud Security and Risk Equation,"The AI boom is amplifying risks across enterprise data estates and cloud environments, according to cybersecurity expert Liat Hayun. - -In an interview with TechRepublic, Hayun, VP of product management and research of cloud security at Tenable, advised organisations to prioritise understanding their risk exposure and tolerance, while prioritising tackling key problems like cloud misconfigurations and protecting sensitive data. - -She noted that while enterprises remain cautious, AI’s accessibility is accentuating certain risks. However, she explained that CISOs today are evolving into business enablers — and AI could ultimately serve as a powerful tool for bolstering security. - -How AI is affecting cybersecurity, data storage - -TechRepublic: What is changing in the cybersecurity environment due to AI? - -Liat: First of all, AI has become much more accessible to organisations. If you look back 10 years ago, the only organisations creating AI had to have this specialised data science team that had PhDs in data science and statistics to be able to create machine learning and AI algorithms. AI has become much easier for organisations to create; it’s almost just like introducing a new programming language or new library into their environment. So many more organisations — not just large organisations like Tenable and others — but also any start-ups can now leverage AI and introduce that into their products. - -SEE: Gartner Tells Australian IT Leaders To Adopt AI At Their Own Pace - -The second thing: AI requires a lot of data. So many more organisations need to collect and store higher volumes of data, which also sometimes has higher levels of sensitivity. Before, my streaming service would have only saved very few details on me. Now, maybe my geography matters, because they can create more specific recommendations based on that, or my age and my gender, and so on. Because they can now use this data for their business purposes — to generate more business — they’re now much more motivated to store that data in higher volumes and with growing levels of sensitivity. - -TechRepublic: Is that feeding into growing usage of the cloud? - -Liat: If you want to store a lot of data, it’s much easier to do that in the cloud. Every time you decide to store a new type of data, it increases the volume of data you’re storing. You don’t have to go inside your data center and order new volumes of data to install. You just click, and bam, you have a new data store location. So the cloud has made it much easier to store data. - -These three components form a kind of circle that feeds itself. Because if it’s easier to store data, you can upgrade more AI capabilities, and then you’re motivated to store even more data, and so on. So that’s what happened in the world in the last few years — since LLMs have become a much more accessible, common capability for organisations — introducing challenges across all these three verticals. - -Understanding the security risks of AI - -TechRepublic: Are you seeing specific cybersecurity risks rise with AI? - -Liat: The use of AI in organisations, unlike the use of AI by individual people across the world, is still in its early phases. Organisations want to make sure that they’re introducing it in a way that, I would say, doesn’t create any unnecessary risk or any extreme risk. So in terms of statistics, we still only have a few examples, and they are not necessarily a good representation because they’re more experimental. - -One example of a risk is AI being trained on sensitive data. That’s something we are seeing. It’s not because organisations are not being careful; it’s because it’s very difficult to separate sensitive data from non-sensitive data and still have an effective AI mechanism that is trained on the right data set. - -The second thing we’re seeing is what we call data poisoning. So, even if you have an AI agent that is being trained on non-sensitive data, if that non-sensitive data is publicly exposed, as an adversary, as an attacker, I can insert my own data into that publicly exposed, publicly accessible data storage and have your AI say things that you didn’t intend it to say. It’s not this all-knowing entity. It knows what it’s seen. - -TechRepublic: How should organisations weigh the security risks of AI? - -Liat: First, I would ask how organisations can understand the level of exposure they have, which includes the cloud, AI, and data … and everything related to how they use third-party vendors, and how they leverage different software in their organisation, and so on. - -SEE: Australia Proposes Mandatory Guardrails for AI - -The second part is, how do you identify the critical exposures? So if we know it’s a publicly accessible asset with a high-severity vulnerability to it, that’s something that you probably want to address first. But it’s also a combination of the impact, right? If you have two issues that are very similar, and one can compromise sensitive data and one cannot, you want to address that first [issue] first. - -You also have to know which steps to take to address those exposures with minimal business impact. - -TechRepublic: What are some big cloud security risks you warn against? - -Liat: There are three things we usually advise our customers. - -The first one is on misconfigurations. Just because of the complexity of the infrastructure, complexity of the cloud, and all the technologies it provides, even if you’re in a single cloud environment — but especially if you’re going multi-cloud — the chances of something becoming an issue just because it wasn’t configured correctly is still very high. So that’s definitely one thing I would focus on, especially when introducing new technologies like AI. - -The second one is over-privileged access. Many people think their organisation is super secure. But if your house is a fort, and you’re giving your keys out to everyone around you, that is still an issue. So excessive access to sensitive data, to critical infrastructure, is another area of focus. Even if everything is configured perfectly and you don’t have any hackers in your environment, it introduces additional risk. - -The aspect people think about the most is to identify malicious or suspicious activity as early as it happens. This is where AI can be taken advantage of; because if we leverage AI tools within our security tools within our infrastructure, we can use the fact that they can look at a lot of data, and they can do that really fast, to be able to also identify suspicious or malicious behaviors in an environment. So we can address those behaviors, those activities, as early as possible before anything critical is compromised. - -Implementing AI ‘too good of an opportunity to miss out on’ - -TechRepublic: How are CISOs approaching the risks you are seeing with AI? - -Liat: I’ve been in the cybersecurity industry for 15 years now. What I love seeing is most security experts, most CISOs, are unlike what they used to be like a decade ago. As opposed to being a gatekeeper, as opposed to saying, “No, we can’t use this because it’s risky,” they’re asking themselves, “How can we use this and make it less risky?” Which is an awesome trend to see. They’re becoming more of an enabler. - -TechRepublic: Are you seeing the good side of AI, as well as the risks? - -Liat: Organisations need to think more about how they’re going to introduce AI, rather than thinking “AI is too risky right now”. You can’t do that. - -Organisations that do not introduce AI in the next couple of years will just stay behind. It’s an amazing tool that can benefit so many business use cases, internally for collaboration and analysis and insights, and externally, for the tools we can provide our customers. There’s just too good of an opportunity to miss out on. If I can help organisations achieve that mindset where they say, “OK, we can use AI, but we just need to take these risks into account,” I’ve done my job.”",1731883630,1d5aa7f62b,1edfff8eea,,,1731883630 -https://techcrunch.com/2022/05/20/match-google-restraining-order-apps/,https://techcrunch.com/tag/mobile-payments/feed/,Match and Google reach interim compromise over app payments,"Match Group, the parent company of dating apps Tinder, Hinge and OkCupid, is getting along better with Google, just by a little bit. - -On Friday, Match withdrew its request for a temporary restraining order against the company, which it accuses of wielding unfair monopoly power in its mobile app marketplace. Match filed an antitrust lawsuit against the search giant earlier this month over the company’s restrictions on Android in-app payments, which drive app users toward remaining in its mobile ecosystem. The company filed the temporary restraining order request a day after suing Google. - -Match cited a handful of “concessions” from Google in its decision to withdraw the restraining order request, including assurances that its apps would not be rejected or deleted from the Google Play Store for providing alternative payment options. The company will also place up to $40 million aside in an escrow account in lieu of paying fees to Google directly for Android app payments that happen outside of Google Play’s payment system, arguing that those fees are “illegal under federal and state law.” The escrow account will remain in place while the case awaits its day in court. - -Match’s lawsuit is the most recent example of app makers objecting to Google and Apple’s practice of extracting steep fees for in-app payments. Developer frustration around the issue boiled over two years ago when Epic Games sued Apple for antitrust violations, a case that didn’t result in a straightforward victory for either side but did force Apple to allow developers to offer their users alternative payment options.",1731883666,3aa6d26c70,1f280351b6,,,1731883666 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/piglets-big-game-viral-horror-fans/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/feed/,A 21-year-old Piglet game is going viral with horror fans,"It’s not uncommon for a retro game for kids to catch on with older and more modern audiences. There are a ton of Disney games like The Lion King that have stood the test of time. This week, an unexpected entry has joined those ranks. Piglet’s Big Game, a 2003 video game tie-in with Piglet’s Big Movie that released on the PlayStation 2, PC, and GameCube, has gone viral, with some people calling it their new favorite survival horror game. Yes, you read that correctly. - -The game started gaining traction with an X post from user Jaxonloid, who was shocked that there seemed to be clear horror game music on the soundtrack. - -Recommended Videos - -THIS IS MAKING ME LOSE MY FUCKING MIND.,.!?!?,? pic.twitter.com/B0uDAC5FBE — Jaxonloid | CEO OF PIGLETS BIG GAME (@jaxonloid) November 8, 2024 - -This led to streamers picking it up. Before writing this, I saw a number of live streams on TikTok from content creators who typically play horror games, with a lot of comparisons specifically to the Silent Hill series — which is appropriate considering the Silent Hill 2 remake has been well received by fans and franchise newcomers. - -This uptick in popularity has led to eBay listings skyrocketing in price. GameCube and PS2 copies are selling for anywhere from $140 to over $300 as of Friday evening. - -While I haven’t played it, it’s really easy to see why these comparisons are being made. One of my favorite horror game YouTube creators, eurothug4000, played it after seeing the viral post, and described it as “survival horror for kids.” There aren’t many of these sequences, but a lot of the weirdness comes from Piglet’s main weapon. In order to fight enemies and help his friends, Piglet must purchase and upgrade his Brave Faces, some of which can be pretty frightening for younger players. Finally, there’s a panic system that feels straight out of a game like Eternal Darkness: Sanity’s Requiem. - -There are a lot of empty spaces and rooms that Piglet has to get through without the help of his friends, which evokes feelings of walking through an empty Silent Hill. Other areas feel more dreamlike, with a gothic aesthetic and puzzles that evoke Resident Evil. - -This kids game also features techniques that were common in horror games in the early 2000s and are still utilized today. As X user Tredlocity posted, it uses “fixed camera setups and sound design … more effectively than most mascot horror games.” It gives the players a sense that something is always around the corner, which is one of the key ways horror games build tension. Also, sometimes the soundtrack is just legitimately terrifying. In the clip Tredlocity shared, you can hear heffalumps clomping heavily in the distance before they even appear on-screen. The dark level only lit by some candles and a night sky coming in through a window only adds to the setting. - -In trying to figure out why the soundtrack sounds like it’s from a completely different game, Destructoid went looking and found that it was composed by Philippe Codecco and Guillaume Saurel. However, they have few other credits to their names besides some Disney games and another Pooh game. It was made by French developer Doki Denki Studio, which went defunct in 2004, not too long after the game released. - -Eurothug4000, thankfully, was able to get in touch with Pascal Cammisotto, a game designer on Piglet’s Big Game, who confirmed that the lead game designer actually did want to make “Resident Evil for kids.” The team didn’t have access to the Piglet’s Big Movie script and Disney was being cagey on the details, so Doki Denki created their own story. - -“It focused on his lack of self-confidence and the courage he would need to help his friends, who were asleep and trapped in a nightmare,” Cammisotto said.",1731883669,f8bbd45a63,1f5683e0d6,,,1731883669 -https://www.flexoffers.com/blog/beauty-brand-powerhouse-must-promote-deals/,https://www.flexoffers.com/blog/feed/,Beauty Brand Powerhouse: Must-Promote Deals!,"Drunk Elephant is a cult favorite among beauty enthusiasts. When browsing Drunkelephant.com, shoppers will find everything they need for healthy, radiant skin for daytime and nighttime routines. Now, Drunk Elephant customers can shop for the brand’s new kit, “Time to Reflect,” and get a magical, illuminating combination that will add a natural, golden finish to their skin.",1731883653,7343470052,1f4fd35f91,,,1731883653 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/1-stock-buy-1-stock-144800325.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,"1 Stock to Buy, 1 Stock to Sell This Week: Nvidia, Target","• Fed speakers and Nvidia earnings will be in focus this week. - -• Nvidia is a buy with another huge beat-and-raise quarter on deck. - -• Target is a sell amid declining sales, downbeat outlook expected. - -• Looking for more actionable trade ideas? Subscribe here for up 55% off as part of our Early Bird Black Friday sale! - -U.S. stocks finished lower on Friday, with the S&P 500 and Nasdaq notching their biggest one-day losses in two weeks, as a post-election rally ran out of steam and investors worried over the path of interest rates. - -For the week, the S&P 500 fell 2.1%, while the tech-heavy Nasdaq Composite declined 3.1%. The blue-chip Dow Jones Industrial Average lost 1.2% during the period. - -Source: Investing.com - -The week ahead is expected to be an eventful one as investors continue to assess the outlook for the economy, inflation, interest rates and corporate earnings. - -On the economic calendar, flash PMI readings on manufacturing and the services sector will grab attention on Friday, along with updates on the housing market. - -That will be accompanied by a heavy slate of Fed speakers, with the likes of district governors Jeffrey Schmid, Lisa Cook, Michelle Bowman, and Beth Hammack all set to make public appearances. - -Weekly Economic Events - -Source: Investing.com - -Expectations for a 25-basis point rate cut at the Fed's December meeting stood at 63% on Sunday morning, according to the Investing.com Fed Monitor Tool. - -Elsewhere, in corporate earnings, Nvidia (NASDAQ:NVDA)'s results will be the key update of the week as the Q3 reporting season quiets down. Other notable names lined up to report earnings include Walmart (NYSE:WMT), Target (NYSE:TGT), TJX Companies (NYSE:TJX), Ross Stores (NASDAQ:ROST), Lowe’s (NYSE:LOW), Palo Alto Networks (NASDAQ:PANW), and Snowflake (NYSE:SNOW). - -Regardless of which direction the market goes, below I highlight one stock likely to be in demand and another which could see fresh downside. Remember though, my timeframe is just for the week ahead, Monday, November 18 - Friday, November 22. - -Stock to Buy: Nvidia - -Nvidia is poised for significant gains this week, as the tech giant prepares to deliver another beat-and-raise quarterly earnings report amid surging demand for its AI chips. - -The Santa Clara-based company is set to release its Q3 earnings after the market closes on Wednesday at 4:20PM ET, with expectations running high for another record-breaking performance. A call with CEO Jensen Huang is set for 5:00PM ET. - -Market participants expect a sizable swing in NVDA shares following the print, as per the options market, with a possible implied move of 9.8% in either direction. - -Story Continues",1731883672,6e579b027f,1f656b3aa9,,,1731883672 -https://arstechnica.com/health/2024/11/fda-proposes-ditching-common-decongestant-for-being-completely-useless/,https://arstechnica.com/science/feed/,"After decades, FDA finally moves to pull ineffective decongestant off shelves","In a long-sought move, the Food and Drug Administration on Thursday formally began the process of abandoning oral doses of a common over-the-counter decongestant, which the agency concluded last year is not effective at relieving stuffy noses. - -Specifically, the FDA issued a proposed order to remove oral phenylephrine from the list of drugs that drugmakers can include in over-the-counter products—also known as the OTC monograph. Once removed, drug makers will no longer be able to include phenylephrine in products for the temporary relief of nasal congestion. - -""It is the FDA’s role to ensure that drugs are safe and effective,"" Patrizia Cavazzoni, director of the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, said in a statement. ""Based on our review of available data and consistent with the advice of the advisory committee, we are taking this next step in the process to propose removing oral phenylephrine because it is not effective as a nasal decongestant."" - -For now, the order is just a proposal. The FDA will open up a public comment period, and if no comments can sway the FDA's previous conclusion that the drug is useless, the agency will make the order final. Drugmakers will get a grace period to reformulate their products. - -Reviewed reviews - -The slow-moving abandonment of phenylephrine is years in the making. The decongestant was originally approved by the FDA back in 1976, but it came to prominence after 2006. That was the year when the ""Combat Methamphetamine Epidemic Act of 2005"" came into effect, and pseudoephedrine—the main component of Sudafed—moved behind the pharmacy counter to keep it from being used to make methamphetamine. With pseudoephedrine out of easy reach at drugstores, phenylephrine became the leading over-the-counter decongestant. And researchers had questions. - -In 2007, an FDA panel reevaluated the drug, which allegedly works by shrinking blood vessels in the nasal passage, opening up the airway. While the panel upheld the drug's approval, it concluded that more studies were needed for a full assessment. After that, three large, carefully designed studies were conducted—two by Merck for the treatment of seasonal allergies and one by Johnson & Johnson for the treatment of the common cold. All three found no significant difference between phenylephrine and a placebo.",1731883673,0179022565,1f52f3d618,,,1731883673 -https://www.gong.io/blog/gong-on-gong-expedite-call-review-process-ask-anything/,https://www.gong.io/feed,Gong on Gong: How we expedite the call review process with Ask Anything,"Gong AI Revenue Intelligence - -If you’re spending countless hours digging through prospect calls to extract insights, you’re not alone. According to our State of Sales Productivity Report, sellers spend 56% of their time on non-customer-facing activities due to tedious administrative tasks and inefficient workflows. - -But manually reviewing calls takes time away from what matters most – selling. Reps need instant access to conversation details to make informed decisions and close more deals. - -Thankfully, Gong’s Ask Anything functionality helps you quickly get answers to your revenue questions so you can improve productivity and increase visibility. As an account executive who’s experienced the pain of manual and time-consuming call review processes, I’m excited to share how I use Ask Anything to manage my deals more effectively and efficiently. - -Stay on top of a high volume of deals - -As an account executive, I’m responsible for a large number of deals, so my schedule is usually packed with back-to-back meetings. - -I often jump from call to call, so I have a limited amount of time to prepare for the next conversation. I need to be able to access prior call insights instantly, and with Ask Anything I’m able to do just that. - -In Gong, I can quickly search for a discovery call conducted by an SDR, ask specific questions, and get the information I need to conduct a relevant demo. Using Ask Anything streamlines the account handoff process, saves me time, and provides me with critical buyer intel. - -Here are some of the questions I typically ask to get up to speed on previous conversations quickly: - -What is in their tech stack? - -What is their biggest challenge? - -Was budget mentioned? - -Was pricing discussed during the call? - -What pain points were discussed? - -💡 Learn how to ask the right questions with our cheat sheet, “50 essential Ask Anything prompts for sales reps.” - -Move deals forward with deeper insights - -After the next buyer call is complete, I need to record details from the conversation. I want to capture relevant notes so I can easily personalize future follow-ups based on what was discussed. - -At Gong, we follow MEDDIC as a sales methodology, so I use Ask Anything to gather details related to the following areas: metrics, economic buyer, decision criteria, decision process, identify pain, and champion. - -Here’s an example of how I’ll query Ask Anything to provide me with this information. - -“Assuming the salesperson is using MEDDIC as a framework, analyze this call in bullet format.” - -Gong’s Ask Anything functionality then provides a detailed answer (example below) that I can quickly log into the “manager notes” field on my Gong deal board. - -The fields in Gong deal boards sync bi-directionally with the CRM, so I only have to make updates in one place. This saves me time and ensures accuracy and consistency throughout the systems in our tech stack. - -Boost visibility across your sales team - -Once I’ve input the relevant MEDDIC notes on the deals board, my manager and other members of sales leadership can quickly and easily view this information. That way, they can see how conversations are going, identify areas for improvement, and assess pipeline health. - -With Ask Anything, I don’t have to spend hours preparing in-depth notes. Gong does the work for me, ensuring my whole team has access to accurate and up-to-date information. - -Increased visibility keeps everyone on the same page and helps drive deals forward. - -Access instant insights with Gong - -The traditional call review process is inefficient, manual, and time-consuming, but Gong’s Ask Anything is changing the game by giving reps their time back. - -Ask Anything uses generative AI and billions of customer-facing interactions (5x any vendor in the market) to provide sellers with answers to their most pressing revenue questions. With deeper insights, sales teams can increase productivity, conduct highly personalized buyer conversations, and, ultimately, grow revenue. - -Watch the recorded demo to learn how you can use Gong to work smarter, not harder.",1731883669,0394161b81,1f294450dd,,,1731883669 -https://transom.org/2017/the-broken-narrative/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,The Broken Narrative,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/10/The-Broken-Narrative.mp3 Download Listen to “The Broken Narrative” - -There’s just something satisfying about drawing story structure on a napkin. Robert Smith of Planet Money carries a printed copy of Dan Harmon’s Story Circle around in his wallet. But, as spot-on as the Story Circle is, if it’s not drawn on a napkin, it’s just less satisfying. (Joking) - -I first got the idea of drawing story structures on napkins from Bradley Campbell. He’s much better at it than I am. You can see for yourself at the post for the HowSound episode “My Kingdom for Some Structure.” Bradley and I chatted about the sketches he made for This American Life and Radiolab and All Things Considered and others. - -Later, I took pen to paper for “The ‘e,'” perhaps my favorite story structure. The drawings? Not so much. - -Now, the broken narrative. If memory serves, I first heard about it from Roy Peter Clark of the Poynter Institute. The broken narrative works like this: - -The straight line is the narrative of the story. This happened then this happened then this happened. . . - -At an appropriate point in the narrative, the story takes a step to the side. The writer puts the narrative on hold to provide context or history or reported information. That’s the “broken” part of the arrow above. - -Then, slyly (if the writing is good), the narrative seamlessly continues. This happened then this happened. . . until it’s time for another break in the story for more context. - -And so on. . . - -NPR’s Greg Warner blew me away recently with his skillful use of the broken narrative on an episode of Rough Translation called “The Congo We Listen To.” Greg and I dissect the broken narrative in the opening to that story on this edition of HowSound.",1731883675,c00d35bf2d,1f35f080fe,,,1731883675 -https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/2024/11/the-responsible-solar-supply-chain/,https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/feed/,The responsible solar supply chain,"Solar products are among the freight that’s increasingly at risk of being detained at ports as countries try to stop the flow of goods made with forced labor. In the U.S., for example, the Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act (UFLPA) has resulted in over $500 million worth of electronic goods being seized, exported or destroyed at the border in just the last two years. - -To help solar companies comply with these laws, the Solar Energy Industries Association (SEIA) recently released a draft of its SEIA 101 standard, which is expected to be published early next year. The standard provides guidance for how companies can trace the history of solar products from raw materials to finished goods so they can identify and address forced-labor risks in their supply chain. - -Some companies may consider the changes that they need to make to align with the standard as merely more hoops to jump through. But in truth, the standard presents an opportunity for companies to harness the power of their supply chain to safeguard their solar projects from customs-related stoppages and other disruptions so they can keep solar projects on schedule and on budget. - -Areas of focus - -Meeting the requirements in SEIA 101 can help solar companies prevent compliance issues with laws like the UFLPA and prepare them to better respond if such issues do come up. As part of this journey, solar companies will need to strengthen their business and supply chain in key areas like: - -Forced labor compliance: Driving forced-labor risks out of solar products and projects needs to be an intentional effort for solar companies across their operations and those of their suppliers. - -For instance, they should ensure their employees and suppliers are educated on forced-labor laws through training and communications. They should also update their code of ethics, contracts and purchase orders as necessary to confirm their compliance with the laws. And they should audit all suppliers and manufacturers in their supply chain. Freely available resources like the International Labour Organization’s forced labor indicators and the U.S. Department of Labor’s Comply Chain tool can ease this process. - -A traceability management program is also essential for identifying forced labor in a product’s supply chain and a requirement in SEIA 101. - -As part of this program, companies should consider conducting a supply chain tracing exercise in which they identify every party and input in their supply chain. They can then compare the list of parties against a resource like Sheffield Hallam University’s database of companies operating in the Uyghur Region. - -Solar companies should also use supply chain mapping to document the origins and journeys of products as well as their components and raw materials. The mapping should provide visibility into not only manufacturing but also trading, sorting and transporting milestones so no customs questions go unanswered. Supply chain mapping is not a one-size-fits-all approach and should be a continuous process. Forced labor compliance requirements and lists of in-scope materials often change, so companies that do not continue to map their supply chain with regular data collection and reporting open themselves up to significant risks. - -In the solar industry, it’s not uncommon for companies to source inputs from multiple suppliers. To mitigate risks of non-compliance and strengthen their traceability management program, solar companies should vet new suppliers with the same auditing and training as existing suppliers. Ensuring that all suppliers adhere to consistent codes and compliance requirements will strengthen supply chain resilience and allow companies to identify risks as quickly as possible. - -Country-of-origin compliance: Improper country-of-origin (COO) markings can make solar products an easy target for U.S. Customs at the border. - -All foreign goods coming into the U.S. must include a COO marking that’s written in English in a legible and as permanent a manner as possible. The marking must also be clearly and conspicuously placed on the product. Some goods, like electronics, have unique marking requirements. - -Adhering to these rules – and avoiding common mistakes like using abbreviations or placing the markings in locations that aren’t easily visible – can reduce the likelihood of products encountering issues at U.S. Customs. - -Well-defined responsibilities with Incoterms: International Commercial Terms, or Incoterms, are internationally recognized terms and conditions that define a buyer’s and seller’s responsibilities in a trade contract. The terms are created and published in 29 languages by the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC). - -While SEIA 101 doesn’t require the use of Incoterms, they may help companies that want to align their business and supply chain to the standard. That’s because the terms clearly define the obligations of each party involved in a contract, including who assumes the risk and costs for certain activities. This makes parties more accountable to the success of solar projects, aligns all parties on expectations and reduces the potential for confusion. - -The latest Incoterms edition, Incoterms 2020, is available from the ICC. The rules have also been compiled into freely available Incoterm tools. - -Support to ease alignment - -Some of the concepts and requirements in SEIA 101 may be new to the solar industry, but they’re well-established in other industries. And a wealth of tools, expertise and best practice guidance are available to help implement them. Solar companies that embrace these resources will find that achieving alignment with SEIA 101 will be easier and faster, and their ability to enhance compliance and keep projects moving forward using greater supply chain transparency will happen sooner.",1731883669,1796127155,1f153afefb,,,1731883669 -https://www.beyondtheboxscore.com/2022/3/24/22993929/kansas-city-royals-2022-season-preview-returning-to-relevancy,https://www.beyondtheboxscore.com/rss/current,The Royals are on the verge of returning to relevancy,"After a 95-67 season in 2015 that resulted in a World Series title, the Kansas City Royals’ decline started: they finished 81-81 in 2016 and 80-82 in 2017, but really hit rock bottom in 2018 (58-104) and 2019 (59-103). The pandemic season (26-34) and 2021 (74-88) were actually decent compared to that ugly 2018-19 period. - -The Royals, however, are eager to see the light at the end of the tunnel. They want to return to relevancy, and actually made some win-now moves for the 2022 campaign. For example, they brought in homegrown starter Zack Greinke, who is returning home at the tender age of 38 after posting a 4.16 ERA in 171 innings for the Houston Astros last year. - -For the Royals to have a shot at finishing among the best teams in the AL Central division in 2022, however, they need several things to happen, the most important of them being their young starters taking a (massive) step forward. - -Brady Singer, Jackson Kowar, Daniel Lynch, and Kris Bubic were, or are, all touted prospects at one point in their careers. They all pitched significant innings in the big leagues last year, and here are the results: - -Brady Singer: 4.91 ERA, 4.04 FIP, 22.4 K% in 128.1 IP - -Daniel Lynch: 5.69 ERA, 4.82 FIP, 17.1 K% in 68 IP - -Kris Bubic: 4.43 ERA, 5.14 FIP, 20.5 K% in 130 IP - -Jackson Kowar: 11.27 ERA, 6.43 FIP, 18.1 K% in 30.1 IP - -Not good. Not good at all. Perhaps Greinke can do some coaching in Kansas City, or maybe some of them will find consistency and significantly improve in 2022 simply because of natural prospect growth, but the franchise does need more of that foursome. Brad Keller and Carlos Hernandez will also eat some innings as starters. - -For Kansas City, however, things are looking particularly bright in the position players’ department. Bobby Witt, who completely dominated Double-A and Triple-A last year with 33 homers and 29 stolen bases (plus some really impressive wRC+ marks), is expected to be the third baseman and is a candidate for Rookie of the Year honors. - -The Royals have Salvador Pérez’s power (a league-leading 48 homers in 2021) from the catching position, which is a plus even though he is far from an asset behind the plate; as well as Adalberto Mondesí’s game-changing speed even if his plate discipline profile is not ideal. - -To balance things, Kansas City has Andrew Benintendi’s all-around production (.276/.324/.442 line, 17 homers, eight steals, and a 106 wRC+) and Nicky López and Whit Merrifield’s speed and contact skills. - -López is actually quite underrated. Expected to be the starter at the keystone, he led the Royals last year with 4.4 fWAR: he hit .300 and had a solid .365 OBP with very good defense. As for Merrifield, though, perhaps the Royals should have traded him last year while he still had some value, as he is already declining (91 wRC+). - -MJ Meléndez and Nick Pratto, like Witt, are heralded hitting prospects who hit more than 30 homers in the minors last year and are expected to contribute in 2022. They are both quite talented. - -If the Royals can get something out of Michael A. Taylor, Carlos Santana, and Hunter Dozier offensively, it would be a bonus. Taylor is a defensive ace in center field, though. - -The Royals, now that they traded for Amir Garrett, have some good relievers: Josh Staumont, Scott Barlow, and Jake Brentz certainly qualify, but the group isn’t particularly deep. - -Win Total Prediction: 80-82 (.493) - -All in all, the Royals are slowly crawling back to contention, but they are not quite there yet until they can develop some pitching. They have the prospects: now they have to show they can give them the necessary tools to succeed against the best hitters in the world. - -I am fairly confident that the Royals can finish with a better record than the Cleveland Guardians, and may be able to challenge the Minnesota Twins and Detroit Tigers if they can get something out of Singer, Kowar, Lynch, and Bubic. They are more of a 2023 or 2024 play, though. - -Andrés Chávez loves the game of baseball and writes about it at Beyond the Box Score, Pinstripe Alley, and other sites. He is on Twitter as @andres_chavez13",1731883626,2446e43b23,1f92a91c94,,,1731883626 -https://www.thepinknews.com/2024/11/15/greys-anatomy-dr-levi-schmitt-final-episode/,https://www.pinknews.co.uk/feed/,Jake Borelli's final episode as Dr. Levi Schmitt in Grey's Anatomy,"Grey’s Anatomy’s Jake Borelli has honoured his “courageous gay character” Dr. Levi Schmitt on his final episode of the medical drama. - -Warning: Grey’s Anatomy season 21 spoilers ahead. - -It was previously announced that the actor would be leaving the ever-loved series after seven seasons. He made history with the role after his character marked the first-ever gay romance on the series with fellow series actor Alex Landi, who plays Dr. Nico Kim. - -Dr. Schmitt was recently offered a promotion from Chief Resident to General Surgery attending but ultimately left to pursue a pediatric fellowship in Texas alongside his new partner, out gay chaplain James (Michael Thomas Grant). - -Taking to Instagram on Thursday (14 November) to mark the end of the chapter for “Glasses”, Borelli wrote: “Tonight is my last episode as Dr. Levi Schmitt, and I can’t tell you how grateful I am to have shared this experience with all of you over the last 8 years. - -“I was heartbroken when I found out this storyline was coming to an end, but I will never take for granted just how much this character has done for not only myself but for people all over the world,” he said. - -You may like to watch - -Borelli explained that in his youth, he yearned for positive LGBTQ+ representation on-screen. “The idea of seeing an out gay man play such a well-rounded, fully formed, and courageous gay character felt like a pipe dream for me,” he admitted. “I never would have guessed that I would be the one to get the opportunity to do just that. - -“Levi has taught me that when you lead with vulnerability and have the bravery to fully step into your authentic self, the world will open up for you in ways you never could have imagined.” - -“I’m so grateful to have held hands with Levi through my own journey of acceptance,” Borelli said, having come out as gay in 2018. “I want to thank—from the bottom of my heart—all the people who helped bring this character to life and who put their necks on the line to tell this story on such a large and iconic platform as Grey’s Anatomy. - -“I love you all and I will continue to champion authentic queer stories till the very end,” he concluded. - -You can watch Jake Borelli’s final episode of Grey’s Anatomy “If You Leave” on Hulu in the US, or on Disney+ in the UK.",1731883668,729e030595,1f6b95b411,,,1731883668 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/chat-gpt-public-relations/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,How to Create ChatGPT Prompts for Public Relations,"AI tools like ChatGPT have become indispensable in the world of work. Its 233 million users say it all. - -Source - -More than a trend, ChatGPT has gone mainstream because it makes task execution quick and easy. - -This guide is for PR professionals looking to harness ChatGPT’s potential. We will explore how to create prompts for public relations-related tasks. - -But first, here is a quick overview. - -What Is ChatGPT? - -ChatGPT is a powerful AI tool that generates content and provides human-like responses based on your prompts. OpenAI programmed this chatbot to understand real-world situations based on large datasets. The quick response time to queries has made it a part of day-to-day work for professionals in various fields, making work easier and faster. - -Some useful applications across various industries include: - - - -Helping developers with coding - -Assisting recruiters in creating job descriptions - -Helping marketers brainstorm to create new ideas and content - -Creating a draft of standard operating procedures for operations teams - -Why Prompts Matter In Public Relations - -A prompt is a query or information you give it to generate your desired output. Clarifying your prompts is crucial because, unlike humans, AI tools like ChatGPT cannot know your intentions or guess the response you want. Put another way, entering a vague or generic prompt will likely yield unsatisfactory results. - -Clarity is even more important when using generative AI for public relations tasks. Why? ChatGPT doesn’t know your brand, service, or product. The exception is if your brand has excellent industry recognition and has generated lots of coverage in the past. - -Accurate information is essential for PR professionals, as factual correctness is paramount. Unfortunately, there is no guarantee that it will provide factually correct responses. However, you can quell this by providing more context for your prompts. - -As Jennifer Berson, a PR agency founder, suggests, ChatGPT is a starting point in the work process. It helps you understand client briefs, research and analyze existing data, ideate new campaigns, and draft pitches and content. - -How to Create Effective ChatGPT Prompts - -Provide Audience Details - -Before writing a prompt, you need to state your audience. For instance, if you are writing to a magazine editor, give it some context about them to create the email pitch. Personalization boosts the odds that it will create a PR pitch with a better chance of acceptance. - -Your prompts can include details like the target audience’s name and persona, demographics (if relevant), location(s), interests, and more to help it understand your audience. - -Write Clear Prompts to Generate Accurate Responses - -Feed ChatGPT all your data before you ask it to create an output. - -For example, you want to create a news release to launch a new SaaS product or feature for your client’s company. The feature name is called Marketing Ninja. But as you can see in the prompt, there is no mention of your client company, and it assumes the client company name is the same as the product feature name. - -Bottom line: state your company names clearly. Though it improves in understanding your intentions and instructions, it can still get confused by using common words as names. - -Use Keywords and Context to Improve Output - -Provide important keywords or details like audience segment, product/service, features of an offer, campaign purpose and brief, brand details, and other core information to help ChatGPT better understand your prompt. - -This will improve the quality of your output and provide you with a better end result. - -Use Best Practices for Structuring Prompts - -To get started, write every detail in a separate line. - -For example, if you ask ChatGPT to provide PR campaign planning tips for a fashion brand manufacturer, your prompt can be: - -Give me tips to create a PR plan for {brand name}. - -State what it does/its services/its products - -Include how it differs from others - -Mention the purpose of the PR campaign - -Include the target audience - -Write when the PR campaign starts - -Selected media platforms (if any) - -Company Founder/CEO name - -Provide your budget details - -You can add more details like this to your prompt. Give one prompt per task, so ChatGPT can address all details for the project. - -If you start a chat from scratch, provide lots of product data. Create a separate chat for each type of task and keep them organized. Rename them if needed. - -Doing these prevents you from explaining your idea, brand, and product whenever you work with ChatGPT. Also, ChatGPT can reference the previous data you have entered and use it to improve its responses. - -How to Improve ChatGPT Prompt Output - -The more time you spend using ChatGPT and playing with new types of prompts, the more you can improve your prompts for better outputs. But if you are new to ChatGPT, here are some ways to improve your output. - -Train With Examples - -Even after you have given sufficient data about your brand and product, give ChatGPT some examples. - -You can share previous news releases, email pitches, landing page URLs, and campaign ads to help the AI model understand your brand’s tone and voice and better use it to create your new content. - -Provide Feedback - -If ChatGPT generates a generic response to your prompt, tell it to improve it. - -For instance, when we asked ChatGPT to write a subject line using a prompt, we gave feedback based on the initial results. - -The tool adopted the suggestions into its responses to generate better results. You can also ask the tool to regenerate the output to the same prompt or edit your prompt. - -Modify Prompts - -Once you see the results the AI tool creates, you can slightly modify your prompts. - -For example, you could ask ChatGPT to list the best PR campaign ideas based on a brief. Now the tool can come back to you with two or three ideas. But if you need more, you can prompt it to provide five to six more ideas. - -Another example is to ask it to suggest alternatives or make the content longer or shorter based on your requirements. - -Examples of Effective PR Prompts - -Ready to start drafting ChatGPT Prompts for Public Relations? - -Below is a generic prompt and the result of the news release for the same product launch. - -As you can see above, the generated news release reads like a template. The most important thing to note is it has ‘assumed’ the features your app may have and elaborated on them. - -You know your app lacks a community support option, but how would ChatGPT know that? To fix this, you must provide a detailed news release prompt. For example, below, we have provided all the data about the brand, product, and even a quote from the founder. - -Here is the detailed news release created by ChatGPT, which covers all the facts we shared and elaborates on the points. - -Notice the difference in the results? - -This news release is detailed and factual throughout. Although the content style and structure may still need improvement, the facts stated are accurate. - -You can either publish it as it is or use it as a base format to help speed up your writing time. - -What worked in this prompt? - - - -The AI tool received the correct information - -Compiling the data simultaneously instead of correcting ChatGPT through multiple rounds of feedback saves you a lot of time. - -So, next time you create a prompt, try to provide as many details as possible. You can then give feedback on the title, format, tone of voice, etc. For example, I would ask ChatGPT to move the About section slightly lower in the structure and change the call to action to be written as if the event had already happened. I can also ask it to include a CTA stating how the reader can download the app. - -How to Find Great Prompts - -Writing great prompts that generate accurate results is a craft. It still requires setting the strategy, providing the information, and directing the large language model. - -If you have been using ChatGPT and still find it challenging, other AI writing tools can help with AI-generated content. - -One such tool is the free Press Release Generator by Hire Mia. With this tool, you can effortlessly craft effective news releases that boost brand awareness and drive results. All you need to do is to fill out your details, target audience, and tone and get a news release ready to be published. - -With a simple Google Search, you can find other AI writing tools for specific content like these.",1731883700,4dc781f5bc,1fb866c8ad,,,1731883700 -https://devblogs.microsoft.com/oldnewthing/20241112-00/?p=110507,https://news.ycombinator.com/rss,Why did Windows 95 setup use three operating systems?,"Twitter users @tthirtle asked why Windows 95 setup goes through three operating systems: MS-DOS, Windows 3.1, and then Windows 95. Why not go from MS-DOS straight to Windows 95? - -Here’s another good question. Why does Windows 95 setup use 3 different UI’s. DOS,Win3.x,and Win9x? — Thomas (@tthirtle) July 7, 2024 - -Windows 95 setup could upgrade from three starting points: MS-DOS, Windows 3.1, or Windows 95. (Yes, you could upgrade Windows 95 to Windows 95. You might do this to repair a corrupted system while preserving data.) - -One option is to write three versions of Windows 95 setup: One for setting up from MS-DOS, another for setting up from Windows 3.1, and a third for setting up from Windows 95. - -This was not a pleasant option because you basically did the same work three times, but implemented separately, so you have to do three times the coding. - -A better option is to just write one version of Windows 95 setup and use it for all three starting points. So now you get to choose the platform on which to base your code. - -From App type MS-DOS 16-bit GUI 32-bit GUI MS-DOS • Windows 3.1 • • Windows 95 • • • - -If you write Windows 95 setup as an MS-DOS app, then it runs on all three platforms. That’s great! You need to write only one setup program. The downside is that it’s going to be a text-mode setup program, which looks ugly and gives a poor initial impression of what is supposed to be a brand new GUI world. - -At the other extreme, you can write Windows 95 setup as a 32-bit GUI program, but that means that if the user is starting from MS-DOS or Windows 3.1, you have to install Windows 95 before you can run Windows 95 setup, which is a bit of a catch-22. - -In the middle is the happy medium: You can have the MS-DOS setup program install a minimal version of Windows 3.1, just barely enough to support what the 16-bit GUI setup program needs.¹ This tiny version is small enough to be copied and installed off a small number of floppy disks. Once that’s done, boot into the tiny version of Windows 3.1 and run the 16-bit GUI setup program. - -Okay, so now we have three setup programs. The first one is used if you’re installing from MS-DOS: It installs the tiny version of Windows 3.1, and then boots into Windows 3.1 to continue to the next step. - -The second setup program runs as a 16-bit Windows app, either in the miniature copy of Windows 3.1 (if the user is upgrading from MS-DOS), the real copy of Windows 3.1 (if the user is upgrading from Windows 3.1), or the real copy of Windows 95 (if the user is upgrading from Windows 95). This second setup program is the one that does almost all of the real work: It does the initial interaction with the user to gather information about how to install Windows 95, like asking which optional components to include, and does hardware detection to decide which drivers to install.² And then it copies the drivers and Windows 95 files onto the system, migrates your old settings to the new operating system, and boots into Windows 95. - -The third setup program runs as a 32-bit Windows app. It is running in the real Windows 95 system and does some final steps that require operation a live running system, like installing printers. - -Starting from MS-DOS → Install mini Windows 3.1 MS-DOS app ↓ Boot into mini-Windows 3.1 ↓ Starting from Windows 3.1 → Gather information 16-bit Windows app or Windows 95 ↓ Detect hardware ↓ Copy drivers and - -Windows 95 files ↓ Migrate settings and configure drivers ↓ Boot into Windows 95 ↓ Final setup Windows 95 app - -So that’s why Windows 95 setup is really three setup programs chained together. It allows a single copy of the code to be used for all three of the installation scenarios. Each program takes you one step closer to the goal. And everything got implemented only once. - -¹ There was existing precedent for a tiny version of Windows that is barely enough to run a single program. The original Windows version of Microsoft Excel came with a runtime version of Windows 2.1, so that customers who didn’t have Windows could still use Excel. - -² This hardware detection code that Setup uses is the same code that runs when you do hardware detection from within Windows 95 itself, so even that code needed to be written only once. It did have some runtime checks to change behavior slightly depending on whether it’s running in Windows 3.1 or Windows 95, but the vast majority of the code is identical.",1731883643,7198d80d03,1f77965a34,,,1731883643 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/upcoming-mobile-games/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/feed/,"All upcoming mobile games (iOS, Android): 2024, 2025, and beyond","Mobile gaming keeps getting better and better. While consoles like the Xbox Series X and PlayStation 5 Pro (and PC, of course) dominate gaming news and have the biggest library of games, more and more of the best upcoming video games are making their way to mobile devices. - -No matter which of the best gaming phones you’re playing on, there’s certainly a new game on its way for you to pay attention to. Here’s everything that’s set to release in the next few months. - -Recommended Videos - -2024 releases - -The games listed below either have 100% confirmed release dates or solid release windows that we expect them to hit this year. Anything that’s up in the air due to more vague launch predictions or previous delays will be listed under the following header. - -Genshin Impact: Tapestry of Spirit and Flame Play Platforms PC (Microsoft Windows), Android, iOS, PlayStation 4, PlayStation 5, Xbox Series X|S Genre Role-playing (RPG), Adventure Developer Cognosphere, HoYoverse Publisher Cognosphere, HoYoverse Release November 20, 2024 The latest Genshin Impact expansion introduces two new tribes from Natlan: the Flower-Feather Clan and the Masters of the Night-Wind, along with their elite warriors and new Saurian companions. The seasonal event will send players off to investigate a mysterious accident and march northwest to uncover the secrets of a ruined, multilayered city that towers into the clouds. You can learn more about the update on the Genshin Impact website. Version 5.2 ""Tapestry of Spirit and Flame"" Events Overview | Genshin Impact - -Animal Crossing: Pocket Camp Complete Play Platforms Android, iOS Genre Simulator Developer Nintendo EPD Publisher Nintendo Release December 03, 2024 Nintendo has finally revealed Animal Crossing: Pocket Camp Complete , the paid version of its long-running Pocket Camp mobile game that’ll be the way to play after the company takes the older game offline. While the seven-year-old free-to-play title will be removed from app stores on November 29, players can pay a onetime fee to roll over their progress and most of their data to Complete when it launches on December 3. Animal Crossing: Pocket Camp Complete - Welcome to Your New Home, Campers - -Infinity Nikki Play Platforms PC (Microsoft Windows), Android, iOS, PlayStation 5 Genre Platform, Role-playing (RPG), Adventure Developer InFold Pte. Ltd. Publisher InFold Pte. Ltd. Release December 05, 2024 The fifth entry in the mega-popular Nikki series, Infinity Nikki takes a mobile dress-up gacha game and turns it into a full open-world console game with shades of The Legend of Zelda: Breath of the Wild peppered in. This may sound like a super niche title, but we think it could be one of the year’s biggest video games. Infinity Nikki Announcement Trailer–It’s glam time any time! - -Godzilla x Kong: Titan Chasers Play Platforms Android, iOS Genre Strategy Developer Hunted Cow Studios Publisher Tilting Point Release December 06, 2024 This 4X MMO strategy game will put you right in the middle of an epic battle between Godzilla, Kong, and other epic monsters. Godzilla x Kong: Titan Chasers | Gameplay Trailer - -Monument Valley III Play Platforms Android, iOS Genre Puzzle Developer Ustwo Games, Ustwo Games Publisher Netflix Release December 10, 2024 Embark on a captivating journey through a mesmerizing puzzle world in Monument Valley III. Join Noor, an apprentice lightkeeper, as she sets out on a heroic quest to save her community by navigating mind-bending optical illusions, uniting a scattered village, and guiding the residents toward a new home. Monument Valley 3 | Official Announce Trailer | Netflix - -Future releases - -All we know about the game listed below is that it’s in development.",1731883675,f8bbd45a63,1fb84b4847,,,1731883675 -https://securityintelligence.com/posts/autonomous-security-for-cloud-in-aws/,https://securityintelligence.com/feed/,Autonomous security for cloud in AWS: Harnessing the power of AI for a secure future,"As the digital world evolves, businesses increasingly rely on cloud solutions to store data, run operations and manage applications. However, with this growth comes the challenge of ensuring that cloud environments remain secure and compliant with ever-changing regulations. This is where the idea of autonomous security for cloud (ASC) comes into play. - -Security and compliance aren’t just technical buzzwords; they are crucial for businesses of all sizes. With data breaches and cyber threats on the rise, having systems that ensure your data is secure and meets regulatory standards is no longer optional. However traditional methods of managing security and compliance often require significant manual effort, which can lead to delays, errors or overlooked vulnerabilities. - -What is ASC? - -ASC is a groundbreaking solution that automates the complex tasks involved in securing your cloud environment and making it compliant with regulatory and organizational standards. Powered by generative artificial intelligence (gen AI), ASC is designed to meet the security needs of today and adapt to the challenges of tomorrow. ASC is currently designed for workloads running on Amazon Web Services (AWS). - -At its heart, ASC is an intelligent system that continuously monitors your AWS environment for any changes or risks. This means that as your business evolves — whether you’re adding new cloud services, changing configurations, or scaling up — your security and compliance framework automatically adjusts in real-time. - -Why security and compliance matter - -For many organizations, keeping up with the latest regulations, such as data privacy laws, industry standards or cybersecurity frameworks, is a constant headache. Failing to meet these regulations can result in hefty fines, loss of trust and even business disruption. - -ASC acts as a 24/7 guardian, ensuring that your cloud setup remains in line with industry standards like the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI-DSS), the Digital Operational Resilience Act (DORA) and other regulations and standards. ASC detects issues and proactively addresses them, helping you stay ahead of threats and compliance requirements before they become problems. - -How ASC works: A simple yet powerful process - -The functionalities of ASC can be defined as follows: - -Continuous monitoring: ASC keeps an eye on your cloud environment at all times, scanning for potential risks, security gaps or compliance violations. Automatic adjustments: If ASC detects any issues — such as misconfigurations or new security threats — it automatically makes the necessary changes to fix them. Proactive protection: Using AI-powered predictions, ASC can review your business requirements and recommend secured and compliant configurations of AWS resources required for your business. It can also generate infrastructure as code (IaC) templates to deploy resources in your AWS cloud with secured configurations necessary for your organization’s compliance with regulatory standards and internal policies. Whether it’s a change in regulatory standards or a new cyber threat, ASC is ready to adjust your security settings accordingly. Human expertise when needed: While ASC is largely autonomous, it doesn’t eliminate the need for human oversight. Experts can step in when critical decisions are required, ensuring that human judgment complements AI efficiency. - -The role of AI in building a resilient future - -Gen AI is at the core of ASC, which powers the system’s ability to think, learn and predict. By integrating gen AI capabilities, ASC continuously evolves and improves. This means the system gets smarter over time, adapting to new challenges in the security landscape. - -For example, if a new type of cyberattack emerges, ASC can learn from external data sources and apply the right protection to your AWS environment automatically. This ability to self-heal and adjust in real-time is what sets ASC apart from traditional security solutions. - -The future of compliance: Less stress, more security - -The world of compliance is becoming more complicated, but ASC offers a future where managing compliance doesn’t have to be a source of stress. By automating routine tasks like monitoring and reporting, ASC frees up your team to focus on what they do best: Growing your business. - -The shift to cloud computing is here to stay, and with it comes the need for smarter, more efficient ways to manage security and compliance in the cloud environment. ASC in AWS, powered by cutting-edge gen AI, is leading the way. By automating complex processes and proactively protecting your cloud environment, ASC ensures that businesses stay secure, compliant and ready for the future. - -Souvik Khamaru Executive Security Consultant, EMEA Cloud Security Center of Competency Akram Zaky Product Manager - Consulting & Cybersecurity Services, IBM Moumita Saha Senior Security Partner Solutions Architect - Amazon Web Services",1731883648,4a944ac29d,1f76923d1b,,,1731883648 -https://www.npr.org/2023/08/04/1192157490/soft-hard-no-landing-inflation,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Soft landing? Hard landing? No landing? What's next for the economy? : Planet Money : NPR,"A tarot card reading for the U.S. economy - -Enlarge this image LILLIAN SUWANRUMPHA/AFP via Getty Images LILLIAN SUWANRUMPHA/AFP via Getty Images - -Predicting the future of the economy is always a dicey proposition. That is especially true after more than three years of pandemic-related economic weirdness. No one quite knows what will happen next. - -Will the Fed be able to pull off a soft landing and bring down inflation without causing either a recession or a big jump in unemployment? Or will we end up with a hard landing, in which inflation comes down, but at the price of the country's economic health? Or, a third possibility, will the Fed not successfully bring inflation down at all? - -Sponsor Message - -On today's show, three economic experts explain what they look for when trying to make predictions about what might come next for the U.S. economy. And how those indicators lead them to very different conclusions. We will also consult a tarot card reader...to see if her reading of the future can help us know which outcome is the most likely. - -This episode was hosted by Keith Romer, Sarah Gonzalez, and Jeff Guo. It was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler and edited by Jess Jiang. It was engineered by Kwesi Lee with help from Maggie Luthar and fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Alex Goldmark is our Executive Producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Hammond Soul,"" ""Sorry I Kept You,"" ""Don't Cross the Line,"" ""Swinging Along,"" & ""Sniffin' Glue""",1731884627,8181d7a585,1fd46eca50,,,1731884627 -https://www.upfluence.com/influencer-marketing/what-is-considered-a-good-or-average-engagement-rate-for-tiktok-in-2024,https://www.upfluence.com/blog/feed/,What is Considered a Good or Average Engagement Rate for TikTok in 2024?,"What is the Average Engagement Rate On TikTok? - -TikTok has rapidly become one of the most influential social media platforms, with over 1 billion active users globally. - -Known for its short-form, highly engaging videos, TikTok provides a fertile ground for influencers to connect with audiences in creative and viral ways. As brands increasingly turn to TikTok for influencer marketing, understanding what constitutes a “good” or “average engagement rate on TikTok” is crucial. - -In 2024, the average engagement rate on TikTok varies widely depending on the influencer’s follower count, impacting their ability to maintain high levels of audience interaction. This article breaks down the average engagement rates, engagement rate growth, and follower growth for TikTok influencers across different follower ranges to help brands determine what qualifies as a good engagement rate on TikTok.",1731883654,3ef6749202,1fa0c10901,,,1731883654 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/10/court-orders-google-monopolist-knock-it-monopoly-stuff,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,Court Orders Google (a Monopolist) To Knock It Off With the Monopoly Stuff,"A federal court recently ordered Google to make it easier for Android users to switch to rival app stores, banned Google from using its vast cash reserves to block competitors, and hit Google with a bundle of thou-shalt-nots and assorted prohibitions. - -Each of these measures is well crafted, narrowly tailored, and purpose-built to accomplish something vital: improving competition in mobile app stores. - -You love to see it. - -Some background: the mobile OS market is a duopoly run by two dominant firms, Google (Android) and Apple (iOS). Both companies distribute software through their app stores (Google's is called ""Google Play,"" Apple's is the ""App Store""), and both companies use a combination of market power and legal intimidation to ensure that their users get all their apps from the company's store. - -This creates a chokepoint: if you make an app and I want to run it, you have to convince Google (or Apple) to put it in their store first. That means that Google and Apple can demand all kinds of concessions from you, in order to reach me. The most important concession is money, and lots of it. Both Google and Apple demand 30 percent of every dime generated with an app - not just the purchase price of the app, but every transaction that takes place within the app after that. The companies have all kinds of onerous rules blocking app makers from asking their users to buy stuff on their website, instead of in the app, or from offering discounts to users who do so. - -For avoidance of doubt: 30 percent is a lot. The ""normal"" rate for payment processing is more like 2-5 percent, a commission that's gone up 40 percent since covid hit, a price-hike that is itself attributable to monopoly power in the sector.That's bad, but Google and Apple demand ten times that (unless you qualify for their small business discount, in which case, they only charge five times more than the Visa/Mastercard cartel). - -Epic Games - the company behind the wildly successful multiplayer game Fortnite - has been chasing Google and Apple through the courts over this for years, and last December, they prevailed in their case against Google. - -This week's court ruling is the next step in that victory. Having concluded that Google illegally acquired and maintained a monopoly over apps for Android, the court had to decide what to do about it. - -It's a great judgment: read it for yourself, or peruse the highlights in this excellent summary from The Verge. - -For the next three years, Google must meet the following criteria: - -Allow third-party app stores for Android, and let those app stores distribute all the same apps as are available in Google Play (app developers can opt out of this); - -Distribute third-party app stores as apps , so users can switch app stores by downloading a new one from Google Play, in just the same way as they'd install any app; - -Allow apps to use any payment processor, not just Google's 30 percent money-printing machine; - -Permit app vendors to tell users about other ways to pay for the things they buy in-app; - -Permit app vendors to set their own prices. - -Google is also prohibited from using its cash to fence out rivals, for example, by: - -Offering incentives to app vendors to launch first on Google Play, or to be exclusive to Google Play; - -Offering incentives to app vendors to avoid rival app stores; - -Offering incentives to hardware makers to pre-install Google Play; - -Offering incentives to hardware makers not to install rival app stores. - -These provisions tie in with Google's other recent loss; in Google v. DoJ, where the company was found to have operated a monopoly over search. That case turned on the fact that Google paid unimaginably vast sums - more than $25 billion per year - to phone makers, browser makers, carriers, and, of course, Apple, to make Google Search the default. That meant that every search box you were likely to encounter would connect to Google, meaning that anyone who came up with a better search engine would have no hope of finding users. - -What's so great about these remedies is that they strike at the root of the Google app monopoly. Google locks billions of users into its platform, and that means that software authors are at its mercy. By making it easy for users to switch from one app store to another, and by preventing Google from interfering with that free choice, the court is saying to Google, ""You can only remain dominant if you're the best - not because you're holding 3.3 billion Android users hostage."" - -Interoperability - plugging new features, services and products into existing systems - is digital technology's secret superpower, and it's great to see the courts recognizing how a well-crafted interoperability order can cut through thorny tech problems. - -Google has vowed to appeal. They say they're being singled out, because Apple won a similar case earlier this year. It's true, a different court got it wrong with Apple. - -But Apple's not off the hook, either: the EU's Digital Markets Act took effect this year, and its provisions broadly mirror the injunction that just landed on Google. Apple responded to the EU by refusing to substantively comply with the law, teeing up another big, hairy battle. - -In the meantime, we hope that other courts, lawmakers and regulators continue to explore the possible uses of interoperability to make technology work for its users. This order will have far-reaching implications, and not just for games like Fortnite: the 30 percent app tax is a millstone around the neck of all kinds of institutions, from independent game devs who are dolphins caught in Google's tuna net to the free press itself..",1731883670,1face9fbd3,1fd38dbb77,,,1731883670 -https://www.nytimes.com/2024/11/17/us/politics/rankings-university-of-florida-ben-sasse.html,https://rss.nytimes.com/services/xml/rss/nyt/Politics.xml,Why Did Ben Sasse Resign as President of the University of Florida?,"Ben Sasse, the Nebraska senator, arrived in Florida in February 2023 to help cement a conservative makeover of one of the nation’s top five public universities. - -The University of Florida had lured the senator with an unusual $10 million, five-year contract, possibly the most lucrative ever for a public university president. Gov. Ron DeSantis applauded the selection of a fellow Republican, calling Dr. Sasse a “deep thinker on education policy.” - -Then, in July, just 17 months into his contract at the Gainesville university, Dr. Sasse resigned, sparking a host of questions about what went wrong. - -Dr. Sasse cited his wife’s deteriorating health as the reason for his departure. But observers of the university knew there were a number of other possible factors.",1731883655,6207fdc2b2,1f5c3c0eca,,,1731883655 -https://www.newsbtc.com/news/shiba-inu-on-fire-with-over-410-trillion-tokens-destroyed-amid-burn-rate-growth/,https://newsbtc.com/feed/,Shiba Inu On Fire With Over 410 Trillion Tokens Destroyed Amid Burn Rate Growth,"Shiba Inu (SHIB) is garnering attention once more due to a significant rise in its burn rate. Recent statistics indicate a 115% increase in the burn rate, with more than 16.1 million SHIB tokens incinerated in a single week. - -This increase is noteworthy since it diminishes the circulating supply of SHIB, potentially exerting upward pressure on its price if demand remains constant or escalates. - -Related Reading - -Bitcoin To $800K? Galaxy Digital CEO Unveils Bold 5-10 Year Forecast 1 day ago - -A Community-Led Initiative - -The current increase in SHIB’s burn rate is mostly propelled by community efforts to augment the token’s worth. Advocates have united to endorse multiple burn events, transferring tokens to inactive wallets and thereby eliminating them from circulation. - -The total amount of SHIB burned since the year started is a whopping 410 trillion tokens, proving the community’s will to reduce supply and improve scarcity. - -This milestone corresponds with overarching economic principles: when supply decreases and demand remains stable or increases, the likelihood of price appreciation escalates. The Shiba Inu community asserts that these initiatives would enhance SHIB’s market standing and draw new investors seeking opportunities in the cryptocurrency sector. - -Market Reaction And Price Fluctuations - -As a result, the price of SHIB rose following news of this increased burn rate. The value of the token jumped by 27% to around $0.00002753, levels that hadn’t been witnessed for months. A good sign of the state of the market mood among investors is the community’s proactively managed supply strategy. - -$SHIB is repeating history, and you know what that means… The parabolic phase is coming! 📈 Are you ready for some gains? 🚀 - -#SHIB #Crypto pic.twitter.com/C0rNQ2faL4 — SHIB Bezos (@BezosCrypto) November 14, 2024 - -Additionally, whales in this context have actually been driving this positive sentiment. Major SHIB holders have undertaken large burn transactions, which have then diluted the circulating supply and challenged the community. The bigger whales are going to nudge participation in the market from other, smaller investors with their increased activity in the coin. - -Related Reading - -Solana Rising: Key Metrics Hint At Serious Ethereum Competitor 3 days ago - -Positive Outlook For Shiba Inu - -As Shiba Inu progresses, numerous analysts express optimism regarding its potential price fluctuations. Due to heightened burning, enhanced community involvement, and favorable market mood, SHIB may be poised for a substantial gain. Certain analysts forecast that, should prevailing trends continue, SHIB may see price escalations of up to 80% in the near future. - -At the same time, the Shiba Inu ecosystem will continue to mature with new upcoming projects. These developments should further strengthen user engagement and the overall value proposition of SHIB, even in a competitive marketplace. - -With a new high in the burn rate of Shiba Inu, this is more than just a good development for its community and investors; it means that by actively burning its supplies and encouraging participation, SHIB might strategically be well-positioned to grow as it continues navigating the evolving cryptocurrency landscape. - -Featured image from Dall-E, chart from TradingView",1731883664,0651059340,1fe57c4c04,,,1731883664 -https://www.engadget.com/the-breville-smart-oven-air-fryer-drops-to-a-record-low-price-for-black-friday-150032299.html?src=rss,https://www.engadget.com/rss.xml,The Breville Smart Oven Air Fryer drops to a record-low price for Black Friday,"Engadget has been testing and reviewing consumer tech since 2004. Our stories may include affiliate links; if you buy something through a link, we may earn a commission. Read more about how we evaluate products . - -One of our favorite air fryer toaster ovens is on sale for a record low. The Breville Smart Oven Air Fryer, which has 11 cooking functions and takes up less counter space than the pricier “Pro” model, is available for $80 off. The appliance will usually set you back $350, but this Black Friday deal brings the brushed stainless steel mode down to $270. Most other colorways are down to $280. - -Breville’s Smart Oven Air Fryer has a long list of cooking functions: toast, bagel, broil, bake, roast, warm, pizza, air fry, reheat, cookies and slow cook. The oven uses five quartz heating elements known for quick and consistent heating. It uses algorithms to direct heat to where it’s needed most for each mode. - -The oven uses “super convection” tech to reduce cooking time by up to 30 percent. It speeds up cooking by raising hotter air and sinking the cooler, less dense air. It supports a wide temperature range of 120 to 450 degrees Fahrenheit. - -The appliance requires a decent amount of counter space: 18.9-inch wide x 15.9-inch deep x 10.9-inch high. But in return, you can squeeze in six slices of pizza or toast, a whole chicken or nine muffins. Breville’s oven has a smooth-looking brushed stainless steel texture, including snazzy-looking knobs and buttons and an interior light that automatically turns on at the cooking cycle’s end. (You can also flip it on manually.) - -Check out all of the latest Black Friday and Cyber Monday deals here.",1731883666,2ccba97d94,1f9dba9b7d,,,1731883666 -https://www.euronews.com/video/2024/11/14/cop29-carbon-credit-debate-sparks-backlash-from-activists,http://feeds.feedburner.com/euronews/en/home/,Video. COP29 carbon credit debate sparks backlash from activists,"At COP29 summit in Baku, Article 6 of the Paris Agreement was criticised by climate justice groups. They are sounding the alarm, warning that this approach lets the world’s biggest polluters off the hook. Instead of cutting emissions at the source, they can simply buy credits, allowing them to continue polluting without making meaningful changes, they say. - -Outside the venue, campaigners used visual displays to amplify their messages, including a ‘Pay Up’ banner in a nearby stadium calling for the richest countries to shoulder their responsibilities and contribute their fair share to funding the fight against climate change. - -Meanwhile, other activists used polar bears and bananas to advocate for nuclear energy as a safe, low-emission solution to the climate crisis, claiming that the radiation from a banana exceeds that of living next to a nuclear plant for a whole year.",1731883694,33451736bb,201523b800,,,1731883694 -https://abcnews.go.com/Politics/wireStory/donald-trump-jr-pushback-cabinet-picks-proves-disrupters-115948797,https://abcnews.go.com/abcnews/politicsheadlines,Donald Trump Jr. says pushback against Cabinet picks proves they're the disrupters voters wanted,"Donald Trump Jr. says the team now around the president-elect now knows how to choose a Cabinet and build out an administration, unlike before the time before his father first took office - -PALM BEACH, Fla. -- Donald Trump Jr. said Sunday that the team now around the president-elect knows how to choose a Cabinet and build out an administration, unlike the time before his father first took office. - -Any pushback that Donald Trump's unconventional choices face from the Washington establishment proves that they are just the kind of disruptors the new administration and voters are demanding, the younger Trump said. - -“The reality this time is, we actually know what we’re doing. We actually know who the good guys and the bad guys are,” he told Fox News Channel’s ""Sunday Morning Futures. “And it’s about surrounding my father with people who are both competent and loyal. They will deliver on his promises. They will deliver on his message. They are not people who think they know better, as unelected bureaucrats.” - -After Donald Trump was elected in 2016, he stocked his early administration with choices from traditional Republican and business circles, tapping figures such as former Exxon Mobil CEO Rex Tillerson, who was his first as secretary of state. - -Today, Trump is valuing personal allegiance above political experience. - -That has translated into selections such as former Florida Rep. Matt Gaetz, who faced a House ethics investigation, as attorney general, anti-vaccine activist Robert F. Kennedy Jr. as head of the Department of Health and Human Services and Tulsi Gabbard, a former Democratic lawmaker who has in the past publicly expressed sympathy to Russian causes, as director of U.S. intelligence services. - -Some of his picks might face difficulties getting confirmed by the Senate, even with Republicans holding a majority in January. - -Donald Trump Jr. suggested that was precisely the idea. - -“A lot of them are going to face pushback” but ”they are going to be actual disrupters,"" he said. ""That’s what the American people want.” - -He said there are “backup plans” if Senate confirmation is problematic in some cases, but “we’re obviously going with the strongest candidates first."" - -Trump Jr. also looked back to eight years ago, when his businessman father was new to Washington and its ways. ""A big part of that process is just something that we didn’t understand in 2016, where he came to Washington, D.C., he had no experience,” he said. - -Now, his son said, Trump knows what to expect. - -Sen. Eric Schmitt, R-Mo., said the president-elect has “a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to deliver that change, to take on permanent Washington, return the power back to the people."" - -“You have to have people you trust to go into these agencies and have a real reform agenda. And that’s why I think there’s real momentum, real momentum to get these nominations confirmed to actually deliver what President Trump promised on the campaign trail,” Schmitt told “Sunday Morning Futures.” - -On the same show, Sen. Tommy Tuberville, R-Ala., said, ""We don’t need any Democrats to help us. We have got the numbers."" But, he added, Trump needs “a team around him that’s going to help him. He can’t do it by himself.” - -Vivek Ramaswamy, the former Republican presidential candidate tapped by Trump along with businessman Elon Musk to lead a new effort on government efficiency, also predicted pushback from traditional Washington to promised steep federal cuts that he said showed the needed to “in the early months, score quick wins through executive action.”",1731883658,948678c443,1fed7a03b2,,,1731883658 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMiygFBVV95cUxQc0J4Wm9ERFE0cW1MTmhRaVR6T1ZNRlJqcTU2QVpESU9xME5JOHBUM0lrYXhYSzZmLXJUd2Z6aExlUWlzZEdZdW0zZjFtbjJ6dEd6a0otLTVGSGQtNkpHX3Jub1Z3Q0xVQ3VrOUdDXzU4b0NEZ2ZKTDd5Sld5T0w4dm9vWS1ObHFqRXFqWWZKaGNzM1Y2UXd3MGVBM0QxSEVZYS1XU1ozY0tYdDljZ1lKT29GMHJsRkZyTURtY2lTcXl2ZGc3cmVwSU1R?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883615,2688d2a9c6,1ff4a63aa9,,,1731883615 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/designers/a46675657/willy-chavarria-new-york-fashion-week/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,Leading the Way,"Quentin de Briey - -Tonight, Chavarria is nominated for the CFDA Menswear Designer of the Year Award. This is his third nomination and he won the title last year. In celebration, here is an interview with Chavarria about the importance of the legacy he is building, which originally ran in the February 2024 issue of Harper's Bazaar. - -On a crisp fall evening, Willy Chavarria meets me in the lobby of Fouquet’s, a Parisian hotel import in New York’s TriBeCa neighborhood. It’s two days after Chavarria won Menswear Designer of the Year at the Council of Fashion Designers of America Fashion Awards, four days after he was named Designer of the Year at the first-ever Latin American Fashion Awards, in the Dominican Republic, and two months after he staged one of the strongest and most moving shows of New York Fashion Week’s Spring 2024 season. Chavarria, who lives nearby, walks into the sepia-toned lobby right on time. He’s wearing black trousers, a black tee, and a black blazer, with chunky clogs and a chest full of layered gold chains and rosaries. - -Chavarria smiles and cuts right to the chase. “Can I order for us?” he asks. I, of course, oblige. “We’ll have two Belvedere martinis, shaken, glasses rinsed with vermouth, a sidecar of olive juice,” he tells our server, “and two olives, please.” When the drinks arrive, Chavarria takes a sip. “Perfect,” he says. - -This is someone who knows who he is and what he wants. “There is,” he says, “an old-guard way of thinking where you enter the fashion world and you need to become this pretentious, snobby, superficial person.” In work and in life, Chavarria is anything but. He launched his namesake line in 2015, building a loyal following for his club-kid streetwear: baggy jeans, graphic tees, utilitarian bomber jackets, and anoraks. Recent collections have seen his vision evolve. There is more suiting and eveningwear, including gowns and tanks and trousers crafted with sequins and taffeta. Always, there’s a political undercurrent; his designs challenge the ways we perceive masculinity and sexuality. Often, they are a commentary on his Catholic upbringing and influenced by his Mexican-American heritage. He’s created gothic oversize outerwear and suiting that play on ideas of priestly garb, zoot suits, and T-shirts and hoodies that feature artwork from the subversive Mexican graphic designer Carlos Graciano, known as Sad Papi. - -“I think it’s very important to make sure that we include humanity in our work.” - -Chavarria’s Spring 2024 collection was a breakthrough—a lineup that celebrated his Latino heritage and included exquisitely tailored white suit jackets pinned at the lapel with giant red flowers. There were also khaki trousers, basketball shorts, and tees printed with an imagined logo for a fantasy youth group named Grupo Nueva Visión por Vida (New Vision for Life Group). Three couture-like pieces closed the show: voluminous cape gowns tied with thick bows at the neckline. “I would say that’s the first show I’ve ever done with that kind of lighthearted feeling, and I wanted to do that intentionally because all of my other shows have been so dark,” he says. “To work in an industry that is based on looking good and feeling good, which is not the deepest thing in the world, I think it’s very important to make sure that we include humanity in our work.” - -Quentin de Briey - -Born into an immigrant farming community on the outskirts of Fresno, California, in 1967, Chavarria was fascinated by the everyday style of the farmers and workers around him: his parents’ friends who went off to work each day in Dickies pants and T-shirts from Kmart and the local women who wore black veils to church on Sunday. His parents were involved in social-justice movements, particularly in activism for farm workers during the 1960s and ’70s. - -His mother, Gwen, who now lives in Santa Maria, California, remembers when he first started documenting the world, and the people, around him. She recalls that Chavarria “developed early in walking and talking, so we knew he was special from about five months old.” She adds, “We saw his abilities in his early drawings of an amusement park in Fresno. Using tiny, clothed stick figures, he meticulously drew the people he saw there: hair flying, arms stretching up, legs running, families at the park. It was as if the figures were alive.” From about three on, she says, Chavarria “was never without paper and pen.” - -Chavarria’s childhood sketching and keen observations eventually led him to a degree in graphic design from the Academy of Art University in San Francisco. His first job in fashion was in the stockroom at the underwear and loungewear brand Joe Boxer. He worked his way up to a design position where he was mentored by founder Nick Graham. (They’re still friends today.) In 2010, Chavarria and his husband, David Ramirez (with whom he’s been together for 21 years), opened a store in New York’s SoHo neighborhood called Palmer Trading Company. It stocked vintage items and an in-house line, all inspired by Americana. - -Ultimately, Chavarria felt pulled to create something personal—clothing that looked more like his own American story. He launched his namesake brand in 2015 and shut down the shop a year later. Now, his line is stocked by luxury retailers like Dover Street Market, Bergdorf Goodman, and Browns in London. - -It’s not the traditional fashion trajectory. Chavarria’s singular path has helped shape his drive to create political dialogue through his work. He seeks to highlight the unassuming beauty of the banal as well as spotlight those Black, brown, and queer communities far too often overlooked and uncredited by fashion. “Fashion has always started on the streets,” he says. “I know in the old days, there was couture, and it started with royalty and all that, but now it starts in the streets. And it always started with Black and brown people.” - -It’s dark out when we finish our drinks. Chavarria waves a familiar goodbye to the hotel doorman. He insists on walking me to find a cab. “I’m like a grandma; I want to make sure you get there safely,” he says with a laugh and another hug goodbye. - -“People often use community as a buzzword; same with inclusivity. They’re really played out.” - -There’s a steer skull hanging on a column toward the entrance of Chavarria’s airy Brooklyn studio. On another column hang several crosses, and propped up against the walls are more eclectic sources of inspiration: a framed print of Patti Smith, a photo of a young Naomi Campbell, a blown-up image from a vintage underground Latino porn magazine. Everyone on Chavarria’s small team chips in, whether it’s helping Chavarria sketch the next collection, put together the mood boards, or send out orders. “No worries. I’ll totally help you pack all of that up in a bit,” Chavarria says when one assistant mentions how much shipping there is to do. - -Quentin de Briey - -Kayla Mayhew, Chavarria’s close friend, whom he considers a muse and who has helped cast his shows, has witnessed firsthand the power of the designer’s convictions. “I think what makes his work so special is how he always stays true to himself,” - -she explains. “And his work is important to American fashion because of the way it makes people feel and the way he makes people feel. Being around him, you can really feel that he truly loves what he is doing, which is always a great reminder to go toward your craft.” - -When I bring up the notion of community in the studio, Chavarria acknowledges the importance of the people who surround him but is hesitant to throw the term around when it comes to talking about his brand. He says, “People often use community as a buzzword; same with inclusivity. They’re really played out. But at the same time, American fashion is being guided by these new voices.” - -Chavarria’s response to these overmarketed ideas of openness and empowerment is to lead with radical honesty. “If you’re showing something outward-facing that isn’t real from every aspect of your own creation, then it’s never going to come across as sincere,” he says. “People are way too smart now. They’ll see insincerity immediately and from a business perspective too. Some bigger businesses have come to me recently who want to work together, and they say, ‘We want to show community.’ And I always ask, ‘What do you mean by community? There’s a food community. There’s a theater community. What community are you talking about?’ And it has nothing to do with the inner workings of their brand. They’re just trying to look like they’re on the bandwagon of connecting with different social classes.” - -“It’s about fit and what looks good on our bodies.” - -When Chavarria sketches, he doesn’t think about gender but instead starts with a body and a fit. The drawings are imprecise on purpose, a little rough around the edges. His label is categorized by retailers as menswear and is popular with New York Giants quarterback Tyrod Taylor, rapper YG, and singer J Balvin, but more women and femmes are catching on. Over the past year, his evening­wear has been worn by actors Renée Rapp, Tessa Thompson, and Dascha Polanco. He also designed custom looks for two women at the CFDA Fashion Awards: rapper Tokischa, who was his date, and model Paloma Elsesser. And while his nipped waists and strong shoulder cuts may look right at home in the world of womenswear, Chavarria’s goal is not to ascribe to any kind of gender binary. - -“Those barriers are deeply instilled in the fashion industry because you have a men’s floor and a women’s floor, a men’s buyer and a women’s buyer, a men’s tech designer and a women’s tech designer,” he tells me. “All of those things can still be valid, but I think what we need to do is take down the barrier of where we need to shop, which area we need to shop in, and make it more about size inclusivity.” He adds, “It’s about fit and what looks good on our bodies. But normally, a male-presenting person, regardless of gender, will prefer to shop the menswear department and a female-presenting person prefers to shop in the womenswear section. So I don’t think that completely erasing gender identity is the answer. Any trans female that I know does not want to buy gender-fluid clothing; they want women’s clothing.” He goes on to say, “Femininity and masculinity still exist, and they don’t have to be toxic. We can love them, and we can include them and be accepting of one another.” - -Model and activist Amara Gisele, who is trans and has walked the runways for labels like Mugler and Balenciaga, is Chavarria’s newest muse. “Willy embraces his queerness with joy and isn’t afraid to design through this lens,” she explains. “He inspires me through his fearlessness.” - -Quentin de Briey - -Taking risks is what Chavarria has done his whole life, and as his husband explains, the business has succeeded because of this. Chavarria, Ramirez says, “is a true entrepreneur in the sense that he has been able to reach global acclaim and recognition with little to no outside investments.” He adds, “Having less restrictions around gender and sizing norms allows for a more open and honest shopping experience, and in the end, that will drive sales and revenue.” - -Fashion is a tough business—a “grueling” one, Chavarria says. But fashion is how he feels he can most genuinely make an impact in a society that is only getting more hostile and difficult to navigate. For now, Chavarria’s eyes are trained forward, and he’s looking to build out a jewelry collection and integrate more sculptural tailoring and luxury fabrics like bouclé and silk faille into his designs. - -“Fashion here is different because we have this wave of realness that’s lifting the industry up now,” he says. That’s the magic of his clothes but also of him. Chavarria uplifts but also grounds every space he enters, and he’s well on his way to grounding American fashion too. - -All clothing and accessories, Willy Chavarria. Styled by Miguel Enamorado. Model: Amara Gisele; hair: Edward Lampley for Oribe; Makeup: Maud Laceppe For MAC Cosmetics; casting: Anita Bitton at the Establishment; production: Will Roan at WR Productions. For more shopping information, go to bazaar.com/credits.",1731883631,66787ad63a,204bd9d2c9,,,1731883631 -https://mashable.com/article/target-black-friday-ad-2024-deals,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,Target Black Friday ad: The best deals you can buy online,"Black Friday is just around the corner, but if you can't wait for the deals to start, we've got good news. A whole host of retailers have already started releasing discounts, meaning you have almost the whole of November to score some great deals. - -Walmart and Best Buy are among those that have started the month-long savings, and now so has Target. Enjoy early sales on select products, as well as daily ""deals of the day."" To help you in your bargain hunting, we've checked out everything from Target's Black Friday ad to find the best early deals on everything from Apple products to high quality headphones. - -Mashable Light Speed Want more out-of-this world tech, space and science stories? Sign up for Mashable's weekly Light Speed newsletter. Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -With so much to browse and so many deals to choose from, here are some of the best deals you can buy online from the Target Deal Days Black Friday ad. - -Best deals on Apple - -Best deals on gaming tech - -Best deals on TVs - -Best deals on laptops - -Best deals on headphones - -Best deals on smart home tech",1731883684,644d6c1ea1,20526c876e,,,1731883684 -https://www.prcouture.com/the-social-impact-of-pr-professionals/,https://www.prcouture.com/feed/,Making Something Meaningful: The Social Impact of PR Professionals,"Written by Ryan Ayers - -In today’s corporate climate, social impact is a forefront concept that countless entities are scrambling to understand and implement. Many companies are working to incorporate mechanisms for social impact into their teams, processes, and ethos. - -For this to be successful, however, the chain needs to include an effective PR strategy that communicates what is being done, how, and why. PR contributes to broader understanding and awareness and inspires further social impact efforts, making it a vital part of the process. - -Corporate Sustainability: The Building Blocks of Social Impact - -One of the primary tools corporations use to create social impact is a corporate sustainability or corporate responsibility plan. Corporate sustainability refers to consciously designing corporate operations and ideologies to take into account the way the entity impacts, both positively and negatively, a number of spheres both inside and outside the business itself. These spheres include the environment, internal and external stakeholders, economic stability, social issues, the entity’s local and national community, and more. - -Companies often devise a plan that addresses one more of these spheres and implements strategies for creating positive impact in those areas. That could look like reducing a harmful or negative current impact, like eliminating the company’s release or disposal of harmful chemicals into the environment, or instituting a positive impact, like contributing funds to a local charity or developing an internship program that targets underserved populations. - -Social impact doesn’t need to be labeled “corporate sustainability” to be effective and impactful. However, existing resources and language for corporate sustainability programs provide a helpful starting point for entities that want to incorporate social impact into the way they do business. - -Why PR Professionals Are Vital to Social Impact - -Companies across countless industries have implemented successful and long-lasting corporate sustainability programs. A number of entities out there are mobilizing their workforce, their influence, and their assets to accomplish tremendous social, economic, environmental, and/or communal good. However, when a vital part of the social impact process is neglected, the full potential of those mechanisms and actions will never be realized. This is where PR professionals come in. - -Propelling effective social impact on a wide scale is greatly dependent on leveraging shared influence and best practice. Corporations that share the results of their social impact strategies inspire and support other entities as they create their own social impact frameworks. Without effectively publicizing and disseminating the news and stories of social impact, it would be much more difficult to create widespread impetus and momentum behind social impact engagement. Significant motivation is generated by seeing other entities take the step into corporate sustainability programs, which would be mitigated if the corporations that arrived first did not employ effective PR to spread the word. And effective PR strategies share helpful best practice that saves future entities the time and effort of trying to reinvent the wheel. - -Thus, in addition to the tangible benefits PR professionals create for their own brands by effectively publicizing social impact campaigns, the work of sharing social impact via effective PR actually propels the effectiveness and adoption of corporate responsibility and sustainability strategies throughout the sector, making it a vital part of the process. - -PR contributes to broader understanding and awareness and inspires further social impact efforts, making it a vital part of the process. - -Tools of the Trade - -PR professionals have a number of tools available at their disposal to share their corporation’s social impact most effectively. The power of data to demonstrate social impact shouldn’t be overlooked – in fact, strategically incorporating data into a social impact PR strategy can be an effective way of telling a compelling story to both internal and external stakeholders. Some of the biggest and most successful corporate conglomerates in the world effectively wield data to propel campaigns and brand messaging in fresh, accessible ways. - -Other tools at a PR professional’s disposal to propel social impact campaigns include well-conveyed individual or corporate experiences. A tasteful case study sharing the story of a participant, employee, stakeholder, customer, or similar can make a social impact campaign personally relatable. And sharing the experiences of a group, the team, a community, or a group of beneficiaries can convey the scope of your corporate sustainability program and give onlookers a clearer picture of what is being accomplished. - -Utilizing PR professionals and their skill for effectively sharing stories with the wider world is a vital part of any social impact campaign. If you are considering implementing a corporate sustainability program in your company or are a PR professional that is or will be involved in covering a social impact effort, it’s important to recognize the value PR adds to the social impact process and make sure resources are allocated to do this effectively. - -About Ryan - -Ryan Ayers is a researcher and consultant within multiple industries including information technology, blockchain, and business development. Always up for a challenge, Ayers enjoys working with startups as well as Fortune 500 companies. When not at work, Ayers loves reading science fiction novels and watching the LA Clippers.",1731883674,1740e50804,2005decf36,,,1731883674 -https://esportsedition.com/featured/nexus-blitz/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Nexus Blitz has Finally Returned to the Rift,"Nexus Blitz Finally Returns to the Rift - -In case you missed Riot Games’ announcement a few weeks ago— Nexus Blitz is coming back for the summer as the game mode accompanying the newest champion Lillia’s release. - -Nexus Blitz Details - -To refresh one’s memory, Nexus Blitz was once a more experimental game mode where the map featured a single lane that splits into two, where the top of the map has jungle camps. There are also some untargetable turrets in the jungle. Each game of Nexus Blitz last approximately 15 minutes, and at 18 minutes, an event is triggered that forces games to end soon thereafter. - -Sudden Death in Nexus Blitz. Image via Rift Herald. - -Before loading into the game, players can choose either to lane or to jungle— choosing to be a laner makes one unable to pick Smite as their summoner spell, and picking jungle automatically assigns Smite as one of their summoner spells. There are two junglers per team. Each player also gets to ban a champion of their choice. - -While Nexus Blitz is a game mode meant to be played for a shorter amount of time, its main difference from ARAM is the existence of events in the game designed to grant rewards, which would be sure tospeed up the gameplay and keep players on their toes. It’s the chaotic and action-packed nature of Nexus Blitz that sets it apart from every other game mode that has ever existed in League of Legends. - -Nexus Blitz is coming back, but in a different and most likely better form. First off, the Nexus Blitz map will be sporting Ionian Spirit Blossom forest visuals, more events, and more rewards. - -Nexus Blitz Events - -Here is a list of the different events that are going to be in Nexus Blitz: - -Bardle Royale- a fight for survival in a flaming circle of death that closes in somewhere in the map. Of course, the last surviving team wins. There are three variations of the Bardle Royale event: Classic, where it is just as I described, Paranoia, where everyone is nearsighted (think about a Nocturne ultimate affecting everyone in the map), and Juggernaut, where one random member of each team gets the On Fire! buff, gaining bonus attack speed, adaptive power, mana/energy regen, but becomes more vulnerable to damage. - -URF Deathmatch- each player goes into URF mode, and you win when you defeat the enemy team in a best of three. - -Loot Teemo – as the name implies, a Teemo spawns in a random location, granting gold to whoever hits it. The team that lands the last hit on Teemo wins. - -Loot Veigar – mostly the same as the Loot Teemo, but this time Veigar uses Dark Matter and event Horizon while running around the map. - -Push the cart – escort a cart by standing near it to move it to a nearby structure and destroy it. There are two variants of this event: classic, where it’s just as I just previously detailed, and Attack or Defend, where the two teams race for who can blow up an enemy structure the fastest. Both teams get a cart each for the second variant. - -Prize Fight – an event where both teams face off in a series of rounds, both in 2v2s and 1v1s - -King of the Hill – an area of the map is designated as “the hill” and both teams will have to fight for the position. - -Scuttle Racing – two Rift Scuttlers are walking down a track, where one Rift Scuttler is assigned per team. The first one to reach the finish line wins for their team. They can be slowed by reducing their health or CCing them. - -Protect the Soraka – two Sorakas appear on the map, and the goal here is to kill the enemy team’s Soraka. The Soraka that spawns is capable of autoattacking and healing. - -DPS Check – two dummies spawn on the map, and each team has to out-damage the other team attacking the practice dummy. - -Rewards for Winning Nexus Blitz Events - -Here is a list of the event rewards, which are given randomly for winning an event: - -Catapult of Champions – you get a cannon that launches your champion anywhere on the map, like in URF. When you land, you deal damage and push nearby enemies away. Pretty sweet. - -Blessing of Blitzcrank – allied turrets, siege inions, and super minions have the ability to Rocket Grab nearby enemies for the rest of the game. Very annoying to deal with. - -Poro King – the Poro King spawns to help your team in pushing forward and sieging enemy turrets, breathing fire on enemies and healing nearby allies. Reliable ally, and also very cute. - -Battle Sled – players can jump aboard a sled from base to anywhere on the map. The first person on the sled is in charge of the movement. - -Guardian Angels – you get a Guardian Angel buff that lasts for 90 seconds. It activates only once. - -Statikk Shock – each player gets the Statikk Shock passive from Statikk Shiv for three minutes. - -B.F. Shields – each member gain shields that last until they are broken. - -Cloud Soul – the team gains out-of-combat movement speed and cooldown reduction on their ultimate for three minutes. - -Ocean Soul – restore health and mana/energy when dealing damage for three minutes. - -Elder Dragon – you can execute enemies under a specific health threshold, very much like the Elder Dragon buff in Summoner’s Rift. - -Final Thoughts - -Nexus Blitz has always been a fun game mode to try some champions and some unconventional builds around. In addition, it does not burn so much time, which means that if a game ends up not going well, people would not get held up in it. Nexus Blitz allows for a great amount of experimentation, while also allowing players to practice their team play and team fighting. It’s also a great place to blow off steam from your ranked matches! - -As is the case with other game modes, there will be Nexus Blitz-specific balance changes while the game mode is active, which means that hopefully nothing will be severely overpowered in the duration of the event. - -Have fun playing Nexus Blitz while it is around!",1731883687,76f59da961,20560350fe,,,1731883687 -https://healthtechinsider.com/2023/04/13/cvs-acquires-telehealth-service-to-bring-healthcare-to-the-home/,http://healthtechinsider.com/feed/,CVS Acquires Telehealth Service to Bring Healthcare to the Home,"CVS Acquires Telehealth Service to Bring Healthcare to the Home - -In 2019, CVS Health announced that its MinuteClinic virtual Video Visit program was available in 39 states. Last month, CVS Health finalized itsacquisition of Signify Health, which opens the door for virtual medical services throughout the U.S. In an earlier news release, just before the final stitches in the acquisition, Signify Health identified itself as “a leading health care platform that leverages advanced analytics, technology, and nationwide healthcare provider networks to create and power value-based payment programs.” In plain language, the company’s stated goal is to bring healthcare to the patients. - - - -Don’t expect to see hospitals or large clinics with Signify Health or CVS Health on a marquee. According to an 2021 investor statement, about 85% of the U.S. population lives within 10 miles of a CVS retail store. In buying Signify Health, CVS picks up more than 10,000 clinicians, along with telehealth services, remote patient monitoring, virtual visits, increasingly accurate remote biometric sensors, and Signify Health’s countrywide network of healthcare professionals. What we can expect is a push to drive healthcare delivery out of clinical settings and into homes. CVS Health also benefits from the large group of clinicians who will be ordering tests, writing prescriptions, and accessing the existing CVS Health services. - - - -According to CVS Health, the average Signify Health clinician home visit lasts 2.5 times longer than the average visits by traditional primary care providers. When they make home visits, the clinicians can also observe social determinants of health, identify gaps in care, and identify chronic health conditions. It will be interesting to observe possible changes in overall U.S. healthcare service delivery effectiveness and cost savings from Signify Health and other healthcare-at-home providers.",1731883641,9bcb5eab31,1fee86145c,,,1731883641 -https://www.vg247.com/fromsoftwares-parent-company-has-20-console-games-in-the-works-plus-six-mobile-games-too,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"FromSoftware's parent company has 20 console games in the works, plus six mobile games too!","FromSoftware's parent company, Kadokawa Corporation, has 20 console games in the work following the astronomical success of Elden Ring: Shadow of the Erdtree, as well as six mobile games cooking away. It's safe to say, big things are coming from Japan under the Kadokawa umbrella. - -On page 27 of the Kadokawa Corporation's earning results presentation, we can see the companies future aspirations for game releases. These 20 console games are spread across FromSoftware, Spike Chunsoft, Gotcha Gotcha Games, and Acquire. As for those six mobile titles, we're looking at a split between Kadokawa and Vic Game Studios. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -So, this obviously points to good levels of growth at the company. This is indicated in the report itself on page 19, which shows that sales increases in the quarter were attributed largely to Elden Ring and its DLC. Operating profits increased by 50.8%, which is nuts. - -The question is, what split of these 20 games will each developer get? It's worth noting no timeframe or release dates for these games have been listed, so it's safe to assume these games are in a range of development stages. I'll say here, I wouldn't expect FromSoftware to be working on the lion's share of these titles. The studio has a history of keeping development tight between two to three games at a time. - -Even though Elden Ring has brought in a lot of money, and seems to be the golden child in Kadokawa's household, drastic expansions on game projects aren't something I'd anticipate. Last year the company did a major hiring drive for ""multiple new projects"" (thanks IGN Japan). So, here's my wager: three games in active development! - -It's also worth giving some love to Spike Chunsoft, who has proven quite apt at churning out good games at decent pace. Smaller projects for sure, like RAIN CODE, are very good and are worth your time. - -So there we have, major moves at Kadokawa and FromSoftware! It's not like FromSoft fans had much to worry about in regards to the health of the studio, but either way, a good sign of things to come.",1731883682,374d98cbb9,2097cccf80,,,1731883682 -https://www.fodors.com/news/news-and-features/heres-why-vacation-sex-is-better-according-to-experts,https://www.fodors.com/feed,Why Is Vacation Sex Always Better?,"Whether it's the thrill of being in a new destination, the freedom of stepping away from daily routine, or the luxury of a swank hotel room, there's just something about vacation sex that is better. In this month’s ""Dear Eugene,"" we tap experts to explore why sex is, indeed, better when traveling. - -Inspired by our intrepid founder, Eugene Fodor, Dear Eugene is a monthly series in which we invite readers to ask us their top travel questions. Each month, we’ll tap travel experts to answer your questions with the hopes of demystifying the more complicated parts of travel. Send your questions to [email protected] for a chance to have them answered in a future story. - -Dear Eugene, Whenever I travel, I find that my partner and I have better sex than we do back home. The sex feels more relaxed, exciting, and even adventurous. This got me wondering: why is vacation sex better? Is there a scientific explanation? - -Ah, the joy of sex on vacation. Of course, it feels more relaxed, exciting, and adventurous—that’s how a vacation feels. But we, too, were curious—why exactly is it that sex can be better on vacation? Is it because happy people have better sex, or is there a specific hormone involved? Or is it simply because we don’t have to make the bed after we’re done? - -To answer these questions, we approached Dr. Stephen Southern, who teaches graduate-level psychology programs at Antioch University Santa Barbara, for insight. Dr. Southern is a Clinical Psychologist, Marriage and Family Therapist, and Certified Sex Therapist, so he’s pretty familiar with the psychological mechanics of human sexuality. - -Continue Reading Article After Our Video Recommended Fodor’s Video - -Vacations are like an energy drink for relationships. - -Dr. Southern explains there are a number of factors that could lead to better sex on vacation. Vacations, he says, are like an “energy drink” for relationships because they temporarily pause a lot of everyday distractions. - -“Couples may experience a ‘devitalized’ relationship due to the demands of work, family life, and the daily grind,” he continues, but “a well-planned vacation presents an opportunity to restore intimacy in a beautiful, calming environment.” - -On a couple’s vacation, those interruptions aren’t there. No kids or pets getting in the way, no friends or neighbors dropping by, no domestic minutiae that keeps us from focusing on our partners. In short, people are happy on vacation, and that can mean better sex—if the conditions are right. - -“A vacation trip represents a time to be alone together and experience fun and novelty as a couple,” adds Dr. Southern. “When you have a good time on vacation as a couple, the positive mood is attached to the relationship itself, making it a source of joy instead of a demand or burden. Happy people have a greater capacity for joy, fulfillment, and better sex. They perceive more benefits from sharing time: exercising curiosity, exploring new experiences, and indulging in pleasure.” - -Conditions for Great Vacation Sex - -Of course, that’s assuming that traveling couples are able to shed many of the stressors of their day-to-day lives. Few of the studies also seem to consider the quality of sex on family vacations—where many of the domestic distractions from home can follow couples onto the trip. - -Escaping workday commitments, family commitments, and domestic pressures can be essential to good vacation sex. The environment can also play a big factor—you’re more likely to have better sex in a room at a pleasant hotel or resort or perhaps snuggled into a cozy cabin or camper than you might on a family member’s fold-out sofa or a futon in a shared Airbnb. - -The benefits could also last after returning home, he notes, citing a study that suggests one or two long, leisurely vacations each year could be beneficial to a relationship. That study also found that couples who experienced more novelty also reported more physical intimacy after the vacation was over. - -Dr. Southern also points to a study in which over half of respondents reported having “the best sex of their life” on vacation. That same study also discusses the quality of sex for travelers not already in committed relationships—over a third of respondents expressed an interest in vacation hookups, saying that hooking up with two people would fulfill their fantasies. - - - -Single travelers who hooked up on vacation were also overwhelmingly likely to say that the relationships should be one-night stands or at least “stay on vacation,” with just a quarter thinking the romance should last beyond the trip. - -Seeking novelty and intimacy on vacation, Southern explains, is also associated with “self-expansion theory.” When we have intrinsic motivation to grow as people, we derive well-being from new ideas, perceptions, and skills—including the sharing of mutual growth with a romantic partner. He says self-expansion research “suggests that partners grow together to share resources, such as an exciting vacation, in order to be most fully themselves.” - -While going on vacation can do wonders for your sex life if you’re in an otherwise happy relationship, vacation sex isn’t a fix for a relationship that otherwise needs work. - -So, it’s not just sex on vacation—it’s really more like tandem personal growth, which can serve as a tonic for your relationship. However, it’s not a cure-all for any fissures within a couple’s relationship. - -“If the couple is engaged in a lot of conflicts or recently experienced a crisis, then the idea of ‘getting away’ may seem wise, but adding the stress of travel may make things worse,” explains Dr. Southern. “Similarly, some couples convince themselves they can overcome a breach of trust, like an affair, by taking a trip. Going on vacation is unlikely to produce healing or closeness.” - -While going on vacation can do wonders for your sex life if you’re in an otherwise happy relationship, vacation sex isn’t a fix for a relationship that otherwise needs work. Southern notes that vacations that end up stressful also won’t do your sex life any favors. Similarly, placing high expectations on vacation sex—such as pressure to perform and have great sex—is one of the major causes of sexual dysfunction. - -In other words, don’t try to pack too much into your vacation, and you might just wind up having better sex. And you won’t have to change the sheets afterward.",1731883683,ed13a32224,20554bb8b8,,,1731883683 -https://www.cnet.com/health/sleep/best-mattress-for-back-sleepers/#ftag=CAD590a51e,https://www.cnet.com/rss/news/,The Best Mattresses for Back Sleepers in 2024,"All online brands offer a free trial, free shipping and a warranty, but some brands are more generous with their policies than others. - -Motion isolation, edge support and temperature are important features for couples or people who sleep hot to consider. Hot sleepers should consider a mattress that boasts special cooling features. Couples want minimal motion transfer and a strong, supportive bed perimeter. - -Hybrid mattresses tend to be best for people who want extra support and durability. Sleepers over 230 pounds in particular should consider a hybrid over an all-foam mattress because it’s more supportive, durable and long-lasting. - -There are essentially two mattress types, hybrid and all-foam. Hybrid mattresses are constructed with steel coils and foam, but all-foam mattresses are just as their name implies. - -Coils and latex foam give a bed more bounce, while memory foam and poly foam make a bed feel more cushy and pressure relieving. The feel of your mattress will depend on the types of materials it has on the inside. - -Side sleepers should consider a medium to soft mattress that cradles the hips and shoulders. Back and stomach sleepers should consider a medium to firm mattress that keeps the spine in a straight alignment. Switch between positions? A medium firmness level can accommodate all sleeping positions. - -A firm mattress will offer more support while a soft mattress will be more pressure relieving. Medium mattresses fall in the sweet spot right in between. The right firmness level for you depends on your sleeping position. - -With 5+ years of mattress testing experience, we use our different sleeping position and body type perspectives to offer well-rounded, honest reviews. - -If you tend to sleep on your back, you'll need a mattress that properly supports your spine. While this does take a decently firm mattress, you also need a bit of cushion so it's still comfortable. The right balance between firmness and softness will vary from person to person because weight plays a role in how deep you sink into softer mattresses. But the best mattresses for back sleepers will strike the perfect balance, and there are plenty of great options. - -At CNET, our team of experts has tested over 200 mattresses, so we know precisely what back sleepers need. However, what works for someone else may differ from your ideal mattress match. That’s why I selected a variety of beds tailored to different types of back sleepers, helping you find the one that best suits your needs. - -What's the best mattress for back sleepers? - -Getting a feel for the Saatva Classic mattress. Jonathon Gomez/CNET - -In general, back sleepers tend to prefer firmer mattresses because they provide enough support to keep your spine in a natural position while you’re sleeping. As such, most of the mattresses on this list will lean toward the firmer side of the scale. So, you’ll want to choose a medium to medium-firm mattress (6 out of 10) or higher. - -While testing, we found that the best overall bed for back sleepers is the Saatva Classic mattress. Saatva is a luxury mattress with a comfy pillow top and a two-coil layer support system. Any back sleeper will love the comfort and support of the Saatva mattress. - -Video: Best mattress for back sleepers - -Watch CNET Video Producer Owen Poole review the best mattress for back sleepers. - -Best mattresses for back sleepers - -Black Friday Deal Saatva Classic Best overall mattress for back sleepers Durability 9.5 /10 Features 10 /10 Performance 9 /10 Policies 8.5 /10 Our take - Back sleepers need both comfort and support. The Saatva Classic mattress offers both, with extra durability added in. It feels like a traditional innerspring mattress, though it has a couple of important upgrades. The airy pillow top gives it a neutral and responsive feel with plenty of pressure relief. 9.3 /10 SCORE Photo Gallery Compare Save up to $600 off mattresses $1,995 at Saatva Product details Type hybrid mattress Firmness Medium: (5) Trial 365 nights Warranty lifetime warranty Pros & Cons Pros Dual-layer innerspring - -Multiple firmness options - -Good for heavy body types who need more support - -Two height options: 11.5 inches or 14.5 inches. According to Saatva’s website, the support and comfort should be the same, it just depends how high you want your bed to be. Cons Potentially too firm for petite body types The classic Saatva is unique for its back-to-back coil layers, which give you optimal support through the night. Most hybrid beds only have one coil layer. When shopping Saatva, you choose between three firmness options: plush soft, luxury firm and firm. Back sleepers will want to opt for either the luxury firm model (around a 7 out of 10 firmness) or the firm (9 out of 10.) It isn’t the cheapest bed out there, but the high-quality materials, extra support and exceptional comfort make this luxury bed worth the money. Learn more in our Saatva Classic Mattress Review. Compare $1,995 at Saatva Save up to $600 off mattresses $1,995 at Saatva Show more details Compare Show more details - -Purple Restore Best hybrid mattress for back sleepers Durability 9 /10 Features 9 /10 Performance 9 /10 Policies 7 /10 Our take - During Purple’s latest release of its new mattress lineup, the Purple Restore mattress debuted as the first model of the Premium Collection. It replaces the familiar Purple Hybrid mattress. It’s got a new look with a sleek gray and purple cover, though the hybrid construction is similar as it’s a direct replacement for the previous hybrid model. However, you can now choose between two firmness levels: soft or firm. The firm model is the best option for back sleepers. 8.5 /10 SCORE Photo Gallery Compare $2,295 at Purple Product details Pros & Cons Pros Firm option is excellent for back sleepers - -Breathable Purple grid - -Unique feel - -Supportive coil base Cons Expensive - -Polarizing gel-like feel You’ll get the unique gel-like feel that Purple is known for; it feels like you’re floating against the grid. It’s a little squishy but incredibly responsive, so you won’t feel stuck in it. The Purple GelFlex Grid is one of those things you either love or hate. Thankfully, Purple gives you a 100-night trial to decide whether you like it. Learn more in our Purple Restore mattress review. Compare $2,295 at Purple $2,295 at Purple Show more details Compare Show more details - -Black Friday Deal Nectar Classic Best memory foam mattress for back sleepers Durability 7 /10 Features 7 /10 Performance 9 /10 Policies 8.5 /10 Our take - If you’re a back sleeper and you love the feel of memory foam, look no further than the Nectar Classic mattress. It’s an affordable memory foam mattress that’s firm enough to give back sleepers all the support they need. We rate the Nectar Classic mattress around 7 out of 10 or medium-firm. It provides a lot of pressure relief thanks to the memory foam construction, but it’s still firm enough to support your spine. 7.9 /10 SCORE Photo Gallery Compare Up to 50% off mattresses $1,563 $649 at Nectar Sleep Product details Type memory foam mattress Firmness medium-firm Trial 365 nights Warranty forever warranty Pros & Cons Pros Affordable - -Great for memory fan lovers - -The medium-firm profile makes it good for back sleepers Cons Slow-moving memory foam isn’t for everyone - -Switching positions takes more effort You get the classic, dense memory foam feel with the Nectar Classic mattress. As you slowly sink into the bed, it cradles around your curves until you almost feel like you’re in a cocoon. Switching positions can make it a little tricky because of how slow-moving the memory foam is, but if you’re a strict back sleeper, that shouldn’t bother you. Learn more in our Nectar Classic Mattress Review. Compare $1,563 $649 at Nectar Sleep Up to 50% off mattresses $1,563 $649 at Nectar Sleep Show more details Compare Show more details - -Black Friday Deal WinkBed Best pillow top mattress for back sleepers Durability 8 /10 Features 9 /10 Performance 8 /10 Policies 9 /10 Our take - If you’re like me and love the feeling of a pillow top, you’ll like the WinkBed mattress. I can’t say enough good things about its fluffy pillow top. The combination of pocketed coils, foam layers and pillow top finish make it a thick and durable mattress. 8.4 /10 SCORE Photo Gallery Compare $300 off all mattresses $1,799 $1,499 at WinkBeds Product details Type hybrid mattress Firmness 3 firmness levels | softer: medium-soft or 3 | luxury firm: medium or 5 | firmer: medium-firm or 7 Trial 120 nights Warranty lifetime warranty Pros & Cons Pros Accommodates all body types - -Super comfortable pillow top - -High-quality materials - -Responsive mattress with excellent edge support Cons A little pricier than other options The WinkBed mattress is available in three firmnesses: soft (medium-soft or 3), luxury firm (medium or 5) and firm (medium-firm or 7). There’s also a Plus option for heavier sleepers that falls at about an 8 or 9 out of 10. Back sleepers will want to opt for at least the firm option to make sure they have enough support. Despite having a hotel luxury appeal, the WinkBed mattress is surprisingly affordable. It’s not what I would consider a budget pick, but for the quality you get, WinkBed is a great deal. Learn more in our WinkBed mattress review. Compare $1,799 $1,499 at WinkBeds $300 off all mattresses $1,799 $1,499 at WinkBeds Show more details Compare Show more details - -Black Friday Deal Brooklyn Bedding Aurora Luxe Best cooling mattress for back sleepers Durability 9 /10 Features 10 /10 Performance 8 /10 Policies 7 /10 Our take - Getting too hot at night can significantly affect your sleep quality. Several mattresses out there have Getting too hot at night can significantly affect your sleep quality. Several mattresses out there have some sort of cooling technology incorporated. Still, no other brand does it quite like the Brooklyn Bedding Aurora Luxe mattress. It’s one of the coolest mattresses we’ve tested, thanks to the CooperFlex foam and Titan Cool cover. 8.5 /10 SCORE Photo Gallery Compare 30% off sitewide with code: BFRIDAY30 $1,865 at Brooklyn Bedding Product details Type hybrid mattress Firmness Soft: (3) Medium: (5) Medium firm: (7) Trial 120 nights Warranty 10-year limited warranty Pros & Cons Pros It’s a physically cool mattress - -Firm profile is recommended for back sleepers - -Neutral foam feel appeals to most people Cons Soft and medium firmness profiles will not provide enough support for back sleepers - -Expensive With a mix of sturdy, pocketed coils and squishy foam, this bed has a neutral foam feel that most people will like. It’s not going to give you that stuck-in-the-mud feeling like the Tempur-Pedic. The Brooklyn Bedding Aurora Luxe mattress has three firmness levels: soft, medium and firm. Back sleepers will want to stick with the firm option, which we found to be about a 7 out of 10. It’s not the firmest option out there, but it will be supportive enough to ensure you don’t sink into the foam layers too much but offer enough pressure relief to sleep comfortably. Learn more in our Brooklyn Bedding Aurora Luxe mattress review. Compare $1,865 at Brooklyn Bedding 30% off sitewide with code: BFRIDAY30 $1,865 at Brooklyn Bedding Show more details Compare Show more details - -Allswell Brick Best budget mattress for back sleepers Durability 8.5 /10 Features 7 /10 Performance 8 /10 Policies 6.5 /10 Our take - If you’re looking for a budget mattress for back sleepers, look no further than the Allswell Brick. From the retail giant Walmart, the Allswell Brick won’t have the bells and whistles other beds have, like zoned support or a cooling over. But it’s a solid bed that no-fuss back sleepers will enjoy. 7.5 /10 SCORE Photo Gallery Compare $427 at Walmart Product details Pros & Cons Pros Great budget choice - -Medium-firm profile is excellent for back sleepers - -Easy to move around on Cons Off gassing is expected for this bed - -Lacks the unique features of other mattresses The Allswell Brick mattress is a hybrid bed with a coil support layer, 2 inches of transition foam and copper-infused memory foam. It’s finished with a firmer quilted top panel, which gives the Allswell Brick its firm foam feel that you won’t sink into. We found it to be a medium-firm, or a 7 on our scale, making it perfect for back sleepers. When you open your Allswell Brick mattress, it might feel softer than you expect. Don’t worry, that’s normal. Since it was compressed in a box, achieving its full firmness takes a few hours. Learn more in our Allswell Brick Mattress Review. Compare $427 at Walmart $427 at Walmart Show more details Compare Show more details - -Black Friday Deal Titan Plus Best mattress for heavy back sleepers Durability 9 /10 Features 7.5 /10 Performance 8 /10 Policies 7 /10 Our take - The Titan Plus mattress is a firm mattress specifically made to support heavier body types. The Titan mattress is among the firmest beds we’ve tested. We rate it firm, though it may feel a little softer depending on how much you weigh. But no matter what, it’s firm enough to give a back sleeper exactly what they need. 7.9 /10 SCORE Photo Gallery Compare 30% off sitewide with code: BFRIDAY30 $1,249 at Titan Product details Type firm hybrid mattress Firmness firm, 8-10 Trial 120 nights Warranty 10-year warranty Price $$ Pros & Cons Pros Extra supportive coils - -Optional cooling cover addition - -Affordable mattress for the quality Cons Overkill for people under 150 pounds - -It might be too firm for even average or lightweight back sleepers The Titan mattress has a neutral foam feel, which I would consider a safe choice for people who aren’t sure what type of feel they prefer. The average person is going to like how this bed feels. However, since it’s so firm, we only recommend it for heavier people who are strict stomach or back sleepers. Read our full Titan Plus mattress review for more. Compare $1,249 at Titan 30% off sitewide with code: BFRIDAY30 $1,249 at Titan Show more details Compare Show more details - -Black Friday Deal Plank Best flippable mattress for back sleepers Durability 8.5 /10 Features 9 /10 Performance 8 /10 Policies 7 /10 Our take - As the name suggests, the Plank mattress is firm. It has a flippable design with a firm and extra firm side. We’d rate the firm side as medium-firm, or 7, and the extra firm side as medium-firm to firm, or 8. Some people aren’t going to see the value in a flippable mattress, but if you’re someone who does, you get two chances to find your ideal firmness. 8.1 /10 SCORE Photo Gallery Compare 30% off sitewide with code: BFRIDAY30 $1,332 at Plank Product details Type latex foam hybrid Firmness 7 or medium-firm Trial 120 nights Warranty 10-year limited warranty Price $$$ Pros & Cons Pros Option cooling cover - -Good budget choice - -Backed by the American Chiropractic Association Cons Heavier body types should opt for the Plank Luxe mattress One of the best parts about this mattress is the price. Usually retailing around $1,332, this bed is often discounted to under $1,000. Hot sleepers will be happy to know that you can add a cooling cover for around $150. The Plank mattress has an all-foam construction. Most people will sleep just fine on this bed, though heavier body types probably want to choose the Plank Luxe hybrid mattress. The supportive coil base is going to serve you longer over time. Learn more in our Plank mattress review. Compare $1,332 at Plank 30% off sitewide with code: BFRIDAY30 $1,332 at Plank Show more details Compare Show more details - -Comparing the best mattresses for back sleepers Mattress Mattress Type Price (Queen MSRP) Sleep trial Warranty Saatva Classic Hybrid $2,095 365 nights Lifetime warranty Purple Restore Hybrid $1,499 100 nights 10-year warranty Nectar Memory foam $1,563 365 nights Forever warranty Winkbed Hybrid $1,799 120 nights Lifetime warranty Brooklyn Bedding Aurora Luxe Hybrid $1,865 120 nights 10-year limited warranty Allswell Brick Hybrid $427 100 nights 10-year warranty Titan Plus Hybrid $1,249 120 nights 10-year warranty Plank Hybrid $1,332 120 nights 10-year warranty - -Other mattresses we’ve tested You’ve just read our picks for the best mattresses for back sleepers. There were a few more that we considered that are worth mentioning. Though they didn’t make the cut for this list, we still think they’re really great mattresses. DreamCloud Premier: This is a 14-inch hybrid mattress that has layers of comfy foam and a plush pillow top. The DreamCloud Premier has a responsive memory foam feel. We found it to be between a medium to a medium-firm on our scale, making it good for back sleepers. The DreamCloud Premier is also available in an all-foam construction. Leesa Oasis Chill: The Oasis Chill is a new hybrid mattress from Leesa that we really liked while we tested it. We’d recommend the Cushion Firm model for back sleepers; it’s about a medium-firm on our scale. It has a responsive pillow top feel and a zoned support coil system that can help people with back pain. We would consider it an actively cooling mattress, though it’s not the coolest out there. DreamFoam Chill: If you’re looking for a budget foam mattress good for back sleeping, check out the DreamFoam Chill. After discounts, you can get the DreamFoam Chill bed for under $500. It’s available in five different height profiles, with the 10-inch being the most popular. That 10-inch model is a medium-firm to firm, about an 8 on our scale. We compare how it feels to the Plank mattress. Loom & Leaf: Saatva's Loom & Leaf mattress is an all-foam mattress with two different memory foams for comfort layers and a plush pillow top. It’s available in two firmness options: relaxed firm and firm. Either option is going to serve back sleepers well. Show more - -How we tested the best mattress for back sleepers Our team of sleep and mattress experts has tested over 200 mattresses collectively. During that time, we’ve established testing methods that assess each mattress for each key performance factor. We test all mattresses the same, though when selecting which beds make our best lists, we consider each option based on the topic. In this case, it’s back sleepers. There are several perfectly good mattresses that we rate highly, but won’t won’t make this back sleepers list because they are better suited for someone else. Firmness: We’ve rated every mattress we’ve ever tested for firmness, comparing them to each other. This has allowed us to establish a firmness scale ranging from soft to extra firm. Mattress for back sleepers will fall on the firmer side of the scale -- medium to medium-firm and up. Feel: When testing and rating how a mattress feels, we touch and feel the bed while watching how the materials respond. Is it light and bouncy? Or does it take a while to snap back like traditional memory foam? Durability: We hypothesize a bed’s durability based on its construction. Beds with steel coil bases generally hold up better in the long run, though plenty of foam mattresses have a good lifespan. Best body type: Using the firmness and construction of each bed, we determine who is best suited for a bed. For example, heavier body types need the extra support of coils. Petite body types will find that mattresses feel firmer because they put less pressure on them. Best sleeping position: We also consider sleeping position when testing mattresses. We lie on each mattress in every position -- back, stomach, side and combination -- taking extra care to note how it feels on our backs and pressure points. Motion isolation: We use a few tests for motion isolation. First, two people lie on the bed and bounce around to see if the other can feel their movements. This is essential if you have a partner who moves around often at night. We also place a glass of water on the edge of the mattress and roll and bounce around to see if it tips over. Edge support: Think of edge support as the strength of the bed’s perimeter. We sit and lie on the edge of each bed and rate how well it supports our weight. If we feel we might roll off it, the bed doesn’t have good edge support. Check out how we test mattresses for even more of the nitty-gritty of our process. Show more - -What to consider when shopping for a bed as a back sleeper Back sleeping is the second most common sleeper style, providing several advantages including neutral spinal alignment and preventing back and neck pain. On top of the various personal preferences that will help determine which bed you should choose, how you sleep also factors in. Let’s discuss what factors will help you narrow down your ideal bed when comparing the top options for back sleepers. Firmness Back sleepers need a firmer mattress for quality sleep. If a mattress is too soft, you’ll sink in unevenly, and your spine will be out of alignment. This can contribute to back pain. Remember that firmness is a scale, and just because you’re a back sleeper doesn’t mean you have to opt for the firmest bed out there. You don’t have to sacrifice comfort to get the support you need. We recommend plenty of supportive beds for back sleepers that fall at around a medium to medium-firm level. Body type Your body type will influence two main things when shopping for a mattress: firmness and construction. Depending on how much you weigh, you will put more or less pressure on a mattress, determining how you will experience the mattress. Petite body types will find that beds will feel firmer because they don’t put much pressure on them. Alternatively, heavier body types will find that beds feel softer, so they may want to opt for firmer options. Your body type will also influence which construction you should get. Generally, heavier body types should buy hybrid mattresses with steel coils for optimal support and comfort. They're a safer choice in the long run. Budget Beds will cost you a decent chunk of change; there’s no way around it. Identifying your budget will help you filter out many options, making your search more manageable. While the average mattress costs $800 to $1,200, several good options are outside this range. You can find budget mattresses as low as $300 and luxury options well over $2000. Show more",1731883660,f5e6f52c79,203fde5a2d,,,1731883660 -https://freelancewritinggigs.com/freelance-writing-jobs-november-12-2024/,https://www.freelancewritinggigs.com/feed/,"Daily List of Freelance Writing Jobs, November 12, 2024","How was your weekend? Did you take Veteran’s Day off? I hope you had time to recharge and that you are ready to take on this week. - -Let’s begin with some new writing jobs. - -Happy hunting! - -Freelance Writing Jobs - -Content Writing Jobs - -Blogging Jobs - -Copywriting Jobs - -Plan/Proposal/Grant Writing Jobs - -Technical Writing Jobs - -General/Misc. Freelance Writing Gigs",1731883654,f6f1688c92,2068ab4c4d,,,1731883654 -https://www.npr.org/2023/06/26/1184370720/live-two-truths-lie-big-sky-montana,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Two Truths and a Lie, a Planet Money gameshow : Planet Money : NPR","Planet Money Live: Two Truths and a Lie - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Josh Newell/NPR Josh Newell/NPR - -The shocks of the pandemic economy gave us a bunch of enormous natural experiments, which helped to prove or disprove conventional economic thinking. - -Take, for example, the bullwhip effect, the idea that the further away from the customer you are in the supply chain, the more volatile your orders are likely to be. - -toggle caption Joanna Pawlowska/NPR - -This theory played out at an enormous scale, in the pandemic. Consumers and companies overreacted to the risk of shortages by ordering more products and hoarding them, causing massive shifts in the supply chain – just like the theory says. - -And the pandemic gave us a lot of natural experiments like this. So, on this special live edition of Planet Money, we looked for other big economic lessons from the past three years, and we took this information and turned it into... a gameshow! It's Two Truths and a Lie: Econ Edition. We get into questions about the workforce and labor market during the pandemic, and how it affected how economists view the world. - -Sponsor Message - -Additional reading, from Lise Vesterlund: - -...from Pavlina Tcherneva: - -...and from Gbenga Ajilore: - -This episode was hosted by Mary Childs. It was produced by Dave Blanchard, and edited by Jess Jiang. It was engineered by Josh Newell with help from Robert Rodriguez. Original music by Jesse Perlstein. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Rubbery Bounce""",1731884632,8181d7a585,2080f980fd,,,1731884632 -https://www.techrepublic.com/article/dialpad-review/,https://www.techrepublic.com/rssfeeds/topic/cloud/,Dialpad Review (2024): An AI-Powered VoIP Solution,"Dialpad’s fast facts Starting price: $15 per user per month Key features: Unlimited calls and meetings. - -Multi-level auto attendant. - -Built-in call analytics. - -Real-time AI call transcriptions. - -HIPAA/BAA compliance. - -Visit Dialpad - -Dialpad is a feature-rich business communication platform with a clean dashboard and modern user-experience. The company invested heavily in AI and machine learning, long before they were the hottest contact center trends — and the payoff is that even the cheapest Dialpad products are infused with the latest AI capabilities. - -While the entry-level plan comes at an attractive price point, Dialpad’s contact center solutions are fairly average for the space in terms of price. - -Dialpad is best suited for contact centers and sales teams looking to automate and boost productivity. Small businesses looking for basic calling features will get a better value elsewhere. - -Featured Partners Advertisement TechRepublic is able to offer our services for free because some vendors may pay us for web traffic or other sales opportunities. Our mission is to help technology buyers make better purchasing decisions, so we provide you with information for all vendors — even those that don’t pay us. 1 RingCentral Office Visit Website Company Size Employees per Company Size Micro (0-49), Small (50-249), Medium (250-999), Large (1,000-4,999), Enterprise (5,000+) Medium (250-999 Employees), Enterprise (5,000+ Employees), Large (1,000-4,999 Employees) Medium, Enterprise, Large Features Hosted PBX, Managed PBX, Remote User Ability, and more - -Dialpad’s pricing - -Dialpad has four main product offerings, each with its own pricing and plan tiers. - -Business Communications - -Standard: Starts at $15 per user per month - -Starts at $15 per user per month Pro: Starts at $25 per user per month - -Starts at $25 per user per month Enterprise: Custom pricing - -Good For: Smaller businesses that need calling, texting, team chat and video meetings. - -AI Meetings - -Free: $0 - -$0 Business: Starts at $15 per user per month - -Good For: Hosting video meetings for up to five hours with up to 150 participants (with the Business plan). Otherwise, the business communication plans have enough for basic video meetings at the same price. - -AI Contact Center - -Essentials: Starts at $80 per user per month - -Starts at $80 per user per month Advanced: Starts at $115 per user per month - -Starts at $115 per user per month Premium: Starts at $150 per user per month - -Good For: High-volume inbound customer service and customer support teams. - -AI Sales Center - -Essentials: Starts at $60 per user per month - -Starts at $60 per user per month Advanced: Starts at $95 per user per month - -Starts at $95 per user per month Premium: Starts at $150 per user per month - -Good For: Outbound sales teams that need to reach more leads, boost productivity and maximize efficiency. Also great for sales managers that want to improve agent training and provide live coaching. - -Dialpad’s key features - -Dialpad has invested heavily in AI call center technology for many years, making it one of the first to adopt it across the platform. - -Aside from that, it comes with a wide range of basic and advanced functionality. Most of the platform’s top-tier capabilities are only available on more expensive plans and with its contact center and sales center solutions. - -Here’s a look at some of Dialpad’s standout features. - -Unlimited calls and meetings - -Dialpad’s business phone system supports unlimited calling. You’ll be able to dial out and field as many domestic calls as you need without having to worry about usage costs. - -You’ll also benefit from: - -Visual voicemail. - -Custom call routing. - -Call forwarding to other devices. - -Three-way calling. - -Call recording. - -Ability to flip calls between devices. - -All of these are standard features that come with every plan. - -In addition to calls, your team can also collaborate internally with unlimited meetings. - -You’re limited to just ten participants per meeting unless you add on a Business Video plan. But ten should be more than enough to accommodate most teams — especially since team chat and business messaging is also for collaboration. - -Multi-level auto attendant - -Dialpad’s auto attendant is ideal for inbound call handling. You can fully customize the way calls get routed depending on day, time, agent skills, caller intent and so much more. - -You can start by customizing your business hours and agent hours, and define the exact times you want to activate your auto attendant. From there, you can create a custom queue to prioritize calls and they will be routed to specific departments or teams based on your settings. - -For example, a 24/7 plumbing business may want to prioritize emergency water leaks. Or some businesses may choose to prioritize new customer payments and billing over general support questions. - -Dialpad AI Contact Center and AI Sales Center plans come with a full Interactive Voice Response (IVR) system — taking your auto attendant one-step further with even more advanced options that allow callers to control their own routing path. - -Built-in call analytics - -Every Dialpad plan comes with strong analytics features. Even on the entry-level plans, you’ll benefit from real-time call transcriptions and reporting. - -It’s easy to keep track of your most important metrics from one screen. You get instant visibility into vital call center metrics, like abandoned call rates, heat maps of your highest call volume times, missed calls, what percentage of calls are forwarded to another number, and more. - -At higher tiers, the analytics get even more powerful. You can unlock advanced reports for things like live caller sentiment analysis, compliance measurement and even workforce management capabilities for forecasts and scheduling. - -Overall, Dialpad’s analytics provide a richer, more customizable perspective than many of its peers, especially when you compare entry-level plans. - -Call coaching - -The call coaching features are only available if you’re on a Sales Center or Contact Center plan, but the entire set — call monitoring, whispering and barge — are available as standard features for both of these products. This means you won’t have to upgrade to a higher plan tier as long as you’re choosing a subscription within these two categories. - -Live monitoring allows managers to listen-in on calls whenever they want, which makes it easier for managers to monitor the quality of agent conversations, and coach them in real time if necessary. It’s an easy way to ensure reps are sticking to the script and support your quality assurance efforts. - -The whispering feature is great for coaching new agents in real time or helping anyone on your team navigate difficult circumstances. If necessary, managers can barge in and take over the call altogether. Customers love this, as they won’t have to wait on hold or go through a lengthy transfer process to escalate calls. - -Dialpad AI - -Dialpad has some level of AI incorporated into all of its plans and lots of its features, but the extent to which it’s available varies based on the product you’ve selected and the plan tier within that category. - -Broadly speaking, the Contact Center and Sales Center plans have the most powerful AI capabilities. But even some of the cheaper plans give you a taste of Dialpad’s AI and automation features. - -Some of the key capabilities of Dialpad AI include: - -Real-time voice transcription. - -AI voice analysis for customer sentiment. - -Automated call summaries. - -QA scorecards. - -Real-time agent assist. - -Playbooks for sales reps. - -Dialpad pros - -A ton of AI-powered features. - -Affordable entry-level plans. - -All-in-one communications suite. - -Specific plans for outbound sales calls. - -Analytics on every tier. - -Modern and clean interface. - -HIPAA, GDPR, ISO and SOC Type 2 compliant. - -Member of the Cloud Security Alliance (CSA). - -Role-based access controls. - -Dialpad cons - -24/7 phone support only on higher tiers. - -Internet faxing is an extra $10 per month. - -Expensive contact center plans compared to alternatives. - -IVR is only included with premium plans. - -Alternatives to Dialpad - -Dialpad has some of the cheapest rates in the business phone service category. $15 per line on the entry-level plan is very attractive. But its contact center and sales engagement offerings are much more in line with their peers price-wise, if not on the higher side. - -RingCentral has a better all-around value than Dialpad, and will be much more accommodating for companies that would like to keep some of their old technology in service as they transition to the cloud. Nextiva is another alternative to consider, and may allow for more rapid deployment than RingCentral. - -Here’s a closer look at how Dialpad compares to its closest competitors. - -Dialpad RingCentral Nextiva Ooma 8x8 Starting price $15 per user per month $20 per user per month $28.95 per user per month $19.95 per user per month Custom quote Free trial 14 days 14 days Demo No No Setup Easy Complex Easy Very easy Complex International numbers 70+ countries 105+ countries No No 100+ countries Call recording Yes Yes Top two tiers Top two tiers Call center only AI features Advanced Advanced Standard None Basic Video meetings Yes Yes Yes Top two tiers Yes Texting Yes Yes Yes Top two tiers Yes Online fax + $10 per month Top two tiers + $9.95 per month Yes Yes Team chat Yes Yes Yes Top two tiers Yes Integrations 70+ 300+ 20+ 10+ 65+ - -RingCentral (See full review) - -If you want a solution with every feature under the sun, RingCentral is the way to go. It has similar AI capabilities to Dialpad, but goes further with its contact center plans. You’ll also have access to contact center workforce optimization, agent engagement, scheduling, performance management and full customer journey mapping. - -Nextiva (See full review) - -Dialpad has an edge for AI-powered contact center solutions, but Nextiva is more well-rounded. It has simple and affordable small business plans, competitive contact center solutions, and a full-suite of tools for unified customer experience management. Plus, it offers 24/7 support no matter how much you pay. - -Ooma (See full review) - -Need something simple and streamlined for an in-person office? Ooma’s DIY plug-and-play set-up process is the easiest of the bunch. No technical expertise required. - -Compared to Dialpad, 8×8 feels a little stale, but the company has the infrastructure to help companies migrate contact centers to the cloud from on-premise systems at their own pace. 8×8 also gives you unlimited international calling to up to 48 countries (depending on your plan). This is a great way to save money if you handle a high volume of international communications. - -Methodology - -When putting this review together, I leaned on my own experiences, customer reviews and a set of core criteria I use when reviewing every business communications solution. - -Basic and premium features - -I look at a company’s business communications features to see what’s included in the entry-level plan, and what customers must upgrade to access. The biggest thing I am looking at are the channels included (voice, video, SMS, etc.) and the depth of key call center features, such as IVR, analytics, call routing, and so on. Then I compare the price-point vs. the features included to peers in the space. - -Customer support - -I consider customer support hours, customer support methods (phone, live chat, knowledge base, etc.), and how helpful the customer support team actually is based on customer reviews. As always, I take the negative reviews with a grain of salt — the most angry customers are most likely to review. - -Third-party integrations - -I check each platform’s ability to seamlessly connect with other business tools, like CRM software, SMS, faxing, cloud storage, ERP and more. It’s very difficult to forecast how difficult contact center integration will be, but I give bonus points to companies that have extensive content about specific integrations or public API documentation. - -Security and privacy - -I assess the tool’s encryption, redundancy architecture, role-based access management, server locations, data center audits, authentication capabilities via SSO and MFA, and more. For business communications products, I am also interested in whether or not a vendor will sign a BAA, which is required for HIPAA compliant VoIP services. - -Demo or free trial - -I check for the ability to test or try the software before committing through a live demo or free trial. - -Overall cost - -This represents the total overview of plans, extra fees, add-ons, differences between paying monthly or annually, user costs and installation costs.",1731883627,1d5aa7f62b,20a7ff9190,,,1731883627 -https://www.ontheforecheck.com/nashville-predators-4-columbus-blue-jackets-3-ot-marchessault-caps-comeback/,https://www.ontheforecheck.com/rss/current,"Preds 4, Blue Jackets 3 (OT): Preds manage comeback","Oct 26, 2024; Nashville, Tennessee, USA; Nashville Predators goaltender Scott Wedgewood (41) gets a drink of water after the second period against the Columbus Blue Jackets at Bridgestone Arena. Mandatory Credit: Casey Gower-Imagn Images - -Nashville returned home for the second half of their first back-to-back of the season, where they faced the Columbus Blue Jackets and managed to get a nailbiter of a win. - -Play flowed back and forth for most of the first period, with an early Preds surge — held at bay by goalie Daniil Tarasov — giving way to a hard push late from the Blue Jackets. - -Scott Wedgewood made a massive save on Adam Fantilli with less than a minute left in the period, absolutely robbing him to hold the score even, and then had to make several more as the period wound down. Nashville rallied at the very end of the period, with a great chance from Roman Josi. With 0.6 seconds left in the first period, Filip Forsberg and Zach Werenski whacked at each other in a scuffle for the puck and both headed for the penalty box. - -43 seconds into the 4-on-4, Kirill Marchenko committed a hold and the Preds got a 4-on-3 power play opportunity. However, the Preds weren’t able to convert, and a couple of minutes later when Steven Stamkos lost his footing Marchenko made up for that penalty with the first goal of the game. - -Moments after that, a near-total defensive breakdown — as almost every Pred on the ice abandoned their assignments to watch the puck — let Zach Aston-Reese make it 2-0 Columbus. Sean Monahan then drew a penalty, as Tommy Novak committed a hooking penalty. However, Marchenkov cut the Jackets’ power play short with his second penalty of the night, another hook. - -Forsberg scored with a beautiful shot during the 4-on-4, and although the Preds closed out their short power play with a fantastic push, Tarasov was able to hang on (making several saves without his stick) and Colton Sissons took a penalty right after an icing call on Columbus reset the play. Nashville killed the penalty off and managed not to get called for delay of game in the middle of it, but things went downhill fast. - -Wedgewood had to fight hard to keep the Preds in it as the Jackets pressured hard to end the second, and was again rewarded when Cole Smith tied it on the first shift of the third period. The Preds piled on the pressure, trying to build off that goal. - -A missed interference call as Forsberg was shoved onto the ice, followed by pure chaos in a broken play, put the Blue Jackets in a position to score again, so Werenski made it 3-2 less than three minutes after Smith’s tying goal. Alex Carrier, however, got it back a minute later, collecting a pass from Zach L’Hereux — his first NHL point — to tie the score 3-3 at 4:09. - -Tarasov made a couple of great saves on Novak and Forsberg, and Wedgewood had a huge one on Mikael Pyyhtia with just minutes left in the third, then another on Monahan, as both goalies tried to get their team to overtime. Wedgewood almost singlehandedly dragged the Preds there, and was rewarded when Jonathan Marchessault brought the game home.",1731885437,c1632d0f8c,2083311d08,,,1731885437 -https://www.thedrum.com/news/2024/11/14/how-award-winning-translate-plus-keeps-client-satisfaction-rates-over-90,https://www.thedrum.com/influencer-marketing/rss.xml,How award-winning Translate Plus keeps client satisfaction rates over 90%,"Winning Gold at The Drum Awards for Agency Business in the Client Relations category is Translate Plus. Here, in its own words, is how it maintained a winning satisfaction rate. - -Translate Plus won gold at The Drum Awards for Agency Business in the Client Relations category / Credit: Translate Plus - -2023 was a landmark year for Translate Plus’ client relations. - -It was a year when the agency maintained a leading market position and drove growth while prioritizing exceptional client relationships, achieveing a record-high 14% increase in sales revenue. - -Want to go deeper? Ask The Drum - -Four pillars of a client-centric approach - -To take client relationships and connections to the next level, the agency introduced new quality assurance processes and initiatives, centered around a client-centric approach. The approach is rooted in four pillars: addressing client perception, monitoring client satisfaction at all times, team optimization, and secure AI technology implementation. - -As Liina Pust, client services director, put it, ""Our strategic implementation of a new client-focused approach resulted in an impressive 90% client satisfaction rate, demonstrating the consistent quality and reliability Translate Plus delivers to customers and the industries we cater to. We successfully retained our top 20 loyal and largest clients, highlighting our ability to cultivate long-lasting partnerships."" - -Advertisement - -The agency also focused on strengthening and increasing internal collaborations with various Publicis Groupe agencies, which Translate Plus continues to support with their global campaign adaptation and localization strategies as part of Publicis Production. - -Adrian Metcalf, managing partner, said that “our agency partnership network grew stronger in 2023, as we collaborated with more than 96 agencies across Publicis Groupe, our parent company, reinforcing our position as the Groupe’s trusted language service solution for global campaign projects and marketing campaigns. These achievements reflect the deeper connections we have built with creative media agencies (within and outside the Groupe), leading brands and companies over the years, thanks to our company’s decoupling business model and our collaborative spirit that drives our success and business forward in our industry.” - -Advertisement - -Entering 2024: The results so far - -This year more than ever before, the agency has focused on strengthening client relations through ambitious goals and robust client strategies. Key strategic objectives include: consolidating and expanding translate plus’ presence in key markets; augmenting market share; continuing to implement 2023’s new client management approach; optimizing teams across key departments; and emphasizing even more technology integration for client project quoting purposes alongside generative AI implementation to enhance existing automation-driven language tech solutions (such as machine translation) and operations. - -Through these strategic initiatives, Translate Plus aims to be the top localization partner and a world-leader in the language service and creative localization industry, ensuring clients receive the highest level of service and language support at all times. - -In the first half of 2024, translate plus implemented thse strategic initiatives, designed to enhance client relationships and drive business growth. - -So far, the agency has partnered with 417 brands across 44 countries and with over 84 Publicis Groupe agencies, including new ones, leading to an expansion of the internal agency and external client portfolios in the first half of 2024, while attracting high-value clients. Despite economic challenges, notable new business opportunities have already been secured for 2024 leading to 2025. - -Client satisfaction rates are above 90%. Clients include leading global organizations operating across industries, most of whom have been working with translate plus for over a decade. - -These first 2024 successes demonstrate a high focus on strategic and successful client retention, while attracting new large-scale clients and maintaining enduring partnerships with them. - -The agency's continued success in enhancing client relationships and driving business growth underscores its position as a leader in the language services industry. With a focus on innovation and client satisfaction, Translate Plus remains dedicated to exceeding client expectations and fostering long-term partnerships. - -Ready to get your work recognized on a global stage? Enter The Drum Awards today. Need more inspiration? Read our Award Winning Case Studies.",1731883671,b55a6935d9,20aeee77f9,,,1731883671 -https://insideclimatenews.org/news/16112024/methane-regulations-have-big-implications-for-future/,https://insideclimatenews.org/rss/,The Tug-of-War on This Climate Super Pollutant Has Big Implications for the Future,"What was billed as a “sprint to cut climate super pollutants” may soon slow to a jog. - -Top climate diplomats from the U.S., China and host country Azerbaijan gathered at COP29, the United Nations Climate Conference in Baku, this week to host a summit on methane and other “non-CO2” greenhouse gases. - -However, efforts to curb emissions of these climate super pollutants—greenhouse gases that on a pound-for-pound basis are far more effective at warming the planet than carbon dioxide—are likely to stall under President-elect Donald Trump. He has pledged to pull the U.S. out of the Paris climate agreement, and the oil industry is lobbying him to roll back emission regulations. - -Methane, the primary component of natural gas, is the second leading driver of climate change after carbon dioxide. Quickly curbing its emissions from the oil and gas sector, agriculture and landfills is widely viewed as the most effective way to combat the near-term worsening of climate change over the next couple of decades, rather than centuries. - -Emissions of methane, along with other non-CO2 greenhouse gases, including nitrous oxide and fluorinated gases, are responsible for as much as half of current warming. - -“Global consensus on the need to tackle non-CO2 greenhouse gases is stronger than ever,” U.S. climate envoy John Podesta said at the methane and non-CO2 summit on Tuesday. - -Podesta noted that 158 countries have now endorsed the Global Methane Pledge, a voluntary agreement to curb methane emissions launched by the U.S. and the European Commission in 2021. - -Regulations enacted by the EPA last year are projected to reduce methane emissions from the oil and gas industry by 80 percent. - -On Tuesday, the U.S. also finalized an oil and gas Waste Emissions Charge that places a fee on large emitters of methane, oil and gas facilities whose emissions exceed 25,000 metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent per year. Excessive emissions will initially be charged $900 per metric ton of methane in 2024, increasing to $1,500 per metric ton in 2026. The fee was imposed by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and first applies to emissions that occur in the 2024 calendar year. - -“The cost of methane abatement technology will continue to go down, and the availability of these solutions will continue to go up—this progress cannot be stopped,” Podesta said. - -However, the American Exploration and Production Council, a group of 30 mostly independent oil and gas producers, is working to roll back the methane fee and other climate rules, according to internal documents obtained by The Washington Post. - -Executives of companies represented by the industry group were among the oil and gas industry leaders aggressively courted for campaign funding by Trump earlier this year. - -The American Petroleum Institute, an industry group representing a wider swath of the oil and gas industry, released its own wish list for the Trump administration on Tuesday that included a repeal of the methane fee. - -This comes as disasters supersized by climate change keep mounting, killing people and destroying property. Greenhouse gases have already begun setting off dangerous feedback loops that threaten to make the crisis far worse, scientists warn. Climate advocates said the world—especially a top emitter like the U.S.—can’t afford to pump the breaks on efforts to reduce methane pollution. - -“The only way to slow warming fast enough to prevent self-amplifying feedbacks from pushing the planet past tipping points is to cut methane and other super climate pollutants,” said Durwood Zaelke, president of the Institute for Governance and Sustainable Development, a climate advocacy organization based in Washington. - -Rather than rolling back regulations, Zaelke said it’s time for a binding global agreement on methane. - -Former U.S. Vice President Al Gore, a co-founder of Climate TRACE, a nonprofit organization that tracks greenhouse gas emissions, agreed. - -“In the year after the methane pledge was finalized, global methane emissions went up 1.8 percent,” Gore said on Thursday as the organization released its latest inventory of emissions data. “Maybe we should start just by actualizing the methane pledge and getting the countries that have agreed to it to live up to what they agreed to do.” - -Speaking at the methane and non-CO2 summit, Liu Zhenmin, China’s special envoy for climate change, said his country is working to improve monitoring and reduce methane emissions, particularly from coal mines. - -China, the world’s largest methane emitter, released a national methane emissions control action plan in November of last year. However, the plan did not set targets on methane emission reductions. - -China has since committed to including methane and other non-CO2 greenhouse gases in its emission reduction targets under the Paris climate agreement, due in February. - -China could reduce methane emissions equivalent to 660 million metric tons of carbon dioxide per year by 2030 at little cost, according to a study published Nov. 8 in the journal Nature Communications. That’s like closing 170 coal-fired power plants. - - - -Gore said he was optimistic China and other countries would continue to reduce emissions regardless of what happens in the U.S., due in part to the low cost of renewable energy. - -“Market forces are giving us a tailwind in our efforts to solve the climate crisis, but it’s also true that governments have to do a much better job of organizing and pursuing the policy changes that are needed,” he said. “We’re in real danger.” - -About This Story Perhaps you noticed: This story, like all the news we publish, is free to read. That’s because Inside Climate News is a 501c3 nonprofit organization. We do not charge a subscription fee, lock our news behind a paywall, or clutter our website with ads. We make our news on climate and the environment freely available to you and anyone who wants it. That’s not all. We also share our news for free with scores of other media organizations around the country. Many of them can’t afford to do environmental journalism of their own. We’ve built bureaus from coast to coast to report local stories, collaborate with local newsrooms and co-publish articles so that this vital work is shared as widely as possible. Two of us launched ICN in 2007. Six years later we earned a Pulitzer Prize for National Reporting, and now we run the oldest and largest dedicated climate newsroom in the nation. We tell the story in all its complexity. We hold polluters accountable. We expose environmental injustice. We debunk misinformation. We scrutinize solutions and inspire action. Donations from readers like you fund every aspect of what we do. If you don’t already, will you support our ongoing work, our reporting on the biggest crisis facing our planet, and help us reach even more readers in more places? Please take a moment to make a tax-deductible donation. Every one of them makes a difference. Thank you, - -Share this article",1731883624,f1fc2a503e,20b2ab9507,,,1731883624 -https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/kwikset-smart-lock-short-battery-life-battery-drain/,https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/feed/,Kwikset Smart Lock Short Battery Life: 12 Tips to Reduce Battery Drain,"At SmartHomePerfected we pride ourselves on providing trustworthy, unbiased information. If you buy through links on our site, we may earn a small affiliate commission at no extra cost to you. Learn more - -Smart locks provide a cool and easy way to control who enters your home. However, having to swap out batteries every few weeks can get a bit annoying. - -A Kwikset smart locks battery life is impacted by numerous factors and identifying the source of increased battery drain can be tricky. In this article, I explore various ways to troubleshoot this problem. - -During my research, I reached out to Kwikset support while also reviewing product documentation for the following models: Premis, Home Connect, Obsidian, Kevo Convert, Aura, Halo, Halo Touch, Kevo, and the SmartCode Signature, Kwikset, and International Series (e.g., 260, 888, 911, 912, 913, 955). - -You'll find links to the product documentation in the sources section at the end of the article. - -1. Use new, non-rechargeable alkaline batteries designed for optimal performance. - -When it comes to powering your Kwikset smart lock, using new, non-rechargeable alkaline batteries is crucial to ensure long battery life. - -These locks are designed to provide optimal performance for over a year when used with the recommended alkaline batteries when operated on average 10 times per day. - -Kwikset Battery Pack - -Don't use lithium, NiMH rechargeable, or expired batteries, as they can cause inconsistent power output and ultimately harm your smart lock's components. - -Lithium and rechargeable batteries often deliver a higher initial voltage, which may drop over time, affecting lock performance. - -Expired batteries, on the other hand, may leak or provide insufficient power, causing erratic functionality. - -2. Check for defective hardware, like faulty motors or wireless radios. - -Short battery life in your Kwikset Smart Lock might signal defective hardware. For instance, if your batteries die within a day, a faulty motor may be causing the problem, and you should replace the smart lock unit. - -On the other hand, if the batteries drain within a week, it's time to run a keypad error test (For models with a physical keypad). To do this, insert new batteries and flip switch #3 to ON to enable audio. Test each button on the keypad and listen for a beep. If any button fails to beep, you might be dealing with a keypad hardware issue that's draining your batteries. - -For smart locks with a wireless radio (such as Wi-Fi, Zigbee, or Z-Wave models like the 914 and 888) that experience battery drain within a week, the issue may be with the wireless radio. - -This can be identified by checking the Wireless Card LEDs to see if they remain on. To troubleshoot this, remove the battery pack and hold down the program button for 10 seconds before replacing the batteries. - -Program Button on the SmartCode 888 - -If the Wireless Card LEDs still won't turn off, contact Kwikset support for assistance. - -This may require a reset of the Zigbee or Z-Wave module, or a replacement unit. - -3. Ensure proper door alignment to prevent stress on the lock components. - -A misaligned door can lead to multiple failed attempts by the deadbolt to lock or unlock, resulting in increased battery drain. - -To prevent this, make sure that the door is correctly aligned and the latch lines up perfectly with the strike. - -Any resistance during the locking or unlocking process caused by poor alignment can have a negative impact on both the motor and battery life of your Kwikset smart lock. - -4. Disable unnecessary features such as LED, auto-relocking, and audio functions. - -Disabling unnecessary functions is a practical way to reduce battery drain in your Kwikset smart lock. Some features like the LED, auto-relocking, and audio functions consume more power than others, and they may not always be essential for your needs. - -LED lights, while energy-efficient, still utilize power when activated, usually during keypad use or locking. Auto-relocking requires the lock to engage and disengage frequently, causing the motor to work harder and draining the battery faster. Audio functions consume energy by emitting sounds for different types of notifications and button presses. - -Switch Layout on the SmartCode 916 - -To maximize battery life, disable these functions by adjusting the switches on your Kwikset smart lock. For example, if you own a SmartCode 913 model, set switches #1, #2, and #3 to the OFF position. Switch #1 controls the LED, #2 manages the auto-relocking, and #3 determines the audio functionality. - -By turning off these features, you focus the lock's energy usage on essential security-related tasks, thereby prolonging the battery life and reducing the chances of unexpected lock failures due to drained batteries. - -5. Strengthen Wi-Fi, Z-Wave, or Zigbee signals for efficient performance. - -Strong Wi-Fi, Z-Wave, or Zigbee signals are crucial for efficient smart lock performance. If your Kwikset Smart Lock has poor connectivity, the device may need to use extra energy to maintain its connection or reconnect, causing faster battery drain. - -For Wi-Fi models, ensure your lock has a robust connection with your router. If you find weak spots or dead zones in your home, consider upgrading to a mesh Wi-Fi network. Mesh networks utilize several access points distributed throughout your home to deliver comprehensive coverage, minimizing connection issues. Check out this list of battery-friendly routers from Kwikset's list of recommended routers here. - -Similarly, for models that use Z-Wave or Zigbee protocols, consistent and stable connections are essential. These protocols rely on a mesh network of their own, where devices act as nodes to strengthen the signal. - -To improve battery life for Z-Wave or Zigbee smart locks, make sure they are within the proper range of other devices in the network. For instance, you can place smart plugs, switches, or other devices strategically between your smart lock and the hub. - -This bridge ensures a more seamless and power-saving performance, as your Kwikset Smart Lock won't have to struggle for a strong connection. - -6. Confirm correct installation and recalibrate the lock if needed. - -Earlier I talked about ensuring the latch and strike plates are aligned correctly to prevent any resistance during the operation of the lock. It’s also worth checking other aspects of the smart lock installation which may be causing the issue. - -Ensure that the cable is stored neatly within the lock and is not snagged on any part of the frame. It's also important to verify that the hole drilled in the door frame is deep enough to accommodate the deadbolt. While the door may have been fine when you first installed the lock, warping could have occurred over time, causing stress on the lock's components. In such cases, addressing these installation issues will help minimize battery drain. - -Door Handling Process on the Kevo - -I recommend recalibrating the lock by running the door handling process again (both automatically and manually if needed). A lock that isn't calibrated correctly may exert unnecessary strain on the motor or repeatedly attempt to lock or unlock, resulting in faster battery consumption. - -7. Apply lock-specific lubricant to ensure smooth operation. - -To reduce battery drain in your Kwikset smart lock, consider applying a liquid lubricant to the deadbolt. - -By doing this, you'll minimize resistance and ensure smooth movement when locking and unlocking the door. - -However, be careful when selecting a lubricant, as the wrong choice may damage the components of the smart lock. Go for a lubricant specifically designed for locks to maintain optimal performance in doing so extend battery life. - -8. Verify the battery level to rule out reporting errors. - -Sometimes, smart locks like the HomeConnect 914 & 888 equipped with wireless radios (Wi-Fi, Zigbee, Z-Wave) can show incorrect battery levels on the smart home system's user interface. This leads to false alarms about low battery life. - -To double-check whether the battery is genuinely low, follow these steps: - -Enable switch #1 on your smart lock, allowing the status LED to blink every six seconds. Carefully observe the LED flashes. An amber or green flash followed by a red one indicates a low battery level. If there's no red flash, the battery isn't low, and the issue might lie within the smart home system itself. - -In such cases, manually locking or unlocking your smart lock often resolves this error, ensuring accurate battery-level reporting. - -9. Check for excessive communication between the smart lock and the smart home hub - -For smart locks with a wireless radio (Wi-Fi, Zigbee, Z-Wave, like the 914 and 888 models), frequent communication with the smart home system controller might be the culprit. - -To test this theory, remove the lock from your smart home system and insert a fresh set of batteries. Try operating the lock without the smart home integration for a week. If the batteries drain quickly, the issue is within the lock itself. If not, the smart home controller might be causing the battery drain. This may be down to an overly high ping frequency from the controller to the lock. - -In this case, decreasing the ping frequency to the lowest possible setting may extend battery life and optimize the lock's performance. - -10. Follow the correct battery replacement procedure and power-cycling process. - -If your lock continues to display low battery behavior both on the device and on your smart home hub, after installing new batteries, ensure that you allow at least 30 seconds between removing the old batteries and inserting the new ones. - -This power cycling process helps in the proper reset and operations of your lock. - -However, if the issue still persists and your lock struggles to join or rejoin the Z-Wave / ZigBee network, remove the battery pack, press and hold the program button for 5 seconds, and then do the same with button A. (These instructions are based on the 914 model) - -Smart Home Hub Join Button on the SmartCode 914 - -Once done, replace the battery pack and test to see if it’s fixed the issue. - -It’s worth checking that both the Kwikset app and your lock's firmware are up-to-date. - -Regular updates often include fixes and improvements that can help enhance the device's efficiency and battery life. - -To keep the Kwikset app current, head to your device's app store and download any available updates. - -Your lock's firmware version and available updates are generally listed in the Kwikset mobile app (for Wi-Fi devices). - -If you have a Z-Wave or Zigbee model, you’ll need to check your smart hub and the Kwikset website, for details on available firmware updates. - -By staying updated, you can optimize your smart lock's functionality while prolonging its battery life. - -12. Reach out to Kwikset Support for assistance or potential replacements. - -If you're facing battery drain issues with your Kwikset smart lock, don't hesitate to contact their customer service. Some users have received a functional replacement simply by reaching out. By doing so, you might just find yourself with a new lock that performs significantly better.",1731883624,1c7041163b,206b8ab43a,,,1731883624 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/cathie-wood-selling-tesla-buying-131500139.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,Cathie Wood Is Selling Tesla and Buying This Other EV Stock That's Under $5. Should You Follow Her Lead?,"As the CEO of Ark Invest, Cathie Wood has made a name for herself thanks to her strong conviction in exciting technologies and high-profile investments in emerging companies looking to disrupt the status quo. - -Wood was an earlier supporter of electric vehicle (EV) manufacturer Tesla (NASDAQ: TSLA), often touting the prospects of autonomous driving and the role artificial intelligence (AI) could play in the company's roadmap before it was fashionable. But recently, Wood has been reducing her stake in Tesla and reinvesting profits in another EV player, Archer Aviation (NYSE: ACHR), which is developing electric air taxis. - -Start Your Mornings Smarter! Wake up with Breakfast news in your inbox every market day. Sign Up For Free » - -Below, I'm going to break down Wood's various moves and detail what's really going on here. There's a lot to digest and more than meets the eye with Wood's swap for Archer. Let's dig into the details. - -Cathie Wood is selling Tesla and ... - -In the month of October, Wood sold more than 280,000 shares of Tesla across the ARK Innovation, ARK Autonomous Technology & Robotics, and ARK Next Generation Internet exchange-traded funds (ETF). Wood followed these moves with selling another 530,000 shares between Nov. 1 and Nov. 7. - -The timing of these sales is not necessarily coincidental. Wood began trimming Ark's Tesla position on Oct. 24, the day after the company reported third-quarter results. During the last week of October, shares of Tesla gained more than 16%. Moreover, between Nov. 1 and Nov. 7, Tesla stock rocketed by 19%. - -All told, since Tesla reported earnings on Oct. 23, the stock has gained roughly 38% as of Nov. 7 (the date of Wood's last reported sale of Tesla stock). - -... buying this other EV stock but ... - -Archer Aviation specializes in a niche pocket of the mobility realm called electric vertical take-off and landing (eVTOL) aircraft. While this may sound like something out of The Jetsons, EV air taxis actually have some pretty eye-opening use cases. - -The most obvious application is to use Archer's air taxis as an alternative mode of transportation in congested environments like cities. What's exciting about this particular use case is the fact that congested urban environments are a worldwide issue. - -During Archer's Q3 earnings update, management shared with investors that the company signed an agreement with Japan Airlines and Soracle, which included an intent to purchase up to 100 of Archer's aircraft with a value of $500 million ""with the goal of bringing air taxi service to some of the most congested cities in Japan."" - -Story Continues",1731883688,6e579b027f,20b6852d9d,,,1731883688 -https://taxjustice.net/2024/08/19/infographic-the-extreme-wealth-of-the-superrich-is-making-our-economies-insecure/,https://www.taxjustice.net/feed/,Infographic: The extreme wealth of the superrich is making our economies insecure,"Our economies were designed to let people earn the wealth they need to lead secure and comfortable lives, but our tax rules make it easier for the superrich to collect wealth than for the rest of us to earn it. This has let the superrich collect extreme wealth to the point where our economies are becoming insecure, and it scarcely pays to earn a living. - -Our infographic below explains how this has happened, how it impacts you and how our governments can straightforwardly implement wealth taxes to fix the problem.",1731883664,685bd32e72,20edd8d6ae,,,1731883664 -http://www.skysports.com/football/live-blog/11095/12507208/football-latest-news-gossip,https://www.skysports.com/rss/11095,Football latest news & gossip,", which may be using cookies and other technologies. To show you this content, we need your permission to use cookies. You can use the buttons below to amend your preferences to enable cookies or to allow those cookies just once. You can change your settings at any time via the This content is provided by, which may be using cookies and other technologies. To show you this content, we need your permission to use cookies. You can use the buttons below to amend your preferences to enablecookies or to allow those cookies just once. You can change your settings at any time via the Privacy Options - -Unfortunately we have been unable to verify if you have consented to cookies. To view this content you can use the button below to allow cookies for this session only.",1731883669,60c36d6784,20e3e16af5,,,1731883669 -https://justcreative.com/humour-in-branding/,https://justcreative.com/feed/,[Podcast] Humour in Branding with Paddy Gilmore,"Make your brand unforgettable with humour! - -Jacob Cass & Matt Davies sit down with branding expert Paddy Gilmore to explore how adding a dash of humor can make brands more relatable, engaging, and memorable! - -sponsored message - -Paddy shares his journey into humor-driven branding and why he believes humor is a powerful tool for standing out in today’s crowded market. - -Discover when and where humor works best, along with Paddy’s step-by-step guide for crafting humorous copy that hits the mark. - -From practical examples of brands nailing their humor to common pitfalls to avoid, Paddy shares insights that will help you use humor confidently and effectively in your messaging. - -Tune in for actionable tips and real-world examples on using humor to connect with your audience—and learn Paddy’s top strategies for creating an authentic, funny brand that resonates. - -If you’re ready to make your brand stand out, this episode is a must-listen! - - - -sponsored message - - - - - -Listen Here - -Love the show? Please review us on Apple. - -Play Now - -Watch on Youtube - -Learn Brand Strategy - -Brand Master Secrets helps you become a brand strategist and earn specialist fees. And in my opinion, this is the most comprehensive brand strategy course on the market. - -sponsored message - - - -The course gave me all the techniques and processes and more importantly… all the systems and tools I needed to build brand strategies for my clients. - -This is the consolidated “fast-track” version to becoming a brand strategist. - -I wholeheartedly endorse this course for any designer who wants to become a brand strategist and earn specialist fees. - -Check out the 15-minute video about the course, which lays out exactly what you get in the Brand Master Secrets. - -Transcript (Auto-Generated) - -Hello, and welcome to JUST Branding, the only podcast dedicated to helping designers and entrepreneurs grow brands. Here are your hosts, Jacob Cass and Matt Davies. - -I’ll see you there. Hello, folks, and welcome to this latest episode of JUST Branding. Today, we have, I hope, quite a fun and humorous session ahead of us. - -Well, maybe not. We’ll find out. We’ll find out. - -We’ll explore together because we’ve got Paddy Gilmour with us. Who is Paddy? Well, Paddy runs a consultancy that specializes in helping brands use humor in their communications. - -He has reassured me that he is not a comedian. So if you’ve tuned in hoping for lots of cracking jokes, we may disappoint you. This is obviously from a marketing side and a positioning side for brands. - -I’ve worked with Paddy on and off for the last three years on various projects, and I’ve always found him to be absolutely fantastic adding that human touch to a brand’s communications. Paddy has worked on some phenomenal brands in the past, including Harley-Davidson, Epson, Allied Irish Banks, and many, many more. So we’ll put all that to one side because frankly, we want to hear from you now, Paddy. - -Welcome to the show. - -Thank you very much. It’s great to be here. Thank you. - -So I’ve given a bit of an introduction, but give us a bit of a potted history. Where have you come from and how have you got to this position of working with brands? - -It goes back about 25 years. Basically, I did a master’s in history of art, and I was focusing on post-war conceptual art. So I was looking at people like Yoko Ono and these artists, and a lot of these artists use humor in their artwork. - -So while I was studying my master’s, I looked into how they use humor and what humor is. I discovered a lot about humor mechanisms, and the philosophy of humor, and the politics of humor, and it just really interested me. Then somehow I found myself in advertising. - -I did advertising for about 20 years, and I was always trying to do funny ads, because that was what I loved when I was a kid, when I was a teenager. Sometimes I would do them, and sometimes I would have bosses telling me, actually, we can’t do that. No, we can’t do that. - -Then about three or four years ago, I thought, I think there’s a consultancy offering, and what I thought was all that knowledge I gained working advertising, and all that knowledge I gained theoretically through my masters, and all the reading I’ve done, it all came together, and I thought, there’s an offering here. Yeah, it’s been going really well. I work with clients around the world, with clients in Canada, Australia, America, all over Europe, and I do a lot of mixture of training, creative and strategy, and yeah, it’s going well. - -I understand you’ve got a bit of a following in Eastern Europe? - -Eastern Europe, yeah. I don’t quite know why or how, but Latvia. I was in Latvia twice last year. - -sponsored message - - - -I’ve been there once this year. I’m going back next week. So for some reason, I’m big in the Baltics. - -So I’m cool with it. - -Paddy, you missed a key spot, swapping from history to advertising. What happened? - -Well, it was history of art. So I was looking at post-war art, essentially. So, I mean, the big figures were obviously Andy Warhol and Robert Rauschenberg and Damien Hirst and these kind of figures. - -And so that’s what got me into advertising. But it was that humor thing that was always there. And it was the ads that I saw as a kid that I laughed at with the ads that I remembered and I remember now. - -So that was the kind of the key kind of through line really. - -So what was your first position in like the ad world? - -Obviously, it’s a very difficult industry to get into. I found myself as a junior copywriter at Bloomberg. And yeah, that was an interesting first job because Bloomberg, Mike Bloomberg himself is a former banker and the company was very much set up like a bank. - -It was quite corporate. You worked long hard hours. It was a pretty intensive training ground, but I enjoyed it. - -It was fun. I learned the trade. - -Brilliant. So let’s get into the subject, the meat of the subject now. So obviously, humor, how do you define humor, Paddy? - -sponsored message - - - -What is it? - -There’s a number of different definitions. A very good one-sentence definition is humor is a form of social play. So essentially, in all civilizations around the world, there’s not one civilization that’s found to be without humor. - -It is universal and it’s a very human trait. Another definition which I like and which has become quite fashionable, is something called benign violation theory. This is a theory that with humor, there’s a violation of some sort. - -However, it’s benign. So once we realize it’s benign, we realize there is humor there. So if you were to get in your car to drive along the pavement, that would be a violation and it wouldn’t be benign. - -Whereas if I tell you a joke, you can see a violation there. So if I say, for example, did you hear about the cargo ship carrying yoyos? It sank 44 times. - -There’s a violation there, you see. It’s maybe not the best joke ever, but you can see the violation. - -I like it, Paddy. - -And it’s benign. And that’s what then kind of gives it humor. - -I’ve got one, Paddy, I’ve got one. How many tickles does it take to make an octopus laugh? - -I don’t know. - -Ten. Ten tickles. - -Oh, very good, very good. - -Move on, move on. - -Okay, let’s move on quickly. - -Let’s move on quickly. No, no, I think you’re right. That’s interesting about the violation, because one of the things that I always think is helpful to me as a consultant is, well, I like to think it’s humor. - -But if you’re trying to be funny or you’re trying to do it, it’s very hard. But the best thing I can kind of, the best way I, well, where I get a lot of laughs is when I’m self-deprecating, right? So that’s where I find like that’s that violation you talk of. - -If you don’t take my own personality, I don’t take myself too seriously. And therefore, I quite comfortable taking the mic out of myself. And other people seem to laugh at that, which is frustrating. - -But particularly Jacob, for example, like he’s laughing now, look at him. So this is the thing. So it is that violation. - -But obviously, in that context, there’s a violation of self, but there’s no real pain. So therefore, it’s funny. - -Yeah, exactly. Yeah. It’s a very, very interesting area, because up until the start of the 20th century, it really wasn’t studied that much at all. - -And it wasn’t studied for two reasons. The first reason was people didn’t see it as being serious. You know, it was seen as just being a bit of a laugh. - -And the second reason was people discovered that when you kind of lift the vomit and really look into nuts and bolts of humor, it’s actually quite complex. It is a very, very complex area because it looks at cognitive thinking, emotions, psychology, politics, lots of different areas. And then the big change came because Sigmund Freud wrote a book about humor. - -And Freud was a huge influence. And then in the 70s and 80s, there was something called the Positive Psychology Movement, which was the notion that rather than psychology looking at what was wrong with someone, psychology should actually look at what’s healthy about people. And so they started to think, well, maybe having a good sense of humor was indicative of a positive psychology, of healthy psychology. - -And that got a lot more interest. And now as an academic area, it’s flourishing. There’s a lot more interest in it. - -Some fascinating thinkers, some fascinating papers coming out. So it’s really interesting. - -So let’s shift it into the realm of brand building. I guess the biggest question is, well, why should a brand consider humor seriously? This is going to sound wrong. - -Why should a brand consider humor seriously as a technique to use in their communications? - -Basically, there are three core reasons. First is that it makes people warm to the campaign. The advertising campaign is being broadcast. - -The second one is it makes people warm to the brand. The third reason is possibly the most important reason for any business, which is it makes people more likely to buy the product or service being sold. This is what gives humor its power. - -When people dismiss it, these are typically the kind of things that I’ll say in response. Ninety-one percent of people say they’re more likely to remember a funny ad, which means it’s really strong. Seventy-two percent of people say they would choose a funny product, a funny ad over a rival product that wasn’t using a funny ad. - -There’s a lot of evidence to suggest that this is really, really useful and it’s on this evidence that I based my consultancy and my work. - -Yeah. I often think that, you mentioned Bloomberg earlier, but imagine quite a traditional brand offering a traditional service. Often, I find humor is a great way if they inject that into their communications to stand out, right? - -To be different in a serious, stale, dusty category. Add a bit of humor in. I’m thinking, for example, if we’re going with banking, I know Monzo, for example, when they came on the scene, they completely blew everybody away with their witty communications and where they injected them in the customer journey. - -I think that perhaps I would add another fourth one on there. I don’t know what your thoughts are on that in terms of distinction. What are your thoughts about using humor to distinguish a brand? - -Definitely. It makes things a lot more distinctive, especially if a brand is selling a commodity. A great example of this is American insurance brands. - -So if they’re selling car insurance, home insurance. Essentially, we don’t really want to think about it. We just want a good deal. - -We want to know if, God forbid, something goes wrong, they’re going to be there for us. And then you’ve got brands like Geico who use humor along their adverts and they use it really effectively. Their ads have become fantastic because what they’re doing is they’re saying, right, it’s a dull subject. - -Let’s use humor to get into people’s living rooms, get into people’s heads and get our name as a solid brand within people’s heads. - -Yeah, absolutely. When it comes to my mind is spec savers, right? So it should have gone to spec savers. - -I mean, that is a line and a half when you put it in the context of the campaign. So for the global audience, that’s spec savers that sells glasses, contact lenses and I think they even sell hearing aids nowadays. But the ads often depict somebody making a terrible mistake quite humorously, and the tagline is should have gone to spec savers, right? - -So it’s quite an interesting positioning from their perspective amongst and they’ve cleaned up recently spec savers on our high streets, at least in the UK. So yeah, I completely agree with you. I think it’s a great way of adding that human element to any communications, even in quite a stale sector like buying glasses, but commodity based stuff, yeah, 100 percent. - -I was going to ask about the opposite end of it, right? If you thought about categories that often use humor like think about beer, for example, there’s a lot of men’s humor in it. What’s your point of view on if every brand is using humor? - -This is an interesting point because up until a few decades ago, there was this idea that humor could only be used by small luxuries, if you like. Beer, sweets, cigarettes, these kind of things, basically low priced treats, if you like. But then as time has gone on, humor has been used with more luxury brands. - -Harvey Nichols have used humor extensively, and it’s also been used with brands that are selling quite high value items. So Volkswagen uses humor a lot. Now your typical Volkswagen is going to cost you, I don’t know, 20, 30, $40,000. - -So this is where over the past few years, there’s been a lot more exploration as to where it can, where and how it can work. I think the only one area which humor isn’t used and isn’t really going to be used in future are high expense, high risk products. So if you run a skydiving business, you’re probably not going to use humor there. - -However, there aren’t too many skydiving businesses out there in comparison to other businesses. So the potential in using humor is still vast. - -Okay, so we’ve touched on why brands should really use humor. I guess the next question is how? You’ve mentioned obviously high risk situations and high value, not a great way to use it, but how would a brand begin to use it? - -Let’s imagine we got a startup before us and we’re talking to the startup company. When should they use it and how should they use it? How do you recommend brands start to use it? - -What I do, whenever I’m asking to a company, I talk about some human mechanisms. There are basically three core mechanisms, and these are the ways that humor is created. What I do with that company is find out what mechanisms work best for them. - -Now, sometimes it’s a case that two or three might work together. It’s a bit like a good analogy, it’s like the periodic table of elements. Some elements stand alone, and some elements join up with other ones. - -What I tend to do is I go through these mechanisms. I’ll give you an example of this. If you take the famous Tango ads, you know when you’ve been Tangoed. - -Their form of humor is called supremacy humor. We laugh because someone else is the butt of the joke. There’s that guy there, this naked man, well, I don’t know, naked orange man, hitting people around the face. - -Now, someone else is the butt of the joke, so that’s supremacy humor. That’s a specific type of humor. That might well work for a certain brand. - -It might not work for another one. So what I do is I go through all the different options on the table and then say which would work best with your audience, your brand and your proposition. And that’s typically the starting point. - -And from there, we can start looking into different styles, different examples of brands that have used a similar type of humor. Take it from there. - -How many types of humor are there? Like you’re saying you lay different types of humor on the table. Are you explaining each of these to the client or like, can you share a little bit more about that? - -Yeah, so we basically have three core human mechanisms. They kind of branch out into different kind of points. So that then turns into five. - -Okay, so that’s the mechanism. And then you have, added on to that, you have humor styles, which is from psychology and that then kind of comes into this. This might seem, I’m not trying to blind you with science, but this is essentially the building blocks of humor. - -One of the things which I, in a way, steer away from is talking about it as comedy. It’s not about getting a cheap laugh or a quick laugh. It’s about doing it thoroughly. - -So when I’m working with a brand, they can really understand what these mechanisms are, how they work, and the best type of mechanism for them. - -Okay. So I’m so curious now. You mentioned one like supremacy, but what are the other ones? - -I don’t have time to go through them. - -Yeah, by the way. So there’s supremacy humor, which is basically when someone else falls on a banana skin. Okay. - -So someone else is the bottom of the joke, and you feel great because you’re superior. Okay. Then the next one is incongruity resolution, which is there’s an incongruity, and that’s resolved. - -Okay. - -So a good example of that is the joke I said earlier. So do you hear about the kagashi of karanyoyos? It’s sang 44 times. - -It’s incongruous, but we resolve it in our mind. Okay. So Volkswagen used a lot of incongruity resolution in their ads. - -The third type of humor is called arousal safety, and that is typically when we witness something quite taboo, and we laugh, it’s almost like a kind of nervous laugh. It’s like a release. Sigmund Freud, as you might imagine, was very much into this type of humor. - -To him, that was the sole source of all the humor. But it’s not, but it’s a very, very powerful form of humor. A good way of talking about that is often like gross out humor. - -That kind of thing. So those are the three core building blocks, and then these move in different ways, and they kind of bond with other ones in different ways. Sorry, I just blumbled less like humor. - -No, no. I’m reading the next steps, and my thoughts is like, well, how do you apply this to a brand? What are your steps that you take them through for copy, I guess, would be the first part, I assume. - -Yeah. - -What I do is I talk to them about their audience, their previous advertising, their proposition, their brand, and I show them examples. The Economist is a good example of supremacy humor. Volkswagen used to have a great resolution. - -Pampers use Arraser Safety, Arraser Relief. I will go through lots of different examples. It’s basically a question of, okay, what sits best for you? - -One of the things I always find with presentations is companies, pretty much always, are really surprised at the range of humor out there. That’s the eye-opening moment, the jaw-dropping moment, because they realize, wow, there is so much more to this than we thought. There are so many different ways of being humorous. - -This is what I try and show them. It’s like a sweet shop, and then they find out which one works best for them. - -I love that, Paddy. I really love that. I think the thing for me is, what you’ve said, and we’re massive advocates, as you can imagine, of strategic approaches to brand building. - -What you’ve said is, look, you’ve got to understand your audience first. You’ve got to understand the way you’re going to position your brand in front of that audience. Once those two things are understood, the value the audience is going to hopefully have in the brand and its proposition, then you can work out, okay, let’s explore humor to see whether that’s a great way of communicating to the audience. - -And so it seems to me like if you can create a scenario whereby your audience understand the joke and it positions the brand in the midst of that, you’re on to a winner, aren’t you? - -I think so, definitely, yeah. I mean, the alternative approach is that an advertising agency or a brand, they basically audit their audience and they discover, for example, that their audience like Schitt’s Creek or Ted Lasso. So they do it by their media diet. - -And they then think, okay, on the basis of that, we need to have similar kind of humor to Ted Lasso. The problem is, though, that doesn’t help a team of creatives in an advertising agency. They’re like, well, what do they do? - -What do they do with that? So what I try and do is to really get down to the building blocks. I show them lots of examples of advertising and marketing communications. - -And this means they can really get a good overview of the entire field. - -And you’re fantastic at that, Paddy. You know, I’ve worked alongside you. In terms of, like Paddy and I, just for the audience’s perspective, we’ve run training together, you know, based on usually a strategic approach, which I’ve headed up and then Paddy’s taken that on and, you know, just splitting it up into, as you call it, the building blocks. - -I think it’s phenomenal. I was going to ask you about that. In terms of humor and brand, you know, tone of voice guidelines, what’s your kind of perspective on that? - -Because I know you can and you have, in the past, crafted tone of voice. Have you found it a way of pulling the humor and the principles of the humor into that? And what’s your experiences have been like with that? - -I think so. I think that, you know, typically, humor, you know, if a brand wants to integrate as part of their tone of voice, they can. But normally, there would be, you know, two, three or four other kind of pillars of tone of voice to go along with that. - -So my concern there would be, okay, how does humor dovetail with those? How does it either gel with them or how does it contrast against them? So typically, that’s what I would do in that scenario. - -But sometimes, a brand will come along to me and say, we want to use humor. We haven’t got anything in our brand book about how we should use it. Can you write our kind of humor brand strategy? - -And that’s what I then think of. So it’s quite a kind of a separate thing there. - -All right, let’s dive into that. So how do you develop copy, Paddy, that is humorous? - -Well, in a way, this goes back to looking at mechanisms, to finding out what type of humor is best for that brand. So rather than being prescriptive, saying, okay, you do ABCDE, we look at lots and lots of examples, and then we decide the kind of humor type that we’re going to use. And then what we do is we then look at different kind of tactics within that. - -So it could be understatement, it could be exaggeration, it could be irony, deprecation. There’s lots of different tools, if you like, from there. And we then kind of pinpoint it down and see what works best. - -To give you an example of this, the economist, the famous economist, white hat and red campaign, their humor type was satire, and deprecation was their main tactic. Okay, so you have a phenomenal campaign. I think it went up, reshuffle of the magazine went up 64%. - -Whilst the actual industry was shrinking, it actually soared. And it shows the effectiveness of a really good humor-based campaign. - -I remember one of those ads is brilliant. It says something like, there’s like a big quote mark, as you see in the red background, white text, says, I never read The Economist. - -Yes. - -And underneath, in very small, it says management trainee, aged like 42 or something. - -That’s it. That’s it. - -Brilliant. It’s like, well, why are they still a management trainee? Aged 40 or something. - -Exactly. - -Ah, get it out. Brilliant. - -Absolutely genius whoever came up with that. So brilliant. Okay. - -So I guess it can also be quite a risk A kind of area, which I imagine is why a lot of brands, instinctively shy away from taking it that seriously. I guess they worry that there’s a high risk of upsetting or potentially offending somebody or a part of their audience. What are your thoughts on common pitfalls and is that one of them? - -Yeah, it’s interesting. I read a study recently that said that 95 percent of senior management fear using human and their communications. - -So they don’t have a sense of humor, do they? - -There is a strong sense of fear. What I do is, as I was saying earlier, I talk about human mechanisms and we look at the building blocks. Now for each mechanisms, there are safeguards. - -So what I then do is say, these are the safeguards you should use if you’re using these type of mechanisms, or this mechanism or these types of mechanisms. A good analogy, I think, is it’s a bit like if you’re going skiing and going cycling and going skateboarding, you’ll wear a different type of helmet for each activity. So it’s a similar thing with humor. - -Whichever type of humor you decide to use, you need different types of safeguards to go along with it. So what I do is I talk about these and frequently, just in talking about it, we find the fears coming through and we can then address them. It is a huge area and it’s something that I find myself often talking to brands about. - -But I can understand that. If it’s a massive multimillion dollar campaign, they want it to do well. I can completely empathize with that. - -Please excuse the interruption to your scheduled podcast. It’s Matt Davies here. It can be lonely out there when we’re building brands and having a support network around us can be very valuable. - -About four years ago, I started my Mastermind Group. It’s a group of global brand builders. We meet once a month virtually. - -We discuss all the latest topics in brand building and we offer support to one another as we progress. As well as the monthly meetups, you have access to our Mastermind platform. You’ll have over three years worth of past recordings and access to message boards where you can get support from the group. - -To apply, go to my website, mrmattdavies.me forward slash mastermind. If you mention that you are a JUST Branding listener, you will be eligible for two free months per year as part of the group. So if you wanna level up, grow and be supported every step of the way, check out the Matt Davies Mastermind Group. - -I’ll see you there. I often find, don’t you think, I don’t know if this is… It’s often in the areas where people are scared to go, right? - -That that’s where the greatest success will lie. Because if 80% of the other, you know, senior leaders in the other, in your competition companies or brands are thinking the same as you, like, oh, that’s quite risky, they won’t go there. And it’s those brave, kind of, you know, audacious risk takers that will say, you know, okay, I understand the logic, I understand the strategy here, I understand, you know, with as much audience testing as is feasible, that this should be successful, let’s go for it, you know? - -And I think that’s what we need more of, brave brand leaders. - -Exactly, exactly. And also, you know, humor science is so advanced now, we’ve got a very, very good knowledge of how a brand can use it safely, you know? So this is where, you know, our knowledge is such that we’ve got everything going for us as brands. - -And so it’s a very good time to be thinking for a brand to be thinking about using humor seriously, because, you know, the safeguards are there, you know, and a lot of what I’m doing is communicating them. - -So if a CEO or marketing exec would say like, oh, humor is not really on brand for us, what would you be saying to them or would you be asking? - -I always find that phrase on brand a little bit funny one. And what I would typically do is politely answer that. I’d say, well, is it on campaign? - -Because, you know, typically a brand will use humor in their campaigns, which is, you know, to me, there’s like a slight separation there. You know, a lot of what humor is about is performance. It’s about performing in a way that people, you know, warm to the product. - -And a great example of this is if you take Queen, you know, Bohemian Rhapsody is a great product, a great song, but without Freddie Mercury’s incredible performance, it wouldn’t have been what it is, which is a great, great achievement. And so this is where I would kind of politely kind of, you know, kick against that. - -It’s interesting, Paddy, that you distinguish, you know, from campaign, from brand, I guess, in a way, because one area I see a massive opportunity for brands to really express themselves and gain more loyalty is in, you know, customer experience, right? So Monzo earlier, they used to like, if they noticed someone who bought a little treat for themselves or something, they’d ping them, you know, on their iPhone or whatever, a little message would pop up saying they enjoy the ice cream or something. You know, fun stuff. - -So the point I’m trying to make is that, you know, a lot of the time I find this huge opportunity for brands to distinguish themselves through the way that customers experience their product or service. And so whilst I completely understand what you’re saying around separating campaign, which is obviously usually around a specific product launch or something, you know, you’re trying to generate leads or generate sales in a particular way. I want to encourage all the brand leaders listening in to think about why, you know, why do it as well? - -Like, yeah, try it in a campaign. If it starts working, right? Why wouldn’t you explore other areas of your brand? - -Exactly, exactly. I mean, there’s a lot of potential there and it’s not solely devoted to the campaign at all. I mean, a great example of this is on, you know, Virgin Railways, Virgin Rail, where the Salt and Pepper crew had printed underneath, stolen from Virgin Rail. - -So there’s a sense that, you know, they’re using humour there, you know, with their product. It is a wonderful, wonderful thing to encounter because it just shows so much warmth and humanity. You know, it’s great. - -Particularly in stale, as I say, stale sectors. Like, I think it’s such a great, a great thing to inject in. Okay, well, look, let’s, let’s kind of get some tips from you then, Paddy. - -Like, what would your top tips be? You know, let’s say we’ve got someone there, they’re like, right, I want to use some of this humour, what Paddy’s on about. How do I, how do I begin to kind of do it? - -Give us some tips for using it. - -Okay, the first thing I would say is, you know, put your fears and misconceptions to one side. You know, it is not about cheap laughs. It is not about a belly laugh, anything like that. - -It is a very useful tool to use when building a brand. That’s the first thing. The second thing I think, I mentioned this a bit earlier, but I would say separate comedy and humour. - -Yes, there’s a lot of vast amount of humour in comedy, but you know, when we’re looking at humour in an advert, you know, it’s quite a distinct thing for marketing communication or with a brand. And the third thing I’ll say is really research it, really talk to your audience, get a sense of your audience, get a sense of what kind of things they like, what they’re like, where your brand is and things like that. Those are the kind of the three starting tips I give. - -Okay, right. I guess final thing is to figure out, well, how do folks get in touch with you if they wanted to? - -Thank you. - -I know you’ve got a great newsletter that goes out pretty much every week if I’ve got that route right. But how do people kind of connect with you and get more of this humour? - -Sure. - -Thank you. Well, my website is studiogilmour.com, and that’s all one will earn. It’s gilmore.com, and my sub-stack is called Brands and Humour, and I think that’s brandsandhumour.substack.com, I think. - -It’s humour with a U, because the Americans spell it without a U. That goes out every week. - -Those Americans, what can I say? - -It’s not very considerate, really, is it? It’s not very considerate. - -Not right. - -It’s just not right. The language, what they have done to the English language, I do not know. But anyway, there we are. - -Jacob, any final points from you? - -This is brilliant. It was very insightful. Thank you so much for sharing your wisdom, Paddy. - -Thank you, Jacob. Thanks very much.",1731883672,b7a65c143b,20a5d5824b,,,1731883672 -http://www.skysports.com/racing/news/12040/13255750/il-est-francais-king-george-in-doubt-for-kauto-star-king-after-disappointment-in-prix-la-haye-jousselin,https://www.skysports.com/rss/12040,Il Est Francais: King George in doubt for Kauto Star king after disappointment in Prix la Haye Jousselin,"Il Est Francais suffered another major blip when pulled up in the Prix la Haye Jousselin at Auteuil, putting his participation in the Ladbrokes King George VI Chase in doubt. - -Noel George and Amanda Zetterholm's six-year-old has attracted huge hype since storming to an impressive victory in the Kauto Star Novices' Chase at Kempton on Boxing Day last year. - -He disappointed at Auteuil next time out, trailing home a long way last of five runners in the Prix Murat, but got back on track with a smooth success in the Prix Richard et Robert Hennessy at the same venue in September. - -However, it is back to the drawing board once more after Il Est Francais failed to finish in a race won by Louisa Carberry's Gran Diose. - -Il Est Francais was awkward at the water jump and jockey James Reveley had several looks down over his right shoulder following the next couple of fences before calling it a day. - -George told Sky Sports Racing: ""James just said he cut out and that's why he pulled him up. There's no certain reason for it - we'll do every test we can possibly do and then we'll make a decision on what the plan is. He's not lame, so we'll find a solution."" - -Asked about the King George, he added: ""Obviously, it's not going to be 100 per cent that we're going to be coming, we've just got to make a plan and we're not going to jump to any conclusions at all. - -""There's no point making a decision now, we've got to work out what's gone on and then make a decision on what we do.""",1731883656,fc4744035e,20e57ea4c1,,,1731883656 -https://www.coindesk.com/opinion/2024/11/14/crypto-for-advisors-post-election-review/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=rss&utm_campaign=headlines,https://www.coindesk.com/feed,Post-Elections: Can Support in House and Senate Lead to Wider Cryptocurrency Adoption?,"Polymarket, a predictions market built on the Polygon blockchain, saw an explosion of usage leading up to the election, peaking at over $3.2 billion bet on the election, orders of magnitude more than pre-election volumes. Compared to other prediction markets, Polymarket charges no fees, allows seamless trading in and out of positions and is decentralized, meaning anyone can trade directly with the underlying contracts on-chain via the API (allowing for anyone to make trading bots) and anyone from a non-blacklisted geography can access the website frontend.",1731883680,c08a28b4dd,20de24c9d1,,,1731883680 -https://logisticsviewpoints.com/2024/11/15/biden-harris-administration-announces-nearly-580-million-for-ports-to-strengthen-american-supply-chains-and-lower-costs/,https://logisticsviewpoints.com/feed/,Biden-Harris Administration Announces Nearly $580 Million for Ports to Strengthen American Supply Chains and Lower Costs,"WASHINGTON – Today, the U.S. Department of Transportation’s Maritime Administration (MARAD) announced plans to invest nearly $580 million from the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law to fund 31 port improvement projects in 15 states and one U.S. territory. As part of President Biden’s Investing in America agenda, this funding will help increase both capacity and efficiency at coastal seaports, Great Lakes ports, and inland river ports. The port improvement projects announced today will strengthen supply chain reliability, create workforce development opportunities, enhance freight efficiency, lower costs, reduce emissions, and improve the safety, reliability, and resilience of our ports. - -“America’s ports are essential to our nation’s supply chains, and thanks to the Biden-Harris Administration, we have projects underway all across the country—from Long Beach to Milwaukee to Monroe—that are making it possible for our ports to move more goods each year and keep costs down for families,” said U.S. Secretary of Transportation Pete Buttigieg. “With the investments we’re announcing today, made possible by the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law, we’re building on this good work and funding more projects that will expand capacity, improve efficiency, and facilitate the quicker movement of goods at ports in more than a dozen states.” - -The funding comes from MARAD’s Port Infrastructure Development Program (PIDP), which received $2.25 billion from the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law to improve port infrastructure to meet the nation’s freight transportation needs. The program provides planning support, capital funding, and project management assistance to improve the capacity and efficiency of ports in both urban and rural areas. - -“Modernizing America’s port infrastructure is essential to strengthening the multimodal network that supports our nation’s supply chain,” said Maritime Administrator Ann Phillips. “Approximately 2.3 billion short tons of goods move through U.S. waterways each year, and the benefits of developing port infrastructure extend far beyond the maritime sector. This funding enhances the flow and capacity of goods moved, bolstering supply chain resilience across all transportation modes, and addressing the environmental and health impacts on port communities.” - -Through the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law, the Biden-Harris Administration has announced investments in 580+ port and waterway projects to strengthen supply chain reliability, speed up the movement of goods, reduce the costs of everyday items, and lower carbon emissions. - -DOT’s historic investments in port infrastructure are part of the Biden-Harris Administration’s effort to build more resilient supply chains. In February 2021, President Biden ordered a multi-agency approach to tackle supply chain disruptions brought on by the COVID-19 pandemic, and later launched the Supply Chain Disruptions Task Force and the Council on Supply Chain Resilience to strengthen our supply chains. The Administration’s steady efforts to improve supply chains in the short-, medium-, and long-term have lowered costs for consumers and lowered inflation across the economy. Supply chains accounted for more than 80% of the fall in inflation seen in 2023 and brought inflation down faster than peer economies around the world. Recently, FLOW was used to help mitigate supply chain disruptions during the nearly three-month Port of Baltimore closure.",1731883662,b1e1b2b494,20f67cd244,,,1731883662 -https://www.utilitydive.com/news/generative-ai-deployment-at-diablo-canyon-is-a-first-for-us-nuclear-power-s/732953/,https://www.utilitydive.com/feeds/news/,Generative AI deployment at Diablo Canyon is a first for US nuclear power sector: PG&E,"Listen to the article 5 min This audio is auto-generated. Please let us know if you have feedback - -Dive Brief: - -Pacific Gas & Electric is deploying Atomic Canyon’s Neutron Enterprise solution at its 2,256-MW Diablo Canyon nuclear plant in what would be the first-ever on-site use of generative AI at a U.S. nuclear power facility, the companies said Wednesday . - -Built and run on an NVIDIA AI platform, Neutron Enterprise will “transform document search and retrieval, and deliver significant cost savings and improved operational efficiency,” the companies said. The solution could dramatically reduce plant employees’ time spent searching Diablo Canyon’s vast records management system and eventually play a more direct role in nuclear plant construction and operations, executives at Diablo Canyon and Atomic Canyon told Utility Dive. - -This initial deployment, set to begin in early 2025, previews a much wider range of potential use cases for generative AI at the plant, including data analysis, maintenance, operations, design and engineering functions, Diablo Canyon Vice President of Business and Technical Services Maureen Zawalick said. - -Dive Insight: - -Diablo Canyon’s records management system has millions of pages of documents from its more than 40 years of existence, many of which were converted to PDF from obsolete formats like microfiche, Atomic Canyon co-founder and CEO Trey Lauderdale told Utility Dive. - -Searching and analyzing these records is far more complicated and time-consuming than a typical Internet query. - -An operational issue at the plant might necessitate “hours or days of work” to search the records management system for relevant terms, download data to Excel and create equations to analyze the information, all as preamble to the development and implementation of a solution to the problem, Zawalick said. A well-tuned AI solution could do much of the legwork in “seconds,” she added. - -“[The question is] how can we maximize our human power toward decision-making and data analysis,” she said. - -“This will help a lot for our maintenance strategy and our overall operational efficiency,” though PG&E won’t have hard data on time savings and avoided maintenance until the tool has been in use for some time, she added. - -Neutron Enterprise is built on Atomic Canyon’s FERMI AI models, which the company developed specifically for the nuclear energy sector in collaboration with the U.S. Department of Energy’s Oak Ridge National Laboratory, PG&E and Atomic Canyon said Atomic Canyon’s earlier attempts to train more generalized large-language models on the 53 million pages of records in the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission’s Agencywide Documents Access and Management System database were unsuccessful because the models struggled with the super-technical nuclear lexicon, Lauderdale said. - -FERMI now “[delivers] results that are 40% more accurate and twice as efficient as existing solutions,” Atomic Canyon says. - -Atomic Canyon took nearly a year to learn more about Diablo Canyon’s operational needs and train the FERMI models, whose optical character recognition capabilities allow them to read digitized documents, Lauderdale said. The company is now installing NVIDIA H100 graphics processing units at the plant to run Neutron Enterprise locally, he added. - -Neutron Enterprise is reminiscent of an earlier Lauderdale venture in a highly regulated industry. Though a startup Lauderdale founded in the late 2000s to enable clinical healthcare communications via iPhone eventually gained traction with providers, it faced early pushback from health system administrators concerned about the regulatory and security implications, he recalled. - -“People might be cautious when they hear that AI is going to help out at a nuclear power plant,” but records retrieval “is a low-risk environment,” Lauderdale said. - -But Neutron Enterprise could eventually play a larger role in maintenance, operations, design and engineering functions at Diablo Canyon, serving as a “copilot” for plant employees in their day-to-day work, Zawalick said. Generative AI could also assist with cumbersome regulatory processes like those Diablo Canyon recently completed to extend its operational life to 2030, she added. - -For its part, Atomic Canyon’s hopes for its nuclear AI solutions extend beyond existing plants. For example, improvements in computer vision and wearable augmented-reality devices could streamline onsite documentation requirements and reduce data-gathering errors during nuclear power plant construction, Lauderdale said. - -“This is the first major announcement we’re making, but our goal is to be the leader in helping both the existing fleet and new construction,” he said. “We believe there is a path to safely use AI to help the entire nuclear industry.”",1731883643,f0fb325afe,213d653222,,,1731883643 -https://techtransfercentral.com/2024/09/03/stellenbosch-universitys-venture-fund-drives-innovation-ecosystem-in-south-africa/,https://techtransfercentral.com/feed/,TechPipeline,"This is an excerpt from an article in the October issue of TechEngage. - -Green and clean technologies have garnered a lot of interest from both researchers and investors in the past two decades. Investment in these technologies has grown steadily, reaching $1.77 trillion in 2023, a 17% increase over 2022 according to BloombergNEF. That sounds like good news for universities with ongoing research and projects in the green/clean tech space, but not every green/clean tech project is marketable in a way that attracts licensees. Differences in timeline expectations, commercial potential, and even leadership qualities can keep companies from looking closely at technologies that may well solve important problems but don’t offer enough commercial upside. - -Before reaching out, it’s important to understand what makes a green or clean technology or start-up investible to companies and venture capitalists. - -Team First - -Many investors evaluate the team behind the technology as much as they evaluate the technology itself. - -“Team is first, always,” says Manny Stockman, a partner in Osage University Partners, a venture capital firm that works with universities. “You’ll hear that from every venture capitalist you ever talk to.” - -Taking an idea from inception to a marketable product or service requires people who understand the market and how to talk to investors, and those are skills that are not always in the wheelhouse of a researcher or inventor. Gathering a team of people who can fill in the gaps of any missing relational and business skills is key to attracting support.",1731883685,bb9e812a9f,20e71fc5c6,,,1731883685 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMigwFBVV95cUxQUFpFeU5MUE1TaDNiTk12elZGRlRqa0ZrLWd0QVBPeTVuenBnUzlicXpTVWZLblFuWG12Vzk1bjY5WGJncEFXNHVkVkxLUzV1SmN5VEk5YU1ON3RVR01iRl9kWTRrV2hqdmhNYlJfLWFob3JaRkt0Z1l5VVA3WDdIR1hRNA?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883619,2688d2a9c6,20ff97caec,,,1731883619 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/netball/videos/c0mzgdjex40o,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,England beat Jamaica 55-47 to take 1-0 lead in Horizon series,"England seal a comprehensive 55-47 victory over Jamaica in the second match of the Horizon series at the AO Arena in Manchester. - -READ MORE: England beat Jamaica to take 1-0 lead in series - -Available to UK users only.",1731883658,bcdff126e2,210b03e585,,,1731883658 -https://www.theguardian.com/books/2024/nov/04/the-big-idea-is-convenience-making-our-lives-more-difficult,https://www.theguardian.com/books/rss,The big idea: is convenience making our lives more difficult?,"The convenience of modern life is nothing short of astounding. As I write this, my phone is wirelessly sending some of the greatest hits from the 1700s (Bach, if you must know) to my portable speaker. I could use that same device to, within moments, get a car to pick me up, have food delivered to my house, or start chatting with someone on a dating app. To human beings from even the recent past this technology would be, to quote Arthur C Clarke’s third law, indistinguishable from magic. - -The fact that, as a culture, we seek out and celebrate such short cuts is understandable. They take much of the tedium out of life, make it easier to have fun, and save us time and energy. That said, most people are able to intuit that convenience has a darker side. - -Before we get into that, it is important to understand why convenience is so seductive in the first place. We often resist doing precisely the things we need to do in order to make progress; whether that’s our taxes, the report due next week, or a workout. Behind every well‑intentioned plan lurks this dreaded sense of inertia. Why is this resistance – and our corresponding appetite for ease – such an integral part of our makeup? - -Here, insights from evolutionary psychology (particularly the idea of “evolutionary mismatch”) can help. Evolutionary mismatch is the notion that we evolved for a hunter-gatherer lifestyle, and that while our circumstances have changed drastically, our brains and bodies haven’t. It says that our instincts are often horribly incompatible with our environment. - -Looking at the problem through this lens, a degree of inbuilt lethargy, and the desire for short cuts, makes a lot of sense. For hunter-gatherers, food, and therefore energy, was scarce and inconsistently available. Early humans were also vulnerable to things like harsh weather and predators. Surviving meant not using our energies flagrantly or irresponsibly. - -Resistance was a necessary counterbalance to the intense flurries of activity that punctuated hunter-gatherer life: foraging for food in driving rain, or running to escape a dangerous animal. It’s the reason we still ask: “Do I really have to be doing this? Shouldn’t I save my energy?” The people who were inclined to remain sheltered during a blizzard, when the prospect of obtaining food was low, were more likely to live and pass on their genes to the next generation. And since those guys are our ancestors, we’ve inherited that disposition. - -Modern hyper-convenience is a kind of deal with the devil - -Since that time, of course, innovation has changed things radically. We’ve bent technology and our environments at least partly to serve our natural instinct to conserve energy. The question is: what do we stand to lose by following our inclination to prioritise comfort and convenience? Few people would argue with the fact that, say, washing machines, trains and telephones have freed us to lead more fulfilling and creative lives. As I said at the beginning, more advanced technologies undoubtedly have their pleasures and opportunities, too. But there’s evidence to suggest that contemporary hyper-convenience can also make our lives more, not less, difficult. - -Take, for example, the increase in depression and anxiety that some have linked to smartphones and social media. Likewise, the explosion of metabolic problems over the past several decades that can be directly attributed to sedentary lifestyles and a reliance on convenient, calorie-dense but nutrient‑poor food. Levels of loneliness have become sufficiently problematic that the UK has had a “minister for loneliness” since 2018. Such loneliness, it could be argued, would simply not be possible without the technologies, from comms to home entertainment, that allow people to live such separate lives in the first place. - -In my work as a psychotherapist, I have seen how leaning too hard on a coping mechanism can amplify the problem it was meant to alleviate. The sense of safety you get from staying home can make it more anxiety-inducing to go out later. The relief of avoiding an uncomfortable conversation with your spouse makes that conversation even harder to have subsequently. Using a dating app to avoid the awkwardness of flirting only weakens your social skills over time. Continually choosing the convenient path lessens your ability to deal with unavoidable difficulties. And, from an evolutionary perspective, some measure of discomfort is just as crucial to our survival as rest and relaxation. Our ancestors didn’t survive purely by being lazy, but through a combination of playing it safe and taking judicious risks: for example, pushing through the pain and effort of leaving a familiar home, in order to reap the rewards of a place closer to sources of food and better protected from the elements. - -Modern hyper-convenience is a kind of deal with the devil. It is seductive because it appeals to our instincts, but it surreptitiously depletes us. It has made it easier to get by, but in many ways harder to truly succeed. Human flourishing and happiness is not just about subsistence, but also depends on growth, dynamic problem-solving, and solidarity through hardship. - -Much of my work with my younger clients has been focused not on deep psychological conflict or the impact of trauma, but on approaching the basic tasks of living, such as making friends, handling work stress, or going to new places. What they tell me repeatedly is that the discomfort of such tasks feels overwhelming, and their worlds are shrinking in consequence. - -Ideally, today’s conveniences should serve as the support systems that help us move towards worthwhile goals, be they exercising for better health, building a career, raising a family, making a work of art, or teaching and mentoring others. Meeting these goals always involves some kind of inconvenience, but it is this difficulty itself that shapes and develops our character. - -In the technological world we have fashioned, we must sometimes make a conscious effort to act in opposition to our instincts. As a culture, we must remember – and remind our young people – that while con­venience feels good in the moment, our capacity to adapt and overcome challenges is part of our evolu­­tion­ary heritage too, and central to the adventure of life. - -Dr Alex Curmi is a psychiatrist, trainee psychotherapist and presenter of The Thinking Mind podcast. - -Further reading - -Good Reasons for Bad Feelings: Insights from the Frontier of Evolutionary Psychiatry by Randolph M Nesse (Penguin, £10.99) - -Behave: The Biology of Humans at Our Best and Worst by Robert Sapolsky (Vintage, £12.99) - -The Anxious Generation: How the Great Rewiring of Childhood Is Causing an Epidemic of Mental Illness by Jonathan Haidt (Allen Lane, £25)",1731883653,d52292131c,20d0ef0615,,,1731883653 -https://recruitingdaily.com/is-inclusion-the-solution-to-employee-burnout/,https://recruitingdaily.com/feed/,Is Inclusion the Solution to Employee Burnout?,"Greetings, corporate warriors! Today, we embark on a journey through the labyrinthine corridors of corporate America, armed with our wits and a burning question: Is inclusion the antidote to the all-too-common affliction of employee burnout? - -Burnout is as ubiquitous in corporate America as poorly made coffee and endless Zoom calls. - -We’ve all seen it—employees with glazed eyes, drained of enthusiasm, staggering through the workday like extras in a zombie movie. It’s a productivity parasite, sucking the life out of your best talent and leaving behind a husk of what once was a vibrant, innovative workforce. - -Enter inclusion, stage right. Can it really be the silver bullet to the burnout beast? - -The Case for Inclusion - -Inclusion is not just about ticking boxes or crafting a perfectly diverse company photo for the annual report. It’s about creating a workplace where everyone feels valued, heard, and empowered to bring their authentic selves to the table. The Boston Consulting Group (BCG) offers some compelling insights. - -The Four Keys to Inclusion - -According to BCG, there are four critical pillars to building an inclusive environment: - -Leadership Commitment: Leaders need to walk the talk. It’s not enough to preach inclusion; they must embody it. Think of it as the difference between a CEO who sends out an email about Mental Health Awareness Month and one who actively encourages mental health days and sets boundaries for work hours. The latter is a leader who understands that their actions set the tone for the entire organization. Employee Engagement: Engagement is the secret sauce. It’s not about just having a seat at the table; it’s about having a voice that’s heard. Companies need to foster an environment where feedback flows freely and is acted upon. It’s like running a well-oiled machine where every cog, big or small, plays a crucial role. Culture of Belonging: Belonging is inclusion’s twin sibling. It’s the feeling that your presence matters and that your unique contributions are recognized. Imagine a workplace where everyone from the janitor to the CTO feels a sense of ownership and pride in their work. That’s the culture you’re aiming for. Inclusive Policies and Practices: Policies need to back up the rhetoric. This means fair hiring practices, equitable pay, and zero tolerance for discrimination. It’s the foundation upon which a truly inclusive workplace is built. - -Inclusion and Burnout: The Connection - -So, how does all this inclusion jazz combat burnout? Let’s break it down. - -Reduced Stress Levels: An inclusive environment can significantly reduce stress. When employees feel valued and respected, they’re less likely to experience the chronic stress that leads to burnout. It’s like a pressure valve that releases tension, making the workplace more bearable. Enhanced Engagement: Engagement is a burnout buffer. Employees who are engaged are more likely to find meaning and satisfaction in their work. They’re invested, they care, and they’re less likely to burn out because they see the value in what they do. Better Work-Life Balance: Inclusive workplaces often promote better work-life balance. They recognize that employees have lives outside of work and respect those boundaries. This holistic approach to employee well-being can prevent the relentless grind that leads to burnout. Increased Resilience : An inclusive environment fosters resilience. Employees who feel supported and valued are better equipped to handle setbacks and challenges. They’re more likely to bounce back from adversity and less likely to succumb to burnout. - -The Proof is in the Pudding - -Research backs up these claims. BCG found that companies with high levels of inclusion see a 17% increase in engagement and a 27% improvement in performance. Furthermore, employees in inclusive workplaces are 3.5 times more likely to contribute to their full innovative potential. These numbers aren’t just corporate jargon; they’re a testament to the power of inclusion. - -But let’s play devil’s advocate for a moment. Inclusion is no magic bullet. It’s a crucial component, but it’s not the entire solution. Burnout is a multifaceted problem that requires a multifaceted approach. Companies must also address workload management, provide mental health support, and foster a culture that promotes overall well-being. - -Solving The Puzzle - -So, is inclusion the solution to employee burnout? It’s a significant part of the puzzle, but it’s not the whole picture. Think of it as the foundation upon which other burnout-prevention strategies are built. Without inclusion, you’re building on shaky ground. But with it, you’re setting yourself up for a more engaged, resilient, and ultimately happier workforce. - -As we navigate the future of work, let’s remember that inclusion isn’t just a nice-to-have; it’s a must-have. It’s the bedrock of a thriving, dynamic workplace. And who knows, maybe it’s the secret ingredient to finally making those Monday mornings just a tad more bearable. - -Until next time, keep striving, keep thriving, and remember: a truly inclusive workplace isn’t just good business—it’s a revolution. - -Categories - -Tags - -Authors",1731883641,42302586b8,212dbe42d6,,,1731883641 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/15/tropical-architecture-kerala-house-comments/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,"""Is it cake?"" asks commenter","In this week's comments update, readers are discussing a home in Kerala with curved walls formed of smooth layers of cement plaster, designed by local studio Tropical Architecture Bureau. - -Informed by the architecture of tropical modernism, the home is organised around a series of internal courtyards and planters. - -""This is totally wild!"" - -""Certainly no order and method here,"" observed Tom Roberts before concluding ""it is all over the place"". - -For Marius, ""not all the spices from the rack, even if they are expensive, should be thrown in the pot"". - -I M Slei exclaimed ""this it totally wild! And a bit too cold for my tastes"". They went on to ask ""were the walls 'printed' with BIG's lavacrete 3D printer?"" - -They weren't the only reader posing the question. ""Was the plaster/concrete done with a giant 3D printer?"" wondered Keith Powers. - -Meanwhile, JuzzbeanSillé had a different query, asking ""is it cake?"" - -Commenter BrettS was a fan of the dwelling, saying ""interesting things happening"". Henry also granted that ""as far as 'rich person' houses go, this is a good one"". - -What are your thoughts on the Kerala home? Join the discussion › - -""At last, designs to make folk feel happy"" - -Readers were also reacting to a series of sculptures in Bristol created by British artist Alex Chinneck including a twisted telephone booth and knotted lampposts. - -Commenters were largely impressed. ""Amazing – I'd love to see these pop up elsewhere in the country,"" wrote Gothic Gargoyle. - -Ghost of Mike Brady agreed – ""come on, how can you not like these?"" they asked. ""Imagine a child's reaction to them"". - -""At last, designs to make folk feel happy"" commended Richard Porteous. ""Bravo!"" they added. - -However, Operacreep was less impressed, writing ""the usual trite visual jokes presented as sculpture... perfect for decorating a developer's underwhelming quasi-public space."" - -""Let's call it new corporate art and be done with it,"" they said. - -What do you think? Join the discussion › - -""A far more successful Vessel"" - -Another design story stoking plenty of debate in the comments section this week was about Thomas Heatherwick creating a collection of sculptural bottles as part of his glassware collection for Bombay Sapphire. - -Commenters likened Heatherwick's design to various household cleaning products. - -RK thought the design had the ""same energy"" as a washing-up liquid bottle, while Octavia Furquart responded ""I'll see your washing-up liquid with a 1980s Domestos bottle"". - -Meanwhile, I M Pei suggested it ""looks like his latest plans for that shopping centre in Seoul"". - -JZ also referenced another one of Heatherwicks architecture projects, calling the bottle ""a far more successful Vessel"". - -Commenter Dixie Normous wasn't convinced, proposing ""just feels a bit big no?"". They deemed it to be ""like a big bottle of fizzy drink rather than a delicate floral bottle"". - -Are you a fan of Heatherwick's latest design? Join the discussion › - -Comments Update - -Dezeen is the world's most commented architecture and design magazine, receiving thousands of comments each month from readers. Keep up to date on the latest discussions on our comments page and subscribe to our weekly Debate newsletter, where we feature the best reader comments from stories in the last seven days.",1731883644,8f8dc0373b,214027edfc,,,1731883644 -https://www.uploadvr.com/mannequin-vr-deathmatch-mode/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Mannequin Adds Deathmatch Mode To The Hide-And-Seek VR FPS,"Mannequin, the hide-and-seek VR multiplayer game, added a Deathmatch Mode in its latest update. - -Following its full release in September, Mannequin by Fast Travel Games just received its second major update. Headlining this is the Deathmatch Mode, a free-for-all mode where players can respawn instead of having one life per match. This even lets you attack other players in the same class, pitting individual agents and mannequins against each other. - -Other changes include the new mountain temple 'Pagoda' map, which is designed to complement Deathmatch but is compatible with existing gameplay modes too. Mannequins can now use the 'Possess' ability to possess frozen first responders and re-pose them. Finally, new custom game options like movement speed modifiers and auto-reloading for Agents are also available. - -It's the second major Mannequin update we've seen post-launch, following the Excavation Update in late September. That introduced a new level, a new 'King of the Crown' mode where you fight to seize the crown in the lobby area, a new Agent shield you can use once per round, and finger gestures for mannequins. - -Mannequin is out now on Quest and Steam.",1731883677,9397b145ff,214fb5bd82,,,1731883677 -https://www.amnavigator.com/blog/2024/08/07/how-to-migrate-affiliate-program-to-new-platform/,http://www.amnavigator.com/blog/feed/,How to Migrate an Affiliate Program to a New Platform,"Share Post Share Email - -Everybody knows that affiliate marketing is a constantly evolving industry. Both affiliates and advertisers have needs and goals that change frequently, requiring continuous adaptation and strategic adjustments. Affiliates, who are deeply immersed in the ecosystem, often find it easier to switch between platforms and tools. However, advertisers may struggle to keep up with every aspect of the affiliate world. - -For instance, when migrating an affiliate program to a new network, whether aiming for better technology, enhanced support, or a fresh start, the process can be transformative. - -However, it can also end up being more challenging than expected. - -So how do you ensure a smooth transition without losing momentum or affiliates? - -1. “Start with Why” and Evaluate Your Program and Goals - -Before making any moves, it’s essential to assess your current program’s performance and define your goals for the new platform. Consider the limitations and issues with your existing network, and make a list of must-have features for the new platform. Gather data on your current program’s performance to set benchmarks for success. This evaluation will help you understand what needs to be improved and set clear objectives for your migration. - -2. Research and Choose the Right Network - -Selecting the right affiliate network is a very important step in ensuring your program’s success. In her post on the topic, Mihaela emphasized the importance of considering factors such as network reputation, technology, support, and costs. When evaluating a new network, make sure it offers robust tracking, reporting, and payment systems. Additionally, ensure that it has a strong support team to assist you during and after the migration. Thorough research and careful selection will provide a solid foundation for your program’s success. - -3. Communicate with Your Affiliates in Advance - -Transparent and timely communication with your affiliates is vital to ensure their continued participation. Notify them about the upcoming migration well in advance, and provide clear, step-by-step instructions on transitioning to the new network. Consider offering incentives, such as bonuses or exclusive promotions, to encourage them to make the switch. Keeping your affiliates informed and motivated will help maintain their trust and engagement throughout the transition. - -4. Plan the Migration Carefully - -A well-structured migration plan can help minimize disruption. Start by creating a detailed timeline for the migration process, including key milestones and deadlines. Conduct extensive testing to ensure all systems are functioning properly before going live, and create backups of all data to avoid data loss during the migration. A careful and methodical approach will help avoid unexpected issues and ensure a smoother transition. Many affiliate networks have helpful resources and provide guidance for carefully planning your migration. The recommended timeline is 6 (six) weeks, but this can be extended to two months or more if issues arise. - -5. Monitor and Optimize Post-Migration - -After completing the migration, continuous monitoring and optimization are crucial to ensure the program runs smoothly on the new network. Start by regularly reviewing performance metrics to identify and address any issues or areas needing improvement. This proactive approach helps maintain system efficiency and prevents problems from escalating. - -It’s also important to gather feedback from affiliates to understand their experiences and any difficulties they may encounter. This feedback is vital for making necessary adjustments and improving the overall user experience. Additionally, engaging with affiliates and addressing their concerns helps build trust, which is fundamental to your success. - -Conclusion - -Migrating your affiliate program can be a complex process, but with careful planning and execution, it can lead to significant improvements in performance and efficiency. By evaluating your current program, choosing the right network, communicating effectively with your affiliates, planning meticulously, and continuously optimizing, you can make the transition as smooth as possible. For more detailed insights and step-by-step guidance, get in touch with industry experts at AM Navigator.",1731883670,051c9996fd,215eea55c4,,,1731883670 -https://www.pcgamer.com/games/dragon-age/the-veilguard-is-the-first-dragon-age-game-where-my-companions-dont-care-enough-about-anything-to-argue-with-me,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,The Veilguard is the first Dragon Age game where my companions don't care enough about anything to argue with me,"My biggest disappointment with Dragon Age: The Veilguard is that everyone likes me. Seriously. I genuinely wish one of my companions would yell at me for my choices. But none of them seem to care about anything enough to ever disagree with me, and that lack of tension is what's flattened my party into the cast I've cared least about in the entire series. - -The Veilguard sets out a pretty rigid framework: six of my seven party members come from factions around Thedas that I spend the majority of the game working with to stop the elven gods from destroying the world. I hoped that those factions, and my party by proxy, would bring with them disagreements about strategy, priorities, and questions of morality. But companions and factions both have been watered down into a thin gruel of niceness that I find it hard to care about. - -I explained briefly in my Dragon Age: The Veilguard review how disappointed I was that the game seems to have stripped all its companions of values related to the wider world. They think that we should stop the gods who want to destroy Thedas, and they all agree that anyone who accepts power from the gods and uses it to hurt others is evil. That's pretty much where their opinions end. - -Take the Antivan Crows and Lucanis, for example. I thought surely that our first real dive into Antiva's assassin guild would bring up all sorts of questions about how they operate, and natural opportunities for Rook to either support or butt heads with Lucanis. I hoped to see some acknowledgement that maybe an unregulated murderocracy isn't actually great for Antiva. I hoped to see how Dellamorte family heir Lucanis had been shaped, for better and worse, by the awful things we know from past games about how the Crows operate: trafficking, child conscription, and worse. Lucanis should be, at a minimum, complicit in a pretty terrible status quo, if not actively defensive of it. - -But The Veilguard ignores all of that in favor of painting the Crows as purple spandex-wearing action heroes with hearts of gold. The only character who ever questions the Crows is, conveniently, an evil power-hungry traitor to the country. So Rook never gets put in a position to challenge or question Lucanis' loyalty to the family's goals. - -(Image credit: BioWare, Electronic Arts) - -I don't even get to disagree with him over the fact that he's possessed by a demon called Spite who has a habit of taking his body for joyrides when he falls asleep. Spite never causes any real harm. Lucanis isn't even personally to blame for the possession. Despite his ""perfectly gathered clouds of doom"" about the situation, Rook is forced to be supportive and never gets to question whether Lucanis is compromised—by Spite or the Crows. - -I could write a similar tirade about Neve, who apparently has no problem at all with Rook making a deal with a local crime syndicate in Minrathous to fight against the oppressive Venatori cult. I had hoped to see the underdog detective actually wrestle with whether the ends justify the means when allying with the Threads. But it never comes up. The ending of Emmrich's personal quest, which I won't spoil, is the only one that gives me something close to an interesting question. - -The biggest gaming news, reviews and hardware deals Keep up to date with the most important stories and the best deals, as picked by the PC Gamer team. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -Part of the problem is that there's no functional mechanism for disapproval in The Veilguard. For the past three Dragon Age games, companions could take issue with your protagonist's decisions. But the Veilguard pretty much does away with that concept. There's a scant handful of choices in the game that my party members can allegedly disapprove of but never with any noticeable effect—in the menu or in dialogue—on Rook's bond with them. - -Even the most likely source of companion disapproval, Minrathous or Treviso , really falls flat. That decision has consequences, sure. I do appreciate that it has actual effects on romancing Lucanis . He and Neve can both be hurt by the possible outcomes, but the choice itself lacks complexity when the threats are functionally identical. The trolley problem may be a mostly stupid moral gotcha question, but it would be even stupider if you were choosing between two individual people at equal risk of becoming roadkill. - -(Image credit: BioWare, Electronic Arts) - -I understand that The Veilguard is fundamentally telling a story about an unlikely hero so there's no room for Rook to be evil. But couldn't Rook get into debate about ideals with someone other than Solas? - -I really miss some of the touchstone debates of past Dragon Age games. Fenris and Anders in Dragon Age 2 are both messy loose canons who resent one another and disapprove of Hawke's leaning too far for or against the rights of mages in Kirkwall. Origins gives its hero the awful choice of what to do with a child who's been possessed by a demon, and Alistair is livid if you choose to handle it in a certain way, culminating in a steep disapproval hit. I even enjoy Vivienne in Inquisition, hotly debated as she is, for effectively being a scab who believes her fellow mages should be relegated to the Circle towers. Those are just a small sample of the ways that Dragon Age heroes have wrestled against the morals of their party in the past. - -The Veilguard doesn't want to come anywhere near disagreements like that and falls flat even when it does attempt to introduce conflict. More than one pair of companions winds up with some personal differences to sort out: Lucanis and Davrin being two who don't initially respect one another's work. Not to worry though, Rook gets to step in on that fight and choose between two functionally identical ways for them to resolve those differences. And then they do, in whichever manner Rook instructs. Copy paste that across a couple other companion disagreements. - -By the end, Rook's companions are all pretty much goodie two-shoes characters with uncomplicated beliefs. There's a ton of groundwork to each character that could have made them morally complex and interesting but, frustratingly, that all goes unrealized. I get that, in the plot The Veilguard has laid out, everyone has to be willing to put aside differences to fight the greater evil. But without any willingness to challenge their leader, The Veilguard's companions are the most dispassionate cast in a series that used to be so full of feeling.",1731883683,2b11e0dc79,215026abbd,,,1731883683 -https://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/getting-started-with-reddit-the-future-of-online-conversations/,https://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/feed/,Getting Started With Reddit: The Future of Online Conversations : Social Media Examiner,"Are you overlooking Reddit? Wondering how to get started—from identifying the right subreddits to engagement tactics? - -In this article, we'll explore what you need to know to thrive with Reddit. - -This article was co-created by Brent Csutoras and Michael Stelzner. For more about Brent, scroll to the end of this article. - -Why Reddit Matters for Marketers in 2024 - -Reddit has become an essential platform for marketers, with approximately half of all North Americans using it. Reddit's highly engaged, well-educated audience and their growing influence on digital conversations make it particularly valuable. - -“The opportunity, and it has been and is today, is the ability for you to literally get in front of your target audience like no other place,” explains Brent Csutoras, CEO of OGs Media and Reddit marketing strategist. - -While other social platforms focus on quick entertainment and memes, Reddit has captured the audience seeking deeper, more meaningful conversations. Unlike Quora, which Csutoras describes as “just a list of answers,” Reddit fosters real user interaction and dialogue. - -Reddit's importance extends beyond its direct user base. The platform has become increasingly valuable for several reasons: - -First, Reddit discussions frequently appear in search results, providing additional exposure for conversations and brand mentions. - -Second, OpenAI has formed a significant partnership with Reddit, using its content to train AI models. As Csutoras points out, “You can kind of see where Reddit feeds into what AI understands are the real intentions of users and the depth of those conversations.” - -Finally, OpenAI's partnership with Reddit becomes even more significant with regard to search capabilities. - -Real-World Success Stories - -When asked how people on Reddit feel about marketers, Brent is candid, “Reddit's view on marketers is that they don't want to be blindly marketed to. They don't want you to be there to sell them something.” - -However, he also says that Reddit is like people—nobody wants to be marketed to until they know you. Once they know you, you can sell your product all day long and it's not a problem.” - -Successful marketing on Reddit comes from building relationships first rather than rushing into promotion. - -Consider the story of a family-owned beef jerky company. The family's son was active on Reddit, answering questions about jerky. - -When someone in a subreddit asked why beef jerky was so expensive, he explained how each piece of jerky is basically a whole steak that gets dehydrated and how when you buy a bag of jerky, you buy a bag of steaks. - -Ready to Supercharge Your Marketing Strategy? Get expert training and an unbeatable conference experience when you attend Social Media Marketing World—from your friends at Social Media Examiner. - - - -Broaden your reach, skyrocket your engagement, and grow your sales. Become the marketing hero your company or clients need! 🔥 As a valued reader, you can save $790 on an All-Access ticket if you act now. Sale Ends Tuesday! 🔥 GET THE DETAILS - -This authentic and helpful interaction led to users requesting a discount code, culminating in $36,000 in weekend sales for this small business. - -#1: Get Started with Reddit Marketing - -“Anybody can be successful on Reddit,” Csutoras says. “As long as you're willing to put the work in.” The key is approaching the platform with respect for its unique culture and a genuine desire to contribute value to its communities. - -Before diving into marketing strategies, it's crucial to understand how Reddit works at a technical level. - -Several subreddits exist specifically to help new users: - -r/NewToReddit for asking basic questions about using Reddit - -r/LearnToReddit for practicing posts and experimenting with features - -r/Help for general assistance - -r/Karma for understanding Reddit's point system - -For newcomers to Reddit, Csutoras recommends starting with personal interests rather than jumping straight into marketing. Are you into growing peppers? Are you a crafter or a painter? Do you have a favorite TV show? Follow and subscribe to subreddits on those topics. - -This approach allows you to understand Reddit's unique features and terminology naturally. You'll learn important concepts like TLDR (too long, didn't read), OP (original poster), and how Karma (Reddit's point system) works. - -How Reddit's Ranking System Works - -Posts in subreddits are ranked based on several factors: - -Upvotes versus downvotes - -Time since posting - -Community engagement - -Historical performance of similar content - -Understanding this ranking system is crucial. When you publish a post, everyone in the subreddit will see it and most will either upvote or downvote it. - -The Karma System Explained - -Reddit's Karma system is more than just internet points – it's a crucial mechanism for assessing community trust. - -Karma is a score based on your actions and activities on Reddit. If you make a post or comment and 100 people upvote it, you'll have a Karma score of 100. If you get fifty downvotes on the same or a different post or comment, your Karma score will even out to 50. - -Karma is particularly important because: - -Moderators often check Karma scores when evaluating user trustworthiness - -Higher Karma builds credibility within communities - -Subreddits can set minimum Karma requirements for posting - -Some features are only available to users with sufficient Karma - -Understanding Subreddit Moderation and Community Management - -Reddit's moderation system is unique and powerful because subreddits are controlled by community moderators who have significant control over their communities. They can: - -Create and enforce community-specific rules - -Implement automated moderation tools - -Use “silent banning” where users don't realize they've been restricted - -Csutoras explains. “If I, as a moderator, don't want your website in my community for no other reason than I don't like your website, it is what it is. And Reddit will tell you to go make your own community if you don't like it.” - -Respect the Moderators - -The Purple Mattress case study illustrates how forging effective relationships with moderators can work in your favor as a marketer. - -Curious About How to Use AI? Our newest show, AI Explored, might be just what you're looking for. It's for marketers, creators, and entrepreneurs who want to understand how to use AI in their business. - - - -It's hosted by Michael Stelzner and explores this exciting new frontier in easy-to-understand terms. - - - -Pull up your favorite podcast app and search for AI Explored. Or click the button below for more information. I WANT TO LEARN MORE ABOUT AI - -Initially, the r/mattress subreddit prohibited brand participation entirely. However, Purple built trust with community and its moderators by focusing only on answering questions. Eventually, the subreddit's members asked for specific things Purple couldn't give without violating the subreddit's rules. They approached the moderators about more direct involvement, leading to a change in community rules that allowed brand participation. - -#2: Research Your Industry Presence - -Once you're comfortable with Reddit basics and you're ready to enter as or on behalf of a brand, Csutoras recommends researching your industry's presence using the site's search features. - -For example, you can type in site:yourdomainDOTcom and hit search. Right off the bat, you'll likely see subreddits where your domain has been mentioned. - -When evaluating which subreddits to join, look beyond subscriber counts. Check the “online now” number to gauge actual activity levels. If you open up a community and see five people online versus another community that has fifty online, use this as a metric to discern where people are actually active. - -You'll also want to consider: - -Posting frequency - -Community Rules - -Content quality - -Moderator activity - -If one subreddit is massive in scope and scale while another is more targeted to your product but limits what you can talk about, you'll need to decide where to spend your time. The balance is in finding where you have the most visibility in the largest audience with the least resistance to marketing activities. - -Next, assess the content performance in each subreddit you're considering. - -To figure out what types of posts do well in a particular community, use the “Top” sorting option to see posts that have been successful in the past. Then, look at community response patterns and engagement levels. Finally, note which times are best for posting content to generate the most engagement. - -#3: How to Establish Your Reddit Presence for Marketing - -The key to success on Reddit is approaching it like any real-world community. As Csutoras explains, think of it like a civic center: “Would you walk in, go up on stage, grab the mic, and start talking? Would you walk in and just start handing out business cards to everybody and promoting yourself? No, that wouldn't go well.” - -Instead, observe how each community operates and learn which topics resonate with each subreddit. - -Again, pay special attention to each community's rules and norms. If something in the rules prohibits you from engaging, it's best to find another subreddit or create your own. - -When you're confident you understand a subreddit, you can begin building relationships with regular participants and the moderators. - -Start with smaller subreddits and comment on older posts first, and remember that Reddit users value authenticity over promotion. As Csutoras notes, “Don't be lazy.” Instead of posting, “I have a social media account I want to grow. Can you help me?” give your fellow Redditors some context and background. - -“I have an account that's [this large] that's been [doing this], and it's in [this space]. I'm trying to accomplish [goal], and I've been incorporating [these strategies]. I'm noticing [this outcome]. I want to see [this outcome]. What am I missing? Can you recommend something new that's worked for you in the past?” - -This post type will likely get multiple comments because your ask is specific and detailed. - -It's also important to follow up on conversations rather than abandoning them. You wouldn't just walk away from someone during a face-to-face conversation, so don't do that on Reddit. If someone takes the time to write a thoughtful response to your question, don't just reply with, “Thank you.” - -Instead, reply with, “Thank you so much. I never really understood how the battery life impacted the distance like that. It's very interesting to see how the voltage doesn't necessarily apply to the mileage so much as how you're running the device. Overall, this is really intriguing, and I'm going to have to consider this more when I start making a purchase.” - -Finally, when you face criticism–and you likely will, Csutoras emphasizes avoiding defensiveness. A defensive stance can divide the community, with some users supporting you and others opposing you, and could also put you at odds with the moderators. - -A quick apology that acknowledges your mistake is the fastest way to move forward,” he advises. “I'm really sorry. I genuinely didn't mean to come off like that. I apologize; I'll make sure I do better in the future.” - -A Final Word About Marketing on Reddit - -Success on Reddit requires patience and authenticity. While the platform may take more time and effort than other social networks, the potential for deep customer relationships and genuine brand advocacy makes it worthwhile. - -Brent Csutoras is a Reddit marketing strategist and CEO of OGs Media, a consultancy that helps businesses succeed on Reddit. He's also the managing partner of Search Engine Journal. Connect with him on LinkedIn or via email at [email protected]. - -Other Notes From This Episode - -Connect with Michael Stelzner @Stelzner on Instagram and @Mike_Stelzner on X. - -Watch this interview and other exclusive content from Social Media Examiner on YouTube. - -Listen to the Podcast Now This article is sourced from the Social Media Marketing Podcast, a top marketing podcast. Listen or subscribe below. - -Where to subscribe: | | YouTube Music | YouTube | Amazon Music | - -✋🏽 If you enjoyed this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast, please head over to Apple Podcasts, leave a rating, write a review, and subscribe. - -Stay Up-to-Date: Get New Marketing Articles Delivered to You! - -Don't miss out on upcoming social media marketing insights and strategies! Sign up to receive notifications when we publish new articles on Social Media Examiner. Our expertly crafted content will help you stay ahead of the curve and drive results for your business. Click the link below to sign up now and receive our annual report!",1731883605,d4ca980507,21a4de5e55,,,1731883605 -https://store.steampowered.com/news/230723/,https://store.steampowered.com/feeds/news.xml?id=457140,Team Fortress 2 Update Released,"Fixed broken path for community_maps_5 in the ConTracker - - - -Renamed Team Blackout war paint to Blackout - - - -Fixed the names of the Delightful Doves, Ravenous Ravens, and Vicious Vampires Unusual effects - - - -Updated Toxic's second objective to be 'Collect a Halloween Pumpkin on Toxic' - - - -Updated the School Nuisance to update the backpack icon and fix some clipping issues on the LODs - - - -Updated the Sear Seer to fix a paintability problem with the 'Dusk - No Lenses' style - - - -Updated the Heavy Rain Unusual taunt effect to improve visual quality of the effect in dark environments - - - -Updated cp_darkmarsh to reduce fog intensity - - - -Updated zi_atoll, zi_blazehattan, zi_devastation_final1, zi_murky, zi_sanitarium, and zi_woods Fixed missing overlay material for Sniper's Spit ability - -Fixed missing particle effects for Pyro's Dragon's Breath ability - -Fixed a bug that would cause players to get stuck in spectate mode when attempting to join a game in progress - - - -An update to Team Fortress 2 has been released. The update will be applied automatically when you restart Team Fortress 2. The major changes include:",1731883669,d2832f4a9a,2178a95565,,,1731883669 -https://www.esa.int/Science_Exploration/Space_Science/Webb/First_young_brown_dwarfs_found_outside_the_Milky_Way,https://www.esa.int/rssfeed/Our_Activities/Space_Science,First young brown dwarfs found outside the Milky Way?,"An international team of astronomers has used the NASA/ESA/CSA James Webb Space Telescope to detect the first brown dwarf candidates outside the Milky Way in the star cluster NGC 602. - -Picture the outskirts of the Small Magellanic Cloud, a satellite galaxy of our Milky Way, roughly 200 000 light-years from Earth: here lies the young star cluster NGC 602. The local environment of this cluster is similar to the environment of the early Universe, with low abundances of elements heavier than hydrogen and helium. The existence of dark clouds of dense dust and the fact that the cluster is rich in ionised gas also suggest that star formation is taking place. Together with its associated HII [1] region N90, which contains clouds of ionised atomic hydrogen, this cluster provides a valuable opportunity to examine how stars can form under dramatically different conditions from those in the solar neighbourhood. - -An international team of astronomers, including Peter Zeidler, Elena Sabbi, Elena Manjavacas and Antonella Nota, used Webb to observe NGC 602 and uncover candidates for the first young brown dwarfs outside our Milky Way. - -“Only thanks to the incredible sensitivity and resolution in the right wavelength range we are able to detect these objects at such great distances,” shared lead author Peter Zeidler of AURA/STScI for the European Space Agency. “This has never been possible before and also will remain impossible with telescopes on the ground for the foreseeable future.” - -Brown dwarfs are the more massive cousins of giant gas planets (typically ranging from roughly 13 to 75 Jupiter masses, and sometimes lower). They are free-floating, meaning that they are not gravitationally bound to a star as exoplanets are. However, some of them share characteristics with exoplanets, like their atmospheric composition and storm patterns. - -“Until now, we’ve known of about 3000 brown dwarfs, but they all live inside our own galaxy,” added team member Elena Manjavacas of AURA/STScI for the European Space Agency. - -“This discovery highlights the power of using both Hubble and Webb to study young stellar clusters,” explained team member Antonella Nota, executive director of the International Space Science Institute in Switzerland and the previous Webb Project Scientist for ESA. “Hubble showed that NGC602 harbors very young low mass stars, but only with Webb we can finally see the extent and the significance of the substellar mass formation in this cluster. Hubble and Webb are an amazingly powerful telescope duo!” - -“Brown dwarfs seem to form in the same way as stars, they just don’t capture enough mass to become a fully fledged star. Our results fit well with this theory,” remarked Peter. - -The team’s data include a new image from Webb’s Near-InfraRed Camera (NIRCam) of NGC 602. In this image, the cluster stars, the young stellar objects, and the surrounding gas and dust ridges are visible. It also shows a large number of background galaxies and other stars in the Small Magellanic Cloud. These observations were made in April 2023. - -“These are the first giant exoplanet analogues outside the Milky Way,” added Elena. “We need to be ready for ground-breaking discoveries in these new objects!” - -These observations were made as part of the JWST GO programme #2662 (PI: P. Zeidler). The results have been published in The Astrophysical Journal.",1731883639,c6d5e79eee,216141252a,,,1731883639 -https://business-ethics.com/2022/12/23/can-business-leaders-overcome-the-political-divide/,https://business-ethics.com/feed/,Can Business Leaders Overcome the Political Divide?,"by Gael O’Brien - -It’s no secret: Americans disagree sharply about politics. According to a Pew Research Center analysis, Republicans and Democrats on average “… are farther apart ideologically today than at any time in the past 50 years.” - -That presents a particular problem for corporate leaders. A 2022 study by the non-partisan National Bureau of Economic Research (NBER) found that executive teams in U.S.-based companies have become increasingly partisan “leading to a political polarization of corporate America.” Partisanship was defined as “the degree to which the political views within a team are dominated by a single political party.” Study findings include that the trend “toward more homogeneity is twice as large among executives as it is in the overall population.” - -Political polarization erodes work culture. It’s been intensifying in America and the workplace, making increased challenges inevitable. The problem isn’t just an increase in incivility in how co-workers handle political differences. or reactions to what their company should or shouldn’t support. It also reflects top leaders whose discomfort with diverse viewpoints may hamper their effectiveness managing polarization. However, cultivating more homogeneity sends the message “Only some belong” so the chance of working toward common ground evaporates in that mindset. - -Common ground is easier to find when feeling connected to a common purpose. President Abraham Lincoln’s cabinet of rivals from different political parties eventually came together over shared values, how Lincoln led, and agreement on a big purpose. Companies need to consider what common purpose in the coming year can support uniting their teams. - -“The Polarization of Corporate America” - -The NBER study, titled “The Political Polarization of Corporate America,” used voter registration records for top executives of S&P 1500 companies between 2008 to 2020 to understand party affiliations. Some highlights during the scope of the study include: - -The share of Republican top executives increased from 63% to 68%; - -The average partisanship of executive teams increased 7.7 percentage points - -61% of the partisanship increase can be attributed to “an increased tendency of executives to match with other executives who share their political views;” and - -Executives in a political minority were 24% more likely to leave a company than the rest of the team. - -The data raises concerns for shareholders about increasing partisan work environments and the potential negative consequences for firm value. The authors suggest that top executives in the political minority who leave could offer significant perspectives that would help the company. They also raise the question “of whether policymakers should be concerned about political discrimination in the workplace.” Both issues need additional research. - -How we talk and work with each other requires increasing our capacity for receptiveness (also called open-mindedness). It’s a skill that has become critically important in creating a connection between teams. - -Receptiveness helps to de-escalate - -Minimizing tension in a polarized workplace isn’t easy. A recent Harvard Business Review article explores ways to foster respectful debate, promote trust, and reduce polarization. Among its suggestions: - -Understanding conflict’s three myths where we self-alienate in each: - -Picking our words carefully to create an environment fostering receptive speech; - -Fostering a culture that encourages tolerance using receptive mindset and language; and - -Receptiveness, which we’ll look at in more detail below. - -Just as we can be overconfident about how self-aware we are, we’re also likely to be overconfident about how receptive we are. The article includes a link to a 23-question quiz to learn your own level of receptiveness. - -Developing a receptive mindset is backed by carefully considering what are “the reasons why others hold the views they do” and viewing it through their eyes, according to the authors: - -Receptiveness doesn’t require us to change our minds or tolerate views we find irrational or offensive. We can listen to arguments attentively, come to fully understanding them, and still believe that we are right. The ultimate goal is greater insight, mutual respect, and a willingness to collaborate. - -Increasing receptiveness is supported by active listening, asking questions, repeating what was said for greater understanding, and focusing on learning, not judging. These are skills that likely few of us have taken time to develop fully. However, it’s an effective way to build trust and expand in small steps the ability to work effectively together. - -The article offers a coaching tip. If someone offers an opinion you don’t agree with, thank him/her “and acknowledge aspects of the view you appreciated: only then make your own argument.” Rather than poking holes in the other person’s viewpoint, the article indicates this approach “makes people feel more heard and valued. They perceive more common ground….” - -Additional strategy ideas to manage political polarization - -“The Polarization of Corporate America” comes with hazards that impact companies’ cultures, productivity, and talented people. The more we take advantage of ideas that haven’t been part of daily routine, the more we learn what’s possible working with each other. The following additional ideas may inspire other possibilities: - -“Set the Stage” by convening employees to discuss political conflict in the workplace; review what’s been put in place and “remind employees they’re all on the same team if they disagree and that vilifying colleagues for their opinions is unacceptable.” - -“Highlight the value of bipartisan cooperation” For example, “65 percent of partisans have friends who support an opposing party” and managers can reinforce this by sharing stories of friendships. - -“Create common ground” with different groups within the company getting to know each other around apolitical interests like corporate volunteering programs. In addition, the company can “promote fast-paced discourse” in company communications with independently verified facts to avoid the spread of misinformation. - -“Build an environment of cooperation not competition” as it helps reduce false polarization bias (described as “people often overestimate the level of disagreement between themselves and members of opposing political groups, the prevalence of extreme beliefs among those groups, and the extent to which those people view them negatively.”) The authors’ research indicates that “building a cooperative culture can help to reduce the false polarization bias.” Consider systems in place that promote competition and instead promote cooperation among employees. - -Ask regularly the question, “How can we support employees and encourage them to handle difference, respect one another, listen and learn?” That question also works well personally: How can I support myself and other top executives and managers and encourage us to handle difference, respect one another, listen, and learn? - - - -Gael O’Brien is a catalyst in leaders leading with purpose and impact through clarity, presence and connection. She is an executive coach, culture coach, speech coach and presenter. She publishes The Week in Ethics and is also a Business Ethics Magazine columnist, on the Advisory Board of the Hoffman Center for Business Ethics at Bentley University, and a Senior Fellow at The Institute for Social Innovation at Babson College.",1731885415,7aebd4fe1c,2177adf941,,,1731885415 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/10/real-monsters-street-level-surveillance,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,The Real Monsters of Street Level Surveillance,"Safe trick-or-treating this Halloween means being aware of the real monsters of street-level surveillance. You might not always see these menaces, but they are watching you. The real-world harms of these terrors wreak havoc on our communities. Here, we highlight just a few of the beasts. To learn more about all of the street-level surveillance creeps in your community, check out our even-spookier resource, sls.eff.org. - -If your blood runs too cold, take a break with our favorite digital rights legends— the Encryptids. - -The Face Stealer - -Careful where you look. Around any corner may loom the Face Stealer, an arachnid mimic that captures your likeness with just a glance. Is that your mother in the woods? Your roommate down the alley? The Stealer thrives on your dread and confusion, luring you into its web. Everywhere you go, strangers and loved ones alike recoil, convinced you’re something monstrous. Survival means adapting to a world where your face is no longer yours—it’s a lure for the horror that claimed it. - -The Real Monster - -Face recognition technology (FRT) might not jump out at you, but the impacts of this monster are all too real. EFF wants to banish this monster with a full ban on government use, and prohibit companies from feeding on this data without permission. FRT is a tool for mass surveillance, snooping on protesters, and deepening social inequalities. - -Three-eyed Beast - -Freeze! In your weakest moment, you may encounter the Three-Eyed Beast—and you don’t want to make any sudden movements. As it snarls, its third eye cracks open and sends a chill through your soul. This magical gaze illuminates your every move, identifying every flaw and mistake. The rest of the world is shrouded in darkness as its piercing squeals of delight turn you into a spectacle—sometimes calling in foes like the Face Stealer. The real fear sets in when the eye closes once more, leaving you alone in the shadows as you realize its gaze was the last to ever find you. - -The Real Monster - -Body-worn cameras are marketed as a fix for police transparency, but instead our communities get another surveillance tool pointed at us. Officers often decide when to record and what happens to the footage, leading to selective use that shields misconduct rather than exposes it. Even worse, these cameras can house other surveillance threats like Face Recognition Technology. Without strict safeguards, and community control of whether to adopt them in the first place, these cameras do more harm than good. - -Shrapnel Wraith - -If you spot this whirring abomination, it’s likely too late. The Shrapnel Wraith circles, unleashed on our most under-served and over-terrorized communities. This twisted heap of bolts and gears, puppeted by spiteful spirits into this gestalt form of a vulture. It watches your most private moments, but don’t mistake it for a mere voyeur; it also strikes with lethal force. Its junkyard shrapnel explodes through the air, only for two more vultures to rise from the wreckage. Its shadow swallows the streets, its buzzing sinking through your skin. Danger is circling just overhead. - -The Real Monster - -Drones and robots give law enforcement constant and often unchecked surveillance power. Frequently equipped with tools like high-definition cameras, heat sensors, and license plate readers, these products can extend surveillance into seemingly private spaces like one’s own backyard. Worse, some can be armed with explosives and other weapons making them a potentially lethal threat. Drone and robot use must have strong protections for people’s privacy, and we strongly oppose arming them with any weapons. - -Doorstep Creep - -Candy-seekers, watch which doors you ring this Halloween, as the Doorstep Creep lurks at more and more homes. Slinking by the door, this ghoul fosters fear and mistrust in communities, transforming cozy entries into a fortress of suspicion. Your visit feels judged, unwanted, and in a shadow of loathing. As you walk away, slanderous whispers echo in the home and down the street. You are not welcome here. Doors lock, blinds close, and the Creeps' dark eyes remind you of how alone you are. - -The Real Monster - -Community Surveillance Apps come in many forms, encouraging the adoption of more home security devices like doorway cameras, smart doorbells, and more crowd-sourced surveillance apps. People come to these apps out of fear and only find more of the same, with greater public paranoia, racial gatekeeping, and even vigilante violence. EFF believes the makers of these platforms should position them away from crime and suspicion and toward community support and mutual aid. - -Foggy Gremlin - -Be careful where you step for this scavenger. The Foggy Gremlin sticks to you like a leech, and envelopes you in a psychedelic mist to draw in large predators. You can run, but no longer hide, as the fog spreads and grows denser. Anywhere you go, and anywhere you’ve been is now a hunting ground. As exhaustion sets in, a world once open and bright has become narrow, dark, and sinister. - -The Real Monster - -Real-time location tracking is a chilling mechanism that enables law enforcement to monitor individuals through data bought from brokers, often without warrants or oversight. Location data, harvested from mobile apps, can be weaponized to conduct area searches that expose sensitive information about countless individuals, the overwhelming majority of whom are innocent. We oppose this digital dragnet and advocate for legislation like the Fourth Amendment is Not For Sale Act to protect individuals from such tracking. - -Street Level Surveillance - -Fight the monsters in your community",1731883672,1face9fbd3,21f10b0bb4,,,1731883672 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/designers/a62919636/cfda-frazier-family-foundation-award-rachel-scott-diotima/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,Rachel Scott of Diotima Has Won the CFDA's First-Ever Empowered Vision Award,"Last night, image architect Law Roach announced to a room filled with fashion editors and designers that Rachel Scott of Diotima was the recipient of the CFDA's 2024 Empowered Vision Award. - -Together with the Frazier Family Foundation, the Council of Fashion Designers of America founded the award to support and uplift emerging Black designers by providing them with a $100,000 financial grant and year-long mentorship program (also valued at $100,000). Aisling Camps and Charles Harbison were the two finalists judged alongside Scott from a panel that included industry figures like Diane von Furstenberg, Emilie Rubinfeld, and Harper's Bazaar's own Carlos Nazario - -The inaugural award ceremony came just one month after the CFDA Awards, where Scott won American Womenswear Designer of the Year. Her designs, which are rooted in her lived experience as a Jamaican, have become known for their texture. Scott's signature garments are often made of handmade crochet or macrame in bright colors or striped patterns, wrapping around the wearer's body like a delicate cocoon of doilies. - -Neil Rasmus Rachel Scott with the CFDA’s Empowered Vision Award. - -Steve Kolb, CEO of the CFDA, said in a statement, “Congratulations not only to Rachel Scott of Diotima, but also to Aisling Camps and Charles Harbison of Harbison for their exceptional creativity, vision and commitment to building unique and sustainable brands showcasing the best of American fashion creativity. Their work exemplifies the shared vision between CFDA and Frazier Family Foundation to redefine the possibilities in fashion by promoting homegrown creative business talent.” - -Neil Rasmus Law Roach, James Frazier and Rachel Scott. - -James Frazier, trustee of the Frazier Family Foundation added, “Supporting Rachel Scott through the Empowered Vision Award is a meaningful step in our commitment to breaking down barriers and building pathways for Black designers to thrive. By partnering with the CFDA, we’re investing not only in her creative journey but in the future of a more inclusive and resilient industry. With mentorship and financial backing, we aim to equip designers to shape their businesses—and the industry itself—with confidence and sustainable growth. We’re excited to see howRachel’s journey will inspire broader progress toward an industry where all voices are truly represented.” - -Through the new Empowered Vision Award initiative, the CFDA and the Frazier Family foundation hope to continue in leveling the playing field for Black designers while also allowing them to scale sustainably as they continue to expand the voices that shape the fashion industry.",1731883612,66787ad63a,22382b8eb0,,,1731883612 -https://spinsucks.com/entrepreneur/ditch-rfp-process/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,10 Reasons to Ditch the RFP Process In Your Agency Search,"A poor, unsuspecting Spin Sucks Community member posted that she is in-house and about to distribute an RFP—and she asked some questions about how to go about it. The community was respectful and kind, but let it be known that issuing an RFP is the absolutely wrong way for her to about it. They detailed why agencies hate them and why they do a big disservice to brands and the teams running them. I think they talked her out of doing it. - -It led to a larger conversation about RFPs and how to decide if, when, or how they are useful. Sure, there are some industries where they are necessary, such as government work or where procurement has to be involved. But the rest of the world? We tend to think an RFP will level the playing field and save us a bunch of time, but it does the opposite. - -You can learn far more from a conversation with an agency than from issuing an RFP. Writing and distributing an RFP takes just as long (if not longer) than having an initial 30-minute conversation with a handful of firms. - -The RFP Process Is Broken - -Do you remember in late November of 2022 when Dr. Pepper issued an RFP that told participating agencies that, should they win the business, they would have to “agree to 360-day payment terms or obtain financing from a third-party bank”? - -Not only do large corporations expect agencies to work for free for an entire year, but they also expect said agencies to obtain financing (which, as you know, comes with fees and interest rates) to manage it all. - -As it turns out, agencies are not banks, and the expectation that you would do work for an entire year without payment is ludicrous. You can’t go to a bank and get a loan without payment for 360 days. You don’t have to wait a year to get your paycheck. And yet… - -The entire thing is ludicrous. I get that the big agencies that would be eligible to work with Dr. Pepper are in a different league and might be OK with bankrolling a client for an entire year, but it sets a bad precedent for everyone in the industry. It says to every other business out there, “Hey, asking for 360-day payment terms is totally fine.” - -It’s not. - -And this is just one of the reasons agencies despise the RFP process. - -RFPs Are Time-Consuming - -It’s an incredibly time-consuming and resource-intensive process. When I worked for a big agency, we had an entire team—like 10 people—who only responded to RFPs. Which is great for large agencies that can afford that kind of overhead. But if you want to work with a nimble, agile agency with strong industry expertise, they don’t have people who do that. - -Typically, the business owner and one or two employees work on the RFP after hours and on their weekends. That means if you’re their client, they’re spending time responding to RFPs to grow their business, which takes their attention away from your work. - -That’s not to say we aren’t willing to do what it takes to win business, but it’s an unrealistic expectation for most, especially when the odds of winning a new client from an RFP are low. - -They Limit Direct Communication - -The formal nature of RFPs limits direct communication with the potential client. While I understand that they are often designed on purpose (especially when procurement is involved), the nature of our business is all about relationships. If you don’t know how good we are at building rapport and, eventually, trust, how can you know if we’ll be any good at it when doing it for you and your business? - -The other side of that coin is you will spend a lot of time with your agency. If you hire one after only seeing them in one presentation, it’s not enough to know if you have chemistry or will enjoy working with them. And trust me, if you do not have chemistry with them, you’ll eventually stop showing up for meetings with them, and the entire program will falter. - -I know that sounds crazy, but it happens all the time. Chemistry is one of the most important things in your relationship with your agency. - -They Prioritize Cost Over Value - -RFPs tend to prioritize cost over value, quality, or culture fit. Agency expertise is not all the same, and neither is the experience of the people working there. While you may have a detailed scope of work and a budget of $10,000 per month, you have no idea if a solopreneur will crush it or if you need a small agency. - -Most agencies have overhead and the more senior-level their talent is, the more they’ll cost. And, just like anything else, you get what you pay for. - -If you have an internal comms team that will manage the agency and serve as extra arms and legs to get work done, then price-driven decision-making may work. But if your agency is expected to do strategic work, work hand-in-hand with the executive leadership team, and be a partner, you want to prioritize value, quality, and culture fit. - -Otherwise, you’re racing to the bottom in pricing, which can compromise quality and the type of work that will get done. - -They Create a Cookie-Cutter Approach - -RFPs tend to use standardized formats that don’t allow agencies to showcase their unique strengths or creativity, resulting in a cookie-cutter approach. - -For instance, if you invited us to participate in an RFP that asked how we handle media relations, it doesn’t give us room to discuss the PESO Model©, which we invented, or how we use earned media within a larger framework to get you more bang for the buck. - -Similarily, another agency might not be able to speak to their unique process or how they measure results differently than the competition. It doesn’t allow the respondents to speak the nuances of their approach, process, or capabilities. - -RFPs Can Be Unrealistic - -Some RFPs have vague requirements or unrealistic timelines. I’ve seen many an RFP that asks for the sun, the moon, and the stars all wrapped up in a Tesla truck for $3,000/month. In that case, the agency has three choices: - -They can decline to respond to the RFP, which means you could be missing out on someone perfectly fit for your culture and needs. They can tell you in their RFP response that they can only do A, B, and C for your budget but will have to leave out X, Y, and Z, which may or may not be the right decision. But because they don’t know anything about your business yet, they are guessing. If they had a call with you, they’d be able to have a conversation with you about it, and together, you could decide what would be prioritized, They can respond to the RFP stating they can do everything you want for pennies, but that will lead to misaligned expectations and potential issues later down the road. Trust me, they will eventually become resentful, and you will become disillusioned. - - - -They Cause IP Concerns - -There are many, many intellectual property concerns when responding to an RFP. When I first started my agency, we pitched a big, well-known brand. They had us do all sorts of presentations, and by the fourth presentation, they wanted us to present a plan. - -We flew to New York, and we stayed up all night rehearsing. We knew we would win the business if we crushed the meeting the next morning. - -And we did. We crushed it. When we finished, people applauded. They loved our ideas, us, and the idea of working together. - -Except we didn’t win the business. They told us they decided not to hire anyone and were going to do the work in-house instead. - -About six months later, imagine my surprise when I read Lewis Lazare’s column in the Chicago Sun-Times that this retailer was launching a new campaign—and it was ours. The tagline, the messaging, the creative…everything was ours. - -They completely stole it from us. - -We had a copyright on all of our slides and verbiage that supposedly protected us. But they were a large company that just didn’t care. They dared us to sue them. - -So you know what happened? We stopped sharing ideas, crafting plans, and providing spec creative, which prevents us from responding to every RFP that asks for it. We won’t do it—and we’re not alone. You lose out on some really talented agencies simply by sticking with the RFP process. - -They Commoditize the Work - -We’ve already discussed how the RFP process creates a race to the bottom and the commoditization of services. RFPs can reduce complex creative services to a list of deliverables, overlooking the strategic value agencies provide. - -Most RFPs ask for a list of tactics without understanding that you’ll be unhappy within six months if you hire an agency based on tactics. The exception to this rule is if you need a bunch of doers—people who can do exactly what you tell them to do—or if you want an agency that can think and provide strategic counsel in addition to the doing. - -It can lead to a perception that all agencies are interchangeable, overlooking important differentiators like expertise, culture, and innovation. - -They Leave Little Room for Negotiating - -The structured nature of RFPs often leaves little room for negotiating terms or scope. If you have detailed exactly what you want an agency to do—and how much you have budgeted, there is no room for negotiation. Either they can do it, or they cannot. - -However, if you meet with a select few agencies, outline your goals, and provide a budget range, they can come back to you with a proposal of strategy, tactics, measurement, and budget. It’s in that type of back-and-forth that you have room to negotiate. - -They Create a One-Size-Fits-All Approach - -When you evaluate agencies that respond to your RFP, you have created a one-size-fits-all approach. While that may seem like a good idea, it prevents you from evaluating soft skills, unique strengths, or innovative approaches that don’t fit neatly into predefined categories. - -Quantifying or comparing creative abilities and strategic thinking through a standardized form or accounting for the chemistry between agency and client teams can be challenging. I cannot stress enough how important this is in a successful collaboration. - -Also, RFPs might overemphasize quantitative metrics (like team size or years in business) at the expense of qualitative factors that could be more relevant to project success, preventing agencies from showcasing their personality, values, and working style. - -This method of evaluation may inadvertently favor larger, more established agencies that are better equipped to tick all the boxes, potentially overlooking smaller, more specialized, or innovative boutique agencies. - -They Make Decision-Making Longer - -What’s more, the RFP process makes decision-making much longer. The time between distributing an RFP and onboarding an agency can be six months or longer. You also have a job to do, and I’m willing to bet it doesn’t include spending half a year or longer evaluating agencies. - -Consider, instead, asking for referrals and collecting a list of five to seven agencies. Research them and narrow them down to three to five, based on industry expertise, their own thought leadership, their process, and whether or not you like how they think. - -Then create a list of questions and have a conversation with each of them. This will allow you to better understand if they “get” your business and evaluate their soft skills. You’ll quickly know if you like them enough to spend time with them every week, in email, on Slack or Teams, in meetings, and at events. - -RFPs Create an Uneven Playing Field - -More than anything, though, RFPs create an uneven playing field. They require one party to grovel, jump through hoops, and sometimes even beg. It’s often required without any clear direction or the opportunity to have conversations with the hiring team to discover their pain points and put together a proposal specifically for them. - -It creates an unbalanced—and unhealthy—relationship. It creates an “us versus them” dynamic, and, as I have experienced first-hand throughout my career, it creates unmotivated and cynical team members on the agency side and entitled people on the client side. - -If you want to build a long-lasting relationship with an agency that can help you grow, reconsider the RFP process. Not only will it save you time, angst, and resources, but it will also give you the opportunity to meet some agencies you wouldn’t see through the RFP process.",1731883685,4dc781f5bc,22275c6853,,,1731883685 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/prediction-3-stocks-thatll-worth-114200340.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,Prediction: 3 Stocks That'll Be Worth More Than Tesla 10 Years From Now,"Tesla (NASDAQ: TSLA) is back. Shares of the electric vehicle (EV) maker plunged as much as 43% earlier this year. The stock has been on a roll since late April, though, soaring more than 130%. - -Thanks to the strong rebound, Tesla once again boasts a market cap of over $1 trillion. I'm unsure how the stock will perform going forward. However, I predict that 10 years from now, the following three stocks will be worth more than Tesla. - -Start Your Mornings Smarter! Wake up with Breakfast news in your inbox every market day. Sign Up For Free » - -1. Berkshire Hathaway - -Berkshire Hathaway (NYSE: BRK.A) (NYSE: BRK.B) is arguably the easiest pick in my prediction. The conglomerate's market cap of $1.01 trillion is already neck and neck with Tesla's. - -How could Berkshire vault past Tesla? Its core businesses -- insurance, energy, and railroads -- are kind of like the tortoise in Aesop's famous fable versus Tesla as the hare. They might not seem as exciting, but they could ultimately win the race. - -I also fully expect Warren Buffett and his team to have ample opportunities to put Berkshire's $325 billion cash stockpile to work over the next few years. Buffett isn't buying many stocks these days because of valuation concerns. It's just a matter of time, though, before a market downturn creates more bargains the legendary investor could like. - -My prediction could fall flat on its face if Tesla's robotaxi market is as huge as Ark Invest CEO Cathie Wood thinks. However, Tesla is a laggard in the market, trailing well behind Alphabet's Waymo unit. Meanwhile, competition in the EV market is also increasing. I think Buffett and Berkshire are safer, steadier bets than Elon Musk and Tesla. - -2. Broadcom - -Broadcom (NASDAQ: AVGO) has more ground to cover to become larger than Tesla. However, its market cap of around $810 billion puts the semiconductor maker within striking distance. - -Artificial intelligence (AI) should continue to serve as a major tailwind for Broadcom. The company's ethernet networking equipment and custom AI accelerators will likely enjoy strong, growing demand over the next decade. I look for Broadcom's acquisition of VMware to pay off handsomely, too. - -Broadcom is one of the most attractively valued AI stocks, with a price-to-earnings-to-growth (PEG) ratio of 1.22 based on five-year growth projections from analysts surveyed by LSEG. By comparison, Tesla's PEG ratio is a sky-high 9.42. - -For my prediction about Broadcom leapfrogging Tesla to come true, AI demand must increase from the current already high level. I think that's a real possibility, though, especially if key breakthroughs are made in the use of AI agents and perhaps in artificial general intelligence (AGI). - -Story Continues",1731883698,6e579b027f,222c00d8de,,,1731883698 -https://www.conquestchronicles.com/2021/5/9/22428023/usc-trojans-clay-helton-happy-darnold-gets-fresh-start-panthers,https://www.conquestchronicles.com/rss/current.rss,USC head coach Clay Helton happy Sam Darnold is getting fresh start with Panthers,"The USC Trojans had one player selected in the first round of the 2021 NFL Draft. Offensive lineman Alijah Vera-Tucker went 14th overall to the New York Jets. - -Vera-Tucker is joining the team that selected a former USC QB No. 3 overall at the 2018 draft. Sam Darnold spent three seasons with the Jets before being traded to the Carolina Panthers following New York’s selection of Zach Wilson No. 2 overall. - -The 23-year-old Darnold completed 59.8 percent of his passes for 8,097 yards, 45 touchdowns and 39 interceptions during his tenure in the Big Apple. With uncertainty in the front office and head coach Adam Gase’s head-scratching decisions also playing a factor, the Jets went 13-25 with Darnold under center. - -New York overhauled its coaching staff this offseason and hired former San Francisco 49ers defensive coordinator Robert Saleh to replace Gase. - -The new regime decided to part ways with Darnold, trading the former Trojan to the Carolina Panthers for three draft picks (sixth-round pick this year, plus a second and fourth-round pick in 2022), landing him with former Baylor head coach Matt Rhule. - -USC head coach Clay Helton — who coached Darnold during his three seasons with the Trojans — was asked about Darnold’s trade and is optimistic his former QB will turn things around in Carolina (h/t 247Sports). - -“What a tremendous opportunity for Sam,” Helton said. “So happy for him going to a great coaching staff in Carolina right now. And then you saw the investment, which was really neat to see, in the draft. The investment that they made at the offensive positions, the skill that’s going to be around him. I know he’s extremely excited for the opportunity. We’re all thrilled for him. I know he’s going to do some really special things in Carolina. I cannot wait to watch it. I feel like it’s going to be a tremendous fresh start for him.” - -Darnold started 27 games for USC during his time with the program. He completed 64.9 percent of his passes for 7,229 yards, 57 touchdowns and 22 picks. The Trojans went 21-6 during the 2016 and 2017 seasons, and Darnold helped lead the team to a Rose Bowl win in 2016 and Pac-12 title the following year. - -Darnold wasn’t set up for success with the Jets. The team lacked playmakers around him, and he never had a top receiver to help open up the field. That will change in Carolina with running back Christian McCaffrey and D.J. Moore giving Darnold two high-end weapons that he didn’t have in New York. - -For his part, Darnold is looking forward to the next chapter of his pro-career. - -“There’s a little bit of both — relief and excitement,” Darnold said via the Panthers’ team website. “There’s been so much uncertainty this offseason, not knowing what your future was going to look like, that was hard. But now that I’m in Charlotte, I’m excited, and yeah, I guess I am kind of relieved to be here.” - -How do you think Darnold will do in Carolina?",1731883640,d3b6ef58ae,21b816f412,,,1731883640 -https://www.fourfourtwo.com/features/aston-villa-v-crystal-palace-how-to-watch-wsl-game,https://www.fourfourtwo.com/rss.xml,Aston Villa v Crystal Palace: How to watch WSL game,"Palace have had some solid performances so far - -Aston Villa v Crystal Palace is a crucial match in the relegation battle in the Women's Super League. - -Palace, who were promoted into the top-flight this season, have impressed with performances but have not had consistent results. They are currently 10th and just two points outside the relegation spot. - -Villa, meanwhile, have had a bad start to the season with no wins from seven games. They are in 11th but have the same points as 12th-place Everton, only goal difference separates them. - -Aston Villa v Crystal Palace: Are both teams in danger of the drop? - -Rachel Daly has scored three league goals this season - -Fans can watch the game on Sunday on the league's YouTube channel with kick-off scheduled for 2pm GMT. - -Villa and Palace will be fighting tooth and nail to claim all three points this weekend. A win would be huge for either side and could kickstart some consistency with winning momentum. - -Scotland international Rachel Corsie will be trying tp deliver a win for Villa (Image credit: Getty Images) - -Palace's struggles this season were anticipated as they are experiencing the top-flight for the first time. - -Villa, however, were battling for a top four spot just a few seasons ago. They finished fifth in the 2022/23 season and dropped to seventh last campaign. The current season has seen Villa's worst-ever start to a WSL campaign. - -Get FourFourTwo Newsletter The best features, fun and footballing quizzes, straight to your inbox every week. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -Their manager Carla Ward departed at the end of last season which could explain why the club's form has fallen off. Robert de Pauw is Villa's new manager and the start to his WSL career has been a poor one. - -The boss is aware of the pressure on his shoulders, saying: ""It's also football and a performance-driven company. So yeah, they cut off the head of the manager. If the performance drops and the results don't come, then you know what happens. - -""I try to stay unattached to that because I know I can look myself in the mirror and the staff can look themselves in the mirror, that we do everything about it. We know we work hard and we leave no stone unturned before every game."" - -Palace are the more likely to come away with a result this weekend, in FourFourTwo's view, because their performances have been promising. Villa have not impressed at all this season and will have to grind out a result if they are to take anything from it. - -Rachel Daly is in good form despite the results, having scored three goals so far in the league season. - -The former England player, who won the Euros in 2022, will hope to fire her club to their first win on Saturday.",1731883650,464f0e51ee,226183d0fe,,,1731883650 -https://www.uxmatters.com/mt/archives/2024/03/the-power-of-textual-content-in-ux-design.php,https://uxmatters.com/atom.xml,The Power of Textual Content in UX Design :: UXmatters,"Textual Content in Action - -Crafting meaningful microcopy content enhances the user’s understanding, reduces frustration, and provides support throughout the user journey. - -From theory to real-world applications, there are countless examples of practical text that enhances the user experience. Let’s consider a few of them. - -Meaningful Microcopy - -The small textual elements that are scattered throughout a user interface significantly influence user engagement and the ability to effectively guide users. Button labels, error messages, ToolTips, and other microcopy elements should always be clear, helpful, and contribute positively to the user experience. Crafting meaningful microcopy content enhances the user’s understanding, reduces frustration, and provides support throughout the user journey. - -Effective Headlines and Titles - -Writing compelling headlines and page titles is another powerful application of text that sets the tone for the user’s entire experience. Headlines represent the user’s first exposure to textual content and carry enormous weight in capturing the user’s attention, building trust, and delivering on the user’s expectations. While The New York Times feature “Snow Fall: The Avalanche at Tunnel Creek” featured an immersive multimedia design, it initially gained readers’ attention because of its seductive title. - -User Guidance Through Text and CTAs - -Product tours and onboarding flows rely on clear, conversational text that guides new users through a service’s core functionality. Call-to-action buttons (CTAs) are a simple, but vital use of text that drives users toward fulfilling a Web site’s conversion goals. By utilizing action words, conveying meaningful value propositions, and even adding a dash of playfulness, UX designers can optimize CTAs and achieve significantly higher click rates. - -These are just a few examples of some ways in which UX designers can cleverly leverage text to facilitate everything from navigation and driving action to comprehension and emotional resonance. Another example is real-estate content. Most real-estate Web sites have similar user interfaces and user experiences. Therefore, their text must be highly creative to make them unique. Through experience, UX designers and content authors understand the value of user research, which provides additional data and enables them to continuously optimize textual elements. - -Integrating the Authoring of Text into the Design Process - -Integrate the creation and testing of text throughout the entire UX design process. - -Textual content should never be an afterthought. It is critical that you integrate the creation and testing of text throughout the entire UX design process. - -Beginning in the discovery phase, UX designers and writers should collaborate in defining voice and style guides that capture the brand personality and principles for the use of text. These guides provide the foundation for content production across all design phases. It is essential that you incorporate copy into wireframes, prototypes, and mockups from the earliest stages rather than treating them as something that you can drop in at the end of the design process. - -UX designers and writers must function as an integrated team, producing the visual design and authoring, reviewing, and refining the copy in an iterative fashion. As user feedback comes in, do A/B testing to optimize content. Changing headline copy by just a few words could meaningfully shift key metrics such as click-through rates. - -Even during the production phase, UX designers should collaborate with engineers to guarantee that they understand parameters such as character limits, truncation rules, and responsive behaviors for blocks of text in the final product. - -With copy and visuals evolving in tandem throughout the design process, based on user feedback, a Web site’s text becomes a fully realized element of the final design rather than just a last-minute consideration. - -Next Steps - -Text is a foundational element of exceptional user experiences. - -Whether you use text to deliver information, guide workflows, shape brand personality, or drive action, text is a foundational element of exceptional user experiences. - -UX and user-interface (UI) designers can achieve the full power of textual content by understanding the psychology behind how users consume text, applying user-centric writing principles, studying best-in-class examples, and incorporating the development of copy throughout the entire design process. By taking a holistic approach, you can craft compelling, resonant experiences that engage and delight users. - -Still, there are many more aspects of textual content to consider such as the impact of redundant information on all platforms. A clickable button should have the same meaning everywhere. Such consistency can simplify the brain’s processing time. Leveraging deep research on consistency across various platforms can help you take user-interface and UX design to a new level.",1731883614,f567d8ffe9,21dec0c12d,,,1731883614 -https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fnins.2024.1492103,https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/neuroscience/rss,Neural oscillations and memory: unraveling the mechanisms of anesthesia-induced amnesia,"General anesthesia is a widely used medical practice, affecting more than 300 million patients annually. Despite its ubiquity, the underlying mechanisms through which anesthetic agents induce amnesia remain poorly understood. This review explores the impact of general anesthetics on memory function, with a particular focus on the role of neural oscillations in anesthesia-induced memory suppression. Neural oscillations, such as theta, gamma, delta oscillations, slow oscillations (SO), spindles, and sharp wave ripples (SWR), are critical for memory formation and consolidation. Various anesthetics modulate these oscillations in ways that affect memory, even at subanesthetic concentrations. We highlight recent findings on the molecular and electrophysiological mechanisms by which general anesthetics influence memory-related neural oscillations, including the inhibition of synaptic plasticity, alterations in spike-timing-dependent plasticity (STDP), and disruption of cross-frequency couplings like theta-gamma and SO-spindle-SWR. Additionally, the review addresses the significance of age in anesthesia-related memory loss, with elderly patients being particularly vulnerable to long-term cognitive decline. Electrophysiological techniques, such as Electroencephalography (EEG); and advanced neuromodulation techniques, such as chemogenetics, and optogenetics, have provided insights into the neural dynamics underpinning anesthesia-induced amnesia, yet the causal relationship between EEG rhythms and memory impairment remains to be fully elucidated. This review underscores the importance of further research into the interaction between anesthesia, neural oscillations, and memory. Understanding these mechanisms will not only advance theoretical knowledge of general anesthesia but also aid in the development of safer anesthetic strategies to mitigate postoperative cognitive dysfunction, especially in high-risk populations. - -1 Introduction - -According to The Lancet, more than 300 million people worldwide undergo general anesthesia each year (Dobson, 2020). During general anesthesia, anesthetic agents induce central nervous system suppression, leading to amnesia. The amnestic effect is critical not only for inhibiting memory function during surgery to prevent intraoperative awareness but also for ensuring that this inhibition rapidly subsides postoperatively to avoid impairing the patient’s normal memory and recall abilities, which could result in postoperative cognitive dysfunction (POCD). Amnesia induced by general anesthetics usually refers to an inability to recall events or information occurring after the onset of anesthesia, known as anterograde amnesia. The mechanism underlying this amnesia is drug-induced interference with memory processes, with the degree of inhibition related to blood concentration levels, making it controllable, adjustable, and fully reversible. The precise mechanism of anesthesia-induced amnesia remains unclear, but it is currently believed to result from the disruption of new memory consolidation in the brain. Brain regions associated with memory include the hippocampus, cortex, amygdala, neostriatum, and cerebellum (Johnson, 2024). - -Neural oscillations (electrophysiological markers) are rhythmic or repetitive patterns of neural activity generated in the central nervous system by large-scale synchronous activation of neuronal populations. This synchrony is crucial for inter-neuronal communication and information transfer (Doelling and Assaneo, 2021). These oscillations, observed in regions such as the hippocampus, thalamus, and cortex of mammals, play a vital role in complex cognitive processes like spatial navigation, memory, and learning (Akeju et al., 2014; Sharf et al., 2022). During surgery and general anesthesia, neural oscillations undergo changes depending on the dose of anesthetic agents. The underlying mechanisms likely depend on cellular characteristics such as ion currents, myelin integrity, and synaptic density (Akeju et al., 2014; Chamadia et al., 2019; Scheinin et al., 2018). Neural oscillations are essential for brain information processing, and oscillations induced by anesthetics may disrupt the brain’s ability to process information within cognitive, memory, and sensory pathways. Over the past few decades, significant progress has been made in understanding the mechanisms of general anesthesia at the molecular, cellular, and neural network levels (Hemmings Jr et al., 2019), but electrophysiological studies on anesthesia-induced memory suppression and amnesia remain scarce. - -2 Molecular mechanisms of memory consolidation - -Memory is first encoded in the hippocampus and gradually transferred to the cortex for long-term storage—a process known as memory consolidation (Goto et al., 2021). Synaptic plasticity, which refers to activity-dependent changes in the strength of neuronal connections, is a key mechanism in this process. Synaptic plasticity, particularly long-term potentiation (LTP) and long-term depression (LTD), has long been considered critical to learning and memory (Magee and Grienberger, 2020). Recent studies show that early stages of memory consolidation involve multiple synaptic plasticity steps, each of which may go through consolidation processes (Goto et al., 2021). This stepwise mechanism makes memory transfer and consolidation between brain regions more efficient and reliable. By selectively inhibiting hippocampal LTP, significant effects on memory formation and stability have been observed within specific time windows, highlighting the importance of these sequential plasticity events in memory consolidation (Goto et al., 2021). Synaptic transmission is a fundamental process for inter-regional information transfer in the central nervous system, and intact synaptic function is crucial for nearly all neural functions, including consciousness, memory, and cognition. A strong correlation exists between the inhibition of LTP by general anesthetics and memory impairment (Ishizeki et al., 2008; Hao et al., 2020). - -The mechanism by which general anesthetics exert their effects primarily involves molecular targets, especially ion channels. These include ligand-gated ionotropic receptors such as γ-aminobutyric acid (GABA), glutamate, and acetylcholine neurotransmitter systems (Alkadhi, 2021), General anesthetics achieve their anesthetic effects by inhibiting excitatory synaptic transmission and enhancing inhibitory synaptic transmission through specific ion channels. By affecting synaptic transmission, they subsequently influence synaptic plasticity. For example, anesthetics may reduce the occurrence of LTP by inhibiting excitatory synaptic transmission, while enhancing inhibitory transmission may promote LTD. Synaptic plasticity relies on the dynamic changes in synaptic transmission, and neurotransmitter systems are key factors in regulating synaptic plasticity (Bruentgens et al., 2024). General anesthetics may impact memory by acting on specific molecular targets that affect synaptic plasticity. Recent studies have shown that repeated exposure to clinically relevant concentrations of sevoflurane can lead to neurodevelopmental dysfunction, eventually resulting in cognitive impairment. This process is accompanied by a reduction in postsynaptic density protein-95 (PSD-95), which has been used as a marker of synaptic plasticity. Therefore, sevoflurane’s effect on memory can be attributed to its impact on synaptic plasticity (Lu et al., 2017). Other general anesthetics also influence synaptic transmission through the regulation of specific ion channels and related targets (Platholi and Hemmings, 2022). - -The induction of synaptic plasticity is coordinated by the precise timing of action potentials across neuronal populations, which can generate oscillations of different frequencies. Hippocampal synaptic plasticity (and hippocampal-dependent learning and memory) relies on the precise synchronization of neuronal firing with ongoing network activity (Rutishauser et al., 2010). Synaptic plasticity can be enhanced through STDP (Pang et al., 2019), a phenomenon where the strength of synaptic connections changes based on the precise timing between presynaptic and postsynaptic neuronal firing. If presynaptic neurons fire before postsynaptic neurons, synaptic enhancement typically occurs, resulting in LTP. In contrast, if presynaptic neurons fire after postsynaptic neurons, synaptic weakening or LTD occurs (Feldman, 2012; Song et al., 2000; Bi and Poo, 1998). This mechanism enables neuronal firing timing to determine the strengthening or weakening of synaptic connections, thus facilitating learning and memory formation (Debanne and Inglebert, 2023). Neural oscillations serve as a “pacemaker” in the nervous system, regulating inter-neuronal communication and shaping learning and memory processes through their influence on synaptic plasticity (Hanslmayr et al., 2024). These oscillations can affect synaptic plasticity through mechanisms such as specific frequency oscillations (Wong, 2022) and phase-locking effects (Wang D. et al., 2023). Studies also suggest that changes in synaptic activity can promote or interfere with the generation of neural oscillations. When synaptic transmission efficiency increases, stronger oscillatory patterns may emerge, influencing overall network activity. This feedback mechanism likely plays a critical role in information processing and storage (Craig et al., 2024). General anesthesia-induced amnesia may involve disruptions in hippocampal synaptic plasticity through altered neural oscillations. - -Neural oscillations can influence synaptic plasticity by affecting STDP in several ways. (1) By modulating the timing of neuronal firing, neural oscillations create a specific time window for STDP. During the peak of neural oscillations, neuronal firing is likely to be more synchronized, which can enhance synaptic plasticity. Frequencies such as theta (Andrade-Talavera et al., 2023), gamma (Li et al., 2021; Griffiths and Jensen, 2023), ripple (Staresina, 2024), spindle (Dickey et al., 2021) and slow oscillations (SO) (Luz and Shamir, 2016) can coordinate pre-and postsynaptic firing within precise time frames, creating favorable conditions for STDP. This coordination facilitates synchronous firing among neurons, thus enhancing synaptic plasticity. The possible mechanisms by which neural oscillations affect STDP include: (2) Frequency dependence on STDP (Wong, 2022), particularly under high-frequency conditions such as gamma oscillations, which generate more action potentials within a short period and thus increase the likelihood of LTP (Wong, 2022). When neurons operate at gamma frequencies, their cooperative activity strengthens, directly influencing STDP efficacy and the manifestation of synaptic plasticity. (3) The phase of neural oscillations has a direct impact on STDP. Different phases of neural oscillations correspond to distinct time windows, where presynaptic firing during the rising phase of theta oscillations is more likely to induce LTP, while firing during the descending phase is more likely to induce LTD (Wang D. et al., 2023). (4) Neural oscillations can also regulate STDP by modulating neurotransmitter release. Changes in oscillatory frequency alter neurotransmitter release patterns, which in turn influence synaptic plasticity. For example, during gamma oscillations, neurotransmitters such as dopamine and glutamate may be released more synchronously, which enhances the effects of STDP (Lee et al., 2009). Theta stimulation, for instance, can modulate the release of dopamine neurotransmitters (Aceves-Serrano et al., 2022) (Figures 1–3). - -Figure 1 - -Figure 1. How neural oscillations influence synaptic plasticity and spike-timing-dependent plasticity (STDP). - -Figure 2 - -Figure 2. Mechanisms of the effects of different neural oscillations on STDP. - -Figure 3 - -Figure 3. how anesthetics influence neural oscillations and memory. - -3 Electrophysiological indicators related to memory - -EEG is a reliable and valuable non-invasive diagnostic tool used to study the brain’s electrophysiological activity. It records changes in electrical potentials from the scalp, which reflect the bioelectric signals generated by neuronal communication. EEG oscillations can be classified into five types based on their frequency: alpha (α), beta (β), gamma (γ), delta (δ), and theta (θ) oscillations. Among these, theta, gamma, and delta oscillations are frequently reported in memory-related studies, along with slow oscillations, sleep spindles, and sharp wave ripples (SWRs). EEG is also a crucial tool for studying the effects of anesthesia on neural oscillations. By analyzing EEG data during anesthesia, researchers have discovered that neural oscillations at different frequencies vary according to the depth of anesthesia, providing important insights into the physiological mechanisms of anesthesia. - -3.1 Theta oscillations - -Theta oscillations, with a frequency of 4–12 Hz and an amplitude of 100–150 μV, are one of the most prominent and sinusoidal brain activity patterns (Colgin, 2013). The hippocampus receives major excitatory input from the entorhinal cortex and widespread cholinergic and GABAergic input from the medial septum. During active exploration, these three regions exhibit synchronized rhythmic activity, known as theta oscillations (Buzsáki, 2005). Theta oscillations generated in hippocampal and cortical neuronal networks are involved in various brain functions, including sensorimotor integration, motor planning, memory formation, and attention. The generation of theta rhythms involves specific interactions between cellular (ion channels) and network (synaptic) mechanisms (Colgin, 2013). - -One study used light and sound stimulation to synchronize brain oscillations to a target frequency, specifically theta oscillations. The participants who underwent this brainwave synchronization training performed significantly better in memory tests compared to the untrained group, suggesting that enhancing theta oscillations positively affects memory improvement (Addante et al., 2021). In a traumatic brain injury mouse model, optogenetic stimulation of hippocampal CA1 pyramidal neurons at theta frequency enhanced memory performance during a recognition memory task (Broussard et al., 2023). Additionally, selective silencing of medial septal GABAergic neurons (MS (GABA)) during rapid eye movement (REM) sleep, which precisely attenuates theta rhythms without disrupting sleep behavior, significantly impaired contextual fear memory (Boyce et al., 2016). These findings indicate that theta rhythms are closely associated with memory function. - -Typically, theta rhythms are associated with the enhancement of learning and memory. However, recent studies have shown that in certain circumstances, particularly under the influence of anesthetics like sevoflurane, an increase in theta rhythm may have a negative impact on memory. Clinical studies have shown that various inhaled anesthetics (isoflurane, sevoflurane, halothane, and desflurane) significantly enhance the intensity of theta rhythm oscillations in the prefrontal cortex at surgical anesthesia concentrations (Akeju et al., 2014). Sevoflurane has been found to cause memory impairment during clinical anesthesia, though the underlying mechanisms remain largely unknown. The TASK-3 channel is one potential target of sevoflurane. It enhances theta rhythms in the hippocampus, which are associated with memory. Virus-mediated knockout of the hippocampal TASK-3 channel significantly reduced sevoflurane-induced enhancement of theta rhythms and mitigated memory impairment, suggesting that sevoflurane may impair memory by increasing hippocampal theta oscillations through the TASK-3 channel (Han et al., 2021). Additionally, studies on three inhaled anesthetics (halothane, nitrous oxide, and isoflurane) at subanesthetic concentrations in freely behaving rats showed that all three anesthetics slowed the peak frequency of theta oscillations. The decrease in theta peak frequency was dose-dependent and correlated with the suppression of memory-related fear conditioning behaviors (Perouansky et al., 2010). This suggests that the modulation of hippocampal theta oscillations by inhaled anesthetics may be involved in the mechanisms of anesthesia-induced amnesia. The role of theta rhythms is not fixed, and it can exhibit entirely different effects under various physiological and pharmacological conditions. Further research will help uncover these mechanisms and provide theoretical support for improving clinical anesthesia practices. - -3.2 Gamma oscillations - -Gamma oscillations, with a frequency range of 20–100 Hz, are commonly observed as synchronous neural activity in various brain regions such as the olfactory bulb, thalamus, hippocampus, and sensory and motor cortices. They are closely associated with normal cognitive functions, such as attention, memory, and learning, particularly in the hippocampus (Guan et al., 2022). Gamma oscillations contribute to successful episodic memory formation and retrieval through three neural mechanisms: spike-timing-dependent plasticity, neural communication, and sequence encoding/retrieval (Griffiths and Jensen, 2023). Gamma oscillations are further subdivided into low-frequency (30–60 Hz) and high-frequency (60–120 Hz) bands, which are believed to have different functional roles. High-frequency gamma oscillations are closely linked to cognitive task performance, playing an important role in memory, attention, and perception, especially during complex cognitive tasks. For instance, high-frequency gamma oscillations in the prefrontal cortex (mPFC) are often observed just before visual stimuli appear (Dubey and Ray, 2020). In contrast, low-frequency gamma oscillations are more often associated with basic neural functions and states. - -Research has shown that optogenetic gamma stimulation can rescue memory deficits in mouse models of Alzheimer’s disease (Etter et al., 2019). Specifically, 40 Hz optogenetic stimulation was found to increase functional synaptic plasticity (Wang C. et al., 2023). Isoflurane, however, has been shown to reduce high-frequency gamma oscillations, while low-frequency gamma oscillations remain unaffected (Hudetz et al., 2011). Propofol, sevoflurane and ketamine decrease the power of high-frequency gamma oscillations (Pal et al., 2017). Dexmedetomidine is a sedative drug that induces an increase in the power of gamma oscillations during general anesthesia in the moderate mode of sedation, but the power of gamma oscillations decreases in the deep mode of sedation (Xi et al., 2018). Surgery and anesthesia can disrupt normal gamma oscillations in the brain through pathological mechanisms such as neuroinflammation (Ji et al., 2020), sleep disturbances (Tabassum et al., 2021), amyloid-beta (Aβ) deposition (Chung et al., 2020), and tau hyperphosphorylation (Richetin et al., 2020), leading to perioperative neurocognitive disorders. The amnestic effects of anesthesia may also be related to its impact on gamma oscillations. - -3.3 Slow wave oscillations - -Cortical slow wave activity is a key marker of reduced wakefulness and is a rhythmic neocortical activity that occurs during non-rapid eye movement (NREM) sleep. These oscillations have a frequency of 0.5–4.0 Hz and are generated primarily by excitatory and inhibitory postsynaptic potentials from pyramidal neurons in cortical layers III, V, and VI (Feyissa and Tatum, 2019). Increasing evidence shows that slow wave activity is closely related to neuroplasticity, central nervous system development, and cognitive function, and in basic anesthesia research, the proportion of SO is commonly used to assess anesthetic effects. Slow wave activity includes both SO and delta oscillations. During slow-wave sleep (SWS) and anesthesia, SO typically occur at frequencies below 1 Hz and are referred to as SO. Delta oscillations, typically within the 1–4 Hz range, are considered the result of cortical silencing during rest. Delta oscillations have two primary origins: one from the cortex, the mechanism of which is unclear but may be related to cognitive function in the waking state; and the other from the thalamus, which is better understood and closely associated with sleep. - -SO and delta oscillations during sleep have been increasingly linked to memory consolidation. A French study showed that delta oscillations, which were previously thought to alternate with active states during SWS and represent moments of cortical silence, are actually involved in the formation of long-term memory. The researchers found that delta oscillations in the brain during sleep do not become silent with cortical inactivity but instead isolate clusters of neurons, aiding long-term memory formation. By artificially inducing delta oscillations in a rat model to isolate neurons related to hippocampal reactivation, memory was consolidated. Delta oscillations are thus seen as a method of selectively isolating specific neuronal groups that transmit critical signals between the hippocampus and cortex to form long-term memory (Todorova and Zugaro, 2019). - -Common anesthetics, such as propofol and sevoflurane, induce stronger and slower delta oscillations as doses increase and consciousness diminishes (Adam et al., 2023). The question of whether memory loss during unconsciousness is related to changes in brain rhythms remains to be explored. Crick & Koch proposed that the claustrum coordinates activity across most neocortical areas, regulating the generation of neocortical SO. A recent study on claustrum regulation of propofol anesthesia EEG activity found that propofol reduces slow wave activity by inhibiting neurons and their associated receptors in the claustrum (Luo et al., 2023). Ketamine, another general anesthetic, reduces the effects of weak tonic activation of thalamic reticular nucleus (TRN) neurons on producing SO in local ipsilateral cortical areas, thereby inducing reduced delta oscillations (Mahdavi et al., 2020). Whether anesthetic-induced changes in SO can affect memory requires further investigation. - -3.4 Sharp wave ripples - -Sharp wave ripples (SWRs) are a complex of two distinct events: ripples of 110–250 Hz are superimposed on sharp waves of 0.1–3 Hz. The sharp wave reflects strong synchronous depolarization of pyramidal neuron dendrites, while high-frequency ripple waves reflect interactions between pyramidal neurons and their surrounding interneurons. Although SWRs are composite events, the sharp wave and ripple components are functionally distinct: the sharp wave is an excitatory potential transmitted from the hippocampal CA3 to the CA1 subregion, while the ripple is generated by the spiking of basket cells in the CA1 region (Schlingloff et al., 2014; Zhou and Norimoto, 2023). SWRs are most commonly observed during slow-wave sleep, immobilization, and exploration of new environments and are associated with widespread brain activity changes. Ripples are especially frequent during NREM sleep, though they can also be detected during wakefulness. - -SWRs are believed to play an important role in memory consolidation. According to the “two-stage” model of memory consolidation, during the learning phase, the cortex provides new information to the hippocampus, facilitating rapid and temporary reorganization of hippocampal circuits. During relaxation or slow-wave sleep, spontaneously generated sharp waves and ripples in the brain continually retransmit the reorganized or integrated information from the hippocampus to the cortex for long-term storage (Lewis and Durrant, 2011). Animal studies have shown that eliminating ripples in the hippocampus during the post-learning memory consolidation stage significantly impairs spatial memory in rats (Girardeau et al., 2009). Optogenetic activation of spontaneous ripple oscillations in the hippocampal CA1 region prolonged ripple events and significantly improved performance on hippocampus-dependent memory tasks in rats, whereas halting ripple activity did not increase memory performance, and longer ripple events were observed when memory demands were high (Fernández-Ruiz et al., 2019). - -The amnestic effects of general anesthetics may be linked to their impact on hippocampal ripple oscillations. Early research demonstrated that pentobarbital could inhibit or even eliminate ripple oscillations (Suzuki and Smith, 1988). Thiopental, at memory-inhibiting concentrations, significantly suppressed the occurrence and duration of ripple oscillations in vitro (Papatheodoropoulos et al., 2007). Benzodiazepines such as diazepam have been shown to reduce ripple oscillation frequency and amplitude, while the benzodiazepine antagonist flumazenil can reduce the occurrence, amplitude, and duration of ripple oscillations (Ponomarenko et al., 2004). Isoflurane at subanesthetic concentrations mediates effects on hippocampal ripple oscillations through differential modulation of pyramidal neuron and interneuron excitability, potentially contributing to its amnestic effects by lowering ripple frequency and aiding in memory clearance (Zhao et al., 2021). In mice anesthetized with urethane, in vivo patch-clamp recordings from dorsal hippocampal CA1 neurons revealed that urethane anesthesia reduced membrane potential fluctuations, decreased synchronous spikes in hippocampal neurons, and lowered hippocampal sharp wave ripple amplitude, reflecting reduced synaptic activity. Compared to natural rest or sleep conditions, the memory consolidation mechanism in the hippocampus, supported by neuronal spike synchrony, may be weakened under urethane anesthesia (Yagishita et al., 2020). - -3.5 Sleep spindles - -Spindles refer to a readily identifiable sequence of 10–15 Hz sinusoidal cycles in the EEG of sleeping mammals, usually occurring during stage N2 of NREM sleep (Fernandez and Lüthi, 2020). GABAergic inhibitory neurons in the thalamic reticular nucleus regulate thalamocortical neuronal activity to generate spindles. The function of spindles includes protecting sleep by inhibiting sensory input and promoting the formation of learning and memory abilities (Fernandez and Lüthi, 2020). Changes in NREM oscillations after learning were first demonstrated in human studies, where specific spindle parameters (such as density and amplitude) were found to increase during post-learning sleep in declarative and procedural memory tasks, reflecting the strength and plasticity of thalamocortical circuits, as well as large-scale functional connectivity and plasticity (Clemens et al., 2005; Chen et al., 2024). Rosanova et al. demonstrated a direct link between spindles and synaptic plasticity in vitro. They showed that natural spindle stimulation from in vivo intracellular recordings induced short-term potentiation (STP) and LTP in somatosensory cortical slices (Rosanova and Ulrich, 2005). In humans, combining neurostimulation with paired associative stimulation (PAS) for LTP-or LTD-like induction revealed that increases or decreases in slow spindle activity correlated significantly with the effects of PAS-induced LTP or LTD (Peyrache and Seibt, 2020; Bergmann et al., 2008). - -Early studies using zolpidem (a GABA agonist) to enhance sleep spindles during daytime naps found that it promoted hippocampus-dependent episodic memory (Zhang et al., 2020). Non-benzodiazepine hypnotics like eszopiclone act on GABAergic neurons in the thalamic reticular nucleus, which generates spindles and increases the association between spindles and motor learning (Wamsley et al., 2013). General anesthetics such as ketamine can switch thalamic reticular neuron firing from burst to tonic mode, thereby reducing spindles in the thalamocortical system (Mahdavi et al., 2020). The intravenous anesthetics propofol and dexmedetomidine induce an increase in spindle activity (Xi et al., 2018). While spindles are known to enhance memory consolidation, the presence of certain anesthetics can lead to increased spindle activity but may negatively impact memory. This negative effect is likely due to the inhibitory influence of anesthesia on neuronal activity, which can disrupt the integration and consolidation of information. The relationship between spindle generation during anesthesia and amnesia is an area worth exploring (Figure 4). - -Figure 4 - -Figure 4. Effects of different anesthetics on nerve oscillations. - -4 Interaction of different frequency oscillations and their effects on memory - -In addition to individual frequency bands, the interaction between different oscillatory bands plays a crucial role in working memory. Lower frequency oscillations (theta, alpha, beta) often co-occur with higher frequency gamma oscillations, where high-frequency oscillations represent neuronal ensemble encoding of external information, and lower frequency oscillations reflect interregional information transfer. The specific role of these oscillatory couplings in working memory can be examined by modulating the interactions between different frequency bands (Arski et al., 2020; Daume et al., 2017). - -4.1 Theta-gamma coupling - -Theta-gamma coupling (TGC) is a neurophysiological mechanism supporting working memory (WM), in which the interaction between two oscillations of different frequencies is referred to as cross-frequency coupling. In phase-amplitude coupling, the amplitude of high-frequency oscillations is modulated by the phase of low-frequency oscillations (Salimpour et al., 2022). One example of this is theta-gamma coupling, where the phase of theta oscillations (4–8 Hz) modulates the amplitude of gamma oscillations (30–80 Hz). Animal models suggest that gamma oscillations represent individual items to be remembered, while theta oscillations represent the time intervals for these items, with modulation of gamma amplitude by theta phase encoding the sequential order of the presented information (Brooks et al., 2022). - -In one study, ultrasound stimulation was applied to the hippocampal CA1 region of anesthetized and awake mice, with simultaneous local field potential recordings. The results showed a significant increase in absolute theta and gamma power following ultrasound stimulation in both anesthetized and awake states. Under anesthesia, increasing ultrasound intensity led to a decrease in relative theta power and an increase in gamma power, whereas the opposite effect was observed in the awake state (Li et al., 2023). Thus, it is worth exploring whether the amnestic effects of anesthesia are related to theta-gamma coupling. - -4.2 SO-spindle-delta oscillation coupling - -Sleep is critical for balancing learning and forgetting, reinforcing some memories while erasing others through different brain electrical patterns. SOs and delta oscillations are rhythmic neuronal activities that serve as markers of sleep, but their specific functional roles are difficult to distinguish. For decades, research on memory enhancement and loss has focused primarily on two brain wave patterns: SOs and spindles. When SOs are coupled with spindles, they become essential for memory consolidation. SOs and delta oscillations often co-occur during sleep and are difficult to differentiate, commonly classified together as slow oscillations. Using closed-loop optogenetics in rats, SOs were separated from delta oscillations, revealing that SOs aid in memory consolidation, while delta oscillations contribute to forgetting (Kim et al., 2019). - -4.3 SO-spindle-SWR coupling - -A substantial body of literature demonstrates that SOs (It reflects the overall fluctuations in excitability across large populations of neurons), spindles, and SWRs play three distinct roles in memory consolidation. All three rhythms are involved in behavioral and physiological memory-related processes, yet they appear to serve different functions. These oscillations are the dominant rhythms during stage N2 of NREM sleep. Spindles promote structural changes in the brain and display greater spatial variability, tending to express at locations involved in prior learning and shaping relevant memory networks. Finally, SWRs have the most direct influence on neuronal firing rates and communication, driving plasticity within and between local target circuits. Numerous studies in rodents and humans have shown that these three sleep rhythms are temporally coupled (Oyanedel et al., 2020). - -The coupling of SOs, spindles, and SWRs regulates neuronal firing rates and communication, continuously enhancing their efficiency and spatiotemporal precision to serve learning and plasticity. This coordinated coupling controls the consolidation process with increasing precision, facilitating the reactivation, refinement, and redistribution of memory traces across hippocampal-cortical networks (Staresina, 2024). General anesthesia alters these oscillations individually, but their coupling and the impact on anesthesia-induced amnesia require further exploration. - -5 Discussion - -Different EEG rhythms have varying impacts on memory function, and different anesthetics affect EEG rhythms differently, potentially playing a role in anesthesia-induced amnesia. Talkie et al. discovered that even at subanesthetic concentrations (0.25%), sevoflurane can impair the formation of emotional memory in humans, with dose-dependent suppression effects. This suggests that the concentration of anesthetics required to inhibit memory is lower than that needed to suppress consciousness (Alkire et al., 2008). Neural oscillations, which are rhythmic fluctuations in neuronal electrical activity, are closely associated with memory. The loss of consciousness induced by general anesthetics leads to significant alterations in neural oscillations, and subanesthetic states can already result in memory impairment. Our clinical anesthesia practice typically uses concentrations that induce unconsciousness, which have an even stronger impact on memory. Therefore, analyzing neural oscillations during general anesthesia may help unravel the mystery of anesthesia-induced amnesia. The effects of anesthesia on neural oscillations are complex and significant, and future research utilizing advanced neuroimaging and electrophysiological recording techniques will further elucidate the impact of anesthesia on neural oscillations. This will enhance our understanding of anesthetic mechanisms and their clinical applications. - -Research has shown that age is a significant factor influencing memory loss after anesthesia. Elderly patients face a higher risk of long-term memory loss following anesthesia (Amiri et al., 2020). While short-term memory loss is a common phenomenon after anesthesia, the impact is more pronounced in elderly individuals and those at risk for cognitive impairment. Future studies must explore the long-term effects of anesthesia on the brain and develop effective strategies for managing and preventing postoperative memory loss. Continued research in this area holds promise for identifying safer anesthetic techniques that minimize the risk of POCD and postoperative delirium (POD), particularly in elderly patients. - -Advancements in surgery and anesthesia can improve the function and quality of life for elderly patients, but they also present potential risks to brain health. Research shows that after surgery, particularly in elderly patients, there is a higher incidence of POCD. It is estimated that up to 65% of patients aged 65 and older experience delirium, and 10% may develop long-term cognitive decline (Mahanna-Gabrielli et al., 2019). POCD refers to a decline in memory, attention, and cognitive abilities following surgery. POD is an acute cognitive impairment that typically manifests as difficulties in attention, reduced cognitive function, and altered levels of consciousness. Surgeons and anesthesiologists should assess, discuss, and optimize the potential risks for each patient before surgery. Different types and dosages of anesthetics may have varying effects on cognitive function. The current research on the electrophysiological mechanisms of anesthesia-induced amnesia provides theoretical support for improving clinical anesthesia practices. By selecting anesthetics and protocols tailored to individual patients and adopting more refined anesthesia management strategies, the impact on cognitive function can be minimized, reducing the incidence of POCD and POD. The neural oscillations associated with anesthesia-induced amnesia, as discussed in this paper, can be detected via EEG. A meta-analysis on EEG monitoring and POD suggests that patients monitored with EEG may have a lower incidence of postoperative delirium (Mackenzie et al., 2018). EEG monitoring can also help healthcare providers identify early signs of delirium, allowing for more effective interventions. - -6 Conclusion and outlook - -The mechanism of general anesthesia remains one of the most important unresolved scientific problems worldwide. Investigating the impact of anesthetics on learning and memory functions will provide a theoretical foundation for further understanding the mechanisms of general anesthesia. Additionally, research in this area will contribute to the development of precise clinical anesthesia management and may provide valuable insights for the treatment of anesthesia-induced memory impairment, carrying profound clinical and scientific significance. As research into the mechanisms of general anesthesia deepens, more attention must be paid to the amnestic effects of anesthetics. General anesthetics can mediate amnesia by acting on specific electrophysiological mechanisms and targets. A deeper understanding of how anesthetics influence memory will enhance our ability to study memory processes. To date, perioperative EEG biomarkers of memory function are scarce, and the impact of different EEG markers on anesthesia-induced amnesia remains unclear. Techniques such as EEG and in vivo/in vitro electrophysiological techniques like whole-cell patch-clamp and advanced neuromodulation techniques, such as chemogenetics, and optogenetics, recording can be employed to analyze the electrophysiological mechanisms of various neural oscillations during anesthetic-induced amnesia. The extent to which neural oscillations contribute to anesthesia-induced amnesia, and whether there is a causal relationship between EEG rhythms and amnesia, requires further investigation. - -Author contributions - -HL: Conceptualization, Investigation, Resources, Validation, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing. ZY: Conceptualization, Investigation, Writing – original draft. YC: Investigation, Writing – original draft. FY: Conceptualization, Writing – original draft. XC: Investigation, Writing – original draft. GZ: Writing – original draft. YZ: Conceptualization, Funding acquisition, Investigation, Resources, Supervision, Writing – review & editing. - -Funding - -The author(s) declare that financial support was received for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (grants 82060262 to Y.Z). - -Conflict of interest - -The authors declare that the research was conducted in the absence of any commercial or financial relationships that could be construed as a potential conflict of interest. - -Publisher’s note - -All claims expressed in this article are solely those of the authors and do not necessarily represent those of their affiliated organizations, or those of the publisher, the editors and the reviewers. Any product that may be evaluated in this article, or claim that may be made by its manufacturer, is not guaranteed or endorsed by the publisher. - -References - -Aceves-Serrano, L., Neva, J. L., Munro, J., Parent, M., Boyd, L. A., and Doudet, D. J. (2022). Continuous but not intermittent theta burst stimulation decreases striatal dopamine release and cortical excitability. Exp. Neurol. 354:114106. doi: 10.1016/j.expneurol.2022.114106 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Amiri, A. A., Karvandian, K., Ramezani, N., and Amiri, A. A. (2020). Short-term memory impairment in patients undergoing general anesthesia and its contributing factors. Saudi J Anaesth 14, 454–458. doi: 10.4103/sja.SJA_651_19 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Andrade-Talavera, Y., Fisahn, A., and Rodríguez-Moreno, A. (2023). Timing to be precise? An overview of spike timing-dependent plasticity, brain rhythmicity, and glial cells interplay within neuronal circuits. Mol. Psychiatry 28, 2177–2188. doi: 10.1038/s41380-023-02027-w PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Arski, O. N., Young, J. M., Smith, M. L., and Ibrahim, G. M. (2020). The oscillatory basis of working memory function and dysfunction in epilepsy. Front. Hum. Neurosci. 14:612024. doi: 10.3389/fnhum.2020.612024 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Boyce, R., Glasgow, S. D., Williams, S., and Adamantidis, A. (2016). Causal evidence for the role of rem sleep theta rhythm in contextual memory consolidation. Science 352, 812–816. doi: 10.1126/science.aad5252 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Brooks, H., Mirjalili, M., Wang, W., Kumar, S., Goodman, M. S., Zomorrodi, R., et al. (2022). Assessing the longitudinal relationship between Theta-gamma coupling and working memory performance in older adults. Cereb. Cortex 32, 1653–1667. doi: 10.1093/cercor/bhab295 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Broussard, J. I., Redell, J. B., Zhao, J., West, R., Homma, R., and Dash, P. K. (2023). Optogenetic stimulation of Ca1 pyramidal neurons at Theta enhances recognition memory in brain injured animals. J. Neurotrauma 40, 2442–2448. doi: 10.1089/neu.2023.0078 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Bruentgens, F., Moreno Velasquez, L., Stumpf, A., Parthier, D., Breustedt, J., Benfenati, F., et al. (2024). The lack of Synapsin alters presynaptic plasticity at hippocampal mossy fibers in male mice. eNeuro 11, ENEURO.0330–ENEU23.2024. doi: 10.1523/ENEURO.0330-23.2024 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Chen, P., Hao, C., and Ma, N. (2024). Sleep spindles consolidate declarative memory with tags: a meta-analysis of adult data. J. Pac. Rim Psychol. 18:18344909241226761. doi: 10.1177/18344909241226761 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Chung, H., Park, K., Jang, H. J., Kohl, M. M., and Kwag, J. (2020). Dissociation of somatostatin and parvalbumin interneurons circuit dysfunctions underlying hippocampal theta and gamma oscillations impaired by amyloid β oligomers in vivo. Brain Struct. Funct. 225, 935–954. doi: 10.1007/s00429-020-02044-3 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Dickey, C. W., Sargsyan, A., Madsen, J. R., Eskandar, E. N., Cash, S. S., and Halgren, E. (2021). Travelling spindles create necessary conditions for spike-timing-dependent plasticity in humans. Nat. Commun. 12:1027. doi: 10.1038/s41467-021-21298-x Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Dobson, G. P. (2020). Trauma of major surgery: a global problem that is not going away. Int. J. Surg. 81, 47–54. doi: 10.1016/j.ijsu.2020.07.017 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Doelling, K. B., and Assaneo, M. F. (2021). Neural oscillations are a start toward understanding brain activity rather than the end. PLoS Biol. 19:e3001234. doi: 10.1371/journal.pbio.3001234 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Dubey, A., and Ray, S. (2020). Comparison of tuning properties of gamma and high-gamma power in local field potential (Lfp) versus electrocorticogram (eco G) in visual cortex. Sci. Rep. 10:5422. doi: 10.1038/s41598-020-61961-9 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Etter, G., Van Der Veldt, S., Manseau, F., Zarrinkoub, I., Trillaud-Doppia, E., and Williams, S. (2019). Optogenetic gamma stimulation rescues memory impairments in an Alzheimer's disease mouse model. Nat. Commun. 10:5322. doi: 10.1038/s41467-019-13260-9 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Hanslmayr, S., Staresina, B. P., and Jensen, O. (2024). “711 Oscillatory brain mechanisms for memory formation: online and offline processes” in The Oxford handbook of human memory, two volume pack: Foundations and applications. eds. M. J. Kahana and A. D. Wagner (Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press). Google Scholar - -Hudetz, A. G., Vizuete, J. A., and Pillay, S. (2011). Differential effects of isoflurane on high-frequency and low-frequency γ oscillations in the cerebral cortex and hippocampus in freely moving rats. Anesthesiology 114, 588–595. doi: 10.1097/ALN.0b013e31820ad3f9 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Ishizeki, J., Nishikawa, K., Kubo, K., Saito, S., and Goto, F. (2008). Amnestic concentrations of sevoflurane inhibit synaptic plasticity of hippocampal Ca1 neurons through gamma-aminobutyric acid-mediated mechanisms. Anesthesiology 108, 447–456. doi: 10.1097/ALN.0b013e318164cfba Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Ji, M. H., Lei, L., Gao, D. P., Tong, J. H., Wang, Y., and Yang, J. J. (2020). Neural network disturbance in the medial prefrontal cortex might contribute to cognitive impairments induced by neuroinflammation. Brain Behav. Immun. 89, 133–144. doi: 10.1016/j.bbi.2020.06.001 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Johnson, J. (2024). Effect of emotions on learning, memory, and disorders associated with the changes in expression levels: a narrative review. Brain Circ. 10, 134–144. doi: 10.4103/bc.bc_86_23 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Kim, J., Gulati, T., and Ganguly, K. (2019). Competing roles of slow oscillations and Delta waves in memory consolidation versus forgetting. Cell 179, 514–26.e13. doi: 10.1016/j.cell.2019.08.040 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Lewis, P. A., and Durrant, S. J. (2011). Overlapping memory replay during sleep builds cognitive schemata. Trends Cogn. Sci. 15, 343–351. doi: 10.1016/j.tics.2011.06.004 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Li, Z., Chen, R., Liu, D., Wang, X., and Yuan, W. (2023). Effect of low-intensity transcranial ultrasound stimulation on theta and gamma oscillations in the mouse hippocampal Ca1. Front. Psych. 14:1151351. doi: 10.3389/fpsyt.2023.1151351 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Li, K. T., Liang, J., and Zhou, C. (2021). Gamma oscillations facilitate effective learning in excitatory-inhibitory balanced neural circuits. Neural Plast. 2021, 1–18. doi: 10.1155/2021/6668175 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Lu, H., Liufu, N., Dong, Y., Xu, G., Zhang, Y., Shu, L., et al. (2017). Sevoflurane acts on ubiquitination-proteasome pathway to reduce postsynaptic density 95 protein levels in Young mice. Anesthesiology 127, 961–975. doi: 10.1097/ALN.0000000000001889 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Mahanna-Gabrielli, E., Schenning, K. J., Eriksson, L. I., Browndyke, J. N., Wright, C. B., Culley, D. J., et al. (2019). State of the clinical science of perioperative brain health: report from the American Society of Anesthesiologists Brain Health Initiative Summit 2018. Br. J. Anaesth. 123, 464–478. doi: 10.1016/j.bja.2019.07.004 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Mahdavi, A., Qin, Y., Aubry, A. S., Cornec, D., Kulikova, S., and Pinault, D. (2020). A single psychotomimetic dose of ketamine decreases thalamocortical spindles and delta oscillations in the sedated rat. Schizophr. Res. 222, 362–374. doi: 10.1016/j.schres.2020.04.029 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Oyanedel, C. N., Durán, E., Niethard, N., Inostroza, M., and Born, J. (2020). Temporal associations between sleep slow oscillations, spindles and ripples. Eur. J. Neurosci. 52, 4762–4778. doi: 10.1111/ejn.14906 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Pal, D., Silverstein, B. H., Sharba, L., Li, D., Hambrecht-Wiedbusch, V. S., Hudetz, A. G., et al. (2017). Propofol, sevoflurane, and ketamine induce a reversible increase in Delta-gamma and Theta-gamma phase-amplitude coupling in frontal cortex of rat. Front. Syst. Neurosci. 11:41. doi: 10.3389/fnsys.2017.00041 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Papatheodoropoulos, C., Sotiriou, E., Kotzadimitriou, D., and Drimala, P. (2007). At clinically relevant concentrations the anaesthetic/amnesic thiopental but not the anticonvulsant phenobarbital interferes with hippocampal sharp wave-ripple complexes. BMC Neurosci. 8:60. doi: 10.1186/1471-2202-8-60 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Richetin, K., Steullet, P., Pachoud, M., Perbet, R., Parietti, E., Maheswaran, M., et al. (2020). Tau accumulation in astrocytes of the dentate gyrus induces neuronal dysfunction and memory deficits in Alzheimer's disease. Nat. Neurosci. 23, 1567–1579. doi: 10.1038/s41593-020-00728-x PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Rutishauser, U., Ross, I. B., Mamelak, A. N., and Schuman, E. M. (2010). Human memory strength is predicted by theta-frequency phase-locking of single neurons. Nature 464, 903–907. doi: 10.1038/nature08860 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Scheinin, A., Kallionpää, R. E., Li, D., Kallioinen, M., Kaisti, K., Långsjö, J., et al. (2018). Differentiating drug-related and state-related effects of Dexmedetomidine and Propofol on the electroencephalogram. Anesthesiology 129, 22–36. doi: 10.1097/ALN.0000000000002192 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Tabassum, S., Misrani, A., Tabassum, S., Ahmed, A., Yang, L., and Long, C. (2021). Disrupted prefrontal neuronal oscillations and morphology induced by sleep deprivation in young app/Ps1 transgenic ad mice. Brain Res. Bull. 166, 12–20. doi: 10.1016/j.brainresbull.2020.11.003 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Todorova, R., and Zugaro, M. (2019). Isolated cortical computations during delta waves support memory consolidation. Science 366, 377–381. doi: 10.1126/science.aay0616 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Wamsley, E. J., Shinn, A. K., Tucker, M. A., Ono, K. E., McKinley, S. K., Ely, A. V., et al. (2013). The effects of eszopiclone on sleep spindles and memory consolidation in schizophrenia: a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Sleep 36, 1369–1376. doi: 10.5665/sleep.2968 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Xi, C., Sun, S., Pan, C., Ji, F., Cui, X., and Li, T. (2018). Different effects of propofol and dexmedetomidine sedation on electroencephalogram patterns: wakefulness, moderate sedation, deep sedation and recovery. PLoS One 13:e0199120. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0199120 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar",1731883650,75eaeab355,21cc995b03,,,1731883650 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/dragon-age-the-veilguard-steam-deck,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,Dragon Age: The Veilguard is Veil-good on the Steam Deck,"Discourse? Look mate, I’m just here to test the Steam Deck. Dragon Age: The Veilguard runs like a tap on any halfway decent desktop hardware, so was naturally going to be worth trying on the weaker Deck. And sure enough, Bioware’s RPG (which is really more of an action game with the occasional verbal spar) settles comfortably into handheld life. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun Steam Deck Academy brings together all our guides and explainers on getting the most out of your Steam Deck, no student loans or sweaty dormitories required. - -In fact, Valve have festooned its Steam page with a Verified medal, a seal of approval for any game that performs and controls well on the Steam Deck without any glaring weaknesses or impractical annoyances. It’s still worth playing around with the settings – more on those later – but I’ll back up that official assessment, having played for several hours without so much as an undersized tooltip. - -There’s also the fact that it, well, works. As in, you can buy it on Steam, launch it, and play it. A simple process, yet one that eluded Dragon Age: Inquisition, which to this day requires all sorts of Desktop Mode fiddling, EA account juggling, controller input tweaking, and Proton GE witchcraft to run on a Steam Deck. Veilguard, to its credit, goes back to basics, making any non-Steam online services optional and launching with official controller support. You launch, you’re in. And that’s not as much of a given as it used to be, considering Sony’s daft PSN requirement has been botching full Steam Deck support for their own games. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun - -In terms of specific performance, combining the Low preset with the dynamic resolution and Performance-level FSR upscaling options is enough to stay above the 30fps mark 99% of the time. Funnily enough, most of the exceptions to this happen to be cutscenes, which I’ve seen dip as low as 20fps. Only momentarily, though, and you’re more likely to occupy the 30-35fps range during actual play. Higher ones, too, when exploring some of Thedas’s tighter interiors. Some individual graphics settings have next to no impact on framerates, so you can also whack a few back up rather than use the Low preset as it comes. Again, more details on that below. - -Battery drain is on the thirstier end of the spectrum, as on 50% volume and screen brighness, Veilguard sapped my original LCD Steam Deck from full to dry in 1h 32m. That’s not the worst result I’ve seen (hello and go away, Helldivers 2), and it beats fantasy rival Baldur’s Gate 3 by a barnstorming four minutes, but Steam Deck OLED owners will likely be thankful for their version’s extended longevity. - -And for their HDR support, come to mention it, as Veilguard’s support for this oft-overlooked display feature makes it possible for the OLED model to show off the game in a richer colour palette than the base Deck. The OLED's fatter SSD options could also come in handy for accommodating Veilguard’s storage footprint: besides needing 100GB for the initial install, it settles on a hefty 89.8GB once complete. While the system requirements suggest an SSD specifically, those with lower Steam Deck specs may need to call upon a microSD card. - -Still, that’s a hurdle that only needs clearing once, and the moment-to-moment feel of Veilguard on a Steam Deck is a perfectly painless one. Props again to the text and subtitle scaling, in particular. I was half expecting to squint my way through microscopic dialogue wheels, but everything adapts to the 7in, 880p screen quite well. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun - -Dragon Age: The Veilguard Steam Deck settings guide - -First off, switch the display resolution to the Deck’s native 1280x800 – Veilguard is smart enough to know not to start off with higher settings, but it also defaults to 720p, which leaves black slivers of unused screen. And that’s just wasteful. - -That being said, while some high-impact settings do need to keep on Low, there are plenty of others that you can afford to dial up without sacrificing the 30fps foundation. After much time toggling things back and forth, here’s what I’ve ended up using on the Deck: - -Display settings - -Upscample method/quality: AMD FSR on Performance - -AMD FSR on Performance Render scale: 100% - -100% Dynamic resolution scaling: On - -On Target frames per second: 30 - -30 Minimum resolution scale: 83 - -Graphics settings - -Texture quality: Low - -Low Texture filtering: High - -High Lighting quality: Low - -Low Contact shadow: On - -On Ambient occlusion: HBAO Full - -HBAO Full Screen space reflections: On - -On Volumetric lighting: Ultra - -Ultra Sky Quality: Ultra - -Ultra Ray-traced reflections: Off - -Off Ray-traced ambient occlusion: Off - -Off Ultra ray tracing: Off - -Off Level of detail: Low - -Low Strand hair: Off - -Off Terrain quality: Medium - -Medium Terrain decoration quality: Low - -Low Visual effects quality: Ultra - -Ultra Depth of field: Cinematics - -Cinematics Vignette: On - -On Motion blur: Off - -Off Post processing quality: Ultra - -Ultra Field of view: 100% - -There are a few Ultras in there but I promise this settings setup won’t rob the Steam Deck of reaching some lofty 60fps nirvana. Rather, you’re going to get around 30fps in the tougher areas on the Low preset anyway, so you might as well claw back the more refined visual settings that don’t actually cut performance in any meaningful way. The best of both worlds, assuming ""best"" means ""least unnecessarily compromised"", and I’m fairly sure it does.",1731883671,ad45c610da,223b146f45,,,1731883671 -https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/direct-to-consumer,https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/topic/ecommerce/rss.xml,How These 8 Direct-to-Consumer Brands Are Changing Ecommerce Forever,"Direct-to-consumer (D2C) companies cater to people’s desire for simplicity. As much as consumers claim to love choice, analysis paralysis is a real thing; D2C brands eliminate the hassle of researching, browsing, and choosing from hundreds of options, making shopping practically effortless. - -D2C brands manufacture, market, and distribute their own products without middlemen, which enables them to reduce costs, interact directly with consumers, and provide a seamless start-to-finish buyer’s experience. - -For consumers, the easy buying process is typically the distinguishing factor when choosing D2C over a traditional shop. - -Take a look at this customer review for the D2C mattress company, Casper. Despite this customer’s dissatisfaction with his mattress, he still gave the company five stars: - -Ultimately, Casper’s efficient delivery process and adept customer service impressed the consumer so much that he gave the company five stars — even though the product didn’t work out for him. This “painless experience” he describes, which is especially attainable for D2C businesses, is ultimately what makes these companies so popular among consumers. - -What is direct-to-consumer marketing? - -Direct-to-consumer marketing is when a company markets its product or service directly to their consumers. This direct relationship can occur through methods like social media, YouTube, or podcasts, but not through TV, billboards, or magazine advertisements. - -Creating innovative marketing campaigns is a necessity for D2C companies, many of which are up against some big-name competitors. Dollar Shave Club, for example, is up against Gillette razors, and Glossier’s makeup and skincare lines compete with stores like Sephora and Ulta. - -The benefits of D2C marketing are clear: through this direct relationship, these companies are creating strong relationships with their consumers, understanding them better, and reaching a more specific, appropriate audience. - -By controlling the start-to-finish buyer’s process, D2C companies reduce costs and have the advantage of focusing solely on consumers. D2C companies typically ship directly to consumers, partner with retail locations, or open pop-up shops to distribute their products. - -Direct to Consumer Brands Dollar Shave Club Glossier Warby Parker Julep Cards Against Humanity BarkBox Casper Blue Apron - -Every D2C company does advertising a little differently. We’ve examined eight D2C companies that all share one thing in common: their one-of-a-kind approach to marketing and advertising has brought them lots of recognition, customers, and revenue. - -Let’s examine these eight D2C companies and discuss what you can take away from their strategies. Whether you work for a D2C company or not, there are plenty of tangible marketing practices you can still try out for yourself. - -1. Dollar Shave Club - -No one can guarantee that a video will go viral. But it doesn’t hurt to have a strategy in place. - -Dollar Shave Club, which sells — you guessed it — razors (among other bathroom essentials), launched their ecommerce company with a 1:33 minute video. Their video is wacky and memorable, with dance numbers, shaving babies, and a guy named Mike traipsing around a warehouse and making proclamations like, “Are the blades any good? No … our blades are f**ing great.” - -The video was a huge success. In the first three months, it received 4.75 million views, and within the first two days of the company's launch, 12,000 people had already signed up for Dollar Shave Club razors. - -The video doesn’t come across like an advertisement, it seems like a funny video your brother’s goofy friend made in his garage — which probably explains why so many people sent it to friends and shared it on social media. But Dollar Shave Club didn’t rely on organic reach alone to promote their launch video. - -Before promoting their video, Dollar Shave Club reached out to tech publications to let them know when it was going live, provided these publications early access to the video, edited a shorter version to run on late-night TV, and spent $10,000 promoting it on social media, among other things. - -They didn’t just reach out to any tech publications, either — they focused on media properties already reaching the male demographic they wanted to target, like Thrillist and Uncrate. - -Takeaway: It may not be feasible to aim for a viral video, but it is possible to create great content and use your money and other resources to market it to the right demographic. Hopefully, your audience will do the hard work from there. - -2. Glossier - -When I think of Glossier, I think of one word: accessible. The makeup and skincare industry can be a complicated, convoluted world to navigate. Glossier has simplified the approach to buying beauty products, both through their marketing and product design. - -Glossier’s advertising has no pretense. For example, rather than working with influencers, the brand gave free products to 500 “superfans” who had purchased the most product or engaged the most with the brand. - -The evidence of Glossier’s cult following reverberates across social media. Customers and employees alike share videos and images sampling their products and teaching viewers how to properly use them. Moreover, the brand encourages customers of every age, ethnicity, and gender to showcase their Glossier, making the brand accessible on multiple levels. - -Whether customers are ordering from Glossier’s ecommerce site or visiting one of its popular pop-up shops, the experience is unforgettable. Shoppers receive Glossier stickers and the memorable Glossier Pink Pouch (which Glossier even sold on its own). - -Takeaway: Glossier has created a loyal following and accessible, fresh shopping experience in a convoluted industry. The brand creates a customer experience that can’t help but be shared on social media, serving as both user-generated content and customer advocacy. - -3. Warby Parker - -Warby Parker ’s D2C model eliminates the hassle of shopping for eyeglasses by sending you multiple pairs and letting you return the ones you don’t like. The convenience of choosing eyeglasses in your own home is Warby Parker’s biggest selling point. - -Warby Parker knew their customers were already taking pictures and videos of their glasses to send to friends for advice, so they started asking customers to post their images on social media with the hashtag #warbyhometryon … as a reward for posting, Warby Parker pairs those customers with one of their online personal stylists. Today, almost 25,000 people have posted with the Warby Parker hashtag on Instagram. - -The company also pays YouTube influencers to post videos of themselves trying different Warby Parker glasses on. The tactic is popular — there are currently tens of thousands of results on YouTube for “Warby Parker try on”. More importantly, encouraging people to share their home try-on experiences on social media also makes consumers more likely to buy. Warby Parker found that customers who shared content online were 50% more likely to make the purchase. - -Takeaway: The #Warbyhometryon marketing campaign succeeded by encouraging customers to promote something they were already doing — taking photos and videos of themselves trying on eyeglasses — on social media, a channel through which Warby knew could reach their millennial audience. This effort also naturally created a highly-impactful user-generated content campaign that boosted awareness of the Warby Parker brand through its customers. By tapping into natural behaviors, Warby Parker was able to introduce its products to new customers as well as boost conversions. - -4. Julep - -Julep, a monthly customizable subscription beauty box, released a female empowerment video called Throw Anything at Me. The video features a woman putting on Julep makeup and then tackling issues related to women’s rights. On Julep’s website, the ad is described as a “celebration, a rallying cry, championing every woman’s innate power”. - - - -The ad briefly features a few Julep products, but it mainly focuses on the woman in the ad and the things being “thrown” at her. It also introduces a bit of humor through the text message blurbs, a falling man holding wine and winking, and stunned onlookers. - -Along with the ad, Julep made a similarly-named video game in which consumers could act like the female in the video and engage with the ad while having fun. Moreover, it brought viewers directly to the Julep website where they’d hopefully shop for products or subscribe to the beauty box. - -Takeaway: There are plenty of subscription beauty boxes out there. To differentiate themselves, Julep didn’t advertise what it was — it advertised what it stood for. It helped build a sense of trust and camaraderie between customers and the brand prior to asking them to make a purchase. - -5. Cards Against Humanity - -Cards Against Humanity, a sarcastic and taboo card game founded in 2011, understands their audience very well. And, if you know your audience well, you can break the rules. - -For instance, in 2013, Cards Against Humanity sold its product for $5 more on Black Friday, and sales actually went up. In 2015, they sold nothing for $5 … and received $71,000 from consumers. In 2016, they dug a hole in the ground and filled it back up — and raised $100,000 in the process. - -I don’t know about you, but selling nothing sure seems like breaking the rules to me. - -This strategy wouldn’t work for most companies, but it worked for Cards Against Humanity. The company knew their audience would pay attention, appreciate their sense of humor, and, pay for it. - -Takeaway: While it may not be a good idea to sell nothing, remember it’s okay to employ some stunts if you trust your audience will get it. Who knows? You may profit in the process. - -6. BarkBox - -Everyone loves their dogs, but not everyone loves running constant errands to find and refill new food, treats, or toys. BarkBox noticed this market gap and created a subscription service that provide dog products, services, and experiences. - -One thing that BarkBox does very well is cater to its target audience: urban dog owners who don’t have the time or means (i.e. transportation) to shop for or with their dogs. Unlike other pet subscription services like Chewy, BarkBox sends pre-packed, themed boxes to customers each month — customers don’t designate what they receive. - -Since it’s conception, BarkBox has also expanded into other markets including an outdoor dog park community and an ecommerce site where customers can shop for products they received in other BarkBoxes. - -Most importantly, BarkBox has built a community around their brand. BarkBox subscribers feel a sense of camaraderie with other customers, especially since most are receiving the same treats and toys in their boxes. This feeling alone has propelled over 300,000 customers to post about their #dogsofBark on Instagram. - -BarkBox sticks to their narrative well: dogs first. They stay true to this even in their charity work — the brand donates 10% of its proceeds go to animal shelters. - -Takeaway: BarkBox makes its customers feel as though they, and their dogs, are a part of a community through their subscription boxes and donations. Build camaraderie among your customers, and they’ll advocate for your brand. - -7. Casper - -Shopping for mattresses is an overwhelming experience. Besides feeling like goldilocks with the “soft, plush, semi-firm, and firm” options, you’re also forced to contemplate price, size, and whether you want memory foam, gel, or hybrid. - -Mattress company Casper prevents this frustrating process by providing one, perfect-for-anyone mattress. Since Casper’s primary goal is to differentiate themselves from traditional mattress companies, they opt to use non-traditional marketing methods. - -Casper focuses its marketing efforts in two places: New York City and Los Angeles. In New York, they've used MTA stations to post cheerful advertisements. They set up a satellite office in LA and have leveraged Hollywood connections and social media influencers. Kylie Jenner, for instance, posted a picture of herself on a Casper mattress, a photo that doubled Casper’s net sales. - -Casper didn’t fight to stand out in the traditional mattress industry. Instead, they used urban spaces to reach their target millennial audience and worked with social media influencers to display their brand as trendy and unique. - -The brand has also been running TV ads since it opened its doors, reporting that, “TV is the mass media that provides a very large reach in a limited amount of time...when bought efficiently, [it] allows us to maximize repetition and therefore increase brand recognition.” - -Takeaway: While it’s wise to learn from businesses who’ve come before you, don’t hesitate to try some non-traditional or out-of-the-box methods to start out and garner attention. Also, invest in methods that build awareness around your brand, not only sell products. This is how you continually bring in new customers — an important distinction for Casper as even the most loyal customers don’t need new mattresses every month or year. - -8. Blue Apron - -Blue Apron sources, ships, and simplifies the process of making healthy, local food for customers. The brand includes ready-to-use recipes that correspond with each subscription box’s ingredients. - -The company faces a lot of competition nowadays from other subscription meal services, including Amazon, HelloFresh, Green Chef, and Plated. As a result of this competition, Blue Apron’s biggest challenge has been explaining how their product stands out from the rest. - -In 2015, Blue Apron reached out to popular food bloggers like Naomi of Love Taza and Anne of Fannetastic Food, as well as social media influencers, and asked these industry leaders to explain in-depth what Blue Apron was. This is generally an effective strategy, as food bloggers and social media influencers have already gained the trust of their audience. - -Blue Apron then took it a step further, sponsoring their content on podcasts like Gimlet Media and The No Sleep Podcast. The company recognized podcasts as a worthwhile investment. Almost 50 million people ages 13 and up listen to podcasts, but more than one-third of the top 100 iTunes podcasts have no ads at all. With plenty of supply and little demand, Blue Apron’s sponsored content stood out from the rest. - -Employing social media influencers and bloggers to promote their brand, and sponsoring ads on podcasts, paid off: In 2015, Blue Apron sales increased by 500%. - -Takeaway: Blue Apron separated itself from the competition by using industry influencers to reach already-engaged audiences and promoting its content on appropriate (and less-crowded) platforms like podcasts. - -These eight direct to consumer brands are impacting ecommerce and customer expectations in major ways. Implement some of the strategies and best practices from this article for your own business.",1731883669,734fac83b0,2279175e20,,,1731883669 -https://bookriot.com/amazon-best-queer-books-of-2024/,https://bookriot.com/feed/,"The Best Queer Books of 2024, According to Amazon","A couple weeks ago, I shared The Best Queer Books of 2024, According to Publishers Weekly: I looked through their overall Best Books of 2024 list and pulled out all the queer books I spotted to share with you. This week, I’m doing the same thing with the Amazon Books Editors’ Best Books of 2024. - -I looked not only at their overall top 20 best books of the year, but also each editor’s top ten and the picks for each of the 12 genres listed, from Literature and Fiction to Children’s Books. All together, that’s hundreds of books, and I was able to find 11 queer titles.",1731883649,38c7dbeb62,2271306f42,,,1731883649 -https://www.refinery29.com/en-us/fall-clothes-accessories-2024?utm_source=feed&utm_medium=rss,https://www.refinery29.com/rss.xml,26 Fall Fashion Must-Haves R29 Editors Are Wearing This Season,"Cyber Monday - -Welcome To The Best Cyber Monday Deals — You’re In For An Early T... - -All linked products are independently selected by our editors. If you purchase any of these products, we may earn a commission. Most weekends might leave y",1731883638,b6e1adbe35,22700178c4,,,1731883638 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMilAFBVV95cUxNMm9tNFlpUnM4OFM1bl9xdGxxTmdyY190bHd2cjdZek5EdG4xSU1vek1mQW1CVkVMWG1hVUlXODlwN2dkWFlFNE9JeVQ3a3RSeVpJOGJQMDdabno0bUxxb3B1RUdHektIZVA2LXQyR2ZvRXlJTkxNVUZ2cG45NDhJSk50a3g4YTlUdjQ3VkJkZzc5Z1Qz?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883621,2688d2a9c6,2224ddc1bf,,,1731883621 -https://www.practicalecommerce.com/ugly-ads-perform-best-marketer-says,https://www.practicalecommerce.com/category/social-media/feed,"Ugly Ads Perform Best, Marketer Says","Barry Hott is a longtime Facebook advertising consultant. He says first reactions to an ad largely determine its performance. He advises merchants to create ugly ads, those that people won’t skip over. - -“I’m the Make Ugly Ads Guy,” he told me. - -In our recent conversation, Hott addressed key Facebook ad metrics, budgeting, testing, and, yes, ugly creative. The entire audio of that discussion is embedded below. The transcript is edited for clarity and length. - -Eric Brandholz: Who are you? - -Barry Hott: I’m a part owner of a performance marketing agency called Adcrate, where we do high-performance ad creative. I also do a lot of consulting through Hott Growth, my own firm. I am a longtime Facebook ad nerd. You might know me as the “Make Ugly Ads” guy. - -Brandholz: What can change the performance of an ad? - -Hott: I don’t care about cost-per-impression or click-through-rate benchmarks. I’m looking at targeting. Are you allowing the system to target existing customers or recent visitors? Depending on the answer, I’ll look at your data differently. - -From a systematic media buying standpoint, it’s about empathizing with the AI, with the machine learning algorithm — understanding how and why it operates in the way it does, how and why it’s incentivized, and how and why it can cheat. The system wants you to spend more money, and it wants to take more credit for more sales. - -You can also use third-party attribution tools to help with that. Most people should use one for an extended period to understand how performance tracks outside the platforms. - -Brandholz: What’s your take on bid caps on Facebook? - -Hott: I have a problem with bid caps on everything and rigid cost caps. That’s not to say I don’t use them. They’re tools to be used in certain ways. - -Say an ad is not getting a great cost per purchase, but the system knows it to be getting an overall sales lift. If you set your bid too low or set a cost cap too low, then I fear that the individual ad, if placed in an ad set that has too low of a bid, will never get the chance to spend in a way that it can support the entire ad ecosystem. - -I like to have a controlled testing environment where every new concept gets an ad set for organizational purposes and just for letting things battle it out. - -Brandholz: What metrics are you looking to hit? - -Hott: The first thing to do is look at the best ads in the same environment — targeting, attribution, and settings. Everything stays the same. I need to know my best ads can spend this much and get this cost per purchase. And anything in that range is helpful to me. Anything above that, cost-wise, is useless to me significantly. Below that is killer. - -I’ll typically have a testing environment excluding all existing customers and some visitors. That could be one-day visitors up to 30 days. It depends on the account and the business. I want to test ads for cold audiences. As an advertiser and media buyer, I aim to make ads that make sense and work for the broadest, coldest audiences. Many people would say that’s stupid, but if it can work well for those people, it will also work well for my warmer audiences. - -Brandholz: How much money do you spend until you give up? - -Hott: It’s about getting enough useful data. And that depends on what you’re selling — a $100 item or $1,000. Depending on budgets and your return on ad spend, you’re going to have different tolerances. It’s all going to vary. I’m usually looking for about 20 decent signals at the ad set level — hopefully that’s 20 actual purchases. By that point, I’ll know. - -I’ll look at an ad that gets shut down quickly by bids for not spending and hypothesize about it. Why did the ad fail? Can I adjust it? I’d rather spend more time obtaining more data to see if there’s another pocket or placement elsewhere. It’s going to lose money, and I’m okay with that. But I will spend the time analyzing it and learning from it from a creative perspective. - -However, if you don’t have time to do that sort of analysis, use rigid bids and cost caps. - -Brandholz: What sort of creative produces good results? - -Hott: Again, I am the Make Ugly Ads guy. I tell people to focus on making stuff uglier because our brains, as marketers, make prettier stuff. What matters are relatability, relevance, and authenticity. You can do that in a non-ugly way. I wouldn’t recommend it. But you can. - -That first reaction is often what matters more than anything. Make something immediately relatable that people will care about. Make something people won’t skip. What will make someone feel uncomfortable? - -Brandholz: Where can people follow you? - -Hott: Go to Adcrate.co or HottGrowth.com. I’m on X (@binghott) and LinkedIn.",1731883645,5e1ceba4cb,222ed13fe8,,,1731883645 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/12/courts-shouldnt-rely-on-election-returns-to-give-trump-a-blank-check-for-policies-motivated-by-unconstitutional-discrimination/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,Courts Shouldn't Rely on Election Returns to Give Trump a Blank Check for Policies Motivated by Unconstitutional Discrimination,"During Donald Trump's first administration, his travel ban policy barring almost all migration from several Muslim-majority nations was challenged in court on the grounds that it was unconstitutional because motivated by anti-Muslim bias. Co-blogger Josh Blackman argues similar arguments should not be accepted by courts in the next Trump administration because polling data indicates Trump made significant gains among Hispanic and Muslim voters in the 2024 election. Judges should not take his advice. The key issue in cases where seemingly neutral policies are challenged for having unconstitutional discriminatory motives is the motivation of the people who adopted them, not the backgrounds of the people who voted for them. - -In the travel ban case, the main evidence against Trump was not who voted for him in the 2016 election, but his own repeated statements indicating that his intention was to target Muslims for exclusion, plus the extreme weakness of the supposed ""security"" rationales for the ban. This should have led courts to strike down the travel ban based on longstanding precedent holding that evidence of unconstitutional discriminatory motive (such as discrimination based on race, ethnicity, or religion) should lead to invalidation unless the government can show it would have adopted the same policy even in the absence of such illicit motivations. Ultimately, a closely divided 5-4 Supreme Court upheld the travel ban on the grounds that the executive deserves special deference on immigration policy that would not be extended in almost any other context. Elsewhere, I have argued this double standard is badly misguided. Be that as it may, no one on either side of that litigation argued the issue turns on survey data, election returns, or the ethnic and religious composition of the electorate that voted for Trump. - -Voters are not the ones who adopt these policies. Moreover, the fact that a candidate has supporters from a given ethnic or religious group doesn't mean he cannot or will not adopt policies biased against them. He might, for example, do that to satisfy other (to him, more crucial) constituencies. Democrats, for example, routinely get strong support from Asian-Americans (far higher percentages than Trump got from Hispanics or Muslims in 2024), but also support various racial preferences that discriminate against them. Such voting patterns also don't necessarily show that members of the groups in question actually believe the candidate isn't biased against them. Many Hispanics and Muslims likely voted for Trump on ""lesser evil"" grounds, or because of anger at the Democrats at the state of the economy. - -Of course, Josh Blackman's ultimate position may be that courts should ignore evidence of motive entirely. On that view, if a policy is facially neutral, it should be upheld, regardless of the possible motivations behind it. - -In addition to going against many decades of precedent, that position would have terrible consequences. As I explained in a post written during the travel ban litigation: - -If the Supreme Court rules that campaign statements cannot be considered, that would create a very dangerous precedent. Politicians could openly advocate discriminatory policies during the campaign, then rely on more careful and euphemistic phrasing after they take office. On the campaign trail, they can openly say they want to target blacks, Muslim, atheists, Evangelical Christians, or some other minority group. Afterward, they can adopt a policy targeting some seemingly neutral characteristic that closely correlates with membership in the group in question. And, after taking office, they can stick to carefully scripted official justifications for their actions that elide the true purposes. - -I would add that one can use facially neutral criteria that correlate with group membership to target almost any racial, ethnic, or religious minority. Policymakers who seek to discriminate against blacks in hiring could reject applicants from majority-black neighborhoods or graduates of historically black colleges. As long as the policy in question doesn't explicitly reference race, but merely enumerates neighborhoods or colleges, you're in the clear! Want to exclude Orthodox Jews? Adopt a policy barring the hiring of people who refuse to work on Saturdays (the Jewish sabbath). - -Clever policymakers can easily come up with similar facially neutral, but pretextual ways to target almost any minority group. Indeed, such strategies were repeatedly used by state and local governments to discriminate against blacks after the courts struck down open racially discriminatory policies. - -It's worth noting that excluding evidence of discriminatory motive from judicial scrutiny would shield discriminatory policies condemned by the right, as well as those opposed by the left. For example, universities and selective public high schools with left-leaning administrations sometimes try to use facially neutral admissions criteria to to keep down the percentage of Asian and white students [my wife, Alison Somin, was one of the lawyers representing the Asian-American plaintiffs challenging one such policy, in a case that almost reached the Supreme Court]. If evidence of motive is excluded, educational institutions would have a virtual blank check to use seemingly neutral criteria to get around the Supreme Court's 2022 decision barring most racial preferences in college admissions. - -Indeed, defenders of such preferences could adopt Josh Blackman's election-returns argument. After all, the left-wing Democrats who enact these policies often win majorities of Asian voters, and they get large percentages of the white vote, too, even if a minority. Many of the relevant policymakers are even whites or Asians themselves. - -In the travel ban case, the Supreme Court ultimately did not rule that campaign statements or other evidence of discriminatory motivation should be ignored. Instead, as noted above, it based its ruling on the supposed special deference due to the executive on immigration policy. That was a bad ruling. But a holding indicating that evidence of discriminatory motive is barred more generally would have been much worse. - -In sum, election returns should not influence judicial evaluations of possibly discriminatory policies. If such cases arise in the second Trump administration, as they did in the first, the focus should be on motives of the officials who actually adopted the policy in question.",1731883653,6a1d127262,22aa4e9af1,,,1731883653 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/articles/c4g20y7g2veo,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,Billie Jean King Cup Finals 2024: Emma Raducanu & Katie Boulter put Great Britain into quarter-finals,"Emma Raducanu made a winning return from injury before Katie Boulter followed with another victory to secure Great Britain's place in the Billie Jean King Cup quarter-finals. - -In the opening match of Britain's first-round tie against Germany, Raducanu secured a 6-4 6-4 victory - on her sixth match point after an edgy finish - over Jule Niemeier in Malaga. - -The 22-year-old was playing her first match in almost two months because of a foot injury, but produced an encouraging display in the 12-nation women's team event on her latest comeback. - -""I feel pretty good physically. Emotionally I felt pretty calm out there. I'm very pleased to have scored that point,"" said Raducanu. - -""I think this event is a great way to come back, even though there is some pressure to score a point for your team. You're not just playing for yourself, you're playing for everyone."" - -Fresh from breaking into the top 25, British number one Boulter clinched victory in the best-of-three encounter with a 6-1 6-2 win over 84th-ranked Laura Siegemund later on Friday. - -Boulter's win ensured the nation progressed without needing Olivia Nicholls and Heather Watson to play in a deciding doubles match against German pair Anna-Lena Friedsam and Tatjana Maria. - -Britain, who have never won the BJK Cup, will face defending champions Canada in the last eight on Sunday from 16:00 GMT.",1731883644,95caee0db1,21df9956e3,,,1731883644 -https://www.crimsonquarry.com/2024/11/16/24298099/indiana-lands-four-star-safety-byron-baldwin,https://www.crimsonquarry.com/rss/current.rss,Indiana lands four-star safety Byron Baldwin,"The good news keeps coming for Curt Cignetti and Indiana football fans. - -Indiana has once again landed a commitment from 4-star safety Byron Baldwin, who had previously committed months ago before reopening his recruitment. Again, the Hoosiers sealed the deal with Baldwin opting for Indiana over Colorado. - -BREAKING: Four-Star Safety Byron Baldwin Jr. has Committed to Indiana, he tells me for @on3recruits - - - -The 6’1 185 S from Baltimore, MD chose the Hoosiers over Colorado - - - -“Hoosier nation, I’m home!!”https://t.co/gWIQszlV15 pic.twitter.com/TxDc7s1HkV — Hayes Fawcett (@Hayesfawcett3) November 16, 2024 - -Baldwin is the highest-rated recruit in the Hoosiers 2025 class and will be the fourth highest rated recruit in program history once he officially signs with the program. As of Saturday, Indiana has 22 commitments in the class of 2025, which rates out at 39th in the country. - -It’s yet another sign that Cignetti and the rest of the staff are looking to capitalize on the momentum of a historic 10-0 start to the season by building for the future. He’s said in the past that he doesn’t pay all that much attention to stars in the recruiting process, choosing instead to emphasize proven production.",1731883667,861b9390d1,229d4e33d2,,,1731883667 -https://transom.org/2016/subjective-reporting/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Subjective Reporting,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/cdn.transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/09/Subjective-Reporting.mp3 Download Listen to “Subjective Reporting” - -When Ryan Sweikert arrived at the Transom Story Workshop last spring, he’s wasn’t operating at 100%. While boxing, Ryan took a hit to the head and got a concussion. Despite that, he pushed through the haze over the eight weeks of the workshop and reported a story on opiate addiction with the tenacity of a fighter. - -Ryan’s story “Short of Breath” is masterful in its telling. The reporting is top-notch, too, though you won’t recognize this piece as traditional journalism, a story about addiction, overdoses, and Narcan, an overdose reversal drug. - -He recorded some twenty hours of interviews with addicts, family, law enforcement, and first responders – person after person hunting for up-close, personal stories for a type of storytelling Ryan calls “subjective reporting.” It’s impossible not to be moved when one mother of an addict says “When you’re in this disease of addiction, you have three alternatives – recovery, jail, or death because there’s really nothing else. He’s done all three now.” - -If the type of radio reporting Ryan produced at Transom is his starting point, imagine what’s next.",1731883686,c00d35bf2d,22a37681af,,,1731883686 -https://www.npr.org/2022/02/02/1077646249/the-m-m-anomaly-classic,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,A trade secret reveals why two packs of M&M's weigh different amounts : Planet Money : NPR,"The M&M anomaly (Classic) - -Enlarge this image Quoctrung Bui/NPR Quoctrung Bui/NPR - -Note: This episode originally ran in 2014. - -A few years ago, we noticed something strange: a pack of milk chocolate M&M's weighs 1.69 ounces, but a pack of peanut butter M&M's weigh a tiny tiny bit less, 1.63 ounces. The two packs are the same price, but you get slightly less of the peanut butter M&M's! 0.06 ounces less! It turns out there is a whole weird world living down there at the third decimal place. When you pull on that little thread, lots of things start to unravel. - -Music: ""Come and Love Me"" and ""Complete Me."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Sponsor Message - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884687,8181d7a585,22b9dabbf0,,,1731884687 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMiqwFBVV95cUxNYTdNQUVXY0Rray1hX2VGdGtRMW9VdGZ6YzVZYWZxT1ppZFM4cUtKSjV0WUZWTWJlZHlXYzh5S1Nod01fbFZWUEptMnEzejZiNzFtRDNXZWJFSkNVeUpJYmNGN19xN0F6MElzQjRMRS1kb1Vob2l4NnZIVmZRR1IyV2FaY1BhZl8ySUpocDZWVEoyRmk0NUh5bWVjLXFfRDI1b1dFYTdOVUEzRzQ?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883620,2688d2a9c6,22bc819bc2,,,1731883620 -https://www.wmagazine.com/fashion/tyla-music-push-2-start-music-video-fashion-style,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,Tyla Blings-Out Her Underwear In Steamy 'Push 2 Start' Music Video,"It’s tiny top, big boot season, according to Tyla. The Grammy winner continued her penchant for fusing fashion with steamy visuals last night as she released the music video for her new song, “Push 2 Start.” - -The visual opens with Tyla and her backup dancers strutting over to a car wash. Of course, this isn’t an average car washing operation. Tyla’s decked out in a fringe bra top and teensy denim hot pants as she scrubs down some retro vehicles. The singer left her mini shorts unbuttoned, which allowed for a peek at her blinged-out Everlast underwear (courtesy of the New York designer Emily Dawn Long), and accented her look with stacks of chunky bangles and a selection of mismatched gold jewelry. - -YouTube - -Tyla paired her separates with lace-up “Riri” heels by DSquared2. Yes, her shoes’s name is in reference to Rihanna, who has made this pair a hallmark of her wardrobe over the years. The Bad Gal famously wore a bright red version to the 2017 Met Gala. - -YouTube - -Unlike several of her recent videos such as “Breathe Me” and “Jump,” Tyla kept her outfit changes to a minimum this time around. Her only other look came towards the end of the visual when she changed into a metallic fringe bra top and matching short shorts. She paired those pieces with slouchy boots from the celebrity favorite brand, All-In. - -YouTube - -Tyla again teamed up with the stylist Ron Hartleben for the video. She’s worked with Hartleben for many of her recent red carpet outings, like the vintage Tom Ford Gucci moment she just pulled out at the CFDA Awards last month. - -YouTube - -While some musicians might depart from their usual aesthetics during a video like this, the cohesion between every aspect of Tyla’s is what sets her apart. It wouldn’t be out of reach to see her hit the red carpet in something like the fringed bra top and teensy denim shorts she pulled out here. And really, there’s something to be said for establishing style signatures like Tyla has over the past year—even if those style signatures involve blinging out the contents of your underwear drawer. - -Watch the full “Push 2 Start” music video, here.",1731883678,f8844306b1,228e0fc3c6,,,1731883678 -https://zenhabits.net/tech-free/,https://zenhabits.net/feed/,"What Happens When You Walk or Run Daily, Without Tech - zen habits","By Leo Babauta - -Each day, I try to get outside for a walk or run (or other sport like cycling or basketball), and my debate with myself is often whether to bring my phone and earbuds to listen to music, a podcast, an audiobook … or to go tech-free. - -Tech-free is my favorite option — and I’d like to share why. - -I do love listening to audiobooks and podcasts. I’ve had many hours of running or walking listening and learning, and I think it’s a valuable way to spend my time. So much goodness from this. - -I also love music, whether it’s grooving to old tunes or exploring new stuff, dancing to what my kids listen to … it lifts my heart. - -But going without technology is my favorite of all, and I only recently rediscovered this classic joy. - -Without technology, I feel more present, more open to experiences in the world. I feel more connected to nature. I don’t miss out on little kids playing in the park in ways that make me smile. Life is more wondrous, in full color. - -And what’s more, I do my best thinking while on technology-free walks and runs. My best ideas come to me. I solve my toughest problems. I have deeper reflections on my own experiences. This is more valuable than 100 audiobooks. - -Finally, and maybe even most importantly, I get out of the bubble of my comfort. Most of us are connected to technology all day long, from the moment we wake up. Maybe we have some disconnected time in little pockets, like showering or cooking (although even there, some people listen to music), but even while eating, working out, commuting, we tend to be connected to our devices. I don’t think technology is bad — it empowers so much good — but I do think we tend to use it as a comfort bubble to insulate us from the world. Getting out of that bubble daily is one of the most important things we can do, so we don’t shrink our capacity to be with life as it is. And believe me, I’ve seen it shrinking in many people. - -What would it be like to have a daily time to be fully connected to the world, and out of your comfort zone?",1731883646,3651ce3891,22d6c7210d,,,1731883646 -https://www.popsci.com/environment/coral-reef-cocoa-butter-chlorine/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,Chlorine and cocoa butter may help disease-ridden corals,"Two items better known for cleaning swimming pools and moisturizing dry skin might help protect the Earth’s corals and decrease antibiotic resistance and pollution in the ocean. A paste made from chlorine and cocoa butter could be a future treatment for Atlantic corals affected by stony coral tissue loss disease (SCTLD). The experimental findings are described in a study published November 14 in the journal Frontiers in Marine Science. - -What is stony coral tissue loss disease? - -Coral reefs around the world are in big trouble because of warming oceans, habitat degradation, pollution, and diseases. SCTLD is a highly lethal disease in corals that was first spotted in 2014. According to NOAA, it affects over 20 coral species and is present on reefs in 18 countries and territories. It usually appears as a lesion on the coral that goes on to destroy the soft tissue. SCTLD is particularly severe because it is transmitted very quickly, spreads to many hosts, and has a high mortality rate. It usually kills corals within weeks or months of becoming infected. - -[Related: Caribbean coral is getting sick and dying. A probiotic could help.] - -Antibiotics like amoxicillin are the most common treatment method that marine biologists use to stop SCTLD’s spread. However, this comes with side effects like increased antibiotic resistance–just like in humans. - -“Antibiotic pollution is a problem worldwide, so we’re working to develop a non-antibiotic treatment that would slow down tissue loss diseases,” study co-author and Qatar University marine biologist Greta Aeby said in a statement. - -Amoxicillin vs. chlorine - -In the new study, a team compared the effectiveness of various SCTLD treatments by applying them to infected corals of Horseshoe Reef, near the British Virgin Islands. Some of the groups were treated with amoxicillin. The others were treated with a paste mixed from chlorine and cocoa butter. - -“In this mix, the active ingredient is sodium hypochlorite, an antiseptic commonly used to kill bacteria or viruses,” said Aeby. “The chlorine powder we used in our treatment is the same used to kill germs in swimming pools. The cocoa butter was just the delivery mechanism allowing us to spread the chlorine on the coral lesions.” - -The study’s co-authors Argel Horton and Laura Arton apply the chlorine paste to a large coral (Orbicella annularis). The bright white area is where the treatment has already been applied. CREDIT: Dr Graham Forrester. - -They applied both types of treatments directly to corals and checked the reef every four or five weeks. On these visits, they measured and described any lesions and reapplied the treatment as necessary. After about 80 days, the median percentage of tissue lost was 17.6 percent for chlorine-treated coral colonies and 1.7 percent for amoxicillin-treated coral colonies. - -A better bet for the ocean - -While the traditional antibiotic treatment was more successful at containing the spread of SCTLD, these come with unwanted side effects. They can lead to more antibiotic-resistant bacteria and using something like the chlorine treatment could help minimize that risk. - -“Any organism–crabs, fish, even humans–in that same environment has a higher risk of encountering bacteria that are now antibiotic-resistant,” said Aeby. - -Additionally, antibiotic treatments can also greatly impact the environment. They can be toxic to other organisms and lead to further resistance that makes bacterial diseases difficult to treat. The chlorine and cocoa butter paste is more easily biodegradable and the chlorine’s potency naturally deactivates within 24 hours. The ingredients also make it much less expensive to produce since the ingredients can be found in hardware stores and pharmacies. - -“The antibiotic paste is not only tedious to produce, it also is often too expensive for conservationists, who operate with minimal funding on Caribbean islands,” Argel Horton, a study co-author and marine biologist at the Ministry of Environment, Natural Resources and Climate Change of the British Virgin Islands, said in a statement. - -Cleaner oceans fight disease - -However, not all of the corals in the study responded equally well to the treatments. With more than 6,000 known coral species, there are numerous corals from different environments that couldn’t be included in this study. The team hopes that future studies can test the effectiveness of different treatment methods on other corals. - -[Related: World’s largest known deep-sea coral reef is bigger than Vermont.] - -While disease treatment can help, it does not remove it from a coral population, the way that simply treating a cold does not remove it from circulating in humans. More direct treatments can lessen the pathogen load in the environment, but treating coral colonies individually and by hand like the team in the study is not feasible long-term or on a large scale. - -“The best strategy would be to improve environmental conditions so that corals have a better chance of fighting disease themselves,” said Aeby. “This includes cleaning up water pollution and rebalancing the ecosystem.”",1731883694,741b88dd6e,22df7bdeb3,,,1731883694 -https://transom.org/2014/set-the-wayback-machine-for-1914/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Set the Wayback Machine for 1914,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/08/Set-the-Wayback-Machine-to-1914.mp3 Download Listen to “Set the Wayback Machine for 1914” - -The idea is ridiculously simple. Make Kurt Andersen sound like he’s hosting Studio 360 in 1914. Carrying out the idea? Not so simple.] - -In June, Studio 360 rolled back the clock for an hour of arts and culture stories from a hundred years ago. David Krasnow, the program’s senior editor, says when he looked at the major cultural events of 1914, he noticed several major pop culture trends of the 20th century started that year. - -“Animation was, sort of, arguably born in 1914,” David said. “The blues for the first time becomes a really big national thing… Charlie Chaplin invents this tramp character and really at that point becomes the first movie star… - -“We kind of put all those things together and said what if we did a show that was about all the exciting stuff that was happening in culture — which is what we do on a week- to-week basis on Studio 360 — and said what if that show was actually being made in 1914 and we were reporting on those things as though they were happening at that moment.” - -They accomplished that conceit, primarily, by altering the sound of Kurt Andersen’s narration. And, it’s quite an accomplishment. - -Enjoying this feature? Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -On this edition of HowSound, the staff at Studio 360 walks us through the metamorphosis of Kurt’s voice. Senior Broadcast Engineer John DeLore dissects the production process including the use a cone from an Edison Standard Phonograph. David talks about writing in the diction of 1914. And, Kurt describes narrating in a stilted and formal voice. - -Beware. After listening to this episode, I predict you’ll imitate Kurt at random moments throughout the day much to the annoyance of your family and friends.",1731883708,c00d35bf2d,22ef49f788,,,1731883708 -https://www.coindesk.com/markets/2024/11/14/us-etf-inflows-hit-47b-over-6-days-as-bitcoin-becomes-7th-largest-asset-in-the-world/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=rss&utm_campaign=headlines,https://www.coindesk.com/feed,U.S. ETF Inflows Hit $4.7B Over 6 Days as Bitcoin Becomes 7th-Largest Asset in the World,"U.S. ETF Inflows Hit $4.7B Over 6 Days as Bitcoin Becomes 7th-Largest Asset in the World - -Bitcoin dominance continues its uptrend and hits new highs as ETF inflows soar. - -By James Van Straten Nov 14, 2024 at 11:56 a.m. UTC - -Election 2024 coverage presented by Stand with crypto",1731883692,c08a28b4dd,22c30768e6,,,1731883692 -https://www.wired.com/review/lenovo-ideapad-5x-2-in-1-gen-9-14-inch/,http://feeds.wired.com/wired/index,Lenovo IdeaPad 5x 2-in-1 Review: Too Many Corners Cut,"Want a really inexpensive computer that still has decent performance? Qualcomm’s Snapdragon Plus is emerging as the CPU of choice to build upon—with machines like Lenovo’s new IdeaPad 5x sporting a price of just $850 (under $700 when it’s on sale). - -The Snapdragon Plus is, in every way, the baby brother of the Snapdragon Elite that's in so many Copilot+ PCs—slower, less fully formed, and generally ignored by most of its family. As such, it’s a curious choice for Lenovo to use as the backbone for its new IdeaPad 5x, a 2-in-1 laptop with higher aspirations. - -Photograph: Christopher Null - -As a 2-in-1, it features a hinge that allows the screen to fold back 360 degrees until it’s flush against the laptop’s base. In this mode, the device can be used as a tablet, or you can prop it into a tent shape as an impromptu screen for passive streaming. Today’s 2-in-1 laptops tend to be built with more powerful guts, but hey, maybe times are a-changin’ and this design is trickling down to a more mass-market position. - -The specs are basic. The unit features a 14-inch touchscreen with a 1,920 x 1,200-pixel resolution. A 1-TB solid state drive and 16 GB of RAM are paired with the Snapdragon X Plus X1P42100 CPU, the same chip we encountered on the Asus ProArt PZ13. For a cheap laptop, it’s got surprisingly robust connectivity: two USB-C ports, two USB-A ports, HDMI, and a microSD card reader. Note, however, that the USB-C ports don’t support USB4 or Thunderbolt 4, and you’ll need to save one for the charger.",1731883638,bc78e81c60,233fa0949c,,,1731883638 -https://www.everydayshouldbesaturday.com/2019/7/16/20696690/charity-drive-day-2-afternoon-a-new-leader-emerges,https://www.everydayshouldbesaturday.com/rss/current.rss,CHARITY DRIVE DAY 2 AFTERNOON: A NEW LEADER EMERGES,"Welcome back! - -I’ll make this brief: you’re all doing great, with — at the time of posting this, $4,320 raised to support the efforts of Personal Counseling Services to provide mental health services to underserved communities in Southern Indiana. - -And we have a new leader! - -Some intrepid Person of Michigan has donated $403 to the campaign. The fundraising website doesn’t display cents, unfortunately, but “Brady Hoke’s Revenge! Go Blue” makes me suspect it’s a donation of $403.40, in remembrance of that time it seemed like everything was changing: - -Let’s appreciate just how special this was for Michigan. Not only did they break a 7-game losing streak to the Buckeyes here, they sent OSU to 6-6 and a trip to the Gator Bowl against Will Muschamp’s Florida. The Buckeyes lost, sealing their first losing season in decades. - -If they’d just taken a bowl ban at the beginning of the season, they could’ve avoided the losing season, avoided the ugly trip to Jacksonville, and OH, RIGHT, they likely wouldn’t have been bowl-banned in 2012, when they went undefeated and would’ve pushed Alabama aside for a slot in the title game against Notre Dame. - -And since Michigan’s being nice to us right now, we’ll say nothing more about Brady Hoke. - -DONATE. SHARE. THANK YOU.",1731883657,9becbdfbef,23702dfce8,,,1731883657 -https://www.ufc.com/news/mickey-gall-fatherhood-and-fighting-ufc-309-jones-vs-miocic,https://www.ufc.com/rss/news,Mickey Gall: Fatherhood And Fighting,"That’s what you want to hear, because at this point in his pro career, the 32-year-old can’t afford to take his foot off the gas. In fact, after three consecutive losses, he’s got to put the pedal down against Brahimaj because he needs a win, not just for himself, but for the new mouth to feed at home. Not to mention the reality that those diapers don’t by themselves. - -Gall doesn’t sound stressed, though. There’s too much good stuff going on at home for that. But he is prepared for the questions that will inevitably come about his back being against the wall. And he’s not bothered by them, simply because he knows that in his business, this is how it goes when you lose a couple fights. - -UFC 309 COUNTDOWN: Full Episode | Jones vs Miocic | Oliveira vs Chandler 2 - -“There's no job security,” he admits. “But my fights are always fun, so I'm going to just keep being me and I'm going to try and be cleaner and be more dominant. I'm going to stay violent and be chasing finishes.” - -So nothing has changed in the mindset of the man who made his UFC debut in 2016 after just one pro fight. He’s still here, nearly nine years later, so he must be doing something right, and through all the bumps in the road, when his name is called, he shows up to fight, not dance. And he’s bringing that same attitude to the Big Apple this weekend, confident that he’s done the work to get the job done. - -“It's reflected in my training,” said Gall, who returned from a two-year layoff in June to battle three rounds with Bassil Hafez before losing a decision. “I've always been able to give the best guys in the world a hard time. And I've been beating those guys up for years and I'm doing it and I'm doing it better and cleaner and more effectively. So, yeah, it does feel a little like my back's getting close to that wall, but I know who I am and what I'm capable of, so I just want to put that into play and be present, be in the moment, see everything, do my thing, and just be as effective as I know I can be.”",1731883668,2c774cd014,2369ac6772,,,1731883668 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/foxhole-is-getting-planes-next-summer-and-an-infantry-combat-overhaul-later-this-month,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,Foxhole is getting planes next summer and an infantry combat overhaul later this month,"Foxhole is one of my favourite games to read about, even if I don't play it. It's a massively multiplayer World War 2 game, viewed from above, where battlefield logistics matters as much as aiming and flanking. Its developers have just announced a major new update coming next summer, Foxhole: Airborne, which adds planes to the game for the first time. - -Planes, in a topdown MMO? It makes a little more sense if you watch the trailer. - -Dropping bombs on the world below? I get it. Delivering paratroopers behind enemy lines? I love it. I'm less clear on how air-to-air combat works. There's a shot in the trailer of two nimble fighter planes diving and shooting down some bombers operating at a lower height, but I'm struggling to work out how that actually functions as a player action. - -Otherwise air combat plugs into Foxhole's vast battlefield is obvious ways. It expands the logistical side of the game, as players will need to work to support aircraft production and supply, and ""every pilot is a player"", as the trailer says, with players also able to play a gunner role onboard. - -Foxhole Airborne follows on from Foxhole: Naval Warfare, which added ship-to-ship combat and beach landings in October last year. It means that the game will now feature land, sea and air combat all on the same persistent battlefield. - -Lest foot soldiers feel they're being neglected, an infantry update will arrive later this month on November 18th. It aims to revamp combat, with new anti-tank weaponry, close quarters combat, medic changes, and a stamina and suppression overhaul, among others. It sounds like a robust set of changes. You'll find screenshots of that, and of more planes, in a developer news post over on Steam.",1731883664,ad45c610da,237fa58803,,,1731883664 -https://forbiddenplanet.com/442993-hatsune-miku-colorful-stage-desktop-x-decorate-pvc-statue-hinomori-shizuku/?utm_source=products&utm_medium=rss,https://forbiddenplanet.com/rss/products/,Hatsune Miku: Colorful Stage!: Desktop X Decorate PVC Statue: Hinomori Shizuku,"Copy and paste the following code where you want the embed to appear. - -If you're an affiliate make sure your code is set in the “Affiliate” section.",1731883644,0b8b73a382,2366578fc0,,,1731883644 -https://www.dexerto.com/boxing/mike-tyson-claims-he-almost-died-before-jake-paul-bout-chose-to-fight-anyways-2981850/,https://www.dexerto.com/feed/,Mike Tyson claims he almost died before Jake Paul bout & chose to fight anyways,"Mike Tyson claims that he almost died when his fight with Jake Paul was delayed in June 2024, with him requiring a ton of training to get back in shape after the huge setback. - -Despite the result, he was optimistic about how things went, saying that he has “no regrets” and was happy to get back into the ring. - -“I almost died in June. Had 8 blood transfusions. Lost half my blood and 25lbs in hospital and had to fight to get healthy to fight so I won,” Tyson explained. - -Article continues after ad - -“To have my children see me stand toe to toe and finish 8 rounds with a talented fighter half my age in front of a packed Dallas Cowboy stadium is an experience that no man has the right to ask for.” - -Jake Paul replied in kind, thanking Mike for the experience. - -Tyson detailed his injury in a pre-fight docu-series from Netflix, explaining how a stomach ulcer caused massive internal bleeding and left him bedridden long enough to lose 25 pounds. - -Article continues after ad - -Article continues after ad - -Despite being advised against getting active and being told to “take it slow” by doctors, he went right back to training before the fight so he could step into the ring in top shape. His top shape wasn’t enough to take down Jake Paul, with the boxer’s ferocity fizzling out after just the first two rounds. - -But, with how many times this fight got delayed, it was now or never for the bout. It seems they hit the right time and the right audience considering Netflix’s livestreaming servers got completely overrun by people trying to watch the fight. - -Article continues after ad - -It was bad enough that the fight had to be delayed on the night itself to try and get Netflix’s servers back up and running, but many who wanted to watch their clash weren’t able to view it live.",1731883644,9d7eb4fc17,2307e432de,,,1731883644 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/no-mans-sky-has-a-mass-effect-normandy-again-together-with-new-cross-save-functionality,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,"No Man's Sky has a Mass Effect Normandy again, together with new cross-save functionality","Back in the mists of 2021, No Man's Sky revealed its very own Normandy SR1 space frigate. ""The Normandy in No Man's Sky?"" you cry. ""Why, that's a Mass Effect vessel. Some mistake here surely?"" 1) My name's not Shirley, and 2) Indeed it is a Mass Effect ship, but HelloGames struck a time-limited deal with BioWare to create a version for their own space sim. - -""Blast, if only I'd noticed this at the time and acquired one,"" you mourn. ""Ah, so many years I have wasted."" Be of good cheer, my friend, for No Man's Sky has a Normandy once again, just in time for the latest N7 Day of assorted Mass Effect celebrations. For the next two weeks, you'll be able to get a-hold of it by way of a revised version of 2021's Beachhead Expedition. Tray-tray, away! - -That's not all they're adding in the latest updates. No Man's Sky now supports cross-save, albeit in limited beta form to begin with. At last, you will be able to transfer all of your console saves to PC, where they belong. Here's some blurb - it sounds like implementing the feature has been atypically tricky. - -Adding the ability to transfer saves between platforms via a server is especially difficult for No Man's Sky, as the work involved increases with each platform supported and how long folks have already been playing for. Both those numbers are large for our tiny team. It's very common for players to rack up thousands of hours of saves exploring across space, building elaborate bases and cataloging their discoveries, with incredibly detailed saves. Adding Cross-Save for us is a little bit like moving house, the longer people have lived there the more complicated it is to move them! We also have players who played once at launch, eight years ago, suddenly loading up that save on a platform that didn't even exist back then! For these reasons we have secretly been introducing the technology for this update for over 6 months. We are now ready to start rolling Cross-Save out to a small number of players. From today, all No Man's Sky players can connect their different platform accounts together at https://cloud.nomanssky.com/cross-save. A subset of players will then be admitted to the beta. Participants in the beta will be able to upload and download saves from any connected platform, via the in-game save screen. In the coming weeks, all players will be invited to do so. - -Find the full bulletin about the Normandy/cross-save update here. Of course, all this invites the question of when we'll hear more about Mass Effect 5. Bioware released an ""Epsilon"" teaser trailer on N7 Day last year, but the word is they're having a quieter one this year, presumably to avoid stealing any thunder from the recently launched Dragon Age: The Veilguard.",1731883659,ad45c610da,22fe64acf8,,,1731883659 -https://store.steampowered.com/news/227474/,https://store.steampowered.com/feeds/news.xml?id=457140,Team Fortress 2 Update Released,"Fixed regression with some .mp3 files not playing - - - -Updated description for the Backpack Expander - - - -Updated some tournament medals - - - -Updated the Desk Engineer cosmetic item Fixed clipping with the Gunslinger - -Fixed clipping with Engineer's buckle - -Fixed rotation in the paint preview - -Fixed skin parts being tinted green from texture compression - -Updated the Daring Dell cosmetic item Fixed rotation in the paint preview - -Fixed shading artifacts on the helmet - -Updated The Big Star cosmetic item Fixed rotation in the paint preview - -Fixed various instances of clipping with the player model - -Updated mismatched backpack icon - -Fixed parts of the textures - -Updated koth_cachoeira Players can no longer shoot through the metal fence - - - -An update to Team Fortress 2 has been released. The update will be applied automatically when you restart Team Fortress 2. The major changes include:",1731883671,d2832f4a9a,2346e4345b,,,1731883671 -https://www.ufc.com/news/bonus-coverage-2024-performance-fight-of-the-night,https://www.ufc.com/rss/news,Bonus Coverage | UFC 309: Jones vs Miocic,"Fight Of The Night: Amanda Lemos vs Mackenzie Dern - -The featured prelim was a wild one, as Brazilian strawweights shined in a 15-minute battle. - -The first round was a tale of two styles, as Amanda Lemos found great success on the feet until Mackenzie Dern a was able to get the fight to the canvas. It was a very close round and prompted Lemos to turn things up in the second frame. - -Lemos landed a picture-perfect straight right as Dern entered and dropped the submission ace to the floor. Lemos pressed the action and connected with another strike that dropped Dern again, this time forcing her to shell up. The fight was nearly stopped but Dern showed next-level toughness to hang on and push the fight to the third. - -Beat-up but far from out, Dern got the Anaheim crowd on their feet and fought her heart out for the last five minutes. She was able to get the fight to the floor and gain some control time and have her best round of the fight, but Lemos’ big first two rounds were too much to overcome. It was a great fight and shows just how great the strawweight division is. - -Performance Of The Night Bonuses - -Performance Of The Night: Ilia Topuria - -It doesn’t get any better than what Ilia Topuria accomplished tonight. - -Topuria took his time and found the hole he needed to exploit in Alexander Volkanovski’s game. Volk had success in the first round and was picking away at Topuria for most of the third then out of nowhere Topuria rushed the longtime champion. - -Topuria’s furious combo was capped off with a right-hand right on the button and put Volkanovski out up against the fence. It was shocking to everyone in Honda Center except Topuria. He was confident this would happen and he believed he would knock him out in the second round. Job done. - -Topuria became the fifth featherweight UFC champion in history with the win and brings the belt back to Spain and Georgia. - -Performance Of The Night: Anthony Hernandez - -“Fluffy” needs to get the recognition he deserves. The middleweight contender has won five straight fights and he’s done them in impressive fashion. - -Anthony Hernandez accepted a dangerous fight with knockout artist Roman Kopylov and he turned in a trademark performance. It was gritty and it was relentless, and eventually he was able to work his way into a favorable position and choke out Kopylov. - -Only big things are on the horizon for the No. 15 ranked Hernandez who certainly earned the chance to fight up in the rankings his next time out. - -Performance Of The Night: Zhang Mingyang - -We saw a brief glimpse of Zhang Mingyang’s power when he fought on Road To UFC back in 2022. Well now we’ve had a full introduction to just how fun it is to watch the light heavyweight from China compete in the Octagon. - -Zhang’s debut came against Brendson Ribeiro, who looked incredible on Dana White’s Contender Series. The two went toe-to-toe until someone was knocked out and it was Zhang who emerged from the battle victorious. With the win he became the first fighter from China to win a fight in a weight class of light heavyweight or higher. - -Attendance - 18,186 - -Announced Live Gate - $7,264,734 - -Highest Grossing Live Event At Honda Center - -Highest Grossing MMA Event In California History",1731883658,2c774cd014,23a3bd3aaf,,,1731883658 -https://www.inman.com/2024/11/15/icymi-at-nxt-3-way-agreement-and-a-national-mls-the-download/,https://www.inman.com/feed/,ICYMI at NXT: 3-way agreement and a national MLS? The Download,"As NAR’s members and leaders met up, the industry’s biggest question marks took center stage amid a mix of opinions and perspectives. - -Whether it’s refining your business model, mastering new technologies, or discovering strategies to capitalize on the next market surge, Inman Connect New York will prepare you to take bold steps forward. The Next Chapter is about to begin. Be part of it. Join us and thousands of real estate leaders Jan. 22-24, 2025. - -Each week on The Download, Inman’s Christy Murdock takes a deeper look at the top-read stories of the week to give you what you’ll need to meet Monday head-on. This week: As NAR’s members and leaders met up, the industry’s biggest question marks took center stage amid a mix of opinions and perspectives. - -After more than a year marked by scandals, leadership changes and a controversial settlement to multiple commission lawsuits — slated for a Nov. 26 hearing for final approval — members and leaders of the National Association of Realtors met in Boston on Nov. 8-10 to ask questions and learn the latest on the increasingly controversial trade group’s policies and plans for the future. - -In case you missed it, here are some of the biggest stories from the week. - -As Compass CEO Robert Reffkin argued for the repeal of the NAR’s Clear Cooperation Policy at NAR NXT, he invoked the Z-word. - -“My view is that Zillow is going to be the MLS,” Reffkin added later. “It’s just a matter of time.” - -During a session titled “The Future of the MLS,” Reffkin joined other panelists to discuss topics ranging from artificial intelligence to industry rules to MLSs. There, Reffkin said, “I think if you were going to build an MLS today … I think it would be national.” - -EXTRA: After NAR deal, MLSs will have to reinvent themselves — or else - -In a speech that marked both her one-year anniversary at the NAR and emphasized the need for change in the organization, NAR CEO Nykia Wright addressed the trade group’s 986 directors, joining both in-person and virtually. - -“One thing is for certain, if the industry is changing, we must lead and change with it,” Wright told NAR’s board. - -Wright spoke about the need for the organization to rethink the way it interacts with both members and the outside world and doubled down on aspects of NAR’s governance. In particular, she reiterated support for the organization’s “three-way agreement,” wherein members must join local, state and national Realtor associations to qualify for membership. - -The three-way agreement has come under renewed scrutiny in recent months and has been the subject of multiple lawsuits from Realtors who say it is “exclusionary” and has created an “antitrust monopoly” over the MLS. - -EXTRA: NAR hit with new 3-way agreement suit as enrollment imbroglio builds - -By now, industry upheaval is nothing new, and neither is its impact on your business. Fortunately, Inman’s industry-leading contributors have plenty of ideas to help you rethink the way you do business and move into the future stronger and better than ever. - -Here are the latest: - -While a systems reset might seem like a big undertaking, coach Darryl Davis writes, it’s also one of the most empowering moves you can make. - -It’s not about avoiding challenges, Ojo’s Chris Heller writes. It’s about embracing them as opportunities to grow, improve and lead. - -What doesn’t kill us makes us stronger, Real’s Jimmy Burgess writes. Be more prepared than ever to see life-changing growth in your business in the coming year.",1731883657,123ad3b11e,23abb261ed,,,1731883657 -https://www.flexoffers.com/blog/how-ai-will-transform-affiliate-marketing-by-2025/,https://www.flexoffers.com/blog/feed/,How AI Will Transform Affiliate Marketing by 2025,"To understand where AI in affiliate marketing is headed in 2025, it’s helpful to know where it started. AI wasn’t always a game-changer. In the early days, marketers were flying blind with limited data and basic automation. Imagine sending out the same generic message to everyone on an email list and hoping it sticks—it was a shot in the dark. - -Fast forward to now, and AI’s impact on affiliate marketing is undeniable. Today’s technology analyzes massive amounts of data to predict customer behavior, segment audiences, and personalize content. This isn’t just about collecting information; it’s about making sense of it. Marketers can now target their efforts more accurately, delivering the right message to the right person at the right time. Success stories abound, from companies using AI to double their conversion rates to those who’ve significantly reduced customer acquisition costs. - -Looking ahead to 2025, AI’s role will only grow larger. Expect even more sophisticated tools that not only analyze data but also make real-time decisions. Picture AI systems automating every aspect of a campaign, from content creation to distribution, all while continually optimizing for better results. Innovations in machine learning and natural language processing will fine-tune how we understand and engage with audiences.AI is not just changing the game; it’s rewriting the rulebook. As we move towards 2025, staying ahead means embracing these advancements now. The marketers who adapt will thrive, while those who resist may find themselves left behind. - -Leveraging AI for Enhanced Targeting and Personalization - -Leveraging AI can revolutionize how marketers connect with and engage their audiences. AI excels at analyzing customer data, uncovering insights that were previously hidden or too complex to identify. This means you can understand not just who your customers are, but also what they want, when they want it, and how they prefer to receive it. - -Imagine having a tool that sifts through purchasing habits, browsing behavior, and social media activity to create highly detailed customer profiles. AI makes this possible, enabling precise audience segmentation. Your campaigns become more targeted, resonating deeply with each segment. For example, a sportswear company can tailor its messages differently to professional athletes and casual joggers, maximizing relevance and impact. - -Personalized content and product recommendations are another significant advantage of AI. The days of generic ads are fading fast. AI can now suggest products and create content specific to an individual’s preferences and past behaviors. If a customer frequently buys outdoor gear, AI can recommend the latest tents or hiking boots, increasing the likelihood of a purchase. This level of personalization boosts customer satisfaction and loyalty. - -Enhancing user experience is where AI truly shines. Think chatbots that offer real-time assistance, predictive search functionalities, or smart recommendation engines that become more accurate over time. These tools not only improve the shopping experience but also reduce bounce rates and increase conversions. When users feel understood and valued, they’re more likely to stay engaged. - -There are plenty of real-world examples. Brands are using AI to create hyper-personalized email campaigns, smart ad placements, and dynamic website content. These strategies aren’t just theoretical; they’re delivering measurable results, from higher engagement rates to increased sales. - -If you’re not yet leveraging AI for targeting and personalization, now is the time to start. The tools are available, and the benefits are clear. Embrace these technologies to not just meet but exceed your marketing goals. - -The world of AI-powered tools is vast and growing rapidly, giving affiliate marketers - -Today’s AI tools are all about making life easier and campaigns more effective. Machine learning algorithms sift through vast datasets to uncover insights that would take humans days or even weeks to identify. These insights can then be turned into actionable strategies. For instance, AI can analyze which types of content resonate most with different audience segments, allowing marketers to fine-tune their messaging and creative approaches. - -Predictive analytics is another game-changer. By examining past behaviors and trends, AI can forecast future actions. This is invaluable for planning campaigns. Knowing what your customers might do next enables you to stay one step ahead and meet their needs proactively. - -Automation stands out as one of the most transformative aspects of AI. Routine tasks such as email marketing, audience segmentation, and reporting can be seamlessly automated using AI. This not only saves valuable time but also enhances accuracy. Picture an email campaign that dynamically adjusts its messaging based on real-time performance data—this is the power of AI in action - -Looking to the horizon, expect the evolution of more sophisticated AI tools. Think advanced natural language processing that creates engaging content almost indistinguishable from what a skilled human writer might produce. Or AI systems that manage entire campaigns – from inception to optimization – with little to no human intervention. - -Exploring what’s currently available and staying updated on new advancements in AI tools will give you a competitive edge. Investing time in learning and adopting these technologies now can set you up for greater success in the future. AI isn’t just a tool; it’s a partner in your strategy. - -Navigating Ethical Challenges in AI-Powered Affiliate Marketing - -AI opens up incredible possibilities, but it also brings new ethical dilemmas and challenges that can’t be ignored. One major concern is data privacy. Collecting and analyzing customer data is core to AI, but it raises questions about how this data is handled. It’s essential to ensure data security and to respect user consent. A breach here can damage trust irrevocably. - -Bias in AI algorithms is another significant issue. AI systems learn from existing data, which can sometimes include biases. These biases can lead to unfair or discriminatory outcomes. For instance, an AI tool might favor certain demographics over others, which isn’t just unfair but can also be illegal. Regularly auditing AI systems for bias is crucial to maintaining fairness and building trust. - -Regulatory compliance is a moving target. Laws around data privacy, like GDPR in Europe, are constantly evolving. Staying compliant requires continuous monitoring and adaptation. Non-compliance can result in hefty fines and a loss of reputation. Marketers need to stay informed about legal requirements and adjust their AI strategies accordingly. - -Balancing automation with the human touch is another challenge. While AI handles many tasks efficiently, some elements of marketing still need a human element. Customers value human interaction, especially when resolving disputes or handling complex inquiries. Marketers must find the right mix of AI-driven automation and human oversight to maintain customer satisfaction and trust. - -Navigating these challenges requires a thoughtful approach. Prioritize transparency, fairness, and legal compliance in all AI activities. With the right balance, AI can be a powerful ally in your affiliate marketing efforts without compromising ethical standards.",1731883644,7343470052,2330879d44,,,1731883644 -https://www.polygon.com/tv/480196/arcane-viktor-pathetic-hot-act-season-2,https://www.polygon.com/rss/index.xml,"The sadder and wetter Viktor gets in Arcane, the hotter he becomes","None of the characters in Arcane are having a good time right now, and Viktor might just be suffering the most. - -[Ed. note: This post contains major spoilers for the most recent episodes of Arcane.] - -Image: Fortiche, Riot Games/Netflix - -OK, that’s a bit of an exaggeration, since he’s now been blessed with strange, magical, machine-based healing powers from the Hexcore and has created a peaceful commune in the heart of the Undercity. - -But ya boy is not looking healthy, now that his body is mostly machine and those bags under his eyes have gotten even worse and his hair is all raggedy. And mentally, he definitely feels like he has the weight of the world on his shoulders as he tries to heal every single person who shows up at his door. And emotionally, well, clearly there’s lingering pain from his not-quite-a-breakup from his longtime research partner, Jayce. - -However even though Viktor is suffering, I gotta say… he’s really hot when he’s miserable. - -Let’s get this out of the way: what I think is hot in a fictional setting is NOT what I think is hot in real life, blah blah blah. I’m not condoning becoming Hextech Jesus or being so tortured about the burden of evolution, humanity, and your place in it that you start a cult. - -Arcane Season 2. Harry Lloyd as Viktor in Arcane Season 2. Cr. COURTESY OF NETFLIX © 2024 Image: Fortiche, Riot Games/Netflix - -I just simply think the more he suffers, the sexier he gets. - -It doesn’t help that the first few scenes of Viktor this season were him basically naked, with nothing but a sheet draped around him. Yes, yes, he has a freaky robot body now, but hear me out: I’m into that. I’m also into his hair getting scragglier and longer and his general demeanor just becoming wearier and more tired. - -He’s hurting! But by god, he makes it look good. - -I’ve always had a soft spot for Viktor, who’s probably my favorite male character on the show. He’s the quieter juxtaposition to Jayce’s bravado, and has more baggage weighing on his slender shoulders in a way that makes his character super compelling to me personally. I like that he desperately wants to change the world, but he’s continually shafted and running out of time. - -In this season, all of that is amplified. He has greater and grander power than ever before; but as we’ve learned, there’s a cost to it. Still, he’s resigned to his mission. He will help. No matter the cost. It’s clearly taking a toll on him in every possible way, but man, if that drive and desperation ain’t sexy. - -Now, again: things aren’t looking so great. After, all this most recent batch of episodes did end with Viktor, uh, dead — killed by Jayce, no less (how deliciously tragique!!!). But hey, the show’s been going hard on the Jesus imagery with him (not to mention, he’s a playable champion in League of Legends, so there’s some precedent to him not dying entirely), so I’m fairly confident that he will rise again. And I’ll be there waiting and twirling my hair when he does. - -Like, c’mon?? Image: Fortiche, Riot Games/Netflix",1731883616,5af5d7a656,23b07bf68d,,,1731883616 -https://www.accountingweb.co.uk/community/industry-insights/5-ways-to-take-the-stress-out-of-busy-season,https://www.accountingweb.co.uk/rss.xml,5 ways to take the stress out of busy season,"Busy season doesn’t have to be a nightmare. Many of the accountants we work with already have their tax returns finalised and are looking forward to taking time off and relaxing over the holidays. - -But not everyone is in that enviable position. If your stress levels are creeping up, here are five ways to ease the pressure. - -Canva - -1. Don’t give your clients a January deadline - -Hopefully, you’ve already asked your clients for all their information and hopefully, they’ve supplied it. But there are always those stragglers, aren’t there? - -When you’re chasing them, whatever you do, don’t give them a January deadline! That just encourages them to send it over at the last minute. - -Set a much earlier deadline that gives you enough time to do the work. And make it clear that this is for their benefit, so you can give them the time and attention they deserve. And if you don’t get what you need, keep chasing and phoning. - -2. Free up time with outsourcing - -Now is the time to set up outsourcing, if you haven’t already done so. Doing it now gives you and your outsourcer enough time to sort out teething problems and get an efficient system in place. - -The key to making this work quickly is to keep it simple. Outsource your most straightforward jobs that will require minimum input and checking from your side. This leaves you free to focus on your more complex, time-consuming clients. - -Be very clear about your expectations with the outsourcer so each side knows exactly what’s involved. This will avoid unnecessary communications and save time later. - -3. Batch your tax returns - -Batching returns by complexity or type can save you time. The last thing you want in the middle of January is to realise that those remaining returns are all the tricky ones that require much more of your time. - -Identify which clients are most straightforward and, if possible, allocate these to less experienced team members (or to your outsourcer, as above). With more complex clients or those who have unique situations, make sure you schedule enough time to deal with them properly. In fact, it’s a good idea to work through those first. - -4. Get it right first time - -Mistakes happen when you’re under pressure. And there’s nothing like a mountain of tax returns and a fast approaching deadline to make you feel pressured. - -But of course, when you make mistakes, it takes time to correct them and the pressure builds even more. A ‘right first time’ system prevents those mistakes happening. - -Get together with your team and create checklists to cover the most common mistakes. It’s important to involve your team as they’ll know where in the system lapses are most likely. And make sure everyone is crystal clear on who does what and when, so nothing slips through the net. - -5. Use time blocking to ramp up efficiency - -If you’re constantly switching between different tasks, your brain is always shifting gear and you never reach that state of pure concentration. Blocking out time to work on specific areas helps you work more efficiently. - -Plan your day (and encourage your team to do the same) so you group specific types of work together. For example, data entry, review sessions and client meetings. Restricting client meetings to certain days of the week means you can work uninterrupted on the other days. - -And don’t forget to take time out to relax! However busy you are, you need time to rest and restore your energy (the old ‘sharpening the axe’ scenario). - -The accountancy media will be full of tips and advice on coping with busy season over the next couple of months. So if you’re struggling, don’t just keep ploughing on. Find something that works for you and use it! - -Find more helpful guides and free resources for accountants at https://www.avn.co.uk/free-resources-for-accountants/. - -",1731883636,a53b283167,23a4e3467b,,,1731883636 -https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/05/042205.asp,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_articles&term=financial%20education,How To Buy Stocks: Tips for Getting Started,"In order to buy stocks, you need the assistance of a stockbroker who is licensed to purchase securities on your behalf. However, before you make a decision on a stockbroker, you need to figure out what type of stockbroker is right for you. - -There are four basic categories of stockbrokers available today, ranging from cheap, simple order-takers to the more expensive brokers who provide full-service, in-depth financial analysis, advice, and recommendations: online/discount brokers, discount brokers with assistance, full-service brokers or money managers. - -Key Takeaways It has never been easier for ordinary individuals to start investing and trading stocks. - -Several online brokers now allow you to open an account with low opening balances and low fees, and since 2019 many brokers also offer $0 commissions on stock trades. - -Before you start trading on your own, you may also want to try out some strategies using a simulated or demo account first. - -Online/Discount Brokers - -Online/discount brokers are basically just order-takers and provide the least expensive way to start investing since there is typically no office to visit and no certified financial planners or advisors to assist you. The only interaction with an online broker is over the phone or via the Internet. Cost is usually based on a per-transaction or per-share basis, but many have commission-free trades. They typically allow you to open an account with very little money. An account with an online broker allows you to buy and sell stocks/options instantly with just a few clicks. - -Since these types of brokers provide absolutely no investment advice, stock tips or any type of investment recommendations, you're on your own. You'll get technical support for the online trading system. Also online brokers typically offer investment-related website links, research, and resources, but these may be third-party providers. If you feel you are knowledgeable enough to take on the responsibilities of directing your own investments, or if you want to learn how to invest without making a large financial commitment, this is the way to go. - -Discount Brokers with Assistance - -Discount brokers with assistance are basically the same as online brokers, with the difference being that they're likely to charge a very small account fee to pay for the extra assistance. This assistance, however, is usually nothing more than just providing a bit more information and resources to help you with your investing. - -Discount brokers can be the same companies as your basic online/discount brokers that offer upgradeable accounts or services. For example, they may offer more in-house research and reports or publish investment newsletters with investment tips. Some go even further, and offer a service where you can talk to an investment advisor who will help design your portfolio, and plan investments around your goals. - -Full-Service Brokers - -Full-service brokers are the traditional stockbrokers who take the time to sit down with you and know you both personally and financially. They look at factors such as marital status, lifestyle, personality, risk tolerance, age (time horizon), income, assets, debts and more. - -Full-service brokers then work with you to develop a financial plan best suited to your investment goals and objectives. They can also assist with estate planning, tax advice, retirement planning, budgeting and any other type of financial advice, hence the term ""full service."" They can help you manage all of your financial needs now and for the rest of your life, if need be. - -These types of brokers are for those who want everything in one package. In terms of fees, they are more expensive than discount brokers, but the value in having a professional financial advisor by your side can be well worth the additional costs. - -62% The share of U.S. adults with investments in the stock market. This is the highest percentage of retail investors since 2007, when the figure reached 65%. - -Money Managers - -Money managers are somewhat like financial advisors but may take full discretion over a client's account (hence the term ""manager""). These highly skilled investment professionals usually handle very large portfolios of money, and, thus, charge management fees (that can be quite large) based on the assets under management and not per transaction. - -Money managers are basically for those with substantial incomes who would rather pay someone to fully manage their investments while they're doing the jobs that make the money. Minimum account holdings can range from $100,000 to $250,000 or more and may charge upwards of 1% a year of assets under management. - -Roboadvisors - -Roboadvisors are digital asset managers that cater to those who want to just set-it-and-forget-it. These algorithmic platforms are low-cost, require low minimum balances and will automatically maintain an optimal portfolio for you, typically based on passive index investing strategies. For instance the typical fee for roboadvisors is currently around 0.25% per year of assets under management, and you can start with literally $1 or $5 with several platforms. - -Roboadvisors vary in their offerings. Some are completely automated, while others offer access to human assistance as well. Regardless of the model, they all provide customer service to assist you through the process. The robo-advisory has been around for a few years, but it's still growing. - -The new entrants into the landscape benefit the consumer by lowering fees while contributing many paths to professional asset management. As with any life choice, you should figure out what type of investment guidance is needed and select a roboadvisor or financial professional to suit your individual goals, risk preferences, and investment style. - -Test Strategies Before Buying Real Stocks - -For those keen to learn what stock trading is all about without spending hundreds or thousands of dollars, you can sign up for a free Investopedia Simulator account. - -Once you have determined how stock trading works and what is most important to you in a broker, you can take the next step. Each broker's pricing, features, and platforms are different, so this step can be intimidating. If you have a difficult time choosing a broker, research the best online brokers or best discount brokers. - -What Do the Experts Have to Say? - -Advisor Insight Joe Allaria, CFP® - -CarsonAllaria Wealth Management, Glen Carbon, IL You'll have to make a significant investment into learning and monitoring what goes on in the market. Before taking any action, I would recommend learning as much as you can on securities, perhaps by taking investment classes offered through an accredited program. Also, learn as much as you can about different investment philosophies. Then do a test run: Pick some stocks and monitor their daily fluctuations, seeing how they affect your bottom line. If you can't handle the volatility, you need to create a new strategy – or consider hiring an advisor. Working with one, even temporarily, is a way to get a crash education in investing. The key is to gain the knowledge to be able to make informed decisions and never blindly to follow the next stock tip you see. - -What Is the Best Way to Start Investing? While there's no ""right"" way to start investing in the stock market, one of the simplest methods is to invest in a passively-managed mutual fund or exchange-traded fund that tracks a broad market index. These funds approximate the returns of the market as a whole, with relatively low management costs. They also reduce the cognitive burden of having to research many different types of investments yourself. For wider exposure, you may also consider a three-fund portfolio that includes domestic stocks, international stocks, and bonds. - -What Is the Best Way to Research Stocks? Most online brokers include access to a stock screener that can be used to track and compare different stocks and securities. A typical screener shows the historical performance of a stock, as well as analyst recommendations, earnings history, and upcoming earnings and other events. - -When Is the Best Time to Invest in Stocks? Many financial experts advise investing early, which allows investors to receive the benefits of compound interest and appreciation. Moreover, investing through a tax-advantaged account—such as a Roth IRA or 401(k) plan—provides additional advantages because the investment/gains are tax-free. - -The Bottom Line - -Investing in the stock market can be intimidating for new investors, but it has never been easier. Online brokerages and robo-advisors make it easier and cheaper than ever to buy, sell, and research stocks. These tools allow average Americans to invest in the stock market without difficulty. - -",1731883635,279fc3a863,23be72e5d3,,,1731883635 -https://www.cryptoninjas.net/2023/10/02/fuse-network-welcomes-liquify-as-new-blockchain-infrastructure-partner/,https://www.cryptoninjas.net/feed/,Fuse Network welcomes Liquify as new blockchain infrastructure partner,"Today, Fuse Network, an enterprise-grade, use-case agnostic, decentralized EVM-compatible public blockchain, announced Liquify as its newest remote procedure call (RPC) provider and ecosystem partner. Liquify will provide public RPC services – both free and private. - -RPC nodes help process requests from decentralized applications (dApps). They are vital for improving the usability of web3 and for Fuse Network to offer superior infrastructure and scale. Offering dApp projects in the Fuse ecosystem with secure and robust RPC infrastructure is critical. - -Liquify is a blockchain solutions provider with co-located tier-3 data centers boasting bare metal servers with a guaranteed uptime of 99.95%. Bare metal servers typically come with higher uptime guarantees, essential for RPC nodes to maintain network connectivity and availability for processing requests. - -Important Points - -Chainstack will retract its services starting October 5th, 2023. - -The information available for switching to Liquify RPC is available here. - -Liquify has bare metal servers in the US, Europe, & Asia that support over 50+ chains. - -Liquify has been running a validator node with 100% uptime since 2020. - -The Liquify team brings years of experience in DevOps, security, automation, and global infrastructure setup, focusing on the quality of service and decentralization. Bare metal servers in the US, Europe, and Asia and supports over 50+ chains, including Fuse, Ethereum, BNB Chain, and Solana. - -Fuse is designed for entrepreneurs and organizations that want to experiment, launch, and scale web3 apps and integrate crypto payments. Anyone can build on the Fuse blockchain and leverage enterprise-ready, decentralized tech – be it existing crypto projects, start-ups, or blue-chip companies. - -FUSE Token - -Being the native currency on the Fuse blockchain, users must pay fees in FUSE to approve transactions. Token holders can stake FUSE to become a validator. The minimal staking requirement is 100K FUSE. While the network is continuously growing, currently, there are 60+ validators.",1731883637,b8dfdebe6b,2393a2bdde,,,1731883637 -https://www.pcgamer.com/games/fps/half-life-2-episode-3-wouldve-included-an-ice-gun-with-kind-of-like-a-silver-surfer-mode-and-valve-just-released-footage,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,"Half-Life 2: Episode 3 would've included an ice gun with 'kind of like a Silver Surfer mode,' and Valve just released footage","Half-Life 2: 20th Anniversary Documentary - YouTube Watch On - -Half-Life 2's third DLC episode was never finished because Gabe Newell and company didn't just want to finish the Half-Life 2 story arc, but to do something big and innovative with the game design, and as Newell put it in a new documentary, he was ""stumped."" - -But also in that documentary, released for Half-Life 2's 20th anniversary, there's footage of some pretty cool-looking Episode 3 stuff, including an ice gun that could be used to build transparent barriers, but also in ""kind of like a Silver Surfer mode"" that lets you run across ice ramps as you build them. The detail that there'd be an ice gun was known previously, but as far as I'm aware, this footage is seeing the light of day for the first time. - -There were also some neat ""hoppy blob"" enemies that used Portal 2's gel tech and could gobble up headcrabs, divide themselves, and pass through grates with their amorphous bodies—if you want to see 'em, the bit of the documentary that covers Episode 3 starts at about an hour and 53 minutes in. You can watch it in the player above or on YouTube here. - -I guess I must not be Valve dev material, because if they'd put out Episode 3 with the ice gun and blobs in 2010ish, I probably would've been fine with it. Sure, it wouldn't have blown my mind like Half-Life 2's Striders and Gravity Gun did in 2004, but you know: ice gun, blobs, the rest of the story. I'd have been into it! That wasn't enough for them, Newell said in the documentary. - -""You can't get lazy and say, 'Oh, we're moving the story forward,'"" he said. ""That's copping out of your obligation to gamers. Yes, of course they love the story. They love many, many aspects of it. But saying that your reason to do it is because people want to know what happens next, you know—we could've shipped it, it wouldn't have been that hard. The failure, my personal failure was being stumped. I couldn't figure out why doing Episode 3 was pushing anything forward."" - -Not everyone from Valve is in agreement, though: ""We could've definitely gone back and spent two years to make Episode 3,"" said engineer David Speyrer. - -Hey, who says the window has passed? Half-Life 2 did just get a big update for its 20th anniversary: Along with the documentary, Valve added in-game commentary and made a bunch of fixes. It also now includes Episodes 1 and 2, and is free for a limited time. Maybe that big idea will come to Gabe one of these days.",1731883673,2b11e0dc79,237ef77019,,,1731883673 -https://techcrunch.com/2024/10/22/paccurate-is-helping-brands-ship-with-less-packaging/,https://techcrunch.com/tag/venture-capital/feed/,"Paccurate helps companies ship in smaller boxes, saving them money while helping the earth","Paccurate co-founder and CEO James Malley likes to joke that once you get into supply chain tech, the category doesn’t let you back out. - -Ten years ago, Malley and Patrick Powers were working together as consultants when they started getting asked the same question over and over. Their clients were asking for help reducing the empty space in their packaging boxes to avoid newly implemented fees from shippers like FedEx and UPS. Malley and Powers couldn’t find good software that solved that issue and started looking into solving the problem themselves. - -“We had a fascination with the butterfly effect of this problem area,” Malley told TechCrunch. “The more tweaks you make to packaging, the bigger the downstream. If you use a 10% smaller box, on average it results in 10% fewer pallets and 10% fewer truck trips. It’s also one of the few areas in supply chain where sustainability and cost savings are the same exact thing.” - -After a few years of research and development, they formally launched Paccurate in 2018. The software helps parcel shippers determine the most cost-effective and sustainable way to ship the items they need to, a process known as cartonization, by taking factors such as size, weight, and packaging requirements into account. Brands can also use Paccurate’s API to build systems themselves. - -Cartonization is often embedded into other supply chain software, Malley said, but a lot of companies don’t trust it. He said that some services just aren’t accurate, while others are focused on helping companies get as much product into as few boxes as possible, which isn’t actually always the most sustainable or cost-efficient option. - -When Malley and Powers launched the business, they thought of it as “building a better mouse trap” tech, not necessarily a venture-scalable company. Malley said the company was content to just bootstrap Paccurate and license the tech to other software companies until the pandemic changed the company’s plans. - -But Paccurate got flooded with new and larger customers during the COVID e-commerce boom, so the startup started taking venture funding, taking a seed round in 2022 to keep up with demand. Growth has only accelerated since. Last year the company was processing about a million shipments a month, now it’s around a million shipments a day, and Paccurate is working with brands like Daily Harvest and Our Place. - -Paccurate recently raised an $8.1 million Series A round led by Indianapolis-based VC High Alpha, with participation from Tech Square Ventures, Grand Ventures, and Springtime Ventures, among others. - -This type of logistics is still largely dominated by legacy supply chain software players like the Numina Group and Packsize. While Paccurate isn’t the only startup building for this area — Belgian company Optioryx is another — it’s a significantly less saturated market than many other areas of supply chain, like last-mile freight. - -Malley said they anticipate growth will continue for a few reasons. For one, Malley said that it’s one of the few areas where companies can actually cut costs when it comes to warehousing and shipping. He added that for years, companies seemed focused on bringing automation and robotics into the warehouse to cut costs, now many have turned to this area, he said. - -Second, regulations will soon force companies to think more about how they are packaging. The European Union recently implemented regulations requiring shipping boxes to be at least 50% full. In the U.S., New Jersey introduced a bill earlier this year that would also require boxes to be at least half full; the bill has passed through the state senate. - -“Well-packed boxes are generally not as full as you think they are, 50% empty could be a box that is well-packed and the penalties for not packaging correctly are staggering,” Malley said. “This is a canary in the coal mine. I’ll be watching closely to see which state will be next “",1731883647,96643340a1,23c1c16fc5,,,1731883647 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/trends/g45939438/best-gifts-for-men-who-have-everything/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,51 Best Gifts for Men Who Have Everything 2024,"Even when they have a dedicated hobby, signature style, or favorite candle, buying gifts for men who have everything is stressful. These types have incredibly discerning taste, always treat themselves to the very best—from watches to outdoor gear—and don’t ask for a thing. Talk about a shopping challenge. - -But that’s where our shopping guide comes in. Sourcing presents that combine luxury and uniqueness just so happens to be our specialty, whether you’re seeking a luxury gift (like a distinctive pair of designer sunglasses) or a fun under-$50 find. We’ve even scouted genius gifts from Amazon, from the sleekest frame TV to a portable projector for the outdoor entertainer. - -For the foodie in your life, consider an angular (and hand-crafted) knife block or a slick multi-cooker for the multi-talented chef. For the tech lover, consider aesthetically pleasing gadgets, from a game-changing magnetic charging cord to a handsome home safe to noise-canceling earbuds. - -Whether you’re shopping for his birthday, an anniversary, a housewarming, or the holidays, the 51 gifts on our list below will resonate with his sophisticated taste while adding an element of surprise—whether he’s your father, husband, brother, boyfriend, or bestie.",1731883626,66787ad63a,241b61be1c,,,1731883626 -https://glaad.org/transweek-trans-stories-and-creators-watch-2019/,https://www.glaad.org/rss.xml,#TransWeek: Trans Stories and Creators to Watch in 2019,"2019 has been one of the biggest years for transgender representation in media. Check out GLAAD’s Where We Are on TV Report to see that there are 26 regular and recurring transgender characters across cable, broadcast, and streaming platforms. However, there is still a long way to go as trans characters only represent 6% of the 433 regular and recurring LGBQ scripted ones. Helping move the needle of trans representation, though, are trans creators telling diverse stories across mediums. To highlight some of the shows, series, movies, books, and projects of all genres released this year from and featuring trans creators on and off cable, broadcast, and streaming, GLAAD compiled a list of some media you may have missed and creators to watch. - -Don’t see some of your favorites? Let us know by using the hashtag #TransLoveStories on social media to bring more awareness to support the creators and share the stories you love to see. - -ICYMI: Trans Told Stories in 2019 - -Across, Beyond, and Over A hybrid documentary about two trans men who used to date in middle school reconnecting over a long weekend as they develop a film about their past. (Short) - -Directed by Brit Fryer and Nona Schamus. - -Adam A coming-of-age feature film comedy about encountering love, friendship, and hard truths. Outfest: Outstanding Directing in a U.S. Feature; Grand Jury Special Mention for Directing. - -Directed by Rhys Ernst; trans cast includes Leo Sheng, Bobbi Salvor Menuez, Jari Jones, MJ Rodriguez, Dana Aliya Levinson. - -America in Transition A documentary series exploring relationships, community, and social issues with trans people of color. - -All trans cast and crew. - -Changing the Game A feature documentary that takes us into the lives of three high school athletes—all at different stages of their athletic seasons, personal lives, and their unique paths as transgender teens. Among Grand Jury Award Prizes nationwide, Outfest and Frameline Audience Awards for Best Documentary Feature. - -Produced by Alex Schmider; all trans cast. - -Denim On a regular day at school, Micayla is outed by a former friend turned rival. (Short) - -Directed by Daryen Ru; starring Jazz Jennings - -Eat Rich A comedy / horror film following a latinx trans woman, Rose, on her first day as a zombie when she must decide who to eat. (Short) - -Including: Ash Barker, Bea Cordelia, Evie Riojas, Rae Hamilton-Vargo - -Femenina A dedicated boxer begins training with and falling for a transgender woman. (Short) - -Written & directed by Ilana Mittleman; starring Nava Mau - -Flamingo Rampant! 2019 Childrens Book Set Celebratory, positive books about LGBTQ communities. The playful stories, beautiful illustrations and equity-focused messages make these books nutritious and delicious for kids 4-8. - -Publisher S. Bear Bergman; trans authors and illustrators. - -Framing Agnes Trans artists gained access to a 1950s archive of never-before-seen life histories of transgender people. Through reenactment and documentary, they revive the past to redefine the future. (Short) Premiered at Tribeca. 2019 Audience Awards: Best Experimental Short – Outfest Los Angeles; Best Documentary Short – Seattle Transgender Film Festival. - -Directed by Chase Joynt; starring Zackary Drucker, Angelica Ross, Silas Howard, Max Wolf Valerio - -Gender Spectrum Collection A stock photo library featuring images of trans and non-binary models that go beyond the clichés. - -Created by Zackary Drucker - -Here With You A sweet t4t film that offers a positive portrayal of trans romance. (Short) - -Directed by Nona Schamus; written, produced, and starring Morgan Sullivan (Writer/Producer/Lead Actor); DP Easton Carter Angle; starring Zenobia Teague; entirely trans cast and crew. - -Histories of the Transgender Child by Julian Gill-Peterson 2019 Lambda Literary Award for Transgender Non-Fiction. - -HOLY WILD by Gwen Benaway. 2019 Lambda Literary Award finalist for Transgender Poetry. - -How to Make A Rainbow Short film about a mother’s transition and connection with her daughter. Outfest Audience Award for Best Documentary Short Film. - -Produced by and starring Jade Phoenix. - -I-57 A mother tries to support her son and his gender identity by inviting a stranger to dinner. (Short) - -Written by Brit Fryer. - -King Ester Short form scripted series about Ester, a trans woman struggling to find her path in New Orleans during the week before Hurricane Katrina. - -Introducing Rowin Amone as Ester. Also starring Lady Dane Figueroa Edidi. Produced by and starring Angelica Ross. The series premiered on Issa Rae’s YouTube Channel. - -Lit Girl Tackles the subject of how dating can look between cis men and transgender women. - -Directed by Sarah Parlow. - -Little Fish by Casey Plett. 2019 Lambda Literary Award for Transgender Fiction. - -Lo terciario / The Tertiary by Raquel Salas Rivera. 2019 Lambda Literary Award for Transgender Poetry. - -Man Made A feature-length documentary tracing the varied lives of four transgender men, as they prepare to step on stage at the only all-trans bodybuilding competition in the world. Winner of 14 film festival awards. Available for download worldwide now. - -Directed by T Cooper. All trans cast. - -Manifest Pussy A rock concert/standup special/ritual sacrifice that follows her pilgrimage to Thailand for gender confirmation. - -Written and performed by Shakina Nayfack. - -Mirrors Set in the sleepy Mississippi town of Etheridge in the summer of 1960, this full-length play depicts the lives of three African-American women bound by love and loss and family, and the secrets of their shared past. - -Written by Azure D. Osborne-Lee. - -OP: ORIGINAL PLUMBING The trans male culture print mag curated by Amos Mac and Rocco Kayiatos, published into a best-of book by Feminist Press. Independently published from 2009 to 2019, Original Plumbing grew from a Bay Area zine to a nationally acclaimed print quarterly dedicated to trans men. In celebration of the magazine’s ten-year run, this essential collection compiles the best of all twenty issues. - -Orchid Receipt Service The play follows the relationship of Monte and Davey–two transmasculine people in their late twenties–as they drift into and beyond a breakup. - -Directed by Rad Pereira: written by Corinne Donly; produced Asia Kate Dillon; with a cast of predominately TGNC performers. - -Pride On Screens | Trans Visibility Podcast episode featuring Tre’vell Anderson, Nick Adams, Shar Jossell, and Zackary Drucker going deep into the impact of movies like BOYS DON’T CRY and shows from TRANSPARENT to POSE. - -Razor Tongue Short form scripted series that explores the complexities of finding a voice of self-love in a world filled with misogyny and discrimination. - -Created by Rain Valdez; executive produced by Carmen Scott and Jessie Mcgrath; directed by Puppett; music by Kellen Joseph & Isley Ruest; starring Rain Valdez, Alexandra Grey, Shaan Dasani, Carmen Scott. - -Real Queer America: LGBT Stories from Red States by Samantha Allen. A transgender reporter’s “powerful, profoundly moving” (New York Times Book Review) narrative tour through the surprisingly vibrant queer communities sprouting up in red states, offering a vision of a stronger, more humane America. - -RITUAL In a world that tells us we shouldn’t love ourselves, the rituals we create to become are an act of radical self love. #OutfestFusion One-Minute Movie Contest: ‘Macro Queer’ Jury Award - -Directed by Kieran Medina - -Skin A queer teenager struggling with the onset of puberty discovers a living cave that presents them with a new skin and a chance to explore their identity. (Short) Outfest U.S. Narrative Short Special Mention - -Directed by Audrey Rosenberg; starring Rhys Fehrenbacher - -Soft Butter: a trans fantasia on edible themes Music that queers the musical form and recalls the experience of growing up in a body (or identity) before having the language to express it. - -Created by Éamon Boylan - -The Garden Left Behind A young Mexican trans woman and her grandmother navigate life as undocumented immigrants in New York City in this film which premiered at SXSW in 2019. Starring Carlie Guevara, the film also included trans advocates Kristen Parker Lovell, Devin Lowe, and other trans folks both in front of and behind the camera - -The Sympathy Card When Emma’s cancer takes a turn for the worse, she presents her new wife Josie a deathbed order: find someone new while Emma is still around to approve of her choice. - -Starring Petey Gibson. - -The True Adventures of Wolfboy Paul is the wolfboy of the title (he has hair all over his face) and he is struggling with his fear that his condition means the world will only ever see him as a freak. As Paul stumbles toward self-acceptance, he meets Aristiana (Sophie Giannamore) who has already made that journey herself as a young trans girl. - -Written by Olivia Dufault; starring Sophie Giannamore. - -Tell By Date Ryan wants to tell his son that he’s transgender and not his biological father, but fears it will change their relationship. (Short) The Cutting Room International Short Film Festival: Best LGBT doc or drama - -Starring Brian Michael Smith and Emmett Jack Lundberg. - -THESE THEMS is a seven episode narrative digital series following the lives of four queer friends living in NYC. - -Directed by Jett Garrison; starring Shaan Dasani and Vico Ortiz. - -To Be With You Alex is in LA for 24hrs due to a family death and finds solace with an old crush during one night together in the city. (Short) - -Directed by Elliott Feliciano; Starring Avi Roque. - -Trans 128 Filmed at The Stud and El Rio, this documentary portrait of musician Frida Ibarra explores the importance of sanctuaries for queer, trans, and gender non-conforming people. (Short). - -Transfinite is a collection of seven locally-shot science-fiction/fantasy short films. Rich with symbolism, the seven stories in this anthology film feature supernatural trans and queer people, from many different cultures, who use magic and supernatural powers to love, teach, fight, and thrive. Directed by Neelu Bhuman; Written by Lida Vala, Cody Makil, Neelu Bhuman, Stefano Gonzalez, D’Lo, Davia Spain, Ryka Aoki; Cinematographer Aja Pop; Producers Stefano Gonzalez; starring D’Lo, Davia Spain, Harmony Rose Santana, S Angelo Acevedo, Blossom Brown, Bridger Fox, Cilantro Flores, Kit Tapata, Lea Robinson, Ryka Aoki, Skyler Cooper, Erica Nevarez. - -TransLash A four-episode program and media platform that focuses on what it’s like to transition and be Trans–particularly a Trans person of color–at a time of social backlash. - -Produced by Imara Jones. - -Twilight Zone Music video about dating as a trans woman. - -Starring Mila Jam. - -Waking Hour A sensational kiss solidifies Sofia’s decision to leave a party with Isaac, and as their chemistry intensifies, so do the stakes for Sofia. After she discloses that she’s trans, the night takes several unexpected turns. - -Written and produced by, and starring Nava Mau. - -The Whistle A feature documentary film about the secret codes shared among young queers and lesbians in 1970s and 80s Albuquerque, New Mexico as a means of self-identification and finding community. Gilbert Baker Film Festival: Best Documentary, Best in Festival. - -Directed by StormMiguel Flores - -Trans Creators to Watch in 2019 - -D’Lo is a transmasculine Tamil Sri Lankan actor, writer & comic. His latest solo play “To T, or not To T?” had 3 extensions at the LA LGBT Center. In 2019, he was granted the Anthony Meindl Acting Workshop fellowship for trans and non binary actors. - -Peppermint starred in HEAD OVER HEELS on Broadway and appeared on GOD FRIENDED ME as “Pastor Olivia” (CBS All Access). - -Ian Alexander plays “Buck” on Netflix’s THE OA. - -Ser Anzoategui is a non-binary Latinx/Chicanx actor/playwright/artivist who plays “Eddy” in the Starz network drama series VIDA. In 2019, they acted on BETTER THINGS and SARGASSO, and hosted RED CARPET REPORT. - -Sydney Baloue made history as the first transgender man to win a performance category (Old Way) at the 2019 Latex Ball; and published an artical about Ballroom in the New York Times. - -Zach Barack became the first trans character in the Marvel Universe, in Spiderman: FAR FROM HOME; he also played a role in the TRANSPARENT “Musicale Finale.” - -Leyna Bloom starred as “Wye” in PORT AUTHORITY which premiered at Cannes Film Festival this year and was the first out transgender actress of color to star in a film at Cannes. - -Chaz Bono guest starred on CURB YOUR ENTHUSIASM and won Best Supporting Actor in the 2019 FANtastic Horror Film Festival. - -Kayleb Rae Candrilli is a recipient of a 2019 Whiting Award for their collection of poetry, What Runs Over. - -Michael D. Cohen publicly disclosed his transition while working as a series regular on a Nickelodeon sitcom HENRY DANGER working professionally as an actor for 25 years. - -T Cooper is currently a writer and consulting producer on THE BLACKLIST (NBC); his feature-length documentary MAN MADE has been released worldwide. - -Cary Cronenwett is an artist and storyteller who directs and produces both documentary and narrative films. The series ACLU: TRANS IN AMERICA, of which he directed an episode, won an Emmy in 2019. - -Shaan Dasani acted in RAZOR TONGUE and THESE THEMS; part of the highly selective ABC Discovers South Asian Actor Workshop this year, awarded to only 11 Los Angeles based South Asian actors. - -Alex Blue Davis plays “Casey Parker” on ABC’s GREY’S ANATOMY. - -Zackary Drucker was listed as one of LA Weekly’s BEST OF LA ARTS in 2019. She starred in FRAMING AGNES, and created the Gender Spectrum Collection, while photographing for Bloomberg, and exhibiting at Aperture Gallery. - -Olivia Dufault wrote and co-executive produced several episodes of LEGION on FX; the feature film she wrote,The True Adventures of Wolfboy, premiered. - -Lady Dane Figueroa Edidi co-starred as “Patra” in the Issa Rae series KING ESTER, and made her Joe’s Pub debut (produced by Laverne Cox and Woolly Mammoth Theatre) with “For Black Trans Girls Who Gotta Cuss A Mother Fucker Out When Snatching An Edge Ain’t Enough.” - -Rhys Ernst’s first feature film, ADAM, premiered at the Sundance 2019 Film Festival and had nationwide release in July. - -Sam Feder is a director and producer whose films explore the intersection of visibility and politics along the lines of race, class, and gender in trans lives. The full-length documentary DISCLOSURE, is about the history of trans representation and the paradox of visibility and is currently in production. Laverne Cox is executive producer on this project and the majority of cast and crew are trans. - -Fox Fisher is director of My Genderation, which is co-run with their partner Owl. In 2019 they created Watch Me Exist, Get Off My Turf! starring Lewis Hancox, Ven Paldano, Shonalika Tilak, Persia West, Poppy Vs Josie, Max & Their Theyby River, I Am They, TransAND, a documentary mini-series, and Growing Older As Me, a mini-series. My Genderation also collaborated with the NHS on trans educational content and created campaign films for Stonewall and PrEP. - -Teddy Geiger is a songwriter, one of three trans women to receive Grammy nominations this year. - -Theo Germaine plays “James” on Netflix’s THE POLITICIAN and will recur as “Chris” on WORK IN PROGRESS this fall on Showtime. - -Alexandra Grey plays “Ariel” in RAZOR TONGUE; “Melody Barnes” on FOX’s EMPIRE; “Brandi Greene” on HOW TO GET AWAY WITH MURDER (ABC); “Eliza Edwards” on TRANSPARENT (Amazon); and Denise Lockwood on CHICAGO MED (NBC). - -Shea Diamond was nominated for the 2019 GLAAD Media Award for Outstanding Music Artist; her song “American Pie” was endorsed by 2020 United States presidential candidate Pete Buttigieg; she was a headliner for the Washington, DC Capital Pride Concert; and she released her single “Don’t Shoot.” - -Daniel Foerste is a director and writer working primarily in the horror genre. His current project in development, MOONSHADOW, co-written with Ernesto Foronda, is being developed by Gunpowder & Sky, YOMYOMF, and Nonetheless Productions and is to be directed by Silas Howard. - -GarcÍa plays “Jake Rodriguez” in Netflix’s TALES OF THE CITY and will recur on Freeform’s PARTY OF FIVE reboot. - -Alexia Garcia plays “Aphrodite” on FX’s POSE. - -Jett Garrison story produced Hyundai’s OUT FOR GREATNESS queer storyteller series, and sold a half-hour pilot to UCP (Universal Content Productions). Directing credits in 2019 include NBC’s THIS IS US Aftershow for Seasons 3; NBC’s Digital Series for NEW AMSTERDAM; and the THESE THEMS web series. He mentors young filmmakers through Outfest’s OutSet young filmmaker program. - -Beverly Glenn-Copeland was a writer on SESAME STREET (PBS) and spent twenty-five years entertaining children as a regular actor on Canadian children’s television show MR. DRESSUP. He’s also a musician who contributed to the soundtrack of the trans-created 2019 feature ADAM. - -Jake Graf is a London-based actor, writer and director In 2019 Jake appeared in COLETTE with Keira Knightley, his latest film LISTEN storm the international festival circuit, and is currently working on a documentary with his wife Hannah Graf MBE. - -Carlie Guevara made her acting debut in THE GARDEN LEFT BEHIND, which premiered at SXSW in 2019. She also starred in the short film THE QUESTION. - -Patti Harrison had a breakout as “Ruthie” in SHRILL (Hulu); also appearing in and I THINK YOU SHOULD LEAVE (Netflix) and HIGH MAINTENANCE (HBO). Variety named her a “Comic to Watch in 2019.” - -JJ Hawkings is a transmasculine actor who played “Riley Hooper” on CBS’s THE REDLINE, and “Jax Hopkins” on ALL RISE (CBS) - -Silas Howard directed episodes of HBO’s HIGH MAINTENANCE, Netflix’s TALES OF THE CITY, Apple TV’s DICKINSON, and Showtime’s THE AFFAIR. - -Dominique Jackson plays “Elektra” on FX’s POSE and will appear as “Ms. World” in AMERICAN GODS (STARZ). - -Jari Jones has had roles in ADAM as “Schuyler,” TALES OF THE CITY as “Ronda,” TRANSPARENT as “Skylar,” and PORT AUTHORITY as “Naima.” Jones also was an associate producer and script consultant on PORT AUTHORITY. - -Shar Jossell is a media personality and entertainment journalist. Aside from cohosting her Kiss & Tell Radio podcast, Shar has been featured on Roxane Gay & Tressie McMillan Cottom’s “Hear To Slay,” and Crooked Media’s “Keep It” podcasts this year. - -MJ Kaufman‘s episode of THE CHILLING ADVENTURES OF SABRINA, on which they are a staff writer, was released on Netflix in April. Their plays “How To Live On Earth,” “Association Of Controlled Dreamers,” “Sensitive Guys,” “Whisper’s Gone,” “Sagittarius Ponderosa,” and “Wolves Eat Elk” were all produced in the US and Australia. They were nominated for a Barrymore Award, and were in residence at the MacDowell Colony. - -Isis King played Korey Wise’s transgender sister, “Marci Wise,” in the Netflix series WHEN THEY SEE US. - -Bex Taylor-Klaus is an actor who starred in 13 REASONS WHY on Netflix as “Casey,” starred in the film BLACKBIRD and will be on the TV series DEPUTY coming to Fox this fall. - -Jennifer Leitham is a Jazz musician known for playing with many music world masters, including Mel Tormé, Peggy Lee, Take 6 and k.d. lang, along with countless others. Her 2019 album “Remnants Of Humanity” rose to the top of the CD Baby Crossover Jazz top seller list. - -Emmett Jack Lundberg is the creator and star of BROTHERS, one of Indiewire’s 10 Best Indie TV Series. In 2019, he acted in two films: THE GARDEN LEFT BEHIND and TELL-BY DATE. - -Trace Lysette placed “Tracey” in HUSTLERS; “Femi” on OWN’s DAVID MAKES MAN; “Tess” on FX’s POSE; “Elizabeth Eden” on Comedy Central’s DRUNK HISTORY. - -Amos Mac was the founding co-editor of ORIGINAL PLUMBING, the trans male culture print mag, which was published into a best-of book by Feminist Press in 2019. He is now staffed on the reboot of GOSSIP GIRL (HBO Max, 2020). - -Thomas Page McBee wrote for TALES OF THE CITY (Netflix) and THE L WORD: GENERATION Q (Showtime). - -Bobbi Salvör Menuez acted in the trans-created 2019 feature ADAM, and the HBO series EUPHORIA. - -Valentín Mera’s records got distributed by Sony Music in 2019; he has released more than 12 singles this year. He released a music video for “Última Noche en París”, featuring women on their 60’s. - -Shakina Nayfack starred as “Ava” in the TRANSPARENT: MUSICALE FINALE on Amazon Prime Video and embarked on the Revival Tour of her One-Woman Show: MANIFEST PUSSY. - -Azure D. Osborne-Lee is a black queer theater maker whose play “Mirrors” was selected for inclusion in the 2019/2020 Next Door at New York Theatre Workshop lineup. - -Sylvan Oswald was awarded a Guggenheim Fellowship for Drama and Performance Art. - -Kase Peña is the recipient of some of the most prestigious fellowships in the industry, including one granted by the Sundance Institute–she is a Launch Grant Fellow; she is also the first out trans Latinx female to join the Writer’s Guild of America. Sony Pictures Entertainment named Kase their 2019 Diverse Fellow. Her short film FULL BEAT can be seen on HBO. - -Shadi Petosky won an Emmy for her show DANGER & EGGS on Amazon and in 2019 Executive Produced Netflix’s very queer TWELVE FOREVER and the gender bending live-action FOREVER ALONE coming from Adaptive Studios. - -Marval A Rex curated the first ever queer-centric performance show at the National Council on Education for the Ceramic Arts in Minneapolis in 2019. Rex also performed for a week straight at Cerritos Art Gallery in Cerritos, CA as an artist for the Window Dressing Series. They were featured in Los Angeles Magazine in the “Art Star” June Pride Issue. - -Jen Richards played “Anna Madrigal” in TALES OF THE CITY (Netflix) and “Margo Fairchild” on MRS. FLETCHER (HBO). - -Ashley Lauren Rogers runs the “Is It Transphobic” podcast, and is a playwright whose plays, “Generation (laz)Y” and “Chasing The Ghost” received their first productions this year. - -Logan Rozos plays “Star Child” on OWN’s DAVID MAKES MAN. - -Angelica Ross played “Candy” on FX’s POSE, and “Donna Chambers” on AHS: 1984 (FX). She also produced King Ester, a short form scripted series about Ester, a trans woman struggling to find her path in New Orleans during the week before Hurricane Katrina, which premiered on Issa Rae’s YouTube Channel. - -Hailie Sahar plays “Lulu” on FX’s POSE and “Marta” on EASTSIDERS which is coming to Netflix. - -Scott Turner Schofield was the Trans Consultant for EUPHORIA (HBO) and THE CRAFT Reboot (Blumhouse). He initiated the organization of the 5050by2020 Transmasculine Cohort, where trans and non-binary entertainment professionals collaborate on development and advocacy. The feature film he starred in, THE CONDUCTOR, had its North American premiere. - -Leo Sheng starred in the trans-created 2019 feature ADAM, and plays “Micah” on Showtime’s THE L WORD. - -Ava Benjamin Shorr is a director of photography whose projects this year have included the feature film GOSSAMER FOLDS and documentary DISCLOSURE: TRANS LIVES ON SCREEN. She was included on a list of “Mind Blowing Women Cinematographers” by Emmy Rossum, awarded an ASC Vision Mentorship with Rachel Morrison, ASC, and is an active member of the International Collective of Female Cinematographers. - -Cody Sloan is an actor currently pursuing his MFA in Acting at UC San Diego, where he is out as the program’s only transgender actor. The film SELAH AND THE SPADES (in which he plays “Cooper”) moved from the Sundance Film Festival to Amazon Studios in 2019. - -Brian Michael Smith became the first out Black trans actor to have a series regular role which will be on FOX’s 911: LONESTAR; he also plays “Pierce Williams” on Showtime’s THE L WORD: GENERATION Q. - -Quintessa Swindell played “Tabitha Foster” on TRINKETS (Netflix) and “Anna” on EUPHORIA (HBO). - -Jacob Tobia published their debut memoir, Sissy: A Coming-of-Gender Story, (a National Bestseller), appeared on THE DAILY SHOW, and made TV herstory as “Double Trouble” on Netflix’s SHE-RA AND THE PRINCESSES OF POWER. - -Rain Valdez created, produced, and starred in RAZOR TONGUE, and also played “Francesca Newmar” in SNEAKY PETE (Amazon), “Cherry” in TRADE, “Chiffon” in WHY WOMEN KILL (CBS All Access). She also wrote, directed, and produced on LIT GIRL. Her trans-focused acting class and new works reading collective, Now>Ever Artists, continues to be a haven for artistic development. - -Savannah Ward is a young black queer nonbinary writer who was in this year’s Outfest Outset Fellow 2019 Class. They produced a short that premiered at Outfest, then wrote and produced META in the fall. They currently work as a Writer’s Assistant on NBC’s COUNCIL OF DADS. - -MW Cartozian Wilson was a staff writer on NBC’s MANIFEST. - -Kit Yan became a Lincoln Center writer in residence, a Dramatists Guild Foundation Fellow, a Playwright’s Center Fellow, and a Musical Theater Factory Maker in residence, along with getting commissions from 5th Avenue Theater, Keen Company, and Company One–all in 2019. - -For Transgender Awareness Week, we are highlighting the stories we love in 2019. This could be a story from each of our personal lives and relationships with others, community, and/or ourselves. This could also be the stories in the media that we have loved to see told by and featuring trans creators. Share on social media using #TransLoveStories to see the sea of love and creativity in our community–showing that not only do the stories of our lives exist but they do in all kinds and forms, and can shine through as models for how people can live and also show people how to support the community if they are not a part.",1731883675,82dbee0d09,2405ef0155,,,1731883675 -https://mashable.com/deals/nov-16-macbook-air,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,Wrap up a MacBook Air and gift some holiday cheer for less than $250,"• SPONSORED • - -MacBook Air power, now more accessible. - -The following content is brought to you by Mashable partners. If you buy a product featured here, we may earn an affiliate commission or other compensation.",1731883650,644d6c1ea1,2446f8aeb6,,,1731883650 -https://www.euronews.com/2024/11/16/lebanese-leader-asks-iran-to-help-secure-a-ceasefire-between-hezbollah-and-israel,http://feeds.feedburner.com/euronews/en/home/,,,1731883669,33451736bb,23adc78cfd,,,1731883669 -https://www.casualhoya.com/2024/11/9/24292402/buy-stock-now-georgetown-hoyas-down-fairfield-stags-sorber-peavy-epps-mack-burks-mulready-cooley,https://www.casualhoya.com/rss/current.rss,"BUY STOCK NOW: Georgetown Improves to 2-0, Downing the Fairfield Stags 69-57","After kicking off the 2024-2025 campaign with a win over Lehigh, your Georgetown Hoyas returned to action against the Fairfield Stags. The Hoyas closed as 15-point favorites over the 0-2 Stags who opened their season with an 18-point loss to Seattle and a 38-point loss to Rhode Island earlier this week. Of note, Drew Fielder was out of this game with an illness. - -By the time FOX switched coverage from the end of the St. John’s-Quinnipiac game to Capital One, the Hoyas found themselves in a 13-5 hole at the under 16-minute timeout having coughed up 3 3PT field goals to Division 1 Basketball’s worst 3-point shooting team (352nd of 352 teams - 13.8%). While the hot 3-point shooting continued for the Stags, the Hoyas’ interior defense stiffened and Cooley’s 10-man rotation chipped away at the Stags lead. Micah Peavy (8PTS, 5REB) led the way with a couple of steals, and the freshmen Thomas Sorber (25PTS, 9REB, 2BLK) and Kayvaun Mulready (4PTS) jumped in on the action with a couple of buckets of their own. Malik Mack (7PTS, 4AST) also decided he’d seen enough, and drilled a transition 3 to knot the score at 25 by the time we reached the under 8 timeout. - -Play in the first half was generally sloppy on both ends of the floor as each team had 8 turnovers. But the Hoyas clawed their way to 3pt lead at half - 36-33 - thanks to a Jayden Epps (12PTS, 4AST) corner 3 at the buzzer. - -Out of the half, Georgetown continued to be careless with the basketball turning it over on 3 of their first 6 possessions. Although the scoring was slow, Sorber continued to impress as he seemingly did everything through the first 10 minutes of the half. He cleaned up the glass, generated steals on the defensive end, and finished easily around the cup as the guards started to get him clean looks inside. He even assisted Kentucky transfer Jordan Burks (4PTS, 5REB) under the hoop for a jam. The game went through him. The Hoyas led 49-41 with 11 minutes of basketball to go. - -Out of the timeout, Cooley got Sorber a breather, and both teams stalled as they traded baskets over the next 5 minutes, but the Hoyas started to gather some momentum with Jordan Burks getting a steal and a two-handed flush in transition, while Jayden Epps slashed to the bucket for an easy layup. The big men continued to pile on with Sorber and Julius Halaifonua (5PTS, 4REB) each hitting triples. Despite the shotmaking, turnovers were a bug-a-boo, and the Hoyas could not take the top off of their 8-10 point lead. - -With 2 minutes left, Sorber left his final stamp on the game with a bucket plus the foul, extending the Hoyas lead to 13. When it was all said and done, the Hoyas prevailed 69-57. While it was a 10-man effort, Sorber was the story. He backed up his college debut with another monster effort surrounded by 9 other guys who are starting to gain some confidence. - -Your undefeated Hoyas have a week to rest before squaring off against a stout Notre Dame opponent who is in their second year with head coach Micah Shrewsberry. It is on NBC next Saturday 11/16 at 1:00PM at Capital One. - -Hoya Saxa!",1731883640,e1a7087ff1,24640c9b3f,,,1731883640 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/horse-racing/articles/cqxwd5q2lwpo,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,Three horses die during racing at Cheltenham,"Sunday's third and final day of the November Meeting at Cheltenham was overshadowed by the death of three horses. - -Abuffalosoldier collapsed after winning the Holland Cooper Handicap Chase, the fourth race of the day. - -A statement from the racecourse said the seven-year-old, ridden by Sean Bowen and trained by Warren Greatrex, ""was immediately attended (to) by expert veterinary professionals but sadly could not be saved"". - -They added: ""Our heartfelt condolences are with his connections."" - -Earlier in the same race, Bangers And Cash, from the Ben Pauling yard, also collapsed when it was pulled up after the 14th fence. - -In the fifth race of the day, Napper Tandy, trained by Matthew Smith, sustained a fatal injury after falling two hurdles from home. - -A British Horseracing Authority spokesperson said: ""The losses of Abuffalosoldier, Bangers And Cash and Napper Tandy at Cheltenham today are a tragedy for all connections and the thoughts of all of us at the BHA are with them. - -""All three were provided with outstanding care and attention throughout their lives by those who cared for them and nobody will be more heartbroken tonight than those individuals. - -""As with all fatalities, we will seek to understand the circumstances behind each incident as we strive to continue to reduce avoidable risk in our sport."" - -After the deaths of Abuffalosoldier and Bangers and Cash, Liam Kearns, lead veterinary surgeon for Jockey Club Racecourses, told Racing TV: ""(In) both cases we call them cardio-vascular collapse, as you can't say at this stage whether it is a true heart attack or whether it is a major blood vessel that has ruptured. But it is of that nature and therefore it is a sudden death situation. - -""The vets are deployed all around the racecourse so both horses were attended within seconds and in those situations of acute collapse there are some drugs we can administer but if it is a true cardio-vascular collapse, not a lot can be done. - -""It's a high-intensity racing situation. We have similar when marathon runners run or long-distance races are run - there is always a concern that athletes at a high level of exertion can without any previous symptoms present this situation. - -""It's a huge coincidence that it happened twice in the same race. - -""All horses are thoroughly checked at home before they leave to go to the races, they are monitored carefully when they arrive at the races and trainers and connections love them to bits - no horse would go to the races with any prior knowledge of a situation like this. - -""It is one of those sudden things that can strike.""",1731883662,bcdff126e2,2456e6071a,,,1731883662 -https://www.npr.org/2026/01/01/1197997413/zz-planetmoney-bonusdraft,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Why Treasuries Are The U.S. Economy's Biggest Superpower : Planet Money : NPR,"The U.S. economy's biggest superpower, explained - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Angela Weiss/AFP via Getty Images Angela Weiss/AFP via Getty Images - - - -What if you could borrow money on the cheap and use it to pay for just about anything? The U.S. government can, and does, with U.S. Treasuries. But the market for Treasuries might be more fragile than we know. - - - -In this episode, Yesha Yadav of Vanderbilt Law School explains why. - - - -This episode was first published as a bonus episode for our Planet Money+ listeners. Today we're making it available for everyone. To hear more episodes like this, and to hear our regular show without sponsor messages, support the show by signing up for Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - - - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter.",1731884613,8181d7a585,248681c301,,,1731884613 -https://www.uxmatters.com/mt/archives/2024/03/how-web-site-design-and-social-media-work-together.php,https://uxmatters.com/atom.xml,How Web-Site Design and Social Media Work Together :: UXmatters,"5 Ways to Ensure That Web-Site Design and Social Media Work Together - -It is essential to align social media with a business’s Web-site design. This helps you create a strong brand and can also improve a Web page’s search-engine ranking. - -What can you do to ensure that the business’s Web site’s design and social media are working in concert? Let’s consider some essential actions that a business should take. - -1. Integrate Social Media into Your Web Site’s Design - -As social media becomes an essential part of our customers’ lives, it is essential to align social media with a business’s Web-site design. This helps you create a strong brand and can also improve a Web page’s search-engine ranking. - -Of course, it’s important use the same fonts, colors, and logos across all channels, but there are many other ways of integrating social media into a business’s Web-site design, as follows: - -Add social-sharing buttons. This lets Web-site visitors share content directly to their social-media pages. - -This lets Web-site visitors share content directly to their social-media pages. Include links to all of a business’s social-media profiles. This makes it easier for Web-site visitors to find your social pages. - -This makes it easier for Web-site visitors to find your social pages. Embed the business’s social-media profiles. Show real-time updates from your social accounts to create dynamic content for the Web site and encourage Web visitors to visit the business’s social pages. - -Show real-time updates from your social accounts to create dynamic content for the Web site and encourage Web visitors to visit the business’s social pages. Allow customers to log in using their social-media accounts. Enabling this log-in process simplifies the user experience and encourages more Web-site visitors to log in or create a new account. - -Integrating social media with Web design creates a seamless user experience for the audience and can encourage visitors to spend more time on a Web site. Check out how fashion brand Urban Outfitters does this in Figure 2. Urban Outfitters has added a social-sharing button on every product listing, along with a simple call to action (CTA). Clicking a social-media icon leads the user to his or her social profile, with a link to the product listing automatically copied and ready to paste and post. - -Figure 2 —Social-media icons on the Urban Outfitters Web site - - - -Image source: Urban Outfitters - -2. Repurpose Social-Media Posts for Use on Your Web Site - -You can … add social posts to product listings as an alternative to typical product shots. - -Creating content for social-media pages takes a lot of time and effort, so why wouldn’t you repurpose it on a business’s other channels? You’ve probably heard about repurposing Web-site content for social media, but not many realize that you can also use social content on a business’s Web site. - -Aside from simply embedding a business’s social feeds into a Web page, you can also add social posts to product listings as an alternative to typical product shots. This lets the audience see the products in action. Check out how the cosmetics brand Fenty does this in Figure 3. - -Figure 3 —Product photos that show products in use - - - -Image source: Fenty Beauty - -This brand displays a carousel of posts from TikTok and Instagram Reels, featuring specific products in action. Users can click a thumbnail to view a video, and a link to purchase the product appears conveniently below it, showing its price as well. This is an excellent way of highlighting new products or calling attention to those that aren’t getting many clicks. - -3. Incorporate User-Generated Social-Media Content into Your Web Site - -Fan-made or user-generated content (UGC) isn’t just for social media. While social media is the best place to collect UGC, a business’s Web site can also benefit from fan-made content. As I mentioned earlier, UGC can boost a business’s credibility and increase customers’ trust. It also adds a valuable design element to a page and, thus, improves brand reputation. According to a report by Trustpilot, Web sites with UGC experience a 20% increase in returning visitors and a 90% increase in time spent on the page. - -The athleisure brand Outdoor Voices has a carousel on its home page that displays UGC from social media, as shown in Figure 4. - -Figure 4 —UGC on Outdoor Voices - - - -Image source: Outdoor Voices - -The brand even integrates its famous social-media hashtag #DoingThings into the design by using it as the headline for the UGC section. - -4. Understand Your Audience Better Through Web-Site Design Analytics - -You can understand how the audience is engaging with a design by looking at the average time spent on a page and its bounce rate. - -Once you’ve integrated social-media elements into a Web site’s design, it is crucial to understand how the audience is responding to these design decisions through analytics. For example, before finalizing a design, you could perform A/B or multivariate testing to understand what is working best with the audience. - -You can understand how the audience is engaging with a design by looking at the average time spent on a page and its bounce rate. You can also look at heatmaps such as that shown in Figure 5 to discover which areas of a page are getting the most interaction. - -Figure 5 —Heatmap for a Web page - - - -Image source: Hotjar - -5. Collect Customer Reviews for Your Web Site from Social Media - -Having more reviews shows that a business is legitimate and trustworthy. - -Just as with photo-based UGC, displaying customer reviews can be beneficial to a business. According to a study by Brightlocal, 98% of customers read customer reviews of local businesses. Plus, 60% of customers look at the number of reviews a business has before deciding whether to make a purchase or use its services. Having more reviews shows that a business is legitimate and trustworthy. - -What is the best place to collect reviews? Social media. Start a UGC campaign that requires customers to post their reviews, then use the content on the business’s Web site. Platforms such as TripAdvisor and Google Reviews are also great places to collect authentic reviews. - -Monthly dog-goodies subscription service Barkbox integrates customer reviews into its home page, placing them right in the middle of the page, as shown in Figure 6. The brand includes photos of customers’ pets that show its products immediately above the reviews. - -Figure 6 —Customer reviews on Barkbox - - - -Image source: Barkbox - -Conclusion - -As a UX designer, it’s important to understand what elements of social media you can integrate into a Web site’s pages and, thus, create a more interactive, meaningful user experience for its audience. By aligning your Web designs with social media, you can strengthen brand identity, boost brand awareness, and as a result, increase conversions. Use the tips I’ve provided in this article to help you integrate all your brand channels.",1731883615,f567d8ffe9,241a267814,,,1731883615 -https://www.engadget.com/entertainment/disney-removes-a-star-wars-movie-from-its-2026-release-lineup-170020691.html?src=rss,https://www.engadget.com/rss.xml,Disney removes a Star Wars movie from its 2026 release lineup,"You'll have to wait for more than a couple of years for the next Star Wars movie. According to Variety and The Wrap, Disney has pulled an untitled Star Wars film from its 2026 release lineup and replacing it with Ice Age 6, which is set to premiere on December 18 that year. It's not quite clear which film that is, but Daisy Ridley announced at the Star Wars Celebration in London last year that she was going to reprise her role as Rey in a new film. The movie will be directed by Sharmeen Obaid-Chinoy, who also directed some episodes of Ms. Marvel, and will be a direct sequel to Star Wars: The Rise of Skywalker. - -Set 15 years after the events of the previous film, the upcoming movie will reportedly revolve around Rey as she establishes a new Jedi academy and build a new Jedi Order. Steven Knight (Peaky Blinders, Angelina Jolie's Maria) joined the production when he replaced the original screenwriters last year, but he also left the project in October. Lucasfilm's search for a new screenwriter might have contributed to the film's delay. - -While the next installment in the main Star Wars series won't be coming out in 2026, a film that's part of the franchise will still be coming out that year. The Mandalorian & Grogu, a continuation of the Disney+ TV series directed by Jon Favreau, has already started filming and will be released on May 22, 2026. The Wrap also says it was ""assured"" that the next Star Wars film was ""still very much in development,"" which hopefully means that it won't end up being cancelled like the movie planned by Game of Thrones' creators David Benioff and D. B. Weiss.",1731883669,2ccba97d94,244cb75255,,,1731883669 -https://www.docker.com/blog/hubdashboards/,https://www.docker.com/blog/feed/,Learn How to Optimize Usage with New Docker Hub Dashboards,"Effective infrastructure management is crucial for organizations using Docker Hub. Without a clear understanding of resource consumption, unexpected usage can emerge and skyrocket. This is particularly true if pulls and storage needs are not budgeted and forecasted correctly. By implementing proactive post controls and monitoring usage patterns, development teams can sustain their Docker Hub usage while keeping expenses under control. - -To support these goals, we’ve introduced new Docker Hub Usage dashboards, offering organizations the ability to access and analyze their usage patterns for storage and pulls. - -Docker Hub’s Usage dashboards put you in control, giving visibility into every pull and image your Docker systems request. Each pull and cache becomes a deliberate choice — not a random event — so you can make every byte count. With clear insights into what’s happening and why, you can design more efficient, optimized systems. - -Reclaim control and manage technical resources by kicking bad habits - -Figure 1: Docker Hub Usage dashboards. - -The Docker Hub Usage dashboards (Figure 1) provide valuable insights, allowing teams to track peaks and valleys, detect high usage periods, and identify the images and repositories driving the most consumption. This visibility not only aids in managing usage but also strengthens continuous improvement efforts across your software supply chain, helping teams build applications more efficiently and sustainably. - -This information helps development teams to stay on top of challenges, such as: - -Redundant pulls and misconfigured repositories: These can quickly and quietly drive up technical expenses while falling out of scope of the most relevant or critical use cases. Docker Hub’s Usage dashboards can help development teams identify patterns and optimize accordingly. They let you view usage trends across IPs and users as well, which helps with pinpointing high consumption areas and ensuring accountability in an organization when it comes to resource management. - -These can quickly and quietly drive up technical expenses while falling out of scope of the most relevant or critical use cases. Docker Hub’s Usage dashboards can help development teams identify patterns and optimize accordingly. They let you view usage trends across IPs and users as well, which helps with pinpointing high consumption areas and ensuring accountability in an organization when it comes to resource management. Poor caching management: Repository insights and image tagging helps customers assess internal usage patterns, such as frequently accessed images, where there might be an opportunity to improve caching. With proper governance models, organizations can also establish policies and processes that reduce the variability of resource usage as a whole. This goal goes beyond keeping track of seasonality usage patterns to help you design more predictable usage patterns so you can budget accordingly. - -Repository insights and image tagging helps customers assess internal usage patterns, such as frequently accessed images, where there might be an opportunity to improve caching. With proper governance models, organizations can also establish policies and processes that reduce the variability of resource usage as a whole. This goal goes beyond keeping track of seasonality usage patterns to help you design more predictable usage patterns so you can budget accordingly. Accidental automation: Accidental automated system activities can really hurt your usage. Let’s say you are using a CI/CD pipeline or automated scripts configured to pull images more often than they should. They may pull on every build instead of the actual version change, for example. - -Usage dashboards can help you identify these inefficiencies by showing detailed pull data associated with automated tooling. This information can help your teams quickly identify and adjust misconfigured systems, fine-tune automations to only pull when needed, and ultimately focus on the most relevant use cases for your organization, avoiding accidental overuse of resources: - -Figure 2: Details from the Usage dashboards. - -Docker Hub’s Usage dashboards offer a comprehensive view of your usage data, including downloadable CSV reports that include metrics such as pull counts, repository names, IP addresses, and version checks (Figure 2). This granular approach allows your organization to gain valuable insights and trend data to help optimize your team’s workflows and inform policies. - -Integrate robust operational principles into your development pipeline by leveraging these data-driven reports and maintain control over resource consumption and operational efficiency with Docker Hub. - -Learn more",1731883632,fbb77a7456,242dcf4ea5,,,1731883632 -https://www.npr.org/2024/05/03/1197958936/ralph-nader-consumer-movement,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How Ralph Nader inspired a consumer movement and an anti-regulation backlash : Planet Money : NPR,"The birth of the modern consumer movement - -Today on the show, the story of the modern consumer movement in the U.S. and the person who inspired it: Ralph Nader. How Ralph Nader's battle in the 1960s set the stage for decades of regulation and sparked a debate in the U.S. about how much regulation is the right amount and how much is too much. - -This episode was made in collaboration with NPR's Throughline. For more about Ralph Nader and safety regulations, listen to their original episode, ""Ralph Nader, Consumer Crusader."" - -Sponsor Message - -This Planet Money episode was produced by Emma Peaslee and edited by Jess Jiang. - -The Throughline episode was produced by Rund Abdelfatah, Ramtin Arablouei, Lawrence Wu, Julie Caine, Anya Steinberg, Casey Miner, Cristina Kim, Devin Katayama, Peter Balonon-Rosen, Irene Noguchi, and fact-checking by Kevin Volkl. The episode was mixed by Josh Newell. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR Source Audio - ""Good Thing Goin On,"" and ""Ricochet""",1731884594,8181d7a585,24267e41a7,,,1731884594 -http://www.historytoday.com/archive/history-matters/doc-holliday-perennial-sidekick,https://www.historytoday.com/feed/rss.xml,Doc Holliday: The Perennial Sidekick,"To continue reading this article you need to purchase a subscription, available from only £5. - -Start my trial subscription now - -If you have already purchased access, or are a print & archive subscriber, please ensure you are logged in. - -Please email digital@historytoday.com if you have any problems.",1731883672,96608eb700,2474606558,,,1731883672 -https://fivethirtyeight.com/features/politics-podcast-is-donald-trump-the-inevitable-gop-nominee/,https://fivethirtyeight.com/politics/feed/,Politics Podcast: Is Donald Trump The Inevitable GOP Nominee?,"Now that we are on the other side of Labor Day and summer is subsiding, this is — as tradition goes — when focus on political campaigns really begins to heat up. The off-year elections this November will get some attention, but the main attraction is still the 2024 Republican presidential primary. - -In this installment of the FiveThirtyEight Politics podcast, we ask a question we will undoubtedly return to in the four months until the Iowa caucuses: Is Donald Trump’s nomination inevitable? And if not inevitable, how can we place the likelihood he wins the GOP primary in historical context? - -We also have partial results from two special primary elections and we debate “good or bad use of polling” for a classic and controversial topic: internal polls. - -You can listen to the episode by clicking the “play” button in the audio player above or by downloading it in iTunes, the ESPN App or your favorite podcast platform. If you are new to podcasts, learn how to listen. - -The FiveThirtyEight Politics podcast is recorded Mondays and Thursdays. Help new listeners discover the show by leaving us a rating and review on iTunes. Have a comment, question or suggestion for “good polling vs. bad polling”? Get in touch by email, on Twitter or in the comments.",1731883674,07da66e258,247fead984,,,1731883674 -https://www.npr.org/2023/08/16/1194249897/summer-school-operations-capacity-variability-newsvendor-model,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Business operations: Capacity, variability, and the newsvendor model : Planet Money : NPR","Summer School 6: Operations and 25,000 roses - -Enlarge this image NPR NPR - -""It's difficult to control everything,"" says our guest professor for this week, Santiago Gallino. ""What is not difficult is to plan for everything."" Today we venture into the sphere of business that masters the planning, and backup planning: operations management. - -It's more than just predicting a bottleneck and imagining a solution, because there's always a bottleneck to clear. It's about modeling, and weighing the costs of messing up vs. missing out. For instance, take a newspaper vendor who has to decide how many newspapers to sell tomorrow morning. Do they buy fewer, knowing that they'll sell out–and then miss out on potential revenue from papers not sold? Or do they order more than they expect to sell, just in case–and eat the cost of a few unsold papers? This type of trade-off applies to all kinds of businesses, and Gallino talks us through how to choose. - -Sponsor Message - -The only certainty in this life is uncertainty. But we are certain you will come out of this episode feeling better prepared for your future business. And fortunately, there are no bottlenecks in podcasting. - -The series is hosted by Robert Smith and produced by Max Freedman. Our project manager is Julia Carney. This episode was edited by Alex Goldmark and engineered by James Willetts. The show is fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Lost Situation,"" ""Vision,"" ""Pyramid Thoughts,"" ""Wandering Around,"" and ""Growling Sax Surf""; Audio Network - ""Reflected Colours"" and ""Sweet Valentine.""",1731884626,8181d7a585,24925c9ec4,,,1731884626 -https://www.npr.org/2021/08/20/1029846068/two-indicators-will-remote-work-kill-the-office,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Will Remote Work Kill The Office? : Planet Money : NPR,"Two Indicators: Will Remote Work Kill The Office? - -Enlarge this image Thomas Barwick/Getty Images Thomas Barwick/Getty Images - -Many companies have transitioned to full-time remote work during the pandemic. When the pandemic ends, will their workers go back to the office? Or are we witnessing the death of the office? - -Some people are predicting that remote work is here to stay and that it could revolutionize America's economic map. Remote work, they say, could allow some workers to move out of ""superstar cities"" like Seattle and New York in favor of cheaper areas. - -But predictions that remote work will kill the office are not new. People made similar predictions in the 1970s, when personal computers took off. And they made the same predictions in the 1990s, when the Internet took off. Instead of killing the office, however, the personal computer and the Internet only made the office more important than ever. Tech companies, for example, built these ginormous offices and placed them near each other in places like Silicon Valley. - -Sponsor Message - -In this episode, we scan the data, the research, the theories and bring you two Indicators that debate the future of the office. - -Music: ""Uptown Goes Downtown,"" ""Tense Cypher,"" and ""Half An Iceberg."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Pocket Casts and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to the Newsletter.",1731884704,8181d7a585,249d24470f,,,1731884704 -https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/article/msq-acquires-german-customer-experience-agency-porsche-bosch/1896021,https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/rss/news,MSQ acquires German customer experience agency for Porsche and Bosch,"MSQ acquires German customer experience agency for Porsche and Bosch - -United Digital Group has worked with Porsche for over two decades. - -by Lucy Shelley",1731883626,ec257e8cc3,2491b3e5bf,,,1731883626 -https://justcreative.com/best-christmas-gifts-for-designers/,https://justcreative.com/feed/,50+ Best Christmas Gift Ideas for Designers (Nov),"Ask yourself what they might need - -I thought I would put my Santa hat on and play a little Secret Santa to help you pick the best gifts for the graphic designers & creatives on your list this year! - -Grab that list and let’s get going! Here are the best Christmas gifts for designers. - -sponsored message - -What do you give a designer for Christmas? Buying a gift for a graphic designer is a lot like buying gifts for someone who works in construction. Namely that whatever it is, it needs to be useful and that it’s something that they will be sure to use just about every day. - -With these prerequisites in mind, I have come up with a pretty good list this year! - -6x Fail-Proof Christmas Gifts for Graphic Designers - -These gifts will work for any budget and are sure to satisfy the taste of your most-picky designer friend. - - - -sponsored message - - - - - -Most Popular & Best Christmas Gifts for Designers - -Full details on these gifts can be found further below. - -More popular gift ideas: - -Best Christmas Gifts For Your Designer Self - -Treat yourself this Christmas with some of the most popular gifts for designers. - -Christmas Gift Buying Guide for Designers - -Now we know that some people will tell you that they don’t need anything this year for Christmas. For some, that may be true. While we don’t necessarily believe that, finding that person the perfect gift, even when they “say” they don’t want anything takes a little research on your part. - -Look at the past - -A great way to pick the perfect gift is to look at what might have happened in that person’s life in the last year. Maybe they graduated from college this year and you could frame their diploma. Or maybe they started their own business and could use a little help with a piece of tech that could put their business over the top. Events in someone’s life are a great way to find gift ideas. - -Ask yourself what they might need - -Even if they tell you that they don’t need anything or can’t think of anything that they might want for their birthday or Christmas, it can help to think broader when searching for a great gift. In the case of someone who runs their own business, the greatest gift they could ever receive is more time. - -Unless you’re a Time Lord, that’s going to be a hard gift to give. However, there are so many devices out there that can help people run their lives more efficiently. Thinking about what to give someone on a general level can help you see more options. - -Do a little light stalking - -sponsored message - - - -Now, we don’t mean park a van across the street from their house or anything like that. Many people have wishlists on Amazon and if you just happened to buy them something that was on that list, they will be truly surprised. You can check Facebook or other social media for clues if they’ve liked certain products or made comments about how getting a particular item would make life easier. - -50+ Best Christmas Gifts for Graphic Designers - -The best permanent markers - -With fine point tips, the black permanent markers are more impressive to the users. As they provide 24 pens in one pack, you can use it for creating bold and fine lines or marks. The pens are responsible for durable results in writing, doodling, and drawing. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Amazon Basics Fine Point Tip Permanent Markers, Black, 24-Pack BOLD MARKS & CLEAN LINES: The fine point permanent marker produces clear lines making it great for writing, doodling, and drawing with precision - -VERSATILE USAGE: The black permanent markers are well-suited for photos, plastic, wood, and metal - -LONG-LASTING VIVID INK: With quick-drying, waterproof ink that stays permanent, these black markers keep your work vibrant and detailed for a long time - -SAFE & NON-TOXIC: Equipped with non-toxic, low-odor ink meeting ASTM D-4236 standards - -WARNINGS: Keep out of reach of children. Avoid contact with eyes, Rinse eyes immediately if product comes into contact with them. The product should be labelled according to CLP regulation and SDs... - -The best wireless keyboard - -As it is wireless, the keyboard is portable and a great choice due to some of its features. The keyboard is compatible with many devices like iOS, Android and Windows. It is a perfect companion for Apple iPhone, iPad, etc. Along with these, you can use the keyboard for around 20 days with a full charge. - -sponsored message - - - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Ultra-Slim Bluetooth Keyboard Portable Mini Wireless Keyboard Rechargeable for Apple iPad iPhone... Excellent Compatibility: The Bluetooth keyboard compatible with iOS, Android and Windows system. It is perfect for Apple iPhone, iPad, iPad Mini, iPad Pro, iPad Air, Android Samsung LG Windows tablet... - -Light portable and compact: This keyboard is much lighter, smaller than traditional keyboard. You can easily carry it without taking up more space on your desk or bag. 7 inch keyboard dimensions: 20 x... - -Long-term use: Built-in rechargeable lithium battery, after fully charged, it can be used for more than 20 days (When used continuously for 2 hours a day). If you don't use it for more than 10... - -Comfortable Bluetooth Keyboard: The keys of the keyboard are scissor structure, square chocolate keycap ergonomic design. Use this keyboard, you can type quietly on your tablet, iPad, iPhone,... - -Bluetooth Connection: The keyboard adopts stable Bluetooth 3.0 technology, the working distance is up to 10m. The keyboard is US QWERTY layout, easy to use, has hot keys, such as volume control, play... - -3. Apple iPad Air - -The best iPad with great performance - -With a 10.9-inch screen, the iPad has a liquid retina display with true tone and anti-reflective coating. The Apple M1 chip makes the iPad more effective in performance. Having stereo landscape speakers, the iPad also has a 12MP wide camera. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Sale Apple iPad Air (5th Generation): with M1 chip, 10.9-inch Liquid Retina Display, 64GB, Wi-Fi 6, 12MP... WHY IPAD AIR — Serious performance in a thin and light design. With an immersive 10.9-inch Liquid Retina display and the amazing performance of the M1 chip, iPad Air is a creative and gaming... - -IPADOS + APPS — iPadOS makes iPad more productive, intuitive, and versatile. With iPadOS, run multiple apps at once, use Apple Pencil to write in any text field with Scribble, and edit and share... - -FAST WI-FI CONNECTIVITY — Wi-Fi 6 gives you fast access to your files, uploads, and downloads, and lets you seamlessly stream your favorite shows. - -PERFORMANCE AND STORAGE — The M1 chip lets you multitask smoothly between powerful apps and play graphics-intensive games. And with all-day battery life, you can keep working and playing wherever... - -APPLE PENCIL AND MAGIC KEYBOARD — With Apple Pencil (2nd generation), iPad Air transforms into an immersive drawing canvas and the world’s best note‑taking device. Magic Keyboard features a... - -The best noise-cancelling headphones - -Acoustic design: Closed | Weight: 8.95 oz | Cable length: 3.94 ft | Frequency response: 4Hz to 40kHz | Drivers: 1.57-inch | Driver type: Dome-type | Sensitivity: 104.5 dB | Impedance: 47 ohm | Battery life: 30 hours | Wireless range: 30 meters (98ft) | NFC: Yes - -If you’ve ever read some of our other articles, you’ll know that we love the WH-1000XM5 headphones from Sony and didn’t think anyone would be able to dethrone them. Turns out, their younger brother the 1000XM5 has done just that. While aesthetically, they don’t look all that different from the previous version, the XM5 comes with some new features including multipoint pairing, conversational awareness, and autoplay/pause using a built-in sensor make these the headphones to buy this Christmas. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Sale Sony WH-1000XM4 Wireless Premium Noise Canceling Overhead Headphones with Mic for Phone-Call and... ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION: Premium noise canceling with Dual Noise Sensor technology - -LONG BATTERY LIFE: Up to 30-hour battery life with quick charging (10 min charge for 5 hours of playback)(USB Type-C Cable included) - -TOUCH SENSOR CONTROLS: Pause play skip tracks, control volume, activate your voice assistant, and answer phone calls. - -SPEAK-TO-CHAT: Automatically reduces volume during conversations - -SUPERIOR CALL QUALITY: Precise voice pick up combines five built-in microphones with advanced audio signal for clear calls - -Best tablet with ergonomic design - -Screen Size: 15.6 Inches | Pressure Sensitivity: 8192 level - -With an impressive and ergonomic design, the tablet has a display of 15.6 Inches. The tablet has a pressure sensitivity level of 8,192 levels. Having the feature of lag-free tracking, the tablet also has two customizable switches that give access to shortcuts. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Sale Wacom Cintiq 16 Drawing Tablet with Screen, 15.4"" Full HD LCD Display Graphic Arts Tablet Includes... Creative Pen Display: Animation tablet features optimized display and premium pen technology ideal for creative hobbyists, enthusiasts, or students for use on campus, in the studio, or at home - -Precision Pen Performance: Included Pro Pen 2 features tilt recognition, virtually lag-free tracking, 8192 levels of pressure sensitivity, and 2 customizable switches for easy access to shortcuts - -Vibrant Color Display: Windows and macOS tablet features LCD display with HD resolution and showcases uniform brightness, high resolution, and true to life color quality - -Fingertip Control: Relaxed parallax gives you full control with your fingertips, and combined with the super responsive Wacom Pro Pen 2, makes creating feel as natural as drawing on paper - -Includes: Wacom Cintiq 16 digital drawing display, Pro Pen 2, 3 replacement nibs, nib remover, 3-in-1 connectivity cable, AC adapter, power cable, and quick start guide - -The best durable watch - -Featuring a great retina display, the watch is a best pick with health innovations. Sensors and applications to measure the blood oxygen are some of the innovations in the watch will impress the users. This watch is quick to charge and it is easy to do so.. It is waterproof, dustproof, and the watch is durable enough to use for many years. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -The perfect addition to any designer’s toolbox - -While pens and pencils can certainly help a graphic designer in the short run, where they make their bread and butter is through the use of computer programs such as Photoshop, Illustrator, or even After Effects. This is why an Adobe Creative Cloud Subscription is such a great idea. A 12-month subscription that auto-renews, there are more than 20 apps that they can use plus the subscription includes access to Adobe Fonts, Behance, and access to the Creative Cloud Libraries. With all this packed neatly together, you’ll definitely win Christmas this year. - -Also see our Adobe discount guide to save 40-70% on Adobe CC. - -The best spiral notebook - -With 50 sheets and 100 blank pages, the notebook is worth for drawing and your artistic tasks. The pages are thick enough to avoid ink spills. Due to these features, the notebook is an ideal product for diaries, journals, etc. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -DSTELIN Blank Spiral Notebook, 1-Pack, Soft Cover, Sketch book, 100 Pages / 50 Sheets, 7.5 inch x... Size: 19cm x 13cm / 7.5 inch x 5.1 inch, perfect size for handbag, schoolbag or backpack. - -Blank inside pages: With 100 blank pages / 50 sheets in each of the books. - -Material: Thick paper prevents ink from inks through the pages. - -Package Contents: 1pcs black blank notebooks. - -Wide usage: Ideal for a diary, travel journal, poetry work, creativ e writing, making sketches and drawings, Work records, study notes, mood diary, scrapbooks and so on. - -The best choice for backup storage - -Backup storage, of course, is a mind-blowing gift any time. It is a life-saving gift you can present to your designer friends whose work is their vigor. There’s no way they want to lose it; a thoughtful gift idea indeed. So, why not? - -This storage software allows syncing data with other cloud services. Whether you want backups, security, file management, or just cloud storage, they meet all the requirements. - -See the best External Hard Drives for Graphic Designers - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -WD 5TB My Passport Ultra, Blue, Portable External Hard Drive, backup software with defense against... USB-C and USB 3.1 compatible - -Innovative style with refined metal cover - -Password protection with 256-bit AES hardware encryption - -Formatted for Windows - -3-year manufacturer's limited warranty - -The best mouse for a graphic designer - -DPI: 4,000 | Interface: Bluetooth and 2.4GHz wireless | Buttons: 7 | Ergonomic: Right-handed - -Customizable buttons, a design-build to fit ergonomically in their hand, a thumbwheel, and at its lowest price, the MX Master 3 from Logitech is truly an extension of a graphic designer’s arm. On top of all of the specs and features that the mouse contains, it is also my preferred mouse! If you’re looking for a great gift, pick the one that already comes with a ringing endorsement. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Logitech MX Master 2S Wireless Mouse - Hyper-Fast Scrolling, Ergonomic, Rechargeable, Control 3... Cross computer control: Game changing capacity to navigate seamlessly on 3 computers, and copy paste text, images, and files from 1 to the other using Logitech flow - -12. SAMSUNG Galaxy S23Ultra - -The best Android phone - -With a 6.8 inch screen, this Samsung phone is best for 8k video with a high resolution. The Samsung phone is the best pick for professional uses. The phone also features multi-cam recording and other automatic effects. With a long battery life, you can work on your phone the whole day without charging. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Samsung Galaxy S23 Ultra 5G SM-S918B/DS Dual SIM 256GB ROM 8GB RAM GSM Factory Unlocked Global Model... 6.8"" Dynamic AMOLED 2X Infinity-O QHD+, Edge Screen, 120Hz Refresh Rate, 500ppi, 1750nit (Outdoor Peak), 1440 x 3088 pixels, 5000mAh Battery - -256GB, 8GB RAM, No SD Card Slot, Qualcomm SM8550-AC Snapdragon 8 Gen 2 (4nm), Octa-Core, Adreno 740 - -Rear Camera: 200MP, f/1.7 + 10MP, f/4.9 + 10MP, f/2.4 + 12MP, f/2.2, Front Camera: 12MP, f/2.2, Android 13, One UI 5.1 - -2G: GSM 850/900/1800/1900, CDMA 800/1900, 3G: HSDPA 850/900/1700(AWS)/1900/2100, CDMA2000 1xEV-DO, 4G LTE: 1/2/3/4/5/7/8/12/13/17/18/19/20/25/26/28/32/38/39/40/41/66, 5G:... - -International Model without Domestic Warranty. The Seller's Return Policy still covers the device. Compatible with Most GSM and CDMA Carriers like T-Mobile, AT&T, etc. Will Also work with CDMA... - -The best monitor with impressive design - -Screen Size: 27 inch | Resolution: 3840 x 2160 Pixels | Refresh rate: 60 Hz - -With a refresh rate of 60 Hz, the monitor has a resolution of 3840 x 2160. The sRGB 99% Color makes the monitor great for designers and creators. You can also easily adjust the monitor with the height adjustable stand and pivot adjustment. - -Read more about best monitors for graphic designers. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Sale LG UltraFine UHD 27-Inch 4K UHD 2160p Computer Monitor 27UN850-W, IPS with VESA DisplayHDR 400, AMD... With VESA DisplayHDR 400 high dynamic range compatibility, this monitor brings work and virtual worlds to life, backed by 400 nits of brightness, elevating textures, elements, character movements, and... - -With 99percent coverage of the sRGB spectrum, this monitor is a great solution for photographers, graphic designers, or anyone looking for highly accurate color - -With supported video cards such as the AMD Radeon series, AMD FreeSync manages refresh rate, reducing screen tearing, flicker, and stuttering for an effortlessly smooth gaming experience - -Transform standard content into HDR-quality video right on the screen. Using a picture quality algorithm, tone mapping and luminance of SDR content are improved for an HDR-like experience - -Customized game modes optimize your gaming conditions with two first-person-shooter (FPS) modes and a real-time strategy (RTS) mode as well. Make screen adjustments with a few clicks of your mouse... - -Their very own Santa’s sack - -Material: Canvas| Size: Fits up to a 17-inch laptop - -Our Christmas list features a lot of tech and they’re gonna need something reliable to lug that around every day. Made from a lightweight canvas, the Basics Backpack from Amazon is a quality backpack with enough room for all of their stuff. - -A padded back helps keep things comfortable while padded straps keep the pressure off their shoulders. While it may not be as high-tech as some other options that are out there, the combination of price and quality that only Amazon can offer makes this a must buy. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Amazon Basics Adventure Laptop Backpack - Fits Up to 17-Inch Laptops, Black Multi-compartment laptop backpack equipped with one large packing compartment, separate laptop compartment, tablet holder, and front pocket organizer - -Fits most 17-inch laptops; separate padded laptop compartment with zippered side entry for easy access and velcro strap to keep laptop in place - -Built-in padded tablet holder next to the laptop compartment for easy storage; fits iPad Air 2, iPad Mini 4, Samsung Galaxy Tab S2, Google Nexus 9, Amazon Fire HDX, and other tablets up to 12 inches - -Padded shoulder straps and back padding offer extra back support and comfort; top loop handle for a secure hold when picking up or moving the backpack - -Internal cell phone pouch with headphone port; water bottle pouches; removable key ring - -The best monitor with 27-inch - -Screen Size: 27 inch | RAM: 8 GB | CPU: Core i7 - -With a 5k display, the Apple iMac is a good fit for you. With a 27-inch display, the monitor is impressive among the creators, graphic designers, etc. With the processor- Intel Core i7, the monitor provides an extensive performance. Considering the connectivities, the Apple iMac has ports for two thunderbolt 3 ports. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -2020 Apple iMac with Retina 5K Display (27-inch, 8GB RAM, 512GB SSD Storage) 27-inch (diagonal) 5120-by-2880 Retina 5K display - -3.8GHz 8-core 10th-generation Intel Core i7 - -AMD Radeon Pro 5500 XT graphics - -Ultrafast SSD storage - -Two Thunderbolt 3 (USB-C) ports - -The best folding desk for designers - -Available in 8 colors and 5 sizes from 31.5 inches to 60 inches. The Need Small Computer desk is easy to carry and doesn’t require any assembly. Simply unfold the legs and it’s ready to use. It’s sturdy design keeps it from wobbling, which is a primary concern with any desk. Great for anyone looking for a desk that is simple, easy to use, practical, and aesthetically pleasing. - -See here for the 10 Best Folding & Adjustable Computer Desks for Small Spaces or perhaps a standing desk. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Need Small Computer Desk 31.5 inches Folding Table No Assembly Sturdy Small Writing Desk Folding... 【Small desk size】 L31.5"" x W15.7"" x H29.9"".It's small and compact design, could fit your room, providing enough table space for writing, reading or working. It is ideal for home, office,... - -【Good Material】 0.7"" thick environmental E1 standard particle wood with matte surface finish, waterproof and anti scratch. Desk leg uses epoxy spray paint technique, lacquer face is not easy to... - -【Advantages】1. Folding Design, NO need to assemble, can be opened and folded in a few seconds. 2. It folds up quickly and can be stored easily without taking up too much space. - -【Adjustable Leg Pads Design】Legs can be adjusted 0.5""-1"" in length, allowing stability under an uneven floor. - -【Certification & Quality Assurance】Our desk is certified with ""BIFMA"", in accordance with US Office Furniture Standards. If there are any problems about the product, please contact us directly, we... - -The best inspirational book for startups - -As the best seller of The New York Times, Shoe Dog is the best pick for readers who want to learn about businesses. After reading this book, you will learn about the inside story of the company’s early days. The book will inspire you and make you confident in starting new things. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -The best tablet for designers - -Weight: 458g | Dimensions: 247.6 x 178.5 x 6.1mm | OS: iPadOS 14 | Screen size: 10.9-inch | Resolution: 1640 x 2360 pixels | CPU: A14 Bionic | Storage: 64GB/256GB | microSD slot: No | Battery: Up to 10 hours | Rear camera: 12MP | Front camera: 7MP - -The newest version of the iPad Air is an iPad Pro in sheep’s clothing. Although it has a cheaper price than the Pro, it certainly resembles one with its all-screen front and like the iPad Pro, it supports the second-generation Apple Pencil and the Magic Keyboard. - -The internal chipset, the A14, is the same one that is in the new iPhone 12 and actually newer than what is currently in the iPad Pro. With four powerful speakers, a decent screen, and good battery life, the iPad Air is a great tablet, plus it comes in a wide range of colors. Something the iPad Pro definitely does not do. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -2020 Apple iPad Air (10.9-inch, Wi-Fi, 64GB) - Sky Blue (4th Generation) Stunning 10.9-inch Liquid Retina display with True Tone and P3 wide color - -A14 Bionic chip with Neural Engine - -Touch ID for secure authentication and Apple Pay - -12MP back camera, 7MP FaceTime HD front camera - -Available in Silver, Space Gray, Rose Gold, Green, and Sky Blue - -The best comfortable chair - -Are you searching for an ideal chair for your workstation? This is a good solution for you. With an height adjustable padded seat, the basic desk chair makes the users more comfortable. You can work for long hours in your comfortable position. The strong caster wheels have a smooth rolling mobility, making it easy to move from one place to another. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Sale Amazon Basics Classic Puresoft PU Padded Mid-Back Height Adjustable Office Computer Desk Chair with... Office desk chair for home office, work station, or conference room - -Adjustable seat height, adjustable seat angle, and tilt control for customizable comfort - -Supports up to 275 pounds; sturdy KD metal base; comply with BIFMA standard, a nonprofit organization that creates voluntary standards to support safe standards for business and institutional working... - -Puresoft PU upholstery in Black; contoured padded seat, backrest, and armrests for comfort; durable caster wheels for smooth-rolling mobility - -Assembly instructions included; components (casters, base, arms, seat mechanism, hardware kit) arrive packed in the back cushion - -The best Microsoft laptop for graphic designers in 2024 - -Although Microsoft is best known for its software, it has recently released some excellent laptops. The most recent of which is the Microsoft Surface Laptop 5, a perfect laptop for graphic designers. It not only has a beautifully thin and sleek design, but it also boasts an outstanding PixelSense touchscreen that will make your work appear its finest. - -It also has a great keyboard, powerful hardware, and long battery life. It’s an excellent showcase for Windows 10, and it’s more than capable of running any graphic design application you can think of. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Microsoft Surface Laptop 4 13.5” Touch-Screen – Intel Core i5 - 8GB - 512GB Solid State Drive -... Power to do what you want with up to 70% more speed than before and an 11th Gen Intel Core processor. - -Thin, light, elegant design in choice of two sizes: light, portable 13.5” or larger 15” that’s perfect for split-screen multitasking. - -Show your best side on video calls with sharp video and image quality, even in low light, thanks to a front-facing 720p HD camera. - -Enjoy theater-like sound for movies and shows with Omnisonic Speakers backed by immersive Dolby Atmos6. - -Be heard loud and clear on calls with dual far-field Studio Mics that capture your voice and reduce background noise. - -The best gift for designers who like to get ideas down on paper - -Many designers love to get their ideas and design sketches down on paper before working on their computer and more and more, they turn to Field Notes to jot ideas down. For those who do, there is no better gift than Field Notes notebooks for your favorite designer will love using these every day in all kinds of ways with their work. While a three-pack may not last very long, at such an affordable price, it wouldn’t be the worst idea to give more than one as a gift. - -See here for more top notepads. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Field Notes: Original Kraft 3-Pack - Plain Paper Memo Books - Blank 48 Page Pocket Notebooks - 3.5""... POCKET NOTEBOOK, PERFECTED - At 3.5""x5.5,"" this Field Notes Original Kraft memo book 3 pack of journals is perfectly sized to fit in the pocket of your shirt, pants, or purse. As always, the inside... - -PLAIN PAPER JOURNAL - This 48-page journal notebook is designed with best-in-class versatility. Inside you'll find 48 pages of blank paper for daily sketches, journaling, or tracking midnight... - -ACID-FREE, BRIGHT WHITE - Each field journal features responsibly manufactured 60 lb (90 GSM) Finch Opaque body paper, which is a pleasure to write on, as it's smoother and more substantial than the... - -RUGGED & DURABLE COVERS - Stash your Field Notes notebook in your pocket, car, or backpack for everyday carry. The cover is made from 80 lb kraft cardstock from French Paper Co. in Michigan and... - -PROUDLY PRINTED & MANUFACTURED IN THE USA - We take great pride in our complete and transparent origin stories. Each of our thin notebooks and journals is bestowed with evidence of our artisan-first... - -The perfect quirky gift this holiday season - -We’ll just come out and say it – graphic designers can be a bit quirky and what’s better than getting them a gift that’s not only unique but can also appeal to their quirkiness. The LED Word Clock is a great gift for someone who likes to decorate their home office a little differently. While it doesn’t tell the exact time, it is pretty close but the gift isn’t about the accuracy. It’s about style and if you know a graphic designer with a unique sense of style, this will go over big. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Light Up Aluminum Word Clock - Large 12"" x 12"" - Displays Time as Text - Powered by AC Adapter -... Forget numbers, this unique clock has a matrix of words which are selectively highlighted to display the correct time. - -The time is displayed as text in five minute intervals, with 4 LED ■ Indicating the minutes - -Beautiful Aluminum Clock Face, Wall mount or desktop with built-in stand. - -NEW! Brightness Adjustable: Set the Clock Brightness on Low to use in a bedroom at night - -Dimensions: 12” x 12” - Includes AC adapter/ Unit will operate on AC power only - -The best gift for a book lover - -Michael Johnson is one of the biggest names in graphic design with clients that include Virgin Atlantic, Think London and BFI and has been the recipient of many awards in his field. In Branding, Johnson takes everyday brands and breaks them down to their most basic components to help us understand why we choose one product or service over another. With more than 1,000 illustrations and case studies, anyone who is a book lover or needs help developing branding strategies to help their business should read this book. - -See here for more top branding books - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Sale Branding: In Five and a Half Steps Hardcover Book - -Johnson, Michael (Author) - -English (Publication Language) - -320 Pages - 11/15/2016 (Publication Date) - Thames & Hudson (Publisher) - -You can never have enough books! Here are a few of my favorite branding and logo books. - -The best color formula guide - -As a great reference for colors and shades, Pantone Formula is the best pick to compare colors for various fields like graphic design. With a set of 2,161 spot colors, this makes it more useful for home designing, fashion, interior designing, etc. You can also use this in creating logos, branding, etc. - -Latest Price on Amazon: - -Pantone Formula Guide Set and Color Book, GP1601A, Coated and Uncoated - Color Swatch Book with... INDISPENSABLE COLOR REFERENCE: Quickly select, communicate, and compare colors for graphic design with the Pantone Formula Guide! This color fan guide is used around the world to communicate... - -DESIGNED FOR 2020: The Pantone Formula Guide includes 294 new, trend, and market-relevant colors for a total of 2,161 spot colors. These fan guides provide more direct matches between Pantone’s... - -ENHANCED PRINTING: These colors have been designed with an enhanced printing process for improved color accuracy, ensuring consistent color for every project. Each color is displayed with a... - -HIGH-QUALITY COLOR FAN GUIDE: Printing on coated and uncoated paper stock, the Pantone color fan guides feature colors arranged in chromatic format with new pages marked and integrated into the guide.... - -IDEAL FOR GRAPHIC DESIGN: The Pantone Formula Guide is ideal for visualizing and communicating color for prints and graphic design. The guides can be used while designing logos and branding, marketing... - -There’s something special about seeing your name on an item that’s gifted to you by loved one. While gifts, in general, are nice to receive, having customized things as presents require a lot more effort on the side of the giver. As a result, these gifts feel more special and intimate. - -Personalized gifts also help show the recipient that they are valued and appreciated a tad more. If you don’t know where to start, you can check these ideas out: personalized gift boxes. - -Get 15% off Greetabl with code ‘JUSTCREATIVE15’ - -The Best Christmas Gifts for Designers - -Shopping for someone who works as a designer can be tough. It can be tough to know what to buy someone no matter what kind of career they have but we hope that with our list of the best Christmas gifts for designers, we’ve made you find the that process a bit easier. - -Have any other great gift ideas for designers? Let us know below. Share them in the comments below! - -Happy Holidays! - -Cover photo by Gareth Wood - -Related Posts: - -Top Laptops - -More Top Gear for Designers - -Pin to Pinterest",1731883665,b7a65c143b,2494e139fe,,,1731883665 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/14/la-famiglia-gaetano-pesces-design-miami-paris/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,La Famiglia is Gaetano Pesce's last-ever furniture collection,"A collection of stiffened felt chairs designed by Italian designer Gaetano Pesce prior to his death earlier this year was presented by New York gallery Salon 94 Design at Design Miami's Paris edition. - -The collection, titled La Famiglia, was initiated in the early months of 2024 by Pesce, who passed away aged 84 before completing the project. - -The designer created a family of four chairs intended to accommodate people of all ages, which he named La Mamma (the Mother), La Cugina (the Cousin), Il Bambino (the Child) and La Piccola (the Little One). - -The chairs are made from stiffened industrial felt, using a technique that Pesce pioneered in 1987 with his Feltri chair for Cassina and subsequently applied to numerous products including cabinets, vases and furniture. - -The process involves soaking the fabric in clear resin before shaping it and allowing the resin to set so that the felt forms become rigid and self-supporting. - -Pesce initially considered producing the chairs from solid resin but instead chose felt because, according to a statement from the gallery, ""he enjoyed the transformation of the flat, soft textile – cut out like a child's drawings – into functional seating."" - -Each chair features a curved backrest decorated with a cutout face that lends the pieces their distinctive, playful personalities. The hardened felt is also used to form the seats and side panels, which are folded over to create feet and armrests. - -Prototypes developed by the designer at his studio in Brooklyn, New York, were presented at an exhibition titled Nice to See You during Milan Design Week. - -The final versions of the chairs were produced posthumously in Italy by Pesce's studio team and were exhibited at Salon 94 Design's booth at Design Miami.Paris, held at the lavish 18th-century mansion L'hôtel de Maisons. - -Alongside the La Famiglia collection, the gallery showed other pieces developed by Pesce including a chandelier comprising 60 multicoloured resin arms with LED light fittings attached. - -The show also featured vases in felt and resin, and a table made from resin-soaked fabric covered with drawings of flowers. - -Pesce was a pioneer of the Radical Design movement in the 1960s, when he developed experimental products that stood in stark contrast to the rational modernism that had defined the previous decades. - -His iconic creations included the Up5 chair from 1969 – a vacuum-packed chair and ottoman designed to resemble a female body attached to a ball and chain. - -After moving to New York in 1983, Pesce began to move away from mass production and focused on creating ""standardised series"" in everyday materials like resin. - -Some of the projects he completed in the final years of his life include a colourful resin catwalk and seating for fashion brand Bottega Veneta and a pair of handbags for the same company that resemble bucolic landscapes. - -Following the news of Pesce's passing in April, tributes poured in from members of the design community, including from curator Glenn Adamson who called him ""the most reliably provocative of the Italian radical designers"". - -The photography is by Adrian Dirand courtesy of the artist and Salon 94 Design. - -Design Miami.Paris took place from 15-20 October in Paris, France. See Dezeen Events Guide for an up-to-date list of architecture and design events taking place around the world.",1731883661,8f8dc0373b,24c4602527,,,1731883661 -https://www.prcouture.com/supply-chain-challenges/,https://www.prcouture.com/feed/,3 Ways PR Pros Can Support Clients Through Supply Chain Challenges,"According to the Wall Street Journal, recent disruptions in global supply chains have resulted in increased prices and spikes in canceled orders, forcing businesses to make substantial changes in the way they communicate with customers. However, the public doesn’t always understand supply chain challenges from an entrepreneur’s perspective; they’re anxious because the cost of food, gas, and other essentials are rising, and then they see consumer goods prices go up as well. - -In consumers’ minds, their favorite brands are now part of the problem. This is where PR professionals come in! - -The truth is, brands don’t want to raise prices — our goal at EpiLynx is to be affordable and accessible to everyone — but it is the responsibility of PR pros to clearly and effectively communicate this to audiences. Here are some PR tips that can help communication professionals keep client messaging relevant and empathetic (so customers stay on their side, despite supply chain challenges). - -3 Ways PR Pros Can Support Clients Experiencing Supply Chain Challenges - -Minimize shortages and delays by planning ahead - -During times like these, the best PR defense is a good offense. When we’re proactive, we can minimize many of the problems that hiccups in the supply chain cause our clients and their customers. Check in with your clients regularly about what they have in stock and what will be delayed. Sold-out or waitlisted products are always newsworthy, and learning about them right away helps you craft a more effective story or pitch around them. - -If your client regularly sends products to celebrities or influencers, encourage them to order supplies in bulk. You’ll ensure that you always have what you need on hand, and your clients will save by stocking up. Keep an eye on your sample inventory so you can request more products from your clients when you’re running low. But you have to be flexible — consider pausing your sample sends when supply chain challenges are at their peak. - -Expanding shipping options can also help your clients on the offensive as they fight supply chain challenges. Adding a delayed shipping option can help ease the impact of shortages and delays on the customer — and if shipping is free or comes with an extra discount, you can turn that into content for your client. - -Communication with customers is key - -A good offense goes a long way, but we must also be ready with defensive tactics. Clear and consistent communication is your best strategy no matter what. - -Don’t be afraid to be honest with your client’s customers when supply chain challenges arise. You have an established relationship with their customer base, and relationships are built on trust. This is a time to be completely transparent. - -Advise your client’s web team to keep their online store current with banners or prominent messaging that alert consumers when items are running low or back-ordered. In addition, make sure they update their website with accurate shipping and delivery times. Customers always prefer to learn about supply issues before they place their orders. - -Refine your message about supply chain challenges and over-communicate with your client’s audience to maintain their trust. Request that your client regularly updates you about out-of-stock items and when customers can expect them to return. Brainstorm with your team about ways to reposition these delays and drum up demand for unavailable products. - -Related: Why Brand Positioning Matters More Than Ever (+ Where To Begin) - -Go above and beyond to win customer satisfaction despite supply chain challenges - -Do whatever you can to win over customers frustrated by shipping delays, items that are out of stock, or increasing prices. Be prepared with responses for people who reach out on your client’s socials, but leave the actual customer service up to your client. Talk with them about the possibility of adding a bonus item to delayed orders or covering shipping costs. That consideration often makes a customer even more loyal than before. - -Amidst shrinking inventory and rising prices, direct customer attention towards lower-priced items, bundles, or slow-selling products with lots of inventory. Craft pitches around these items for media outlets or turn them into social media content for a direct link to your client’s audience. This can boost traffic and visibility when top-selling products are out of stock, and create loyal users for each product regardless of supply chain challenges. - -Make sure your client knows that dealing with upset customers personally and with empathy is the best path forward. Stick to your press plan, but be mindful of audience sentiment as your client deals with delays and shortages. If complaints are especially high, you might consider doing something to boost morale, like giving away free products or bundles. Your team is on the front line for your clients, so maintaining a happy customer base goes a long way in persevering through supply chain challenges. - -Experts predict that supply chain challenges may show some improvement this year in certain sectors. Kinks in the supply chain will be short-lived, but being proactive and transparent as your client works through them is key. This enables you to avoid long-lasting repercussions to your client’s brand and reputation.",1731883669,1740e50804,24ed1d24ed,,,1731883669 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/mike-johnson-matt-gaetz-ethics-report_n_67379eb2e4b0dea4b6700b6f,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,Mike Johnson Wants House To Bury Matt Gaetz's Sexual Misconduct Report,"LOADING ERROR LOADING - -House Speaker Mike Johnson (R-La.) said Friday he will “strongly request” that the chamber’s ethics committee not release its sexual misconduct report on former Rep. Matt Gaetz (R-Fla.), falsely claiming it’s “not the way we do things” and dismissing concerns from both parties. - -“The rules of the House has always been that a former member is beyond the jurisdiction of the ethics committee,” he told reporters Friday, when asked if it’s in the public’s interest to see the report. - -Advertisement - -Gaetz resigned earlier this week after President-elect Donald Trump nominated him to serve as attorney general. His resignation allows Florida to quickly select his replacement in time for the next Congress ― and it also immediately put a stop to the ethics committee probe. - -Despite top lawmakers from both parties calling for the committee’s report to be made public anyway, noting that its release was imminent, Johnson is pushing back. - -“That is not the way we do things in the House, and I think that would be a terrible precedent to set,” Johnson said. - -From left, Rep. Harriet Hageman (R-Wyo.), Rep. Mike Johnson (R-La.) and Rep. Matt Gaetz (R-Fla.) stand at a news conference in 2023. via Associated Press - -Advertisement - -But precedent has already been set for such situations. The committee has twice released ethics reports after or on the same day a lawmaker has resigned ― once in 1987 and once in 1990. - -Johnson argued those precedents don’t count. “If it’s been broken once or twice, it should not have been,” he said. - -Fprmer Republican congressman Charlie Dent, who represented Pennsylvania and 2005 to 2018, said in an ABC News interview Friday that he’s certain the report will be “damning” and that even though the committee wouldn’t ordinarily release a report after a resignation, there’s nothing stopping them. - -“I believe precedent would allow them to” release it, he said. - -Conversations between Johnson and Trump about the matter remain under wraps. The two reportedly met at Mar-a-Lago Thursday night, according to Punchbowl News, but on Friday Johnson refused to comment on that. - -“I’m not talking to anybody about what I’ve said to Trump,” he said. - -The release of the ethics report could make it that much harder for Gaetz to get confirmed. Several Republican lawmakers have already expressed skepticism about his odds for making it through the process given the breadth of the allegations against him, which range from sexual misconduct involving a minor and illicit drug use to accepting improper gifts and seeking to obstruct government probes into his conduct. - -Advertisement - -“I don’t think it’s a serious nomination for the attorney general,” Sen. Lisa Murkowski (R-Alaska) told HuffPost on Wednesday. - -Reese Gorman, a reporter with NOTUS, described a grim reaction from Johnson when he asked him about blocking the report.",1731883669,b2d88cb862,24a160d9f3,,,1731883669 -https://www.foxnews.com/politics/trump-flanked-top-allies-cabinet-picks-ufc-309-usa-usa,http://feeds.foxnews.com/foxnews/politics,"Trump flanked by top allies, cabinet picks at UFC 309: 'USA, USA'","President-elect Trump was flanked by cabinet picks and elected officials during his appearance cageside at the UFC pay-per-view card in New York City on Saturday night. - -Trump was joined by top supporters turned cabinet picks as he entered Madison Square Garden to raucous cheers and chants of ""USA, USA."" - -Elon Musk and Vivek Ramaswamy, who were both picked by Trump to lead a new Department of Government Efficiency, and Tulsi Gabbard, Trump’s choice for director of national intelligence, joined the president-elect. He was also joined by his pick to lead the Department of Health and Human Services, Robert Kennedy Jr. - -Along with cabinet picks, the president-elect was joined by Speaker Mike Johnson, R-LA, Donald Trump Jr. and Eric Trump. - -DONALD TRUMP ARRIVES AT UFC 309 AT MSG; CROWD ROARS FOR PRESIDENT-ELECT WEEKS AFTER HISTORIC RALLY - -Trump was also accompanied by UFC President Dana White – a longtime fan of the president-elect from before his political aspirations. - -DONALD TRUMP HEADS TO UFC 309, EXPECTED TO RECEIVE RAUCOUS CHEERS AFTER ELECTION WIN - -White, who has frequented campaign events with Trump, hosted a 2001 UFC battle at Trump Taj Mahal, a former casino-hotel in Atlantic City, New Jersey. - -Trump has attended UFC matches since – including during his 2024 campaign. - -The stop at the historic Madison Square Garden comes after Trump made rapid-fire choices to fill his cabinet in the weeks after winning the Presidential Election on Nov. 5. - -On Saturday, President-elect Trump announced that Chris Wright, the CEO and founder of Liberty Energy, will lead the Department of Energy in his new administration. - -""I am thrilled to announce that Chris Wright will be joining my Administration as both United States Secretary of Energy, and Member of the newly formed Council of National Energy,"" Trump said in a statement released Saturday. - -WATCH: - -Trump's nominees and administration picks during his second administration are being publicly announced at a much faster pace than during his first administration in 2016, which the transition team attributed to Trump's commitment to putting ""America first."" - -CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP - -""The American people re-elected President Trump by a resounding margin, giving him a mandate to implement the promises he made on the campaign trail, and his Cabinet picks reflect his priority to put America First. President Trump will continue to appoint highly qualified men and women who have the talent, experience and necessary skill sets to Make America Great Again,"" Trump-Vance transition spokeswoman Karoline Leavitt told Fox News Digital when asked about Trump's speedy rollout of Cabinet picks. - -Fox News Digital's Emma Colton and Andrea Margolis contributed to this report.",1731883658,7b5f0a8391,24618be304,,,1731883658 -https://pitchfork.com/news/9-new-albums-you-should-listen-to-now-flo-pa-salieu,https://pitchfork.com/rss/news/,"9 New Albums You Should Listen to Now: Flo, Pa Salieu, and More","With so much good music being released all the time, it can be hard to determine what to listen to first. Every week, Pitchfork offers a run-down of significant new releases available on streaming services. This week’s batch includes new projects from Flo, Pa Salieu, Young Nudy, Star Bandz, Merely & Malibu, Johnny Coley, Sofie Royer, Cavalier & Child Actor, and Big Sad 1900. Subscribe to Pitchfork’s New Music Friday newsletter to get our recommendations in your inbox every week. (All releases featured here are independently selected by our editors. When you buy something through our affiliate links, however, Pitchfork earns an affiliate commission.) - -Flo: Access All Areas [Republic] - -After years of honing their throwback R&B and girl-group charisma, Flo have released their debut album, Access All Areas. The three singers go big with belt-out songs (“AAA”) and radio hits (“Walk Like This”) as a way to showcase their self-described “growth and dedication to making girl group history.” The album, which follows last year’s 3 of Us EP, delves deeper into the rich harmonies, pop-teasing production, and soulful vocals that have helped Flo earn praise from genre figureheads like Kelly Rowland and Ariana Grande. - -Listen on Apple Music - -Listen on Spotify - -Listen on Tidal - -Listen on Amazon Music - -Pa Salieu: Afrikan Alien [Warner]",1731883653,1fc7f26191,24fcc2b9f1,,,1731883653 -https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/contribution-margin,https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/topic/ecommerce/rss.xml,Contribution Margin Explained in 200 Words (& How to Calculate It),"When you first start a business, you're laser-focused on the quality of your product -- polish the idea, build it, rebuild it, test it, go to market. - -Money doesn't matter much yet. You might have initial funding, but all of it goes to research and development. - -But when that product begins to sell, and funding turns into revenue, you have more bookkeeping to do so the business can remain profitable as it serves more customers. A common financial figure that successful businesses must calculate is their profit margin: the amount that a business's revenue from sales exceeds its total costs to actually run the business. - -A more specific figure, which is especially important when pricing new products, is contribution margin. Here's a simple definition: - -Your Contribution Margin Per Unit in Under 200 Words - -Your contribution margin is the amount that your revenue from one sale exceeds, or is exceeded by, the costs you paid to develop that one sold unit. These costs are called variable costs, and they vary as your business makes more products. So, if you spend $50 to make one unit of your product, and you sell that one unit for $75, your contribution margin is $25 ($75 minus $50). - -As an equation: contribution margin = revenue from 1 unit – variable cost to make 1 unit. - -Contribution margins differ from profit margins in that contribution margins only take into account the variable costs of developing your product, excluding the fixed costs a business pays to stay in operation. - -For example, a variable cost to a software company might be storage space on the cloud, and a fixed cost would be a lease on office space. The cost to host customer data on the cloud can change as new customers are signed, but the company pays the same rent to the building manager regardless of how many customers it loses or gains. - -Easy enough, right? - -Contribution Margin Ratio - -As a business develops new goods and services, contribution margins expressed as a dollar amount aren't super helpful in determining how much each product contributes to the business's bottom line. In these cases, it's important to convert the contribution margin to a figure that better represents an individual product's value to the company. This is where the contribution margin ratio comes in. - -Contribution Margin Ratio The contribution margin (CM) ratio is equal to total sales revenue minus variable costs to the business, divided by total sales revenue. Expressed as a percent, it is the portion of total sales revenue that became profit after deducting the cost to develop each individual product sold. - -This percentage can help determine how a certain product compares to the rest of a company's offerings, in terms of its profitability. - -Take our original $50 product example: If your CM was $25, and you sold the item for $75, your CM ratio would be roughly 33.3%, since $25 is 33.3% of $75 -- your total revenue from that sale. What if you developed another product that cost $110 to make and sold for $150? Your CM would be $150 minus $110, or $40 -- higher than the CM of your first product. So it's a more valuable product, right? - -Not necessarily. Just because your second product netted more revenue than your first doesn't mean it's a more profitable item. - -According to the definition and formula above, your CM ratio for your second item is $40 divided by $150, or 26.7% (lower than your first product's 33.3%). This means your second product brings in more revenue than your first product, but isn't as profitable because of the high variable cost to make it. - -While repricing your product can make you more profitable, don't try to increase your profit margin or contribution margin through accounting alone. Investigate the market and talk to your audience. Find out what your customers are asking for -- you'd be surprised by how much they'd pay for a service you might easily be able to develop.",1731883671,734fac83b0,2501b1c56a,,,1731883671 -https://www.communitysignal.com/is-your-open-source-project-healthy/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,Is Your Open Source Project Healthy?,"When you contribute to open source projects, Dawn Foster makes it abundantly clear that even if “you’re there on behalf of [a] company, you need to do the right things for the community.” In this episode of Community Signal, Dawn outlines the principles that she follows and shepherds as the director of open source community strategy at VMware’s Open Source Program Office. - -These principles foster projects and communities that are collaborative and encouraging, but of course, it does not always pan out that way. Dawn discusses how documentation and education, having a clear commitment from the company managing the open source project, and balancing for collaboration instead of number of contributions can all help to build healthy open source communities. - -Unlike social platforms that optimize for getting everyone to contribute an infinite amount, open source projects rely on spreading knowledge and contributions amongst the group. “In some cases we have open source projects [where] almost all of the contributions are made by a single individual. What happens if that individual wins the lottery and leaves VMware, and doesn’t want to work on this project anymore?” That’s a great question for all of us that manage communities. If our top contributors left tomorrow, who would pull the community forward? - -Patrick and Dawn also discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsors: Vanilla, a one-stop shop for online community and Localist, plan, promote, and measure events for your community. - -Good documentation begets good contribution practices (7:00): “Even though I’ve been contributing to open source projects for years, every time I pop up in a new community, I still have to read the contribution docs because there will [always] be something that project does in a very specific and nuanced way that the last project I worked on didn’t do. In a lot of cases, people just make mistakes and they don’t really think about what they should have been doing. They just need a little more education.” – @geekygirldawn - -Illustrating contributor risk (18:37): “Some of these big open source projects are maintained by fewer people than you might think. The biggest example I can think of was OpenSSL. There was a huge security vulnerability in OpenSSL. It’s a technology that almost every single company in the world relies on. This vulnerability was going to require a lot of time and effort to fix. What we quickly realized was that OpenSSL was maintained part-time by two people, none of whom were being paid to work on it.” – @geekygirldawn - -To truly be open source means to cede a bit of control (23:20): “You don’t, as a company, want to dominate the entire [open source] project because if you do that, you might as well never have open sourced it. You might as well have kept it proprietary. The whole purpose of open sourcing it is you collaborate together, and you innovate, and you get ideas that you wouldn’t have otherwise had as a company.” – @geekygirldawn - -Open source thrives through collaboration (26:41): “Some of the more social platforms, it’s like the more social, the better. Collaboration doesn’t necessarily work that way. You don’t get more collaboration because I did more stuff. You get more collaboration because you got more people involved, and you gave them some space to contribute.” – @geekygirldawn - -The benefit of neutral foundations for open source projects (29:42): “What you get by putting [an open source] project into these neutral foundations is some assurance that everybody’s working together on a level playing field. If I want to contribute to a Linux Foundation project, I can rest assured that I can participate on the same field as everybody else. Whereas, if the project is owned by a particular company and they have their own agenda that may or may not align with the community’s best interest, they may take things in a different direction. They may not accept your contribution because it competes with something that they have.” – @geekygirldawn - -Dawn Foster is the director of open source community strategy within VMware’s Open Source Program Office. She is on the board of OpenUK, an organization committed to developing and sustaining UK leadership and open technology. Dawn is on the governing board and is a maintainer for the Linux Foundation’s CHAOSS project and the board of advisors for Bitergia. She has 20-plus years of experience at companies like Intel and Puppet Labs, with expertise in community building strategy, open source software, metrics, and more. - -Dawn holds a PhD from the University of Greenwich, along with an MBA and Bachelors in Computer Science. She has spoken at dozens of industry events, including many Linux Foundation events, OSCON, SXSW, FOSDEM, and more. - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Vanilla, a one-stop-shop for online community and Localist, plan, promote, and measure events for your community. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[00:00:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello, and goodness. The year is going by. We’re less than three months away from Community Signal turning five years old. I’m now thinking about how we might mark this occasion. If you have any ideas, please let me know via the contact page at communitysignal.com. On this episode, we’re talking open-source community health, governance, and metrics with Dawn Foster of VMware. - -A big thanks to Carol Benovic-Bradley, Rachel Medanic, Heather Champ and all of our supporters on Patreon, who help keep our show in production. If you’re interested in joining them, please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -Dawn Foster is the director of open source community strategy within VMware’s Open Source Program Office. She is on the board of OpenUK, an organization committed to developing and sustaining UK leadership and open technology. Dawn is on the governing board and is a maintainer for the Linux Foundation’s CHAOSS project and is on the board of advisors for Bitergia. She has 20-plus years of experience at companies like Intel and Puppet Labs, with expertise in community building strategy, open-source software, metrics, and more. Dawn holds a PhD from the University of Greenwich, along with an MBA and Bachelors in Computer Science. She has spoken at dozens of industry events, including many Linux Foundation events, OSCON, SXSW, FOSDEM, and more. Dawn, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:43] Dawn Foster: Thanks. Thanks for having me. I’m really excited to be here. - -[00:01:47] Patrick O’Keefe: Part of what you do in leading the open source community strategy team at VMware is ensuring that the company is being a good open source citizen when people are participating in outside projects. What does good citizenry look like and how do you hold your key people accountable? - -[00:02:03] Dawn Foster: That’s a really good question. It’s something that the Open Source Program Office as a whole is really focused on at VMware. We have a group of people primarily driven out of the engineering team within the Open Source Program Office. We have really detailed, clearly documented best practices for people to follow. We try to document as much as we can about what we think the right thing to do is when you’re either participating in external projects. Also, we have loads of what we refer to as VMware originated open source projects. We have projects that we started within VMware, we have projects that are third-party projects that we contribute to. - -There are a lot of elements to being a good corporate citizen in open source projects. Some of the things that we focus on, one of them is upstreaming your contributions. From that standpoint, if you are using a tool internally and you make some changes to some bits of the code, we really encourage people to put those changes back into the upstream open source project. Not just so that everybody else can benefit from them, that’s a huge, huge benefit, but it also reduces the maintenance burden internally as well. If your patches are already in the main project, then that’s a lot less work for you every time they make a new release. That’s one of the things that we look at. - -From the contributing to external projects standpoint, some of the other things that we look at are really trying to put the community first. It’s one of the things that you need to be careful about when you participate in open source projects. You’re there on behalf of the company, but you need to do the right things for the community. It’s really important to think about what the community needs and match that with what we need at VMware, some of the things that we think are important. For the most part, if you look at how we use open source projects within VMware, where we build our products on top of them, we use them in our infrastructure. - -A lot of the things that we need are things that other big software vendors would also need too. I think that a lot of the contributions that we make, we focus on the stuff that is going to be important for lots of us. The other thing that we focus on too is what we, in the Kubernetes community like to call chop wood and carry water tasks. The things that get overlooked, they’re not as sexy as the hottest new feature, but some of the things that just have to happen. Like the release infrastructure, somebody has to maintain that, writing good tests, and making sure that those are good, writing documentation. Even like moderation. We have a person who’s full-time community management for Kubernetes that’s employed by VMware. He really works on stuff that’s beneficial to the whole Kubernetes project as a whole from a community standpoint. We contribute a lot of contributor experience or community resources as well. There’s really a lot to think about when it comes to being a good corporate citizen. It does boil down to considering the community first and doing what’s right for the project. - -[00:05:06] Patrick O’Keefe: Having standards means that people run afoul of them. When it comes to accountability, and this could be at VMware, it could be in past jobs, when someone runs afoul of those standards, how do you typically find out, what’s the process for you learning about that and then how do you process it? - -[00:05:19] Dawn Foster: That’s a really good question. There’s really no good answer to that. I wish I had this magic bullet that would be find out all of the things that you should know that people are doing in communities that might not be quite right. Generally, it comes in via some side channel. Maybe I know somebody who’s in that community and they say, “Hey, this person over here is maybe not doing something great.” It’s rarely a direct channel. It’s usually, “I heard from somebody that this was happening.”Then because all of this stuff is public, you can be like, “Oh, I heard that this is happening.” Then I can dive in. I can look at that person’s pull request issues, Slack logs, or whatever. - -You can dig into the data and see what was going on firsthand, which is really nice because then it doesn’t become a he said, she said scenario. I think in most cases, it really is a matter of just education. There certainly are cases where people do things with malicious intent. Generally, when you’re talking about it, especially in employees within your company, it’s generally just a lack of knowledge about what they should be doing. This is one of the things that the best practices documents that we have internally at VMware are designed to be used for. - -If we see something happening, we can send people the link to the best practice that addresses this particular behavior and say, “Hey, this is what we think you should do. This is how to do it the right way,” and provide people as much education and coaching as you possibly can. Because it usually is a matter of somebody didn’t think about how what they were doing affected other people. Maybe they didn’t realize the norms of the open source project, and it’s difficult and a little bit nuanced. Because every open source project is a little bit different. - -Even though I’ve been contributing to open source projects for years and years and years, but every time I pop up in a new community, I still have to read the contribution docs because there will be something that that project does in a very specific and nuanced way that maybe the last project I worked on didn’t do. In a lot of cases, people just make mistakes and they don’t really think about what they should have been doing, and they just need a little more education, a little more knowledge. - -[00:7:23] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s take a pause to talk about our great sponsor, Localist. - -Localist is an event marketing platform that aggregates, automates, and analyzes all of your virtual, in-person, and hybrid events so you can grow and engage your community. Their platform allows you to centralize your event calendar, automate email and social media promotion, and measure and analyze the ROI of your events. Localist integrates with your existing tools and you can even predict future event success using their Event Reach and Event Score features. Find out more at localist.com/communitysignal and take your event strategy virtual with Localist. - -You have two people on your team. One is focused on open source project health and the other strives to, “help make connections between our third-party ecosystem contributions and our product strategies,” quoting you there. When it comes to making those connections to product strategy, is it more of a black and white thing like we have a need, and this open source project represents the most economical way for us to meet that need? Do you have people who might say to you, “Hey, this is interesting. I don’t know how it ties to our business. Can you find a connection, so we can get away with playing with it and throwing some resources at it?” What do you see most commonly? - -[00:08:29] Dawn Foster: The driving force behind that particular project, which is making the connections between, at least the strategic projects that we contribute to, so VMware contributes to thousands of open source projects. What are the big top ones? How does the work that we do within that project align with what we’re trying to do as a company from a product strategy standpoint? The reason we’re focused on that is because what happens is a company the size of VMware, we’re 30,000 plus people. It’s a massive company. If I’m just some random engineer from some random business unit who has a need to contribute to Kubernetes, what they might not understand is what’s really important in Kubernetes to this other business unit, who’s building their product on top of it. - -What we want to be able to make sure, and again, it’s about education, it’s about knowledge. It’s not about telling people what they can contribute to and what they can’t. It’s really about if you’re going to contribute to this project, you should understand that this other business unit relies on this other piece of technology, and we’re heavily invested in it. You should be sure to do what you can to support their work, and make sure that you don’t accidentally do something to detract from it. Because in open source projects, it’s really easy to write a competing feature to something. If we have a whole bunch of people working on something, we don’t necessarily want our employees undermining the work that we’re doing within open source projects out of just not knowing what another business unit was working on. - -[00:09:58] Patrick O’Keefe: Is there a way for people to check for conflicts, say, since there are so many people in so many projects that are being contributed to, is there a lexicon or a search where they could say, “Hey, you should check this first and make sure that we’re not already doing something like this in this project”? - -[00:10:13] Dawn Foster: I would say no, there’s probably not a really good way to do that. One of the ways that we do handle some of that is we do require people to get approval before they contribute to any open source project. We have some exceptions for big projects like Kubernetes, where we have loads of people contributing. If there’s a project that I want to contribute to, we have a tool internally, you’ll fill out a couple of fields. It’s really fairly lightweight when it comes to contributing to projects we’ve already contributed to. It does provide a way for us to have some sense of who’s contributing to which projects, which gets at at least being able to find people if we recognize that there’s some kind of a conflict in a project, or we need to talk to some people about our contributions. - -We have the same tool, and it’s a similar process for open sourcing something from scratch within VMware. If we have a project that we want to open source, there’s a whole process for that as well, and that’s a little bit more detailed because making a one off contribution to a project is a little different than making a whole project open source. Also, once you get approved to contribute to that project, you’re approved in perpetuity to contribute to that project. It’s not like every time I need to contribute to it, it’s just you get the approval once and then you’re good to go. It gives us a way to have some sense for who’s contributing to what. At least the people who remember that they’re supposed to fill out that tool before they contribute to open source projects, which as you can imagine, a company the size of VMware is a educational challenge in and of itself. - -[00:11:36] Patrick O’Keefe: No kidding. Speaking of the educational challenge and even sticking with the business strategy piece, if someone is struggling to describe open source contributions in a way that an executive sees as business relevant, what’s something that they could do to bring clarity? What are some of the things that you’ve done? - -[00:11:52] Dawn Foster: That is super important. It’s something that I think a lot of engineers don’t think enough about. Those of us that have worked in open source for a really long time, it’s really obvious. You can check into these projects because it’s a way of building infrastructure across the entire ecosystem in common. You’re building on top of these industry standard open source components, and the value seems really obvious. However, when you give that pitch to an executive, it sounds an awful lot like charity. It sounds like, “I’m contributing to open source because it’s good and it’s the right thing to do.” It’s just the way that you do things, which is good. - -That’s not the way executives think. Executives think about things from a strategic standpoint and from a bottom line standpoint. If you want to make the pitch to contribute to a new open source project, the closer you can tie it to the company’s business goals, the better off you’re going to be. - -When I was at Pivotal, I put together our Kubernetes contributor strategy. I was basically figuring out where across the entire Kubernetes project we should be contributing and why. The way that did that was I tied everything back to, at the top highest level, I was like, “This is what Pivotal as a company is trying to achieve. These are the product strategies that support it. These are the things that we need to do within Kubernetes to support these product strategies.” - -I tied everything back as much as I possibly could to product strategies. That sounds very mercenary way of doing it. It’s very VMware-centric. We need to do these things because it benefits us selfishly, but that’s sometimes the way executives see it. You make that pitch the best that you can and hope that things get approved. Then knowing that you could also do a lot of these other tasks within the project that are smaller things that just somebody needs to do. Because there will always be time when you’re waiting for your pull request to merge. You’re going back and forth on the mailing list with feedback about some particular thing that you’re trying to contribute. - -There are always down times within open source projects while you’re just waiting for stuff. You can also work on documentation. You can work on the release process. There are also other things that you could do to benefit the project as a whole while you’re also doing the things that your company needs. You make the pitch to the executives based on strategy and products and what your company selfishly needs knowing that you will also encourage engineers to do some of the other things in between the work that they need to do that the company needs - -[00:14:21] Patrick O’Keefe: Looking back. I’m sure you have a couple of times where that linking together product strategy with open source contribution worked out very well for you. What’s your favorite one or what’s the one that you draw back on to say like, “That’s exactly how it should work”? - -[00:14:34] Dawn Foster: Honestly, it was the Kubernetes contribution strategy that I did when I was at Pivotal right before we were acquired by VMware. Because that was partly because I was really dedicated to putting that strategy together. I had lots of time to talk to product people and to talk to engineers and to talk to executives about what was important. That document got to be ridiculous. It was like 25 pages long by the end I think. It got to be a huge monstrous strategy doc. I was most proud of that because I think that was the one that I probably did the best job of tying everything together. - -[00:15:10] Patrick O’Keefe: Just to back up a little bit for those that might not be familiar with Kubernetes, can you give like a quick how that made money or how that saved money business strategy example? - -[00:15:20] Dawn Foster: Yes. Kubernetes is basically an infrastructure layer that allows you to manage clusters. It’s something that you can use when you have very extensive infrastructure that you need to be able to scale and use. Particularly, a lot of people use it in cloud infrastructure. It’s an infrastructure layer. What was important for us at Pivotal and now at VMware, it’s the same thing at VMware, was that we wanted an infrastructure layer that we could build all of our products on top of. When I was at Pivotal, we had products on top of various bits of infrastructure, and some of them were better than others. - -As Kubernetes was taking off and starting to become more mature, one of the things that we looked at, and this was a strategic decision that was made before I even joined the company, was that we were going to shift to build all of our products on top of Kubernetes. The fact that we were involved in Kubernetes was a no-brainer. That was a strategic decision that had already been made. The part that was I think the most difficult was figuring out which bits of Kubernetes we needed to be involved in. If you think about, for example, big customers that wanted to use Kubernetes on Windows. At the time, it didn’t actually run on Windows. The Windows support just wasn’t quite there. - -We had a couple of people that wrote big chunks of that along with the rest of a bunch of other people within the community basically to get it to run so that you could run Windows applications on top of Kubernetes. That was a no-brainer. We had a bunch of customers asking for it and it was something we were already working on. We continued to work on that. Then the other bit that we started to get more involved in, it’s called SIG API machinery. It’s the way that the APIs work within Kubernetes. When you’re building on top of something, you’re basically relying on lots of APIs. - -We started getting somebody involved in the API group, so that we could start to better understand how it worked, and so that in the future we assumed that as we’re building on top of it, we’ll find gaps in the APIs because that part of the technology wasn’t as mature. It’s a lot more mature now. That was something that was more forward-looking. We’re like, “We’re definitely going to make heavy use of these APIs. Let’s get somebody in there to understand how they work. Then when we find some issues, gaps, bugs, we’ll have somebody who can help us figure out how to solve them.” - -[00:17:36] Patrick O’Keefe: Pretty cool. Clients wanted something, it wasn’t there, you put people on it, clients gave you more money. There it is. - -[00:17:43] Dawn Foster: Exactly. - -[00:17:44] Patrick O’Keefe: Nailed it. Let’s take a pause to talk about our great sponsor, Vanilla. - -Vanilla provides a one-stop-shop solution that gives community leaders all the tools they need to create a thriving community. Engagement tools like ideation and gamification promote vibrant discussion and powerful moderation tools allow admins to stay on top of conversations and keep things on track. All of these features are available out of the box, and come with best-in-class technical and community support from Vanilla’s Success Team. Vanilla is trusted by King, Acer, Qualtrics, and many more leading brands. Visit vanillaforums.com. - -You have a set of metrics that you look at to determine open source project health. One of them in particular caught my eye because I think it’s an interesting lens through which to look at all projects, all communities contributor risk. Can you walk me through that? - -[00:18:30] Dawn Foster: Yes. This is something that I think a lot of people don’t think about when it comes to open source projects. That is that some of these big open source projects are done and maintained by fewer people than what you might think. The biggest example I can think of this was OpenSSL. There was a huge security vulnerability in OpenSSL. It’s a technology that almost every single company in the world relies on. This vulnerability was going to require a lot of time and effort to fix. What we quickly realized was that OpenSSL was maintained part-time by two people, none of whom were being paid to work on it. - -We have this critical piece of technology that’s relied on by almost every single company in the world that only two people really seriously work on. In this case, the outcome was more positive. The Linux Foundation was able to put together something and basically so that these people can get paid to work on it more full-time. I think we have someone who contributes to it now. There are a lot more people working on this critical piece of technology. Some people call this the bus factor, which is if someone gets hit by a bus, what happens to the project? That’s a bit macabre. The best example I heard of this recently was somebody said that she likes to think of it as if they win the lottery, what would happen to the project? - -All of a sudden they have all this money and they’re on a beach somewhere and they don’t give a crap about this little open source project. It’s something that we really need to think about as companies who are relying on these projects. It’s important to think about when you’re looking at third-party projects that you contribute to that are maintained by other people. It’s also something that I think we need to look at internally with our own open source projects. In some cases we have open source projects that really almost all of the contributions are made by a single individual. What happens if that individual wins the lottery and leaves VMware, and doesn’t want to work on this project anymore? Do we have enough people that this project could continue? - -One of the things that I look at is are there several people making significant contributions to the project, so that if one of them left the company and decided not to work on it anymore, would we be able to easily continue the project? Now, it’s open source code. Realistically, anybody could pick it up and maintain it. For complex pieces of technology like OpenSSL, it’s like encryption technology. That’s pretty hardcore. Not everyone can just pick that up and run with it. In cases where we have a single person who’s working on a technology that is critical maybe to our strategy and that is relatively obscure and that not anyone could easily understand and you have one person doing that, that is something that probably needs to be addressed. - -We need to bring in some more contributors, we need to mentor some people. I like to look at contributor risk as an opportunity for mentoring. I like to look at it as an opportunity for us to give other people a chance to work on a project and be mentored by an experienced contributor or experienced engineer, so that we can get more people into the project. - -[00:21:42] Patrick O’Keefe: I find it really interesting because in that example, it’s like you have someone who probably thinks and can do everything. They do because they’re a doer. They make stuff, [chuckles] they’re an engineer. They just do it. It’s like a short term benefit for a long term risk because no one else is in the weeds with them. No one else understands it the same way. I think if you look at just online communities as a whole, people talk about the power of an individual contributor or people having too much influence, or even the person who started it, the community being almost a cult around the founder or around a personality. - -That’s one of the ways communities can be built, but there’s also inherent risk in that you see it in a lot of different ways too because you can dominate a conversation. It’s like you can dominate a coding project or some open source project where because you do it so much, people almost are afraid to do it or feel like, “Why bother, why do it,” because they’re just going to do it anyway. - -[00:22:40] Dawn Foster: That’s a really good point. You said two things that really hit home with me there. One is, and this is coaching that I provide to a lot of people, and it sounds counter intuitive, but this is especially true for open source projects that you start as a company, if every single email, every single Slack post, every single PR, every single issue is was responded to by an employee from that company, you’re setting the expectation that employees answer questions. Employees respond to pull requests, employees do code reviews. That’s not necessarily what you want to do. On the one hand, it sounds like they’re being just super responsive to everything. On the other hand, they don’t actually leave space for other people to contribute, which I think is really important. You don’t, as a company, want to dominate the entire project because if you do that, you might as well never have open sourced it. You might as well have kept it proprietary. The whole purpose of open sourcing it is you collaborate together and you innovate, and you get ideas that you wouldn’t have otherwise had as a company. I think that’s really important. You don’t want to dominate the project. That’s one of the reasons that the contributor metrics is really important. - -You also several times mentioned risk, which is how I really like to frame metrics. I like to frame metrics or the interpretation of metrics as an element of looking at risk. Maybe it’s a tiny project and it’s not that it’s strategically important, and it’s not anything that somebody else couldn’t immediately pick up, it might be fine to have one person making all of those contributions. That’s a very small risk on behalf of the company. You’re taking a large risk if it’s a huge strategic project that one of your products has to have in order to function properly. Then that’s a huge risk that you’re taking as a company. I like to frame these things as just it’s an element of risk. - -You can accept a higher risk if you need to, but anywhere that we can look for opportunities to minimize the risk and to mentor people and bring more people into projects, I think is a good opportunity. Especially, if you’re looking at projects that you started as a company. This contributor risk metric is really also an opportunity to bring in and mentor people from other companies. Maybe they’re companies that you work with or you’ve seen some big users of the product, it’s an opportunity to maybe bring some people in from outside your company and mentor them and grow them into being leaders within the project. - -[00:24:57] Patrick O’Keefe: Thinking about this, it’s funny because I feel like the incentives that we lay out for online communities are often counter to this idea of taking a step back or allowing others to jump in. Whether it be some form of leaderboard, whether it be how solve the answers accumulate or whatever it is, there’s this game of collecting the most things. I wonder about incentives for, gosh, slowing down, which is something a lot of people wouldn’t want. There’s a documentary coming out on Netflix soon, it’s called The Social Dilemma. As a disclosure, my fiancée worked on it a very little bit and talks to people who worked at Facebook and Google and YouTube and Instagram. Tristan Harris is the main player in it, and talks about what I would say are the goals of addiction, of addicting people to your platforms and the money that was made through that. In that world, the incentives for slowing people down don’t exist. It’s a scary thing. It opens doors. I feel like they can, but again, I’m just thinking about what can we build into platforms? You can peak certain incentives at a certain rate limit, like, “You got your stuff for today. It’s time to go do something else.” Like the Nintendo Wii would tell you to go outside and get fresh air at different intervals, like, “Go outside.” I feel like it really takes some stern buy-in to say to ourselves, “This person’s on fire, but we got to throw a little water on them. We need to share that heat and let some other people feel that heat too.” - -[00:26:29] Dawn Foster: I think that this is where open source communities are a little bit different than other types of more social communities. Because open source, a lot of it is more about collaboration and contribution and participation, and getting people involved and encouraging people, and getting people involved in some of those thankless tasks that nobody wants to do, like documentation and things like that. It’s one of those things that it’s a little bit different. Some of the other more social platforms, it’s just like the more social, the better. Collaboration doesn’t necessarily work that way. You don’t get more collaboration because I did more stuff. You get more collaboration because you got more people involved, and you gave them some space to contribute. - -I think in a lot of cases, it’s a little bit about education. This is something that I’ve had conversations with other employees at various companies about this exact problem. I’ve had conversations where people are like, “I don’t see you answering a lot of questions in the community.” I’m like, “No, because if your community manager is answering all of your questions, it doesn’t give anyone else an opportunity.” What you don’t see behind the scenes is me pinging people on IRC, hopefully, from other companies or possibly from my own company and say, “Hey, did you see that question on the mailing list? I think you’d give a great answer to that.” As a community manager, I never wanted to be on the leaderboard, and this is very different. Some community managers want the community to be all about them, and that’s a different model than the one that I have. - -It’s really about building the community as a whole. I want to be focused on helping other people participate and other people make connections. A huge chunk of when I was actively managing communities, which I’m not anymore, but I would spend so much time just making connections between people and pointing people to things. “Hey, did you see this thing? Hey, did you know that somebody else is working on this thing that you’re also working on? Maybe if the two of you work together, that would be better.” I spend a lot of time behind the scenes poking people and talking to people about how to be better within the community. - -[00:28:29] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s talk about open source governance. You told me before the show that you’ve been thinking a lot about the importance of neutral foundations and governance, and that most contributors have corporate affiliations, but that leaving the decisions in the hands of corporate affiliations often is not the right thing to do for the project. Talk about that. Talk about neutral foundations a little bit, if you could. - -[00:28:48] Dawn Foster: Yes, absolutely. One of the things that’s important to think about, and again, this gets back to risk. This is a conversation that I’ve been having this conversation about governance a lot with people. VMware, we have lots of open source projects that we own, that we maintain, we own the trademarks, we control the governance. One of the things that we try to do is once a project starts getting traction and other people are contributing and a lot of people are using it and you got this community building around it and we have a lot of people, in a lot of cases we actively donate those to neutral foundations. When I say a neutral foundation, that would be something like the Linux Foundation or the Cloud Native Computing Foundation, Apache Software Foundation. - -What these are, they’re nonprofits that are sponsored by a whole bunch of different companies that come together. What you get by putting a project into these neutral foundations is that you really get some assurance that everybody’s working together on a level playing field. If I want to contribute to a project and that project is a Linux Foundation project, then I can rest assured that I can participate on the same field as everybody else. Whereas, if the project is owned by a particular company and they have their own agenda that may or may not align with the community’s best interest, then they may take things in a different direction. - -They may not accept your contribution because it competes with something that they have. It’s a bigger risk in general, if it’s owned by a company. We’ve seen some examples of this recently within open source communities where we’ve seen– In particular, the one that hit the press most recently was Google around the Istio project. There were two projects that were owned by Google, Istio and Knative. Both of those projects were a bunch of companies coming together and contributing code. VMware, Red Hat, IBM, other people contributed code to start these projects. Google convinced a bunch of people to contribute codes, start these projects. - -What they said initially was that these projects would be donated to the Cloud Native Computing Foundation as soon as they started gaining traction. Then at some point last year, Google changed their mind and said, “No, sorry, we’re not going to do that.” What happened was a bunch of other companies had contributed code in good faith that it was going to be under a neutral foundation and that everybody is going to be on a level playing field, that just didn’t happen. There’s a bit of turmoil within some of those projects right now as people decide what to do, but it was a risk we took because it wasn’t started under a neutral foundation. It was owned by a company. Now that company’s decided not to do that. It puts people in an interesting position that we’d rather not be in. - -[00:31:42] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned earlier there’s a form that people hopefully remember to submit for approval to contribute to an open source project. Is that a fact that that gets evaluated? Who owns the project? Is it a neutral project? Is that something that gets evaluated when determining whether or not we should contribute time and resources to it? - -[00:31:58] Dawn Foster: It is one of the things that they should be taking into account. It’s complicated and nuanced. Every open source project, the new projects that we decide to contribute to those are generally, at least the big ones are approved by our chief open source officer. Our VP of open source is my boss. He runs the whole Open Source Program Office, he has to approve all of those. It also has to be approved by the business unit that’s sponsoring the engineer that’s contributing to it. The chief open source officer is Dirk Hohndel. He’s been working in open source for many decades, and he’s pretty good at looking at those things. For the most cases, it’s an element of risk. We can highlight that this is a risk. If it’s important enough, we’ll probably take that risk. I do know that it is something that he takes into account when he evaluates whether or not to approve projects. - -[00:32:46] Patrick O’Keefe: Do you feel like if a project does reach traction, whatever that’s defined as, it sounds like it might be helpful to define that ahead of time so people can disagree later, but whatever that looks like, that corporations do have a, maybe this is too a strong word, but do have a responsibility to support the founding of a neutral foundation that’s beyond just their individual control? - -[00:33:05] Dawn Foster: I wouldn’t say it’s founding a new foundation because I think we have plenty of existing foundations that are pretty good for it. I do think that it is a responsibility of the companies that start these open source projects to do the right thing by the project. In some cases, that might be donating it to a neutral foundation. Like I said, we certainly donate lots of projects or contribute lots of projects to open source foundations when they reach a certain level of maturity and it’s a whole ecosystem around them. In some cases, it might not make sense and that’s fine too. It’s certainly my preference. I would like to see projects under neutral foundations. Companies start projects. They have their own needs for them. - -As long as they’re good stewards of those projects and they’re creating as much as they can, a level playing field for all participants, regardless of whether that person works at a competitor or your favorite company. I think companies can be good stewards of open source projects, but it’s a risky take. Companies change strategies, companies change their mind. Whereas, something like a big neutral foundation like Apache Software Foundation, the Linux Foundation, they aren’t tomorrow going to decide that they want all of their projects to go in some crazy direction that nobody likes. It wouldn’t be beneficial. They’d never get everybody on board to do that. Whereas a single company can. - -[00:34:22] Patrick O’Keefe: I have some experience with open source projects. I bring the largest resource for the phpBB forum software, which at one point was a very large, top of the SourceForge’s leaderboard [chuckles] open source project. Man, the politics, goodness gracious. I just ran an unofficial resource, but the devs didn’t like me because I didn’t link to this thing that they wanted me to link to, or I didn’t link to their website enough or all of these things. It was just the thing that dominated Wikipedia talk pages, that drama. It’s like, “We shouldn’t link to them. They were involved in a book about the software.” Just the craziest, craziest stuff. Because I did that for 11 years and I had 4,500 objects of code or templates, themes, and then 1,500 developers, and they were downloaded like 35 million times. It really gave me this insight into the sometimes hyper-political world of open source projects, because it’s like anything else. Any other governance, it can get super politicized. - -[00:35:21] Dawn Foster: Yes. I think you absolutely hit the nail on the head with the comment about the politics. Because this is one of the things that we struggle with about governance is that nobody wants to think about it. Engineers, they just don’t care. It’s like paperwork. “I don’t really care. I’m painting broad brushstrokes.” A lot of engineers really don’t care. They just want to work on the code. They want to solve interesting technical problems. This is part of why you get into some of these issues with governance is that you’ve got a lot of people coming together to solve interesting technical problems without putting the right governance structures in place, and then people get burned at the end because things didn’t happen the way that they thought they should. - -Maybe they didn’t have the structures in place to prevent bad things from happening. I think it’s something that it does get incredibly political, and it’s something that a lot of people don’t really want to think about. It’s something we struggle a lot with. Part of the CNCF contributor strategy SIG, and we have governance working group that I’ve been contributing to, we’ve been putting together — Josh Berkus has been leading the development of what is governance document. That’s one of the things he talks about in this document, it’s like, “Nobody wants to talk about governance, and it seems like paperwork, but it’s really important for these reasons.” It’s something that open source projects, I think, struggle a little bit because it’s just something that a lot of people just don’t even want to think about. They just want to solve cool technical problems and be done. - -[00:36:41] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s why companies have people like you. - -[00:36:44] Dawn Foster: [chuckles] Exactly. This is the funny bit. I hate the politics, but I always seem to be the one that gets pulled into the discussions about politics. I don’t know why. It just happens. I spend a lot of time shielding engineers from politics is what I do. - -[00:36:58] Patrick O’Keefe: Dawn, thank you so much for coming on the show. It’s been great to talk to you. - -[00:37:01] Dawn Foster: Thank you. This is fantastic. I was super excited to do this. I’m really happy we had this discussion. It was really interesting. Thanks. - -[00:37:07] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with Dawn Foster, director of open source community strategy at VMware. Read Dawn’s blog at fastwonderblog.com, and check out VMware is open-source blog at blogs.vmware.com/opensource. On Twitter you can follow Dawn, @geekygirldawn and VMware’s open source program office, @vmwopensource. - -For the transcript from this episode, plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad, and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. See you next time.",1731883699,b6cef58d91,24eba2b504,,,1731883699 -https://www.golfinstructionguide.com/a-guide-to-start-a-mini-golf-business/,https://www.golfinstructionguide.com/feed/,A Guide to Start a Mini Golf Business,"If you have an eye for design, sculpture and construction (plus the desire to make people smile), owning a mini golf course may be your dream come true. It’s not an easy business venture; however with dedication and the right attitude toward quality assurance, it can bring many people joy. - -The age-old real estate mantra “location, location!” rings true here too: where you build your mini golf center is essential to its success. Make sure it’s easy for customers to reach and has plenty of parking space available; especially if adding an indoor section to your course. - -Additionally, make sure that you can obtain a permit to operate the business in your region. Different countries and states have differing laws concerning legal requirements for this type of establishment, so make sure to consult local authorities or an attorney for more details. - -Startup Costs - -Operating a mini golf business comes with several expenses, and these can vary depending on the course size and competition nearby. On average, expect to spend about $1,500 per month for utilities and $500 for business insurance. You also need to buy fresh supplies for the course as well as pay your staff members. - -Getting Started - -The initial step in starting your mini golf business is selecting a name and logo for the venture. Additionally, you must set up a website to promote the enterprise and shape its brand image. - -Marketing Your Mini Golf Business - -Advertising is an integral part of any successful business, and in the mini golf industry it’s no different. To increase exposure for your enterprise, try using radio, television and printed media as well as creating a Facebook page or website to connect with potential customers and boost sales. - -Your Target Market - -When starting a miniature golf business, it is best to target families rather than individual customers or small groups of people. This approach has several advantages that will benefit your business in the long run; parents have more control over their children’s behavior which may not always be the case with teenage customers; additionally, families tend to spend more money at once than individuals do. - -Lifelong Clients - -Focusing on families can be an excellent strategy for maintaining your customer base over the years. Children who enjoy themselves at your mini golf course will likely return as adults, bringing their own children along for the ride! This ensures that customers remain loyal to you for many years to come! - -This is the ideal strategy to ensure your business continues to expand and prosper over time. Additionally, targeting families makes it much simpler to attract new clients than targeting individuals or small groups of people.",1731883858,7dbd15bcf2,24d85924ad,,,1731883858 -https://www.foxnews.com/politics/debt-ridden-harris-campaign-spent-2-6-million-private-flights-staff-october-doc,http://feeds.foxnews.com/foxnews/politics,Debt-ridden Harris campaign spent $2.6 million on private flights for staff in October: FEC documents,"Vice President Harris' debt-ridden presidential campaign spent $2.6 million on private flights in the last few weeks of the election season, documents show. - -The release of the findings comes as the debt-saddled campaign, which spent $1 billion on the trail, is being scrutinized for the financial decisions it made before losing the Nov. 5 election to President-elect Trump. The campaign is believed to be $20 million in debt. - -The eyebrow-raising expenses were listed in a Federal Election Commission (FEC) filing obtained by Fox News Digital. According to the FEC filing, in the month of October alone, the Harris campaign spent $2,626,110 on private flights. - -The costs ranged from $3,500 to $940,000 per disbursement, with $2.2 million going to a company named Private Jet Services Group, while $430,000 went to Advanced Aviation Team, a charter flight broker. - -TRUMP APPOINTS TULSI GABBARD AS DIRECTOR OF NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE: 'FEARLESS SPIRIT' - -In September, campaign staff spent $3.1 million on private flights, which brings the flight-related expense total to more than $10 million since July. - -The expenditures are just a few of several financial decisions for which the campaign has been intensely scrutinized. For example, Harris' team paid Oprah Winfrey's production company $1 million after the TV star spoke at a rally Oct. 15. - -Harris staffers also gave $4 million to Village Marketing Agency, a company that connects clients with social media influencers. Additionally, FEC records show the campaign spent at least $15 million on ""event production."" - -HERE ARE THE MOST TALKED-ABOUT CANDIDATES FOR TOP POSTS IN TRUMP'S ADMINISTRATION - -The campaign's use of private jets has been criticized in recent weeks for both financial and environmental reasons. Private jets emit more greenhouse gases per passenger than commercial flights do, and Harris previously said climate change was an ""existential threat."" - -""There’s no question we have to be practical. But being practical also recognizes that climate change is an existential threat to us as human beings,"" Harris told CNN in 2019. ""Being practical recognizes that greenhouse gas emissions are threatening our air and threatening the planet and that it is well within our capacity as human beings to change our behaviors in a way that we can reduce its effects."" - -CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP - -Fox News Digital reached out to the Harris campaign for comment. - -Fox News Digital's Andrew Mark Miller and Aubrie Spady contributed to this report.",1731883659,7b5f0a8391,24a7fa58d9,,,1731883659 -https://transom.org/2016/conversation-jenna-weiss-berman-laura-walker/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,In Conversation: Jenna Weiss-Berman and Laura Walker,"Intro from Jay Allison: For our ""In Conversation"" series, Jenna Weiss-Berman (Pineapple Street Media) and Laura Walker (WNYC) sat down together to ponder public media, podcasting, and our future. They covered mission, diversity, disruption, and the stuff they like. It's encouraging to hear Jenna and Laura enjoying each other and their work. This charming and important conversation is available both to read and as a podcast. - -*Editor’s Note: This conversation was recorded on October 25, 2016. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/11/In-Conversation_-Jenna-Weiss-Berman-and-Laura2-Walker.mp3 Download Listen to “Jenna Weiss-Berman and Laura Walker” - -Jenna: So let’s start with who are you and what do you do? - -Laura: I’m Laura Walker, I’m the President and CEO of New York Public Radio. - -Jenna: And how long have you been here? - -Laura: Very long. [Laughter] I’ve been here for twenty years. - -Jenna: Really? - -Laura: Really. - -Jenna: What job did you start out doing here? - -Laura: President and CEO. [Laughter] I came when the board had made a deal with Mayor Guiliani to buy the stations for twenty million dollars. And there were two radio stations and, I think, two reporters. And we, over time, bought the stations and created much stronger radio stations. - -The Road to WNYC - -Jenna: And what were you doing before WNYC? - -Laura: I started out as a print journalist and then I did radio. I worked at NPR for a little bit. I loved editing tape and I loved creating. It is so fun. And then I went to business school, and then did a little consulting, and then I was at Sesame Workshop for eight years where I worked on Ghostwriter, which was a mystery adventure. - -Jenna: It was my very favorite show, probably of all time. It was such a great show. [Laughter] - -Laura: Thank you. - -Jenna: No, it was the best show ever. I still sing the song from it all the time. - -Laura: Oh wow. - -Jenna: And what drew you to public media initially? - -Laura: I love the combination of mission and really great journalism and storytelling. But also competing in the real world for both attention and, you know, having to get out there and make some revenue and kind of build a business. - -Jenna: Yeah, that’s interesting. [Laughter] - -Laura: It’s a great combination. - -Public Media’s Mission - -Jenna: Just how has public media changed since you started working in it? And how do you think it still needs to change? - -Laura: I think the fundamental kind of goals of public media are still very much the same. You read that wonderful speech that Lyndon Johnson gave almost fifty years ago, you know, when he set up CBP, and he quoted E.B. White and he talked about the theater of the imagination and the mission to tell the stories of America. So I think it’s still very much a fundamental mission to do great news, to tell great stories and to lift the voices of those that are not heard. When I first worked in public media, I was an intern at WGBH, and then I went to NPR and it reminds me actually of what podcasting feels like now. I mean, NPR in 1980, which is when, you know, nobody was over the age of thirty. There was this kind of like we’re changing the world thing, we’re doing something that’s really important, we’re going to be the best journalists. But we have this medium of radio that we’re redefining, and I think in some ways that’s come back. I think it’s very hard economically for a lot of the stations to actually have a mission in their communities that’s more of a news mission. They do a lot of outreach and other things. I think the journalism of radio and the deep roots in the community, and the fact that so many newspapers are, you know, like you look at what’s happened to the Bergen Record where they’re laying off half their reporters. Who’s gonna fill the void? I think it’s gonna be public radio to a large extent, and so all eyes are on us in a way that feels like we have a huge responsibility. - -Podcasting at (especially small) Public Radio Stations - -Jenna: Definitely. Podcasting has taken on a big role in public radio and it’s taken on kind of a controversial role. There are some people in public media who seem afraid of podcasting, there are some people who think that podcasting and radio are at war, which I don’t agree with that at all. [Laughs] I think that everything can work really well together, and that it doesn’t have to be this competition between podcasting and radio. But I do wonder with a small station that’s trying to be local, so not necessarily WNYC, but let’s say, the station that I grew up with, which is New England Public Radio, at WFCR. What do you think the role of podcasting can be for small stations who are trying to stay local and, you know, podcasting has seemed like broader issues than just local? How do you think that podcasting can work with small stations? - -Laura: You have to turn it around in a way and ask what are the people in Amherst doing and how are they getting their audio. And they’re getting it on the radio, but they’re also getting it through podcasts and through other things. So a station like WFCR, or any other small station, I would love it if we could all work together to try to figure out a way for stations to really serve the needs of the people in their community. So they’re doing a lot of local news, they’re doing a lot of music programming, they’re doing other things, and if the local, locally-oriented stuff could pop up on Apple iTunes or somewhere, where people are gonna really want to learn about what’s happening in the five-college area or whatever in New England in general, that would be great. So I think that’s a way that we could be working more together to develop the tools and the platforms. And also, there are incredibly talented people that have things to say to a national audience there. So to figure out how on-demand content from the station can go to a larger audience. I think some of that is having the confidence to just do it and the experimental kind of chutzpah to say, okay, we’re gonna try this. And some of it is figuring out the tools and the platforms, so that it’s easy to do. I think from the point of view of serving the people in your community, I also think that there’s a ton of people in the community there that are listening to our programs and other podcasts. And are there ways that we can help to get the names of those folks to the people that are creating the radio station there so they can engage their community in dialogue or discussion around the issues and also know who they are. I think if the public radio stations can both see themselves as producers of content, but also as the engagers of the community, and that we can figure out how the digital tools can get people closer to their community through what they’re listening to — their own content or just regular public radio content. I don’t know, what do you think? [Laughs] - -Jenna: I think about it a lot, and I do wonder if there’s a role for like local podcast, even in small towns, even if, you know, 500 people are going to listen to them. Is it worth it? [Laughter] I haven’t quite figured it out yet, but I wish that more stations would try. - -Podcast or Radio? - -Jenna: Something that a lot of stations struggle with too is they can’t quite figure out the role of podcast versus radio, and what should be a podcast and what should be on radio. And it seems like you guys generally keep them pretty separate. I rarely hear your podcast content on your airwaves, and I’m wondering, what makes good podcast versus what makes good radio, and why the choice not to air more podcasts on air? - -Laura: We went through a period of time where we were introducing lots of podcasts and we weren’t introducing much radio. If you look at this year, we started New Yorker Radio Hour, which is both radio and podcast. We also are repurposing the Freakonomics podcast into radio shows that people are really enjoying. And that’s kind of following the Radiolab model, and this is really the genius of Dean Cappello, you know, of let’s create something not because it has to be 58-minutes, let’s create the best content, and let’s give somebody a voice, and let them create what makes sense. And that’s what podcasts do, you know, you’re freed from the constraints both of the time and of having to basically create it to sell to program directors. You’re kind of giving it direct to people, so you can really speak directly to the audience. I think that’s the kind of freedom that podcasts give. - -Jenna: Definitely. - -Laura: But we are bringing more to the radio and thinking more about what we could do like New Yorker Radio Hour that are both. - -Jenna: So you think in the future you’ll do more crossover? - -Laura: Yeah, probably. And I’d like to feel like the radio will also get more flexible in a way. So another thing that we’ve done recently is United States of Anxiety, which is a podcast that looks at Trump supporters here in the New York area. It has two kinds of radio plays as well as a podcast; there are excerpts in Morning Edition, and every Thursday we air the podcast itself and then have a discussion around it, and open up the phones and ask people to call in. It’s taking the form of the podcast, but then putting it into the various formats that we already have. - -Jenna: And it’s also bringing your community in to kind of be a part of it. - -Laura: Exactly. - -Jenna: Yeah, and I think it really engages people. - -Laura: You know with podcasts and with radio, I think the technology is here that we, I think, can convene different kinds of conversations and maybe model a kind of public discourse that we need to have in this country. - -Yes, please! Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Diversify the Range - -Jenna: Yeah, definitely. I want to get to a sort of a more difficult issue, which is diversity, and I want to acknowledge that we’re two white women talking about diversity. [Laughs] And there are problems with that, but this is something that everyone should be talking about more. I came from public radio, I worked for, I guess it was probably almost nine years, I was at The Moth and StoryCorp and NPR in DC, and I was here [WNYC] for a little while helping my friend Anna Sale [Death, Sex and Money] between producers. I think I became kind of disillusioned and I started to feel like the mission that I thought drove public radio was lagging. I started to feel like I could accomplish more outside of public media; it felt a little bit stalled to me. And I do think this has changed quite a bit over the past few years, but I left public media partially because I just felt like I kept hearing similar voices. And to me, public media was supposed to be something that was really for the people, you know. So I went to BuzzFeed and we created Another Round and– - -Laura: Yes, great show. - -Jenna: –and it was a lot of fun and I’m really proud of it. And to me that was kind of the most mission driven thing I’ve ever been able to do. And it was at this big for-profit company and their values were around, like if we neglect certain audiences, we’re actually losing money. So if we make this really successful black podcast, hosted by two amazing young black women, that has hundreds of thousands of listeners every week. . . and I think that their view was, it’s great for us and it’s a moneymaker and it’s a lot of fun. After people saw the success of that, I watched public radio stations, and NPR in DC be like, oh, okay, so maybe that actually does work. I really wanted public radio to take more risks, and I think public funding should allow people to take more risks. Do you have any general thoughts on that? And also what audiences do you feel are still left behind in public media and how can we fix that? - -Laura: Yeah, I mean this is obviously a huge question, and a question we think about a lot. We’ve made commitments in the last couple of years in a couple of areas. We’re doing a paid internship program which will hopefully increase the diversity, socioeconomic and other, of people who can work here. I hope that that will increase the diversity of the people coming in, because we do hire people from internships a lot. But we’ve also worked to try to get both more voices in management and more voices on the air. And on the air, 2 Dope Queens, two incredibly smart, incredibly funny black women, talking about their lives and Sooo Many White Guys with Phoebe Robinson. - -Jenna: She’s amazing. - -Laura: She is so funny; she is so great. And, you know, The United States of Anxiety, with Kai Wright, and Jami Floyd is our All Things Considered host, and Sarah Gonzalez doing this incredible reporting about criminal justice reform in New Jersey. So, you know, we’re really working to both diversify the newsroom itself, and our producers. But we’re not there yet. And we’ve just added a new role of vice-president of on-demand content, Tony Phillips, who comes from the BBC and brings a diverse perspective as well. I think there’s something about public media’s sound that, you know, it’s almost like the Saturday Night Live Alec Baldwin skit. [Laughter] - -Jenna: Totally. - -Laura: You know that it just, unfortunately, is a little too true. [Laughing] And we have to change that sound too, which is, I think, as much about listening to this country, and listening to the diverse kind of sounds of peoples’ voices, and not trying to put that NPRish sound out there, which I think can turn off certain people. It’s related to diversity, but it’s also about enabling different people’s experience to be respected. We’re also doing an LGBTQ show, Nancy, with two incredible hosts. The other thing we’re doing is asking every show to look at the sources they have and to be very conscious of where there may be hidden biases. It’s easy to go to the same old sources, or reporters, or commentators or whatever. We also have a program on race and reconciliation that Rebecca Carroll is working with in the newsroom, so it’s a very conscious effort. I don’t think we in New York, or in public radio, do very much with a Latino audience, specifically. You look at LA and New York, and we may be more the future of what this country looks like and so, I think in that sense, we have a responsibility to be leaders. - -Jenna: Yeah. A show I think about doing a lot is something for first generation in America; they have such a unique experience having a different language from their parents. When I was at BuzzFeed, they saw this audience and they quickly became the biggest news source for young Latinos in America because they saw this hole in the space. - -Laura: I think your point about the for-profit companies see the opportunity and see the revenue. And so they see it as an unmet need for an audience, and– - -Jenna: Yeah, and there was something really progressive about that in a way that I had always sort of thought only public media could do. But then it was like oh, it’s capitalism and it’s sort of working. [Laughter] - -Filling the Gaps - -Laura: I’m curious, so what would you do? - -Jenna: I think a lot about gaps in the space. A show I think about a lot is some kind of huge production podcast for kids that’s sort of like the Sesame Street of podcasts. I get excited about seeing what the gaps are and filling those, and I’ve been honestly a little bit disappointed at some of these for-profit podcast companies. It feels like they’re going for the same audience over and over again. And that’s their prerogative and if that’s what they think is gonna make money, I understand it, but I get really excited about trying to do totally new things. - -Laura: Yeah, new things, and break the mold, and try to figure out– The whole idea of radio drama I think is so interesting. - -Jenna: [Laughs] You guys could do a great one. - -Laura: But it’s hard and you have to approach it by reinventing it because the old radio drama model isn’t gonna work right now. What’s kind of fun is that no one really has the skill set, so you have to develop it. Or if you think about like what we were just talking about, Ghostwriter. - -Jenna: Yes! - -Laura: Like a mystery adventure for kids, you know, kids six to eleven love narrative. - -Jenna: I’ve noticed that a lot of my friends listen to Radiolab with their kids [Chuckles]. And they’ll be like, “My kid loves Radiolab, wouldn’t it be cool if there was like a Radiolab for young people.” - -Laura: Yep, yep. - -Dreaming the Future - -Jenna: What are your future dream shows that you’d love to do at this stage? - -Laura: I’m really interested in drama. I’m really interested in ways to engage the audience in new ways, you know, things that will spark a real conversation, or like what Anna [Sale] does, and other new shows, some other podcasters where they ask the audience — and you’re doing it too — ask the audience a question and then feature, you know, so that we’re really listening, as well as telling. And I think, you know, game show kinds of things could be kind of fun. I think there are so many formats to think about. I’m really proud of what the newsroom has done with The United States of Anxiety, cause I think it really is combining narrative journalism and, you know, looking at people who I think many people in the newsroom may not know how to communicate with so well. - -Jenna: Yeah, I’ve been really loving it. [Chuckles] It’s humanized Trump supporters in a way that I didn’t necessarily want them to be humanized. [Laughs] But it’s been a good challenge. - -Laura: Exactly. I was telling somebody yesterday; I was suggesting they listen. It’s a woman who lives in Long Island. And she said, “I just don’t want to hear anything about them.” I’m like, “Just give it a shot. Just listen and listen to– They’re your neighbors, you know, and for no other reason than you should not kind of either demonize them — and she was obviously a Hillary supporter — or think of them too narrowly, you know. And for me, in many ways, it kind of reminded me of people I grew up with, so that was comfortable and uncomfortable at the same time. I think looking at some of the tectonic shifts that we’re going through as a society; I’m really interested in trying to explore those in a range of different ways. I mean like one of the things, criminal justice reform, there are people on the left and people on the right that are realizing that imprisoning so many people in this country has got to change. And I think it’s a moment. I think we have to look at global warming and the environment in a way, it’s a moment. And obviously, to try to figure out how to talk to one another and build bridges among diverse experiences and diverse people, I think is essential. We can come out of this election and be more divided, or we can choose to come together. And I hope that we can play a role in doing that. - -Jenna: I’d love hear more newsy podcasts, too. This seems to be happening at NPR where there’s kind of a separation of on-the-air is newsy stuff and what’s podcast is more evergreen. - -Laura: Like 1UP, or NPR Politics. - -Jenna: Yeah, I like those. I guess because they’re topical, they don’t have as long a life, and so people worry about that. A lot of people listen to podcasts by binging, so they’ll go back months, and it doesn’t really work with the news. But when you don’t have news podcasts, you’re kind of neglecting the audience that only gets their information through stuff online, through podcasts. So I feel like we’re gonna see those more and more. Even like a short daily news show, something like that. - -Laura: Yeah, maybe something funny. - -Jenna: Yes! [Laughter] A funny daily news show would actually be great. - -If You Could. . . - -Laura: I’m curious, if we said to you, you could do whatever you want. . . [Laughter] Obviously don’t give away your ideas, but you know, like break format, do something that makes us understand somebody we don’t know. What kinds of things would you want to do? - -Jenna: I think a radio drama could be fun. I think that these short series are working really well. I think that, like podcasts, it seemed at first people thought that they all had to be weekly and come out at the same time every week. And I think that doing a lot of short series can be really fun. We’re making Hillary Clinton’s podcast now. It’ been fun. - -Laura: Oh, yeah, oh cool. I’ll have to listen. - -Jenna: Yeah, it’s really fun, I think you’d enjoy it. It’s called With Her. I think having a revolving cast of interesting people, whether it’s Hillary Clinton who kind of wants to talk about issues of the week, and I would love to hear a fireside chat style podcast that comes on every week with the president [Laughs]. That would be amazing. I’d love to do a bunch of short series with diverse and interesting voices and people who bring big audiences. So do ten episodes with Ta-Nehisi Coates where he’s interviewing ten people who he’s really interested in. Ten episodes with Lena Dunham, which we’re working on right now and that’s very highly produced and, you know, lots of stories of women around the world. Have people who are thought leaders do these short series that don’t feel super overwhelming to them. That’s what I’m pretty excited about right now. I think what Another Round did successfully was that it wasn’t just two people chatting forever unedited. It was these concise segments. We learned how to edit from public radio. [Laughter] So I think that a lot can be done in the space between these never ending chat shows and highly produced shows. - -Laura: Yep, yep. - -Jenna: And I think you guys have definitely been doing that — Death, Sex and Money is kind of in that space. - -Laura: She’s so talented. - -Jenna: She’s so awesome. - -Laura: She is awesome. - -Jenna: That space to me feels like there’s so much opportunity there and to do a young Latino show. I’d love to hear young modern Muslims talking about being new American Muslims, and the perceptions versus the realities, and just kind of these fun, either two-person chat shows, or one person who interviews a different person every week. There’s so much there and I’m really excited about it. - -Laura: Yeah. You think about the fireside chat thing of the president and how [the president] could listen to the people, listen to questions and comments and it would be really fun to try to bring that to her, if it’s. . . [Chuckles] - -Jenna: Hillary. - -Laura: In a way that is comfortable for her and that also allows her to respond and listen to the American people, and gives people a way to feel like they’re communicating with the president. - -Disrupt Radio - -Jenna: I just want to ask you one more question. I think you address this a bit in your great Medium piece about how public radio can really lead in this podcast space. How do you respond to push back from other stations and from, I don’t know if you get push back from NPR in DC, anyone who’s worried about podcasts and how they might be too disruptive to public radio? - -Laura: For whatever reason, people don’t come up to me and say, “You’re wrong to put so much into podcasts.” There’s a certain group of people who are like, you go girl, this is great, this is fabulous. I think the hardest one is people looking at us and saying, “But what about me?” So that’s really led me to think about public radio as the center of the community, and how can we as producers of podcasts help stations get close to the people in their community through podcasts. None of us know who is listening in our communities to podcasts. It would be great if the folks up in Amherst and the people in New York could all know who’s listening to public radio produced kind of podcasts and figure out ways– - -Jenna: The stats are the problem. - -Laura: Yeah, the stats are the problems. Imagine if you had the email address of every single person who listened to public radio podcasts in your community. And then you could communicate with them, you could talk about the mission of public radio. But more importantly, you could bring them together to be part of a larger local community that’s thinking about issues that matter and stories that matter. And also be able to communicate to them the news in their own community and ask them to be part of a larger discussion. Every single public radio station needs to disrupt themselves, not because radio isn’t relevant. Radio is relevant. I’m very high on radio. I think radio will continue to be a really strong force in our communities. And I think on some level, the moment-to-moment breaking news, the kind of work that only a public radio station can do in emergencies, the sense of being a live companion to so many thousands of people at the same time, there’s nothing like it. But every single public radio station can and should be asking: how can I disrupt myself? Not just in order to disrupt myself, but because all those people, and particularly younger folks, are listening to content in new ways. So we are lucky that we don’t have to, that our business model actually really can work in the podcast world because it’s about engaging people, it’s about a loyalty, it’s about producing great stuff that people will pay for, even though it’s free. And that works in podcasting too. And so I think we are very lucky in public radio. We have to take this moment and take this inflection point and push ourselves to be even more relevant and even more meaningful to our listeners in our communities. - -Jenna: Well, your station’s really leading the way in public media, [Laughter] so I’m excited to see what you guys do. - -Laura: And to see what you’re doing. - -Jenna: Thanks so much for talking, this is great. - -Laura: Okay, thank you, this was fun. - -*Listen to this whole conversation on our podcast.*",1731883684,c00d35bf2d,23ceab99f1,,,1731883684 -http://www.influencerupdate.biz/news/68619/facebook-gaming-hits-345m-hours-watched-in-july-marking-its-biggest-month-yet/,https://www.influencerupdate.biz/rss/news/,"Facebook Gaming hit 345m hours watched in July, marking its biggest month yet","Streaming saw another strong bout of growth in July 2020, according to a fresh report from StreamElements and Arsenal.gg. - -While Twitch remains the biggest platform in pure numbers, its hours have dwindled a little between June and July. - -Facebook Gaming was the star of the streaming show last month seeing 345m hours watched - the site's biggest month yet. The closure of Microsoft's Mixer has seen streamers seek new homes, but only Facebook is offering instant partnership status to ex Mixer partners, an enticing deal for professional creators. - -Just chatting - -There's no significant change in Twitch's top 10 categories overall, but the Just Chatting category saw a rise of 6 per cent, reaffirming the need appeal of non-gaming content across the platform. Minecraft saw the largest rise in July - views were up 37 per cent for Microsoft's blocky blockbuster. Meanwhile, Counter-Strike: Global Offensive saw a serious view dip of 90 per cent. - -""The drop in hours watched among the top categories was evident across the gaming titles, but the non-gaming Just Chatting category defied this trend, said Doron Nir, CEO of StreamElements. - -""Just Chatting remains the leading category for its third consecutive month and was among the few that actually increased in viewership."" - -Hook, line, and streamer - -Streamer xQc took the top spot on Twitch for July 2020. The top 10 was filled with the usual suspects - including Asmongold, TimTheTatman, loltyler1 and NICKMERCS. - -However, The RealKnossi was a surprise new entrant, shooting from 80th to 2nd on Twitch following their AngelCamp 2020 event. That event saw Knossi and a collection of other streamers... host a fishing broadcast over several days. Now, Twitch doesn't have a 'fishing' category, but given how wild nichés can quickly take off, maybe it should be considered. - -Singing statistics - -Music and performing arts continues to thrive on Twitch. The category saw a massive 387 per cent year-over-year increase between July 2019 and 2020, rising from 3.6m to 17.6m hours. - -Popular artists are beginning to utilise the platform more and more. US Rapper Logic signed an exclusive deal with Twitch last month, where he plays games and vibes, and Linkin' Park's Mike Shinoda dropped an album on the platform in July, created with real-time input from his Twitch chat. He also hosts regular music, art, and Animal Crossing streams. - -They join other musicians that have turned to Twitch - including Panic At The Disco's Brendan Urie, who took up regular live streaming last year, and TesseracT's Daniel Tompkins is a semi-frequent broadcaster. - -And lastly, a strong favourite continues to dominate the creative category. In 2015, Twitch launched the category with an ongoing broadcast of The Joy of Painting, hosted by the jovial Bob Ross. In 2020, Bob Ross' channel is the most-watched art channel on the platform, with a huge 753k hours watched in July. Now that's a happy little accident. - -""Five years later and Bob Ross' uplifting show still commands attention as the top channel in their Art category,"" Nir added. - -""The popularity of his show speaks to the varied interests of the Twitch community and why brands need to really understand the streaming ecosystem to optimise it for their campaigns.""",1731883674,e34caba76d,2526741450,,,1731883674 -https://mashable.com/article/minnesota-timberwolves-phoenix-suns-nba-2024-live-stream-for-free,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,How to watch Minnesota Timberwolves vs. Phoenix Suns online for free,"TL;DR: Live stream Minnesota Timberwolves vs. Phoenix Suns in the NBA for free on Ran.de. Access this free streaming platform from anywhere in the world with ExpressVPN. - -The Phoenix Suns have looked really strong this NBA season. The question will be whether they can sustain this form throughout the season. - -The Minnesota Timberwolves have been inconsistent so far, but you would expect them to come good eventually. Maybe the Minnesota Timberwolves will get things right when they host the Suns this weekend? - -If you want to watch Minnesota Timberwolves vs. Phoenix Suns in the NBA for free from anywhere in the world, we have all the information you need. - -When is Minnesota Timberwolves vs. Phoenix Suns? - -Minnesota Timberwolves vs. Phoenix Suns in the NBA starts at 3:30 p.m. ET on Nov. 17. This game takes place at the Target Center. - -Mashable Top Stories Stay connected with the hottest stories of the day and the latest entertainment news. Sign up for Mashable's Top Stories newsletter Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -How to watch Minnesota Timberwolves vs. Phoenix Suns for free - -Minnesota Timberwolves vs. Phoenix Suns is available to live stream for free on Ran.de in Germany. - -If you're traveling outside of Germany during this game, you might need to use a VPN to unblock this free live stream. VPNs can hide your real IP address (digital location) and connect you to a secure server in Germany, meaning you can unblock free live streams of the NBA from anywhere in the world. - -Live stream Minnesota Timberwolves vs. Phoenix Suns for free on Ran.de by following these simple steps: - -Subscribe to a streaming-friendly VPN (like ExpressVPN) Download the app to your device of choice (the best VPNs have apps for Windows, Mac, iOS, Android, Linux, and more) Open up the app and connect to a server in Germany Visit Ran.de Watch Minnesota Timberwolves vs. Phoenix Suns for free from anywhere in the world - -The best VPNs for streaming are not free, but leading VPNs do tend to offer free-trial periods or money-back guarantees. By leveraging these offers, you can gain access to free live streams of the NBA without actually spending anything. This obviously isn't a long-term solution, but it does give you enough time to live stream Minnesota Timberwolves vs. Phoenix Suns before recovering your investment. - -What is the best VPN for the NBA? - -ExpressVPN is the best choice for bypassing geo-restrictions to stream live sport, for a number of reasons: - -Servers in 105 countries including Germany - -Easy-to-use app available on all major devices including iPhone, Android, Windows, Mac, and more - -Strict no-logging policy so your data is secure - -Fast connection speeds free from throttling - -Up to eight simultaneous connections - -30-day money-back guarantee - -A one-year subscription to ExpressVPN is on sale for $99.95 and includes an extra three months for free — 49% off for a limited time. This plan includes a year of free unlimited cloud backup and a generous 30-day money-back guarantee. - -Live stream Minnesota Timberwolves vs. Phoenix Suns in the NBA for free with ExpressVPN.",1731883637,644d6c1ea1,250d3a5abc,,,1731883637 -https://www.blackshoediaries.com/2024/11/17/24298380/penn-state-nittany-lions-football-minnesota-gophers-opening-odds-spread-line-november-23-2024,https://www.blackshoediaries.com/rss/current.rss,Penn State Opens as Double-Digit Favorite Over Minnesota,"Penn State rolled to a 49-10 victory on the road against Purdue on Saturday. The oddsmakers are expecting another road win on Saturday when the Nittany Lions travel to Minnesota. Penn State has opened as a 13-point favorite over the Gophers. - -Minnesota will be coming off a bye week in their upset bid against the Nittany Lions. The Gophers had been riding a four-game winning streak before suffering a 26-19 defeat to Rutgers last week. - -Penn State and Minnesota will meet for the first time since 2022, when the Nittany Lions pummeled the Gophers in a 45-17 victory at home in front of a White Out crowd. The Gophers prevailed with a 31-26 victory in the previous match-up, handing Penn State its first loss of the season after a 9-0 start in 2019. - -Penn State and Minnesota will kickoff at 3:30 p.m. on Saturday, with coverage provided by CBS.",1731883655,3f5c37ea87,2549147f63,,,1731883655 -https://www.agilitypr.com/pr-news/public-relations/the-evolution-of-consumer-pr-trends-in-the-digital-age/,https://www.agilitypr.com/feed/,The evolution of consumer PR trends in the digital age,"In an era defined by rapid technological advancements and shifting consumer behaviors, the field of public relations has undergone a remarkable transformation. No longer just about managing a brand’s image, consumer PR today is deeply intertwined with social media, data analytics, and an ever-evolving understanding of consumer psychology. This op-ed explores the current trends in consumer PR, how they reflect broader societal changes, and what brands must do to stay relevant in this dynamic landscape. - -The Shift to Authenticity - -One of the most significant trends in consumer PR is the shift toward authenticity. Modern consumers, particularly Millennials and Gen Z, demand transparency from the brands they support. This demographic is less likely to be swayed by traditional advertising tactics and more inclined to favor brands that demonstrate genuine values and social responsibility. Consequently, PR strategies are now focused on authentic storytelling that resonates with audiences on a personal level. - -For example, brands like Patagonia have effectively leveraged authenticity by championing environmental sustainability and social justice. Their campaigns are not just marketing efforts; they are integral to the brand’s identity. This authenticity fosters loyalty and trust, essential components in today’s consumer landscape. - -The Role of Influencer Marketing - -Influencer marketing has emerged as a cornerstone of consumer PR. With the rise of social media platforms like Instagram, TikTok, and YouTube, influencers wield significant power over consumer behavior. Brands are increasingly partnering with influencers who align with their values and target demographics to amplify their messages. - -However, the relationship between brands and influencers is evolving. Today’s consumers are savvy; they can spot inauthentic partnerships and sponsored content that lacks genuine connection. As a result, brands must carefully select influencers whose lifestyles and beliefs resonate with their own. This means moving beyond mere follower counts to consider engagement rates and the influencer’s ability to authentically communicate the brand’s message. - -The Power of Data Analytics - -In the digital age, data analytics has become an indispensable tool in consumer PR. Brands can track consumer behavior, sentiment, and engagement in real time, allowing them to tailor their messaging and strategies accordingly. This data-driven approach enables PR professionals to identify trends, measure campaign effectiveness, and optimize their efforts for maximum impact. - -For instance, using social listening tools, brands can monitor conversations around their products or services, gaining insights into consumer perceptions and emerging trends. This allows them to respond proactively to potential crises or capitalize on positive sentiment, further enhancing their reputation and connection with consumers. - -Crisis Management in a 24/7 News Cycle - -The fast-paced nature of today’s news cycle means that brands must be prepared for crises at any moment. Social media can amplify negative stories rapidly, making effective crisis management essential. Brands must develop robust communication strategies that prioritize transparency and responsiveness. - -A prime example of effective crisis management is Johnson & Johnson’s handling of the Tylenol scare in the 1980s. The company’s swift and transparent response not only salvaged its reputation but also set a benchmark for crisis management in PR. Today, brands must be equipped to address crises in real time, using social media and other channels to communicate directly with their audiences. - -The Importance of Community Engagement - -As consumers increasingly seek connection and belonging, community engagement has emerged as a crucial aspect of consumer PR. Brands that actively participate in their communities—whether through local events, partnerships with nonprofits, or social initiatives—are more likely to foster strong relationships with their customers. - -Brands like Ben & Jerry’s exemplify this trend by championing social causes and actively engaging with their communities. Their commitment to social justice issues not only strengthens their brand identity but also resonates with consumers who value corporate responsibility. In an age where consumers are more informed and concerned about societal issues, brands must recognize the importance of their role in the community. - -Sustainability and Social Responsibility - -The rise of eco-conscious consumers has forced brands to rethink their PR strategies. Sustainability and social responsibility are no longer optional; they are expected. Consumers are increasingly demanding that brands take a stand on environmental and social issues, and PR campaigns must reflect this. - -Brands that prioritize sustainability—like Tesla, which has made electric vehicles synonymous with luxury and environmental stewardship—are not just appealing to eco-conscious consumers; they are also enhancing their reputations in a competitive market. As the climate crisis becomes more pressing, brands that fail to address these issues risk alienating a significant portion of their customer base. - -The Influence of AI and Automation - -As artificial intelligence (AI) and automation technologies continue to advance, they are reshaping the landscape of consumer PR. From chatbots that handle customer inquiries to AI-driven analytics tools that provide insights into consumer behavior, technology is streamlining PR processes and enabling more personalized communication. - -However, the integration of AI in consumer PR also raises ethical questions. Brands must navigate the fine line between automation and the human touch. While AI can enhance efficiency, it cannot replace the emotional intelligence and empathy that are vital in building genuine relationships with consumers. - -The Rise of Visual Storytelling - -In a world where attention spans are shorter than ever, visual storytelling has become a powerful tool in consumer PR. Platforms like Instagram, TikTok, and YouTube prioritize visual content, making it essential for brands to adapt their strategies accordingly. High-quality visuals, engaging videos, and interactive content capture attention and convey messages more effectively than traditional text-based communication. - -Brands that excel at visual storytelling, like Nike and Apple, not only attract attention but also create memorable experiences that resonate with consumers. This trend underscores the importance of creativity and innovation in consumer PR, as brands must find new ways to engage their audiences in a visually-driven digital landscape. - -Personalization in PR Campaigns - -Personalization is no longer just a marketing buzzword; it has become a critical component of consumer PR. With consumers inundated with information, tailored messaging that speaks directly to individual needs and preferences is essential for standing out. - -Data analytics enables brands to segment their audiences and deliver personalized content, whether through targeted social media ads, tailored email campaigns, or customized experiences. Brands like Amazon and Spotify have set the standard for personalization, demonstrating how understanding consumer behavior can enhance engagement and loyalty. - -The Future of Consumer PR - -Looking ahead, the future of consumer PR will undoubtedly be shaped by the ongoing evolution of technology, consumer behavior, and societal values. As consumers continue to demand authenticity, transparency, and social responsibility, brands must adapt their strategies to meet these expectations. - -The integration of emerging technologies, like virtual and augmented reality, may offer new avenues for engagement and storytelling, further blurring the lines between traditional PR and experiential marketing. Additionally, as the global landscape shifts, brands will need to navigate cultural differences and adapt their messaging accordingly. - -In the rapidly changing world of consumer PR, staying ahead of trends is not just an option; it is a necessity. Brands that prioritize authenticity, leverage data analytics, engage with their communities, and embrace sustainability will not only survive but thrive in this new landscape. As consumers continue to evolve, so too must the strategies employed by brands to connect with them on a meaningful level. The future of consumer PR lies in the ability to build genuine relationships that foster trust, loyalty, and lasting connections.",1731883655,52bb56b32d,2526f68d8a,,,1731883655 -https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/2024/11/bechtel-to-construct-25-mw-solar-array-for-utah-copper-mine/,https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/feed/,Bechtel to construct 25-MW solar array for Utah copper mine,"Bechtel has been chosen by Rio Tinto to design and construct the Copperton Phase 2 Solar project, which will support operations at Rio Tinto’s Kennecott open-pit copper mine in Utah. - -“We are pleased to build on our longstanding partnership with Rio Tinto by expanding into clean energy,” said Scott Austin, Bechtel’s General Manager of Renewables & Clean Power. “This project demonstrates climate commitments in action, and we look forward to working together on this innovative renewable power solution.” - -When completed in late 2025, the Copperton Phase 2 Solar project will span 210 acres and generate 25 MW of power from bifacial solar modules. At peak, 100 local construction jobs are expected to be created on the project. - -“Expanding our solar farm is the latest step in our journey to reduce our carbon footprint,” said Nate Foster, Rio Tinto’s Kennecott Managing Director. “Together with other measures we’ve taken, such as closing a coal-fired power plant, deploying battery electric vehicles underground, and our recent transition to renewable diesel, we have reduced our emissions by millions of tons over the past few years. We’re demonstrating every day that sustainable practices and resource production can go hand-in-hand to benefit our company as well as our community.” - -The new solar plant will be located next to Kennecott’s existing 5-MW solar plant. Together, the two solar plants will reduce Kennecott’s Scope 2 emissions by approximately 6%, or 21,000 tons of carbon dioxide equivalent every year. - -News item from Bechtel",1731883667,1796127155,253330e7bf,,,1731883667 -https://www.nationalmortgagenews.com/news/ginnie-mae-acting-president-steps-down,https://www.nationalmortgagenews.com/rss,Ginnie Mae acting president steps down,"Sam Valverde has resigned as the acting president of Ginnie Mae, in what might be one of the first consequences from the change of control at the White House. - -Valverde stepped into the job after Alana McCargo retired in April ; she was the first and only Senate-approved nominee to head Ginnie Mae since Ted Tozer left at the end of the Obama administration. - -In Pres.-elect Trump's first term, while a full-time president was nominated , Michael Bright stepped aside and was never confirmed by the Senate. Project 2025, a document touted as part of the agenda for a second Trump administration , but one Trump has distanced himself from, calls for a ""right-sizing"" of Ginnie Mae. - -""The opportunity to lead Ginnie Mae has been the most impactful and rewarding work of my career in public service,"" Valverde said in a press release. ""I am deeply honored to have had the chance to serve my country while championing a borrower-focused and market-driven housing finance agenda."" - -Valverde joined Ginnie Mae as executive vice president and chief operating officer in March 2022 and the following January was promoted to principal executive vice president. - -Prior to joining Ginnie Mae, Valverde was supervisory attorney advisor at the Federal Housing Finance Agency Division of Conservatorship Oversight and Readiness. He began his career as a securities lawyer at Davis Polk & Wardell. - -For now, Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer Gregory Keith will assume the responsibilities of the Ginnie Mae president. - -Keith has over 35 years of housing finance experience. He has been responsible for Ginnie Mae's risk and compliance functions since October 2010. - -""Gregory Keith has been a key leader at Ginnie Mae for over a decade, bringing a holistic perspective on housing finance that will serve the organization well at this critical time,"" Valverde said. - -Department of Housing and Urban Development Agency Head Adrianne Todman thanked Valverde, the first Latino executive at Ginnie Mae. ""Valverde's tenure has been ground-breaking and has set the foundation for a people-first philosophy in Ginnie Mae's crucial mission to support affordable housing for people across the nation."" - -A request for further information from Ginnie Mae about Valverde's next steps was not returned by press time. - -",1731883663,53698d1bc1,250a54d787,,,1731883663 -https://racingnews.co/2024/11/09/world-finals-results-november-9-2024-world-of-outlaws-sprint-cars-2/,https://www.racingnews.co/feed/,"World Finals Results: November 9, 2024 (World of Outlaws Sprint Cars)","World of Outlaws Sprint Car Series results from the World Finals finale - -Tonight, the 2024 World of Outlaws Sprint Car Series season comes to a close in Concord, North Carolina. The 4/10-mile Dirt Track at Charlotte Motor Speedway hosts the final night of the World Finals. - -View World Finals results below. - -World Finals Menu - -Sprint Car Results | Late Model Results - -Gio Scelzi loses a tire and flips in hot laps as cars pack in the track ahead of the green flag! The car is not reparable after a snapped axle.",1731883644,d62396e274,2542f08118,,,1731883644 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMitAFBVV95cUxQYjVWOWZseWdVYm9WNkQ3NkQ1MWlFcVRTT1hkdWd1bGM4aU82dlpfajRDUHVoRlJVM1ExYThwWkhVNzB3M05vM28xUWhTclc5anVBcWdrVFlvMlpaNWdiR1RZUFlFUDFIeUZkLWpvNHpXemVFQmdzM21NdTJhM1ExMzU1OE9MbXB0UzJkdF9lVlFBX09wbWpMWXBVSHd2QmZXc1VoeUFCT21HTDdjZVdSUnlUMlI?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883616,2688d2a9c6,258518c2a2,,,1731883616 -https://www.nytimes.com/2024/11/17/us/politics/biden-ukraine-russia-atacms-missiles.html,https://rss.nytimes.com/services/xml/rss/nyt/Politics.xml,Biden Allows Ukraine to Strike Russia With Long-Range U.S. Missiles,"President Biden has authorized the first use of U.S.-supplied long-range missiles by Ukraine for strikes inside Russia, U.S. officials said. - -The weapons are likely to be initially employed against Russian and North Korean troops in defense of Ukrainian forces in the Kursk region of western Russia, the officials said. - -Mr. Biden’s decision is a major change in U.S. policy. The choice has divided his advisers, and his shift comes two months before President-elect Donald J. Trump takes office, having vowed to limit further support for Ukraine. - -Allowing the Ukrainians to use the long-range missiles, known as the Army Tactical Missile Systems, or ATACMS, came in response to Russia’s surprise decision to bring North Korean troops into the fight, officials said.",1731883652,6207fdc2b2,25a1f5642b,,,1731883652 -https://securityboulevard.com/2024/11/how-to-create-realistic-test-data-for-mysql/,https://securityboulevard.com/feed/,How To Create Realistic Test Data For MySQL,"Databases systems have come a long way from their origins. Stemming from the original relational database system in the 70s, we’ve seen a lot of big jumps in terms of what they can do and how accessible they can be, even going as far as being designed for personal use instead of huge, bulking database systems for enterprises. - -And that’s precisely how MySQL was born. - -Three Swedes came together to create a new database system, not to beat the big guys but to create something for personal use. With that, they would begin working on MySQL, a relational database management system (RDBMS) inspired by mSQL. They felt that mSQL was too slow and rigid, so they created a system that would be faster and far more flexible. - -MySQL has gone on to become one of the most popular RDBMS solutions in the world, with it taking a dominant 38.9% of all database options. Why? Because it’s just so darn accessible. Not only is it free and open source, but it also comes with all the same features as enterprise software. - -However, with great power comes great responsibility. (Cue spiderman finger guns.) How does MySQL deal with managing data for testing and analysis purposes? - -Struggling to Use MySQL With Test Data? - -Nothing in life is perfect except maybe the McRib and that feeling when you cross off your last to-do list item. MySQL is no different, especially when it comes to using data for testing and analysis. - -MySQL Doesn’t Scale With Big Data - -Since MySQL was primarily designed for personal use, it was never intended to work with massive data sets. So if you’re working with giant data sets, you will feel it. MySQL only operates with a single node, so custom solutions for larger data sets rely on sharding to make it functional. Which means you’ll need to come up with your solution to get it done. - -Making and Retaining Links Is Difficult - -Your data is already linked within your databases, so your test data should be too. However, most people who make their test data will often forget those relations. Without them, your test data doesn’t give you an accurate representation of your production database. And how are you going to test with an inaccurate model? - -Keeping Sensitive Information Out of Test Data Is Tough - -You can create test data in various ways, but not all are equal when exporting your production data. If you’re using XML, JSON, or blobs, there is a genuine risk that some of that nested data gets grabbed, too, leaving your data at risk. - -Using Synthetic Data For MySQL - -So how can we solve these problems? - -On the one hand, you can spend your precious time manually querying your data, scrambling it, hoping you didn’t pull too much and that you get rid of all PII. But that can be incredibly time-consuming, and in the end, you still risk your data being reverse-engineered. - -Instead, you need a tool that can not only maintain the integrity of your data’s structure but you’ll also need something that can handle the scale of what you need. No two databases are alike, so why pick solutions that don’t adapt to your needs? - -How Tonic Can Help - -With Tonic, we’ve got your back, and we’ve got MySQL support baked in. With our generators, your test data will act and look exactly like production data but with none of the hassle. Plus, it’s mathematically guaranteed to be impossible to reverse. - -Oh. and those massive data sets? We’ve got you covered with data subsetting, so you can pull exactly what you need. No more, no less, no fuss, no mess. - -Using Tonic With MySQL and MariaDB - -Let’s take a look at how to create realistic test data for MySQL. Thanks to Tonic, getting your environment up and running is a breeze. Not only do we support MySQL out of the box, but we support MariaDB, too, for those who aren’t inclined to use Oracle products. - -Getting It Set Up - -Naturally, we need to set things up before making that delicious test data. To do so, we’ll need to create a source database user named “tonic”, with access to schema information and access tables in your preferred DBs. Then, your destination DB will also need a “tonic” user with all privileges. - -Configuring Your Workspace - -Once we have that set up, you’ll need to configure your environment next. In Tonic, specify the server and databases your want to connect, as well as user authentication and networking info. By default, Tonic doesn’t block data generation as long as the schema changes don’t conflict with your workspace. If you need to change this, there is a setting in Tonic itself. - -How To Create Realistic Test Data For MySQL - -Once you have the information for your origin and destination databases, you are free to generate data to your heart’s content! All of Tonic’s generators work with MySQL so that you can access it from the get-go. You also have access to data subsetting, so no workload is too big for your team. - -Yeah. It really is that easy. - -Need more help? Reach out to our team at [email protected], or book a demo with our team today to get a complete tour of Tonic!",1731883658,d901805b6c,2578b73f50,,,1731883658 -https://www.vg247.com/andor-season-2-alien-earth-get-incredibly-short-looks-from-disney-plus,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,Andor season 2 and Alien: Earth get some incredibly short looks from Disney ahead of their 2025 release dates,"If you're not sure what's coming up on Disney Plus in 2025, lucky for you the house of mouse has released a trailer covering everything it's got coming up. - -For some reason it appears to have become a bit of a trend to show off very brief clips of upcoming TV shows in highlight reels rather than just actually releasing a dedicated trailer, but I'm not exactly in marketing, so maybe that's just how you bring people in these days! Either way, I can't change it, and I'm faced with it again as earlier today the official Disney Plus YouTube channel shared one such highlight reel showing off a bunch of titles that's coming to the streaming service in 2025. Most notably, the reel offered up a first look at Andorhttps://www.vg247.com/tv-shows/andor season 2 in motion - there's not too much to see there, but it certainly looks like it will be quite the dramatic bit of television, which is set to arrive April 22 next year. - -You won't just find Andor, though, as we all got more of a sneak peak at Alien: Earth that actually shows off what the show looks like, unlike that teaser trailer from September. Much like the Andor tease, there's not much here, but there is a glimpse of Sydney Chandler, who'll be portraying the show's protagonist, Wendy. On top of that, there's another couple of short teases for Ironheart and Daredevil: Born Again, with the former looking like it'll bring back actually mechanical looking suits to the MCU (good riddance, nanomachines, I won't miss you). - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -For those that like a touch more drama, you'll also find some glimpses of The Bear season 4, The Handmaid's Tale season 6 (which is also the last one), as well as some completely new shows like Chad Powers, Paradise, and Good American Family. Essentially, it looks like there'll be a big range of shows for you to tuck into, as long as you can wait until 2025 that is.",1731883689,374d98cbb9,25789337b3,,,1731883689 -https://www.npr.org/2021/10/08/1044598674/libor-pains,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,LIBOR pains : Planet Money,"LIBOR pains - -JOE KLAMAR/AFP via Getty Images - -For decades, banks all used one magic number to help them determine how much to charge to lend out money. That magic number was called LIBOR: the London Interbank Offered Rate. And it underpinned everything: car loans, student loans, adjustable rate mortgages, the entire market for mega loans to giant corporations — trillions of dollars worth. - -It was basically set by a bunch of bankers asking each other: ""Hey mates, what should the number be today?"" So maybe it shouldn't have been a surprise when it turned out that some of those mates were rigging LIBOR. - -Sponsor Message - -Regulators declared the rate dead. But what shall rise in its place? The deadline is fast approaching. And this guy Richard Sandor, in Chicago, has decided he has way to fix it. He's going to create his own, homegrown number that he hopes will be an alternative to the world's most important number. - -Music: ""Margie,"" ""Big Apple Boogaloo,"" ""Django Station"" and ""Waiting for the Sun."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to the Newsletter.",1731884698,8181d7a585,25b1d36e20,,,1731884698 -https://www.upfluence.com/influencer-marketing/maximize-your-black-friday-2024-sales-through-creators-proven-influencer-marketing-strategies,https://www.upfluence.com/blog/feed/,Maximize Your Black Friday 2024 Sales through Creators: Proven Influencer Marketing Strategies,"Yes, it’s that time of the year: Black Friday Cyber Monday preparation. - -The Black Friday and Cyber Monday period has evolved into one of the most anticipated shopping events of the year, presenting a golden opportunity for brands to maximize their sales and reach new clients. For many, it has become the prime time to shop for luxury items or even to begin their holiday shopping. It is THE opportunity for e-commerce brands and Amazon stores to grow their business and increase sales significantly, as the volume of online sales is growing consistently. - -In 2023, online sales for Black Friday increased by 8% and reached $70 billion. Not only that, but it is growing much faster than brick-and-mortar stores. - -With the increasing influence of social media, creators have become an indispensable channel for businesses looking to stand out in the crowded Black Friday space. Influencers can significantly amplify your brand’s message, drive meaningful traffic to your products, and increase your revenue. - -They can be instrumental in helping steer the purchase intention of younger generations or new audiences since 97% of Gen-Z find ideas for purchase decisions on social media. - -However, leveraging influencer marketing effectively requires strategic planning and execution. From booking creators well in advance to repurposing influencer-generated content across multiple channels, several best practices can help ensure a successful campaign.",1731883661,3ef6749202,254f7b9aad,,,1731883661 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/14/today-in-supreme-court-history-november-14-1922-6/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,"Today in Supreme Court History: November 14, 1922","To get the Volokh Conspiracy Daily e-mail, please sign up here. - -Email (Required) Phone This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged. Δ",1731883650,6a1d127262,258c9ab40e,,,1731883650 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/proposed-trump-tariffs-video-game-industry/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/feed/,Your video game consoles could get much more expensive soon,"People have a lot of questions about what a second Donald Trump presidential administration will look like, and one of the big concerns surrounds proposed tariffs on foreign imports, with larger ones targeted for China. If these are passed, it could signal a big change in how video game hardware and software is manufactured and could lead to increased costs for players. - -Digital Trends spoke to analysts about the potential impact that tariffs could have on tech like game consoles. As of this writing, the proposal is to implement a 10% or 20% tariff on all imports, but a specific 60% tariff on Chinese imports. Some analysts we reached out to declined to comment on the impact of the tariffs because while Trump has discussed a plan, it hasn’t gone into effect and might not. Others, like Serkan Toto of Japanese games industry consulting firm Kantan, warned that consumers could be the ones paying the cost if plans go into effect. - -Recommended Videos - -“The effects would be devastating for game fans,” Toto tells Digital Trends. “China would not pay for this, the U.S. consumer would.” - -Get your weekly teardown of the tech behind PC gaming ReSpec Subscribe Check your inbox! - -According to an October report from the Consumer Technology Association (the organization that runs CES annually), tariff increases on just PC peripherals, video games, and other electronics like smartphones would “reduce American consumers’ spending power by $90 billion.” Since a lot of the products in the video game and electronics industries are manufactured in China, the tariffs would impact most, if not all, products people could buy. - -In terms of specifics, the CTA says video game console prices would go up by 40%. Toto estimates that the PlayStation 5 could cost $800 instead of $500, “and the price of the typical $70 game would jump to $112.” The last time then-President Trump imposed 25% tariffs on Chinese imports, GPU prices were expected to skyrocket, with something like the Nvidia GeForce RTX 3080 going from $699 to $874 before sales tax. - -It’s likely you’re thinking about the Nintendo Switch successor in this hypothetical. While the tariffs wouldn’t impact the production or supply lines in terms of stock of consoles, which happened during the pandemic, it’ll still cost more for users to buy once it releases, whenever that happens. - -Even beyond PC components or video game consoles, the National Retail Foundation says that the proposed tariffs would cost Americans “between $46 billion and $78 billion per year.” The Peterson Institute for International Economics estimates that amounts to around $2,600 per year per American. - -But again, these tariffs might not go into effect in this form (something will likely be implemented considering Trump imposed tariffs during his last term through executive action and doubled down on it during his campaign). Plus, there is a lot companies can do to fight back. - -According to CBS News, many companies are already looking to move manufacturing out of China. There’s also the possibility that there could be exceptions on certain products. Toto provided an example: “Trump will know that iPhones, for example, are made in China and India. Will Americans really appreciate an iPhone suddenly costing $1,600 instead of $1,000?” - -The last time Trump implemented tariffs, the CTA also partnered with the big three console manufacturers — Microsoft, Sony, and Nintendo — to successfully oppose them and force the administration to create exemptions for popular tech. So, it’s not a done deal for video game consumers, who already dealing with increasingly expensive consoles and games.",1731883674,f8bbd45a63,25c818a173,,,1731883674 -https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/archive/2024/11/democrats-are-the-hr-department-of-political-parties/680634/?utm_source=feed,https://www.theatlantic.com/feed/channel/ideas/,The HR-ification of the Democratic Party,"Kamala Harris and the Democrats sold themselves as the party of change, freedom, and not being weird. But many American voters saw them instead as prigs, Stepford wives, morons, and condescending smarty-pants. The Democrats didn’t actually embody all of these shortcomings, separately or simultaneously—it’s difficult to be both smart and dumb, seductive and prudish. I’ve been thinking this past week about how the Democratic Party is seen, and it hit me: The Democratic Party resembles that most American of institutions: the HR department. - -Like human resources, the Democrats are a party of norms, procedure, bureaucracy, DEI initiatives, rule following, language policing, and compliance. It is in this way that the Democratic Party feels not so much infuriating and threatening, but just kind of an annoying bummer. In the same way that an HR manager might respond when asked for clarity, Kamala Harris frequently speaks in the lexicon of lawyerly avoidance. - -The Democrats banked on the idea that classic mommy-party traits—nurturing, fretting about life’s dangers—would appeal to voters worried about the chaos of Trumpism. Instead, their warnings came across as scolding, while Donald Trump’s wild antics were either embraced by his party as a selling point or dismissed as the harmless by-product of his showmanship. To his followers, Donald J. Trump, CEO, fits a heroic and masculine frame; to his detractors, he is a villain, yet he is always the protagonist. - -The cultural space that the HR department occupies, however, carries with it no archetype at all. HR is mainly reactive, and often overly cautious, executing the company’s goals with an extraordinarily low tolerance for risk. At best, this function serves as a careful, mild check on excessive behavior, and at worst, as a fussy and fear-based obstacle that distorts a company’s culture and prevents people from achieving their mission. Trump famously hates to be told what to do; the HR department exists to do just that. - -HR departments also have a reputation for being haters of fun. In 2016, the Democrats knew that Trump was seen as the more affable candidate. This wasn’t exactly difficult. Despite her many qualifications, Hillary Clinton had a reputation for being lawyerly, not playful. More recently, a Democratic operative told me that the party had learned its lesson from Clinton’s run, and consciously sought to brand Harris’s latest campaign as joyful. But it’s impossible to convince a skeptic that you’re the party of fun when you’re also the party accused of, and sometimes engaged in, taking beloved things away—gas stoves and cows come to mind—because “it’s good for humanity.” - -Michael Scott, Steve Carrell’s character from The Office, once said to Toby Flenderson, the HR representative on the show, “Why are you the way that you are? Honestly, every time I try to do something fun or exciting, you make it not that way. I hate so much about the things that you choose to be.” Michael Scott may be a buffoon, but Toby Flenderson is a killjoy, which is precisely how many voters see the Democrats. They’ve Flendersoned themselves. There is no heroism in HR, just the hemming-in of behavior. The Democrats should want the vote of Michael Scott, and not be satisfied with only the support of rule-following, overachieving Leslie Knope. (And, no, this isn’t about gender: There are plenty of non-Knope, fun-loving, rule-breaking women in the world.) - -Democrats will tell you that they are the way they are because they’re trying to help Americans, because they know what’s best. But this was no more convincing to voters than a corporation’s insistence that the HR department exists to help employees. Absolutely no one believes that, of course. HR departments work for the people who hold the power, and they reinforce the company line, whatever that may be. To quote from a headline from the Society for Human Resources Management, “HR Doesn’t Exist to Help Employees.” And in the past few days, you’ve heard echoes of this admission from prominent Democrats, left and center-left alike. The party has turned its back on workers. - -​​Because they are not stupid, workers and voters pick up the whiff of the old okey doke when they are sold policies and procedures they are told are for their own good but are quite obviously most beneficial to those higher up on the org chart. Just as the savvy worker views an intervention from HR with suspicion, any voter who is paying attention will regard a party known for its past class betrayals with great skepticism. - -The average HR professional is likely to be college-educated, younger than the median worker, and wealthier than the average American. She (and usually it’s a she: 73.5 percent of HR professionals are women) is more likely to be Black or Hispanic, which is also true of Democrats. And HR workers are more likely to be Democrats themselves. According to Federal Election Commission filings, political donors listing their profession as human resources made 6,598 donations to Kamala Harris in this election cycle, and only 821 to the Trump campaign. - -By means of disclosure, I’ll admit that I have liked every HR person I’ve dealt with in my personal life. They are likable people. They perform a mandated service, which the nonreptilian part of my brain accepts. Occasionally, HR really does serve as a useful resource, helping employees navigate FLSA, ACA, Title VII, FMLA, ADA, and OSHA (all except OSHA being Democratic initiatives). HR is an arm of the corporation, and the depletions of life-force I have suffered in HR dealings cannot be blamed on these representatives personally. I say this as someone who left a job at National Public Radio because I just couldn’t handle filling out my Kronos automated time sheets. I never resented the actual practitioners of HR for being made to implement their mind-numbing training videos, or distributing their jargon-laden rule books, or being the gendarme of liability avoidance. But I don’t want to live under that regime if I don’t have to. - -For what it’s worth, I wanted Harris to win, and I wanted her to win because I viewed my choice as one between compliance and chaos. But I can relate on some level to those who rejected her. Campaigns are always run aspirationally, but elections are referendums. For so many Americans, the stultifying small-bore, rules-bound persnicketiness of the Democratic Party became a huge turnoff. People don’t want to feel that they are being told what they can or cannot say. They’re sick of a culture of walking on eggshells. The proof is right there in the election results—and what’s a presidential election, really, if not a quadrennial performance review of an entire nation?",1731883618,f37ba6d5d1,25bb5eae10,,,1731883618 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/3-growth-stocks-down-84-101500254.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,"3 Growth Stocks Down 84%, 28%, and 97% to Buy Right Now","While the broad market may be uncomfortably near record highs right now, this isn't the case for every stock. Some tickers not only didn't get swept higher by the recent marketwide rally, but they are trading down from their peak prices. Fortunately, it's likely for reasons that won't last. - -Here are three discounted growth stocks you might want to consider buying while they're still trading at sale prices. Their long-term bullish cases are still well intact. - -Start Your Mornings Smarter! Wake up with Breakfast news in your inbox every market day. Sign Up For Free » - -1. Roku - -If you've been keeping tabs on Roku (NASDAQ: ROKU) of late then you likely know a budding rebound was upended at the end of last month. Although its third-quarter sales and its earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA) were both up year over year and its top and bottom lines each topped expectations, guidance for the quarter now underway was disappointing. The company forecasted revenue of $465 million versus the analysts' consensus forecast of $477 million, while Roku's projected Q3 EBITDA of $30 million is short of analysts' expectation of $36.2 million. The immediate post-earnings sell-off now leaves Roku shares 28% below their late-2023 high, and down 84% from their 2021 peak price. - -However, the market is missing a couple of key things about this company's business. - -First, Roku is in the habit of topping estimates regardless of its guidance. In fact, not counting the unpredictable years of 2022 and 2023 -- when the company was also logging regular losses by investing heavily in its future growth -- Roku has reliably beat analysts' consensus earnings estimates. - -And the second (and much bigger) point many investors are underappreciating? The reach of Roku's streaming ecosystem. - -As of Pixalate's most recent look, Roku accounts for 37% of North America's connected television market. The next nearest noteworthy rival is Amazon's FireTV platform, but at only 15% market share it enjoys less than half of Roku's domestic reach. Roku's also doing very well in overseas markets like Latin America, where it's made a concerted effort to establish itself. - -Being the brand name behind the continent's most popular streaming platform is only half the bullish argument though. Roku is also part of the streaming content landscape. Numbers from TV-ratings service Nielsen say The Roku Channel is more watched within the U.S. than Warner Bros. Discovery's HBO Max or Paramount's Paramount+. That's not insignificant for Roku's home-grown ad-supported streaming service. - -Story Continues",1731883731,6e579b027f,26014b9404,,,1731883731 -https://www.refinery29.com/en-us/weekly-horoscopes-november-17-23?utm_source=feed&utm_medium=rss,https://www.refinery29.com/rss.xml,Your Horoscope This Week: November 17 To 23,"Horoscope - -Mars Is In Leo & We’re Feeling Ourselves Way More Than Usual - -Mars in Leo is here and it’s going to shake up our lives until the last days of spring 2025. Let’s bring back thirst traps and the days of TMI as we ov",1731883637,b6e1adbe35,261310aa02,,,1731883637 -https://www.ecommercefuel.com/amazon-listing-optimization/,https://www.ecommercefuel.com/feed/,Amazon Listing Optimization: 8 Steps For Higher Conversions,"Courtney Goudswaard • - -Amazon Listing Optimization: 8 Steps You Can’t Miss For Higher Conversions - -What good is traffic to your Amazon product listing if it doesn’t convert? The quality of the listing itself is what convinces customers to make a purchase after they land on your product page. - -But quality is subjective. Some products perform better than others. So, how can you make sure your product listing is converting best? Amazon Listing Optimization. - -In this practical step-by-step guide, you’ll learn: - -What is Listing Optimization on Amazon & Why Is it Important? - -Amazon listing optimization is the process of giving your Amazon product detail page a glow-up with the goal of increasing your conversion rate. - -A well-optimized listing communicates the product’s benefits clearly, overcomes objections, and persuades the customer that the product is exactly what they’re looking for. - -As a rule of thumb, a baseline conversion rate to aim for is around 10-15%. - -But it’s worth noting conversion rates can vary and depend on factors such as your niche’s competition, your product category, and its price point, among other factors. - -By consistently optimizing your Amazon listings, your products stay competitive and appealing to customers, leading to increased sales. - -Related reading: Learn more about Amazon SEO ranking factors and the nuances of Amazon Search Engine Optimization (SEO). Plus, learn how to dominate organic search results and conduct keyword research. - -What Do I Need to Think About When Creating An Optimized Listing on Amazon? - -To rank higher in Amazon search results, you need to consider optimizing for relevant keywords, using high-quality photos, and creating an optimized title and description, to name a few. We’ll go into more step-by-step detail soon. - -Also, remember that Amazon’s A9 algorithm considers not only the optimization of your listing but also the overall quality of your product. - -Customer perception and feedback play a significant role in driving sales. You must listen and adjust your product and service to satisfy your customers’ needs. We’ll touch on this later in step 6. - -The FlyWheel of Amazon Listing Optimization - -Each component of the Optimization Flywheel mutually supports continuous improvement and growth for your Amazon listing, ensuring visibility and effective conversion from browsing to buying. - -While not elaborately discussed in this guide, keyword research is vital. Without traffic, the optimization flywheel stalls. Thorough keyword research optimizes your Amazon listing’s positioning for high rankings and traffic generation in Amazon search results. - -Haven’t got your keywords sorted? - -We go into more detail about how to conduct keyword research to determine the most valuable and relevant keywords for your product to rank for in our Amazon SEO guide. Before we break down the practical steps of Amazon listing optimization, here is the canvas you get to work with. - -The Anatomy of an Amazon Listing - -Important listing elements include optimized: - -Title - -Product Rating - -Price + Shipping Information - -Product Information - -Image selection - -A+ Content/Enhanced Brand Content (EBC) - -Reviews - -Product Features - -Now you know what you’re working with, let’s get to work. - -Step 1: Optimizing Your Amazon Product Listing Titles - -Arguably, one of the first factors Amazon’s search algorithm cares about is how relevant your title is to the customer’s search query. Having an optimal title increases your visibility and its Click Through Rate (CTR) on the results page. While titles are technically for the algorithm, writing for humans works better. - -Here are two examples of nicely optimized titles for “greens powder.” - -Title Optimization Best Practices 👍 - -Character Count: Ideally, keep your title between 100-150 characters, prioritizing the first 80 for optimal mobile viewing. Despite Amazon’s 200-character limit, titles shorter than 150 characters generally perform better. - -An ECF Member who recently A/B tested multiple titles found “shorter titles performed better IN GENERAL. It is case specific, of course.” - -Keyword Optimization: Make sure the title’s first five keywords are the most search-relevant. Utilize tools like MerchantWords Reverse ASIN Lookup to identify and experiment with competitors’ profitable keywords in your titles. But don’t forget to write for humans… - -“While keywords in the title are important, the #1 reason for a title is for a human to read it and find relevance.” - -Use of Delimiters: After the first five primary keywords (excluding fillers like “the” and “a”), use a dash (-) or pipes (|). This creates a keyword-rich canonical URL for Google to crawl, improving search result visibility. Include other relevant Amazon keywords after the delimiter. - -Include Necessary Information: Don’t forget to add in the must-have details: things like the color, model number, the series, and quantity if it’s relevant. If you sell multi-packs or bundles, call that out in your title (i.e. 5-pack). - -Capitalization & Numerals: Capitalize the first letter of each word in your product title. Use numbers instead of words (20 instead of twenty), but spell out measurements such as pound, ounce, etc. - -Brand Name in Title: Include your brand name in the product title, preferably not at the start unless it notably boosts Click-Through Rate (CTR). As your brand gains popularity and generates branded searches, the importance of its inclusion in the title increases. - -“Titles truncate as short as 74 characters on Amazon’s app. For a brand where it’s not going to increase CTR on the listing, I typically try to put it towards the end of the title rather than lead with it.” - -Best to Avoid 👎 - -Excessive Capitalization: Avoid capitalizing all words in the title. - -Avoid capitalizing all words in the title. Ampersand Usage: Instead of using (&) to keep titles shorter, Amazon recommends spelling out the word “and.” - -Instead of using (&) to keep titles shorter, Amazon recommends spelling out the word “and.” Promotion Phrases or Misleading Promises: Avoid using false promises like “100% satisfaction guaranteed” or “Free shipping worldwide.” - -Avoid using false promises like “100% satisfaction guaranteed” or “Free shipping worldwide.” Keyword Stuffing: Avoid overstuffing your title with too many keywords, which can confuse and put off potential buyers. - -Avoid overstuffing your title with too many keywords, which can confuse and put off potential buyers. ASCII Characters: Avoid using ASCII (American Standard Code for Information Interchange) characters like © in product titles. They can mess with readability, especially in CSV format. Selling private label? Put copyright info in the description instead. - -Step 2: Optimizing Your Product Descriptions For Conversions - -You got the click. The buyer is on your product listing page; how do you keep them there now? - -“When writing product descriptions, go for clarity over cleverness. Simple words and simple sentences.” - -Best Practices for Product Listing Descriptions - -Craft your bullet points as compelling selling points: They should convince a buyer that the product’s features are beneficial, outlining why and how they need this product. - -They should convince a buyer that the product’s features are beneficial, outlining why and how they need this product. Design your listing to be highly skimmable: Place the most important information upfront. This approach allows customers to quickly understand your product’s unique selling points. - -Place the most important information upfront. This approach allows customers to quickly understand your product’s unique selling points. Capitalize the first word of each bullet point: This draws attention to the unique selling propositions (USPs) of the product. - -This draws attention to the unique selling propositions (USPs) of the product. Keep each bullet point concise yet informative: This helps customers quickly skim through while gaining a good understanding of the product. - -Best to Avoid 👎 - -Code in Product Details: Avoid using HTML, JavaScript, or other types of code in your product detail pages. The only exception is line breaks
in the description. - -Example of Product Listing Description Done Well (& What Could Be Improved) - -Let’s look at an example of the NutraChamps Green Powder example we looked at earlier: - -What they’ve done well: - -It’s descriptive and provides factual information about the product - -They’ve highlighted the benefits of the product and described how to use the product in a scannable manner - -They’ve highlighted pain points (i.e. not always easy getting mixed greens into your diet) and how this product solves it - -They haven’t stuffed it with keywords - -What could be improved: - -The bullet points could be more concise - -Some parts of the copy sound a bit too much like marketing material (i.e. Trust us, you’ll love it!) - -Word count is over 300 words which is quite lengthy. Try to keep it under 200 words - -They might want to consider capitalizing the words before the first dash to make the bullet points more scannable (i.e. CLEAN & NATURAL BOOST) - -Bonus tip: Struggling to write or edit your listing? Get AI assistance from Helium 10’s Listing Builder. Create sections of your entire listing using your prioritized keywords with a single click. If you’re a Helium 10 user, this feature is readily available. - -Step 3: Selecting the Right Product Images & Visuals for Your Amazon Listing - -Choosing the appropriate images and visuals when setting up your Amazon product listing can be a game-changer in attracting customers and driving sales. - -Selecting & Optimizing The Right Product Images - -Use the Full Quota of Images: Amazon allows up to seven visuals, including the main photo and video demonstrations. Use this to your advantage. - -Show Different Perspectives: Include images with different angles and uses of your product, along with close-ups. The goal is to answer customer queries, promoting better product understanding visually. - -Integrate Video Content: Videos showcasing your product’s functions can enhance buyer understanding. According to Amazon, adding videos could potentially increase sales by up to 9.7%. - -Leverage Image Optimization Tools: Utilize services like PickFu to optimize your product listings. By running a poll, you use this feedback to make more data-informed decisions about your image selection. - -“Our top-line revenue increased by 10% when switching from the images we thought were the best ones to the ones that Amazon customers select through PickFu.” - -Going back to our greens powder example: - -Leverage Amazon’s A+ Content For Maximum Conversions - -A+ Content is a feature on Amazon to enhance your product listings with rich story-telling media like high-quality images, charts, and videos. - -Adding A+ content to product detail pages can help increase sales by an average of 5.6%. (Amazon Internal Data) - -The main goal of A+ Content is to boost sales by improving conversion rates, increasing brand value, and providing a more immersive buying experience. This can help differentiate your product from competitors. - -Here’s How to Optimize A+ Content Strategically To Boost Conversions - -Emphasize Unique Selling Features: Use high-quality images as well as some details about your product, particularly if not previously included in your regular product listing images. For e.g. zooming into details of your product and talking more in-depth about the benefits to your customers. - -Maximize Value With Unique Modules Available: Deliver key messages in the most concise and visually-appealing way. Put yourself in your customers’ shoes and think about their main questions. - -Prioritize Mobile Optimization: With half of Amazon’s searches performed on mobile devices, a mobile-friendly product listing is essential. And on mobile, your A+ Content appears before your standard bullet points list. - -Note: A+ content can occupy a lot of space on mobile screens. Review your listing across devices to ensure an optimal viewing experience. - -In the desktop view video below, the A+ Content follows the standard product listing. It features a carousel detailing brand points, a founder’s note, and CTAs directing buyers to specific product categories. Image banners below create a visually enriched product description, highlighting benefits. - -Extra A+ Content Helpful Tidbits - -Watch this Amazon A+ Content Tutorial from (14:53) to watch a video walkthrough on adding A+ Content to your Amazon Seller Central Account. - -from (14:53) to watch a video walkthrough on adding A+ Content to your Amazon Seller Central Account. Use Amazon’s Manage Your Experiments tool to run A/B tests on your A+ Content to optimize for conversion - -Step 4: What do I need to consider for Product Pricing Optimization? - -Product pricing optimization should be an ongoing process, particularly with fluctuating factors like seasonality and competition. Therefore, this month’s successful price may not be optimal for the next. - -“Everything I know and learned about Amazon listing optimization leads to the following conclusion: changing your pricing is the most powerful test of all.”— Andrew Browne, co-founder of Amazon split testing tool Splitly. - -General Price Testing Tips - -Andrew Browne suggests using Weber’s Law for price testing. This suggests most of your potential customers won’t notice the incremental pricing adjustments. - -He recommends: - -Starting with 10%, adjust by another 10%, and keep testing until you find the optimal price. - -When you increase the price, make sure the possible drop in sales is offset by the increased profit per unit. - -When lowering the price, the decrease in profit per unit should be compensated by a significant boost in sales. - -Experiment with unique price points. Instead of traditional pricing like $19.99 or $19.95, try something distinct like $19.87. - -“I have found it difficult to test pricing because competitor pricing jumps around so much and will often react immediately to any of your changes.” - -Split Testing Shipping Charges: Real-life Scenarios - -Something else you can include in your pricing A/B tests are shipping charges. The consensus is that Amazon customers are trained to expect free shipping. - -“In general, sales DOUBLE when you offer FBA (free shipping and the Prime badge) vs. FBM with a +$X shipping.” - -So what can you do? - -Bake shipping into your price and offer “free” shipping. - -How some ECF members handled shipping costs in their businesses: - -One ECF member suggests two methods for handling shipping costs: - -Incorporating shipping costs into the product price and providing free shipping for all orders (past practice of theirs). Offering free shipping once a customer’s order exceeds a certain amount (their current approach). - -He believes that the impact of charging for shipping on the conversion rate (CVR) is less substantial for unique or scarce products than common, widely-available products. And he recommends using a free shipping threshold to both reward customers with a high lifetime value (LTV) and boost the average order value (AOV). - -This approach didn’t negatively impact their CVR, which stayed between 2.75% and 3.5%. - -Another ECF member shares a strategy for handling shipping costs and times in his former gift-focused business, where shipping times were critical. They had even developed a custom date picker for customers to know when their order would arrive and be charged the necessary shipping fees. - -The strategy: - -Provide three new shipping options: Overnight, 2-day, and Express. Offer free standard shipping for orders over $325-$350 and include product upsells to encourage customers to reach this threshold. Improve the clarity of shipping time information on the product page, cart, and checkout. Pass on the exact cost (or slightly more) to customers for express shipping. - -This strategy helped to convert shipping from a cost to a profit center by integrating a portion of the ground shipping cost into their products and charging slightly more for express delivery than it cost them. They found that customers in urgent need are often willing to pay more, which can also help improve the conversion rate. - -“ I agree that the single biggest CRO improvement you can make is to find a way to make shipping “free.” (i.e. make shipping APPEAR free). Sometimes this isn’t possible because of MAP (minimum advertised price) agreements etc. But if doable, yes, I think it‘s basically a slam dunk.” - -Step 5: Constructing The Best Copy For Your Product’s Key Features - -This section is often referred to as ‘the bullet points.’ And when you consider the purpose of bullet points is to help inform a buyer (in a highly-scannable manner), the elevator pitch for your product. - -Insight from a small-scale test on the ECF forum revealed that bullet points can be overwhelming in some Amazon product descriptions. - -“Shoppers wanted to have a quick way of identifying what a bullet point is about instead of having to read the whole thing or having a giant wall of text thrown at them.” - -Given that shoppers are looking at several listings— being concise and clear makes them more likely to read it. - -Bullet Point Tips: - -Make bullets short, simple, and concise, and stick to the product’s most important benefits. - -Focus on the points where your product stands out and put more detailed information in the rest of the product listing (i.e. A+ Content). - -Consider using CAPS or [brackets] to make headings and separate bullets better visually. - -For example: - -Let’s compare two product descriptions for a cocktail shaking set. Does one make you feel overwhelmed? - -Step 6: Generating Positive Amazon Product Reviews (And Reversing Negative Feedback) - -Positive reviews increase conversion rates and influence search rankings. - -“It was a lot more difficult to get it to rank well and to stick because we couldn’t get any reviews to show up until yesterday.” - -But once you have them… - -“When we jumped from 4 stars to 4.5 stars on one of our products, our conversion went up 50% and has held there. That’s right…50%. That means 50% more sales overnight without doing anything else.” - -Strategies for Generating Positive Reviews - -Handwritten Notes - -Include a handwritten note with your contact details, encouraging customers to reach out with their feedback. - -“We tested handwritten cards in the past, and they have a review rate of 9-11%.” - -Consider using a machine to create handwritten cards to scale up your efforts. These are not “typed”. They are written by a machine that holds a physical pen. - -Automated Post-Purchase Emails - -Send a series of emails to buyers after they make a purchase. Make the communication personalized and useful, offering helpful tips and resources about the purchased product. - -“We send an email or a series of emails to all buyers. If the product is simple, we send one email a few days after delivery. We send two emails if the product is more complex and requires some hand-holding and instruction.” - -First Email Tips: - -Make your “thank you” message valuable. Don’t just send a generic note; add value to it. - -Include a few quick tips or answers to frequently asked questions about the product the customer has just purchased. - -For complex or electronic products, provide a link to a helpful video, such as a YouTube tutorial for setup. - -Inform the customer about the upcoming follow-up email, ensuring transparency and managing their expectations to prevent annoyance. - -Second Email Tips: - -Send the second email ~five days after the first one - -Ask if the customer is happy with the product - -Provide two straightforward text links— one leading to the product review page for happy customers and the other directing dissatisfied customers to a page where they can contact you. - -Reiterate your availability to assist them if they didn’t have a 5-star experience, further emphasizing your commitment to customer satisfaction. - -Incentivize honest feedback (NOT paid reviews). An after-purchase email thanking customers for their purchase and asking for an honest review, coupled with a small discount on their next purchase, can go a long way. - -Utilize Amazon’s Request a Review Button - -You could also use Amazon’s ‘Request a Review’ button, available at an order level in Seller Central. But these emails are more generic. - -Pay Attention To Your Packaging Experience - -A bad unboxing experience can equal negative reviews. This happened to Elizabeth Mercer, the Owner and Founder of Sleekform.com. - -In Episode 485 of the ECF podcast, Elizabeth talks about how they had a bunch of 1-star reviews on Amazon because people were frustrated by the assembly instructions. They redesigned their packaging and unboxing experience, and the 1-star reviews disappeared. Best of all, after paying the one-time fee to redesign the packaging, their per-item cost only increased by $0.07. A small price to pay to prevent 1-star reviews. - -Everyone knows you should invest in packaging. - - - -But I was still really surprised to learn what happened at https://t.co/Nse3edYyXT when Elizabeth Mercer invested heavily in their unboxing experience. - - - -Highlights below and full episode at https://t.co/EkApllPmNB. pic.twitter.com/ltNsYgnIql — Andrew Youderian (@youderian) June 14, 2023 - -How To Deal With Negative Reviews - -It’s frustrating when you get a 1-star review, especially when you don’t deserve it. But monitoring and responding to reviews, good and bad, should be part of your customer service process. - -This ECF member shares details about how they approached receiving a bunch of 1-star reviews—and completely turned them around. - -“I wanted to see if I could reverse some of these reviews, so I sent conciliatory emails to all of these customers offering a refund and an explanation. Some of them already responded positively.” - -Here is what the revised review said (from 1 star to 4 stars): - -Takeaway: Despite the customer not being satisfied with the product, this member’s proactive approach to customer service transformed a potential 1-star rant into a more neutral “it’s not for me” sentiment. Even though it resulted in a full refund, the value of demonstrating their dedication to customer satisfaction to potential customers is worth the cost. - -Amazon prioritizes sales-generating clicks, improving both customer experience and their commission. Monitor and enhance your product’s conversion rate, studying competing products to ensure your performance is at par or better. - -According to Amazon’s data, launching a Sponsored Products campaign can provide an average weekly lift of 50% in ordered units in the first year. - -Keywords: Begin with keywords that align with customer intent for your product type. Start with highly relevant, detailed search terms and run broad match modifiers (+) on them. - -Justifying spend: When considering shutting off ads, assess the impact of your ad spend on organic rankings and sales, and on your bottom line. One ECF member found profitability increased after cutting ad spend by 95%. However, testing and optimization are also important. - -Testing: Experimenting with different ad metrics and budget adjustments can help balance profit growth without undercutting organic sales. - -One ECF member tested various ad metrics to optimize profitability. - -“We’ve had mixed results. It depends on the item and your goal. For one item, we turned off PPC consistently for Friday-Saturday, our profits went up, and our rank has stayed strong. In fact, last week we sold exactly one less unit in those two days as we did the same two-day span the week before when we sold 110 units with PPC. An extra $850 in our pockets.” - -Some ECF members take a long-term approach, aiming for campaign break-even to boost organic rankings. This ECF member, who has an aggressive strategy for Amazon PPC campaigns, emphasizes the importance of a long-term outlook. - -“Amazon PPC absolutely helps you rank for the keywords you’re bidding on. I’ve tested this over and over.” - -Hot tip: Set up the Brand Referral Bonus. You’ll get 10% back on any external traffic you direct to Amazon. This can pay for some of your traffic. - -Step 8: Monitoring and Adjusting Your Amazon Listing Optimization Strategy (A/B testing) - -Despite following the guide’s optimization steps, conversion rate fluctuations are inevitable. So, continuous improvement requires A/B testing or split testing. - -“We’ve seen drastic, like 2 -10% conversion rate improvements from changes, particularly to titles and main images for our clients.” - -Split testing or A/B testing on Amazon typically involves experimenting with changes to product content, visuals, and pricing. - -It can be quite a manual process. But if you’re an Amazon Brand Registered Seller, use Amazon’s tool: Manage Your Experiments. It allows you to create A/B tests for Titles, A+ Content, Bullet points, and Main Images. - -The good news is that setting up an experiment is relatively easy, and one of ECF experts Joshua Rawe lays out the steps below: - -Setting Up Your A/B Test - -Find “Manage Experiments” in the menu under “Brands” - -Choose your Experiment type here: - -And choose the ASIN you wish to test here: - -Defining Your Hypothesis - -You’ll have to add a name for your experiment; go for something simple. - -Select your duration, four weeks is the minimum, and ten weeks is the maximum. - -Then, you need a clear hypothesis to give your results meaning and allow you to take action. - -For example, “Adding our brand name to the title will improve conversions,” or “Reducing title length from 250 characters to 100 will improve conversions by reducing noise,” or “Adding XYZ keyword will increase conversions”. - -Create your Version B (the hypothesis to be tested) - -If your hypothesis is: “Adding our brand name to the title will improve conversions,” then you’ll want to create a Version B title that includes the brand name. - -For example: - -Version A (title currently in use): Garlic Press with Idiosyncratic Functionality and Smooth Handle for All Your Garlic Needs - -Version B (title to be tested): Kitchenaid Garlic Press with Idiosyncratic Functionality and Smooth Handle for All Your Garlic Needs - -Click Schedule Experiment and a couple more confirmations. - -Amazon will now vary the title on your listing between Version A and Version B over the period of testing and provide conversion data on the results. - -Then, when you want to interpret results, check out this video: - -But remember: A/B testing isn’t a magic cure for underperforming listings. - -A successful product detail page requires high-definition images, engaging keyword-rich copy, A+ content, a carousel video, a rating of 4 stars or above, and over 100 reviews. Prioritize these aspects before contemplating A/B testing. - -Final Thoughts: Optimization Is A Journey, Not a Destination - -Optimization is a continual process, not an endpoint. You’ll encounter challenges like copycats of your Amazon listings and ever-evolving algorithm updates. - -But, if you follow the comprehensive steps provided in this guide, you’ll be better prepared to improve your listing’s conversion rate and distinguish your product amid Amazon’s competitive marketplace. - -Want access to 3000+ discussions of Amazon-related advice? - -Sure, there’s no shortage of Amazon help guides and advice available out there. But wouldn’t you rather deep, nuanced advice explaining what it takes to optimize your Amazon listings and see results? - -You’ll find it in the ECF community. You can learn more about the community or apply to join today.",1731883661,66b5d8b6d1,25c940d6c4,,,1731883661 -https://arstechnica.com/health/2024/11/a-standing-desk-wont-improve-your-heart-health-but-it-wont-hurt-it-either/,https://arstechnica.com/science/feed/,Are standing desks good for you? The answer is getting clearer.,"Without question, inactivity is bad for us. Prolonged sitting is consistently linked to higher risks of cardiovascular disease and death. The obvious response to this frightful fate is to not sit— move. Even a few moments of exercise can have benefits, studies suggest. But in our modern times, sitting is hard to avoid, especially at the office. This has led to a range of strategies to get ourselves up, including the rise of standing desks. If you have to be tethered to a desk, at least you can do it while on your feet, the thinking goes. - -However, studies on whether standing desks are beneficial have been sparse and sometimes inconclusive. Further, prolonged standing can have its own risks, and data on work-related sitting has also been mixed. While the final verdict on standing desks is still unclear, two studies out this year offer some of the most nuanced evidence yet about the potential benefits and risks of working on your feet. - -Take a seat - -For years, studies have pointed to standing desks improving markers for cardiovascular and metabolic health, such as lipid levels, insulin resistance, and arterial flow-mediated dilation (the ability of arteries to widen in response to increased blood flow). But it's unclear how significant those improvements are to averting bad health outcomes, such as heart attacks. One 2018 analysis suggested the benefits might be minor. - -And there are fair reasons to be skeptical about standing desks. For one, standing—like sitting—is not moving. If a lack of movement and exercise is the root problem, standing still wouldn't be a solution. - -Yet, while sitting and standing can arguably be combined into the single category of 'stationary,' some researchers have argued that not all sitting is the same. In a 2018 position paper published in the Journal of Occupational and Environmental Medicine, two health experts argued that the link between poor health and sitting could come down to the specific populations being examined and ""the special contribution"" of ""sitting time at home, for example, the 'couch potato effect.'""",1731883664,0179022565,2596f7b4eb,,,1731883664 -https://www.advocate.com/voices/nonbinary-genders-across-the-world,https://www.advocate.com/rss.xml,What Western society could learn from global cultures,"Nonbinary gender identities frequently come under attack in the United States. From Elon Musk's claims that transgender people suffer from ""woke mind virus"" to efforts in some U.S. states to curtail access to gender-affirming care, there appears to be a perception by some that transgender people pose a novel threat to Western society. - -What Musk and his peers fail to recognize is that many other cultures have long - -embraced gender identities outside the Western of male or female. When we consider the cross-cultural perspective on gender, the limitations of the gender binary come into focus. - -For example, India and other South Asian countries have recognized people of a third gender, hijra, for hundreds of years. Hijra are often identified as male or intersex at birth but dress and behave in typically feminine ways. The status of hijra is complicated. They are thought to have valued special abilities—such as bestowing blessings—that once gave them high status. Yet, beginning with the onset of British colonialism, hijra have few economic and professional prospects and are also at higher risk of experiencing sexual violence. Nonetheless, the existence of this category outside the gender binary challenges the notion that the concept of two genders is universal and that identities outside of the binary are somehow the result of modern ideologies. - -Stografi/Shutterstock - -South Asia is not the only part of the world that endorses more than two genders. The Bugis people of Indonesia believe five genders must live in harmony together. For example, bissu are thought to combine female and male energies. While many bissu would be described as intersex in the U.S., intersex genitalia are not necessary for someone to be bissu. Instead, the experience of males and females in a single person is critical to the issue of identity. Bissu traditionally had high status because they were seen as having supernatural powers and the ability to communicate with the spirit world. As a result, they fill roles similar to those of priests or shamans. Historically, they were valued advisors to royalty. While in recent decades, bissu individuals have experienced decreasing influence and increasing discrimination, there are current efforts to maintain their traditional identity and practices. - -Nonbinary genders are also embraced in what is now considered the U.S. and Canada. Many Indigenous American and First Nation peoples acknowledge third genders in which female and male are combined in a single person. The Lakota winkte are identified as male at birth, but they take on many traditional female roles. - -As we see in our other examples, this third gender is viewed as having special abilities and is therefore given high-status roles related to the supernatural. Tasks such as naming infants, caring for the ill, and counseling the tribe may fall to winkte. While colonizers attempted to suppress recognition of nonbinary genders among the Lakota and others, many Indigenous American and First Person tribes have again begun to celebrate the roles of these individuals. - -Although the statuses of nonbinary genders vary, we frequently see these individuals experiencing high status and being given positions of power. So why do people who fall outside the gender binary in U.S. society often face prejudice, discrimination, and violence? - -In my role as a professor of psychology and gender studies, I argue that much of the hostility directed at transgender people in our society is the result of people's discomfort with the perceived violation of traditional gender roles . According to the theory of intergroup anxiety , people who have little experience with another group may fear experiencing negative emotions during interactions with them. This anxiety can include fears of being embarrassed or rejected because they do not know how to interact with individuals from this group. - -shutterstock creative - -For those who are committed to the idea that females and males should have distinct roles in society, the idea of transgender individuals—who may not clearly fit into one of those categories—may make them uncomfortable. Interactions with a trans person may evoke insecurities about how they should behave and what type of behavior they should expect in return. While the discomfort experienced by cisgender individuals is not the responsibility of transgender people, understanding the source of these anxieties can be a means of reducing bias. - -Research in psychology supports this theory: Numerous studies show that endorsement of traditional gender roles correlates with negative attitudes about transgender people. With this in mind, part of the solution to anti-trans bias could be the promotion of less restrictive gender roles for everyone, not just transgender people. If people don't hold firm expectations of gendered behavior, they can be open to a wide spectrum of behavior from all genders. - -When we look at current attacks on the rights of transgender people in the U.S., we rarely see reference to the broad range of nonbinary genders that exists around the world. However, by considering the cross-cultural lens, we gain the potential to shift our dialogue about the nature of gender roles and expressions. - -Mariah Schug, PhD, is an Associate Professor of Psychology and Chair of the Department of Gender, Women’s and Sexuality Studies at Widener University. Professor Schug conducts much of her research in the Faroe Islands, where she has considered the experiences of immigrants and the LGBTQIA+ community. In her teaching, she challenges her students to reflect on traditional concepts of gender and sexuality. She also writes for Psychology Today .",1731883613,d5ecffcd86,25ee4a47d0,,,1731883613 -https://www.tomahawknation.com/florida-state-seminoles-basketball-fsu-noles-hoops-team-tallahassee-college-cbb-acc/2024/11/16/24298187/recap-box-score-uf-fsu-basketball,https://www.tomahawknation.com/rss/current.rss,"Inside the box score: UF 87, FSU 74",FSU soccer pounds Samford to advance in the NCAA Tournament The Seminoles advance to the second round in style.,1731883647,8d80b0d98f,25ca3cd2fd,,,1731883647 -https://3dprint.com/314527/themes-from-am-investment-strategies-collaboration-cost-challenges-and-expanding-markets/,https://3dprint.com/feed/,"Themes from AM Investment Strategies: Collaboration, Cost Challenges, and Expanding Markets - 3DPrint.com","The 2024 Additive Manufacturing (AM) Investment Strategies event went off without a hitch. The online roundtable, hosted by AM Research (AMR) and Cantor Fitzgerald, dug into the latest trends and challenges. This year, the event was moderated by Troy Jensen, Managing Director at Cantor Fitzgerald, and featured panelists including Materialise CEO Brigitte de Vet-Veithen, Stratasys Chief Industrial Business Officer Rich Garrity, 3D Systems CEO Jeff Graves, Nikon SLM Solutions CEO Sam O’Leary, AM Ventures Managing Partner Arno Held, and AMR Executive VP of Research Scott Dunham. Their insights highlighted the state of additive manufacturing and offered a preview of what’s to come at Formnext 2024, one of the largest global gatherings for the industry. - -Industry Transformation and Challenges - -Opening remarks by Sascha Wenzler, Vice President of Formnext, set the stage by acknowledging the transformative phase AM is currently undergoing. The additive industry, like much of the manufacturing sector, is grappling with economic and geopolitical challenges. Wenzler, who will now co-lead the event with Mesago veteran Christoph Stüker, pointed out that AM is on a path of progressive industrialization, a shift that demands companies adapt to production-scale manufacturing and an industrial-level environment. This period of transformation also includes a wave of consolidation within the sector, as smaller companies and startups struggle in a competitive landscape with numerous vendors but limited profitability. - -This consolidation and industrialization push reflects broader market conditions. Despite challenges, Wenzler highlighted promising signs, such as the VDMA autumn survey, which shows optimism for the coming year, potentially signaling stronger market conditions for the AM sector in 2025. - -Emphasis on Cost, Quality, and Expertise - -Panelist discussions revealed three key areas holding back greater adoption of AM technologies: cost, quality, and expertise. Brigitte de Vet-Veithen of Materialise pointed out that while additive manufacturing offers tremendous potential, companies face high costs and a lack of skilled professionals able to develop and operate advanced AM systems. - -Materialise is working to address these barriers with its Magic SDK, a software development kit that allows users to customize workflows, making AM operations more efficient and cost-effective. This year’s Formnext will see further advancements in this software, particularly aimed at simplifying metal printing processes, a move expected to reduce post-processing demands and overall cost. De Vet-Veithen emphasized that to scale adoption, the industry needs to “take cost out of the system” and better address expertise gaps, noting, “It’s hard to find enough skilled people to actually do additive at a high level.” - -Advances in Metal Additive Manufacturing - -Metal AM received particular attention, with Scott Dunham noting that while hardware sales have slowed, demand for new materials is on the rise. While the overall hardware growth rate is stagnating, applications for metal parts are expanding, and interest in metal materials is surging. - -Jeff Graves of 3D Systems echoed this sentiment, emphasizing that the market’s growing interest in practical applications is helping to open up new possibilities. According to Graves, customers are increasingly looking to integrate AM into their operations not only for unique parts but also for everyday, workhorse components that can be printed on demand, reducing inventory costs. - -“We’re now selling to plant managers who want to put these machines on the factory floor,” Graves said, highlighting that AM’s future lies in production-ready applications that require “a stable supply chain of technology and good service teams that can keep it running.” - -SLM Solutions, represented by CEO Sam O’Leary, has focused on breaking down barriers within the metal AM sector by developing versatile machines that can handle a range of metal alloys and production needs. O’Leary emphasized the importance of developing machines that not only work with today’s alloys but also anticipate future demands by adapting to a wide range of powder types and sizes. - -This adaptability, he said, could make AM a go-to solution for industries looking to lower material costs and increase manufacturing output. “The addressable market that we’re all trying and working hard to serve is simply way larger than anyone can imagine,” he stated, underscoring his bullish outlook on AM’s potential for long-term growth and expansion. - -Collaboration and Open Systems in Polymer Printing - -Polymer AM, according to Dunham, faces similar hurdles to metals but is also experiencing growth in materials and services, particularly in production applications. However, the high cost of polymer materials remains a significant obstacle. Stratasys is tackling this issue by developing partnerships that allow third-party suppliers to bring their materials onto its platforms. According to Rich Garrity, these partnerships are designed to give customers more choice, balancing high-end materials for sectors like aerospace and defense with more affordable, commodity materials for broader applications. - -Materialise’s Brigitte de Vet-Veithen suggested that the industry could benefit from a shift towards more collaborative efforts, calling for an “open systems” approach where software and hardware solutions are designed to work seamlessly across multiple platforms. She compared this strategy to Tesla’s approach in the automotive industry, where making proprietary technologies available to others has helped accelerate overall market growth. - -Notable Applications and Innovations in AM - -Held and other panelists highlighted a range of innovative applications that have emerged from the metal and polymer AM sectors. Heat exchangers are a prominent example, with companies like Conflux developing specialized exchangers for industries ranging from automotive to chemical processing. Similarly, new applications are being explored in the mold and die industry, where cold metal fusion technology is allowing for the production of highly durable parts like cobblestones and mining equipment. Another interesting example is the use of AM to produce hollow excavator teeth for the mining industry, an application that highlights the material and structural benefits AM can bring to even the most rugged industries. - -Lean Plastics Technologies, a portfolio company of AM Ventures, offers a promising innovation in the production of affordable polymer powders, including the much-desired polypropylene. The company has developed a process that not only reduces production costs but also allows for recycling of powder-based polymers, addressing two critical industry needs: cost reduction and sustainability. - -The Future of Consolidation and Profitability - -As the discussion drew to a close, the panelists addressed the issue of consolidation. The panelists agreed that consolidation could offer a path to profitability but acknowledged that its benefits vary depending on each company’s strategy. According to de Vet-Veithen, what AM really needs is not just consolidation but increased collaboration among companies to streamline processes and deliver cohesive, end-to-end solutions for users. The consensus was that larger, more established companies will continue to dominate the industry, while smaller vendors may find it harder to survive without merging or collaborating. - -Arno Held added that the sheer number of machine vendors currently on the market can be overwhelming to customers, who are often unsure which companies will survive the next few years. Consolidation, he argued, could provide stability and clarity, enabling companies to focus on creating meaningful applications and addressing customers’ needs. “We don’t have to focus on ourselves as competitors,” Held said, “this market is so dramatically bigger out there than what we are fighting for right now.” - -As the industry prepares for Formnext 2024, themes of collaboration, cost reduction, and an expanded focus on applications were central to the discussion. From promising innovations in metal and polymer materials to calls for more open and interoperable systems, it’s clear that AM is on the brink of a transformative phase. Companies that can adapt to the industrialized, application-driven demands of the market while addressing cost and quality concerns are likely to lead the charge. With consolidation on the horizon and collaboration increasingly becoming a necessity, the AM sector appears poised for growth—even in a challenging economic climate. - -Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.",1731883658,e72baed8b4,2628c2c7c9,,,1731883658 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/10/24/tottenham-vs-az-alkmaar-live-score-europa-league-spurs/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Tottenham vs AZ Alkmaar result: Mikey Moore compared to Neymar,"Tottenham Hotspur teenager Mikey Moore earned a comparison to Brazilian superstar Neymar and a standing ovation from the home crowd as a Richarlison penalty maintained the club’s perfect start to the Europa League. - -He may have missed a good early chance to score, but 17-year-old Moore lived up to the hype, showing strength and skill past his years, and further convinced Spurs fans that a new star has been born. - -Having started on the right, Moore switched to the left at half time and ran AZ Alkmaar right-back Seiya Maikuma so ragged that he had to be replaced with more than 20 minutes remaining. - -Tottenham fans have been waiting for a new homegrown hero since Harry Kane and it looks like they have one in Moore. - -James Maddison, who was Tottenham’s captain for the night, said: “From minute 45 to 65, I thought we had Neymar on the left wing. He was brilliant. Demanded the ball. Fearless. That young fearless mentality, you never want to take that away from him. - -“He’s a young kid, a brilliant lad, he’s a lovely boy. Takes on information and he has got bags of ability. So, I will be there as an older player, hopefully with some wise words, to help him along the way. He has all the ability.”",1731883727,4301cc1e14,2626421b39,,,1731883727 -https://www.litmus.com/blog/litmus-live-recap-2024,https://www.litmus.com/blog/feed/,Litmus Live Recap 2024: Highlights From All Four Days,"It’s a wrap! Litmus Live came to a close on Halloween and boy, was it a treat. Over 6,000 email-loving marketers registered and 36 talented thought leaders shared their knowledge over four days. - -If you aren’t familiar, Litmus Live is an annual email conference dedicated to all things email. It’s where some of the brightest minds in email connect each year to get insights, gather inspiration, and connect with fellow email geeks. The 2024 event put the spotlight on lifecycle marketing. - -We compiled key takeaways from every session and a recap video from each day in this article. Check it out! - -Also, a huge shout out to our incredible sponsors: Oracle, Salesforce, Constant Contact, OneSignal, ZeroBounce. - -Litmus Live Day 1 Recap—October 28, 2024 - -This is my first Litmus Live and all I can say is wow! The speakers on day one knocked it out of the park. While I scribbled down notes for this recap, I took even more for myself and I can’t wait to read back through them and rewatch a session or two. - -This highlight videos sums up the energy and enthusiasm of the day perfectly. - - - -Return on Real: A New Model for the Modern Marketer - -The incredible Ann Handley kicked off Litmus Live with a keynote focused on modern marketing. Highlights: - -Ann wore an Evermore (Wednesday Adams) uniform that was absolute perfection. - -An astounding 58% of marketers consider their content strategy to be “moderately” effective. - -RoR means Return on Real. 95% of buyers are not actively in the market, so you must make meaningful (AKA real) connections with them until they are. - -The Sketch Effect artist, Len Peralta created an illustrated recap on Ann’s session! How cool is that? - -Creating Remarkable Email Experiences: 20 Years of Learnings & Examples - -Chad S. White from Oracle shared tactics for creating remarkable emails from 20 years in email marketing. Takeaways include: - -An great overview of the hierarchy of subscriber needs. - -20 email examples from the past 20 years. - -In 2011, Helzberg Diamonds created 60,000 animated GIFs so they had one for each unique name on their subscriber list. 🤯 - -Live Email Optimization - -Everyone’s favorite session returned with a bang! Litmus’ own Carin Slater and Angie Weyman worked on optimizing four different emails. - -Always add your ALT text . ALT text is still important, especially for email accessibility . - -Goals of emails vary! Don’t assume you should monitor the same metrics for each. - -40% of emails are viewed in Dark Mode, so proper optimization is more important than ever. - -Foundations of Online Marketing Success: Review-Plan-Execute - -Dave Charest guided us through yoga-inspired tips to ignite word-of-mouth buzz, boost productivity, and create a winning online marketing strategy. - -Engagement marketing is when you provide a “wow” experience every time you have contact with a customer. - -Mobile responsive homepages should answer four questions immediately: What is it? Who is it for? So what? What should they do next? - -Consistent marketing is the key to changing your business. - -Well said, Dave! - -Decoding Churn: Strategies for Subscription Retention - -Anna Levitin shared how to decode churn and boost retention using B2C tactics repurposed for B2B. We especially loved these key takeaways: - -Churn = [lost customers/customers at the beginning of the month] x100 - -Choose long-term over short-term loyalty goals Short-term: instant gratification, special offers, customer engagement. Long-term: community building, customization and flexibility, value-added benefits. - - - -Advanced Interactive Coding: Building a Product Rec Engine - -Email geeks couldn’t stop talking about Zac Eckstein’s session on planning and coding an advanced interactive email concept. Notable takeaways: - -Zac walked us through how to code an interactive module, including great tips and tricks along the way. - -Apple, Yahoo, Outlook.com, Samsung, and AOL inboxes provide good coverage for interactive email. Gmail and Outlook on Windows lack full support. - -Interactive emails slightly reduce click rates (by 10-20%), but they boost conversion rates by the same margin. - -4 Steps to Write Emails Worth Sending (While Being Utterly Ruthless) - -Copywriting + humor = Lianna Patch. She walked us through her best tips for writing to REAL readers and editing your email copy from structure down to the word level. Takeaways include: - -Use VoC (voice of the customer) data to really get to know the audience you’re writing for. - -Broad → structure → specific: Edit for only one area at a time, working your way from broad to detailed. - -Consider testing “call to values” instead of a “call to actions.” - -The Future of Email: AI, Automation, and Lifecycle Marketing - -This panel was not one to miss! Cynthia Price, Chad S. White, Lauren Meyer, and Drew Price explored the latest trends and innovations shaping the next generation of email marketing. Highlights include: - -Over time, brands focusing on managing quality and frequency at scale will gain more engaged subscribers because they’ve built stronger relationships. - -Artificial intelligence (AI) should be seen as a junior assistant that can help with ideas, but it’s not ready to take over completely. - -Chad S. White predicts that AI-enforced brand guidelines will become common in the future. - -Len Peralta also crafted an illustrated recap of the panel. - -Slack conversations were flowing - -We heard from dozens of attendees in the Litmus Live Slack channel. Conversations included how we got into email marketing, email personalization tips, content and marketing team synergy, and even book recommendations. - -Litmus Live Day 2 Recap—October 29, 2024 - -We all knew day one of Litmus Live would be hard to beat, but day two held its own! There were seven incredibly insightful sessions, an exciting Litmus product announcement, and fun networking topics. - - - -From “Dear Customer” to Dynamic Content: The Evolution of Email Personalization - -Five email pros kicked off Day 2 at Litmus Live with a fantastic panel about email personalization. Cynthia Price, Anne Ghaltchi, Natasha Sanchez, Lee Munroe, and Blake Miller discussed: - -Behavioral personalization based on actions (in a non-creepy way). - -Use your email personalization across all messaging, such as SMS, in-app, etc, for a more cohesive experience. - -You don’t need to personalize everything! Test to see where personalization works best. - -The Art and Science of Accessibility in Email Marketing - -Sarah Gallardo and Lauren Castady from Oracle Digital Experience Agency had a record number of questions flow in during their session. Takeaways include: - -27% of the population has some sort of disability, and they represent about eight billion dollars in discretionary funds per year. - -When you make something accessible, you’re creating a better experience for your entire userbase. - -Create a shared “accessibility checklist” that both designers and developers contribute to so there’s common ground for identifying and solving potential issues early. - -Inbox Insights: Navigating Email Audits for Enhanced Compliance and Efficiency - -This session by Kelsey Smith was packed with best practices and practical tips for conducting thorough audits that elevate your email strategies. - -Clearly define the objectives of your audit. Clear goals help guide the audit process, align teams, and secure leadership buy-in. - -Break the audit plan into actionable buckets, like quick wins and long-term strategies. - -Email audits aren’t one-off activities. Establish a regular audit cadence for continuous improvement. - -Unlocking the Full Potential of Lifecycle Marketing: Personalization and Optimization with Litmus - -Maida Kasper and Scott Epple unveiled new features for Litmus Email Guardian and Litmus Personalize! - -There are two new ways to personalize your emails : Animated Video allows you to create engaging video elements that just work. Animated Image Carousels bring your emails to life by showcasing multiple images in a seamless, moving slideshow. - -Sender authentication in Email Guardian gives your email the best chance of reaching the inbox by ensuring you’re following sender requirements put forth by Google and Yahoo earlier in 2024. It also monitors every domain you send from 24/7 and alerts you automatically if an issue is detected. - -How Invisible Experiences Inform the Future of Email Personalization - -The Jessica’s (Jess Materna and Jessica Liu) united for an information packed session about the future of email personalization. Takeaways include: - -Customers will engage less frequently but more meaningfully with brands in the future. - -Consumers want personalized moments that are relevant and realize value across four dimensions: economic, functional, experiential, and symbolic. - -Email is the only channel that can reach customers throughout their entire customer journey. - -The Art of the Welcome - -Emily Ryan gave us a crash course on how to win over your subscribers through welcome emails. Highlights: - -The average length of a welcome email series is 6.45 emails. Aim to have 3 emails in your welcome journey at a minimum. - -Ask the subscriber a question in your welcome email and encourage them to reply so they immediately engage with you. - -No setting it and forgetting it—remember to periodically update your welcome emails. - -Beyond “Oops” and “Sorry” - -Ralitsa Minkova walked us through the art of heartfelt, sincere email apologies. Her presentation was so detailed and well-though out that she even captured the key takeaways for us. - -Litmus Live Day 3 Recap—October 30, 2024 - -The content on day three was fantastic! There were six presentations, one panel, one sponsor insight session, and plenty of networking in Slack. - - - -Beyond the Click: The Hidden ROI of Email Marketing Across the Funnel - -Cynthia Price moderated as Jeanne Jennings, Anna Levitin, and Emily Ryan answered a series of questions about a holistic approach to measuring email ROI across the entire customer lifecycle. Takeaways: - -We’re all humans so you need to connect on a human level. - -Showing up in the inbox is important for generating awareness and staying top of mind. (But don’t send emails without a purpose.) - -It’s crucial to build trust right away when a new contact joins your email list. - -Orient Towards Impact - -Drew Price walked us through 8 principles for the Modern Lifecycle Marketer: - -Be a truth seeker Kill your darlings Value realization as a north star Fill product gaps Beware! Internal marketing scope creep New tools: use-cases matter most Be careful about how you choose and achieve your metrics Take big swings - -Email’s Not Easy, But it’s Not That Difficult - -Jeanne Jennings debunked common email misconceptions and shared practical tips for crafting fabulous emails. - -There is not a “best” time to send an email. Determine your target time based on historical data, A/B split testing, website visits, and reason and logic. - -Optimize the first 25 characters of your email subject lines because they might get cut off after that. - -A low unsubscribe rate does not mean subscribers like your content. They might just be ignoring your emails. - -Talk Data to Me: How Storytelling Proves Email Success - -We learned how to use storytelling to turn raw metrics into compelling narratives from Lauren Meyer. A few of the many takeaways include: - -Always connect data to business outcomes – never present it as raw numbers. - -Data driven storytelling can help you prove your worth as an email marketer. - -Emotions contribute to 90% of our decisions, so lean into them. - -Are Email Developers Still Needed? - -It was written on Jay Oram’s shirt that he’s a true email geek—seriously! His session explored the evolving landscape of email development in 2024 including key future skills, and what it means to be an email developer in the years to come. - -AI tools are not a threat to email developers but rather a complement to their evolving role focusing on more complex aspects of email strategy and execution. - -Generative AI tools, like ChatGPT and Claude, can streamline repetitive tasks, but they lack the ability to handle the full scope of email development, which involves more than just writing code. - -The email developer’s role is expanding into broader CRM functions like in-app messaging, push notifications, automation, and personalization—e.g. CRM developers. - -Lessons From the World of Newsletters - -Dan Oshinsky presented strategies to help elevate your email marketing and connect with your audience using personality. Some highlights include: - -Effective newsletters feel more like a note from a friend and less like marketing. - -Newsletters focus on four strategies to grow including owned growth, earned growth, algorithmic growth, and paid growth. These strategies can be used interchangeably or together. - -The best newsletters are built on a clearly identified audience, job, and sense of why . - -Inspire Trust Through Audience-First Email Content Strategies - -Christine Martenson gave us great tips on how to create engaging email content using an audience-first approach. - -First impressions matter! Don’t ignore your sender profile, subject lines, and pre-headers. - -Try using a copywriting formula to kickstart your content creation: FAB formula, PAS formula, and AIDA formula. - -Soften the hard sell! Include alternative ways for the audience to engage with your brand if they’re not ready to buy. - -Litmus Live Day 4 Recap—October 31, 2024 - -Things got a little spooky on day four as the final 11 speakers took the (virtual) stage. Ok, not really, but a few of the speakers did wear their Halloween costumes. - - - -Strategic Testing for Long-Term Impact: A Case Study in Holistic A/B Testing - -Kath Pay kicked off the day with a keynote on the transformative power of the Holistic Testing Methodology in email marketing. - -We as humans fear the negative more than we appreciate the positive. But don’t play to negative emotions too often because it will lose its effectiveness and can be seen as manipulative. - -A Curiosity Gap is a gap between what a person knows and wants to know. You can leverage this cognitive bias by keeping just enough information from them so they act to learn more. - -Train your GenAI by asking it questions about your brand and filling in the gaps for it. - -From Conversion to Connection: Integrating Empathy Mapping Into Your Email Strategy - -Email is more than driving actions—it’s about understanding your readers’ emotions. Dayana Kibilds discussed using empathy mapping to create meaningful connections, delight your audience, and build long-term loyalty throughout the customer journey. - -Leading with empathy and finding a way to create value in your subscriber’s everyday life will lead to lifelong conversions = the ultimate retention strategy. - -Many companies use manipulative tactics like fear and guilt to get a sale, but that will rarely lead to loyalty. - -Rather than trying to make your customers feel a certain way, meet them where they’re already feeling. - -Live Email Optimization - -Angie Weyman and Carin Slater hosted a second session on email optimization. They were dressed to impress, sporting Bob Ross and Lisa Frank Leopard costumes! Despite the silliness, they showed us four emails and discussed possible optimizations to bring them from good to great. - -The Must Have Ecommerce Email Flows - -Chase Dimond walked us through strategies that maximize impact and avoid leaving money on the table with optimized email marketing. Here are a few of the many highlights: - -Must Have Email Flows Include : Pre-Purchase : Welcome series for non-buyers, site abandonment, browse abandonment, abandoned cart, abandoned checkout, back in stock Post-Purchase : thank you, product education, review request, replenishment, cross-sells/upsells, VIP, winback, breakup series - -Brands can focus on strategic details to optimize email flows, increase conversions, and deepen customer engagement: timing, segmentation, and content personalization. - -Retain and engage your best customers by using VIP segmentation with RFM (recency (time since last purchase) , frequency (purchase rate) , and monetary value( (total spend) ) analysts. - -Future-Proof Your Brand Like Beyonce: Integrating Email and Social Media for Brand Longevity - -Carlos Gil’s session covered strategies to build strong email lists, leverage data, and use AI to adapt proactively to platform changes. We learned: - -Not all social media platforms are created equal and they’ve changed over the years. Your social media plan from 5 years ago will not work today. - -Social media content must be optimized to engage and entertain, not sell. - -Your ultimate mission is to convert social media followers into email subscribers. - -The ever-increasing value of email with other messaging channels in a mobile-first word - -Lee Munroe taught us how to combine email with other messaging channels to enhance engagement and boost install-to-purchase conversions. Takeaways include: - -According to OneSignal , using more than one messaging channel to engage users increases average engagement by 35.8%. - -Consider using multiple channels to create stronger relationships with your customers including email, push, SMS, and in-app (reinforce reward and onboarding). - -Onboarding matters: A good onboarding process is vital for building loyalty and engagement, and email is still one of the most trusted channels. - -Building a Framework for Customer Journey - -Building a customer journey is essential for success. Elizabeth Jacobi presented the key steps to create a framework that keeps your brand top of mind and engages subscribers at every touchpoint. - -Map out your customer journey based on the right message through the right channel at the right time. - -Customer journey emails go by many names including marketing flows, automations, and customer experience emails. No matter the name, they’re an essential part of your marketing mix. - -Don’t try to map your customer journey all at once – it’s overwhelming! Take it step by step and start by building the journey map outside of your marketing automation platform. - -Designer, Developer, CRM Manager: The Reinvention of Email Marketing Roles - -Jaina Mistry, Carin Slater, Jay Oram, and Leah Miranda closed out the conference with an insightful discussion about the evolving roles in email marketing. We learned about their professional history from their first email role to where they are today, and where they think email marketing positions will go from here. - -And that’s a wrap on Litmus Live 2024! Thank you to all of our speakers, sponsors, and attendees for making it a huge success.",1731883633,1c5c9cddb6,260d462053,,,1731883633 -https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/amazon-aurora-postgresql-and-amazon-dynamodb-zero-etl-integrations-with-amazon-redshift-now-generally-available/,https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/feed/,Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL and Amazon DynamoDB zero-ETL integrations with Amazon Redshift now generally available,"Today, I am excited to announce the general availability of Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL-Compatible Edition and Amazon DynamoDB zero-ETL integrations with Amazon Redshift. Zero-ETL integration seamlessly makes transactional or operational data available in Amazon Redshift, removing the need to build and manage complex data pipelines that perform extract, transform, and load (ETL) operations. It automates the replication of source data to Amazon Redshift, simultaneously updating source data for you to use in Amazon Redshift for analytics and machine learning (ML) capabilities to derive timely insights and respond effectively to critical, time-sensitive events. - -Using these new zero-ETL integrations, you can run unified analytics on your data from different applications without having to build and manage different data pipelines to write data from multiple relational and non-relational data sources into a single data warehouse. In this post, I provide two step-by-step walkthroughs on how to get started with both Amazon Aurora PostgreSQL and Amazon DynamoDB zero-ETL integrations with Amazon Redshift. - -To create a zero-ETL integration, you specify a source and Amazon Redshift as the target. The integration replicates data from the source to the target data warehouse, making it available in Amazon Redshift seamlessly, and monitors the pipeline’s health. - -Let’s explore how these new integrations work. In this post, you will learn how to create zero-ETL integrations to replicate data from different source databases (Aurora PostgreSQL and DynamoDB) to the same Amazon Redshift cluster. You will also learn how to select multiple tables or databases from Aurora PostgreSQL source databases to replicate data to the same Amazon Redshift cluster. You will observe how zero-ETL integrations provide flexibility without the operational burden of building and managing multiple ETL pipelines. - -Getting started with Aurora PostgreSQL zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift - -Before creating a database, I create a custom cluster parameter group because Aurora PostgreSQL zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift requires specific values for the Aurora DB cluster parameters. In the Amazon RDS console, I go to Parameter groups in the navigation pane. I choose Create parameter group. - -I enter custom-pg-aurora-postgres-zero-etl for Parameter group name and Description. I choose Aurora PostgreSQL for Engine type and aurora-postgresql16 for Parameter group family (zero-ETL integration works with PostgreSQL 16.4 or above versions). Finally, I choose DB Cluster Parameter Group for Type and choose Create. - -Next, I edit the newly created cluster parameter group by choosing it on the Parameter groups page. I choose Actions and then choose Edit. I set the following cluster parameter settings: - -rds.logical_replication=1 - -aurora.enhanced_logical_replication=1 - -aurora.logical_replication_backup=0 - -aurora.logical_replication_globaldb=0 - -I choose Save Changes. - -Next, I create an Aurora PostgreSQL database. When creating the database, you can set the configurations according to your needs. Remember to choose Aurora PostgreSQL (compatible with PostgreSQL 16.4 or above) from Available versions and the custom cluster parameter group ( custom-pg-aurora-postgres-zero-etl in this case) for DB cluster parameter group in the Additional configuration section. - -After the database becomes available, I connect to the Aurora PostgreSQL cluster, create a database named books, create a table named book_catalog in the default schema for this database and insert sample data to use with zero-ETL integration. - -To get started with zero-ETL integration, I use an existing Amazon Redshift data warehouse. To create and manage Amazon Redshift resources, visit the Amazon Redshift Getting Started Guide. - -In the Amazon RDS console, I go to the Zero-ETL integrations tab in the navigation pane and choose Create zero-ETL integration. I enter postgres-redshift-zero-etl for Integration identifier and Amazon Aurora zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift for Integration description. I choose Next. - -On the next page, I choose Browse RDS databases to select the source database. For the Data filtering options, I use database.schema.table pattern. I include my table called book_catalog in Aurora PostgreSQL books database. The * in filters will replicate all book_catalog tables in all schemas within books database. I choose Include as filter type and enter books.*.book_catalog into the Filter expression field. I choose Next. - -On the next page, I choose Browse Redshift data warehouses and select the existing Amazon Redshift data warehouse as the target. I must specify authorized principals and integration source on the target to enable Amazon Aurora to replicate into the data warehouse and enable case sensitivity. Amazon RDS can complete these steps for me during setup, or I can configure them manually in Amazon Redshift. For this demo, I choose Fix it for me and choose Next. - -After the case sensitivity parameter and the resource policy for data warehouse are fixed, I choose Next on the next Add tags and encryption page. After I review the configuration, I choose Create zero-ETL integration. - -After the integration succeeded, I choose the integration name to check the details. - -Now, I need to create a database from integration to finish setting up. I go to the Amazon Redshift console, choose Zero-ETL integrations in the navigation pane and select the Aurora PostgreSQL integration I just created. I choose Create database from integration. - -I choose books as Source named database and I enter zeroetl_aurorapg as the Destination database name. I choose Create database. - -After the database is created, I return to the Aurora PostgreSQL integration page. On this page, I choose Query data to connect to the Amazon Redshift data warehouse to observe if the data is replicated. When I run a select query in the zeroetl_aurorapg database, I see that the data in book_catalog table is replicated to Amazon Redshift successfully. - -As I said in the beginning, you can select multiple tables or databases from the Aurora PostgreSQL source database to replicate the data to the same Amazon Redshift cluster. To add another database to the same zero-ETL integration, all I have to do is to add another filter to the Data filtering options in the form of database.schema.table , replacing the database part with the database name I want to replicate. For this demo, I will select multiple tables to be replicated to the same data warehouse. I create another table named publisher in the Aurora PostgreSQL cluster and insert sample data to it. - -I edit the Data filtering options to include publisher table for replication. To do this, I go to the postgres-redshift-zero-etl details page and choose Modify. I append books.*.publisher using comma in the Filter expression field. I choose Continue. I review the changes and choose Save changes. I observe that the Filtered data tables section on the integration details page has now 2 tables included for replication. - -When I switch to the Amazon Redshift Query editor and refresh the tables, I can see that the new publisher table and its records are replicated to the data warehouse. - -Now that I completed the Aurora PostgreSQL zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift, let’s create a DynamoDB zero-ETL integration with the same data warehouse. - -Getting started with DynamoDB zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift - -In this part, I proceed to create an Amazon DynamoDB zero-ETL integration using an existing Amazon DynamoDB table named Book_Catalog. The table has 2 items in it: - -I go to the Amazon Redshift console and choose Zero-ETL integrations in the navigation pane. Then, I choose the arrow next to the Create zero-ETL integration and choose Create DynamoDB integration. I enter dynamodb-redshift-zero-etl for Integration name and Amazon DynamoDB zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift for Description. I choose Next. - -On the next page, I choose Browse DynamoDB tables and select the Book_Catalog table. I must specify a resource policy with authorized principals and integration sources, and enable point-in-time recovery (PITR) on the source table before I create an integration. Amazon DynamoDB can do it for me, or I can change the configuration manually. I choose Fix it for me to automatically apply the required resource policies for the integration and enable PITR on the DynamoDB table. I choose Next. - -Then, I choose my existing Amazon Redshift Serverless data warehouse as the target and choose Next. - -I choose Next again in the Add tags and encryption page and choose Create DynamoDB integration in the Review and create page. - -Now, I need to create a database from integration to finish setting up just like I did with Aurora PostgreSQL zero-ETL integration. In the Amazon Redshift console, I choose the DynamoDB integration and I choose Create database from integration. In the popup screen, I enter zeroetl_dynamodb as the Destination database name and choose Create database. - -After the database is created, I go to the Amazon Redshift Zero-ETL integrations page and choose the DynamoDB integration I created. On this page, I choose Query data to connect to the Amazon Redshift data warehouse to observe if the data from DynamoDB Book_Catalog table is replicated. When I run a select query in the zeroetl_dynamodb database, I see that the data is replicated to Amazon Redshift successfully. Note that the data from DynamoDB is replicated in SUPER datatype column and can be accessed using PartiQL sql. - -I insert another entry to the DynamoDB Book_Catalog table. - -When I switch to the Amazon Redshift Query editor and refresh the select query, I can see that the new record is replicated to the data warehouse. - -Zero-ETL integrations between Aurora PostgreSQL and DynamoDB with Amazon Redshift help you unify data from multiple database clusters and unlock insights in your data warehouse. Amazon Redshift allows cross-database queries and materialized views based off the multiple tables, giving you the opportunity to consolidate and simplify your analytics assets, improve operational efficiency, and optimize cost. You no longer have to worry about setting up and managing complex ETL pipelines. - -Now available - -Aurora PostgreSQL zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift is now available in US East (N. Virginia), US East (Ohio), US West (Oregon), Asia Pacific (Hong Kong), Asia Pacific (Mumbai), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Europe (Frankfurt), Europe (Ireland), and Europe (Stockholm) AWS Regions. - -Amazon DynamoDB zero-ETL integration with Amazon Redshift is now available in all commercial, China and GovCloud AWS Regions. - -For pricing information, visit the Amazon Aurora and Amazon DynamoDB pricing pages. - -To get started with this feature, visit Working with Aurora zero-ETL integrations with Amazon Redshift and Amazon Redshift Zero-ETL integrations documentation.",1731883614,cabe785f85,2622a5981c,,,1731883614 -https://www.gtreview.com/news/sustainability/swiss-commodities-traders-push-back-against-climate-impact-report/,https://www.gtreview.com/feed/,Swiss commodities traders push back against climate impact report,"Privacy Policy - -Our privacy commitments - -This Privacy Policy outlines the information we may collect about you in relation to your use of our websites, events, related publications and services (“personal data”) and how we may use that personal data. It also outlines the methods by which we and our service providers may (subject to necessary consents) monitor your online behaviour to deliver customised advertisements, marketing materials and other tailored services. This Privacy Policy also tells you how you can verify the accuracy of your personal data and how you can request that we delete or update it. - -This Privacy Policy applies to all websites operated by Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd (as indicated on the relevant website). - -This privacy statement does not cover the activities of third parties, and you should consult those third-party sites’ privacy policies for information on how your data is used by them. - -Any questions regarding this Policy and our privacy practices should be sent by e-mail to privacy@gtreview.com or by writing to Data Protection Officer at, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, 4 Hillgate Place, London, SW12 9ER, United Kingdom. Alternatively, you can telephone our London headquarters at +44 (0) 20 8673 9666. - -Who are we? - -Established in 2002 and with offices in London and Singapore, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd is the world’s leading trade and trade finance media company, offering information, news, events and services for companies and individuals involved in global trade. - -Our principal business activities are: - -Business-to-Business financial publishing. We provide a range of products and services focused on international commodities, export, supply chain and trade finance markets including magazines, newsletters, electronic information and data - -Organisers of seminars, conferences, training courses and exhibitions for the finance industry - -Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd is a company registered in the United Kingdom with company number 4407327 | VAT Registration: 799 1585 59 - -Data Protection Policy - -This Data Protection Policy explains when and why we collect personal information about people who visit our website, how we use it, the conditions under which we may disclose it to others and how we keep it secure. - -Why do we collect information from you? - -Our primary goal in collecting personal data from you is to give you an enjoyable customised experience whilst allowing us to provide services and features that will meet your needs. - -We collect certain personal data from you, which you give to us when using our Site and/or registering or subscribing for our products and services. However, we also give you the option to access our Sites’ home pages without subscribing or registering or disclosing your personal data. - -We also collect certain personal data from other group companies to whom you have given information through their websites (including, by way of example, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd and subsidiaries, in accordance with the purposes listed below). Should we discover that any such personal data has been delivered to any of the Sites, we will remove that information as soon as possible. - -Why this policy exists - -This Data Protection Policy ensures Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd: - -Complies with data protection law and follow good practice - -Protects the rights of staff, customers and partners - -Is open about how it stores and processes individuals’ data - -pretexts itself from the risk of a data breach - -We may change this Policy from time to time so please check this page occasionally to ensure that you’re happy with any changes. By using our website, you’re agreeing to be bound by this Policy. - -Data protection law - -The Data Protection Act 1998 described how organisations – including Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd – must collect, handle and store personal information. These rules apply regardless of whether data is stored electronically, on paper or on other materials. To comply with the law, personal information collected must be stored safely, not disclosed unlawfully and used fairly. - -The Data Protection Act is underpinned by eight important principles. These say that personal data must: - -Be processed fairly and lawfully - -Be obtained only for specific, lawful purposes - -Be adequate, relevant and not excessive - -Be accurate and kept up to date - -Not be held for any longer than necessary - -Processed in accordance with the rights of data subjects - -Be protected in appropriate ways - -Not be transferred outside the European Economic Area (EEA), unless that country of territory also ensures an adequate level of protection - -How do we collect information from you? - -We obtain information about you when you use our website, for example, when you contact us about products and services, when you register for an event, register to receive eNewsletters, subscribe or register for a trial to our GTR magazine/website. - -Types of Personal Data Held and its Use - -1. Customer Services and Administration - -On some Sites, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd collects personal data such as your name, job title, department, company, e-mail, phone, work and/or home address, in order to register you for access to certain content, subscriptions and events. In addition, we may also store information including IP address and page analytics, including information regarding what pages are accessed, by whom and when. - -This information is used to administer and deliver to you the products and/or services you have requested, to operate our Sites efficiently and improve our service to you, and to retain records of our business transactions and communications. By using the Sites and submitting personal information through the registration process you are agreeing that we may collect, hold, process and use your information (including personal information) for the purpose of providing you with the Site services and developing our business, which shall include (without limitation) the purposes described in the below paragraphs. - -2. Monitoring use of our Sites - -Where, as part of our Site services, we enable you to post information or materials on our Site, we may access and monitor any information which you upload or input, including in any password-protected sections. Subject to any necessary consents, we also monitor and/or record the different Sites you visit and actions taken on those Sites, e.g. content viewed or searched for. If you are a registered user (e.g. a subscriber or taking a trial), when you log on, this places a cookie on your machine. This enables your access to content and services that - -are not publicly available. Once you are logged on, the actions you take – for example, viewing an article – will be recorded (subject to any necessary consents). We may use technology or a service provider to do this for us. This information may be used for one or more of the following purposes: - -to fulfil our obligations to you; - -to improve the efficiency, quality and design of our Sites and services; - -to see which articles, features and services are most read and used - -to track compliance with our terms and conditions of use, e.g. to ensure that you are acting within the scope of your user licence; - -for marketing purposes (subject to your rights to opt-in and opt-out of receiving certain marketing communications) – see paragraph 3 below; - -for advertising purposes, although the information used for these purposes does not identify you personally. Please see paragraph 5 below for more details; - -to protect or comply with our legal rights and obligations; and - -to enable our journalists to contact and interact with you online in connection with any content you may post to our Sites. - -Please see paragraph 5 below for more information on cookies and similar technologies and a link to a page where you can turn them on or off. - -3. Marketing - -Some of your personal data collected under paragraphs 1 and 2 above may be used by us to contact you by e-mail, telephone and/or post for sending information or promotional material on our products and/or services and/or those of our other group companies. We give you the opportunity to opt-out of receiving marketing communications. Further detail can be found on the applicable Site and in the footer of each marketing communication sent by us, our group companies or service providers. See also “Consents and opt-outs” section below. We will not share your information with third parties for marketing purposes. - -4. Profiling - -We may analyse your personal information to create a profile of your interests and preferences so that we can contact you with information relevant to you. - -5. Cookies and similar technologies - -All our Sites use cookies and similar technical tools to collect information about your access to the Site and the services we provide. - -What is a cookie? - -When you enter some sites, your computer will be issued with a cookie. Cookies are text files that identify your computer to servers. Cookies in themselves do not identify the individual user, just the computer used. - -Many sites do this whenever a user visits their site in order to track traffic flows, recording those areas of the site that have been visited by the computer in question, and for how long. - -Users have the opportunity to set their computers to accept all cookies, to notify them when a cookie is issued, or not to receive cookies at any time. Selecting not to receive means that certain personalised services Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd offers cannot then be provided to that user. - -Why do we use cookies? - -Log In – Where we provide log in mechanisms for site users a cookie is created at login and for the duration of the session. Each cookie contains a unique reference number only (no personal information) which is used to confirm you are authorised. Analytics – To allow us to keep track of traffic to our website we use cookies. The cookies simply tell us if you have previously visited our website so we can get more accurate figures for New vs Returning visitors. - -Find and control your cookies - -All of the major browser providers offer advice on setting up and using the privacy and security functions for their products. If you require technical advice or support for a specific browser/version please contact the provider or visit their website for further details: www.microsoft.com / www.mozilla.com / www.apple.com / www.opera.com / www.aol.com / www.netscape.com / www.flock.com / www.google.com. - -We may use cookies to: - -remember that you have used the Site before; this means we can identify the number of unique visitors we receive to different parts of the Site. This allows us to make sure we have enough capacity for the number of users that we get and make sure that the Site runs fast enough - -remember your login session so you can move from one page to another within the Site; - -store your preferences or your user name and password so that you do not need to input these details every time you visit the Site; - -customise elements of the layout and/or content of the pages of Site for you; - -record activity on our Sites so that we understand how you use our Sites enabling us to better tailor our content, services and marketing to your needs; - -collect statistical information about how you use the Site so that we can improve the Site; and - -gather information about the pages on the Site that you visit, and other information about other websites that you visit, so as to place you in a “market segment”. This information is only collected by reference to the IP address that you are using, but does include information about the county and city you are in, together with the name of your internet service provider. - -Most web browsers automatically accept cookies but, if you prefer, you can change your browser to prevent that, or to notify you each time a cookie is set. You can also learn more about cookies in general by visiting www.allaboutcookies.org which includes additional useful information on cookies and how to block cookies using different types of browser. Please note however, that by blocking, deleting or turning off cookies used on the Site you may not be able to take full advantage of the Site. - -6. E-mail tracking - -E-mail tracking is a method for monitoring the e-mail delivery to those subscribers who have opted-in to receive marketing e-mails from GTR, including GTR Africa, GTR Asia, GTR Americas, GTR Europe, GTR Mena, GTR eNews, Third party e-mails and GTR Ventures. - -Why do we track e-mails? - -So that we can better understand our users’ needs, we track responses, subscription behaviour and engagement to our e-mails – for example, to see which links are the most popular in newsletters. They enable us to understand the consumers journey through metrics including open rate, click-through rate, bounces and unsubscribes. Any other purposes for which Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd wishes to use your personal data will be notified to you and your personal data will not be used for any such purpose without obtaining your prior consent. - -How do you track GTR eNewsletters? - -To do this, we use pixel GIFs, also known as “pixel tags” – these are small image files that are placed within the body of our e-mail messages. When that image is downloaded from our web servers, the e-mail is recorded as being opened. By using some form of digitally time-stamped record to reveal the exact time and date that an e-mail was received or opened, as well the IP address of the recipient. - -7. Consents and opt-outs - -You can give your consent to opt-out of all or any particular uses of your data as indicated above by: - -Indicating at the point on the relevant Site where personal data is collected - -Informing us by e-mail, post or phone - -Updating your preferences on the applicable Site or eNewsletter (unsubscribe and preference options are available in the footer of each eNewsletter) - -To turn cookies and similar technologies on and off, see the information in paragraph 5 above. Any questions regarding consents and opt-outs should be sent by e-mail to privacy@gtreview.com or by writing to Data Protection Officer at, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, 4 Hillgate Place, London, SW12 9ER, United Kingdom. Alternatively, you can telephone our London headquarters at +44 (0) 20 8673 9666. - -8. Disclosures - -Information collected at one Site may be shared between Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd and other group companies for the purposes listed above. - -We may transfer, sell or assign any of the information described in this policy to third parties as a result of a sale, merger, consolidation, change of control, transfer of assets or reorganisation of our business. - -9. Public forums, message boards and blogs - -Some of our Sites may have a message board, blogs or other facilities for user generated content available and users can participate in these facilities. Any information that is disclosed in these areas becomes public information and you should always be careful when deciding to disclose your personal information. - -10. Data outside the EEA - -Services on the Internet are accessible globally so collection and transmission of personal data is not always limited to one country. Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd may transfer your personal data, for the above-listed purposes to other third parties, which may be located outside the European Economic Area and/or with a different level of personal data protection. However, when conducting transfers, we take all necessary steps to ensure that your data is treated reasonably, securely and in accordance with this Privacy Statement. - -Who has access to your information? - -Confidentiality and Security of Your Personal Data - -We are committed to keeping the data you provide us secure and will take reasonable precautions to protect your personal data from loss, misuse or alteration. - -However, the transmission of information via the internet is not completely secure. Although we will do our best to protect your personal data, we cannot guarantee the security of your data transmitted to our Site; any transmission is at your own risk. Once we have received your information, we will use strict procedures and security features described above to try to prevent unauthorised access. - -We have implemented information security policies, rules and technical measures to protect the personal data that we have under our control from: - -unauthorised access - -improper use or disclosure - -unauthorised modification - -unlawful destruction or accidental loss - -All our employees, contractors and data processors (i.e. those who process your personal data on our behalf, for the purposes listed above), who have access to, and are associated with the processing of your personal data, are obliged to keep the information confidential and not use it for any other purpose than to carry out the services they are performing for us. - -Responsibilities - -Everyone who works for or with Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd has some responsibility for ensuring data is collected, stored and handled appropriately. Each team handling personal data must ensure that it is handled and processed in line with this policy and data protection principles. However, the following people have key areas of responsibility. The board of directors is ultimately responsible for ensuring that Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd meets its legal obligations. - -Name of Data Controller - -The Data Controller is Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd. Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd is subject to the UK Data Protection Act 1998 and is registered in the UK with the Information Commissioner`s Office. - -How to access, update and erase your personal information - -If you wish to know whether we are keeping personal data about you, or if you have an enquiry about our privacy policy or your personal data held by us, in relation to any of the Sites, you can contact the Data Protection Officer via: - -By writing to this address: Data Protection Officer, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, 4 Hillgate Place, London, SW12 9ER, UK - -Telephone: +44 (0) 20 8673 9666 - -E-mail: privacy@gtreview.com - -Upon request, we will provide you with a readable copy of the personal data which we keep about you. We may require proof of your identity and may charge a small fee (not exceeding the statutory maximum fee that can be charged) to cover administration and postage. - -Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd allows you to challenge the data that we hold about you and, where appropriate in accordance with applicable laws, you may have your personal information: - -erased - -rectified or amended - -completed - -Disclosing data for other reasons - -In certain circumstances, the Data Protection Act allows personal data to be disclosed to law enforcement agencies without the consent of the data subject. Under these circumstances, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, will disclose requested data. However, the Data Controller will ensure the request is legitimate, seeking assistance from the board and from the company’s legal advisors where necessary. - -Changes to this Privacy Statement - -We will occasionally update this Privacy Statement to reflect new legislation or industry practice, group company changes and customer feedback. We encourage you to review this Privacy Statement periodically to be informed of how we are protecting your personal data. - -Providing information - -Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd aims to ensure that individuals are aware that their data is being processed, and that they understand. - -How the data is being used - -How to exercise their rights - -To this end, the company has a privacy statement, setting out how data relating to individuals is used by the company. This is available on request and available on the company’s website. - -Review of this policy - -We keep this Policy under regular review. This Privacy Statement was last updated in April 2018.",1731883662,ec61c72280,2661df2a5b,,,1731883662 -https://www.adweek.com/agencies/answerlab-new-ceo-megan-malli/,https://www.adweek.com/feed/?category_name=Social-Pro-Daily,AnswerLab Taps Former Huge Global President as CEO,"ADWEEK House is headed to Las Vegas on January 8! Our house is your house to unwind, recharge and network during the industry’s largest consumer tech moment. RSVP . - -User experience (UX) research firm AnswerLab has appointed Megan Malli as its new chief executive officer (CEO). - -Malli joins from digital agency Huge, where she was global president. She assumes the role from founder and former CEO Amy Buckner Chowdhry, who will transition to board chair. - -The CEO transition comes as the company approaches its 20th anniversary early next year. - -As CEO, Malli will lead AnswerLab “to shape the future of user-centered design, providing trusted insights that drive impactful outcomes in the rapidly evolving landscape of user and brand experience,” she said in a statement. - -Malli brings over two decades of experience in digital transformation and user-centered innovation. For more than a decade at Huge, she collaborated with brands like Ticketmaster, McDonald’s, and Brooks Running to redefine customer engagement and experience. - -“AnswerLab’s purpose has always been to empower brands with data-driven insights,” said Buckner Chowdhry. “Megan’s vision aligns with this purpose, and her insights will empower our clients to meet and exceed user expectations in exciting, transformative ways.” - -Founded in 2004, AnswerLab works with brands including Google, American Express, and Meta to create user-friendly digital experiences. - -In 2022, AnswerLab secured an investment from Shamrock Capital to grow and expand the firm’s business offerings. Shamrock is also the owner of ADWEEK.",1731883634,833b83b547,2650b4162b,,,1731883634 -https://new.nsf.gov/news/dead-coral-skeletons-left-bleaching-events-hinder-reef,https://www.nsf.gov/rss/rss_www_news.xml,Dead coral skeletons left by bleaching events hinder reef recovery,"Coral reefs are like underwater cities, with myriad species forming a thriving ocean metropolis. That complexity, however, can hinder a reef's survival, scientists funded by the U.S. National Science Foundation have found. - -After bleaching events, the dead coral skeletons left behind allow seaweed to outgrow new young coral, preventing reefs from recovering. The results are published in the journal Global Change Biology. - -The research was conducted at the NSF Moorea Coral Reef Long-Term Ecological Research site in Tahiti, one of more than two dozen such sites funded by NSF and located in ecosystems ranging from forests to deserts and lakes to oceans. - -Seaweed, or macroalgae, competes with corals for space on the reef and for light. The algae grow faster than the coral, so seaweed can overrun a reef, preventing new corals from settling and shading out colonies that do. Young coral is especially vulnerable. Once a reef turns from being covered by coral to being covered by algae, the change can be hard to reverse. - -The research team, led by Russ Schmitt of the University of California, Santa Barbara, found that dead coral skeletons could help young coral that settle on a reef shortly after a bleaching event. But corals usually spawn once a year, while many algae reproduce continually, giving seaweed the advantage in colonizing newly available substrate. - -""If the corals had died in a typhoon that removed both the corals and their skeletons, there’s a good chance new corals would have come in and the reef would have recovered,"" says Dan Thornhill, a program director in the NSF Division of Ocean Sciences. ""With bleaching, however, the skeletons are left behind. This legacy of dead corals is an ideal habitat for algae to take over.""",1731883636,9816183432,269783baaa,,,1731883636 -https://www.blackshoediaries.com/2024/11/17/24298645/penn-state-nittany-lions-hockey-wisconsin-badgers-big-ten,https://www.blackshoediaries.com/rss/current.rss,"Wisconsin 6, Penn State 3: Dusted","It was an ugly night for the men’s hockey team, as they fell 6-3 to Wisconsin at home on Saturday night. The Badgers were 2-8 entering the weekend but swept the Nittany Lions this weekend. - -First Period - -Wisconsin pounced early and often in the opening frame, scoring four goals in the first eight minutes of the game. Kyle Kukkonen, Quinn Finley, Christian Fitzgerald, and Tyson Dyck all scored for the Badgers in the first period, and Penn State goaltender Arsenii Sergeev was pulled in favor of Noah Grannan. - -Second Period - -Jared Crespo scored 48 seconds into the second period to put the Nittany Lions on the board. Charlie Cerrato added a second goal at 13:38 on a rebound chance, and Penn State cut the deficit to 4-2 entering the final frame. - -Third Period - -Aiden Fink scored from the right circle with 11:34 to play in regulation to cut the Wisconsin lead to just 4-3. Matt DiMarsico was called for a major boarding penalty immediately after Fink’s goal, and the Badgers seized back the momentum. Ryland Mosley and Cody Laskosky scored on the ensuing power play to seal a 6-3 win for Wisconsin. - -What’s Next - -Penn State will host Michigan next Friday (7pm) and Saturday (7:30pm)",1731883655,3f5c37ea87,269b2dc290,,,1731883655 -https://www.cbssports.com/nfl/news/self-learning-ai-reveals-nfl-against-the-spread-over-under-money-line-picks-for-every-week-11-2024-game/,https://www.cbssports.com/rss/headlines/NFL/,"Self-learning AI reveals NFL against the spread, over-under, money-line picks for every Week 11, 2024 game","The Week 11 NFL schedule is loaded with high-profile matchups. After the dust settles, we could see a clearer NFL playoff picture. The NFC West is separated from top to bottom by only 1.5 games, so a head-to-head matchup between the Seahawks (4-5) and 49ers (5-4) on Sunday will have major consequences within the division. San Francisco is a 6.5-point home favorite according to the latest Week 11 NFL odds. Meanwhile, the Packers are six-point road favorites over the Bears in the NFL spreads, while the Bills are favored by 2.5 over the undefeated Chiefs in the Week 11 NFL betting lines, a 3.5-point swing from the opener. Before you make any Week 11 NFL picks and Week 11 NFL score predictions, you need to see the NFL against the spread, over-under, and money line predictions powered by the self-learning SportsLine AI. - -Built using cutting-edge artificial intelligence and machine learning techniques by SportsLine's Data Science team, AI Predictions and AI Ratings are generated for each game. The AI predictions are determined by statistically learning from each team's historical data and then quantitatively evaluating the strength of the opponent's defense by assigning a numeric value out of 100 called a matchup score. - -Once a prediction is formulated, the AI rating is generated using the prediction, the matchup score, and the odds of the market. For example, you could see an A-rating on an over bet if a team is facing a poor defense, their prediction differs from the line and there are favorable odds. - -In addition, SportsLine AI is the first fully automated predictive model at SportsLine. It continuously refreshes on the most recent available data and can help you spot the biggest discrepancies in the lines. SportsLine's AI PickBot has hit a whopping 1,947 4.5- and 5-star prop picks since the start of last season. Anyone who has followed it is way up at their best sports betting app and favorite betting sites. - -For Week 11 NFL betting, the AI PickBot has evaluated the NFL odds and provided NFL betting picks for all 14 games. You can only see the AI predictions for the Week 11 NFL schedule here. - -Top Week 11 NFL AI picks - -After analyzing every game in Week 11, the AI PickBot says the Steelers cover comfortably as three-point home underdogs against the Ravens on Sunday in an AFC North battle with an over-under of 48.5, up 6.5 from the opener. Pittsburgh has the No. 2 scoring defense in the NFL and is eighth in the NFL in total defense after limiting the Commanders to 242 yards of total offense in a hard-fought 28-27 win. - -Russell Wilson was only 14-of-28 for 195 yards but he did throw three touchdown passes and the offense has clearly been boosted by his presence. George Pickens has certainly been revitalized by the quarterback change, catching 14 passes for 276 yards and two touchdowns in the three games since Wilson took over. - -Now, they'll match up against a Ravens pass defense that was just obliterated by Joe Burrow, Ja'Marr Chase and the Bengals. The Ravens are giving up 294.9 passing yards per game and have given up the most passing touchdowns (22) of any team in the NFL. The AI PickBot not only predicts that the Steelers cover (rating them an A+ pick), they also predict they win outright by an average final score of 28-20. See its other Week 11 football predictions and football picks at SportsLine. - -How to make Week 11 NFL picks - -In addition, the AI PickBot has generated nine highly-coveted A+ picks for Week 11. You need to see the AI PickBot's NFL picks before making any Week 11 NFL bets of your own. You can only see them at SportsLine. - -Who wins and covers each Week 11 NFL game, and which A+ picks should you target now? Visit SportsLine now to see the top NFL picks against the spread, over-under, and on money line, all from the brand-new SportsLine AI PickBot that has nailed 1,947 top-rated picks since the start of last season.",1731883655,fad4a9cc43,269182a32f,,,1731883655 -https://clark.com/streaming-tv/amazon-prime-video-pbs-streaming/,https://clark.com/feed/,Amazon Adds Free Streaming TV Access To PBS and PBS Kids,"Tired of paying too much for TV? Use our streaming channel tool to discover the cheapest way to stream your favorite TV channel. - -Are you a fan of PBS classics like “Sesame Street” or “Curious George”? Maybe you enjoy “FRONTLINE” or “PBS News Hour” instead? - -Either way, Amazon’s Prime Video has some news that I think will make you pretty happy: You soon will be able to stream PBS and PBS Kids content FOR FREE via the Prime Video app. - -Let’s take a look at the details of the announcement. - -PBS Announces Partnership with Amazon’s Prime Video - -On November 14, 2024, PBS and Amazon announced an agreement that will make PBS and PBS Kids content available for free via the Prime Video app. - -This will include access to more than 150 local PBS channels and the PBS Kids channel via the “Watch Free” section of the Prime Video app. PBS says this will be the first time its channels will be available to stream for free, as it is currently either available over the air or via subscription to cable, satellite or select live TV streaming services. - -“PBS member stations will be able to tap into a leading streaming service to offer quality local programming viewers know and love for free,” PBS Chief Digital and Marketing Officer, Ira Rubenstein, said via press release. “It’s part of the PBS commitment to make trusted content available to all households across as many platforms as possible. We thank Amazon for giving PBS Member Stations a new and exciting way to grow their digital footprint while engaging with audiences old and new.” - -The results of this partnership will roll out in the coming weeks. The release says content will be available as soon as November 26. - -I checked my Prime Video app on multiple devices before writing this article, and I was unable to find any evidence of my local PBS channel or PBS Kids being available just yet. - -What Will Be Included? - -Prime Video app and Fire TV users will soon have a variety of ways to consume PBS content without paying for a Prime Video subscription. - -Advertisement - -This includes free access to: - -Ad-free livestream of more than 150 local PBS channels - -Ad-free livestream of the PBS Kids channel - -Two new FAST channels: PBS Drama and PBS Documentaries - -If you have a Prime Video subscription (which is included with Amazon Prime), you should start to see this content integrated into your app. - -If you don’t have a Prime subscription, you still will be able to access the content via the “Watch for Free” section of the Prime Video app. - -Why Is This Happening? - -It was recently revealed that Amazon will be sunsetting its free, ad-supported service (FAST) Freevee in the coming weeks. - -So, presumably this PBS content will join much of the Freevee content on the expanding “Watch Free” section of the Prime Video app. - -“We’re delighted to bring PBS’s trusted, high-quality programming to our FAST channels,” Ryan Pirozzi, Head of Prime Video Marketplace, said via the press release. “We have put together one of the most exciting FAST offerings today for Prime Video customers, driven by a highly personalized experience, and a leading selection of channels featuring fan favorite series, movies, news, sports, and more. We know our customers will be excited to discover that their beloved PBS member stations and two new PBS FAST Channels are now part of our growing offering.” - -It will be interesting to see if Prime Video, which is primarily known as a top-tier video streaming service, will develop into one of the preferred free streaming options as a result of the removal of Freevee and subsequent investment in FAST content. - -Are you excited about this new partnership for PBS? Are you going to start using Prime Video as a FAST option? We’d love to hear your thoughts in the Clark.com community.",1731883628,50810c7520,2677c1a705,,,1731883628 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/10/eff-fifth-circuit-age-verification-laws-will-hurt-more-they-help,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,EFF to Fifth Circuit: Age Verification Laws Will Hurt More Than They Help,"EFF, along with the ACLU and the ACLU of Mississippi, filed an amicus brief on Thursday asking a federal appellate court to continue to block Mississippi’s HB 1126—a bill that imposes age verification mandates on social media services across the internet. - -Our friend-of-the-court brief, filed in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, argues that HB 1126 is “an extraordinary censorship law that violates all internet users’ First Amendment rights to speak and to access protected speech” online. - -HB 1126 forces social media sites to verify the age of every user and requires minors to get explicit parental consent before accessing online spaces. It also pressures them to monitor and censor content on broad, vaguely defined topics—many of which involve constitutionally protected speech. These sweeping provisions create significant barriers to the free and open internet and “force adults and minors alike to sacrifice anonymity, privacy, and security to engage in protected online expression.” A federal district court already prevented HB 1126 from going into effect, ruling that it likely violated the First Amendment. - -Blocking Minors from Vital Online Spaces - -At the heart of our opposition to HB 1126 is its dangerous impact on young people’s free expression. Minors enjoy the same First Amendment right as adults to access and engage in protected speech online. - -“No legal authority permits lawmakers to burden adults’ access to political, religious, educational, and artistic speech with restrictive age-verification regimes out of a concern for what minors might see. Nor is there any legal authority that permits lawmakers to block minors categorically from engaging in protected expression on general purpose internet sites like those regulated by HB 1126.” - -Social media sites are not just entertainment hubs; they are diverse and important spaces where minors can explore their identities—whether by creating and sharing art, practicing religion, or engaging in politics. As our brief explains, minors’ access to these online spaces “is essential to their growth into productive members of adult society because it helps them develop their own ideas, learn to express themselves, and engage productively with others in our democratic public sphere.” - -Social media also “enables individuals whose voices would otherwise not be heard to make vital and even lifesaving connections with one another, and to share their unique perspectives more widely.” LGBTQ+ youth, for example, turn to social media for community, exploration, and support, while others find help in forums that discuss mental health, disability, eating disorders, or domestic violence. - -HB 1126’s age-verification regime places unnecessary barriers between young people and these crucial resources. The law compels platforms to broadly restrict minors’ access to a vague list of topics—the majority of which concern constitutionally protected speech—that Mississippi deems “harmful” for minors. - -First Amendment Rights: Protection for All - -The impact of HB 1126 is not limited to minors—it also places unnecessary and unconstitutional restrictions on adults’ speech. The law requires all users to verify their age before accessing social media, which could entirely block access for the millions of U.S. adults who lack government-issued ID. Should a person who takes public transit every day need to get a driver’s license just to get online? Would you want everything you do online to be linked to your government-issued ID? - -HB 1126 also strips away users’ protected right to online anonymity, leaving them vulnerable to exposure and harassment and chilling them from speaking freely on social media. As our brief recounts, the vast majority of internet users have taken steps to minimize their digital footprints and even to “avoid observation by specific people, organizations, or the government.” - -“By forcibly tying internet users’ online interactions to their real-world identities, HB 1126 will chill their ability to engage in dissent, discuss sensitive, personal, controversial, or stigmatized content, or seek help from online communities.” - -Online Age Verification: A Privacy Nightmare - -Finally, HB 1126 forces social media sites to collect users’ most sensitive and immutable data, turning them into prime targets for hackers. In an era where data breaches and identity theft are alarmingly common, HB 1126 puts every user’s personal data at risk. Furthermore, the process of age verification often involves third-party services that profit from collecting and selling user data. This means that the sensitive personal information on your ID—such as your name, home address, and date of birth—could be shared with a web of data brokers, advertisers, and other intermediary entities. - -“Under the plain language of HB 1126, those intermediaries are not required to delete users’ identifying data and, unlike the online service providers themselves, they are also not restricted from sharing, disclosing, or selling that sensitive data. Indeed, the incentives are the opposite: to share the data widely.” - -No one—neither minors nor adults—should have to sacrifice their privacy or anonymity in order to exercise their free speech rights online. - -Courts Continue To Block Laws Like Mississippi’s - -Online age verification laws like HB 1126 are not new, and courts across the country have consistently ruled them unconstitutional. In cases from Arkansas to Ohio to Utah, courts have struck down similar online age-verification mandates because they burden users’ access to, and ability to engage with, protected speech. - -While Mississippi may have a legitimate interest in protecting children from harm, as the Supreme Court has held, “that does not include a free-floating power to restrict the ideas to which children may be exposed.” By imposing age verification requirements on all users, laws like HB 1126 undermine the First Amendment rights of both minors and adults, pose serious privacy and security risks, and chill users from accessing one of the most powerful expressive mediums of our time. - -For these reasons, we urge the Fifth Circuit to follow suit and continue to block Mississippi HB 1126.",1731883684,1face9fbd3,2661becf4b,,,1731883684 -https://www.flexoffers.com/blog/one-up-your-cpc-brand-campaigns-with-zeropark-commerce-media/,https://www.flexoffers.com/blog/feed/,One-up your CPC Brand Campaigns with Zeropark Commerce Media,"FlexOffers is excited to partner with Zeropark Commerce Media, leveraging Zeropark’s expertise to enhance campaign performance and drive meaningful results for our network partners. - -Running brand campaigns is not the easiest job in the world. Especially if you, as a publisher, seek to scale the operations amidst industry challenges such as declining clicks, going cookieless, and changing user engagement patterns. - -Finding ways around it and fostering growth is demanding and crucial, but it also needs to be done consistently and safely to maintain good relationships with advertisers. As the competition intensifies, it’s vital (for any expert in the field) to stay ahead with smart, data-driven strategies and reliable traffic sources. - -With advanced targeting options, real-time bidding, and an extensive network of publishers, Zeropark is publishers’ most valuable asset in the ever-evolving affiliate marketing industry. Its commitment to delivering advertising and monetization solutions for brands and businesses makes it the ideal partner to reach highly engaged audiences and drive conversions. - -What is the Zeropark platform for CPC campaigns? - -Zeropark is performance, data transparency, and freedom of choosing ad placements. Without extra or hidden fees, but with a platform that is easy to navigate. - -Zeropark provides a platform for publishers who want to efficiently ramp up their campaigns. By tapping into an extensive network of globally renowned media and sites, you may have access to the tools and placements you need to handle industry changes while enhancing performance and conversions. - -The numbers speak for themselves. Partnering with Zeropark Commerce Media means: - -Increase conversion rates by 8% or more - -More than 140 Million of monthly available revenue - -Access to more than 220 available countries and territories - -Be part of the growing number of successful publishers aligned with Zeropark - -With the right targeting, transparent ad placement choice, and full campaign customizability, you can craft a one-of-a-kind campaign that converts. - -“For the past five years, Zeropark has been essential to our media buying strategy, driving a 150% increase in our e-commerce revenue. The exceptional account management team consistently fuels our sustained growth and success.” – Bigger Picture Solution, a Media Buying Agency - -In the case study below, you will learn how Zeropark can assist partners of various levels of competence in achieving amazing campaign outcomes. - -Zeropark Commerce Media 2023 Black Friday Campaign Case Study - -A publisher with a Calvin Klein offer launched their Commerce Media and Deeplink campaign during Black Friday/Cyber Monday weekend with Zeropark to scale its sales across the US market. - -The first step was to identify the pain points within the campaign: Specific Base of Consumers High Interest from users who can’t complete purchases Finding visibility in correct placements Challenging competition - -Then, it was time to set specific goals for the campaign: Obtaining high ROAS and driving sales to the brand Optimizing eCPA Reaching ICPs Finding the best-performing placements - -Zeropark solutions to create a successful campaign: Launching campaigns only on chosen placement segments to maximize performance Reaching clients at the correct stage of their purchase journey by choosing the right media and websites available in Zeropark Optimizing and controlling bids on a granular level (instead of a campaign level) - -The Results within a 7-day period: 20,870 total visits from verified users 6.55% Conversion Rates throughout the campaign 1,890 conversions (completed purchases) $96.06 average order value - - - -Optimizing ad placements and identifying ad formats that add maximum value to the brand offer were crucial to this achievement. In order to increase conversions, attract more relevant visitors, and discover which Commerce Media segments convert the best, the publisher was able to make the most of the busy shopping season! - -Zeropark can significantly elevate affiliate marketers’ campaigns by providing a robust platform for traffic acquisition and optimization. By leveraging Zero[ark’s data-driven insights and performance tracking tools, marketers can refine their strategies, maximize ROI, and achieve sustainable growth in their affiliate marketing endeavors. - -Scale your campaigns with Zeropark Commerce Media and drive performance to your operations!",1731883656,7343470052,26e0e3ba81,,,1731883656 -https://www.bluebirdbanter.com/2024/11/17/24298819/free-agent-poll-anthony-santander,https://www.bluebirdbanter.com/rss/current,Free Agent Poll: Anthony Santander,"We have used this idea for the last couple of years. The idea is to go through some of the top free agents, use the contract FanGraphs suggests they will get and have a poll asking if we would like to sign him for that amount. - -Anthony Santander is #12 on Ben Clemens’ list at FanGraphs and #16 on Keith Law’s list at the Athletic. - -Santander is a 30-year-old switch-hitting outfielder (in his career, he’s about even against lefties and righties) who has played some first base. He’s played eight seasons for the Orioles, the last three of which have been quite good. He’s hit .244/.317/.478 with 105 home runs and an 8.3 bWAR. Last year, he set a new career high in home runs at 44. - -He isn’t a great defensive outfielder, FanGraphs has him at a -2 Outs Above Average in right-field last year, which tracks with his career numbers. And he isn’t a good baserunner, -2.7 runs on the basepaths. - -But he hits home runs and that’s something the Jays could use. - -He hasn’t hit well at Rogers Centre in his career, .194/.275/.398, but that’s just 27 games. He has hit well against the Jays, .258/.325/.520 with 21 home runs in 220 plate appearances, but most of that came in Camden Yards. - -Will Santander age well? - -His strikeout rate isn’t climbing. And his walk rate has been pretty static for the last few years. He’s a big-time pull hitter (44.8% of his batted balls are pulled). A lot of his fly balls left the park last year, 17.1%. - -Keith Law says: - -Santander picked a good time to have his best year, with career bests in homers (44), walks (58), slugging (.506), and wRC+ (129). It also came with a career-worst BABIP of .225, which was in fact the lowest of any qualifying hitter in MLB last year. He swings hard and is trying to lift everything in the air, which is great when he squares it up but results in a lot of pop-ups as well — probably not enough to explain the horrendous BABIP, but enough to think his career rate of .263 is probably closer to his true talent level. - -Ben Clemens: - -That’s not to say there are no red flags. Santander is a below-average corner outfielder, and trending downward. He’s one of the slowest non-catchers in the sport already, and he’s only 30. He’s completely maxed out in terms of lifting and pulling; we’re talking about Isaac Paredes levels of pulled fly balls here. Those homers feel a little fluky, too. He only hit 25 doubles, and posted a wild HR/FB ratio that he’s unlikely to repeat. I’m not saying his offense is a house of cards, but if he’s more of a 30-homer guy next year, we’re down to a 105-110 wRC+ pretty quickly. Can Santander contribute to a great team? Obviously. I’d want him on my team, too, in plenty of circumstances. But I expect that he’ll get a bigger guarantee than Teoscar Hernández, and I want the other side of that trade every time. I like Santander, but I think that the market likes him more than I do. This ranking and contract estimate reflect that. - -Clemens figures him to get five years at $20 million a year for $100 million total. - -For me, it is a question of whether you would rather have Santander or Teoscar Hernandez. But Clemens suggests that Santander will get a five-year contract and Teoscar a three-year one. I’d rather the one with the shorter term. Santander is two years younger, which is worth something. Teoscar is an old friend, also worth something. - -Poll Should the Jays sign Anthony Santander if the price is $20 million a year for five years? Yes, absolutely - -Probably, but I’m not enthusiastic about if - -Probably not, but I wouldn’t hate it - -No, Absolutely not vote view results 31% Yes, absolutely (36 votes) - -16% Probably, but I’m not enthusiastic about if (19 votes) - -31% Probably not, but I wouldn’t hate it (36 votes) - -20% No, Absolutely not (23 votes) 114 votes total Vote Now",1731883655,d6beef1739,26302ab73a,,,1731883655 -https://www.financialsamurai.com/financial-planning-through-changing-presidencies/,https://www.financialsamurai.com/feed/,Financial Planning Through Changing Presidencies: My Journey,,1731883623,ca4212f8f5,26bbbfcabe,,,1731883623 -https://www.credible.com/blog/student-loans/taking-a-break-from-college/,https://www.credible.com/blog/student-loans/feed/,What to Know About Taking a Break From College,"The path to earning a college degree is different for each student. Many students take breaks or gap years for a variety of reasons while pursuing their postsecondary education. There’s no shame in taking a break from school, especially if you encounter obstacles in your personal life such as financial hardships or family emergencies. If you’re overwhelmed or simply unsure if college is the best pathway to your future goals, consider the many reasons why taking a break from college might be right for you. When taking a break from college makes sense Sticking with your initial academic plan — even if you feel it’s no longer the right path for you — could be a waste of time and money. Thankfully, you can always put your studies on pause, take the break you need, and re-enroll at a later time. If you’re encountering one of these situations, it may make sense to take a break from college. You have a personal or family emergency Life’s ups and downs don’t stop when you enroll in college, and unfortunately, there may be times when a personal emergency or family problem interferes with your semester. Instead of trying to power through and maintain good grades at the same time, it may be best to take a break from college. Many college advisors have helped students through similar situations, and seeking assistance from your advisor could get you the help you need without negatively affecting your college record. Your grades are slipping Even students who normally earn high marks can see their grades slip during their college career. Whether it’s from a particularly challenging class or due to difficulties in your personal life, there’s no shame in earning a poor grade. However, if your overall performance is low and all your grades are slipping, it might be best to take a short break from your classes. Consistently poor performance can lower your GPA and lead to academic probation, which could damage your academic record. Most importantly, it could cause you to lose your access to financial aid. But if your grade is only slipping in one class, that doesn’t warrant dropping out entirely. Consider making additional time to study, hiring a tutor, or speaking with your professor about other options. - -Good to know: Taking a pause can help reduce your stress and prevent you from harming your academic progress. - -You aren’t sure if college is right for you If you’re unsure if college is the right pathway for your future, you’re not alone. Taking a break not only prevents you from wasting money on courses, but also offers you time to identify your goals. During your break, you can spend time clarifying what your future goals are and if a college degree will help you reach those goals. Keep in mind that other forms of education are available if a traditional four-year program isn’t for you. Some examples include trade schools and vocational schools. You haven’t picked a major or you’re unsatisfied with your current one Many students feel pressured to choose — and stay committed to — a major right when they enter college. It’s important to remember that you don’t need to stick with your major, especially if you’re not happy with it. Taking a year off from school can be a way to collect your thoughts, consider your options, and reroute your academic path so that it leads to your desired career goals. How to take a break from college If you’re thinking about taking a break from college, follow these steps to make sure the transition from exiting one semester and returning to school at a later date is as smooth as possible. 1. Meet with a financial aid officer First, it’s critical that you speak to a financial aid officer to discuss how any break you take will impact your eligibility for financial aid. Grants and other forms of aid may be withdrawn if you’re inactive for a period of time; some loans may require you to begin repaying them if you’re not currently enrolled. Discuss your thoughts with the financial aid officer to determine how your financial aid package will be affected. 2. Talk to your college advisor After speaking with a financial aid advisor, you should also speak with your college advisor. Even if it’s your first time interacting with them since you first enrolled, they’ll still be able to help you assess your current situation and decide if taking a break is the right decision. If you’ve already decided to take a break, they’ll help ensure that you’re able to re-enroll when you’re ready and continue pursuing your academic goals. 3. File a withdrawal or leave of absence Most colleges and universities allow students to take a leave of absence or withdrawal from their school during their program of study. For example, some leaves of absence are designed for students who plan on returning to school within one year, while some withdrawals are designed for students who plan on leaving school without intending to return. A leave of absence will typically retain your position as an active student until it expires, while withdrawing may require you to reapply if you wish to return. You should discuss these options with your advisor, then fill out and file the appropriate form prior to taking your break. 4. Research student loan repayment options Depending on the length of your break, you may need to begin paying back your student loans. It’s important to research your options and understand what you’re financially responsible for prior to your break. You could also discuss your situation with your lender and ask what repayment options are available for students pausing their education. 5. Find creative ways to continue earning credits Although you’ll likely need to complete the majority of your degree’s credits through a college or university, you can find creative ways to continue earning credits while taking a break from college. For example, the College-Level Examination Program offers 34 exams, each with three or more credits. And the American Council on Education can help your training from a workplace or military translate into acceptable college credits. Taking a break from college can help you focus on your personal life without completely disrupting your degree progress. Many universities allow students to carry over their completed credits for a number of years, even from different programs or schools. This can give you some peace of mind and flexibility to finish pursuing your degree when you’re ready. If you decide to return to college later on and are looking for ways to pay for tuition and other costs, you have options. Credible is here to help you find the additional funding that you need to continue your college career. You can compare private student loan rates from our partner lenders and discover how you can affordably finance your education. Check Out: 8 Student Loans for Part-time Learners",1731883674,4eb16f9c1e,26d3bfdb88,,,1731883674 -https://mmafutures.com/mma-card/,https://www.mmafutures.com/feed/,The Thrill of the Hunt: MMA Card Collecting in the Combat Sports World,"Trading cards have been an enduring passion in the sports community, and over recent years, the MMA world has become a vibrant part of that tradition. The popularity of trading cards continues to grow, especially with the surge of apps like Whatnot, where collectors buy, sell, and showcase their collections in real time. Enthusiasts from every corner of the world have found in MMA cards not only a connection to the sport but also a chance to collect and trade pieces of history as this relatively young sport makes its mark on a global stage. - -The Business of MMA Card Collecting - -Card collecting is a serious business, with companies like Topps and Panini leading the charge in bringing MMA fighters into the hands of fans and collectors. Over the years, both companies have secured the rights to produce official UFC cards, and each release brings something new for the community to get excited about. From exclusive inserts to limited-edition autographs, these cards are highly sought after and sometimes even serve as investments. - -Topps’ newest release, UFC Knockout, has been a hit among collectors. It features dynamic artwork, high-quality card stock, and a wide variety of fighter cards, making each box a thrilling experience. Panini, too, has seen success with its Prizm and Select series, known for their vibrant visuals and exclusive chase cards. Collectors are captivated by these rare pulls, especially when it comes to cards featuring up-and-coming fighters or fan favorites. - -Why Card Collecting Resonates with MMA Fans - -The passion for MMA trading cards goes beyond the thrill of opening a fresh pack or finding a rare card. For fans, each card is a piece of the fighter’s journey and a testament to their legacy. MMA fighters have unique personalities and compelling stories, which makes each card feel like a snapshot of that athlete’s career. Fans who follow fighters from their early days can watch their favorite prospects evolve through the years, with each card representing a specific moment in time. - -Cards like rookie cards are prized possessions in the collection, symbolizing the fighter’s early career stage, often before they achieve mainstream recognition. The collector community adds another layer of excitement: card enthusiasts eagerly discuss fighter prospects, the potential value of a rare card, and trends in the card market on platforms like Whatnot. For some, it’s an avenue for investment; for others, it’s all about the emotional connection to their favorite fighters and the memories that each card represents. - -Beyond Collecting: The Role of Technology in Card Trading - -Technology has transformed the card-collecting experience. Apps like Whatnot have added a new dimension, allowing fans to stream live card reveals and interact with fellow collectors. Collectors can not only showcase their latest pulls but also trade or sell cards in a community-focused environment, where every transaction and conversation adds to the shared excitement. - -Beyond the community of collectors, trading cards introduce new fans to the sport. Many start by following fighters through their cards, getting to know names, faces, and stats before diving into watching events. In this way, card collecting serves as a bridge, bringing in fresh fans and connecting them to the personalities and athleticism that make MMA so compelling. - -Looking Forward: The Future of MMA Card Collecting - -With the MMA world expanding rapidly, the future of card collecting looks promising. As new fighters emerge and global audiences grow, there will undoubtedly be increased demand for unique, high-quality cards. For collectors, this means more opportunities to expand their collections with new series, exclusive releases, and collaborations between top card companies and MMA organizations. With digital innovation and the community-driven enthusiasm behind apps like Whatnot, the future is bright for MMA card collectors, who will continue to find joy and excitement in every new release. - -Whether you’re a seasoned collector or new to the world of MMA cards, there’s no denying the thrill that comes with each pack, each rare find, and each piece of MMA history. Collecting is more than a hobby; it’s a way to be a part of the sport’s journey. - -Share this: Facebook - -X - - - -Like this: Like Loading...",1731883655,d56c5932b6,26b1279655,,,1731883655 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/apex-legends-is-revisiting-the-past-but-it-should-be-prouder-of-its-present,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,"Apex Legends is revisiting the past, but it should be prouder of its present","Nostalgia, when you think about it, is bollocks. There has never been a better time than right this second – averaged out, and despite repeated attempts to the contrary, humanity has never been healthier, freer, or more enlightened by knowledge. It’s true of games too. For every by-committee platter of passionless map markers, there are thousands of more personal, more creative, more interesting works, all adding to the decades' worth of great stuff we can still play today. - -What isn’t bollocks is the emotional pull that nostalgia, for all its lack of cold, hard reason, still manages to wield inside our warm, squishy brains. Hence, the centrepiece of Apex Legends’ Season 23 update is a mode that recreates the battle royale FPS as it was back in 2019, defaulting back to the original map and weapon arsenal while cutting the 26-strong legend roster to the earliest ten. It’s a Fortnite-style rolling back of the clock, and a passably enjoyable one, but also a reminder that the good old days weren’t always that good. - -For one thing, and despite the mode’s Launch Royale naming, even Respawn haven’t had the heart to revive Apex exactly as it was on release day. Some post-launch balance and QoL changes remain; there are, for example, none of the infamously blinding muzzle flash effects that spoiled many an early teamfight. The first two seasonal character additions, Octane and Wattson, have snuck into the playable cast as well. It’s an upgraded and idealised version of the past, the gaming equivalent of a honeymoon photo with all the background strangers Photoshopped out. That’s not a problem in itself – novelty shooter modes don’t need to provide accurate historical accounts – but what good is nostalgia if you’re still compelled to airbrush the memories? - -It's not like I'm immune to its charms. As a lapsed Wraith player, tired of the change to her phase shift ability that added a wind-up time of approximately six months, popping the original instant-activation version is an almost illicit thrill. And there is something pure about the OG King’s Canyon map, from before a series of legend-themed regional makeovers turned it into a murdery Alton Towers. Still, there’s plenty here that frankly deserved a later banishing. Lifeline’s revive shield? Wildly overtuned. Mirage’s original ultimate? Largely useless. The return of long-patched ""movement tech"", like bunnyhopping, will please the kind of people who hotdrop Skulltown then act surprised about dying there, but ultimately these involve literally exploiting unintended physics quirks to circumvent deliberate balancing limitations. In other words, fuck ‘em. Leave them in the past, where they belong. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/EA - -If anything, a few rounds of Launch Royale serves to highlight how much good work has gone into Apex over the years. Dynamic, tactically rich legends like Loba, Valkyrie, and Horizon; punchy, satisfying armaments like the Charge Rifle and Bocek bow; gorgeous, intricate maps like Olympus and Storm Point. And that’s just the big stuff. Season 20 did an especially fine job of tweaking minutiae like legend skills and armour mechanics to encourage braver, bolder styles of battling royally, and that was less than a year ago. - -Maybe not every change has been for the better. A rollback mode could very easily attract those who’ve felt frustration with Apex’s occasional balance missteps, expensive cosmetic sales, the recent battle pass debacle, and maybe even last week’s abandoning of Steam Deck support. I’ve certainly felt the whiplash of writing about its mistakes as often as its successes, and 2019 was, at the very least, a simpler time. Weighed against five years’ worth of expansion and refinement, though? All those fun new additions, with fights decided by who’s better rather than who was lucky enough to land on a level four shield? Soon enough, the basicness of Launch Royale makes it feel less like an escape from the current state of play and more like an argument in its favour. - -In that sense, it isn’t actually very effective as nostalgia bait. Yet Respawn were so eager for you to huff the fumes of a bygone golden age that for several days, Launch Royale was the only way of playing full Apex matches in unranked mode, fully replacing the usual BR queue. It's an optional mode as of this morning, but is still being marketed as Season 23's focal point - meaning that to try out the update's genuinely new material, including a complete rework of Lifeline’s ability kit, you’ll have to actively avoid the headline attraction. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/EA - -I don’t need to spell out why this is madness. I also don’t need to look at the obscene player counts Fortnite pulled when it had its own Chapter 1 rerun, nor the hype around Call of Duty: Warzone resurrecting its original Verdansk map next year, and wonder aloud why Apex Legends might be trying something similar. - -I just don’t think it needs to? The most entertaining qualities of Launch Royale are timeless ones that still fuel Apex today: slick movement, tight gunfights, best-in-class readability and player communication. Add in heaps more thoughtfully designed legends, guns, and maps, and you’ve got a battle royale that’s as compelling as anything out there. Better to see this develop further than for it to be chopped up and stripped back, especially in service to a force as nebulous as nostalgia.",1731883655,ad45c610da,270525217e,,,1731883655 -https://www.fodors.com/news/news/the-election-is-negatively-impacting-travel-plans-according-to-a-new-survey,https://www.fodors.com/feed,"The Election Is Negatively Impacting Travel Plans, According to a New Survey","Anxious Americans are planning to avoid travel. - -There are six days left until the U.S. elections. Many Americans are anxious about potential tensions. Government workers are facing threats, and intelligence agencies have warned of possible disruptions from domestic extremists. - -While Election Day is November 5, it may take several days for the results to be announced, and this long, uncertain stretch of a polarizing election is making travelers apprehensive about leaving home during this period. - -A survey conducted by the travel website Vacationer revealed that more than 64% of Americans plan to avoid travel to certain cities due to concerns about riots and protests. Interestingly, the survey also asked whether Americans would prefer to sit next to Vice President Kamala Harris or former President Donald Trump on a long flight–55% chose Harris. - -As the elections approach, travelers may notice increased security at airports. Jeffrey Price from the aviation security consultancy Leading Edge Strategies told NBC News that the TSA remains vigilant in this heightened threat environment. “We prepare for all contingencies and employ multiple layers of security that are both visible and hidden,” he stated. - -Continue Reading Article After Our Video Recommended Fodor’s Video - -There is considerable uncertainty about the aftermath of the elections, especially following the January 6, 2021, U.S. Capitol attack. Additionally, there is growing concern about the economy as travel costs and inflation continue to be on the minds of travelers. A change in government could further impact these issues. Moreover, federal funding for the government is set to expire on December 20, just days before the Christmas holidays and immediately after a new president is elected. If Congress fails to act by then, a government shutdown may hit before the end of the year. - -In the Vacationer survey, slightly more Americans expressed that Kamala Harris’ presidency might lead to better consumer travel protection laws. However, a larger number believe that Donald Trump’s reelection could lower travel costs. - -Despite these concerns, holiday travel trends appear positive. - -United Airlines CEO Ed Bastian told CNBC that the airline anticipates a slowdown around the elections, as consumers tend to refrain from making purchases—whether for homes or flight tickets—during uncertain times. However, he believes this is just a temporary pause, as people generally prefer to be home. “The holiday period is really strong, and we think we will push through,” he said. - -Airbnb has also reported an upward trend in holiday travel, with over a 25% increase in international searches during Christmas and New Year’s. Families are opting for homes outside of cities for their holiday stays. - -Last year, airlines and the Transportation Security Administration predicted record-breaking holiday travel, and this summer, passenger volumes passing through the TSA have surged. In fact, the top 10 busiest days in TSA history were recorded in 2024. - -Throughout this year, passenger screenings have consistently exceeded 2023 numbers, and this trend is expected to continue as the country enters its busiest travel season.",1731883675,ed13a32224,270ec5d0f6,,,1731883675 -https://www.npr.org/2023/05/03/1173799326/influencer-industry-content-creators-career,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"The economics of the influencer industry, and its pitfalls : Planet Money","The economics of the influencer industry, and its pitfalls - -Enlarge this image Kaz Fantone/NPR Kaz Fantone/NPR - -When you were little, what did you want to be when you grew up? An astronaut, a doctor or maybe a famous athlete? Today one of the most popular responses to that question is influencer – content creators who grow their following on Tik Tok, Instagram and YouTube and monetize that content to make it their full-time job. - -In a lot of ways influencing can seem like the dream job - the filters, the followers, the free stuff. But on the internet, rarely is anything as it appears. From hate comments and sneaky contracts to prejudice and discrimination, influencers face a number of hurdles in their chosen careers. - -Sponsor Message - -This week we're bringing you two stories from our daily show The Indicator on the promise and perils of the multi-billion dollar influencer industry. - -This episode was produced by Corey Bridges and Janet Woojeong Lee. It was engineered by Robert Rodriguez and Katherine Silva. It was fact-checked by Sierra Juarez and Dylan Sloan. Emily Kinslow was the podcast coordinator for this series. Viet Le is The Indicator's senior producer. Kate Concannon edits the show. Our acting executive producer is Jess Jiang. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: ""Super-Fi,"" ""Slick City Chic,"" and ""Floating.""",1731884638,8181d7a585,27112e9a96,,,1731884638 -https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-home-and-office-gifts/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,The best productivity presents for home and office in 2024,"Share - - - - - - - -We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more › - -Brandt Ranj / Popular Science - -The line between home and office has never been blurrier, so getting someone you love a gift that helps them cut down on their list of chores, improve their productivity, or help them relax has become incredibly thoughtful. This can mean gifting something practical, like a more comfortable office chair or an extravagantly large 4K TV. Many of these gifts are appropriate for both homeowners and renters, too. If you live with the person you’re gifting these home upgrades to, you also benefit, which is a nice holiday bonus. - -One of the keys to a happy home during the holidays (or any other time) is a smart home, and a smart home needs a fast, consistent connection to the Internet. Eero’s latest Wi-Fi routers support the latest wireless standard (Wi-Fi 6E), supporting speeds of up to 2.3 Gbps. For reference, Netflix recommends just 15Mbps to stream video in 4K, which is only .006% of the routers’ total potential bandwidth. If you’re shopping for someone who pays for a fast internet connection but finds their devices don’t get the speeds promised—or they have places in their home where their wireless connection is spotty—this is the optimal solution. Amazon says this two-pack of Eero routers can cover an area of up to 4,000 sq. ft., which should be enough for most homes, and it can be connected to over 100 devices without slowing down. - -Every home or office needs an all-in-one printer for when a document needs to be scanned, printed, or copied. This may only happen a handful of times a year (unless the printer is living in a house with school-age kids), but you’re guaranteed to get a “THANK YOU!” text each time it does. We like Canon’s G3270 because it uses ink tanks rather than in cartridges. Canon says you should be able to print roughly 6,000 black and white and 7,700 color pages without having to refill them. - -If the person you gift this to prints 100 pages of each per month, this means they won’t have to buy new ink for several years. Households with kids—or folks who like to craft—will have to change them more frequently. In our experience, the G3270 had no problem printing text and photos without blotches or smudging, even during long jobs. The fact that this printer is wireless is especially appreciated because they won’t have to keep plugging and unplugging it into a computer. - -The downside to laptops getting thinner and lighter is the loss of ports, which makes it annoying to connect accessories to them. If you (or someone you know) is always carrying around a bunch of adapters, you can simplify their life significantly by gifting them Baseus’ 17-in-1 Dock. This tool is equipped with three USB-A ports, two USB-C ports, a micro SD card slot, full-sized SD card slot, and headphone jack on its front side. Around the back you’ll find two USB-A ports, two HDMI ports, one DisplayPort, a VGA port, an Ethernet jack, a USB-C port, and power plug. - -The most surprising part of Baseus’ hub is that it’s very portable in spite of its fully array of ports. Having such a robust dock opens up a lot of possibilities, including connecting a computer to three monitors simultaneously, plugging in a bunch of external hard drives, hardwiring it to a network instead of relying on Wi-Fi, and many more. The hub can even recharge their laptop while connected, which is an excellent bonus. - -Best multiport charger: Anker Prime Charger - -No home office is complete without a way to charge laptops, tablets, portable game consoles, and other gadgets simultaneously to make sure they’re always topped up and ready to go. Anker’s Prime Charger can output an astounding 250 Watts of power spread across four USB-C ports and two USB-A ports. A screen on the front of the charger shows how much energy is being drawn per port and overall, and you can even monitor this information on your phone through an app. In spite of its power, the Prime Charger is relatively portable, so travelers looking to cut down on power adapters can keep it in their bag during trips. It may seem like overkill, but whoever you gift this to will never have to worry about a dead laptop battery ever again. - -Nobody thinks about ergonomics until their body starts hurting, so this gift serves two purposes. AmazonCommercial’s Ergonomic High-Back Bonded Leather Executive Chair is so comfortable that we can recommend it to anybody who works at home. The chair has ample padding, height-adjustable arms, and a satisfying swivel. We recommend gifting a high-back chair, which cradles the back, shoulders, and neck to address multiple potential pain points. This is a type of gift nobody thinks about getting for themselves. - -Best mouse: Logitech MX Master 3S - -Logitech’s MX Master 3S is the tech accessory office workers don’t know they need. The Bluetooth mouse is shaped so an entire hand can fit on top of it, with a dedicated thumb resting on its left side. The MX Master 3S’ ergonomic design makes it much more comfortable to use over long periods. Additional buttons on the side and top of the mouse give users quick access to different apps or system functions, which can save the person you gift it to several minutes every day. One of this mouse’s coolest features is the ability to pair it with up to three devices, so your friend or family member can use it with their work and personal computer. Nobody thinks about the computer mouse they use, but once you gift someone the Logitech MX Master 3S, they’ll never return to a generic wired one. - -If you’re already gifting someone an ergonomic mouse, pairing it with a mechanical keyboard makes sense. Logitech’s newly released Wave Keys is one of the best we’ve ever tested. It can connect to a PC or Mac wirelessly over Bluetooth, or with a USB-C cable, so it’s great if you’re shopping for someone who works on MacOS and Windows. The sensation of typing on an ergonomic keyboard after years of using the slim ones built into laptops is revelatory. The built-in palm rest will keep their wrists elevated, while the sloped keys are more satisfying to depress. Comfort is key when typing all day, and the person you gift this keyboard to will wonder how they ever got along without it. - -If you want to gift surface area to someone with limited space, Flexispot’s Electric Standing Desk with Drawers can help them stay elevated and organized. Its 55-inch work surface is more than sufficient for multiple monitors and plenty of tech accessories. This desk has four memory modes, which will allow the person you gift it to preset their optimal sitting and standing heights. A pair of USB-A ports on the front of the desk offer a convenient way to charge devices, while the drawer can help them get paperwork and other supplies off their desktop. - -Let’s not beat around the bush here: Apple’s AirPods Pro 2 are arguably the hottest holiday gift this season. Apple’s latest earbuds sound better, last longer, and cancel out more noise than the pair they replace while keeping the same iconic look, feel, and shape. Active noise cancellation is the biggest feature for office workers, as it’ll allow them to concentrate on work instead of being distracted by the sound of typing keys, swiveling chairs, or idle conversation. One of the most underrated features of the AirPods Pro 2 is the microphones, which are surprisingly good at picking up a speaker’s voice without much room noise. At their price, you won’t find a more well-rounded, fully-featured pair of earbuds than the AirPods Pro 2. Apple recently updated its earbuds with a USB-C charging case, which is helpful so your giftee won’t have to use a proprietary charging cord. Want to save a little money but still get a lot of great features? We also are into the AirPods 4. - -Need a gift for an audiophile who listens to music in their home office and continues their play session hours after logging off? Maybe someone you know is setting up a starter home studio but also games? Get them beyerdynamic’s DT 700 Pro X over-ear headphones, which come from the makers of our overall best mixing headphones. What separates the DT 700 Pro X apart from the pack is the extremely soft ear cushions, which make the headphones extremely comfortable to wear while simultaneously isolating a listener’s ears from unwanted outside sounds without any tonality-altering circuitry. Additionally, the headphones clamping force (how much pressure the headphones push against a listener’s head to keep them on) was also calibrated to optimize comfort without sacrificing performance. The headphones also sound excellent, with deep bass, wide midrange, and clear-but-not-crispy treble that lets you identify stray frequencies in the mix or threats in the game. And, as we said earlier, anyone who loves listening to music at home will really like these headphones. - -Best noise-cancelling headphones: Bose QuietComfort Ultra Bluetooth Headphones - -Blocking out distractions is one of the most effective ways to put yourself in a productive mode—especially in a crowded office—and Bose’s QuietComfort Ultra Bluetooth Headphones are the best tools for that job. These are the best noise-cancelling headphones we’ve tested. They’re light, comfortable, and block out all ambient noise when listening to music even at a low volume level. Softer sounds like footsteps and typing on a keyboard will be eliminated first, then people’s voices, followed by loud noises like doors being closed. Having an immersive work environment all to yourself can help put you in the zone, and the active noise cancellation mode on the QuietComfort Ultras allows you to create one anytime, anywhere. This is especially help when you’re trying to get work in more challenging environments, like a coffee shop, train, or plane. It doesn’t hurt that the QuietComfort Ultras also sound fantastic, with plenty of bass, smooth mids, and sharp but not painful treble. If you’re shopping for someone who gets distracted by people at work or sounds outside, this is the home office upgrade you need to gift. And the Bose QuietComfort Ultra wireless earbuds have saved our sanity on many long flights. - -If you know someone who’s been thinking about making their home smarter but doesn’t know where to start, get them Sonos Era 100. Sonos’ latest smart speaker looks modern, has a surprisingly good multi-driver audio system, and will immediately become the hub of their smart home. The speaker can be used with Sonos’ built-in smart home assistant or Amazon’s Alexa. Both of these assistants can be used to control the speaker hands-free. We were enormously impressed by the Era 100 during our tests, and we encourage you to read our full review for more information. If the person you’re shopping for cares about multichannel audio, stepping up to Sonos’ Dolby Atmos-compatible Era 300 is a great idea. And if they’re going to spend time outdoors, the Move 2 is fabulous. Honestly, we’re just really into Sonos speakers. - -Smart lights are the first smart home accessory we recommend gifting people if they already have a smart speaker, and GE’s Cync Smart Hexagon Panels are a lot cooler than a typical smart light bulb. These panels can be attached to one another in any number of configurations, creating a unique art piece. Each hexagon can be adjusted to one of several million colors. You can even have multiple colors on a single hexagon and blend them together. These smart lights would look great anywhere and may also become a part of your friend or family’s holiday decorations, accenting other pieces they typically put up. - -An external display will give your friend or family member a lot more digital space to work with, which can help improve their productivity or ability to multitask. There are a lot of monitors out there, but Dell’s S2722QC checks all the right boxes. The 27-inch 4K screen can display 1.07 billion colors and has HDMI, DisplayPort, and USB-C inputs so that you can connect it to any machine. The USB-C port should be of particular interest if you’re shopping for a MacBook owner since it’ll allow the display to charge their laptop while it’s connected. The S2722QC’s speakers aren’t anything to write home about, but they’re helpful in a pinch, especially if you’re gifting the monitor to someone who likes to keep their laptop lid closed while working. It’s a little more luxe than most monitors on the market, but the S2722QC is the one to get this holiday season. - -Simple problems don’t have to get spartan solutions. Portland, Ore.-based design and fabrication shop Grovemade initially broke into the e-commerce ecosystem with engraved bamboo iPhone 4 cases and has been crafting an expanded range of workspace products ever since. A decade-plus later and the Grovemade Desk Shelf system, available in three sizes and multiple woods/finishes, is yet another product that shows how efficiency and ergonomics can be elegant. It’s a sleek platform to help align your virtual world with your real one, and it comes with shelf space that can store cords and keyboards or additional Grovemade trays, desk pads, and accessories you can add to your cocoon of productivity. Got some flagship headphones that deserve to be showcased? The Grovemade headphone stand is another statement piece that is as appealing as it is functional. - -Webcams have become an essential home office accessory, and OBSBOT’s Tiny 2 PTZ 4K Webcam is among the best we’ve tried. The camera can stream or record incredibly crisp video, and will automatically compensate for poor lighting conditions to help the person you gift it to look their best. What makes the Tiny 2 PTZ 4K Webcam particularly distinctive is its rotating base, which allows the lens to track a person as they move up, down, left, or right. Free software provided by OBSBOT allows you to position the webcam perfectly and lock it in place, too. If you’re shopping for someone on a video call more than three times a week, this is a slam-dunk gift. - -Sharing memories with less tech-savvy family members can be tough if you only see them a few times a year, which is why Aura’s Carver Wi-Fi Digital Picture Frame makes such a great gift. The 10.1-inch HD display can be loaded with photos remotely, so the person viewing them can keep up with your latest adventures. Multiple people can access the same frame so that siblings can share all of their family photos with parents or grandparents at once. Aura doesn’t charge for cloud storage either, so this picture frame will continue to show new pictures as long as it stays connected to the internet. - -Know someone who would want to automate some ambiance to elevate an environment? With the twinkly Squares, you can change the mood without changing location. These LED panels support 16 million colors and/or warm white light, and you can group them through an app for synced scenes of animated hues or 8-bit art. Bluetooth and Wi-Fi allow you to connect and control ON/OFF, dimming, timers, etc. Additional accessories like a USB sound sensor allow you to have your setup pulse and cycle to music. Other functions include integrating with Razer Chroma RGB or OMEN Light Studio for reactive lighting, and using voice commands via Amazon Alexa, Google Assistant, and Apple HomeKit. This starter set includes one master tile and five extension tiles (64 RGB pixels total), and someone can add as many as their wall and imagination allow. - -Nothing says “happy holidays” quite like gifting someone a massive 4K TV, and if you go with a big screen, it should be Hisense’s U8N. The television is available in sizes ranging from 55 to 85 inches, but we recommend the 65-inch version as a nice sweet spot. The U8N is the perfect TV for every type of person. Gamers and sports fans will appreciate its 144Hz refresh rate, which makes video (virtual and live games) look incredibly smooth. Gamers can use two of the U8N’s HDMI ports that support this, so a current-generation console and PC can be hooked up simultaneously. It’s equally great for older family members, as well. - -TV show and movie lovers will immediately notice the vividness of its colors thanks to its support of many HDR formats, which makes colors pop without being overly saturated. If the person you’re gifting this TV to has a room with a lot of natural light, the U8N’s 3000-nit peak brightness ensures whatever they’re watching or playing will still be perfectly visible. Hisense built this TV with a respectable integrated multi-speaker audio system capable of decoding Dolby Atmos surround sound. If you’re shopping for someone who hasn’t made the leap to 4K or complains that their set is on the fritz, we can’t think of a better gift. And if you’re gifting it to someone you live with, you can enjoy this TV as much as they do. - -Need a gift for the person who’s already satisfied with their TV (or monitor)? The best answer is a soundbar, specifically Klipsch’s Flexus CORE 200. The soundbar made the cut in our guide to the best wireless surround sound systems—specifically when it’s paired with the Sub 100 and Surr 100 speakers—but it sounds great on its own, too. The Flexus CORE 200 is a 3.1.2 soundbar, which means it has three front-firing drivers, two upward-firing drivers, and a subwoofer. In our tests, it pumps out enough bass that you may not need a standalone subwoofer. Dialogue sounds clear, even when there’s a lot of action happening on screen, and the upward-firing drivers do provide some surround sound when watching a TV show or movie with a 5.1 mix. Klipsch nailed the audio and industrial design of this soundbar, and it’s the ideal complement to any big-screen TV. - -If a less tech-savvy member of your friend or family group is trying to get into streaming the latest binge-worthy shows and blockbuster movies, there’s no better gift than a Roku Streaming Stick 4K. The ultra-slim media streamer is intuitive and has a simple remote plus dedicated buttons to take users directly to the most popular streaming services. The Streaming Stick 4K can playback video at its highest possible resolution, and supports every HDR (high dynamic range) standard to deliver vibrant colors. We can also recommend this accessory for people who often travel, as it’s easy to throw into a bag and hook up to a hotel or Airbnb TV, so you’re already logged into all of your streaming service accounts wherever you go. - -Twelve South’s PowerPic is the most inventive wireless charger we’ve seen yet, and its unique design makes it an especially cool gift. The 10W wireless charging stand is built into a picture frame, allowing you to slip any 5×7-inch photo behind your phone’s resting spot. The picture will be revealed when the phone is not charging, so the PowerPic serves a dual purpose. If you know the person you’re gifting this to well enough, you can stealthily open the package, put in a meaningful picture, reseal it, then watch their face light up when it’s revealed. - -Satechi Dock5 is a practical gift for anyone with several family members or roommates. The accessory has two USB-A ports and two USB-C ports, with dividers between each port so several gadgets can charge without looking messy. A Qi wireless charging pad toward the front of the Dock5 can recharge a pair of wireless earbuds or another small tech accessory. We all have someone in our lives with a messy, cable-filled section of their kitchen or living room, and this gift can resolve that issue. - -Quartet’s Glass Whiteboard is an unexpected gift that fully remote workers and students will immediately understand and appreciate. The large canvas is perfect for sketching ideas, collaborating on tough problems, or something as simple as a hand-drawn calendar. Most of us are used to having all this information on a screen. Still, something is satisfying about being able to directly write, slash, and erase your work immediately rather than fiddling with a mouse cursor or stylus. Plus, Quartet’s Glass Whiteboard looks so nice that it practically invites people to use it right out of the box. - -Best smart lock: Schlage Encode Century Wi-Fi Latitude Lever - -If you’re shopping for someone who wants to expand their smart home beyond lighting accessories, the best gift to give is Schlage’s Encode Century Wi-Fi Door Lock. This model topped our guide to the best keypad door locks because it was easy to install and use. It can be used to replace any lever-style door lock, and only requires a screwdriver for installation. We like the Encode Century Wi-Fi Door Lock because it can be opened in three ways: With an included key, using a programmed code, or via an app available on iOS and Android. The app allows you to lock and unlock the door remotely and double-check that the door has been locked after you’ve left the house. You can create custom passcodes for trusted people, and get alerts on your phone each time the door has been locked or unlocked. This is a practical home gift that’ll help improve your friend or family member’s peace of mind. - -It can be difficult to get work done in an environment that’s too hot or cold, so if you need a smart home gift for someone who complains about the stuffiness of their home office, we’ve got the perfect gift. Google’s fourth-generation Nest Thermostat will allow them to control the temperature of their home from the comfort of their smartphone. The thermostat can also “learn” their routine by making note of when they make temperature adjustments, and begin making them automatically. The benefit of setting the Nest Thermostat on autopilot is it can heat or cool a home more efficiently by only starting your HVAC system when someone is currently home or typically around. This can actually help lower the utility bill in some cases. Google bundles this generation of Nest Thermostat with a battery-powered wireless temperature sensor, which can be placed in rooms that typically get warmer or cooler than the rest of your home. The Nest Thermostat will work to ensure that part of the home gets to the appropriate temperature, too. - -We’ve never seen anything quite like the Vestaboard, which perfectly typifies the concept of ambient computing. The internet-connected smart board contains 132 “bits,” which flip to reveal different characters or colors. You can send messages to the Vestaboard through the company’s app, which is intuitive to use and comes pre-loaded with a few quotes and color patterns to show you its potential. A paid service called Vestaboard+ allows you to use applications to automate the board in even more creative ways, like displaying the current song you’re listening to through a streaming service, current sports scores, or playing a word game. - -This is the ideal indulgent gift for someone who spends a lot of time in their home office or wants a fancy family bulletin board in their living room. Vestaboard owners can grant other people access to their board, allowing friends and family to send messages. The Vestaboard is a unique canvas for people to display meaningful quotes, words of encouragement, or mini works of art. We guarantee the person you gift it to won’t have seen anything like it. - -Growing an herb garden without outdoor space can feel intimidating, but AeroGarden’s Harvest Elite takes all the guesswork out of it. The indoor garden allows you to grow six plants at a time from pre-made pods, which fit into slots built into the Harvest Elite. This gadget feeds the plants automatically by drawing water from its built-in reservoir on a set schedule. Aerogarden provides liquid plant food, which is added to the water reservoir each time it’s refilled. A 20 Watt light array above the herbs provides them with ample light even on the darkest days, and turns on and off on a fit schedule. The Harvest Elite is guaranteed to grow greens as long as fresh water is added to the reservoir every few days, which makes it a great gift for both foodies and aspiring plant parents. - -Have a backyard or balcony and an interest in growing greens? Another option is the Lettuce Grow Farmstand starter set. This vertical hydroponic growing system starts with 12 pre-sprouted plants in a tower just under 4-feet tall, but can be customized to your space and budget. It only takes minutes each week to add the water and nutrients necessary and, within a month, you’re enjoying pesticide-free veggies, leafy greens, herbs, fruits, and lettuce. - -The fire licks out above the rim, but it barely smokes. See It - -If you’re shopping for someone who’s into backyard glamping, Solo Stove’s Bonfire 2.0 is the fire pit we recommend. It was designed to be “smokeless,” meaning a continuous flow of air, and an intelligently placed ash pan prevents tons of smoke from billowing out of it constantly. There’ll still be some smoke, but not enough to make your eyes water, which means campers can sit closer to it (but not too close) to enjoy its warmth. Solo Stove addressed our one complaint with the original Bonfire by making this model’s ashtray easily removable, which makes cleanup a breeze. - -Yes, we recommend you get someone in your life a trash can, but hear us out. Brabantia’s Bo Touch has a modern design that’s surprisingly eye-catching in person. Everybody needs a trash can, so why not gift them one they won’t mind looking at several times a day for decades? We also like the Bo Touch’s namesake feature: the ability to open and close its lid by lightly pressing it. Brabantia offers the Bo Touch in a handful of configurations, but the one we recommend has a single 9.5-gallon slot for trash. The person you gift this to may be confused initially, but they’ll quickly change their tune. - -We’ve all used a phone flashlight to navigate around the house, which is why we’re certain about gifting SnapPower’s GuideLight to just about anybody in your life. The plate attaches to any duplex outlet and has a couple of small, downward-facing LEDs, which get triggered every time somebody walks by. All you need to install the GuideLight is a screwdriver; no previous electrical engineering experience is required. There’s not much to say about the GuideLight, but it’s an incredibly practical tool that’ll fit in anybody’s home. - -Best laptop stand: Satechi Dual Vertical Aluminum Stand - -Hybrid workers know the pain of having swap between laptops when connecting their personal and work machine to a monitor or other accessories. You can alleviate this inconvenience by gifting them Satechi’s Dual Vertical Aluminum stand, which can hold them both simultaneously. The stand was designed to elevate one laptop (or tablet) above the other, so each one is easy to grab. A layer of rubber covers each tier of the stand to prevent scratches, while the exposed sides make it easy to slip devices in and out or to connect a power cable. This simple-seeming gift will earn a place on your giftee’s work desk for years to come and get used every day. - -An LED desk lamp is an essential accessory for anyone who works from home. It’s especially helpful as a source of illumination when making video calls. The Edge 2.0 is Lume Cube’s latest desk lamp; it has several points of articulation, which allows you to get the perfect angle below or beside a computer monitor. Its touch-sensitive base makes it easy to adjust the lamp’s illumination (up to 700 lumens) and color temperature (between 2700 and 7500 kelvin with a single swipe. Ease of use, flexibility, and design make this the perfect addition to anybody’s home office setup. - -Ever feel like you’re just shuffling your feet, waiting for people to get back to you or for everyone to join a video conference? Feel like you’re just spinning your wheels, waiting for tech support to figure out what’s wrong with your laptop? Well, you—or your gift recipient—can turn purgatory (or any other time) into a type of productivity with one of the many compact Cubii under-desk elliptical systems. Aimed to help folks “get fit while you sit,” the low-impact apparatus turns fidgeting into function as you activate multiple muscle groups at the pedaling intensity you prefer, thanks to six selectable resistance levels. Whisper-quiet, the MOVE can live underneath your desk for daily use without distracting others but, at under 20 lbs, can also be easily moved if needed. - -Narwal’s Freo Robot Vacuum and Mop can do two annoying chores and does a surprisingly good job making your floors look neat. The vacuum’s sensors allow it to clean around obstacles like chairs, shoes, and walls without bumping into them and will prevent the Freo from falling down a flight of stairs. Additional sensors will know when the robot vacuum has hit a particularly dirty flooring patch and focus its energy there. A feature called “smart swing” will position the vacuum to to better clean around corners. - -Once the Freo is done cleaning, it will base to charge and empty its dirt and dirty water into two chambers built into its base. The Freo Narwal can be set on a schedule to clean when your friend or family member is out of the house, so they won’t have to hear the whirring sound of a vacuum ever again. Ultimately, this is one of the few smart home tools that will truly save your friend or family member time. - -If you’re shopping for someone who’s really into health and hydration or really misses the office experience of gathering around the water cooler to talk about the latest must-see TV, you can’t go wrong gifting them The Well. This countertop water purifier runs the water in its tank through several filter, and can imbue it with minerals and flavors for a little extra kick. Touch-sensitive buttons on its front side make it easy to get pure water with a single press. Lang says its water purifier’s filters last about two years (this will vary based on how much water your giftee drinks). This is a gift home office workers won’t expect, but will immediately appreciate. - -Do you know a bathroom karaoke superstar? Or someone who likes to start their day catching up on podcasts? No gift will make them happier than Kohler’s Moxie Bluetooth Showerhead. Installing it requires you just twist off your old showerhead and spin on the new one, a process that takes two minutes. A waterproof Bluetooth speaker sits in the center of the shower head, pumping out tunes or talk for several hours before needing to be recharged. The speaker was developed by Harman Kardon and sounds pretty good. Importantly, it’s easy to turn on and off with wet and soapy hands. This is one of those gifts they’ll never see coming and will use every day. - -Shopping for a reader who’s on the fence about e-books? Amazon’s latest Kindle Paperwhite was just released, and it’s our go-to eReader recommendation. The device has a 7-inch high-resolution display, so text will look crisp and almost paperlike while reading. Amazon has upgraded the processor, which means pages turn more quickly, making it easier to move through books more seamlessly. The biggest benefit readers will find when using a Kindle is the ability to move an entire library around with them. The Paperwhite can hold thousands of books, and its battery is designed to last for weeks between charges. Amazon says the Kindle store has over 15 million titles available, so they can pick up the latest titles as they’re released while catching up on classics, too. The new Kindle Paperwhite is even equipped with backlights that will automatically adjust itself based on the amount of ambient light in the room, so reading sessions that move from day to night won’t get interrupted. - -Austere’s VII Series Power 8-Outlet will keep your friend or family member’s gear safe in case of a sudden power surge. See It - -This gift may not immediately impress but it is incredibly important for the home office worker. Austere’s VII Series Power 8-Outlet will protect their equipment in case of a sudden power surge, which could fry their computer, monitor, and other expensive tech accessories. Gifting someone this surge protector could save them thousands of dollars in the long run. We like Austere’s VII Series Power 8-Outlet because of its sturdy construction, seven-year guarantee, and USB ports, which allow you to charge smaller devices without taking up one of the outlets with a power adapter. Is this gift practical? Extremely. But no home office is truly complete without one.",1731883669,741b88dd6e,2680e51811,,,1731883669 -https://esportsedition.com/league-of-legends/league-teamfight-tactics-strategies/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,League Teamfight Tactics Strategies to Help You Get Started,"In patch 9.13, Teamfight Tactics was released to the general public across all regions, and shortly after, when patch 9.14 was released, ranked matches of the game mode have been made available as well. Before I could be able to tell you how to climb through the TFT ladder, we still have to talk about what TFT is and cover some of the basics. - -What is Teamfight Tactics? - -Teamfight Tactics is an eight-person free-for-all auto-battler game mode, taking inspiration from the one from DOTA 2’s launcher, DOTA Auto Chess, as they say in Teamfight Tactics’ introduction page. This is Riot Games’ first venture in an entirely new genre, and they have been very open with the community in communicating the fact that they are building this new game mode with all of us. While the game is still technically in development, it is quite fleshed out for its current state. - -In Teamfight Tactics, you get to control one Little Legend: Little Legends are these cute little creatures that you will want to defend with your life. There are six kinds: Featherknights, or the ones that look like penguins; Furyhorns, which look like a miniature and less menacing version of what Ornn summons for his ultimate; Hauntlings, which look like a very small fire; Moledivers, who are moles that have shovels(can’t moles dig already even without shovels?); Runespirits, who somehow manage to manage to make a bunch of rocks look absolutely adorable, and Silverwings, who look like small gryphons but have the most annoying dance sound ever. As a Little Legend, you are stuck on movements and emote spamming. Riot Games made a great decision in introducing these as the player’s avatar: Little Legends take all the damage when you lose a battle, and when their HP is depleted, they die and you’re out of the game. Which means that your desire to defend them with your life will actually motivate you to do your best at your TFT games. - -In the beginning and in between stages, you get to go into the carousel round, where you pick one champion with an item. In the first carousel, everyone just goes in at the same time, but in the next carousels, the lowest-placed players get to pick first, and the highest-placed ones get to pick last. - -In Teamfight Tactics, one recruits champions primarily by purchasing them from the shop. Purchasing three copies of the same champion creates a two-star version, and three copies of the same two-star champion creates a three-star version of the champion. Each champion has at least two traits and they earn bonuses when deployed with other champions with the same traits. This means that one has to upgrade his/her units and then stack them together with other champions with similar traits. In addition to carousel champions having items equipped to them, minions and monsters that you will encounter may drop some items or gold. Be sure to combine items to power up your units further. - -General Strategies - -After playing Teamfight Tactics nonstop since its release to the general public, here are some notable things that I have picked up. (Gentle reminder: try some of these at your own risk!) - -Tanking early for a Spatula can be worth it. In the earlier stages of a game, since there are fewer units in each player’s board, the damage any player would take would be significantly less if they lose. So if you want a Spatula, which combines to items that imbue traits, or a Runaan’s Hurricane, or Force of Nature (which raises your team character limit by one), you could easily lose around 10-20 HP in order to pick out a champion with a Spatula in the second carousel round. This comes with some risks, however. There is always a chance that a Spatula isn’t one of the items that the champions have in the carousel. Do not do this all the time, as losing HP early could easily snowball into losing the game a bit earlier on. - -We mean it when we say we can’t put the game down! Image via Esports Edition. - -Cursed Blade is a blessing. (Editor’s note: the writer and I may be having words regarding his Cursed Blade usage). Combine a Negatron Cloak and a Recurve Bow to get a Cursed Blade. This item has a chance to Shrink an opponent, that is, reduce their stars by one. The good thing about this is that this can be used on opponents that have already been shrunk, and can even 1 star units can be shrunk. This means that they can be massively weakened, and can be more easily dealt with. - -Do not always overcommit to a team composition early. While it is immensely tempting to complete your team composition a bit early, in many situations it’s better to save your money rather than rerolling needlessly. - -Take note of what your opponents are building. This is important as some team compositions handily dispatch others— Demons for example can easily deal with Shapeshifters, who need full mana bars to transform. With this in mind, you should prepare to have some answers later on in the game. - -Adjust your positioning. Like in Summoner’s Rift, unit positioning can decide the difference between a lost or won teamfight. While taking note of what team compositions opponents are building and where they are placing their units, you should be able to adjust accordingly as the rounds progress. - -Conclusion - -Those are just a few pointers, and Teamfight Tactics is still, in a manner of speaking, in its infancy. Speaking of metagames and clear-cut things to go for in a rapidly changing game state (the balance team will be putting out patches once a week, denoted by their number followed by a B) will be very difficult. For now, let’s all just enjoy and try our best to climb through the ladder while having fun. Defend your Little Legends properly!",1731883721,76f59da961,26a0e85242,,,1731883721 -https://transom.org/2019/twitter-vox/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Twitter Vox,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/01/Twitter-Vox.mp3 Download Listen to “Twitter Vox” - -Think back to September 2018. Christine Blasey Ford testified that Supreme Court nominee Brett Kavanaugh attacked her decades prior. Doubting her testimony, President Trump tweeted that had Ford been attacked she would have reported it. - -The Twitterverse responded. - -#whyididntreport trended. People tweeted brief stories about why they hadn’t reported sexual assaults. The stories were poignant and heartbreaking. They also underscored reasons why Ford didn’t report her alleged assault. - -Barrie Hardymon at NPR’s Weekend Edition Saturday took note of the hashtag. She enlisted the help of Dana Cronin, another NPR producer, and together (with NPR staffers Evie Stone and Sarah Lucy Oliver) they produced a two-minute short, sharp, shock of a story. A piece that makes you look at your radio. - -Production of the story required a steady and concerted effort over eighteen hours to get it ready for broadcast. It started with a simple tweet of their own on a Friday afternoon asking people who tweeted #whyididntreport to get in touch. Hundreds responded; sometimes with lengthy, detailed narratives about their assault. Dana and Barrie say they were incredibly difficult to read. - -From those responses, they asked some listeners to record their tweets. About twenty people did. They selected five, including one that required approval from NPR’s legal department. And the piece was ready for broadcast Saturday morning. - -The story of how they did it on this episode of HowSound.",1731883663,c00d35bf2d,2770050d8d,,,1731883663 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/10/salt-typhoon-hack-shows-theres-no-security-backdoor-thats-only-good-guys,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,"Salt Typhoon Hack Shows There's No Security Backdoor That's Only For The ""Good Guys""","At EFF we’ve long noted that you cannot build a backdoor that only lets in good guys and not bad guys. Over the weekend, we saw another example of this: The Wall Street Journal reported on a major breach of U.S. telecom systems attributed to a sophisticated Chinese-government backed hacking group dubbed Salt Typhoon. - -According to reports, the hack took advantage of systems built by ISPs like Verizon, AT&T, and Lumen Technologies (formerly CenturyLink) to give law enforcement and intelligence agencies access to the ISPs’ user data. This gave China unprecedented access to data related to U.S. government requests to these major telecommunications companies. It’s still unclear how much communication and internet traffic, and related to whom, Salt Typhoon accessed. - -That’s right: the path for law enforcement access set up by these companies was apparently compromised and used by China-backed hackers. That path was likely created to facilitate smooth compliance with wrong-headed laws like CALEA, which require telecommunications companies to facilitate “lawful intercepts”—in other words, wiretaps and other orders by law enforcement and national security agencies. While this is a terrible outcome for user privacy, and for U.S. government intelligence and law enforcement, it is not surprising. - -The idea that only authorized government agencies would ever use these channels for acquiring user data was always risky and flawed. We’ve seen this before: in a notorious case in 2004 and 2005, more than 100 top officials in the Greek government were illegally surveilled for a period of ten months when unknown parties broke into Greece’s “lawful access” program. In 2024, with growing numbers of sophisticated state-sponsored hacking groups operating, it’s almost inevitable that these types of damaging breaches occur. The system of special law enforcement access that was set up for the “good guys” isn’t making us safer; it’s a dangerous security flaw. - -Internet Wiretaps Have Always Been A Bad Idea - -Passed in 1994, CALEA requires that makers of telecommunications equipment provide the ability for government eavesdropping. In 2004, the government dramatically expanded this wiretap mandate to include internet access providers. EFF opposed this expansion and explained the perils of wiretapping the internet. - -The internet is different from the phone system in critical ways, making it more vulnerable. The internet is open and ever-changing. “Many of the technologies currently used to create wiretap-friendly computer networks make the people on those networks more pregnable to attackers who want to steal their data or personal information,” EFF wrote, nearly 20 years ago. - -Towards Transparency And Security - -The irony should be lost on no one that now the Chinese government may be in possession of more knowledge about who the U.S. government spies on, including people living in the U.S., than Americans. The intelligence and law enforcement agencies that use these backdoor legal authorities are notoriously secretive, making oversight difficult. - -Companies and people who are building communication tools should be aware of these flaws and implement, where possible, privacy by default. As bad as this hack was, it could have been much worse if it wasn’t for the hard work of EFF and other privacy advocates making sure that more than 90% of web traffic is encrypted via HTTPS. For those hosting the 10% (or so) of the web that has yet to encrypt its traffic, now is a great time to consider turning on encryption, either using Certbot or switching to a hosting provider that offers HTTPS by default. - -What can we do next? We must demand real privacy and security. - -That means we must reject the loud law enforcement and other voices that continue to pretend that there are “good guy only” ways to ensure access. We can point to this example, among many others, to push back on the idea that the default in the digital world is that governments (and malicious hackers) should be able to access all of our messages and files. We’ll continue to fight against US bills like EARN IT, the EU “Chat Control” file-scanning proposal, and the UK’s Online Safety Act, all of which are based on this flawed premise. - -It’s time for U.S. policymakers to step up too. If they care about China and other foreign countries engaging in espionage on U.S. citizens, it’s time to speak up in favor of encryption by default. If they don’t want to see bad actors take advantage of their constituents, domestic companies, or security agencies, again—speak up for encryption by default. Elected officials can and have done so in the past. Instead of holding hearings that give the FBI a platform to make digital wiretaps easier, demand accountability for the digital lock-breaking they’re already doing. - -The lesson will be repeated until it is learned: there is no backdoor that only lets in good guys and keeps out bad guys. It’s time for all of us to recognize this, and take steps to ensure real security and privacy for all of us.",1731883682,1face9fbd3,273a7e4ec8,,,1731883682 -https://spectrum.ieee.org/liquid-hydrogen-storage,https://spectrum.ieee.org/rss/fulltext,Hydrogen Storage Made Easier With New Carrier Fluid,"Imagine pulling up to a refueling station and filling your vehicle’s tank with liquid hydrogen, as safe and convenient to handle as gasoline or diesel, without the need for high-pressure tanks or cryogenic storage. This vision of a sustainable future could become a reality if a Calgary, Canada–based company, Ayrton Energy, can scale up its innovative method of hydrogen storage and distribution. Ayrton’s technology could make hydrogen a viable, one-to-one replacement for fossil fuels in existing infrastructure like pipelines, fuel tankers, rail cars, and trucks. - -The company’s approach is to use liquid organic hydrogen carriers (LOHCs) to make it easier to transport and store hydrogen. The method chemically bonds hydrogen to carrier molecules, which absorb hydrogen molecules and make them more stable—kind of like hydrogenating cooking oil to produce margarine. - -A researcher pours a sample of Ayrton’s LOHC fluid into a vial. Ayrton Energy - -The approach would allow liquid hydrogen to be transported and stored in ambient conditions, rather than in the high-pressure, cryogenic tanks (to hold it at temperatures below -252 ºC) currently required for keeping hydrogen in liquid form. It would also be a big improvement ongaseous hydrogen, which is highly volatile and difficult to keep contained. - -Founded in 2021, Ayrton is one of several companies across the globe developing LOHCs, including Japan’s Chiyoda and Mitsubishi, Germany’s Covalion, and China’s Hynertech. But toxicity, energy density, and input energy issues have limited LOHCs as contenders for making liquid hydrogen feasible. Ayrton says its formulation eliminates these trade-offs. - -Safe, Efficient Hydrogen Fuel for Vehicles - -Conventional LOHC technologies used by most of the aforementioned companies rely on substances such as toluene, which forms methylcyclohexane when hydrogenated. These carriers pose safety risks due to their flammability and volatility. Hydrogenious LOHC Technologies in Erlanger, Germany and other hydrogen fuel companies have shifted toward dibenzyltoluene, a more stable carrier that holds more hydrogen per unit volume than methylcyclohexane, though it requires higher temperatures (and thus more energy) to bind and release the hydrogen. Dibenzyltoluene hydrogenation occurs at between 3 and 10 megapascals (30 and 100 bar) and 200–300 ºC, compared with 10 MPa (100 bar), and just under 200 ºC for methylcyclohexane. - -Ayrton’s proprietary oil-based hydrogen carrier not only captures and releases hydrogen with less input energy than is required for other LOHCs, but also stores more hydrogen than methylcyclohexane can—55 kilograms per cubic meter compared with methylcyclohexane’s 50 kg/m³. Dibenzyltoluene holds more hydrogen per unit volume (up to 65 kg/m³), but Ayrton’s approach to infusing the carrier with hydrogen atoms promises to cost less. Hydrogenation or dehydrogenation with Ayrton’s carrier fluid occurs at 0.1 megapascal (1 bar) and about 100 ºC, says founder and CEO Natasha Kostenuk. And as with the other LOHCs, after hydrogenation it can be transported and stored at ambient temperatures and pressures. - -Judges described [Ayrton's approach] as a critical technology for the deployment of hydrogen at large scale.” —Katie Richardson, National Renewable Energy Lab - -Ayrton’s LOHC fluid is as safe to handle as margarine, but it’s still a chemical, says Kostenuk. “I wouldn’t drink it. If you did, you wouldn’t feel very good. But it’s not lethal,” she says. - -Kostenuk and fellow Ayrton cofounder Brandy Kinkead (who serves as the company’s chief technical officer) were originally trying to bring hydrogen generators to market to fill gaps in the electrical grid. “We were looking for fuel cells and hydrogen storage. Fuel cells were easy to find, but we couldn’t find a hydrogen storage method or medium that would be safe and easy to transport to fuel our vision of what we were trying to do with hydrogen generators,” Kostenuk says. During the search, they came across LOHC technology but weren’t satisfied with the trade-offs demanded by existing liquid hydrogen carriers. “We had the idea that we could do it better,” she says. The duo pivoted, adjusting their focus from hydrogen generators to hydrogen storage solutions. - -“Everybody gets excited about hydrogen production and hydrogen end use, but they forget that you have to store and manage the hydrogen,” Kostenuk says. Incompatibility with current storage and distribution has been a barrier to adoption, she says. “We’re really excited about being able to reuse existing infrastructure that’s in place all over the world.” Ayrton’s hydrogenated liquid has fuel-cell-grade (99.999 percent) hydrogen purity, so there’s no advantage in using pure liquid hydrogen with its need for subzero temperatures, according to the company. - -The main challenge the company faces is the set of issues that come along with any technology scaling up from pilot-stage production to commercial manufacturing, says Kostenuk. “A crucial part of that is aligning ourselves with the right manufacturing partners along the way,” she notes. - -Asked about how Ayrton is dealing with some other challenges common to LOHCs, Kostenuk says Ayrton has managed to sidestep them. “We stayed away from materials that are expensive and hard to procure, which will help us avoid any supply chain issues,” she says. By performing the reactions at such low temperatures, Ayrton can get its carrier fluid to withstand 1,000 hydrogenation-dehydrogenation cycles before it no longer holds enough hydrogen to be useful. Conventional LOHCs are limited to a couple of hundred cycles before the high temperatures required for bonding and releasing the hydrogen breaks down the fluid and diminishes its storage capacity, Kostenuk says. - -Breakthrough in Hydrogen Storage Technology - -In acknowledgement of what Ayrton’s nontoxic, oil-based carrier fluid could mean for the energy and transportation sectors, the U.S. National Renewable Energy Lab (NREL) at its annual Industry Growth Forum in May named Ayrton an “outstanding early-stage venture.” A selection committee of more than 180 climate tech and cleantech investors and industry experts chose Ayrton from a pool of more than 200 initial applicants, says Katie Richardson, group manager of NREL’s Innovation and Entrepreneurship Center, which organized the forum. The committee based its decision on the company’s innovation, market positioning, business model, team, next steps for funding, technology, capital use, and quality of pitch presentation. “Judges described Ayrton’s approach as a critical technology for the deployment of hydrogen at large scale,” Richardson says. - -As a next step toward enabling hydrogen to push gasoline and diesel aside, “we’re talking with hydrogen producers who are right now offering their customers cryogenic and compressed hydrogen,” says Kostenuk. “If they offered LOHC, it would enable them to deliver across longer distances, in larger volumes, in a multimodal way.” The company is also talking to some industrial site owners who could use the hydrogenated LOHC for buffer storage to hold onto some of the energy they’re getting from clean, intermittent sources like solar and wind. Another natural fit, she says, is energy service providers that are looking for a reliable method of seasonal storage beyond what batteries can offer. The goal is to eventually scale up enough to become the go-to alternative (or perhaps the standard) fuel for cars, trucks, trains, and ships.",1731883666,5887b2bb51,2734b1e688,,,1731883666 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/nate-silver-biden-white-house-harris-worse-option_n_673857f3e4b0520a46772863,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,Polling Pundit Nate Silver Names Biden White House's Most Appalling Election Move,"Don't let this be the end of the free press. The free press is under attack — and America's future hangs in the balance. As other newsrooms bow to political pressure, HuffPost is not backing down. - -Would you help us keep our news free for all? We can't do it without you. - -Can't afford to contribute? Support HuffPost by creating a free account and log in while you read.",1731883666,b2d88cb862,2746a1e6da,,,1731883666 -https://transom.org/2008/how-are-you-who-you-are/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,How Are You Who You Are?,"Intro from Jay Allison: The Nadeaus were, to most eyes, an ideal family--enlightened, brilliant, prosperous. But then things turned upsidedown. In a remarkable series of events, Doug and Lynn Nadeau were forced to re-define their identities, to confirm the foundation of their love. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2008/06/nadeau.mp3 Download Listen to “How Are You Who You Are?” - -Photo Gallery - -About How Are You Who You Are? - -In November 2004, I contacted Lynn Nadeau and asked if I could chronicle her late husband Doug’s life in some fashion. To my surprise, she was open to the idea. Although I’d known their son Greg since grade school, and had occasionally been a visitor to the Nadeau’s grand Victorian in my home town of Marblehead, Massachusetts, I had no information at my disposal – no recordings of Doug, Lynn, or their sons, and had spent little time with the man himself. What I did know was that Doug had lived an extraordinary life, and that he had a story worth telling. - -Lynn delivered on her promise, turning over piles of documents from Doug’s life, in particular the last eighteen years, in which Doug had done battle with the encephalitis that changed and ultimately claimed his life. I set to work formulating a narrative and was granted access to videos of Doug’s memorial service and to a documentary that appeared on Marblehead’s cable channel in 1998, six years before Doug’s death. Selected clips of this material were presented to Emily Botein of PRI’s “The Next Big Thing” in the spring of 2005, which was around the time that I discovered Transom. - -Emily encouraged me to interview Lynn Nadeau, and Transom showed me how to make it happen. Spending every dollar of my tax refund, I purchased a Marantz PMD670 digital audio recorder, a Shure Beta 87C cardioid microphone, and Sennheiser HD 280 Pro headphones. I downloaded Audacity (at Transom’s urging) and ventured north to Marblehead to capture Lynn’s remarkable voice. - -Soon after this, I was accepted into the month-long National Playwrights Conference at the Eugene O’Neill Theater Center in Waterford, CT. Although ostensibly there to spend a week developing a new play, I utilized the rest of my time to work on audio projects, including the Nadeau piece. (I think it’s fair to say that I was the only writer sitting in his room that month experimenting with Audacity.) - -I came away from the O’Neill with a half-hour-long edit featuring audio of Lynn from the interview, barely audible clips of Greg and Ted from the memorial service, and only-slightly-better-sounding audio of Doug from the cable documentary. Music was by a mishmash of composers, among them Radiohead, Angelo Badalamenti, and Clint Mansell. It packed an emotional punch, but it was also a bit of a mess. - -The piece lay fallow for some time. “The Next Big Thing” folded, and a blind submission to “This American Life” yielded only a curt form response. It was then that I mailed the piece to Transom, where I’d started the journey two years prior. (Note to self: when you think a piece is done, don’t send it out blindly. Send it to people who know radio. Believe it or not, they’re out there, and willing to listen.) - -In November 2007, three years after I’d first approached Lynn with the idea, I received an e-mail from Jay Allison inquiring as to whether I had any desire to continue working on the piece. I immediately answered “yes,” and contacted Lynn to let her know that the story might see the light of day after all. - -Months of discussion via e-mail ensued in which Jay encouraged me to rethink the piece – perhaps, he suggested, it wasn’t a documentary about one man’s struggle with a disease, but the story of a marriage, told by an outsider impressed by a family so unlike his own. Jay questioned my music choices, pointing out something that had not occurred to me – that with radio documentaries, it’s not necessarily about what “sounds good,” but what is most organic and germane to the piece. - -Enjoying this feature? Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -In May 2008 I accepted Jay’s invitation to come to Woods Hole and work beside him in his studio. It was there, over the course of three and a half days, that we painstakingly re-edited the piece, re-wrote and recorded the voice-over, removed pesky “p-pops,” chose new music (Beethoven, from an e-mail detailing Doug’s eclectic musical preferences), and removed the scratchy audio of Greg and Ted. The latter decision was by far the most difficult for me, but upon reading through the script, we realized that the piece flowed better, and felt more focused, when it concentrated on Lynn and Doug. The boys would have a presence, of course – one couldn’t tell the story of the family without them – but they would appear in the narration only. These changes resulted in a much-improved edit that ran twenty-one minutes, down from the original thirty-one. - -I am deeply indebted to Lynn Nadeau for allowing me the opportunity to describe her amazing, frustrating, inspiring life with Doug. And of course I have nothing but praise for Jay Allison and the staff of Transom, for believing in this piece and for giving me a platform to share the story. Having initially consulted Transom as a definitive source of information about audio tools and techniques, it feels natural and appropriate for the piece to find its home here. - -Additional support for this work provided by - -with funding from the",1731883753,c00d35bf2d,275e4b5b90,,,1731883753 -https://www.theloadout.com/grand-theft-auto-5/how-to-make-money-gta-5-online,https://www.theloadout.com/feed,How to make money in GTA 5 and GTA Online,"Growing a criminal empire in the expensive city of Los Santos isn’t an easy task, so finding out how to make money in GTA 5 and how to make money in GTA Online is a crucial first step to getting some disposable income. And we see you eyeing those luxury cars, so you’ll need that extra cash. - -Before we get into our best money-making tips for GTA 5 and GTA Online, we recommend finding out how to transfer saves in GTA 5 if you’re moving from a last-gen console to a current-generation console. However, if you’re hoping to pick up some of the fastest cars in GTA 5 and GTA Online, here’s how you can get the cash rolling in in one of the best open world games ever. - -How to make money in GTA Online - -Here are the best ways to make money in GTA Online: - -Play game modes that offer extra money - -Spin the Casino wheel - -Finish your daily objectives - -Complete Heists - -Stick with one career (for now) - -Special and vehicle cargo - -Spend your real money - -Featured game modes - -Every week, Rockstar will offer some great rewards with double or triple GTA$ by playing some of the standard game modes. You can find out which of the modes is featured currently by checking out the Rockstar Social Club events, which will give you a rundown of the latest featured mode. - -Spin the casino wheel - -Each day in GTA Online, you can spin the casino wheel in the Diamond Casino & Resort location, allowing you to (if you’re lucky) get some free cash, or other rewards such as RP, casino chips, clothing, discounts on vehicles, or the big prize, the podium vehicle itself. - -Just like in real life though, the house always wins, so spin once and leave it at that. If you collect casino chips from the wheel, trade them in for some GTA$. If you do this every day, you’ll be up in money or items fast, but if you keep gambling using your GTA$, you run a very high risk of being worse off. - -Finish your daily objectives - -For those of you who play live-service games, like Fortnite or Apex Legends, you’ll know daily objectives like the back of your hand. Every 24 hours, new daily objectives are available which task you with completing pretty easy goals for some quick cash. - -While the rewards each day aren’t the best, completing every daily objective for a week will get you some additional bonuses, which are very much worth getting. There’s also an even better bonus reward for completing a every daily challenge in a month, so if you’re super committed and organized try logging in and completing a quick challenge every day. - -Complete Heists - -The bread and butter of GTA 5, and the online mode GTA Online, are the Heists. These elaborate, multi-objective missions are the biggest payday in GTA Online, but they do require you to invest some money into them first to get them set up. - -You’ll definitely need to bring some friends along for the ride, as communication and working together is key to scoring the jackpot in the final mission. If you’ve ever played an MMO, think of these as raids – difficult challenges that can earn you some incredible rewards, if you know what you’re doing. There are currently 11 Heists in GTA Online, those being: - -The Fleeca Job - -The Prison Break - -The Humane Labs Raid - -Series A Funding - -The Pacific Standard Job - -The Doomsday Heist Act 1: The Data Breaches - -The Doomsday Heist Act 2: The Bogdan Problem - -The Doomsday Heist Act 3: The Doomsday Scenario - -The Diamond Casino Heist - -Cayo Perico Heist - -The Cluckin’ Bell Farm Raid - -The amount you can earn from Heists will vary, depending on how many players you have (each taking a cut), whether you’ve played before, and in the case of the latter heists, you’ll lose money if you take damage. However, for those daring enough, you can complete a range of one-time challenges to earn extra GTA$, such as completing a heist for the first time, or completing all heists with the same team, while losing no lives, on hard difficulty. - -Stick with one career (for now) - -Gigantic paydays are always great fun, but earning passive income is the main goal in GTA Online. Money can disappear from your bank account as fast as it enters it if you aren’t careful, so investing in a business will reward you in the long run. Hey, it’s just like real life! - -There’s no harm in purchasing the various business properties required to run multiple styles of operations, but we seriously recommend starting with one, namely becoming the CEO of an Organization. The reason we suggest this is that you can do import/export work, where selling vehicles and other cargo offers some seriously lucrative money, and you can always use your passive income to open other businesses down the road. - -Obviously, your time is only worth how much fun you’re having, and the other businesses (such as becoming a Nightclub owner or becoming the founder of a Motorcycle Club) still offer money for your time working on it. But overall, the endgame is to be able to live a high life with some great income, and we suggest becoming a CEO as the best way to reach that goal. - -Special and Vehicle cargo - -If you’ve listened to our advice so far, and you should be, you’re now in a spot where you’ve started up your own Organization. That means the next step is, you guessed it, making more money. The best way to do this as a CEO is by further investing in warehouses for vehicles, completing Special Vehicle missions and sourcing standard and mid-range vehicles, and then selling them off when your warehouse is full. - -Do this, and you’ll be earning a great amount of money per hour that makes the heist payouts look like pocket change. - -Spend your real money - -Failing all else, and if you don’t have the free time to spend hours perfecting your startups, grinding daily challenges, and working on your Heists, you can always spend your own hard-earned money. There are various GTA 5 Shark Cards, which have increasing amounts from a measly 200,000 GTA$ all the way up to the extremely expensive 8,000,000 GTA$. - -We don’t recommend going for this option immediately, even if it does seem pretty tempting to take the shortcut. However, if you really really need that new virtual car to show off in the lobby, then that’s the fastest way to do so. - -Now that you have some extra money, and hopefully, a fast car collection, check out the fastest bikes in GTA Online so you have some two-wheelers in your garages. But what about if you want to rack up some cash playing the single-player story of GTA 5? - -How to make money in GTA 5 - -The best ways to make money in GTA 5 are by progressing through the story mode, committing robberies, and completing assassinations. However, you’ll naturally gain plenty of money over time as you complete heists in the campaign. - -All the main missions in GTA 5 will pay out some kind of reward, and it’s usually in cash. However, it’s the heist missions in the latter half of the game that will bring in the big bucks. By the end of the campaign, you should have more than enough cash to buy some of the most expensive cars and weapons without having to grind any alternative methods. - -However, if you want to make more money earlier in the gam, you can also make some quick cash by completing other criminal activities, like robbing a store or an armored truck, or by taking on assassinations. - -Honestly, I stormed through the story mode when I first played the game and had no concerns about a lack of money, so I doubt you’ll be scraping by for cash, especially if you end up sinking your time in GTA Online. - -That’s how to make money in GTA Online and how to make money in GTA 5. There are some great GTA 5 cheat codes you can use in the story mode if you want to have some old-fashioned sandbox fun, but unfortunately, they don’t offer any cash themselves.",1731883673,bbec762ab3,27acd5b492,,,1731883673 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/845k-traditional-ira-reduce-taxes-113000361.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,Minimizing Taxes on an $845k Roth Conversion: What Are My Options?,"A man calculates how much you'll pay in income taxes when he converts his traditional IRA into a Roth IRA. - -SmartAsset and Yahoo Finance LLC may earn commission or revenue through links in the content below. - -There’s no way to entirely avoid paying income taxes when you convert a traditional IRA into a Roth account. However, with smart financial planning you can reduce the impact of those taxes. - -By converting your portfolio in segments rather than all at once, you can keep your taxable income down and avoid entering a higher tax bracket. This, in turn, can reduce the amount that you pay on each dollar that’s converted over time. - -Say that you have $845,000 in a traditional IRA that you want to convert into a Roth IRA while also reducing the tax hit on the conversion. Here’s how you could think about it. - -A financial advisor can help you roll over your retirement savings into a Roth IRA and manage your investments. Connect with a fiduciary advisor today. - -What Is a Roth Conversion? - -A Roth conversion requires you to pay income taxes on your pre-tax assets while moving them to a Roth IRA. - -There are, generally speaking, two types of tax-advantaged retirement accounts: pre-tax and post-tax. - -Pre-tax accounts, such as 401(k)s and traditional IRAs, offer a tax deduction at the time of investment. Each year you can invest up to the annual IRS contribution limit and pay no taxes on that money, making it cheaper to save more. Then, in retirement, you pay income taxes on all withdrawals (including the original contributions). - -Post-tax accounts, such as Roth IRAs, offer a tax advantage at the time of withdrawal. Each year you can contribute up to the annual limit with money that you’ve already paid income taxes on. Then, in retirement, you pay no taxes on your withdrawals. - -A Roth conversion is when you roll money over from a pre-tax portfolio into a Roth IRA, paying income taxes on the money that you convert. Once you make this conversion, your portfolio will grow and operate according to the rules of a Roth IRA. - -Unlike Roth IRA contributions, which are capped at the annual IRA contribution limit ($7,000 in 2024), there is no limit to Roth conversions. You can make as many conversions as you would like each year, in any amount. For example, say you have $845,000 in a traditional IRA. You could convert up to the entire amount in one year or you convert it bit by bit over a number of years. - -Anyone approaching retirement should be aware that Roth conversions are subject to a five-year rule: money that’s converted cannot be withdrawn for at least five years (unless you’re 59 ½ or older). Withdrawing any of the converted funds before the cooling off period ends will trigger a 10% early withdrawal penalty. However, a financial advisor can help you determine how and when to do a Roth conversion. - -Story Continues",1731883739,6e579b027f,272f1de10f,,,1731883739 -https://www.itproportal.com/news/thales-launches-effort-to-secure-medical-iot,https://www.itproportal.com/rss/,What is the Internet of Things (IoT)?,"The Internet of Things (IoT) is an umbrella term used to describe a network of physical devices that can communicate with each other over the internet. IoT devices typically rely on sensors to collect data, which is then automatically shared with other devices or used to automate actions. - -Thanks to the internet and development of smaller technology, sensors can now be embedded into everyday devices, allowing these to communicate with each other and feed back data to a central hub. These can include consumers devices such as smart speakers and virtual assistants, or even temperature control systems in an office and industrial machinery on a factory floor. - -According to an IBM blog, IoT can be traced back to 1981, ten years before the World Wide Web was opened to the public. It is believed a group of Carnegie Mellon students were the first to embed a vending machine with sensors in order to monitor its stock levels remotely. In spite of its elusive beginnings, IoT has established itself as an everyday element of modern life. Smartphones, laptops, lights, even cars and fridges, are all examples of daily IoT use. - -IoT is present in every sector, from healthcare and retail to farming and transport. Moreover, it's a fast-growing industry that is spreading across an increasing number of sectors, as more businesses realise how to apply IoT in order to gain a competitive advantage. - -In fact, it has outgrown the 'human' internet exponentially. The number of non IoT devices (laptops, smartphones, etc) currently stands at around 10.2 billion, about the same as last year and with only steady growth since 2010, when there were 8 billion devices. Contrast that with IoT devices (cars, smart home devices, industrial equipment, etc). In 2010 there were just 800 million. Today there are 24.4 billion, set to hit 30.9 billion next year. - -How IoT is being deployed - -We have so far seen two major applications of IoT, those in the consumer space and those in industry. - -IoT devices have been welcomed into our homes in staggering numbers. All over the world we bought just under 40 million smart speakers in the first quarter of 2022, down from a peak just under 60 million in the last quarter of 2020 (not uncoincidentally, the peak of COVID lockdowns). - -Get the ITPro. daily newsletter Receive our latest news, industry updates, featured resources and more. Sign up today to receive our FREE report on AI cyber crime & security - newly updated for 2024. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -If you use a video doorbell or security camera you can check on your phone, Google Nest or Amazon Alexa or a Smart TV preloaded with apps from Netflix or YouTube, you're an IoT user. - -Just as much growth is happening in business or industrial sectors. Sales, marketing, and CRM platforms from providers like Salesforce and Atlassian are connecting data from every corner of a company, its suppliers, and customers to help owners extract value from business intelligence (BI). - -The world's busiest shipping lanes are now managed by IoT devices, with remote sensors automatically logging cargo and syncing the data from a port to a central hub. - -In healthcare, patients are wearing a variety of devices. Initially this started with familiar technology, such as a Fitbit wrist band that counts your daily steps. However, more advanced technology is appearing, including the Nanowear SimpleSENSE, an undergarment that captures and reports on temperature, blood pressure, blood flow hemodynamics, lung volume, and fluid and ECG readings. Health IoT devices that capture such data can send it directly to your doctor where they can make diagnoses and prescribe treatments via text or email. - -RELATED WHITEPAPER (Image credit: IBM) Transform the capabilities of your data solutions - -In agriculture, sensors in the ground can measure moisture or nutrient content and pass this data to irrigation or fertilization systems. Harvest monitoring can augment the expertise of farmers with atmospheric readings to make sure harvesting occurs at exactly the right time. - -We're also seeing a greater number of electric cars on the roads, with many of their manufacturers racing to be the first to develop reliable self-driving technology. So far, the majority of the driver safety smarts and algorithms are embedded into the vehicle itself, but infrastructure providers are starting to formalise plans for smart roads. Sensors under the asphalt, in traffic lights, and on signs will collect data and potentially connect to every vehicle on the road, diverting them from traffic jams, reporting on overall flow performance to let city planners make changes, and even summoning emergency services automatically if there's an accident. - -The technology behind IoT - -Any IoT system comprises three essential components; sensors, connectivity and analytics. - -Sensors are as varied as the applications that use them. Most of us are used to simple audio or visual data when asking Alexa to cue up the latest Amazon series or check who's at the door through a smart home app. - -But IoT sensors can measure almost everything you can think of. A GPS receiver can pinpoint an object's location. Digital thermometers can measure the temperature anywhere from the living room to the greenhouse, making automated adjustments. Barometers can measure humidity in office HVAC systems to make sure they operate at peak efficiency. - -Weather data and water levels from across Singapore are monitored using digital twin technology in an effort to better predict flash-flooding ( story link (Image credit: Singapore GovTech) - -Motion and proximity sensors that automatically open doors have been with us for decades, but as part of an IoT network they can contribute to the efficient use of a building by helping build a digital twin 3D model. - -Pressure sensors and scales can measure the displacement or weight of an object or the air pressure inside it, applicable everywhere from inflating your car tyres to comfortable air travel. - -Those sensors have onboard microprocessors that collect data about how they're used and what they measure over time, and the next step – connectivity – is how they transmit it to a central processing hub. - -Like the consumer internet, IoT connectivity depends on the application. Simpler systems might rely on wired connections like Ethernet, but larger systems that cover a wider physical area might use public or dedicated Wi-Fi. In the case of industrial devices that are reliant on low-latency connections, 5G is typically the answer. Systems that operate on smaller scales but contain an array of moving parts moving in and out of the system might use RFID or Bluetooth. - -But the secret sauce of the IoT is analytics. When all the data is collected from across the farm, store, factory, or household, it is then analysed to give owners and operators a snapshot about how the facility or system is performing overall. This helps to pinpoint bottlenecks in production, identify breakdowns waiting to happen that would be impossible for a human to foresee, and find efficiencies that can save time and money. - -There are still plenty of challenges for hardware makers, engineers, and inventors; security, privacy, and compatibility standards, to name just a few. - -Why is IoT so important? - -Glasgow recently opened its Smart Things Accelerator Centre (STAC), a private-public partnership designed to help drive IoT innovation across the city ( story link (Image credit: Getty Images) - -It's somewhat inevitable that with the growing availability of faster and more reliable broadband, devices will soon come with the ability to connect to WiFi as standard. The IoT is already beginning to shape the way we manage our daily routines; cars are able to sync with calendars to track appointments and plan best routes, and smart assistances have transformed shopping into a conversation. - -Yet, by far the most compelling application of IoT can be found within industry, where AI is revolutionising the way we do business. Smart cities are helping us to cut down on waste and energy consumption, while manufacturers are now able to use connected machines that automate repair call outs. - -Is IoT safe? - -In 2016, it was alleged that hackers used an IoT enabled fish tank as a gateway into a North American Casino's network. The tank was supposedly kitted out with sensors to regulate temperature and notify its owner about feeding times and configured to a single VPN. Somehow, the hackers managed to breach that and gain access to further systems within the casino. - -While it is a funny story, it also highlights the dangers of IoT in that each device you have can also be a gateway into your entire network. For businesses that have whole factories running IoT machinery, or offices that have IoT hardware, making sure everything is secure can be a big headache. - -A part of the problem can be default passwords that are easy to crack. This was the main focus of a UK government proposition called 'Secure by Design' that called on manufacturers to embed security into the design, rather than adding it after its built. - -This is quite important for IoT, especially as almost anything can be internet-enabled and this can sometimes mean so-called 'headless devices'. Something that doesn't have a way to modify a password because it has rudimentary controls or no interface.",1731883655,ccc25c2a24,27018a156b,,,1731883655 -https://www.engadget.com/deals/amazon-drops-the-price-of-the-ninja-creami-ice-cream-maker-ahead-of-black-friday-203207396.html?src=rss,https://www.engadget.com/rss.xml,Amazon drops the price of the Ninja Creami ice cream maker ahead of Black Friday,"Engadget has been testing and reviewing consumer tech since 2004. Our stories may include affiliate links; if you buy something through a link, we may earn a commission. Read more about how we evaluate products . - -Black Friday deals offer opportunities to pick up holiday gifts for less but also treat-yourself items you've been eyeing. One of our favorite gadgets that falls under that category is the Ninja Creami, a favorite kitchen gadget of ours that scored a 90 in our review. Ninja Black Friday deals seem to already be in full swing because you can grab the ice cream maker for $50 off right now, for a final price of $180. That's not too far away from its record low price, making it a solid deal. While it isn't quite the season for ice cream in North America, there's never truly a bad time to enjoy it. - -This is a more compact ice cream machine than many other household models. The Ninja Creami is very easy to use as well, since it operates in a similar way to a food processor. You'll need to make a liquid ice cream base and then freeze it, ideally for 24 hours. You can then use the machine to blend in flavors. Cleaning up is a cinch if you have a dishwasher, since everything aside from the machine component is safe to place alongside your dishes on the racks. - -On the downside, it is a rather noisy machine. We estimate that the volume is somewhere between that of a food processor and a countertop blender running at full speed. It's fairly tall too at 16 inches, so you'll want to make sure you have enough space for the Ninja Creami before buying it. Otherwise, we have no major complaints, other than the design not being overly attractive. As such, we gave it a score of 90 in our review. - -The Ninja Creami has seven one-touch programs, but if you'd prefer an 11-in-1 deluxe model, you're in luck: that's on sale too. At $220, it's $30 off. It supports 24 oz tubs that hold 50 percent more ice cream than those in the original Ninja Creami. The Deluxe model also has a dual processing feature. This allows you to add two different mix-in flavors to the same base. So you can, for instance, add sprinkles to the top part and cookies to the bottom. - -Check out all of the latest Black Friday and Cyber Monday deals here.",1731883690,2ccba97d94,274d53c09b,,,1731883690 -https://taxjustice.net/2024/08/05/5-fallacies-to-expect-from-un-tax-talks-detractors-and-how-to-counter-them/,https://www.taxjustice.net/feed/,5 fallacies to expect from UN tax talks detractors and how to counter them,"The second and final round of negotiations of the Terms of Reference for a UN Tax Convention has started in New York City (see our recap blog on what happened in the first round). It is in the best interest of any person, no matter where they live in the world, that UN Member States negotiate in good faith in this process. At stake is that countries make the most of this once-in-a-century opportunity to come up with robust guiding parameters that pave the way for an international instrument that develops the duty to cooperate internationally on tax matters and puts an end to global tax abuse – which is on course to cost countries nearly US$5 trillion in the next 10 years if global tax rules aren’t fixed. Tax is our social superpower, and our governments are desperately in need of these essential resources to fulfil people’s rights and tackle the most pressing global problems, including the climate emergency. - -Unsurprisingly, members of the rich countries club the OECD are continuing to throw obstacles at the UN tax talks. The OECD, whose members includes some of the most harmful tax havens, has served as the world’s de facto rule-maker on global tax for over sixty years and its opaque and non-inclusive processes have been widely criticised and blamed for our currently broken global tax rules, which lose just about half a trillion dollars to tax havens every year. That’s why a landslide majority of countries voted at the UN last year in favour of moving decision-making for the OECD to the UN. But OECD members are still trying to keep decision-making on global tax rules, even though top UN human rights experts have said the OECD’s plans for new global tax rules are incompatible with anti-racism and anti-sexism laws, will make even harder for lower and middle income countries from losing taxes to tax havens, and “could have a discriminatory impact on the grounds of gender, ethnicity and race.” - -In anticipation of the negotiations, we’ve compiled a guide to the five main fallacies that rich OECD countries will likely use to try to derail progress in the talks. In order not to lose the privilege of setting the agenda on international taxation issues, these countries are making a short-sighted interpretation of their own national interests, and they are opposing an ambitious international instrument (see full our database on who wants what from the UN tax negotiations). We provide insights on how to respond to each of these fallacies with a view to avoid distractions from the aim of achieving the best possible outcome to secure a fully inclusive and truly effective international tax cooperation framework that benefits all countries. - -Ultimately, a broken, opaque and non-inclusive global tax system is bad for everyone, despite OECD countries’ attempts to keep it so. OECD countries are responsible for facilitating over three-fourths of the tax losses countries suffer every year to global tax abuse. At the same time, they are also the world’s biggest losers to tax abuse. This is a lose-lose game that results in the world handing over nearly half a trillion dollars of public money to the wealthiest multinational corporations and superrich individuals. Moving global tax policy from the OECD to the UN, where transparency, democratic process and human rights obligations prevail, is our best shot for fixing our global tax system. All countries will benefit from UN leadership on global tax policy, including the OECD countries who are putting power before prosperity. - -1. The fallacy of duplication - -A first objection that will recur against an ambitious UN framework convention on tax is that this instrument should not duplicate work that has been done in other fora. This objection, however, ignores the fact that this is – literally – the very first time that a legally binding instrument governing international tax cooperation is being negotiated in a universal and inclusive forum. - -While there are international and multilateral agreements on tax matters, the UN Secretary-General’s 2023 report requested by the General Assembly notes that “they do not satisfy the main elements for fully inclusive and more effective international tax cooperation”. This does not mean that the progress that may have been made through these instruments should be dismissed, but they would have to be brought into line with the objectives, principles and commitments defined by the framework. - -The Secretary-General’s report argued that rather than duplicating existing processes, a UN intergovernmental process would leverage existing strengths and address gaps and weaknesses in current international tax cooperation efforts. Indeed, unlike technical guidance or assistance work that institutions such as the International Monetary Fund or the World Bank might develop, the UN undertakes collective norm-shaping through an intergovernmental process that can take into consideration the needs of countries at different levels of development. This is why the report considered that “enhancing the role of the United Nations in tax-norm shaping and rule-setting appears the most viable path for making international tax cooperation fully inclusive and more effective”. - -The fallacy of duplication takes different forms in State Members’ submissions. For example, several countries argue that paragraph 20 of the negotiating draft text, which states that “throughout its work, the intergovernmental negotiating committee should take into consideration the work of other relevant forums, potential synergies and the existing tools, strengths, expertise and complementarities available in the multiple institutions involved in tax cooperation at the international, regional and local levels”, should be elevated to a principle. Moving this paragraph from the section on negotiating approaches up to become a principle would significantly undermine the flexibility of the negotiating committee necessary for negotiators to assess which elements of existing instruments should be included in the framework and which should not (according to their coherence with other elements of the framework) on a case-by-case analysis. In other words, it would limit the UN framework convention’s ability to fill the existing gap in the international cooperation on tax which this whole process aims to address, and which costs all countries dearly in tax losses every year. - -The same group of countries arguing in favour of making paragraph 20 a principle often also argued that the commitments to be included in paragraph 10 of the terms of reference should exclude any issues that are being or have been addressed by other fora, and particularly by the OECD. In a similar vein, the UK, for example, proposes to include principles of subsidiarity or comparative advantage in the terms of reference so that the framework convention only includes issues that are not being addressed by other instruments. All of this would counterproductively restrict the scope of the framework convention, as it would prevent the UN from applying the universally adopted objectives and principles of the framework convention to key areas where current standards are not satisfactory ― for instance, corporate taxation standards covered by the OECD’s faltering two pillar agreement, which UN human rights experts say are incompatible with anti-racism and anti-sexism laws. - -The point of the framework convention is to allow all countries to be included in setting international tax rules. It would be ridiculous to argue that the framework convention should not apply to areas where some countries only have already had a chance to participate in rule-setting. - -2. The fallacy of fragmentation and uncertainty - -A recurring and related objection is that including issues dealt with in other fora in the framework convention would create the risk of fragmentation of global tax rules and consequent legal ambiguity. According to this position, expressed by the UK in its submission, international tax cooperation could be weakened over the coming years because of fragmentation, which would increase the prospect of regulatory arbitrage and illicit financial flows. In addition, inconsistent rules could lead to double taxation, which would discourage foreign investment. - -This reality-denying objection ignores the current proliferation of double taxation treaties and rules adopted in fora without universal acceptance is already resulting in exactly the type of fragmentation and ambiguity the UK is warning about – and that the UK’s financial centre notoriously exploits to undermine other countries’ tax revenues. And it ignores the fact that a UN framework convention is precisely the best instrument for putting an end to this fragmentation and ambiguity. - -Contrary to what countries such as the Netherlands claim in their submissions, there is no functional, cohesive and predictable system of global tax governance today. On the contrary, the framework convention is how we can finally create cohesion. The risk of competing standards could be addressed if, as suggested by the Africa Group in the first round of submissions, provisions were made around a transitional regime. In the first round of negotiations, Brazil also raised the need to reconsider bilateral treaties through an expedited review procedure considering the adopted framework. - -3. The fallacy of consensus-only outcomes in a world desperately in need of prompt solutions - -One of the demands most insisted upon by the EU and other rich OECD countries is that at this stage of the terms of reference, discussion should mainly focus on procedural aspects, and in particular those that have to do with decision-making rules. These countries argue that in international taxation matters, by virtue of the principle of sovereignty, the rule of consensus should prevail. Consensus would be the way to ensure broad acceptance and commitment to the implementation of the framework convention. - -A consensus rule in practice can mean that a single country has veto power over a reasonable agreement that all other countries are in favour of – which in international taxation matters may make agreements virtually impossible. Contrary to what is usually claimed, the OECD’s “Inclusive” Framework has not adopted many of its decisions by consensus. Not only does the “Inclusive” Framework fall far short of having universal membership, its decision have been made in direction opposition to strong, public objections by its members see the Litany of Failures report we co-published with partners for more information on this. - -The UN General Assembly’s rules of procedure strive for consensus, but wisely recognise that to advance the solutions the world urgently demands, other decision-making mechanisms may be necessary when consensus is not possible. The field of international taxation should be no exception to this, and the rules of the subsidiary bodies of the General Assembly ― which do not outlaw the simple majority rule as a valid decision-making mechanism when needed ― are well established. - -The group of countries supporting consensus as a decision-making mechanism has found some precedents in UN resolutions that have established decision-making rules different from the usual procedures of UN subsidiary bodies. However, in a context where multilateralism is being questioned for its inability to respond in a timely manner to pressing problems such as the climate emergency or the fulfilment of the Sustainable Development Goals it is worth asking if special rules should be introduced in this case. Establishing a veto power by introducing consensus as the sole decision-making mechanisms on international tax cooperation – which is a critical area for mobilising resources for these and other agendas – may reinforce the perception that multilateral solutions required very demanding requirements that impede them to move forward with any meaningful agreements. The current UN tax convention process is a golden opportunity to restore confidence that multilateralism can deliver timely solutions – and preserving the possibility of using alternative decision-making rules when consensus is not possible seems essential to put healthy pressure on Member States to seek agreements in good faith. - -4. The fallacy of focusing on the less controversial topics - -Another recurring objection to addressing the issues on which rich OECD countries have so far had the power to set the agenda is that the framework convention should focus on less controversial issues. - -If multilateralism were to focus on less controversial issues, it would probably not respond to the world’s most pressing problems. What the world expects from this process is not to make easy progress at the margins (‘low-hanging fruit’ victories), but to deliver structural solutions to the major problems that result from failures in international tax cooperation (eg curbing tax-related illicit financial flows and harmful tax abuse) – regardless of, or indeed precisely because of how controversial and challenging these problems may be. - -The point of a UN framework convention is to move beyond the OECD’s failed reign over global tax rules and in particular its dead-in-the-water 10-year long reform attempt at stopping the half a trillion losses in tax countries suffer to tax havens every year. Insisting that the UN framework convention should deal with minor issues on the sidelines while countries haemorrhage urgently needed public money is like asking the UN framework convention to build safety rails on the deck of the titanic. - -5. The fallacy of undertaking thorough analysis to take any meaningful step - -Finally, one of the objections to taking decisions on what commitments should be included or what protocols to prioritise at early stages in the terms of reference, is that a thorough analysis must be conducted first. - -The General Assembly adopted a resolution to start intergovernmental negotiations towards a UN tax convention because most countries found that the status quo of international taxation is not working and there is ample evidence of this. When rich countries demand to start from scratch and carry out more diagnosis analysis before making even the most basic decisions on which topics the framework convention should cover, their commitment to promptly moving forward on solutions that work for all countries is not quite credible. - -The failures of international tax are clear, and addressing the damage done to our societies is an urgent priority. Analysis is evidently needed – but as part of the process of reform, not as a precondition. It is time to stop making excuses and start solving the problems. - -The second round of UN tax talks are running from 29 July to 16 August. Check out our rolling blog for updates on the negotiations. The negotiations sessions can be watch live on UN Web TV here.",1731883665,685bd32e72,27208256a0,,,1731883665 -https://www.techrepublic.com/article/ubuntu-server-the-smart-persons-guide/,https://www.techrepublic.com/rssfeeds/topic/cloud/,Ubuntu Server Cheat Sheet,"Ubuntu Server is a free, open-source platform that does more than you might think. With its ability to serve as an internal company server or to scale all the way up and out to meet enterprise-level needs, this operating system can do it all. - -This cheat sheet is an easy way to get up to speed on Ubuntu Server. We’ll update this guide periodically when news and updates about Ubuntu Server are released. - -SEE: Tools and Tips for Creating Data Backups on Linux Servers (TechRepublic Premium) - -Executive summary - -What is Ubuntu Server? Ubuntu Server is a server operating system, developed by Canonical and open-source programmers worldwide, that works with nearly any hardware or virtualization platform. It can serve up websites, file shares, and containers and expand your company offerings with an incredible cloud presence. - -Why does Ubuntu Server matter? Ubuntu Server works well in the cloud. For small- to mid-size businesses looking for a cost-effective server solution, I reckon Ubuntu should be your first stop. The precise number of users running Ubuntu on the cloud is difficult to ascertain because major cloud providers don’t always share detailed OS usage statistics. However, Canonical says Ubuntu is estimated to power over 40% of all Linux workloads on major public clouds, such as AWS, Azure, and Google Cloud Platform. - -Who does Ubuntu Server affect? According to W3Techs, as of November 2024, Linux is used by 53.6% of “all the websites whose operating system we know.” If we break that percentage down, then when it comes to websites using the various subcategories of Linux, Ubuntu is sitting comfortably at the top as it’s used by 16.4%. Debian is doing quite well in second place at 8.9%. - -When was Ubuntu Server released? Ubuntu Server was first released on October 20, 2004, and I believe it has been steadily improving and spreading its reach ever since. - -How do I start using Ubuntu Server? Download a copy of the latest release, burn it onto a disk or create a bootable USB drive, insert the bootable media into your server, and install it. You can also check out TechRepublic Premium’s Ubuntu Server Installation Checklist if your business can afford $9 for a single download. - -SEE: All of TechRepublic’s Cheat Sheets - -What is Ubuntu Server? - -Ubuntu explains that it is currently officially compatible with five processor architectures: x86_64 (aka AMD64), ARM64 (aka AArch64), PowerPC64 (aka POWER), System z (aka S390X), and RISC-V. Previously supported architectures include x86, PowerPC, and SPARC64. - -Ubuntu is a server platform that anyone can use for the following. Some examples include: - -Websites. - -FTP. - -Email server. - -File and print server. - -Development platform. - -Container deployment. - -Cloud services. - -Database server. - -Ubuntu Server has these minimum requirements: - -RAM: 1024 MB. - -1024 MB. Suggested minimum RAM: 3 GB or more. - -3 GB or more. Minimum storage: 5 GB (ISO installs). - -5 GB (ISO installs). Minimum storage: 4 GB (cloud images). - -4 GB (cloud images). Suggested minimum storage: 25 GB or more. - -One benefit that makes Ubuntu Server so appealing is its cost-effectiveness. Anyone can download a copy of the latest version of Ubuntu Server and deploy it on as many machines as necessary—at zero cost (minus hardware and time). - -SEE: Windows, Linux, and Mac Commands Everyone Needs to Know (Free PDF) - -If you run a small company and you’re looking for an easy-to-deploy file server or web server, I believe Ubuntu Server could handle that and so much more. If you’re an enterprise-level company looking to scale out an OpenStack Cloud, a massive render farm, or a Hadoop cluster, Ubuntu has you covered. For those who are looking to work with Ubuntu as a guest in a virtual environment, Ubuntu Server has been certified for AWS, Microsoft Azure, IBM, and HPE Cloud. - -Just because Ubuntu Server is open source (and free to download), businesses need not worry about a lack of support. You can purchase enterprise-grade support for the platform. Ubuntu Pro (formerly known as Ubuntu Advantage) does have a 30-day trial for enterprises. - -Ubuntu Pro pricing is as follows: - -Self-support - -(software only) With Infra support - -(24/7) With full support - -(24/7) Desktop or WSL - -(workstation/year) $25 n/a $300 Server with unlimited VMs (machine/year) $500 $1,775 $3,400 - -Why does Ubuntu Server matter? - -Over the last few years, the cloud has become a central point of focus for IT and users, and that shift has been a major boon to Canonical and Ubuntu. Ever since Infrastructure as a Service has taken off, Ubuntu has become one of the biggest players in running these services from the cloud. In my opinion, Ubuntu is popular with administrators and DevOps engineers looking to deploy OpenStack. - -Then, there’s Docker, which I classify as one of the market’s most popular container deployment platforms. I reckon Ubuntu Server makes setting up Docker incredibly easy — so much so that nearly any level of IT pro can make deploying containers a reality. Containers can go a long way to helping you expand your company offerings to staff, clients, and customers. - -SEE: How-to Guide for Linux Administrators (Free PDF) - -I think another advantage that Ubuntu Server has over many other platforms in its class is the snap package feature. Snap packages are universal packages that contain all necessary dependencies and can be installed with a simple command (such as sudo snap install nextcloud). Snaps can also be easily updated with a single command (sudo snap refresh), so there are fewer administrative tasks. - -If the Ubuntu Server features aren’t enough to sell you, then think about the stats. According to Statista, as of July 2024, Ubuntu is the third most popular distribution of operating systems among developers worldwide. In an unusual case of symmetry, 27.7% of developers use it for professional use, while 27.7% use it for personal use. Unsurprisingly, Windows was the most popular, followed by MacOS. - -Who does Ubuntu Server affect? - -Ubuntu Server affects everyone from IT pros, developers, CFOs, and end users. - -Let’s consider one element of Ubuntu Server: the cloud. According to a May 2024 report, Gartner predicted worldwide end-user spending on public cloud services would grow 20.4% to a total of $675.4 billion in 2024, up from $561 billion in 2023. - -OpenStack is one of the leading cloud computing platforms. - -Ubuntu Server is one of the most popular operating systems for OpenStack. - -I think the conclusion to draw is that Ubuntu Server is not only ruling the cloud but will continue to be a major force in leading IT. - -If your business has yet to deploy Ubuntu Server, be patient — it will. As companies and users become more dependent on the cloud, Ubuntu Server will become even more necessary. Fortunately for IT pros, the platform makes rolling out containers and clouds incredibly simple. - -When was Ubuntu Server released? - -Ubuntu Server was first released on October 20, 2004. As with every release since then, Ubuntu images can be downloaded from either a desktop or a server platform. - -The server release uses the same repositories as the desktop, so since inception, there has been a continuity between the editions. Ubuntu Server has always been released without GUI by default due to the sharing of repositories. It is possible to install a graphical environment. - -Ubuntu Server has come a long way since its humble beginnings. When Ubuntu Server was initially released, it was widely considered an option for mail, FTP, and web servers. Now, the sky’s the limit. - -What are Ubuntu Server’s competitors? - -The competition on the server platform is fierce, with open-source and proprietary solutions available. The primary competition for market share is: - -Red Hat Enterprise Linux. - -SUSE. - -CentOS. - -Fedora Server. - -Windows Server. - -Of the above offerings, only CentOS and Fedora Server are free. - -How do I start using Ubuntu Server? - -If you install Ubuntu Server on bare metal or via a virtual host, you need to download an Ubuntu Server ISO image and either burn that image onto a CD/DVD or create a bootable USB flash drive. Insert the media into the target hardware and boot up. The operating system installation is as easy as any other OS, if not easier. - -If a cloud deployment is your route of choice, you’ll want to log into your deployment dashboard and walk through that cloud service’s deployment process. - -No matter your path, starting out with Ubuntu Server is fairly painless. Out of the box, you will be working from the command line, so it’s prudent to get up to speed with tools such as apt-get. It will also help to refer to TechRepublic Premium for a guide to configuring networking and tips to secure Ubuntu Server.",1731883625,1d5aa7f62b,277dc12245,,,1731883625 -https://www.abetterlemonadestand.com/how-to-get-backlinks/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=how-to-get-backlinks,https://www.abetterlemonadestand.com/feed/,How to Build Backlinks: 20 Ways to Get Backlinks to Your Store,"Backlinks are an essential part of a well put together SEO strategy and learning how to get backlinks can help boost your website’s traffic in a variety of ways. As an essential part of SEO strategy, building backlinks is a mandatory task for every website owner who’s looking to build and maintain organic traffic to their website over time. The most difficult and time-consuming part of getting backlinks is figuring out how to get backlinks and doing so in a way that’s acceptable by search engine standards (AKA: Whitehat techniques). As backlinks need to come from sources outside of your own website, convincing other website owners to link back to your site in a way that’s honest and mutually beneficial can be tricky. In this post, we’ll discuss how to link building techniques and strategies for more linkbait content. - -What is a Backlink? - -A backlink is an incoming hyperlink from one website to another website. - -For example: In one of our previous articles, a Shopify Review, our opening sentence reads: - -“It’s been long overdue that we post a Shopify review on A Better Lemonade Stand.” - -In that sentence, we included a link to Shopify, the business that we’re making reference to, and that’s a backlink for Shopify. - -Any link from another website to yours is considered a backlink to your site. Any link on your website to another page on your website is called an internal link. As a website, your goal is to get quality (more on that soon) backlinks from other websites because it increases your website value, so you increase your ranking position in search results. - -Backlinks are important because search engines read them as a way of websites vouching for one another which helps to improve the rank and domain authority (think of this as credibility) of the linked site. However, these days, site owners practice link building with sites in relevant industries because relevancy is an important factor. So, it’s not as simple as getting links from any site. - -In the example mentioned above, when we’re linking out to Shopify from A Better Lemonade Stand, Google reads that and come to the conclusion that: - -Shopify is likely a reputable website because A Better Lemonade Stand is linking out to them, and; - -A Better Lemonade Stand is likely in the same industry as Shopify. - -Backlinks are recognized by search engines as a vote of confidence and the more reputable websites that link back to your own website, the more reputable it makes your website seem to search engines by association. To simplify this, a link from CNN is seen is much more credible and valuable than a link from Joe’s random thought blog that he started 2 weeks ago. - -When you have other websites with high domain authority vouching for your website it helps to improve your organic search engine ranking, you get indexed faster and you also get direct referral traffic from websites that are relevant to yours which means targeted traffic gets passed on to you and you’ll experience a lower bounce rate. - -That being said, different websites are ranked differently in a variety of ways when it comes to reputation, and that, amongst other variables, affects how backlinks are measured. - -No backlinks are created equally. They depend on a variety of ranking factors that are, for the most part, speculated. - -DOMAIN & PAGE STRENGTH - -Website authority can be measured in two different ways: - -The overall strength of the domain - -The strength of the URL - -This means that, for example, abetterlemonadestand.com has its own rank of website authority as one entire domain, whilst abetterlemonadestand.com/blog (or this particular blog post) will have an independent authority that’s connected to the domain but separate still because it is its own page. - -Bonus: To better understand domain and page authority, check out this free website and page authority checker. To use it, just enter some of your favorite websites to see what their domain and page scores are. - -Backlinks can also be measured by being either nofollow and dofollow links. - -Nofollow links are when a website links to another but it doesn’t boost the external website’s page rank or change it’s placement in search results. Nofollow links are often used by websites if they’re linking to an unverified source for any reason, don’t want to be associated to the page they’re linking out to, or in the case of paid sponsorships, as per Google’s advertising guidelines, they require those links to be nofollow. - -links are when a website links to another but it doesn’t boost the external website’s page rank or change it’s placement in search results. Nofollow links are often used by websites if they’re linking to an unverified source for any reason, don’t want to be associated to the page they’re linking out to, or in the case of paid sponsorships, as per Google’s advertising guidelines, they require those links to be nofollow. Dofollow links exist when one website links to another one and they want search engines to consider that link as a vote of confidence for the website they’re linking out to. Dofollow links are common when websites or blogs are linking out to other websites or blogs and see no detriment in being associated with that website in the eyes of the search engine. - -Note: Generally most links are DoFollow links unless the author of a website, post, or page specifically decides to make a link or set of links NoFollow. NoFollow links are identified by adding the nofollow attribute to the link code. - -For example: - -A DoFollow link will look like this: Shopify - -A NoFollow link will look like this: Shopify - -One important exception to note is easily self-attainable backlinks from self-posting sites/forums and social networks (like Facebook, Twitter, Quora, or comment sections of blogs) are almost always NoFollow. - -Bonus: To get a better idea of which links around the web are DoFollow vs. NoFollow, download the NoFollow for Chrome extension. It will highlight all links and show you which ones are DoFollow and which ones aren’t. - -LINK PLACEMENT - -Link placement is also thought to play a role in how search engines rank backlink authority. If a link is included in the context of written content on the page of a website it’s thought that search engines place more emphasis on it because it’s more likely to be relevant to the content of the website overall and is likely to be clicked more than links that are placed elsewhere on a webpage such as in the footers or sidebars. - -ANCHOR TEXT - -What words the link is linked to on a page is also thought to be an indicator to search engines of how relevant it is, this is known as Anchor Text. For example, anchor text is the words where the link is tethered to. For search engines, these words are indicative that they’re relevant to the content and likely to be clicked. - -As another example, in the yellow bonus section above we purposely linked to a free website and page authority checker and specifically chose the words that were linked. Google and other search engines read and register the words that are linked (anchor text) and these words help search engines better understand what the page or website you’re linking to is about and what it should rank for in search engine results. By specifically linking the descriptive words like “free website and page authority checker,” we have provided that website with a quality backlink that helps search engines better understand what they are and what they do, and we help that website rank higher for some keywords that are important to them and to other people finding them. - -LINK RELEVANCY - -Finally, link relevancy also plays a role in determining the strength of a backlink. Depending on several factors that search engines are well equipped to measure such as anchor text, other outbound links, keywords, H-Tags, the context surrounding the links and more, each of those helps determine whether a link is relevant to the overall content of the page and therefore whether the backlink is relevant or not. - -Search engines place an emphasis on rewarding websites with authority via backlinks carefully and measure the relevancy of links in a variety of different ways to ensure that the backlinks are authentic and not spammy to encourage well-constructed content by websites that are relevant and helpful to searchers so they find what they’re looking for. Search engines reward websites that meet their demand with higher domain and URL authority as well as relevant organic traffic. - -Acquiring links from websites or web pages that have been deemed by search engines to have low domain strength because they’re any combination of being low-quality sources, inappropriate, or spam can result in penalizing your own website. It’s important to not fall into the trap of thinking that more backlinks from more sourcing all pointing back to your website will increase your website’s rank authority in the eyes of search engines. It’s the quality of backlinks that counts more than the quantity. Aim to get links from authoritative sites that are relevant to your own in terms of subject matter and search engines will reward you with increased search traffic over time. - -Now that you have a background on what backlinks are, why they’re important, and how they’re measured by search engines, let’s dive into the ways you can build backlinks for your own website. - -1. Reddit Social Proof Method - -For those who haven’t already started using the forum Reddit for your business, now is the perfect time to start getting acquainted with it. It’s a very particular kind of forum with savvy users, so if you’re unfamiliar with their content policy, what “subreddits” are and proper “Reddiquette”, get familiar with it before you start using these next two methods to build backlinks - -The purpose of this method is to give value, get upvotes, and then replace the content of the socially-proofed post with a link to your site. - -Here’s how to perform it: - -Create a remarkable piece of content (more on that in our Content Strategy article). - -Find the subreddit within Reddit that best suits the niche you’re trying to target (make sure to thoroughly search through all the different subs to find the right one (or ones) that is relevant to your content. Relevancy is key as Redditors don’t appreciate spam and this method won’t work if the right niche of people aren’t engaged with the post). - -Create a post to that subreddit following that sub’s community guidelines (this step of the process is crucial. You have to approach your post on the subreddit very carefully. You cannot just post a link to your content and expect the subscribers of that sub to see the value in it, you have to give value first). - -Whilst creating the post, include all the valuable information you discuss in the remarkable piece of content you created. Your goal is to tell people the details you discuss in your piece content, why it’s interesting and why it’s relevant to them, and then, after you provide a thorough few paragraphs of information and if the community guidelines permit it, include a link to your piece of content and let users know they can click on that link for the full article. - -Once you’ve created that post, publish it to the subreddit. - -Once the post has been up for several hours and it’s generated a significant amount of upvotes and comments, edit the original message of your post to just include the link to your piece of content so that users will then have to click through to your web page to view the content. This only works if you’ve generated a significant amount of upvotes and comments. - -Links on Reddit start off as nofollow links and as we discussed earlier in this article, that means that there is no link juice transferring over from Reddit to any outgoing links, unless, and this is the important part, a certain amount of upvotes are achieved and then those links become dofollow. The actual number of upvotes isn’t public knowledge, but through educational speculation and testing, it’s widely believed that this theory is true. Getting a dofollow backlink from Reddit is hugely beneficial as their rank and domain authority is very high. - -Test out this backlink building method for yourself but remember not to be spammy on Reddit, follow the community guidelines, give value and get social proof first then leave a link to your piece of content and hopefully get some high-value link juice and referral traffic. - -Example: Below is an example screenshot of the /r/entrepreneur subreddit. You can see from the highlighted link colors which ones are DoFollow (Purple) and which ones are NoFollow (Red). - -2. Create Remarkable Content - -If you post remarkable content consistently that’s interesting, engaging, valuable, and helpful, you’ll get high-value websites linking out to you organically without having to ask for a backlink. - -This is a difficult method because it takes a lot of time to produce helpful and valuable content consistently and to sustain it over a long period of time. Even if you publish high-value content on your website from day one it’s going to take a while for others to take notice of your effort and in the meantime, it’s easy to get discouraged due to lack of an engaged audience. The difficult part is providing value on a consistent basis over a long enough time period to generate an engaged audience that supports your efforts. Once you reach that point you’ll start to see backlinks from other high-value sources start to come in and that’s when you reap the rewards of the work you put in creating remarkable content from day one. - -Until then, you just have to create content that’s interesting, engaging, and helpful, promote it via every possible method, and work on every other link building method. - -Bonus: For more on how to create remarkable content, check out our content strategy blog post where we share all our secrets with you. - -3. Create Linkbait Content - -Link building works best when you don’t need to do a lot of upfront work to get it. A simple hack to get quality backlinks to your site is to create linkbait content. For example, statistics and studies are some of the most linked to pieces of content. By creating content around industry stats for your niche, you can have more people linking out to your content. Depending on your industry, you can also collaborate with a local university or college to do a study in your industry so people link out to your content. - -Alternatively, you can also create custom linkable images like infographics with stats compiled. That way, if the research isn’t your own you can include it with a source section on the bottom of the page but still benefit from quality backlinks while ensuring the source gets credit. - -4. Get a Link from Your Manufacturer/Wholesaler/Supplier - -Depending on your manufacturer, this may be an easy method to build a backlink. Basically, you want to reach out to the manufacturer who you source your products from and ask that they link you as a retailer of their products on their website, or link you as a business that they work with. Manufacturers are likely to have aged domains which are thought to be a high ranking factor by search engines. The older the domain the more authority it keeps. - -The difficulty of this method is middle of the range because your manufacturer may not have a place for this kind of link on their website or they simply may not want to link out to you. If your manufacturer is open to the idea it’s an easy link to get but if not, you’re out of luck. - -Beyond the difficulty of this method, the value of this backlink also lays in the middle of the range. It won’t be a low-value or spammy backlink by any means, but it also might not give you super high-quality link juice like you would be getting from a high-authority domain. That being said, if you can get your manufacturer to link out to you then it’s relatively easy to acquire and it’s one more backlink than you had before. - -Before you reach out to your manufacturer make sure you have a reputable-looking website with some valuable content on it (like we discussed in the previous method) so the manufacturer is more likely to link out to you. They want to make sure they’re linking out to a reputable website as well so make sure you look like one. - -Example: Below is an example of Beardbrand’s list of online resellers. When you sell other branded products, it’s usually in the best interest of the supplier or manufacturer to link to you, providing your store with a valuable backlink. - -5. Interview Authorities in Your Niche - -Seek out “authorities” in your niche, whether they be bloggers, influencers, speakers, entrepreneurs, creators, etc. and interview them. Post the content to your website and reach out to whomever you interviewed and let them know about the content you created. - -More often than not the person will share your content, whether it’s on social media or, if you’re lucky, on their own website, and you’ll generate a backlink from it. People love it when they get noticed, even if it’s by a smaller player in their niche, so you will likely be recognized. - -The trick with this method is to be persistent in every way. Persistently pursue influencers when you’re reaching out to interview them and persistently pursue influencers when you’re reaching out to share your content with them. It’s likely that they have a lot of emails coming in at any given time, so persistently follow up with them. The more eager you seem the more likely they will be to engage with you. Always be polite, don’t get upset or offended if they aren’t getting back to you, but do be persistent. - -If they have a press page also ask to be featured on there as you’ll get a prominent backlink that is likely to have high authority. Build a relationship with the person you interview, generate some good content, and then work on getting the backlink. - -6. Republish Old Content - -Don’t let great content that you’ve created in the past go to waste. There are some websites where you can syndicate content which means that articles that you’ve published on your own website can be re-published on other websites relevant to your niche that have a much larger and diverse following than your own website. This enables you to get your content out in front of a larger audience and the original source of the content (your website) will get a link back to acknowledge where it was originally published. - -Well known websites where you can syndicate your content include: - -While it’s commonly thought that content syndication can lead to penalization from search engines for publishing duplicate content, that isn’t the case because there will be a link back to the original piece of content acknowledging its origin. Oftentimes the original creator of the content will also add a new introduction or title to the content as a means to differentiate it from the original post, but that’s optional. - -Look for high-quality sites you can syndicate your content to (like the ones we mentioned above) so that you get valuable link juice from an authoritative domain. This method is also likely to generate social shares and put your content in front of an audience that’s interested in your niche so you’ll be gaining valuable referral traffic as well. - -Bonus: For an additional 46 publications that accept republished content along with the appropriate contact info, please see this list, originally curated by the good folks at Sumo. - -7. Reach out to media sources - -You can get a lot of high quality backlinks by reaching out to the media. Keep in mind that while media sites have high domain authority, most of the time they aren’t relevant. So don’t focus on this strategy exclusively to ensure that you have a well-rounded backlink profile. - -You can build links using sites like Help A Reporter Out (HARO). This tool will send you emails three times a day (morning, noon, evening) with various reporters reaching out for sources for their articles. Not all pitches are accepted, so aim to put a unique spin to your response. - -Alternatively, you can also reach out to niche magazines to promote your blog, business, or app for a potential feature. Not only will this help you get a backlink but it might also help you generate more sales too. - -8. Guest Posting - -One of the most authentic ways to build a backlink is to guest post on someone else’s blog and earn a link back to your website in the byline or add some relevant contextual links to your website throughout the piece of content. When you guest post on someone else’s website you’re able to showcase your expertise in front of a new audience and control which pieces of your own context you link out to. It’s also a mutually beneficial relationship for you and the website host as you provide them with valuable content and they provide you with a quality backlink. - -Securing guest post assignments isn’t always easy and you’ll likely have to start small and build a portfolio before you earn guest posts on larger blogs. Your best strategy is to be persistent, polite, eager, and let the website hosts know what value you have to offer. Always lead with what value you have to offer them, not with what you’re hoping to get out of it as they’ll be much more receptive to your guest posting pitch if they see that you genuinely have value to give and want to share it with their audience. - -If you plan to reach out to other websites to guest post for them make sure your own site has valuable content already published on it so they have some way to gauge whether you’d be a good fit for their audience or not. Make sure your website looks professional and like you would fit into their niche market. Don’t forget to peruse their website and see if they have any guest post requirements or any particulars your guest post would need to meet such as a specific word count or formatting. - -9. Promote on social media - -Those wondering how to get backlinks should consider promoting their website on social media despite some of the no-follow links pointing back at your site. Link building on social media means that you’re guaranteed a link and might also get some decent website traffic back. - -If you’re promoting blog content, the two easiest social platforms to promote links on are Pinterest and Quora. The cool thing about Pinterest is that it’s a search-based image site for links. You can use a keyword research tool to find the site content with the most search volume and start posting those links on Pinterest first. While you won’t get high quality backlinks from it due to no-follow, you can generate a lot of traffic back to your site. Plus, when something goes viral on Pinterest, it typically ranks higher in search results too. So double win. - -Quora is also pretty laid back about including external links to your site on their platform, as long as your response is at least a few of paragraphs long. Link building strategies centered around social media tend to be beneficial for traffic too, so it’s an additional bonus to link building. - -10. Broken link outreach - -Using SEO tools, you can find websites with broken links based on keywords. For example, say you own a fitness app, you might search for articles that link to the “best fitness apps” and scrape a tool to find broken links in the article. Then, you reach out to those sites and tell them that you found a broken link on their website and your site could replace it. This is a link building strategy that’s really effective for cold, outreach emails. - -You can also use a target keyword for other pages that your article has. For example, if someone links to a study that has a broken link, you might promote one of your statistics webpages with a newer updated link they can replace it with. You don’t need to do a Google search to find this information, but you can also do it manually if you can’t find free tools that do this. - -11. Product Reviews - -If you have a certain product you’d like to promote to an audience, getting a blogger, influencer or another website to publish a review of your product is a valuable way to not only have your product featured in front of an audience that’s relevant to your niche, but a great way to get a contextual backlink as well. - -As per search engine ranking systems, product reviews garner high ranking backlink authority because they fulfill many of the high-value ranking requirements such as optimal link placement (within the post itself, not in a sidebar or footer) and link relevancy (within a relevant niche). If it is a sponsored product review, which depending on the website you work with they may only accept sponsored product reviews, as per Google guidelines, the link will have to be a nofollow link as opposed to a dofollow link, which isn’t ideal for a backlink but is still thought to provide some ranking power. - -Make sure you reach out to reputable websites for product reviews, and as we recommended with guest posting you may have to start with being featured on smaller websites before you’re able to get onto more popular ones. Approach potential product reviewers with some fact-based data of your product such as how many units you’ve sold, what your customer/market demographics are or how much revenue you’ve earned so you can give reviewers a way to gauge the demand of your product or what target market would be interested in it. Always lead with what value you have to offer the reviewer, be persistent, polite, eager, have a valuable product with some reputable reviews or data backing it up, find reviewers that serve a relevant niche to yours, and have your own professional looking website. - -Product Review Sites: - -12. Try influencer marketing - -Every company has potential influencers in it. It could be your content creator, social media team, founder, or even product person. By using the spokespeople in your company, you can get backlinks from making statements and being included in expert round-ups. - -Those active on social platforms like LinkedIn or on your website’s blog, could easily be quoted by another website, with a backlink included to their personal website or workplace. You can get more links by being active online and creating quotable content. If someone links to your social media instead, you can look up your brand mentions and ask for a link to your website instead. - -13. Reach out to “Resource” pages - -Many popular websites have resource pages. In the ecommerce community, many people refer to them as “partner” pages. By looking up listicles of popular blogs, websites, or even Shopify Apps, you’ll find countless resource pages. - -You can then reach out to those companies who have set them up and ask to be included. This is an easy way to get a backlink to your website from a company who is willing to give them out. Often, resource pages show that a company is backlink-friendly. - -You can find resource pages manually by going through lists of websites in your niche, browsing app stores, or through a Google search. You can also try the broken link tactic for these pages too if you notice that another site featured in the section is no longer active. - -14. Request a Link - -Search for blogs or websites that have conducted roundup lists or compilations of products, businesses or websites in your niche and ask to be added to the list. - -For example, we occasionally get requests from businesses operating a graphic design service to add their website to our blog post, 200+ Free and Premium Graphic Design Resources. From our perspective, this is a mutually beneficial request: It enables us to keep our list up-to-date with the best resources out there and the business is able to get a dofollow backlink without having to guest post, comment on our blog posts, pay for a product review or republish their own content, and the link placement and relevancy is perfect. It’s also a simple request, you’re asking to be added to the already existing post, so it’s a fairly simple request for businesses to fulfill. - -Look for posts where your website would just be a simple addition to the post, you’re not looking to re-write it. Find posts that are roundups or ones that have numbers in the title. See what your niche has to offer and just reach out! Make sure your website or product is relevant though, there’s no point if it’s not. - -15. Unlinked Mentions Method - -One of the ways on how to get backlinks is by doing the unlinked mentions method. As your website grows in popularity, you’ll notice that people start mentioning your website, app, or brand. Sometimes, they link to another article about your website whereas other times there aren’t any links at all. - -If you’re looking for a good link building technique, you can use tools for online mentions and reach out to websites asking for a link. You can get high quality backlinks to your website using this method. If you notice that a link was missed, these sites can be added to your list of referring domains. - -Using SEO tools, you can easily see all the backlinks your competitor’s get. You can find countless referring domains for any popular website on the internet. By looking up all your competitors, you can sort through their referring domains to determine which sites link out to competitors the most. Then, you can contact those websites and ask for links to your site. - -By looking at the website before reaching out, you can create a more personalized message. You can also look up the best ranking content on their site to see if there’s any alignment with your articles and business. Find out if there are any link building opportunities by doing cold outreach or by contacting the SEO employee at that company. - -17. Subreddit Moderator Method - -This is a very little known method of generating backlinks on Reddit and is lower in difficulty than the last method because you don’t have to generate social proof as a means of turning the backlink into a dofollow link. Even if you have no previous experience using Reddit this is an accessible way to get backlinks without having to engage with subreddit communities. - -Here’s how to generate dofollow links to your website from Reddit: - -Create your own subreddit (please note that your Reddit account will have to be at least 30 days old and you’ll need to have a small amount of positive karma). - -Once you’ve created your own sub, you don’t have to post anything to it ever (if you don’t want to) but the value comes from linking your content in the sidebar. As a subreddit owner/moderator, you have the ability to add relevant links and information to your subreddit’s sidebar. - -Every time you have a new piece of content or a webpage you can to link out to, add it to the sidebar of your own subreddit and that will generate dofollow links to your website from Reddit. - -As we’ve said above, Reddit is a high-value domain to receive link juice from, so a dofollow backlink from Reddit is beneficial and this is one of the easiest ways to get them. Please note, however, that your subreddit’s webpage will have a much lower authority than Reddit’s domain authority, but you will still acquire link juice and a backlink associated with Reddit. - -18. Create more webpages - -This might be a given, but the more webpages your site has the easier it is to get backlinks. Having a static one-page website will be much harder to get backlinks to than a website with landing pages, a blog, or multiple product pages. Content marketing is an important part of link building. Without tons of content, it’ll be a harder ask for backlinks. So, if you want to know the secret on how to get backlinks: build a blog. - -A quick Google search shows that there are tons of topics you can write about that are relevant to your niche. You can use a free tool for keyword research to come up with ideas. But by writing relevant content in your space, search engines will understand what your website is about and you’ll rank higher in results in that industry. Relevant sites will be more likely to start link building with you. So write some long form content on a regular schedule and stick with it for years to come, so people can rely on your expertise in your industry. - -While building links can be quite a challenge, there’s an easy way to get links to your site: practice internal link building. While you won’t get the same elevation in ranking from an internal link, there are many benefits to adding links to other pages of your websites, such as lowering bounce rate and keeping people on your site. - -You can add internal links easily. The more content you have, the more likely that keywords you’ve written about show up in an article. Relevant websites will typically have multiple topics in the same area which makes internal linking easier. - -20. Rank higher in search - -You can attract links by ranking higher in search. Most people don’t do thorough searches when linking out to another website. If creating link building campaigns and doing cold outreach scares you, you’ll want to rank high in search results to get a few links organically. Referring domains typically pick the top articles to link out to or the article with the exact search intent they’re looking for. - -Keep in mind that without backlinks, it’s hard to rank high in search. So if you’re playing the organic game, it’ll be a slow climb up. How many backlinks you get organically will depend on how many articles are ranking in the top three positions in search. But it is possible to earn backlinks organically without doing outreach. - -Conclusion - -Now you know the top 10 ways you can build backlinks to your website. We encourage you to try out each method for yourself and see what response you get. Don’t forget to be persistent, polite, and eager whilst still providing value when reaching out to other websites. Building backlinks is a marathon, not a sprint so be diligent about building a link here and there over time and they’ll begin to accumulate. First things first though, start working on remarkable content, a valuable product, and a beautiful website if you haven’t already so that you have something to direct potential collaborators to. Remember, it’s the quality of backlinks that count, not the quantity, so aim for quality.",1731883652,c95af7f5ef,26eff3dfa2,,,1731883652 -https://forbiddenplanet.com/442997-the-anemone-feels-the-heat-volume-1/?utm_source=products&utm_medium=rss,https://forbiddenplanet.com/rss/products/,The Anemone Feels The Heat: Volume 1,"Product Description - -After failing to get into her desired high school, studious Nagisa’s resolved to keep her chin up and move on. - -That is, until she meets a sickly girl named Mashiro at her new school, who throws a wrench into her plans—as she’s the very reason Nagisa flunked her exams in the first place. But Nagisa decides she won’t let it get her down, and to upend her negative feelings, she vows to warm up to Mashiro… Delve into this clever but clumsy girl’s captivating love story.",1731883664,0b8b73a382,27aef1cde3,,,1731883664 -https://www.getresponse.com/blog/how-to-create-an-online-course,https://www.getresponse.com/blog/feed,How to Create and Sell an Online Course (in 9 Easy Steps),"Thinking about launching an online course but worried you’ll get lost in the noise? You’re not alone. - -But the truth is, creating a successful course is within your reach — I’ve done it myself, reaching tens of thousands of students along the way, and I’m here to share my proven strategies. - -In this article, I’ll walk you through the essential steps to help you craft a course that doesn’t just stand out but actually sells. From picking the right topic to structuring engaging content, I’ll guide you through the essentials to make your course the one they choose — and complete. - -🎓 Interested in checking out some of our latest courses? Have a look at the new GetResponse Academy! - -How to create an online course in 9 steps - -Step 1. Choose the right course topic - -The first and most crucial step in creating a successful online course is choosing the right idea. - -If you pick a topic that doesn’t resonate with you, creating content will feel like a chore, and promoting it will be an uphill battle. But when you choose the right one, your enthusiasm and expertise will not only make the process more enjoyable but also lead to a more engaging experience for your students. - -So, how do you find the right course topic? Follow these three steps: - -1. Find a topic you’re an expert in and are passionate about - -Creating a valuable online course starts with identifying your passion and skills. To pinpoint them, ask yourself the following questions: - -What am I passionate about? Think about the topics that excite you and that you could talk about for hours. Your passion will keep you motivated throughout the process. - -Think about the topics that excite you and that you could talk about for hours. Your passion will keep you motivated throughout the process. What am I skilled at? Consider your areas of expertise. What do you excel at? What do people seek your advice on? Your skills will ensure that you can provide valuable and credible content to your students. - -Consider your areas of expertise. What do you excel at? What do people seek your advice on? Your skills will ensure that you can provide valuable and credible content to your students. What do I enjoy talking about? Reflect on the subjects you love discussing with others. This will help you create engaging and lively course content. - -Reflect on the subjects you love discussing with others. This will help you create engaging and lively course content. What do I enjoy teaching others? Think about the topics you enjoy explaining or teaching to others. Your enjoyment will translate into a better learning experience for your students. - -By answering these questions, you’ll be able to narrow down your options and focus on a topic that resonates with your students and stands out in the crowded online learning space. - -💡 Pro tip: Besides the course topic, you’ll also want to consider the breadth of your course. Dr. Carrie Rose, a Best-Selling Author and Course Development Expert, highlights the importance of keeping your course topic focused: - -Many aspiring course creators make the mistake of trying to cram everything they know into one course. I did this in my early days, thinking, “The more I offer, the more value they get, right?” Wrong. People aren’t looking for the entire kitchen sink; they want specific, tangible outcomes. Let’s say you want to create a course on building beautiful relationships. Instead of offering a comprehensive “ultimate guide,” focus on specific needs. Consider a mini-course on “Having Impactful Conversations with Your Partner” or a workshop on “Creating Magical Date Nights.” These focused, actionable topics are exactly what people are searching for. Dr. Carrie Rose - -Course Creation Expert and Best-selling Author - -💡 Still unsure about the topic you should choose? Consider these – Profitable online course ideas for 2024 - -2. Research your target audience to understand their needs and preferences - -Understanding your target audience is crucial for creating an engaging online course. After all, they’ll be taking it, so knowing their needs, preferences, and pain points will help you tailor your content to meet their expectations. - -Here are some effective methods to research your target audience: - -Online surveys : Create an online survey to gather information about your audience’s demographics, interests, and challenges. Tools like Pollfish, SurveyMonkey, or Google Forms can help you collect valuable data. - -: Create an online survey to gather information about your audience’s demographics, interests, and challenges. Tools like Pollfish, SurveyMonkey, or Google Forms can help you collect valuable data. Social media : Use social media to observe and engage with your potential audience. Join relevant groups, follow hashtags, and participate in discussions to understand their interests and behaviors. - -: Use social media to observe and engage with your potential audience. Join relevant groups, follow hashtags, and participate in discussions to understand their interests and behaviors. Online communities: Join forums and online communities on sites like Quora and Reddit to get unfiltered insights from your audience. - -Join forums and online communities on sites like Quora and Reddit to get unfiltered insights from your audience. Customer interviews: Interview potential students to gather firsthand information about their needs, preferences, and pain points. This direct approach can provide valuable insights that surveys might miss. - -By thoroughly researching your target audience, you’ll get to know them better, which will help you build a loyal following and increase your chances of success selling your courses. - -💡Pro tip: Consider the reasons why people sign up for online courses and ensure they’re willing to invest their own money in them. - -What was the main reason you chose to do an online course? GetResponse E-Learning Revolution study - -3. Validate your course idea to ensure there’s demand for it - -Before diving into course creation, it’s best to validate your idea with market demand. This step ensures that there is a genuine interest in your course topic, which is crucial for its success. - -Here are some methods to validate your course idea: - -Online research : Use tools like Google Trends, keyword research, and competitor analysis to check the interest in your course topic. Look for trends and search volumes that indicate a healthy demand. - -: Use tools like Google Trends, keyword research, and competitor analysis to check the interest in your course topic. Look for trends and search volumes that indicate a healthy demand. Social media : Leverage social media to test the waters. Share your course idea in relevant groups or forums and observe the reactions. Pay attention to the engagement and feedback you receive. - -: Leverage social media to test the waters. Share your course idea in relevant groups or forums and observe the reactions. Pay attention to the engagement and feedback you receive. Surveys : Create an online survey to directly ask your potential audience about their interest in your course topic. This can provide quantitative data to support your idea. - -: Create an online survey to directly ask your potential audience about their interest in your course topic. This can provide quantitative data to support your idea. Focus groups : Organize focus groups to discuss your idea and gather qualitative feedback. This method allows for deeper insights and can help you refine your concept. - -: Organize focus groups to discuss your idea and gather qualitative feedback. This method allows for deeper insights and can help you refine your concept. Pre-sales or waitlists: Offer a pre-sale or create a waitlist for your course. If people are willing to pay or sign up in advance, it’s a strong indicator of market demand. - -By validating your idea with market demand, you can ensure that there is a market for your course. This step will help you avoid investing time and resources into a course that may not attract students, increasing your chances of creating a successful online course. - -💡 Pro tip: When researching your audience, also consider what’s available on the market. If similar courses or content already exist, think about how yours can stand out and offer unique value to your audience. Your unique expertise, point of view, or approach can make all the difference. - -Step 2. Decide on the format - -Once you’ve chosen your topic, the next step is deciding on the course format. - -The format you choose can have a big impact on how well your course will resonate with your audience, so be sure to choose the one they’re most likely to engage with. - -There are several popular course formats you can consider: - -Video-based courses: Ideal for explaining complex concepts and demonstrating skills visually. - -Ideal for explaining complex concepts and demonstrating skills visually. Text-based courses: Works well for theoretical content or for audiences who prefer reading. - -Works well for theoretical content or for audiences who prefer reading. Email-based courses: Lessons are delivered directly to students’ inboxes over a set period. - -Lessons are delivered directly to students’ inboxes over a set period. Interactive courses: Engages students actively with quizzes, assignments, or live webinars. - -Engages students actively with quizzes, assignments, or live webinars. Blended courses: Combines multiple formats to cater to diverse learning styles and needs. - -Combines multiple formats to cater to diverse learning styles and needs. Cohort-based courses: Creates a community-driven experience with scheduled sessions and group discussions. - -Creates a community-driven experience with scheduled sessions and group discussions. Mini-courses: Short, focused modules on specific topics, ideal for quick learning. - -Our E-learning Revolution research has shown that video-based courses are most popular among all age groups. However, my personal favorite is blended courses. While they’re more difficult to create than purely video-based or text-based courses, they’ll help you engage your audience better. - -Most preferred course content formats. GetResponse E-Learning Revolution study - -By blending formats such as videos, text, quizzes, live webinars, and learning communities, you’ll improve student engagement and maximize your course completion rate. This, in turn, can lead to other benefits, including more positive reviews, word of mouth, and higher sales of your other complementary digital products. - -Step 3. Plan your course structure - -With your topic and format set, it’s time to organize your course into a logical, engaging structure. A well-thought-out structure makes it easier for students to follow along and helps ensure they reach the learning outcomes you promised. - -Here’s a simple five-step approach to structuring your course: - -1. Define clear learning objectives - -Start by outlining what you want your students to achieve by the end of the course and each individual module. Clear objectives not only guide your content but also give students a sense of accomplishment as they progress. - -2. Break down content into modules or lessons - -Divide your course curriculum into bite-sized, manageable sections. Think of each module as a chapter in a book, covering one major concept or skill. Breaking content down into small, digestible lessons helps students stay engaged and makes the course feel less overwhelming. - -3. Sequence lessons in a logical flow - -Arrange your lessons so that they build upon previous ones, moving from foundational topics to more advanced concepts. This logical progression allows students to build their skills and knowledge step-by-step. - -4. Consider adding practical exercises and milestones - -Plan for exercises, quizzes, or assignments at the end of each module to reinforce learning and keep students actively engaged. For longer courses, setting milestones with mini-assessments can help students feel a sense of progress and achievement along the way. - -5. Include a course wrap-up and the next steps - -Conclude your course with a final lesson that recaps key takeaways and encourages students to put their new skills into practice. If you have related offers or digital products, this is also a great moment to introduce them or suggest further learning resources. - -By following these steps and tips, you’ll create a course structure that feels cohesive, engaging, and impactful. A clear structure will not only guide your students but also make the content creation process smoother for you. - -💡 Pro tip: AI tools like ChatGPT and GetResponse’s AI Course Creator offer a great starting point for creating a course outline. Just provide the details of your online course, and they’ll create a solid first draft for you. Be sure to then adjust the course outline to include any missing pieces based on your own expertise and knowledge. - -Just provide the details of your course in the GetResponse Coirse Creator, e.g., Guitar course for children. - -And here’s the outcome you’ll get - -And here’s a sample prompt you can use to have ChatGPT plan out your course content: - -Create a detailed course outline for a course titled “[Your Course Name]”. This course is designed for “[Your Target Audience]” who want to “[Their Goal]”. - -Step 4: Select the right online course platform - -With your course structure mapped out, it’s time to choose where and how you’ll host and sell your online courses. - -Many creators delay this decision until after they’ve developed their content, but I recommend selecting a platform first. The platform you choose can shape the formats you’ll use, how you interact with students, and even how you market your course. - -Fortunately, most platforms offer free plans or trials, so you can explore options without upfront costs. - -There are two main ways of hosting and selling online courses: - -Online course marketplaces: Platforms like Udemy or Skillshare handle much of the technical setup and provide a ready-made audience. However, they often take a noticeable cut of your earnings, limit customization, and lack marketing features. - -Self-hosting: Self-hosting on your own website gives you full control over branding, customization, and user data. It also often allows for better integration with your website and marketing tools like your email service provider. For this, you’ll need a learning management system (LMS) like LearnDash, a standalone tool like Teachable, or an all-in-one course platform like GetResponse. - -Udemy’s revenue share model explained. Source: Udemy - -So, what’s the better option? Here are my recommendations: - -If you don’t have an audience and aren’t sure how to build one, consider a marketplace like Udemy. The setup process is easy, and they’ll help you promote the course to their existing user base. - -The downside is that the platform has high commission rates (up to 63%) and frequently runs sales campaigns, which can limit your potential revenue. Plus, it has rather limited marketing features in case you want to communicate with your students. - -Udemy – marketplace for online courses - -If you want to build an audience yourself and only create courses, you may want to consider an LMS like LearnDash (for WordPress sites) or a standalone tool like Teachable. - -These tools require more technical knowledge but will help you successfully create and scale online courses. The downside is that you’ll have to connect them with your other marketing tools (e.g. email service provider, community platform) and promote the courses yourself. - -LearnDash LMS tool for creating online courses - -If you want to build an audience yourself and create and market your courses using emails, automation, webinars, and more, I recommend tools like GetResponse. Apart from intuitive AI, they come with prebuilt marketing and sales tools that’ll help you develop successful online courses with ease. Plus, GetResponse doesn’t take any portion of your profits. - -The downside, similar to standalone tools, is that you can’t rely on the existing community, so you’ll need to market your courses yourself. - -GetResponse’s Course Creator. - -You may also take a mixed approach. You can host some courses in a marketplace and others on your own website. This way, you can use platforms like Udemy, SkillShare, or even YouTube to build an audience and refer it to your own website, where you’ve got more control and monetization options. - -This option is most optimal if you’re ready to develop at least two courses and spend time marketing them. - -📝 Before you commit to any online course builder, make a list of essential features you’ll need based on your course structure. Some platforms specialize in video-based courses, while others offer interactive quizzes, certificates, or community features. Look into key aspects like: Content delivery (video, text, or interactive) - -(video, text, or interactive) Marketing and sales tools (one-time and recurring payments, upselling options, or email integration) - -(one-time and recurring payments, upselling options, or email integration) Student engagement features (quizzes, comments, emails, or forums) - -(quizzes, comments, emails, or forums) Analytics and reporting (to track engagement and progress) - -(to track engagement and progress) Productivity (AI course outlining, autogenerated module descriptions) - -Once you’ve done that, do some window shopping and try the most popular course platforms. If you plan to expand your offer, consider your current and future needs and choose a tool that’ll scale with you. - -Step 5. Develop engaging content - -Now that you have your online course platform and structure, it’s time to create high-quality course content that keeps students engaged and helps them achieve their goals. Compelling content is the backbone of any successful online course, so focus on clarity, interaction, and variety. - -Here are some essential steps for crafting engaging course content: - -Start strong with a clear introduction. Begin each lesson or module with a quick overview of what students will learn. This helps set expectations and gives students a sense of purpose for each section, keeping them focused and motivated. Break up content with short, digestible lessons. Long videos or walls of text can overwhelm students. Aim to keep each lesson focused and concise, ideally around 5-15 minutes for video or text-based content. Shorter segments help maintain attention and give students a clear path to progress through the course. Use a mix of formats to keep things interesting. Add variety by combining videos, slides, downloadable resources, and interactive elements like quizzes or exercises. Mixing formats keeps things fresh and caters to different learning styles, enhancing overall engagement. - -What features do you find essential for the best online course experience? GetResponse E-Learning Revolution study - -Include interactive elements to reinforce learning. Regularly adding quizzes, assignments, or reflection questions encourages students to apply what they’ve learned. Interactive elements help students retain information and turn passive knowledge into practical skills. - -Focus on interactive content, real-world applications, and clear learning outcomes. Incorporating quizzes, assignments, and community discussions enhances engagement. To improve completion rates, I emphasize progress tracking and regular feedback to keep learners motivated. Anton Voroniuk - -CEO of SkillsBooster Academy, Google Academy Agency Trainer & Udemy Instructor with 700k+ students worldwide - -Incorporate real-life examples or case studies. When possible, use real-life examples or case studies to illustrate concepts. This makes the content feel relevant and actionable, helping students see how they can apply what they’re learning in real-world situations. End each module with a quick recap and the next steps. Summarize key points at the end of each module to reinforce what students have learned and give them a sense of progress. Outline the next steps or suggest additional resources if they’d like to dive deeper into the topic. Focus on quality and engagement. If you’re creating videos, invest in a microphone (the Apple AirPods work just fine!) and an HD camera (it could be the one on your laptop). For editing, aim for a quick pace by trimming any unnecessary content. Keeping lessons clear, concise, and on-point makes the course more enjoyable and holds attention. - -When developing your first course, remember: done is better than perfect. You don’t need a film studio budget or months of production time to create a profitable course that resonates. In fact, our study found that 27.4% of creators spend between $101–$500 on creating their courses, and 36.3% finish their course within 1–3 months. Starting with a modest setup and refining based on student feedback is often more effective than waiting for perfection. - -On average, how much does it cost for you to create a course? GetResponse E-Learning Revolution study. - -On average, how much time does it take for you to create a course? GetResponse E-Learning Revolution study. - -Creating engaging course material can be time-intensive, but it’s important to remember that no course is ever completely finished. Launching your first online course allows you to gather valuable feedback, giving you the insights needed to make improvements over time. Quality builds trust and motivates students to complete the course, but perfection isn’t a requirement—iteration is. - -Step 6. Upload your content - -With your course content ready, it’s time to bring it to life by uploading everything to your course platform. This is where all the preparation comes together, so take the time to set up each component thoughtfully for the best student experience. - -Here’s a quick checklist to guide you: - -Create your structure. Begin by creating modules and lessons. It’ll help you keep things organized. Upload videos and text lessons. Begin by uploading your core materials — video content, text, or slides. Ensure that each lesson is correctly titled and organized according to your course structure. Add downloadable resources. Upload any additional resources, like templates or checklists, and link them within the relevant lessons. This helps students easily access extra tools that enhance their learning. Set up quizzes and assignments. If your platform supports it, create quizzes or assignments to reinforce learning and provide feedback. Place them strategically at the end of lessons or modules to keep students engaged. Set up the certificate. Create a certificate if you plan to give it to those who complete your course Add the next steps. Share the next steps your students should take before leaving your course. This is the perfect moment to ask for feedback or promote your other offers. Preview your course. Before going live, preview the course as a student would. Check the flow, ensure materials are accessible, and verify that quizzes, videos, and downloads work seamlessly. - -This process may vary slightly depending on which course creation platform you decide on. Here’s what it looks like using the drag-and-drop editor in GetResponse. - -Step 7. Set the price and launch your course - -With your course ready to go, it’s time to determine its price and prepare for launch. Pricing can feel like a tricky decision, but setting the right price will help you attract your target audience while reflecting the value of your content. - -Dr. Carrie Rose goes even further, suggesting that paid courses have better engagement rates because people who pay are more likely to commit: - -I know you want to help people, and putting a price on that can feel strange. But here’s the reality: people value what they invest in. If they don’t pay for it, they won’t value it, and they likely won’t complete it. This isn’t just about making money; it’s about ensuring your course has the impact you intended. […] My early free courses had terrible completion rates. But when I started charging, people showed up and did the work. They valued it because they invested in it. It’s a psychological shift; when students have “skin in the game,” they’re more committed to seeing it through. You’re either in it for money, impact, or both. Without sales, your impact is zero. Dr. Carrie Rose - -Course Creation Expert and Best-selling Author - -Research market rates and audience willingness to pay - -Start by looking at similar courses in your niche to get a sense of competitive rates. - - - -According to GetResponse’s E-learning Revolution study, 20.6% of respondents are willing to pay between $51 and $200 for a course, while 19.2% are comfortable with $201–$500. This gives you a benchmark for pricing based on common willingness to spend. - -Rest assured, most course creators adjust their prices after the launch. So don’t worry if you’re uncertain. You can always change your price later or run limited-time discounts. - -How much are you willing to pay for a course? GetResponse E-Learning Revolution study. - -Choose a pricing model - -Decide on a pricing structure that suits your course and audience. You might consider: - -One-time payment: Simple and straightforward. - -Simple and straightforward. Subscription model: Offers ongoing access for a monthly or yearly fee, ideal for content that is updated regularly. - -Offers ongoing access for a monthly or yearly fee, ideal for content that is updated regularly. Tiered pricing: Providing different levels of access (e.g., basic, premium) can appeal to a range of budgets. - -You can also consider creating product bundles, which would allow prospects to buy your online courses individually or together with other digital products or memberships at a discounted price. - -Step 8. Launch and promote your course - -With your online course ready to go, it’s time to launch and promote it effectively. - -Before I share my preferred approach for promoting online courses, consider the audience you’re trying to reach. Where are they most active? Where do they seek information? Your audience research should guide your choice of the best marketing channels for promoting your course. - -Our E-learning Revolution study, for example, showed that the top three most popular ways to discover online courses across all age groups are – online search, word of mouth, and social media. - -How do you discover online courses? GetResponse E-Learning Revolution study. - -At the same time, course creators use social media, email newsletters, and paid ads as their three most popular marketing channels. - -What channels do you use to market your courses? GetResponse E-Learning Revolution study. - -Let’s now review the 8-step process for promoting your program. If you’d like to explore this topic further, consider our guide on marketing online courses. - -1. Create a tripwire offer to attract prospective students - -A tripwire offer is a low-cost product, typically between $5 and $50, designed to convert prospects into paying customers. - - - -For your course, you could create a short guide, a mini-course, or a resource pack that aligns with the main course content. The goal is to offer high value at a low price to build trust and make it easier for customers to invest in your full course later. - -An example of a tripwire offer – a $20 guide – leading to higher-ticket programs and courses - -2. Create a sales page for your course - -A dedicated sales page is essential for presenting your course in the best light. This page should clearly outline who the course is for, the learning outcomes, and the unique benefits students will gain. - -Address any common hesitations, include testimonials or reviews for social proof, and add a call-to-action (CTA) that directs visitors to sign up. If you’re using a tripwire offer, mention it on the sales page as an introductory option, but keep the focus on the full course as the ultimate solution. - -Fragment of a sales page promoting the Content Marketing Course - -3. Use social media and paid ads to drive traffic - -Even if you don’t have a large audience, the odds are you have some following on social media. So use Facebook, LinkedIn, X, or whatever platforms you’re active on to promote both the tripwire offer and your main course. - -The lower price of the tripwire can make it a more accessible entry point, attracting a larger audience and creating an opportunity to convert them into full-course students later on. - -4. Use your email list - -If you have an existing email list, it’s time to use it to promote the tripwire offer as a “sneak peek” or “first step” toward the main course. Once someone purchases the tripwire, you can follow up with an automated email sequence that highlights the benefits of your full course and offers an exclusive discount for tripwire buyers. - -An example of an email from GrowthHackers promoting their online courses - -How Justin Welsh promotes his LinkedIn course in his newsletter’s PS section - -5. Optimize your landing page for upsells - -When someone buys the tripwire offer, direct them to a landing page with an upsell to the main course. This page can outline how the main course expands on what they’ve already purchased, making it an easy next step for those who found value in the tripwire. Consider offering a limited-time discount or bonus to create urgency for this upsell. - -An exit intent popup highlighting the deal you’re about to leave behind - -6. Host a free webinar to showcase value - -A free webinar is a great way to introduce your expertise and encourage attendees to consider both the tripwire and the main course. - -During the webinar, mention the tripwire offer as an easy way for attendees to start learning while positioning the main course as the complete solution. As a bonus, consider offering a time-limited deal for your main course available only to the webinar attendees. - -An email invitation to our webinar where we launched our Affiliate Marketing Blueprint course - -7. Engage and upsell - -Once students purchase the tripwire offer, engage them with helpful tips, mini-lessons, or additional resources. This builds trust and adds value while setting up an upsell to your main course. Automated email sequences can help you stay connected, nudging them toward upgrading to the full course. - -A simple email sequence you could use to welcome and nurture new course students. Source: GetResponse Automation - -8. Creating an online community - -Building an online community around your course can be a powerful way to attract new students and keep enrolled students engaged. Platforms like Facebook Groups, Discord, Skool, or MightyNetworks provide spaces for students to interact, ask questions, and support each other. - -Reforge Slack community for active course students - -This creates a sense of belonging, keeps students motivated, and enhances the overall learning experience. An engaged community also generates organic word-of-mouth promotion, helping you reach new potential students. - -Step 9. Measure success, gather feedback, and optimize - -Your work isn’t done after you published your course. In fact, Ongoing marketing is essential to sell your online course effectively. You also need to analyze your results, gather feedback, and improve your course to keep it relevant and evergreen. - -Here’s a three-step approach to guide this process: - -1. Collect feedback from students - -Regularly ask students for feedback to understand their needs, preferences, and areas where they might be facing challenges. This can be done through: - -Mid-course surveys : Check in with students partway through the course to gauge their experience so far and identify any adjustments you can make. - -Completion surveys : After students finish the course, request feedback on what they found most valuable and any improvements they’d suggest. - -This input helps you pinpoint strengths and weaknesses, enabling you to make improvements that align with student needs. - -Email we send to people who finish the Nonprofit Email Marketing course in the GetResponse Academy - -Course reviews for the Email Marketing for Nonprofits course - -2. Use testimonials and reviews to build credibility - -Positive testimonials are a powerful marketing tool—nearly half (45.8%) of prospective students find online reviews to be ‘very important’ when deciding to enroll in a course, as shown in our research. - -Display these testimonials prominently on your landing page, email promotions, and social media to build social proof and enhance credibility. Reviews that showcase the real-world value of your course can be instrumental in converting new students who rely on this validation before committing. - -Even community comments and private messages can act as testimonials. Here’s an example from the SEO Blueprint course. - -3. Analyze course performance data - -Dive into your course analytics to understand how students are engaging with your content. Look at data points such as: - -Completion rates : Identify if there are specific lessons where students tend to drop off, as this may indicate areas that need reworking. - -Quiz or assignment scores : Analyze how students are performing on assessments to gauge the effectiveness of your teaching and whether certain concepts need more clarity. - -Engagement metrics : Track which lessons or modules are most popular, as this can help you understand what resonates and expand on those topics in future content. - -Performance statistics of one of our recent courses in the GetResponse Academy. - -Using data-driven insights helps you make informed decisions on how to optimize your course for better results. - -For example, if you find that students are dropping off in certain modules, consider breaking up long lessons or adding more interactive elements to boost engagement. - -By continually measuring, gathering feedback, and optimizing your course, you not only improve the learning experience but also build long-term credibility and satisfaction among your students. - -This iterative approach helps you create a course that evolves with your audience’s needs, ensuring it stays relevant, valuable, and impactful. - -Start selling online courses today - -Creating an online course may seem daunting, but by following these steps, you’re well on your way to building something impactful. Whether your goal is to monetize your expertise, reach a wider audience, or make a meaningful difference, launching your own course is an incredible way to share your knowledge with the world. - -Remember, every profitable course began with that first step. Start your course creation journey today, and join the thousands of creators who have already turned their passion and expertise into profitable online courses. - -The world is waiting—start building your course and make your mark. - -And if you’re looking for an all-in-one course creator tool that’ll help you host, market, and sell your courses under one roof, give GetResponse a try! - -Not sure how we can help? Read on to learn how online teachers use GetResponse.",1731883652,90dc77288c,2735f313c2,,,1731883652 -https://www.wired.com/gallery/best-usb-c-cables/,http://feeds.wired.com/wired/index,"The Best USB-C Cables for Your Phone, Tablet, or Laptop","With various standards and charging technologies at work, it is much harder than it should be to work out what a cable can do. There are a few things worth knowing when shopping. - -USB Standards: The Universal Serial Bus (USB) standard dates to 1996 but has seen many new standards, revisions, and connector types in the years since. Instead of running through all of them here, we try to highlight what matters. - -Connectors: While USB-C is mercifully becoming a standard connection type, you want cables with connectors that fit your existing devices. Today, that still might mean USB-A, Lightning, or even MicroUSB. Remember that the capabilities of any cable are limited to its oldest connection type. - -Data: The data transfer speed is always in megabits per second (Mbps) or gigabits per second (Gbps). You'll know the speed a cable should be capable of by the standard: - -USB 2.0 supports 480 Mbps - -USB 3.0 supports 5 Gbps - -USB 3.1 supports 10 Gbps - -USB 3.2 Gen 1 supports 5 Gbps - -USB 3.2 Gen 2 supports 10 Gbps - -USB 3.2 Gen 3 supports 20 Gbps - -USB 4.0 supports 40 Gbps - -Power: While cable manufacturers always list the maximum charging rate, your device will determine how much power to draw, so it's important to know what standards it supports and combine your cable with the correct power adapter. The charging rate of a cable is measured in watts (W). Sometimes manufacturers will list specifications on the cable in tiny print. If there’s no W listed, you can calculate it by multiplying the voltage (V) and the current (A), assuming they are listed. - -Basic USB-C cables are passive and can only carry up to 60 watts. Cables that can carry 100 watts or more, sometimes described as active, must contain e-marker chips that identify the cable and its capabilities. - -The Power Delivery (PD) standard is as close as we have to a common standard. A few manufacturers, like OnePlus, Oppo, and Xiaomi, still have proprietary charging standards. Then there's Qualcomm’s Quick Charge (QC) standard, which was the most popular for phones for many years, although Quick Charge 4+ supports PD. Even PD has a variant called Programmable Power Supply (PPS), which is part of the USB PD 3.0 standard. PPS allows for real-time adjustments to maximize efficiency and charge phones like Samsung's Galaxy S22 range at up to 45 watts instead of the usual 18. The latest addition to PD is Extended Power Range (EPR), which allows USB-C cables to carry up to 240 watts (they used to be limited to 100 watts). - -Thunderbolt was a proprietary interface developed by Intel and Apple, but it's now open for royalty-free use (still certified by Intel). With Thunderbolt 3, the standard adopted the USB-C connector and is capable of data transfer speeds up to 40 Gbps and can deliver 100 watts of power using the PD standard. Thunderbolt 4 brings various improvements mostly related to the video signal (support for two 4K displays or an 8K display). It also supports the USB 4 standard and is backward compatible with previous standards. - -Cable Certification: There are a few types of cable certification. When a cable is certified, that usually means it was independently tested and conforms to specific standards. It gives you, as a buyer, peace of mind that your cable performs as the manufacturer claims. Certification can be expensive, so many cable manufacturers shun it, but that doesn’t necessarily mean their cables are poor quality. The USB Implementers Forum (USB-IF) is a non-profit organization dedicated to advancing USB technology. Run by members like Apple, Google, HP, Microsoft, and Intel, it sets specifications and offers certification. If a cable is certified by the USB-IF, it has been tested to ensure it complies with its standards. Apple has its own Made for iPhone (MFi) certification for Lightning cables. Intel certifies Thunderbolt cables. Certified cables usually have the relevant logo on the connector. (For example, Thunderbolt cables have a lightning bolt.)",1731883631,bc78e81c60,276fb41d1e,,,1731883631 -https://www.creativebloq.com/tech/these-are-the-retailers-offering-black-friday-guarantees,https://www.creativebloq.com/rss.xml,These are the retailers offering Black Friday guarantees,"One of the worst elements of Black Friday is the mental gymnastics that it can take to figure out the best time to buy, and ensure that you get the lowest possible price on a product. With Black Friday sales starting much earlier each year, it can be difficult to decide whether you should cash in on a deal when you see it, or wait until the big day for any potential further discounts. Take a look at our Black Friday hacks if you're looking for some bigger savings. - -Thankfully, several retailers are taking away the stress this year by introducing Black Friday guarantees and price promises. This usually means that a store will price match against other retailers, and if the price of a Black Friday deal is lowered any further after you purchase, and before a certain date, then you can claim a refund on the difference. - -With a Black Friday price promise, you can shop with more confidence knowing that even if a price becomes lower on Black Friday (November 29) or Cyber Monday (December 2), you're covered. I've rounded up the top retailers offering Black Friday guarantees in both the US and UK below. You're welcome. - -US Retailers - -Best Buy - -Best Buy has a Holiday Price Match Guarantee in effect this Black Friday through December 25. This means that If Best Buy's prices fall lower during the holiday season, they will match it so the customer always has the best price. This can be requested by online chat or by phone.In addition, Best Buy is also matching product prices from other key online and local competitors within Best Buy's Qualified Competitors list for new products only. - -That's not all. Best Buy is also offering an extended holiday return and exchange policy whereby any purchases made from November 1, through to December 31, are covered by an extended return period up until January 14, 2025. If you're looking for more ways to save on products this Black Friday, consider getting a Best Buy membership ahead of Black Friday for exclusive deals and member-only prices. - -Newegg - -(Image credit: Newegg) - -At Newegg, customers are covered by a Black Friday Price Protection Program which entails automatic refunds to customers that have purchased eligible products from November 1 through November 20, 2024, that have since become discounted to a lower price on Newegg.com on or before November 30. - -The best part is that Newegg will automatically refund the difference to the original payment method of the customer, and there's no need to track prices or submit a claim – refunds will be automatically processed by December 10th with an email confirmation sent out. Now that's a stress-free Black Friday experience. - -Target - -Target also has a Price Match guarantee in place for customers this Black Friday which covers purchases made in-store or online from November 7. If the product price falls lower at Target on or before December 24, customers can request a price match, though proof of purchase will be required for price adjustments. - -There are a few T's &C's that you might want to check before relying on Target's Price Match Guarantee, as some of the small print suggests that price matches are not valid if the product is on clearance or sold by Target Plus, or if you bought the item in a Target store, and the lower price is from a different Target store. - -UK Retailers - -Currys - -(Image credit: Currys) - -Currys is offering a price promise and Black Friday Price Match Guarantee on plenty of its eligible products. The catch? They must have been purchased after the 30th of October, and it covers any price drops before the 2nd of December (so this does NOT include Cyber Monday discounts). - -You must claim any price matches by the 9th of December, and be mindful that Sky Glass, ink products, and products with a red ‘Epic Deals’ badge are not included or covered by this guarantee. - -Argos - -Argos is continuing its Price Promise campaign during Black Friday this year, but it only applies to products specifically marked with the ""Price Promise"" badge. What are the benefits? You can rest easy knowing that these campaign product prices will not fall below the purchase price before December 25, 2024. - -The campaign covers Black Friday products purchased both in-store and online at Argos, but excludes products either not labelled with the Price Promise badge, or those that are labelled differently as ‘hot products’ for example – so keep an eye on this. It also only applies to products purchased between 1 November to 3 December 2024.",1731883645,2a3fe07f92,27cc1dc53f,,,1731883645 -https://transom.org/2018/two-years-franz/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Two Years With Franz,"Intro from Jay Allison: What if you have a story that’s really complicated, and you have 546 tapes to listen to, and you get obsessed and don’t know where to stop? All of those things were true for “Two Years with Franz.” The “Two Years” refers to two years of tapes recorded by the Pulitzer-winning poet Franz Wright before his death, and then, the two years Bianca Giaever spent listening to them. Over the past few months, this timeline ended here in Woods Hole with Bianca and me huddled in a studio figuring out what to do. This is a story of art and love, of madness and beauty, of youth and age and death. We hope you listen and that you feel it was worth the time and effort. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/06/01-Two-Years-With-Franz.mp3 Download Listen to “Two Years With Franz” - -Photo Gallery - -Click on arrows to view photos. - -Franz as a young man. New York City, 1979. Franz and his father, the poet James Wright. They are the only parent and child to both win the Pulitzer Prize. Franz and his wife, Beth Oehlkers Wright, shortly after he was diagnosed with cancer, 2010. Franz’s cat, Robert, at his home in Waltham, Massachusetts. Franz’s yellow typewriter that he painted Sunburst Yellow. The letter Franz wrote to Alice Quinn, poetry editor of The New Yorker in 1990. Franz after brain surgery. He asked for his manuscript, a cigarette, a coffee, and a shot of whiskey. The nurses allowed him the manuscript and a coffee. The Dunkin' Donuts cup used by Franz to write poetry after his brain surgery. The windowsill in Franz Wright’s home in Waltham, Massachusetts. A note written by Franz on a coffee filter above his sink: “Those dishes are going to be sorry when I finally get my hands on them.” Notes between Franz and his wife Beth posted above the toilet. They kept different sleep schedules, so notes in the bathroom were sure to be seen. Franz’s Alcoholics Anonymous book, where he wrote during meetings. Franz’s poetry revisions. The mantle in Franz’s home. The Pulitzer Prize that he won in 2004 is in the bottom right corner. Franz and Beth's home. A love letter from Franz to his wife Beth, on their 11th anniversary and her 44th birthday. In it he writes, ""my true lifetime"" and the dates of their marriage. Another love letter from Franz to Beth, 2012. A poem from Franz to Beth, 2013. A T.S. Eliot quote, painted by Franz. One of Franz’s last statements, a couple weeks before he died. - -Poetry vs. Plot - -Photos by Jonno Rattman - -In radio, we’re often taught to look for stories with a strong plot. But making poetic, non-linear, or character-based radio is much more difficult in my opinion. There’s no guidebook for how to do it. - -For a long time, I was terrified to make a radio story about poetry. I wanted the story to be as bizarre and poetic as the audio recordings that I had, but I was worried about alienating the audience in this land of long and circuitous Franz tapes. Jay and I were constantly navigating this terrain, figuring out when to get lost in the tapes, and when narrative handholds were needed. Jay said a helpful thing recently: “The weirdness comes from within the tapes. We’re just helping you understand them.” - -As for plot, the chronology of Franz’s life provided an obvious framework for the story. But I wasn’t interested in making a biopic. In order to avoid that, I felt like I had to grab the wheel of this story and wrench it in a different direction. - -Goals - -I wanted to weave together three different perspectives: Franz dying, Beth (his wife) grieving, and me listening. The final piece doesn’t move chronologically, which makes me very happy. I love when stories jump through time and into various perspectives. But this can be challenging in radio, because there aren’t any visual cues to orient you in time. It gets tiring to keep saying things like, “Remember that thing that happened? This was six years before that.” - -I was also acting on a longtime desire to report on a death. I love obituaries, and I often thought of this piece as a very long obituary. I relished the opportunity to go deeply into one life and figure out what gave someone satisfaction. This also gave me the chance to explore some other strange tangents . . . more poetic ideas and feelings I was having. For example, my morbid tendency to imagine my partner’s death. - -Lastly, I was interested in exploring anxiety; where it comes from, what it feels like on a daily basis, and the paradoxical way it simultaneously motivates and paralyzes. - -Going Personal - -I knew early on that I would need to look inward for this story to work, and that my own experience of listening to Franz’s tapes would ground the listener in the story. I was happy to do that, because I often think about the way we hear other people’s stories. We’re constantly projecting our own anxieties, fantasies, wishes, etc. onto their words. - -I also wanted to document this strange period of my life, my late twenties. It feels like the final stage of a long adolescence, when people make decisions about how they want to live the rest of their life. - -At the same time, I didn’t want the piece to become a solipsistic exploration of my own existential anxieties. Jay helped me find this balance. One day he sent me a long list of questions to help me write about myself: - -Did Franz scare you? Was he worthy of obsession? Did you talk about it with other people in your life and what did you think? How did you feel about Beth? - -Looking back on these questions now, I see how they shaped the piece. They all get answered, without too much time spent talking about myself. - -At one point while I was working on this piece, Jay said “Good writing is just saying facts.” This was an incredible epiphany for me. I had been trying to fill the piece with my brilliant insights, all of which Jay kept cutting. Finally, I was like, all I need to do is say facts! I can do that! Facts! - -To Film Or Not Film? - -My original vision was to make a film out of this story. I actually have a script written for a feature length hybrid documentary about Franz. I had lots of ideas for re-creations, and I loved the way Franz’s apartment looked. With a film, I’d be able to trap people in a dark and quiet room to give their full attention to Franz’s tapes. - -But I ran into some serious roadblocks with making a film. It’s expensive. Beth was moving out of their apartment very quickly. I would have to go back and film all my interviews with Franz’s poetry friends. And I didn’t have any visual ideas yet for Franz’s tapes. - -Finally, I got impatient with the filmmaking process and decided to make a radio story. Once I made that decision, everything moved much more swiftly. I converted my film script into a radio script. I knew that Jay had the poetic soul necessary to produce this project, and I reached out to him. He listened to my selects of the tapes in his shed in a blizzard. Perfect. - -Even more perfect... Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -To Mini Series Or Not To Mini Series - -One of the challenges of this piece was its size. Here’s a list of themes the story touches, off the top of my head: addiction, abuse, mental illness, the creative process, redemption, love, deciding when to marry someone, grief, and death. In addition to this monstrosity, I had three major characters I needed to introduce, each with their own life stories. - -I had so much material, that Jay and I talked a bit about jumping on the podcast mini series bandwagon. Honestly, I think I was interested in this idea because I had given two years of my life to this story and I wanted to feel like I was getting something “big” in return. But as a podcast listener I was feeling fatigued. I can’t remember the last mini series I made it through. (Actually it was S-town, but still . . . too many podcasts!) - -While the Franzophiles would appreciate a mini series, I felt that an hour long piece would reach a broader audience. And I liked the challenge of being economical. A time constraint calls for strong, tight writing. There’s something satisfying about an hour long radio story that takes you on a complete journey. - -Outline - -Structure is always very hard for me. In a good radio story, it feels like every idea flows effortlessly into the next. But in reality, this is achieved through very careful structuring. Jay helped me break the piece into sections and give each section a title. - -I love seeing transcripts and outlines to other people’s pieces, so I’ve included the transcript here and the outline below. More detailed chapter headings are in blue in the script. I’m probably delusional, but I swear the script looks different when you finally get the lines right . . . like it was meant to be that way. It’s a great feeling. - -Introduction - -The Tapes - -Who is this guy? - -Beth and Franz - -Beth’s Grief - -Franz is talking to me - -Franz is Dying - -Conclusion - -Inspirations / References - -There are a few personal radio stories that inspired me while making this piece: - -Man Chaboum (I Am Good) by Sharon Mashihi - -I really admire the work Sharon did not only in this radio story, but in her life in order to make it. - -A 700-Foot Mountain of Whipped Cream by Clive Desmond - -This story also works with found tapes, and the writing is very surprising. The story begins in the womb. The womb! - -Why Oh Why Ep. 8: How Will I Know by Andrea Silenzi - -Andrea’s writing in this episode is phenomenal, and the scene where her boyfriend moves out is a direct nod to her writing. When I first heard this, I went “ohhhhh.” Her details are so specific, and yet so relatable. - -Other non-radio inspirations: - -The Museum of Everyday Life in Glover, Vermont created by Clare Dolan - -I’m VERY inspired by museums (hopefully one day I will have a museum of my own). At one point, I wanted to make an audio or multimedia “museum” where you could visit the objects in Beth and Franz’s home, and hear about what these objects meant to them. Museums like this one helped me be able to write about the objects in their home, and include them in the radio story. - -The Year of Magical Thinking by Joan Didion - -One of my favorite books. - -The Show About The Show by Caveh Zahedi - -I admire the way Caveh talks about his own life, in a way that is very honest to say the least. - -Lastly, radio producers Erica Heilman and Scott Carrier continue to inspire me by forging their own paths forward and sending dispatches from their communities. - -More Franz - -Here are the titles of some of Franz’s poems that were mentioned in the piece: - -The Only Animal - -Flight - -Imago - -Walking to Martha’s Vineyard - -The Letter - -Spell - -Why is the Winterlight - -Christopher Lydon did many interviews with Franz Wright on the WBUR show The Connection, produced by Mary McGrath, which we excerpted from. You can also listen to Scott Simon’s interview with Franz Wright, shortly after he won the Pulitzer. - -You can read more of Franz Wright’s work on the Poetry Foundation’s website. You can also buy his Pulitzer winning book, Walking to Martha’s Vineyard, here. All the other books are really good too. - -Thank You - -Elizabeth Oehlkers Wright, thank you so much for trusting me with this story and sharing these tapes with the world. - -Jay Allison, thank you for taking on this story and for founding Transom.org — a home for stories like this one. And thank you for remembering the mission of public broadcasting, for chasing beauty, and fostering new voices in public radio. You are in the bone freezing diamond! - -Sue Halpern was a guiding force throughout the early days of this story. She talked to me on the phone throughout the process and read drafts that would be very embarrassing if they ever saw the light of day. She also called it “the third act in a coming of age trilogy” very early on. - -Jacob Blumberg read through many early drafts of this piece, gave notes, helped with structure, watched cuts, listened to tapes, and drove with me to the archives in Boston. For all of those things and more, I am very grateful. - -Tate Sherman was my stringer into the poetry world. He listened through half of the tapes and gave me notes on them, which was hugely helpful. He also drove with me to Waltham twice, recited many Franz poems from memory to me, and helped me love Franz’s poetry. - -Jonno Rattman took beautiful photos on very little sleep, without any idea what this project would be. You can find his other photography work here. - -Zubin Hensler and I have been in band together since 6th grade. He made beautiful music for this piece. You can find his other music projects here. - -Thank you to the people whose interviews were in the story: Sophie Cabot Black, Michael Dickman, Deborah Garrison, Alice Quinn, and Don Share. - -Special Thanks: Daniel Ahearn, Mark Bramhill, Alex Green, Fady Joudah, Christopher Lydon, Joe Milford, Leah Menzer, and Scott Simon. - -Music in the piece comes from: - -Zubin Hensler - -The Westerlies - -Springtime Carnivore - -Thomas Newman - -Stellwagen Symphonette - -Thank you so much to everyone at Transom who has known me since I was 21 years old: Samantha Broun, Sydney Lewis, and Viki Merrick. Extra thanks to Melissa Allison for her sharp editorial feedback. - -Jay would like to thank Cathy FitzGerald for slowing him down. - -And lastly, thank you to the National Endowment for the Arts for making this entire piece possible. - -Additional support for this work provided by the - -National Endowment for the Arts - -",1731883669,c00d35bf2d,27e42ad95a,,,1731883669 -https://www.uploadvr.com/firmament-ps-vr2-release-window/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Firmament 2.0 Update Adds Ray-Traced Reflections As PS VR2 Version Gets Delayed,"Firmament version 2.0 introduces ray-traced reflections, and the VR puzzle adventure will reach PS VR2 next year. - -Featuring similar upgrades to the Myst 2.0 update, Cyan announced Firmament has switched to OpenXR and moved from Unreal Engine 4.27+ to Unreal Engine 5.3.2, stating this has fixed various stability issues. Ray-traced reflections are now supported on Windows and Mac, NVIDIA's DLSS can now be used in VR, and some VR controller bindings have been adjusted. - -Cyan is also ending official support for several PC VR headsets, though it's not the same list we saw with Myst 2.0. Alongside the original Rift/Vive headsets and Windows Mixed Reality, Rift S support is also ending but the Vive Pro remains unaffected. This doesn't mean you can't play Firmament using them anymore, just that they won't be officially supported going forward. - -With the PS VR2 version, Cyan revealed that it will miss the previously targeted fall release window and it's been delayed until next year. Stating it's needed to update the PlayStation SDKs used with the engine to ""address a few remaining PlayStation-specific issues,"" Firmament now targets a Q1 2025 release window on PS4, PS5, and PlayStation VR2. - -Firmament is available now on Steam with optional PC VR support.",1731883667,9397b145ff,27dc1575f7,,,1731883667 -https://blog.hootsuite.com/social-media-analytics-tools/,https://blog.hootsuite.com/rss/,21 of the best social media analytics tools for 2025,"Wondering which of your social media tactics are working? Busy social marketers need effective social media analytics tools to focus their efforts. - -Let’s take a look at some of the best (free and paid) options for 2025. - -Social media analytics tools are apps and dashboards that allow you to gather information about your social media performance and your audience. Tools for social media analytics also allow you to create reports to track key performance indicators in real-time and over time and present results to your team, your boss, and other relevant stakeholders. - -1. Hootsuite - -Best for: Business owners who run their own social media, social media managers at small-to-medium sized businesses, large marketing teams - -Coolest feature: Custom recommendations for the best time to post on each social account based on your accounts’ metrics and historical data - -Price: Starting at $99/month - -Skill level: Beginner to intermediate - -Hootsuite Analytics is a comprehensive social media management tool that lets you easily track the performance of all your social channels and formats in one place, so you can replicate what works and get more engagement. It works across Facebook, Instagram, X (Twitter), LinkedIn, TikTok, Pinterest, and YouTube. - -It Hootsuite Analytics, you can track over 120 social media metrics, including page, profile, follower and video stats — and much more. (Check out the full metric list here.) - -You can set up custom dashboards that give you an overview of your most important KPIs at a glance, over a select period of time: - -… and look up much more granular information, down to the performance of every individual post you published. - -With Hootsuite Analytics, you can also: - -Easily view industry benchmarks and see how you compare to competitors - -Find out when your audience is online - -Get personalized recommendations for the best times to post for each of your accounts - -Create custom social media reports to showcase your results to your boss and share actionable insights with your team - -On top of all of that, Hootsuite won a 2024 TrustRadius Most Loved Award. That’s thanks to our great tools… and to thousands of raving reviews like this one: - -Explore all the capabilities of Hootsuite Analytics in more detail: - -2. Sprout Social - -Source: Sprout Social - -Best for: Marketing teams at larger organizations - -Coolest feature: Tag inbound and outbound social messages to track and analyze volume and performance patterns. - -Price: Starting at $199/month - -Skill level: Beginner to intermediate - -Sprout Social is another top contender in the battle of social media analytics tools, and it may be worth your consideration. Offering analytics for all the major social media platforms, Sprout can help you plan and execute your social media strategy. - -Like Hootsuite, Sprout offers a full-featured analytics dashboard, which provides details on both your paid and organic posts and helps you decide when to publish content for the best results. You can also easily white-label and download social media analytics reports from the Sprout dashboard. - -Sprout is quite a bit more expensive than Hootsuite, but Hootsuite offers more features and integrations. - -Learn more: Compare Hootsuite and Sprout to see which one works best for you. - -3. Buffer - -Source: Buffer - -Best for: Business owners who run their own social media, solo social media managers at small-to-medium-sized businesses, agencies - -Coolest feature: Simple Instagram performance tracking, including Stories analytics - -Price: Starting at $6/month for 1 social channel - -Skill level: Beginner to intermediate - -Buffer is primarily a social media scheduler for Instagram, Facebook, X, TikTok, Pinterest, and LinkedIn. - -When it comes to analytics, Buffer is relatively light on features. It doesn’t offer analytics for all platforms and doesn’t come with social listening analytics features or competitor analysis. However, Buffer’s user-friendly dashboard is simple and intuitive, making it great for social media managers who just want to get in, schedule, and get out. - -Learn more: Read our guide to Hootsuite vs. Buffer for more on how these platforms compare. - -4. Hubspot - -Source: HubSpot - -Best for: Marketing teams at larger companies focused on understanding how social marketing efforts impact the customer journey - -Coolest feature: Integration with your CRM to track data like new contacts driven by social media - -Price: Starting at $800/month - -Skill level: Advanced - -Hubspot is a bit different from some of the other social media analytics tools on this list. With Hubspot, social media management is part of the Hubspot Marketing Hub software that also helps you manage email, SEO, and CRM records. - -That means it’s best for brands that develop long-standing customer relationships, both before and after purchase, and that use multiple marketing approaches rather than sticking to social. - -Hubspot integrates with Hootsuite to bring more social user context into your Hubspot CRM data and ticket system. - -Learn more: You can add Hubspot to your Hootsuite dashboard - -5. Later - -Source: Later - -Best for: Business owners who run their own social media, solo social media managers at small-to-medium-sized businesses - -Coolest feature: Link in Bio page data flow to track website clicks from Instagram and TikTok - -Price: Starting at $25/month - -Skill level: Beginner to intermediate - -Later really shines for smaller brands and creators who like to visualize and preview social media content before they post. - -While Later can also help you measure the performance of your social media content and allow optimization for posting times, the platform lacks some more advanced analytics reporting features like competitive analysis and industry benchmarking. - -Learn more: Compare Later and Hootsuite to see which solution is best for you. - -6. Rival IQ Rival IQ - -Source: Rival IQ - -Best for: Social media managers who crave stats - -Coolest feature: Free head-to-head reports against individual competitor accounts on Instagram, TikTok, Facebook, and X - -Price: From $239 per month - -Skill level: intermediate - -Rival IQ was designed to let social media managers be data scientists, without the pesky certification. Rival IQ delivers on-demand analytical data, alerts, and custom reports from major social media platforms. - -Easily conduct a competitive analysis or a complete social media audit with Rival IQ’s in-depth reporting. Then, present your findings to your stakeholders and marketing team with fully customizable reporting like charts, graphics, and dashboards. - -Rival IQ isn’t just for the big picture. Comprehensive social post analytics lets you see exactly which posts work for each platform and identify why they work. - -Pro tip: Getting owned by the competition? With Rival IQ you can also analyze your competitors’ social media accounts. See what works for them and look for ways to incorporate those techniques into your own social media online presence. - -Learn more: Try a demo or start your free trial with Rival IQ - -7. Talkwalker by Hootsuite - -Source: Talkwalker by Hootsuite - -Best for: social media managers, PR and communications teams, brand monitors, product marketers, researchers - -Coolest feature: Monitor conversations from more than 150 million sources to analyze engagement, potential reach, comments, sentiment, and emotions - -Price: Pricing upon request – request a demo for more details - -Skill level: Intermediate to advanced - -Talkwalker offers analytics related to social conversations beyond your owned social properties, including: - -Mentions - -Brand sentiment analysis - -Important influencers - -Conversation clusters - -You can filter by region, demographics, device, type of content, and more. - -Talkwalker is especially useful to spot activity peaks in conversations about your brand. This can help you determine the best times for your brand to post on social media. - -8. Brandwatch Brandwatch - -Source: Brandwatch - -Best for: PR and communications teams, social media marketers who focus on engagement and brand monitoring - -Coolest feature: Track and analyze data from more than 100 million sources, including blogs, forums, and review sites, as well as social media networks - -Price: Pricing available on request - -Skill level: Beginner to intermediate - -Brandwatch offers a powerful suite of tools that allow you to track and analyze your social media accounts while also monitoring brand reputation and social share of voice. - -Brandwatch Consumer Research pulls from more than 1.4 trillion posts, with AI tools to help you filter out the trends and data that are most relevant to your business. You can set up email alerts to keep you informed when sentiment or conversion volume change. - -Learn more: See how Brandwatch compares to Hootsuite. - -9. Keyhole Keyhole - -Source: Keyhole - -Best for: Enterprise-level businesses and organizations - -Coolest feature: Automated reports on influencer marketing campaign performance with a breakdown of social media ROI - -Price: Starting at $89/month - -Skill level: Intermediate to advanced - -Keyhole lets you report on everything: social media campaigns, brand mentions and interactions, hashtag impact, and even influencer campaign results. - -You can drill down into your impressions, reach, share of voice, and even analyze your competitors’ social media strategies. - -If you’re using influencer marketing as part of your social content strategy, Keyhole has reporting capabilities that will let you identify the ideal influencers to work with and measure their performance over time. - -Learn more: How to identify and work with the best influencers. - -10. Channelview Insights Channelview Insights - -Source: Synaptive - -Best for: YouTube marketers and creators, social media managers who run a YouTube channel alongside other social channels - -Coolest feature: Analyze the performance of multiple YouTube channels and export PDF or CSV reports - -Price: Starting at $8/month (free for Hootsuite Enterprise users) - -Skill level: All skill levels - -Channelview Insights allows you to analyze YouTube video and channel performance alongside all your other social media channels. You can also schedule automatic, regular reports. - -Easily see the following performance metrics in one place: - -Views, engagement rates, subscription activity, and watch time - -Audience insights for demographics, geography, acquisition and more - -Learn more: You can add Channelview Insights to your Hootsuite dashboard - -11. Mentionlytics Mentionlytics - -Source: Mentionlytics - -Best for: PR and communications teams, brand monitoring teams, product marketers, researchers at small to medium-sized businesses. - -Coolest feature: Clear sentiment and share of voice analysis in multiple languages - -Price: Starting at $69/month - -Skill level: Beginner to intermediate - -Want to get the big picture view of what’s being said about your brand on the internet? - -Mentionlytics is a great entry point to using social media analytics for brand monitoring — especially if you run a global business in more than one language. - -It’s also an effective tool for identifying influencers and tracking relevant hashtags. - -Learn more: You can add Mentionlytics to your Hootsuite dashboard - -12. Panoramiq Insights Panoramiq Insights - -Source: Synaptive - -Best for: Instagram marketers and creators - -Coolest feature: Detailed Instagram Story analytics for multiple accounts - -Price: Starting at $8/month (free for Hootsuite Enterprise users) - -Skill level: All skill levels - -Panoramiq Insights is perfect for Instagram marketers who want deeper insights on their Stories in particular. - -Among other things, Panoramiq Insights lets you: - -Analyze follower demographics, including age, gender, country, city and language - -Monitor Instagram account activity (for multiple accounts), including views and new followers - -Discover your best social media posts with view and engagement analytics - -Measure Story views and interactions - -Learn more: You can add Panoramiq Insights to your Hootsuite dashboard - -13. Quintly - -Source: Quintly - -Best for: Social media managers at small-to-medium-sized businesses, enterprise-level companies, agencies - -Coolest feature: Customizable dashboards that draw from more than 500 social media metrics - -Price: Starting at $315/month - -Skill level: Intermediate to advanced - -Unlike many of the tools on this list, Quintly is exclusively a social media analytics software tool. That means it’s built solely to provide top-quality analytics, rather than bundling analytics with other social media management capabilities. - -Quintly provides detailed data and reports for Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, LinkedIn, YouTube and Snapchat, along with competitor benchmarking. - -Learn more: The social media metrics you need to track in 2024 - -14. Iconosquare - -Source: Iconosquare - -Best for: Solo entrepreneurs who manage their own social media accounts, social media managers at small-to-medium-sized businesses - -Coolest feature: Reports (in PDF or XLS) include social images for clearer reporting and analysis - -Price: Starting at $79/month - -Skill level: Beginner to intermediate - -Iconosquare allows you to report on brand metrics for multiple social profiles across Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and TikTok. You can compare time periods and track more than 100 metrics as graphs or raw data. - -While you’re at it, you can benchmark your performance against your competitors and set your reports to arrive in your inbox on a regular schedule. - -15. Google Analytics - -Source: Google - -Best for: Social media professionals who work for a web-based business - -Coolest feature: See how much traffic and leads flow to your website from your social media channels - -Skill level: All skill levels - -Google Analytics is one of the best free tools to learn about your website visitors. If you’re a social marketer who wants to drive traffic to your website, it’s an invaluable resource. - -While it’s not a standalone social media analytics platform tool, you can use it to set up reports that will help you: - -See which social media platforms send you the most traffic - -See what content drives the most leads and traffic on which social networks - -Get to know your target audience with demographic data - -Calculate the ROI of your social media campaigns - -With these data points, you’ll be able to get the most out of your social media campaigns and effectively strategize for the future. No social media strategy is complete without Google Analytics. - -Learn more: How to use Google Analytics to track social media success - -16. Meta Business Suite Insights - -Source: Meta Business Suite - -Available to: Facebook Pages and Instagram professional accounts - -The Insights tab within Meta Business Suite is the place to find account-, platform-, and post-level metrics for Facebook and Instagram side-by-side. You can also research the audience demographics and track your ad account spend. - -Learn more: 3 Top Facebook analytics tools - -17. Instagram Insights - -Source: Instagram - -Available to: Business and creator accounts - -Instagram’s in-app analytics tool offers account- and post-level data for metrics like reach and engagement. You can track trends in follower growth and identify all the different ways followers interact with your content. - -You can also learn about the demographics of your Instagram audience and track the performance of your Instagram Reels and Stories. - -Learn more: Guide to Smarter Results Tracking on Instagram - -18. TikTok Analytics - -Source: TikTok - -Available to: TikTok business accounts - -TikTok’s native analytics tool breaks your metrics down into overview data, content performance analytics, and follower demographics and growth. - -Learn more: 4 TikTok analytics tools - -19. X Analytics - -Source: X - -Available to: X Premium users - -While X analytics are currently being modified, for the moment they allow you to understand the performance of your paid and organic X posts and learn which other X users have the most potential to amplify your content. - -You can access monthly highlights like top posts and top followers. It’s a good place to get a snapshot of your best performing content and identify potential influencers or brand ambassadors. - -You can also dig deeper to track the engagements and impressions on your content over a selected period. - -Learn more: How to use X analytics - -20. Pinterest Analytics - -Source: Pinterest - -Available to: Pinterest business accounts - -Pinterest’s built-in free social media analysis tools help you understand your Pinterest audience’s interests. You can track key metrics for paid and organic Pins, including impressions, engagements, video views, and profile visits. You’ll also find Pinterest-specific stats like saves and closeups. - -If you add the Pinterest tag to your website, you can use Pinterest Analytics to track conversions. - -Learn more: A Simple Guide to Using Pinterest Analytics - -21. LinkedIn Page Analytics - -Source: LinkedIn - -Available to: LinkedIn Page admins - -LinkedIn Page Analytics provides data on your LinkedIn content, followers, visitors, leads, and competitors. You can also track your employee advocacy efforts, engagement with your career pages, and newsletter performance. - -Learn more: LinkedIn Analytics: The Complete Guide for Marketers - -Why every marketer needs a social media analytics tool - -The right social media analytics tools help you figure out what’s working and what’s not. They should also provide the historical data you need to assess your social media marketing strategy on both macro and micro levels. - -The best comprehensive social media analytics tools allow you to compile data from multiple platforms and create custom reports so you never find yourself in a position like this: - -Social media analytics tools can help you answer questions like: - -Is it worth it for my business to keep posting on Pinterest? - -What were our top posts on LinkedIn this year? - -Should we post more on Instagram next month? - -Which network drove the most brand awareness for our product launch? - -What kind of posts do my followers like to comment on? - -… and many more. - -With all of that data at your fingertips, you can make data-driven decisions and clearly see the ROI of your social media strategy. This can help prove the value of the work you and your team do every day. This is incredibly valuable when annual budget time rolls around or when you want to request new resources. - -That’s the theory. But what does all this mean for a real social media team? - -Here’s an example. Before using Hootsuite’s social media analytics, the University of Sydney struggled to build a consistent (and consistently successful) social media presence for its faculties. Measuring success effectively across many different accounts and pages was particularly challenging. Implementing a comprehensive analytics tool helped the social team monitor the overall social strategy, and easily measure individual and combined success. - -Hootsuite Analytics also easily integrates with other business tools. The Adobe Experience Manager CMS integration allowed the university to track the entire student journey, from initial social media audience engagement to becoming prospective students. This end-to-end visibility enabled the social media team to measure and prove the return on investment of their social media efforts. - -And if you’re curious, here’s how the Hootsuite social team uses analytics every day: - -Track your social media performance and maximize your budget with Hootsuite. Publish your posts and analyze the results in the same, easy-to-use dashboard. Try it free today.",1731883622,362e278ecc,28232ec76e,,,1731883622 -https://www.roadtovr.com/xiaomi-goertek-competes-ray-ban-meta-smart-glasses/,https://www.roadtovr.com/feed/,Xiaomi Reportedly Partners with Goertek to Chase Success of Ray-Ban Meta Smartglasses,"Xiaomi makes everything, from phones and vacuum cleaners to massage guns and even electric cars. Now, according to a report from Chinese media 36kr, Xiaomi may be developing a device that goes toe-to-toe with Ray-Ban Meta smartglasses. - -The report maintains Xiaomi is planning to launch a new generation of AI-assisted smartglasses, which will be built in collaboration with Goertek, the China-based ODM behind a bevy of XR parts, reference designs, and finished white-label hardware. - -The rumored Xiaomi smartglasses are said to “fully benchmark” against Ray-Ban Meta, which includes AI functions, integrated speakers, and camera modules. Notably, Ray-Ban Meta smartglasses aren’t officially available in China. - -Citing insider sources, the report maintains the device is slated to arrive in Q2 2025, with 36kr noting it may launch in time for the Mi Fan Festival, which is typically held in April to mark Xiaomi’s founding anniversary. - -The report further maintains, Xiaomi co-founder Lei Jun expects to ship more than 300,000 units. - -Xiaomi has dabbled in XR hardware in the past, although it really hasn’t entered full force. The Chinese tech giant hyped a widely reported AR glasses prototype at Mobile World Congress (MWC) in 2023. A year prior, the company launched a pair of smartglasses, called Mijia Glasses Camera. Much like the now defunct Google Glass, the device featured a single heads-up display. - -All of that is changing though, it seems. Next year is shaping up to be a big year for smartglasses in China, as the country’s largest brands may be hoping to replicate Meta’s success with Ray-Ban Meta Smart Glasses. - -Baidu announced at its Baidu World Conference on November 12th its own co-product with Xiaodu, the Xiaodu AI glasses, which is launching in China in the first half of 2025. - -The 36kr report also notes that Chinese heavy-hitters OPPO, vivo, Huawei, Tencent, and ByteDance are also currently evaluating their own smartglasses projects.",1731883645,8ea6ec8c1b,2819be8527,,,1731883645 -https://thespeakerlab.com/blog/how-to-use-figures-of-speech/,https://thespeakerlab.com/feed/,How to Use Figures of Speech Effectively,"Have you ever noticed how certain phrases just stick with you? They might make you laugh, think, or even want to grab a dictionary. This, my friend, is the magic of figures of speech. Common figures of speech spice up our communication, making it more colorful, persuasive, and memorable. This article explores how, with a little practice, you can make figures of speech work for you, whether you’re crafting an engaging speech, composing compelling marketing copy, or simply elevating your everyday conversations. - -Many people encounter figures of speech most often in literature. But they are actually an integral part of language, showing up in everyday conversations, snappy advertising slogans, catchy greeting-card rhymes, memorable newspaper headlines, and even in the mottoes of families and institutions. Often these figures of speech pop up for their their humor. - -Why Bother With Figures of Speech? - -Let’s face it, sometimes plain language just doesn’t cut it. This is where figures of speech swoop in, offering a breath of fresh air to our vocabulary. - -The Power of Figures of Speech - -The beauty of figures of speech lies in their ability to transform ordinary meaning of language into something extraordinary. Figures of speech work by subtly tweaking the literal meanings, usual meaning or arrangement of words. - -Think of them as a toolbox filled with powerful devices that add nuance, creativity, and impact to our words. It doesn’t take an expert in ancient Roman rhetoric to master the art of persuasion with figures of speech. You too can leverage these linguistic tools to captivate your audience. - -Engagement and Clarity: Two Birds, One Stone - -Figures of speech aren’t just about sounding fancy; they serve a very practical purpose. They draw your listeners in, turning a potentially dry speech or presentation into a captivating experience. By using vivid imagery and unexpected turns of phrase, they make complex ideas more accessible and memorable. - -To use some speech examples, have you ever heard someone say “it’s raining cats and dogs” and felt confused? That phrase probably stayed with you because its illogic forced you to consider what it really meant. It also helped you to connect with the speaker’s feelings about the heavy rain in a more meaningful way. - -And who could forget Shakespeare’s iconic line from Romeo and Juliet, “parting is such sweet sorrow,” which perfectly encapsulates the bittersweet nature of love and loss? This is a great example of an oxymoron. That phrase sticks with you in a way that “parting makes me sad but hopeful” wouldn’t because of its unexpected combination of words. - -Used in poetry and prose, figures of speech also have a more intellectual and emotional impact, making the writer’s words linger longer in the reader’s mind. - -Learn How You Could Get Your First (Or Next) Paid Speaking Gig In 90 Days or Less We receive thousands of applications every day, but we only work with the top 5% of speakers. Book a FREE call with our team to get started — you’ll learn why the vast majority of our students get a paid speaking gig within 90 days of finishing our program. Get Started - -Types of Figures of Speech - -There are two primary categories of figures of speech: tropes and schemes. - -1. Schemes: Playing with Word Order - -Schemes primarily revolve around syntax, word structure, and sounds. While their focus is more on the mechanics of language, they are still critical tools for writers to make a visceral, sensory impact on a reader. Schemes are also frequently used in poetry. - -Alliteration - -Alliteration creates a musical effect by repeating the same consonant sound in a series of words. Think “Peter Piper picked a peck of pickled peppers.” - -This scheme makes phrases stand out and adds a touch of playfulness. You see alliteration in branding too (“Best Buy”) because of how it rolls off the tongue. - -Assonance - -Similar to alliteration, assonance uses vowel sounds instead of consonant sounds to create an internal rhyme. Think of the “ee” sound in the phrase “the sleek beagle peed on the street.” - -It might not be the most beautiful example, but it definitely emphasizes those similar sounding words, drawing out those “ee” sounds into an almost-whine. - -Anastrophe - -Want to add some drama and weight to your words? Anastrophe, also known as inversion, involves altering the standard order of words or phrases. - -One example of anastrophe that everyone has encountered are the Star Wars films, in which Yoda frequently inverts traditional sentence structure: “Powerful you have become, the dark side I sense in you.” This inversion helps to highlight certain words and add a touch of formality, or in the case of Yoda, emphasize that the speaker is not of planet Earth. - -2. Tropes: Twisting Meaning - -Let’s dig into tropes, those figures of speech that play with the literal meaning of words for dramatic effect. As you learn about them, consider if the figures of speech that most appeal to you are schemes or tropes. - -Understanding the difference can also help to develop your personal voice and strengthen your command of rhetoric. - -Tropes involve an intentional shift from the literal meaning of a word or phrase to a figurative one. - -The ancient Greeks viewed tropes as the foundation of their understanding of rhetoric. This section of the article will go more in-depth on tropes. - -Metaphor - -Metaphors are the superheroes of figures of speech, instantly injecting life into language. Instead of stating an obvious comparison (that’s a simile’s job.), metaphors boldly declare that one thing is another thing. - -Think of Shakespeare’s famous line “All the world’s a stage.” By making this comparison between the world and a stage, Shakespeare reveals a deeper truth about the nature of life, death, and everything in between. It’s concise and impactful, just like a great metaphor should be. - -Simile - -Similes, on the other hand, create a more gentle connection between two different things using words like “like” or “as.” Similes can add depth, beauty, or even humor to your writing, allowing readers to experience something familiar in a whole new light. - -Think “Float like a butterfly, sting like a bee,” Muhammad Ali’s legendary quote, or this classic line from the Bible: “They will soar on wings like eagles; they will run and not grow weary, they will walk and not be faint” (Isaiah 40:31, New International Version). Note that metaphors don’t always use the most elevated language. - -Hyperbole - -Ready to exaggerate your way to a more exciting point? That’s what hyperbole is all about. - -“This bag weighs a ton.” is a phrase that many of us have exclaimed as we struggle to carry groceries into the house, knowing full well that those bags of chips, salsa, and two-liter bottles of soda do not actually weigh 2,000 pounds. We use this figure of speech to highlight something—that the speaker is tired, that they may have over-shopped, or that it’s time to invest in stronger shopping bags. - -Figure of Speech Examples - -Here are some figures of speech, both schemes and tropes, frequently found in literary and religious texts as well as everyday life: - -Allusion : This figure of speech references a well-known person, place, event, or another piece of literature.“He’s a real Romeo, that one.” (This references the famous romantic hero of Shakespeare’s Romeo and Juliet). - -: This figure of speech references a well-known person, place, event, or another piece of literature.“He’s a real Romeo, that one.” (This references the famous romantic hero of Shakespeare’s Romeo and Juliet). Antithesis : This rhetorical device uses parallel sentence structures to contrast two opposing ideas, making each idea more memorable. Neil Armstrong’s famous words after stepping foot on the moon, “That’s one small step for a man, one giant leap for mankind.” - -: This rhetorical device uses parallel sentence structures to contrast two opposing ideas, making each idea more memorable. Neil Armstrong’s famous words after stepping foot on the moon, “That’s one small step for a man, one giant leap for mankind.” Euphemism : A trope in which a generally more agreeable or less offensive term is substituted for one that may be considered offensive or unpleasant. Instead of saying “He died,” you might say, “He passed away,” which is generally considered to be a gentler, less blunt turn of phrase. - -: A trope in which a generally more agreeable or less offensive term is substituted for one that may be considered offensive or unpleasant. Instead of saying “He died,” you might say, “He passed away,” which is generally considered to be a gentler, less blunt turn of phrase. Irony : There are three types of irony (dramatic, situational, and verbal), but they all work by establishing an unexpected or incongruent relationship between what is stated and what is meant or understood by the audience. A firehouse burns down, which is ironic because you wouldn’t expect the very building designed to put out fires to be susceptible to catching on fire itself. - -: There are three types of irony (dramatic, situational, and verbal), but they all work by establishing an unexpected or incongruent relationship between what is stated and what is meant or understood by the audience. A firehouse burns down, which is ironic because you wouldn’t expect the very building designed to put out fires to be susceptible to catching on fire itself. Litotes : You use this figure of speech to emphasize a point by using understatement. It often involves using double negatives. Imagine yourself approaching the first humans to ever land on Mars. Now, imagine that all you can think to say to them is “Well, that’s not bad.” Not only does that minimize their accomplishment, but it also suggests that you are not easily impressed. - -: You use this figure of speech to emphasize a point by using understatement. It often involves using double negatives. Imagine yourself approaching the first humans to ever land on Mars. Now, imagine that all you can think to say to them is “Well, that’s not bad.” Not only does that minimize their accomplishment, but it also suggests that you are not easily impressed. Metonymy : In this trope, a writer substitutes a word or phrase with a closely related concept or object, adding nuance to their language.We see this frequently when referring to actions by governments. Think, “The White House released a statement” instead of naming a specific political official. Or “The Crown gave a moving tribute” rather than just stating that the king made a speech. - -: In this trope, a writer substitutes a word or phrase with a closely related concept or object, adding nuance to their language.We see this frequently when referring to actions by governments. Think, “The White House released a statement” instead of naming a specific political official. Or “The Crown gave a moving tribute” rather than just stating that the king made a speech. Onomatopoeia : This scheme replicates the natural sounds made by an object or action, helping us almost hear the word as we read it. Think “buzz,” “hiss,” “woof,” and “meow,” all of which attempt to replicate the actual sounds described. - -: This scheme replicates the natural sounds made by an object or action, helping us almost hear the word as we read it. Think “buzz,” “hiss,” “woof,” and “meow,” all of which attempt to replicate the actual sounds described. Oxymoron : Always a crowd-pleaser. An oxymoron juxtaposes two words that seem to contradict each other, but somehow create a new meaning or emphasize something about what’s being described. Some examples are “living dead,” “organized chaos,” or “deafening silence.” - -: Always a crowd-pleaser. An oxymoron juxtaposes two words that seem to contradict each other, but somehow create a new meaning or emphasize something about what’s being described. Some examples are “living dead,” “organized chaos,” or “deafening silence.” Personification : This popular figure of speech brings inanimate objects to life, attributing human qualities and human characteristics to things that are definitely not human. “The wind whispered secrets” and “The trees danced gracefully in the breeze.” This type of figurative language – anthropomorphizing an inanimate object – features heavily in ancient mythology, especially in Ancient Greek myths. - -: This popular figure of speech brings inanimate objects to life, attributing human qualities and human characteristics to things that are definitely not human. “The wind whispered secrets” and “The trees danced gracefully in the breeze.” This type of figurative language – anthropomorphizing an inanimate object – features heavily in ancient mythology, especially in Ancient Greek myths. Synecdoche : You use synecdoche when referring to something by either a part of it or what it contains, creating a subtle but significant relationship between the two. We often hear sportscasters using this trope: “England won the match” is frequently used in place of “The English team won the match.” Or, you might refer to your new car as your new “wheels.” - -: You use synecdoche when referring to something by either a part of it or what it contains, creating a subtle but significant relationship between the two. We often hear sportscasters using this trope: “England won the match” is frequently used in place of “The English team won the match.” Or, you might refer to your new car as your new “wheels.” Understatement: Often employed for humorous or ironic effect, understatement minimizes the severity or magnitude of something. This allows the speaker or writer to subtly highlight the ridiculousness of what’s being discussed, encouraging their audience to think critically about a situation. “It’s just a flesh wound,” says the knight in Monty Python and the Holy Grail, moments after his arm has been lopped off. - -Mastering Figurative Speech: Top Tips - -Knowing all of the official terms for various figures of speech is great, but it’s also helpful to internalize how they function if you actually want to incorporate these techniques into your work. What really makes these devices work for you are their appropriate usage, compelling word choices, and well-placed sentence structure. So get creative. - -Read Widely - -Just as an aspiring musician should listen to a variety of musical styles and a painter should experiment with various mediums and schools of art, writers need to pay attention to a range of writing styles. Consider closely how these figures of speech operate in different contexts. - -Ask yourself, for instance, why certain texts resonate with you while others do not. Are you drawn to authors who incorporate lots of descriptive language (tropes like metaphors and similes), or do you gravitate towards work that values conciseness and plays with word arrangement and sound? - -Practice, Practice, Practice. - -Writing is just like any other skill in that the more you use it, the stronger you become in wielding its intricacies. Incorporate a few of these rhetorical devices into each piece that you write, whether you’re sending off a simple email or revising a talk that you’ll be delivering at an event. - -Or, take the opening paragraph of one of your old blog posts, articles, speeches, or chapters and see how many ways you can rewrite it, with each draft focusing on a single type of figure of speech. Share these different versions with your colleagues, fellow writers, and trusted friends or beta readers. Ask them which versions land with the most impact or which are most memorable, intriguing, or persuasive. - -Find Out Exactly How Much You Could Make As a Paid Speaker Use The Official Speaker Fee Calculator to tell you what you should charge for your first (or next) speaking gig — virtual or in-person! Calculate Your Fee - -FAQs about figures of speech - -What are the 25 figures of speech? - -Trying to pin down the definitive “top 25 figures of speech” can be tough, as this category covers such a range of linguistic approaches. I encourage you to approach lists like this as starting points rather than complete guides because of how these devices have been categorized and recategorized over several centuries. - -This makes coming up with a standard, accepted definition or number difficult. But as a start, consider adding these to your rhetorical arsenal: - -Simile Metaphor Personification Hyperbole Alliteration Assonance Onomatopoeia Litotes Irony Oxymoron Synecdoche Metonymy Euphemism Antithesis Anaphora Chiasmus Understatement Paradox Apostrophe Pun Anadiplosis Epistrophe Parenthesis Zeugma - -Conclusion - -Ultimately, figures of speech are more than just literary flourishes. They’re essential tools for adding layers of meaning, engaging your readers or listeners on a deeper level, and making your message unforgettable. Think about all of those song lyrics, book titles, poems, screenplays, and even podcast taglines that really resonate with you and I bet you’ll discover some creatively incorporated figures of speech.",1731883669,10642a8199,2824d5ccf2,,,1731883669 -https://www.insidequantumtechnology.com/news-archive/the-quantum-roadmap-battle-of-logical-qubits-by-brian-siegelwax-2/,https://www.insidequantumtechnology.com/feed/,The Quantum Roadmap Battle of Logical Qubits,"The Quantum Roadmap Battle of Logical Qubits - -By By Brian Siegelwax posted 12 Nov 2024 - -Over the past few months, several quantum computing companies have published their own roadmap involving logical qubits. Current quantum computers use physical qubits, which are error-prone and short-lived. But encoding multiple physical qubits as a single logical qubit results in a qubit with a lower error rate and a longer lifespan. Logical qubits are generally accepted to be necessary to achieve fault-tolerant quantum computing. - -The contestants currently battling it out in the logical qubit space – in the chronological order of their announcements – are IBM Quantum, QuEra Computing, Alice & Bob, and Infleqtion. Google and Microsoft are also in the ring with undated announcements. - -IBM Quantum - -Back on December 4, 2023, IBM Quantum did not make headlines for a roadmap to logical qubits. That may be due, in part, to other announcements they made at IBM Quantum Summit 2023. But it may also be due, in part, to the fact that they aren’t using the term “logical qubits.” Because the term has to be defined, as oversimplified above, they are focusing on simply providing the number of qubits you can use and the number of gates you can execute. At 15,000 gates per circuit, the number of qubits being referenced transitions from physical qubits to logical qubits. - -QuEra Computing - -Then on January 9, 2024, QuEra Computing started the current trend of using the term “logical qubits” with the announcement of their 3-year roadmap. They have deliverables scheduled for each year of the roadmap. They view this as a transition period into an “era of logical qubits,” in which the count of logical qubits is beyond the ability of classical computers to simulate. Their roadmap is the earliest to 100 logical qubits. - -Alice & Bob - -Then on January 23, 2024, Alice & Bob teased a roadmap, although a formal roadmap has not yet been published. Their emphasis is on reducing the number of physical qubits that will be required per logical qubit. The target fidelities, operations per second, and logical error rate come from this paper. - -Infleqtion - -Most recently, on February 8, 2024, Infleqtion announced a 5-year roadmap with deliverables scheduled in 2-year intervals starting this year. Their roadmap includes target gate fidelities and circuit depths. - -Google - -On an undated page, Google has published a roadmap leading to only one logical qubit, however they identify three milestones beyond that. The roadmap culminates in one million physical qubits and an error-corrected quantum computer, but without specifying the number of logical qubits. - -Microsoft - -Microsoft also has an undated roadmap. It shows six phases of development with a focus on operations per second and logical error rate. - -Comparisons of Each Roadmap - -To make the comparisons more challenging, not every roadmap contains the same information. The following table consolidates the information that has been provided thus far and sorts the deliverables chronologically. - -Honorable Mentions - -Although Quantinuum has neither published a roadmap nor teased a roadmap, they have been using small numbers of logical qubits to execute algorithms, specifically the calculation of molecular hydrogen’s ground state energy and the solution of a single-bit addition problem, the latter in partnership with QuTech and the University of Stuttgart. Amazon Web Services has also not published a roadmap, but they have announced that they are developing an error-corrected quantum computer. - -Conclusion: Each Roadmap is Different - -The only non-controversial analysis might be that there is no consensus as to what the most important metrics are. The data in the table is all sourced directly from the respective providers, allowing you to see what each provider has chosen to make publicly available. Some of the data allows speculation as to some of the “na” values, but those values, for whatever reasons, have not been definitively provided. Furthermore, providing speculation can run contrary to the messaging of a provider, which deliberately wants to downplay a certain metric, deeming it unimportant and wanting to stress other metrics. - -One use of the table, besides comparison and speculation, is as a check on claims of usefulness and “quantum advantage.” If someone claims regarding the year 202N, that claim has to be supported by the hardware that we hope to have available in the year 202N. None of these roadmaps, for example, include breaking Internet encryption. That said, three companies are in writing, projecting at least 100 error-corrected qubits before the end of this decade. We can use this table with resource estimation to determine what we can realistically hope to run within the next few years as we follow each roadmap. - -Brian N. Siegelwax is an independent Quantum Algorithm Designer and a freelance writer for Inside Quantum Technology. He is known for his contributions to the field of quantum computing, particularly in the design of quantum algorithms. He has evaluated numerous quantum computing frameworks, platforms, and utilities and has shared his insights and findings through his writings. Siegelwax is also an author and has written books such as “Dungeons & Qubits” and “Choose Your Own Quantum Adventure”. He regularly writes on Medium about various topics related to quantum computing. His work includes practical applications of quantum computing, reviews of quantum computing products, and discussions on quantum computing concepts.",1731883649,560a7f975d,27b1acde20,,,1731883649 -https://www.vg247.com/predator-badlands-will-put-the-titular-alien-in-the-protagonist-seat,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Great news, human haters and Yautja lovers, Predator: Badlands will put the titular alien in the protagonist seat","Those of you hoping that we'd get a Predator film with the alien as the main character will be very happy to hear that Badlands is doing just that. - -Predator is having a bit of a renaissance right now, with Dan Trachtenberg's Prey being very well received when it came out in 2022. Shooting for the next Predator film kicked off back in August (actually, the next two films, in a neat surprise from Trachtenberg), and in a new interview with Empire, the director shared that the upcoming Badlands will do things a little differently by making the hunting expert alien the protagonist for a change. ""The creature is front and centre, leading the charge,"" Trachtenberg said in the interview. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -""He’s still badass, but there’s something there that touches you emotionally, too. Creating a character you connect with, but are also super-intimidated by, has been challenging. But exciting."" Trachtenberg went on to explain that this idea came from wanting to “find another essential piece of cinema that does what Prey did spiritually - pushing the franchise’s boundaries, letting us root for a hero we rarely get to root for - but in a different way. And that transformed into this big idea of rooting for the Predator."" - -It won't be all aliens, all the time though in the sequel - Elle Fanning, who you can also expect to see in Death Stranding 2 next year, is set to star in it, and apparently as more than one character too. ""She faced intense challenges on this movie - dramatically, physically, logistically,"" Trachtenberg said of Fanning, which sounds like lots of fun. - -That secret Predators movie still has a lot of secrecy surrounding it, though Trachtenberg did previously share that it's due out before Badlands. With Badlands currently set to be released November 7 next year, that means you can expect the secret one by November 6 at the latest, but I'm sure they'll give it a bit more headroom than that.",1731883664,374d98cbb9,2881df5f67,,,1731883664 -https://qutech.nl/2024/05/30/annual-report-2023/,https://qutech.nl/feed/,Annual Report 2023,"We are proud to present the annual report for 2023. Together, we’re not just moving forward; we’re building momentum, bit by bit, towards our mission of creating the quantum future. Reflecting on the past year, we’ve accomplished significant milestones. Among them, our research efforts yielded a new, bottom-up approach to making robust qubits, a chessboard-like method for addressing many quantum dots, and an expanded collaboration with Fujitsu on colour centre qubits. - -Furthermore, we developed the QuTech EtiQuette, promoting socially responsible behaviour. 2023 also marked a significant turning point as the size of the workforce in QuTech spin-offs surpassed that of QuTech itself. - -In this annual report, we will delve deeper into these accomplishments, and more. We hope that this report will inspire you, perhaps even prompt you to actively join us on our journey. - -Please click on the image to view the report online, or visit our annual report page.",1731883656,855509a49b,2890191dc7,,,1731883656 -https://www.edtechdigest.com/2024/11/11/evolveme/,https://edtechdigest.com/feed/,EdTech Digest,"Today’s teens aren’t informed or confident enough about what they want to do after graduation – research shows that more than 65 percent feel they would have benefited from more career exploration during middle and high school. Moreover, 87% of middle schoolers were interested in ways to match their specific skills and passions with potential careers. This can’t possibly happen in the classroom alone, so why not meet them where they are—on their phones. Working with thousands of teens, American Student Assistance (ASA) created EvolveMe™, a free digital resource that gives teens fun digital experiences to learn about education and career possibilities that match their interests, along with building skills and confidence. It prepares teens for their career journey by incentivizing them to explore, experiment, and take actions via tasks related to mentorships, virtual internships, mock job interview coaching, and coding challenges offer transferable skills development, mentorships, and real-world experiences like virtual internships opportunities. EvolveMe works because we co-created it with thousands of kids who gave us feedback and direction on everything from features and functionality, platform names, color palette, fonts, and overall design. There are nearly two million users now and more than 200 career tasks. For these reasons and more, EvolveMe earned a Cool Tool Award (finalist) for “Best Career Planning Solution” as part of the EdTech Awards 2024 from EdTech Digest. Learn more. - -Like this: Like Loading...",1731883689,ce9e226ebc,28a2f52985,,,1731883689 -https://www.lowkickmma.com/darren-till-makes-boxing-tommy-fury-in-january/,https://www.cagepotato.com/feed/,UFC veteran Darren Till makes return in boxing match with Tommy Fury in January,"Former undisputed UFC welterweight title challenger, Darren Till will make his comeback to combat sports in the new year — booking a professional boxing match against compatriot, Tommy Fury on January 18. in Manchester under the banner of MisFits Boxing. - -Till, a former undisputed welterweight championship challenger and middleweight contender, has been sidelined from combat sports since a brief boxing cameo against Mohammad Mutie back in the summer of this year, landing a controversial second round knockout win over the former in a trip to Dubai. - -Mandatory Credit: Zuffa LLC - -As for Fury, the half-brother of former undisputed WBC heavyweight champion, Tyson Fury, has been sidelined since he moved to 10-0 as a professional boxer in a unanimous decision win over musician and YouTuber, KSI back in October of last year in Manchester. - -Darren Till set to fight Tommy Fury in January boxing match - -And as per a report from Ariel Helwani on social media, Darren Till will take on Tommy Fury in a main event fight at the Co-op Live Arena in Manchester, England on January 18. — under the MisFits Boxing banner. - -Breaking: Darren Till x Tommy Fury is going down Jan. 18 on @DAZNBoxing,” Helwani posted on X. - -Breaking: - - - -Darren Till x Tommy Fury is going down Jan. 18 on @DAZNBoxing. pic.twitter.com/zNbkErIfGO — Ariel Helwani (@arielhelwani) November 17, 2024 - -Departing the UFC a year ago, Liverpool striker, Till most recently suffered his third straight defeat at the middleweight limit in the form of a third round face crank submission loss to current divisional champion, Dricus du Plessis. - -The defeat came off the back of a pair of main event losses to Derek Brunson via submission, and former champion, Robert Whittaker in a decision defeat, respectively. - -A feature on reality television show, Love Island, prior to his decision win over KSI, Fury would hand recent big-winner, Jake Paul his first professional boxing loss in a split decision win over the course of eight rounds in February of last year in Diriyah, Saudi Arabia. - -.",1731883663,5054c9c082,283c6fa9e9,,,1731883663 -https://www.dividendmonk.com/interest-rate-cuts-are-coming-right/,https://www.dividendmonk.com/feed/,"Interest rate cuts are coming, right?","Interest rate cuts are coming. We’ve been hearing that since the fall of 2023. Hasn’t happened. How come? More worrying for investors is what will happen, and how to prepare. - -In the fall 2023, with inflation easing and the economy in general seemingly under control, it made sense for the Federal Reserve and economists to anticipate interest rate cuts for the new year. With all this optimism, many investors who had shied away from the stock market, preferring bonds or certificates of deposits—which offered their most decent returns in years—or who were on the sidelines, went on a shopping spree. They flocked to the market, bought a lot of stock, a stock prices went up. - -Learn how to create a recession-proof portfolio. Download our free workbook. - -Why no interest rate cuts yet? - -What happened next is that inflation went back up a bit rather than continuing to abate. The monthly inflation rate in the U.S. went from 3.1 in January 2024, to 3.2 in February, then to 3.5% in March. While much better than the above 6% figures we were seeing a year ago, and better than the average of 4.1% for 2023, the Fed thought, “Hm, we need a bit more time before we cut interest rates.” And here we are. - -What’s happening now? - -Unemployment rates have started to increase in fall 2023 but only slightly. There are no alarming signs of consumers feeling squeezed enough to stop discretionary spending altogether. The U.S. economy is more resilient than anticipated. That is a good thing because it reduces the odds of a deep recession. - -However, there are signs of a slowdown. We see them in quarterly corporate earnings. Corporate earnings are available more quickly than economic data published by the Fed and government departments, which always lag behind due to the time required to gather and compile the data. The impact of a slowdown is more immediate for corporations. They see their sales growth slowing down or sales falling. Their margins suffer, as do their profits and the free cash flow they have on hand. - -What I expect will happen - -In these conditions—inflation easing gradually and signs of a slowdown—I have no doubt interest rate cuts are coming later in 2024. However, I can’t see us going back to the historic lows we enjoyed from 2009 to 2017 or to the below 2.5% rates of 2018 to 2022. The cuts will be small, come slowly and steadily. - -Moderate interest rate cuts will provide some relief to homeowners having to renew their mortgages. Many of them still enjoy the super low rates of pre-2022 and will renew from 2024-2026. They will do so at rates that will be lower than they are now, but higher than what they had. So, while their payments might not double, they will nonetheless go up. A few hundred dollars more per month on a mortgage payment means a few hundred fewer dollars spent on restaurants, new cars, and travel. - -We are already seeing companies in the consumer discretionary sector with weaker results and that will continue. Companies in other sectors are also feeling the slowdown. - -Preparing for what’s coming next - -As an investor, I don’t trade for fear of short-term economic events, slowdowns, or even recessions. What I do is dutifully review my holdings, as we should all do quarterly. I review my sector allocation and individual stock weight and adjust if needed. I review each holding to ensure that they had healthy growth trends over the last five years, that the dividend is safe, and that my investment thesis for holding them is still valid. See Quarterly Review of Your Stocks Made Easy. - -I’ll also identify which stocks will be the most affected by a downturn. Knowing that, when my portfolio goes down, I understand it and I don’t fret. For example, I know my consumer discretionary holdings will hurt, if they don’t already. I don’t expect them to perform very well for the next 12 to 18 months. But I’ll review them to ensure they are in a strong position to weather the storm and come out of it swinging. - -Be ready, create a recession-proof portfolio. Download our free workbook. - -Summary - -We are seeing the market slowing down with returns below expectations, in large part because the market expected interest rate cuts sooner. We might have to wait until May or June to see cuts. - -On the upside, we have a resilient economy; yes, that means we’ll likely see only moderate interest rate cuts, but also, we probably won’t have a deep recession. Avoiding a huge recession means the stock market should not crash. This is what I expect, and what I hope, but we never know what the future holds. - -The best way to protect your portfolio against whatever happens is to ensure that you have very strong businesses with solid metrics. Review all your stocks, looking at the dividend triangle; ensure they show trends of growing sales, profits, and dividends, and have the business model and growth vectors to continue doing so. You might also want to review the composition of your portfolio. - -If the worst happens, knowing the strengths of your holdings will prevent you from panic-selling at a loss for no reason, and make you a patient investor.",1731883670,0e547b5365,2896a37198,,,1731883670 -https://www.slashfilm.com/1706905/family-guy-creator-seth-macfarlane-surprised-reaction-brian-death/,https://www.slashfilm.com/feed/,Family Guy Creator Seth MacFarlane Was Surprised By Reaction To Brian's Death,"In 2013, ""Family Guy"" released perhaps its most controversial episode yet — no, not ""Partial Terms of Endearment,"" it was ""Life of Brian."" After a seemingly typical opening act, the episode switched gears when Brian was hit by a car. There were no jokes — the Griffins' grief was treated with almost total seriousness in a way that was pretty jarring to most long-term fans of the series. The rest of the episode centers around the Griffins coping with their loss by getting a new dog, this one named Vinny (Tony Sirico). Stewie initially doesn't like this new foul-mouthed Italian dog, but he comes around to him by the end. - -Fans were not thrilled. Not only does this episode kill off Brian, but it moves past him with almost offensive speed. By the following week's episode, ""Into Harmony's Way,"" the show had already embraced this new status quo, having Vinny casually hang out with the family as if he's been there the entire time. Even worse was how ""Life of Brian"" went out of its way to clarify that time travel, a common plot device in the series, was no longer an option; Stewie destroys his time machine right before Brian's death, and makes no attempt to rebuild it. The episode is often ranked among the worst in the show, although I myself chose not to include it in my list of worst ""Family Guy"" episodes. - -To ""Family Guy"" creator Seth MacFarlane, the outrage over Brian's death was surprising, but not necessarily a bad thing. ""We were all very surprised — in a good way — that people still cared about that character to be that angry,"" he said at the time. ""It didn't occur to us. We thought it would maybe create a little bit of a stir, but the rage was not something we counted on.""",1731883652,b237a9df8d,284a400220,,,1731883652 -http://dreamhack.com/winter,https://dreamhack.com/rss/,DreamHack Stockholm 2024,The Freeplay area is there so that even if you don’t bring your PC or console to the festival you have the chance to play or compete in fun competitions at the Freeplay area.,1731883645,75fd0229b5,289abf2433,,,1731883645 -https://www.hrbartender.com/2024/hr-law-legislation/value-compliance-subscription-services/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=value-compliance-subscription-services,https://www.hrbartender.com/feed/,The Value of Compliance Subscription Services,"Estimated reading time: 5 minutes - -(Editor’s Note: Today’s article is brought to you by our friends at ComplyRight, whose mission is to free employers from the burden of tracking and complying with the complex web of federal, state, and local employment laws, so you can stay focused on managing and growing the business. Enjoy the article!) - -Over the past few years, you’ve probably noticed an increase in subscription services. Subscription services can be good for customers because they get the products and/or services they need on a regular basis. Subscriptions bring real value because they require little, or no effort once initiated. - -For the businesses that offer them, a subscription model is beneficial because they can provide a scalable product or service to customers at a reasonable price. The reason I wanted to talk about subscription services is because there are financial articles that will suggest all subscription programs are bad or wrong. That’s simply not true. There are many subscription services that easily provide a positive return on investment (ROI). - -An example of a valuable subscription service that we use in our personal lives is credit monitoring. These services inform us of changes or alerts in areas that might damage our credit. This type of service has been in the media a lot recently with the news that there was a data breach exposing the social security numbers of millions of Americans. - -Here are three examples of business-related subscription services that provide value to our organizations. - -Employment Law Alert Service - -This is an annual compliance service that allows organizations to stay current with employment related legislation at the federal, state, county, and city level. ComplyRight’s expert legal team monitors legislative activity around the United States including over 20,000 agencies. The type of activity being monitored includes minimum wage, salary history, discrimination, harassment, sick pay, leaves, safety, and more. - -When there’s a change, you receive an email alert with a summary of the law (in plain language) and some action items for implementing the new requirements. Subscribers will also have access to a database of recent alerts. - -Labor Law Posters - -Like the employment law alert service, this is an annual subscription that allows organizations to stay current with labor law posting requirements. If the organization is changing labor law posters once a year, that might not be enough to stay in compliance. There are on average more than 200 mandatory state, city, and county employment law changes every year that require an immediate poster update or replacement. - -The ComplyRight legal team monitors 175 different government agencies that are responsible for over 500 mandatory employment law posters. And when a change happens, you’ll get a replacement poster … for FREE! - -Mandatory Employee Handouts - -In addition to labor law posters, there are some required legal notifications that employers must provide. There are more than 400 different federal and state notices that employers must distribute. Some of these are distributed during orientation, but others are “event driven” like a notification for Family and Medical Leave. - -With this service, organizations are provided with electronic access to federal, state, county, and city handouts so they can be printed and delivered to employees. And like the other subscriptions I’ve mentioned, the expert legal team at ComplyRight monitors the files so you will have the most current information when you need it. - -Now, some people might be saying, “Yea, this is great, but I can do all this research myself.” And you’re right … you can. The question becomes what’s the expense of doing it all yourself? In an Austin Business Journal article, they reported that 44% of small business owners spend 40+ hours a year on federal regulations and 33% spend more than 80. Keep in mind those are only federal regulations, not state / county / city. - -Eighty (80) hours is a lot of time. It’s time that could be spent on recruiting, training, and retaining employees. It’s time that you could spend on your own professional development. It’s time you wouldn’t have to spend working late or on a weekend. You get the point. HR’s time is valuable. Your time is valuable. - -Now let’s talk in terms of dollars. According to Indeed, the average HR manager’s salary is $83,000/annually. That’s $39.90/hour. I’m not here to debate whether Indeed’s numbers are accurate. Let’s just say they are. If we multiply the hourly rate by 80 hours (of time spent on compliance), then we spend $3192 annually just on compliance research. - -A subscription service is a fraction of that cost. And those subscription services are being monitored by legal professionals. This becomes a very cost-effective way to get mandatory legal updates and information. - -I’ve mentioned before that one of the first things that I had to learn as a consultant was just because I coulddo something it didn’t mean I should . Because I could be using my time on the wrong things. I had a boss once who like to say it was “stepping over dollars to pick up quarters”. - -Organizations definitely need to watch their budgets and spend wisely. They should regularly evaluate their expenses and make sure they are delivering value. Mr. Bartender and I do it all the time in both our personal and professional lives. - -So, don’t immediately dismiss subscription services just because … well, that’s what they are. Make sure you know how they work and are making the most of what they provide. The services they offer can free up time to create more value. - -P.S. As you’re working on budgets for next year, be sure to check out ComplyRight’s subscription services mentioned in this article. If you’re following the news, then you know that 2025 could be an action-packed year in terms of labor and employment compliance. It might be perfect to have a partner that can help the organization navigate changes.",1731883667,de7efe2695,285ca3094f,,,1731883667 -https://www.uploadvr.com/skydances-behemoth-bossfight-surprise-launches-on-fortnite-creative/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Skydance's Behemoth: Bossfight Surprise Launches On Fortnite Creative,"Before next month's launch on Quest and PS VR2, Skydance Games released a Behemoth island on Fortnite Creative. - -In preparation for the upcoming launch, Skydance Games has created a new island in Fortnite Creative titled 'Skydance's Behemoth: Bossfight.' Developed in collaboration with Hidden Studios, you're tasked with conquering all three behemoths to break the curse, which you can play alone or with a full squad. That's accessible with the following code - 9862-4514-3250. - -0:00 / 0:24 1× - -Though Fortnite's seen a huge list of crossovers across the years, it's worth noting this is not an official collaboration with Epic Games and the sandbox Creative mode is openly available. As such, this shouldn't be seen as an indicator that Fortnite is coming to VR anytime soon, an idea that Epic's CEO Tim Sweeney has shot down on multiple occasions. - -As for Skydance's Behemoth itself, we recently got a renewed look at the upcoming VR action RPG with the ""World and Story"" trailer highlighting human combat. While it's heading to PS VR2 and Meta Quest on December 5 following a short delay, the PC VR release date remains unconfirmed.",1731883667,9397b145ff,2857ac4bb3,,,1731883667 -https://www.ign.com/articles/basketball-legends-codes,http://feeds.ign.com/ign/games-all,Basketball Legends Codes (November 2024),"Last updated on November 16, 2024: Checked for new Basketball Legends codes! - -If you’re in need of some extra coins in Basketball Legends, you’ve come to the right place. Below, we’ve pulled together all of the active codes for Basketball Legends, so you can earn extra loot instantly in the Roblox basketball game. - -Active Basketball Legends Codes (November 2024) - -Below, you'll find a list of the currently active and working Basketball Legends codes for November 2024: - -240KLIKES - Coins - -- Coins COINBOOST - 2x Coins - -- 2x Coins SPOOKY2 - 1 Halloween Case - -- 1 Halloween Case 230KLIKES - 5,000 Coins - -- 5,000 Coins 220KLIKES - 5,000 Coins - -How to Redeem Basketball Legends Codes - -To redeem Basketball Legends codes, boot up the game and, once you’re in, follow the steps below: - -Look at the icons on the left-hand side of the screen. You’ll see six labelled icons. Click on the star symbol labelled Codes. It'll pull up the codes tab. Enter your code into the code bar, being careful to make sure it’s in the right case and spelt correctly. Click Claim and you’ll earn resources. There’s no message indicating your resources have been added, so check your inventory or the coin counter to make sure it was successful. - -Why Isn’t My Basketball Legends Code Working? - -If your Basketball Legends code isn’t working, it’s likely due to one of two scenarios. The first is that the code was inputted incorrectly. Basketball Legends’ codes screen allows you to type text in lower or upper case, so make sure you have the code inputted correctly before you hit claim. You can even copy and paste the codes directly from this article over to Roblox if you want to make sure you’re inputting them correctly. - -The other possibility is the code has expired or you’ve already used it. If you’ve used it, you’ll get a message within the code box reminding you it has already been redeemed. If you’ve inputted it and it doesn’t recognise the code at all, you’ll get a message reading “Code Invalid.” If you’ve spelt it correctly but it still isn't working, that means the code is no longer available. - -How to Get More Basketball Legends Defense Codes - -If you’re looking to scout out some Basketball Legends codes yourself, the easiest way is through the Infinity Sports official Discord. - -Once you’re in, head to the Codes and Info channel and select the ""Codes"" option at the bottom of the chat. It’ll show you all the available codes for each of Infinity Sports' games. Anything below Basketball Legends will be available to use, so feel free to copy and paste them directly into the game. - -What is Basketball Legends in Roblox? - -Basketball Legends is a free-to-play Roblox basketball game that allows you to hop into some heated games online against rivals or friends. In essence, it's exactly what it says on the tin, so jump on in, shoot some hoops and cement yourself as the next basketball legend. - -Callum Williams is an IGN freelancer covering features and guides. When he's away from his desk, you can usually find him obsessing over the lore of the latest obscure indie horror game or bashing his head against a boss in the newest soulslike. You can catch him over on Twitter at @CaIIumWilliams.",1731883672,9e7916d7c6,28a5430fe4,,,1731883672 -https://transom.org/2018/journalism-of-empathy/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Journalism Of Empathy,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/The-Journalism-of-Empathy.mp3 Download Listen to “Journalism Of Empathy” - -I’m going to borrow a quote from Ted Conover who, in turn, borrowed it from Harper Lee’s To Kill a Mockingbird. - -“If you just learn a single trick, Scout, you’ll get along a lot better with all kinds of folks. You never really understand a person until you consider things from his point of view … until you climb inside of his skin and walk around in it.” - -That notion is a central tenet of “the journalism of empathy.” (Conover quoted Lee in his syllabus for a course of that name at NYU.) Practitioners of this type of reporting include Adrian Nicole LeBlanc, Katherine Boo and Alex Kotlowitz. In radio, I’d say the practice includes producers like David Isay and Jay Allison among many others. - -A brand new podcast from WPLN is an excellent example of the journalism of empathy. It’s produced by Meribah Knight who cites Kotlowitz and Isay among her heroes. - -Meribah, my guest on HowSound, spent nearly a year reporting on The James A. Cayce Homes, Nashville’s largest public housing project. The city is poised to re-develop Cayce, refashioning it into a mixed-income neighborhood. The city has promised not to uproot the community in the process. Meribah pledged to document that promise, hence the podcast’s name, The Promise. - -The Promise is easily some of the best local reporting I’ve heard in a long time. It’s enterprising, comprehensive, and effectively serves public radio’s mission. On top of that, each episode is a good story, well told. - -Here are a couple of quick tips on Meribah’s approach to empathic reporting. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/Clip-1-I-dont-ask-22How-do-you-feel22-.mp3 Download Listen to “I don’t ask “How do you feel?”” - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/02/Clip-2-Find-interesting-people-not-archetypes.mp3 Download Listen to “Find interesting people not architypes” - -*Note: The featured photo of this post was taken by Gavin Whitner.",1731883672,c00d35bf2d,28da3d1765,,,1731883672 -https://www.uploadvr.com/pico-os-5-12-phone-mirroring-passthrough-hand-tracking-mouse-keyboard/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Pico OS 5.12 Brings Phone Mirroring & Key Improvements,"Pico OS 5.12 brings phone mirroring, mouse & keyboard support, improved hand tracking and passthrough, and a number of other improvements. - -The update arrives around six weeks after the launch of Pico 4 Ultra, and brings one of the headset's key advertised features: phone screen mirroring. - -The feature works via the Pico iOS or Android app, and wirelessly displays your phone in VR or mixed reality as a floating 2D panel. This is also possible natively in Apple Vision Pro, but only for iPhones of course. In Meta Quest, on the other hand, bringing your phone into the headset requires using a USB-C cable and USB capture card. - -Pico OS 5.12 also improves controller-free hand tracking. ByteDance says it brings improved ""response speed"", enhanced stability in cases of fast movement and occlusion, and ""more flexible finger movements"". - -Another key improvement in Pico OS 5.12 is improved passthrough. ByteDance says it ""significantly reduced distortion at extremely close range"" and ""reduced ground shaking in bright outdoor sunlight"". - -Here are all the changes in Pico OS 5.12: - -Phone Screen Mirroring - -• Display and operate mobile phones on Pico 4 Ultra - -• Compatible with iPhone and Android phones - -Passthrough Improvements - -• Significantly reduced distortion at extremely close range. - -• Addressed distortion in scenes with aliasing issues. - -• Reduced ground shaking in bright outdoor sunlight. - -Hand Tracking & Controller Improvements - -• Improved hand tracking response speed. - -• Optimized pointer effects. - -• Enhanced tracking stability in cases of occlusion and fast movement. - -• More flexible finger recognition and fewer accidental touches. - - - -• Improved controller tracking speed when returning to the field of view from blind spots. - -Improved Multi-Window Experience - -• Clearer text in windowed applications: 2x sampling rate for reduced text aliasing and flicker - -• Optimized distance adjustment and control experience: hold the control bar below the Dock and push the Joystick to adjust the distance of the PanoScreen - -• Open multiple windows simultaneously in Browser - -• Quickly view multiple windows from the Dock - -Keyboard & Mouse Support - -• Home Space now supports the use of Bluetooth keyboards and mice. - -Video Player & Photo Viewer Improvements - -• Supports watching videos in [passthrough] mode with adjustable and resizable playback windows. - -• Improved the design of the playback control bar and settings page. - -• Improved visuals in Immersive View for viewing spatial videos and photos in Photos. - -• Enhanced transition effect when switching between content in Photos. - -Pico Motion Tracker Improvements - -What Are Pico Motion Trackers? Pico Motion Trackers come as a pair with ankle straps for £80 in the UK and €90 in Europe, designed to allow you to easily add leg tracking to Pico 4 Ultra, Pico 4, and Pico Neo 3 in apps like VRChat and soon Blade & Sorcery: Nomad. You can also strap a third Pico Motion Tracker to your waist, or use them as independent custom object trackers. - -• Improved waist tracker's posture accuracy when sitting or lying down. - -• Inactivity detection can now be disabled to avoid entering Sleep Mode during sustained periods of inactivity. - -Developer SDK Improvements - -• Iterated Sense Pack environment sensing capabilities to continuously power MR development. - -• New Pico Simulator Beta enables hardware simulation, allowing development without a physical device. - -• New developer samples, including MR, interaction, motion tracking, AR foundation, etc. - -• Unity Editor tool updates for increased project configuration efficiency.",1731883666,9397b145ff,28a5c56b1e,,,1731883666 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/bambas-is-untitled-shoes-game,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,Bambas! is Untitled Shoes Game,"The trailer for Bambas! starts off innocently enough. It's an ""innovative urban walking simulator"" in which you play a disembodied pair of shoes, individually moved with a controller's analog sticks and trigger buttons. The first half of the trailer is all whimsy and playground fun - kicking a football, standing on a climbing frame, riding a skateboard. But then a note of darkness creeps in, as the player begins to channel the sheer nihilistic inconsequentiality of a world in which shoes have no thinking human bodies to restrain them. - -The final 30 seconds of the trailer are an appalling display of sneakers kicking cars to death, flip-flops stamping on defenceless sandcastles, and stilettos flagrantly holding up traffic at zebra crossings. It's just as well the video is only a minute long, because the escalation curve is clear. If this were a four minute gameplay overview, the last third would consist of shoes vindictively toeing the Declaration Of Independence, or nudging lost kittens into jet engines. - -Bambas! - yes, the exclamation mark is part of the title - is the work of Villena, Spain-based Devilish Games, who say it isn't just a game but ""a tribute to urban culture"". You can find it on Steam. Come release day in 2025, the game will ""break stereotypes with its non-linear narrative and environmental storytelling, where stories unfold around every corner"". You will ""discover hidden spots that hold secrets and characters that will lead you down unexpected paths"". - -The game's setting is ""a vibrant, detailed Mediterranean coastal city where creativity rules and exploration is your passport to fun"", a place of Jet Set Radio-ish abandon where ""you'll need to navigate crosswalks, kick cans, balance on curbs, and pull off impossible jumps to complete hundreds of challenges"". It all looks and sounds very jolly - far from the Qwoppy puzzler I was half-expecting from the press release, and more in keeping with the mayhem of Untitled Goose Game. - -Complete those challenges, and you'll unlock ""countless"" shoes. I've never been a shoe collector, myself - I've never had the budget for it, but also, I don't have the imagination. Any shoes I own are doomed to be worn everyday from dawn till dusk until they lose all form and colour and become muddy teatowels, wrapped around my feet. - -It occurs to me, after watching the trailer for Bambas!, that my shoes might resent this treatment, and wish to be free of me. I am looking at my current trainers as I type this, and wondering what they'd do if I were... out of the picture. Readers, I am telling you this because I fear to utter the words aloud: it is possible that my shoes are conspiring against me.",1731883672,ad45c610da,289d2d9852,,,1731883672 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/13/new-delhi-central-vista-amit-khanna-opinion/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,"""As the centre of Delhi is reimagined, it is hard not to see parallels in history""","The Indian government's rushed redevelopment of the Central Vista in New Delhi fails to move on from the colonial history of Edwin Lutyens's original project, writes Amit Khanna. - -For millennia, kings and rulers have built so that they may live forever, and history has only been selectively kind. In New Delhi, Narendra Modi is pushing through a project that is remaking the centre of the city, a vast Haussmann-isation of the Central Vista. - -Launched in 2019, but not due to complete until 2026 at the earliest, this $2.7 billion project will see the colonial-era administrative centre in New Delhi completely overhauled. A new parliament has already been built, with a whole suite of government and cultural buildings – including a prime-ministerial residence – due to follow, plus the overhaul of the public spaces along the three-kilometre strip of land. - -There is significant opposition from the architectural community to the rushed redevelopment plan - -Modi is attempting to solve a fundamental issue. India's administration has grown with its population, and his bureaucrats are currently spread out all over the capital city, while most of the older buildings are falling apart. - -It is a much-needed densification of power, and one that will remain long after power at the centre has changed hands, but what will be the legacy of his ambitious vision? - -Lutyens was appointed to design the new capital for Delhi in 1912, in a rare case of a government opting for the best candidate. It was a choice mirroring the trajectory of a life and career that broadly coincided with the height of the British empire. - -In her fond biography of her great grandfather, The Architect and His Wife, Jane Ridley paints a vivid portrait of Lutyens as a man with the necessary will to transform his sketches into reality via the complex bureaucratic web of the British government's India Office. - -The task in Delhi was to deliver an edifice of power and permanence. In this, Lutyens succeeded, though at a cost: his work in Delhi, like that of Albert Speer in Nazi Germany, became emblematic of domination on a biblical scale. - -A century later, there is significant opposition from the architectural community to the populist Indian's government's rushed redevelopment plan, with calls for the preservation of both the urban structure and the local ecology. There is talk of the preservation of the buildings themselves, now showing their age after a hundred years of systematic bureaucratic neglect and a haphazard network of retrofitted services. - -The chosen facade is hardly breaking the shackles of colonial domination - -Lutyens himself, ever the pragmatist, would likely have been astonished at the efforts to conserve his buildings beyond their functional life. He was, above all, an architect who lived for his next project, and it is not hard to imagine that, given the chance, he would have welcomed the opportunity to build anew by tearing down the old. - -Indian architecture firm HCP has been appointed to the project. Within the annals of modern architecture in the subcontinent, the work of HCP stands out for its clarity of architectural intent and strict adherence to an honest expression of materiality. - -Its eponymous founder, Hasmukh C Patel, started building in the post-independence era where Lutyens and his contemporaries left off, and produced an oeuvre of crisp exposed-concrete public buildings in Ahmedabad. Now helmed by Hasmukh's son, Bimal Patel, the studio's more recent buildings are generally sensitive to the local climate and often built using local materials and resources. - -However, what HCP has produced in Delhi is a radical departure from its well-known aesthetic. The exposed brick and concrete sharpness has been replaced with a sort of faux Lutyens-esque classicism, complete with sandstone plinths and tall collonaded verandahs. - -The new parliament is a well resolved, beautifully built and generally well-detailed building. However, the material expression reverts to the choices made by Lutyens under pressure from governor-general Lord Hardinge – red and beige sandstone are intricately detailed to create a surface texture and proportion more reminiscent of buildings made across Europe hundreds of years ago than of a contemporary public building in Asia. - -For a nation (and incidentally, a government) that prides itself on its modernity and the digital age, the chosen facade is hardly breaking the shackles of colonial domination, and may just be reinforcing how strong they remain in the public consciousness of what it means to be grand. - -It would have repulsed Lutyens to be so exclusionary - -And the parliament building is just the beginning of a vast panoply of projects planned along the Central Vista, gradually replacing and subsuming institutions that benefited from the immense scale of the open space afforded by the grand boulevard running through the site, now called Rajpath. - -Planted originally with Jamun trees, the fruits of which were thought to pay for the maintenance of the gardens and were a favourite haunt of napping government servants, lunching students and smooching couples, the gardens are now increasingly off-limits, and thousands of trees are being cut to make way for the buildings. - -In the evenings, the broad road leading up to the presidential palace used to be overcrowded with ice-cream and street-food vendors, hawking their wares to weary Delhiites in search of a breezy evening walk. Now it is cordoned off and strictly guarded against casual loitering. - -One can hardly blame the authorities for wanting to keep their precious new buildings under lock and key. Stray incidents of terrorism are rampant globally and Delhi's huge population of urban poor are unwelcome in the manicured environs of power in the capital. - -Gone are the vendors, the amorous visitors, and the middling bureaucrats (who will soon be able to nap in their swanky air-conditioned offices), and in their place is a sort of urban dead zone – a public place without the public. It would have repulsed Lutyens, who was not an imperialist, to be so exclusionary. - -For thousands of years, local kings and invading armies have created their own cities here - -As the centre of Delhi is reimagined, it is hard not to see parallels in history. For thousands of years, local kings and invading armies have created their own cities here. Forts still dot the landscape from Mehrauli in the south to Tughlaqabad in the east and Chandni Chowk in the north, every arriving emperor looking to stamp his authority in the region through a programme of building. - -It is unsurprising therefore, to witness the building efforts of the current regime following the two historic practices of rebirthing the capital. First is to subsume the old into the new – by forcing HCP to design a building that looks like it always belonged, thereby creating a false sense of continuity while gradually removing the privileges of public space. - -And then there's the second, more ominous trend of attempting to leave a lasting edifice in the fickle dust plains just before the end of the empire. - -Amit Khanna is design principal at Amit Khanna Design Associates. - -The photo is by Abhishek Choudhary. - -Dezeen In Depth - -If you enjoy reading Dezeen's interviews, opinions and features, subscribe to Dezeen In Depth. Sent on the last Friday of each month, this newsletter provides a single place to read about the design and architecture stories behind the headlines.",1731883674,8f8dc0373b,28953b3d32,,,1731883674 -https://www.esportsheaven.com/2018-asian-games-esports-event-is-a-mess-before-it-has-even-begun/,https://www.esportsheaven.com/feed/,2018 Asian Games Esports Event Is A Mess Before It Has Even Begun,"Those in the esports community are witnessing, not for the first time, an esports organizer fumbling their way through their job. The Asian eSports Federation (AeSF) has proven to be as abject an organizer as many of their sporting counterparts in organizing the esports event at the Asian Games being held in Indonesia. - -Future of esports at sporting events at stake, but at what cost? - -Meanwhile, the event will be closely watched as the future of esports as an event in the Olympics is riding on it. Interest exists from the International Olympics Committee (IOC), but nothing has been finalized; much will ride on the success of this exhibition event. - -As sports battles to remain in the minds of people everywhere, so too does esports, in its corner which the mainstream has barely touched. Like a preppy school kid wanting to be like the ‘big boys’, however, esports’ strange yearning to be treated with the same respect as traditional sports has likely caused more harm than good over the years. - -Mainstream recognition has largely come in the form of world bodies such as the World Health Organization declaring video game addiction a legitimate mental condition, and dismissive—mostly older—journalists hoping to cast pros in a bad light like they probably did to gamers back in their school days (a larger problem that comes with conflating esports with video gaming in general). Worst yet, the focus largely and historically was on video games ""promoting or glorifying violence"". - -There has been an overall lack of interest in getting to understand how esports works or what it’s like to compete on a stage in a video game with the same intensity as one would in a sport. - -This is not to say that courting the mainstream is bad, for there has been substantial increase in esports interest from non-endemic organizations over the years, but it does appear at times as though we could be more discerning about what sort of attention esports should be receiving. - -Qualifiers management not helping the perception of the event - -But here’s where esports is arguably taking one step forward and two steps back. When said Asian Games qualifiers were held between the 6th and 20th of June, several aspects gave the esports community a double-take: there would be no live stream of the proceedings, VODs would be delayed indefinitely (they were eventually released with commentary several weeks later) and there was an embargo on all the results, meaning media access and coverage were banned for the qualifiers. Never has an esports organizer—the Asian eSports Federation (AeSF) in this case—hosting some of the best players in the world, been so anti-esports. - -Live viewership is a hallmark of any esports event in the present day; there is no replicating the emotions of watching a particularly hype match live. That the results were kept under wraps for so long without any discernible reason practically killed the hype of the event, considering some of the best players in the world were competing in the qualifiers. South Korea, China and Taiwan all sent their best players while pulling no stops, and viewers got to watch the games several weeks later on a by-then outdated patch. Some other qualifiers did not even have VODs released. - -Additionally, certain qualifiers were marred by shoddy organization; the South Asian qualifiers in particular came to prominence due to the - -Indian representatives having to sign contracts which were disproportionately unfair to the players - -. - -Too early to criticize? - -If we are hoping for the Olympics to recognize esports, yet cannot trust event organizers at the Olympics or Asian Games to hold a professional broadcast, what exactly do we wish to show to the world? - -Success or not, the Asian Games esports event is already leaving a bitter taste in the mouths of those who are invested in esports in the region, even before the event begins on the 27th of August in . More can, and has been done before. There is no reason to court recognition in a manner that threatens to harm the esports ecosystem and turn it into even more of a joke, and those who are not putting in the requisite effort to apply best practices at these events should not be allowed to hold power in the future. - -If it appears as though I am unfairly lambasting an event which is yet to begin, it is only because the organization has left plenty to be desired.The sole saving grace is that there will be Riot casters present - but one gets the feeling that, as weird as it sounds, Riot or another known esports organizer like OnGameNet could have had more of a presence at the event given their experience. __If you enjoyed this article, follow the author on Twitter at @dzhonyee . Images courtesy of Asian Games",1731883664,53ff29704d,292ea7818b,,,1731883664 -https://www.uwdawgpound.com/2024/11/14/24295496/the-prediction-ucla-bruins-washington-huskies-big-10-football-pick,https://www.uwdawgpound.com/rss/current.rss,The Prediction: UCLA Bruins @ Washington Huskies,"The Huskies have been different teams at home and on the road this season. The overall fate of the team sometimes sometimes depends on whether the most recent game has been at home or away. Since the Dawgs most recently played on the road (in an especially tricky road environment), the team’s reputation is currently at a low point. Can they turn it around in their final regular season home game against UCLA? - -Max Vrooman - -For the longest time this looked like a refreshing gimme on the schedule but UCLA has won 3 in a row including three-point wins over teams that beat UW in Rutgers and Iowa. The Bruins also get an extra day+ of rest having played at home on Friday night instead of in Pennsylvania on Saturday night. - -Part of UCLA’s struggles has to stem from their offensive anonymity. No one on the team has more than 351 rushing or receiving yards this season. RB TJ Harden had been below replacement level before breaking out last week against Iowa with 125 yards, his 1st game averaging more than 4.1 YPC this year. Former Oregon TE Moliki Matavao leads them in receiving yards but would be 5th on the Huskies. Former Husky QB Ethan Garbers has put up solid yardage but has just one fewer INT than passing TD this season. - -The UCLA defense has been generally solid when not going against an elite team. After giving up 27+ points in 4 straight losses to Indiana, LSU, Oregon, and Penn State they’ve held opponents to 21 or fewer in 3 of the next 4 games. There’s no star like Laiatu Latu last year but it’s an overall solid unit. - -It’s sorely tempting to pick against Washington after the complete no-show that was the Penn State game but UCLA isn’t going to have a talent advantage and I’ll give the slight edge to UW’s success at home. - -UW 22 - UCLA 20 - -Mark Schafer - -It’s the last home game of the season for the Huskies, as they look to continue their 19 game home winning streak against UCLA, who has won 3 straight after a rough start to Deshaun Foster’s tenure. This is a weird time in Husky football. Who could’ve guessed that a year ago we would be fighting for bowl eligibility after competing for a National Championship? But this is where we are, and I’m going to tell you how I think it’s going to play out. - -Defensively, the Huskies have to be careful not to underestimate a UCLA offense that has found ways to win, despite their statistical mediocrity. As Coach Pete liked to say, “Stats are for losers”! Expect a lot of DBs sticking to their assigned receivers in Man to Man coverage and linebackers flying around to stuff the run, as well as exotic pressure looks, a common staple of the Belichick defense. - -Offensively, Will Rogers needs time to throw, something that has plagued the Husky line all year, but it also will hopefully be easier than last week. Getting the receivers in space and having Will hit them in stride will hopefully get UCLA, which has a mediocre pass defense, on the back foot. But I think the game will be won in the trenches, and to that end, the Huskies should feed Jonah Coleman between 20-25 times and let him carry you across the line, as he’s done a few times this season. Do that, and we might be going bowling! - -UW 24 - UCLA 17 - -Andrew Berg - -Which version of UCLA will we get this week? Will it be the version who was 1-5 (0-3 in the B1G) with their only win by a FG over Hawaii? Or will it be the version who has won three in a row against Rutgers, Nebraska, and Iowa to get back to respectability? It hasn’t been just one thing that has spurred the Bruins’ turnaround. They beat Rutgers behind Ethan Garbers’ best career passing game. They followed that with a +2 turnover margin game against Nebraska and a balanced offensive attack. Last week’s win over Iowa was perhaps the most surprising. While Iowa turned it over three times, so did UCLA. The Bruins limited Caleb Johson to 49 rushing yards and Iowa to 80 as a team, While T.J. Harden led the offense with 125 ground yards of his own. - -What can we learn about that collection of games? It will be crucial for the Dawgs to minimize turnovers, since that has been UCLA’s best way to get the defense off the field. They have not given up a lot of big plays, but they rank outside the top-100 nationally in success rate against the run and pass. Consequently, they are one of the worst teams at giving up long drives (and UW is actually quite good at sustaining drives). The money will be made in the red zone, where UCLA’s defense is almost as bad as UW’s offense. If the Huskies can avoid turnovers and actually finish drives against a defense that has been bad at keeping opponents out of the end zone, the offense could look a whole lot better than it did a week ago. - -On the other side of the ball, Garbres has been the centerpiece of the offense all year. His 11 interceptions are a problem and it is very possible that the Dawgs could force a couple of turnovers. Teams that have beaten UW have usually been able to grind out big yardage on the ground. UCLA is not afraid to run the ball, but their top two backs (Harden and Jalen Berger) both average under four yards per carry for the year. - -Altogether, UCLA is not as bad as we thought when they were 1-5 because the early part of their schedule was brutal. They’re not suddenly great because they have won three in a row. They are an average team going on the road. UW should have a talent advantage, albeit not a huge one. When UW has played teams of comparable or worse talent at home, they have generally been successful. - -UW 27 - UCLA 21 - -SU: UW 3, UCLA 0 - -ATS: UW 2, UCLA 1 - -Average Score: UW 24 - UCLA 18",1731883654,e6fa0206a3,289c2594c7,,,1731883654 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/videos/cqxwlj2nnrdo,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,Billie Jean King Cup: Katie Boulter puts Great Britain into semi-finals,"Katie Boulter beats Canada's Leylah Fernandez in straight sets to send Great Britain into the semi-finals of the Billie Jean King Cup in Malaga. - -WATCH MORE: Raducanu beats Marino to give GB lead over Canada - -Available to UK users only.",1731883653,bcdff126e2,29385df753,,,1731883653 -https://techtransfercentral.com/2024/08/16/delaware-state-university-actively-partners-with-industry-to-boost-stem-diversity/,https://techtransfercentral.com/feed/,TechPipeline,"This is an excerpt from an article in the October issue of TechEngage. - -Green and clean technologies have garnered a lot of interest from both researchers and investors in the past two decades. Investment in these technologies has grown steadily, reaching $1.77 trillion in 2023, a 17% increase over 2022 according to BloombergNEF. That sounds like good news for universities with ongoing research and projects in the green/clean tech space, but not every green/clean tech project is marketable in a way that attracts licensees. Differences in timeline expectations, commercial potential, and even leadership qualities can keep companies from looking closely at technologies that may well solve important problems but don’t offer enough commercial upside. - -Before reaching out, it’s important to understand what makes a green or clean technology or start-up investible to companies and venture capitalists. - -Team First - -Many investors evaluate the team behind the technology as much as they evaluate the technology itself. - -“Team is first, always,” says Manny Stockman, a partner in Osage University Partners, a venture capital firm that works with universities. “You’ll hear that from every venture capitalist you ever talk to.” - -Taking an idea from inception to a marketable product or service requires people who understand the market and how to talk to investors, and those are skills that are not always in the wheelhouse of a researcher or inventor. Gathering a team of people who can fill in the gaps of any missing relational and business skills is key to attracting support.",1731883700,bb9e812a9f,28ca92f75d,,,1731883700 -https://www.npr.org/2024/04/03/1197958583/japan-lost-decade,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Japan had a vibrant economy. Then it fell into a slump for 30 years. : Planet Money,"Japan had a vibrant economy. Then it fell into a slump for 30 years. - -Last month, Japan's central bank raised interest rates for the first time in 17 years. That is a really big deal, because it means that one of the spookiest stories in modern economics might finally have an ending. - -Back in the 1980s, Japan performed something of an economic miracle. It transformed itself into the number two economy in the world. From Walkmans to Toyotas, the U.S. was awash in Japanese imports. And Japanese companies went on a spending spree. Sony bought up Columbia Pictures. Mitsubishi became the new majority owners of Rockefeller Center. - -But in the early 1990s, it all came to a sudden halt. Japan went from being one of the fastest growing countries in the world to one of the slowest. And this economic stagnation went on and on and on. For decades. - -Sponsor Message - -On this episode, the unnerving story of Japan's Lost Decades: How did one of the most advanced economies in the world just fall down one day — and not be able to get up? Japan's predicament changed our understanding of what can go wrong in a modern economy. And gave us some new tools to try and deal with it. - -This episode was hosted by Jeff Guo. It was produced by Emma Peaslee and engineered by Cena Loffredo. It was edited by Molly Messick. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR Source Audio - ""Haunted Fairground,"" ""Wrong Conclusion,"" and ""Strange Tango""",1731884598,8181d7a585,293aa55c78,,,1731884598 -https://www.theloadout.com/fc-24/wonderkids-career-mode,https://www.theloadout.com/feed,FC 24 Wonderkids - the 50 best young players for Career Mode,"There’s a fine art to identifying FC 24 Wonderkids in Career Mode. Signing young talents with lots of potential is an important aspect of the game mode, and here we’ll give you all the info you need so that you can recruit the best young players in FC 24 Career Mode. - -A Wonderkid is defined as a player in the under-21 category who seemingly has unlimited potential, and could take the world of soccer by storm in the coming years. In FC 24 Career Mode, they might not always have a high starting rating, but give it a few seasons and you could have one of the best strikers or best CMs in the world on your squad. Below we have two lists to help you out – the first contains the Wonderkids with the greatest potential, and the second looks at which Wonderkids you’ll be able to sign straight away in your first season. - -FC 24 Wonderkids - -Here are the 50 best FC 24 Wonderkids: - -Jamal Musiala (Bayern Munich) – 86 OVR, 93 POT - -(Bayern Munich) – 86 OVR, Pedri (Barcelona) – 86 OVR, 92 POT - -(Barcelona) – 86 OVR, Jude Bellingham (Real Madrid) – 88 OVR, 92 POT - -(Real Madrid) – 88 OVR, Florian Wirtz (Bayer Leverkusen) – 87 OVR, 92 POT - -(Bayer Leverkusen) – 87 OVR, Gavi (Barcelona) – 83 OVR, 90 POT - -(Barcelona) – 83 OVR, Eduardo Camavinga (Real Madrid) – 83 OVR, 90 POT - -(Real Madrid) – 83 OVR, Warren Zaire-Emery (PSG) – 90 OVR, 90 POT - -(PSG) – 90 OVR, Alex Balde (Barcelona) – 81 OVR, 89 POT - -(Barcelona) – 81 OVR, Rasmus Højlund (Manchester United) – 78 OVR, 89 POT - -(Manchester United) – 78 OVR, Xavi Simons (RB Leipzig, on loan from PSG) – 82 OVR, 89 POT - -(RB Leipzig, on loan from PSG) – 82 OVR, Josko Gvardiol (Manchester City) – 82 OVR, 88 POT - -(Manchester City) – 82 OVR, Nico Williams (Athletic Bilbao) – 82 OVR, 88 POT - -(Athletic Bilbao) – 82 OVR, Cole Palmer (Chelsea) – 80 OVR, 88 POT - -(Chelsea) – 80 OVR, Johan Bakayoko (PSV) – 78 OVR, 88 POT - -(PSV) – 78 OVR, Vitor Toque (Barcelona) – 76 OVR, 88 POT - -(Barcelona) – 76 OVR, Savinho (Girona, on loan from Man City) – 80 OVR, 88 POT - -(Girona, on loan from Man City) – 80 OVR, Arda Guler (Real Madrid) – 77 OVR, 88 POT - -(Real Madrid) – 77 OVR, Fabio Miretti (Juventus) – 75 OVR, 88 POT - -(Juventus) – 75 OVR, Mathys Tel (Bayern Munich) – 75 OVR, 88 POT - -(Bayern Munich) – 75 OVR, Goncalves Neves (Benfica) – 77 OVR, 88 POT - -(Benfica) – 77 OVR, Michael Olise (Crystal Palace) – 80 OVR, 88 POT - -(Crystal Palace) – 80 OVR, Jorrel Hato (Ajax) – 73 OVR, 88 POT - -(Ajax) – 73 OVR, Alejandro Garnacho (Manchester United) – 77 OVR, 87 POT - -(Manchester United) – 77 OVR, Kobbie Mainoo (Manchester United) – 72 OVR, 87 POT - -(Manchester United) – 72 OVR, Jeremy Doku (Manchester City) – 79 OVR, 87 POT - -(Manchester City) – 79 OVR, Antonio Silva (Benfica) – 78 OVR, 87 POT - -(Benfica) – 78 OVR, Nuno Mendes (PSG) – 82 OVR, 87 POT - -(PSG) – 82 OVR, Bradley Barcola (PSG) – 80 OVR, 87 POT - -(PSG) – 80 OVR, Youssoufa Moukoko (Borussia Dortmund) – 77 OVR, 87 POT - -(Borussia Dortmund) – 77 OVR, Karim Adeyemi (Borussia Dortmund) – 80 OVR, 87 POT - -(Borussia Dortmund) – 80 OVR, Julien Duranville (Borussia Dortmund) – 66 OVR, 87 POT - -(Borussia Dortmund) – 66 OVR, Paris Brunner (Borussia Dortmund) – 65 OVR, 87 POT - -(Borussia Dortmund) – 65 OVR, Yeremy Pino (Villarreal) – 79 OVR, 87 POT - -(Villarreal) – 79 OVR, Gabriel Veiga Novas (Al Ahli) – 78 OVR, 87 POT - -(Al Ahli) – 78 OVR, Jarrad Branthwaite (Everton) – 78 OVR, 87 POT - -(Everton) – 78 OVR, Benjamin Sesko (RB Leipzig) – 78 OVR, 87 POT - -(RB Leipzig) – 78 OVR, Tommaso Baldanzi (Roma) – 77 OVR, 87 POT - -(Roma) – 77 OVR, Guillaume Restes (Toulouse) – 75 OVR, 87 POT - -(Toulouse) – 75 OVR, Giorgio Scalvini (Atalanta) – 77 OVR, 87 POT - -(Atalanta) – 77 OVR, Samuel Iling-Junior (Juventus) – 73 OVR, 87 POT - -(Juventus) – 73 OVR, Artur Vermeeren (Atletico Madrid) – 76 OVR, 87 POT - -(Atletico Madrid) – 76 OVR, Kendry Paez (Independiente del Valle) – 71 OVR, 87 POT - -(Independiente del Valle) – 71 OVR, Destiny Udogie (Spurs) – 81 OVR, 86 POT - -(Spurs) – 81 OVR, Romeo Lavia (Chelsea) – 73 OVR, 86 POT - -(Chelsea) – 73 OVR, Arnau Martinez (Girona) – 80 OVR, 86 POT - -(Girona) – 80 OVR, Georginio Rutter (Leeds) – 76 OVR, 86 POT - -(Leeds) – 76 OVR, Archie Gray (Leeds) – 72 OVR, 86 POT - -(Leeds) – 72 OVR, Brian Brobbey (Ajax) – 79 OVR, 86 POT - -(Ajax) – 79 OVR, Antonio Nusa (Club Brugge) – 72 OVR, 86 POT - -(Club Brugge) – 72 OVR, Rico Lewis (Machester City) – 75 OVR, 86 POT - -Note that there are dozens more players with a potential rating of 86 – these are just some of the most useful or notable players with that potential to round out our top 50 list. - -All of the above ratings come courtesy of FUTWIZ, so be sure to check it out for more information on player positions and the teams they currently represent. With that being said, read on for further insight into some of the biggest names that have made it onto the list. - -Topping the list is Bayern Munich starlet Jamal Musiala. Currently serving as understudy to one of the greatest CAMs to ever do it in Thomas Müller, the young German is poised to further thrive within Thomas Tuchel’s side this season. - -There can be no doubting Jude Bellingham’s position as one the biggest young talents in world soccer right now. It’s very easy to forget that he is so young and already the crown jewel of a rejuvenated Real Madrid team, built to challenge the prime age of the Galacticos. Bellingham will however be a pricey signing due to the fact that he ranks so highly in the FC 24 ratings list from the get go. - -Arda Guler was also another name on Real Madrid’s summer shopping list and his inclusion on the NXGN list of the 50 biggest Wonderkids in world football justifies his $22m move. Dubbed the ‘Turkish Messi’, it will be interesting to see if the Real Madrid fanbase allow him to continue under this moniker given Messi’s history with Barcelona. - -Speaking of Barca, Pedri continues to dominate the discussion when it comes to their young stars, but its 19-year-old Gavi we’ve got our eye on. The central midfielder was a top Wonderkid last year; a trend that’s continued into this year. Despite his age, he already has over 70 appearances for Barcelona’s first team and over 20 international caps for Spain. Needless to say, he’ll be one of the players that Career Mode enjoyers should have on their radars. - -Borussia Dortmund is also brimming with young talent that boast high potential ratings. Moukoko, Adeyemi, Duranville, and Brunner are all attacking players that are destined to become 87-rated, so for those that enjoy nurturing the existing talent in whichever team you select, Dortmund is a standout pick. - -Manchester City is another such team, with likes of Josko Gvardiol, Rico Lewis, and Jeremey Doku all capable of becoming some of the highest rated players in their respective positions. New signing Savinho is also now in the game, and while they’ll be on loan at Girona for the first season, the Brazilian will be another high-potential asset at your disposal. - -With a lot of fresh signings, recently-renewed contracts, or loaned-out players on this list, you might not be able to pick up all of these players straight away. Below we’ve picked a few names that you will definitely be able to sign immediately in your first season of a Manager Career Mode save. - -FC 24 Wonderkids you can sign in season one - -Here are the FC 24 Wonderkids who you will be able to sign in the first season of Career Mode: - -Gift Orban (21) – Gent - -Nuno Mendes (21) – PSG - -Adam Hlozek (21) – Bayer Leverkusen - -Karim Adeyemi (21) – Borussia Dortmund - -Jamal Musiala (20) – Bayern Munich - -Eduardo Camavinga (20) – Real Madrid - -Florian Wirtz (20) – Bayer 04 Leverkusen - -Pedri (20) – Barcelona - -Tommaso Baldanzi (20) – Empoli - -Levi Colwill (20) – Chelsea - -Luca Netz (20) – Borussia Mönchengladbach - -Giovanni Reyna (20) – Borussia Dortmund - -Arnau Martinez (20) – Girona FC - -Yeremy Pino (20) – Villarreal - -Devyne Rensch (20) – Ajax - -Rayan Cherki (20) – Lyon - -Johan Bakayoko (20) – PSV - -Jonathan Rowe (20) – Norwich - -Harvey Elliott (20) – Liverpool - -Björn Meijer (20) – Club Brugge - -Gavi (19) – Barcelona - -Alberto Moleiro (19) – UD Las Palmas - -Alejandro Balde (19) – Barcelona - -António Silva (19) – Benfica - -Youssoufa Moukoko (18) – Borussia Dortmund - -Evan Ferguson (18) – Brighton - -Rico Lewis (18) – Manchester City - -Stefan Bajcetic (18) – Liverpool - -Ben Doak (16) – Liverpool - -Now to highlight some of the targets that you should be able to sign straight away in FC 24. The aforementioned Muokoko hit the scene as a 15-year old but now looks to lead a Borussia Dortmund team that has lost Erling Haaland and Jude Bellingham in successive seasons. He sat behind the experienced Sebastian Haller this year but saw a good amount of first team opportunities to prove his talent. EA Sports has featured the young German in plenty of promotional material in the build up to the FC 24 release date, so it clearly thinks Moukoko is Wonderkid material. - -Another recognizable name for Football Manager and Career Mode fans, Adam Hlozek is still only 21-years-old but could be considering his next move very soon. The Czech forward has come up in conversation every summer for the past few years but even following the losses of players like Leon Bailey and Moussa Diaby, he has yet to suggest he’s ready to leave Leverkusen. - -The Premier League has its fair share of talent that is also up for the taking on season one and topping this list for us is Brighton striker Evan Ferguson. The talented Irishman looks to be the biggest talent to come out of the country since Robbie Keane and it’s no surprise that clubs have shown their interest. While a contract extension was signed earlier this year, he could still be purchasable during the first season in FC 24. - -For our next few FC 24 Wonderkids we head to Liverpool who have the trio of Ben Doak, Harvey Elliott, and Stefan Bajcetic on the books. Only Elliott really saw first-team action this season, but it’s clear that Jurgen Klopp thinks highly of them all, and mid-80’s potential ratings for Doak and Bajcetic seem very fair based on what we know so far. Elliott, meanwhile, should continue to have a mid-high 80’s potential as he did in FIFA 23. - -Gent’s Gift Orban remains a prime target for Career Mode players as his meteoric rise continues. The major question mark around Orban is the level he currently plays at, but if he is able to prove his worth in a major European League, then his potential could see a further boost. - -Finally, one player that many people might not be familiar with is Jon Rowe, who came through the Norwich academy and has truly solidified himself as a starting player so far this season bagging four goals in his first four games. The Championship is still one of the hardest leagues in the world to play and develop in, but Rowe is showing why he’s got big team scouts excited. He’s a wildcard to become an FC 24 Wonderkid but we back him to be a great purchase for any Career Mode savant. - -So there you have it, our transfer advice for the best Wonderkids in FC 24 Career Mode. If you want to sign some players with a bit of flair, check out our FC 24 5 star skillers guide. We recommend also getting familiar with FC 24 PlayStyles, the all new player traits that you’ll need to take into consideration when signing and training players in Career Mode. See you on the pitch.",1731883672,bbec762ab3,2963a4c17e,,,1731883672 -https://fivethirtyeight.com/videos/should-we-trust-polls-campaigns-leak-to-the-press/,https://fivethirtyeight.com/politics/feed/,Should We Trust Polls Campaigns Leak To The Press?,"Now that we are on the other side of Labor Day and summer is subsiding, this is — as tradition goes — when focus on political campaigns really begins to heat up. The off-year elections this November will get some attention, but the main attraction is still the 2024 Republican presidential primary. - -In this installment of the FiveThirtyEight Politics podcast, we ask a question we will undoubtedly return to in the four months until the Iowa caucuses: Is Donald Trump’s nomination inevitable? And if not inevitable, how can we place the likelihood he wins the GOP primary in historical context? - -We also have partial results from two special primary elections and we debate “good or bad use of polling” for a classic and controversial topic: internal polls.",1731883673,07da66e258,29a65d6329,,,1731883673 -https://3dprint.com/314571/3d-printing-webinars-events-11-17-24/,https://3dprint.com/feed/,"3D Printing Webinar and Event Roundup: November 17, 2024 - 3DPrint.com","It’s a big week in the AM industry: Formnext 2024 is finally here! But don’t worry if you can’t make it to Germany, there are still a few other virtual and in-person events happening as well. Read on for all the details! - -November 18: AM Innovation & Standards Summit - -First up, the day before Formnext, on Monday, November 18th, the one-day “AM Innovation and Standards Summit” will take place. Organized in collaboration with the U.S. Commercial Service, ASTM International, ISO – International Organization for Standardization, and America Makes, and in partnership with Mesago Formnext, this workshop is dedicated to discussing the standardization needs for additive manufacturing. Industry leaders and experts will be on hand to explore the latest AM standardization needs and best practices, and teach attendees how to drive cost-effective AM in their organizations. The summit includes technical talks, a break-out session, and an interactive panel discussion. - -“This is an excellent opportunity to understand and appreciate how AM standards have been used across different industry sectors. You will get first-hand information from the industry leaders who are effectively using standards in their AM operations. The industry breakout session allows you to indulge in thought-provoking discussions with industry experts and peers, as well as to share your insights in a topic that is crucial for industry advancement, Cutting Costs in AM: Quick Wins and Future Gains.” - -You can register for the summit here. Registration gets you a free pass to Formnext 2024! - -November 19 – 20: IDGA’s C4ISR USA - -The Institute for Defense and Government Advancement (IDGA) is holding its third annual C4ISR USA conference in Bethesda, Maryland from November 19-20. With a focus on shaping the future of military readiness, the event welcomes attendees to explore how the DoD and its international partners are building out systems for Combined Joint All Domain Command and Control (CJADC2), a concept that enables real-time information sharing, fast decision-making, and seamless coordination across multiple domains. There will be discussions on how to integrate modern technologies like AI, big data analytics, machine learning, and more, as well as how space-based assets and cyber capabilities are reshaping frameworks for C4ISR, which stands for Command, Control, Communications, Computers (C4) Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance (ISR). - -“The landscape of modern warfare is evolving with an accelerated tempo, increasing complexity, and the need for decentralized operations across all domains. As near-peer competition intensifies, securing US and allied forces’ competitiveness and leveraging the information advantage are critical.” - -You can register for the conference here. - -November 19 – 20: Mid-South Design-2-Part Show - -Also from November 19-20, the Mid-South Design-2-Part Show will be held in Nashville, Tennessee. It’s the region’s largest design and contract manufacturing trade show, with over 175 high-quality American suppliers of custom/stock parts and manufacturing services exhibiting their wares at the Music City Center. More than 300 service categories will be represented at the free event, including plastics, castings, ceramic parts, finishing, fabricating/forming, tooling, and 3D printing/prototyping. Plus, D2P events are considered working shows, so if you have parts or plans you’d like to show to one of the exhibitors for a quote, bring it with you! - -“In just a few hours, meet face-to-face with industry experts and solve your toughest manufacturing challenges. Whether it’s to reduce costs, upgrade quality, improve lead times, or learn about new technologies; the Nashville show can be your one-stop solution.” - -You can register for the trade show here. - -November 19 – 22: Formnext 2024 - -From November 19-22, over 850 exhibitors and more than 32,000 visitors will converge on Frankfurt to attend Formnext 2024 to continue the mission of growing AM adoption in an industrial context. In addition to the latest and greatest AM hardware, users from all relevant application industries will also find technologies at Formnext, including materials, software, automation solutions, and post-processing and quality control. The event will also feature a wide range of networking opportunities, the Formnext Awards, a Career Day, and a broad, yet in-depth stage program. - -“The Additive Manufacturing (AM) ecosystem is developing quickly, opening up new application areas and use cases almost daily. In-person, peer-to-peer interaction remains critical to solving the biggest challenges related to AM adoption.” - -You can buy a ticket for Formnext 2024 here. Keep an eye out for our 3DPrint.com team members on the show floor! - -November 20: TriMech’s Intro to the Artec Space Spider II - -TriMech will offer a demonstration of and “Introduction to the Artec Space Spider II” at 10 am EST on Wednesday, November 20th. This system improves on the previous Space Spider 3D scanner in many ways, including an increased frame rate, resolution, and field of view. That means it can take scans of small objects smoother, faster, and with better details, without the use of targets or stickers. In this webinar, attendees will learn about the improvements in this new generation of Artec 3D equipment, understand how the Space Spider II compares to comparable 3D scanners on the market, and more. - -“Join us as TriMech Product Specialist, Scanners, Brian Metzger, demonstrates how the Space Spider II works in real-time. He will demonstrate the full scanning process from start to finish. He will speak to the benefits of the Space Spider II for Reverse Engineering, QA/QC, and other applications. This webinar will serve as a great introduction to the Space Spider II, or as a general introduction to 3D Scanning for anyone interested.” - -You can register for the webinar here. - -November 20: Transforming Plastic Waste with re:3D - -Also on the 20th, but at 2 pm EST, the latest America Makes TRX webinar will be hosted by Charlotte Craff, Program Manager for re:3D. “ReCreatelt: Transforming Plastic Waste Through Community-led Manufacturing” will focus on net-zero manufacturing lab ReCreateIt, which is working to build a more circular economy by partnering with the Austin Habitat for Humanity (AHFH) ReStores to reduce landfill waste. Low-income homeowners can work with the lab, which is funded by CSIRO and the National Science Foundation, to design home goods out of recycled plastic waste. AHFH members will then printed these products on re:3D’s large-format GigabotX 2, which processes pelletized and granulated plastics. A sustainability dashboard also tracks and communicates environmental impact metrics of the project back to the public. - -“A pilot program at AHFH ReStore begins in early 2025. The project aspires to divert at least 10,000 pounds of plastic waste from landfills, train 20 Austin Habitat for Humanity ReStore employees in state-of-the-art manufacturing techniques and educate and engage more than 500 community members.” - -You can register for the webinar here. - -November 21: Beyond the Forge with HP - -At 11 am EST on Thursday, November 21st, HP will hold the eighth session in its “Beyond the Forge: A Metals 3D Printing Series,” meant to educate, inspire, and empower professionals in the field of metal 3D printing. The first episode was about Metal Jet technology, the second focused on the benefits of 3D printing vs. traditional manufacturing methods, and the third was about “Design and Choosing Parts to Print.” The fourth was all about sintering with additive manufacturing, the fifth was about “Metal Jet Software Solutions,” and the sixth focused on post-processing options. The seventh episode was all about cost evaluation, and the eighth one will focus on “Sustainability in Additive Manufacturing.” - -“Jump into Session 8 to learn about sustainability in the Additive Manufacturing industry. Hear from an HP expert on what HP is doing and how we are contributing to this important effort.” - -You can register for the session here. - -November 21: Indirect 3D Printed Dental Restorations with SprintRay - -Finally, in its latest Continuing Education (CE) webinar, SprintRay will help you “Improve Your Dental Rizz: Say Goodbye to Posterior Composites.” At 7 pm EST on the 21st, Dr. Craig Spodak will help attendees say goodbye to “back-breaking soul-crushing composite restorations” and explore the benefits of highly-durable, minimally invasive, indirect 3D printed restorations. The class will evaluate the clinical limitations of large posterior composites, learn about the efficiency of Digital Press Stereolithography (DPS) for creating indirect restorations, and more. - -“By moving beyond traditional composites, practices can streamline workflows, boost efficiency, and enhance patient satisfaction, all while achieving better profitability and predictable results.” - -You can register for the webinar here. - -Do you have news to share about any future webinars or virtual and live events? Please let us know! - -Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.",1731883654,e72baed8b4,2919301ea7,,,1731883654 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/trends/g45826042/best-jewelry-advent-calendars/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,The 9 Best Jewelry Advent Calendars 2024,"There are two things in this world that are practically guaranteed to make anyone happy during the holidays: surprises and jewelry. The best jewelry advent calendars combine them both. Whether you're adding one to your own holiday wish list or planning to give one to a friend, these expertly curated gift sets are sure to be a hit this holiday season. - -By definition, the best luxury advent calendars typically involve a chest of compartments marked with December days, each containing a special treat. Some are filled with chocolate, others are dedicated to makeup, perfume, or candles. But it's the jewelry advent calendars that make great gifts for fashion lovers. They come in all sizes and styles—from a luxe chest of a dozen gold pieces to a more affordable silver set with a gift for each of the twenty-four days. You might even be surprised to find your favorite jewelry brands—like Abbott Lyon, Missoma, and Kendra Scott—stepping into the space. - - - -Below, the 9 best jewelry advent calendars available for the upcoming holiday season. It's the easiest way to put a smile on someone's face, or your own. (We believe in treating yourself.)",1731883614,66787ad63a,298cbadd7c,,,1731883614 -https://www.shipbob.com/blog/discreet-shipping/,https://www.shipbob.com/blog/feed/,Ecommerce Guide to Discreet Packaging & Shipping Solutions,"In today’s world, privacy and security are top concerns for many. In fact, 9 out of 10 Americans consider their online privacy to be an important issue. But what about real-world privacy? - -Consumers don’t want to broadcast their personal purchases for their neighbors to see. Whether it’s sensitive items like health products, personal care items, or other private purchases, the need for discretion extends beyond the digital world and into the physical act of ecommerce shipping. - -That’s where discreet product packaging comes into play. Discreet packaging ensures that a customer’s personal purchases are kept confidential from the moment they leave a warehouse until they arrive at their doorstep. - -In this article, we’ll cover the ins and outs of discreet packaging and shipping, why it matters, examples of how it’s done, and how ShipBob can help. - -What is discreet packaging? - -Discreet packaging refers to using plain packaging materials to ship products without revealing any information about the sender or the contents inside. This approach is particularly important for companies selling high-value products or items that customers may not want to publicly display. By using custom packaging that lacks branding or identifying markers, businesses help protect their customer’s privacy and ensure the confidentiality of the shipment. - -Discreet packaging serves two primary purposes: - -Privacy protection: The exterior of the package doesn’t reveal the nature of the contents, safeguarding the customer’s purchase from curious eyes. Security: Unmarked packaging can also help reduce the risk of theft, as the package doesn’t appear valuable or attractive to potential thieves. - -Examples of discreet packaging - -There are many types of packaging options that businesses can use, depending on the size, weight, and fragility of the product. The choice of packaging often depends on the types of products being shipped, such as small electronics, personal care items, or luxury goods. Here are a few examples: - -Plain cardboard boxes - -One of the most commonly used forms of discreet packaging is the plain packaging design of a simple cardboard box—free of any logos, colors, or identifying features. These boxes are typically brown or white and offer excellent protection for a wide variety of products. - -Image source - -Unmarked & tamper-proof poly mailers - -Poly mailers are flexible, lightweight, and provide a high level of privacy since they are typically unmarked. They often have tamper-evident seals to ensure that the package hasn’t been opened during transit. These are frequently used for clothing or soft goods and offer a cost-effective option for businesses looking to maintain a low shipping profile. - -Image source - -Padded envelopes - -For businesses shipping smaller items like electronics, jewelry, or cosmetics, padded envelopes can provide both protection and privacy. These envelopes are often lined with bubble wrap or foam filler to ensure the items inside are well-protected, while the unmarked exterior keeps the contents discreet. - -Image source - -Neutral return labels - -In addition to unmarked packaging, another important element of discreet shipping is using a neutral return address or sender information on the shipping label. Instead of using the company’s name, the return address might list a generic business name or fulfillment center address, avoiding unwanted attention. - -Plain shipping tapes - -Even small details like the tape used to seal a package can play a role in discretion. Many companies opt for plain, unbranded tape to further ensure the package doesn’t draw attention. - -Image source - -How discreet shipping works - -Discreet shipping encompasses more than just the packaging materials used—it also involves how orders are processed, labeled, and handled throughout the ecommerce fulfillment journey. - -To ensure a truly discreet shipping and handling process, companies must focus on several key aspects: - -Neutral packaging: As mentioned, the packaging itself should be plain and unmarked. This includes using plain shipping boxes, mailers, or envelopes without branding or logos. Neutral shipping labels: The shipping label should not reveal the contents of the package. This includes using a neutral return address, such as a third-party logistics provider (3PL) or fulfillment center, rather than the company’s actual name or industry-related terms. Secure order handling: The entire fulfillment process must prioritize confidentiality. This includes training fulfillment staff to ensure that packages are handled carefully and discreetly throughout the picking, packing, and shipping stages. Shipping methods: Some shipping carriers may offer specific shipping options labeled as “discreet shipping”. Additionally, businesses should calculate shipping costs carefully to ensure that discreet packaging doesn’t lead to unexpected fees for the customer. Tracking and notifications: Businesses may also consider using neutral language in tracking updates and notifications, so customers can receive information about their shipments without revealing sensitive details about the contents. - -Why discreet packaging and shipping are important - -Discreet packaging and shipping are vital for businesses dealing with sensitive or personal items, as they play a key role in building trust. Offering generic packaging shows customers that your ecommerce business values their privacy, helping to foster loyalty and repeat business. - -Privacy concerns - -Consumers today are more privacy-conscious than ever. In an era where data breaches, surveillance, and privacy violations are top-of-mind, the physical security of purchases is an extension of a customer’s personal privacy. Some customers may be hesitant to make purchases if they believe the packaging will reveal too much about what’s inside. - -For instance, individuals may share a living space with roommates, family members, or partners, and they might not want others to know about the products they are purchasing. This is particularly true for items related to health, wellness, or personal care. Discreet packaging addresses these privacy concerns, ensuring that the customer’s order remains confidential. - -Business types that benefit from discreet shipping - -Certain industries rely heavily on discreet packaging to meet the needs of their customers. Here are some examples of businesses that benefit from discreet shipping: - -Health and wellness retailers : Companies selling over-the-counter medications, supplements, or medical devices often need to use discreet shipping to protect customer privacy. - -: Companies selling over-the-counter medications, supplements, or medical devices often need to use discreet shipping to protect customer privacy. Adult product retailers : For businesses selling intimate goods or adult products, discreet packaging is often a critical part of the customer experience. Ensuring that packages are unmarked and confidential helps maintain trust and protects the customer’s privacy. - -: For businesses selling intimate goods or adult products, discreet packaging is often a critical part of the customer experience. Ensuring that packages are unmarked and confidential helps maintain trust and protects the customer’s privacy. Pharmaceutical companies : Discreet shipping is essential for pharmaceutical companies that sell prescription medications or medical products online. Customers expect their health information to remain confidential. - -: Discreet shipping is essential for pharmaceutical companies that sell prescription medications or medical products online. Customers expect their health information to remain confidential. Luxury and high-value goods : Discreet shipping can also be important for companies selling luxury items. Unmarked packaging reduces the risk of theft by keeping the value of the package hidden. - -: Discreet shipping can also be important for companies selling luxury items. Unmarked packaging reduces the risk of theft by keeping the value of the package hidden. Beauty and personal care brands: For companies selling skincare products, cosmetics, or grooming tools, discreet shipping is important for customers who value privacy regarding their personal care routines. Many customers prefer not to broadcast their beauty purchases, especially for sensitive skin treatments or specialized care products. - -For companies selling skincare products, cosmetics, or grooming tools, discreet shipping is important for customers who value privacy regarding their personal care routines. Many customers prefer not to broadcast their beauty purchases, especially for sensitive skin treatments or specialized care products. Cannabis and CBD retailers: With the growing popularity of cannabis and CBD products, these businesses often rely on discreet shipping to protect customer privacy and avoid potential stigma. Discreet packaging helps ensure that customers can confidently receive their orders without drawing attention to the nature of the products. - -How ShipBob ensures/supplements discreet shipping - -ShipBob offers a range of shipping services designed to cater to businesses that prioritize confidentiality. With options for both domestic and international shipping, ShipBob ensures that packages are discreetly handled no matter where they’re going, maintaining customer privacy throughout the entire order fulfillment process. - -Package & unboxing customization suite - -ShipBob offers a customization suite that allows businesses to personalize their packaging while still maintaining discretion. This includes unbranded boxes and packaging inserts, so the exterior of the package remains neutral while the unboxing experience can be customized to meet brand standards. Businesses can use this suite to provide subtle branding on the inside of the package, without compromising the discreet nature of the shipment. - -Inventory Placement Program (IPP) - -ShipBob’s Inventory Placement Program (IPP) helps businesses optimize the distribution of their products across multiple fulfillment centers, minimizing the distance packages need to travel. This reduces shipping zones crossed and ensures quicker deliveries with fewer shipping labels and stops along the way, ensuring packages spend less time in transit. - -Liquid-efficient warehouse management system (WMS) - -ShipBob’s warehouse management system (WMS) enables efficient order processing and inventory control. This system ensures that orders are handled accurately and that specific instructions related to discreet shipping are followed. By minimizing errors, ShipBob ensures that packages are discreet from start to finish. - -Global reach and 2-day express shipping program - -ShipBob’s global fulfillment network and fast 2-day express shipping help businesses reduce the time packages spend in transit. Quicker shipping times not only enhance the customer experience but also help ensure that packages are delivered discreetly and efficiently. - -Discreet shipping FAQs - -Here are answers to commonly asked questions about discreet shipping. - -Is discreet packaging legal? Yes, discreet packaging is legal as long as it complies with postal and shipping regulations. Businesses must ensure that the packaging still meets shipping requirements (such as proper labeling) while keeping the contents private and unmarked. - -How can I get discreet packaging for my business? To get discreet packaging for your business, you can work with a third-party logistics (3PL) provider like ShipBob that offers customizable packaging options. You can also source plain boxes, poly mailers, or other unbranded materials directly from packaging suppliers and request neutral labeling for shipments. - -Why would I use discreet packaging in ecommerce fulfillment? Discreet packaging is important for protecting customer privacy, especially for businesses selling sensitive or personal products. It helps build trust, reduces the risk of theft, and ensures compliance with privacy regulations in certain industries like healthcare and wellness.",1731883615,57793ba4a6,29ad3cc4bf,,,1731883615 -https://www.npr.org/2022/02/14/1080699424/waste-land-bonus,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Why recycling plastic is so confusing and doesn't work. : Planet Money : NPR,"Waste land (Bonus) - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Laura Sullivan/NPR Laura Sullivan/NPR - -(Note: This episode originally ran in 2020. Last week, it won a Alfred I. duPont-Columbia award, which is why we're replaying it.) - -A few years ago, we ran a show about why it doesn't make sense economically and, heartbreakingly, even environmentally to recycle plastic. But if recycling most plastic is not working now — and if it didn't work 30 years ago when the numbers and arrows first popped up on the bottom of plastic containers — did it ever work? And why did it take us so long to learn the truth? - -In this episode, NPR reporter Laura Sullivan, with the support of PBS's Frontline, sets out to find out who is responsible. And what she finds is a paper trail — crinkled-up documents (that apparently did not get recycled) long forgotten in old boxes. The trail leads to a guy on a beach in Florida. - -Sponsor Message - -Music: ""Show Me The Way"" and ""Light The Fire Up."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884686,8181d7a585,29b322f330,,,1731884686 -https://www.moneycrashers.com/diversification-in-investing/,https://www.moneycrashers.com/feed/,What is Diversification in Investing? (2024 Guide),"When newcomers start to invest, one of the first lessons they come across is a lesson on diversification. Just about every article with tips on reaching investing success talks about diversification in investing. - -On the other hand, some of the world’s most well-known investors advise against a diversified portfolio. Even the great Warren Buffett was famously quoted as saying, “Diversification is protection against ignorance. It makes very little sense for those who know what they’re doing.” - -Proper diversification is one of the hardest parts of investing. The truth is that there’s no exact science to it. There’s no real right or wrong way to invest or to diversify. By its very nature, investing is the process of accurately attempting to predict the future. It’s figurative fortune-telling. - -Since there’s no way to accurately predict the future 100% of the time, there’s no exact roadmap to investing success. In fact, it’s this conundrum that makes mixing up your investments so important. - -The idea’s simple: Since no one can tell the future, every investor will make the wrong move at some point, especially when investing in individual stocks. A diversified portfolio ensures that when that wrong move is made, all is not lost. - -So, who’s right? Buffet and George Soros, who say that diversification is for chumps, or thousands of financial advisors who preach a good mix of assets as one of the key elements of a healthy investment portfolio? - -They’re both right, and they’re both wrong. It just depends on who’s doing the investing. - -What Is Diversification? - -Diversification is a risk management tactic that involves spreading your investment dollars across a wide range of financial instruments, industries, and assets. That way, if the value of a single investment, sector, or asset class suddenly sees dramatic declines, the entire portfolio doesn’t suffer, ultimately protecting investors from volatility-related risks. - -You can diversify your investments in multiple ways. - -Investments Within an Industry - -The first way to diversify only provides protection against the sudden decline of a specific stock. For example, if you’re a tech investor, instead of simply investing in Apple or Amazon, you would invest in a wide range of technology companies. If Apple were to suddenly not be able to sell an iPhone, the stock would tank. If you only invested in Apple, you would experience substantial losses. - -On the other hand, if your investment funds are spread across a wide range of different companies, gains in other stocks would offset the losses you experience in your Apple shares. - -Different Industries - -The idea behind industry diversification is to protect yourself against declines that affect an entire industry or sector of the economy. By investing in different industries, you can offset industry-wide declines within your portfolio. - -Think about the dot-com bubble. During the bubble, investors were fixated on the technology sector. Anything with “dot com” in its name generated investor interest. But like all market bubbles, the dot-com bubble eventually popped. When that happened, the tech sector as a whole felt tremendous pain. - -If you only invest in technology, and this type of event happens again, you would be subject to significant losses. On the other hand, if you spread your money out across the technology, oil and energy, health care, consumer goods, and industrial sectors, the gains from sectors outside of the technology sector would help to shield your portfolio from overwhelming losses. - -Different Asset Classes - -Known as asset allocation, this option for bringing diversity into your portfolio helps protect investors against the collapse of an asset class as a whole. For example, just take a look at the history of the stock market. Throughout the years, there have been devastating stock market collapses, most of which have been heavily correlated with economic conditions. - -When economic hardship hits, investment interest tends to fly out the door, leading to incredible declines across the stock market. During these times, if your portfolio consists only of stocks, you can expect to experience painful losses. - -To protect against these losses, investors invest in multiple different types of investments. For example, they may include fixed-income securities, gold, and silver in their investment portfolios to offset stock losses. These are known as safe-haven investments, or investments that trend upward when economic and market conditions are poor. - -Different Market Caps - -Stocks with varying market caps offer varying risks and rewards. For example, small-cap stocks, especially those that display value characteristics, have a strong history of outperforming their large-cap counterparts. At the same time, large cap companies offer more safety and stability. So, there’s a tradeoff — either accept increased risk or accept reduced potential profitability. - -A mix of both helps reach a healthy median. - -By investing in both small- and large-cap companies, your portfolio will be exposed to the increased potential returns associated with small-cap plays but will limit market volatility associated with these investments with large-cap holdings. - -What’s Wrong With Diversification in Investing? - -If so much protection is offered through diversification, why is it that some of history’s most successful investors are so against it? As much as a good mix of assets across multiple classes may protect your portfolio from extreme losses, it can also hinder your portfolio from experiencing tremendous gains. - -You’ll often hear people say things like, “If you invested $10,000 in Amazon in 2006, you would have more than $1 million today.” There’s no denying that fact. Making a large investment back then would have proven to be an incredibly fruitful move. - -There’s only one problem, and it’s a big one. According to the most recent Survey of Consumer Finances conducted by the Federal Reserve, the average savings account balance for all families was $8,000 in 2022. - -So for the average American, making a $10,000 investment in any stock leaves no room to invest in anything else. - -Let’s say an investor has a lightly diversified portfolio with 10 different investments of equal value. If that investor invested $1,000 in Amazon in 2006, the value today would be over $115,000. That’s not a bad chunk of change, but it’s not a life-changing amount of money either. - -Moreover, some of these gains may have been eaten up by declines in any of the nine other assets over that time. After all, isn’t that the point of diversification? - -In this case, diversification worked against the investor. Today, that investor could have had more than $1 million, but their portfolio is likely far short of that figure due to investments in just a few other assets. Diversifying further would mean that the investor would have had even less exposure to Amazon, leading to even fewer gains experienced from this stock’s spectacular run. - -The Point Warren Buffett Is Trying to Make - -There’s a lot we can get from Buffet’s statement. - -First and foremost, diversification is essentially a form of insurance. While it protects from tremendous declines, it can be costly when specific stocks make incredible runs. - -It’s a great comparison too. - -Think about it from the standpoint of homeowners insurance. According to the Insurance Information Institute, in 2021, 5.3% of insured homes had claims on their plans. As such, around 94.7% of people who paid for homeowners insurance did not use it, accepting a loss on their investment in the service. - -Looking at insurance from this perspective may not make a lot of sense; it seems as though home insurance is viewed as a necessity by the average American. Essentially, consumers pay a premium for little more than the feeling of security. - -In his famous quote, Buffet likens diversification to insurance. Investors are simply insuring against inadequate research in this case, rather than against a hoodlum breaking a window or stealing a piece of jewelry. Nonetheless, that insurance comes with a cost, as all insurance does. - -The second part of Buffett’s famous quote — “It makes very little sense for those who know what they are doing” — is just as important. The idea is that there’s no reason for the protection offered by portfolio diversity when the investor takes the time to research and understand their investment decisions. - -For example, an investor doing research in 2006 could easily have found a trend taking place. Each year, more and more online sales were happening as the world’s preferences in shopping started to change. - -At the same time, Amazon was starting to emerge as a leader of the industry. Taking note of the fact that consumer habits were changing and online shopping was growing, it would have been a great decision to look for strong investments in the online retail space. Considering that Amazon was starting to lead the charge, it would have been an obvious choice for an investment in the space. - -With enough research, an investor would have seen a potentially lucrative long-term investment opportunity, and making a large investment in the stock would have paid off in more than a hundred multiples. There’s a strong chance that several opportunities like this are taking place as we speak, under the radar of many investors today. - -So, by taking the time to do the research and understanding what you’re getting into, you can escape the need to diversify, as far as Buffett and other investing gurus are concerned. - -Should You Diversify or Not? - -Every investor has unique goals, abilities, appetites for risks, and more. There is no one-size-fits-all answer to this question. - -Nonetheless, there are three questions you can ask yourself to see whether diversifying should be part of your investment strategy: - -Are You a Beginner? In his statement, Buffet said that diversification makes little sense if you know what you’re doing. However, there’s no shame in being a beginner and — for lack of a better way to say it — not knowing what you’re doing. If you’re a beginner, it’s best to heavily diversify your portfolio while you learn the ropes. Only expert investors know the market and how to analyze a stock enough to only invest in one or two assets — and even they sometimes get it wrong. - -In his statement, Buffet said that diversification makes little sense if you know what you’re doing. However, there’s no shame in being a beginner and — for lack of a better way to say it — not knowing what you’re doing. If you’re a beginner, it’s best to heavily diversify your portfolio while you learn the ropes. Only expert investors know the market and how to analyze a stock enough to only invest in one or two assets — and even they sometimes get it wrong. Do You Have a High Risk Tolerance? Even as an expert, you may not be comfortable taking on the risk of putting all your eggs in one proverbial basket. With diversification being a matter of protection, failing to do so expands your risk of loss. If you don’t have a strong appetite for risk, you may want to diversify regardless of your understanding of the market. Nonetheless, there are also plenty of investors out there who prefer investing using higher risk strategies in an attempt to generate higher returns. - -Even as an expert, you may not be comfortable taking on the risk of putting all your eggs in one proverbial basket. With diversification being a matter of protection, failing to do so expands your risk of loss. If you don’t have a strong appetite for risk, you may want to diversify regardless of your understanding of the market. Nonetheless, there are also plenty of investors out there who prefer investing using higher risk strategies in an attempt to generate higher returns. Do You Have a Keen Ability to Research? Without diversification, you’re making a big bet that the decisions you make in the market are correct. While there’s no way to tell the future, proper analysis and research will greatly expand your chances of being correct in your investing decisions. However, if you don’t have a keen ability or inclination to deeply research investment opportunities, diversification is the way to go. - -Ultimately, there are a select few people who can get away with little to no diversification in their stock portfolios. While it would be great to have all of your money in that one stock that flies up dramatically over time, it can also be painful to get caught in an Enron-type scandal and lose it all. - -Assets to Consider When Diversifying Your Portfolio - -Diversification is all about spreading your investment dollars across several asset types. - -In order to do so, you’ll need to know what asset classes are available to you, both in terms of traditional and alternative investment vehicles. - -Here are some of the most common options. - -Traditional Investment Vehicles - -Traditional investment vehicles include several options, such as: - -Domestic Stocks. Domestic stocks are likely the first asset type that comes to mind when you think about investing. These are stocks that represent companies in the United States and are the most popular investment vehicles on the market today. - -Domestic stocks are likely the first asset type that comes to mind when you think about investing. These are stocks that represent companies in the United States and are the most popular investment vehicles on the market today. International Stocks. In terms of market capitalization, the U.S. represents about 50% of the entire global market. That means the other half of opportunities will be missed if only investing in domestic stocks. International stocks allow investors to tap into these opportunities abroad. - -In terms of market capitalization, the U.S. represents about 50% of the entire global market. That means the other half of opportunities will be missed if only investing in domestic stocks. International stocks allow investors to tap into these opportunities abroad. Fixed-Income Assets. Fixed-income assets are assets like bonds, Treasury inflation protected securities (TIPS), and preferred stock. As the category suggests, these assets are known for generating consistent payments to investors. They also happen to be some of the most stable assets on the market today, reducing the risk of volatility often experienced in the stock market. - -Fixed-income assets are assets like bonds, Treasury inflation protected securities (TIPS), and preferred stock. As the category suggests, these assets are known for generating consistent payments to investors. They also happen to be some of the most stable assets on the market today, reducing the risk of volatility often experienced in the stock market. Investment-Grade Funds. Investment-grade funds include mutual funds, exchange-traded funds (ETFs), and index funds. These funds pool money from a large group of investors and invest according to their stated investment strategy. All investors participate in the growth the fund experiences based on the number of shares owned. - -Investment-grade funds include mutual funds, exchange-traded funds (ETFs), and index funds. These funds pool money from a large group of investors and invest according to their stated investment strategy. All investors participate in the growth the fund experiences based on the number of shares owned. Real Estate. One of the oldest assets in the world, real estate is hot among investors. If you’re not interested in buying your own real property, you have the option of investing in real estate investment trusts (REITs), which work like investment-grade funds, but instead of investing in securities, they invest in real assets. - -One of the oldest assets in the world, real estate is hot among investors. If you’re not interested in buying your own real property, you have the option of investing in real estate investment trusts (REITs), which work like investment-grade funds, but instead of investing in securities, they invest in real assets. Precious Metals. Precious metals like gold and silver have long been used by investors to add stability to their portfolios. These metals act as an inflation hedge. - -Precious metals like gold and silver have long been used by investors to add stability to their portfolios. These metals act as an inflation hedge. Currency. Finally, money itself—cold-hard cash—is the most in-demand asset in the world. Like any other asset, it rises and falls in value, making it a potential investment opportunity for the right investor. - -Alternative Investment Vehicles - -Traditional investment vehicles have been the way to go for decades. However, as technological innovation reshapes how people do just about everything, alternative investment vehicles are becoming more and more popular. - -Some of the most common include: - -Art. Art is a highly speculative investment, with no way to tell what demand might be in the future. Nonetheless, an investor with an eye for high-end art and the natural intuition to make wise purchases has the potential to generate significant profits by buying and holding art. - -Art is a highly speculative investment, with no way to tell what demand might be in the future. Nonetheless, an investor with an eye for high-end art and the natural intuition to make wise purchases has the potential to generate significant profits by buying and holding art. Cryptocurrency. Cryptocurrency has become a popular commodity over the past few years. As with art, this is a highly speculative bet, but it’s impossible to deny the fact that many early adopters have made millions investing in digital coins. - -Cryptocurrency has become a popular commodity over the past few years. As with art, this is a highly speculative bet, but it’s impossible to deny the fact that many early adopters have made millions investing in digital coins. Tax Liens. When property taxes go unpaid, the municipal government issues a lien on the property. These liens can be purchased with the debt required to be paid, with interest. If the debt goes unpaid, you may be able to seize the property, selling it for a profit. - -Final Word - -Diversification is a hot topic that’s not met with much debate. Although some of the greatest minds in investing avoid diversifying, it remains important especially for the beginner investor because it greatly reduces the level of risk you must accept to participate in the market. - -Sure, mixing portfolio assets may water down dramatic gains you could experience over a period of time if you’ve chosen a great investment. However, picking that stock that’s going to see those dramatic gains is like finding a needle in a haystack. - -It’s easy to look back and say, “I should have put all of my money in Amazon back in 2006.” The problem is that in 2006, with the information available at the time, it would have been hard to trust all of your money to that one company, and nearly impossible to predict that it would grow to become one of the largest companies in the world. - -The bottom line is that hindsight is 20/20. As easy as it may be to say, “I shouldn’t have diversified,” making the decision to avoid diversification is difficult, and in many cases can be quite costly. Getting rich in the stock market is the result of compounding gains over time. Diversification helps to protect those gains as they work for you.",1731883637,972663d68d,29acffbf72,,,1731883637 -https://www.npr.org/2022/11/09/1135620650/stolen-beach-sand-black-market-caribbean-jamaica-glass-concrete,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,A stolen beach and the black market for sand : Planet Money : NPR,"Peak Sand (classic) - -Enlarge this image Sarah Gonzalez/NPR Sarah Gonzalez/NPR - -Note: This episode originally ran in 2018 - -In 2008, an entire beach in a remote area of Jamaica vanished. Thieves dug up hundreds of tons of sand and hauled it away in dump trucks in the middle of the night. The sand--white, powdery, Caribbean sand--was worth about a million dollars. - -It was an early sign that the world was facing a growing problem. Sand is a key ingredient in all kinds of things. It's in concrete, in glass, in your cell phone. But there isn't enough sand in the world for everyone, and we're starting to run out. So people are stealing it, smuggling it, and getting killed over it. - -Sponsor Message - -Today on the show, we follow a sand detective on a quest to find a stolen beach. There's a helicopter chase, death threats, even a little sand forensics. The Queen of England is involved. But stolen sand is very hard to find, and even harder to get back. - -Music: ""Black Surf Duel"" and ""Flinging About."" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884659,8181d7a585,2957ed89c9,,,1731884659 -https://arpost.co/2023/07/18/european-council-publishes-web-4-0-strategy/,https://arpost.co/feed/,European Council Publishes Web 4.0 Strategy,"The European Commission is already setting out to tackle Web 4.0. There’s quite a bit to unpack here, including the EC approach, the 4-point plan that they recently published, and – of course – what they mean by Web 4.0. - -What Is Web 4.0? - -It’s not a typo and you’re not asleep at the wheel. While most of us haven’t gotten the hang of Web 3.0 yet, Europe is already setting the table for Web 4.0. Don’t worry, this is just a new terminology for something that’s already on your radar. - -“Beyond the currently developing third generation of the internet, Web 3.0, whose main features are openness, decentralization, and user empowerment, the next generation, Web 4.0, will allow an integration between digital and real objects and environments and enhanced interactions between humans and machines,” reads the EC’s report. - -So, essentially, “Web 4.0” is the metaverse. But, why not just call it that? - -Webs and the Metaverse - -The metaverse discussion at least started out as being largely a conversation within the world of immersive technology, with discussions of Web3 largely being topics within the blockchain and crypto spaces. (“Web3” and “Web 3.0” aren’t exactly the same concept, but both largely revolve around decentralization, so they’re more-or-less interchangeable for most levels of discussion.) - -As voices from the cryptocurrency and blockchain communities promised that these technologies would be the future of a cross-platform, self-owned online future, Web3 and the metaverse were increasingly mentioned in the same breath with both being apparently convergent visions of the future. - -A short-lived explosion of interest in the metaverse was so short-lived largely because – while the pieces are certainly falling into place – one connected metaverse hasn’t fully realized. While there are more-or-less realized metaverse spaces or use cases, the all-encompassing digital layer of reality isn’t here yet. Web3, while struggling with adoption, is largely functional today. - -While some may groan at the introduction of yet another idealistic tech concept, “Web 4.0” does offer some clarity at least with regard to what the EC is talking about. First, it respects that the metaverse is still a thing of the (near?) future. Second, it ties in the themes of openness and decentralization that were lacking in many metaverse discussions. - -Finally, it ties in “interactions between humans and machines.” While some technologists have long included this aspect in their discussions of the metaverse, recent developments in AI have led to increased interest in this field even since blockchain and the metaverse had their moments in the media over the last few years. - -Bracing for Web 4.0 - -While it’s easy to feel like much of the world is still catching up with the previous generation of the internet, how is Europe planning to get ahead of the next generation of the internet? A lot of it has to do with knowing where current experts are and creating pathways for future builders. - -To make that happen, the report outlines four “Key Strategy Pillars”: - -Empowering people and reinforcing skills to foster awareness, access to trustworthy information, and building a talent pool of virtual world specialists. Supporting a European Web 4.0 industrial ecosystem to scale up excellence and address fragmentation. Supporting local progress and virtual public services to leverage the opportunities virtual worlds can offer. Shaping global standards for open and interoperable virtual worlds and Web 4.0, ensuring they will not be dominated by a few big players. - -One of the reasons that so much of the strategy has to do with ideas like “empowering people” and “leveraging opportunities” might be that much of the document was distilled from an earlier workshop of 150 randomly selected European citizens. The average person is likely feeling left behind Web 2.0 and out of the loop on Web 3.0. - -The European Perspective - -“Ensuring that [virtual worlds] will not be dominated by a few big players” may not be a uniquely European feeling, but it’s interesting to note. Meta, in particular, has gotten into trouble in EU member countries like Germany for the equivalent of antitrust concerns, which has opened the way for Pico to make headway in European markets free from its US political struggles. - -At the most recent Augmented World Expo – just before Apple announced their first XR headset – some speakers even expressed concern that Apple will be able to throw its weight around the industry in a way that not even Meta enjoys. - -“Apple currently holds so much power that they could say ‘This is the way we’re going to go.’ and the Metaverse Standards Forum could stand up and say ‘No.’,” XRSI founder and CEO Kavya Pearlman said during a panel discussion at this year’s AWE. - -Standards are a concern everywhere, but this is another area where the approach is somewhat different across the Atlantic. A number of standards groups have formed in the US, but all of them are independent groups rather than governmental initiatives – though some groups are calling for regulators to step into the space over concerns like privacy. - -Thinking Globally About Web 4.0 - -“Europe is, in many ways, a first mover on metaverse policy, and it is putting forward a positive vision for the future of immersive technology,” the XRA’s VP of Public Policy Joan O’Hara said in an email to ARPost. “We very much appreciate the [European Commission’s] approach to balancing user protection and wellbeing with the desire to support innovation and adoption.” - -The headquarters of Web 3.0 and Web 4.0 companies might be in one country or another, but most of them are offering international services. Unless they want to have different (and potentially incompatible) versions of those services available for different countries, it behooves those companies to have services that fit all national standards. - -So, in the absence of officially codified US standards for immersive worlds, it is likely that the services offered to American audiences might fit into the shape described by groups like the European Commission. Fortunately, most of the organizations already looking at these problems are also international in nature and work with and between national governments. - -“This will serve as a model going forward,” said O’Hara. “The XRA has been actively engaged with both European and British colleagues on these issues, and we believe the US interests are largely aligned with those of our friends across the Atlantic.” - -Thinking Ahead - -US discussions of Web 3.0 have largely spiraled around the nation’s failure to prepare for or recover from Web 2.0. The fact that Europe is already looking forward to Web 4.0 is definitely something to consider. In emerging tech, looking backward instead of forward is a dangerous strategy.",1731883666,90b51aadd0,29e11c6e03,,,1731883666 -https://www.moneytalksnews.com/recent-product-recalls/,https://www.moneytalksnews.com/feed/,34 Hazardous Products That Were Recalled This Week,"34 Hazardous Products That Were Recalled This Week - -Foods, drugs, supplements, medical devices and other products get recalled more often than you might realize. - -Advertising Disclosure: When you buy something by clicking links within this article, we may earn a small commission, but it never affects the products or services we recommend.",1731883631,266cc99909,297f2f298f,,,1731883631 -https://www.nlada.org/node/15236,https://www.nlada.org/rss.xml,Beyond The Adversarial System- Achieving the Challenge Webinar,"Traditionally, prosecutors and defenders are adversaries in the courtroom. In order to achieve the SJC goals of system-wide sustainable change, collaboration with all system actors is essential. However, broader criminal justice reform can often be difficult to achieve when dealing with traditionally opposing roles. Therefore, APA and NLADA have drafted a joint publication entitled “Beyond the Adversarial System: Achieving the Challenge,” which stems from our April 2017 joint meeting that brought together SJC prosecutors and defenders from four jurisdictions. The goal of the publication is to provide prosecutors and defenders throughout the nation with effective strategies on how to collaborate and develop new ideas to address systemic criminal justice issues while still maintaining their traditional roles in the courtroom. Accordingly, the publication contains nine recommendations for prosecutors and defenders to foster beneficial and productive working relationships so that together, we can create meaningful and lasting change. - -Please join us in continuing this collaborative effort for criminal justice system reform.",1731883660,a314051d76,28deb8d781,,,1731883660 -http://android-developers.googleblog.com/2024/10/gemini-nano-experimental-access-available-on-android.html,https://android-developers.googleblog.com/feeds/posts/default,Gemini Nano is now available on Android via experimental access," - - - -Posted by Taj Darra – Product Manager - -Gemini, introduced last year, is Google’s most capable family of models yet; designed for flexibility, it can run on everything from data centers to mobile devices. Since announcing Gemini Nano, our most efficient model built for on-device tasks, we've been working with a limited set of partners to support a range of use cases for their apps. - -Today, we’re opening up access to experiment with Gemini Nano to all Android developers with the AI Edge SDK via AICore. Developers will initially have access to experiment with text-to-text prompts on Pixel 9 series devices. Support for more devices and modalities will be added in the future. Check out our documentation and video to get started. Note that experimental access is for development purposes, and is not for production usage at this time. - -Fast, private and cost-effective on-device AI - -On-device generative AI processes prompts directly on your device without server calls. It offers many benefits: sensitive user data is processed locally on the device, full functionality without internet connectivity, and no additional monetary cost for each inference. - -Since on-device generative AI models run on devices with less computational power than cloud servers, they are significantly smaller and less generalized than their cloud-based equivalents. As a result, the model works best for tasks where the requests can be clearly specified rather than open-ended use cases such as chatbots. Here are some use cases you can try: - -Rephrasing - Rephrasing and rewriting text to change the tone to be more casual or formal. - -- Rephrasing and rewriting text to change the tone to be more casual or formal. Smart reply - Given several chat messages in a thread, suggest the next likely response. - -- Given several chat messages in a thread, suggest the next likely response. Proofreading - Removing spelling or grammatical errors from text. - -- Removing spelling or grammatical errors from text. Summarization - Generating a summary of a long document, either as a paragraph or as bullet points. - -Check out our prompting strategies to achieve best results when experimenting with the above use-cases. If you want to test your own use case, you can download our sample app for an easy way to start experimenting with Gemini Nano. - -Gemini Nano performance and usage - -Compared to its predecessor, the model being made available to developers today (referred to in the academic paper as “Nano 2”) delivers a substantial improvement in quality. At nearly twice the size of the predecessor (“Nano 1”), it excels in both academic benchmarks and real-world applications, offering capabilities that rival much larger models. - - - -MMLU (5-shot)* MATH (4-shot)* Paraphrasing** Smart Reply** Nano 1 46% 14% 44% 44% Nano 2 56% 23% 90% 82% - -* As reported in Gemini: A Family of Highly Capable Multimodal Models. Note that both these models are a part of our Gemini 1.0 series. - -** Percentage of good answers measured on public datasets via an autorater powered by Gemini 1.5 Pro. - -Gemini Nano is already in use by Google apps. Pixel Screenshots, Talkback, Recorder and many more have leveraged Gemini Nano’s text and image understanding to deliver new experiences: - -Talkback - Android’s accessibility app leverages Gemini Nano’s multimodal capabilities to improve image descriptions for blind and low vision users. - - - -Pixel Recorder - Gemini Nano with Multimodality model enables support for longer recordings and higher quality summaries. - -Seamless model integration with AI Edge SDK using AICore - -Integrating generative AI models directly into mobile apps is challenging due to the significant computational resources and storage space they require. To address this challenge, we developed AICore, a new system service in Android. AICore allows you to benefit from AI running directly on the device without needing to distribute runtimes, models and other components yourself. - -To run inference with Gemini Nano in AICore, you use the AI Edge SDK. The AI Edge SDK enables developers to customize prompts and inference parameters to their specific needs, enabling greater control over each inference. - -To experiment with the AI Edge SDK, add the following to your apps’ dependency: - -implementation( ""com.google.ai.edge.aicore:aicore:0.0.1-exp01"" ) - -The AI Edge SDK allows you to customize inference parameters. Some of the more commonly-used parameters include: - -Temperature , which controls randomness. Higher values increase diversity and creativity of output. - -, which controls randomness. Higher values increase diversity and creativity of output. Top K , which specifies how many tokens from the highest-ranking ones are to be considered. - -, which specifies how many tokens from the highest-ranking ones are to be considered. Candidate count , which describes the maximum number of responses to return. - -, which describes the maximum number of responses to return. Max output tokens, which is the length of the desired response. - -When you are ready to run the inference with your model, the AI Edge SDK offers an easy way to pass in multiple strings as input to accommodate long inference data. - -Here’s an example: - -scope.launch { // Single string input prompt val input = ""I want you to act as an English proofreader. I will provide you texts, and I would like you to review them for any spelling, grammar, or punctuation errors. Once you have finished reviewing the text, provide me with any necessary corrections or suggestions for improving the text: These arent the droids your looking for . "" val response = generativeModel.generateContent(input) print(response.text) // Or multiple strings as input val response = generativeModel.generateContent( content { text( ""I want you to act as an English proofreader.I will provide you texts and I would like you to review them for any spelling, grammar, or punctuation errors. "") text( ""Once you have finished reviewing the text, provide me with any necessary corrections or suggestions for improving the text: "") text( ""These arent the droids your looking for."" ) } ) print(response.text) } - -Our integration guide has more information on the AI Edge SDK as well as detailed instructions to start your experimentation with Gemini Nano. To learn more about prompting, check out the Gemini prompting strategies. - -Get Started - -Learn more about Gemini Nano for app development by watching our video walkthrough, and try out Gemini Nano experimental access in your own app today. - -We are excited to see what you build and welcome your input as you evaluate this new technology for your use cases! Post your creations on social media and include the hashtag #AndroidAI to share what you build. To share your ideas and feedback for on-device GenAI and help shape our APIs, you can file a ticket. - -There’s a lot more that we’re covering this week for you to build great AI experiences on Android so be sure to check out the rest of the AI on Android Spotlight Week content!",1731883611,1ebe0fd7fe,294861f6a2,,,1731883611 -https://www.cnbc.com/2024/11/16/trump-picks-liberty-energy-ceo-and-oklo-board-member-chris-wright-as-energy-secretary.html,https://www.cnbc.com/id/100003114/device/rss/rss.html,Trump picks Liberty Energy CEO and Oklo board member Chris Wright as Energy secretary,"US President-elect Donald Trump speaks during a meeting with House Republicans at the Hyatt Regency hotel in Washington, DC on November 13, 2024. - -President-elect Donald Trump on Saturday selected Liberty Energy CEO Chris Wright to serve as the next energy secretary of the United States. - -Liberty Energy is an oilfield services company headquartered in Denver with a $2.7 billion market capitalization. The company's stock gained nearly 9% on Nov. 6 after Trump won the U.S. presidential election, but its shares have since pulled back. - -Wright serves on the board of Oklo , a nuclear power startup backed by OpenAI CEO Sam Altman that is developing micro reactors. - -Wright will also serve on Trump's Council of National Energy, the president-elect said Saturday. The council will be led by Trump's pick for Interior Secretary, North Dakota Gov. Doug Burgum. - -Wright has denied that climate change presents a global crisis that needs to be addressed through a transition away from fossil fuels. - -""There is no climate crisis and we're not in the midst of an energy transition either,"" Wright said in a video posted on his LinkedIn page last year. ""Humans and all complex life on earth is simply impossible without carbon dioxide. Hence the term carbon pollution is outrageous."" - -""There is no such thing as clean energy or dirty energy,"" Wright said. ""All energy sources have impacts on the world both positive and negative."" - -Trump described Wright as a ""leading technologist and entrepreneur in the energy sector."" - -""He has worked in Nuclear, Solar, Geothermal, and Oil and Gas,"" the president-elect said in a statement Saturday. - -""Most significantly, Chris was one of the pioneers who helped launch the American Shale Revolution that fueled American Energy Independence, and transformed the Global Energy Markets and Geopolitics,"" Trump said. - -Trump has vowed to increase fossil fuel production to reduce energy costs, though analysts and some oil executives have said the president has little influence on oil and natural gas output in the U.S. - -The U.S. has produced more crude oil than any other country in history, including Russia and Saudi Arabia, since 2018, according to the Energy Information Administration.",1731883657,a25f737359,29f0264df5,,,1731883657 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/updated-social-media-moderation/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Handle Trolls and Bad Actors with Updated Social Media Moderation,"Civil conversations on social media may seem like an oxymoron on the order of “working vacation” or “jumbo shrimp.” - -Yet Twitter—the social media platform built on the tenet of total transparency—continues to advocate for civility at all times. - -In an attempt to cut through the abuse, harassment, and escalation of toxic threads while preserving free expression for all users, Twitter rolled out a “hide replies” feature in late 2019. - -It offers users the ability to control the tone of a conversation they started by hiding replies deemed irrelevant or offensive and preventing a few troublemakers from creating drama with inappropriate, rude, or hateful comments. - -Now, several years—and a new owner later—it seems like it maybe hasn’t made Twitter more civil (I’m not sure I can write that with a straight face). - -Has the feature had the effect they expected? Does it truly cut down on abuse for organizations on the social platform? - -Let’s talk about that and how to moderate social media in an extremely polarizing world. - -Handling Trolls On Social Media - -In a community on Facebook, the question was posed, “How are we handling trolls on social media these days?” - -I joked that I live in Chicago so I could hire a hitman for the questioner but was quickly shot down by friends who playfully told me I should never put that in writing. - -Clearly, I learned my lesson there. - -A hitman notwithstanding, there are certainly different levels of moderation to take into account and there are policy nuances and context to attend to, while also understanding the best way to monitor and moderate per social network. - -It is not a one-size or one-situation-fits-all. - -It used to be we could attend to the trolls by commenting publicly, “Hey, so-and-so…we see you, we hear you, we’d like to talk to you.” And then take the conversation offline. - -But that approach really only works now if it’s a customer complaint and you truly can fix the issue with an offline conversation. - -Today there are so many people out there with the sole intent of harming you, your leadership team, your colleagues, your organization, your influencers, your market share, your stock price, and/or your reputation. - -They’re referred to as bad actors or instigators—they’re people who’ve taken the troll of yesteryear to the next level. - -It’s no longer the trolls who are being a pain in the butt. - -There are truly bad actors who are intent on killing the brand. - -If there are these people out there who are intent on harming your brand, how are the social networks dealing with it? - -Twitter, in addition to “hide replies, allows users to mute, block, and filter comments on their feeds. - -While “hide replies” keeps the comments of the muted or blocked from showing up in others’ feeds, it doesn’t offer the nuclear option of a delete button. - -The concealed replies are not entirely removed from Twitter; they’re tucked behind an icon—an icon that might as well be blinking “click me.” - -If someone wants to see the cloaked replies, they just click the icon and get a list of all the replies that were previously invisible. - -Although the “hide replies” feature has given some comfort to brands seeking online civility, the tool also gives instigators an opportunity to game the system. - -Let’s come back to that in a minute. - -Is Your Social Media Moderation Policy Iron-Clad? - -Compared to Sisyphus pushing a rock up a hill for eternity, moderating social media is harder. - -You pour your energy into an air-tight content policy that prohibits profanity, hate speech, abusive language, threats of violence, fake news, and more. - -While your social media moderation policy may be the result of months of careful and studied reflection dealing with thorny ethical issues and carefully avoiding hyper politicization, it probably doesn’t take into account different geographies, languages, and cultures from around the world. - -It doesn’t take into account nuance or context. And it doesn’t take into account censorship and freedom of speech. So, while automatic filters may delete comments or hide replies that violate your brand’s social media moderation policy, they could also trigger an unexpected backlash. - -Let’s go back to the “hide replies” feature on Twitter. - -All an instigator has to do is click the hidden replies icon and they’ll see everything you’ve hidden. - -If you have software that is automatically filtering and hiding replies based on your social media moderation policy, it’s pretty easy for someone to figure out what you allow—and what you don’t. - -Let’s say, for argument’s sake, that you don’t allow the use of the word “gay” because you’ve found in the past that it’s been used in a derogatory way—one that is offensive to your colleagues and customers, alike. - -But, as we all know, there are certain uses of the word “gay” that are perfectly acceptable. - -For instance, when Marvel announced that their first gay male superhero will be married with kids, there were plenty of us excited for the news. - -Now let’s say I shared that news on Twitter with a comment that said, “Can’t wait to see what Marvel does with its first openly gay, married with kids superhero!” - -Benign, right? - -Your Organization Is Open to Crisis - -Not if your social media moderation policy filters for the word “gay.” Now my tweet is hidden. And an instigator easily discovers that you filter for the word. - -So they begin to posts positive tweets with keywords they know you filter to ensure that they will be hidden. - -Then, to create a backlash, the instigator calls out the brand in tweets for being homophobic, racist, uncaring, or insensitive—comments that have the potential to go viral in a manner of seconds—all part of a campaign to create a backlash, amplify existing resentment, or harm the brand. - -Despite the best of intentions, you can see how “hide replies” can cause issues for brands with automated moderation processes that unintentionally silence dissenting opinions, including those expressed thoughtfully, or even fact-checked clarifications. - -It’s not as easy as saying, “Hey, so-and-so…we see you, we hear you, we’d like to talk to you.” - -And then taking the conversation offline. - -This is next-level trolling and it can actually create a crisis. - -The solution is that your software can absolutely do the first round of filtering, but you still need human beings to understand context, nuance, geographical differences, global differences, and even language and cultural differences. - -Handling trolls in 2021 has to go beyond stating your social media policy, responding publicly, and then deleting and blocking. We could do that in much simpler days. - -Today, we need a sophisticated understanding of how our policies might affect freedom of speech or the possibility of censoring someone. - -We have to be aware that there are bad guys out there who are intent on taking us down—it’s not a matter of if, but when. It’s no longer enough to respond publicly and then shut them down. - -That could backfire in the worst possible way.",1731883798,4dc781f5bc,29ddcd424a,,,1731883798 -https://telestreamblog.telestream.net/2022/11/how-to-get-high-quality-audio-with-rendezvous-music-mode/,https://telestreamblog.telestream.net/category/wirecast/feed/,How to Get High-Quality Audio with Rendezvous Music Mode,"If you’re a Wirecast 15 user, you already know high-quality audio and video streaming is a couple clicks away. The software has the power to produce and stream up to 4K to multiple online and social media sites simultaneously. In April 2022, Wirecast 15 added new live video production and streaming capabilities. This included a better user experience, improved CPU processing efficiency, and live 4K video capture, production, and streaming. - -Tucked into that same release is another feature called Rendezvous Music Mode. Music Mode, put simply, improves the quality of musical audio sources. Rendezvous is a peer-to-peer conferencing feature within Wirecast that allows live video producers to bring guests into a broadcast remotely. Wirecast Pro users can host up to seven concurrent guests, while Wirecast Studio can host two. Once connected, the producer can easily add Rendezvous audio and video feeds to their Wirecast Production and stream high-quality video. - -Once guests join a Rendezvous session, the producer adds their mic and camera feeds as sources to Wirecast for switching. A red tally light lets your guests know when their video is live and they’re “on the air.” - -Rendezvous with Quality - -While Rendezvous is not new, Music Mode is. Music Mode captures the full tonality of audio for live musical performances and instruments, making it ideal for producing and streaming live events, concerts, and church services. - -Music Mode is easy to use and activate. After Rendezvous guests click on the session link, they enable Music Mode by toggling a checkbox in their audio settings. - -The host then adds the audio/video feed from Wirecast Rendezvous dashboard as new network sources, and, using the built-in switcher, toggles the shot live. - -Rendezvous, by default, optimizes a guest’s voice. Musical performances require a higher bitrate to capture the full tone. To ensure the best possible quality, Music Mode boosts the bitrate for incoming audio from mono 32kbps to stereo 256kbps (128kbps per channel). This creates stereo audio width and brings in the audio at a higher definition. Music Mode also re-configures certain audio settings that are turned on by default. For example, it disables background noise reduction and echo cancellation, which can interfere with musical performances. - -In addition to audio from remote guests, Music Mode can also optimize the quality of audio acquired locally. Simply connect various sources, such as microphones, digital audio mixers, “Front of House” mixes, or other third-party systems to Rendezvous. The audio quality then stays optimized as it flows through the production and live stream. If Music Mode is not enabled, default audio settings in Rendezvous still capture the spoken word very effectively. - -Music Mode Strategies - -The way voices are treated by video conferencing systems can make musical instruments sound tinny. Conversely, ingesting a plain speaker’s audio with Music Mode turned on could result in poor quality because of background noise. So, for live events that mix speaking and musical performances, a speaker’s audio should go into Rendezvous as normal, while the music should come in as a separate guest with Music Mode turned on. - -Let’s take a worship service as an example, where a pastor delivers a sermon while an organist plays in the background. The pastor’s mic could be an audio source coming directly into Wirecast (not coming in through Rendezvous at all). Then, send the organ’s mic or audio mixing board output to Rendezvous (with Music Mode enabled). Both audio feeds come into Wirecast for mixing at that point. While the pastor speaks, Wirecast captures the clearest, cleanest sound with no background noise or echoes by default. And, the producer can independently control the organ volume in the background of the live stream, without sacrificing audio quality. - -The right Music Mode strategy ensures the highest quality for vocal and musical elements. - -Options for Live Streamers and Video Producers - -Besides Music Mode, Wirecast also offers powerful multitrack audio mixing and monitoring tools, plus support for VST3 Effect Plugins. Beyond capturing high-quality audio, Wirecast lets users add graphics, transitions, lower thirds, and more to easily elevate production value. Record shows locally for post-processing, output via NDI, and stream to YouTube, Facebook, and proprietary platforms like Sherpa Stream simultaneously. - -Wirecast 15 and its Rendezvous and Music Mode features empower users with professional tools and exceptional encoding for broadcast-quality video streaming with limitless creative freedom. Users on older versions of Wirecast may want to upgrade for this, and other, advanced capabilities. - -If you haven’t used Wirecast before, try your hand at live-streaming with one of three low-cost Wirecast Pro subscription plans — including Monthly and Annual billing options. All include the latest software version (with Rendezvous Music Mode) as well as Premium Access support. - -For more information about Wirecast, Rendezvous, and Music Mode visit telestream.net/wirecast.",1731883674,7cd02aafbf,2a0f1e0d33,,,1731883674 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/multiplayer-games-nostalgia-updates/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/feed/,Multiplayer games are entering their nostalgia era,"Live service video games are starting to get nostalgic about their humble beginnings. - -The groundwork for this trend started years ago with World of Warcraft: Classic, which brought the MMO back to its original form. As more live service games have gotten older, we’re seeing more of them embrace “Classic” or “OG” modes that reset the look, feel, and balance of the game back to its earliest days. We’re currently in the midst of a Fortnite season that brings the battle royale back to how it was in Chapter 2, and in December, Fortnite OG is coming back as a dedicated mode. Meanwhile, Overwatch: Classic is running as a limited-time mode to remind people of the good old days of Blizzard’s hero shooter. - -Recommended Videos - -A game embracing self-reflexive nostalgia might seem paradoxical, but it’s not that surprising. Just as single-player games and series evolve with each new entry, live service games like Fortnite and Overwatch grow with every new season, update, or balance change. Players yearn for gaming experiences they are nostalgic for, and we’re seven to eight years removed from the beginnings of Fortnite and Overwatch at this point. As more live service games stick around for long and longer, expect this practice to become increasingly common. - -Creating nostalgia - -When it was released in 2016, Overwatch took the world by storm. It perfected the hero shooter formula and gave Blizzard its first grand new franchise since StarCraft. Overwatch also hopped on the live service trend as it gained momentum and became the golden goose every AAA gaming company attempted to chase. The game evolved over time with new heroes, maps, modes, and mechanics, but there was something truly magical about the early days of Overwatch. - -Meanwhile, Fortnite capitalized on PlayerUnknown’s Battlegrounds‘ popularity in 2017 with an experimental battle royale mode. While this was initially a side mode with low expectations, Fortnite: Battle Royale revolutionized the game industry and became a trendsetter in the live service space with its seasonal and battle pass structures. Both Overwatch and Fortnite have drastically evolved since their humble beginnings. - -We saw support for Overwatch slow to a crawl, the establishment and collapse of the Overwatch League, and its underwhelming transition into Overwatch 2. We’ve seen multiple Fortnite Chapters with unique maps, modes, mechanics, and outfits, plus the expansion of Fortnite as a hub for other games. While you may have had the same game client installed on your PC for years, there’s no denying that the version of Overwatch or Fortnite that you’re booting up today is much different than the one you’d boot up in 2017. That creates a feeling of nostalgia for the early days of these titles that can be mined for content. - -Part of the appeal of live service games is their ever-evolving nature. Players have reasons to return to the game day after day and may find drastic changes or additions of content when they log on. That keeps things balanced and fresh and creates distinct eras for games that people fondly remember. Those memories foster nostalgia, and catering to that nostalgia is a smart avenue for a developer looking for ways to earn back goodwill or bring players back. - -For a game like Overwatch 2 with plenty of controversial changes, something like Overwatch: Classic is a safe bet with a proven track record of success. For Epic Games, Fortnite OG is a calculated way to highlight how Fortnite can serve as a hub for several different versions of the same game and potentially bring back people who have not picked the game up since 2017. - -For live service games that constantly need to find new ways to bring lapsed players back and keep current ones consistently engaged, dipping back into older content isn’t a bad idea. There’s already a proven track record of returning content resonating with fans. Reintroducing that content might be a more meaningful announcement to older players than a brand new season, and these Limited Time Modes or shorter seasons can give developers a stopgap as they work on new content. - -Players show up for these throwback releases, too. The initial release of Fortnite OG led to the biggest daily player count in the game’s history, so it makes sense that Epic Games would revisit the concept, and that those behind games like Overwatch 2 would take note and respond accordingly. While these live service games might not feel old because they’re still relevant, they have a lot of history. I only expect throwback seasons and events to get more common the longer these games are in operation.",1731883681,f8bbd45a63,2a51060988,,,1731883681 -https://www.cryptoglobe.com/latest/2024/11/neptune-finance-blows-away-the-competition-with-highest-real-time-stablecoins-lending-rates/,https://www.cryptoglobe.com/latest/feed/,Neptune Finance Blows Away the Competition With Highest Real-Time Stablecoins Lending Rates,"Bangkok, Thailand, November 15th, 2024, Chainwire - -Neptune Finance (Neptune), a credit network lending protocol, has announced the first-month results of the rates competition study for the period of 8 October to 8 November. Neptune comes up in first position with a performance of 2.5x for USDT and 1.8x for USDC compared to the second-placed platforms, successfully proving their interest rate mechanism is the best in the industry. - -These results demonstrate that Neptune provides the highest efficiency at 20% APY for users. - -Last month, 100 USDC and 100 USDT each were deposited into 10 platforms, including Neptune and other competitors. The competition study is aimed to determine the performance and user value of the top 10 DeFi lending platforms and can be tracked in real-time on Pulsar: https://app.pulsar.finance/portfolio - -Users can view the full results here. - -Chad Cutshall, CEO of Neptune Foundation, said: “We have been committed to providing the highest value to our users through our innovative features. It is a real testament to the team’s hard work that the results have shown Neptune having the most competitive rates in the industry. Coming up on top against other bigger platforms shows that we are well on track with our vision to be the premier and highest efficiency lending protocol for users and DeFi service providers.” - -Neptune already often has a narrower spread between lend and borrow rates and this competition study will provide tangible insight into rates comparison across lending platforms. - -With the use of the innovative Neptune PID controller, the interest rate curve is dynamically adjusted based on its proximity to the target, achieving consistent utilization, even throughout rapid market volatility. This addresses the limitations of a market static curve used by typical DeFi money markets, which does not consistently achieve a stable market utilization. - -The Neptune team is continuing the work on enhancing user benefits. The updated Neptune roadmap was recently released, focused on generating bigger potential yields, enhanced security and broader adoption. Upcoming milestones for the rest of this year include access to flash loans, capacity for account health boost, and access to advanced data and analytics. - -About Neptune Finance - -Neptune Finance is a next-generation credit network and potentially high-yield lending protocol designed to provide capital efficiency for lenders, borrowers and DeFi service providers. - -With the innovative Neptune PID controller, the interest rate curve is dynamically adjusted creating a narrower spread between lend and borrow rates. Neptune provides an overall better representation of the real-time supply and demand characteristics to optimize savings for both lenders and borrowers. Ultimately, Neptune aims to be be the highest efficiency operating protocol for thousands of DeFi service providers and protocol developers. - -Uses can visit nept.finance and discover how to lend, borrow and build. - -Contact - -PR consultant - -Candice Teo - -[email protected]",1731883617,799d8f00ed,2a0f28bfee,,,1731883617 -https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/2024/11/shoals-vs-voltage-patent-infringement-review-still-ongoing/,https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/feed/,Shoals vs. Voltage patent infringement review still ongoing,"ITC says Voltage can continue delivery of LYNX trunk bus products to U.S. projects in meantime. - -The U.S. International Trade Commission (ITC) will review its final initial determination made in August concerning a patent infringement investigation related to connectors from Shoals Technologies Group. - -On Aug. 30, the ITC released its initial determination on violation of Sec. 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, finding that Voltage was infringing on patents for solar panel connectors related to Shoals’ Big Lead Assembly (BLA) connectors and wire harnesses. The ITC found Voltage did violate Sec. 337 by importing infringing LYNX trunk bus products into the United States. This is related to Shoals’ No. 11,689,153 patent. - -But now, the ITC will re-review its initial determination and has a target investigation end-date of Jan. 15, 2025. The ITC will review whether Voltage’s LYNX trunk bus products infringe on the ‘153 patent owned by Shoals and whether Shoals’ domestic products satisfy the domestic requirements for Sec. 337. - -Voltage tweaked its LYNX design to step away from any Shoals’ patent infringement claims. Voltage stated that the ITC’s decision to reassess the decision means Voltage can continue delivering its alternatively designed LYNX products to U.S. customers without delay. But, the ITC is reviewing whether Voltage’s original LYNX design can continue to be imported. - -“Voltage stands by the independence and originality of its design and is confident the Commission will reach a fair and favorable conclusion,” Voltage stated. - -“We are tremendously pleased that the ITC affirmed our alternative LYNX design does not infringe, while reviewing the decision on the original LYNX,” said Jurgen Krehnke, president of Voltage. “No matter the outcome, Voltage will continue to deliver high-quality products to our customers without interruption.”",1731883668,1796127155,2a44eddbad,,,1731883668 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/10/x-corp-shutdown-brazil-what-we-can-learn,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,The X Corp. Shutdown in Brazil: What We Can Learn,"Update (10/8/2024): Brazil lifted a ban on the X Corp. social media platform today after the country's Supreme Court said the company had complied with all of its orders. Regulators have 24 hours to reinstate the platform, though it could take longer for it to come back online. - - - -The feud between X Corp. and Brazil’s Supreme Court continues to drag on: After a month-long standoff, X Corp. folded and complied with court orders to suspend several accounts, name a legal representative in Brazil, and pay 28.6 million reais ($5.24 million) in fines. That hasn’t cleared the matter up, though. - - - -The Court says X paid the wrong bank, which X denies. Justice Alexandre de Moraes has asked that the funds be redirected to the correct bank and for Brazil’s prosecutor general to weigh in on X’s requests to be reinstated in Brazil. - - - -So the drama continues, as does the collateral damage to millions of Brazilian users who rely on X Corp. to share information and expression. While we watch it unfold, it’s not too early to draw some important lessons for the future. - - - -Let’s break it down. - -How We Got Here - - - - - -The Players - -Unlike courts in many countries, the Brazilian Supreme Court has the power to conduct its own investigations in limited circumstances, and issue orders based on its findings. Justice Moraes has drawn on this power frequently in the past few years to target what he called “digital militias,” anti-democratic acts, and fake news. Many in Brazil believe that these investigations, combined with other police work, have helped rein in genuinely dangerous online activities and protect the survival of Brazil’s democratic processes, particularly in the aftermath of January 2023 riots. - -At the same time, Moraes’ actions have raised concerns about judicial overreach. For instance, his work is less than transparent. And the resulting content blocking orders more often than not demand suspension of entire accounts, rather than specific posts. Other leaked orders include broad requests for subscriber information of people who used a specific hashtag. - - - -X Corp.’s controversial CEO, Elon Musk has publicly criticized the blocking orders. And while he may be motivated by concern for online expression, it is difficult to untangle that motivation from his personal support for the far-right causes Moraes and others believe threaten democracy in Brazil. - -The Standoff - -In August, as part of an investigation into coordinated actions to spread disinformation and destabilize Brazilian democracy, Moraes ordered X Corp. to suspend accounts that were allegedly used to intimidate and expose law enforcement officers. Musk refused, directly contradicting his past statements that X Corp. “can’t go beyond the laws of a country”—a stance that supposedly justified complying with controversial orders to block accounts and posts in Turkey and India. - - - -After Moraes gave X Corp. 24 hours to fulfill the order or face fines and the arrest of one of its lawyers , Musk closed down the company’s operations in Brazil altogether. Moraes then ordered Brazilian ISPs to block the platform until Musk designated a legal representative. And people who used tools such as VPNs to circumvent the block can be fined 50,000 reais (approximately $ 9,000 USD) per day. - - - -These orders remain in place unless or until pending legal challenges succeed. Justice Moraes has also authorized Brazil’s Federal Police to monitor “extreme cases” of X Corp. use. It’s unclear what qualifies as an “extreme case,” or how far the police may take that monitoring authority. Flagged users must be notified that X Corp. has been blocked in Brazil; if they continue to use it via VPNs or other means, they are on the hook for substantial daily fines. - -A Bridge Too Far - -Moraes’ ISP blocking order, combined with the user fines, has been understandably controversial. International freedom of expression standards treat these kinds of orders as extreme measures, permissible only in exceptional circumstances where provided by law and in accordance with necessary and proportionate principles. Justice Moraes said the blocking was necessary given upcoming elections and the risk that X Corp. would ignore future orders and allow the spread of disinformation. - - - -But it has also meant that millions of Brazilians cannot access a platform that, for them, is a valuable source of information. Indeed, restrictions on accessing X Corp. ended up creating hurdles to understanding and countering electoral disinformation. The Brazilian Association of Newspapers has argued the restrictions adversely impact journalism. At the same time, online electoral disinformation holds steady on other platforms (while possibly at a slower pace). - - - -Moreover, now that X Corp. has bowed to his demands, Moraes’ concerns that the company cannot be trusted to comply with Brazilian law are harder to justify. In any event, there are far more balanced options now to deal with the remaining fines that don’t create collateral damage to millions of users. - -What Comes Next: Concerns and Open Questions - - - - - -There are several structural issues that have helped fuel the conflict and exacerbated its negative effects. First, the mechanisms for legal review of Moraes’ orders are unclear and/or ineffective. The Supreme Court has previously held that X Corp. itself cannot challenge suspension of user accounts, thwarting a legal avenue for platforms to defend their users’ speech—even where they may be the only entities that even know about the order before accounts are shut down. - - - -A Brazilian political party and the Federal Council of the Brazilian Bar Association filed legal challenges to the blocking order and user fines, respectively, but it is likely that courts will find these challenges procedurally improper as well. - - - -Back in 2016, a single Supreme Court Justice held back a wave of blocking orders targeting WhatsApp. Eight years later, a single Justice may have created a new precedent in the opposite direction—with little or no means to appeal it. - - - -Second, this case highlights what can happen when too much power is held by just a few people or institutions. On the one hand, in Brazil as elsewhere, a handful of wealthy corporations wield enormous power over online expression. Here, that problem is exacerbated by Elon Musk’s control of Starlink, an important satellite internet provider in Brazil. - - - -On the other hand, the Supreme Court also has tremendous power. Although the court’s actions may have played an important role in preserving Brazilian democracy in recent years, powers that are not properly subject to public oversight or meaningful challenge invite overreach. - - - -All of which speaks to a need for better transparency (in both the public and private sectors) and real checks and balances. Independent observers note that, despite challenges, Brazil has already improved its democratic processes. Strengthening this path includes preventing judicial overreach. - - - -As for social media platforms, the best way to stave off future threats to online expression may be to promote more alternatives, so no single powerful person, whether a judge, a billionaire, or even a president, can dramatically restrict online expression with the stroke of a pen.",1731883683,1face9fbd3,2a62460841,,,1731883683 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/trump-florida-appointments_n_673720f0e4b09ca14b3cbbda,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,"As Trump Picks Florida Men For Top Jobs, Political Possibilities Open Up In Sunshine State","LOADING ERROR LOADING - -TALLAHASSEE, Fla. (AP) — As President-elect Donald Trump names picks for his new administration from his private club in Palm Beach and prepares to return to the White House, he’s bringing the Sunshine State with him. - -With Sen. Marco Rubio tapped to be the next secretary of state, Rep. Matt Gaetz nominated to be attorney general, and Rep. Mike Waltz in line to be national security adviser, Trump’s reliance on Floridians is setting off a chain reaction that’s opening up new possibilities in the state in 2026 and beyond — and Republican Gov. Ron DeSantis, Trump’s onetime challenger for the party’s presidential nomination, will have a key role to play. - -Advertisement - -Gaetz’s nomination to lead the Department of Justice, which once investigated him for allegations of sex trafficking, sent a shock wave through Washington, and his confirmation to be the country’s top law enforcement officer is not a done deal. But the vacancy for his seat in northwest Florida’s 1st Congressional District is, after Gaetz resigned Wednesday night. That decision effectively ended a House Ethics Committee investigation into his alleged sexual misconduct and illicit drug use, though the allegations could resurface in Senate confirmation hearings. Gaetz has categorically denied them all. - -Republican presidential nominee former President Donald Trump greets Sen. Marco Rubio, R-Fla., during a campaign rally at J.S. Dorton Arena, Nov. 4, 2024, in Raleigh, N.C. AP Photo/Evan Vucci, File - -Waltz, a three-term congressman who represents Florida’s 6th Congressional District south of Jacksonville, has not yet resigned his seat and neither has Rubio — though Florida Republicans hoping to leverage the upcoming openings are running the if-then calculations. - -Under federal and state law, the processes for filling vacancies in the U.S. House and Senate are different. To fill an open House seat, Florida must hold a special election where voters will be able to directly choose their next representative. On the Senate side, DeSantis will get to appoint someone to take over Rubio’s seat, assuming his colleagues confirm him as secretary of state. Rubio’s replacement would hold the seat until the next regularly scheduled election in 2026. - -Advertisement - -Among the names being floated for Rubio’s seat: DeSantis himself. - -“I’m not familiar with anything that prevents him from naming himself,” said Tallahassee-based elections lawyer Ron Meyer, “other than hubris, I suppose.” - -DeSantis’ term as governor runs out in 2026, putting the state’s top executive office back on the ballot and offering its own political possibilities. With DeSantis expected to consider another presidential run in 2028, Florida politicos say it may not be to his advantage to appoint himself to the Senate. Another name being floated is first lady Casey DeSantis, whose own political ambition has long been a topic of speculation. - -Speaking to students at Notre Dame the week before the Rubio pick was announced, DeSantis demurred when asked whether he would consider joining the new Trump administration. - -“I’m not seeking anything,” DeSantis said. “I’ve got a great job in the state of Florida. … How can I best make a difference? I think, you know, given where we are, I think me quarterbacking the Sunshine State is probably how I make the biggest difference.” - -Other possible nominees include DeSantis’ lieutenant governor Jeanette Nuñez — though she’d be in line to become the state’s first female governor if DeSantis nominated himself — or state Attorney General Ashley Moody. A name being floated in Trump’s orbit is Lara Trump, the president-elect’s daughter-in-law, who was his pick to co-chair the Republican National Committee and who lives in Palm Beach County with her husband Eric. - -Advertisement - -As far as filling the House seats, state officials haven’t yet announced the dates for a special election, apart from saying they want to move quickly. - -“I’ve instructed Secretary of State Cord Byrd to formulate and announce a schedule for the upcoming special elections immediately,” DeSantis posted on social media on Thursday. - -Byrd said on social media that his team is working on it and will have a schedule posted soon. - -In announcing Gaetz’s resignation on Wednesday, House Speaker Mike Johnson framed the move as a way to fill the vacancy quickly as Republicans work to leverage their hard-fought but thin majority next year. - -Florida elections experts told The Associated Press the process will still likely take months, due to statutory requirements to publicize the elections, mail ballots to military and overseas voters and certify primary results — as well as the logistical challenges of carrying out another election right after a busy presidential cycle. That could make the Republicans’ thin House majority even thinner, at least for the first part of 2025. - -“There is a bit of flexibility for a few of these things, but it seems like there’s no practical way of having a replacement House member in less than half a year,” said Michael Morley, an elections law expert and professor at Florida State University’s College of Law. - -Advertisement - -The state’s most recent special election to fill a U.S. House seat vacancy took 10 weeks between the primary election and the general alone, according to state records. - -___",1731883675,b2d88cb862,2a68fd2747,,,1731883675 -https://www.npr.org/2022/05/06/1097135961/the-day-russia-adopted-the-free-market,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Jeffrey Sachs explains why he thinks ""shock therapy"" was so tough in Russia : Planet Money : NPR","The day Russia adopted the free market - -Enlarge this image ANATOLY SAPRONENKOV/AFP via Getty Images ANATOLY SAPRONENKOV/AFP via Getty Images - -In the early 1990s, there was this brief window of time when a new democratic government in Russia hoped to revolutionize the country. They wanted to build a new system, marked by freedom, democracy, and a vibrant, market economy. But, in the aftermath of the Soviet Union, Russia faced an economic crisis and a monumental challenge in leaping from communism to capitalism. Which is in part why they reached out to the American economist Jeffrey Sachs. - -Sachs offered a playbook, popularly known as ""shock therapy."" While his playbook seemed to have worked in Poland just two years before, the reforms in Russia did not go as planned. Almost immediately, a chorus began blaming ""shock therapy"" for Russia's rocky transition. But Sachs says what happened in Russia wasn't his playbook at all. Today, he joins the show and tells us his story. We get his view on what went so spectacularly wrong. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was produced by Willa Rubin and engineered by Gilly Moon. It was edited by Jess Jiang. - -Music: ""Arp & Piano Beat,"" ""Meander"" and ""Concentric Circles"" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884677,8181d7a585,2a80dc70e5,,,1731884677 -https://publicwords.com/2024/09/04/in-defense-of-freezing/,https://www.publicwords.com/feed/,In Defense of Freezing,"Those of us in the speaking world talk variously about stage fright, or nerves, or adrenaline, but when we’re getting technical with our peers, we’ll say the “fight or flight response” to be accurate. And then inevitably one of us will correct that to say “the fight, flight, or freeze response” because those are indeed the three ways people respond to fear or excitement stimuli: we get ready to fight, we get ready to flee, or we freeze. - -Notice that I say “get ready to” because in reality it’s rare in the modern business world that we actually have the option to punch someone or run away. So mostly what we do is the choose the third option – we freeze. - -In fact, that’s what most animals do across the animal kingdom, including humans, most of the time. We freeze. - -Freezing has acquired a bad name because we humans like to be active, especially the Type A folks who worry about these things. Freezing seems wimpy, or helpless, or lacking courage. But it’s actually none of these things. Rather, freezing is the most sophisticated response, because what you are doing when you are freezing is not standing helplessly waiting for someone else to do something. Rather, you are considering your options. Brain scans of freeze folks show activity in the parts of the brain that are determining what the heck might be the best thing to do next. - -Now, freezing may mean that you don’t come up with that clever quip instantly. But a few seconds later is OK too, and more than OK if it means you have thought of something brilliant to say, or something sensible to do, or some way to resolve the situation amicably. In the modern world, all of those options are almost always preferable to punching the other human in the face. - -When we freeze, in short, we are assessing the possibilities And that’s a good thing. There is almost always enough time for a few seconds of pondering. Not always, but life is not a countdown clock most of the time, either. - -But what about alternatives? Is there anything better in the response arsenal? And is there anything else we should be worrying about? After all, when the mind is full of adrenaline, worry is what we do best. - -I have met a few speakers who remain as cool as ice in January and never experience adrenaline at all — the sweaty palms, the rapidly beating heart, the racing thoughts, and the unmitigated wish to be sitting in a bar somewhere nursing a gin and tonic – but not very many. - -The vast majority of us sweat it out with our hormonal responses going crazy and our minds working overtime. Some learn to re-define all that hyperactivity as a good thing – the heightened brain activity of the mind on fire – and some just tough it out. But very few either acknowledge or even recognize that the worst part of what happens to them can’t really be redefined or explained away as a good thing. The dark side of the adrenaline response — the fight or flee choices — is tunnel vision. - -What happens when you’re under stress and your body responds with an “OK, I’m either going to punch someone or run,” is that your brain focuses on a very narrow field – just what’s in front of it and getting in the way of escape or victory. - -Most speakers, if they think about it, will acknowledge that they’ve worked through something like this and seen the deleterious effects when they’ve been asked a question, say, and had a hard time answering it. And yet, a few minutes after the speech is over the answer is obvious to them. Perhaps the question came from an unexpected direction or was just a bit unfamiliar, or perhaps there was something about the questioner that threw the speaker off. Whatever the provocation, the mental flexibility of the speaker under the fight or flight styles of adrenaline is roughly nil, and so anything that looks unusual will require a lot of brain time and space to process – time and space not readily available at the moment. - -The result is a blank look or a fluffed answer. Or worse – the speaker gets completely derailed and has a hard time getting back on track to finish the speech in the usual style. - -So if you are freezing, that third option, you may have the mental capacity to make better choices and find a third way forward. You’re not helpless; you are making choices, and evaluating paths forward, and that’s a good use of adrenaline. - -So the next time someone says “fight, flight, or freeze,” take a deep breath, think about it for a second or three, and champion the freeze as the smartest option available. (Klassen et al., 2024)",1731883676,70da3d3370,2a64eba281,,,1731883676 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMinwFBVV95cUxQa05pdjc2aGJZZWxvbUdVZElENFhJWVdpUHJZaTNYZ0g4SXplclN0LVJvSUs1YlpzVWp0VEtMZXJxRVhMX2VCdkVvOGFlNVFPaC1hd1dHTlg0U2dERFpsYWxiRC1IYmp5RXRjZzdXd3pvOVNzTjFHWEU5T0FYX2R3eGVGSnNTR2VHN1VaM1MyWmUxQzc5dHI2cmdqanYtRUE?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883613,2688d2a9c6,2a3141c0f2,,,1731883613 -https://www.communitysignal.com/section-230-and-the-freedom-to-remove-objectionable-content/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,Section 230 and the Freedom to Remove Objectionable Content,"Section 230 is a vitally important law for online community builders in the U.S. That’s why we’ve consistently talked about it on Community Signal, and the growing threat to its existence. - -The volume of legislation being proposed, that would amend Section 230, is increasingly rapidly with 6 bills proposed in September and October alone. These bills will impact online communities small and large – not just Big Tech. - -Whenever new Section 230 altering legislation is proposed, Jess Miers analyzes it. Jess works as a legal policy specialist at Google, while finishing up a law degree, and she joins the show to talk about what’s on the horizon. - -Jess and Patrick discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsors: Vanilla, a one-stop shop for online community and Localist, plan, promote, and measure events for your community. - -Why are there so many Section 230 bills right now? (4:15): “If I have to be really cynical about this, we’re in an election cycle. Doing something about Section 230 looks good for regulators that are trying to get reelected. It seems like everybody has fallen out of love with the internet, both on the regulatory and user side. Section 230 is just one of those things that’s easy to come up with a proposal for and generate a lot of excitement around.” – @jess_miers - -More honesty from Big Tech could lead to more understanding from legislators (22:09): “If Big Tech was a little bit more forthcoming about [the moderation] challenges they face, maybe we wouldn’t have such a blind spot in the regulatory process when they’re coming up with content moderation restrictive bills.” – @jess_miers - -Are you sure you can’t increase your moderation, trust, and safety budget? (22:27): “There is an issue [when] a company has problems around content moderation and they talk about how they’ve reached a certain limit or they couldn’t hire anyone else and yet, they report record revenue. That’s a problem because sometimes you’re placing artificial restrictions on yourself with staffing because you made this much money and you decided you didn’t want to spend it.” – @patrickokeefe - -Should Section 230 be amended? (34:10): “Amending Section 230 isn’t going to fix any of the issues that we have with the internet. It’s just going to make it harder for us to fix those issues in the long run.” – @jess_miers - -Jess Miers is a third-year law student at Santa Clara University School of Law, where she studies internet law and policy. During law school, Jess was a legal intern for Twitter and TechFreedom, a technology policy think-tank based in Washington, D.C. - -Currently, Jess is a research associate for the UCLA Institute for Technology, Law, and Policy, where she speaks and writes about intermediary liability law. Her scholarship primarily covers Section 230 and content moderation. As of recent, Jess is also a full-time policy specialist at Google. - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Vanilla, a one-stop-shop for online community and Localist, plan, promote, and measure events for your community. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[music] - -[00:00:28] Patrick O’Keefe: H Patrick O’Keefe: ello, and thanks for making time for Community Signal. Section 230 is an essential law for online community builders in the US. That’s why we’ve continually talked about it on the show. Emboldened by Donald Trump’s executive order in May, lawmakers are ramping up efforts to undercut the law and we’re seeing an incredible volume of legislative activity. To help make sense of it, we’ll be talking with Jess Miers, a policy specialist at Google who has made Section 230 her specialty. - -I feel like a Bernie Sanders meme here, but I am once again asking you to care about Section 230. But before we get started, I’d like to thank Maggie McGary, Marjorie Anderson, and Jules Standen for being among our supporters on Patreon. If you’d like to join them, please head over to communitysignal.com/innercircle for more info. - -Jess Miers is a third-year law student at Santa Clara University School of Law where she studies internet law and policy. During law school, Jess was a legal intern for Twitter and TechFreedom, a technology policy think tank based in Washington DC. Currently, Jess is a research associate for the UCLA Institute for Technology, Law, and Policy where she speaks and writes about intermediary liability law. Her scholarship primarily covers Section 230 and content moderation. As of recent, Jess is also a full-time policy specialist at Google. Jess’ opinions are her own and do not represent her previous or current employers. Jess, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:49] Jess Miers: Hey, thanks for having me. - -[00:01:50] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s great to have you on. I don’t think I get any better Section 230 bill analysis from anyone I follow or any outlet than I do from you. - -[00:01:59] Jess Miers: [chuckles] I’m honored. That’s awesome. Hopefully, I can be in somewhat help here. There’s a lot to go over. - -[00:02:06] Patrick O’Keefe: If you think my takes on Twitter sound smart, I think that Jess probably deserves a little bit of the credit for that because oftentimes, when a new bill comes out, I’ll check and see if she’s done an analysis or at least performed a red line and I’m sure I’m not alone in that. - -[00:02:20] Jess Miers: [chuckles] Yes, it’s interesting. I started doing the red lines earlier this Summer just because we were getting hit day after day, week after week, it was getting really hard to track. It just became my role. - -[00:02:32] Patrick O’Keefe: You talk about getting hit. In the space of a month we’ve had, I think, six Section 230 altering bills floating around. These include the Don’t Push My Buttons Act from Senator John Kennedy and Representatives Paul Gosar and Tulsi Gabbard, Ann Wagner and Sylvia Garcia’s House version of the Earn It Act, the See Something, Say Something Act from Senators Joe Manchin and John Cornyn, Representative Jim Jordan’s Protect Speech Act, Lindsey Graham’s Online Content Policy Modernization Act and the Online Freedom and Viewpoint Diversity Act from Graham alongside Senators Marsha Blackburn and Roger Wicker. - -The last two of those are the same thing as far as 230 goes but that’s six bills in a month. I can’t remember the last time that we saw this much legislative volume regarding Section 230. Is this as unique as it seems? - -[00:03:26] Jess Miers: I started getting into Section 230 right around FOSTA-SESTA. I want to say, for me, what I’ve tracked, this is definitely unique. I imagine with the FOSTA-SESTA bills, there was a lot of work around that and a lot of press around that but for where I started with Section 230, this is absolutely unique. I have not seen to this extent this much regulatory action on the law. - -[00:03:51] Patrick O’Keefe: Why now? Is there a reason why so much is being thrown at the wall right now? - -[00:03:56] Jess Miers: Yes, I think there have been discussions about this might be a way to delay the Supreme Court confirmation hearing. There’s been discussions about doing everything but working on the dumpster fire that is our country. Section 230 is also low hanging fruit. If I have to be really cynical about this, we’re in an election cycle, doing something about Section 230 looks good for regulators that are trying to get reelected. It seems like everybody has fallen out of love with the internet both on the regulatory and the user side. Section 230 is just one of those things that’s easy to come up with a proposal and generate a lot of excitement around. - -[00:04:37] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s a quick little law. Whenever I see these red lines, it’s like, this will grow the bill by 10%, 20%, 40% just by adding a little bit of text to it, but I want to talk about these laws specifically to discuss trends that we’re seeing in legislation related to 230 and areas where lawmakers are focusing in. - -The first one that jumped out at me is how 230 is sometimes being used as a vector to attack issues that aren’t really tied to the purposes of 230 like antitrust, security and privacy concerns. For example, the Don’t Push My Buttons act conditions liability protection on data collection while the Earn It Act does a similar thing with providers who offer end-to0end encryption. Why are they trying to tack these issues on to 230 as opposed to another existing law or even treating them as a standalone problem? - -[00:05:30] Jess Miers: I think mainly because Section 230 is an easy lever for regulators to pull. Section 230, we often describe it as the lifeblood of the internet, the internet’s backbone, it’s the law that created the internet and so regulators know that not only Big Tech, but small internet companies, but I guess mostly Big Tech rely on their Section 230 immunity. - -Basically, it’s almost being used as leverage. If you want to keep Section 230, if you want to give, as Nancy Pelosi calls it, if you want to keep this gift or this subsidy that Congress gave you way back in the 90s, then you’re going to do X, Y and Z, regardless of whether it has anything to do with content moderation or the intention behind Section 230 in the first place. - -[00:06:13] Patrick O’Keefe: Which is just incredibly frustrating because these are areas where I have concerns. I do have anti-trust concerns, I do have data concerns. I think Facebook has mishandled data in some cases and I don’t think that’s a minority position in America if you polled Americans, but just call it the Facebook Modernization Act and leave me the heck out of it. - -[00:06:35] Jess Miers: I think a lot of companies would prefer if all the regulators would start targeting Facebook. It’s an interesting point that you make. I feel like a lot of the issues that users and even regulators see when it comes to the internet is it comes down to usually one not so great actor. A lot of these laws almost seem like it’s the Facebook law or the Google law, instead of targeting what the underlying issues are with the internet. - -It’s let’s go after the company but unfortunately, what these bills really miss is that when you’re going after the Facebooks and Googles, you’re also targeting the rest of the internet. Just the way the internet works. There’s no way to go after Big Tech without also setting the bar at a level that small tech can’t reach and it eventually closes small tech out of the market entirely. - -[00:07:23] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s take a moment to talk about our generous sponsor, Localist. - -Localist is an event marketing platform that aggregates, automates, and analyzes all of your virtual, in-person, and hybrid events so you can grow and engage your community. Their platform allows you to centralize your event calendar, automate email and social media promotion, and measure and analyze the ROI of your events. Localist integrates with your existing tools and you can even predict future event success using their Event Reach and Event Score features. Find out more at localist.com/communitysignal and take your event strategy virtual with Localist. - -Another trend I’ve noticed is there is this phrase in 230, “otherwise objectionable.” Communities can remove content that is “otherwise objectionable” and to me, this makes a lot of sense because I would say probably most online communities deal with issues for the most part that don’t qualify as things that are illegal. As an example, I run a martial arts community and we don’t really deal with much that has to do with illegal, we deal with things that are more personality based or conflict based like a big ego or a tough guy who wants to be rude on the internet. - -We remove content that is otherwise objectionable and Section 230 provides for that ability, but this phrasing is being targeted by multiple bills, including the Online Freedom and Viewpoint Diversity Act, the Online Content Policy Modernization Act and the Protect Speech Act as well as the DOJ’s proposal from last month. Why has that phrasing become such a focus? - -[00:08:57] Jess Miers: “Otherwise objectionable,” it’s almost like a catch all, as you described it. It’s interesting, it recognizes that the internet has all of these different online communities and what’s objectionable on Facebook or Google or Twitter is maybe not objectionable to some other online communities, whether we feel that way or not. As your listeners know, there’s a lot of communities out there that harbor speech that you and I might not like, but that’s really core to that community. What the intent was behind it is that it allows these services to moderate as they see fit for their audiences. - -Unfortunately, where we are right now, I think regulators and again, users, and this is probably to the fault of we just don’t have a lot of good Section 230 education advocacy out there is “otherwise objectionable” has become this excuse that regulators think internet companies have to moderate viewpoint based speech or to not be neutral, even though there never was a requirement that these websites should be neutral. They think, for conservative bias. - -For example, they’re moderating under this “otherwise objectionable” standard, that means that they can do whatever they want, toss out or any kind of speech that they want unconstitutional, constitutional, legal, illegal whatever, that it’s being pinned on this otherwise objectionable provision. The irony in all of it is that content moderation is really actually housed under (c)(1) the provision that simply says that websites are not liable for third party content and has nothing to do with that otherwise objectionable line found under (c)(2)(A). - -[00:10:21] Patrick O’Keefe: Talk about that more. I know you told me before this show that you felt it would be helpful to have a conversation about (c)(2)(A)’s intended purpose, as your word your backfill to (c)(1), since so many regulators and policy wonks get this wrong. Talk about that a bit. - -[00:10:38] Jess Miers: The whole idea with Section 230 (c)(1) and Section 230 (c)(2)(A), so Section 230 (c)(1) basically, like I said before, just says websites are not liable for third party content, if you want to just break it down to that. - -[00:10:50] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s a short sentence. It’s a full stop. - -[00:10:53] Jess Miers: Right, full stop. We had the Zeran v. AOL case. It’s the seminal Section 230 case. Then the conclusion to that or the holding to that was basically websites are not liable for their editorial publishing decisions. I mean, editorial decisions in that it’s not just they’re not liable for the speech that you and I put on services, but they’re also not liable for the decisions that they make per their editorial discretion so that would be whether Twitter wants to put fact-checking on the president’s tweets or they want to remove content or they want to leave content up or they want to leave content up that’s even violating their terms of service. - -That’s still protected by their editorial discretion. There’s a lot of different torts that (c)(1) has been applied to and that the courts have applied the (c)(1) provision too. I want to say it’s like 90% of Section 230 cases have actually been resolved under Section 230 (c)(1). Again, that has to do with not just the underlying speech, but with the service’s actual content moderation decisions. - -Where (c)(2)(A) actually comes in is in a really rare situation where a website can’t take advantage of Section 230 (c)(1), and that might be because they maybe contributed to or helped create the content in part, like the Roommates case, but they are still making actioning or removing the content as well. They’ve had a hand in both. That’s where the (c)(2)(A) comes in and says, “Okay, well, if (c)(1) doesn’t apply in rare situations, then you can use (c)(2)(A) as a backfill to apply to your editorial discretion and apply to these content moderation decisions as well.” - -It’s incredibly rare. We don’t have a lot of cases under (c)(2)(A), but for some reason, regulators think that the courts are obsessed with turning cases over under (c)(2)(A) for content moderation. That’s never been the case and that’s never been the intent of (c)(2)(A) in the first place. - -[00:12:45] Patrick O’Keefe: There is this push to make the wording so specific, and it’s a classic community problem. I don’t like community guidelines that say, “Don’t be a jerk,” because I don’t think it’s helpful and we all have a different idea of who’s a jerk. You need some detail, you need to describe the tenets of the community, but you don’t want to paint yourself into a corner by being too specific. - -So many people manage small online communities that don’t really see content that fits into these categories. For example, terrorism and terroristic threats. I’ve reviewed millions of pieces of content and I don’t think I’ve ever seen anything that I would qualify as terrorism. I’ve seen self-harm, I’ve seen depression, I’ve seen content that suggests someone might become a victim of suicide but I haven’t seen terrorism. I haven’t seen pharmaceutical trafficking outside of maybe some super lame spam. The big platforms do see these things because they have the volume where they attract those folks but it’s a big law that applies to a lot of people and that specificity can be really harmful. - -[00:13:52] Jess Miers: Yes, absolutely. You hit it right on the head. Anyone that is trying to break the internet down to specific types of content, in my opinion, really doesn’t understand the internet and doesn’t understand the intent behind Section 230 in the first place. There’s a common discussion about how Section 230 needs to be amended today because when it was written all the way back then in the ’90s, it assumed for a ’90s Internet, and it’s outdated now. It needs to be updated. - -I think that kind of viewpoint really takes the stance that we are done innovating on the internet, that there is nothing more that’s left. There’s no new types of content, no new types of communities that are left. We are done and we are ready to decide what content needs to be built into these bills. I think that’s very unfortunate because the authors of the bill when they wrote it back in the ’90s, I think they knew the Internet has this amazing, innovative potential and not just the internet, but the people who are using the internet have really creative potential as well. - -I find it absolutely unfortunate when they’re taking out or trying to list or break the internet down to issue types. I’ll point out one more interesting issue type in this, you brought up self-harm. A few of these bills actually, they’ve written in self-harm into Section 230(c)(2)(A). There’s some nuance there in that just because it says self-harm doesn’t actually mean that it’s going to apply to content that, for example, promotes self-harm. - -You might have the live video or the unfortunate live Facebook stream of somebody who kills themselves on camera. It’s awfully morbid and that would fall for self-harm. Would it fall under self-harm if you’re now filming, which is what is happening right now is a trend on TikTok right now, if you’re filming kids reacting to the Facebook live suicide, would that really fall under self-harm? - -An even more obvious one is telling somebody to kill themselves. Does it cover promoting self-harm or does it only cover the actual act of self-harm itself? These are things that these regulators when they’re writing these bills, I don’t really think they think about. - -[00:15:51] Patrick O’Keefe: Something that really jumped out to me about the Protect Speech Act is there’s this whole section on good faith removal. I’ve seen this sort of thing elsewhere, where they’re trying to establish or further establish some standard of good faith. There is a sentence in particular that stuck with me. The Protect Speech Act says, in order to maintain your 230 protection, you must be a provider that “does not restrict access to or availability of material on deceptive grounds or apply terms of service or use to restrict access to or availability of material that is similarly situated to material that the service intentionally declines to restrict.” - -“Similarly situated” seems like such a loaded phrase to me. If I want to ban Democrats and their content from my forums but I choose to allow Republicans and their content, I now need to allow the Democrats to post in the forums if I’m a GOP focus forum, for example. I’m not sure if I’m bringing that right, but that phrase, “similarly situated”, it scares me. - -[00:16:53] Jess Miers: I think you’re right to be a little worried or frightened by that. I think the Protect Speech Act, it’s got some undertones of the president’s executive order from back in May, I believe. If you’re going to carry one user’s political affiliated speech, then you’re going to have to carry another user’s. It’s got this flavor of an internet fairness doctrine. We saw this with Loeffler’s Stopping Big Tech’s Censorship Act as well. We saw that earlier this Summer, there seems to be this trend of viewpoint neutrality or must-carries for specific political types of speech that keeps cropping up as well. - -[00:17:31] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s pause for a second to talk about our generous sponsor, Vanilla. - -Vanilla provides a one-stop-shop solution that gives community leaders all the tools they need to create a thriving community. Engagement tools like ideation and gamification promote vibrant discussion and powerful moderation tools allow admins to stay on top of conversations and keep things on track. All of these features are available out of the box, and come with best-in-class technical and community support from Vanilla’s Success Team. Vanilla is trusted by King, Acer, Qualtrics, and many more leading brands. Visit vanillaforums.com. - -Another thing I realized when I was reviewing all of the September and October bills is that not a single one tried to exempt smaller communities and platforms from any of these restrictions. Not even the See Something, Say Something Act, which has this weird, suspicious transmissions thing in it that sounds like it’s coming out of the KGB. I don’t like Senator Josh Hawley’s attempts at Section 230, but at least he included something along those lines. Is there a massive blind spot here with legislators understanding the volume of communities this protects? - -I’ve worked with big brands and small ones, companies that had money and didn’t. For the ones that don’t, there is no real option of staffing up. There’s no outsourcing, no 24-7 option. Sometimes it’s just a teenager in his room like I was. Is this something that will be recognized if these go farther down the line or is it simply a blind spot? - -[00:18:57] Jess Miers: I think there’s a few good points that you make here. I’m going to push back though on exempting for smaller communities. At the start, that sounds good and I believe that PACT Act is one of them that says, this is not going to apply to websites that have X amount of revenue and X amount of users. There’s a few major issues with scaling back these laws for smaller companies and you mentioned the anti-trust is something that worries you. One major one is that it incentivizes these smaller companies to actually sell out before they get to a point where they reach the threshold of liability for some of these acts. - -Who are they selling out to? Well, they’re selling out the Big Tech. You’ve got Google, Facebook, Amazon, that’s just one really good way to ensure that Big Tech swallows our market entrance because the market entrance at the end of the day, they want to make money and they don’t want to have the incredible liability risks that these bills put on them. That’s the anti-trust market competition issue with that. - -Another issue we’re trying to carve out smaller communities and smaller services is that it’s real hard to actually write that measurement. For example, Twitter is a small company, you may not think that but Twitter, by scale of employees, by number of offices, is actually a relatively small company. Another one that’s very similar is Reddit. Really small number of employees, probably not an exorbitant amount- definitely not making the revenues that like Google, Facebook make, but tons and tons of users on both of those. - -Do you call Twitter and Reddit a big company because they’ve got tons of users and lots of user generated content or do you call them a small company because they don’t have the employees and the resources to be able to manage the content in the first place? - -I think, trying to scope out what a big and a small company is is incredibly difficult and for the bills that had tried to do it, I think it’s raised a lot of questions and issues, and even more blind spots that we hadn’t thought about when we tried to carve them out entirely. Again, those carve outs really points out kind of what the intent is, and that is to go after Facebook or go after Big Tech. - -I want to say yes, there is a blind spot when it comes to regulators but at the same time, I’ve been giving this a little bit more thought mostly in the new role that I started at Google and just from what I’ve seen an industry from doing content moderation, helping to moderate communities as well, is that yes, regulators do have a blind spot but I think these bigger companies that do content moderation could actually be a little bit more forthcoming about their content moderation practices and processes. Also like, not just the way that they moderate content, but their struggles as well. - -I think civil society and academia does a really good job of saying, look, there’s much content on the internet and these companies, it’s really hard for them and much for point where I think the the talking point continues to be, the smaller companies are going to struggle on the bigger companies, they have the money to do it. In reality, it’s actually really tough for these bigger companies to, especially when you’re talking about trust and safety departments that don’t really serve to make the big companies money. - -They might be being resource constrained by the number of people that they’re allowed to employ in trust and safety, by the types of tooling that they have. There’s a lot of difficulties there that I think if Big Tech was a little bit more forthcoming about their challenges that they face, maybe we wouldn’t have such a blind spot in the regulatory process when they’re coming up with these kind of content moderation restrictive bills. - -[00:22:22] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s just say over a billion dollars. I’m just kidding but there is an issue that occurs where a company has problems around content moderation and trust and safety and they talk about how they’ve reached certain limit or they couldn’t hire anyone else or there’s this problem or that problem and yet, they report record revenue and that’s a problem because sometimes you’re placing artificial restrictions on yourself like with staffing because hey, you made this much money and you decided you didn’t want to spend it but what’s your business? What does it really relate to? - -Facebook has been roundly criticized because of their handling of moderators. There was the School of Facebook case recently around how they handled moderators in relation to mental health. There’s a lot of bad stuff happening there. As far as 230, I would rather it not be adjusted but there are laws like the Fair Labor Standards Act, which does have a minimum threshold and applies to organizations making over 500,000 a year. There are some other parts of that minimum as well but it can relate to volunteer forum moderators. Frankly, most communities don’t make $500,000 because it’s a big internet. - -Google knitting forums, Google fly fishing forums, there’s a lot of small communities out there but hey, that fly fishing forum, even if it’s just one person and it’s a small community, fly fishing is a business that makes money and if someone on that forum criticizes someone’s fly fishing lore, that doesn’t stop a fly fishing company that has 10, 20, 30, 40, $50 million from bullying that small fly fishing community and that just underscores the importance of 230 and of the Speech Act internationally and other pieces of legislation. That said, other than what we’ve discussed today, are there any other legislative trends that we should keep an eye on? - -[00:24:08] Jess Miers: One that I am keeping an eye on specifically, and we saw this with the recent DOJ proposal, we see it with Earn It and I believe, See Something, Say Something, there’s so many of them. There’s creation of more exceptions in Section 230. Now, as people know, Section 230, has already exceptions for federal criminal law and for intellectual property and the ECPA. We’re seeing a trend where regulators are really honing in on that Section 230E and saying, okay, well, let’s make an exception for child sexual abuse material or let’s make an exception for federal civil law. - -I think that’s getting to be incredibly problematic and that what we’re doing is we’re not necessarily amending the major provisions of Section 230, which is Section 230 (c)(1) one and C2 on the moderation side, but what we’re doing is we’re Swiss cheesing the law in a way and I say that meaning, the more exceptions that we’ve added, like an exception for state AGs to prosecute these services. The more exceptions that we’re carving out of Section 230, the more we’re just generally undermining the law. - -The entire point of Section 230 and again, the holding that we had in the Zeran case was that it’s supposed to be this national reliable standard for Internet companies to be able to rely upon. With every single exception that keeps getting added, that standard and that shield is really starting to break down. That’s one that I’m specifically following as well - -[00:25:32] Patrick O’Keefe: Talk a little bit more about the implication of that Swiss cheesing. The obvious example that might come to mind for some people is SESTA/FOSTA because there were reports of numerous communities that served sex workers shutting down rather than dealing with that. Child sex trafficking is a little different because we don’t really have communities for that that we would treat as legitimate. I’m sure there are already laws against that and in federal laws, that would come into play before Section 230 would enter the equation. What are the implications of that Swiss cheesing? - -[00:26:05] Jess Miers: I’m going to actually, instead of calling it child sex trafficking, I’m going to call it child sexual abuse materials like the internet calls it. I’ll explain why. It’s a difficult explanation to have especially when we’re talking about child safety but it’s important that we’re calling it out. What essentially ends up happening as you keep building in these exceptions is that the internet services are eventually going to just say like, “Okay, well, we’re going to write to the lowest common denominator here.” - -Child sexual abuse material, this is an interesting exception because we’re not talking about child sexual abuse imagery, which is more known as child pornography. Child sexual abuse material could really be anything. It’s a broad scope. What I mean by that is like take Omegle, for example, the popular you get paired up with a stranger, you can either be over video is sort of a chatroulette or it could be over text. - -The facilitation or the possibility that a child anonymous user might be matched up with an adult user, could that be considered child sexual abuse material? Any situation in which a child could interact with an adult that might actually fit under the provision of CSAM. Like I said before, what’s eventually going to happen is that these internet services, they’re going to have to come all the way down to whatever the lowest common denominator is and if that’s CSAM, then they’re going to have to harden their services against basically any child being able to use the service at all. - -Maybe what that means is, that’s an application where we’re doing age verification. If we’re doing age verification on services, then you have a boatload of privacy complaints. There’s always going to be some trade-off. I think on the privacy note is that again, the more that these services are trying to restrict and doing it to a point where they’re almost trying to identify their users, the more we’re going to be giving up whether that’s in we’re no longer creating material, we’re no longer seeing the creation material or we’re just giving up our identification information just to use the internet. - -[00:27:52] Patrick O’Keefe: As you say, that’s a tough one for sure. I think this is the SESTA/FOSTA use case is a lot more easily explainable. The child sex trafficking is a little harder. With children, we do have COPPA, the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act and that should theoretically help to some degree, but people lie. People lie about their age all the time. With COPPA, you respectfully wouldn’t allow anyone below 13 without the right permission from their parents. 13 to 18 might have different rules but again, people lie all the time. - -I don’t know where this would go because it’s just draft legislation, obviously. There are different ways that it could be implemented. You could ban people below a certain age. There could be some sort of federal ID thing. You can get an ID before you can drive. You don’t have to have a driver’s license, you can have a photo ID as a minor and maybe that could tie into some database. I don’t know who would do that. Are there any other issues where you see this Swiss cheesing beyond SESTA/FOSTA and child sex trafficking? I feel like there might have been something around pharmaceuticals. That was a thing a while back, but I might be remembering incorrectly. - -[00:28:56] Jess Miers: No. The opioid issue is common. There is an act. I want to say it’s the See Something, Say Something Act where I believe Senator Manchin is trying to combat that unlawful content point. I believe it’s Section 230(e) exception where websites are required to report suspicious transmission that you were talking about. If you actually go look at the bill and not just the Section 230 redline, the suspicious transmission gets defined as anything that could constitute a major crime taking place on the service and within major crime, they talk about drug trafficking, sex trafficking, et cetera. Again, anything that falls under a major crime. - -There is likely a drug exception that’s built-in with that See Something, Say Something. Federal civil law is another interesting carve out. I believe that one came up with a recent DOJ regulations, that one would just I guess, make it easier for any of our regulatory bodies to be able to bring an action as well. For example, like there’s been a lot of disputes between Facebook and their advertising for housing, urban development, as well. - -I think the main carve-outs are the main discussions that we’re really seeing, it’s going to be focusing on that child sexual abuse material lever. We already have SESTA/FOSTA, we’ve got again, federal civil law and then anything else. I think there was actually one for the unconstitutional speech at one point. I want to say that was the Loeffler bill that was saying all constitutional speech should be hosted on the service as well. - -[00:30:20] Patrick O’Keefe: I’m also sensitive to the ability to put up content notices around content posted by members. Twitter’s fact-checking of Donald Trump as an example of this. It triggered his executive order earlier this year. There are use cases where it’s helpful to put up notices around content as a way of helping members to better understand something or to better use your platform or community. - -When I had Anette Beebe on this show, she mentioned how Twitter’s fact-checking notices weren’t really a 230 issue, but a First Amendment issue that Twitter was adding speech, not modifying his speech, but this focus on fact-checking and on content notices is something that has caught my attention because hey, I just want to reserve the right to be able to add context without changing if there’s a good reason for doing so. - -[00:31:13] Jess Miers: Yes. I think it’s actually really interesting and it’s always made me think a little bit as to whenever these bills come out that are targeting the fact-checking or the notice type of content moderation, if these regulators are ever thinking, like, “What is the alternative?” Because we’ve actually come really far from this binary content moderation where two options, right? You can leave the content up or you can take the content down. - -When President Trump put out his executive order, my immediate thought was, okay, well, would you have rather they deleted the content entirely or would you have rather they banned your speech or suspended your account or kept you from being able to tweet? The irony here is that we’ve actually come so far in content moderation and in innovations, in content moderation that we’re at a point now where you kind of get to have the best of both worlds. - -You get to have your speech still up and at the same time, we’re educating our users about where to get maybe better sourced information, but what they’re not doing is they’re not blocking the tweets, his base could still read them and they can also still see the other side of the coin. I’ve always just found the anti-fact-checking moderation bills really interesting because again, think about what the alternative is. We could just go back to deleting the speech entirely. - -[00:32:27] Patrick O’Keefe: Given your personal brand being so strongly tied to Section 230, I’m sure you’ve heard this question before, but is there anything about 230 that you would like to change or at least that would be worth a look if we were playing fantasy lawmaker? - -[00:32:41] Jess Miers: Yes, I have gotten that question a lot. My short answer is no because I am staunchly in favor of not looking at Section 230, but really drilling into what are the underlying problems with the internet and with user speech itself? I have never seen, nor do I think there will be an amendment to Section 230 that will somehow curb the way people use the internet. - -I really think like when you break it down to the way in which we use and we think about and the things that we write and who we are as humans, there’s no amendment that’s ever going to change or curb the way in which humans use the internet. I do think there are better things that we can be doing though that are not related to Section 230. I’ll use Facebook as an example in that there’s a lot of things going on with the way that Facebook moderates content that can probably be a lot better. - -Maybe it’s in having more mental health research so that your content moderators are able to have more quality type moderation or it’s really like thinking about how to respect your users, like making user respect the forefront and the way in which you moderate content. - -Maybe not just at Facebook, but to all the Big Tech again, maybe we really do need to start thinking about being a little bit more transparent about our moderation processes and practices just so that people not only understand it and regulators not only understand it but also so that we can collaborate across industry and get better at solving the problems that people actually care about. Amending Section 230 isn’t going to fix any of the issues that we have with the internet. It’s just going to make it harder for us to fix those issues in the long run. - -[00:34:20] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. Thank you so much for spending some time with us today. I’ve really enjoyed the conversation. - -[00:34:24] Jess Miers: Yes. Thank you so much for having us. It’s my favorite topic and it’s obviously incredibly relevant right now. This was great. Thank you. - -[00:34:31] Patrick O’Keefe: We have been talking with Jess Miers, legal policy specialist at Google. For more on her work, visit cntrlaltdissent.com/cv. That’s C-T-R-L A-L-T dissent.com/cv. Read Jess’ Section 230 blog at medium.com/@JessMiers and we’ll link to her TEDxSantaClaraUniversity Talk on Section 230 in the show notes. For the transcript from this episode, plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. I’ll see you next time. - -[music]",1731883697,b6cef58d91,2a5e912355,,,1731883697 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/while-jeff-bezos-rides-stock-013037894.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,"While Jeff Bezos Rides The Stock Market Boom, MacKenzie Scott Has Just Sold $8 Billion In Amazon Shares To Fund Charities Nationwide","While Jeff Bezos is enjoying the recent rise in the stock market, his ex-wife, MacKenzie Scott, is making news for her generosity. She recently sold another $8 billion worth of Amazon shares and is using the money to help charities nationwide. - -Don't Miss: - -Scott, who was previously married to Jeff Bezos, the founder of Amazon, has decided to use her money to try to change the world. Since their 2019 divorce, she has received a large amount of Amazon shares, making her one of the wealthiest people on the planet. But unlike many other billionaires, she isn't keeping all that money for herself. Instead, she's giving it away quickly, recently selling 11% of her Amazon shares to support nonprofits, per filings. - -Since the divorce, Scott has sold or donated 255 million Amazon shares, worth about $37 billion. That's huge, especially since she has done it in less than six years. Instead of holding onto her wealth, Scott focuses on giving back by providing grants to organizations working on education, health, poverty and economic opportunities. - -Trending: This Adobe-backed AI marketing startup went from a $5 to $85 million valuation working with brands like L'Oréal, Hasbro, and Sweetgreen in just three years – here's how there's a limited time opportunity to invest at $1,000 for only $0.50/share before closing date. - -After graduating from Princeton University, she moved to New York City to follow her dream of becoming a writer. She had to take different jobs, like waitressing, just to pay her bills and these hard times taught her what it feels like to struggle with money, which made her want to help others in need. - -Some groups that have received her donations include the Housing Trust Silicon Valley, which got $30 million to help make affordable housing and the Jewish Vocational Service in Boston, which received $7 million to help families become more financially stable. These donations are just a small part of her giving. Scott has already given more than $17 billion to over 2,300 nonprofits, making her one of the most generous people in the U.S. - -See Also: ‘Scrolling Through UBI' — Deloitte's #1 fastest-growing software company allows users to earn money on their phones. Valuation set to change next week but you can invest TODAY for just $0.25/share with a $1000 minimum. - -While Jeff Bezos' net worth keeps growing with Amazon's success, Scott's net worth is shrinking – but that's her goal. Forbes estimates that her wealth decreased from $59 billion in 2021 to about $30 billion in late September. She pledged to donate as much as she could over her lifetime when she joined The Giving Pledge in 2019.",1731883686,6e579b027f,2a89f652ae,,,1731883686 -https://www.predictiveanalyticsworld.com/machinelearningtimes/the-3-things-you-need-to-know-about-predictive-ai/13614/,https://www.predictiveanalyticsworld.com/machinelearningtimes/feed/,The 3 Things You Need To Know About Predictive AI,"Originally published in Forbes, June 29, 2024. - -Some problems are better solved with predictive AI than with generative AI. To run more effectively, many business operations need prediction more than they need the generation of new content. That’s why predictive AI is the kind of AI companies turn to for improving the effectiveness of large-scale processes. Predictive models decide whom to contact, approve, test, warn, investigate, incarcerate, set up on a date or medicate. They target operational decisions: Market to those likely to buy. Approve for a loan those likely to pay on time. Test those likely to have a disease. - -But the world isn’t making it easy for predictive AI to succeed. First, genAI’s current popularity leaves predictive AI a relatively unsung hero. Second, prediction boils down to probabilities and probabilities aren’t sexy. A cultural aversion hinders companies from embracing them. For many business professionals, the topic of probability can seem at best boring and at worst arcane and complex. - -But there’s no way around it: Embracing predictive AI means becoming a business that acts probabilistically. We don’t generally have absolute, highly-confident predictions. There’s no magic crystal ball. But we do have the next best thing: A number between 0 and 100 that expresses the expected chance of a certain outcome or behavior. That’s a probability. And that’s what you get from a predictive model generated by machine learning. You could just as well call the model a “probability calculator.” - -The culture backlashes strongly against probabilities. In The Empire Strikes Back, our trustworthy android C-3PO nervously exclaims, “The possibility of successfully navigating an asteroid field is approximately 3,720 to 1.” But our beloved hero Han Solo steers his ship right into danger, snapping back, “Never tell me the odds!” The screenwriters may have been reflecting a popular sentiment. I feel uncool admitting that, if I were ship captain, I’d want to know our chances. - -In contrast, the beloved movie Moneyball—and the bestselling book on which it’s based—glamorize the successful collaboration between quant and stakeholder with a true success story. Working closely with a data scientist, the general manager of the Oakland Athletics baseball team triumphed with an unexpectedly high performance. - -The problem is, for all its crowd-pleasing drama, Moneyball represents the epitome of glossing over the math. It does little to teach leaders how to collaborate with quants. - -But if you take a deep breath and a good look, you’ll find that predictive AI isn’t hard to understand. The required upskilling is accessible, not arcane. Business professionals involved with predictive AI must ramp up on a semi-technical understanding that comes down to three things: 1) what’s predicted, 2) how well and 3) what’s done about it. - -For the first of these three, you work with data professionals to establish what outcome or behavior to put probabilities on, such as whether a customer will click, buy, lie, die, cancel their subscription or commit an act of fraud. - -For the second, you must help establish which metrics to report on for determining whether an ML model is production-ready. This includes straightforward business metrics such as the improvement to profit or savings a deployment is expected to deliver. Spoiler alert: accuracy is usually an impertinent and misleading metric. - -For the third, you must help establish how predictions are acted upon. For example, if the model predicts that a customer will buy if contacted, then include that customer in a marketing campaign. If a transaction is predicted to be fraudulent, then block or audit it. - -Most predictive AI projects fail to reach deployment. I believe this stems largely from a lack of deep collaboration with business-side stakeholders. To improve this dismal track record, business professionals must involve themselves in the details of these three aspects of a predictive AI project so that they can weigh in from an informed perspective, providing their business-side vantage so that the project stays on track not only technically but pragmatically. After all, if you don’t get your hands dirty, when it comes time to authorize a predictive AI deployment, your feet are liable to get cold. - -About the author - -Eric Siegel is a leading consultant and former Columbia University professor who helps companies deploy machine learning. He is the founder of the long-running Machine Learning Week conference series and its new sister, Generative AI Applications Summit, the instructor of the acclaimed online course “Machine Learning Leadership and Practice – End-to-End Mastery,” executive editor of The Machine Learning Times and a frequent keynote speaker. He wrote the bestselling Predictive Analytics: The Power to Predict Who Will Click, Buy, Lie, or Die, which has been used in courses at hundreds of universities, as well as The AI Playbook: Mastering the Rare Art of Machine Learning Deployment. Eric’s interdisciplinary work bridges the stubborn technology/business gap. At Columbia, he won the Distinguished Faculty award when teaching the graduate computer science courses in ML and AI. Later, he served as a business school professor at UVA Darden. Eric also publishes op-eds on analytics and social justice. You can follow him on LinkedIn.",1731883644,efa8b73dd0,2a5db9b62b,,,1731883644 -https://cleantechnica.com/2024/11/17/learn-to-drive-in-an-electric-vehicle/,https://cleantechnica.com/feed/,Learn to Drive in an Electric Vehicle,"Sign up for daily news updates from CleanTechnica on email. Or follow us on Google News - -Should student drivers learn to drive on an EV? Should there be a special EV licence, like the manual and automatic categories? Thanks to my neighbour Ken for supplying the L and P plates in the picture below. - -When I was a student driver (many decades ago), you passed your test and got a driver’s licence to drive any sort of car. Then, as automatics became more common, things changed. You could get a manual licence or an automatic licence. When I taught my children how to drive, I made sure that they learnt how to use a gear stick so they could drive any passenger vehicle on the road. Now I am wondering if we should have a new category, an electric driving licence. Or possibly a licence that allows you to drive a car fitted with driver-assistance features — like one that does the dreaded reverse park for you. - -This train (horse?) of thought has moseyed along the track and taken a few detours and has led to some interesting conversations. Like the one with the BYD Seal Performance owner who said he appreciates the FUD slowing down the EV take-up, as drivers who could not handle the power of an EV would have more accidents. Perhaps he is more right that he realises, according to a recent article in CleanTechnica, and the story told to me by the Renault dealer when I test drove the Zoe (wouldn’t pull the skin off a custard). A father who owned a Tesla wanted to buy his daughter a Zoe so she wouldn’t have to deal with Tesla power while she was getting her driving experience. - -Then lo and behold, this popped up in my newsfeed and I thought, right, write. There are power-to-weight ratio restrictions in Australia that disallow inexperienced drivers or “P” platers (holders of a provisional licence) from driving some EVs (and V8’s as well, so it’s not one sided). The rules around what EVs you can legally drive on your P plates are almost as big a mess as Australia’s state-based rail gauges — different in each state. For example, a “P” plater can drive a Volvo EX30 in the Australian Capital Territory, but cross the border into NSW and she could face a fine and loss of licence. Sadly, the author of this article gave up on BEV and bought a HEV. WTF? I have a sneaking suspicion that this was more about FUD and fear of change. - -A rapidly accelerating EV is viewed as being as powerful as a Ferrari or Lamborghini in the most populous Australian states of NSW, Victoria, Queensland, and South Australia. Roughly, if the power-to-weight ratio is greater than 130kW per tonne, it’s not allowed. However, there are still many cars to choose from in the lower powered trims. Most BYDs, most MGs, most Kias, and most Hyundais will be street legal for our P platers. Whatever you do, though — don’t put your P plater behind the wheel of a Tesla. As Elon has famously said, they “don’t make slow cars.” However, that quote may be apocryphal. - -A learner driver can operate a Tesla under supervision, but once your young people have their licence, be careful what you let them drive. I reached out to my Facebook research team and got some fascinating responses about the learning and testing experience. - -“My wife did her automatic driver’s license in an i-MiEV. Not quite like doing it in a Tesla.” - -“Both of my daughters did their test in it. Didn’t need to do gear reduction and they were finicky about the parking tech etc but I think that came more from the instructors rather than the test officer. My oldest said the tester spent more time asking about the gadgets than the practicality stuff.” - -“I made sure my kids learned in manual cars, so that they get the requisite skills to be able to drive anything. They appreciate the Tesla for what it is, but learning in a manual car and driving a few track days means they can now drive anything (this side of a large truck which requires a heavy vehicle licence). I think teaching kids to drive in EVs disadvantages them as they do not need to learn all the skills.” - -“My daughter was locally the first to do the test in a Tesla, so I had a chat with one of the local examinators and he said she could use the car as is with all the safety features and one pedal driving, not use the display and of course not the autopilot and just wouldn’t test on certain standard tests if the car didn’t offer it. … His reasoning was that they have to move on with the times.” - -“I started my son in the Tesla for his first L-drive, but he found it a bit frightening as he didn’t appreciate the directness of the car. I didn’t think of that as I find it for that same reason really easy to drive. He prefers to get more experienced first with driving in the BYD which drives more like a standard car with a bit more leeway.” - -“It’s just a car dude. It’s not really any different to an automatic ice car. Regen braking is probably the only main difference.” - -Of course, each new development in the EV ecosystem spawns new business opportunities. We now have a driving school in Brisbane dedicated to teaching students how to drive in a Tesla. According to its website, ALSET is Australia’s first driving school to use electric vehicles only. It was “born out of a simple idea of bringing high quality accessible training in an eco friendly car. Every year driving school cars emit hundreds of tons of harmful carbon into the atmosphere however by learning to drive in a Tesla, you are making a positive impact towards a sustainable future.” - -ALSET has many positive reviews and claims a pass rate of almost 95%. ALSET Learn 2 Drive uses a Tesla Model 3 to train students. With an ANCAP rating of 5 stars, the 3 is one of the safest cars on the road. ALSET claims to focus on the mental aspects of driving to develop “proactive and defensive drivers that can predict and avoid situations instead of reacting to them.” - -Having taught all five of my adult children how to drive, I have no intention of teaching my grandchildren. However, no one may need to. My smart little redheaded ten-year-old granddaughter quipped, “Don’t worry Grandad, I’ll just call an Uber.” She doesn’t know about the robotaxi yet! Perhaps that is for her younger sister.",1731883653,befffecf30,2a1bd56b30,,,1731883653 -https://www.zdnet.com/article/best-power-banks/,https://www.zdnet.com/news/rss.xml,The best power banks you can buy in 2024: Expert tested and reviewed,"The clock strikes 4 p.m., and the monotony of your office is beginning to hit. Your smartphone, that trusty sidekick you rely on to stay organized and productive, is gasping for life at a perilous 15% battery. Panic? That's not your style. You recall your secret weapon: A power bank. With one swift move, you reach into your bag, pull out your trusty power bank, and hook it up to your device -- turning the tide and keeping your productivity on point. - -A good power bank is a game changer in the modern tech arsenal. New portable chargers can fuel everything from tiny earbuds all the way up to a high-end Apple MacBook Pro. Yet, the journey to find a top-notch, dependable power bank amidst the multitude of subpar knock-offs can be treacherous. Fear not, for I am here to be your guide, navigating you through the tech wilderness to uncover the perfect power bank that stands tall in quality, safety, and reliability. - -More: Best MagSafe battery packs of 2024: Expert tested - -What is the best power bank right now? - -I've rigorously tested hundreds -- yes, literally hundreds -- of power banks in recent years, putting me in the perfect position to identify which ones truly deserve your hard-earned money. - -My pick for the best power bank overall goes to the Anker Nano 10,000 mAh for its portability, quality construction, and the fact that it has USB-C and USB-A ports, which means it caters to both old and new devices, and it has a super handy built-in USB-C cable. While it's my favorite, there are plenty of other options with different price points, features, and brands in mind. For example, if you're looking for a power bank with sheer power, the Cuktech P-series 25,000 mAh can give you several recharges of a smartphone or close to a full recharge of a MacBook Pro. Read on for all of my picks for the best power banks you can buy right now. - -The best portable chargers of 2024 - -Show less View now at Amazon Pros Small, lightweight, and portable - -Built-in USB-C cable - -USB-C and USB-A ports Cons No wireless charging Anker Nano 10,000 mAh Best power bank overall While MagSafe power banks are now all the rage, if you need to charge anything else, you still need to remember a cable. The Anker Nano has a built-in USB-C cable and two USB ports -- one USB-C and one USB-A. The built-in USB-C cable is a decent length at 0.6ft (19cm) and can be used for both charging the power bank and charging other devices. The cable fits through a metal loop on the power bank, keeping it out of the way when not in use and allowing it to be used as a lanyard loop when you're not charging anything. Review: Anker Nano 10,000 mAh This simple but highly effective feature makes the power bank easy to carry around, especially when your hands are full with other gadgetry. Online reviews for this power bank are very positive, praising its lightweight, compact design. Anker Nano 10,000 mAh tech specs: Capacity: 10,000mAh | Ports: 1 x USB-C cable, 1 x USB-C, 1 x USB-A | Max output: 30W Show Expert Take Show less - -Show less View now at Amazon Pros High power capacity - -Enough output power to run a laptop - -Easy to read OLED display - -Trickle charge mode Cons Chunky and heavy Ugreen Nexode 20,000mAh 130W Best power bank for large power capacities This power bank is what I'd consider as chunky. It's a fair-sized brick weighing in at a pound. Inside are batteries that hold 20,000mAh (72Wh) of power, enough for a few charges of a modern smartphone and more than one charge of a laptop -- while still being within the limit for airline travel. The batteries are rated for 1,000 recharge cycles, and the unit can hold its power for up to 200 days, which is relatively long. Review: Ugreen Nexode 20,000mAh 130W At the end of the power bank, there are three ports with a combined output of 130W. Two USB-C ports, one of which can charge the unit in as little as two hours, and a USB-A port for legacy devices. But the real trick up the sleeve of this power bank is the TFT display. This shows a multitude of information, including battery capacity, inputs and outputs, whether trickle charge is enabled, and real-time voltage, current, and power curve. The online reviews for this power bank are very strong, with owners praising its power output, reliability, and dependability. Ugreen Nexode 20,000mAh, 130W tech specs: Capacity: 20,000mAh | Ports: 2 x USB-C, 1 x USB-A | Max output: 130W Show Expert Take Show less - -Show less View now at Amazon Pros Small - -Magnetic, wireless pad for iPhones - -Trickle charge mode for low-power devices Cons Not enough power to fully recharge a big smartphone Ugreen 5000mAh Magnetic Power Bank Best small power bank This is one of the smallest power banks that you can buy, but don't let that fool you into thinking that it's basic. Here, not only do you get 5,000mAh of battery capacity, but you also get a wireless charging pad and a USB-C port that can be used both for charging the power bank and other devices. This bank also supports MagSafe wireless charging for an additional layer of convenience since iPhone owners don't need to carry a cable around with them. Finally, there's a trickle charge mode that allows the bank to charge low-power devices such as headphones or smartwatches without the power bank automatically switching off, so you can keep listening to tunes and audiobooks for longer. This power bank makes a great, stylish, and practical gift -- I've sent them out to folks for the holidays, and I also keep a few handy to hand out to people who don't have a power bank of their own. Reviews are very positive for this power bank, and owners are pleased with its size and performance. I noticed some reports of overheating, but I've not experienced that and speculate that the owner might have a thick case on their smartphone. Tech specs: Capacity: 5,000mAh | Ports: 1 x USB-C, 1 x wireless charging pad | Max output: 15W Show Expert Take Show less - -Show less View now at Amazon Pros High capacity - -Readable display - -Massive 210W max output - -Trickle charging Cons Not pocket size - -Not lightweight Cuktech P-series 25,000mAh Best power bank for cool, high-tech looks It's hard to come across a power bank that impresses me anymore. Most are mundane plastic enclosures with a few ports. However, the Cuktech P-series 25,000mAh power bank is a game-changer. With its stylish design and advanced technology, it pushes the envelope of what a power bank can achieve. After using it on a week-long trip away from home, I was amazed by its durability. Everything about the P-series power bank feels premium and stylish; from the packaging to the design. There's even a futuristic pulsing blue light on the front while the power bank is in use that looks very sci-fi. Review: Cuktech P-series 25,000mAh I must admit that my inner geek loves the TFT display on this power bank. It displays important -- at least to me! -- information such as battery level, power, voltage, and current. A tap of the button brings up a graphical display of the input and output wattages. Online reviews highlight the power of this unit, along with the usefulness of the display, and the cool, futuristic styling goes down well with geeky owners! Cuktech P-series tech specs: Capacity: 25,000mAh | Ports: 2 x USB-C, 1 x USB-A | Max output: 210W Show Expert Take Show less - -Show less View now at Amazon Pros Thin and lightweight - -IP68 water for dust and water-resistance - -Built-in trickle charge feature Cons No covers for the USB ports allow dirt and water to collect - -No larger option Klarus K5 Best power bank for thse who spend time outdoors Whenever I encounter a power bank that's rated for water and dust resistance, it immediately captures my interest. This kind of resilience in a power bank is not only impressive but also incredibly practical for anyone leading an active outdoor lifestyle. The Klarus K5 offers just that, a carbon fiber clad power bank that has it all -- it's ultralight, ultra-thin, and waterproof to IP68. I've thoroughly tested the dust and water resistance of this power bank, and it impressively shrugs off both elements. Review: Klarus K5 At 157 grams, the Klarus K5 is ideal for lightweight adventures, and the 10,000 mAh capacity offers enough power for multiple recharges of my iPhone 15 Pro Max. It can also keep my GoPro running overnight for time-lapse photography. Online reviews praise this power bank's ultralight and ultra-thin design, stylish good looks, and water resistance rating. Klarus K5 tech specs: Capacity: 10,000mAh | Ports: 1 x USB-C, 1 x USB-A, | Max output: 22.5W Show Expert Take Show less - -Top portable chargers compared Which is the best power bank really depends on what you want from a power bank -- for some, portability is the main feature, for others it might be having the maximum possible output power. For others, it might be how many ports it has. Power bank Price Ports Max output Anker Nano 10,000mAh $40 1 x USB-C cable, 1x USB-C, 1 x USB-A 30W Ugreen Nexode 20,000mAh $70 2 x USB-C, 1 x USB-A 130W Ugreen 5000mAh Magnetic Power Bank $30 1 x USB-C, 1 x wireless 15W Cuktech P-series 25,000mAh $99 2 x USB-C, 2 x USB-A 210W Klarus K5 $70 1 x USB-C, 1 x USB-A 22.5W - -Which is the right power bank for you? As always, it depends on your needs and what you're looking for. Some people want giant power banks for multi-day adventures, others want something small to get them out of an emergency. Some want something stylish and sleek, while others want total geekery and get something that's more like a charging computer than a simple power bank. Choose this power bank… If you want… Anker Nano 10,000mAh The best power bank overall. It's portable, well built, and offers both USB-C and USB-A ports, and that built-in USB-C cable is perfect for those who always forget to pack a cable! Ugreen Nexode 20,000mAh The best power bank for its large battery capacity and power, and a display that is clear and readable. One of my all-time favorites and is available for $70. Ugreen 5000mAh Magnetic Power Bank A tiny power bank that packs a big punch. You can have this attached to your iPhone and forget that it's there. Cuktech P-series 25,000mAh A big, powerful power bank with a great futuristic look. It features a really detailed display that will appeal to those who want to know everything that's going on, and the 210W max power output can keep up with anything. Klarus K5 A sleek, stylish, and lightweight power bank that's also dust and water-resistant. This is perfect for use when camping, hiking, or working outdoors. - -Factors to consider when choosing a power bank A variety of factors impact the quality and usability of power banks. Here are some things to take into consideration before buying one: Battery size: Power banks range from giving you a single charge to several charges, and may increase in size and price accordingly. I think of anything below 7,500 mAh as a small power bank that perfect for topping up a smartphone, 7,500 to 20,000 mAh as a medium power bank good for a few recharges, and maybe an emergency top-up of a laptop, and 20,000 and above as a big power bank better suited to those wanting to charge laptops and such or who are going to be away from a power outlet for a few days. - -Power banks range from giving you a single charge to several charges, and may increase in size and price accordingly. I think of anything below 7,500 mAh as a small power bank that perfect for topping up a smartphone, 7,500 to 20,000 mAh as a medium power bank good for a few recharges, and maybe an emergency top-up of a laptop, and 20,000 and above as a big power bank better suited to those wanting to charge laptops and such or who are going to be away from a power outlet for a few days. Portability: Some people want giant power banks for multi-day adventures, while others want something small they can hold in their pocket for daily charging or emergencies. - -Some people want giant power banks for multi-day adventures, while others want something small they can hold in their pocket for daily charging or emergencies. Design: Some want something stylish and sleek, while others want total geekery and get something that's more like a charging computer than a simple power bank. - -Some want something stylish and sleek, while others want total geekery and get something that's more like a charging computer than a simple power bank. Weight : Big power banks can really pull on your pocket or bag, so choose wisely if you intend to carry it around with you. - -: Big power banks can really pull on your pocket or bag, so choose wisely if you intend to carry it around with you. Ports : Do you want one or two or more ports? Do you need USB-A or will USB-C be fine? These are points to consider before making a purchase. - -: Do you want one or two or more ports? Do you need USB-A or will USB-C be fine? These are points to consider before making a purchase. Passthrough: Do you want to be able to charge the power bank while it is charging other devices? I find this a handy feature when traveling because I can use the power bank as a charger for multiple devices so I only need a small wall charger. - -How we test power banks I test and review a lot of power banks, and this allows me to filter through hundreds of units to find the best of the best. On top of that, I use power banks a lot when traveling or going off-grid for hiking and camping. This allows me to get real-world, hands-on experience of the product for extended periods of time. Finally, every product that I use, test, or review is thoroughly safety tested to make sure that you'll be buying a reliable, safe product. Here are the key factors I consider when testing power banks: Capacity : I've seen plenty of companies make exaggerated claims about their power bank's capacity. I charge and discharge each power bank several times to test the rated capacity to make sure that this corresponds with the capacity stated on the box. - -: I've seen plenty of companies make exaggerated claims about their power bank's capacity. I charge and discharge each power bank several times to test the rated capacity to make sure that this corresponds with the capacity stated on the box. Power outpu t : A lot of cheaper power banks might be able to hit the rated power output for short periods, but this can take a dive under heavy load or when the power bank gets warm. I test every power bank under heavy load to make sure that it can output the maximum stated output power for extended periods. - -: A lot of cheaper power banks might be able to hit the rated power output for short periods, but this can take a dive under heavy load or when the power bank gets warm. I test every power bank under heavy load to make sure that it can output the maximum stated output power for extended periods. Safety : If the power bank overheats in use or when charging, it doesn't make this list. Plain and simple. - -: If the power bank overheats in use or when charging, it doesn't make this list. Plain and simple. Robustness: How does the power bank stand up to regular use? Does the shell resist scratches and knocks? Are the ports high quality and durable? If it's going to make this list, it must be tough enough to put up with heavy use. - -FAQs on power banks - -Is there a limit of the size of power bank I can take on an airline? There is, but fear not, because it's actually quite a generous limit. FAA rules (and this rule is mirrored by most aviation authorities) allow you to take a power bank with a capacity up to 100Wh or 27,000mAh without declaring it. Beyond this, you must check with the airline and declare the power bank. - -Can you simultaneously use and charge a power bank? Most modern power banks have a feature called pass-through charging that allows you to charge it and use it to charge other devices simultaneously. This is a handy feature if you have limited number of power outlets and what to charge multiple devices -- for example, when traveling. - -How long do power banks last? Lithium-ion batteries -- the batteries found in most power banks -- are good for about 800 recharge cycles. This means if you used a power bank daily, and each day you ran it empty before recharging it for the next day, you'd get more than two years of life. In reality, people easily get 5 years from a power bank, and normally, it's technology moving forward and making the power bank obsolete that kills it, not usage. - -How long does charging time vary across power capacity levels? The bigger the power bank's capacity, the longer it will normally take to charge. However, this depends on a lot of factors -- from whether it charges using USB-A or USB-C, to the power output of the charger doing the charging. - -Other power banks to consider - -Here are a couple of alternative power banks to consider -- all from reputable manufacturers and all offering safe, reliable charging.",1731883642,cbf4e2ebc4,2a9879d1ce,,,1731883642 -http://money.cnn.com/2018/10/04/investing/premarket-stocks-trading/index.html?section=money_markets,http://rss.cnn.com/rss/money_markets.rss,Toyota joins SoftBank; Facebook investigation; CNN Business,"1. The race to driverless cars: SoftBank SFTBF Toyota TM - -SoftBank will own just over half of Monet, the new business, while Toyota will hold the rest. - -It's the latest in a series of driverless development partnerships announced by tech companies and carmakers. SoftBank's $100 billion Vision Fund, its tech-focused investment arm, had already committed $2.3 billion to General Motors' self-driving car unit GM Cruise. - -On Wednesday, Honda (HMC) and General Motors (GM) said they were teaming up to create a new generation of fully autonomous vehicles. BMW (BMWYY) has joined the board of Apollo, an autonomous driving project from Chinese internet firm Baidu (BIDU). - -2. Facebook under investigation: The Irish Data Protection Commission has launched a formal probe into a Facebook (FB) hack that affected as many as 50 million accounts. - -The commission will investigate whether the company complied with its obligations under new European data protection laws that came into effect in May. Facebook said last week that it closed the loophole, but 90 million users were forcefully logged out of their accounts as a precaution. - -Irish regulators are investigating because Facebook's international headquarters is in Dublin. - -There are still many unanswered questions about the hack: Who carried it out? And what were they trying to access? - -3. Bonds sell-off: The yield on 10-year US Treasuries has spiked to the highest level in seven years following the release of positive economic data. - -US hiring data published Wednesday was stronger than expected, and momentum could continue Thursday if initial claims numbers add to the optimism. A strong US economy and the expectation of rate hikes by the Federal Reserve are fueling the trend. - -""The underlying message is that the US economy isn't just in fine fettle, it's on fire,"" said Kit Juckes, strategist at Societe Generale. - -4. CNN means business: On Thursday, CNNMoney becomes the all-new CNN Business, covering the companies, personalities, and innovations driving business forward. - -This new initiative will focus on the single biggest financial story of our generation: how technology is upending every corner of the global economy, forcing businesses, workers, and society itself to adapt rapidly, or be left behind. - -5. Global market overview: US stock futures were lower. - -European markets dropped in early trade following a negative trading session in Asia. The Shanghai Composite was closed for a holiday. - -The Dow Jones industrial average closed 0.2% higher on Wednesday, while the S&P 500 added 0.1% and the Nasdaq gained 0.3%. - -Before the Bell newsletter: Key market news. In your inbox. Subscribe now! - -6. Earnings and economics: Constellation Brands (STZ) will release earnings before the open. Costco (COST) is set to follow after the close. - -Shares in Danske Bank (DNKEY) opened 3% lower after the Danish lender said it had received requests for information from the US Department of Justice in connection to its money laundering scandal. - -Markets Now newsletter: Get a global markets snapshot in your inbox every afternoon. Sign up now! - -7. Coming this week: - -Thursday — Costco (COST) earnings; CNN Business launches - -Friday — US jobs report",1731883659,a64cfbdd97,2abbcdadcd,,,1731883659 -https://www.nytimes.com/2024/11/17/us/pennsylvania-election-ballots-recount.html,https://www.nytimes.com/svc/collections/v1/publish/https://www.nytimes.com/section/us/rss.xml,"In Pennsylvania, Election Litigation Over Mail Ballots Continues","In an election defined in part by a tsunami of litigation before polls even opened, few states saw as much legal haggling over which ballots should count as Pennsylvania. - -The polls have long since closed, yet a new round of litigation is flooding the recount battle between Senator Bob Casey, a Democrat, and Dave McCormick, his Republican challenger, who currently leads by around 21,000 votes, a margin rarely overtaken by a simple recount. - -The landscape, however, is different. In at least four counties — Bucks, Philadelphia, Centre and Montgomery — local election officials are acting in open defiance of a ruling from the Pennsylvania Supreme Court that arrived weeks before the election. The court found that mail ballots that are missing the date on the outer envelope, or have the wrong date, cannot be counted for this election. - -The Bucks County election commission felt differently. - -“It is a pretty stupid thing to not count someone’s vote simply because they didn’t date an envelope for a ballot,” said Robert Harvie Jr., the chairman of the board and a Democrat, during a meeting on Tuesday where the board voted 2-1 to count 405 ballots with date errors on the envelope. He added that election officials know when ballots were printed for voters, making the outer envelope date requirement meaningless.",1731883651,93701ae0e0,2aaa5ae62d,,,1731883651 -https://www.npr.org/2024/03/27/1197958536/roni-mazumdar-unapologetic-foods-adda-semma-new-york,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Planet Money looks into the restaurant game at a data-driven makeover : Planet Money : NPR,"The trouble with Table 101 (Update) - -(Note: This episode originally ran in 2020.) - -In the restaurant game, you need to make the most of every table every minute you are open. And you need to make sure your guests are happy, comfortable, and want to come back. - -If you're a restaurateur, your gut tells you ""more seats, more money,"" but, in this episode, restaurant design expert Stephani Robson upends all that and more. She helps Roni Mazumdar, owner of the casual Indian spot Adda in New York's Long Island City, rethink how a customer behaves at a table, and how small changes can lead to a lot more money. - -Sponsor Message - -It's a data-driven restaurant makeover. - -This episode was originally produced by Darian Woods and Alexi Horowitz-Ghazi. James Sneed and Sam Yellowhorse Kesler produced this update. Engineering by Isaac Rodrigues and Maggie Luthar. Alex Goldmark originally edited the show and is now Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: FirstCom - ""Jungle Alibi"" and ""I'm Dreaming Of Little Italy.""",1731884599,8181d7a585,2a9f802072,,,1731884599 -https://esportsedition.com/general/magic-the-gathering-arena/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Magic: The Gathering Arena: From Tabletop to Online Gaming,"The World of Esports Has a New Contender - -Magic: The Gathering has been around for just over 25 years, but until late 2018 it existed purely as a tabletop game. The collectible cards, when not being stashed away for safe keeping, have been used to play one of the best (in my opinion) strategy card games of all time. But gaming has come a long way since 1993, and in order to adapt Wizards of the Coast have released a new iteration of their game, Magic: The Gathering Arena. - -MTG Arena was first available as a closed beta game in September 2018 and has since progressed into open beta. It’s free to play online, and players don’t need any previous experience with Magic in order to download and play. However, since you’ll be pitted against other players online, you should be warned that your opponents may have a few years of experience under their belts already. - -Playing Magic: The Gathering Arena - -When you first download and launch MTG Arena, it will make you play through the tutorial. There is no option to skip it, so be prepared to play through a few games. After setting up your account name and selecting a Planeswalker as your avatar, you’ll be brought through the basics of the game. - -If you’re already familiar with Magic, this will be annoying. Each game will explain the different types of cards—mana, creatures, enchantments, instants, and sorcery—and how and when to use them. It will also explain the different turns, what a graveyard is, and give general tips about when you should and shouldn’t attack. - -After finishing the tutorial, you’re given five single-color decks to start off with. They aren’t the greatest, but they provide a good starting point. For new players, these decks introduce different types of cards, and what their play styles are like. - -For more intermediate players like myself, it’s a bit annoying not being able to use what you want, but it also forces you to become more familiar with new types of cards. I personally rarely use blue cards but found myself having to use them to complete a daily quest, so I had no choice but to learn what exactly you should do with a lot of flying and artifact creatures. - -Players with a lot of Magic experience will likely find this annoying but shouldn’t have a problem grinding through to get new cards. - -Building the Perfect Deck - -Like many free-to-play games, MTG Area boasts that you can access all aspects of the game without paying anything out of pocket. While that’s true, there is a catch: you better be ready to grind for what you want. - -Yes, you start with five single-colored decks, and can get free decks each day for completing quests when you first start out, but these pre-made options may not be what you’re looking for. They certainly aren’t what I want to keep playing with. - -Getting new cards to build a whole new deck is a bit difficult, but it’s not impossible. There are daily quests that will reward you with coins (as do wins), and you can then use those coins to open booster packs. Who doesn’t love the joy and suspense of seeing what a new booster pack holds for you? - -You will also be rewarded with wildcards, which can be used to get permanent cards of the same value (common, uncommon, rare, and mythic). You can craft these into cards you already have, if you’d like doubles, or new ones. You’ll get a prompt asking if you’re sure you’d like to redeem a wildcard—make sure you choose to do so wisely, as you cannot reverse it. - -Some people might choose to immediately cash in their wildcards to begin altering their starter decks, but I’m saving mine. Once I start building decks there will likely be specific cards I know I’ll need, or really want to try, so I’m hoping to use mine more strategically. However, the beauty of MTG Area is that you can ideally get all your cards for free, and experiment to your heart’s content without spending any actual money (which tabletop doesn’t allow for, as my bank account likes to remind me). - -One downfall to MTG Arena, when it comes to deck building, is that they don’t specifically explain what you should or shouldn’t be doing. For experienced players, this isn’t necessarily a problem, but newbies might find themselves a little lost. - -While there are many online resources that will explain mana-curves and bases, MTG Arena offers no tips. While there is always some trial and error when it comes to perfecting a new deck, new players may get a little overwhelmed. - -Merging with Mainstream Esports - -Releasing MTG Area has made Magic accessible to a whole new audience. On the one hand, you no longer need to shell out money every time a new set is released in order to keep playing standard tabletop. This makes the game readily available for new players, and those who enjoying online gaming. - -On the other hand, with an online platform, Wizards of the Coast have now been able to enter the world of official esports. This makes perfect sense, given the rise of esports, and the number of professional players, fans, and sponsorships that are available. - -2018 was the inaugural year of the Magic Pro League, which will continue in 2019. 32 international players have been signed on and will compete in a mixture of both tabletop and MTG Arena. There will be weekly matches, as well as tournaments and Mythic Championships for players to compete in. The year will also end with a World Championship, which will again include both tabletop and MTG Arena. - -Each of the 32 international players have been signed on with a yearly salary. However, the prize pool for 2019 is a combined $10 million dollars. And that money isn’t necessarily just for the pros. - -The Mythic Championships will be open to both professional players and community members, albeit by invitation. However, it is refreshing to see that these tournaments will have pros and everyday players pitted against each other. The first Mythic Championship will take place at PAX East in March. - -End Step - -MTG Arena has opened up Magic: The Gathering to a new audience of players and fans. You no longer have to save up money to buy physical cards, or wait around for friends to get together to play. Now, you can queue online and play a game without little to no wait time, and experiment without breaking the bank. And with Magic emerging onto the esports scene, who knows what will come next?",1731883743,76f59da961,2af82036be,,,1731883743 -https://www.wired.com/story/bitfinex-hacker-gets-5-years-for-10-billion-bitcoin-heist/,http://feeds.wired.com/wired/index,Bitfinex Hacker Gets 5 Years for $10 Billion Bitcoin Heist,"In perhaps the most adorable hacker story of the year, a trio of technologists in India found an innovative way to circumvent Apple’s location restrictions on AirPod Pro 2s so they could enable the earbuds’ hearing aid feature for their grandmas. The hack involved a homemade Faraday cage, a microwave, and a lot of trial and error. - -On the other end of the tech-advancements spectrum, the US military is currently testing an AI-enabled machine gun that is capable of auto-targeting swarms of drones. The Bullfrog, built by Allen Control Systems, is one of several advanced weapons technologies in the works to combat the growing threat of cheap, small drones on the battlefield. - -The US Department of Justice announced this week that an 18-year-old from California has admitted to making or orchestrating more than 375 swatting attacks across the United States. - -Then, of course, there’s the Donald Trump of it all. This week, we published a practical guide to protecting yourself from government surveillance. WIRED has covered the dangers of government surveillance for decades, of course. But when the president-elect is explicitly threatening to jail his political enemies—whoever that may be—now’s probably a good time to brush up on your digital best practices. - -In addition to potential dragnet surveillance of US citizens, US Immigration and Customs Enforcement started ramping up its surveillance arsenal the day after Trump won reelection. Meanwhile, experts are expecting the incoming administration to roll back cybersecurity rules instituted under president Joe Biden while taking a harder line against adversarial state-sponsored hackers. And if all this political upheaval has you in the mood to protest, beware: An investigation copublished by WIRED and The Marshall Project found that mask bans instituted in several states add a complicated new layer to exercising freedom of speech. - -And that’s not all. Each week, we round up the privacy and security news we didn’t cover in depth ourselves. Click the headlines to read the full stories, and stay safe out there. - -In August 2016, approximately 120,000 bitcoin—at the time worth around $71 million—were stolen in a hack on the Bitfinex cryptocurrency exchange. Then in 2022, as the value of cryptocurrency had rocketed skywards, law enforcement officials in New York arrested husband and wife Ilya Lichtenstein and Heather Morgan in relation to the hack and laundering the much-inflated $4.5 billion of stolen cryptocurrency. (At the time, $3.6 billion of the funds were recouped by law enforcement investigators.) - -This week, after pleading guilty in 2023, Lichtenstein was sentenced to five years of jail time for conducting the hack and laundering the profits. With subsequent cryptocurrency spikes and additional seizures related to the hack, the US government has now been able to recover more than $10 billion in assets. A series of operational security failures by Lichtenstein made much of the illicit cryptocurrency easy for officials to seize, but investigators also applied sophisticated crypto-tracing methods to unpick how the funds had been stolen and subsequently moved around. - -Aside from the brazen scale of the heist, Lichtenstein and Morgan gained online prominence and ridicule after their arrests due to a series of Forbes articles written by Morgan and rap videos posted to YouTube under the name of “Razzlekhan.” Morgan, who also pleaded guilty, is due to be sentenced on November 18. - -Scammers are increasingly adopting AI as part of their criminal toolkits—using the technology to create deepfakes, translate scripts, and make their operations more efficient. But artificial intelligence is also being turned against the scammers. British telecoms firm Virgin Media and its mobile operator O2 have created a new “AI granny” that can answer phone calls from scammers and keep them talking. The system uses different AI models, according to The Register, that listen to what a scammer says and respond immediately. In one case, the company says it kept a scammer on the line for 40 minutes and has fed others fake personal information. Unfortunately, the system (at least at the moment) can’t directly answer calls made to your phone; instead, O2 created a specific phone number for the system, which the company says it has managed to get placed in lists of numbers that scammers call. - -In a new legal strategy for those attempting to hold commercial spyware vendors responsible, lawyer Andreu Van den Eynde, who was allegedly hacked with NSO Group spyware, is directly accusing two of the company’s founders, Omri Lavie and Shalev Hulio, and one of its executives, Yuval Somekh, of hacking crimes in a lawsuit. The Barcelona-based human rights nonprofit Iridia announced this week that it filed the complaint in a Catalan court. Van den Eynde was reportedly a victim of a hacking campaign that used NSO’s notorious Pegasus spyware against at least 65 Catalans. Van den Eynde and Iridia originally sued NSO Group in a Barcelona court in 2022 along with affiliates Osy Technologies and Q Cyber Technologies. “The people responsible for NSO Group have to explain their concrete activities,” a legal representative for Iridia and Van den Eynde wrote in the complaint, which was written in Catalan and translated by TechCrunch. - -Research published this week by the mobile device management firm Jamf found that hackers who have been linked to North Korea have been working to implant malware inside macOS applications built with a particular open-source software development kit. The campaigns focused on cryptocurrency-related targets and involved infrastructure similar to systems that have been used by North Korea’s notorious Lazarus Group. It’s unclear if the activity resulted in actual victim compromise or if it was still in a testing phase. - -Financially motivated and state-backed hackers have less occasion to use malware targeting Apple’s Mac computers than hacking tools that infect Microsoft Windows or Linux desktops and servers. So when Mac malware crops up, it’s typically a niche point, but it can also be a revealing indicator of trends and priorities among hackers.",1731883642,bc78e81c60,2a9ebc7f1a,,,1731883642 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/12-9-billion-warren-buffetts-095200565.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,"$12.9 Billion of Warren Buffett's Portfolio Is Invested in 1 Stock That Could Soar 25%, According to Wall Street","Warren Buffett once said, ""Wall Street is the only place that people ride to in a Rolls Royce to get advice from those who take the subway."" It's fair to say that Buffett doesn't think too highly of Wall Street analysts' opinions. - -However, analysts think highly of some stocks that Buffett likes. As a case in point, $12.9 billion of Buffett's Berkshire Hathaway (NYSE: BRK.A) (NYSE: BRK.B) portfolio is invested in one stock that could soar 25% over the next 12 months, according to Wall Street. - -Start Your Mornings Smarter! Wake up with Breakfast news in your inbox every market day. Sign Up For Free » - -One of Buffett's favorites - -Buffett is shifting a lot more money into building Berkshire's cash stockpile than he is buying stocks these days. However, there's one stock he has consistently bought in nearly every quarter since early 2022: Occidental Petroleum (NYSE: OXY). - -Occidental now ranks as the sixth-largest holding in Berkshire Hathaway's portfolio. Berkshire's stake in the U.S. oil and gas producer is worth roughly $12.9 billion at recent prices. - -Buffett highlighted eight stocks in his latest letter to Berkshire Hathaway shareholders that he expects the conglomerate to own ""indefinitely."" Occidental was in the group. And it was the only one he has continued to buy regularly. - -Why does the legendary investor like Occidental so much? The company's large oil and gas holdings in the U.S. stand at the top of the list. Buffett also likes Oxy's carbon capture and storage initiatives. In addition, he admires and respects Occidental CEO Vicki Hollub. Buffett wrote in his annual shareholder letter that Hollub knows ""how to separate oil from rock, and that's an uncommon talent, valuable to her shareholders and to her country."" - -Why Wall Street likes Occidental Petroleum, too - -Wall Street appears to be more bullish about Occidental Petroleum than any other stock in Berkshire's portfolio. The average 12-month price target for the oil stock reflects an upside potential of around 25%. Even the lowest price target among the analysts surveyed by LSEG is 6.5% above Occidental's current share price. - -We only have to look to Occidental's third-quarter results announced on Tuesday to understand some of the reasons behind analysts' upbeat take on the stock. Oxy generated strong operating cash flow in Q3 of $3.8 billion. Adjusted earnings per share came in well above the consensus estimate. The company's production also topped the midpoint of its guidance range. - -Story Continues",1731883695,6e579b027f,2ac7f710c7,,,1731883695 -https://quantumzeitgeist.com/ai-learns-to-feel-surfaces-with-quantum-precision-measurement/,https://quantumzeitgeist.com/feed/,AI Learns to Feel Surfaces with Quantum Precision Measurement,"Researchers at Stevens Institute of Technology have made a breakthrough in giving artificial intelligence (AI) the ability to feel and measure surfaces, opening up new possibilities for medical, manufacturing, and other applications. Led by physics professor Yong Meng Sua and Center for Quantum Science and Engineering Director Yuping Huang, the team has developed a quantum-lab setup that combines a photon-firing scanning laser with new algorithmic AI models. - -This innovative system can accurately discern an object’s topography by detecting and processing speckle noise, a type of flaw in imagery, using carefully trained AI to interpret its characteristics as valuable data. The researchers tested their method on 31 industrial sandpapers with surfaces of varying roughness, achieving an accuracy of within 4 microns, comparable to the best industrial profilometer devices currently used. This technology has far-reaching potential, including detecting skin cancers and improving manufacturing quality control. - -Measuring Surfaces with AI: A Quantum Leap Forward - -The ability to measure surfaces and distances with high accuracy is crucial in various fields, including medicine, manufacturing, and more. Researchers at Stevens Institute of Technology have made a significant breakthrough in this area by developing an AI-based system that can “feel” surfaces, leveraging advances in quantum science and engineering. - -Accurate Metrology for Medicine and Manufacturing - -The system, devised by physics professor Yong Meng Sua and his team, combines a photon-firing scanning laser with new algorithmic AI models trained to discern differences among various surfaces. This innovative approach enables accurate metrology, which is essential in medicine for detecting skin cancers and in manufacturing for quality control of components. The team’s method has demonstrated an impressive root-mean-square error (RMSE) of about 4 microns, comparable to the best industrial profilometer devices currently used. - -Harnessing Quantum Interactions with AI - -The system works by pulsing a specially created beam of light at a surface, which returns reflected and back-scattered photons carrying speckle noise. Instead of considering this noise detrimental to clear imaging, the Stevens group’s system detects and processes these artifacts using an AI trained to interpret their characteristics as valuable data. This allows the system to accurately discern the topography of the object. As Yuping Huang, CQSE Director, notes, “Quantum interactions provide a wealth of information, and using AI to quickly understand and process it is the next logical step.” - -Applications in Medicine and Manufacturing - -The new method could be particularly useful in detecting skin cancers, where mistakes are often made by human examiners who confuse similar-looking but harmless conditions with potentially fatal melanomas. The system’s ability to measure tiny differences in mole roughness could differentiate between these conditions. In manufacturing, the system’s capability to measure extremely small distances could mean the difference between a perfect part and a tiny defect that could eventually cause a dangerous mechanical failure. - -Enriching LiDAR Technology - -The Stevens team’s method also has implications for LiDAR technology, which is already widely implemented in devices such as autonomous cars, smartphones, and robots. By enriching these capabilities with surface property measurement at very small scales, the system could significantly enhance their functionality. As Huang concludes, “Our method opens up new possibilities for a range of applications, from medicine to manufacturing and beyond.” - -More information - -External Link: Click Here For More",1731883655,36ea93b1b1,2adc38830f,,,1731883655 -https://abcnews.go.com/Politics/wireStory/trump-picks-cabinet-musk-suggests-public-weigh-lead-115934229,https://abcnews.go.com/abcnews/politicsheadlines,"Trump attends UFC championship fight in New York, taking a break from Cabinet picks","NEW YORK -- President-elect Donald Trump walked out to a roaring standing ovation just ahead of the start of the UFC pay-per-view card at Madison Square Garden on Saturday night, combining two things close to his heart: fierce battles inside the octagon and New York City. - -Trump was accompanied by UFC President Dana White and the pair headed to their cageside seats to Kid Rock's “American Bad Ass."" - -UFC aired a video package of Trump's road to reclaiming the White House, calling it, “The great comeback in American History,"" while fans stood and applauded. Trump, wearing a suit and red tie, pumped his fist toward the crowd when the video ended. - -The president-elect also had his clenched fists pumping back and forth and briefly danced to the Village People’s “YMCA” just outside the cage. He later again thrust his fist skyward as “Takin’ Care of Business” played. - -Elon Musk, picked by Trump to lead a new Department of Government Efficiency, and House Speaker Mike Johnson, R-La., joined the president-elect and White at the Garden, as did Robert Kennedy Jr., Trump’s choice to lead the Department of Health and Human Services in his incoming administration. - -Trump was flanked on his front-row seat by White on his right and Musk on his left and politely applauded the fight winners. Besieged by photographers and nearby fans, Trump stood to pose for pictures with White, Musk and other associates in breaks between fights. Trump even had a brief conversation with country singer Jelly Roll after the pair shook hands. - -UFC fans wore red Trump hats and some waved flags emblazoned with his image during breaks in the action. - -Trump shook hands with the UFC broadcast team that included Joe Rogan. Rogan hosted Trump on his podcast for hours in the final stages of the campaign ahead of his election win last week. The announcers for the pay-per-view audience later declared, “Festive doesn’t even begin to describe” the scene before later proclaiming, “47’s in the building. Let’s go.” - -The MSG crowd chanted “USA! USA!” right before the main card was about to start and then again throughout the action. After a year delay, Stipe Miocic is getting his shot at a third heavyweight championship reign when he battles current champion Jon Jones in the main event at UFC 309. - -Trump is a longtime UFC enthusiast and frequent attendee of major fights. He made promoting hypermasculine tones a signature of his campaign — as he looked to further widen the gap among male voters between himself and his Democratic opponent, Vice President Kamala Harris. - -Trump and his top supporters embraced alpha-male terms and often accentuated them with vulgar and demeaning language. - -While campaigning, Trump appeared frequently on podcasts, gaming platforms, and with key supporters who described a vote for Trump as a way to demonstrate true manliness. While Trump taped a podcast with Rogan, who himself has spoken about hypermasculinity, Harris failed to do a similar appearance, citing scheduling conflicts. - -A return to Madison Square Garden means revisiting the place where a comedian caused an uproar at a Trump rally last month by likening Puerto Rico to a “floating island of garbage.” Yet Trump continues to relish visits to New York, where he lived for decades, before moving to his Mar-a-Lago club in Palm Beach, Florida. - -Trump's son, Don Jr., also attended the fight. - -Except for a day trip to Washington this week to meet for nearly two hours with President Joe Biden, and separately address House Republicans, Trump has been spending his time since his Election Day victory at Mar-a-Lago. The club has hosted galas and conservative events throughout the week. - -Trump has been close to White for more than two decades. - -White hosted a 2001 UFC battle at Trump Taj Mahal, a former casino-hotel in Atlantic City, New Jersey, and Trump has frequently attended UFC matches since – including during his 2024 campaign. Trump has turned up at fights recently with famous entourages, including White, musician Kid Rock and former Fox News Channel host Tucker Carlson. - -In 2018, during Trump's first term, he and White starred in a UFC video where the then-president was called the “Combatant In Chief.” - -As Trump has strengthened his grip on the national Republican Party over the last near-decade, White’s personal political profile has grown exponentially. White spoke at the 2016 and 2020 Republican conventions, and when the party gathered in Milwaukee this past July. He also addressed the crowd at Trump’s Florida victory party in the wee hours of the morning after Election Day. - -“This is what happens when the machine comes after you,” White said then. “What you’ve seen over the last several years, this is what it looks like: couldn’t stop him. He keeps going forward. He doesn’t quit.” - -_____ - -Weissert reported from Palm Beach, Florida.",1731883661,948678c443,2abf29799d,,,1731883661 -https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/stocks/payouts-com-streamlines-vendor-management-and-payment-automation-solutions-for-businesses-1034027162,https://markets.businessinsider.com/rss/news,Payouts.com Streamlines Vendor Management and Payment Automation Solutions for Businesses,"Payouts.com Streamlines Vendor Management and Payment Automation Solutions for Businesses. - -— - -Businesses seeking to simplify vendor relationships, optimize accounts payable, and enhance payout processes now have access to Payouts.com, offering advanced automation solutions that increase operational efficiency and improve cash flow management. Payouts.com provides critical support for businesses across industries, reducing administrative burdens, improving transparency, and fostering stronger vendor partnerships. - -Efficient vendor management is a key factor for businesses striving to maintain positive and productive partnerships. Payouts.com’s Vendor Portal focuses on transparency and efficiency, offering features such as real-time analytics, secure transactions, and a centralized communication platform. Payouts.com’s manage vendor service provides a comprehensive system for tracking activities, monitoring payment statuses, and ensuring compliance with regulatory standards. With these tools, businesses are equipped to maintain accuracy and promptness in vendor payments, supporting a foundation of trust and reliability within vendor relationships. - -Accounts payable (AP) automation is now recognized as a strategic necessity for companies of all sizes. Through top AP automation softwares, like the one offered by Payouts.com, businesses can automate repetitive tasks like invoice processing and invoice matching, reducing the risk of human error and increasing overall efficiency. These solutions provide real-time visibility into spending, helping companies make informed, data-driven decisions. Additionally, Payouts.com integrates seamlessly with popular ERP systems, enhancing compatibility and functionality while supporting accuracy and cost control in AP processes. - -For organizations managing a global vendor network, Payouts.com’s payout automation has become an essential component of effective business operations. With payout automation, businesses can handle both fiat and cryptocurrency transactions securely across multiple countries, ensuring vendors receive timely payments and maintain positive liquidity. Payouts.com’s reliable payout automation solution offers flexibility in payment methods, allowing companies to meet various vendor preferences while ensuring adherence to international regulatory requirements. - -Payouts.com’s advanced vendor management solutions also bring the added benefit of self-service capabilities for vendors. Vendor self-service portals allow vendors to submit invoices, track payment statuses, and access essential documents, reducing the workload on accounts payable teams and minimizing the potential for delays or miscommunication. Automated updates and seamless document submission tools create a streamlined, transparent interaction between businesses and their vendors. - -Payouts.com’s automation platforms further enhance operational transparency by including real-time analytics dashboards, providing a comprehensive view of cash flow, outstanding invoices, and pending payouts. By offering businesses these insights, Payouts.com supports proactive decision-making, allowing companies to detect inefficiencies and adjust strategies accordingly. - -With increasing regulatory requirements, maintaining compliance in financial transactions is more critical than ever, particularly for businesses working with international vendors. Payouts.com’s built-in compliance features support regulatory adherence in every transaction, including tax compliance, document verification, and secure communication. These compliance tools help reduce the risk of legal issues, ensuring businesses meet local and international standards while building vendor confidence in the security and transparency of their transactions. - -For future growth, Payouts.com’s automation solutions offer additional financial tools, such as virtual cards, multi-currency global accounts, and integration with popular payment systems, providing the flexibility needed to support evolving business needs. As businesses expand, these features ensure that vendor management and payout processes scale effectively, meeting operational demands while maintaining efficiency. - -These advanced solutions in vendor management, accounts payable automation, and payout automation provided by Payouts.com give businesses the tools to streamline processes, improve accuracy, and strengthen relationships with vendors. By adopting Payouts.com’s comprehensive automation solutions, companies are positioned for improved financial visibility and greater operational success. - -Contact Info: - -Name: Cameron Watts - -Email: Send Email - -Organization: Payouts - -Website: https://payouts.com - - - -Release ID: 89146337 - -In case of detection of errors, concerns, or irregularities in the content provided in this press release, or if there is a need for a press release takedown, we strongly encourage you to reach out promptly by contacting error@releasecontact.com (it is important to note that this email is the authorized channel for such matters, sending multiple emails to multiple addresses does not necessarily help expedite your request). Our efficient team will be at your disposal for immediate assistance within 8 hours – resolving identified issues diligently or guiding you through the removal process. We take great pride in delivering reliable and precise information to our valued readers.",1731883648,8438d5f6f4,2ab05de90c,,,1731883648 -https://www.designboom.com/architecture/studio-bloco-casa-t-overlapping-volumes-brazilian-countryside-11-17-2024/,https://www.designboom.com/feed/,studio bloco embeds casa t's overlapping volumes into hilly brazilian countryside,"Three-Level Casa T Harmonizes with Estância Velha’s Landscape - -Casa T by Studio Bloco is a three-level residence in the Horizon condominium in Estância Velha, Brazil, carefully designed to harmonize with the natural slope of the land. The lower level, partially embedded in the site, provides a foundation for the intermediate floor, where social and service spaces are located. Its roof extends into a living terrace with sunset views, seamlessly connecting to the upper level, which houses the private areas, including three suites with access to a large terrace that overlooks the landscape. - - - -all images by Roberta Gewehr - -Studio Bloco uses natural stone, concrete, and wood for Casa T - -The main entrance leads to the lower level, which includes a two-car garage and storage spaces. Ascending the stairs brings you to the social floor, where views of the patio, pool, and surrounding landscape unfold. Large glass panels connect the living, dining, and kitchen areas to the outdoors; with sliding French doors fully open, the indoor and outdoor spaces merge, further emphasized by continuous floor and ceiling treatments on both sides of the frames and a high window along the opposite wall. This detail creates a sense of openness by separating the wall from the ceiling. The social floor also includes the service area, a restroom, a study, and a playroom for the couple’s son, while the top floor remains dedicated to the private suites. - -Each of the three suites opens directly to the terrace atop the social floor, either through large sliding windows for ample natural light or via a discreet door integrated into a wooden wall. For Casa T, the design team at Studio Bloco selected a material palette that combines natural stone, concrete, and wood, which covers the ceiling in the social area and the terrace-facing walls of the private area. Black accents unify these textures into a cohesive, modern aesthetic. - - - -three-leveled Casa T by Studio Bloco is nestled into the natural slope of the land - - - -the lower level, partially embedded into the landscape, forms the base for the home’s structure - - - -social and service spaces occupy the intermediate level, which opens to views of the patio and pool - - - -the upper level houses private areas, with three suites that open onto a spacious terrace overlooking the scenery",1731883643,567da99918,2b2ec81dce,,,1731883643 -https://identityweek.net/facetec-title-sponsor-announced-for-identity-week-europe-2025/,https://www.planetbiometrics.com/rss/,FaceTec: Title sponsor announced for Identity Week Europe 2025!,"We are delighted to announce FaceTec as our Title Sponsor for Identity Week Europe 2025 and Identity Week America 2025! - -FaceTec has recently introduced a new protocol for remote identity verification using UR® Codes. - -FaceTec was founded in 2013 and is the global standard for Liveness and 3D Face Matching with millions of users on six continents in financial services, border security, transportation, blockchain, e-voting, social networks, online dating and more. - -FaceTec’s patented, industry-leading 3D Face Authentication software anchors digital identity with 3D FaceMaps. By creating a chain of trust from user onboarding to ongoing authentication on all modern smart devices and webcams, trusted remote identity verification is finally possible. - -Want to join FaceTec at the world’s leading identity event? - -Enquire below to learn how you can showcase your company to thousands of key buyers and decision-makers at Identity Week Europe! - -With only 25% of the floorplan remaining, act fast and enquire today!",1731883633,084b136c50,2b40ed19cb,,,1731883633 -https://www.redreporter.com/2024/11/16/24298097/blue-jays-hire-former-reds-manager-david-bell,https://www.redreporter.com/rss/current,Blue Jays hire former Reds manager David Bell to front office role,"It appears that former Cincinnati Reds manager David Bell has a new gig with a Major League Baseball club, and this time he won’t be in a position to get ejected from games on the regular. - -Bell, who was tossed a club-record 31 times across almost six seasons as manager of the Reds, has been named vice president of baseball operations and an assistant general manager of the Toronto Blue Jays, as Sportsnet’s Ben Nicholson-Smith and Shi Davidi reported on Twitter Saturday evening. - -Source tells me & @ShiDavidi that the Blue Jays are set to hire David Bell as VP, Baseball Ops & AGM. — Ben Nicholson-Smith (@bnicholsonsmith) November 15, 2024 - -It’ll be a player development role for Bell, something he should be quite familiar with given his role in charge of similar operations with the San Francisco Giants prior to being hired for a dugout role with the Reds. - -Bell will have his work cut out for him from the start. At the big league level, each of Bo Bichette and Vladimir Guerrero, Jr. enter the 2025 season with it being their final year under team control, while the team’s farm system is currently ranked 23rd among the 30 MLB clubs (right ahead of the Reds in spot #24). Of course, that’s before things get working furiously during a hot stove season that’s already seen the Jays publicly interested in all-world free agent superstar Juan Soto. - -Best of luck to David. It will be quite interesting to follow his interesting career path further, as seldom do we see baseball folk so quickly move back and forth from the front office to the dugout.",1731883658,657594ba61,2af54a093e,,,1731883658 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/the-holidays-are-coming-and-experts-say-americans-will-be-opening-their-wallets-144804659.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,The holidays are coming and experts say Americans will be opening their wallets,"A version of this story first appeared on TKer.co - -Americans plan to spend more on holiday shopping this year than they did last year. - -That’s the takeaway from pretty much every consumer survey conducted over the past several weeks. Below are some highlights (emphasis added): - -“In a year when sustained consumer spending propelled growth and helped the economy skirt recession, we're calling for a fairly modest holiday sales season. We look for holiday sales to rise just 3.3% in November and December compared to last year, which is slower than last year and below the long-run average.” - Wells Fargo (10/28) - -“Consumers are reaching a little deeper into their pockets this season, their average holiday budget rising 4% y-o-y to $613, according to Accenture's 18th Annual Holiday Shopping Survey.” - Accenture (10/30) - -“Some 89% of consumers admitted they're tempted to spend more than they should during the holiday season, while 94% indicated they'd be tempted to make an unplanned purchase if the item were on sale. Over half (55%) of consumers said holiday deals have caused them to overspend; these big spenders said they are most likely to splurge on gifts for others.”- Experian (11/4) - -“According to The Conference Board Holiday Spending Survey, the average US consumer intends to spend $1,063 in nominal terms on holiday-related purchases in 2024, up 7.9% from $985 in 2023. This is also higher than in 2022 ($1,006) and 2021 ($1,022). On gifts, consumers plan to spend an average of $677, up 3.4% from $654 last year. After slumping last year, consumers’ budgets for non-gift items such as food, decorations, and wrapping paper are also up 17% at $387.” - The Conference Board (11/12) - -“Consumer sentiment has also shown signs of improvement, and the 2024 Bank of America Holiday Survey suggests people are planning to spend $2,100 outside of typical obligations and necessities this holiday season, up 7% YoY.”- BofA (11/12) - -“Our proprietary survey of ~2,000 US consumers reveals a more positive outlook for holiday shopping versus 2023 and 2022. Overall, 37% of consumers are planning to keep their holiday budgets roughly the same, 35% expect to spend more, and 22% expect to spend less yielding a net of +13%.” - Morgan Stanley (11/13) - -“Despite 59% of consumers saying that inflation will probably influence their holiday spending this year, overall spending is projected to increase by 7% to an average of $1,638 per shopper.” - PwC (10/1) - -“After expressing record holiday spending intentions in 2023, respondents are yet again planning to up their purchases, and expect to spend $1,778 (+8% year over year) this holiday season. The uptick in spend is attributed to a rosier economic outlook (+9 percentage points [PP]), perceived higher prices (70%), and an increase in spend by the $100K to $199K income group (+17%).” - Deloitte (10/15) - -“U.S. consumers are set to spend 4% more on holiday shopping this year, with average spending projected to reach $948, compared to $911 in 2023, according to the KPMG 2024 Consumer Holiday Shopping Survey.” - KPMG (10/21) - -“Consumer spending on the winter holidays is expected to reach a record $902 per person on average across gifts, food, decorations and other seasonal items, according to the National Retail Federation’s latest consumer survey conducted by Prosper Insights & Analytics. The amount is about $25 per person more than last year’s figure and $16 higher than the previous record set in 2019.” - National Retail Federation (10/22) - -“Gallup’s initial measure of Americans’ 2024 holiday spending intentions finds consumers planning to spend an average of $1,014 on Christmas or other holiday gifts. This is substantially more than their forecast of $923 at the same time last year, signaling that the 2024 holiday shopping season could be a bit kinder to U.S. retailers.” - Gallup (10/25) - -Story Continues - -We’ll have to wait to see if consumers come through and actually spend more this year. - -If they do, it would be consistent with the years-long narrative of record consumer spending. Just this past Friday, we learned retail sales in October rose to a record $718.9 billion. - -All this spending has been supported by healthy household balance sheets and real income growth. - -Household finances are in good shape - -Sure, households aren’t as flush as they were earlier in the economic recovery — but they remain strong relative to history. - -This is best reflected by the debt-to-income ratio, which remains at historically low levels even as aggregate debt has been rising. - -“Although household balances continue to rise in nominal terms, growth in income has outpaced debt,” wrote Donghoon Lee, Economic Research Advisor at the New York Fed. - -It’s a reminder to take headlines like “US Household Debt Rises to $17.94 Trillion: N.Y. Fed"" and “Credit card debt hits record $1.17 trillion“ with caution because they lack the context you need to avoid drawing the wrong conclusions. Better headlines read like “Household debt is up, but Americans are in a better spot to pay it"" and “NY Fed says household debt up in third quarter as rising incomes ease debt burden."" - -And in case you’re wondering: Households have a long way to go before they max out their credit cards. - -Yes, debt delinquencies have been rising. It’s an economic warning sign to keep an eye on. But for now, they can be characterized as normalizing. - -“Aggregate delinquency rates edged up from the previous quarter, with 3.5% of outstanding debt in some stage of delinquency,“ New York Fed researchers noted. That’s significantly below Q4 2019 levels. - -Also, it’s notable that wage growth has outpaced inflation for 18 months. - -“This is how most Americans will ultimately be able to get ahead,” The Washington Post’s Heather Long wrote. “Prices won't go down, but wages will go up enough to offset the higher prices.” - -We’re also on a 46-month streak of net job creation in America. When more people have jobs, more people have money to spend. - -With a new political party moving into the White House next year, we can expected an upheaval in consumer sentiment. - -But as we’ve learned in recent years, people won’t put their lives on hold just because sentiment is poor. If they have money, they will spend it. - -Review of the macro crosscurrents - -There were a few notable data points and macroeconomic developments from last week to consider: - -Shopping rises to new record level. Retail sales increased 0.4% in October to a record $718.9 billion. - -Strength was broad with growth in electronics, cars and parts, restaurants and bars, building materials, and online shopping. - -Card spending data is holding up. From JPMorgan: “As of 08 Nov 2024, our Chase Consumer Card spending data (unadjusted) was 0.8% above the same day last year. Based on the Chase Consumer Card data through 08 Nov 2024, our estimate of the US Census November control measure of retail sales m/m is 0.35%.” - -Unemployment claims tick lower. Initial claims for unemployment benefits declined to 217,000 during the week ending November 9, down from 221,000 the week prior. This metric continues to be at levels historically associated with economic growth. - -Inflation remains cool. The Consumer Price Index (CPI) in October was up 2.6% from a year ago, up from the 2.4% rate in September. This remains near February 2021 lows. Adjusted for food and energy prices, core CPI was up 3.3%, unchanged from the prior month’s level. - -On a month-over-month basis, CPI was up 0.2%. Core CPI increased by 0.3%. - -If you annualize the six-month trend in the monthly figures — a reflection of the short-term trend in prices — core CPI climbed 2.6%. - -Inflation expectations remain cool. From the New York Fed’s October Survey of Consumer Expectations: “Median inflation expectations fell at all three horizons in October. One-year-ahead inflation expectations declined by 0.1 percentage point to 2.9%, three-year-ahead inflation expectations declined by 0.2 percentage point to 2.5%, and five-year-ahead inflation expectations declined by 0.1 percentage point to 2.8%.” - -However, the introduction of tariffs as proposed by president-elect Donald Trump would be inflationary. For more, read: Wall Street agrees: Tariffs are bad - -Gas prices tick lower. From AAA: “The national average for a gallon of gas is now less than a dime away from dipping below $3 for the first time since May of 2021. But the possible formation of a new hurricane in the Gulf of Mexico could delay or even temporarily reverse the decline in pump prices. Since last week, the national average dropped two cents to $3.08.” - -Mortgage rates tick lower. According to Freddie Mac, the average 30-year fixed-rate mortgage declined to 6.78%, down from 6.79% last week. From Freddie Mac: “After a six-week climb, rates have leveled off, but overall affordability continues to be an issue for potential homebuyers. Freddie Mac’s latest research shows that mortgage payments compared to rents on the same homes are elevated relative to most of the last three decades.” - -There are 147 million housing units in the U.S., of which 86.6 million are owner-occupied and 34 million of which are mortgage-free. Of those carrying mortgage debt, almost all have fixed-rate mortgages, and most of those mortgages have rates that were locked in before rates surged from 2021 lows. All of this is to say: Most homeowners are not particularly sensitive to movements in home prices or mortgage rates. - -Importantly, the more tangible “hard” components of the index continue to hold up much better than the more sentiment-oriented “soft” components. - -Industrial activity ticks lower. Industrial production activity in October fell 0.3% from the prior month. Manufacturing output fell 0.5%. From the Federal Reserve: “A strike at a major producer of civilian aircraft held down total IP growth by an estimated 0.3 percentage point in September and 0.2 percentage point in October. Hurricane Milton and the lingering effects of Hurricane Helene together reduced October IP growth 0.1 percentage point.“ - -This is the stuff pros are worried about. According to BofA’s November Global Fund Manager Survey: “On tail risks… 32% of November FMS investors view higher inflation as the #1 biggest 'tail risk' (up from 26% in October). Concerns over geopolitical conflict took the 2nd place spot this month at 21% (down from 33% last month).” - -Offices remain relatively empty. From Kastle Systems: “Peak day office occupancy on Tuesday dropped more than five full points from the prior week to 57% as many workers went to the polls on Election Day. Occupancy also declined on Wednesday compared to the previous week, dropping 3.6 points to 57.8%. Washington, DC saw the largest decrease with its peak occupancy day dropping more than nine points to 50% on Thursday. The average low was on Friday at 32.6%, down six tenths of a point from last week.“ - -Near-term GDP growth estimates remain positive. The Atlanta Fed’s GDPNow model sees real GDP growth climbing at a 2.5% rate in Q4. - -Putting it all together - -The long-term outlook for the stock market remains favorable, bolstered by expectations for years of earnings growth. And earnings are the most important driver of stock prices. - -Demand for goods and services is positive, and the economy continues to grow. At the same time, economic growth has normalized from much hotter levels earlier in the cycle. The economy is less “coiled” these days as major tailwinds like excess job openings have faded. - -To be clear: The economy remains very healthy, supported by strong consumer and business balance sheets. Job creation remains positive. And the Federal Reserve — having resolved the inflation crisis — has shifted its focus toward supporting the labor market. - -Fed chair Jerome Powell in Washington D.C. Sept. 18, 2024. (AP Photo/Ben Curtis, archive)) · ASSOCIATED PRESS - -We are in an odd period given that the hard economic data has decoupled from the soft sentiment-oriented data. Consumer and business sentiment has been relatively poor, even as tangible consumer and business activity continue to grow and trend at record levels. From an investor’s perspective, what matters is that the hard economic data continues to hold up. - -Analysts expect the U.S. stock market could outperform the U.S. economy, thanks largely due to positive operating leverage. Since the pandemic, companies have adjusted their cost structures aggressively. This has come with strategic layoffs and investment in new equipment, including hardware powered by AI. These moves are resulting in positive operating leverage, which means a modest amount of sales growth — in the cooling economy — is translating to robust earnings growth. - -Of course, this does not mean we should get complacent. There will always be risks to worry about — such as U.S. political uncertainty, geopolitical turmoil, energy price volatility, cyber attacks, etc. There are also the dreaded unknowns. Any of these risks can flare up and spark short-term volatility in the markets. - -There’s also the harsh reality that economic recessions and bear markets are developments that all long-term investors should expect to experience as they build wealth in the markets. Always keep your stock market seat belts fastened. - -For now, there’s no reason to believe there’ll be a challenge that the economy and the markets won’t be able to overcome over time. The long game remains undefeated, and it’s a streak long-term investors can expect to continue. - -A version of this story first appeared on TKer.co",1731883736,6e579b027f,2b4ef864d5,,,1731883736 -https://theintercept.com/2024/11/10/trump-nonprofit-tax-exempt-political-enemies/,https://theintercept.com/feed/?category=politics,Congress Is About to Gift Trump Sweeping Powers to Crush His Political Enemies,"Donald Trump has made no secret of his desire for revenge. - -On the campaign trail, he joked about being a dictator on “day one” in office, pledged to jail journalists, and threatened to retaliate against political foes who he felt had wronged him. - -Now, just days after he secured a second term in the White House, Congress is already moving to hand a resurgent Trump administration a powerful cudgel that it could wield against ideological opponents in civil society. - -Up for a potential fast-track vote next week in the House of Representatives, the Stop Terror-Financing and Tax Penalties on American Hostages Act, also known as H.R. 9495, would grant the secretary of the Treasury Department unilateral authority to revoke the tax-exempt status of any nonprofit deemed to be a “terrorist supporting organization.” - -The resolution has already prompted strong opposition from a wide range of civil society groups, with more than 100 organizations signing an open letter issued by the American Civil Liberties Union in September. - -“This is about stifling dissent and to chill advocacy, because people are going to avoid certain things.” - -With Trump set to return to office, it’s more urgent than ever to beat the legislation back, said Kia Hamadanchy, a senior policy counsel at the ACLU. - -“This is about stifling dissent and to chill advocacy, because people are going to avoid certain things and take certain positions in order to avoid this designation,” Hamadanchy told The Intercept. “And then on top of that you have a president-elect who’s spent a lot of time on the campaign trail talking about punishing his opponents and what he wants to do to student protesters — and you’re giving him another tool.” - -It’s unclear how Democrats will view the bill in light of Trump’s return to power. A spokesperson for Rep. Lloyd Doggett, D-Texas, who did not oppose a previous version of the nonprofit provision, told The Intercept Doggett is likely to vote against the measure following Trump’s reelection. - -The current version — which was introduced by Rep. Claudia Tenney, R-N.Y., and co-sponsored by Brad Schneider, D-Ill., and Dina Titus, D-Nev. — is paired with a provision that would provide tax relief to American hostages held by terror groups and other Americans unjustly imprisoned abroad. - -Hamadanchy said combining the two provisions was likely a ploy to push the nonprofit-terror bill through with as little opposition as possible. - -“They attached it to a super popular bill that everyone likes because they want to make it hard for people to vote ‘no,’” Hamadanchy said. “The reality is that if they really wanted the hostage thing to become law, they’d pass that by itself.” - -No Evidence Needed - -Under the bill, the Treasury secretary would issue notice to a group of intent to designate it as a “terrorist supporting organization.” Once notified, an organization would have the right to appeal within 90 days, after which it would be stripped of its 501(c)(3) status, named for the statute that confers tax exemptions on recognized nonprofit groups. - -The law would not require officials to explain the reason for designating a group, nor does it require the Treasury Department to provide evidence. - -“It basically empowers the Treasury secretary to target any group it wants to call them a terror supporter and block their ability to be a nonprofit,” said Ryan Costello, policy director at the National Iranian American Council Action, which opposes the law. “So that would essentially kill any nonprofit’s ability to function. They couldn’t get banks to service them, they won’t be able to get donations, and there’d be a black mark on the organization, even if it cleared its name.” - -“That would essentially kill any nonprofit’s ability to function.” - -The bill could also imperil the lifesaving work of nongovernmental organizations operating in war zones and other hostile areas where providing aid requires coordination with groups designated as terrorists by the U.S., according to a statement issued last year by the Charity & Security Network. - -“Charitable organizations, especially those who work in settings where designated terrorist groups operate, already undergo strict internal due diligence and risk mitigation measures,” the group wrote. “As the prohibition on material support to foreign terrorist organizations (FTOs) already exists, and is applicable to U.S. nonprofits, this proposed legislation is redundant and unnecessary.” - -If it proceeds, the bill will go to the House floor in a “suspension vote,” a fast-track procedure that limits debate and allows a bill to bypass committees and move on to the Senate as long as it receives a two-thirds supermajority in favor. - -It is already very illegal to provide material support for terrorism. And material support laws have been used, at times aggressively, to bring criminal charges against people and groups accused of supporting proscribed terrorist groups abroad. - -The new bill on terror designations for tax-exempt nonprofits, however, would slash through the pesky red tape — constitutional checks and balances — of due process, presumption of innocence, and other protections afforded to defendants accused in criminal court of providing material support to terror groups. - -Pro-Palestine Groups at Risk - -In the past year, accusations of support for terrorism have been freely lobbed at student protesters, aid workers in Gaza, and even mainstream publications like the New York Times. In unscrupulous hands, the powers of the proposed law could essentially turn the Treasury Department into an enforcement arm of Canary Mission and other hard-line groups dedicated to doxxing and smearing their opponents as terrorists. - -With very few guardrails in place, the new bill would give broad new powers to the federal government to act on such accusations — and not just against pro-Palestine groups, according to Costello. - -“The danger is much broader than just groups that work on foreign policy,” said Costello. “It could target major liberal funders who support Palestinian solidarity and peace groups who engage in protest. But it could also theoretically be used to target pro-choice groups, and I could see it being used against environmental groups. - -“It really would be at the discretion of the Trump administration as to who they target.” - -Costello added, “It really would be at the discretion of the Trump administration as to who they target, with very little recourse for the targeted organization.” - -An earlier version of the bill passed the House in April by a vote of 382-11. - -While the April bill languished in committee in the Senate, the language of the current resolution is virtually identical. Pro-Israel pressure groups, including the Anti-Defamation League, the Foundation for Defense of Democracy, and the Republican Jewish Coalition have all lobbied on the bill, records show. (None of the three groups immediately responded to requests for comment.) - -In addition to the open letter from the ACLU and 125 other religious, human rights, and civil liberties groups, more than 40,000 people have signed a petition asking members of Congress to oppose the bill. - -Whatever concerns might have arisen since Trump’s return to office, some of the Democrats pushing the measure are citing the hostage provision to justify their position. - -A spokesperson for Titus, the new bill’s co-sponsor, told The Intercept, “The congresswoman continues to support the bill because it brings tax relief to Americans wrongfully detained overseas and held hostage.” - -“Not Aware of Any Limitations in the Bill” - -In April, much of the opposition to the first iteration of the bill came from members of Congress on both sides of the aisle who have broken with their parties’ leadership on support for Israel’s war on Gaza. Among the Democrats, opponents of the bill included all the members of the progressive Squad. Across the aisle, Rep. Thomas Massie, R–Ky., a tea party alum with a libertarian bent who has broken with GOP support for Israel, also voted against the measure. - -This time around, dissent might not be limited to the 11 members who voted “nay” in April. - -Doggett, the Texas Democrat who will likely vote against the bill, did not vote on the April version of the provision. He came to his decision this time around after raising concerns at a mark-up hearing held on September 11. - -At the hearing, Doggett asked a number of pointed questions of Robert Harvey, the deputy chief of staff for the Joint Committee on Taxation, a nonpartisan committee of experts tasked with explaining the bill to members of Congress. - -“As I understand it, all the Treasurer has to do to deny tax exemption is to mail a notice to the organization involved saying: ‘You’re a terrorist supporting organization, we have found you are providing material support, and you’re denied your exemption?'” Dogget asked. - -“That’s correct, Mr. Doggett,” Harvey replied. - -“And does the bill require the Treasury to disclose the reasons for denying the tax-exempt status?” Doggett asked. - -“I don’t believe they have to disclose,” Harvey said. - -“They don’t have to provide any evidence that they relied on?” Doggett said. - -“They don’t have to provide any evidence that they relied on?” - -“Not that I’m aware of, Mr. Doggett.” - -Finally, Doggett asked Harvey a question that he wryly described as far-fetched. - -“I would just ask you — and I don’t think this a realistic possibility — let’s suppose we had an administration that vowed to wreak vengeance on its opponents,” Doggett said. “To prosecute lawyers, political operatives, illegal voters, and corrupt election officials to the fullest extent of the law, and impose long prison sentences on them; someone who believes that those who don’t clap for him are traitors; someone who believes that someone who worked to bring him to justice in the courts or worked tirelessly to assure his defeat — would there be any limitation on that president’s Treasury secretary on designating a ‘terrorist supporting organization’ and strip that organization of its nonprofit status?” - -“Mr. Doggett, that requires me to do some speculation,” Harvey replied. “But I am not aware of any limitations in the bill.”",1731883626,181d4b7e9a,2b178dc2b3,,,1731883626 -https://www.nytimes.com/2024/11/17/us/election-texts-hispanic-lgbtq.html,https://www.nytimes.com/svc/collections/v1/publish/https://www.nytimes.com/section/us/rss.xml,New Wave of Offensive Texts Targets Hispanic and L.G.B.T.Q. People,"A wave of offensive text messages and emails has gone out to Hispanic and L.G.B.T.Q. people in recent days, according to the F.B.I., coming on the heels of a barrage of racist texts that were sent to Black people in the wake of the election. - -The F.B.I. said in a statement on Friday that some recipients of the latest messages were told they had been selected for deportation. Others were instructed to report to a “re-education camp” for L.G.B.T.Q. people, the agency said, an apparent reference to conversion therapy or other coercive practices aimed at altering a person’s sexual orientation or gender identity. - -The messages were the latest in a series of offensive content that stared popping up just hours after the presidential race was called for Donald J. Trump the morning after Election Day. - -Black people in over a dozen states reported receiving texts that addressed them by name, told them they had been selected to “pick cotton” and ordered them to report for slavery. Some of the messages also made a reference to Mr. Trump — some even claimed to be from his administration — but a spokesman for his campaign said it had “absolutely nothing to do with these text messages.”",1731883651,93701ae0e0,2b1687fd3a,,,1731883651 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/b2b-content-writing/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Eight Key Tips for Simplifying Complex B2B Content,"Producing great B2B content is hard. It’s even harder when the content needs to be technical and short. When working with marketing teams and creators, we dive into technical messaging briefs, brainstorm angles, talk with subject matter experts, research validating data, and more. - -Even with all that background, when it comes time to put pen to paper (metaphorically), crafting short-form B2B content that is compelling and engaging is truly one of the toughest writing challenges. - -For example, explain federated learning in a 50-word summary for a website panel, create a 150-word script about AI inferencing models for a video, or describe the nuances of security analytics in a 200-word LinkedIn expert post. When you only have a few hundred words (or less) to explain a topic, you must be precise…and story-driven. - -Whether you work in-house at a B2B company or for a content agency, we use four strategies to structure content and eight key tips for success in technical writing. But first, two considerations to keep in mind as you jump into a project. - -You Can’t Cover It All - -Drill this into your head. You won’t be able to include everything you want (or everything your engineering or product team wants). The more you try, the fewer words you have to explain each point. And if you try to include too many concepts, the final piece will be confusing and disjointed. It’s better to explain one part of a topic well than the entire thing poorly. - -That means you need to identify the core message associated with your topic. What’s the goal? What’s its reason for being? Sometimes, this is most important to your product or executive leadership team. Sometimes, it’s what interests your audience most. Sometimes, it’s a piece of the topic a reader needs to understand before it can be leveled with additional information. - -You Must Do Your Research - -Research is how you determine the kernel of information that matters the most. What part matters most, and how can you validate what is being delivered? This might include your own research, information from the source, or interviews with stakeholders. Here are some of our go-to questions: - -What do your customers or partners say to you about X? - -How are your customers dealing with this issue/putting this technology into action? - -Who does this issue/technology affect most directly? - -What are the consequences of a company getting this wrong? Can you give me quantitative data? - -What are the benefits of a company getting this right? Can you give me quantitative data? - -What do you want the reader to come away from this knowing? - -Keep in mind you’ll get more information than you need. But it allows you to pare down then and identify what does and does not matter in supporting the primary story objective. - -Structuring Short B2B Content - -Drawing from the questions above, you can also use that information to explore angles when structuring your content. For example, a problem and a solution, the status quo/a change on the horizon, how this new thing will affect your audience or something important that everyone is getting wrong. - -Here are four common ways to structure content. Depending on the length, each bullet point can be a paragraph or a single sentence. Simple is good. - -1. The Explainer is great for content that explains a concept or topic (i.e., What is AI at the Edge?). With this structure, you can focus on the problems, roadblocks, new developments, and solutions. But you need one of each to keep things balanced. This structure works well to promote your company directly or indirectly. You can make the problems or solutions align with what your company does or wants to promote. - -The current state of the issue or technology. - -One to three problems or roadblocks of the current state. - -One to three new developments or potential solutions. - -How do these developments solve this problem? - -Conclude with an educated guess at what the future holds. - -2. The Thought Leadership Piece works best for non-promotional content and thought leadership. - -Introduce a concept. - -Define it and any important terms. - -Explain why it’s important to the reader. - -Explain where it came from. - -Explain who it affects. - -Explain how your company interacts with it or their take on it. - -Conclude with any developments on the horizon. - -3. The “How it Works” Piece – works best when explaining a product, feature, or technology (i.e. How Product XXX is Helping AI Run at the Edge). Only include the “explain how to use it” step if this is a major differentiator or if it’s necessary to understand the benefits. - -Explain the problem that it solves. - -Introduce the product or feature. - -Define it and say what it does. - -Explain how it is different or better than other options. - -List the one to three most important benefits. - -Explain how to use it in no more than five quick steps (only if this is necessary). - -Conclude by repeating what it allows users to do and the one most important benefit. - -4. The Event Recap – For B2B content summarizing a panel, speaker session, or event (Four Key Takeaways from the AI at the Edge Summit). - -Summarize the event – give key details, the tone and the overall focus. - -List three to six takeaways. State each one in a single sentence (bold it or emphasize in formatting if possible). - -Add one or two sentences to each takeaway explaining further. If that isn’t enough space, consider splitting the takeaway into two separate ones. - -Conclude by stating one or two overall themes from all the takeaways together. - -Short B2B Content Tips - -When drafting short-form B2B content, we often refer to this list of tips after completing the first draft. If we can check all of these off, we know we are 90% there. - -Each sentence must add new information. Keep your introductions and conclusions as short as possible. If you say something in a title or header, don’t repeat it in the first sentence. Always add new information! If you can show something visually (with a chart, image, or formatting), do it. Don’t repeat it with words. You don’t have the space to explain how anything works unless the entire content piece is about that. Stick to saying what things do and why that is helpful. Keep your sentences and paragraphs short. They’ll be easier to read and understand. If you’re struggling to do this, that means one of two things: either you don’t understand it well enough (and you need to do more research), or the topic is too complex for a short content piece (and you need to pare it down). Do review cycles tend to increase or decrease copy word count? Knowing what typically happens when others review can help you better calibrate on word count. Cutting words is typically easier than adding. Was it fun and engaging to read? Be honest. - -Short B2B content can be extremely compelling when written properly. With the above strategies and tips, you should be well on your way to quickly finding the nuggets that matter most and creating great copy.",1731883718,4dc781f5bc,2b0c58446b,,,1731883718 -https://www.unmannedsystemstechnology.com/2024/11/new-drone-for-climate-monitoring/,https://www.unmannedsystemstechnology.com/feed/,New Drone for Climate Monitoring,"Drone for climate research. - -Follow UST Share this - -The Swedish Minister for Environmental Protection, the Colombian Minister of Higher Education, Saab, Colombia’s EAFIT University, and Sweden’s KTH Royal Institute of Technology have come together to launch the Combat Climate Change (C-3) UAV Project. - -This initiative seeks to leverage the power of unmanned aerial vehicles (UAVs) to enable crucial climate research and drive meaningful progress in the fight against climate change. - -A successful collaboration project between EAFIT University in Colombia, KTH Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden, and Saab has resulted in a new unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) able to collect data for climate monitoring. - -The project was officially launched in the framework of COP16, by Romina Pourmokhtari, Minister for Climate and the Environment of Sweden, Yesenia Olaya, Minister of Science of Colombia, Eva Axelsson, Head of Group Sustainability at Saab, and Olga Lucía Quintero, academic supervisor for the project by EAFIT. - -Minister for Climate and the Environment of Sweden, Romina Pourmokhtari, said; “We are pleased to announce this landmark initiative, which not only exemplifies the robust cooperation between Colombia and Sweden but also celebrates our shared commitment to technological innovation for environmental protection and monitoring.“ - -The unmanned aerial vehicle will be equipped with specialised sensors and will be deployed to measure greenhouse gas concentrations, such as carbon dioxide and methane, as well as other pollutants and aerosols in the atmosphere. Furthermore, the UAV can be deployed to assess the health of the Amazon rainforest, agricultural lands, and other ecosystems, detecting any changes in vegetation patterns and soil conditions. - -By correlating these measurements with ground images taken by the aircraft, the mission seeks to complement existing satellite data. The ultimate objective is to apply the measured concentrations within large-scale mathematical and AI-based prediction models, which can help better understand and manage the complexities of our global climate system. - -Yesenia Olaya, Colombia’s Minister of Science, said; “Contributing to mitigating climate change is one of the priorities of President Petro’s government and with the project announced today we move forward towards this goal that is of vital importance for all. Monitoring biodiversity and climate change will help us anticipate and find solutions from science, technology and innovation to the challenges that this poses.” - -Eva Axelsson, Head of Group Sustainability at Saab, added; “At Saab, we believe innovation and cooperation are key to counter climate change, while making people and society safe. By supporting, founding and supervising the different steps, Saab have been seeking to foster academic collaboration and promote the Triple Helix model between Colombia and Sweden.” - -Suppliers of Drones for environmental monitoring > >",1731883616,8bbbd151de,2b11f33de5,,,1731883616 -https://www.achievers.com/blog/employee-appreciation-messages/,https://www.achievers.com/blog/feed/,40 employee appreciation messages and the meaning behind them,"Our platform - -Discover the all-in-one platform to transform your people strategy, built to meet the needs of your changing workforce.",1731883639,d6c893b4ec,2af7b722df,,,1731883639 -https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/stocks/nfe-deadline-rosen-a-topranked-law-firm-encourages-new-fortress-energy-inc.-investors-to-secure-counsel-before-important-november-18-deadline-in-securities-class-action-nfe-1034027161,https://markets.businessinsider.com/rss/news,"NFE DEADLINE: ROSEN, A TOP-RANKED LAW FIRM, Encourages New Fortress Energy Inc. Investors to Secure Counsel Before Important November 18 Deadline in Securities Class Action - NFE","New York, New York--(Newsfile Corp. - November 16, 2024) - WHY: Rosen Law Firm, a global investor rights law firm, reminds purchasers of securities of New Fortress Energy Inc. (NASDAQ: NFE) between February 29, 2024 and August 8, 2024, both dates inclusive (the ""Class Period), of the important November 18, 2024 lead plaintiff deadline. - -SO WHAT: If you purchased New Fortress securities during the Class Period you may be entitled to compensation without payment of any out of pocket fees or costs through a contingency fee arrangement. - -WHAT TO DO NEXT: To join the New Fortress class action, go to https://rosenlegal.com/submit-form/?case_id=29113 or call Phillip Kim, Esq. toll-free at 866-767-3653 or email case@rosenlegal.com for information on the class action. A class action lawsuit has already been filed. If you wish to serve as lead plaintiff, you must move the Court no later than November 18, 2024. A lead plaintiff is a representative party acting on behalf of other class members in directing the litigation. - -WHY ROSEN LAW: We encourage investors to select qualified counsel with a track record of success in leadership roles. Often, firms issuing notices do not have comparable experience, resources or any meaningful peer recognition. Many of these firms do not actually litigate securities class actions, but are merely middlemen that refer clients or partner with law firms that actually litigate the cases. Be wise in selecting counsel. The Rosen Law Firm represents investors throughout the globe, concentrating its practice in securities class actions and shareholder derivative litigation. Rosen Law Firm has achieved the largest ever securities class action settlement against a Chinese Company at the time. Rosen Law Firm was Ranked No. 1 by ISS Securities Class Action Services for number of securities class action settlements in 2017. The firm has been ranked in the top 4 each year since 2013 and has recovered hundreds of millions of dollars for investors. In 2019 alone the firm secured over $438 million for investors. In 2020, founding partner Laurence Rosen was named by law360 as a Titan of Plaintiffs' Bar. Many of the firm's attorneys have been recognized by Lawdragon and Super Lawyers. - -DETAILS OF THE CASE: According to the lawsuit, during the Class Period, defendants created the false impression that they possessed reliable information pertaining to New Fortress' projected revenue outlook and anticipated growth while simultaneously minimizing the risk involved in New Fortress' plan to have its Fast Liquefied Natural Gas (""LNG"") projects fully operational and to increase business growth globally. In reality, New Fortress' Fast LNG projects failed to fulfill New Fortress' public statements that its FLNG 1 project would be in service by March 2024. Even following the announcement that these delays were costing New Fortress upwards of $150 million per quarter, defendants continued to tout the speed at which New Fortress was building facilities. Defendants misled investors by providing the public with materially flawed statements of confidence and growth projections that did not account for these variables. When the true details entered the market, the lawsuit claims that investors suffered damages. - -To join the New Fortress class action, go to https://rosenlegal.com/submit-form/?case_id=29113 or call Phillip Kim, Esq. toll-free at 866-767-3653 or email case@rosenlegal.com for information on the class action. - -No Class Has Been Certified. Until a class is certified, you are not represented by counsel unless you retain one. You may select counsel of your choice. You may also remain an absent class member and do nothing at this point. An investor's ability to share in any potential future recovery is not dependent upon serving as lead plaintiff. - -Follow us for updates on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/the-rosen-law-firm, on Twitter: https://twitter.com/rosen_firm or on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/rosenlawfirm/. - -Attorney Advertising. Prior results do not guarantee a similar outcome. - -------------------------------- - -Contact Information: - -To view the source version of this press release, please visit https://www.newsfilecorp.com/release/230313",1731883647,8438d5f6f4,2b6bfa9ff0,,,1731883647 -https://www.casualhoya.com/2024/11/12/24294332/early-marks-georgetown-hoyas-game-grades-first-week-sorber-peavy-mack-epps-fielder-burks-williams,https://www.casualhoya.com/rss/current.rss,EARLY MARKS: Georgetown Hoyas Game Grades for First Week,"Are we back? We might be back? Yeah, why not? We’re back! After a (mostly) Kenner-less summer, this was our first real look at essentially a completely new team. Your Georgetown Hoyas opened with two home games against sub-250 ranked opponents - Lehigh (282) and Fairfield (293). - -First impressions - the talent is MUCH improved. Georgetown failed to cover the spreads against both, hence the drop in their own KenPom rating, but they walked away with two fairly convincing wins despite some stretches of hot shooting against. - -But the story of week one has to be the Freshman phenom, Thomas Sorber, who was named the Big East Freshman of the Week. - -There was a lot to like in these first two games. Let’s see how everyone grades out! - -Malik Mack - B- - -Lehigh: 15pts, 7-16 43% FG, 1-6 16% 3PT, 0-0 FT, 3 REB, 5 AST, 1 BLK, 4 TO, 34 MIN - -Fairfield: 7pts, 3-9 33% FG, 1-3 33% 3PT, 0-0 FT, 5 REB, 4 AST, 2 STL, 5, TO, 33 MIN - -I really liked the way Malik looked against Lehigh. He had some flashes against Fairfield but was overall less effective. The concerns have to be on the defensive end, but offensively, he provides a massive upgrade. The skill level is evident. When he scored, he made it look easy. He took over late against Lehigh to put the game away, finishing a couple of smooth pull-ups and getting to the rim. The numbers didn’t love him in either game. His .750 Points Per Possession against Lehigh and .500 PPP against Fairfield were the lowest of the starters. I think a lot of that is just his inefficiency from three in the first game and overall shooting variance. He shot 34% on 5.5 attempts from three last year at Harvard, so I am not worried. And I expect him to shoot better than he did last year. He struggled defensively in both games. That end is going to be a challenge for him, given his size, but I thought he was good positionally at times. Particularly in the second half against Fairfield after Cooley went away from both Mack and Epps for a stretch because of poor defense. I thought both, but particularly Malik upped the defensive effort. - -Jayden Epps - B- - -Lehigh: 17pts, 6-11 54% FG, 3-6 50% 3PT, 2-4 FT, 1 REB, 3 AST, 1 STL, 1 TO, 33 MIN - -Fairfield: 12pts, 3-8 37% FG, 1-4 25% 3PT, 5-6 FT, 1 REB, 4 AST, 2 STL, 4 TO, 32 MIN - -Jayden ended the week with the same grade as Malik but took a very different route to get there. I thought he was very good against Lehigh. My barometer for Jayden this year is going to be his efficiency as an off-ball shooter. Mack allows him to play that role (off-ball), where I think he’s much more effective. And against Lehigh, he showed some positive signs. He averaged 2 points per shot off six catch-and-shoot chances against Lehigh. Last season, he averaged 1.17. Even more encouraging was his off-screen usage. I was clamoring last year for them to use him more off-screens as it was far and away his most efficient action (1.203 PPP on 64 attempts, which was about 10% of his total actions). He was in the 86% percentile in the nation on off-screen action. Against Lehigh, he scored 1.667 PPP on 21% usage. That is a recipe for success. The Fairfield game was the exact opposite and looked too much like efforts last year. I’ll be looking at how many games he shoots below 30% from three this year (it was 16 last year - over half of their games). Two games are not a big enough sample to draw conclusions, but he shot 25% from three against Fairfield and only had one off-screen action. Like Mack, the defense was not great, particularly against Fairfield, and you saw Cooley quickly go to lineups with only one of Mack/Epps on the floor. When Jayden was engaged and locked in defensively, he was good. Solid first week, with room to improve. - -. @HoyasAD is geared up for the season! - - - -Head on over to https://t.co/EMCVB41H39 to support your favorite Hoyas! #HoyaSaxa pic.twitter.com/nzrV2DB1bC — Georgetown Hoyas (@GeorgetownHoyas) November 11, 2024 - -Micah Peavy - A- - -Lehigh: 20pts, 8-13 61% FG, 0-3 0% 3PT, 4-4 FT, 4 REB, 2 AST, 3 STL, 1 BLK, 1 TO, 32 MIN - -Fairfield: 8pts, 3-11 27% FG, 2-4 50% 3PT, 0-1 FT, 5 REB, 5 AST, 7 STL, 2 BLK, 2 TO, 36 MIN - -Micah was excellent in his debut, though most of his success came in the first half against Lehigh. He showed a polished game and an ability to score at all three levels (which was a slight question coming into this year as he had never been a scorer). He is exactly the type of transfer successful teams bring in. A guy who has proven he can play at this level and is looking for an increased role. He’s going to carry a huge burden on both ends. He took a step back offensively against Fairfield, though you will absolutely take 2-4 from three. But he was an absolute monster defensively. It’s Fairfield, but he put together one of the better individual defensive performances we’ve seen from a Hoya in a while. Through two games, he grades out in the 98th percentile in defensive efficiency (per EvanMiya). And it didn’t look like he broke a sweat doing it. If he can raise the floor of the team defensively, watch out. - -Thomas Sorber - A - -Lehigh: 20pts, 5-13 38% FG, 0-2 0% 3PT, 10-13 FT, 13 REB, 0 AST, 2 BLK, 1 TO, 29 MIN - -Fairfield: 25pts, 11-16 68% FG, 1-2 50% 3PT, 2-3 FT, 9 REB, 1 AST, 1 STL, 2 BLK, 2 TO, 31 MIN - -About as good of a first week as you can ask for. The only thing preventing me from giving him an A+ was his efficiency against Lehigh and the fact that I think he’s going to get a lot better (which should scare the rest of the Big East. Double double against Lehigh, dominant scoring and some good defensive flashes. The talent is clear. His feel on the offensive end is already very good. He responded to an inefficient debut with an extremely efficient outing against Fairfield, including a made three. He showed a bit of everything in these first two games: great touch, good post moves, shooting, getting to the line, offensive boards, and good in pick and roll… Offensively, the sky is the limit for Sorber. But I was also pleased with his defensive effort. It wasn’t perfect by any means, but his positioning was good (a real issue for previous centers), and he had a couple of nice help-side plays that were encouraging, including two blocks in both games. Who knows if this will translate against better competition, but step one showed it in game one, and he did that. I’m all in. Sorber is the future and the present! - -Drew Fielder - C - -Lehigh: 4pts, 2-5 40% FG, 0-1 0% 3PT, 0-0 FT, 6 REB, 0 AST, 1 BLK, 4 TO, 13 MIN - -Fairfield: DNP (Illness) - -Drew gets an A+ for intangibles and leadership against Lehigh. He was very vocal and active. It didn’t necessarily translate to the box score, but it will. That game was about Sorber in the post and the mid-range. Fielder will thrive in pick-and-roll and off of hustle plays. I liked Cooley starting him next to Sorber in the first game, and while I am still not sure he effectively plays the 4 (time will tell), he brings a lot to the team. He just needs to find his niche. They definitely missed his steadiness against Fairfield. - -Jordan Burks - B - -Lehigh: 2pts, 1-2 50% FG, 0-1 0% 3PT, 0-0 FT, 7 REB, 1 AST, 2 BLK, 2 TO, 28 MIN - -Fairfield: 4pts, 2-3 66% FG, 0-1 0% 3PT, 0-0 FT, 5 REB, 1 STL, 1 TO, 21 MIN - -Jordan is long. Really long. I love his activity and effort. He was great on the boards and showed some flashes offensively, though they didn’t really translate to points. He looked like a great piece to help cover up some of the defensive challenges at the guard spot. He started against Fairfield in place of Fielder and added a nice pop of athleticism. I am not really sure what he is offensively yet, and that’s OK. Defensively, he can absolutely make an impact. - -Curtis Williams - B - -Lehigh: 2pts, 1-3 33% FG, 0-2 0% 3PT, 0-0 FT, 3 REB, 0 AST, 0 BLK, 2 TO, 12 MIN - -Fairfield: 2pts, 1-1 FG, 0-0 3PT, 0-0 FT, 1 REB, 1 BLK, 6 MIN - -Curtis is another long, athletic guard who raises the floor of this team significantly. Like Jordan, I am not sure what he’s going to be offensively, but the lineups that featured him, Jordan and Micah, are legit defensively. I’m not sure if they’ll score enough and if one of Williams or Burks adds some offense to their game, it changes the trajectory of this team significantly, but they are formidable on the defensive end. - -Julius Halaifonua - B+ - -Lehigh: 5pts, 1-1 100% FG, 1-1 100% 3PT, 2-2 FT, 2 REB, 1 AST, 2 TO, 10 MIN - -Fairfield: 5pts, 2-4 50% FG, 1-3 33% 3PT, 0-0 FT, 4 REB, 1 AST, 1 BLK, 2 TO, 15 MIN - -We know Julius was a late arrival and has been limited in the run-up to the season, but even in limited minutes, you can see the potential. He and Sorber represent the most offensively talented freshman bigs the Hoyas have had in a long time. This just looks like a smart recruiting get for Cooley. Julius and Sorber are similar enough that they don’t need to change their offensive styles when either is on the court - they can play through both of them when needed. He hit a smooth-looking three from the top of the key in both games, and the shot looks good. He showed a bit more rust than Thomas, which is to be expected, particularly in his feel around the basket and his hands. He fumbled a couple of drop-off passes against Fairfield. And while he didn’t show the defensive flashes that Sorber did, I was very encouraged overall. He was in solid help position and did a good job challenging at the rim. - -Caleb Williams - B - -Lehigh: 0pts, 1 REB, 6 MIN - -Fairfield: 0pts, 0-1 FG, 0-1 3PT, 1 REB, 6 MIN - -Welcome to the Hilltop, Caleb! His potential right now is as a connector and energy guy, and he looks like he gets that. He looked like a great long-term piece to me and a future leader. He played smart in limited minutes in both games. My favorite moment of his came against Lehigh when he got the whole bench to stand up to greet a teammate (I think it was Mack) coming off of the floor on a substitution. The camera just happened to pick it up, but those are moments that are cool to see for a team rebuilding and looking for leadership. Keep it up, Caleb, we see you! - -Kayvaun Mulready - B - -Lehigh: 0pts, 1 BLK, 2 MIN - -Fairfield: 4pts, 1-2 50% FG, 0-1 3PT, 10 MIN - -He played sparingly against Lehigh, but he had a nice block late. He got a little lost on the ball handler on a pick-and-roll set but did a great job staying attached and pressuring from behind, then used his length and strength to block the shot from behind. He looks big. His path to minutes right now, I think, is showing out defensively. The team needs help on that end at the guard position. He got run against Fairfield when Epps and Mack were not cutting it defensively. He helped calm things down, and I think we’ll see him paired with one of them as the season goes on. His size alone can cover up some defensive liabilities. He had a really nice left-handed finish for his first collegiate points. I have a feeling that he is going to force his way into more minutes as the year goes on. - -Drew McKenna - B- - -Lehigh: DNP (unreported reason) - -Fairfield: 2pts, 1-2 50% FG, 0-1 3PT, 5 REB, 11 MIN - -I have not seen why he was a DNP against Lehigh. He was solid against Fairfield after settling in. He’s big and can be a factor on the glass. He hit a nice pull-up mid-ranger that was absolutely not an easy shot. I was tempted to give him an INC, as we’ve just not seen much yet, but he was very solid against Fairfield and helped stabilize things in the first half. He’s got offensive potential on a team that needs it from the wing position. - -Offense - B- (Currently ranked 70th in Off. efficiency per KenPom) - -Lehigh: 116 Offensive Rating, 52% Effective FG, 22% 3PT, 38% Assist Rate - -Fairfield: 99 Off. Rating, 52% eFG, 30% 3PT, 55% AST Rate - -My first impression of this team was that they just looked way more talented across the board. They didn’t shoot great in either game, but everything looked more comfortable. They were more crisp and smooth on the offensive end. A lot of that is Sorber. They played through Sorber a lot in both games, which was smart. He had the matchup advantage, and he took it. I was encouraged by what looked like more of a clear identity and purpose to the offense. A 116 offensive rating would’ve been a top 75% offensive game for them last year, as would the effective FG percentage. They took a step back against Fairfield, but it was generally a slower-paced game. My biggest concern after the Lehigh game was the assist rate. I thought they were much better at moving the ball and finding open shooters against Fairfield, and that 55% assist rate would’ve been in the top half of performances last year. - -Defense - C (Currently ranked 130th in Def. efficiency per KenPom) - -Lehigh: 105 Def Rating, 55% eFG, 16% Opponent TOV Rate, 80% Defensive REB Rate - -Fairfield: 82 Def Rating, 40% eFG, 20.8% TOV Rate, 70.6% Def REB Rate - -Look, the defense is still not great…yet. You could certainly argue it was disappointing. The numbers would say otherwise. The target should be a top 100 defensive ranking. They are not far off and there is a path to get there. In the first game, Lehigh got off to a scorching hot start, and it looked early like another nightmare three-point performance from an opponent. At one point, I think they were 7-10 from three. I didn’t think the defense was necessarily bad at that point, but it certainly wasn’t good enough. It took about a half for Georgetown to settle down and execute their scheme - which was to basically switch everything. I am not the biggest fan of a blanket switch scheme, but I am a fan of just having a plan that everyone is bought into, and that’s what we saw. There were certainly a few lapses, and the guard spots look like they’ll be weak points on the defensive end, but overall, I was encouraged. The Hoyas had a run at the end of the first half, and it looked like they were trusting the scheme and their length. They bothered Lehigh. They again started slowly against Fairfield, particularly from the guard positions, but after bringing in some of the defensive-minded guards, they got control of things. In the second half, they were much better. As mentioned, Micah was an animal against Fairfield and really set the tone. But the whole team was generally better in the second half against Fairfield. - -Congratulations to @ThomasSorber_ on his well-deserved BIG EAST Freshman of the Week honors. Thomas averaged 22.5 ppg and 11 rpg in the Hoyas’s 2-0 week. He had a game-high 25 points in the win over Fairfield, and also averaged 2 block and 2 steals per game. #HoyaSaxa pic.twitter.com/T90gyE3EuW — Hoya Hoop Club (@HoyaHoopClub) November 12, 2024 - -Next Week - -The Hoyas get a nice long week of practice before their first real test against 66th-ranked Notre Dame. We will know a lot about where this team stands after next Saturday. ND will be coming off of two warm-up games against even cupcakier cupcakes than Georgetown. Last year, the new look ND team beat Gtown in OT. Both teams are more talented than last year, but Georgetown has made the bigger leap - if only because of the lack of talent last year. Both teams have second-year, program-building head coaches. If Gtown wants to be taken seriously this year, it starts with beating ND at home.",1731883638,e1a7087ff1,2b8a2e77d2,,,1731883638 -https://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/generative-ai-marketing-industry-report-2024/,https://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/feed/,2024 Generative AI Marketing Industry Report : Social Media Examiner,"Wondering how other marketers are leveraging generative AI? Want to ensure you're staying ahead of the curve in this rapidly evolving space? - -Discover how marketers are using generative AI to transform their content strategies and productivity in the first-ever 2024 Generative AI Marketing Industry Report. - -How Are Marketers Using Generative AI? - -In this comprehensive 38-page FREE report, Social Media Examiner dives deep into the latest trends and best practices marketers are using to thrive in the AI-powered marketing landscape. - -Here's a preview of what's inside: - -✅ Generative AI adoption trends, including how often and how long marketers have used these tools. - -✅ How marketers are using AI to enhance their content. - -✅ Top AI platforms marketers use and those they want to learn more about. - -✅ How AI is being used for idea generation, task automation, and more across B2B and B2C industries. - -✅ The top benefits of generative AI and key concerns marketers face. - -These exclusive insights, gathered from over 1,250 marketers, provide a unique glimpse into the future of AI-powered marketing. Use this data to refine your strategy and stay ahead of the game. - -Want a Sneak Peek? - -Here are some of the unique data contained within the 38 pages and 45+ charts: - -🔥 AI is becoming indispensable: 65% of marketers use AI tools daily or weekly. Find out which tasks they're prioritizing. - -🔥 AI will change marketing: 86% believe AI will change how work is done in their industry. - -🔥 AI adoption on the rise: 74% of marketers plan to increase their generative AI use over the next 12 months. - -And that's just the beginning. The 2024 Generative AI Marketing Report contains deep insights to help you future-proof your marketing efforts. Whether you're a beginner or an advanced user, this report offers a detailed roadmap to make AI work for you. - -Get the Full Report Now - -Download your copy today and learn how other marketers are embracing generative AI. - -This report is free when you register for Social Media Examiner’s FREE updates. Simply complete the below form and we will send you the report.",1731883608,d4ca980507,2b72a8975c,,,1731883608 -https://www.euronews.com/2024/11/17/russia-launches-many-drones-and-missiles-at-targets-across-ukraine,http://feeds.feedburner.com/euronews/en/home/,Russia launches over 200 drones and missiles at targets across Ukraine,"President Zelenskyy said on Sunday morning that Russia launched 120 missiles and 90 drones in an attack across Ukraine, targeting its energy infrastructure. - -ADVERTISEMENT - -Russia on Sunday launched a massive drone and missile attack on Ukraine, described by officials as the largest over the past months, targeting energy infrastructure and killing civilians. - -The attack came as fears are mounting about Moscow’s intentions to devastate Ukraine's power generation capacity ahead of the cold winter. - -President Volodymyr Zelenskyy said that Russia had launched a total of 120 missiles and 90 drones in a large-scale attack across Ukraine. Various types of drones were deployed, he said, including Iranian-made Shaheds as well as cruise, ballistic and aircraft-launched ballistic missiles. - -Ukrainian defences shot down 140 air targets, Zelenskyy said in a statement on the Telegram messaging app. - -“The enemy’s target was our energy infrastructure throughout Ukraine. Unfortunately, there is damage to objects from hits and falling debris. In Mykolaiv, as a result of a drone attack, two people were killed and six others were injured, including two children,"" Zelenskyy said. - -Two others were killed in the Odesa region, where the attack damaged energy infrastructure and disrupted power and water supplies, said local Gov. Oleh Kiper. - -The combined drone and missile attack was the most powerful in three months, according to the head of Kyiv’s City Military Administration Serhii Popko. - -Emergency services personnel remove part of a Russian missile that hit an apartment house during massive missile attack in Kyiv, Ukraine, Sunday, Nov. 17, 2024. AP/Ukrainian Emergency Service via AP - -Russian strikes have hammered Ukraine’s power infrastructure since Moscow’s all-out invasion of its neighbour in February 2022, prompting repeated emergency power shutdowns and nationwide rolling blackouts. Ukrainian officials have routinely urged Western allies to bolster the country’s air defences to counter assaults and allow for repairs. - -Explosions were heard across Ukraine on Sunday, including in capital Kyiv, the key southern port of Odesa, as well as the country’s west and central regions, according to local reports. - -One person was injured after the roof of a five-story residential building caught fire in Kyiv’s historic centre, according to Popko. - -A thermal power plant operated by private energy company DTEK was “seriously damaged,” the company said. - -emergency services personnel work to extinguish a fire following a Russian rocket attack in Lviv, Ukraine, Sunday, Nov. 17, 2024. (Ukrainian Emergency Service via AP) AP/Ukrainian Emergency Service via AP - -The operational command of Poland’s armed forces wrote on X that Polish and allied aircraft, including fighter jets, have been mobilized in Polish airspace because of the “massive” Russian attack on neighbouring Ukraine. The steps were aimed to provide safety in Poland's border areas, it said. - -Russia’s Defence Ministry on Sunday acknowledged carrying out a “mass” missile and drone attack on “critical energy infrastructure” in Ukraine, but claimed all targeted facilities were tied to Kyiv’s military industry. - -Ukraine's drones strike Russia - -A local journalist died on Sunday as Ukrainian drones struck Russia's embattled Kursk region, its Gov. Aleksei Smirnov reported. - -Moscow’s forces have for months strained to dislodge Ukrainian troops from the southern province after a bold incursion in August that constituted the largest attack on Russia since World War II and saw battle-hardened Ukrainian units swiftly take hundreds of square kilometres of territory. - -ADVERTISEMENT - -In Russia’s Belgorod province, near Ukraine, a man died on the spot after a Ukrainian drone dropped explosives on his car, local Gov. Vyacheslav Gladkov reported. - -Another Ukrainian drone on Sunday targeted a drone factory in Izhevsk, deep inside Russia, according to anti-Kremlin Russian news channels on the Telegram messaging app. The regional leader, Aleksandr Brechalov, reported that a drone exploded near a factory in the city, blowing out windows but causing no serious damage. A man was briefly hospitalised with a head injury, Brechalov said.",1731883666,33451736bb,2b5914d81d,,,1731883666 -https://www.engadget.com/computing/accessories/best-wireless-charger-140036359.html?src=rss,https://www.engadget.com/rss.xml,The best wireless chargers for 2024,"Engadget has been testing and reviewing consumer tech since 2004. Our stories may include affiliate links; if you buy something through a link, we may earn a commission. Read more about how we evaluate products . - -Imagine never having to fumble with a charging cable again. That's the magic of a wireless charger. Not only does going wireless clear up your space and make charging as simple as setting your phone down, but it’s also surprisingly versatile. Whether you’re looking for a sleek charging pad for your nightstand, a stand that keeps your phone propped up on your desk or even a foldable charger for convenient travel, there's a wireless charger designed to fit your lifestyle. Some even double as a car charger, keeping your phone powered up on the go without the hassle of cables to plug in. With so many convenient options, it's easy to see why more people are ditching their wired chargers and embracing the effortlessness of wireless. - -Table of contents - -Best wireless chargers for 2024 - -Engadget Best wireless charger pad overall Otterbox OtterSpot Wireless Charging System Max output: 10W | Cable length: | Box contents: Base, battery There’s no shortage of portable wireless chargers, but it’s rare that you can find one which is as well-suited to your desk as it is your bag. The Otterbox OtterSpot system is our top pick precisely because it’s so versatile. The base unit is stable, includes a power adapter and accommodates a wide range of smartphones. But it really shines when you want to leave home. You can buy as many as three 5,000mAh portable batteries that optionally stack on top of the base to recharge, and serve as completely wireless chargers on the go. Those batteries can power wired devices through USB-C ports, too. This isn’t the fastest charger given its 10W output, and the base alone is normally expensive at $55 (though it’s down to $38 as we write this). If you want a station you really can use everywhere, though, the OtterSpot is a top pick that can grow along with your needs. $100 at Otterbox Explore More Buying Options $100 at Apple - -Engadget Best wireless charger pad - runner up Belkin BoostCharge Pro Portable Wireless Charger Pad Max output: 15W | Cable length: 6.6ft | Box contents: Charging pad, USB-C cable It’s easy to find wireless power charging pucks that are fast or portable, but rarely both — and certainly not as well-considered as Belkin’s BoostCharge Pro Portable Wireless Charger Pad. Its extremely compact design not only offers 15W MagSafe charging (plus Qi charging when flat), but includes a kickstand that lets you watch videos while you power up. Add a long 6.6ft braided cable and this is an ideal charger whether you’re traveling or catching up on TV shows. The emphasis on MagSafe-compatible may make the Belkin BoostCharge less appealing for Android devices, and a better option for Apple devices. However, this is designed specifically as a phone charger rather than an Apple Watch charger, or multi-device charger. Still, it’s a definite step up from Apple’s more affordable but simpler MagSafe Charger. And importantly, you have the choice of buying Belkin’s accessory with ($80) or without ($60) a power adapter. $50 at Belkin Explore More Buying Options $45 at Amazon - -Engadget Best wireless charger stand - runner up Spigen 15W Super Fast Wireless Charger Stand - Designed for Samsung Max output: 15W | Cable length: 5.9ft | Box contents: Charging pad, USB-C cable There aren’t many great options for wireless chargers that use Samsung’s fast power delivery technology, particularly if you want a stand. Thankfully, Spigen’s charger is up to the job. It delivers 15W to all Samsung Galaxy phones that support Super Fast Wireless Charging, and it’s a well-made (if unspectacular) perch that prevents your device from sliding around. The universal form factor works with other smartphones too, though it doesn’t specify that it works with Apple devices. You’ll want to shop carefully. Some versions don’t include a power adapter, and some stores sell for less than the official $80. If you can score a good deal, though, this is an ideal way to charge your Galaxy device while providing a clear view of the always-on display, allowing you to check your phone’s battery with a quick glance $60 at Amazon - -What to look for in a wireless charger - -It’s tempting to buy a wireless charging pad optimized for the size and features of the phone you have right now. Resist that urge — this is an accessory you’ll probably use with smartphones and other devices, and you don’t want to replace it every time you buy a new handset. Instead, think about the phones you’re likely to use down the road. If you’re sure you’ll use iPhones for a long time, an Apple MagSafe-compatible charger will be faster and more convenient. If you use Android phones or think you might switch sides, however, you’ll want a more universal design. - -You’ll also want something that accepts a variety of device sizes. Certain wireless charging stations don’t work well with the iPhone 13 mini or other particularly small phones, for instance. If you think you may change phone sizes at some point, a pad charger is a wiser choice. With that said, you’ll still want to pay attention to any potentially limiting design features, such as prominent cradles and lips. - -Also, consider wireless chargers with modular components. While you’ll have to invest exclusively in one company’s ecosystem, this gives you room to grow as your gadget needs change. You can add a charger for a second phone or smartwatch, and some systems even offer modular batteries to supply power on the go. Just be sure to look at a multi-device charger if there’s a very good chance you’ll expand your setup in the future. - -Where and how will you use your charger? - -Odds are that you have a specific use case in mind for your charger. You may want it by your bedside for a quick charge in the morning, or on your desk for at-a-glance notifications. You might even keep it in your bag for convenient travel charging instead of bulky power banks. If you intend to place your charger on a nightstand, you’ll usually want a pad. With a stand, even a dim always-on display can prove distracting when you’re trying to sleep. You may also want a wireless charging pad if your phone will sit on a low table, as it might be easier to grab in a rush. Look at compact models if space is tight. - -On your desk, you may prefer a stand to quickly glance at alerts or make video calls. Want something more travel-friendly? A puck or similarly minimalist design is typically best, delivering wireless power effortlessly to your phone or other devices. You may also want a charger with a battery (either modular or built-in) for camping or whenever an outlet isn’t nearby. Some even come as magnetic wireless chargers, perfect for seamless attachment to compatible devices. - -Wireless charging performance - -Although wireless charging is usually slower than its wired equivalent, speed and wattage are still important considerations. A fast charger can supply enough power for a long night out in the time it takes to change outfits. - -In general, a 15W charger is more than quick enough for most situations, and you’ll need a MagSafe-compatible charger to extract that level of performance from an iPhone. With that said, even the slower 7.5W and 10W chargers are fast enough for an overnight power-up. If anything, you’ll want to worry more about support for cases. While many models can deliver power through a reasonably thick case (typically 3mm to 5mm), you’ll occasionally run into examples that only work with naked phones. - -There are some proprietary chargers that smash the 15W barrier if you have the right phone. Google’s second-generation Pixel Stand, for example, delivers up to 23W for a Pixel 6 Pro or Pixel 7 Pro. Optimized designs like this can make sense if you’re loyal to one brand. Be sure to get a charger that still works well with other manufacturers’ smartphones, though, as you don’t want to replace your accessory (or endure sluggish speeds) if you switch brands. - -Quality and box contents - -Once you’ve chosen the form factor and performance levels that meet your needs, you’ll want to consider the fit and finish. You’re likely going to use your wireless charger every day, so even small differences in quality could make the difference between joy and frustration. - -If your charger doesn’t use MagSafe-compatible tech, textured surfaces like fabric or rubberized plastic are more likely to keep your phone in place. The base should be grippy or weighty enough that the charger won’t slide around. If you’re buying a stand, check that it won’t tip over or wobble. - -Pay attention to what’s included in the box. Some models don’t include power adapters, and may even ask you to reuse your phone’s USB-C charging cable. What may seem to be a bargain may prove expensive if you have to buy extras just to use it. Also, some cables and chargers are better than others. A USB-C charger is more future-proof, while braided cables may be less likely to break or tangle. - -You’ll also want to think about the minor conveniences. Status lights are useful for indicating correct phone placement, but an overly bright light can be distracting. Ideally, the light dims or shuts off after a certain period of time. And while we caution against lips and trays that limit compatibility, you may still want some barriers to prevent your device falling off its perch on the charging station. - -By now, you should know what to look for. While it would be impossible for us to test every charger, we’ve tried numerous models and have some favorites. - -Wireless chargers FAQs - -Do wireless chargers work if you have a phone case? - -Many wireless chargers do work if you leave the case on your phone. Generally, a case up to 3mm thick should be compatible with most wireless chargers. However, you should check the manufacturer’s guide to ensure a case is supported. - -How do I know if my phone supports wireless charging? - -Checking the phone’s specification should tell you if your phone is compatible with wireless charging. You might see words like “Qi wireless charging” or “wireless charging compatible.” - -Do cords charge your phone faster? - -Most often, wired charging will be faster than wireless charging. However, wired charging also depends on what the charging cable’s speed is and how much power it’s designed to carry. A quick-charging cable that can transmit up to 120W of power is going to be faster than a wireless charger.",1731883703,2ccba97d94,2b5518a72a,,,1731883703 -https://transom.org/2013/autism-grows-up/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Autism Grows Up,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Autism-Grows-Up.mp3 Download Listen to “Autism Grows Up” - -Producer Catherine Stifter has an enviable job. She’s been hired by Capital Public Radio in Sacramento, California to guide a change in the sound of the station’s reporting for their documentary program “The View From Here.” Catherine says her task is to “innovate and experiment.” Who wouldn’t want that gig, right? - -In addition to changing up the sound, Catherine is building a new approach to reporting. Her partner in the task is jesikah maria ross (she doesn’t capitalize her name) the station’s community engagement specialist. Catherine and jesikah bring reporters together with people from the communities they report on as part of the reporting process. It’s a unique approach that flattens the hierarchy, if you will, between the station and audience. - -Let's flatten the heck outta that hierarchy Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -On this edition of HowSound, Catherine talks about the sound she’s after — less narration, more verite-like scenes — and we listen to examples of that approach in the documentary “Autism Grows Up.” Also, Catherine and jesikah describe the community engagement process they’re utilizing for an upcoming documentary on the high school dropout crisis in the state.",1731883716,c00d35bf2d,2b9d06ac44,,,1731883716 -https://www.auganix.org/xr-news-arvizio-expands-its-offering-to-deliver-custom-ar-vr-solutions-for-enterprise/,https://auganix.org/feed/,Arvizio Expands Offering to Deliver Custom Enterprise XR Solutions,"In General XR News - -October 22, 2024 – Arvizio, a provider of augmented and virtual reality (AR/VR) visualization and instructional technology for the enterprise, has recently announced the expansion of its offering to deliver custom digital transformation solutions that leverage the company’s AI, AR/VR, and digital workflow technologies to address specific customer needs. - -This latest announcement represents a strategic shift by the company to offer complete customized applications to its customers that leverage Arvizio’s expertise in key technology ‘blocks’ or modules. This means that while Arvizio still offers standalone solutions like Arvizio Instructor and AI Validator, which customers can customize by integrating workflows and media, the company’s technology can now be tailored more extensively for a range of specific applications, including remote and immersive training, process guidance, and IoT-connected environments. - -This expanded offering from the company includes the ability to design and develop custom applications built around Arvizio’s core technology blocks, which include Cloud Frameworks, 3D Model Visualization, Remote Expert, and AI-powered Validator and Object Detection. For example, customers can now ask for the development of a complete solution that uses only Arvizio’s Remote Expert or AI Validator blocks, without the need for its Instructor solution. - -Arvizio stated that by tailoring these modules to address some of the unique operational challenges of the enterprise—whether through leveraging AI for real-time inspections, optimizing field operations with data overlays, integrating IoT data with digital twins, or creating immersive training programs—the company’s technology helps customers solve critical issues, enhance efficiency, and reduce costs. For instance, its AI Validator technology block can function as a standalone solution across industries such as automotive, industrial manufacturing, and energy, where it can provide advanced quality assurance and process validation. - -“Our customers often face unique challenges that demand more than off-the-shelf solutions,” said Taimoor Nawab, CEO of Arvizio. “By offering custom-designed solutions, we give our clients the ability to directly address their operational issues and fully leverage the power of AI and AR/VR technologies to meet their specific needs. This expanded direction reflects our commitment to providing flexible, high-impact solutions that truly transform how organizations operate.” - -For more information on Arvizio and its AR/VR and AI technology solutions for the enterprise, please visit the company’s website. - -Image credit: Arvizio",1731883625,292ae63cbd,2b0535ff87,,,1731883625 -https://www.conquestchronicles.com/2021/5/28/22457004/trojans-usc-football-news-slovis-jackson-2022,https://www.conquestchronicles.com/rss/current.rss,"Slovis, Jackson among projected 2022 first-round picks","We’re not even a month out from the 2021 NFL draft but analysts and fans alike haven’t wasted anytime in beginning to look towards next year’s crop of prospects. - -The Draft Wire’s Luke Easterling recently came out with a new 2022 mock draft and among those players selected in the first round are a pair of Trojans in quarterback Kedon Slovis and defensive end Drake Jackson. - -Slovis is the first of the two off the board by way of the Washington Football Team who takes him with the eighth-overall pick in the draft. Slovis is coming off an abbreviated six-games season where he threw for 1,921 yards, 17 touchdowns, and seven interceptions. As a freshman the year before, he threw for 3,502 yards in twice as many games with 30 touchdowns and 17 picks. His 2020 12-game pace would have had him setting career-highs across the board. - -The other Trojan included, Jackson, also plays a premium position that will certainly help his draft stock next year. In Easterling’s mock, Jackson gets taken 10th overall by the Falcons. - -As a freshman, the 6’4, 255-pound edge rusher racked up 11.5 tackles for loss and 5.5 sacks with three pass deflections at the line. During the six-game 2020 campaign, he notched just a pair of sacks and 5.5 tackles behind the line of scrimmage. - -USC EDGE/OLB Drake Jackson (6035, 255, Jr.) is an urgent athlete that primarily plays standing up, but can also put his hand in the dirt. There’s tools on the shelf to unlock, but he must continue to develop vs. the run and improve his strength levels. https://t.co/TskhDfzRy0 pic.twitter.com/bvEwlvTii3 — Jordan Reid (@Jordan_Reid) May 24, 2021 - -Despite losing some key pieces on either side of the ball, the Trojans will look to continue their success from a year ago and hopefully end this upcoming season with a victory in the conference championship game. With cornerstone pieces like Slovis and Jackson, that’s certainly in the realm of possibilities.",1731883637,d3b6ef58ae,2b602a00c9,,,1731883637 -https://transom.org/2013/stylus/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Transom,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/Stylus.mp3 Download Listen to “Stylus” - -The last thing I would tell a new producer is to produce an hour-long program. Invariably, my advice is to start small and there ain’t nothin’ small about an hour of radio. - -I certainly wouldn’t advise a “newbie” to produce an hour-long program on silence, the nemesis of radio producers everywhere. And, without a doubt, I would send up flares, stomp my feet, and shake my head “No” about a hundred times if they wanted to approach producing an hour-long program on silence without narration. I’d tell them, point blank, “You’re foolhardy!” - -Guess who the fool is. Me. - -Conor Gillies and Zack Ezor did everything I would have told them not to do and they kicked radio ass doing it. While Conor and Zack have done some radio production for WBUR, a public radio station in Boston, “Stylus” is Conor and Zack’s first full-on foray in to radio storytelling and it’s nothing short of stellar. Frankly, I’m jealous. - -But it's a good kind of jealousy. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Once you’ve finished listening to the excerpt featured on this edition of HowSound, march over to PRX and listen to the whole program (and listen, too, to Conor and Zack’s influences John Cage, Glenn Gould and Paolo Pietropaolo).",1731883717,c00d35bf2d,2bb6aff913,,,1731883717 -https://insideclimatenews.org/news/14112024/inside-clean-energy-election-cant-stop-momentum/,https://insideclimatenews.org/rss/,What Just Happened to the Idea of Progress?,"The morning after last week’s presidential election, I had to be up at 4 a.m. to drive my mother to the hospital for a surgery whose timing was not ideal. - -While my colleagues wrote about the ramifications of the election (and did so really well), I spent much of the remainder of the week in an uncomfortable chair in a hospital room. I had a lot of time to think, including about whether my core belief in progress could withstand the onslaught of events. - -In terms of the energy economy, progress means being confident that the energy transition will succeed, and, by extension, that the world is going to avoid the worst effects of climate change. - -I went back to a 1991 book, “Technology, Theology, and the Idea of Progress” by David Hopper, who was a professor of religious studies at Macalester College in St. Paul, Minnesota, when I was a student there in the late 1990s. Hopper was near the end of his career then, and I’m not exaggerating when I say he possessed Yoda-like wisdom. - -He believed in the idea of progress and viewed it as part of his religious faith. But he didn’t blindly accept progress in his writing. He engaged with the possibility that technology and human-caused disasters gave rise to doubts about whether the world was moving toward a state of greater happiness and justice. - -“Day by day comes the realization that our blue, beautiful, cloud-flecked miracle in space is now haunted by death,” he wrote. “This is a situation in which we have all played a part, as we have indulged ourselves in our comforts and technological distractions.” - -I can only imagine what Hopper, who died in 2020, would make of an election in which the United States picked a climate change denier to lead it at a time of record-setting heat. - -President-elect Donald Trump has said he wants to see a substantial increase in oil and gas production, even though the United States is already the global leader, and he wants to roll back regulations that require power plants and vehicles to reduce their emissions. Some of those actions will be subject to legal challenges, which could reduce the speed of implementation, but they are unlikely to face much resistance in a Republican-controlled Congress or the conservative U.S. Supreme Court. - -A president who goes out of his way to worsen climate change can do a lot of damage. But there are forces beyond his control that will continue to buoy the energy transition. - -For one, solar power is the least expensive source of electricity in most of the world. And the falling price of batteries means the global automotive market is approaching a point in which an EV will be less expensive than an equivalent gasoline vehicle. (My colleague Marianne Lavelle and I wrote last month about EV market dynamics, with an emphasis on how BYD, the Chinese automaker, is making inroads in Mexico.) - -Both of the examples I cite are the result of technological advancement, which would make my former professor think I missed the point of his book. - -Here’s a different frame for the argument: The affordability of carbon-free electricity is good for the world because it helps to displace the burning of fossil fuels, and that leads to cleaner air and water and a reduction in emissions that contribute to climate change. Also, the growth of solar power has a democratizing effect by giving people the ability to produce their own electricity. These steps can lead to greater happiness and justice. - -I feel like this is in keeping with one of the final thoughts in Hopper’s book, which is that “the responsibility and joy of faith are set in this life.” - -On Monday, I interviewed Katharine Hayhoe, the Texas Tech University scientist, and asked her how the election results fit into her view of the idea of progress. She has written often about how her faith informs her work on climate. - -She said the idea of progress is definitely taking some hits, and the solution is to have hope that inspires action. - -“I go out and I look for information about progress, and I share it with people,” she said. “When we go in and we look for it, it turns out it’s there.” - -She takes inspiration from history. She recalled a moment a few years ago when the evidence of climate change was especially grim, and she happened to see an Instagram post showing a memorial to Thomas Fowell Buxton, a British member of Parliament who died in 1845. Buxton was a leader in the movement to abolish slavery and was part of the generation that helped to pass the 1833 law that banned slavery throughout the British Empire. - -This story is funded by readers like you. Our nonprofit newsroom provides award-winning climate coverage free of charge and advertising. We rely on donations from readers like you to keep going. Please donate now to support our work. Donate Now - -The abolition movement succeeded, but only after a long struggle. Many people saw little progress in their lifetimes. - -“It reminded me of how often humans have fought for a better future,” Hayhoe said. - -Where does my idea of progress stand? - -The glib answer: Ask me again in four years. - -The serious answer: The energy transition can be slowed, but it can’t be stopped. Considering the urgency of climate change, any slowing is a problem, but I remain confident that people will figure this out, even if progress isn’t a straight line. - -Other stories about the energy transition to take note of this week: - -Biden Plan Would Produce Huge Boost for Nuclear Power: The Biden administration has released a framework to expand nuclear power that sets a target of building 200 gigawatts of new nuclear power plants by 2050, as Andrew Freedman reports for Axios. This would more than triple current nuclear capacity. But considering the challenges of building just one new nuclear plant, it’s not clear how the country would be able to meet this goal. The administration’s most immediate target in the framework is to build 15 gigawatts of new nuclear plants by 2035. - -After Trump Win, It’s Up to States to Lead on Climate Action: States took responsibility for fighting climate change during the first Trump administration, and now they need to redouble the work during the second. This was the message that Caroline Spears, executive director of Climate Cabinet, gave to state lawmakers following Trump’s win, as Jeff St. John reports for Canary Media. What’s not yet clear is which states have the right sets of elected officials to be able to pass the kinds of legislation needed. - -Trump Could Oversee an EV ‘Battery Boom’—or Bust: President-elect Donald Trump has attacked what he refers to as EV “mandates,” but it’s far from clear what the totality of his deregulatory actions will do to the EV supply chain, as Hannah Northey, Mike Lee and David Ferris report for E&E News. Trump is likely to speed up permitting for new mines, which would increase the supply of material for EV batteries. But that won’t matter much if he is also taking actions that stifle the growth of EV sales, such as getting rid of tax credits for manufacturers that make the vehicles and for consumers who buy them. - -Trump Has Vowed to Kill US Offshore Wind Projects. Will He Succeed? President-elect Donald Trump may have a difficult time killing off the U.S. offshore wind industry, despite his well-known antipathy for it, as Wayne Parry reports for The Associated Press. There are about 65 gigawatts of offshore wind projects in various stages of development in the United States. Projects that already have federal permits are in less danger from an incoming Trump administration. Also, market forces that support the development of offshore wind are not going to go away. That said, Trump can appoint people to regulatory agencies who are hostile to offshore wind, and he can take steps to reverse Biden administration goals for developing this resource. - -Multi-State Offshore Wind Pact Weakened After Connecticut Sits Out First Selection: The first and only U.S. multi-state agreement to buy offshore wind power is under strain after one of its members declined to participate in the recent selection of developers for three projects off the coast of New England, as Jon Hurdle reports for ICN. The agreement is between Massachusetts, Rhode Island and Connecticut, but Connecticut didn’t take a role in the selection of developers when procurements were announced in September. The state hasn’t specified why it decided to sit this one out, which is worrying to renewable energy advocates who view the three-state partnership as an important part of offshore wind development in the region. - -Inside Clean Energy is ICN’s weekly bulletin of news and analysis about the energy transition. Send news tips and questions to [email protected]. - -About This Story Perhaps you noticed: This story, like all the news we publish, is free to read. That’s because Inside Climate News is a 501c3 nonprofit organization. We do not charge a subscription fee, lock our news behind a paywall, or clutter our website with ads. We make our news on climate and the environment freely available to you and anyone who wants it. That’s not all. We also share our news for free with scores of other media organizations around the country. Many of them can’t afford to do environmental journalism of their own. We’ve built bureaus from coast to coast to report local stories, collaborate with local newsrooms and co-publish articles so that this vital work is shared as widely as possible. Two of us launched ICN in 2007. Six years later we earned a Pulitzer Prize for National Reporting, and now we run the oldest and largest dedicated climate newsroom in the nation. We tell the story in all its complexity. We hold polluters accountable. We expose environmental injustice. We debunk misinformation. We scrutinize solutions and inspire action. Donations from readers like you fund every aspect of what we do. If you don’t already, will you support our ongoing work, our reporting on the biggest crisis facing our planet, and help us reach even more readers in more places? Please take a moment to make a tax-deductible donation. Every one of them makes a difference. Thank you, - -Share this article",1731883627,f1fc2a503e,2b8b1dc823,,,1731883627 -https://derivsource.com/2024/09/12/wematch-launches-trs-cash-flow-management-solution-in-north-america/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Wematch Launches TRS Cash Flow Management Solution in North America,"Wematch is announcing the launch of its innovative TRS Cash Flow Management product in North America, now live on the platform and fully operational across all regions, markets, and currencies. This expansion reflects our continued commitment to enhancing support for clients in managing complex TRS trade flows from an end-to-end perspective. - -“The US launch of our TRS Cash Flow Management product is a significant milestone for us and our clients,” said Ben Cullen, Senior Product Manager at Wematch. “We’re proud to offer a solution that automates cash flow reconciliation and trade capture, helping institutions mitigate risk and improve operational efficiency. It’s been exciting to see the product gain traction with notional balances reaching record highs of $173bn and a 75% increase in onboarded clients.” - -The module offers global coverage and has been developed with valuable input from client partnerships, enabling regional product variations to meet the specific needs of different markets. With the continuous addition of new features, Wematch is working towards becoming the golden source for TRS cash flow break resolution. - -“This launch is a testament to our collaborative approach with clients and our commitment to innovation,” said Edward Hochstadter Jr., CEO of Wematch LLC. “We understand the complexities of TRS and securities lending, and our product is designed to empower clients to manage these processes seamlessly, across borders, with the confidence that their trades are reconciled in real-time.” - -Wematch continues to lead the way in securities finance by bringing client-led, cutting-edge solutions to market and providing end-to-end support to financial institutions globally.",1731883737,9dd65a327d,2b524d7b29,,,1731883737 -https://www.packagingstrategies.com/articles/105166-upm-partners-with-eastman-on-paper-food-packaging-with-compostable-coating,https://www.packagingstrategies.com/rss/articles,UPM Partners with Eastman on Paper Food Packaging with Compostable Coating,"UPM Specialty Papers and Eastman have co-created a biopolymer-coated paper packaging solution, designed for food applications requiring grease and oxygen barriers. - -The solution integrates Eastman’s biobased and compostable Solus performance additives with BioPBS polymer to form a thin coating on UPM’s compostable and recyclable barrier base papers. The solution is designed for recycling within existing fiber recycling streams. - -“We are excited to introduce the result of our development work with Eastman,” says Esa Saukkonen, manager, packaging portfolio development at UPM R&D. “Together with our partners, we are constantly pushing the performance of fiber-based packaging. This new biopolymer coated solution, for example, provides a new option for difficult-to-pack foods ranging from confectionery end-uses to meat pies found in chilled-food aisles.” - -This solution amplifies the barrier-boosting effect of UPM Solide Lucent and UPM Prego barrier base papers. It offers heat sealability while maintaining barrier protection when folded, making it suitable for flexible packaging. Furthermore, this technology is compatible with conventional low density polyethylene (LDPE) extrusion coating equipment, requiring no additional capital investment. - -Traditionally, the challenge of combining extrusion coating with paper lies in the adhesion of the coating to the paper, especially with biobased or biodegradable extrusion coatings. The solution developed by UPM Specialty Papers and Eastman helps resolve this issue. - -“Through our collaboration with UPM, we've developed versatile fiber-based packaging solutions that are compostable and smoothly integrate with extrusion coating equipment,” says Bhuma Rajagopalan, marketing manager, CASE Innovation at Eastman. “Eastman Solus additive reduces coating thickness, which lowers plastic usage and enables recyclability of food packaging. These additives have been pivotal in advancing scalable, sustainable paper packaging for brands.” - -The packaging solution has been validated for recyclability according to PTS method (PTS-RH 021/97 cat II), and individual components of the solution have been validated for both home and industrial compostability.",1731883652,c925e986aa,2b8d86e26a,,,1731883652 -https://www.wired.com/story/netflix-best-movies-this-week/,http://feeds.wired.com/wired/index,The 52 Best Movies on Netflix Right Now,"Netflix has plenty of movies to watch. Maybe too many. Sometimes finding the right film at the right time can seem like an impossible task. Fret not, we’re here to help. Below is a list of some of our favorites currently on the streaming service—from dramas to comedies to thrillers. - -If you decide you’re in more of a TV mood, head over to our collection of the best TV series on Netflix. Want more? Check out our lists of the best sci-fi movies, best movies on Amazon Prime, and the best flicks on Disney+. - -If you buy something using links in our stories, we may earn a commission. This helps support our journalism. Learn more. - -Emilia Pérez - -Saying you’ve never seen anything like Emilia Pérez is a wild understatement. Truly, how could anything described as a “trans cartel musical” be anything but arresting to watch? At the onset, Rita (Zoe Saldaña) is an exhausted lawyer in Mexico City doing work her boss takes credit for. Everything changes when she’s contacted by a cartel boss who needs her help to receive gender-affirming care. Rita obliges, launching a partnership between the two that eventually includes launching an organization to help families who have lost members to cartel violence and a (perhaps misguided) effort to reunite the mob boss, the Emilia of the film’s title (played by Spanish actress Karla Sofía Gascón), with the wife and children who believe she’s dead. Full of changes in plot and tone that are all but impossible to see coming, director Jacques Audiard’s latest remains engaging until the final moment. - -The Karate Kid - -If you're hooked on the melee melodrama of Cobra Kai, you owe it to yourself to see where it all began. When Daniel LaRusso's mother moves the family from New Jersey to California, the teenager has to face the greatest threats of 1980s teen cinema: a new school, a daunting crush, and meathead bullies. Outclassed in a brawl with rival Johnny Lawrence (William Zabka), Daniel (Ralph Macchio) convinces neighbor Mr. Miyagi (Pat Morita) to teach him karate. Can Mr. Miyagi's teaching methods—doing chores and learning to “wax on, wax off”—really help Daniel even the odds? Spoiler: yes. Cheesy and incredibly '80s, The Karate Kid remains a fun watch, four decades on. - -1917 - -Produced by Sam Mendes, this movie follows two British soldiers as they dart through dangerous territory to deliver an important message in the throes of the First World War. It's a stunning visual feast that provides the illusion of a single unedited shot taking place in real time, with the camera following the two main characters through trenches, underground bunkers, and across dangerous open terrain. It's stunning. - -Woman of the Hour - -A serial killer is cast as a bachelor on a dating game show, allowing him to size up his next potential victim right in front of the audience watching at home. That'd be a twisted setup for a slasher flick—but what's horrifying about Woman of the Hour is that it's based on the real-life case of Rodney Alcala, who was a contestant on The Dating Game in 1978 while in the midst of a string of murders. This dramatization isn't centered on the killer, though. In her directorial debut, Anna Kendrick focuses instead on Sheryl (played by Kendrick, based on the real life Cheryl Bradshaw), the one unfortunate enough to be matched with Alcala (Daniel Zovatto), and the women who reported or suspected the killer, only to be routinely ignored by authorities. A taut thriller that makes clear the real horror lies in how easily Acala eluded attention for so long. - -Don't Move - -Single-handedly reopening the ""man or bear"" debate, Don't Move follows a grieving young mother named Iris (Kelsey Asbille, Yellowstone) who is hunted through the wilderness after being injected with a paralytic agent by a stranger. With her body slowly shutting down, Iris has 20 minutes to escape or find help, all as her assailant, Richard (Finn Wittrock), coldly, implacably tracks her down. Directed by Adam Schindler and Brian Netto, and produced by Sam Raimi, this expertly paced game of cat-and-mouse rarely lets up, and Asbille gives an incredible performance as the increasingly immobile Iris. If you go down to the woods today … choose the bear. - -It’s What’s Inside - -Nine college friends reunite for a bachelor party—what could go wrong? Plenty, when one of the party games involves an experimental mind-swapping device. As the attendees play the ultimate game of Mafia, trying to guess who’s inhabiting whose body, relationships fray and their very sense of self is eroded. As the bodies start falling, you might start feeling like a player yourself, unsure if anyone can be trusted. With a talented young cast that master one another’s layered performances as they hop bodies, this fresh indie thriller from writer-director Greg Jardin masterfully balances dark humor with even darker plot twists. - -Wendell & Wild - -Kat went off the rails following the deaths of her parents five years ago. Now she has one last chance to steer her life back on track at a new school and finally conquer her personal demons. Unfortunately, she’s marked as a Hell Maiden on her first day, attracting the attention of actual demon brothers Wendell and Wild (voiced by Keegan-Michael Key and Jordan Peele, respectively). Tempted by the scheming siblings’ promise to resurrect her parents if she summons them to the living world—where they plan to out-do their infernal father at his own game—Kat (Lyric Ross) is drawn into a macabre plot that threatens the living and dead alike. Directed by Henry Selick (The Nightmare Before Christmas, Coraline) and produced by Peele (Nope, Get Out), this is another fantastic entry in Selick’s canon of mesmerizingly dark stop-motion masterpieces. - -Will & Harper - -Will Ferrell likely needs no introduction, but as former head writer of Saturday Night Live, Harper Steele is more accustomed to life behind the camera. Joining the hit show in the same week back in 1995, the pair struck up a decades-long friendship—so when Harper wrote to tell Ferrell she was transitioning to live as a woman, it was a big change for them both. It also formed the basis for this beautiful, heartwarming, and often laugh-out-loud funny road trip documentary following the duo as they cross the US in an old Jeep Grand Wagoneer, reconnecting and learning what their friendship looks like now. It's awkward viewing at times—some of Ferrell's questions blur the line between bawdy and simply rude—but it's a raw and authentic journey for them both. Beyond the personal touches, Will & Harper is a timely view of what America looks like for a trans person right now, making it possibly one of the most important documentaries Netflix has produced. - -His Three Daughters - -As their father approaches the end of his life, sisters Rachel (Natasha Lyonne), Katie (Carrie Coon), and Christina (Elizabeth Olsen) are forced to reconnect while waiting for the inevitable. Bleak stuff, but also grounds for masterful performances from the lead trio, with Rachel having taken on the bulk of care for months, Katie casting imperious demands despite avoiding the situation, and new-agey Christina trying to keep the peace—despite being at a breaking point herself. This is almost a locked-room piece, the apartment trapping the women, forcing them to come to terms with not only their father's death but their own relationships with each other, all while Vincent (Jay O. Sanders) haunts them even before his passing. Death may loom over director Azazel Jacobs’ drama, but His Three Daughters ultimately proves oddly life-affirming. - -Grave of the Fireflies - -When Seita and his young sister Setsuko are orphaned in the wake of the fire-bombing of Kobe during the final days of World War II, the siblings are forced into terrible circumstances to survive. Stuck between abusive extended family and the sheer desperation of scavenging around the ruins of their destroyed hometown, it's a bleak existence—and also the basis for one of Studio Ghibli's finest works. Directed by Isao Takahata and based on a short story by Akiyuki Nosaka, Grave of the Fireflies is unapologetically harrowing in its exploration of how war and nationalism chew up the most vulnerable, yet peppered with moments of unwavering love as Seita attempts to protect Setsuko's innocence. This searing wartime drama is sobering but essential viewing, a film that's more than earned its ranking in the upper echelons of the Best Studio Ghibli films. - -The Platform - -Goreng (Iván Massagué) awakes in a cell in a vertical prison, where food is provided only by a platform that descends level by level, pausing only long enough for inmates to eat before traveling ever lower. While there’s food enough for all, prisoners on higher levels gorge themselves, leaving those below to starve. It’s the perfect recipe for violence, betrayal, and rebellion in director Galder Gaztelu-Urrutia’s tense Spanish thriller. Equal parts horror, dystopian sci-fi, and social commentary, The Platform works as not only a none-too-subtle statement on consumption culture, but also a stark examination of the depths to which desperate people can sink. It’s absolutely not for everyone (scenes involving cannibalism and suicide make it a particularly troubling watch in places) but thanks to its claustrophobic, brutalist setting and stellar cast performances, it is mesmerizing entertainment. With a sequel about to land, now is the perfect time to dive into one of the most visually striking and narratively provocative films on Netflix. - -Rebel Ridge - -When corrupt cops run ex-Marine Terry Richmond (Aaron Pierre) off the road for cycling while Black, they also seize the money he had been planning to use to post his cousin’s bail. Despite the injustice, Terry tries to do everything by the book but finds almost every aspect of the legal system against him. Out of patience, and fueled by immensely justified anger, he sets about tearing out the rot from the small town, aided only by court clerk Summer (AnnaSophia Robb). Writer-director Jeremy Saulnier could have made Rebel Ridge merely a modern day First Blood, but while there’s plenty of visceral, bone-breaking fight scenes, it’s the film’s righteously angry look at the baked-in failings of the American legal system that gives this its bite—all while cementing Pierre as an action star to watch. - -tick, tick… BOOM! - -Lin-Manuel Miranda's feature directorial debut sees Andrew Garfield as playwright Jonathan Larson, the real life creator of Rent, struggling to finish his signature work while approaching his totemic 30th birthday. An adaptation of Larson's own semiautobiographical stage musical—produced posthumously, premiering in 2001—Miranda's cinematic take perfectly captures the tortures of the creative process, charting Harper's years-long battle to cement a legacy and exploring how perfectionism can be a demon. In reality, Larson died in January 1996, the same day as Rent's preview performance off Broadway, a sad fact that lends tick, tick... BOOM! a sense of even greater urgency amid its joyous musical performances. - -Wicked Little Letters - -Based on real events, Wicked Little Letters is set in 1920, in the quaint English town of Littlehampton. When the well-to-do family of Edith Swan starts receiving abusive mail, Irish immigrant Rose Gooding—who has a reputation as a foul-mouthed troublemaker, and who recently fell out with Edith—is suspect number one. Yet as the plague of ""poison pen"" notes spreads, becoming a national scandal, only overlooked police officer Gladys Moss (Anjana Vasan) believes that Rose is being set up. Oscar-winner Olivia Colman is on top form as Edith, while Jessie Buckley delights with a fiery performance as Rose in this surprisingly uproarious comedy. - -Lumberjack the Monster - -First up: This is absolutely, positively, unquestionably not for younger viewers—but that's to be expected from director Takashi Miike (Ichi the Killer). Despite veering into more family-friendly fare with the video game and manga adaptations Ace Attorney and JoJo's Bizarre Adventure, Miike returns to his shock-horror slasher roots with Lumberjack the Monster. It follows Akira Ninomiya (Kazuya Kamenashi), a lawyer willing to kill to get ahead, and the city-spanning grudge match that follows when a masked serial killer—the titular Lumberjack—takes a stab at him. As gory and over-the-top as Miike has ever been, and with added edges of surreality, this isn't for the squeamish, but it's a captivating return to form for the infamous creator. - -The Long Game - -Based on the true story of the San Felipe Mustangs, The Long Game follows WWII vet turned high school superintendent J.B. Peña (Jay Hernandez) in the 1950s as he forges a group of Mexican-American teenagers with natural golfing talent—but nowhere to play, thanks to the racist and exclusionary practices of the official club in their Texan town—into a championship winning team. While the film has all the hallmarks of an underdog sports movie (and maybe a few too many golfing-as-life metaphors), director Julio Quintana dodges the genre's most cloying clichés, instead focusing on the frustrations and ambitions of the young players—particularly Joe Treviño (Julian Works), the de facto leader of the team who subverts expectations by rejecting even wanting to play at a club that doesn't respect him. With its fantastic cast bolstered by the likes of Cheech Marin, Dennis Quaid, and Jaina Lee Ortiz, The Long Game is a beautiful tale of shattering barriers, on and off the golf course. - -Beverly Hills Cop: Axel F - -After two previous riotous excursions to glamorous Beverly Hills (we don't count 1994's Beverly Hills Cop III), detective Axel Foley (a resurgent Eddie Murphy, proving he's lost none of his 1980s sparkle) is back in California after causing a modicum of public destruction in his native Detroit, only to find his estranged daughter Jane’s (Taylour Paige) life is in danger. Legacy sequels decades divorced from their original outings can be hit-or-miss, but Axel F hits that sweet balance between nostalgia and revival, giving Murphy plenty of old and new allies and enemies to bounce off. Joseph Gordon-Levitt, in particular, impresses as Bobby Abbott, Foley's new partner in BHPD—and Jane's ex—while familiar faces Billy Rosewood (Judge Reinhold) and Jeffrey Friedman (Paul Reiser) make welcome returns without feeling like gratuitous cameos. Best of all is Axel F's reliance on practical effects and stunt work, notably in a series of genuinely exciting chase sequences ripped straight from the ’80s. A throwback that’s looking forward, this is the best Beverly Hills Cop since the original. - -The Imaginary - -Between the lighthearted comedy IF… and horror flick Imaginary, cinema in 2024 is leaning hard on imaginary friends. This gorgeously animated Japanese take on the concept is the best of the lot, though, a whimsical fable full of stunning visuals and big ideas. Adapted from the book by A. F. Harrold, The Imaginary follows young Amanda and her best friend Rudger, brought into being by her own mind, as they share countless adventures. But as Amanda ages, Rudger faces the fate of all Imaginaries: fading away as their humans forget them. The latest film from director Yoshiyuki Momose (Mary and the Witch's Flower) and Studio Ponoc—spiritual successor to the mighty Studio Ghibli—this is a stunning ode to the power of imagination and friendship. - -Under Paris - -This so-serious-it's-ludicrous French creature feature sees Bérénice Bejo as marine specialist Sophia Assalas, who is hunting down a mako shark that has not only spontaneously mutated to survive in the freshwater Seine but is also about to give birth to a host of baby man-eating sharks. Worse still? Paris is about to hold a triathlon, with the swim portion set to become an all-you-can-eat buffet! Look, not everything on this list needs to be high art—sometimes, you just need to see a mutant shark straight up chomping on people while increasingly desperate humans start blowing stuff up. Press Play, turn brain off, enjoy. - -Hit Man - -Gary Johnson (Glen Powell) is a mild-mannered professor of philosophy—and a contract killer. Well, not quite. He just poses as one, working with the New Orleans Police Department to trap people looking to hire a hit man. It's a role he's surprisingly good at, but when Madison (Adria Arjona) looks to have her abusive husband “dealt” with, Gary begins to fall for her—and the consequences could be fatal for real. In another creator’s hands, Hit Man might have been either overly grim or simply insubstantial (it's loosely based on a true story), but director Richard Linklater leverages his signature uses of sparkling dialog and brilliantly realized characters to deliver a smart action-comedy that explores the roles people play in society as much as it serves up mistaken-identity hijinks. - -Godzilla Minus One - -Despite the presence of the eponymous kaiju, Godzilla Minus One is a film rooted in the humanity of its protagonists, deserter kamikaze pilot Koichi Shikishima (Ryunosuke Kamiki) and Noriko Ōishi (Minami Hamabe), a survivor of the bombings of Tokyo. Thrown together as an ersatz family as they raise an orphaned baby, their attempts to build a new life turn chaotic when the irradiated reptile descends on the city just as it's beginning to recover. Director Takashi Yamazaki's reimagining of Japan's premier kaiju netted the King of Monsters its first-ever Oscar, picking up a statue for Best Visual Effects at the 2024 Academy Awards, but this is a film that exceeds mere spectacle—it's a searing examination of life after war, and how a nation grapples with being on the losing side. - -The Dig - -Set against the backdrop of a Britain on the brink of war, The Dig chronicles one of the greatest archeological finds ever discovered in the Isles: the 1939 Sutton Hoo excavation. When wealthy landowner Edith Pretty (Carey Mulligan) hires archeologist Basil Brown (Ralph Fiennes) to dig up large mounds on her property, the pair make a startling discovery—a ship from the Dark Ages that turns out to be the burial site of someone of tremendous distinction. But as word of the treasure spreads, more high-profile archeologists move in on Pretty and Brown's find to take ownership. A slow build but worthy of the acclaim it's received, The Dig is a stunning, well-acted period drama about a largely untold piece of history. - -City Hunter - -Based on the 1985 manga by Tsukasa Hojo, City Hunter is a long-running franchise in its native Japan and has previously spawned Hong Kong and French live-action adaptations. Thankfully, there’s no homework required for this modern take, a stand-alone tale of wise-cracking, womanizing ""sweeper"" Ryo Saeba (Ryohei Suzuki)—think a cross between private detective, bodyguard, and bounty hunter. When his partner Makimura is killed by someone hopped up on a drug that grants super strength, Ryo is forced to partner with Makimura’s sister Kaori (Misato Morita) to avenge him, a quest that drags him into a vast criminal conspiracy and sets the stage for some of the most incredible action set pieces you’ll lay eyes on. Channeling the spirit of ’80s action flicks but with modern production values, sharp comedic beats, and a charismatic lead performance from Suzuki, City Hunter is hugely entertaining. - -Suzume - -Suzume Iwato (voiced by Nanoka Hara in Japanese, Nichole Sakura in English) lives with her aunt on Japan's southern island, having lost her mother in the Tōhoku earthquake of 2011. When a handsome young stranger named Souta (Hokuto Matsumura, Josh Keaton) asks her for directions to some local ruins, she follows him out of curiosity but disturbs a living keystone, accidentally unleashing an ancient power that threatens to destroy the entire country. Drawn into Souta's world, the pair chase the keystone, now in the form of a cat, across Japan in a desperate bid to reseal the destructive entity—a quest that would be easier if Souta hadn't been transformed into a child's wooden chair. The latest film from Makoto Shinkai (Your Name, Weathering with You), Suzume is a breathtakingly animated slice of magical realism with a surrealist edge—but beyond the spectacle, it's a heart-warming tale of community and humanity, each stop on the unlikely pair's journey a snapshot of people and families coming together in the wake of tragedy. - -The Wandering Earth - -A colossal hit in its native China, The Wandering Earth earned more than $700 million at the country's box office, prompting Netflix to snap up the rights to stream the sci-fi sensation internationally. The film follows a group of astronauts, sometime far into the future, attempting to guide Earth away from the Sun, which is expanding into a red giant. The problem? Jupiter is also in the way. While Earth is being steered by 10,000 fire-blowing engines that have been strapped to the surface, the humans still living on the planet must find a way to survive the ever-changing environmental conditions. An adaptation of a short story by Cixin Liu, this is the perfect accompaniment for Netflix's adaptation of Liu's The Three-Body Problem. - -Maboroshi - -By any measure, Masamune lives a normal teenage existence in his rural Japanese hometown—until the local steel works erupts, mysteriously sealing the entire town in an inexplicable time bubble where no one ages. As the small community struggles to adapt, a culture that fears change emerges, initially from the presumption that residents would need to rejoin the outside world as they left it, and eventually forbids even new relationships. Yet when Masamune's strange classmate Mutsumi lures him to the ill-fated factory and introduces him to a feral young girl who should not exist, the bizarre reality they all inhabit begins to collapse. A fantasy twist on notions of youthful rebellion, the prison of familiarity, and fears of change, Maboroshi—meaning ""illusion""—is a dazzling sophomore feature from director Mari Okada—whose 2018 debut Maquia: When the Promised Flower Blooms won accolades around the globe—and one that firmly establishes her as one of the most exciting creators working in animation today. - -Orion and the Dark - -Young Orion is afraid of everything—but especially the dark. Sure would be a shame if the manifestation of darkness itself turned up one night, huh? While a small twist in tone could make for a horror story, this charming animated feature from DreamWorks is instead a delight, as Dark—along with the other embodiments of the night, including Sweet Dreams and Insomnia—take Orion on a journey to show that the night isn't anything to be afraid of. Hitting similar vibes as Inside Out, this exploration of childhood fears—and overcoming them—makes for a great family feature. - -Always Be My Maybe - -Written by and starring Ali Wong and Randall Park, Always Be My Maybe tells the story of two inseparable childhood friends whose lives veer dramatically apart after a grief-stricken rendezvous in their teenage years. Wong plays Sasha Tran, a superstar chef whose stratospheric career barely papers over the cracks in her faltering relationship. Park, meanwhile, plays Marcus Kim, whose ambitions have taken him no further than the local dive bar and his father's air conditioning firm. Fate—and a bizarre cameo from Keanu Reeves—conspire to bring the two leads back together in a thoughtful and hilarious romantic comedy. - -Leave the World Behind - -A weekend getaway at a luxury vacation rental property for Amanda, Clay, and their kids, Archie and Rose, takes a sinister turn in the wake of an inexplicable blackout. When the house's owner, George, and his daughter, Ruth, return early, suspicions mount—but a growing herd of deer lurking outside the house, failing vehicles, and scattered reports of attacks across the country force the two families to rely on each other in the face of what may be the end of the world. Adapted from the novel of the same name by Rumaan Alam, and with a star-studded cast including Julia Roberts, Mahershala Ali, Ethan Hawke, Myha'la, and Kevin Bacon, this film relishes in keeping the audiences as uncertain as its characters are, explaining little and leaving questions you'll be mulling for days. - -Good Grief - -Written and directed by Dan Levy, this touching drama explores the difficulty of moving on from tragedy. When Marc's (Levy) husband Oliver dies, he is unable to grieve after learning of an affair—and a weekend in Paris with his supportive friends Sophie (Ruth Negga) and Thomas (Himesh Patel), each facing their own existential relationship dilemmas, only makes things worse when it's revealed Oliver was secretly renting an apartment there. While the mournful subject matter will be tonal whiplash for anyone drawn to this by Levy's performance in Schitt's Creek, Good Grief proves an empathetic exploration of the complexities of bereavement, one that's a lot warmer and more life-affirming than viewers might expect going in. - -Rustin - -Directed by George C. Wolfe (Ma Rainey's Black Bottom), this biopic explores the life of civil rights activist Bayard Rustin. While perhaps best known as one of the chief organizers of 1963's March on Washington, Rustin was also openly, unapologetically gay at a time when that was phenomenally rare—and the film doesn't shy away from how that alienated many of the people he worked with, his sexuality often seen as a threat to the movement. A much-needed spotlight on an overlooked but pivotal figure in the Civil Rights Movement, elevated by a central performance from a spectacularly well-cast Colman Domingo as Rustin himself. - -His House - -Fleeing war-torn South Sudan, Bol (Ṣọpẹ́ Dìrísù) and Rial (Wunmi Mosaku) are now living in a run-down house at the edge of London, harassed by their neighbors even as they try to fit in. The couple are also haunted by the lives they left behind—both figuratively and (possibly) literally, with visions of their late daughter Nyagak, who did not survive the journey, fading in and out of the walls of their dismal new home. The real horror of His House isn't the strange visions, haunted house, or potential ghosts, though—it’s the bleakness of the lives Bol and Rial are forced into, the hostility and dehumanization of the UK asylum process, the racism both overt and casual, all coupled with the enormous sense of loss they carry with them. Blending the macabre with the mundane, director Remi Weekes delivers a tense, challenging film that will haunt viewers as much as its characters. - -The Black Book - -Paul Edima (Richard Mofe-Damijo) lives a peaceful life as a church deacon, trying to atone for—or at least forget—his former deeds as a highly trained special agent. Plans to leave his violent and bloody past behind fall apart when his son is framed for a murder and then killed by corrupt police, forcing him to fall back on old skills as he seeks vengeance. Shades of Taken, yes, but it's director Editi Effiong's raw energy and fresh takes on familiar action movie formulas that—backed by one of the highest budgets in ""Nollywood"" history—have this gritty outing topping the most-watched lists as far afield as South Korea. Expand your cinematic horizons and see what the fuss is about. - -Nyad - -There's about 110 miles of mean water between Cuba and Florida, filled with jellyfish, man o' wars, and sharks and prone to terrible weather. The idea of trying to swim the route solo might raise a few concerns, let alone doing it with as few protective measures as possible—but that's exactly what long-distance swimmer Diana Nyad did, and at the age of 64, no less. This biopic from directors Elizabeth Chai Vasarhelyi and Jimmy Chin (Free Solo) casts Annette Bening as an almost monomaniacally obsessed Nyad, determined to prove to everyone—or maybe just herself—that she can complete the marathon swim that had bested her all her life. Meanwhile, Jodie Foster's turn as Bonnie Stoll, Nyad's friend, coach, and ex-partner, provides a sense of stability against the force of nature that the increasingly, almost dangerously determined Nyad becomes. While Nyad is somewhat more fanciful than Vasarhelyi and Chin's documentary works and glosses over some aspects of the real-life Nyad's history, it stands as a testament to human determination, friendship, and the power of sheer stubbornness. - -The Wonderful Story of Henry Sugar - -Ignore its 41-minute runtime and set aside any arguments over whether its brevity ""counts"" as a movie—this fantastic outing sees Wes Anderson adapt a Roald Dahl work for the first time since 2009's Fantastic Mr. Fox, and the result is just as brilliant. Rather than stop-motion, as with Mr. Fox, this is a live-action affair headlined by a top tier performance from Benedict Cumberbatch as the eponymous Henry Sugar, a bored rich man who gains a strange power and ultimately uses it to better the world. With a broader cast including Dev Patel, Ralph Fiennes, and Ben Kingsley, and shot with all of Anderson's trademark aesthetic sensibilities, this really is a wonderful story. And, if you're still bothered by the short run time, take solace in the fact that this forms a tetraptych with The Rat Catcher, The Swan, and Poison; 15-minute shorts with same cast, directed by Anderson, and all adapting other Dahl tales in his signature style. - -Eldorado: Everything The Nazis Hate - -Centered on the eponymous Berlin nightclub, this documentary explores the lives of LGBTQ+ people during the interwar years, from the roaring 1920s through the rise of the Nazis and into the horrors of World War II. With a blend of archival footage, recreations, and first-person accounts, director Benjamin Cantu paints a picture of gleeful decadence, the Eldorado as an almost hallowed ground where performers and patrons alike experimented with gender expression and were free to openly display their sexuality. It's an ode to what was lost, but with an eye on the bizarre contradictions of the age, where openly gay club-goers would wear their own Nazi uniforms as the years went by. Everything the Nazis Hate is emotionally challenging viewing in places, but it serves up an important slice of queer history that many will be completely unaware of. - -Marry My Dead Body - -Wu Ming-han (Greg Hsu) is not a great guy. A homophobic police officer, his life—and prejudices—are changed when he picks up an unassuming red envelope while investigating a case. Now bound under “ghost marriage” customs to Mao Mao (Austin Lin), a gay man who died under mysterious circumstances, Wu has to solve his “husband's” death before he can get on with his life. Directed by Cheng Wei-hao, better known for his thrillers and horror movies, Marry My Dead Body sees the Taiwanese director bring his supernatural stylings to this ghostly absurdist comedy for a film that transcends borders. - -Words Bubble Up Like Soda Pop - -Cherry struggles with speaking to other people, preferring to share his feelings through haiku. Smile is a vlogger who always wears a mask, afraid to reveal her braces to the world. Both young people are terrible at communicating, until a chaotic meeting at a mall draws them together, and they begin to bring each other out of their shells. This feature directorial debut from Kyōhei Ishiguro (Your Lie in April) is a charming slice-of-life romcom that transcends its teen romance trappings. Its gorgeous animation, stunning color palette, and eye-catching pop art aesthetic are further bolstered by a genius soundtrack that blends Cherry’s haiku with hip hop influences. True to its title, Words Bubble Up Like Soda Pop is an effervescent, joyful affair that will bring a smile to the face of even the most jaded viewer. - -Zom 100: Bucket List of the Dead - -How much does Akira Tendo (Eiji Akaso) hate his soul-crushing, meaningless, abusive office job? Put it this way: He considers the zombie apocalypse an improvement. Freed from the shackles of workaday monotony, Akira and a handful of fellow survivors are now free to do everything they ever wanted—so long as they can avoid becoming undead flesh-eaters themselves. Adapted from the manga by Haro Aso (creator of Alice in Borderland) and Kotaro Takata, this raucous zom-com is packed with gloriously stupid moments—zombie shark fight!—but with a central theme of learning how to truly live for yourself, it has plenty of heart too. - -They Cloned Tyrone - -Drug dealer Fontaine (John Boyega) got shot to death last night. So why has he just woken up in bed as if nothing happened? That existential question leads Fontaine and two unlikely allies—prostitute Yo-Yo (Teyonah Parris) and pimp Slick Charles (Jamie Foxx)—to uncovering a vast conspiracy centered on a Black-majority town called The Glen, where people are kept mollified by hypnotic rap music, dumbed down with drug-laced fried chicken and grape juice, and preached into obedience at church. But who’s using the town as a petri dish, and why is there a cloning lab buried underground? This lethally sharp satire from writer and debut director Juel Taylor masterfully blends genres, from the use of visual motifs and dated clichés from 1970s Blaxploitation cinema to its frequent steps into sci-fi territory and laugh-out-loud comedy. But it’s the powerhouse performances from its central cast that mark this as one to watch. - -Nimona - -Shapeshifter Nimona can become anything she wants, a gift that causes people to fear and shun her. If society is going to treat her like a villain, she's going to be one, so she decides to become the sidekick of the hated black knight, Ballister Blackheart. Unfortunately for the aspiring menace, Blackheart isn't quite the monster he's made out to be, and he instead tries to rein in Nimona's more murderous tendencies as he seeks to clear his name of a crime he didn't commit—and face down his old friend Ambrosius Goldenloin in the process. Adapted from N. D. Stevenson's groundbreaking graphic novel, Nimona is more than just another fanciful fantasy—it's a tale of outsiders and exiles, people trying to do right even when their community rejects them, and the joy of finding their own little band along the way. After an almost decade-long journey to the screen, this dazzlingly animated movie has become an instant classic. - -The Boys in the Band - -Set in New York City in 1968, The Boys in the Band is a snapshot of gay life a year before Stonewall brought LGBTQ+ rights to mainstream attention. When Michael (Jim Parsons, fresh from The Big Bang Theory) hosts a birthday party for his best frenemy Harold (Zachary Quinto), he’s expecting a night of drinks, dancing, and gossip with their inner circle—until Alan, Michael’s straight friend from college, turns up, desperate to share something. As the night wears on, personalities clash, tempers fray, and secrets threaten to come to the surface in director Joe Mantello’s tense character study. Adapted for the screen by Mart Crowley, author of the original stage play, this period piece manages to be as poignant an exploration of queer relationships and identities as ever. - -Cargo - -In a world already ravaged by a zombie-like plague, Andy Rose (Martin Freeman) only wants to keep his family safe, sticking to Australia’s rural back roads to avoid infection. After his wife is tragically bitten, and infects him in turn, Andy is desperate to find a safe haven for his infant daughter, Rosie. With a mere 48 hours until he succumbs himself, Andy finds an ally in Thoomi (Simone Landers), an Aboriginal girl looking to protect her own rabid father. But with threats from paranoid survivalists and Aboriginal communities hunting the infected, it may already be too late. A unique twist on the zombie apocalypse, Cargo abandons the familiar urban landscapes of the genre for the breathtaking wilds of Australia and offers a slower, character-led approach to the end of the world. - -Guillermo del Toro’s Pinocchio - -The modern master of the macabre brings the wooden would-be boy to life like never before in this exquisitely animated take on Pinocchio. In a stop-motion masterpiece that hews closer to the original 1880s tale by Carlo Collodi than the sanitized Disney version, Guillermo del Toro adds his own signature touch and compelling twists to the classic story that make it darkly enchanting—expect a Blue Fairy closer to a biblically accurate many-eyed angel and a Terrible Dogfish more like a kaiju. It’s the decision to transplant the tale to World War II that’s most affecting though. Cast against the rise of fascism, with Gepetto mourning the loss of his son, the film is packed with complex themes of mortality and morality that will haunt audiences long after the credits roll. If that doesn't sell you, perhaps the fact that it won Best Animated Feature at the 2023 Academy Awards will. - -Call Me Chihiro - -An idyllic slice-of-life movie with a twist, Call Me Chihiro follows a former sex worker—the eponymous Chihiro, played by Kasumi Arimura—after she moves to a seaside town to work in a bento restaurant. This isn’t a tale of a woman on the run or trying to escape her past—Chihiro is refreshingly forthright and unapologetic, and her warmth and openness soon begin to change the lives of her neighbors. Directed by Rikiya Imaizumi, this is an intimate, heartfelt character drama that alternates between moments of aching loneliness and sheer joy, packed with emotional beats that remind viewers of the importance of even the smallest connections. - -The Sea Beast - -It's easy to imagine that the elevator pitch for The Sea Beast was “Moby Dick meets How to Train Your Dragon”—and who wouldn’t be compelled by that? Set in a fantasy world where oceanic leviathans terrorize humanity, those who hunt down the giant monsters are lauded as heroes. Jacob Holland (voiced by Karl Urban) is one such hero, adopted son of the legendary Captain Crowe and well on the way to building his own legacy as a monster hunter—a journey disrupted by stowaway Maisie Brumble (Zaris-Angel Hator), who has her own ambitions to take on the sea beasts. However, after an attempt to destroy the colossal Red Bluster goes disastrously wrong, Jacob and Maisie are stranded on an island filled with the creatures, and they find that the monsters may not be quite so monstrous after all. A rollicking sea-bound adventure directed by Chris Williams—of Big Hero 6 and Moana fame—it secured its standing as one of Netflix’s finest movies with a nomination for Best Animated Feature at this year's Oscars. - -Glass Onion: A Knives Out Mystery - -Daniel Craig reprises his role as detective Benoit Blanc in this brilliant follow-up to 2019’s phenomenal whodunnit, Knives Out. Writer-director Rian Johnson crafts a fiendishly sharp new case for “the Last of the Gentlemen Sleuths,” taking Blanc to a Greek island getaway for a reclusive tech billionaire and his collection of friends and hangers-on, where a planned murder mystery weekend takes a deadly turn. While totally accessible for newcomers, fans of the first film will also be rewarded with some deeper character development for Blanc, a role that’s shaping up to be as iconic for Craig as 007. As cleverly written and meticulously constructed as its predecessor, and featuring the kind of all-star cast—Edward Norton! Janelle Monáe! Kathryn Hahn! Leslie Odom Jr.! Jessica Henwick! Madelyn Cline! Kate Hudson! Dave Bautista!—that cinema dreams are made of, Glass Onion might be the best thing Netflix has dropped all year. - -The Wonder - -Florence Pugh dazzles in this not-quite-horror film from Oscar-winning director Sebastián Lelio. Set in 1862, English nurse Lib Wright (Pugh) is sent to Ireland to observe Anna O’Donnell, a girl who claims to have not eaten in four months, subsisting instead on “manna from heaven.” Still grieving the loss of her own child, Lib is torn between investigating the medical impossibility and growing concern for Anna herself. Amid obstacles in the form of Anna’s deeply religious family and a local community that distrusts her, Lib’s watch descends into a tense, terrifying experience. Based on a book of the same name by Emma Donoghue, The Wonder is a beautiful yet bleakly shot period piece that explores the all-too-mortal horrors that unquestioning religious fervor and family secrets can wreak. - -RRR - -One of India’s biggest films of all time, RRR (or Rise, Roar, Revolt) redefines the notion of cinematic spectacle. Set in 1920, the historical epic follows real-life Indian revolutionaries Alluri Sitrama Raju (Ram Charan) and Komaram Bheem (N. T. Rama Rao Jr.) but fictionalizes their lives and actions. Although they come from very different walks of life, their similarities draw them together as they face down sadistic governor Scott Buxton (Ray Stevenson) and his cruel wife, Catherine (Alison Doody). No mere period fluff, RRR is a bold, exciting, and often explosive piece of filmmaking that elevates its heroes to near-mythological status. Director S. S. Rajamouli deploys brilliantly shot action scenes—and an exquisitely choreographed dance number—that grab viewers’ attention and refuse to let go. Whether you’re a longtime fan of Indian cinema or just looking for an action flick beyond the Hollywood norm, RRR is not to be missed. - -I Lost My Body - -An award winner at Cannes in 2019, this tale of burgeoning young love, obsession, and autonomous body parts is every bit as weird as you might expect for a French adult animated film. Director Jérémy Clapin charts the life of Naoufel, a Moroccan immigrant in modern-day France who falls for the distant Gabrielle, and Naoufel’s severed hand, which makes its way across the city to try to reconnect. With intersecting timelines and complex discussions about fate, I Lost My Body is often mind-bending yet always captivating, and Clapin employs brilliantly detailed animation and phenomenal color choices throughout. Worth watching in both the original French and the solid English dub featuring Dev Patel and Alia Shawkat, this one dares you to make sense of it all. - -The Mitchells vs. the Machines - -Aspiring filmmaker Katie Mitchell (voiced by Abbi Jacobson) has a strained relationship with her technophobic father Rick (Danny McBride)—not helped by his accidentally destroying her laptop right as she’s about to begin film school in California. In an effort to salvage their relationship, Rick decides to take the entire Mitchell family on a cross-country road trip to see Katie off. Unfortunately, this road trip coincides with a robot uprising that the Mitchells escape only by chance, leaving the fate of the world in their hands. Beautifully animated and brilliantly written, The Mitchells vs. the Machines takes a slightly more mature approach to family dynamics than many of its genre-mates, with the college-age Katie searching for her own identity while addressing genuine grievances with her father, but it effortlessly balances the more serious elements with exquisite action and genuinely funny comedy. Robbed of a full cinematic release by Covid-19, it now shines as one of Netflix’s best films. - -Don’t Look Up - -Frustrated by the world’s collective inaction on existential threats like climate change? Maybe don’t watch Don’t Look Up, director Adam McKay’s satirical black comedy. When two low-level astronomers discover a planet-killing comet on a collision course with Earth, they try to warn the authorities—only to be met with a collective “meh.” Matters only get worse when they attempt to leak the news themselves and have to navigate vapid TV hosts, celebrities looking for a signature cause, and an indifferent public. A bleakly funny indictment of our times, bolstered by a star-studded cast fronted by Leonardo DiCaprio and Jennifer Lawrence, Don’t Look Up is, somewhat depressingly, one of the best portraits of humanity since Idiocracy.",1731883639,bc78e81c60,2bb9c5503e,,,1731883639 -https://www.zdnet.com/article/buy-a-sams-club-membership-for-just-25-right-now-heres-how/,https://www.zdnet.com/news/rss.xml,Buy a Sam's Club membership for just $25 right now - here's how,"'ZDNET Recommends': What exactly does it mean? - -ZDNET's recommendations are based on many hours of testing, research, and comparison shopping. We gather data from the best available sources, including vendor and retailer listings as well as other relevant and independent reviews sites. And we pore over customer reviews to find out what matters to real people who already own and use the products and services we’re assessing. - -When you click through from our site to a retailer and buy a product or service, we may earn affiliate commissions. This helps support our work, but does not affect what we cover or how, and it does not affect the price you pay. Neither ZDNET nor the author are compensated for these independent reviews. Indeed, we follow strict guidelines that ensure our editorial content is never influenced by advertisers. - -ZDNET's editorial team writes on behalf of you, our reader. Our goal is to deliver the most accurate information and the most knowledgeable advice possible in order to help you make smarter buying decisions on tech gear and a wide array of products and services. Our editors thoroughly review and fact-check every article to ensure that our content meets the highest standards. If we have made an error or published misleading information, we will correct or clarify the article. If you see inaccuracies in our content, please report the mistake via this form.",1731883644,cbf4e2ebc4,2ba76c6cbf,,,1731883644 -https://www.zdnet.com/article/signal-offers-an-encrypted-alternative-to-zoom-see-how-it-works/,https://www.zdnet.com/topic/security/rss.xml,Signal offers an encrypted alternative to Zoom - see how it works,"Signal - -On Monday, Signal announced a host of improvements for video calls, including ""call links"" that make the encrypted messaging app more competitive with video-conferencing platforms such as Zoom and Google Meet, while retaining Signal's privacy edge for users determined to keep their personal data from being collected. - -Also: Google Meet gets emoji reactions, filters, and mobile screen-sharing - -Signal's call links feature enables users to share a link that starts a video call with other Signal users -- no group chat is required. - -According to a blog post, Signal users can ""share a link with anyone on Signal and in just a tap or click they can join the call."" Moreover, ""Call links join a suite of other features to improve Signal calling including a raise hand button, emoji reactions, a dedicated calls tab, and a number of improvements to the look and feel of Signal calls."" - -Also: Signal unveils how far US law enforcement will go to get information about people - -Signal first introduced private, end-to-end encrypted voice calls in 2014. Previously, you could only initiate calls from a Signal group chat; this new feature makes it easier to hop on a call by sending a friend, co-worker, or family member a link inside or outside of Signal. The company says it considers this new feature a ""substitute for the surveillance-heavy video meeting services,"" thereby maintaining its promise of providing ""a private place to communicate."" - -Last year, Zoom got in hot water for feeding customer data into its artificial intelligence programs, fueling public scrutiny over how people's data and content are being collected and used to train AI without their consent. - -X - -Signal is getting some other upgrades, too, including a ""raise hand"" button that will alert people when you have something to say, emoji reactions, and a dedicated call tab that will detail users' call history. - -Here's how to create a call link - -First, open Signal on your phone or desktop and tap the calls tab. Then, click to create a call link. By default, you'll have to approve people before they can join a call. The links are also reusable and can be used for recurring meetings. - -The new call features are available on the latest version of Signal on Android, iOS, and desktop.",1731883621,e639493f71,2bdef32e17,,,1731883621 -https://www.wmagazine.com/fashion/rihanna-sheer-dress-sleeves-fenty-beauty-event-barbados,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,Rihanna Embraces Island Style In a Sheer Mermaid Dress With Major Sleeves,"Rihanna, de facto royalty in her native Barbados, is dressing like the Queen of the Seas. Over the weekend, the musician and entrepreneur went all-in on laid-back, island silhouettes to unveil a pair of new Fenty Beauty stores in her home country. - -Rihanna kicked off the event in a sheer Zimmerman dress from the spring 2025 season. It featured woven crochet inserts along the bust and ginormous sleeves that functioned equally as a train. Both details were tailor-made for the Caribbean climate, especially considering the way in which Rihanna styled her outfit. Hair and makeup was kept natural and fresh-faced as she finished off her look with bow-trimmed sandals from Cult Gaia. - -BACKGRID - -Later on during the event, Rihanna swapped out her free-form mermaid dress for something a bit more fitted. She slipped into a chocolate brown Cult Gaia number that was part dress, part wearable jewelry. The length of her gown was trimmed with circular brass details that added an elevated touch to things. She accessorized with a silver cross necklace, lace-up heels, and clear glasses. - -BACKGRID - -It’s quite the scene whenever Rihanna lands in her home country—in August, she returned to the country’s Crop Over Festival in peak goddess style—and this appearance was no different. - -Rihanna gave some brief remarks to the crowd during the launch, where she addressed her new beauty and fashion endeavors and her perpetual hiatus from music. “Music was the thing that got the attention, but God had other plans for me,” she said, adding “I was able to create in ways that were very sincere and genuine, organic, and authentic to the things that I love. So, it doesn’t even feel like a job.” - -Rihanna recently listed Billie Eilish as her dream collaborator but has mainly played coy about her plans to potentially return to the music industry. Even if Rihanna were to never step foot in a recording studio again, fans can always count on her to deliver in the fashion department.",1731883678,f8844306b1,2b8874f5a4,,,1731883678 -https://www.theverge.com/23505846/best-magsafe-magnetic-chargers-apple-iphone,https://www.theverge.com/rss/index.xml,The best MagSafe and Qi2 chargers for iPhones,"Wireless charging is less efficient than plugging in a wire, but it’s certainly convenient — especially when you add magnets. Most people who have an iPhone 12 or later and want a magnetic charger should get a Qi2 charger. Any Qi2-certified charger will charge a MagSafe iPhone at up to 15W — just as fast as MagSafe on any phone but the iPhone 16. Qi2 chargers are also less expensive than MagSafe-certified ones, and there are many more options. And unlike MagSafe, Qi2 is an open standard. There’s only one Qi2-compatible Android phone right now — the HMD Skyline — but we expect Google, and maybe Samsung, to add Qi2 to phones in 2025. - -Qi2 adds some much-needed simplicity to the magnetic charging ecosystem. The options that once consisted of MagSafe-certified chargers (made or licensed by Apple, capable of 15W charging on iPhones) and “MagSafe-compatible” chargers (made by third parties, capable of 7.5W charging on iPhones) are now being replaced by Qi2. - -Unless you can get a great deal or you have an iPhone 16, the only MagSafe-certified charger still worth considering is Apple’s new puck. The 16-series iPhones can charge at up to 25W on the new charger and the new charger only. The new charger is also Qi2-certified, so it’s worth considering for once. - -There’s little reason to get a “MagSafe-compatible” charger unless you’re an Android user with a magnetic phone case. Those original Qi phones fall back to 5W charging on Qi2 but can charge at up to 10W with a regular Qi charger. - -Confused? Check out the table below summarizing these charging speed nuances, and read on for our favorites of the Qi2 and MagSafe pucks, stands, 3-in-1 chargers, and battery packs we’ve tested so far. - -MagSafe / Qi2 Maximum charge rates iPhone 16 and 16 Pro iPhone 12 - 15 Non-Qi2 phones Up to 25W Up to 15W 5W Up to 15W Up to 15W 5W Up to 15W Up to 15W (12W for Minis) <5W (Apple being Apple) Up to 7.5W Up to 7.5W Up to 10W - -What we’re looking for Qi2 or MagSafe certification The Qi2 certification ensures not just proper 15W charging, but also the strength and position of the alignment magnets. Anybody can slap a ring of magnets around a cheap Qi coil and call it MagSafe-compatible, but if it isn’t certified, you won’t get more than 7.5W charging from it, and there’s no guarantee that the magnets will be strong enough. MagSafe certification is fine too, but MagSafe chargers tend to be more expensive than Qi2, aren’t compatible with non-iPhones, and (with the exception of the new one) aren’t any faster than Qi2. Convenience Does it include the AC adapter? Is the cable long enough? Can it charge more than one device? Portability Does the charger travel easily, or is it more likely to live in one spot and never move? Design Is it janky or refined? Does it have clever design elements or bonus features? Value Does this charger offer a better value than most, or at least justify its price? - -Best for iPhone 16 and 16 Pro - -Certification: MagSafe, Qi2 / Wireless charge output: 25W (iPhone 16), 15W (Qi2) / Cable length: 6.6ft / 2m / Connector type: USB-C / AC adapter included: no / Warranty: One year - -While Qi2 is as fast as MagSafe on the iPhones 12 through 15, Apple has moved the goalposts with the iPhone 16 generation. The new phones can charge at up to 25W with the updated MagSafe Charger — making it the best choice for owners of the latest iPhone. It’s great to see faster wireless charging, but it does mean you’re again incentivized to buy Apple’s puck over cheaper, more widely available Qi2 options. - -For once, there’s good reason to consider the Apple puck. It’s Qi2-certified as well as MagSafe, so it’ll work with non-Apple Qi2 devices should those materialize. And the company has finally added a version with a 2m / 6.6ft cable instead of only offering a too-short 1m / 3.3ft one. Get the longer one. You’ll also need an AC adapter since it doesn’t come with one. Both Anker and Nomad, among others, have options that are smaller and cheaper than Apple’s USB-C chargers. Nomad’s, in particular, has a nice, flat design. - -— Antonio G. Di Benedetto - -Best Qi2 charging puck overall - -Certification: Qi2 / Wireless charge output: 15W / Cable length: 5ft / 1.5m / Connector type: USB-C / AC adapter included: Yes, optional / Warranty: Two years - -Any Qi2-certified charger will charge any MagSafe iPhone at 15W (except for the iPhone 12 Mini and 13 Mini, which top out at 12W). If you just want a basic puck, we like Anker’s MagGo Qi2 wireless charging pad. Its five-foot cable is shorter than the 6.6-foot one on Apple’s new MagSafe charger, but it’s also $20 cheaper. When you consider that Anker includes an AC adapter and Apple doesn’t, it’s more like $40 cheaper. Unless you have an iPhone 16 and really want that 25W charging, the Anker Qi2 puck is a better value. - -Anker’s reliable old magnetic Qi charger (model 313) was our go-to recommendation for a long while, and the 7.5W charger is still fine for overnight use if you score one supercheap. But most people should spend the extra $10 and get a Qi2 puck. - -— Antonio G. Di Benedetto - -Best Qi2 3-in-1 charger for travel - -Certification: Qi2 / Wireless charge output: 15W / Apple Watch fast charging: Yes / Cable length: 5ft / 1.5m / Connector type: USB-C / AC adapter included: Yes / Warranty: One year - -The Satechi 3-in-1 Foldable Qi2 Wireless Charging Stand makes a great travel charger for people who hit the road with an iPhone, Apple Watch, and AirPods. It folds up flat and compact enough to easily slip into a bag or carry-on pocket, and it includes a 45W power plug with prong adapters that cover most of the globe. Its aluminum and faux-leather construction is also substantial enough, and its design elevated enough, to be the main 3-in-1 charger on your desk once you’re back home. (There’s also a 2-in-1 version without the Apple Watch charger, which is similarly nice but doesn’t come with an AC adapter.) - -Honorable mention: - -Certification: Qi2 / Wireless charge output: 15W / Apple Watch fast charging: Yes / Cable length: 5ft / 1.5m / Connector type: USB-C / AC adapter included: Yes / Warranty: Two years - -Anker’s folding 3-in-1 is smaller and more compact than the Satechi — it’s more like a bar of soap than a bar of chocolate — but it doesn’t include prong adapters. Also, its lighter build makes it easy to accidentally pick up the whole charger when you just meant to grab your phone and gives it more limited articulation for home desktop use. It’s best suited for frequent travelers who don’t want to pack up their home charger before every trip. - -— Antonio G. Di Benedetto - -Best Qi2 3-in-1 stand for home - -Certification: Qi2 / Wireless charge output: 15W / Apple Watch fast charging: Yes / Cable length: about 5ft / 1.5m (permanently attached) / Connector type: USB-C / AC adapter included: Yes / Warranty: Two years - -Once again, the Belkin “tree” towers over all others when it comes to a 3-in-1 for home use. The latest version fixes some of our minor grievances from its predecessors while adopting the Qi2 standard. It now uses an included 36W USB-C power adapter instead of a gigantic plug with a barrel connector, and the elevated Qi2 mount can tilt your phone in a variety of angles. Its nylon-wrapped USB-C cable isn’t detachable, but at least it’s about five feet long. - -Honorable mention: - -Certification: Qi2 / Wireless charge output: 15W / Apple Watch fast charging: Yes / Cable length: about 6.6ft / 2m / Connector type: USB-C / AC adapter included: No / Warranty: Two years - -If you don’t mind getting a little spendy for something that just looks and feels nice, the latest Nomad Stand One Max is a great home charger. It’s sleek and minimal, mostly metal and glass, and unlike the previous model, it charges an iPhone horizontally without blocking the Watch charger — permitting use of StandBy mode. Its biggest drawbacks are its non-tiltable phone mount and the fact that, in addition to its high price tag, you have to also budget for a 30W power adapter. - -— Antonio G. Di Benedetto - -Best Qi2 desk charger - -Certification: Qi2 / Wireless charge output: 15W / Cable length: about 5ft / 1.5m / Connector type: 12V AC / AC adapter included: Attached / Warranty: Two years - -Staff opinions on this orb are, frankly, divided, but I had it on my desk for a while, and I miss it. This Death Star-looking thing has a Qi2 pad on the front and two USB-C ports, two USB-A ports, and three AC outlets on the back, with up to 67W charging between them. Fully utilized, yeah, it’s gonna look like a cable octopus, but it’s nice to have something in arm’s reach that can charge your phone, your laptop, and whatever else you’ve got going on. - -— Nathan Edwards - -Best Qi2 battery pack - -Certification: Qi2 / Wireless charge output: up to 15W / Cell capacity: 25.41Wh (6,600mAh) / Connector type: USB-C / Warranty: Two years - -This folding Qi2 battery pack doubles as a phone stand and has 6,600mAh capacity, which is more than enough to fully charge even an iPhone 16 Pro Max. You can also charge from its USB-C port if you prefer. It’s not the slimmest Qi2 battery, but it’s sturdy enough to hold the phone in landscape mode without toppling, which is nice. - -— Nathan Edwards - -Best Qi2 car mount - -Certification: Qi2 / Wireless charge output: 15W / Cable length: 3.3ft / 1m / Connector type: USB-C / AC adapter included: No / Warranty: One year - -The Verge’s Thomas Ricker likes this compact Qi2 car charger. It can be either vent- or dash-mounted, and it’s inexpensive, though you’ll have to supply your own power adapter. There have been many more Qi2 car mounts released since he tested this, and we have a few more in the queue, but this one’s good! - -— Nathan Edwards - -Other chargers worth considering - -Now that Qi2 is widely available, it’s a safe bet that you’re at least getting something decent if it’s Qi2-certified and it’s from a reputable brand. While our best-ofs above don’t cover every single make and model of charger out there, we’re frequently testing units from the likes of Anker, Belkin, Casetify, Mophie, Nomad, Satechi, Ugreen, Peak Design, Zens, and ESR. If there’s a Qi2 charger from one of them that seems like a good fit for your particular needs and your budget, it’s likely worth a shot. When in doubt, know the retailer’s return policy and the manufacturer’s warranty if it ends up not being to your liking.",1731883669,8c3d9d5d77,2ba4a04d2a,,,1731883669 -https://pitchfork.com/news/jack-white-announces-no-name-world-tour,https://pitchfork.com/rss/news/,Jack White Announces No Name World Tour,"Jack White has announced a global headlining tour in support of his new album, No Name. The No Name Tour will officially kick off on December 1 with a performance at the Clockenflap Music & Arts Festival, in Hong Kong, and continue through May 2025. Along the way, White will make stops in Australia, Canada, Japan, and the United States. Find all of his tour dates below. - -White has been playing shows in support of No Name, but typically without much warning or fanfare. (He even has one tonight in Austin, Texas.) “We won’t really be announcing dates in advance so much, we will mostly be playing at small clubs, back yard fetes, and a few festivals here and there to help pay for expenses,” he explained in the summer. “Shows will be announced as close to the show date as possible, some shows we won’t even decide to do until that morning. I also want to walk through orchard fields and grab apples off of trees at will and fill my belly full of that fruit if the desire strikes me. I’m looking for that cool breeze you know?” - -White formally released No Name—which is nominated for Best Rock Album at the 2025 Grammy Awards—in August, after sneaking physical copies into the orders of Third Man customers. He’s also now shared “You Got Me Searching,” a B-side to the No Name track “That’s How I’m Feeling,” which received a music video earlier this year. Find the new song below. - -All products featured on Pitchfork are independently selected by our editors. However, when you buy something through our retail links, we may earn an affiliate commission. - -Jack White: - -11-15 San Antonio, TX - Paper Tiger - -11-17 Mexico City, Mexico - Corona Capital - -12-01 Central Harbourfront, Hong Kong - Clockenflap Music & Arts Festival - -12-02 Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam - Capital Theatre - -12-05 Brisbane, Australia - Fortitude Music Hall - -12-06 Ballarat, Australia - Civic Hall - -12-07 Melbourne, Australia - Corner Hotel - -12-09 Melbourne, Australia - Forum Melbourne - -12-11 Hobart, Australia - Odeon Theatre - -12-13 Sydney, Australia - Enmore Theatre - -12-17 Auckland, New Zealand - Auckland Town Hall - -02-06 Toronto, Ontario - History - -02-07 Toronto, Ontario - Massey Hall - -02-08 Toronto, Ontario - Massey Hall - -02-11 Brooklyn, NY - Kings Theatre - -02-12 Brooklyn, NY - Brooklyn Paramount - -02-17 Boston, MA - Roadrunner - -02-18 Boston, MA - Roadrunner - -03-10 Hiroshima, Japan - Blue Live Hiroshima - -03-12 Osaka, Japan - Gorilla Hall - -03-13 Nagoya, Japan - Diamond Hall - -03-15 Tokyo, Japan - Toyosu Pit - -03-17 Tokyo, Japan - Toyosu Pit - -04-03 St. Louis, MO - The Factory - -04-04 Kansas City, MO - Uptown Theater - -04-05 Omaha, NE - Steelhouse Omaha - -04-07 Saint Paul, MN - Palace Theatre - -04-08 Saint Paul, MN - Palace Theatre - -04-10 Chicago, IL - The Salt Shed - -04-11 Chicago, IL - The Salt Shed - -04-12 Detroit, MI - Masonic Temple Theatre - -04-13 Detroit, MI - Masonic Temple Theatre - -04-15 Grand Rapids, MI - GLC Live at 20 Monroe - -04-16 Cleveland, OH - Agora Theatre - -04-18 Nashville, TN - The Pinnacle - -04-19 Nashville, TN - The Pinnacle - -05-04 Austin, TX - ACL Live at the Moody Theater - -05-05 Austin, TX - ACL Live at the Moody Theater - -05-06 Dallas, TX - South Side Ballroom - -05-08 Denver, CO - Mission Ballroom - -05-09 Denver, CO - Mission Ballroom - -05-10 Salt Lake City, UT - Union Event Center - -05-12 Los Angeles, CA - Hollywood Palladium - -05-13 Los Angeles, CA - Hollywood Palladium - -05-15 Santa Barbara, CA - Santa Barbara Bowl - -05-16 Oakland, CA - Fox Theater - -05-17 San Francisco, CA - The Masonic - -05-19 Seattle, WA - Paramount Theatre - -05-20 Seattle, WA - Paramount Theatre - -05-22 Vancouver, British Columbia - Commodore Ballroom - -05-23 Vancouver, British Columbia - Commodore Ballroom - -05-24 Troutdale, OR - Edgefield Concerts on the Lawn",1731883656,1fc7f26191,2bbedc7248,,,1731883656 -https://www.docker.com/blog/docker-desktop-4-35/,https://www.docker.com/blog/feed/,"Docker Desktop 4.35: Organization Access Tokens, Docker Home, Volumes Export, and Terminal in Docker Desktop","Key features of the Docker Desktop 4.35 release include: - -Organization access tokens (Beta) - -Before the beta release of organization access tokens, managing developer access to Docker resources was challenging, as it relied heavily on individual user accounts, leading to security risks and administrative inefficiencies. - -Organization access tokens let you manage access at the organizational level, providing enhanced security. This feature allows teams to operate more securely and efficiently with centralized user management, reduced administrative overhead, and the flexibility to scale access as the organization grows. For businesses, this feature offers significant value by improving governance, enhancing security, and supporting scalable infrastructure from an administrative perspective. - -Organizational access tokens empower organizations to maintain tighter control over their resources and security, making Docker Desktop even more valuable for enterprise users. This is one piece of the continuous updates we’re releasing to support administrators across large enterprise companies, ensuring they have the tools needed to manage complex environments with efficiency and confidence. - -Docker Home (Beta) - -Sign in to your Docker account to see the release of the new Docker Home page (Figure 1). The new Docker Home marks a milestone in Docker’s journey as a multi-product company, reinforcing Docker’s commitment to providing an expanding suite of solutions that help developers and businesses containerize applications with ease. - -Unified experience: The home page provides a central hub for users to access Docker products, manage subscriptions, adjust settings, and find resources — all in one place. This approach simplifies navigation for developers and admins. - -The home page provides a central hub for users to access Docker products, manage subscriptions, adjust settings, and find resources — all in one place. This approach simplifies navigation for developers and admins. Admin access: Administrators can manage organizations, users, and onboarding processes through the new portal, with access to dashboards for monitoring Docker usage. - -Administrators can manage organizations, users, and onboarding processes through the new portal, with access to dashboards for monitoring Docker usage. Future enhancements: Future updates will add personalized features for different roles, and business subscribers will gain access to tools like the Docker Support portal and organization-wide notifications. - -Figure 1: New Docker home page. - -Terminal experience in Docker Desktop - -Our terminal feature in Docker Desktop is now generally available. While managing containerized applications, developers have often faced friction and inefficiencies when switching between the Docker Desktop CLI and GUI. This constant context switching disrupted workflows and reduced productivity. - -The terminal enhancement integrates a terminal directly within the Docker Desktop GUI, enabling seamless transitions between CLI and GUI interactions within a single window. By incorporating a terminal shell into the Docker Desktop interface (Figure 2), we significantly reduce the friction associated with context switching for developers. - -Figure 2: Terminal shell in Docker Desktop. - -This functionality is designed to streamline workflows, accelerate delivery times, and enhance overall developer productivity. - -Volumes Export is GA - -With the 4.35 release, we’ve elevated volume backup capabilities in Docker Desktop, introducing an upgraded feature set (Figure 3). This enhancement directly integrates the previous Volumes Backup & Share extension directly into Docker Desktop, streamlining your backup processes. - -Figure 3: Docker Desktop Volumes view showcasing new backup functionality. - -Although this release marks a significant step forward, it’s just the beginning. We’re committed to expanding these capabilities, adding even more value in future updates. Check out the beta of Scheduled Backups as well as External Cloud Storage backups, which are also available. - -Significantly improved performance experience on macOS (Beta) - -Docker Desktop 4.35 also includes a beta release of Docker VMM, a container-optimized hypervisor for Apple Silicon Macs. Local developer workflows rely heavily on the performance of the hypervisor layer for everything from handling individual timer interrupts to accessing files and downloading images from the network. - -Docker VMM allows us to optimize the Linux kernel and hypervisor layer together, massively improving the speed of many common developer tasks. For example, iterating over a large shared file system with find is now 2x faster than on Docker Desktop 4.34 with a cold cache and up to 25x faster — faster than running natively on the Mac — when the cache is warm. This is only the beginning. Thanks to Docker VMM, we have many exciting new performance improvements in the pipeline. - -Enable Docker VMM via Settings > General > Virtual Machine options and try it for your developer workflows today (Figure 4). - -Figure 4: Docker VMM. - -Docker Desktop for Red Hat Enterprise Linux - -Today we are excited to announce the general availability of Docker Desktop for Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL). This feature marks a great milestone for both Docker and our growing community of developers. - -By making Docker Desktop available on RHEL, we’re not only extending our reach — we’re meeting developers where they are. RHEL users can now access a seamless containerized development experience directly on the same OS that might power their production environments. - -Docker Desktop for RHEL (Figure 5) offers the same intuitive interface, integrated tooling, and performance optimizations that you’ve come to expect on the other supported Linux distributions. - -Figure 5: Docker Desktop for RHEL. - -How to install Docker Desktop on Red Hat Enterprise Linux - -Download links and information can be found in our release notes. - -Looking for support? - -Did you know that you can get Premium Customer Support for Docker Desktop with a Pro or Team subscription? With this GA release, we’re now ready to officially help support you if you’re thinking about using Docker Desktop. Check out our pricing page to learn more about what’s included in a Pro or Team subscription, and if it’s right for you. - -Explore the latest updates - -With this latest wave of updates, from the security enhancements of organization access tokens to the performance boost of Docker VMM for Apple Silicon Macs, we’re pushing Docker Desktop forward to meet the evolving needs of developers and organizations alike. Each new feature is designed to make development smoother, faster, and more secure — whether you’re managing large teams or optimizing your individual workflow. - -We’re continuing to make improvements, with more tools and features on the way to help you build, manage, and scale your projects efficiently. Explore the latest updates and see how they can enhance your development experience - -Learn more",1731883634,fbb77a7456,2bd11a86e5,,,1731883634 -https://racingnews.co/2024/11/09/phoenix-starting-lineup-november-2024-nascar-xfinity-series/,https://www.racingnews.co/feed/,Phoenix Starting Lineup: November 2024 (NASCAR Xfinity Series),"NASCAR Xfinity Series starting grid for the finale at Phoenix Raceway - -Tonight, the 2024 NASCAR Xfinity Series season comes to a close in Arizona. Now, the field rolls to the 1-mile of Phoenix Raceway for a round of qualifying to set the starting grid. - -View the Phoenix starting lineup for the NASCAR Xfinity Series below. - -Phoenix Menu - -ARCA: Race - -Truck: Prac/Qual | Race - -Xfinity: Prac | Qual | Race - -Cup: Prac | Qual | Race - -Phoenix TV Schedule",1731883647,d62396e274,2c2ef6480c,,,1731883647 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/nvidia-are-slapping-a-100-hour-monthly-cap-on-geforce-now-streaming-with-charges-for-extra-time,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,"Nvidia are slapping a 100-hour monthly cap on GeForce Now streaming, with charges for extra time","GeForce Now, Nvidia’s PC-focused game streaming service, will begin calling time on its most muscular of power users. A post on the GFN subreddit announced the introduction of a 100-hour monthly cap (or ""allowance""), effective from January 1st 2025 for anyone who signs up after that date. Existing streamists, or anyone who signs up by the end of 2024, will get a year’s grace period before the limit kicks in from January 2026. - -Nvidia claim the vital importance of this hitherto completely unnecessary limit involves ""providing exceptional quality and speed — as well as shorter queue times"", and that 100 hours per month will ""comfortably"" accommodate 94% of current users. Obviously, if you are part of that remaining 6%, your newfound constraints won’t be reflected in any kind of subscription price cut or discount. But hey, you can always pay Nvidia more cash to unlock extra time. $6 for 15 hours on the Ultimate tier, to be exact, or $3 for 15 hours on the Priority tier, which is being renamed Performance. - -15 hours of any unused time will also carry over each month, though even with these small concessions, I’m not sure that they’ll be enough to convince both heavy users and potential new customers to get on board. Would you sign up for any subscription service knowing it’s going to become materially worse in a year’s time? And for what purpose? Nvidia cite the relatively small proportion of users who’d exceed a 100-hour limit as justification for imposing it, but by that same logic, it’s only a handful of people jostling for that extra bandwidth. Anecdotally, I sometimes use GeForce Now for playing Steam Deck games that the handheld itself can’t handle, and I’ve never had trouble with queue times or streaming quality. If these 6% are a drain on the system, they’re being awfully polite about it. - -What’s also a shame is that this ""allowance"" is being foisted alongside a range of other changes that, largely, sound quite good. The Performance-née-Priority membership will start offering 2560x1440 and ultrawide resolution options, with ultrawide previously being exclusive to the Ultimate tier, and both types are gaining the ability to save custom graphics setting configurations across different streaming sessions. Alas, the march of service decay continues, with the only way to continue enjoying unlimited streaming time being a GeForce Now Founders subscription – and those haven’t been available for new signups since 2021. - -In other news, Nvidia this week surpassed a market value of $3.6 trillion, a global first that cemented their position above Apple as the world’s most valuable company.",1731883654,ad45c610da,2bf30c06a7,,,1731883654 -http://money.cnn.com/2018/09/30/investing/stocks-week-ahead-tesla-elon-musk/index.html?section=money_news_economy,http://rss.cnn.com/rss/money_news_economy.rss,The next big test for Elon Musk arrives this week,"Editor’s Note: This story originally published on September 30, 2018. - -New York CNN Business — - -1. Back to business: The SEC is off Elon Musk’s back. Now he and Tesla can return to that other pesky problem — making and selling cars. - -Tesla will turn in a critical production report on Tuesday that will show investors whether the company can sustain and surpass its long-promised target of building 5,000 Model 3s per week. - -That report will go a long way toward determining whether Tesla (TSLA) can fulfill Musk’s pledge to turn a profit in the third and fourth quarters. - -Since it went public, Tesla has recorded only two quarters in the black. It posted the largest loss in its history in the second quarter as it cranked up production to clear the 5,000 bar in the last week of June. - -That seems like a long time ago. In early August, Musk sent the tweet that led to his tangle with regulators — a cryptic announcement that he had “funding secured” to take Tesla private at $420 per share. - -The SEC said he had no such thing, and sued Musk last week for misleading investors. - -Under a settlement announced Saturday, Musk agreed to step aside as chairman for three years, and he and Tesla each agreed to pay $20 million fines. Musk neither admitted nor denied wrongdoing under the settlement. - -The SEC lawsuit may be behind him, but Tesla still has some serious IOUs coming up. A total of $2.7 billion of Tesla debt is due this year and next, according to Goldman Sachs. - -That’s one reason the production and profit targets are so important: Tesla needs the cash to pay down all that debt. - -The markets have reflected investors’ worry. Tesla bonds maturing in August 2025 traded at 84.5 cents on the dollar on Friday, close to a record low. And Tesla stock has fallen 31% from its high in the hours after the ill-fated tweet. - -The stock may bounce back Monday, now that the uncertainty over Musk’s future is removed. But Wall Street still wants something else — results. - -2. Jobs, jobs, jobs: Analysts expect another month of solid growth when the US Labor Department issues its September jobs report on Friday. - -More important may be the wage growth figure: Will it hit 3% for the first time since April 2009? If so, will that unnerve investors worried about an overly aggressive Federal Reserve? - -3. Changing of the guard at Goldman: Lloyd Blankfein is ending his run as CEO of Goldman Sachs (GS) on Monday. He will be replaced by Goldman president — and part-time DJ — David Solomon. - -The investment firm’s stock is down more than 10% since beginning of the year. Solomon will need to deal with lower revenue from Goldman’s trading desk, which collects client fees to buy and sell bonds, commodities and currencies. - -4. Earnings watch: It’s a relatively slow week for corporate reports, but among the notable names turning in results are Pepsi (PEP), Stitch Fix, Bon-Ton and Costco. - -For Pepsi, this will be the last earnings report under CEO Indra Nooyi, soon to be succeeded by the company’s global operations chief, Ramon Laguarta. The stock could use a caffeine boost: It’s down 7% this year. - -5. Rebooting business news: On Thursday, CNNMoney becomes the all-new CNN Business, covering the companies, personalities, and innovations driving business forward. - -This new initiative will focus on the single biggest financial story of our generation: how technology is upending every corner of the global economy, forcing businesses, workers, and society itself to adapt rapidly, or be left behind. - -6. Coming this week: - -Monday — Stitch Fix and Wage Works earnings; David Solomon becomes Goldman Sachs CEO; Eurozone unemployment rate - -Tuesday — PepsiCo earnings; US auto sales for September - -Wednesday — Lennar earnings; ADP employment report - -Thursday — Costco (COST) earnings; CNN Business launches - -Friday — US jobs report",1731883617,49683961c9,2c3a65a8e3,,,1731883617 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/best-xbox-series-x-controllers/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/feed/,The best Xbox Series X controllers for 2024,"It doesn't matter if you're playing the best Xbox Series X game or the worst if you've got a bad controller. A gamer is only as good as their controller, after all, and the Xbox Series X has plenty of options to choose from when it comes to ways to interact with the best exclusives. However, a recent update to the system has made all unofficial controllers no longer compatible, leading to confusion about which accessories one should invest in. That's why we made your search easy by listing not only controllers guaranteed to work on the system but the best ones across the board for any upcoming game. - -Recommended Videos - -Scuf Instinct Pro - -Pros Excellent modular design - -Back paddle buttons - -Faceplate customization Cons Supplies have quickly dried up in the past - -Scuf is known for its modular controllers, and this is one of the best available, including very sturdy components with options to switch out the instant triggers and thumbstick to different versions, and a new performance grip to prevent slipping. It also includes four programmable back paddles similar to the Xbox Elite Series, which you can map to any buttons you want, based on how you want to play. The headset is wireless or wired depending on preference, and uses a USB-C port to connect. If you feel like changing the design for your controller, you can purchase additional faceplates from Scuf and switch them out as you prefer. You can also create up to three different profiles for your favorite games so you don’t have to keep remapping on the fly. - -Scuf Instinct Pro More - -Xbox Elite Series 2 - -Pros Designed for sensitivity - -Customizable back paddles - -40-hour battery life - -Improved design Cons Expensive - -The Elite Controller was a marvel in its time, with customizable back paddles, high-quality triggers, and special thumbsticks to enable even the twitchiest gameplay, and options to sub out various parts with different pieces to get just the feel you wanted. The Series 2 returns with a Series X compatible model that sports even more customization options, plus an amazing 40-hour battery life. It’s also taken steps to fix some of the problems of the original model (like the notoriously flimsy shoulder buttons) with a more durable design, making this controller more worth picking up than ever before — particularly for pro gameplay. - -Xbox Elite Series 2 - -Thrustmaster ESWAP X Pro - -Pros Great preset options - -Physical locking for triggers - -Very modular Cons Another pricey pick - -The ESWAP X Pro is specifically designed for Series X compatibility, so it’s a great pick if you want to ensure that there won’t be any compatibility issues. It also includes a ton of tech to help you personalize your gameplay and give you a competitive edge — like swapping between different preset configurations during a game, physical locking for triggers, and lots of re-mapping options for the extra buttons in the back. It’s also highly modular, with interchangeable mini-stick, grips, triggers, D-pads, and thumbstick caps … ideal for gamers who like to tinker with both setup and feel. However, keep in mind that is a corded option, not wireless. - -Thrustmaster ESWAP X Pro - -Razer Wolverine V2 - -Pros Six remappable buttons - -Razer Synapse on Xbox support - -Some RGB effects Cons Wired only - -Razer also has a highly competitive controller ready for the Series X: The Wolverine V2 comes with six different remappable buttons and interchangeable thumbsticks that allow you to alter the height and grip of the sticks to match your gameplay, plus a similar option to swap between different D-pads. It supports Razer Synapse on Xbox, too, which makes it easy to remap buttons and experiment quickly to find the loadout that’s best for the game. - -And, of course, there are some RGB lighting effects packed into the controller too, which you can customize to whatever you find the most stylish (or least distracting). Like the Thrustmaster model, this control is also wired. - -Razer Wolverine V2 - -Turtle Beach Recon (Series X) - -Pros Affordable - -Pairs well with Turtle Beach headsets - -Two programmable back buttons Cons No modular options - -The Turtle Beach Recon headset line has always been an excellent, dependable option for playing on Xbox. Here, Turtle Beach has updated the Recon line specifically to include a Series X controller, and the results are yet again impressive. In addition to the stylish incorporation of controller grips, you’ll also notice a separate little audio dashboard at the top of the controller: This is designed to pair with a Turtle Beach headset and allows you to quickly mute, turn on the EQ, enable “superhuman hearing” model, and adjust game/chat mix, among other modes. - -It’s also a clever controller in other ways: You can tune your own preferred thumbstick sensitivity, and program two back buttons to map to whatever you prefer. Note that the Recon controller (Series X) is a wired controller, so playing wirelessly will not be an option here. - -Turtle Beach Recon (Series X) More - -GameSir G7 SE - -Pros Excellent thumbstick options - -Swappable faceplates - -Hall Effect triggers Cons Only two back buttons - -The GameSir is an all-purpose competitive gaming controller that, as the Xbox Logo gives away, is designed foremost for the Series X. The wired controller is made with competitive play in mind thanks to responsive triggers and durable thumbsticks. - -In addition to being able to map your buttons and adjust stick sensitivity (including setting trigger dead zones to avoid costly mistakes), you can also choose or create up to four different gaming profiles for different players or games. And since environmental awareness is important in competitive gaming, GameSir made sure to include a 3.5mm audio jack for whatever headset you're rocking. - -GameSir G7 SE - -Victrix Pro BFG - -Victrix Pro BFG Wireless Controller Review Pros Three controllers in one - -Aesthetically pleasing design - -On-controller volume - -Tons of parts included - -Brilliant modular design Cons Buttons can be a bit too sensitive - -Few controllers give you as much customization options as the Victrix Pro BFG. It comes with the standard back paddles you can map to any buttons you want, but it goes far beyond just that. You can completely modify your stick and button layout to suit your preference or if one style suits a specific game better. This makes it perfect for fighting games without having to invest in a dedicated arcade stick. It also connects to an app where you can configure all sorts of options, such as calibrating your sticks, adjust dead zones, EQ settings, and more. With the option to play wired or wireless, there's almost nothing this controller can't do.",1731883679,f8bbd45a63,2c6d8fc8ff,,,1731883679 -https://www.cnbc.com/2024/11/15/uk-q3-gdp-uk-economy-ekes-out-0point1percent-growth-below-expectations-.html,https://www.cnbc.com/id/100727362/device/rss/rss.html,"UK economy surprises with September contraction, grows just 0.1% in the third quarter","Bank of England in the City of London on 6th November 2024 in London, United Kingdom. The City of London is a city, ceremonial county and local government district that contains the primary central business district CBD of London. The City of London is widely referred to simply as the City is also colloquially known as the Square Mile. (photo by Mike Kemp/In Pictures via Getty Images) - -The U.K. economy showed a surprise contraction in September and only marginal growth in the third quarter following a strong rebound at the start of the year, initial figures showed Friday. - -Gross domestic product fell by 0.1% in September, following growth of just 0.2% the previous month, according to the Office for National Statistics. Economists polled by Reuters had expected growth of 0.2% for September. - -For the third quarter as a whole, the British economy grew just 0.1% compared to the previous quarter. That's below the 0.2% growth expected by economists and follows an expansion of 0.5% in the second quarter of the year. - -U.K.'s dominant services sector also grew just 0.1% on the quarter, the Office for National Statistics said. Construction rose by 0.8%, while production slipped 0.2% in the month. - -It comes after inflation in the U.K. fell sharply to 1.7% in September, dipping below the Bank of England's 2% target for the first time since April 2021. The fall in inflation helped pave the way for the central bank to cut rates by 25 basis points on Nov. 7, bringing its key rate to 4.75%. - -The Bank of England said last week it expects the Labour Government's tax-raising budget to boost GDP by 0.75 percentage points in a year's time. Policymakers also noted that the government's fiscal plan had led to an increase in their inflation forecasts. - -U.K. Finance Minister Rachel Reeves said Friday she was ""not satisfied"" with the numbers. - -""At my Budget, I took the difficult choices to fix the foundations and stabilise our public finances. Now we are going to deliver growth through investment and reform to create more jobs and more money in people's pockets, get the NHS back on its feet, rebuild Britain and secure our borders in a decade of national renewal,"" she said in a release. - -Analysts flagged underlying weakness in the economy and growing risks from geopolitical tensions as potential barriers to further growth. - -""It's clear that the economy has a bit less momentum than we previously thought. And it's striking that the economy has only grown in two of the past six months,"" said Ruth Gregory, deputy chief U.K. economist at Capital Economics. - -""Overall, despite the contraction in September, we still expect GDP growth to pick up in the coming quarters as the government's debt-financed spending boosts activity and as the drags from higher inflation and higher interest rates continue to fade,"" Gregory added. - -A rate cut at the BOE's next meeting in December now looks ""improbable,"" according to Suren Thiru, economics director at the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. He said inflation risks and growing global headwinds will likely prevent policymakers from pursuing back-to-back rate cuts. - -""These figures suggest that the economy went off the boil even before the budget, as weaker business and consumer confidence helped weaken output across the third quarter, particularly in September,"" Thiru said in emailed comments. - -The outcome of the recent U.S. election has fostered much uncertainty about the global economic impact of another term from President-elect Donald Trump. While Trump's proposed tariffs are expected to be widely inflationary and hit the European economy hard, some analysts have said such measures could provide opportunities for the British economy. - -Bank of England Governor Andrew Bailey gave little away last week on the bank's views of Trump's tariff agenda, but he did reference risks around global fragmentation. - -""Let's wait and see where things get to. I'm not going to prejudge what might happen, what might not happen,"" he told reporters during a press briefing. - -The British pound was broadly flat against the U.S. dollar by mid-morning in London. The euro strengthened 0.4% against the pound following Friday's GDP release.",1731883661,75e1d84fca,2c46ecc7bb,,,1731883661 -https://www.cnet.com/news/space-heater-safety-9-places-you-should-never-put-one/#ftag=CAD590a51e,https://www.cnet.com/rss/news/,Space Heater Safety: 9 Places You Should Never Put One,"Smart space heaters are in season, but putting your electric warmer in the wrong place can cause a serious fire hazard. Some space heaters will turn on or off based on ambient temperatures to save you some work, but others run continuously until you turn them off. That combined with human error has made them the second-highest cause of residential fires in the U.S. - -When used correctly, a space heater can lower your overall heating bill this fall and winter with targeted warmth that allows you to turn down the whole house heat. And they aren't expensive. A good space heater doesn't cost more than $100, making one an affordable addition to your appliance collection. - -You can reduce the risks by avoiding trouble spots for your heater (yes, even your tiny office heater). Below you'll find nine spots you should never put a space heater. - -Read more: The Best Space Heaters - -Space heaters, even those with tip-over safeguards, don't belong on rugs. bee32 via Getty - -1. On a carpet, rug or flammable surface - -Space heaters can't sit on any surface that can easily scorch or catch on fire. That means you can never place one on a carpet or rug. You should also avoid using them on more delicate hardwoods or meltable vinyl, especially for long periods. - -What if you have only carpet in a cold room? You can look for a ceramic or otherwise heatproof base to position under the heater. It must be larger than the heater itself by around 3 inches on every side. - -2. Near walls and furniture - -Your space heater needs a safety zone: Keep it at least 3 feet away from any walls or furniture to avoid burning hazards. Unfortunately, this also means that under your desk or dining table is a no-go. Try to aim space heaters toward these areas instead of putting heaters directly under them. - -3. Near blankets, pillows or curtains - -Space heaters become an even greater fire risk if someone accidentally puts a blanket or pillow against them -- and in winter, that can easily happen. The same is true if the heater is pushed against any hanging curtains. Keep all these flammable items at least 3 feet away from the heater at all times. - -Keep space heaters away from everyday objects to play it safe. Cris Cantón via Getty - -4. Anywhere easily accessed by pets or small children - -Space heaters can easily burn the unwary, and while many newer models have automatic shutoffs if they're tipped over, a fallen space heater can still be a serious fire hazard. Also, pets and kids may not pay attention to where they put toys or blankets, which can create additional risks. - -Use space heaters in spots that very young children and larger pets can't access or rarely go. When they're paying attention, teach them to give the heater a wide berth. - -5. Bathrooms and laundry rooms - -Space heaters play poorly around water, which can affect operation and greatly increase the risk of electrical shock. They also tend to be more at risk of tipping over in these environments. - -Unfortunately, bathrooms and laundry rooms frequently suffer from brrr-level temperatures if heating is lacking. We suggest positioning a heater outside these rooms for maximum effect and safety. - -Staying near a space heater is fine, but always check that it's not overloading your system. coldsnowstorm via Getty - -6. Plugged in alongside a lot of other appliances or lights - -Space heaters are a big drain on the amps an electrical circuit uses. That's usually fine for newer 15-amp home outlets since modern space heaters are designed to work with those receptacles. The circuit and breaker that manage that room/area have their limits. - -Plugging in a space heater along with a bunch of other appliances (kitchen appliances, big entertainment systems, etc.) can overload the system. At best, the breaker flips and power cuts out. At worst, it overheats wiring and causes an electrical fire. - -Read more: 7 Things to Never Plug Into an Extension Cord or Power Strip - -This overload risk is also more common in colder months because the holidays often lead to plugging in more light-up decorations, which further increases amp loads on home circuits. You can help mitigate problems by putting devices on alternating schedules to reduce overall power loads and monitor with smart plugs. - -7. Plugged into an extension cord or power strip (or both) - -Extension cords and power strips aren't necessarily rated for the power that space heaters need and can increase the danger of an electrical fire even if the outlet and breaker can handle the heater. Plugging an extension cord into a power strip before connecting the heater only increases the danger. - -If you badly need a heater in an out-of-the-way location, look for a model that comes with a wireless power cable. Some extension cords are designed to support higher-amperage appliances, but you must be very careful when matching them to a heater -- we'd rather you avoid it altogether. - -Watch where you plug in a heater before warming those toes. Evgen_Prozhyrko via Getty - -8. Plugged into an old or non-GFCI outlet - -A ground fault circuit interrupter is a handy bit of technology that shuts an outlet down if there's a problem with its electrical current, especially if it looks like it could complete a circuit elsewhere. It's a useful protection against shocks, overheating appliances and other issues. Always make sure that your space heater is plugged into a GFCI outlet. - -Likewise, avoid plugging the heater into a particularly old outlet or an outlet that's seen problems before like suddenly not working. This raises the risk of causing wiring damage and resulting fires. - -Final tip: Never use fuel heaters inside - -Only use electric or radiant heaters inside. Never use heaters that need fuel like kerosene, propane or another gas in indoor spaces -- and that includes the garage. - -Fuel will always create exhaust fumes, and those fumes need a dedicated vent to escape the home (like a gas fireplace has). Without venting fumes, those heaters will fill enclosed spaces with carbon monoxide, which could lead to carbon dioxide poisoning, the worst of news. The exception is certain oil-filled heaters that don't actually combust the oil, but these are relatively rare. - -Read more: The Best Smoke Detectors - -Remember, if you're heading out or going to bed, remember to turn off the space heater -- never leave it on and unattended inside your home. For more home safety tips, take a look at the dangerous mistakes homeowners make during a wildfire, the best ways to deter burglars and the absolute worst spots you can put a security camera.",1731883659,f5e6f52c79,2c62179ebe,,,1731883659 -https://www.bundesliga.com/en/bundesliga/news/top-scorers-2024-25-harry-kane-boniface-guirassy-openda-sesko-28567,https://www.bundesliga.com/rss,Bundesliga top scorer's race: Who will challenge Harry Kane for 2024/25 honour?,"Harry Kane set the bar high in the top scorer's race with 36 strikes in a sensational debut Bundesliga season. How might Kane and challengers such as Victor Boniface and Serhou Guirassy fare in 2024/25? - -Current scoring chart - -=1. Harry Kane (Bayern): 11 goals (10 appearances, 10 starts) - -=1. Omar Marmoush (Eintracht Frankfurt): 11 goals (10 appearances, 10 starts) - -=3. Victor Boniface (Bayer Leverkusen): 6 goals (10 appearances, 8 starts) - -=3. Tim Kleindienst (Borussia Mönchengladbach): 6 goals (9 appearances, 9 starts) - -=3. Jonathan Burkardt (Mainz): 6 goals (10 appearances, 10 starts) - -=6. Andrej Kramarić (Hoffenheim): 5 goals (8 appearances, 8 starts) - -=6. Loïs Openda (RB Leipzig): 5 goals (9 appearances, 9 starts) - -=6. Ermedin Demirović (VfB Stuttgart): 5 goals (9 appearances, 5 starts) - -=6. Deniz Undav (VfB Stuttgart): 5 goals (9 appearances, 8 starts) - -=6. Michael Olise (Bayern): 5 goals (10 appearances, 8 starts) - -=6. Serhou Guirassy (Borussia Dortmund): 6 goals (8 appearances, 8 starts) - -=6. Jamal Musiala (Bayern): 5 goals 8 appearances, 8 starts) - -=6. Hugo Ekitiké (Eintracht Frankfurt): 5 goals (9 appearances, 9 starts) - -=14. Marius Bülter (Hoffenheim): 4 goals (10 appearances, 10 starts) - -=14. Florian Wirtz (Bayer Leverkusen): 4 goals (10 appearances, 9 starts) - -=14. Ritsu Dōan (Freiburg): 4 goals (8 appearances, 8 starts) - -=14. Shuto Machino (Holstein Kiel): 4 goals (10 appearances, 6 starts) - -=14. Jens Stage (Werder Bremen): 4 goals (7 appearances, 7 starts) - -A further nine players have three goals. - -Head here for the full list of goalscorers - -Leading contenders for 2024/25 crown - -Harry Kane - -Club: Bayern Munich - -2023/24 goals: 36 - -Kane's impact on the Bundesliga in his first season was nothing short of staggering, as he bulged opposing nets at a pace that put him close to breaking Robert Lewandowski's all-time record for goals in a Bundesliga season (41). After missing the last two matches of last season with injury, Kane might well fancy another pop at that magic figure this time around. Given how determined Bayern are to reclaim their Bundesliga crown under new boss Vincent Kompany, the England captain is sure to get constant service from his teammates once more - with 11 goals from his first nine appearances this season a good platform for a potential second top scorer's crown. - -Watch: Harry Kane's spectacular first season at Bayern - -Serhou Guirassy - -Club: Borussia Dortmund - -2023/24 goals: 28 - -Guirassy had a glorious past season, becoming VfB Stuttgart's highest-ever goalscorer in a single Bundesliga campaign and averaging a goal per game, despite missing six matches due to injury. The Guinea international's explosive uptick in form earned him a high-profile move to Borussia Dortmund in the summer. As a figurehead in a new-look attack under new coach Nuri Şahin, he will hope to become the first Dortmund player to finish a season as top goalscorer since Pierre-Emerick Aubameyang in 2016/17. He made his debut in the 4-2 win over Heidenheim on Matchday 3 and hit the ground running with six strikes in his first eight Bundesliga appearances. - -Watch: Serhou Guirassy under the microscope - -Want more Bundesliga Action? GET THE UPDATES! - -Loïs Openda - -Club: RB Leipzig - -2023/24 goals: 24 - -Openda's excellent debut season for RB Leipzig may have gone slightly under the radar, but the stats paint an undoubtedly impressive picture. Some 24 Bundesliga goals put him third in last season's race - a number that would have seen him declared top scorer in 31 past Bundesliga seasons. With Leipzig securing the services of Xavi again and signing Antonio Nusa, the Belgian has continued to be the figurehead of a frightening Leipzig attack also featuring Benjamin Šeško. - -Watch: All of Loïs Openda's 2023/24 Bundesliga goals - -Deniz Undav - -Club: VfB Stuttgart - -2023/24 goals: 18 - -Eighteen strikes last season marked an extremely successful loan for Undav, and after signing on a permanent basis in the summer, he has so far successfully he carried a greater share of the scoring burden with Guirassy having departed. His second-half goal during a great Stuttgart showing in the Supercup showed he and his team mean business again in 2024/25 and, after a slow start, five goals in his past six games have seen him move up the top scorer rankings. - -Watch: The best of Deniz Undav in 2023/24 - -Maximilian Beier - -Club: Borussia Dortmund - -2023/24 goals: 16 - -Beier's 16 goals last season might have left him some distance behind top scorer Kane, but as a 21-year-old who has all the attributes of a complete centre-forward, there is every reason to beleive he can step up and take his goalscoring to the next level in the new campaign. He swapped Hoffenheim over the summer for Dortmund and, although he has so far struggled to pick up minutes, he has the talent to hit the ground running when he does get his chance. - -Watch: The best of Maximilian Beier in 2023/24 - -Ermedin Demirović - -Club: VfB Stuttgart - -2023/24 goals: 15 - -The Bosnia-Herzegovina international has already gone some way to filling the Guirassy void at Stuttgart. Demirović netted a club-record 15 goals for mid-table Augsburg last time around, and a move to a Stuttgart side that scored 28 more goals overall last season has clearly given him another boost - he already has five strikes in his first nine appearances for his new side. - -Watch: The best of Ermedin Demirović - -Victor Boniface - -Club: Bayer Leverkusen - -2023/24 goals: 14 - -Bustling Boniface was the top scorer of runaway Bundesliga champions Bayer Leverkusen in their historic unbeaten season. His 14-goal haul would surely have been considerably higher had injury not restricted him to 23 appearances. Scoring the opening goal as Leverkusen showed their winning edge once more in the Supercup boded well for Boniface, who has six goals in the first 10 matches of the new campaign. - -Watch: Boniface wins 2023/24 Rookie of the Season award - -The best of the rest - -Leipzig's Šeško also has his sights on a stellar goal crop and has started the season well. Tim Kleindienst also looks well-placed to build on the 12 goals he posted last season after moving from Heidenheim to Borussia Mönchengladbach, while 12 goals in the past two campaigns could potentially give Marvin Ducksch the platform to emulate Niclas Füllkrug by finishing a season as top scorer in a Bremen shirt. Hugo Ekitiké has shone for Eintracht Frankfurt this term, although his attacking team-mate Omar Marmoush has so far stolen the headlines as he tops the goal charts. Hoffenheim's Andrej Kramarić has also shown he is an experienced marksman who can be depended upon for goals. The list of top-class attackers does not end there, and only time will tell which players can get themselves in the lead bunch of the Bundesliga goalscoring race as the 2024/25 season gathers pace.",1731883671,26eff8ae46,2c132bf48c,,,1731883671 -https://spectrum.ieee.org/touchscreens,https://spectrum.ieee.org/rss/fulltext,Tactile Controls: Why Buttons Are Making a Comeback,"Tactile controls are back in vogue. Apple added two new buttons to the iPhone 16 , home appliances like stoves and washing machines are returning to knobs, and several car manufacturers are reintroducing buttons and dials to dashboards and steering wheels. - -With this “re-buttonization,” as The Wall Street Journal describes it, demand for Rachel Plotnick’s expertise has grown. Plotnick, an associate professor of cinema and media studies at Indiana University in Bloomington, is the leading expert on buttons and how people interact with them. She studies the relationship between technology and society with a focus on everyday or overlooked technologies, and wrote the 2018 book Power Button: A History of Pleasure, Panic, and the Politics of Pushing(The MIT Press). Now, companies are reaching out to her to help improve their tactile controls. - -Rachel Plotnick on... - -You wrote a book a few years ago about the history of buttons. What inspired that book? - -Rachel Plotnick:Around 2009, I noticed there was a lot of discourse in the news about the death of the button. This was a couple years after the first iPhone had come out, and a lot of people were saying that, as touchscreens were becoming more popular, eventually we weren’t going to have any more physical buttons to push. This started to happen across a range of devices like the Microsoft Kinect, and after films like Minority Report had come out in the early 2000s, everyone thought we were moving to this kind of gesture or speech interface. I was fascinated by this idea that an entire interface could die, and that led me down this big wormhole, to try to understand how we came to be a society that pushed buttons everywhere we went. - -Rachel Plotnick studies the ways we use everyday technologies and how they shape our relationships with each other and the world. Rachel Plotnick - -The more that I looked around, the more that I saw not only were we pressing digital buttons on social media and to order things from Amazon, but also to start our coffee makers and go up and down in elevators and operate our televisions. The pervasiveness of the button as a technology pitted against this idea of buttons disappearing seemed like such an interesting dichotomy to me. And so I wanted to understand an origin story, if I could come up with it, of where buttons came from. - -What did you find in your research? - -Plotnick:One of the biggest observations I made was that a lot of fears and fantasies around pushing buttons were the same 100 years ago as they are today. I expected to see this society that wildly transformed and used buttons in such a different way, but I saw these persistent anxieties over time about control and who gets to push the button, and also these pleasures around button pushing that we can use for advertising and to make technology simpler. That pendulum swing between fantasy and fear, pleasure and panic, and how those themes persisted over more than a century was what really interested me. I liked seeing the connections between the past and the present. - -[Back to top] - -We’ve experienced the rise of touchscreens, but now we might be seeing another shift—a renaissance in buttons and physical controls. What’s prompting the trend? - -Plotnick:There was this kind of touchscreen mania, where all of a sudden everything became a touchscreen. Your car was a touchscreen, your refrigerator was a touchscreen. Over time, people became somewhat fatigued with that. That’s not to say touchscreens aren’t a really useful interface, I think they are. But on the other hand, people seem to have a hunger for physical buttons, both because you don’t always have to look at them—you can feel your way around for them when you don’t want to directly pay attention to them—but also because they offer a greater range of tactility and feedback. - -If you look at gamers playing video games, they want to push a lot of buttons on those controls. And if you look at DJs and digital musicians, they have endless amounts of buttons and joysticks and dials to make music. There seems to be this kind of richness of the tactile experience that’s afforded by pushing buttons. They’re not perfect for every situation, but I think increasingly, we’re realizing the merit that the interface offers. - -What else is motivating the re-buttoning of consumer devices? - -Plotnick:Maybe screen fatigue. We spend all our days and nights on these devices, scrolling or constantly flipping through pages and videos, and there’s something tiring about that. The button may be a way to almost de-technologize our everyday existence, to a certain extent. That’s not to say buttons don’t work with screens very nicely—they’re often partners. But in a way, it’s taking away the priority of vision as a sense, and recognizing that a screen isn’t always the best way to interact with something. - -When I’m driving, it’s actually unsafe for my car to be operated in that way. It’s hard to generalize and say, buttons are always easy and good, and touchscreens are difficult and bad, or vice versa. Buttons tend to offer you a really limited range of possibilities in terms of what you can do. Maybe that simplicity of limiting our field of choices offers more safety in certain situations. - -It also seems like there’s an accessibility issue when prioritizing vision in device interfaces, right? - -Plotnick:The blind community had to fight for years to make touchscreens more accessible. It’s always been funny to me that we call them touchscreens. We think about them as a touch modality, but a touchscreen prioritizes the visual. Over the last few years, we’re seeing Alexa and Siri and a lot of these other voice-activated systems that are making things a little bit more auditory as a way to deal with that. But the touchscreen is oriented around visuality. - -It sounds like, in general, having multiple interface options is the best way to move forward—not that touchscreens are going to become completely passé, just like the button never actually died. - -Plotnick:I think that’s accurate. We see paradigm shifts over time with technologies, but for the most part, we often recycle old ideas. It’s striking that if we look at the 1800s, people were sending messages via telegraph about what the future would look like if we all had this dashboard of buttons at our command where we could communicate with anyone and shop for anything. And that’s essentially what our smartphones became. We still have this dashboard menu approach. I think it means carefully considering what the right interface is for each situation. - -[Back to top] - -Several companies have reached out to you to learn from your expertise. What do they want to know? - -Plotnick: I think there is a hunger out there from companies designing buttons or consumer technologies to try to understand the history of how we used to do things, how we might bring that to bear on the present, and what the future looks like with these interfaces. I’ve had a number of interesting discussions with companies, including one that manufactures push-button interfaces. I had a conversation with them about medical devices like CT machines and X-ray machines, trying to imagine the easiest way to push a button in that situation, to save people time and improve the patient encounter. - -I’ve also talked to people about what will make someone use a defibrillator or not. Even though it’s really simple to go up to these automatic machines, if you see someone going into cardiac arrest in a mall or out on the street, a lot of people are terrified to actually push the button that would get this machine started. We had a really fascinating discussion about why someone wouldn’t push a button, and what would it take to get them to feel okay about doing that. - -In all of these cases, these are design questions, but they’re also social and cultural questions. I like the idea that people who are in the humanities studying these things from a long-term perspective can also speak to engineers trying to build these devices. - -So these companies also want to know about the history of buttons? - -Plotnick:I’ve had some fascinating conversations around history. We all want to learn what mistakes not to make and what worked well in the past. There’s often this narrative of progress, that things are only getting better with technology over time. But if we look at these lessons, I think we can see that sometimes things were simpler or better in a past moment, and sometimes they were harder. Often with new technologies, we think we’re completely reinventing the wheel. But maybe these concepts existed a long time ago, and we haven’t paid attention to that. There’s a lot to be learned from the past. - -[Back to top]",1731883664,5887b2bb51,2c15857caa,,,1731883664 -https://www.predictiveanalyticsworld.com/machinelearningtimes/where-fico-gets-its-data-for-screening-two-thirds-of-all-card-transactions/13648/,https://www.predictiveanalyticsworld.com/machinelearningtimes/feed/,Where FICO Gets Its Data for Screening Two-Thirds of All Card Transactions,"Originally published in The European Business Review, March 21, 2024. - -The detection of fraudulent credit card transactions is an ideal candidate for the application of machine learning technology. However, in order to learn how to spot attempted fraud, such a system needs someone to tell it which historic transactions were OK, and which were not. - -Excerpted from The AI Playbook: Mastering the Rare Art of Machine Learning Deployment,1 by Eric Siegel (6 February 2024), published by The MIT Press. - -Scott Zoldi fights crime across the globe. His superpower is data – and an unprecedented, innovative process to amass that data. - -He’s got his work cut out for him. Every day, hordes of criminals work to exploit systemic vulnerabilities in how you and I shop. Their relentless work chips away at the very integrity of consumer commerce at large. - -I’m talking about fraud. Crooks obtain your card details so that they can perform a transaction and make off with the spoils. In 2021, payment card fraud losses reached $28.58 billion worldwide.2 The United States suffers more than any other country, accounting for more than a third of that loss. To make matters worse, fraud increased during the pandemic, in part due to the increase in “card not present” virtual transactions. Some called it the “scamdemic”. - -Scott is FICO’s chief analytics officer. He oversees the world’s largest-scope anti-fraud operation. Day in and day out, his product Falcon screens all of the transactions made with most of the world’s credit and ATM cards – 2.6 billion cards globally. With Falcon, banks and other financial institutions can instantly block suspicious purchases and withdrawals. - -This capability hinges on machine learning, and it demands an impressive dataset. A fraud-detection model must predict well, striking a tricky balance so that it recognises a lot of fraud and yet does so without incurring too many false positives.3 To this end, the data must fulfil exacting requirements. If you visualise the data as a simple table, just a big spreadsheet, it must be long, wide, and labelled. Here’s what I mean: - -Long. You need data about real transactions – a lot of them. This list of many, many example cases from which to learn must be a long one. And by including a broad assortment of cases from around the world, the data can be representative. Each case composes a row of the data. Wide. You need revealing information about each case, including behavioural characteristics of both the cardholder and the merchant. These are the factors on which a model will base its predictions. Since each row enumerates all these factors, the data is also wide. Each factor composes a column of the data. Labelled. ML software needs many known examples of fraud from which to learn, prior transactions that have been designated as such. How do these cases get labelled? The fraudsters who perpetrated these crimes know which are which, but they have not, so far, been cooperative. This means we need humans on our side to manually label many examples. These labels typically make up the rightmost column of the data. - -Such a data set sounds almost impossible to acquire. It could only be sourced from multiple banks across the globe. And even if you somehow convinced these institutions to cooperate and obtained a representative slew of example transactions, the fraudulent ones aren’t going to label themselves. - -To obtain this data, Scott’s got to align the stars. - -FICO Cultivates Data Without Borders - -Scott has a PhD in theoretical physics from Duke University. And he’s formed a team of 70 more people with PhDs. Together, they generate the world’s de facto system for detecting fraudulent card transactions. You, I, and most people with payment cards are relying on them. - -Scott’s anti-fraud operation isn’t what FICO is most widely known for. Along with another one of his teams, Scott also oversees this country’s most famous deployed model: the FICO Credit Score. Your FICO Score determines your power to borrow. It’s the most widely used credit score in the United States, employed by the vast majority of banks and credit grantors. It’s a household name, and many understandably feel that their FICO Score is a central part of their identity as a consumer. - -But FICO’s fraud detection, which is normally invisible to us as consumers, affects us much more often. Named Falcon, this product is the biggest part of FICO’s software business and affects most of us almost every day, every time you use your card. FICO evaluates financial power by day, and fights financial crime by night. - -To meet this responsibility, it’s important that the Falcon team gets the data it needs – some long, wide, and labelled data. To do so, it collects data from across a global network of banks. - -This reliance on inter-enterprise data, collected from multiple companies, is atypical. Ordinarily, an ML project serves only the enterprise running the project. For such a project, internal data suffices, since the company has been tracking the very operations that the project aims to improve. In contrast, FICO isn’t a bank. It doesn’t process card transactions. Rather, it holds a rare, globally central, entrusted role across banks. - -In 1992, Falcon was born of a radical move by a small group of banks. They decided to cooperate, rather than only compete. At the time, a tremendous portion of all credit card transactions – almost 1 per cent – were fraudulent. The fraud rate was only growing and threatened the entire industry. This looming crisis convinced financial institutions to overcome their raw capitalistic instincts and follow a call to arms for the universal good: to collaborate to fight crime, improve transaction integrity, and cut losses. Led by a company called HNC Software, they joined their data together, thereby multiplying their power to train fraud-detection models. Ten years later, FICO acquired HNC Software – and both Falcon and Scott Zoldi along with it. - -Since then, Falcon’s consortium has grown to more than 9,000 banks globally, all continually sending in anonymised card transaction details. FICO receives about 20 billion records, amounting to terabytes of raw data, each month, a petabyte every five years. - -Banks provide data to develop Falcon’s fraud-detection model and Falcon deploys that model for each bank. - -Banks can’t benefit from Falcon without contributing to it. To be a FICO customer that uses Falcon, you must also join the consortium and share your data. Falcon has become so standard that, despite its cooperative nature, it’s a competitive necessity. To hold their position in the payment card market, banks need Falcon’s best-in-class fraud detection, which they can access only by cooperating. In the end, this levels the playing field. Even the smallest bank can deploy the very best fraud-detection model. - -It’s Not Over Yet: Labelling the Data - -In addition to tons of examples, Falcon’s training data needs another ingredient: labels that correspond with the model’s intended output. Each example transaction that makes for a row of data is incomplete until designated as either fraudulent or not fraudulent. Those labels will guide model training to do its job: generate a model that can discern positive cases from negative cases. - -Only humans can provide the labels. For detection, we don’t get to benefit from “time will tell”, as we do when predicting a future event. Time has told whether a user responded when shown a certain ad or whether a debtor has defaulted. In those cases, we get the label “for free”. But for detecting a qualitative attribute for each case, such as whether it is fraudulent, each training example’s label can only be determined by a person. - -Manual labelling is labour-intensive and expensive. The expense especially racks up when it requires subject matter experts, such as doctors for establishing whether each example indicates a certain medical diagnosis. - -On the other hand, problems that don’t require special expertise, such as labelling traffic lights within images for an autonomous-driving project, can be outsourced on “crowd labour” platforms like Amazon Mechanical Turk for as little as a penny per case. But there’s a dark side: their largely unregulated working conditions “offer a bleak glimpse of what could come for a growing digital underclass”, according to Vocativ. Marketplace 4 calls this “the new factory floor of the digital age”. - -To make matters worse, fraud detection requires an immense number of labelled transactions, because positive ones are rare. If the fraud rate is 0.1 per cent and you want the data to include at least 10,000 positive cases, then you need to label 10 million cases as to whether each is positive or negative. - -Don’t fret! Falcon’s training data manages to sidestep this costly bottleneck by relying on what consumers do naturally. With card fraud, if the consumer sees an erroneous charge, they complain. We cardholders and our banks are, in effect, already doing all the grunt work to label many cases of fraud in the course of just living our lives. - -If Falcon was wrong – if it is a false positive – then the cardholder, whose legitimate attempt to transact was blocked, will often take action to get it approved and the case will wind up as negative in the training data. - -A key reason that this approach works is that, with card fraud, banks can afford to learn the hard way. Since the detection system is imperfect, it allows some fraudulent transactions to go through. This generates a positive training case if the cardholder later complains about the unauthorised charge, even though it’s then typically too late to prevent the fraudster’s crime. The cost is absorbed by the bank, but the overall cycle is economically satisfactory. No humans were substantially harmed in the process of this data creation. - -In other domains, you can’t do it that way. The missed, uncaught cases – false negatives – aren’t nearly as allowable for an autonomous vehicle that would drive through a red light or a medical system that would miss a diagnosis. In those domains, you often can’t avoid the need for additional manual work labelling many examples. - -This “organic” labelling process for fraud detection, wherein people are essentially “following the money”, prioritises bigger cases of fraud over smaller cases. FICO treats only adjudicated fraud as positive cases, where the cardholder has formally certified that the transaction was fraudulent (whether it was them or the bank who noticed it in the first place). This means that suspected cases that never get adjudicated aren’t labelled as positive in the training data, even if the bank had to write off the charge. Since folks tend to bother with adjudication more for larger-value cases of fraud, lower-cost fraud is less often correctly labelled and is therefore effectively deprioritised by Falcon’s model. And that’s tolerable, since the false negative cost is lower for them. - -On top of this manual labelling, many other positive cases are passively labelled – those that Falcon has spotted automatically. A bank using Falcon blocks an attempted fraudulent transaction and the cardholder might never even hear about it. This is almost a circular process, since that positive example will then serve to train an updated model for Falcon, which identified the positive case in the first place. However, once again, natural cardholder reactions help correct the data. If Falcon was wrong – if it is a false positive – then the cardholder, whose legitimate attempt to transact was blocked, will often take action to get it approved and the case will wind up as negative in the training data. In that way, what the model got wrong will serve to improve the next version of the model. - -Altogether, this provides plenty of positive examples for Scott’s team. The number of labelled cases of fraud that they end up with approaches one million. - -FICO Falcon Fights Fraud Fantastically - -I consider Falcon one of the world’s most successful and widely impactful commercial deployments of ML. It screens all the transactions for 2.6 billion payment cards worldwide. That’s two-thirds of the world’s cards, including about 90 per cent of those in the United States and the United Kingdom. Seventeen of the top 20 international credit card issuers, all of the United States’ 100 largest credit-card issuers and 95 of the United States’ top 100 financial institutions, use Falcon. - -Since its introduction, Falcon has reduced card fraud losses by more than 70 per cent in the United States. With the United States currently suffering around $10 billion in annual fraud losses, that reduction is saving that country alone something in the vicinity of $20 billion per year. - -For a detailed example stepping through the arithmetic to show how much money a bank might save by deploying a fraud detection model, see my MIT Sloan Management Review article “What Leaders Should Know About Measuring AI Project Value”.5 For more reading on payment card fraud detection in general, and FICO Falcon in particular, see this collection of citations.6 - -This article is excerpted from the book, The AI Playbook: Mastering the Rare Art of Machine Learning Deployment, with permission from the publisher, MIT Press. It is a product of the author’s work while he held a one-year position as the Bodily Bicentennial Professor in Analytics at the UVA Darden School of Business. For a complete bibliography for this article, see this PDF.7 - -About the Author - -Eric Siegel, PhD, is a leading consultant and former Columbia University professor who helps companies deploy machine learning. He is the founder of the long-running Machine Learning Week8 conference series, the instructor of the acclaimed online course “Machine Learning Leadership and Practice – End-to-End Mastery”,9 executive editor of The Machine Learning Times,10 and a frequent keynote speaker.11 He wrote the bestselling Predictive Analytics: The Power to Predict Who Will Click, Buy, Lie, or Die,12 which has been used in courses at hundreds of universities, as well as The AI Playbook: Mastering the Rare Art of Machine Learning Deployment. Eric’s interdisciplinary work bridges the stubborn technology / business gap. At Columbia, he won the Distinguished Faculty award when teaching the graduate computer science courses in ML and AI. Later, he served as a business school professor at UVA Darden. Eric also publishes op-eds on analytics and social justice.13 - -References",1731883640,efa8b73dd0,2c4bfbe786,,,1731883640 -https://new.nsf.gov/news/supporting-women-ocean-sciences,https://www.nsf.gov/rss/rss_www_news.xml,Supporting women in ocean sciences,"The U.S. National Science Foundation, in collaboration with Every Page Foundation (EPF), is excited to announce 22 women science leaders as the 2024 NSF-EPF Ocean Decade Champions. - -Each champion is associated with a project funded by the NSF Coastlines and People (NSF CoPe) program and receives a monetary award to support leadership activities, networking opportunities, technical and communications training and cross-disciplinary and intercultural scientific endeavors. - -NSF CoPe is endorsed by the United Nations Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development, also known as the Ocean Decade, which aims to promote ocean health and ensure any development efforts are sustainable and informed by science. The initiative's 10 Decade Challenges include a fair representation of women and other underrepresented groups in ocean science and decision-making. - -The champions contribute to CoPe projects focused on coastline and community research that integrates natural and social processes and creates new or adapts existing technologies to bolster coastal resilience. The champions excel in their research and prioritize mentoring others and positively impacting society. - -The 2024 Ocean Decade Champions program benefited from a matching grant, administered by Panorama Global for the National Center for Family Philanthropy to expand women’s power and influence and gender equality in the U.S., with funds from Pivotal Ventures. Together, NSF and EPF, along with Pivotal Ventures, contributed over half a million dollars to support the careers of these leading women. Each awardee received support ranging from $20,000 to $50,000. - -The 2024 NSF-EPF Ocean Decade Champions - -Lynette Adams - -Black in Marine Science - -NSF Award Number: 2209284 - -Lynnette Adams is a director of development leading initiatives that bridge science, community and advocacy while centering joy as a driving force for equity and inclusion in marine biology. - -Wai Allen - -Arizona State University - -NSF Award Number: 2103843 - -Wai Allen (Diné/Navajo) is a postdoctoral researcher exploring the interface between systems of Western science and Indigenous knowledge that converge to help Indigenous communities actualize their self-determination through Indigenous data sovereignty and governance in the geosciences. - -Sharon Alston - -Norfolk State University - -NSF Award Number: 2209139 - -Sharon Alston is an associate professor of social work, researching risk and resilience among youth in public housing and exploring the career aspirations of African American youth. - -Rebecca Asch - -East Carolina University - -NSF Award Number: 2052889 - -Rebecca Asch is a fisheries oceanographer researching interactions between fish reproduction, fish early life history, plankton ecology, climate change and climate variability. - -Natasha Batista - -Stanford University - -NSF Award Number: 2209284 - -Natasha Batista is a marine spatial analyst and researcher investigating blue carbon modeling, ecosystem service valuations, community-based management and co-developed nature-based solutions. - -Mona Behl - -University of Georgia - -NSF Award Number: 1940082 - -Mona Behl is an associate director of Georgia Sea Grant, and her research focuses on building climate adaptation and broadening participation in geosciences and workforce readiness. - -Marilyn Brandt - -University of the Virgin Islands - -NSF Award Number: 2209284 - -Marilyn Brandt is a research associate professor studying the characteristics and impacts of coral reef diseases and using insights from her work to create effective strategies for coral conservation and restoration. - -Lisa Carne - -Fragments of Hope - -NSF Award Number: 2209284 - -Lisa Carne founded Fragments of Hope, a community-based organization restoring coral reef habitats in 2013 after conducting coral reef research in Belize and witnessing the area's vulnerability to hurricanes and rising sea temperatures. - -Jade Delevaux - -Seascape Solutions - -NSF Award Number: 2209284 - -Jade Maeva Delevaux is a natural resource management specialist who works with decision-makers, local communities and nongovernmental organizations across the Pacific and the Caribbean to co-develop place-based solutions. - -Allie Durdall - -University of the Virgin Islands - -NSF Award Number: 2209284 - -Allie Durdall is a marine and environmental scientist dedicated to coastal systems — mangroves, seagrass beds and salt ponds — who prioritizes fostering camaraderie among women and minorities in science. - -Anne Guerry - -Stanford University - -NSF Award Number: 2209284 - -Anne Guerry is a scientist who studies the relationship between people and nature. She works on coastal resilience, marine planning, natural capital assessments and ecosystem services. - -Sucharita Gopal - -Boston University - -NSF Award Number: 2209284 - -Sucharita Gopal is a multidisciplinary researcher who uses spatial analysis and modeling, GIS, data mining, information visualization and artificial neural networks to address various problems in biology, environmental science, public health and business. - -Cindy Grace-McCaskey - -East Carolina University - -NSF Award Number: 2209284 - -Cindy Grace-McCaskey is an applied environmental anthropologist who uses qualitative, quantitative and participatory methods to examine the multiple ways social and natural systems interact with and influence one another and what that means for equitable resource management, adaptation and governance. - -Kristin Grimes - -University of the Virgin Islands - -NSF Award Number: 2209284 - -Kristin Grimes is a research assistant professor who studies human impacts on nearshore environments. She focuses on mangrove ecosystems and is interested in how community-driven science approaches can improve restoration, education and stewardship outcomes. - -Jamie Melvin - -Elizabeth River Project - -NSF Award Number: 2209139 - -Jamie Melvin is an engagement coordinator who develops and implements thoughtful and equitable programming at the Elizabeth River Project's new Ryan Resilience Lab to engage with Norfolk's diverse communities and coordinate the Knitting Mill Creek EcoDistrict. - -Laura Moore - -University of North Carolina - -NSF Award Number: 1939447 - -Laura Moore is a professor researching how low-lying coastlines respond to climate change, emphasizing understanding the interactions between human activities and natural processes. - -Tiara Moore - -Black in Marine Science - -NSF Award Number: 2209284 - -Tiara Moore is a CEO dedicated to promoting diversity and involvement in science through her research on biodiversity and efforts to increase participation in science through innovative methods such as environmental DNA and community engagement. - -Shouraseni Sen Roy - -University of Miami - -NSF Award Number: 2209284 - -Shouraseni Sen Roy is a geographer working on the long-term spatial-temporal patterns of climate processes, trends and impacts in the ""global south,"" incorporating geospatial analysis techniques. - -Diamond Tachera - -Rising Voices Center for Indigenous and Earth Sciences, NSF National Center for Atmospheric Research - -NSF Award Number: 2103843 - -Diamond Tachera is a kanaka ‘ōiwi (Native Hawaiian) and co-director whose research is driven by the Indigenous knowledge of her kūpuna (ancestors); she uses modern hydrogeochemical techniques to investigate the relationships between ʻāina (land), wai (water) and kānaka (people). - - - -Nikki Traylor-Knowles - -University of Miami - -NSF Award Number: 2209284 - -Nikki Traylor-Knowles is a cell biologist whose research is dedicated to unraveling the evolution of immunity, wound healing and regeneration. She seeks to apply her research to conservation efforts. - -Maya Trotz - -University of South Florida - -NSF Award Number: 2209284 - -Maya Trotz is a professor whose research covers water quality, water source protection and water provision for sustainable communities. She works with partners in the United States and the Caribbean on ridge-to-reef nature-based solutions. - -Jingya Wang - -University of Delaware - -NSF Award Number: 2209190 - -Jingya Wang is a postdoctoral researcher focused on studying decision-making under deep uncertainties and strategies for adapting to climate change. She specializes in making risk-informed decisions to adapt systems to evolving conditions. - -Rebecca Zarger - -University of South Florida - -NSF Award Number: 2209284 - -Rebecca Zarger is an environmental anthropologist working at the intersection of environmental knowledge and social justice to address coastal futures, climate change and youth informal science education.",1731883634,9816183432,2c5beb46f3,,,1731883634 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/11/tell-congress-stop-these-last-minute-bills-help-patent-trolls,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,Tell Congress To Stop These Last-Minute Bills That Help Patent Trolls,"Update 11/14/2024: The PERA and PREVAIL patent bills were pulled at the last minute today, without getting a committee vote. Senators are right to have concerns with these deeply flawed bills. We hope to engage with the next Congress on real patent fixes—changes that will create a more fair system for small companies and everyday users of tech. Thanks to all those who spoke out! If you haven't told Congress your opinion on these terrible patent bills, you can still do so using our action center linked below. Help us move the next Congress in a different direction. - -This week, the Senate Judiciary Committee is set to use its limited time in the lame-duck session to vote on a bill that would make the patent system even worse. - -The Patent Eligibility Restoration Act (S. 2140), or PERA, would undo vital limits on computer technology patents that the Supreme Court established in the landmark 2014 Alice v. CLS Bank decision. Alice barred patent applicants from obtaining patents simply by adding generic computer language to abstract ideas. - -Take Action - -Tell Congress: No New Bills For Patent Trolls - -While Alice hasn’t fully fixed the problems of the patent system, or patent trolling, it has led to the rejection of hundreds of terrible software patents, including patents on crowdfunding, tracking packages, photo contests, watching online ads, computer bingo, upselling, and many others. - -PERA would not only revive these dangerous technology patents, but also expand patenting of human genes—a type of patent the Supreme Court essentially blocked in 2013. - -The Senate Judiciary is also scheduled to vote on the PREVAIL Act (S. 2220) that seeks to severely limit the public’s ability to challenge bad patents at the patent office. These challenges are among the most effective tools for eliminating patents that never should have been granted in the first place. - -Passing these bills would sell out the public interest to a narrow group of patent holders. EFF stands together with a broad coalition of patients rights groups, consumer rights organizations, think tanks, startups, and business organizations to oppose these harmful bills. - -This week, we need to show Congress that everyday users and creators won’t support laws that foster more patent abuse. Help us send a clear message to your representatives in Congress today. - -Take Action - -Tell Congress to reject pera and prevail - -The U.S. Senate must reject bills like these that would allow the worst patent scams to expand and thrive.",1731883659,1face9fbd3,2c28b060d8,,,1731883659 -https://www.brooklynvegan.com/27-new-songs-out-today-49/,https://www.brooklynvegan.com/feed/,27 New Songs Out Today,"So many artists, so many songs, so little time. Each week we review a handful of new albums (of all genres), round up even more new music that we’d call “indie,” and talk about what metal is coming out. We post music news, track premieres, and more all day. We update a playlist weekly of some of our current favorite tracks. Here’s a daily roundup with a bunch of interesting, newly released songs in one place. - -SHABOOZEY – “GOOD NEWS” - -Shaboozey’s massive breakout year continues. His song “A Bar Song (Tipsy)” recently broke a Billboard Hot 100 chart record for spending 17 nonconsecutive weeks at the top of the chart, the most weeks at No. 1 for a solo track in the chart’s history, and today he released a new single, “Good News.” It’s about needing some good news (who among us can’t relate), and it’s a little more mournful than “A Bar Song” but captures that same widely-likable magic. - -— - -LIL NAS X – “LIGHT AGAIN!” (co-prod. DAFT PUNK’S THOMAS BANGALTER) - -Lil Nas X is back with a thumping house-pop single co-produced by Daft Punk’s Thomas Bangalter, and it comes with a video set at a debaucherous house party, complete with tattooing, bong hits, massive stuffed animals, silly string, roller-skaters on a half-pipe, a kiddie pool in the back of a pickup truck, and much more. - -— - -SKYZOO – “COURTESY CALL” (ft. CHUCK D) - -Skyzoo has announced a new album, Keep Me Company, due the Friday after Thanksgiving (11/29). New single “Courtesy Call” is an old school-style boom bap song with a hook from Public Enemy’s Chuck D. - -— - -LOS CAMPESINOS! – MORE HELL EP - -After releasing their first album in 7 years in July, All Hell, Los Campesinos! have unveiled a companion, an EP featuring reworked versions of 5 tracks and a cover of a “favourite song,” the Secret Stars’ “Wait.” - -More Hell by Los Campesinos! More Hell by Los Campesinos! - -— - -MICHAELA ANNE – “JUST MORE LOVE” (ft. JOSH OLIVER) - -Nashville singer/songwriter Michaela Anne has shared a lovely new folk/country single, “Just More Love.” - -— - -RINGO STARR – “THANKFUL” FT. ALISON KRAUSS - -Ringo Starr’s new country album comes out in January, and he’s given us another early taste of it with “Thankful,” featuring Alison Krauss. “I love this track,” Ringo says. “I wrote it with my producer and engineer Bruce Sugar and I feel we put an LA country sound to it. For the lyrics, I always like to focus on the positive, and for this song in particular, about what we can be thankful for. I hope it brings you some joy and peace and love.” - -— - -LIL BABY – “INSECURITIES” & “5AM” - -Atlanta trap-pop titan Lil Baby has been dropping singles lately and here’s another appealing two-pack. - -— - -YOLA – “SYMPHONY” - -Yola’s new EP My Way is due out on January 17 via S-Curve Records, and she’s given us another early taste with “Symphony.” “I’m exploring the element of surprise in this song,” she says, “talking about when you’ve suddenly found someone that is not a fuckboy, someone that is not a waste of skin, and actually really dope. And you instantly feel ready to have both a deeper conversation and sexual connection. After experiencing dating app nightmares in these streets, there is a sense of surprise and profound shock when you meet someone that is a functioning human being, let alone the love of your life, especially in the context of this barrage of nightmares.” - -— - -BOLDY JAMES & HARRY FRAUD – “SHRINK WRAP” (ft. BABYFACE RAY) - -The extremely prolific Detroit rapper Boldy James will release his third project of 2024, a collaboration with producer Harry Fraud called The Bricktionary, next week (11/22). Its new single “Shrink Wrap” features a very different type of Detroit rapper, Babyface Ray, and it’s a cool collision of their styles. - -— - -NILUFER YANYA – “MUTATIONS” (EMPRESS OF REMIX) - -Nilufer Yanya’s new remix EP is out next week, and she’s shared another track from it, Empress Of’s dancefloor-ready rework of “Mutations.” - -— - -MANTAR – “HALSGERICHT” - -German metal duo Mantar have announced a new album, Post Apocalyptic Depression, due February 14 via Metal Blade. New single “Halsgericht” is a black n’ roll ripper with a sludge/psych bridge, and if you’re into stuff like Kvelertak and Tribulation but haven’t hopped on the Mantar train yet, you might wanna check this out. - -— - -ELTON JOHN & BRANDI CARLILE – “NEVER TOO LATE” - -Elton John and Brandi Carlile’s new collaborative track is from new Disney+ documentary Elton John: Never Too Late. “I found the early cut of the documentary that went on to become Elton John: Never Too Late so moving,” Brandi says. “It was really amazing to see historic footage of Elton and the trajectory of his life. But as fantastic and as beautiful as everything was that we were all witnessing as fans, his life was also pretty lonely and difficult at times. And I thought that the documentary illustrated a really important sentiment, because he might not have ever found his serenity and his peace, but he did find it, and he found it later in life. And it is never too late – too late to find the love of your life, or to start a family, or to change your mind about anything.” Elton adds, “When Brandi told me she was so inspired by the early cut of the documentary that she wanted us to to co-write a new song for it, I was thrilled. I’ve known for a long time how great she was but still, reading her lyrics and co-writing with her on the music was deeply moving. Especially given how personal it is to see, seeing my life on the screen, she just perfectly captured the essence of the documentary and why I stopped touring to spend more time with my family. I’m constantly astonished by her craft, she can channel my voice in a way only Bernie has managed to do before. I know Bernie helped guide Brandi on that. The standard of her musicianship, her songwriting, her passion for what she does are sensational. She truly is one of the greatest there is.” - -— - -SKIIFALL – “MYSTERY MAN” - -Montreal singer and rapper Skiifall has announced a Kenny Beats-produced EP, Lovers Til I’m Gone, due January 15, and the first single is the dancehall-infused “Mystery Man.” - -— - -POPCAAN – WHERE WE COME FROM BONUS TRACKS - -Dancehall icon Popcaan just released a 10th anniversary edition of 2014’s Where We Come From featuring two previously-unreleased songs from that era, “Beat The Struggle” and “Don’t Finesse Me,” as well as an acoustic version of the title track. - -— - -KNIFEPLAY – “SPRIT ECHO” & “CRY BABIES” (ELVIS DEPRESSEDLY COVER) - -Philly indie band Knifeplay have just shared an epic 10-minute song, “Spirit Echo,” and it comes backed with an Elvis Depressedly cover. - -— - -SCOUR – “INFUSORIUM” - -Metal supergroup Scour (vocalist Phil Anselmo of Pantera/Down plus members of Pig Destroyer, Agoraphobic Nosebleed, Misery Index, and more) have announced a new album, Gold, due February 21 via Housecore/Nuclear Blast. Here’s the fierce, towering lead single “Infusorium.” - -— - -MACHINE HEAD – “THESE SCARS WON’T DEFINE US” (ft. IN FLAMES, LACUNA COIL & UNEARTH) - -Machine Head announced a tour with In Flames, Lacuna Coil, and Unearth earlier this week, and today they shared a new song that features vocal from all four of those bands. - -— - -RAY VAUGHN – “EAST CHATT” (ft. ISAIAH RASHAD) - -Long Beach rapper Ray Vaughn is one of Top Dawg Entertainment’s latest signings, and his new EP The Good, The Bad & The Dollar Menu is set to arrive on the label “soon.” Today he released the EP’s new single “East Chatt,” which features his TDE labelmate Isaiah Rashad. - -— - -EYEDRESS – “OCCASIONAL STONER” - -Eyedress has announced new album Occasional Stoner which will be out on Valentine’s Day. He’s shared the breezy title track of which he says, “‘Occasional Stoner’ is about my wife smoking weed whenever she’s going through a tough time. I wrote the song around the time our son was diagnosed with autism. At first, it was really hard on us and we didn’t know what to do but eventually we came to terms with it and nowadays we’re so proud to be advocates for everyone that’s on the spectrum.” - -— - -SERAFINA STEER – DRINKING FROM THE POOLS OF NIGHT - -Serafina Steer spent a few years in Jarvis Cocker’s JARV IS band, as well as indie rock group Bas Jan, but she first gained notice for the harp. Here’s a new instrumental EP of tranquil beauty. - -Drinking from The Pools Of Night by Serafina Steer Drinking from The Pools Of Night by Serafina Steer - -— - -DESIRE – “DRAMA QUEEN” - -Desire will soon release album Games People Play via Italians Do It Better and has shared another single from it. “Drama Queen” is housey and more overtly dancey than what you usually get from the label. - -— - -DU BLONDE (BETH JEANS HOUGHTON) – SNIFF MORE GRITTY - -Beth Jeans Houghton’s new album as Du Blonde features contributions from Skunk Anansie’s Skin, Against Me!’s Laura Jane Grace, Maximo Park’s Paul Smith and The Futureheads’ Ross Millard. “I’m so excited to be releasing ‘Sniff More Gritty’ into the world. It’s been fun expanding on the more theatrical side of songwriting, and having the freedom to make more left-field decisions with performance and production has resulted in one of my favourite albums I’ve ever made. It was a joy to make and I hope the listening experience will be just as fun for someone else out there.” - -Sniff More Gritty by Du Blonde Sniff More Gritty by Du Blonde - -— - -SAM FENDER – “PEOPLE WATCHING” - -Sam Fender will release his third album, People Watching, on February 21 via Capitol. It was co-produced by War on Drugs’ Adam Granduciel and this is the title track. - -— - -JACK WHITE – “YOU GOT ME SEARCHING” - -Jack White has shared a new song, “You Got Me Searching.” The high-octane ripper is a No Name outtake that’s the b-side on a new 7″ for album highlight “That’s How I’m Feeling.” - -— - -AMEOKAMA – “I WILL BE CLOUDS IN THE MORNING AND RAIN IN THE EVENING” - -ameokama is the solo project of Aki McCullough (of Dreamwell, A Constant Knowledge of Death, Necroplanet, and other bands) and she just announced her debut album, i will be clouds in the morning and rain in the evening. Listen to the title track and read more here. - -i will be clouds in the morning and rain in the evening by ameokama i will be clouds in the morning and rain in the evening by ameokama - -— - -SHABAKA – “TIMEPIECES” (ft. BILLY WOODS) - -Shabaka Hutchings has announced a new solo EP, Possession, and its first single is a collaboration with billy woods. Read more about it here. - -— - -Looking for even more new songs? Browse the New Songs archive.",1731883619,d7f1518f3a,2c82e7e502,,,1731883619 -https://thefinancialbrand.com/news/bank-marketing/turbulence-in-marketing-roles-forecast-for-2025-182602/,https://thefinancialbrand.com/feed/,Turbulence in Marketing Roles Forecast for 2025,"The report: 2025 Career Outlook: Content and Marketing Professionals - -Source: Content Marketing Institute - -Why we picked it: The emphasis on specialized skill development in this report speaks directly to the growing need for financial marketers to understand both traditional banking services and emerging digital financial products, while maintaining the trust and personal touch that differentiates banks and credit unions from purely digital competitors. With 76% of marketers saying specialized skills are crucial for career longevity, this creates an imperative for financial institution marketers to develop expertise in areas like data privacy, financial technology marketing and personalized digital banking communications. - -Executive Summary - -In a revealing new study from the Content Marketing Institute, one in three marketers reported their organizations conducted layoffs in the past year, highlighting ongoing turbulence in the marketing industry. Yet surprisingly, artificial intelligence isn’t the primary culprit behind these changes – only 3% of companies have replaced employees with AI tools. - -Instead, the research points to a more nuanced reality where AI is reshaping job requirements and transforming how marketing teams operate, with 23% of teams adapting their roles to accommodate generative AI’s growing influence. - -The comprehensive study, which surveyed 704 marketing professionals, paints a picture of a sector in transition, where despite challenges, most marketers maintain optimism about their careers. While 68% believe finding a marketing job is more challenging than five years ago, the majority of those laid off found new positions within three months – suggesting resilience in the job market despite ongoing disruptions. However, this optimism is tempered by growing concerns about “phantom jobs” and increasingly complex hiring processes that often involve battling automated application systems rather than connecting with human recruiters. - -Key Takeaways Marketing professionals earn an average of $108,380 annually, with those in major metropolitan areas commanding 30% higher salaries than their counterparts in smaller markets - -84% of marketers work remotely at least part-time, with 68% saying they would leave their current role if forced to return to the office full-time - -While 68% of marketers report AI saves them time at work, 69% believe AI-generated content is mediocre, highlighting a complex relationship with the technology - -Why we liked the report: Lots of great data and survey-based findings, and the display on the side throughout allows a reader to scroll through and get the gist, without reading every page in depth. Also provides plenty of context to accompany the data. - -Why we didn’t: We, of course, prefer to find data that can represent the banking industry’s perspective. This report didn’t have industry breakouts, and was instead taken from marketers across the spectrum. - -( sponsored content ) Enhance Customer Support and Employee Operations With AI In this live webinar, you'll see real examples of institutions using AI to maintain service quality, streamline internal processes, and enhance overall operational efficiency during transitions. Read More about Enhance Customer Support and Employee Operations With AI 2025 Corporate Banking Strategies for Financial Institution Leaders How can corporate banks meet the evolving expectations of their clients and use digital technology to enhance the work of their skilled relationship managers? Read More about 2025 Corporate Banking Strategies for Financial Institution Leaders - -Remote Working is A Permanent Revolution - -The marketing industry has undergone a fundamental transformation in how its workforce operates, with the pandemic-era shift to remote work evolving into a permanent change. Today, only a small fraction – just 16% – of marketing professionals work in the office full-time. This seismic shift has created a new normal where flexible work arrangements aren’t just preferred but expected. - -The implications of this change run deep, particularly when it comes to talent retention. More than two-thirds of marketers say they would seek new employment if required to return to full-time office work, a stance that’s particularly prominent among women. The gender divide is striking: 55% of women would leave their positions if forced back to the office, compared to 35% of men. - -Most employers seem to have accepted this new reality. The majority have maintained their remote work policies over the past year, with some even becoming more accommodating. However, the 18% of companies that have tried to restrict remote work flexibility have faced significant pushback. Organizations attempting to mandate full-time office returns have learned the hard way that such policies can trigger exodus events, forcing them to reconsider their approach to workplace flexibility. - -Read more: - -Persistent Salary Gaps Thanks to Gender, Location - -The financial picture for marketing professionals is complex and often depends heavily on geography. The average marketing salary of $108,380 represents a slight decline from the previous year, a change that’s particularly concerning given current economic conditions. Most marketers believe they should be earning about 20% more than their current compensation, a sentiment that reflects both industry pressures and increasing job responsibilities. - -Location continues to play an outsized role in determining compensation. Marketing professionals in major urban centers like New York City, Boston, and San Francisco consistently command premium salaries, earning an average of $122,265 compared to $93,737 in other locations. This disparity becomes even more pronounced at higher levels of the corporate ladder, with directors in major metros earning a staggering 43% more than their counterparts in smaller markets. - -Gender inequality remains a persistent challenge. Despite increased attention to pay equity, men in marketing continue to earn 7% more than women. Even more troubling is the leadership gap – men are nearly six times more likely to hold C-level or ownership positions. This disparity creates a compound effect where women not only earn less in comparable positions but also face greater obstacles in reaching the highest-paying roles. - -Experience and age continue to correlate strongly with earning potential, though the generational wealth gap shows signs of narrowing. While Baby Boomers still lead in earnings with an average salary of $135,000, followed by Gen X at $126,534, the gap between the oldest and youngest workers has shrunk slightly. Millennials have reached six-figure territory at $101,347, while Gen Z marketers are starting their careers at $65,375. - -The AI Paradox: Time-Saving Tool vs. Quality Concerns - -The marketing industry’s relationship with artificial intelligence might best be described as “it’s complicated.” While AI has emerged as a powerful force for productivity – with more than two-thirds of marketers reporting that it saves them time – there’s widespread skepticism about its creative output. The same percentage of marketers who praise AI’s efficiency also describe its content as mediocre. - -This dichotomy plays out in how marketers actually use AI tools. They’ve embraced AI enthusiastically for tasks like brainstorming and content summarization, where it serves as a helpful starting point rather than a final authority. However, when it comes to creating original content, the enthusiasm wanes considerably. Marketers frequently describe AI-generated content as “soulless” and “unsophisticated,” highlighting the technology’s limitations in replicating human creativity and insight. - -Perhaps most concerning is the lack of formal guidance around AI usage. Only 19% of organizations provide any form of AI training, leading to a wild-west scenario where marketers experiment with these powerful tools without clear guidelines or best practices. Some report using AI tools against company policy, while others describe near-misses where AI-generated errors were caught just before publication. This gap between adoption and governance represents a significant risk for marketing organizations. - -The Growing Importance of Specialized Skills - -As the industry evolves, marketers find themselves caught in a continuous cycle of upskilling. Three-quarters of marketing professionals believe that mastering specialized skills is crucial for career longevity, yet many organizations are failing to provide adequate training support. The result is a growing trend of self-directed professional development, with nearly half of marketers pursuing training outside their organizations. - -The skills landscape is shifting rapidly, driven by technological change and evolving market demands. Today’s marketers are focusing heavily on developing technological proficiency, with particular emphasis on new marketing technologies and data analytics. However, the priorities vary significantly across generations. While Gen Z marketers concentrate heavily on technical skills like SEO and new technologies, more experienced professionals tend to balance technical learning with leadership development and strategic capabilities. - -Economic uncertainty has driven many marketers to also develop additional income streams through freelance work. About one in five marketing professionals now maintain side gigs, generating an average of $8,250 annually through freelance projects. Women are particularly likely to pursue this path, being 50% more likely than their male counterparts to take on freelance work alongside their full-time positions. - -Meanwhile, job seekers face a frustrating new phenomenon: phantom jobs. These are positions advertised without genuine intent to hire, posted either to meet internal requirements, gather market data, or worse, harvest personal information. This trend has added new layers of complexity to job searches, with many marketers reporting extended application processes and frequent ghosting by potential employers. - -Despite the challenges, the marketing industry maintains a sense of cautious optimism. Three-quarters of professionals report satisfaction in their current roles, though job mobility is on the rise. The percentage of marketers actively seeking or interested in new positions has increased for the second consecutive year, reaching 35%.",1731883679,7e4f10d9a3,2c74ac4dcc,,,1731883679 -https://www.entrepreneurshiplife.com/the-rise-of-not-for-profit-funerals-what-you-need-to-know-about-this-business-model/,https://www.entrepreneurshiplife.com/feed/,The Rise of Not-For-Profit Funerals: What You Need to Know About This Business Model,"By - -The traditional funeral industry has been largely profit-driven, often leading to high costs that can overwhelm grieving families. In response, not-for-profit funerals have emerged as a compassionate alternative, providing affordable and dignified options for families during their most challenging times. - -Understanding Not-For-Profit Funerals - -Not for profit funerals are organized by funeral homes or organizations that prioritize community service over profit. Unlike traditional funeral homes, which are focused on generating revenue, not-for-profit providers aim to offer affordable funeral services that meet the emotional and financial needs of families. This business model is designed to alleviate some of the financial burdens that often accompany the death of a loved one. - -The Growing Need for Affordable Funeral Options - -In recent years, there has been a significant shift in how people perceive funerals and associated costs. Many families are now more conscious of their financial situations, leading to a demand for more affordable funeral services. The average cost of a traditional funeral can range from $7,000 to $12,000, depending on various factors such as location, services offered, and burial or cremation choices. For many, these costs are prohibitively high, leading them to seek alternative solutions. - -Not-for-profit funerals fill this gap by offering transparent pricing and various service options that cater to different needs and budgets. By focusing on community support, these organizations aim to provide quality care and respect for the deceased while reducing the financial strain on families. - -How Not-For-Profit Funerals Operate - -Not-for-profit funeral organizations typically operate differently than traditional funeral homes. Here are some key characteristics of how they function: - -1. Community Focus - -Not-for-profit funeral homes often focus on serving the local community. They may be affiliated with charities, religious organizations, or community groups, emphasizing compassion and service over profit. This community-centric approach fosters a sense of belonging and support during a difficult time. - -2. Transparency in Pricing - -One of the significant benefits of not-for-profit funerals is their commitment to transparency in pricing. Many not-for-profit providers will provide clear breakdowns of their costs, allowing families to make informed decisions. This contrasts sharply with traditional funeral homes, where prices can often be ambiguous, leading to unexpected expenses. - -3. Limited Services - -Not-for-profit funeral homes may offer fewer service options than traditional providers, focusing on essential services that meet the basic needs of families. This can include direct cremation, basic burial, and memorial services without the additional frills that often inflate costs in traditional settings. - -4. Supportive Environment - -Families choosing not-for-profit funeral services often report feeling a greater sense of support and understanding. The staff at these organizations tend to be more compassionate and less sales-driven, allowing families to feel cared for during an emotionally charged time. - -Benefits of Choosing Not-For-Profit Funerals - -If you are considering a not-for-profit funeral, there are several benefits to keep in mind: - -Affordability - -The most significant advantage of not-for-profit funerals is the affordability factor. These organizations often provide essential services at a fraction of the cost of traditional funeral homes, making it easier for families to manage their finances while honoring their loved ones. - -Customization Options - -While not-for-profit funerals may offer fewer options overall, they often allow families to customize services to suit their needs. Families can choose how to honor their loved ones without being pressured into purchasing expensive packages. - -Focus on Grief Support - -Not-for-profit funeral organizations often place a stronger emphasis on providing support for grieving families. This can include grief counseling, support groups, and community resources, ensuring that families receive the emotional assistance they need during their time of loss. - -Environmental Considerations - -Many not-for-profit funeral homes also prioritize environmentally friendly practices. This can include green burials, biodegradable caskets, and eco-friendly cremation methods. Families looking to minimize their environmental impact may find this appealing. - -Choosing the Right Not-For-Profit Funeral Home - -If you are considering a not-for-profit funeral for yourself or a loved one, here are some tips to help you make the right choice: - -Research Local Options - -Start by researching not-for-profit funeral homes in your area. Look for organizations with positive reviews and a strong reputation within the community. Websites, social media, and word-of-mouth recommendations can provide valuable insights into the services offered. - -Ask Questions - -When you contact a not-for-profit funeral home, don’t hesitate to ask questions. Inquire about pricing, available services, and any specific needs you may have. A reputable provider will be happy to answer your questions and provide guidance. - -Visit the Facility - -If possible, visit the funeral home in person. This will give you an opportunity to assess the environment and meet the staff. A welcoming and compassionate atmosphere can make a significant difference during a difficult time. - -Compare Prices - -While not-for-profit funeral homes typically offer lower prices than traditional providers, it’s still essential to compare costs among different options. Request price lists and service breakdowns to ensure you’re getting the best value for your needs. - -The rise of not-for-profit funerals represents a significant shift in the funeral industry, reflecting a growing demand for affordable and compassionate care. By prioritizing community support, transparency in pricing, and emotional well-being, not-for-profit funeral homes provide a valuable service for families navigating one of life’s most challenging experiences. - -If you find yourself in need of funeral services, consider exploring not-for-profit options to honor your loved one’s memory while alleviating the financial burden on your family. Ultimately, choosing a not-for-profit funeral can be a dignified and meaningful way to say goodbye.",1731883633,d1b4edb237,2cc9268295,,,1731883633 -https://myemma.com/blog/5-trending-strategies-in-higher-education-marketing-how-institutions-are-engaging-students/,https://myemma.com/blog/feed,5 Trending Strategies in Higher Education Marketing,"In the ever-evolving landscape of marketing, higher education institutions must stay one step ahead of the game, enlisting their own innovative tactics to best reach students and alumni. The competition for enrollment is intensifying among universities and colleges, meaning that institutions are constantly seeking creative ways to attract, engage and retain their target audience. From creating personalized experiences for students to the inevitable rise of digital marketing and the growing importance of making data-driven decisions, there are major shifts taking place in this industry. By understanding and embracing these trends, higher education institutions can forge stronger connections with prospective students, enhance their brand’s reputation, and thrive in a progressively competitive marketplace. - -Strategies to drive engagement - -Personalization and Customization: With plenty of students willing to give zero-party data to prospective institutions, and with the abundance of advanced technologies available to assist in collecting this data, higher education marketers are focusing on personalizing messaging and experiences for students. By tailoring communications and content and including offers specific to the interests and needs of students, they’re creating engaging and relevant experiences that are helping drive enrollment and revenue. - -Digital Marketing and Social Media: For the last several years, digital marketing channels have dominated the higher education marketing landscape, and they continue to do so. Universities and colleges are continually investing heavily in social platforms, SEO, PPC advertising, and other types of content marketing to reach and engage with their target audiences effectively. - -Video Content and Virtual Tours: Video and VR are not only trending as marketing tools — they’re dominating content marketing strategies. And, to reach the younger generations researching institutions, virtual options are almost a necessity. To stay abreast of these trends, institutions are leveraging videos and virtual walk-throughs to showcase campus life, facilities, academic programs and student testimonials. After the Covid-19 pandemic, students are interested in getting to know institutions online before making the effort to see them in reality. - -Storytelling and Authentic Branding: Branding at institutions has become increasingly important over the last several years, and higher education marketers are utilizing the power of storytelling to connect with students. By implementing signature branding across campuses and sharing authentic stories and experiences from students, alumni and faculty, these narratives create a sense of community and illustrate the unique value proposition of the institution. - -Micro-Credentials and Continuing Education Programs: As the demand for flexible and specialized education grows, higher education institutions are offering micro-credentials and online learning options. Marketing these programs effectively to higher-level professionals who are seeking upskilling or career advancement is a notable trend that is helping universities and colleges drive revenue. - -Boost enrollment & increase revenue - -While these strategies are only a few of the prominent trends in higher education marketing right now, the market is changing at a record pace. By staying ahead of these developments and adapting new strategies accordingly, higher ed institutions will be able to make an impact, reach and engage with prospective students effectively in this competitive industry. - -Learn more about what’s happening in the higher ed industry by downloading our report, The Higher Education Forecast: The 2023 Consumer Trends Index. Get it here!",1731883668,9bf3f002d9,2cdcd97629,,,1731883668 -https://forbiddenplanet.com/442937-max-meow-book-volume-4-taco-time-machine/?utm_source=products&utm_medium=rss,https://forbiddenplanet.com/rss/products/,Max Meow Book: Volume 4: Taco Time Machine,"Product Description - -Welcome to Kittyopolis! Where cats rule and science is cool! Book 4 in the fur-ociously funny, secret super-hero graphic novel series with serious cat-itdue, for fans of Dog Man and Bunny vs Monkey. - -‘Funny, furry and fantastic!’ - Judd Winick, Author of the Hilo series - -It’s a cat! It’s a superhero! It’s a . . . Taco Time Machine!?!? - -Uh-oh! Mindy’s dad, Professor Microbe, is lost in the time space continuum! It’s up to Max and Mindy to save him! But time is tricky once you start messing with it and - oops! - Max may have accidentally undone his and Mindy’s very first meeting! - -That means no Space Meatball. No Science Kitty. No Cat Crusader. No best friends forever?!?! Ack! This time it’s not just Kittyopolis that’s in trouble, it’s Max and Mindy’s entire friendship! - -COVER SUBJECT TO CHANGE.",1731883653,0b8b73a382,2cb46e044c,,,1731883653 -https://www.uploadvr.com/gears-and-goo-apple-vision-pro-tower-defence-game/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Gears & Goo Is An Apple Vision Pro Tower Defence Game,"Gears & Goo is a mixed reality tower defense game from Resolution Games, launching on Apple Vision Pro in January. - -Resolution Games is of course no stranger to VR and mixed reality. Its spatial board and card game collection Game Room is considered one of Apple Vision Pro's top titles, and its award-winning dungeon crawler Demeo is on every major headset, in addition to a cross-play flatscreen version on PlayStation 5, Windows, Mac, and iPad. Its other past titles include Acron, Angry Birds VR, Cook Out, Blaston, Racket Club, and its colocated mixed reality shooter Spatial Ops launches tomorrow on Quest and Pico. - -0:00 / 0:28 1× - -Here's how Resolution describes Gears & Goo, its third Apple Vision Pro game: - -Gears & Goo is an action-packed game where you control a fun army of Sodarians in a thrilling battle for territory and Sodalite domination. Command your workers to gather resources, man turrets, and send out waves of quirky troops as you strategically place spells and unleash chaos on the battlefield. Build your base, unlock exciting new units, and watch the mayhem unfold as your miniature Sodarian armies clash with the Oozers. - -Gears & Goo will be available through Apple Arcade, the $7/month game subscription service similar to Xbox Game Pass but for Apple devices, from January 9.",1731883659,9397b145ff,2c48d6b4b2,,,1731883659 -https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fnins.2024.1517573,https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/neuroscience/rss,Editorial: Advances in retinal imaging biomarkers for cerebrovascular diseases,"Editorial on the Research Topic - -Advances in retinal imaging biomarkers for cerebrovascular diseases - -Over the past decade, ocular imaging strategies have significantly improved the detection of neurodegeneration and microvascular changes in a wide range of cerebrovascular diseases (Kashani et al., 2021). Advances in technologies such as fundus photography, optical coherence tomography (OCT), and OCT angiography (OCTA) have provided new insights into the disease mechanism of patients with stroke, internal carotid artery stenosis (ICAS), and dementia. Recently, multimodality ocular imaging approaches have expanded to systematically assess various ocular structures including the optic nerve head (ONH), retina, and choroid. Such multimodality imaging enhances the detection of neurodegeneration and microvascular changes, providing objective information on the disease which is useful for prognosis. Given its accessibility, ocular imaging could be integrated into neurology clinics, enabling direct evaluation of ocular tissues that reflect brain health. However, the exact contribution of these ocular metrics in various cerebrovascular diseases remains poorly understood. This editorial summarizes articles from the Research Topic “Advances in retinal imaging biomarkers for cerebrovascular diseases”, with the goal of enhancing our understanding of the value of retinal imaging in the diagnosis and treatment of cerebrovascular diseases. - -Wang et al. systematically studied the relationship between retinal structure and vessel density changes and cerebral small vessel disease (CSVD) imaging markers, as well as the total CSVD burden, thus complementing existing research. Given the inherent presence of various CSVD imaging markers and retinal imaging markers, along with their rich spatial characteristics (e.g., different brain region CSVD imaging features and retinal features classified into four quadrants: superior, nasal, inferior, and temporal), numerous studies have explored the relationship between these factors (Lee et al., 2020; van de Kreeke et al., 2018). The authors reported a correlation between the vessel density of the superficial retinal capillary plexus (SRCP) and CSVD imaging manifestations, supporting small-vessel arteriosclerosis as a mechanism affecting both the retina and brain. This study also emphasized the need for robust and sensitive ophthalmic indicators, validated by longitudinal studies, to serve as non-invasive and economical markers reflecting CSVD. - -Zhang et al. reviewed the evidence supporting the use of retinal imaging to diagnose various cerebrovascular diseases, including stroke, CSVD, vascular cognitive impairment, and subtypes of the former two conditions. From an anatomical and pathophysiological perspective, retinal imaging can be used for the early diagnosis and prevention of cerebral vascular diseases because the retina and optic nerve are connected to the central nervous system, while the retinal artery and vein are linked to the internal carotid artery system and internal jugular vein, respectively (Patton et al., 2005). Overall, a growing body of research has found that retinal microvasculature disruption, reduced retinal nerve fiber layer (RNFL) thickness and other static morphological metrics are indicative of cerebrovascular diseases. Additionally, measurements of dynamic blood flow conditions, such as blood flow velocity, might reflect the total burden of CSVD. However, one major challenge of using multimodal retinal imaging to detect cerebrovascular diseases in their early stages is that many retinal imaging features are difficult to correlate with specific cerebrovascular diseases due to the complex interplay of various pathological processes and the influence of confounding factors, such as hypertension and diabetes (Hughes et al., 2016). - -The systematic review and meta-analysis conducted by Hou et al. highlight the value of OCT/OCTA as a tool that can quantitatively measure the structural and microvascular changes in the retina and choroid of internal carotid artery stenosis (ICAS) and provide a more nuanced understanding of ICAS's biological underpinnings. ICAS is well-established as a risk factor for cerebral ischemic events, contributing to 10–20% of strokes and transient ischemic attacks, and it can lead to cognitive impairment through mechanisms such as hypoperfusion, microembolization, and cerebrovascular reactivity (Gutierrez et al., 2022). An impaired blood flow in the internal carotid artery can influence blood flow in the ocular circulation since the ophthalmic artery, which is the first branch of the internal carotid artery, gives rise to the posterior ciliary artery and central retinal artery, resulting in ocular symptoms and signs on the ipsilateral side of the affected carotid artery including amaurosis fugax or ocular ischemic syndrome. The authors found that eyes on the ipsilateral side had reduced retinal ganglion cell thickness compared to controls. Nevertheless, there is no significant difference in the choroidal thickness. The study also observed a lower radial peripapillary capillary density around the optic nerve head in ICAS patients, suggesting microcirculatory impairment in the retina. This research is crucial for developing precision therapies targeting ICAS. For instance, retinal ganglion cells are significant neurons for retinal signaling and damage to their function or a reduction in their structural thickness can directly affect visual processing. In addition, these layers are affected by various cerebrovascular diseases, including stroke (Cuenca et al., 2020; Kingsbury et al., 2020). - -This Research Topic of studies focuses on elucidating the impact of various cerebrovascular disorders on the eye by exploring their effects on the structure and microvasculature. Such research provides new perspectives for the diagnosis and treatment of various cerebrovascular diseases, allowing for more targeted approaches based on the specific characteristics of each condition. For example, while cerebral small vessel disease affects the total retinal thickness, retinal microvasculature, and choriocapillaris, ICAS primarily impacts the radial peripapillary capillary network (capillaries around the optic nerve head). Furthermore, the implications of these findings could extend beyond cerebrovascular diseases, as many neurological conditions, such as Alzheimer's disease (AD), share overlapping features with cerebrovascular disorders. Thus, insights from cerebrovascular research may benefit broader neurological studies. To deepen our understanding, a comprehensive framework integrating genetic risk factors, neuroimaging, and ocular imaging across hierarchical levels, along with longitudinal studies on the long-term effects of structural and microvascular changes in the eye, is necessary. In conclusion, this Research Topic has highlighted the diverse effects of cerebrovascular diseases on ocular health. A multidisciplinary approach to these conditions provides deeper insights into ocular changes, and we hope that this research will stimulate further exploration of the hierarchical impact of cerebrovascular diseases on the eye, paving the way for more effective and targeted diagnostic and therapeutic strategies. - -Author contributions - -YW: Writing – original draft. RL: Writing – review & editing. LC: Writing – review & editing. HW: Writing – review & editing. BW: Writing – review & editing. SJ: Writing – review & editing. - -Funding - -The author(s) declare financial support was received for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. This work was supported by grants from the National Natural Science Foundation of China (Nos. 82271328, 82071320, 82371322, and 82301661), Post-Doctor Research Project, West China Hospital, Sichuan University (No. 2023HXBH007), Sichuan Science and Technology Program (No. 2024YFFK0314), and National Key R&D Program of China (Nos. 2023YFC2506600, 2023YFC2506603). - -Acknowledgments - -We would like to express our gratitude to Dr. William Robert Kwapong from the Department of Neurology, Xuanwu Hospital, Capital Medical University, Beijing, China, for his valuable insights and constructive feedback on this manuscript. - -Conflict of interest - -The authors declare that the research was conducted in the absence of any commercial or financial relationships that could be construed as a potential conflict of interest. - -The author(s) declared that they were an editorial board member of Frontiers, at the time of submission. This had no impact on the peer review process and the final decision. - -Publisher's note - -All claims expressed in this article are solely those of the authors and do not necessarily represent those of their affiliated organizations, or those of the publisher, the editors and the reviewers. Any product that may be evaluated in this article, or claim that may be made by its manufacturer, is not guaranteed or endorsed by the publisher. - -References - -Cuenca, N., Ortuño-Lizarán, I., Sánchez-Sáez, X., Kutsyr, O., Albertos-Arranz, H., Fernández-Sánchez, L., et al. (2020). Interpretation of OCT and OCTA images from a histological approach: clinical and experimental implications. Prog. Retin. Eye Res. 77:100828. doi: 10.1016/j.preteyeres.2019.100828 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Kingsbury, C., Heyck, M., Bonsack, B., Lee, J. Y., and Borlongan, C. V. (2020). Stroke gets in your eyes: stroke-induced retinal ischemia and the potential of stem cell therapy. Neural Regen. Res. 15, 1014–1018. doi: 10.4103/1673-5374.270293 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Lee, J. Y., Kim, J. P., Jang, H., Kim, J., Kang, S. H., Kim, J. S., et al. (2020). Optical coherence tomography angiography as a potential screening tool for cerebral small vessel diseases. Alzheimers. Res. Ther. 12:73. doi: 10.1186/s13195-020-00638-x PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar",1731883641,75eaeab355,2c79be606f,,,1731883641 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/designers/a62785877/the-week-in-fashion-anya-taylor-joy-tate-mcrae-holiday-campaigns/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,Anya Taylor-Joy and Tate McRae Bring Holiday Spirit in New Shoots,"Every product on this page was chosen by a Harper's BAZAAR editor. We may earn commission on some of the items you choose to buy. - -Welcome to the Week in Fashion, Bazaar’s at-a-glance guide to what the industry is talking about. - -Tate McRae Is Dreaming of a Skims Christmas - -On Monday morning, one of coworkers asked me, How does Kim Kardashian manage to tap so many major stars? when the latest Skims campaign was released, starring none other than rising pop star Tate McRae. While it’s unclear just how big the talent budget is over at Skims, the athleisure and shapewear company continues to grow its list of celebrity endorsees, the latest of which includes the “Greedy” singer. - -McRae teamed up with Skims to promote the brand’s holiday shop, in a campaign where she channels vintage Coca-Cola ads in a bright red bodysuit and boots while cuddling up next to a (presumably fake) polar bear. - -“I love the holidays, and Skims always nails the perfect pieces for every occasion,” McRae said in a press release. “This year’s holiday collection is amazing! It has such a cute mix of comfy and romantic styles. I felt amazing in everything and can’t wait to wear it all season.” - -The Skims Holiday Collection, which launched on October 30, includes over 150 limited-edition pieces of loungewear, intimates, matching sets, and more. You can peruse the new pieces . - -Matthieu Blazy Unveils His First Fine-Jewelry Collection for Bottega Veneta - -Bottega Veneta - -To say that Matthieu Blazy has left his mark on Bottega Veneta would be an understatement. Who else is putting guests in animal-shaped beanbag chairs at fashion shows and challenging sartorial rules in the same way as Blazy? - -While the designer continues to share his playful vision with the world, his scope just expanded earlier this week, when he released his first line of fine jewelry for the brand. - -Coming to select Bottega Veneta boutiques worldwide, the collection is composed of three different “families,” including Drop, Primavera, and Catena. All of the pieces were handmade in Vicenza, AKA “the City of Gold” and the home to Bottega Veneta’s first-ever atelier. - -A press release from the brand stated that, “For Matthieu Blazy, this unrivaled craft heritage was the perfect context to realize his fine jewelry vision. Working closely with the city’s expert artisans – many of whom have over 25 years of experience in their craft – Blazy developed the collection to include both organic and sculptural shapes, with an uncompromising commitment to premium 18kt gold and the highest quality diamonds in color, clarity, carat, and cut.” - -You can shop jewelry from the maison . - -Bob Mackie’s Spectacular Designs to Go on Sale - -Julien's Auctions - -It’s really felt like we’ve been transported back to the ’70s these past few weeks, with Cher and her longtime collaborator and costume designer, Bob Mackie, all over the news. - -First, Cher acted as one of the headlining artists at the 2024 Victoria’s Secret Fashion Show, right as a selection of her famous outfits, designed by Mackie, went on display at the Rock Hall Museum. Then, the singer was inducted into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame soon after, where she was introduced by Zendaya, who paid homage to the legend in one of Mackie’s archival outfits. - -And now, Julien’s Auctions and Turner Classic Movies (TCM) announced the newest chapter of their partnership, called “A Week of Hollywood Legends,” which will consist of auctions from the Collections of Mackie, Sir Laurence Olivier, and Dame Joan Plowright. - -Mackie will specifically receive his own celebration with “Unmistakably Mackie,” a presentation of some of his most famous creations. On the auction block, there will be pieces worn by Cher on The Sonny and Cher Show and Judy Garland for her variety series, as well as looks more recently donned by Miley Cyrus, Pink, and Zendaya. A portion of the Cyrus dress sale will even benefit MusiCares®. Check out more about the auctions, which begin on December 10, here. - -Lanvin Rounds Out Their Photo Project With a New Campaign - -Two years ago, Lanvin unveiled their Character Studies series, a photographic project that captures intimate portraits of subjects as a way to add new depth to the house’s designs. Existing outside the traditional seasons, these campaigns are not your typical shoots. - -Now, the oldest continually-operating French couture house has unveiled “Character Studies: The Final Chapter.” This latest installment was shot by Steven Meisel, with artistic direction from M/M Paris, and modeling from stars like Raquel Zimmermann, Bibi Breslin, Nanne Groenewegen, Maty Fall, Pierrick George, and Jun Yeong Baeck. - -In a press release, the label explained: “In what has until now been exclusively black and white photography, color is carefully and sparingly introduced alongside the dynamism of silhouettes in movement, recalling the distinctive style of Jeanne Lanvin’s original sketches. An artistic impulse from nearly a century ago is reimagined in a bold register that speaks to a house in forward motion. As Lanvin welcomes a new artistic director, its foundational archetypes are illuminated at once with timeless allure and anticipation for the future.” - -Anya Taylor-Joy Takes Us to a Tiffany Winter Wonderland - -As Mariah Carey’s already declared, we’ve switched from spooky season to holiday season, and with that, the fashion world is leaning in, like Tiffany & Co., who just unveiled their new 2024 holiday campaign starring Anya Taylor-Joy. - -The house ambassador leads “With Love, Since 1837,” a sparkly new initiative from Tiffany & Co. In the campaign film shot by Jonas Lindstroem, Taylor-Joy walks through a snowy New York City, rocking a black strapless gown and dazzling pieces from the maison. Meanwhile, she highlights the place where the fine jewelry company was born, asking viewers to follow her throughout the “city where love never sleeps.” - -Taylor-Joy excitedly promoted the campaign on her personal Instagram, writing, “THRILLED to unveil my new campaign with @tiffanyandco :) Epitomizing the unique balance of modernity and heritage Tiffany & Co. is known for, contemporary design is combined with classic Hollywood glamour in these Tiffany High Jewelry pieces. #JeanSchlumberger #TiffanyHighJewelry #TiffanyAndCo.” - -Shop their holiday collection here.",1731883623,66787ad63a,2ce0766b59,,,1731883623 -https://www.polygon.com/what-to-watch/24064917/best-movies-2024,https://www.polygon.com/rss/index.xml,The best movies of 2024 so far,"Awards season approaches, but don’t tell that to the year in movies — they’ve been on a hot streak all year long. - -There have been standout genre movies, early awards contenders, crowd-pleasing blockbuster fare, and everything in between so far this year. The last stretch of the year is going to be jam-packed with even more, and if what we’ve seen from 2024 so far is any indication, we’re in for more great times at the movies. - -Here at Polygon, we keep a running list of the year’s best movies, starting early and updating often, making a case for the films we think are worth your time. We’ll keep this list going throughout the year, so you can see what we’re watching and recommending and catch up on anything you’ve missed as new movies continue to roll out, before releasing our final list of the best movies of 2024 near the end of the year. - -The movies will be listed in reverse chronological order, so the newest releases will always show up first. Our latest update added 100 Yards, Smile 2, Azrael, The Substance, and Perfect Days. - -The best movies of 2024 so far - -100 Yards - -Image: Well Go USA - -Where to watch: Available for digital rental/purchase on Amazon and Apple TV - -One of the most beautifully shot movies of the year also happens to be a riveting martial arts period piece with stunning, crisp choreography and a colorful cast of characters. 100 Yards follows two young men (Jacky Heung and Andy On) vying for control of a powerful wushu academy whose leader (one’s father, the other’s mentor) has died. My personal No. 1 movie of the year, it is a must-watch for fans of martial arts films and historical dramas alike. —Pete Volk - -Smile 2 - -Image: Paramount Pictures - -Where to watch: In theaters - -Smile 2 is what every movie sequel should hope to be: bigger, better, and more entertaining than the original. While the first movie took its excellent premise of a killer curse that manifests itself as a smile and kept the whole thing small-scale and localized among a community, the sequel goes big as an international pop star, played fantastically by Naomi Scott, gets inflicted with the curse. It’s the perfect logical conclusion to the original movie’s concept, right down to the fact that viewers know the curse passes itself on by having people witness gruesome deaths, a fact that hangs brilliantly over the movie until its very final moments. —Austen Goslin - -Azrael - -Where to watch: Shudder - -A nearly wordless horror movie set long after the biblical rapture, Azrael is a wild, horrifying, and very gory thrill. While the production design is particularly impressive, Arzael’s real secret weapon is the tremendous lead performance from Samara Weaving, who excels at communicating the horrors of this world without ever saying a word. —AG - -The Substance - -Image: MUBI - -Where to watch: Mubi - -The Substance is a horror movie about external misogyny burrowing into a woman, feeding and growing on her self-hatred, and then bursting back into the world more powerful and monstrous than before. Or! It’s about age and how our older selves will inevitably foot the bill for our selfish, entitled, shortsighted younger selves. Unless! It’s about how Hollywood is a joyless and self-righteous machine fixated on stories that “say something,” but what cinema needs most is an artistic return to the styles of Frank Henenlotter and early Peter Jackson. The best (and most divisive) thing about The Substance is it’s the year’s finest Rorschach test. —Chris Plante - -Rebel Ridge - -Photo: Allyson Riggs/Netflix - -Where to watch: Netflix - -Jeremy Saulnier’s latest movie about people navigating startling violence has a twist that his beloved, gory thrillers Blue Ruin and Green Room and his horror debut, Murder Party, can’t match: Netflix’s Rebel Ridge is about a Black military veteran dealing with overstepping white cops in a small Southern town, which gives the whole movie a shivery suggestion that for once, a Saulnier character knows how to handle himself in a fight, and is just picking his moment. The Underground Railroad’s Aaron Pierre stars as Terry, a quiet, polite ex-Marine who’s just trying to bail his cousin out of jail when a group of corrupt local policemen (led by action vet Don Johnson at his most genially reptilian) assault him and take his money, claiming they suspect it’s the proceeds of a drug deal. - -Rebel Ridge is in part a message movie about the rank injustice of civil asset forfeiture policies, and in part a message movie about race and the growing problem of white supremacy in policing. But it’s mostly a gripping thriller in the mold of 1982’s First Blood, a consciously slow-burn, low-key action movie based in physical realism and authenticity. Saulnier and Pierre ramp up the tension to unbearable levels, then pay it all off in a supremely satisfying way. —Tasha Robinson - -My Old Ass - -Image: Amazon MGM Studios - -Where to watch: In theaters - -This quirky time-travel comedy follows a teenage girl who, after doing a lot of shrooms, comes face-to-face with her adult self, who has a few choice bits of advice for her. Aubrey Plaza and Maisy Stella have a wonderful back-and-forth banter as two versions of the same person. But My Old Ass isn’t just a funny movie; it’s also a very poignant coming-of-age story, one that’s a perfect snapshot of being on the cusp of adulthood right when everything changes. —Petrana Radulovic - -Twilight of the Warriors: Walled In - -Where to watch: Digital rental/purchase on Amazon, Apple TV - -Master director Soi Cheang (SPL 2: A Time for Consequences) returns to the martial arts genre with this outstanding drama set within the confines of Kowloon Walled City in the final stretch of the city’s existence. Twilight of the Warriors follows a refugee (Raymond Lam) on the run from a local crime boss (the legendary Sammo Hung) who flees to the Walled City and ends up embedded with another crime boss (the also legendary Louis Koo). - -As you would hope from a martial arts movie set within a cramped space like Kowloon Walled City, the action design is terrific. Cheang makes the most of the space, having characters move vertically and even diagonally through the city’s tight alleyways, winding staircases, and rooftop eaves. But Twilight of the Warriors also delivers captivating, complicated character relationships and a compelling narrative that also serves as an allegory for the end of an era of Hong Kong action filmmaking. —Pete Volk - -Trap - -Image: Warner Bros. Pictures - -Where to watch: Digital rental/purchase on Amazon, Apple TV - -Trap is just about the most fun you can have with a new movie in 2024. It follows Josh Hartnett as a seemingly regular dad, valiantly taking his daughter to a mega pop star’s sold-out concert. But it turns out the whole concert has been set up as a trap to capture a serial killer the cops think will be in attendance. The twist, which we cleverly learned about in the very first trailer for the movie, is that Hartnett’s good-natured dad is that serial killer. - -As with most of M. Night Shyamalan’s movies, his brand of earnestness and utter lack of cynicism and vanity won’t be for everyone. Trap is, in fact, a decidedly goofy movie at many points, and while that may sound like an insult, it’s an unambiguous compliment. Hartnett’s performance as the Butcher is wonderful, full of gleeful menace as he puts on his “regular guy” persona and plays on people’s better nature to get away with lying to their faces. - -The movie’s best feature is how credibly it lets us feel in on the joke, like an inverse of Shyamalan’s signature twists. Trap takes the appeal of watching a movie with an eleventh-hour reveal, watching it over and over to see just how duplicitous the villain truly was, and stretches it out to feature length, all without losing the spark that makes that experience special. —Austen Goslin - -Kneecap - -Image: British Film Institute via The Sundance Institute - -Where to watch: Digital rental/purchase on Amazon, Apple TV - -Kneecap has a very simple premise that, after watching, you’re almost certain to agree with: The world doesn’t spend nearly enough time talking about Irish rap music. The movie tells a semi-fictionalized version of the origin story for the very real Irish-language hip-hop group Kneecap. - -The film follows the moments that led to the group forming, with a special focus on how rarely Irish is spoken in Ireland anymore, and ways that the group’s music tries to correct that fact. The film nails the group’s frustration over Ireland’s lack of native identity and perfectly shows the ways that it bursts out into their angry brand of infectiously catchy, pro-Ireland hip-hop. - -The group is made up of two high schoolers and their teacher, and the movie stars all three real-life members as their respective characters. The trio are all surprisingly great actors, given their underground musician origins, but what they really lend to the movie is a true sense of heart and energy, infusing the many musical performances with authenticity that traditional actors could never have managed. When the band hits a stage, no matter how tiny or gross the venue, the movie turns into pure electricity with the passion and rage of their performance showing through in every frame. —AG - -Longlegs - -Image: Neon - -Where to watch: Digital rental/purchase on Amazon, Apple TV - -It’s rare that a horror movie about a satanic serial killer is also one of the funniest movies of the year, but that’s exactly the trick Longlegs pulls off. The movie follows a young FBI agent named Lee Harker (Maika Monroe), who may or may not be psychic, as she chases down a serial killer (Nicolas Cage) who doesn’t actually seem to ever come into contact with the families he murders. - -The mystery of the movie is enticing, but it’s not the kind of movie that’s daring you to solve the crime at its center. Rather, Longlegs asks you to go along with its characters on their bizarre ride through hell. A ride, by the way, that passes through the territory of haunted dolls, possessed children, heavy metal, and quite a few appearances by Satan himself in physical form. And that’s a ride that’s well worth the price of admission. - -Longlegs may not be the scariest movie of the year, but it is big, bold, and fun in a way that few horror movies these days get to be. —AG - -Janet Planet - -Image: A24 - -Where to watch: Digital rental/purchase on Amazon, Apple TV - -Janet Planet captures the specific aching feeling of being a lonely little girl during one melancholy summer in the ’90s. 11 year-old Lacy (Zoey Ziegler) and her mother (the titular Janet, played by Julianne Nicholson) share a close but almost codependent relationship. The two of them spend a long summer together as three different people drift in and out of their lives, anchored by each other for better and for worse. —PR - -The Bikeriders - -Image: 20th Century Studios - -Where to watch: Peacock - -Writer-director Jeff Nichols (Take Shelter, Midnight Special) adapted a classic book of photojournalism about 1960s biker clubs to make this wonderfully sturdy and old-fashioned (in a good way) gang melodrama. It’s built around three proper movie-star performances from some of the hottest actors around: a stupendously handsome Austin Butler going full James Dean in Rebel Without a Cause, Jodie Comer going full Lorraine Bracco in Goodfellas (with a simply extraordinary Chicago accent), and Tom Hardy going full Tom Hardy. It’s a movie of simple pleasures — thunderous Harley-Davidsons, banging Shangri-Las needle drops, gorgeous actors looking cool — that transcend cliché to enter the realm of American myth. —Oli Welsh - -Robot Dreams - -Image: Neon - -Where to watch: Digital rental/purchase on Apple TV - -Director Pablo Berger was so dang moved by Sara Varon’s graphic novel Robot Dreams that he started an animation studio to make it into a movie. Told entirely without dialogue, Robot Dreams is about a lonely dog who befriends a robot and the whirlwind summer they spend together before life forces them apart. The characters are evocative and the anthropomorphic world is very charming. But despite the humanized animals, this isn’t a goofy, gag-filled movie; Robot Dreams is actually an incredibly poignant and bittersweet film all about the meaningful friendships that we can’t always take with us as life goes on. The last scenes hit like a gut punch, aching in the best sort of way. —PR - -Furiosa: A Mad Max Saga - -Image: Warner Bros. Entertainment/YouTube - -Where to watch: Max - -Where George Miller’s 2015 masterpiece Mad Max: Fury Road was a metal ballad — the kind that makes you feel like a god for all of its absurd 15-minute run time — Furiosa is the rest of the concept album. - -The prequel follows Imperator Furiosa (Alyla Browne and Anya Taylor-Joy) from kidnapping to “kidnapping,” beginning with warriors stealing her away and ending where Fury Road begins. Between, we get a moody, suspenseful story of a girl who must learn how to harness enormous rage against Chris Hemsworth’s Dementus, an equally threatening and pathetic villain. - -It’s absurd to say about a Mad Max movie, but Furiosa is thinky. Miller shows, but he almost never tells — a big difference from Fury Road’s scrawl of “WE ARE NOT THINGS.” But Furiosa is not Fury Road. This much you must accept for it to seem wondrous. —Susana Polo - -Hit Man - -Image: Netflix - -Where to watch: Netflix - -Subtlety is often profoundly overrated. Take for instance Hit Man, the excellent new movie from Richard Linklater, a romantic comedy that’s mostly about whether or not people have the capacity to change. Another movie might make that a quiet, unspoken metaphor or a question that lingers around the edges of its characters’ psyches, but Hit Man makes the theme an essential part of every story beat, joke, and line of dialogue, making it not just one of the funniest movies of the year, but one of the most interesting and clever, too. - -Hit Man follows the mild-mannered and generally boring Gary (Glen Powell), a philosophy professor who moonlights by helping the cops catch people trying to hire hitmen. What starts as a purely technical gig, rigging cameras and setting up wires, quickly transforms into an obsession for Gary when he’s asked to stand in for the fake hitman and realizes he’s got a knack for it. Of course, he also enjoys the fact that it gives him a chance to don an entirely new face and personality. Posing as a hitman lets Gary escape Gary, even for just a few minutes, and it’s outstanding. Until, of course, he falls for a girl who only knows him as the dangerous assassin “Ron.” - -Gary’s philosophy teacher day job gives the movie a rare chance to address its questions of identity head-on. The script, co-written by Powell and Linklater, cleverly has Gary work through his own issues of self through his lectures, doing things like having his class discuss whether some people deserve to die — thereby letting his would-be girlfriend off the hook for trying to have her husband killed. It’s a gimmick that would lead another movie to utter disaster, but thanks to the charm of Powell, and the presentation of Linklater, Hit Man pulls it off beautifully, making the movie equal parts silly rom-com and insightful look at how people shape their personas as they move through the world. —AG - -I Saw the TV Glow - -Photo: Spencer Pazer/A24 - -Where to watch: Max, or for digital rental/purchase on Amazon, Apple TV - -I Saw the TV Glow might be one of the scariest movies ever made about the suburbs. The manicured lawns and beautiful houses of American towns have long been one of the greatest settings for horror movies, but few have ever succeeded at making them feel as alienating and empty as Jane Schoenbrun’s latest film. - -The movie follows Owen (Justice Smith), a teenager who feels like a self-conscious outsider in every situation, both socially and to himself, who meets Maddy (Bridgette Lundy-Paine) who introduces him to her favorite TV show: The Pink Opaque. The two bond over the show as their lives change around it, and the show slowly starts to seep more and more into their actual reality. - -I Saw the TV Glow is a movie about the ways that art changes and shapes us. The way a special TV show can come along at just the right moment to suddenly turn your life in a different direction. It’s about the times that art can show us ourselves more clearly than any mirror, and how hard it can be to understand the gaps between the two. —AG - -Property - -Image: Dark Star Pictures - -Where to watch: Digital rental/purchase on Apple TV, Vudu - -In spite of strong, positive festival reviews and a Best Picture win at 2023’s Fantastic Fest, Daniel Bandeira’s terrifying directorial debut, Property, slipped straight onto digital services in May with little fanfare. But fans of tense, smart horror-thrillers shouldn’t miss it. Malu Galli stars as Teresa, the wife of a rich Brazilian property owner who’s winding down operations on his country estate. He plans to evict all the workers who maintain the property, tear down their homes, and build a hotel. At the same time, he’s demanding they pay off the debts they’ve incurred from living at subsistence-level wages, where any minor improvement to their lives or properties is considered a loan. When the workers revolt, Teresa winds up trapped in an armored car, stuck in a standoff with desperate people who can’t afford to let her leave. - -Part Panic Room, part social drama, and part eat-the-rich movie, Property is cunningly engineered to keep the audience’s sympathies shifting from scene to scene as both sides in the conflict fight for survival. Teresa’s fight to survive is simple, but her adversaries’ situation is much more complicated, and Bandeira lets the face-off unfold in layered, complicated ways while still keeping the action breathless and gripping. It’s a real stunner, and it deserves much more attention than it’s gotten. —TR - -The Fall Guy - -Photo: Eric Laciste/Universal Pictures - -Where to watch: Peacock - -Few movies in 2024 are going to be as much fun as The Fall Guy. - -Somewhere between a rom-com and an action movie, The Fall Guy is about a stuntman (Ryan Gosling) coming back from an injury, and his ex-girlfriend (Emily Blunt) who’s finally getting the chance to direct her first big feature film. But when production of the movie is threatened by the erratic movie star (Aaron Taylor-Johnson) going missing, the stunt guy has to become a real hero to save the day. - -The movie is big, silly, ridiculous, and very funny, but its best attribute is the gravity shifting charisma of its two stars. Gosling and Blunt are both tremendously charming in the movie, a winning couple that the movie makes it impossible not to root for, and who you can’t help but want to be friends with. - -On top of that, the entire production is a love-letter to movies, and the stunt teams who make them possible. The movie is full of excellent car chases, ridiculous falls, and hilarious fights that all bring the kind of levity we don’t get enough from blockbusters anymore. —AG - -Mars Express - -Image: Everybody on Deck/GKIDS - -Where to watch: Digital rental/purchase on Amazon, Apple TV - -Jérémie Périn’s directorial feature debut is one of this year’s best animated movies: a neo-noir sci-fi mystery set in an extraplanetary society where humanity lives side by side with robots who serve at their every beck and call. Besides the film’s beautiful anime-inspired animation, Mars Express offers a tantalizing glimpse of a fully realized universe populated with complicated, tragic, and endlessly fascinating characters whose personal dramas are organically interwoven into the fabric of its futuristic storytelling and presentation. It’s an animated film for and by adults; it’s mature in every sense of the word, and a visionary work from an eminently talented director. —Toussaint Egan - -Challengers - -Image: MGM/Everett Collection - -Where to watch: Prime Video, MGM Plus, or for digital rental/purchase on Amazon, Apple TV - -Director Luca Guadagnino (Call Me By Your Name, Bones and All) and writer Justin Kuritzkes (yes, the “Potion Seller” guy) bring a lot of intense energy to the sports drama / threesome drama Challengers, whether Guadagnino is shooting a tennis match from the ball’s point of view or Kuritzkes is leaping back and forth in time, filling in gaps in the romantic and professional history of three former friends and tennis rivals, played by Zendaya, Mike Faist, and Josh O’Connor. Billed as a steamy, sexy movie about three-ways, it’s something much better — a movie that packs its sexual energy into a variety of different forms of rivalry and emotion, expertly woven together for maximum impact. It’s designed to keep audiences guessing right up to the final shot, and to get deeply invested in the outcome, whether or not they care about tennis, or even about sports in general. —TR - -Chime - -Image: Roadstead - -Where to watch: Roadstead.io - -Chime is a horror movie about a sound that infects people like a virus. It worms its way into their brains until they hear it constantly, louder and louder, driving them toward random acts of horrific violence. And there’s no way to know who has it. It’s creepy enough as a premise to be intriguing, but throw in the fact that it was written and directed by Japanese horror legend Kiyoshi Kurosawa, and you have the recipe for one of the eeriest movies of the year. - -Kurosawa’s masterstroke in Chime is, in part, to never overtly play the infecting tone for the audience. There are a few creepy, unidentifiable sounds, alien and distinct and always effective. But every sound in the movie is heightened, blaring while the characters stand (often completely still), constantly threatening some tragedy or new horror. It’s all horrifying in a way that feels completely unique to Chime, like Kurosawa invented a new kind of horror no one had heard before. —AG - -Civil War - -Image: A24/Everett Collection - -Where to watch: Digital rental/purchase on Amazon, Apple TV, Max on Sept. 13 - -Baby Assassins 2 - -Image: Well Go USA Entertainment - -Where to watch: Digital rental/purchase on Amazon, YouTube - -The first Baby Assassins was one of my very favorite movies of 2022, so it’s no surprise I loved the sequel. A fantastic mash-up of two unlikely genres – assassin thriller and teen girl slice-of-life – the Baby Assassins movies rely heavily on the outstanding star power of its leads (Saori Izawa and Akari Takaishi) and best-in-class fight choreography from Kensuke Sonomura. - -This time, the baby assassins are struggling to pay off some surprising debts incurred through their work while also being hunted by two up-and-coming assassins who want their jobs. That leads, of course, to some classic teenage hijinks and some banger fights, including the girls brawling in mascot costumes and a banger finale that rivals the first movie’s excellent ending. I would be perfectly content with 20 more of these movies. —PV - -The Beast - -Image: Kinology - -Where to watch: Criterion Channel - -Nocturama director Bertrand Bonello essentially makes three short films in three styles with The Beast, a heady, thrilling science fiction movie that follows two people (played by Léa Seydoux and George MacKay) through three incarnations, where they grapple with their emotions and their tentative connection in radically different ways. Loosely inspired by Henry James’ 1903 short story “The Beast in the Jungle,” Bonello turns the idea of a character living in dread, anticipating some great disaster, into his own Cloud Atlas. Pulling a gorgeous period drama, a tense Brian De Palma-style stalker-thriller, and a post-apocalyptic-future story into conversation with each other, Bonello offers up a pure science fiction experience that’s both technically impressive and emotionally absorbing. —TR - -The First Omen - -Photo: Moris Puccio/20th Century Studios - -Where to watch: Hulu - -It’s rare that any calendar year has a movie that’s as scary, viscerally upsetting, and exceptionally well made as The First Omen. It’s even more rare when that movie is technically a prequel to a five-decades old franchise, but here we are. - -This prequel to The Omen follows a young nun, Margaret, who gets transferred to a beautiful and seemingly peaceful convent, until she notices some strange behavior and an orphaned girl who everyone thinks is disturbed. But as she looks into what’s wrong with the girl, Margaret finds a dark and sinister plot lurking just out of sight. - -While the movie is technically a prequel to The Omen, what’s most interesting about director and co-writer Arkasha Steveson’s approach is that she seems more inspired by the tone and moody style of 70s horror movies and thrillers than she does to The Omen’s universe itself. Stevenson takes this suitably creepy set-up and folds in both supernatural horror and mystery in equal measure, twisting the whole plot into one big conspiracy where each reveal is more horrifying than the last. - -The First Omen seems like a classic Hollywood misfire on paper. After all, why would we possibly need a prequel to The Omen? Who cares what Damien’s mom was up to? But if it means a movie this good and this scary, I’ll happily take a dozen more Omen prequels. —AG - -Do Not Expect Too Much from the End of the World - -Image: Mubi - -Where to watch: Mubi, digital purchase on Amazon, Apple TV - -Radu Jude’s first full feature since 2021’s Bad Luck Banging or Loony Porn will certainly try some viewers’ patience: It’s 163 minutes of watching a harried, foul-mouthed production assistant, Angela (Ilinca Manolache) drive around Bucharest, alternating interviews for a factory’s safety PSA with making sexist, sneering Andrew Tate-inspired TikToks. Jude alternates her story with scenes from the 1982 Romanian film Angela Goes On, about a cab driver also making the rounds in Bucharest for work. The connection between the two Angelas and modern-Angela’s online alter ego “Bobita” takes some time to surface, as the film approaches its point elliptically from several directions at once, including through cameos from the original stars of Angela Goes On. - -But it all comes together in a long-take finale that plays out as what seems likely to be the year’s funniest, most brutal takedown of corporate malfeasance, the gig economy, and capitalism as a whole. The contrast between a film made at a corporation’s behest, to serve its criminal agenda, and Angela’s freeform parodies of an influencer she hates is vivid and sly. And there’s a rebellious, subversive joy in the way she and the PSA’s subjects both try to tell their own truths in an oppressive environment where moneyed interests hold most of the cards. It’s a difficult film compared to the slick corporate IP that dominates multiplexes, but that just makes it endlessly unpackable and discussable — and more memorable than you’d expect for such a slow-burn story. —TR - -The Animal Kingdom - -Image: Magnet Releasing - -Where to watch: Hulu, or for digital rental/purchase on Amazon/Apple TV - -As a mutation that turns people into human-animal hybrids starts to spread, a father and son search for the missing mother of the family, who has begun to transform herself. - -Featuring realistic creature designs that blend practical and digital effects, a rich father-son relationship anchored by strong leading performances, and a compelling overarching narrative metaphor welcoming all sorts of interpretations, The Animal Kingdom stands out in modern sci-fi. It fires on all cylinders to create one of the more powerful movies of the year, evoking a rich world populated by fascinating people. - -Part of the brilliance of The Animal Kingdom is the continued mundanity of human existence. Yes, everything we thought we knew about our species is being thrown into chaos, but there’s still work to do and school to attend and new love and enduring love and all the other shades of the human (or human-animal hybrid) experience. It’s in those moments that the true heart of the movie lies. —PV - -Love Lies Bleeding - -Image: A24 - -Where to watch: Max, or for digital rental/purchase on Amazon, Apple TV - -An adrenaline rush from start to finish, Love Lies Bleeding grabs you by the throat and never quite lets go. It follows Lou (Kristen Stewart), a reclusive gym manager with ties to the criminal underworld, who falls for aspiring bodybuilder Jackie (Katy O’Brian). While they share a few blissful weeks of peace and happiness, eventually Lou’s toxic family pulls them into a dark web, which spirals into some disastrous consequences. Stewart and O’Brian have an electric chemistry (not to mention some super steamy scenes), which makes their intense relationship simmer. It’s a wild ride, but Lou and Jackie hold fast and strong together, even when pushed to their limits. —PR - -Dune: Part Two - -Image: Warner Bros. - -Where to watch: Max - -In 2021, Denis Villeneuve’s Dune felt like a promise. Whether you liked the movie or not, it came with an assurance that it was all in service of something better, more profound, and more epic to come. That kind of hype is hard to live up to, but with Dune: Part Two, Villeneuve exceeded even the wildest expectations. - -While the movie is an astoundingly beautiful action blockbuster in the vein of epics like The Lord of the Rings, its most important feature might be how adeptly it handles its source material’s most complicated themes. Far from just being the standard chosen-one hero, the Paul Atreides of Dune: Part Two is tortured by the burden of prophecy and both dead-set on revenge and terrified of what it might cost to achieve it. - -It’s a difficult line for a blockbuster to walk, but one Dune: Part Two pulls off with the perfect alchemy of terrific performances from movie stars and delicate direction by one of the best filmmakers working right now. —AG - -How to Have Sex - -Image: Mubi - -Where to watch: Mubi, or for digital rental/purchase on Amazon/Apple TV - -The title sounds raucous, but How to Have Sex is in fact a tender, heartfelt, and searchingly honest coming-of-age tale about Tara, a brassy, secretly self-conscious 16-year-old virgin on a wild party holiday with her friends. It’s a quietly devastating movie about bad formative experiences, but also beautiful in its empathy and kindness, and funny, too. - -If you liked Aftersun, this is a must-see — director Molly Manning Walker is part of an emerging, hugely talented generation of female British filmmakers that also includes Aftersun’s Charlotte Wells. —OW - -Perfect Days - -Image: Neon/Everett Collection - -Where to watch: Hulu - -As Japan came out of COVID-19 lockdown, the billionaire founder of the parent company of Uniqlo invited New German Cinema icon Wim Wenders to Tokyo to look at the city’s public toilets that blend public service with public art. Inspired, Wenders made Perfect Days, a gentle poem of a film about one of the city’s janitors. Come for the killer soundtrack; stay for the year’s best final shot. —CP - -The Promised Land - -Image: Magnolia Pictures - -Where to watch: Hulu, free with a library card on Hoopla, or for digital rental/purchase on Amazon, Apple, Vudu - -The Promised Land is a sturdy historical drama anchored by a powerful performance by the ever reliable Mads Mikkelsen. - -Mikkelsen plays the determined Ludvig Kahlen, a retired officer of the German army who has taken his pension to try and establish a homestead on a barren moor. When Kahlen starts to set up shop, he draws the attention of a powerful local landlord and magistrate, who sets out to ruin Kahlen’s efforts at any cost. - -When two hardheaded men clash, sparks fly and people die. And that makes for some stellar Scandinavian cinema. —PV - -Hundreds of Beavers - -Image: SRH - -Where to watch: Fandor, free with ads on Tubi, and Pluto TV, free with a library card on Hoopla, or digital rental/purchase on Amazon and Apple TV - -I can sell a film nerd on Hundreds of Beavers with a seven-word elevator pitch: Looney Tunes by way of Guy Maddin. - -However, if you’re a film viewer who doesn’t traffic in Canadian arthouse obscurities, the pitch will take a bit more effort. Hundreds of Beavers garnered attention for reviving the slapstick silent film, if only for its 108 minute run time. But the black-and-white action comedy has gradually earned its reputation as a budding midnight movie thanks to its more modern flourishes. - -The story — a trapper must collect enough pelts to survive, build, and eventually win love — parodies video game quests. Its small cast would float comfortably in Adult Swim’s pool of lovable oddballs. And what writer/director Mike Cheslik does with a comparably cheap camera, some trashy beaver costumes, and a true talent with homespun special effects would make even the most ambitious YouTube editor’s jaw hit the floor. - -Unlike its modern cult contemporaries, like The Room and the films of Neil Breen, there’s no irony here. Cheslik has made something genuinely special, an excellent film that reminds us just how funny early cinema could be — and proves slapstick can still feel fresh a century later with a few timely tweaks. —Chris Plante - -Mayhem! - -Image: IFC Films - -Where to watch: AMC Plus, Digital rental/purchase on Amazon, Apple, Vudu - -The hardest-hitting action movie of the year saw Gangs of London veterans Xavier Gens and Jude Poyer combine forces for the explosive revenge thriller Mayhem! (also known by its original title, Farang).",1731883616,5af5d7a656,2cf82a4691,,,1731883616 -https://cleantechnica.com/2024/11/15/vvolt-is-bringing-the-unique-streek-e-cargo-trike-to-the-us/,https://cleantechnica.com/feed/,Vvolt Is Bringing The Unique STREEK E-Cargo Trike To The US,"Sign up for daily news updates from CleanTechnica on email. Or follow us on Google News - -In a world of oh-so-similar electric cargo bike designs, the compact STREEK stands out, but unless you live in Japan, you probably won’t ever see one, let alone purchase one. However, thanks to Vvolt, a new version of this modular e-cargo trike with a tilting front suspension is being designed for the US, adding more power and speed and a larger cockpit, with the intent of offering “the kind of electric, cargo-friendly utility people need in a busy urban landscape” to US riders. - -“Originally developed in Japan, the STREEK is a compact, modular cargo trike with a brilliant tilting front suspension that keeps your ride stable and smooth, even when it’s fully loaded. Our goal? To adapt this phenomenal trike for the U.S. market and offer the kind of electric, cargo-friendly utility people need in a busy urban landscape. - -“Now to the fun stuff. The STREEK’s tilting suspension uses lightweight carbon fiber (cool, huh?) to give it a sturdy, balanced feel at any speed. We’re talking up to 130 pounds of cargo that you can steer with confidence around sharp city corners, thanks to its intuitive electric pedal assist. And the modular cargo system? It’s fully customizable, so you can go with one or two-tier storage, whatever you need! It’s perfect for anyone from city-based families to small businesses needing quick, efficient, sustainable transport.” - -The specs for the new STREEK x Vvolt e-cargo trike, which is currently in a prototype stage, haven’t been finalized yet, but Vvolt says that it will definitely include the following: - -Gates belt drive - -Mid-drive motor with more than 100nm torque - -28 mph top pedal-assist speed - -Internal rear hub gearing - -Lightweight aluminum frame with carbon front suspension/linkage - -3-wheel hydraulic disc brakes - -350 lb total rider + load weight - -Vvolt is planning to launch the new STREEK via a Kickstarter campaign in 2025 “at significant discount” for backers, so if you’re interested, be sure to sign up for the Vvolt email list to find out when it goes live. In addition to producing the new STREEK for the US, Vvolt says it will be incorporating its modular cargo system into the company’s future e-cargo bikes, for “that same balance of stability and utility.” - -Image courtesy of Vvolt",1731883662,befffecf30,2cfa989c72,,,1731883662 -https://www.npr.org/2023/10/06/1197954251/uruguay-green-energy-carbon-emissions-climate-change,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Uruguay's power grid runs on 98% green energy. Here's how it got there : Planet Money : NPR,"How did Uruguay cut carbon emissions? The answer is blowing in the wind - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Amanda Aronczyk/NPR Amanda Aronczyk/NPR - -Back in 2007, Uruguay had a massive problem with no obvious fix. The economy of this country of 3.5 million people was growing, but there wasn't enough energy to power all that growth. There was energy rationing, and people's power bills kept going up. - -""It was difficult for us to cope,"" Ramón Méndez Galain remembers. ""It was difficult to get electricity. For some time, we were beginning to have blackouts."" - -Méndez Galain had trained as a particle physicist. ""When you are trained as a scientist,"" he says, ""you are trained to see an unsolved problem, and [to try] to find an explanation and a solution. So I used, if you wish, my scientific skills I had developed in order to face this difficulty with the same strategy."" - -Sponsor Message - -He started researching different potential paths for Uruguay's energy future and reaching out to experts he knew around the world. Ultimately, he wrote up an entire plan for how Uruguay could change its energy mix so that it relied almost entirely on renewable energy. There would be less pollution, it would be better for the climate, and, he thought, in the long run, it would be the most economical choice Uruguay could make. - -And then one day, Méndez Galain received a phone call in his office. - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Amanda Aronczyk/NPR Amanda Aronczyk/NPR - -""He said, 'Oh, hi Ramón,"" Méndez Galain recalls. ""I've been reading what you said. I'm talking with the president, and we wanted you to implement that strategy.'"" - -The president of Uruguay had seen Méndez Galain's plan and was now inviting him to become Uruguay's new national director of energy. Méndez Galain accepted. - -Countries all over the world have spent the last decade announcing lofty goals to reduce the emissions that cause climate change. In the United States, President Biden has set a goal to reach 100 percent carbon pollution-free electricity by 2035. But Uruguay has almost reached that goal already. In a typical year, 98% of Uruguay's grid is powered by green energy. - -Sponsor Message - -Méndez Galain's plan was built around two simple facts about his country. First, while there wasn't a domestic supply of fossil fuels like coal or oil, there was a great deal of wind. Second, that wind blew over a country that was, to a great extent, composed of uninhabited agricultural land. His vision for Uruguay's energy future was to cover that empty land with hundreds of wind turbines. - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Amanda Aronczyk/NPR Amanda Aronczyk/NPR - -To solve the question of how to pay for all those turbines, Méndez Galain came up with a variation on an approach used by some electric utilities in neighboring Brazil. Those utilities were run via public-private partnerships, in which the utilities handled energy generation, while private companies were in charge of power distribution and customer service. Méndez Galain's scheme involved reversing that relationship, so that private companies would be in charge of setting up and maintaining the wind turbines that would power Uruguay's grid, while the public utility would continue to distribute that energy to its customers - -His scheme had the built-in advantage of pushing the billions of dollars in upfront cost to construct all those wind turbines onto the private companies. In exchange, the public utility would agree to buy all the energy those turbines produced at a set rate for 20 years. - -""Investors need to have the security that their investment will be paid back,"" explains Méndez Galain, ""and for that they need a certain amount of time."" - -In 2009, Uruguay started holding auctions in which different wind companies from around the world came to bid on how cheaply they'd sell renewable energy to the country. - -In 2011, Uruguay held an auction intended to secure 150 megawatts of new wind power, which would have represented about 5% of the country's energy generating capacity. After more than 20 different companies threw in their bids, Méndez Galain and his team decided to radically accelerate their timeline for the country's energy transition. - -Sponsor Message - -They accepted far more bids than they had originally planned, signing contracts that increased Uruguay's capacity to generate electricity not by 5%, but by more than 40%. - -Within a few years of Méndez Galain receiving that phone call inviting him to become the national director of energy, he had achieved what he had set out to do. Uruguay's energy grid was powered almost exclusively by domestically created, renewable energy, and, adjusted for inflation, consumer prices had gone down. Today, there are more than 700 wind turbines installed across Uruguay's countryside. - -""It was absolutely a complete transformation,"" says Méndez Galain. ""So many people talk about what happened as an Uruguayan energy revolution. Because really it was a revolution."" - -Today's show was hosted by Erika Beras and Amanda Aroncyzk. It was produced by Willa Rubin with help from Emma Peaslee. It was engineered by Maggie Luthar, fact-checked by Sierra Juarez and edited by Keith Romer. Alex Goldmark is our executive producer. - -Loading... - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Audio Network - ""Fruit Salad,"" ""Caviar,"" and ""Star Alignment""",1731884620,8181d7a585,2c708b5b0d,,,1731884620 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMifkFVX3lxTFBIbHJ2aXF5Nk9Sd3BvREFrS3NhTmMzcTBJUVlySEc2VkVsdTVaODlnMDR3U3pvUGE1WkU3ZWNHdnRhOVNNQTZ2bFdMU3R6WVd1Y3hvVGY2LUFYcXAxYVFXcGtHR3BnU2I5cVdjNmxac3pDdEtnVmN6TjNtcXlndw?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883611,2688d2a9c6,2ca195a8ce,,,1731883611 -https://www.communitysignal.com/when-companies-sponsor-their-employees-to-contribute-to-open-source-software/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,When Companies Sponsor Their Employees to Contribute to Open Source Software,"WordPress, the popular open source CMS, powers a reported 43%+ of the web, including this site. It is backed by a global community of contributors who volunteer their time in all sorts of ways, from code to documentation to training. But did you know that many of the project’s biggest contributors are sponsored by their employer to provide that time? - -As we discussed with Brad Williams of WebDevStudios, the success of WordPress has created an economy around the software, growing and launching many businesses that serve the needs of its users, from personal blogs to major corporations. And one of the way those companies give back is through these sponsorships. - -No company is more tied to WordPress than Automattic, the owners of WordPress.com, which was founded by the co-founder of WordPress, Matt Mullenweg. Hugh Lashbrooke is the head of community education at Automattic, which sponsors him for 40 hours a week, primarily to contribute to WordPress’ training team. - -Hugh joins us on this episode to give us an inside look at these sponsorship arrangements and how they influence WordPress team dynamics. Plus: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Hivebrite, the community engagement platform. - -How sponsored contributors bolstered WordPress’ training team (6:49): “[After COVID struck, the community team] realized that people weren’t getting the training they normally get at events. … It started off as an informal conversation with the existing training team, which wasn’t huge in terms of numbers. … We came together and now, we have this platform called Learn WordPress, which is where all of this content is housed. The idea for Learn WordPress existed in the training team before but because they were a small team … they didn’t have the resources to really get that going like they wanted. When we came on board, and because we are sponsored volunteers and we have more time and access to more resources, we were able to help them do more and now, we’re working alongside them very closely to make the platform better.” – @hlashbrooke - -Automattic can’t track the financial impact of contributors they sponsor (21:16): “As WordPress improves, and becomes more popular, that helps Automattic improve profits and revenue. In our division, we don’t track financial ROI at all. We don’t have anything to track in that sense, so we don’t. But our work in the open source project does benefit Automattic financially. … As people get better with WordPress and WordPress becomes more popular, easier to use, and more well-known, Automattic’s business grows.” – @hlashbrooke - -COVID led to volunteer drop-off (27:18): “COVID had a big impact on [volunteers dropping off]. The lockdown, everyone being at home, and just the general stress of what’s going on in the world. As we got to mid-to-late 2020, and then going all through 2021 and even now, a big dip in contributors. People weren’t as committed as they were before. People who said they would be committed, they just slowly disappeared. There was just a trend that we saw, and it was very clearly because of the response to everything going on and the world being so stressful.” – @hlashbrooke - -Allowing people to weigh-in can slow things down, but increase long-term engagement (35:40): “If you make a decision about how we’re going to lay out the homepage of something, for example, if we say, ‘This is what we do’ and we do it, then people look at it like, ‘Oh, okay.’ If you’ve had 15 people in the community contribute their voice to it and give their input on it, they’ll be more interested, and they might be more interested in contributing further because they’re like, ‘Oh, my voice actually matters, so I want to contribute more.’ Sure, it makes things take longer, but it means they generally stick around for longer because they can see the impact and the effect of their input.” – @hlashbrooke - -Hugh Lashbrooke is a long-time community builder, currently serving as head of community education for the WordPress open source project, sponsored by Automattic. He leads a team that is building and managing an education program for the WordPress community. - -[music] - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Hivebrite, the community engagement platform. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[00:00:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and welcome to the show. We’re talking with Hugh Lashbrooke, head of community education at Automattic, who is sponsored by the company to contribute to the WordPress open source project. We’re going to dig into how sponsorship arrangements help power the WordPress community and how they influence team dynamics, plus volunteer management and working in public by default. Thank you to Carol Benovic-Bradley, Marjorie Anderson, and Jules Standen for supporting the show on Patreon. For more info, please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -Hugh Lashbrooke is a longtime community builder currently serving as head of community education for the WordPress open source project, sponsored by Automattic. He leads a team that is building and managing an education program for the WordPress community. Hugh, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:06] Hugh Lashbrooke: Thanks, thank you for having me. - -[00:01:08] Patrick O’Keefe: Your bio mentions that you serve as the head of community education for WordPress, sponsored by Automattic. Can you talk about that arrangement and how that works? - -[00:01:18] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes, basically Automattic is a, I want to say for-profit company. A lot of products, WordPress.com being one of them, the hosted version of WordPress. There’s free plans and paid tiers and and all that. Acquired Tumblr a couple of years ago. There’s some WooCommerce and some other WordPress plugins. Simplenote. A bunch of online products, among other things. WordPress itself is an open source project, so it’s community-driven, it’s built by a community. No one actually owns WordPress and there’s a WordPress Foundation that owns the trademark, but the code is built and managed by the community. Automattic contributes to the WordPress open source project in terms of numbers of people and amount of staff contributed. - -As far as I’m aware Automattic’s the biggest contributor, one of the reasons for that is Matt Mullenweg, who’s our CEO. He’s also the co-founder of WordPress. We’re intrinsically linked there. Also, Automattic is the only company that’s allowed to use WordPress in a product name. The foundation has given us that exclusive access so we have WordPress.com. We’re differentiated as .com and .org and .org open source projects. The division I’m in with the company, the company is about 2,000 or so people now. Our division is about 100 people and we are the .org division and we’re 100% focused on open source projects. - -We don’t actually work on any commercial interests for the company, we just work on WordPress open source project. All the different teams. I think there’s about 18 teams in our division now. All work in different areas of the project. Because we’re working on the WordPress project, we’re described as sponsored volunteers for the project. Other companies do the same. There’s other companies in the space like GoDaddy is one, Yoast is an SEO company that does a lot of this as well. There’s lots of other companies that do it to varying degrees. Automattic, because of our size and position in the community is probably the biggest. As far as I know, numbers-wise, haven’t looked it up recently, but as far as I know. We’re sponsored volunteers because I think it’s the nature of open source. All a bit different. - -[00:03:06] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, it’s a really interesting dynamic. Like when you say your title is Head of Community Education, that’s a title that is on the Automattic side? You volunteer your time essentially, but Automattic is paying for your time to contribute to this WordPress open source project. How does that work? It’s a fascinating dynamic and I’m familiar with Five for the Future and company sponsors of people contributing to WordPress. My friend Brad Williams from WebDevStudios has been in the WordPress community for a super long time, been on the podcast. When it comes to who decides that you and your team are going to be working on community education for WordPress.org, is that a wider community conversation that involves other contributors? Is it you saying, “Well, hey, I’m willing to volunteer my time and contribute in this way. Does anyone else want to do this instead of me? We could talk about it.” or how does that get decided? - -[00:03:59] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes, so it’s a good question. You’re right that my job title’s an Automattic title. It’s nothing to do with WordPress itself. I’m managing a team within– I’m leading a team within Automattic that’s working on community education for the WordPress project. The WordPress project itself has its own structure and there are, I think currently 18 teams in the WordPress project or 20 maybe now contributor teams. There’s core, which is essentially products, there’s marketing, there’s community which is mostly events program, there’s training, there’s documentation, all different teams that contribute different parts of it. My team works most closely with the training team, which is volunteer contributors from around the world. - -Some of them have their time sponsored by the company as well. Some of them just do it in their own spare time. Some of them are just freelancers so they essentially sponsor their own time. We kind of slot into what the training team is doing. The training team existed before my team that I’m leading now existed, so they’re already doing some of this work. The training team historically has been pretty small in terms of number of people in the WordPress project. It’s one of the smallest teams in terms of numbers of people. With my team joining and we’ve done a lot of outreach work. The number of people onboard. has changed quite a bit over the last six months, which is great. We slot into what the training team’s doing and because we’re a full-time team, my team was quite small until recently. There are seven of us now. There was two or three more recently because we’ve got full-time people we can obviously do a lot more than people who have a few hours a week. - -We’ve spoken to what the training team is doing but because there’s a decent number of us getting a lot of hours we can get a lot more done. That’s how all the teams in our division work. We’re involved with one of the contributor teams in the project. I was previously leading the community team and Automattic which was working with the community team in the WordPress project managing the events program. A lot of other very cross-functional stuff. We all work with different contributor teams in the project. - -[00:05:44] Patrick O’Keefe: You have a team of seven. You’re leading a team of six. Are all six of those folks all sponsored by Automattic or are other companies involved too? - -[00:05:51] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes, all of my team is Automattic. All of us work at Automattic or are employed full-time by Automattic but we work in with the community team while on paper we’re sponsor volunteers but we’re full-time employees of the company. - -[00:06:01] Patrick O’Keefe: Got you. You have this team of seven. You used to be smaller, growing but you’re here to contribute to WordPress open source, the training of using WordPress and how to get the most out of it. You essentially go to the training team that exists and are like, “I want to contribute in this way and these are the people that I’m bringing with me. What can we take on or what needs doing?” Is that the probably loose conversation that occurs or it’s a little more structured? - -[00:06:25] Hugh Lashbrooke: It was very much a conversation, very similar to that when we started doing this. Like I said, I was leading the community team. We had this idea or shortly after COVID and the pandemic really happened and lockdowns happened all over the world and in-person events obviously dried-up quite rapidly. We moved the events program online but obviously, as many communities discovered that didn’t take off as well as people hoped it would and we realized that people weren’t getting the training that they normally get at events. We thought, as a community team, let’s provide training for people. The training team already existed in the WordPress project. - -At the time, they were very focused on building lesson plans for people to use to teach WordPress. It wasn’t necessarily providing content for people to learn. It was providing content for educators to use to then teach classes or for meetup organizers to use to run educational club meetup or something like that. We’re still doing these events as part of what we’re doing. That’s still a core part of our educational program but we came in as a community team with the idea to do actual educational training content for people, videos, courses, that kind of thing. - -It very much started off as an informal conversation with the existing training team, which like I said, wasn’t huge in terms of numbers of people. We kept the key players there and said, “Hey, you all are doing this and it’s going really well. We’ve been doing this quite a while. We’d like to work with you to improve the educational depth around WordPress and help people learn how to use WordPress that this the ideas we’ve got.” We came together and now, we have this platform called Learn WordPress, which is where all of this content is housed. - -The idea for Learn WordPress existed in the training team before that but because they were a small team and all the people on it were very much volunteers. They didn’t have any sponsored contributors. They didn’t have the resources to really get that going like they wanted. When we came on board and because we are sponsor volunteers and we have more time and access to more resources because of that we’re able to help them do more and now, we’re working alongside them very closely to make the platform better. - -[00:08:24] Patrick O’Keefe: For those who are unfamiliar, can you talk a little bit about maybe the governance structure of WordPress.org like– Easy example, when you say, training team and leaders in different segments of WordPress.org, how are those people chosen? Is it an election? Is it a volunteering process? How do you become a leader within the WordPress.org community? - -[00:08:44] Hugh Lashbrooke: It’s a good question. The phrase that is used in not just in WordPress but open source, in general, is it’s very much a duocracy. I think it’s a made up word in open source but it explains… you gain responsibility in an open source project and WordPress is no different in this sense, by doing things well within the project. Each of the contributor teams have two, sometimes three what we call team representatives and they essentially lead the team. Those are generally voted for by other contributors to that team. - -They’re sort of if you make.wordpress.org, you’ll find a blog, basically, for each team and then there’s normally voting that’s done on there. - -These are the people who are nominated. Anyone else can nominate someone else and then anyone can just come and just vote on the poll basically. It’s very public, very open. Even if you’re not even involved in the team you can come and vote if you wanted to. It’s just open to anyone to do. Generally, the only people interested in what that team is doing come and vote because no one else has that interest. It’s very much decided by the community and team reps generally for most teams, team reps are changed once a year sometimes a bit less often than that. Sometimes 18 months or 2 years and that’s just to make sure we don’t end up with a situation of entrenched leadership where someone is there and then they’ve been a team rep for 3 years and then they refused to run the votes for new reps or we get to a point- - -[00:10:06] Patrick O’Keefe: We had someone try to do that in the US last election cycle. - -[00:10:09] Hugh Lashbrooke: Familiar. You’re familiar with that, yeah. It’s very much community-focused. These individual teams, overall the WordPress projects and Matt, who I mentioned is our CEO at Automattic, he’s head of the WordPress project and then there’s Josepha ahead of him who’s– She’s actually head of my division at Automattic. She was my team lead previously. She’s what’s called the executive director of the WordPress project. That’s the leadership of the project as a whole and then individual teams and the reps and the reps are very much free to make whatever decisions they want for their team. They essentially are the– We use the term reps but they’re essentially the people managing that team and what work that team does and all that kind of thing. - -[00:10:51] Patrick O’Keefe: I’ve been using WordPress for a long time, I think my first WordCamp was like ’08. I went to WordCamp Philly, WordCamp Raleigh. Maybe another one. I have seen very casually the economy that exists around WordPress and the companies that have cropped up and the people they employ. This is just ball park. When it comes to leadership of WordPress.org amongst let’s say- define this how you want. Top contributors, team leads. I might not be using the right vernacular, but if you had to guess, how many of those people are sponsored by a company that’s paying for them full time or close to contribute to WordPress.org? - -[00:11:30] Hugh Lashbrooke: It’s tough to say because I work with a lot of people in that– Oftentimes the company they work for never comes up because it doesn’t really matter as such and with the training team, for example, that’s currently 320 team reps. One of them works at GoDaddy and part of her time is sponsored not her full time but part of it is. The other two, their time isn’t sponsored, but they’re involved. - -[00:11:47] Patrick O’Keefe: There’s a substantial number of people in the WordPress.org community that are sponsored by for-profit companies to contribute back to the project, at least or if not full-time, half-time. - -[00:11:56] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes. In terms of team reps, people leading the teams, maybe like 50%. That’s very much a guess but that’s my gut feeling because I’m not involved in all the teams and there’s a lot of them now. I said there are like 20 teams. Then with those people who contribute on those teams, some people contribute more than others. The people who contribute more are generally the ones who have more time sponsored by the company because in terms of hours in the day, they actually can do it. If you’re not sponsored by a company, it’s tough to find hours. One of the top contributors, generally speaking, are sponsored to some degree by the company because that gives them the time to actually do it. - -[00:12:25] Patrick O’Keefe: You’ve been around WordPress for a long time, I was using phpBB back in ’01 which is open source software, very popular forum software for a very long time. Powered a lot of communities. The open source politics of phpBB, at least around versions one and two were… whew! When I had ads on my website and oh, my gosh so many people just hated that so much that I had ads on my website. Do you feel like WordPress has become a model for a lot of open source projects where there’s almost if not a pressure just a feeling of compelled responsibility that if you are using this open source software, different open source software, not WordPress to profit and build things that you sell services around that you should be contributing a portion of your employee’s time to making sure that thing continues to grow and sustain. Do you think WordPress has been sort of an innovator in that way and that has influenced other open source projects in a meaningful way? - -[00:13:22] Hugh Lashbrooke: I think to some degree, yes. You mentioned earlier Five for the Future that’s a very general idea that companies, if you profit from WordPress in some way, should contribute 5% of their companies resources whether there’s time or people or money or whatever to the WordPress project and that Five for the Future program came up because Matt published a personal blog post and used that as the blog post title and then we latched onto it as a phrase that people liked and the we used it for the name of the program. - -We did a lot of research when we launched the program. At the time at least, we couldn’t really find many other open source projects that did that sort of thing. Had a structured program for that. - -[00:13:59] Patrick O’Keefe: Did you see a lot of donation efforts? Like fundraising efforts, give money kind of thing. - -[00:14:03] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes, there is a lot of that. You can donate money to the WordPress Foundation. You go to wordpressfoundation.org/donate and then you can donate whenever you want, so that’s there as well. Most open source projects when it comes to that sort of thing, the only formal thing to have is a donation program. - -Some are a bit more structured like Wikipedia, for example, it’s an open source in terms of knowledge and it’s got a bit more on that in terms of our research that we found because the foundation there does a lot of active stuff but most open source projects don’t have that sort of thing. I think since we launched Five for the Future, I’ve seen it come up in other projects. I feel like WordPress is leading the way in that sense to some degree and that’s cool to see. - -WordPress is a huge project and it powers– I think the latest stats are at 43% of the web or something which is pretty big. In terms of influence, it spreads pretty far so it’s cool to see. - -[00:14:55] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s take a moment to talk about our generous sponsor, Hivebrite. - -Hivebrite empowers organizations to manage, grow, and engage their communities through technology. Its community management platform has features designed to strengthen engagement and help achieve your community goals. Hivebrite supports over 500 communities around the world, including the American Heart Association, JA Worldwide, Earthwatch, the University of Notre Dame, Columbia Business School, and Princeton University Advancement. Visit hivebrite.com to learn more. - -One thing that people might think when they hear this is companies pay people to contribute to WordPress.org. What happens when those people disappear, or those jobs goes away or there’s layoffs and they’re not paid anymore and so they disappear from the community. I flag that not so much to ask a question, but just to point out the nature of open source projects historically has been a lot of volunteering especially unpaid volunteering, especially not being sponsored by anyone. - -Individual developers taking an interest in a solution because they find value in it, and they give back, and then maybe they have some clients on the side to keep the lights on, and just like any volunteer project people come and people go when their life kind of demands it or when their work demands it. In that sense, it’s not really so different than it always has been because if someone is no longer sponsored to give their time to WordPress.org then they might stick around but they might simply choose to end their work, hand it off to someone else, and move on to the next thing. That’s been going on forever. - -[00:16:34] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes, that’s pretty much how it happens. We’re very used to it in open source or in WordPress where, like I said, people come and people go, and that’s normal. Whether that’s like someone who is just contributing a little bit or someone who’s contributing a lot, they’ll come and go and that’ll fluctuate over time. A good example of that kind of thing, my previous team lead from a while ago, Andrea, she was very involved in the community, and she was instrumental in creating the WordCamp program as you mentioned, she was huge part of the WordPress project and the community team and everything, and very influential. Everyone in the WordPress community knew who she was. - -She worked with Automattic and then last year, she moved to Reddit and she’s no longer involved in WordPress, and that’s a very normal thing to happen. I didn’t say that because it’s bad. What she did I’m saying that’s the normal thing that happens. She made it clear when she was leaving, why she was leaving because she was such a well-known person. She made sure anything she was involved in was handed off to the right people and she communicated a bunch of stuff and all of that goes with it. - -It’s very normal for people to come and go like that, especially when they’re sponsored by the company. People are involved in the WordPress Project and they leave Automattic, or even within Automattic they switch to a different team in a different division, they are no longer involved in open source project, that also happens. We’ve got people at Automattic who used to be in our division who were very involved, they’re now working on WordPress.com or Jetpack or something else. They’re not involved in open source project at all anymore. - -Because of the nature of open source not everyone is essentially a volunteer, a sponsor or not, and we’re used to that. As long as people handle their responsibilities well it all generally goes quite smoothly. - -[00:18:04] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, the project’s bigger than any one person. [chuckles] - -[00:18:07] Hugh Lashbrooke: Exactly. That’s an important thing to bear in mind. One of the key things that we focus on in WordPress and to be honest, open source projects in general, is very much openness and transparency and communication. Everything is documented heavily. Every contributor team has a handbook with a ton of documentation. If someone does suddenly disappeared in theory, everything should still be able to run smoothly without them. Obviously, if someone’s involved in leadership it’s a bit harder to replace them just because they’re involved in making decisions and stuff, but we generally try to handle things well. That’s the important part of the process. - -[00:18:43] Patrick O’Keefe: I want to hone in on something you said earlier and something you shared via the preshow questionnaire, which is basically that, Automattic is for profit, but the section you work on is not for profit, or it’s not driven by a profit motive or a direct monetary ROI. You told me before the show, “Community is highly valued. We have a division of over 100 people who are fully dedicated to the WordPress open source project and community, plus others in the company who also contribute regularly. What’s interesting about our work and open source is that financial ROI isn’t something we focus on, or track in any way.” - -People cost money [chuckles] and the money impacts that over 100 people can do this. Automattic has the revenue to pay folks to do this. What does it mean– I think a lot of people will be like, “Okay, that sounds nice. [chuckles] That sounds very utopian.” - -The part I’d come at is, what does it mean for that number to go higher or for it to go lower? Automattic is obviously in a unique position given its history with WordPress.org, especially the history of the people involved with Automattic and how it started. The number of people that can be paid to do this is that simply a matter of Automattic’s revenue, a percentage of revenue being committed, and paying people to work on WordPress.org or like, how does get decided if someone is taken away from WordPress.org or we can throw more people at it since it all costs money. How does that financial decision get made when you don’t have anything to track that is financial? - -[00:20:12] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes. - -[00:20:12] Patrick O’Keefe: Does that make sense? I know it’s a big question. - -[00:20:15] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes. It’s a big question and it’s a good question. It’s one of the reasons why a lot of companies struggle to sponsor people for the project because of all of that. I can’t speak for other companies, of course, I can only speak as much as I can for Automattic. - -[00:20:26] Patrick O’Keefe: Speak for Microsoft if you would. I’m just kidding. - -[00:20:28] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes. Microsoft is actually great. They’re one of the biggest contributors to open source in the world these days which is not a company you would have thought 10 years ago. Anyway, I’m not involved in making financial decisions for Automattic. I lead a team, I’m involved in hiring but I hire when I’m allowed to hire basically but this also leads back to the whole Five for the Future thing that like, as the WordPress project grows and WordPress becomes more popular companies involved in WordPress can see more profits. - -The idea of the rising tides lifts all boats, that metaphor. That’s especially true within Automattic, because like I said, Automattic is able to use WordPress as a brand name for one of our products. No one else has that permission from the foundation to do that, so have WordPress.com and WordPress.com is a common entry point for people into using WordPress. A free plan and they might then pay for a premium tier or something like that. - -[00:21:14] Patrick O’Keefe: Little bit of VIP. - -[00:21:15] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes. As WordPress, the project itself improves and becomes more popular that helps Automattic improve profits and revenue. In our division, we don’t track financial ROI at all. We don’t have anything to track in that sense, so we don’t but our work in open source project does benefit Automattic financially. It’s just not really something we can have a tangible say, “This is work we’ve done building this educational platform for WordPress has made Automattic X number of dollars this month.” - -There’s no way we can do that. There’s no joint connection there but as people get better with WordPress and WordPress becomes more popular and easier to use and more well-known, Automattic’s business grows. The same can be said for other companies in the WordPress space, so managed WordPress hosts like WP Engine, Kinsta, Flywheel and all these companies that do WordPress as a core part of their business as WordPress gets more popular, well, more well known and more used everyone’s business starts growing. - -We don’t track financial ROI because we can’t, it does have an impact on that, and that allows the company to decide how they’re going to dedicate resources in terms of people into our division and like I said, I’m not involved in those discussions and those decisions because that happens above my pay grade as it were. - -[00:22:23] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, so let’s make it micro then, so what does it mean for Hugh to say, there’s something you see in the training site like, “Hmm, we had this idea and if we had one more person, we could do this thing or we could expand it in this way.” Is that something that comes from you where you make a case based on X, Y, and Z or is that coming from above that there’s another seat available? - -[00:22:44] Hugh Lashbrooke: They very much come from me, so I don’t know how the other divisions in the company do it, to be honest. I only know for our division. - -[00:22:49] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s keep it micro. - -[00:22:50] Hugh Lashbrooke: If I need more people, I would need to motivate why, what they would do. This is what we’re doing now. If we have this person doing this, this is what we’ll then be able to do. Obviously, things evolve over time but a good example is like I said, there are six people on my team at the moment reporting to me and three people create educational content, and the other half are involved in community outreach, so there’s two squads on the team. - -Most recently we hired what we call the developer educator or a technical instruction designer. We’re pretty loose on job titles at Automattic. You can make up your own. We’re pretty vague on that and that’s someone who’s creating content for developers, so technical instructional educational content and the case for that was that we don’t have that content and we need it because we are trying to cater to all WordPress users. Users, designers, publishers, developers, everyone, so we need it. In that case, making a case for that thing was pretty easy. - -I could say, “Well, we don’t have this content and we really need it. This is the proof that we need it.” and then that gets– I send that to my lead and that gets sent up to the chain, and then we have to get approval and then approval comes back down, and then we can start the hiring process. That’s a very recent one is very easy because we just didn’t have that skillset and we needed it and what’s a bit more tricky is when it’s like, “We have two people but we need a third person to do that same thing with them so they can do more.” and that’s also a bit more tricky. Then things like that which I have done recently as well in terms of hiring outreach people, for example. - -In that the motivation, we would say, “Listen, we can onboard 10 new contributors a month and that’s great. If we had another person we could onboard 15 a month at the same time we could improve our documentation, we could improve our processes. We could make decisions more quickly and give some numbers where we can to that thing.” Numbers are a bit tricky and community professionals, in general, would largely agree with that, I think. We motivated our number of contributors, the amount of outreach we can do, how we can improve processes, that kind of thing. - -[00:24:40] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s talk about volunteers a little bit. Sticking with that team dynamic because you’ve worked with just obviously a ton of volunteers over the years and you mentioned to me that, I’m quoting you here. “An ongoing challenge that I have worked with for years and anticipate that I will continue working with for years to come is that of working with an open source volunteer community. My internal team is available full-time naturally but we also rely on the work of contributors who have fluctuating hours of availability, and even fluctuating commitment levels. I absolutely love open source and the benefits that it provides. This is like the ‘dark side’ of online source community building.” How so? - -[00:25:14] Hugh Lashbrooke: I’d say that dark side is maybe a bit extreme. It’s other side of open source is that basically you’ve got a lot of people all over the world who are keen to get involved and they contribute different companies, they’re from different cultures, they’re from different countries, they have different time zones, which is great because then we can actually cater to the different time zones and there’s loads of benefits to there in that we have this intrinsically diverse community, which I love. - -The flip side of that, what I’m referring to as the dark side, which we can think of as an extreme term, but the flip side of that is that you have these people, but you can’t always rely on them to show up when they say they will. The contributors in the training team in my experience in the time I’ve been working so far are generally all very reliable and that’s been fantastic, but in the past in my experience the contributors have been like, “Cool.” - -Someone’s involved, and they get involved in our program and then they start contributing, and then after a few weeks, we don’t hear from them and we reach out and then they say, “Oh, I just changed jobs,” or, “I just had a baby,” or, “I got sick,” or, “My mother got sick.” All totally legitimate things. It’s not like we’re cross with them or anything. It’s not that. It’s just because of how life works, you can’t always rely on volunteers to be there for the amount of time they originally commit to, just because that’s how it is. - -I’ve seen my team at Automattic and everyone else in our division, because we work full-time for Automattic and we’re paid by Automattic, we have an obligation to our employer to do this work so we’re here. That’s the flip side of open source where you have these incredible people from all over the world, but you can’t always rely on that just because of the nature of life. It’s not like we’re holding anything against them. That’s just how it works. It’s an interesting challenge to deal with and I’ve been working with that for years, I’ve got used to it. - -We try and get people to commit hours as much as they can, but we always know that people might come and say- they might say, “Cool, I can do eight hours a week, or every Monday, I’ll be fully committed to the WordPress project, the rest of the week I’m doing other stuff.” That’s great. That might last for a week, two weeks, a month, six months a year, but at some point, we know that’s going to change. That’s just something that we’ve got used to managing and we factored in. COVID had a big impact on that. - -The lockdown, everyone being at home, and just the general stress of what’s going on in the world. As we got to mid-to-late 2020, and then going all through 2021 and even now, a big dip in contributors, like engaged contributors. People weren’t as committed as they were before, people who said they would be committed, they just slowly disappeared. There was just a trend that we saw and it was very clearly because of the response to everything going on and the world being so stressful. - -[00:27:49] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s interesting because people might be prone to believe that at a time when most people were at home, which is when you’re contributing to WordPress, they have been WordCamps, there a lot of the in-person stuff that happens, but I would tend to guess that most people contributed from a computer in a room somewhere maybe outside if they’re lucky to have an outside workspace and you might think, “Well, I have more time at home,” and that might lead to more contribution, but in fact, the opposite was true and you said it’s just feeling people just being stressed out, burned out, not wanting to contribute to anything in some senses, not just WordPress. - -[00:28:23] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes. It’s not like we hold it against anyone for that. It’s not like, “Oh, these people ditched us and they’re terrible people, at all.” It’s just life and the nature of things. Then in some cases, people lost their jobs, because COVID affected a lot of that. They lost their jobs and now they don’t have time to spend a few hours a week contributing to a project where they’re not making any money so they stopped and that’s fair as well. - -That’s actually part of the reason why we launched this educational platform, was we wanted to provide a platform where people could learn skills that they could then be employed by. That was also one of our motivations. It comes back to volunteer, contributors come and go for a multitude of reasons. The flip side is that you can’t always rely on that but we factor it into things. - -Even with full-time sponsored employees, like volunteers, people leave the company or move to a different team, that happens and you just factor that in just projections for the year and that kind of thing. - -[00:29:10] Patrick O’Keefe: Just so people get a full picture because I don’t know how many of my listeners have given a lot of thought to open source projects or how things get made, but with WordPress and most things, we’re talking about a lot of paid sponsorship on this show like full-time people, but if you just made WordPress with just those people, WordPress wouldn’t be WordPress. - -It takes everything, it takes those people who dedicate the time like yourself on a full-time basis, but also this international network of massive quantity of volunteers who are doing everything from posting in support forums to give people answers to questions, to writing documentation on how every little feature works, to a bug fix, a design tweak, the slightest little alteration. Everything that makes WordPress and everything going on at WordPress.org happen is this mix of both folks who are paid to contribute and folks who are simply giving back and without either one, it would not be what it is. - -[00:30:07] Hugh Lashbrooke: The whole people volunteering their time is an important part of the project. I’m not saying that flip side of things is a problem. It’s just the nature of life. - -[00:30:16] Patrick O’Keefe: [laughs] I think you’re beating yourself up over the dark side of it too much. - -[laughter] - -[00:30:20] Hugh Lashbrooke: Volunteers around the world are fantastic. Interestingly, you mentioned support forums. The support team does a lot. If you’ve ever Googled how to fix something in WordPress, you’ve probably got one of the wordpress.org support forums as a top search result. Every single person who works in the support forums is a volunteer, none of those people are sponsored volunteers at all. People who moderate the forums, which you know as well as anyone [crosstalk] - -[00:30:44] Patrick O’Keefe: [laughs] Everyone listening. - -[00:30:45] Hugh Lashbrooke: It’s tough when people who do a lot of the responses there, a lot of that stuff, none of those people are sponsored volunteers for that team especially. I’m not quite sure why, but just all of them are volunteers. It’s pretty incredible. They’re one of the busiest teams in the project in a lot of ways and all of them are volunteers and documentation is another example, actually. The docs team is as far as I know, there’s no sponsored volunteers there either. They do a ton of incredibly important work. I guess because those things often seem as less glamorous. Companies want to sponsor their people to work on WordPress core because then they’re contributing to the core product. It sounds a bit- - -[00:31:18] Patrick O’Keefe: You’re a core committer [laughs] - -[00:31:20] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes. That’s a cool status thing to have. The company had two people featured in this WordPress release or whatever it is. People like those sort of things, but you seldom see people saying “This month and our company, we had two people contribute to WordPress documentation.” No one says that. That stuff is so core and it’s so important to the project. - -[00:31:39] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, I know it’s important. I’d say if you’re listening to this because Hugh tweeted the show or whatever and you’re from WordPress and you’re a company listening and you sponsor someone for the support forum and you do that for like these six months hit me up. Let me know, maybe we’ll talk about it on the show because that stuff is so foundational. Customer service, you don’t call it that obviously in WordPress, but customer service, FAQs, documentation, manuals, that’s all foundational stuff that enables all the other glamorous stuff to happen. Without that stuff, the rest of it wouldn’t matter because there’s no foundation there. That’s super important stuff. I’d love to hear from a company whose sponsored someone to answer questions in the forum. If you do that, let me know. - -[00:32:19] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes, that’d be cool. Also a lot of the answers in the forum are just people who found it online and just gave an answer because that’s a nice thing to do. Most of the people, there are volunteers. There’s a WordPress snap group for people who contribute to WordPress. It’s got obviously got hundreds of thousands of people in there or tens of thousands, something like that. There’s a forums channel in there where they discuss stuff. If there’s any moderation issues, they discuss it in there. As far as I know, everyone on that team is a volunteer of their own time. Not like the company-sponsored thing, which I think is pretty incredible to be honest. - -[00:32:46] Patrick O’Keefe: On some level volunteers in this way, is it just adding a layer of flexibility to everything you do? Every decision, every initiative, how you name something, what you call it when it rolls out? Is it just adding a layer of flexibility for people to have the time to contribute, to weigh in, for people who commit to give them the time and space to do so? Where at a company where everyone was 100% had to be there at those times and had to be on Slack and had to be looking at their desk. You’d be like, “What are you doing over there? We need this by Monday at 2:00 PM.” You just have to be a little more flexible and understanding with the time it takes people to contribute and to deliver. - -[00:33:30] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes. That builds into our processes and I’m very much used to that by now. For me, it just comes naturally now in my work. When you’re making a decision about something, if you had a company and that you’re making a decision about your own product, you discuss it as a team. Maybe you get your manager’s approval if it’s needed for that thing and- - -[00:33:45] Patrick O’Keefe: Do a little user research, perhaps? - -[00:34:47] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes. If you need to do user research, but you could make a decision as quickly as you are able to. You can make a decision immediately if you want to. Naming things is an interesting one. We’re having a public discussion with the training team about naming some aspects of the educational platform. All of those things are public discussions. Instead of saying, “Cool, this is what we want to do, and let’s do it now.” Done decision made. We said, “This is what we’d like to do. Let’s discuss with the community.” We have a public discussion. Like I said, we work closely with the training team reps and we discuss stuff with them and we have an open channel with Slack to chat with them. Then we have the training team blog, which is what we use for very public session. - -Anyone can go ahead and comment on there. Anyone in the world, even if they’re not involved in the actual work we do which is cool. We’re very accountable to everyone in that sense because everything’s done publicly and yes, all of those decisions tend to take longer to get made basically. You can’t make decisions as quickly. I’ve been doing this full-time for quite a while. I’m very much used to that and that’s just– We work that in. We’re like, “Okay, cool. We need to decide about this. What’s our timeline?” Instead of saying, “Cool, we’ll make a decision tomorrow.” We say, “Well, let’s factor it in by tomorrow.” We’ll know the direction we want to take and we’ll have a proposal post ready and then we’ll publish that tomorrow. Then that will be open for a week or a week and a half or two weeks, depending on if it’s a bigger discussion maybe longer and then we’ll summarize the public discussion and then we’ll say, “This what we want to do.” And we’ll get more public input to confirm that that’s okay and so everyone wants to do. It might take like a month to make a decision that’s for another company might take like two days. That’s must be okay. That’s just part of it. - -The benefit of that is that you have more people involved in the discussion, so you got a lot of more diverse voices involved, you got more input. That’s great because if your team’s made up of all white people, you’re not going to get that diversity of input, which is really valuable and if people in the community are involved in making the decision, they’re more invested in the outcome and they’re more invested in seeing it through. - -If you make a decision about how we’re going to lay out the homepage of something, for example, if we say, “This is what we do and we do it,” then people look at like, “Oh, okay.” If you’ve had 15 people in the community contribute their voice to it and give their input on it, they’ll be more interested and they might be more interested in contributing further because they’re like, “Oh, my voice actually matters, so I want to contribute more.” Even contributors and decisions. Sure. It makes things take longer, but it means they generally stick around for longer because they can see the impact and the effect of their input. - -[00:36:07] Patrick O’Keefe: I was doing some reading on the make that wordpress.org/training site and in particular about a faculty team dedicated volunteer program for the training team and just reading the comments and responses. We shouldn’t name it faculty because X, Y, and Z, or we shouldn’t do this, we shouldn’t do that and took a look at the Google sheet for the documentation and everybody working through the steps of what needs to get done to make this happen? Who’s responsible for that? Where can it be found? What’s the status of it? It gives you a sense of– I say it as a positive not a negative. Some things are in that spreadsheet, they say under review, whether someone did it and didn’t come back to mark it as published, or it’s still happening. Either of those things can be true because of that flexibility. - -That’s not necessarily a bad thing, but it’s interesting to just watch or look at one of those processes at play. It really ties into the subject I wanted to talk about next, which is– Well, for this show you mentioned, and you’ve talked about it already, but this idea of radical transparency and how you like to take a “public by default” approach to your work. I think that’s what you just described over the last few minutes, but just digging in on how that manifests, is it primarily request for comment? Like this blog post I referenced on make that wordpress.org where it’s like, “Here’s my idea, here’s this? Here’s the consensus idea? Here’s what we’re working on. What did we all think? Or what do you think comment. Does it happen in other ways?” It feels like everything you’re deciding is going to be played out in public. How does that work more often than not most efficiently? - -[00:37:42] Hugh Lashbrooke: The phrase “public by default” is one I quite like. I’ve been using a lot lately with my team. They probably quite sick of hearing about it from me, but it’s this idea of, whatever we do by default, it’s done publicly and if we have to do something privately or in a sort of exclusive Slack channel or in the DM. We avoid DMs if we can, or something like that, and then we do public by default as far as possible. It’s radical transparency that’s so important for open source, because I said earlier about if contributors are involved in the process, they’re more invested in contributing long term because they can see they’re involved and that’s great. It is interesting. We generally, when we launch a discussion on the training team blog, like a public discussion like this, there’s a few different types of ways we do that. - -There’s actually one I that published yesterday, it’s very much an exploration, and that one’s all about certifications in WordPress like a formalized certification system because now we have this educational platform. Are we going to have formal certification? It’s a massive topic. It’s going to have a huge impact on a lot of things in the WordPress space. The post, there is very much a, “Hey, if you’re something you’re thinking about, what are your thoughts about it?” It’s very much an exploration. There’s that type of post, which there’s no proposal, there’s no commitment to anything it’s like, “Hey, let’s talk about this.” Then there’ll be a proposal in the future about a way forward based on what we talk about here. Then there’s another type which is more of a proposal, which is like, “This is something we’d like to do. Please provide feedback on this.” - -Generally we try and focus that feedback. We number the points of feedback 1, 2, 3, whatever the things are, what is your opinion on this? What do you think could be done better? What should be take away? That kind of thing. Proposals about a common type of post to see on the make blogs, we just call them make blogs for short, it’s about a common type of thing across all the contributor teams. Then very rarely there’s something that’s a post, which is very much like a decision that has been made and this is what’s happening. I say rarely, it’s rare that that happens if there hasn’t been a proposal post before that, because often we’ll have like a discussion or a proposal and then there’ll be a follow-up post, to be linking to the proposed post. - -“This is what was discussed, here’s the decision made, this is what we’re going forward with.” That’ll be based on that discussion and you’ll be able to track that history via the links. Not very often at all. You might see a post about an announcement, a thing that’s happening. There hasn’t been a prior public discussion about it. That generally happens if there’s been a decision from Matt as the head of the project, that’s something that we just have to do. It’s actually been a while since he’s made anything like that but in the past there was more common as the project was smaller. I think as it’s grown now, that’s not really a feasible thing to do anymore, but very rarely you see something like that. Normally be like an inspiration or a proposal and an announcement based on the proposal. - -That’s very much how we structure those conversations. In some cases, we might have an internal discussion within my team of Automattic, for example, and about somebody we think will be cool. Then the proposal will come out of that discussion but more often than not, we have a discussion with the mentioned the faculty program those are essentially people who are dedicated to contributing to the training team. - -We launched that earlier this year and we’ve got a private channel on the way just for the faculty to connect. Those are volunteer contributors. More often than not now those proposals are discussed with the faculty before they get published on the blog for everyone else to comment on. - -[00:40:44] Patrick O’Keefe: Interesting. It would seem like a lot of the things that are proposed and put out there, I would guess a majority of them are probably focused on by people interested in that particular part of WordPress or training, for example, if you post something on the training make blog, people who are interested in training will be more likely to comment. It seems like in a smaller percentage case, there’s probably things that touch off or catch the right amount of people or a generic enough issue that it becomes a wider community thing and receives a ton of public comment. Have you ever posted anything like that? - -[00:41:15] Hugh Lashbrooke: Yes. The certifications post that published only yesterday, I’m expecting that as more people find it there’ll be more discussion about it. That’s very much an open-ended post and that’s cool. I was previously leading a community team and I was very involved in the events, programs, meetups, WorkCamps, conferences, and that thing and because WorkCamps, even though it’s managed by the community team, everyone in the WordPress community attends them. - -When decisions are made about WordCamps tends to affect more people than just the people who contribute to the community team. A lot of the stuff we’ve discuss there, we get a lot of input from people who aren’t even involved in the community team. Some discussions went much wider than others. Some not so much. There’s some WordPress publications like WP Tavern is a very popular one that post news about WordPress. - -If there’s a significant discussion going on the Tavern as we call them more frequently, post an article about the discussion, and then that will drive a lot more people. Generally, people read the Tavern. A lot of people who read it aren’t contributors, but then they’ll find out about discussion and come and comment on it, which is great and we love that because then we get more people and more voices. Some discussions spread a lot further than others. - -[00:42:14] Patrick O’Keefe: Does this process tend to make you go with the consensus choice to every decision? Is that essentially the goal is to come to a consensus around each choice? - -[00:42:23] Hugh Lashbrooke: If every decision we could have everyone agreed on what to do, that would be fantastic. I would love that. It’s not realistic. We generally go with the majority opinion. It is also weighted by the fact that people have been involved for a longer period of time, their input generally has more weight. Our training team reps, for example, fantastic people, they’ve been involved in the training team for years. If they have an input on a discussion, it has a lot more weight than someone who’s just started contributing last month because they know the team well and the work well and the project well and it seems true to any contributor team. - -People who are more heavily involved, their input generally has more weight. If we have a discussion about something and maybe there’s a 50-50 split about the decision that says a yes, no decision and 50% of the comments say yes, do it 50% say no, if in the 50% that say yes, if there’s a lot of the actual project leaders or team leaders or team reps in that path then that one will have more weight and then that’s what we go with. It’s very much just sort of democratic in that sense, I suppose. The leadership does have more weight in decisions. - -[00:43:23] Patrick O’Keefe: Is there any limit to public by default, do you think, or does it pretty much work in every case? - -[00:43:29] Hugh Lashbrooke: I would like to say it works in every case, but it sometimes doesn’t. Sometimes you get to a situation where maybe like project leadership has said, “We need things to be done this way.” Like in the past, there’ve been decisions where Matt has essentially told us this is what he needs to see happen and as the lead of the WordPress project, he’s allowed to do that. It’s like how Linus Torvalds can make decisions about Linux because they’re lead of the project and that’s fine. We do not have a discussion about it to get more input, but ultimately we know the decision that needs to be made because we’ve essentially have an order to do it. - -It’s been a while since that’s actually happened, but in the past that has been the case. And then the discussion is more to get more input on how we can refine it, but not necessarily to actually change the decision itself. Public by default has some downsides in the sense that if you’re making a decision and meeting me as a team sense, we know what the right things to do because we have years of experience for this work. - -We know what the right thing needs to happen. We open it up for public discussion and 90% of people disagree with us. That can be tricky because we actually know what’s best because we’d been doing this for a decade and we know what’s best because this is what we do. That’s where the input of experienced contributors and team reps and team leads comes into play because that’s really important. - -People who have more experience their voices carry more weight. We’ve had discussions where we’ve had a lot of disagreement on things. We’ve had discussions where things have been very split down the middle like half the community is passionately against it. Half the community is passionately for it and then we have to decide somehow and we know we’re going to really upset a portion of people because it’s a highly contentious topic or something. It does cause difficulties but I think that the benefits outweigh the downsides so I believe open source and this kind of public by default way of doing things is incredibly beneficial. I think it works well. - -[00:45:17] Patrick O’Keefe: Sometimes they have a thing that you mentioned you’re so used to it by now that I imagine some of the folks who are sponsored who maybe their background is a more traditional and a no-dev background or whatever discipline they’re coming from used to working at the traditional corporation, Fortune 500 type of deal, and then having to share each decision or share each idea and have them be vetted by the public or the WordPress public is quite a different experience. - -I imagine it takes some getting used to to be like “okay, I have to give up this control of the situation and separate it for myself and recognize this is a open source project,” but for the first little while I imagine some folks have to get used to that. - -[00:45:58] Hugh Lashbrooke: For a lot of people it’s a big change. I very much got my start in community work in the WordPress space and in open source so it’s been ingrained in me. If I ever move on to a different company in a completely different type of community, these open source principles are going to still be a core part of how I do community because, for me, I find a huge about of value in it. - -I think there’s a lot that people outside of open source and community work can learn from open source communities. I just really enjoy talking about this stuff because it’s great. It is a big change for a lot of people. There’s people in my team for example who come from– One of my guys, for example, he used to be a teacher at a high school. Now he’s creating content for teaching people how to use WordPress which is fantastic and he’s loving the work. He’s doing fantastic work. - -The concept of these public discussions everything was a new one for him. He caught on to it very quickly which is great. It was a new thing for him. I had to work with him and coach him on how to handle these conversations and how to phrase things and that kind of thing. And this is true of other people in my team. I’m not picking on him if he listens to us, that’s true for everyone. It’s very interesting to see how long it takes people to be okay with that. - -Some people, they on board straight away, some people take a little bit longer. It’s difficult for some people, more difficult for some than others. Devs tend to struggle with it more because devs like to make decisions and do things. I used to be a dev myself so owing to this as well. Devs seem to struggle with that more than people in other areas of the project, I find. It is a challenge for a lot of people coming into it. - -[00:47:18] Patrick O’Keefe: I hope that we exposed some folks to some of those open source principles on the show today. I think it’s been really fascinating to look at governance of a high profile, very successful open source project and how that has shifted over the years to incorporate sponsored folks, volunteers, and just how the idea of working in public has really impacted the project. Hugh, thanks so much for spending the time with us today. I really appreciate it. - -[00:47:43] Hugh Lashbrooke: Thank you. It’s been a fun conversation. - -[00:47:46] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with Hugh Lashbrooke, head of community education for Automattic. Find him at hughlashbrooke.com and on Twitter @hlashbrooke. For the transcript from this episode plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad, and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Until next time. - -[music]",1731883661,b6cef58d91,2cfab81f3a,,,1731883661 -https://www.dividendinvestor.com/the-best-dividend-stocks-nobody-is-talking-about/,https://www.dividendyieldhunter.com/feed/,The Best Dividend Stocks Nobody Is Talking About,"By: Paul Dykewicz, October 29, 2024 - -The best dividend stocks stocks nobody is talking about feature a silver miner and a gold miner, as well as a half dozen real estate investments trusts (REITs) that had been out of favor until it recently became clear that the Federal Reserve Board would begin a series of interest rate cuts. - -The two dividend-paying precious metals stocks to buy traditionally offer protection from economic downturns and geopolitical risk, while the REITs already are on the rise with just one interest rate cut by the Fed and many others expected to follow in the next 12-18 months. The BofA Global commodities team remains bullish on silver and gold, forecasting that the latter can hit $3,000 per ounce in the next year or so. - -The BofA analysts opined that precious metals prices have gained a boost from a Federal Reserve rate cut and an influx of non-commercial buyers like central banks across the world. As the market priced in a rate cut, gold rallied to many all-time highs in the third quarter of 2024, with silver following with shiny gains of its own. - -Advertisement. - -A push to reduce the share of the U.S. dollar in foreign exchange portfolios can further drive increased precious metals purchases from central banks. Continued buying of gold by increasingly wealthy Chinese consumers may become a sensible diversifier in real estate-oriented investment portfolios, amid rising demand for precious metals from India. - -The Best Dividend Stocks Nobody is Talking About: Pan American Silver - -Pan American Silver Corp. (NYSE: PAAS) - -Annual Dividend Yield: 1.57% - -Pan American Silver Corp. (NYSE: PAAS) is a dividend-paying Vancouver, Canada-based mining company that focuses on silver and gold. It operates mines in Canada, Mexico, Peru, Brazil, Bolivia, Chile and Argentina. BofA regards the company as its top silver recommendation. - -The company owns the Escobal mine in Guatemala that is currently not operational, while further holding interests in exploration and development projects. Pan American Silver has been operating in the Americas for three decades. - -BofA’s price objective for Pan American Silver is $28.00, and is based on the stock trading at 1.25x the investment firm’s estimated net asset value (NAV) on a net investments-adjusted basis. The investment firm estimated NAV for PAAS based on a 5% discount rate. Historically, North American precious metal stocks have traded between 1 and 3 times NAV, with silver producers generally selling at a discount to gold producers. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -Advertisement. - -BofA’s price objective for PAAS could be topped if commodity prices exceed forecasts, a favorable change occurs in the regulatory/permitting environment in the Chubut province of Argentina where Pan American’s dormant Navidad project is located, operating results beat expectations and capital costs are reduced, the investment firm’s analysts wrote. Risks to Pan American Silver reaching the BofA price goal could unfold from unforeseen operating issues, heightened capital costs, commodity prices dipping under forecasts and regulatory woes such as environmental and permitting hurdles, or new taxes causing a short fall in financial results. - -Pan American Silver turned into a successful buy recommendation in the Fast Money Alert trading service led by Mark Skousen, PhD, and Jim Woods, a seasoned market maven. The duo recommended PAAS on August 27, 2019, advised its sale on February 27, 2020, and produced a potent profit of 24.43% on the stock in just six months. - -Ben Franklin scion Mark Skousen, who heads Fast Money Alert and Forecasts & Strategies, talks to Paul Dykewicz. - -As a trading service that recommends both stocks and options, Fast Money Alert also instructed its subscribers to buy related January 17, 2020, call options. By the time they advised taking profits, the call options had soared 110.45% in just 125 days. - -Jim Woods, a ex-U.S. Army paratrooper, leads Successful Investing and co-heads Fast Money Alert. - -The Best Dividend Stocks Nobody is Talking About: Agnico Eagle Mines - -Agnico Eagle Mines (NYSE: AEM) - -Annual Dividend Yield: 1.81% - -The No. 1 gold recommendation of BofA is Agnico Eagle Mines Ltd. (NYSE: AEM), a Toronto, Canada-based company. Agnico Eagle Mines is one of the gold mining stocks that gained a lift after the Federal Open Market Committee’s (FOMC) Sept. 18 Fed Funds rate cut of 0.50%, equaling 50 basis points. Prognosticators expect cuts totaling 50 basis points between the remaining two FOMC meetings this year, 100 basis points in 2025 and 50 basis points in 2026 to reach a rate of 2.9% that may hold through 2027. - -Some experts suggest that investors have 5-10% of a given portfolio invested in gold. A key reason is that gold acts as an insurance policy for a portfolio, since when everything else goes down, gold tends to go up. - -Even though gold is unlikely to produce the stellar returns of a high-flying technology stock, it typically minimizes the downside if a market bubble pops, a geopolitical crisis hits, or some other market catastrophe occurs. The dollars invested in gold mining stocks also can provide investors with dividend payouts. The potential upside is a key reason for compiling a list of the best dividend-paying precious metals stocks to buy for protection from an array of risks. - -Agnico Eagle Mines has gold mining operations in Canada, Finland, Australia and Mexico. The mining company’s exploration and development activities also extend to the United States. - -The mining company has full exposure to rising gold prices consistent with its policy of no-forward gold sales. Citigroup wrote in a recent research note that it forecasts AEM’s 2024 estimated earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) to climb 1% to $4.6 billion. The mining company’s 2025 estimated EBITDA remains flat at $5.8 billion. The price target that Citigroup has set for AEM is US$80 per share, based on 1.2x price/NAV multiple and Citi’s bullish view on gold prices. - -Re-investment going forward should climb as projects are built to offset depleting marginal assets, but capital intensity appears relatively modest, Citigroup analysts wrote. The Citi Commodity team remains bullish on gold with its price estimate of $2,400 per ounce in 2024 already exceeded. For 2025, Citi foresees gold prices reaching about $2,900 per ounce, materially increasing earnings estimates even with elevated costs. - -Advertisement. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -The Fast Money Alert trading service also helped its subscribers profit handsomely by recommending AEM options and stock for just two months earlier in 2024. The options soared 144.29%, while the stock price climbed 21.03% before the trading service leaders recommended taking profits. - -The Best Dividend Stocks Nobody is Talking About: Invest in REITs Without to Avoid Hassles - -One of the big incentives in owning shares in real estate investment trusts (REITs) is that a shareholder does not need to fix any overflowing toilets, patch leaky roofs, repair holes in the walls caused by careless tenants, take complaints about loud neighbors, or carry out smelly garbage in bad weather. Instead, REITs offer a passive investment opportunity to gain exposure to the real estate market and collect dividend payouts without breaking a sweat. - -If the Federal Reserve can keep inflation under control and stop the economy from sliding into a recession, REITs should benefit. The following six REITs are among the best performers without receiving much fanfare. Here is a brief description of each. - -The Best Dividend Stocks Nobody is Talking About: Welltower Inc. - -Welltower Inc. (NYSE: WELL) - -Annual Dividend Yield: 2.03% - -One of my late grandmother’s favorite expressions was “Holy Toledo!” It seems like an apt way to start describing Welltower Inc., a Toledo, Ohio-based based real estate investment trust that works with seniors housing operators, post-acute providers and health systems to fund the real estate infrastructure needed to scale “innovative care delivery models” and improve people’s wellness and overall health care experience. Welltower owns interests in properties concentrated in major, high-growth markets in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom. Those properties consist of seniors housing, post-acute communities and outpatient medical facilities. - -BofA Global Research rates WELL as a buy and gives it a $129 price objective that is derived by running a five-year forward analysis of the REIT’s growth prospects under various scenarios. The investment firm’s base case implies a share price of $152 in 2028. Then BofA uses a discount rate of 4.28% (based on the 10-year Treasury rate as of February 26, 2024) to calculate its price target. - -WELL might be able to top that price target with better-than-expected senior housing or medical office building performance, higher-than-forecast dividend growth and lower interest rates, BofA wrote. Reasons why the price objective might be missed include further public-pay reimbursement cuts, a more competitive acquisitions environment, weaker-than-expected senior housing fundamentals, increased tenant credit risk and a rise in interest rates instead of the current cutting environment. - -WellTower’s Success Formula Includes a New Operating Platform - -BofA’s main focus is on WELL’s operating platform roll out. The operating platform went live with WELL’s first operator in the third quarter. - -Advertisement. - -“We are looking for signs of the uplift at the operator level,” BofA analysts wrote in a recent research note. “A qualitative update during the earnings call will help us get a gauge of whether or not 2025 Street estimates are too low.” - -Anytime an investment firm ranks an equity as a buy and then wonders aloud whether Wall Street consensus earnings estimates are too low, investors can take that as good news that may not be fully reflected in the current share price. Optimism reigns about the soaring prospects for Welltower. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -The Best Dividend Stocks Nobody is Talking About: AGNC Investment Corp. - -AGNC Investment Corp. (NASDAQ: AGNC) - -Annual Dividend Yield: 14.49% - -Regulations require REITs to pay their shareholders at least 90% of taxable income, own properties that typically produce reliable rent payments and offer enhanced appeal because they have limited correlation to the stock market. A big fan of REITs as interest rates retreat is Bryan Perry, who leads the Cash Machine investment newsletter. - -Perry wrote in his October 2024 issue of Cash Machine that real estate investment trusts, consumer staples and utilities were among those seeing strong inflows of investment capital. He followed up in his November 2024 newsletter to report that his recommendation of AGNC Investment Corp. already is profitable, aided by a dividend yield of 13.89%. - -As one of the largest mortgage real estate investment trusts (mREITs), AGNC stands to benefit from potentially tighter mortgage spreads as fixed income volatility eases and rates begin to come down. - -Bryan Perry, head of Cash Machine and Quick Income Trader, recommends REITs. - -The Best Dividend Stocks Nobody is Talking About: AGNC Analysis - -AGNC’s business revolves around investing in agency mortgage-backed securities. These investments are underwritten with collateralized borrowings in the form of repurchase agreements (REPOS), Perry explained. Interest is generated from the company’s investments, and the difference after paying their borrowing costs is what funds the dividends, he added. - -Investing in mREITs that borrow short-term REPOS and are leveraging 30-year investment grade agency mortgage-backed securities in a market where yields are trending lower has historically been a winning trade, as book values tend to rise in this environment, Perry continued. If the Fed does embark on a streak of rate cuts over the next year or so, liquid government debt instruments will appreciate, he wrote in Cash Machine. - -With a reduced-rate environment, borrowing costs to service the leverage in the REIT’s portfolio are lowered. That should translate into higher profit margins as the REIT locks in yields at current rates, Perry wrote to his subscribers. - -Advertisement. - -“Let’s put high long-term mortgage rates to work for us,” Perry advised. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -The Best Dividend Stocks Nobody is Talking About: Cohen & Steers Realty Shares - -Cohen & Steers Realty Shares (MUTF: CSRSX) - -Annual Dividend Yield: 2.59% - -Bob Carlson, who heads the Retirement Watch investment newsletter, recently recommended Cohen & Steers Realty Shares (CSRSX) to his subscribers to help them profit amid the budding recovery of REITs. - -REITs are bouncing back, helped by reduced interest rates and solid growth, Carlson wrote to his Retirement Watch subscribers. In addition, REITs sell at discounts to privately owned real estate and the stock market in general, he added. - -CSRSX always has had a focused portfolio and now is seizing opportunities in key sectors, such as telecommunications, data centers and health care, Carlson continued. It is really the most sensible way to invest in artificial intelligence because it concentrates on the infrastructure, he added. - -Bob Carlson, head of Retirement Watch, meets with Paul Dykewicz. - -The Best Dividend Stocks Nobody is Talking About: Carlson’s Call - -Traditional commercial real estate is a small part of the fund, including hotels, shopping centers and office buildings. CSRSX dipped 0.91% in the last month, but rose 10.63% in the past three months, 15.69% for the year to date and 40.35% during the last year. - -“A big advantage of CSRSX is that it doesn’t track an index,” Carlson wrote to his newsletter subscribers. “It determines which sectors of commercial real estate are likely to do well in the current economic environment and buys the highest-quality REITs in those sectors. That enables the fund to downplay office buildings, malls, shopping centers, and other lagging sectors in favor of data centers, telecommunications towers, health care and more.” - -CSRSX also buys relatively few REITs, focusing instead on its managers’ best ideas, Carlson continued. Recently, CSRSX held 34 securities with the 10 largest positions, including Welltower, composing 63% of the fund. It offers a current dividend yield of 2.59%. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -The Best Dividend Stocks Nobody is Talking About: Ares Management Corporation - -Ares Management Corporation (NYSE: ARES) - -Annual Dividend Yield: 2.22% - -Mark Skousen and Jim Woods, the leaders of the Fast Money Alert advisory service, helped their subscribers earn profits of roughly 18% in about five months by recommending Ares Management Corporation (NYSE: ARES), a global alternative investment manager that offers clients complementary primary and secondary investment opportunities across the credit, real estate, private equity and infrastructure asset classes. ARES offers a modest dividend yield of 2.22%. - -The REIT seeks to provide flexible capital to support businesses and create value for its stakeholders and within its communities. By collaborating across its investment groups, the REIT aims to deliver consistent and attractive investment returns throughout market cycles. - -RBC Capital recently raised its price target on Ares Management to $170 from $150, while keeping an “outperform rating” on the shares, according to a research note previewing third-quarter results for U.S. Asset Managers. RBC wrote that fixed income organic growth in the sector likely will further improve sequentially during the third quarter. - -Ares Management Corporation announced on Oct. 9 that it has priced an offering of $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5.600% Senior Notes due 2054. The notes will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by Ares Holdings L.P. and its related business units. - -Advertisement. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -The Best Dividend Stocks Nobody is Talking About: Digital Realty Trust - -Digital Realty Trust (NYSE: DLR) - -Annual Dividend Yield: 2.94% - -Michelle Connell, the head of Portia Capital in Dallas, weeks ago expressed support for Austin, Texas-based Digital Realty Trust (NYSE: DLR), a REIT that benefits from artificial intelligence (AI) and the growing needs of data centers. The REIT rose $15.88 per share, or 9.62%, on Friday, Oct. 25, after its management raised its outlook for funds from operations (FFO) — a key measure of cash flow — during the company’s latest release of financial results after the close of trading on Thursday, Oct. 24. - -DLR is a global provider of cloud- and carrier-neutral data center, colocation, and interconnection solutions that recently announced it amended, extended and upsized its existing $3.75 billion senior unsecured multi-currency global revolving credit facility to $4.2 billion. The REIT owns 300 data centers across the world, putting an emphasis on providing sophisticated outsourcing services to companies that do not desire to make the expensive investment in large database centers, Connell counseled. REITs typically do well when interest rates are declining, and that includes DLR, she added. - -In addition, due to the critical need for databases, DLR is less economically sensitive compared to other types of REITs, such as malls and hotels, Connell continued. For that reason, Connell said she would expect DLR to be more stable if interest rates are volatile compared to REITs involved with malls and hotels, she added. - -“DLR has strong fundamentals,” Connell commented. - -Michelle Connell heads Portia Capital. - -With a dividend yield of 2.94%, DLR has never missed making a payout to its shareholders, Connell continued. The REIT’s share price has jumped 11.12% in the past month, 23.65% in the last three months, 37.22% so far this year and 58.93% in the past 12 months. - -Connell correctly predicted DLR’s share price gain but it only took weeks rather than 12 months for the company to attain it. - -Several Wall Street analysts have recently increased their price targets on DLR, added Connell, who advised investors to buy shares on pullbacks. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -The Best Dividend Stocks Nobody is Talking About: American Healthcare REIT Inc. - -American Healthcare REIT Inc. (NYSE: AHR) - -Annual Dividend Yield: 3.89% - -BofA Global Research rates American Healthcare REIT Inc. (NYSE: AHR) as a buy and put the REIT on its elite “US1 list.” The investment firm was so impressed with AHR that it wrote that there is room for heightened financial guidance from the REIT’s management. - -“We believe the exercise of the Trilogy purchase option offers benefits beyond the initial accretion,” BofA wrote. “Further education on how Trilogy can drive earnings growth will drive a re-rating higher in the stock, in our view. Across the sector, acquisition volumes and cap rates were ahead of our expectations last quarter.” - -American Healthcare REIT Inc. received a $31 price objective from BofA, which applied a 24.5x adjusted funds from operations (AFFO) multiple to the investment firm’s 2025 AFFO estimate. - -“Our applied multiple is based on AHR’s relative mix of health care real estate exposure and our view on its portfolio quality relative to publicly traded peers,” BofA explained. “For AHR, our main focus is on reimbursement dynamics following CMS [Centers for Medicare and Medicaid] star rating print of Medicare Advantage plans and if this shifts Trilogy’s payor mix going forward (shifting towards more Medicare vs Medicare Advantage). We are also focused on how Trilogy offers benefits to AHR beyond just initial accretion.” - -AHR recently acquired the remaining minority interest in Trilogy Holdings, becoming the sole owner of Trilogy Holdings and its Integrated Senior Health Campuses. However, BofA wrote that AHR’s reliance on Trilogy and government reimbursement adds risk due to exposure to the skilled nursing facility sector. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -The Best Dividend Stocks Nobody is Talking About: Geopolitical Risk is Rising - -Geopolitical risk is on the rise with the conflict in the Middle East expanding and Russia intensifying its military attacks against neighboring Ukraine. The murderous rampage of Hamas terrorists on October 7, 2023, included raping and decapitating innocent civilians who were attacked at a music concert and in their homes in Israel. - -“More than 1,200 men, women and children, including 46 Americans and citizens of more than 30 countries, were slaughtered by Hamas – the largest massacre of Jews since the Holocaust,” said U.S. Secretary of State Antony Blinken in a statement on the one-year anniversary of the invasion. “Girls and women were sexually assaulted. The depravity of Hamas’s crimes is almost unspeakable. - -“Hamas also took 254 people hostage that day, including 12 Americans. Four of those Americans – Hersh Goldberg-Polin, Itay Chen, Judy Weinstein, and Gad Haggai – were murdered by Hamas. Four were released through an agreement the United States negotiated last November, but four remain in captivity in Gaza: Edan Alexander, Keith Siegel, Sagui Dekel-Chen and Omer Neutra. There are also an estimated 97 other hostages who remain held in Gaza today. They include men, women, young boys, young girls, two babies and elderly people from more than 25 nations. Hamas should release these hostages immediately. Every single one of them, including all seven American hostages, must be returned to their families, and the United States will continue to work tirelessly to bring them home.” - -Russia’s abuse of Ukrainians also includes inhumane treatment, sexual assaults against both men and women, torture and gruesome murders. The Ukrainian people continue to fight to defend their freedom, but recent news reports indicate that Russia is recruiting North Koreans to join their side in a war in which it already outnumbers those from the much smaller country it invaded on February 24, 2022. - -Amid those heart-breaking reports of inhumanity, the best dividend stocks nobody is talking about offer investors ways to protect their portfolios by profiting from the Fed’s planned rate cuts. The high likelihood of multiple rate cuts for the next 12-18 months puts these positions in a positive light for those seeking to enhance their investment returns with rising share prices and attractive dividend payouts. - -Paul Dykewicz, www.pauldykewicz.com, is an accomplished, award-winning journalist who has written for Dow Jones, the Wall Street Journal, Investor’s Business Daily, USA Today, the Journal of Commerce, Seeking Alpha, GuruFocus and other publications and websites. Paul is the editor of StockInvestor.com and DividendInvestor.com , a writer for both websites and a columnist. He further is the editorial director of Eagle Financial Publications in Washington, D.C., where he edits monthly investment newsletters, time-sensitive trading alerts, free e-letters and other investment reports. Paul previously served as business editor of Baltimore’s Daily Record newspaper. Paul also is the author of an inspirational book, “Holy Smokes! Golden Guidance from Notre Dame’s Championship Chaplain ,” with a foreword by former national championship-winning football coach Lou Holtz. Follow Paul on Twitter @PaulDykewicz .",1731883625,4813de54e0,2cae4e1d14,,,1731883625 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/football/articles/cde7x1l51d0o,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,Northern Ireland 2-0 Belarus: Transition continues to gather pace ahead of big 2025,"The times are changing for Northern Ireland. - -Missing the injured Paddy McNair and with Josh Magennis starting among the substitutes, this was the first time they had named a starting XI which did not feature a single player from their last appearance at a major tournament in 2016. - -As he nears the completion of 24 months since returning to job, Michael O'Neill's overhaul of players from that memorable first campaign is clear to see. - -The professional manner of his side's 2-0 victory over Belarus, following their far more devastating 5-0 win against Bulgaria last month, shows what the future holds with his new, young crop of players. - -For a side that played 12 Nations League matches before winning one, Northern Ireland now sit top of Nations League C Group 3 before their final game against Luxembourg, where they only need a draw to secure promotion to League B. - -And O'Neill has been delighted with the improvement of what is now a fairly settled squad, particularly in the last 12 months considering the experience they have lost. - -""[Euro 2016] was eight years ago and that shows the transition in the squad,"" he said. - -""We’ve lost a lot of experienced players in the last 18 months, but we have a lot of good young players we need to invest in now.""",1731883683,bcdff126e2,2d060fb9c0,,,1731883683 -https://www.vg247.com/marvel-finally-reveals-official-synopsis-for-fantastic-four-movie,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Months after initial reports, Marvel finally confirms who'll be playing the Silver Surfer in its Fantastic Four film with a new synopsis, but it's keeping quiet on a Doctor Doom appearance","You might know who'll be in Marvel Studios' Fantastic Four film, but an official synopsis finally tells us what they'll actually be doing. - -Back in February, after lots of fan casting, hopes, and questions around who would be the MCU's Fantastic Four, Marvel finally revealed a pretty strong cast. A lil while after that, a report emerged that Julia Garner would be playing fan favourite character the Silver Surfer, though it wasn't outright confirmed at the time. Now, though, Marvel has confirmed Garner's involvement and the character, and it has even released a full, official synopsis, so we actually roughly know what the film will be about (thanks, IGN). - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -""Set against the vibrant backdrop of a 1960s-inspired, retro-futuristic world, Marvel Studios’ The Fantastic Four: First Steps introduces Marvel’s First Family - Reed Richards/Mister Fantastic (Pedro Pascal), Sue Storm/Invisible Woman (Vanessa Kirby), Johnny Storm/Human Torch (Joseph Quinn) and Ben Grimm/The Thing (Ebon Moss-Bachrach) as they face their most daunting challenge yet,"" reads the synopsis from Marvel. - -""Forced to balance their roles as heroes with the strength of their family bond, they must defend Earth from a ravenous space god called Galactus (Ralph Ineson) and his enigmatic Herald, Silver Surfer (Julia Garner). And if Galactus’ plan to devour the entire planet and everyone on it weren’t bad enough, it suddenly gets very personal."" - -Alright, so, that is generally what you could kind of assume the film is about, but it's nice to know for certain at the very least. There's no indication that Robert Downey Jr. will be appearing in the film as Doctor Doom, who he's confirmed to be portraying in Avengers 5, but given that the Fantastic Four will also be in the next couple of Avengers movies, you'd assume he's at least in a post-credits scene. - -Filming is currently taking place for The Fantastic Four: First Steps, with the film currently scheduled to be released on July 25, 2025.",1731883664,374d98cbb9,2d191e52ba,,,1731883664 -https://kotaku.com/ubisoft-splinter-cell-movie-tom-hardy-1851700151,https://kotaku.com/rss,Ubisoft's Splinter Cell Movie Is Dead,"Despite a recent spate of successful games-to-screen transitions—such as Fallout, The Super Mario Bros. Movie, and Arcane—publisher Ubisoft continues its endless run of cinematic misfortune. The latest blow comes in the form of the long-planned Splinter Cell movie, which is now not going to happen. - -The Week In Games: Pokémon With Guns And More New Releases CC Share Subtitles Off - -English view video The Week In Games: Pokémon With Guns And More New Releases - -The Week In Games: Pokémon With Guns And More New Releases CC Share Subtitles Off - -English The Week In Games: Pokémon With Guns And More New Releases - -When it comes to movies, Ubisoft’s list of successes is one film long: 2021's deeply daft and very fun Werewolves Within. Before that, you’ve got the critically demolished Assassin’s Creed and Prince of Persia: The Sands of Time, preceded by Uwe Boll’s monstrously dreadful Far Cry in 2008. (To be fair, Prince of Persia at least squeaked a profit, albeit not enough to prevent planned sequels getting cancelled.) Scattered amongst them are many promised projects that never quite seem to reach our eyes. - - - -Advertisement - -One of those is now known to be Tom Clancy’s Splinter Cell, which was first confirmed as in development in 2012. Set to star Tom Hardy (Mad Max) as ultra-spy Sam Fisher, be written by Eric Warren Singer (Top Gun: Maverick), and later attached to director Doug Liman (Edge of Tomorrow), it was announced at the same time as the Michael Fassbender-starring Assassin’s Creed, although only one of them ever made it to screen. The wrong one? We shall never know. - -Advertisement - -According to The Direct, producer Basil Iwanyk—while on some John Wick-related promotion—said that the movie is “now dead.” - -Advertisement - -“That movie would have been awesome,” the Expendables producer told the site. “Just couldn’t get it right, script-wise, budget-wise. But it was going to be great.” Mmm-hmm. - -Admittedly, Clancy’s Splinter Cell conceit of a black-ops agent doing generic spy stuff should have been a fairly easy lift, it didn’t necessarily have to be dreadful. But in a producer’s imagination, it could have been perfection. “It was going to be hardcore and awesome,” he continued. - -Advertisement - -Intellectual Propagation - -Ubisoft has, in fact, created a whole division devoted to the process of converting its IPs to non-interactive screens, called Ubisoft Film & Television. It was one of the production companies behind that atrocious Assassin’s Creed movie, and indeed Werewolves Within, but is probably most successful with the Apple+ TV series Mythic Quest, which just announced a new season and a spin-off. - -Advertisement - -The company also has just about every Ubisoft franchise you can think of in some stage of production, including Far Cry and Splinter Cell animated series for Netflix, a Watch Dogs movie (with Sony) that is allegedly in production now, and...oh gawd...a Just Dance “feature film,” although that was announced in 2019, and further information has not been forthcoming. There are also claims of Ghost Recon (Warner), and The Division and Beyond Good & Evil (both Netflix) at least optioned. - -So sorry to those who were looking forward to one day seeing Tom Hardy as Sam Fisher. However, there’s compensation in the form of the upcoming Netflix animation Splinter Cell: Deathwatch, which has proof of life and everything. - -Advertisement - -Cancelling things is, of course, nothing new to Ubisoft, which makes a habit of killing many projects, while allowing vaporware dreams like Beyond Good & Evil 2 to continue demolishing money. - -.",1731883663,a0840ab3b4,2cfdae2f35,,,1731883663 -https://esportsedition.com/hearthstone/hearthstone-otk-tempo-mage/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Hearthstone OTK Tempo Mage,"The long-awaited event Doom in the Tomb has come to the Hearthstone. 23 Wild cards returned to Standard format. New cards shook up the meta, and some archetypes offer new and fresh decks! - -OTK Tempo Mage with Flamewaker is the most popular archetype on the first day after the release of Wild cards. It’s a cheap yet complicated deck. - -To build the most budget deck, you’ll need around 4000 dust, so no need to worry about overpriced decks here. The cost of Emperor Thaurissan and Flamewaker does not count, since everyone has these cards. The only epic card here is Mana Cyclone; Thaurissan is the only required legendary. Thalnos and Stargazer Luna are both optional. - -Mulligan - -During the mulligan, you want to actively look for three cards: the Sorcerer’s Apprentice, Mana Cyclone and Flamewaker. If you already have Mana Cyclone in your hand, you can leave the Elemental Evocation. Sorcerer’s Intelligence, Witchwood Piper will also help you with the additional draw. Feel free to skip the other cards on the mulligan stage, as you want to get those main combo cards as soon as possible. - -Deck Concept - -Decklist via HSReplay. - -This combo involves: Sorcerer’s Apprentice, Flamewaker, Mana Cyclone, Elemental Evocation, and as many cheap spells as possible. The combo itself is pretty trivial, yet one to be reckoned with. Play Sorcerer’s Apprentice and Flamewaker, then cast as many spells as possible for 0 and 1 mana; the combination of Elemental Summon + Mana Cyclone will give you even more resources – you can also use many generated spells on the same turn. - -This combo will clear the board and deal a lot of damage to the enemy hero. Flamewaker can deal 30+ damage per turn. Another copy of Flamewaker, Sorcerer’s Apprentices, as well as the Emperor Thaurissan, played earlier, will strengthen the combination. - -Game Strategy - -In tempo match-ups, your goal is to seize the initiative on the board, rather than OTK your opponent. Sorceres’s Apprentice along with cheap spells or Flamewaker would suffice. Try to make such a move where you remove all the minions on the enemy’s half of the board (or freeze them) and protect key minions with taunts, buffs and other means. Once you control the board, it will be easier to finish the game. - -In slow match-ups, everything is pretty straightforward — you need a full combination. Sometimes you only need one copy of the key minions, especially if you found them early. By the 4-5 turn, there’s a good chance that the combo, if doesn’t kill the enemy, will at least deal a critical amount of damage. You can always wait for all of your pieces and an Emperor Thaurissan tick if you are unsure. - -Against midrange decks it is advisable to look for a full combination that is very likely to kill an opponent, because midrange decks have crucial removals, healing and other defense spells. But do not wait too long: the opponent can put so many minions on the table that even two Flamewakers would not be enough. - -If you play a slow version of OTK Tempo Mage, Antonidas alongside Sorcerer’s Apprentice and a bunch of cheap spells can be another way to win. Once you have full hand of Fireballs, make sure that the enemy does not kill you earlier – this is a rather slow way to win, but very reliable against slower decks. - -Do not be afraid to play a Research Project in nearly any situation, except when it gives your opponent a chance to find lethal. In other cases, you can play it even on the second move. An opponent will also get cards, but your first priority is to find combo. But if there are other ways of drawing cards, go for it. You`ll be able to play Research Project with Flamewaker and Sorcerer’s Apprentice in the future. - -Tips - -Make sure you play the spells that target minions first, so that your Flamewaker will target your opponent with as many shots as possible. - -If you see that combo is in your hand, don’t hesitate: it takes a lot of time for the animation to trigger, and there are a lot of things to consider, especially if you have Elemental Evocation and Mana Cyclone in your hand. - -Not only you should cast spells fast when the combo is ready, but you should also do it wisely. Try to deal damage with Ray of frost, Shooting Star, and Frost Bolt to the heavy minions first, so that the damage from Flamewaker is spread wisely. That way, you’ll clean the board more effectively. - -In tempo match-ups, partial combo will also work out. Sometimes even the Flamewaker + Mirror Image would suffice to gain a foothold on the board. - -In slow match-ups, look for as many ways as possible to strengthen the combo: two Flamewakers, two Sorceress Apprentices, Emperor Thaurissan’s buff. However, ​​your priority is to deal lethal damage to the opponent with full health before he puts too many minions on the board (N’Zoth, Mass resurrection, and so on). - -Mana Cyclone fills your hand with random Mage spells — 26 out of 37 cost 1-3 mana, so they can often be cast on the same turn. - -Your first priority is a search for the key cards (Sorcerer’s Apprentice, Flamewaker, Mana Cyclone) and board control. Do not be greedy, play the Frost Bolt and other removals eliminate dangerous threats from the board when they appear (again, this deck is pretty resourceful, you’ll have enough spells to trigger Flamewaker). - -Alternative OTK Mage decks - -The first version of the OTK Mage makes use of Flamewaker’s faster deck cycling and has potential for explosive damage. This version includes cheap spells, the key combo cards, draw cards, and Emperor Thaurissan. - -The second version of the OTK Mage is better in slow matchups due to Antonidas. It allows you to get Fireballs with cheap Mage spells. This deck is better against N’Zoth Priests, N’Zoth Warlocks, Control Warriors and other slow archetypes. - -If you have Stargazer Luna in the collection, put it to the deck, but you do not need to craft it for OTK Tempo Mage. This is the optional card.",1731883714,76f59da961,2d35a1f3a4,,,1731883714 -https://www.wmagazine.com/fashion/madelyn-cline-best-red-carpet-fashion-style-photos,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,Madelyn Cline's Best Red Carpet Fashion: From 'Outer Banks' And Beyond,"It didn’t take long for Outer Banks star Madelyn Cline to find her footing on the red carpet. As soon as the series took Netflix by storm in 2020, Cline quickly established herself on the step and repeat with refined silhouettes and lots of sequins and sparkle to match. - -The Charleston native (fittingly, that’s also where OBX is set) brings an all-American spirit to the red carpet, whether she’s in floor-length Tommy Hilfiger at the Met Gala or decked out in metallic Oscar de la Renta embroidery. Aside from the occasional archival moment, Cline has also made inroads with top European houses like Givenchy, Armani, and Stella McCartney. While she usually strays away from patterns and prints, the actress isn’t afraid to really make a statement with exposed lingerie or risky cut-outs. - -Below, revisit the best of Madelyn Cline’s red carpet style. - -2024: Outer Banks Season Four Premiere Jeff Hahne/Getty Images Entertainment/Getty Images The actress referenced the Tommy Hilfiger archive for the Outer Banks season four premiere where she donned a high-slit white gown from the label’s spring 2010 collection. - -2024: Met Gala Taylor Hill/Getty Images Entertainment/Getty Images Cline took a straightforward approach to the 2024 Met Gala theme, wearing a floral-trimmed Tommy Hilfiger confection to the annual event. - -2024: Vanity Fair Oscar Party Axelle/Bauer-Griffin/FilmMagic/Getty Images For the 2024 Oscars after parties, Cline sizzled in a low-cut and sheer Givenchy gown. - -2023: CFDA Awards Kevin Mazur/WireImage/Getty Images Cline lit up the 2023 CFDA Awards in this shimmery Oscar de la Renta gown. - -2023: MTV Video Music Awards Axelle/Bauer-Griffin/FilmMagic/Getty Images The actress put her spin on the lingerie red carpet trend during the 2023 MTV VMAs. Her nude Givenchy gown featured a fitted corset and a see-through skirt. - -2023: Met Gala Christopher Polk/WWD/Getty Images Cline went classic for her Met Gala debut in 2023. She slipped into a floor-length Stella McCartney gown that was dripping in silver fringe. - -2023: Hollywood Critics Association’s Film Awards Steve Granitz/FilmMagic/Getty Images Audrey Hepburn would have loved the Old Hollywood Armani Privé dress Cline wore to a 2023 red carpet. - -2023: Outer Banks Season Three Premiere Steve Granitz/FilmMagic/Getty Images Cline packed on the sparkle in a Stella McCartney slip dress to attend the Outer Banks season three premiere. - -2023: Critics Choice Awards Axelle/Bauer-Griffin/FilmMagic/Getty Images The actress amped up a typical black gown with festive plumage during the 2023 Critics Choice Awards. - -2022: Glass Onion L.A. Premiere Axelle/Bauer-Griffin/FilmMagic/Getty Images The actress dipped back into the archives for the Glass Onion L.A. premiere. She settled on this strappy Atelier Versace look from the spring 2018 season. - -2022: Glass Onion London Premiere Mike Marsland/WireImage/Getty Images During the London premiere of Glass Onion, Cline looked chic in this drop-shoulder Tom Ford number. - -2021: The Matrix Resurrections Premiere Steve Jennings/Getty Images Entertainment/Getty Images In plunging Alexandre Vauthier couture, Cline definitely nailed the dress code for The Matrix Resurrections premiere. - -2021: People’s Choice Awards LISA O'CONNOR/AFP/Getty Images The star blinged-out a crop top and risqué maxi skirt to pose on the 2021 People’s Choice Awards red carpet. - -2021: American Music Awards Amy Sussman/Getty Images Entertainment/Getty Images Cline hopped onto the cut-out bandwagon in 2021, wearing this sultry Mônot number to the 2021 AMAs. - -2021: MTV Movie & TV Awards Matt Winkelmeyer/2021 MTV Movie and TV Awards/Getty Images Entertainment/Getty Images Cline matched her neon orange mini with glittery sandal heels. - -2018: Boy Erased Premiere Steve Granitz/WireImage/Getty Images Cline spent the early stages of her career experimenting with silhouettes and looks like this bridal white suit she wore to the Boy Erased premiere.",1731883680,f8844306b1,2d28d0ebac,,,1731883680 -https://www.kff.org/medicaid/issue-brief/who-are-the-direct-care-workers-providing-long-term-services-and-supports-ltss/,https://www.kff.org/rss/,Who are the Direct Care Workers Providing Long-Term Services and Supports (LTSS)?,"More than 6 million people use paid long-term services and supports (LTSS) delivered in home and community-based settings and more than 2 million people use LTSS delivered in institutional settings, according to CBO estimates. LTSS encompass the broad range of paid and unpaid medical and personal care services that assist with activities of daily living (such as eating, bathing, and dressing) and instrumental activities of daily living (such as preparing meals, managing medication, and housekeeping). The 8 million people using LTSS only includes people requiring ongoing or maintenance therapy. Many others use similar services on a shorter-term or intermittent basis, such as care provided through the Medicare home health and skilled nursing facility benefits. Direct care workers play a pivotal role in providing these services. They perform demanding, high-stress work for low wages and often no benefits. - -This analysis uses the 2022 American Community Survey to provide an overview of demographic characteristics, wages, and health insurance coverage of direct care workers, which include home health aides, personal care aides, nursing assistants, licensed practical nurses (LPNs), and registered nurses (RNs). It focuses in particular on direct care workers in nursing facilities, residential care facilities, and home health as well as those that provide services or work in settings that provide nonresidential services for older adults and younger adults with disabilities (see Methods). In doing so, we examine the direct care workforce broadly and differences across job classifications and settings of work. Key takeaways include: - -There are nearly 3 million direct care workers who are predominantly female (87%) and low-wage (65%); over one-quarter are Black (28%) and over four in ten are 50 years old or more (41%) (Figure 1). - -Direct care workers work across a variety of settings and include personal care aides, nursing assistants, home health aides, LPNs, and RNs (Figure 2). - -Home health aides, personal care aides, and nursing assistants (collectively, “aides”) and LPNs are more likely to be under 35, Black or Hispanic, low-wage workers, uninsured, or covered by Medicaid when compared with RNs (Figure 3). - -Nursing facilities and residential care facilities have higher shares of nurses (LPNs and RNs) when compared to home health settings and services for older adults and younger adults with disabilities (collectively, “home and community-based settings”) (Figure 4). - -Direct care workers in home and community-based settings are more likely to be noncitizens and work part-time when compared to those in nursing facilities and other residential care settings (Figure 5). - -There have been longstanding challenges finding enough workers to provide LTSS for people who need such services, and the COVID-19 pandemic exacerbated those issues considerably. In a 50-state survey of officials administering Medicaid HCBS programs, nearly all responding states reported they were experiencing shortages of direct support professionals, personal care attendants, and/or home health aides. The adequacy of staffing in nursing facilities has also been a longstanding issue. - -In response to workforce issues, the federal and state governments have taken action to support direct care workers. Section 9817 of the American Rescue Plan Act (ARPA) provided states with an additional 10 percentage points of federal funding for their Medicaid HCBS expenditures that occurred between April 1, 2021, and March 31, 2022. States were required to reinvest the additional federal funding in Medicaid HCBS, resulting in an estimated $37 billion of new HCBS funding. As of December 31, 2023, the number one use of the ARPA funds—accounting for more than $26 billion of the planned $37 billion in new funding—was for workforce recruitment and retention. The second largest use (an additional $4 billion) was for workforce training. Other uses of funding include quality improvement activities and reducing or eliminating HCBS waiting lists. - -The Biden-Harris Administration finalized two rules aimed at addressing shortages of direct care workers: (1) the first-ever requirements for nurse staffing levels in nursing facilities, and (2) a rule governing access to Medicaid services with several provisions to strengthen the HCBS workforce, including requiring states to spend least 80% of total Medicaid payments for certain HCBS on compensation for direct care workers, a provision that will not take effect until 2029. Many states have adopted payment rate increases for HCBS providers and nursing facilities with the goal of boosting staffing levels, as reported to KFF in a 2023 survey. Vice President Harris also recently put forth a proposal that would establish a new Medicare home care benefit, among other changes. Although the proposal does not yet have specifics, it proposes improvements for care workers via access to better wages. - -In 2022, there were nearly 3 million direct care workers who provided LTSS to people ages 65 and older and people under 65 with disabilities. These workers were predominantly female (87%) and low-wage (65%); over one-quarter were Black (28%) and over four in ten were age 50+ (41%) (Figure 1). Nearly one in three were part-time workers, and about one in ten were noncitizens, uninsured, and/or lived in rural areas. These demographic characteristics are all somewhat more common among direct care workers than among other working adults (Appendix Table 1). - - - -Box 1: Who Are Direct Care Workers and Where Do They Work? By Type of Worker: Home Health Aides: Home health aides assist older adults and people with disabilities living at home with medical care. They may help with checking vital signs, assist with medical equipment, and help with administering medication. They may also help with activities of daily living (ADLs), which include eating, bathing, dressing, assisting with walking/exercise, and using the bathroom. Personal Care Aides: Personal care aides assist older adults and people with disabilities living at home with ADLs. Personal care aides also help with instrumental activities of daily living (IADLs), such as grocery shopping, meal preparation, and managing medications. Nursing Assistants: Nursing assistants, or certified nursing assistants (CNAs), typically work in nursing homes and assist residents with ADLs. All CNAs must have completed a nurse aide training and competency evaluation program within 4 months of their employment. They must also pursue continuing education each year. Licensed Practical Nurses (LPN): LPNs provide care under the direction of a registered nurse (RN). Together, RNs and LPNs make sure someone’s plan of care is being followed and their needs are being met. LPNs typically have one year of training. Registered Nurses (RN): RNs are responsible for the overall delivery of care and assess overall health care needs. RNs are typically required to have between two and six years of education. By Setting of Care: Nursing Facilities: Nursing facilities are residential settings that provide round-the-clock nursing and personal care to residents who either need short-term rehabilitation following a hospitalization or injury or long-term care to residents with chronic medical and/or mental health conditions requiring access to 24-hour skilled care and assistance with ADLs or personal care. Residential Care Facilities: These settings include residential settings that serve individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, mental illness, or substance use disorder. These settings also include establishments that provide residential and personal care services for older adults or younger adults with disabilities who are unable to fully care for themselves. These settings can include assisted living facilities, continuing care retirement communities, and group homes for adults with disabilities. The care typically includes room, board, supervision, and assistance with activities of daily living. Home Health: Home health agencies are organizations that provide skilled rehabilitative or post-acute care as well as long-term personal care for patients. The same skilled services provided by skilled nursing facilities, such as nursing, occupational therapy, and physical therapy, are instead provided in the home, along with assistance with ADLs and IADLs. Services for the Elderly and Persons with Disabilities: These are services or settings that provide nonresidential, social assistance services for older adults and younger adults with disabilities. These establishments typically focus on the welfare of these individuals in such areas as day care, non-medical home care or homemaker services, social activities, group support, and companionship. These services and settings can include adult day care centers, home care services for older adults, and companion services. - -Direct care workers provide care across various settings: 58% worked in home health settings or provided nonresidential services for seniors and people with disabilities (collectively, “home and community-based services” or “HCBS”), 29% worked in nursing facilities, and the remaining 13% worked in residential care facilities (Figure 2). Nursing facilities are the most medically-oriented institutional settings, providing both short-term skilled nursing and long-term maintenance care services. Residential care facilities include a variety of settings – some institutional and some community-based – and are, as a group, less institutionalized than nursing facilities. HCBS are provided in people’s homes and other community-based settings (Box 1). - -Over three-quarters (77%) of direct care workers were personal care aides, nursing assistants, or home health aides (collectively “aides”) and the remaining quarter (23%) were registered nurses (RNs) or licensed practical nurses (LPNs) (Figure 2). Direct care worker responsibilities vary, with some workers primarily providing personal care services, some providing primarily medical care, and some providing a mix of both. Aides tend to provide mostly personal care services whereas RNs provide mostly medical care, and LPNs provide both types of services (Box 1). The educational requirements for LPNs and, especially, RNs, are greater than the requirements for aides on account of the more medical nature of their duties. - - - -Compared with registered nurses, higher percentages of aides and LPNs are younger, Black or Hispanic, low wage, and covered by Medicaid or uninsured (Figure 3). Nearly one in three aides (31%) and over one in four LPNs (27%) are under 35 years old, compared with just one in five RNs (20%). Over half of all aides (52%) and nearly four in ten LPNs (39%) are Black or Hispanic, compared to just 25% of RNs. RNs are the highest paid direct care workers and aides are the lowest-paid direct care workers, with over three-quarters (76%) of aides reporting wages under $35,000. In comparison, just one-fifth (21%) of RNs report wages of less than $35,000. LPNs’ wages are higher than those of aides but lower than those of RNs. The differences in wages are likely attributable, at least in part, to the fact that the educational requirements are most rigorous for RNs and least rigorous for aides. Aides are also more likely than nurses to work part-time, likely another contributing factor to the wage discrepancies (Appendix Table 1). Aides are twice as likely to be uninsured compared with RNs (12% vs 6%) and four times as likely to be covered by Medicaid (35% vs 9%). LPNs are nearly twice as likely as RNs to be uninsured (11% vs 6%) or be covered by Medicaid (16% vs 9%). - -Nursing facilities and residential care facilities have higher shares of nurses compared to home and community-based settings (Figure 4). The percentage of direct care workers who are RNs or LPNs is 43% in nursing facilities, 21% in residential care facilities, and 14% in home and community-based settings. The Biden-Harris Administration released a rule that creates new requirements for nurse staffing levels in nursing facilities, including minimum levels for nurse aides and registered nurses. This rule was highly anticipated as it would create the first-ever federal minimum staffing levels, though even prior to the staffing rule, many states had their own minimum staffing levels. In contrast, a new rule on access to Medicaid services includes several requirements regarding the adequacy of states’ payments for direct care workers in home and community-based settings, but does not establish any minimum staffing levels for such settings. - -Direct care workers that work in home and community-based settings are significantly more likely to be noncitizens, work part-time, and have lower wages when compared to those in nursing facilities and other residential care settings (Figure 5 and Appendix Table 1). Among direct care workers in home and community-based settings, 12% are noncitizens compared with 8% in residential care facilities and 6% in nursing facilities. Noncitizens include those who are lawfully present as well as those who are undocumented, though the majority of noncitizen immigrants are lawfully present. Part-time work is also more common among workers in home and community-based settings, with 40% of workers working part-time compared with 22% of nursing facility workers and 24% of residential care facility workers. Direct care workers overall are more likely to be part-time workers than all adult workers (32% vs 16%), which may be part of the reason they are more likely to have wages under $35,000 (64% vs. 38%) (Appendix Table 1). Low wages among direct care workers broadly are a key driver in the high turnover in the workforce, which has spurred action among federal and state policymakers. The Biden-Harris administration finalized a rule aimed at ensuring access to Medicaid services, which included a provision that requires states to spend least 80% of total payments for certain HCBS on compensation for direct care workers. Most states have also increased payments to direct care workers to increase the supply of HCBS workers, though some of those states have indicated that some of those increases are temporary. - -Both 2024 presidential candidates have addressed direct care workforce shortages in their party platforms, but questions remain about how the shortages would be addressed. The Republican platform proposals address disincentives that contribute to workforce shortages, but it is unclear what policies a Republican Administration would put forth to achieve those goals. On October 8, 2024, Vice President Harris put forth a proposal that would establish a new Medicare home care benefit, among other changes. Although the proposal is not fully specified, it proposes to lift up care workers by providing access to better wages. If enacted, the Harris proposal would be the first major expansion of Medicare since the Medicare Modernization Act of 2003 that added a prescription drug benefit to the program. Many policy details would have to be worked out as the proposal wound its way through Congress, including questions about eligibility, benefit design, financing, and workforce shortages.",1731883669,9dd5681a6c,2d437edf86,,,1731883669 -https://spinsucks.com/entrepreneur/recovering-perfectionist/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,How to Become a Recovering Perfectionist,"My name is Gini Dietrich, and I’m a perfectionist. It took me a long, long time to realize that this, um, character flaw was preventing my team from excelling. In fact, they were beaten down, and churn was high. - -I couldn’t figure out why. We were doing good work. We had great clients. And yet, people didn’t stick around very long. Not much longer than a year. It was rough. I had to take a long, hard look at myself to figure out what was going on. - -Turns out, people do want to do good work and work with great clients. They don’t want to have their work torn apart by their boss in the name of perfectionism. Where I thought I was “coaching” to help them improve, they took it as my not trusting them to do their work correctly the first time. - -Of course, no one actually told me that when they resigned. They just found another job and went on their merry way. It took a couple of bad experiences and some introspection to figure out why everyone was leaving in droves. - -Even still, it was hard for me to give up. It still is. But I’m highly aware today, and I work very hard not to let it get in the way. - -Undoing Being a Perfectionist - -During the pandemic, we added on a service for clients because we saw a need. In many cases, they had laid off their marketing teams, but still needed marketing and communications support. They couldn’t afford the full teams they once had but could afford what I would call fractional support: someone or a team who could work with them half- or quarter-time. - -As the years passed and clients began to hire again, my team and I became more of a professional development and training team. We helped to hire, onboard, and train their new marketing and comms teams so that we could transition the work effectively and nothing was missed. - -During those transitions, I led my team and several clients’ teams. A LOT of people were reporting directly to me, and I quickly found that I just didn’t have time to be perfect. I had to quickly give up that facade and learn to be OK with being finished and delivering results. - -Turns out, everyone excelled—including me. Everyone loved having access to me to learn and gain new insights and no one was burned out or leaving because I was chopping apart their work simply because it wasn’t perfect. - -Being On the Receiving End Stinks - -Fast forward to earlier this year. We had a client who was subbing for a colleague who was on maternity leave. This person started with the company just six months ago—and they’ve been our client for five years. We helped to build the marketing and comms teams that are there today. We did not have a hand in hiring this person. - -The first piece of content we wrote after she stepped in, she ripped to shreds. Not because the messaging or direction was wrong, but because it wasn’t how she would write it. I will never forget how I felt when I opened the document and saw it completely rewritten. - -In fact, I’m pretty sure I threw a hissy fit and said something along the lines of, “Doesn’t she know who I am? How many books has she published? Oh, right. None.” - -After I calmed down, I went back to her and had a productive conversation about how writing styles are different and she’s going to burn out her team and mine if she rewrites everything. To boot, I told her that we aren’t going to make the kind of progress she wants to make while her colleague is out if she continues to work this way. I didn’t tell her that people will stop doing their best work if they know she’s just going to rewrite it; they’ll give her a good first draft and that’s it. - -We’ve gotten past that hurdle, but I am here to tell you, it SUCKS to have someone do that to your work. It doesn’t feel good and I completely understand why I kept losing talented people in my own business. I was impossible to work with! I wish someone had told me that’s what was going on. Instead, it took me years to figure it out. - -And Yet, Perfectionism Is on the Rise - -Studies show perfectionism is on the rise. While a drive to exceed expectations is admirable, perfectionism can lead to excess self-criticism, poorer quality of workplace performance, and more serious consequences like burnout and depression. Just as I have experienced with my team in the past. - -To boot, perfectionists tend to be Type A (cough, cough) so they are also hard-driving, highly motivated, and are seen as people who know how to duplicate time to get more things done. The trouble with that, though, is they have a hard time delegating. - -One of the things I find myself doing, even still today, is a client will ask me for something. And, even though they’re not asking ME to do it, I have difficulty separating what I should be doing (and what they’re paying me to do) from my team. So I put it on my task list and it sits there for a few days as I tend to more pressing matters—the things that only I can do. Suddenly the deadline is upon us, I still haven’t had time to do said thing, and now I can’t delegate it to my team because I’ve procrastinated so long, there isn’t any time for them to do it, either. - -So I work during off hours or early in the morning to get it done on time and, of course, in perfect condition. When I’m exhausted by the end of the week, it’s my own fault. And yet. - -And They’re Really Bad Delegators - -Perfectionists tend to also hoard assignments, spend time tweaking unimportant details, or micromanage, all of which leads to exhaustion and overworking for the individual and low morale for the team. - -Poor delegation can also hinder business results. In 2014, a Gallup research team found that companies led by strong delegators achieved higher overall growth compared to companies whose leaders delegated less. - -Delegation is an essential leadership skill, especially if you want to drive better results and achieve greater work–life balance, but it’s hindered by a need to be perfect. Today, I often tell my team not to let perfect get in the way of being done. Sometimes it’s perfectly (pun intended!) OK to be OK with progress and getting results, even if it’s not exactly or perfect. As it turns out, your executives much prefer results over perfectionism. So does your team. - -Become a Recovering Perfectionist - -If you need to learn how to become a recovering perfectionist, Psychology Today has some insightful advice: consider the cost, start small, and share responsibility. - -Consider the Cost - -As I mentioned above, I am exhausted by the time the weekend arrives and I’ve been a bad perfectionist. I’ve easily put in 14-16 hours a day because I was too lazy to delegate the moment the client asked us for something. The cost is that I’m putting in far too many hours and my work-life balance stinks. And the team sees this and wonders why I’m doing the work instead of them. The cost to them is a lack of trust and slow burnout. It’s a great reminder of why delegation is key—and perfectionism can be lost. - -Start Small - -One of the things I ask my agency owner clients to do once a quarter (and I do this myself, too) is to make three lists. The first is things you are doing that only you can do. The second is things you are doing that you hate doing. And the third is things you are doing that can be delegated. A friend once said, “If you’re doing administrative work, you’re an administrative assistant. It doesn’t matter what your title is. That’s what you are.” - -Go through your lists and delegate things from the second and third. But don’t do it just once and be done. I have our clients do it quarterly because things pile back up on the second and third lists and we have to make it a habit to learn how to delegate consistently. Hence, starting small. - -Share Responsibility - -The Psychology Today article has this to say about sharing responsibility, “As the delegator, your job is to define the “what,” or the final deliverable, and “why,” or the context and purpose. Be clear about your expectations and criteria for success, but delegate authority over how the task is accomplished. This requires you to let go of rigid, perfectionist thinking and the assumption that there is one “right” way to achieve the end result.” - -Consider the cost, start small, and share responsibility. If you start with these three things, a year from now, you’ll also be a (mostly) recovering perfectionist. - -Gain Some Accountability - -If you’d like to have accountability partners on your journey to becoming a recovering perfectionist, join us in the Spin Sucks Community. - -It’s a community full of crazy smart professionals. It’s free, it’s fun, it’s smart…and you might just learn a thing or two from your peers. I’ll see you next week!",1731883775,4dc781f5bc,2d2b16afad,,,1731883775 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMilgFBVV95cUxNM1dya3FaVS11eHNDUjQ2TUpEa0xkRXJCbkF1bms1dVV5S0ZHVVBmeTU5ZDBzR19YLWdlbTB2V2ZRZVBUd3h0UUxveHdRQWY1d0VLeWpkOTJoS0dUOFVNWUM3cE95cmtDd0ZOeno1LTBxRlNvMDFLT2owUDlZQm52ZHZ2dG5LT3pacHdVWmJVLVZrNTRPUnc?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883623,2688d2a9c6,2cf87bab1d,,,1731883623 -https://www.vg247.com/fallout-new-vegas-director-on-obsidian-goals-with-now-beloved-rpg,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"""We really heavily focused on freedom to play the game the way you wanted"" - Fallout: New Vegas' director on Obsidian's goals in the face of bug criticisms and Fallout 3 comparisons","Obsidian knew what it was in for as it was developing Fallout: New Vegas, but that didn't stop it from sticking with its guns. - -Despite how long games take to make these days, Fallout: New Vegas was on the opposite end of the spectrum, taking only 18 months to develop, which was way too quick even then. The end result had plenty of bugs, which is something that Obsidian knew it would have to accept, but also reused assets from Fallout 3 - and in a recent interview with Edge (via GamesRadar), director Josh Sawyer knew that that had to be the case if it was going to ship at all, particularly considering this might be his last chance to helm a Fallout game. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -""I knew that people would say 'Hey, this basically looks like Fallout 3.' And there were a lot of complaints about bugs,"" Sawyer said. ""It was very frustrating because we weren't unaware, but you always have to prioritise things."" That doesn't mean any of this stopped Obsidian from doing exactly what it set out to, as a big thing the developer wanted to achieve is making the game highly replayable. ""All of our work had gone into the intricate and the freedom of the quests and the critical path, and the faction alliances. - -""Those are things that, if you just do one playthrough, you are going to be like 'yeah, whatever, who cares?' So it did take time for people [to] go 'oh, wow, actually you can beeline straight to the strip.'"" Freedom was particularly important for Sawyer, as he noted that ""you don't even have to do the critical path. You can kill anybody in the game and the game accounts for it. We really heavily focused on freedom to play the game the way you wanted, and I think that's what stood out over time."" - -Since then, Fallout: New Vegas has obviously gone on to become a beloved entry in the series, with plenty hoping that Obsidian would make a new Fallout after being acquired by Microsoft (though I think it's probably a bit busy making Avowed and The Outer Worlds these days).",1731883705,374d98cbb9,2d0a426df6,,,1731883705 -https://www.bundesliga.com/en/2bundesliga/news/second-division-matchday-12-highlights-reports-hamburg-schalke-hertha-berlin-29606,https://www.bundesliga.com/rss,"Bundesliga 2, Matchday 12 overview: Dropped points for Hannover, Paderborn, Fortuna, Karlsruhe and Hamburg","There were further twists in the promotion race as the top five all failed to win. Elsewhere, Cologne, Schalke and resurgent Darmstadt took the spoils... - -Elversberg 3-1 Hannover - -Goals: 1-0 Baum 10’, 2-0 Asllani 45’+5, 3-0 Damar 48’, 3-1 Tresoldi 90’+1 - -A dominant display from Elversberg saw them coast to an impressive 3-1 victory over league leaders Hannover. They took an early lead when Elias Baum's powerful first-time shot found the bottom corner before doubling their advantage deep into first-half stoppage time courtesy of Fisnik Asllani's turn and shot. The hosts, who scored a third right after the break as Damar rounded off a nice move, controlled the game well - it took the guests 77 minutes to register their first shot on target. Nicolas Tresoldi scored a consolation late on, but Hannover ultimately missed the opportunity to increase the gap at the top of the standings. Meanwhile, a great performance from Horst Steffen’s side takes them up to sixth in the table. - -Eintracht Braunschweig 3-1 Hamburg - -Goals: 1-0 Philippe 35', 2-0 Di Michele Sanchez 49'. 3-0 Philippe 65', 3-1 Poręba 73' - -Braunschweig climbed out of the bottom two while denying Hamburg the chance to go top overnight with a trio of splendid strikes. After Ransford-Yeboah Königsdörffer missed a big early chance for the visitors, Johan Gómez was presented with the opportunity to put Eintracht in front from the spot - but the American had his penalty saved. Rayan Philippe then grabbed the lead before the break with a neat solo move, before Fabio Di Michele Sanchez smashed home a loose ball for the second. Philippe completed his brace with a thunderous drive, before Łukasz Poręba grabbed a goal back for Hamburg. The visitors continually created chances - 24 in total - but an outstanding series of saves from Marko Johansson helped secure the big win. - -Want more Bundesliga Action? GET THE UPDATES! - -Fortuna Dusseldorf 1-1 Paderborn - -Goals: 0-1 Lundal Fridriksson (o.g. 61’), 1-1 Götze (o.g. 90’+5) - -Billed as a top-of-the-table clash, second-placed Paderborn travelled to Düsseldorf in third, with the winner earning the top spot, at least until Hannover's meeting with Elversberg. The first half came and went without much action; neither side wanted to over commit so as to not get caught on the counter-attack, and they spent much of the first 45 sizing each other up. The second half started more promisingly; Düsseldorf showing more attacking intent and dominating possession. But Paderborn took the lead first thanks to Bilbija shot taking a huge deflection off Lundal Fridriksson. Düsseldorf showed resilience to fight back, though, and they were ultimately given a lifeline late on with a calamitous own goal from Paderborn. - -Cologne 1-0 Greuther Fürth - -Goals: 1-0 Downs (90'+4) - -Damion Downs' last-minute winner secured all three points for Cologne against Greuther Fürth at the RheinEnergieSTADION. In a game with just two shots on target, the hosts were more dangerous and even hit the bar through Leart Paqarada before Downs headed home in the fourth minute of injury time. The Billy Goats have now registered three successive clean sheets in all competitions and move into the top half of the table, while the visitors have won just one of their previous nine matches. - -Karslruhe 1-1 Preußen Münster - -Goals: 1-0 Zivzivadze 37', 1-1 Frenkert 90'+2 Zivzivadze 37',Frenkert 90'+2 - -Preußen Münster claimed a dramatic 1-1 draw at Karlsruhe, thanks to Lukas Frenkert's injury-time strike. The visitors had struggled to make an impact after in-form Georgian striker Budu Zivzivadze opened the scoring with a clinical near-post finish in the first half, but their fighting spirit paid off when Frenkert ended a goal-mouth scramble with an emphatic close-range finish into the roof of the net. Despite the result, Münster slip into the relegation play-off spot while Karlsruhe lose ground on the promotion places. - -Julian Krahl starred with five massive saves to claim a point for Kaiserslautern against Miroslav Klose’s Nuremberg. The 24-year-old former RB Leipzig prodigy was a one-man show in the first five minutes of the clash and produced a finger-tip save to stop Stefanos Tzimas. Krahl's heroics gave Kaiserslautern the platform to even things out in the second period, and with big chances for both sides it was a shock that this one ended level. - -Darmstadt 3-1 Hertha Berlin - -Goals: 0-1 Niederlechner 21', 1-1 Förster 45'+2, 2-1 Lidberg 65', 3-1 A. Müller 80' - -Darmstadt came from behind to defeat Hertha Berlin on home turf. Florian Niederlechner slotted home midway through the first half, but that was as good as it got for the visitors as Darmstadt netted three without reply in response. First, Philipp Förster equalised with a deflected free-kick on the brink of half-time before Isac Lidberg headed home around the hour mark. Andreas Müller secured the win late on to extend Darmstadt's unbeaten run to nine matches. Hertha, meanwhile, have now suffered back-to-back losses as they lose ground on the promotion spots. - -Schalke 2-0 Jahn Regensburg - -Goals: 1-0 Karaman 16', 2-0 Sylla 53' - -Schalke moved out of the relegation zone as they beat bottom club Jahn Regensburg in their first win under Kees van Wonderen. The hosts were dominant throughout and broke the deadlock through captain Kenan Karaman shortly after the quarter-hour mark before Moussa Sylla double their advantage after the interval. Regensburg, who were passive until they were forced to come out of their shell after falling two behind, struggled to cause their opponents any problems and remain on just seven points. Schalke, meanwhile, move up to 14th after this important triumph. - -Magdeburg 0-0 Ulm - -Red card: Strompf 87' - -Magdeburg failed to win for a fifth consecutive match as they were held to a goalless draw by Ulm at home. The hosts were dominant throughout, registering eight shots on target compared to their opponents' one, but were unable to break the deadlock even after Philipp Stromp was sent off after receiving a late second yellow. The result is a big one for Ulm, who are now unbeaten in their past three. - -Watch: The top 5 goals from Matchday 12 - -Click here for the latest Bundesliga 2 standings!",1731883639,26eff8ae46,2d0b373682,,,1731883639 -https://www.campaignmonitor.com/blog/email-marketing/5-tips-avoid-email-send-anxiety/,https://www.campaignmonitor.com/blog/feed/,5 Tips to Effectively Eliminate E-Mail Anxiety,"1. Broken links - -A fear of broken links is a warranted one. After all, haven’t we all been frustrated by an email with broken links? Broken links not only make your emails seem unprofessional, but they can also frustrate customers, impact your brand’s reputation, and render your marketing efforts ineffective. - -Solution: Begin testing your emails by sending a quality assurance test to both yourself and a colleague to check all the links. You may also want to review our resource, Pre-send campaign checklist and tools, for a full overview of what to look for before sending. - -And, don’t forget that you can always send an apology email that includes the correct link. Everyone makes mistakes, and the need to send an apology email happens to the best of us. - -2. Typos - -Typos are simple mistakes, and they usually don’t mess up your overall message, but they can undermine your professionalism. Typos tell your readers that you didn’t invest the time to proofread your messages to them. As a marketer, you want to avoid typos at all costs, but your own mistakes can be difficult to catch. - -Solution: Before sending an email, read it aloud slowly and focus on every word. You can also print your email out to read it since reading print on paper allows for closer attention to detail and better comprehension than reading on a digital screen does. Some people also find reading their copy backward helps. But, above all, find proofreading buddies you can send your message to, and find at least one who preferably has some editing experience. - -3. Elements not rendering - -When emails don’t render the imagery, colors or fonts, your subscribers likely won’t find the email very compelling, which can also cause them to become disengaged, or even worse – unsubscribe. It’s important to remember that just because your messages render on a specific device or with a specific email provider, it doesn’t guarantee your message will render on all devices or with all providers. - -Solution: Some ways to combat this fear include sending quality assurance test emails to several different colleagues that use different email clients to see how your messaging renders, and then try troubleshooting from there. You should always be sure to test your campaign on both desktop and mobile devices. - -4. Less than optimal results - -There’s a lot of excitement that happens when we send out emails, especially if it’s part of a new campaign. But, marketers can sometimes become anxious about the possibility of bad results because a failed campaign can have far-reaching implications such as wasted resources, low conversion rates, poor brand perception and more. - -Solution: To overcome the fear of less-than-optimal results, first, permit yourself to try things out. Email marketing is all about refinement, so not every email needs to be a smash hit. Gaining insight into what doesn’t work is just as helpful as gaining insight into what does. - -To increase your chances of a successful campaign, foremost, have a clear objective and goal for your campaign such as driving engagement, driving sales, driving sign ups or registrations. Ensure the content you’re sending customers adheres to that objective by having a clear call to action. We also recommend A/B testing elements, rather than making assumptions about what content and elements will resonate with your audience. - -A/B Testing elements like the subject line, content, design and timing ensures that you’re providing the content your audience wants to receive, which can lead to higher engagement and more conversions. Emma by Marigold makes A/B testing simple and easy. - -You can also preview your campaign with live data to ensure the correct dynamic content is showing for the right audience. Always review and analyze every campaign result and look for ways to optimize and improve. - -5. Sending to the wrong list - -Your lists matter, and you never want to send the wrong email to the wrong group. Sending a campaign to the wrong audience can have serious implications — this mistake can damage your brand’s reputation, result in recipients marking you as spam, impact segmentation efforts, result in poor engagement as well as a poor ROI and more. - -Solution: To avoid these implications, maintaining clean and up-to-date email lists, implementing stringent segmentation practices, and regularly reviewing the recipient lists before sending out any email campaign — all of these steps are necessary. - -Make sure your lists are labeled correctly, and try to follow a clear and logical naming convention that all team members who have access to your account know and understand. Your subscriber list name should also be descriptive and help you easily identify which customers are on which lists. Be sure to exclude potential list members who you may not want to receive the email. Finally, always double-check that you’re sending to the correct list before you send. - -Fearlessly press “send” - -Feeling anxious before sending out email campaigns is normal, but don’t let send fear stop you from breaking new ground and finding success. Mistakes can certainly happen if you don’t have a checklist, and that’s absolute when it comes to email. Using this list of solutions above, we recommend creating an email send checklist that you and your colleagues can follow before you hit “send.” You’ll be better able to alleviate your fears and feel confident each time you press send.",1731883652,90cebb82b4,2d2765b777,,,1731883652 -https://transom.org/2013/tiny-spark/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Tiny Spark,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/Tiny-Spark.mp3 Download Listen to “Tiny Spark” - -What impresses me the most about the podcast “Tiny Spark” is the depth of reporting by Amy Costello. “Tiny Spark” is long-form storytelling digging deep into issues facing the work of foundations and non-profits. It’s an unusual beat and Amy’s asking tough questions. - -Amy is the producer of “Tiny Spark.” She’s also the host, editor, and reporter. Amy brings to bear several years of reporting for public radio and television in the States and abroad and it shows in the podcast. - -On this HowSound, Amy talks about “Tiny Spark’s” mission and shares some of the behind the scenes workings. We also listen to a story that’s generated a lot of chatter at the “Tiny Spark” blog: “Tom’s Shoes: A Closer Look.” The story offers critical analysis of the philanthropic efforts of a shoe company that donates a pair of shoes every time a pair of shoes is purchased. I think you’ll be surprised at what Amy’s investigation turned up. - -After you’re done listening, be sure to subscribe to “Tiny Spark!” - -If you like “Tiny Spark,” be sure to check out the “Latitude News” podcast. In depth, international stories well told. - -Stories well told. A good thing. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now.",1731883723,c00d35bf2d,2d561f76f1,,,1731883723 -https://www.hrw.org/news/2024/11/08/mozambique-police-brutally-repress-election-protesters,https://www.hrw.org/rss/news,Mozambique Police Brutally Repress Election Protesters,"Click to expand Image A police officer aims at protesters in Maputo, Mozambique, November 7, 2024. © 2024 AP Photo/Carlos Uqueio - -On Thursday in the heart of Maputo, Mozambique’s capital, Angela was preparing lunch for her 5-year-old son when the tranquility of her home was shattered by the sound of gunfire from the streets. Within seconds, her apartment was filled with the acrid sting of tear gas, fired by the police deployed to disperse peaceful protesters. - -Angela told me that she instinctively shut the kitchen door, grabbed her son, and sought safety under the table. She began to pray. “The smell was terrible, my eyes were burning,” she said. “I didn’t know what to do.” - -Angela’s experience illustrates the plight of countless Mozambicans who have faced tear gas inhalation and other threats to their lives and health in recent weeks. Mozambican security forces have indiscriminately fired into residential areas and deployed excessive force, including live ammunition, to disperse thousands of people protesting the recent election results. The media has reported that they have killed dozens of people and injured hundreds. - -Thursday’s violence broke out as a planned protest quickly descended into a standoff between security forces and protesters. Heavily armed police and soldiers had used military-style vehicles to block peaceful protesters from reaching the heart of the city, but a group managed to break the security cordon. The police stopped them with tear gas close to Angela’s home, and some responded by throwing stones and bottles at the police. - -Under the African Union Guidelines for the Policing of Assemblies by Law Enforcement Officials in Africa, law enforcement officials must apply nonviolent methods before resorting to the use of force, and differentiate between peaceful protesters and those who engage in violence. Isolated acts of violence do not render a protest nonpeaceful. The intentional use of lethal force is prohibited unless strictly unavoidable to protect life. The United Nations Guidelines on Less-Lethal Weapons in Law Enforcement state that tear gas should only be used after appropriate warnings have been issued and protesters have been given time to safely disperse. - -The deputy police chief, Fernando Tsucana, said in a televised interview that police used live ammunition “in some incidents,” but did not address the need for investigations or redress for those harmed. - -As post-election unrest continues, the security forces need to follow international law enforcement standards to rebuild public trust. Concerned governments should press the Mozambican authorities to end the use of excessive force and provide accountability for abuses.",1731883669,d89828abd6,2d30d899be,,,1731883669 -https://roboticsandautomationnews.com/2024/11/13/ways-automation-changed-the-way-people-invest/86965/,https://roboticsandautomationnews.com/feed/,Ways Automation Changed the Way People Invest,"There are two ways to make money. You can exchange your time and expertise for a salary. Alternatively, you can buy an asset or create a system that will make you money even while you’re away. - -Having a job that pays you a fixed salary is great. But creating passive income is where you want to invest more energy. In this guide, we’ll show you how to leverage automation to make passive income conveniently. Let’s dive right in. - -Blogging – Automated Content and Monetization - -Blogging is an excellent way to automate your passive income. All you need is a website created through a free platform like WordPress and content that will attract people to your blog. - -You can create the content, outsource the work to freelancers, or use an AI content creation tool. Regardless, the goal is to publish high-quality, informative content. - -Use keyword research tools to optimize your content for high-volume keywords. Crucially, focus on evergreen content that can make you money in the long term. Then monetize your blog through paid ads or affiliate links. - -If you have great content, your blog will require little maintenance. Yet, you will get paid every month. Neither ads nor affiliate links require a lot of work. Once you automate the process, all you need is to wait for profits to kick in. - -Automated Passive Income Apps - -Passive income apps come in all shapes and sizes. The best apps are automated so that you don’t really do anything to make money. Take the app Honeygain as an example. It pays you to share your unused Internet bandwidth. - -Honeygain works with companies that require loads of Internet bandwidth TO find leads and monitor their marketing efforts every month. The app keeps your data safe. It’s also legit. - -Honeygain pays you $10 to $50 per month for your unused Internet bandwidth. It’s not a lot. But you can make this automated side hustle worthwhile by installing other apps. - -For example, you can install MobileXpression, Savvy Connect, or Nielsen’s Mobile Panel app. These apps stay on your phone to monitor your Internet traffic – favorites sites, social networks, and games. And they pay you up to $100 per year. - -Staking Crypto - -Staking involves committing some of your cryptocurrencies to help keep a blockchain such as Ethereum or Solana secure. When you stake coins, the blockchain uses them to verify transactions. - -Verifying crypto transactions is important for keeping the system safe. That being said, blockchains also mint new coins every time a block of transactions has been added to the system. - -These new coins are awarded to crypto owners. Now, not every blockchain supports crypto staking. For example, Bitcoin uses Proof of Work to mint new cryptocurrencies. - -Blockchains that support staking use proof of stake. The best coins for staking include Ethereum, Cardano, Solana, Polkadot, and USDT. These coins pay you 3% to 20% per year as a reward. - -Drop Shipping - -When you think about it, dropshipping is centered on automation. Customers place an order on your website. The system sends a message to your fulfillment partners. They ship the products to the customer. You get paid. - -So, why don’t you already own a drop shipping store? No, it’s not too late to get started with this business. You may need some capital to create a store and market it. - -But once you become a popular brand, drop shipping could become an excellent way to make money online. Some people make up to $100,000 per month through drop shipping. So yes, it’s an excellent passive income stream. - -Automated Investing in Stocks or Crypto - -With auto investing, you give your broker or crypto exchange permission to invest a specific amount of money on certain assets on your behalf. This is great if you’re always forgetting to load up on stocks and altcoins. - -The beauty of it is that you can invest just a small amount of money. And as long as you invest in the right assets, you will probably emerge profitable in the long term. - -Historically, bitcoin and most stocks have been gaining value. Sometimes crypto prices crash. But over the years, people who held their assets made money. - -Is auto investing safe? It depends on how you do it. Choose a secure stocks investment website. Do the same for crypto. Work with an exchange known to work securely. - -Trading Bots - -Day trading is an exhausting job. You need to learn great trading strategies. And you have to execute them perfectly to make money. Worse, 90% of day traders lose money. - -Traders lose money because they involve their emotions in the trading process. Day trading bots have no emotions. If you direct a bot to take profit at a certain percentage, that’s exactly what the bot will do. - -Although bots have no emotional biases, they’re not perfect. A trading bot is only as good as its programmer. If you use a bot that follows inefficient strategies, you will lose money. - -Another thing is that bots need to be tweaked regularly to suit different marketing conditions. That means you need to be a programmer to have a great trading bot. Otherwise, you need to pay for a profitable bot. - -Create and Sell Digital Assets - -A digital asset can be a short eBook for kids, an antivirus program, or an online course. You’ll need a lot of work to create an online tool or eBook. But once it’s out there, it’s an asset that could make you money forever. - -Ebooks are easy to create. But that means there are plenty of them out there. Focus on topics that haven’t been covered yet. And invest in great writing skills. If you choose to create a course, choose a niche you’re an expert in. - -The only way to succeed with a digital asset is if it’s useful to people. Of course, you also need to market it. People won’t buy your course unless they know it exists. - -Fortunately, you can outsource marketing and maintenance. This way, you will make money without worrying about whether your product works or not.",1731883649,65442cd6f5,2d54f7adc4,,,1731883649 -https://swisshockeynews.ch/en/shn/north-america/minor-leagues/ahl/akira-schmid-has-been-assigned-to-the-henderson-silver-knights,https://www.swisshockeynews.ch/rss/,Akira Schmid has been assigned to the Henderson Silver Knights,"Akira Schmid was mainly used as the backup goaltender during his stay in the NHL, but he got to play in one game against the Carolina Hurricanes. Adam Hill was pulled from the ice after he gave up four goals in 21 shots. - -Schmid thus got a chance to play and kept the goal clean for the rest of the game. The goaltender has appeared in six games for Henderson this season, posting a .885 save percentage. - -( 16 November 2024 | mso )",1731883626,ed6bd1a5a4,2d4f416d6d,,,1731883626 -https://www.autofinancenews.net/allposts/risk-management/industrywide-originations-rise-1-yoy/,https://www.autofinancenews.net/feed/,Industrywide originations rise 1% YoY,"THIS WEBSITE USES COOKIES - - - -We use cookies on our website to give you the most relevant experience by remembering your preferences and repeat visits. By clicking “I CONSENT”, you consent to the use of ALL the cookies. - - - -",1731883660,e5c42d52b4,2d6cb56e53,,,1731883660 -https://www.justsecurity.org/104851/early-edition-november-15-2024/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=early-edition-november-15-2024,https://www.justsecurity.org/feed/,"Early Edition: November 15, 2024","Signup to receive the Early Edition in your inbox here. - -A curated weekday guide to major news and developments over the past 24 hours. Here’s today’s news: - -U.S. PRESIDENTIAL TRANSITION AND NEW CONGRESS - -President-elect Trump yesterday said he would nominate Robert F. Kennedy Jr. to lead the Department of Health and Human Services. Public health experts have described the selection of Kennedy, a longtime vaccine skeptic, as “alarming and unprecedented.” Dan Diamond, Lauren Weber, Josh Dawsey, and Lena H. Sun report for the Washington Post. - -Trump yesterday named his personal criminal defense attorneys for top Justice Department roles and tapped Gov. Doug Burgum of North Dakota as his nominee to run the Interior Department. Tierney Sneed and Jeremy Herb report for CNN; Lisa Friedman and Michael Gold report for the New York Times. - -A woman testified to the House Ethics Committee that former congressman Matt Gaetz (R-FL) had sex with her when she was 17 years old, sources say. Gaetz has denied the allegations. Meanwhile, Republicans on the Committee canceled today’s vote on whether to release a final report on the investigation. Will Steakin reports for ABC News; Manu Raju and Lauren Fox report for CNN. - -Chairman of the Senate Judiciary Committee, Sen. Dick Durbin (D-IL), as well as Senate Republicans yesterday called on the House Ethics Committee to preserve the Gaetz report, saying its “valuable information from a bipartisan investigation” could be relevant to his confirmation. Sen. John Cornyn (R-TX) and Thomas Thilis (R-NC) have also voiced support for the report’s release. Patrick Svitek reports for the Washington Post; AP News reports. - -Although Gaetz’s resignation effectively quashed the Committee’s inquiry, lawmakers have previously released findings on members of Congress who’ve left office. Zach Everson reports for Forbes. - -Trump Defense Secretary pick, Pete Hegseth, was involved in a police investigation into an alleged sexual assault in 2017, local officials in California said yesterday, without specifically identifying Hegseth as an alleged assailant. Casey Tolan, Scott Glover, and Kyung Lah report for CNN. - -Incoming Senate Homeland Security Committee Chair, Sen. Rand Paul (R-KY), plans to eliminate or severely curtail the powers of the Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency, he told POLITICO yesterday. Maggie Miller reports. - -The Trump transition team’s continued lack of engagement with the official transition procedures is starting to raise security concerns, experts say. Avery Lotz reports for Axios. - -TRUMP LEGAL MATTERS - -Two federal judges yesterday delayed trials of Jan. 6 riot defendants charged with misdemeanors, with one of the judges citing a “real possibility” Trump will issue pardons after taking office next year. Kyle Cheney reports for POLITICO. - -OTHER U.S. DOMESTIC DEVELOPMENTS - -The FBI yesterday announced it arrested a Texas man who allegedly wanted to commit a “9/11-style” attack and disseminated ISIS propaganda in the United States. Holmes Lybrand reports for CNN. - -Florida Attorney General Ashley Moody yesterday sued FEMA officials for allegedly neglecting hurricane victims in households displaying Trump signs or flags. April Rubin reports for Axios. - -The Onion, a satire publication, yesterday won an auction to buy Alex Jones’ Infowars with the backing of families of the Sandy Hook Elementary School shooting victims. Dave Collins reports for AP News. - -The Biden administration has released its previously confidential directive on military and spy agencies’ handling of personal data when using AI technologies. Charlie Savage reports for the New York Times. - -ISRAEL-HAMAS WAR - -Israeli strikes on Damascus, Syria yesterday killed at least 15 people and injured 16 others, Syrian state media reported. The Israeli military said it was targeting an Islamic Jihad center and operatives in Syria. Mostafa Salem and Eyad Kourdi report for CNN. - -Hospitals in northern Gaza are running out of food for patients and healthcare workers amid relentless shelling, medical officials and displaced residents say. Hazem Balousha, Hajar Harb, Heba Farouk Mahfouz, and Claire Parker report for the Washington Post. - -Israeli investigators are examining whether Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s aides altered phone call records on Oct. 7, 2023. The inquiry is highly sensitive in Israel, where the question of what Netanyahu knew prior to Hamas’s attack could be crucial to his political future. Patrick Kingsley and Ronen Bergman report for the New York Times. - -ISRAEL-HAMAS WAR — U.S. RESPONSE - -Nearly 90 U.S. lawmakers sent a letter to President Biden in late October calling for sanctions on two Israeli ultranationalist ministers over “incentivizing” violence by Israeli settlers against Palestinian civilians. Barak Ravid reports for Axios. - -ISRAEL-HEZBOLLAH WAR - -A top Iranian official today held talks with Lebanese leaders on the ongoing Israel-Hezbollah war, as Lebanese media reported that U.S. Amb. Lisa Johnson gave a ceasefire draft to Lebanon’s parliament speaker, who has been leading the talks representing Hezbollah. Bassem Mroue and David Rising report for AP News. - -An Israeli strike on a civil defense center in Lebanon’s city of Baalbek yesterday killed 12 emergency rescue workers, including the city’s civil defense chief, the regional governor said. The Lebanese Health Ministry said eight others were killed in a separate attack on the city. Liam Stack, Aaron Boxerman, and Euan Ward report for the New York Times; Maya Gebeily reports for Reuters. - -Israeli forces continued to launch airstrikes on the southern suburbs of Beirut yesterday, on the third consecutive day of attacks. Vivian Ho reports for the Washington Post. - -The head of Lebanon’s largest Christian party yesterday urged Hezbollah to surrender its weapons to prevent further death and destruction. Maya Gebeily and Timour Azhari report for Reuters. - -ISRAEL-HEZBOLLAH WAR — INTERNATIONAL RESPONSE - -The U.N. will bolster its peacekeeping mission in Lebanon to support the Lebanese army once a truce is agreed, the U.N. peacekeeping chief said yesterday, adding that the mission would not directly enforce a ceasefire. Riham Alkousaa and Emilie Madi report for Reuters. - -The Israel-Hezbollah conflict has cost Lebanon $8.5 billion in damage and losses so far, the World Bank said yesterday. Clauda Tanios reports for Reuters. - -ISRAEL-IRAN CONFLICT - -Israel’s late October attack on Iran destroyed an active top secret nuclear weapons research facility near Tehran, Israeli and U.S. officials say. Barak Ravid reports for Axios. - -RUSSIA-UKRAINE WAR - -A new Russian offensive appears to be nearly underway in Ukraine’s southeastern Zaporizhzhia region, Ukrainian troops said this week. Siobhán O’Grady and Serhii Korolchuk report for the Washington Post. - -Russia will “welcome” negotiations on the Ukraine war if initiated by Trump, Moscow’s ambassador to the U.N. said yesterday, stressing that any talks need to be based on the “realities” of Russian advances. Emma Farge reports for Reuters. - -GLOBAL DEVELOPMENTS - -Elon Musk met with Iran’s U.N. ambassador on Monday to discuss defusing tensions between Iran and the United States, Iranian officials said, adding that the meeting provided a workaround for Tehran to avoid sitting directly with a U.S. official. Farnaz Fassihi reports for the New York Times. - -The Sudanese military’s capture of UAE-made armored vehicles with French defense systems used by the Rapid Support Forces is evidence of a “likely violation” of a U.N. arms embargo prohibiting the transfer of weapons to Sudan, Amnesty International said in a report released yesterday. Fatma Khaled reports for AP News. - -NATO jets on Tuesday intercepted multiple Russian aircraft “not adhering to international norms” in the airspace off the Norwegian coast, NATO Allied Air Command said yesterday. Sarah Fortinsky reports for The Hill. - -Israeli bulldozers yesterday completed the demolition of a village central to the struggle of the country’s Arab Bedouin minority against relocation plans. Julia Frankel reports for AP News. - -The Sri Lankan president’s coalition won a sweeping mandate in the country’s snap general election yesterday. Uditha Jayasinghe and Sudipto Ganguly report for Reuters. - -Argentine President Javier Milei is considering a withdrawal from the Paris climate agreement, a senior official said. David Feliba, Samantha Schmidt, Maxine Joselow, and Chico Harlan report for the Washington Post.",1731883663,cb888a0738,2d271a0510,,,1731883663 -https://www.npr.org/2023/03/13/1163155347/svb-silicon-valley-bank-collapse-bailout-failure,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"How did SVB collapse, and what is the fallout? : Planet Money : NPR","Silicon Valley Bank's collapse and rescue - -Enlarge this image Noah Berger/AFP via Getty Images Noah Berger/AFP via Getty Images - -Silicon Valley Bank was the 16th largest bank in America, the bank of choice for tech startups and big-name venture capitalists. Then, in the span of just a few days, it collapsed. Whispers that SVB might be in trouble spread like wildfire through group texts and Twitter posts. Depositors raced to empty their accounts, withdrawing $42 billion in a single day. Last Friday, after regulators declared that SVB had failed, the FDIC seized the bank. - -As the dust settles on the biggest bank failure — and bank rescue — in recent memory, we're still figuring out what happened. But poor investment choices, weak regulation, and customer panic all played their parts. We'll look into the bank's collapse to understand what it can teach us about the business of banking itself. - -This episode was produced by Willa Rubin, with help from Dave Blanchard. It was edited by Keith Romer, and engineered by Brian Jarboe. Fact-checking by Sierra Juarez. Our acting executive producer is Jess Jiang. - -Music: ""I Don't Do Gossip,"" ""Groovy Little Penguins"" and ""Vision."" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884644,8181d7a585,2d5223c7e3,,,1731884644 -https://www.moneytalksnews.com/slideshows/companies-hiring-for-part-time-remote-jobs/,https://www.moneytalksnews.com/feed/,30 Companies With Part-Time Work-From-Home Jobs,"30 Companies With Part-Time Work-From-Home Jobs - -Find work-from-home side jobs that suit your schedule here. - -Advertising Disclosure: When you buy something by clicking links within this article, we may earn a small commission, but it never affects the products or services we recommend.",1731883633,266cc99909,2e085c4412,,,1731883633 -https://fivethirtyeight.com/features/vivek-ramaswamy-is-climbing-where-can-he-go/,https://fivethirtyeight.com/politics/feed/,Vivek Ramaswamy Is Climbing. Where Can He Go?,"2024 Republican Primary Vivek Ramaswamy Is Climbing. Where Can He Go? Entrepreneur Vivek Ramaswamy gained almost 6 percentage points in FiveThirtyEight’s national polling average between July and the first Republican debate in late August. Al Drago / Bloomberg - -At last week’s Republican debate, businessman Vivek Ramaswamy arguably made the biggest splash of any candidate. Sharing center stage with Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis, the entrepreneur spoke more than any contender other than former Vice President Mike Pence and even briefly surpassed the absent front-runner, former President Donald Trump, in Google search traffic. - -Built partly on his personal wealth and media savvy, Ramaswamy’s longshot candidacy has crystallized into something that is, if not quite at the level of constituting a serious challenge, at least competitive enough to draw more attention. On debate day, he stood at about 10 percent in FiveThirtyEight’s national polling average, up from 4 percent in early July. Similar to less heralded candidates who came before him, Ramaswamy is now facing more scrutiny from fellow Republicans and the media. His primary opponents criticized his positions and inexperience during the debate, while his comments about some issues — such as the possible involvement of the federal government in the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks — have prompted journalists to more closely examine Ramaswamy. So as Ramaswamy stands on the precipice of becoming a big-time candidate, we took a look at who is backing him, what his potential ceiling might be and which other GOP candidate(s) he could take support from in the coming weeks and months. - -Who supports Ramaswamy? - -Republican primary polls conducted in August didn’t consistently find that Ramaswamy’s support came disproportionately from certain groups. And even in polls that did find divides, the differences weren’t usually statistically significant, as margins of error for subgroups — like voters with a four-year college degree — will be larger than the margin of error for the entire sample. Because of sampling error and differences in how pollsters conduct their surveys, such inconsistencies aren’t unusual, but they do complicate any takeaways about the nature of his support. - -That said, there’s limited evidence that Ramaswamy tends to perform somewhat better among more educated voters. A HarrisX/American Free Enterprise Chamber of Commerce poll conducted just before the debate found Ramaswamy at 10 percent support nationally, but 12 percent among likely voters who had at least a four-year college degree and 8 percent among those without one. Another HarrisX poll conducted right after the debate for The Messenger (this time of registered voters) also found a similar gap. And while mid-August surveys from Echelon Insights/Republican Main Street Partnership and JMC Analytics found Ramaswamy at different overall levels of support — 15 percent and 5 percent, respectively — each also showed him doing slightly better with college-educated voters. - -Polls are mixed, but suggest Ramaswamy is slightly stronger with college-educated voters Vivek Ramaswamy’s overall support, support among voters with at least a four-year college degree and support among voters with less than a four-year degree, based on August 2023 surveys of registered or likely voters Poll Dates Pop. Overall Bachelor’s degree or more Less than bachelor’s degree Emerson College Aug. 25-26 LV 9% 8% 9% HarrisX/The Messenger Aug. 24-26 RV 8 11 6 HarrisX/Am. Free Chamber Aug. 17-21 LV 10 12 8 Emerson College Aug. 16-17 LV 10 10 9 Echelon Insights/GOP Main St. Aug. 15-17 LV 15 17 14 JMC Analytics Aug. 14-17 LV 5 8 3 American Pulse Aug. 15-16 LV 7 8 7 Source: Polls - -Some other polls also found a similar pattern, but only looked at education among white voters, which makes sense as most GOP primary voters will be white. Both Quinnipiac University and YouGov/CBS News found Ramaswamy garnering more support from white voters with a four-year degree than those without one. Still, a Beacon Research/Shaw & Co./Fox News survey found Ramaswamy attracting 11 percent from both groups. - -Secondly, he may be performing better among younger voters. Given Ramaswamy’s youth, it stands to reason that the 38-year-old might do best among voters closer to his age. And at first blush, some surveys show this. For instance, two polls from InsiderAdvantage from just before and after the debate found Ramaswamy polling close to 20 percent among voters under 40. However, both surveys had very small sample sizes for that group (under 100), which speaks to the reality that there will likely not be that many young primary voters. This is partly due to lower turnout rates among younger voters — even more so in low-turnout events like primaries and caucuses — but also their disproportionate Democratic lean, which could keep many from participating in the GOP primary. - -When you step back and compare Ramaswamy’s performance across age groups, he tends to attract the least support from voters who are 65 or older. Emerson College’s two August surveys found Ramaswamy polling best among the 18-to-34 and 35-to-49 age groups, but at just 2 to 3 percent with the 65-plus crowd. The Fox News survey found Ramaswamy attracting 11 percent each among voters under 45 and 45 or older, but only 4 percent among those 65 or older. While an American Pulse survey found Ramaswamy attracting little support among the few young voters in its sample, he had 13 percent among those 55 to 64, notably more than his 5 percent among those 65 or older. Yet as with education, not every poll shows this trend. For instance, other polls found little difference by age (Echelon Insights) or even a reverse relationship, with him doing better among older voters (both HarrisX surveys). - -Despite being closely aligned with Trump, it seems Ramaswamy doesn’t disproportionately draw most of his support from more conservative voters. In polls from American Pulse, YouGov/CBS News and HarrisX, Ramaswamy tended to perform similarly among conservative and moderate voters (there were few liberals). In surveys that broke out conservative voters into two camps — usually “very” versus “somewhat” — Ramaswamy found more backing among somewhat conservatives in Echelon’s polling, but Fox News and Quinnipiac didn’t find much difference. All in all, a disproportionate share of the most conservative voters are committed to Trump, so they haven’t necessarily been available to Ramaswamy and other candidates. There was not enough evidence to indicate any disproportionate strength among men versus women, or white voters versus voters of color. - -A high ceiling - -One potential bright spot for Ramaswamy is his strong favorability ratings among Republicans. In August surveys — mostly conducted before the debate — 45 percent of Republicans viewed Ramaswamy favorably, on average, while only 14 percent viewed him unfavorably. His net favorability rating of +31 ranked third in the field, placing him only behind Trump and DeSantis, who are also far more well-known by comparison. Already popular among Republicans familiar with him, Ramaswamy has the opportunity to win over GOP voters who haven’t heard of him — or hadn’t before the debate. - -Republicans familiar with Ramaswamy mostly like him Each major Republican presidential candidate’s average favorable, unfavorable and net favorability ratings among Republicans in polls conducted since Aug. 1, 2023 Candidate Favorable Unfavorable Net Favorability Donald Trump 72% 24% +48 Ron DeSantis 60 25 +35 Vivek Ramaswamy 45 14 +31 Tim Scott 42 14 +27 Nikki Haley 42 22 +21 Will Hurd 9 12 -3 Doug Burgum 10 14 -4 Mike Pence 41 47 -7 Asa Hutchinson 14 23 -9 Chris Christie 21 53 -32 To avoid overweighting pollsters, polls from the same pollster were averaged first before an overall average was taken. - -Numbers as of Thursday, Aug. 31 at 12 p.m. Eastern. Source: Polls - -Post-debate polling suggests that although the event raised Ramaswamy’s profile and favorability, it increased his unfavorable ratings even more. In a FiveThirtyEight/Washington Post/Ipsos survey of likely primary voters who watched all or part of the debate, the share with a favorable opinion of Ramaswamy increased from 50 percent to 60 percent. Yet the share who held an unfavorable view of him nearly tripled, from 13 percent to 32 percent, causing his net favorability to actually shrink from about +37 to +29. Morning Consult’s broader tracking data of potential primary voters also found a -9 point drop in Ramaswamy’s net favorability, although he maintained a strong +34 net favorability. - -So while there was a downtick in his net favorables, Ramaswamy remains well-liked, which has likely helped him gain in another way: More Republicans now view him as their second-choice candidate. In a party primary, voters are mostly choosing among candidates with whom they agree on most issues, so they can shift preferences without necessarily sacrificing anything they value. As a result, being someone’s second-choice can position a candidate to potentially capitalize on the twists and turns of the primary. And Ramaswamy’s second-choice numbers have been on an upswing, especially among Trump supporters, which is a big deal considering Trump has the backing of about half the primary electorate. In early June, 8 percent of Trump voters named Ramaswamy as their second choice in Morning Consult’s polling; this week, that figure had jumped to 26 percent, moving him well ahead of Pence. In the same period, DeSantis’s second-choice position fell from 43 percent to 32 percent. - -As you’d expect, a lot of those Trump voters naming Ramaswamy are conservative, too. That pre-debate HarrisX survey found 54 percent of conservative primary voters supported Trump, but when it came to their second choice, 24 percent of conservatives picked DeSantis and 22 percent Ramaswamy. Around the same time, YouGov/CBS News also found that 60 percent of conservative likely primary voters said they were considering or might consider Ramaswamy, third behind only Trump and DeSantis. And the debate does seem to have led more voters to consider Ramaswamy: The FiveThirtyEight/Washington Post/Ipsos survey found that, among debate watchers, the share considering Ramaswamy rose slightly, from about 41 percent to 46 percent. - -Now, consideration is not the same as support, and like other candidates in the field, Ramaswamy could have trouble pulling in a large enough chunk of committed Trump voters to become more competitive. Take a mid-August survey by Selzer & Co. of likely Iowa caucus-goers on behalf of the Des Moines Register, NBC News and Mediacom: In the lead-off state, where voters are most engaged, two-thirds of Trump supporters said their minds were already made up and only one-third said they could be persuaded to support a different candidate. That contrasted to the overall sample, among whom 40 percent said that their minds were made up and just over half said they could still be persuaded. - -But he’s still a longshot - -Although he may have room to grow his support, there’s little question Ramaswamy is still a relative longshot to win the GOP nomination. G. Elliott Morris recently analyzed historical polling and the current Republican field, and he found that Trump had around a 4-in-5 shot of winning the nomination while Ramaswamy had a bit less than a 1-in-10 chance. That’s certainly not nothing, but it does speak to the difficulty of having an unusually strong front-runner like Trump in the race. As Morris found, Trump was only the fifth candidate since 1972 to poll at 50 percent or higher at the end of August of the year before the primary. - -Additionally, Ramaswamy has had to contend with being a relative unknown at the start of the campaign. And while he’s markedly improved his position in the past couple of months, total unknowns have a difficult time winning nowadays. Because the “invisible primary” before voting is quite visible today, it’s very hard to go from a total unknown to party nominee. In fact, in our historical analysis of primaries before the 2020 Democratic contest, no candidate polling in the low-single digits in the first half of the year before the primary who had roughly 40 percent name recognition or less — Ramaswamy’s situation — has won either party’s nomination in the 21st century. - -To be sure, some of those contenders did make a mark, including some outsider candidates. For instance, businessman Herman Cain briefly led the 2012 Republican primary polls in November 2011, only for scrutiny of his behavior toward women and sexual harassment claims to prompt his departure from the race. Businesswoman Carly Fiorina used strong debate performances to attract attention in the crowded 2016 GOP race, and while she didn’t win many votes, she raised her profile enough to become Sen. Ted Cruz’s vice presidential pick late in that contest. And in the 2020 Democratic race, Pete Buttigieg, then the little-known mayor of South Bend, Indiana, quickly shot up in the polls in April 2019 despite not being that well-known; he went on to seriously contend in Iowa and New Hampshire before ending up in President Biden’s Cabinet. - -Even if Ramaswamy has room to grow in this race, he will still need a lot to go right to actually win the GOP nomination. However, Ramaswamy is very young, so we could see him again even if 2024 doesn’t work out. Not to mention, his support for Trump has even led the former president to include him on a list of potential VP candidates, should Trump win the GOP nomination. In that sense, plenty has gone right for him already.",1731883675,07da66e258,2d21406229,,,1731883675 -https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/article/jd-sports-enlists-stars-families-its-christmas-ad/1896150,https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/rss/news,JD Sports enlists stars' families for its Christmas ad,"JD Sports enlists stars' families for its Christmas ad - -Campaign was made by Uncommon Creative Studio. - -by Beau Jackson",1731883615,ec257e8cc3,2d830f6bc8,,,1731883615 -https://www.npr.org/2023/06/07/1180778283/spider-man-sony-marvel-dispute,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Sony and Marvel and the Amazing Spider-Man Films Rights Saga : Planet Money,"Sony and Marvel and the Amazing Spider-Man Films Rights Saga - -Enlarge this image Chung Sung-Jun/Getty Images Chung Sung-Jun/Getty Images - -(Note: This episode originally ran in 2022.) - -This past weekend, Spider-Man: Across the Spider-Verse had the second largest domestic opening of 2023, netting (or should we say webbing?) over $120 million in its opening weekend in the U.S. and Canada. But the story leading up to this latest Spider-Man movie has been its own epic saga. - -When Marvel licensed the Spider-Man film rights to Sony Pictures in the 1990s, the deal made sense — Marvel didn't make movies yet, and their business was mainly about making comic books and toys. Years later, though, the deal would come back to haunt Marvel, and it would start a long tug of war between Sony and Marvel over who should have creative cinematic control of Marvel's most popular superhero. Today, we break down all of the off-screen drama that has become just as entertaining as the movies themselves. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was originally produced by Nick Fountain with help from Taylor Washington and Dave Blanchard. It was engineered by Isaac Rodrigues. It was edited by Jess Jiang. The update was produced by Emma Peaslee, with engineering by Maggie Luthar. It was edited by Keith Romer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: ""One For All"" and ""Little Superhero.""",1731884634,8181d7a585,2dd074485c,,,1731884634 -https://www.mmanews.com/news/ufc/fans-react-jim-miller-ufc-309-submission/,https://www.mmanews.com/feed/,Dustin Poirier & Others React As Jim Miller 'Jumps The Gilly' At UFC 309,"The ageless wonder that is Jim Miller earned his 27th win inside the Octagon at UFC 309, where he submitted Damon Jackson on the preliminary card. - -The record holder for the most fights and victories in UFC history extended both stats after he caught his opponent in a vintage Miller guillotine choke for the first-round finish. - -The 21st submission win of his career saw him bounce back from a one-sided loss to Bobby Green at UFC 300 this past April, and it doesn’t look like he is going anywhere just yet. He told Joe Rogan in his post-fight interview that at 41 years old, he’s still got a few more left in him while also pointing out his incredible record for finishing fights at the highest level. - -Jon Anik did bring attention on the broadcast to Jackson laying his gloves down inside the Octagon in retirement but declining a post-fight interview. He moved up to lightweight for this fight after a decision loss to Chepe Mariscal last time out, seemingly ending his UFC career with a record of 6-6, in addition to one no contest and one draw. - -MMA fans reacted to Miller’s slick submission win at the world’s most famous arena via social media. Miller even got a tip of the hat from a man that will always show respect for any fighter that jumps for the guillotine choke, Dustin Poirier. - -You miss all the ones you don't jump! Congratulations @JimMiller_155 — The Diamond (@DustinPoirier) November 17, 2024 - -Wow Jim miller just retired someone five years younger than him#ufc309 — Max Persellin (@MPersellin70) November 17, 2024 - -Jim Miller should be a UFC hall of famer when it's all done. - - - -A completely unique career. - - - -Incomparable. — Andy Hickey MMA (@AndyHickeyMMA) November 17, 2024 - -JIM FUCKIN MILLER BABY ROAD TO UFC 400 IS ALIVE AND WELL — Conner Burks (@connerburks) November 17, 2024 - -Jim miller is apart of the guilly gang! - - - -Jim jumped that in a hurry, and got the tap!#UFC309 — Kevin Anhorn (@CasinoKevin1979) November 17, 2024 - -Jim Miller is the king of the East Coast pic.twitter.com/1vZQYMmOTW — Liam Picks Fights (@LiamPicksFights) November 17, 2024 - -jim miller being the only old man to actually still win is crazy — not sh*na (@ufcshosh) November 17, 2024 - -The man, the myth, the legend - -Jim fucking Miller 🔥 #UFC309 — fever 🦇 (@feverdream1351) November 17, 2024",1731883655,42b4597525,2d62f9bdf1,,,1731883655 -https://www.vg247.com/the-pokemon-company-reveals-incredible-25th-anniversary-gold-and-silver-merch,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,I need The Pokemon Company to bring this incredible 25th anniversary Gold and Silver merch over to the west,"It's Pokemon Gold and Silver's 25th anniversary next week, and to mark the occasion The Pokemon Company is releasing some incredibly good merch. - -Given that Pokemon is obviously targeted towards kids, its merch can oftentimes skew in favour of that target audience, even if a big part of the games overall audience are millennials that can't accept they're getting older. But it seems that the latest batch of merch announced is targeting that exact ageing demographic, as The Pokemon Company has revealed a line of items all about celebrating Gold and Silver's 25th (Japanese) anniversary, which is November 21 next week. There's some seriously good stuff in there, and right now it's only available in Japan via the Pokemon Center, but I'm really hoping it makes its way over here so I can pick up some bits. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Pokemon plushies are generally a dime a dozen, there's so many of those things, but this line-up features a plush of Ho-Oh and Lugia in gold and silver colour schemes respectively, which just look really lovely, honestly. There's some cute stationary and keychain bits too, as well as a simple but nice backpack, as well as a selection of stickers that come in plastic replicas of Gold and Silver Game Boy Color cartridges. - -A batch of merch is coming to Pokémon Center in Japan to celebrate Gold and Silver’s 25th anniversary. pic.twitter.com/Cc6AZlojSE — Joe Merrick (@JoeMerrick) November 15, 2024 To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -But easily the best pieces of all are a pair of reversible jackets, both with Ho-Oh and Lugia on the front, in a gold and silver colour scheme, with a different legendary on the back depending on which colour you get. Turn it inside out and the pattern then looks like the Johto map, which just feels like a really nice touch. If these do make it over here, I can imagine these selling out pretty quick, and while there's no indication that they will, it's still worth keeping an eye on The Pokemon Company's socials just in case. - -It's always possible that the company is planning to release this merch closer to the North American and European release dates, which were in 2000, and 2001 respectively. If you're reading this, The Pokemon Company: please at least bring the plushies, I promise I'll stop badmouthing Scarlet and Violet if you do.",1731883662,374d98cbb9,2df1852116,,,1731883662 -https://www.uploadvr.com/apple-lists-belkin-vision-pro-top-strap/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Apple Now Sells A Vision Pro Top Strap From Belkin,"Apple's online store now sells a side-to-side top strap for Vision Pro's Solo Knit Band, made by Belkin. - -Apple Vision Pro comes with two different head strap options in the box. The default Solo Knit Band is made of a 3D knitted fabric that feels soft and comfortable on the back of your head, but it lacks a top strap to balance the headset's weight. The optional Dual Loop Band, on the other hand, does have a side-to-side top strap, but its back strap is thinner and less comfortable. - -For context: Apple Vision Pro's included Solo Knit Band and Dual Loop Strap. - -Belkin's new $50 accessory looks to offer the best of both worlds, a top strap designed for the Solo Knit Band. - -Belkin's new top strap for Apple Vision Pro's Solo Knit Band. - -It's still not clear why Apple didn't just ship something like this with Vision Pro instead of (or as well as) the entirely separate Dual Loop Band. Especially since it seemingly once explored doing so. - -Apple originally demoed Vision Pro with the Solo Knit Band and a side-to-side top strap at WWDC 2023, including to us, and it appeared in one shot of Apple's Vision Pro introduction video. Just before launch, Apple even filed a design patent for it. But it never shipped. - -A top strap for the Solo Knit Band was visible in one shot of Apple's original Vision Pro introduction video. - -As to why such an essential accessory is coming from a third-party company instead of Apple itself, As Bloomberg reporter Mark Gurman points out: ""When Apple knows an accessory is needed but doesn’t want to put its brand on it, it turns to Belkin (owned by a Foxconn subsidiary)"".",1731883675,9397b145ff,2de09e0b0f,,,1731883675 -https://transom.org/2017/two-traveling-workshop-stories/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Two Traveling Workshop Stories,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/12/Spurs-and-Horse-Snouts_-Two-Stories-from-Marfa-Texas.mp3 Download Listen to “Two Traveling Workshop Stories” - -One came from Australia. Another from D.C. Another from Aspen. Still another from San Antonio. All were part of a class of ten people from all over who recently attended a Transom Traveling Workshop in Marfa, Texas hosted by Marfa Public Radio. - -Some students were full time reporters. Others had dabbled at producing their own podcasts or stories for stations. A couple had not made anything before. They all produced a profile of someone living in the area. - -Let’s just say it was a blast. I mean, think about it. Ten students, ten stories, one week. Marfa, Texas. Hello? What’s not to like??! - -On this episode of HowSound, I’m highlighting a couple of pieces produced at the workshop because of their great use of sound and on-scene reporting. They’re really satisfying to listen to. The producers are Andrea Gibbs, a host on a weekly Australian Broadcasting Corporation radio program who has never reported in the field or produced her own story before and Margot Wohl who makes a podcast for KPBS in San Diego.",1731883673,c00d35bf2d,2e331fcdc7,,,1731883673 -https://forbiddenplanet.com/442934-spawn-violator-4-cover-b-david-mack-variant/?utm_source=products&utm_medium=rss,https://forbiddenplanet.com/rss/products/,Spawn: Violator #4 (Cover B David Mack Variant),"Copy and paste the following code where you want the embed to appear. - -If you're an affiliate make sure your code is set in the “Affiliate” section.",1731883665,0b8b73a382,2da9a4222a,,,1731883665 -https://www.fodors.com/world/europe/germany/experiences/news/the-frankenstein-halloween-festival-in-frankfurt-germany-is-too-scary,https://www.fodors.com/feed,I Once Paid Money NOT To Attend This Terrifying German Festival,"Is this the scariest Halloween party in the world? - -As an American living in Europe, there are few moments when I miss my homeland more than right before Halloween. I miss hearing “Thriller” or “Monster Mash” whenever I walk into a store. I miss that weird, homogeneous smell that comes from a 10lb bag of mixed off-brand candy. I miss candy corn … just not the Harvest version. I love Halloween, but mine is the Hocus Pocus or The Rocky Horror Picture Show type of Halloween. All fun, no fright. - -Although the holiday did not originate in America, there are few other countries that celebrate in the trick-or-treating and all-night-costume-party ways we do in the ’ol US of A. Which is why, when I heard there was a Halloween party taking place at Frankenstein’s Castle (a.k.a. Burg Frankenstein) just outside of Frankfurt, Germany, I booked tickets without so much as reading the fine print. - -Always, always read the fine print. - -I raved about my purchase to German friends and was met with surprised stares and confused faces. “Don’t you hate being chased?” one friend asked. “Um, did you hear what happened to Becca last year?” added another. - -It turns out that Becca, unlike me, had read the fine print. She saw the words “full contact show” and still showed up, ghoulish costume and all. Her piercing screams the prior year had caught the attention of an actor dressed as Freddy Krueger, who picked her up—still screaming—and carried her on his shoulder and placed her inside a coffin… and then closed the lid and sat on top of it. - -Continue Reading Article After Our Video Recommended Fodor’s Video - -Becca loved it, but I am not Becca. I lost sleep over nightmares far milder than that scenario and was the girl on the playground screaming during games of tag because I do, in fact, hate being chased. I called the company I’d booked with that night and happily agreed to pay the €50 cancellation fee to not have to attend what I learned would be the most terrifying Halloween party in the world. - -Although the Frankenstein Halloween party may not be for people like me—i.e., ironic costume wearers who are mainly in it for the candy—the event sells out every year after the first few nights since word of mouth seems to spread fastest among horror lovers. It’s essentially a giant haunted house, only it takes place in the ruins of a real castle and the German actors are dressed as killer clowns or other terrifying creatures and are very much allowed and encouraged to touch anyone attending. - -This year, for the first time since 1977, the festival will be held in a different castle (Burg Königstein in Taunus, Germany) while Burg Frankenstein is under renovation, but that doesn’t mean the party will be any less horrifying. In fact, the slogan this year is “A New Chapter of Fear: Try Not to Die.” There will be entire sections of the castle individually devoted to the undead, clowns, witches, vampires, etc. There’s a main stage that’s reserved for mini performances of Halloween hits and interactive plays, where a VIP ticket will allow for priority seating among other exclusive perks, like a four-course buffet with drinks, priority check-in, meet & greets with monsters, and more. - -Michael Morgenstern - -Throughout the night, ticket holders are free to wander the ancient halls and ruins of the castle as paid German actors and volunteers do everything in their power to scare the living cackle out of anyone willing to pay for the experience. The actors can touch, pick up, chase, scream at, sneak up behind, and taunt you to their hearts’ content. Keep in mind that every year, they get better at their craft by learning new and more frightful ways to get a good scream. - -The party is all in “fun,” with a kinder (i.e., kids) version during the day for kids or people like me. There is also a safe zone during the regular showtime, and I’ve been assured by this year’s event organizers that, although it is a full-contact theater, “no one is involved in the play against their will.” Even so, actors are only too happy to rev the engines of the real chainsaws they wield as proof of their authenticity, and the castle’s cages, coffins, and dungeons are often occupied by unsuspecting victims (i.e., ticket holders). - -For diehard Halloween lovers, this Halloween party in Germany is the nightmare of their dreams, and it runs from October 18 through November 3 this year. Tickets start at €42, but it’s best to book in advance to make sure your screams will be heard. I, however, will not be among the listening ears this year, as I have learned my lesson and will instead be busy recreating the Halloween aisle of TJ Maxx with “Thriller” on repeat and a bag of “care package” candy corn and Reese’s Pieces (thanks, mom!) to last me through Beetlejuice. - -Consider yourself warned…or enticed. Either way, Happy Halloween!",1731883689,ed13a32224,2d9597e880,,,1731883689 -https://www.popsci.com/gear/walmart-early-black-friday-deals/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,Walmart started Black Friday super early. These 20+ deals are worth grabbing before they sell out.,"Imagine this scenario: It’s Black Friday, and people you know are out in the real world battling for bargains while you lounge at home in your PJs, watching TikTok and eating epic plates of leftovers. You’re afforded this luxury because you did all of your Black Friday shopping during Walmart’s Black Friday deals, which are happening now. You get the best deals if you’re a Walmart+ member, plus free shipping and a bunch of other perks. We’ll update this list periodically with new deals since the early Black Friday event goes until November 17.",1731883710,741b88dd6e,2e22abfae2,,,1731883710 -https://frugalwoods.com/2023/07/20/the-tail-of-gigi-the-dog/,https://www.frugalwoods.com/feed/,The Tail of Gigi The Dog,"A question I’ve been getting a lot lately: “What happened to your dog???” I get this question via email, through blog comments, on Instagram, Facebook and in person. It’s taken me awhile to put together my response because it’s a painful one. But today, I’m ready to share. - -The Tail of Genevieve (aka Gigi) the Hound - -Gigi showed up emaciated and covered in scratches in our friends’ yard in late September. They (and we) tried to locate her owner, but she came with no tags and no one responded to our advertisements with her photo. We took her to the vet to scan her for a microchip and she didn’t have one. Our theory is that she was a bear hunting dog who got lost from her pack and couldn’t find her way back to them. Our friends kept her at their home for a few days and then planned to take her to a shelter as they already have a dog and can’t keep a second. We had a chance to meet Gigi and spend time with her and we knew we couldn’t let her go to a shelter. So, we brought her home! She joined our family on October 3, 2022. - -Our friends named her Gigi (for good girl) and we all loved her–the kids especially. She was a perfect dog who loved hiking, didn’t bark and (mostly) followed directions. However: she could not be left home alone. At all. - -The Cannot-Be-Left-Alone Saga - -We crate trained Gigi (as we’d done with our previous dog) and she loved her crate. She’d elect to go in there while we were home, would happily nap in the crate, slept in there every night and utilized it to avoid our children’s constant attention. We assumed this crate training would also work when we left the house, as it had with our previous dog. It did not. - -Poor Gigi had a panic attack every time we left the house, no matter how long we were gone. - -1) We figured there must be a behavioral remedy so we sought out a dog trainer who gave us a regimen to follow. - -Among other things, this entailed leaving the house for brief periods (~30 seconds to start) and returning to praise her if she was quiet. However, we were never able to work up to an absence of longer than five minutes before Gigi began to panic. - -We worked with the trainer in person and she was flummoxed by Gigi’s panic response to our absence since she was such a calm, well-adjusted dog around people. - -2) Then, we figured there must be a technological solution. - -We installed a camera so that we could observe her behavior in the crate and report back to the dog trainer. This did not help. So, the trainer suggested a camera-treat-dispenser combo thingy, which does exactly what it sounds like: you observe the dog through the camera and remotely dispense a treat into the crate if the dog is being calm. This did not help. - -3) Finally, we assumed there’d be a medical solution. - -And so began the many, many vet visits. We’d already done all of the behavioral modifications/training the vet recommended and so, they prescribed a mild anti-anxiety medication. That did not work. The vet next prescribed a mild sedative. Also ineffective. Next up was a mild tranquilizer. And on and on… all to no effect. - -Here’s the full list of techniques we attempted (that I can remember): - -Long hikes (4+ miles) prior to leaving Gigi alone: One theory was that she hadn’t had enough exercise prior to being left alone, so we hiked her for longer and longer distances. This did nothing to help. - -Different crates and different locations in the house: Tried everywhere; did not help. - -Exciting treats and toys in the crate: The treats would work for the first 15-20 minutes, after which the panicked behavior would set in. - -A camera trained on the crate to monitor behavior - -A remote-controlled treat dispenser so that we could remotely dispense a treat into the crate if Gigi was calm - -Six different prescription medications at varying dosages and combinations. Plus some natural vitamins! - -A white noise machine - -The radio - -Having her sleep in the crate every night (which she did with no problem since we were home) - -Ultimately, none of this worked and we could not leave her home alone for any period of time. Ever. If we did, Gigi would have a panic attack and poop and pee in the crate and pace endlessly in circles. This happened every single time we left the house for longer than 5 minutes. - -I washed both dog and crate more times than I can count. - -We realized that, as an active family with little kids, it’s not tenable for one adult to always stay home with the dog. It’s also not possible for us to take a dog with us everywhere we go. Recognizing that we could not live this way–with one adult always staying home OR the knowledge that we’d return home to a panicked, poop-covered dog–we had to give Gigi up. - -Giving Gigi Up - -After four months of trying to help Gigi learn to stay home alone, we acknowledged that we simply could not keep her. We were heartbroken, but did not see another option. I located a foster-based rescue organization that had a space for Gigi and, after an initial visit, they accepted her. What they discovered is that she does fine alone in a house IF there are other dogs present. They confirmed that she cannot ever be left alone, but that as long as she has a pack–either human or canine–she’s fine. - -The rescue organization–and we–share the assumption that Gigi was originally a bear hunting dog, which means she likely always lived with a lot of other dogs. They report that Gigi is now adopted and doing just fine in her new family with many other dogs. It’s painful to write about this because we loved Gigi and wanted to keep her. - -However, I also had to accept the reality that creating a family dynamic where either: 1) one parent always stays home and doesn’t attend events with the family; OR 2) the family returns home to an hour+ of work to bathe the dog, calm the dog and wash the crate, is not reasonable or tenable. - -During our time with Gigi, we didn’t go to church as a family, we didn’t go to school events as a family, we rarely skied as a family…. and the list goes on. We had to accept that this isn’t the way we want to raise our kids and, it was putting a lot of stress and pressure on us parents, which the kids noticed and were internalizing. - -What I Learned - -I learned a lot during this brief and tumultuous Gigi experience. Chiefly, I realized that we rushed into dog ownership. We didn’t fully consider the ramifications and we let our hearts get ahead of our heads. I still wish we had a dog, but I’m also at peace with our lack of dog because right now, our kids are my priority. It did not feel like the right trade-off to always leave a parent at home to babysit the dog. - -It has taken me quite awhile to write about this because I feel like a failure of a dog parent. - -I am comforted by the knowledge that when Gigi came to us, she was malnourished and had been living rough in the woods for who knows how long. We gave her lots of food, love and a warm bed. And we got her spayed, all of her shots, and adopted into another loving family (with other dogs!). When I remind myself of that perspective, I don’t feel so bad. But when the kids mention how much they miss Gigi, I feel a little stab in my heart. - -The Costs - -I wish we could’ve made it work with Gigi and, I will tell you, we spent over $2,000 trying to make it so. $2,373.25 to be exact. I tallied up our Gigi costs, just out of curiosity and here’s what I came up with: - -Item Amount Notes Spaying + foster and adoption costs $600.00 We decided to pay the foster organization who took Gigi for their costs related to fostering, adopting and spaying. First vet visit, vaccinations, tests, de-worming, microchipping $497.78 Since she’d been in the woods alone for an indeterminate amount of time, she needed extensive vaccinations, testing and medications to de-worm, etc. Vet visit and medications $227.60 Vet visit and medications $186.60 Food, beds, treats, toys $183.98 Dog trainer $150.00 Sessions with the dog trainer Food $101.67 Food, treats and toys for Christmas $101.27 Camera & remote treat dispenser $99.99 camera and remote treat dispenser , which we used in an attempt to reward her when she was calm in the crate (affiliate link). The combination, which we used in an attempt to reward her when she was calm in the crate (affiliate link). Dog snow booties $37.40 2 XL dog Kongs $35.93 extra-large kongs in an attempt to keep her calm while home alone in her crate (affiliate link). Two of thesein an attempt to keep her calm while home alone in her crate (affiliate link). Christmas stocking for Gigi $35.00 High-visibility orange vest for hiking $33.25 Camera to observe crate to observe crate $28.78 this camera to observe her crate before we bought the camera/treat dispenser combo thing (affiliate link). We gotto observe her crate before we bought the camera/treat dispenser combo thing (affiliate link). Medication $25.00 Medication $16.00 Town Dog License $13.00 TOTAL: $2,373.25 - -I’m thankful we had the financial ability to sink this much money into trying to keep Gigi and I don’t regret spending it because it was in service of our desperate attempt to have a sweet family dog. But, it is an eye-opener to the potential unexpected costs of pet ownership. - -Our previous dog–Gracie the greyhound–was cheap by comparison. She cost us ~$930 annually versus the $2,373 we spent on Gigi during her four months with us. Pets are a lot like kids in that respect: you know they’re going to cost you, but you never know exactly how much it’ll be. - -This isn’t a cautionary tale to never adopt a pet, but rather, an illumination of the potential costs of welcoming an animal into your life. I think pets deliver an outsized return on investment through love, companionship and general cute antics, but its salient to remember that they are an expense. A significant one in some cases. - -Will You Get Another Dog? - -Not right now. Honestly, we’re still pretty heartbroken over Gigi and not ready to go down the dog road again. All four of us love dogs (well, Littlewoods remains somewhat on the fence), but it just doesn’t feel practical for our active lifestyle. Now that our kids are older (ages 5 and 7) and the pandemic is in remission, we can actually go places as a family! Pre-pandemic, our kids were babies, then Covid took over, so now it finally feels like we can do family excursions. We go on day-trips to museums, parks, beaches and more. We’ve gone skiing for a full day as a family and taken the kids out to restaurants as a treat. We can spend as much time outside in our woods as we want without timing our entrances and exits to the house to ensure the dog is ok. - -Right now, I’m savoring this stage of life where our kids still WANT to hang out with us and find everything we do FASCINATING. I want to feed their curiosity and expose them to arts, culture, food! I want the freedom–financial and otherwise–to do that to the fullest. In light of this articulation of our priorities and values, we’ve decided to hold off on pets for the foreseeable future. - -Dog-sitting = The Perfect Part-Time Pet Solution - -To soothe the dog-sized hole in our hearts, we dog-sit for our friends’ dogs when they go out of town! Most of our friends have dogs, so this is perfect. The kids ADORE when a dog comes to stay and it’s a wonderful few days of having a dog. Then the dog goes home. This is great by me! I joke that I’m a dog aunt: I get the dog for a bit, spoil it real bad, then send it home. Also, I don’t have to pay for the dog. This is really working out for me…. ;). - -Conclusion - -I don’t have a neat little bow to put on this story. I just offer a reflection on the fact that sometimes things do not go to plan. Sometimes you spend a ton of money and time on a dog who can’t stay with your family. Sometimes you break your kids’ hearts. This whole experience is a reminder to me that I’m not in control. I’m embarrassed and ashamed that we couldn’t figure out a way to keep Gigi, but I’m also at peace with our decision because I know it was the best for our family. - -Quick Side note on the Recent Vermont Floods - -We are ok! Thank you to everyone who reached out to check on us and offer assistance! You all are very kind. I’ll put a full update in my next Monthly Expense Report, but the short version is that, while our town was hit hard, our house stayed mercifully dry. Our quarter-mile long driveway, however, was largely eaten by the torrential rain… again, we’re fine, but talk about another unexpected expense! More soon.",1731883661,0b93cf5987,2e49fb43ca,,,1731883661 -https://www.npr.org/2023/04/17/1170491601/racial-wealth-gap-banking-lawsuit,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The racial work gap for financial advisors : Planet Money,"The racial work gap for financial advisors - -Enlarge this image Justin Sullivan/Getty Images Justin Sullivan/Getty Images - -After a successful career in advertising, Erika Williams decided it was time for a change. She went back to school to get an MBA at the University of Chicago, and eventually, in 2012, she got a job at Wells Fargo as a financial advisor. It was the very job she wanted. - -Erika is Black–and being a Black financial advisor at a big bank is relatively uncommon. Banking was one of the last white collar industries to really hire Black employees. And when Erika gets to her office, she's barely situated before she starts to get a weird feeling. She feels like her coworkers are acting strangely around her. ""I was just met with a lot of stares. And then the stares just turned to just, I mean, they just pretty much ignored me. And that was my first day, and that was my second day. And it was really every day until I left."" - -Sponsor Message - -She wasn't sure whether to call her experience racism...until she learned that there were other Black employees at other Wells Fargo offices feeling the exact same way. - -On today's episode, Erika's journey through these halls of money and power. And why her story is not unique, but is just one piece of the larger puzzle. - -Today's show was produced by Alyssa Jeong Perry with help from Emma Peaslee. It was fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. They also assisted with reporting. It was edited by Sally Helm. Engineering by James Willets with help from Brian Jarboe. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: ""Record Breaker,"" ""Simple Day,"" and ""On the Money.""",1731884638,8181d7a585,2e3bb37851,,,1731884638 -https://spinsucks.com/marketing/better-marketing-faster-growth/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Companies that Have Better Marketing Have Faster Growth,"This is an excerpt from the second edition of Louis’ Bullseye Marketing: How to Grow Your B2B Business Faster. The first edition was named One of the Best Marketing Plan Books of All Time by Book Authority. - -Every time, a mediocre product with great marketing will beat a great one with mediocre marketing. - -And companies that market better grow faster. - -And yet, many B2B companies don’t have robust marketing programs. - -The Companies With the Most Growth - -I studied the marketing of 85 B2B SaaS companies with 50-1000 employees and found that they were using a median of seven of the nine programs that I scored them on. However, those with the most robust, multi-channel marketing programs grew about five times faster than those with lesser programs. - -A study of more than 1,000 insurance agencies found significantly faster growth for agencies that spent the most on marketing. All agencies got business from referrals, but those that invested got qualified leads and business from many other sources, too. - -And when reporting on professional services firms, in their 2020 High Growth Study, Hinge Research Institute wrote: - -“There was a systematic relationship between annual growth rates and the proportion of business leads coming from online sources. Respondents that generated more than 66% of their leads from online sources grew more than twice as fast as firms that generated less than 33%. - -These ‘Digital Disruptors’ favored every single digital and content technique studied—and they were three times more likely to use digital ads, twice as likely to use video and podcasts, and 50% more likely to use downloadable content and keyword research/SEO. Digital Disruptors showed a preference for traditional techniques that complemented their digital efforts. For instance, they were more likely to focus on partnerships and use phone calls to generate and nurture leads. - -Laggards, on the other hand, were more likely to favor techniques associated with live events, suggesting a more manual, face-to-face marketing strategy.” - -Creating a Connection - -Software, insurance, and professional services: very different industries with one thing in common. Marketing significantly accelerates growth. And countless studies in many other industries have documented the same. - -And successful B2B marketing is about far more than promoting a product. Half of your budget should be dedicated to creating an emotional connection with customers through brand marketing so they will think of you when they are ready to buy your kind of product, which 95% typically are not at any given moment. - -Product-centric marketing typically is about explaining what makes your product different and better. But customers who aren’t planning to buy soon will rarely understand or remember those differences. And, frankly, true product differentiation is rare. - -For example, there are over 10,000 companies offering technology such as CRMs, and software to manage online ads and social media. Typically, hundreds of companies compete in each product category. And if you look at the online reviews, many of them are pretty good. - -And in many industries, and none more so than SaaS, as soon as an important new product feature is released by one vendor, many of their competitors copy or surpass it. - -Marketing Is Your Competitive Advantage - -In Behind the Cloud, Salesforce’s Marc Benioff wrote, “A company can’t ‘own’ its facts. If the company’s facts (speed, price, quality) are superior to the competition, any good competitor will duplicate them, or worse, improve upon them, as soon as possible. What a company can own, however, is a personality.” - -I’ve run marketing workshops for CEOs and SMB owners in many industries, and I always ask, “Is what you’re selling truly different from your competitors?” In virtually 100% of cases, these CEOs and owners answer that it is not. That’s in private; that’s not how they’d answer if asked that in public. - -Indeed, marketing is often the only sustainable competitive advantage. - -Consider Mailchimp - -Mailchimp started out as one of many email platforms for small businesses. They added other products along the way but so did competitors. The claim was that their products were easier to use, but in the fall of 2021, on G2.com, they were only ranked the 11th easiest-to-use automation program. - -Mailchimp did have outstanding marketing, though. CEO Ben Chestnut claimed they had “a proximity to its customers that its competitors lacked.” - -According to SpyFu, they spent an estimated several hundred thousand dollars a month just on search ads. They produced a ton of content, which generated roughly an additional million visits to their site every month. All of this marketing, and more, was done with their distinctive Mailchimp look and tone. - -After 20 years, in 2021, Mailchimp had reached $800 million in annual revenue, most of it recurring. And they had a hugely valuable brand. In November of that year, Mailchimp was acquired by Intuit. Employees received $200 million, and the two co-founders—who had never taken on an outside investor—split the remaining $12 billion.",1731883770,4dc781f5bc,2e3a2dac6a,,,1731883770 -https://recruitingdaily.com/best-practices-and-mistakes-when-buying-an-ats/,https://recruitingdaily.com/feed/,Best Practices and Mistakes When Buying an ATS,"… Explained in <3 Minutes! - -Pressed for time? Here are the best practices to keep in mind when buying an ATS, right alongside the most common mistakes and how to avoid them. To make them easier, I’ll explain them as a list of do’s and don’ts. - -Do Ask for a Proper Budget - -An Applicant Tracking System can have a tremendous impact on your hiring efforts, from saving thousands of hours to decreasing time-to-hire and making sure you snatch the best candidates. All this translates into dollars saved. Hence, it’s 100% sensible to make the case to your finance department that this will be indeed a good investment and secure the best possible budget you can. While there are good free ATS options out there, they’re mostly for smaller teams with minimal hiring needs. - -Do Think Long Term - -If you make the right choice, you and your team will be using this tool for years to come. Give yourself time to research and demo several vendors until you feel comfortable. This can be a long process, but if you pick the wrong tool and have to migrate to another one in a few months or a year, it can be way more expensive. - - - -Do Secure Internal Buy-In - -Tied to the point above, it’s essential to get buy-in from key stakeholders before buying an ATS. Without internal support, you might face resistance from your team, hindering system implementation. Engage with department heads and managers to ensure everyone understands the benefits and is on board. - -Don’t Settle for Just an ATS - -Gone are the days when an ATS would just keep track of candidates down a pipeline and help you schedule interviews and take notes. Explore integrated solutions that offer additional functionalities such as onboarding, performance management, and HR analytics. Investing in a comprehensive HR software suite can provide greater efficiency and scalability as your organization grows. - -Don’t Overlook User Experience - -While features and functionalities are important, don’t underestimate the significance of user experience. Opt for an ATS that offers an intuitive interface and seamless navigation, ensuring that all users, from recruiters to hiring managers, can easily adopt and utilize the system. Ask for a free trial; you can click and explore and request in-depth demos to evaluate the user-friendliness of different platforms before making your decision. - -Don’t Neglect Support and Training - -Even the most user-friendly ATS may require some learning curve for optimal use. Prioritize vendors that offer comprehensive training programs and ongoing support to assist your team during implementation and beyond. This ensures that you can maximize the benefits of your ATS investment and address any challenges or questions that arise along the way. - -There you have it! Even if you could only spare a couple of minutes, you’re now ready to look at vendors and book demos with the ones that seem like a good fit for your needs. - - - -As a next step, check out our selection of the best ATS vendors out there. If you’re in the US and are looking for a more personalized assessment, you can book a free 1:1 consultation with an HR tech advisor here. - -Categories - -Tags - -Authors",1731883644,42302586b8,2e8c9c3140,,,1731883644 -https://dariusforoux.com/grass-is-greener/,https://dariusforoux.com/feed/,"""Grass is Greener"" Syndrome: A Thinking Flaw That Ruins Your Life","We’ve all experienced the “grass is greener” syndrome. Humans simply tend to want what they don’t have. That’s why many people fall for this thinking flaw. - -I visited a dentist some time ago. It was the first time I visited the guy. - -We were doing the whole small talk thing and then at the end, we somehow talked about living in Spain. I told him I tried it out and found it wasn’t for me. - -Give me the cold weather in The Netherlands and no sleeping from 2 PM to 5 PM. I just couldn’t get used to “siestas” and the slow pace of life there. Every day in Spain feels like a Sunday. Some like it. Not me. - -Anyway, the dentist said, “You should’ve gone to Madrid. It’s a faster pace.” - -“I went for the beaches. Not the exhaust fumes,” I replied. - -He laughed, and then he said, “You know, I should’ve moved to the US when I had the chance years ago. Biggest mistake of my life.” - -I could see the disappointment in his body language and hear it in his voice. - -The grass is always greener on the other side - -The proverb “The grass is always greener on the other side” is often attributed to the ancient Greek poet Ovid. - -In his work The Art of Love published around 1 BC, Ovid wrote: - -“The harvest is always richer in another man’s field.” - -Over time, this expression was adapted into the modern English version we use today. - -You see, this is an innate human emotion. We collectively desire what we don’t have, thinking that what others have is better than what we have. - -Let me give you a few examples of things I’ve either thought of myself or directly heard from close friends, co-workers, and others. - -The quality of life is much better in Europe - -Working in America is how you get rich - -If I had a million followers, I would also make a lot of money - -Traveling the world is an awesome lifestyle - -Having a home base and owning a house is really important - -I envy single folks - -If only I had a partner - -You get the point. We ALWAYS think that other people have a better life. - -My American friends think that life in Europe is so amazing. My European friends think that money is lying on the streets of America, waiting for them to pick it up. - -During my time in Spain, I became friends with a few Spanish folks. All of them said that Spain is not a good place to raise their kids. They said it’s impossible to buy a house and it’s hard to earn a living unless you’re in real estate. - -My Dutch friends dream of living the Spanish life. Nice weather. Relaxed atmosphere. Friendly people. - -Why you’re unsatisfied - -The famous spiritual teacher and Jesuit priest, Anthony de Mello, wrote this in his book, Stop Fixing Yourself: - -“Contemplate the crowds of people who are striving might and main to become, not what nature intended them to be—musicians, cooks, mechanics, carpenters, gardeners, inventors, artists—but somebody: successful, famous, powerful, something that will bring, not quiet self-fulfillment but self-glorification or self-expansion.” - -Our desire for more is what propels us forward, but also has the power to destroy us. Here’s something else de Mello wrote: - -“One subtle way you destroy your innocence is when you compete and compare yourself with others. When you do that, you exchange your simplicity for the ambition of wanting to be as good as someone else or even better.” - -This combination of trying to be somebody and trying to be famous, combined with our tendency to compare ourselves with others, is poison. - -You must get that out of your system if you want to be happy and content. - -How I finally accepted who I am - -Look, you can only find out what you don’t like by trying things. And at the same time, you must be honest with yourself. - -Learn to say this more often: Not for me. - -Living abroad - -Learning a foreign language - -Being employed - -Going to crowded gyms - -Small talk with people I don’t really know - -Eating a warm lunch - -Having dinner at 10 PM - -Not for me. - -Every person is different. I’m just the type who prefers to be left alone and eat a peanut butter sandwich for lunch. - -Just let me write, read, work out, and spend time with my family and partner, that’s it. I’m happy that way. - -I don’t need to live somewhere warm. I can be happy even when it’s cold and raining. It’s fine. - -You know why you should say, “not for me” more often? - -Because the grass is not really much greener. Grass is grass. Humans are humans. - -We’re all the same. We have our pains and aches. We have our moods. We’re not perfect. - -Everyone is like that! So get over it. - -Enjoy what you have.",1731883663,cbcd7149dd,2e9b1d4622,,,1731883663 -https://www.zerohedge.com/political/musk-ramaswamy-seek-volunteers-join-new-department-government-efficiency,https://feeds.feedburner.com/zerohedge/feed,"Musk, Ramaswamy Seek Volunteers To Join New Department Of Government Efficiency","Authored by T.J. Muscaro via The Epoch Times (emphasis ours), - -Tesla CEO Elon Musk and entrepreneur Vivek Ramaswamy announced on Nov. 14 that they are looking for volunteers to join the new Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE), calling for the top 1 percent of small-government revolutionaries. - -Tesla and SpaceX CEO Elon Musk speaks at a rally for former President Donald Trump at Madison Square Garden in New York City on Oct. 27, 2024. Angela Weiss/AFP via Getty Images - -“We are very grateful to the thousands of Americans who have expressed interest in helping us at DOGE,” they announced on social media platform X. “We don’t need more part-time idea generators. - -“We need super high-IQ small-government revolutionaries willing to work 80+ hours per week on unglamorous cost-cutting. If that’s you, DM this account with your CV. Elon & Vivek will review the top 1% of applicants.” - -Musk further confirmed that DOGE work would be unpaid, stating on X, “Indeed, this will be tedious work, make lots of enemies, and compensation is zero. What a great deal!” - -In response to that comment, Ramaswamy stated, “That stands in contrast to the many government bureaucrats who: (a) do little or no work, (b) tell people only what they want to hear, & (c) make more money than the value they create.” - -DOGE’s objective is in its name: to make government more efficient, with significant spending cuts being among the top expectations. - -“I look forward to Elon and Vivek making changes to the Federal Bureaucracy with an eye on efficiency and, at the same time, making life better for all Americans,” Trump said in a Nov. 12 statement announcing the new department and its leaders. “Importantly, we will drive out the massive waste and fraud which exists throughout our annual $6.5 Trillion Dollars of Government Spending. They will work together to liberate our Economy, and make the U.S. Government accountable to ‘WE THE PEOPLE.’” - -Musk stated on X that all DOGE actions will be posted online to provide “maximum transparency.” This will include the creation of a leaderboard showcasing the “most insanely dumb spending of your tax dollars,” which he said would be “extremely tragic and extremely entertaining.” - -He also urged the public to be vocal about anything that is being cut that they think might be important. - -Trump said the initiative could be “‘The Manhattan Project’ of our time.” - -The request for volunteers followed Musk’s announcement in September that he was willing to forgo compensation. - -“I look forward to serving America if the opportunity arises,” Musk said in a post on X. “No pay, no title, no recognition is needed.” - -DOGE will work with the Office of Management and Budget and is set to complete its work no later than July 4, 2026, America’s 250th anniversary. - -“Either we get government efficient or America goes bankrupt. That’s what it comes down to. Wish I were wrong, but it’s true,” Musk wrote on X, responding to Trump’s official announcement on Nov. 12. - -Caden Pearson contributed to this report.",1731883615,efc81dd613,2e19ffdc36,,,1731883615 -https://www.communitysignal.com/when-community-is-on-3-teams-in-5-years/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,When Community is on 3 Teams in 5 Years,"As Zendesk’s customer base and product offerings have grown, so has its community. The Zendesk community started in 2008, under the support organization, as a space for people to ask and answer questions about using the product. Since then, it has shifted departments multiple times, leading to changes in KPIs and core purpose. - -Nicole Saunders, the company’s director of community, joins the show to explain how she has navigated these challenges. Tune in for her approach on thoughtfully managing change and expectations within your community and inside of your organization. - -Patrick and Nicole also discuss: - -Going from scrappy to resourced as your community team grows and develops (04:36): “[While community was part of the support organization,] we were functioning very scrappy, very much like a startup team within a larger organization. … Being within [the] integrated marketing organization let us connect to a lot more pieces and parts of the business, which as we built our strategy became increasingly important.” – @NicoleinMadison - -Participate in the community you serve (14:20): “I’m always encouraging my team to [step] out of the ticket queue on a regular basis … and just wander around [the community] and try to have that same experience as the end users to make sure we’re not missing anything, make sure that the queue isn’t keeping us in just a transactional space.” – @NicoleinMadison - -Why you can’t tell people to contact support in the Zendesk community (24:58): “We were getting a lot of people that were just saying, ‘You should contact support for this,’ and what it was doing was discouraging other users from jumping in and trying to help. A lot of these were questions that people could answer for one another, and … it was short-circuiting the community conversation.” – @NicoleinMadison - -The knowledge and value that community can offer (26:17): “You’re going to gain so much more out of talking to somebody [in the community] who has done what you are trying to do, than someone who knows what functionality you should use to try to do it. Even the best support agent in the world probably hasn’t done exactly the thing that you’re trying to do. There’s actually a real benefit to talking to other users.” – @NicoleinMadison - -In over 12 years as a community professional, Nicole Saunders‘ experience has ranged from consulting to launching communities for startups to currently leading the community team at Zendesk. She’s built communities across forums, social media, and offline. Her background also includes social media management, event production, communications, and freelance writing. - -Passionate about building community both in her work and in life, Nicole engages in several volunteer efforts, including mentoring for the Wisconsin Women’s Network, singing with the Philharmonic Chorus of Madison, and teaching dance fitness classes. - -[music] - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[00:00:21] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and thank you for listening to Community Signal. Our guest is Nicole Saunders, director of community for Zendesk. We’re discussing community being passed from department to department, leaving comments open in your knowledge base, and not allowing community members to tell people to contact support. - -Thank you to Serena Snoad, Jenny Weigle, and Jules Standen, who are among our Patreon supporters. To learn more, please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. I also wanted to recognize Community Signal’s producer, Karn Broad, who recently passed seven years in that role. His work is felt throughout the program and deeply appreciate it. Thank you for all your efforts, Karn. - -In over 12 years as a community professional, Nicole Saunders’ experience has ranged from consulting to launching communities for startups to currently leading the community team at Zendesk. She’s built communities across forums, social media, and offline. Her background also includes social media management, event production, communications, and freelance writing. Passionate about building community both in her work and in life, Nicole engages in several volunteer efforts, including mentoring for the Wisconsin Women’s Network, singing with the Philharmonic Chorus of Madison, and teaching dance fitness classes. - -Nicole, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:21] Nicole Saunders: Thanks so much for having me. Glad to be here. - -[00:01:23] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s a pleasure. You’ve been at Zendesk for over five and a half years, all in community, from manager to senior manager to director, and in that time, you’ve been in at least three departments. You started within support and moved over to communications, and after a VP in that department left, you moved to a field experiences team that was created during COVID. On top of all that, you reported the SVP of Integrated Marketing, which sounds like its own thing also. I’d love for you to talk about that shuffling of departments and the challenges that it’s represented for you as a professional. - -[00:01:54] Nicole Saunders: Yes. No, it has been a really interesting ride and I’ve gotten to learn and experience a lot of different things in my community time at Zendesk. When I joined the company, we were in the support department, basically on what was a newly-formed self-service support team. The way that Zendesk’s community product is structured, it is tied in with the knowledge base. The community had been launched early in 2008, I believe, when the product had launched, so had been around for a while. I joined the company in 2016, I guess early 2017. I interviewed in 2016, and so I was coming into something that had been around for eight years, living in the support space. - -When I got there, my job was literally to make sure questions got answered in the Q&A discussion topic in the community and they had four communities at that point in time, one for each product, so I worked for those first couple years really on some of those foundational pieces. We started with just basics of how can we reduce response time. How can we make sure we’re getting better answers in there? Everything like that. - -It became clear pretty quickly that having separate communities for each product didn’t make a ton of sense. If customers were using multiple products, they had to log into different websites depending on which thing they were asking a question about. The next thing we did is went ahead and merged those all together and did some things there, so we continued working a lot in the support space and how we could operationalize things there. - -I eventually took over strategy for all aspects of the Q&A, not just the support piece, so that included product feedback as well as best practices discussion, that kind of thing. At that point was when I really started applying a broader community strategy lens to it, less just about serving a public ticket system and much more about how do we integrate this across the business. How do we really work truly cross-functionally? - -Of course, when COVID happened, like so many companies, we decided to really double down on the community experience, recognizing that it was an important way to connect with our customers digitally when that was all we could do. I had been working for about a year on a cross-functional project with the marketing team around how could we refresh our community experience and bring together…There were other little communities that had popped up around the company and it was really clear that we needed to unify all of this. - -Marketing was attacking it very much from a branding angle of how do we make sense of this whole ecosystem. I came in and said, “Hey, let’s take this one step further and actually connect them. Let’s build a hub page that links to all of these things so it’s easy for people to find it.” When COVID came about and we had to bring on that cross-functional project, it just seemed to really make sense at that point to move our team from the support organization over to marketing. - -There are a couple of reasons behind that. One is, support is traditionally seen as a cost center and so there weren’t a ton of resources for community. We were functioning very scrappy, very much like a start-up team within a larger organization. Moving over to marketing allowed us to resource a little bit better as far as bringing in more of how do we brand this? How do we connect all these dots? How do we make this all work together? Being within that integrated marketing organization let us connect to a lot more pieces and parts of the business, which as we built out our strategy became increasingly important. It was just a really logical move. It was funny because we had started, as you mentioned, over on the communications team. That was the team that we had been working with on that one project. That VP got a great opportunity not long after we moved over to marketing. They departed and there was some reshuffling of all of the teams where there was a VP that had some time and energy to spend with us, being new to the marketing organization, was actually the person that had been originally in charge of global events. - -Being on an events team seems like a weird spot for a community team to sit but we were doing a lot of community events and webinars and things like that with our community members so it made a lot of sense. Then that has evolved over time to be a little bit more engaged with the broader integrated marketing team. We are really just trying to be threaded through every part of the business at this point. We’re pretty pleased with where we’ve landed so far. - -[00:05:53] Patrick O’Keefe: People listening to that are going to believe that everything that has happened for you at Zendesk has been great and that everything was very smooth, and that as a professional, you never faced any challenge. I’m not saying that’s not the case, and maybe that’s the case at Zendesk and you’re one of the fortunate and if so, that’s wonderful. I would be remiss if I didn’t poke at the idea that I’ve been in roles where I had multiple bosses within a short period of time, shuffled into different teams, had people change how they viewed the value of community, and had that work against me. - -I once had three different key metrics within the period of 12 months, which ultimately was toxic, kind of, and really because we would drive toward one. Then as we were driving toward one, we would get sent a new GPS coordinate and then be judged on that in the short term. That was a frustrating thing in that role. Maybe things are awesome, maybe everything was great and perfect, but were there any challenges that you’d call out just as an individual, as a person, as a professional working in community that stand out to you? - -[00:06:52] Nicole Saunders: No, it’s all perfect. - -[00:06:53] Patrick O’Keefe: Okay. - -[00:06:53] Nicole Saunders: [laughs] - -[00:06:54] Patrick O’Keefe: All right. - -[00:06:55] Nicole Saunders: No. No. there’s definitely been some big challenges. The point that you made about having different KPIs and the goal post moving, that was a huge thing. When we moved from support over to marketing, marketing measures things in a really different way than a support organization. Looking at just like, oh, how many questions are we getting and how many of them are getting answered by other users? Marketing wanted to know things like how much is participating in the community impacting customers’ satisfaction and retention. How much is this helping us expand our brand presence? - -One of the most, I think, significant things, and we’re still working on this two years later, we moved the community team from support to marketing. How do you move the community itself from being a support community to being something broader? That is a huge cultural change, especially for community. It’s been around for 15 years. We are really looking at what are those different KPIs. What are going to be the most meaningful metrics? How do we retain the core of what has brought our community together to date, which is that support motion, but then build upon it in a way that starts to support more initiatives than just case deflection? Those have been really big challenges. - -I think I’ve spent a lot of time going around to other teams and talking about what the community is and what it isn’t and what it does. There are a lot of misconceptions. For example, people assuming that, oh, only your SMB customers are going to be in the community because all of your bigger accounts have account reps and other resources they can participate in, but we actually see some of our larger accounts do participate in the community, do engage in that space, and find value there. We really needed to go around and socialize that with all of the teams across the company and help them to understand what our role is and what we do. - -[00:08:48] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned the knowledge base before, and Zendesk has an extensive knowledge base of articles that cover the product and all aspects of the product. If you had to take a guess at the total number of knowledge-based articles, where would you ballpark that? - -[00:09:01] Nicole Saunders: Oh boy. We actually did a big cleanup effort about a year ago to remove anything that was out of date or thin articles that weren’t getting a lot of views and things like that. I don’t know exactly, but I would guess we’re around 10,000 articles in that knowledge base. It’s pretty extensive. - -[00:09:17] Patrick O’Keefe: Okay. The reason I ask that isn’t to have a specific number but to highlight the fact that before the show, you mentioned to me that the comments on these knowledge-based articles are open and that the community team manages those conversations, “The same way we manage conversations in the community.” What’s the motivation behind keeping that channel open to comments? - -[00:09:38] Nicole Saunders: Gosh, I love this conversation topic because it’s something that we’re really in the thick of evaluating right now. We’ve always had those comments on articles, and the original idea was that users would be able to let us know, “Hey, there’s a link broken,” or, “Hey, this article might be a little bit more clear if you included an image,” or something like that. Very quickly, what started happening is users providing product feedback and asking questions and these are a lot of activities that you would normally want to have happen in your community, but what we came to realize was that it’s very low customer effort. - -When customers are able to read an article and ask something right there, rather than needing to go over to the community and search and find things, it makes it a lot easier for them to engage and interact, and what we’ve heard from customers is, “Oh, sometimes I have a question when I’m reading an article, and then I scan through the comments and I find the answer right there. Somebody else has asked that question, somebody else has already answered it.” - -That’s the positive. It’s great having those comments on, having people be able to engage in that space, it’s good low-effort. It does present some unique challenges though. I would say about half of the engagement that we manage as a community team is actually happening in the knowledge-base articles. As a little bit different environment a little bit different functionality than our community. - -Now, Zendesk Guide and Gather, Guide is the knowledge-based product, and Gather is the community product, are the two halves that make up the Help Center. I think it’s an interesting thing that we’re doing bringing these together where you have one account for both spaces, so your avatar, your badges, your stats carry across both spaces. It is challenging sometimes from a community strategy standpoint of having these things so spread out instead of driving everybody to one place. - -I often use the metaphor of a party and being a party host when we think about community management, and I always joke, you wouldn’t have a party and be like, “Okay, our first guest is going to the kitchen, and the next one is going to go in the back bedroom,” right? No, you put everybody in the living room and you start opening up other spaces when it gets too full. Here we have a party where we have people in every room of the house, and they’re all full, so it’s an interesting challenge. - -I like the way that we are thinking about what reduces customer effort, what puts the information they need right there on the articles, but we are starting to do some of the scaling challenges. What happens when you don’t have everybody going just into one place in the community and how do you scale that as a team, and how do you scale it in a way that, we end up with these really long comment threads? How do we manage you can clean those up? We don’t have answers yet. We’re still evaluating it. It’s a little bit different about our Help Center experience, but a lot of organizations do. - -[00:12:09] Patrick O’Keefe: I think it’s interesting. I think it makes a lot of sense. I think that it’s one of those things where, on one hand, I believe that the notion that meet people where they are is generally good, but sometimes it is not. Because I don’t want to meet someone in a spot that’s unsafe, or in a spot that maybe the terms of use or the pricing or how they handle data or whatever, don’t really match with our strategy or long-term plans. Meet people where they are sounds nice but it’s not always a good idea. I think the knowledge-base use case is really interesting. - -I know you said you’re thinking about it, but right now, tactically speaking, how do you monitor those conversations assigned and respond to them? How do you process that just on a ground level this person does x spaces? - -[00:12:54] Nicole Saunders: We have an integration between our Help Center and the Zendesk ticketing systems. My team is actually able to work out of a ticket queue, you add a new ticket every time there is a new conversation created, or if somebody posts a comment in a thread that’s been quiet for a while. Basically, we think of it as each ticket represents a conversation, whether that’s a top-level conversation or reopening of an older conversation so new topic. - -We’ve got two community managers who triage this multiple times a day. We say a lot of times in our community, our community managers read everything and they really do, they would get every single thing that comes in every day and then we’re able to leverage that ticketing system to determine, hey, this is where we need to draw in a product manager. This is where we need to bring in maybe one of our support agents because this isn’t a question that the end users are going to be able to answer for one another. - -We have a Slack instance where we engage with our community moderators, which are our super users in the community space, and so we’ll send some questions over there. We use that ticketing system to label everything and say, “Okay, well, this is the action we’re taking and this is who we’re trying to bring into this conversation. This is what happened with this conversation.” It’s been a really powerful tool for us to be able to monitor and review all of those things. - -[00:14:04] Patrick O’Keefe: It makes a lot of sense that Zendesk would use a ticketing system. - -[laughter] - -[00:14:09] Nicole Saunders: There’s pros and cons to it. I will say that one of the things about working out of a ticket queue is I think it does keep us a little bit more in that mindset of support community and support-type engagements in the community. One thing I’m always encouraging my team to do is make sure that they’re stepping out of the ticket queue on a regular basis to and going into the front end of the community and just wandering around and trying to have that same experience as the end users to make sure we’re not missing anything, make sure that the queue isn’t keeping us too much in just a transactional space, but that we are also going out and being more conversational and focusing more on the engagement of the other half of our work too. - -[00:14:42] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned putting yourself in the support community mindset before you talked about shifting departments and how you could go from support KPIs and supporting the support, or to marketing integrated marketing, digital experiences, et cetera, and having different KPIs. Has that triggered any difference in the conversations that, I want to say you are seeing or you want to see in the online community. - -I know you talked about events, but in the online community itself, a support community, obviously, oftentimes very Q&A, I have this problem, sometimes people stick around, answer the question. Our community team support teams monitored for unanswered questions, answer the question, on and on, and on. With the digital experiences team, marketing team, however, you want to view that, are the conversations changing at all? Would you like them to change, or are they going to be very similar? - -[00:15:30] Nicole Saunders: I love those questions, this is what I’m thinking about most of the time. The answer is that we would like the conversations to shift a little bit. We never want to lose that core of support. The Q&A, that aspect will always be there, and we’re always going to hope that our customers are offering each other great support, and we’re always going to be bringing in our own experts into the space to help with those technical questions or the break fixes. - -Our community also has always been really great at things like customizations or how do you build a report, and putting those recipes together, and that kind of thing. One of the things that we would like to lean into more and where we’re really –– I mentioned that challenge of like, how do you shift the culture and the direction a little bit, of a really established, really mature community? We’re hoping to get more into things like best practices, and not just talking specifically about the product, but talking about the challenges of customer service organizations. - -It may integrate with the products and bring that into the conversation but helping people solve not only their product challenges but some of their business challenges. I think that’s one piece of it. The other one I think is just bringing more conversation into this space. Being a support community, it has tended to be a little bit on the transactional side of, “Hi, I have a question, here’s an answer. Cool,” end of conversation. We would really like to help our users recognize the opportunity that they have in our space to be more in-depth, have more of a round table discussion, get multiple perspectives on a way to solve a problem. - -Now, typically with our product, there probably is just one or two possible solutions, but when you start getting into some of those broader business challenges, you’re able to bring in a little bit broader ideas and different approaches and that kind of thing. That’s the direction that we’re trying to head in. I think that there are a few functional things about the way our community is set up that we need to shift to encourage that kind of conversation, and then there are some broader cultural things. We’ve really been focusing on building up our community programs arm, as a way to start to shift the way that our customers relate to each other. - -[00:17:32] Patrick O’Keefe: This probably relates to what I’m going to talk about now, which is something you mentioned in our pre-show chat, which is, you said that you are working on, “shifting the community team itself from being the people who do all the work to being the team that enables others across the company and the community membership to do a lot of work. We’re finding we’re having success, where we’re bringing other teams, and not just asking them to help, but training them and supporting them, and taking a lot of the execution and interactions. It’s a big mindset change for the team though, and not always the most comfortable one.” What sort of discomfort are you seeing? - -[00:18:03] Nicole Saunders: For example, the two community managers that we have on the team right now are both very long-time employees. One of them has been with us 11 years, one of them has been with us seven years. They’ve both been on my team for a couple of years. - -[00:18:13] Patrick O’Keefe: Both people you inherited, it sounds like. - -[00:18:15] Nicole Saunders: They were people that I hired from other roles internally. - -[00:18:18] Patrick O’Keefe: Got you. - -[00:18:19] Nicole Saunders: They both started out early in their careers at Zendesk as support agents and so they tend to still approach a lot of things from that support agent lens. On the one hand, it’s excellent because they have so much technical knowledge, they are so well networked internally, they know who to bring into conversations and how to solve those challenges. On the other hand, between that and working out of a ticket queue, I think it’s very easy to just fall back into our habits of being support agents and approaching everything from that lens. - -I think one part of it, is helping everybody shift their mindset, and shift the way that they’re approaching things, and that’s just one branch of our community team, but it’s a microcosm of it. I think a lot of this has to do with how the community industry is maturing too and helping people understand that there are different ways to divide up the labor of community management. - -The other piece of it is, I mentioned that when we started out, we were a little startup team within a company. We were pretty self-contained. We did a lot of very scrappy things ourselves. As we have matured, as we have grown, as we have leveled up our program, it’s really come to be one of those things where we can’t just do everything ourselves. We used to go into Canva and make our own artwork to use for our marketing campaigns or to promote something. Now it’s really important that we actually engage our brand team and creative team, and bring them into it, and help them understand everything that we need. - -One of the things that we’re looking at, for example, I’ve got a community event specialist who built our community event program from the ground up. He has run every event we have ever executed. It’s awesome, but now we’re starting to figure out, okay, we can only do so many events every month with the team that we have. If the community needs or wants more events, how can we start to enable some of the other teams across the company to do this? - -One of the things that has been really popular has been bringing in our product managers to do roundtable discussions. One of the things that we’re really working on is how can we teach them how to do these events where we can have a little bit lighter touch on it and the product teams can have a little bit more engagement with it so that we can offer more of these. The only way that we can do things at scale is if we really start to focus on enabling other teams to support these things because we’re not going to be able to hire out, continue building headcount just within the community team. - -The other thing I love about this approach though is not just being able to scale, but it’s also that it really engages the rest of the company in the community. It helps a lot more people get into the space, understand it, have it be something that is valuable if not indispensable to them and their programs. That I think is where we have matured the most and where we’re starting to see the most success. - -Another program we did this year is working with our customer marketing team on our brand advocacy and connecting that with some of our community programs and supporting that. That has been a great collaborative project as well. All of these things are really helping raise the profile of community across the organization and help everybody understand just how powerful this program can be. - -[00:21:18] Patrick O’Keefe: You hit on something that I wanted to dig into there which is that I imagine that the best conversations those other teams have in the community where they are the most motivated to jump in are the ones where something about it will benefit their team or the work they are doing or the goals that they have. That just makes sense logically. - -What is an interaction, as an example or two, that you’ve been able to successfully hand off to another team that occurs in the community, that the other team is like, oh, that matches really well with what we need, what we’re doing, what we know? It makes perfect sense for us to step in there and take those as opposed to a member of your team, the community team. - -[00:21:55] Nicole Saunders: One thing that’s really happened over the last couple of years that’s been great is we have shifted developer support to be almost entirely in the community. There’s been a whole developer support team that has been built out within the support organization. What they used to do is focus on building content and fielding tickets from developers, but then the developer questions in the community, what would happen is we would try to engage them and we would go on Slack and engage with the developer support team and then come back over to the community and we were playing the game of telephone a lot. - -We worked with the support organization and eventually had it got set up where the developer support team works directly in the community and they engage with people right there and they’re able to make those connections. That’s been a really effective way that we’ve been offering better support, better engagement for our developers, and also, that developer support team now has a broader scope than just sitting behind the scenes and advising everybody. They’re actually engaged with it. - -I think another really obvious one is product feedback. We’ve always had a product feedback feature request space in the community and that used to be something where we looked at those conversations and we packaged it all up and fed it over to the voice of the customer team, and the voice of the customer team synthesized it and fed it over to the products team, and then eventually, a roadmap would come out and things that the community asked for might be on there or might not. What we’ve been doing is trying to, again, play less of that game of telephone and processing things and actually bringing our product managers directly into the community. - -It benefits them to engage with customers and be able to ask us follow-up questions. They used to come to us and say, “Can you ask them about this?” We were like, “You could ask them about that. Why don’t we teach you?” There was a lot of fear at first. A lot of people are afraid of having those very public conversations. That’s why we really realized it was our job to teach people here’s how to respond in the community. Here’s how to be empathetic, here’s what to say, here’s what to avoid saying. We don’t either inflame people or get into legal gray areas or anything like that, especially when you’re dealing with roadmaps. That’s been a really beautiful team. - -First, we started bringing the product managers in, and then as the company matured, a product operations team was spun up, and now they’re even taking on some of the additional work around some of the reporting and accountability work that we were doing for the product teams. It’s really great to see that and it’s really great to see so many people that have a stake in making the community successful because at the end of the day, that’s what makes community successful is having a lot of different people that are all working together on making it a great space that functions for everybody. - -[00:24:28] Patrick O’Keefe: I was reading through your community guidelines and I wanted to ask you about one of them because I like to talk about specific community guidelines. - -[00:24:34] Nicole Saunders: All right. Let’s do it. - -[00:24:35] Patrick O’Keefe: What the motivation is there. There’s one, “Do not advise other community members to contact Zendesk support unless they’re posting about a bug or billing issue.” Can you talk about the intention there? - -[00:24:47] Nicole Saunders: Yes. I think a lot of those guidelines came out of things that we were seeing in the community. There are so many things you don’t know that you need a rule for until somebody does something you don’t want them to do and then you really need to add it. We were getting a lot of people that were just saying, “Oh, you should just contact support for this. Oh, you should just contact support for that,” and what it was doing is it was discouraging other users from jumping in and trying to help. - -A lot of these were questions that people could answer for one another, and when everybody was just recommending, oh, we should go email support or just call support, it was short-circuiting the community conversation. That was the primary reason that we were seeing that. The other one, of course, is that a big role of the community is to offer self-service support and try to, we don’t like using deflection so much, we like talking about intercepting tickets. Obviously, the peer-to-peer support link, that’s one of the good benefits to the support organization is users can go there and help each other instead of going and talking to a support agent. - -Because at a certain point, you can’t scale your support organization so that every single user in the entire world can get through to a support agent immediately. It’s just not something that is feasible once you get into an enterprise-level environment. I personally think the support the community members offer each other is really, really important. - -There’s I think a tendency and a reflex to just pick up that phone and call the support organization or fire off that email, or jump in that chat window. Here’s the thing, you’re going to gain so much more out of talking to somebody who’s done what you are trying to do, than someone who knows what functionality you should use to try to do it. Even the best support agent in the world probably hasn’t done exactly the thing that you’re trying to do. There’s actually a real benefit to talking to other users. We put that in that guideline to really encourage people to try to talk to each other in the community and not just fire everything back over to the support agents, kind of defeats the purpose of the community itself. - -[00:26:48] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. I like to point to guidelines that I think the average person might read and say, “Wow, that sounds harsh,” but that I think are coming from a place of experience. When I started, there’s the phpBB forum software, once upon a time, the most popular forum software in the world, not the case anymore, but very popular, tons of users. - -I ran an unofficial resource or phpBB called phpBBHacks.com for over a decade. One of the things that bothered me about phpBB.com among many things was just how consistently people were told to search all the time, were told to search, and they would lock a lot of topics. I understood it from their perspective because there was a lot of volume in that community. I understood it, but I didn’t like it. - -When I started this community, I added a guideline that said don’t tell people to search, and we enforced it. When people would tell folks, “Use this search function. Go to this website. Go search,” we would stop them and we would not let them do it because ultimately, for those same reasons that you mentioned, it was a poor experience. It’s best that people receive help in the moment, link them to where they need to go, don’t tell them to search was basically our overall strategy. - -If you’re listening to this and you hear any baby sounds in the background, that’s just my baby, Patrick, who’s joining me for some podcasts these days and is overall a very good boy. He’s a good boy now, but often has something to say, so please, disregard that. Long story short, I love guidelines like that. That makes a lot of sense. - -[00:28:08] Nicole Saunders: It’s an interesting challenge, right? There are so many things that we as community managers, we’re like, “Oh, this would work so well if everybody just used it this way.” I think that there has to be a constant conversation with your community on, “Hey look, this is the way that this works best operationally, but we need to balance that with what works best for you all.” That ties back to what you were talking about with the knowledge base comments earlier where operationally, would be a lot easier for us to just not have comments on the articles, and push everyone into the community and just have one system that we use, but we’re trying to also be really conscientious of what is going to be that best customer experience. - -Then you have to weigh all the different factors of that experience. Is it a bigger pain to be told to behave differently versus, well, what if doing that different behavior gets to an answer faster? Which thing is more important? Those are the things that we’re constantly looking for feedback on and talking to our teams about. - -[00:29:02] Patrick O’Keefe: What I’d like to close on was one of the challenges that you were thinking about right now, which is to quote you, “How to really build the infrastructure and operations of an enterprise community team so that you can scale without losing the integrity in the organic core of what brought people in the community in the first place.” - -What do you think the biggest threats to that will be? I’m sure you see a trend here. I asked you about discomfort, I asked you about challenge, I asked you about threat. What do you think the biggest threats will be to maintaining that integrity and organic core as you grow? - -[00:29:34] Nicole Saunders: That’s a good question, Patrick. Boy, you are good at challenging in your questions, but that’s where the interesting thing is, that’s where we all learn. I think there’s a couple of things. I think one of them is that there’s a big trend, especially in support right now, around leveraging bots and AI, and it’s certainly something that Zendesk is leaning into. - -We’ve been building out our AI technology a lot because it’s required to scale and to do things at that level. At the same time, the whole point of a community is that you’re not talking to a bot. We’re not just throwing macros in there and we’re not just evaluating the community activity based on these high-level numbers, but we’re actually looking at those individual interactions. - -I think finding ways to do both, to lean into AI and machine learning and all of the things that can really help you optimize your support at scale, while still making sure that you’re having organic and authentic conversations in the community, that’s a really interesting balance to be striking, especially when we’re thinking about things like how do we have the bot direct people to the right spots in the community for non-bot conversations? How do you make that experience one that doesn’t feel bumpy and doesn’t have a lot of friction, but actually works really well? - -That’s one part of it. I think the other one is just coming back to community data. Every community team, I have talked to struggles with having access to data and understanding what are the right things to measure. I am so, so careful with what data we use and what metrics we speak to because it can have downstream impacts. If somebody comes in and says, “All right, well, how many committee engagements are we getting, and how much are our support agents answering that versus end users?” If we feel like one is too much than the other, you can end up making big changes that really downgrade the community experience because you’re trying to optimize for a certain number or certain metric. I think it’s super important to be really thoughtful about those pieces and what you do with it. - -I think those are the biggest things that I’m seeing is really, how do you scale? How do you lean into these technologies that help you scale? How do you still be human about it and how do you still make decisions that are going to really have the individual moments of engagement, keeping those the way that you want them? - -[00:31:53] Patrick O’Keefe: I think that we’ve had a good individual interaction here. Nicole, I’d like to thank you for coming on the show. I appreciate you spending some time with us. - -[00:32:00] Nicole Saunders: Oh, thank you so much for having me. I love the show, and it’s an honor to be here. - -[00:32:03] Patrick O’Keefe: Thank you. Appreciate that. We’ve been talking with Nicole Saunders, director of community at Zendesk. You can find her on LinkedIn at linkedin.com/in/nicoledsaunders and visit the Zendesk community at zendesk.com/zendesk-community. - -Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Thanks for listening. - -[music]",1731883657,b6cef58d91,2ea5514e37,,,1731883657 -https://dariusforoux.com/stoicism-for-beginners/,https://dariusforoux.com/feed/,Stoicism for Beginners: An Ancient Guide for Living Well,"Table of Contents - -I. What is Stoicism? - -Stoicism was founded in the 3rd century BC in Athens by Zeno of Citium. Coming from a wealthy merchant family in Citium, now part of Cyprus, Zeno initially pursued the family trade. However, after losing his fortune in a shipwreck near Athens, he turned to philosophy. Zeno’s journey highlights a common path to finding solace and understanding through philosophy. - -Stoicism teaches logic and a unique perspective on life. It emphasizes distinguishing between what is within our control and what isn’t. Epictetus, a Stoic philosopher, summed it well: - -“To achieve freedom and happiness, understand that some things in life are under your control, and others are not.” - -We truly control only a few aspects of life, such as our beliefs, desires, aversions, and attractions, according to Epictetus. Everything else is beyond our control. Stoicism, therefore, is about letting go of worries over what we can’t control and focusing our energy on what we can. - -II. Stoicism in the modern world - -How is the ancient philosophy of Stoicism relevant today? - -Stoicism isn’t just about enduring hardship. To me, Stoicism is a practical philosophy that you can start using right now, no matter what life throws your way. The key is to focus on what you can control. - -For example, instead of getting angry and frustrated at being stuck in traffic, a Stoic recognizes that such events are out of their control. So they focus their energy on other things, like making plans or even listening to an audiobook. - -Stoicism also emphasizes the importance of living in the present moment. It’s easy to get caught up in constantly planning for the future or dwelling on past mistakes. But by focusing on the present and accepting things as they are, we can find more peace and contentment in life. - -III. Core Principles of Stoicism - -Reason - -This is our mind’s ability to figure out what’s true, make good guesses, and come to conclusions. It lets us think clearly and logically about the world. By using Reason, we can look at evidence and arguments, consider different opinions, and make smart choices. It’s key for critical thinking and solving problems. - -Self-control - -This refers to managing your emotions, thoughts, and actions to reach your long-term goals. Self-control is key to doing well in school, succeeding in your career, and having good relationships. It allows you to resist things that won’t fulfill your goals, and act in accordance with your values and beliefs. - -Indifference - -Being indifferent to external events means you don’t get too attached or upset about things you can’t control. It’s about accepting the world as it is, without letting anxiety, anger, or frustration take over. This doesn’t mean you don’t care about others’ suffering. It’s about understanding that we can’t always change what’s happening around us, but we can work on being at peace with ourselves. - -Inner Strength - -Inner strength means being able to handle stress, tough times, and challenges without giving up on what you believe in or who you are. The key is to build a mindset that welcomes change and growth. People with a lot of inner strength can deal with life’s ups and downs better, and recover from setbacks more easily. - -IV. Who are the ancient Stoic philosophers? - -You have likely come across these prominent Stoic philosophers already. Their wisdom is relatable and useful, so they are often quoted. - -Several ancient Stoic philosophers laid the groundwork for Stoicism that the modern world would come to embrace and study. - -Who is Seneca? - -“All cruelty springs from weakness.” - -Born around 4BC, Seneca the Younger is the son of the wealthy writer, Seneca the Elder. Attalus the Stoic tutored the young Seneca. From Attalus, Seneca learned the value of applying philosophy for real-world improvement. - -Despite his drive for self-improvement, Seneca’s father steered him towards a political career. In his fifties, Seneca withdrew from public life to write philosophical works. He was later implicated in a conspiracy against Emperor Nero and was forced to commit suicide in AD 65. - -Who is Musonius Rufus? - -“If one accomplishes some good though with toil, the toil passes, but the good remains; if one does something dishonourable with pleasure, the pleasure passes, but the dishonour remains.” - -Gaius Musonius Rufus is a Stoic philosopher who lived during the same time as Seneca, in the first century AD. He was born into an aristocratic family. Scholars often refer to Musonius Rufus as the “Roman Socrates” for his emphasis on the practical application of philosophy and his insistence on living a virtuous life. - -Musonius Rufus’ teachings centered around self-discipline, moral fortitude, and living in accordance with nature. He emphasized the importance of practicing what one preaches and leading by example. - -Who is Epictetus? - -“When you set about any action, remind yourself of what nature the action is.” - -Epictētos is Greek meaning “acquired.” Epictetus was born into slavery, and his given name remains unknown. Epictetus walked with a limp, and it’s uncertain whether a slave master twisted it or he was born with it. Despite that, Epictetus wasn’t broken. - -He famously stated, “Lameness is an impediment to the leg, not to the will.” He believed in the power of choice, which was central to his philosophy. - -Epictetus gained his freedom after Nero’s death. He then dedicated himself to philosophy, teaching in Rome for 25 years until Emperor Domitian expelled all philosophers. Epictetus moved to Nicopolis in Greece, where he founded a school and taught philosophy until his death. - -Who is Marcus Aurelius? - -“Time is like a river made up of the events which happen, and a violent stream; for as soon as a thing has been seen, it is carried away, and another comes in its place, and this will be carried away too.” - -Marcus Aurelius, born in AD 121, became co-emperor of Rome at the young age of nineteen. He extended Rome’s dominion to include regions that are today known as Germany, Austria, and Switzerland, along with parts of the Netherlands, Belgium, and France. This expansion meant he essentially ruled over nearly all of Europe. - -Stoicism deeply influenced Aurelius, who often cites Epictetus in his sole published work, Meditations. This book contains Aurelius’ personal musings and philosophical thoughts. The emperor wrote these during some of the most challenging times of his reign. - -V. Applying Stoicism in your own life - -The keys to applying Stoicism in your life are twofold: Focus on what you control, and live in the present. Below are major areas of life where we can apply Stoicism. I’m listing my best articles on each topic so you can easily learn more about them. - -Self-Improvement and Productivity - -You can boost your personal growth and productivity with stoicism by setting small, reachable goals. It’s important to concentrate on the journey, not just the end result. - -Stop Putting Imaginary Pressure on Yourself – The “I need to do X (action) otherwise Y (bad outcome) will happen” thinking is a waste of your energy. And yet, we all do it. Here’s how to change that thinking pattern. - -– The “I need to do X (action) otherwise Y (bad outcome) will happen” thinking is a waste of your energy. And yet, we all do it. Here’s how to change that thinking pattern. How to Use Setbacks as Energy – When I wrote this article, I had just experienced two health and career setbacks: I got a stomach virus after eating ice cream at McDonald’s, and our family business engineer, who’s also a personal friend of mine, suddenly quit so our workflow took a huge hit and we’re all scrambling to maintain consistency. Here’s how a Stoic mindset helped me push through. - -– When I wrote this article, I had just experienced two health and career setbacks: I got a stomach virus after eating ice cream at McDonald’s, and our family business engineer, who’s also a personal friend of mine, suddenly quit so our workflow took a huge hit and we’re all scrambling to maintain consistency. Here’s how a Stoic mindset helped me push through. Small Habits That Rewire Your Mind to Be Better – Many used to believe that aging halted brain evolution. But recent research found that our brains exhibit “neuroplasticity,” which means it’s constantly shaping our identity. Each new skill learned prompts our brain to adapt, changing in size and structure to accommodate new knowledge. Our brain evolves continuously. And we can help evolve it better with certain small habits. - -– Many used to believe that aging halted brain evolution. But recent research found that our brains exhibit “neuroplasticity,” which means it’s constantly shaping our identity. Each new skill learned prompts our brain to adapt, changing in size and structure to accommodate new knowledge. Our brain evolves continuously. And we can help evolve it better with certain small habits. Strategic Opportunism: How to Thrive in an Unpredictable World – My book, The Stoic Path to Wealth, was supposed to come out in February 2024. But my publisher decided to push it further to July 2024. When I heard about the new publishing date, I had already started with the marketing strategy for the new book. This meant I had to suddenly change my strategy and mindset. - -Money, Investing, and Personal Finance - -Stoicism advises us to separate our feelings from our finances. It encourages us to see money as a tool, not a source of happiness. This mindset helps us make smart financial choices aimed at long-term success, not just immediate pleasure. - -Decision-making, mindset, and happiness - -Use stoicism to improve your decisions, mindset, and happiness by focusing on what you can control and accepting what you can’t. We can’t control things like the economy, the job market, etc., but we can control how we react and what choices to make. - -VI. The best books on Stoicism - -If you want to learn more about Stoicism and the teachings of the ancient Stoic philosophers, then I recommend the following books. - -“It is the act of an ill-instructed man to blame others for his own bad condition.” - -A short book. The Manual For Living is exactly what the title says it is. This book also gives you a larger perspective on humanity. People have always had problems with self-confidence, family, work, other people, etc. In a way, nothing has changed. And that’s pretty comforting. - -Arian was a student who transcribed Epictetus’ lessons in the early second century AD. Arrian’s notes propelled him to fame in Rome as a political advisor, military commander, and author. - -“Constantly test your mental impressions – each one individually, if you can: investigate the cause, identify the emotion, apply the analysis of logic.” - -Meditations is a unique document, revealing the private thoughts of one of the world’s most powerful men advising himself on fulfilling his duties. Marcus Aurelius regularly engaged in spiritual exercises to cultivate humility, patience, empathy, generosity, and strength. Reading this book will help you during difficult times. It’s practical philosophy at its best. - -“At its core, Stoicism is a survival strategy. Stoicism is not just a set of beliefs; it is a way of protecting your sanity. But you can also apply Stoicism to protect your money… The Stoics were (in essence) investors. They gave up instant gratification and bad habits to increase their odds of living a peaceful life. That’s exactly the key: to find financial fulfillment is to invest in yourself.” - -The Stoics understood that if you can control your reactions and manage your emotions, you can achieve success. The same principles apply to our financial lives today. That’s because money and investing are not logical – they’re mostly emotional. - -Combining ancient wisdom with practical investment strategies drawn from analysis of the greatest investors of all time, The Stoic Path to Wealth will teach you how to: - -Cultivate an investing edge by managing your emotions and developing your unique skills and talents. - -Develop the discipline to ignore short-term market fluctuations and avoid living in the future. - -Foster a mindset that allows you to enjoy what you have and avoid greed. - -Create a sustainable approach to trading - -As financial markets become increasingly unpredictable and chaotic, The Stoic Path to Wealth offers the key to weathering any economic storm while building wealth that will last a lifetime and beyond. - -“Without accepting that we don’t control most things in life, we can never have lasting happiness. Getting concerned with things outside of our control is a habit.” - -Focus on What Matters is a collection of 70 letters/essays I wrote about different aspects of life, from happiness, wealth, health, relationships, and much more. These letters, inspired by the original works of the Stoic philosopher Seneca, serve as reminders to focus on the right things in our chaotic lives. - -Focus on What Matters is inspired by those letters. It will show you.. - -Simple thought exercises to become resilient and focused - -How to live in the present moment every day - -Authentic Stoic values for a life of happiness - -A way to build more discipline - -In short, this book helps you live well despite daily life’s challenges.",1731883662,cbcd7149dd,2e99e15347,,,1731883662 -https://racingnews.co/2024/11/13/nascar-penalty-report-november-2024-phoenix/,https://www.racingnews.co/feed/,NASCAR Penalty Report: November 2024 (Phoenix),"Phoenix Raceway penalty report from NASCAR’s championship race - -Over the weekend, NASCAR hosted their championship weekend at Phoenix Raceway. The 1-mile oval hosted the season finale for the NASCAR Cup Series, Xfinity Series and Truck Series. - -After the race, only one penalty has been issued. The penalty stems from the NASCAR Xfinity Series race. - -Stefan Parsons and Anthony Alfredo ran side by side off turn four. Parsons ran wide, stuffing Alfredo into the outside wall. - -Alfredo bounced off the wall and chased Parsons down into the dogleg. Alfredo hooked Parsons in the right rear, sending him hard into the outside wall.",1731883641,d62396e274,2eac9a30f6,,,1731883641 -https://www.itproportal.com/features/what-10-things-saas-vendors-must-demand-from-their-bi-platform,https://www.itproportal.com/rss/,Choosing a collaboration platform,"Collaboration software can do so much more than simple messaging or conferencing. With the right platform, you can streamline and accelerate work across the entire company. But only if you make an informed choice that fits your unique business needs. - -Download this whitepaper to find out the eight questions that can help you choose the best collaboration platform for you. - -Fill out the form below to access the free resource.",1731883645,ccc25c2a24,2ec38d8e9c,,,1731883645 -https://www.diyphotography.net/dslr-film-scanning-on-a-budget-stunning-results-with-a-cheap-enlarger-lens/,https://www.diyphotography.net/feed/,DSLR film scanning on a budget: Stunning results with a cheap enlarger lens,"You can fall into a huge rabbit hole if you read about scanning negatives with your mirrorless or DSLR camera. Lots of people recommend different lenses. You can easily spend €1000+ for a macro lens that will disappoint you when scan your negatives. - -In my last DSLR (or mirrorless) Scanning video/article, I got some hints to use an enlarger lens, or even one of the more expensive Macro lenses that look like enlarger lenses. So I looked in my cabinet and found a Rodenstock Rodagon 80mm F 4.0 from my Durst enlarger. - -The Rodenstock Rodagon 80mm 4.0 is normally mounted on my durst enlarger. But for now it will scan negatives. - -To use this lens on my Leica M11, I needed a bellows. I bought myself an old used Novoflex Bellow for about €45. It’s very precise and easy to use - -This one connects to M42 lenses, this is ideal for enlarger lenses, because you can get easily an adapter for M39 lenses as well. - -The lens I used to scan my negatives before was the Canon EF 100mm F/2.8L Macro IS USM ($1,099). This is a very sharp and great lens, I love it even for portraits on my Canon 5D MK IV ($1,799). But it has its downsides for scanning negatives. The corners are always soft. - -The Rodenstock lens is made to project images on flat surfaces. That’s why it performs that well with negative scanning. - -What a tiny lens the Rodenstock Rodagon is compared to the Canon 100mm macro. - -Film-wise, I waited to develop a roll that I used for reportage images that will be part of my inspired series book. With that project, I portray people with the wet collodion process who are inspiring. You can watch my video about it here. - -Michael White – Producer/Director/Author/Technician – part of my inspired series. - -First, I tested different stops to see what will be the best one for scanning negatives with my Leica M11 ($8,995). It’s kind of a Leica inception, because I scan my Leica M2 negatives with my M11. - -Now let me show you why I chose F8 for that lens. - -The Rodenstock Rodagon Lens ist much softer at the corner at F4 compared to F8 - -At the center F4 looks a tiny bit sharper compared to F8 - -F8 has again an advantage in corner sharpness compared to F 6.7 - -But centerwise I would give F 6.7 a slight win. - -When comparing F8 to F11, F8 looses to F11. Not much but it does. - -But centerwise F8 takes an easy win over F11. The grain is much softer at F11 on the Rodenstock Rodagon 80mm lens - -Ok, now, after I came to the conclusion that F8 is the way to go, I compared the Rodagon lens with the 100mm Canon macro. Before that, I tested also the Canon lens with different apertures to find the cleanest. - -Here both look very similar. When using the 100mm Canon on my Leica camera, I had a little bit more distance between the lens and the negative, thats why it is a bit smaller. - -There is nothing more to explain here, the 120 euro Rodenstock lens, just kills the Canon in that discipline. But as said before, that lens is made to project flat surfaces. - -The Rodenstock Rodagon 80mm F4 is a wonderful lens for scanning negatives, it’s cheap, sharp and small. But honestly, it all depends with what you want to do with your scanned negatives. If you just want to post on social media. Use the lens that you have and maybe buy some extension rings. Or spend about €100 and get this great combination. - -I hope I could help some of you with this article. Here are some more examples scanned with the Rodenstock lens.",1731883637,9c2c312755,2ee31022b4,,,1731883637 -https://www.vg247.com/father-of-devil-may-cry-hideaki-itsuno-new-home-at-lightspeed-studios,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"The father of Devil May Cry himself Hideaki Itsuno has found a new home at LightSpeed Studios, and is working on new AAA action games","Hideaki Itsuno, father of the Devil May Cry series as well as other Capcom bangers like Rival Schools and Dragon's Dogma, has found a new home at LightSpeed Studios. It's here that he'll be working on new ""AAA action games"", and they're hiring right now! - -LightSpeed Studios, which is known mostly for its work on shooters like PUBG Mobile and Undawn, has opened a Japanese studio with Itusno at the helm. It appears that the company is keen to branch out into new genres, and as far as senior talent to lead such an expdedition goes, Itsuno is certainly one of the better folks to snatch up. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Itsuno's departure from Capcom earlier this year was sombre news for many of his fans. He never indicated he was leaving game development entirely - quite the opposite in fact as he said he hoped to continue creating new and beautiful games in his farewell post - but it did leave the future of several Capcom IPs in limbo. Devil May cry is one, with Itsuno and his team having relatively recently released the brilliant Devil May Cry 5. There's also Dragon's Dogma 2, one of this year's best action RPGs and a long-time passion IP for the man. - -Looking at the LightSpeed Studios website, we can see they're hiring for a variety of roles including a sound director, engineers, artists, and a narrative designer. This points towards the early development of a new game, one that requires a wave of new staff to start work on it in earnest. - -Obviously, there's not much else to go on as of now, but for fans of high-flying action, LightSpeed Studios has suddenly become a company worth keeping an eye on in the coming years. What do you think they'll end up making? Let us know below!",1731883688,374d98cbb9,2e0996f9e5,,,1731883688 -https://www.thespike.gg/valorant/news/dsg-join-forces-with-bleed-esports-for-vcl-malaysia-singapore-2024/5807,https://www.thespike.gg/rss.xml,DSG join hands with Bleed Esports for VCL Malaysia/Singapore for 2024,"Bleed Esports got promoted to the APAC League after winning the VCT Pacific Ascension 2023, and by partnering with DSG for the upcoming VALORANT Challengers Malaysia/Singapore for 2024, Bleed Esports will provide Disgused with full backing for the upcoming season. - -Both organizations will also plan to host watch parties and events together, fostering a sense of community and providing fans with unique experiences. This partnership also signifies long-term alliances between Disgused and Bleed Esports, who are eagerly committed to supporting Riot. Speaking on the partnership, BLEED COO Ian Huston said, - -“As the Ascension team for VCT Pacific, it’s important to us to remember where we started. To keep supporting Challengers and Malaysia/Singapore through VALORANT, we couldn’t be more excited to welcome Disguised’s expansion into Asia. More details on our joint initiatives will be revealed soon, where our priority is the fans and growing our community.” - -Leaving the NA region and entering the SEA region also marks a homecoming moment for the Founder and CEO, Disguised Toast, who was born in Taiwan but grew up in Malaysia and frequently visited Singapore as a child. Talking about the partnership, Disguised CEO Jeremy ‘Disguised Toast’ Wang said, - -""One of my goals with DSG is to build it into a global brand, and I’ve always wanted to expand to the Asia region. I lived in Malaysia from age 1 to 13 and haven’t visited since, so I’m excited to make a return,” he said. “A huge thank you to BLEED for supporting us through this whole process and helping us build a roster. Fans can expect DSG to be visiting the SEA region this year."" - -This partnership between BLEED and DSG extends beyond regional support. BLEED envisions helping DSG legitimately break into the Asian market while leveraging DSG's presence to potentially facilitate BLEED’s entry into the North American esports scene at a later point. A content partnership is also in the works, where both organizations will collaborate to create engaging content and support each other in achieving their shared goals. - -Here is the VALORANT roster for DSG participating in the VALORANT Challengers MY/SG 2024:",1731883663,0c89bedf6b,2e7e6c8284,,,1731883663 -https://forbiddenplanet.com/442987-spy-x-family-luminasta-pvc-statue-anya-bond-forger-mission-extend/?utm_source=products&utm_medium=rss,https://forbiddenplanet.com/rss/products/,Spy X Family: Luminasta PVC Statue: Anya & Bond Forger (Mission Extend),"Copy and paste the following code where you want the embed to appear. - -If you're an affiliate make sure your code is set in the “Affiliate” section.",1731883669,0b8b73a382,2ec0f36787,,,1731883669 -https://www.npr.org/2022/06/17/1105927579/the-debate-over-whats-causing-inflation,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Economists debate what is causing inflation. : Planet Money : NPR,"The debate over what's causing inflation - -Enlarge this image Alex Wong/Getty Images Alex Wong/Getty Images - -The last few months have been a painful crash course on inflation. We've been forced to become quick learners as the price of rent, gas and other essentials have soared in the first half of 2022. - -Economists have a few general explanations for inflation: - -Sometimes it happens when increased competition for a limited amount of homes, cars and a number of other essentials drives up their prices. This is demand-pull inflation. - -Sometimes it happens when the price of a good or service (like uhhhhhh gas for example) increases dramatically because the cost of producing it is higher. This is cost-push inflation. - -Sponsor Message - -Sometimes there's just too much money in the economy. - -But economists can't agree so far on what caused this particular bout of inflation, whether it was preventable and most importantly, who or what is to blame. - -On today's show, we hear from an economist who says the federal government bears responsibility for our current inflation. And we'll also hear why Federal Reserve Chairman Jerome Powell was so slow to respond to the threat of inflation. - -Music: ""Tricky Pathos,"" ""Original Squeeze,"" and ""Fantasy."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok. - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884674,8181d7a585,2f4aeea059,,,1731884674 -https://www.fiercebiotech.com/premium/webinar/impact-enzymatic-dna-synthesis-compact-protein-circuitry-regulating-protein,https://www.fiercebiotech.com/rss.xml,The Impact of Enzymatic DNA Synthesis on Compact Protein Circuitry for Regulating Protein Secretion Across Multiple Levels of the Central Dogma,"In recent decades, mammalian synthetic biology has shown that key principles of biological regulation can be rewritten to control gene expression and produce complex, yet orthogonal cellular behaviors. More recently, these core principles have been applied at the protein level, enhancing control over secreted protein components. The tools developed function entirely post-translationally, enabling synergistic strategies with engineerable regulation across multiple levels of the central dogma. - -Using a platform known as Retained Endoplasmic Cleavable Secretion (RELEASE), the Gao Lab at Stanford University has demonstrated novel approaches that allow protein secretion systems to achieve the same tuning capabilities seen in gene circuits but focused solely on proteins. They envision future applications in re-wiring and regulating intercellular communication, with implications for cancer biology, immunology, and neuroscience. - -These protein designs often require complex cloning strategies, including minimal sequence designs and repetitive motifs, which can be tedious to clone without modern DNA synthesis techniques. - -Join us in this webinar case study to discover how using the right technology, their work can progress and iterate in ways that were previously unimaginable. - - - -Ansa Biotechnologies was founded by scientists specifically to address the needs of customers like the Gao Lab. By developing a novel enzymatic synthesis method to contiguously synthesize 600 bp, the company can build nearly any sequence quickly, reliably and efficiently, even those rejected by other vendors.",1731883655,824c2cac76,2f00724844,,,1731883655 -https://www.techrepublic.com/article/vmware-explore-barcelona-2024/,https://www.techrepublic.com/rssfeeds/topic/cloud/,VMWare Explore Barcelona: Tanzu Platform 10 Available Nov. 27,"VMware introduced several cloud products and services during their Barcelona conference this year, including the newest version of the Tanzu DevSecOps platform, data engine integrations, and new edge appliances. - -Broadcom’s announcement that 50 VMware Cloud Service Providers now offer data sovereignty services may be of particular interest to European tech service buyers. - -Broadcom acquired VMware in November 2023. - -“As we approach the one year anniversary of VMware joining Broadcom, some of the biggest changes appear to be paying off,” wrote Prashanth Shenoy, Broadcom’s CMO and vice president of Marketing, Cloud Platform, Infrastructure, and Solutions, in a press release on Oct. 31. “We are leaner, more focused, have strong execution, and are delivering against our innovation roadmap.” - -VMware Tanzu Platform 10 available on Nov. 27 - -The Tanzu DevSecOps application platform’s newest version, VMware Tanzu Platform 10, will be available on Nov. 27, Broadcom announced. Platform 10 is the first instance of Tanzu to support self-managed, air-gapped environments. It supports both public and private cloud deployments and includes tools for generative AI governance. - -Purnima Padmanaban, general manager of the VMware Tanzu Division of Broadcom, Inc., said in a press release that some customers’ application deployments have gradually sprawled across different Cloud Foundry infrastructure foundations. Therefore, VMware added a new layer of abstraction to Tanzu Platform 10 to “simplify management, improve security and enable governance” for those customers in particular. - -SEE: Generative AI can amplify cloud security risks in enterprise data estates and cloud environments. (TechRepublic) - -In the new version, generative AI applications will appear on a tile in Tanzu like other Cloud Foundry applications. These applications can hook to VMware Private AI Foundation, which offers hosting on NVIDIA GPUs. - -VMware Tanzu Platform 10 also includes: - -Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) libraries in VMware Tanzu Spring. - -Configurations for native data services. - -Helm-based COTS application support with advanced cluster management for containers on VMware Tanzu Kubernetes Grid Integrated. - -A Cloud Foundry-like developer experience on Kubernetes for custom applications. - -VMware Cloud Foundation benefits from the new Tanzu Data Services - -A new service, VMware Tanzu Data Services, will provide VMware Cloud Foundation customers with self-service access to data engines such as Postgres. VMware’s goal is to reduce wait times and workloads for private cloud managers in various aspects of data services by handling data consumption, management, and support within VMware Cloud Foundation environments. - -The data engines supported are Postgres, MySQL, RabbitMQ, and Valkey. - -Tanzu Data Services will be available in Broadcom’s first quarter of 2025, which starts in November of that year. - -VeloCloud Edge 4100 and 5100 appliances support edge AI - -With AI working its way into enterprise software, VMware has rolled out new tools for AI networking through VeloCloud. - -“For the better part of this decade, a focus on the edge has been on the horizon for most companies. However, recently, the adoption of AI and AI workloads have acted as an accelerant, shifting interest into proof of concepts and more deployments at the edge,” said Zeus Kerravala, founder and principal analyst at ZK Research, in a Broadcom press release. “One of the challenges to increased AI workload adoption is complexity and performance as businesses need to ensure the right technology is deployed in the right places.” - -Broadcom’s new offerings intended to make that complexity easier to navigate include: - -Faster identification and prioritization of new edge AI applications with the new VeloRAIN architecture. Broadcom says it will be able to identify encrypted application traffic that was previously unparsable by network optimization solutions. - -The prioritization aspect comes from Dynamic Application-Based Slicing, which sorts users by identity and attributes. - -Improved quality of service when networking over 5G or satellite with VeloRAIN. - -VeloCloud Edge 4100 and 5100 appliances are built to scale network and security services while requiring fewer devices for better edge workload support, including AI at the edge. The new appliances and new VeloRAIN architecture will be available in Broadcom’s Q1, which began on Nov. 4. - -Broadcom adds generative AI to its security suite - -Broadcom has added generative AI to its VMware vDefend threat intelligence product. The vDefend Intelligent Assist can help with threat detection, analysis, and remediation. - -Lastly, VMware Avi Load Balancer has been polished to “optimize load balancing for both VCF and Kubernetes environments to improve automation, resilience, and future-proofing operations,” according to the Broadcom press release. Both will be in general availability on Nov. 5.",1731883628,1d5aa7f62b,2ee81e6eae,,,1731883628 -https://www.practicalecommerce.com/charts-tiktok-in-the-u-s,https://www.practicalecommerce.com/category/social-media/feed,Charts: TikTok in the U.S.,"According to a new Pew Research Center study, approximately half of U.S. adult TikTok users have not posted a video and nearly two-thirds have not supplied bio details. - -The Pew Research Center is a Washington, D.C.-based think tank focusing on U.S. and global social issues, public opinion, and demographic trends. The purpose of Pew’s TikTok review was to gain insight into users’ views of and behaviors on the site and how their opinions might vary based on posting activity. - -– - -Per the Pew Research study, while 70% of adult users have altered their account nickname from the one provided by the platform, an equal percentage have not added any content to the bio. - -– - -Approximately 85% of adult TikTok users find the content on their “For You” page to be at least somewhat interesting, with 40% describing it as either extremely or very interesting. Only around 14% consider their “For You” content uninteresting. - -– - -A Pew Research study from December 2023 found only 38% of U.S. adults and 18% of teenagers supported a government ban on TikTok.",1731883647,5e1ceba4cb,2f3af24b62,,,1731883647 -https://www.thedrum.com/news/2024/11/15/winning-ingredients-unwrapping-the-secrets-guinness-alpro-ubereats-dramamine-award,https://www.thedrum.com/influencer-marketing/rss.xml,"Winning ingredients: unwrapping the secrets of Guinness, Alpro, UberEats & Dramamine award success","We dish the detail behind the advertising and retail campaigns which won big at The Drum Awards. Read on for the lowdown on their secret sauce… - -Winners at The Drum's Advertising Awards with Dan Durling of Alight Media / The Drum - -As we start to close down 2024 and plan for 2025, do you wish you had a blueprint for success for the year ahead? Look no further. Here at The Drum, we’re uncovering the reasons why Guinness, Alpro, UberEats and Dramamine were recognized at our recent The Drum Awards Festival, sponsored by Alight Media. Hint: it comes down to a blend of canny data, ground-breaking creativity and strategic genius. - -Blending creativity with data and tech for customized comms - -Vistar Media scooped gold in the Media OOH category for its ‘Brewery of Meteorology’ work for Guinness. Judges praised its use of “creativity with OOH tech, data and new measurement capabilities” in the campaign which aimed to get Australians drinking more Guinness in Winter. And it worked: consumption volume grew by 13% YOY. - -To persuade punters to enjoy a pint during cold weather spells, Vistar Media ran a weather-triggered DOOH campaign that activated across small format screens in greater metro areas, when the weather was cold to very cold, within 1km of pubs serving Guinness. Based around a ‘perfect weather for a Guinness’ creative, passersby could scan a QR code on the board for a free pint. Ongoing measurement was also key to success: exposure to the DOOH placement and visits to target destinations was monitored during and after the campaign. - -Want to go deeper? Ask The Drum - -Using data to serve up personalized product suggestions - -Danone’s plant-based dairy brand Alpro similarly used retail media and addressable data to make personalized product recommendations to its audience, resulting in an 18% uplift in new-to-brand penetration – and Gold in the Retail Media category of The Drum’s Retail Awards. - -Working with Wavemaker UK, Tesco Media, Nectar, Alpro’s ‘Champion of Flavour’ campaign used consumers’ food preference data to suggest one of 200 flavour pairings, each directing consumers to shop with their favorite retailers. Across video on demand (VOD), social media and Tesco’s scan-as-you-shop handsets, customized recommendations included suggesting Alpro’s barista range to coffee lovers or pairing nutty almond milk with Crunchy Nut Cornflakes for cereal fans. - -Ongoing testing also meant that Alpro was able to optimize the campaign’s impact on sales. - -Advertisement - -Hard-working, interactive creativity for stand-out billboards - -Meanwhile, in the Alight Media-sponsored Advertising Awards, Rethink bagged Gold in the Billboard category for its UberEats Horror Codes campaign. All thanks to its methodical creative approach which became the envy of the judges who admitted it was “an all-round complete package where a few of us wished we'd done it.” - -So, how did it serve up success? Largely by taking a more creative approach to the standard Hallowe’en retailer promo code. - -To stand out during the competitive calendar date, UberEats secured the IP to 10 leading horror films and turned their most famous quotes - from The Sixth Sense’s “I see dead people” to SAW’s “Do you want to play a game?” – into candy promo codes. To build engagement and momentum in the run up to Halloween, consumers were challenged to fill in the missing letters of a daily quote, to unlock a 60% discount. - -The campaign delivered a 65% boost in users’ grocery basket size and retail basket size, with judges praising “the effort that goes into bringing those older classic horror posters back to life.” - -Advertisement - -‘Effective, creative and authentic’ gets gold in the bag - -Last, but definitely not least, what can FCB Chicago’s Grand Prix and multi-award-winning campaign for US anti-nausea brand Dramamine tell marketers about how to carry off gold? - -Based around the insight that Dramamine is so effective at preventing nausea that it ended the need for sick – or, barf – bags, the brand paid tribute to the very thing it killed in a light-hearted ‘The Last Barf Bag’ documentary. The 12-minute film showcased the eccentric subculture of air sickness bags, profiling collectors and tracing how barf bags’ usage has fallen off as Dramamine has become more popular. - -The campaign’s creative irreverence was underpinned with a commercial acuity, including the launch of an e-commerce platform selling the old barf bags and the reminder to consumers across every touchpoint that when nausea strikes, Dramamine is the answer. Not surprisingly, judges praised it as a “very unique example of strategy and planning, with outstanding execution across several mediums.” - -To take a bite out of more winning work, visit The Drum Awards now",1731883661,b55a6935d9,2f18125033,,,1731883661 -https://www.npr.org/2024/04/24/1197958834/uaw-united-auto-workers-union-strike-volkswagen-chattanooga-update,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The UAW's decade-long fight to form a union at VW's Chattanooga plant : Planet Money : NPR,"The UAW's decade-long fight to form a union at VW's Chattanooga plant (Update) - -(Note: This episode originally ran in 2023.) - -Union membership in the U.S. has been declining for decades. But, in 2022, support for unions among Americans was the highest it's been in decades. This dissonance is due, in part, to the difficulties of one important phase in the life cycle of a union: setting up a union in the first place. One place where that has been particularly clear is at the Volkswagen plant in Chattanooga, Tennessee. - -Back in 2008, Volkswagen announced that they would be setting up production in the United States after a 20-year absence. They planned to build a new auto manufacturing plant in Chattanooga. - -Sponsor Message - -Volkswagen has plants all over the world, all of which have some kind of worker representation, and the company said that it wanted that for Chattanooga too. So, the United Auto Workers, the union that traditionally represents auto workers, thought they would be able to successfully unionize this plant. - -They were wrong. - -In this episode, we tell the story of the UAW's 10-year fight to unionize the Chattanooga plant. And, what other unions can learn from how badly that fight went for labor. - -This episode was hosted by Amanda Aronczyk and Nick Fountain. It was produced by Willa Rubin. It was engineered by Josephine Nyounai, fact-checked by Sierra Juarez, and edited by Keith Romer. Alex Goldmark is our executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Slip and Slide,"" ""Groove On Down,"" and ""All Along""",1731884595,8181d7a585,2f60796747,,,1731884595 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/golf/videos/c79z52v4wj0o,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,Rory McIlroy wins DP World Tour Championship and Race to Dubai,"Kelleher 'striving to get better' after starring in Dublin. Video, 00:00:42Kelleher 'striving to get better' after starring in Dublin",1731883657,bcdff126e2,2f2c91f11d,,,1731883657 -https://mashable.com/article/england-republic-of-ireland-uefa-nations-league-2024-live-stream-for-free,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,How to watch England vs. Republic of Ireland in the UEFA Nations League online for free,"TL;DR: Live stream England vs. Republic of Ireland in the UEFA Nations League for free on ITVX. Access this free streaming site from anywhere in the world with ExpressVPN. - -The UEFA Nations League might not be for everyone, but you do get some really interesting matchups between rivals. One of the biggest games from the next round of fixtures is England vs. Republic of Ireland. - -England will be expected to win at home, but the Republic of Ireland won't go down without a fight. England won the last meeting between the two sides back in September, so the Republic of Ireland will be looking for revenge. - -If you want to watch England vs. Republic of Ireland in the UEFA Nations League for free from anywhere in the world, we have all the information you need. - -When is England vs. Republic of Ireland? - -England vs. Republic of Ireland in the UEFA Nations League kicks off at 5 p.m. GMT on Nov. 17. This fixture takes place at Wembley Stadium. - -Mashable Top Stories Stay connected with the hottest stories of the day and the latest entertainment news. Sign up for Mashable's Top Stories newsletter Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -How to watch England vs. Republic of Ireland for free - -England vs. Republic of Ireland in the UEFA Nations League is available to live stream for free on ITVX in the UK. - -If you're abroad for this fixture, you might need to use a VPN to unblock ITVX. These tools can hide your real IP address (digital location) and connect you to a secure server in the UK, meaning you can access free live streams on ITVX from anywhere in the world. - -Access a free live stream of England vs. Republic of Ireland by following these simple steps: - -Subscribe to a streaming-friendly VPN (like ExpressVPN) Download the app to your device of choice (the best VPNs have apps for Windows, Mac, iOS, Android, Linux, and more) Open up the app and connect to a server in the UK Visit ITVX Stream England vs. Republic of Ireland for free from anywhere in the world - -The best VPNs for streaming are not free, but most do offer free-trials or money-back guarantees. By leveraging these offers, you can watch England vs. Republic of Ireland in the UEFA Nations League without actually spending anything. This clearly isn't a long-term solution, but it does give you enough time to stream select UEFA Nations League fixtures before recovering your investment. - -What is the best VPN for ITVX? - -ExpressVPN is the best choice for bypassing geo-restrictions to stream live sport on ITVX, for a number of reasons: - -Servers in 105 countries including the UK - -Easy-to-use app available on all major devices including iPhone, Android, Windows, Mac, and more - -Strict no-logging policy so your data is secure - -Fast connection speeds free from throttling - -Up to eight simultaneous connections - -30-day money-back guarantee - -A one-year subscription to ExpressVPN is on sale for $99.95 and includes an extra three months for free — 49% off for a limited time. This plan also includes a year of free unlimited cloud backup and a generous 30-day money-back guarantee. - -Stream England vs. Republic of Ireland in the UEFA Nations League for free with ExpressVPN.",1731883639,644d6c1ea1,2f8785a42d,,,1731883639 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/videos/cvgk5305e3lo,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,Billie Jean King: Tennis legend talks about the future of the sport,"Kelleher 'striving to get better' after starring in Dublin. Video, 00:00:42Kelleher 'striving to get better' after starring in Dublin",1731883653,95caee0db1,2f966e0c1b,,,1731883653 -https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fnins.2024.1496142,https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/neuroscience/rss,"Mutations in mitochondrial ATAD3 gene and disease, lessons from in vivo models","Pathogenic variants in the ATAD3 gene cluster have been associated with different neurodevelopmental disorders showing clinical symptoms like global developmental delay, muscular hypotonia, cardiomyopathy, congenital cataracts, and cerebellar atrophy. ATAD3A encodes for a mitochondrial ATPase whose function is unclear and has been considered one of the five most common nuclear genes associated with mitochondrial diseases in childhood. However, the mechanism causing ATAD3- associated disorders is still unknown. In vivo models have been used to identify ATAD3 function. Here we summarize the features of mouse models with ATAD3 loss of function and Drosophila models overexpressing pathogenic ATAD3 variants. We discuss how these models have contributed to our understanding of ATAD3 function and the pathomechanism of the ATAD3- associated disease. - -Introduction - -ATPase family AAA domain-containing protein 3 (ATAD3) is a mitochondrial membrane protein from the family of ATPases associated with diverse cellular activities and conserved in metazoans. ATAD3 gene absence results in embryonic lethality in worms (Hoffmann et al., 2009), flies (Gilquin et al., 2010; Harel et al., 2016), and mice (Goller et al., 2013; Peralta et al., 2018), indicating that it plays a role in early developmental stages and may be essential for proper mitochondrial function. In hominids, ATAD3 has been duplicated twice to form an array of three paralog genes organized in tandem close to the telomere in chromosome 1p: ATAD3A, ATAD3B, and ATAD3C, whereas other species, such as fruit flies and mice, harbor only one gene (Li et al., 2014). ATAD3B differs from the ancestral paralog ATAD3A by having a C-terminal extension of 62 amino acids, which is caused by a mutation in the original stop codon, while ATAD3C seems to be a truncated gene, missing the first 70 amino acids of the protein (Li and Rousseau, 2012; Merle et al., 2012). - -ATAD3A has been described within mitochondria as spanning both mitochondrial membranes with its C terminus facing the matrix and the N-terminal region in the outer membrane (Gilquin et al., 2010; Baudier, 2018). The N-terminal domain comprises two transmembrane domains (TM1 and TM2), two coiled-coil domains (Cc1 and Cc2) important for protein–protein interactions and ATAD3A oligomerization, and a proline-rich domain (PR) of unknown function (Hubstenberger et al., 2010). The C-terminal region of ATAD3A contains an ATPase domain in the mitochondrial matrix with two conserved Walker A and Walker B motifs for ATP binding and ATPase activity (Figure 1). As a member of the AAA+ ATPase family, ATAD3 is predicted to form hexameric ring structures (Frickey and Lupas, 2004). - -Figure 1 - -Figure 1. Single Nucleotide Pathogenic variants of human ATAD3A. Schematic representation of the human isoform 2 ATAD3A protein labeled with the main functional domains (NM_001170535.2, Q9NV17–2). PR stands for the proline-rich-domain and CC for the coiled-coil domain. The transmembrane (TM) domains are shown in orange, the ATPase domain in red, and the Walker A motif and Walker B motifs are denoted with WA and WB, respectively. The recessive and biallelic variants are marked by black arrows, while dominant variants are marked by red arrows. The variants that have been overexpressed in Drosophila and have been described in Table 1 are underlined. - -Table 1 - -Table 1. Drosophila and mouse models developed to study the role of ATAD3. - -Functionally, ATAD3A has been associated with several roles within mitochondria including regulation of the inner membrane structure, protein assembly (Peralta et al., 2018; Arguello et al., 2021), mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) nucleoid organization (He et al., 2007; Gerhold et al., 2015; Desai et al., 2017), cholesterol trafficking, and lipid metabolism (Issop et al., 2015) among others (van den Ecker et al., 2015; Fang et al., 2010; Lang et al., 2020; Jin et al., 2018). However, the primary role of the protein remains unknown. - -ATAD3A variants and their associated diseases - -ATAD3A is considered one of the five most common nuclear genes associated with mitochondrial diseases in childhood (Frazier et al., 2021). Due to the extensive sequence homology among the paralogs ATAD3A, ATAD3B, and ATAD3C, the 1p36.33 region is prone to non-allelic homologous recombination (NAHR), resulting in copy number variants (CNVs). Disease-causing mutations in ATAD3A include duplications and deletions among the ATAD3 paralogs (Harel et al., 2016; Desai et al., 2017; Peeters-Scholte et al., 2017; Gunning et al., 2020; Frazier et al., 2021; Ebihara et al., 2022; Tawfik et al., 2023) and single nucleotide variants (SNVs) in the highly expressed ATAD3A gene (Cooper et al., 2017; Peralta et al., 2019; Dorison et al., 2020; Hanes et al., 2020; Muñoz-Oreja et al., 2024; Al Madhoun et al., 2019; Chen et al., 2023). The allelic spectrum of ATAD3A-associated diseases includes null, hypomorphic, and antimorphic alleles and the variants can be inherited and de novo. The SNVs reported to date in ATAD3A are depicted in Figure 1. - -In 2016, pathogenic variants in ATAD3A were first associated with Harel-Yoon syndrome (MIM:617183), characterized by global developmental delay and muscular hypotonia, along with other features such as hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, optic atrophy, congenital cataracts, and peripheral neuropathy (Harel et al., 2016). Since then, ATAD3A variants have been associated with different neurodevelopmental disorders. The dominantly inherited heterozygous variant c.1064G > A (p.Gly355Asp) in the Walker A domain of ATAD3A was associated with hereditary spastic paraplegia and axonal neuropathy (Cooper et al., 2017). The heterozygous c.1396.C > T (p.Arg466Cys) missense variant, involved in the ATP hydrolysis, produces a form of neurological syndrome associated with optic atrophy (Muñoz-Oreja et al., 2024). Bi-allelic deletions of ATAD3 via NAHR and compound heterozygous variants (some combinations of deletions/truncating mutations with missense mutations) have been associated with neonatal lethal pontocerebellar hypoplasia, hypotonia, and respiratory insufficiency syndrome (PHRINL, MIM618810; Desai et al., 2017; Peeters-Scholte et al., 2017; Skopkova et al., 2023). Moreover, a dominant 68 kilobase (kb) de novo duplication in the ATAD3 locus was reported in 22 patients from 21 families, associated with a severe multisystemic disorder characterized by neonatal respiratory insufficiency, hypotonia, and cardiomyopathy, resulting in death in the first weeks of life (MIM:618815; Gunning et al., 2020; Frazier et al., 2021). These duplications generate an extra copy of ATAD3B and an in-frame ATAD3A/C fusion gene that forms a stable chimeric ATAD3A/C protein disrupting regular ATAD3 oligomerization. The extra copy of ATAD3B is not thought to play a role in the phenotype as healthy individuals and patients with distinct phenotypes were found to have benign duplications affecting only ATAD3B. - -Drosophila models overexpressing pathogenic ATAD3 variants - -To functionally evaluate the potential pathogenicity of the ATAD3A variants several transgenic flies have been generated using the UAS-Gal4 system for tissue-specific expression (Table 1). The Drosophila melanogaster ortholog to the human ATAD3A is called Belphegor (bor), hereafter referred to as “Drosophila ATAD3” or “dATAD3.” - -In 2016, Harel et al. studied the recurrent heterozygous de novo variant c.1582C > T (p.Arg528Trp), located in the ATPase domain of the protein (equivalent in Drosophila, p.R534W; Figure 1; Harel et al., 2016). This variant was found in five unrelated families associated with global developmental delay, axonal neuropathy, and hypertrophic cardiomyopathy. They demonstrated that ubiquitous (tub-Gal4 and Ubi-Gal4), pan-neuronal (n-syb-Gal4), and motoneuronal (D42-Gal4) expression of UAS-dAtad3R534W resulted in complete embryonic lethality with no viable adult flies. Muscle-specific expression (C57-Gal4) led to approximately 90% lethality. In contrast, overexpression of the wild-type allele UAS-dAtad3WT with the same Gal4 drivers consistently produced viable flies with no phenotype. On a cellular level, the p.R534W mutation induced a significant reduction of mitochondria in the ventral nerve cord, axons, and synaptic boutons, suggesting increased mitophagy. Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) showed that muscle tissue contained very few and small mitochondria with highly aberrant cristae and a substantial increase in autophagic intermediates. Overexpression of dAtad3WT, however, resulted in the opposite phenotype, with large, elongated mitochondria. The authors proposed that ATAD3 may promote mitochondrial fusion or inhibit fission, while the mutation likely inhibits fusion and/or promotes fission. - -In 2021, Yap et al. investigated five ATAD3A missense variants inherited in trans to loss-of-function (LOF) alleles and associated with distinct neurological phenotypes (Yap et al., 2021). The variants included c.150C > G (p.Phe50Leu), c.229C > G (p.Leu77Val), in the N-terminal of ATAD3A, c.508C > T (p.Arg170Trp) located between the coiled-coil domains; c.707G > T (p.Gly236Val) in the transmembrane domain, and c.980G > C (p.Arg327Pro) in the ATPase domain (Figure 1). The equivalent variants in Drosophila are dAtad3F56L, dAtad3L83K, dAtad3R176W, dAtad3G242V and dAtad3R333P (Table 1). Using CRISPR/Cas9-mediated genome editing, the researchers integrated a gene cassette into the first intron of dAtad3 generating a LOF allele. All flies harboring this LOF allele and a null allele (PBac{PB}dAtad3ac05496), resulted in a functional knockout. The lethality was rescued by UAS-dAtad3WT expression using a pan-neuronal Gal4 driver (elavC155-Gal4), confirming the severe LOF nature of the introduced cassette. The expression of dAtad3L83V and dAtad3R176W variants also rescued the developmental lethality caused by ATAD3A loss, suggesting that they are partial LOF alleles. The other 3 variants, dAtad3F56L, dAtad3G242V, and dAtad3R333P failed to rescue lethality indicating that they are severe LOF alleles. - -Further characterization of the dAtad3L83V and dAtad3R176W variants showed a decreased lifespan, and locomotion and flight defects. TEM analysis showed both mutations caused small mitochondria with cristae abnormalities and increased autophagic intermediates. Confocal images showed increased expression of the autophagic marker p62 in adult thorax muscles expressing dAtad3L83V and dAtad3R176W. The authors concluded that ATAD3A function is required for the homeostasis of mitochondrial dynamics and mitophagy. One possible mechanism proposed was through increased interaction with Drp1, as the coiled-coil domain was shown to interact with Drp1 promoting mitochondrial fission (Zhao et al., 2019). Moreover, this study revealed the functional importance of the N-terminal, coiled-coil, and transmembrane domains of ATAD3A. - -Recently, Muñoz-Oreja et al. investigated the heterozygous p.Arg466Cys variant (p.R472C in Drosophila), affecting a conserved arginine finger crucial for ATP hydrolysis (Figure 1). Transgenic flies with UAS-dAtad3R472C were created and crossed with various tissue-specific Gal4 drivers (Muñoz-Oreja et al., 2024). Ubiquitous expression resulted in complete lethality, likely through a dominant-negative mechanism. Expression in nervous and muscle tissue (Atad3-Gal4) or neurons (elavC155-Gal4) was lethal as well. However, expression driven by eyeless-Gal4 (ey-Gal4), which is limited to the eyes and part of the brain, resulted only in partial lethality (65%), with the surviving flies exhibiting abnormal or missing eyes. Moreover, using the neuroblast-specific inscuteable-Gal4 (insc-Gal4) driver or the late-onset eye and neuronal driver glass multiple reporter-Gal4 (GMR-Gal4), viable flies expressing the mutant variant dAtad3R472C were produced similarly to controls. Therefore, the Arg466Cys variant is highly deleterious unless expression is highly restricted. Expression of the p.Arg466Cys variant in neuroblasts led to the formation of membrane-bound cholesterol aggregates and increased lysosomal content. The cholesterol aggregates, detected by the reporter mKate-D4, co-localized with the lysosomal marker LAMP-GFP, suggesting that this excess of cholesterol is targeted to the lysosomal pathway. In agreement with the results obtained in Drosophila, patient-derived fibroblasts also exhibited membrane-embedded cholesterol aggregation in the form of membrane whorls and increased lysosomal content. Interestingly, flies expressing the p.Arg466Cys variant under the ey-Gal4 driver showed higher dependency on dietary cholesterol. A diet with reduced cholesterol significantly decreased the number of viable adults, and, by contrast, cholesterol supplementation on the diet enhanced viability. Based on these results, the authors propose a model where defective ATAD3 results in a mitochondrial cholesterol deficit that is attenuated by increasing the cytosolic cholesterol levels. This increased cholesterol would be a cellular compensatory response that leads to an aberrant aggregation in membranes that can cascade to lysosomal insufficiency contributing to the pathomechanism of the disease. - -Mouse models of ATAD3 loss of function - -In mice, the ubiquitous disruption of ATAD3 was embryonic lethal (Peralta et al., 2018; Goller et al., 2013). To understand the in vivo function of ATAD3 in mammals we generated two different LOF mouse models: the ATAD3 skeletal muscle deficient mice (Peralta et al., 2018) and ATAD3-neuron deficient mice (Arguello et al., 2021). The main features observed in the animal models are summarized in Table 1. - -ATAD3 skeletal muscle knockout - -ATAD3 skeletal muscle-deficient mice (ATAD3 muscle KO) were obtained by crossing the ATAD3 floxed with Mlc1f-Cre transgenic mice, expressing Cre recombinase under the myosin light chain 1 (Mlc1) promoter (Bothe et al., 2000). The lack of ATAD3 in skeletal muscle induced a progressive myopathy with an onset between 2 and 3 months of age, characterized by motor-impaired coordination and weakness, developing into muscle wasting, and reduced fiber size (Peralta et al., 2018). Despite the dramatically reduced muscle tonus, ATAD3 muscle KO mice did not show reduced survival. This fact suggests that skeletal muscle mitochondria are either able to compensate for the resulting functional consequences, or that in skeletal muscle, ATAD3 is not essential for general survival. - -The first phenotype detected by TEM in the muscles of 2-month-old ATAD3 KO mice was a disruption of the inner mitochondrial membrane (IMM) structure. The cristae, formed by the inner membrane, lost the cristae junctions (CJs), and the cristae surface per mitochondria was decreased (Table 1). This was accompanied by a reduction in high molecular weight mitochondrial contact site and cristae organizing system (MICOS) complexes. As degeneration of the cristae increased over time, in the muscles from 5-month-old animals, the CJs and the lamellar structure of the cristae were mostly absent with predominant circular structures. In addition, ATAD3 KO muscles had reduced mitochondrial size. These findings indicated that ATAD3 is required for the integrity of mitochondrial cristae in skeletal muscle. - -Furthermore, the lack of muscular ATAD3 resulted in mtDNA replication stalling (indicated by the accumulation of replication intermediates), causing progressive mtDNA depletion and deletions in the KO muscle. Indeed, the levels of the myokine FGF21, a biomarker for mtDNA-related myopathies (Lehtonen et al., 2016), were increased in ATAD3 KO muscle compared to controls. This result suggested that mtDNA replication might be coupled with cristae organization. - -Lipidomic studies showed that ATAD3 KO muscles had decreased levels of cholesterol esters (CEs) synthesized in the ER (generally containing short saturated or monounsaturated acyl chains) and increased levels of CEs obtained from the diet (generally containing longer and more unsaturated acyl chains). A 30% decrease in the ratio of total CEs versus free cholesterol (unesterified cholesterol) was detected in the KO muscles of 5-month-old mice when most of the mitochondria had disrupted cristae. These results indicated that cholesterol is internalized but does not reach the mitochondria, hinting at a cholesterol-trafficking defect. As cholesterol-rich membrane structures are important for tethering mtDNA nucleoids to the inner mitochondrial membranes (Gerhold et al., 2015), these results link ATAD3 to cholesterol-dependent cristae organization and mtDNA maintenance. - -Interestingly, in the immunohistochemistry staining the muscle fibers of the KO tissues presented pale cores that were negative for both COX (cytochrome oxidase) and SDH (succinate dehydrogenase) activities, indicating reduced mitochondrial mass in focal areas. This suggests that ATAD3 has a key role in the preservation of the mitochondrial network in muscle. Oxidative phosphorylation (OXPHOS) activity within muscle fibers in the KO mice was not severely affected. Only the complexes known to be dependent on cristae structure, such as complex V, and supercomplexes containing complex I and III were reduced in the KO muscles. These results demonstrate that ATAD3 does not have a significant role in mitochondrial translation, as previously suggested (He et al., 2012) and that it is not crucial for OXPHOS assembly. ATAD3 KO skeletal muscles presented increased PGC-1α and SDHA levels, probably as a result of the induction of mitochondrial biogenesis as a compensatory mechanism. - -Altogether, these results indicated a critical early role of ATAD3 in regulating IMM structure, leading to secondary defects in cholesterol homeostasis, mtDNA replication, and OXPHOS levels in muscle tissue. - -ATAD3 neuron knockout - -ATAD3-neuron deficient mice (ATAD3 neuron KO) were obtained by crossing the ATAD3 floxed mice with CaMKIIα transgenic mice, expressing Cre recombinase under the calcium/calmodulin-dependent protein kinase II (CaMKIIα) promoter. The CaMKIIα gene is expressed predominantly in the cortex and hippocampus neurons (Dragatsis and Zeitlin, 2000). The lack of ATAD3 in forebrain neurons resulted in a fatal progressive encephalopathy with an onset at 5 months old (Arguello et al., 2021). The ATAD3 neuron KO mice showed symptoms such as impaired motor coordination and disrupted stereotypical rodent behavior that worsened with time. Contrary to what was observed in the muscle model, ablation of ATAD3 in neurons resulted in premature death, indicating that ATAD3 function in neurons is essential for survival. - -Coinciding with the muscle model, the first phenotype detected in the ATAD3 neuron KO model was a disrupted cristae morphology in the hippocampus region of pre-symptomatic KO mice of 2 months old. Quantification analysis of the TEM images demonstrated that ATAD3 KO neurons had reduced mitochondrial size and reduced cristae surface per mitochondria. The mtDNA levels were similar in ATAD3 neuron KO and control tissues of 3 months old (pre-symptomatic stage). However, 2 months later, mtDNA levels were decreased in ATAD3 neuron KO cortical and hippocampal areas. Neuronal cell death and decreased OXPHOS levels were detected only in 5-month-old tissues, concurring with the mtDNA depletion. - -Metabolomics and lipidomic analysis performed in ATAD3 neuron KO mice at the pre-symptomatic stage revealed altered pathways related to the transport of lipids along mitochondria membranes, for example in the carnitine shuttle pathway, which transports long fatty acid chains through the IMM. Also, several precursors of the cardiolipin synthesis pathway, the main fatty acyl moiety in mitochondria, and phosphatidylcholine, one of the most abundant phospholipids in both mitochondrial membranes, were decreased. - -Overall, these results indicated a role of ATAD3 in the preservation of the cristae morphology and mitochondrial lipid metabolism in neurons. This results over the months in mtDNA depletion and neuron cell death. - -Discussion and concluding remarks - -Animal models for ATAD3/Atad3 dysfunction have become indispensable for studying ATAD3 functions in vivo and effectively recapitulate many features observed in patients’ cells with ATAD3 variants. In the last years, several advanced techniques have been used to study these features. - -High-resolution approaches like TEM have provided critical insights into mitochondrial cristae structure. Both animal models and patient cells show disrupted mitochondrial cristae morphology (Peralta et al., 2019; Dorison et al., 2020) and mitochondrial fragmentation (Cooper et al., 2017). This aligns with ATAD3A’s interaction with other proteins like PROHIBITIN and LETM1, that are essential for maintaining cristae morphology (Arguello et al., 2021; Antonicka et al., 2020). Also, in human embryonic kidney (HEK) cells, ATAD3A showed a remarkably regular distribution across the mitochondrial membrane, a typical characteristic of scaffolding proteins (Arguello et al., 2021). - -Furthermore, fluorescence microscopy plays a crucial role in the analysis of cholesterol metabolism. In patient cells harboring ATAD3 gene cluster deletions, or duplication resulting in the formation of an ATAD3A/C fusion protein, elevated levels of unesterified cholesterol have been identified by filipin staining (Desai et al., 2017; Gunning et al., 2020). The animal models for ATAD3 dysfunction also reflect patient findings in terms of altered lipid metabolism. In 2024, a study using the Drosophila model introduced the novel application of the cholesterol reporter mKate-D4, which enabled the detection of membrane-bound cholesterol in vivo (Muñoz-Oreja et al., 2024). This novel approach facilitates to detect this difficult to study area of the cell metabolism, the cholesterol metabolism, which has been previously implicated in the disease. The researchers demonstrated that Atad3 dysfunction leads to a compensatory increase in cellular cholesterol, resulting in its abnormal aggregation in membranes that can cascade into lysosomal insufficiency, which may contribute to the pathomechanism of the disease. - -Aberrant organization of mtDNA was observed in ATAD3 patients’ fibroblasts by immunocytochemistry staining (Desai et al., 2017; Gunning et al., 2020; Muñoz-Oreja et al., 2024), but has not been studied in animal models. However, in mouse models, mtDNA depletion occurs after cristae disorganization, suggesting that ATAD3 affects mtDNA maintenance in vivo by stabilizing the mitochondrial cristae morphology (Peralta et al., 2018; Arguello et al., 2021). - -As previously described, ATAD3 LOF in skeletal muscle tissue of mice resulted in a milder phenotype than the neuron model. This result highlights the existence of different compensatory mechanisms to counteract ATAD3 dysfunction in different tissues. Indeed, Frazier et al. also indicated this tissue specificity, where complex I activity was more profoundly reduced in cardiac tissue than in skeletal muscle or fibroblasts from ATAD3-deficient patients (Frazier et al., 2021). - -However, species-specific variations observed in the ATAD3A gene structure present a potential limitation in the direct application of findings from animal models to human disease. To illustrate, consider the case of the NAHR-mediated duplication syndrome, which is characterized by pontocerebellar hypoplasia, seizures, and respiratory insufficiency (Gunning et al., 2020; Frazier et al., 2021). On a molecular level, the duplications typically result in a stable chimeric ATAD3A/C protein harboring 29 missense changes, including the previously referenced p.Arg466Cys variant, which is postulated to be a significant contributor to pathogenicity. However, the p.Arg466Cys variant itself is associated with a milder phenotype including syndromic dominant optic atrophy with neurological involvement (Muñoz-Oreja et al., 2024). This suggests that the variant is only partially responsible for the phenotype observed in the duplication syndrome. Nevertheless, ubiquitous expression of the Arg466Cys variant in Drosophila proved to be lethal. Thus, the animal model, which lacks the ATAD3B and ATAD3C genes, is unable to fully elucidate the underlying pathomechanisms in this case. - -Overall, the results obtained from the Drosophila and mouse models, along with other in vitro studies, have yielded valuable insights into the function of ATAD3A. In summary, it has been demonstrated that ATAD3A LOF or CNVs in the ATAD3 locus result in mitochondrial dysfunction, due to the protein’s role in the structural organization of mitochondrial membranes and its impact on essential processes such as mtDNA maintenance and cholesterol metabolism. Nevertheless, the precise function of ATAD3A and the cellular mechanisms underlying ATAD3-associated disorders remain unclear and require further research. The integration of genomic, transcriptomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and metabolomic data, coupled with the application of novel advanced technologies, is a promising avenue for advancing our understanding of pathomechanisms and may also facilitate the identification of potential therapeutic targets. - -Author contributions - -MB: Writing – original draft. A-SK: Writing – original draft. TH: Writing – review & editing. SP: Conceptualization, Supervision, Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing. - -Funding - -The author(s) declare financial support was received for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. This work was supported by University of Tübingen, Faculty of Medicine, “Doctoral College program” to A-SK and TH and SP. - -Conflict of interest - -The authors declare that the research was conducted in the absence of any commercial or financial relationships that could be construed as a potential conflict of interest. - -Publisher’s note - -All claims expressed in this article are solely those of the authors and do not necessarily represent those of their affiliated organizations, or those of the publisher, the editors and the reviewers. Any product that may be evaluated in this article, or claim that may be made by its manufacturer, is not guaranteed or endorsed by the publisher. - -References - -Al Madhoun, A., Alnaser, F., Melhem, M., Nizam, R., Al-Dabbous, T., and Al-Mulla, F. (2019). Ketogenic diet attenuates cerebellar atrophy progression in a subject with a biallelic variant at the Atad3A locus. Appl. Clin. Genet. 12, 79–86. doi: 10.2147/TACG.S194204 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Arguello, T., Peralta, S., Antonicka, H., Gaidosh, G., Diaz, F., Tu, Y.-T., et al. (2021). Atad3A has a scaffolding role regulating mitochondria inner membrane structure and protein assembly. Cell Rep. 37:110139. doi: 10.1016/j.celrep.2021.110139 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Desai, R., Frazier, A. E., Durigon, R., Patel, H., Jones, A. W., Dalla Rosa, I., et al. (2017). Atad3 gene cluster deletions cause cerebellar dysfunction associated with altered mitochondrial Dna and cholesterol metabolism. Brain 140, 1595–1610. doi: 10.1093/brain/awx094 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Dragatsis, I., and Zeitlin, S. (2000). Camkiialpha-Cre transgene expression and recombination patterns in the mouse brain. Genesis 26, 133–135. doi: 10.1002/(SICI)1526-968X(200002)26:2<133:AID-GENE10>3.0.CO;2-V Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Ebihara, T., Nagatomo, T., Sugiyama, Y., Tsuruoka, T., Osone, Y., Shimura, M., et al. (2022). Severe spinal cord hypoplasia due to a novel Atad3A compound heterozygous deletion. Mol Genet Metab Rep 33:100912. doi: 10.1016/j.ymgmr.2022.100912 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Frazier, A. E., Compton, A. G., Kishita, Y., Hock, D. H., Welch, A. E., Amarasekera, S. S. C., et al. (2021). Fatal perinatal mitochondrial cardiac failure caused by recurrent de novo duplications in the Atad3 locus. Med (N Y) 2, 49–73. doi: 10.1016/j.medj.2020.06.004 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Gilquin, B., Taillebourg, E., Cherradi, N., Hubstenberger, A., Gay, O., Merle, N., et al. (2010). The Aaa+ Atpase Atad3A controls mitochondrial dynamics at the interface of the inner and outer membranes. Mol. Cell. Biol. 30, 1984–1996. doi: 10.1128/MCB.00007-10 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Gunning, A. C., Strucinska, K., Muñoz Oreja, M., Parrish, A., Caswell, R., Stals, K. L., et al. (2020). Recurrent De novo Nahr reciprocal duplications in the Atad3 gene cluster cause a Neurogenetic trait with perturbed cholesterol and mitochondrial metabolism. Am. J. Hum. Genet. 106, 272–279. doi: 10.1016/j.ajhg.2020.01.007 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Hanes, I., Mcmillan, H. J., Ito, Y., Kernohan, K. D., Lazier, J., Lines, M. A., et al. (2020). A splice variant in Atad3A expands the clinical and genetic spectrum of Harel-Yoon syndrome. Neurol Genet 6:e452. doi: 10.1212/NXG.0000000000000452 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Harel, T., Yoon, W. H., Garone, C., Gu, S., Coban-Akdemir, Z., Eldomery, M. K., et al. (2016). Recurrent De novo and Biallelic variation of Atad3A, encoding a mitochondrial membrane protein, results in distinct neurological syndromes. Am. J. Hum. Genet. 99, 831–845. doi: 10.1016/j.ajhg.2016.08.007 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -He, J., Mao, C. C., Reyes, A., Sembongi, H., Di Re, M., Granycome, C., et al. (2007). The Aaa+ protein Atad3 has displacement loop binding properties and is involved in mitochondrial nucleoid organization. J. Cell Biol. 176, 141–146. doi: 10.1083/jcb.200609158 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Li, S., Lamarche, F., Charton, R., Delphin, C., Gires, O., Hubstenberger, A., et al. (2014). Expression analysis of Atad3 isoforms in rodent and human cell lines and tissues. Gene 535, 60–69. doi: 10.1016/j.gene.2013.10.062 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Merle, N., Féraud, O., Gilquin, B., Hubstenberger, A., Kieffer-Jacquinot, S., Assard, N., et al. (2012). Atad3B is a human embryonic stem cell specific mitochondrial protein, re-expressed in cancer cells, that functions as dominant negative for the ubiquitous Atad3A. Mitochondrion 12, 441–448. doi: 10.1016/j.mito.2012.05.005 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Muñoz-Oreja, M., Sandoval, A., Bruland, O., Perez-Rodriguez, D., Fernandez-Pelayo, U., De Arbina, A. L., et al. (2024). Elevated cholesterol in Atad3 mutants is a compensatory mechanism that leads to membrane cholesterol aggregation. Brain. 147, 1899–1913. doi: 10.1093/brain/awae018 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Peeters-Scholte, C. M. P. C. D., Adama Van Scheltema, P. N., Klumper, F. J. C. M., Everwijn, S. M. P., Koopmans, M., Hoffer, M. J. V., et al. (2017). Genotype-phenotype correlation in Atad3A deletions: not just of scientific relevance. Brain 140:e66. doi: 10.1093/brain/awx239 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Peralta, S., Goffart, S., Williams, S. L., Diaz, F., Garcia, S., Nissanka, N., et al. (2018). Atad3 controls mitochondrial cristae structure in mouse muscle, influencing mtdna replication and cholesterol levels. J. Cell Sci. 131:217075. doi: 10.1242/jcs.217075 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Peralta, S., González-Quintana, A., Ybarra, M., Delmiro, A., Pérez-Pérez, R., Docampo, J., et al. (2019). Novel Atad3A recessive mutation associated to fatal cerebellar hypoplasia with multiorgan involvement and mitochondrial structural abnormalities. Mol. Genet. Metab. 128, 452–462. doi: 10.1016/j.ymgme.2019.10.012 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar",1731883676,75eaeab355,2f85311f22,,,1731883676 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/amoore-says-hassett-proved-something-she-hadnt-proved-earlier-games/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,Georgia Amoore says Amelia Hassett 'proved something that she hadn't proved in the earlier games',"There were a lot of names that stood out in the box score for Kentucky, including Georgia Amoore, who led the Cats to a 71-61 overtime victory over No. 18 Louisville with 19 points and nine assists. Amoore knew that getting this win would be big for the team moving forward. - -“I think it was really good for our team tonight to play a quality opponent,” the projected All-SEC point guard said following the win. “It’s an in-state rival, but I think games like this early in the season can really teach us a lot but also show what we’re capable of. Over time, in a tough situation like that, we really locked in and got good plays, some offensive rebounds.” - -And who was it specifically who helped Kentucky get over the hump to walk away with the win? Amelia Hassett. - -“Amelia Hassett, to me, proved something that she hadn’t proved in the earlier games,” Amoore said of her teammate. “She had a bit of grit to her tonight, and that’s infectious. Now, we know what to build off of. It’s always a great win when you beat Louisville. Super proud of the girls tonight. A lot to build off of for sure, but I’m glad we played a quality opponent this early.” - -More Kentucky News and Views on the KSR YouTube Channel - -Kentucky Sports Radio has expanded its coverage of the Wildcats in the most ridiculous manner possible on our YouTube Channel. Here you will be able to find interviews with coaches and players, as well as commentary from the KSR crew. From Rapid Reactions following big events to our lengthy lineup of live shows, subscribe to the KSR YouTube Channel to stay up to date on everything happening around the Big Blue Nation.",1731883649,b2069ab8ff,2f7e8d78bd,,,1731883649 -https://www.vg247.com/no-mans-sky-updates-mass-effect-normandy-n7-day,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"No Man's Sky brings back Mass Effect's Nomandy as a special N7 Day treat, alongside some handy cross-save support","It's N7 Day, that wonderful time of year when alien fanciers the world over come together, look at BioWare, and say 'come on then, do a thing'. Well, the good news is that this year, BioWare's done a thing with No Man's Sky developer Hello Games. As of today, Mass Effect's Normandy is back in NMS, arrving alongside some other new features. - -Yep, after warning folks that this year's N7 Day would be ""quieter"" due to Dragon Age: The Veilguard just having become a released thing, BioWare's at least done a nice collab, regardless of what else it might have or not have up its sleeves. Plus, it's with a game that's had plenty of other interesting updates and additions this year. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -As outlined in the blog post about No Man's Sky's latest bunch of new features, Hello Games has been gifted the keys to The Normandy for the first time since 2021, so it can temporarily add the ship to its galaxy for a limited-time expedition dubbed ""The Beachhead"". - -""Mass Effect fans know that this legendary frigate only appears when it is most needed,"" the post reads, ""Today, and for the next two weeks, as a love-letter from one science fiction game to another, we are giving everyone another chance to encounter the Normandy in an overhauled version of the original mission [from 2021] and add it to their collection."" - -The Normandy comes to No Man's Sky today in The Beachhead expedition! 🤖 - - - -We are huge Mass Effect fans and we I can't describe how happy this makes us 🤯 - - - -Happy N7 Day 🥳 pic.twitter.com/OA2KihQaik — Sean Murray (@NoMansSky) November 7, 2024 To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Aside from that, there are a couple of other new additions to NMS arriving today, with one being cross-save support for a bunch of platforms, starting off as a beta for a ""small number of players"" you can sign up for here, and expanding to everyone else via an invite ""in the coming weeks"". - -""Adding Cross-Save for us is a little bit like moving house, the longer people have lived there the more complicated it is to move them,"" Hello Games writes, ""We also have players who played once at launch, eight years ago, suddenly loading up that save on a platform that didn’t even exist back then! For these reasons we have secretly been introducing the technology for this update for over 6 months."" - -Finally, if you're one of the people who's just taken delivery of a PS5 Pro - or plans to - NMS has gotten a free enhanced version aimed it that's available right now. As for what it'll do, Hello writes: ""As well as a much sharper resolution at higher framerates, the increased power of the PlayStation 5 Pro has enabled us to ramp up the graphical quality across the board. Players on PlayStation 5 Pro will see improved lighting, with ultra quality reflections and higher quality ambient occlusion in all modes."" - -Are you planning to celebrate N7 Day with a bit of No Man's Sky in between dips into different Mass Effect entries? Let us know below!",1731883717,374d98cbb9,2fee5c2938,,,1731883717 -https://dividendearner.com/unlock-your-retirement-wealth-with-a-reverse-mortgage/,https://www.dividendearner.com/feed/,Unlock Your Retirement Wealth With a Reverse Mortgage,"Reverse mortgages are outstanding for providing peace of mind, especially to retired homeowners who live on a fixed income. - -What is a Reverse Mortgage? - -A reverse mortgage is a type of loan for homeowners available to those 55 years old or older. - -It allows you to convert a part of your home equity into tax-free income by borrowing from it. You do this without selling your home, and you are usually allowed to borrow a maximum of 55% of the current appraised value of your home. - -It is in “reverse” because it takes away from your home equity rather than adding to it. - -Retirees often choose this option because acquiring funds can be more difficult once they retire, especially if they don’t want to sell their homes or use their long-term investments. - -Borrowing money from your home equity does not impact the amount of benefits you will receive from the Old Age Security (OAS) or the Guaranteed Income Supplement (GIS) provided by the government. The Canadian government also has details on the topic. - -The amount you can borrow is based on: - -Your age and the age of anyone else listed on the title of your house (minimum 55 years old) - -The condition of your house, the type, and the appraised value of at least $200,000 - -The institution you are lending from - -Another primary eligibility qualification is that you must be using that house as a primary resident, meaning you need to be actively living there for a minimum of 6 months. - -How Reverse Mortgages are Received - -The amount you can receive from your reverse mortgage can be either the whole amount, a more significant sum at the beginning with smaller payments made later or a regular set amount of payments. After researching or talking to a financial professional, see how much you will qualify for. - -While a reverse mortgage can be a solution for retirement income, make sure you understand it and the options you may have. - -No Negative Equity - -Most reverse mortgages have a no-negative equity policy that says you will never owe more than the value of your house as long as you follow your mortgage contract. Because of the competitiveness of the housing market in Canada, it is unlikely that your home would ever lose long-term value. Even if, for whatever reason, your house loses more value than what you owe, the lender may help with the difference. - -Entire Amount - -You receive the whole reverse mortgage amount in one shot and pay interest on the entire amount. If you do not need the money right away, it may be unnecessary to receive the total amount because it can be expensive. - -Savvy investors may like this but it’s a big risk to think you can beat the interest rate. Think twice, and run the numbers based on your experience with investing. - -Large Sum Start-Up and Regular Payments - -Sometimes, you can take out a minimum amount of your reverse mortgage upfront and the rest on a regular payment basis. Regular payments may include an interest fee, and the rates may change throughout your reverse mortgage. - -This may increase the cost of your reverse mortgage as well since you are getting a large sum upfront. - -Regular Payments - -With regular payments, you receive part of your reverse mortgage regularly, usually every month or every few months. There may be an initial withdrawal fee though. - -This implies you are working against a budget since you can only use the money you get and not a penny more. - -How Much Does a Reverse Mortgage Cost? - -It is essential to consider that the interest rate on your reverse mortgage tends to be higher than the interest rate on your mortgage or home equity line of credit (HELOC). The higher interest cost will add to your reverse mortgage, meaning you will have to pay more in the long run. - -Other added costs to a reverse mortgage: - -Appraisal fee. - -Set-up fee. - -Paying off your reverse mortgage before it is due will incur penalties for prepaying. - -Legal fees. - -How you receive your payments will impact fees. - -The fees and rates often depend on your lender, and when you choose to pay may also depend on your lender, so discuss your options with a professional. - -Alternative Options - -It is essential to understand that a reverse mortgage does leave you with extra costs, so understand all of your options! It’s almost like a last resort to stay in your home as long as you can. - -Other options for making extra money for retirement include selling your current house. If it was the family house and the kids have moved out, buying a smaller home, renting, or going into assisted housing might be good options. - -If you wish to keep the family house, it’s understandable! You could always get a loan, such as a line of credit or personal loan. Your financial institution will likely have options that fit your needs, or you could search for other options with lower interest rates. - -Downsizing or selling your house. - -Selling investments. - -Becoming a landlord by renting your home. - -Apply for a Home Equity Line Of Credit (HELOC) or a home equity loan. - -Paying Your Reverse Mortgage Back - -One of the highlights of a reverse mortgage is that you do not need to make regular payments to pay it back. However, you can only repay a maximum amount at a given time, and there could be a fee if you pay it off early. Just like a mortgage, pre-payments are limited. - -Your specific terms will be based on the financial institution to which you choose to get a reverse mortgage. The time frame to pay back the reverse mortgage will also be based on lenders and the consequences if you do not pay it back within that timeframe. - -The requirements to repay the reverse mortgage are when you sell your house or move out of your home, the person who borrowed last passes away, and you default on the reverse mortgage. - -What it Means to Default on Your Reverse Mortgage - -Defaulting on your reverse mortgage has profound consequences, including the foreclosure of your home. - -Reasons why you would have to default on your reverse mortgage, include using the funds for illegal reasons, lying on your reverse mortgage application, neglecting the care of your home to lower its value and not following the conditions of your reverse mortgage contract. These are the more common criteria among financial institutions, but it would depend on your. - -What to Use Your Reverse Mortgage On! - -You may be wondering why people get reverse mortgages and what they use that money for. Well, it’s simple! Similar to a personal loan, you can use it for what you want! More common uses are home repairs, bills, healthcare expenses, and debts. - -There may be restrictions based on who you choose to bank with or which institution you work with on your reverse mortgage. - -Who Offers Reverse Mortgages - -You can get a reverse mortgage from most financial institutions in Canada. However, there are also financial institutions regulated by the federal and provincial governments and mortgage brokers. This means there might be differing rules and regulations regarding individual financial institutions. - -The leading lenders in Canada are the HomeEquity Bank and the Equitable Bank. These are federally registered financial institutions; although they are a common choice, they do not have any physical branches to visit. - -Home equity reverse mortgages are offered through many Canadian banks, credit unions, mortgage brokers, and financial planners. - -Types of Reverse Mortgages - -Like regular mortgages, reverse mortgages also have different types and options from which to choose. - -You have to choose between an open or closed mortgage agreement with a variable or fixed mortgage rate. After all, it’s a loan from which you have concluded to sell your house to cover the loan down the line. - -The CHIP Reverse Mortgage is the oldest and most commonly used reverse mortgage plan offered by HomeEquity Banks. CHIP stands for the Canadian Home Income Plan. - -Pros & Cons of a Reverse Mortgage - -A reverse mortgage is often for those with no cash flow options who cannot afford the necessary living expenses. - -To qualify for a reverse mortgage, you normally have to be able to maintain your properties, make regular payments that will include interest and plan on living in your current home. - -Reverse mortgages are not meant for those having difficulty maintaining their home, wishing to leave at some point to stay with family or benefit more from selling the house so you can keep 100% of the profits. - -PROS CONS Additional monthly income. Higher interest rates than other loans. No regular payments. Initial setup fees. No negative equity. Limit future financing options that are usually secured by owning your home. You still own your home while turning some of its value into cash. May have to pay off all other forms of debt, including credit cards and loans. You have options on when and how you want the money. The equity of your house may reduce with the accumulation of interest. No taxes on the money borrowed. If you pass away, your home may have to be used to pay off the reverse mortgage and its interest. Does not affect your OAS or GIS benefits. You may not be allowed to pay off your reverse mortgage whenever you want; your lender will dictate the terms. - -Should You Get A Reverse Mortgage? - -As much as you want to increase your monthly retirement income, you may need legal advice to get a reverse mortgage in some provinces. You should also consult a professional financial advisor to help you understand the costs and their impact on your home equity and estate. - -Figuring out the ins and outs of a reverse mortgage is not easy, and it is highly recommended that you talk to a trusted professional financial advisor before signing any contracts. There are scammers out there, and with the reverse mortgage’s complexity, it could be easy to get caught up in one of those scams. Talk to your financial advisor today about reverse mortgages!",1731883606,212118f5e6,2f51724f74,,,1731883606 -https://www.avclub.com/tyson-paul-fight-netflix-technical-giltches,https://www.avclub.com/rss,Jake Paul and Mike Tyson both pounded Netflix's servers last night,"Jake Paul and Mike Tyson both pounded Netflix's servers last night Jake Paul beat Mike Tyson, but they both dished out a beating to Netflix's buffering-heavy live streaming setup. - -Netflix’s latest live gambit of pitting someone who a lot of people would like to see punched against a man extremely good at punching paid off in at least one way last night: You really couldn’t go anywhere on social media on Friday evening without seeing people talk about Jake Paul Vs. Mike Tyson. Admittedly, they were saying things like, “Netflix sure is having trouble buffering this live sports event,” or “The microphones keep breaking,” or just “This is a pretty boring boxing match,” but hey, at least they were talking about it. - -By all accounts, the long-delayed match-up was a massive triumph for the forces of hype over all other challengers, with numerous celebrities in attendance, tons of buzz, and the largest non-Vegas boxing gate in U.S. History. It was not necessarily a massive triumph for Netflix proving it can handle live events on this order of magnitude—something it’s going to be tackling again pretty soon, with plans to broadcast live football games around Christmas—with numerous people complaining about buffering, freezes, and smeared images during the broadcast. Still, y’know, growing pains—for the world’s most successful video streamer, which has dominated the landscape it helped create, and which you’d think would have better infrastructure in place to handle this sort of thing before making it a big part of its upcoming brand. (Dear god, what if this had happened during Everybody’s In L.A.? We might have missed a bon mot by Richard Kind!) - -As for the actual boxing contest, Paul apparently won, having hit Tyson more than Tyson hit him, without experiencing so much brain trauma that his body collapsed to the ground, unmoving. (As we understand it, this is the goal of boxing, along with giving Rosie Perez something to talk about on a Friday night.) Hopefully at some point someone will ask Tyson, now 58, about how he feels about the outcome of the match, if only because we think we still have a little will to live left after his last monologue on his life, and would like to get that taken care of as quickly as is convenient. - -[via THR]",1731883663,66c132240d,2f8dae438c,,,1731883663 -https://www.gtreview.com/news/europe/meps-call-for-total-ban-on-russian-fuel-imports-target-non-russian-refineries/,https://www.gtreview.com/feed/,"MEPs call for total ban on Russian fuel imports, target non-Russian refineries","Privacy Policy - -Our privacy commitments - -This Privacy Policy outlines the information we may collect about you in relation to your use of our websites, events, related publications and services (“personal data”) and how we may use that personal data. It also outlines the methods by which we and our service providers may (subject to necessary consents) monitor your online behaviour to deliver customised advertisements, marketing materials and other tailored services. This Privacy Policy also tells you how you can verify the accuracy of your personal data and how you can request that we delete or update it. - -This Privacy Policy applies to all websites operated by Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd (as indicated on the relevant website). - -This privacy statement does not cover the activities of third parties, and you should consult those third-party sites’ privacy policies for information on how your data is used by them. - -Any questions regarding this Policy and our privacy practices should be sent by e-mail to privacy@gtreview.com or by writing to Data Protection Officer at, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, 4 Hillgate Place, London, SW12 9ER, United Kingdom. Alternatively, you can telephone our London headquarters at +44 (0) 20 8673 9666. - -Who are we? - -Established in 2002 and with offices in London and Singapore, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd is the world’s leading trade and trade finance media company, offering information, news, events and services for companies and individuals involved in global trade. - -Our principal business activities are: - -Business-to-Business financial publishing. We provide a range of products and services focused on international commodities, export, supply chain and trade finance markets including magazines, newsletters, electronic information and data - -Organisers of seminars, conferences, training courses and exhibitions for the finance industry - -Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd is a company registered in the United Kingdom with company number 4407327 | VAT Registration: 799 1585 59 - -Data Protection Policy - -This Data Protection Policy explains when and why we collect personal information about people who visit our website, how we use it, the conditions under which we may disclose it to others and how we keep it secure. - -Why do we collect information from you? - -Our primary goal in collecting personal data from you is to give you an enjoyable customised experience whilst allowing us to provide services and features that will meet your needs. - -We collect certain personal data from you, which you give to us when using our Site and/or registering or subscribing for our products and services. However, we also give you the option to access our Sites’ home pages without subscribing or registering or disclosing your personal data. - -We also collect certain personal data from other group companies to whom you have given information through their websites (including, by way of example, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd and subsidiaries, in accordance with the purposes listed below). Should we discover that any such personal data has been delivered to any of the Sites, we will remove that information as soon as possible. - -Why this policy exists - -This Data Protection Policy ensures Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd: - -Complies with data protection law and follow good practice - -Protects the rights of staff, customers and partners - -Is open about how it stores and processes individuals’ data - -pretexts itself from the risk of a data breach - -We may change this Policy from time to time so please check this page occasionally to ensure that you’re happy with any changes. By using our website, you’re agreeing to be bound by this Policy. - -Data protection law - -The Data Protection Act 1998 described how organisations – including Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd – must collect, handle and store personal information. These rules apply regardless of whether data is stored electronically, on paper or on other materials. To comply with the law, personal information collected must be stored safely, not disclosed unlawfully and used fairly. - -The Data Protection Act is underpinned by eight important principles. These say that personal data must: - -Be processed fairly and lawfully - -Be obtained only for specific, lawful purposes - -Be adequate, relevant and not excessive - -Be accurate and kept up to date - -Not be held for any longer than necessary - -Processed in accordance with the rights of data subjects - -Be protected in appropriate ways - -Not be transferred outside the European Economic Area (EEA), unless that country of territory also ensures an adequate level of protection - -How do we collect information from you? - -We obtain information about you when you use our website, for example, when you contact us about products and services, when you register for an event, register to receive eNewsletters, subscribe or register for a trial to our GTR magazine/website. - -Types of Personal Data Held and its Use - -1. Customer Services and Administration - -On some Sites, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd collects personal data such as your name, job title, department, company, e-mail, phone, work and/or home address, in order to register you for access to certain content, subscriptions and events. In addition, we may also store information including IP address and page analytics, including information regarding what pages are accessed, by whom and when. - -This information is used to administer and deliver to you the products and/or services you have requested, to operate our Sites efficiently and improve our service to you, and to retain records of our business transactions and communications. By using the Sites and submitting personal information through the registration process you are agreeing that we may collect, hold, process and use your information (including personal information) for the purpose of providing you with the Site services and developing our business, which shall include (without limitation) the purposes described in the below paragraphs. - -2. Monitoring use of our Sites - -Where, as part of our Site services, we enable you to post information or materials on our Site, we may access and monitor any information which you upload or input, including in any password-protected sections. Subject to any necessary consents, we also monitor and/or record the different Sites you visit and actions taken on those Sites, e.g. content viewed or searched for. If you are a registered user (e.g. a subscriber or taking a trial), when you log on, this places a cookie on your machine. This enables your access to content and services that - -are not publicly available. Once you are logged on, the actions you take – for example, viewing an article – will be recorded (subject to any necessary consents). We may use technology or a service provider to do this for us. This information may be used for one or more of the following purposes: - -to fulfil our obligations to you; - -to improve the efficiency, quality and design of our Sites and services; - -to see which articles, features and services are most read and used - -to track compliance with our terms and conditions of use, e.g. to ensure that you are acting within the scope of your user licence; - -for marketing purposes (subject to your rights to opt-in and opt-out of receiving certain marketing communications) – see paragraph 3 below; - -for advertising purposes, although the information used for these purposes does not identify you personally. Please see paragraph 5 below for more details; - -to protect or comply with our legal rights and obligations; and - -to enable our journalists to contact and interact with you online in connection with any content you may post to our Sites. - -Please see paragraph 5 below for more information on cookies and similar technologies and a link to a page where you can turn them on or off. - -3. Marketing - -Some of your personal data collected under paragraphs 1 and 2 above may be used by us to contact you by e-mail, telephone and/or post for sending information or promotional material on our products and/or services and/or those of our other group companies. We give you the opportunity to opt-out of receiving marketing communications. Further detail can be found on the applicable Site and in the footer of each marketing communication sent by us, our group companies or service providers. See also “Consents and opt-outs” section below. We will not share your information with third parties for marketing purposes. - -4. Profiling - -We may analyse your personal information to create a profile of your interests and preferences so that we can contact you with information relevant to you. - -5. Cookies and similar technologies - -All our Sites use cookies and similar technical tools to collect information about your access to the Site and the services we provide. - -What is a cookie? - -When you enter some sites, your computer will be issued with a cookie. Cookies are text files that identify your computer to servers. Cookies in themselves do not identify the individual user, just the computer used. - -Many sites do this whenever a user visits their site in order to track traffic flows, recording those areas of the site that have been visited by the computer in question, and for how long. - -Users have the opportunity to set their computers to accept all cookies, to notify them when a cookie is issued, or not to receive cookies at any time. Selecting not to receive means that certain personalised services Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd offers cannot then be provided to that user. - -Why do we use cookies? - -Log In – Where we provide log in mechanisms for site users a cookie is created at login and for the duration of the session. Each cookie contains a unique reference number only (no personal information) which is used to confirm you are authorised. Analytics – To allow us to keep track of traffic to our website we use cookies. The cookies simply tell us if you have previously visited our website so we can get more accurate figures for New vs Returning visitors. - -Find and control your cookies - -All of the major browser providers offer advice on setting up and using the privacy and security functions for their products. If you require technical advice or support for a specific browser/version please contact the provider or visit their website for further details: www.microsoft.com / www.mozilla.com / www.apple.com / www.opera.com / www.aol.com / www.netscape.com / www.flock.com / www.google.com. - -We may use cookies to: - -remember that you have used the Site before; this means we can identify the number of unique visitors we receive to different parts of the Site. This allows us to make sure we have enough capacity for the number of users that we get and make sure that the Site runs fast enough - -remember your login session so you can move from one page to another within the Site; - -store your preferences or your user name and password so that you do not need to input these details every time you visit the Site; - -customise elements of the layout and/or content of the pages of Site for you; - -record activity on our Sites so that we understand how you use our Sites enabling us to better tailor our content, services and marketing to your needs; - -collect statistical information about how you use the Site so that we can improve the Site; and - -gather information about the pages on the Site that you visit, and other information about other websites that you visit, so as to place you in a “market segment”. This information is only collected by reference to the IP address that you are using, but does include information about the county and city you are in, together with the name of your internet service provider. - -Most web browsers automatically accept cookies but, if you prefer, you can change your browser to prevent that, or to notify you each time a cookie is set. You can also learn more about cookies in general by visiting www.allaboutcookies.org which includes additional useful information on cookies and how to block cookies using different types of browser. Please note however, that by blocking, deleting or turning off cookies used on the Site you may not be able to take full advantage of the Site. - -6. E-mail tracking - -E-mail tracking is a method for monitoring the e-mail delivery to those subscribers who have opted-in to receive marketing e-mails from GTR, including GTR Africa, GTR Asia, GTR Americas, GTR Europe, GTR Mena, GTR eNews, Third party e-mails and GTR Ventures. - -Why do we track e-mails? - -So that we can better understand our users’ needs, we track responses, subscription behaviour and engagement to our e-mails – for example, to see which links are the most popular in newsletters. They enable us to understand the consumers journey through metrics including open rate, click-through rate, bounces and unsubscribes. Any other purposes for which Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd wishes to use your personal data will be notified to you and your personal data will not be used for any such purpose without obtaining your prior consent. - -How do you track GTR eNewsletters? - -To do this, we use pixel GIFs, also known as “pixel tags” – these are small image files that are placed within the body of our e-mail messages. When that image is downloaded from our web servers, the e-mail is recorded as being opened. By using some form of digitally time-stamped record to reveal the exact time and date that an e-mail was received or opened, as well the IP address of the recipient. - -7. Consents and opt-outs - -You can give your consent to opt-out of all or any particular uses of your data as indicated above by: - -Indicating at the point on the relevant Site where personal data is collected - -Informing us by e-mail, post or phone - -Updating your preferences on the applicable Site or eNewsletter (unsubscribe and preference options are available in the footer of each eNewsletter) - -To turn cookies and similar technologies on and off, see the information in paragraph 5 above. Any questions regarding consents and opt-outs should be sent by e-mail to privacy@gtreview.com or by writing to Data Protection Officer at, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, 4 Hillgate Place, London, SW12 9ER, United Kingdom. Alternatively, you can telephone our London headquarters at +44 (0) 20 8673 9666. - -8. Disclosures - -Information collected at one Site may be shared between Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd and other group companies for the purposes listed above. - -We may transfer, sell or assign any of the information described in this policy to third parties as a result of a sale, merger, consolidation, change of control, transfer of assets or reorganisation of our business. - -9. Public forums, message boards and blogs - -Some of our Sites may have a message board, blogs or other facilities for user generated content available and users can participate in these facilities. Any information that is disclosed in these areas becomes public information and you should always be careful when deciding to disclose your personal information. - -10. Data outside the EEA - -Services on the Internet are accessible globally so collection and transmission of personal data is not always limited to one country. Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd may transfer your personal data, for the above-listed purposes to other third parties, which may be located outside the European Economic Area and/or with a different level of personal data protection. However, when conducting transfers, we take all necessary steps to ensure that your data is treated reasonably, securely and in accordance with this Privacy Statement. - -Who has access to your information? - -Confidentiality and Security of Your Personal Data - -We are committed to keeping the data you provide us secure and will take reasonable precautions to protect your personal data from loss, misuse or alteration. - -However, the transmission of information via the internet is not completely secure. Although we will do our best to protect your personal data, we cannot guarantee the security of your data transmitted to our Site; any transmission is at your own risk. Once we have received your information, we will use strict procedures and security features described above to try to prevent unauthorised access. - -We have implemented information security policies, rules and technical measures to protect the personal data that we have under our control from: - -unauthorised access - -improper use or disclosure - -unauthorised modification - -unlawful destruction or accidental loss - -All our employees, contractors and data processors (i.e. those who process your personal data on our behalf, for the purposes listed above), who have access to, and are associated with the processing of your personal data, are obliged to keep the information confidential and not use it for any other purpose than to carry out the services they are performing for us. - -Responsibilities - -Everyone who works for or with Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd has some responsibility for ensuring data is collected, stored and handled appropriately. Each team handling personal data must ensure that it is handled and processed in line with this policy and data protection principles. However, the following people have key areas of responsibility. The board of directors is ultimately responsible for ensuring that Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd meets its legal obligations. - -Name of Data Controller - -The Data Controller is Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd. Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd is subject to the UK Data Protection Act 1998 and is registered in the UK with the Information Commissioner`s Office. - -How to access, update and erase your personal information - -If you wish to know whether we are keeping personal data about you, or if you have an enquiry about our privacy policy or your personal data held by us, in relation to any of the Sites, you can contact the Data Protection Officer via: - -By writing to this address: Data Protection Officer, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, 4 Hillgate Place, London, SW12 9ER, UK - -Telephone: +44 (0) 20 8673 9666 - -E-mail: privacy@gtreview.com - -Upon request, we will provide you with a readable copy of the personal data which we keep about you. We may require proof of your identity and may charge a small fee (not exceeding the statutory maximum fee that can be charged) to cover administration and postage. - -Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd allows you to challenge the data that we hold about you and, where appropriate in accordance with applicable laws, you may have your personal information: - -erased - -rectified or amended - -completed - -Disclosing data for other reasons - -In certain circumstances, the Data Protection Act allows personal data to be disclosed to law enforcement agencies without the consent of the data subject. Under these circumstances, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, will disclose requested data. However, the Data Controller will ensure the request is legitimate, seeking assistance from the board and from the company’s legal advisors where necessary. - -Changes to this Privacy Statement - -We will occasionally update this Privacy Statement to reflect new legislation or industry practice, group company changes and customer feedback. We encourage you to review this Privacy Statement periodically to be informed of how we are protecting your personal data. - -Providing information - -Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd aims to ensure that individuals are aware that their data is being processed, and that they understand. - -How the data is being used - -How to exercise their rights - -To this end, the company has a privacy statement, setting out how data relating to individuals is used by the company. This is available on request and available on the company’s website. - -Review of this policy - -We keep this Policy under regular review. This Privacy Statement was last updated in April 2018.",1731883661,ec61c72280,2f8ea9d084,,,1731883661 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/14/hemaa-mexican-wetlands-pavilion/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,"HEMAA integrates ""nuanced structure"" into Mexican wetlands pavilion","Mexico City architecture studio HEMAA utilised a steel structure and green-coloured eaves for Pabellón de la Reserva, a meeting place sited on the marshy shores of a lake in the mountains of central Mexico. - -Pabellón de la Reserva – Reserve Pavilion – was built to be a gathering space on the shores of a small lake in the Santa Fe Reserve outside of Mexico City. - -The 263-square-metre structure sits low alongside the lake, anchored by reinforced concrete foot foundations that reach into the wet ground, and, where the structure's patio extends, into the lake itself. - -It has a structure made mostly of recycled steel, with low-hanging eves painted green to help it blend into the environment as the owners host events and retreats. - -""The Pabellón de la Reserva is anchored by a delicate framework, with cantilevered eaves in an ash-green shade that blends with the surrounding environment,"" HEMAA founder Santiago Matos told Dezeen. - -""This design choice blurs the structure's boundaries, framing the natural landscape with subtlety,"" he continued. - -""The architectural structure not only defines space but establishes a rhythm that harmonizes with its surroundings, creating a serene, airy atmosphere that invites visitors to engage with the beauty of the setting."" - -Recycled steel columns frame floor-to-ceiling glass hemmed in by a wrap-around path that extends out to the concrete path. - -The roof of the structure has a single smokestack that gives the property a rural silhouette as well as planters and solar panels to add to its self-sufficiency. - -HEMAA told Dezeen that they are on track for Living Building certification, a high international standard for sustainability. - -The recycled steel makes up almost two-thirds of the structural steel and cladding and was sourced within 500 kilometres of the site, according to the studio. - -Adjacent to the structure is a sophisticated rainwater gathering system and a miniature treatment plant concealed by wetland landscaping that utilises small artificial wetland filtration elements as well as industrial techniques. - -Inside, the pavilion has a simple layout designed with interior studio Dirección MX with an open living space set up like a combination living and dining room. - -A smaller section to the side holds the kitchen and bathroom facilities. - -FSC-certified wood clads much of the interior. It features a built-in entertainment system as well as an elegant wood screen that covers the floor-to-ceiling windows to provide privacy from the adjacent road. - -The structural steel beams that constitute the ceiling of the structure were left open and serve as skylights. The planting boxes on the roof are hollow and have openings on the side that let light into a void in the ceiling area, bringing additional natural light into the interiors. - -A central Japanese-style paper pendant chandelier hangs through the gridded ceiling structure, and, when its dark can be seen illuminated from a distance – even across the lake. - -""Designed to host cultural events, workshops, and meetings, it encourages community engagement and a deeper appreciation of nature,"" said Matos. - -""Its open, flexible layout accommodates a range of activities – from intimate gatherings and conversations to larger events –enhancing its role as a dynamic and inclusive space for shared experiences."" - -A stone path leads from the patio to a wood-and-steel bridge that leads to a small landscape island designed by Hugo Sánchez Paisaje. On the shore, the studio included a built-in concrete conversation pit with a central fire pit. - -Based in Mexico City, HEMAA has also completed a pair of stone-clad houses in the city and renovated a 1950s modernist home. - -The photography is by César Béjar. - -Project credits: - -Architecture: HEMAA - -Engineering: Grupo BVG - -Landscape design: Hugo Sánchez Paisaje - -Interior design: Dirección MX in collaboration with HEMAA",1731883648,8f8dc0373b,2f8d177e59,,,1731883648 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/videos/c23k9rdd3l3o,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,Highlights: Rafael Nadal wins 2008 Wimbledon title after epic Roger Federer final,"As tennis legend Rafael Nadal announces his retirement, BBC Sport looks back at the moment the Spaniard clinched his maiden Wimbledon title in 2008 after an epic final against Roger Federer. - -READ MORE: Tennis legend Nadal confirms retirement - -Available to UK users only.",1731883661,95caee0db1,2f12b46bee,,,1731883661 -https://www.cnet.com/home/internet/best-internet-providers-in-montana/#ftag=CAD590a51e,https://www.cnet.com/rss/news/,Best Internet Providers in Montana,"Montana is a beautiful state, but it lacks good options for fast, reliable and affordable internet. It ranks at the 50th place in Ookla’s Speedtest data of the states (and Washington, D.C.), beating only Wyoming. Most city dwellers can still access decent broadband speeds. - -I fondly remember summers in Montana, fishing with my grandparents and watching deer stroll through the yard. My grandparents didn’t have internet at their home in Libby, but times have changed with fiber internet now available from Ziply. Libby is one of the lucky locales in the Treasure State with fiber access. Most of the state has to rely on cable, DSL, fixed wireless or satellite internet. - -What is the best internet provider in Montana? - -Spectrum is CNET's top pick for Montana's best internet service provider. The cable provider delivers gig-level broadband to many of the population centers in Montana. CNET examines customer service, speed, pricing and overall value before recommending the best broadband in your area. Spectrum is joined by other recommendations, including CenturyLink for availability and TDS Telecom as an ISP to watch. Whether you're moving to Montana or looking to upgrade your current broadband situation, this guide will help you navigate your ISP options. - -Best internet options in Montana - -Rural internet options in Montana Provider Connection type Price range Speed range Data cap Availability CenturyLink Internet - -Read full review DSL $55 1-140Mbps None Covers over half of Montana households Grizzly Broadband Fixed wireless/fiber $70-$130 10-1,000Mbps None Bitterroot area KDS Networks Fixed wireless/fiber $60-$160 150-1,000Mbps None Great Falls area Missoula Valley Internet Co-op Fixed wireless Typically $25-$100 based on usage 100-500Mbps None Missoula Valley Montana Internet Fixed wireless/fiber $65-$89 for fixed wireless 8-25Mbps None Great Falls, Helena and Lewiston areas MontanaSky Networks Fixed wireless/fiber/cable $55-$110 10-1000Mbps None Marion, Kalispell, Whitefish, West Glacier, Libby, Troy, Lakeside and more Rural Broadband Fixed wireless $50-$100 15-60Mbps None Billings area Wispwest Fixed wireless $48-$90 15-50Mbps None Southern Montana Show more (4 items) Shop providers at my address - -Source: CNET analysis of provider data. - -People who live in rural homes, ranches and farms need decent internet for work and play. That can be a challenge in some parts of Montana. Satellite internet from Starlink, Viasat or Hughesnet is a fallback, but it tends to be expensive, and speeds may be less than desirable. When it comes to wired internet, your best bet will likely be CenturyLink DSL, which often has a wider coverage area than most other alternatives. Speeds can be extremely variable by location and max out at 100Mbps. - -Montana is dotted with local ISPs that offer fixed wireless for rural locations, sometimes paired with a smaller fiber footprint. Our chart covers some options available across the state, but there are more than we’ve listed here. Fixed wireless speeds can vary based on location. You’ll need a good line of sight to a tower. Here’s how fixed wireless compares to other types of internet connections. Most fixed wireless ISPs have fairly standard plans with pricing based on speed. The Missoula Vallery Internet Co-op is an exception. It charges based on usage. Montana could use some improvement in rural broadband options. The state is well aware of the issue and is in the process of pouring funding into improving access to more remote communities as well as ranches and farms. - -Take our quiz Get Started Progress Step 1 of 4 How many members of your household use the internet? 1-2 people - -3-5 people - -6-9 people - -10+ people Next - -Internet breakdown by city in Montana - -It’s hard to cover the broadband options of an entire state and give individual cities the attention they deserve. That’s why we also compile lists of the best internet providers in cities across the US, including those in Montana. We tackle details such as internet connection types, maximum speeds, cheapest providers and more. Check back later if you don’t find the city you’re looking for below. We’re working to add more locations every week. - -Montana broadband at a glance - -The FCC National Broadband Map shows all Montana households can access broadband internet, but that doesn’t give a complete picture of the internet scene in the Treasure State. The FCC defines broadband as at least 25Mbps down and 3Mbps up, and it includes satellite internet in its estimate. Satellite internet can be expensive and slow and is not necessarily a good fit for all rural locations. The state government says 5% of Montanans live in underserved areas and 13% live in unserved areas. - -FCC data shows less than 29% of Montana households can access fiber internet, and if we’re talking at least gigabit speeds, that number drops to 21%. Not surprisingly, you’re most likely to find fiber in bigger cities, but even then, it’s a bit scattershot. There are some exceptions. Libby, a town of less than 3,000 residents, is covered by Ziply Fiber. If fiber is important to you for remote work or gaming, that narrows your options for places to live in Montana. If you can get by with gig downloads and 35Mbps uploads, Spectrum covers much more ground. - -Jordan Siemens/Getty Images - -Montana broadband speeds - -Montana's poor showing in Ookla's state speed test rankings indicates the challenges involved with rural broadband in the state. It's also tied to a lack of fiber offerings and ISP competition in the cities. Regarding gig speeds, FCC data shows only 16% of Montana homes are covered. - -Ookla highlights Spectrum as Montana's fastest provider, with a median download speed of 241Mbps. The downside of cable is that you're stuck with slower upload speeds. For symmetrical speeds, you need to turn to fiber. Montana includes some coverage from Quantum Fiber, Ziply Fiber, TDS Telecom or local ISPs like Montana Internet and Grizzly Broadband. If you're currently battling pokey internet speeds, there are some things you can try to improve your situation. Check out these four essential steps for speeding up your internet connection. - -Internet pricing in Montana - -Home internet pricing is variable in Montana. On the low end, you can bundle an eligible T-Mobile phone plan with an internet plan to bring your internet price down to $35 monthly. Most ISPs start at the $50 and above level. That includes CenturyLink's DSL networks and Quantum Fiber's lowest tier, with the fiber plan being a superior deal for 500Mbps service. Availability is a big issue. You can always try to negotiate back to a better deal. - -The future of broadband in Montana - -Since Montana is already near the bottom in internet speed for the US, there’s nowhere to go but up. Fortunately, there’s some movement in that direction, particularly regarding fiber availability. TDS Telecom announced in early 2023 that it would bring fiber speeds of up to 8 gigs to Helena, Butte, Missoula and Great Falls. It was already working on fiber in Billings. By the time TDS is done, it will service 150,000 homes and businesses. - -A considerable amount of funding is coming to expand broadband to underserved and unserved areas of the state. The federal Broadband Equity Access and Deployment program is delivering $630 million in funding. That’s in addition to a $309 million infrastructure investment announced by Governor Greg Gianforte in late 2022. That money aims to bring reliable broadband to 62,000 homes, small businesses, farms and ranches. - -Internet in Montana FAQs - -Does Montana have good internet? While some pockets of Montana have access to gig speeds and even fiber internet, Montana is near the bottom in internet speeds for the nation. State and federal investments should help connect more Montanans to fast and affordable broadband over the next few years. If fast internet is a must, look to the bigger population areas and check your options for the locations you’re considering. Chances are good you’ll at least have access to Spectrum’s gig tier. - -Is there fiber internet in Montana? There is limited fiber available in Montana, but more is coming. Quantum Fiber, Ziply Fiber, TDS Telecom and local ISPs like Montana Internet and Grizzly Broadband have fiber networks in pockets of the state. Big national contenders like AT&T Fiber and Google Fiber have so far passed over Montana.",1731883648,f5e6f52c79,2faf89be42,,,1731883648 -https://derivsource.com/2024/09/19/isda-publishes-results-of-dc-review-consultation/,https://derivsource.com/feed,ISDA Publishes Results of DC Review Consultation,"ISDA has published the results of a market-wide consultation on proposed changes to the structure and governance of the Credit Derivatives Determinations Committees (DCs). - -The consultation, conducted by Boston Consulting Group (BCG), was based on recommendations proposed by Linklaters LLP as part of an independent review on the composition, functioning, governance and membership of the DCs. This is the latest in a series of steps to identify amendments that could be made to improve the structure of the DCs and maintain their integrity in changing economic and market conditions. - -The consultation indicates there is broad market support to implement many of the recommendations, including establishing a separate governance body, implementing certain transparency proposals relating to the publication of DC decisions and appointing up to three independent members of the DCs. Some of the proposals received a significant minority of objections, indicating that more industry input would be required to address the concerns raised. ISDA will work with its members to identify a package of practical changes that can be made to the DC rules and will present them to the DCs, which are solely responsible for agreeing and implementing any amendments. - -The measures that were consulted on include: - -Establish a separate governance body, with responsibility for overseeing the operation of the DCs (including reporting to market participants and obtaining feedback from them) and making changes to the DC rules from time to time (in lieu of the DCs). - -Allow the governance body to appoint independent auditors to audit DC members’ compliance procedures under the DC rules. - -Reduce the number of dealer members of the DCs to eight and the number of non-dealer members to four (in addition to central counterparties and any independent members). - -Reduce the eligibility threshold to serve as a non-dealer DC member from the current $1 billion in credit default swap (CDS) notional outstanding referencing a single reference entity. - -Allow non-dealers to volunteer for membership of individual DCs, rather than having to join all the DCs. - -Remove the provisions relating to consultative dealer and non-dealer members. - -Allow eligible market participants to present statements of case within certain parameters. - -Require the DCs and the DC secretary to provide adequate reasons (stated on the DC website) for all material decisions they take. - -Disclose any material step taken in the DC process (including any request to convene a DC, any statement of case submitted, and any public information provided or obtained by the DC in connection with a DC question) on the DC website as soon as is reasonably practical. - -Appoint up to three independent members of the DCs (with one acting as DC chairperson). - -Enhance the minimum requirements on DC members’ compliance procedures. - -Enable the DCs, by a simple majority, to refer DC questions to an independent panel for a decision. - -Develop a new model to adequately fund the operations of the DCs and the other solutions for addressing the other recommended changes. - -“The consultation showed there is broad market support for key changes that will improve the governance, efficiency and transparency of the DC process. The DCs are a critical part of the CDS markets and making these changes will ensure they continue to function robustly. ISDA will now work with industry participants and policymakers over the next year to put flesh on the bones of these proposals to show how they can be implemented in practice, before presenting these solutions to the DCs,” said Scott O’Malia, ISDA’s Chief Executive. - -The DCs were introduced in 2009 as a centralized decision-making body to enable a standardized auction settlement process and ensure central clearing could be implemented for CDS. Although ISDA does not control the DC rules and is not involved in the decision-making process or administration of the committees, ISDA has an interest as a global trade association for over-the-counter derivatives in ensuring the DCs continue to function robustly. - -The DCs are industry committees currently comprising up to 10 sell-side and five buy-side voting firms. More information about the DCs and the decision-making process is available on the DC website. - -The consultation response by BCG is available here. - -The Linklaters review is available here.",1731883725,9dd65a327d,3010d3625a,,,1731883725 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/videos/cn4vg482z5eo,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,Billie Jean King Cup: Emma Radacanu's best shots against Rebecca Marino,"Kelleher 'striving to get better' after starring in Dublin. Video, 00:00:42Kelleher 'striving to get better' after starring in Dublin",1731883658,bcdff126e2,2ff13f8ff5,,,1731883658 -https://www.dexerto.com/call-of-duty/warzone-black-ops-6-nov-15-update-patch-notes-custom-loadout-increase-xp-tokens-removed-2981530/,https://www.dexerto.com/feed/,Warzone & Black Ops 6 Nov 15 update patch notes: Double XP tokens removed and custom loadout increase,"The latest Black Ops 6 and Warzone update increases the amount of custom loadout slots, removes legacy XP tokens, and more. - -Black Ops 6 players discovered that Xbox and PC versions of BO6 grant access to 10 custom loadout slots in multiplayer, two less than the 12 total available on PlayStation. This update allows every platform to create 12 custom loadouts. - -In addition, the Season 1 update introduced a bug that unintentionally locked the Ghost Perk from players. This was an issue because players had no way to counter UAVs. Raven Software swooped in quickly and addressed the issue. - -Article continues after ad - -Warzone players also found a troubling exploit that transformed the ground loot AEK-973 Marksman Rifle from a semi-automatic weapon into a fully-automatic weapon of destruction. - -Let’s take a look at what else has changed. - -Activision - -Here are the full patch notes. - -General - -Increased the number of available Custom Loadout slots from 10 to 12. - -Bug Fixes - -Fixed an issue that was causing Buy Stations to charge players an amount for items that did not align with the displayed purchase price. - -Fixed an issue that caused PlayStation players to encounter a black screen when attempting to access Warzone via the What’s Hot row. - -Fixed an issue that caused the AEK-973 Marksman Rifle found via ground loot to fire in full automatic. - -Here are the complete patch notes for multiplayer. - -Global - -Battle Pass - -Addressed an issue on Steam where BlackCell content was not correctly awarded after purchasing. - -Addressed an issue where players could become stuck when viewing the Battle Pass. - -Addressed an issue where Battle Pass Tokens would sometimes not be awarded properly. - -Disabled Shader Pre-Loading during the Battle Pass Showcase video. - -Store - -Addressed an issue where some filter prompts would show controller inputs when using KBM. - -PlayStation 5 Pro Updates Black Ops 6 and Warzone are optimized for PlayStation 5 Pro: Launch Features Using Sony’s PlayStation Spectral Super Resolution Black Ops 6 supports a higher image quality when running at 4K and 60 Hz. New PlayStation 5 Pro quality settings: higher quality shadows, ambient occlusion, reflections and screen space global illumination (unique to Quality Mode). Players can also opt to play at 120 Hz for greater performance; on the PS5 Pro 120 Hz mode has the same image quality as the PlayStation 5 running at 60 FPS. With Season 01 New variable refresh rate mode that with the allows our highest image quality mode to often exceed 60 Hz on compatible display devices (120 Hz VRR). - - - -Multiplayer - -Maps - -Hideout Addressed an issue where players could get outside of the intended playspace. - -Payback Addressed an issue where players could get outside of the intended playspace. - - - -Nuketown 24/7 replaces Radioactive 24/7 in Featured, Quickplay, and Hardcore Quickplay - -Loadouts - -Increased total Loadouts available for all platforms to 12. - -Ghost - -Addressed an issue where after permanently unlocked the Ghost Perk it could not be equipped. - -Strategist Combat Specialty - -Addressed an issue where deploying Equipment faster with the Strategist Bonus was not functioning correctly. - -Scorestreaks - -Improved stability when using the Napalm Strike. - -Improved stability when using the UAV. - -Medals - -Increased the Point Blank Medal range by 40%. This adjustment was included in the initial Season 01 Update. - - - -UI - -Addressed an issue where Equipment skins would sometimes show as locked when owned - -Fixed an issue that incorrectly allowed legacy XP tokens to be activated in the Black Ops 6 UI - -Stability - -Improved stability with the MP Game Mode Announcer. - -Zombies - -Maps - -Terminus Closed an exploit related to the Treasure Hunt Side Quest that allowed players to earn too much essence. - - - -Directed Mode added for Zombies Private Matches (Squad Fill Off) - -Ammo Mods - -Dead Wire Addressed an issue where Dead Wire electric fields could ignite zombies while having the Dragon’s Breath attachment equipped. - - - -General - -Closed an exploit where some Field Upgrades would persist after leaving a match. - -Stability",1731883666,9d7eb4fc17,30215f12bd,,,1731883666 -https://www.credible.com/blog/yahoo/what-you-can-use-a-personal-loan-for/,https://www.credible.com/blog/student-loans/feed/,What You Can Use a Personal Loan For,"Our goal is to give you the tools and confidence you need to improve your finances. Although we receive compensation from our partner lenders, whom we will always identify, all opinions are our own. Credible Operations, Inc. NMLS # 1681276, is referred to here as ""Credible."" - -Content provided by Credible. Although we do promote products from our partner lenders who compensate us for our services, all opinions are our own. - -This article first appeared on the Credible blog. - -Whether it’s to consolidate debt, cover an emergency room visit, or even finance a home improvement project, you can use a personal loan for almost anything. Here are some of the many uses of a personal loan: - -1. Debt consolidation - -If you’re struggling to pay off major debt, like credit card debt, you can use a personal loan to help. A debt consolidation loan is when you use a personal loan to pay off debt and then pay your personal loan back in installments every month. - -If you can score a low-interest personal loan with affordable monthly payments, a debt consolidation loan might work for you. Plus, if your credit score isn’t so great, debt consolidation could give it a much-needed boost. - -Visit Credible to compare personal loan rates from various lenders, all in one place. - -2. Unexpected medical bills - -Getting hit with a few high medical bills can derail your finances. But a personal loan could save you from missing payments that would otherwise cause your bills to go into collections. This can make your credit score plummet. - -If you don’t have the cash to make a lump sum payment, apply for a personal loan to cover the cost. Many lenders can get your money deposited within a day or two after you get approved. This means you’ll be able to pay off your medical bills (or dental bills) right away and avoid a late payment. - -3. Home improvement projects - -Being a homeowner means you’re responsible for everything around the home. There are smaller issues to think about like paint touch-ups and major ones like new piping due to a busted pipe. - -A personal loan can cover either the little touch ups or the major fixes. Even if you’re looking to make upgrades to your home, like replace the flooring or get a new refrigerator, you can pay for them with a personal loan. - -Before you sign on, compare the cost of a personal loan to a home equity loan or line of credit. See which one offers a lower interest rate and friendly repayment terms. Remember, though, that HELOCs and home equity loans use your home as collateral. If you fall behind on payments, your home could get seized. - -4. College and other education costs - -A child’s education doesn’t come cheap. Whether it’s a private secondary school, college tuition, or even costs related to a club or sporting event, you may not have it all covered. After getting all the help you can from primary sources like scholarships and grants, federal student loans, and private student loans, you can consider a personal loan as a last resort. - -Using a personal loan to pay for expenses you can’t afford right now means you won’t sacrifice a quality education due to lack of finances. - -Ready to find your personal loan? Credible makes it easy to find the right loan for you. - -5. Major life events - -If you’re struggling to afford major life events, like a wedding, adoption, or funeral, a personal loan can help. - -Having a personal loan means you can avoid putting major purchases on your credit card. Credit cards tend to have higher interest rates compared to loans, which means it’ll cost you even more when paying them off. Whether it’s an event that was sudden or something you’ve been planning for a while, use your resources to make ends meet. - -The best personal loan lenders give you flexible repayment terms and lower interest rates compared to credit cards. Explore many different lenders before settling on the right one for you. - -6. Car purchase - -If you’re in the market for a new car, a personal loan might be a better option than a car loan. - -Although car loans may have competitive interest rates, it’s still a good idea to explore personal loans and other lending options before jumping into the first loan you find. You might find rates and terms that work better for you in a personal, but always shop around first. - -7. Starting a business - -If you’re trying to get your business off the ground, you could apply for a business loan, but might face some hurdles. It’s not easy to get a business loan without proving your company can make money. An easier way could be getting a personal loan. - -Starting a new business can have financial setbacks. If you have strong credit to prove you’re worth lending to, you could get money within a day or two. This is faster and you’ll face much less pushback than if you were to try getting a small business loan. Just keep in mind not all lenders allow you to use a personal loan for business purposes, so always check first. - -Different personal loan uses mean different terms - -What you use your personal loan for is up to you, but each lender has different standards for each option. - -For instance, if you’re using a debt consolidation loan, you may need to pay it back sooner compared to a home equity loan. Along with that, interest rates and terms can fluctuate between different personal loan uses as well. Carefully consider all your loan options before deciding. - -Looking for a loan? Compare personal loan rates from top lenders in two minutes. - -About the author: Dori Zinn is a student loan authority and a contributor to Credible. Her work has appeared in Huffington Post, Bankate, Inc, Quartz, and more.",1731883694,4eb16f9c1e,2ff5d9fdc5,,,1731883694 -https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/aws-weekly-roundup-agentic-workflows-amazon-transcribe-aws-lambda-insights-and-more-october-21-2024/,https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/feed/,"AWS Weekly Roundup: Agentic workflows, Amazon Transcribe, AWS Lambda insights, and more (October 21, 2024)","Agentic workflows are quickly becoming a cornerstone of AI innovation, enabling intelligent systems to autonomously handle and refine complex tasks in a way that mirrors human problem-solving. Last week, we launched Serverless Agentic Workflows with Amazon Bedrock, a new short course developed in collaboration with Dr. Andrew Ng and DeepLearning.AI. - -This hands-on course, taught by my colleague Mike Chambers, teaches how to build serverless agents that can handle complex tasks without the hassle of managing infrastructure. You will learn everything you need to know about integrating tools, automating workflows, and deploying responsible agents with built-in guardrails on Amazon Web Services (AWS) with Amazon Bedrock. The hands-on labs provided with the course let you apply your knowledge directly in an AWS environment, hosted by AWS Partner Vocareum. Find more information and enroll for free on the DeepLearning.AI course page. - -Now, let’s turn our attention to other exciting news in the AWS universe from last week. - -Last week’s launches - -Here are some launches that got my attention: - -Amazon Transcribe now supports streaming transcription in 30 additional languages – Amazon Transcribe has expanded its support to include 30 additional languages, bringing the total number of supported languages to 54. This enhancement helps you reach a broader global audience and improves accessibility across various industries, including contact centers, broadcasting, and e-learning. The expanded language support allows for more efficient content moderation, improved agent productivity, and automatic subtitling for live events and meetings. - -AWS Lambda console now surfaces key function insights and supports real-time log analytics – The AWS Lambda console now features a built-in Amazon CloudWatch Metrics Insights dashboard and supports CloudWatch Logs Live Tail, providing instant visibility into critical function metrics and real-time log streaming. You can now identify and troubleshoot errors or performance issues for your Lambda functions without leaving the console, as well as view and analyze logs in real time as they become available. You can reduce context switching and accelerate the development and troubleshooting processes for serverless applications. Check out the launch post for more details. - -Amazon Bedrock Model Evaluation now supports evaluating custom model import models – You can now evaluate custom models you’ve imported to Amazon Bedrock using the model evaluation feature. This helps you to complete the full cycle of selecting, customizing, and evaluating models before deploying them. To evaluate an imported model, select the custom model from the list of models to evaluate in the model selector tool when creating an evaluation job. - -Amazon Q in AWS Supply Chain – You can now use Amazon Q, an interactive AI assistant, to analyze your supply chain data in AWS Supply Chain and get insights to operate your supply chain more efficiently. Amazon Q can answer your supply chain questions by diving into your data. This reduces the time spent searching for information and streamlines finding answers to improve your supply chain operations. - -Other AWS news - -Here are some additional news items and posts that you might find interesting: - -New Amazon OpenSearch Service YouTube channel – The channel offers bite-sized tutorials, curated content, and organized playlists on topics such as log analytics, semantic search, vector databases, and operational best practices. You can also provide feedback to influence future channel content and the OpenSearch Service roadmap. Check out the launch post for more details and subscribe to the Amazon OpenSearch Service YouTube channel. - -Deploying Generative AI Applications with NVIDIA NIM Microservices on Amazon Elastic Kubernetes Service (Amazon EKS) – This post shows you how to use Amazon EKS to orchestrate the deployment of pods containing NVIDIA NIM microservices, to enable quick-to-setup and optimized large-scale large language model (LLM) inference on Amazon EC2 G5 instances. It also demonstrates how to scale (both pod and cluster) by monitoring for custom metrics through Prometheus, and how you can load balance using an Application Load Balancer. - -Instant Well-Architected CDK Resources with Solutions Constructs Factories – You can now create well-architected AWS resources such as Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) buckets and AWS Step Functions state machines with a single function call using the new AWS Solutions Constructs Factories. These factories handle all the best practices configuration for you while still allowing customization. Try using a Constructs factory the next time you need to deploy one of the supported resources. - -Upcoming AWS events - -Check your calendars and sign up for these AWS events: - -AWS GenAI Lofts – AWS GenAI Lofts are about more than just the tech, they bring together startups, developers, investors, and industry experts. Whether you’re looking to gain deep insights, or get your questions answered by generative AI pros, our GenAI Lofts have you covered and provide everything you need to start building your next innovation. Join events in London (through October 25), Seoul (October 30–November 6), São Paulo (through November 20), and Paris (through November 25). - -AWS Community Days – Join community-led conferences that feature technical discussions, workshops, and hands-on labs led by expert AWS users and industry leaders from around the world: Malta (November 8), Chile (November 9), and Kochi, India (December 14). - -AWS re:Invent – Registration is now open for the annual tech extravaganza, taking place December 2–6 in Las Vegas. At re:Invent 2024, you’ll get a front row seat to hear real stories from customers and AWS leaders about navigating pressing topics, such as generative AI. Learn about new product launches, watch demos, and get behind-the-scenes insights during five headline-making keynotes. - -You can browse all upcoming in-person and virtual events. - -That’s all for this week. Check back next Monday for another Weekly Roundup! - -— Antje - -This post is part of our Weekly Roundup series. Check back each week for a quick roundup of interesting news and announcements from AWS!",1731883614,cabe785f85,3038ca9afe,,,1731883614 -https://grin.co/blog/ecommerce-influencer-marketing-guide/,https://www.grin.co/blog/feed,Ecommerce Influencer Marketing: A Complete Guide,"Influencer marketing and ecommerce are starting to reach a singularity of sorts, as creators are now just as likely to sell a product as they are to raise awareness for it. Because of this, brands are constantly seeking innovative ways to stand out and connect with their target audience. - -As social media platforms continue to optimize for online shopping, influencer marketing is becoming an even more powerful strategy for ecommerce success. But that power means influencer marketing is also becoming more complex as it hits every level of the sales funnel. - -It’s a big funnel, too. More than one-third of the world population shops online, with total sales sales are in excess of $6 trillion dollars. Look at it this way, if ecommerce was its own country, it would have the third largest GDP in the world. - -Let’s take a holistic look at influencer marketing through the lens of an ecommerce brand, and help you get your piece of this ever-growing pie. - -Top ecommerce influencer marketing channels - -When it comes to ecommerce influencer marketing, certain platforms stand out as particularly effective. Let’s explore the pros and cons of the top three channels: - -TikTok - -TikTok’s biggest strength is how engaging (and addictive) it is. With viral trends and challenges abound, TikTok is an ideal place for brands to gain rapid exposure when leveraged effectively. - -TikTok’s user base is becoming more and more diverse. But it still predominantly consists of Gen Z and younger Millennials. That gives brands a high level of access to a demographic with significant purchasing power and a penchant for discovering new products through social media. A powerful search function further enhances the potential for brands and creators to reach wide audiences quickly. - -However, TikTok’s fast-paced nature presents its own set of challenges. The rapidly evolving trends on the platform can be difficult for brands to keep up with, requiring constant adaptation and creativity. Brands targeting a broader age range might also find TikTok’s younger-skewing audience a limitation, potentially necessitating a multi-platform approach to reach older consumers effectively. - -Instagram - -Though second on our list, Instagram still stands as the most popular channel for influencer marketing. A visually-rich environment with integrated ecommerce features, Instagram seamlessly blends social interaction with shopping experiences. - -The platform’s versatility shines through its diverse content formats: Photos, Stories, and Reels provide brands and influencers with multiple avenues to showcase products creatively. And with robust shopping features integrated directly into the platform, ecommerce brands can offer an even smoother journey from discovery to purchase. - -One of Instagram’s key strengths lies in its wide range of influencer types and niches, catering to virtually every market segment imaginable. This diversity enables brands to find perfect matches for their products, regardless of how specialized they may be. - -However, Instagram’s popularity also brings challenges. The platform’s market is highly saturated, with intense competition for user attention, making it increasingly difficult for brands to stand out or find creators who perfectly align with their brand. - -Additionally, frequent algorithm changes can significantly impact organic reach, requiring constant adaptation of marketing strategies. For brands looking to partner with established influencers, Instagram often comes with higher costs compared to newer or niche platforms, reflecting the potential for extensive reach but also necessitating careful budget considerations. - -YouTube - -YouTube is the world’s largest video-sharing platform, and has been around since before terms like “social media and “influencer marketing” were coined. It offers unique advantages for ecommerce influencer marketing, particularly for brands seeking to provide comprehensive product information. - -With an emphasis on long-form content, YouTube serves as an ideal channel for in-depth product reviews and demonstrations, allowing influencers to showcase items in great detail and address potential customer questions thoroughly. - -One of YouTube’s key strengths lies in its high search visibility for product-related queries, making it an excellent platform for capturing consumers actively researching purchases. The platform’s ability to host evergreen content means that well-crafted product videos can continue to drive traffic and generate interest long after their initial publication. - -However, leveraging YouTube effectively comes with its own set of issues. Creating high-quality video content often requires more time and resources than what Instagram or TikTok requires, leading to longer lead times for content creation and publication compared to more instantaneous platforms. - -Additionally, while YouTube excels at providing detailed information, it may be less effective for driving impulse purchases, as viewers are often in a research mindset rather than a buying mode when consuming content on the platform. - -Ecommerce trends brands should watch out for - -To stay ahead in the ecommerce influencer marketing game, brands need to be aware of emerging trends and adapt quickly. What worked yesterday might not cut it tomorrow—and things can change so quickly these can be literal “yesterdays” and “tomorrows.” - -Here are some key areas to watch: - -Social commerce integration - -Platforms are increasingly incorporating native shopping features, allowing users to purchase products directly within the app. This seamless integration of shopping experiences into social media platforms is revolutionizing the way consumers discover and buy products. Brands that leverage these in-app purchasing capabilities can significantly reduce friction in the buying process, leading to higher conversion rates and improved customer experiences. - -Live shopping - -Real-time, interactive shopping experiences led by influencers are gaining traction, particularly in markets like China and increasingly in the West. These live events combine entertainment, product demonstrations, and instant purchasing capabilities—creating a highly engaging and immersive shopping experience. Brands can use live shopping to build stronger connections with their audience, answer questions in real-time, and drive immediate sales. - -Micro and nano influencers - -Brands are recognizing the value of partnering with smaller, niche influencers who often have higher engagement rates and more loyal followers. These influencers typically have audiences ranging from 1,000 to 100,000 followers and are perceived as more relatable and trustworthy by their communities. - -Collaborating with micro and nano influencers can lead to more authentic product recommendations and higher conversion rates, often at a lower cost compared to macro-influencers. No wonder why more than half (53.8%) of brands surveyed said they were favoring nano-influencers and their niche audiences over a much larger reach. - -Video-first content - -Short-form video content is dominating social media, with platforms like TikTok and Instagram Reels leading the charge. Even YouTube got into the action when they debuted Shorts in 2020. - -This trend reflects changing consumer preferences for quick, engaging, and easily digestible content (read: everybody doing what made TikTok so successful so quickly). Regardless of length, though, brands that adapt their marketing strategies to prioritize video content can capture audience attention more effectively and showcase their products in dynamic, creative ways. - -Authenticity and transparency - -Consumers have shown a preference for more genuine and transparent partnerships between brands and influencers. This only makes sense: creators become influencers because of the trust they build with their audience. Break that trust, and it costs both of you. - -This trend—if federal guidelines can be called a “trend”—emphasizes the importance of disclosing sponsored content clearly and ensuring that influencer partnerships align with both the brand’s and the influencer’s values. Authentic collaborations build trust with audiences and lead to more meaningful engagement and long-term brand loyalty. - -Sustainability and ethical consumption - -Influencers who promote eco-friendly and socially responsible products are gaining more traction with conscious consumers. This trend reflects a growing awareness of environmental and social issues among shoppers, particularly younger demographics. Brands that prioritize sustainability in their products and marketing efforts can tap into this trend to connect with environmentally conscious consumers and differentiate themselves in the market. - -Essential influencer marketing tips for ecommerce brands - -Define clear goals and KPIs. - -Before launching any influencer campaign, you need to establish specific, measurable objectives. Whether it’s increasing brand awareness, driving sales, or boosting engagement, having clear goals—and knowing how to measure them—will guide your strategy. - -Start by identifying your primary business objectives and then translate these into specific, quantifiable metrics. For example, if your goal is to increase sales, you might set KPIs around conversion rates, average order value, or total revenue generated from influencer-driven traffic. Regularly review and adjust these goals as your campaign progresses to ensure they remain relevant and achievable. - -Worksheet: SMART goals for successful influencer marketing campaigns - -Leverage different compensation strategies. - -Integrating paid collabs with something like affiliate marketing can be a powerful strategy for ecommerce brands, effectively killing two birds with one stone. By providing influencers with unique affiliate links or discount codes, you not only incentivize them to promote your products more enthusiastically but also gain valuable insights into the direct impact of their efforts on your sales. - -This approach allows you to track conversions accurately, measure ROI, and reward influencers based on their performance. Moreover, it encourages influencers to create more compelling content, as their earnings are directly tied to the success of their promotions. - -Keep in mind that not all creators will be open to an affiliate partnership. If that’s the case, and you don’t have the budget to offer them a paid collab, ask if they would be interested in a no-strings-attached gift. This leaves a great impression for potential future collabs. And who knows? They might love the product and post about you anyway! - -Avoid mercenary influencers. - -Partnering with influencers who genuinely align with your brand values and aesthetics will have much more impact than a creator who’s looking to build a portfolio and their checking account. Authentic partnerships result in more credible recommendations and higher engagement from their audience. - -Take the time to research potential influencers thoroughly, looking beyond just follower counts to examine the quality of their content, their audience demographics, and their previous brand collaborations. - -Consider starting with smaller, niche influencers who have highly engaged followers in your target market. These micro-influencers often have stronger connections with their audience, leading to more authentic endorsements and potentially higher conversion rates. - -Leverage user-generated content. - -Encourage influencers to create content that their followers can easily replicate, fostering a sense of community and increasing user-generated content around your brand. This approach not only extends the reach of your campaign but also provides social proof and builds trust with potential customers. - -Consider creating branded hashtags or TikTok challenges that influencers can promote, encouraging their followers to participate and share their own content featuring your products. Showcase the best user-generated content on your own social media channels and website to further amplify its impact and reward customer engagement. - -Optimize for mobile. - -Ensure that all influencer content and linked landing pages are mobile-friendly, as a significant portion of social media browsing and online shopping occurs on mobile devices. This means optimizing images and videos for quick loading on mobile networks, using responsive design for landing pages, and simplifying the checkout process for mobile users. - -Consider implementing mobile-specific features like one-click purchasing or integration with mobile payment systems to reduce friction in the buying process. Regularly test the mobile user experience of your influencer campaigns to identify and address any pain points that could be hindering conversions. - -Implement multi-channel campaigns - -While focusing on one or two primary platforms is important, consider how influencer content can be repurposed across multiple channels for maximum impact. This approach allows you to reach a wider audience and reinforce your message across different touchpoints. - -For example, a long-form YouTube review could be edited into shorter clips for Instagram Reels or TikTok, with key points shared as text posts on Twitter or LinkedIn. - -Develop a content distribution strategy that takes into account the strengths of each platform and the preferences of your target audience on those channels. This multi-channel approach can also help you identify which platforms are most effective for your brand, allowing you to refine your strategy over time. - -How to find ecommerce influencers the old-fashioned way - -Finding the right influencers for your ecommerce brand requires a strategic approach. Of course, there are software solutions designed to help you in this task. However, most brands will want to start with a manual approach before upgrading to something more advanced. - -Leverage Instagram’s ‘Suggested for You’ feature. - -Explore accounts similar to those already aligned with your brand to discover potential new influencers. Instagram’s algorithm is designed to show you content and accounts similar to those you already engage with. - -Start by following and interacting with influencers you’re already aware of in your niche. Then, regularly check the ‘Suggested for You’ section to find new, relevant accounts. This method can help you uncover up-and-coming influencers who might not yet be on your radar but could be perfect for your brand. - -Utilize YouTube’s search and suggestion features. - -Search for product reviews and unboxing videos in your niche to find relevant YouTubers. YouTube’s search function is powerful for discovering content creators who are already talking about products similar to yours. - -Pay attention to the suggested videos that appear alongside search results and in the ‘Up Next’ section, as these can lead you to other relevant influencers. Don’t forget to check the comments section of popular videos in your niche, as you might find smaller influencers engaging with their audience there. - -Explore TikTok’s ‘For You’ page. - -Engage with content related to your industry to train the algorithm to show you relevant creators. TikTok’s ‘For You’ page is highly personalized and can be a goldmine for discovering influencers in your niche. - -Spend time liking, commenting, and sharing videos related to your products or industry. The more you interact, the better TikTok becomes at showing you relevant content and creators. Also, use TikTok’s search function with industry-specific hashtags to find trending content and creators in your space. - -Check competitor partnerships. - -Analyze which influencers your competitors are working with for inspiration. Also: find out which ones they’ve worked with in the past and avoid the stink of opportunism that a creator who “switches teams” could create. - -Looking for both can provide valuable insights into the type of influencers that resonate with your target audience. However, instead of simply copying their strategy, use this information to identify gaps or opportunities they might have missed. - -Attend industry events and trade shows. - -Network with potential influencers in person at relevant events in your niche. Industry events and trade shows are excellent opportunities to meet influencers face-to-face and build genuine relationships. Many influencers attend these events to stay up-to-date with industry trends and network with brands. - -Prepare a pitch about your brand and be ready to exchange contact information. Follow up after the event to nurture these connections. In-person meetings can lead to more authentic partnerships and give you a better sense of whether an influencer truly aligns with your brand values. - -Use hashtag research. - -Identify popular hashtags in your industry and explore the top content creators using them. Start with broad, industry-specific hashtags and then narrow down to more niche, product-specific ones. Tools like Hashtagify or RiteTag can help you find related hashtags and track their popularity. - -Once you’ve identified relevant hashtags, explore the top posts using these tags to find influencers creating high-engaging content. Pay attention to micro-influencers who might have smaller followings but high engagement rates, as they often offer better value and more authentic connections with their audience. - -Want more? Check out these 39 ways to source creators for your brand. - -Ecommerce influencer marketing tools to consider - -Ecommerce influencer marketing tools are out there for you regardless of what stage your creator program is in. Let’s talk about a few options. - -Beginners should start small - -For brands just starting out with influencer marketing, simple and cost-effective tools can be incredibly effective. Many businesses begin by leveraging spreadsheet software like Google Sheets or Microsoft Excel to organize their influencer campaigns. - -These tools are bare bones but versatile. Plus, you’re probably already using them for other reasons. For influencer marketing, they’ll help you keep track of key information like contact details, engagement rates, performance data, and so forth. - -You can also use spreadsheets to track campaign details, set goals, and monitor basic metrics such as reach, engagement, and conversions. As your program grows, you can expand these spreadsheets to include more complex data analysis and visualization features. - -Alongside spreadsheets, it’s wise to take advantage of the native tools provided by social media platforms. - -For instance, Instagram’s Creator Studio offers a range of features for managing influencer collaborations, including content scheduling, performance tracking, and direct messaging with creators. - -Similarly, platforms like TikTok and YouTube provide their own suite of tools for content creators and brands to manage partnerships and analyze campaign performance. - -These native tools are often free to use and provide valuable insights specific to each platform, making them an excellent starting point for brands new to influencer marketing. - -When it’s time to scale - -As your influencer marketing program grows, it’s crucial to invest in more sophisticated tools. When selecting these advanced solutions, prioritize platforms that offer comprehensive creator discovery and recruitment capabilities. Look for tools with advanced search filters that allow you to find influencers who align perfectly with your brand values and target audience. - -These platforms should also include features for streamlined outreach and communication, making it easier to initiate and manage conversations with potential partners. Equally important is robust relationship management software, akin to a CRM system, which enables you to track all interactions with influencers, manage contracts and agreements, and maintain a clear overview of your partnerships. - -With more sophisticated campaigns also comes the need for powerful measurement and analytics tools. Look for something that can track performance across multiple platforms, calculate ROI, and provide detailed information on every single post. - -This is critical for multiple reasons: - -Understand what’s working and what isn’t. WHen you have a clear picture of success, you can iterate your strengths and address your weaknesses. Get more budget. Show your data to leadership when it’s time to increase your influencer marketing budget. Negotiate with creators. It helps during the negotiation process when you have data to tell you exactly what kind of returns you can expect from your future partners. - -To enhance efficiency, seek out platforms with built-in collaboration workflows, including content approval processes and calendar management features to keep your campaigns on track. Some advanced tools also offer additional support services, such as access to influencer marketing experts who can help you run some (or all) of your program. - -When evaluating these tools, remember that the ultimate goal is to streamline your workflow, so you and your team can focus on what truly matters: building strong relationships with your chosen creators. By automating and optimizing many of the time-consuming tasks, you can dedicate more resources to developing creative, impactful campaigns that resonate with your target audience. - -Examples of brands killing it with ecommerce influencers - -Ready for a little real-world inspo? Let’s take a look at some brands who are already way ahead of the game when it comes to working with ecommerce influencers. - -Fashion Nova - -Fashion Nova has become a big name in fast fashion, and a lot of that success comes from how they work with social media influencers. Their influencer strategy goes beyond just working with big names. They also partner with many micro-influencers, helping them reach niche audiences more authentically. - -They’re also smart about user-generated content. Fashion Nova encourages customers to share photos of themselves in their outfits, often reposting this content. This turns happy customers into brand advocates. - -One of Fashion Nova’s strengths is how quickly they respond to trends. They’re known for rapidly producing clothing inspired by celebrity outfits, then immediately promoting these pieces through their influencer network. - -Diversity is another key part of their strategy. By working with influencers of various body types, ethnicities, and styles, Fashion Nova has built a reputation for inclusivity. - -These strategies have helped Fashion Nova stand out in the competitive fast fashion market, turning social media buzz into real sales success. This has allowed them to grow their influencer program really quickly. And it’s paying off big time, to the tune of over $1 billion a year. - -This is a prime example of how powerful it can be when brands team up with the right influencers—especially in the fashion world, where trends can change in a snap, this kind of marketing can really boost sales. - -Uber - -@uber Tag someone who can’t tell a story without losing the plot ???? ♬ original sound – Theo Von - -Uber had no presence on TikTok which, post-2020, was becoming a problem. With the rapid growth of the platform, there was pressure to produce compelling videos that could capture the attention of users while effectively conveying the brand’s message. Aiming to change that dynamic and showcase its brand in a fun, authentic way, Uber hired Phil Rosario for the position of Global Social Media Lead. - -To address these challenges, Rosario focused on building a vibrant community by collaborating with a variety of creators and influencers who could produce content tailored to their unique audiences. He encouraged authentic storytelling and creative expression, which helped to showcase the diverse experiences of Uber users. - -This approach resulted in substantial growth, as Uber successfully increased its TikTok following to over 750,000 followers, generating more than 35 million organic video views and 3.7 million likes in less than a year. This success not only reinforced Uber’s presence in the social media landscape but keeps its name top-of-mind with an audience ripe for being either too young or too tipsy to drive. - -Red Bull - -Red Bull gives you wings—and cool marketing ideas, especially when it comes to working with influencers. - -They’ve got a bunch of partnerships with athletes and influencers who embody the Red Bull lifestyle. They’re famous for creating and sponsoring extreme sports events, which naturally attract influencers and generate buzz. They even have their own media house producing high-quality content featuring their influencers and athletes. - -Red Bull is known for forming long-lasting relationships with influencers, often supporting their careers over many years. They don’t just stick to mainstream sports either—they target niche extreme sports and emerging athletic trends too. To keep things fresh, Red Bull runs user-generated content campaigns, encouraging fans to share their own adventurous content. - -This multi-faceted approach helps Red Bull maintain its edgy, adventurous brand image while reaching a wide and diverse audience. Oh, and they’re crushing it in the energy drink world, with sales topping a whopping $11 billion a year. - -Key takeaway: Influencer marketing is now an essential strategy in the ecommerce space. - -The intersection of ecommerce and influencer marketing presents an opportunity for brands to expand their reach and engage with consumers in more meaningful, long-term ways—beyond that initial sale. As the $6 trillion global ecommerce market continues to grow, influencers offer a powerful avenue to connect with target audiences on platforms like TikTok, Instagram, and YouTube. - -These platforms provide unique benefits: TikTok’s capacity for viral content, Instagram’s visual and shopping features, and YouTube’s long-form, detailed reviews. Quick adaptation to emerging trends such as social commerce, live shopping events, and partnerships with micro- and nano-influencers is essential for maintaining consumer trust and engagement. - -Are you ready to stake your claim in the creator economy? Discover more helpful tips and resources from the experts at GRIN: Creator Management Learning Center - -Frequently Asked Questions",1731883671,91a70a5bba,301823bb4e,,,1731883671 -https://theintercept.com/2024/11/15/click-to-cancel-ftc-trump/,https://theintercept.com/feed/?category=politics,The Looming GOP Battle Over Whether You Have to Go to Hell and Back to Cancel Amazon Prime,"For years, customers trying to cancel their Amazon Prime subscriptions have complained about having to navigate a maze of confusing screens so they can ditch their monthly subscription fee. At Planet Fitness, one of the biggest gym chains in the country, people who want to quit pumping iron complain about the same thing. - -From ditching a premium account to canceling your gym membership, critics of the business practices that make it hard to leave call them “subscription traps.” Customers hate them — so much so that they file 70 complaints a day at the Federal Trade Commission. - -In response, the FTC unveiled the click-to-cancel rule last month that is designed to make it much harder for businesses to fleece customers. Ending a subscription should be just as easy as signing up for it in the first place, FTC Chair Lina Khan said. - -Under the rule set to go into effect soon, companies have to be upfront about any fees that will pop up after a free trial period. And canceling a subscription or service must take as many steps as it took to sign up; consumers also cannot be forced to call a customer service line or send a letter to cancel a service they started online. - -With Khan’s time at the FTC running out, the new leadership that Donald Trump installs at the agency could go either way. - -With Khan’s time at the FTC running out, the new leadership that Donald Trump installs at the agency could go either way on questions like the click-to-cancel rule. - -That’s because Khan, a liberal appointed by a liberal president, has won some unlikely fans among conservatives: the “Khanservatives” who support cracking down on anti-competitive practices. On the other side of the debate are a more traditional GOP constituency: businesses and investors betting big on the loosening of regulation. - -The new FTC brass could try to scale down the rule, kill it, or keep it. Or Congress could legislate the rule away. - -The rule, passed last month, isn’t enforceable until 180 days after it’s posted in the Federal Register — which may get killed before it even takes effect. - -Trump has yet to announce his pick to succeed Khan as chair. - -Two candidates in the mix could take an aggressive stance in favor of enforcing antitrust laws, according to reporting earlier this week in the Financial Times. Either Vice President-elect JD Vance’s adviser Gail Slater or former Department of Justice antitrust division attorney Mark Meador could get the nod, the newspaper said. - -Whether Slater, Meador, or another candidate gets the nod, the confirmation process could take months. In the meantime, Trump could appoint one of the two GOP commissioners as acting chair. - -There are signs, however, that would bode ill for the Khanservatives: The two Republican commissioners, Andrew Ferguson and Melissa Holyoak, both voted against the click-to-cancel rule. - -“Everybody ought to just say, ‘Thank goodness.’ It’s a scam that has been baked into some of our companies,” said David Vladeck, a law professor and the director of the FTC’s Bureau of Consumer Protection under President Barack Obama. “I’m just flummoxed that two of the commissioners think that this is not a good idea.” - -“I’m just flummoxed that two of the commissioners think that this is not a good idea.” - -As acting chair, either GOP commissioner could seek to delay the rule’s implementation, pare it back, or rescind it altogether. Fully retracting the rule would not be easy, but it could be done with a Republican majority on the commission, Vladeck said. - -He said that based on the dissent she wrote, Holyoak might try to keep some parts of the rule and ditch others. The other Republican commissioner, Ferguson, said at an FTC hearing Thursday that he did see some positives in the rule. - -“I do think there was a lot in this rule that will benefit consumers, and insofar as the rule is sustained in judicial challenges, I hope that those benefits are in fact realized by consumers,” Ferguson said. - -Teresa Murray, consumer watchdog director at Public Interest Research Group, pointed to another possibility: that the next commission could simply fail to enforce the rule. - -Even before click-to-cancel was approved, Khan’s agency used existing rules to go after companies like Amazon. The FTC sued the tech giant in 2023 for making it hard to cancel Prime. The company denies tricking people into signing up for Prime or making it hard to cancel. - -Outside the commission itself, the new rule faces other potential stumbling blocks. Three corporate trade groups representing the advertising, home security, and cable and TV industries have sued to stop the rule from taking effect. Congress could also overturn the rule. - -“Clearly, there are a lot of obstacles to this,” Murray said. “But we certainly hope for the sake of consumers and the sake of businesses that are doing it the right way, that companies will comply with this whether it is required or not.” - -Risking Backlash - -An attempt to reverse the click-to-cancel rule could please some of Trump’s corporate backers but would also run the risk of a popular backlash. The rule broke through to the public consciousness in a way few FTC decisions do — even earning a nod from Stephen Colbert. - -Democratic FTC Commissioner Rebecca Kelly Slaughter said she had heard repeatedly from ordinary people outside the world of Washington politics praising the adoption of the rule. Khan noted that the rule was driven by public complaints. - -“We’ve heard about these complaints across all sorts of contexts, from gym memberships to delivery services,” Khan said Thursday. “These tactics are causing Americans real harm, with people paying hundreds or even thousands of dollars for services they no longer want.” - -Click-to-cancel will not be the only big decision for the next FTC chair. The agency is also pursuing lawsuits against Amazon and Facebook’s parent company, Meta, with potentially sweeping implications. - -And for more than a year, the FTC has been considering a proposed rule to ban the hidden “junk fees” that raise the cost of everything from apartment rentals to concert tickets. Vladeck, the law professor, said he doubts that Khan can pass that rule before she leaves office. - -“The clock is ticking pretty loudly right now,” he said. “I think they’re probably not going to get it done.” - -Still, the new leadership at the commission could continue the rulemaking process in some form. Meador, one of the rumored candidates for the chair position, led a coalition seeking the breakup of the Live Nation-Ticketmaster entertainment conglomerate. - -The big question will be whether Khan’s successors attempt to limit the rule’s scope to please businesses, Vladeck said. - -“I would not think that the Trump administration is going to abandon that kind of work,” he said. “Industry is unhappy about it. There are ways of mitigating the industry’s unhappiness about it.”",1731883620,181d4b7e9a,3065c1100e,,,1731883620 -https://cryptomining-blog.com/13539-futurebit-apollo-ii-is-more-than-just-a-bitcoin-asic-miner-for-home-users/,https://cryptomining-blog.com/feed/,FutureBit Apollo II is More than Just a Bitcoin ASIC Miner for Home Users,"FutureBit Apollo II is More than Just a Bitcoin ASIC Miner for Home Users 27 Nov - -2023 - -The new FutureBit Apollo II has been officially announced and it is going to be available in three different versions with shipping starting in Q1 next year (2024) with preorders expected to be available from December 8th. We are not sure how to talk about this device as it is more than just a Bitcoin miner designed and made in the USA and targeted for home users… although the Apollo II Standard ($799 USD) is essentially a cool looking USB-based Bitcoin ASIC miner capable of delivering up to 10 TH/s hashrate with about 400 Watts of power usage and that device can be plugged in to an older Apollo node or a newer Apollo II Full Node or a computer or a RPi thus adding new or expanding existing hashing power. The new Apollo II Full Node ($1099 USD) as the name implies includes a Full Bitcoin Node and the device itself is a Miner + Full Node + Linux Desktop System all in one with the mining part essentially the same as the standalone device. With the Full Node you also get a built-in modern ARM based controller with 4GB of RAM and up to a 2TB of SSD storage that has a pre-installed dedicated Apollo OS 1.0, that allows for built in zero config solo mining directly to your node. And the third version is the FutureBit Apollo II Founders Edition ($1999 USD) that has all of the Full Node features, but with additional extras such as cooler looking orange case with transparent top, and you would be able to get it shipped first with a limited number of units available. - -We remember first hearing about FutureBit back in 2016 on Bitcointalk where jstefanop announced that he is working on a USB-based Scrypt ASIC miner and soon after that we got our hands on the FutureBit MoonLander USB Scrypt ASIC Miner to test it. We really liked the design and how the device worked back then later on came the improved FutureBit Moonlander 2, after that the Apollo LTC miner and then the upgrade kit to bring it up to a Full Node and the Apollo BTC miner and Full Node, and now comes the next evolution with improved hashrate and power efficiency as well as features. The miners from FutureBit have always been for home users and not for large mining farms and are designed around the idea of quality and reliability, silent operation at home and useful additional features. So do not expect these to be rivalling the latest generation of ASIC miners designed for big Bitcoin mining farms, although efficiency wise the Apollo II does compare very well efficiency wise to the current generation of Bitcoin mining ASICs on the market. - -– Check out the official FutureBit website for more details about the Apollo II…",1731883656,bd0c3a08cb,3049495fa3,,,1731883656 -https://www.bjpenn.com/boxing-news/jake-paul-boxing-news/fight-fans-slam-netflix-for-jake-paul-vs-mike-tyson-streaming-issues/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=fight-fans-slam-netflix-for-jake-paul-vs-mike-tyson-streaming-issues,https://www.bjpenn.com/feed/,Fight fans slam Netflix for Jake Paul vs. Mike Tyson streaming issues,"Fight fans and some UFC fighters slammed Netflix for the streaming issues during Jake Paul vs Mike Tyson last night. - -On Friday, Jake Paul vs Mike Tyson was streamed across the world on Netflix. It was the first real combat sports event of its kind, and it’s safe to say the viewership was big. While the official figures are still unconfirmed, this felt like the kind of move that represented a shift in momentum toward streaming services. - -RELATED: Francis Ngannou sends warning to Jake Paul following Mike Tyson fight: “I’m gonna give him 2 or 3 slaps” - -Of course, we always knew there were going to be issues. After all, Netflix isn’t going to hit a home run straight out of the gate – no matter how much money they’ve put behind this operation. As a result, many people reported numerous issues with their stream throughout the course of the evening. - -As you can see by the following reactions, it seems like they still have quite a bit to work on behind the scenes. - -Hey Netflix, have you tried unplugging and plugging in the router? — Cody Durden (@Cody_Durden) November 16, 2024 - -https://twitter.com/BillyQMMA/status/1857633305698463763 - -My Netflix for the Paul vs Tyson fight is streaming at a solid 480p right now….i feel like I’m watching live action Minecraft… anyone else or just me?! #PaulVsTyson — Stephen “Wonderboy” Thompson (@WonderboyMMA) November 16, 2024 - -Wow! We were delayed!!! The fight started already https://t.co/5tiHWyMG7l — Aljamain Sterling (@funkmasterMMA) November 16, 2024 - -https://twitter.com/800Hertz/status/1857625991222383085 - -https://twitter.com/tatianaufc/status/1857633216724873397",1731883646,eda10ed51d,303fabcfaa,,,1731883646 -https://www.cnbc.com/2024/11/15/elon-musks-xai-raising-up-to-6-billion-to-purchase-100000-nvidia-chips-for-memphis-data-center.html,https://www.cnbc.com/id/100727362/device/rss/rss.html,"Elon Musk's xAI raising up to $6 billion to purchase 100,000 Nvidia chips for Memphis data center","Elon Musk listens as US President-elect Donald Trump speaks during a House Republicans Conference meeting at the Hyatt Regency on Capitol Hill on November 13, 2024 in Washington, DC. - -Elon Musk's artificial intelligence company xAI is raising up to $6 billion at a $50 billion valuation, according to CNBC's David Faber. - -Sources told Faber that the funding, which should close early next week, is a combination of $5 billion expected from sovereign funds in the Middle East and $1 billion from other investors, some of whom may want to re-up their investments. - -The money will be used to acquire 100,000 Nvidia chips, per sources familiar with the situation. Tesla 's Full Self Driving is expected to rely on the new Memphis supercomputer. - -Musk's AI startup, which he announced in July 2023, seeks to ""understand the true nature of the universe,"" according to its website. Last November, xAI released a chatbot called Grok, which the company said was modeled after ""The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy."" The chatbot debuted with two months of training and had real-time knowledge of the internet, the company claimed at the time. - -With Grok, xAI aims to directly compete with companies including ChatGPT creator OpenAI, which Musk helped start before a conflict with co-founder Sam Altman led him to depart the project in 2018. It will also be vying with Google's Bard technology and Anthropic's Claude chatbot. - -Now that Donald Trump is president-elect, Musk is beginning to actively work with the new administration on its approach to AI and tech more broadly, as part of Trump's inner circle in recent weeks. - -Trump plans to repeal President Joe Biden's executive order on AI, according to his campaign platform, stating that it ""hinders AI Innovation, and imposes Radical Leftwing ideas on the development of this technology"" and that ""in its place, Republicans support AI Development rooted in Free Speech and Human Flourishing.""",1731883656,75e1d84fca,3069146667,,,1731883656 -https://derivsource.com/2024/09/18/cme-group-sofr-futures-reach-new-volume-and-open-interest-records/,https://derivsource.com/feed,CME Group SOFR Futures Reach New Volume and Open Interest Records,"CME Group, the world’s leading derivatives marketplace, today announced that its deeply liquid SOFR futures reached a new, all-time record average daily volume (ADV) of 5.4 million contracts in September and an open interest record of 13,159,646 contracts on September 17. - -Additionally, SOFR futures now have a record 1,144 large open interest holders (LOIH), based on the CFTC’s latest Commitments of Traders report. - -“Our SOFR futures are the world’s most actively traded futures contracts, providing clients with the deepest liquidity and strongest efficiencies for managing short-term interest rate risk,” said Agha Mirza, CME Group Global Head of Rates and OTC Products. “These new records in ADV, open interest and LOIH reflect the growing liquidity we are seeing across the SOFR curve and our unrivaled SOFR complex.” - -Month-to-date in September, CME Group SOFR options ADV reached 2.5 million contracts, the second-highest ever, with open interest of more than 44.5 million contracts. - -Launched in May 2018, CME Group SOFR futures have broad participation from global banks, hedge funds, asset managers, principal trading firms and other types of traders. The contracts are eligible for margin offsets versus adjacent futures and options, portfolio margining with cleared interest rate swaps, as well as cross-margining with FICC-cleared cash U.S. Treasury notes, bonds and certain Repo transactions.",1731883727,9dd65a327d,3039b92335,,,1731883727 -https://thecollegeinvestor.com/21636/trump-student-loan-forgiveness/,https://thecollegeinvestor.com/feed/,Trump Student Loan Forgiveness Changes And Proposals,"Okay, so let's talk about the potential changes to student loan forgiveness programs. - -It sounds like it could be confusing, but it doesn’t have to be. You can sign up for these programs for free at StudentLoans.gov. - -With most proposals, they take effect for future loan borrowers - that means, if you're in a repayment plan or student loan forgiveness plan right now, you'll likely be grandfathered in. - -Remember, proposals are just that - proposals . It doesn't mean that these changes will go into effect. However, it's a great reminder for people with student loans that it might be a good time to take action on your debt if you've been neglecting it. - -Let's break down the changes Trump's administration has done with student loan forgiveness, and then talk a little bit about the proposals that he's made for his next presidency. - -President Trump made some major changes to student loan forgiveness programs - and most people don't know it. Combine that with the proposals rolled out by Education Secretary Betsy DeVos, and the Trump presidency was mired with student loan controversy. - -Any specific changes to loan programs or financial aid would require additional legislation - nothing which has been proposed or discussed. - -Furthermore, most of the functions of the Department of Education would simply shift to other departments or back to the states. Specifically for Federal Student Aid and the student loan program, it would likely end up as part of the Department of Treasury. It would likely have minimal impact to your existing loans. - -However, the big thing he's discussed is eliminating the Department of Education . This could have profound effects on the future of student loans, but likely won't have much of an impact in the short term. Trump would be the 4th President to seriously attempt to shut down the Department of Education, but it still would require an act of Congress. - -He made a lot of changes (mostly positive) during his presidency, but he hasn't made any specific proposals about student loans. The only comment he's really made about student loans has been praising the Supreme Court decision for stopping President Biden's planned broad student loan forgiveness . - -Since President Trump was re-elected, it's important to note any proposals he's making about student loan debt and student loan forgiveness. - -Let's talk about some of the things that have changed under the Trump administration. These are changes that have already gone into effect - they are the law . However, remember these laws can always be changed in the future. - -See our full guide here: What happens to your student loans during quarantine or lock-down . - -For borrowers losing work and income due to the coronavirus, it's essential that you immediately update or apply for income-driven repayment with an income that reflects what you're currently earning (especially if it's $0). This is the best course of action to not go into default on your student loans after the Covid-19 student loan deferment ends . - -This program is very helpful for borrowers trying to navigate the pandemic. By pausing student loan payments and interest, Trump has freed-up much needed spending in people's budgets. Yes, there are other ways to help, but this is an easy solution to help borrowers. - -Finally, if you're going for loan forgiveness programs like Public Service Loan Forgiveness , the payments ""missed"" during this pause will still count towards your eligible payments. - -Also, any loans in collections will have collection activities suspended for the time being. - -It's important to note that this is pretty limited for borrowers. Loans held by the Federal government refers to ""Direct"" student loans and some FFEL loans , not all FFEL loans, Perkins loans, or private loans. That means if you have FFEL loans or private loans, you don't qualify for this waiver of interest. - -Update: On March 13, 2020, as part of his emergency declaration for the coronavirus, Trump announced that he would be freezing/waiving student loan interest AND payments on student loans held by the Federal government. President Biden extended the waiver through August 30, 2023. - -Tax Free Death And Disability Student Loan Discharge - -We've discussed before in our article on secret ways to get student loan forgiveness that, unless you're in a qualifying program, most student loan forgiveness and student loan discharges are considered taxable income. - -That means if were to get $50,000 in student loans forgiven, it is considered income. If you made $35,000 working, your total income for the year would now be $85,000. The result? A higher tax bill. Borrowers could see their tax bills rise by $10,000 or more! - -To make matters worse, if you're getting your loans discharged due to total and permanent disability, this ""income"" could disqualify you from aid programs that you might rely on. - -However, Trump tax plan, known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, eliminated the taxability of student loan discharge on people who get it for Death or Total and Permanent Disability. That means, if you are getting student loans discharged on death or disability, you no longer will face a tax burden (or your family won't). - -It's important to note that this provision only went into effect on January 1, 2018 - and so any loans discharged in 2017 will still face taxes. Furthermore, this provision is set to expire in 2025 unless Congress renews it. - -You can learn more about disability discharge here. - -Verdict: Good. - -We think this is a very good change to student loan forgiveness that is common sense. - -Note: Furthermore, on August 21, 2019, Trump directed both the Secretary of Education and Secretary of Veterans Affairs to find a way to make this automated for veterans who qualify. That would be a huge win for the 50,000 or so veterans who should get their loans forgiven. - -Tuition And Fees Deduction Eliminated - -The tuition and fees deduction has been eliminated under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The tuition and fees deduction was actually an extender that expired at the end of 2016. The tuition and fees deduction allowed taxpayers to reduce their taxable income by up to $4,000. - -However, while there were proposals to eliminate or change other education tax credits - such as the American Opportunity Tax Credit and the Lifetime Learning Tax Credit, those tax credits stay the same under the new law. However, there are income limits to these education tax credits, so the tuition and fees deduction provided some relief to high earner tax payers. - -Verdict: Mixed. - -While we're sad to see this tax deduction go, there are others still available and this was mostly taken advantage of by high earners. - -Trump Student Loan Forgiveness Previous Proposals - -During his last term as President, he did make some proposals that were never enacted to even taken very far. - -Whether you're for or against these changes, you need to know what they are and what they could mean because he's spoken about them before. Then you should voice your concerns to your representative in Congress. - -Elimination Of Public Service Loan Forgiveness (PSLF) - -President Trump, along with Betsy DeVos, have called for the elimination of Public Service Loan Forgiveness (PSLF) on several occasions. PSLF is one of the top ways to get student loan forgiveness in the United States. - -In his first budget proposal for 2018, he attempted to defund PSLF. This raised a series of legal questions (because whether there is money or not, it's still the law, so what would the Department of Education do), and eventually the proposal was dropped. - -However, in his next budget for 2019, Trump has once again proposed eliminating Public Service Loan Forgiveness. - -It's important to note that the proposed changes would apply to new loans after July 1, 2019. So, it currently appears that those with existing loans would be grandfathered in. - -Changes to loans would apply to borrowing after July 1, 2019, not including those loans provided to borrowers to finish their current education. - -Verdict: Bad. - -You will have fewer people pursuing work in public service, government, law enforcement, teaching, and more. Given many of these fields require a degree, it could be difficult for highly qualified people to get a degree and then work in these lower income fields that are valuable to the United States as a whole. - -Elimination Of Subsidized Student Loans - -Trump has also proposed the elimination of subsidized student loans in his 2019 budget proposal. Subsidized student loans provide student loan borrowers with significant assistance - with the government paying for interest accrued during school. This can result in significant savings for borrowers. - -The government issued 5.7 million subsidized student loans in the 2016-2017 school year. These loans go towards students with a financial need, based on filling out the FAFSA. - -Verdict: Bad. - -These loans only go towards students who have a financial need. They will still borrow to pay for college, but now it will be more expensive. - -Eliminate Most Repayment Plans In Favor Of A Single Income-Driven Repayment Plan - -President Trump has proposed the elimination of all the income-driven repayment plans (IBR, PAYE, RePAYE, ICR) and replace them with a single income-driven repayment plan. - -This new repayment plan would cap borrower's monthly payment at 12.5% of their discretionary income. It would also provide for student loan forgiveness at 15 years for undergraduate borrowers, and 30 years for graduate borrowers. - -Trump has made comments that he would like the government to cover the cost of student loan forgiveness under his new plan - which leads us to believe that it would be tax free student loan forgiveness. However, this has not been clarified, and it would be different than the current existing income-driven repayment plan programs. - -Verdict: Mixed. - -Some borrowers will benefit by seeing their income driven repayment amount drop to 12.5%, while others will lose by seeing it rise from 10%. Also, the repayment term of 15 years could benefit a lot of undergraduate borrowers, but the 30 year graduate term is longer than all existing plans today. Finally, the forgiveness aspect is important - a shorter repayment term could mean bigger forgiveness, but if that's taxable, that could be harmful. - -Lifetime Loan Limits - -In the most recent budget proposal, President Trump announced a vague proposal on lifetime limits for graduate students and Parent PLUS loans. - -Currently, there are lifetime loan limits for undergraduate borrowers and certain graduate borrowers, but no limits for PLUS loans for parents or graduates. This has created some borrowers having over $1,000,000 in student loan debt. - -We agree that lifetime loan limits are a good thing, which not only would protect borrowers, but could lower the aggregate costs of higher education. - -However, it is yet to be seen what the limits would be, and they could be so high that they don't fix anything. - -Verdict: Good. - -I believe that lifetime loan limits would protect borrowers, help lower college costs, and more. There is a potential downside on limiting certain groups of borrowers, but if the limits are created properly, this is a good thing. - -Related: The House does have a bill proposal with loan limits called the College Cost Reduction Act. - - - -Allow Student Loans To Be Discharged In Bankruptcy - -This proposal comes from the Department of Education, which announced that it was seeking comments on how to determine ""undue hardship"" to allow student loans to be discharged in bankruptcy. - -It's important to know the history of this. Before 1998, student loans could be discharged in bankruptcy after the seventh year of repayment. However, after 1998, student loans were prohibited from being discharged in bankruptcy except in cases of ""undue hardship"" - -However, Congress never defined what undue hardship meant, and so the courts have taken it upon themselves to decide - and it's not always uniform. - -Regardless, undue hardship is a very high bar to clear - because you essentially have to prove that you'd never be able to afford your loans, even on an income driven plan, for the rest of your life. Given that income-driven plans offer such low payments based on income, it's tough to prove. - -It's why many people simply write off the ability to get student loans discharged in bankruptcy, even though it's theoretically possible. - -Verdict: Mixed. - -For some borrowers, the ability to get out from un-payable student loan debt would be a blessing. Just read some of the comments on this article. There are clear cases where student loan debt is un-payable and is an undue hardship. - -However, changing the rules around bankruptcy and student loan debt could seriously disrupt the marketplace for student loans - making it more difficult and more expensive for borrowers to get a loan. Given that the collateral for student loan debt is future borrower earnings, making this collateral less secure will drive up prices. - -Elimination Of The Student Loan Interest Deduction - -In the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, Trump originally proposed eliminating the student loan interest deduction. While it was saved in the final bill, it doesn't mean that Trump still wants to see it eliminated. - -The student loan interest deduction provides up to $2,500 in deduction of the interest you paid on a student loan. - -While this is a handy savings, it does phase out at relatively low income levels. - -Verdict: Good. - -I believe that the student loan interest deduction is a misaligned incentive that doesn't do anything, but does cost taxpayers money. - -What Should Borrowers Do Today? - -If you're a borrower concerned about these changes, there are a few things that you can do today to at least be prepared, if not proactive. - -First, ensure that you know what programs you're on with your student loan debt. You should know your repayment plan, know your forgiveness program if you're going for it, and know your options. - -Second, you need to ensure that you're current on your loans and not in student loan default. If you are, look at rehabilitating your student loans as soon as possible to get on track. If Trump does change student loan repayment plans, it could be more difficult for you if your loans are in default. - -Finally, write or contact your members of Congress who would likely have to vote on any changes. Express to them both your concern and what you need from them as your legislator. - - - -You can also consider professional help. Remember, you can do everything with your Federal loans for free at StudentAid.gov. - -Final Thoughts - -It can be scary to think about all of these different student loan repayment plans and student loan forgiveness programs changing. - -However, plans have changed before, and they will again in the future. Trump's student loan forgiveness plans and proposals are a little scary, but they are likely only going to apply to future student loan borrowers. And remember, even if the Department of Education is eliminated, your loans are still going to function normally. - -As such, if you have student loans today, you need to take action and start making progress on them.",1731883644,2b04b1acd5,307edc1e06,,,1731883644 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMigAFBVV95cUxPSmItUHZfMjhLRkFpS0RDZUJhZXNGZW4yMktHaG93Y3NVUHRka3ZhVFBrOHdwZWI0NjZLUTNTOXZ3ZU9NLVhDdUdWa1k5TVJEc2MzSjlVcEhmVWtVZ3JEM2FZV3Z2SEMtTk5kbDc1bWstSktsYXNrbnhnX3lLQ0VZcQ?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883624,2688d2a9c6,3056ae0896,,,1731883624 -https://esportsedition.com/league-of-legends/league-of-legends-world-finals-2020/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,League of Legends World Finals 2020: Which Team Claimed Victory?,"2020 World Finals Results Are In! - -For the first time since the 2017 World Championship Grand Final, the League of Legends Champions Korea finally returned to the biggest stage in Damwon Gaming in an attempt to hoist the Summoner’s Cup once again. They went up against Suning, the tournament’s dark horse from the League of Legends Pro League in China, looking to take the trophy for their region’s third consecutive win. In an action-packed and highly entertaining best of five, Damwon Gaming proved to be the better team after taking the series 3 to 1 and becoming the 2020 League of Legends World Champions. Here are some of my thoughts regarding the League of Legends World Finals 2020. - -The Series - -As mentioned, the series was a lot closer than the 3 to 1 score line suggests. - -Game 1 - -In the first game, both teams drafted scaling team fight compositions, which intended to shine in fights around objectives in the later stages of the game. While this was the intention for the most part, Damwon Gaming had the better early game, and Suning was simply unable to have the proper setup around objectives. - -Damwon got a very early Infernal Drake soul, and the game could have closed there. However, Suning was quick to punish an over-forced side lane play from Damwon that allowed the LPL representatives to get a Baron buff and allowed them to posture for the Elder Drake, which they were able to take. Despite these efforts, Suning lost. This meant that they simply lost both buffs. Damwon was more decisive and had better setups around the next Elder Drake and Baron Nashor Spawns, and they emerged victorious from game 1. - -Game 2 - -Game 2 featured a relatively crazier draft phase, with Damwon Gaming picking themselves an Evelynn and Lucian combination. Suning chose Fiora for Chen “Bin” Ze-Bin in the top lane, and a Rengar for superstar Vietnamese jungler Lê “SofM” Quang Duy. Suning drafted an immensely difficult composition to pilot, but the crazier thing in this game is that SofM was building tank items on Rengar with Conqueror as his keystone, and Bin played team fights perfectly as Fiora, a champion people often think of as something that is for split pushing only. As it appears, Rengar is a decent matchup into Evelynn as his ultimate allows him to pinpoint Evelynn’s location even when stealthy. This game displayed both the creativity of Suning and their mechanical excellence, culminating in a pent kill for Bin as they destroy Damwon Gaming’s base. - -Game 3 - -Game 3 featured another seemingly crazy draft: Suning first picked the Nidalee, which allowed Damwon Gaming to get Jhin and Syndra. They then followed with an Akali counter pick and a Jax blind pick. Jax is often conceived as a more situational pick and Damwon answered this pick later in the draft with Kennen. - -For the most part, the game did revolve around the top lane matchup of Jax vs Kennen, as Damwon shut down Bin’s Jax early on in the game. Damwon was able to get a very early Cloud Drake Soul in this game as well and were able to get a pick on SofM’s Nidalee near the Baron, which they then started. Suning, despite being a man down, decided to contest Damwon in the pit, and with some great work on the side of Xiang “Angel” Tao’s Akali. - -Suning was able to secure the Baron following this sequence of events, which enabled Suning to stay in the game for longer, giving their carries more time to get items. It was starting to look like the tides had turned towards Suning’s favor, but Jang “Nuguri” Ha-gwon’s Kennen was able to spot Hu “SwordArt” Shuo-Chieh’s Alistar in their jungle, possibly attempting a flank. The team collapsed on SwordArt, which then snowballed into a Baron and the game win. - -Game 4 - -The fourth game was the most straightforward one in this series. Damwon Gaming got lane advantages throughout the early game: shut Bin’s Gangplank down, skirmished in the bottom lane, the top side river went in Damwon’s favor, and Kim “Canyon” Geon-bu was simply too far ahead for anyone in Suning to stop. They got a very early Infernal Dragon Soul and closed the series out from there. - -Is the LCK Back? - -While this was of course a victory from a South Korean team, one must be careful of claiming that another era of LCK dominance is upon us. If you look back at Damwon Gaming’s year, they were not even the best team in the LCK in Spring, and after the Midseason Cup, Damwon were more or less unopposed in summer split with a 16 to 2 match record and a 34 to 5 game record. They even cleanly swept DRX 3 to 0 in the LCK Summer Split Finals. This simply means that Damwon is miles ahead of their regional competition, and as a region, they are not “back”, but they have one strong team that can hopefully help all the others improve and be more competitive globally. Of course, that is assuming the members of this squad stay together—a lot of contracts in this team are about to expire, and other teams might put forward some offers that would be hard to resist. - -If anything, Damwon’s victory just proves two things: First, great talent still comes out of the South Korean server, and all that has to be done is for this talent to be fostered and directed the right way for it to be expressed in the highest level of competition. Second, which is actually connected to the first point, Jang “Ghost” Yong-jun has persevered through the years from being relegated twice in teams like CJ Entus and BBQ Olivers, and is now a world champion. As viewers we should not be quick to judge that a player is not “good enough” whenever their team results are not so good. - -To Suning, the Fallen Lions - -Suning came in as the LPL’s third seed, with a relatively young roster, which seemed to be under the care of SwordArt. As is the case with teams with younger and relatively inexperienced members, many analysts claimed that they might not be able to keep up with the pressure and the consistency of opponents in the highest level of competition. And yet, they overcame every hurdle: Bin was a consistent carry threat throughout the tournament; SofM has proven his abilities to be world-class and his creative ideas for the game seemed to be effective; Angel, one touted to be more of a “role-player” within the team and has truly risen to the occasion, showing that he can compete with the best mid-laners in the world; SwordArt has shown that he has always been a world-class support and that his efforts have not been in vain through the years. And finally, Tang “Huanfeng” Huan-Feng—the boy from the seaside, has shown the capacity to carry despite the team’s claims that they often leave him to his own during the laning phase. - -They have been a pleasant surprise to watch throughout the tournament. They went against the LEC’s first seed in G2 Esports in the group stages and they conquered that group, getting first place. They emerged victorious against one of the tournament favorites in JD Gaming in the quarterfinals, won against an opponent that they were not able to take down for the entire season in TOP Esports (another tournament favorite) and they put up a worthy fight against Damwon Gaming in the finals. Suning showed great adaptation in terms of their drafting and their gameplay. They have grown so much over the course of the tournament and it would surely be great to watch how this squad would further grow in the next season. - -Final Thoughts - -Worlds is now over, which means that the 2020 competitive season is now over. We now enter the dark depths of the offseason, where teams we love might never be the same again. There are several changes in the horizon for the game as well: the item system is going to receive an overhaul and there seems to be some changes on the horizon for jungle experience as well. Preseason will bring great changes to the game as we know it, and who knows which team will be the best from whatever meta comes out of it.",1731883679,76f59da961,3058ccc9f6,,,1731883679 -https://www.npr.org/2024/11/13/nx-s1-5188441/inflation-prices-trump-election,https://www.npr.org/rss/rss.php?id=1017,Fed up with high prices? Here's where things stand with inflation,"Fed up with high prices? Here's where things stand with inflation - -toggle caption Justin Sullivan/Getty Images - -By the numbers, inflation in America continues in the same direction: Easing largely — but still sticky. - -Data out on Wednesday showed consumer prices last month increased 2.6% from a year ago. That was slightly higher than the 2.4% annual increase seen in September — but overall, inflation has still eased substantially from its peak in 2022. - -That should be good news, but it has been of little comfort to many Americans. - -That's because prices still remain substantially higher than they did before the pandemic — and that has left many voters frustrated, as the election this year made clear. - -Here's what to know about the state of inflation in America. - - - -Sponsor Message - -Inflation is easing but there are still pain points - -Although inflation has eased, there are still things that hit the pocketbooks of many Americans. - -Housing is a big one. The index for housing costs — which broadly measures the rental market — continue to rise, as do some other essentials like medical care. - -But a few items saw price decreases, including gasoline prices. - - - -But prices remain high overall - -Prices may no longer be rising as much anymore — but they are still very high after months of increases. - -Those who said inflation was the most important factor in the election this year were almost twice as likely to support Donald Trump than Vice President Kamala Harris, according to a survey by the Associated Press. - -Counties with the most difficult housing markets showed the greatest median shifts toward Trump, according to an NBC News analysis. - -Loading... - -High prices are pinching Americans - -But it wasn't just Trump voters who are unhappy with high prices. - -Alex Spangler, 38, in Westminster, Colo., a suburb of Denver, voted for Harris though she's not impressed by either party. - -Spangler says she and her partner are struggling to save money because of how much they are paying for groceries and other necessities, which is leaving them with little cushion for emergencies. - -Spangler says even simple trips to the supermarket regularly cost her and her partner $20 to $50. - -""We both make decent wages, but with the way that inflation has increased, it's like our dollar just doesn't go as far,"" says Spangler, who helps manage device launches for Boost Mobile. - -Spangler says she and her partner don't really buy ""anything extravagant"" or go out much because of how much they spend on groceries. - -""Despite the fact that inflation has levelled out, the cost of goods rose and they've stayed there. So it still impacts our paychecks regularly,"" she says. - -Sponsor Message - -And that has left Spangler disillusioned about the future. - -""It's just honestly put a big damper on our prospects for the years to come,"" she says. - - - -Trump could make inflation worse — not better - -On the campaign trail, Trump has promised to slash inflation and bring down prices. - -But many economists expect that inflation could go higher if Trump follows through on his economic policies. - -Trump has promised widespread tariffs which could lead to higher prices for consumers. Meanwhile his promises to cut taxes and deport undocumented immigrants could also help ignite more inflation. - -""I think a lot of the policy proposals that have been touted, in general, point to a more inflationary direction,"" says Sarah House, a senior economist with Wells Fargo. - -toggle caption Alex Wong/Getty Images/Getty Images North America - -The Fed could be in a tough position - -Higher inflation could leave the Federal Reserve in a tough place. - -The Fed has started to cut interest rates since September in response to easing inflation — and economists still expect policy makers to continue cutting at its policy meeting next month. - -But the Fed may have to pause or reduce how much it cuts rates starting next year if Trump carries out his economic proposals and sparks more inflation. - -The leadership of the Fed is also in question. The term of the current Fed Chair Jerome Powell ends in 2026, and Trump could choose to replace him, given their antagonistic relationship during the president-elect's first term.",1731883640,f0f87aba2e,30ce3fc7af,,,1731883640 -https://transom.org/2016/magical-realism-in-radio/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Magical Realism In Radio,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Grace-of-the-Sea.mp3 Download Listen to “Magical Realism In Radio” - -I think this happens a lot to reporters. They see someone who looks interesting. They chat with them, and they think, “Hunh, maybe there’s a story here. Or, maybe not.” - -It happened to David Weinberg. David’s producing a series on South Los Angeles for KCRW called Below the 10. He was spending time in the neighborhood, getting to know the area and the people and one day, he couldn’t help but notice Luis Gutierrez Sanchez walking down the street. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Clip-1-What-Luis-looked-like-and-how-David-introduced-himself.mp3 Download Listen to “Meeting Luis clip” - -Okay. So then what? You’ve chatted with an interesting person. How do you know when you have a story? - -In David’s case, he has guidelines for Below the 10 based, in part, on the grant that supports the project. So, for him, it’s a matter of deciding whether what he’s learned about Luis fits into those parameters. But, even though those guidelines may be specific to David’s project, they’re actually germane to all reporters — find connections between a person’s life to larger issues and trends. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Clip-2-Discerning-whether-you-have-a-story-or-just-an-interesteing-person.mp3 Download Listen to “Story vs. Interesting Person clip” - -David says he finds this path to a story very satisfying — discover a person, link them to an issue. When he reported for Marketplace and other programs, the path to a story was frequently the opposite. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/Clip-3-The-freedom-to-let-their-story-be-their-story.mp3 Download Listen to “Let Their Story Be Their Story clip” - -On this episode of HowSound, David talks about the documentary he produced on Luis and, in particular, how he used “magical realism” as a storytelling device. The story is called “Grace of the Sea” (and be sure to watch the excellent video that accompanies the piece). - -*Thanks to Alexandra Garreton for the photo at the top of this post.",1731883692,c00d35bf2d,30c1b1fe1b,,,1731883692 -https://www.brooklynvegan.com/listen-to-pj-harvey-cover-joy-divisions-love-will-tear-us-apart-for-bad-sisters-season-2-soundtrack/,https://www.brooklynvegan.com/feed/,"Listen: PJ Harvey covers Joy Division's ""Love Will Tear Us Apart"" for 'Bad Sisters' Season 2 soundtrack","The second season of Apple TV+ darkly comedic series Bad Sisters, which stars Sharon Horgan (who also developed the show, based on Belgian series Clan), premiered Friday. Like on the first season, the music is by PJ Harvey and Tim Phillips and the soundtrack is out now. - -In addition to the traditional score work, Bad Sisters S2 also has PJ Harvey covering Joy Division‘s iconic single “Love Will Tear Us Apart.” It’s an atmospheric take on the song that doesn’t try to sound like the original, with droney string running throughout. Says PJ, “Our version of ‘Love Will Tear Us Apart’ is full of the passion we hold for the original song, but also imbued with the spirit of the new series and its narrative.” - -Listen to PJ’s cover and the Bad Sisters Season 2 score below.",1731883617,d7f1518f3a,30ab11b423,,,1731883617 -https://www.communitysignal.com/when-open-source-community-software-is-bought-by-private-equity/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,When Open Source Community Software is Bought by Private Equity,"When private equity buys online community platforms, who wins? What about if those platforms were built on open source software? Does the company continue to be a good citizen of the open source community that helped build the product? - -History has shown us that it is often the community managers and pros who lose. They might not just lose a good platform though, they might lose their job. - -Lincoln Russell has an interesting perspective on this topic. He joined Vanilla Forums, an open source community software platform, as a senior developer in 2011, having already used it for a couple of years. He left the company in 2020, then the director of engineering. Lincoln has continued to use the software. Vanilla Forums was subsequently purchased by Higher Logic, a company lacking a meaningful history of open source contributions. - -As a matter of disclosure, both Higher Logic and Vanilla Forums are past sponsors of the show. - -Lincoln and I also discuss: - -Your community software provider must answer this (16:38): “The first question you should ask a [community software] vendor is: How easy is it to leave you? It’s not a fun question to ask, but the answer is crucial to me. It’s a deal-breaker question.” -Patrick O’Keefe - -Some community platforms try to lock their customer data into the platform (18:07): “When [a client is] onboarding [to new community software during the] initial year or two, they don’t care about their data export. It’s at the end. That’s a long-term reputational issue about how people talk about their experiences. We saw that with [community software] competitors. We had some trouble with a couple of competitors in trying to get the data from them and spent way more hours than particular customers were worth – just on principle, honestly – getting the data out for them because we were so personally offended. At least I was.” -Lincoln Russell - -When you aren’t selling community software to the people who will actually use it (20:37): “In the [community software] sales process, you identify stakeholders – people that are decision makers. A lot of the time they weren’t a community manager. A lot of the time it was a director of technology, it was a CEO, or other positions, and that warps your roadmap. “When those are the people that [the] sales team [is] sitting in front of, day in and day out, and you’re pitching an improved moderation queue, they want this button that does this thing. You’re like, ‘But that’s stupid.’ But it doesn’t matter, if those are the people you’re selling to, [with] their own idea of community that doesn’t actually align with community management because they have internal business goals, and all they want to do are check those boxes.” -Lincoln Russell - -Why community professionals should drive community platform choice (22:10): “Although I’d like to believe, ego-wise, that I could make a community out of whatever piece of garbage application you throw in front of me, I know the software can either help me or hurt me, and it’s tough when you’re making dinner with someone else’s ingredients.” -Patrick O’Keefe - -Great ideas need great communicators (23:44): “The biggest issue with charting a course is you need a really clear vision, and you also need someone who can articulate that vision a lot, and over and over again, to the right people in the right circumstances. You need an external marketer. All of us in engineering at Vanilla [were] all introverts. None of us were going to conferences and giving talks about our vision for community software. It just wasn’t in us to do that. I think we were poorer off in that we had some really good ideas, and could have shifted the conversation a bit, but we didn’t put our energy there because that was a lot of energy.” -Lincoln Russell - -Protecting your culture makes you unique from the big social media platforms (33:43): “I think this idea of being more private and being very selective about what you present to the world, and having an internal culture that is protected from the internet – not promoted to the internet – is the future of these independent community spaces because that’s the space those [bigger] platforms cannot touch.” -Lincoln Russell - -Community drives great software projects (37:04): “To build great software, like the great software projects that are going to outlive me, you need a community of people committed to working on them for long periods of time. [You need] to replace those people when they leave, but you have to have a system to keep that going, not just like, [we] got great five minds in a room and they did a thing, and then they cash out at the end. That’s not sustainable.” -Lincoln Russell - -Lincoln Russell is the vice president of engineering for uConnect, which builds virtual career centers for colleges and universities to help students get better jobs. Earlier in his career, he spent 8 and a half years at Vanilla Forums, starting as a senior developer in 2011 and leaving in 2020 as the director of engineering. - -[00:00] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[00:00:18] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and thank you for making Community Signal a part of your day. Our guest is Lincoln Russell, who spent more than eight years at Vanilla Forums, leaving as the director of engineering in 2020. Vanilla, a former sponsor of the show, was later acquired by Higher Logic, another former sponsor of the show. Lincoln is uniquely suited to offer perspective on what happens when a commercial community product grows around an open source community software project and is then acquired by a company with its own goals. We’ll also talk about the importance of community data portability. - -On December 7th, we marked eight years of Community Signal. In honor of that, I’d like to take a moment to tell you a story. Once upon a time, there was a man who hosted a podcast for several years. The podcast was rewarding. It led to many meaningful conversations that created a greater level of inclusiveness and understanding within the discipline that the host had made a life’s work out of. It brought many people together and created opportunities for others. It wasn’t always fun being critical of the industry and some of the folks within it doesn’t always make you friends like puff pieces do, but the experience was well worth it. - -One day early in the podcast run, he interviewed a guest who would introduce him to someone. They dated, moved across the country, and got married. More than six years after the podcast launched, they welcomed a son to the world. After the initial shock, the podcast chugged along like normal, but as parental leave came to an end and they settled into their new life, no matter how much the host tried, it became more of a struggle to continue to release episodes on a routine schedule. - -Where the host had previously viewed it as a personal failure if he didn’t get a show together in time for release, after becoming a dad, he learned to treat himself a bit kinder and to play the cards that a baby, now one-year-old, deals you on a daily basis. That brings us to now. I’m the host and I’ll go back to speaking in the first person now. You may have noticed that our release schedule has slowed and has become quite random. I’m not ready to stop hosting Community Signal, but I realized recently that instead of pretending that I can get back to a once every two weeks release schedule, I think it’s time to simply embrace it for what it is, an occasional podcast, at least for now. - -This has led me to make some adjustments, including ending our Patreon in September and providing the max refund to all current supporters. I am as grateful as ever for the support that it provided. I’m not gone yet. I am just very aware of the moment that I’m in, in my life right now, and trying to navigate that in a way that I’ll be proud of. It’s funny that our last show was about retiring from this work because I’ve half-jokingly considered chasing my LinkedIn to say I’m retired, but like Michael Jordan in ’93, for those who get that reference. - -I’m not gone and I’m not done. I want to make time to do the show and write again, and I’m excited by that. It will just take me longer to create. I’d like to take a moment to thank all of our regular listeners, people who find value in the show and who share it with others. I see it and it means a lot. Thank you to Karn for his work on the show over these past eight-plus years and for helping it to be the best that it can be and thank you. Let’s introduce our guest. Lincoln Russell is the Director of Engineering for uConnect, which builds virtual career centers for colleges and universities to help students get better jobs. - -Earlier in his career, he spent eight and a half years at Vanilla Forums starting as a senior developer in 2011 and leaving in 2020 as the Director of Engineering. Lincoln, welcome to the show. - -[00:03:24] Lincoln Russell: Thanks for having me. - -[00:03:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Many of our listeners are familiar with Vanilla or Vanilla Forums as they were once a long-term sponsor of the show. Vanilla is a free to open source community software with a history going back to at least 2006, meaning that being open source, everyone could see the code, they could use it, and depending on what you do with it, you had to follow certain rules to comply with the license it was released under, so not an open source software introduction of any great documentation, but just to set the table, I’ve never used Vanilla, but I’ve been casually aware of it for many, many years long before they were a sponsor of the show. - -First, I heard about it as an open source app because I’ve used a lot of open source software over the years and most of the software I’ve used to power my own websites has been open source over the last 25, 30 years. Then later as a brand and as a business that was able to pick up some high-profile clients. Being there from 2011 through 2020, you witnessed a lot of that. Can you talk about how Vanilla’s business and operations shifted over time from when you joined to when you left? - -[00:04:23] Lincoln Russell: Yes. Sure. I officially joined the company in 2011, but I’d actually been working with them for a couple of years prior even as part of their internal company chat as an open source contributor, discussing when I was going to come on full-time. It was a very interesting journey watching it go from a side project and a dog food forum, eating your own software to creating Vanilla 1 to watching it become Vanilla 2. - -I would say in those early years, we were very still open source focused. That was how the software came about. We were really trying to see how many installations were out there in the wild. Even if it wasn’t part of our company dynamic, we were very keen to know what those numbers were and how it was working out there. A little over time, I’d say about maybe three, four years after I joined, it became much more enterprise driven and it was very much about moving upstream and getting bigger customers, which makes perfect sense for a business because we had to pay everyone. We got a lot of overhead, so those large sales did a lot more for us than a lot of tiny sales. - -In the early days, we had price points at $50 a month or even less, I think, originally. As we went on, we just realized that it just didn’t scale. Plus, for the type of business we wanted to do, price point moved up, our target audience changed over time, and we moved a lot more towards worrying about enterprise roadmap more so than the downstream or open source roadmap. - -[00:05:47] Patrick O’Keefe: Vanilla adopted a model that a lot of open source applications adopt, which is they start as a tool out of a need. Usually a single developer, a small team of developers, a couple of people make something, it gets picked up, it gets used by a lot of people, bam. It’s used by enough people where it’s like, wow, this has really taken up a lot of time and a lot of people are relying on this software. - -It’s what we dedicate our full-time to, and so let’s start hosting, essentially a hosting business for it. Here’s the enterprise version you can pay us. You don’t have to install it, you don’t have to know what open source means. We’ll maintain all of that for you. Automattic, very similar. You have your WordPress.org, you have your WordPress.com. - -[00:06:25] Lincoln Russell: When you’re talking about mirroring what WordPress did, we were definitely using WordPress as a model in the early days for how we bifurcated the organization. The issue is you need a really strong open source project to do that. Great contributors, don’t get me wrong. There was some great folks who were helping us out, but we never had external inertia to the company. It was always us having to guide and get these patches and minor things. - -WordPress is able to do it because they have an open source lead developer and a team committed to it. Hats off to Matt and the team for getting that inertia going, that’s self-sustaining, but that’s a lot of work and it’s very hard to get to that scale where you have enough– if you have 10,000 installs, how many of those have an admin that knows how to code PHP and how many of those have time? You’re just talking about a scale problem, really. - -We definitely not only were interested in that model, and I don’t think we ever saw the path to success, and also because of the small amount of initial funding we took, we were very stretched thin. We didn’t have a lot of runway as a company. We really needed to be concerned about where next month’s income was coming from and it wasn’t coming from open source. In a different world, I wish we’d had the resource dedicated to it because I think it could have gotten there but we weren’t equipped to do it at the team size we had. - -[00:07:48] Patrick O’Keefe: Then the money part of it brings us to the Higher Logic acquisition, but I don’t want to get there yet. Before we talk about that, when you left, so that’s before all that, that’s before the Higher Logic acquisition, when you left in 2020, how did you feel about Vanilla’s open source ethos and commitment? - -[00:08:05] Lincoln Russell: I think a lot of people by then thought it was a nice idea, but there were no internals. I was I think the last internal stakeholder that cared about the open source project as a going concern, as a priority in any particular way. One of the last things I did actually was get someone who was still working internally to distribute one or two last patched releases and spend some personal capital on that because I knew it wasn’t going to happen. Once that person left, it didn’t happen again. I think I was dedicated to it long after that and I was not successful at reconvincing anyone that they should be a stakeholder to that. - -[00:08:43] Patrick O’Keefe: In practical terms, what does that mean for someone who, say, is using the open source software, the package that’s available on the web versus being an enterprise client? Is it you’re not getting the latest code, you’re not getting the full feature set? Is it two separate releases? How should we look at that in layman terms? - -[00:08:58] Lincoln Russell: One of the issues always with Vanilla very early on was that we withheld a few of the features, a few too many features, I think, and that was probably part of our inertia problem. Today what that translates to is there’s no one building releases, and so that means what we were doing was doing a WordPress-like thing where we say, here’s a zip file, put this on your server, you’re good to go. - -[00:09:18] Patrick O’Keefe: Here’s documentation, here’s what’s new, et cetera. - -[00:09:22] Lincoln Russell: Exactly. The release notes. That just isn’t happening right now. There’s some raw source codes still being shipped to support enterprise docker containers and all that. If you know what you’re doing well enough, you could theoretically get it to build. Someone was doing it as recently as six months ago on the open source forum. I think the writing’s been on the wall for a couple of years that it’s very difficult to get updated releases of the product. It involves a level of skill that most people do not have to update their forums. - -[00:09:51] Patrick O’Keefe: Quite possibly myself, even with the amount of time I’ve been doing it. - -[00:09:53] Lincoln Russell: Quite possibly myself. Honestly, it’s a very complicated bill of trust. - -[00:09:57] Patrick O’Keefe: I think I would need some documentation on the documentation. I want to be clear about your involvement at Vanilla because your title was Director of Engineering, but you oversaw two product teams and a professional services team. You had a pretty direct impact into the financial growth and the worth of the business, which was largely on the services side, right? - -[00:10:15] Lincoln Russell: No, it was mostly product-based. It was primarily a product business. We viewed services as making for happy customers who wanted to stick with us for a long time. We categorized those into three different camps. One was themeing. We do make your site look good. Migration was part two, so you get your data to bring along. Then the third part was any other minor thing you needed. In the early days, we were pretty liberal about adding a small feature or two with an all this plugin system. It was very robust. - -Later on, it was mostly we tried to limit it to single sign-on integrations. It was really about minimizing those services, honestly, and to maximize the recurring revenue because we didn’t see ourselves as a services company, and that’s not how any SaaS company can scale. - -[00:10:57] Patrick O’Keefe: You weren’t trying to take over the people side of running the software at the organizations that paid for it. It was really more about filling a gap. In other words, people aren’t paying you to manage their community. People aren’t paying you to manage Vanilla for them. They’re paying for the software, and their people internally tend to be the people responsible for it. - -[00:11:15] Lincoln Russell: We only did hosted as a paid solution. We didn’t want customers trying to get their own hosted environment and all that stuff. That’s very support-intensive. It was not profitable. We weren’t even allowing them to write their own plugin because, honestly, mostly what we got was plugins that were very unperformance, if that’s a word. They had performance issues, they had bugs, they had security flaws, and then we’d have to fix them. We typically wanted to do it ourselves or stay within the box that we had. - -[00:11:43] Patrick O’Keefe: After you left Vanilla, you mentioned how you stayed in contact with people and spent a little personal capital to get releases put out. That’s because you were still using the software or had people who were? - -[00:11:52] Lincoln Russell: Yes. I have two forums that run Vanilla software. Been working on some migrations for them, but to this day, they’re still running Vanilla. I knew quite a few other people that are running it, too. - -[00:12:02] Patrick O’Keefe: I want to talk about the Higher Logic acquisition, but understandably, it was after your time. You’re an outside observer, like anyone else, like me, more or less. As a disclosure, Higher Logic is another long-term former sponsor of the show. They acquired Vanilla in May of 2021. Anecdotally, from your perspective, what has that meant to the open source Vanilla Forums software, if anything? - -[00:12:25] Lincoln Russell: I’m not sure it changed much, honestly. I think that the executive level had already written it off at that point. I think that the biggest thing about the ownership change is that there’s probably no internal knowledge about the open source community now. Because the last few people who understood that left. I think there’s one engineer there who even knows how to do that release. - -[00:12:46] Patrick O’Keefe: At the time when the news broke, I can remember thinking it was bad. I just speak for myself there. Because I know a fair amount about Higher Logic. Having been a sponsor, talked to folks, looked at the software once upon a time, and just thought that they were not suited to deal with open source software. It’s not in the wheelhouse. There’s nothing wrong with that necessarily. - -To me, it’s okay to be a, whatever you would call it, a closed source or just a commercial software application that caters to associations and doesn’t necessarily have a feature set that serves, let’s say, a public-facing mainstream community. I haven’t looked at Higher Logic in several years, so I don’t know where they’re at right now. When I looked at it as a favor and wrote up some notes years and years ago, I came away thinking that there was a narrow group that it could work for. That group was not the one that I worked in. - -Long story short, when they picked up an open source app, having exposure to open source for so long as I have, I wasn’t optimistic. At least from the outside, it’s not gone well. I don’t think it’s done much for Vanilla’s popularity. I think for someone like myself from the outside, it leads me to believe that it’s an acquisition for the client list, and hopefully, they convert some folks to long-term Higher Logic customers. - -[00:13:56] Lincoln Russell: There’s a couple of points here. One is that they bought Vanilla, as I understand, to fill a market niche. They’re still selling it alongside their original product. They’ve bifurcated their market and said, “These types of customers get this.” It’s being actively sold internally. It still is being actively produced. People are working on it. I think as open source is concerned, Vanilla, as the scrappy underdog, it’s startup memory. - -We at least, even after we stopped looking at open source as being a long-term bible, the inertia that could get going, we still saw it as covering our flank. Because if you are in that upper-tier space, that’s how people enter the market. Is they go low market and they work their way upward. That’s the playbook that so many people have used. We’re using it against Lithium, but Lithium did that playbook to get there in the first place. - -Having that open source, I think, was helpful to that because there wasn’t a solution to at least get you to sample the product, to use it before you were ready to buy that sort of thing, deploy it in an internal environment, whatever. There’s a lot of justifications you can have for it. I think that by the time they sold, I think that syncing had gone and I don’t think Higher Logic’s ever thought about it. I don’t think that’s even entered the conversation. - -[00:15:10] Patrick O’Keefe: That makes a lot of sense. - -[00:15:11] Lincoln Russell: That’s fine. It’s a playbook. You’ve seen it enough times. - -[00:15:15] Patrick O’Keefe: I want to change gears a little bit because you’ve been working on something called Nitro Porter which I think is really interesting and it’s a data migration tool or a tool set that helps community operators move and migrate community data between different applications. It’s a great idea. - -It’s something we need more of. The project itself is derived from your time at Vanilla where you were working on a tool called Vanilla Porter. When you announced Nitro Porter in October of 2021, you wrote, “At its core, Vanilla Porter was about data portability for communities. “It’s YOUR data” was a slogan I championed at Vanilla Forums from the day I started until the day I left. The greatest disservice we ever did the project was get a bit salty about other projects using it (ahem, Discourse) rather than embracing opportunities to decouple it from Vanilla specifically. - -“As time went on, it was approached more as a defensive tool than a contribution. Several packages developed against what we deemed ‘enterprise’ competitors remain closed-source and were never included in the public project. As if that was helping us make sales. In retrospect, the logic was bananas. But it took me two years of reflection to realize a lot of things like that. Or rather, to let go of the worst ideas my head got filled with from working in a startup.” - -It makes a ton of sense to me because I’ve pitched more than one software vendor on the idea of maintaining strong paths in and out of their products. I’m usually met with resistance almost always. Especially on the out part. - -[00:16:34] Lincoln Russell: Yes. - -[00:16:35] Patrick O’Keefe: Less so on the in part. I tell everyone who will listen that I think the first question you should ask a vendor is how easy is it to leave you? It’s not a fun question to ask, but the answer is crucial to me. It’s a deal-breaker question. You don’t have to sell me obviously on Nitro Porter or the idea, but as someone who has built community software used by a lot of people as you have, can you talk a bit about the mentality through which some of these companies approach our data, the community data, and the positive and negative effects that can have on our communities? - -[00:17:06] Lincoln Russell: Yes, for sure. I think one of the great things about Vanilla is, we did start out at least as very idealistic engineers mostly. Those data portability ideas, like we’d all been burned by that. - -[00:17:17] Patrick O’Keefe: Only happens once generally. - -[00:17:19] Lincoln Russell: Yes, exactly. - -[00:17:20] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. Once you burn a community and it goes away and everything disappears, you get hardened, I think. - -[00:17:25] Lincoln Russell: Yes. Actually, my current company’s currently launching a community forum, which I think they’re doing a great job of it. One of the first things I contributed to the conversation was ask that vendor how they export data if you want to change. He is like, “That’s absolutely table stakes for a conversation.” - -I think that the issue is internal power balance and just thinking, because if you have say sales or marketing teams that they’re trying to maximize revenue. They’ve got KPIs and they got to figure out how to get that money. If you don’t push back on them, they see that as an easy way to go about doing that. Not to say that this is the case of Vanilla at all, but you can push the money buttons in ways that they’re not savvy to in the time that those teams care about. - -When they’re onboarding into this initial year or two, they don’t care about their data export, it’s at the end. That’s a long-term reputational issue about how people talk about their experiences. We saw that with competitors. We had some trouble with a couple of competitors in trying to get the data from them and spent way more hours than particular customers were worth just on principle, honestly, getting the data out for them because we were so personally offended. - -At least I was, I don’t know, I’m not going to speak for the entire team, but about this, that ethos or needing to put it into your contract for next year that you can get it out for this amount of money. That sort of thing. I think that’s the problem is a lot of those profit goals or revenue goals rather are quarterly. - -You’re looking for annual and so you’re looking towards how do I make sure that I meet these goals and you’re not thinking about what’s the reputation of my software five years from now? That’s what you have to be thinking about to be thinking about data portability and what my export policy is. To my knowledge, the only time at Vanilla we ever told someone we wouldn’t give them their data was if they had unpaid bills of some significance. Otherwise it was an absolute given that they were going to get a full MySQL database stump of everything they had. - -[00:19:19] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s interesting you mentioned that five-year period because obviously a lot of people move on from jobs much quicker than that. They’re not necessarily thinking about what the company or care what the company’s reputation would be in five years. - -It’s interesting because I think there are certain community software companies that people who are on their second or third or fourth community gravitate towards as opposed to their first community. I’d be interested in that survey data, what software did you choose and was it your first community? Because I feel like some of these companies are ones that they won’t go back to or they tell people not to go back to because you flag something that I’ve heard before too, which is, you’re listening to this and you’re negotiating a vendor contract right now, include the export in the contract, like the data portability, what you can do with it. Don’t go on like good faith or like a promise from a salesperson that’s like, “Oh, yes, of course.” If it’s not in the contract, then good luck. - -[00:20:10] Lincoln Russell: 100%. - -[00:20:11] Patrick O’Keefe: Which is an interesting point to flag there. Yes, I think unfortunately some community software companies I think do operate unknowingly or intentionally. I’m not casting dispersions here of bad faith, but on the notion that they can convince someone who’s actually never had a community before, whether that’s the executive making the call or someone who’s on their first community. - -[00:20:31] Lincoln Russell: Yes, I think that’s a really good point because a lot of the time too, like our stakeholder– obviously in the sales process, you identify stakeholders. People that are decision-makers, and a lot of the time they weren’t a community manager. A lot of the time it was a director of technology, it was a CEO or other positions, and that warps your roadmap. When those are the people that your sales team are sitting in front of day in and day out, and you’re pitching improved moderation queue, they want this button that does this thing. You’re like, but that’s stupid. [laughs] - -It doesn’t matter, if those are the people you’re selling to have their own idea of community that doesn’t actually align with community management because they have internal business goals and all they want to do are check those boxes. Analytics was a really big project for us to make a lot of data and charts and that sort of thing. How many of them actually helped community managers grow their community? I don’t know, a lot of them were very executive report based because those were the things that were being requested and demanded of us. - -[00:21:33] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, and ironically that’s something I’ve heard about Higher Logic before in the association space for more than one person, is just that as an association manager, you’re not necessarily making the call. That’s a conference at a dinner, at a meeting, somewhere it’s happening ultimately organizationally at any department because community is not special. You have people making calls, other people will be responsible for them. They’re picking the ingredients and telling you to make dinner. Right? - -[00:21:59] Lincoln Russell: Right. - -[00:21:59] Patrick O’Keefe: That happens in marketing, it happens in community, it happens in sales, it happens in everything. Ultimately, a community manager’s job can be on the line based on the success of the community. Although I’d like to believe ego-wise that I could make a community out of whatever piece of garbage application you throw in front of me, I know the software can either help me or hurt me, and it’s tough when you’re making dinner with someone else’s ingredients. - -[00:22:22] Lincoln Russell: Yes, I totally agree. I think that one of the things that I really loved about my early time, especially with the experimentation, there’s this kind of idea that we hadn’t gone far enough in what we could be doing in the community space, coming up with reactions back when Facebook was not but a like, we shipped reactions in the first social product. - -When a lot of other little experiments like that, that I think really paid off and they moved the state of the art a little bit. Did they sell particularly well? Not really. That’s really the problem is that as the sales pressures increase as you need to achieve this velocity, you need to to focus on those things and it really cuts down on any ability to go outside that space. - -What you end up with is using established patterns, because it’s the same market. Everyone already has Lithium or Jive or whatever out there, and so they have certain expectations that you have to meet. If you zag too hard, they don’t know what they’re looking at anymore. We even had that problem getting people out of vBulletin where they couldn’t even let go of their table-based themes in the early days of Vanilla when we were trying to get people out because it’s like this is their idea of what the product is and anything outside of that, that’s just you guys playing around or something. - -[00:23:33] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s a tough moment because you either chart a course, or you give the client what they want because, again, going back to paying the bills, and sometimes you can do both. You can find a way to do both, but it’s hard. - -[00:23:44] Lincoln Russell: Yes. The biggest issue with charting a course is you need a really clear vision, and you also need someone who can articulate that vision a lot and over and over again to the right people in the right circumstances. You need an external marketer. All of us in engineering of Vanilla, we’re all introverts. None of us were going to conferences and giving talks about our vision for community software, it just wasn’t in us to do that. I think we were poorer off in that because I think we had some really good ideas, could have shifted the conversation a bit, but that we didn’t put our energy there because that was a lot of energy. It would’ve been a lot of energy for us. - -[00:24:20] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s funny, a couple of things, this all ties into a conversation I was having recently. I guess it was a job interview. It was someone who, they were launching a paid community and they had some very aggressive goals, I think, that are unrealistic. They showed their screen and they’re like, they spun up an instance of Circle and I don’t have anything against Circle. Not familiar with them, haven’t done the deep dive, haven’t tested the software, but it was just to hear the person talk about building a community. It was like, I’ve got this set up and they had a section for everything and look, we got people posting over here and it’s like 100 people that are their most loyal people and no one’s paying for anything. Even though it’s a paid community, it’s all people posting for free, it’s got a few posts here or there. - -It’s got sections for geographical locations, it’s got sections for topics, it’s got sections for different groups to spit off. Everything is being thrown at it, right? - -[00:25:03] Lincoln Russell: People love sections. - -[00:25:04] Patrick O’Keefe: Everything was so easy. Everything is just so easy right now. I said, “Why do you even need me if you can just spin this up in the software?” There’s no thought here about data portability. It looked like Facebook in a sense. I think Circle has a, call it Facebook, call it a social network, it has an appearance to it. I don’t say that in a bad way. It just is what it is, so there’s a familiarity there. Some people gravitate toward it. - -Like I said, it could be great software, I’ve never used it, but just that it was that far along and the job post was essentially we’re looking for a visionary. As I was talking to the guy, I was like, “Actually, you’re looking for me to execute upon your vision.” That’s tough, and thankfully, I’m not at a point in my career where I have to do that, but it’s the whole thing. It’s like you’re hiring for a high-level community role, but it seems like you’ve already made some determinations. That’s a waste of my expertise. There’s a lot of things that popped in mind on that one. - -[00:25:59] Lincoln Russell: I’ve had some friends recently in that kind of experience where, I don’t know, I think that transcends all industries. Wanting a visionary, what you mean is you want someone to execute my vision. You see that a lot out there. I think choosing the software and the implementation that is pretty baseline to having a vision about what direction you’re going in and what your goals are because it doesn’t leave you a lot of wiggle room. You’re beholden to their roadmap once you’re on there, that’s not a fiddly type of thing which can be good or bad. - -[00:26:29] Patrick O’Keefe: To call back to that post I quoted about Nitro Porter, the thought that a porter like that or a conversion tool could be a defensive tool more so than a contribution. What does that mean exactly? - -[00:26:39] Lincoln Russell: Seeing it as a way to always make sure we can land the deal and making sure that whoever wants to come to our product and that’s never going to be the deal breaker for us. I think that was really the mindset that it ended up evolving into. I think, ideally, the market is better served if it’s a two-way street. If you can go in any direction from anywhere that gives you an opportunity to experiment that in a way that you could not otherwise it puts pressure on people to add the feature that you want because you could leave and get an equally good product. You don’t have that level of blocking anymore. - -Companies go away. Companies change. Products like we’ve seen with Vanilla’s open source is not what it used to be. What’s the path forward for them? I’m not saying anyone needs to switch today. I think at some point there’s going to be a time at which you say, “What are my options here?” I think a lot of people are going to put their heads up too late and be in a bit of a tough spot when that comes because if it’s not a thing you’re thinking about, then when it’s time to start planning that. Migration can be a months-long process. If you’re caught unawares by something and need to move quickly, that can be really expensive. - -I think there’s a lot of value. In being a purported of that, I think it’s a good look for any company that espouses that and says “Yes, I am helping out with this idea of data probability because I think that is the ultimate expression of confidence in your product and your roadmap.” - -[00:28:04] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, I totally agree. Migration should be at least a months-long process, especially of any mature community. The testing, planning. I have a 22-year-old community running a super outdated version of phpBB that I’m working on migrating where I want to save everything, makes no money and here I am, I’m throwing thousands of dollars at it to make sure that all that data is treated with proper respect, to make sure that people can log in if they know their password and they have the correct password and that we don’t lose a single post or a single custom profile field. - -Thankfully, we only have one. All those things that go into it. Yes, if you got to do it fast, the time, the money that you’ll have to throw at it as opposed to just having a tool or some sort of ability to migrate, there is always a cost. I think unfortunately a lot of people are willing to pass that cost on to whoever’s left. - -[00:28:52] Lincoln Russell: Well, sure. There’s two parts to migration. There’s the social aspect part. The social part alone can be a months-long process of granting people, getting buy-in and talking things out, and making sure you don’t have ruptures in your community, right? Then, of course, there’s a technical part, which is so many tiers of– it’s not just did you get your post content across? Is it formatted legibly? Did the links still work? Did you get set up all your redirects so that your internal links to a previous forum post don’t go to nothingness? - -Now the link structure has changed. There’s so many bits that you can miss and as much work as I’ve put into Porter, it’s still not a foolproof tool. You need to know what you’re doing and there’s some pre-work and there’s some after-work. It’s not a click it and it just does the thing and you’re over. It’s really complex even if you have most of it handled. - -[00:29:45] Patrick O’Keefe: Before the show, you told me that, “We’ll probably never see truly great community software from the VC-funded arena because those values conflict with the software needs.” Can you talk about that or expand on that a little bit? - -[00:30:00] Lincoln Russell: Yes, and I think we’ve talked about it a little already in just that when you expect a return on investment, that is a multiple of what you put in, and not some kind of organic growth situation. The way to do that is to go up-market, and I think that’s just a universal truth. You can’t get a multiple return on anything at $10 a month at $50 a month, unless– Not in the community space anyway because it’s not B2C. - -You don’t have each individual person giving you $10 a month. It’s per community, and there’s only so many targetable communities in the entire world, and so if one of them’s paying you $50 a month, what’s that, 100 people? - -[00:30:39] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. - -[00:30:39] Lincoln Russell: Combined, they’re paying you $50 a month. That doesn’t make any sense. It is just the economics still work out. There’s this upward pressure to increase revenue to move in a particular direction that gets you to that revenue. Most community needs are about trust and safety. They’re about moderation workflows, they’re about enabling different types of discussion about drawing circles around this group versus that group and how are they going to interact in complex permission schemes and that sounds really hard and unprofitable. - -Oh, man, I could read for half an hour about the permission scheme in Vanilla and all the heartache it gave us as time went on and how that affected our ability to scale and this and that, and it’s like you spend so much time when you just want to change how DMs work as opposed to targeting this other feature that is going to drive these huge web companies in your door. - -There’s not a lot of overlap there, and it’s really complex. The problem is you need that thought leadership on top of it too, to go in a different direction and service the underserved communities. Because there hasn’t been a lot of that. There’s people noodling on ideas, but there’s no giant company doing that. At least I’m not aware of one that’s trying to rethink how moderation works at a fundamental level. - -They’re really complicated. It requires a lot of experimentation. It’s very expensive, and there’s no clear stakeholder who wants to sign that check. I think there’s a lot of challenges, and I think my trajectory of Vanilla really drove home that disparity for me. I make peace with it. I signed up for this journey and this is where that journey is going, and I have to commit to that, and we’ll come back maybe another day to figure out how community could work differently. - -[00:32:27] Patrick O’Keefe: I know that you’re working on a “new community software focused on small communities and empowering volunteer community managers.” When you say focused on small communities, what does that mean to you in the sense of a difference from other applications? - -[00:32:43] Lincoln Russell: The high end of the market is gone. I’m from the technology and hardware and gaming space. That’s what my first meeting’s about, and so we all looked at Tom’s Hardware or, what was the other one, HardOCP, these big, open platforms, millions of posts, hundreds of thousands of users, and the idea was there’s spiel. There was this idea of how many people can you get in here because we have the best advice. - -That’s gone. I’m not sure the sites are gone. I’m sure they still exist in some form, but that’s Reddit now and Facebook. Someone did that better. They’ve done it as good as it gets. We’ve done the global platform scale. Facebook’s got billions of users, and that’s what the original forms were about, though. Everyone wanted to see how big they could get their forum. - -It’s always this idea like, “Well, if I can just do this, then I’ll get more.” I did that myself. We were convinced we were going to grow our community to thousands of people. I’m not sure that’s a good goal. I think that this idea of being more private and being very selective about what you present to the world and having an internal culture that is protected from the internet, not promoted to the internet is the future of these independent community spaces because that’s the space that those platforms cannot touch. - -You cannot have 100 people in a particular culture that want to interact in this particular way about this particular thing and be protected from the broader internet. As these platforms break their trust and safety is breaking down on a lot of these larger platforms, Facebook, Twitter, X, whatever, and they don’t seem to have any interest in fixing it. If you want to have safe conversations where everyone can participate, that’s a part of your community, and not feel like they’re being pushed out by harassment trolls and that sort of thing, I don’t see any other way forward. - -You need to do it at small scale and not try to scale. Every tech company in the world wants to know how they scale, and they all copy Facebook and Google to see how they can get to scale, which again, that’s pushing in the opposite direction of what a tight-knit community is. A tight-knit community is 50, 100, 200, maybe 300 people. - -I can’t know more than 200 people in my community. My brain can’t handle it, and so at a certain point it just becomes these distant degrees of separation. That’s a different type of community, I guess I should say. That’s not what I’m interested in, which is the smaller spaces and really getting to know people and making individuals more important than the platform. - -[00:35:13] Patrick O’Keefe: Is there a business there? - -[00:35:14] Lincoln Russell: Probably not. - -[00:35:16] Patrick O’Keefe: I know I introduced you, I think, to Matt Mecham at Invision a while back, because Matt has a lot of similar thoughts in my experience with him. Invision is purposefully not VC-funded. It’s a small org. They make enough to pay their staff, and they’re trying to get customers and clients, so there are some sacrifices I’m sure they’re making, but it’s essentially a small business. - -I had him on the show, and if you talk to Matt, it’s like, because he built something once and they bought it out, and he got stock that was worthless, and he hated that process. He has those scars, and so he set out to do it again. I think by Matt’s own admission, is Invision will be only a certain size because it’s built to be that way. Invision won’t be a unicorn. Invision is not going to be a billion-dollar company. Invision is going to employ 5, 10, 15, 20 people, whatever it employs, make software that’s reasonably priced, also offer this enterprise model. There’s nothing wrong with that. People would call them lifestyle businesses sometimes. I feel like that can be derogatory, but it’s a small business. Is community software best run by a small business? I think that’s a legitimate question. - -[00:36:22] Lincoln Russell: Yes, I think so. I don’t think it can scale, and I think that’s exactly correct. I actually think of it more in terms of even the great open source projects of our time. Apache, Mozilla, that sort of thing. These are things that are going to outlive all and are building great software that is the backbone of a lot of what we’re doing on the web as non-profits. I think that that’s a great model, or at least part of a model to make these things work. Because there’s something extractive about it if you’re trying to scale your business. You need to make more money than you’re putting into it. - -That is the opposite of what a community is. Anyone’s extracting to the community, you’re getting booted. To build great software, like the great software projects that are going to outlive me, you need a community of people committed to working on them for long periods of time, and to replace those people when they leave, but you have to have a system to keep that going, not just like, got great five minds in a room and they did a thing, and then they cash out at the end. That’s not sustainable. I think looking at the complexity of what it takes to let people interact well online, I think, is a lot more complicated than we currently understand. - -We’re still early. The web is only– younger than I am, and we’re still learning stuff. The idea that a forum is the end all be all of how people are going to interact online, I don’t think we’re there yet, and I think that we have a lot left to learn, and I think we need time and patience to dive into that nuance. I think we need a lot of people putting their heads together and talking about it to get there. I think we’re well past the point where like two people with some great ideas are going to sound a company together and become the face of community for the next 30 years. It’s going to take a community to build that type of software. - -[00:38:11] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. I think there’s a fair to question there, which is, do we even want that? One thing I’ve listed the question you’re asking, but, also, I’ll expand on it from my perspective, which is that I’m an optimist. Does an optimist say that and laugh, but I’m an optimist. I am. I’m an optimist. What that leads me to is that I believe the best that we can get to is a diversity of choice. Many different applications, many different forms of communication, many different options. - -People love to champion a specific option or a specific thing and say, “This is the best or this is the way we have to go, or this is the future.” I don’t really believe in that. I believe that we are best when we have a lot of different options, and we can decide what’s best for our particular space. I don’t know that we could get to a singular, not a singular, but a few options. Apache is interesting. I don’t know what else is out there and stuff that’s beyond me. I think that having a diversity of choice is the best that I can see, but I’m unlimited by my own vision, so maybe there’s something that could be a singular thing that can be forked out from and so on and so forth, but that’s what I think about. - -[00:39:19] Lincoln Russell: Yes. Obviously, when I work on Nitro Porter, I tend to agree that choice is best. I think that what I’m specifically interested in this is a depth of community that’s going to last a long time. There are lots of uses of community, and that’s not the only use case. I don’t think there can be one tool of them all, but I think we’re still scraping the surface in a way that I think is going to require more structure and thought to really dive into in a methodical way. - -Even if it doesn’t become the end-all be-all, I think there could be a lot of interesting things learned out of it about what things do and don’t work, especially in the moderation space. It’s a lot of vaporware in my head. We’ll see what happens one day, but I think there’s a lot of room left to grow that’s not being mined by current solutions. - -[00:40:05] Patrick O’Keefe: Well, Lincoln, thanks for sharing some of that vaporware with us. Thanks for making time. It’s been a pleasure to have you on. - -[00:40:11] Lincoln Russell: Cheers. Likewise. Thanks, Patrick. - -[00:40:13] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with Lincoln Russell, the director of engineering at uConnect. Visit gouconnect.com for more info. That’s G-O the letter U connect.com. Lincoln is building Nitro Porter to help community owners more easily migrate between community software applications. You can find the project at nitroporter.org. For the transcript from this episode, plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad. Thank you for listening.",1731883649,b6cef58d91,308784e7c6,,,1731883649 -https://pitchfork.com/news/ty-segall-announces-debut-album-from-new-band-freckle-shares-new-song-listen,https://pitchfork.com/rss/news/,"Ty Segall Announces Debut Album From New Band Freckle, Shares New Song: Listen","Ty Segall’s got another new band: Freckle, a duo with Color Green guitarist and singer Corey Madden. Freckle will release their self-titled debut on January 31 via Segall’s Drag City imprint, God? Below, listen to Freckle’s first single, “Taraval.” - -Segall, who released the solo album Three Bells earlier this year, has been in a lot of bands. Some of his better-known groups are Ty Segall Band, the C.I.A., Wasted Shirt, and Fuzz. - -All products featured on Pitchfork are independently selected by our editors. However, when you buy something through our retail links, we may earn an affiliate commission. - -Freckle: - -01 Paranoid - -02 For the Last Time - -03 Freckle - -04 I Don’t Know What I Need - -05 Silk - -06 Who’s Sitting on the Moon - -07 Taraval - -08 Tea Brush Millipede - -09 Heavy - -10 That’s All We Wrote",1731883650,1fc7f26191,30e1eec85f,,,1731883650 -https://www.nationalmortgagenews.com/news/refinances-home-equity-loans-seldom-used-for-renovations,https://www.nationalmortgagenews.com/rss,"Refinances, home equity loans seldom used for renovations","Just 5% of home improvement projects during the refinance boom were financed by mortgage products, according to a Nerdwallet analysis . - -Americans overwhelmingly used cash savings to spend $827 billion on renovations between 2021 and 2023, according to federal data. That was $200 billion more than they spent between 2019 and 2021, as the cost of materials and labor, and the pace of new projects, increased. - -Just 3% of homeowners in the recent period used a home equity loan to pay for an average of $16,000 in project costs, data from the U.S. Census Bureau's American Housing Survey showed. And despite massive refi volume during that stretch, just 2% of consumers used an average of $11,000 of refi dollars for renovations. - -A leading 76% of consumers instead used an average of $5,105 in cash savings to pay for projects. The Nerdwallet analysis suggests, however, that consumers could begin turning to their massive, untapped home equity to cover more expensive projects. - -Homeowners were more likely to hire professionals last year, with the share of do-it-yourself projects falling from 39% to 36%. Professional jobs cost $8,100, three times more than a DIY project. - -Economic uncertainty slightly weakened the renovation market as rates rose in the past year, according to a LendingTree analysis . With today's lock-in effect however, the appetite for home renovations is expected to boom. - -Harvard University's Joint Center for Housing Studies anticipates home improvement and maintenance costs to grow to $477 billion on an annual basis in the next 12 months. That should coincide with the eventual return of refinance volume, which Fannie Mae projects growing to $600 billion in originations next year. - -While the industry's largest players also report growing home equity activity , ICE Mortgage Technology finds the nation's over $17 trillion in total equity relatively underutilized . - -The demand for renovation funds may come more often from older homeowners, who the Nerdwallet analysis finds are less likely to undertake DIY projects. Homeowners younger than 25 years old went the cheaper DIY route 62% of the time, across 1 million projects. - -Residents between ages 55 and 64 accounted for over 32 million renovation projects, and opted for cheaper DIY undertakings just 35% of the time. Familiar projects like kitchen renovations average close to $43,000, Nerdwallet said, while any type of upgrade averages around $6,200 each.",1731883662,53698d1bc1,30a06f3a26,,,1731883662 -https://www.npr.org/2023/11/15/1197954635/chinas-real-estate-crisis-explained,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"China's real estate crisis, explained : Planet Money","China's real estate crisis, explained - -China's economic growth for the past few decades has been extraordinary. And much of that growth was fueled by real estate – it was like this miraculous economic engine for the country. But recently, that engine seems to have stopped working. And that has raised all kinds of questions not just for China but also for the global economy. - -Today on the show, we look at what's happening inside China's real estate market. And we try to answer the question: how did we get here? - -Today's show was hosted by Nick Fountain and Emily Feng. It was produced by Emma Peaslee, edited by Jess Jiang, fact-checked by Sierra Juarez and engineered by Josephine Nyounai. Alex Goldmark is our Executive Producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR Source Audio - ""Good Thing Goin' On,"" ""Ricochet,"" and ""Rodeo Drive"" - -",1731884615,8181d7a585,3106070f5a,,,1731884615 -https://www.communitysignal.com/the-disappearing-news-media-comment-sections/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,The Disappearing News Media Comment Sections,"As the former director of community for HuffPost, where he led the management of an active, massive comment section, Tim McDonald has had a unique vantage point to the mass closure of news media comment sections. Patrick and Tim go in depth on that topic on this episode. - -Toward the end, Tim shares what he believes will be his greatest community ROI story: He has stage IV colon cancer and is in need of a liver donor and could get a lot closer with your help. Please visit TimsLiver.com for more info. - -Plus: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Hivebrite, the community engagement platform. - -You can’t make everyone happy in moderation (10:56): “I would hate it when there was a close call [as a soccer referee] because I knew in my head what the call was but I knew if I looked at it objectively from one team’s viewpoint and from the other team’s viewpoint, half were going to be happy with me, half were going to be upset with me, and I wanted to make everybody happy. You can’t do that in comment moderation, and you can’t do that being a referee.” – @tamcdonald - -Allowing influential members to do the talking (11:34): “I didn’t need to get into the [HuffPost] community and be the face of the community. I could just have relationships with about a dozen of our community members who were very well respected and let them do the talking. But in exchange, I would take phone calls from them at home, at night, on the weekends. I would listen to them, I would understand what they were going through, but I would also be able to convey what, from a company standpoint, we were trying to achieve. When I did that, they started understanding.” – @tamcdonald - -If we aren’t going to invest in it, why spend so much effort? (19:08): “My very last day [at HuffPost was] when we pushed the button and [switched to Facebook Comments]. Everybody looked at me like I was crazy, but I just told everybody, ‘I’ve come up with solutions. I’ve come up with options. Nobody wants to pay for this. If we can’t invest in it, and we’re not willing to invest in it, and we’re not going to generate any revenue off of it, why are we supporting it?’ That was the end of it. Obviously, they still had comments. They still do have comments, but it’s nothing to what it was back when I was at HuffPost.” – @tamcdonald - -Document your community wins (22:53): “The subscriber growth of The New York Times is often cited … by media folks and executives as an example of the D2C model, but I think people would do well to remember that The New York Times never closed their comments. … People want that success of, ‘Look at all the people they have paying for news,’ but they don’t necessarily want to do that work that is moderating comments for 20 years to build a section that is befitting of The New York Times.” – @patrickokeefe - -Document your community wins (30:02): “We say [document your wins], but we don’t necessarily always talk about the process through which we capture that, and so it fails. … If it’s easy and it’s comprehensive, then you’re going to do it. Whereas if it’s manual and it’s slow, not only are you not going to do it, but when you don’t do it, you’re going to not be able to access that information as easily.” – @patrickokeefe - -Generous giving is the greatest community ROI (34:16): “When I find [a liver] donor through [the communities] I’ve built up over the years, that is going to be the greatest ROI because I don’t think there’s a price that we can put on our lives, and I don’t think there’s a price that we can put on the amount of giving that that would take from another human being.” – @tamcdonald - -Tim McDonald is the community account manager for HomeRoom.club. He is the former director of community at HuffPost, founder of My Community Manager, and director of communications for Social Media Club Chicago. Tim works with organizations and individuals who are stuck to get them unstuck. He helps people connect with their voice and stories. He is also a speaker and facilitates workshops. - -Recognizing how fear held him back, he has changed his relationship with fear and has used it to get unstuck and end a 17-year marriage, meet his life partner, move to a new city, twice, leave a toxic job, and currently looks at having stage IV metastasized colon cancer as a gift. Tim is in search of a liver donor with surgery planned around September 2022. If you think this could be you, please visit TimsLiver.com for more info. - -[music] - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Hivebrite, the community engagement platform. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[00:00:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and thank you for listening. Our guest is Tim McDonald who is formerly the director of community at HuffPost. We’re going to talk about the impact of news site comments section closures, capturing the qualitative as easily as the quantitative, and Tim’s search for a liver donor. - -Our Patreon supporters are a great group who support our show financially. We appreciate it. Among them is Jenny Weigle, Serena Snoad, and Paul Bradley. If you’d like to find out more, please go to communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -Tim McDonald is the community account manager for HomeRoom.club. He is the former director of community at Huffington Post, founder of My Community Manager, and director of communications for Social Media Club Chicago. Tim works with organizations and individuals who are stuck to get them unstuck. He helps people connect with their voice and stories. He is also a speaker and facilitates workshops. - -Recognizing how fear held him back, he has changed his relationship with fear and has used it to get unstuck and end a 17-year marriage, meet his life partner, move to a new city, twice, leave a toxic job, and currently looks at having stage IV metastasized colon cancer as a gift. Tim is in search of a liver donor with surgery planned around September 2022. If you think this could be you, please visit TimsLiver.com for more info. - -Jenny Weigle, who as I just mentioned is a Patreon supporter of our show, recently wrote about the impact Tim has had on her career and we’ll include a link to that in the show notes. - -Tim, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:37] Tim McDonald: Great to be here. Thank you for having me. - -[00:01:14] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s my pleasure. I tell people all the time that one of the best ways to get into community work or to advance in it is to build a community of your own, build a resource to share, even start a solo community. You started My Community Manager, a resource that existed for quite some time and that I participated in happily multiple times and the #CMGRHangout live conversations, and that actually led to your job at HuffPost. Can you tell that story? - -[00:02:06] Tim McDonald: Yes, and actually, it didn’t start with me starting that community, it started when I was in real estate back when the market crashed in 2008 and I got involved with social media because people buying homes were first-time home buyers and they were the first ones that were using Facebook. When Facebook opened up to me, I just thought I’m going to use this and connect with people that I went to high school with. Little did I realize at that time that everybody is related to a realtor or has a best friend who is one, so that didn’t work out, but then Twitter came around and I started seeing the power in being able to listen in on what people were talking about and then engaging with them that way, not trying to sell me, but be helpful to them. - -I just wanted to learn as much as I could about this whole new way of communicating on digital channels so I got involved with Social Media Club Chicago. I went to a couple of events, volunteered, and then all of a sudden, they asked me to join the board of directors as their director of communications. As I was doing this, I’m realizing, wait a minute, this is more than communications. This is like volunteer coordination, event planning, customer service, email marketing. It’s a whole bunch of different things and I’m like, there’s got to be a name for this. - -I just started googling because I heard the phrase community manager and I started googling it. I found there was one community for startup companies, there was one community for enterprise or internal communities, and then there was, obviously, the gaming community managers who thought we were crazy for thinking community management was new 12 years ago. 14 years ago, I guess now I guess it is. What led me to think was, well, if I’m searching for this information and nothing’s out there, then why don’t I create a site and put it out there for people. - -I started doing that. It started just as a website with blog posts. I was trying to do job postings to get people in, and then all of a sudden Google+ came around and I’m like, “Oh, here’s something new,” because I didn’t want to jump on the Twitter chat bandwagon that everybody else was back in the day. I know they still exist and they’re still around but back in the day, it was like everybody was just creating another Twitter chat. I was like, “Oh wait a minute. Why don’t I just jump on Google+?” They had Hangouts. Hangouts weren’t public at the time so, as we used to say, you probably remember these days I’m sure, what stays on a community manager hangout, stays on a community manager hangout. - -It was all private because it wasn’t recorded and it wasn’t broadcast publicly. We did that, but then it did open up to be public. At the time, I was just looking what can I do? I really want to do this for a living. I had posted something on Facebook that was a Venn diagram that I’m sure all of us have seen renditions of this. It’s the three overlapping circles. It says what you’re good at, what you’re passionate at, what pays well, and in the middle where they all overlap, it said #win or something like that. - -It was three yellow circles, where they overlapped was red, so I said when I posted that, I’m getting closer to red every day, and one of the people I connected with through My Community Manager and the Community Manager Hangouts was the Director of Community at HuffPost and he commented, “Come work at HuffPost, we’ll get you there.” I remember my flip reply to him, Justin, send me love, but my flip reply to him was because I knew how employee referral programs worked, [chuckles] is, “If you’re serious, pick up the phone and give me a call.” [laughs] - -The next day he called me and he started going through all these positions that they had open at HuffPost. One, it was called HuffPost streaming network at the time but it was basically what became HuffPost Live. I said, “Wait a minute,” he was in the middle of talking about all these jobs and I was getting bored with listening to all of them and I was just like, “Wait a minute, go back to that one. Wait, that’s a live streaming network that you need a community manager for?” He said, “Yes.” “That’s got my name on it.” - -I interviewed for it over livestream. That was my interview with two of the three executives that were starting it up. I will never forget the day, I was sitting at the pool with my wife in the Chicago suburbs. It was in May, so it wasn’t Memorial Day yet but we had warm weather and our complex opened up the pool. We’re sitting there and I get a phone call. It was from the HR department asking me all these qualifying questions if I was able to work and blah, blah, blah. I said, “Well, what is this for?” They’re like, “Oh, didn’t you hear from the hiring manager?” I said, “No.” They’re like, “Oh, you’re getting offered a job.” That’s what got me the job and got me from Chicago out to New York. - -It all started for me just getting involved with Social Media Club and then seeing this opportunity and then figuring it wasn’t there, create it myself. That led to me getting the job there, and as they say, the rest is history. [laughs] - -[00:06:58] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, it’s a great story. I realized recently I’ve never got a job I applied for, which is either an indictment of myself or just how my life has worked out. Every job that I’ve had, or every opportunity, most of the opportunities I’ve had have been because I met someone at some point in my work. More recently with CNN, Bassey Etim hired me. I’ve known Bassey for like 12, 13 years. I met him because I was writing about comment moderation on news media sites. I reached out to him and David Williams from CNN at the time, still CNN, and like, “Hey, what’s going on, would you like to be a part of this thing?” We did a panel at South by. 10 years later, he’s like, “I’ve got this thing, we should work together.” - -It’s funny you mentioned everyone knowing a realtor because we were recently looking for homes out here in Los Angeles and have kind of given up for now. It just doesn’t feel like it’s the right time for us to buy. I think we’re going to take that money and invest it in a different way. I went to a home. So many people asked for like a phone number or an email address and I really don’t want to give it because I know what’s going to happen to it working in the field that I do, I get added to an email list and I just have no desire for that. Our realtor doesn’t even send me listings. I find all the homes. I have a Zillow notification that comes to me and then I decide what we’re going to look at, but I did for this person for some reason, and I was getting emails from him and I realized that he is JoJo Siwa’s brother, Jayden. JoJo Siwa is a singer, dancer, I think she was on or is on Nickelodeon, very popular with kids. Because the last name is sort of not common and so I looked it up. I was like, “Oh, that’s this person’s brother?” She’s gotten millions and millions of followers. It was just funny, so yes, everybody’s related to a realtor. - -[00:08:22] Tim McDonald: That’s why I didn’t stay in real estate too long because I was not one of those people who automatically added you to a list or started calling you right away. I was a nice realtor. One of my clients actually, we had a mutual friend, and told me, “Tim is the nicest guy in the world but he sucks at being a realtor because he doesn’t know how to sell.” [laughs] - -[00:08:42] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, yes, that’s a tough thing to do if you don’t know how to sell. [chuckles] I was looking at HuffPost’s website in 2022. They have a sidebar that shows how many comments have been posted today. I have no idea what timezone that reflects when it resets to zero, whatever. On a Sunday, yesterday at 6:00 PM Eastern, I looked at it and it said there were 905 comments that had been posted so far today, on Sunday. How does that fit with the volume you were seeing when you were working there? - -[00:09:07] Tim McDonald: That was like a couple of minutes. - -[00:09:09] Patrick O’Keefe: Okay. [chuckles] - -[laughter] - -[00:09:12] Tim McDonald: We were processing millions of comments a month. A lot of them never made it to the site but we had a machine learning program that was constantly being updated to filter out almost every single comment that came through just for, you think it’s easy, right? Like the F-word, right, but put in different characters, put in foreign languages, put in everything else, other ways that you can say it. Now, all of a sudden, you have 155 different variations of the F-word that you’re filtering out via computer so a human doesn’t have to do that, and that was continually being added on to. - -We have that and then we had a team of 57 and all but four were moderators, so 53 moderators we had. They worked 24/7 and definitely, our politics, we called all of our new sections verticals, so the politics was, by far, the busiest, business was probably second, and then all the other ones. If you were really one of our top moderators who knew the politics vertical, you would get as many hours as you wanted and you could be on there, but your volume was several hundred comments an hour being able to handle that. - -I had always told people when they wanted me to talk about comment moderation, I said, well, I can talk about it, but don’t ask me to do comment moderation because I suck at it. I know how to manage a team of moderators, I don’t know how to moderate myself. [laughs] - -[00:10:36] Patrick O’Keefe: Why do you think that is? - -[00:10:37] Tim McDonald: I think I’m too empathetic and see different sides of things. I learned this early on in my career when I was a soccer coach, I was a professional soccer coach, in the youth leagues, not in the MLS or anything, but I also got my referees license and I started reffing a couple of games, obviously not that my teams were involved with, but just on the side. - -I would hate it when there was a close call because I knew in my head what the call was but I knew if I looked at it objectively from one team’s viewpoint, from the other team’s viewpoint, half were going to be happy with me, half were going to be upset with me, and I wanted to make everybody happy [laughs] and you can’t do that in comment moderation, and you can’t do that being a referee, but I think it does make for being a good community manager because you don’t need to make everybody happy but you can try and make most people happy. - -I think forming relationships with a few of our community members was what really made me successful in my job and what I did and how I did it because I didn’t need to get into the community and be the face of the community. I could just have relationships with about a dozen of our community members who were very well respected in the community and let them do the talking, but in exchange, I would take phone calls from them at home, at night, on the weekends. I would listen to them, I would understand what they were going through, but I would also be able to convey what, from a company standpoint, we were trying to achieve. When I did that, they started understanding. - -I’ll never forget one of our first moves was because when I got promoted to director of community, Ariana was very insistent that she wanted the toxicity of our comments gone, which is impossible almost to do, but I was all for that trying to make that happen. One of the first steps we took was these people that are trolls know how to set up accounts that can get around IP addresses quicker than our ops team could block them. The one thing that was a simple lift at the time was using a verified Facebook account. - -Now, this isn’t the blue check mark that you get on Facebook but back in the day, Facebook considered you verified if you put a phone number in and then got a text and verified that it was actually you, so you needed a Facebook account that was verified with a phone number, while a lot of our commenters were not people that wanted a Facebook account because they hated the privacy aspect of it. - -What I would do, and this was, again, all just one on one conversations with a few people, is offer to walk them through how to set up a Facebook account, how to make sure everything was shut down so that only they could see it, and then how to verify it. I also gave them tips and I did this actually for some people because it got a little bit complicated, but creating a Google Voice, or what’s now Google Fi, a Google Voice number so that they could actually verify it. - -For some of my top people, I actually gave them my phone number as long as they deleted it off of there so I could add it back in mine. That’s how they got verified, but as a result of that, now, me doing that with a couple of different people in our community, they told everybody else that they wanted to tell about it in the community, and so it was me telling a couple of people and then probably 100 to 200 other people that were concerned just like these three or four people were, all got the same benefit just from me sharing it with those few people. - -[00:13:54] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s take a moment here to talk about our generous sponsor, Hivebrite. - -Hivebrite empowers organizations to manage, grow, and engage their communities through technology. Its community management platform has features designed to strengthen engagement and help achieve your community goals. Hivebrite supports over 500 communities around the world, including the American Heart Association, JA Worldwide, Earthwatch, the University of Notre Dame, Columbia Business School, and Princeton University Advancement. Visit hivebrite.com to learn more. - -With so many moderators, you say yourself you don’t want to do comment moderation. What was the escalation process on certain comments if it needed to be brought up to someone else or was there one? - -[00:14:33] Tim McDonald: We had lead moderators that were our top of the top. If somebody had a question, they could pass it through to them but I got to say our team of moderators was top-notch. That very rarely happened. My feeling still to this day, when people say we got free speech, well, free speech doesn’t give you free reign to say anything you want. You can’t go to an airport and say, I have a bomb. Why do you think it’s okay to say that online? People saying that, people saying things that could be harmful or taken out of context and viewed a certain way that’s putting down a certain group of people or a specific person is not free speech. That’s not according to our guidelines and our rules of our community forum. When we do that, when people would come to me and say, “Hey, you’re banning my free speech,” and honestly, I’d go look at the comment, I’d see what it was. I’d get with the moderator, I’d learn what it was, but then I’d get back to them and I’d just be like, “Listen,” I said, “If this happens, every comment you post is not going to get up on the site. It’s just a fact that you got to live with.” - -I said, “Now this could be perceived in this way and this is probably why.” I didn’t get into the head of the moderator because, one, I don’t think that’s fair to our moderators, and two, I don’t think that’s good for you to share with your community because then they’re going to try and use that against you the next time they have something come up. [chuckles] - -It was all about just trying to help them understand that 99% of your comments get up on this site in a very timely manner. If we take the time to address this one that you’re concerned about not getting up there, that’s going to impact how quickly and how real-time our comments can be if you ask me to really investigate this. Most of them all understood that and most of them just let it go and actually appreciated the fact that I would have that dialogue with them, so they didn’t call back again and they let it go. - -The escalation process really, I would say, was in place, but it wasn’t really utilized that much because we didn’t allow it to be. I think the way we utilized it didn’t allow it to be used that much. That was intentional, very intentional. - -[00:16:43] Patrick O’Keefe: You left HuffPost midway through 2014, and in the eight years since, many news outlets, big and small, have closed their comments sections to the point where I would consider even a trope with online community folks and audience engagement folks, or whatever your title is. You can just Google, “News site closes comments section,” and find just endless number of examples. - -Obviously, moderating or being responsible at a high-end for such a large comments section, and HuffPost still has comments, to their credit, what’s gone through your mind as you watched this play out and seen one after another domino news site just fall and close their comments section and push it off to somewhere else? - -[00:17:21] Tim McDonald: It really wasn’t surprising to me because, as I was going through all this, trying to understand and clean up our comments section by not allowing toxic comments come through, not letting trolls to come through, it really became clear to me because every option that I came up with to make it healthier associated with the dollar sign. When I looked at trying to justify the dollar sign for the revenue that we got off of this, I understood that it didn’t have any business value. here was no advertiser who wanted to be around our comments section. I think the exact words were within a mile of our comments section. [chuckles] None of our commenters wanted to pay to have the privilege of being a commenter and our site was free to read so we weren’t generating revenue off of readers, it was all off of advertisers. Even though a lot of people loved coming in and reading the comments, they had to read the article first in order to get to the comments. Them being a reader of the content was good. - -[00:18:22] Patrick O’Keefe: They’re given a lot of credit that they read the article before commenting. [laughs] - -[00:18:25] Tim McDonald: Most of them actually did. I wouldn’t say all, but most. Then, the other thing that I realized, and this started happening when we went non-anonymous commenter, was that all these people that didn’t want to have a Facebook-verified account would then start another site or get involved in another forum on a different site and start talking about the articles on HuffPost. - -I raised my hand up in celebration saying, “This is the best of both worlds. They’re having the conversation over here. We don’t need to touch it. We don’t need to spend a dollar on it, yet they’re coming back to our site every day to actually read the content and understand what’s going on with it in order to have those conversations.” - -When I presented that, that was actually my last day there, was, as we called it, hit the nuclear button and went to Facebook comments instead of our native commenting system. That was my very last day when we pushed the button and did that. Everybody looked at me like I was crazy, but I just told everybody, I said, “Listen, I’ve come up with solutions. I’ve come up with options. Nobody wants to pay for this. If we can’t invest in it and we’re not willing to invest in it and we’re not going to generate any revenue off of it, why are we supporting it?” That was the end of it. Obviously, they still had comments. They still do have comments, but it’s nothing to what it was back when I was at HuffPost. [chuckles] - -[00:19:45] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s interesting because there’s this tug of war with an ad model. Ad model being tied to a number of eyeballs impressions, those sorts of things. Comments often being a way to generate additional time on site, additional impressions, additional eyeballs. When done well, opportunity to increase retention, lower bounce rate, et cetera. It can support that but there is that sort of a curve at some point where diminishing returns, right? Where if you look at it from an investment standpoint and you can’t tie it to revenue generation or that increased traffic, then it becomes a question of, okay, are we losing money on this, or is it worth it in a different way? - -For us are those people worth more to us as subscribers, as people who buy merch, as people who come to our events, ticketed events, whatever. Yes, it’s an interesting tug of war where I think you can grow too much sometimes and become too successful where you can outpace the ability you have to keep it healthy, right? - -[00:20:45] Tim McDonald: Yes, and I do honestly think that I inherited something that up until I took over was purely focused on the number of comments. Because of that, we got so huge with the amount of comments that we were processing that it became a beast that you couldn’t control anymore. When I say my last day was when we flipped the switch, we had actually tested this on a couple of verticals for a couple of months before we made the switch because the other thing that we weren’t getting from our commenters was we weren’t getting any social sharing. - -This was right when social media was becoming big and people would share on Facebook or share to Twitter or wherever. I mean, we didn’t have Snapchat, we didn’t have TikTok back then but it was like they were sharing on the social media platforms and our commenters were not the ones doing that, but when we switched to Facebook comments, it became much more likely that our commenters using Facebook comments on those verticals would be sharing to their Facebook page. - -Now we were getting organic traffic from people sharing to their Facebook page coming back to our site because of that. That was the other piece of this equation that drew us to Facebook comments was it was a great way for us to get our commenters now to self-moderate, we would obviously help and with the reduced staff and not as much tack, but we would also be getting a business value from it because we’d be getting more traffic back to the site because of it through social sharing. - -[00:22:10] Patrick O’Keefe: A lot of people talk about D2C, going direct to the consumer, and no matter where you look, there’s D2C plays. Disney+ is a D2C play. Every streaming service that every legacy brand, Paramount+, I’m a subscriber now. The Offer, I love The Offer, the show about making The Godfather, it’s awesome. Everyone wants to be direct to consumers, have the consumer data, no one between them, no middle person within the customer relationship. - -News media orgs aren’t any different. Obviously, CNN tried it with CNN+ but that’s just one of many. There’s membership programs, all sorts of membership programs with different media companies, small and large. There’s efforts to go around the, I don’t know, the traditional models of monetizing broadcast news, print news, digital news, et cetera, and just go direct to the consumer. - -One other example that I’ve heard a lot is The New York Times, specifically the subscriber growth of The New York Times is often cited as sort of this D2C win. It’s cited by media folks, executives, as sort of an example of the D2C model, but I think people would do well to remember that The New York Times never closed their comments. A lot of successful work done was architected by Bassey who I mentioned earlier, Bassey Etim, a friend of the show, he’s been on multiple times. That’s really not the only reason for the success, The New York Times does many things well, but it’s part of the mix but they had to do it for a while. - -I think The New York Times first, is a very old news organization, right, but also that was a multi-year, going on multiple decades now, effort to build a really good comments section and be really strict about it and measure it. Not everyone’s built for that. People want that success of like, “Look at the subscriber growth in The New York Times. Look at all the people they have paying for news,” but they don’t necessarily want to do that work that is moderating comments for 20 years to build a section that is befitting of The New York Times. - -I think there’s something funny there about like, “Look how great The New York Times is.” Well, yes, but you can still go on to a The New York Times article right now and share your thoughts and have it viewed by a moderator on the audience or the community desk. I don’t know, that’s often left out of that example I feel like. - -[00:24:11] Tim McDonald: I think that’s part and parcel to why community is so important, right. They probably didn’t do this with the foresight that this is why they were going to need it at the beginning but they nurtured it in a way and stuck with it for long enough where when the tides turned, when they saw this opportunity, they knew it was there for them because they kept it. Now, I remember after I left HuffPost would come up to New York quite often and have some Danish journalist come over and I’d set up meetings and one of them was with somebody from New York Times. - -[00:24:41] Patrick O’Keefe: I think I might have set the introduction up for that if it’s the one I’m thinking of. - -[00:24:45] Tim McDonald: Yes. - -[00:24:45] Patrick O’Keefe: You had asked me to introduce you to Bassey for something and he couldn’t [crosstalk] and there was someone else who stepped in and I connected them to you– [laughs][crosstalk] - -[00:24:51] Tim McDonald: Yes, and it was so weird because what had happened was at that time they only were opening comments up on certain articles. They were experimenting with having some of their past writers and editors be the moderators for the comments section, but it was something that they were insistent that they wanted and were going to keep doing and just playing around with how this was going to work. This is before they went to, I think, the whole digital shift and getting all the subscribers and everything, right before, but it was just so interesting to see. - -It just goes to show there’s not one way for any news organization to do comments. You got to look at really, what’s good for your business, what’s good for your community, what’s good for your future business because I don’t think any traditional print magazine or publication would’ve thought even 10 years ago that we would be sitting where we are today. [laughs] - -[00:25:47] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. I notice, and of course, your LinkedIn is only a high-level view of our work histories, but you left Huffington Post, and outside of some workshops here and there, it seems like you just didn’t go back to the media. Did you have enough working in that industry and decided you needed something else, or what’s the story? - -[00:26:02] Tim McDonald: No, I’ve actually loved it right until before the pandemic. I’ve been working with journalist groups a lot over in the Nordic region but also here in the states and it’s just been fascinating to me to get a chance to talk with them but it also kept me up to date because I’ve talked with companies like Quartz, and they bring in speakers that were talking about when bots were becoming popular and how to do it right. - -I learned how to build my own Facebook messaging bot back in the early days of it, that didn’t sound like you were talking to some creepy computer. It actually talked like you were responding to a human. I’ve stayed in that arena for so long and done workshops with different consultants that were in that space that I still feel so attached to the media industry even though I haven’t worked in it since I left HuffPost. [chuckles] - -[00:26:53] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. That makes a lot of sense. You mentioned to me before the show that one of your focus areas is combining qualitative and quantitative metrics, “Not so much that this is new, but finding ways to capture both as easily as it is to get the quantitative ones.” Big topic, but how can we make it as easy to get the qualitative as the quantitative? - -[00:27:16] Tim McDonald: Well, it’s interesting because the company I’m with now, there are a lot of no-code engineers and looking at ways to utilize existing technology to make things happen. It’s been interesting to see just how simple it is to put a reaction, an emoji, or a certain phrase that maybe most people wouldn’t use onto a comment and, all of a sudden, that can automatically trigger you capturing that thread. - -I’m like, huh, I guess there are ways to make this easy and automated. Because it’s not that it’s automated, you still need to take the action to actually mark that comment with that reaction or with that phrase that you’re going to use in order for it to capture it, but it’s a lot easier than doing a screen grab, downloading it to a shared folder, and then having to go back through all those things again later and then put it into your reporting. - -It’s the one thing that I’m really excited about is seeing the opportunities because I’m not like the tech person that knows the back end of stuff, I know the front end of stuff and I know how users interface with it. It’s like seeing and knowing that it’s possible now to even on Twitter, mark something a certain way and then have it trigger where it goes automatically into a report, or into a folder in a report where you can actually select or deselect it. - -I think these are becoming in such a way that we can make those qualitative things, but the one thing that won’t go away, and I think this is true for quantitative and qualitative, is if you don’t provide the insights for what this data means and you don’t tell the story with it, nobody understands what the hell you’re showing them. They can take their own interpretations of it, but that can be very dangerous, especially if you’re trying to build a case for why community is important. - -If they take it as something else, they might just look at it as another sales channel and turn it into sales, and all of a sudden your community is gone because they don’t understand the nuances of what it takes to build a community and they’re not there to be sold, they’re there because they love what you’re doing and because they have a shared purpose that they feel that they’re a part of with your brand. It’s like all these things are thrown out the window when another department reads the data incorrectly. [laughs] - -[00:29:27] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, the right mix. One thing I take away from that is just, we all hear this, I’m sure I’ve said it and maybe you’ve said it too before, documenting your wins. Who doesn’t say that? Document your wins for your community work, for your team, for your company, that relates to your work, document those wins to tell your story down the road. You’ll need them when it comes time to advocate for something, prove your worth, whatever. - -We say that for individuals, we say document your wins as a professional, the things that you accomplish at that company, and make sure you don’t just get lost in that company. Make sure you’re documenting the things that you’ve done so that you can advance in your career when you need them. The thing that’s interesting about what you said, I think, is just we say that, but we don’t necessarily always talk about the process through which we capture that, and so it fails because it’s such a manual thing where it is taking a screenshot or it’s some massive Google Doc that is tough to search or turns into 50 pages and who knows where it is, or it is images and unless you have like an OCR search or you can search the text in an image, which is more and more possible, you’re not searching that as easily. - -Whether it’s some tool allows you to automatically capture something you’re looking at and then tag it and have it be transcribed or something, obviously, there’s note-taking apps, things like Evernote and whatnot, that probably help to some extent with a bookmarklet or something. Think about the processes for which you capture those things because if it’s easy and it’s comprehensive, then you’re going to do it. Whereas if it’s manual and it’s slow, not only are you not going to do it, but when you don’t do it, you’re going to not be able to access that information as easily. - -[00:30:52] Tim McDonald: Exactly. The numbers we pretty much got down to a science, right. If we know and the platform can provide us, we know what we’re capturing and it’s all automated for us. Now, we still need to take that and tell the story with what those numbers mean but it’s the whole other part, the qualitative, that really gets into visually sharing what this means. What do these numbers mean and represent? - -I think you said it well, it’s not only within your company but I loved sharing wins with our entire company. When I was at HuffPost Live, sharing wins for all of them. They’re not seeing this, they’re producers, they’re head down into their next segment that they’re producing, but it’s like if I can give them a five-second little read and snapshot of what just happened in the community that was because of their work, now they’re more jazzed to make that next segment just as good or even better than the other one because they’re seeing the results of what their work is putting out. - -I was as big of a cheerleader for our community as I was for our employees. It was always about trying to get them jazzed up to see and feel a part. Just like I wanted our community to feel a part of what we were creating at work, it’s all about getting our employees to feel energized about what our community is feeling because of the work that they’re creating. - -[00:32:13] Patrick O’Keefe: Talking about getting people energized about community, feeling good about community, one of the questions I ask people pre-show is I ask for the most memorable story that you’ve ever heard about an online community. This is a relatively new question I added. I used to just ask for ROI story and I realized I’m interested in what’s the coolest thing or the most memorable thing you’ve ever heard about an online community. You told me that you don’t think you’ve experienced it yet. Talk about that. - -[00:32:36] Tim McDonald: [laughs] Well, it’s a little, because it involves me personally. I was diagnosed with stage IV colon cancer back in November of 2020, and I’ve made great progress. For those that aren’t familiar, stage IV colon cancer is what they consider terminal. There’s no cure for it. I never believed that and there are people who have been cured of stage IV colon cancer so I’m a big believer that I’m going to be one of these, I have since I was diagnosed, but I was in a place where I was responding well to chemo, but all the other options that were available, more traditional options of getting the cancer completely out of my body were off the table. - -It was either chemo for my life or going into a clinical trial which was basically an experimental chemo to try and get rid of the cancer. I’m not opposed to doing that if I have to. All of a sudden, I heard about this opportunity to get a liver transplant because the colon cancer metastasized to my liver, spread to my liver. Since I wasn’t a candidate for any type of surgery on my liver, this was now a possibility for me. - -I started about a year ago, last June, reaching out to a couple of doctors who did this, and one of ’em is up in Rochester, New York, Dr. Hernandez. He didn’t call me a candidate for it, he said I was a possible candidate for it back a year ago, but my last call last week with him was, “You’re definitely a candidate for a liver transplant,” and so right now I am trying to find the right donor for me and I think that when I find that donor through the community and the communities, I guess, that I’ve built up over the years, I think that is going to be the greatest ROI because I don’t think there’s a price that we can put on our lives and I don’t think there’s a price that we can put on the amount of giving that that would take from another human being to be able to give to us. - -When you asked me for what the biggest ROI is, I truly believe this is going to happen. I don’t know with who and I don’t know exactly when, but I think it is going to be this priceless ROI that I don’t think I will ever forget. It’s all because of what I’ve done for the last 12, 14 years in building up these online communities. Even though I might move from place to place or go from industry to industry, I still keep relationships and bonds with people in those communities. I truly view this as maybe my overarching personal community that is going to be the one who provides that ROI that I think we’re never going to forget. [chuckles] - -[00:35:18] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, hard to put a dollar sign on it but maximum value. Whatever the value of infinity is ROI, I think you’ll have hit upon it. - -Well, Tim, we’ll be sending positive vibes your way. It’s been a pleasure to have you on. Thanks for making time for us. - -[00:35:29] Tim McDonald: Oh, thank you for having me. I really appreciate the opportunity to share some of my insights and you letting me share what my biggest ROI is going to be. [laughs] - -[00:35:39] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with Tim McDonald, community account manager for HomeRoom.club and former director of community at HuffPost. Tim is looking for a liver donor with a surgery planned around September 2022. If that could be you, visit TimsLiver.com. - -For the transcript from this episode, plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Thank you for listening. - -[music]",1731883662,b6cef58d91,30dde84649,,,1731883662 -https://www.insidenu.com/2024/11/17/24298430/even-in-defeat-northwestern-football-heads-toward-hope,https://www.insidenu.com/rss/current.rss,"Even in defeat, Northwestern football heads toward hope","“Your Highness. The transmissions we received. What is it they’ve sent us?” - -“Hope.” - -- Rogue One: A Star Wars Story (2016) - -On the surface, there may not be much reason to hope after Northwestern’s 31-7 loss to No. 2 Ohio State on Saturday afternoon. The Wildcats gave up 420 yards of total offense — the second-worst mark of the season. David Braun’s squad was 6-for-16 on third downs, including failures to convert on nine of its final 11 opportunities. After punting on their first drive, the Buckeyes scored touchdowns on their next four. - -So sure, there’s not much reason to hope just from looking at the stat sheet. And yet...the tone postgame was about as positive as it could be after a 24-point defeat. - -“Hope is just showing up on game day and hoping it’s gonna happen,” Braun said in the bowels of Wrigley Field after the game. “Belief is operating in a way that is indicative of playing winning football on Saturday.” - -If that’s the definition of belief, there’s no real reason to believe in Northwestern’s ability to close this season strong. But hope — well, there was real reason to hope “it” (pulling off a victory over a ranked opponent for the first time since 2020) could happen Saturday afternoon. - -Just look at the Wildcats’ first two drives. Northwestern converted 4-of-5 third down opportunities, tallied seven plays of 10-plus yards and compiled 151 total yards. For comparison, Ohio State hasn’t allowed more than 250 yards in a full game five times this season. - -“Against a really good team like this, you have to play a full game and start strong,” Northwestern quarterback Jack Lausch said postgame. “So I’m happy with how we started, and we’re going to continue to try and build off of that.” - -Lausch should be proud of the offense. He threw for 201 yards against Ohio State (which boasts a top-five secondary in the nation), a mark that only Heisman candidate Dillon Gabriel has surpassed. On his designed runs, the redshirt sophomore tallied 44 yards on 10 carries. Over the past two months alone, his accelerated development has been incredible to watch. - -“The proof is what we saw today,” Braun said of his signal caller. “To go up against the No. 2 team in the country that is stellar on defense, and play the way that he did in stretches, should be something for all of us to be really excited about.” - -Eagle-eyed readers, of course, will note the in stretches part of that quote. And that’s fair. Northwestern committed three fumbles against the Buckeyes — two of which came on snap exchanges. The third happened to close the first drive, after Lausch escaped the pocket and tried to pick up the sticks with his legs. He could not, and a hit from Jack Sawyer jarred the ball loose. - -“I think in the pocket, it’s two hands on the football. He does have some habits in the pocket that is concerning,” Braun said “Scrambling, in those situations, we’ve got to make sure that we’ve got two hands on the ball and we’re protecting it.” - -Lausch concurred with his head coach. Even with the success the Wildcats found against a stingy Ohio State defense, clearly, the failures still weighed on Northwestern’s quarterback after the game. - -“I’ll be better. That can’t happen. I can’t fumble the ball,” Lausch said. “I have to put us in the best position to succeed.” - -And for the most part, Lausch did. Northwestern’s 251 total yards of offense are more than every Buckeye opponent save Oregon, Nebraska, Penn State and (oddly enough) Marshall. The defense, too, held Ohio State to just 420 yards — just eight yards worse than the mark Iowa gave up to the Buckeyes. - -The real issues were Northwestern’s rushing attack and Ohio State’s propensity for explosive plays. But that isn’t exactly surprising — the Buckeyes have held three opponents under 50 yards rushing this season, so at least the Wildcats didn’t join THAT club. And against Purdue, Ohio State tallied 12 plays of at least 15 yards. Against Northwestern, the Buckeyes could muster “only” eight. It’s still not ideal. But even the Wildcats’ rough patches show that they gave Ohio State a much tougher fight than the scoreboard indicated. - -Of course, the loss does ensure that Northwestern has no room for error. A bowl game is still possible, if not plausible, but it requires at least one victory over the next two games to even have a smidgen of opportunity. The Wildcats travel to Ann Arbor to take on a wounded but still dangerous Michigan team, followed by a rivalry matchup at Wrigley Field against Illinois. It’s a tough road ahead, but one this Northwestern team is eager to traverse. - -“I don’t think we look at it as pressure, I think we look at it as opportunity,” Lausch said after the loss. “You have two games to win to make a bowl game, and I think we’re really excited to attack that.” - -Braun is just as enthusiastic about the future. - -“The men that we have in our locker room right now...any given Saturday, I’ll go with that group,” Braun said. “I still don’t think we’ve played our best football.” - -And that is perhaps the best reason to hope of them all.",1731883642,1b34640808,31705d8351,,,1731883642 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/effective-pr-strategies/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Navigating the Challenges of Effective PR Strategies,"Early in my business life, I had a friend who was a bigwig at one of the telecom companies. When another merger occurred and he found himself on the street, he invested his golden parachute money into a startup. - -He and I were really good friends, and he called me immediately to tell me what was up and, of course, to invite my agency to work with him in the startup. It was an exciting opportunity, and I was genuinely interested in what he was building. - -A week after he signed the contract, the Chicago Tribune wrote an article about new startups to watch in the city. The moment he saw the article, he called me and asked me for a meeting in his office. When our managing director and I arrived, he berated us because he wasn’t included in the story. I couldn’t get a word in edgewise, let alone rationalize with him. He thought that because he had signed a contract with us a week before, we would have called all the media outlets to inform them about the new company. - -(As an aside, I went back and read that article and only four companies still exist!) - -The company didn’t have messaging or any news yet (other than they would be opening their doors later that year), but by all means, Gini! Call your reporter friends and let them know we are here! - -I learned many lessons in that short-lived client experience with someone who is no longer a friend; I could do an entire article about it. But I’d rather focus instead on what happens when a story runs about your organization’s (or your client’s) industry and you are not included. - -A Little PR Story - -Like me, you’ve probably heard at least a handful of times during your career, “My competitor was featured in (insert media outlet here). Why weren’t we included?” - -In my former friend’s case, the story in the Trib was written long before it was published. Even if we had called all of the reporters in the city the moment the contract was signed, his company still wouldn’t have been included. It takes time for a reporter to do their due diligence, interview an exec, talk to some competitors, and then decide to include the company. None of that would have happened—and allowed the reporter to make their deadline—in less than a week. - -In the same case, they hadn’t even opened their doors yet, which made them just an idea, not a company. No reporter in their right mind will include an idea in a story about startups to watch. Every one of the companies included in that story had been in business for at least a year. - -To boot, if the website lacks polish, the social media accounts aren’t live or don’t have a lot of content and engagement on them yet, and there isn’t any content on the website that demonstrates expertise, a reporter is going to pass on to the competitors who do have those things. - -This organization had none of that stuff yet. We were just getting started. And yet…the F bomb was dropped and everything. It was one of the most unprofessional experiences I’ve had in my career. I remember leaving. We were standing at the corner of Michigan Ave. and Wacker Drive. Our managing director at the time looked at me and said, “So we’re firing him, right?” - -Right. - -As an aside, his business didn’t make it, so he never got the fame he wanted. The idea was great. The management was not. - -PR Is a Long Game - -But even if the organization has been in business for years, there are other reasons it isn’t included in stories even when the competition is. - -We have a current client who, when we started working with them almost four years ago, had never done any marketing or communications. They managed to build a $30MM business without marketing or communications of any sort, which says a lot about the tenacity of their founders and the sales team they have. - -Their investors told them during the pandemic that they had to start marketing or they wouldn’t make it out. They hired us to serve as their external marketing and communications team. And guess what? We didn’t start with earned media. We started with owned. We slowly built their online presence on their website and social media and created a brand of experts. - -When we added earned media, it was a good 18 months into the relationship, and we started small. We went to trade and regional and local publications first. Once we gained momentum there, we launched a satellite media tour to reach morning news across the country. And just this year, we’ve added national media. It’s taken nearly two and a half years to play the PR game, and it’s just beginning to gain some traction. We anticipate 2024 to be their year—a full four years later. - -But. There have been many, many meetings where I have had to talk the CEO off the ledge. He didn’t (maybe still doesn’t) understand why it was taking so long and why we couldn’t track results directly to sales. - -Were qualified leads up? Yes. Were sales up? Yes. Could we say this new customer came from a specific story or TV appearance? No. - -So, I continually educate him on why PR is a long game. While measuring directly to sales is incredibly challenging, we know it’s working because all of the indicators point in the right direction. Plus, there is almost no better test than when a stranger introduces themself to the CEO at a trade show or event and says, “I keep seeing you everywhere!” - -It takes time. Lots and lots of time. - -And It Requires the PESO Model© - -One of the reasons I started to explore doing more than media relations in my agency was we kept having clients leave when there wasn’t a lot of media activity. It was super frustrating to finish a big campaign with lots of media coverage only to have the client tell us a month later that they didn’t want to pay us if the activity didn’t continue. - -I wanted to figure out how to fill the valleys when media coverage just wasn’t possible or because we were working on big national stories that took months to occur. - -That’s why we started to incorporate the PESO Model© into our client work, which was, of course, not called that back then, but it was the start of what we would launch to the industry later. - -With owned and shared media—and sometimes even paid—we were able to fill those valleys, have more consistency for clients, and demonstrate results that did drive toward sales. - -What also happened along the way is that reporters began to expect to see the way executives think through content and their social media accounts. - -So, if you’re working to pitch a story and it’s falling on deaf ears, take a look at the content on the website, what your execs have published, and what their social media channels look like. I’m willing to bet just about everyone needs to increase their presence in those places. - -Just like we do when doing our research, reporters use Google and a company’s website to learn more. Get those sections beefed up! - -Showcase Subject Matter Expertise - -So what do you do when you have a polished website, lots of great content, and active social media channels…and reporters still ignore you? - -There are a couple of reasons for that, as well. - -The first might be that the competition is perceived as more relevant or compelling. Their CEO might be more charismatic, or perhaps they spend a lot of time on the road, speaking and attending trade shows and events. Maybe they know the reporters from being “out in the field,” so to speak. - -As you pitch stories, you can’t just say you have an expert for them to talk to you. You have to show them. This is akin to saying you’re the smartest person in the room. First, if you have to say it, you’re most definitely not; second, if you don’t demonstrate it so others say you’re the smartest person in the room, it doesn’t matter. - -Demonstrate the expertise of your executives or clients. - -You can do this through content via the website, social media channels, a company-produced podcast, podcast interviews, trade interviews, and more. - -Share success stories, subject matter expertise, insider knowledge, and unique industry point-of-view. - -With that said, I know this is incredibly challenging for most. It’s not easy to create content for an executive about their unique industry point-of-view without being able to get in their head—and not everyone will create the content themselves. - -Below, I’ll give you some ideas to work around that so you get what you need—and reporters begin to see them as the experts they are. - -Make Earned Media a Top Priority - -Another reason your client or executive might not be included in a story that the competition is is the bane of existence for all of us: the competition got there first. - -How many of you have had a situation where a reporter needs information, they’re on deadline, and you can’t get it to them quickly enough? That’s happened a few times during my career, and it’s incredibly frustrating. - -This is a good time for education. You can explain that if a reporter needs a story source, they are on deadline—and those who respond first have the advantage. If a reporter calls, texts, DMs, or emails you, you drop everything to help them. And you work to create a culture where the client or executive does the same. - -If they don’t do that for a particular story and then are mad that their competition is included, as much as you’ll want to say, “I told you so!” use that as a learning opportunity. Discuss why responding to a reporter immediately is imperative, even if it means leaving an important meeting for a few minutes. This should be one of the top priorities of the organization. If it’s not, you can explain why they can’t be mad about it. - -Improve Your Pitches - -And the last reason you might not be included in a story is, well, it’s your fault. You’re pitching wrong. - -I cannot tell you how many bad pitches I get every day. I’m not just talking one or two. I’m talking 20 or 30. Every. Single. Day. - -Do you know how many I respond to? None. - -Not a single one. - -That’s because most of them are pitching a guest for the Spin Sucks podcast. We don’t have guests on the podcast. So I immediately delete those. Then there are the ones that pitch me Chicago happenings. I don’t cover Chicago happenings on the blog. Never have. Never will. Then there are the guest post pitches that are rarely written by humans. And trust me, you can tell. Occasionally, I get some interesting research or a study, but I download it and save it for a future episode. I still don’t respond to the email. - -Now put that on steroids. I’m willing to bet reporters get hundreds of emails from PR pros every day. They wouldn’t have time to do their jobs if they read them all and responded. That’s not your fault—it’s the fault of the industry. But you can cut through the clutter. - -First, do your research. Just because someone lives in Chicago does not mean they cover city happenings. And just because they have a podcast does not mean they accept guests. I know it’s hard to research everyone you want to pitch, but it’s far better to have a small list of targets and have 100% success than 2,000 targets and 0% success. - -Write a compelling subject line that shows you’ve done your research and they’re missing out if they don’t at least open your email. - -Don’t send a three-page-long email once you have a short list to pitch. Two or three sentences will suffice. Gauge interest and follow up if they want more. - -Your pitch game needs work. Trust me. I haven’t received a single good pitch in months. Your odds are already low. Stand out from the crowd by hyperpersonalizing your pitch. - -Use These Effective PR Strategies - -For many reasons, the competition may have gotten a story that you didn’t. It could be their CEO golfs with the publisher or their kids go to school with the editor’s kids or the CEO and the reporter grew up together or live next door or myriad other reasons. - -You can’t control all of the variables, but you can control the following: - -Improve the website. Polish it. Make it look professional. Add in content and subject matter expertise. - -Pay attention to the company and executive social media channels. They should have consistently new content and be engaging. - -Grow your owned media library. This is the best way to share your expertise with a reporter who is looking for sources at midnight. - -Don’t quit media relations after a few months. It’s a long game. Start with trade publications and then move to local and regional. After you master that, move to national. This process takes years. - -Focus on small wins along the way to the bigger wins. - -Schedule a bi-monthly meeting so you can interview the execs and get into their heads for the sake of content development. - -Measure what you can. This includes increased direct traffic to the website, branded search volume, and traffic from specific stories. - -Improve your pitches. - -I’ve learned a lot about setting client expectations since that F bomb meeting with my former friend and client. We must educate execs on how this works, what to expect, and when. Without doing that, you, too, could enjoy being berated in front of your colleagues.",1731883752,4dc781f5bc,30f4604d1d,,,1731883752 -https://cleantechnica.com/2024/11/15/lithium-brine-breakthrough-or-not-thacker-pass-is-happening/,https://cleantechnica.com/feed/,"Lithium Brine Breakthrough Or Not, Thacker Pass Is Happening","Sign up for daily news updates from CleanTechnica on email. Or follow us on Google News - -The Intertubes have been buzzing over a new lithium brine extraction system aimed at satisfying the growing demands of the EV battery supply chain, without the environmental baggage carried by lithium mines. That should help the EV makers of the future avoid tarnishing their green reputation with controversial mining projects. As for the present, all systems are still go for the Thacker Pass mine in Nevada. - -Environmentally Friendly Lithium From Geothermal Brine - -Lithium is practically everywhere. It’s in seawater, for example. However, the concentration in seawater is extremely low. The US Department of Energy is among those seeing much more promise in the salty brines that come with geothermal energy systems. - -“Geothermal brines often have high concentrations of minerals like lithium, salt, and zinc,” the Energy Department points out. - -In addition to providing an alternative lithium supply pathway, a new geothermal brine extraction industry in the US would help support an increase in the nation’s fleet of geothermal energy projects, adding more resiliency to the nation’s clean power profile. - -Though geothermal extraction systems require some surface infrastructure, they deploy relatively compact electrochemical systems and they don’t require the sprawling lagoons typical of other lithium recovery methods. - -The Long Road To Geothermal Lithium Extraction - -There being no such thing as a free lunch, scaling up geothermal extraction and pushing down costs have posed significant obstacles to widespread commercial use. Electrochemical systems are challenging because the natural brines associated with geothermal projects are loaded with substances similar to lithium, including sodium and potassium. Weeding them out requires more energy and more chemical inputs, resulting in increased costs. - -In addition, conventional electrochemical systems produce chlorine gas as a hazardous byproduct, further adding the expense of safety systems and mitigation. - -In an effort to spur market-oriented innovation in the field, back in 2021 the Energy Department’s Geothermal Technologies Office launched the “American-Made Geothermal Lithium Extraction Prize.” The following year, five teams qualified to participate in the third and final round of the program. The list included George Washington University, Rice University, the University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign, the University of Utah, and the University of Virginia. - -The Rice University Breakthrough - -Rice and the University of Utah got knocked out in the third round last year, but that was not an end to the DLE research. The new breakthrough comes from a Rice team headed up by researchers Lisa Biswal and Haotian Wang, in a project funded partly by the Energy Department’s Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy. - -The Biswal-Wang team developed a three-chamber reactor, with the middle chamber deploying a solid, but porous, electrolyte. The arrangement blocks unwanted ions and reduces the opportunity for chlorine gas to form, while enabling lithium to pass through. - -The team’s study was published in the journal PNAS on November 11 under the title, “Three-chamber electrochemical reactor for selective lithium extraction from brine.” - -“The key component that enables highly selective lithium extraction lies in the specialized lithium-ion conductive glass ceramic (LICGC) membrane on the other side of the electrolyzer, which selectively allows lithium to pass through while blocking other ions,” Rice University explains. - -“The LICGC membrane’s high ionic conductivity and selectivity are crucial for maintaining efficiency as it significantly reduces the interference from the other ions present in natural brines such as potassium, magnesium and calcium,” the school adds. - -The research team also reported a lithium purity rate of 97.5%, making it a suitable precursor for the lithium hydroxide.. - -Next Steps For The EV Battery Supply Chain - -If the use of a glass-type ceramic membrane sounds familiar, that’s no accident. As Rice notes, this type of material has emerged as a fixture in new solid-state lithium-ion batteries. - -The next steps for the research include making the system more energy efficient. That means finding a way to prevent sodium ions from building up on the surface of the glass ceramic membrane. Surface coatings and adjustments to the current are among the strategies the team plans to pursue. - -So, it will be a while before the new three-chamber system makes it way to the market. In the meantime, the Energy Department has a number of other R&D irons in the fire related to the extraction field. Another brine-related area to keep an eye on consists of piggybacking on brine from oil and gas operations (see more background on the lithium and geothermal brine connection here). - -The US also has copious reserves of subsurface lithium waiting to be mined, and the Biden-Harris administration is determined to plug a gaping hole in the domestic EV battery supply chain sooner rather than later. The new Thacker Pass mine has emerged as a high profile supply chain showpiece project for the administration. Its developer, Lithium Nevada Corp., just nailed down a $2.26 billion loan from the Energy Department to establish a lithium processing facility next to the site. Once up and running, the mine-plus-processing combo is expected to yield 40,000 tonnes [a little over 44,000 US tons] per year. - -“Lithium carbonate from Thacker Pass could support the production of batteries for up to 800,000 EVs annually, avoiding the consumption of 317 million gallons of gasoline per year,” the Energy Department emphasizes. - -Of course, there are other ways to avoid consuming gasoline without putting an electric car in every garage or destroying large swaths of natural habitat and cultural heritage sites. Investing more state and federal resources in electric bus fleets and rail systems is one way to do that. Providing (or restoring) more opportunities for remote work is another. Ensuring that every community has access to basic commodities without hopping in and out of a car would also help, though that requires hammering out some sticky socioeconomic issues. - -Recirculating used lithium through the automotive ecosystem is another way to avoid unnecessary mining. Extracting lithium from a spent EV battery is no easy task, but the US battery recycling industry is beginning to kick into gear. - -A new generation of non-lithium EV battery formulas will eventually alleviate the pressure on mining, too. For the here and now, though, EV sales are continuing to grow alongside demand for stationary energy storage applications. New mines like Thacker Pass will have plenty of off-takers waiting in line for their share. - -Follow me via LinkTree, or @tinamcasey on Threads, LinkedIn, and Bluesky. - -Image: New lithium mines will plug a gaping hole in the US EV battery supply chain until more sustainable, alternative sources emerge (courtesy of US DOE).",1731883660,befffecf30,30c862aa28,,,1731883660 -https://derivsource.com/2024/09/23/tca-centre-stage-but-data-is-still-a-challenge/,https://derivsource.com/feed,TCA Centre Stage But Data is still a Challenge,"Management intelligence company Acuiti has released a survey report with trading technologies provider Abel Noser Solutions to evaluate how asset management companies are refining their use of transaction cost analysis (TCA). - -Titled The Growing Sophistication of Transaction Cost Analysis, the paper’s core message is that TCA is becoming increasingly important as transaction costs increase and as regulatory obligations place greater pressure on buy-side firms to monitor and manage their aggregate trading costs more efficiently. - -This survey is based on responses from senior, derivatives-focused executives at 64 buy-side firms globally. It aims to assess how firms are evolving their strategies, expanding their use cases and increasing their sophistication in the application of TCA. - -The paper suggests that, over the past decade, approaches to TCA have evolved from a simple measurement focused on basic metrics such as commissions and spreads to a holistic view across multiple metrics, including market impact, employing a wider range of inputs. - -As the range of TCA use cases widen with the advance of technology solutions to measure and analyse the data, so too do the asset classes that are in scope for TCA. Unsurprisingly, TCA is most mature and widely used in equities, the report notes, where data availability and standardisation are most advanced. - -OTC fixed income derivatives are the most challenging asset class in which to apply TCA, according to survey respondents – with spot fixed income and equity derivatives ranked second and third respectively. Pricing can be opaque in OTC markets and deals are often negotiated privately with limited competition. Swaps are highly customisable contracts, presenting difficulties in comparing pricing and execution quality. - -The survey finds that poor data quality is the most significant challenge confronting buy-side firms when applying TCA, particularly for OTC derivatives. This is accentuated by fragmented data analysis within firms – only half of the respondent firms had a single, golden source of data that they use for TCA and other processes including risk and portfolio modelling. As firms look to integrate TCA processes in wider business areas, the paper suggests that data fragmentation across the firm is likely to impair their efforts to improve efficiency. - -Currently, just over a third of the asset management firms that took part in this study built their TCA software in-house, while a third outsourced to a vendor and the remainder adopted a buy-and-build approach. The paper suggests that the trend towards outsourcing is likely to accelerate as a more sophisticated range of vendor solutions becomes available. - -Significantly, TCA is becoming integrated into trading technology — no longer just a retrospective post-trade calculation but also extending into the pre-trade arena and embedded into firms’ order or execution management systems (OMS/EMS). While 87% of asset manager respondents indicated that this integration was an important factor for their firm, only 43% said that they had already integrated a robust TCA system into their OMS/EMS workflow. - -Pulling these conclusions together, 65% of buy-side respondents told the survey that their analysis of TCA had become “more sophisticated” over the past five years, with 12% saying it had become “significantly more sophisticated”. - -According to the paper, TCA is becoming more sophisticated in several ways. First, the scope of data and number of metrics being evaluated is expanding to include areas such as market impact and opportunity cost, to evaluate the timing of a trade as well as the choice of venue and counterparty. - -But choice of counterparty and execution venue are basic and essential fundamentals in a buy-side trading strategy. Any firm trading in size will also require an understanding of market impact and an ability to measure it. - -Similarly, the paper tells us that “more advanced use cases are gaining traction”over the past 10 years: broker selection remains a key use case, it suggests; and trade optimisation has been employed by around half of the asset managers that took part in the survey. But for money managers using TCA, broker selection and trade optimisation have long been primary TCA use cases. - -These are a continuation of established trends, rather than ‘new’ or ‘more sophisticated’ developments appearing over the past 10 years – even though they are being embraced by a wider set of buy-side participants.",1731883724,9dd65a327d,3134172674,,,1731883724 -https://www.ign.com/articles/half-life-2-20th-anniversary-update-includes-developer-commentary-improved-graphics-and-a-2-hour-documentary,http://feeds.ign.com/ign/games-all,"Half-Life 2 20th Anniversary Update Includes Developer Commentary, Improved Graphics, and a 2-Hour Documentary","Valve is honoring the 20th anniversary of Half-Life 2 with a celebration that includes a brand-new two-hour documentary, a developer commentary update, and more. - -The studio updated fans on the festivities on its website today, revealing a gift basket full of goodies for fans new and old. While it’s not quite the Half-Life 3 announcement fans have waited two decades for, it’s still more than enough to help with the wait. - -Half-Life 2 20th Anniversary celebration includes a Documentary and a Major Game Update - -Topping the list of announcements is a two-hour making-of video from the Secret Tape team behind the Half-Life 1 documentary. Valve says die-hard fans can start watching the Half-Life 2 documentary today for a behind-the-scenes look at how the studio handled running out of money, getting hacked, building its PC storefront Steam, and more. It’s an in-depth peek behind the curtain at a pivotal moment in gaming history, but the festivities don’t stop there. - -Half-Life 2 owners can also now enjoy a new update that adds everything from additional content to ironed out wrinkles. This includes access to the original Episode One and Episode Two expansions, which have been bundled into to the base experience at no additional cost. Valve adds that it reassembled the original Half-Life 2 team to provide commentary tracks for the entire game. - -Steam Workshop support and Steam game recording are just two more bonuses that have been added to help celebrate Half-Life 2’s 20th anniversary, with even more included in the form of general touch-ups and fixes. Some of the update’s changes include rebalanced lighting, cleaner horizons, new graphics settings for things like blood and fire effects, and an overhaul for aim-assist. - -Half-Life's Biggest Moments 12 Images - -IGN's Twenty Questions - Guess the game! IGN's Twenty Questions - Guess the game! 💡 Hint To start: ...try asking a question that can be answered with a ""Yes"" or ""No"". 000/250 Ask - -“Every map in Half-Life 2 has been looked over by Valve level designers to fix longstanding bugs, restore content and features lost to time, and improve the quality of a few things like lightmap resolution and fog,” the studio explains. - -If you’re interested in Half-Life 2 and want to check out the 20th anniversary update, you’re in luck; Valve has made the game free to own until November 18. That means you get the entire sequel experience, including its two expansions, at no cost whatsoever – as long as you click that download button in the next few days. - -Half-Life 2 has long been hailed as one of Valve’s best projects and one of the most important video games ever made. In our original review , we called it a “amazing” and gave it a 9.7/10. Fans have combed over every detail of the first-person sequel since its release on November 16, 2004, and once the 20th anniversary update is live, there will be even more to uncover. While it’s true that Half-Life 3 still hasn’t been confirmed to be in the works, the goodies revealed today should help with the wait until a sequel is actually, really revealed. There’s also the VR-exclusive Half-Life: Alyx, which we gave a 10/10 . - -Will Valve ever release Half-Life 3? Yes No Answer See Results - -For more on the world of Half-Life, you can read about Nvidia’s upcoming Half-Life 2 RTX remaster . The company released a trailer for the project just yesterday to help celebrate the 20th anniversary, revealing how its team is creating something that stays true to the original vision while giving it a fresh coat of paint. - -Michael Cripe is a freelance contributor with IGN. He started writing in the industry in 2017 and is best known for his work at outlets such as The Pitch, The Escapist, OnlySP, and Gameranx. - -Be sure to give him a follow on Twitter @MikeCripe.",1731883676,9e7916d7c6,3115a44d2f,,,1731883676 -https://www.prdaily.com/by-the-numbers-where-americans-got-election-news/,https://www.prdaily.com/feed/,By the Numbers: Where Americans got election news,"The dust is settling from the 2024 U.S. elections. The news environment that surrounded the ballot casting was, in many ways, as contentious as the election itself, with rows about endorsements, debates about covering Trump’s firebrand of politics and more taking center stage and dividing both journalists and consumers. - -But amid all those controversies, where did Americans get the news that helped inform their voting decisions? Even though the most intense period of interest in politics may have passed for another few years, understanding the news sources Americans use to help make big decisions can likewise help PR professionals better target their pitches. - -Research conducted by Pew Research in September sheds light on the most popular political news sources. Here’s what PR pros should know. - -Other and none - -In this survey of 8,000, respondents were allowed to name any sources they chose. The open-ended nature of the survey means that the top two responses weren’t a network at all – they were people listing sources too unique to be listed in the overall findings or they didn’t list a primary source at all. - -Nearly a third of respondents chose a niche outlet as their primary source, putting their responses into the “other” category. - -This should be a massive wakeup call to PR professionals. Long gone are the days that a front-page newspaper hit or a mention on the nightly news would make your brand. Instead, people are looking to a plethora of different sources that more precisely fit their news wants and needs. Pew Research did not share precisely what these “other” were, but if you’re curious, just ask a friend. Or better yet, ask your target audience. The myriad sources they name will show just how dizzying the media landscape will be – and just how savvy communicators must be to wade through it to find the most meaningful sources. - -The second largest category in the survey was people who did not name any main source. Again, we don’t know exactly what they said here. It could have been “I don’t follow the news” – a Pew Research poll from 2023 found that about 9% of Americans don’t follow the news at all, a number that very much could have increased in the last year as the news became more acrimonious. - -Or it could be pointing to another problem with the news media: a lack of name recognition. As more and more Americans cite sources like “social media” as where they get news, the exact journalists behind that work can fade into the background, struggling from poor branding until all journalistic content seems homogenized in a tweet or a TikTok. - -Regardless, the fact that nearly half of Americans are in their own media bubbles – or none at all – should ring loudly in the ears of media relations professionals. - -What people pay attention to - -Among those respondents who chose a news source, television reigns supreme. Of the top 10 named news sources, seven are TV stations, and all of the top five. - -The most popular news sites for political news are: - -Fox News (13%) - -CNN (10%) - -Local TV (6%) - -ABC News (5%) - -NBC News (3%) - -NPR (3%) - -MSNBC (3%) - -The New York Times (3%) - -CBS News (3%) - -X/Twitter (2%) - -In other words, a full third of Americans list a television news source as their primary way of getting political news. - -This is not to say that they aren’t also getting news from local newspapers or influencers or the Wall Street Journal. Only that their top choices tend to gravitate toward television. - -What is ‘the mainstream media’ - -Since Trump burst onto the political scene in 2015, there has been a great deal of discussion about “mainstream media.” What is it, is it bad, is it biased against Republicans. Pew Research asked about whether Americans consider their news source of choice to be part of the mainstream media. And overwhelmingly, the answer is “yes.” - -Whether it’s MSNBC on the left end of the political spectrum or Fox News on the right, the majority of both stations’ viewers say they’re mainstream (88% and 61% respectively). Only 57% of viewers said that local TV was mainstream media, only 8% said it wasn’t – the remaining 34% said they weren’t sure. Of course, this is to be expected when dealing with a nebulous term like “mainstream media” which is entirely in the eye of the beholder. Is anything not on national television “mainstream news”? Or is it the prominence, prestige and power of a news source what makes it “mainstream”? - -There is a strong political divide here. While 60% of all respondents said their favorite news source is mainstream media, only 48% of Republicans agreed, compared to 72% of Democrats. This is understandable given President Elect Donald Trump’s antagonism toward the mainstream media. - -Regardless of political party, this survey shows a deeply fractured media environment with few clear winners. Clever PR professionals must truly understand their target audiences on a deep level to choose the right outlets – because there is no one size fits all. - -Allison Carter is editor-in-chief of PR Daily. Follow her on Twitter or LinkedIn.",1731883630,602c3549f1,312295d4f3,,,1731883630 -https://transom.org/2013/nodding-syndrome/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Nodding Syndrome,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/09/Nodding-Syndrome.mp3 Download Listen to “Nodding Syndrome” - -Robert Oyo, 17, lies on the floor of his home in a village in Pader District, Uganda. A chain runs from his ankle to the roof of the hut. Robert suffers from Nodding Syndrome, a rare disease effecting young people in east Africa. Parents sometimes chain their children to prevent them from wandering aimlessly, a symptom of the disease. (Photo by Matt Kielty/John Alexander Project.) - -I vividly remember the open sore on Benson’s chest. He was sitting in front of me in a jail in Malawi, the tenth poorest country in the world. Benson told me about the night he killed someone in self-defense and how he turned himself in to the police. They locked him in this jail and left him there. By the time I interviewed him, he’d been incarcerated for 28 months and had yet to see a judge or go to trial. - -Jails in Malawi are notoriously unhealthy and overcrowded so in those conditions, Benson contracted scabies. His chest sore oozed pus. So did the sore under his arm that he gingerly covered with a napkin. I tried not to stare. - -When the interview was over, guards escorted Benson out of the room. I climbed into an air-conditioned pick-up truck and eventually returned to my gated hotel where I ate a full meal sitting next to a swimming pool — all expenses paid. I felt dirty. - -[domate] - -The dichotomy of my life and Benson’s life has stayed with me ever since that moment a few years ago. My privilege was never more clear. And, I was being paid handsomely to report his story while he remained locked-up. Worse still, as I write this, I’m uneasy because I don’t know what has become of him. - -Perhaps because misery loves company, I was pleased to learn that reporter Matt Kielty had a similar experience after reporting in Uganda late last year. Matt traveled there to report on Nodding Syndrome for the Above the Fray Fellowship — a partnership between NPR and the John Alexander Project. He returned to the U.S. confused and troubled about “objectification.” As he put it “… making a name for yourself and trying to further your career… on the backs of these people who are suffering immensely.” - -Matt shares his concerns and confusion on this HowSound. And we feature one of the stories he produced on the syndrome. (Here’s a link to the other story.) - -While you listen, I’m going to find out what happened to Benson.",1731883716,c00d35bf2d,3188d74002,,,1731883716 -https://esportsedition.com/featured/apex-legends-season-one/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Apex Legends Season One: What We Know So Far,"Apex Legends quickly became the biggest game in the world. Over its first month and a half it has drawn a massive user-base, and many fans. Now it’s time for the game to enter the second stage of its plan to dominate. Apex Legends Season One: Wild Frontier launches today. Season One brings with it a variety of new content, and the promise of much more to come. - -New Legend: Octane - -Apex Legends Season One brings with it the first legend to come out since the game’s launch. The legend is called Octane. He is an adrenaline junkie with abilities focused around his health. His passive ability allows him to regenerate health passively after not taking damage for a while. His tactical ability allows him to move faster in exchange for a percentage of his health. - -Octane! Image via EA. - -Octane’s ability isn’t health related, but it is very interesting. He places down a jump pad that can be used by teammates and opponents alike. Respawn has already teased this ultimate this past week, with several of them placed around the Marketplace. - -Upon landing on them players are launched high into the air, conserving the momentum that they already had. This allows players to quickly reach rooftops, cliffs, and other places that can give tactical advantages. The ability works particularly well with Pathfinder, whose natural momentum is only pushed further with the jump pads. - -Octane will be launching alongside Season One today. It has yet to be revealed how he will be priced, but it is likely that he will follow the other legends that were purchased: Caustic and Mirage. If this is the case, he will cost 12,000 legend points, or can be purchased for real money for just under $10 USD. - -Battle Pass - -Season One brings it with the first Battle Pass as well. It will cost 950 Apex coins (just under $10 USD). It will allow players access to a host of cosmetic items, as well as what appears to be some Apex coins. - -There is a new item for every level from 1–100 for players who have the Battle Pass. Going off raw value, if you plan to play the game at all for the next few months, the Battle Pass is far more cost-effective than purchasing Apex Boxes. If you spent that $10 on boxes you would get 30 items, but with the Battle Pass you get 100 if you play all the way through. - -If you opt not to purchase the Battle Pass, don’t worry. You can purchase it at any point through Season One and get all the rewards for the levels you have already passed. So if you aren’t sure if you’ll get your money’s worth, simply wait and see how many items you’ll get by purchasing it near the end of Season One. - -There is also a premium Battle Pass for triple the price (just under $30 USD) that boosts your first 25 levels. This allows players to get a jump on the Battle Pass rewards for pure currency. Personally, I would highly advocate staying away from this deal. It’s not as efficient as buying Apex Boxes, and doesn’t get you anything that you can’t work towards yourself. The only people that should be buying this are people with money to burn and not enough time to actually play through the levels themselves. - -Balance Changes - -A couple weeks ago it was announced that Season One would bring with it some balance changes as well. Primarily, the reduction in character model of the three largest legends: Gibraltar, Caustic, and Pathfinder. It was released a while back that all of the legends have different size models, making it significantly harder to hit some over others. Wraith is the smallest, while Gibraltar and Caustic are both nearly double her size. Pathfinder is only slightly smaller than the two large boys, despite his much smaller visual model. - -Due to the backlash of people’s annoyance at the vastly different models, it was announced that the three larger ones would be getting reductions at the start of Season One. While this is a huge step in the right direction, I personally don’t understand why any of the characters have different models. Potentially due to the fact that some of them have better abilities than others, however, as is the most useless abilities and largest character models coincide, making the three biggest characters entirely undesirable. A reduction is good, but I think more than that is in order, personally. - -New Guns and Items - -This is a little anticlimactic. While we know that there are new items being released, we don’t know what they are. So stay tuned for Season One information in the coming weeks where we learn all about the new guns and review them for you! - -Conclusion - -Season One launches today, and I’ll be playing the heck out of it with the newly unlocked Battle Pass. I can’t wait to push to 100 and collect all of the loot along the way. Hopefully Season One comes with quite a bit of improvements to the game, primarily the prevention of crashes that still plague many players, myself included. However, what we’ve seen so far of Season One looks incredible. A new legend, new guns, and a Battle Pass with 100 new items to collect! Jump in and get your Apex on today!",1731883734,76f59da961,314494fdfb,,,1731883734 -https://www.investopedia.com/what-analysts-think-of-lowes-stock-ahead-of-earnings-8745968,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_investing,What Analysts Think of Lowe's Stock Ahead of Earnings,"Key Takeaways Lowe's Companies is set to report third-quarter results before the bell Tuesday, with analysts expecting sales to decline year over year. - -Lowe's and rival Home Depot have reported falling sales in recent quarters as discretionary spending has declined. - -Analysts said sales in the professional contractor market will be a key point to watch as do-it-yourself sales remain pressured by inflation. - -Lowe's Cos. (LOW) is set to report third-quarter results Tuesday morning, with analysts expecting lower revenue than the same time last year despite a potential sales boost from recent hurricanes. - -Analysts are slightly less bullish on Lowe's stock than its home-improvement rival Home Depot (HD), which reported earnings last week. Of the 19 analysts who cover Lowe's tracked by Visible Alpha, 10 hold ""buy"" ratings, eight have ""holds,"" and one has a ""sell"" rating. Their average target price of $269.32 is within a few cents of Friday's close. - -Lowe's stock is about 6% off the record-high $287.01 it reached last month, though also up about 21% this year. - -Analysts expect Lowe's to report sales of $19.89 billion, down from $20.47 billion last year. Net income is expected to decline nearly 10% to $1.60 billion, or $2.82 per share. - - - -What Home Depot's Earnings Could Mean for Lowe's - -Analysts from Bank of America and Melius Research wrote in recent notes that Home Depot's earnings likely indicate that Lowe's will see a similar sales boost from hurricanes that impacted Southern states during the quarter. - -Melius analysts raised their price target on Lowe's to $310 and said the performance of the professional contractor market—in which both Home Depot and Lowe's have worked to expand their market share—will be a ""key question,"" as ""big ticket"" spending and do-it-yourself projects are likely to remain lower in the quarter. - -Home Depot and Lowe's have reported lower sales in recent quarters as American consumers have focused on buying essential items and pulled back on discretionary spending like home-improvement projects and ""big ticket"" purchases like appliances.",1731883665,ab219445cc,3170fe8f1d,,,1731883665 -https://www.getresponse.com/blog/thanksgiving-messages,https://www.getresponse.com/blog/feed,70 Thoughtful Thanksgiving Messages to Share with Loved Ones,"What better time of year to express your appreciation and gratitude for those around you than Thanksgiving Day? And for those who aren’t at the dining table to hear these words directly, you can always send thoughtful and happy Thanksgiving wishes. - -This article gives you 70 thoughtful Thanksgiving messages you can share with your loved ones and people you care for. - -Messages for family and friends - -Thanksgiving is the perfect time to gather with family and friends—and to test your survival skills against traffic jams and your uncle’s political debates at the dinner table. - -For those missing from the dinner table, a thoughtful message could be the perfect way to make them feel included even if they’re too busy bingeing deep-fried turkey fail videos. - -We do recommend highlighting what you are thankful for and sticking to heartfelt messages such as “Wishing you a very happy Thanksgiving filled with love and laughter”. However, adding some humor to your messages doesn’t hurt, right? Especially when you’re addressing close family members and friends. - -So here are some messages you can share with family and friends: - -Wishing you a Thanksgiving filled with all your favorite things—family, friends, and no traffic jams! Happy Thanksgiving! Here’s to food comas, stretchy pants, and remembering why we love being together. This Thanksgiving, I’m grateful for amazing people like you… and the great food you cook! Wishing you a day full of food and gratitude. May your turkey be moist, your stuffing be plentiful, and your relatives… mostly manageable! Happy Thanksgiving! May your heart be full and your plate even fuller. Thankful for your friendship, of course, your food. Wishing you the happiest Thanksgiving! Hope your Thanksgiving is filled with laughter, love, and just the right amount of ‘interesting’ conversations at the table! Grateful for you and all the memories we share. Here’s to another Thanksgiving filled with love, laughter, and zero kitchen disasters! Thanksgiving greetings! May your day be filled with gratitude, your evening filled with leftovers, and your heart as full as your plate! To family, friends, and unforgettable Thanksgiving feasts. Sending you love and laughter, and I hope no one brings up politics at the table this year! - -Professional Thanksgiving messages - -While Thanksgiving is a time to appreciate family and friends, it is also an excellent opportunity to acknowledge the hard work of your colleagues. So, sending thoughtful messages and warm Thanksgiving greetings is a great way to strengthen professional relationships. - -We recommend maintaining a professional tone, but a touch of warmth or light humor can make your message stand out. Here are some messages you can share in your professional circle: - -Happy Thanksgiving! May this holiday bring you time to unwind and enjoy the company of loved ones. Happy Thanksgiving! May your holiday be filled with joy and gratitude, and may you return refreshed and ready for a wonderful year ahead. Wishing you a Happy Thanksgiving! Your hard work and commitment are truly appreciated. Thank you for your dedication and teamwork. Wishing you a Thanksgiving filled with joy and relaxation. I am grateful to have colleagues like you. May your Thanksgiving be abundant in good food and great memories. Thank you for being essential to our success, and wishing you a wonderful Thanksgiving. Your contributions make a difference every day. Have a joyful and restful Thanksgiving! Happy Thanksgiving! May your holiday be as rewarding as your support has been to us. Warm wishes for a happy Thanksgiving. Thank you for your continued trust and partnership. This Thanksgiving, I’m grateful for the teamwork and dedication you bring every day. Wishing you a relaxing holiday and a wonderful season ahead! - -Messages for employees - -Thanksgiving is a wonderful time to express gratitude to those who contribute to our success every day—our employees. A heartfelt message can make a significant difference in an employee’s day, boosting morale and strengthening the bond between employer and employee. Here are some thoughtful Thanksgiving wishes to share with your team: - -Wishing you a very happy Thanksgiving! Your hard work and dedication are truly appreciated. Enjoy a well-deserved break with your loved ones. Happy Thanksgiving! I am grateful for your commitment and the positive energy you bring to our team. May your holiday season be filled with joy and relaxation. This Thanksgiving, I want to express my deepest gratitude for your unwavering dedication. Your efforts significantly impact me, and I hope you have a wonderful holiday season. Thank you for your hard work and perseverance. Wishing you a Thanksgiving filled with good food, good times, and the company of family and friends. Happy Thanksgiving! Your contributions are invaluable, and I am thankful for your commitment. May your holiday be as amazing as you are. As we celebrate Thanksgiving, I want to thank you for your dedication and hard work. May your holiday season be filled with happiness and memorable moments. Wishing you a joyous Thanksgiving! Your efforts and positive attitude make our workplace a better place. Enjoy the holiday season with your loved ones. Happy Thanksgiving! I am grateful for your hard work and your positive impact on our team. May your holiday be filled with blessings and joy. This Thanksgiving, I want to express my appreciation for your dedication and commitment. Wishing you a holiday season filled with warmth and happiness. Thank you for being an essential part of our success, wishing you a bountiful Thanksgiving and a joyous holiday season ahead. - -Business Thanksgiving wishes - -Thanksgiving is also a good opportunity to express appreciation to valued clients and business partners for all the wonderful things they bring to the table. A thoughtful message shows you appreciate what others bring to the table and helps build a strong foundation for working together in the future. Sharing these messages can create good vibes and show how much you value the connection. - -Here are some Thanksgiving messages you can send to clients and business partners: - -Wishing you a Happy Thanksgiving! We’re truly grateful for your partnership and support. May your Thanksgiving be filled with joy and gratitude. Thank you for being such an integral part of our journey. Happy Thanksgiving! Sending warm wishes and appreciation for your continued trust in us. Here’s to a season of success and good fortune! Thanksgiving is a time to reflect on our blessings, and your partnership is certainly one of ours. Wishing you a joyful holiday and a thriving year ahead. Grateful for the opportunity to work together. Wishing you a Happy Thanksgiving and a joyous holiday season filled with success. Thank you for the trust and support you’ve shown us this year. May your Thanksgiving be full of joy, peace, and optimism for the year ahead. Happy Thanksgiving! We’re grateful for the opportunity to work with you. Take [X]% off your next purchase with code GRATITUDE. Wishing you a joyous holiday season! This Thanksgiving, we’re thankful for clients like you. May your holiday season be filled with prosperity and good cheer! Our business is stronger because of your partnership. Wishing you a blessed Thanksgiving and a successful year to come. Thank you for being an invaluable part of our journey. Happy Thanksgiving, and warm wishes for a joyful and fulfilling holiday season! - -Thanksgiving quotes and reflections - -Thanksgiving is a season that celebrates gratitude, joy, and connection. The warmth and sweetness of pumpkin pie perfectly embody the sentiments of this festive time. It’s a moment to reflect on all we are grateful for, from loved ones to the simple pleasures that bring us joy. - -Here are some thoughtful quotes to capture the spirit of Thanksgiving: - -“Gratitude is the sign of noble souls.” – Aesop “The thankful heart is not only the greatest virtue, but the parent of all the other virtues.” – Cicero “As we express our gratitude, we must never forget that the highest appreciation is not to utter words, but to live by them.” – John F. Kennedy “Gratitude unlocks the fullness of life. It turns what we have into enough, and more.” – Melody Beattie “Thanksgiving, after all, is a word of action.” – W.J. Cameron “I am grateful for what I am and have. My thanksgiving is perpetual.” – Henry David Thoreau “Not what we say about our blessings, but how we use them, is the true measure of our Thanksgiving.” – W.T. Purkiser “Be thankful for what you have; you’ll end up having more. If you concentrate on what you don’t have, you will never, ever have enough.” – Oprah Winfrey “An attitude of gratitude brings great things.” – Yogi Bhajan “Let us be grateful to people who make us happy; they are the charming gardeners who make our souls blossom.” – Marcel Proust - -Religious Thanksgiving Messages - -Thanksgiving is an amazing time to slow down, reflect, and appreciate the blessings of faith, family, and all the goodness surrounding us. Sending a faith-centered message adds a unique touch, reminding those close to us about the deeper meaning of the season and the abundant grace we have to be thankful for. - -When you share these heartfelt messages, you’re not just spreading gratitude but strengthening the bonds from a shared faith. - -Here are some faith-inspired messages you can share with those who hold a special place in your life: - -Wishing you a blessed Thanksgiving filled with gratitude to God for His abundant blessings. Happy Thanksgiving! May your day be filled with the warmth of God’s love and the joy of His presence in our lives. This Thanksgiving, let us give thanks to the Lord, for He is good; His love endures forever. – Psalm 107:1 I am thankful for God’s grace and for friends and family who bring His love into my life—wishing you a Thanksgiving filled with faith and joy. Praise God from whom all blessings flow—wishing you a Thanksgiving filled with gratitude and His everlasting love. On this Thanksgiving, may your heart be filled with peace and your spirit renewed by God’s grace. Wishing you a Thanksgiving that overflows with the joy and peace of Christ. Let us give thanks to the Lord with grateful hearts for His love and blessings. Happy Thanksgiving! May God bless your home with His love and fill your heart with Thanksgiving today and every day. Giving thanks to God for the wonderful blessing of family and friends. Wishing you a Thanksgiving rich in His grace and love. - -Thanksgiving messages to send via Email - -Email is a great way to reach out and share your Thanksgiving gratitude, whether it’s with family, friends, colleagues, or clients. Sending a thoughtful Thanksgiving email lets you connect and express your appreciation personally. - -Here’s a simple template you can steal and modify: - -Dear [Name], As Thanksgiving approaches, I’ve been reflecting on everything I’m thankful for this year, and you are certainly among them. [In the past year/During our time together], I’ve especially appreciated [specific thing you’re grateful for about them – their support, friendship, guidance, etc.]. This season reminds us to pause and acknowledge the people who make our lives richer and more meaningful. Your [specific positive quality – kindness, wisdom, humor, etc.] has made such a difference in my life, and I wanted to take a moment to express my gratitude. [Optional: Include a specific memory or moment from the past year that meant something to you, or mention future plans] I hope your Thanksgiving is filled with warmth, good food, and moments of joy. May this holiday season bring you as much happiness as you’ve brought to others. [Choose one:] With love and gratitude, Warm regards, Best wishes, [Your name] - -If you’re running a business and want your email to be sent in bulk to tens or hundreds of contacts, make sure to use an email marketing tool like GetResponse, which allows you to send highly personalized and professional emails like the one sent from Brandless in the image below. - -For more information, make sure to read our article on how to write a Thanksgiving email. - -Thanksgiving messages to send via SMS - -Thanksgiving is a time for gratitude, and sending a quick SMS is an easy, heartfelt way to let someone know they’re appreciated. Here are some short and sweet Thanksgiving messages you can share via text to bring a smile to their day. - -Happy Thanksgiving! Hope your day is filled with love, laughter, and all the food you can handle! Thankful for amazing people like you. Wishing you a wonderful Thanksgiving filled with blessings! Happy Thanksgiving! May your heart be full, your plate fuller, and your day as wonderful as you are. Grateful for your friendship today and every day. Have a fantastic Thanksgiving! Wishing you a Thanksgiving filled with joy, good food, and endless gratitude. Enjoy every minute! Happy Thanksgiving! Just a quick note to say I’m grateful for you. Hope your day is amazing! Sending love and warm Thanksgiving wishes your way! Hope your holiday is full of all the things that make you smile. Happy Thanksgiving! May today bring you joy, laughter, and a reminder of how loved you are. Grateful for you and all the memories we share. Wishing you a wonderful Thanksgiving! Wishing you a Thanksgiving as warm and joyful as your friendship. Have a blessed day! - -Tips for sending Thanksgiving messages - -Sending Thanksgiving messages is a beautiful way to express your gratitude and appreciation. Here are some tips to ensure your messages are heartfelt and impactful: - -Be sincere and genuine: Make sure your message comes from the heart. Authenticity resonates more than anything else. Use warm and festive language: Set the tone for the holiday season with language that reflects the warmth and joy of Thanksgiving. Keep it short and sweet: While brevity is key, ensure your message conveys your gratitude and appreciation effectively. Personalize your message: Use the recipient’s name to make the message feel more special and personal. Add a personal touch: Consider including a photo, a funny anecdote, or a specific memory to make your message more memorable. Proofread carefully: Ensure your message is error-free and polished to reflect your thoughtfulness. Send it at the right time: Aim to send your message on Thanksgiving Day or the day before to make it timely and relevant. Use various channels: Reach your recipients through email, text message, or social media to make it convenient for them. Be respectful and considerate: Ensure your message is mindful of the recipient’s beliefs and traditions. Follow up: A phone call or a visit can add a personal touch and make your message even more special. - -By following these tips, you can ensure your Thanksgiving messages are heartfelt, meaningful, and appreciated by all who receive them. - -Sharing your Thanksgiving greetings - -Sharing Thanksgiving messages is a heartfelt way to express gratitude and strengthen connections with loved ones, colleagues, and friends. - -Utilizing social media, email, or text platforms allows for personalized and timely communication during the holiday season. If you want to do this professionally and in bulk, make sure to use a tool like GetResponse. - -Sending a thoughtful Thanksgiving message is more than words—it’s a powerful way to show appreciation. A well-timed message honors your relationships and creates a ripple effect of gratitude, inspiring others to share their own thanks. Making this a yearly tradition can open up conversations about what matters most, bringing more meaning to the holiday and making it memorable for everyone involved.",1731883654,90dc77288c,31388b193d,,,1731883654 -https://www.euronews.com/video/2024/11/17/latest-news-bulletin-november-17th-midday,http://feeds.feedburner.com/euronews/en/home/,,,1731883665,33451736bb,317109a58a,,,1731883665 -https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fnins.2024.1498801,https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/neuroscience/rss,Epileptiform activity in brain organoids derived from patient with Glucose Transporter 1 Deficiency Syndrome,"Discussion: These findings validate the use of brain organoids as a model for studying GLUT1-DS and highlight their potential for testing novel therapeutic strategies aimed at improving glucose metabolism and managing epilepsy in patients. - -Results: Immunostaining revealed a similar distribution of neurons and astrocytes in both healthy and GLUT1-DS brain organoids, though GLUT1-DS brain organoids exhibited reduced cellular density and smaller overall size. Electrophysiological recordings demonstrated functional spike profiles in both organoid types. Notably, our study demonstrates that brain organoids derived from a GLUT1-DS patient exhibit distinct epileptiform activity and heightened sensitivity to glucose deprivation, reflecting key features of the disorder. - -Methods: In this study, we generated brain organoids from induced pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs) derived either from a GLUT1-DS patient or a healthy individual. The functional organoids were analyzed for cellular composition, maturity, and electrophysiological activity using a custom-made microelectrode array (MEA) platform, which allowed for the detection of spikes, burst patterns, and epileptiform discharges. - -Introduction: Glucose Transporter 1-Deficiency Syndrome (GLUT1-DS) is a rare genetic disorder caused by mutations in the gene encoding for GLUT1 and characterized by impaired glucose uptake in the brain. This leads to brain hypometabolism and the development of symptoms that include epilepsy, motor dysfunctions and cognitive impairment. The development of patient-specific in vitro models is a valuable tool for understanding the pathophysiology of rare genetic disorders and testing new therapeutic interventions. - -Introduction - -Glucose Transporter 1-Deficiency Syndrome (GLUT1-DS) is an heterozygous genetic neurodevelopmental disorder caused by mutations in the SLC2A1 gene, which encodes the glucose transporter 1 (GLUT1) protein. Different types of mutations can affect GLUT1 function through the impairment of its expression, processing or trafficking to the plasma membrane (Leen et al., 2010). Defective GLUT1 results in insufficient glucose supply to the brain, leading to brain hypometabolism and neurological impairments that include motor dysfunctions, cognitive deficit and epilepsy that is refractive to classical antiepileptic treatments (Pearson et al., 2013). The disorder starts manifesting in infancy with seizures being prominent at young age and develops into childhood and adulthood with motor and cognitive dysfunctions (Gras et al., 2014). The syndrome is considered rare, with an estimated prevalence of approximately 1 in 24,000 to 1 in 90,000 globally (Klepper et al., 2020). However, it is believed that the condition is underdiagnosed due to its variable clinical presentation (Lopez-Rivera et al., 2020; Symonds et al., 2019). Diagnosis is typically confirmed through genetic testing for SLC2A1 mutations, functional assessment of GLUT1 transport capacity in erythrocytes, and identification of abnormally low cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) glucose and lactate levels despite normal blood concentrations (Pascual et al., 2002; Tang and Monani, 2021; Mochel et al., 2023). - -The primary treatment for GLUT1-DS is the ketogenic diet, a high-fat, low-carbohydrate diet that mimics the metabolic state of fasting and provides an alternative energy source for neurons in the form of ketone bodies (Klepper et al., 2020; Tang et al., 2019). While the ketogenic diet effectively improves seizure control, adherence is challenging, highlighting the need for novel therapeutic strategies to enhance brain glucose uptake (Tang et al., 2019; Ye et al., 2015). Emerging disease-modifying approaches for GLUT1-DS include gene therapy (Tang et al., 2017) and pharmacological interventions aimed at restoring brain glucose transport and metabolism, including ours (Beard et al., 2021; Kathote et al., 2023; Tang et al., 2019). - -In the brain, GLUT1 is predominantly expressed by endothelial cells and astrocytes. Its deficiency severely compromises glucose transport across the blood–brain barrier, diminishing the brain’s energy supply. Astrocytes, with their complex cytoarchitecture, are crucial in sensing and responding to extracellular changes. Their numerous processes form organized anatomical domains, enabling interactions with both synapses and brain capillaries. At synapses, astrocytic processes express glutamate transporters that detect neuronal activity, while their endfeet, in contact with vascular endothelium, express GLUT1. This strategic positioning allows astrocytes to facilitate glucose uptake from the blood circulation. In astrocytes, glucose is primarily metabolized through aerobic glycolysis to produce lactate. Lactate is then shuttled to neurons via specific monocarboxylate transporters (MCTs), namely MCT1 and MCT4 on astrocytes, and MCT2 on neurons (Magistretti and Allaman, 2015). In neurons, lactate is converted into pyruvate, which enters the tricarboxylic acid (TCA) cycle in the mitochondria to produce ATP through oxidative phosphorylation. Transfer of lactate from astrocytes to neurons, which is known as the astrocyte neuron lactate shuttle (ANLS), plays a critical role in neuroprotection and processes such as synaptic plasticity and memory consolidation (Jourdain et al., 2016; Jourdain et al., 2018; Margineanu et al., 2018; Suzuki et al., 2011; Yang et al., 2014; Magistretti and Allaman, 2018). Interestingly, glutamatergic signaling has also been shown to enhance membrane expression of GLUT1 in oligodendrocytes, thereby providing increased metabolic support to axons in response to neuronal activity (Looser et al., 2024; Saab et al., 2016). - -Three-dimensional (3D) neural tissue cultures, including brain slices, organotypic cultures, neurospheres and brain organoids offer advanced platforms for studying the complex neuronal activity in multicellular environment underlying both physiological and pathological brain functions (Benito-Kwiecinski and Lancaster, 2020; Chiaradia and Lancaster, 2020; Frega et al., 2014; Stoppini et al., 2024; Sundstrom et al., 2012; Loussert-Fonta et al., 2023). These models, combined with micro-electrode array (MEA) technology, allow for non-invasive monitoring of electrophysiological activity across neural networks (Forro et al., 2021; Steidl et al., 2006; Stett et al., 2003). MEA technology enables precise mapping of neuronal communication, as single spikes can be detected across multiple electrodes, providing a detailed map of functional interactions within a neuronal population (Pelkonen et al., 2021). This capability makes MEA technology ideal for studying neural network dysfunctions in disorders like GLUT1-DS. However, a major challenge in brain organoid culture is the extended time required for neural circuits to develop sufficiently for MEA recording. The air-liquid interface (ALI) technique, where organoids are grown on a porous membrane with nutrients supplied from below while allowing sufficient oxygenation from above, is a culturing approach that supports long-term tissue maturation and survival (Stoppini et al., 2024). - -In this study, we utilized 3D brain organoids derived from induced-pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs) from healthy origin or GLUT1-DS patient, cultured on MEA biochips designed for functional monitoring of neuronal networks at ALI. We recorded electrical signal to characterize epileptiform patterns, providing a platform to test novel therapeutic strategies aimed at restoring proper metabolism in GLUT1-DS and assessing their impact on epileptic features. - -Materials and methods - -Generation of brain organoids from induced pluripotent stem cells - -Induced-pluripotent stem cells (iPSCs) were obtained and differentiated into neural stem cells (NSCs), which were subsequently used to generate brain organoids. The iPSCs were purchased from the Corriell Institute and included cells derived from a healthy volunteer (Male, 23YR, GM28404) and from GLUT1-DS patient with an identified mutation in the SLC2A1 gene (c. 1,454\u00B0C > T (p.Pro485Leu), Female, 19YR, GM27896). After thawing, the iPSCs were cultured on dishes coated overnight with human recombinant laminin isoform 521 (10 μg/mL; Biolamina) diluted in PBS containing 0.9 mM CaCl 2 + 0.5 mM MgCl 2 . The cells were maintained in mTeSR Plus medium (Stemcell Technologies), with daily medium changes for a period of 7 days until they reached 80–90% confluence. At this stage, cells were harvested using 1x ACCUTASE™ in Dulbecco’s PBS supplemented with 0.5 mM EDTA * 4Na and 3 mg/L Phenol red (Stemcell Technologies) and were either cryopreserved in Cryostor CS10 (Stemcell Technologies) at-196°C or used for differentiation into NSCs according to described procedure (Yan et al., 2013). Briefly, iPSCs were plated in 60 mm dishes coated with Geltrex (Life Technologies) at a seeding density of 40,000 cells/cm2 and cultured in Neurobasal Medium (Thermo Fisher Scientific) supplemented with 1x neural induction supplement (Life Technologies) for 7 days. Following neural induction, the resulting NSCs were expanded in a medium composed of a 1:1 mixture of Neurobasal Medium and KnockOut DMEM/F-12 Basal Medium supplemented with 1x GlutaMAX Supplement and 1x Neural Induction supplement (Life Technologies). Cells were grown for 7 days until they reached 70–90% confluence. Cells were then collected using ACCUTASE™ and seeded at a density of 25,000 cells/cm2, treated with Y-27632 dihydrochloride Rho kinase inhibitor (5 μM; Abcam) for 24 h. Next, mature NSCs were differentiated into brain organoids following published procedure (Govindan et al., 2020). Briefly, 250,000 NSCs were seeded in a well of 6-well plate with NSC expansion medium (Life Technologies) and grown under constant 80 rpm rotation at 37°C and 5% CO 2 . After one week, when cells started aggregating and forming spheres, the medium was switched to DIFF1 medium, consisting of DMEM/F12 + GlutaMAX, supplemented with 1.8% BSA, 1x Stempro hESC Supplement (Life Technologies), brain-derived neurotrophic factor (BDNF; 20 ng/mL; Life Technologies), glial cell line-derived neurotrophic factor (GDNF; 20 ng/mL; Life Technologies), dibutyryl cyclic AMP (500 μM; Merck) and 2-phospho-ascorbic acid (200 μM; Merck). At the end of the second week, the medium was replaced by DIFF2 medium, a 1:1 mixture of DIFF1 medium and Neuron Differentiation/Maintenance Medium (NDM), composed of Neurobasal Plus medium (Life Technologies) supplemented with 2% B27 Plus supplement (Life Technologies) and 0.25x GlutaMAX-I (Life Technologies). This medium was used for 3 weeks, with weekly changes. Finally, organoids were maintained in NDM medium, which was changed weekly, until they reached cellular maturity at a total of 8 weeks after NSCs. - -Immunocytochemistry and image analysis - -Brain organoids were fixed in 4% paraformaldehyde (Thermoscientific) for 45 min, washed with PBS and with a 30% sucrose solution (Merck), followed by overnight incubation in 30% sucrose under rotation at 4°C. After sedimentation, organoids were embedded in Epredia Cryochrome Embedding Resin (Fisher Scientific) and flash-frozen at-80°C. 20 μm-thick slices were cut using a Leica CM3050 S Cryostat and placed on MicroSlides SuperFrost Plus microscopy slides (Menzel Epredia). After storage at-20°C, slices were thawed, tissues circled with hydrophobic barrier pen (Merck), and rehydrated with PBS for 5 min at room temperature. Tissues were permeabilized and blocked with PBS + 0.1% Triton-X100 (Merck) + 5% Bovine Serum Albumin Fraction 5 (BSA; Applichem) for 60 min at room temperature, followed by overnight incubation at 4°C with primary antibodies diluted in PBS + 2% BSA. Primary antibodies consisted in anti-microtubule associated protein 2 (MAP2) antibody from chicken (1/5000, Invitrogen) and anti-glial fibrillary acidic protein (GFAP) antibody from rabbit (1/500, Agilent). Secondary antibodies were diluted in PBS + 2% BSA and incubated for 2 h at room temperature, followed by DAPI staining for 30 min (1 μg/mL; Life Technologies). Secondary antibodies consisted in Alexa Fluor 647 anti-chicken (1/1000; Abcam) and FITC anti-rabbit (1/400; Jackson Immunoresearch). Slices were then dried and mounted with Fluoromount (Merck). Fluorescent images were captured using Nikon AX/AX R confocal microscope system with 20X magnification lens. - -Image processing - -For immunostaining analysis, the surface area of each marker was quantified using Image J software (v. 1.53) and expressed relative to total organoid surface area. For cell density analysis, nuclei were counted using Image J software (v. 1.53) and expressed as the number of DAPI-positive cells per mm2. - -Real-time quantitative PCR - -Real-time quantitative PCR (RT-qPCR) was performed as described previously (Finsterwald et al., 2021). Briefly, RNAs were extracted using the NucleoSpin RNA Plus kit (Macherey-Nagel), and reverse transcription was done with 100 ng of RNA using the High-Capacity RNA-to-cDNA Kit (Life Technologies) following the manufacturers’ instructions. RT-qPCR was performed with the QuantStudio 6 Flex Real-Time PCR System (Applied Biosystems), using the Power UP SYBR Green Master mix (Applied Biosystems), and the following primers: β-actin, forward 5’-GCACCCAGCACAATGAAGATCAAG-3′, reverse 5’-TCATACTCCTGCTTGCTGATCCAC-3′; cyclophilin, forward 5’-TCAAGATGTCGCACCCGTC-3′, reverse 5’-TTCCGCAGTTTTGGGTACGA-3′; GLUT1, forward 5′- TGGCATCAACGCTGTCTTCT-3′, reverse 5′- CTAGCGCGATGGTCATGAGT-3′; synaptophysin (SYP), forward 5’-CGAGGTCGAGTTCGAGTACC3’-, reverse 5’-TGACGAGGAGTAGTCCCCAA-3′; GFAP, forward 5’-GTGCAGACCTTCTCCAACCT-3′, reverse 5’-CACCACGATGTTCCTCTTGA-3′; MAP2, forward 5’-AACCGAGGAAGCATTGATTG-3′, reverse 5’-TTCGTTGTGTCGTGTTCTCA-3′; vesicular glutamate transporter 2 (VGLUT2), forward 5-GCTTCTGCATCTCCTTCGGT-3′, reverse 5′- AGCTCCGAAAACCCTGTTGG-‘3’; glutaminase (GLS), forward 5′- CTTTCCCCAAGGACAGGTGG-3′, reverse 5′- TGAGGTGTGTACTGGACTTGG-3′; glutamate decarboxylase 65 (GAD65), forward 5′- TCTCCATGCAACAGACCTGC-3′, reverse 5′- TGCTGTTGATGTCAGCCAGT-3′; glutamate decarboxylase 67 (GAD67), forward 5′- AACTGGGGCTCAAGATCTGC-3′, reverse 5′- CCTGTGCGAACCCCATACTT-3′; 2′,3’-Cyclic nucleotide 3′-phosphodiesterase (CNP), forward 5’-GAAATGGCCGACCAGTACCA-3′, reverse 5’-CTCATCCCCAGGGACGAATTG-3′; OCT4, forward 5’-AACCTGGAGTTTGTGCCAGGGTTT-3′, reverse 5’-TGAACTTCACCTTCCCTCCAACCA-3′; nestin (NES) forward 5’-GGAGAAACAGGGCCTACAGA-3′, reverse 5’-GGGAGTTCTCAGCCTCCAG-3′; S100β, forward 5’-GAAGGGAGGGAGACAAGCAC-3′, reverse 5’-CCTCCTGCTCTTTGATTTCCTCT-3′. All primers pairs were designed to overlap exon-exon junctions to avoid contamination signal from genomic DNA. Samples were analyzed in duplicates. Relative gene expression was quantified using the comparative ΔΔ Ct method and normalized to β-actin and Cyclophilin A transcript levels (Livak and Schmittgen, 2001). - -Brain organoid treatment - -Brain organoids were maintained in DMEM medium (Merck) supplemented with 25 mM Glucose for one to two days before treatment. For treatment, medium was switched to stimulation medium for 10-min duration during which electrical signal was recorded. For experiments involving activity modulation, stimulation medium consisted in DMEM +25 mM glucose that was supplemented with Veh (0.1% dimethylsulfoxide, DMSO), potassium chloride (KCl, 5 mM; Merck) or tetrodotoxin (TTX, 200 nM; Abcam). For analysis of electrical activity under different glucose concentrations, organoids were treated for 10 min with DMEM supplemented with 25 mM glucose, which served as activity baseline for each organoid, followed by treatment for 10 min with DMEM supplemented with 5 mM glucose. - -Microelectrode array, electrophysiology platform and electrical signal recording - -At week 7, brain organoids were placed to an air liquid interface (ALI) culture as described previously (Govindan et al., 2020). After two days on ALI membranes, four brain organoids were placed on recording sites of a custom-made Microelectrode array (MEA) biochip (Wertenbroek et al., 2021) for a minimum of 5 days for proper adherence of the organoid to the biochip. The electrophysiology platform consisted of four reservoirs, 4 electrovalves, a peristaltic pump as well as visualization and recording unit with integrated camera (Figure 1A). After 5 days of culture, the biochip (Figure 1B) was connected to the custom-made electrophysiology platform housed in an incubator at 37°C and 5% CO 2 , featuring an automated flow pumping system with perfusion rate of 0.53 mL/min for remote media changes. The electrical signal of each electrodes of the biochip (Figure 1C) was recorded in real time using SpikeOnChip (SPOC) acquisition system (Govindan et al., 2020). The biochip consisted of a fluidic chamber which central part was open to the ALI via a porous polyimide membrane of 8 μm thickness, with 5 μm holes and 10% surface porosity. 150 nm-thick platinum wires and platinum coated electrodes of 30 μm diameter were incorporated into the membranes. No additional coating was applied to the electrodes prior to organoid deposition. Each biochip was composed of four recording sites, each of which made of eight recording electrodes and three reference electrodes. - -Figure 1 - -Figure 1. Custom-made electrophysiology platform for recording brain organoids’ activity (A), zoomed in view of a biochip shown in red rectangle (B), zoomed in view of the 4 micro-electrode arrays (MEAs) in green rectangle (C). - -Electrophysiology processing - -Electrical signals from the SpikeOnChip (SPOC) acquisition system were detected within 0.1 Hz to 15 kHz frequency range. A RHD2132 Digital Electrophysiology interface chip (Intan Technologies) was used to amplify and convert voltage from the 32 electrodes of the biochip into digital data. The RHD2132 chip allowed a sampling rate of 30 kS/s with a resolution of 16 bits. The signal was amplified from 0.1 Hz to 5 kHz. The digital data was sent to a FPGA electronic card, which generated three types of data: Unprocessed raw data, spike window cut-outs, and Local Field Potential Analysis (LFPA) values. Data were processed by an ARM processing system (PS) and transmitted to the host computer running the GUI software SPOC (Wertenbroek et al., 2021). Spike cut-outs were automatically selected as 5 ms events when the signal was above a threshold set at 6 times the standard deviation from electrical activity’s baseline (Govindan et al., 2020). A custom Python script was employed to detect bursts of spikes, defined as a series of at least five consecutive spikes with a maximal interval of 50 ms between each of them (Bakkum et al., 2013). - -Epileptiform discharges detection - -Epileptiform discharges detection was performed using custom Python scripts. The raw signals were first preprocessed to remove noise and isolate relevant neural activity. A 50 Hz notch filter, implemented using a second-order infinite impulse response (IIR) filter (iirnotch function from the scipy.signal library) with a quality factor of 30, was applied to eliminate electrical line noise interference. This ensured attenuation of the 50 Hz frequency component without affecting neighboring frequencies. Subsequently, a second-order Chebyshev Type I bandpass filter with a frequency range of 4 to 40 Hz was use to further process the signal. This filter was chosen to encompass the typical frequency bands of interictal epileptic spikes and sharp waves observed in both human and animal studies (Heining et al., 2019; Pillai and Sperling, 2006; Smith et al., 2022). The Chebyshev Type I filter, designed with a 0.5 dB passband ripple, was implemented using the cheby1 function from scipy.signal and applied with zero-phase filtering (filtfilt function) to preserve spike timing integrity. Epileptiform discharges were then identified using a threshold-based approach, where discharges were defined as events exceeding the mean amplitude of the filtered signal by more than 4.5 standard deviations. To prevent the detection of multiple discharges originating from the same event, a refractory period of 50 ms was applied. This refractory period is critical, as a single epileptiform event can cause multiple peaks or fluctuations that exceed the detection threshold I quick succession, which, without the refractory period, would be mistakenly classified as independent events. A time-frequency representation of the signal was also generated to visualize neural activity patterns. To reduce computational complexity, the raw signal, initially sampled at 30 kHz, was downsampled to 100 Hz using the decimate function from the scipy.signal package. This downsampling was sufficient to capture relevant neural activity while improving data processing efficiency. The Morlet wavelet transform was applied to calculate the corresponding time-frequency scales within the specified frequency limits. The continuous wavelet transform (CWT) was computed to obtain a detailed time-frequency representation of the event. The power (dB) of the wavelet coefficients was normalized relative to the baseline period to highlight significant trains of electrical signal. Specifically, the mean and standard deviation of the baseline power were used to normalize the power values into z-scores. Any values below two standard deviations from the baseline were set to a minimum threshold to focus on the most significant frequencies. These normalized power plots, visualized on a logarithmic scale, provided a comprehensive overview of the frequency components associated with epileptiform discharges. - -Statistical analyses - -Statistical significance was calculated using unpaired two-tailed Student’s t-test, non-parametric Mann Whitney test when homoscedasticity and/or normal distribution were not met, one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) followed by Bonferroni’s post-hoc test or Kruskal-Wallis non-parametric ANOVA followed by Dunn’s multiple comparison test when homoscedasticity and/or normal distribution were not met. Outliers were detected using ROUT’s test and removed from the analysis. GraphPad Prism v10 was used for all statistical analyses. *, ** and *** refer to p values of <0.05, 0.01 and 0.001, respectively. The total number of replicates (n) is indicated in the figure legends. - -Results - -Brain organoids cellular composition - -Brain organoids derived from iPSCs from both healthy individual and GLUT1-DS patient were cultured to maturity over a period of 12 weeks (Govindan et al., 2020). The mutation in GLUT1 is characterized by a proline-to-leucine change (P485L), which leads to formation of dileucine motifs that result in protein mistrafficking (Meyer et al., 2018). Upon reaching maturity, we quantified cellular composition, density and size using immunostaining for the astrocytic marker GFAP and the neuronal marker MAP2 (Figures 2A,B). Our results confirmed the presence of both cell types, with no differences in the area labelled by each marker between healthy and GLUT1-DS organoids, as quantified by the percentage of total surface (Figures 2B–D). Despite similar marker distribution, our data showed that cellular density, as measured by DAPI nuclei staining, was significantly reduced in GLUT1-DS organoids (Figure 2E). Total organoid area was also smaller in GLUT1-DS-derived cultures compared to healthy ones (Figure 2F). These findings indicate that while astrocytes and neurons are similarly expressed in both healthy and GLUT1-DS organoids, overall cellular density and organoid size are decreased in GLUT1-DS organoids. - -Figure 2 - -Figure 2. Immunostaining of healthy and GLUT1-DS brain organoids. (A,B) Representative immunostaining images of brain organoids derived from healthy individual (A) and GLUT1-DS patient (B), showing Glial Fibrillary Acidic Protein (GFAP; green) for astrocytes, Microtubule Associated Protein 2 (MAP2; red) for neurons, and DAPI (blue) for nuclei. Green and red arrows point to astrocytes and neurons, respectively. (C,D) Quantification of the surface occupied by MAP2 (C) and GFAP (D), shown as the average percentage ± S.E.M of total surface of the organoid (n = 3–6). (E) Cellular density, expressed as the number of DAPI+ cell nuclei per mm2 (n = 6). (F) Total area of brain organoids (mm2) (n = 6). Statistical analyses were performed using unpaired bilateral Student’s t-test (ns, not significant; ** p < 0.01). - -iPSCs and brain organoids mRNA expression profiles - -Next, we evaluated the cellular maturity of healthy and GLUT1-DS brain organoids by gene expression using RT qPCR. Organoids were grown for 2 months, a developmental period that has been shown to support the cellular maturation of the different cell types and to produce functional neural networks with stable and reproducible electrophysiological signal (Porciuncula et al., 2021). As expected, expression of OCT4, a marker of pluripotent stem cells, was markedly reduced in organoids from both origins compared to respective iPSCs (Figure 3A). Conversely, Nestin (NES), a marker for cellular maturation and axonal growth was significantly increased in organoids compared to iPSCs (Figure 3B). The reduction of OCT4 and the increase in NES confirm the maturation of both types of organoids. Interestingly, expression of GLUT1 was elevated in iPSCs compared to organoids, while levels were significantly lower in GLUT1-DS than healthy iPSCs and organoids (Figure 3C). Additionally, neuronal markers such as MAP2, Synaptophysin (SYP), vesicular glutamate transporter 2 (VGLUT2), glutaminase (GLS), glutamate decarboxylase 65 and 67 (GAD65, GAD67) were all elevated in both organoid types compared to the iPSCs (Figures 3D–G). Data indicate that MAP2, SYP, VGLUT2 and GLS were significantly more expressed in GLUT1-DS organoids compared to healthy ones (Figures 3D–G), while expressions of GABAergic neuronal markers GAD65 and GAD67 were reduced in GLUT1-DS organoids compared to healthy ones (Figures 3H,I). Markers for astrocytes, including S100β and GFAP, were also upregulated in both healthy and GLUT1-DS organoids relative to iPSCs. While there was no significant difference in S100β expression between healthy and GLUT1-DS organoids (Figure 3J), a marked increase in GFAP expression was observed in GLUT1-DS organoids compared to healthy ones (Figure 3K). Finally, the expression of 2′,3′-cyclic nucleotide 3′-phosphodiesterase (CNP), a marker for developing oligodendrocytes, was elevated in organoids from both origins compared to iPSCs, with no significant differences between the two types of organoids (Figure 3L). - -Figure 3 - -Figure 3. mRNA expression in healthy and GLUT1-DS iPSCs and brain organoids. mRNA expression levels were quantified by Real-Time qPCR for the following markers: (A) OCT4, a stem cell marker; (B) Nestin (NES), a marker for neural stem cells and axonal growth; (C) glucose transporter 1 (GLUT1); (D) microtubule associated protein 2 (MAP2), a marker of neuronal cytoskeleton; (E) synaptophysin (SYN), a synaptic marker; (F) vesicular glutamate transporter 2 (VGLUT2), a marker of glutamatergic neurons; (G) glutaminase (GLS), another marker of glutamatergic neurons; (H) glutamate decarboxylase 65 (GAD65) and (I) glutamate decarboxylase 67 (GAD67), two markers of GABAergic neurons; (J) S100β marker for astrocytes; (K) Glial Fibrillary Acidic Protein (GFAP), a marker of mature and reactive astrocytes; (L) 2′,3′-cyclic nucleotide 3′-phosphodiesterase (CNP), a marker of developing oligodendrocytes. mRNA expression levels were normalized to Actin and Cyclophilin levels and presented as percentage changes relative to healthy organoids levels, except in (A) where this was presented as percentage changes relative to healthy iPSCs levels because there was no expression of OCT4 in organoids. Statistical analyses were performed using one-way ANOVA followed by Bonferroni’s post-hoc tests (n = 3, * p < 0.05, ** p < 0.01, *** p < 0.001). - -Neuronal activity in brain organoids - -We then recorded electrical signal using MEA in brain organoids across frequencies ranging from 0.1 Hz to 15 kHz. Spikes were automatically detected by the SPOC acquisition software (Govindan et al., 2020), as shown here as raster plots for each electrode (8 electrodes per MEA; Figure 4A). Examples of typical neuronal activity for each condition and spike waveform as recorded are shown (Figures 4B,C, respectively). To modulate electrical signals in brain organoids, we treated them with potassium chloride (KCl) for 10 min to induce membrane depolarization and trigger spike generation (Gorji et al., 2003). Our data show that KCl treatment significantly increased both spike and burst frequencies while decreasing the burst average duration within the first 2 min of application (Figures 4D–F). Bursts were defined as a minimum of 5 consecutive spikes with maximum interval of 50 ms between them. In contrast, the addition of tetrodotoxin (TTX), which aimed at blocking voltage-gated sodium channels (Dubois-Dauphin et al., 2010), suppressed neuronal activity, as indicated by the reduced spike frequency, burst frequency and bursts duration, like shown in previous studies (Stett et al., 2003) (Figures 4D–F). All stimulations described here were performed on healthy brain organoids in culture medium containing 25 mM glucose. These findings indicate that the brain organoids exhibit a mature electrical profile, which can be quantified through spike and burst parameters, and can be modulated by agents such as KCl and TTX. - -Figure 4 - -Figure 4. Modulation of electrical signal in brain organoids. (A) Examples of raster plots of spikes detected by the SPOC system from 8 electrodes (E1-E8) for each brain organoid. Organoids were treated for 10 min with vehicle (Veh), potassium chloride (KCl; 5 mM added to the existing 5 mM in the culture medium; total 10 mM), or tetrodotoxin (TTX; 200 nM). (B) Representative neuronal activities from brain organoids in each condition. Black lines above each graph highlight examples of bursts, while black arrows below each graph indicate selected instance of individual spikes that do not contribute to burst formation. (C) Representation of the shape (amplitude and duration) of a typical spike detected in (A,B), shown as the superposition of 10 consecutive spikes. (D–F) Quantification of the spike frequency (D), bursts frequency (E) and burst duration (F), during the first 2 min of recording. Results are presented as the mean ± SEM of percentage change compared to vehicle (n = 33 to 40 electrodes from 7 healthy brain organoids). Statistical analyses were performed using Kruskal-Wallis non-parametric ANOVA test followed by Dunn’s multiple comparison test (** p < 0.01, *** p < 0.001). - -Epileptiform activity in healthy and GLUT1-DS brain organoids - -We further analyzed neuronal activity in healthy and GLUT1-DS brain organoids by detection of spikes and bursts of spikes within the 0.1 Hz to 15 kHz frequency range. Representative examples of activity from healthy and GLUT1-DS brain organoids in culture medium containing 25 mM glucose are shown (Figures 5A,B, respectively). Time frequency plot analyses indicate lower power in brain organoids from healthy origin (Figure 5C) compared to GLUT1-DS ones (Figure 5D). Importantly, our data indicates that bursts of spikes, as detected within the 0.1 Hz to 15 kHz frequency range and shown in Figures 5A–D, co-occur with activity at lower frequency range (filtered at 4–40 Hz), where epileptiform discharges are commonly observed (Heining et al., 2019; Padmasola et al., 2024). Time frequency plots show that power is lower in healthy brain organoids (Figure 5F) than in GLUT1-DS brain organoids (Figure 5I) within this frequency range, indicative of epileptiform feature. Further, aggregates of spikes pattern (0.1–15 kHz) during 10-min recording for healthy (Figure 5G) and GLUT1-DS organoids (Figure 5J) indicate that spikes have larger amplitudes in GLUT1-DS brain organoids compared to healthy ones (Figures 5G,J). Power spectrum density (PSD) was quantified for each burst detected during recording within 4–40 Hz frequency range, and indicates a significantly higher bursts PSD in GLUT1-DS brain organoid compared to healthy ones (Figure 5K), which, within this frequency range, is indicative of epileptiform activity. While no differences in spike frequency were observed between healthy and GLUT1-DS brain organoids (Figure 5L), the bursts pattern differed between the two types of organoids. Specifically, GLUT1-DS brain organoids exhibited a lower bursts frequency (Figure 5M) but longer bursts duration (Figure 5L) compared to healthy organoids. Together, these findings demonstrate distinct differences in neuronal activity between healthy and GLUT1-DS brain organoids, which can be quantified through spike detection (0.1 Hz – 15 kHz frequency range). These differences are characteristics of epileptiform discharges in GLUT1-DS organoids, as shown by the increased power density in the filtered 4–40 Hz frequency range. - -Figure 5 - -Figure 5. Epileptiform activity in healthy and GLUT1-DS brain organoids (A,B) Neuronal activity (0.1 Hz-15 kHz) in brain organoids from healthy (A) and GLUT1-DS origins (B), cultured in medium containing 25 mM glucose. (C,D) Time frequency plots and spike mappings in healthy (C) and GLUT1-DS (D) brain organoids, corresponding to the signal shown A,B, respectively. (E,F) Zoomed in view of the activity (E) and power (F) of a burst from a healthy brain organoid highlighted with a red rectangle in A, within filtered frequency range (4–40 Hz). (G) Average spike waveforms (0.1 Hz-15 kHz; n = 3,166) from a healthy brain organoid during a 10-min recording period. (H,I) Zoomed in view of the activity (H) and power (I) of a burst from a GLUT1-DS organoid highlighted with a red rectangle in B, within 4–40 Hz filtered frequency range. (J) Average spike waveforms (0.1 Hz-15 kHz; n = 4,670) from a GLUT1-DS brain organoids during a 10-min recording period. (K) Average bursts’ power spectrum density (PSD) within 4–40 Hz filtered frequency range during a 10-min recording period in healthy and GLUT1-DS brain organoids (n = 19–48). (L–N) Average spike frequency (L), burst frequency (M) and burst duration (N) during a 10-min recording period in healthy and GLUT1-DS brain organoids (n = 23–50). Data are presented as the mean + SEM. Statistical analyses were performed using Mann–Whitney non-parametric test (ns, not significant, * p < 0.05, *** p < 0.001). - -Increased neuronal activity in GLUT1-DS exposed to lower glucose concentrations - -Finally, we recorded neuronal activity in brain organoids from healthy and GLUT1-DS origins for 10 min in medium containing 25 mM glucose, followed by a 10-min recording period in medium with 5 mM glucose concentration. Neuronal activity in 25 mM glucose concentrations served as the baseline for each organoid, and activity in 5 mM glucose was compared against this baseline (Figure 6). Neuronal activity pattern in healthy and GLUT1-DS brain organoids exposed to 5 mM glucose for 10 min is shown (Figures 6A,B). Spikes were detected within 0.1 Hz to 15 kHz frequency range during the 10-min recording periods (Figure 6C), while bursts were defined as a series of least 5 spikes with maximum intervals of 50 ms between them (Figures 6D,E). When comparing neuronal activity of GLUT1-DS organoids to healthy ones in 5 mM glucose, we observed increased frequency of spikes (Figure 6C), bursts frequency (Figure 6D) and burst duration (Figure 6E) in GLUT1-DS brain organoids. Thus, our results show that neuronal activity in GLUT1-DS organoids significantly increased when exposed to lower glucose concentrations (5 mM) compared to baseline (25 mM glucose), whereas the activity of healthy organoids remained unchanged under reduced glucose conditions. These findings indicate a highlighted neuronal excitability of GLUT1-DS brain organoids to decreased glucose availability, consistent with epileptiform pattern. - -Figure 6 - -Figure 6. Increased activity in GLUT1-DS brain organoids under low glucose conditions. (A,B) Representative neuronal activity (0.1 Hz-15 kHz) in brain organoids from healthy (A) and GLUT1-DS (B) origins, cultured in medium containing 5 mM glucose. (C) Spike frequency (0.1 Hz – 15 kHz) measured for 10 min in medium containing 5 mM glucose, represented as the percentage change compared to baseline in 25 mM glucose (n = 24–45 electrodes from 6 organoids of each type). (D,E) Frequency (D) and duration (E) of bursts (0.1 Hz – 15 kHz) measured for 10 min in medium containing 5 mM glucose, represented as the percentage change compared to baseline in 25 mM glucose (n = 20–50 and n = 12–34 electrodes for D,E, respectively, from 6 organoids of each type). Data are presented as the mean + SEM. Statistical analyses were performed using Mann–Whitney non-parametric test (*** p < 0.001). - -Discussion - -GLUT1-DS is a rare genetic condition characterized by impaired glucose uptake in the brain, resulting in hypoglycorrhachia and neurological symptoms that include epileptic seizures from infancy. Although transgenic mouse models can recapitulate deficit in the expression of GLUT1 and brain hypometabolism (Furuse et al., 2019; Tang and Monani, 2021; Tang et al., 2021; Wang et al., 2006), monitoring epilepsy in these models has proven challenging. Moreover, differences in species-specific brain architecture, metabolism, and developmental processes can sometimes limit the translatability of findings to human conditions. This limitation underlines the growing interest in using human-derived organoids as a complementary approach to study pathologies. Brain organoids are becoming an increasingly valuable tool for the screening and testing of therapeutic strategies, including drug discovery and development, offering a fast and efficient alternative to traditional animal models (Amin and Pasca, 2018; Di Lullo and Kriegstein, 2017; Qian et al., 2019). In this study, we utilized human brain organoids derived from iPSCs from a healthy individual and a GLUT1-DS patient to monitor structural and electrical activity, with a particular focus on epileptiform patterns. - -Initially, we demonstrated that human brain organoids could be successfully developed from iPSCs of healthy and GLUT1-DS origins. These organoids predominantly consist of neurons and astrocytes, with no significant difference in the spatial distribution of these cell types (Figure 2). However, organoids derived from GLUT1-DS patients exhibited a marked reduction in cellular density and total size (Figures 2E,F). This finding aligns with microcephaly observed in GLUT1-DS patients, which is attributable to the characteristic hypometabolism during brain development (Pascual et al., 2002; Pascual et al., 2007; Wang et al., 2006). It is to note that the brain organoids do not include endothelial cells, as these cells do not originate from neural stem cells. Given that endothelial cells also express GLUT1, they play a significant role in the reduced brain glucose uptake observed in GLUT1-DS pathology (Tang et al., 2017). Therefore, our study focuses on the specific role of diminished GLUT1 in astrocytes, leading to impaired metabolism and abnormal neuronal activity in GLUT1-DS. Future studies incorporating endothelial cells into brain organoids to form functional capillary networks would be required to elucidate the impact of endothelial GLUT1 deficiency in neuronal function. - -The mRNA expression profiles confirmed the maturation of the organoids relative to the iSPCS, as evidenced by a significant reduction of pluripotent stem cell marker OCT4 in both organoid types, along with increased expression of markers associated with axonal development (Nestin), neuronal maturity (MAP2, Synaptophysin, VGLUT2, Glutaminase, GAD65, GAD57), and astrocytes maturity (S100β and GFAP) (Figure 3). Notably, when comparing brain organoids from both groups, the GLUT1-DS organoids showed elevated expression of several genes, including MAP2 and GFAP. Despite this, immunostaining revealed no difference in spatial distribution of MAP2 and GFAP, while overall cells number was reduced (Figure 2), suggesting a reorganization of cytoskeletal architecture in GLUT1-DS organoids, with more territory occupied by each cell types. Interestingly, the increased GFAP expression in astrocytes may be indicative of reactive phenotype and morphological changes often associated with inflammatory conditions in neurological diseases, such as Alzheimer’s disease and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) (Benninger et al., 2016; Chatterjee et al., 2021; Cicognola et al., 2021; Yeh et al., 2011). Additionally, qPCR data reveal an increased expression of excitatory glutamatergic neuron-specific markers (VGLUT2, glutaminase) in GLUT1-DS brain organoids, while expression of inhibitory GABAergic neuron-specific markers (GAD65, GAD67) were reduced compared to healthy brain organoids (Figure 3). This shift in the excitatory-inhibitory balance may account for the heightened excitability in GLUT1-DS brain organoids (Sarlo and Holton, 2021). Moreover, qPCR analysis shows a significant reduction in GLUT1 expression in organoids compared to iPSCs, with a more pronounced decrease in GLUT1-DS, both in iPSCs and organoids (Figure 3C). While the GLUT1 mutation (P485L) is known to affect its trafficking (Meyer et al., 2018), the observed reduction in GLUT1 gene expression may be a secondary consequence of the transporter’s impaired functionality. - -We further assessed neuronal activity in organoids by quantifying spikes frequency using microelectrode array (MEA) recording at frequencies between 0.1 Hz and 15 kHz. The experimental setup involved culturing brain organoids on an air-liquid interface (ALI), which was shown to be essential for correct oxygenation of the tissue over extended periods of time (Stoppini et al., 2024). A custom-made pumping system allowed for seamless media changes and continuous recording of electrical activity on biochips (Wertenbroek et al., 2021). Within the recorded frequency range, spikes were clearly identifiable, characterized by signals exceeding six times standard deviation of baseline electrical activity, typically reaching 100 μV amplitude. Repetitive spikes formed bursts, defined by a minimum of five repeated spikes with intervals of at least 50 ms between them. Our data indicate that the addition of potassium chloride (KCl; 5 mM, on top of the existing 5 mM in the culture medium) to depolarize neuronal membranes resulted in a significant increase in the number of spikes, as well as an increase in burst frequency and a decrease in burst duration over a two-minute recording period (Figure 4). Conversely, the addition of tetrodotoxin (TTX), which aims at blocking voltage-dependent Na+ channels thus inhibiting neuronal depolarization, led to a marked reduction in the number of spikes, bursts, and burst durations (Figure 4). These findings confirm that the organoids used in this study exhibited functional neuronal activity. - -The comprehensive analysis of electrical activity within the 0.1 Hz to 15 kHz range, while broad, was crucial for accurately identifying spikes, which predominantly occur within the 600 Hz to 6,000 Hz range. Further analysis revealed that signals in this broad frequency band were associated with epileptiform discharges that are occurring in the lower frequency range of 4 to 40 Hz, though these latter exhibited lower amplitudes. The lower amplitude of the epileptiform discharges compared to spikes is likely explained by the fact that brain organoids lack the neuronal geometry and architecture that is essential in shaping the amplitude of epileptiform discharges (Buzsaki et al., 2012; Thio and Grill, 2023). Furthermore, as our approach focused on capturing overall network activity rather than isolating individual neuronal units, no spike waveform sorting was performed, which may result in the detection of signals from more than one neuron in a single electrode and could influence the observed spike characteristic. Thus, while our primary analysis focused on a broad frequency range (0.5 Hz-15 kHz) with better detection of electrical signal, the co-occurring pattern of activity at low frequency ranges (4–40 Hz) aligned with epileptiform activity. Notably, neuronal activity in the 4 to 40 Hz range displayed characteristic epileptiform discharges in GLUT1-DS brain organoids, as evidenced by the time-frequency plots and strong power signals typical of epileptic activity (Figures 5F,I,K). - -Next, we examined how varying glucose concentrations in the culture medium affected neuronal activity in both healthy and GLUT1-DS brain organoids. Our results showed that reducing the extracellular glucose concentration from 25 mM (baseline) to 5 mM for 10 min did not significantly alter the neuronal activity of healthy organoids, while it markedly increased that of GLUT1-DS organoids (Figure 6). These data indicate that GLUT1-DS brain organoids are more sensitive to metabolic stress than healthy ones, leading to an increased number of spikes, higher burst frequency, and prolonged burst durations, consistent with an epileptiform activity. - -In summary, our study validated the methods for developing human brain organoids from iPSCs derived from GLUT1-DS patients and demonstrated that these organoids exhibit epileptiform features when compared to those developed from healthy iPSCs. This novel technology could help identifying and developing new therapeutic strategies aimed at improving glucose metabolism in GLUT1-DS. This includes our own ongoing efforts to develop innovative treatments targeting astrocytic glycolysis to enhance glucose uptake and metabolism in hypometabolic neurological conditions like GLUT1-DS (Beard et al., 2021; Finsterwald et al., 2015). Furthermore, this technology could open new avenues for research and development of therapeutic approaches in other genetic-based rare epilepsies by enabling the analysis of different epileptic profiles in patient-specific brain organoids. - -Data availability statement - -The original contributions presented in the study are included in the article, further inquiries can be directed to the corresponding author. - -Ethics statement - -Ethical approval was not required for the studies using samples of human origin because only commercially available established cell lines were used. Written inform constent was not required for the studies using samples of human origin because only commercially available established cell lines were used. The studies were conducted in accordance with the local legislation and institutional requirements. - -Author contributions - -YM: Formal analysis, Investigation, Methodology, Data curation, Writing – review & editing. LL: Data curation, Formal analysis, Software, Writing – review & editing. FF: Data curation, Formal analysis, Methodology, Software, Writing – review & editing. CQ: Methodology, Supervision, Writing – review & editing. LS: Methodology, Supervision, Writing – review & editing. PM: Conceptualization, Funding acquisition, Supervision, Writing – review & editing. SL: Conceptualization, Funding acquisition, Methodology, Supervision, Writing – review & editing. CF: Conceptualization, Data curation, Formal analysis, Funding acquisition, Investigation, Methodology, Project administration, Resources, Supervision, Validation, Visualization, Writing – original draft. - -Funding - -The author(s) declare that no financial support was received for the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article. - -Conflict of interest - -YM, LL, SL, and CF were employed by company GliaPharm SA. PM is an advisor for GliaPharm SA. - -The authors declare that the research was conducted in the absence of any commercial or financial relationships that could be construed as a potential conflict of interest. - -Publisher’s note - -All claims expressed in this article are solely those of the authors and do not necessarily represent those of their affiliated organizations, or those of the publisher, the editors and the reviewers. Any product that may be evaluated in this article, or claim that may be made by its manufacturer, is not guaranteed or endorsed by the publisher. - -References - -Beard, E., Lengacher, S., Dias, S., Magistretti, P. J., and Finsterwald, C. (2021). Astrocytes as key regulators of brain energy metabolism: new therapeutic perspectives. Front. Physiol. 12:825816. doi: 10.3389/fphys.2021.825816 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Benito-Kwiecinski, S., and Lancaster, M. A. (2020). Brain organoids: Human neurodevelopment in a dish. Cold Spring Harbor Perspectives in Biology, 12. Google Scholar - -Benninger, F., Glat, M. J., Offen, D., and Steiner, I. (2016). Glial fibrillary acidic protein as a marker of astrocytic activation in the cerebrospinal fluid of patients with amyotrophic lateral sclerosis. J. Clin. Neurosci. 26, 75–78. doi: 10.1016/j.jocn.2015.10.008 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Chatterjee, P., Pedrini, S., Stoops, E., Goozee, K., Villemagne, V. L., Asih, P. R., et al. (2021). Plasma glial fibrillary acidic protein is elevated in cognitively normal older adults at risk of Alzheimer's disease. Transl. Psychiatry 11:27. doi: 10.1038/s41398-020-01137-1 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Chiaradia, I., and Lancaster, M. A. (2020). Brain organoids for the study of human neurobiology at the interface of in vitro and in vivo. Nat. Neurosci. 23, 1496–1508. doi: 10.1038/s41593-020-00730-3 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Cicognola, C., Janelidze, S., Hertze, J., Zetterberg, H., Blennow, K., Mattsson-Carlgren, N., et al. (2021). Plasma glial fibrillary acidic protein detects Alzheimer pathology and predicts future conversion to Alzheimer dementia in patients with mild cognitive impairment. Alzheimers Res. Ther. 13:68. doi: 10.1186/s13195-021-00804-9 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Di Lullo, E., and Kriegstein, A. R. (2017). The use of brain organoids to investigate neural development and disease. Nat. Rev. Neurosci. 18, 573–584. doi: 10.1038/nrn.2017.107 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Dubois-Dauphin, M. L., Toni, N., Julien, S. D., Charvet, I., Sundstrom, L. E., and Stoppini, L. (2010). The long-term survival of in vitro engineered nervous tissue derived from the specific neural differentiation of mouse embryonic stem cells. Biomaterials 31, 7032–7042. doi: 10.1016/j.biomaterials.2010.06.017 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Finsterwald, C., Magistretti, P. J., and Lengacher, S. (2015). Astrocytes: new targets for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases. Curr. Pharm. Des. 21, 3570–3581. doi: 10.2174/1381612821666150710144502 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Furuse, T., Mizuma, H., Hirose, Y., Kushida, T., Yamada, I., Miura, I., et al. (2019). A new mouse model of GLUT1 deficiency syndrome exhibits abnormal sleep-wake patterns and alterations of glucose kinetics in the brain. Dis. Model. Mech. 12:dmm038828. doi: 10.1242/dmm.038828 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Heining, K., Kilias, A., Janz, P., Haussler, U., Kumar, A., Haas, C. A., et al. (2019). Bursts with high and low load of Epileptiform spikes show context-dependent correlations in epileptic mice. eNeuro 6, ENEURO.0299–18.2019. doi: 10.1523/ENEURO.0299-18.2019 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Kathote, G., Ma, Q., Angulo, G., Chen, H., Jakkamsetti, V., Dobariya, A., et al. (2023). Identification of glucose transport modulators in vitro and method for their deep learning neural network behavioral evaluation in glucose transporter 1-deficient mice. J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 384, 393–405. doi: 10.1124/jpet.122.001428 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Klepper, J., Akman, C., Armeno, M., Auvin, S., Cervenka, M., Cross, H. J., et al. (2020). Glut1 deficiency syndrome (Glut1DS): state of the art in 2020 and recommendations of the international Glut1DS study group. Epilepsia Open 5, 354–365. doi: 10.1002/epi4.12414 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Leen, W. G., Klepper, J., Verbeek, M. M., Leferink, M., Hofste, T., van Engelen, B. G., et al. (2010). Glucose transporter-1 deficiency syndrome: the expanding clinical and genetic spectrum of a treatable disorder. Brain 133, 655–670. doi: 10.1093/brain/awp336 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Livak, K. J., and Schmittgen, T. D. (2001). Analysis of relative gene expression data using real-time quantitative PCR and the 2(-Delta Delta C(T)) method. Methods 25, 402–408. doi: 10.1006/meth.2001.1262 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Lopez-Rivera, J. A., Perez-Palma, E., Symonds, J., Lindy, A. S., McKnight, D. A., Leu, C., et al. (2020). A catalogue of new incidence estimates of monogenic neurodevelopmental disorders caused by de novo variants. Brain 143, 1099–1105. doi: 10.1093/brain/awaa051 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Loussert-Fonta, C., Stoppini, L., Neuenschwander, Y., Righini, O., Prim, D., Schmidt, C., et al. (2023). Opening the black box of traumatic brain injury: a holistic approach combining human 3D neural tissue and an in vitro traumatic brain injury induction device. Front. Neurosci. 17:1189615. doi: 10.3389/fnins.2023.1189615 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Magistretti, P. J., and Allaman, I. (2015). A cellular perspective on brain energy metabolism and functional imaging. Neuron 86, 883–901. doi: 10.1016/j.neuron.2015.03.035 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Margineanu, M. B., Mahmood, H., Fiumelli, H., and Magistretti, P. J. (2018). L-lactate regulates the expression of synaptic plasticity and neuroprotection genes in cortical neurons: a transcriptome analysis. Front. Mol. Neurosci. 11:375. doi: 10.3389/fnmol.2018.00375 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Meyer, K., Kirchner, M., Uyar, B., Cheng, J. Y., Russo, G., Hernandez-Miranda, L. R., et al. (2018). Mutations in disordered regions can cause disease by creating Dileucine motifs. Cell 175, 239–53 e17. doi: 10.1016/j.cell.2018.08.019 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Mochel, F., Gras, D., Luton, M. P., Nizou, M., Giovannini, D., Delattre, C., et al. (2023). Prospective multicenter validation of a simple blood test for the diagnosis of Glut1 deficiency syndrome. Neurology 100, e2360–e2373. doi: 10.1212/WNL.0000000000207296 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Padmasola, G. P., Friscourt, F., Rigoni, I., Vulliemoz, S., Schaller, K., Michel, C. M., et al. (2024). Involvement of the contralateral hippocampus in ictal-like but not interictal epileptic activities in the kainate mouse model of temporal lobe epilepsy. Epilepsia 65, 2082–2098. doi: 10.1111/epi.17970 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Pascual, J. M., Wang, D., Hinton, V., Engelstad, K., Saxena, C. M., Van Heertum, R. L., et al. (2007). Brain glucose supply and the syndrome of infantile neuroglycopenia. Arch. Neurol. 64, 507–513. doi: 10.1001/archneur.64.4.noc60165 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Pelkonen, A., Pistono, C., Klecki, P., Gomez-Budia, M., Dougalis, A., Konttinen, H., et al. (2021). Functional characterization of human pluripotent stem cell-derived models of the brain with microelectrode arrays. Cells 11:106. doi: 10.3390/cells11010106 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Pillai, J., and Sperling, M. R. (2006). Interictal EEG and the diagnosis of epilepsy. Epilepsia 47, 14–22. doi: 10.1111/j.1528-1167.2006.00654.x Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Porciuncula, L. O., Goto-Silva, L., Ledur, P. F., and Rehen, S. K. (2021). The age of brain organoids: tailoring cell identity and functionality for Normal brain development and disease modeling. Front. Neurosci. 15:674563. doi: 10.3389/fnins.2021.674563 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Sarlo, G. L., and Holton, K. F. (2021). Brain concentrations of glutamate and GABA in human epilepsy: a review. Seizure 91, 213–227. doi: 10.1016/j.seizure.2021.06.028 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Tang, M., Gao, G., Rueda, C. B., Yu, H., Thibodeaux, D. N., Awano, T., et al. (2017). Brain microvasculature defects and Glut1 deficiency syndrome averted by early repletion of the glucose transporter-1 protein. Nat. Commun. 8:14152. doi: 10.1038/ncomms14152 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Tang, M., and Monani, U. R. (2021). Glut1 deficiency syndrome: new and emerging insights into a prototypical brain energy failure disorder. Neurosci. Insights 16:26331055211011507. doi: 10.1177/26331055211011507 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Tang, M., Park, S. H., De Vivo, D. C., and Monani, U. R. (2019). Therapeutic strategies for glucose transporter 1 deficiency syndrome. Ann. Clin. Transl. Neurol. 6, 1923–1932. doi: 10.1002/acn3.50881 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Tang, M., Park, S. H., Petri, S., Yu, H., Rueda, C. B., Abel, E. D., et al. (2021). An early endothelial cell-specific requirement for Glut1 is revealed in Glut1 deficiency syndrome model mice. JCI Insight 6:e145789. doi: 10.1172/jci.insight.145789 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Thio, B. J., and Grill, W. M. (2023). Relative contributions of different neural sources to the EEG. NeuroImage 275:120179. doi: 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2023.120179 Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Yan, Y., Shin, S., Jha, B. S., Liu, Q., Sheng, J., Li, F., et al. (2013). Efficient and rapid derivation of primitive neural stem cells and generation of brain subtype neurons from human pluripotent stem cells. Stem Cells Transl. Med. 2, 862–870. doi: 10.5966/sctm.2013-0080 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar - -Ye, F., Li, X. J., Jiang, W. L., Sun, H. B., and Liu, J. (2015). Efficacy of and patient compliance with a ketogenic diet in adults with intractable epilepsy: a meta-analysis. J. Clin. Neurol. 11, 26–31. doi: 10.3988/jcn.2015.11.1.26 PubMed Abstract | Crossref Full Text | Google Scholar",1731883669,75eaeab355,31517a4511,,,1731883669 -https://www.cbssports.com/nfl/news/nfl-odds-lines-picks-spreads-bets-predictions-for-week-11-2024-model-high-on-saints-and-titans/,https://www.cbssports.com/rss/headlines/NFL/,"NFL odds, lines, picks, spreads, bets, predictions for Week 11, 2024: Model high on Saints and Titans","Despite being mid-November, there are NFL teams who have yet to play a divisional game. That will change on Sunday, when the Steelers and Bears will take on divisional foes for the first time. The Steelers are three-point home underdogs to Baltimore, in the Week 11 NFL odds, while the Bears are six-point underdogs against the Packers in the NFL spreads. There is one other divisional contest on Sunday, 49ers vs. Seahawks (+6), which will be the second matchup between the two this season. San Francisco won and covered when the teams met in Week 6, and the 49ers have won six straight versus Seattle, going 5-1 against the spread in those games. Is backing San Francisco an optimal decision with Week 11 NFL picks? All of the updated Week 11 NFL lines are listed below, and SportsLine's advanced computer model has all the NFL betting advice and NFL predictions you need to make the best Week 11 NFL picks now. - -The model, which simulates every NFL game 10,000 times, is up well over $7,000 for $100 players on top-rated NFL picks since its inception. The model enters Week 11 of the 2024 NFL season on an incredible 17-7 betting hot streak on top-rated NFL picks this year. Longer term, it is on a 197-136 roll on top-rated NFL picks that dates back to the 2017 season and a 51-29 roll on top-rated NFL picks since Week 7 of 2022. - -The model also ranked in the top 10 on NFLPickWatch four of the past six years on straight-up NFL picks and beat more than 94% of CBS Sports Football Pick'em players four times during that span. Anyone following at sportsbooks and on betting apps has seen strong returns. - -Now, it has turned its attention to the latest Week 11 NFL odds and NFL betting lines and locked in betting picks for every NFL matchup. Head here to see every pick. - -Top Week 11 NFL predictions - -We can tell you one of the model's strongest Week 11 NFL picks is that the Titans (+6.5, 39.5) cover the spread at home versus the Vikings. Despite its lack of success this season, Tennessee owns the No. 1 total defense in the NFL in addition to the No. 1 passing defense. That makes this an unfriendly matchup for Vikings QB Sam Darnold, who has had the rug pulled out from under him over the last few weeks. Darnold enters this game with three turnovers in back-to-back games, and those contests were versus Colts and Jaguars teams that rank 29th and 32nd, respectively, in total defense. - -Darnold leads the NFL in both turnovers (13) and interceptions (10), while Will Levis showed discernible progress on Sunday. After missing three games, Levis posted the highest CMP% of his career (78.26%) and his third-highest passer rating (127.4) as Tennessee went turnover-free for the first time this season. Turnover-free is not something the model forecasts for Minnesota on Sunday, as it projects two giveaways for it, which enable Tennessee (+6.5) to cover in almost 60% of simulations. See which other teams to pick here. - -Another one of its Week 11 NFL predictions: the Saints (-1.5, 44) cover at home versus the Browns in almost 70% of simulations. Jameis Winston is coming off a three-interception game, which is something even Deshaun Watson has never done during his disastrous tenure in Cleveland. Now, Winston has to face a team that knows his weaknesses as well as anyone as the Heisman winner spent the last four years with the Saints. New Orleans just kept Kirk Cousins out of the endzone, sacked him three times, made him fumble twice and intercepted him once, so the Saints should feast on someone like Winston. - -The Saints haven't committed a turnover in three straight games, while Cleveland hasn't forced a turnover in four straight. Extra possessions for New Orleans' offense will allow it to take advantage of a Browns' defense that is bottom-10 in yards per play allowed (5.5), passer rating allowed (97.4), and one that just traded away its second-leading sack artist in Za'Darius Smith. SportsLine's model has New Orleans (-1.5) covering with plenty of points to spare, as it has the Saints victorious against the spread in 70% of simulations. See which other teams to pick here. - -How to make Week 11 NFL picks - -The model has also made the call on who wins and covers in every other game on the Week 11 NFL schedule and just revealed five teams that outright win in at least 70% of the time, potentially giving you a huge payday. You can only get every pick for every game at SportsLine. - -So what NFL picks can you make with confidence, and which five must-see picks should you lock in now? Check out the latest NFL odds below, then visit SportsLine to see which teams win and cover the spread, all from a proven computer model that has returned well over $7,000, and find out. - -Week 11 NFL betting odds, lines, spreads - -Get Week 11 NFL picks at SportsLine - -Where to bet NFL - -Below is a comparison of the various welcome promotions available along with reviews of the major sportsbooks and their current promo offers.",1731883644,fad4a9cc43,31c587c385,,,1731883644 -https://www.prcouture.com/what-can-good-blockchain-pr-do-for-your-business/,https://www.prcouture.com/feed/,What Can Good Blockchain PR Do for Your Business?,"Written by Almog Atar - -At heart, blockchain PR is about enhancing and building the reputation of a company using media channels. While that seems straightforward, these aren’t the only benefits that your company will come across if you decide to invest in blockchain PR. - -In this article, we’ll be breaking down some of the benefits of good blockchain PR. From developing a community base to increasing investment in IDO projects, we’ll be seeing the power of blockchain. - -When looking for a blockchain PR team, be sure they have a documented history of past clients and case studies that document their efficiency in producing the following benefits: - -Increasing traffic and gaining new investors - -Building a strong brand identity - -Developing a community base - -Keeping investors and current customers up to date - -Let’s break down these factors of good blockchain PR even further: - -Increase Traffic and Gain New Investors - -A comprehensive blockchain PR strategy will incorporate blockchain marketing and crypto SEO elements to ensure your website is as optimized as possible. Once they’ve done this, a well-written PR campaign will generate a buzz around your company. - -From new investors wanting to see what the hype is all about to crypto fanatics seeing a new IDO project launch onto the scene with a bang – great PR is everything. - -By launching a successful PR campaign, you’ll be setting your company up for an influx of new eyes onto your website. In fact, it’s reported that good PR is 90% more effective than advertising alone. - -With success like that, what’s not to love? - -Build a Strong Brand Identity - -In the modern world, brand authority and identity are everything. Being able to identify a brand from its logos, color schemes, and content is vital. A good blockchain public relations strategy will combine these elements, ensuring a cohesive final product. - -Not only can doing this increase your visibility, helping your brand to stand out from the crowd, but it also increases customer loyalty. As users become familiar with your product, they’ll be more inclined to return again and again! - -Develop Community Relationships - -Great blockchain public relations goes beyond just increasing how effective your brand is. It will also improve your relationship with the cryptocurrency community. - -One aspect of blockchain PR that is distinct to traditional PR is the need to engage with the crypto community. With a history of cryptocurrency and IDO project scams, many users want an extra level of guaranteed safety when they research a new project. - -How blockchain public relations goes about this is developing community relationships. By having one of the leaders of a new IDO project participate in podcasts and interviews within the crypto community, you’ll be building up your name and brand at the same time. - -By going on these hosted community spaces, you’ll be able to share knowledge and expertise, proving yourself to be an expert in your field. - -What’s more, people flock to personable characters. A blockchain PR campaign will ensure that any public appearances, such as podcasts you do, represent you in the very best light. This will boost community engagement and make sure people start talking about your brand. - -It’s reported that good PR is 90% more effective than advertising alone. - -Keep Investors Engaged - -Blockchain PR engages with the community through different media streams than traditional PR. Due to heavy bans placed on social media sites like Facebook, the crypto community congregates in spaces like Steemit and Reddit. - -Great blockchain public relations will be familiar with these social sites and will know how to leverage them in order to boost your engagement. - -By posting on these sites with updates about your IDO project, as well as on your own personal website blog, you’ll keep any current investors updated. This will also attract new investors as they’ll be able to see a documented history of engagement with the community. - -Final Thoughts - -Great blockchain PR can make or break an IDO project. By leveraging a blockchain PR agency’s knowledge of the field, you’ll be able to break into a heavily-protected community. - -By engaging with the community, your blockchain PR agency will boost your traffic, create a strong sense of brand identity, and make sure that you are embedded in the world of blockchain. - -About Almog - -Almog Atar is a content writer and copywriter specializing in crypto and ICO’s Financial Investments sport & health enthusiast.",1731883675,1740e50804,31bc3f26c2,,,1731883675 -https://www.communitysignal.com/fostering-resiliency-for-community-moderation-trust-and-safety-pros/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,"Fostering Resiliency for Community, Moderation, Trust, and Safety Pros","When was the last time you mandated that your community, moderation, trust, and safety colleagues schedule time for out of queue activities? When was the last time you led by example and took a break or participated in other wellness activities before you felt burnout? What was the last tool your product team built to help foster resiliency for your moderators? - -While we can’t mitigate all burnout, in this episode, Patrick and our guest, Adelin Cai, discuss how employee resiliency programs and policies can help you create an all-around safer environment for your colleagues and teams. Tools like well-defined queues and changing the presentation of harmful content are also potential product solutions that can foster resiliency from a workflow perspective. - -With experience in policy, trust, and safety leadership for Pinterest, Twitter, and Google, Adelin also shares her approach for thinking about the metrics that matter. Spoiler: Metrics that revolve around quantity, like number of cases closed, or even quality, like CSAT, may not always equate to success or reflect the health of your community. Adelin also discusses working collaboratively with product and engineering teams to ensure that there’s transparency about what is being built and launched and what community behaviors or metrics should be monitored to indicate performance and to influence the further direction of the product. - -Among our other topics: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Vanilla, a one-stop shop for online community. - -All content moderation can contribute to stress (02:54): “[For the] folks reviewing content, are there little interventions that could take place to eliminate the strain or the stress that people are going through as they’re looking at content? We think about this usually in the context of the worst of the worst content, the most violent content, but there are many little things in the course of doing trust and safety work that could accumulate, and stress is cumulative.” – @adelin - -Product improvements that can foster resiliency for moderation teams (10:55): “It could be as simple as having different queues for different types of content that people are going to look at and then rotating people through the different queues. … If you have someone looking at really, really horrible child sexual exploitation content all day, that’s not a healthy place for them to be in. They should be able to rotate out to a different queue.” – @adelin - -Building relationships could lead to building better tools (38:01): “Make friends with your product team; make friends with the engineers because that just opens the door to having a conversation about how difficult it is when X, Y, and Z doesn’t work right. I’ve also [asked engineers to] shadow this team for ten minutes and [then they] see how inefficient the product tooling is.” – @adelin - -Adelin Cai is an online content policy and tech operations expert who’s spent the last decade working with and leading teams responsible for product policies and their enforcement. - -As Pinterest’s former head of policy, Adelin led the team that developed the company’s principles and core values around content moderation, covering a range of issues from hateful speech to medical (mis)information to dank memes. Prior to Pinterest, she ran Twitter’s Legal Ads Policy team, guiding policy and operations for Twitter’s self-serve and international advertising products. - -Adelin Cai is also a co-founder of the Trust & Safety Professional Association (TSPA) and the affiliated Trust & Safety Foundation (TSF). She currently serves as TSPA’s board chair. - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Vanilla, a one-stop-shop for online community. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[music] - -[00:00:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello, and thank you for listening to Community Signal. We’re back from a quick summer break, and we’re talking with Adelin Cai, who has spent time in policy, trust, and safety at Pinterest, Twitter, and Google. We’re discussing employee resilience programs, reallocating budget to moderation, trust, and safety, and how to build productive relationships with dev and product teams to get the right tools made. - -Thank you to Serena Snoad, Carol Benovic-Bradley, and Maggie McGary for supporting our show via Patreon. If you’d like to join them, visit communitysignal.com/innercircle for more info. - -Adelin Cai is an online content policy and tech operations expert who spent the last decade working with and leading teams responsible for product policies and their enforcement. She has deep experience in both operational work and people management. - -As Pinterest’s former head of policy, Adelin led the team that developed the company’s principles and core values around content moderation, covering a range of issues from hateful speech, to medical misinformation, to dank memes. Prior to Pinterest, she ran Twitter’s legal ads policy team guiding policy and operations for Twitter self-serve and international advertising products. - -Adelin is also a co-founder of the Trust and Safety Professional Association and the affiliated Trust and Safety Foundation, currently serving as a TSPA’s board chair. - -Adelin, welcome to the show. - -[00:03:28] Adelin Cai: Hi, thanks for having me. - -[00:03:30] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s my pleasure. I’ve been reading through some of the great resources that you have available on Sidequest, and one of the things that I wanted to talk about is employee resilience programs for community moderation, trust, and safety pros. They’re out there. I know they are. It’s not a thing that I hear about a lot. It’s not a thing that I see existing in a lot of organizations right now. I’m sure they’re out there. I’m sure as the companies get bigger, they’re more likely to have them, but I love the idea and I think it should happen more. How does this program work? - -[00:02:05] Adelin Cai: I think you’re absolutely right. First of all, I don’t think that at a smaller scale, it doesn’t necessarily make sense to prioritize an employee resilience programs to the leadership team, just because the team is small. I do think it’s really, really important to get the bones and the structure of that set up right at the beginning. I think you would first try to start looking at the different entry points or intervention points where you could actually implement wellness practices into the team. - -I think there are different ways to set that up. Healthcare professionals and wellness professionals say that therapy is really at the endpoint of what you should be doing as part of responding to someone who is dealing with a very, very difficult time. I think one of the first things for the team to look at is if folks are reviewing content, are there little interventions that could take place to eliminate the strain or the stress that people are going through as they’re looking at content? - -We think about this usually in the context of the worst of the worst content, the most violent content, but there are many little things in the course of doing trust and safety work that could accumulate, and stress is cumulative. One of the things could be making sure that you’re creating schedules that allow people to take a break from having done three hours at a time of reviewing content that could be really challenging. - -Really understanding your team so that which sorts of content might be more difficult for some and not others because it’s going to vary depending on the team. Those are some of the things that I’ve seen. Then, of course, you have the more scale professional services where you have group therapy programs, or one-on-one therapy that you have your team go to that is funded by the company. Those are various tactics that people use that I’ve seen. - -[00:03:50] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s start at the smaller end. Let’s say you don’t have much budget, but you see the importance of this. I think you talked about one thing that you can do that it’s not free. It’s free to give people breaks. You’re paying people for time so whoever is monitoring that might not think of it as free. You already are spending that money on the person so it’s really about them allocating their time differently, or you force them to do so almost in a sense to say, “Hey, you need to stop. Take a break. Take a breather and make sure you’re taking care of yourself.” - -In the guide, you mentioned a baseline read where people could start having access to counseling services in the case of emergency, having training programs in place that can help the management team identify the signs of trauma. Have you framed out, I’m just curious, for like the smallest team, which I think is most people, let’s say three to 10 people, right? Three to 10 people that are monitoring content on a regular basis, and so it’s part of their job. Let’s just say there’s a department lead, could be community, could be trust and safety. There’s some moderators beneath them, small team growing. They want to do something about this. - -The question I’m looking for is the budget. How should they start to factor that into their budget on a small sample size? Is it a percentage of the staffing resources, a percentage of the payroll they have? What’s the first ask where you say, we want to spend $10,000 a year, $10,000 a month. Where do you think you start with that budget conversation? - -[00:05:07] Adelin Cai: I think that’s a really interesting question because I personally haven’t been involved in setting up or setting aside a budget for these programs. Not to sound super in the bureaucracy of a company, but I think it really is is your management team really bought into the fact that this is a priority? Then you, have to shop around. There are different services. You can look at like BetterHelp. They have a corporate program. There are various kinds of telemedicine type applications that could be the right service for you. Not constructing your employee resilience program by yourself, there are some packages that you can buy and then you can tier it appropriately. I actually don’t know in terms of budgeting, what that exactly looks like. - -[00:05:54] Patrick O’Keefe: Then, at the higher end, when you’ve seen the world-class programs that really take care of people, what are some of the tenants of those programs. - -[00:06:02] Adelin Cai: In terms of values or in terms of like, what exactly they build into the plan? - -[00:06:07] Patrick O’Keefe: I would say what they build into the program, what they offer the employees doing this work. - -[00:06:10] Adelin Cai: I would say I’ve seen people go for one-on-one therapy sessions. That could be as frequently as once a week, or on demand, which is also really important because sometimes when you’re in crisis, you really need to access someone really quickly. I’ve seen some companies, open up group therapy to the entire team. That doesn’t always work for everyone, but that is an option if your team is inclined to do that. - -I think that is really important as well and really important for part of the team building. I think emergency services is really important, alluded to that in the one-on-one. Sometimes when you’re in the middle of doing this work and you suddenly have mental health crisis moment, it’s really important that you can rely on someone immediately to respond and help you work through that. That’s really important. - -I’ve also seen teams do things like dedicating a certain part of the month to something that is completely outside of work. I think that that’s also another way to allocate budget. There are some, like the Aspen Institute has been thinking a lot about wellness and looking at practices from other parallel professions that require better wellness programming and looking at how those can be applied to content moderation. - -There are some things like that, where again, coming back to scheduling, making sure that when you’re setting up the schedule, you have allocated a certain point of the day at which you tell your folks, “Do not look at any content after, say, 4:00 PM. Then the last hour or so, go do something different. Go wind down by getting a coffee with your team, do a coloring book.” This sounds pretty trivial, but it’s a way of switching gears so that by the time someone is able to go home, that they have internally deescalated a lot of the stress that they’ve experienced during the day. I think that is a good practice and it actually, again, doesn’t really cost you anything. - -[00:08:04] Patrick O’Keefe: You used the word mandatory. Some of these things, which I think is interesting, because it’s always the type of thing that has the potential to be either something that is the first thing to go when we personally feel a crush on our productivity, or it’s the first thing to go when we just feel like we need to do something else or it’s not necessary right now. Or I’m tough, those sorts of things. Making it mandatory, I think to some, when they think of that might seem forceful or like taking away someone’s freedom to cope in their own way. - -I think the intention is just for people to look at it as a part of their job. It’s as equal as checking Slack. It’s as equal as checking your email. It is yet another responsibility that you have in that role. I don’t know if that’s a way that we need to rephrase it or look at it. It’s just when you look at that list of responsibilities, it’s not like good PR, which is the cynical way to look at it, but it’s actually a good practice to have it in the responsibilities of your job that you participate in these sessions. Because, selfishly, you can look at it as being for yourself, but that’s not really exactly what it’s for only, it’s for your team and how you function together. - -[00:09:23] Adelin Cai: I think that that’s a really good point. I don’t think I’ve ever seen participation in a wellness program as part of the roles and responsibilities. I think that that actually might change a lot of the way people look at their jobs. I’ve actually never considered that. Actually, that might be a practice that I recommend to people moving forward, because it isn’t just about you. I’m pretty [chuckles] draconian when it comes to like telling people on my team in the past, you have to take a break, take Friday off. - -My team, wasn’t always in the thick of doing content review, but I’m a big believer in taking the time that you need in order to…There’s this very cliche line that people say, you can’t really help others if you don’t put your oxygen mask on first. I think about that one all the time. This is absolutely the case here. You can’t support your team if you’re in crisis. People have varying tolerances, and group therapy is really kumbaya. - -That’s not my thing which is why I think the more we look at a menu of options for people to look at in order to support themselves, the better because that’s not going to work for everyone. Sometimes by the time someone gets to one-on-one therapy, they’re already in such a bad place. It’s about the interventions that you can do beforehand. We can talk about different product things that you can do to minimize risks to people. That’s all part of like a broader philosophical framework around what employee wellness means. - -[00:10:47] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s talk about that. What are some of the product things that you can do at a base level to help people from getting to that point? - -[00:10:55] Adelin Cai: It could be as simple as having different queues for different types of content that people are going to look at and then rotating people through the different queues. Because, again, viewing that content, that stress is cumulative. If you have someone looking at really, really horrible, child sexual exploitation content all day, that’s not a healthy place for them to be in and they should be able to rotate out to a different queue. Having clearly marked queues so you have a set of expectations going into your review work, I think that’s really important. - -Doing video review, there have been some studies on how simply taking a video, taking it from color to black and white might be really, really helpful. Then doing snapshots of the video instead of having the whole video play could really help people dissociate a little bit from the content, if that’s violent or just really traumatizing content. That’s another product thing that could be implemented way in advance. There are probably things that people are doing for audio these days that I’m not up to date on, but there is so much audio content right now. It’s like super hot topic. I’m sure that there are some interventions there that could take place. - -[00:12:01] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, Clubhouse. - -[00:12:03] Adelin Cai: [laughs] Everyone’s coming up with their audio product. - -[00:12:06] Patrick O’Keefe: I’m advising a startup or two that’s working in that space. It’s one of the primary concerns that they have and one of the things that I complain the loudest about, so that’s why we got connected. There are interesting ancillary things there like transcription which we don’t necessarily think of as a moderation tool. We think of it as an accessibility tool, and it is. We think of it as a way for people to discover content, and it is, like the podcast is transcribed. This podcast is transcribed. It’s something I pay for this episode, it’s part of the budget. It helps people find us. It helps us create good content around the show. It also helps make the show more accessible. We have people who tell me they don’t listen. They only read the show. That’s great. As a moderation tool, sifting through that pile of audio just as a very beginner thing is painful. - -Being able to read that audio and maybe keyboard source that audio to go to the right part is incredibly helpful in a lot of cases. Audio is a handful. - -[00:14:08] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s pause for a moment and talk about our generous sponsor, Vanilla. - -Vanilla provides a one-stop-shop solution that gives community leaders all the tools they need to create a thriving community. Engagement tools like ideation and gamification promote vibrant discussion and powerful moderation tools allow admins to stay on top of conversations and keep things on track. All of these features are available out of the box, and come with best-in-class technical and community support from Vanilla’s Success Team. Vanilla is trusted by King, Acer, Qualtrics, and many more leading brands. Visit vanillaforums.com. - -Well, for the show you highlighted talent retention within trust and safety work as an important issue. On the high end of jobs, retention is often there because the money is often there. That’s my opinion. You were head of policy at Pinterest. I’ve interviewed for a job like that before, the money’s good up there. Those jobs are few and far between, they’re hard to get to and there’s beneath them, these larger organizations. As you know, the starting point is where we lose a lot of people. That’s where we lose a lot of people who burn out, who move on to something else, who don’t find it rewarding, who view it as a temp job. It’s not something that they view as a career. I have to imagine that things like employee resilience programs and the offerings that fit within them and the things we’ve discussed so far are really a huge part of the puzzle when it comes to retaining newer people entering this field, right? - -[00:14:15] Adelin Cai: I think that’s absolutely the case. You don’t want people to burn out. We have had the conversation around tech companies and their support for their employees is super fraught and people don’t owe their employers anything at the end of the day, and we can get super philosophical about that. I do think that an employer has a responsibility or a company and the team has a responsibility to every single individual on that team to make sure that they feel, A, really valued, that they aren’t churning out. - -Because just from a practical point of view, the upfront cost of training someone to do that work is high. I think there’s a statistic, something like, every time someone leaves your team and you bring someone new on, you’re losing nine months of productivity, which is a lot. Then, for me, from the very human angle, it’s really important that we care for people, but maybe I grew up in the super kumbaya times, that the teams that I’ve been on have been much warm to that. - -Employee resilience programs definitely make a difference. Even if people don’t take you up on every single aspect of that program, knowing that it’s there and making the time and making the budget to create employee resilience program is absolutely essential to the long-term well-being of anyone on your team. Yes, I think you talked about the roles that exist for head of policy or head of trust and safety type roles, like there aren’t that many out there. - -I do think that that’s changing for the past five years or so. [chuckles] The conversation companies are making are like, “Oh, no, we really need to do something and have a head of trust and safety.” I think that that’s changing as well and I think as a community, we really have a responsibility to help support the people who want to get into those roles because they genuinely care about the work. - -Obviously, you should be compensated because the work is– I think everyone should be compensated even more, for the work that they do in trust and safety. I have seen the trend in salaries and I do think there actually is a gap between what we’re providing people and the value that they’re providing the companies. Also, it’s the work that as you know you really have to believe in it in order to feel that you can keep going at that job. - -[00:16:20] Patrick O’Keefe: The prevalence of roles is definitely increasing, head, director, VP, whatever you might call it. Policy, trust and safety, moderation, trust, and safety, community moderation, trust and safety, online community moderation, trust and safety, whatever. There are more roles there. I think that’s good. There was something in what you said, I can’t cite the line. - -It was a hint to me about the fact that before even you talk about retaining people, there are some organizations where many organizations, in fact, more it’s a struggle to get the higher-ups to look at the entry-level trust and safety pros as an employee to have onboard and not just an outsourced person in another country who you don’t have to be responsible for their wellness or the things that they have to see in the role and you handed out to them to deal with the awful content, and then have an executive who oversees that outsourcing, so to speak. - -Just to have them be brought on board as an employee and have full-time people with benefits is a fight on its own before you even get to employee resilience programs. - -[00:17:19] Adelin Cai: Yes, I think that’s also a product of how in the customer support world, we’re accustomed to these large BPOs handling customer support, and you outsource that and you don’t really have to think very much about wellness in those roles. Even though there’s an argument to be made that people who do customer support need a lot of wellness support, because of the daily abuse that they’re probably handling. I think with the prevalence of content moderation just being the bigger topic, there were a few BPOs that started to move into content moderation space. I don’t think they were all prepared to deal with some of the unique issues. - -To me, I feel like there is a place for scaled support for trust and safety, and for content review. I do think, though, that there is a lot more that we need to do to be more thoughtful about, are we thinking about the way in which people grow in those roles. I think that’s also important for any outsource at scale, like customer support role. Are people growing in their roles? Is this really more intentional, thoughtful work than just saying yes, or saying no, that’s not fulfilling meaningful work. You should be thinking about people’s growth. - -Sorry, I’m meandering a little bit. I think that there are ways to also build in wellness programs at scale for these outsourced roles. I don’t know if we’re fully there yet. I think there are some companies that are doing a better job than others. We’re evolving to that, I think, right now. - -[00:18:45] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, I think, that’s another area where we as senior pros have a responsibility. I like to believe, as you hinted at a second ago, career-wise, those of us who- I can never fault someone who needs to take a job, just to put food on the table and support their family. I’m in a privileged position. I’m okay. For me, when I talk about jobs, I push up on title, I push up on salary, I push up on responsibility, because I can because they want me and because I feel like those of us who can have responsibility to push that up, raise the bar for everyone and open the door. - -I think an area that probably isn’t talked about a lot that we also can have a responsibility for is in choosing vendors when we choose the outsourced vendors that actually make an attempt to treat people well and ask about those programs. I’d be curious how many people out there, hiring outsourced moderation agencies, actually asked a question like, “What programs do you have in place to support the wellness of your workers?” Is that a question that’s being asked in every interview, every RFP, is that coming up? If not, why? Looking at it that way, I think go a long way because they can push their way through with nonsense. They can lie to us. They can make up things. - -Also, a lot of us are really well connected and we might know someone who worked for them in the past and we can always ask those people as part of our research and see, do they really do these things, do they really treat people well? Of course, that’s an investment of our time. Everyone’s busy, but that is investment of time, if we can do it, if we’re able to do it I think that’s an area where we can make a difference. Even if we can’t bring it in-house full time and treat people the way that we want to be treated, we can at least try to push toward vendors who more ethically treat people and make those cases internally. If we get shut down because they want to go with the cheapest vendor, then that’s a fight we lost. It’s still a fight worth fighting in a lot of cases, I think. - -[00:20:31] Adelin Cai: Yes, and companies are going to have to figure out what they value and what they trade-off. I think it’s people like you and me who have worked in this world for a while who will ask those questions because getting answers to those questions is really important to us. You alluded to how small the community is and how people talk. There are going to be some companies that have a slightly better reputation than others. Those are the ones that are going to continue to do well with the professional community that cares about these issues. - -[00:21:04] Patrick O’Keefe: For sure. Let’s shift gears a little bit. In your Building a Trust and Safety Mindset guide, you talk about the importance of baking in good trust and safety work at the start. Preaching to the choir, obviously, here. One line that caught my attention was you also say that, “If you’re already past the product service development phase, it’s still not too late to be mainstreaming trust and safety principles in your organization’s work. Go through the exercise of re-allocating your organization’s finite resources to ensure that you’re taking into account the need to build a responsible and long-term trust and safety infrastructure.” - -Have you ever tackled that relocation for a company that you worked at or as a client for you where they think their money is sorted? They had this pile of money they looked at. They said, “We had this, and so everyone gets a piece of this. We’ve already given their percentages out to everybody.” Where you would then come in and say, “Well, actually you need to shift the pile.” - -[00:21:53] Adelin Cai: I have done that before and that was actually hiring a third party to take a look at some of our content. Not the contractor review model, but having a third party that looked at specific pieces of content that could help us with a very specific area of content policy. It had to do with pharmaceuticals which is highly regulated and complicated. Yes, I’ve had to do that and help build a review pipeline so that some of the content that they were looking at would be easily sent over to us so that we could cross-check and then make the right decisions. That was expensive. - -Negotiation of that package aside, we had to reallocate resources. I think we ended up begging for budget from the sales team to support that and we got it, so that’s definitely happened. It’s not impossible, but I think building the case you need someone and your team to be able to build the case for like, “Look, we have a glaring risk here and we need to fill that risk. One way to fill that risk is to throw money at this problem by hiring this third party that is highly qualified to do this work.” That’s what we did. - -[00:22:57] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, so you answered a little bit there. I wanted to ask you how you approached it. Am I reading into a right that you thought about which team stands to lose the most by us failing to cover pharmaceutical content? You determined, actually, sales has the biggest risk here or maybe they are asked about it already and it came up in a past conversation where they were trying to sell and someone was like, “Well, how do you handle pharmaceuticals?” That led you to be, “Oh, okay. Actually, if we’re going to get money, they’re the best lead for that money.” - -[00:23:24] Adelin Cai: Yes. In that particular instance, it was a little bit mixed because I actually ran through the same exercise at a previous company. I believe we got budget out of the legal budget because of the glaring legal risk issues. I think building a business case for why you need budget to cover a certain area is a very important skill, and that’s what we did. My team sat down with different teams and tried to figure out, is sales actually missing out on revenue because we don’t have a very robust system for looking at these things, from a legal point of view what’s the legal risk? - -Actually, someone on my team was really wonderful, built a whole scoring system for how we would assess risk based on these different vectors. There was legal risk, reputational risk, sales, and revenue risk. We looked at that package and then built a business case around, okay, here are the options that we have, and here’s the recommendation. Leadership team, you can opt to go for the recommendation or not, but if you don’t here are all the trade-offs that we’ve outlined for you but ultimately it’s a decision for exact to make. - -[00:24:28] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, you could not support it but then the community would be full of drugs. - -[00:24:32] Adelin Cai: Yes. It’s a good choice. - -[laughter] - -[00:24:36] Patrick O’Keefe: Speaking of the business case, I’m going to ask you a very general question purposefully just to see what comes to mind first for you and that is, what are your go-to trusts and safety metrics? - -[00:24:48] Adelin Cai: I’m laughing because I’ve told a lot of people this and even my clients. I’m terrible at coming up with the right metrics for trust and safety because so many metrics, I feel, are just proxy and not accurate. - -[00:25:04] Patrick O’Keefe: Okay, let’s talk about that then. - -[00:25:06] Adelin Cai: If you look at the number of tickets that people are responding to, that doesn’t necessarily mean that you have a crisis on your platform. It just could mean that there is a problem with the product where people are being shown irrelevant content. That comes up all the time with some of the products that I’ve used, particularly in ads. People complaining about ads that show up in their feed, and it’s purely a relevance issue. - -I feel like for things like that, they are more quality, it’s not really a trust and safety issue. You could look at CSAT, which classic customer support metric, but that’s not really going to tell you anything, because when you take down someone’s content, they’re going to be mad and if you leave it up, they’re going to be happy. That’s not an indication of whether or not you have a content issue. - -What I usually tell my clients is, what are the pieces of information that you have already that you’re logging, and start looking at those as initial baseline metrics, because it’s the change in metrics that’s going to tell you or indicate to you that something is going on. I think Wikimedia is actually working on a very interesting way of looking at metrics. If you’re interested, we can have a follow up conversation about that and the person who’s leading that. - -Basically, the idea is to what metrics are mutually interesting and acceptable to the rest of the company. Then, how can you use that in a toolkit to build out things that may not be directly trust and safety related, but at least give you an indication that like, “Oh, there was a spike here or a dip here. Something happened that we need to look at.” That might be retroactive, so maybe it’s not the most super helpful thing, but at least you have some data to fall back on. - -[00:26:51] Patrick O’Keefe: The struggle is always to measure something that when done well people don’t notice. - -[laughter] - -[00:26:55] Adelin Cai: Yes. - -[00:26:57] Patrick O’Keefe: I think that’s what the great challenge is, so people fall back on things like the number of things reviewed, right? - -[00:27:04] Adelin Cai: Yes. - -[00:27:05] Patrick O’Keefe: Or the number of, I don’t know, successful reviews, or successful closed reports, responses. Those are really quantity metrics. I watched a play, like a Broadway type play during the pandemic that was virtual called Sin Eaters. Have you heard of it? - -[00:27:21] Adelin Cai: No, I have not. - -[00:27:22] Patrick O’Keefe: It was about a content moderator, and he worked at a company that was basically a combination of big tech companies. As someone who does the work, it was interesting to watch it. It wasn’t like it was disconnected from reality, it was grounded. Her thing was, of course, the most reports, more, more. There’s a competition, you get a $50 gift card if you are the one who closed the most reports. - -That’s bad, but it’s also not unfathomable. For those of us who have done it, that’s not unheard of. It’s not like we have never heard of productivity competitions, or closing the most reports or seeing who can get the most done. That fall back on metrics of quantity, as you said, it’s quality thing is often just a bad idea. - -[00:28:04] Adelin Cai: Yes. Right, and the impact of that on your team, because they’re struggling so hard to just close out tickets, and deal with quantity of closure and not quality of the users experience. I just feel like that has a really negative impact on the motivations of the team. Oh, I did think of one metric that I have never been able to get even though I’ve thought about it for years. I think it’s actually because it’s not an easy thing to calculate. That’s replacement revenue for advertising, because a lot of my background is in advertising policy. That’s why I have been thinking about this for a while. - -If there was a way to calculate for every bad ad that you take off the platform, a new ad slot opens up and you could put a really good ad in there. What is that replacement revenue? I feel like that would be a really meaningful metric, because then you’re looking at, we took out X dollars of advertising that made our sales team really sad, because they weren’t able to hit their quota, but, if you think about it this way, we actually opened up Y dollars worth of really good, long lasting revenue that isn’t risky. I feel like that would be a really good metric to figure out, but I don’t think anyone’s really been able to do the math on that. - -[00:29:21] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, it’s almost like a sabermetric in sports. Like in baseball, there’s this metric like value above replacement and value above the replacement player is how you see, who’s the most valuable baseball player. Value over replacement ad or however you would term that is interesting. - -In our pre-show questionnaire, when asked for challenges you’re thinking about right now, you offered these questions, “How do we support folks who are new to trust and safety, which we’ve talked about here, and how do we support the teams that would like to hire them?” - -Again, we’ve spoken about the first and maybe we’ve spoken about the second, but I’d like to just focus on that for a second. Is there a difference there? How do we support the teams that would like to hire them? Because that implies to me they’re not there yet, or maybe they’re outsourcing it or maybe they decided it wasn’t a priority early on, and now that team would like to move forward. I’m making misreading the whole thing. Tell me if I am, but how do we support those teams and those people who want to make those hires? - -[00:30:17] Adelin Cai: That’s exactly what I meant, so spot on. I hear from people who might be at smaller companies who might be on the legal team or the ops team. They’re like, “Oh no, I really need to like have a full-time hire, but I don’t know what I’m looking for.” Because I think we’ve reached the stage in trust and safety where there are different areas of specialization, it actually is a task to figure out what exactly is your product or service? What are the values of your company? Are you looking for someone who is more operational? Are you looking for someone who’s more philosophical? - -Because depending on what you’re looking for, you’re going to find a different type of candidate and you shouldn’t just be blasting out to every single person who has worked in trust and safety. Certainly, there are people who want to grow into a different role, moving from more operational to more policy roles and vice versa. I think that there’s specializations that make sense to hire for, and that would make it much more efficient. Those are the conversations that I’m having with people and also, “Oh, what level should I be hiring for? Who should this person report to? How should I even start drafting my job rec? I don’t even know how to do that for trust and safety.” That’s what I was alluding to. - -[00:31:30] Patrick O’Keefe: Can part of the answer be then identifying the problem they’re having and saying, you could hire someone that can fix that and own that problem and that can be the start of maybe a blossoming organization. Is that maybe one way to look at it? - -[00:31:44] Adelin Cai: Yes. I think that could be one of the ways to look at it. Even asking yourself, like, “Do I want this person to eventually take on a people management role?” A year from now, we’ll really help you figure out whether you want someone who has two years of experience versus five years of experience or more figuring out how much runway you have as an organization to really support the growth of someone. Versus, no, I need someone who who has been at like a really big company to come in and build everything from scratch. - -I do think that not everyone needs that. I have not been dating for a while, but I feel there’s this weird analogy to dating where you want all these things on paper, but you actually don’t need that. What you need is someone who can grow with you. That you really enjoy working with because they understand your product or service. You don’t need someone who’s “super pedigree”. I just disagree with that notion. - -[00:32:37] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, when you’re dating someone, you need someone who can understand your product or service. Got it. - -[00:32:40] Adelin Cai: Exactly. - -[laughter] - -[00:32:42] Patrick O’Keefe: That makes a lot of sense. I want to shift, before we say goodbye, to product and tooling a little bit. Because in your policy development and launch checklist, you note correctly, I think how important it is to have product and tooling work done within an appropriate timeline. Where have challenges. Here’s the challenges. Here’s what we need. Let’s fix it. I’ve also worked in organizations where I didn’t. [laughs] It didn’t happen, but I had, which I think was a common story as well, here’s the problems. For example, I’ve helped guide product on a proprietary community platform that was used by tens of thousands of people. - -It was private, people paid to access it, moderation tools, trust and safety tools built-in behind the scenes, not a priority despite how much I would comment or make the case. We got tools that were substandard and it impacts so many things. It impacts productivity, it impacts your ability to cover things, it impacts all sorts of things. Anyway, but I don’t want to talk about my bad relationships. I want to talk about getting things done in an appropriate timeline, because as you noted, it’s important. When those relationships work well between the people who have to set and enforce the policy and the people who make the tools and empower us to do so, when those relationships look great, what do they look like? - -[00:33:54] Adelin Cai: What does a successful relationship look like? - -[00:33:57] Patrick O’Keefe: There are many ways to get there. A couple of examples of when those groups are talking, when we’re really prioritized, that is trust and safety pros, when our needs and challenges are really prioritized within an organization that has a product team or a dev team or tool, however you’d like to phrase it, what does that healthy relationship look like? - -[00:34:12] Adelin Cai: Well, first of all, I just want to acknowledge that the substandard tooling and that inability to prioritize that tooling is more common in my experience than not. This checklist is very theoretical [laughs] and, hopefully, will help people to– - -[00:34:32] Patrick O’Keefe: Write a checklist for the relationships you want, not the ones you have. - -[00:34:38] Adelin Cai: [laughs] Exactly. They’re really great relationships I’ve had with the product people, usually result in a shared launch calendar where I know where everything is happening. I have constant meetings with the people to understand like, “Are you going to launch with this version on this date? Is there going to be a delay in launch? If you’re going to launch with this, then we’ve got to build that.” Having an understanding of shared timeline and shared values around what we will be delivering to people at launch or a feature change, that always helps. - -Because in those situations, my team could only say like, “Look, it’s not ideal that you’re launching this version at this time but here’s a metric that you’re tracking if that changes and there’s an uptick, we know that something weird is happening. Then we actually need to start building a different tool.” Or ask the product manager themselves like, “If you see a change in this metric, or what metric would have to change in order for you to take this concern around content review more seriously so that we don’t have to work out of a spreadsheet. We actually work out of a tool.” - -So then putting it back on them. I think also another aspect is just having a very close relationship with other teams that can advocate for you, too. I’ve always had really good relationships with my legal team. Usually, they’re the ones who might say like, “Look, I can’t stop you from doing this but I will say you need to talk to the policy team or the trust and safety team before you proceed. Just so you know what you’re trading off.” Those relationships really help as well. - -This is the kind of people say soft skills, but soft skills are hard. Just having a very collegial relationship with your product managers or your dev team so that they actually know what you’re going through. Also, being able to have conversations that aren’t purely about outcome but emotional impact on the team, and the additional labor that’s being put on the team as a result of some of the business decisions that they’re making. I think those always help. - -[00:36:36] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s really interesting. One of the things you said was basically like, “Give us a spot. [chuckles] Just make us part of the program.” I once worked in an org that had sprints. It was agile product development. We have sprints. So, “Okay, how do I get in the sprint? How can I be one of the runners? You just sub me in there. It doesn’t have to be every sprint. Give us every other one. Please give me a slot in there were a certain number of hours I get.” - -It’s like, “How do I get on there?” It’s like, “We’re going through a tunnel, sorry. I can’t.” Like, “Oh, okay.” So I never really got into those sprints. It’s frustrating because you know your team is going through something in a less-than-ideal way. Often much less than ideal way. You mentioned spreadsheets. I’ve been places where the answer was hire another VA. Hire a virtual assistant. I’m like, “No.” - -[00:37:23] Adelin Cai: That’s not it. [laughs] - -[00:37:24] Patrick O’Keefe: That just isn’t efficient and yet the desire to get that solution was not a priority. So that product relationship it can make or break. In a lot of cases, I think your overall success as a trust and safety pro and how you’re able to accomplish your initiatives and make the most of your people based upon the tool that’s handed to you. - -[00:37:44] Adelin Cai: I’m not above baking brownies or cake or purchasing beverages in order to ask for additional support from a product team or an engineer. I hope that people don’t have to do that in the future. It’s definitely in the past something that I’ve tried to do which is make friends with your product team, make friends with the engineers because that just opens the door to you having a conversation about how difficult it is when x, y, and z doesn’t work right. - -I’ve also had instances where asking an engineer like, “Just shadow this team for 10 minutes and you will see how inefficient the sort of product tooling is.” That also changes the dynamic. Then there is a difference between internal tools versus an outside feature or a new feature that you have to show. - -[00:38:31] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s a great idea. Try these shoes on. Try my shoes on. Walk a mile. See how it looks. Adelin, this has been a fun chat about a tough subject. Thank you so much for making time for us and for sharing your expertise. I really appreciate it. - -[00:38:45] Adelin Cai: Thanks so much for having me on. I really appreciate it. This was truly a pleasure. - -[00:38:50] Patrick O’Keefe: We have been talking with Adelin Cai, founder, and principal consultant at Sidequest. Find Adelin’s great free resources for trust and safety work at sidequest.cc/resources. She is also on LinkedIn at linkedin.com/in/adelincai. That’s A-D-E-L-I-N-C-A-I. - -For the transcript from this episode plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Thanks for listening. - -[music]",1731883680,b6cef58d91,31a70085dd,,,1731883680 -https://www.scotusblog.com/2024/11/fcc-asks-court-to-uphold-constitutionality-of-nationwide-rural-phone-and-internet-subsidies/,https://www.scotusblog.com/feed/,FCC asks court to uphold constitutionality of nationwide rural phone and internet subsidies,"Petitions of the week - -FCC asks court to uphold constitutionality of nationwide rural phone and internet subsidies - -By Kalvis Golde - -at 12:07 pm - -The Petitions of the Week column highlights some of the cert petitions recently filed in the Supreme Court. A list of all petitions we’re watching is available here. - -Last Monday, the justices heard oral argument in a case about a federal program that offers discounted phone and internet service to public schools and libraries. The E-rate program is part of a major initiative by the Federal Communications Commission that authorizes a nonprofit to collect fees from telecommunications providers to subsidize phone and internet service in rural areas. This week, we highlight petitions that ask the court to consider, among other things, whether the FCC’s initiative is unconstitutional because it requires both a federal agency and a private company to wield power that properly belongs to Congress. - -This is not the first time that the justices have been asked to consider a constitutional challenge to the structure of the initiative, known as the Universal Service Fund. An interest group called Consumers’ Research has filed a series of these challenges in federal courts around the country. After the U.S. Courts of Appeals for the 6th and 11th Circuits rebuffed two of those challenges last year, the group asked the justices to weigh in. The justices declined both requests in June. - -The playing field changed in July, however, when Consumers’ Research prevailed in front of the conservative U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit. That ruling created a divide among the federal courts of appeals, known as a circuit split. - -Ensuring equal access to telecommunications has been a core mission of the FCC since its creation in 1934. For much of the 20th century, the country’s sole provider of phone, telegraph, and radio services was the American Telephone and Telegraph Company — known today as AT&T. To ensure connectivity in rural areas, the FCC required AT&T to charge rural customers less, allowing the company to recoup revenue by charging higher rates in cities. - -AT&T’s monopoly came to an end during the 1980s. In turn, and with the advent of the internet, Congress in 1996 empowered the FCC to pursue a more flexible program for ensuring rural telecommunications access. Rather than negotiating a patchwork of prices with each phone or internet provider, the FCC could now require all providers to contribute to a single fund, known as the Universal Service Fund, which would then be used to provide cheaper rates to customers in need. Today, the fund provides access not only to households and hospitals in rural areas, but also to low-income families in cities as well as public schools and libraries. - -The latter program was at issue in last Monday’s oral arguments — specifically, whether Wisconsin Bell, a midwestern offspring of the former AT&T monopoly, can be sued under an anti-fraud statute for overcharging schools and libraries for phone and internet service. - -To administer all of these various Universal Service Fund programs, Congress also authorized the FCC to set up a private nonprofit to collect fees from providers and hand out reimbursements to consumers. Although formally independent, the Universal Service Administration Company is functionally controlled by the FCC. The agency chooses the company’s board of directors, allocates its budget, and sets guidelines for carrying out each of the fund’s programs. - -The challenge brought by Consumers’ Research to the Universal Service Fund is two-fold. First, it argues that Congress essentially ceded its taxing power to the FCC by giving the agency discretion to set the fees that telecommunications providers pour into the fund — in violation of the nondelegation doctrine, the principle that Congress cannot delegate its power to legislate to other branches of government. And second, it contends that the FCC delegated too much policymaking authority to the private company that administers the fund, in part because the agency relies on the company’s own projections when setting fees — which, the group says, violates the private nondelegation doctrine, the principle that the government cannot delegate its powers to private entities. - -Initially, three-judge panels of the 5th, 6th, and 11th Circuits all disagreed with Consumers’ Research on both points in a series of rulings last year. However, the full 5th Circuit later agreed to rehear the case and ultimately changed course. By a vote of 9-7, the full court of appeals concluded that “the combination of Congress’s sweeping delegation to FCC and FCC’s unauthorized subdelegation to” the nonprofit violates the Constitution. - -In Federal Communications Commission v. Consumers’ Research, the agency asks the justices to grant review of the 5th Circuit’s ruling and uphold the Universal Service Fund. The FCC argues that the fund is a constitutional delegation of congressional power because the relevant statute provides a number of “intelligible principles” — a key factor in distinguishing permissible grants of discretion from unconstitutional delegations of power — to guide the FCC’s actions when setting fees. In addition, it contends that the private company wields only administrative authority over the fund, not any policymaking power to set fees or subsidy rates, and in any event is subject to significant agency control. - -In Schools, Health & Libraries Broadband Coalition v. Consumers’ Research, a number of trade associations representing groups that receive Universal Service funding similarly ask the justices to weigh in on the 5th Circuit’s ruling. - -Consumers’ Research insists that the 5th Circuit’s decision is correct and that the fund is unconstitutional. But it agrees that the Supreme Court should take up the question, and it urges the justices to grant rehearing in both of its petitions seeking review of the 6th and 11th Circuit’s rulings and decide the issue either in those cases alone or consolidated with the government’s. - -The FCC counters that the court should review only the 5th Circuit’s decision. But in the alternative, the FCC suggests, the justices could hold all four petitions for their forthcoming decision in the Wisconsin Bell case, and then send all four cases back in light of that ruling. - -A list of this week’s featured petitions is below: - -Consumers’ Research v. Federal Communications Commission - -23-456 - -Issues: (1) Whether 47 U.S.C. § 254 violates the nondelegation doctrine by imposing no limit on the Federal Communications Commission’s power to raise revenue for the Universal Service Fund; and (2) whether the FCC violated the private nondelegation doctrine by transferring its revenue-raising power to a private company run by industry interest groups. - -Consumers’ Research v. Federal Communications Commission - -23-743 - -Issues: (1) Whether 47 U.S.C. § 254 violates the nondelegation doctrine by imposing no limit on the Federal Communications Commission’s power to raise revenue for the Universal Service Fund; and (2) whether the FCC violated the private nondelegation doctrine by transferring its revenue-raising power to a private company run by industry interest groups. - -Little v. Hecox - -24-38 - -Issue: Whether laws that seek to protect women’s and girls’ sports by limiting participation to women and girls based on sex violate the equal protection clause of the 14th Amendment. - -West Virginia v. B.P.J. - -24-43 - -Issues: (1) Whether Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 prevents a state from consistently designating girls’ and boys’ sports teams based on biological sex determined at birth; and (2) whether the equal protection clause of the 14th Amendment prevents a state from offering separate boys’ and girls’ sports teams based on biological sex determined at birth. - -Federal Communications Commission v. Consumers’ Research - -24-354 - -Issues: (1) Whether Congress violated the nondelegation doctrine by authorizing the Federal Communications Commission to determine, within the limits set forth in 47 U.S.C. § 254, the amount that providers must contribute to the Universal Service Fund; (2) whether the FCC violated the nondelegation doctrine by using the financial projections of the private company appointed as the fund’s administrator in computing universal service contribution rates; and (3) whether the combination of Congress’s conferral of authority on the FCC and the FCC’s delegation of administrative responsibilities to the administrator violates the nondelegation doctrine. - -Schools, Health & Libraries Broadband Coalition v. Consumers’ Research - -24-422 - -Issues: (1) Whether Congress violated the nondelegation doctrine by authorizing the Federal Communications Commission to determine, within the limits set forth in 47 U.S.C. § 254, the amount that providers must contribute to the Universal Service Fund; (2) whether the FCC violated the nondelegation doctrine by using the financial projections of the private company appointed as the fund’s administrator in computing universal service contribution rates; and (3) whether the combination of Congress’s conferral of authority on the FCC and the FCC’s delegation of administrative responsibilities to the administrator violates the nondelegation doctrine.",1731883663,3fde2f4577,31aee0c626,,,1731883663 -https://abcnews.go.com/Politics/wireStory/kamala-harris-raised-1-billion-defeat-shes-sending-115932468,https://abcnews.go.com/abcnews/politicsheadlines,Kamala Harris raised $1 billion-plus in defeat. She's still sending persistent appeals to donors,"Kamala Harris and the Democratic Party’s prodigious fundraising operation raised more than $1 billion in her loss to Donald Trump, but the vice president is still pushing donors for more money after the election - -ATLANTA -- Kamala Harris and the Democratic Party's prodigious fundraising operation raised more than $1 billion in her loss to Donald Trump, but the vice president is still pushing donors for more money after the election. - -Democrats are sending persistent appeals to Harris supporters without expressly asking them to cover any potential debts, enticing would-be donors instead with other matters: the Republican president-elect's picks for his upcoming administration and a handful of pending congressional contests where ballots are still being tallied. - -“The Harris campaign certainly spent more than they raised and is now busy trying to fundraise,” said Adrian Hemond, a Democratic strategist from Michigan. He said he was been asked by the campaign after its loss to Trump to help with fundraising. - -The party is flooding Harris’ lucrative email donor list with near-daily appeals aimed at small-dollar donors — those whose contributions are measured in the hundreds of dollars or less. But Hemond said the postelection effort also includes individual calls to larger donors. - -The scramble now underscores the expense involved in a losing effort and the immediate challenges facing Democrats as they try to maintain a baseline political operation to counter the Trump administration and prepare for the 2026 midterm elections. It also calls into question how Democrats used their resources, including hosting events with musicians and other celebrities as well as running ads in a variety of nontraditional spaces such as Las Vegas’ domed Sphere. - -Internally, the apparent cash crunch is being blamed for the campaign's decision to stop paying many senior staff as of Saturday, even those initially told they would be paid through the end of the year. Facing internal frustration, the campaign notified those affected in recent days that their health insurance would be covered through the end of the year, according to one person with direct knowledge of the situation who spoke on condition of anonymity to share internal discussions. - -Another person familiar with the fundraising effort and the Democratic National Committee's finances said the Harris campaign's expected shortfall is a relatively small sum compared to the breadth of the campaign, which reported having $119 million cash on hand in mid-October before the Nov. 5 election. That person was not authorized to publicly discuss the campaign's finances and spoke on condition of anonymity. - -Patrick Stauffer, chief financial officer for the Harris campaign, said in a statement that “there were no outstanding debts or bills overdue” on Election Day and there “will be no debt” listed for either the campaign or the DNC on their next financial disclosures, which are due to the Federal Election Commission in December. - -The person familiar with the campaign and DNC's finances said it was impossible to know just where Harris’ balance sheet stands currently. The campaign still is getting invoices from vendors for events and other services from near the end of the race. The campaign also has outstanding receipts; for example, from media organizations that must pay for their employees’ spots on Air Force Two as it traveled for the vice president’s campaign activities. - -Within hours of Trump picking Florida Republican Matt Gaetz for attorney general on Wednesday, Harris' supporters got an appeal for more money for “the Harris Fight Fund,” citing the emerging Trump team and its agenda. - -Gaetz, who resigned his House seat after the announcement, “will weaponize the Justice Department to protect themselves,” the email said. It said Democrats “must stop them from executing Trump’s plans for revenge and retribution” and noted that “even his Republican allies are shocked by this” Cabinet choice. - -Another appeal followed Friday in Harris' name. - -“The light of America's promise will burn bright as long as we keep fighting,” the email said, adding that “there are still a number of critical races across the country that are either too close to call or with the margin of recounts or certain legal challenges.” - -The emails do not mention Harris' campaign or its finances. - -The “Harris Fight Fund” is a postelection label for the “Harris Victory Fund,” which is the joint fundraising operation of Harris’ campaign, the DNC and state Democratic parties. Despite the language in the recent appeals, most rank-and-file donors' contributions would be routed to the national party, unless a donor took the time to contact DNC directly and have the money go directly to Harris or a state party. - -The fine print at the bottom of the solicitation explains that the first $41,300 from a person and first $15,000 from a political action committee would be allocated to the DNC. The next $3,300 from a person or $5,000 from a PAC would go to the Harris for President “Recount Account.” Anything beyond that threshold, up to maximum contribution limits that can reach into the hundreds of thousands of dollars, would be spread across state parties. - -Officials at the DNC, which is set to undergo a leadership change early next year, indicated the party has no plans to cover any shortfall for Harris but could not explicitly rule out the party shifting any money to the campaign. - -___ - -Cappelletti reported from Lansing, Michigan. AP National Political Writer Steve Peoples in New York contributed in New York contributed to this report.",1731883659,948678c443,316c708d68,,,1731883659 -https://mashable.com/article/seahawks-49ers-2024-nfl-live-stream,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,How to watch Seahawks vs. 49ers online,"TL;DR: Live stream Seattle Seahawks vs. San Francisco 49ers with NFL Sunday Ticket on YouTube TV. - -NFL Week 11 action continues with an NFC West showdown between the Seattle Seahawks and the San Francisco 49ers. The Niners are hoping to push past the Arizona Cardinals to top the division, while the Seahawks are in last place. - -The Seahawks have lost four of their last five games, including a close loss in overtime to the Los Angeles Rams last week. The 49ers have won back-to-back games and three of their last five. - -When is Seahawks vs. 49ers? - -The Seattle Seahawks vs. the San Francisco 49ers takes place at 4:05 p.m. ET on Nov. 17. The two teams will face off at Levi's Stadium in San Francisco. - -The game will air on FOX, where Joe Davis is expected to do the play-by-play. Greg Olsen will join him in the booth. - -How to stream Seahawks vs. 49ers - -The Seattle Seahawks vs. the San Francisco 49ers is available to live stream via YouTube TV or the NFL Sunday Ticket on YouTube TV (not to mention other NFL fixtures). - -Mashable Top Stories Stay connected with the hottest stories of the day and the latest entertainment news. Sign up for Mashable's Top Stories newsletter Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -YouTube TV's base plan is $49.99 per month for two months for new subscribers ($72.99 per month regularly). The base plan includes over 100 live TV channels, including ABC, CBS, FOX, NBC, ESPN, Fox Sports 1, and the NFL Network. - -The NFL Sunday Ticket is an add-on for $209 per year, or four non-cancellable payments of $52.99. Sunday Ticket provides access to all NFL games, including out-of-market games and split-screen viewing. - -Best streaming Services for Seahawks vs. 49ers - -You have cable streaming options for this game. We've found some of the best streaming services to consider for the Seahawks vs. 49ers on FOX. - -Most affordable: Sling TV - -Sling TV offers its Orange & Blue package of 48 channels at $55 per month that would serve your needs for locally available NFL games. Sign up to enjoy a first-month discounted rate of $27.50. - - - -Sling TV’s sports channels feature ABC, ACC Network, Big Ten Network, ESPN, ESPN2, ESPN3, ESPNews, ESPNU, FOX, FS1, FS2, NBC, NFL Network, and SEC Network. - -How to watch Seahawks vs. 49ers from anywhere in the world - -If you're abroad for this fixture, you might need to use a VPN to unblock your favorite streaming service. These tools can hide your real IP address (digital location) and connect you to a secure server in the U.S., meaning you can unblock live streams of the NFL from anywhere in the world. - -Live stream Seahawks vs. 49ers from anywhere in the world by following these simple steps: - -Subscribe to a streaming-friendly VPN (like ExpressVPN) Download the app to your device of choice (the best VPNs have apps for Windows, Mac, iOS, Android, Linux, and more) Open up the app and connect to a server in the U.S. Sign in to your favorite streaming service Watch Seahawks vs. 49ers from anywhere in the world - -ExpressVPN is the best choice for bypassing geo-restrictions to stream live sport, for a number of reasons: - -Servers in 105 countries including the U.S. - -Easy-to-use app available on all major devices including iPhone, Android, Windows, Mac, and more - -Strict no-logging policy so your data is secure - -Fast connection speeds free from throttling - -Up to eight simultaneous connections - -30-day money-back guarantee - -A one-year subscription to ExpressVPN is on sale for $99.95 and includes an extra three months for free — 49% off for a limited time. This plan includes a year of free unlimited cloud backup and a generous 30-day money-back guarantee.",1731883630,644d6c1ea1,31c03d3d0d,,,1731883630 -https://www.justsecurity.org/104789/digest-of-recent-articles-on-just-security-nov-12-15/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=digest-of-recent-articles-on-just-security-nov-12-15,https://www.justsecurity.org/feed/,Digest of Recent Articles on Just Security (Nov. 12-15),"We are a forum on law, rights, and U.S. national security. - -You can follow on Twitter @just_security",1731883658,cb888a0738,3176f0f9fa,,,1731883658 -https://www.engadget.com/deals/masterclass-subscriptions-are-up-to-50-percent-off-for-black-friday-150047035.html?src=rss,https://www.engadget.com/rss.xml,MasterClass subscriptions are up to 50 percent off for Black Friday,"Engadget has been testing and reviewing consumer tech since 2004. Our stories may include affiliate links; if you buy something through a link, we may earn a commission. Read more about how we evaluate products . - -A MasterClass subscription is perhaps one of the best gifts you can get for yourself if you love learning new things or honing your skills, and it will now cost you up to 50 percent off. The website is holding a pre-Black Friday sale, so this is your chance to sign up at a discount if you find its regular rates a bit steep. MasterClass' Standard subscription, which allows you to access its content on one device, will cost you $7 a month instead of $10. If you want to watch classes offline, though, your cheapest option is the Plus tier that will now set you back $9 per month instead of $15. It will also allow you to access the service's videos on two devices. But the best option available right now is the Premium tier, which you can get for $10 a month instead of $20. You'll be able to access classes on six devices if you get it, and it also comes with offline viewing. - -A subscription will let you view more than 200 classes across 11 categories no matter what option you choose. MasterClass offers lessons from some of the best and most well-known people in their field, such as Gordon Ramsay (cooking), Martin Scorsese (filmmaking), Margaret Atwood (creative writing), Mariah Carey (using voice as an instrument), Stephen Curry (basketball), Steve Martin (comedy), Shonda Rhimes (writing for TV), John Legend (songwriting), Garry Kasparov (chess), Jane Goodall (conservation), Simone Biles (gymnastics) and Samuel L. Jackson (acting). Take note that you'll have to pay for the whole year to be able to enjoy the discounted rates, which are only available for a limited time. - -Check out all of the latest Black Friday and Cyber Monday deals here.",1731883671,2ccba97d94,31bc64f2bf,,,1731883671 -https://www.fiercebiotech.com/resource/how-does-imaging-support-development-new-therapeutics,https://www.fiercebiotech.com/rss.xml,How Does Imaging Support the Development of New Therapeutics,,1731883654,824c2cac76,31ccf5a9f2,,,1731883654 -https://www.avclub.com/interior-chinatown-review-tv-hulu,https://www.avclub.com/rss,"Hulu cooks up a campy, charming take on Interior Chinatown","Weirdly, Charles Yu’s 2020 bestseller is tough to adapt for the screen because of its slick screenplay structure. His novel, Interior Chinatown, chronicles the identity crisis of an Asian man longing to be a Kung Fu star instead of a background actor in a cop show. Only once he’s thrust into the limelight, after losing his wife and kid over this ambition, he understands the true value of his culture and community. Through a subversive style, Yu smartly and empathetically unpacks the challenges of assimilation and skewers Hollywood stereotypes. That crackling wit isn’t fully present in his TV show, but Hulu’s take stands strong on its own merits. - -While the series’ narrative differs from the novel, Yu, Interior Chinatown‘s showrunner, translates his unique screenplay formula into something of a visual treat. Purposely whimsical and meta, the lighting, background score, and camera angles shift depending on the POV, with the Taika Waititi-directed premiere setting the tone. The immersive production design further establishes the world of Willis Wu (Jimmy O. Yang)—both the parts that shape his personality and the parts he wants to escape. Based on five of the 10 episodes watched for review, Interior Chinatown converts his struggles into a relatable sentiment: How do you become the hero of your life? - -Willis is lethargic and dejected when the show kicks off. His older brother’s disappearance has left his family broken. His grief-stricken parents (played by the underused Tzi Ma and Lily Wu) mostly ignore him while he quietly works at his uncle’s Chinese restaurant as a waiter. Willis bottles up the desire to venture out of his bubble and do something that matters. Maybe if he does, others will notice his existence. He gets his opportunity when he witnesses a potential abduction, which inspires him to dig into his sibling’s vanishing. Through this investigative arc, Willis morphs from being practically invisible to leading the charge. - -This doesn’t happen overnight. Willis is torn between sticking to a safe, mundane routine and taking risks that could blow his loved ones’ lives apart. Despite the perils, he learns to take a chance on himself and is done being a sidekick. Yang imbues Willis with naivete, cautious optimism, and determination. It’s so satisfying to watch the character (and the actor) emerge out of the shadows and into the spotlight. Known for his roles in Silicon Valley and Crazy Rich Asians, Yang takes advantage of Interior Chinatown to show much more of his range. - -In an attempt to blend into the precinct to gather evidence, Willis adopts personas like “Tech Guy” and “Delivery Guy.” Through this gimmick, the writers make a subpar effort to poke fun at genre clichés that put minorities in a box. For example, the lead police officers only notice Willis once he’s their computer whiz, not even realizing he has taken over from a different Asian guy. While it’s funny how Willis becomes an expert at “zooming in” and “enhancing” crime-scene photos as soon as he puts on glasses, that’s the extent of the satire. - -Interior Chinatown, unlike the book, doesn’t have many insightful, biting, or even detailed critiques about Asian representation in the industry. Instead, they’re painted in broad strokes. The show ends up parodying Law & Order: SVU-type dramas more because it’s concerned with building the suspense around Chinatown, which has everything from organized crime and police corruption to murders and hidden tunnels. This cop aspect feels flimsy until the series focuses on Lana Lee (Agents Of S.H.I.E.L.D.’s Chloe Bennet). - -Much like Willis, Lana is an underdog. She’s a budding detective carving out her place at work, but, despite her talent, she’s overlooked by her peers and superiors. Why? Racism, duh. Lana secretly teams up with Willis to help locate his brother, although she seemingly has a hidden agenda and connection to the case. Together, Bennet and Yang make a formidable duo, with Lana as the yin to Willis’ yang. Meanwhile, comedian Ronny Chieng adds levity with his no-holds-barred performance as Willis’ best friend who goes viral for his grumpy attitude. - -There’s plenty to enjoy here even though the first five episodes are still fine-tuning the show’s voice and commentary. The heightened reality aspect is especially fun, with day changing into night rapidly, Chinatown glowing when Willis feels good about his neighborhood, and doors literally opening for him when he starts to accept himself. This distinctive storytelling style nicely suits a TV show. But perhaps Interior Chinatown’s biggest feat is that, through all of the fanciful flourishes, it becomes an authentic character study. - -Interior Chinatown premieres November 19 on Hulu",1731883667,66c132240d,3246367b8f,,,1731883667 -https://www.slashfilm.com/1713554/the-twilight-zone-movies-tv-series-ranked/,https://www.slashfilm.com/feed/,"The Twilight Zone: Every Movie & TV Series In The Franchise, Ranked","1983's ""Twilight Zone: The Movie"" is best known for its behind-the scenes issues. Originally, every segment in the movie was going to be interconnected, but a horrible helicopter accident that killed actor Vic Morrow and two child actors during the filming of John Landis' ""Time Out"" segment messed up the production and tarnished the film's legacy. If you hear talk about the ""Twilight Zone"" movie curse, this is probably what the speaker is alluding to, even though this particular ""curse"" is really just a case of tragic set mismanagement that ultimately changed labor laws. - -This kind of thing can't help but affect a film. Some individual segments in ""Twilight Zone: The Movie"" are ambitious, but as a whole, it's a disjointed mess. Landis kicks things off by having a pre-""Ghostbusters"" Dan Aykroyd turn into a monster and murder Albert Brooks after a conversation about the original show, then transitions into the Morrow segment where the late actor plays a frothing racist who gets to experience some of the worst moments in history from an oppressed victim's point of view. Combine that with Steven Spielberg's heartstring-tugging retirement home story and Joe Dante's exploration of reality-bending children through the medium of silly monster rabbits, and it's clear that nothing is even attempting to mesh. Fortunately, things end on a high note with George Miller's intense take on the classic ""Nightmare at 20,000 Feet"" segment, with John Lithgow playing the William Shatner role. - -Even the impressive special effects are all over the place, with the exaggerated monsters of the Dante segment looking like they belong in a different movie than Miller's gritty gremlin (Larry Cedar). Still, Lithgow is his usual MVP self, and there's plenty of fun to be had — provided you don't mind the movie's tragic backstory and constant tonal whiplash.",1731883650,b237a9df8d,320e0d5521,,,1731883650 -https://transom.org/2008/fake-city-real-dreams/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,"Fake City, Real Dreams","Intro from Jay Allison: Zak Rosen is a radio producer. Neil Greenberg is a map-maker. They're both from Detroit, but their hearts are in a different city, a city they think is possible--at least in the imagination and maybe in reality. The radio piece they made together treats this place as if it were real. It is a creative exercise that hints at a plausible future. Fake City, Real Dreams is unlike any ""arts feature"" you've heard before. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/fake-city-real-dreams-transom.mp3 Download Listen to “Fake City, Real Dreams” - -Photo Gallery – Meet the Citizens of Fake City - -About Fake City, Real Dreams - -About a year ago, a neighbor of mine told me about this guy Neil’s fake place project. She said that he was mapping a really expansive, detailed metro region on 17, huge poster boards. I was intrigued. I had heard Neil’s name several times before but hadn’t yet met him. Then finally he and I were introduced through mutual friends on a Saturday morning at Eastern Market, one of Detroit’s weekly farmers markets. I expressed interest in doing a story on his project and we exchanged numbers. - -17 posterboard size sheets of paper fit together like a big, geographical puzzle. Neil drew everything by hand. - -A few months later I went to his apartment to check out the maps and do some recording. I interviewed Neil for about 4-hours (none of that tape made it into the final cut), without really knowing what direction the story would go. All I knew at the time was that Neil’s vision was so inspiring and creative, that a conventional profile piece would NOT do him or his project justice. I understood that though his ideas were really eccentric and quirky, it was, more importantly, grounded in something that could be used for real-life application. - -After that first night, we started meeting semi-regularly to talk about his fake world. He thought of the maps as a laboratory to work on various planning ideas that could apply to Detroit, or any other city for that matter, without having to deal with the cynicism and bureaucracy we Detroiters can often encounter in the face of meaningful change. - -At some point I thought about how cool it might be to climb into Neil’s head, to get an idea of what he sees when he looks at his maps. Point to any area or intersection and Neil will seamlessly delve into the history of that block, that neighborhood, that business district, etc. It’s really amazing. None of the narratives that he so easily accesses in conversation are written down. It’s all in his head, working itself out as this organic, living thing. - -Neil Greenberg, Zak Rosen and the map - -In doing additional interviews with Neil, I’d ask him questions like, “What’s the mayor of this place like?” Then he’d spout off this really fiery monologue about Vanessa Nawinn, the half Vietnamese/half Nicaraguan mayor who showed the people of his fake-region that you don’t have to be old and white to lead a metropolitan area (of course there are exceptions to that truism, like Detroit’s embattled Mayor Kwame Kilpatrick). He spoke of Mayor Nawinn as if she existed. As if they were good friends who hung out after work. - -Neil expressed that he wanted to get other people involved with the project, people whose area of expertise could expand the scope of the map, and city. Neil’s a transit guy. I’d say he’s obsessed with it, but he’ll readily admit that he’s no expert on transforming an urban education system, or figuring out why gardening can be used to nurture an area or a people. - -So we set-out to interview a few Detroiter’s who we knew devoted a lot of time and energy to working towards, and thinking about, different paradigms in their own respective lives. We asked them to think about what they would like to see happen in Detroit in the next 15 years in terms of education, politics, community building, etc. And we asked them to answer the question of what the future could be, in the present tense. In other words, their dreams for a different future became their present reality. Instead of saying, “Detroit could really use better cooperation between bikers and businesses,” it became, “Ever since the city (there are no allusions to any specific place) started meeting with different merchants to determine where bike parking should be…the merchants realized that cyclists exists as a potential market and customer base.” Neil always talks about how easy it is to bad mouth the city, or talk about a goal without really thinking about how to get there. So with his project and my audio component, we aimed at illustrating some real big dreams, but supplementing them with a sensible path towards achieving them. The bits about cycling, education, and work/gardening feature Detroiters Jack Vandyke, Mindy Nathan, and Grace Lee Boggs, respectively. My colleague, Amanda Le Claire, played Mayor Nawinn. Another colleague, Monica Issac, played Dina, the single mother. They both did this by reading a script I wrote based on interviews with Neil. - -Photo Gallery – Visit Some Neighborhoods of Fake City - -Putting It Together - -I did a lot of the pre-production, conceptual work by bouncing ideas back and forth with sound artist/documentarian, Victoria Fenner. We got hooked up through AIRs mentorship program (sign up today!). Then I recorded a lot of Detroit sounds, and got some additional sounds off Freesound.org, and transplanted them into the mix. Because the world is fictional, I gave myself license to go back and re-voice my questions/responses to Neil when needed. The idea was to make it sound like he was giving me a tour of the place, telling me about it for the first time. - -After asking Jay if he could help me with the post-production, he invited me to his neck of the woods (get it?) to do the final mix. Having him there to critique my tracking and editing choices was really invaluable. It was also really nice to be working on the story without having to think about anything else for those three days in Woods Hole. - -That's Transom's home base. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -In the end, I hope the piece kindly reminds Detroiters (or anyone living in a place they love) to continue their work towards re-visioning the city they know can exist (and does in certain areas). As Neil says at the end of the piece, he knows this project isn’t going to be the exact script that will bring Detroit into a new era, he just hopes it will convey the message that it is possible to talk about the future, in a realistic and meaningful way, without getting frustrated with our present. - -I want to also thank my girlfriend Shira, the entire Smitten Mitten Radio Collective + David Schulman for critiquing early versions of the piece while openly embracing them too. - -Tech Info - -I recorded a lot of the interviews and sounds on a Marantz PMD 660 with an Electrovoice RE50. Some interviews we’re also done at WDET’s studio. I did some additional tracking with Jay’s really nice Schoeps microphone. The effect on the Mayor that made her sound like she was talking into a big speaker system was made using “SpeakerPhone.” I mixed it all on Samplitude. - -Additional support for this work provided by - - - -with funding from the - -",1731883752,c00d35bf2d,31e71a1f02,,,1731883752 -https://taxjustice.net/2024/08/19/wiki-how-to-tax-the-superrich-with-pictures/,https://www.taxjustice.net/feed/,Wiki: How to tax the superrich (with pictures),"The extreme wealth of the superrich is making our economies insecure and poorer than the sum of their parts. - -Our economies were designed to let people earn the wealth they need to lead secure and comfortable lives, but our tax rules make it easier for the superrich to collect wealth than for the rest of us to earn it. This has let the superrich collect extreme wealth to the point where our economies are less productive, more households are having to go into debt and people are living shorter lives. - -Wealth taxes are the best tool for putting an end to the two-tier tax treatment that puts people who collect wealth for a living (ie those who mainly live off of huge dividends and rent money they collect) above those who earn wealth for a living (ie those who mainly live off of income they earn from working). We need wealth taxes to make our economies secure and protect the earner way of life that has defined the modern era. - -Countries can straightforwardly follow the example of Spain’s successful and modest wealth tax today to raise $2 trillion in tax from the world’s richest 0.5%. - -Here’s our step-by-step guide on how to tax the superrich. - -Steps - -1. Set a high bar for wealth and only tax wealth that’s above the bar - -Setting a high threshold – like the top 0.5% wealth – means any wealth a person owns below this threshold does not get taxed. This makes sure the wealth tax only applies to the superrich, and doesn’t negatively impacts the middle and lower classes. It also means the very wealthy individuals to whom the tax does apply would only pay tax on the upper crust of their wealth – that is, on the portion of their wealth above the 0.5% threshold. For example, in Switzerland, a 0.5% threshold stands at US$11 million. A wealth Swiss person would only be taxed on the wealth they own above US$11 million. Their first eleven millions would not be taxed. A high threshold makes the administration of wealth tax simple for governments and more politically feasible. - -Step 1 image credit: wikiHow - -2. Apply the tax to all types of wealth to prevent the superrich from cheating on tax - -Exempting certain types of wealth from the tax creates an opportunity for the superrich to abuse. They can shift their assets into exempted categories to pay less tax. This shifting isn’t only bad economics — since wealth goes to where tax dues are lowest rather than where they’re most productive — it also complicates implementation, making a lot more costly work for tax authorities. By applying the wealth tax to all asset classes above the high threshold, governments can prevent inefficient investments and curb the wiggle room for tax abuse. If you’re a government and you’re concerned about the potential impact of applying the tax to business assets, don’t worry, we’ll explain how to handle this in step 6 below. - -Step 2 image credit: wikiHow - -3. Exercise robust transparency on owners of companies and assets, to tax the right amount - -When governments apply income tax, they don’t rely alone on what people self-report. They use official records to verify how much a person earned and ought to be taxed. Otherwise, folks can underreport to underpay tax. Wealth taxes are no different. But the problem is the owners of companies and assets can cover the paper trails linking them to what they own. The best tool for exposing these paper trails are public registers on beneficial (ie true) owners. These registers provide detailed information on who truly owns and controls companies and assets, equipping governments with the official records they need to verify how much wealth a person has and how much tax they should pay. - -Step 3 image credit: wikiHow - -4. Strengthen transparency standards at the UN so that the superrich rich can’t hide wealth in tax havens - -The strength of countries’ tax laws ultimately depends on our global tax transparency standards. The superrich’s ability to use secrecy jurisdictions — a type of tax haven that specialises in hiding finances from other countries’ laws — to hide their wealth from tax administrations can keep wealth taxes from being fully effective. To make wealth taxes truly effective, countries must make sure the UN tax convention currently being negotiated delivers robust tax transparency standards. - -Step 4 image credit: wikiHow - -5. Put in safety measures to make sure superrich individuals relocating to other countries still pay what they owe - -Evidence shows that apply wealth tax to the superrich does not lead to the superrich fleeing the country in droves, despite media headlines claiming the contrary. Just 0.01% of the richest households relocated after wealth tax reforms targeting them were implemented in Norway, Sweden and Denmark. But just to be safe, governments can put in place measures to make sure a long-time resident superrich individual still pays the wealth tax they owe even if they move abroad. For example, governments can introduce a tax obligation on former residents for a specified period after they move abroad, or implement exit taxes on individuals who renounce their residency. It’s worth noting that if other countries also introduce wealth taxes, there’d be little point to relocate to somewhere else. - -Step 5 image credit: wikiHow - -6. Provide business owners some flexibility so they don’t have to liquidate their business to pay their taxes - -Concerns that business owners might need to sell parts of their companies to pay their wealth taxes can be addressed by providing alternative options for paying. For example, business owners who are unable to pay their tax dues in cash by the end of the year and cannot easily generate liquidity from their businesses — unlike publicly traded companies that can sell shares — could transfer some a fraction of their business’s shares, equivalent to the tax duty, to a government-managed “wealth tax trust”. This approach has been successfully used for taxing inherited artwork. The government would own that part of the business, with rights to receive their share of profits but without any control over how the business is run. And the business owner would have the option to buy back these shares within a specified period at the same price. If the owner decides not to buy them back, the trust would sell the shares to the market after a set period. This approach protects businesses from being squeezed by the wealth tax while making sure their owners pay the tax they owe. - -Step 6 image credit: wikiHow - -7. Call out all myths used to scare the public off of wealth taxes - -There are a lot of common misconceptions about wealth taxes: they drive the superrich away, they unfairly target the middle class, they harm the economy. None of these are true: the superrich stay where they are, wealth taxes only apply to the very richest, they boost economic productivity and investment. What rarely gets talked about is the two-tier tax treatment of wealth. Collected wealth – ie dividends, capital gains and rent gained from owning things – is typically taxed at far lower rates than earned wealth – ie salaries gained by working. At the same time, collected wealth typically grows faster than earned wealth. This has resulted in the wealth of the superrich – whose wealth is virtually all collected rather than earned – quadrupling since the 1980s. Wealth taxes put an end to this two-tier treatment, making our economies more secure and protecting the earner way of life our economies are based on. Governments should call out myths on wealth taxes with clear and factual information on how they would implement wealth tax reforms, who these would apply affect and the benefits to be gained. - -Step 7 image credit: wikiHow",1731883665,685bd32e72,3226bde0ec,,,1731883665 -https://www.npr.org/2022/12/21/1144694671/rest-of-the-story-2022-deli-mableton-russia-polling,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"The Rest of the Story, 2022: Polling, eagles, and deli fraud : Planet Money : NPR","The Rest of the Story, 2022 - -Enlarge this image NPR NPR - -It's that time of year again! Our annual year-end tradition of checking in on previous stories to hear what happened after the microphones stopped running. - -We'll hear from a CEO who was trying to get her company out of Russia amidst the war in Ukraine, check in with an organizer who was trying to turn his community into a city, follow-up on our experiment in polling, and get the latest from our record label — Planet Money Records. Plus, we learn of a romance sparked by a podcast episode! - -Sponsor Message - -Check out the original stories: - -Today's show was produced by James Sneed, edited by Jess Jiang, engineered by Robert Rodriguez, and fact checked by Sierra Juarez. - -Music: ""Icy Boy,"" ""Planet Hopping,"" ""Android Dancehall"" ""Seismic Encounter,"" ""Inflation"" and ""Off to Bed"" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884653,8181d7a585,31fa98bc89,,,1731884653 -https://theintercept.com/2024/11/12/congress-vote-trump-nonprofits-tax-exempt-terrorism/,https://theintercept.com/feed/?category=politics,Lawmakers Reject Bill That Would Let Trump Destroy Nonprofits,"A contingent of Democratic lawmakers rallied Tuesday evening to vote down a controversial bill that would have granted President-elect Donald Trump broad powers to censor and punish his political opponents. - -Despite previous bipartisan support, the Stop Terror-Financing and Tax Penalties on American Hostages Act — which would allow the Treasury Department unilateral authority to revoke the tax-exempt status of any nonprofit it designates as a “terrorist supporting organization” — hit a roadblock in Congress in the form of Rep. Lloyd Doggett, D-Texas, who led the charge against the bill in large part due to Trump’s reelection. - -“All of us support stopping terrorism,” Doggett said Tuesday. “[But] if he is on a march to make America fascist, we do not need to supply Donald Trump with any additional weapons to accomplish his ill purpose.” - -In a vote on the floor of the House of Representatives, 145 Democrats and one Republican voted “nay” — barely enough to deny the bill the two-thirds majority it needed to pass under “suspension of the rules,” a procedure used to fast-track bills with broad bipartisan support. - -An earlier version of the bill had passed the House with near unanimous support before it languished in committee in the Senate. It was revived as H.R. 9495 with nearly identical language in September and combined with a similarly stalled provision to provide tax relief to Americans held hostage and unjustly imprisoned abroad. - -“H.R. 9495 is a repackaged version of legislation that was originally filed months ago with good intentions, including that of some of my Democratic colleagues,” Doggett said prior to Tuesday’s vote. “With Trump’s election, the conditions have changed; the dangers of granting additional power to him are far outweighed by any benefits from this bill.” - -Under the provisions of the bill, the Treasury secretary would have been authorized to unilaterally designate any nonprofit group deemed to be a supporter of terrorism, giving the group just 90 days to respond to a notice. After those 90 days, if appeals were unsuccessful, the group would be stripped of its tax-exempt 501(c)(3) status. Such a measure would likely cripple any nonprofit, and even if an appeal was successful, critics said, it would leave a mark that could scare away donors. - -It is already illegal under U.S. law to provide material support for terrorism, a fact that led critics of the bill to label it redundant and politically motivated. - -The bill prompted stiff opposition from advocates for civil liberties. A wide array of civil society groups advocated against the measure in a campaign led by the American Civil Liberties Union. Critics worried that the bill was specifically designed to go after pro-Palestine groups, citing the numerous accusations of support for terror lobbed at protesters in the year since October 7 and Israel’s devastating war in Gaza. - -But supporters said it was merely the implementation of common sense. Speaking in favor of the bill, Rep. Jason Smith, R-Mo., turned to an age-old defense of expanded government authority: Only wrongdoers would be affected, he said. - -“It’s pretty clear: This bill gives the IRS the authority it needs to revoke tax-exempt status that provides material support for terrorism,” Smith said. “That’s it. So the tax-exempt organizations that aren’t providing material support for terrorism — they have nothing to fear.” - -Among the examples of terror supporters Smith pointed to was Samidoun, a Palestine solidarity group accused of being a front organization for the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine. Smith did not mention that Samidoun has already been targeted under an existing power of the Treasury, the Office of Foreign Assets Control, which sanctioned the group in October. - -In the run-up to the vote, a number of Democrats spoke out in opposition, including members of the Squad such as Reps. Rashida Tlaib, D-Mich., and Cori Bush, D-Mo., who had opposed the legislation from the beginning, in all its forms. It was unclear until late in the day if opposition would coalesce beyond the left wing of the party. - -Joining Doggett during the floor debate was Rep. Don Beyer, D-Va., who had supported the earlier version of the nonprofit provision. In his remarks, Beyer pointed out that providing material support for terrorism is already illegal under U.S. law, but focused mostly on the looming return of Trump in explaining his opposition. - -“In the hands of a responsible government, the powers provided with this bill are redundant and duplicative,” he said. “However, history is uncertain; democracies, even ours, can wax and wane. Sometimes we have great presidents, and sometimes we do not, and under the leadership of an unscrupulous or an authoritarian president, it’s not hard to imagine how that administration could use the powers in this bill to hinder or dismantle organizations they don’t like.” - -The majority of Democrats in the House agreed, despite most of them having supported the previous iteration of the bill. Just 52 Democrats wound up backing the bill, including right-leaning members such as Henry Cuellar, D-Texas, and pro-Israel stalwarts like Ritchie Torres, D-N.Y. But the list also included vehement anti-Trump partisans, including Adam Schiff, D-Calif. - -There were other surprises: One prominent supporter of the bill who dropped her support at the last minute was Dina Titus, D-Nev., one of two Democrats to co-sponsor the bill. Titus had told The Intercept as recently as Friday that she continued to support the bill due to the provision on hostage tax relief, but when it came time to vote on Tuesday, she voted “nay.” - -“I voted no on HR 9465. The bill contains provisions I support that provide essential tax relief to Americans wrongfully detained and held hostage, but I voted against it in light of recent concerns that the provisions added by Republicans related to non-profit tax-exempt status could be abused by a future administration,” Titus said in a statement to The Intercept after the vote. - -The lone GOP “nay” vote came from Kentucky Rep. Thomas Massie, a tea party alum with a libertarian bent who has repeatedly broken with his party’s staunch support for Israel. - -It’s unclear if or how the bill’s supporters — including its author, Rep. Claudia Tenney, R-N.Y., and co-sponsor Brad Schneider, D-Ill. — plan to advance it. The bill could easily return in the next legislative session. But the rallying of Democratic opposition and the loss of a Democratic co-sponsor indicate that it is unlikely to enjoy its previous bipartisan backing, according to Kia Hamadanchy, a senior policy counsel with the ACLU. - -“We will remain vigilant as we expect it may very well return at some point,” Hamadanchy told The Intercept. “But the House has made clear that there will be no fast tracking of this legislation and we will continue our sustained opposition.” - - - -Update: November 13, 2024 - -The article was updated with a quote from Nevada Rep. Dina Titus that was received after publication.",1731883623,181d4b7e9a,31ef2f0160,,,1731883623 -https://healthtechinsider.com/2023/04/14/new-bandages-promise-faster-healing-for-stubborn-wounds/,http://healthtechinsider.com/feed/,New Bandages Promise Faster Healing for Stubborn Wounds,"New Bandages Promise Faster Healing for Stubborn Wounds - -In the not-too-distant future, we could see bandages that not only cover wounds but monitor and help to heal them. That’s the idea behind the smart bandages developed by researchers at Caltech. Unlike traditional bandages made of absorbent material, these bandages are made from a stretchable and flexible polymer. And they have embedded electronic sensors that monitor wound conditions, including pH levels and temperature fluctuations that may indicate inflammation or infection. - -Beyond monitoring, the bandages play active roles in the healing process; they can store medications such as antibiotics and deliver them directly to the affected area. The smart bandages can also deliver low-level electrical fields to a wound, stimulating tissue growth for faster healing. Data that the bandages collect transmits wirelessly to a smartphone, tablet, or computer, allowing healthcare professionals to review real-time updates on wound conditions. - -So what’s the big deal about a high-tech band-aid? Chronic wounds are a more significant issue than some may think. People with diabetes, for example, routinely have wounds that won’t go away, festering and often getting infected. Caltech researcher Wei Gao says, “There are many different types of chronic wounds, especially in diabetic ulcers and burns that last a long time and cause huge issues for the patient.” A recent Indiana University study found that in the Unites States “chronic ulcers are conservatively estimated to cost the health care system $28 billion each year as a primary diagnosis and up to $31.7 billion as a secondary diagnosis.” - -So far, Caltech’s bandages haven’t been tested on people. Wei Gao says, “We have showed this proof of concept in small animal models, but down the road, we would like to increase the stability of the device but also to test it on larger chronic wounds because the wound parameters and microenvironment may vary from site to site.” Those future plans include collaborations with researchers at the University of Southern California.",1731883638,9bcb5eab31,324aa2ad85,,,1731883638 -https://www.foxnews.com/politics/biden-awkwardly-stands-apec-photo-chinas-xi-jinping-front-center,http://feeds.foxnews.com/foxnews/politics,Biden awkwardly stands in back of APEC photo with China's Xi Jinping front and center,"President Biden awkwardly stood in the back corner of the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) family photo on Saturday, as other prominent world leaders were spotted front and center. - -Chinese Premier Xi Jinping was placed in the front-center of the photo, next to Peruvian president Dina Boluarte. Boluarte hosted the world leaders in Lima for this year's APEC summit. - -Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau was seen in the front row on Xi's right, along with Australia’s Prime Minister Anthony Albanese. - -Pictures show Biden smiling and laughing with Malaysian Prime Minister Anwar Ibrahim and Prime Minister Paetongtarn Shinawatra of Thailand while the family photo was being taken. This weekend, Biden had closed-door meetings with a variety of leaders, including Boluarte and Japanese Prime Minister Shigeru Ishiba. - -TRUMP APPOINTS TULSI GABBARD AS DIRECTOR OF NATIONAL INTELLIGENCE: 'FEARLESS SPIRIT' - -The photograph's placement of Biden, who is leaving office in January, departs from where American leaders typically stand. Last year, Biden was center in the 2023 APEC family photo, which was hosted in San Francisco. Trudeau and Xi were on Biden's right. - -In 2017, former President Trump stood towards the front-center of that year's APEC family photo, along with Russian Prime Minister Vladimir Putin. - -HERE ARE THE MOST TALKED-ABOUT CANDIDATES FOR TOP POSTS IN TRUMP'S ADMINISTRATION - -The conference came nearly two weeks after the 2024 presidential election, where Vice President Harris lost to Trump in a huge upset victory. Biden met with the Republican leader this week to discuss the transition process. - -""I look forward… to having a smooth transition. We'll do everything we can to make sure you're accommodated, what you need,"" the Democratic president said to Trump during the meeting. - -CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP - -""I appreciate very much the transition that's so smooth,"" Trump replied. ""It will be as smooth as it can get, and I very much appreciate that."" - -Fox News Digital's Paul Steinhauser and Brooke Singman contributed to this report.",1731883659,7b5f0a8391,324b29e9c8,,,1731883659 -https://www.redreporter.com/2024/11/11/24293672/nick-martinez-rumors-cincinnati-reds-qualifying-offer-walker-buehler,https://www.redreporter.com/rss/current,What if Nick Martinez eschews the Reds Qualifying Offer and signs elsewhere?,"Nick Martinez accepting the $21+ million Qualifying Offer (QO) issued him by the Cincinnati Reds would be a good problem for the Reds to sort through. After all, there’s a reason why they thought him valuable enough to roll that dice - it’s an indication he’s that rare combination of elite quality and proven production, something the current starting rotation could desperately use heading in to the 2025 season. - -It’s not too far gone from the decision last year to a) bring Martinez in to begin with as a swingman who’d provide rotation depth and b) guaranteeing at least $16 million to Frankie Montas to anchor the rotation despite him having missed almost all of 2023 with major shoulder issues. The Reds knew they needed rotation help then, and they know they need rotation help now, too - especially with the major injuries to Brandon Williamson and Julian Aguiar. - -Yeah, Martinez declining Cincinnati’s QO and signing elsewhere in free agency would be a boon to payroll. It would leave them somewhere in the range of ~$70 million for 2025, if you include the option buyouts to Luke Maile and Jakob Junis. If they truly were to pursue a payroll of some $105 million, that’s a whole pile of money to put to work in either free agency or acquiring players already on lucrative contracts via trades. - -That, though, is a roster without Nick Martinez, and it’s pretty clear the team’s starting rotation needs a pitcher the caliber of, say, Nick Martinez. For all the youth and talent and upside owned in a rotation of Hunter Greene, Nick Lodolo, Rhett Lowder, Andrew Abbott, and... - -... - -...that’s where things get perilous. - -Lodolo and Abbott had their seasons end early due to major injuries, with Lodolo now dealing with injuries in each of his big league seasons. Graham Ashcraft, meanwhile, saw his limited pitch mix again not end up a good fit as a starter before he, too, landed on the injured list for good mid-year. Williamson and Aguiar are done for all of 2025 after late-season Tommy John surgeries, while banking big on Connor Phillips - for all his talent - after his yippish 2024 seems foolhardy at best. - -So, if it’s not going to be Nick Martinez helping augment this starting rotation, it’s going to need to be someone else - and most every other ‘someone else’ out there is either going to be a) not as good as Martinez was in 2024 or b) going to require a much, much larger financial outlay than the one-year, $21+ million commitment he has been offered already. - -The Reds with a $70 million payroll and no Martinez would then have to get really, really creative, especially since they still need to fix an offense whose overall 87 wRC+ last year was 5th worst in all of baseball (including an overall wRC+ of just 85 from their collective outfield). - -Perhaps they could talk Walker Buehler into coming to pitch for the Reds, the team he was a fan of growing up down in Lexington before heading to Vanderbilt to pitch in the good ol’ Derek Johnson pipeline. His injury issues and declining velocity have left him in a bit of a tight spot heading into free agency for the first time, with MLB Trade Rumors suggesting he’ll land just a one-year, $15 million pillow contract as he tries to reestablish himself in 2025 for a longer-term deal afterwards. That’d be a gamble along the lines of the Montas deal, however, and would require him wanting to move to a fringe contender and pitch in GABP in a ‘prove it’ year. - -That would save the Reds some $6 million they could put towards a big outfield bat, for instance. It would also require them to roll the dice on a guy who’s thrown just 140.1 IP over the since the start of 2022 thanks to elbow surgery (and owns just a 4.75 ERA and 4.74 FIP in that time). Teams always want to pay for what they’re going to get as opposed to what players have already produced, but it’s hard ignore just how much better (and healthier) Martinez has been in that timespan. - -As to the larger point, it’s hard to envision any scenario where the Reds get Martinez to sign and then also turn around and spend what it takes to get one of the top-tier, proven free agent bats. That would blow their payroll well past what it was last year, and given the current flux of their TV contract (and past history of frugality) that seems way, way too ambitious for even this writer’s dreams. Even if they found ways to dump Jeimer Candelario’s contract (and maybe even Jonathan India’s), it’s a stretch to assume they’d manage to pull that off, especially with the bullpen still needing help, too. - -Martinez not accepting the QO would leave them with payroll space, but it would also leave them with a clear need for a rock-solid front of the rotation arm and a legitimate big-bat for the middle of order. Considering just how hard it is to land pitching of that caliber via trade, it sure seems like Martinez accepting the QO is the single most straightforward way for the Reds to at least tick the box of one of their major needs this winter, with him declining it leaving them with more money to spend but a more questionable route to landing the elite, top-tier talent - a scenario that would instead render them in something akin to last winter’s level where they overspent on mid-tier talent in hopes it would simply overperform projections. - -Could they improve beyond Martinez by getting super creative in trades? Perhaps, though the state of the farm system now is much more unproven and banged-up than it was in each of the last two winters. Point is, the most direct way to add a 3-4 WAR capable arm this winter would be via Martinez accepting the QO, and that’d be the most direct way for the Reds front office to show the baseball world (and new, future Hall of Fame manager Terry Francona) that they can go out and land a big fish when they want to. - -After all, having more payroll flexibility just means you haven’t signed any big-name, proven players yet.",1731883660,657594ba61,31bf873458,,,1731883660 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMi-gFBVV95cUxQZ2REX0FET0J0VWZKbDBQMVlaajl1MVZMYzFkWjl5M1JSeG11b2pMRUE5LTdXaFJpS1psUExYbVRuRm5LcC1QTkUxTkk2WEpSQ29sdERsNjZQOVprR1FzdkM2WHhxSGVxcVFhNThWZ2pVN25FMVVKcTdTMkpSc3NQdGZKUkFQUUI2Zm85UGJ0amhBbFFwNkxtdlo0eDhHLXpvV20tcmxVQjg2SWwyTko1VF9kck5kT3VNU2pZdTV5SmQtQ2stdl8xWkVrSEFfNkxVTHFoYlRKXzdZb1ZRVEdjSW9fWFRtYVVpMzVYblh2NW9GUURQeFBiWXhR?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883615,2688d2a9c6,32478b6343,,,1731883615 -https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/vpn-router-deeper-connect-air-deal/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,Find out why this gadget just made VPNs obsolete,"We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more › - -You’ll never believe what people are using instead of VPNs. A tiny, physical device now offers the same powers of encrypting your online activity and bypassing geo-restrictions, except without the subscription fees or ads. - -It’s called the Deeper Connect Air, a VPN travel router. Instead of using an app, you’ll connect your devices to this router like Wi-Fi for seamless digital privacy. While the cost is more upfront, you’ll save a fortune in fees. These are in such high demand that they’ve been out of stock for weeks, but you can order one now for $169 with free shipping before they sell out again. - -Here’s how the VPN router works - -The initial setup might sound intimidating, but returning to your devices day after day will be a breeze. It might even be easier than your digital VPN. Here’s what the setup looks like: - -Plug the router’s USB-C output into your laptop. Select a worldwide server from 150,000+ options. Wirelessly pair up to five devices at once—all devices are compatible. - -You’re all set to browse or stream with military-grade encryption—for life. It’s no wonder these always sell out—head to checkout to get yours before they’re gone. - -Like other VPNs, if you’re hoping to unblock content on streaming services, choose a server in your preferred country. The Deeper Connect Air has server speeds up to 300Mbps, so you shouldn’t notice any lag or buffering. - -Plus, this VPN router blocks ads at the server level as you browse or stream. Yeah, even pesky YouTube ads. You can also enact parental controls if you wish to restrict certain websites or types of content from your household. - -Check out now to get the Deeper Connect Air for $169 with free shipping while supplies last—these are selling out fast. - -StackSocial prices subject to change.",1731883734,741b88dd6e,3240923cb5,,,1731883734 -https://www.euronews.com/video/2024/11/15/historic-floods-in-malaga-leave-city-paralysed-and-thousands-homeless,http://feeds.feedburner.com/euronews/en/home/,Video. Historic floods in Malaga leave city paralysed and thousands homeless,"Torrential rain on Wednesday forced the closure of schools, colleges, and universities, while hospital and health services were significantly reduced. Urban transport and high-speed train services were also halted due to flood damage to railway tracks. - -More than 3,000 people had to be evacuated from their homes on the banks of the Guadalhorce, Campanilla, Vélez and Benamargosa rivers. The displaced residents have sought refuge in sports halls, where emergency aid is being distributed. - -The city continues to grapple with the aftermath of the severe weather, with authorities focusing on rescue operations and providing support to those affected by the crisis.",1731883684,33451736bb,32557e9a32,,,1731883684 -https://salesgravy.com/gain-strategies-behavioral-change-and-insights-from-outbound-2024/,https://salesgravy.com/feed/,"Gain Strategies, Behavioral Change, and Insights","Join Jeb Blount Jr. and, special guest, Anthony Iannarino on The Sales Gravy podcast as they dive deep into the world of sales. Discover the secrets to successful outbound strategies, learn how to elevate your executive briefings, and gain valuable insights on navigating a potential recession. - -Key Takeaways: - -– Behavioral Changes for Success: Incremental improvements and a willingness to change behavior are critical for success in sales. Consistent effort, particularly in prospecting, is emphasized as key to long-term success. - -– Economic Outlook: Economic headwinds suggest a potential recession, and sales teams should be proactive by focusing on activity, knowledge, and behavioral adjustments to stay competitive. - -– Sales as Self-Competition: Sales is often a competition with oneself. A disciplined, daily commitment to prospecting is essential, especially during challenging economic times. - -– Sales Leadership in Challenging Times: Sales leaders should focus on guiding their teams through tough economic conditions by emphasizing activity, skill development, and adapting behaviors to maintain a competitive edge. - -– Value of OutBound Conference: Attendees of the OutBound Conference will gain insights and strategies to enhance their sales performance, especially as the year-end approaches, making it a valuable opportunity for those looking to improve their results. - -Unlock Sales Success at the OutBound Conference - -The OutBound Conference, happening from November 6th to the 8th in San Antonio, Texas, is set to be one of the most impactful sales events of the year. Salespeople, sales leaders, and executives are encouraged to attend to gain valuable insights that can help them elevate their sales performance. This event is designed for anyone in the sales field who wants to sharpen their skills and learn from top industry experts. - -Stay Ahead of the Competition - -One of the key benefits of attending OutBound is the opportunity to stay ahead of the competition. With economic uncertainty on the horizon, many companies are coming out of some of their most successful years but now face challenges in maintaining growth. By attending OutBound 2024, sales professionals can learn strategies that will help them navigate these tough times, adapt their behavior, and position themselves for success, no matter what the market brings. - -Guiding Sales Teams Through Tough Times - -As companies face economic headwinds, staying active, increasing knowledge, and adapting behaviors will be essential for continued growth. OutBound offers key strategies on how to guide teams through tough economic periods. Encouraging a culture of continuous improvement, focusing on daily activities that lead to success, and fostering a positive mindset within the team will be critical to maintaining high performance. - -The Power of Behavioral Change - -Behavioral change is a critical theme that sales professionals need to focus on if they want to succeed. Consistent, incremental improvements can make all the difference in a competitive market. Success doesn’t happen overnight. Instead, it comes from daily actions, like prospecting, following up with leads, and continuously refining one’s approach. Attendees of OutBound 2024 will learn how to apply these small changes in a way that leads to significant long-term results. - -Positivity Fuels Sales Success - -In addition to learning actionable sales techniques, attendees can benefit from insights on personal development. One key takeaway is the importance of reducing negativity in everyday life. Just like the phrase “crap in, crap out,” the idea is to reduce negative influences to create a more positive mindset. In sales, having the right mindset is often the difference between hitting goals and falling short. Learning how to maintain positivity, even in challenging situations, will give sales professionals an edge in their careers. - -Sales is a Competition with Yourself - -An important concept to keep in mind is that sales is often more of a competition with oneself than with others. Just like in golf, where players compete against their own previous scores, salespeople must constantly strive to beat their own performance. This requires discipline, focus, and the willingness to push forward even when results aren’t immediate. Consistency in prospecting and maintaining a positive attitude, even when appointments aren’t being set, will separate top performers from the rest. - -Equip Yourself with the Right Tools - -The OutBound Conference promises to provide attendees with the tools and strategies needed to excel, especially as the end of the year approaches. Those looking to get ahead in sales, improve their results, or lead their teams through challenging times should consider attending this transformative event. - -Check out Anthony Iannarino and Jeb Blount’s new book, The AI Edge.",1731883613,b0f1cb9274,3271642ed7,,,1731883613 -https://www.npr.org/2024/11/05/nx-s1-5175240/tv-networks-gear-up-for-an-election-day-that-could-stretch-over-days,https://www.npr.org/rss/rss.php?id=1020,TV networks gear up for an Election Day that could stretch over days,"TV networks gear up for an Election Day that could stretch over days - -News organizations have spent months predicting a tight Election Day battle for the presidency — the results could take days to call. TV news executives say they're ready. - -MICHEL MARTIN, HOST: - -On this Election Day, a day for which news organizations have spent months preparing, predicting a neck-and-neck battle for the presidency that could take days to call, TV news executives who make those calls say they're ready-ish. Here's NPR's David Folkenflik. - -DAVID FOLKENFLIK, BYLINE: It used to be you knew what was ahead when you turned to TV news on election night - gorgeous graphics and nerd-driven data analysis, a map defined by blues and reds and pinks and light blues. The only predictable thing this year is that things aren't predictable. I asked longtime news executive Rebecca Blumenstein if she was confident. - -REBECCA BLUMENSTEIN: I would not say confident. We're all nervous. - -FOLKENFLIK: Blumenstein is president for editorial at NBC News. - -BLUMENSTEIN: We're preparing, and we're prepared as best as we can, and we're really committed to - you know, to covering the story whatever unfolds. - -FOLKENFLIK: And who could forget what unfolded just four years ago in November 2020? - -(SOUNDBITE OF ARCHIVED RECORDING) - -BRET BAIER: OK, timeout. This is a big development. - -MARTHA MACCALLUM: Yeah. - -BAIER: The Fox News decision desk is calling Arizona for Joe Biden. - -FOLKENFLIK: The fallout from that projection convulsed the pro-Trump network for years. At the time, fierce protests by Trump supporters broke out around election offices in Arizona and elsewhere. - -(SOUNDBITE OF ARCHIVED RECORDING) - -UNIDENTIFIED REPORTER #1: Still, it's making for a very tense situation for the second night in a row. Last night, poll workers had to be escorted to their cars by police. - -FOLKENFLIK: The Trump campaign sought in court to overturn Biden's wins. - -(SOUNDBITE OF ARCHIVED RECORDING) - -UNIDENTIFIED REPORTER #2: Well, the Trump campaign filed more than a dozen lawsuits alleging voter fraud and other issues. - -FOLKENFLIK: All culminating on January 6, 2021, in an attack on the U.S. Capitol. - -(SOUNDBITE OF ARCHIVED RECORDING) - -ROBERT GLOVER: Multiple Capitol injuries. - -UNIDENTIFIED GROUP: (Chanting) USA, USA, USA. - -FOLKENFLIK: Those are the things viewers saw last time. For all that, Blumenstein says, the network is primed for prime time. - -BLUMENSTEIN: We have really, over the past two years, made a sincere effort to get out there around the country and to understand the electorate. - -FOLKENFLIK: So just as in decades past, NBC and its rivals will have teams of pollsters and analysts on their live broadcasts in glitzy studios - the be-khakied (ph) Kornackis, so to speak - and reporters in the field to gauge public sentiment. The new normal, however, involves something more, with teams of journalists well-versed in local and state election laws fanned out across those key counties and swing states to monitor disputes over vote counts and possible legal challenges. David Chalian is the political director at CNN. - -DAVID CHALIAN: It was clear in the lead-up to November of 2020 that former President Trump was laying the groundwork to call into question the legitimacy of the results. He wasn't shy about indicating that. - -FOLKENFLIK: He says the network drew a lesson from that. - -CHALIAN: That was going to require us to be ever more transparent about what we know about the vote count at any given moment. - -FOLKENFLIK: Oh, a public service reminder - the media has no legal role, no constitutional role in determining the vote. It's just how so many Americans experience it, including, to a great degree, the candidates themselves. - -David Folkenflik, NPR News. - -Copyright © 2024 NPR. All rights reserved. Visit our website terms of use and permissions pages at www.npr.org for further information. - -NPR transcripts are created on a rush deadline by an NPR contractor. This text may not be in its final form and may be updated or revised in the future. Accuracy and availability may vary. The authoritative record of NPR’s programming is the audio record.",1731883663,5ef0df535a,325a772a01,,,1731883663 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/300-episodes-spin-sucks-podcast/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Celebrating 300 Episodes of the Spin Sucks Podcast,"This week, we celebrate the 300th episode of the Spin Sucks podcast. That means I have been podcasting for nearly six years, which just blows my mind. - -All those years ago, Megan Dougherty from One Stone Creative called me and gently advised me to do a podcast. - -I said, “I know. I know. My team keeps saying this, too. But I just don’t have the time to try to add that in.” - -She said, “What if we repurposed existing Spin Sucks content, and you did it solo without guests?” - -That translated in my brain to mean I could do it at 5 a.m. when everyone else was sleeping, and I wouldn’t have to try to negotiate calendars with a weekly guest, which was my biggest hangup. - -So I agreed, and away we went! We repurposed content for the first few episodes, and then I realized that I could easily add to the podcast without spending a lot more time, so I started doing things more timely. - -There have been a few weeks when I just haven’t gotten it done, which is what replays are for. We don’t typically record anything new at the end of the year, but for the most part, we are 300 episodes in. - -And, to celebrate, we thought it’d be fun to do something different—and I invited my first-ever guest. - -You can listen to the episode below, but I’ve given you a sense of what the episode is about in case you’re more of a reader (like me). - -And with that, I am pleased to introduce you to Kelly Dietrich, my husband of 21 years and best friend for 24 years. - -Spin Sucks Podcast Guest - -We had a fun conversation about his company—how he’s grown it, what he’s learned, and how he’s marketed it over the years. - -I asked him the following: - -Not many people here know what you do for a living for two reasons: 1) your job is far more interesting than mine, and I get a little jealous when they want to talk to you and not me; and 2) your job can be very polarizing. But to give you a proper introduction, please tell us what you do for a living. - -But to give you a proper introduction, please tell us what you do for a living. I don’t want to spend our time together today talking about politics, though I’m sure plenty of the listening audience would love to know what you think will happen in November. Instead, I’d like to focus on your business’s growth and how you handle marketing for it. In the beginning, my team helped you out, and you ended up hiring a marketing director away from me (with my permission). Tell me, what’s one of the smartest marking moves you’ve made to date? Other than working with my team, of course. - -A nd, on the flip side, what’s one of the dumbest marketing moves you’ve made? - -What’s the biggest marketing challenge you face right now, and how are you tackling it? - -What are some things that have changed in marketing your business in the past 10 years? - -Now, let’s switch to running your business. Some of the things I admire about your leadership are that you delegate well, aren’t worried about controlling everything, and don’t let perfection get in the way of being finished. I see many business owners (especially agency owners) face these challenges. How do you manage to do those things well? - -What’s the most important lesson you’ve learned so far? - -Rapid Fire Questions - -After discussing Mr. D’s entrepreneurial and marketing journey, I invited a second guest to the episode. This is someone you’ve heard from a few times, particularly if you listen to the podcast or have been on the Spin Sucks ride since the pandemic. - -Introducing our rising sixth grader, Miss Addison Ellis Dietrich. - -I rapid-fired 20 questions at them, both to see who could answer the fastest and if Addie knew more answers than Kelly. - -These are the questions I asked, but to get the answers, you have to listen! - -Who is my favorite human? Who is my second favorite human? Who does Olivia Benson love the most? What is my favorite flower? What is my favorite drink? What’s my favorite thing to do? What’s my favorite animal? What’s an animal I wish we had? What is my greatest weakness? What’s my favorite color? What’s my favorite food? What’s one thing I always say? What do I do when I’m at work? Where is my favorite place to go? What is my favorite holiday? What makes me laugh? What is my superpower? What do I do when I’m not working? What’s my favorite thing to cook? What do you love most about me? - -And, let’s be real, it’s less about the answers and more about how they interacted. I think Beanie won the most correct answers. - -There you have it, my friends! A 300th Spin Sucks podcast episode celebration. - -Thanks for sharing this journey with me and indulging me in an episode with my favorite humans. - -We’ll be back to our regularly scheduled programming next week.",1731883699,4dc781f5bc,3289dbe307,,,1731883699 -https://www.wmagazine.com/fashion/lily-rose-depp-sequin-dress-black-coat-opera-gloves-los-angeles,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,Lily Rose-Depp Looks Like a 1920s Dream In a Vintage Chanel Dress,"Last night, Lily Rose-Depp attended her girlfriend 070Shake’s Los Angeles listening party where guests were asked to dress in their finest “formal attire.” For Lily, that meant rewinding her usual 2000s mall style back several decades. The actress stepped out to the event like she had just emerged from the inside of a swanky 1920s jazz club. - -Lily picked out a plunging skin-tone dress from Chanel that was emblazoned with metallic needlework and embroidery. This wasn’t just any ol’ vintage piece, though. It was borrowed from the closet of Lily’s mom and longtime Karl Lagerfeld muse, Vanessa Paradis. - -The actress paired her elevated flapper dress with a black topcoat that featured one black button at the center. Peep-toe Chanel pumps added a ladylike touch to the outfit as did Lily’s chandelier earrings and slicked-back updo. But perhaps what best tied Lily’s vintage-inspired look together was the dainty cigarette she puffed on while entering the El Rey theater. Because, major health concerns aside, is there anything more 1920s than cradling a cigarette in your hand? Especially if one happens to be wearing satin opera gloves. Hey, they weren’t aware of the mountains of research about the health detriments of smoking back then. - -ALEXJR / BACKGRID - -Jim Spellman/WireImage/Getty Images - -Lily then made her way out to the venue’s smoking section, of course, which really allowed for a full look at her dress. It was accented by two bold stripes at the waist and hips and even featured a criss-cross detail at the back. - -BACKGRID - -Depp is apt at this particular pre-United States v. Philip Morris glam. At the 2023 Cannes Film Festival, videos of the making her way to the red carpet with a certain La Dolce Vita flair went viral. We wish she’d find a better choice in accessory, but we can’t argue with her commitment to glamour.",1731883678,f8844306b1,328149cfb8,,,1731883678 -https://www.thespike.gg/valorant/news/vct-emea-2024-schedule-tickets-where-to-watch-and-more/5812,https://www.thespike.gg/rss.xml,"VCT EMEA 2024: Schedule, Tickets, Where to watch and more","VCT EMEA Group Stage starts on February 20, and we have eleven, including Gentle Mates, who won VCT EMEA Ascension 2023 and secured their spot in the League. All the teams are divided into three different groups, each with four teams. Here are all the groups for the VCT EMEA Kickoff Tournament: - -GROUP A - FUT Esports, Team Heretics, GIANTX, Karmine Corp GROUP B - Natus Vincere, Movistar KOI, BBL Esports, Team Liquid GROUP C - Team Vitality, FNATIC, Gentle Mates - -Make sure to check out the complete schedule for VCT 2024 - EMEA Kick-off. - -VCT EMEA Location and Tickets - -VCT EMEA 2024 will be played in front of live audiences throughout the season at the newly launched Riot Games Arena, Berlin. Fans who want to attend the event and experience the best VALORANT matches in the EMEA can buy tickets for the matches. - -Fans can purchase tickets to attend the VCT EMEA here. - -How to Watch VCT EMEA 2024",1731883660,0c89bedf6b,3297b05c91,,,1731883660 -https://www.npr.org/2024/10/16/1210938354/pegging-price-discrimination-soft-landing-moral-hazard,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"We asked economists, ""What are the most misunderstood economic terms?"" : Planet Money : NPR","We asked 188 economists. And the survey says... - -Enlarge this image Jack Corbett/NPR Jack Corbett/NPR - -Let's face it. Economics is filled with terms that don't always make sense to the average person. Terms that sometimes mean what you think they mean, but sometimes not at all. Not even close. - -We surveyed 188 economists. And we asked them: What are the most misunderstood terms in the field of economics? - -On today's show, their answers! Hear stories about near recessions, a problem with insurance, econ at your local movie theater, and... an economics term that will make undergrads blush. Strap in, and bring your popcorn! - -This episode was hosted by Amanda Aronczyk and Alexi Horowitz-Ghazi. It was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler with help from Sean Saldana. It was edited by Jess Jiang, engineered by Valentina Rodríguez Sánchez and fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Alex Goldmark is our executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Let It Slide,"" ""Cool Summer Groove,"" ""Anyone But You,"" and ""Prime Time""",1731884576,8181d7a585,326a7633bd,,,1731884576 -https://blog.groovehq.com/ai-driven-customer-support?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=ai-driven-customer-support,https://www.groovehq.com/blog/rss,What Is AI-Driven Customer Support (And Should You Invest In It)?,"Your business is caught up in the whirlwind that is AI. You’ve noticed competitors implementing it, and you don’t want to be left behind. - -Maybe your customer service team wants to understand how AI can make their lives easier. Or perhaps your business views AI as a great way to eliminate the costs of hiring additional team members. - -Either way, you’ve noticed how companies like Shopify and Klarna are shifting gears. They’ve seamlessly integrated AI into their CX by using AI agents to deliver support to thousands of customers on a daily basis. If businesses that successful have done it without backlash, is it time to follow suit? - -While AI cannot fully replace human customer service, it can help with many tasks. It compliments human service to enhance overall speed and quality. - -This approach to customer support is sometimes called “AI-driven”. What does it look like, and how can you make it work for your small business? Let’s find out! - -What Does AI Offer for Your Customer Support? - -Businesses are flocking to AI. They’re quickly adopting and integrating AI tools in customer support and elsewhere. - -Unfortunately, many companies misunderstand where AI starts and automation ends. They think they’re adopting AI technology, when all they’re really doing is adding a couple of handy automation rules to their workflows. Automation is great for streamlining service, but it’s an entirely different category of tools. - -So let’s talk about the differences between automation (not AI), customer service chatbots (also not AI, usually) and true AI features. - -Automation vs. AI - -Automation and AI are often confused. And it’s true that they can be used in combination. But they’re not at all the same thing. - -Automation executes commands based on pre-determined rules/triggers. It’s more traditional programming, and it’s great for completing the exact same task, over and over (and over) again without variation. - -The end goal of automation is enhanced efficiency. Think about sorting filters in your email client or help desk. These leverage automation to organized customer inquiries into specifics folders, provided they meet the ‘rules’ you set. - -For example, all customer emails that include the word “refund” in the subject or text might be given the “refund” tag, and filed into the “refund requests” folder. - -Here are a few other automation features that are handy in customer support: - -‘ Instant Replies’ or canned responses , which send a pre-written reply via email to answer common questions, assure customers that their inquiries have been received, etc. - -, which send a pre-written reply via email to answer common questions, assure customers that their inquiries have been received, etc. Round-robin assignment, which balances workload fairly among agents based on how many emails/tickets are currently assigned to them. - -AI, on the other hand, executes tasks that weren’t specifically programmed. It’s designed to function at a more ‘intellectual’ level by learning from data patterns, behaviors, and prior experiences. That means it (ideally) can answer questions it hasn’t been given an explicit answer to, and perform novel functions. - -Some of the AI functionality that can be beneficial to your service team includes: - -AI drafts that generate text for quick replies to customer emails/tickets. They work by scanning pre-existing resources/documentation and conversations. As they learn from this data, the quality of response improves over time. - -that generate text for quick replies to customer emails/tickets. They work by scanning pre-existing resources/documentation and conversations. As they learn from this data, the quality of response improves over time. AI sentiment analysis tools , which often use NLP (or other machine learning algorithms) to process the emotions behind words in a piece of text. Text is then classified as positive, negative, or neutral based on context, giving your agents clues on how to best respond. - -, which often use NLP (or other machine learning algorithms) to process the emotions behind words in a piece of text. Text is then classified as positive, negative, or neutral based on context, giving your agents clues on how to best respond. AI text modifications that generate new text similar in style or content to the desired input. It works by analyzing large existing datasets, then generating new text based on those patterns. - -that generate new text similar in style or content to the desired input. It works by analyzing large existing datasets, then generating new text based on those patterns. AI chatbots or AI agents, which use a combination of machine learning algorithms and pre-programmed scripts to respond based on customer inputs. - -Chatbots vs. AI Support Agents - -Chatbots are frequently referred to as ‘AI’, but that’s often misleading. - -In fact, chatbots have been around for quite a while, and they are useful. But more often than not, they follow pre-scripted conversation workflows, rather than using AI technology. While still helpful for fielding general inquiries, they can’t respond effectively to any inquiry they haven’t specifically been trained on. - -We can look at an example in context from Shippie, a Canadian same-day mail delivery service: - -On its website landing page, this business uses a chatbot to field basic inquiries like “Where’s my order?” You can’t manually enter a message. Instead, there are a number of pre-selected options you can choose from, which include: - -“Track my order” - -“Change delivery address” - -“Report delivery issue” - -“View Shippie FAQ” - -“I’m an interested merchant/retailer” - -This immediately tells us that this is a traditional, scripted chatbot. While this type of tool is useful for retail businesses that have very cut-and-dry answers to common questions, it’s quite limited. It’s also especially ‘robotic’, and your customers may expect more empathetic and personalized help. - -An AI agent uses advanced learning models like NLP (Natural Language Processing), to analyze the content of a question. It then creates an answer based on its data sources – previous conversations in your inbox, or articles from a self-service knowledge base. - -An AI agent (like our own sister product Helply!) is more expensive, but often worth the tradeoff. It can respond to a wider range of customer inquiries, and more closely mimics authentic human conversation. Plus, it requires less work on your end, since you don’t have to instruct it on exactly how to answer specific questions. - -Where and When You Might Deploy AI in Customer Support - -Adding an AI agent to your service workflow is a great start. But there are plenty of other ways you can pivot to a more AI-driven customer support model, without losing out on quality or connection. - -With that in mind, let’s look at some more specific use cases for AI in customer service. To help you visualize what’s possible, we’ll focus on our help desk support platform: Groove. - -Groove enables small businesses to organize, delegate, and respond to customer inquiries as “service tickets” received in a shared inbox. It offers lots of automation options, like the ones we talked about earlier. - -Plus, we’ve incorporated smart AI functionality into many of Groove’s core features (with more incoming)! - -For example, let’s say your customer support team wants to integrate AI throughout the process of responding to an email from point A (the second it hits the inbox) to point B (closing the ticket). - -You receive a customer complaint. It’s a refund request. At this point, automation sorts the ticket into its appropriate folder, and potentially assigns the ticket to a specific agent. - -AI can help in the organization process. For example, it can detect which of your created tags are relevant to the ticket, based on its content. - -In this case, Groove’s AI recommended the following tags: “very urgent”, “customer checkout”, and “quick-resolution”. In one click, we can apply these tags to the ticket – which may trigger automation rules for sorting and assignment. - -AI Text Summary & Sentiment Analysis - -After the ticket has been tagged and sorted, you can check out Groove’s AI summary and sentiment analysis – which are automatically generated on every ticket. - -These two resources tell you almost everything you need to know about the customer’s inquiry at a glance. In this case, the customer is clearly upset (negative sentiment detected) due to a lack of service: - -AI Generative Text Drafts - -This sentiment data lets you know the tone of response you’ll need to reply with. You’ll want to offer compassionate and empathetic care to prevent this customer from churning. - -Groove offers two AI-driven customer support features you can use to create a reply. First, you’ll leverage AI drafts to generate a response based on previous support tickets and knowledge base articles: - -As you can see from the generated reply, the quality of response is pretty good. It doesn’t require a ton of touch-up before you send it off. Still, a human should read it over first – AI (even ours!) makes mistakes. - -Groove’s AI drafts also reference their sources, so you know where they’re pulling data from. I like this reply, but let’s say your team wants to humanize things a bit further: - -AI Text Modifications - -You can use Groove’s AI text editor to apply modifications based on length, formality, or simplification. In this case, you might want to make the reply more formal. The customer is already upset, and you don’t want to come across as flippant. - -Even though you’re using AI, you can still show them you care about their concerns! Generative AI can be used to imbue a sense of humanity to otherwise generic responses: - -The final response is completely AI generated with no human edits, but maintains an authentic sense of compassion for the customer’s negative experience. - -At the same time, it saved your AI-driven customer support team at least a few minutes. Add that up over hundreds of inquiries, and it’s a real game-changer. - -You’re interested in AI-driven customer support, but you don’t want to fully nix your human-led team. Maybe you’re concerned about AI’s impact on the quality of service your customers expect. - -You can effectively integrate AI features and tools into your pre-existing customer service workflow. It doesn’t have to be expensive, and it doesn’t have to replace the (very) essential component of human support. AI-driven doesn’t mean AI-only. It’s all about finding the right balance for your team. - -But don’t just take my word for it – the barrier to entry is low with Groove! AI features are seamlessly integrated into a complete platform your team can use for all aspects of customer service. - -If you’re ready to improve those customer support KPIs, Groove’s AI-powered tools are easy to implement right away. And you can try them out with no risk thanks to our 7-day free trial option. - -And if you really want to invest in AI-driven support, check out Helply! It’s a 24/7 AI expert that reduces the load on your team, while getting customers the answers they need.",1731883639,7a82f159ab,326fb81ee0,,,1731883639 -https://www.thespike.gg/valorant/news/talon-patiphan-announces-indefinite-break-from-competitive-play/5796,https://www.thespike.gg/rss.xml,Talon Patiphan Announces Indefinite Break From Competitive Play,"Earlier in November, Talon Esports announced their new roster with three new additions to the team, including Ban, Governor, and Lenne. Also, it was informed that Crws, Patiphan, and Jitboys will be renewing their contract. Patiphan played a flex role in the team throughout the VCT Pacific League 2023; we saw him playing controller, initiator, sentinel, and duelist. Filling his shoes will be a big challenge for any player. - -Recently, we also saw Talon Esports taking part in the official VCT OFF//SEASON, ESL Clash of Nations, where Patiphan missed the tournament and Jitboys subbed in for him. Now, the question arises: will Talon Esports sign a new player, or will they head into the upcoming VCT Pacific League 2024 with the current roster? - -However, this year, Riot Games has changed the ruling regarding the roster locks, and teams can sign players mid-season if they are required to make any changes based on the current rulebook.",1731883666,0c89bedf6b,327324de2a,,,1731883666 -https://www.engadget.com/the-best-christmas-gifts-in-2024-that-everyone-on-your-holiday-list-will-love-170018888.html?src=rss,https://www.engadget.com/rss.xml,The best Christmas gifts in 2024 that everyone on your holiday list will love,"This time of year has a lot of merry and bright things to be excited about, but it can be stressful if you’re stumped on what to get your mom, dad, best friend, coworker or kids’ teacher as a holiday gift. Whether you enjoy or dread buying gifts for people, it’s safe to say we all want to give our loved ones things they will enjoy and appreciate. But there’s a lot of noise, junk and bad deals disguised as good deals to sift through as we get closer and closer to the holidays. - - - -Allow us at Engadget to help you through it. Here, you’ll find all of our holiday gift guides collected in one place, so you can more easily find the best Christmas gifts you need this year. Are you looking for white elephant gift ideas? Are you struggling to come up with a good gift for the father figure in your life? Are you just looking for a good board game to pick up for your own family? We’ve got you covered with gift ideas for all of those scenarios and more. We'll update this post as more of our gift guides hit the internet, so check back for even more gift ideas throughout the season. - -Table of contents - -Best white elephant gift ideas - -According to legend, the King of Siam would give a white elephant to courtiers who had upset them. The recipient had no choice but to simply thank the king for such an opulent gift, knowing that they likely could not afford the upkeep for such an animal. It would inevitably lead them to financial ruin. This story is almost certainly untrue, but it has led to a modern holiday staple: the white elephant gift exchange. These gift ideas will not only get you a few chuckles, but will also make your recipient feel (slightly) burdened. - -Read more: The best white elephant gift ideas - -Best board game gifts - -We could all use more time away from screens of all types and sizes, and board games are a fun way to do that and bond with friends and family. You can find plenty of unique sets out there now, from word puzzles to whodunnits to calming playthroughs that showcase the beauty of the little things in life. From games with giant monsters to those with haunted mansions, we’re sure at least one of our suggestions will be a hit with you and your loved ones. - -ADVERTISEMENT Advertisement - -Read more: The best board games to gift this season - -Best gifts under $50 - -We wouldn’t blame you if you try to do all of your tech shopping around the holidays. That’s when you can typically get the best sales, both on relatively affordable gear and (more importantly) on big-ticket items. But it would be wrong to think that only the most expensive tech is worth gifting. Since we at Engadget test a plethora of gadgets every year, we know that there are some hidden (and not so hidden) tech gems at lower price ranges — you just have to know where to find them. - -Read more: The best gifts under $50 that make great stocking stuffers - -Best gifts for gamers - -This year may not go down as one of the best years in gaming like 2023 did, but that doesn’t mean there weren’t a lot of great new releases. Between titles like Astro Bot and Final Fantasy 7 Rebirth, there were plenty of games to keep even the most dedicated of gamers busy in 2024. And if you’re shopping for one, especially as a non-gamer, it can be tricky to navigate what’s worth buying. We've got you covered with these recommendations. - -ADVERTISEMENT Advertisement - -Read more: The best gifts for gamers - -Best retro gaming gifts - -A million new video games seem to come out every week, but for some of us, nothing beats the classics. If you know someone who is way into retro gaming but don’t feel like hunting through eBay and local shops for gear to add to their collection, we’re here to help. We’ve rounded up a few of our favorite gift ideas for the nostalgic gamer in your life, from video upscalers for old consoles to retro-themed books and artwork. - -Read more: The best retro gaming gifts for the holidays - -Best gifts for coffee lovers - -When it comes to making a great cup at home, coffee nerds are constantly learning and love to try new things. Whether the person you’re shopping for is a newly indoctrinated pour over lover or obsessive over every brewing parameter, we’ve compiled a list of the best gear for coffee geeks that you can get this holiday season. - -ADVERTISEMENT Advertisement - -Read more: The best gifts for coffee lovers - -Best cooking gifts - -There are few things more rewarding than making good food for your friends and family. But after a while, it’s easy to get bored with the same tried and true recipes. And what better way to inject some fun into your favorite home chef’s routine than with a brand-new kitchen gadget? To help you find the right gift for the cook in your life, we’ve put together a list of our favorite kitchen gadgets across a wide range of prices and categories. - -Read more: The best cooking gifts - -Best tech toys for kids - -We’re all having a bit of a budget crunch this year, but the good news is that when it’s time to bestow presents on the young ones (or young at heart), you don’t have to break the bank. Our list of our favorite tech, science and design toys is stacked with items under $100, with plenty of reuse packed in so the fun can extend far beyond the holiday season. - -ADVERTISEMENT Advertisement - -Read more: The best tech toys for kids - -Best gadgets for your pets - -In Engadget’s Slack rooms, our pets are high on the list of stuff we chat about — just behind work-adjacent tech stuff, insane current events, video games and food. We’ve bought plenty of high- and low-tech stuff to keep our furry friends fed, occupied, safe and happy and we’ve put together the best of what we tried here. Perhaps you’re shopping for your own very good boy or girl, or maybe you have a dutiful pet parent on your list — either way, the gadgets gathered here will make great gifts, according to the enthusiastic tail wags (or aloof meows) of our own fur babies. - -Read more: The best gadgets for your pets - -Best travel gifts - -Since the dawn of humanity, we have traveled. We’ve come a long way from on-foot journeys laden with animal hide satchels. But the goal of good travel gear is the same: Get you and your necessities to a destination in the highest level of comfort available. If you know someone who is always catching a flight, rides the train to work or is bravely embarking on a cruise, some new tech may just help them out. - -ADVERTISEMENT Advertisement - -Read more: The best travel gifts - -Best gifts for remote workers - -There's a pretty good chance you know at least one person who works remotely in some fashion. While the WFH life has its perks — nobody likes a long commute — it comes with its own set of challenges, from lacking pro-level equipment to dealing with household disturbances. If you’re looking to give a gift to someone who spends much of their time in their home office, we’ve rounded up a few techy gift ideas that should make their days a little more delightful, or at least easier to manage. - -Read more: The 19 best gift ideas for the remote worker in your life - -Best gifts for book lovers - -There are few things better in life than getting lost in a good book — as any book lover will tell you. We have a few heavy readers on staff at Engadget and we all have opinions on the gadgets and subscriptions we think make the experience of reading even better. We've got gift ideas for those who prefer e-reading, as well as for the print-faithful — and of course, some book recommendations, too. - -ADVERTISEMENT Advertisement - -Read more: The best gifts for book lovers - -Best gifts for moms - -We don’t speak for all moms, but a brief and unscientific survey has confirmed one gift most moms will love across the board: Time. Unspoken for, unstructured, zero-obligation time. While we couldn’t find extra hours on sale anywhere online, we did find some gadgets and gizmos that help save time and others that make precious down time more enjoyable. - -Read more: The 13 best gifts for moms - -Best gifts for dads - -Many Dads aren’t known for being forthright about what exactly they want for the holidays. (No, “peace and quiet” is not an acceptable answer in this case.) If you’re shopping for a father who likes gadgets but you aren’t sure what to get, let us help jog your brain with these gift ideas. - -Read more: The 15 best gifts for dads - -Check out the rest of our gift ideas here.",1731883692,2ccba97d94,32aa6c9409,,,1731883692 -https://kotaku.com/unreal-engine-epic-free-internet-archive-fortnite-1851698320,https://kotaku.com/rss,"These Two Classic Shooters Just Became Completely Free, Forever","Epic, now primarily known for Fortnite and the Unreal Engine, has given permission for two of the most significant video games ever made, Unreal and Unreal Tournament, to be freely accessed via the Internet Archive. As spotted by RPS, via ResetEra, the OldUnreal group announced the move on their Discord, along with instructions for how to easily download and play them on modern machines. - -This Modern Warfare 3 Gameplay Feature Spices Up A Weak Campaign CC Share Subtitles Off - -English view video This Modern Warfare 3 Gameplay Feature Spices Up A Weak Campaign - -This Modern Warfare 3 Gameplay Feature Spices Up A Weak Campaign CC Share Subtitles Off - -English This Modern Warfare 3 Gameplay Feature Spices Up A Weak Campaign - -It’s hard to convey just what a significant moment it was, in 1997-98, when Quake II and Unreal came out within six months of each other. Marking Epic’s entry into the graphics arms race with id Software, the two games were both utterly brilliant shooters in their own rights, but also became the names behind the engines on which a generation of games would be built. Half-Life was based on the Quake engine, while Unreal’s was under the hood of Deus Ex. - -Advertisement - -What also made them special is that both Epic and id were developers who grew up with an understanding of the importance of shareware, free software, and putting source code into the public domain. It’s why anyone can use those engines, and many later iterations of them, to create their games, free, without license or restriction. There are many publishers who are so ludicrously obsessed with maintaining a death-grip around their most ancient software that they will sue anyone who dares touch it (cough-Nintendo-cough), and all attempts to preserve games they refuse to support are met with outrageous hostility. Epic, for whatever other faults you may wish to level, is not like this, and while it should be commonplace, instead it’s a rare joy to see something like the 26-year-old Unreal so freely and willingly shared. - -Advertisement - -Advertisement - -Meanwhile, the backbone of the internet, the wonderful Internet Archive, has been through an awful time of late. In October, the site was the target of a massive hacking campaign, taking it offline for weeks, meaning the world lost access to vital resources like the Wayback Machine, which stores archived versions of almost every website on the internet (approximately 835 billion pages), and its enormous catalogs of books, software, films, music, and art. - -At the same time, the vast monopolies that control copyrights have started turning their evil eyes toward the project, with a gruesome court ruling in September rejecting the Archive’s appeal against a decision that would shut down its ability to “lend” books to its users. (Something triggered by the IA’s amazing project during covid lockdowns to allow multiple versions of the same e-book to be read by users, in a project called The National Emergency Library.) In the wake of this savage blow, more will be coming for it, claiming its goals of preserving humanity’s creations are somehow a violation of their “intellectual property.” - -Advertisement - -So, given all this awfulness, it’s really rather wonderful to see the opposite happening. If you want to play Unreal (and you should! It’s still so good!), you need only visit this site (and yes, it does look like some 2002 keygen piracy site, but I promise it isn’t), and download the ‘unreal_gold.zip’ file (I’ve done this, virus checked it, run it, you’re all good), and it’ll automagically pull the ISO files from the Internet Archive and install them on your machine, without you having to go through all the guff of mounting an imaginary disc drive and so on. - -Advertisement - -The same applies for pioneering online multiplayer game Unreal Tournament. - -Huge kudos to Epic for being cool with this, because while it shouldn’t be unusual to happily let people freely share a three-decade-old game you don’t sell any more, it’s vanishingly rare. And if you remain in any doubt, we just got word back from Epic confirming they’re on board. - -Advertisement - -“We can confirm that Unreal 1 and Unreal Tournament are available on archive.org,” a spokesperson told us by email, “and people are free to independently link to and play these versions.” - -Also, give every spare penny you can to support Internet Archive—it’s one of the last truly good things on the internet. - -Advertisement - -Updated: 11/14/2024, 12:32 p.m. ET: Added Epic’s brief statement confirming their endorsement of this to Kotaku. - -.",1731883672,a0840ab3b4,32750a74f2,,,1731883672 -https://www.npr.org/2022/03/23/1088346603/two-inflation-indicators-corporate-greed-and-mortgage-rates,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Is corporate greed driving inflation? : Planet Money : NPR,"Two inflation Indicators: Corporate greed and mortgage rates - -Enlarge this image Mario Tama/Getty Images Mario Tama/Getty Images - -We have been getting a version of this question lately: Is corporate greed driving inflation? Corporations are taking in record profits. Inflation is at 40 year highs. So could corporations just maybe not raise prices and still be fine and would that stop inflation? - -There's a lot to unpack there, so today on the show, we investigate the greed thesis. - -We also look through the metaphorical financial pipes connected to the Federal Reserve to see how last week's decision to raise interest rates will affect many of us, through higher mortgage rates. - -Today's episode was adapted from Planet Money's short, daily podcast, The Indicator. - -Sponsor Message - -Music: ""Live Twice"" ""Brixton Avenue"" and ""Must Be Love."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Craving a little jolt of economic excitement in your inbox? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884682,8181d7a585,3264fc77af,,,1731884682 -https://www.thedrum.com/news/2024/11/14/why-krow-group-ceo-john-quarrey-spends-half-the-salary-budget-creatives,https://www.thedrum.com/influencer-marketing/rss.xml,Why Krow Group CEO John Quarrey spends half the salary budget on creatives,"In the creative versus tech battle that many agencies and brands are embroiled in, John Quarrey puts himself clearly in creative’s corner. In this installment of How I Run My Agency, he explains how he puts his money where his mouth is. - -John Quarrey has been around for a while. For almost two decades, he has led integrated marketing agency Krow through the ever-evolving landscape of marketing services, maintaining its relevance and competitiveness by investing heavily in creative talent. Today, he dedicates 50% of his salary budget to creatives and this significant commitment is no accident. - -“The creative work that we produce is our lifeblood,” he says. “The reason we spend half our salary budget on creative people is because we believe it’s our strongest differentiator in the market.” - -For Krow, ensuring that creativity thrives is essential – not just as a marketing tool but as a core part of its identity. “Keeping our creative teams motivated, keeping them well-trained, keeping them up to date, buoyed up and creatively focused is a big old job,” he admits, but Quarrey is convinced it’s the right strategy for an agency that prides itself on producing groundbreaking work. - -Want to go deeper? Ask The Drum - -To further support its creative ambitions, Krow has appointed three executive creative directors across different specialties and locations. Ash Chauhan and Paul Wallett, who are based in the Leicester office, bring expertise in social content and traditional integrated creative work, while Darryl George, based in London, adds a diverse perspective with his background in integrated campaigns. “We have a very diverse team leading an even more diverse group of creative people,” says Quarrey, which he believes is the key to allowing Krow to tackle creative challenges with agility, whether it’s crafting AI-driven campaigns or more traditional TV advertising. - -The decision to have multiple ECDs was driven by Krow’s commitment to maintaining creative excellence across its offices in London (which also houses youth marketing shop Livity), Leicester, Belfast and creative customer experience agency Krow X in Norwich. “We have one big creative team, one big strategy team, one big production team, all distributed right across our locations.” His thinking is that by decentralizing creative leadership, Krow ensures its talent pool remains energized and engaged, fostering collaboration across all of its offices. - -Advertisement - -The challenge of managing creatives - -As any agency leader knows (apologies in advance to any creatives reading), managing creative minds comes with its own set of challenges, especially when balancing the needs of tech-savvy strategists with those of more traditional creatives. “You’ve got brilliant, gifted, technology-oriented people working with equally brilliant creatives. When it works, it’s absolutely fantastic, but the challenge is about creating an environment that works for everybody. This is especially true in a hybrid work era where tech specialists may prefer remote work, while creatives thrive on the buzz of in-office collaboration.” - -Despite these hurdles, Quarrey believes flexibility in working practice remains the key to team success. “We encourage everyone to be in the office for three days, but we’re not rigid about it,” he said, acknowledging the balance between maintaining a collaborative environment and respecting individual working preferences. “The simple fact is that some meetings are just done better face-to-face, such as creative briefings. The energy and ideas that flow in-person simply can’t be replicated online.” - -Quarrey launched Krow in 2005, alongside Barry Cook, Nick Hastings and Malcolm White, with the simple yet ambitious goal of doing things differently. As he jokes, he's ""the last man standing"" - his former co-founding partners each moving off in new directions. - -“We set up Krow because we’d all been working in big agencies and realized we wanted more control over our destiny.” The early years were tough, he says, especially as they started without any clients. “That was a terrible mistake, we realized fairly quickly. But that honed our proposition in the market.” By securing significant accounts such as Thompson Holidays, Fiat and DFS, Krow quickly gained traction, growing to a team of around 60-70 people by the late 2000s. - -In 2018, Krow was acquired by Mission Group, a move that Quarrey views as more of an evolution than a sale. “It wasn’t about taking the money and running. Mission had a great story. It really believes in the agency brands that it acquired and it lets us focus on what we do best – creative work.” - -As Quarrey explains, becoming part of Mission has given Krow the infrastructure to focus more on creativity and less on administrative burdens. “It handles the accounting, compliance and other bits that get in the way, leaving us free to focus on clients and creative excellence.” - -Advertisement - -Sustaining leadership in a changing industry - -Running an agency for two decades is no mean feat, especially in an industry known for its relentless pace and constant shifts. For Quarrey, the key to longevity is passion and adaptability. “You’ve got to enjoy it. I’ve always loved working with different clients and an extraordinary mix of people. Our industry is constantly evolving, but I think we’ve done well to adapt and thrive here at Krow. People have been forecasting the end of agencies for years, just like they’ve been predicting the death of TV. But clients still want compelling stories, and there’s always a role for creative thinking.” - -Krow’s next big move? Taking its blend of creativity and strategy to a global audience by expanding beyond its UK network, as Quarrey explains: “We’re genuinely excited about creating a micro-network of agencies. We don’t need to be in every country, but having five or six key offices globally will give us the footprint we want and need.” Potential locations include hubs in the US (either West Coast or East Coast), Brazil, Singapore, India and Germany. This international expansion is about offering clients a cost-effective alternative to the traditional global network model. - -Clearly, the ongoing support from Mission Group plays a crucial role in Krow’s ambitions. “We already have the infrastructure to go international, thanks to Mission’s backing. We’ll do it through partnerships and branded collaborations, ensuring that every office is fully equipped and ready to deliver.” - -Suggested newsletters for you Daily Briefing Catch up on the most important stories of the day, curated by our editorial team. Weekly Marketing Stay up to date with a curated digest of the most important marketing stories and expert insights from our global team. The Drum Insider Learn how to pitch to our editors and get published on The Drum. - -Creativity in the age of AI - -With AI making waves across the industry, Krow is obviously exploring how technology can enhance – not replace – the creative processes. Quarrey is pragmatic about AI’s potential: “We look at AI as a tool to help us do more of what we love, whether it’s automating repetitive tasks or making our campaigns smarter. But at the end of the day, AI can’t replicate the creativity that comes from a diverse team brainstorming around a table.” - -Krow is already using AI for operational efficiencies, such as competitive reviews and automating time-consuming administrative tasks. Yet, the agency remains cautious about over-reliance on technology. “AI can support us, but it won’t replace the creativity that defines us,” asserts Quarrey. - -As the agency prepares to expand internationally, it remains anchored by the principles that have guided it for nearly 20 years: a relentless focus on creative excellence, a commitment to diversity and a willingness to adapt to whatever the future holds. For Quarrey, the goal is clear: “We’re here to help brands grow, but also to make them better. And if we can do that on a global stage, even better.”",1731883678,b55a6935d9,32bc682181,,,1731883678 -https://www.autofinancenews.net/allposts/risk-management/vroom-to-repackage-debt-ahead-of-bankruptcy-filing/,https://www.autofinancenews.net/feed/,Vroom to repackage debt ahead of bankruptcy filing,"Vroom is restructuring its debt as it prepares to file for bankruptcy protection on the heels of winding down its e-commerce business in January. The company entered into an agreement with creditors to restructure $290 million of unsecured convertible notes into equity through a prepackaged Chapter 11 case, according to Vroom’s third-quarter earnings release […]",1731883658,e5c42d52b4,32b3d40164,,,1731883658 -https://www.npr.org/2022/08/17/1118017763/planet-money-summer-school-6-trade-the-better-life,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"How trade makes stuff cheaper, and what its like for workers : Planet Money : NPR","Planet Money Summer School 6: Trade & The Better Life - -Enlarge this image James Yang for NPR James Yang for NPR - -International trade is the glue that binds economies together. - -The network of relationships that cross international borders gives us access to goods, services, and culture from around the world. A world without international trade would mean more expensive, often lower-quality goods and services and one where Americans might never have heard of BTS or Bad Bunny. - -In theory, when two parties trade, they are both better off. Each side gets something they wouldn't otherwise have, or wouldn't have so much of, or so affordably. Trade allows countries to specialize and then swap and let everyone gain from that. - -Sponsor Message - -But it also means that any given worker can get undercut by workers elsewhere offering a lower wage option. Globalized production chases low costs. - -This week we get a chance to see trade through the eyes of some of the workers most affected by it: those in developing countries. We visit factories in Colombia and Bangladesh where, once upon a time, Planet Money t-shirts were made and talk to the people navigating an ever-shifting international landscape. - -Concepts: - -Gains From Trade - -Absolute Advantage - -Comparative Advantage - -Music: Werner's Tangent, Sorry I Kept You, Don't Look Down & Stinkbug Stardust and The Tremors That We know Of - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Pocket Casts and NPR One. - -Want extra credit? Subscribe to Planet Money's Newsletter",1731884668,8181d7a585,32b2bd58c0,,,1731884668 -https://www.npr.org/2022/05/11/1098298392/a-12-year-old-girl-takes-on-the-video-game-industry-update,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,12 year old Maddie Messer took on the video game industry over gender inequity : Planet Money : NPR,"A 12-year-old girl takes on the video game industry (UPDATE) - -Enlarge this image Imangi Studios Imangi Studios - -Note: This episode originally aired in 2015. We're re-airing it, along with a new interview with Maddie about what she's been up to since we first spoke to her. - -When Maddie Messer was 12, she loved a good video game. One of her favorites was called ""Temple Run."" At the time, it was one of the most successful games out there. - -""Temple Run"" was free to play—if you played as the default character, Guy Dangerous. But playing as a girl character cost extra. Maddie found out this was true for a lot of games, and she didn't think that was very fair. - -Sponsor Message - -Today on the show: a 12-year-old girl who took on the entire video game industry. - -Music: ""Camp"" ""Mangion"" ""Pinky"" and ""Detailing"" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884677,8181d7a585,3301995a68,,,1731884677 -https://www.gamespot.com/articles/calvin-and-hobbes-complete-hardcover-box-set-is-cheaper-than-its-prime-day-price-but-itll-sell-out-fast/1100-6526922/?ftag=CAD-01-10abi2f,https://www.gamespot.com/feeds/mashup/mobile/,"Calvin And Hobbes Complete Hardcover Box Set Is Cheaper Than Its Prime Day Price, But It'll Sell Out Fast","Calvin and Hobbes is one of the most beloved comic strips of all time. If you grew up stealing the comics section of the newspaper from your parents to read the hilarious and insightful adventures of Calvin and his stuffed Tiger, you'll want to check out Amazon's incredible deal on The Complete Calvin and Hobbes Hardcover Box Set. The premium, three-volume box set is available for only $83.33, a massive discount from its $225 list price. The price on the listing shows $125, but if you click the coupon box on the listing or after adding it to your cart, you'll get an additional $41.66 off. - -We expect this deal to disappear fast. During Amazon's October Prime Day sale, this same box set was on sale for $100 and sold out within hours. - -The Complete Calvin and Hobbes Box Set $83.33 (was $225) | Click the coupon box to get full discount The lavish hardcover box set features three volumes compiling every single comic strip from Calvin and Hobbes' run. All told, you're getting 1,440 pages of comic strips, some in color, others in black-and-white. The included slipcase features one of the illustrations that is most-associated with Calvin and Hobbes. I've owned this box set for years and can attest to its quality. The comic strips are printed on thick art paper, and the bindings have held up well. Fair warning, though: The premium materials make these books pretty heavy. With all three books in the slipcase, the set weighs roughly 22 pounds, so each hardcover is around seven pounds. See at Amazon - -The Complete Calvin and Hobbes certainly isn't the only way to read Watterson's beloved comic strip. If you'd rather have smaller paperback collections, check out the ongoing Calvin and Hobbes Portable Compendium series. Andrews McMeel Publishing began reprinting the series in this travel-friendly format last year. Each compendium comes with two volumes, and the first three sets are eligible for Amazon's Buy Two, Get One Free Book Sale. - -B2G1 Free The Calvin and Hobbes Portable Compendium Series - -Preorder: - -Set 4 -- $20.45 ( $22 ) | Releases March 4, 2025 - -For more deals, check out GameSpot's Black Friday hub, which includes early deals on books, video games, movies, Lego, and more.",1731883668,362d58a422,32dbb6fb82,,,1731883668 -https://techcrunch.com/2022/06/08/singapores-taxi-operator-comfortdelgro-enables-tourists-from-malaysia-and-south-korea-to-use-mobile-wallets-apps-for-paying-fares/,https://techcrunch.com/tag/mobile-payments/feed/,ComfortDelGro enables tourists to pay fares with mobile apps,"ComfortDelGro, a Singaporean taxi operator, announced Thursday its partnership with Alipay+, enabling tourists from Malaysia and South Korea to use their mobile wallet apps Touch ’n Go eWallet and Kakao Pay to pay the cab fare in Singapore. - -“With Singapore reopening its borders, we are looking forward to having tourists come visit us,” said CEO of ComfortDelGro Taxi, Jackson Chia. “As such, our partnership with Alipay+ is a vital one as it allows cashless payment options such as Malaysia’s Touch ’n Go eWallet and soon South Korea’s Kakao Pay available on board ComfortDelGro taxis, making it more convenient for both Malaysian and South Korean tourists to pay for taxi fares.” - -Chia added that the partnership will offer convenient payment options without the need to exchange local currency as customers are able to pay the taxi fares up front on their own mobile apps — Touch ’n Go eWallet or Kakao Pay. - -Malaysia’s Touch ’n Go is now available in Taxis, while South Korea’s Kakao Pay will be available soon. - -The number of visitors to Singapore in the first 4 months of 2022 has already exceeded the whole of last year, according to a report by the Straits Times. The company says Malaysia is one of the top countries where the most tourists are from, and South Korea is also an important traveler source market for Singapore. - -Singapore’s largest taxi operator, which owns a fleet of about 9,000 Comfort and City Cab taxis in the country, currently supports more than 20 different cashless payment options, while Alipay+ supports e-wallets across the globe, including the Philippines-based GCash, Thailand’s TrueMoney, Alipay Hong Kong and more. - -“Through the support and collaboration with ComfortDelGro Taxi, we aim to deliver to all users of mobile payments supported by Alipay+ a seamless and smart digital travel experience in Singapore, where they can pay with mobile wallets, they are familiar with,” said Cherry Huang, general manager of Ant Group’s global merchant partnership team in South and Southeast Asia. “This partnership also comes at a great time, as Singapore leads the way in opening up its borders and welcomes tourists back in the city-state.”",1731883665,3aa6d26c70,32c5bec38d,,,1731883665 -https://www.golfwrx.com/749530/stuart-appleby-witb-2024-november/,https://www.golfwrx.com/feed/,Stuart Appleby WITB 2024 (November),"Thanks to a torrid final-round 62, Brendon Todd cruised to a four-stroke victory at the 2019 Butterfield Bermuda Championship. Todd’s 24-under tally was four strokes better than Harry Higgs, earning him $540,000 for the week’s work. - -Take a look at the clubs Todd had in play five years ago at Port Royal Golf Course below. - -Driver: Ping G410 LST (10.5 degrees) Buy here. - -Shaft: Mitsubishi Tensei CK Pro Blue 60 TX - -3-wood: TaylorMade M5 (15 degrees) Buy here. - -Shaft: UST Mamiya VTS Tour SPX 8 X - -Hybrid: Callaway Rogue (19 degrees) Buy here. - -Shaft: Mitsubishi Tensei CK Pro Blue 90 TX - -Irons: Titleist 718 T-MB (4, 5) Buy here, Titleist 718 CB (6-PW) Buy here. - -Shafts: True Temper Dynamic Gold AMT S400 - -Wedges: Titleist Vokey Design SM7 (50-10, 54-10) Buy here, Fourteen Golf RM-Proto (60-10T) Buy here. - -Shafts: True Temper Dynamic Gold Tour Issue S400 (50, 54), KBS Tour S+ (60) - -Putter: Sik Pro C-Series Buy here. - -Grips: Golf Pride Tour Velvet - -Ball: Titleist Pro V1x - -WITB Time Machine is presented by 2nd Swing Golf. 2nd Swing has more than 100,000 new and pre-swung golf clubs available in six store locations and online. Check them out here.",1731883666,008370814d,32c9cf7c9d,,,1731883666 -https://www.podcastinsights.com/amazon-prime-day/,https://www.podcastinsights.com/feed/,Amazon Prime Day 2022: The Best Podcasting Deals Of The Year,"Disclosure: Links to other sites may be affiliate links that generate us a small commission at no extra cost to you. - -Amazon Prime Day 2022 starts Tuesday, July 12 at 12:01 am PDT. - -It will run for 48 hours until July 13 at 11:59 PDT. - -We’ll be updating this page often, check back regularly to find the best deals. - -That means you’ll have a chance to get amazing discounts on podcasting gear. I’ve mentioned before that I got a Blue Yeti microphone for under $90 during Prime Day and you should expect to find deals at least as good this year – Amazon said they will have over 1,000,000 products on sale. - -As the name might imply, you’ll need to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of these deals, but you can sign up for a free 30-day trial here. - -2022 Prime Day Deals For Podcasters & Musicians - -I’ll also highlight my favorite deals around different kinds of tech gear too. - -Deals Live Now - -View Prime Day Hub here - -Deals include TVs, Amazon Echo devices, Kindles, and more. Check them out here! - -Microphones - -Blue Yeti microphone ($40 off) - -Razer Seiren Mini USB Microphone ($15 off) - -Blue Snowball iCE USB Microphone ($10 off) - -Past Year Prime Day Deals - -View Prime Day Hub here - -Toshiba 43-inch 1080p Full HD Smart LED TV – Fire TV Edition (42% off) - -66% off 3 months of Audible (this is the best time to sign up!) - -All-New Ring Video Doorbell ($30 off) - -Microphones - -Razer Seiren X USB mic ($30 off) - -Samson Go Mic (65% off) - -MXL Mics 770 Cardioid Condenser (51% off) - -Headphones - -In Our Gift Guide: Sony WH-1000XM4 (deal + free $25 Amazon GC) - -Bose QuietComfort 35 (Series II) Wireless Headphones ($150 off) - -Apple AirPods Pro ($50 off) - -Apple AirPods ($40 off) - -Powerbeats Pro Wireless Earphones ($75 off) - -Cameras - -It’s Back: PANASONIC LUMIX GX85 4K Digital Camera, 12-32mm and 45-150mm Lens Bundle ($250 off) - -Sony Mirrorless Cameras (4 models from 14-28% off) - -Nikon Z7 Full-Frame Mirrorless Camera ($200 off) - -Canon EF-S 17-55mm f/2.8 IS USM Lens ($280 off) - -DJI Cameras & Gimbals (up to 25% off) - -Moment Wide Lens – 18mm (Lightning deal, won’t last long) - -Accessories & Other Tech - -SD cards and SSDs (various brands) - -SanDisk 128GB Extreme SDXC (19% off) - -Synology 4 bay NAS DiskStation DS920+ ($110 off) - -Pop filter (20% with coupon) - -Nest Protect Alarm/Carbon Monoxide Detector ($20 off) - -Razer BlackWidow Elite Mechanical Gaming Keyboard ($80 off) - -Razer DeathAdder v2 Gaming Mouse (20% off) – I have two of these, they’re great! - -Interfaces - -Moukey USB 3.0 Audio Interface – 1 XLR input (20% off) - -Moukey Headphone Amp (20% off) - -Microphones - -Killer Deal: Blue Yeti 40% Off! (this is the deal you’ve been waiting for) - -Blue Yeti Nano ($30 off) - -Great Mic: Audio-Technica AT2020 Cardioid Condenser XLR Microphone (56% off) - -MXL 990 Condenser Microphone with Shockmount - -Movo VXR10 Microphone with Shock Mount & Windscreen (20% off, great for smartphones and DSLRs) - -I got advance notice about a few awesome deals on microphones I use and recommend. These go live on July 16: - -See All Prime Day Microphone Deals Here - -Headphones - -Highly Recommended Audio-Technica ATH-M50x - -Audio-Technica ATH-M50xBT Wireless Bluetooth ($70 off, same as above but includes BT module) - -Audio-Technica ATH-M50xBB Limited Edition Blue ($70 off) - -Audio-Technica ATH-M30x (amazing headphones for about $50 right now) - -V-MODA Crossfade M-100 - -Mixers & Interfaces - -All of these are great and highly recommended. - -Focusrite Scarlett 2i4 (2nd Gen) USB Audio Interface ($70 off) - -Focusrite Scarlett 6i6 (2nd Gen) USB Audio Interface - -Focusrite Scarlett 18i8 (2nd Gen) USB Audio Interface ($120 off) - -Focusrite Scarlett 18i20 (2nd Gen) USB Audio Interface ($70 off) - -PreSonus AudioBox USB 96 2×2 ($25 off)",1731883652,24d51eb2f4,332011153a,,,1731883652 -https://www.vg247.com/ps5-pro-price-point-not-had-negative-impact-on-sales-says-sony-president,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Despite what you might have thought, it turns out that the PS5 Pro's ridiculous price point has not had a ""negative impact"" on sales says Sony president","You would have that the PS5 Pro's astronomically high price point might have had an impact on sales, but as it turns out, that's not the case. - -When the PS5 Pro was revealed back in September, I was honestly a bit gobsmacked at how expensive the thing was - $700? Are you having a laugh? I knew I wasn't going to get one anyway, especially because I just don't care enough about graphics or framerates and other such nonsense to justify such an expenditure, but I still thought that might put enough people off of picking one up. There's no concrete way to tell if more a huge amount more people would buy it if it was cheaper, but as shared by Genki_JPN on Twitter, Sony president Hiroki Totoki shared in a livestream following a recent investors call that the pricing hasn't had a ""negative impact"" on the console's sales. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -""Hardcore users are the target of this hardware,"" Totoki said in the livestream. ""In terms of the pricing many people made different comments on that, but pricing on PS5 Pro has not had a negative impact I don't think."" Of course, it's still early days, as the console literally only just came out. Interestingly enough, it's not actually that difficult to get one. In fact it's so easy to get one that scalpers are reportedly having to sell units they picked up at a loss in some cases, which is quite nice because I always like to see scalpers making utter fools of themselves. Mostly the fact it's in stock is interesting because the PS5 was infamously difficult to buy in its early years, but demand for the Pro was never going to be as high anyway. - -Sony President, COO and CFO Hiroki Totoki says the PS5 Pro pricing has not had a negative impact and that it is aimed at hardcore users #PS5Pro - - - -""Hardcore users are the target of this hardware"" - - - -""In terms of the pricing many people made different comments on that, but pricing on… pic.twitter.com/jTs2UYtVez — Genki✨ (@Genki_JPN) November 8, 2024 To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Our Dom recently got their hands on a PS5 Pro, and has quite kindly shared a list of surprising things about the console, which you'll probably find quite useful if you're considering picking one up.",1731883706,374d98cbb9,3328a9203f,,,1731883706 -https://fivethirtyeight.com/features/politics-podcast-why-biden-is-losing-support-among-voters-of-color/,https://fivethirtyeight.com/politics/feed/,Politics Podcast: Polling Silly Season Begins,"Politics Podcast: Polling Silly Season Begins What can we glean from new polling about the 2024 general election? - -Among the most politically tuned-in, last week saw the kind of hand-wringing and accusations of bias surrounding the polls that you’d usually expect from the final two months of a campaign, not the final year and two months of a campaign. - -The focus was largely on general election polls: Whether a Wall Street Journal poll showing former President Donald Trump and President Biden tied is to be trusted. What to make of a CNN poll showing Nikki Haley as the only Republican candidate with a lead over Biden that falls outside the margin of error. How to understand data from the New York Times suggesting that Biden is losing support among voters of color. - -In this installment of the FiveThirtyEight Politics podcast, Galen speaks with Carlos Odio of Equis Research and Terrance Woodbury of HIT Strategies to parse through which recent data is actually worth paying attention to and which is sound and fury. - -You can listen to the episode by clicking the “play” button in the audio player above or by downloading it in iTunes, the ESPN App or your favorite podcast platform. If you are new to podcasts, learn how to listen. - -The FiveThirtyEight Politics podcast is recorded Mondays and Thursdays. Help new listeners discover the show by leaving us a rating and review on iTunes. Have a comment, question or suggestion for “good polling vs. bad polling”? Get in touch by email, on Twitter or in the comments.",1731883672,07da66e258,32eb4702bf,,,1731883672 -"https://thejournal.com/Articles/2024/11/06/Stability-AI-Releases-Stable-Diffusion-3,-d-,5-Text-to-Image-Generation-Model.aspx",https://thejournal.com/rss-feeds/news.aspx,Stability AI Intros Stable Diffusion 3.5 Text-to-Image Generation Model -- THE Journal,"Stability AI Intros Stable Diffusion 3.5 Text-to-Image Generation Model - -Stability AI, developer of open source models focused on text-to-image generation, has introduced Stable Diffusion 3.5, the latest version of its deep learning, text-to-image model. - -This release features three enhanced open-source text-to-image models designed for a diverse range of users, including researchers, enterprise clients, and hobbyists, the company said in a statement. - -Stable Diffusion 3.5 Large: At 8.1 billion parameters, with superior quality and prompt adherence, this base model is the most powerful in the Stable Diffusion family. This model is ideal for professional use cases at 1 megapixel resolution. - -Stable Diffusion 3.5 Large Turbo: A distilled version of Stable Diffusion 3.5 Large generates high-quality images with exceptional prompt adherence in just 4 steps, making it considerably faster than Stable Diffusion 3.5 Large. - -Stable Diffusion 3.5 Medium: At 2.5 billion parameters, with improved MMDiT-X architecture and training methods, this model is designed to run ""out of the box"" on consumer hardware, striking a balance between quality and ease of customization. It is capable of generating images ranging between 0.25- and 2-megapixel resolution. - -The release follows the earlier debut of Stable Diffusion 3 Medium in June, which the company acknowledged as falling short of both community and internal expectations. - -""We chose to build a solution that could truly transform visual media rather than a quick fix,"" the company said. This latest update is aimed at reclaiming Stability AI's competitive edge amid rising competition from platforms such as OpenAI's DALL-E and Midjourney. - -A key technical feature of the new models is Query-Key Normalization within the AI's transformer blocks, which Stability AI said enhances customization and prompt adherence. This modification supports developers and creatives in achieving more consistent results with precise prompts while also allowing broader interpretation with less specific prompts. - -""In developing the models, we prioritized customizability to offer a flexible base to build upon,"" the company explained. ""To achieve this, we integrated Query-Key Normalization into the transformer blocks, stabilizing the model training process and simplifying further fine-tuning and development."" - -The new Stable Diffusion models will be available under Stability AI's Community License, allowing free non-commercial use and free commercial use for entities earning under $1 million annually. Those exceeding this threshold will require an enterprise license. The models, including weights for self-hosting, will be accessible on Hugging Face and via Stability AI's API. ControlNets, offering advanced image customization options, are expected in the coming days.",1731883614,efd9bb9654,334145ec05,,,1731883614 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/jasper-johnson-is-pushing-for-caleb-wilson-hard-to-give-kentucky-dominant-force/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,Jasper Johnson is 'pushing for (Caleb Wilson) hard' to give Kentucky 'dominant force',"It’s no secret that 2025 five-star forward Caleb Wilson is Mark Pope‘s ultimate prize to put a bow on his first full-cycle recruiting class at Kentucky. He’s already signed three top-30 prospects to anchor the group, but his big fish is the No. 5 overall recruit out of Atlanta, who is expected to make his decision in the coming weeks. - -Kentucky is trending for Wilson, who just canceled what was expected to be his final official visit to Arkansas with North Carolina and Ohio State seemingly the only real suitors left in contention. The good news for the Wildcats — and Pope, more specifically? They’re getting help from their signees to seal the deal. - -Acaden Lewis was the first to say he was ‘definitely’ recruiting Wilson and ‘trying to get him to come over’ to Kentucky. Now, it’s Jasper Johnson sharing his pitch, hoping to bring a ‘dominant force’ with him to Lexington. - -“We’re pushing for him hard,” the five-star guard told KSR. “I know he’s a dominant force at the four position, can score the ball, block shots, rebound — he can do it all. Really just trying to push him, I know that’ll make it a lot easier on us, offensively, as well. You can’t really strategize on anybody with him on our team. - -“It would really be exciting because I tried playing with him this past summer — really since freshman year — for Team Thad. It never worked out, so hopefully we can get together in college.” - -The plan is for those four to be joined by a couple of veteran portal additions, plus the likes of Otega Oweh, Brandon Garrison, Collin Chandler, Travis Perry and Trent Noah running it back — retention a top priority for Pope and the Kentucky staff. If it all comes together as hoped, Johnson is confident the Wildcats will be able to compete for a national championship right away. - -It’s a blend of talent and experience very few will be able to match, in his opinion. - -“With all of the bright pieces that we need — I mean, I know it’s gonna take a lot,” Johnson said. “I know Coach Pope is gonna recruit some transfers and get some older guys in to keep us stable, but I feel like I’m gonna be real confident with my team if we get Caleb, as well.” - -What happens if Kentucky doesn’t land Wilson? That’s not even a scenario Johnson is willing to entertain. Just in case things go sideways, though, the Wildcats have a couple other ideas in mind that could be potential fits. - -Nothing matters more in Pope’s eyes than fit, after all, as he’s made clear up to this point. - -“There are a couple of different players. I’m not gonna say any names, it really just depends on the fit,” Johnson said. “I know Coach Pope wants a certain type of player that can pass, shoot and make reads. Just trying to recruit what will fit us best at the next level.” - -Will it get to that point? We’ll see — Wilson is pretty receptive to the Kentucky recruits’ push, after all. - -“I definitely love it,” Wilson told KSR. “… It’s definitely appealing.” - -Can Johnson close on the top-five recruit? That’s the goal.",1731883641,b2069ab8ff,33235c90c1,,,1731883641 -http://www.skysports.com/football/news/11095/13255782/arsenal-sporting-director-search-paris-saint-germains-luis-campos-under-consideration-to-replace-edu,https://www.skysports.com/rss/11095,Arsenal sporting director search: Paris Saint-Germain's Luis Campos under consideration to replace Edu,"Paris Saint-Germain's Luis Campos is one of the names under consideration by Arsenal to replace sporting director Edu. - -PSG football advisor Campos, who has a reputation for finding young talent, has not yet renewed his contract with the French champions, making him a strong target for Arsenal. - -The Portuguese's PSG contract runs out in the summer but a new deal has not been agreed yet. - -Image: Campos joined PSG as a football advisor in June 2022 - -Arsenal have started searching for a new sporting director following Edu's departure earlier this month, with Campos in the mix to succeed the Brazilian. - -The search for Edu's replacement is understood to be at an early stage, with Arsenal determining exactly what profile of sporting director they will look to hire. - -Campos has overseen a change of policy at PSG, having moved from being a big-spending club signing some of the world's biggest stars, to signing young talent, including Vitinha, Bradley Barcola and Joao Neves. - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Sky Sports' Jamie Carragher discusses the impact of Edu's departure from Arsenal on manager Mikel Arteta - -The former Monaco and Lille sporting director has signed youngsters who have been sold for big profits throughout his career, including Kylian Mbappe, Victor Osimhen, Bernardo Silva, Fabinho and Anthony Martial. - -But Campos is not the only name in the running to replace Edu. - -It is understood intermediaries have put a host of names to Arsenal, including Bayer Leverkusen's Simon Rolfes and - -Roberto Olabe, who is stepping down at Real Sociedad this summer. - -Arsenal held future-planning talks in LA this week - -Sky Sports' Lyall Thomas: - -The interest in Campos comes after Arsenal held future-planning talks in Los Angeles this week following the shock resignation of Edu. - -Gunners manager Mikel Arteta has used the international break to meet with owners Stan and Josh Kroenke, as well as directors Tim Lewis and Richard Garlick, and assistant sporting director Jason Ayto, in the Californian city. - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Paul Merson returns to his former club Arsenal to speak to Mikel Arteta about the club's culture and the exit of Edu - -The meeting had been primarily about planning for next summer and the January window, and was scheduled before Edu's departure. But added high to the agenda is understood to have been potential successors to the Brazilian, following his decision join Nottingham Forest owner Evangelos Marinakis' group of clubs. - -Arsenal are in no rush to appoint someone and will take their time to draw up a future system for player recruitment and welfare, amid widespread speculation that has included names like Tim Steidten at West Ham and Olabe. - -The 57-year-old, who plans to leave Sociedad at the end of the season, has been linked to the role given he already knows fellow Spaniard Arteta and they are said to have a good rapport - but he is believed to have told Sociedad of his plans before Edu informed Arsenal of his decision to resign. - -Arsenal's next appointment, which could yet be the promotion of Edu's number two Ayto, will also not be down to Arteta alone - so the first part of the club's hiring strategy is to identify what profile of sporting director the club wants, not just for the short term but the long term as well. - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Stephen Warnock analyses whether Edu's failure to sign a star centre-forward will be a blotch on his legacy - -Arsenal were surprised by Edu's decision but a high-performing recruitment structure remains in place that is now being led by Ayto, and includes head of recruitment James Ellis. - -Arsenal are positioning themselves for a reactive January window in case of any injuries or opportunities arising to bring forward summer work. - -Silva interested in Arsenal sporting director vacancy in future - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Arsenal Invincible Gilberto Silva is interested in becoming the club's sporting director one day - -Former Arsenal midfielder Gilberto Silva says he would be interested in becoming Arsenal's sporting director in the future - but ""not right now"". - -The Brazilian, who is a Gunners Invincible, was previously Panathinaikos technical director before quitting the role after just seven months. - -Asked whether the Arsenal sporting director would be a role he would like to fulfil one day, he told Sky Sports News: ""I'm still doing some work with the club as an ambassador. It was not something I was [thinking of] in the next years despite the fact I had done it for Panathinaikos in the past. - -""In the last few years, I've been on a different route in football with Arsenal. - -""I don't know. I have done the preparation for that a few years ago. I've been invited to a few clubs in Brazil but I decided not to take the step into the position, but let's see in the future. - -""I'm not saying right now but as I'm involved with Arsenal, it's always great to be around somehow, even as an ambassador."" - -Silva revealed he has spoken to his former team-mate Edu over his surprise exit and believes his fellow countryman did a ""great job"" for the north London side. - -The 48-year-old said: ""We exchanged a couple of messages but I didn't ask him why he made the decision. - -""Edu is a very cool guy. It was a tough decision for him to leave the club. I wish him the best of luck. He has done a great job for the club and of course, the club will miss him. - -""He made a great partnership with Mikel in order to have a good balance for Arsenal. - -""I honestly was a bit surprised but sometimes it happens, and I hope he'll be happy for his next challenge."" - -Sat Nov 23: Nottingham Forest (h), Premier League, 3pm kick-off - -Tue Nov 26: Sporting (a), Champions League, 8pm kick-off - -Sat Nov 30: West Ham (a), Premier League, 5.30pm kick-off, live on Sky Sports - -Wed Dec 4: Manchester United (h), Premier League, 8.15pm kick-off - -Sun Dec 8: Fulham (a), Premier League, 2pm kick-off, live on Sky Sports - -Wed Dec 11: Monaco (a), Champions League, 8pm kick-off",1731883672,60c36d6784,32d6cce4b7,,,1731883672 -https://transom.org/2017/a-few-of-my-favorite-things/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,A Few Of My Favorite Things,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/These-Are-a-Few-of-My-Favorite-Things.mp3 Download Listen to “A Few Of My Favorite Things” - -My ears are so tuned to American radio and podcasting, they need a good flushing from time to time with stories from far away that have a different sensibility. This archive episode of HowSound does the job. - -Some years ago, Irish radio producer Ronan Kelly sat in my studio in Maine and he story-DJ’ed, playing some of his favorite radio pieces — hence the title of this episode. The stories he picked may be old now, but they sound new and tickle the ear because of the non-American accents, writing, and production styles. - -In the intervening years since our chat, new stories have piqued Ronan’s interest. He put together this solid list of good listening (along with some of his notes) just for HowSound listeners. Thanks, Ronan! - -“String” by Natalie Kestecher from 360documentaries in Australia. - -From German producer, Jens Jarisch “Children of Sodom and Gomorrah.” The story follows the trail of computer waste to a landfill site in Ghana — gently and carefully hard-hitting. - -“Upper Left” by Love & Radio. Although this is a pretty compelling story (a class teaching women how to have an orgasm) what I really liked in it was how the story turned — the mood changed — deftly done. - -“Tim Key and Gogol’s Overcoat,” a BBC production. How do you take a 19th Century Russian short story and rework it for 21st Century radio? Here’s one way. Very entertaining. - -“The London Blitz” by Edward R. Murrow. Like Orson Welles’, “War of the Worlds”, Ed Murrow broadcasting from London during WWII has been heard so many times, we take it for granted. But, I listened to it again the other day in preparation for a talk and was struck at his use of imagery and sensitivity to sound. Classic. - -From Ireland, “No Time To Lose.” The story of an Irish teenager who runs marathons even though she has epileptic fits during them. She runs with her doctor alongside — some great scenes. - -Also from Ireland, “Con Carey and the Twelve Apostles.” An Irish community who, in 1978, dug up the body of a recently-deceased local man because they felt he hadn’t been buried with due reverence. - -One last one from Ireland, this one by Ronan himself. “We Decide Who Lives or Dies.” The story of car culture in a rural community where road deaths are among the highest in the country. Everyone blames the teenagers — what’s the real story?",1731883677,c00d35bf2d,33569732bb,,,1731883677 -https://esportsedition.com/featured/hyperx-cloud-stinger-wireless/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,HyperX Cloud Stinger Wireless Review: Our Favorite So Far,"Our Favorite Headset - -HyperX were kind enough to provide us with the newest model of their Cloud line, the HyperX Cloud Stinger Wireless. Over the past month I have been using it non-stop. I’ve used a fair number of headsets in the past, and this is one of my favorites, albeit with a few notable issues. If you are interested in this headset, I highly suggest you read on to see the pros and cons of the HyperX Cloud Stinger Wireless. - -The Good - -As I said, I have used quite a few headsets in the past. In fact, I have used four different headsets this year. When I put on the HyperX Cloud Stinger Wireless, I immediately noticed an improvement in quality over any of the other headsets I have worn in the past. - -The other headsets I have been using have all been recent releases, so I was surprised at the quality increase between them and the HyperX Cloud Stinger Wireless. One thing I noticed was that it has a nice volume wheel. This is not something particularly unique to this headset, but the range on the volume wheel is a bit higher than what I am used to, which was a nice bonus. - -The feel is another huge upside to the HyperX Cloud Stinger Wireless. One of the things I have struggled with when it comes to headsets is the feel. I have very tiny ears. Don’t judge me, but as a byproduct, heavy headsets and ones that lay awkwardly around my ears are extremely uncomfortable, especially since I often wear my headsets for over 12 hours a day. - -I had none of these problems with the Cloud Stinger. It is very lightweight despite its quality, and the ear cups are extremely comfortable and light. In fact, I often forget about the headset while I am wearing it. This is a huge benefit for me, and one of the major reasons I would recommend buying this headset. If you are like me and tear your headset off at the end of the day and rub your sore ears, look into a HyperX Cloud Stinger Wireless. In the month I have been using it (with up to 16 hour days), I have not had sore ears once. - -The mic is also extremely adjustable, position-wise. My previous headset had a mic that was not adjustable at all, and it ended up in front of my nose in its natural resting spot. This led to people hearing my breathing, which was unpleasant for them, and annoying for me while trying to avoid it. But with this mic, you can easily adjust it to fit your needs. - -The Bad - -I do love this headset, but there are two things that made me unsure about making it my main headset or not. Spoiler: I did in the end. That said, these two issues were very surprising to run into in 2019, and I would be surprised if they were not fixed in future models. - -First up, noise input filtering. As far as noise cancelling goes, the headphones themselves have mild noise cancelling which dulls outside noises, and it is lovely. Somehow this type of technology did not make it into the mic. As I said before, I have used many other headsets this year. All of them had some level of input noise cancelling. This one does not, or if it does, it is far too low for me to notice. - -This mic will pick up everything. You want to eat in call? Don’t worry, your coworkers will love hearing every single bite and lip smack! There’s a dog next door barking? Your gaming buddies can try to identify the breed! In fact, with the mild noise cancelling in the ears, people you are talking to will be able to hear irritating background noises better than you will. This is a huge oversight for a new headset, and I would like to see this fixed in future models. - -The Ugly - -However, the most glaring and unforgivable issue that this headset has is a lack of a mute button. That’s right, a headset released in 2019 does not have a mute button on it. Not to say you cannot mute it; you can, by moving the mic arm up. - -With some of my other headsets this was enough, as they had rigid arms that could swivel easily. We already discussed how lovely it is that this headset can have the mic arm position wherever you want it. It does this by being easily maneuverable. This means that grabbing it and quickly pushing it up is not easy. - -For someone like me who sneezes a lot or wants to talk to people in real life occasionally, being forced to swing up the mic arm is a pain. This is the only headset I have seen in recent memory that has not had a mute button, and adding one would make it better. - -In Conclusion - -My two major gripes with the HyperX Cloud Stinger Wireless are issues that other headsets do not possess. That said, I am still using it as my main headset over the competition. - -No mute button and no noise filtering is a big deal, but having a comfortable headset with good quality and an adjustable arm is even more important. If you are someone that loves quality or has issues with heavier, bulkier headsets, this is an incredible headset. I can easily wear it for 16 hours a day without ever feeling it, something I sorely lacked with every other headset I have tried. - -HyperX Cloud Stinger Wireless has converted me to wearing headsets for everything I do, not just communications. That’s saying a lot. There are definite downsides to it, but with the amount I use it and enjoy it, it is impossible for me to not recommend the HyperX Cloud Stinger Wireless. By now you will know whether my gripes are things that would bother you. If they are not, I cannot recommend this headset enough! - -Esports Edition was provided with a HyperX Cloud Stinger Wireless headset for review by the manufacturer. As with all of our game and hardware reviews, our opinions are our own, and this article truthfully and accurately reflects our experiences with the product. Please review our Ethics Policy for more information about our review process.",1731883677,76f59da961,33154708fe,,,1731883677 -https://www.thespike.gg/valorant/news/nivera-to-continue-his-professional-career-in-cs2/5823,https://www.thespike.gg/rss.xml,Nivera to continue his career in CS2,"Onur Demirkol here, Content Writer for THESPIKEGG. You will see his name on a bunch of different articles here, whether they are breaking news or evergreen guides and content. - -His journey in the industry has been marked by influential roles at esteemed platforms such as Flank Esports and 5Mid, where he served as editor-in-chief. Onur made significant contributions to their success in written content and social media, including a notable impact on an issue of the Turkish Esports Federation magazine. Currently, he serves as the Lead Editor for Gamelevate, taking pride in managing a global team of 12 talented writers. Additionally, Onur regularly contributes to Softonic, gHacks, Dataconomy, and Techbriefly. He has written thousands of articles, and that number continues to go up.",1731883655,0c89bedf6b,336d7e2930,,,1731883655 -https://www.npr.org/2022/03/02/1084027938/fortress-russia-put-to-the-test,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,What sanctions against sanction-proof Russia means for the global economy : Planet Money : NPR,"'Fortress' Russia put to the test - -Enlarge this image Stefani Reynolds/AFP via Getty Images Stefani Reynolds/AFP via Getty Images - -After Russia invaded Ukraine last week, the U.S., U.K. and E.U. retaliated with economic sanctions. The ripple effects of those sanctions have been felt throughout the global economy. Today, two stories from The Indicator on the ongoing economic consequences of the invasion. - -We look at how Russia's defense plan against sanctions is being put to the test and the three economic indicators to watch in the conflict between Russia and Ukraine. - -Music: ""Billionaire"" ""Alpine Meditation"" and ""Delta Cycle."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884684,8181d7a585,33338a0d21,,,1731884684 -http://www.skysports.com/football/england-vs-republic-of-ireland/report/503657,https://www.skysports.com/rss/11095,England 5-0 Republic of Ireland: Lee Carsley goes out on a high as Three Lions promoted back to League A of UEFA Nations League,"A second-half blitz saw England sweep past 10-player Republic of Ireland 5-0 at Wembley to clinch promotion back to League A of the Nations League in Lee Carsley's final game as interim manager. - -Three goals in just six minutes at the start of the second half from Harry Kane - via a penalty in an incident that saw Ireland defender Liam Scales sent off after a second caution - followed by maiden strikes from Anthony Gordon and Conor Gallagher blew the visitors away. - -Jarrod Bowen soon added a fourth with his first touch after coming on as a substitute, before Taylor Harwood-Bellis headed home a fifth as a third player got off the mark for the Three Lions. - -Player ratings England: Pickford (6), Livramento (6), Walker (7), Guehi (7), Hall (6), Gallagher (8), Jones (6), Madueke (6), Bellingham (8), Gordon (7), Kane (7) - - - -Subs: Harwood-Bellis (7), Gomes (7), Rogers (6), Bowen (7), Solanke (6) - - - -Republic of Ireland: Kelleher (6), Ebosele (6), Collins (7), McGuinness (6), O'Shea (6), Scales (6), Molumby (5), Cullen (5), O'Dowda (6), Ferguson (6), Szmodics (7) - - - -Subs: Manning (6), Moran (6), Azaz (6), Parrott (6) - - - -Player of the match: Jude Bellingham - -How England's second-half blitz blew Republic away - -Ireland had initially done an excellent job to largely frustrate England in a feisty first half that ended with Carsley's side having 75 per cent possession, but without having tested visiting goalkeeper Caoimhin Kelleher. - -Image: Taylor Harwood-Bellis celebrates after scoring England's fifth goal against Republic of Ireland - -So much so that England tempers boiled over on the stroke of half-time as Kane and Jayson Molumby squared up to each other, with both players booked as Heimir Halgrimsson's team deservedly went in level at the break. - -Things could possibly have gone even better for Ireland, already sure of third place in the group, had two penalty appeals gone their way. However, Belgian referee Erik Lambrechts waved away both appeals and those incidents were soon forgotten as England finally made the breakthrough eight minutes after the break. - -Twitter Twitter , which may be using cookies and other technologies. To show you this content, we need your permission to use cookies. You can use the buttons below to amend your preferences to enable Twitter cookies or to allow those cookies just once. You can change your settings at any time via the This content is provided by, which may be using cookies and other technologies. To show you this content, we need your permission to use cookies. You can use the buttons below to amend your preferences to enablecookies or to allow those cookies just once. You can change your settings at any time via the Privacy Options Unfortunately we have been unable to verify if you have consented to Twitter cookies. To view this content you can use the button below to allow Twitter cookies for this session only. Enable Cookies Allow Cookies Once - -Kane's inch-perfect, raking cross-field pass found Jude Bellingham in space in the box, with Scales only able to bring the midfielder down with his trailing leg as he cut back inside to shoot. The Celtic defenders earned a second booking for his troubles - his first was delaying a re-start - and Kane easily sent Kelleher the wrong way from the spot for his 69th international goal. - -Team news Harry Kane was back to lead the line and captain England in Lee Carsley's final game in charge, with Tino Livramento and Lewis Hall also brought in for their first England starts. - - - -Livramento made his senior debut at Wembley for Rico Lewis, who dropped to the bench. - - - -Hall replaced the injured Ezri Konsa, whose absence saw Kyle Walker move to centre-back alongside Marc Guehi. - - - -There were three changes for the Republic of Ireland too as Luton defender Mark McGuinness came in for his debut at the back- his inclusion, plus the return of Dara O'Shea, seeing Ireland change to a back five. - - - -Jayson Molumby's addition added another body in midfield, with Matt Doherty, Jason Knight and Mikey Johnston all benched. - -Minutes later, England doubled their advantage after a mix-up in the visitors' defence allowed Tino Livramento to centre for Gordon to stylishly volley home at the back post, before Gallagher tapped in after Marc Guehi had nodded on Noni Madueke's corner. - -Harshly for Ireland, the goals kept on coming in the final quarter of an hour as Bowen swept home with his very touch after coming on following a cleverly-worked corer routine, and then fellow substitute Harwood-Bellis rose well to guide Angel Gomes' cross back past a helpless Kelleher. - -Image: Taylor Harwood-Bellis scores England's fifth goal against Republic of Ireland - -As a result Carsley - described as ""top drawer"" by Kane after the game - achieved the objective set out to him by The Football Association when he took temporary charge of the team in August by guiding them back to League A of the Nations League. - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Rob Dorsett and Ron Walker reflect on England’s 5-0 win against Ireland and feel new manager Thomas Tuchel will have seen both the good and bad from England in what was a game of two halves. - -Carsley: People have seen my attacking England - -England boss Lee Carsley to ITV: - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Lee Carsley reacted to England’s 5-0 win against Ireland, which was his last as interim manager. Carsley hopes to meet with Thomas Tuchel soon and will deliver a detailed handover to the new manager. - -""I wanted the England team to be exciting to watch, be attacking. I see them day in, day out on the training ground and now people have seen it. - -""It's given the staff and myself the confidence we can do the job. You always doubt yourself, whether you could do it or not. - -""There's a lot of England managers sat in the house picking the team, and to have the responsibility to do that and the trust from my bosses has been a massive boost of confidence. - -""I think it was a good performance. The way we started the game, we played with real intent and it was frustrating to come off 0-0 at half-time, but I believed that we'd score goals if we just kept doing what we spoke about. It was great we got our rewards in the end. - -""It was a great evening for a lot of the players. The main thing was getting promotion, what we set out to do, so it was pleasing in that respect."" - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Speaking after England’s 5-0 win against Ireland, Jay Bothroyd praised Lee Carsley for the impact he has had as interim manager, highlighting the amount of youth players he has included in his squads during the Nations League campaign. - -Hallgrimsson 'lost for words' over 'embarrassing' defeat - -Republic of Ireland manager Heimir Hallgrimsson: - -""I'm lost for words. Six minutes of madness. It was a shock, conceding a penalty, conceding a goal, losing a player. We lost our heads at that moment, leading into the second and third goals. - -""It's easy to sit and criticise on the sideline. After the first half, coming in, it's a game like we wanted it to be. We defended compact, they didn't find ways to play through us. - -""Conceding so early in the second half, losing a player, conceding another two, it's easy to criticise - it's normal, but excuses when you lose 5-0 are pathetic. It's embarrassing."" - -Keane: The young players need to stay grounded - there's pitfalls ahead - -Roy Keane on ITV: - -Image: Noni Madueke tangles with Callum O'Dowda - -""If you listen to some of his [Thomas Tuchel] media stuff, I think that seems to suit him. I think he likes the idea of maybe getting in for a couple of years and that's his target - knockout football. I think it kind of suits his personality. - -""England have got some brilliant, talented players. It's his job just to try and bring it all together. But the next World Cup will be different, because of the conditions and the heat. - - - -""For a lot of these brilliant young players, they've got to stay grounded. There's pitfalls ahead for some of them but if they've got good people around them, stay grounded, keep working hard, then they'll have an impact at the World Cup."" - -England turn their attention to the World Cup qualifying draw on December 13. - -All eight Nations League quarter-finalists are in Pot 1 of the World Cup draw, which will be completed by the four countries with the best FIFA world ranking. - -England and Belgium are guaranteed to take Pot 1 slots as they are ranked fourth and sixth in the world respectively. As it stands, Switzerland and Austria will take the other two Pot 1 places.",1731883668,60c36d6784,3344d42d18,,,1731883668 -https://www.itproportal.com/news/hpe-and-nasa-team-up-for-space-computing,https://www.itproportal.com/rss/,What is the Internet of Things (IoT)?,"The Internet of Things (IoT) is an umbrella term used to describe a network of physical devices that can communicate with each other over the internet. IoT devices typically rely on sensors to collect data, which is then automatically shared with other devices or used to automate actions. - -Thanks to the internet and development of smaller technology, sensors can now be embedded into everyday devices, allowing these to communicate with each other and feed back data to a central hub. These can include consumers devices such as smart speakers and virtual assistants, or even temperature control systems in an office and industrial machinery on a factory floor. - -According to an IBM blog, IoT can be traced back to 1981, ten years before the World Wide Web was opened to the public. It is believed a group of Carnegie Mellon students were the first to embed a vending machine with sensors in order to monitor its stock levels remotely. In spite of its elusive beginnings, IoT has established itself as an everyday element of modern life. Smartphones, laptops, lights, even cars and fridges, are all examples of daily IoT use. - -IoT is present in every sector, from healthcare and retail to farming and transport. Moreover, it's a fast-growing industry that is spreading across an increasing number of sectors, as more businesses realise how to apply IoT in order to gain a competitive advantage. - -In fact, it has outgrown the 'human' internet exponentially. The number of non IoT devices (laptops, smartphones, etc) currently stands at around 10.2 billion, about the same as last year and with only steady growth since 2010, when there were 8 billion devices. Contrast that with IoT devices (cars, smart home devices, industrial equipment, etc). In 2010 there were just 800 million. Today there are 24.4 billion, set to hit 30.9 billion next year. - -How IoT is being deployed - -We have so far seen two major applications of IoT, those in the consumer space and those in industry. - -IoT devices have been welcomed into our homes in staggering numbers. All over the world we bought just under 40 million smart speakers in the first quarter of 2022, down from a peak just under 60 million in the last quarter of 2020 (not uncoincidentally, the peak of COVID lockdowns). - -Get the ITPro. daily newsletter Receive our latest news, industry updates, featured resources and more. Sign up today to receive our FREE report on AI cyber crime & security - newly updated for 2024. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -If you use a video doorbell or security camera you can check on your phone, Google Nest or Amazon Alexa or a Smart TV preloaded with apps from Netflix or YouTube, you're an IoT user. - -Just as much growth is happening in business or industrial sectors. Sales, marketing, and CRM platforms from providers like Salesforce and Atlassian are connecting data from every corner of a company, its suppliers, and customers to help owners extract value from business intelligence (BI). - -The world's busiest shipping lanes are now managed by IoT devices, with remote sensors automatically logging cargo and syncing the data from a port to a central hub. - -In healthcare, patients are wearing a variety of devices. Initially this started with familiar technology, such as a Fitbit wrist band that counts your daily steps. However, more advanced technology is appearing, including the Nanowear SimpleSENSE, an undergarment that captures and reports on temperature, blood pressure, blood flow hemodynamics, lung volume, and fluid and ECG readings. Health IoT devices that capture such data can send it directly to your doctor where they can make diagnoses and prescribe treatments via text or email. - -RELATED WHITEPAPER (Image credit: IBM) Transform the capabilities of your data solutions - -In agriculture, sensors in the ground can measure moisture or nutrient content and pass this data to irrigation or fertilization systems. Harvest monitoring can augment the expertise of farmers with atmospheric readings to make sure harvesting occurs at exactly the right time. - -We're also seeing a greater number of electric cars on the roads, with many of their manufacturers racing to be the first to develop reliable self-driving technology. So far, the majority of the driver safety smarts and algorithms are embedded into the vehicle itself, but infrastructure providers are starting to formalise plans for smart roads. Sensors under the asphalt, in traffic lights, and on signs will collect data and potentially connect to every vehicle on the road, diverting them from traffic jams, reporting on overall flow performance to let city planners make changes, and even summoning emergency services automatically if there's an accident. - -The technology behind IoT - -Any IoT system comprises three essential components; sensors, connectivity and analytics. - -Sensors are as varied as the applications that use them. Most of us are used to simple audio or visual data when asking Alexa to cue up the latest Amazon series or check who's at the door through a smart home app. - -But IoT sensors can measure almost everything you can think of. A GPS receiver can pinpoint an object's location. Digital thermometers can measure the temperature anywhere from the living room to the greenhouse, making automated adjustments. Barometers can measure humidity in office HVAC systems to make sure they operate at peak efficiency. - -Weather data and water levels from across Singapore are monitored using digital twin technology in an effort to better predict flash-flooding ( story link (Image credit: Singapore GovTech) - -Motion and proximity sensors that automatically open doors have been with us for decades, but as part of an IoT network they can contribute to the efficient use of a building by helping build a digital twin 3D model. - -Pressure sensors and scales can measure the displacement or weight of an object or the air pressure inside it, applicable everywhere from inflating your car tyres to comfortable air travel. - -Those sensors have onboard microprocessors that collect data about how they're used and what they measure over time, and the next step – connectivity – is how they transmit it to a central processing hub. - -Like the consumer internet, IoT connectivity depends on the application. Simpler systems might rely on wired connections like Ethernet, but larger systems that cover a wider physical area might use public or dedicated Wi-Fi. In the case of industrial devices that are reliant on low-latency connections, 5G is typically the answer. Systems that operate on smaller scales but contain an array of moving parts moving in and out of the system might use RFID or Bluetooth. - -But the secret sauce of the IoT is analytics. When all the data is collected from across the farm, store, factory, or household, it is then analysed to give owners and operators a snapshot about how the facility or system is performing overall. This helps to pinpoint bottlenecks in production, identify breakdowns waiting to happen that would be impossible for a human to foresee, and find efficiencies that can save time and money. - -There are still plenty of challenges for hardware makers, engineers, and inventors; security, privacy, and compatibility standards, to name just a few. - -Why is IoT so important? - -Glasgow recently opened its Smart Things Accelerator Centre (STAC), a private-public partnership designed to help drive IoT innovation across the city ( story link (Image credit: Getty Images) - -It's somewhat inevitable that with the growing availability of faster and more reliable broadband, devices will soon come with the ability to connect to WiFi as standard. The IoT is already beginning to shape the way we manage our daily routines; cars are able to sync with calendars to track appointments and plan best routes, and smart assistances have transformed shopping into a conversation. - -Yet, by far the most compelling application of IoT can be found within industry, where AI is revolutionising the way we do business. Smart cities are helping us to cut down on waste and energy consumption, while manufacturers are now able to use connected machines that automate repair call outs. - -Is IoT safe? - -In 2016, it was alleged that hackers used an IoT enabled fish tank as a gateway into a North American Casino's network. The tank was supposedly kitted out with sensors to regulate temperature and notify its owner about feeding times and configured to a single VPN. Somehow, the hackers managed to breach that and gain access to further systems within the casino. - -While it is a funny story, it also highlights the dangers of IoT in that each device you have can also be a gateway into your entire network. For businesses that have whole factories running IoT machinery, or offices that have IoT hardware, making sure everything is secure can be a big headache. - -A part of the problem can be default passwords that are easy to crack. This was the main focus of a UK government proposition called 'Secure by Design' that called on manufacturers to embed security into the design, rather than adding it after its built. - -This is quite important for IoT, especially as almost anything can be internet-enabled and this can sometimes mean so-called 'headless devices'. Something that doesn't have a way to modify a password because it has rudimentary controls or no interface.",1731883653,ccc25c2a24,33236151f0,,,1731883653 -https://www.foxnews.com/politics/speaker-johnson-opposes-releasing-matt-gaetz-house-ethics-report-open-pandoras-box,http://feeds.foxnews.com/foxnews/politics,Speaker Johnson opposes releasing Matt Gaetz's House Ethics report: 'Open a Pandora's box',"House Speaker Mike Johnson explained his opposition to releasing the House Ethics Committee report on Rep. Matt Gaetz, R-Fla., on Sunday. - -Johnson, R-La., made the comments during an appearance on ""Fox News Sunday"" with host Shannon Bream. He argued that releasing such a report after Gaetz's resignation could open a ""Pandora's box."" Gaetz resigned from Congress last week shortly after President-elect Trump nominated him to serve as U.S. attorney general. - -Bream began by asking Johnson whether he was aware of the contents of the ethics report, which pertained to alleged sexual misconduct. - -""I don't know anything about the contents of the report because the way the rules work, of course, the speaker of the House can't put a thumb on the scale or be involved in an Ethics Committee report. What I do know is that the comments about there being a precedent for releasing reports is not exactly accurate,"" Johnson said. - -MIKE JOHNSON WINS REPUBLICAN SUPPORT TO BE HOUSE SPEAKER AGAIN AFTER TRUMP ENDORSEMENT - -""There's a very important reason for the tradition and the rule that we always have – almost always followed – and that is that we don't issue investigations and ethics reports on people who are not members of Congress. I'm afraid that that would open a Pandora's box because the jurisdiction of the Ethics Committee is limited to those who are serving in the institution. That's its very purpose. And I think this would be a breach of protocol that could be dangerous for us going forward in the future,"" he added. - -MATT GAETZ FACES GOP SENATE OPPOSITION AFTER TRUMP SELECTION FOR ATTORNEY GENERAL - -ABC News reported on Thursday that a woman testified to the ethics committee that she had sexual relations with Gaetz when she was 17 years old. The House investigation ceased when Gaetz resigned on Wednesday. - -Gaetz told Fox News Digital in response to the new report, ""These allegations are invented and would constitute false testimony to Congress. This false smear following a three-year criminal investigation should be viewed with great skepticism."" - -The chief counsel for the House Ethics Committee declined to comment when asked by Fox News Digital. - -REPUBLICANS PROJECTED TO KEEP CONTROL OF HOUSE AS TRUMP PREPARES TO IMPLEMENT AGENDA - -Fox News Digital also reached out to Gaetz's congressional office for comment. - -The Department of Justice (DOJ) had previously spoken to the woman, now in her 20s, according to ABC, as part of its years-long investigation into Gaetz related to accusations of sex trafficking and obstruction of justice. - -The DOJ ultimately did not press charges, and Gaetz has consistently denied all wrongdoing. - -Details of the matter could come out if Gaetz goes through the Senate confirmation process to lead the department that once investigated him. - -CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP - -Sen. John Cornyn, R-Texas, a senior member of the Senate Judiciary Committee, suggested he would want to see the report. - -""I think there should not be any limitation on the Senate Judiciary Committee's investigation, including whatever the House Ethics Committee has generated,"" he told reporters. - -Fox News' Elizabeth Elkind and Tyler Olsen contributed to this report",1731883656,7b5f0a8391,337a164d84,,,1731883656 -https://www.bundesliga.com/en/2bundesliga/news/nuremberg-head-coach-miroslav-klose-prepares-to-face-former-side-kaiserslautern-29634,https://www.bundesliga.com/rss,Nuremberg head coach Miroslav Klose prepares to face former side Kaiserslautern,"Miroslav Klose, in charge at Nuremberg since the start of the season, is preparing for a Friday night fixture against Kaiserslautern, the club at which he announced himself on the Bundesliga stage. An enthralling duel is expected at the Max-Morlock-Stadion, not just because of the history between the two sides, but also given the current league standings. - -Nuremberg currently occupy sixth position in the table and are four places ahead of upcoming opponents Kaiserslautern, which might sound like a considerable gap, but in typical Bundesliga 2 fashion, just one point separates the two teams. Defeat at home for Klose's side would see them slip down the table, as they will be overtaken by last year’s DFB Cup finalists and potentially other sides like Magdeburg and Hertha Berlin who are eager to keep pace with the early promotion contenders. - -The tight table reflects the excitement of the opening 11 matchdays of the 2024/25 campaign, of which both Nuremberg and Lautern have had their fair share. Take goal-laden Matchday 10 for example: Whilst Nuremberg won 8-3 against fellow Bavarian side Jahn Regensburg, the Red Devils claimed a thrilling 4-3 away victory over current league leaders Fortuna Düsseldorf. Both sides will be looking to return to winning ways after drawing their last league fixture, as FCN took a point away from Hamburg's Volksparkstadion whilst Kaiserslautern picked up a point in a 2-2 draw against Magdeburg. - -Watch: Nuremberg 8-3 Jahn Regensburg - highlights - -Striker-turned-coach Klose certainly seems to have passed on his attacking wisdom to his players, as only last weekend’s opponents HSV have bettered their tally of 24 league goals so far this season. Midfielder Julian Justvan, who has netted three goals and registered four assists, currently leads in terms of goal involvements at Der Club and is confident ahead of the meeting with Lautern: “We can go into it with our heads up. We need to get another reward for the performances we’ve been putting in recently on Friday.” - -Friday night’s visitors to the Max-Morlock-Stadion have scored 20 goals in their opening 11 league fixtures, eight of which have come from set-play scenarios, the most of any side in Bundesliga 2. Klose’s side will need to be wary of the threat the Red Devils pose from the dead ball if they wish to get anything from this game. Despite their strength at taking set-pieces, Kaiserslautern have also conceded the most goals from corners in the league, indicating just how crucial a role set pieces may play in Friday’s match. - -The match will be the 69th meeting between the two sides in the top two divisions of German football, and their 15th face-off in Bundesliga 2. Whilst Der Club boast the better record in the top flight (26 wins, 18 FCK wins, 10 draws), the Red Devils have had more success in this fixture in Bundesliga 2, winning six times compared to Nuremberg’s four victories (four draws). Watch: All you need to know about Klose's Bundesliga playing career - -About the players Miroslav Marian Jozef Klose 1. FC Nürnberg - -Want more Bundesliga Action? GET THE UPDATES! - -All-time World Cup record goalscorer Klose spent five years at then-Bundesliga outfit Kaiserslautern at the beginning of his career, making 170 appearances and scoring a total of 70 goals. This spell gave him the platform to develop as a top marksman, and he went on to play for Werder Bremen and then Bayern Munich, where he won two league-and-cup doubles (2007/08 and 2009/10). In 2011, he transferred to Italian side Lazio, the club at which he finished his playing career. The 2014 World Cup winner’s journey into coaching began back at Bayern, where he took on roles as U17s head coach and then as first-team assistant coach before taking charge at Austrian Bundesliga side Altach between June 2022 and March 2023. Klose now finds himself at the helm of a Nuremburg side who last played in the Bundesliga in the 2018/19 season and who finished their last campaign on 40 points and in 12th place. - -When Klose hung up his boots in 2016, many Lautern fans were hopeful of his return to the club in a coaching role. And when asked about this in an interview, club chairman at the time Thomas Gries admitted: “We ought to at least try.” There will be a reunion of sorts between Klose and Kaiserslautern this weekend, but it will be with their ex-frontman in the opposition dugout as head coach of Nuremburg, and he will be looking to get one over on his former employers to move closer to the Bundesliga 2 promotion spots. - -Follow Klose's reunion with Kaiserslautern on Friday night",1731883679,26eff8ae46,3360aca964,,,1731883679 -http://android-developers.googleblog.com/2024/09/gemini-android-studio-code-completion-model-improvements.html,https://android-developers.googleblog.com/feeds/posts/default,Gemini in Android Studio: Code Completion Gains Powerful Model Improvements,"Posted by Sandhya Mohan – Product Manager, Android Studio and Sarmad Hashmi – Software Engineer, Labs - -The Android team believes AI has the potential to revolutionize coding, drive unprecedented innovation and productivity in software development, and supercharge your development productivity. AI code completion is a key part of this effort within Gemini in Android Studio. - -Since launching in May 2024, we've been hard at work improving this feature to provide the best possible experience for all Android developers. In this post, we want to take you “under the hood” on how we achieved a 40% relative increase in acceptance rate since release, and share some of our excitement for how we have seen Android developers use this feature. We hope you'll give it a try and let us know what you think. - -An AI coding companion for every developer - -Our vision for Gemini in Android Studio is to empower developers to build high quality Android apps — making it easy for developers to quickly write correct code aligned with Android's best practices. Launched last year, the first version of Studio Bot provided a chat experience where developers could access Android-specific guidance, powered by Google's latest AI models. Developers are able to ask Gemini in Android Studio to provide developer guidance, summarize technical documentation, and critique their Android code. But in all these cases the feedback is reactive, responding to a user's question. - -AI code completion takes these capabilities a step further by providing real-time feedback as you work as a developer, thinking ahead and suggesting the next few lines of code that you are likely to type based on the context from the surrounding file and what was just typed. You can think of AI Code Completion as a partner in your work — a coding companion waiting to offer guidance when you need it. - -This feature is particularly well suited for tasks like defining business logic, creating database schemas, making network requests, or even writing tests — tasks that are often time-consuming and distract from building the core experience for your app. Many developers have told us how much they enjoy the speed AI completions brings to their app development workflow. - -Bringing more intelligent code completion to Android development - -While we are excited to see how AI Code Completions have improved developers’ workflows, we know there's still more we can do to improve developer productivity. Development of Gemini in Android Studio is an ongoing, large-scale collaborative effort by many teams across Google. Earlier this year, we switched to Gemini 1.5 models and saw a significant improvement in the quality of code completions, resulting in a 2x increase in our developer productivity metrics, including overall acceptance rate for suggestions. - -Once we started doing A/B test experiments to improve AI code completion we found several improvements around model quality, context, and heuristics. This overall effort led to a 40% relative increase in acceptance rate — how often users accept the AI's proposed code suggestions — since we launched. Since then, we've been exploring several improvements like: - -Retrieval augmentation: With your opt-in consent, we use the files and dependencies most relevant to your current coding context to enhance the accuracy of suggestions. This is just the first step and we're continuing to experiment with adding even more context from the IDE as part of each request. - -With your opt-in consent, we use the files and dependencies most relevant to your current coding context to enhance the accuracy of suggestions. This is just the first step and we're continuing to experiment with adding even more context from the IDE as part of each request. Filtering out low-confidence completions: Prioritize showing high quality suggestions where they are most relevant, and therefore most likely to be accepted. We do this by using a combination of the probabilities returned by the model and using a classifier trained to identify high-quality completions based on developer feedback. - -Prioritize showing high quality suggestions where they are most relevant, and therefore most likely to be accepted. We do this by using a combination of the probabilities returned by the model and using a classifier trained to identify high-quality completions based on developer feedback. Smarter post-processing: The LLM's output for AI Code Completion is fundamentally different from the output users expect in a chat session. Responses need to be tightly scoped in order to quickly output useful code, without surrounding expository text. We apply additional heuristics on the model output to ensure responses are concise and accurate, as well as making sure that the generated code is valid within the context of the user's codebase. - -The LLM's output for AI Code Completion is fundamentally different from the output users expect in a chat session. Responses need to be tightly scoped in order to quickly output useful code, without surrounding expository text. We apply additional heuristics on the model output to ensure responses are concise and accurate, as well as making sure that the generated code is valid within the context of the user's codebase. Improved models: We use opt-in feedback from Android Studio users, such as noting when a code suggestion is accepted or rejected, to adapt the code completion model to their coding style and preferences over time. We regularly ship new models with higher quality data based on your feedback. - -We are also exploring metrics beyond acceptance rate to better measure AI impact on developer velocity, such as the percentage of total code written by AI. - -Try it out! - -We are rolling out these successful experiments and others as quickly as possible. - -If you haven't tried AI code completions yet, you can enable this feature by clicking on the Gemini button in your editor window and signing in to your Google account. - -Figure 1. Launching Gemini in Android Studio for the first time - -After doing so, navigate to Settings > Tools > Gemini and select ""Enable AI-based inline code completions"". - -Figure 2. Enabling ""AI-based inline code completions"" - -As always, Google is committed to the responsible use of AI. Android Studio won't send any of your source code to servers without your consent — which means you'll need to opt-in to enable Gemini's developer assistance features in Android Studio. You can read more on Gemini in Android Studio's commitment to privacy. - -Try enabling AI Code Completions in your project and tell us what you think on social media with #AndroidGeminiEra. We're excited to see how these enhancements help you build amazing apps! - -This blog post is part of our series: AI on Android Spotlight Week, where we provide resources — blog posts, videos, sample code, and more — all designed to to explore the latest in AI and its potential for Android app development.",1731883611,1ebe0fd7fe,33804c8b78,,,1731883611 -https://expeditionportal.com/alpine-loop-adventure-and-gear-put-to-the-test/,https://www.expeditionportal.com/feed/,Alpine Loop: Adventure and Gear Put to the Test,"A Sponsored 36-hour Adventure - -By: Amanda Goad, Dometic - -This summer, we loaded up the new Dometic CFX5 Series and hit Colorado’s Alpine Loop—a rugged 75-mile stretch through the San Juan Mountains, climbing to 10,000 feet. With friends like Karissa and Linghbergh from @gondirtin and Chef Sarah Glover (@missarahglover) along for the ride, we spent days off-grid, sharing stories, good food, and some of the best views Colorado has to offer. - -The Alpine Loop is more than a drive; it’s a journey through remote, raw wilderness. Connecting Silverton and Lake City, the Loop takes you past ghost towns and over high-elevation passes. This isn’t a casual drive—expect narrow, one-lane roads, rough terrain, and sheer drops. Most of the way, it’s just you, your crew, and the landscape, completely off-grid. - -Our adventure started in Silverton, with a quick stop at the ghost town of Animas Forks, and then we took on the Northern Loop with its sweeping views of the San Juans. We set up camp each night, where the CFX5 kept our provisions perfectly chilled, no matter the changing temperatures. After long days on the trail, elk burgers cooked over the fire, and cold drinks straight from the cooler hit the spot. - -Day two brought us to Engineer Pass, a steep, challenging climb with switchbacks that tested our rigs and our nerves. Reaching the summit at 12,800 feet felt like a hard-won reward, and we all gathered for a photo, knowing this was a moment we’d never forget. Karissa and Linghbergh put it best: “Doing the entire Loop with this group made every challenge feel like a shared victory. Knowing we had each other’s backs made it all easier.” - -Meals were a highlight, with Karissa and Linghbergh treating us to a cozy camp dinner of Japanese steaks and spaghetti after a long day’s drive. And on our last night, Chef Sarah Glover turned up the flavor with grilled corn on the cob, tri-tip over the fire, and her famous whiskey-roasted peaches with ice cream—a meal that felt like a true celebration of the adventure. - -The CFX5’s advanced VIP insulation and VMSO 3.5 compressor kept everything fresh and ready, no matter the elevation or terrain. With Bluetooth control and multiple power options, we had everything we needed to stay comfortable, from -7°F to 68°F. - -Ready to hit the Alpine Loop? These must-see spots will take your trip to the next level. - -Silverton, CO: A historic mining town with Victorian charm—stock up and soak in the local history. - -Animas Forks Ghost Town: Old cabins and mining ruins, with sweeping views all around. - -Engineer Pass: The toughest climb on the loop, reaching 12,800 feet. Narrow switchbacks and endless vistas—a true adventure. - -Lake City, CO: A small-town gem, perfect for a breather or lunch. Packed with history and plenty of character. May we suggest lunch at the Packer Bar and Saloon. - -American Basin: Blanketed in wildflowers mid-summer, with towering peaks on every side—the perfect picnic spot. - -Cinnamon Pass: Rocky and narrow, with mountain valley views, are worth every bump. - -And, here’s what you need to bring: - -Full tank of gas (no fuel stops on the Loop) - -Extra food and water for at least an overnight stay - -Your best camping gear, an electric cooler, fire starter, and a way to pack out all trash - -Layers for all weather conditions, from warm days to freezing nights - -A paper map or downloaded GPS—there’s no cell service out there - -Satellite messenger for emergencies - -Camera and binoculars to capture the sights and spot wildlife - -The Alpine Loop isn’t just about the drive; it’s about who you share it with and the gear that keeps you moving. Every twist and turn brings something new, and with the CFX5, we had everything we needed to make the trip memorable. So pack your rig, gather your friends, and get ready for the adventure of a lifetime. The San Juans are waiting. - -Read more: Field Tested :: Dometic Go Hydration Water Jug and Faucet - -Images: Drew Martin for Dometic",1731883667,ecdc66bb02,33880f1b56,,,1731883667 -https://clark.com/credit-cards/amazon-prime-visa-welcome-offer/,https://clark.com/feed/,Amazon Boosts Credit Card Offer in Time for Holiday Shopping,"Our Cash Back Credit Card tool finds the best cash back credit card for your spending habits. Simply enter how much you spend in different categories and we’ll show you which cards offer the best rewards. Find your next credit card today . - -NEW CREDIT CARD TOOL! Maximize your cash back based on your spending habits - -Are you getting into your holiday shopping mode already? If so, you’re likely monitoring the deals on Amazon in addition to your in-person browsing. - -And we have some good news for you if you’re considering making a major purchase with America’s online retail giant: - -card_name has upped its welcome bonus offer for a limited time! - -Limited-Time Amazon Prime Visa Welcome Bonus Offer - -From November 7 through December 5, Prime members can get a $200 Amazon Gift Card instantly upon approval for Prime Visa. - -This gift card offer, which also reached $200 during the summer, is up from the $100-150 gift card value that typically is offered. - -This Chase-backed rewards card has one of those rare welcome offers that does not come with a spending requirement attached. However, you do need to be an Amazon Prime subscriber to apply and receive the benefits of the card. - -Instant receipt of the bonus gift card means you could apply $200 to the purchase you’re planning to make, and then pay the remainder with your new credit card to get 5% cash back on your remaining balance. - -Now that could bring some holiday cheer this year! But is it a card worth having in your wallet for the long term? Let’s discuss. - -Advertisement - -Is the Amazon Prime Visa Worth It? - -Money expert Clark Howard cautions against making a long-term credit card decision based on a short-term gain, so you’re smart to wonder if applying for the Prime Visa is worth more than a simple gift card acquisition. - -The answer likely boils down to your status as an Amazon Prime member and the frequency at which you shop with the online retail giant. - -The card has no annual fee and offers 5% back on purchases made with Amazon, Amazon Fresh and Whole Foods. This rate of return is good enough that we feature the card on our “best of” rewards credit cards, grocery credit cards and shopping credit cards lists. - -Also, eligible Prime card holders can earn 10% back or more on a rotating selection of items and categories on Amazon. - -You can also earn 2% back at gas stations, restaurants and with local transit. All other purchases get 1% back. - -You’ll also be able to spend internationally with no foreign transaction fees. - -So, while it does not offer the unlimited 2% cash back on all purchases that Clark recommends for your everyday spender, it could be an excellent complementary card in your wallet to enhance your cash back earnings. - -Will you be taking advantage of this offer? We’d love to hear your thoughts in the Clark.com community.",1731883639,50810c7520,337d241e2d,,,1731883639 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/trends/g40746010/best-leather-boots-women/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,"The Best Leather Boots, According to Bazaar Editors","Every product on this page was chosen by a Harper's BAZAAR editor. We may earn commission on some of the items you choose to buy. - -Searching for the best leather boots for women takes time, patience, and painful lessons learned from the occasional blister or two. At Bazaar, we’re constantly testing the latest footwear trends and newest shoe styles, while dusting off the classics we consistently go back to every year. - -When it comes to leather boots, everyone has their preferences. Some enjoy a minimalist, everyday pair they can wear from the office to an evening out with friends, while others prefer slightly off-kilter, statement boots reserved for special occasions. Personally, my go-to is a sleek, versatile, low-heeled boot that I can style with baggy jeans or a silky slip. But I have my fair share of beloved statement boots too, laced-up, moto-styles or those covered in fringe that I dust off when it’s time to have some fun. - -Given their versatility and comfort–they’re a practical choice to wear during fall’s unpredictable weather. With so many options to choose from, we polled our editors to reveal the very best options. From slouchy kitten heels to sleek platforms, these are the boots you’ll slip on and never want to take off. - -Shop the best leather boots for women below for every style and budget.",1731883618,66787ad63a,33975e01a7,,,1731883618 -https://www.npr.org/2022/01/21/1074784689/soul-train-and-the-business-of-black-joy,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How the massive success of Soul Train proved the power of Black audiences : Planet Money : NPR,"'Soul Train' and the business of Black joy - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Photo by Bruce W. Talamon © 2018 All Rights Reserved./Bruce W. Talamon Photo by Bruce W. Talamon © 2018 All Rights Reserved./Bruce W. Talamon - -In 1970, when Don Cornelius first launched Soul Train, it was still relatively rare to see Black people on network TV. So the idea of a Black-owned show featuring Black performers and created for a Black audience was revolutionary. - -Don Cornelius's weekly TV dance show became a huge and enduring hit. And Don Cornelius himself pioneered the business of Black joy, and opened doors for Black people from Hollywood to Wall Street to Madison Avenue. - -Music: ""Soul Train"" and ""Soul Train Line."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884688,8181d7a585,336c8feafb,,,1731884688 -https://www.avclub.com/whats-on-tv-nov-17-21,https://www.avclub.com/rss,"What to watch on TV this week (November 17-21, 2024)","What's on TV this week—Dune: Prophecy, Interior Chinatown, A Man On The Inside Plus, Taylor Sheridan debuts his latest drama, Cruel Intentions gets the TV treatment, and more. - -Welcome to What’s On, our weekly roundup of notable shows. Here is what’s happening from Sunday, November 17 to Thursday, November 21. All times are Eastern. [Note: The weekend edition of What’s On drops on Fridays.] - -The biggies - -Dune: Prophecy (HBO, Sunday, 9 p.m.) - -Forget the Atreides clan. It’s time for the Bene Gesserit to shine. Dune: Prophecy, set 10,000 years before Denis Villeneuve’s films, explores the origin story of this powerful sisterhood of soothsayers. The prequel’s six installments chart how siblings Valya (Emily Watson) and Tula Harkonnen (Olivia Williams) brought an army of women together to fight threatening forces. The ensemble also features Jessica Barden, Emma Canning, Jodhi May, Mark Strong, Sarah-Sofie Boussnina, Aoife Hinds, Tabu, and Travis Fimmel. The A.V. Club will recap the show weekly. - -Interior Chinatown (Hulu, Tuesday, 12:01 a.m.) - -Charles Yu adapts his bestselling novel into this entertaining dramedy, which centers on Willis Wu (Jimmy O. Yang), a meek waiter who breaks out of his shell while investigating the disappearance of his brother. Chloe Bennet, Ronny Chieng, Tzi Ma, Archie Kao, Diana Lin, Chris Pang, Lisa Gilroy, and Sullivan Jones round out the cast. Check out The A.V. Club‘s review of the show. - -A Man On The Inside (Netflix, Thursday, 3:01 a.m.) - -Mike Schur reunites with Ted Danson for his new comedy A Man On The Inside (based on the 2020 doc The Mole Agent). In the show, Danson plays a retired widower who ends up becoming an undercover spy at a San Francisco senior living community. Stephanie Beatriz, Mary Elizabeth Ellis, Sally Struthers, Stephen McKinley-Henderson, and Eugene Cordero co-star. Look out for The A.V. Club‘s review on Thursday. - -More newbies - -Landman (Paramount+, Sunday, 3:01 a.m.) - -Yellowstone is far from the only Taylor Sheridan drama gracing our screens this fall. His latest series boasts Billy Bob Thornton, who stars (alongside the likes of Ali Larter, Jon Hamm, Demi Moore, Andy Garcia, and Michael Peña) as fixer for an oil company in Texas. Here’s a bit from The A.V. Club‘s review: - -The main reason to watch Landman is Thornton. He brings genuine juice to speeches that shouldn’t be as entertaining as they are: pissy little diatribes about clean-energy zealots, sex workers, anti-smoking regulations, governmental red tape, rapacious bankers, and whatever else is under his skin at the moment. - -Leonardo Da Vinci (PBS, Monday, 8 p.m.) - -Ken Burns’ two-part docuseries explores how Leonardo da Vinci’s work took off in Italy during a period of war and religious upheaval, influencing generations of innovative talent. The project features insights from contemporary painters, historians, engineers, and others. - -Cruel Intentions (Prime Video, Thursday, 12:01 a.m.) - -It took long enough but the Cruel Intentions TV series is finally here. The show focuses on two popular, manipulative step-siblings (portrayed by Sarah Catherine Hook and Zac Burgess), the toasts of their college’s Greek life, who try to seduce a student who just so happens to be the Vice President’s daughter. The A.V. Club‘s review publishes on Wednesday. - -Other picks - -Making Manson (Peacock, Tuesday, 3:01 a.m.) - -It looks like society will never get its fill of Charles Manson stories. Billie Mintz’s three-part docuseries Making Manson promises previously unheard audio of the murderer (culled from more than 100 hours of recorded conversations) as well as interviews with his “family.” - -Our Oceans (Netflix, Wednesday, 3:01 a.m.) - -This Netflix project has a powerful narrator in Barack Obama, and its five episodes dig into ocean life with the help of cutting-edge underwater filmmaking technology. - -The Merry Gentlemen (Netflix, Wednesday, 3:01 a.m.) - -Britt Robertson and Chad Michael Murray top this Christmas romance, in which a woman (Britt Robertson) tries to save her parents’ performing-arts venue by turning it into a male strip club. - -Can’t miss recaps - -The Franchise (HBO, Sunday, 10 p.m.) - -What We Do In The Shadows (FX, Monday, 10 p.m.) - -Shrinking (Apple TV+, Wednesday, 12:01 a.m.) - -Arriving now - -Night Court (NBC, Tuesday, 8:30 p.m., season three premiere) - -Based On A True Story (Peacock, Thursday, 3:01 a.m., season two) - -The Sex Lives Of College Girls (Max, Thursday, 9:01 p.m., season three premiere) - -Ending soon - -Tulsa King (Paramount+, Sunday, 3:01 a.m., season two finale) - -Rescue Hi-Surf (FOX, Monday, 8 p.m., season one fall finale) - -Midnight Family (Apple TV+, Wednesday, 12:01 a.m., season one finale) - -Chicago Med, Chicago Fire, Chicago P.D. (NBC, Wednesday, 8-11 p.m., fall finales) - -9-1-1, Doctor Odyssey, Grey’s Anatomy (ABC, Thursday, 8-11 p.m., fall finales) - -Law & Order (NBC, Thursday, 8 p.m., season 24 fall finale)",1731883662,66c132240d,342070fb4d,,,1731883662 -https://www.utilitydive.com/news/boem-environmental-review-california-offshore-wind-lease/732960/,https://www.utilitydive.com/feeds/news/,"As Trump threat to offshore wind looms, BOEM assesses 5 California areas","Listen to the article 6 min This audio is auto-generated. Please let us know if you have feedback - -Dive Brief: - -The Bureau of Ocean Energy Management on Wednesday announced a draft programmatic environmental impact statement assessing five offshore wind lease sites off the coast of California and suggesting potential measures to mitigate enviromental, wildlife and other impacts. - -The PEIS comes a week after the re-election of President-elect Donald Trump, who said at a May rally that he would issue an executive order to “make sure that [offshore wind] ends on day one.” California regulators have set a goal of deplying 25 GW of offshore wind resources by 2045. - -BOEM posting the PEIS initiated a 90-day comment period for stakeholders who want to provide feedback. Comments are due Feb. 12. - -Dive Insight: - -The California Energy Commission is aiming to deploy 2 GW to 5 GW of offshore wind by 2030, then ramp up deployment over the next 15 years, according to a strategic plan released in June. - -The five Humboldt and Morro Bay lease areas total over 373,268 acres and contain a potential 4.6 GW in capacity. Located offshore California’s north and central coasts, they were the first lease areas identified offshore the state and auctioned by BOEM in 2022. - -“This is only the second time BOEM has conducted a regional analysis of offshore renewable energy development and operations over multiple lease areas,” BOEM said in a Wednesday release. “BOEM decided to take this additional step to complete a PEIS because of the relatively close proximity of the five lease areas and the timing of when BOEM expects to receive future project plans for review.” - -“This report is good news and another important step forward for floating offshore wind in California,” industry coalition Offshore Wind California said in a release. The group said the review “will help ensure timely decisions can be made to advance floating offshore wind for the Golden State and facilitate adoption of mitigation measures to minimize impacts and protect local communities, marine life, and the environment.” - -The PEIS analyzed three scenarios: Alternative A, in which development does not occur in the Humboldt and Morro Bay lease areas; Alternative B, in which development occurs “without the application of any mitigation measures that could avoid, minimize, mitigate, and monitor those impacts”; and Alternative C, in which development occurs along with mitigation measures. - -The mitigation measures BOEM suggested in Alternative C include passive acoustic monitoring, which measures construction sound levels and monitors the presence of vocalizing marine species like whales, as well as avoiding the use of the greenhouse gas sulfur hexafluoride and a vessel speed limit. - -In September, President-elect Trump remarked at a rally that offshore wind generation was making whales ""crazy"" and causing dead whales to wash ashore on a weekly basis, the BBC reported. The PEIS noted that anticipated vessel traffic in the lease areas is high, “and the composition of such traffic is diverse,” but even without mitigation efforts, “mortality risk is low and not expected” for toothed whales in the area. - -When it comes to noise, BOEM said, “behavioral disturbance is possible with higher-amplitude sources like bubble guns, some boomers, and high-power sparkers, but unlikely with mitigation (clearance zones, shutdowns, etc.). These sounds could cause temporary acoustic masking in low- or mid-frequency cetaceans (e.g., sperm whales) but would not cause behavioral disturbance due to their low source levels and intermittent use.” - -When comparing the three alternatives, BOEM generally found that offshore wind development – even without mitigation – could benefit the local environment, citing the associated emissions reductions. Though BOEM said offshore wind development poses risks to native animals like bats, birds and sea turtles, the agency added that a scenario where no development occurred in the lease areas meant those animals would continue to be harmed by existing environmental trends. - -“Mitigation measures under Alternative C may reduce impacts on bats in the offshore environment, though the extent of any reduction would depend on project-level detail not available at the programmatic stage,” BOEM said. - -BOEM said that the Alternative B option “would have impacts on mysticetes, odontocetes, pinnipeds, and fissipeds, with potentially beneficial impacts on odontocetes,” which includes toothed whales and dolphins, “and pinnipeds,” which includes seals and sea lions, “though such benefits may be offset by increased entanglement risk with [offshore wind] structures/moorings.” - -When it comes to birds, BOEM said, “operation of the offshore [wind turbines] would pose the largest risk and could lead to long-term impacts (mortality and displacement),” but both alternatives B and C “could result in increased foraging opportunities” for some birds. - -“Additional environmental analyses specific to each proposed wind energy project will build off this programmatic review once BOEM receives individual proposed project plans from the existing leaseholders,” the agency said.",1731883641,f0fb325afe,33ad9cc769,,,1731883641 -https://www.npr.org/2023/04/14/1170103587/interest-rates-mortgage-summers-blanchard,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Are we destined for high interest rates forever? : Planet Money : NPR,"The life and possible death of low interest rates - -Right now, the economy is running hot. Inflation is high, and central banks are pushing up interest rates to fight it. But before the pandemic, economies around the world were stuck in a different rut: low inflation, low interest rates, low growth. - -In 2013, Larry Summers unearthed an old term from the Great Depression to explain why the economy was in this rut: secular stagnation. The theory resonated with Olivier Blanchard, another leading scholar, because he had made similar observations himself. Larry and Olivier would go on to build a case for why secular stagnation was a defining theory of the economy and why government policies needed to respond to it. They helped reshape many people's understanding of the economy, and suggested that this period of slow growth and low interest rates was here to stay for a long time. - -Sponsor Message - -But today, Larry and Olivier are no longer the duo they used to be. As inflation has spiked worldwide, interest rates have followed suit. Earlier this year, Larry announced that he was no longer on the secular stagnation train. Olivier, meanwhile, believes we're just going through a minor blip and will return to a period of low interest rates within the near future. He doesn't see the deep forces that led to a long-run decline in interest rates as just vanishing. Who's right? The future of the global economy could depend on the answer. - -This show was produced by Willa Rubin with help from Emma Peaslee, engineered by Maggie Luthar, fact-checked by Sierra Juarez and edited by Jess Jiang. - -Music: ""West Green Road 2,"" ""Meet Me In The Lobby"" and ""The Sky Was Orange."" - -Help support Planet Money by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884640,8181d7a585,33c060b32b,,,1731884640 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/11/ai-criminal-justice-trend-attorneys-need-know-about,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,AI in Criminal Justice Is the Trend Attorneys Need to Know About,"The integration of artificial intelligence (AI) into our criminal justice system is one of the most worrying developments across policing and the courts, and EFF has been tracking it for years. EFF recently contributed a chapter on AI’s use by law enforcement to the American Bar Association’s annual publication, The State of Criminal Justice 2024. - -The chapter describes some of the AI-enabled technologies being used by law enforcement, including some of the tools we feature in our Street-Level Surveillance hub, and discusses the threats AI poses to due process, privacy, and other civil liberties. - -Face recognition, license plate readers, and gunshot detection systems all operate using forms of AI, all enabling broad, privacy-deteriorating surveillance that have led to wrongful arrests and jail time through false positives. Data streams from these tools—combined with public records, geolocation tracking, and other data from mobile phones—are being shared between policing agencies and used to build increasingly detailed law enforcement profiles of people, whether or not they’re under investigation. AI software is being used to make black box inferences and connections between them. A growing number of police departments have been eager to add AI to their arsenals, largely encouraged by extensive marketing by the companies developing and selling this equipment and software. - -“As AI facilitates mass privacy invasion and risks routinizing—or even legitimizing—inequalities and abuses, its influence on law enforcement responsibilities has important implications for the application of the law, the protection of civil liberties and privacy rights, and the integrity of our criminal justice system,” EFF Investigative Researcher Beryl Lipton wrote. - -The ABA’s 2024 State of Criminal Justice publication is available from the ABA in book or PDF format.",1731883662,1face9fbd3,33d3c1415f,,,1731883662 -https://www.adweek.com/brand-marketing/behind-the-scenes-of-coca-colas-ai-reinvention-of-a-holiday-classic/,https://www.adweek.com/feed/?category_name=Social-Pro-Daily,How Coca-Cola Reinvented a Holiday Classic With AI,"ADWEEK House is headed to Las Vegas on January 8! Our house is your house to unwind, recharge and network during the industry’s largest consumer tech moment. RSVP . - -One of the buzziest campaigns of the holiday season so far is Coca-Cola’s artificial intelligence (AI) reboot of its classic ad, “Holidays Are Coming.” - -Since the rise of generative AI, the technology has invoked fear from some in the industry who worry it could harm creative jobs. But the Coke ad creators at Silverside AI, an innovation lab part of agency Pereira O’Dell, say AI enhanced the human creativity behind one of the world’s most famous campaigns. - -Coca-Cola’s global holiday campaign this year includes the “Holidays Are Coming” remake, its Christmas Truck Tour, the second annual “The World Needs More Santas” ad, and a festive digital AI experience that lets people create personalized snow globe animations. - -This isn’t Coca-Cola’s first AI-driven holiday push. Last year, its “Create Real Magic” campaign included a feature that let people make digital holiday cards with generative AI. - -However, this year, AI played an even bigger role to reimagine Coca-Cola’s holiday campaign for a modern era. The AI version of “Holidays Are Coming” nods to the original while making the campaign more personalized and relevant to audiences around the world, Silverside AI’s leaders explained. - -PJ Pereira, co-founder and partner at Silverside AI and co-founder and creative chairman at Pereira O’Dell, and Rob Wrubel, co-founder and managing partner at Silverside AI, lifted the lid on the creative process and what they learned along the way. - -A modern twist on a holiday icon - -Since its debut in 1995, Coca-Cola’s Christmas Truck has become synonymous with the holiday season. Earlier this year, the brand called on Silverside AI to create “a modern interpretation” of the truck, Pereira told ADWEEK. - -Silverside AI turned to generative AI platforms including Stable Diffusion, Pactto, DALL-E, ChatGPT, and its own tool Director Magic to create the ad, in a process that felt more like “software development” than traditional filmmaking, said Pereira. - -Using AI sped up the creation process and allowed creatives to see ideas come to life instantly. Silverside AI “produced a rough draft of the spot within three days of one of our first meetings [with the client],” Wrubel recalled. - -“The moment you have a process where creatives can immediately see ideas come to life in real time, it transforms the creative process altogether. It’s a revolutionary thing,” Pereira said. - -AI also made the process more collaborative, with Silverside AI able to send edits and updates to the client nearly every day rather than every couple of weeks, Wrubel said. - -Navigating new challenges - -One potential hitch came late in the process, when the Coca-Cola client asked Silverside AI if it could develop customized versions of the spot for various cities and global markets. - -“Our immediate reaction was, ‘of course not, it’s too late,’” Pereira said. “But then we said, ‘wait – this isn’t the old world anymore. Maybe we can.’” - -Within a few days, Silverside AI delivered 110 different versions of the spot, including 27 key market localizations that feature skylines customized to the cities in which they will air. - -While AI can make the creative process faster and more flexible, it also presents challenges. One is keeping up with the fast-evolving technology – new AI tools emerged from the time Silverside AI started working on the ad in June to its launch this month, said Pereira. - -AI also does not allow the same “level of precision and control” in post-production, he added, explaining that animators adjusted and polished the ad to match Coca-Cola’s color scheme, logo, and the look of the trucks. - -Nevertheless, Pereira praised AI for simplifying project management tasks that often eat into creatives’ time: “When technology with the power of AI steps into the process, creativity becomes way more important than project management.” - -“For the last five years, I’ve been hearing creatives complain about doing more for less money, that things have become impossible,” he continued. “It’s not impossible anymore. AI allows us to take great ideas that would have died without the budgets and bring them to life, for multiple ideas to get made, to elevate the level of everything.” - -As Coca-Cola’s iconic campaign debuts its AI makeover to the world, it is indicative of where AI could take advertising, Wrubel said. - -“The quality and ability for creatives to generate breakthrough creativity is only going to get better,” he said. “This is a journey, and the only way to move on the journey is to use the tools and make things.”",1731883635,833b83b547,33cf5fa628,,,1731883635 -https://transom.org/2014/howsound-live/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,HowSound Live!,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/10/HowSound-Live-Death-of-a-Bangalore-Law-Student-with-Michael-May.mp3 Download Listen to “HowSound Live!” - -Michael May deserves a medal. Michael was the first guest recorded live in front of an audience for HowSound. He should get a medal for graciously being my guinea pig and making it easy for me. - -A few years ago, Michael produced a story for The World set in India. It posed some real challenges for him including a sticky journalistic dilemma. Micheal reveals the whole backstory to “Death of a Bangalore Law Student” on this edition of the podcast. - -Michael May reads his pitch for the story “Death of a Bangalore Law Student.” Photo by Neena Pathak - -However, not only will you get to hear Michael’s backstory, I also pull the curtain back on how this episode was produced. It’s not very flattering, I must say. - -I ‘m sending a million thanks to the good folks at AIR (The Association of Independents on Radio) and the Boston radio listening group, The Sonic Soiree, who hosted the live HowSound event. They provided a great space, lots of delicious food, and a warm and casual environment for the three dozen radio producers who attended. - -With this live HowSound under my belt, I am SO ready to host a couple more episodes at the upcoming Third Coast International Audio Festival, November 7-9 in Chicago. I’ll chat with winners from this year’s competition. I hope you’ll stop by, listen, and ask questions. See ya there!",1731883707,c00d35bf2d,3439a71cb5,,,1731883707 -https://www.cnbc.com/2024/11/15/cold-coffee-grows-more-popular-in-the-us.html,https://www.cnbc.com/id/100003114/device/rss/rss.html,Here's why Americans are obsessed with iced coffee,"Cold coffee is booming in the U.S. - -In 2023, Americans spent about $17.7 billion on out-of-home cold coffee including iced coffee, cold brew and frozen coffee drinks. That is more than double the $8.5 billion consumers spent in 2016, according to food service research firm Technomic. - -Giants like Starbucks have played a major role in iced drinks taking share from more traditional hot coffee. - -""The way it usually works in the U.S. is that coffee trends start at the coffee shop and above all, at the big chains like Starbucks,"" said Matthew Barry, insight manager for food and beverages at Euromonitor International. - -Cold drinks accounted for about 75% of Starbucks' beverage sales in its fiscal 2024 third quarter, up from 37% in 2013. - -Younger coffee drinkers are fueling the growth. 45% of coffee drinkers ages 18 to 24 said they had a cold coffee in the past day according to a survey conducted in July 2024 by the National Coffee Association. - -""There is less cravings for variety with those older generations ... I think it's kind of hard to break that mindset with a generation that, for so much of their lifetime, it has just been that hot beverage,"" said Kelsey Olsen, Mintel's U.S. food and drink analyst. - -Olsen said that iced coffee and cold brew are accessible entry points for young consumers. - -Cold coffee drinks are highly customizable, with syrups, toppings and cold foam incorporated into many of the popular offerings at major coffeehouse chains. These add-ins can largely alter the natural, bitter taste of coffee. A large frozen mocha coffee from Dunkin' and Dutch Bros , for example, both have more than 100 grams of sugar. - -Both chains told CNBC that a majority of their beverages sales come from cold drinks. - -Ready-to-drink coffee, which is almost always drank cold in the U.S., has also become more popular. Consumption rose 43% between 2019 and 2023, according to Euromonitor International. - -""If you look at something like, the Starbucks Double Shot or Java Monster, is that an energy drink? Is that ready to drink coffee? I don't know, the consumer doesn't really seem to care,"" said Barry, ""The cold consumer is much more of a casual coffee drinker ... who's okay with the fact that their coffee drink may have very little actual coffee in it."" - -While the lines of what constitutes a coffee are increasingly blurred, young consumers have responded favorably to the new innovations and flavor profiles that are emerging. - -""One of the reasons we're so bullish on cold coffee and cold brew and all of these things is that's now becoming ingrained in the consumer and in what they expect and what they look for. And as these cohorts continue to grow and age and come into middle age, et cetera, that a lot of that preference is going to stick similar to how we saw that with the older consumers,"" said David Henkes, senior principal at Technomic. - -Watch the video to learn more about why cold coffee has taken off in the United States.",1731883659,a25f737359,341264cac1,,,1731883659 -https://www.thespike.gg/valorant/news/esic-commissioner-ian-smith-on-msi-s-ai-cheat-monitor-it-should-be-completely-banned-from-esports-because-it-has-a-radically-unbalancing-effect-on-the-meta-of-any-game/5808,https://www.thespike.gg/rss.xml,"With MSI's built-in AI module monitor displayed at CES, we asked ESIC's Commissioner Ian Smith on his thoughts on the use of such technology in gaming and esports.","In essence, it is currently impossible to 100% pinpoint how trainable the monitor’s AI is, but there is an aspect to consider, and that is competitive integrity. - -We have asked Ian Smith, the commissioner of Esports Integrity Commission (ESIC), that deals with cheating and match fixing in the esports environment, about his thoughts on the MSI monitor with the AI SkySight module. - -Ian Smith on the MSI monitor, AI modules, and esports integrity - -What are your initial thoughts on AI assistance in competitive titles? - -Ian Smith: The balance of any competitive title is a very technical matter over which the game developer has spent a lot of time and in consultation with the community with the balance change. If an external factor radically changes the overall meta of the game as this AI module would, it affects the entirety of the competitive scene. Unless every player uses the same monitor, the competitive balance between the players in any particular match is obviously affected. That would both, not be good for the competitive title, would unbalance the entire game, but would also under the terms of service in 99% of games be considered cheating as an external aid to the playing of the game. It would be similar to stream sniping and other forms of cheating that are heavily sanctioned by any integrity organization or game publisher. - -I have no doubt that any game publisher made aware of the potential of this monitor would outlaw its use in competitive gaming. So yes, it gives a significant competitive advantage so even if every player uses it, negating that competitive advantage it changes the meta of the game to such an extent that whilst it’s confined to one ecosystem of 10 players that may be ok, as it may have been agreed, it’s not the same game as played by everyone else. - -Apparently, the monitor features training AI SkySight locally, allowing it to, for example, draw more attention to health bars when low HP, highlighting enemies on the screen, or even potentially highlighting sound direction. Is such hardware featuring AI something that should be integrated and normalized, or should this be completely banned from esports? - -Ian Smith: It should be completely banned from esports because it has a radically unbalancing effect on the meta of any game where competitive balance has been carefully constructed both by the developers of the game and the community in conjunction of the game commenting on each aspect. So whilst it’s conceivable, but in conjunction with the community you could now balance the game, to include how the software, the new AI, affects it, it would be irrelevant if everyone could use that AI software, that monitor, which we know is unlikely for a lot of reasons. So my view is that it should be completely banned in the same way that you would ban a hack, or external software, or stream sniping, or any measure that takes the players away from the core quality of the software un-enhanced by any external factor. - -2023 saw a rise in AI being more accessible and usable by consumers. With AI inevitably creeping into the gaming sphere, do you think there should be any boundaries made to draw the line what is and is not allowed in esports as far as AI-assisted hardware software is concerned? - -Ian Smith: The obvious answer in my view what should be allowed and not allowed is to do with anything that potentially provides a competitor with an advantage over their opponent that is not part of the original game software or meta. So any external factor, that includes a second screen for stream sniping. Anything that allows you to see what you are not intended to see as part of the game should be outlawed and for the most part it already is. I’m most certain in every competitive game title that is used in esports there will be terms of service that cover the misuse or abuse of any external software or hardware. Of course, these AI modules, allied to hardware-like monitors, constitute both hardware and software. I don’t think they’d be allowed under current rules but I do think that it’s a significant factor that these sort of aids are going to become more common and should be addressed by the game developers. - -Do you see a place for PC (or gaming in general) hardware with built in AI that may not be detectable by the PC’s operating system as a potential danger to competitive integrity? Especially at online qualifiers? - -Ian Smith: The same thoughts apply. When game developers provide the software, especially for competitive titles, there is an assumption that the vast bulk of factors that enable the playing of that game are equal as between the competitors. So one of the primary tenants of that is that no software gives any player an advantage over another player. There are of course factors like ping or stuff that has to do with the internet but in your question, you highlighted the particular danger here, which already exists with things like stream sniping in particular. And of course with cheat detection, which is during online qualifiers, or any online competition, the ability of the tournament organizer or the publisher, game developer, to detect the external factors that any player may be abusing to give themselves an advantage is extremely difficult. Which is why you make nice, broad rules, regarding the integrity of competition, both in terms of betting integrity and just basic competitive integrity to ensure that if you detect something you can do something about that. You can take action against the player because it is cheating. The very clear intention of competitive gaming is to have the players compete on a level playing field that allows their skill as a gamer to purely determine whether they win or lose. Whilst in RNG-related games, there are elements of luck, you don’t want to tilt the table in favor of one player or team by providing external factors such as AI, stream sniping, bots, cheats, or hacks. I’m absolutely certain, especially from an ESIC point of view, these AI enhancements would constitute external cheats. - -But in light of everything that you’ve laid out in your questions, my recommendation to games publishers and tournament organizers, particularly of online competitions, would be to specifically to address these developments in hardware and software in their terms of service and their rules and regulations in competition. - -Note: Questions and answers may have been modified slightly for the sake of readability and clarity.",1731883662,0c89bedf6b,34286f7f3f,,,1731883662 -https://justcreative.com/best-ai-tools/,https://justcreative.com/feed/,101+ Best AI Tools for Business & Marketing 2024 (Nov),"101+ Best AI Tools for Business in 2024 inc. Top Resources & Frameworks - -“AI will not replace you. A person using AI will.” - -Looking for the best AI tools & resources? We’re actively compiling the ultimate list of the best artificial intelligence tools for business right here. - -Artificial Intelligence (AI) is revolutionizing the way we live and work, and its applications are varied and far-reaching. From healthcare to finance, transportation to design, AI is being used to improve efficiency, accuracy, and decision-making. - -sponsored message - -However, with so many different AI tools and technologies available, it can be difficult to know which ones are the best suited for a particular task. In this blog post, we’ll take a look at some of the best AI tools available today and sort them by category for your convenience. - -Whether you’re a designer, a developer, or a business leader, you’ll learn about the different options available for implementing AI in your business. - -“AI will not replace you. A person using AI will.” - -This quote is just so powerful. Use this as motivation to integrate AI into your workflow for better efficiency & perhaps, better results. - - - -sponsored message - - - - - -Let’s dive into our complete list of the best artificial intelligence tools for business, the best AI tools for students, and the best free AI tools. - -Get AI to write content, tweets, blogs, and more for you with these AI copywriting tools. - -See the best copywriting courses here. - -sponsored message - - - -AI Chat & Search - -ChatGPT — AI conversational tool trained on vast text data; free, $20/mo for faster response with ChatGPT-4 (Top Pick) - -— AI conversational tool trained on vast text data; free, $20/mo for faster response with ChatGPT-4 Google Bard — A conversational AI tool by Google - -— A conversational AI tool by Google CoPilot (Formerly called Bing Chat) – Microsoft’s conversational AI tool - -(Formerly called Bing Chat) – Microsoft’s conversational AI tool Perplexity — Free Q&A tool with direct responses and citations. - -— Free Q&A tool with direct responses and citations. YouChat — Free conversational tool with ChatGPT-style conversations; sign-in required. - -— Free conversational tool with ChatGPT-style conversations; sign-in required. NeevaAI — Free AI-generated responses with citations, followed by standard search results; sign-in required. - -— Free AI-generated responses with citations, followed by standard search results; sign-in required. Poe — Free Quora conversational AI with multiple assistants. - -See our prompt framework guide. - -Get AI to create your logo design & branding. - -Looka Logo Maker — AI logo maker + branding tool (Top Pick) - -— AI logo maker + branding tool LogoAI — AI logo maker - -— AI logo maker MakeLogo — AI logo maker - -— AI logo maker Brand Bot — AI assistant that’s an expert on Branding, Marketing & Design - -See more free logo makers here and our list of the best AI tools for designers. - -Brand Bot™ is our very own chatGPT built for branding professionals. Our BrandBot™ AI assistant that’s an expert on Branding, Marketing & Design. Try it here. - -AI Website Builders - -Get AI to create your website. - -Wix ADI – AI-Powered Website Builder (Top Pick) - -– AI-Powered Website Builder Durable — AI Website Builder - -See more website builders here. - -Validator — Get AI to give you feedback on your business idea - -Get AI to give you feedback on your business idea Fireflies — AI notetaker to help your team record, transcribe, search, and analyze voice conversations. (Top Pick) - -See more business tools here. - -Get AI to help name your brand name & domain. - -Business Name Generator — Brainstorm ideas, check availability, and see logo ideas instantly. (Top Pick) - -Brainstorm ideas, check availability, and see logo ideas instantly. Naming Magic — Use AI to name your company and find a domain, with a focus on AI domains. - -See more naming resources here. - -Get AI to power up your photography. - -Also see our posts on the best AI photo editing software, best AI image upscalers, and our list of the best Adobe AI Tools. - -Generate marketing collateral with AI. - -CreativeFlow by Shutterstock — A suite of apps for design & marketing (Top Pick) - -— A suite of apps for design & marketing Ai Stock Imagery – Generate graphics & stock imagery with AI - -– Generate graphics & stock imagery with AI Mokker — Get professional photos of your product with AI. - -— Get professional photos of your product with AI. Ortto — Your customer data, messaging & analytics together. - -Your customer data, messaging & analytics together. Luna — Personalize cold emails to close more deals - -Personalize cold emails to close more deals Reply — Get more meetings with this sales engagement platfor - -See more marketing tools here. - -sponsored message - - - -Create professional videos with AI, without actors, equipment, or a studio. - -Synthesia – AI video creation that creates videos from plain text (Top Pick) - -– AI video creation that creates videos from plain text Murf AI — AI Text to Speech - -— AI Text to Speech Replica Studios — AI Text to Voice Generator - -— AI Text to Voice Generator Listnr Tech — AI Voiceover Tool - -— AI Voiceover Tool Microsoft VALL-E — Mimic anyone’s voice with just 3-seconds of audio (not yet public) - -— Mimic anyone’s voice with just 3-seconds of audio (not yet public) VideoProc Converter AI — Best budget-friendly AI video enhancer - -See more video editing software here. - -AI Art Generators - -Get beautiful art created by AI with these tools. - -See more AI art generators here. - -Get AI assistance writing code and developing software. - -ChatGPT — Versatile AI chat bot - -Versatile AI chat bot Bito — AI Coding bot (Top Pick) - -— AI Coding bot AI Code Reviewer — Get your code reviewed - -See the best coding courses here. - -sponsored message - - - -Looking for a list of free AI Tools? We’ve sifted through the junk and selected the top 10 for you. - -See more AI tools for designers. - -AI Mastery for Creative Professionals: The Advanced Guide & Prompt Pack - -Introducing our very own “AI Mastery for Creative Professionals: The Advanced Guide & Prompt Pack“, the ultimate resource for creative professionals looking to harness the power of AI and ChatGPT. - -This 39-page guide is packed with in-depth information, tips, and techniques on how to incorporate AI into your creative workflow to offer unique solutions, boost productivity, improve client services, and discover new opportunities for you and your clients. - -Our prompt pack includes over 250 ready-to-use AI prompts that you can use to enhance your creative projects. - -This guide and prompt pack will take your knowledge and skills to the next level, allowing you to stay ahead of the curve and stay competitive in the creative industry. The information and resources included in this guide are truly invaluable, but we are making it available to you for a fraction of the cost, at just $95. - -Improve your efficiency and productivity - -Enhance your creativity and innovation - -Improve your client services - -Stay ahead of the curve - -Increase your profits - -Don’t miss out on this opportunity to unlock the full potential of AI for your creative services. Our Advanced ChatGPT Guide & Prompt Pack is the ultimate resource for creative professionals, and it is a must-have for anyone looking to stay ahead in the game. - -Get your copy now! - -Antler has put together this list of generative AI business tools in the categories of text, image, audio, code, chatbots, video, ML platforms, search, gaming, and data. - -More AI Resources - -Artificial Intelligence is a rapidly growing field that has the potential to transform many industries. - -We hope this blog post has provided a useful overview of some of the best AI tools available today and has helped you gain a better understanding of how they can be used to build better businesses with less time and hassle. - -Have another great AI tool to add to the list? Email us and we can add it. Now go have fun! - -Thank you to TheMetv3rse for many of the above resources.",1731883664,b7a65c143b,342ec8cb16,,,1731883664 -https://transom.org/2017/rethinking-podcast-top-bottom/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Rethinking A Podcast Top To Bottom,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Rethinking-a-Podcast-Top-to-Bottom.mp3 Download Listen to “Rethinking A Podcast Top To Bottom” - -Let me start by saying this: I have great admiration for Aaron Henkin and Wendel Patrick. They decided to put their podcast under a microscope. Why? To re-think the show top to bottom. That’s risky. It’s no easy thing to let someone pick your work apart in a group setting but that’s just what they’ve done. In the end, they may radically transform their podcast. - -Aaron and Wendel produce Out of the Blocks, It’s an hour-long show from WYPR in Baltimore. For each show, Aaron and Wendel pick a block in Baltimore and interview as many people who live and work on that block as possible. They then weave together their interviews in a kind of vox pop on steroids. The end result is a really great sounding tour of a neighborhood. - -Even though the show is successful, they decided to throw all the cards in the air and sign up for Project Catapult from PRX. Catapult is an opportunity for a handful of station-based podcasts to come together over the course of a few months and talk shop. What’s missing from our show? How can we tell stories better? How do we build audience? Is there a way to be sustainable? How many episodes should we produce a month? How long should they be? Every aspect of the podcast is fair game for discussion. - -I spoke to Aaron and Wendel while they were smack dab in the middle of a one-week boot camp held at PRX’s Podcast Garage. Already they were percolating with new ideas for the podcast. - -On this episode of HowSound, Aaron and Wendel introduce the show — what it sounds like, the rationale for their approach, etc. Then, in a few months, after they complete Project Catapult, I’ll have them back to hear what’s changed.",1731883680,c00d35bf2d,33f04ee499,,,1731883680 -https://meetings.skift.com/2024/11/08/how-events-fall-short-on-sustainability/,https://www.eventmanagerblog.com/feed,How Events Fall Short on Sustainability,"Sustainability efforts in the events industry are hitting roadblocks due to inconsistent data collection and reporting practices, according to a new ESG Progress Report from GES. - -Data collection related to sustainability is an industry challenge, according to Global Experience Specialists (GES), an events and exhibition services company. - -“Across the spectrum of events there are a plethora of different businesses assessing different kinds of data. For example, at any one point you can have the venue, agency, client, production company, and graphics company all taking data, none of which is standardized,” said Kate Holliday, GES EMEA’s first head of ESG. - -This results in stakeholders measuring outputs using varying standards, apps, and in some cases, creating their own metrics. In response, GES is pushing for unified data insights. - -A company like GES has more than 250 suppliers, all doing things differently. - -The industry must find common ground regarding data insights, said Holliday. “This could provide us with massive data sets across sprawling industries from different perspectives. Then, real change can be tracked, measured, and implemented across the breadth of the industry,” she said. - -Social Sustainability Important as Well - -Conversations around ESG should also include social sustainability and the impact events have on communities, according to the report. “Events are often transient. They consume waste, carbon, and the like, before essentially moving on. The notion of legacy and social good addresses the responsibility to leave behind good, not just trails of waste and carbon footprints,” said Holliday. - -GES is collecting data to understand the impact event flooring has on the environment. Carpeting at trade shows and exhibitions is often non-recycled waste. That is why many companies are doing without. - -Unravel is a company that recently created a net-zero trade show booth. “Getting to net zero didn’t just stop at the materials used to build our booth but also required us to think about emissions from the upstream and downstream transport of the materials, waste generated at our booth, and also the business travel of employees to get to the conference venue,” said Qiyun Woo, sustainability consultant at Unravel Carbon. - -GES is also working with Enistic, a carbon accounting company, to track, analyze, and report its greenhouse gas emissions. In addition, it has employed Seismic to reevaluate the footprint of its events. - -It has lessened its environmental footprint by moving its warehouses and offices into ExCeL London and NEC Birmingham, the heart of London’s event community. As a result, travel time and CO2 emissions are reduced. It reports this move has helped reduce its emissions by 50%. - -For more tips on planning sustainable events, click here. - -",1731883625,22219df62c,33da746d9a,,,1731883625 -https://www.brewcrewball.com/2024/11/13/24295247/2024-mvbrewers-7-christian-yelich-milwaukee-brewers-awards-postseason-coverage,https://www.brewcrewball.com/rss/current,2024 MVBrewers #7: Christian Yelich,"We’re continuing our rankings of the Brewers’ 10 most valuable players in 2024 with outfielder Christian Yelich. Yelich finished the season with 2.2 bWAR and 3.0 fWAR, good for ninth and fifth on the team, respectively. - -Despite an injury-shortened season, Yelich still had arguably his best year since his 2019. He posted his second-highest WAR since that time, just behind his 2023 season, though he played in nearly half as many games (73 compared to 144 in 2023). His .315/.406/.504 line (151 OPS+), was also his best since 2019, when he had a 179 OPS+. - -Only appearing in 73 games (48 in left field, the rest at DH), Yelich’s stats totaled 11 homers, 42 RBIs, 44 runs, 21 steals (in 22 attempts), 12 doubles, and three triples. Across a full 162-game season, that would come out to 24 homers, 93 RBIs, 98 runs, 47 steals, 27 doubles, and seven triples. Not bad for a 32-year-old. - -While he didn’t qualify for Baseball Savant’s player value rankings, his small sample size was impressive. He ranked in top 25% (or better) in xwOBA (.376), xBA (.298), xSLG (.481), average exit velocity (91.1 mph), hard-hit rate (46.7%), bat speed (73.2 mph), chase rate (24.9%), strikeout rate (18.4%), and walk rate (12.7%). A former Gold Glove winner, Yelich’s defense has taken a step back, but he’s still an average fielder overall, and his 28.5 mph sprint speed ranks in the 80th percentile. - -Beyond his play on the field, Yelich also provides a strong veteran presence for the team, and he’s clearly in contention for a future career as a broadcaster, front-office member, and/or coach, as you can see in this great article from the Journal Sentinel’s Curt Hogg back in September. - -Now that Yelich got back surgery to (hopefully) alleviate the injury that has shelved him several times over the last few years, let’s hope he can turn in another strong, full season in 2025. - -We’ll continue our rankings of the 10 most valuable Brewers each Monday and Wednesday into early December. Come back on Monday to see who we have at No. 6.",1731883627,39dafd4545,344a7f7d48,,,1731883627 -https://www.independent.co.uk/sport/football/lee-carsley-england-thomas-tuchel-republic-of-ireland-nations-league-b2648438.html,https://www.independent.co.uk/sport/football/rss,Lee Carsley has promotion in sight before handing England reins to Thomas Tuchel,"Your support helps us to tell the story Read more Support Now From reproductive rights to climate change to Big Tech, The Independent is on the ground when the story is developing. Whether it's investigating the financials of Elon Musk's pro-Trump PAC or producing our latest documentary, 'The A Word', which shines a light on the American women fighting for reproductive rights, we know how important it is to parse out the facts from the messaging. At such a critical moment in US history, we need reporters on the ground. Your donation allows us to keep sending journalists to speak to both sides of the story. The Independent is trusted by Americans across the entire political spectrum. And unlike many other quality news outlets, we choose not to lock Americans out of our reporting and analysis with paywalls. We believe quality journalism should be available to everyone, paid for by those who can afford it. Your support makes all the difference. Close Read more - -Lee Carsley hopes to have helped Thomas Tuchel by being different with his selection and approach during his interim England reign – something that has led to praise and some service station sermons. - -Sunday’s Nations League clash with the Republic of Ireland marks the end of his six-game stint as Gareth Southgate’s interim successor, with Tuchel starting his quest to win the 2026 World Cup in the new year. - -Carsley returns to his post as England Under-21s boss having leant on many young talents he knows well from last year’s European Championship triumph in Georgia. - -That influence will be evident again as he looks to end his reign with a Wembley win against the nation he represented as a player, which would mean handing over to Tuchel on the back of Nations League promotion. - -Asked if he would like to do the England job on a permanent basis one day, Carsley said: “What we have shown as a staff is that we can do it. - -“I think it is really beneficial to the FA that we are in the building if needs be. In 18 months, who knows. - -“I think tomorrow will have a big weight on that in terms of can we get the job done? Can we get promotion, which sets us up for the World Cup draw? - -“It’s an experience that I have enjoyed. Not looking too far ahead of tomorrow. I’m really looking forward to hopefully doing well, winning the game, and then hopefully retaining the title in the summer with the 21s.” - -Carsley has tried to change things during his caretaker role with England, who have reached two finals in their last three tournaments but “as close as we got we haven’t won yet”. - -“Naturally I think you always want to do things that are comfortable and cause you the least amount of harm,” Carsley said. “But I’m not sure we’re going to get anywhere quickly by doing that. - -“That is something that I have tried to do, to try and be courageous with some of the selections, try to be a little bit different sometimes with the way we play.” - -There remains work to do but he hopes to “leave this squad in a strong place” and believes “Thomas will have a lot more players available to him” having handed out six debuts so far this autumn. - -There are four more uncapped players hoping to feature at the end of a camp that Carsley says Harvey Elliott and Jacob Ramsey would have been involved in had they been available. - -Such focus on youth has led to positive feedback from fans as he prepares to go back to the under-21s having started getting used to the scrutiny that comes with leading the senior side. - -“What I have seen, when I have been out and about, is it feels like the people I talk to, the fans, are really connected with the team,” the England boss said. - -“They like the fact that it looks younger, it looks energetic, it looks fresh. They’ve been quite positive. - -“It makes me laugh that everyone’s got an opinion on the team and the players and the squad. - -“I’m on the road a lot, so service stations is where I seem to get the most advice. Some of it is good, some of it is not so good. - -“I seem to meet a lot of West Ham fans, so very Jarrod (Bowen) heavy so that’s why he’s back! - -“What’s the best advice? I’ve had quite a bit, to be fair. It’s mainly team selection. - -“I was in a queue in a Starbucks and a fella was talking about the false nine and the tactics, after the Greece game. I just wanted a soy latte!” - -Carsley expects to share a coffee with Tuchel sooner rather than later as he prepares to hand over the baton to the new England boss. - -“First of all, we’ll debrief with all of the staff and then we will do a debrief with the coaching staff on the three camps – not necessarily just the one game, the camps in general,” he added. - -“Then the plan will be I will feed it back into Thomas and (Football Association technical director) John McDermott. - -“I’m not sure I will give him a lot of advice. He is in a better position than I am in terms of the amount of experiences he’s had and the staff he has got.”",1731883673,d61eec9b47,344af06d03,,,1731883673 -https://www.tubefilter.com/2024/11/15/weekly-rundown-pewdiepie-addison-rae-the-onion/,https://www.tubefilter.com/feed/,"Have you heard? PewDiePie makes art, Addison Rae gets a Grammy nom, and The Onion gets cheeky","Each week, we handpick a selection of stories to give you a snapshot of trends, updates, business moves, and more from around the creator industry. This week, PewDiePie, Addison Rae, and Tom Scott are all impressing us with their second careers. Also, The Onion did something silly. - -Creator commotion - -PewDiePie’s art is making people reevaluate their life choices. The one-time king of YouTube drew every day for a year, and he got pretty good at art. So good, in fact, that other artists are wondering how their progress has been so slow in comparison. This is your weekly reminder that creators are good at tasks that involve repeated grinding. That’s why they play so many video games. - -Kai Cenat leads Streamer Award noms. Speaking of video games, dozens of gamers will vie for trophies at QTCinderella‘s annual celebration of streaming content. None of those gamers are up for as many awards as Kai Cenat, who set a new show record with five noms in a single year. That’s what happens when you keep breaking records. - -Subscribe for daily Tubefilter Top Stories Subscribe - -Marques Brownlee drove too fast. The tech reviewer had to apologize after he was caught going 96 miles per hour in a 35 mile per hour zone. Though I understand the condemnation Brownlee faced, as a fellow New Jersey native, I do have some sympathy for him. If you’ve ever been on the Garden State Parkway, you know that Jersey drivers like to go fast. - -Pop culture minute - -Addison Rae was the real Brat all along. The TikTok star featured on a remix of the Charli XCX hit “Von Dutch,” and the track scored a Grammy nom for Best Remixed Recording. I can only imagine that Rae celebrated her feat with a nice cold Diet Pepsi. - -It’s going to be a very Jschlatt Christmas. The creator born Jared Schlatt has recorded some unique takes on classic holiday standards. Forget streaming — if Jschlatt can become a regular on every big-box retailer’s Christmas playlist, he’ll be set for life. - -Tom Scott left YouTube. Then he wrote a book. Scott, known for his inquisitive explorations of scientific and mathematical concepts, took a break from his channel at the start of 2024. 11 months later, he’s releasing Lateral, a book that challenges readers to think outside the box. If you like using your brain to solve puzzles, check it out. - -The biz - -Sam and Colby are a Hot Topic this fall. The duo known for their joint explorations of haunted locations have brought their apparel brand XPLR to Hot Topic locations across North America. On Instagram, Sam and Colby said that they’ve been fans of Hot Topic since elementary school, in case their entire vibe didn’t make that obvious already. - -Hawk Tuah dating app. Need I say more? If you don’t want to get a million messages from suitors who will make some crass joke about spitting on that thang, then don’t download Pookie. - -Get your prop bets in before the Jake Paul/Mike Tyson clash. Bookmakers will give you favorable odds if you want to bet on Tyson biting Paul’s ear, like he did to Evander Holyfield in 1997. If you want to bet on Tyson biting Paul’s private parts instead, the odds are five times better. As silly as these props are, they help explain why the Paul/Tyson tilt is happening. A lot of money is going to be wagered on this fight. - -Agency dealings - -Peet Montzingo signs with CESD Talent Agency. Montzingo is a short-form breakout star who has parlayed his wacky family life into a book deal, a music career, and more. CESD Talent will look to keep the good times rolling for Montzingo and his associates. - -CAA presses start with Scott the Woz. Scott Wozniak’s game reviews and video essays have brought in nearly two million subscribers on YouTube. Now he’s linking up with CAA to improve upon his already impressive distribution strategy. He’s already shown up on linear TV. Where to next? - -Kensington Grey is working with WNBA ballers. The firm that advocates for underrepresented creators in the influencer marketing landscape has added basketball players Isabelle “Izzy” Harrison and Aerial Powers to its roster. Female athletes have unprecedented momentum in the creator game right now, and Kensington Grey is not missing its opportunity to buy into that trend. - -The internet is a strange place - -The Onion buying Infowars is the best. The satirical publication will turn Alex Jones’ old stomping grounds into a parody of itself. The Onion brought back print media and made fringe conspiracy theories sound funny. Can it turn the frickin’ frogs gay? - -Sketch has a Feastables vending machine in his $20 million mansion. Imagine reading that sentence to someone who was scraping by in the creator world 15 years ago. Their first question would probably be “what’s Feastables?” followed by “Who’s MrBeast?” and “He got how many views?” - -An Argentine soccer club is taking creator stunt signings to the next level. YouTube star Spreen got a minute of game time for Deportivo Riestra in Argentina’s top-flight league. Now it’s A.C. Milan’s turn: Put in iShowSpeed, you cowards!",1731883643,78510da855,344c1e50ff,,,1731883643 -https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/rosetta-stone-lifetime-discount-deal/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,The secret to making your next international adventure your best? You need Rosetta Stone,"We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more › - -As much as we’d like to deny it, Americans have earned worldwide recognition for being bad travelers and unknowledgeable tourists. If you want to avoid this title and enjoy a more enriching trip abroad, consider learning the local language, or at least a few key phrases to navigate your destination like a pro! - -It’s a smart idea to learn your destination’s language, whether you’re planning to stroll through Paris or surf in Rio de Janeiro, and you don’t have to look any further than Rosetta for help. It’s a Wall Street Journal favorite, and lifetime access is available for $179.99 (reg. $399) through Nov. 17. - -Language Learning That Benefits Your Mind and Travels - -Not only does learning the native tongue make any international trip go a little more smoothly, but it has plenty of benefits for you, too! Per Cambridge University Press and Assessment, studying a new language can improve your concentration, boost your memory, and enhance your creativity. - -Planning a trip to backpack across Asia? You can use Rosetta Stone to study Vietnamese before visiting Hanoi, Japanese before exploring Kyoto or Osaka, and Korean if you’re planning to stay in Seoul. - -Lessons begin by teaching you basic conversational skills so you can easily order a crema di caffè when you land in Milan or a matcha latte in Tokyo. Need help with getting to Versailles when you visit Paris next spring? You’ll learn how to ask for directions in your new language, hail a cab, and, of course, ask for delicious recs at the restaurant! - -The Rosetta Stone method is ideal for language learning since its online format offers flexibility. Still, there is one catch—it might be tricky figuring out how to perfect your pronunciation and accent. Thankfully, its AI-powered tech will listen to your speech and offer live, helpful feedback. - -Your next international adventure is about to get a whole lot more immersive. - -Learn a new language (or 25) with lifetime access to Rosetta Stone, now $179.99 until Nov. 17 at 11:59 p.m. No coupon is needed, but supplies are limited! - -Rosetta Stone: Lifetime Subscription (All Languages) - -Only $179.99 at Popular Science - -StackSocial prices subject to change.",1731883717,741b88dd6e,34486e0a27,,,1731883717 -https://www.kff.org/media-call-what-a-second-trump-administration-may-mean-for-health-care/,https://www.kff.org/rss/,Media Call: What a Second Trump Administration May Mean for Health Care,"Media Call: What a Second Trump Administration May Mean for Health Care - -Former President Trump’s return to the White House in 2025 could bring big changes to health policy, especially with Republicans projected to control both chambers of Congress. - -To discuss the possible range of administrative to legislative actions, KFF held a virtual media availability for journalists on November 8, 2024, over Zoom. KFF experts were available to discuss a variety of issues raised during the campaign by Trump, campaign surrogates, and Republican Congressional leaders, including the Affordable Care Act, Medicare, Medicaid, drug prices, vaccines, immigrant health, and abortion and other reproductive health care. - -Watch a recording of the event | Read the event transcript - -Speakers: - - - -Larry Levitt, Executive Vice President for Health Policy - -Alina Salganicoff, Senior Vice President and Director for Women’s Health Policy - -Tricia Neuman, Senior Vice President and Executive Director for Medicare Policy - -Jennifer Kates, Senior Vice President and Director of Global Health Policy and HIV Policy - -Robin Rudowitz, Vice President, Director for Program on Medicaid and the Uninsured - -Cynthia Cox, Vice President, Director of the Program on the ACA - -Samantha Artiga, Vice President and Director for Racial Equity and Health Policy - -Liz Hamel, Vice President and Director of Public Opinion and Survey Research - -Please reach out to us at KFFMedia@kff.org with any questions.",1731883664,9dd5681a6c,347236296f,,,1731883664 -https://www.lookoutlanding.com/2024/11/14/24296897/mariners-announcer-dave-sims-to-replace-john-sterling-as-voice-of-the-yankees,https://www.lookoutlanding.com/rss/current,Mariners announcer Dave Sims to replace John Sterling as voice of the Yankees,"The Yankees announced today that long-time Mariners announcer Dave Sims will officially be tapped to replace John Sterling as the voice of the Yankees as the play-by-play announcer on WFAN, the Yankees’ radio network. Sims was reportedly one of two finalists for the job, along with Rickie Ricardo, who calls the Spanish-language games on WFAN. - -We’re thrilled to welcome Dave Sims as the new play-by-play voice of the Yankees on @WFAN660 ️ pic.twitter.com/pCGuFyHXAJ — New York Yankees (@Yankees) November 14, 2024 - -While excited about Sims, many Yankees fans seemed to be pulling for Ricardo, who’s been calling Yankee games in Spanish for the past decade, citing his familiarity with the team and chemistry with Suzyn Waldman, who’s been the color commentator for the Yankees since 2005 as MLB’s first full-time female color commentator. However, under Ricardo’s stewardship the Spanish-language broadcast has grown into a formidable entity of its own, attracting millions of listeners and a dedicated fanbase. Rather than trying to replace him, WFAN opted to bring in the 71-year-old, Philadelphia-born Sims, who was a midday sports talk host on the station for five years starting in 1989. - -Sims came to the Mariners in 2007, focusing on baseball full-time after calling basketball and football, both collegiate and professional. After the death of Mariners broadcasting legend Dave Niehaus in 2010, Sims moved into the role of regular TV broadcaster, while Rick Rizzs—who became the longest-tenured voice of the Mariners in 2020—held down the radio side. As the primary play-by-play television broadcaster for the Mariners, Sims paid homage to the legendary Niehaus, acknowledging his calls (especially the iconic “grand salami” call) while also contributing his own catchphrases to Mariners lore: from the heights of “Giddy up!” for a towering home run to the depths of “oh BROTHER” or “POPped it up” when things didn’t go well for the hometown nine. He played on players’ existing nicknames while adding his own flair: Nelson Cruz came to the Mariners as Boomstick, but Sims made him “Boomstick Baby.” Most famously, he called the Cal Raleigh’s playoff drought-breaking home run, ending on a triumphant echo of maybe his best-known catchphrase: “Hey now, hey now, hey now.” - -Tomorrow Eric will be doing FanPost Friday in honor of Dave Sims, so pick out your favorite Sims call or moment and share it there. - -It’s unclear how the Mariners will fill the vacancy Sims leaves behind, or if they will. Generally, Sims and Aaron Goldsmith traded off television play-by-play duties, with Gary Hill Jr. and Rick Rizzs also contributing play-by-play and color commentary on the radio side. Mike Blowers and Angie Mentink provided color commentary for television. It would be nice to see Angie get some more opportunities, especially as the Mariners are losing one of their diverse voices—and by his own count, one of only eight Black announcers in MLB history—in Sims; Mentink also brings a sense of connection for Mariners fans, as a former standout softball player at the University of Washington who’s been reporting on the Mariners since 1998. - -Still, it’s a sad day for many Mariners fans, especially those whose fandom was shaped by Sims calling iconic moments in Mariners history, from the heartbreak of Game 162 to Paxton’s no-hitter to Félix’s perfect game to Cal’s drought-busting homer. We wish Dave, who has been a steadfast friend of the site and of all Mariners fans, all the best in the Big Apple. - -Don’t forget to weigh in on tomorrow’s FPF with your favorite Sims calls. Hey now.",1731883656,60a22b5a92,34708494b1,,,1731883656 -https://hr-gazette.com/trapper-yates-the-future-of-pay-transparency/,https://hr-gazette.com/feed/,Trapper Yates: The Future of Pay Transparency,"In my latest episode of HRchat, I had the pleasure of speaking with Trapper Yates, VP of Global Compensation at HP. Trapper and I covered several timely topics, but the one that really stood out was the issue of pay transparency—a subject that’s been gaining momentum in recent months. - -The Push for Pay Transparency - -Trapper shared how HP, like many large companies, is navigating the wave of pay transparency legislation that’s been sweeping across the U.S. He explained that HP has moved to a policy of posting pay ranges for all U.S. roles, not just in states that require it. As Trapper put it, “We see the wave coming. Rather than managing it state by state, we’ve adopted this approach as a national standard.” - -This move aligns with growing expectations from employees, particularly younger workers, who want to know how their pay compares to others. Pay transparency, as Trapper emphasized, isn’t just a trend—it’s an important step toward closing gender and equity gaps in compensation. - -Challenges of Pay Transparency - -While pay transparency has many benefits, Trapper was also candid about its challenges. One of the difficulties HP has faced is determining how to present pay ranges in a way that is both realistic and meaningful for candidates. As Trapper pointed out, if the range is too broad, it can be unhelpful. On the other hand, if it’s too narrow, it can create internal friction, especially when employees see their own pay compared to posted ranges for similar roles. - -“We’ve had to find that middle ground,” Trapper explained. “We aim to provide candidates with a realistic range, while still giving flexibility for geographic differences and experience levels.” - -What’s Next for Pay Transparency - -As we discussed the future of pay transparency, Trapper shared his thoughts on the unintended consequences of making pay data more visible. He referenced a study where employees who discovered they were paid below the median for their roles were more likely to feel dissatisfied and even consider leaving their jobs. Interestingly, those paid above the median didn’t necessarily feel more satisfied. - -The key takeaway? While transparency can promote fairness, it also needs to be managed carefully to avoid negative outcomes. Trapper believes the future of pay transparency will involve more education for both managers and employees about how compensation works and why certain pay decisions are made. - -Skills-Based Hiring and Career Mobility - -We also dove into the topic of skills-based hiring, another area where HP is making strides. Trapper explained how they’re using new tools to identify skills across the organization, which opens up more career mobility for employees. It’s an exciting development, especially for those who want to transition into new roles within the company without feeling pigeonholed by their current positions. - -For anyone interested in the future of compensation, career mobility, and the growing trend of pay transparency, this episode offers valuable insights. Trapper’s expertise on these subjects gives us a clear look into how leading companies like HP are navigating these changes. - -Listen to the full episode of HRchat to hear more of my conversation with Trapper Yates. You won’t want to miss it! - -Related Content",1731883628,477c4818ad,347e5b34f6,,,1731883628 -https://3dprint.com/314497/3d-printing-financials-stratasys-delivers-q3-earnings-focuses-on-long-term-growth/,https://3dprint.com/feed/,"3D Printing Financials: Stratasys Delivers Q3 Earnings, Focuses on Long-Term Growth - 3DPrint.com","Stratasys (Nasdaq: SSYS) posted earnings for the third quarter of 2024, showing a promising path ahead for the company. The company increased its profits and gross margins by cutting costs and focusing more on fast-growing industries like aerospace, automotive, defense, medical device, and dental. CEO Yoav Zeif shared that the new F3300 3D printer is doing well in the market, with major companies like Toyota and Nissan adopting the technology. While global economic challenges continue, trends like onshoring and focusing on U.S. manufacturing open up opportunities for Stratasys. - -Diving into the numbers, Stratasys reported that revenue declined to $140 million from $162.1 million in the same quarter last year, primarily due to reduced customer spending on capital equipment. Despite this drop, the company experienced its eighth consecutive quarter of year-over-year growth in consumables revenue, pointing to strong printer use even as hardware sales softened. This resilience was mainly driven by the increased use of fused deposition modeling (FDM) technology, claims Zeif. - -Additionally, gross margin improved by 430 basis points to 44.8%. These improvements were due to a higher mix of consumables and better margins in Stratasys Direct, partly because the company streamlined its services by divesting some less profitable operations. - -The company reported a net loss of $26.6 million, or 37 cents per share, an improvement from the net loss of $47.3 million, or 68 cents per share, in the same period last year. Notably, Stratasys returned to non-GAAP profitability with a net income of $400,000, or one cent per share, compared to $2.4 million, or four cents per share, in the third quarter of 2023. - -Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization) stood at $5.1 million, down from $9.8 million in the previous year, reflecting challenges in operational profitability due to decreased revenues. However, the company’s cash used in operating activities decreased to $4.5 million from $12.7 million in 2023, pointing to improved cash management and operational efficiency amid a difficult economic environment. - -Despite some financial challenges, Stratasys remains focused on its long-term growth strategy. Zeif stated: “Our strategy for driving long-term shareholder value centers on targeted innovation across materials, knowledge, and workflow solutions in high-growth target industries that benefit from emerging megatrends. Those include addressing supply chain risks, onshoring, new mobility, customization, sustainability, and a nonstop drive for greater efficiency and lower cost across the manufacturing spectrum. Through disciplined ongoing investment in technology and material development, coupled with a focused approach to key end users, we are laying the foundation for Stratasys’ next leg of growth once the current downcycle inevitably subsides.” - -Building on this strategic vision, Stratasys appears well-positioned to capitalize on global shifts toward localized manufacturing and onshoring. During an earnings call with investors, Zeif said he was optimistic about the opportunities of these trends given the recent election results. He noted that the move toward localized production aligns perfectly with the company’s focus and is a “tailwind” for Stratasys. - -“No doubt that the latest results support the megatrends,” Zeif said, referring to the push for onshoring and supply chain resilience. “Additive manufacturing has much to offer in this decoupling from China,” he added, pointing to the fact that current geopolitical developments are strengthening the need for localized manufacturing solutions. - -While he didn’t share specific customer details, Zeif said he was confident that these shifts are creating new avenues for growth in industries like automotive, aerospace, and defense, where supply chain agility and customization are super important. - -Last quarter, Stratasys rolled out a restructuring plan to make the business more profitable and resilient. With a focus on cutting costs and boosting customer adoption, the company has already reduced its workforce by 15% and is on track to save $40 million annually, starting in the first quarter of next year. - -Zeif says this restructuring is progressing ahead of schedule, leading to better operating margins. By focusing on high-growth products, materials, and software, Stratasys aims to be ready for a surge in customer spending once economic conditions improve. The company expects this approach to drive greater profitability and cash flow by 2025. - -Looking ahead, Stratasys raised its outlook for full-year 2024 margins and profitability metrics while maintaining its revenue outlook. The company expects revenue between $570 million and $580 million. Non-GAAP gross margins are anticipated to be between 49% and 49.2%, with operating expenses ranging from $276 million to $278 million. The non-GAAP operating margins are expected to range between 0.6% and 1.3%. - -What’s more, the net loss for the full year is projected to be between $105 million and $90 million, or $1.48 to $1.27 per share. This includes one-time extraordinary costs, such as expenses incurred to defend against hostile takeover bids, proxy contests, and fees for exploring potential mergers and acquisitions. - -Meanwhile, on a non-GAAP basis, the net income is expected to be between $2.1 million and $5 million, or three to seven cents per share. Adjusted EBITDA is forecasted to be in the range of $25 million to $28 million, with capital expenditures between $15 million and $20 million. - -Zeif told investors that the current macro environment dominates, and customers don’t have the urgency to invest in new technologies in this high-cost capital climate. That said, the executive also pointed out that 3D printing’s value continues to grow for customers, proven by steady utilization across industries. He concluded that long-term megatrends like supply chain resilience, onshoring, and manufacturing digitalization remain strong, regardless of macroeconomic variables fluctuating. Going into 2025, Zeif is confident in these trends and that Stratasys is using this time to strengthen its portfolio and position itself for a significant upside once market conditions improve. - -Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.",1731883660,e72baed8b4,34b4683899,,,1731883660 -https://derivsource.com/2024/11/06/ark-51-adopts-cdm-for-csa-data-extraction/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Ark 51 Adopts CDM for CSA Data Extraction,"ISDA has announced that Ark 51, an artificial intelligence (AI) and data analytics service developed by legal services provider DRS, has used the Common Domain Model (CDM) to convert information from ISDA’s regulatory initial margin (IM) and variation margin (VM) credit support annexes (CSAs) into digital form. - -Ark 51 is a contract and risk management system that uses AI to extract key data from legal agreements, including IM and VM CSAs. The CDM transforms that data into a machine-readable format that can be quickly and efficiently exported to other systems, cutting the resources associated with manual processing. - -“The CDM is a brilliant concept that enables data to be transformed into a digital output – this aligns well with our Ark 51 platform, which extracts data from PDF documents. It is important to continue the community-driven effort to further develop the CDM and digitize documents for data analytics purposes,” said Paul Hands, Chief Technology Officer of DRS. - -DRS is the latest entity to adopt the CDM, a free-to-use data standard for financial products, trades and lifecycle events, to reduce the operational, liquidity and counterparty risks associated with key collateral management processes. As well as digitizing key elements of regulatory IM and VM CSAs, ISDA has demonstrated how the CDM could be applied to collateral representation, margin and settlement processes, margin call issuance and response messages, and cash collateral interest processing. - -“We are delighted that Ark 51 has mapped its AI capabilities for IM and VM CSAs into CDM output. This will allow firms to better analyze CSA-related data, and the output can be used to streamline the onboarding of legacy documents to new technology platforms, increasing efficiencies and reducing operational risks within the collateral management ecosystem,” said Scott O’Malia, Chief Executive of ISDA. - -The CDM is an open-source data standard hosted by FINOS. More information is available here. - -Find out more about ISDA’s collateral initiatives using the CDM by clicking here. - -More information on all ISDA’s digital solutions is available on the ISDA Solutions InfoHub.",1731883673,9dd65a327d,343b3343fe,,,1731883673 -https://www.credible.com/blog/student-loans/phd-loans/,https://www.credible.com/blog/student-loans/feed/,Best Student Loans for PhD Students,"The companies in the table below are Credible’s approved partner lenders. Whether you’re the borrower or cosigner, Credible makes it easy to compare rates from multiple private student loan providers without affecting your credit score. - -To find the best private student loan for your doctorate degree, it’s important to compare as many lenders as you can. - -The best way to pay for this higher education is through scholarships and grants, followed by federal student loans. But these often aren’t enough to complete a PhD program, and private student loans can help you foot the rest of the bill. - -A doctoral degree is an impressive credential, but it comes with a hefty price tag. PhD students graduate with an average of about $100,000 in debt, according to the National Center for Education Statistics . - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, enrolled at least half time at a degree-granting, nonprofit institution, and must maintain satisfactory academic progress. Must have no history of default on an education loan and no history of bankruptcy or foreclosure in the past 60 months. Applicants who can’t meet the minimum credit and income requirements may apply with a cosigner. - -The lender doesn't charge any fees and its rates are competitive, though MEFA only offers two repayment terms. You can add a cosigner to your loan if you're unable to qualify, but only one repayment plan allows you to release your cosigner. - -Massachusetts Educational Financing Authority (MEFA) offers student loans to borrowers with good credit. However, you won't be able to see your potential rate before applying. - -Loans are available to Indiana residents only. Borrowers must have a FICO score of 670 or higher, a 30% maximum debt-to-income ratio or minimum monthly income of $3,333, continuous employment over two years, and no major collections or defaults in recent years. Borrowers who do not meet income or credit requirements can apply with a cosigner. - -INvested provides detailed information on eligibility so borrowers can quickly determine whether to apply for a loan — however, there’s no option to prequalify with a soft credit check. Cosigner release is also available after just 12 on-time payments, considerably shorter than many other lenders. - -INvested is an Indiana company that offers affordable student loans exclusively to state residents. Loans are available to Indiana students and parents who can meet income and credit requirements, or who have an eligible cosigner. Borrowers can borrow as little as $1,001 or as much as the school-certified cost of attendance minus other aid. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident at an eligible institution. You must also meet Custom Choice’s underwriting criteria for income and credit, or apply with a cosigner who does. Eligible noncitizens such as DACA residents can also qualify by applying with a cosigner who’s a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. - -Citizens borrowers can also take advantage of interest rate discounts. If you or your cosigner has an account with Citizens Bank, you can reduce your rate by 0.25 percentage points. Another 0.25 percentage points can be shaved off by enrolling in automatic payments, giving you the chance to lower your rate by up to 0.5 percentage points. - -Citizens Bank offers private student loans for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as parents. With its multiyear approval option, you can apply for a loan once, and as long as you qualify, you won't need to reapply each year. This means you can secure loans for future academic years without multiple hard credit checks. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident enrolled at least half-time in a degree-granting program at an eligible institution. International students can apply with a cosigner who’s a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. - -$1,000 minimum, up to a maximum of $225,000 for undergraduate and graduate degrees; $300,000 for MBA and law; and $225,000 or $400,000 for health care student loans, depending on the degree type - -Citizens borrowers can also take advantage of interest rate discounts. If you or your cosigner has an account with Citizens Bank, you can reduce your rate by 0.25 percentage points. Another 0.25 percentage points can be shaved off by enrolling in automatic payments, giving you the chance to lower your rate by up to 0.5 percentage points. - -Citizens Bank offers private student loans for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as parents. With its multiyear approval option, you can apply for a loan once, and as long as you qualify, you won't need to reapply each year. This means you can secure loans for future academic years without multiple hard credit checks. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or DACA student enrolled at least half time at an eligible institution. International students with a qualified cosigner may also qualify. Applicants who can’t meet financial, credit, or other requirements may qualify with a cosigner. - -$2,001 minimum up to your school’s annual cost of attendance; lifetime limits of $200,000 for undergrads and $400,000 for graduates - -Ascent also offers its Progressive Repayment plan to qualified borrowers. It allows you to begin with smaller payments at the start of the repayment term and then gradually pay more each month over time. If you borrow with a cosigner, they can be released after you make as few as 12 monthly payments. However, cosigners for loans for international students do not qualify. - -While Ascent provides traditional student loans for undergraduate, graduate, and medical programs, it also stands out with some options that are uncommon among private student loan lenders. For example, its Outcomes-Based Loan, which doesn't require established credit or a cosigner, is available to juniors and seniors. When assessing your application, Ascent considers factors including your school, major, and GPA to determine if you're eligible. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident at an eligible institution. International students with a Social Security number and a qualified cosigner may also qualify. Applicants who can’t meet financial, credit, or other requirements may qualify with a cosigner. - -Available after more than half of the scheduled repayment period has elapsed and other requirements are met - -$1,000 minimum up to your school’s annual cost of attendance; lifetime limits depend on your degree and credit profile - -5, 8, 10, or 15 years for most borrowers (law, dental, medical, and other health profession students have up to 20 years) - -It's also possible to get loan approval for multiple school years at one time. About 90% of undergraduates applying with a cosigner are approved for additional student loans. However, you must complete at least half of your repayment term before you can remove a cosigner for your loan. Some lenders allow cosigners to be released much sooner, after as few as one to two years of payments. - -College Ave offers student loans for almost every type of degree program, with a range of repayment options, including a unique eight-year repayment term. Additionally, you can get extended grace periods of as long as 36 months on graduate, dental, and medical student loans. - -$1,000 up to 100% of the school-certified cost of attendance - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident enrolled in an eligible program. Noncitizens residing and attending school in the U.S. may qualify by applying with a creditworthy cosigner, who must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, and providing an unexpired government-issued photo ID. - -After you graduate, make 12 one-time principal and interest payments, and meet certain credit requirements - -$1,000 up to school-certified cost of attendance. Student must be listed as the borrower, and a parent may cosign. - -10 to 15 years for the Smart Option Student Loan; 15 years for law school, MBA, and graduate school loans; 20 years for medical school loans - -Sallie Mae offers the Smart Option Student Loan for undergraduate students and a suite of loans for graduate students. You can borrow up to your school-certified cost of attendance and apply just once annually to get the funds you need for the entire academic year. Plus, applying for a Smart Option Student Loan with a cosigner may help you get a better rate. Through Sallie Mae, you can find a variety of loans designed for specific needs, including loans for MBA programs, law school, medical school, and health profession programs. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, enrolled at least half time at a degree-granting, nonprofit institution, and must maintain satisfactory academic progress. Must have no history of default on an education loan and no history of bankruptcy or foreclosure in the past 60 months. Applicants who can’t meet the minimum credit and income requirements may apply with a cosigner. - -The lender doesn't charge any fees and its rates are competitive, though MEFA only offers two repayment terms. You can add a cosigner to your loan if you're unable to qualify, but only one repayment plan allows you to release your cosigner. - -Massachusetts Educational Financing Authority (MEFA) offers student loans to borrowers with good credit. However, you won't be able to see your potential rate before applying. - -Loans are available to Indiana residents only. Borrowers must have a FICO score of 670 or higher, a 30% maximum debt-to-income ratio or minimum monthly income of $3,333, continuous employment over two years, and no major collections or defaults in recent years. Borrowers who do not meet income or credit requirements can apply with a cosigner. - -INvested provides detailed information on eligibility so borrowers can quickly determine whether to apply for a loan — however, there’s no option to prequalify with a soft credit check. Cosigner release is also available after just 12 on-time payments, considerably shorter than many other lenders. - -INvested is an Indiana company that offers affordable student loans exclusively to state residents. Loans are available to Indiana students and parents who can meet income and credit requirements, or who have an eligible cosigner. Borrowers can borrow as little as $1,001 or as much as the school-certified cost of attendance minus other aid. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident at an eligible institution. You must also meet Custom Choice’s underwriting criteria for income and credit, or apply with a cosigner who does. Eligible noncitizens such as DACA residents can also qualify by applying with a cosigner who’s a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. - -Citizens borrowers can also take advantage of interest rate discounts. If you or your cosigner has an account with Citizens Bank, you can reduce your rate by 0.25 percentage points. Another 0.25 percentage points can be shaved off by enrolling in automatic payments, giving you the chance to lower your rate by up to 0.5 percentage points. - -Citizens Bank offers private student loans for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as parents. With its multiyear approval option, you can apply for a loan once, and as long as you qualify, you won't need to reapply each year. This means you can secure loans for future academic years without multiple hard credit checks. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident enrolled at least half-time in a degree-granting program at an eligible institution. International students can apply with a cosigner who’s a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. - -$1,000 minimum, up to a maximum of $225,000 for undergraduate and graduate degrees; $300,000 for MBA and law; and $225,000 or $400,000 for health care student loans, depending on the degree type - -Citizens borrowers can also take advantage of interest rate discounts. If you or your cosigner has an account with Citizens Bank, you can reduce your rate by 0.25 percentage points. Another 0.25 percentage points can be shaved off by enrolling in automatic payments, giving you the chance to lower your rate by up to 0.5 percentage points. - -Citizens Bank offers private student loans for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as parents. With its multiyear approval option, you can apply for a loan once, and as long as you qualify, you won't need to reapply each year. This means you can secure loans for future academic years without multiple hard credit checks. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or DACA student enrolled at least half time at an eligible institution. International students with a qualified cosigner may also qualify. Applicants who can’t meet financial, credit, or other requirements may qualify with a cosigner. - -$2,001 minimum up to your school’s annual cost of attendance; lifetime limits of $200,000 for undergrads and $400,000 for graduates - -Ascent also offers its Progressive Repayment plan to qualified borrowers. It allows you to begin with smaller payments at the start of the repayment term and then gradually pay more each month over time. If you borrow with a cosigner, they can be released after you make as few as 12 monthly payments. However, cosigners for loans for international students do not qualify. - -While Ascent provides traditional student loans for undergraduate, graduate, and medical programs, it also stands out with some options that are uncommon among private student loan lenders. For example, its Outcomes-Based Loan, which doesn't require established credit or a cosigner, is available to juniors and seniors. When assessing your application, Ascent considers factors including your school, major, and GPA to determine if you're eligible. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident at an eligible institution. International students with a Social Security number and a qualified cosigner may also qualify. Applicants who can’t meet financial, credit, or other requirements may qualify with a cosigner. - -Available after more than half of the scheduled repayment period has elapsed and other requirements are met - -$1,000 minimum up to your school’s annual cost of attendance; lifetime limits depend on your degree and credit profile - -5, 8, 10, or 15 years for most borrowers (law, dental, medical, and other health profession students have up to 20 years) - -It's also possible to get loan approval for multiple school years at one time. About 90% of undergraduates applying with a cosigner are approved for additional student loans. However, you must complete at least half of your repayment term before you can remove a cosigner for your loan. Some lenders allow cosigners to be released much sooner, after as few as one to two years of payments. - -College Ave offers student loans for almost every type of degree program, with a range of repayment options, including a unique eight-year repayment term. Additionally, you can get extended grace periods of as long as 36 months on graduate, dental, and medical student loans. - -$1,000 up to 100% of the school-certified cost of attendance - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident enrolled in an eligible program. Noncitizens residing and attending school in the U.S. may qualify by applying with a creditworthy cosigner, who must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, and providing an unexpired government-issued photo ID. - -After you graduate, make 12 one-time principal and interest payments, and meet certain credit requirements - -$1,000 up to school-certified cost of attendance. Student must be listed as the borrower, and a parent may cosign. - -10 to 15 years for the Smart Option Student Loan; 15 years for law school, MBA, and graduate school loans; 20 years for medical school loans - -Sallie Mae offers the Smart Option Student Loan for undergraduate students and a suite of loans for graduate students. You can borrow up to your school-certified cost of attendance and apply just once annually to get the funds you need for the entire academic year. Plus, applying for a Smart Option Student Loan with a cosigner may help you get a better rate. Through Sallie Mae, you can find a variety of loans designed for specific needs, including loans for MBA programs, law school, medical school, and health profession programs. - -Methodology - -Credible evaluated private student loan lenders in 10 different categories to determine the best lenders for PhD loans. This included interest rates, repayment options, terms, fees, discounts, customer service availability, as well as eligibility requirements and cosigner release options. - -Federal loans for PhD students - -The federal government also makes loans available to students pursuing a PhD. While federal loans come with more accommodating repayment plans, you may face loan limits and higher interest rates than you’ll find with private student loans. - -Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loans: These loans are available to both undergraduate and graduate students, and they’re not dependent on financial need. You’re responsible for interest that accrues on these loans from the time they’re disbursed. And, there’s a limit on the total amount you can borrow. - -These loans are available to both undergraduate and graduate students, and they’re not dependent on financial need. You’re responsible for interest that accrues on these loans from the time they’re disbursed. And, there’s a limit on the total amount you can borrow. Federal Grad PLUS Loans: These are available to parents of undergraduate students or graduate and professional students. Interest rates on federal Grad PLUS Loans are higher than other federal loans, currently at 7.54%. You’re able to borrow up to the cost of attendance of your school, minus any financial aid you receive. You’re also responsible for accrued interest. - -Keep Reading: Student Loan Limits: How Much in Student Loans You Can Get - -How to get a PhD loan - -Follow these five steps to help make sure you get the best student loans for your individual situation: - -Start with the FAFSA. Fill out the Free Application for Federal Student Aid to make yourself eligible for grants, scholarships, work-study programs, and student loans from the federal government. Many of these forms of financial aid don’t require you to repay them, so you’ll want to make sure you receive as much as you can qualify for. You may also choose to borrow certain federal student loans to take advantage of the more flexible repayment plans they offer. - -Fill out the Free Application for Federal Student Aid to make yourself eligible for grants, scholarships, work-study programs, and student loans from the federal government. Many of these forms of financial aid don’t require you to repay them, so you’ll want to make sure you receive as much as you can qualify for. You may also choose to borrow certain federal student loans to take advantage of the more flexible repayment plans they offer. Determine how much more money you need for your education. Your university’s financial aid office will help you determine how much you’ll need to borrow in student loans to meet your cost of attendance, taking into account any federal financial aid you receive. - -Your university’s financial aid office will help you determine how much you’ll need to borrow in student loans to meet your cost of attendance, taking into account any federal financial aid you receive. Prequalify for a private student loan. Most private student lenders make it easy to prequalify for a graduate student loan. You can do this online by submitting some basic information about yourself, such as your annual income, the school you’re attending, and how much you’d like to borrow. It’s a good idea to prequalify with several different lenders to see the rates and terms you might qualify for. - -Most private student lenders make it easy to prequalify for a graduate student loan. You can do this online by submitting some basic information about yourself, such as your annual income, the school you’re attending, and how much you’d like to borrow. It’s a good idea to prequalify with several different lenders to see the rates and terms you might qualify for. Choose your loan. Review your prequalification offers, comparing loan terms, interest rates, and monthly payment amounts. Select the lender and loan option that works best for you, then submit a formal application. - -Review your prequalification offers, comparing loan terms, interest rates, and monthly payment amounts. Select the lender and loan option that works best for you, then submit a formal application. Make sure your loan funds are received. Student lenders typically disburse your loan funds directly to your university. You’ll want to double check with your school’s financial aid office that the money was received. - -Student loan limits for PhD loans - -Different graduate student loan programs have varying limits on how much you can borrow. Because PhD programs are often expensive, you may run into these limits as you complete your education: - -Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loans: Graduate students can borrow up to $20,500 per year, with an aggregate limit of $138,500 (a total that includes any undergraduate loans). - -Graduate students can borrow up to $20,500 per year, with an aggregate limit of $138,500 (a total that includes any undergraduate loans). Federal Grad PLUS Loans: These loans don’t have a total loan limit. You can borrow up to your school’s cost of attendance. - -These loans don’t have a total loan limit. You can borrow up to your school’s cost of attendance. Private PhD loans: Each lender has its own limits on how much or little you can borrow. The smallest amount you can typically borrow is $1,000. Some private student lenders have maximum loan amounts of $110,000 to $180,000 or higher. Others don’t have a set maximum loan amount, and instead allow you to borrow up to your school’s cost of attendance. In some cases, a general PhD loan may have different loan limits than a professional school program, like law school or an MBA program. So be sure to check with each lender you’re considering. - -Check Out: Graduate Student Loan Limits: How Much Can You Get? - -When PhD student loan payments start - -With student loans, you generally have the option of beginning to pay them back right away or waiting until you leave school. The rules vary depending on the type of loan you take out: - -Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loans: You’re not required to begin repaying these loans until six months after you graduate, leave school, or drop below half-time enrollment. But you are responsible for the interest that accrues from the moment the loan is disbursed. If you don’t pay the interest while you’re in school, it'll be added to the principal of the loan once you graduate. You may choose to make interest-only payments while in school to keep this from building up and adding to the total you have to repay. - -You’re not required to begin repaying these loans until six months after you graduate, leave school, or drop below half-time enrollment. But you are responsible for the interest that accrues from the moment the loan is disbursed. If you don’t pay the interest while you’re in school, it'll be added to the principal of the loan once you graduate. You may choose to make interest-only payments while in school to keep this from building up and adding to the total you have to repay. Federal Grad PLUS Loans: Like Direct Unsubsidized Loans, you have a six-month grace period after leaving school before you’re required to begin paying back your loan. You’re responsible for the interest from the time the money is disbursed, and you may make interest-only payments while in school. - -Like Direct Unsubsidized Loans, you have a six-month grace period after leaving school before you’re required to begin paying back your loan. You’re responsible for the interest from the time the money is disbursed, and you may make interest-only payments while in school. Private PhD loans: Different lenders may have slightly varying rules, but you generally don’t need to make loan payments while enrolled in school or during a six- to nine-month grace period after graduating. You’re generally responsible for the interest that accrues from the time the loan is disbursed. You typically have the option to make interest-only payments or full principal and interest payments, or to defer payments entirely. However, this last option will mean the interest that accrues while you’re enrolled in school will be added to the total you’ll need to pay back. - -Student loan forgiveness for PhD loans - -If you have federal student loans, you may be eligible for certain loan forgiveness programs that can help erase the amount you borrowed for your PhD program. - -One of the most common ways to do this is through the Public Service Loan Forgiveness Program. To be eligible, you must make 120 qualifying loan payments under an income-driven repayment plan while working full-time for a government or not-for-profit agency. Only Direct Loans qualify for PSLF. - -If you’re a teacher, you may qualify for the Teacher Loan Forgiveness Program, which only requires five years of employment in a qualifying elementary or secondary school — though you may only receive up to $17,500 in loan forgiveness. - -Private loans aren’t eligible for any type of loan forgiveness. - -PhD loan alternatives - -You should generally use student loans as a last resort when paying for your higher education. You may be able to help pay for the cost of tuition and living expenses with a few of these options, reducing the amount you need to borrow: - -Scholarships and grants: Both scholarships and grants are considered gift aid — meaning you don’t need to pay them back. You may be able to earn a scholarship or grant from your university, or from nonprofit organizations. Each scholarship or grant program has its own criteria. Your school’s financial aid office may be able to help you determine which programs you can qualify for. - -Both scholarships and grants are considered gift aid — meaning you don’t need to pay them back. You may be able to earn a scholarship or grant from your university, or from nonprofit organizations. Each scholarship or grant program has its own criteria. Your school’s financial aid office may be able to help you determine which programs you can qualify for. Fellowships and assistantships: Many universities employ PhD students as teaching or research assistants for professors, typically in the same department. You may also qualify for a fellowship — a competitive short-term research opportunity with financial support. - -Many universities employ PhD students as teaching or research assistants for professors, typically in the same department. You may also qualify for a fellowship — a competitive short-term research opportunity with financial support. Employer assistance: Depending on where you work, your current employer may be willing to help you pay for your higher education if your field of study is related to your career. Your company’s human resources department can let you know if you qualify for employer assistance programs. - -Find Your Student Loan - -Learn More: Up to $20K in Student Loan Forgiveness for Some Borrowers, And Payments Remain Paused",1731883681,4eb16f9c1e,344c06402e,,,1731883681 -https://thespeakerlab.com/blog/how-do-you-market-yourself/,https://thespeakerlab.com/feed/,How Do You Market Yourself? 4 Effective Strategies for Success,"For aspiring or professional public speakers, giving a compelling talk on a stage is just a small part of what it takes to succeed. Getting booked and paid to speak requires that potential clients know who you are why they should hire you. This is where speaker marketing comes in. - -But navigating the business world today sometimes feels like shouting into a void. Everyone is trying to figure out how to market themselves and their products or services in this noisy world. It’s easy to feel lost, struggling to make your voice heard. - -You’ve honed your skills and perfected your craft, and yet, recognition seems just out of reach. But there’s hope. In this information-saturated age, learning how to market yourself isn’t just a good idea – it’s a necessity. - -Building a personal brand takes effort, but it’s worthwhile. Some believe that talent alone is enough to open doors. However, it’s like having a great product hidden on a dusty shelf. If nobody knows about it, how will it ever sell? - -#1: Build Your Personal Brand - -You might not fully realize what makes you marketable. That’s completely fine and happens often. Carefully think through what sets you apart. What skills or knowledge do you have that are special and not common? - -Defining Your Audience - -You might have a top-tier content marketing strategy and a sleek online presence. However, if you haven’t defined your target audience, your efforts will go nowhere. This means digging deeper than just age and gender. You should focus on finding a problem to solve. As a public speaker, speaking about something you find interesting isn’t enough. To appeal to potential clients, you need to present yourself as a solution to a common problem your audience has. - -To discover who your audience is, start by identifying who you enjoy helping most. Their problems will guide your strategy, and your expertise will position you as the perfect solution. What problem are your skills uniquely qualified to solve? The answers to these questions can help shape your efforts. - -Understanding yourself is a great starting point for defining your audience. Your hobbies and passions may mirror your clients’, allowing you to market your skills authentically. By tapping into the needs of the individuals who benefit from your work, you’re creating a loyal following. - -Harnessing the Power of LinkedIn - -The online world offers avenues that were unimaginable a decade ago. Amidst the noise, LinkedIn stands out as a great platform for building a strong online presence. Consider it your digital business card. Unlike platforms for capturing daily life, LinkedIn is tailor-made for professional connections. - -Having a LinkedIn profile is just the start. Ensure your LinkedIn profile makeover includes proper grammar, clear formatting, recent accomplishments, and recommendations. Share valuable content, participate in industry conversations, and grow your network. Doing so can establish you as an authority in your field. - -Embracing Public Speaking and Content Creation - -Direct interaction is key when considering how to market yourself. Join professional associations, speak at business events, participate in conferences, find relevant podcasts, start a YouTube channel, or try guest blogging. - -For a low-pressure speaking option, explore audio-based formats like Clubhouse. These allow real-time interaction with potential customers, offering valuable feedback without needing to dress up. Regardless of your route, authenticity is key. Communicate your values clearly, share unique insights, and let your passion shine. - -Learn How You Could Get Your First (Or Next) Paid Speaking Gig In 90 Days or Less We receive thousands of applications every day, but we only work with the top 5% of speakers. Book a FREE call with our team to get started — you’ll learn why the vast majority of our students get a paid speaking gig within 90 days of finishing our program. Get Started - -#2: Collaborate With Others - -While some thrive on solopreneurship, many enjoy the synergy of collaboration. It’s not just a social media marketing method; it’s one of the most effective content marketing strategies. - -Benefits of Seeking a Mentor - -As a public speaker, the value of a mentor cannot be overstated. Someone further along can keep you motivated, illuminate pitfalls, and act as a sounding board. - -If you find a seasoned mentor who believes in your journey, their impact can be incredible. They’ve learned hard lessons and built valuable relationships, which they can now share with you. - -Becoming a Mentor Yourself - -Mentorship is a two-way street. Pay it forward by becoming a mentor yourself. Don’t discount the value of your experience, even if you haven’t walked in your mentee’s shoes exactly. - -Mentoring others is mutually beneficial. It allows you to review past missteps, celebrate successes, and distill years of hard work into understandable steps. Additionally, it forces you to evaluate your own skills and experiences. - -Partnering with Peers - -Learning how to market yourself should include collaborative efforts with your peers. This is especially beneficial if you have close friendships with other successful individuals who can share information and skills. - -First, you should use industry connections and networking events to forge mutually beneficial relationships with other speakers in your industry. Many speakers can’t take every gig they’re offered, so these peers can recommend your services to clients they had to turn down who may book you instead. Always remember to offer referrals in exchange. Partnerships are a two-way street. - -This can also extend beyond speaking gigs to content creation – which is a big part of a personal brand – and mentorship as well. - -Here are some examples of successful collaborations: - -Hosting joint workshops and conferences. - -Podcast guest interviews. - -Co-authoring a book. - -Regularly meeting to bounce ideas off each other. - -Collaboration not only promotes growth but also acts as powerful marketing, organically increasing exposure. As you connect with other professionals, opportunities for collaboration increase. - -#3: Become a Leading Expert in Your Field - -While finding creative ways to generate sales leads can be effective, honing your focus on a single niche is a good alternative. There’s no substitute for the hard work of becoming a recognized specialist, even though many hope for a shortcut to do the work for them. - -Focusing Your Efforts on One Specific Area - -While everyone enjoys learning, only a few possess the dedication to master a specific area of knowledge. These niche skills can be in a wide variety of fields. Regardless of your specific expertise, understand the value of honing your skills over time. Your knowledge will be valuable content marketing strategy elements that can drive clients to your business. - -#4: Use Social Media to Promote Your Work - -Social media is a powerful tool, but it’s a double-edged sword. - -Choosing a Suitable Social Media Platform - -Determine which social media platform best suits your expertise and intersects most closely with your audience. Is your audience on visual platforms like Instagram or TikTok? Are they business professionals on LinkedIn? Do they prefer articles, blogs, and online communities? - -You might be tempted to create accounts across multiple platforms. However, this spreads your focus and slows your progress toward becoming an expert. Unless you have a support team to handle social media marketing, focus on one or two platforms that resonate with you and your target audience. - -Engaging People Authentically and Meaningfully - -Imagine spending weeks on Instagram posts, only to discover the images are poorly sized and lack visual appeal. Or perhaps your videos have distracting background noise and poor lighting. These roadblocks can derail even the best social media marketing strategies, wasting time and money. - -Before you begin, identify any roadblocks that might hinder your growth. Determine whether you have the skills to overcome them or if you need to acquire new ones. Don’t rush the process of building your following on any of your social media accounts. - -Thoughtfully answer comments, provide helpful tips, ask engaging questions, and create original content. Avoid solely posting promotional content or advertisements. While it’s tempting to reuse existing marketing materials, it’s best to create unique content for each social media platform to improve user experience. - -Find Out Exactly How Much You Could Make As a Paid Speaker Use The Official Speaker Fee Calculator to tell you what you should charge for your first (or next) speaking gig — virtual or in-person! Calculate Your Fee - -FAQs About Marketing Yourself - -How can we market ourselves? - -While social media marketing is valuable, don’t underestimate in-person networking. Regularly attend business events: - -Join your local chamber of commerce. - -Attend networking events. - -Go to relevant trade shows. - -Attend business card exchanges. - -Go to alumni gatherings. - -Have coffee with successful individuals. - -Remember to do your homework beforehand. Determine how you can mutually benefit the people you meet. - -What’s the best way to promote yourself? - -Volunteering is a powerful yet often overlooked method of self-promotion. Not only is it personally rewarding, but it allows you to connect with your community. It also allows you to develop relationships with potential customers and employees who resonate with your values. - -For example, if you own a small company that primarily helps minority-owned businesses, volunteer your services within those communities. Consider hosting workshops, partnering with local charities, featuring these businesses in your blog content, or participating in forums offering advice. - -Remember, the most effective marketing feels natural. This is easier to achieve when you demonstrate a genuine desire to serve and support those in need. - -Conclusion - -Navigating the business world can feel overwhelming. The online world changes quickly, with new platforms appearing constantly. Staying current is part of successfully marketing yourself. - -However, some things never change. While social media is great, traditional networking remains valuable. Keep your marketing efforts truthful, clear, and well thought out to avoid wasting time and hurting your long-term growth. - -While there’s no foolproof method for getting noticed, consistently implementing even a handful of these ideas will benefit your personal brand. - -For more on how to market yourself effectively, check out our ultimate guide to speaker marketing, where we go through some of the most important tools in your marketing arsenal – like your website, demo video and more.",1731883671,10642a8199,3492fc8a4d,,,1731883671 -https://glaad.org/tdor/,https://www.glaad.org/rss.xml,Transgender Day of Remembrance (TDOR),"Transgender Day of Remembrance (TDOR) is an annual observance on November 20 that honors the memory of the transgender people whose lives were lost in acts of anti-transgender violence. - -You can read more about the Transgender Day of Remembrance below, and find out how you can show support for the community on this day. - -The week before TDOR, people and organizations around the country participate in Transgender Awareness Week to help raise visibility for transgender people and address issues the community faces. - -What is Transgender Day of Remembrance? - -Transgender Day of Remembrance (TDOR) was started in 1999 by transgender advocate Gwendolyn Ann Smith as a vigil to honor the memory of Rita Hester, a transgender woman who was killed in 1998. The vigil commemorated all the transgender people lost to violence since Rita Hester’s death, and began an important tradition that has become the annual Transgender Day of Remembrance. - -“Transgender Day of Remembrance seeks to highlight the losses we face due to anti-transgender bigotry and violence. I am no stranger to the need to fight for our rights, and the right to simply exist is first and foremost. With so many seeking to erase transgender people — sometimes in the most brutal ways possible — it is vitally important that those we lose are remembered, and that we continue to fight for justice.” - -– Transgender Day of Remembrance founder Gwendolyn Ann Smith - -How can I get involved in the Transgender Day of Remembrance? - -Participate in Transgender Day of Remembrance by attending and/or organizing a vigil on November 20 to honor all those transgender people whose lives were lost to anti-transgender violence that year, and learning about the violence affecting the transgender community. Vigils are typically hosted by local transgender advocates or LGBTQ organizations, and held at community centers, parks, places of worship, and other venues. The vigil often involves reading a list of the names of those lost that year. - -Please see resources below on how to write stories about transgender people who have been victimized by crime, and additional resources for writing about the violence that affects transgender people, especially transgender women of color. - -On Transgender Day of Remembrance, GLAAD remembers the transgender people whose lives have been lost to anti-transgender violence this year and over the years. - -Information for media: - -Organizations and resources: - -Reports on violence and discrimination: - -Human Rights Campaign’s Violence Against the Transgender Community - -National Center for Transgender Equality’s Discrimination Survey - -More information:",1731883673,82dbee0d09,347b6ba09c,,,1731883673 -https://www.itproportal.com/features/cybersecurity-must-take-centre-stage-in-the-gig-economy,https://www.itproportal.com/rss/,What good AI cyber security looks like today,"Artificial intelligence (AI) is revolutionizing cyber crime, and the security industry is playing catch-up. Defensive AI can help guard against offensive AI, but experts warn that AI crime is evolving so fast that even AI-enabled security software is not enough to stop it – and data-lockdown strategies such as 'zero trust' may be the only way forward. - -When we explored the state of AI security in 2022, criminal gangs were busy embracing AI capabilities to trawl vast troves of data for insights accurate enough to help them devise video deepfakes, spear phishing and other targeted attacks that conventional security tools couldn't detect. In 2023, generative AI and machine learning (ML) have become established in cyber crime, and the tools of the trade are no longer limited to the dark web. Gangs use widely-available chatbots such as ChatGPT to automate the creation and distribution of personalized attacks on an industrial scale. - -Security vendors have responded by ramping up the AI capabilities of their own tools, but business leaders are more fearful than ever. In a recent BlackBerry survey, a little more than half (51%) of IT decision-makers believed there'd be a successful cyberattack credited to ChatGPT by the end of 2023. At June's Yale CEO Summit, 42% said AI has the potential to destroy humanity within five to 10 years. - -The dawn of autonomous AI malware - -The biggest recent advance in AI is open source generative AI chatbots, based on natural language-learning models (LLMs), which anyone can use to create content. Criminals were quick off the blocks – weeks after ChatGPT was released for public use, software firm CircleCI was breached in an attack that used generative AI to create phishing emails and scan for vulnerabilities. By April - -2023, Darktrace was reporting a 135% rise in novel social engineering attacks. - -At the most basic level, attackers use LLM chatbots to simply gather information. ""A chatbot could act as a mentor,"" IEEE member and professor of cyber security at Ulster University, Kevin Curran, tells ITPro. ""There have been instances of AI chatbots being used to analyze smart contract code for any weaknesses or exploits."" - -Ambitious attackers, assisted by the growing trade in AI hackers for hire, have used generative AI to refine phishing operations, says Freeform Dynamics analyst Tony Lock. ""They're using chatbots to generate voice sounds and fake imagery, and to copy people's published writing styles. This has all become much more sophisticated and industrialized in 2023."" - -Martin Rehak, CEO of security firm Resistant AI and a lecturer at Prague University, says we are already seeing AI-enabled criminals exploiting organizations' AI-based security systems. ""Rather than attacking the security systems, criminals are attacking the automation and AI systems companies rely upon to conduct business online."" - -Get the ITPro. daily newsletter Receive our latest news, industry updates, featured resources and more. Sign up today to receive our FREE report on AI cyber crime & security - newly updated for 2024. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -The potential for generative AI to do all this autonomously hasn't gone unnoticed by the AI industry. None other than Sam Altman, CEO of ChatGPT developer OpenAI, admits he's ""worried"" about the ability of chatbots to distribute large-scale disinformation and write malicious code, potentially by themselves. - -The message from the security industry is that to face down AI threats, you need AI defenses. Brands from CrowdStrike to Google have put AI at the center of their enterprise security systems, and a Freeform Dynamics survey of 50 CIOs found that, of all the vendors encountered by respondents, nearly all (82%) claimed their products used AI. - -RELATED RESOURCE (Image credit: Cloudflare) Discover how AI can increase your security team's productivity - -WATCH NOW - -Accordingly, the global AI security market grew from $13.29 billion in 2021 to $16.52 billion in 2022, and is forecast by SkyQuest to reach $94.14 billion by 2030. - -Unlike conventional endpoint security, AI can detect the tiniest potential risk before it enters a system. For example, Microsoft Azure's secure research environment uses smart automation to supervise the user's business data, with ML ready to leap into action if an anomaly is detected. Response times are continually slashed as the algorithms learn from their own experiences and from other organizations, via samples shared in the cloud. - -""AI tools can organize information on a global scale,"" says Carlos Morales, SVP of solutions at cloud security firm Vercara. ""They can draw correlations between data from different defense solutions, and detect and act on new attacks proactively."" - -Many AI security services now include elements of deep learning and neural networks, which are effectively artificial brains that learn to automatically and instantly ""know"" the difference between benign and malicious activity. Deep learning can autonomously detect network intrusions, spot unauthorized access attempts, and highlight unusual behavior that may indicate an attack is afoot, often in near- real time. - -AI can also now help limit the damage an attack can do. ""It triggers set defense procedures in response to an incident,"" says Simon Bain, CEO of security platform OmniIndex. ""If a specific database or blockchain node is attacked, AI can isolate the damage to that single location and stop it spreading into other areas."" - -The ability of generative AI to generate advice from huge amounts of chaotic data very quickly also makes it useful to defenders. A security chatbot can inspect a system's security controls and configurations, pointing out gaps and recommending policies. The next step in this rapid evolution will be for AI systems to autonomously audit, assess and validate our security controls. - -Security teams have already used generative AI to build models that help them detect malware written by known agents, predict what it will do next, and swing into action automatically when an attack or variant is detected. - - - -Firms including Darktrace have developed smart attack simulations that will autonomously anticipate and block the actions of even the most inventive AI-powered hacker. - -""Proactive security and simulations will be incredibly powerful,"" says Max Heinemeyer, VP of cyber innovation at Darktrace. ""This will turn the tables on bad actors, giving security teams ways to future-proof their organizations against unknown and AI-driven threats."" - -Inevitably, security vendors are confident about the AI capabilities of their products. But business leaders remain wary, fearing a level of hype about AI in security products. More than half (54%) of Freeform Dynamics' respondents said they're ""cautious"" or ""suspicious"" of vendors' claims about their AI capabilities. - -Whether or not this suspicion is warranted, businesses are wise to resist seeing AI-enabled security software as a magic bullet, says Curran. - -""Like other technical innovations, AI has a tendency to be over-hyped, especially in cyber security,"" says Curran. ""But it does have the potential to significantly impact and influence the way organizations protect themselves in the coming years."" - -The criminal exploitation of generative AI extends far beyond writing emails and code. Most LLM chatbots are free to use and exist outside an organization's tech stack, so security teams have no control over them – and they are replete with data leak risks. - -Is zero trust the best defense? - -Imagine you’re a product manager drawing up a product proposal, and you use an LLM, say ChatGPT, to check over your document for readability and clarity. This exchange will likely involve highly confidential business details. This example is far from just theoretical, however. In July, Deloitte reported 4 million UK workers using generative AI tools for work, and this number will keep growing. - -Data leaks and generative AI are a reality we must already contend with. In March, a glitch exposed users’ chat histories and titles on ChatGPT’s sidebar. OpenAI supposedly patched the bugs, but despite this Apple banned ChatGPT for all employees as an extra security precaution. Security specialists Group-IB, discovered stolen ChatGPT credentials in over 100,000 malware logs, in June. - -Security solutions leverage AI to prevent the use of stolen credentials by threat actors. For instance, Human Security’s offering aims to identify and block compromised credentials on platforms in real-time. However, many experts, including analysts at Forrester and Google Cloud, believe the sole effective defense against attacks like these is to implement a zero trust security model. A zero trust approach treats all data as untrustworthy and enforces rigorous access controls across all devices, including personal phones. - -Notably, of the UK-based experts we spoke to for this article, none specifically advocated zero trust, which Gartner suggests has stronger adoption rates in the US compared to privacy-focused UK. Most analysts stressed the importance of improved employee training on data sharing and verification, especially for remote work. - -""The best defense against AI-generated phishing is a strong policy,"" says Ron Culler, VP of cyber development programs at professional IT body CompTIA. ""Take spear phishing, where a bad actor attempts to steal credential information. An organization can safeguard against these attempted attacks by implementing dual authentication policies that require a second person to verify requests, or require the use of PIN codes to verify identity."" - -The limitations of AI security - -Just as driverless cars are set to transform transport, autonomous AI security systems may one day render human supervision unnecessary. Businesses can now - -use AI and ML to help fill the skills gap, and minimize the types of human mistakes that lead to massive security flaws. For example, the new AI Navigator 'copilot' tool from D2iQ intelligently detects problems such as poor security configuration. - -But as we approach 2024, human input is still crucial to any AI-enhanced defense strategy. Generative AI trained on bad data can deliver poor decisions and inaccurate information which, if unchecked, may do more harm than good to a business's security. It's telling that, like many AI-enabled systems, AI Navigator comes with 24/7 human support teams. - -""These systems are good enough at separating the wheat from the chaff as far as security indicators are concerned, but we still need human incident responders to investigate the remaining highlights,"" says Corey Nachreiner, CSO of WatchGuard. ""They can also make very bad decisions – hallucinations, as they're called – if the data they pull from is inaccurate or bad. They are not actually cogitating."" - -""We have to be realistic about AI's limitations,"" says Mark Stockley, cyber security evangelist at Malwarebytes. ""It can potentially lighten the load, but there will be a role for specialized human threat hunters for a while yet.""",1731883646,ccc25c2a24,3472bc57fc,,,1731883646 -https://www.beyondtheboxscore.com/2022/3/21/22974427/2022-al-central-predictions-chicago-white-sox-cleveland-guardians-detroit-tigers-minnesota-twins,https://www.beyondtheboxscore.com/rss/current,AL Central Predictions,"We began our division prediction series with the two most-contested divisions in Major League Baseball. The AL East is a war between demigods that rivals The Shattering. The NL East is a dizzy bat race. The AL Central is, well, neither of those things. Projections have already handed the division title to the Chicago White Sox and for good reason. The other four teams aren’t great! In the AL East, there will likely be three teams with at least 90 wins. In the AL Central, there might only be one team with a winning record. - -But you know what they say: the game isn’t won in PECOTA. A lot can change between now and October. Heck, a lot can change between now and Opening Day. - -Here are our predictions: - -Andrés Chávez: Chicago White Sox - -The Detroit Tigers, the Minnesota Twins, and even the Kansas City Royals have significantly improved their rosters for the 2022 season. None of them, however, is in the Chicago White Sox’s league, at least not yet. - -Without making major additions (depending on how you view reliever Kendall Graveman, of course) and even losing top starter Carlos Rodon, the White Sox should have enough to top the competition. - -If injuries cooperate, they will enjoy full seasons from Luis Robert (3.2 fWAR in just 68 games in 2021) and Eloy Jiménez; and several impressive young players such as Andrew Vaughn, Gavin Sheets, Jake Burger, Michael Kopech, and Dylan Cease could conceivably take a step forward. - -The Pale Hose, once again, are putting their hopes in a super-bullpen, as Liam Hendriks, Graveman, Craig Kimbrel, Joe Kelly, Aaron Bummer, and Garrett Crochet are good enough to shut down any lineup in the late innings. - -Will the rotation hold up without Rodón? That’s an important storyline to follow this year: Lance Lynn, Lucas Giolito, and Cease are all very good, but there are questions marks after that. The offense, though, shouldn’t be a problem. - -It should be noted, however, that the gap in the AL Central between the White Sox and the rest of the division may be starting to close. The Detroit Tigers got Javy Baez, Tucker Barnhart, Eduardo Rodríguez, Michael Pineda, and Andrew Chafin; while the Twins just signed Carlos Correa and traded for Gary Sánchez and Gio Urshela. Even the Royals brought Zack Greinke and will give MLB’s best prospect, Bobby Witt Jr., the chance to win the third base job. The Guardians haven’t made any significant moves but remain dangerous as long as they have Shane Bieber and José Ramírez. - -Kenny Kelly: Chicago White Sox - -I’ve been high on the White Sox for longer than I had any right to be, so I’m not going to stop now. Why they’ll win the division should be pretty clear. Luis Robert, Eloy Jimenez, and Yoan Moncada headline a solid, if top-heavy, offense. The Rodón-less rotation still has enough there in Lucas Giolito, Dylan Cease, and Lance Lynn to keep them in most ballgames, and with a bullpen of Liam Hendriks, Craig Kimbrel, Aaron Bummer, and Kendall Graveman, they don’t have to worry about coughing up any leads. Not to mention they have Michael Kopech floating around. - -If anyone is going to take the crown from the Southsiders, it’s going to be the Tigers. It might require Spencer Torkelson having a Pete Alonso-esque rookie year and Casey Mize and Tarik Skubal pitching to the top of their game, but anything’s possible. As good as the White Sox are, they still have questionable depth on the bench and in the rotation. The White Sox might struggle to get quality innings from their starters if anyone gets hurt. Enough dominoes fall and the whole thing will come crashing down like a house of cards. Checkmate. - -Steven Martano: Chicago White Sox - -Last year Chicago was the only team in the AL Central to finish above .500, and while they would not be favored to win the AL East or West, despite a myriad of injuries in 2021, they still managed 93 wins. A healthy Chicago team that has a good core reinforced through free agency positions this team as the obvious favorites to win the Central. - -In 2021, Eloy Jiménez, Nick Madrigal, and Luis Robert all missed significant time due to injury. Chicago also lost catcher Yasmani Grandal for over a month, José Abreu and Tim Anderson both hit the injured list for periods of time. While IL stints are inevitable in a 162-game season, it’s hard to imagine Chicago getting hit with as bad an injury bug as they did last year. - -The Sox inked two solid players following the lockout, signing utility infielder Josh Harrison and reliever Joe Kelly. Harrison is a solid replacement to Madrigal, and Kelly is a welcome addition to a bullpen that was already one of the best in baseball — the Sox led the AL in K/9 and were effectively tied with the Rays for fWAR despite relievers throwing 150 fewer innings. - -The White Sox have a strong rotation as well, with a starting trio of Lance Lynn, Lucas Giolito, and Dylan Cease, followed by a backend rotation consisting of former Cy Young winner Dallas Keuchel and flamethrowing Michael Kopech. - -The Twins are getting rid of every decent player on their team, the Royals are hardly ready to compete, the Tigers have not been good for the better part of a decade, and the Guardians are in rebuild mode. The question is can the White Sox translate their regular-season success into a playoff series victory? - -Estevão Maximo: Chicago White Sox - -The AL Central has an owner. As much as I want to believe that the Twins will acquire Frankie Montas and Sean Manaea to field a competitive rotation that can truly challenge for the division crown, I highly doubt it will happen, and even if it does there’s no reason to bet against the White Sox now. - -A lineup with depth and up and coming hitters such as Eloy Jimenez and Luis Robert who we’ll hopefully see for a full season, and a rotation that has the likes of Lance Lynn still hitting on all cylinders, Lucas Giolito, and a Michael Kopech ready to step in and fill some of the innings left by Carlos Ródon, plus a bullpen led by the best in the business, Liam Hendriks. - -The White Sox have a balanced contender ready to win now and the Twins and Guardians have too many question marks surrounding their pitching and hitting respectively to challenge for the number one spot. - -Baseball is a surprising sport, no one expected to see the Giants winning the NL West last year and it’s never wrong to reinforce the anything can happen narrative. However, there’s no sense in picking anyone else to take the AL Central. The White Sox are the prohibitive favorites and I’m sure they have their sights on higher flights than just a division crown. - -Matt O’Halloran: Chicago White Sox - -It’s difficult to see any of the Guardians, Twins, Royals, or Tigers seriously challenging Chicago for the division crown. While they have a smattering of great players and exciting young talent, they’re all some pieces and a few years away from contention, but surprises happen. - -The White Sox benefit from a relatively weak division but have the roster to compete with anybody in the league. Despite the loss of Carlos Rodon, their rotation is still one of the best in baseball, headlined by the trio of Lance Lynn, Lucas Giolito, and Dylan Cease. Their bullpen is even better, with Liam Hendriks, Craig Kimbrel, Garrett Crochet, Aaron Bummer, Joe Kelly, and Michael Kopech. - -The lineup has a hole or two but has plenty of talent with a strong mix of youthful talent and veteran wisdom. The likes of Luis Robert, Eloy Jimenez, and Yoan Moncada will be another year wiser and another year stronger. They benefit from the veteran presences of guys like Tim Anderson and Jose Abreu. They could certainly be improved by another left-handed bat in the outfield or at second base - Michael Conforto would be a good fit - but more than enough pieces are there for this lineup to be amongst the most productive. - -A lot of things would need to go wrong for the White Sox to be caught in this division, there’s simply too much talent on this roster and not enough of it on the other four. This is a unanimous pick for a reason. The White Sox have the clearest path to a division championship of any team in baseball in 2022, and it’s not particularly close.",1731883630,2446e43b23,347b1af82e,,,1731883630 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/harris-defeat-future-women-presidential-candidates_n_6731e688e4b0231a203afa09,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,What Kamala Harris' Loss Means For Women Candidates,"As Democrats continue to assess the reasons for Vice President Kamala Harris' defeat eight years after former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton lost to Donald Trump, many wonder about the effect the result will have on future female presidential candidates. Illustration: Benjamin Currie; Photos: Getty - -When then-Democratic presidential nominee Hillary Clinton conceded her defeat to President-elect Donald Trump in November 2016, she told her audience to keep one thing in mind. - -“I know we have still not shattered that highest and hardest glass ceiling, but some day, someone will, and hopefully sooner than we might think right now,” Clinton said at the time. - -Advertisement - -Eight years later, Vice President Kamala Harris assumed the Democratic nomination following President Joe Biden’s decision to withdraw from the race, meaning another woman was within striking distance of finally winning the White House. - -However, that did not materialize. Trump won the race after securing 312 electoral votes while managing a clean sweep of the seven battleground states. Trump is also still on track to win the popular vote. - -As Democrats continue to assess the reasons for the bitter loss, many wonder about the effect the result will have on future female presidential candidates. - -As opposed to Clinton in 2016, Harris did not emphasize the historic nature of her candidacy, choosing to not bring up her gender as part of this campaign. - -Advertisement - -“I’m clearly a woman,” Harris told NBC News in October. “I don’t need to point that out to anyone.” - -Despite their different strategies, both lost to Trump, indicating a unique challenge for female candidates. - -“It is clear how much work we have to do, because you can’t win either way,” said Erin Loos Cutraro, the founder and CEO of She Should Run, a nonpartisan, nonprofit organization focused on increasing the number of women considering running for office. “There isn’t a road map for this.” - -Despite the issue of crafting an effective message as a female candidate, Cutraro said it is undeniable that the U.S. would benefit from more female representation. - -“We cannot have the smartest policies if we’re not tapping into the full panel of this country has to offer,” Cutraro told HuffPost. “And whether or not the country is ready to talk about that as an advantage seems to be determined. But the reality that women’s voices and perspectives matter is not up for debate.” - -The Electability Question - -The Democratic primary that followed Clinton’s defeat saw a record number of six women presidential candidates, including Harris, vying to get the party’s nod. - -Advertisement - -At the time, electability, meaning a candidate’s perceived ability to defeat Trump, loomed large on Democratic primary voters’ minds, benefiting now-President Joe Biden, who eventually won the race to become the party’s nominee in 2020. - -While it’s still early to determine how the 2024 result will factor into the minds of potential presidential candidates and voters in the future, some Democrats appear to already be lining up to lead the party into the next general election. - -It remains unclear what role Harris intends to play in 2028 given the disappointing result on Nov. 5. - -Harris’ defeat was likely a combination of multiple factors at play that her 107-day campaign did not manage to withstand. - -Christine Matthews, a center-right pollster and president of Bellwether Research & Consulting, said the “fundamentals,” namely inflation, Biden’s unpopularity and the rise of populism around the world, played a big role in Harris’ defeat. - -Advertisement - -Matthews argued that even if Democrats had picked a male nominee, that candidate would still have likely lost for the same reasons. - -Matthews added that while she doesn’t expect Harris’ defeat to make voters less inclined to support female candidates in the future, she says the outcome of the race could be “demoralizing” for female politicians seeking to run for the White House, especially considering the campaign Trump ran, often resorting to sexist attacks against his opponent. - -“It may depress interest among women candidates who look at such a high bar, seemingly, and what voters are willing to accept from men, particularly Donald Trump, right, and and how none of that would be acceptable if a woman did it,” Matthews said. - -But Jessica Mackler, the president of EMILY’s List, told HuffPost we shouldn’t lose sight of the fact that the overwhelming majority of candidates who lost past presidential races are men. - -“Whenever a man loses one of these elections, we don’t go back and say, ‘98% of the people who have lost presidential races are white men,’” Mackler said. - -Advertisement - -Cynthia Richie Terrell, the founder and executive director of RepresentWomen, an organization focused on promoting gender-balanced representation at every level of government, echoed Mackler, suggesting it would be a mistake to “draw the conclusion that women aren’t going to be supported by voters” after the defeats of just two female presidential candidates. - -Richie Terrell cited the success women have seen on the local level, including in state legislatures where women are poised to become the majority of legislators of Democratic caucuses. - -“There is a hunger for women’s leadership. And I think there’s a hunger for the kinds of policy decisions that are associated with women candidates and women elected officials,” Richie Terrell added. - -Women Are Not A Monolith - -A survey conducted by Pew Research Center last year found that while 31% of Democratic and Democratic-leaning adults said it is very or extremely important to see a woman elected president in their lifetime, just 5% of Republican and Republican-leaning voters shared the same view. - -Matthews anticipates Republican women won’t be as “demoralized” when assessing the result of the election, suggesting they are more averse to “identity politics” compared to Democrats. - -Advertisement - -Ali Vitali, a Capitol Hill correspondent for NBC News and author of the book “Electable: Why America Hasn’t Put a Woman in the White House... Yet,” suggested that the fact that Republicans don’t like “identity politics” may explain why Harris chose to not emphasize the historic nature of her candidacy as she tried to court GOP voters who may have never voted for a Democrat before. - -Former GOP presidential candidate Nikki Haley, who was the last candidate standing against Trump in the Republican primary, also largely avoided leaning into her gender, perhaps in recognition of that. - -The desire to see a woman run the White House, though, should not be seen as a partisan issue. - -“The reason that we should want to see this glass ceiling broken has nothing to do with parties. It has everything to do with reflective government,” Vitali said. “When you have a greater diversity of opinion and lived experience, you get better policy.” - -‘The Kamala Effect’ - -A’shanti F. Gholar, the president of Emerge, an organization dedicated to recruiting and training Democratic women to successfully run for office, said that following Clinton’s defeat in 2016, there was a big surge in women interested in entering politics. - -“People called it the Trump effect. And I said, ‘That is incorrect. This is the Hillary effect,’” Gholar told HuffPost. - -Advertisement - -Gholar says Harris’ run will similarly inspire more female candidates to enter politics, noting that Emerge is already seeing many women attend their community gatherings and join their trainings. - -“We’re absolutely going to have the Kamala effect,” Gholar said. - -“We’re definitely going to see more women running, but it’s because they want to continue on the legacy of Secretary Clinton and Vice President Harris,” she continued. - -Prior to her presidential run, Harris made history on several fronts in 2020 when she became vice president as the first woman, first Black person and first Asian American to be elected to the role. - -And before Harris, the late Rep. Shirley Chisholm, the first Black woman to be elected to Congress, made history in 1972, becoming the first female candidate to run for the Democratic Party’s presidential nomination as well as the first Black candidate to seek any of the two major parties’ nods. - -Glynda C. Carr, the president and co-founder of Higher Heights, an organization that works to elect Black women, told The Guardian that Chisholm set an example by having “the audacity to run for president all the way to the convention” as a Black woman. - -Advertisement - -“The direct byproduct of that Chisholm effect was a Barbara Lee — Congresswoman Barbara Lee,” Carr said. “There are one or two or many that will be inspired by a Kamala Harris and it can’t be lost.” - -It is true that setting aside the presidential race, women made history this Election Day. For instance, incoming Democratic Sens. Angela Alsobrooks of Maryland and Lisa Blunt Rochester of Delaware will be the first two Black women to serve concurrently in the upper chamber of Congress. - -Vitali told HuffPost presidential races are an imperfect measure of the strides women have made in American politics, in part, because of the many external factors affect the primary process that propels candidates to the nomination. - -Still, Vitali argued that the more women that run for the presidency “it becomes less fatal when one loses, and it becomes still jubilant when one wins.” - -“That kind of repetition, that kind of habit building, is exactly the kind of thing that it will take to eventually break the glass ceiling,” Vitali added.",1731883665,b2d88cb862,341cf6d6da,,,1731883665 -https://transom.org/2013/what-if-there-was-no-destiny/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,What If There Was No Destiny?,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/What-If-There-Was-No-Destiny_.mp3 Download Listen to “What If There Was No Destiny?” - -Sometimes, I wish there was a quadratic equation for journalism ethics. Just plug in the variables and the equation spits out the answer: “No. Don’t do that — ever.” Or, “Yes. This is allowed in this circumstance.” Wouldn’t that make ethical decision making easier? - -Take, for instance, use of the pronoun “I.” In so many cases, using “I,” is verboten. Yet, with greater frequency, “I” appears in more and more pubic radio journalism. Seems like “I” now exists in a gray area — perfect for the ethics quadratic equation. - -But, what about personal opinion? Isn’t that forbidden? I don’t hear too much of that. It appears that line is relatively clear. But, then again… - -We encourage wondering. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Listen to the Radiolab story featured on this edition of HowSound. It’s called “What If There Was No Destiny?” The line on opinion is blurred slightly in this story when reporter Pat Walters says: “I asked Barbara about some of the things she said because, to be totally honest, they kind of turned my stomach.” And, there’s more. You’ll have to listen. - -After you do, will you please apply your quadratic equation for ethics to this and let me the answer you arrive at?",1731883722,c00d35bf2d,34ddf207b9,,,1731883722 -https://www.avclub.com/quinta-brunson-new-details-its-always-sunny-abbott-elementary-crossovers,https://www.avclub.com/rss,Quinta Brunson reveals new details about the It's Always Sunny/Abbott Elementary crossovers,"Quinta Brunson reveals new details about the It's Always Sunny/Abbott Elementary crossovers The much-hyped crossover will arrive as two episodes: One of Abbott and one It's Always Sunny - -Some new details tonight about the sitcom crossover event we’re still kind of shocked is a real thing, and not just a joke on fans of Philadelphia-based comedies: The Abbott Elementary/It’s Always Sunny In Philadelphia crossover that’s now been in the works for months now. Specifically, we got a few new details on the team-up from Abbott creator Quinta Brunson tonight, who revealed that, when we talk about this unlikely meeting of the minds, we’re actually talking about two episodes of TV: One of Abbott, the other of Sunny. - -As such, the two versions of the crossover will actually happen with quite a bit of temporal distance between them: The Abbott episode, which will presumably feature members of the Gang showing up to somehow destroy the American educational system, will air in January, as the ABC series heads towards the back of its current fourth season. The Sunny installment, meanwhile, won’t arrive until the show comes back in summer of 2025, with Brunson (speaking at Vulture‘s Vulture Fest event today) tentatively suggesting it might be the show’s season premiere in June. She also said it’ll be “their version of what happens in this storyline,” which is intriguing; we still have no idea how this is going to work, how the two shows will juggle their very different tones, or how much of each cast we’re going to see invading each individual episode, but we’re definitely excited to see what Brunson, her writers, and the Sunny crew have come up with. Honestly, we’re praying for this to work: We’d love to have Sunny crash its way into more shows under the Disney umbrella; even before you get to the obvious slam dunk that is Kaitlin Olson’s new show High Potential, the idea of Mac and Charlie getting to address the Shark Tank has us genuinely giddy.",1731883662,66c132240d,34a1a6ec68,,,1731883662 -https://qutech.nl/2024/06/12/final-design-qutech-building-approved/,https://qutech.nl/feed/,Final design QuTech building approved,"In the coming years, TU Delft will invest in the renewal and improvement of the TU Delft Campus. One of the developments in this initiative is the new building for QuTech, the mission-driven quantum institute of TU Delft and TNO. On May 14, 2024, the final design was officially approved. This new building contributes to TU Delft’s ambition to have a CO2-neutral, circular, and climate-adaptive campus by 2030. The new building is expected to be operational by 2028. - -The Design - -The new QuTech building offers approximately 13,500 m² of indoor space spread over five floors. It will house workspaces for QuTech employees and supporting services, study areas for master’s students, and laboratories with advanced research equipment. The design consists of two separate structures with an atrium in between. One structure is situated on the most vibration-free ground, making it suitable for laboratories; the optical labs will be located on the ground floor, while cryolabs will be situated on the floors above. This vibration-free section is primarily constructed of concrete. - -The other structure will primarily serve as office space. Since there are no strict vibration-free requirements for this area, a primary structural frame of wood will be used here. Laminated wood has been chosen, a sustainable option with a warm appearance. The atrium in the middle, with long sightlines and connecting staircases, encourages collaboration and spontaneous encounters. - -Sustainable Construction - -Wood is used where possible and concrete where necessary. Wood is sustainable because it is a renewable resource and stores CO2 even after being processed into building material. For the floors, the aim is to use the most sustainable application of concrete flooring with circular materials. - -The cryolab setups will be placed in compact glass compartments, ‘aquariums’, which efficiently expel warm air with cooled air, optimizing the space as a workspace. The project will be realized according to the internationally recognized BREEAM standard. This means the use of recycled materials, natural insulation, energy neutrality, and energy-efficient installations. - -About QuTech - -QuTech is a mission-driven research institute of the Delft University of Technology and the Netherlands Organization for Applied Scientific Research (TNO) in the field of quantum technology. QuTech works on scalable prototypes of a quantum computer and an inherently secure quantum internet by bringing world-class research and groundbreaking innovation together in one building. Besides numerous scientific breakthroughs and collaborations with companies such as Microsoft, Intel, and Fujitsu, QuTech (currently with 350 employees) has also led to a thriving startup ecosystem in Delft. In collaboration with the faculties, QuTech trains a formidable talent pool, which has a strong positive impact on Delft, South Holland, and the Netherlands as a whole. - -The realization of this new building for QuTech will create improved conditions for the state-of-the-art research conducted by the involved scientists. The new QuTech building will serve as a breeding ground for innovations and business activity, technological cross-pollination, and new collaborations for its users – academics, staff, and engineers in cooperation with the business community.",1731883655,855509a49b,34c9cd6272,,,1731883655 -https://www.cryptoninjas.net/2024/10/18/the-rise-of-nfts-how-to-profit-from-digital-art-and-collectibles/,https://www.cryptoninjas.net/feed/,The Rise of NFTs: How to Profit from Digital Art and Collectibles,"The rise of Non-Fungible Tokens (NFTs) has not only transformed the digital art world but also created profitable opportunities in various sectors, including bitcoin casinos and the broader crypto-gambling space. As more people turn to digital assets, NFTs have gained traction in industries like Crypto casino NZ , where blockchain technology is revolutionizing gaming and online transactions in crypto gambing. Just like BTC is a popular cryptocurrency in Crypto casinos , NFTs are becoming a valuable commodity for collectors and investors alike. The use of blockchain in this context ensures transparency and security, similar to how online casinos, especially casinos with bitcoin , operate, making NFTs a trusted form of digital ownership in the growing crypto ecosystem. - -Non-Fungible Tokens (NFTs) - -Non-fungible tokens stored on blockchain ledgers known as Non-Fungible Tokens (NFTs) serve to represent ownership of digital items like art, music videos, and virtual real estate rather than functioning as interchangeable cryptocurrency assets like Bitcoin or Ethereum do. While cryptocurrency assets could still represent ownership interchangeably through virtual real estate ownership or artwork ownership using cryptocurrency assets as they currently do, NFTs provide greater transparency and security by tracking ownership histories over time for every item held, unlike their cryptocurrency counterparts, such as Bitcoin or Ethereum, can do. - -NFTs’ primary benefit lies in establishing ownership of digital assets – something which had previously proven difficult. Artists can sell directly to collectors without using intermediaries, collectors can demonstrate they own original pieces of digital art. - -The Growth of the NFT Market - -Since its debut, the National Financing Terminal market has experienced rapid expansion. Digital artist Beeple sold his works at Christie’s auction house for an astounding $69 Million. CryptoPunks and Bored Ape Yacht Club collections attracted collectors willing to invest significant sums of money in digital collectibles. - -This growth can be attributed to various factors, including an interest in blockchain technology, digital art’s unexpected popularity surge, and migration caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. As more creators and collectors enter the NFT space, opportunities will present themselves as markets expand further. - -How to Profit from NFTs - -NFTs present artists, collectors, and investors with many opportunities to maximize returns through these instruments. Here are a few strategies: - -1. Generating and Selling NFTs - -Non-Filled Tokens Provide Digital Artists, Musicians, and Content Creators with Direct Monetization NFTs offer digital artists, musicians, and content creators an unprecedented chance to directly monetize their creations by minting collectible items like NFTs that can later be sold back for royalties if returned! - -OpenSea, Rarible or Foundation are three non-fiat marketplaces where artists can sell their works using cryptocurrency such as Ethereum. Artists upload artwork with fixed or auction formats predetermined by them before receiving cryptocurrency payments which they can later convert back to fiat currency if needed. - -2. Investing in NFTs - -Collectors and investors alike can generate substantial returns by purchasing Non-Fiction Trading Cards (NFTs) in hopes their value will appreciate over time, like traditional artwork. Certain NFTs may become particularly sought after due to rarity, creator fame, or cultural significance. Early adopters of popular projects like CryptoKitties or Axie Infinity saw returns increase dramatically due to sudden spikes in demand. - -Before investing in NFTs, it is imperative that a thorough investigation of their creator or project be undertaken. Attributes that should be monitored closely include community support for the token being issued, track records of accomplishment, and unique assets discovered via platforms like Nifty Gateway or SuperRare. - -3. Flipping NFTs - -Turning non-performing loans (NFTs) into profits is an efficient strategy to generate returns, with investors purchasing discounted NFTs before selling them later at higher values, providing access to assets with potential for long-term growth. Timing is of the utmost importance here so as to maximize demand when selling. - -OpenSea and Rarible have made it easier than ever for flippers to quickly purchase and sell Non-Financial Tokens while taking into account market trends and sentiment analysis for optimal profit potential. - -4. Participating in NFT Gaming and Virtual Worlds - -Non-Fungible Tokens are quickly becoming the industry standard in virtual world gaming, enabling players to trade, earn, and sell in-game assets using blockchain technology in games like Axie Infinity. Players purchase, breed, battle, trade, and sell Axies creatures as non-fungible tokens in marketplaces for real cash returns – some have seen significant returns! Trading virtual assets is both rewarding and profitable! Trading has proven its worth multiple times, providing great financial returns! Trading virtual assets is truly profitable! - -Virtual worlds such as Decentraland and The Sandbox give their users more than just access to video games: they provide access to buying, selling, and trading non-fungible tokens (NFTs). As virtual realms have increased in both popularity and value, NFTs represent yet another way NFTs may help digital realms contribute towards financial success. - -Risks and Challenges - -National Financial Tokens provide both exciting opportunities and risks and challenges. Their market is highly speculative. Thus, their values may fluctuate based on market sentiment. Some tokens may experience decreased value over time as interest wanes for certain projects. Additionally there have been concerns raised regarding blockchain technology’s environmental effects due to energy consumed when minting NFTs. - -Be wary of scams and fraud when purchasing NFTs online. Conduct your own investigation before purchasing from any platform or creator who appears legitimate to ensure safe transactions. - -Conclusion - -NFTs present creators, investors, and collectors alike with plenty of opportunities to monetize digital art and collectibles through NFTs. Artists looking for monetization through NFTs, collectors, or investors looking for projects will all find something of interest here! Conducting adequate research before diving in will ensure you successfully navigate any unfamiliar waters while reaping all their many rewards along the way!",1731883633,b8dfdebe6b,34f2efb972,,,1731883633 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/the-next-limited-edition-steam-deck-oled-comes-in-white-and-will-be-available-globally-this-time,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,"The next limited-edition Steam Deck OLED comes in white, and will be available globally this time","The Steam Deck OLED – which is like a Steam Deck but better in almost every way – is getting a new, if potentially more smudge-susceptible Limited Edition. A successor to the translucent version that only went on sale in the US and Canada last year, the Steam Deck OLED: Limited Edition White offers both a snowy look and, for those of us outside North America, the chance to actually buy one. It’ll go on sale November 18th, in all the countries that the Steam Deck currently ships in. - -The white-and-grey makeover will set you back £599 / $679 / €719, so it’s a few notes more than the 1TB Steam Deck OLED it’s functionally identical to. But you would get the exclusive ability to protect your Deck from thieves by camouflaging it against a stack of printer paper, or to pair it more effectively with a boat-ready pair of summer chinos. It’s bundled with a white carrying case, too. - -Image credit: Valve - -All the same, I’m probably not gonna go for this. Besides being perfectly happy with my bog-standard, goth-shaded Steam Deck OLED, I’d immediately develop a deep paranoia over marks, scuffs, and melted chocolate stains blemishing that pristine exterior. But if you’re the sort that thinks all consumer electronics should look like the iPod, it’s there, albeit temporarily. Limited means limited in this case, and once the initial round of stock sells out, it’s gone forever. Better be ready at 3pm PST / 11pm GMT on the 18th to grab one when they launch. - -If you do end up missing out, take comfort in knowing that a successful Limited Edition White could lead to more vibrant Steam Deck recolours in the future. “We're curious to see what the response is, and will use what we learn to inform future decisions about any potential new colour variants down the line,” said Valve comms chief Kaci Aitchison Boyle in a statement. - -Image credit: Valve - -Said missive also confirmed that Valve are involved with ""ongoing work toward the future of Steam Deck and other hardware plans"", though you can probably expect new colours for the existing models before a full-on Steam Deck 2. That’s still not coming for some time, according to Valve’s engineers, who want to “wait for a generational leap” in computing performance before committing to a whole new handheld.",1731883645,ad45c610da,34ebe610e8,,,1731883645 -https://mashable.com/roundup/best-vpns,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,"The best VPN services of 2024, tested and reviewed","How we tested - -Making this guide to the best VPNs involved hands-on testing, which I'll describe in more detail shortly, but it also hinged heavily on guidance from cybersecurity experts. When it comes to the types of things consumers should look for in VPN services, they told me in separate interviews, much of what separates the good from the bad can be gleaned before anything is installed. These experts include: - -What the experts said - -When you surf the internet freely without a VPN, you're being tracked online constantly by multiple third parties, including your Internet Service Provider (ISP), search engines like Google, and possibly even your employer or school. Connecting to a VPN means taking your traffic away from them and putting it in the hands of one lone entity instead, conceding exclusive, unfettered access to all of your browsing data. It's a privilege that needs to be earned, and the true caliber of a VPN ultimately comes down to whether you can wholly believe it's keeping you safe. - -Unfortunately, the VPN industry is notorious for hyperbolic marketing, especially when it comes to privacy practices. This can ""give VPN users a false sense of security if they don’t realize that the protections offered are not comprehensive,"" according to a Consumer Reports investigation into 16 providers. (Many popular VPNs shout about offering ""military-grade"" encryption, for example, which isn't a thing.) It's unwise to take a provider's ""trust me bro!"" claims at face value. - -So how do you know for sure if a VPN is trustworthy ? A single Google search can be enlightening: A good provider won't have a long rap sheet for mishandling users' personal data or succumbing to server breaches, and bad headlines should raise a red flag — including those about a VPN's ownership or parent company. A swift, effective response to crises and a healthy dose of corporate accountability can offset these concerns in some cases, but I also place a high value on a pristine reputation. - -The best VPN services should also be willing to open themselves up to scrutiny. Bragging about a strong ""no logs"" privacy policy that specifies how users' personal information gets protected is one thing. But subjecting that no-log policy to independent audits — and making the results public — provides a much higher level of assurance. - -The most trustworthy VPNs will also issue regular transparency reports disclosing any requests for data they've received from government or law enforcement agencies. (These requests won't yield anything if a provider's privacy policy holds up.) Some go the extra mile by offering in-house bug bounty programs to researchers who comb their software and servers for vulnerabilities. - -Tests we run on VPNs - -After assessing their company policies, histories, and overall reliability, I hands-on test VPNs on mobile and desktop. (I tried all of the VPNs on this list using my personal iPhone 11 and my work-issued M1 Pro-powered Apple MacBook Pro.) I have each VPN connected for approximately four to eight hours at a time to get a general sense of the user experience as part of the average person's everyday workflow. I also put them through a handful of performance benchmarks: - -DNS leak tests - -Often described as ""the internet's phone book,"" the DNS (Domain Name System) is basically a back-end directory that translates website domain names into computer-speak, aka internet protocol (IP) addresses. An IP address is a unique number that's assigned to a device when it's connected to the internet; it identifies the device's general location and the name of the ISP. - -Without making things overly complicated (bear with me): When you search for a website, your browser sends a query to one of your ISP's DNS servers to track down its matching IP address(es) so it can send you to that page. Without the DNS, you'd have to type out a long string of numbers every time you wanted to visit a website. For example, instead of ""Mashable.com,"" you'd enter ""104.18.33.218"" or ""172.64.154.38"" into your search bar. - -A VPN is supposed to reroute your DNS queries to its own DNS servers while you're connected to it — that way, your ISP (and possibly other snoops) can't see where you are or what sites you're looking up. If the VPN is faulty, it may continue to send DNS queries to the ISP's DNS servers, putting your security at risk. That's the gist of a DNS leak. - -Some VPN apps have built-in DNS leak tests that tell you if your connection is secure and whether your real IP address is being hidden. Otherwise, you can perform them via DNSleaktest.com . When I try a VPN, I run its standard test twice: once with the VPN off, and once with it connected. - -Trying different use cases - -The No. 1 purpose of VPNs is to make it difficult for anyone other than the provider to identify and track your online activity, so every VPN I recommend must do that well — no exceptions. However, VPNs are also widely used to spoof user locations and skirt geo-restrictions on content, especially overseas streaming libraries. (Services like Netflix limit their libraries abroad because of region-specific distribution rights.) - -While a VPN will never be disqualified simply because it can't get users access to geo-blocked content, it's a plus if it succeeds, so I still test for it. I do so by connecting to one of the VPN's UK servers from my home in Chicago and running a DNS leak test to see if my IP address changes accordingly, then attempting to watch Love Island UK on the UK streaming service ITVX. - -Speed tests - -The connection speed of a VPN depends on a lot of different variables, but it will almost always be slower than your regular internet connection, so it's not a huge factor in my final recs. That said, I try to get an idea of how well a VPN performs by using it for a lengthy period of time and running it through some quick Ookla Speedtests. (I do three of them: one with the VPN off, one with the VPN connected to a local server, and one with the VPN connected to a French server.) If a VPN is noticeably sluggish to the point where it affects usability, I'll call it out. - -A general rule of thumb for any VPN is that your connection speeds will be fastest when you're connected to a server that's geographically close to your actual location. - -Other important details - -I also take following factors into account as I use a VPN and decided whether to recommend it, listed in no particular order: - -Included features - -Most premium VPNs come with similar privacy tools, so I don't encounter major provider-to-provider discrepancies in this regard. Still, it's worth noting some of the important ones I look out for: - -A kill switch will immediately disconnect your device from the internet if your VPN drops. (This one's non-negotiable.) - -Support for multi-hop connections that route your traffic through two or more of the VPN's servers. This adds an extra layer of protection. - -Split tunneling, a tool that sends some of your traffic through the VPN and some outside it to conserve bandwidth, can be useful for streaming and gaming. - -Oftentimes, providers will also bundle their VPN with additional security features like malware/adware blockers, data breach detectors, and cloud storage. These won't make the VPN itself any better, but they're good to have alongside your go-to antivirus software and password manager . (If you have to choose between a reputable VPN or one that comes with a bunch of add-ons, always go with the former.) - -Protocol type - -A VPN's protocol is the set of instructions that determine how data gets communicated between its servers and your devices. Many VPN providers have developed proprietary protocols within the past few years, but OpenVPN remains the most popular and widely respected option: It's stable, secure, and open-source, meaning anyone can inspect its code for vulnerabilities. WireGuard is another good pick that's newer than OpenVPN and supposedly faster. - -Encryption type - -A VPN protects your data by encrypting it, or scrambling it up into unreadable ""ciphertext"" that can only be decoded with a secret key or password. Virtually all premium VPNs use an encryption algorithm called Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) 256-bit encryption, which is pretty much uncrackable to third parties. - -Server network size and distribution - -Picking a VPN with a large server network means there's a lower likelihood of you sharing one with a bunch of other users, which is especially valuable for streaming (since there's more bandwidth to go around). - -Relatedly, a VPN with a geographically diverse network of servers in many different parts of the world will make it easier for you to spoof specific locations and find one close to you to optimize connection speeds. Most premium VPNs maintain servers throughout the Americas, Europe, Asia, and Australia; few have a big presence in Africa. - -Number of simultaneous connections - -Most VPNs can be used on five to 10 devices per account (depending on the provider), which should be plenty for individual users. A handful of them support unlimited simultaneous connections to better serve bigger households. - -Customer support options - -Users should have access to some kind of help around the clock in case an issue arises with their VPN connection or account, whether it's by phone, email, or live chat. (Online help forums and tutorials are nice, but not enough on their own.) I also give preference to VPNs that offer some kind of money-back guarantee; in most cases, it's 30 days long. - -Overall value - -Premium VPN providers typically charge anywhere from $2 to $12 per month for access to their clients, depending on the subscription length. It's easier to justify the higher end of that spectrum if it gets you a reliable and responsible VPN with some useful security features. - -Ease of use - -Some VPNs are more intuitive and beginner-friendly than others. - -It's important to note that many popular VPN providers posit their jurisdiction, or the location of their headquarters, as something that can have serious privacy implications based on local surveillance laws (such as the Five , Nine, and 14 Eyes alliances). Without getting too in the weeds, the experts I spoke to said the average consumer shouldn't put a big stake in these claims, and that authorities will get access to user data one way or another if the need is great enough. What's more concerning, they added — to bring things full circle — is whether any data is being retained by a VPN provider in the first place. - -If anything, users might be better off choosing a VPN headquartered in a country with strong consumer protections against deceptive marketing (like the U.S. and many countries in the European Union). These could come in handy if a provider's privacy policy was ever questioned. - -Note: Ookla is owned by Mashable's publisher, Ziff Davis.",1731883653,644d6c1ea1,35437d2f52,,,1731883653 -https://www.npr.org/2023/11/10/1197954613/openai-chatgpt-author-lawsuit-preston-martin-franzen-picoult,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Authors sue OpenAI for using copyrighted material. How will the courts rule? : Planet Money : NPR,"The alleged theft at the heart of ChatGPT - -When best-selling thriller writer Douglas Preston began playing around with OpenAI's new chatbot, ChatGPT, he was, at first, impressed. But then he realized how much in-depth knowledge GPT had of the books he had written. When prompted, it supplied detailed plot summaries and descriptions of even minor characters. He was convinced it could only pull that off if it had read his books. - -Large language models, the kind of artificial intelligence underlying programs like ChatGPT, do not come into the world fully formed. They first have to be trained on incredibly large amounts of text. Douglas Preston, and 16 other authors, including George R.R. Martin, Jodi Piccoult, and Jonathan Franzen, were convinced that their novels had been used to train GPT without their permission. So, in September, they sued OpenAI for copyright infringement. - -Sponsor Message - -This sort of thing seems to be happening a lot lately–one giant tech company or another ""moves fast and breaks things,"" exploring the edges of what might or might not be allowed without first asking permission. On today's show, we try to make sense of what OpenAI allegedly did by training its AI on massive amounts of copyrighted material. Was that good? Was it bad? Was it legal? - -This episode was hosted by Keith Romer and Erika Beras and produced by Willa Rubin and Sam Yellowhorse Kesler. It was edited by Kenny Malone and fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Engineering by Robert Rodriguez. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Elias Music - ""Elevated,"" Universal Music Production - ""Don't Cross the Line,"" and ""This is Not Goodbye""",1731884616,8181d7a585,34be852142,,,1731884616 -https://www.casualhoya.com/2024/11/14/24294872/links-notre-dame-visits-undefeated-georgetown-for-game-3-sorber-peavy-mack-epps-fielder,https://www.casualhoya.com/rss/current.rss,LINKS: Undefeated Notre Dame Visits Undefeated Georgetown for Game 3,"There’s a lot of similarity with the current states of the basketball programs for your Georgetown Hoyas and the Notre Dame Fighting Irish—tremendous academic schools, old conference foes, historical competitiveness and success, and ... second-year coaches looking to turn each program around. Ed Cooley and Micah Shrewsberry were discussed together quite a bit in March 2023 and many fans will continue to compare their success as time moves onward. Cooley added a top recruiting class in 2024 and ND looks to be reeling in some talent for 2025. But the game is not next year, it’s this Saturday and the two similarly ranked 2-0 teams—Georgetown #96 on Kenpom, ND #78—will matchup for an early measuring stick on NBC. - -Georgetown will look to flex its muscles when Notre Dame comes to town. pic.twitter.com/xb9YcHp2AL — NBC Sports (@NBCSports) November 13, 2024 - -Last season, Georgetown defeated Notre Dame in overtime, 72-68, at Purcell Pavilion. This year, the Hoyas host the Irish at Capital One Arena in Washington D.C. on November 16th at 1 p.m. ET. The game will air on NBC and serve as a lead-in to the Notre Dame football game. - -It appears to be a BIG EAST production team on NBC, with John Fanta calling the play-by-play and Donny Marshall providing analysis. Rich Chvotkin, in his 51st season as the Voice of the Hoyas, can be heard locally on 106.7 The Fan or Team 980. - -Notre Dame is 2-0, with wins over Buffalo and Stonehill. While they did play three games in a 10-day trip to Spain in August, it appears there was a slow start against Buffalo on the 11th with the Irish trailing 40-38 at halftime. - -Sophomore guards Markus Burton (5’11”) and Braedon Shrewsberry (6’3” coach’s son) lead the Irish with each averaging 18.5 ppg. The point guard Burton has 13 assists through the two games. Senior guard Matt Allocco (6’4”; 5.5 ppg) has also been starting. - -Junior forwards Tae Davis (6’9”; 18 ppg, 5.5 reb) and Kebba Njie (6’10”; 10.5 ppg, 7.5 reb) have each been playing about 20 minutes per game, while Nikita Konstantynovskyi—a senior transfer via Monmouth and Tulsa—eats up about 10 minutes. None of these three have tremendous histories as rebounders. - -Georgetown has not played a game since November 9th but fans have enjoyed hearing freshman center Thomas Sorber’s name often following his first nod as BIG EAST Freshman of the Week. - -The Hoyas will similarly matchup with three guards in Malik Mack (6’2”; 11.5 ppg, 4.5 apg, 4 rpg), Jayden Epps (6’2”, 14.5 ppg, 3.5 apg), and Micah Peavy (6’7”; 14 ppg, 3.5 apg, 4.5 rpg). Whether Drew Fielder (6’10”) or Jordan Burks (6’9”) gets the start at forward is TBD, but each will play good minutes if healthy. - -This moment of Basketball Zen brought to you by the Georgetown Hoyas #HoyaSaxa pic.twitter.com/4CPgNNMGuE — Georgetown Hoops (@GeorgetownHoops) November 14, 2024 - -Here are some links: - -Second Half Surge Powers Irish 86-77 Victory Over Buffalo | Fighting Irish - -The Notre Dame men’s basketball team improved to 2-0 on the 2024-25 season after dispatching Buffalo, 86-77, inside Purcell Pavilion on Monday night. The Fighting Irish were powered by a second-half surge after they trailed by two at the half. The Irish made eight of its first nine shots from the field and recorded a 24-2 scoring spree to build a lead as large as 20 with 13:20 remaining. The trio of Tae Davis, Braeden Shrewsberry and Markus Burton combined for 43 of the team’s 48 points. Davis had a career night with 27 points on 7-of-13 shooting. He also recorded a career high 12-of-13 from the free-throw line. Burton flirted with what would have been just the program’s second ever triple-double. The sophomore guard supplied 19 points, a career high nine rebounds and a career-high tying eight assists. Shrewsberry scored all 13 of his second-half points in the opening 7.5 minutes. Shrewsberry finished with 19 points. Also sixth man of the game had to go to J.R. Konieczny, who made the most of his minutes by tallying eight points and six boards on 3-for-3 shooting. - -Notre Dame’s Tae Davis went off for 27 points while Markus Burton had 19 points, 9 rebounds and 8 assists for the Irish in their 86-77 win over Buffalo. - - - -Micah Shrewsberry’s team is 2-0. Up next: @ Georgetown. Saturday. — John Fanta (@John_Fanta) November 12, 2024 - -Notre Dame Basketball: Irish sign its best recruiting class ever on Signing Day | One Foot Down (SB Nation) - -It was a historic day for the Notre Dame Men’s Basketball team on Wednesday. It was National Signing Day around the country, and Head Coach Micah Shrewsberry put together a class never seen before in South Bend during the modern era. Notre Dame signed four top 120 recruits in 5-Star G Jalen Haralson, 4-Star F Ryder Frost, 4-Star C Tommy Ahneman, and 4-Star F Brady Koehler. - -Burton Named to Bob Cousy Point Guard of the Year Watch List | Fighting Irish - -All Burton did last year was break the all-time scoring record at Notre Dame with 577 points. In ACC-play only, Burton ranked sixth in scoring (17.5 ppg), first in steals (2.2) and third in assists (4.8). Irish fans are hoping Burton can pick up right where he left off. The Mishawaka native averaged the second most points in the ACC from Feb. 24 on, averaging 22.1 ppg in that span. His 17.5 ppg in ACC play is the third highest returning scoring average amongst all league players. In addition, ESPN.com announced today its top-100 players ahead of the 2024-25 season. Burton checked in at No. 40 as they anticipate the sophomore emerging as one of the ACC’s top guards. - -EARLY MARKS: Georgetown Hoyas Game Grades for First Week https://t.co/gemNT9sLVe — Casual Hoya (@CasualHoya) November 12, 2024 - -Notre Dame men’s basketball gets tested, but passes it in a way it wouldn’t have last season | South Bend Tribune - -With so much defensive emphasis placed by Buffalo on stopping the Irish guards, Davis was kind of free to roam. Float out toward the 3-point line (where he should never stray for obvious percentage reasons), attack the rim, draw fouls, get to the foul line and make a lot of free throws. Even with Burton and fellow guard Braeden Shrewsberry getting theirs (each scored 19 points), Davis finished with 27 points, which included 12-of-13 from the foul line, and six rebounds. “My mindset was just keying in on the game, playing basketball the right way and just kind of hooping,” he said. - -Career night for Tae Davis helps Notre Dame MBB avoid upset against Buffalo | Rivals - -Almost one-third of those came from 6-9, 215-pound junior Tae Davis, the former Seton Hall player who averaged nine points a game for ND last season. A year later he’s a stronger, more confident player, taking what the defense is offering. Against Buffalo, which applied extra pressure to ND guards Markus Burton and Braeden Shrewsberry, Davis mostly powered his way to the basket for a career-high 27 points that included 7-for-13 shooting from the field, 1-3 on threes, and 12-of-13 from the free throw line. “His physicality was a big thing for them,” said second-year Buffalo coach George Halcovage III, who is trying to rebuild a team following last season’s 4-27 mark. “He made the right plays and he made his foul shots.” Davis, who had nine points in the season-opening win over Stonehill, also had six rebounds, a couple of steals and zero turnovers in just 26 minutes. “My mindset was really just keying in on the game,” he said, “playing basketball the right way, and just kind of basically playing through my teammates.” - -How to Watch Notre Dame vs Georgetown Men’s College Basketball: Start time, TV/streaming info, game preview | NBC Sports (Yahoo) - -The Notre Dame lineup is led by a slate of homegrown talent, including 2023-24 ACC Rookie of the Year Markus Burton of Mishawaka, Indiana, and Tae Davis of Indianapolis, who scored 27 points in his team’s most recent game, a win over Buffalo on November 11th. Like Georgetown, Notre Dame also struggled last season, finishing the year 13-20 thanks in part to a brutal stretch of conference losses in January and February that plunked them down to 13th in the ACC. They’ll hope to continue rebuilding in Year Two of Shrewsberry’s tenure. The Georgetown squad is helmed by freshman phenom Thomas Sorber, a four-star recruit from the Philadelphia area who has put up 20+ points in each of his first two games with the Hoyas. “I’m always going to go to Coach when I see matchups and tell him to get him the ball,” junior guard Jayden Epps, one of the team’s veteran leaders, said of Sorber. “As we can see, I don’t think anybody can guard him down there, especially when he does what he’s supposed to do and gets good post position.” - -️Georgetown is 2-0 heading into their matchup on Saturday with Notre Dame. - - - -I spoke @coachbattle21 about the season thus far and previewed the matchup with the Irish. Click link for full interview. - - - -Full: https://t.co/hwcj3vTQ2l pic.twitter.com/sszoWmXo0F — Big East Vault (@BigEastVault) November 14, 2024",1731883637,e1a7087ff1,34bd4d64a3,,,1731883637 -https://www.npr.org/2022/02/16/1081215997/spam-strikes-back,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How meatpackers at a Hormel Foods plant launched a worldwide SPAM boycott : Planet Money : NPR,"SPAM strikes back - -Enlarge this image Adam Maida/The Atlantic Adam Maida/The Atlantic - -Hormel Foods, which makes SPAM, provided jobs at its meatpacking plants to families in Austin, Minnesota for generations. And for a time, a job as a meatpacker at the Hormel Foods plant was a ticket to a sustainable, middle-class life. However, wage cuts and tougher working conditions led to a bitter union strike in the 1980s. Today, we revisit the time when about 1500 meatpackers captured the world's attention and tried to turn back an inevitable tide. - -This episode was made in collaboration with The Experiment podcast. Their three-part mini series — ""SPAM: How the American Dream Got Canned"" — is all about food, work, and family. - -Sponsor Message - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884686,8181d7a585,34f0525a42,,,1731884686 -https://grin.co/blog/how-to-use-discount-codes/,https://www.grin.co/blog/feed,How to Use Discount Codes for BFCM in 2024 + Examples,"For billions of people around the world, the December holiday season is a magical time. For retailers, though, the magic starts way sooner. - -Black Friday and Cyber Monday are two of the biggest shopping events of the year. The period between Thanksgiving and the Monday after it is called Cyber Week—and there’s good news and bad news about it. - -The good news? Millions of people go shopping on these days with the intent to spend. - -The bad news is that all your competitors will be just as happy as you to see those sales, making competition extra fierce. - -How do you drive sales in an environment like this? Discounts. - -Of course, it’s not as simple as just slapping a percentage on a red sticker and calling it a day. And with 80% of consumers doing at least some of their shopping online, price tags and discount stickers don’t even enter into the conversation. - -Why discount codes are critical for BFCM campaigns - -Many retailers are selling other brands’ products, competing with other retailers selling the same exact thing, so discounts often become the sole criteria for a purchase decision. - -A Kate Spade iPhone case is the same thing whether you get it at Best Buy or Target: Price is the driving factor. - -Beyond this fundamental idea that consumers will be looking for the best price, there are a number of reasons why discount codes can actually drive revenue and profit during Cyber Week. - -Increased buyer intent - -During the holiday shopping season, consumer intent to purchase is at its peak—about as close to a 100% sure thing as you can get. Discount codes provide the final push that many shoppers need to make a decision. - -Creator content influence - -Creator content has become critical throughout the entire buyer journey, from discovery to purchase. Creators working under long term partnerships with brands have been creating desire and FOMO about products for months, and Black Friday is often when that buildup pays off. Influencers and content creators can significantly impact purchasing decisions by sharing exclusive discount codes with their followers. - -Urgency and scarcity - -Limited-time discount codes create a sense of urgency, encouraging shoppers to act quickly to take advantage of the deals. This urgency is baked into the idea of Black Friday and Cyber Monday, as consumers know well in advance that those days might be their only chance to score some deals. - -Data collection - -Discount codes also make a purchase trackable, and can be used to measure the effectiveness of different marketing channels and campaigns, providing valuable insights for future strategies. - -How to use discount codes when working with creators - -Remember, everyone will be offering some kind of discount during Cyber Week. It’s not enough to just hand out personal codes to influencers and hope they spread the word. When working with creators to promote your Black Friday and Cyber Monday discount codes, consider these best practices: - -Make a list (of influencers) and check it twice. - -You’ll want to make sure who’s naughty and nice. For Black Friday and Cyber Monday promotions, a strategic approach is essential. Begin by carefully selecting influencers whose audience demographics and values align closely with your brand’s target market. This alignment ensures that your message reaches the most receptive and potentially lucrative audience. - -Each creator gets a unique discount code - -Once you’ve identified suitable partners, provide each one with a unique discount code modeled after their name. These personalized codes create a sense of exclusivity for their followers; they also allow you to track the performance and impact of each influencer accurately. - -Authenticity still matters - -Encourage your influencer partners to integrate the discount codes naturally into their content. Authentic promotion that aligns with the influencer’s usual style and tone tends to land bigger with their audience, leading to better conversion rates. To amplify the reach of your campaign, consider cross-promoting the influencer’s content on your brand’s own social media channels. This not only expands your potential customer base but also strengthens your relationship with the influencer. - -Communication is key - -Clear and comprehensive communication with your collaborators is crucial. Provide them with detailed information about the products being promoted as well as the content you’d like to see (don’t be so specific that you hijack their voice, though). Be especially clear with the specifics of the discount offers and the duration of the campaign. You don’t want to find yourself on the angry end of a customer call because a creator misunderstood your instructions. - -Do the math on your discounts - -To maximize the effectiveness of your campaign, offer discounts that are substantial enough to motivate followers to make a purchase, and make sure you understand the impact on your bottom line. You need to consider the competitive landscape and ensure your incentives stand out during the busy holiday shopping season, but you don’t want to shoot yourself in the foot with discounts that eat up all your profit. - -Timing is everything - -Timing is a critical factor in the success of your influencer campaign, especially during the high-stakes Black Friday and Cyber Monday period. Work closely with your influencer partners to coordinate posting schedules that align with your overall marketing strategy. This might involve a build-up of anticipation through teaser posts, a concentrated push during the peak shopping days, and follow-up content to capture last-minute shoppers. - -By orchestrating a well-timed and cohesive campaign across multiple influencer channels, you can create a powerful buzz around your brand and offers. When the time comes for Cyber Week, shoppers might just remember your promotional push as well as they remember what they wanted to buy. - -5 ideas and examples for using BFCM discount codes - -Tiered discounts - -Offer increasing discounts based on the total purchase amount. Starting your lowest tier at the same dollar amount as your Average Order Value (AOV) can really help to increase revenue. For example, if your average order value is $40, start your tiered discount at $50 with say, 10% off. The increase the discounts as the order value increases: orders over $100 get 20% off, orders over $150 get 30%. - -Beauty brand Sephora routinely holds what it calls its Beauty Pass Sales for its loyalty members. Sometimes, they tier the discounts according to membership level with no minimum spend, Gold members get 20%, while Black and White get 10%. Notice, though, that Black-level members have the opportunity to get a steeper discount with a bigger spend. Notice, also, that the Gold level members have the longest window to take advantage of the savings—five days instead of the four that the Black and White levels get. - -This stacking of discounts and times is a great strategy to use during Cyber Week. You can work with influencers to drive signups for loyalty memberships in advance of Black Friday—then start marketing directly to all the new email addresses you’ve gotten. - -Last minute mystery discounts - -Create an element of excitement by offering mystery discount codes on the night before—or even the day of—your sale. Creators can post content at a time of your choosing with a link to a special deal. Customers won’t know the exact discount until they follow the link and add an item to their cart. Only at checkout (but before they buy) will they see what the discount is. - -By doing it this way, you get all the mechanical work of shopping out of the way first: If they like the discount, all that’s left to do is buy. And if they don’t, an abandoned cart email might save the sale the next day. - -Loft, for example, sent these emails out on the day of the sale, giving people a limited time to find out what exactly the sale was and decide whether or not they wanted to purchase. You can see that in order to do any of that, they had to click on the link first. This could translate very well to social media with a popular creator delivering the message. - -Early bird specials - -In the same vein as Sephora’s staggered sale times for members is the early bird special. Black Friday is the official start of the Christmas season, but the Black Friday season can start whenever you start promoting it. Rewarding early shoppers with exclusive discount codes—valid only for a limited time before Black Friday officially begins—is a good way to start ringing up sales early and with little competition. - -Steve Madden has tinkered with early bird promotions in the past, and to great success. For example, when they collected email addresses with the promise of keeping subscribers in the loop for Black Friday’s sales. You can take this a step further by offering early bird access to discounts (while still collecting email addresses). - -Gamify your discounts - -You can create interactive quizzes or mini-games on your website and social media platforms, where customers can win varying levels of discount codes based on their performance. This approach not only entertains potential buyers but also encourages them to spend more time interacting with your brand, increasing the likelihood of a purchase. - -Nike has taken this approach in the past with its “Finders Keepers” scavenger hunt. Nike fans could sign up to start receiving clues that would lead them to prizes. In addition to those giveaways, participants were also able to win exclusive access to certain products as well as discount codes that were only available to players. - -Happy Hour promos - -Bars and restaurants use happy hour discounts to get more people buying food and drinks during what would otherwise be slow times. Retailers can use them for the opposite effect on Black Friday. If you’re understaffed, or just overstressed by the throngs of shoppers on that day, you can incentivize them to stay home by offering more attractive discounts for shopping online. - -During the pandemic, luxury brand Lele Sadoughi—not usually prone to giving discounts—needed to goose sales a bit during the global lockdown. They started doing “virtual happy hours” on Instagram with a sale on one product each day for a limited time. Brands with brick and mortar storefronts can deploy a similar tactic to give their in-store help some slack for the day. - -Key takeaway: BFCM is a golden opportunity for retailers to boost sales and attract new customers with discount codes. - -Everyone will be competing for customers with discounts, so standing out in the crowded marketplace requires more than just offering a coupon. By leveraging creative discount code strategies and collaborating with influencers, brands can create compelling campaigns that move their target audience to action. - -Remember, the key to success lies in thoughtful planning, strategic partnerships, and innovative approaches to discounting. Whether you’re implementing tiered discounts, mystery offers, early bird specials, gamified promotions, or happy hour deals, the goal is to create a sense of excitement and urgency that motivates consumers to choose your brand over competitors. Creativity and adaptability are your greatest assets. Use them wisely, and you’ll be well-positioned to make the most of the biggest shopping events of the year. - -Are you ready to stake your claim in the creator economy? Discover more helpful tips and resources from the experts at GRIN: Creator Management Learning Center",1731883664,91a70a5bba,35aeb1f04a,,,1731883664 -https://mashable.com/article/browns-saints-2024-nfl-live-stream,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,How to watch Browns vs. Saints online,"TL;DR: Live stream Cleveland Browns vs. New Orleans Saints with NFL Sunday Ticket on YouTube TV. - -NFL Week 11 action continues with a matchup between the Cleveland Browns and the New Orleans Saints. Both teams are struggling, with the Browns at 2-7 and the Saints at 3-7 - -Both teams have also lost four of their last five games. The biggest difference is that the Browns are coming off a loss against the Los Angeles Chargers and the Saints are coming off a win over the Atlanta Falcons. - -When is Browns vs. Saints? - -The Cleveland Browns vs. the New Orleans Saints takes place at 1 p.m. ET on Nov. 17. The two teams will face off at Caesars Superdome in New Orleans. - -The game will air on FOX, where Kenny Albert is expected to do the play-by-play. Jonathan Vilma will join him in the booth, and Megan Olivi will be the sideline reporter. - -How to stream Browns vs. Saints - -The Cleveland Browns vs. the New Orleans Saints is available to live stream via YouTube TV or the NFL Sunday Ticket on YouTube TV (not to mention other NFL fixtures). - -Mashable Top Stories Stay connected with the hottest stories of the day and the latest entertainment news. Sign up for Mashable's Top Stories newsletter Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -YouTube TV's base plan is $49.99 per month for two months for new subscribers ($72.99 per month regularly). The base plan includes over 100 live TV channels, including ABC, CBS, FOX, NBC, ESPN, Fox Sports 1, and the NFL Network. - -The NFL Sunday Ticket is an add-on for $209 per year, or four non-cancellable payments of $52.99. Sunday Ticket provides access to all NFL games, including out-of-market games and split-screen viewing. - -Best streaming Services for Browns vs. Saints - -You have cable streaming options for this game. We've found some of the best streaming services to consider for the Browns vs. Saints on FOX. - -Most affordable: Sling TV - -Sling TV offers its Orange & Blue package of 48 channels at $55 per month that would serve your needs for locally available NFL games. Sign up to enjoy a first-month discounted rate of $27.50. - - - -Sling TV’s sports channels feature ABC, ACC Network, Big Ten Network, ESPN, ESPN2, ESPN3, ESPNews, ESPNU, FOX, FS1, FS2, NBC, NFL Network, and SEC Network. - -How to watch Browns vs. Saints from anywhere in the world - -If you're abroad for this fixture, you might need to use a VPN to unblock your favorite streaming service. These tools can hide your real IP address (digital location) and connect you to a secure server in the U.S., meaning you can unblock live streams of the NFL from anywhere in the world. - -Live stream Browns vs. Saints from anywhere in the world by following these simple steps: - -Subscribe to a streaming-friendly VPN (like ExpressVPN) Download the app to your device of choice (the best VPNs have apps for Windows, Mac, iOS, Android, Linux, and more) Open up the app and connect to a server in the U.S. Sign in to your favorite streaming service Watch Browns vs. Saints from anywhere in the world - -ExpressVPN is the best choice for bypassing geo-restrictions to stream live sport, for a number of reasons: - -Servers in 105 countries including the U.S. - -Easy-to-use app available on all major devices including iPhone, Android, Windows, Mac, and more - -Strict no-logging policy so your data is secure - -Fast connection speeds free from throttling - -Up to eight simultaneous connections - -30-day money-back guarantee - -A one-year subscription to ExpressVPN is on sale for $99.95 and includes an extra three months for free — 49% off for a limited time. This plan includes a year of free unlimited cloud backup and a generous 30-day money-back guarantee.",1731883633,644d6c1ea1,35aae3c7c5,,,1731883633 -https://www.refinery29.com/en-us/2024/11/11810463/dune-prophecy-bene-gesserit-women-review?utm_source=feed&utm_medium=rss,https://www.refinery29.com/rss.xml,What Is Dune: Prophecy About? Women Running The World,"“It's the fact that this is a sci-fi, huge world, but we're honing in on the women, and the women are powerful and they literally run things,” Jade Anouka , who portrays talented acolyte Sister Theodosia, says. “Not only is it women at the top of their game, but it's women helping younger women to step up.” In the series, certain promising disciples like Sister Theodoia and Sister Lila ( Chloe Lea ) are called upon to take on bigger responsibilities as the Sisterhood seeks to fend off threats and cement its position. And even within the Sisterhood, there are diverse relationships, opposing views, and power struggles among not just those in charge, but also the students, some of whom directly question the motivations of their organization and matriarchs. “It’s rare to see a show on such a big scale that goes through these relationships that women have to each other that don't really have anything to do with men, specifically, which I think is really cool,” Chloe Lea says.",1731883641,b6e1adbe35,3506f79634,,,1731883641 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/14/thomas-heatherwick-bombay-sapphire-agenda-newsletter/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,Dezeen Agenda features Heatherwick's bottle design for Bombay Sapphire,"The latest edition of our weekly Dezeen Agenda newsletter features a sculptural glassware collection by Thomas Heatherwick for Bombay Sapphire. Subscribe to Dezeen Agenda now. - -The limited-edition set described as ""the first ownable Thomas Heatherwick piece of its kind"" includes a gin and tonic glass and a standard-sized gin bottle. - -Heatherwick also designed two larger, blown-glass vessels that feature an hourglass shape, or ""pinched waist"", and a pleated texture. - -This week's newsletter also featured the 2024 James Dyson award winners and a feature exploring how the superyacht industry is approaching sustainability. - -Dezeen Agenda - -Dezeen Agenda is a curated newsletter sent every Thursday containing the most important news highlights from Dezeen. Read the latest edition of Dezeen Agenda or subscribe here. - -You can also subscribe to our other newsletters; Dezeen Debate is sent every Thursday and features the hottest reader comments and most-debated stories, Dezeen Daily is our daily bulletin that contains every story published in the preceding 24 hours and Dezeen In Depth is sent on the last Friday of every month and delves deeper into the major stories shaping architecture and design.",1731883649,8f8dc0373b,351b74fdf8,,,1731883649 -https://www.uploadvr.com/ember-souls-release-date/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Ember Souls Brings Prince Of Persia Inspired VR Adventure To Quest Next Week,"Ember Souls, an upcoming magical hack-and-slash VR game, arrives next week on Quest. - -Developed by VirtualAge, who previously released Guardians Frontline last year, Ember Souls sees you portray the last Immortal as you confront the elusive Shadow Sultan. Directly inspired by Assassin's Creed and Prince of Persia, it promises intense physics-based combat with over 20 weapons, magical abilities gained through ""ember stones,"" and various parkour challenges as you scale walls or evade traps. Here's the new trailer. - -0:00 / 0:52 1× - -There are three modes to choose from in Ember Souls. The campaign promises 15 different levels across five different realms in an ancient Persian-inspired world. Raids Mode features procedurally generated maps that see you competing for the highest scores, uncovering powerful weapons along the way. Finally, the Sandbox Training Arena lets you test out combat techniques and abilities as you see fit. - -We went hands-on with Ember Souls during Gamescom 2024, believing the game's elemental powers offered an interesting twist on hack-and-slash combat. - -The demo only showcased your character's elemental wind powers, and this provides several useful functions... my favorite is pushing enemies back during combat, and that delivered the most satisfying use of Jedi-esque ""force powers"" I've seen since Synapse. I'm curious to see how these powers expand as the wider campaign unfolds. - -Ember Souls arrives on the Meta Quest platform for $25 on November 21, with a 16% pre-order discount also available. The Steam release date remains unconfirmed.",1731883664,9397b145ff,3509ea7642,,,1731883664 -https://esportsedition.com/dota-2/dota-2-tidehunter-guide/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Dota 2 Tidehunter Guide Complete from Esports Edition,"In our most recent article discussing the insanity of 7.20 we discussed the importance of the initiation hero. In that article we talked about how Timbersaw would be a great hero to get up close and personal with the current meta melee heroes. That advice has not changed, however, Timbersaw can be kited and even countered easily. Think a Silver Edge Slark. So now we bring you back to ol’faithful offlaner: Tidehunter. - -Role - -Tidehunter’s role in the offlane is to not die. He is also supposed to make the lane difficult for the safelane carry to farm. In the current meta this is aided by a second hero helping Tidehunter out in his lane. No longer must he free solo against the Dawn Wall that is Juggernaut Witch Doctor combo. Luckily for Tide, it is fairly simple and he can accomplish this task with the aid of two of his main abilities. - -Abilities - -Gush - -This is Tidehunter’s secondary harassment tool and really should only be used to try and get a kill. This is due to the fact that its Mana cost is so high and its cooldown is so long. I would suggest skilling this at level 5 or 7. Skill it late though unless you are comboing well with a hero in your lane for slows and armor debuffs, such as a handy dandy Dazzle. - -Kraken Shell - -This is Tidehunter’s secondary tanking ability. Note: do not buy a Stout Shield as this ability and Stout’s passive do not stack. However, do skill this second as it stacks exceptionally well with your main tanking/harassment ability: Anchor Smash. - -Anchor Smash - -This is your main ability and has been revamped to be slightly ridiculous. Anchor smash used to be an area of effect magical damage based skill. Now it is a physical damage skill based on Tidehunter’s base attack, plus a bonus, similar to Kunkka’s Tidebringer… Starting to catch on? - -Anchor Smash can now dish out immense amount of damage, especially if Tidehunter decides to build damage items. No longer is Tidehunter relegated to initiate, ultimate, be useless, repeat. - -Along with Anchor Smash’s revamp of damage it applies a massive damage reduction to the enemy hero when it. It also costs next to no mana and at level 1 can be used every 7 seconds, while it’s debuff lasts 6 seconds. This skill sounds too good to be true, and probably will be nerfed in the future, but for now make use of Tidehunter’s amazingness. - -Ravage - -Tidehunter’s ultimate has not changed. Same old massive aoe damaging stun. Use it sparingly as its cooldown is great, much like Tide himself. - -Skilltree - -Deciding on what to take for Tidehunter’s skill tree really depends on what type of Tide you want to be. If you want to get to the fights and help your team the most, go for the movement speed, the Anchor smash Reduction, Gush Armor, and Damage. If you want to be the Carry Tidehunter, go for Gush Damage, XP Gain, Gush Armor, and 250 Damage. - -Items - -Tidehunter is fairly item dependant, as he needs a few key items, but after he gets these first few key items he can really get whatever he wants. You are going to want to start off by getting Mana Boots and a Vladmir’s Offering. These are going to allow you to harass and lane away, healing up easily through constant use of Anchor Smash which you can spam easily with your Mana Boots. You can easily almost fully heal up on one or two casts of Anchor Smash with your Vlad’s up and running. - -After these first two items head to safety and farm up that Blink Dagger. PLEASE DO THIS. Farm it up real good. Don’t do anything else, just get your Blink. Don’t listen to anyone else, just get your Blink. You want to be able to Blink in, ravage, anchor smash, hit someone with your gush, anchor smash again, and then chase those not dead. - -After this, the world is your oyster. I have seen people get a Desolator, as Anchor Smash would apply an armour debuff, which, on top of your Gush armour debuff, can be rather devastating. However only get a Desolator if there is no natural carrier on your team as two instances of this item do not stack. I have also seen a Deadalus on Tide, dishing out massive crits in his Anchor Smash area of effect. Radiance is also always fun, as is a Heart of Tarrasque. - -Overview - -The change to Anchor smash has really made Tidehunter a more snowballing hero. Whereas he used to flatline mid game, Tidehunter can continue to progress and dish out immense amount of damage. Just remember to get that Blink dagger so that he can initiate into the fight. I have seen Tidehunter players refuse to get a Blink dagger, and while yes they are dealing lots of damage, they are not helping out the team. And as we all know, Teamwork Makes the Dreamwork.",1731883744,76f59da961,3544db9ed2,,,1731883744 -https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/aws-weekly-roundup-new-code-editor-in-aws-lambda-console-amazon-q-business-analytics-claude-3-5-upgrades-and-more-october-28-2024/,https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/feed/,"AWS Weekly Roundup: New code editor in AWS Lambda console, Amazon Q Business analytics, Claude 3.5 upgrades, and more (October 28, 2024)","Two weeks ago, I had the wonderful opportunity to host subject matter experts from across Asia Pacific in the global 24 Hours of Amazon Q live stream event. This continuous 24-hour stream offered insights from AWS experts on Amazon Q Developer and Amazon Q Business, featuring use cases, product demos, and Q&A sessions. - -The highlight for me was that I learned a lot from them. Since then, I’ve tried to integrate Amazon Q Business into my workflow. If you’re curious about what Amazon Q can do for you, check out the on-demand replay on Twitch. - -Last week’s launches - -Here’s a recap of AWS launches that caught my attention last week: - -AWS Lambda console now features a new code editor based on Code-OSS (VS Code – Open Source) — AWS Lambda introduces a new code editing experience in the AWS console based on the popular Code-OSS, Visual Studio Code Open Source code editor. You can use your preferred coding environment and tools in the Lambda console. - -Amazon Bedrock Custom Model Import now generally available — Amazon Bedrock now allows customers to import and use their customized models alongside existing foundation models through a single, unified API. This feature supports leveraging fine-tuned models or developing proprietary models based on popular open-source architectures without managing infrastructure or model lifecycle tasks. - -EC2 Image Builder now supports building and testing macOS images — EC2 Image Builder adds support for creating and managing machine images for macOS workloads, in addition to existing Windows and Linux support. It streamlines image management processes and reduces the operational overhead of maintaining macOS images. - -Upgraded Claude 3.5 Sonnet from Anthropic (available now), computer use (public beta), and Claude 3.5 Haiku (coming soon) in Amazon Bedrock — Anthropic’s Claude 3.5 model family in Amazon Bedrock receives significant upgrades, including improved intelligence for Claude 3.5 Sonnet and new computer use capabilities in public beta. These enhancements support building more advanced AI applications, automating complex tasks, and leveraging improved reasoning capabilities for various use cases. - -Amazon Connect now offers screen sharing — Amazon Connect introduces screen sharing capabilities for agents. This feature is available in multiple regions and can be easily integrated into existing voice and video calling setups. This feature gives you opportunity to personalize and improve customer experiences. - -Amazon Aurora launches Global Database writer endpoint — Amazon Aurora now supports a highly available and fully managed Global Database writer endpoint. This feature simplifies routing for applications and eliminates the need for application code changes after initiating cross-region Global Database Switchover or Failover operations. - -Gain deeper insights into Amazon Q Business with new analytics and conversation insights — Amazon Q Business now offers an analytics dashboard and integration with Amazon CloudWatch Logs. You now have comprehensive insights into the usage of Amazon Q Business application environments and Amazon Q Apps, facilitating monitoring, analysis, and optimization of usage. - -Announcing the new Resiliency widget on myApplications — AWS introduces a new Resiliency widget on myApplications, offering enhanced visibility and control over application resilience. You can start a resilience assessment directly from the myApplications dashboard and gain actionable insights. - -From community.aws - -Here’s my top 5 personal favorites posts from community.aws: - -Upcoming AWS events - -Check your calendars and sign up for upcoming AWS and community events: - -AWS GenAI Lofts – Gain deep insights, get your questions answered, and learn all you need to know to start building your next innovation at AWS GenAI Lofts: Seoul (October 30–November 6), São Paulo (through November 20), and Paris (through November 25). - -AWS Community Days – Join community-led conferences that feature technical discussions, workshops, and hands-on labs. Upcoming AWS Community Days are in: Malta (November 8), Malaysia, Chile (November 9), Indonesia (November 23), Kochi, India (December 14). - -AWS re:Invent – Registration is now open for the annual tech extravaganza, taking place December 2–6 in Las Vegas. Learn about new product launches, watch demos, and get behind-the-scenes insights during five headline-making keynotes. - -You can browse all upcoming in-person and virtual events. - -That’s all for this week. Check back next Monday for another Weekly Roundup! - -— Donnie - -This post is part of our Weekly Roundup series. Check back each week for a quick roundup of interesting news and announcements from AWS!",1731883613,cabe785f85,35a3fcaa1d,,,1731883613 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/cnn-supercut-fox-news-michelle-obama-rfk-jr_n_6736fe2ee4b09ca14b3caaca,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,CNN Calls Out Fox News For Eating Up RFK Jr.'s Health Views With Devastating Supercut,"LOADING ERROR LOADING - -CNN on Thursday aired a number of old Fox News clips showing network personalities slamming Michelle Obama’s nutrition initiative years before hyping up the views of Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Donald Trump’s pick to lead the Department of Health and Human Services. - -“There was another person who, many years ago, tried to raise concerns about the health of the food that we feed our children and our families,” said CNN’s Abby Phillip, who tossed to a supercut of Fox News figures bashing the former first lady. - -Advertisement - -The 2010 clips showed personalities like Glenn Beck and Sean Hannity calling on Obama — who pushed for new nutrition standards for children in an effort to fight childhood obesity — to get her “damn hands” off their fries and claimed the government could start “fining” Americans for using salt. - -“Does every American family need a dietitian appointed by the government to tell them that this food is going to make you fat and this food is not?” Hannity asked on his show back in 2010. - -“Make America healthy again,” Phillip said in a reference to Kennedy’s post-Trump endorsement slogan. - -Fox News has tried to whitewash Kennedy by calling him a public health advocate while largely ignoring his outlandish anti-vaccine conspiracy theories and COVID-19 views on the air, Media Matters for America reported in August. - -Advertisement - -That same month, Fox News’ Ainsley Earhardt praised Kennedy for calling out “corruption in health care” and referred to it as “music to every mom’s ears.” - -Kennedy has called for a ban on hundreds of food additives and chemicals in food, said he would take away the Food and Drug Administration’s nutrition departments, and declared Trump’s second administration would advise against using fluoride in drinking water. - -The president-elect has said he’d let Kennedy “go wild on health” during his administration.",1731883673,b2d88cb862,35ba9a9b05,,,1731883673 -https://www.npr.org/2022/01/19/1074167628/patent-racism-classic,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Economist Lisa Cook found that racism stifles innovation. : Planet Money : NPR,"Patent racism (classic) - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Bettmann/Bettmann Archive Bettmann/Bettmann Archive - -Note: This episode originally ran in 2020. - -Economist Lisa Cook found a blindspot in a big theory on innovation: the idea that if we just make strong patent laws, innovation will come. True for some, not true for others. - -Her research has huge implications for Black Americans — and for the wealth of entire countries. But convincing her colleagues took a lot more than data. - -Music: ""Cold Heart"" and ""Seismic Encounter."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884689,8181d7a585,35af81c1b6,,,1731884689 -https://www.dexerto.com/twitch/fousey-banned-on-twitch-just-a-day-after-kick-ban-for-doxxing-2981581/,https://www.dexerto.com/feed/,Fousey banned on Twitch just a day after Kick ban for doxxing,"Fousey has been banned on Twitch just a day after getting banned on Kick yet again for accidentally doxxing someone on stream. - -In early November, Fousey was banned from Kick indefinitely just minutes into his 30-day livestream after threatening to harm himself on the broadcast. - -The streamer’s account was reinstated just weeks later but was hit with another ban on Thursday, November 14. Shortly after news of his ban broke, Fousey revealed it was for seven days because he accidentally doxxed someone on stream. - -Article continues after ad - -He also reached out to Kick in a post on X, saying he’s “itching” to stream on the Stake-owned platform. - -“I’m addicted to going live and I’m itching at being banned on @kickstreaming babe, please. Just give me a personal partner to moderate me and I will learn the rules. I need to stream. I lose g7 energy every second I’m banned. It might be so long by the time I can stream again I’m g1. Game over,” he said in the tweet. - -Article continues after ad - -Article continues after ad - -Shortly after that tweet was posted, Fousey remembered that he could go live on Twitter/X and Twitch – but that hasn’t gone off without a hitch either. - -On Friday, November 15, Fousey was banned from the Amazon-owned platform but has yet to share the reason behind his suspension. - -“Banned on Twitch. Still live on X. We don’t stop,” he said. - -At the time of writing, his Twitch channel simply reads: “This channel is temporarily unavailable due to a violation of Twitch’s Community Guidelines or Terms of Service.” - -Article continues after ad - -Twitch - -Fousey was banned from Twitch twice in the same week back in August 2023, once for using a hateful slur and another for a reason that was never revealed by the influencer. - -Twitch doesn’t issue comments about bans given to its influencers, so we’ll have to wait to see if Fousey decides to share the reason behind his latest ban.",1731883659,9d7eb4fc17,359de4ae4f,,,1731883659 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/anti-fragile-tactics-predict-future/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,How to Use Anti-Fragile Tactics to Predict the Future,"In my first job as an account coordinator, I had a boss who seemingly knew everything. Every morning, I would watch her come into the office, get a cup of coffee, and sit at her desk, reading the papers and magazines our receptionist piled up on her desk just a few minutes before. She wouldn’t answer her phone for the first hour nor talk to anyone who stopped by her office. It didn’t take long for people to understand that it was her reading time, and she was not to be disturbed. - -At the time, I remember thinking, “How do I get paid to read the news every morning?” Little did I know in my naive, entitled brain that she was preparing for a day of strategic counseling with our clients. Because she spent the first hour or so every morning reading, she knew what was happening in the world, which informed her decision-making. - -Fast-forward to today and people always ask me how I have time to read as much as I do. It’s become part of my daily habit, just like it was hers. I’m not as disciplined as she was, using only the first hour of each workday, but I do manage to get at least an hour of reading every day, between reading industry news for clients, keeping up with industry trends, and reading the world’s news. - -As you grow into a strategic counselor who can help clients or executives prepare for and predict the future, reading is one of the most important daily habits you can develop. - -Predicting the Future - -A few years ago, I was on a company’s board that sold in February 2020. Talk about timing! Had it been a month later, that deal definitely would not have gone through. Outside of impeccable timing, the CEO was incredibly good at reviewing global data and industry trends to predict where his business would be in the next quarter, the next six months, the next year, and even several years later. He knew something was coming, but we all thought it would be another recession. No one predicted a global shutdown. - -Regardless, because he was prepared for some sort of economic downturn, he was able to sell his company ahead of any potential downturn. - -During every quarterly board meeting, he would begin the day with a recap of global trends and industry insights to ensure we all understood what he was using to make decisions. - -I learned a ton about running my own business from him, but more importantly, I learned how he used that data to predict the future. He didn’t use a crystal ball or a Magic 8 ball. He looked at what was happening, what the experts said was to come, and what history has taught us about the trends he was seeing. - -By Using Anti-Fragile Tactics - -My very first boss did the same thing. She observed what was happening around the globe and used that information to inform her recommendations for clients. People always thought she was a great predictor of the future. - -In the 2022 Corporate Growth Strategies Survey, Gartner found that high-growth organizations that anticipate more than 10% revenue growth during a fiscal year use anti-fragile tactics at a higher rate than organizations that expect less than 10% growth. - -Anti-fragile tactics mean an organization improves more under uncertainty and disruption than not. It seems counterintuitive to do that, but think about all of the organizations that come out of economic uncertainty—or a pandemic—for the better. It’s because they’ve built a structure that allows them to grow no matter what’s going on around them. - -The people who lead these organizations, including marketing and comms professionals, can use historical data and current global trends to predict the future. This is especially helpful in our current environment, with overlapping crises that continue to confront our society and world. - -It’s nearly impossible to anticipate the next political shift, boycott, cancellation, social upheaval, economic downturn, invasion, shooting, or, or, or. Most companies are dealing with all of this by just going through the motions without strategy or budget, hanging on by their teeth, and waiting for the next implosion. - -It turns out you don’t have to be some visionary to use anti-fragile tactics and predict the future. It simply takes setting aside some time every day to read and be ready to put what you’ve learned into action. - -Let’s talk about how to do that. - -Embrace Uncertainty - -In the past, we’ve relied on stability and predictability to ensure the success of our campaigns and programs. But in an ever-changing landscape, embracing uncertainty is vital. If you embrace an anti-fragile mindset, you will quickly begin to understand that volatility provides valuable insights. Instead of fearing uncertainty, you will actively seek it out, recognizing that it holds the potential for innovation and growth. Uncertainty, FTW! - -Experiment and Iterate - -Perhaps it’s because I own my own business and have the freedom to take some risks that I love to experiment and test things out. We do this with our clients, who have adopted a “you haven’t strayed us wrong yet” attitude. - -You must adopt the same mindset to understand how to predict the future. Rather than relying on a single strategy, engage in multiple small-scale experiments to gauge their effectiveness. - -By quickly iterating and adapting based on feedback, you’ll be able to identify winning strategies and discard ineffective ones. This iterative approach will allow you to stay agile and respond to changes in customer behavior and market dynamics—no matter what the world throws at you. - -Monitor and Analyze Data - -Many years ago, Mitch Joel launched Ctrl, Alt, Delete. His main message was, “It’s time to have sex with data.” It was a great way to grab people’s attention—and a little naughty, to boot- making it memorable. - -His point was that data is incredibly important in our work and plays a pivotal role in anti-fragile marketing. When you study data as if you’re having a relationship with it, you will uncover patterns and trends that inform future strategies. This real-time monitoring will help you identify emerging opportunities and potential risks, enabling proactive decision-making. - -Foster a Learning Culture - -We’ve already discussed this a bit, but fostering a learning culture starts with setting aside time to read every day. Just like with anything else, it’s challenging for most of us to add something more to our already overfull plates, but reading every day will make you more efficient in other areas. It’s a great place to make an investment with your time. - -It will help you predict the future and encourage curiosity and intellectual exploration, which will lead to valuable insights and fresh perspectives. Regular training, knowledge sharing, and cross-functional collaboration foster an environment of adaptability, enabling you to pull out your crystal ball and make some predictions. - -Stay Agile and Flexible - -As we age, it becomes more challenging to be agile and flexible. I love the “get off my lawn!” statement because I can use it with some of my friends and colleagues who are very rigid in their ways of doing things—and it says to them, “It’s OK to be a little flexible on this.” - -If you are working toward anti-fragile tactics and predicting the future, it’s imperative you be agile and flexible. This will allow you to adjust your strategies and tactics based on new information or unexpected developments. You’ll also be able to seize emerging opportunities quickly and mitigate potential risks. - -Write “Get off my lawn!” on a Post-it note and tape it to your computer screen to remind yourself that being agile and flexible is important. - -Emphasize Feedback Loops - -Just like anything else we do, asking for feedback and getting information from customers is critical. Actively seek customer feedback, gather analytics insights, and engage in conversations with your target audiences. This will help you refine marketing strategies, improve communication, and identify potential areas for growth and improvement. - -Anticipate Black Swans - -A black swan event is an unexpected occurrence that has far-reaching consequences. Like the CEO whose board I served on, he knew something was coming in 2020 because of how in tune he was with the industry and global trends. He knew he had to sell his business as early in the year as possible or risk losing any and all deals. - -Just like in crisis planning, by considering worst-case scenarios and preparing contingency plans, you can minimize the negative effects of these events and position the organization to capitalize on emerging opportunities that may arise from them. - -None of us knew a shutdown was coming in 2020, but those who predicted there would be an economic disturbance were ready for it. - -Test Hypotheses and Assumptions - -One of my favorite things my rising sixth grader does is create hypotheses. About everything. She’s extremely curious and off-the-charts creative. She’ll say, “I was thinking about this, and my hypothesis is XYZ. Can we test it?” - -Sometimes she’s right, sometimes not, but I love that she’s willing to try. - -The same goes for you. Challenge assumptions and test hypotheses regularly. You should be open to questioning long-held beliefs and be willing to pivot if the evidence suggests a different direction. This scientific approach enables you to make informed decisions based on data and evidence, increasing your predictive capabilities. - -Build Your Anti-Fragile Capability - -By setting aside time every day to read and follow some of these ideas, you will enhance your ability to predict the future. - -By experimenting, staying agile, leveraging data, fostering learning, and embracing feedback, you will confidently navigate the ever-changing landscape and stay ahead of the curve.",1731883679,4dc781f5bc,34cdb51716,,,1731883679 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/kentucky-murray-state-game-recap-top-plays/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,Young playmakers excite in Kentucky's win over Murray State,"Kentucky needed a get-right game after losing four consecutive SEC games following the first bye week of the season. The Wildcats got that against Murray State on Saturday afternoon at Kroger Field. - -The Wildcats scored 48 points in 10 non-kneel possessions, held Murray State without a touchdown in 12 possessions, and rolled up over 500 yards of offense for the first time this season. Kentucky even covered a big number ending the program’s long bye drought that has been running since 2017. - -Young playmakers on offense led the way for Kentucky in the big win. KSR is looking at the biggest plays Cutter Boley, Hardley Gilmore IV, and Jamarion Wilcox produced in the Week 12 win. - -Cutter Boley records his first two touchdown passes - -The debut performance against Florida did not go so well for Cutter Boley. In a game that was out of hand, the blue-chip true freshman did not complete a pass in two series and was late on a throw to the sideline leading to a pick-six. - -The next performance was much better. - -Boley led the Kentucky offense to 24 points in four non-kneel possessions in the second half. The quarterback completed 10-of-14 passes for 130 yards and two touchdowns on 8.7 yards per dropback. In the fourth quarter, Boley connected with sophomore Anthony Brown-Stephens twice on fourth down to get the offense in the paint. - -On both throws, Boley played on time and hit Brown-Stephens out of the slot on outbreaking routes. Kentucky has struggled to create production from the slot this season. It was notable that the sophomore slot wideout had his best performance of the season with Boley in the lineup. - -Cutter Boley did not make any crazy big throws or show off his ridiculous arm talent. Instead, the young quarterback played within the structure of the offense and got the ball to playmakers. One of his four incompletions was nearly a sideline touchdown catch by Fred Farrier in the third quarter. - -Boley has high-level talent, but decision-making and playing within structure were two areas the young quarterback needed to make strides. Those were both displayed in his first extended performance of the season. - -Hardley Gilmore IV flashes explosive playmaking - -Hardley Gilmore IV was an underrated recruiting win for Kentucky in the 2024 cycle as the national 2025 prospect reclassified and enrolled early in Lexington. Gilmore flashed at Kentucky’s Gator Bowl practices in December, and the hype continued to grow during spring and fall camp. Unfortunately, a collarbone injury forced the young wideout to miss multiple games. - -But we’re now starting to see Gilmore’s potential. In the win over Murray State, the true freshman produced three explosive plays. The biggest highlight will likely go down as Gilmore’s wildest touchdown during his collegiate career. - -Kentucky made a concerted effort to get the young player some vertical targets early, and each nearly ended in interception, but the offense would quickly go back to the young wideout in the second quarter. A 47-yard run on a reverse was negated by a holding call but a 20-yard dig completion to Gilmore produced Kentucky’s biggest play on the two-minute touchdown drive to end the first half. - -Gilmore has played 30-plus snaps in the last two games, and that should continue moving forward. Kentucky is making a concerted effort to get the young player reps. After a drop against Tennessee turned into an interception, the true freshman bounced back with a strong performance against Murray State. - -Jamarion Wilcox continues to impress - -Who is Kentucky’s best player on offense? That title has belonged to Dane Key all season, but a redshirt freshman tailback is making a push. Jamarion Wilcox has been Kentucky’s most consistent producer over the last two weeks. - -After rushing for 102 yards on 17 carries against Tennessee, Wilcox gave the Kentucky offense a consecutive 100-yard rusher with 123 yards on 13 carries. That number would’ve been 196 yards if not for a holding call taking away a 73-yard run in the second quarter. - -Wilcox did not touch the ball in the first quarter but made an immediate difference once he entered the game. The vision, wiggle, downhill burst, and feel in the box were all on display. - -The redshirt freshman forced five missed tackles in 13 carries and now owns a 23.2 percent explosive rate on 69 carries this season. Good things happen when No. 10 gets the football. Wilcox should continue to get touches as a youth movement has given the offense a spark over the last two weeks.",1731883644,b2069ab8ff,360101fed2,,,1731883644 -https://www.insidequantumtechnology.com/news-archive/evolutionq-v-super-threat-3/,https://www.insidequantumtechnology.com/feed/,evolutionQ v Super Threat,"evolutionQ v Super Threat - -By By Brian Siegelwax posted 15 Nov 2024 - -Since the discovery of Shor’s Factoring Algorithm, ironically, the world has become astronomically more reliant on the public-key cryptography it threatens. The problem is that global communication has made the courier keys of the early 1990s thoroughly impractical. Organizations were just starting to go digital back then, so couriers could physically deliver the keys (“out-of-band”) that would then be used to encrypt their primary communication (“in-band”). But imagine trying to do that today, and sending couriers to everywhere in the world where there are people you want to communicate with. - -Public-key cryptography was a solution to the problem of globalization. A public key can be shared all around via the Internet and used to encrypt messages. The downside is that the public key is public. In principle, the associated private key is needed to decrypt these messages. But if a sufficiently powerful quantum computer could factorize the public key, its private key would be compromised and the messages would no longer be secure. - -We can’t go back to the 1990s, as much as we might wish today’s music would. evolutionQ has identified three things that a modern, practical solution needs: 1) resilience, reducing the risk of compromised keys, 2) agility, the ability to repair cryptographic systems quickly, and 3) impact, minimizing the damage incurred by compromised keys. An in-depth cryptographic defense is necessary, because losses are not recoverable. - -MultimodalKES - -To avoid reverting back to courier keys, two popular alternatives are quantum key distribution (QKD) and post-quantum cryptography (PQC). MultimodalKES is compatible with both, but depends on neither. The keys need to be truly-random, potentially from quantum random number generators (QRNG), but they don’t have to be quantum. The protocol relies on key distribution hubs (KDH). - -Instead of pre-sharing keys with the entire world, which just isn’t feasible, endpoints efficiently pre-share one truly-random key with one KDH. That’s it. The KDHs are trusted for a finite time to create endpoint-to-endpoint connections. Thanks to all-to-all connectivity, these connections never require the involvement of more than two KDHs. - -Communication does not flow through the KDHs. They’re only used for Alice and Bob to exchange private keys, and then Alice and Bob will communicate through their primary networks. The KDH network can be thought of as straws with encrypted keys flowing through them. - -The protocol doesn’t assume that this network is secure. In fact, it assumes the exact opposite. The key is presumed to be vulnerable in every possible way, and it needs to be protected. - -Anti-Superman Batsuit - -In the movie “Batman v Superman: Dawn of Justice,” Batman wears a Tactical Batsuit that includes armor plates to protect against ballistic attacks and leather to absorb impacts. That’s fine against the Joker, the common street thug, and even the ‘roid monster Bane, but fighting Superman requires additional protection. To fight the Man of Steel, Batman wears a second layer; he wears the heavily-armored Mechanical Batsuit on top of the Tactical Batsuit. - -Save Martha - -Imagine a scenario in which Alice leaves her laptop unattended on a coffee shop table for a few minutes while she waits online to place her order. When she returns to her table, her laptop is gone. evolutionQ has anticipated a wide range of issues and bound the damage. - -In the short-term, yes, damage can be incurred. Past sessions can be compromised, as well. But once the compromise is detected, the bleeding stops. Past sessions can no longer be compromised, either. Once approved, the protocol quickly recovers and allows Alice and Bob to re-establish secure communication. - -Conclusion - -There is a Justice League story in which Batman has developed contingency plans for every superhero – including Superman – just in case they become corrupted somehow. MultimodalKES is paranoid, in a similar kind of way, and perhaps even moreso. After all, evolutionQ assumes attackers are sufficiently motivated to get your data that your data is as good as compromised. The Injustice storyline has occurred, and Superman needs to be feared. - -The protocol requires not one, not two, but three keys to be broken. It assumes physical systems, even within data centers, will be compromised, and it is prepared to deactivate those keys and limit the potential for damage. But damage can be incurred by blocking communication, so it is prepared to quickly re-establish secure communication. It’s even thinking about the future and Shor’s Factoring Algorithm, and it’s compatible with all of its quantum and post-quantum countermeasures. - -Batman is only human. He can make mistakes. What makes him special – hence the analogy here – is that he has a contingency plan for everything.",1731883644,560a7f975d,35c0cc79b4,,,1731883644 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMiqwFBVV95cUxPc01PenFnenpDeVBBTm9tUVdWdkJULV9zVVltTDlTbUU2YlJUem1pbDJianh1RkhVVldWSVRDUEhfZ08tWjd6bklTNWVnWmhWaGhhbkJCOWRJV3hOcFRVTkJMUGl6UlZkTU9ZZDQ4MFJnMGZPZERwRWhYQUt6ekZHbDZmYU1hZ0dqejhFcGxCWlhUQk9jWFdBRjNvcHZvbTZrd1RtSGFvMmFzMkU?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883612,2688d2a9c6,35737ec212,,,1731883612 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/j-p-morgan-says-2-105336783.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,J.P. Morgan Says These 2 Stocks Are Top Picks for 2025,"With 2025 on the horizon, investors are sharpening their focus on the year ahead, selecting portfolio additions that aim to bring solid returns. - -“There is reason to be bullish,” says Jordan Jackson, a JPMorgan strategist covering the markets. He highlights positive trends in inflation and interest rates, noting that consumer spending is likely to respond in kind. “I think over the course of next year, we should continue to see consumers start to feel a little bit more confident about their wallet share and what they are able to spend,” Jackson added. - -Meanwhile, the stock analysts at JPMorgan are starting to reveal their top picks for 2025 – stocks the bank’s experts expect to perform well in the coming year. - -We’ve turned to the TipRanks database to pull up the details on two of their picks and have found that Wall Street shares an optimistic outlook, giving both names Strong Buy consensus ratings. Let’s take a closer look. - -Vistra Energy (VST) - -First up is a utility-scale energy company, Vistra. This Texas-based electricity provider is the largest competitive power generation company currently working in the US market, with approximately 5 million customers and 41,000 megawatts of electric generation capacity. Vistra boasts a market cap over $48 billion, a workforce 6,800 strong, and a wide range of power facilities that includes gas, coal, nuclear, and solar generation capacities. In addition, Vistra has a strong commitment to producing zero-carbon power; its nuclear power generation capacity is the nation’s second-largest. - -That nuclear power capacity is impressive, and Vistra has been working to expand it. In March of this year, Vistra completed an important acquisition move, adding 4 gigawatts of nuclear power from Energy Harbor to its portfolio, along with some 1 million customers. In addition, the company, in July, received approval from the Nuclear Regulatory Commission to keep its Comanche Peak nuclear plant in operation for another 20 years, through 2053. - -Vistra isn’t just resting on its nuclear laurels. The company is also moving to expand its natural gas-fueled power production capabilities. It announced earlier this year an intention to increase ‘dispatchable, natural gas-fueled electricity capacity’ by more than 2,000 megawatts. The company already added more than 200 megawatts of upgrades during the second quarter of the year. The increase in gas-powered capacity is intended to improve Vistra’s grid reliability. - -On the financial side, Vistra saw $6.28 billion in revenues during 3Q24,a figure that was up 54% year-over-year and beat the forecast by an impressive $1.27 billion. At the bottom line, the company realized $1.84 billion in net income. The company has a strong cash position, and generated $1.7 billion in cash from operations in the quarter. - -Story Continues",1731883706,6e579b027f,3613a369d7,,,1731883706 -https://thespeakerlab.com/blog/public-speaking-coach/,https://thespeakerlab.com/feed/,Should You Hire A Public Speaking Coach? 4 Things to Consider,"The world of public speaking hinges on the power of communication. Whether you’re a professional public speaker, an aspiring public speaker or just want to communicate clearly, the ability to articulate your message with clarity, confidence, and charisma can make all the difference. That’s where a Public Speaking Coach can prove invaluable. - -But what exactly does a Public Speaking Coach do? And how can partnering with one catapult your public speaking skills and your career to new heights? - -Why Hiring a Public Speaking Coach Could be Your Best Investment - -Stepping onto a stage, whether physical or virtual, can be daunting for even the most seasoned speaker. The spotlight, the expectation, the weight of delivering a message that resonates – it can feel overwhelming. This is especially true for public speakers looking to build a speaking business. A Public Speaking Coach acts as a guide, a mentor, and a confidante, helping you navigate the intricacies of public speaking to become a confident, impactful communicator. - -Deconstructing the Fear: What Does a Public Speaking Coach Actually Do? - -Public Speaking Coaches provide personalized training and guidance designed to help you: - -Overcome Stage Fright: Many individuals harbor a deep-seated fear of public speaking. A Public Speaking Coach works with you to understand the root of this anxiety, offering techniques to manage nerves and project calm, even under pressure. Breathing exercises, visualization strategies, and positive self-talk are just some tools used to transform anxiety into anticipation. - -Many individuals harbor a deep-seated fear of public speaking. A Public Speaking Coach works with you to understand the root of this anxiety, offering techniques to manage nerves and project calm, even under pressure. Breathing exercises, visualization strategies, and positive self-talk are just some tools used to transform anxiety into anticipation. Craft Compelling Content: A good speech goes beyond simply sharing information, it tells a story. A Public Speaking Coach helps you organize your thoughts, craft a clear and concise narrative, and inject storytelling techniques to make your message memorable and impactful. - -A good speech goes beyond simply sharing information, it tells a story. A Public Speaking Coach helps you organize your thoughts, craft a clear and concise narrative, and inject storytelling techniques to make your message memorable and impactful. Refine Delivery & Body Language: It’s not just what you say, it’s how you say it. From vocal projection and pacing to eye contact and body language, a Public Speaking Coach helps you hone your nonverbal communication, ensuring you appear confident, credible, and engaging on stage. - -It’s not just what you say, it’s how you say it. From vocal projection and pacing to eye contact and body language, a Public Speaking Coach helps you hone your nonverbal communication, ensuring you appear confident, credible, and engaging on stage. Master Visual Aids: In today’s world, presentations often involve slides, videos, or other visual aids. A Public Speaking Coach will teach you to leverage these tools effectively, ensuring they enhance, rather than distract from, your message. - -In today’s world, presentations often involve slides, videos, or other visual aids. A Public Speaking Coach will teach you to leverage these tools effectively, ensuring they enhance, rather than distract from, your message. Develop Executive Presence: Public Speaking Coaches can help you cultivate an air of authority and influence that inspires confidence in your audience. - -Learn How You Could Get Your First (Or Next) Paid Speaking Gig In 90 Days or Less We receive thousands of applications every day, but we only work with the top 5% of speakers. Book a FREE call with our team to get started — you’ll learn why the vast majority of our students get a paid speaking gig within 90 days of finishing our program. Get Started - -Beyond the Stage: The Far-Reaching Benefits of Public Speaking Coaching - -Investing in Public Speaking Coaching can pay dividends that extend far beyond the podium: - -Career Advancement: Even if you aren’t a full-time public speaker, public speaking is a highly sought-after skill in today’s job market. Demonstrating strong communication skills can unlock opportunities for leadership roles, promotions, and increased recognition within your industry. As Bobbie Carlton of the Forbes Business Council says, “Public Speaking isn’t just about giving speeches; it’s about clear and effective communication, a skill valuable in any professional setting.” - -Even if you aren’t a full-time public speaker, public speaking is a highly sought-after skill in today’s job market. Demonstrating strong communication skills can unlock opportunities for leadership roles, promotions, and increased recognition within your industry. As Bobbie Carlton of the Forbes Business Council says, “Public Speaking isn’t just about giving speeches; it’s about clear and effective communication, a skill valuable in any professional setting.” Enhanced Networking: Confident speaking can transform you into a sought-after speaker at conferences, seminars, and events, leading to valuable connections and expanded professional networks. - -Confident speaking can transform you into a sought-after speaker at conferences, seminars, and events, leading to valuable connections and expanded professional networks. Boosted Confidence & Self-Esteem: Conquering the fear of public speaking often leads to a ripple effect, positively impacting self-esteem and overall confidence. This self-assurance can then spill over into other areas of life, both personal and professional. - -Public Speaking Coaching: Finding the Right Fit - -The right Public Speaking Coach for you depends on your individual needs, goals, and learning style. There are two primary paths to consider when seeking coaching: individual coaching and group coaching. - -One-on-One Public Speaking Coaching: Tailored Attention For Maximum Impact - -Individual Public Speaking Coaching offers a personalized experience catered specifically to your strengths, weaknesses, and desired outcomes. Here’s why it could be the best fit for you: - -Customized Attention : With undivided attention from your coach, every aspect of your training is designed with your specific needs in mind. Whether it’s refining your executive presence, overcoming stage fright, or crafting compelling stories, your coach becomes a dedicated partner in your speaking journey. - -: With undivided attention from your coach, every aspect of your training is designed with your specific needs in mind. Whether it’s refining your executive presence, overcoming stage fright, or crafting compelling stories, your coach becomes a dedicated partner in your speaking journey. Targeted Feedback & Rapid Growth: Private sessions offer real-time feedback on everything from body language to vocal inflection, facilitating quick progress. This intensive, focused approach helps break down bad habits and replace them with effective speaking techniques. - -Private sessions offer real-time feedback on everything from body language to vocal inflection, facilitating quick progress. This intensive, focused approach helps break down bad habits and replace them with effective speaking techniques. Flexible Scheduling and Convenience: One-on-one coaching allows for personalized scheduling, ideal for busy professionals with demanding schedules. - -Group Public Speaking Coaching: Collaborative Learning and Shared Growth - -Group Public Speaking Coaching provides a supportive environment for learning and refining your skills alongside other individuals. This setting offers unique benefits: - -Cost-Effective Option: Group sessions are often more affordable than private coaching, making this option accessible to a wider audience. - -Group sessions are often more affordable than private coaching, making this option accessible to a wider audience. Peer Support and Feedback: Learning alongside others provides opportunities for shared experiences, mutual encouragement, and constructive feedback from multiple perspectives. - -Learning alongside others provides opportunities for shared experiences, mutual encouragement, and constructive feedback from multiple perspectives. Simulating Real-World Speaking Scenarios: The group setting acts as a safe space to practice public speaking, replicating the feeling of presenting in front of an audience. This helps build confidence and comfort before stepping onto a larger stage. - -Weighing Your Options: Factors to Consider When Choosing Public Speaking Coaching - -Choosing the best coaching format for you boils down to your individual needs, budget, and preferred learning environment. To help you make an informed decision, ask yourself these questions: - -What are your specific public speaking goals? Are you focused on delivering a keynote speech, acing boardroom presentations, or feeling more confident during team meetings? Defining your objectives clarifies what type of coaching will best meet those needs. - -What learning environment do you thrive in? Some individuals flourish in personalized settings with direct feedback, while others enjoy the dynamic and support of a group. Consider what kind of learning environment fosters your greatest growth. - -What is your budget for Public Speaking Coaching? Be honest with yourself about how much you are willing to invest in honing your speaking skills. Remember, improving communication can unlock opportunities leading to significant long-term gains, making it a valuable investment in yourself and your future. - -DIY Public Speaking Improvement: Techniques You Can Start Practicing Now - -While working with a dedicated Public Speaking Coach can dramatically accelerate your progress, there are strategies you can implement now to boost your communication skills: - -Record and Analyze Yourself: One of the simplest ways to pinpoint areas for improvement is to record yourself speaking. Whether practicing a presentation or having a casual conversation, pay attention to pacing, vocal tone, body language, and filler words. - -Join a Toastmasters Club: Toastmasters International provides a supportive and structured environment for practicing public speaking and improving communication. Clubs around the world offer regular meetings, workshops, and the opportunity to receive constructive feedback in a supportive setting. - -Read Public Speaking Books: Numerous books delve into the art of impactful public speaking. Two highly recommended titles are “Talk Like TED” by Carmine Gallo, and “Power of Presence: Unlock Your Potential to Influence and Engage Others” by Kristi Hedges. These resources provide valuable tips on everything from crafting a compelling story to connecting with your audience. - -Practice Makes Progress, Not Perfection: Public speaking is a skill that improves with practice. The more you challenge yourself to step outside your comfort zone – be it delivering a presentation at work, volunteering to speak at a community event, or leading a team meeting – the more comfortable and confident you’ll become. - -FAQs about Public Speaking Coach - -How much does a Public Speaking Coach cost? - -Factors like location, experience level, and type of coaching offered influence their rates. It’s best to contact individual coaches or training programs for specific pricing information. - -What does a Public Speaking Coach do? - -A Public Speaking Coach helps individuals enhance their communication and presentation skills. This may include addressing stage fright, crafting impactful content, refining delivery techniques, working on body language, incorporating visual aids, and building confidence. Their ultimate aim is to empower clients to become effective and engaging communicators in any setting. - -Is a Public Speaking Coach worth it? - -If you’re serious about improving your public speaking abilities, a coach can be a worthwhile investment. They provide tailored guidance, feedback, and support to help you achieve specific communication goals, often leading to increased confidence and career growth. - -Is a Public Speaking course worth it? - -Participating in a structured Public Speaking course offers a comprehensive approach to developing your skills. Whether you prefer online or in-person programs, Public Speaking courses provide a framework for improving your speaking and presentation abilities. - -Find Out Exactly How Much You Could Make As a Paid Speaker Use The Official Speaker Fee Calculator to tell you what you should charge for your first (or next) speaking gig — virtual or in-person! Calculate Your Fee - -Benefits of The Speaker Lab’s Coaching Program - -Although public speaking coaching can be useful for anyone looking to improve communication skills, it’s especially important for aspiring public speakers. Maybe you know you want to paid to speak, but you’re not sure where to start and need a clear plan. This FREE training can help you learn how to get booked and paid to speak NOW, even if you have no experience, audience or following. - -If you want to learn how to get booked and paid to speak, how much you should charge clients and how you can launch your public speaking business, this training – completely free of charge – is a great place to start. - -Testimonials - -Here’s what others have said about The Speaker Lab: - -“I would recommend the Speaker Lab to someone who is ready for this to be their business…I think if you are ready to take the stage, if you’re ready to share a message, share your passion with other people through this platform of public speaking, then I think The Speaker Lab is a great place to learn a framework and set the foundation for a really successful business.” – Elise W. - -“I’d recommend The Speaker Lab to anyone who has something to say and wants a bigger platform.” – Jeanne T. - -“If you have a message to deliver and can impact lives with that message, then I think The Speaker Lab is for you.” – Lori E. - -“The Speaker Lab is so comprehensive I believe they can help anyone improve their business with speaking.” – Dale W. - -“The Speaker Lab gave me the confidence and the skills in gaining more momentum on how to run a speaking business.” – Gaelin E. - -Ready to give it a try? Click here to sign up for the live training! - -Conclusion - -In a world that increasingly demands confident and impactful communicators, investing in your public speaking journey can lead to significant personal and professional growth. A Public Speaking Coach offers the guidance, support, and expertise to empower you to find your voice and captivate any audience. Whether you’re looking to ace a presentation, deliver a powerful speech, or simply communicate more effectively in your everyday interactions, consider taking the leap with a Public Speaking Coach by your side.",1731883671,10642a8199,35efa29fd8,,,1731883671 -https://www.coindesk.com/opinion/2024/11/13/film-development-needs-an-on-chain-business-model/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=rss&utm_campaign=headlines,https://www.coindesk.com/feed,Film Development Needs an On-Chain Business Model,"I have long believed that film would be a special asset class for blockchain. This is because films both create community and are created by a community. You’ve heard of “cult classics.” Those cults are made up of people who form a personal relationship with a film and form a community with others who love that story’s world. Here we are able to galvanize a community as the film is being produced, not only after it is released, helping the process in several ways. - - - -If we can raise funds from large groups of investors while a film is in the greenlight process, we better determine that there is a market for that film before even greenlighting. It enables us to market more efficiently: we now have an army of thousands of built in super fans, our “cult.” This helps inform the demographic profile of our film audience, not to mention the legions of people ready to help us grassroots market.",1731883703,c08a28b4dd,35ed7b9c08,,,1731883703 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/brainstorm-program/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,How to Create a Sustainable Content Brainstorm Program,"Coming up with new ideas for content isn’t something that has to be painful or lonely or frustrating. (Surprise—I know.) If you organize your resources around the efforts you care about most, your team will recognize their importance and respond appropriately. - -Actions as Forms of Communication - -Communications professionals funnel colossal amounts of awareness and consideration into the words we choose and the stories we weave because we know the way our messages are perceived can make or break an experience. We know the impact of a strong narrative and the lasting power of a few choice words. Words are powerful, and we give them their due. - -But we need to remember that our behaviors are forms of communication, too. - -Our actions convey our thoughts and values. And, perhaps most importantly, our words and our actions need to align to ensure consistency, credibility, and trust. - -As a communications leader, when you give attention to one program over others, you convey a hierarchy of importance. Your team recognizes that you give more attention to the programs that matter more to your business. By providing more resources on one topic or organizing a formal process around another, you are expressing that you expect your employees to put similar time and effort into their work in that area. - -That’s why if you care about your team ideating and submitting new content proposals, you need to organize your resources around this effort, support your intentions with actions, and convey your expectations through structured programs. - -Let’s evaluate a two-part framework to set up a formal brainstorm program for your team that will generate a natural flow of article topics and content ideas. - -Part One: Ramp Up Content with Ease - -Here are three steps to establish a culture of content ideation: - -1. Clearly express your expectations - -Start by communicating your needs verbally. Want new content ideas? Tell your team. Be clear and explicit. What are your expectations? Provide any details about the strategy that will help them see a clear path toward execution—topics you’d like to see covered, cadence of proposals, formats, process, etc. Give them enough guidelines so they feel ready to act, but not so many that they feel stifled. - -2. Set up quantifiable measurements - -If you want your team to come up with new content ideas, create metrics that matter. To get started, devise OKRs that quantify the number of proposals team members submit in a given timeframe. Later, once momentum builds and your team members are more comfortable with proposing ideas, shift the OKR to measure the number of proposals that are greenlit, changing the metric from submissions to successes. - -Don’t forget to celebrate successes as a team. Reinforce the behaviors you want to encourage and review the metrics together. The more your team sees success—and watches you celebrate certain behaviors over others—the more they will shift their approach toward more favorable actions. - -3. Remove obstacles - -Remove any obstacles on the path toward the goal to give your team a better chance at success. - -Get the logistics out of the way—set up a folder on your internal drive for new content proposals, provide the location to your team, and add lines to your content calendar for a new proposal to be submitted weekly (or whatever frequency you choose). - -Consider any other roadblocks your team members might run into as they embark on their journey toward increased content ideation—knowledge, collaboration, processes, tools, etc. Empathize with their position. Figure out how you can mitigate risk and remove bottlenecks to ensure a smooth process, especially in the beginning as employees figure out their personal styles. - -Next comes the main phase: creating a brainstorm program that lasts. - -Part Two: Fuel Content Strategy with Structure - -Here is how to create the structure around the process: - -1. Supply idea sources - -Your team members might not know how to ideate. Give them examples of where to look for topics. - -I recently created a 30-slide deck that provided myriad websites, frameworks, resources, questions, and tools that would allow my team members to find ideas and inspiration for content assets. My investment of time and energy into creating this deck paid dividends in the long run, as my team referred to it repeatedly to produce a higher quantity of strategically aligned content. - -To emulate this approach for your team, make a list of places you look for inspiration. Start by jotting down ideas that come to you over the next week. Where do you go to look for ideas? Where do you find inspiration for strategically aligned content? - -Next, formalize your list into an internal resource for your team, and train your team to be resourceful and access the same wells of knowledge you would. - -Sources include: - -Market resources – Compile a list of industry publications your team can access to understand what your customers are reading about, what advancements are being made in the industry, and what topics are hot right now. - -Audience empathy – Create a list of questions about your audience, such as their pain points, obstacles, issues with vendors or partners, shifting needs, macro trends, industry threats, market opportunities, perceptions, internal processes, paths to success, and more. - -Buyer personas – Provide buyer personas for your key customer groups. - -Product knowledge – Make a list of your product offerings along with the benefits they offer your customers. - -Corporate mission and vision – Remind your team why your company exists and what its goals and hopes are for the future. - -Successes – Are there any new case studies or testimonials you can highlight? - -Content repurposing – Provide a framework for content repurposing. How can you get the most mileage out of each asset in your existing content hub? Can you piggyback off a resource to produce a new angle? - -Metrics – Pull reports that show which topics, formats, or channels perform best and create content with that in mind. - -SEO – Give your team a list of keywords and keyphrases you want to rank for, explore which types of content are getting the most exposure on search engines, and feel inspired by the perspectives that garner the best results. - -Competitive analysis – Read competitors’ reviews and turn problems from unsatisfied customers into selling points for your own copy; review competitors’ marketing and websites, identify gaps, and fill those gaps with your content; or understand what is working well for your competitors and explore your own application of a similar strategy. - -Industry events – Identify industry conferences, scour agendas, and come up with related content ideas. - -Statistics – Find a recent market report and incorporate a relevant statistic into your content. - -Funnel – Challenge your team members to pick a tier in the funnel then create content geared toward the associated goal. - -Formats – Usually starting with a topic is easiest, but try flipping this approach on its head and exploring a list of format types to see if anything sparks ideas you can use to vary your content formats, such as creating an interactive eBook or in-frame survey instead of only writing blog posts (if resources allow). - -(Bonus tip: If the resources mentioned above don’t already exist, a precursor to this step could be to have your team work together to create them. They will feel more invested in using resources they have worked hard to build, and their process will start several steps ahead.) - -2. Explore discernment - -Your team members might not know how to decide whether an idea they come up with is viable or not. Teach them how to decide. - -Through an internal lens, make sure your team members know your mission and vision, product offerings, capabilities, and strategy. - -To increase market understanding, provide them with a picture of your ideal customer profile (ICP), customer journey map (CJM), buyer personas, or any frameworks you use to empathize with your target prospects. - -Then, help them meet in the middle: Teach your team how to match your business strategy to an external need, using content as the glue. If a content idea doesn’t align with your corporate strategy, it might not work. If a content idea doesn’t provide value to customers, it might not work. Provide frameworks for strategic decision-making to increase your team’s chances of success. - -3. Schedule meetings - -Tell your team to schedule a recurring monthly meeting without you where they can discuss the ideation resource you created for them (in part two step one), brainstorm new ideas, workshop proposals, and collaborate on new resources. - -At your next team meeting, make room on the agenda for your team to share takeaways from their collaboration. Let them present the outcomes of their brainstorm and devise a plan for next steps. - -Again, celebrate the behaviors you want to see repeated. Give context into why certain ideas might get greenlit over others and how the best ideas align with strategy and add value for customers. Ask your team members to reflect on how they felt about the brainstorm and make sure to reinforce any positive experiences. - -(Bonus tip: If there are issues among the team, you might want to take those offline and deal with them in one-on-one or smaller group settings, depending on the nature of the problem. Praise in public, but discipline in private.) - -4. Formalize the proposal process - -How should proposals be submitted to you? Do you want a separate document per proposal, do you want a new email thread started for each idea, or do you like talking ideas through on a phone call? Make sure you are clear in your communication to your team regarding how you want the outcomes of the brainstorm program to be executed (and later measured). For example, if you created a folder on Google Drive (part one step three), make sure your team knows to add a document there and email you when it is ready for your review. Whatever process you choose, communicate your expectations clearly to your team, then deliver praise when they follow suit. - -Tailor Content to Your Needs - -Employ this framework, then monitor how your team responds. Is content ideation increasing? By how much? Are metrics being hit? Is collaboration happening more smoothly? Celebrate small wins. Encourage participation. Ask for feedback. After the program is implemented for a quarter, hold a debrief session and ask what’s working, what could be better, and what support they need from you. Keep making tweaks until you find the right setup for your team. - -Creative ideation can feel personal, but make sure your team knows you employ a strategic decision-making process for greenlighting or cutting ideas or proposals. Explain to them that the more ideas they propose, the higher the likelihood that some might get cut, but that doesn’t mean they’re doing anything wrong—quite the contrary. Of course, you want both quality and quantity, but perfection won’t happen every time. By providing resources as well as a forum for conversation, you can ensure your team members both feel heard and have a strategic understanding that will give their ideas the best chance of survival. - -Encourage your team to feel empowered in their ideation. Give them a chance to show you how motivated they are to take initiative and elevate your team’s strategy. Be upfront—tell them that you love when they come up with ideas [rather than you assigning every deliverable], that ideation is a core part of their jobs [and is expected of them], and that you’re there to help them excel [and learn and grow]. - -You want your team to be successful. Make sure that is clear in both your words and your actions.",1731883754,4dc781f5bc,35bb888b8f,,,1731883754 -https://www.ign.com/articles/pets-go-codes,http://feeds.ign.com/ign/games-all,Does Pets Go Have Codes? (November 2024),"Last updated on November 16, 2024: Checked for Pets Go codes! - -BIG Games' newest release, Pets Go, may have just landed on Roblox, but players are already eagerly waiting to see if the game gets any redeemable codes they can cash in for free goodies. Here's what you need to know about whether Pets Go has any codes for free rewards or not. - -Are There Any Active Pets Go Codes? - -Currently, there are no working Pets Go codes. Be sure to check back soon though, as we'll be keeping an eye out for new codes daily and will update this page if and when they're added. - -There's no word of exactly when Pets Go could be getting codes, though if it's anything like Pet Simulator 99, codes may be available in the future by purchasing specific merchandise. - -How to Redeem Pets Go Codes - -Although Pets Go still has no free active codes to redeem, the game does have a redeem feature for merch codes. To find it, follow the steps below: - -Look at the icons running up the left-hand side of the screen. Click on the Shopping Basket icon. You’ll pull up the Exclusive Shop tab. Scroll to the very bottom and you’ll see a Redeem Codes section. Click the Redeem button here to bring up the codes bar. From here, input your chosen code and press Redeem to add the rewards to your account. - -What is Pets Go in Roblox? - -Pets Go is the latest release from Roblox developer BIG Games: the minds behind Pet Simulator 99. Players are tasked with hatching eggs by rolling a dice, with each egg transforming into one of a library of pets ranging from common to exceedingly rare. They can then trade pets with other players to fill out their collection, all the while upgrading their hatching process to increase their luck and create a higher chance of stumbling upon the game's rarest critters. - -Callum Williams is an IGN freelancer covering features and guides. When he's away from his desk, you can usually find him obsessing over the lore of the latest obscure indie horror game or bashing his head against a boss in the newest soulslike. You can catch him over on Twitter at @CaIIumWilliams.",1731883675,9e7916d7c6,36194dda7a,,,1731883675 -https://www.nptechforgood.com/2024/10/27/meta-verified-for-nonprofits/,https://www.nptechforgood.com/feed/,Meta Verified for Nonprofits,"Thank You Sponsors - -Nonprofit Tech for Good and the services we offer would not exist if not for the support of our sponsors. Thank you to our 2024 sponsors:",1731883638,4b9add7c9d,35efb873b0,,,1731883638 -https://devblogs.microsoft.com/xamarin/machine-learning-in-xamarin-forms-with-onnx-runtime/,https://devblogs.microsoft.com/xamarin/feed/,Machine Learning in Xamarin.Forms with ONNX Runtime,"Machine learning can be used to add smart capabilities to mobile applications and enhance the user experience. There are situations where inferencing on-device is required or preferable over cloud-based solutions. Key drivers include: - -Availability: works when the device is offline - -Privacy: data can remain on the device - -Performance: on-device inferencing is often faster than sending data to the cloud for processing - -Cost efficiencies: on-device inferencing can be free and more efficient by reducing data transfers between device and cloud - -Android and iOS provide built-in capabilities for on-device inferencing with technologies such as TensorFlow Lite and Core ML. - -ONNX Runtime has recently added support for Xamarin and can be integrated into your mobile application to execute cross-platform on-device inferencing of ONNX (Open Neural Network Exchange) models. It already powers machine learning models in key Microsoft products and services across Office, Azure, Bing, as well as other community projects. You can create your own ONNX models, using services such as Azure Custom Vision, or convert existing models to ONNX format. - -This post walks through an example demonstrating the high-level steps for leveraging ONNX Runtime in a Xamarin.Forms app for on-device inferencing. An existing open-source image classification model (MobileNet) from the ONNX Model Zoo has been used for this example. - -Getting Started - -Our sample Xamarin.Forms app classifies the primary object in the provided image, a golden retriever in this case, and displays the result with the highest score. - -The following changes were made to the Blank App template which includes a common .NET Standard project along with Android and iOS targets. - -Inferencing With ONNX Runtime - -Two classes from the common project we’ll be focused on are: - -MobileNetImageClassifier - -MobileNetImageClassifier encapsulates the use of the model via ONNX Runtime as per the model documentation. You can see visualizations of the model’s network architecture, including the expected names, types, and shapes (dimensions) for its inputs and outputs using Netron. - -This class exposes two public methods GetSampleImageAsync and GetClassificationAsync. The former loads a sample image for convenience and the latter performs the inferencing on the supplied image. Here’s a breakdown of the key steps. - -Initialization - -Initialization involves loading those embedded resource files representing the model, labels, and sample image. The asynchronous initialization pattern is used to simplify its use downstream while preventing use of those resources before initialization work has completed. Our constructor starts the asynchronous initialization by calling InitAsync. The initialization Task is stored so several callers can await the completion of the same operation. In this case, the GetSampleImageAsync and GetClassificationAsync methods. - -const int DimBatchSize = 1; const int DimNumberOfChannels = 3; const int ImageSizeX = 224; const int ImageSizeY = 224; const string ModelInputName = ""input""; const string ModelOutputName = ""output""; byte[] _model; byte[] _sampleImage; List _labels; InferenceSession _session; Task _initTask; ... public MobileNetImageClassifier() { _ = InitAsync(); } Task InitAsync() { if (_initTask == null || _initTask.IsFaulted) _initTask = InitTask(); return _initTask; } async Task InitTask() { var assembly = GetType().Assembly; // Get labels using var labelsStream = assembly.GetManifestResourceStream($""{assembly.GetName().Name}.imagenet_classes.txt""); using var reader = new StreamReader(labelsStream); string text = await reader.ReadToEndAsync(); _labels = text.Split(new string[] { Environment.NewLine }, StringSplitOptions.RemoveEmptyEntries).ToList(); // Get model and create session using var modelStream = assembly.GetManifestResourceStream($""{assembly.GetName().Name}.mobilenetv2-7.onnx""); using var modelMemoryStream = new MemoryStream(); modelStream.CopyTo(modelMemoryStream); _model = modelMemoryStream.ToArray(); _session = new InferenceSession(_model); // Get sample image using var sampleImageStream = assembly.GetManifestResourceStream($""{assembly.GetName().Name}.dog.jpg""); using var sampleImageMemoryStream = new MemoryStream(); sampleImageStream.CopyTo(sampleImageMemoryStream); _sampleImage = sampleImageMemoryStream.ToArray(); } - -Preprocessing - -Raw images must be transformed according to the requirements of the model so it matches how the model was trained. Image data is then stored in a contiguous sequential block of memory, represented by a Tensor object, as input for inferencing. - -Our first step in this process is to resize the original image if necessary so height and width is at least 224. In this case, images are first resized so the shortest edge is 224 then center-cropped so the longest edge is also 224. For the purposes of this example, SkiaSharp has been used to handle the requisite image processing. - -using var sourceBitmap = SKBitmap.Decode(image); var pixels = sourceBitmap.Bytes; if (sourceBitmap.Width != ImageSizeX || sourceBitmap.Height != ImageSizeY) { float ratio = (float)Math.Min(ImageSizeX, ImageSizeY) / Math.Min(sourceBitmap.Width, sourceBitmap.Height); using SKBitmap scaledBitmap = sourceBitmap.Resize(new SKImageInfo( (int)(ratio * sourceBitmap.Width), (int)(ratio * sourceBitmap.Height)), SKFilterQuality.Medium); var horizontalCrop = scaledBitmap.Width - ImageSizeX; var verticalCrop = scaledBitmap.Height - ImageSizeY; var leftOffset = horizontalCrop == 0 ? 0 : horizontalCrop / 2; var topOffset = verticalCrop == 0 ? 0 : verticalCrop / 2; var cropRect = SKRectI.Create( new SKPointI(leftOffset, topOffset), new SKSizeI(ImageSizeX, ImageSizeY)); using SKImage currentImage = SKImage.FromBitmap(scaledBitmap); using SKImage croppedImage = currentImage.Subset(cropRect); using SKBitmap croppedBitmap = SKBitmap.FromImage(croppedImage); pixels = croppedBitmap.Bytes; } - -The second step is to normalize the resulting image pixels and store them in a flat array that can be used to create the Tensor object. In this case, the model expects the R, G, and B values to be in the range of [0, 1] normalized using mean = [0.485, 0.456, 0.406] and std = [0.229, 0.224, 0.225]. The loop below iterates over the image pixels one row at a time, applies the requisite normalization to each value, then stores each in the channelData array. Our channelData array stores the normalized R,G, and B values sequentially; first all the R values, then all the G, then all the B (instead of the original sequence i.e. RGB, RGB, etc. - -var bytesPerPixel = sourceBitmap.BytesPerPixel; var rowLength = ImageSizeX * bytesPerPixel; var channelLength = ImageSizeX * ImageSizeY; var channelData = new float[channelLength * 3]; var channelDataIndex = 0; for (int y = 0; y < ImageSizeY; y++) { var rowOffset = y * rowLength; for (int x = 0, columnOffset = 0; x < ImageSizeX; x++, columnOffset += bytesPerPixel) { var pixelOffset = rowOffset + columnOffset; var pixelR = pixels[pixelOffset]; var pixelG = pixels[pixelOffset + 1]; var pixelB = pixels[pixelOffset + 2]; var rChannelIndex = channelDataIndex; var gChannelIndex = channelDataIndex + channelLength; var bChannelIndex = channelDataIndex + (channelLength * 2); channelData[rChannelIndex] = (pixelR / 255f - 0.485f) / 0.229f; channelData[gChannelIndex] = (pixelG / 255f - 0.456f) / 0.224f; channelData[bChannelIndex] = (pixelB / 255f - 0.406f) / 0.225f; channelDataIndex++; } } - -This channelData array is then used to create the requisite Tensor object as input to the InferenceSession Run method. The dimensions (1, 3, 224, 224) represent the shape of the Tensor required by the model. In this case, mini-batches of 3-channel RGB images that are expected to have a height and width of 224. - -var input = new DenseTensor(channelData, new[] { DimBatchSize, DimNumberOfChannels, ImageSizeX, ImageSizeY }); - -Inferencing - -An InferenceSession is the runtime representation of an ONNX model. It’s used to run the model with a given input returning the computed output values. Both the input and output values are collections of NamedOnnxValue objects representing name-value pairs of string names and Tensor objects. - -using var results = _session.Run(new List { NamedOnnxValue.CreateFromTensor(ModelInputName, input) }); - -Postprocessing - -This model outputs a score for each classification. Our code resolves the Tensor by name and gets the highest score value for simplicity in this example. The corresponding label item is then used as the return value for the GetClassificationAsync method. Additional work would be required to calculate the softmax probability if you wanted to include an indication of confidence alongside the label. - -var output = results.FirstOrDefault(i => i.Name == ModelOutputName); var scores = output.AsTensor().ToList(); var highestScore = scores.Max(); var highestScoreIndex = scores.IndexOf(highestScore); var label = _labels.ElementAt(highestScoreIndex); - -MainPage - -Our MainPage XAML features a single Button for running the inference via the MobileNetImageClassifier. It resolves the sample image then passes it into the GetClassificationAsync method before displaying the result via an alert. - -var sampleImage = await _classifier.GetSampleImageAsync(); var result = await _classifier.GetClassificationAsync(sampleImage); await DisplayAlert(""Result"", result, ""OK""); - -Optimizations and Tips - -This first-principles example demonstrates basic inferencing with ONNX Runtime and leverages the default options for the most part. There are several optimizations recommended by the ONNX Runtime documentation that can be particularly beneficial for mobile. - -Reuse InferenceSession objects - -You can accelerate inference speed by reusing the same InferenceSession across multiple inference runs to avoid unnecessary allocation/disposal overhead. - -Consider whether to set values directly on an existing Tensor or create using an existing array - -Several examples create the Tensor object first and then set values on it directly. This is simpler and easier to follow since it avoids the need to perform the offset calculations used in this example. However, it’s faster to prepare a primitive array first then use that to create the Tensor object. The trade-off here is between simplicity and performance. - -Experiment with different EPs (Execution Providers) - -ONNX Runtime executes models using the CPU EP (Execution Provider) by default. It’s possible to use the NNAPI EP (Android) or the Core ML EP (iOS) for ORT format models instead by using the appropriate SessionOptions when creating an InferenceSession. These may or may not offer better performance depending on how much of the model can be run using NNAPI / Core ML and the device capabilities. It’s worth testing with and without the platform-specific EPs then choosing what works best for your model. There are also several options per EP. See NNAPI Options and Core ML Options for more detail on how this can impact performance and accuracy. - -The platform-specific EPs can be configured via the SessionOptions. For example: - -Use NNAPI on Android - -options.AppendExecutionProvider_Nnapi(); - -Use Core ML on iOS - -options.AppendExecutionProvider_CoreML(CoreMLFlags.COREML_FLAG_ONLY_ENABLE_DEVICE_WITH_ANE) - -SessionOptionsContainer can be used to simplify use of platform-specific SessionOptions from common platform-agnostic code. For example: - -Register named platform-specific SessionOptions configuration - -// Android SessionOptionsContainer.Register(""sample_options"", (sessionOptions) => sessionOptions.AppendExecutionProvider_Nnapi()); // iOS SessionOptionsContainer.Register(""sample_options"", (sessionOptions) => sessionOptions.AppendExecutionProvider_CoreML( CoreMLFlags.COREML_FLAG_ONLY_ENABLE_DEVICE_WITH_ANE)); - -Use in common platform-agnostic code - -// Apply named configuration to new SessionOptions var options = SessionOptionsContainer.Create(""sample_options""); ... // Alternatively, apply named configuration to existing SessionOptions options.ApplyConfiguration(""sample_options""); - -Quantize models to reduce size and execution time - -If you have access to the data that was used to train the model you can explore quantizing the model. At a high-level, quantization in ONNX Runtime involves mapping higher precision floating point values to lower precision 8-bit values. This topic is covered in detail in the ONNX performance tuning documentation, but the idea is to trade off some precision in order to reduce the size of the model and increase performance. It can be especially relevant for mobile apps where package size, battery life, and hardware constraints are key considerations. You can test this by switching out the mobilenetv2-7.onnx model, used in this example, for the mobilenetv2-7-quantized.onnx model included in the same repo. Quantization can only be performed on those models that use opset 10 and above. However, models using older opsets can be updated using the VersionConverter tool. - -There are several pre-trained ready to deploy models available - -There are several existing ONNX models available such as those highlighted in the ONNX Model Zoo collection. Not all of these are optimized for mobile but you’re not limited to using models already in ONNX format. You can convert existing pre-trained ready to deploy models from other popular sources and formats, such as PyTorch Hub, TensorFlow Hub, and SciKit-Learn. The following resources provide guidance on how to convert each of these respective models to ONNX format: - -Your pre-processing must of course match how the model was trained and so you’ll need to find the model-specific instructions for the model you convert. - -Disable Hot Reload if you hit a MissingMethodException related to ReadOnlySpan - -In Visual Studio 2022, Hot Reload loads some additional dependencies including System.Memory and System.Buffers which may cause conflicts with packages such as ONNX Runtime. You can Disable Hot Reload as a workaround until the issue has been addressed. - -Summary - -The intent of this post was to provide a helpful on-ramp for those looking to leverage ONNX Runtime in their Xamarin.Forms apps. Be sure to checkout the official getting started and tutorial content as well as the Xamarin samples. - -Useful links",1731883658,c0e6a23527,364b743254,,,1731883658 -https://www.techrepublic.com/resource-library/downloads/10-reasons-why-your-boss-tunes-you-out/,https://www.techrepublic.com/rssfeeds/topic/tech-industry/,10 Reasons Why Your Boss Tunes You Out (Free Download),"Most leaders, managers, entrepreneurs, and overachieving types in general have one thing in common: They think they’re right most of the time. We can spend forever trying to figure out why that is, but for now, just assume it comes with the territory. - -Getting snubbed by a boss or, even worse, a top executive or CEO, can be a real demotivator. In this concise TechRepublic Premium guide, here are 10 scenarios that explain why that can happen. - -Featured text from the download: 5: Bad timing Sometimes there’s some really hairy stuff going on — finance issues, a merger or acquisition, a major product or customer issue, or even something personal — and your boss is distracted or can’t be bothered. - -Get attention at work with our five-page PDF. This is available to download for FREE. Get access to more content with a Premium annual subscription. Use the code 25off-trp to get a 25% discount. - -TIME SAVED: Crafting this content required eight hours of dedicated writing, editing, research, and design.",1731883621,8206f16590,35e364f774,,,1731883621 -https://www.mlbtraderumors.com/2024/11/nick-martinez-to-accept-qualifying-offer-from-reds.html,https://www.mlbtraderumors.com/feed,Nick Martinez To Accept Qualifying Offer From Reds,"Veteran right-hander Nick Martinez is accepting the Qualifying Offer from the Reds, according to a report from Francys Romero. Martinez will remain with Cincinnati for the 2025 season on a one-year, $21.05MM deal. - -Martinez, 34, was a somewhat surprising recipient of the QO after a strong inaugural season with the Reds. The right-hander joined the club on a two-year, $26MM guarantee last winter after both he and the Padres opted out of their simultaneous options for the 2024 campaign, making him a free agent. The deal with Cincinnati proved to be something of a coup for the Reds, as Martinez turned in an excellent 3.10 ERA and 3.21 FIP over 142 1/3 innings of work in a season that saw him split his time between the starting rotation and the bullpen. - -While the righty posted utterly dominant numbers in relief, sporting a 1.86 ERA in 53 1/3 frames out of the bullpen, his 3.84 ERA across 16 starts saw him flash the ability to be a quality rotation piece. A closer look at Martinez’s work this season reveals that he struggled badly out of the rotation early in the year, with a 5.46 ERA through the end of April. He ended the year on a dominant note after returning to the rotation in early August, however, with a 2.42 ERA in 63 1/3 innings across 11 starts down the stretch. That excellent late-season performance could inspire more confidence in Martinez’s abilities as a rotation piece looking ahead to 2025, although it’s worth noting that his strikeout rate (22.5% vs 19.1%) and groundball rate (42.8% vs 33.7%) were both better out of the bullpen than the rotation this year. - -Of course, part of Martinez’s value since returning to MLB following a four-year sojourn to Japan (where he posted a 3.02 ERA in 378 1/3 NPB innings) is his ability to shift from the rotation to the bullpen based on the needs of his team. The right-hander has worked as a swingman in each of the last three seasons, logging 184 innings across 35 starts in the rotation and and 175 innings over 117 relief outings. On the heels of a season that saw Hunter Greene, Nick Lodolo, and Andrew Abbott all miss time due to injury, it’s easy to imagine the Reds placing additional value on Martinez’s flexibility as they attempt to map out a plan for their young rotation arms. That’s especially valuable given the presence of top prospect Rhett Lowder, who looked dominant in a late-season call-up but may not be ready to jump straight into a wire-to-wire big league season in 2025. - -That combination of production and versatility convinced the Reds to extend Martinez the QO, even though $21.05MM constitutes a raise of more than $7MM over his 2024 salary. The sides reportedly discussed a multi-year extension in the days leading up to the QO deadline earlier this month, but did not ultimately come together on a deal. Given Martinez’s age, it’s likely that his earning power on the open market would be tamped down in any multi-year pact. That reality surely made accepting the QO an attractive option for Martinez, and that’s exactly what MLBTR predicted he would do in our annual Top 50 MLB Free Agents list. - -While adding Martinez to the club’s pitching staff for 2025 is sure to improve the team, that hefty raise might cause some complications for the club’s budget. RosterResource estimates the club’s current payroll for 2025 to be just under $81MM. While the Reds are committed to a payroll “at or above” their 2024 level, the club spent just $100MM on payroll last year and the addition of Martinez’s $21.05MM salary would push the Reds to $102MM, just over that mark. Potential non-tender candidates like Santiago Espinal and Jake Fraley could help the club save a few million dollars here and there, but it seems as though Cincinnati will need to exceed their 2024 payroll by a notable amount in order to make further additions this winter. - -As for the free agent market overall, this winter’s market remains deep in interesting mid-to-back of the rotation options even with Martinez off the board. Yusei Kikuchi, Nathan Eovaldi, and Nick Pivetta are among the mid-rotation arms expected to pursue multi-year deals in free agency this winter, while bounce-back candidates like Walker Buehler and Max Scherzer could provide significant upside as they look to re-establish themselves on one-year, high-AAV deals similar to Martinez’s.",1731883656,2697e1b9fe,363130d2fe,,,1731883656 -https://www.coindesk.com/policy/2024/11/14/republicans-win-house-majority-completing-trifecta-in-2024-election-that-saw-donald-trump-win-second-term/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=rss&utm_campaign=headlines,https://www.coindesk.com/feed,"Republicans Win House Majority, Completing Trifecta in 2024 Election That Saw Donald Trump Win Second Term","However, Republicans clinched it with the election of Juan Ciscomani in Arizona, giving the party enough seats for a majority. Republicans lead in a handful of other races as well as of press time, and may hold up to 222 seats if current results hold. The party is about to lose a few lawmakers, with Trump naming Representatives Matt Gaetz, Elise Stefanik and Mike Waltz to executive branch roles, meaning they'll have to resign their seats. Gaetz, who Trump said would be his nominee for Attorney General, already sent his resignation letter ""effective immediately.""",1731883697,c08a28b4dd,36979e0220,,,1731883697 -https://voicebot.ai/2024/02/06/mastercard-applies-generative-ai-model-for-bank-fraud-detection/,https://voicebot.ai/category/voice-commerce/feed/,Mastercard Applies Generative AI Model for Bank Fraud Detection,"Mastercard Applies Generative AI Model for Bank Fraud Detection - -Mastercard is rolling out a new generative AI-powered tool to bolster protections against fraud for banks and consumers. The Decision Intelligence Pro enhances the existing system for real-time transaction analysis to scan a trillion data points and boost fraud detection rates by an average of 20% and reaching 300% improvements with some transactions. - -Generative AI Financial ID - -Decision Intelligence Pro works by rapidly assessing relationships between various entities like the account, purchase details, merchant, and device. The upgraded precision also reduces false positives, where legitimate transactions are incorrectly flagged as fraudulent, by over 85% in tests. Mastercard described the new setup as a way to strengthen cybersecurity at a time when fraudsters are increasingly exploiting generative AI techniques and told. The upgraded Decision Intelligence is necessary to stay ahead of new threats and vulnerabilities, and Mastercard hopes it will make people feel better about relying on digital transactions. Decision Intelligence Pro will start rolling out later this year. - -“With generative AI we are transforming the speed and accuracy of our anti-fraud solutions, deflecting the efforts of criminals, and protecting banks and their customers. Supercharging our algorithm will improve our ability to anticipate the next potential fraudulent event, instilling trust into every interaction,” Mastercard president of cyber and intelligence Ajay Bhalla explained. “The precision of the solution – achieved by scanning potential points of sale in real time – has been shown in our own analysis to not only increase accuracy, but also reduce the number of false positives by more than 85%.” - -This isn’t the first foray into generative AI for Mastercard in recent months. The company debuted Shopping Muse in December under its Dynamic Yield subsidiary. Shopping Muse is designed to mimic the human experience in retail by understanding and responding to consumers’ colloquial language, thus offering tailored product recommendations and suggestions for coordinating items. - -Follow @voicebotaiFollow @erichschwartz - -4",1731883623,ec3d105200,36b12210fc,,,1731883623 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/14/dear-journalists-stop-trying-to-save-democracy/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,"""Dear Journalists: Stop Trying to Save Democracy""","A very good Substack post by Yascha Mounk; two short excerpts: - -The aspiration of many journalists to save democracy has not just proven counterproductive because it drove a big part of their readership away from mainstream outlets. It has also deprived Democrats of key facts they would have needed to make good strategic decisions—which, ironically, has helped to strengthen the very political forces that the journalists who were self-consciously striving to preserve democracy were trying to contain. - -Over the last months, I have heard from multiple European diplomats that the extent of Joe Biden's struggles has long been well-known. In meetings with a number of senior statesmen, Biden repeated the same anecdotes, or seemed unsure about his own whereabouts, as early as 2021. Is it really plausible that American journalists were unable to learn something that has been known in capitals across Europe for so long—something that, as it happens, tens of millions of American voters have long cited as a serious concern in opinion polls? - -No. The obvious truth of it is that, for the most part, journalists simply did not want to go there. Part of that reluctance may have been rooted in an understandable (if misplaced) sense of propriety. But another part of it was rooted in the unspoken suspicion that open consideration of this topic would somehow wind up helping Donald Trump. - -As it happens, the reluctance to level with readers ultimately accomplished the opposite of what was intended. It allowed Biden to stay in the race long enough to make the entire Democratic establishment complicit in covering up the true state of his mental health. And it made it virtually impossible to stage an open primary to choose his successor…. - -But the truth of it is that the American mainstream itself now suffers from a serious epistemological crisis. If you were a faithful reader of The New York Times or a frequent listener of NPR, you were less likely than the average American citizen to believe that Biden was suffering from serious mental decline or that Harris was an unpopular politician with a steeply uphill path towards winning the presidential election. You were also less likely to recognize that school closures would exact a big toll on students' educational outcomes and mental health or to realize that a lot of Latinos were embracing the Republican Party. And you would, even now, be less likely than most voters to recognize how utterly simplistic it is to believe that America can meaningfully be divided into two opposing blocks of ""whites"" and ""people of color."" - -Americans have lost trust in many of their institutions in good part because, despite their assurances to be the arbiters of truth and science, legacy news outlets and establishment institutions fundamentally misconstrue and misunderstand basic aspects of American life. The reasons for this sorry state of affairs go well beyond the decision by many journalists to flatter themselves into thinking that their task was to save democracy. But the first step towards fixing the problem is for journalists to re-embrace the humdrum conception of their own work that served them comparatively well in the past: to cultivate a healthy distrust of everyone, including those you may secretly believe to be on the right side of history, and report the news without fear or favor.",1731883649,6a1d127262,369aa72bd3,,,1731883649 -https://vrscout.com/news/vrchat-mobile-is-now-available-in-alpha-on-android/,https://vrscout.com/feed/,VRChat Mobile Is Now Available In Alpha On Android,"An iOS version is also on the way according to the team. - -After long last, VRChat, the immensely popular VR social platform, is finally available in alpha on Android devices, allowing you to mix and mingle with other players online via a smartphone or tablet. That said, not everyone will have access to the app at launch. - -At the moment, VRChat is opening up access exclusively to subscribers of VRChat Plus, a paid subscription service that unlocks several unique perks, such as personalized nameplate icons and 300 favorite avatar slots. According to the official release, VRChat Mobile will be available to all users once it transitions out of alpha at a later date. - -In terms of content, you should be to view all Meta Quest content on VRChat Mobile Alpha. That said, interactions with some content might be a “little wonky.” The team is currently on the hunt for any issues, so don’t be afraid to reach out if you discover a bug. - -The company states that “most mid-range phones should be fine,” though you should be running at least Android 10 and have a minimum of 6GB of RAM. Other than that, you should be fine. Of course, not every device has been tested by the team, so be prepared for mixed results depending on your hardware. - -Credit: VRChat Inc. - -“In our tests, the Android client performs well across a variety of devices,” said the company in an official release. “We’d expect it to run at least as well as the Quest version – maybe even better, in a few cases.” - -“There is one caveat, though: on a phone, users could be multitasking between a bunch of different apps. If you’re encountering frame drops, we’d encourage you to try closing apps running in the background to see if it improves performance.” - -https://twitter.com/VRChat/status/1694031683677299169 - -VRChat Mobile Alpha is available now on Android devices for VRChat Plus subscribers with support for gamepads and portrait mode. Similar to Quest and PC players, those on mobile will feature a different tag over their heads. According to the company, an iOS version is currently in the works, but no word yet on an official release date. - -For more information check out the full announcement here. Future updates regarding the mobile app will feature the letter “m.” - -Feature Image Credit: VRChat Inc.",1731883635,ababc2a511,3652ba398a,,,1731883635 -https://www.bundesliga.com/en/bundesliga/news/vote-rookie-of-the-month-award-2023-24-best-young-player-sorare-29227,https://www.bundesliga.com/rss,Bayern Munich's Michael Olise Named Bundesliga Rookie of the month for October!,"Michael Olise has claimed October's Bundesliga Rookie of the Month prize, presented by Sorare. The Bayern Munich forward won the vote ahead of Holstein Kiel's Armin Gigović and Aljoscha Kemlein of Union Berlin. - -Get the lowdown on the Bundesliga Rookie award, presented by Sorare! - -Specific criteria must be met in order for a player to qualify as a Rookie. He must be younger than 23 on Matchday 1 of the new season and cannot have started a Bundesliga match in any previous campaign. Furthermore, players can have accumulated no more than 450 minutes of action before the start of the Bundesliga season in question. That means that youngsters who have only made brief appearances in their careers so far and who have not yet had the chance to fully showcase their talents still have the opportunity to be named Rookie of the Month, presented by Sorare. - -The monthly winners receive one of the coveted Bundesliga Rookie trophies, before vying for the Rookie of the Season prize. As well as the fans (40%), Bundesliga clubs (30%) and a panel of Bundesliga experts (30%) are part of the voting process. - -October winner - -Michael Olise (FC Bayern München) - -A Rookie like no other, Olise is new to the Bundesliga but big things were expected of him when Bayern signed him over the summer. The recruit from Crystal Palace was brought in to revitalise Bayern’s attacks and intensify competition for places on the wing - and the France international has not disappointed. - -After losing out to Eintracht Frankfurt’s Kauã Santos for the September Rookie award, Olise has provided ample reason to win the prize for October. The 22-year-old scored twice across the month – and what goals they were. He netted a beautiful curler in the 3-3 draw with Frankfurt and buried a brilliant direct free-kick in the 5-0 win over Bochum to open the scoring. In fact, only Harry Kane (13) had more shots on goal in October than Olise (11). - -Furthermore, Olise won 59 percent of all his duels – a fantastic return for an attacker – and kept defenders on the back foot with an average of 31 sprints per game. Not only that, but the fact that 89 percent of his attempted passes found their target is incredible given the risk-taking nature of his game. - -Players like Olise often attract a never-ending list of superlatives or comparisons with former stars. While such praise can weigh heavy for some players, Bayern coach Vincent Kompany has no concerns for Olise: “I don’t think he’s the kind of person to feel any pressure. He just enjoys playing football.” And fans certainly enjoy watching the right winger tear up the turf, too! - -October's other nominees - -Armin Gigović (Holstein Kiel) - -Gigović might not be a household name anywhere except Kiel and the surrounding area at present, but the 22-year-old is working hard to make sure that soon changes. The midfielder, who joined Holstein Kiel from Rostov over the summer, is gradually gaining a reputation as one to watch among opposition fans. - -On Matchday 6 he helped Kiel sensationally come back from 2-0 down to draw 2-2 away to reigning Bundesliga champions Bayer 04 Leverkusen, earning the penalty from which his team equalised. On Matchday 8 Gigović was on the scoresheet himself in a narrow 2-1 defeat at VfB Stuttgart. - -“I’m very pleased with his development,” said head coach Marcel Rapp of the Bosnia and Herzegovina international. “He joined us late on in pre-season and needed some time to settle. Now he's on the right track and can still get better.” Rapp also praised his player’s “dominance” and “good mindset” – factors that are reflected in the statistics. - -Gigović contested more duels than any other Kiel player in October (60), winning a respectable 52 percent. He is also a hard worker, averaging 11.2 kilometres and 28 sprints per game throughout the month. If he keeps this up, Gigović will be known across Germany and beyond in no time. - -Aljoscha Kemlein (1. FC Union Berlin) - -Union Berlin are extremely proud of Kemlein, and rightly so, as it appears that a homegrown youth academy graduate is finally making the breakthrough as a Bundesliga regular at the club. The 20-year-old, born and raised in Berlin, has been at Union since the U13s and made his first-team starting debut in October against none other than Borussia Dortmund on Matchday 6. - -“He’s caught the eye in training for a number of weeks and has been getting closer,” said head coach Bo Svensson of the reason to start Kemlein. “He’s done really well. It wasn’t just handed to him. He’s deserved it given his performances on the training pitch. He’s worked really hard to earn his spot.” - -And Kemlein certainly repaid the faith in him. He more than held his own playing alongside Rani Khedira in central midfield against Dortmund and made a significant contribution to Union’s 2-1 win. He retained his place in the starting line up in Union’s other two games in October, and even scored his maiden Bundesliga goal in the 2-0 success in Kiel. - -Additionally, he won 58 percent of all duels and covered an average of 12.2 kilometres per match. His pass completion rate of 74 percent certainly leaves room for improvement, but after just three Bundesliga outings that is to be expected – meaning there is plenty more for Union fans to look forward to. - -Previous winners - -September 2024 - -Kauã Santos (Eintracht Frankfurt) - -Watch: Victor Boniface was named 2023/24's Rookie of the Season - -About the players 17 Michael Akpovie Olise FC Bayern München - -Want more Bundesliga Action? GET THE UPDATES! - -Find out more about Bundesliga awards",1731883665,26eff8ae46,3667b8639b,,,1731883665 -https://www.techrepublic.com/article/dice-report-tech-lost-jobs-2024/,https://www.techrepublic.com/rssfeeds/topic/tech-industry/,Dice: 60% More Tech Professionals Have Lost Jobs in 2024,"Despite 2024 being a challenging year for many tech professionals, marked by layoffs and fewer job opportunities, a new report from Dice indicates that the situation could be worse. - -In a survey of 520 fully employed U.S. tech professionals, 80% maintain a positive outlook for the tech sector in the next five years. The more immediate picture acknowledged that “layoffs have been particularly severe this year,” with 60% more tech professionals losing jobs in 2024 than in 2023. - -Additionally, the report found “a notable decrease in the proportion of full-time employees within the tech sector.” In last year’s survey, nearly half of respondents (48%) were employed full-time. This year, that figure has dropped to 38%, which points to a troubling trend of reduced job stability, according to the report. - -The proportion of respondents who are unemployed but actively seeking work has risen sharply, from 34% in 2023 to 40% in 2024. - -Despite the turbulent times, the survey’s more surprising findings are that “compared to last year, a significantly larger number of tech professionals currently employed full-time are actively seeking new roles and are more likely to change employers in the coming year,’’ Dice CEO Art Zeile told TechRepublic. “This is happening despite their decreased confidence in finding a favorable position within the tech industry.” - -Views on tech growth in the current economy - -The report noted mixed sentiments on the future of tech growth. - -Nearly one-third of tech professionals (31%) remain cautiously optimistic about economic conditions over the next year, unchanged year-over-year. However, an almost equal percentage of tech professionals harbor pessimistic views, indicating a split in economic sentiment across the industry. Just 20% of younger professionals between the ages of 18 and 34 have an optimistic view of the economy, the lowest among those surveyed. - -Tech professionals who hold a more optimistic view attributed their positive outlook to: - -A strong belief in technological progress. - -Confidence in their capabilities. - -The presence of favorable economic indicators. - -“In an election year, it is not surprising to see that this optimism is often tempered by an awareness of potential challenges, including economic and political shifts that could influence what the next year brings,’’ the Dice report stated. - -The more pessimistic tech professionals expressed concerns about economic policy, job market volatility, inflation, and political instability. - -SEE: Hiring Kit: Prompt Engineer (TechRepublic Premium) - -Areas of focus: AI surging, cloud technology declining - -The survey also found an emphasis on AI and machine learning skills, which “aligns with tech professionals’ expectations that AI/ML will be the most rapidly growing field over the next five years.” Already, 76% of HR professionals reported that their firms already offer the opportunity to be trained or upskill in AI or ML skills. - -Despite the heavy focus on generative AI, “fewer tech professionals seem to have adopted the technology into their workflow than expected, with just 30% using GenAI at least once a week,’’ Zeile noted. - -The focus on cloud technologies has “declined significantly this year,’’ to 46%, according to the report. This may be due to the maturity of cloud technologies in recent years, driving the skillset to be more generalized and leading fewer professionals to invest in upskilling in this area. - -Other areas that tech professionals said they were training/upskilling in anticipation of future growth are cybersecurity (46%), big data (43%), Internet of Things (22%), and robotics (15%). - -What tech professionals want in their next role - -Nearly all job seeker respondents (94%) are targeting full-time positions. Motivations for considering a job move include: - -Higher compensation (65%). - -Greater responsibility (42%). - -Improved benefits (36%). - -“These factors highlight a workforce that is not only financially motivated but also seeking career growth and stability,’’ the Dice report said. - -Dissatisfaction with their overall career, job, and management are the factors propelling tech professionals to switch jobs. This dissatisfaction is also compounded by a higher rate of burnout, which is 3.3 times more common among those planning to switch employers, according to the report. - -The leading cause of burnout cited by these professionals is a “toxic work environment,” reported by 28% of those likely to switch — followed by unfair pay, which was mentioned by 21% of the tech professionals in this group. - -Most tech professionals can find roles in industries outside of tech that still leverage their specialized tech skills. However, working within tech is the clear preference among surveyed participants. Nearly seven in 10 tech professionals would most like to work for a tech company, and 21% prefer to work for big tech companies specifically. - -While tech layoffs and a decline in certain roles have defined much of 2024, Zeile pointed out that “certain tech subindustries such as cybersecurity are … facing an acute shortage of workers with very specific abilities.” He cited the 2024 ISC2 Cybersecurity Workforce Study, which found there are 4.8 million tech professionals needed worldwide to fill open cybersecurity roles. - -Zeile remains optimistic about the future for tech professionals, saying “new technologies, such as AI, are already changing the landscape — bringing more new types of jobs and certainly more needed skills to the market than they are taking them away.” - -He added, “While today’s hiring landscape may seem tumultuous, if there’s one thing history and data consistently show, it’s that hiring trends are cyclical. Signs are pointing to tech hiring picking up compared to last year. Tech professionals and applications must stay optimistic and continue their focus on building their career for the long-term.” - -Check these courses at TechRepublic Academy:",1731883624,8206f16590,36a5063c33,,,1731883624 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/xbox-game-pass-recommendations-november-15/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/feed/,3 new Xbox Game Pass games to play this weekend (November 15-17),"November is shaping up to be a quieter month for Xbox Game Pass than October, but some solid titles are still hitting Microsoft’s game subscription service. This week, the three recent additions I’m recommending all have one thing in common: You don’t play as humans in them. If you want to let out some steam and relax this weekend, become a dragon, goat, or turnip and cause some mayhem in these games. - -Spyro Reignited Trilogy - -Following in the footsteps of Call of Duty: Black Ops 6 and two StarCraft games, Spyro Reignited Trilogy is the latest Activision Blizzard title to finally make its way to Xbox Game Pass. Developed by the now independent Toys for Bob, this is a remake collection of the first three games in the Spyro series: Spyro the Dragon, Sypro 2: Ripto’s Rage!, and Spyro: Year of the Dragon. Those were excellent innovative 3D platforms on PS1 and faithfully re-created by Toys for Bob with vibrant new visuals for the Reignited Trilogy. Spyro has yet to get a new current-gen game like Crash Bandicoot, so check this out if you want to show Xbox and Activision that there’s demand for more. - -Recommended Videos - -Spyro Reignited Trilogy is available across PC, Xbox One, and Xbox Cloud Gaming with Game Pass Ultimate. It’s also on PS4 and Nintendo Switch. - -Goat Simulator: Remastered - -Funny games that let players mess around in large sandboxes with ridiculous physics are common nowadays, but the original Goat Simulator was a precursor to all of them. Goat Simulator lets players loose to destroy or mess with everything in their path as a goat. While players earn points and complete objectives as they do that, Goat Simulator is all about dumb fun. That attitude helped it go viral on platforms like YouTube when it first came out in 2014. Coffee Stain remastered Goat Simulator this year, and while this intentionally rough-looking and somewhat glitchy game doesn’t exactly benefit from the typical remaster treatment, it’s at least nice to have all of the original’s DLC, which crosses over with the likes of Payday and DayZ, available as part of one package. - -Xbox Game Pass Ultimate subscribers can check out Goat Simulator: Remastered on PC or Xbox Series X/S. It’s also available on PS5. - -Turnip Boy Robs a Bank - -One of 2024’s first notable releases was Turnip Boy Robs a Bank, a roguelike where players shoot and rob their way through a bank over and over again as a surprisingly violent turnip working for the mafia. As ridiculous as that premise is, Turnip Boy Robs a Bank actually has some hilarious writing and an entertaining story. Its gameplay isn’t too shabby either, as this is an enjoyable top-down twin-stick shooter with plenty of powerful weapons. Previously just available in the Xbox Game Pass Ultimate tier, Turnip Boy Robs a Bank is now available to Xbox Game Pass Standard subscribers as part of their game catalog. If you haven’t played it yet, that gives Standard subscribers an excuse to finally check out this game. - -Turnip Boy Robs a Bank is now available to Xbox Game Pass standard subscribers on PC and Xbox One. The game is also on Nintendo Switch.",1731883678,f8bbd45a63,36ca719d6c,,,1731883678 -https://www.gamespot.com/articles/gift-idea-for-dad-columbos-blu-ray-box-sets-are-steeply-discounted-at-amazon/1100-6523701/?ftag=CAD-01-10abi2f,https://www.gamespot.com/feeds/mashup/mobile/,Gift Idea For Dad: Columbo's Blu-Ray Box Sets Are Steeply Discounted At Amazon,"The last few years have seen a resurgence in appreciation for Columbo, and if you're looking to catch up with Peter Falk's charming detective, both of the recently released Blu-ray collections are on sale for nice discounts at Amazon. - -Released on Blu-ray last holiday, Columbo's original seven-season run is available for only $60 at Amazon. This collection retailed for $150 when it was first announced, but these days it's often available for $75-$85. Meanwhile, Columbo: The Return, which released on Blu-ray in July, is discounted to only $37.49. This is by far the best price yet for The Return, so now you can get the complete Columbo series for less than $100 total. - -Columbo: The 1970s collection includes 43 episodes and two movies, while The Return box set contains the final 24 episodes. It's worth noting that each episode of Columbo is at least 70 minutes and a bunch eclipse 90 minutes, which makes them feel more like movies than traditional TV episodes. - -Columbo: The Return - -If you're unfamiliar with Columbo, the classic mystery show had a simple premise. While most shows in that genre were focused on unraveling the clues to determine who had committed a murder, Columbo showed you how the deed was done before the detective even appeared. The real treat was watching Columbo piece the clues together, wear down the suspects with his gentle demeanor, and find a crucial piece of evidence to connect them to the murder. Always polite and relentless in his pursuit of justice, Columbo was a huge departure from the rule-breaking detectives seen on film and TV. - -Columbo's first run on TV ended in 1978 after seven seasons, but a little over a decade later, Peter Falk was chomping on cigars as the charming sleuth when the series returned in 1989 for a new 24-episode run. Older and wiser, these episodes were just as great, and included high production qualities, occasionally deviated from the usual Columbo formula, and saw him outwit really terrible people. Some of the standout episodes here see Columbo taking on arrogant magicians--not the first time!--a Hollywood movie director, and Williams Shatner as a homicidal radio DJ. - -Columbo: The 1970s - -The Seasons 1-7 box set comes with an original series score and a booklet, although the audio commentary tracks for each episode which were previously announced for it were later cancelled for unexplained reasons.",1731883667,362d58a422,36f44a76df,,,1731883667 -https://recruitingdaily.com/linkedin-takes-aim-at-recruiting-agency-land/,https://recruitingdaily.com/feed/,LinkedIn Takes Aim At Recruiting Agency-land,"LinkedIn’s guidelines for third-party job postings are a masterclass in how the platform is using “authenticity” as a weapon to further monetize the relationship between a bevy of ATSs and the XML feeds of thousands of Recruiting Agencies that rely on “free” postings to engage with active applicants. In short, recent changes to protect the network should be a moment to pause and reflect for recruiting agencies or Agencyland. Under the auspices of the new August 2024 requirements, stricter visibility rules for third-party jobs kick in. While LinkedIn’s audits are intended to ensure compliance, non-adherence means your listings might get the boot. - -While transparency, quality, and user protection are non-negotiables for LinkedIn, the specification of two particular conditions activated my Spidey-sense: - -The company name must accurately represent the employer as on the source listing of the job and must not hide the employer name (for example, jobs with employer name of “Confidential” are not permitted). - -Beginning in August 2024, certain third-party jobs may no longer be visible on LinkedIn when they are ingested as Basic Jobs or Limited Listings from third-party sources such as applicant tracking systems (ATSs) and job boards. These limits are designed to prevent abuse, improve product quality, and increase transparency while ensuring that job seekers have access to the best possible opportunities. Please note that LinkedIn reserves the right to require promotion of jobs. - -Since these jobs will face stricter visibility rules to ensure higher transparency and quality, Agencies must ensure their listings are genuine, complete, and not duplicated. Non-compliance could lead to their job postings being removed. This means third-party Agencies will need to be more diligent about the accuracy and integrity of their job ads to avoid penalties. - -Let’s not ignore how they throw Recruiting Agencies under the bus. - -With new, tighter rules, this means Agencies will have to jump through more hoops, ensuring every job post is pristine—no fakes, no duplicates, and detailed to the bone. Sounds great, right? - -Wrong. This move is a double-edged sword. - -Recruiting Agencies are pivotal in bridging the gap between talent and employers, especially in niche markets. By imposing stricter controls, LinkedIn risks stifling the very intermediaries that fuel the job market’s dynamism. Agencies will now need to invest more in compliance, which means higher costs and more red tape. Smaller Agencies might struggle to keep up, leading to reduced competition and innovation in the recruitment sector. - -Moreover, the threat of having their listings removed for non-compliance adds a layer of unpredictability and risk. Instead of fostering an open and competitive market, LinkedIn’s guidelines might inadvertently favor larger Agencies that can absorb these changes, further consolidating their power; this environment of constant vigilance and the potential for penalties disproportionately affects smaller Agencies that lack the resources to maintain rigorous compliance protocols. - -In contrast, larger Agencies, with more substantial compliance teams and budgets, can more easily absorb these regulatory changes. This dynamic inadvertently strengthens their market position, reducing competition and innovation. Instead of fostering a diverse and competitive market, LinkedIn’s guidelines could consolidate power within a few dominant players, undermining the ecosystem’s health and diversity. - -Another carveout that scares the hell out of me: - -Further, LinkedIn reserves the right to remove partners and immediately terminate the Basic Jobs contract for any third-party job site that fails to adhere to these guidelines after one warning and/or generates an excessive number of member complaints. - -LinkedIn’s policy of terminating contracts with third-party job sites after one warning or excessive complaints is a classic case of corporate overreach. This carveout creates a high-stakes game of compliance, where Agencies constantly fear the hatchet. - -One slip-up or a few disgruntled members, and it’s game over. This environment disproportionately hurts smaller Agencies that can’t afford to tread water in this high-risk pool, effectively handing more power to the big players who can. - -Does this mean that more Agencies and ATS’s will be corralled into more costly job-posting packages? Candidly, I don’t know, but if history and the changes to the inMail policy nearly a decade ago are any indication, then I’d say that LinkedIn is looking for new ways to monetize. - -What’s next: LinkedIn’s version of Blind or Glassdoor? - -In retrospect, LinkedIn’s execution, or extortion, leaves much to be desired. Job seekers might find a cleaner interface, but at the cost of a potentially less dynamic job market. It’s a classic case of good intentions, poor implementation. - -Linkedin Guideline Job Postings Article Here - -Categories - -Tags - -Authors",1731883642,42302586b8,36a27c9774,,,1731883642 -https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/ecommerce-statistics,https://blog.hubspot.com/marketing/topic/ecommerce/rss.xml,50 Ecommerce Statistics To Know in 2024 [New Data],"Ecommerce is businesses selling products online, and people buying those products online. - -Consumers and businesses alike are making more and more purchases online, and that’s only expected to increase, especially so on social media. - -Below I’ve compiled a list of ecommerce statistics that will help you understand the potential impact of using the practice, as well as its growth potential throughout 2024 and beyond. - -Table of Contents - -General Ecommerce Statistics - -The average number of products bought per online order is 4.95. (Statista, 2023) The global conversion rate of online shoppers is 1.9%. (Statista, 2023) High-performing retail businesses are more likely to invest a given amount of their sales in digital and ecommerce. (Boston Consulting Group, 2023) A majority of social media marketers (68%) use social media to drive traffic to products on its own website. (HubSpot, 2024) eMarketer predicts that Grocery will become the largest ecommerce category in the U.S. by 2026. (eMarketer, 2024) - - - -Image Source There was a 20% increase in consumers shifting to ecommerce channels in 2020. (McKinsey, 2023)The average cart abandonment rate is 70.19%. (Baymard, 2023) Amazon is the biggest e-commerce company worldwide with a 1.34 trillion USD market cap. (Statista, 2023) Free delivery is the main reason 45% of shoppers head online. (Data Reportal, 2023) Most marketers say they have an employee responsible for managing social commerce. (HubSpot, 2024) - -Social Media Ecommerce Statistics - -87% of sellers say social selling has been effective for their business this year. (HubSpot, 2023) 59% of social sellers say their company is making more sales through social media this year than last year. (HubSpot, 2023) - - - -Image Source High performing salespeople are 12% more likely to use social media when selling. (HubSpot, 2024) More than half of social media marketers use social media to sell products directly within social media apps. (HubSpot, 2024) 50% of marketers plan to increase their investment in selling products directly in social media apps in 2024. (HubSpot, 2024) Facebook, Instagram, and YouTube are the platforms social media marketers most commonly use for social selling. (HubSpot, 2024) Instagram, TikTok, and Facebook offer the highest ROI for social selling. (HubSpot, 2024) Social media is 3rd place in terms of channels where consumers are most receptive to advertising. (Integral Ad Science, 2024) Social media marketers who sell products directly through social media apps say Facebook and YouTube have the highest ROI. (HubSpot, 2024) - -Ecommerce Growth Statistics - -Retail ecommerce sales are projected to reach more than eight trillion dollars by 2027. (Statista, 2023) 84% of social media marketers predict that, in 2024, consumers will buy products from brands directly in social media apps more than third-party websites and brand websites. (HubSpot, 2024) Gartner predicts that 80% of B2B sales interactions will occur on digital channels by 2025. (Gartner, 2020) eMarketer predicts that global retail media ad spend will reach $140 billion this year, which makes up 20.3% of all digital ad spend. (eMarketer, 2023) The revenue in the US ecommerce market is forecasted to increase by 475 billion USD between 2024 and 2028. (Statista, 2023) - -Consumer Behavior and Demographic Ecommerce Statistics - -19% of consumers have reached out to customer service via DMs in the past 3 months, up 45% from 2022. (HubSpot, 2023) - -Image Source A majority of consumers (82%) say they’re satisfied with their most recent social shopping experience. (HubSpot, 2023) Adults aged 18 to 24 make up the largest share of ecommerce shoppers in the U.S. (Statista, 2023) China has the highest number of consumers shopping on social networks. (Statista, 2023) The total revenue of online retail in Asian countries totaled 1.7 trillion USD in 2023. (Statista, 2023) The most common reason for cart abandonment among consumers is extra costs for things like shipping and taxes. Needing to create an account is the 2nd. (Forbes, 2023) Gen Z, Millennials, and Gen X prefer finding products on social media over any other channel. (HubSpot, 2023) - -Image Source Just 47% of social media users feel comfortable buying through social media apps. (HubSpot, 2023) 42% of consumers trust social media platforms with their personal card information. (HubSpot, 2023) Facebook wins among social media users when it comes to social media shopping. It’s the most popular app for in-app purchases, they say it offers the best in-app shopping experience, and it’s the most trusted. (HubSpot, 2023) TikTok is the least trusted platform among consumers for in-app shopping. (HubSpot, 2023) A majority of consumers only somewhat agree that the products they buy directly on social media will come as described/depicted. (HubSpot, 2023) The main concern consumers have about buying products directly within social media platforms is that the sellers aren’t legitimate companies/are a scam. (HubSpot, 2023) - -B2B Ecommerce Statistics - -79% of B2B buyers say they prefer to place repeat orders online. (Sana Commerce, 2023) The main hurdle B2B buyers face with online purchasing is lack of accurate information on delivery times. (Sana Commerce, 2023) 65% of B2B companies across all industries offer ecommerce capabilities. (McKinsey, 2023) 80% of B2B companies say they hold their ecommerce channel to the same or higher standard as other channels. (McKinsey, 2023) More than 1/3 of B2B buyers say they’re willing to spend $500,000 or more on digital channels, and 15% say they’re comfortable making purchases of more than $1 million online. (McKinsey, 2023) - -B2C Ecommerce Statistics - -Global B2C ecommerce revenue is projected to grow to 5.5 trillion USD by 2027. (International Trade Administration, 2024) The most popular B2C e-commerce segments are consumer electronics, fashion, and furniture. (International Trade Administration, 2024) - -Mobile Ecommerce Statistics",1731883658,734fac83b0,3675dc6780,,,1731883658 -https://www.cbssports.com/nfl/news/justin-tucker-addresses-2-missed-first-quarter-field-goals-in-loss-to-steelers-as-nightmarish-season-continues/,https://www.cbssports.com/rss/headlines/NFL/,Justin Tucker addresses 2 missed first-quarter field goals in loss to Steelers as nightmarish season continues,"Baltimore Ravens kicker Justin Tucker is likely a future Pro Football Hall of Famer and the most accurate kicker in NFL history at 89.7%, but this year he isn't playing like it. The 34-year-old entered Week 11 with the seventh-worst field goal percentage (79%) among kickers with a minimum of 10 attempts, and it only got worse Sunday. - -Tucker missed two long field goals in the first quarter against the Steelers, giving him six missed attempts so far in 2024. He was 15 of 19 on field goals heading into Sunday's divisional game against the Pittsburgh Steelers. - -The veteran missed from 47 yards out with just over five minutes remaining in the first quarter, and again from 50 yards with just under two minutes remaining in the frame. The top spot in the AFC North was on the line and the Ravens fell to the Steelers 18-16, meaning the two missed field goals ended up being a big difference-maker in the final score. - -This marks the first time Tucker, or any Ravens kicker, has ever missed two field goals in the first quarter. - -Tucker answered ""not really, no"" when asked if there was a common denominator with his missed kicks even though they've all been wide left. ""Each kick is its own kick."" - -A positive note for Ravens fans is that Tucker said he made a tweak before his third kick, which resulted in him drilling a 54-yard field goal in the third quarter. He also made his only extra point. - -Tucker is just one shy of his career high of seven missed field goals in a season, which he hit in 2015. The Ravens have six games remaining on their schedule after Sunday, so if things continue as they are going, Tucker will likely have a new career high in misses. - -Tucker is 3 of 3 on field goals between 20-29 yards out, 6 of 6 between 30-39 yards out, 4 of 6 between 40-49 yards out and 3 of 7 between 50-59 yards in 2024. He's currently 4 of 12 in 50-plus-yard attempts in the last two seasons. Tucker has made 38 out of 39 extra-point attempts this season.",1731883625,fad4a9cc43,36e5bc7caa,,,1731883625 -https://www.coindesk.com/coindesk-indices/2024/11/14/coindesk-20-performance-update-ltc-gains-85-leading-index-higher-from-wednesday/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=rss&utm_campaign=headlines,https://www.coindesk.com/feed,"CoinDesk 20 Performance Update: LTC Gains 8.5%, Leading Index Higher from Wednesday","Disclosure - -Please note that our privacy policy, terms of use, cookies, and do not sell my personal information have been updated . - - - -CoinDesk is an award-winning media outlet that covers the cryptocurrency industry. Its journalists abide by a strict set of editorial policies. CoinDesk has adopted a set of principles aimed at ensuring the integrity, editorial independence and freedom from bias of its publications. CoinDesk is part of the Bullish group, which owns and invests in digital asset businesses and digital assets. CoinDesk employees, including journalists, may receive Bullish group equity-based compensation. Bullish was incubated by technology investor Block.one.",1731883684,c08a28b4dd,36e4e7ccde,,,1731883684 -https://www.npr.org/2022/10/05/1127098609/uk-britain-liz-truss-kwasi-kwarteng-pound-tax-cuts,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Why Kwasi Kwarteng's mini-budget caused an economic crisis in the UK : Planet Money : NPR,"Economic anarchy in the UK - -Enlarge this image Stefan Rousseau/Getty Images Stefan Rousseau/Getty Images - -A lot is going down politically in the UK. They're still dealing with the fallout of Brexit. King Charles III ascended to the throne after the passing of Queen Elizabeth II. And Liz Truss has become the new Prime Minister, following the resignation of Boris Johnson after months of scandal and controversy. It feels like an era's worth of change occurred within just the past month. - -When Truss' new Finance Minister Kwasi Kwarteng announced an unexpected series of tax cuts last month, the potential for a financial crisis was added to the mix. The British economy was already facing 9% inflation, so markets reacted violently against this proposed jolt to spending. So violently that the British pound nosedived and interest rates went through the roof. - -Sponsor Message - -So how did the UK get here? On today's show, how one little mini-budget managed to kick off a mini-financial crisis. - -Music: ""Playing the Game,"" ""Running Late,"" and ""Parade Floats"" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884663,8181d7a585,36befa1434,,,1731884663 -https://www.kff.org/medicare/issue-brief/medicare-advantage-2025-spotlight-a-first-look-at-plan-premiums-and-benefits/,https://www.kff.org/rss/,Medicare Advantage 2025 Spotlight: A First Look at Plan Premiums and Benefits,"Medicare Advantage plans, which enrolled nearly 33 million Medicare beneficiaries or 54% of the eligible Medicare population in 2024, because they typically offer extra benefits, such as dental, vision and hearing, often for no additional premium, as well as lower cost sharing compared to traditional Medicare without supplemental insurance, with the trade-off of more restrictive provider networks and greater use of cost management tools, such as prior authorization. - -This brief provides an overview of premiums and benefits in Medicare Advantage plans that are available for 2025 and key trends over time. This brief uses data from the CMS Landscape and Benefit files. See methods for more details. In general, this brief refers to Medicare plans available for general enrollment, excludes Special Needs Plans (SNPs), except where noted, and excludes employer plans. A companion analysis describes trends in plan offerings. - -Medicare Advantage Highlights for 2025 - -Two-thirds of all Medicare Advantage plans with Part D prescription drug coverage (MA-PDs) (67%) will charge no premium (other than the Part B premium) in 2025, similar to 2024 (66%). - -Nearly one-third (32%) of Medicare Advantage plans will offer some reduction in the Medicare Part B premium in 2025, an increase compared to 2024 (19%). - -Nearly all Medicare Advantage plans (97% or more) are offering vision, dental and hearing, as they have in previous years. However, the share of plans offering certain benefits has declined, such as over-the-counter benefits (85% in 2024 vs. 72% in 2025), remote access technologies (74% in 2024 vs. 53% in 2025), meal benefits (72% in 2024 vs. 65% in 2025) and transportation (36% in 2024 vs. 29% in 2025). - -The share of Special Needs Plans (SNPs) offering transportation, remote access technologies and in-home support services declined slightly in 2025, while the share offering bathroom safety devices and the Part B rebate increased. - -A larger share of SNPs than other Medicare Advantage plans are offering Special Supplemental Benefits for the Chronically Ill, which are extra benefits available to a subset of a plan’s enrollees, particularly food and produce (84% in SNPs; 15% in individual plans) and general supports for living, such as housing and utilities (67% in SNPs; 11% in individual plans). - -Premiums - -The vast majority of Medicare Advantage plans for individual enrollment (89%) will include prescription drug coverage (MA-PDs), the same as in 2024, and the share of MA-PDs that charge no premium (other than the Part B premium of $185 per month) is 67% in 2025, similar to 2024 (66%). Nearly all beneficiaries (99%) have access to a MA-PD with no additional monthly premium in 2025, the same as in 2024 (99%). - -In 2024, 75% of enrollees in MA-PD plans pay no premium other than the Medicare Part B premium. Based on enrollment in March 2024, 10% of enrollees pay at least $50 a month, including 3% who pay $100 or more. CMS estimates that the average monthly plan premium among all Medicare Advantage enrollees in 2025, including those who pay no premium for their Medicare Advantage plan, will be $17.00 a month. In 2024, 12 percent of Medicare Advantage enrollees are in a plan that offered some reduction in Medicare Part B premiums. - -In 2025, 32% of Medicare Advantage plans will offer some reduction in the Part B premium, higher than the share in 2024 (19%) (Figure 1). - -Among plans that are offering a monthly reduction in the Part B premium ($185 per month in 2025), 28% are offering a monthly reduction of $100 or more, 25% are offering a reduction of $50.01 to $100, 17% are offering a reduction of $10.01 to $50, and 30% are offering a monthly reduction of $10 or less. - -In previous years, a smaller share of Medicare Advantage enrollees has typically ended up in plans that reduced the Part B premium. For example, for the 2024 plan year, 19% of plans offered a reduction in the Part B premium, but ultimately only 12% of Medicare Advantage enrollees were enrolled in plans with this benefit. - -While many employers and unions also offer Medicare Advantage plans to their retirees, no information about these 2025 plan offerings is made available by CMS to the public during the Medicare open enrollment period. Employer and union plans are administered separately and may have enrollment periods that do not align with the Medicare open enrollment period. - -Extra Benefits - -Medicare Advantage plans may provide extra benefits that are not available in traditional Medicare, are considered “primarily health related,” and can use rebate dollars (including bonus payments) to help cover the cost of these extra benefits. Beginning in 2019, CMS expanded the definition of “primarily health related” to allow Medicare Advantage plans to offer additional supplemental benefits. Medicare Advantage plans may also restrict the availability of these extra benefits to certain subgroups of beneficiaries, such as those with diabetes or congestive heart failure, making different benefits available to different enrollees. - -Availability of Extra Benefits in Individual Plans for General Enrollment. In 2025, 97% or more individual plans offer some vision, dental or hearing benefits, similar to 2024 (Figure 2). Though these benefits are widely available, the scope of coverage for these services varies. For example, a dental benefit may include cleanings and preventive care or more comprehensive coverage, and often is subject to an annual dollar cap on the amount covered by the plan. From year to year, plans may change the parameters of this coverage, such as increasing or decreasing annual maximums the plan will pay toward the benefit or adjusting cost sharing for services. There is not yet data available about utilization of these benefits or associated costs, so it is not clear the extent to which supplemental benefits are used by enrollees. - -As of 2020, Medicare Advantage plans have been allowed to include telehealth benefits as part of the basic benefit package – beyond what was allowed under traditional Medicare prior to the COVID-19 public health emergency, which was extended to December 2024. Therefore, these benefits are not included in the figure above because their cost is not covered by either rebates or supplemental premiums. Medicare Advantage plans may also offer supplemental telehealth benefits via remote access technologies and/or telemonitoring services, which can be used for those services that do not meet the requirements for coverage under traditional Medicare or the requirements for the telehealth benefits as part of the basic benefit package (such as the requirement of being covered by Medicare Part B when provided in-person). In 2025, 53% of plans are offering remote access technologies, a decline from 74% in 2024. A similar share of plans are offering telemonitoring services (2% in 2025 vs 3% in 2024). - -Some benefits are being offered by a smaller share of plans in 2025 than in 2024. For example, 72% of plans are offering an allowance for over-the-counter items (vs. 85% in 2024), while 65% are offering meal benefits (vs. 72% in 2024), and 29% are offering transportation benefits for medical needs (vs. 36% in 2024). A similar share of plans is offering acupuncture (32% in 2025 vs. 34% in 2024), bathroom safety devices (24% in 2025 vs 22% in 2024), and support for caregivers of enrollees (5% in 2025 and 2024). A smaller share of plans are offering in-home support services (6% in 2025 vs 9% in 2024). This is not an exhaustive list of extra benefits that plans offer, and plans may provide other services such as home-based palliative care, therapeutic massage, and adult day health services, among others. - -Access to Medicare Advantage Plans with Extra Benefits. Virtually all Medicare beneficiaries live in a county where at least one Medicare Advantage plan available for general enrollment (excluding SNPs) has some extra benefits not covered by traditional Medicare, with over 99% having access to at least one or more plans with dental, fitness, vision, and hearing benefits for 2025, the same as in 2024. The vast majority of beneficiaries also have access to one or more plans that offer an allowance for over-the-counter items (over 99%), a meal benefit (over 99%), remote access technologies (99%), acupuncture (98%), bathroom safety devices (96%), transportation assistance (94%) but fewer have access to one or more plans that offer in-home support services (60%), caregiver support (41%), or telemonitoring services (16%). (Connecticut is not included in these estimates – see methods for more details.) - -Availability of Extra Benefits in Special Needs Plans. SNPs are designed to serve a disproportionately high-need population, and a somewhat larger percentage of SNPs than plans for other Medicare beneficiaries provide their enrollees over-the-counter benefits (92%; similar to 2024 – 94%), transportation benefits for medical needs (81%; a decline from 88% in 2024), meals (73%, similar to 2024 – 75%), bathroom safety devices (54%; up from 34% in 2024), and in-home support services (17%; down from 25% in 2024) (Figure 3). Compared to individual plans, a smaller share of SNPs offer fitness benefits (83%, similar to 2024 – 84%), remote access technologies (49%; a decline from 66% in 2024), and the Part B rebate (29%; up from 7% in 2024). Similar to plans available for individual enrollment, a relatively small share of SNPs offer support for caregivers (5%) or telemonitoring services (2%). - -Availability of Special Supplemental Benefits for the Chronically Ill (SSBCI). Beginning in 2020, Medicare Advantage plans have also been able to offer extra benefits to a subset of a plan’s enrollees, that are not primarily health related and are specifically for chronically ill beneficiaries, known as Special Supplemental Benefits for the Chronically Ill (SSBCI). In addition, Medicare Advantage plans participating in the Value-Based Insurance Design Model may also offer these non-primarily health related supplemental benefits to their enrollees, but can use different eligibility criteria than required for SSBCI, including offering them based on an enrollee’s socioeconomic status (e.g., LIS eligibility) or whether the enrollee lives in an underserved area. - -Most individual and SNP Medicare Advantage plans still do not offer these benefits, though more SNP plans generally offer these benefits, particularly food and produce. SSBCI benefits offered in 2025 include food and produce (15%% for individual plans and 84% for SNPs), general supports for living (e.g., housing, utilities) (11% in individual plans and 67% for SNPs), transportation for non-medical needs (8% for individual plans and 46% for SNPs), and pest control (3% for individual plans and 23% for SNPs) (Figure 4). - -Like for other types of supplemental benefits, the scope of services for SSBCI benefits varies. For example, many plans offer a specified dollar amount that enrollees can use toward a variety of benefits, such as food and produce, utility bills, rent assistance, and transportation for non-medical needs, among others. This dollar amount is often loaded onto a flex card or spending card that can be used at participating stores and retailers, which can vary depending on the vendor administering the benefit. Depending on the plan, this may be a monthly allowance that expires at the end of each month or rolls over month to month until the end of the year, when any unused amount expires. - -Meredith Freed, Jeannie Fuglesten Biniek, and Tricia Neuman are with KFF. Anthony Damico is an independent consultant.",1731883662,9dd5681a6c,36f967c4b7,,,1731883662 -https://www.npr.org/2023/07/27/1190568472/dan-ariely-francesca-gino-harvard-dishonesty-fabricated-data,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Two behavioral scientists who study honesty accused of using falsified data : Planet Money : NPR,"Fabricated data in research about honesty. You can't make this stuff up. Or, can you? - -Enlarge this image Sean Gallup/Getty Images for Burda Media Sean Gallup/Getty Images for Burda Media - -Dan Ariely and Francesca Gino are two of the biggest stars in behavioral science. Both have conducted blockbuster research into how to make people more honest, research we've highlighted on Planet Money. The two worked together on a paper about how to ""nudge"" people to be more honest on things like forms or tax returns. Their trick: move the location where people attest that they have filled in a form honestly from the bottom of the form to the top. - -But recently, questions have arisen about whether the data Ariely and Gino relied on in their famous paper about honesty were fabricated — whether their research into honesty was itself built on lies. The blog Data Colada went looking for clues in the cells of the studies' Excel spreadsheets, the shapes of their data distributions, and even the fonts that were used. - -Sponsor Message - -The Hartford, an insurance company that collaborated with Ariely on one implicated study, told NPR this week in a statement that it could confirm that the data it had provided for that study had been altered after they gave it to Ariely, but prior to the research's publication: ""It is clear the data was manipulated inappropriately and supplemented by synthesized or fabricated data."" - -Ariely denies that he was responsible for the falsified data. ""Getting the data file was the extent of my involvement with the data,"" he told NPR. - -Read The Hartford statement to NPR: - -This episode was produced by Emma Peaslee with help from Willa Rubin. It was edited by Keith Romer and fact checked by Sierra Juarez. It was engineered by James Willetts. Alex Goldmark is our executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Music Production - ""Lone Star Desert Surfer,"" ""Outlaw Mystique"" and ""Blazed and Emboldened""",1731884628,8181d7a585,36e103fdc2,,,1731884628 -https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/article/petas-dark-festive-ad-shows-friendship-girl-cow/1896094,https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/rss/news,Peta's dark festive ad shows friendship between girl and a cow,"Animal rights organisation Peta aims to encourage people to leave meat out of their Christmas meal with an emotional short film. - -“Girl and the cow”, created by Atomic London, tells the story of an unlikely friendship, prompting people to consider the lives of animals and the realities of the Christmas food industry. - -This is Peta's first live action Christmas ad, following a series of animations from the previous years. - -The ad was directed by Andrew Poole through Atomic and created by Sam Isaacs and Walaa Ellabib. - -The 90-second film starts off with a young girl called Alice walking by the fields on her way home from school, with a trumpet in her hand. She stops by a fence and starts playing it, which grabs the attention of a cow grazing nearby. - -As time goes by, Alice’s friendship with the cow deepens as she keeps coming back to practise. She becomes better and better at playing the tune, which we start to recognise as Jingle Bells. - -Then one day she returns together with her mum, her hair decorated with tinsel. She starts playing the trumpet. However, this time the cow doesn’t show up. - -Worried, she looks at her mum and keeps playing the familiar song, but her friend never comes back. - -The scene cuts to the cow being led up a trailer ramp, suggesting a sad ending to the story. The same Christmas jingle reappears chillingly as the man loading up the van whistles it. - -As the van's door closes, the screen goes black, displaying the message: “Everyone deserves a merry Christmas. Please leave animals off your plate.” - -Elisa Allen, vice-president of programmes at Peta, said: “Children naturally empathise with animals, but many young people (and adults, too) may not think about how their holiday roast came from the same curious, loving cows who are so easily befriended.” - -Atomic London collaborated with Hillside Animal Sanctuary, which rescues cows and other animals from the farming industry. - -The campaign will be running across cinema and social channels both in the UK and globally. - -John Cherry, executive creative director at Atomic London, said: “We wanted to tell an unforgettable story that feels like your typical, heartwarming Christmas ad – until it takes a sharp turn and shows the harsh reality behind the Christmas food industry.” - -Poole added: “This campaign gives people a chance to see things from a different perspective and maybe rethink their choices this Christmas.”",1731883617,ec257e8cc3,37112e7808,,,1731883617 -https://cleantechnica.com/2024/11/16/government-subsidies-and-untaxed-externalities-is-elon-crazy-or-crazy-like-a-fox/,https://cleantechnica.com/feed/,Government Subsidies And Untaxed Externalities. Is Elon Crazy Or Crazy Like A Fox?,"Sign up for daily news updates from CleanTechnica on email. Or follow us on Google News - -The first time I ever heard the phrase “untaxed externalities,” it was when Elon Musk used it more than a decade ago. It is a term of art used by economists to describe things that have a cost that the people who make things don’t have to pay. But they are costs nonetheless, and so have to be accounted for somewhere in the economic model in order to get a true picture of what any human activity actually costs. In effect, they are subsidies that give one industry an unfair advantage. Stripped to its essence, an untaxed externality means a cost that gets passed on to someone else to pay. In most cases, that someone else is you and me. - -Here’s an example: A company drills for oil and finds some. It then pumps that oil out of the ground, puts it on a ship, and sends it to a refinery where it is made into gasoline, jet fuel, and other hydrocarbons that are the basis of virtually every plastic material known to science, from plastic bags at the grocery store to Teflon that keeps your pancakes from sticking to the pan. From the refinery, those products are put on trucks, rail cars, or more ships to be transported to manufacturers and end users. - -But here’s the thing. Every step in that process creates carbon dioxide. In fact, so much carbon dioxide that it causes the average temperature of the Earth to rise, which leads to melting of the Earth’s glaciers, which leads to rising sea levels. Those hotter temperatures cause stress on millions of people who have their lives shortened as a result. It also motivates people to leave their homes in search of cooler climes, and that in turn causes nations to create policies to prevent climate refugees from crossing their borders. - -Untaxed Externalities Are Subsidies - -In human history, oil companies have never been required to pay for the damage caused by their activities. Instead, they foist that burden off on society and scream bloody murder if someone does try to get them to pay for the harm they have done. They hire people who are willing to say anything for a buck to claim that carbon dioxide is really a good thing, and it is. It is essential to growing things, just as water is. But follow along here. The tomato plants in your garden need water, too, but if you dump thousands of gallons of water on them, they die. Do you see where this is going? - -Elon Musk, the idiot savant from Pretoria, South Africa, is about to become the second most powerful person in the world, thanks to being appointed by the incoming president of the United States to take a sledgehammer to the federal bureaucracy. Preparing for his new role, he said in July, “Take away the subsidies. It will only help Tesla. Also, remove subsidies from all industries!” He also called federal support for EV charging infrastructure unnecessary. “Do we need support for gas stations? We don’t. There’s no need for support for a charging network. I would delete it. Delete.” - -The world spends $423 billion a year on subsidies for fossil fuels, according to the United Nations. US subsidies are roughly $20 billion a year. Many environmentalists (that is to say, people who choose not to destroy the Earth so people can post videos on TikTok) would be delighted to see those subsidies disappear. Why pay someone to do stuff that harms the Earth? But those are just direct subsidies. According to the International Monetary Fund, when we add in the indirect subsidies fossil fuel companies get because they are given a license to pollute the atmosphere without any limits, the actual economic cost it more than $7 trillion a year. That’s what the costs of a warming climate are if we include the damage to human health, and the cost of protecting our civilization from rising seas, punishing storms, insufferable heat, and the desertification of areas that were once lush with vegetation. If all those costs were added up and assigned to those responsible, the price of a gallon of gasoline would be $20 or more. In the world of economics, that would provide the most powerful boost to the EV revolution imaginable. - -If the Magnificent Mister Musk is truly serious about ending all subsidies, that is what he should be advocating for. But he is not, which calls into question how serious he is about his notion. And of course, Musk never engages with the press, so no one has any idea what the details of his thinking might be. It is easy to make broad pronouncements, but governing takes real work. Is Musk ready to get down in the weeds and do the hard work of crafting actual policies or does he intend to just issue broad statements and call it a day? - -Electric Cars And Government Support - -In a press release on November 15, Mike Murphy, the founder and CEO of the American EV Jobs Alliance, said the group would vocally oppose efforts to repeal the EV policies enacted by the Biden administration such as the Inflation Reduction Act, saying it would be “misguided” for an incoming Trump administration to do so and “ironic,” given that much of the new spending in the field happens to be in red states. “This is very unfortunate news for American consumers and autoworkers who are benefitting from the $188 billion surge in new manufacturing capacity in the US to design and manufacture the vehicles of the future and to compete globally. This means lost jobs, more pollution, and a strategic advantage to our competitors in a rapidly growing Chinese automotive industry.” The Alliance for Automotive Innovation, an industry group that represents Ford, GM, Honda, Toyota, and other also urged Congress to keep the tax credits in an October letter that called the rebate “critical to cementing the US as a global leader in the future of automotive technology and manufacturing.” - -Indeed, the ideas that Musk has put forward are a version of economic policy straight out of Ayn Rand. Government should give nothing to anybody. If you can’t make a profit on your own, sucks to be you. See you in bankruptcy with all the other losers. This version of how the world works leaves out a few things, however. It leaves out the roads, bridges, tunnels, and highways that are the lifeblood of commerce. Who pays for them? It leaves out the air traffic controllers, the public employees who keep airplanes from bumping into each other in the sky. It leaves out the government inspectors who keep our food processing system safe. It also leaves out farmers who depend on government price support systems to survive. And what about federal regulations that require the maintenance of jet engines at regular intervals? Should we throw them in the garbage with all the other accouterments of government and let corporations police themselves? How did that work out for Boeing? It also could mean the end of all government funded research labs. - -There are some who carp that Musk himself got rich because of subsidies. Will he pay Nevada back the $1.2 billion it gave Tesla to build its first Gigafactory? Will he say no thank you to the billions in zero emissions credits Tesla has sold to other companies? Will he oppose government loan programs like the one that allowed Tesla to survive when it was struggling? If the answer is no, what does that say about Musk’s newfound antipathy to all subsidies? The word hypocrite comes to mind. Do as I say, not as I do is not a good look for the new ayatollah of government efficiency. The question, ultimately, is how much efficiency can America afford? We are about to find out.",1731883655,befffecf30,37292db165,,,1731883655 -https://www.chemistryworld.com/features/battery-free-bioelectronic-implants/4020431.article,https://news.ycombinator.com/rss,Battery-free bioelectronic implants,"Spurred by advances in energy-harvesting materials, a new generation of advanced implantable biomedical devices is emerging that does away with the bulky battery. James Mitchell Crow reports - -Wireless power transfer may seem like a recent innovation to keep energy-hungry smartphones topped up, but for biomedical electronics, wireless power transfer has a deep history. - -When Swedish doctors performed the first fully implantable cardiac pacemaker surgery in 1958 , the device they had invented was powered by a rechargeable nickel–cadmium battery, connected to a wire coil that enabled magnetic induction wireless recharging across the skin. The battery, coil and controlling electronics were housed in a shoe-polish-sized can implanted in the abdomen, with leads running to the heart to deliver the pulsed electrical stimulus. - -Millions of people with a slow or irregular heartbeat have since benefited from a pacemaker implant – which soon evolved to use longer-lasting batteries that were replaced surgically every few years, rather than requiring a weekly recharge. More than six decades later, however, the basic pacemaker design – a remotely located can containing the bulky battery pack and electronics, connected to the heart by long leads – remains unchanged. - -Of the few implantable devices that have followed the pacemaker into clinical use, even these typically follow that original design. For example, deep brain stimulation devices for conditions such as Parkinson’s and treatment-resistant depression use a pacemaker-like chest-mounted electronics and battery pack, with electrical leads running all the way up the neck to the brain. - -The long wires and bulky battery packs are not just the main failure point for implanted devices, notes Jacob Robinson, who designs implantable electronic devices at Rice University in Houston, US. They have become the key constraint on next-generation biomedical implant device design, he says. ‘What prevents you from developing implant technologies that could be made extremely small, and scale to a network of nerve stimulation and recording devices, is the battery.’ - -As bioelectronics has advanced, experimental implants have been demonstrated that enable people with severe spinal cord injuries to walk again, or people who have lost a limb to control and experience a sense of touch from a robotic prosthetic. - -To turn these experimental prototypes into practical devices that could be implanted at target sites around the body, developing miniaturised all-in-one implants could be key. The limitation on miniaturisation is not the electronics, but the power available after shrinking the battery. ‘A small battery would not support complex stimulation and recording function for a long enough time to be practical,’ Robinson says. ‘We need to find a way to provide enough energy – and that means a battery-free device.’ - -With innovative use of advanced materials, Robinson’s lab is one of the pioneers seeking to design a new generation of implanted biomedical devices that do away with the bulky battery and failure-prone connecting leads. The goal is to create implants that can fully satisfy their own power needs by harvesting energy locally available within the body, or via high power wireless energy transfer. - -Good vibrations - -Batteries don’t just limit human medical implants, but also fundamental biomedical research, says John Rogers, a materials scientist at Northwestern University in Illinois, US. As well as designing implantable medical devices, Rogers develops implants designed as advanced tools for neuroscience research, studying brain function in rodents. - -‘For small animal studies, the size, weight and bulk of the battery can prevent the implantation of electronic systems,’ Rogers says. Cumbersome external battery packs don’t solve the problem as they compromise the animals’ natural behaviours, and studying social interaction is impossible because they chew one another’s hardware. ‘In those instances, it’s essential to get rid of the battery,’ Rogers says. - -There are many possibilities for battery-free power. ‘People have tested pretty much everything you can think of,’ says Rogers. Implantable nanogenerator technologies trialled have ranging from tiny electricity-generating biofuel cells that run on the glucose present in the body, to thermoelectric harvesting of power from the temperature gradient between the body and the outside world. - -Triboelectric generators can be made from materials that are very flexible, biocompatible, even biodegradable - -‘You can also think about harvesting power from natural mechanical motions of the body, such as the beating of the heart, inflation and deflation of the lungs, or the kinematic motions of the limbs,’ Rogers says. - -From a materials perspective, there are two main ways to harvest energy from muscle-driven motion, says nanomaterials researcher Xudong Wang, who develops implantable electronic devices at University of Wisconsin–Madison, US. One exploits triboelectricity, a surface effect that generates an electric field when two materials in contact move relative to each other to induce charge separation. The effect is maximised when an electron donor and an electron acceptor material are paired – but beyond that, there’s an almost limitless array of materials that can be used. - -‘Triboelectric generators can be made from materials that are very flexible, biocompatible, even biodegradable,’ Wang says. The downside of a triboelectric generator is the requirement to combine materials in a device that allows their individual movement. ‘That brings design challenges, particularly in very confined spaces inside the human body, where the displacement is relatively small.’ - -Piezo power - -The alternative is to harvest energy from body motion with piezoelectric materials, which generate an electric field when placed under mechanical strain. ‘Piezoelectric nanogenerators use a single piezoelectric material, so we don’t need to consider any relative movement inside the device,’ says Wang. ‘In locations in the body where we cannot accommodate much local movement, piezoelectric materials are a better choice.’ - -Wang’s lab explores biocompatible piezoelectrics made from biomaterials, such as crystalised thin films of amino acids. ‘These materials are non-toxic and sustainable, don’t need toxic chemistry to produce, biodegrade naturally in the environment – and can provide considerable energy conversion efficiency,’ Wang says. - -In 2021 , the team reported a way to grow piezoelectric thin films made from glycine. In pure form, the amino acid forms a brittle film in which the glycine molecules are randomly aligned. ‘For the piezoelectric device to be useful, we need ordered alignment so that all the polarisation is on the same side, just like we have to install batteries in the same way to get high output.’ - -Wang solved the issue using a method called surface interface directed crystallisation. ‘We added a water-soluble polyvinyl alcohol polymer together with the amino acid,’ he says. ‘The polymer serves as a template, providing a lot of hydroxyl groups, which link with glycine specifically so that all the glycine molecules arrange in the same way.’ - -The polymer also forms a protective coating that enables the glycine layer to flex without breaking. ‘We could use the flexible film in an implantable energy-harvesting device.’ In rats, the team showed they could place the device in the thigh to generate power from walking, or in the chest to generate power from breathing. - -One application Wang is investigating is as a potential treatment for obesity, which he has successfully demonstrated in animals. ‘We developed a device that we put on the surface of the stomach, and wire to the vagus nerve,’ he says. The vagus nerve connects the digestive system to the brain. ‘When the animal eats, the peristaltic movement of its stomach generates electric pulses from the device, which pass into the vagus nerve and provides a signal to say ‘Stomach is full.’’ Rats with the implant ate one-third less food, and weighed almost 40% less, than untreated animals. - -Picking up the pace - -For today’s cardiac pacemakers, a significant downside is the need for regular surgery to replace the device each time the battery runs low. Self-powered pacemakers that use energy harvesting to continually capture power from the heartbeat could remove that need. - -Flexible piezoelectric materials attached to the heart’s outer surface have been one avenue of exploration. A team in China recently tested an alternate design, an all-in-one capsule-shaped device attached to the inner wall of a heart chamber. As the heart beats, polyformaldehyde pellets inside the capsule roll back and forth between polytetrafluoroethylene-coated gold electrodes at either end of the capsule. The motion produces an alternating current due to triboelectricity and electrostatic induction. In pigs, the device captured enough energy from every four heartbeats to power a pacing pulse. The team aims to improve the device to harvests enough energy from each heartbeat to generate a stimulating pulse. - -Energy harvesting materials implanted deep within the body can also power sensing applications, says Hoe Joon Kim, who leads the nanomaterials and devices lab at Daegu Gyeongbuk Institute of Science and Technology in South Korea. - -One project underway in Kim’s lab is to develop a flexible piezoelectric cuff, which could be placed around a large blood vessel deep within the body. The device would be powered by, but also directly sense, the pulses of blood passing through the blood vessel. ‘We could directly monitor blood pressure near the heart, which is not really possible with existing blood monitoring systems,’ Kim says. - -The team is also exploring the use of piezoelectrics or triboelectrics to support healing. Bone is piezoelectric, and the effect naturally plays a role in bone fracture healing. ‘There’s always a very minimal generation of electric charge, which really doesn’t affect our body function, but let’s say you have a crack on your bone,’ Kim says. As you move, there’s more of a flex – and so a more focused generation of electric charge – at the fracture site. This charge stimulates osteoblast activity, promoting healing. - -Powerups - -Energy harvesting can generate enough power for simple devices. But when Robinson considered the power demands of the more sophisticated sensing and stimulating electronics he hopes to implant, capable of wireless data transfer, he found a significant shortfall. - -Whichever mode of energy harvesting you look at, biological systems have evolved for energy efficiency, Rogers says. ‘There’s not a lot of free energy floating around that you can tap into,’ he says. And trying to take too much can have extreme consequences. - -Rogers’ lab previously trialled ultra-thin piezoelectric materials on flexible foils, mounted onto the heart to generate electricity from heartbeats. ‘There are estimates that put the amount of power that’s being consumed by the heart in the range of watts – and so you would say ‘Wow, that’s a lot of power, I only need a milliwatt to operate my Bluetooth radio and implanted electronics,’’ Rogers says. - -There’s just not a lot of free glucose to tap into - -But tapping the heart isn’t just taking free energy. The piezoelectric device harvests energy by mechanically loading the heart, Rogers says. ‘If you load the heart too much – and too much is not very much, it turns out – you will induce a spontaneous arrhythmia from which the heart can’t recover.’ - -Even in large animals with human-scale hearts, the team could only harvest up to a few tens of microwatts. ‘You could generate just enough to operate the most power efficient pacemaker, but you’re far short of what would be needed for wireless communication, for example,’ Rogers says. - -Physical motion such as walking offers more power, but too intermittently for most applications. Thermoelectric power harvesting from the body is even more challenging to capture enough energy, Rogers adds. ‘With biofuel cells it’s the same story, there’s just not a lot of free glucose to tap into.’ - -To develop practical systems with real world functionality, Rogers’ research is now focused on wireless power transfer. Rogers has primarily explored wireless transfer via magnetic induction, using transmitter and receiver coils to deliver energy into the body. ‘You can deliver tens of milliwatts no problem, operating over ranges of up to a metre or so,’ Rogers says. - -Melting away - -For human health care applications, Rogers has developed wireless power transfer implants made from materials that are fully bioresorbable once the device has completed its task. ‘We got contacted by cardiac surgeons who identified a possible application of that technology for patient care following open heart surgery,’ Rogers says. Currently, clinical standard practice post-surgery is to insert a temporary pacing lead that passes out through the skin to connect to an external power supply. As the patient recovers during the first few weeks after surgery, the heart can be paced if the heart rate drops below a threshold level. - -Once the patient has recovered, the pacing lead can be pulled out. But in up to 5% of patients, pulling the lead free tears the healthy cardiac tissue, causing a potentially fatal internal bleed, says Rogers. ‘The surgeons’ idea was to make a wirelessly powered, wirelessly controlled, bioresorbable temporary pacemaker, which would just melt away after a couple of weeks to eliminate the need for removal.’ - -For bioresorbable conductive wiring, the team had a range of metals to play with. ‘Iron, zinc, tungsten, molybdenum and magnesium are all essential elements for healthy metabolism, and all great electrical conductors,’ Rogers says. In contact with biofluids in the body, they undergo hydrolysis to form soluble hydroxides that are eventually expelled from the body. For the semiconductor components, ultra-thin silicon is a biocompatible and bioresorbable. - -The device is encapsulated in a biocompatible synthetic or biologically occurring polymer such as collagen or polycaprolactone. To control device lifetime, the team tunes the surface chemistry of the encapsulation layer. ‘Generally, we like hydrophobic polymers that undergo surface-erosion-based biodegradation chemistry,’ Rogers says. ‘We design a device to last twice as long as it really needs to last for clinical application, and then it just dissolves away over time.’ - -The team designed the implant to pair with an external chest-mounted skin patch containing the power transmitter and Bluetooth for wireless data transfer. ‘It can operate in a closed loop fashion, sensing the heart rate and, if it drops, activating the pacemaker to boost the heart rate back up to a healthy set point,’ Rogers says. - -Combined harvesters - -As with energy harvesting, there are multiple ways of delivering power wirelessly into the body – sometimes using the same materials. ‘Ultrasound is another option,’ Rogers says. ‘You can propagate ultrasonic waves into the body, get good penetration, and use piezoelectric harvesting components to capture power from those ultrasound waves.’ - -Robinson was initially drawn to ultrasound-based wireless power transfer, rather than magnetic induction, because of the miniaturisation potential it allows. ‘The size of my receiver can be much smaller than a comparable electromagnetic receiver,’ Robinson says. But ultrasound power transfer is sensitive to misalignment between the ultrasound beam and the receiver. And as with ultrasound for medical imaging, the transmitter needs to be in direct contact with the skin, because ultrasound passes poorly travel through the air. ‘We started thinking, what if there was a way that we could have the benefits of ultrasound, but without having to directly couple with a propagating ultrasound wave?’ Robinson says. - -The solution was inspired by an obscure paper in the literature describing magnetoelectric materials, Robinson says. ‘Magnetoelectrics vibrate at the same frequency as ultrasound waves, but in response to a magnetic field rather than an ultrasound beam,’ he says. To create a functional device, the team created a magnetoelectric metamaterial by laminating together a magnetostrictive material with a piezoelectric material. The magnetostrictive material vibrates in response to the alternating magnetic field, and the piezoelectric converts the vibration into an electric field. - -‘By varying the thicknesses ratio of the two materials, and testing new ways to laminate the materials together, we were able to improve power density by five times, and break the record for energy per millimetre squared in bioelectronic devices,’ Robinson says. Magnetoelectrics also offers a novel mode of wireless data transfer as well as power transfer. - -The team has packed their magnetoelectric metamaterial into a tiny self-contained brain stimulation device small enough to be placed within the bone cavity created by drilling a standard 14mm burr hole in the skull. Potential applications include deep brain stimulation for movement disorders and psychiatric conditions. - -‘We spun out a company out of my lab to build devices small enough to be implanted in the skull in about a 20-minute procedure,’ Robinson says. The company is targeting 2025 to apply to the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to conduct a clinical trial. - -Rogers has also spun out a company, to advance his bioresorbable temporary pacemakers toward clinical trials. ‘The FDA has never examined any temporary electronic technology like this before,’ Rogers says. The key question will be to evaluate how the device breaks down once its job is complete, he adds. ‘On the benchtop they melt away in a very controlled manner, but inside living animals there is all kinds of motion, so it dissolves to a certain level and then fragments.’ - -Again, materials science could solve the problem. ‘You could encapsulate the whole thing in a hydrogel that dissolves on a longer time scale than the constituent materials,’ Rogers says. The hydrogel would contain all the fragments until they fully break down, before itself bioresorbing. ‘Those are the kinds of issues that you really have to look as a first critical step before first in human use.’ - -It’s a different world from the unregulated experimentation of the 1950s, when an experimental device could just be popped into a willing heart patient. But it also continues the innovative use of materials science to solve unmet medical needs. - -‘One of the really exciting things about our magnetoelectrics discovery was that data and power transmission was now mediated by material rather than an antenna,’ Robinson says. ‘And so now there’s a material science opportunity to make better and better devices.’ - -James Mitchell Crow is a science writer based in Melbourne, Australia",1731883665,7198d80d03,371c9e6a5f,,,1731883665 -https://www.packagingstrategies.com/articles/105187-actega-invites-brands-to-put-ecoleaf-metallization-to-the-test,https://www.packagingstrategies.com/rss/articles,ACTEGA Invites Brands to Put ECOLEAF Metallization to the Test,"In the pursuit of sustainability, industries worldwide are revamping their operations, including re-evaluating the materials utilized for packaging. - -With upcoming regulations like the Packing and Packaging Waste Regulation (PPWR) in Europe, which mandates that all packaging materials must be recyclable by 2030, the packaging industry is gearing up to make significant changes in design and composition to meet these requirements. - -Considering the lifecycle of packaging, enhancing recyclability in labels and packaging is just as vital as cutting carbon emissions for brand owners striving for true sustainability. This shift toward recyclability also provides a competitive advantage as consumers increasingly demand eco-friendly packaging options. Recent research indicates that 75% of consumers worldwide prioritize sustainable attributes when deciding on a purchase. - -Challenge in Label and Packaging: Harmonizing Aesthetic Appeal and Sustainability - -In today's fiercely competitive market, the visual appeal of packaging plays a crucial role. Eye-catching packaging can differentiate a product on crowded shelves, compelling consumers to take notice and make a purchase. Therefore, while striving for sustainability, brands also prioritize packaging design that speaks to consumers' desires, blending environmental responsibility with visual appeal to create a powerful first impression. - -It's not only about the material used but also about the design, color, quality, and overall appeal of the packaging. One such distinctive element is embellishments on the product packaging, especially in sectors like cosmetic and personal care, where an aesthetic appeal can greatly influence consumer purchase decisions. - -These special finishing effects elevate packaging, giving it a more captivating appeal. However, the pursuit of aesthetics should not come at the expense of the environment. It's a common practice in the industry to use hot and cold foiling for metallic embellishments, a process that is far from environmentally friendly and results in thousands of tons of foil waste each year. Thus, brands are pressed to find a balance between aesthetic appeal and sustainability, a task the packaging industry is embracing through technology and innovation. - -ECOLEAF – “On-demand” Sustainable Metallization: A Solutionary approach to label embellishment - -In the realm of branding, where aesthetic appeal, and therefore, embellishment takes the front seat alongside eco-consciousness, ECOLEAF emerges as a groundbreaking metallization technology that distinguishes itself in the market. Sustainability, far beyond being merely a trendy term, is at the heart of this exciting development. This innovation comes from ACTEGA, a leader in the global print and packaging sector, known for its commitment to sustainable products and innovative technologies that make an impact without harming the planet. - -Gone are the days when metallization was synonymous with environmental damage, waste, and unnecessary plastic usage. With ECOLEAF, the entire process of metallization has been reinvented; the technology works ""on-demand,"" delivering high-impact metallic effects wherever it is needed and eliminating the necessity for PET carrier film and foil reels. It significantly reduces waste and plastic consumption, and as a result, it offers a demonstrably better CO2 footprint than traditional methods. - -ECOLEAF delivers the same high shine, unique metallic embellishment, and diverse color range associated with traditional metallization, but in an environmentally friendly manner. The ECOLEAF process uses significantly fewer raw materials – 1kg of ECOLEAF flakes effectively replaces 3,000kg of foil – thereby reducing the CO2 impact equivalent to planting around 833 trees. - -What Impact Does ECOLEAF have on Packaging’s Carbon Footprint? - -The benefits of ECOLEAF are clear, and the reduction in waste and environmental impact sound impressive – but seeing is believing. This is why ACTEGA is offering brands the opportunity to take one of their real label applications that currently uses hot or cold foil embellishments and provide the details to ACTEGA for a complimentary, streamlined Life Cycle Assessment (LCA). ACTEGA will also recreate the brand owner's current artwork label and, where traditional metallization is used, substitute it with ECOLEAF. - -The kind of information that a brand can obtain from this unique opportunity can be seen in the following example of a shower gel label. This label features 8.5% metallization within the design, as well as an aesthetic finish overprinted with CMYK, akin to similar high-value products seen in natural cosmetics. - -When a comparative analysis between ECOLEAF metallization produced in flexo and traditional cold foil methods is made, it reveals the real impact switching to ECOLEAF can have on a label’s environmental footprint. The CO2 indicator underscored the superior sustainability delivered by ECOLEAF, particularly for this standard market sample. For a seemingly small part of a label’s design – just 8.5% in this case – it’s clear from this result that the kind of metallization applied can have a huge impact on the sustainability of a label, with ECOLEAF producing CO2 emissions that are six times lower. - -ECOLEAF Unleashes Sustainable Creativity in Metallic Decoration - -Unleashing a new wave of sustainable creativity in the industry, the ECOLEAF process technique begins with the printing of a trigger image on a substrate using a varnish-like material, which is then UV cured before passing through the metallization unit. ECOLEAF’s distinctiveness lies in its application of a thin layer of metal pigments onto the trigger image, eliminating the need for drying or curing and offering an eco-friendly and cost-effective solution. - -With the ability to overprint in any color, ECOLEAF creates a true rainbow of metallic shades, allowing the highest degree of creativity while enhancing the quality of finished products. Beyond this, ECOLEAF also offers the luxury of on-demand metallization, empowering brand owners to swiftly change the artwork in case of limited editions or late-stage differentiation. The technology is simple and cost-effective and can be integrated into various printing methods, such as flexo, screen printing, or inkjet. - -Compared to traditional cold foil transfer methods, ECOLEAF delivers notable CO2eq savings, making it a worthy choice for companies committed to their role in sustainability. ECOLEAF's lower environmental impact has been validated through several comparative examples and verified by independent external experts in accordance with the requirements of ISO 14040 and 14044 Life Cycle Analysis. - -ACTEGA can recalculate the carbon footprint of any label using data from the Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) database, enabling brand owners to make informed decisions regarding their product's environmental impact. - -“In an era where eco-consciousness dictates industry trends and consumer behavior, ECOLEAF stands as a herald of change in the packaging world,” said Paolo Grasso, Head of Sales at ACTEGA Metal Print. “Through our technology, we see a clear path forward for brand owners to reconcile premium branding with environmental stewardship. ECOLEAF's solution-oriented approach proves that sustainability and product differentiation can coexist, marking a new chapter in the narrative of responsible labels and packaging.” - -Parties interested in a sample ECOLEAF label and a tailored, streamlined LCA can contact ACTEGA here.",1731883630,c925e986aa,376718fc62,,,1731883630 -https://www.flexoffers.com/blog/luxe-brands-to-promote-this-fall/,https://www.flexoffers.com/blog/feed/,Luxe Brands to Promote this Fall,"If your audience members want to add a touch of luxury to their wardrobes, Ganni is the place to shop. With an extensive collection of clothing, shoes, and accessories, customers are sure to find every trendy style at Ganni.com and look their best this fall. Ganni customers always get free ground shipping and free returns with every purchase.",1731883657,7343470052,3755c8e95a,,,1731883657 -https://www.technologyreview.com/2024/11/13/1106862/the-download-the-lab-fighting-exploitative-ai-and-plant-engineering/,https://www.technologyreview.com/feed/,"The Download: the lab fighting exploitative AI, and plant engineering","Back in 2022, the tech community was buzzing over image-generating AI models, such as Midjourney, Stable Diffusion, and OpenAI’s DALL-E 2, which could follow simple word prompts to depict fantasylands or whimsical chairs made of avocados. - -But artists saw this technological wonder as a new kind of theft. They felt the models were effectively stealing and replacing their work. - - - -Ben Zhao, a computer security researcher at the University of Chicago, was listening. He and his colleagues have built arguably the most prominent weapons in an artist’s arsenal against nonconsensual AI scraping: two tools called Glaze and Nightshade that add barely perceptible perturbations to an image’s pixels so that machine-learning models cannot read them properly. - -But Zhao sees the tools as part of a battle to slowly tilt the balance of power from large corporations back to individual creators. Read the full story. - -—Melissa Heikkilä - -Have we entered the golden age of plant engineering? - -In the 1960s, biologists’ selective breeding of plants helped spark a period of transformative agricultural innovation known as the Green Revolution. By the 1990s, the yields of wheat and rice had doubled worldwide, staving off bouts of recurring famine. - -The Green Revolution was so successful that dire predictions of worse famine to come—fueled by alarming population growth—no longer seemed likely. But it had its limits—only so much yield could be coaxed from plants using conventional breeding techniques.",1731883667,abb25a1c4e,370f98c2d0,,,1731883667 -https://www.tennis-prose.com/articles/wta-finals-observations/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=wta-finals-observations,https://www.tennis-prose.com/feed/,WTA Finals Observations,"← Sidebar - -The best thing about the WTA Finals in Saudi Arabia is… gonna have to think about this. - -The singles has been high level tennis but every player competing there has the same game – all nine players hit two handers and stick to the baseline. - -I remember when the Finals were staged at the “World’s Greatest Arena” Madison Square Garden in New York City and the event featured a range of different styles, like Nathalie Tauziat’s constant attacking the net and showcasing her fine volley skills… Steffi Graf and Gabriela Sabatini using slice backhands with their one handed but multi dimensional stroke … Conchita Martinez also had a nice, elegant slice… the lethal lefthanded aggressive tactics of Monica Seles and Martina Navratilova. - -But the grand event eventually sputtered out of New York and transferred to the west coast in Los Angeles and then a series of different locations. - -The highest ranked lefty today is the 28 year old Beatriz Haddad Maia of Brazil and she’s ranked 17 after reaching her career high of 10 last year. Following Haddad Maia in the lefty rankings is Leylah Fernandez at 32. It’s odd how there are so few lefthanders at the top of the WTA. - -Aryna Sabalenka clinched the world no. 1 ranking this week and is in the semis vs. Coco Gauff. The other semi pits Qinwen Zheng vs Barbora Krejcikova. - -Maybe the best match of the week was Chan Hao-ching and Veronika Kudermetova saving two match points to beat Errani and Paolini 36 76 11-9 to qualify for the semis vs. Katerina Siniakova and Taylor Townsend, who won Wimbledon. Gaby Dabrowski and Erin Routliffe will play Nicole Melichar and Ellen Perez in the other semi. Tough luck award goes to Desirae Krawczyk and Caroline Dolehide who lost all three of their round robin matches in super tiebreakers after winning the first set in all their duels. - -The crowds have been okay. The post match on court interviews by Andrew Krasny have become stale because every question, no matter how hard Krasny tries to spice them up with multi sentences and voice inflections, always draw the same answers – Thank you to the crowd for the support, I played very well and my opponent also played well… - -The time has arrived to break tradition and pop in some Biofile questions and make the players think – favorite ice cream flavor, what is a funny memory of your career, strangest match of your life, what did you eat for dinner last night? - -If no one is available to ask the players these questions, I will do it for a nominal fee plus travel expenses. - -You can probably surmise that the WTA presentation of the Finals can be improved a little bit, or perhaps a lot. It’s a wonderful event showcasing terrific talent but the packaging needs some adjustments. - -Aryna Sabalenka · Barbora Krejcikova · Coco Gauff · Qinwen Zheng · Saudi Arabia · WTA · WTA Finals - -Leave a Reply - -<< Coach Vividly Remembers 9 Year Old Maria Sharapova - -Humbert’s Emotional Adrenaline Producing Big Results >>",1731883608,2cd6623864,3778147829,,,1731883608 -https://afterellen.com/5-straight-actresses-who-play-lesbian-characters/,https://www.afterellen.com/feed,5 Straight Actresses Who Play Lesbian Characters,"It is extremely typical for lesbians to play straight characters on TV, it’s true. However, have you ever stopped and thought about the straight actresses who play lesbian and bisexual women? How does that impact the message of the show itself? You see this phenomenon with male actors like NPH playing Barney on How I Met Your Mother, but can you name a straight actress that plays a gay character off the top of your head? Likewise, why is it that when you can name the straight actress, we immediately assume that she is either 100% straight or 100% a lesbian? AfterEllen is here to question these things and draw your attention to some actresses that we can’t help but wonder… you know… if she is… - -Oliva Wilde - -Olivia Wilde infamously played Thirteen on House MD, who was constantly bullied in a homophobic fashion the entirety of being out as bisexual on the show. While Wilde is notably involved with men in her personal life, it has never stopped us from wondering about her sexuality. For a lot of people, Thirteen was a voice for bisexual women in the early ’00s, and we thank her for that! - -Aisha Dee - -Any fans of The Bold Type up in here? It’s true, we love Kat Edison more than life itself. A staple character for bisexual women who dismantles stereotypes of what it means to be gay, Black, and a young woman in today’s society. However, Dee is yet another actress who openly plays gay characters but hasn’t ever come out in real life, passing as straight. Like Wilde, we can’t help but speculate as to what Dee’s sexuality could be and notice a running theme with these actresses not explicitly stating one way or the other. - -Shay Mitchell - -Shay Mitchell quite honestly could be number one on this list. Why? Because she is in a straight passing relationship but almost strictly lesbian characters! When was the last time you saw Mitchell in something where she wasn’t interested in women? The most wild part is that for what we know, Mitchell is straight, and out of the PLL gang, Ashley Benson ended up being the one to date women. Still a W for us! - -Natasha Lyonne - -Ugh, Natasha Lyonne, one of our biggest celeb crushes. Lyonne is for sure sapphic-coded, as she infamous has played multiple lesbian characters and just generally has this awkward girl confidence that screams *lesbian.* However, Lyonne is straight, leaving us WLW’s in the dust behind her. Unfortunate! - -Vanessa Morgan - -You have probably seen Vanessa Morgan on Pimp or Riverdale playing openly bisexual/lesbian characters, and we love to see it! However, Morgan is straight – she has said in the past she loved playing the first bisexual character on Riverdale so she could draw attention to equality. We do appreciate an ally! - -So, what do you think AE readers? Is it better to hire lesbians to play sapphic characters or are they simply hiring the “best” actresses for the job? It could be argued that by keeping their sexualities private and playing lesbian characters these actresses are creating more PR and rumors which levels up their projects in the public eye. Food for thought!",1731883605,2df85224b2,37649afddb,,,1731883605 -https://www.npr.org/2024/05/31/1197959218/fbi-phone-company-anom,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,That time the FBI ran a cell phone company for criminals : Planet Money : NPR,"How the FBI's fake cell phone company put criminals into real jail cells - -Enlarge this image Olivier Morin/AFP via Getty Images Olivier Morin/AFP via Getty Images - -There is a constant arms race between law enforcement and criminals, especially when it comes to technology. For years, law enforcement has been frustrated with encrypted messaging apps, like Signal and Telegram. And law enforcement has been even more frustrated by encrypted phones, specifically designed to thwart authorities from snooping. - -But in 2018, in a story that seems like it's straight out of a spy novel, the FBI was approached with an offer: Would they like to get into the encrypted cell phone business? What if they could convince criminals to use their phones to plan and document their crimes — all while the FBI was secretly watching? It could be an unprecedented peek into the criminal underground. - -Sponsor Message - -To pull off this massive sting operation, the FBI needed to design a cell phone that criminals wanted to use and adopt. Their mission: to make a tech platform for the criminal underworld. And in many ways, the FBI's journey was filled with all the hallmarks of many Silicon Valley start-ups. - -On this show, we talk with journalist Joseph Cox, who wrote a new book about the FBI's cell phone business, called Dark Wire. And we hear from the federal prosecutor who became an unlikely tech company founder. - -This episode was hosted by Nick Fountain. It was produced by Emma Peaslee and edited by Jess Jiang. It was fact checked by Sierra Juarez and engineered by Cena Loffredo. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Parisian Spy,"" ""The Danzig Connection,"" and ""Straight Talker""",1731884590,8181d7a585,37698e6689,,,1731884590 -https://transom.org/2009/jennies-secret/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Jennie's Secret,"Intro from Jay Allison: For Memorial Day, Transom is featuring an unusual veteran's story. ""Jennie's Secret"" is about a woman who posed as a man during the Civil War and went on to live most of her life as a man in the tiny town of Saunemin, Illinois. Over the years the town has been ambivalent about their most famous citizen and is struggling to figure out how to honor the memory of Jennie Hodgers/Albert Cashier.Producer Linda Paul became ""obsessed"" with this story and tracked down all sorts of interesting people to talk to. It's the kind of piece that was once easy to place in a public radio magazine show, but it's eighteen minutes long and it's not news. That makes it an orphan these days. It's worth pondering what we should do with stories like this--when an obsessed producer and a fascinating story converge, and the story isn't news and doesn't fit the mold. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/jennysecretfinal.mp3 Download Listen to “Jennie’s Secret” - -About Jennie’s Secret - -Albert Cashier with comrade from The Gilder Lehrman Collection - -I don’t remember how I first encountered the story of Civil War veteran Jennie Hodgers (aka Albert Cashier), but I was smitten from the start. I was amazed that hundreds of women had posed as men during the Civil War. I couldn’t imagine how she (or they) pulled it off. And I was positively gob-smacked when I found out that Hodgers went on to spend most of her adult life – as a man – in the tiny town of Saunemin, Illinois. That’s just 12 miles down the road from Pontiac in Livingston County. And Pontiac is where my family comes from. - -For me though, probably the most fascinating part of this project was trying to unpeel the onion to find a more nuanced portrait of Jennie Hodgers. I found a person who could be kind to children, offering them a treat whenever they came to her home. But there was also a hot-headed, disingenuous, petty and unquestionably eccentric Jennie Hodgers. She had her foibles, just like the rest of us. - -We hear about her darker side in the letters that Sammuel Pepper, a fellow soldier, wrote home to his wife. I got to those letters through the footnotes of an amazing book by Lauren Cook and Deanne Blanton. It’s called, “They fought like Demons – Women Soldiers of the Civil War” and I recommend it to everybody. - -When I met Frank and Velma Crawford (who are in possession of over 200 of Samuel Pepper’s letters) they read me a newly discovered letter about Cashier with even more explicit information about his/her wartime experience. So hopefully this radio story deepens the historical record about Jennie Hodgers. - -More nuanced information about Jennie Hodgers also came courtesy of Cathy Lannon. Today Cathy is a lawyer, but back in 1969 she wrote her master’s thesis about Hodgers’ life. Lannon was from Saunemin and interviewed older people in town who still remembered Hodgers. Here’s one story Cathy Lannon told me. You’ll see that she (and a lot of people in Saunemin) refer to Cashier as “he.” - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/for-example-he-would.mp3 Download Listen to “For Example He Would” - -Lannon’s great grandparents lived across the street from Albert Cashier and often invited him (her) over for meals. But that overture wasn’t always met with the gratitude that you might expect: - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/he-always-thought.mp3 Download Listen to “He Always Thought” - -A few years before the rest of the world found out about Cashier’s true gender, Cathy Lannon’s great grandmother made the discovery. She had heard that Albert was sick one day and so she asked a nurse to go over to help him out. In short order the nurse came running back and spluttered,“ Mrs. Lannon, he’s a full fledged woman!“ The nurse was so upset that she packed up and left town and Lannon’s great-grandmother in a great act of empathy, didn’t tell anyone about it, including her husband. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/there-was-always-a-story.mp3 Download Listen to “There Was Always A Story” - -When I first approached Jay Allison about this story, the only tape I had was of 93 year-old Nina Chesebro. Her great-uncle is the one who first hired Albert Cashier (Jennie Hodgers) as a farmhand when (s)he got to town. - -I pretty much cornered Jay at a Third Coast Festival conference. He didn’t know me, but sat there anyway and listened to some tape. And then he said he bet we could make a story of it. - -See what can happen when you go to Third Coast. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -I was obsessed with the history of Cashier’s life. Just such a wild story. But Jay wanted to know more about the people who objected to restoring the house. After all, it’s been moved at least nine times. One time it was almost burned down in a practice drill for the Saunemin fire department. I mean the town didn’t seem too invested in the thing. And Jay wanted to know more about that. - -That tack, I think, was fruitful. Because it turns out that there’s a long history of ambivalence in town about their most famous citizen. And bringing that angle together with the current effort to re-build the house gave us a frame to tell the history part. - -Gear - -I have almost no experience using music in stories. Usually I stick to natural sound. But there were lots of scenes in this story that had no sound. Jay was nice enough to select the music and indeed, to edit and mix the entire story. - -I used an RE-50 microphone and a Sony mini-disc MZ B-100 to record this story. When I record I like to keep everything simple. I’m busy enough trying to track what people are saying. I don’t want to worry too much about complicated equipment. - -I once heard Nancy Updike talk about making her stunning documentary about military contractors working in Iraq. If I remember correctly, she also used a Sony mini-disc recorder. She squeezed her entire documentary out of that little silver box. - -Post Script - -I want to thank Al Arnolts, the informal “town historian” in Saunemin. He was always patient and kind in guiding me to information I needed for this story. - -And finally, a word about Betty Estes: Betty is mentioned just briefly in this story. But it’s largely through her efforts that the home of Albert Cashier still exists. Betty was the Director of Tourism in Pontiac and when the old Cashier house was about to go up in flames, it was Betty who convinced her mayor to move the house to Pontiac for safekeeping. - -It was also Betty who started hauling busloads of tourists from Pontiac to Saunemin to see the grave of Albert DJ Cashier. And that’s when the town of Saunemin took notice and decided, well maybe we want that old house back after all. - -Photo courtesy of the Abraham Lincoln Presidential Library and Museum - -Look at the picture of Cashier in 1913 (on the right) and you can see that late in life her sartorial tastes still ran to high collars around the neck. Maybe because she didn’t want people to notice that she didn’t have much of an Adam’s apple. - -Cashier/Hodgers would have been 69 in that picture. She looks so calm and unassuming. Who could imagine that she led the life she did? - -Today in 2009, I have the feeling everybody wants a little piece of Jennie Hodgers. Civil war buffs, the Irish, the transgender community.. each wants to claim her.. and now, after many years – for the most part, even the town of Saunemin wants to claim her too. - -Thanks to the Ruth Morehart Estate/Dwight Historical Museum for use of the photo at the top of this page. - - - -Additional support for this work provided by - - - -with funding from the - -",1731883748,c00d35bf2d,36fe6a41f9,,,1731883748 -https://www.gamedesigning.org/animation/cel-shading/,https://gamedesigning.org/feed/,Cel Shading: Everything You Need to Know,"You may have seen some 2D or 3D animated movies and video games that look like they were hand-drawn or have a cartoon-like style. - -Usually, Japanese anime films and video games feature this distinct look. - -This type or technique of animation is known as cel-shading animation. Some also refer to it as toon shading. - -Although this is one of the most prominent 2D and 3D animation styles, the technology is fairly new and only around 30 years old. - -What Is Cel Shading? - -Cel shading can be described as a technique that gives any 3D or 2D rendering a cartoonish or hand-drawn effect. A cell shader gives the appearance of a traditional drawing with a flatter surface and hard, unfinished edges. It can also be used to give the background a paper-like effect. - -Fun Fact: Cel shading comes from the term celluloid, a clear plastic sheet that was initially used for traditional-looking hand-drawn artwork. - -History of Cel Shading - -You’ll notice that this style is mostly prominent in anime. Although celluloid sheets have been around since 1914, cel shading animation, or toon animation, came into existence only recently in the ‘90s. - -However, Japanese creators have been using it long before that. In fact, you can see it in Akira, a movie released in 1988. Animation enthusiasts applaud this film for making cel shading a thing among Western creators as well. - -The tool resurfaced in the 2000s because of the success and love for these “hand-drawn” cartoons. Besides audiences liking this style, the animation tool was inexpensive, allowing many creators to hop on the bandwagon. - -Cel Shading Animation in Video Games - - - -In recent years, cel shading has been more popularly seen in games. Games like Goosebumps: Attack of the Mutant (1997) and Jet Set Radio (2000) were among the first to implement such a style. In fact, the latter also earned the “Excellence in Visual Arts” award, leading almost everyone to adopt the style. - -Today, the gaming industry has a variety of games that use cel-shading to achieve a unique look. - -Nowadays, most animation creators, especially Japanese ones, draw the basic outlines by hand, leaving the intricacies to cell shading animation. However, manually creating cel-shading animation isn’t their only option. - -Modern applications are also capable of creating similar outlines. It all comes down to personal preferences. - -Why Is Cel Shading So Popular? - -In a world where technology is constantly advancing, why are animators trying to make cartoons look traditional or hand-drawn? Well, it all boils down to aesthetic tastes. - -For example, anime is known for its hand-drawn style features. Without their signature style, one may not even recognize their clips. Studio Ghibli and Nintendo are excellent examples of this. - -In addition, it’s an easy way to set the tone for your work. You can change the colors and borders based on the genre and themes to make it look cohesive. To explain this in simple terms, we will go back to Studio Ghibli, an acclaimed Japanese animation film studio. - -Their cottage-core style uses subtle pastel colors to emphasize the indoors and vibrant colors to depict outdoor environments. Their drawings have a thinner border which changes when the scene is dark. This style makes them stand out from the rest. - -Cel shading animation, often misspelled as cell shading, looks good on multiple platforms without losing its quality, resolution, scalability, and overall quality, making it a top choice for many. - -Features That Make It Stand Out - - - -Cel shading animation is characterized by: - -Drawings that look hand-drawn, even if they’re done digitally - -Colors that don’t shift as much - -Fewer shades compared to 2D and 3D animation - -Simple style - -Defined outlines that make it easier to differentiate between colors and palettes - -Creating Cel Shading Animation - -Before starting, you need to understand your software. Check if your 2D or 3D animation software already has a cel shading tool. If not, you’ll need to enable it or switch to software that offers it. - -Certain software needs special plug-ins or downloads to make the cel shading tool work. Depending on your software, you can modify effects like motion blur. - -You should also decide on the style you want to achieve, whether you’re going for cartoonish or more realistic textures. Since cel shading works by applying a shader to 3D models, you must create the models first. - -Some like to hand draw guidelines and import them to the software, but others prefer making them in software like Maya, Blender, or 3ds Max. - -Maya Animation: Toon Shader - - - -Creators use different approaches to creating cel-shading materials. However, the most common one is the toon shader, which is designed to simulate the look of a hand-drawn animation. - -Simply switch “Lock Transparent Pixels” on to create an outline and prevent any color spills. You can also switch between brushes to achieve the desired look. Some software will allow you to add extensions, so make the most of them. - -Limitations of Cel Shading - -Although cel shading can set the tone and help you develop a unique style, it does have its shortcomings. - -For starters, the tool is quite complicated. Achieving a balance between realism and cartoonish styles can be challenging. Sometimes, even going overboard with the colors can make your work look gaudy. Meanwhile, using only a few colors can make your work dull and uninteresting. - -Working with cel shading involves a lot of tweaking and adjustments. Although the results may take longer, a little practice and experimenting are well worth it. - -Examples of Cel Shading - -As mentioned earlier, cel shading has been used in multiple formats because of its aesthetics, rendering, and outcome. Some popular examples of cel shading are listed below. - -Cel Shading in Animated Movies - -Spirited Away by Studio Ghibli - - - -The movie was released in 2001. Studio Ghibli is known for using Toonz primarily for their creations and Spirited Away was no different. Other Studio Ghibli movies that use cel shading include Princess Mononoke. - -Attack On Titan by WIT Studio and MAPPA Studio - - - -The dark anime series was created using an amalgamation of traditional hand-drawn art and cel shading. The studio also heavily relies on computer-generated animation to depict camera movements and other fast-paced shots. - -One Piece movies by TOEI Animation - - - -The original anime movies used cell shading very well. Their primary software is RETAS, a 2D animation bundle that features multiple brushes for rendering. - -Other notable animations that have used cel shading include One Punch Man by Madhouse, Fate/Stay Night series by Ufotable, and My Hero Academia by Studio Bones. - -Cel Shading in Games - -Jet Set Radio - - - -Jet Set Radio is one of those pivotal games that changed the landscape of gaming forever. SEGA Dreamcast set a precedent for developers after gamers couldn’t get enough of the game. The visuals were stunning for its time and the music changed how people perceived video game music. - -The Legend of Zelda Series - - - -The tenth installment of Zelda’s gaming series utilized cel-shading. After the 2003 experiment, all installments had the same technique. Although the iterations adapted to new styles and modifications, the basic look has stayed the same. - -Hades - - - -The 2017 game by Supergiants got creative with cel shading. The game’s visuals elevated the gaming experience and storyline, engaging gamers like never before. Games and critics have gone on record to say that the game’s visuals add to the game’s fictional world. - -Other prominent games that used cel shading include the Guilty Gear series, Viewtiful Joe, Ni No Kuni, Asura’s Wrath, Breath of Fire: Dragon Quarter, Naruto: Clash of Ninjas, Dragon Ball Fighter Z, DNF Duel, No More Heroes series, Dragon Quest VIII and IX, and Killer7. - -Conclusion - -When working on animation, consider the software, feel, and aesthetics you’re going for. Cel shading is an excellent option for those who want that cartoonish or comic-like effect on their 2D and 3D creations. - -Using it allows you to make drawings look hand-drawn even if they’re done digitally. It also provides proper color dispersion and gradients that look good on almost all platforms. That said, the learning curve can be quite steep, especially if you’re a beginner. - -Top-rated games and animated movies have adapted this style, making it one of the most sought-after aesthetics. Many notable entertainment companies employ some variation of cel shading from Studio Ghibli to WIT Studio and SEGA Dreamcast to Supergiants. - -Because of its widespread adoption, popularity, and more cost-effective 3D rendering tools, this beautiful and distinctive style is here to stay. - -Image Sources - -https://fingerguns.net/features/2020/07/27/get-back-in-your-cel-9-games-breathing-new-life-into-cel-shading/ - -https://www.pcgamer.com/jet-set-radio-hd-5k-gallery/",1731883665,117173e4a3,378a9928b2,,,1731883665 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/articles/clydgwqpy11o,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,Billie Jean King Cup: Iga Swiatek's Poland beat Czech Republic to set-up Italy semi-final,"World number two Iga Swiatek secured back-to-back wins to lead Poland into their first Billie Jean King Cup semi-finals with a comeback victory over the Czech Republic. - -After Czech Marie Bouzkova won her singles opener against Magdalena Frech, it was up to Swiatek to keep Poland's hopes alive. - -The five-time Grand Slam winner first beat Czech teenager Linda Noskova, who knocked her out of the Australian Open in January, 7-6 (7-4) 4-6 7-5 in a match that lasted two hours and 39 minutes. - -Swiatek then returned to court with Katarzyna Kawa for a rare doubles encounter, with the pair sealing a 6-1 6-4 win against Katerina Siniakova and Bouzkova to book a place in the semi-finals. - -""In 20 minutes I'll be dead,"" Swiatek joked afterwards. - -""It was an exhausting day, but everything worked. We did a great job, we won.""",1731883636,95caee0db1,379865f2af,,,1731883636 -https://expeditionportal.com/feature-vehicle-1990-campteq-toyota-land-cruiser/,https://www.expeditionportal.com/feed/,Feature Vehicle :: 1990 Campteq Toyota Land Cruiser,"In the world of overland travel, few vehicles evoke the same level of respect as the Toyota Land Cruiser. This 1990 80 Series, imported from Spain and meticulously outfitted by Campteq, is a prime example of why the Land Cruiser is held in such high regard. Over three days, starting from Telluride, Colorado, we set out to explore the rugged beauty of the San Juan Mountains, testing this uniquely prepared rig across Ophir Pass, California Pass, Engineer Pass, and finally, the infamous Imogene Pass. Out here, where the roads are rough and civilization is a distant memory, the 80-Series Land Cruiser transformed from a capable 4×4 into a true expedition vehicle, blending resilience, comfort, and self-sufficiency to tackle anything the high country could throw at it. - -A Solid Foundation: The Engine and Drivetrain - -At the heart of this Land Cruiser is a 1HD-T turbo diesel engine—a powerhouse renowned for its low-end torque and reliability, which is exactly what’s needed for high-altitude climbs and technical trails. Paired with a 5-speed manual transmission and triple-locking differentials, this powertrain is designed to conquer tough trails without sacrificing efficiency. The Land Cruiser’s transfer case has been rebuilt with overdrive gears, a modification that allowed us to cruise comfortably on highways yet gave us the low-end pull needed for crawling up steep grades and over loose rock. - -The turbo-diesel engine hummed confidently on the steep, winding trail up to Ophir Pass. The Land Cruiser climbed steadily, and with the factory triple locking differentials engaged, it powered over loose shale and gravel with minimal effort. The diesel’s low-end torque and overdrive gears provided the versatility to switch seamlessly between technical maneuvers and more relaxed highway stretches, a blend of power and adaptability that prepared us for any terrain we encountered. - -First Taste of the High Country: Ophir Pass to Silverton - -Ophir Pass is often the first hurdle in the San Juans for overland travelers. Narrow, rocky, and with breathtaking drop-offs, the trail is as thrilling as it is challenging. Equipped with Firestone Destination XT 315/70/17 tires mounted on Nomad Sahara 17 x 8.5-inch wheels, the Land Cruiser maintained excellent grip and stability even on the loose rock. The upgraded Old Man Emu suspension allowed a smooth, controlled climb without bottoming out or losing traction. - -As we descended into Silverton, a quick lunch break let us test Campteq’s slide-out kitchen, a game-changer in overland cooking. Compactly stored and easy to deploy, the setup made it possible to cook a hot meal without unloading half the truck. The National Luna 50-liter dual-zone fridge/freezer kept our ingredients fresh, and the 17-gallon stainless steel water tank, fitted with baffles to minimize sloshing, provided a steady supply of water for cooking and cleaning. The slide-out kitchen embodied the purpose of this build: efficiency, comfort, and self-sufficiency in the most remote places. - -Tackling California Pass and Engineer Pass - -Refueled and ready, we left Silverton and climbed toward California Pass. The terrain grew rougher, and the switchbacks narrowed as we gained elevation. This is where the Land Cruiser’s triple locking differentials again proved invaluable, ensuring traction across the loose gravel and rock-strewn trail. The Campteq PopTop, while providing ample headroom and sleeping space, preserved the vehicle’s original stability by keeping weight low, essential for maintaining control on precarious ledges and steep inclines. With rain clouds gathering above, we pushed on to Engineer Pass, braving a mix of wind and shifting weather as the landscape turned even more dramatic. - -High up on Engineer, we encountered Ricardo, a Peruvian shepherd guiding 300 sheep through the alpine meadows, his faithful dogs by his side. Ricardo’s presence reminded us that even in the remote reaches of the Rockies, we’re never truly alone. We shared a few words about the changing weather and his journey, marveling at the simplicity and resilience of his life on the mountainside. - -Camping at 12,000 Feet - -As dusk settled over Engineer Pass, we found a campsite perched at nearly 12,000 feet. Out here, the Campteq PopTop proved its value once again. In minutes, we converted the interior into a cozy, insulated sleeping area that protected from the mountain chill and whipping wind. The 100-amp lithium battery, charged by a Cascadia 90-watt hood-mounted solar panel, powered our lights and the National Luna fridge, allowing us to settle in without concerns about draining power. - -This was no ordinary camping setup; the Wrappon 12-volt toilet added convenience without straying from Leave No Trace principles, and the Campteq PopTop provided ample room to prepare our gear for the next day. After a quick meal on the slide-out kitchen, we climbed into our beds, lulled by the silence of the mountains and the flickering stars overhead. The auxiliary heating system kept the cabin warm, and despite the weather’s unpredictability, we slept soundly, ready for what the morning would bring. - -Descending into Ouray and Climbing Imogene Pass - -The next morning, we descended into Ouray, the “Switzerland of America,” known for its towering peaks and narrow streets. The Land Cruiser’s compact build was ideal for navigating the narrow, cobblestone streets and winding paths leading out of town, where larger rigs might struggle. After a quick resupply, we set out to tackle Imogene Pass, a route known for its steep climbs, loose rock, and breathtaking views. - -Imogene Pass is not for the faint of heart, with rapidly changing weather adding to its challenges. Midway up, we encountered a sudden downpour, slicking the rocks and creating treacherous conditions. The Land Cruiser’s ARB bullbar with its 12,000-pound winch provided peace of mind, knowing that we had the means to recover if necessary. Equipped with a Puma 3/4 HP compressor and Apex air hose reel, we could adjust tire pressure on demand, ensuring the Firestone Destination XT tires maintained traction across slippery surfaces and softer, muddy sections. - -At the summit, the rain broke, revealing a view that stretched across the jagged peaks and alpine valleys. It was a scene that made every challenge of the journey worth it, a reminder of why we venture into these wild places in the first place. - -Efficiency and Self-Sufficiency: A Thoughtfully Designed Interior - -The Land Cruiser’s interior modifications, designed with overland travel in mind, were integral to the success of this journey. The 60-liter AluBox storage system kept tools and recovery gear organized and easily accessible, while the Gobi rear ladder allowed quick access to the roof-mounted solar panel and storage. The Goose Gear drawer system not only kept everything tied down but also provided designated space for each piece of equipment, from the 13-year-old National Luna fridge to the emergency first-aid kits. - -Campteq’s attention to detail extended beyond just gear storage. The lithium battery, managed by a Victron battery system and DC-DC charger, powered all auxiliary systems without generating excess heat, even at high elevations. The Auxbeam switch panel made it easy to toggle between accessories, providing control over lighting, charging ports, and more without cluttering the dash. This setup allowed us to spend our time enjoying the journey rather than worrying about power management or equipment failures. - -Final Descent and Lessons Learned - -Descending Imogene Pass back toward Telluride, the Land Cruiser’s rugged build and Campteq upgrades had proven their worth at every stage. The lessons from this journey were clear: simplicity, efficiency, and thoughtful modifications transform a capable 4×4 into a true overlanding rig. Each feature, from the solar-powered battery system to the triple-locking differentials, had its place, working together to create a seamless experience on some of Colorado’s most challenging trails. - -Meeting Ricardo and his flock, navigating rain-slicked rocks on Engineer Pass, and camping high above the treeline reminded us why we seek out these remote places. The Land Cruiser, outfitted with Campteq’s precision engineering, wasn’t just a vehicle; it was our shelter, our kitchen, our tool kit, and our constant companion through a landscape as unforgiving as it was beautiful. - -For those looking to build a Land Cruiser that combines durability, comfort, and independence, this Campteq 80 Series offers a blueprint. It’s a vehicle that encourages adventure, ready to go wherever the road, or lack thereof, might lead. And in the San Juans, where mountains meet the sky, this rig proved it could take on the wild and bring us back to tell the story. - -Specifications - -1990Hdj80 LHD - -imported from Spain - -Power - -1HD-T turbo-diesel engine - -H55F 5-speed transmission - -Transfer case rebuilt with overdrive gears - -Suspension and Drive - -Triple-locked, factory-locking differentials - -Old Man Emu shocks and springs - -Wheels and Tires - -Nomad Sahara - -Firestone Destination X/T 315/70/17 tires - -Recovery and Armor - -ARB bull bar - -Come Up 12,000-pound winch - -Safari snorkel - -ARB recovery gear - -Accessories - -Campteq 2-person live-aboard interior with slide-out kitchen - -Campteq PopTop conversion - -Campteq 17-gallon stainless steel water tank with baffles - -National Luna 50-liter dual-zone fridge/freezer - -AluBox 60-liter storage - -Wrappon 12-volt toilet - -Gobi rear ladder - -Apex air hose reel - -Puma 3/4 HP compressor - -Cascadia hood-mounted solar, 90 watts - -100-amp lithium battery - -Victron battery management system, DC/DC 18-amp low-heat output - -Solar charger controller - -Auxbeam switch - -Resources - -ARB USA arbusa.com - -Nomad nomadwheels.com - -Campteq campteq.co - -Wrappon 12-volt toilet wrapponusa.com - -Gobi Rear Ladder gobiracks.com - -apex air hose reel apexdesignsusa.com - -Puma 3/4 horse compressor pumaairusa.com - -Auxbeam auxbeam.com/collections/switch-panels - -Images: Sinuhe Xavier - -Read more: Toyota Unveils Concept Vehicles at SEMA - -Our No Compromise Clause: We do not accept advertorial content or allow advertising to influence our coverage, and our contributors are guaranteed editorial independence. Overland International may earn a small commission from affiliate links included in this article. We appreciate your support.",1731883659,ecdc66bb02,37b96e6126,,,1731883659 -https://www.bundesliga.com/en/bundesliga/news/where-harry-kane-puts-bayern-munich-penalties-champions-league-28976,https://www.bundesliga.com/rss,How does Harry Kane score his penalties for Bayern Munich?,"Harry Kane has successfully converted six of six penalties so far in 2024/25, including three in one game in the UEFA Champions League, to underline his reputation as as a spot-kick expert. - -In fact, Kane has scored his last 18 penalties at club level, dating back to October 2022 - the best run among players in Europe's top five leagues per UEFA coefficient. So how does he take his penalties? bundesliga.com looked back through the footage for clues... - -Kane has taken – and scored – 14 penalties for Bayern since joining the club in summer 2023, comprising eight in the Bundesliga and six in the Champions League. - -Watch: All of Kane's Bundesliga penalties - -Variety and unpredictability has been key to that success. His first for Bayern arrived against Augsburg on 27 August 2023, a cool clip down the middle with goalkeeper Finn Dahmen diving off to his left. - -But Kane has not repeated that technique since then. Instead, his pattern has been to put two penalties to the goalkeeper’s right, then two to the left, then two to the right again. - -That sequence was true for his spot-kicks two to 11 at Bayern, with the 31-year-old only breaking the routine against Dinamo when he placed them all to the goalkeeper’s right. - - - -About the players 9 Harry Edward Kane FC Bayern München - -Want more Bundesliga Action? GET THE UPDATES! - -“I practise my penalties a lot, I have the same routine, but even for me it was strange to take three in one game,” Kane told the media after the Dinamo win. “It was the first time I’ve done that but I just had to do what I always do.” - -That is not to say, however, that he always takes them the same way. His preferred method is to arrow the ball to the goalkeeper’s right, hard, low and right into the bottom corner. He has scored this way six times; four in the Bundesliga and two in the Champions League. - -Among active Bundesliga players, only André Silva (11) and Emre Can (nine) have bettered Kane's perfect eight from eight penalty attempts. - DFL - -He also likes to wait for the goalkeeper to make the first move. Opting for a slow run-up when choosing this method, Kane keeps an eye on the keeper and then passes the ball in the opposite direction. - -“I’ve changed my process a bit,” Kane confirmed after his Dinamo haul. “Some of them I’ll decide in the moment, some of them I’ll decide the day before the game. Sometimes I now wait for the goalkeeper to take a step because then becomes harder for him to make a save.” - -Watch: Kane on his penalty taking routine - -The England international tends to save this technique for the Champions League, using it four times in Europe and just once in the Bundesliga. Three of those spot-kicks have gone to the goalkeeper’s left, but placed – rather than smashed – into the open net, and not into the corner. - -The Bayern frontman’s remaining two penalties have been low to the goalkeeper’s left, choosing this option against Leipzig and Stuttgart in the Bundesliga last season. - -Knowing what he does is one thing. But trying to keep his efforts out is another matter entirely.",1731883684,26eff8ae46,37b0bbd06e,,,1731883684 -https://transom.org/2017/let-tape-sing-lessons-filmmaker-turned-podcaster/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Let The Tape Sing And Other Lessons From A Filmmaker Turned Podcaster,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/07/Let-The-Tape-Sing.mp3 Download Listen to “Let The Tape Sing And Other Lessons From A Filmmaker Turned Podcaster” - -For this episode of HowSound, I watched a few excerpts of films by Tally Abecassis. She’s made documentaries for twenty years and they’re a lot of fun. Take Unlikely Treasures for instance. It features curious people and their collecting obsessions. - -There’s also Small Wonders and Warshaw on the Main. They’re both “Hey, come here, I want to show you these cool, kinda weird, anachronistic stores and their owners'” kind of movies. - -The characters in Tally’s films are interesting. She takes us inside places we might not ordinarily go. They’re visually interesting. There’s a lot to like. - -But, where’s the story? - -Even Tally wonders the same thing.* Looking back, she says she has no interest in making those sorts of films any more. “I don’t think I want to do anything else that’s so meandering and observational again,” she told me. - -Why the change in perspective on her own work? Podcasting. - -Tally started producing a podcast back in 2015 called First Day Back. It chronicled her return to work after a lengthy maternity leave. Even though she had twenty years of experience producing film, she says podcasting was a whole other thing. “That was a huge learning curve. There’s only sound!” - -Along the way, producing the first season of “First Day Back,” Tally learned a lot about audio storytelling — lessons other filmmakers thinking about podcasting could benefit from. Radio producers, too. Tally recounts what she learned on this episode of HowSound and says she’s applied what she’s learned to season two of the podcast, as well as to new films she’s making. - -* Not every film Tally has made lacks story. Check out Lifelike a film about the cutthroat world of taxidermy competition (no pun intended).",1731883677,c00d35bf2d,3770f193e3,,,1731883677 -https://www.rollingstone.com/music/music-news/sabrina-carpenter-christina-aguilera-what-a-girl-wants-los-angeles-1235169068/,https://www.rollingstone.com/music/feed/,See Sabrina Carpenter Bring Out Christina Aguilera at Los Angeles Concert,"Back in September, Christina Aguilera tapped Sabrina Carpenter to perform “What a Girl Wants” together at a 25th anniversary celebration of her debut album. On Friday, Carpenter revisited the moment on a bigger stage by bringing out Aguilera to perform the hit single, as well as “Ain’t No Other Man,” at her concert at Los Angeles’ Crypto.com Arena. - -While playing a round of Spin the Bottle with her backup dancers, Carpenter announced the winner as “a little Christina,” at which point Aguilera emerged from a platform under the stage. She then launched immediately into “Ain’t No Other Man” accompanied by Carpenter and the dancers. - -After that, the two singers sat down at the end of the catwalk and delivered a scaled-back rendition of “What a Girl Wants” that echoed the version the pair performed at Aguilera’s all-star 25th celebration of her 1999 self-titled debut album, a performance that was filmed at Los Angeles’ Spotify Studios. - -“I’m freaking out,” Carpenter admitted at the time as she sat down with Aguilera on the stage, where she shared memories of Aguilera’s music before their joint performance. “I think the first time I ever heard your voice was [when] my mom played me a video of you singing at eight years old, ‘A Sunday Kind of Love,’” Carpenter recalled. “That was the most inspiring thing for me ever to see as a young girl that wanted to sing, but just didn’t think I could do it at that age.” - -Also during the Los Angeles concert Friday, Carpenter “arrested” attendee and actress Rachel Sennott during the song “Juno,” similar to the stunt she pulled with Millie Bobby Brown during an Atlanta concert in October:",1731883654,5ea3a4865a,37165e58e6,,,1731883654 -https://derivsource.com/2024/07/26/mizuho-joins-lch-swapagent-as-member/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Mizuho joins LCH SwapAgent as member," - -Mizuho Bank Ltd joins SwapAgent as latest member, and processes first cross-currency swap through service. - -Mizuho Bank Ltd joins SwapAgent as latest member, and processes first cross-currency swap through service. $17 trillion in notional was registered at SwapAgent by quarter end Q2 2024, up 68% on Q2 2023. - -47 dealer entities from 15 countries now live at SwapAgent. - - - -LCH Group, an LSEG business, today announces that Mizuho Bank Ltd has joined SwapAgent as a member and has processed its first cross-currency swap through the service. Mizuho Bank Ltd is now able to benefit from SwapAgent’s offering including centralised trade processing and optimisation. - - - -Nathan Ondyak, Head of SwapAgent, LCH, said: “We are delighted to welcome Mizuho Bank Ltd as our latest member. As financial institutions across Asia and Japan increasingly seek to benefit more from robust risk management and capital efficiencies, we remain committed to offering our members the processing, margining and settlement benefits that SwapAgent brings.” - - - -Kenichiro Kobayashi, Head of Europe Treasury Department, Operating Officer, Mizuho Bank, said: “Joining SwapAgent as a member is crucial for us to be able to offer our own clients an enhanced service that improves standardisation and efficiency in the cross-currency swap market, as well as reduces operational and credit risk. We look forward to unlocking these capabilities through SwapAgent.” - - - -SwapAgent offers solutions designed to materially improve standardisation, efficiency and simplicity in the non-cleared derivatives market. There are now 47 dealer entities from 15 countries live at SwapAgent. $17 trillion in notional has been registered at SwapAgent since it launched in 2017.",1731883773,9dd65a327d,37765c0be0,,,1731883773 -https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/news/robin-vanpersie-arsenal-manchester-united-34128392,https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/rss.xml,Robin van Persie can't hide true feelings with comments on shock Arsenal return,"Robin van Persie has admitted he does not expect to return to Arsenal at all because fans are still ""sensitive"" about his move to Manchester United. - -Van Persie spent eight years at Arsenal between 2004 and 2012, before announcing he would not be signing a new contract and completing a transfer to rivals United. The striker went on to win the Premier League in his first season at Old Trafford, netting 26 goals in 38 games - -Since retiring from football in 2019, Van Persie has moved into coaching and he was appointed head coach of SC Heerenveen back in May. During an interview with Sportcast, Van Persie was asked about potentially returning to Arsenal one day. - -However, the 41-year-old believes it will never happen due to resentment over his departure. ""I don't expect to work at Arsenal. I think that door is closed,"" Van Persie admitted. ""Because of my switch to Manchester United, that is my assessment. - -""You never know in football, but that is my assessment. It is still sensitive for them, not for me. It is especially sensitive for the Arsenal fans. I have learned that planning so far ahead makes no sense at all. I don't want that either. - -""I mainly live in the here and now. I really enjoy it here and I am very proud to be the coach of SC Heerenveen. I feel very welcome within the club and among the fans. I also think that is important that you feel welcome."" - -Van Persie has previously admitted the only reason he decided to swap Arsenal for United was because he wanted to win the league, with a potential move to Juventus blocked. ""At Arsenal, I didn't feel like we were on the level to compete,"" Van Persie told Kaj Gorgels in 2020. - -Image: John Peters/Manchester United via Getty Images) John Peters/Manchester United via Getty Images) - -""One day, the chairman of Arsenal showed me how healthy the club was by showing me their positive numbers. I told him: 'I don't give a s*** about these numbers, I want to lift the Premier League trophy. - -""We felt it would be best to leave for a club outside of England, the deal with Juventus was closed. But the chairman of Arsenal was stubborn towards Juventus. I told him that my other two other options were Manchester United or Manchester City, so it's his own risk. - -""My departure from Arsenal to Manchester United is still a sensitive topic in England. But I wanted to win, I just wanted to win. And I had to take a risk for that."" - -Join our new WhatsApp community and receive your daily dose of Mirror Football content. We also treat our community members to special offers, promotions, and adverts from us and our partners. If you don't like our community, you can check out any time you like. If you're curious, you can read our Privacy Notice.",1731883637,312e351df6,3815c1fb01,,,1731883637 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/14/theodore-olson-1940-2024/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,Theodore Olson (1940-2024),"I am deeply saddened by the passing of Theodore Olson. Ted, as he was known, was a giant in the conservative legal movement. Generations of law students will study his defeat in Morrison v. Olson, as well as his victories in Bush v. Gore and Citizens United. But Federalist Society members, in particular, owe Ted a special debt. He was instrumental in the flourishing of our society. Here, I will relay one small anecdote, that I'm sure many will share. - -For years, the Federalist Society has held the student leadership conference every July. In more recent years, the reception has been held at the United States Supreme Court. But in the 2000s, the reception was held at Ted Olson's home in Northern Virginia. - -I was fortunate enough to attend the gathering in July 2008, after my second year of law school at George Mason. As I recall, we instructed to park our car at a nearby church, and ride a shuttle bus to Ted's home. (I sat next to a student from Harvard named Sarah Isgur.) - -Entering the Olson estate was like walking into Disneyland. There was a huge backyard with an enormous swimming pool. There was something that looked like a robot cleaning the bottom of the pool. Such a gadget may be common nowadays, but it was beyond futuristic sixteen years ago. I remember just walking around in awe at the luminaries I saw. I walked onto the back porch and Judge Robert Bork was sitting there, drinking Iced Tea. The year before, Bork was injured in a fall at the Yale Club in New York. Bork was complaining about his leg, which was still bothering him. I was tempted to ask Bork about the Ninth Amendment and the ""inkblot"" comment, but I figured I would come across as a smartass, so I didn't. In hindsight, I am grateful I just sat and listened to him chat about whatever was on his mind. - -I walked around the ground and saw Justice Samuel Alito. He was wearing a polo shirt. I was star struck. We chatted for a few moments, and I sheepishly asked for a picture. I also asked the then-Junior Justice to sign my pocket Constitution, which he did. I continued to walk around and I found the host of the party Ted Olson. I don't remember exactly what I said, but I recall thanking him for hosting us at his palatial home. He was very gracious. I asked Olson if he too would sign my pocket Constitution. Olson gladly did. And, for good measure, I saw Judge Dave Sentelle. He too signed that Constitution. That Constitution now hangs on the wall in my office, alongside another Constitution that is signed by Justices Thomas and Scalia. These are among my most prized possessions. - -Last year, I chatted with Ted after the 2023 Olson Lecture. I relayed to him this story about my experience at his home, and I shared how meaningful it was to me and countless other FedSoc members. He beamed with pride. It was an exchange I will not forget. - -Ted will be deeply and profoundly missed. The 2024 Federalist Society Convention will not be the same without his presence. - -Here is the photo of me with Justice Alito in July 2008. This is what Ted's backyard looked like! - -And here is a photograph of my signed pocket Constitutions. - -I'm sorry I don't have a better photographs to share. I am on the road, staying in the soulless Washington Hilton this evening. I'll share my longing for the Mayflower in another post.",1731883650,6a1d127262,37d2500aee,,,1731883650 -https://www.redreporter.com/2024/11/16/24298326/reds-royals-rumors-jonathan-india-brady-singer-trade-kansas-city,https://www.redreporter.com/rss/current,"Reds, Royals reportedly discussing swap of Jonathan India, Brady Singer","The Cincinnati Reds have a ton of potentially capable infielders. The Reds also have some serious voids in their pitching ranks, especially if Nick Martinez declines his Qualifying Offer and becomes a free agent. - -The Reds also are walking the tightrope with their payroll situation, per usual, and are always more willing to move players with decently large salaries than their prized prospects under the current ownership/front office combination. - -Preface prefaced, it appears the Reds and Kansas City Royals are having some preliminary talks about a deal that would send 2B Jonathan India to KC in exchange for RHP Brady Singer in a swap of players who were once teammates at the University of Florida. Ken Rosenthal and C. Trent Rosecrans of The Athletic were on the news, noting that while talks have begun a deal is nowhere close to being finalized. - -Sources: Reds, Royals discussing trade of Jonathan India, Brady Singer. With C. Trent Rosecrans: www.nytimes.com/athletic/592... — (@ken-rosenthal.bsky.social) 2024-11-16T20:27:56.149Z - -Singer, 28, is controllable through arbitration for the 2025 season at an estimated $8.8 million, and has additional control through the 2026 season - his two years of team control are the same as India, who’ll make $5 million in 2025 in the second year of his two-year pact signed prior to 2024 before being eligible for the arb process again next winter. So, it would be an initial take-on of salary if it were a one-for-one swap (which we don’t know it is since, y’know, it’s not a finalized swap at all). - -It’s worth pointing out that the combined estimated salaries of Singer and Martinez are, coincidentally, almost exactly the combined amount the Reds guaranteed to Martinez and Frankie Montas this time last year as their two rotation reinforcements. - -Singer posted a solid 3.71 ERA/3.93 FIP in 179.2 IP for Kansas City last season, and he’s topped 150+ IP in each of the last trio of years. His 2022 campaign (3.23 ERA/3.58 FIP) was significantly better than his 2023 (5.52 ERA/4.29 FIP), though an almost 30 point spike in BABIP that year from his 2022 and 2024 seasons, respectively, may well have been part of that issue. On top of that, he switched from almost exclusively a sinker/slider guy in his four seasons prior to 2024 to a guy who worked in a four-seam fastball some 11% of the time, so clearly he evolved from his rough 2023 to attack hitters in a way different than he had before. - -Again, there’s not anything tangible that a deal is imminent here. It could well be something the Reds are willing to do regardless of what decision Martinez makes this week. However, it could be something they’re looking to do on top of keeping Martinez around, something that would behoove them to do given the litany of injuries to would-be starting rotation options they’re dealing with at the moment.",1731883658,657594ba61,38338e4770,,,1731883658 -https://www.npr.org/2022/12/02/1140465961/tax-loophole-internal-revenue-service-avoidance-evasion,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"How to avoid taxes (legally, of course) : Planet Money : NPR","My Favorite Tax Loophole - -Enlarge this image Scott Olson/Getty Images Scott Olson/Getty Images - -People in the U.S. spend a lot of time filing their taxes. And over the years, we've found ways to take advantage of the system — totally legally! The U.S. tax system is filled with so-called loopholes — small and large — that many people, especially the rich, use. - -On today's show, we present 11 of our and your favorite tax loopholes. There are some you love, and others that you love to hate. We learn about tax breaks for homeowners, billionaires, cat owners, investors, and...subsistence whalers. - -Music: ""Just Take Me Up,"" ""Anyone But You"" and ""Let It Slide."" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884657,8181d7a585,380e2b5ea9,,,1731884657 -https://taxfoundation.org/event/future-us-tax-policy-2025/,https://taxfoundation.org/feed/,The Future of US Tax Policy in 2025,"Presented by: Daniel Bunn Will McBride Erica York Sean Bray - - - -On November 5th, voters in the US will determine who will control the House of Representatives, the Senate, and the White House and select the leaders who will be in office to steer critical US tax policy decisions. With more than $4 trillion worth of unanswered tax policy questions for 2025 and beyond, it is critical to be informed on the potential future path of US tax policy. - -Throughout this campaign season, we have seen numerous ideas offered: from high levels of tariffs, to new exemptions for various classes of work. Congress has been active this year as well working on some expired provisions that support innovation and investment. - -This election is particularly important because large portions of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, adopted in 2017, are set to expire at the end of 2025. If Congress allows those tax cuts to expire, 62 percent of filers could face a tax increase. Yet the price tag for extending those tax cuts is in the trillions. - -Congress will have to make tough decisions next year, and the new President will also want to shape the outcome. - -Is it possible that principled, pro-growth, fiscally responsible tax policy will be part of the package? - -Join us on November 15th at 12:00 pm EST for our upcoming webinar as our experts seek to answer this question and provide insight on many more. - -Our experts will recap the election and provide insights on what to expect in 2025. We will also take some time to explore what US tax and trade policy shifts could mean for other countries, particularly in Europe. - -Tax Foundation’s President & CEO Daniel Bunn will lead a discussion with Tax Foundation’s own Will McBride and Erica York, who will focus on what the election means for US federal tax policy, and Sean Bray, who will link US tax developments to the European policy landscape. - -Have a question for our panel? Submit them by clicking the button below. - -Subscribe to our YouTube channel and click the notification bell for event reminders. - -Submit Questions Follow us on youTube",1731883691,e5f91fc857,37a0310baf,,,1731883691 -https://designshack.net/articles/inspiration/best-pages-resume-cv-templates/,https://designshack.net/feed/,55+ Best Pages Resume & CV Templates 2025,"55+ Best Pages Resume & CV Templates 2025 - -If you’re using Apple Pages to design your CV or resume, this is a great handpicked collection of resume templates to get you started fast. Some of these cost a few dollars, and some are completely free! - -Did you know that 98% of all resumes received for a job gets eliminated during the initial screening process? This means you only have a 2% chance of getting through to the interview stage. - -As you can imagine, the design and the content of your resume play a crucial role in helping you get the attention of the hiring managers and have a chance at landing an interview. Your resume is the one thing that may help you get your dream job. - -Luckily, you don’t have to be a designer to make a professional resume. You can simply download a pre-designed resume template and easily edit to make it your own. - -4 Tips for Creating a Resume Using Pages - -Apple’s default word processing app, Pages comes with a set of useful tools and features that allows you to easily create documents like resumes with ease. These tips will make that process much easier for you. - -1. Get a Better Template - -When creating a resume in Pages, you get to choose from a set of default resume/cv templates that comes with the app. Needless to say, you should avoid using these default templates if you want to ever win a job interview. - -The default resume templates included in Pages are way too outdated and have terrible designs that will only hurt your chances of getting a job. - -Thankfully you can download and use third-party templates made by professionals instead. Be sure to grab a free or a premium resume template and upload it in Pages to create your resume. - -2. Use Proper Formatting - -Formatting the paragraphs, adding bullet points, dividing information to different sections, and designing the content layout of the resume is the most important part of making your resume look more professional. - -If you’re using a great resume template then you probably won’t have to worry about the content formatting. However, it’s always best to optimize the layout to match your industry and your skills as well as your personality. - -3. Change to a Professional Font - -The font you use play a key role in your resume design. While there are many great default fonts you can use in your resume, using a unique or a premium font can make your entire resume look unique and stand out from the crowd. - -4. Use Persistent and Minimal Design - -Try to keep a minimal overall design. Use fewer colors to avoid making your resume look amateurish and be persistent when using fonts, headings, and even when writing the resume copy. - -Top Pick Minimalist Pages Resume Template This Pages resume template is perfect for designing a stylish CV while also crafting a cover letter and a reference letter with matching minimalist designs. The template is available in multiple file formats. You can edit it using Pages, MS Word, and Adobe InDesign as well. It includes a 2-page resume template, cover letter, and reference letter templates. Why This Is A Top Pick The clean and minimal design of this stylish resume template makes it a great choice for making resumes for creative professionals as well as for applying to corporate positions. This multipurpose design is what makes it special. - -This is a versatile and easily editable 3-page resume design. With formats available for InDesign, Microsoft Word, Canva, and Apple Pages, users can quickly tailor the template to any job opportunity. It offers A4 and US Letter sizes, high-quality 300 DPI CMYK color, and is print-ready. - -This Apple Pages resume for professionals looking to create an impressive resume. This easily customizable 3-page template includes a cover letter and is compatible with InDesign, Microsoft Word, Pages, and Canva. Available in both A4 and US Letter sizes, it features CMYK color, 300 DPI, and is ready for print. - -An adaptable Apple Pages resume template for anyone in a job search. It comes with a sleek design, is easy to tailor to your needs, boasts InDesign compatibility from CS4 to CC, and works with CANVA and Apple Pages. The package includes a cover letter and a 2-page resume, available in A4 and US letter sizes with 300 DPI for high-quality printing. - -An easy-to-edit, four-page Apple Pages resume template, suitable for both beginner and professional users. Available in various formats including InDesign, Microsoft Word, Canva, and Apple Pages. It features a cover letter, a two-page resume, and a reference page. The template, printable in A4 and US letter size. - -This Apple Pages resume template offers a creative, editable design across a three-page resume. Catering to various software preferences, it’s compatible with InDesign, Microsoft Word, Pages, and Canva. Features include a cover letter, A4 and US letter sizes, high-quality print readiness, and free fonts. - -Regardless of the industry you’re in, this resume template will always have your back. It features a minimal, no-frills design that feels right at home in strictly professional setups. It’s a two pages resume template with matching cover and reference letters. - -Here we have another elegant-looking template specially designed to cater to the resume needs of minimalists. It features a classy design that no recruiter will be able to say no to, and is compatible with Pages, InDesign, and Word. - -Next up is an effortlessly stylish resume template that’s sure to draw your interviewer’s attention, and keep it there. It comes with a two-page design accompanied by a matching cover letter and reference letter, ensuring you have everything you need to land the job of your dreams. - -This creative Apple Pages resume template features a unique horizontal-style layout. It allows you to display your skills, experience, and other information in a completely different way. It’s perfect for freelancers and artists. - -This free Pages resume template comes with a simple design where you can briefly explain your skills and experience. It’s most suitable for students and professionals applying for internships. - -Another simple and free Pages resume template with a minimalist design. This resume is made with civil engineers in mind but you can easily customize the layout to make CVs for other professionals. - -This resume template is all you need to make a lasting impression on potential clients. It features a stylized but not flashy design making it a perfect fit for almost any job position out there. We highly recommend you try out this template if you truly value standing out from the pack. - -Patrizia is a beautifully crafted resume template that can be fully customized in Apple Pages, Adobe InDesign, and Microsoft Word. It offers a clean, and modern layout guaranteed to help your job application stand out, and can be used for nearly any industry. - -If you’re a creative professional looking to make a unique resume, start with this template. It comes with a clean and creative design featuring subtle colors, icons, and shapes that makes up for a beautiful design. The template includes 2-page layouts along with a cover letter template. - -Here we have a minimal, and professional resume template that will really help you get hired. It can be customized to your specific requirements in Apple pages, Microsoft Word, and Adobe InDesign. Download it right away, or add it to your shortlist at the very least. - -Check out this incredibly unique and stylish resume template with a matching cover letter perfectly fitting for your next job opportunity. The best thing about this template is that it can be downloaded for free. - -Still not found the right resume template for your needs? The above-featured product might be able to tempt you. It comes with a simple, and classy design that will work for virtually any business or industry under the sun. Don’t hesitate to take this truly impressive template for a spin. - -If you’re looking for a job in the banking, and finance sector, this resume template can come in very handy. It has a formal and strictly professional design that can be molded to your heart’s content. Do check it out. - -Next up is a versatile resume template fully editable in Apple Pages, Adobe InDesign, and Microsoft Word. Use it for any job position, and it will satisfy you every single time. - -This resume template is perfect for applying for a corporate job. It has an elegant and professional design that will surely attract attention. The template includes 3 page designs, including one for the cover letter. All templates are available in Apple Pages, Word, and InDesign formats. - -This template mixes elements from both modern and minimal designs to create a stylish layout. The template is suitable for all kinds of professionals. And it comes in multiple file formats, including Apple Pages, Word, Photoshop, PowerPoint, and more. - -This template is also available in multiple file formats. And it also sports a beautiful feminine design. It’s perfect for making resumes for professionals who work in the beauty, fashion, and design industries. The template can be customized to change colors and fonts as well. - -If you prefer to use completely minimalist designs, this Apple Pages resume is for you. It comes with a clean design without any colors, shapes, or fancy layouts. It can be customized with Illustrator and MS Word as well. - -This Apple Pages template is perfect for marketers and freelancers. It features a simple layout where you can effectively highlight your skills and services as well as experience. The template is available in US Letter and A4 size. - -Alison is a beautifully minimalist resume template that features a stylish content layout. Even though it doesn’t use colors or shapes, the formatting of the design creates a very professional look for the CV. The template comes in Word and InDesign formats as well. - -Esther is another minimalist resume template. This one, however, uses creative shapes, dividers, and a profile photo to create a modern look and feel. The template is fully customizable and includes 3 page designs. - -This resume template is most suitable for creative designers as it comes with many visual elements. You can add a profile photo and use visuals to showcase your experience. The template is available in Word, Apple Pages, PowerPoint, and various other formats. - -Another simple Apple Pages template featuring a modern design. This template is ideal for making a resume without too many visual elements. It’s fully customizable and you can easily change colors as well. - -If you truly want your CV to move to the top of the stack, give this template a shot. It comes with a neat, modern design, resume and cover letter layout, free fonts, a guide to help you skate through the customization process, and friendly customer support. What’s not to like? - -Next up we have a resume template that will double the chances of landing your dream job. The template comes in a clean, and modern A4 size print-ready format, and is compatible with Apple Pages, Microsoft Word, Publisher, Photoshop, and InDesign. - -If you’d like to have more than one option to choose from when picking a design for your resume, start by downloading this bundle. This is a pack of 6 professionally crafted resume templates. It includes a total of 169 files with each template in Apple Pages, MS Word, Illustrator, and Photoshop compatible file formats. - -This is a beautiful resume template designed specifically for graphic designers and web designers. The resume comes with a 10-page design and includes 5 special pages for highlighting your portfolio with images. In addition, it also features a cover letter and an experience page as well. The template can be edited using Apple Pages, InDesign, or MS Word. - -A yet another multi-format resume template that’s ideal for creatives. The template features a colorful 4-page design with a fully customizable layout. It’s also available in Apple Pages, MS Word, InDesign, Illustrator, and Sketch app file formats. The template also comes bundled with a Photoshop action for giving your profile photo a special effect to match with the template design. - -A unique 3-page resume template that you can edit using both Apple Pages and MS Word. This template features all the necessary features for you to clearly highlight your skills, experience, education, references, and much more. It also includes an editable skills chart and a languages infographic. You can easily change its color with just one-click. - -If you are looking for a modern and creative resume template to stand out in your next job interview, consider this package containing a resume and cover letter template editable in Apple Pages, Microsoft Word, Photoshop, and Illustrator. - -Here we have Panama, a versatile resume template that can be put to use for virtually any job position you are applying for. The package comes packed with features, and the best part is that you can get your hands on it at no cost at all. - -This is a simple one-page resume template you can use to put together a basic resume. It features a clean design with a modern layout. You can also download a free cover letter for this template from here. - -This creative resume template is available in 2 sizes: A4 and US Letter. It features color swatches for easily editing its colors and features 2 different templates with cover letter and a references letter. The template is available in Apple Pages, Word, and InDesign formats. - -Sometimes, a 3-page resume is not enough to cover all your skills and experience. In such cases, use this template instead. This resume template comes with an 11-page design, which includes a cover page and a back cover. It’s available in Apple Pages, Word, Illustrator, Word, and InDesign formats, making a total of 60 files. - -This resume templates bundle comes with 2 different designs with a minimal and a dark design. The minimal template features a 6-page resume, which includes pages for a portfolio. The dark template features 5-page resume in 2 styles and it also includes portfolio pages as well. - -A yet another free resume template with a one-page design. It features a basic layout with several sections for highlighting your education, skills, and experience. A cover letter design for the template is available to download separately. - -A bundle of 15 modern and minimal resume template for the price of one. This pack includes $150 worth of resume templates in US Letter sizes and in both Apple Pages and Word formats. Each template feature a 4-page design with a cover letter. - -This 2-page resume template comes with a matching cover letter for crafting a professional CV. The template includes a unique layout with an editable design. It’s also available in Apple Pages and Word formats as well. - -Price: $15 - -A resume template ideal for creatives and professionals. It features a 2-page design with a cover letter including a set of free icons for styling the resume to your preference. - -Featuring a modern layout, this free template also comes with a minimalist design. You can edit this template using Apple Pages, MS Word, InDesign, and Illustrator as well. - -This professional resume template features a minimal and a clean layout featuring a basic design. The template comes with a 3-page design, which includes designs for a cover letter and a showcase. The template is compatible with Apple Pages 5 and above, as well as Photoshop, Word, and Illustrator. - -A highly minimalist resume template with a clean design. This template allows you to highlight and include all your details without any of the clutter that comes with other resume templates. It includes 2 pages, including a cover letter. - -You don’t always need the fancy bells and petals to make an impression. The best resumes are the ones that are minimal and professional. And this template is just that. The package comes with everything you’d need to create an attention-grabbing resume. - -Another 2-page resume template with a professional design. In addition to the resume, it also includes a cover letter template. You can edit this template using MS Word or Apple Pages 5 and above. - -Even though this template is designed for dietitians in mind, it can be used for other professions as well. The template features a unique layout with a one-page design. And it can be edited with Pages, Word, Photoshop, and Illustrator. - -This minimalist CV template comes with a professional design that allows you to properly showcase your skills, experience, and education. It also includes a matching cover letter template. - -This unique resume template comes with 2 main resume pages and allows you to add as many additional pages as you like using the same layout. In addition, it includes a cover letter and a set of icons. - -If you’re a designer or a coder, this resume template will be perfect for you. This resume template features graphical skills and experience charts that are great for showcasing your skill levels. It also includes a cover letter template. - -Another simple free resume template for creating a basic resume for a teacher. It comes in Pages, Photoshop, Word, and InDesign formats. A cover letter for the template is also available separately. - -This is a colorful resume template that features an 11-page design. This template is ideal for marketers and creative professionals. It’s available in Pages, Word, InDesign, Photoshop, and Illustrator formats as well. - -Not an Apple Pages fan? Don’t worry. We have a collection of resume templates for Word and Photoshop users as well.",1731883655,0f4f0bc78f,381efd3205,,,1731883655 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/11/05/liverpool-vs-bayer-leverkusen-live-score-latest-champions/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Arne Slot conquers Xabi Alonso as Liverpool top England and Europe,"No new Premier League manager has ever won as many as 14 of his first 16 games across all competitions, as Slot has done, and this victory took him clear of Jose Mourinho, Carlo Ancelotti and Ole Gunnar Solskjaer who had all managed 13. By any measure it has been an impressive start and while Slot might have inherited a squad that were already showing signs of promise, others have fouled-up more promising inheritances. - -This was Alonso’s job had he wanted it. Instead it was Slot who led Liverpool on a run that has seen them pass Bonfire Night with just one defeat so far. They are the only side in the new Champions League format to have won all four of their games and news of the defeats for Manchester City and Real Madrid were cheered by a departing home crowd. Both those sides will come to Anfield within four days at the end of this month and the start of the next. - -Liverpool are now into the run of challenging fixtures that many had decided to wait for while they reserved judgment on Slot. The Kop waited until the end to sing the name of their manager, pointedly before they at last paid tribute to Alonso. While the latter was obliged to give thanks later, he added that it was bittersweet. Slot was clear afterwards that this had been an unusual tactical match-up, albeit one that his team dominated once the necessary adjustments had been made. - -Alonso had changed his team, Slot said, to try to flood the midfield and with the absence of a conventional No 9, Victor Boniface played out on the left. After half-time Slot’s team had a stronger hold on the game and they went to a level which Leverkusen could not cope. “Many teams’ managers change their game when they come to Anfield,” Slot said, “and that is what we have seen today.”",1731883666,4301cc1e14,3860f95147,,,1731883666 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/kentucky-mbb-players-bryson-tiller-made-up-sold-out-memorial-coliseum-crowd/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,"Kentucky MBB players, Bryson Tiller made up sold out Memorial Coliseum crowd","On Saturday, Kentucky Women’s Basketball beat Louisville for the first time in seven years. This win already solidified Kenny Brooks as one of Kentucky’s “greats,” and he did it in front of a sold-out Memorial Coliseum crowd. - -The newly renovated Historic Memorial Coliseum holds 6,250 empty seats for fans from all walks to fill. Ticket prices range from $15 for general admission to more than $200 for lower-level reserved seating. Still, Big Blue Nation (and some Cardinal fans) managed to purchase every seat in the building. While there were some empty seats from folks who couldn’t make it, the crowd made up for it by being one of the best crowds Memorial has ever seen. - -Before the game, lines outside the building wrapped around the block. Students stood outside hoping to claim some extra student section tickets, and fans with pre-purchased tickets waited eagerly to get inside. Fans showed up and showed out. In fact, this is what the stands looked like 20 minutes before tipoff… - -Things you love to see: - - - -A (close to) full Memorial Coliseum ✅ pic.twitter.com/4NHPO1AuRE — Katie Hutchison (@KHutchisonKSR) November 16, 2024 - -Special guest appearances - -Perhaps one of the least surprising and one of the most surprising things happened during last night’s game. As we know, Kentucky Men’s Basketball coach Mark Pope and women’s coach Kenny Brooks are pretty close. They were both hired this year to save two stagnant programs and have already written their names in the “Kentucky Wins to a Team They Haven’t Won Against Since 2015” book. Regardless of their status, members of the men’s team came to Memorial to support their Kentucky Basketball family. - -Brandon Garrison, Kerr Kriisa, Andrew Carr, Ansley Almonor, Collin Chandler, Jaxson Robinson, and Amari Williams all showed up to last night’s rivalry matchup. While fans were excited to get women’s and men’s basketball action, BBN was also shocked by the presence of Kentucky-born rapper Bryson Tiller. - -The “Don’t” singer was born and raised in Louisville and has been vocal about his Cardinal support for years. While he got his start in the music industry in 2011, Tiller went back to high school in recent years, earning his diploma from Iroquois High School in Louisville. Now, Tiller remains active with music but still finds time to support his Cardinals. Even though BBN and Louisville barely agree, if there’s anything we love more than our teams, it’s a Kentucky-born musician (I’m looking at you, Tyler Childers). - -UK basketball team showing some love to Bryson Tiller after UK vs Louisville game! pic.twitter.com/udWnQclwJm — Mario A Maitland (@MarioMaitland_3) November 17, 2024 - -The crowd made the difference - -Despite being down at the half, Kentucky was still able to come out with the victory over its long-time rival. The energy in Memorial Coliseum made such a big difference in the outcome of the game. If that arena was empty, we would’ve seen a much different outcome. - -“Honestly, that the people show out. You know, I think we’ve had early games, and the crowds are trickling in, but tonight it was, it was loud, and they bought great energy,” Virginia Tech transfer Georgia Amoore said following Saturday’s win. - -“And, you know, it’s what was advertised to me, that Big Blue Nation was, and I think it was great that it came tonight, but we’re going to need that when we come conference time too.” - -BBN, you heard the All-American! The team needs you to show up and show out come SEC play. Memorial is fun, the team is fun, Kenny Brooks is fun, and who knows? You might see some special guests on the Jumbotron. - -Kentucky Men’s Basketball players Brandon Garrison and Collin Chandler – Mont Dawson, Kentucky Sports Radio",1731883646,b2069ab8ff,383a6174d3,,,1731883646 -https://www.thespike.gg/valorant/news/fut-esports-wins-valorant-convergence-setting-the-stage-for-a-promising-2024-season/5802,https://www.thespike.gg/rss.xml,"FUT Esports wins VALORANT Convergence, setting the stage for a promising 2024 season","We had a best-of-five series against Team Vitality and FUT Esports on the fourth and final day. The first map was Ascent, where Team Vitality won the pistols, but FUT took over fast and managed to secure the first half with a score of 5-7. The second half of the map looked more dominant from Team Vitality, and they managed to secure the map with a final scoreline of 13-11. - -The second map was Sunset, where we saw Team Vitality coming in solid form from the previous match and carrying the momentum on their first defending half against FUT. Still, in the second half of the map, we saw FUT taking over, slowly making a comeback and securing the map with a scoreline of 13-11. - -The third map was Lotus, which was a spectacular showdown to watch. Team Vitality started very strong on the attacking side and managed to end the half with 10-2 and secure the second half pistol round as well, but suddenly we saw cNed getting activated, and this was the second time in the history of VALORANT competitive we saw an 11-3 comeback since Fnatic against LOUD in LOCK//IN. FUT managed to win their second map with a final score of 13-11. - -The fourth map of the series was Haven, where FUT carried that momentum and won the first four rounds of the map. Team Vitality then managed to win the fifth round and ending the first half with a scoreline of 6-6. As soon as FUT started their attacking half, it looked like Team VItality didn't have an answer to it, and they managed to win the match and the tournament with a final score of 3-1 - -VCT 2023 OFF SEASON - Convergence Team Vitality 1 X 3 FUT Esports Grand Final , Best of 5 - December 17, 2023 - 8:45AM 13 Ascent 11 11 Sunset 13 11 Lotus 13 8 Haven 13 Team Vitality player Rating ACS K/D/A +/- K/D KAST ADR HS% FBSR FB FD ceNder 1.11 205 70 / 67 / 34 + 3 1.04 68.8% 134.1 32% 50% 6 6 runneR 1.00 223 69 / 75 / 23 -6 0.92 70.8% 146.3 21% 52% 16 15 Kicks 0.93 171 57 / 70 / 40 -13 0.81 70.7% 112.8 20% 36% 4 7 Sayf 0.91 194 64 / 65 / 16 -1 0.98 57.6% 124.9 26% 32% 6 13 Destrian 0.88 175 54 / 68 / 36 -14 0.79 65.2% 115.2 26% 40% 8 12 FUT Esports player Rating ACS K/D/A +/- K/D KAST ADR HS% FBSR FB FD qRaxs 1.30 224 78 / 60 / 43 + 18 1.30 76.2% 145.3 31% 67% 4 2 MrFaliN 1.18 226 71 / 60 / 36 + 11 1.18 74.1% 149.1 18% 59% 13 9 cNed 1.01 219 70 / 65 / 13 + 5 1.08 70.5% 144.3 26% 63% 19 11 yetujey 1.00 191 64 / 63 / 29 + 1 1.02 77.5% 137.0 28% 47% 9 10 AtaKaptan 0.99 185 62 / 66 / 33 -4 0.94 77.8% 126.6 37% 50% 8 8 - -Convergence is a stepping stone for the official VALORANT matches in India, and fans can expect many more tournaments to be held in India in the upcoming season.",1731883667,0c89bedf6b,3804e6386f,,,1731883667 -https://www.pcgamer.com/games/action/mighty-morphin-power-rangers-ritas-rewind-is-a-retro-throwback-to-90s-action-and-the-splendor-of-the-brawler-genre,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,Mighty Morphin Power Rangers: Rita's Rewind is a retro throwback to '90s action and the splendor of the brawler genre,"One of the mainstays of '90s children's action television was Mighty Morphin Power Rangers—the American adaptation of the Japanese Super Sentai series. However, while genre contemporaries like X-Men and Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles got their own crowd-pleasing arcade-style beat-em-up games, the Power Rangers never quite had a similar treatment— despite the squad-based brawler action of the show. - -Now, more than 30 years since the TV debut of the series, developer Digital Eclipse is looking to fix that mistake with Mighty Morphin Power Rangers: Rita's Rewind – a revival in the vein of recent brawlers like TMNT: Shredder's Revenge and Streets of Rage 4. - -""Every time we approach a project at Digital Eclipse, it's about going back and contextualizing everything, being sure that when people play a game, they feel all the feels they had when they played the game back then,"" studio head Mike Mika says. ""But if they weren't around for it before, we wanna make sure that we can instill those 'feels' into younger audiences, and so this is an opportunity to try to do that with an all-new game.” - -Typically, Digital Eclipse works on remakes, remasters and living museums like The Making of Karateka and the recent Tetris Forever, rather than whole-cloth creations like Rita’s Rewind. “While it's a little bit different for us because of what we usually put out, it's all coming back for us, too, since we've done original games in the past,” Mika says. “So it was a way to exercise some of what we've learned over the years but apply it to something brand new."" - -Playing to the dev's strengths for setting the mood and propping up gaming from yesteryear, the core conceit of Rita's Rewind feels equal parts a lost episode of the series and a legacy sequel that celebrates the foundations of Mighty Morphin Power Rangers. In the story, series big bad Rita Repulsa faces defeat from the rangers of the modern era. Desperate to win, she sends herself back to the 1990s to team up with her younger self and battle greener, less experienced rangers—with the help of an army of goons and other villains across Angel Grove and beyond. - -The Powers Rangers do the Time Warp - -(Image credit: Digital Eclipse) - -It's a fun premise that plays to the wacky and exuberant tone of the series, while the fast and exciting brawler combat feels very much in line with genre classics like TMNT: Turtles in Time or the X-Men arcade game. Presented with some slick 2D sprites and a stylish CRT filter to illustrate that throwback aspect, this beat-em-up is best played and taken in with other players in-person, and fighting through the various stages with a couch co-op crew is a total blast. Busting out combos with the squad and tearing through stages as a team was thrilling, and seeing how much of the series' aesthetic and wacky tone has been recreated in Rita's Rewind gives this brawler such a strong personality. - -But, based on my early hour of the game, Rita's Rewind isn't just a pastiche of Power Rangers lore and familiar beat-em-up tropes – it's also chock full of deep cuts and gameplay sequences that pay tribute to varied arcade genres, like quasi-3D super-scaler shooters and fighting games. One neat feature tucked in the game's hangout zone—a recreation of the show's Juice Bar and youth center—are some original arcade games made by Digital Eclipse, which can be unlocked throughout the story. - -The biggest gaming news, reviews and hardware deals Keep up to date with the most important stories and the best deals, as picked by the PC Gamer team. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -(Image credit: Digital Eclipse) - -Some of the game's standout moments come from piloting the series' iconic Megazords, which dominate Panzer Dragoon-style shooter missions that culminate in kaiju-style boss fights, inspired by Punch-Out. While it took my squad some time to learn the mechanics due to the pacing and sink-or-swim style approach, it brought back those days of enjoying rowdy action with friends. - -We feel a serious responsibility to represent Power Rangers in an accurate and fun way. Dan Amrich, lead writer - -Rita's Rewind certainly hits the right notes for a throwback game, but also adds in some modern touches that enhances those elements to great effect. It is a Power Rangers game that seeks to make people feel like they're in an episode of the series, as opposed to a licensed cash grab of the kind the series has seen often. - -""I think people are really going to be surprised by how true to the show it is,"" says lead writer Dan Amrich. ""I think we're going to make the fans happy, and Power Rangers fans are desperate for something cool with the series. There were some disappointments here and there; there was supposed to be a show, which didn't happen; they want more toys, but there's none in development, that kind of stuff."" - -(Image credit: Digital Eclipse) - -""So here comes this game, and it winds up meaning a lot more to people than I think we had originally intended it would. We feel a serious responsibility to represent Power Rangers in an accurate and fun way, and hopefully in a way that the generation that grew up with it can feel comfortable sharing it with the next generation."" - -Mighty Morphin Power Rangers: Rita's Rewind is a fast and slick brawler that revels in what made the original series so memorable and fun. Its apparent reverence for the source material and the genre it's stepping into are endearing, and I really dig seeing it all come together within a time-travel hijinks conceit. It's always exciting to see a well-deserved comeback, and Rita's Rewind looks like a brawler with the right energy to give the original rangers their due.",1731883676,2b11e0dc79,3830c88f29,,,1731883676 -https://www.investopedia.com/nvidia-q3-fy-2025-earnings-preview-8746378,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_investing,What You Need To Know Ahead of Nvidia's Earnings Report,"Analyst Estimates for Q3 2025 Q2 2025 Q3 2024 Revenue $33.28 billion $30.04 billion $18.12 billion Earnings Per Share 70 cents 67 cents 37 cents Net Income $17.45 billion $16.6 billion $9.24 billion - -Key Metric: Data Center Revenue - -Nvidia’s data center revenue hit a record $26.3 billion in the second quarter, and analysts are calling for it to climb to a fresh high of $29.53 billion in the third quarter. In August, CEO Jensen Huang said, “global data centers are in full throttle to modernize the entire computing stack with accelerated computing and generative AI.” - -Morgan Stanley raised its price target for Nvidia stock to $160 from $150 earlier this week and maintained its “overweight” rating, citing the strength of its data center growth. - -""We expect NVDA's Data Center business to drive much of the growth over the next 5 years, as enthusiasm for generative AI has created a strong environment for AI/[machine learning] hardware solutions,"" the analysts said. - -Business Spotlight: Blackwell Supply - -Investors will also be watching for updates on shipments of Nvidia's Blackwell AI chip, which Huang has called ""a complete game changer for the industry."" - -However, Morgan Stanley analysts warned supply constraints could limit the upside of Nvidia's near-term outlook, adding ""we think the bigger upward revisions happen later in the year."" Nvidia has said it expects to ship several billion dollars worth of Blackwell revenue during the January quarter as production ramps up. - -Shares of Nvidia have nearly tripled in value since the start of the year, at $141.98 as of Friday's close.",1731883666,ab219445cc,37d80a538f,,,1731883666 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/writing-effective-news-releases/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Writing Effective News Releases and Pitches,"I recently came across some interesting statistics on chatbots that show 77 percent of people who engage with a customer service chatbot find the experience frustrating. Another 88 percent say they would rather speak to someone than deal with artificial intelligence. - -To add an interesting spin to the study, the article reporting the stats also shared that 35 percent of people say chatbots solve their problems effectively most of the time. Chatbots aren’t rejected because they are incompetent; rather, it’s because they aren’t human. - -This study contains important intel for PR professionals seeking to capture media attention. We live in the age of automation, and with the explosive growth of AI-based tech, it is easier than ever to delegate our communication to digital assistants. We can even unleash AI-driven chatbots to manage our customer service effectively, gaining a ton of efficiency and saving money. - -However, what often looks efficient from our side of the relationship comes across as frustrating on the other side. As the stats show, consumers don’t like it, and the media contacts we court with our PR efforts don’t like it, either. In the same way capturing customer loyalty is done with human customer service agents, capturing and keeping media attention is done with a personalized, authentic, human connection. - -Here are some steps you can take when writing pitches and news releases to leverage human connections and capture media attention. - -Prioritize Targeted Pitches Over News Releases - -Recent reports suggest news releases are dead. Although I don’t hold that opinion, I believe the age of automation has made them far less effective than they once were. - -Today’s technology makes writing and delivering news releases far too easy, meaning the average media outlet is buried in them daily. Finding valuable news in the daily deluge of news releases is like finding a needle in a haystack; no reporter or editor has time to sift through haystacks. - -As an alternative, targeted pitches pack more power. News releases — at least in the way they are typically deployed — are a type of media carpet bombing, whereas targeted pitches are more like sniper fire that identifies and focuses on one particular target, delivering a personalized impact that is difficult to ignore. - -Targeted pitches tell a reporter you took the time to understand their audience and show you considered your news in their context. News releases say you are in a hurry and want them to figure it out. - -Present Your Message in a Compelling Way - -My PR firm has worked with hundreds of clients. Many are doing exciting work, developing innovative offerings, reshaping their industries, and aiming to change the world. - -But some clients aren’t as exciting. It’s not that their work isn’t important; it’s just that it isn’t always as newsworthy. Although winning for those clients is harder, it’s not impossible. Crafting a compelling message that captures media attention requires a little more work. - -To craft compelling stories that result in media wins, three “whys” must be addressed. First, you need to communicate why your story is important. - -A client who provides retirement planning services doesn’t generate the same natural interest as the one developing AI-driven applications that detect cancer in its earliest phases. Still, you can find a reason why retirement planning is compelling, especially in an age when stats show more than half of Americans are concerned that they don’t have the financial reserves they need to retire comfortably. - -Secondly, you must communicate why your message is important now. Media outlets share a lot of evergreen content, but that is easy to come by, so you have to give them something timely to capture their attention. For instance, you can explain that the insights your retirement planner has to share align perfectly with the evolving news on the Silver Tsunami. - -Thirdly, clearly express how your story is important to the outlet’s audience. This component may be obvious if you are already focused on targeted pitches. Still, it doesn’t hurt to remind an outlet that your client’s story fits perfectly with their audience — whether due to its topic, geographical significance, demographic fit, or another key element. - -Invest In Relationships With Journalists - -Strong media relationships accomplish two key goals in the PR world. First, they make it easier to get your message through. Suppose you have a long-standing relationship with a media contact through which you have consistently and helpfully provided relevant content. In that case, they will prioritize your pitches over those of a stranger. - -Second, strong media relationships give you greater insight into the pitches that will land with your contacts. Knowing a reporter covers financial topics is good. Knowing they specialize in fintech is great, but knowing they are about to launch into a new series of articles on fintech and are looking for sources to comment on fintech ethics is even better. - -Investing in relationships with media contacts positions you as a source who can provide valuable help rather than a publicist who needs help promoting a client. It also helps you understand more fully how to target your pitches to attract media attention. - -Use Social Media and Influencers - -Connecting with today’s media means engaging with more than just news outlets. Social media offers just as powerful a forum for promoting messages as traditional media. Consider that Instagram has two billion active monthly users, while The Wall Street Journal has only 3.5 million readers. In that case, you might decide social media is more powerful for getting your message out. - -To attract attention in the social media space, apply the same strategy you employ for news reporters to social influencers. Build a relationship with them by taking the time to understand what they talk about, how they talk about it, and who they talk to. When you share info, ensure it is targeted by positioning yourself as someone with content that can improve the service influencers provide to their followers. - -Pitches and news releases are valuable tools for capturing media attention but must be deployed intelligently. Investing in strong relationships with media contacts and delivering compelling content significantly increases your chances of seeing media wins. Show that you can help the media to achieve their goals and they will be more willing to help you to achieve yours.",1731883707,4dc781f5bc,3841570211,,,1731883707 -https://www.coindesk.com/policy/2024/11/14/missing-crypto-influencer-under-investigation-by-canadian-regulator-found-dead-in-montreal-report/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=rss&utm_campaign=headlines,https://www.coindesk.com/feed,"Missing Crypto Influencer, Under Investigation by Canadian Regulator, Found Dead in Montreal: Report","The 25-year-old has been missing since he was abducted along with three others from a condo in the city on June 21. The other abductees, two women and one man, were located by police hours later. In August, Joanie Lepage, 32, was charged with first-degree murder of Mirshahi and the abduction of Mirshahi and the three others. It is not known if her actions are linked to Mirshahi’s cryptocurrency ventures.",1731883696,c08a28b4dd,384194e070,,,1731883696 -https://www.npr.org/2023/12/15/1197956091/econ-job-market-rumors-ip-addresses,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Who's posting on the anonymous Economic Jobs Market Rumors forum? : Planet Money : NPR,"What econ says in the shadows - -Enlarge this image Willa Rubin/NPR Willa Rubin/NPR - -Economics Job Market Rumors is a website that's half a job information Wiki, where people post about what's going on inside economics departments, and half a discussion forum, where anyone with an internet connection can ask the economics hive mind whatever they want. All anonymously. - -People can talk about finding work, share rumors, and just blow off steam. And that steam can get scaldingly hot. The forum has become notorious for racist and sexist posts, often attacking specific women and people from marginalized backgrounds. - -Sponsor Message - -Last year, economist Florian Ederer and engineer Kyle Jensen discovered a flaw in the way the site gave anonymity to its users. The flaw made it possible to identify which universities and institutions were the sources of many of the toxic posts on the site. And helped answer a longstanding question that's dogged the economics profession: was the toxicity on EJMR the work of a bunch of fringey internet trolls, or was it a symptom of a much deeper problem within economics itself? - -This episode was hosted by Mary Childs and Alexi Horowitz-Ghazi. It was produced by Willa Rubin with help from James Sneed and Sam Yellowhorse Kesler. It was edited by Keith Romer and engineered by Josh Newell. Fact-checking by Sierra Juarez. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Music Production - ""Sangria Spice,"" ""Pop Only Knows,"" and ""Come To Life""",1731884612,8181d7a585,385f14c3f9,,,1731884612 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMitAFBVV95cUxNa0FncGktRlVHN1pTcHEyQU1HWEJlbUY1T1JocmNzQTZva2FlZTZnYTVBSzRYOVM1d3Q4Wi1CWjNhbmlBQ1Jpck9HZjFBbm9kMURVMm5fZjBEdnZBRkE4VGctRHZBeGtLRUlvSFVxaGZEUVdHdmxZOW1mY3JrQWc5SDhqTXo0anM2d2N1dHAxdkw2S25rVjVZbnNUVWNSUlotU1pLREJiVGk4UTB2UEVEaGYzN1A?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883614,2688d2a9c6,386eb0e3cc,,,1731883614 -https://www.fodors.com/news/history/never-say-this-word-if-you-take-a-vacation-on-the-isle-of-man,https://www.fodors.com/feed,NEVER Say This Word If You Travel Here,"On the Isle of Man, superstition and tradition reign supreme... - -When driving along the A5, the main road between Douglas and Port Erin on the Isle of Man, one important tradition must be heeded: Saying “hello”tto the fairies when crossing the Fairy Bridge outside of the small town of Santon. If you don’t, you might get in trouble. - -The Isle of Man is a self-governing Crown Dependency of Great Britain, located in the Irish Sea between England and Ireland. The island was initially settled by the Celts but was conquered by the Vikings in the 11th century. Today, it is best known for its TT Races, an annual motorcycle race, its flag depicting a triskelion made up of three legs, and its rather weird-looking cats without tails. - -Roughly the size of Aruba, its 85,000-strong population, the Manx people are a Celtic ethnic group with their own language—and they are a superstitious lot. Whatever you do, never say the word “rat,” as in the rodent, in front of the locals. - -Ever. - -Manx Fairies - -When most people think of fairies, they imagine pretty little things with wings flitting around on soft moss cushions. Not so the Manx fairies. Here they are the size of a small child, reaching a height of three feet, human-looking, but with distinct outfits featuring a red cap, green jacket, and a temper. - -They are a mischievous bunch, living in the woods and by streams. A popular location for them is beneath the Fairy Bridge, and the fairies expect to be greeted by everybody who crosses the bridge. If you fail to do so, you might be jinxed with bad luck following you, ranging from drivers running out of petrol straight after the bridge to old tales of children being abducted by the fairy folk. - -Continue Reading Article After Our Video Recommended Fodor’s Video - -Even the TT competitors, who race around the island’s roads at speeds up to 136.36mph, usually take their time to greet the fairies. Stories have been told of racers who neglected to heed the custom and who consequently had flat tires and even missed their flights back to the mainland. - -A normal “hello, fairies” is sufficient, but if you want to get into their good books, address them in the Manx language with moghrey mie (good morning) or fastyr mie (good afternoon). - -A Rodent That Cannot Be Named - -While the fairies can wreak havoc, another superstition that is even more pronounced is that of saying “rat.” Nobody on the island will say the word out loud, and when I asked the landlady of a busy pub, who was from England, what would happen if I said the “r-a-t” word, she advised against it, saying that I would most likely be “clobbered” and kicked out by the locals. - -The superstition originated in the 1600s when a leading aristocrat from the island was due to travel to England to receive a knighthood but stepped on a rat, which also bit his foot. He fell over, broke his nose, and, according to Manx law, people with facial disfiguration could not rule, and the poor old rodent has been blamed ever since. - -The belief is so strong that only alternative words are being used, with “ringies” and “longtails” being the most popular. When the Irish band The Boomtown Rats were due to play at the TT Races, they had to promise to change their name for the event and were subsequently billed as the Boomtown Longtails. - -When uninitiated visitors to the island accidentally refer to the rodents by their given name, they tend to set off a myriad of countermeasures to avoid the sure-to-follow bad luck. Locals start to whistle, touch wood or iron, and generally turn very pale, fearing the worst. - -The Story of the Talking Mongoose - -But it is not only fairies and longtails which have deep roots in the Isle of Man’s folklore. There is also a talking mongoose. - -Now, if you think a mongoose is unlikely to live on an island in the Irish Sea, then you’d be right. This was an Indian mongoose called Gef (pronounced Jeff), who spoke several languages and, in the 1920s, lived in the farmhouse of the Irving family. According to the family, he was a witty conversationalist, and the story brought journalists from near and far to their house. - -Alas, Gef only spoke to members of the family, never to outsiders. Yet, the story has caught the imagination of the islands and Hollywood, with a recent film, Nandor Fodor and the Talking Mongoose, reigniting the interest. The film is based on the true story of early-20th century parapsychologist, Nandor Fodor (who was not related to the founder of this publication, Eugene Fodor), and his investigation of the Manx mongoose. - -The Hauntings of Moddey Dhoo - -Peel Castle, in the small port of Peel on the island’s west coast, is another local legend, said to be by the Moddey Dhoo. The words “moddey dhoo” are an aberration of the original Manx words mauthe doog, which simply means black dog. - -First documented in the 1700s, the dog was said to have been a shaggy spaniel-type who tended to enter the castle at night via a passage to meander through the various rooms of the castle but preferred to snuggle down in front of the lit fire in the guards’ room. According to lore, two guards were supposed to go together each night lock the passage gate, as the pair could effectively ward off the apparition; but one night, a guard went against the rules and locked the passage gate alone. He saw something so terrifying he died shortly thereafter. The passage was subsequently blocked off, another one constructed, and the Moddey Dhoo was not seen again for years. - -Sir Walter Scott resurrected the legend in his 1823 novel Peveril of the Peak, but it was not until the early 1900s that new sightings of Moddy Dhoo were reported, and the dog still seems to roam the countryside today. - -Festivals to Ward Off Evil - -On October 31, Hop tu Naa is celebrated. The oldest continuously celebrated festival is the Isle of Man’s Halloween equivalent. Formerly the Celtic New Year, it was thought to be the time you were between our world and the other world when fortunes were told, superstitions ran amok, and all evil was actively shoo-ed away with lanterns, song, and fires. - -Just to be on the safe side, there is another annual festival, Oie Voaldyn, also known as Beltane, which takes place on May 1, combining the welcoming of summer and scaring away the darkness of winter and all evil. Fairies are supposed to be most active during that night, and festivities also include a large black dog, considering the celebrations take place in Peel, by the castle. - -To this day, some locals are still thought to be following the old tradition of placing a simple cross called the Crosh Cuirn, made from twigs and held together with sheep’s wool, on doorways, warding off evil and bad luck. Because on the little Isle of Man, you simply cannot be too careful.",1731883671,ed13a32224,389349c8d5,,,1731883671 -https://abcnews.go.com/Politics/wireStory/iranian-official-met-musk-step-ease-tensions-trump-115921259,https://abcnews.go.com/abcnews/politicsheadlines,Iranian official met with Musk in a possible step to ease tensions with Trump,"A U.S. official says Iran successfully sought a meeting with Elon Musk in a step that appeared aimed at easing tensions with President-elect Donald Trump - -Iranian official met with Musk in a possible step to ease tensions with Trump - -WASHINGTON -- Iran successfully sought a meeting with Elon Musk, according to a U.S. official, one in a series of steps that appeared aimed at easing tensions with President-elect Donald Trump. - -Iran's U.N. Ambassador Amir Saeid Iravani met with Musk — a Trump ally named this week to advise his administration on ways to cut the federal government — on Monday in New York, according to a U.S. official briefed on the meeting by a foreign colleague. - -The official said he had been informed that the discussion covered a variety of topics, most notably Iran’s nuclear program, its support for anti-Israel groups throughout the Middle East and prospects for improved relations with the United States. - -The official, who spoke on condition of anonymity to discuss a non-U.S. governmental meeting, said no immediate decisions were taken by either side. The official said the Iranians sought the meeting with Musk, the world's richest man, and that it did not take place at the Iranian mission to the U.N. - -The Trump transition team would not confirm or deny the meeting, which was first reported by The New York Times. - -“The American people re-elected President Trump because they trust him to lead our country and restore peace through strength around the world. When he returns to the White House, he will take the necessary action to do just that,” Karoline Leavitt, a spokesperson for the Trump transition, said in a statement. - -However, Iran's state-run IRNA news agency reported on Saturday that Iran’s Foreign Ministry spokesman Esmail Baghaei denied the country’s U.N. Ambassador Amir Saeid Iravani met with Musk in New York and expressed surprise at the extensive media coverage by American outlets on this matter. - -Iran's outreach comes as Trump has been announcing picks for key foreign policy posts — including Sen. Marco Rubio for secretary of state and Rep. Mike Waltz for national security adviser — who are expected to be tough on Iran. - -Intelligence officials have said Iran opposed Trump's second term, seeing him as more likely to increase tension between Washington and Tehran. Trump’s administration ended a nuclear deal with Iran, reimposed sanctions and ordered the killing of Iranian Gen. Qassem Soleimani, an act that prompted Iran’s leaders to vow revenge. - -The Justice Department this month revealed an Iranian murder-for-hire plot to kill Trump, charging a man who said he had been tasked by an Iranian government official in September with planning Trump's assassination. The Iranian foreign ministry rejected the report. - -The plot was part of what federal officials have described as ongoing efforts by Iran to target U.S. government officials, including Trump, on U.S. soil. Last summer, for instance, the Justice Department charged a Pakistani man with ties to Iran in a murder-for-hire plot targeting American officials. - -Meanwhile, The Wall Street Journal reported, citing unnamed U.S. officials, that Iran told the Biden administration in a written message delivered on Oct. 14 that it would not try to kill Trump. It was a response to an earlier warning from the U.S. that an attempt on Trump's life would be considered an act of war, the Journal reported. - -In response to inquiries about reports in the Journal and other outlets, Iran's U.N. mission said it does not issue public statements about “official messages exchanged between the two countries.” - -""The Islamic Republic of Iran has long declared its commitment to pursuing Martyr Soleimani’s assassination through legal and judicial avenues, while adhering fully to the recognized principles of international law,” its statement said. - -While Supreme Leader Ayatollah Ali Khamenei, who has final say on all matters of state, has repeatedly expressed his own disgust with Trump, Iran’s new reformist president has kept the door open to talks with Trump to seek relief from international sanctions. - -The Trump transition team did not respond to messages seeking comment on the Iranian mission's statement Friday. - -___ - -Lederer reported from the United Nations. AP reporter Michelle L. Price contributed from West Palm Beach, Florida.",1731883660,948678c443,38bc04e4fc,,,1731883660 -https://www.biometricsinstitute.org/relationship-between-biometrics-and-ai/,https://www.biometricsinstitute.org/feed/,The relationship between AI and biometrics is nuanced and complex,"Biometrics Institute continues global dialogue on AI and biometrics and finds “it depends…” - -Biometrics Institute members and special guests met for an On the Pulse Conversation to continue the global dialogue on the relationship of artificial intelligence (AI) and biometrics. Building upon discussions held at previous in-person events, the Institute asked over 100 members in this online event to define the relationship between AI and biometrics. - -The goal of this dialogue is to create a comprehensive statement that reflects diverse perspectives and arguments. This statement will be presented to members for review at the upcoming Biometrics Institute Congress in London (22-23 October 2024) and Showcase Australia in Canberra (4 December 2024). The final statement will serve as a valuable resource for the Institute’s future communications, fostering greater clarity and understanding around AI and biometrics. - -“It is becoming clearer that the question of what is AI and what is biometrics depends very much on the context, potentially breaking down the use of biometrics into processes to determine where AI comes into play” said Isabelle Moeller, CEO of the Biometrics Institute. - -There is already consensus that AI is a tool to enhance biometrics. Explaining to the public what the relationship is, remains a challenge as a technical definition given by the International Standards Organisation is unlikely to be the answer. The conversation will continue and we invite our members and other biometrics experts to provide their perspectives and make this more understandable to the general public. - -Respected experts from the field that participated in the conversation included: - -Dan Bachenheimer, Director, Biometrics Institute - -Brett Feldon, Head Digital Identity Group, Biometrics Institute - -Martin George, Member Digital Identity Group, Biometrics Institute - -Roger Baldwin, Advisory Council Member, Biometrics Institute - -Find out more about the Biometrics Institute’s mission and commitment to responsible, ethical and effective use of biometrics. - -About the Biometrics Institute: - -The Biometrics Institute is the independent and impartial international membership organisation for biometric users and other interested parties. It was established in 2001 to promote the responsible and ethical use of biometrics and has offices in London and Sydney. - -The member register which represents a global and diverse multi-stakeholder community now lists over 180 membership organisations from 34 countries. It includes banks, airlines, government agencies, biometric experts, privacy experts, suppliers, academics and 14 Observers representing United Nations agencies, IGOs and European Union institutions. - -The Biometrics Institute connects the global biometrics community. It shares knowledge with its members and key stakeholders and most importantly, develops good practices and thought leadership for the responsible, ethical and effective use of biometrics. - -For more information, please email Marco Lombardi.",1731883661,12050f7d1f,38d6182d5f,,,1731883661 -https://www.dexerto.com/boxing/jake-paul-admits-to-not-pushing-for-ko-against-mike-tyson-2981672/,https://www.dexerto.com/feed/,Jake Paul admits to not pushing for KO against Mike Tyson,"Jake Paul has admitted he didn’t want to knock Mike Tyson out cold, claiming he “didn’t want to hurt” the 58-year-old more than necessary. - -It’s finally all said and done, Jake Paul vs Mike Tyson is now behind us. While Paul promised fireworks, yelling Tyson “must die” during the weigh-ins, the actual fight itself was a relatively dull affair. - -Paul, 27, outstruck Iron Mike through eight two-minute rounds to earn himself a unanimous victory on the judges scorecards. Though much like with every Paul fight, conspiracy theorists were out in full force, convinced the bout was scripted one way or another. - -Article continues after ad - -While any intelligent human knows that’s obviously not the case, Paul has admitted he was pulling his punches somewhat as the fight dragged on. With each passing round, Tyson showed his age more and more, and for Paul, he saw a living legend across from him that he didn’t want to brutally hurt. - -Article continues after ad - -“At any point did you start to take your foot off the gas because you noticed he was tiring out?” Andreas Hale of ESPN asked during the post-fight press conference. - -Article continues after ad - -“Yeah, definitely,” Paul admitted without hesitation. “I wanted to give the fans a show. I didn’t want to hurt someone that didn’t need to be hurt.” - -While Tyson remained somewhat flat-footed, the 58-year-old unable to match the 27-year-old’s speed in the ring, Paul felt he couldn’t go all out to “make it exciting” for the fans. - -“I tried to give the best fight I possibly could, but when someone’s just surviving in the ring, it’s hard to make it exciting,” he said. “I couldn’t really get him to engage me. But I don’t care what people have to say, it is what it is. - -Article continues after ad - -“There was a point where I was like ‘Ok he’s not really engaging back,’ I could just tell his age was showing. I have so much respect for him. That violence, war thing between us, that kind of went away as the rounds went on.” - -Article continues after ad - -Another factor that may have caused some hesitation in the ring was later revealed as Paul claimed to have “completely sprained [his] ankle” 22 days prior to the bout. “I was on crutches for 4-5 days,” he said. “I don’t know how it didn’t get leaked. I missed about two weeks of sparring.”",1731883653,9d7eb4fc17,38d86a2650,,,1731883653 -https://mashable.com/deals/echo-vs-echo-dot,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,Echo vs. Echo Dot: Which Amazon device should you buy during Black Friday?,"Table of Contents - -Table of Contents Table of Contents Difference between Echo and Echo Dot Smarter, easier living features Price and competition Privacy concerns So, to Echo or to Echo Dot? Frequently Asked Questions - -The Amazon Echo was first released in 2015 and has come a long way since. The brand’s line-up is expansive and includes a variety of Echos. Do you want to be able to video call your family with Echo Show 10's sleek swivel screen? Maximize affordability with the Echo Pop? Or upgrade your kids' rooms with an Echo device just for kids? - -Smart speakers like Amazon's Echo family of products are a great starting point if you’re looking to get a smarter home because they're affordable and easy to use. Beyond just playing music, they can help you find your next binge-watch, read the news, and adjust room settings. - -A common dilemma many shoppers face is ""to Echo or to Echo Dot?"" The Echo (Fourth Generation) and Echo Dot (Fifth Generation) are very similar at first glance. Given that the latest Dot was released in 2022 and the 4th Gen Echo came out two years before that, there are obvious technical upgrades in the Dot that don't exist in its bulkier predecessor. - -But more importantly, when is a good shop to these devices? Yes, they're affordable, the Echo starts at $99.99 and the Dot $49.99, however, you don't need to — and shouldn't — buy them full price. During Black Friday, you'll find Echos at their lowest prices ever — we've seen the Echo Dot go as low as $22.99. If you're looking for deals, we're tracking them all Black Friday season. - -The Echo (Fourth Generation) and Echo Dot (Fifth Generation) fall in the middle of the Echo line-up. The Echo Show, is at the top of the range, with its motion-tracking screen, while the Echo Pop is even smaller and more budget-friendly than the Dot. - -Bad at making uninformed choices? Same here. To help you out, we compared these smart speakers side by side. Here’s everything you need to know if you’re deciding between the Echo and the Echo Dot. - -Good things come in colorful packages. Credit: Stacia Datskovska / Mashable - -Difference between Echo and Echo Dot - -Amazon Echo smart speaker review (4th Gen) - -The Echo weighs 34.2 ounces and its dimensions are 5.7 x 5.7 x 5.2 inches. On its round exterior, you'll find an action button, volume buttons, a mic-off button, a light-up ring, a power port, and a 3.5-millimeter audio output. With three distinct color options currently available at Amazon, this under-$100 device is sure to fit your home decor seamlessly. - -Setting up the Echo is also seamless and you can use it within minutes. Indeed, the only things inside the package are the device itself, a power adapter, and two guides. The setup guide is highly visual, which is always a perk. To begin, you have to download the Alexa app and sign in. No, you don't need to have a Prime account to use an Amazon smart device (though its range of possibilities surely increases for those of us who are Prime members). Plug in the included power adapter into the Echo and then plug the Echo into a wall outlet. The light ring on the Echo will turn blue when it’s on and then orange when Alexa greets you. Next, connect the Echo to your home WiFi network. The Alexa app will then walk you through the rest of the setup process, including customizing your ""wake word,"" mastering the pronunciation of your name, allowing access to phone contacts, and more. - -Once all that is ready, you're good to go. Give your newest smart home companion a warm welcome: After all, it will be your go-to from now on for blasting music, waking you up in the morning, providing news and weather reports, calling loved ones, and so much more. - -Amazon Echo Dot smart speaker review (5th Gen) - -The Echo Dot takes smart living to a new level. Though this device is two years newer than the aforementioned Echo (4th Gen), it's actually $50 cheaper. - -The Echo Dot weighs 10.7 ounces, a third of the size of the Echo, and its dimensions are 3.9 x 3.9 x 3.5 inches. This baby can easily fit on countertops, shelves, or nightstands. Similar to the Echo, it boasts an action button, a microphone-off button, volume controls, a light ring, and a power port. It pretty much comes with the same color options as the bigger Echo, except for its deep sea blue shade being slightly darker than the Echo's twilight blue shade. Potayto, potahto. - -Setup is also a breeze with the Echo Dot. First, plug it into a wall outlet and open the Alexa app to start setup. (You’ll need to download the Alexa app on your smartphone beforehand.) Once you open the app, select “devices” and then select the “+” icon. Follow the on-screen instructions from that point on and personalize the device to your liking. - -What you get when you order an Amazon Echo Dot. Credit: Stacia Datskovska / Mashable - -Smarter, easier living features - -Echo - -The Amazon Echo functions as your personal butler and best friend. Since it's a smart speaker that connects to the Alexa Voice Service, you use it to do everything from playing the latest hits to purchasing some kitchen staples to killing your boredom with a round of Jeopardy! Advanced sound technology helps the Echo immediately respond to you and recognize your voice. In fact, during the setup process on the Alexa app, Echo learns your voice's cadences and pitch by making you repeat some sample prompts. Impressive. - -You can tell Alexa exactly what to put on your grocery list and manage the items on your Alexa app. Credit: Screenshot: Amazon - -Prompt response: Beamforming technology, noise-cancelation, and seven microphones will enable the Echo to hear you from your nearby location. Just speak the wake word and say commands like “Alexa, find an Amazon Music playlist,” or “Alexa, call Dad” for immediate assistance. Something to note: Your speaker does not by any means have to be called Alexa. Other fun options include Echo, Ziggy, or Santa. Referring to your device as that last option unlocks a whole new Ho-Ho-Ho personality for it. Another thing to note: Amazon is getting better about accessibility, in the form of Adaptive Listening. This feature, when enabled, essentially gives you more time to finish speaking — Alexa's way of accommodating speech patterns like stuttering. - -Beats master: Of course the Echo can play music, but it’s more than a basic speaker. It comes with Dolby premium sound that fills a whole room — with deep bass and clear high notes alike. If you have two Echo devices in one room, you can actually tell one of them to ""play music everywhere,"" which will amplify sound to even higher levels and make for an actual at-home clubbing experience. Word of caution, however — Alexa didn't cooperate with me, strangely, when I tried to test out this feature. For those of us who are highly picky about music streaming services, Amazon lets you set default options which you can change at any time. Do you want Alexa to pick music from Apple Music but podcasts from Spotify? No problem, there's an option for that. - -Hands-free communication: If you need to message or call loved ones, the Echo has your back. You can use Alexa to communicate with people via phone or text on the Echo, without grabbing your smartphone. Plus, Alexa can also make household announcements across Amazon Echo devices at home, so your family knows if dinner is ready or guests are arriving. Use the Drop-In feature to connect to other Amazon Echo devices or the Announcement feature to record cute messages in your own voice (accompanied by a range of sound effect offerings, including dinner bell, kiss, trumpet, as well as, a bit alarmingly, toilet flush and fart). - -Control smart devices: If you have other smart devices that work with Alexa, you can easily control them with Echo's Zigbee smart home hub. Just ask Alexa to dim the lights, adjust the room temperature, or turn on a compatible smart-plug-connected appliance. The best thing about this? You don’t have to press any buttons, and you can even engineer routines for yourself ahead of time to set these processes in motion at a certain time in your home. - -The Echo can double as a night light Credit: Stacia Datskovska / Mashable - -Echo Dot - -Making the smart living switch isn’t always budget-friendly, but the Echo Dot is affordable and provides great voice control features. These features aren't all that different from what you get with the Echo. The only true upgrades are new motion sensors that let you touch-control the device, the 1.73-inch front-firing speaker (versus a woofer and tweeters), and ""Eero mesh network support so the Echo Dot can serve as a node for your Eero network if you use one,"" according to our sister site, PCMag. Use the Dot to receive reminders, save cookie recipes to your app for future reference, bask your room in a night light glow, communicate with friends and family, soothe yourself with some white noise, and beyond. - -Listening companion: We’ve all tried the conventional speaker setup, which typically involves too many outlets and wires. Echo Dot offers the opposite experience for all your listening needs. You can use your voice to play music through streaming services, including Amazon Music, Apple Music, and Spotify. Plus, Audible and other media forms are available on the Echo Dot. Ask Alexa to find the perfect playlist or podcast, and you’ll have something to listen to when you cook in the kitchen, lounge on the couch, or work out in your living room. Another extra-cool feature? The Dot will start playing deep sleep music when it detects sounds of snoring — if you enable it to do so. - -Task help: There are times we wish that we had a personal assistant for little things, including making lists and scheduling calendars. The Echo Dot helps make your everyday routine (and entertainment) more seamless with voice control. Try saying: ""Alexa, set a timer for five minutes,"" ""Alexa, play the Reuters news briefing,"" ""Alexa, open my daily horoscope,"" or ""Alexa, find my phone."" The possibilities are endless. Be sure to reference the ""more"" tab on the Alexa app to browse through all of the Echo Dot's offerings. - -Use the Dot to send messages to houseguests, remind you of tasks, and more! Credit: Screenshot: Amazon - -Converse with and check in on loved ones: Like the Echo, the Echo Dot allows you to send messages, make phone calls, and use other Echo devices as intercoms. Enjoy hands-free communication with loved ones and make announcements via Drop-In to keep everyone in touch at home. If you have elderly parents at home, you can also take advantage of Alexa Together — Amazon's remote caregiving offering that does cost extra but allows you to connect compatible fall detection devices to the Echo Dot, see snapshots of your loved ones' daily interactions with Alexa, get 24/7 access to trained agents who can call 911 in case of an emergency, create gentle reminders such as ""take your pills,"" and more. - -Monitor your smart home environment: The Echo Dot also offers the option to monitor smart devices at home. If you have light bulbs, thermostats, or streaming media players that are compatible with Alexa, you can control their activity with the Echo Dot. Just speak to Alexa in your room of choice, and you can easily monitor lighting, temperature, and more with verbal commands. Also, if you enable sound detection routines, you can program a particular sound (dog barking, oven dinging, door opening) to trigger a certain Alexa Routine. This feature has an accessibility bonus since it can be used as a way to provide visual cues to those with hearing challenges. For instance, ""if Alexa detects running water for a period of time... she can trigger the living room smart lights to flash on and off, serving as a visual reminder to shut off the faucet,"" as reported in USA Today. - -Don't let the Dot's size fool you — it's mighty smart. Credit: Stacia Datskovska / Mashable - -Price and competition - -Echo - -At $99.99, the Echo is moderately priced, but it comes with benefits that go beyond other smart speakers. With its high-tech sound features, including Dolby audio, you’ll be able to enjoy your favorite beats at the right volume. When you’re entertaining guests, you can engage the multi-room music feature to turn your pad into a dance floor (adjusting bass settings accordingly). In addition to playing music, the Echo allows you to control smart devices and communicate with loved ones via voice control. It also comes with a skills range so extensive that it might take you months to try them all out. - -Mashable Deals Want more early Black Friday deals right in your inbox? Sign up for the Mashable Deals newsletter. Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -The Echo comes with a one-year limited warranty that covers defects in materials and workmanship. If you would like additional protection, you can buy an extended warranty separately at Amazon. - -In terms of competition, the $99.99 Apple HomePod mini can be considered a pretty close match (at least price-wise). It's teeny compared to the Echo, though, and a larger/more advanced Apple smart speaker — the HomePod — will cost you $299 (see our full review of the Apple Homepod). While this competitor might be a better choice for Apple fans, due to its easy iOS compatibility, Siri isn't as smart or loyal of an assistant as Alexa in our opinion. - -Echo Dot - -For those on a technology budget, the 5th Gen Echo Dot delivers all the smart speaker benefits at a fraction of the price. At $49.99, it’s more affordable than other Amazon Echo devices (despite being the newest Dot) and still has desirable features like advanced voice recognition, smart device control, and assistance with small tasks via Alexa. - -Unlike the Echo, the Echo Dot only comes with a 90-day limited warranty. It’s applicable to defects in materials and workmanship and you can contact Amazon’s Customer Service for assistance. This warranty, too, can be extended to a one-year, two-year, or even three-year plan for an additional fee. - -If we're talking about what's available on the smart speaker market that can compare to the Dot, the Google-Assistant-powered Nest Mini (2nd Generation) immediately comes to mind, as it also costs $49.99. The Nest Mini is cute as a button (and weighs almost as much). It's compatible with streaming services like Spotify, Pandora, and iHeart Radio, as well as Youtube, has smart home pairing with Arlo, Nest, Ring, and other appliances, and it allows you to voice-purchase essentials from storefronts that aren't limited to Amazon. Still, with the Dot's new-and-improved front-firing speaker, there's no question that it wins the contest when it comes to quality audio. Also, with its upgraded temperature and movement sensors, the Dot seems to be leading the smart home game. I mean, what other speaker will listen for the sound of broken glass and immediately alert you to a potential robbery happening when you're MIA fr - -Clearly, the Echo is way bigger than the Echo Dot (reflected in their price difference). Credit: Stacia Datskovska / Mashable - -Privacy concerns - -With all Amazon Echo devices comes concern about privacy. In the past, according to what reporter Jack Morse wrote for Mashable a few years back, ""Alexa has been known to record people and rooms even when there's no wake word spoken intentionally — or spoken at all."" The fact that it can be listening in on your most private conversations — or else sneakily gather info like a credit card number you say when purchasing something over the phone — is legitimately scary. - -Amazon has realized that tons of people have been turning away from their Echo product line because of this very risk. That's why now, on the Alexa app, you can review your daily voice history and delete anything you don't vibe with, manage the access to data certain skills have, and more. On the exterior of both the 4th Gen Echo and 5th Gen Echo Dot, you can also find a mic-off button that will prevent any audio input from reaching Alexa. For more information about how Amazon handles user privacy, check out its Q&A on the matter. - -So, to Echo or to Echo Dot? - -If you want a large smart speaker that delivers high-quality sound, allows you to engage in hands-free control, and use your voice to communicate with loved ones, the $99.99 4th Gen Echo is a good call. Another perk of this device is that it’s customizable: You can choose a decorative shell to compliment your home decor vibe. Plus, it works with other Amazon Echo devices for the ultimate sound setup whenever you need it.",1731883655,644d6c1ea1,38e0b5e996,,,1731883655 -https://mashable.com/article/australia-india-1st-test-2024-live-stream-for-free,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,How to watch Australia vs. India 1st Test online for free,"TL;DR: Live stream Australia vs. India for free on 7Plus. Access this free streaming site from anywhere in the world with ExpressVPN. - -It really doesn't get much bigger than a Test series between Australia and India. This rivarly goes way back, with matches between these two countries often going down to the wire. - -Australia leads the head-to-head record 45-32 in the Test format, and will be confident of adding to that lead at home. India are coming off a 3-0 defeat to New Zealand on home turf, but you can never count them out. Any team with superstars like Rohit Sharma, Virat Kohli, and Rishabh Pant will always have a chance of winning. - -If you want to watch Australia vs. India (1st Test) for free from anywhere in the world, we have all the information you need. - -When is Australia vs. India (1st Test)? - -The 1st Test between Australia and India takes place from Nov. 22 to Nov. 26. This Test match takes place at the Optus Stadium. - -The full schedule for India's five-Test tour of Australia is as follows: - -Mashable Top Stories Stay connected with the hottest stories of the day and the latest entertainment news. Sign up for Mashable's Top Stories newsletter Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -Australia vs. India (1st Test) — Nov. 22 to Nov. 26 - -Australia vs. India (2nd Test) — Dec. 6 to Dec. 10 - -Australia vs. India (3rd Test) — Dec. 14 to Dec. 18 - -Australia vs. India (4th Test) — Dec. 25 to Dec. 30 - -Australia vs. India (5th Test) — Jan. 2 to Jan. 7 - -The good news for fans is that every Test match is available to live stream for free. - -How to watch Australia vs. India for free - -Australia vs. India (1st Test) is available to live stream for free on 7Plus in Australia. - -If you're abroad for this Test series, you should consider using a VPN to unblock 7Plus. These tools can hide your real IP address (digital location) and connect you to a secure server in Australia, meaning you can access free live streams of Australia vs. India from around the world. - -Access free live streams of Australia vs. India by following these simple steps: - -Subscribe to a streaming-friendly VPN (like ExpressVPN) Download the app to your device of choice (the best VPNs have apps for Windows, Mac, iOS, Android, Linux, and more) Open up the app and connect to a server in Australia Visit 7Plus Stream Australia vs. India for free from anywhere in the world - -The best VPNs for streaming are not free, but most do offer free-trials or money-back guarantees. By leveraging these offers, you can watch Australia vs. India (1st Test) without committing with your cash. This clearly isn't a long-term solution, but it does give you enough time to live stream this Test series before recovering your investment. - -What is the best VPN for 7Plus? - -ExpressVPN is the best choice for bypassing geo-restrictions to stream live cricket on 7Plus, for a number of reasons: - -Servers in 105 countries including Australia - -Easy-to-use app available on all major devices including iPhone, Android, Windows, Mac, and more - -Strict no-logging policy so your data is secure - -Fast connection speeds free from throttling - -Up to eight simultaneous connections - -30-day money-back guarantee - -A one-year subscription to ExpressVPN is on sale for $99.95 and includes an extra three months for free — 49% off for a limited time. This plan also includes a year of free unlimited cloud backup and a generous 30-day money-back guarantee. - -Live stream Australia vs. India (1st Test) for free with ExpressVPN.",1731883664,644d6c1ea1,38e2fa3316,,,1731883664 -https://www.credible.com/blog/student-loans/interest-free-loans/,https://www.credible.com/blog/student-loans/feed/,Can I Get an Interest-Free Student Loan?,"When you’re counting up the costs of attending college, don’t forget about interest. If you have to borrow to pay for your tuition or living expenses, you’ll need to eventually pay back every penny you borrowed, plus interest. Federal student loans have interest rates between 5.50% and 8.05% for the 2023-24 school year, depending on the type of loan. Private student loans can come with even higher rates. But you may have options for lower-interest loans, or even a loan with no interest at all. Where to find interest-free student loans Interest-free student loans are rare, but can be found from some nonprofit organizations, charitable foundations, or religious institutions. Since you’re not paying any interest, these loans can save you thousands of dollars over the life of your loan and reduce your monthly payment. A student loan calculator can show you just how powerful these programs are. A $20,000 student loan paid back over 10 years at a 5% interest rate will require you to pay $212/month, and pay nearly $5,500 in interest over the life of the loan. At a 0% interest rate, your monthly payment is just $167 and you would avoid interest altogether. Eligibility for these loans varies, and some are location specific. Each interest-free student loan program also has maximum amounts you may be able to borrow. - -Tip: It’s best to start your search locally. Your high school guidance counselor or college financial aid office may be able to point you toward interest-free loans you may qualify for. - -Just like scholarships and grants, interest-free student loan programs are extremely competitive. Programs open to students across the United States include: Bill Raskob Foundation - -Evalee C. Schwarz Charitable Trust for Education - -International Association of Jewish Free Loans Who is eligible for an interest-free loan? Every interest-free loan program has its own criteria for who qualifies. Some are based primarily on merit, while others are based heavily on financial need. Since each program is so different, it’s hard to determine any hard-and-fast rules. Read the qualification criteria carefully before applying for an interest-free loan program. But you can expect to encounter a few of the following requirements to be considered: U.S. citizenship - -Residency in a particular U.S. state or city - -Strong academic credentials on a high school or college transcript - -Financial need, as determined by completing the FAFSA - -Plans to study a particular subject - -Essay composition - -In-person interview Many programs are limited to students in one particular geographic area, such as a state or metropolitan area. For example: Central Scholarship offers interest-free loans to students in Maryland with at least a 2.8 GPA. - -The Abe and Annie Seibel Foundation has an interest-free student loan program open to applicants in Texas. - -The Scholarship Foundation of St. Louis offers interest- and fee-free loans to students from the St. Louis metropolitan area. Others are based on particular interest groups. For example, the Military Officers Association of America offers an interest-free student loan program for children of active-duty or retired military officers. Again, your guidance counselor or financial aid office may be the best resource for finding interest-free loan programs you may qualify for. FAFSA and federal student loans To qualify for an interest-free student loan, you’ll need to fill out the Free Application for Federal Student Aid, (FAFSA). This form can also make you eligible for a wealth of education financing options from the federal government. Some of these are free. Many universities use the FAFSA to offer scholarships and grants for students with financial need. The federal government also offers Pell Grants to students with significant financial need. These grants are currently about $7,400/year, and do not need to be repaid. You may qualify for other types of federal student aid, as well. One example is federal work-study, where you take a part-time job at your university or a local nonprofit. You’ll receive a paycheck just like any other employee, with the money helping you meet your higher education expenses. Work-study jobs have a host of protections, including a prohibition on being required to work during your class time. Federal student loans are not interest-free. You’ll generally need to pay a fixed interest rate that’s set at the time you take out your loan. The rate varies based on the type of loan you choose. Currently, federal student loan interest rates are: 5.50% for undergraduate students taking out Direct Subsidized Loans or Direct Unsubsidized Loans. - -7.05% for graduate or professional students with Direct Unsubsidized Loans. - -8.05% for graduate or professional students or parents of undergraduate students taking out Direct PLUS Loans. - -Important: Through September 1, 2023, the interest rate on federal student loans was 0%, as part of the government’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Required loan payments were also temporarily suspended during this time. - -While you do pay interest, federal student loans have a number of benefits you won’t find in other loan programs. Generally, you’re not required to start repaying your federal student loans until you graduate or leave school. You also may qualify for an income-driven repayment plan, where your monthly payment is capped at a certain percentage of your disposable income. And with subsidized loans, the government pays the interest accrued while you’re enrolled in school or in forbearance. Additional options for college expenses Paying for higher education can feel overwhelming, plenty of options do exist. If you aren’t able to qualify for an interest-free student loan, you may consider one of these two common ways to finance your college or university expenses. Private student loans Private student loans are available from banks and other lenders, and often used to cover gaps in higher education expenses not covered by federal student loans or other financial aid. These loans can have fixed or variable interest rates, set based on your credit score. If you have a limited credit history, you may be required to have a parent or family member cosign the loan, agreeing to be equally responsible for paying it back. Private student loans generally do not have income-driven repayment plans, and you’ll be responsible for paying interest as soon as the loan is disbursed. But they can come with a couple of benefits: many private lenders allow you to defer loan payments until after you graduate. And you may qualify for a lower interest rate than on federal student loans if you have excellent credit. The companies in the table below are Credible’s approved partner lenders. - -Advertiser Disclosure Lender Fixed (APR) Loan Amounts Min. Credit Score 4.3 Credible rating 3.49% - 15.49% $1,000 up to 100% of school-certified cost of attendance Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Sallie Mae offers the Smart Option Student Loan for undergraduate students and a suite of loans for graduate students. You can borrow up to your school-certified cost of attendance and apply just once annually to get the funds you need for the entire academic year. Plus, applying for a Smart Option Student Loan with a cosigner may help you get a better rate. - - - -Through Sallie Mae, you can find a variety of loans designed for specific needs, including loans for MBA programs, law school, medical school, and health profession programs. pros Can borrow up to school-certified cost of attendance - -No prepayment or origination fees - -Loans available to noncitizens with an eligible cosigner - -Cosigner release after 12 on-time payments cons No parent loan options - -No option to check your rates through prequalification - -Loan terms not disclosed until after you apply Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 10 to 15 years for the Smart Option Student Loan; 15 years for law school, MBA, and graduate school loans; 20 years for medical school loans - -Loan amounts $1,000 up to school-certified cost of attendance. Student must be listed as the borrower, and a parent may cosign. Cosigner release After you graduate, make 12 one-time principal and interest payments, and meet certain credit requirements Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident enrolled in an eligible program. Noncitizens residing and attending school in the U.S. may qualify by applying with a creditworthy cosigner, who must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, and providing an unexpired government-issued photo ID. Read full review 4.9 Credible rating 3.59% - 17.99% $1,000 up to 100% of the school-certified cost of attendance Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview College Ave offers student loans for almost every type of degree program, with a range of repayment options, including a unique eight-year repayment term. Additionally, you can get extended grace periods of as long as 36 months on graduate, dental, and medical student loans. It's also possible to get loan approval for multiple school years at one time. About 90% of undergraduates applying with a cosigner are approved for additional student loans. However, you must complete at least half of your repayment term before you can remove a cosigner for your loan. Some lenders allow cosigners to be released much sooner, after as few as one to two years of payments. pros Rate discount of one-quarter of a percentage point for using autopay - -Does not charge origination or application fees - -May qualify for multiyear approval - -Grace periods between 9 and 36 months for graduate, MBA, law, dental, and medical school loans and 36 months cons Parents borrowers are required to pay at least the interest while the student is in school - -Cosigners not eligible for release until at least half the repayment term of the loan is completed Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 8, 10, or 15 years for most borrowers (law, dental, medical, and other health profession students have up to 20 years) Loan amounts $1,000 minimum up to your school’s annual cost of attendance; lifetime limits depend on your degree and credit profile Cosigner release Available after more than half of the scheduled repayment period has elapsed and other requirements are met Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident at an eligible institution. International students with a Social Security number and a qualified cosigner may also qualify. Applicants who can’t meet financial, credit, or other requirements may qualify with a cosigner. Read full review 4.8 Credible rating 3.69% - 14.22% $1,000 up to cost of attendance 680 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview ELFI a division of Tennessee-based SouthEast Bank, offers private student loans and refinancing for undergraduates, graduates, and parents. Borrowers can take out loans starting at $1,000, with options up to the full cost of attendance at their school. ELFI student loans are available to students nationwide who are enrolled in a bachelor's degree program or higher. Borrowers can choose from multiple repayment terms and benefit from competitive interest rates and support from a dedicated Student Loan Advisor. However, ELFI doesn't offer cosigner release or rate discounts, which may limit flexibility for some borrowers. pros Receive support from a dedicated Student Loan Advisor - -Transparent credit and income requirements - -Flexible repayment terms cons Must be enrolled in a bachelor’s degree program or higher - -Cosigners can’t be released from the loan - -No autopay rate discounts available Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score 680 Minimum income $35,000 Loan terms 5, 7, 10, or 15 years Loan amounts $1,000 - Cost of attendance Cosigner release A cosigner may not be taken off a loan, but the borrower can apply for a new loan without their cosigner. Eligibility All 50 states as well as Washington DC and Puerto Rico. Read full review 4.8 Credible rating 3.69% - 15.04% $2,001 to $400,000 Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview While Ascent provides traditional student loans for undergraduate, graduate, and medical programs, it also stands out with some options that are uncommon among private student loan lenders. For example, its Outcomes-Based Loan, which doesn't require established credit or a cosigner, is available to juniors and seniors. When assessing your application, Ascent considers factors including your school, major, and GPA to determine if you're eligible. Ascent also offers its Progressive Repayment plan to qualified borrowers. It allows you to begin with smaller payments at the start of the repayment term and then gradually pay more each month over time. If you borrow with a cosigner, they can be released after you make as few as 12 monthly payments. However, cosigners for loans for international students do not qualify. pros Doesn’t charge application fees or origination fees - -Offers discounts of 0.25 to 1 percentage points when using automatic payment - -Can get a 1% cash-back reward after you graduate - -Grace periods from 9 months to 36 months cons May find lower interest rates with some competitors - -International students don’t have option to release cosigners Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 7, 10, 12, 15, or 20 years Loan amounts $2,001 minimum up to your school’s annual cost of attendance; lifetime limits of $200,000 for undergrads and $400,000 for graduates Cosigner release 12 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or DACA student enrolled at least half time at an eligible institution. International students with a qualified cosigner may also qualify. Applicants who can’t meet financial, credit, or other requirements may qualify with a cosigner. Read full review 4.8 Credible rating 3.99% - 15.61% $1,000 to $350,000 (depending on degree) 720 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Citizens Bank offers private student loans for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as parents. With its multiyear approval option, you can apply for a loan once, and as long as you qualify, you won't need to reapply each year. This means you can secure loans for future academic years without multiple hard credit checks. Citizens borrowers can also take advantage of interest rate discounts. If you or your cosigner has an account with Citizens Bank, you can reduce your rate by 0.25 percentage points. Another 0.25 percentage points can be shaved off by enrolling in automatic payments, giving you the chance to lower your rate by up to 0.5 percentage points. pros Multiyear approval lets you secure funding for future school years - -You can reduce your rate by 0.5 percentage points with autopay and loyalty discounts - -International students can apply with a qualified cosigner cons Fewer repayment terms to choose from than some other lenders - -Long wait time for cosigner release - -Parents can’t defer payments while student is in school Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 10, or 15 years for student loans; 5 or 10 years for parent loans Loan amounts $1,000 minimum, up to a maximum of $225,000 for undergraduate and graduate degrees; $300,000 for MBA and law; and $225,000 or $400,000 for health care student loans, depending on the degree type Cosigner release 36 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident enrolled at least half-time in a degree-granting program at an eligible institution. International students can apply with a cosigner who’s a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. Read full review 4.4 Credible rating 4.24% - 14.02% $1,000 to $99,999 annually $180,000 aggregate limit) Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Citizens Bank offers private student loans for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as parents. With its multiyear approval option, you can apply for a loan once, and as long as you qualify, you won't need to reapply each year. This means you can secure loans for future academic years without multiple hard credit checks. Citizens borrowers can also take advantage of interest rate discounts. If you or your cosigner has an account with Citizens Bank, you can reduce your rate by 0.25 percentage points. Another 0.25 percentage points can be shaved off by enrolling in automatic payments, giving you the chance to lower your rate by up to 0.5 percentage points. pros Multiyear approval lets you secure funding for future school years - -You can reduce your rate by 0.5 percentage points with autopay and loyalty discounts - -International students can apply with a qualified cosigner - -Offers parent student loans cons Fewer repayment terms to choose from than some other lenders - -Long wait time for cosigner release - -Parents can’t defer payments while student is in school Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 7, 10, or 15 years Loan amounts $1,000 to $99,999 per year (lifetime limit of $180,000) Cosigner release 36 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident at an eligible institution. You must also meet Custom Choice’s underwriting criteria for income and credit, or apply with a cosigner who does. Eligible noncitizens such as DACA residents can also qualify by applying with a cosigner who’s a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. Read full review 4.6 Credible rating 4.80% - 8.54% $1,001 up to 100% of school certified cost of attendance 670 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview INvested is an Indiana company that offers affordable student loans exclusively to state residents. Loans are available to Indiana students and parents who can meet income and credit requirements, or who have an eligible cosigner. Borrowers can borrow as little as $1,001 or as much as the school-certified cost of attendance minus other aid. INvested provides detailed information on eligibility so borrowers can quickly determine whether to apply for a loan — however, there’s no option to prequalify with a soft credit check. Cosigner release is also available after just 12 on-time payments, considerably shorter than many other lenders. pros Low minimum borrowing limits - -Autopay discount of 0.25 percentage points - -Short cosigner release requirements - -Transparent qualification requirements cons Loans are available only to Indiana residents - -No prequalification option to view your rates - -No loan options for international students Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score 670 Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 10, or 15 years Loan amounts $1,001 minimum, up to the school certified cost of attendance Cosigner release 12 months Eligibility Loans are available to Indiana residents only. Borrowers must have a FICO score of 670 or higher, a 30% maximum debt-to-income ratio or minimum monthly income of $3,333, continuous employment over two years, and no major collections or defaults in recent years. Borrowers who do not meet income or credit requirements can apply with a cosigner. Read full review 4.8 Credible rating 5.75% - 8.95% $1,500 up to school’s certified cost of attendance less aid 670 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Massachusetts Educational Financing Authority (MEFA) offers student loans to borrowers with good credit. However, you won't be able to see your potential rate before applying. The lender doesn't charge any fees and its rates are competitive, though MEFA only offers two repayment terms. You can add a cosigner to your loan if you're unable to qualify, but only one repayment plan allows you to release your cosigner. pros Doesn’t charge any fees - -Low maximum rate compared with some lenders - -Can borrow up to the school-certified cost of attendance cons No discounts for borrowers - -Limited repayment terms - -No prequalification available Interest rates Fixed Minimum credit score 670 Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 10 or 15 years Loan amounts $1,500 minimum up to school-certified cost of attendance Cosigner release 48 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, enrolled at least half time at a degree-granting, nonprofit institution, and must maintain satisfactory academic progress. Must have no history of default on an education loan and no history of bankruptcy or foreclosure in the past 60 months. Applicants who can’t meet the minimum credit and income requirements may apply with a cosigner. Read full review 4.3 4.3 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 3.49% - 15.49% Loan Amounts $1,000 up to 100% of school-certified cost of attendance Min. Credit Score Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Sallie Mae offers the Smart Option Student Loan for undergraduate students and a suite of loans for graduate students. You can borrow up to your school-certified cost of attendance and apply just once annually to get the funds you need for the entire academic year. Plus, applying for a Smart Option Student Loan with a cosigner may help you get a better rate. - - - -Through Sallie Mae, you can find a variety of loans designed for specific needs, including loans for MBA programs, law school, medical school, and health profession programs. pros Can borrow up to school-certified cost of attendance - -No prepayment or origination fees - -Loans available to noncitizens with an eligible cosigner - -Cosigner release after 12 on-time payments cons No parent loan options - -No option to check your rates through prequalification - -Loan terms not disclosed until after you apply Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 10 to 15 years for the Smart Option Student Loan; 15 years for law school, MBA, and graduate school loans; 20 years for medical school loans - -Loan amounts $1,000 up to school-certified cost of attendance. Student must be listed as the borrower, and a parent may cosign. Cosigner release After you graduate, make 12 one-time principal and interest payments, and meet certain credit requirements Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident enrolled in an eligible program. Noncitizens residing and attending school in the U.S. may qualify by applying with a creditworthy cosigner, who must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, and providing an unexpired government-issued photo ID. Read full review 4.9 4.9 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 3.59% - 17.99% Loan Amounts $1,000 up to 100% of the school-certified cost of attendance Min. Credit Score Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview College Ave offers student loans for almost every type of degree program, with a range of repayment options, including a unique eight-year repayment term. Additionally, you can get extended grace periods of as long as 36 months on graduate, dental, and medical student loans. It's also possible to get loan approval for multiple school years at one time. About 90% of undergraduates applying with a cosigner are approved for additional student loans. However, you must complete at least half of your repayment term before you can remove a cosigner for your loan. Some lenders allow cosigners to be released much sooner, after as few as one to two years of payments. pros Rate discount of one-quarter of a percentage point for using autopay - -Does not charge origination or application fees - -May qualify for multiyear approval - -Grace periods between 9 and 36 months for graduate, MBA, law, dental, and medical school loans and 36 months cons Parents borrowers are required to pay at least the interest while the student is in school - -Cosigners not eligible for release until at least half the repayment term of the loan is completed Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 8, 10, or 15 years for most borrowers (law, dental, medical, and other health profession students have up to 20 years) Loan amounts $1,000 minimum up to your school’s annual cost of attendance; lifetime limits depend on your degree and credit profile Cosigner release Available after more than half of the scheduled repayment period has elapsed and other requirements are met Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident at an eligible institution. International students with a Social Security number and a qualified cosigner may also qualify. Applicants who can’t meet financial, credit, or other requirements may qualify with a cosigner. Read full review 4.8 4.8 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 3.69% - 14.22% Loan Amounts $1,000 up to cost of attendance Min. Credit Score 680 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview ELFI a division of Tennessee-based SouthEast Bank, offers private student loans and refinancing for undergraduates, graduates, and parents. Borrowers can take out loans starting at $1,000, with options up to the full cost of attendance at their school. ELFI student loans are available to students nationwide who are enrolled in a bachelor's degree program or higher. Borrowers can choose from multiple repayment terms and benefit from competitive interest rates and support from a dedicated Student Loan Advisor. However, ELFI doesn't offer cosigner release or rate discounts, which may limit flexibility for some borrowers. pros Receive support from a dedicated Student Loan Advisor - -Transparent credit and income requirements - -Flexible repayment terms cons Must be enrolled in a bachelor’s degree program or higher - -Cosigners can’t be released from the loan - -No autopay rate discounts available Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score 680 Minimum income $35,000 Loan terms 5, 7, 10, or 15 years Loan amounts $1,000 - Cost of attendance Cosigner release A cosigner may not be taken off a loan, but the borrower can apply for a new loan without their cosigner. Eligibility All 50 states as well as Washington DC and Puerto Rico. Read full review 4.8 4.8 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 3.69% - 15.04% Loan Amounts $2,001 to $400,000 Min. Credit Score Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview While Ascent provides traditional student loans for undergraduate, graduate, and medical programs, it also stands out with some options that are uncommon among private student loan lenders. For example, its Outcomes-Based Loan, which doesn't require established credit or a cosigner, is available to juniors and seniors. When assessing your application, Ascent considers factors including your school, major, and GPA to determine if you're eligible. Ascent also offers its Progressive Repayment plan to qualified borrowers. It allows you to begin with smaller payments at the start of the repayment term and then gradually pay more each month over time. If you borrow with a cosigner, they can be released after you make as few as 12 monthly payments. However, cosigners for loans for international students do not qualify. pros Doesn’t charge application fees or origination fees - -Offers discounts of 0.25 to 1 percentage points when using automatic payment - -Can get a 1% cash-back reward after you graduate - -Grace periods from 9 months to 36 months cons May find lower interest rates with some competitors - -International students don’t have option to release cosigners Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 7, 10, 12, 15, or 20 years Loan amounts $2,001 minimum up to your school’s annual cost of attendance; lifetime limits of $200,000 for undergrads and $400,000 for graduates Cosigner release 12 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or DACA student enrolled at least half time at an eligible institution. International students with a qualified cosigner may also qualify. Applicants who can’t meet financial, credit, or other requirements may qualify with a cosigner. Read full review 4.8 4.8 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 3.99% - 15.61% Loan Amounts $1,000 to $350,000 (depending on degree) Min. Credit Score 720 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Citizens Bank offers private student loans for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as parents. With its multiyear approval option, you can apply for a loan once, and as long as you qualify, you won't need to reapply each year. This means you can secure loans for future academic years without multiple hard credit checks. Citizens borrowers can also take advantage of interest rate discounts. If you or your cosigner has an account with Citizens Bank, you can reduce your rate by 0.25 percentage points. Another 0.25 percentage points can be shaved off by enrolling in automatic payments, giving you the chance to lower your rate by up to 0.5 percentage points. pros Multiyear approval lets you secure funding for future school years - -You can reduce your rate by 0.5 percentage points with autopay and loyalty discounts - -International students can apply with a qualified cosigner cons Fewer repayment terms to choose from than some other lenders - -Long wait time for cosigner release - -Parents can’t defer payments while student is in school Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 10, or 15 years for student loans; 5 or 10 years for parent loans Loan amounts $1,000 minimum, up to a maximum of $225,000 for undergraduate and graduate degrees; $300,000 for MBA and law; and $225,000 or $400,000 for health care student loans, depending on the degree type Cosigner release 36 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident enrolled at least half-time in a degree-granting program at an eligible institution. International students can apply with a cosigner who’s a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. Read full review 4.4 4.4 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 4.24% - 14.02% Loan Amounts $1,000 to $99,999 annually $180,000 aggregate limit) Min. Credit Score Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Citizens Bank offers private student loans for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as parents. With its multiyear approval option, you can apply for a loan once, and as long as you qualify, you won't need to reapply each year. This means you can secure loans for future academic years without multiple hard credit checks. Citizens borrowers can also take advantage of interest rate discounts. If you or your cosigner has an account with Citizens Bank, you can reduce your rate by 0.25 percentage points. Another 0.25 percentage points can be shaved off by enrolling in automatic payments, giving you the chance to lower your rate by up to 0.5 percentage points. pros Multiyear approval lets you secure funding for future school years - -You can reduce your rate by 0.5 percentage points with autopay and loyalty discounts - -International students can apply with a qualified cosigner - -Offers parent student loans cons Fewer repayment terms to choose from than some other lenders - -Long wait time for cosigner release - -Parents can’t defer payments while student is in school Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 7, 10, or 15 years Loan amounts $1,000 to $99,999 per year (lifetime limit of $180,000) Cosigner release 36 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident at an eligible institution. You must also meet Custom Choice’s underwriting criteria for income and credit, or apply with a cosigner who does. Eligible noncitizens such as DACA residents can also qualify by applying with a cosigner who’s a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. Read full review 4.6 4.6 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 4.80% - 8.54% Loan Amounts $1,001 up to 100% of school certified cost of attendance Min. Credit Score 670 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview INvested is an Indiana company that offers affordable student loans exclusively to state residents. Loans are available to Indiana students and parents who can meet income and credit requirements, or who have an eligible cosigner. Borrowers can borrow as little as $1,001 or as much as the school-certified cost of attendance minus other aid. INvested provides detailed information on eligibility so borrowers can quickly determine whether to apply for a loan — however, there’s no option to prequalify with a soft credit check. Cosigner release is also available after just 12 on-time payments, considerably shorter than many other lenders. pros Low minimum borrowing limits - -Autopay discount of 0.25 percentage points - -Short cosigner release requirements - -Transparent qualification requirements cons Loans are available only to Indiana residents - -No prequalification option to view your rates - -No loan options for international students Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score 670 Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 10, or 15 years Loan amounts $1,001 minimum, up to the school certified cost of attendance Cosigner release 12 months Eligibility Loans are available to Indiana residents only. Borrowers must have a FICO score of 670 or higher, a 30% maximum debt-to-income ratio or minimum monthly income of $3,333, continuous employment over two years, and no major collections or defaults in recent years. Borrowers who do not meet income or credit requirements can apply with a cosigner. Read full review 4.8 4.8 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 5.75% - 8.95% Loan Amounts $1,500 up to school’s certified cost of attendance less aid Min. Credit Score 670 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Massachusetts Educational Financing Authority (MEFA) offers student loans to borrowers with good credit. However, you won't be able to see your potential rate before applying. The lender doesn't charge any fees and its rates are competitive, though MEFA only offers two repayment terms. You can add a cosigner to your loan if you're unable to qualify, but only one repayment plan allows you to release your cosigner. pros Doesn’t charge any fees - -Low maximum rate compared with some lenders - -Can borrow up to the school-certified cost of attendance cons No discounts for borrowers - -Limited repayment terms - -No prequalification available Interest rates Fixed Minimum credit score 670 Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 10 or 15 years Loan amounts $1,500 minimum up to school-certified cost of attendance Cosigner release 48 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, enrolled at least half time at a degree-granting, nonprofit institution, and must maintain satisfactory academic progress. Must have no history of default on an education loan and no history of bankruptcy or foreclosure in the past 60 months. Applicants who can’t meet the minimum credit and income requirements may apply with a cosigner. Read full review All APRs reflect autopay and loyalty discounts where available | LightStream disclosure | SoFi Disclosures | Read more about Rates and Terms - -Personal loans Personal loans are a flexible form of financing that can help you make ends meet while you’re enrolled in college. These loans are typically borrowed as a lump sum and paid back at fixed interest rates and paid back over a period of three to seven years. You won’t need to put up any collateral since you qualify for a personal loan based strictly on your credit history. You can use a personal loan for most types of expenses, though many personal lenders restrict you from using your loan money for tuition. But you may be able to use personal loans to help pay for living expenses, transportation, and other costs you incur while in school.",1731883672,4eb16f9c1e,38d3951dcd,,,1731883672 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMihwFBVV95cUxOZmZGVlRIZFo0YmZpdk5GSGRlX00yUTdoNVdIOFdpb3U0OGQ3YVNBdXoxTGFxUEpTU2t6Q19PdWp5MF9iR1pnUkJzVHB4Q2J5RW9tMnhCcndEblFEVXQ0aGV0SUJKbmNZd2Vrc19PVW5RYzA3ZURNaEhUNU1yY1oxdmFiaEgxVG8?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883611,2688d2a9c6,38cfda3906,,,1731883611 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/10/14/wales-montenegro-nations-league-bellamy-harry-wilson-result/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Harry Wilson leads the way forward for Wales and Craig Bellamy in win over Montenegro,"The appointment of Craig Bellamy has provided a renewed feeling of optimism and opportunity in Wales, where a different sort of national team is starting to come together. Bellamy’s more progressive style has brought some encouraging early results, including this victory over an admittedly poor Montenegro side. - -Bellamy’s intention is to move on from the defensive tactics of Rob Page and play more aggressive, technical football. So far, so good: he is the first Wales manager to go without defeat in his first four matches in charge. - -History maker? “I do not feel like that,” said Bellamy, smiling. “Please play that down! Honestly, I am a rookie. I am just trying my best to enjoy it, to be the best person I can be.” - -Playmaker Harry Wilson, especially, appears to be thriving in the new system. Wilson has been given the responsibility to drive Wales forward, to make things happen in attack, and his penalty here secured the three points for Bellamy’s side. They are second behind Turkey in their Nations League group. - -Wilson’s form pre-dates Bellamy’s arrival – he has now been involved in eight goals in his past nine Wales games – but under the new coach, he increasingly has the look of a leader for his country. - -“So good,” Bellamy said of Wilson. “So good. You can use him in so many different areas of the pitch. He is so intelligent. He’s a footballer’s footballer. When I am watching him, I am like ‘wow’”.",1731883761,4301cc1e14,386abe4ced,,,1731883761 -https://www.npr.org/2024/11/14/1212866790/whos-powering-nuclear-energys-comeback,https://www.npr.org/rss/rss.php?id=1017,Small modular reactors and the future of nuclear energy : The Indicator from Planet Money : NPR,"Who's powering nuclear energy's comeback? - -Enlarge this image Kairos Power Kairos Power - -Nuclear energy hasn't been a growing industry in decades. But now, it seems to be making a comeback. This week, the Biden administration announced a goal to triple nuclear energy capacity in the US by 2050. And over the past few months, Amazon, Microsoft, and Google have all made deals to use nuclear energy to power their artificial intelligence appetites. Today on the show, could nuclear energy work differently this time? - -Related episodes: - -The debate at the heart of new electricity transmission (Apple / Spotify) - -Wind boom, wind bust (Two windicators) (Apple / Spotify) - -How China became solar royalty (Apple / Spotify) - -Sponsor Message - -For sponsor-free episodes of The Indicator from Planet Money, subscribe to Planet Money+ via Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org. - -Music by Drop Electric. Find us: TikTok, Instagram, Facebook, Newsletter.",1731883639,f0f87aba2e,388ebde70b,,,1731883639 -https://www.cnet.com/health/nutrition/trying-to-lose-weight-kick-these-6-habits-to-the-curb/#ftag=CAD590a51e,https://www.cnet.com/rss/news/,Trying to Lose Weight? Kick These 6 Habits to the Curb,"2024 is wrapping up. Have you achieved those fitness goals you set at the beginning of the year? If you've been exercising but seeing limited results, it's possible that some of your habits may be holding you back. A few simple changes can help you avoid weight cycling, which is when you gain weight right after losing it, and begin promoting healthy habits you can rely on for life. - -Don't forget that weight doesn't determine your health. You should always check with your doctor to discuss other aspects of your wellness that you can focus on instead of weight loss. - -These are the top pitfalls you should avoid to help improve your likelihood of fitness success -- and the good news is, they're not as big of a change as you might think. - -1. Stop thinking in the short term - -Everything on this list is somewhat of a hard truth, but this is often the hardest to accept (and change). If you approach weight loss with a short-term attitude, you may not make it anywhere except on the yo-yo diet train. - -Without a long-term approach to weight loss, you may lose 10 or more pounds in two weeks and then suffer a rebound when you discover that regimen wasn't working for you. This is all too common when people embark on strict diets such as keto or paleo or fad diets that promise rapid weight loss. In reality, for most people, a well-balanced diet that includes all food groups and even some treats works best in the long run. - -Part of successful, sustainable weight loss -- losing the weight and keeping it off for good -- is understanding that fad diets, excessive exercise and ""detoxes"" don't usually work. They last only as long as your willpower lasts, and I'm willing to bet that's not more than two weeks to a couple of months. - -Despite what the wellness industry might have you believe, there are no quick fixes, miracle cures or magic pills when it comes to weight loss. Losing weight requires dedication to a plan that supports long-term healthy habits. - -The general recommendation for weight loss is a rate of 1 to 2 pounds per week, although initial weight loss might surpass that for people who are very overweight, and then slow down to the suggested one to 2 pounds per week. Studies have shown this to be an effective way to lose weight without losing too much water or lean tissue -- and to avoid a rebound. - -Overcoming an all-or-nothing mindset promotes long-term weight loss. Malte Mueller/Getty Images - -2. An all-or-nothing mindset could be harmful - -Many people who struggle with a short-term attitude also struggle with an all-or-nothing mindset. I began my health and fitness journey with this mindset. I cut out all processed foods: no bread, no pasta, no milk, no cheese and no individually wrapped snacks. I basically existed on chicken, vegetables and berries. - -This was great until it wasn't, and I ended up on a CVS run for all the chocolate and Goldfish I could hold in two hands. Then, because I'd ""ruined"" my diet, I would eat as much as I could physically handle, because, ""Why not? I already ruined it."" - -Then I'd feel bad about the snacks I ate and return to my overly restrictive regimen the next day. This is a destructive cycle to be in, but it's something I see all the time with personal training clients. An all-or-nothing mindset can keep you in a perpetual cycle of lose-gain-lose, not to mention shame and guilt around food. - -This all-or-nothing concept applies to fitness, too: If you've been doing the most effective workouts to get in shape in the least amount of time left and right but don't feel fitter or stronger, you might be doing too much. Toning it down could -- counterintuitively -- be the answer to improving your fitness (and playing the long game). - -A supportive community, IRL or online, can keep you motivated to lose weight and stay fit. Thomas Barwick/Getty Images - -3. A stronger support system could do the trick - -Supportive friends, family members and significant others are critical to successful weight loss. If I were asked to cite the most common reason for not sticking to a healthy diet from my past personal training clients, I would say stigma. - -That's right. As silly as it sounds, people really do get made fun of for eating healthy, especially in regions where food is an integral part of the culture. Growing up in southern Louisiana near New Orleans, I experienced this very often when I decided I was making changes to my diet. - -At family gatherings and social outings, I'd get comments like, ""That's all you're eating?"" or, ""You're really not going to eat any dessert?"" or, laden with sarcasm, ""Next time we'll have a salad potluck."" - -It's not fun to be ridiculed or scoffed at, especially for things you care about (like your health!), so it can be very easy to fall into a trap of eating -- and drinking -- for the sake of your social life. This is why a solid support system is key to long-term weight loss. Without it, the journey can feel lonely and intimidating. - -If you currently feel you lack a support system, try having open conversations with your friends, family and partner about it. You can make it clear that they don't have to change their eating habits if they don't want to, but that your health means a lot to you and you'd appreciate it if they didn't mock or downplay your hard work. - -If an IRL support system isn't working out, turn to online communities that promote both health and body positivity. I really love Flex and Flow on Instagram, Health At Every Size and the Intuitive Eating Community. These communities emphasize health without emphasizing weight, which is helpful because when you focus on health outcomes, you'll reach your happy weight with ease. Reddit also has a great forum (/r/loseit) where you'll find lots of real-life stories about weight loss. - -Exercise is important for an overall healthy lifestyle, but it's hard to lose weight from exercise alone. Tetra Images/Getty Images - -4. Exercise doesn't always conquer all - -If you're at all attuned to the wellness industry, you'll know this saying: ""Abs are made in the kitchen, not the gym."" Even if your goals don't include a shredded stomach, the adage is still relevant. You just can't out-exercise a poor diet. - -Exercise should be part of your overall approach to weight loss because it's proven to aid weight loss (not to mention its long list of other health benefits), but it's difficult to lose weight from exercise alone. Many people overestimate the number of calories they can burn from their workouts; it's typically a lot less than you think, and far less than the calories your body burns at rest during the day just maintaining your current physique. - -For example, a 154-pound man will burn fewer than 450 calories during an intense, hour-long weight-lifting workout. You can easily cancel that effort out if you don't pay any attention to your diet. The exact number of calories you burn during exercise depends on many factors, including your current weight, the intensity of the activity, the length of the workout, your age and your body composition. - -Plus, focusing on only exercise can lead to a destructive cycle of exercising extra to burn off calories you feel you shouldn't have eaten. Or you may end up feeling like you need to ""earn"" your calories through exercise. Either way, taking this approach can lead to a strained relationship with food and exercise, as well as stalled weight loss. - -Some people, such as those who have spent years putting on muscle mass, can eat lots of calorie-dense food and not gain weight because muscle burns more calories at rest. Even if you can eat whatever you want and lose or maintain your weight, that doesn't mean it's healthy for you. - -A diet rich in fruit, vegetables, healthy fats, lean proteins and some whole grains will serve you best in terms of sustainable weight loss and health. Combined with a consistent exercise routine, you'll experience sustained weight loss and weight maintenance once you reach your goal weight. - -Chronic stress and sleep deprivation can hinder weight loss progress. d3sign/Getty Images - -5. Sleep more, lower stress and eat better - -Losing weight will be much harder if you're chronically stressed, sleep-deprived or overworked. This scenario may sound familiar to you: - -You wake up motivated interval run - -A few hours into the day, your lack of sleep catches up with you. You reach for the afternoon coffee - -By the time work is over, you're way too drained to go for that run. You decide to skip it. - -You're tired and maybe a little stressed or moody, so you nix the healthy dinner and hit a drive-through instead -- because you want comfort food. - -This is OK if it happens occasionally (everyone deserves a lazy evening every once in a while), but weight loss will seem impossible if this happens all the time. - -The truth is that nutrition and exercise are only two components of a healthy life that can lead to weight loss. While important, too strong of a focus on nutrition and exercise can cause you to overlook other factors that are just as important: sleep and stress management. - -Supplements don't work unless you do. Basak Gurbuz Derman/Getty Images - -6. Supplements can't do all the heavy lifting - -I hate to be the bearer of bad news, but that fat burner supplement in your medicine cabinet isn't going to do the work for you. Certain supplements may help you reach your weight loss goals, but you have to work to make your supplements work. - -For example, incorporating a daily protein shake in the mornings can help you feel fuller throughout the day, which may help keep cravings at bay. Increased protein intake can also help you build muscle, which aids in body recomposition. - -Certain weight-loss supplements do have some evidence backing them, but no supplements are proven like the method that no one wants to take: eat fewer calories than you burn.",1731883658,f5e6f52c79,38b6a849d2,,,1731883658 -https://datainnovation.org/2024/11/visualizing-how-domestic-migration-impacts-political-polarization-in-america/,https://www.datainnovation.org/feed/,Visualizing How Domestic Migration Impacts Political Polarization in America,"The New York Times has created an interactive visualization showing how domestic migration within the United States contributes to political polarization. The newspaper analyzed public voter registration records of 3.5 million Americans who moved within the country since 2020 to track where Democratic and Republican voters from politically mixed neighborhoods are resettling. According to the visualization, Republicans moved to neighborhoods where President-elect Donald Trump had won by 19 percentage points in 2020, while Democrats were more likely to choose neighborhoods where President Joe Biden had won. The visualization highlights a growing trend of blue neighborhoods becoming bluer and the red ones redder—intensifying geographic political divides across the country. - -Take a look.",1731883648,e4a7f9406f,394063b3fd,,,1731883648 -http://www.communitysignal.com/crisis-communications-for-online-communities/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,Crisis Communications for Online Communities,"Data breaches, distasteful ads or marketing campaigns, offensive content left unmoderated for far too long… as community professionals, we’ve studied these situations when they arise and many of us have had to manage such issues in our own communities. - -In this episode, Patrick and crisis communications expert Kate Hartley discuss examples of micro and macro communications crises and how to best manage them. Kate breaks down the difference between a full blown communications crisis and negative or critical response to a change. “It’s only a crisis if it’s going to stop the community [from] being able to function,” she says. “If it’s not going to stop the community being able to function, then it’s not really a crisis. It’s an issue that just needs to be well-managed.” - -Kate and Patrick also discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Discourse. - -The concept of manipulated outrage (6:30): “We are more likely to post or share commentary that makes us angry. The two things we like to share are things that make us laugh and things that make us furious. The more angry we are, the more likely we are to share things. So we’re seeing more and more of this content everywhere we look.” – @katehartley - -Living up to your community or organization’s values (25:18): “One of the things that will get a community to turn on you quicker than anything else is if you go against your own values. If you do something that goes against your own values, people will call that out, quite rightly. … You have to have the actions that meet the words you’re saying.” – @katehartley - -Don’t forget about your employees during a communications crisis (34:40): “We see this a lot when we’re working with organizations on how to manage their reputations in a crisis. They’re so focused on the external, on what the media think, on what their outside community think, on what their customers think, [that] they forget about their own people. In some organizations, that’s a significant number of people who actually could be your greatest advocates. … These are people who are going to be talking to their friends, to their families, [and] they need to believe in you. They need to believe that you’re doing the right thing. They need to share your values, they need to understand why you’re doing what you’re doing. If you have an employee community, what better place to talk to them and explain exactly what’s going on [during] the crisis.” – @katehartley - -Measuring whether or not you’ve managed a crisis successfully (40:23): “The measurement for [the successful handling of a] crisis has to come quite a long time after the crisis is over to really understand the full impact that crisis had. It needs to reflect what you wanted as the objective from managing the crisis right at the beginning. If you bear that in mind at the beginning, everything you do will be informed by it. How you communicate, how you behave, what you ask the business to do for you. Everything will then be informed by that objective. Then six months down the line, you can look back and say, ‘Did we meet that strategic intent? Did we behave in the way we said we were going to? Did we retain the loyalty of our customers? Are our communities healthy?’ That’s how you measure it.” – @katehartley - -Kate Hartley is the co-founder of Polpeo, a crisis simulation company that helps some of the biggest brands in the world prepare to deal with a crisis as it breaks and spreads over social and digital media. She is the author of Communicate in a Crisis, a book that explores the changing way people behave in crisis situations, and how organizations respond. - -Kate has 25 years of agency-side experience in crisis and reputation management and corporate PR. She is also a trainer in crisis communications for the PRCA, the UK’s PR industry association, where she sits on the digital steering committee, designed to shape digital best practices in the PR industry. She has spoken at and run workshops on the impact of social media on crisis management at international events including SXSW, The Global PR Summit, PR Week’s Crisis Comms, and Social Media Today’s Social Shake Up. - -[0:00] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, a podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Discourse, civilized discussion for teams, customers, fans, and communities. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[0:24] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello, and thank you for listening to Community Signal. We’re talking crisis communications in your community with Kate Hartley of Polpeo. - -December 7th marked four years since the release of the first episode of Community Signal. I’d like to take a moment to thank everyone who regularly listens to the show, shares in public, and recommends it in private. Thank you to our Patreon supporters, including Rachel Medanic, Heather Champ, and Maggie McGary. Thank you to all of our guests and those sponsors that supported the program, including our newest, Discourse. Thank you to the Community Signal team, our producer Karn Broad and editorial lead Carol Benovic-Bradley. We’ve had a great four years full of amazing guests and I’m grateful. - -Now let’s get into the show. Kate Hartley is the co-founder of Polpeo, a crisis simulation company that helps some of the biggest brands in the world prepare to deal with a crisis as it breaks and spreads over social and digital media. She is the author of Communicate in a Crisis, just released from Kogan Page, a book that explores the changing way people behave in crisis situations and how organizations respond. Kate has 25 years of agency-side experience in Crisis and Reputation Management and corporate PR and is a trainer in Crisis Communications for PRCA, the UK’s PR industry association. - -She has spoken at and run workshops on the impact of social media on Crisis Management at international events including SXSW, the Global PR Summit, PR Week’s Crisis Columns, and Social Media Today’s Social Shake-Up. She is a member of CIPR and PRCA and sits on PRCA’s Digital Steering Committee, which is designed to shape digital best practice in the PR industry. - -Kate, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:51] Kate Hartley: Thank you very much. I’m really pleased to be here. Thanks, Patrick for having me. - -[00:01:54] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s a pleasure. It probably is rare to have a guest that I’ve already met in person, than one I have yet to meet on this show. - -[00:02:02] Kate Hartley: Yes. - -[00:02:02] Patrick O’Keefe: We hung out a little bit at SXSW a few years ago- - -[00:02:05] Kate Hartley: We did. - -[00:02:05] Patrick O’Keefe: [crosstalk] tomorrow- - -[00:02:07] Kate Hartley: I think we had tacos and margaritas probably. - -[00:02:08] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, you and Tamara [Littleton], then Emoderation, now The Social Element were the first sponsors of Community Signal, always thank for that. - -[00:02:16] Kate Hartley: Fantastic. - -[00:02:17] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s great to finally get you on you have this new book about crisis communications. I’d like to take people’s knowledge, and of course, you have a community understanding, you work with Tamara, et cetera. You understand this playing field very well, but I’d like to take people’s specific knowledge in this case crisis comms and apply it to know online communities small and large, and that’s what we’re going to do today. - -[00:02:36] Kate Hartley: Sure. That’s so great. - -[00:02:37] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned before the show that the greatest challenge that you see for crises in online communities “is polarization that comes from the increased outrage that we see in communities and on social media and the extremes of emotion and outrage that sees members of a community attacking each other. Sometimes, this is malicious trolling, sometimes genuine emotion.” Expand on that if you could. - -[00:02:58] Kate Hartley: It’s a really interesting thing that’s happening in social media and communities that we are more likely to learn about things that outrageous than ever before because we see all this stuff in our online communities and our social media feeds. There’s some interesting research that’s come out of Yale by a woman called Molly Crockett, who makes the point that actually social media sites encourage this behavior. They encourage the outrage and there’s a really interesting guy called Rohit Bhargava who talks about manipulated outrage, i.e. social media algorithms, see that you are outraged by something that you’ve expressed on Facebook, say, they then feed you more of that outrageous information because they think you like it. The algorithms say you’ve posted this, therefore we’re going to send you more content like this. You get more outraged. - -Then Molly Crockett at Yale, this researcher at Yale says that, “We’re getting into this habit of outrage. The algorithms of online media sites are encouraging us to become more and more outraged. Then because we’re getting this positive feedback for all our outrage responses on social media, likes and shares and comments and so on, we’re getting positively reinforced for that outrage. That’s kind of becoming almost habit-forming.” - -That’s a really interesting thing that’s happening and it’s like we’re live experiment I guess. We don’t really know how much anger we can sustain, but I think what’s happening is that leads to very polarized views, and then, of course, you get one extreme at one side of an argument, another extreme at the other side.In the middle you have all these people who are just exhausted from being outraged, so they disengage. I think that’s what we’re seeing. We’re seeing the people who are very vocal in some communities and certainly on a lot of social media sites, they’re at the extremes of every side of the opinion, and all people in the middle are kind of putting back. - -[00:04:43] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned manipulated outrage, I like that. I was going to ask you about that you talked about it because it’s on your book page. - -[00:04:48] Kate Hartley: Yes. - -[00:04:48] Patrick O’Keefe: [laughs] Manipulated outrage sparked from interaction on news feed algorithms fueled by social media and the constant demand for an instantaneous response. - -Just the other day, I saw some tweets going out about Twitter’s interests list. Someone discovered this, someone with a blue check mark or someone with some influence and tweeted about this interest list. I don’t know how long it’s been in there, but if you go to your Twitter settings, and you go to the right area, it’s under your data and Twitter interests. It shows you what Twitter thinks you’re interested in based on your profile and activity. - -If I look at mine right now, unsullied, I haven’t touched it at all. I haven’t customized it. I haven’t unchecked anything. I see all sorts of interests in there. Donald Trump is not an interest of mine. He is an interest of mine in the sense of he’s the president of my country and I don’t like him and that’s sort of the interest that I have. That’s an interest now and his son is listed as an interest too, which is unfortunate because that’s even less of an interest to me. Also, there’s a lot of other things like travel to Disney, which I’m very interested in that actually, I’m very interested in traveling to Disney. I love Disney. - -To the point of, another interest of mine is the National Rifle Association, the NRA, a lobbying group over here in the US and that might be international for all I know, but another one that my interest in them is because I don’t care for them. To your point, that I have this list of interests, and it’s really just stuff that I tweeted about once or twice. - -[00:06:09] Kate Hartley: That is so interesting because the nuance there about why you’re interested in it is lost, isn’t it? If you’re interested because you’re following politics, but actually, you don’t like a particular politician, and yet Twitter is registering that you’re interested in that and therefore sending you more information, you’re then going to see more stuff that makes you angry if you don’t like that particular person. I think kind of proves the point, doesn’t it? That we’re being manipulated to become more outraged or more angry. - -There’s also some really interesting research that shows that we are more likely to post or share commentary that makes us angry. The two things we like to share, things that make us laugh and things that make us furious. The more angry we are, the more likely we are to share things, so we’re seeing more and more of this content everywhere we look. - -[00:06:51] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, and going back many years and managing communities myself, one of the things that I have done for, gosh, 18 years now is I don’t allow people to talk about politics in communities that aren’t about politics. I run a martial arts community and I don’t allow people to talk about politics except if it intersects with the martial arts. If there’s a law about nunchucks, maybe that’s relevant. - -If there is just a general dislike of a candidate or a party or something like that, that’s not so much of interest because it felt like back then and going back many years, I was a teenager, then, it felt like then that I was trying to unite people around the martial arts, not to vibe them on things that were not the martial arts. - -We’re just in this interesting time where these platforms operate at such a scale where accountability is challenging because of how they’ve built themselves. They didn’t build themselves to be accountable. They built themselves to be as big as possible, and so when they’re at this scale, they’re not accountable until Facebook can say, “I’ll hire, who knows how many moderators now outsourced around the world and in various working conditions to moderate content and look at the worst of Facebook, whatever that might entail, or look at reports from people on Facebook.” - -There are arguments to be made that there is, to your point, it sounds like the study from Yale, from Molly Crockett, that a lot of the behaviors that they’re having to moderate for are due to their own platform design and choice. - -[00:08:20] Kate Hartley: I mean, who knows? It’s really interesting, isn’t it? We don’t know which came first. Is it that we are getting more angry as the human race because of what’s happening in our world that we don’t want to bring politics into it, but politics is very divisive at the moment wherever you look. Or is it that social media is creating this environment, or is it a bit of both? I don’t know, but it’s certain that one thing is fueling the other, and I really liked what you were saying about using community to kind of bridge some of those gaps. Everything seems to be very divisive now, doesn’t it? We’re coming up to a general election in the UK, we’ve had an incredibly divisive campaign fought around Brexit. Honestly, I can’t go into some of my communities where they’re talking about politics because it just is exhausting and I don’t want to have those fights. I don’t want to be angry all the time, so you come away from them. - -We need to find things that put us together. I really liked that about the martial arts community because you find the things that we have in common rather than things that put us apart and we just need more of that. We need more proper community rather than just algorithmic fed feeds coming in on social media. We need proper community of people who share common interests, and I do think there’s a real resurgence in community as a result. People are looking for alternatives. - -[00:09:31] Patrick O’Keefe: We can figure out why we hate each other later. Someone will tell us, I’m sure at some point. - -[00:09:35] Kate Hartley: Exactly. - -[00:09:36] Patrick O’Keefe: Fill us in and capitalize on it for money or for power, for votes, or something. - -[00:09:40] Patrick O’Keefe: I’d like to take a moment to welcome our new sponsor, Discourse, who we’re really glad to have. - -Discourse allows you to brand your community and enhance engagement through an extensive theme and component ecosystem. With their powerful moderation tools, you’ll be able to keep discussions civil, and you’ll never be locked into licensing costs or hosting. - -Whether you have a community of 10 or 10,000, Discourse scales with you. And thanks to their out of the box community health metrics, you’ll be able to measure success. Visit discourse.org to sign up for a 100% free, never-start-your-subscription-automatically trial. Use coupon code CS2019 to get 50% off your first 2 months on a Standard or Business plan. - -Let’s talk about the crisis of change. I don’t know if it’s really a crisis, I’m going to call it one, but it’s one that crops up in communities, because communities, by their nature, as you know, very loyal, repeat visits, they’re there all the time, they’re used to everything, everything that is the platform. The colors, where the login button is, every single thing they’re used to it, and so you’re making a change in the community. - -My audience is really savvy. This is a really savvy, experienced audience. Let’s just assume that they have communicated about the change more than once. They’ve given people lead time, they’ve provided people time to get used to it, they’ve asked for feedback, they’ve shared detail, they’ve listened to feedback, they’ve made adjustments. This is a smart group, so they’ve done these things already. - -Now the change is being made, and the response is skewing negative, at least the loud part, the part of the community. People are piling on and it hampers the launch. It makes it bittersweet. A week or more passes, and it’s still going on. I don’t know if that’s a crisis or not, I’ll let you tell me, but if it is, what does that make you think of? What would you do in a case like that? - -[00:11:14] Kate Hartley: It’s really interesting, isn’t it? I think we have to understand why people behave like that. In a way, it shows that the community is very passionate, which is a good thing because they’re invested. They’re invested in the way things are done, they feel a sense of emotional ownership. They want things to stay the same because they like them, and that is a good thing. - -The negative, of course, is when you want to do something that is going to improve the community, but people just don’t see it, and people are very resistant to change. I think the thing to do is to work out, does it matter that people are going to moan about it? Because do you accept that there is going to be a level of moaning and you move on? I guess the issue is, are the changes going to negatively impact the community, really, or are they just going to create a little bit of negative noise around the community and that’s the thing you have to differentiate. - -It’s very easy to see negativity and think this is a crisis. Actually, it’s only a crisis if it’s going to stop the community being able to function, I would say. If it’s not going to stop the communities being able to function, then it’s not really a crisis. It’s an issue that just needs really to be well managed. That is exactly why you have brilliant community managers who know the communities, they understand why people feel the way they do and they just navigate that tricky water until the community settle down again, and understand that the changes actually bring benefits. - -[00:12:29] Patrick O’Keefe: You can make people feel heard without taking action, right? We get bad feedback all the time. I don’t want to sound like it’s objectively bad, but we’re supposed to, as you alluded to there, have good judgment, know the communities, know the people, talk to people, get a sense of what the overall sentiment is, and make good decisions because, at the end of the day, that’s what we have to do. - -It can be difficult sometimes to make people feel heard, but also not taking action because you think that will not help. What do you think the difference is there? It’s a delicate line, you won’t please everybody, but how do you make people feel heard without actually having to do what they say? - -[00:13:03] Kate Hartley: [laughs] I think you have to tell them that that’s what you’re doing. I think that people will know when they’re being fobbed off. They’ll know when you’re trying to say something without really saying it. We see this when organizations make mistakes, for example, then they say sorry, but they don’t really. I think people are getting wise to that stuff. I think sometimes you just have to be really straight with people and say, “We know that this might upset you, but these the reasons that we’re doing it, and we believe this is going to bring you benefits.” - -Just be really, really clear. Treat people like intelligent human beings that they are, and just explain it. I think if you stick to your purpose, and there’s a really good reason for that change, then you’ll bring people along with you mostly, there’ll always be a few naysayers. There always are, and that’s fine. They’ll either stay or they’ll leave. Maybe they’ll stay and they’ll moan, who knows? I think you just have to be really, really clear with people about why you’re doing it and what the purpose is. - -[00:13:55] Patrick O’Keefe: You touched on something that I find especially relevant to communities that I wanted to highlight and dive into a little bit because I feel like with potential, “crisis situations,” and this is true for any communications channel obviously, it tends be true for general social, but it is true for communities especially. Is there can sometimes be an exaggeration of just how bad something is, or really, if something is a crisis at all. I think it’s so easy to be tricked into thinking there is an issue, where in reality, it’s just a small percentage of the community being loud where most people don’t care or don’t feel the same way, or really, are just using the product and enjoying it and not really focusing on this thing. - -It’s simply like just a minute of their day that they spend here and it’s not that deep. Then we fall into this trap of making announcements to the whole community, and bringing attention to the whole community for this one issue, because we overestimated the influence of the vocal group, almost like a Streisand effect in a sense, for those familiar with that phrase. When is a crisis, not a crisis? - -[00:14:56] Kate Hartley: Quite often, actually. I would define a crisis as being an unusual event that is going to negatively impact the ability of the organization to function in some way. In organizational terms, it might hit your share price or your sales, for example. In community terms, it would mean people are going to leave your community. It would take away the ability of that community to function as a community. Mostly, the kind of change complaints are not going to do that. Unless it’s really you sometimes see it with social networks where they make huge changes and people leave in droves. - -[00:15:31] Patrick O’Keefe: #NewTwitter. [laughter] - -Not that you’re drawn on Twitter which, obviously, is not a community and just the platform, but sorry. - -[00:15:38] Kate Hartley: Exactly. In a proper community where it’s got a very clear purpose, there’s a reason for people to be there. They’re still getting everything that they need. They’re just getting in a slightly different way, generally, people will go with the change. At that point it’s not a crisis. I think what you have to do is you have to see what is normal. What’s a normal level of grumbling and then what looks really unusual. - -Where is the real spike in conversations that you wouldn’t normally see on a normal change, for example? If you’re getting something very unusual, then you need to dig into that and look at why. That might be an issue that’s really burning up that you need to do something with. - -I would always say to people, understand what normal looks like and then understand at what point the conversation is escalating to the point where you need to do something. You can predetermine those things. You can say, actually we don’t need to worry if we get this many complaints in this situation. That’s fine, that’s normal. We’ll manage it. It’s not a crisis, and just have all that predefined. - -[00:16:33] Patrick O’Keefe: I think this knowledge and information is especially pertinent, although I’m sure your book is targeted toward companies of a certain size and certainly bigger mid to big brands. I think of crisis communications and just general advice in this area being useful to communities and small businesses in the sense that with a lot of communities, the martial arts community I mentioned is like this too, in a sense, is that, the founder and the person managing it are the same and the person owning it are the same, oftentimes. That can lead to a personal nature that goes into the community. - -It’s always easy to say people are criticizing the thing, not you. Just another example would be restaurants and Yelp reviews. This is my restaurant, I’m the chef, I’m the owner, this is my lifelong dream to open this restaurant. This is me, this is everything I’ve worked towards. Someone goes on Yelp and they say, “The wait staff is a bunch of jerks. The meatloaf was cold. The sauce was basically vomit on a plate.” - -People are nasty and sometimes could have had bad experiences that are legitimately bad experiences and they’re honest in their reviews. You see people, man, they just go off sometimes on reviewers and they get snarky or they get nasty, and maybe they get some attention in the media. They’re like, “Oh my God, look at this snarky restaurant owner. You’re never going to believe what he said to this other person.” They’ll get some likes. They’ll get some shares. That feeling goes to your head. - -To me, it’s almost always a bad look because I look at that as a consumer and I think, “They talk that way to that person. Yes, I think that person’s nuts, but that means that they could talk that way to me. I don’t want to be talked to that way when I have a problem.” I feel like people who are more personally invested are often people who manage communities and often those small businesses. I don’t know where I’m going here, but I think the question or the thought is, how do you separate yourself? - -[00:18:32] Kate Hartley: It’s so difficult. - -[00:18:33] Patrick O’Keefe: For companies, it’s easy to have all these departments all these teams. I’m going to offload that to PR, I’m going to offload to sometimes when they may have dedicated crisis people. If you’re a celebrity that has $500 million, you have crisis people, but if it’s just the one person, what do they do? - -[00:18:48] Kate Hartley: It’s so difficult, isn’t it? If it’s just you, if it’s your business or your podcast, or your community, or your restaurant, or the pizza that you’ve made whatever is, it’s really, really personal. It’s going to be personal, you’re going to take it personally. There’s nothing anyone can say to you that’s going to stop you doing that. People say, “Don’t take it personally, it’s just a review,” but when it’s reviewing something that you’ve done and you’ve put your blood, sweat and tears into, it’s going to really feel personal. - -The thing that you have to do that I say to everybody, no matter what size organization or what size community they’re running is pause, take a breath. Take a pause, go and walk around the block. Don’t think you have to go back immediately. Give yourself some space to think about what you’re actually going to say. It’s incredibly easy to fire off really snarky response to somebody who’s left you a negative review. - -If you just pause for a few minutes, then your rational brain will start to kick in and you’ll start to realize, actually that’s not a very sensible thing to do. You just walk away from it. Normally, if we have a habit of walking away and thinking before we respond, as I said, your rational brain will kick in and you’ll start to think about it in a slightly more organized way and understand what the bigger game is. It’s so difficult. You even see it in bigger organizations, in a crisis situation where you’ve had somebody who’s been taking abuse from the community or from their social media users or whoever it is. At some point, they’re going to be tired, they may not have had enough sleep if they’re dealing with a crisis, they’re going to be sitting in front of a computer screen all day dealing with difficult people. - -At some point, they’re going to break and they’re going to snap back. You just have to learn to spot the warning signs before you do that. I get the red mist. I totally understand how hard it is to deal with it. I’ve learned over the years to walk away, just go walk around the block, take a deep breath, count to 10, all the cliche things that you’re told, but you’re told them for a reason, is to let your brain catch up with itself so that you have a rational response, not an emotional response. - -[00:20:51] Patrick O’Keefe: I don’t know if this falls under crisis comms or not, but I think that sometimes there is this almost a rebound effect that can happen depending on the crisis, obviously. There’s totally different crises. The crisis of your CEO being accused of sexual assault is a different crisis from somebody didn’t like my food. The whole spectrum. Depending on the crisis, there is this bounce-back effect that after someone is beat on enough, or after someone is criticized enough, that people are compelled to come to their defense. - -[00:21:23] Kate Hartley: True. - -[00:21:24] Patrick O’Keefe: Whether that be like community members or other people who enjoy that restaurant, if you respond in the right way, I think you can help encourage that without encouraging a mob mentality and without pushing people away, but if you respond in the right way, you can kind of encourage that level of support. - -[00:21:42] Kate Hartley: Yes. - -[00:21:43] Patrick O’Keefe: Thoughts on that, how do you do that, because that’s the magical sauce, I think is when other people come to defend you or at least have your back to some extent without also turning into abusive losers who dox people or do crazy things that are bad. Of course, you have to, there’s a scale, but how do you encourage that? - -[00:22:00] Kate Hartley: Of course, all the work you do for that is actually before the crisis hit, so if you got an amazingly healthy community who are loyal to you, who understand the purpose of the community, who share its values, then they will always defend, I think. I mean, unless there’s a major, awful incident, you’ve done something terrible, but if it’s a minor misdemeanor, then people will generally defend human error, but you have to have done that work beforehand. You have to have that community that believes in you beforehand. You can’t go into the crisis and then change the community, say that suddenly they believe in you in a way that they didn’t an hour ago. - -Really, once the crisis hits, you’re stuck with a reputation that you had at the point at which it happened. You can’t do anything to change that. We do often say, as you said, the community just coming in and defending when something’s gone wrong. Equally, you see, again going back to the outrage thing, we call it the outrage cycle. You see somebody posts something outrageous onto a community. You have a lot of other people who then go, “That’s outrageous,” and they start attacking that person and then if you wait long enough, you’ll get a sort of counter group who will come back and attack the people who were originally outraged, and then they all kind of implode. They all start attacking each other, and that’s a really fascinating thing. When you’ve got something that’s really problematic, you end up with a community turning on itself, and that’s very difficult to manage. - -[00:23:18] Patrick O’Keefe: Goodness, what a nightmare. - -[00:23:20] Kate Hartley: Yes. That is typically what we see with politics, right? You have somebody who’s defending Trump. You have somebody who’s a staunch Democrat. People turn on each other and they just get outrageous, just so phenomenal. You’re never going to change anyone’s minds, and then you have people defending each group. You just get, as we said earlier, this polarization. That can be very tricky. - -[00:23:40] Patrick O’Keefe: Speaking of that polarization, here’s something that relates to change and relates to, unfortunately, Twitter again, but let’s say you wait too long to do something. Let’s say you wait too long to do the right thing, you wait too long to take action, you wait too long to make that change. - -Again, I’m going to draw from Twitter here. We mentioned him earlier, President Trump. Twitter has allowed him and other public officials to violate their guidelines with some degree of impunity. We know this, they basically come out and said it, that different rules apply to public officials, and those guidelines that apply to you and me, well, they don’t apply once you get a certain number of votes and you’re in office. That’s essentially what they say. - -Gosh, when you set that tone for a long time, let’s say tomorrow they wake up and they decide to actually apply their policies and say, “Hey, you know everyone, it applies to everyone, whether you’re a celebrity or you give us money, you don’t give us money, it applies to everyone.” Maybe that’s not the best example, but I guess what I’m thinking of is a delay in principle, almost. - -How does one explain a delay in principle? I feel like a lot of the time when that happens, heads need to roll and you need to have a change in leadership that made the decision. I’m sure you have examples that come to mind where someone made the wrong choice and maybe they were slow and eventually they came to the light, but for a lot of people it’s too late. How do you explain the delay in principle? - -[00:25:00] Kate Hartley: Delay in principle is really interesting. I think the Twitter and the Trump example is perhaps slightly different, because I think there are a lot of people arguing that actually, we’d rather know what he’s saying and be able to deal with it than not know. That’s quite a complex thing, isn’t it? One of the things that will get a community turn on you quicker than anything else is if you go against your own values. If you do something that goes against your own values, people will call that out, quite rightly. I think that is the worst thing, actually, in terms of crisis that an organization or community can do is to go against its own principles. - -I think if there’s a delay in acting on something that clearly should be acted on, if somebody has transgressed in a way that goes against our social norms or as you said, it’s been a sexual abuse or something like that, you have to come out you have to deal with that quickly. You absolutely cannot delay because if you delay, people think you’re covering up. They think that you know more information than you’re letting on, and they become suspicious. Long silence will breed this suspicion. That’s when rumors start, misinformation starts to be spread, you lose the trusted status that perhaps you had. No matter what you do after that, you’re always playing catch up. You have to act quickly. Or at least you have to acknowledge the issue quickly. You may not know all the facts at the beginning of a crisis, particularly in something like a sexual abuse case where perhaps the proof hasn’t emerged yet, actually, the facts of what’s happened haven’t emerged, that you need to acknowledge what’s happened, and you need to have empathy, and I bang on about empathy all the time. - -You have to understand the victims in that crisis and how they are feeling and responding to that crisis, and you have to show empathy. Of course, to show empathy, you have to have empathy. Again, it’s very easy for organizations to pretend they have empathy, and then actually their actions don’t back that up. You have to have the actions that meet the words that you’re saying. I think the gap is very dangerous in communications actually, I really do. Even if you say, we don’t know what’s going on, but we’re finding out, that is better than saying nothing, in my view. - -[00:27:02] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, ambiguity is funny, right? There’s so many euphemisms out there. One thing I like from the show was when I had Derek Powazek on [the show], he said– Gosh, what was it? It was, if you leave an empty box by the side of the road, it’s going to fill up with garbage, and that’s what it is. - -If you leave empty space people fill it with the worst stuff. Our minds don’t say this is the best thing that could happen in this situation. They always go to like what is the worst? - -[00:27:32] Kate Hartley: Of course, they do. Our imaginations are absolutely terrible things really, in a crisis situation. They always jump to the worst scenario, always. Actually, I was just thinking that as we were talking in the Twitter and Trump example you were talking about earlier, maybe what Twitter could say would be, we don’t know if we’re getting this right, but on balance, we think we’d rather hear from him than not. We understand that some of this stuff goes against our guidelines, but we have to make a special case and just talk in a way that’s human, that people understand, and that explains your thinking. I think we believe that we have to come up with absolute answers. Actually, we don’t, we just need to explain our thinking to people and then understand mostly. - -[00:28:11] Patrick O’Keefe: You brought up something I think is interesting. I want to throw sexual abuse and that sort of stuff out of here. I want to throw that sort of stuff out and just cast it aside, but other cases where there’s less terrible stuff happening, but you can’t really share the full story or you don’t want to or you feel it’s an ethical breach to do so. - -One “controversy”, I’m going to get really micro here. People manage communities, there’s tons of communities around the world, all sizes, big small, most will never reach any mainstream media. They’re just people that like a thing talking about that thing. When you manage communities, you ban people, you ban people. If you don’t ban people, I wonder if you have policies that you actually enforce. You have to have a line in the sand that eventually people go across, that’s my opinion. - -I have banned people, so many people and with empathy, of course. One of these controversies that I’ve had to deal with several times is when I ban an active contributor. It’s actually one of the things that pains me the most. When I have to ban someone who was once a great member, who was once an active contributor, and I’ve given them every opportunity in the world and now it is simply, this is it, I either have guidelines that matter, or I let them have different set of rules and apply them. I have to take that final action. It’s time. - -Those members sometimes, because of how we manage communities, as you know, great moderators, we don’t really know that they’re doing a great job. We just enjoy the space. We don’t think about what goes in behind the scenes like the person who’s there at 2 AM, removing this post that’s 5000 words long, somebody’s diatribe that has nothing to do with the community and having to read through that mess and then document it and contact that member and try to get them to come to the light, so to speak. We don’t recognize those people. We just know that the community we’re in is a place we enjoy. We build up records of members and the actions we’ve taken, the things they’ve done, and we know as staff members behind the scenes, we know how terrible or how great someone is, at least in the context of the community, where most people don’t have that context. - -I know you banned someone and I’ve banned the person with the most posts on my forum. I’ve banned active staff members. I would do it again, in a heartbeat because it was what was right for those communities. I have a principle that I generally adhere to, which is that I don’t air dirty laundry. - -I try very hard not to say why I banned someone only speaking generalities, if someone actually asks, that they were banned due to repeated violations. I don’t say what they did, the sexist comment they made, or this awful thing they said, or whatever it is, I don’t go into those details. I don’t share those posts, they’re removed. They’re documented. They’re handled. That’s my standard, maybe not everyone’s standard. - -Of course, what happens in some of those cases, and what would happen anyway, frankly, even if I violated that principle is that people would, in some cases, see that as an abuse on my part, or they would side with the member. I’m power crazy. I’m an overbearing sensor. I’ve been called so many names in the book, as we all who have managed communities, obviously Hitler, Stalin, Gestapo are standbys, I’ve been called dirty Irish F bag once. That’s probably my most favorite creative one. I have never been to Ireland, but obviously my name is very Irish. - -In those cases, again, to get back to my point, is I’m taking what I will call it just action. Let’s assume I’m right. Let’s just cast that aside, maybe I’m not, but let’s assume I’m taking a just action, almost a crisis of adjust action, and it’s a case where I don’t feel comfortable sharing all the details. I feel it’s ethical breach, it’s unsavory, it only hurts the other person. It’s like sharing someone’s criminal record in public. Why would I do that? - -In those cases, where there’s private information, when you feel a little bit irresponsible to share, you have a unique challenge when it comes to a group of members who feel it is just a huge breach of trust to kick that person off the community. Again, getting very micro, but what do you think about that challenge? - -[00:31:47] Kate Hartley: I think, well, for start, if you’re being called those things, and gosh, it was the right thing to do. I think you’re absolutely right about that. You’ve got stick to your principle, you’ve got to have the principle and your principle might be that you will kick somebody else community for this behavior. You have a principle that you don’t discuss why they were kicked out for all the reasons that you just said. You just have to stick to that principle and repeat it again and again and just say, “No, we never talk about individual cases.” - -On the one hand, I think in a crisis or when you’re managing an issue, you have to tell people as much as you possibly can, but not when it comes to revealing details of an individual case, I think. I’m totally with you on that. - -[00:32:27] Patrick O’Keefe: You can feel free and tell me I’m wrong. I don’t care about that, honest opinion. That’s just my principle. - -[00:32:32] Kate Hartley: Yes, I think it’s really good principle, and I would apply it actually is pretty much anything. I think you never throw somebody else under the bus. Whatever they’ve done, there’s just no point in doing that in an environment where people can start to pick holes in what you’ve done specifically, and it’s much better not to let them do that. It’s like throwing a pebble into a pond, just that you start to see the ripples coming back and you just know, I think that’s a good principle to have. - -[00:32:56] Patrick O’Keefe: When you do that, you said something early that I think is very relevant here, which is that you can’t convince everyone. There are some people who will be unconvinced. Even if you go and you share the full record, even if you feel uneasy about that, you violate your principle for that case, there’s no guarantee. In fact, there’s a guarantee you won’t satisfy some people. You might convince a couple more, but it’s very much an emotional belief. That I love that member, that member cannot do that much wrong. Therefore, we see this with my favorite president Trump, no comment needed from you, all the time. His supporters, but look at his list of things. Like, “Well, that’s all fine. That’s no big deal.” Honestly, that’s how we are as humans. Sometimes we can see no wrong in someone. - -[00:33:37] Kate Hartley: Absolutely. We always talk about the, we say there are 15% of people, and I don’t know where this comes from, actually, but it’s something that we’ve always said is that there’s 15% of people who will love you, no matter what you do, you could murder their entire family, they still love you. They’re going to be 15% who will just be your fan for whatever, and then there are 15% of people who hate you whatever you do, they may still stick around because they want to tell you they hate you, but they’re going to hate you, you could do the best thing in the world for them, you could change their life for the better, they’re still going to hate you. You have to ignore almost those two extremes, and then deal with the 70% in the middle. As long as their balance is roughly 15% love you, 15% hate you, 70% are indifferent, you’re probably doing okay. - -[00:34:16] Patrick O’Keefe: Got you. My mom, got to exclude her on one end, and she could probably see wrong in me, frankly, she would probably tell me. - -You told me before the show that employee communities often get forgotten in a crisis, but there’s so critical. Tell me about that, because I haven’t really heard much about that when it comes to crisis communications. - -[00:34:36] Kate Hartley: Yes, we see this a lot when we’re working with organizations on how to manage their reputations in a crisis. They’re so focused on the external on what the media think, on what their outside community think, on what their customers think, they forget about their own people. In some organizations, that’s a significant number of people who actually could be your greatest advocates. I’m not saying that you encourage them to go off and say nice things about you or any of that kind of stuff, obviously, but these are people who are going to be talking to their friends, to their families, they need to believe in you. They need to believe that you’re doing the right thing. They need to share your values, they need to understand why you’re doing what you’re doing. - -If you have an employee community, what better place to talk to them and explain exactly what’s going on in the crisis. It always gets out as an afterthought, actually, employee communications, employee community management, people think that’s something that you just add on or that your employees should be on your side because that’s their job because you pay them. Of course, that’s not true. We all know that anything that happens in a crisis is going to get leaks from the organization. Pretty much every crisis we see has some internal communication leak. You need your employees to be on your side. - -Again, similarly, we were talking before about you need to do that work before the crisis hits, you need to have a really engaged positive community of employees ahead of the crisis because then they’ll probably come to your defense, or at least they will understand why you took the action you took and they’ll support you through the difficult times, they won’t leave. They’ll, hopefully, advocate for you if you need it. Obviously, of their own will. You should never, ever ask them to do that for you. I think it’s absolutely essential. They should be the first people you tell about what’s going on in a crisis situation. - -[00:36:21] Patrick O’Keefe: What I hear is that they get taken for granted. - -[00:36:23] Kate Hartley: They do. Yes. - -[00:36:24] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s something because, gosh, it makes a whole difference in the world, again, to get so micro, but I’ve always had moderators and team members mostly volunteer, but some paid. From that end of things, all the actions I take that elicit any unhappiness from community members, like banning someone who was popular, they know everything that’s going on. Everything. Our private documentation is accessible to them and so they see all action as it’s happening. By the time I take that action they’re usually like, “Well, I’m glad you took that because I believe you wanted you to do it earlier,” because I’m trying to give people more opportunities, but they’re like, “Oh my gosh, that person did deserve that.” - -I’ve never had a moment in 19 years where I made a decision to something like that and the staff wasn’t supportive of me privately. I never had to get it from both sides. I think when you have to take it from both sides, no matter how big or small you are, when you’re getting it from the public, it feels like, and you’re getting in from inside the house too, man, that’s the worst. That’s the worst. - -[00:37:26] Kate Hartley: Again, the 15, 15, 70 rule, you’re going to get some people who don’t like what you’re doing or just like to complain about things. There’s some people who just love that, love to do that, but on the whole, I think if you treat your employees right, then there is a halo effect from that. People understand that you are a good organization and you’re doing the right thing. - -There’s a company called Ocado in the UK, which is a supermarket delivery, basically grocery store. They deliver to your house, and they had a huge fire in one of the warehouses in Southern England and it had a major impact on deliveries, but also on their staff. The entire warehouse was burnt down. A lot of the offices were affected where people were working. Luckily, nobody was hurt, but the first thing they did was say to their employees, nobody’s going to lose their job because they knew that was the thing that people are going to be worried about. They were absolutely clear. They talked to their employees first, this is what we’re going to do. That then rippled out and yes, there were some people who were complaining because they hadn’t got their delivery of hummus for a dinner party, whatever it was. - -Mostly people really love that brand because they behave so well to their employees. People think that is a good company, therefore I’m going to carry on shopping with them, and people were really loyal through that period. Even though all their deliveries were affected, they still haven’t rebuilt the place. They’re still looking for new premises, but they just behave really, really well to the people that work for them. - -[00:38:45] Patrick O’Keefe: The last thing I wanted to chat about is measuring success for a crisis. The community context is really specific, so it doesn’t necessarily have to be that, but how do you measure if a crisis has been successfully managed? - -[00:38:57] Kate Hartley: A lot of people think you measure it by how quickly you get back to business as usual. I think that’s not the case. I don’t think there’s any such thing as business as usual after a real crisis sometimes. - -[00:39:09] Patrick O’Keefe: You can’t just sweep it under the rug and call it a win. [laughter] - -Darn. - -[00:39:14] Kate Hartley: I definitely don’t think you should do that. I think it comes back to right at the beginning of the crisis. We worked with a fantastic guy called Jonathan Hemus, who’s a crisis expert here in the UK. He always says that the first thing a leader should do in a crisis situation is set the strategic intent of the crisis. What he means by that is what do you want to have happened after the crisis is over? If you are a restaurant, then you have to close down for whatever reason, what do you want to happen, not tomorrow, not next week, but six months down the line? - -Your strategic intent probably is you want to keep your customers loyal so they’re still coming to your restaurant in six months’ time. Now, that then is how you would measure the success because you’d have that very clear objective at the beginning, in six months’ time, I want the same number of people to be coming to my restaurant, so you can measure that. It’s very clear. - -If, however, you took a shorter-term view and said, I want to get my restaurant up and running as quickly as possible, which is what most people would probably do, then you might take shortcuts. You might get inferior products in, for example, just to get the restaurant up and running and so you might lose that customer loyalty over the longer period of time. - -I think the measurement for crisis has to come quite a long time after the crisis is over to really understand the full impact that that crisis has had, and it needs to reflect what you wanted as the objective from managing the crisis right at the beginning. If you bear that in mind at the beginning, everything you do will be informed by it. How you communicate, how you behave, what you ask the business to do for you. Everything will then be informed by that objective. - -Then six months down the line, you can look back and say, “Did we meet that strategic intent? Did we behave in the way that we said we were going to? Did we retain the loyalty of our customers? Are our communities healthy?” That’s how you measure it. - -[00:40:59] Patrick O’Keefe: That makes a lot of sense because it seems like if you try to take a short term view of it, you’re almost setting yourself up to take a loss there, right? - -[00:41:06] Kate Hartley: Yes. - -[00:41:07] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s like a community, I mean, where the people say like, “Okay, I need to do this community thing. Give me, and I got some money. I want to do the community thing.” Okay. First of all, don’t call it the community thing. Second of all, “How long do you have?” They’re like, “I have like three months, six months,” don’t do it, don’t do that. Just send some tweets out or do something else. Don’t bother with community. You need to be in it for 12-24 months. It’s a long term kind of game. You’re building a real relationship with people. - -I feel like the same is true here where if you expect to get over a crisis, a real crisis, it’s not some of the things we’re talking about. Not that they’re not real, but the kind of crisis that’s on ABC News at eight or NBC News or whatever. - -[00:41:40] Kate Hartley: An issue that you have to deal with. It might be a pain, but it’s an issue. - -[00:41:43] Patrick O’Keefe: Exactly, if you think you’re going to have it sewn up in three months or a month, you’re probably not. I mean, that’s probably the wrong way to look at it. - -[00:41:51] Kate Hartley: Yes. In community terms, are people still engaging? Do they trust you? You can measure the conversations, you can look at whether people really understand the values. There are all sorts of things that you can measure, but I would take it as a long term thing, not as a short term hit. Don’t expect to recover in a week or two weeks’ time from a really major crisis. - -[00:42:10] Patrick O’Keefe: Well, Kate, it has been great to have you on. I really enjoyed the conversation. Thank you. - -[00:42:14] Kate: Me too. Thank you so much. I’ve really enjoyed it. - -[00:42:17] Patrick O’Keefe: We have been talking with Kate Harley, co-founder and joint CEO of Polpeo, polpeo.com, that’s p-o-l-p-e-o.com. Kate’s book, Communicate in a Crisis: Understand, Engage, and Influence Consumer Behaviour to Maximize Brand Trust is out now. - -For the transcript from this episode, plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Thanks for a great four years, and happy holidays.",1731883718,b6cef58d91,3873653efd,,,1731883718 -https://www.npr.org/2022/06/07/1103545443/planet-money-summer-school-1-recessions-rap-battles,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Keynes vs. Hayek: An economic policy rap battle : Planet Money : NPR,"Planet Money Summer School 1: Recessions & Rap Battles - -Enlarge this image toggle caption James Yang for NPR James Yang for NPR - -Find all episodes of Planet Money Summer School here. - -Planet Money Summer School is back! It's the free economics class you can take from anywhere... for everyone! - -For season three of Summer School we ask the big economic questions. It's time for macroeconomics! What makes a country grow richer? Is there a ""right"" level of unemployment? What rhymes with 'paradox of thrift'? Also, inflation, we'll get to inflation. - -Our first lesson concerns one of the most fundamental economic debates of the last hundred years: what causes booms and busts, recessions and depressions? And what can the government do about it? Or, should the government just get out of the way?How free should a free market be? - -Sponsor Message - -The big economic policies we know today emerged from the depths of the Great Depression, a time when the government had few tools to control the macroeconomic forces that were wreaking havoc on the average American's life and livelihood. - -From that darkness emerged two economists determined to shine a light and end the crisis, albeit in very different ways: In one corner we have John Maynard Keynes, a vivacious, charismatic public face of economics, still so to this day, who argued for a larger role for the federal government to counter balance market forces. And in the other corner, F.A. Hayek, an austere and comparatively little-known Austrian economist, who argued for just the opposite, that government was likely to do more harm than good meddling with economic booms and busts. - -On today's episode we're throwing it back to a classic episode that reimagines their battle over monetary policy...as an actual rap battle. The rhymes come at you fast, but our friendly summer school professors are here to play rap battle genius, making the big ideas clear and simple ... even if you're listening with one ear from a beach chair. Pay close attention and you just might pass the test and get your own Planet Money Summer School diploma at the end of the season come Labor Day. - -Sponsor Message - -We cover: - -John Maynard Keynes - -Friedrich von Hayek - -Paradox of thrift - -Interest rates - -Animal spirits - -Homework assignment: - -Find a song that makes you think about some part of the economy and tell us what you picked! - -Tag us on any social media. We're on: Twitter, Instagram, and Tiktok. Make sure to use #PMSummerschool. - -Every week, we'll pick a few of our favorites and add them to our playlist. - -Extra Credit: Our PM TikTok of the week. - -Music: Spotify Playlist - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Pocket Casts and NPR One. - -Want extra credit? Subscribe to Planet Money's Newsletter",1731884671,8181d7a585,3941300ae5,,,1731884671 -https://www.nerdwallet.com/article/travel/cruise-dining,https://www.nerdwallet.com/blog/feed/,4 Secrets from Chefs for Better Cruise Dining,"It’s getting easier to find top-notch dining experiences on cruises. - -Cruise lines are increasingly catering to high-end tastes, offering specialty dining experiences often led by high-profile chefs. For example, British royal chef Darren McGrady, who once served Queen Elizabeth II and Princess Diana, helped create an afternoon tea experience for Princess Cruises. - -Even notoriously budget-oriented cruise lines market to foodies with celebrity endorsements. Carnival Cruise Lines features Food Network personality Guy Fieri through his onboard restaurants including Guy’s Burger Joint and Guy’s Pig & Anchor Bar-B-Que Smokehouse. - -No matter your cruise budget, here are some chef-approved tricks to eating better on a cruise. - -1. Try a specialty dining experience - -Afternoon tea served on the Sun Princess. (Photo by Sally French) - -British royal chef Darren McGrady helped create an afternoon tea experience for the Sun Princess ship from Princess Cruises, which debuted in the spring of 2024. For $30, guests can take part in an hour-long experience filled with stories from McGrady’s time with the royal family, etiquette tips and history lessons — all presented via a series of video clips. (While on a press trip on the Sun Princess, I was able to join one of these afternoon teas.) - -“What we’re serving on board is afternoon tea — light, refined, and steeped in tradition,” McGrady says. “It’s where you can visit and chat, and have a cup of nibbles.” - -Although specialty dining experiences like these come at an extra cost, they generally feature higher quality food and a carefully curated menu. - -""I’ve seen too many places cut corners with things like lukewarm water, or sandwiches that are so dry and crusted on the top,” he says. “A proper British tea needs boiling water to release the tannins, and the sandwiches should be delicately cut and perfectly fresh."" - -McGrady says it’s often worth paying extra for fine dining. After all, many cruises offer casual establishments like the main dining hall to all passengers at no extra cost, but do charge extra for some high-end or specialty restaurants. But while on a relaxing cruise vacation, you likely have time to sit through a multi-course meal, allowing you to really savor what you paid for. - -“I see so many people onboard rushing through their meals or missing out on the specialty dining,” he says. “Take your time, and don’t skip out on the experiences.” - -2. Try something new - -Pastel de Nata served onboard the Sun Princess.(Photo by Sally French) - -Carlos Justina, food and beverage director at Princess Cruises, says there is definitely an uptick in french fry consumption on ships with more kids onboard. But the good news about the all-you-can-eat nature of a cruise is it’s an opportunity to try something new. - -Justina recommends the flaky, buttery Portuguese egg tarts, or pastel de nata. They’re almost always available at the International Cafe, an all-you-can-eat bakery onboard the Sun Princess that’s open 24 hours a day and is included with cruise fare. - -Tony Gemignani shows off pizzas he made onboard the Sun Princess. (Photo by Sally French) - -For pizza chef Tony Gemignani, that logic even applies to cruise staples like pizza. - -“Anyone can do a margherita or a pepperoni pizza,” he says. “With my menu, there needed to be award-winners and out-of-the-box pizzas. I want ingredients that you can’t get every day.” - -He designed a pizza menu for Princess Cruises that stands out with ingredients such as Soppressata sausage, hot honey, Gorgonzola and sweet fig preserve. - -His pies are served at the ship’s specialty pizzerias —which cost extra — or the complimentary pool deck pizza spot. - -3. Order local dishes - -Sushi served as part of the Morimoto By Sea pop-up on a Holland America ship. (Photo by Sally French) - -Eating well on cruises also means opting for local ingredients that offer greater freshness. - -Holland America Line, for example, launched a fresh fish program last fall that relies on local ports to provide the fish served onboard in partnership with Iron Chef Masaharu Morimoto. His pop-up restaurant onboard, where guests can pay $55 per person for a multi-course meal, features the fish in its dishes. - -Menus for the dining experience vary depending on where you’re sailing. In Hawaii, whet your appetite for fish such as mahi-mahi and opah. Meanwhile, Alaskan cruisers can expect to dine on Alaska king salmon or Alaska halibut. - -4. Enjoy the buffet, too - -A Berliner, which is a German-style donut, on the Sun Princess. (Photo by Sally French) - -Then again, if fine dining isn’t your style, you don’t need to limit yourself to luxury. In fact, McGrady says the Queen was happy with tea and toast for breakfast, and Princes William and Harry enjoyed pizza when McGrady worked for the family. - -“If [going to a fancy restaurant] is something you don’t feel comfortable doing, don’t stress,” McGrady says. “You don’t need to do it, because you’re here to have fun.” - -McGrady himself has been known to make a beeline for the cruise buffet’s Indian food section, which he considers comfort food.",1731883658,860dfc29ed,38fcaac15a,,,1731883658 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/trends/g6487/gifts-under-20/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,65 Gifts Under $20 That Still Feel Luxurious,"Finding the perfect gift under $20—one that feels luxurious and thoughtful—is a total win, no matter the occasion. Price points under $100 and under $50 are great places to start when shopping on a budget as well. But on this list, we’ve curated the best gifts that can make an equally great impression and cost even less. - -Whether you’re getting a head start on holiday shopping, celebrating a birthday, graduation, or new job, or want to surprise someone “just because,” Bazaar has got you covered. For your friend who loves throwing fabulous parties, there’s a stylish cocktail shaker or set of fluted wine glasses waiting for them. Is the giftee skincare-obsessed? They’ll swoon over 24k-gold-infused eye patches and game-changing lip balms. And for the jet-setter in your life, travel-friendly essentials like TSA-approved cosmetic bottles and durable luggage tags are practical must-have gifts. - -No more scrambling for the perfect gift at the last minute. Dive into our list of the 65 best gifts under $20, and let the affordable gifting begin.",1731883624,66787ad63a,39887ba11d,,,1731883624 -https://quantumzeitgeist.com/boosting-security-in-low-power-wide-area-iot-networks-with-hsms-and-quantum-cryptography/,https://quantumzeitgeist.com/feed/,Boosting Security in Low-Power Wide-Area IoT Networks with HSMs and Quantum Cryptography,"As the Internet of Things (IoT) continues to grow, so do the security risks associated with Low-Power Wide-Area (LPWA) networks. These networks, which enable long-range communication with minimal energy requirements, are vulnerable to physical tampering and cyberattacks. To mitigate these risks, hardware security modules (HSMs) play a critical role in securing LPWA IoT networks by securely generating, storing, and managing cryptographic keys. - -In ruggedized LPWA IoT environments, HSMs must be placed in secure locations to resist physical tampering attempts. However, with many devices processing and transmitting sensitive information, security systems are essential to protect the integrity and privacy of IoT data. The use of HSM tamper-proof technology is also crucial, as it ensures that cryptographic keys and operations remain secure even under physical attack. - -Furthermore, quantum cryptography offers a robust solution for network and data security in LPWA IoT environments. By using quantum key distribution (QKD) technology, organizations can securely distribute cryptographic keys between devices, ensuring that communication remains secure even in the face of cyber threats. This is particularly important in industries such as finance, healthcare, and government, where sensitive information must be protected at all costs. - -Implementing operational strategies that take into account device placement, power management, and communication protocols is also essential to ensuring the security of HSMs in ruggedized LPWA IoT settings. By leveraging HSMs with tamper-proof technology and quantum cryptography, organizations can ensure that their sensitive data remains secure even in the face of increasing cyber threats. - -The proliferation of the Internet of Things (IoT) has led to the development of LPWA networks, which enable long-range communication with minimal energy requirements. Technologies such as LoRa, Sigfox, and NBIoT support applications ranging from smart metering to industrial automation. However, these networks face substantial security risks, including physical tampering and cyberattacks. - -Enhancing physical and data security is crucial to ensure the integrity, confidentiality, and availability of information transmitted across these networks. This requires developing tamperproof technology to protect important information stored in IoT devices, such as encryption keys, device unique numbers, etc., from external hacking or theft by physical access. - -In this context, hardware security modules (HSMs) play a critical role in securing LPWA IoT networks. HSMs are specialized hardware devices that manage cryptographic keys and perform secure cryptographic operations. They provide a secure environment for sensitive cryptographic processes by being designed to be tamper-resistant. - -HSMs securely generate, store, and manage cryptographic keys, minimizing the risk of key exposure. They also securely perform encryption, decryption, digital signing, and other cryptographic processes, mitigating the risk of data breaches. Engineers build HSMs to resist physical tampering attempts, ensuring that cryptographic keys and operations remain secure even under physical attack. - -Implementing HSMs in ruggedized LPWA IoT environments involves placing them in a way that ensures their security is not compromised. This requires careful consideration of the physical environment in which the HSMs will be deployed, as well as the implementation of robust security protocols to prevent unauthorized access or tampering. - -Quantum cryptography plays a crucial role in enhancing the physical network and data security of LPWA IoT environments. It provides a secure method for key exchange and distribution, which is essential for ensuring the confidentiality and integrity of sensitive information transmitted across these networks. - -In this context, quantum key distribution (QKD) based IPsec solutions are being explored as a means of providing robust network and data security. QKD-based IPsec solutions use quantum mechanics to generate secure keys, which can then be used to encrypt and decrypt data transmitted across the network. - -Operational strategies for HSMs in ruggedized LPWA IoT settings are being developed to ensure their security is not compromised. This includes implementing robust security protocols, such as secure key generation and management, encryption, and decryption processes. - -In addition, operational strategies for HSMs in ruggedized LPWA IoT settings involve ensuring that the physical environment in which the HSMs are deployed does not compromise their security. This requires careful consideration of factors such as temperature, humidity, and electromagnetic interference (EMI). - -Quantum cryptography plays a crucial role in enhancing the physical network and data security of LPWA IoT environments. It provides a secure method for key exchange and distribution, which is essential for ensuring the confidentiality and integrity of sensitive information transmitted across these networks. - -In this context, QKD-based IPsec solutions are being explored as a means of providing robust network and data security. These solutions use quantum mechanics to generate secure keys, which can then be used to encrypt and decrypt data transmitted across the network. - -Secure key generation and management is essential for ensuring the confidentiality and integrity of sensitive information transmitted across LPWA IoT networks. This requires implementing robust security protocols, such as QKD-based IPsec solutions, which use quantum mechanics to generate secure keys. - -In addition, secure key generation and management involves ensuring that cryptographic keys are securely stored and managed, minimizing the risk of key exposure or unauthorized access. This requires implementing robust security measures, such as encryption, digital signing, and other cryptographic processes. - -Physical security is critical in LPWA IoT environments, where sensitive information is transmitted across networks that are vulnerable to physical tampering and cyberattacks. Implementing robust security protocols, such as secure key generation and management, encryption, and decryption processes, is essential for ensuring the confidentiality and integrity of sensitive information transmitted across these networks. - -In addition, physical security involves ensuring that the physical environment in which HSMs are deployed does not compromise their security. This requires careful consideration of factors such as temperature, humidity, and electromagnetic interference (EMI). - -Enhancing physical and data security is crucial for ensuring the integrity, confidentiality, and availability of information transmitted across LPWA IoT networks. Hardware security modules (HSMs) play a critical role in securing these networks by securely generating, storing, and managing cryptographic keys. - -Quantum cryptography also plays a crucial role in enhancing the physical network and data security of LPWA IoT environments. QKD-based IPsec solutions use quantum mechanics to generate secure keys, which can then be used to encrypt and decrypt data transmitted across the network. - -Operational strategies for HSMs in ruggedized LPWA IoT settings involve implementing robust security protocols, such as secure key generation and management, encryption, and decryption processes. Physical security is also critical in these environments, where sensitive information is transmitted across networks vulnerable to physical tampering and cyberattacks.",1731883646,36ea93b1b1,3858a5a118,,,1731883646 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/trump-todd-blanche-doj_n_67368b03e4b0958bad3eb805,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,Trump Rewards Hush Money Trial Lawyer Todd Blanche With Key DOJ Role,"LOADING ERROR LOADING - -WASHINGTON (AP) — President-elect Donald Trump has chosen Todd Blanche, an attorney who led the legal team that defended the Republican at his hush money criminal trial, to serve as the second-highest ranking Justice Department official. - -A former federal prosecutor, Blanche has been a key figure on Trump’s defense team both in the New York case that ended in a conviction in May, and the federal cases brought by Justice Department special counsel Jack Smith. - -Advertisement - -“Todd is an excellent attorney who will be a crucial leader in the Justice Department, fixing what has been a broken System of Justice for far too long,” Trump said in a statement Thursday announcing his pick. - -If confirmed as deputy attorney general by the Republican-led Senate, Blanche would manage the day-to-day operations of the sprawling Justice Department, which Trump has vowed to radically overhaul. - -Former President Donald Trump speaks to reporters with his attorney Todd Blanche, right, as jurors begin deliberations for his trial at Manhattan criminal court, Wednesday, May 29, 2024, in New York. Jabin Botsford/The Washington Post via AP, Pool - -The announcement comes a day after the president-elect said he had chosen as attorney general Rep. Matt Gaetz of Florida, a Trump loyalist who once faced a Justice Department sex trafficking investigation that ended in no charges. - -Advertisement - -Trump is appointing two other members of his defense team to high-ranking Justice Department positions. - -Emil Bove, an ex-federal prosecutor, will be the principal associate deputy attorney general and will serve as acting deputy attorney general until Blanche is confirmed, Trump said. - -Trump tabbed D. John Sauer, who successfully argued his presidential immunity case before the U.S. Supreme Court, to be the solicitor general, representing his administration before the high court. Sauer, who was previously Missouri’s solicitor general, was a Rhodes scholar and served as a Supreme Court clerk for the late Justice Antonin Scalia. - -Blanche represented Trump in both the 2020 election interference case in Washington and the Florida case accusing the former president of hoarding classified documents at his Mar-a-Lago estate. In both cases, the defense team successfully mounted a legal strategy focused heavily on delaying the cases until after the election. - -U.S. District Judge Aileen Cannon last summer threw out the classified documents case, finding that Smith’s appointment by Attorney General Merrick Garland was illegal. The 2020 election case was stalled amid wrangling over Trump’s claims of immunity from prosecution that went up to the Supreme Court. - -Advertisement - -The Justice Department is now evaluating how to wind down the two prosecutions to comply with longstanding department policy that says sitting presidents cannot be indicted or prosecuted while in office. - -Blanche has also represented Trump’s former campaign chairman, Paul Manafort, and succeeded in getting a mortgage fraud case against him dismissed in the same New York court where Trump was convicted. Blanche argued that case, brought by the Manhattan district attorney’s office, was too similar to one that landed Manafort in federal prison and therefore amounted to double jeopardy. - -Blanche joined Trump’s defense team just prior to his April 2023 arraignment in the New York case. Trump was accused in a scheme to illegally influence the 2016 election through a hush money payment to a porn actor who said the two had sex. Trump was convicted of 34 felony counts, though his attorneys are urging the judge to overturn the guilty verdict. - -Blanche left the firm Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft LLP, where he was a partner in the White Collar Defense and Investigations practice, to form his own practice. Blanche told colleagues at Cadwalader that he was resigning to represent Trump. He’d joined the firm in September 2017. - -In an email announcing his departure, he wrote: “I have been asked to represent Trump in the recently charged DA case, and after much thought/consideration, I have decided it is the best thing for me to do and an opportunity I should not pass up.” - -Advertisement - -Originally from the Denver suburbs, Blanche graduated from American University in Washington, D.C., and Brooklyn Law School. - -Blanche first joined the Justice Department as a paralegal in the U.S. attorney’s office for the Southern District of New York, while in law school. - -He was later a law clerk for federal judges and then a prosecutor in the same U.S. attorney’s office, which covers Manhattan, the Bronx, and northern suburbs, for about eight years and spent two years as co-chief of the office’s violent crimes unit. - -Bove, a star lacrosse player in college, joined Blanche’s law firm last year and handled many key arguments in Trump’s legal cases, including pending efforts to get the hush money conviction thrown out in light of his election victory. As a federal prosecutor in the Southern District of New York, Bove was involved in multiple high-profile prosecutions, including a drug-trafficking case against the former Honduran president’s brother, a man who set off a pressure cooker device in Manhattan and a man who sent dozens of mail bombs to prominent targets across the country. - -___",1731883679,b2d88cb862,39729ed0cb,,,1731883679 -https://www.bluebirdbanter.com/2024/11/17/24298551/today-in-blue-jays-history-george-bell-wins-mvp,https://www.bluebirdbanter.com/rss/current,Today in Blue Jays history: George Bell wins MVP,"Ten Years Ago: - -The Blue Jays signed Russell Martin to a 5-year, $82 million contract. I was on holiday then, but I remember being surprised we spent that much money. It seemed out of character for the team. - -Martin played four seasons with the Jays, hitting .225/.336/.399 with 66 home runs. - -He’s one of those guys who was more important to the team than his stat showed. Or at least that’s how we felt about him. - -We traded him to the Dodgers for Ronny Brito and Andrew Sopko (neither made it to the majors). - -We were pretty happy with the signing: - -I don’t know what Martin is doing these days. He’s the kind of guy who would make a good manager if willing to take the pay cut. - -Thirteen Years Ago: - -With the new Blue Jays uniform unveiled, Minor Leaguer looked at the franchise history of uniforms and logos. Part two came along the next day. - -Also, thirteen years ago, Marc Hulet suggested Casey Janssen ’Could Be the Key Man in the 2012 Bullpen’. It turns out he was right. - -Fourteen Years Ago: - -The Jays traded for Rajai Davis, sending Trystan Magnuson and Daniel Farquhar to Oakland. Both Magnuson and Farquhar had made it back into the Jays system Farquhar in a trade for David Purcey (Farquhar would pitch two innings for us in 2011). Farquhar pitched in 253 MLB games with a 3.93 MLB for the Mariners, Rays and White Sox and had 18 saves. Magnuson was traded back for cash but didn’t return to the majors. He had a total of 14.2 MLB innings. - -Rajai played three seasons with the Jays. He hit .252/.299/.369 with 15 home runs and 125 stolen bases (7th on our all-time list, and no one is likely to push him further down the list in the foreseeable future) before leaving us as a free agent. He had a 14-year career, playing in 1448 games and hitting .262/.311/.379 with 415 steals. He was not a great player, but he was fun to watch on the bases. Baseball is entertainment, and he was entertaining. - -We liked the trade at the time. - -Sixteen Years Ago: - -Hugo and a guy with the unusual name Rincewind discuss the problem spots that the Jays needed to fix before the 2009 season. - -Seventeen Years Ago: - -Seventeen years ago tomorrow, but close enough, J.P. Ricciardi traded Kristian Bell (gone to The Good Place?) and Graham Godfrey to the A’s for Marco Scutaro. It wasn’t a trade that excited anyone, but it was good. We grew to love Scutaro. - -Thirty-seven Years Ago: - -Long before Bluebird Banter, in 1987, George Bell became the first Blue Jay to win the AL MVP award for his .308/.352/.605 seasons, with 47 home runs and a league-leading 134 RBI. Bell had finished 19th, 8th, and 4th in the voting the three previous years and would finish 4th in 1989. And 20th in 1992 with the White Sox. - -He likely wouldn’t win the award with today’s voters. He finished 10th among AL hitters with a 5.0 bWAR. Even if you take just offensive bWAR, Bell was still 10th in the AL. Wade Boggs had an 8.3 bWAR and Alan Trammell an 8.2. Boggs hit .363/.461/.588 with 24 home runs and 105 walks. Trammell .343/.402/.551 with 28 home runs, playing good defense at short. - -But Bell had all those RBI. - -Bell wasn’t terrible defensively at that point in his career. Of course, later in his career, his knees would pay the price for playing on the carpet-covered cement, and his defense would suffer from it, but that was later.",1731883656,d6beef1739,394bba42fe,,,1731883656 -http://ipkitten.blogspot.com/2024/10/the-morality-and-patentability-of.html,http://ipkitten.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default,The morality (and patentability) of inventions derived by immoral means (T 2510/18),"Cases relating to the exclusion of patentable subject matter on moral grounds are rare, and always serve to highlight the underlying moral and political framework necessary for a well-functioning IP system. The recent case T 2510/18 considered whether an invention derived from traditional remedies by dishonest means was immoral. The objections related not to the direct exploitation of the invention itself, but to the alleged dishonesty and breach of trust associated with how the invention was derived. The case also considered the important interaction between prior use and novelty, specifically whether a prior use falling under the scope of a claim necessarily impinges the novelty of the claim. - -Case Background - -The patent (EP2443126) related to the plant extract Simalikalactone E and its use to treat malaria. The patent acknowledged that the plant from which Simalikalactone E was extracted, Quassia amara (""bitter ash"") had long been used in traditional medicine to treat fever. The patent described the extraction of Simalikalactone E from the leaves of bitter ash. Claim 1 of the patent was a simple product claim for the chemical formula of Simalikalactone E, with dependent claims related to Simalikalactone E for medicinal use and a processes for extracting Simalikalactone E. - -Fighting malaria - -The invention arose from research by The Institute for Development Research (IRD) into traditional antimalarial remedies used by indigenous communities in French Guiana. A survey of these communities, involving interviews with 117 indigenous people, identified 45 remedies using 27 different plant species, including bitter ash. The researchers focused on bitter ash to subsequently identify and extract the anti-malaria compound, Simalikalactone E. - -The Opponents argued that the granted claims contravened Article 53(a) EPC. Article 53(a) EPC states that a European patent shall not be granted for ""inventions the commercial exploitation of which would be contrary to 'ordre public' or morality"". In this case, the Opponents argued that the commercial exploitation of a claim directed to Simalikalactone E would be contrary to morality and public order within the accepted norms of European culture, particularly as related to the exploitation of indigenous communities and the commercialisation of traditional knowledge. - -In short, the Opponent argued that the invention represented ""biopiracy"" on behalf of the patentee against the indigenous people involved in the original research. Specifically, the Opponent submitted that the interactions with the indigenous communities had been conducted in an immoral fashion, involving deception and an abuse of trust. According to the Opponent, the members of the communities involved had not been fully and transparently informed of the nature of the research project, its objectives, the filing of the patent, and other risks and benefits of the project to community members and their knowledge. As such, the Opponent argued, the IP rights of the communities over their traditional knowledge had been violated. The Opponent submitted that the deception and breach of trust displayed was contrary to ordre public and would jeopardize relations between indigenous and local communities and researchers. - -The morality of the use of an invention versus the morality of how an invention was derived - -The factual submission on the conduct of the research was accepted by the Board of Appeal. However, the Board was not convinced that the behaviour of the patentee excluded the subject matter from patentability under Article 53(a) EPC. The exclusion to patentability provided for in Article 53(a) EPC requires the stated offense to morality to reside in the ""commercial exploitation"" of the claimed invention. The claims of the patent were directed to the formula of the antimalarial, a process of manufacturing the antimalarial and its use in therapy. Given the dire need for effective antimalarial medication, the Board of Appeal found that the commercial exploitation of these inventions would not be contrary to public morality (on the contrary, they would be beneficial to society). Specifically, the Board of Appeal made a clear distinction between the morality of the commercial exploitation of an invention, and the morality of how the invention itself occurred (r.2.14). The Board of Appeal thus concluded that the claimed invention was not excluded from patentability pursuant to Article 53(a) EPC. - -The interaction between novelty and prior use - -The Board of Appeal then went on to consider whether the claims were novel. The prior art cited against the invention were documents describing use of bitter ash to treat malaria. The active compound Simalikalactone E was not specifically disclosed. However, the Opponents argued that Simalikalactone E would clearly have been present in the preparations of bitter ash described, and that therefore the claimed invention was anticipated. Notably, the granted claims did not specify that the Simalikalactone E was ""isolated"" (as is the norm to avoid objections that a claim relates to a natural phenomena in the US). - -The Board of Appeal, however, disagreed. The Board of Appeal pointed out that the test for novelty is whether the prior art contains a clear and unambiguous disclosure of the claimed invention. The invention in this case was the molecular structure of Simalikalactone E. Given that the prior art did not include any explicit disclosure of Simalikalactone E, the invention could not be said to be anticipated. The Board of Appeal found that the novelty objection still did not hold even if the preparations of bitter ash described in the prior art could be said to fall under the scope of the claim: ""the question is what was made available to the public, not what could be contained intrinsically in what was made available to the public"" (r. 3.17, machine translation). The Opponent argued that if the claims were not found to lack novelty, the patent would give the patentee the right to prohibit indigenous people from using bitter leaf in their traditional remedies. However, the Board of Appeal cited the finding of the EBA in G 2/88 that the question of rights based on the prior use of an invention is a matter for national law. The claims were therefore found novel in view of the prior use of bitter leaf. An inventive step argument was also rejected and the patent maintained. - -What about the referral on prior use? - -The Board of Appeal took note of the pending referral to the Enlarged Board of Appeal (EBA) on the issue of prior use (G1/23) (IPKat). The referral asks whether the non-enabling prior use of a product excludes the composition of the product from the prior art or whether it also excludes the product per se, such that the product itself cannot be used as a starting point for inventive step. In other words, if the product is a drug comprising compound X, and compound X is not enabled, can the existence of the drug itself be used as a starting point for inventive step? The Board of Appeal in the present case found that the referral was not relevant as the referral related to the question of inventive step, not the absolute disclosure test of novelty. - -Final thoughts - -The background to this case raises the spectre of a familiar philosophical and moral conundrum within the medical field. Should the less-than-sanitary (in some cases abhorrent) means by which an invention was derived prevent its use? One of the most well-known examples of immoral research leading to an unequivocal moral benefit to society is the human cancer cell line, HeLa cells. HeLa cells have been widely used in medical research and have contributed to many significant life-saving scientific breakthroughs, including the polio vaccine. However, HeLa cells were derived from a African-American woman cancer patient, Henrietta Lacks, in 1951 without her knowledge or consent. Science is littered with examples of other beneficial discoveries arrived at by immoral means. - -However, as the Board of Appeal notes in the present case, there is no provision in the EPC that relates to the morality of how an invention was derived. Article 53(a) EPC only relates to the morality of the commercial exploitation of the invention itself. Questions over the morality of scientific discovery must therefore be dealt with in a different forum than the patent office. In this case, despite the decision of the Board of Appeal, the European patent in question appears to have lapsed on all member states due to failure to pay renewal fees. The US case has similarly been abandoned. It thus appears that the substantial political pressures on the IRD outside the patent system have impacted their desire and/or ability to commercialise the invention. - -Further reading - -New EBA referral: When is prior use of a product excluded from the prior art for lack of enablement?",1731883704,32708c0b3e,3983460b0e,,,1731883704 -https://www.aclu.org/news/civil-liberties/the-aclu-is-fighting-back-against-trump,https://www.aclu.org/feed,How the ACLU Will Fight Four More Years of Trump,"During the first Donald Trump administration, the ACLU fought his unlawful policies more than 400 times. We’re even more prepared now. - -The results of the election are in: Donald Trump will be the 47th president of the United States. Trump’s win comes after a campaign in which he consistently targeted immigrants, transgender youth, and other vulnerable communities with hateful rhetoric. He also threatened retribution against dissidents and political opponents. I know that many of us fear what these results mean for our communities, our nation and ourselves. We know that a second Trump administration will be even more aggressive and effective than it was before — because Trump has repeatedly said so. - -""Together, we are powerful enough to change the course of our nation’s history and defend our most fundamental rights and freedoms."" - -As outlined in Project 2025, under a second Trump administration, our federal government will deport immigrants in dragnet raids, target his political adversaries, spy on private citizens, promote discrimination against marginalized communities, and control what we can and can’t do with our bodies. This dystopian view of American life threatens our fundamental freedoms. We know from prior experience that our fear is real. We also know that despair and resignation are not a strategy. At the ACLU, we’re choosing to channel our fear into action. Together, we are powerful enough to change the course of our nation’s history and defend our most fundamental rights and freedoms. That is why the ACLU has a concrete plan to fight back. When President-elect Trump comes for our communities, he’s gotta get through all of us. During Trump’s first term, the ACLU filed 434 legal challenges against his administration, successfully blocking some of Trump’s most egregious policies, like the Muslim ban and separating immigrant families. When Trump once again set his sights on the White House, the ACLU’s legal and advocacy experts drafted a roadmap to combat his administration head-on. On day one, we are prepared to: - -Defend against the Trump administration’s unlawful mass deportation plan through coordinated action at all levels of government. We’ll also work with states and localities to protect residents to the full extent possible and ensure that a Trump administration can’t hijack state resources to carry out its draconian policies. - -We’ll also work with states and localities to protect residents to the full extent possible and ensure that a Trump administration can’t hijack state resources to carry out its draconian policies. Provide legal defense to whistleblowers and critics who dare to stand up to Trump’s policies. We’ll also protect freedom of speech and the right to protest against Trump’s agenda. - -We’ll also protect freedom of speech and the right to protest against Trump’s agenda. Use the courts to affirm that LGBTQ people are protected from discrimination under federal law. We’ll fight to invalidate Trump administration policies that permit discrimination across the federal government, and to shut down the administration’s efforts to require discrimination at the state and local levels. - -We’ll fight to invalidate Trump administration policies that permit discrimination across the federal government, and to shut down the administration’s efforts to require discrimination at the state and local levels. Challenge the Trump administration’s dangerous attacks on reproductive freedom, including any attempts to weaponize the Comstock Act to ban abortion nationwide or to take medication abortion off the shelves. We’ll also protect access to birth control and family planning services. - -As soon as the 119th Congress is sworn in, we will urge members to use their constitutional powers to provide oversight, investigate wrongdoing, and reject restrictive executive branch policies. At the state level, we’ll work with lawmakers to build a firewall for freedom and enact laws that protect people from government abuse. In our communities, we’re working to educate people on what is at risk, what happens next, and how we can fight for our freedoms together. This is my sixth presidential election as executive director at the ACLU and there is not a doubt in my mind that our organization is the best equipped to meet this moment. We have more than a century of experience in combating political repression, we have some of the nation’s best legal and political advocates, we have our nationwide network of ACLU affiliates, and we have all of you. The Trump administration’s anti-liberty and fundamentally anti-American policies will be met with the full firepower of the ACLU, the might of our allies, and the commitment of the American people. Above all else, that gives me hope. The next four years will be challenging, but we’re ready to put up the fight of the century. You can count on it. - -Project 2025, Explained Share your story about the impact Project 2025 could have on your life and community.",1731883651,4ab03eb596,39c844eb99,,,1731883651 -https://expeditionportal.com/2025-suzuki-dr-z4s-unveiled/,https://www.expeditionportal.com/feed/,2025 Suzuki DR-Z4S Unveiled,"Suzuki hasn’t updated the DR-Z platform in a meaningful way since the 2003 model in my garage was new. While it’s a great bike and near-perfect as a lightweight BDR machine, the DR-Z400S and SM are old-tech in a new age of motos. That ends now with the 2025 DR-Z models, newly named the DR-Z4S and DR-Z4SM, getting enormous improvements. We’ll focus on the DR-Z4S here. - -DR-Z4S Power Plant - -The original DR-Z400S debuted in 2000 and gained a reputation for durability summed up with, “you can’t kill those things.” Still, it has a dated motor and there’s more efficiency to be mined from its 398cc single. Fuel injection is a huge change from the Mikuni carburetor on my machine, and a very welcome one. EFI brings more precise fueling and the end of carbs fouled when the bike sits too long. - -The DR-Z4S throttle body is controlled electronically, bringing ride-by-wire and all the goodies it makes possible to the new bike. Removing the cylinder head cover exposes new titanium intake valves and hollow, sodium filled exhaust valves. These four poppets get their lift from a higher cam profile. Down in the cylinder a re-designed piston goes to work with two iridium spark plugs igniting the mixture. The resulting power is fed to the rear wheel by a new slipper clutch that reduces lever pull while smoothing out clunky downshifts. - -Suzuki also refreshed the exhaust system, fitting a slimmer, all-stainless, dual-wall pipe with a two-stage catalytic converter to meet Euro 5+ standards. The company doesn’t publish horsepower figures for the old or new machines, but they do claim increased output due to the piston and crankcase enhancements. - -Suspension - -Updated and upgraded front and rear suspension is all KYB. Say good-bye to the DR-Z’s dated fork boots, the new fork is an inverted design with compression and rebound damping. The single rear shock also allows those adjustments plus spring preload tuning. Travel is a healthy 11 inches up front and 11.3 inches at the rear. Holding this all together is a new twin-spar steel frame with an aluminum subframe. The swingarm is still aluminum but a new design. - -The DR-Z4S stays on 21-inch front and 18-inch rear rims, but the tires are new. Said to have an interior configuration created just for this motorcycle, the IRC GP 410 tube-type tires are more aggressive than previous offerings. - -The 2025 DR-Z4S is still a tall motorcycle, though seat height is down to 36.2 inches from 36.8. DR-Zs were never lightweights, and the 2025 model follows in their tire tracks, coming in 16 pounds heavier at a claimed 333 pounds wet. - -Electronics - -The new Suzuki is awash with new tech, making previous models look positively archaic. The display is still an LCD, but presents more information in a compact package, and there is now LED lighting all around. The DR-Z4S ride-by-wire update empowers larger changes, all part of the Suzuki Intelligent Ride Suite (S.I.R.S). First off are three drive modes, A, B, and C. My interpretation is that A is for all-out acceleration, B is for basic, everyday riding, and C is for careful, including wet, muddy, or loose surfaces. - -Next is traction control, which has three modes plus “off.” Mode 1, said to be for good conditions, allows a modicum of wheel spin. Mode 2 is maximum control for slippery surfaces or nervous riders. Mode 3 attempts to make the best of the traction available while limiting wheel spin in dicey situations. Finally, there is ABS, selectable for front and rear off, or just rear. - -These are the highlights, but there’s also a new radiator, seat, slim (and smaller at 2.3 gallons) gas tank, and plenty more, including accessories. Suzuki’s super overhaul has created an entirely new DR-Z destined to give riders more power, more safety features, better handling, and a wide grin. Unfortunately, they failed to address the one thing that annoys DR-Z400S owners the most—the 5-speed transmission. Sorry to say, but there is still no sixth gear. Go figure. - -The price is yet to be announced, assume it will be upwards of $7199 for the 2024 model. - -Read more: Affordable ADV Motorcycles - -Photos: Suzuki - -Our No Compromise Clause: We do not accept advertorial content or allow advertising to influence our coverage, and our contributors are guaranteed editorial independence. Overland International may earn a small commission from affiliate links included in this article. We appreciate your support.",1731883669,ecdc66bb02,3974015eeb,,,1731883669 -https://www.pymnts.com/cybersecurity/2024/t-mobile-network-reportedly-breached-in-chinese-hacking-campaign/,https://www.pymnts.com/feed/,T-Mobile Network Reportedly Breached in Chinese Hackers,"T-Mobile was reportedly hacked in a recent cyberespionage attack on American and international telecommunications companies. - -Hackers with ties to a Chinese intelligence agency were able to get into the T-Mobile network as part of monthslong effort to spy on the cellular communications of high-value intelligence targets, The Wall Street Journal (WSJ) reported Friday (Nov. 15), citing sources familiar with the matter. - -The report added that it’s not clear what, if any, information about T-Mobile customers’ calls and communications records was taken in the breach. - -“T-Mobile is closely monitoring this industrywide attack, and at this time, T-Mobile systems and data have not been impacted in any significant way, and we have no evidence of impacts to customer information,” a company spokeswoman told WSJ. “We will continue to monitor this closely, working with industry peers and the relevant authorities.” - -According to the report, the breach is part of a broader cyberespionage campaign by Chinese hackers — known as Salt Typhoon — that some U.S. officials argue could be historic and catastrophic in scale and severity. - -The campaign has already targeted AT&T, Verizon and Lumen Technologies. Sources told WSJ that Salt Typhoon infiltrated U.S. telecom infrastructure through vulnerabilities including Cisco Systems routers, and may have used technologies such as artificial intelligence or machine learning to bolster operations. - -Hackers were able to break into cellphone lines used by a range of senior national security and policy officials throughout the U.S. government, as well as some politicians. Once inside, the hackers could access call logs, unencrypted texts and some audio from targets, something that could have a major impact on national security, investigators said. - -The news comes at the tail end of a year that has seen several high-profile cyberattacks. And after one of the more recent incidents — involving grocery giant Ahold Delhaize — PYMNTS asked the question: Are retailers equipped to handle evolving cyberthreats? - -“With cyberattacks now possible at a scale many businesses may not be equipped to address, companies must prioritize security from the top down,” that report said. “A robust cybersecurity strategy involves continual training, layered security protocols, and an incident response plan that is regularly tested.” - -And in an era where a click or a tap makes the difference between landing or losing a sale, cybersecurity is a key factor in how customers perceive and trust a brand. - -“Retailers must view cybersecurity as a continuous journey, requiring investment in artificial intelligence-driven fraud detection and partnerships with cybersecurity experts who can provide updates, insights and rapid responses when incidents occur,” that report said.",1731883634,c794dda4fc,3988ab71bf,,,1731883634 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/a62739518/michael-kors-in-conversation-with-irina-shayk/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,Michael Kors on The Magic of New York,"Below is an excerpt from the September 2021 issue of Harper’s Bazaar—a conversation between Michael Kors and Irina Shayk about the designer’s 40 year anniversary in New York—in honor of Kors receiving this year’s CFDA The Positive Change Award for his work fighting hunger through Watch Hunger Stop, his campaign in support of the United Nations World Food Programme (WFP), and his support of God’s Love We Deliver. - -Michael Kor’s love affair with New York City runs deep. He grew up in Merrick, Long Island, and would make regular treks into Manhattan as a teen. He later moved into the city to attend both the Fashion Institute of Technology and Studio 54. Kors became a regular at the latter after dropping out of the former to work at Lothar’s, a high-end boutique on 57th Street in Midtown. There, he waited on the shop’s glittery clientele, which included people like Rudolf Nureyev and Cher, and soon began designing the in-house line. One day, the late Dawn Mello, the legendary fashion director credited with reviving the nearby fashion mecca Bergdorf Goodman in the 1970s, spied Kors tending to the windows at Lothar’s in an outfit she found intriguing. Mello approached Kors and asked him where he got his clothes; he replied that he’d designed them himself. And thus, in 1981, Michael Kors Collection debuted, launching the career of a designer who now leads a global fashion empire—and who continues to be inspired by the ever-changing cultures and rhythms of New York. - -This year, Kors celebrates his 40th year in business. He marked the occasion this past April by staging a blockbuster runway show in Times Square. An international, multigenerational mix of ur-supermodels—Naomi Campbell, Helena Christensen, Paloma Elsesser, Karen Elson, Bella Hadid, Shalom Harlow, Liya Kebede, Precious Lee—paraded down Broadway in looks from Kors’s fall collection. Among them was Russian-born Irina Shayk, now herself a New Yorker of more than a decade. For Shayk, the idea of working in fashion—and living in New York—wasn’t even a pipe dream when she was growing up in the village of Yemanzhelinsk, near the border with Kazakhstan. But after arriving in New York, she discovered what Kors has always found so optimistic about both the city and the industry: For all of their quirks and curveballs, there’s always room for new people and ideas, and anyone from anywhere can rise to the top. - -MICHAEL KORS: I grew up in the suburbs, and when we would drive into Manhattan, the minute I saw the skyline it was like The Wizard of Oz. To me, New York was a place where anything was possible. You could reinvent yourself. You could follow your dreams. You could meet people from around the world. And I still think that’s what New York brings you. - -IRINA SHAYK: New York always represents life for me. I lived in Los Angeles for two years. I had my daughter there. I mean, L.A. is beautiful, but New York just gives you this energy. If you’re single in New York, you never feel alone. You walk outside of your apartment and there is this community, this feeling like people came from all over the world to try to make it here. It just gives you the motivation to do something - - - -MK: I mean, you grew up in a little village. - -IS: My village was super tiny. My father was a coal miner. My mother was a pianist, but because she followed my father to this coal-mining village, she ended up working at the kindergarten for 25 years. When we grew up in Russia, there was no hot water for June, July, and August. I remember when I came to New York, I was like, “They have hot water for three months during the summertime!” But I had nothing to do with fashion. I never even knew that modeling was a real job. - -MK: By the time I was 18, I was fashion obsessed. I got this part-time job selling clothes in this store, Lothar’s, where you had every famous person in the world shopping. I’d come back to school and everyone would say, “What happened at work?” And I’d be like, “Well, Rudolf Nureyev bought some jeans today—and he left the curtain open so we could look in!” I met Jackie Kennedy at Lothar’s. Diana Ross. Cher. Gianni Agnelli and his wife would come in. I think I learned early on that because people have money, it doesn’t mean that they’re lying on a couch eating grapes. They’re busy. They’re moving. They want to be comfortable. They want to be glamorous. And at the same time, everyone has their insecurities. - -IS: That’s for sure. - -MK: I don’t care who you are, there is something that makes you feel better about yourself. Working in a store and interacting with people instead of being in a designer’s atelier or studio totally shaped my way of designing. - -IS: I grew up in a family of women. I lost my father when I was 14, and I never met my grandfathers, so I grew up with my two grandmas, my sister, and my mom. My icon was for sure my grandmother, my father’s mother. When she was 19, she was sent to World War II and she worked in the special services. She lost her husband and raised my father as a single mom, and then she lost my dad. But she was the most positive, down-to-earth woman. Every time you called her, she would be so happy about waking up and having water in her sink. She always set an example that happiness is not about the apartment where you live, how much money you have. It’s about the real people in your life—your family, your friends. She was a beauty icon for me too because her beauty was inside out. - -MK: My mom is still in the back of my head. She is always going to be a muse. But then I think about how I grew up loving pop culture. I was glued to movies and books and magazines and television and theater. I grew up loving all of the social swans. Then the next thing you know, I’m 18 years old and I meet Nan Kempner at Studio 54, and I’m sitting with her, drinking champagne on a banquette. Meeting Muhammad Ali. He and his wife came shopping at Lothar’s. It was a riot on the streets. We had to lock the doors. And designers—when I met Bill Blass, I was so afraid. I met him at a trunk show in Oklahoma. But he was so funny, self-deprecating, and wonderful. I met Barbra Streisand at Lothar’s. I was so excited that I forgot to ask her to sign her credit-card slip, so I ran onto Fifth Avenue with the credit-card machine, screaming, “Ms. Streisand! Ms. Streisand!” She looked at me, and she was like, “I’m going to kill you.” Meeting President Obama the first time was just mind-blowing. But the thing I’ve learned over the years is that no matter how successful someone is or what they do, we’re all human. We’re all going through life’s ups and downs, and I always love when the people I admire turn out to have a sense of humor about themselves and the world. When we were putting together the 40th-anniversary show, I said, “This show is all about strong, confident women. Irina is perfect for it.” And then you came in and you were so funny. I’ve always believed that you can have a sense of humor and still look great, still be confident, have glamour. - -IS: You should see me in my apartment. Not so glamorous. - -MK: When we called you to come back for a second fitting, I think you were having a margarita. - -IS: Yes. I was at a restaurant. I was at 4 Charles. Have you been? - -MK: It’s one of my favorites. - -IS: Finally, I’m getting a reservation there, right? And I’m sitting, having my margarita on the rocks like a Russian girl, and they’re calling me. They’re like, “Can you come back for the second fitting?” So I finished all my margaritas and I was like, “I’m not sure what condition I am in, but I’m sure I can try my outfit.” - -MK: I love that you were at 4 Charles. It’s like the most impossible reservation to get. - -IS: I finished my dinner. - -MK: We’ll go back together.",1731883630,66787ad63a,394805d891,,,1731883630 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/shift-from-services-to-solutions/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Navigating the Communications Shift from Services to Solutions,"About 15 years ago (it’s really hard to believe it’s been that long!), social media became a thing, and many agency owners ran to be one of the first to offer social media services. I remember talking with a friend about how she was going to completely transition her PR firm into a social media firm and how shortsighted I thought that was. She did it anyway, did great for two years, struggled for a few more—and was fully out of business a decade later. - -But we’re human beings, and we like to run to the shiny, new penny. We want to be the first ones there so we can reap the rewards of seemingly overnight success. We want to get rich fast, lose weight quickly, and run 26.2 miles without having to train. - -Of course, that’s not how things work, but it’s human nature. We tend to see the “success” of people without understanding the sacrifices they made to get there. - -The Death of Digital Pros - -During the holidays, the Wall Street Journal ran an article about the death of digital agencies. - -Titled “Will 2024 Mark the End of the Digital Agency?”, it essentially says that everything we do today is digital, so calling yourself a digital agency no longer matters. It’s not so wrong. It’s not really the end of the digital agency, but more the end of using that as a differentiation. - -Chip Griffin and I also discuss a portion of it on the Agency Leadership podcast, so there is lots for you to consider. - -I’d like to focus our conversation on how to incorporate generative AI and whatever else will come at us in the next 12-24 months without sacrificing your expertise or experience by turning everything upside down. - -In other words, don’t chase after AI as the only service you offer. Rather, fold it into the work you’re already doing. - -Shift from Services to Solutions - -Here is what that might look like. - -Forrester predicts that agencies and professionals alike will shift from services into solutions, which will include their human expertise and technology, such as generative AI. We’ll all learn how to incorporate technology to make us more efficient and effective. At the same time, we’ll also feel the pain of learning how to pair what we do with robots. - -Last week, OpenAI announced that the ChatGPT store is now open, which means you can create your own version of the AI to do what you need it to do. For instance, I have a GiniGPT that is learning my voice, what I care about, and even my sarcasm. It’s currently like a toddler learning how to use their words, but eventually, it might be as effective as I am at pumping out content. - -We also have different GPTs for clients, which include the company’s branding, fonts, colors, tone of voice, competitors, brand personas, messaging, and more. One of my favorite things to do right now is going into one of the GPTs we’re building for a client and prompt it to write copy for a specific persona, who is named. - -To do this, we invested in customer interviews and used the transcripts to guide how we set up the GPT. This allows it to guide our content personalization efforts at a completely new level. - -I can now say, “Please write an email for Jessica Roberts that will entice her to subscribe to our podcast.” And boom! Email written. - -Is it perfect? Of course not. But it is a great starting point. I love it! - -Stand Out From Your Competition - -So, rather than saying, “We or I only focus on AI, and that’s why you should hire us/me!” you say, “We absolutely use AI to improve the work that we do and, in fact, can create a specific GPT to help us grow your brand.” - -Instead of focusing on the service of AI, figure out how to incorporate it into the solutions you provide. - -This will put you ahead of your competition, either on the agency side or when you’re gunning for a promotion or looking for a new job. Anyone who focuses on the digital side of what we do will face sameness and commoditization. - -No one wants to look and sound like everyone else. Figure out how to use AI (and whatever else comes at us) to be different. - -One Focused On Results - -We’ve talked about how being a digital expert now makes you look like everyone else and how to focus on solutions versus services. Now let’s turn our attention to what executives truly care about when it comes to marketing and communications. - -Results. - -Oof. I know. I know. But we have to get there. - -2024 is the year we go from service-focused to solutions-focused, and we, for once and for all, measure our work to things that are meaningful to the organization and its leaders. - -I recently had an experience where we reported our year-end numbers to a client. It was a very good year. We were able to take credit for more than 150 sales qualified leads and nearly $3MM in pipeline. As well, the conversion rate for sales with leads geenarated by marketing is 45%, but only 23% when they are sales generated. - -Pretty good results, right? - -The CEO said, “This is great, but I don’t get it. How are you doing this?” - -My assumption was he knew how marketing works and what we are doing to drive leads. I was wrong. He also was skeptical because we were reporting the numbers but not names. So I pulled up the document that lists all of the new customers that were generated by marketing, and he nearly pooped his pants! - -The next part of the conversation was one I think we all would love to have. He said, “If we invest more in marketing, can you predict what kind of pipeline we can produce?” - -I said we absolutely can and he and I crunched the numbers together. - -Get Some Help - -It was a glorious experience and one I wish upon all of you. I’m not saying you have to measure leads, pipeline, conversions, and revenue, but you DO have to measure the things that are meaningful to the organization. - -As you evolve into a solutions-based professional who incorporates new technologies, such as generative AI, how can you measure that work to ensure you can have strategic conversations like the one I just outlined? - -We just launched a new online course with Muck Rack. It’s the Fundamentals of Media Measurement, and for those of you who need to figure out how to measure your efforts to an organization’s goals, it’s perfect for you. - -It’ll take you about two hours to complete and is designed to be quick, bite-sized lessons that you can listen to in the car, while you’re walking the dog, when you’re out for a run, or when you need a brain break for 10 minutes in between meetings. - -The best part is it’s free. - -Head over to Muck Rack to register and get started. Please make sure you use that link because, while I get no monetary benefit for you registering, I am highly competitive, and I want credit for it! Give me all the registrations! - -Complete the Shift from Services Evolution - -Whether or not the death of the digital agency is upon us or AI is not your jam or you’re nervous you’re going to be replaced by robots are all semantics. - -What’s most important is you have the ability to deliver work that is meaningful to the organization. - -If you carefully think about how to go from “we offer media relations or social media or AI services” to “we can help you grow your business by using today’s technology effectively and efficiently,” it won’t matter what the world throws at us. You will be ready. - -Hang Out With Us - -If you’d like to learn more about how to begin to evolve your career or agency this year and you’re not already a part of the Spin Sucks Community, get your butt over there! - -It’s a community full of crazy, smart professionals. It’s free, fun, smart…and you might just learn a thing or two from your peers.",1731883743,4dc781f5bc,39c4250765,,,1731883743 -https://www.npr.org/2023/12/29/1197956334/data-colada-inflation-song-hollywood-strike,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Data detectives, strike captains, and why the U.S. doesn't take vacation : Planet Money : NPR","The Rest of the Story, 2023 - -Enlarge this image NPR NPR - -Some stories keep going even after we set down our microphones and move on to the next episode. That's why, at the end of each year, we look back. We take stock. And we bring you the updates on the stories that kept going. - -So at the end of the year, we have a tradition called ""The Rest of the Story."" We bring you updates on the stories we've reported, and from the people we've met along the way. - -Sponsor Message - -We'll hear from a Hollywood strike captain who tried to pull off one last job, an update from the data detective trying to uncover the truth in academic research, and from one of our own staff members who tried to take more vacation, and failed. - -We also have a tribute to Earnest Jackson, the singer and songwriter at the center of our Inflation Song project. He will be missed. His gift of music lives on. - -Listen to the original stories: - -Today's show was produced by Emma Peaslee, edited by Alex Goldmark, and engineered by James Willets - -Music: NPR Source Audio: ""The Line,"" ""Liquid Courage,"" ""Church of the Brown,"" and ""Southern Blend"" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter.",1731884610,8181d7a585,396efd5591,,,1731884610 -https://techcrunch.com/2022/08/10/apple-pay-launches-in-malaysia/,https://techcrunch.com/tag/mobile-payments/feed/,Apple Pay launches in Malaysia,"Apple launched Apple Pay, which lets customers make payments in stores and online through iPhone, iPad, Apple Watch or Mac, in Malaysia on Tuesday. Currently, Apple Pay is supported for Malaysian customers using Visa and Mastercard cards from banks including AmBank, Maybank and Standard Chartered Bank with support for American Express cards coming later this year. - -The Cupertino-based firm has partnered with retail outlets like KFC, Maxis, Machines, McDonald’s, Mydin, Pizza Hut, Starbucks, U Mobile, Uniqlo, Village Grocer and Watsons, and online marketplaces like Shopee, Sephora, Atome and Adidas on the merchant side. - -The official announcement comes days after AmBank, a local bank, prematurely published details about the Apple Pay launch in the country. - -A report from local media suggests that other contactless payment services such as Samsung Pay, Visa PayWave or Mastercard PayPass require customers to enter a PIN for transactions above RM250 ($56.1); Apple Pay users can simply authenticate these transactions through Face ID, Touch ID or passcode. Apple Pay follows limits set by customers’ banks. - -Malaysia is only the second country to get Apple Pay in Southeast Asia after the service was launched in Singapore in 2016. - -Reports from various banks suggest that customers are rapidly adopting digital payments in Malaysia. In 2021, digital transactions reached the 7.2 billion mark, registering a 30% year-on-year growth. A report from Bank Negara Malaysia noted that last year an average person made 221 digital transactions, up from 170 in 2020. A study by the Malaysia Digital Economy Corporation (MDEC) and IDC suggested that the gross transaction value of e-commerce in the country would reach RM25.2 billion ($6 billion) in 2022. - -Apple has been facing an antitrust case in the EU over restrictions that companies can’t use iPhone’s NFC stack to build Apple Pay competitors.",1731883664,3aa6d26c70,39be3a5b28,,,1731883664 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/taiko-no-tatsujin-rhythm-festival-beats-its-way-onto-steam-today-with-70-songs-and-700-more-behind-a-subscription,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,"Taiko no Tatsujin: Rhythm Festival beats its way onto Steam today, with 70+ songs (and 700 more behind a subscription)","I first played Taiko no Tatsujin in an arcade (in Japan, because I am very cool), where it's controlled by hitting a recreation of an actual taiko drum. It was fun enough that I wish there was a taiko drum peripheral available for PC now the series is on our platform. - -Taiko no Tatsujin: Rhythm Festival is out now via Steam, where it offers over 70 songs to drum through, and a subscription service through which to unlock over 700 more. Maybe I should try to get my Donkey Konga drums working on PC, but I'll probably settle for playing it with a gamepad. - -If you're unfamiliar, Taiko no Tatsujin games are rhythm games about hitting a drum (on the top or on the side) in time to a beat, as colour-coded notes flow onto the screen from right to left. They're also terrifically bright and silly, your efforts cheered on by a drum mascot called Don Chan. Their songlists skew extremely Japanese, too, featuring a mixture of J-pop, vocaloid music, and anime soundtracks. - -The previous game in the series, Taiko no Tatsujin: The Drum Master, came to PC but only via Game Pass and the Windows store for some reason. Rhythm Festival is the first to arrive on Steam. - -It features the usual mixture of modes, practice sessions, online multiplayer, and several difficulty levels. If you're hungry for more than the songs included in the base game, you can expand your selection with the Taiko Music Pass for a monthly fee, or buy tracks via DLC packs. You can get Tank! from Cowboy Bebop via Anime Pack Vol. 2, for example. Everyone listen to Tank! now. - -If you're tempted, it's worth giving the demo a whirl on Steam first to see whether the difficulty, setlist, and somewhat grindy structure appeal to you.",1731883656,ad45c610da,3943687ec5,,,1731883656 -https://www.moneycrashers.com/moby-finance-review/,https://www.moneycrashers.com/feed/,"Moby Finance Review 2024: Features, Pricing & How To Start","Moby Finance should be on your radar if you want to streamline your investing tasks. This investment research platform provides easy-to-understand data that you can use to make challenging investment decisions. - -Check out my Moby Finance review to see what it’s all about. - -What Is Moby Finance? - -Moby Finance offers stock and crypto investment research written for the everyday investor. The information comes from experienced hedge fund managers and analysts who buy investing research and data from the world’s top institutions. - -They choose the best information and create strategies that the everyday investor can understand. Their reports are easy to read and available as audio or video, so you can digest the information in the way that’s most convenient for you. - -What Does It Offer? - -Moby Finance offers weekly stock picks with expert analysis to help you build a solid portfolio. According to Moby, they have tripled what other platforms have done over the last four years by finding overlooked stocks that the standard platforms ignore. - -Historically, 81% of Moby’s picks have been profitable, and the platform has reportedly beaten the S&P 500 by more than 11.3% for the last four years straight. - -Moby Premium subscribers can access extensive hedge fund recommendations and three weekly stock picks with proven results. Premium subscribers can access the best stocks to buy today, as well as analyses and reports written by former hedge fund analysts and a Discord community, to discuss your strategies with like-minded individuals. - -Preview current news from Moby - -Is Moby Finance Safe & Secure To Use? - -It’s important to always consider security before choosing an investment research platform. Fortunately, Moby protects your privacy. They don’t keep members’ information on their servers; third-party providers store it. In the event they must collect and share your information, they first ask for your consent. - -Moby Finance Features - -The Moby Finance Features I felt stood out in my Moby Finance review include: - -Weekly stock picks: Every week, Moby sends its top three stock picks with an analysis so you can see the reasoning behind the decision to determine if it fits your agenda - -Every week, Moby sends its top three stock picks with an analysis so you can see the reasoning behind the decision to determine if it fits your agenda Morning Newsletter: Every morning, wake up to a newsletter with three important tips or bits of news to use in your investment decisions that day - -Every morning, wake up to a newsletter with three important tips or bits of news to use in your investment decisions that day End of Day Report: Catch up on the day’s activities and any breaking news in less than five minutes with the End of Day Report - -Catch up on the day’s activities and any breaking news in less than five minutes with the End of Day Report Real-Time Alerts: Never feel left behind again; get access to happenings in real-time so you can make fast and informed decisions - -Never feel left behind again; get access to happenings in real-time so you can make fast and informed decisions Podcast: The Flagship Podcast is updated weekly with the most important information in the finance and investing world - -The Flagship Podcast is updated weekly with the most important information in the finance and investing world Lessons: Premium users can sign up for any courses or lessons they desire, whether for beginners or advanced investing options - -Pricing - -Moby offers two pricing options – monthly or annually. They are currently running a special for $179 if you pay for the year versus $199, or you can choose to pay $29.95 monthly. - -No matter how you pay, you get a free 30-day money-back guarantee. If you are unhappy with the subscription within that timeframe, you get a full refund if you cancel. - -For a limited time, Moby is offering MoneyCrashers readers a 50% discount when you use this link. - -How To Open a Moby Finance Account - -To open a Moby Finance account, you can sign up online by providing your email address or download the app in the Apple or Google Play stores. - -Pros & Cons - -Understanding Moby Finance’s pros and cons can help you determine if it’s right for you. - -Pros Provides reports and data for beginners and experts - -Provides stock picks from experienced hedge fund managers - -Offers content in many formats, including written, audio, and video Cons Most features require a paid subscription - -May not include enough technical data for expert investors - -Who Is the Moby Finance Best For? - -Moby Finance is for the busy investor who wants to make robust decisions but doesn’t have time to evaluate the data. It works well for beginning investors but has plenty of advantages for advanced investors. - -Moby Finance saves you time, provides reports and data in an easy-to-read format, and helps investors learn new investing techniques and processes. You can get expert analyses at a basic to intermediate level that help you explore investments you otherwise may have overlooked. - -How Does Moby Finance Compare? - -Moby Finance has many competitors as an investment research platform, but Zacks Investment Research and Motley Fool Stock Advisor are the two most commonly compared. - -Zacks: This stock research platform focuses on research, analysis, and recommendations. Users can access free content or pay for a subscription to access more powerful tools and research, including stock filters, Equity Research Reports, and trading tools. Prices range from $295 to $495 per year. - -This stock research platform focuses on research, analysis, and recommendations. Users can access free content or pay for a subscription to access more powerful tools and research, including stock filters, Equity Research Reports, and trading tools. Prices range from $295 to $495 per year. Motley Fool: This newsletter-based stock recommendation plan is one of the oldest stock recommendation companies. You’ll receive monthly stock recommendations that mimic what the founders have in their portfolios, real-time alerts when there’s breaking news, live streaming, company analysis, and a community of like-minded investors. Motley Fool Stock Advisor costs $199 a year, but new users get the first year for $99. - -Frequently Asked Questions - -Moby Finance may help you make the most of your portfolio. Here are some more questions to consider. - -Is Moby App Available in My City? - -The Moby app is available throughout the United States in the Apple and Google Play store. - -Is Moby Finance Free To Use? - -Moby Finance offers very limited free usage. Most of its features, including stock picks, are behind a paywall. You can pay an annual subscription or pay monthly. - -Is the Subscription Worth It? - -Moby Finance can help beginning and advanced investors create a robust portfolio. They make the data easy to understand and limit the confusion many investment research platforms create with complicated data. - -Does Moby Cover Cryptocurrencies? - -Moby Finance offers monthly crypto data, providing the same easy-to-read format they offer for stocks. - -Is There a Trial for Moby Premium? - -Moby Premium includes a free 30-day money-back guarantee. You can get a full refund if you are unhappy within 30 days. - -Does Moby Offer Investment Advice? - -Moby provides analytics and research that you can use to make your own investing decisions. They don’t tell you what to invest in but provide the data necessary to determine which investments make the most sense. - -Is Moby Finance Suitable for All Levels of Financial Knowledge? - -Moby Finance is perfect for beginners and works well for advanced investors. The only downside for advanced investors is that the data may not be detailed enough, depending on your level of knowledge.",1731883632,972663d68d,39cfcb7a40,,,1731883632 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMiygFBVV95cUxOdWdqTTR5QUQ0RDdRWWlzZFJOSFlaUVk3VWdYNVlDTFNJYW5JZVJTcmlOQWRmSEFaZWdZOWNWcWRXakdKWjZDWDJZakdEc0ZiWFBkay1VSmJzSDBqelRtTG53SGZJOC14czhVUlBjSnVZeUZfc3Nybnh6R1RVS0hEYkRvZUpjX1ZSSDhqVkxBSEN4NDV6aGR1eldEVXdiaDl2Mnd4UlBiNVY1dmZ0NDJVbnY4R1BEVGZNZ3hCYnBjVk0zTlptNW9naW5R?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883620,2688d2a9c6,397b73103b,,,1731883620 -https://www.independent.co.uk/sport/football/england-nations-league-promotion-republic-of-ireland-b2648350.html,https://www.independent.co.uk/sport/football/rss,What do England need to get promoted in the Nations League?,"Your support helps us to tell the story Read more Support Now From reproductive rights to climate change to Big Tech, The Independent is on the ground when the story is developing. Whether it's investigating the financials of Elon Musk's pro-Trump PAC or producing our latest documentary, 'The A Word', which shines a light on the American women fighting for reproductive rights, we know how important it is to parse out the facts from the messaging. At such a critical moment in US history, we need reporters on the ground. Your donation allows us to keep sending journalists to speak to both sides of the story. The Independent is trusted by Americans across the entire political spectrum. And unlike many other quality news outlets, we choose not to lock Americans out of our reporting and analysis with paywalls. We believe quality journalism should be available to everyone, paid for by those who can afford it. Your support makes all the difference. Close Read more - -England face the Republic of Ireland at Wembley Stadium on Sunday to conclude their Nations League group stage. - -The Three Lions’ rivals for top spot are Greece, who travel to Finland, the bottom side of Group B2 and without a win so far. - -Lee Carsley will conclude his interim spell in charge before Thomas Tuchel takes over next year and begins the road to the 2026 World Cup. - -A big win in Athens has raised morale, despite numerous drop-outs due to injuries, with Liverpool midfielder Curtis Jones shining on debut. - -Here’s everything you need to know about England’s hopes of securing promotion to League A: - -What do England need to secure promotion in the Nations League? - -England will secure promotion with a win over Republic of Ireland. If the Three Lions draw, they will still go up if Greece do not win, while they will also go up regardless if Greece lose. - -Greece will be promoted with a win over Finland and England failing to win, or if the 2004 European champions draw and England lose. - -If England do not secure top spot, England will be forced to tackle the League A/B play-offs to secure promotion. That task will place them up against a third-placed side from League A. - -England’s Curtis Jones (left) marked his senior debut with a fine goal ( PA Wire ) - -When are the Nations League play-offs? - -The four third-placed teams from League A make up Pot 1 as seeded sides, while the four runners-up from League B, including either England or Greece from Group B2, enter in Pot 2. - -Pot 2 teams are drawn first, then the seeded Pot 1 teams are drawn to complete the play-off ties, with the second legs played at the homes of Pot 1 sides. - -Nations currently in the relegation play-off place in League A groups are Poland, Belgium, Hungary and Serbia, though much could change on the final gameweek. - -The play-offs are scheduled to take place between 20 and 23 March 2025.",1731883672,d61eec9b47,39f859d16d,,,1731883672 -https://www.zdnet.com/article/one-of-the-most-versatile-power-stations-ive-tested/,https://www.zdnet.com/news/rss.xml,One of the most versatile power stations I've tested is now 50% off for Black Friday,"Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNET - -What's the deal? - -There's an amazing limited time deal on Amazon where you can grab a Bluetti AC180 for half price, only $499. - -ZDNET's key takeaways - - - -The Bluetti AC180 - -Its build provides simple functionality that delivers exceptional power performance. - -It's fairly heavy given its capacity, weighing in at 37 pounds. - -You can divide power stations into three broad categories -- there are the tiny, highly portable units, huge units that roll about on wheels, and in between, you have the bulky but still portable units that you can lug about, just not too far. - -I quite like this intermediate category because I can throw one in the back of the car or truck when I go camping or on photo/video/drone trips, and it'll provide all the power I need for a few days. - -Also: The Jackery Explorer 1000 V2 is one of the best entry-level portable power stations - -Over the summer, I used and abused the Bluetti AC180, and this unit ticks all the boxes for what I want from a power station that can keep me going when off-grid for a few days. - -Bluetti AC180 tech specs - -Power : 1,800W Rated Power/2,700W Lifting Power (surge) - -: 1,800W Rated Power/2,700W Lifting Power (surge) Capacity : 1,152Wh - -: 1,152Wh AC Charging : 1,440W Turbo charging, 60 minutes to 100% (silent charging at 300W also available) - -: 1,440W Turbo charging, 60 minutes to 100% (silent charging at 300W also available) Solar Charging : 500W Fast solar charge, fully charge in about 2.8 – 3.3 hours - -: 500W Fast solar charge, fully charge in about 2.8 – 3.3 hours Outputs : AC: 4×120V, 1,800W in total | USB-C: 1 × 100W max | USB-A: 4 × 5VDC/3A 15W in total | 15W wireless charging pad | 12V DC: 1 × 12V/10A - -: AC: 4×120V, 1,800W in total | USB-C: 1 × 100W max | USB-A: 4 × 5VDC/3A 15W in total | 15W wireless charging pad | 12V DC: 1 × 12V/10A Battery : LiFePO4, rated for 3,500+ charge cycles - -: LiFePO4, rated for 3,500+ charge cycles App : Smart remote control via BLUETTI app - -: Smart remote control via BLUETTI app UPS Reaction Time : 20ms - -: 20ms Weight : 35.3lbs/16kg - -: 35.3lbs/16kg Dimensions : 13.4 × 9.7 × 12.5 inches / 340 × 246 × 318 mm - -: 13.4 × 9.7 × 12.5 inches / 340 × 246 × 318 mm Warranty: Five years - -Note that the unit in the photos is a UK version of the AC180, but apart from the differences relating to the AC outlets, it's functionally identical to the US version. - -The Bluetti AC180 is a beast! Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNET - -When testing a power station for a review, I examine a few key aspects. - -First, I verify that the device lives up to the claims made on its spec sheet, which, for power stations, includes the battery capacity and the loads the device can handle. I'm also keen to see how the power station copes with loads exceeding its rated capacity, looking for it to shut down tidily, because no one wants a box filled with high-power batteries to start to spark, spit, and cause a brouhaha. - -Also: The best portable power stations you can buy: Expert tested - -The AC180 passed all my tests with flying colors. It's a meticulously crafted and expertly engineered unit that delivers precisely what it promises. - -Handy wireless charging pad Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNET - -Another strong aspect to the AC180 is longevity. Bluetti builds these power stations around LiFePO4 (Lithium Iron Phosphate) batteries, which are renowned for their durability. The cells used in this unit are rated for 3,500 recharge cycles before they are considered spent, significantly outperforming the typical 500 to 800 recharge cycles of standard lithium-ion batteries. - -Also: I tested one of the cheapest power stations that made road-tripping a breeze (and it's $320 off) - -I also tested the charging claims, connecting this up to an AC outlet, solar panels, and a vehicle's 12V outlet. - -For solar charging, I used a 120W Bluetti panel (also currently 33% off), which delivered exceptional performance even in the weak spring UK sun, feeling the power station close to the maximum rated power. This robust, IP68-rated solar panel is the most cost-effective way to keep the power station topped up when off-grid. - -The Bluetti AC180 connected to a 120W solar panel Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNET - -Safety, both electrical and with regards to heat management, is a big concern. While most power stations pass with no problems, some are literal hot garbage that you don't want to be anywhere in the vicinity of when they are working. The AC180, as is the case with all Bluetti power stations, operate perfectly, and I have no concerns about using this unit in a home, in a vehicle, or a tent. - -Durability is a critical factor in my evaluations. Despite the inherent challenges of standardizing real-world testing, I subject all power stations to intense conditions over several weeks. This rigorous testing regimen includes extensive use, transportation in cars and trucks, and intentional drops onto hard surfaces to thoroughly assess their durability. - -Also: The best home battery and backup systems of 2024 - -The AC180 excelled, laughing at all the durability testing I threw at it. - -Finally, there's usability. I mean, it's no good if you can't actually use the power station! I look for controls that are easy to use, accompanied by a display that shows all the necessary information without being cluttered or confusing. - -The AC180, as is the case for all Bluetti units I've tested recently, absolutely excels in this area as well. Its display is bright and clear, complemented by just three backlit buttons, striking the perfect balance between simplicity and functionality. - -The interface is clear and easy to read Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNET - -ZDNET's buying advice - -If I had to sum up the Bluetti AC180 in a sentence, I could do it in three words -- does not disappoint. It's a great power station and is exactly what I'd expect from a Bluetti product. - -When will these deals expire? Deals are subject to sell-out or expire at any time, though ZDNET remains committed to finding, sharing, and updating the best product deals for you to score the best savings. Our team of experts regularly checks in on the deals we share to ensure they are still live and obtainable. We're sorry if you've missed out on this deal, but don't fret -- we're constantly finding new chances to save and sharing them with you at ZDNET.com.",1731883640,cbf4e2ebc4,39cae86013,,,1731883640 -https://www.coindesk.com/business/2024/11/14/tether-unveils-new-platform-to-simplify-asset-tokenization-for-businesses-nation-states/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=rss&utm_campaign=headlines,https://www.coindesk.com/feed,"Tether Unveils New Platform to Simplify Asset Tokenization for Businesses, Nation-States","Tether's ambition to venture into asset tokenization, a red-hot trend at the intersection of crypto and traditional finance, has been well-documented as the company strives to diversify from its highly-profitable stablecoin business. The company issues the $126 billion dollar stablecoin USDT and the $600 million gold-backed token XAUT, and reported f $7.7 billion in group-wide net profits this year so far, in large part from the yield on its $80 billion stockpile of U.S. Treasuries. It has used the profits to invest in startups, bitcoin mining, energy production and AI.",1731883677,c08a28b4dd,3a24de7164,,,1731883677 -https://spinsucks.com/entrepreneur/business-growth-during-tough-times/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Building Business Growth During Bad Economic Times,"In late March 2020, no one could hide from the rising negative effects of the pandemic—and business growth started to falter. As the proprietor of a PR firm specializing in supporting innovative creative businesses in the U.S. and Europe, more than one of my entrepreneurial clients decided to scale back. - -Drawing on several decades of experience, I extended my research to include a broad sampling of counsel from business leaders and trusted experts, then seized the day to advise those still with me. Each of those I wrote to that day already fully understood the value of dynamic, proactive, expert communications support. - -After reaffirming my commitment to their businesses, I shared a well-vetted article on cutting costs. A key takeaway was firm encouragement for increasing shrewd marketing. - -Erin Sarofsky is one of the super-savvy clients I’ve enjoyed working with since 2014. Her response to that message provided a key to the future: “Truth really is,” she wrote, “in-the-box creative problem solving is going to be essential … and that is what we do better than anyone!” - -Digging deep together with Erin and her colleagues, and my clients at Cutters Studios and other companies, we essentially kicked ass together. We came through the fire of the pandemic spectacularly. Improving our core strengths and doing our very best work together, the extended, recalibrated creative problem-solving capabilities lifted all business aspects for these exceptional companies and their clients, too. - -Taking stock of the present and setting sights for the future, it is often helpful to see how other successful leaders plot their courses. - -Here are five ideas widely heralded as proven pathways to solidifying business growth in the most challenging times. - -Business Growth Comes From Profitability - -Generally speaking, running a successful company requires a positive cash flow. - -Many companies are making drastic staff reductions and otherwise cutting costs, and the effect on their businesses seems devastating. This article, which I mentioned above, provides expert guidance on assessing ways to cut costs to survive a downturn while also reminding readers of what needs to remain in place to ensure the business can survive. - -How to Cut Costs and Spend Less - -And Bolstered Brand Trust - -As always, your customers’ experiences (CX) are paramount. Every CX interaction represents your opportunity to rise or fall. For this reason, tightly managing the full spectrum of customer engagements and strengthening the weakest links is an essential business priority. Once those measures are in effect and all systems in place for ensuring optimal customer satisfaction report success, the details of those CX wins can provide rocket fuel for your marketing purposes. The ability to trust your brand is a guidepost for consumers and B2B audiences as well. Here are some priceless suggestions on heightening brand trust and using that to advantage. - -Eight Effective Ways to Increase Brand Trust - -Business Growth RequiresYou to Get Better - -Isn’t it interesting how discussions about and uses of generative artificial intelligence dominate our personal and business newsfeeds? Regardless of how we feel about this technology, every day, we can expect to be exposed to some new angle as innovation spins ever onward. Meanwhile, a commitment to ongoing professional development is a well-established requirement for relevance in an ever-changing world. What is the most effective way to improve your core capabilities to make you more valuable to those you want to serve? These ideas can help you hone in on this imperative. - -Four Steps to Grow as a Thought Leader - -And to Get Busy - -Building upon the above suggestions to address leaner times, a business owner has taken steps to address business growth; the business is making its customers happy, making itself even more valuable, and mindfully distinguishing its brand positioning and voice. Now, it’s time to get that information out into the world, using storytelling and/or content marketing approaches that are most certainly at work among the leading businesses in every industry worldwide. Activating these initiatives requires focus and diligence, much more than big budgets and large-scale marketing teams. Although this story is addressed to B2B audiences, its tenets apply to anyone wanting to powerfully reach all types of audiences. - -Five Tips for Developing B2B Content that Drives Leads - -But Mostly, to Stay Cool - -There is a wise adage about the benefits of behaving like a willow tree: if we wish to avoid breaking, we should learn to bend. The winds of change are howling, forcing many highly talented people out of work, and raising the bar for success in countless ways. The standards for something considered tried-and-true business growth are being rewritten with each new day. Therefore, the above well-advised counsel should be constantly refreshed and approached thoughtfully. Especially for the suggestion about getting busy, attempts to be forceful, aggressive, or anything other than “cool” are probably destined to fail. Therefore, consider the value of having a presence even in places where you probably won’t make a sale. - -How Vendor-Neutral Coverage Can Still Make a Positive Impact",1731883717,4dc781f5bc,3a30d91cd7,,,1731883717 -https://www.unmannedsystemstechnology.com/2024/11/autonomous-launch-recovery-system-demonstrated/,https://www.unmannedsystemstechnology.com/feed/,Autonomous Launch & Recovery System Demonstrated,"Follow UST Share this - -Kraken Robotics Inc. has completed demonstrations for its new Autonomous Launch and Recovery System (ALARS) for the KATFISH™ towed synthetic aperture sonar (SAS). - -The new ALARS was built to fit a 20-foot International Organization for Standardization (ISO) container footprint to increase interoperability with different vessels, allowing for rapid mobilization and demobilization on multi-role platforms. The system enables autonomous launch and recovery of KATFISH up to Sea State 5. - -During the demonstrations, participants were able to view the KATFISH SAS data live-streaming onboard the vessel, detecting and classifying seafloor contacts in real-time, including high-resolution imagery of the Governor Cornwallis shipwreck. - -High-resolution SAS data and command and control information were also streamed wirelessly back to shore and displayed to the attendees of Canadian Naval Mine Countermeasures Symposium taking place at HMCS Scotian in Halifax, Nova Scotia the same week. - -Kraken’s new ALARS will be delivered to an Asia-Pacific naval customer by the end of the year. - -Greg Reid, President and CEO of Kraken Robotics, commented, “This was a great opportunity to both test our new ALARS and demonstrate KATFISH for key naval clients. The ocean is an unforgiving environment, and the highest risk to technology and personnel is during launch and recovery. - -“Demo participants were able to witness our technology in action, observing both the advanced autonomy of the ALARS as well as the high-resolution real-time SAS data from KATFISH while aboard the vessel.” - -David Shea, Executive Vice President and CTO of Kraken, added, “The ability to stream live, high-resolution seafloor data to analysts and mine warfare officers in real-time, from both manned and unmanned platforms, is a critical enabler for modern navies. - -“Kraken was excited to be able to provide a live demo simultaneously in-person and for a remote audience, showing how remote operation and intelligent autonomy helps get humans out of the minefield. - -“These capabilities are standard with the KATFISH system and are being continuously improved as our NATO customers deploy them in operations every day. We look forward to getting this new ALARS out into the field with our customers.”",1731883612,8bbbd151de,3a0e4d0360,,,1731883612 -https://www.npr.org/2022/09/15/1123281909/vibecession-vibes-session,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"A Vibecession, a vibe session, and this weird moment for consumer sentiment. : Planet Money : NPR","Vibecession Vibes Session - -Enlarge this image toggle caption James Sneed/James Sneed James Sneed/James Sneed - -Maybe you've noticed — something weird is going on in the economy. The vibes are off. Inflation is higher than it's been in decades, and consumer sentiment earlier this year was the lowest it's been in a decade. Meanwhile, unemployment is near record lows, people are traveling a ton, restaurants are packed, business spending is up, retail spending is up. So why does it feel like the economy is in such a strange place? - -We wanted to get to the bottom of this vibey mystery. So we reached out to an expert on ""vibes"": professional vibraphonist Nikara Warren. She and her band NIKARA presents Black Wall Street joined us in-studio for a vibes session about the 'vibecession.' And we discussed with economists why vibes are actually important when it comes to fixing economic issues and may influence how the Federal Reserve responds in the coming months. - -Sponsor Message - -Further links: - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / YouTube - -Get bonus episodes of Planet Money by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Pocket Casts and NPR One. - -We didn't coin ""vibecession,"" but if you want to watch us coin other terms like ""skimpflation"" in real time, follow our Newsletter!",1731884665,8181d7a585,3a364a547e,,,1731884665 -https://mikevardy.com/podcast556/,https://productivityist.com/feed/,Episode 556: Paul Millerd Talks About Good Work and the Pathless Path,,1731883641,abe8315a83,3a5f9a14aa,,,1731883641 -https://www.brooklynvegan.com/godspeed-you-black-emperor-cancel-rest-of-north-american-tour-due-to-illness/,https://www.brooklynvegan.com/feed/,Godspeed You! Black Emperor cancel rest of North American tour due to illness,"Godspeed You! Black Emperor had only gotten a few dates into the US portion of their North American tour when they canceled Nashville, Knoxville and Atlanta shows due to “a band health situation.” They played Charleston, SC on Saturday but have now canceled the remaining eight shows. - -Constellation Records wrote on social media: “The Godspeed You! Black Emperor Fall 2024 US tour has been postponed due to illness. Information regarding rescheduled dates will be forthcoming. All tickets purchased will remain valid for future dates, however refunds will be available at the point of purchase. Everything will be okay. Thank you for your patience and understanding.” - -Canceled dates, which were with Alan Sparhawk, included two nights at Brooklyn’s Pioneer Works on November 20 & 21. - -Feel better, Godspeed, and we wish you a speedy recovery. - -Godspeed You! Black Emperor – Canceled Tour Dates - -17 Nov 2024 • Saxapahaw NC • Haw River Ballroom ^ - -19 Nov 2024 • Washington DC • 9:30 Club ^ - -20 Nov 2024 • Brooklyn NY • Pioneer Works - -21 Nov 2024 • Brooklyn NY • Pioneer Works - -22 Nov 2024 • Norwalk CT • District Music Hall ^ - -23 Nov 2024 • Boston MA • Roadrunner ^ - -24 Nov 2024 • Philadelphia PA • Union Transfer ^ - -25 Nov 2024 • Montréal QC • MTELUS - -^ with Alan Sparkhawk",1731883616,d7f1518f3a,3a6c8730f7,,,1731883616 -https://esportsedition.com/hearthstone/hearthstone-year-of-the-dragon/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Hearthstone Year of the Dragon: A New Year Brings a Very New Meta,"Year of the Dragon Brought New Updates - -Professional players and streamers constantly criticize developers for a lack of updates. However, some casual players who barely have time to accumulate gold for the next expansion may disagree. Both types of players have a point, but Blizzard clearly take their time with the decision-making. And there is only one thing in Hearthstone to save the day — a new year! - -It has been three months since the Year of the Dragon has hit the Tavern. As the tradition goes, Team 5 updated and re-evaluated the Basic and Classic sets. Myriads of new cards have radically changed the pace of the game and the meta itself. Let’s take a closer look how the Year of the Dragon has shaped the game. - -New Meta, New Decks - -Journey to Un’Goro, Knights of the Frozen Throne, Kobolds & Catacombs — all these sets have joined the ranks of the wild format. No more imbalanced Priests and Druids with death knights, broken Quest Rogues, and legendary weapons. Some archetypes like Quest Rogue fell into oblivion, while the others, like Control Warrior or Control Hunter have been transformed. - -Druid - -Forget about the Jade druid decks and heavy cards in synergy with the Maligos. Jungle Giants Quest as well as Cursed Disciple, Malfurion the Pestilent, and the notorious Jade Idol archetypes bid farewell to the ladder. This rotation has dramatically changed the overall power of the class, with only Token Druid left in the ladder. - -Hunter - -Hunter era is at the doorstep! The Hunter class has been facing some struggles for the past 3-4 expansions. Having being tier 3 deck for a long time, now it shines in full-spate. The Beast concept of the class has evolved into a Mech Hunter meta. At the same time, the class has no cards to activate the ability. The number of effective spells also decreased, which affected Zul’jin (though he’s still the cornerstone of the class). - -Mage - -Elemental decks have never been that popular, but still they gave color the metagame. Most of the Elementals left the ladder. Secret and Tempo Mages with tempo gameplay are no longer a part of the meta. The same goes for Control Mages. Now that Ice Block, Quest, Exploding runes, Meteor, and Dragon’s Fury are gone, Mages have nothing else to offer when it comes to the late game. - -Paladin - -Now that Knights of the Frozen Throne and Kobolds sets are gone, all variations of aggressive and midrange Paladin have disappeared in Standard. Such cards as Call To Arms!, Righteous Protector, Vinecleaver, Sunkeeper Tarim were essential in various Paladin decks. - -For now, with mechanisms dominating the ladder, there are only two playable Paladin decks — Mech Paladin and Combo Paladin, both leaving much to be desired. - -Priest - -Knights of the Frozen Throne was the most exciting expansion for all the Priest fanatics. Shadowreaper Anduin, Kazakus, Raza combo was overwhelming. Unfortunately, nothing is set in stone and now Priest archetype stays on the sidelines. Phychic Scream, Diamond Spellstone, Obsidian Statue, Radiant Elemental, Dark Visions and Lyra are no longer in the competitive format. - -Rogue - -Quest Rogue and Bain Rogue are holdovers from the past. Key cards rolled to the Hall of Fame. Midrange Rogue has lost the Vilespine Slayer and the Elven Minstrel. But it does not really affect the popularity of the class. - -Shaman - -As in the case with Mages, elementals are no longer a part of the current meta . Decks with Snowfury Giant and Overload also disappeared. Volcano, Jades, as well as Evolve and Devolve have put an end to Shaman dominance. Today, this class strictly relies on Hagatha and early pressure with murlocs. - -Warlock - -Farewell Control warlocks! Most of the crucial minions and spells moved to the Hall of Fame: from Kobold Librarian and Defile to Rin, the First Disciple. - -Unfortunately, they were the cornerstone of a variety of control decks. Now everything has narrowed down to classic Zoo Warlock decks with lackluster win rate. - -Warrior - -Without Direhorn Hatchling and Scourgelord, Garrosh will never be the same. However, the value of “Baku the Moon Eater” cannot be underestimated. This card has also moved to the Hall of Fame. But with the addition of Dr. Boom and the Bombs mechanic, this class has become a tier one archetype. - -New Updates Coming to Arena - -Another update worth mentioning is Arena. Developers update the mode every two months, using decks from all six expansions. Thus, new players will be able to get acquainted with the “missed” cards, and veteran players will shed a nostalgic tear swinging their long-forgotten minions and spells. In addition, players will be allowed to change legendary tasks once a day. - -After the first rotation in the Arena, you will be able to get your hands on the cards of the basic and classic expansions, that would be “Curse of Naxxramas,” “Whispers of the Old Gods,” “Mean Streets of Gadgetzan,” “The Witchwood” and the first addition released in the new year. During the year, additions will be changing. - -The frame of six expansions in the Arena weakens the impact of the randomness on the game mode. Players now have to play around certain cards rather that just dropping cards on the board and trying to keep tempo on their side. - -Overall Gameplay - -In general, The Year of the Dragon has definitely brought promising changes to the game. Developers try to keep their finger on the pulse and focus on every aspect of the game, be it Arena, PvE mode, or ladder meta. - -Let’s hope Team 5 will continue their everlasting mission aimed at improving overall balance of the game and keeping our “Tavern Community” as engaged as possible.",1731883723,76f59da961,3aa5a4532d,,,1731883723 -https://www.esa.int/ESA_Multimedia/Videos/2024/11/How_we_made_history_by_landing_on_a_comet,https://www.esa.int/rssfeed/Our_Activities/Space_Science,How we made history by landing on a comet,"On 12 November 2014, after a ten-year journey through the Solar System and over 500 million kilometres from home, Rosetta’s lander Philae made space exploration history by touching down on a comet for the first time. On the occasion of the tenth anniversary of this extraordinary feat, we celebrate by taking a look back over the mission's highlights. - -Rosetta was an ESA mission with contributions from its Member States and NASA. It studied Comet 67P/Churyumov-Gerasimenko for over two years, including delivering lander Philae to the comet’s surface. Philae was provided by a consortium led by DLR, MPS, CNES and ASI. - -Read the article Philae’s extraordinary comet landing relived.",1731883637,c6d5e79eee,3aab683075,,,1731883637 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/football/articles/cjw083n053qo,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,Lee Carsley: Mission accomplished as England foundations laid for Thomas Tuchel,"Lee Carsley's mission was accomplished and it took only a matter of minutes before the Football Association thanked England's interim manager for a job well done. - -It came immediately after a 5-0 thrashing of the Republic of Ireland at Wembley, leaving Carsley to return to his role as England Under-21 coach, with a record of five wins from six games and the incoming Thomas Tuchel able to take control of a team back in the top tier of the Nations League. - -FA chief executive officer Mark Bullingham announced Carsley will also deliver ""a very detailed handover"" to the German before his arrival as England head coach on 1 January. - -Carsley's time in charge has had its complications, the biggest self-inflicted with his wild ""no striker"" team selection that was the catalyst for the embarrassing home defeat by Greece in October, a result that ultimately denied him the opportunity to leave with an unblemished record. - -The 50-year-old also got caught up in chaotic mixed messaging about whether he wanted the job or not, especially when he appeared to rule himself out, and then in again, just minutes after last month's 3-1 victory in Finland – matters made worse by the FA later revealing Tuchel had already been signed and sealed even before the Greece loss. - -When measured by results and player development during his six games, however, Carsley can reflect on a job very well done, revealing himself to be a coach willing to make bold decisions, giving youth its head while adopting a fearless approach to selection. - -It backfired horribly against Greece but there is still plenty of positive, optimistic news he can provide Tuchel when that report lands on his desk. - -There was even a statistical quirk from his final game as four England players scored their first senior goals as the Republic of Ireland subsided. They were Anthony Gordon, Conor Gallagher, Jarrod Bowen and Taylor Harwood-Bellis, who may have brought a grimace from the watching Roy Keane - the Southampton defender's future father-in-law and a former Ireland captain - when he headed the fifth on his debut. - -It was the first time this had been done since England beat Northern Ireland in October 1930, with Harry Burgess, Jimmy Hampson, Sammy Crooks and Eric Houghton the goalscorers. - -It was a night when everything Carsley touched turned to gold - or more precisely goals. Bowen scored with his first touch 29 seconds after coming on, while another substitute Harwood-Bellis struck just four minutes later.",1731883650,bcdff126e2,3a90cd9405,,,1731883650 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/10/triumphs-trials-and-tangles-years-california-legislative-session,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,"Triumphs, Trials, and Tangles From California's 2024 Legislative Session","California’s 2024 legislative session has officially adjourned, and it’s time to reflect on the wins and losses that have shaped Californians’ digital rights landscape this year. - -EFF monitored nearly 100 bills in the state this session alone, addressing a broad range of issues related to privacy, free speech, and innovation. These include proposed standards for Artificial Intelligence (AI) systems used by state agencies, the intersection of AI and copyright, police surveillance practices, and various privacy concerns. While we have seen some significant victories, there are also alarming developments that raise concerns about the future of privacy protection in the state. - -Celebrating Our Victories - -This legislative session brought some wins for privacy advocates—most notably the defeat of four dangerous bills: A.B. 3080, A.B. 1814, S.B. 1076, and S.B. 1047. These bills posed serious threats to consumer privacy and would have undermined the progress we’ve made in previous years. - -First, we commend the California Legislature for not advancing A.B. 3080, “The Parent’s Accountability and Child Protection Act” authored by Assemblymember Juan Alanis (Modesto). The bill would have created powerful incentives for “pornographic internet websites” to use age-verification mechanisms. The bill was not clear on what counts as “sexually explicit content.” Without clear guidelines, this bill will further harm the ability of all youth—particularly LGBTQ+ youth—to access legitimate content online. Different versions of bills requiring age verification have appeared in more than a dozen states. We understand Asm. Alanis' concerns, but A.B. 3080 would have required broad, privacy-invasive data collection from internet users of all ages. We are grateful that it did not make it to the finish line. - -Second, EFF worked with dozens of organizations to defeat A.B. 1814, a facial recognition bill authored by Assemblymember Phil Ting (San Francisco). The bill attempted to expand the use of facial recognition software by police to “match” images from surveillance databases to possible suspects. Those images could then be used to issue arrest warrants or search warrants. The bill merely said that these matches can't be the sole reason for a warrant to be issued—a standard that has already failed to stop false arrests in other states. Police departments and facial recognition companies alike both currently maintain that police cannot justify an arrest using only algorithmic matches–so what would this bill really change? The bill only gave the appearance of doing something to address face recognition technology's harms, while allowing the practice to continue. California should not give law enforcement the green light to mine databases, particularly those where people contributed information without knowledge that it would be accessed by law enforcement. You can read more about this bill here, and we are glad to see the California legislature reject this dangerous bill. - -EFF also worked to oppose and defeat S.B. 1076, by Senator Scott Wilk (Lancaster). This bill would have weakened the California Delete Act (S.B. 362). Enacted last year, the Delete Act provides consumers with an easy “one-click” button to request the removal of their personal information held by data brokers registered in California. By January 1, 2026. S.B. 1076 would have opened loopholes for data brokers to duck compliance. This would have hurt consumer rights and undone oversight on an opaque ecosystem of entities that collect then sell personal information they’ve amassed on individuals. S.B. 1076 would have likely created significant confusion with the development, implementation, and long-term usability of the delete mechanism established in the California Delete Act, particularly as the California Privacy Protection Agency works on regulations for it. - -Lastly, EFF opposed S.B. 1047, the “Safe and Secure Innovation for Frontier Artificial Intelligence Models Act” authored by Senator Scott Wiener (San Francisco). This bill aimed to regulate AI models that might have ""catastrophic"" effects, such as attacks on critical infrastructure. Ultimately, we believe focusing on speculative, long-term, catastrophic outcomes from AI (like machines going rogue and taking over the world) pulls attention away from AI-enabled harms that are directly before us. EFF supported parts of the bill, like the creation of a public cloud-computing cluster (CalCompute). However, we also had concerns from the beginning that the bill set an abstract and confusing set of regulations for those developing AI systems and was built on a shaky self-certification mechanism. Those concerns remained about the final version of the bill, as it passed the legislature. - -Governor Newsom vetoed S.B. 1047; we encourage lawmakers concerned about the threats unchecked AI may pose to instead consider regulation that focuses on real-world harms. - -Of course, this session wasn’t all sunshine and rainbows, and we had some big setbacks. Here are a few: - -The Lost Promise of A.B. 3048 - -Throughout this session, EFF and our partners supported A.B. 3048, common-sense legislation that would have required browsers to let consumers exercise their protections under the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA). California is currently one of approximately a dozen states requiring businesses to honor consumer privacy requests made through opt–out preference signals in their browsers and devices. Yet large companies have often made it difficult for consumers to exercise those rights on their own. The bill would have properly balanced providing consumers with ways to exercise their privacy rights without creating burdensome requirements for developers or hindering innovation. - -Unfortunately, Governor Newsom chose to veto A.B. 3048. His veto letter cited the lack of support from mobile operators, arguing that because “No major mobile OS incorporates an option for an opt-out signal,” it is “best if design questions are first addressed by developers, rather than by regulators.” EFF believes technologists should be involved in the regulatory process and hopes to assist in that process. But Governor Newsom is wrong: we cannot wait for industry players to voluntarily support regulations that protect consumers. Proactive measures are essential to safeguard privacy rights. - -This bill would have moved California in the right direction, making California the first state to require browsers to offer consumers the ability to exercise their rights. - -Wrong Solutions to Real Problems - -A big theme we saw this legislative session were proposals that claimed to address real problems but would have been ineffective or failed to respect privacy. These included bills intended to address young people’s safety online and deepfakes in elections. - -While we defeated many misguided bills that were introduced to address young people’s access to the internet, S.B. 976, authored by Senator Nancy Skinner (Oakland), received Governor Newsom’s signature and takes effect on January 1, 2027. This proposal aims to regulate the ""addictive"" features of social media companies, but instead compromises the privacy of consumers in the state. The bill is also likely preempted by federal law and raises considerable First Amendment and privacy concerns. S.B. 976 is unlikely to protect children online, and will instead harm all online speakers by burdening free speech and diminishing online privacy by incentivizing companies to collect more personal information. - -It is no secret that deepfakes can be incredibly convincing, and that can have scary consequences, especially during an election year. Two bills that attempted to address this issue are A.B. 2655 and A.B. 2839. Authored by Assemblymember Marc Berman (Palo Alto), A.B. 2655 requires online platforms to develop and implement procedures to block and take down, as well as separately label, digitally manipulated content about candidates and other elections-related subjects that creates a false portrayal about those subjects. We believe A.B. 2655 likely violates the First Amendment and will lead to over-censorship of online speech. The bill is also preempted by Section 230, a federal law that provides partial immunity to online intermediaries for causes of action based on the user-generated content published on their platforms. - -Similarly, A.B. 2839, authored by Assemblymember Gail Pellerin (Santa Cruz), not only bans the distribution of materially deceptive or altered election-related content, but also burdens mere distributors (internet websites, newspapers, etc.) who are unconnected to the creation of the content—regardless of whether they know of the prohibited manipulation. By extending beyond the direct publishers and toward republishers, A.B. 2839 burdens and holds liable republishers of content in a manner that has been found unconstitutional. - -There are ways to address the harms of deepfakes without stifling innovation and free speech. We recognize the complex issues raised by potentially harmful, artificially generated election content. But A.B. 2655 and A.B. 2839, as written and passed, likely violate the First Amendment and run afoul of federal law. In fact, less than a month after they were signed, a federal judge put A.B. 2839’s enforcement on pause (via a preliminary injunction) on First Amendment grounds. - -Privacy Risks in State Databases - -We also saw a troubling trend in the legislature this year that we will be making a priority as we look to 2025. Several bills emerged this session that, in different ways, threatened to weaken privacy protections within state databases. Specifically, A.B. 518 and A.B. 2723, which received Governor Newsom’s signature, are a step backward for data privacy. - -A.B. 518 authorizes numerous agencies in California to share, without restriction or consent, personal information with the state Department of Social Services (DSS), exempting this sharing from all state privacy laws. This includes county-level agencies, and people whose information is shared would have no way of knowing or opting out. A. B. 518 is incredibly broad, allowing the sharing of health information, immigration status, education records, employment records, tax records, utility information, children’s information, and even sealed juvenile records—with no requirement that DSS keep this personal information confidential, and no restrictions on what DSS can do with the information. - -On the other hand, A.B. 2723 assigns a governing board to the new “Cradle to Career (CTC)” longitudinal education database intended to synthesize student information collected from across the state to enable comprehensive research and analysis. Parents and children provide this information to their schools, but this project means that their information will be used in ways they never expected or consented to. Even worse, as written, this project would be exempt from the following privacy safeguards of the Information Practices Act of 1977 (IPA), which, with respect to state agencies, would otherwise guarantee California parents and students: - -the right for subjects whose information is kept in the data system to receive notice their data is in the system; the right to consent or, more meaningfully, to withhold consent; and the right to request correction of erroneous information. - -By signing A.B. 2723, Gov. Newsom stripped California parents and students of the rights to even know that this is happening, or agree to this data processing in the first place. - -Moreover, while both of these bills allowed state agencies to trample on Californians’ IPA rights, those IPA rights do not even apply to the county-level agencies affected by A.B. 518 or the local public schools and school districts affected by A.B. 2723—pointing to the need for more guardrails around unfettered data sharing on the local level. - -A Call for Comprehensive Local Protections - -A.B. 2723 and A.B. 518 reveal a crucial missing piece in Californians' privacy rights: that the privacy rights guaranteed to individuals through California's IPA do not protect them from the ways local agencies collect, share, and process data. The absence of robust privacy protections at the local government level is an ongoing issue that must be addressed. - -Now is the time to push for stronger privacy protections, hold our lawmakers accountable, and ensure that California remains a leader in the fight for digital privacy. As always, we want to acknowledge how much your support has helped our advocacy in California this year. Your voices are invaluable, and they truly make a difference. - -Let’s not settle for half-measures or weak solutions. Our privacy is worth the fight.",1731883669,1face9fbd3,3a6f839039,,,1731883669 -https://www.communitysignal.com/holding-communities-for-community-professionals-to-a-higher-standard/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,Holding Communities for Community Professionals to a Higher Standard,"The field of community management is buzzing. We have more tools available to us than ever before and an abundance of communities and resources to connect us with fellow professionals who know our work and want to share knowledge. But what goes into creating inclusive, diverse, and truly open and welcoming spaces for community professionals? Who is given a platform to share knowledge? - -In this conversation with Faisa Mohamed, co-founder of Somalis in Tech, we broach this topic and how Faisa and her team approached launching Somali Women in Tech. On paper, the approach may sound simple –– Faisa made sure that that the Somalis in Tech team was onboard with the mission and purpose of Somali Women in Tech. “If you ask the other team members what Somali Women in Tech is, including the male members who are not in this group, they’re going to know exactly what it is and can tell you exactly what it is because they are fully aware of it.” (Head to 25:06 to pick up at this part of the conversation.) But in practice, we’ve seen that’s not a priority for all communities. In the case of Somali Women in Tech, Faisa provides an example of how building community with diversity, equity, and inclusion as important values from day one leads to more successful communities, both from an internal and external perspective. - -So –– how are you creating space and opportunity for others in the community industry? To what standards do you hold the communities that you build and that you’re part of? We’re always interested in hearing from you, so if there’s something you’ve tried or learned from recently, let us know. - -Faisa and Patrick also discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Vanilla, a one-stop shop for online community. - -How inclusive and open are communities for community pros? (14:36): “With each [community professional] group and clique, you’re going to hear more buzzwords, and you’re going to hear more excluding language. People are going to plug into resources and share resources more privately as you become more within communities. [But that’s] just not how I came to be in this profession. I came into this profession through exposure to communities, people wanting to help you and that natural curiosity.” – @faisatweets - -When your story isn’t told (22:48): “As a woman of many intersections, being a Black Muslim, child of immigrants, eldest daughter … navigating communities with these intersections, you often see the gaps of which your experience has not been acknowledged or thought about. Actually, this has been something I’ve faced mostly in women communities. Communities with the focus for women have often been one type of narrative. I feel, too many times, my story has not been told.” – @faisatweets - -Getting internal stakeholders on the same page about building diverse communities (25:06): “I often find projects with an aim of inclusivity or diversity are personal or side projects that don’t get a lot of visibility. I can’t be the only one championing this. It has to be the entire team. If you ask the other team members, what Somali Women in Tech is, including the male members who are not in this group, they’re going to know exactly what it is and can tell you exactly what it is because they are fully aware of it.” – @faisatweets - -Community is not a cure-all (39:40): “During the Black Lives Matter protests … I’m really paraphrasing here but [a prominent white man in the community industry] effectively said community is going to be the solution to discrimination such as racism. I actually just responded to him and said, ‘It’s also the thing that’s currently perpetuating it.’ It’s part of the problem, because community [is] effectively groups. The most extreme example is the KKK meets up every week. That’s a community. There are absolutely extreme right-wing versions of communities that exist. Just because we don’t acknowledge them or may not see them in our everyday lives, they are still communities. We have to understand the power that community has –– good or bad.” – @faisatweets - -Faisa Mohamed (she/her) is a community consultant, builder, nurturer, and manager with an interest in product. Faisa previously worked at Bumble and Peanut and is now a contractor at Facebook working on their developer community program, Developer Circles. Faisa is also the co-founder of Somalis in Tech, a community organization increasing the visibility and representation of Somali talent in the tech industry. - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Vanilla, a one-stop-shop for online community. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[music] - -[00:00:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and welcome to the show. Our guest today is Faisa Mohamed, who co-founded Somalis in Tech and has worked in community at Bumble and Peanut. We’re discussing diversity, equity, and inclusion within the community industry and the practices of how we build our communities. This includes the gatekeeping of community knowledge and how that impacts how we view ourselves and our skills. - -Our Patreon supporters are people who really value the show and we’re grateful for them. This includes Jules Standen, Heather Champ, and Rachel Medanic. If you’d like to join them please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -Faisa Mohamed is a community consultant, builder, nurturer, and manager with an interest in product. Formerly she was at Bumble and Peanut and is now a contractor at Facebook working on their developer community program, Developer Circles. Outside of this, Faisa co-founded Somalis in Tech, a community organization increasing the visibility and representation of Somali talent in the tech industry. Faisa, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:17] Faisa Mohamed: Hi, thanks so much for having me. - -[00:01:19] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s my pleasure. I want to start with something you told me before the show. You told me that for community pros job searching “can be difficult if you are unable to read between the lines.” I wanted to ask you about that. What are the lines that have been helpful for you to read between as you’ve been looking for jobs? - -[00:01:37] Faisa Mohamed: Yes. Something I find some jobs don’t mention is the age of the community or even if the community have even started, and most importantly to me, is the case of the current state of affairs in the community. I’ve walked into some situations where there’s challenges like the community is just not active. It’s a dead one. Or it may be a community in which there’s a lot of issues, member hostility. To be fair, I’m pretty much in, I believe, the midpoint of my career, so walking into it as a junior it’s pretty scary to be thrown into that. I find community roles, there’s no sense of experience as well, depending on where you walk into. They may say they’re looking for someone at an associate-level to possibly do something perhaps someone a bit more experienced should be doing. I find that to be quite common in community roles. Yes, that’s definitely been my experience so far in terms of reading between the lines. I’ve definitely changed my line of questioning going into interviews these days. - -[00:02:38] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s exactly where I was going to go next with it. My dad manages golf resorts and country clubs and he’s had multiple jobs come up where he’s going to be asked to come in and just basically fix the finances. They’re just not doing well. He’s coming in and having to do a whole restoration of that property and fix their books and get the things in line. I think the same can be true for online communities and any endeavor really. It’s one of those things where there is some element of privilege to, what and I guess, in some ways to be tough in an interview. When I talk to companies I say things that I know other people can’t. - -There was a job post that was like, “You’ll contribute to the decision to choose the software of the community.” I was like, “This is a director of community role.” I did say this though. I said, “I’m at a point in my career where I don’t like to cook the meal if I can’t pick the ingredients.” I don’t know. I was feeling a mood that day or something. - -[00:03:27] Faisa Mohamed: I hear that. - -[00:03:27] Patrick O’Keefe: I don’t know. I put that in the cover letter and I hit send. I was like, “I don’t know if I’m going to hear back on this one, but I will tweet that I did this and I’ll get a few likes. You know what, I have a good fortune right now to be okay without this particular job.” - -Yes, there is something to be said, if you can afford to, if you’re at the point of your career where you can, not only doing things like that before you get in the interview but once you get in the interview. If you’re going to be tasked with running a piece of the business what is the equivalent to, “Can I see the books for community? Can I get access to the community? Can I take a look around? What are your challenges?” If they have no challenges is that a red flag? I think it’s really interesting. - -[00:04:06] Faisa Mohamed: Yes, 100% especially because I appreciate that this is, and we as community people, be externally facing. It needs to be shiny and nice and attractive. It may not always be the case internally. It seems to be the case in the same way when you’re interviewing for a role. You’re interviewing to be in that internal audience, and you’re not getting the full lay of the land, which I find really odd. If there’s problems and you want these people to be able to fix these issues, you’d want to identify them off the bat versus them coming and be very shocked and surprised and do the best they can. I guess as community people, the way we think of it is, at the end of the day it’s only the members that are involved that are going to be affected by this decision so they should be the priority effectively. - -[00:04:51] Patrick O’Keefe: I mean I’ve been to programs before that had communities that were two years old but didn’t have any system of measurement were just completely junk. I just pull up - -self-devotion and nonsense where I said, “You know what? Here’s what we’re doing. We’re kicking everybody out. We’re starting over. This is bad. There’s really nothing of value we’re saving here. It is self-promotion.” This was a paid member program for business professionals. Knowing they had not had any processes documented they’re like, “What do you do when you see something bad?” It wasn’t there. - -It was like, “If you see it deal with it.” You could be the events person, you could be customer service, you could be the CEO. “Hey, you saw it? Remove it.” “Do you have different standards than everyone else?” “Maybe. Who cares about consistent standards.” I’ve entered programs like that and it just depends. If you want that, that’s great. There can be sometimes this confidence that I have where it’s like, “You know what? I can do it. I can go in there and I can fix that.” Of course, “Will you pay me enough to do it?” is the question. I can go on there. I will fix that. It’s really great to have that confidence. I think it’s better than feeling like an imposter sometimes. - -Still, you get in there and you start doing it. I think the other side of that is being supported to actually do it and not be hamstrung in every turn because when you get in there and you’re in the trenches and you’re trying to do it, you’re getting it from the outside, members don’t love change, whoever’s in there don’t love change. If you’re getting it from the inside too, just the toll it can take on your mental health and the enjoyment of your job, it’s too much to get it from all sides. - -[00:06:10] Faisa Mohamed: Yes, 100%. You’re effectively the middleman between the business and the community, if you’re working in brand communities in particular. Just to go back to the point you raised, which it was in my line of thinking, if you’re coming into a really challenging situation, should you be compensated the same way as someone coming in to just aid a community that’s still going really well and perhaps dealing with different challenges or possibly less challenges that you’d be going into? I just don’t think it’s the same thing. - -It’s something that I’ve raised before going into a role saying, “This is a lot harder than I expected it to be and I don’t think any of it was in the job description,” which then provided me at least with the confidence to ask for a pay review and just basically list out, “Here’s what I was promised and here’s what I’m actually doing. Do you want me to go above and beyond to really save this? Then I need to be accurately compensated to be doing so,” which was a really hard conversation. It took a lot of guts, especially in amongst stakeholders that have no idea what you’re doing or why you’re doing it. - -Community, so often it’s seen as a supplementary thing, something that c-suite can talk to investors about as a really nice thing, a place where marketers can source success stories from. However, ultimately, the management, and the maintenance, and the satisfaction of that community is put on us, and therefore it is a valued asset to the business. However, it’s one of those things that when it’s going well, they don’t notice until something actually happens, and then everyone’s got all eyes on you when something is going as well. - -[00:07:43] Patrick O’Keefe: How did that conversation go? - -[00:07:44] Faisa Mohamed: I got immediate pushback from the first conversation about it, but I went back four times. Went back four times and I said– This conversation, in particular, was about an ambassador program and I’m also doing moderation for the wider products just for our community. Doing the user operations side, as well as managing the ambassador program. I believe the last crack was me saying, “Here’s how things could look like, the solutions that I’ve got, and here’s what I can achieve with your support. The support to me and you being on my side and showing that you value my work, looks like this.” I think really drawing that out for them finally gave them the push that they needed. I feel like once they did that, it made community no longer this supplementary thing, but actually, now they feel like they’ve actually invested in it because I’ve had that conversation of that buy-in there. - -[00:08:37] Patrick O’Keefe: Those conversations are so hard to have, but I think that those of us who can have them and have the wherewithal to have them, I don’t want to say it’s a responsibility we have. I don’t want to like put it on us necessarily, but if we can do it, that is really what moves the profession forward as a whole, is those small steps. It’s one step up at a time. It’s one job at a time. It’s one organization understanding it a little better at a time. - -When we do those things, when we have those uncomfortable conversations that we don’t owe it to the world and we don’t owe it to anyone else, and we owe it to ourselves really, as much as anyone else, you make a difference. We make a difference in how the profession is portrayed when you’re looking at jobs and you’re looking at a role like that, that seems like more than it is when you come in. - -I had a job once like that and I was like, “Okay, I definitely want to be director of community.” I said, “I respect what you’re saying. I respect what is going on here but I feel like that’s where the role is and that if I don’t do that, it’s bad for everyone.” It’s bad for the profession and, in that case, I got it but there are cases where we lose. Everyone who has those conversations, I think is doing us all a favor. - -[00:09:41] Faisa Mohamed: The original pushback from them was, “We’ve looked at the market, and here’s what the market is saying.” I’ve had to push back to them saying, “Community just cannot work like that. You can’t really have a benchmark for community in particular because you’re dealing with different sizes of community, different challenges in community, different interests, different requirements.” Maybe we’ll get to a point, whether it’s a bit easier to benchmark, but for now, it feels quite siloed right now. I’d love to hear your thoughts about it, at least. - -In the pay, in particular, the way they benchmark is very much like customer support almost. I think it’s the most that they can liken it to, so therefore, you get paid in a very similar way. However, we can go on all day about the differences and also to the fact that you’re creating experiences in community, and the way you plug into different themes, and the role you play, it’s just entirely different. I had to basically educate that business to get to that point. Yes, the benchmark is what really bit me and is what caused the issue, which is why I believe it was really important to have that conversation and why we should push back and set that standard just as you said. - -[00:10:50] Patrick O’Keefe: When it comes to benchmarks around compensation data, I always love to see more conversation studies like more data, more polls, more surveys, or as they put out like 50-page research around what the community professional is doing right now and it’s like, “I get it. I don’t need it. What I need is for you to ask everyone with this same title, running a community of this size, where they live, what their experience level is and what they get paid, and what their benefits are. That’s what I need to know. I need you to just give me that data, ask them all that.” That’s really useful because it makes it easier for you to get raises when you can say, “Here is a direct data point, these people do the work that I do, this is adjusted for my cost of living in London because that’s more expensive than wherever the heck they were from.” You got to adjust based upon cost of living too. - -That data, it pops up from time to time, and then no one does it for a couple of years, or it gets muddied because they throw too many things into it, or they try to lump a bunch of titles together, or all these things that make the data less precise. We get it. Community managers have different roles across the board, but if you can find people who are community managers of communities that are this active that have X number active users, or are in programs of this revenue or something, give data and let us sort it and make those cases ourselves. - -[00:12:04] Faisa Mohamed: Yes, it’s all part of the growing pains, I suppose. Isn’t it? - -[00:12:07] Patrick O’Keefe: I know other professions have this problem too. We just need the data. - -[00:12:10] Faisa Mohamed: To the point, we said about titles, there’s no across the board for titles either. That’s another thing when you’re job searching is that you’re saving different iterations of, are you looking for a senior community manager? Are you looking for an associate community director? There’s just so many different titles for effectively the same job, which hasn’t been yet uniformed either, which causes issues as well. - -[00:12:33] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, and if you get really savvy in your job searching, what you see is differences in industries. Not only do you have community, let’s just say moderator and community and community manager, director of community, head of community, and just the word community, but also you have in news media circles, you have audience, audience engagement, audience manager. In associations, you have the association manager, often does the work that we do, trust and safety, trust and safety pros, directors of trust and safety, heads of trust and safety. Policy people often do what we– One of the more interesting jobs I’ve come in the last year was a policy role. I read it and I realized they don’t want an attorney. They want someone who’s made a bunch of moderation decisions. I’ve been doing that since I was 13, I’m a good fit. This is interesting. - -Do I know a lot of the ways people talk about community? Yes, but there’s always one more. When I saw that job, it unlocked something else. I was like, “Oh, I do policy work. That’s another thing that I do, so that’s another thing to look for in my keywords.” That leads us into a conversation on skills because one of the things we’re talking about when we’re applying for roles is we’re talking about our skillset where we’re best suited. - -[00:13:30] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s take a pause to talk about our generous sponsor, Vanilla. - -Vanilla provides a one-stop-shop solution that gives community leaders all the tools they need to create a thriving community. Engagement tools like ideation and gamification promote vibrant discussion and powerful moderation tools allow admins to stay on top of conversations and keep things on track. All of these features are available out of the box, and come with best-in-class technical and community support from Vanilla’s Success Team. Vanilla is trusted by King, Acer, Qualtrics, and many more leading brands. Visit vanillaforums.com. - -You had mentioned on Twitter last month that you felt that community skills were in demand, but that it was “becoming a little gatekeepery.” You’ve said to me that you weren’t a fan of gatekeeping community building and management skills as the industry becomes more formalized. Let’s talk about that. What form do you see that taking? What’s the gatekeeping that you think we are running the risk of? - -[00:14:21] Faisa Mohamed: I honestly think that with the growing culture of community, as a profession, as an industry, of course, we’re going to create our own communities of community people. It really makes sense, and that’s starting to manifest now more than ever. That being said, with each group and clique, you’re going to hear more buzzwords, you’re going to hear more excluding language. People are going to plug into resources and share resources more privately as you become more within communities. It’s just not how I came to be in this profession. I came into this profession through exposure to communities and people wanting to help you and that natural curiosity. - -What’s really great about working in community is all you have to do is be curious. Ask for additional responsibilities when you’re in one and get that experience in that way. As we’re becoming a little bit more closed off as a culture, because it’s becoming quite trendy, being in demand, perhaps that idea of being in demand, you’d want to withhold your skills a little bit more, because then you become more exclusive, and have a bit more of a profile. You get the likes and the retweets. I’m starting to get the likes and retweets myself. It’s really nice. Don’t get me wrong. It’s really nice. - -It’s really nice to feel like a smart person in the room. However, that gatekeepery vibe is in my head. It’s in my head, I feel it, and I can feel when there’s a disconnect for example, to someone I’m speaking to, when I’m talking about community. I just honestly don’t think that’s what it was built for. There’s communities outside of the profession. There’s fan clubs. It’s always remained in culture. I just don’t think it should be something that should be– gatekeepered and something to remain exclusive. That’s now become a personal mission of mine, going forward, to always remain open and provide those skills. It’s interpersonal skills, a lot of it more than anything. Then the strategy can come afterwards. That’s definitely a personal mission of mine to open it up and be more open to that. - -[00:16:20] Patrick O’Keefe: I’m right there with you. I think that when you simplify the skill set, some business models are at risk. We just talk about the community of community pros, which most of which to me, are just icky. I don’t really care for them. I like Marjorie Anderson‘s Community by Association, and I pop into there once in a while. Overall it’s just like they make money from us. It’s important to remember that, is that a lot of these orgs are set up to extract money from the community pro. I wrote a book, I wanted people to buy it. I enjoyed when people bought it. It was $20 but that’s still money. I appreciated every purchase. I do some paid speaking. I want to get paid. I need money. I love money, give me money. I could use [crosstalk]. - -[00:16:57] Faisa Mohamed: It’s your experience. There’s absolutely a difference in sharing your experience because you’ve been doing this for so long, it’s valued information but you’re not keeping that to yourself. It’s effectively, you’re charging people, is what I’m trying to say. - -[00:17:11] Patrick O’Keefe: Right. I think also when you simplify it in the way that you did, which when people ask me like, “How can I get experience in this?” I’m like, “It’s never been easy to start a community, the amount of tools, the cost.” When I started hosting my own communities in 2000, I was using phpBB 1 which was free. I remember the first time to walk me through the installation of it and it was not a thing that a lot of people would bother with. The technical side of installing it, even though it wasn’t much and if you’ve ever installed a PHP, MySQL-based software, you get the installation process. - -You had to do that and to customize the look was going in the code. Installing customizations was going in the code. It was following line-by-line edits to the code. I’ve never been a coder. Then there was the hosting. I bought a domain name for $70 for two years, because that’s what it was then. There wasn’t $10 domain names yet. I paid for hosting at Dollarhost, I think it was, and it was like, “ugh.” Right now you can do so much. It’s just your time, which is valuable. - -If you start a community, and it doesn’t go well, you’ve got the experience. If it goes well, you’ve got something for your resume. I started moderating for other people in ’98. I honestly believe that people who are well-versed in moderation, have been generally proven to be the best suited for whatever the social web throws at us. Whether it be like managing a Twitter account, which is more generic social, and often less community-building stuff but that baseline of moderation experience to understand what it’s like to have content come in, content be bad. What do you do with it? How do you handle it? How do you respond to people? Oh, this is great. What do we do with that? Just having that baseline knowledge, it sets you up for a lot of things. - -The fan club call out is super-smart, too. There’s so many great fan communities that have cropped up out of– It’s not need, but it’s need to connect and find other people who are interested in the same thing. You build those skills out. If you build a successful fan community, to me, that’s as valuable as you started a customer support forum for a brand that gave you $5 million to do it. I personally and I know everyone does, but when I’m hiring in the past, I pay attention to those people. Those are skills that have value because I can tell when I get in the room with you, the virtual room, that you can talk the talk, when I throw things at you that you’ve actually done things and that matters. - -[00:19:19] Faisa Mohamed: Look, call a spade a spade. Brand communities are effectively fan communities with money. That’s what they are. Even everything from how brand communities are now being structured all the way through to how they use their social media is almost exactly like a fan community conducting themselves. Like I said, except the fact that they’ve got money to back it and they can treat their members. I suppose they’ve got a product approach as well. However, effectively a brand community everyone’s coming together as a fan of that brand and that’s where it begins. - -I absolutely see how interchangeable those skills are, which is why I made that point. Professional experience isn’t always relevant in community because it’s not always necessarily coming from a professional place, and some of the best experiences aren’t always going to come from professional situations. I’m far more experimental in my own community than I am at work. - -What an interesting point you mentioned about moderation? Moderation is actually where I started professional experience within community. I lean on that so much just from seeing how much has gone wrong in the past and have learned to almost factor in every worst-case scenario. The way that’s often perceived by members is, “Wow. You’ve really thought about this situation. You’ve thought about that situation.” It’s nice to have a process. - -Coming from a moderation background, I am really obsessed with people’s experiences as a result, and I think that’s what happens. You’re very much obsessed by the experience of people and most importantly, the safeguarding of people, which is why seeing the current popular apps right now, and just seeing some of the stuff that I’m pushing community as its main core product base, you can see how that’s safeguarding and trust and safety is not in mind. Then it’s an afterthought and it honestly gives me so much anxiety. - -[00:21:07] Patrick O’Keefe: Yeah, no Clubhouse. What are you going to do? We still don’t know if they’ve made a hire for trust and safety right now coming up on a year. I think they launched an alpha in March of last year. We’re at a year. We’re at, I think over 100 million in funding. I think it’s unclear if they have an internal hire yet. I want to go back to what you said for a second because I have a community KarateForums.com, martial arts community. Most people would go there and think, “Oh, this is just a quaint little forum, whatever.” It is. It’s not like it’s massive, but it turns 20 on May 21st this year and I’ve managed it the whole time. - -[00:21:35] Faisa Mohamed: Congrats. - -[00:21:36] Patrick O’Keefe: Thanks. But, to your point, number one, I do experiment there. I do different things I want to try out and do, and people are receptive to it, but also it doesn’t matter who I’m dealing with like brand-wise, if I’m talking to CNN or Forbes or whatever, I think about things that have happened in that community over the last 20 years. I go back to things over and over again that taught me so much about how people interact, how they react, how to communicate in the way that allows us to accomplish a shared goal together. - -The things I learned there when I was in my teens are things that I think about now. People don’t want to hear that necessarily and it’s maybe not the thing to say in your job interview, depending on who you’re talking to in the room. It may not impress some execs, but deep down, it’s not unlike any other education. You think about things you learned in grade school, in college or university, or whatever for the rest of your life. You have that crash course in community where there’s no one to turn to. There’s no one to blame. There’s no one else here. It’s got to be you. Who else is going to step up? The way you respond to those moments, you think about for a long time. I think it’s, again to the choir, but it’s definitely something that’s been true to my experience. - -[00:22:44] Faisa Mohamed: Yes, 100%. Something that I really leaned on is my way of navigating, especially as a woman of many intersections, being a Black Muslim, child of immigrants, eldest daughter, lots of intersections. Navigating communities with these intersections, you often see the gaps of which your experience has not been acknowledged or thought about. Actually, this has been something that I’ve faced mostly in women communities. Communities with the focus for women have often been one type of narrative, specific stories being told. I feel too many times, my story has not been told. That’s the worst thing is that if I want to resolve that, then I have to create that difference. That’s because obviously, that’s an opportunity to flex those community muscles as someone who probably may not have that experience and then worse because it’s ultimately dealing with the truth of, my experience wasn’t thought about. It’s all coming from being left out. - -Something tested in particular with Somalis in Tech is and I wrote an article on my LinkedIn recently about it. My favorite line of it is, “Somali Women in Tech launched the first day that Somalis in Tech launched.” Why? Because that’s a particular experience that I wanted to address in the creation of that group. There was just as many team members running that Somali Women in Tech channel as there is running the organization as a whole. Why? Because I believe that needs just as much love and TLC as the organization does as a whole. That’s honestly where it came from. It came from that feeling of, “I want your experience to feel intentional and well thought of and thought about,” which is something that I definitely want to explore further and see how we can encourage this inclusivity in communities going forward. - -[00:24:29] Patrick O’Keefe: Okay. Let’s talk about that. With Somali Women in Tech, part of Somalis in Tech, as you said, you set out to implement, what you referred to before the show with me as intentional strategies for inclusion. Talk about that a little bit. What have you done? What are some of those intentional strategies that you’ve set forth to set the tone? - -[00:24:44] Faisa Mohamed: One of those things is firstly, I needed the entire team on board and completely understanding the intentions behind it, versus I often find projects with an aim of inclusivity or diversity is often personal or side projects that don’t get a lot of visibility. I feel like I can’t be the only one championing this. It has to be the entire team championing this. If you ask the other team members, what Somali Women in Tech is, including the male members who are not in this group, they’re going to know exactly what it is and can tell you exactly what it is because they are fully aware of it. That was first. - -Second is knowing off the bat that this couldn’t be something that was just my thing, me running it. I feel like it’s quite natural for us as community leaders to feel like we have to run absolutely everything. I tap back into that feeling of not wanting to be gatekeepery, which I think now is a word, being gatekeepery. - -[00:25:38] Patrick O’Keefe: I bet the .com’s available, if you really want it. After we record, you should probably go check it if you want it because we might be there. I don’t know. I can’t make any guarantees after today. - -[00:25:47] Faisa Mohamed: I definitely wanted to identify very quickly, as soon as the channel began to grow, some champions. Sometimes those champions don’t come out right off the bat through engagement. Actually, what we found when while the group was growing, and it grew really quickly, Somalis in Tech. I’m happy to divulge into why and a little bit further into why micro-communities I honestly believe is the future. - -I just decided to start having chats with some of the women that have joined and identify and understand what they’re looking for from the community and what experience they’re looking for, and then molded effectively these community leader roles for Somali Women in Tech around their interests around what their aims are. It needed to be more than one person running it. If it’s something you’re running out of your own time, firstly, you can’t be the only one running it. In the sense of, if I’m nominating someone, I can’t just expect them to be the one to do it. I wanted them too to have support. - -Especially when you’re running something off the back of your own personal experience as a woman, it’s a lot of pressure. You may want to have someone to talk to, some things might be triggering. You may want to support people in a way that you personally may not be able to. It’s nice to have a team. I intentionally built a team around it. We have quite a solid team now running it. Leading to my third point of taking a step back from the day-to-day running of it now, after having trained, effectively trained the ladies over the last few weeks and say to them, “This is your baby. I’m here to still be visible and support you. However, I also want this to be your win. Let this be something that you’re taking control of and you own.” - -[00:27:28] Patrick O’Keefe: One thing I’ll call out from what you said is that, the day Somalis in Tech launched, Somali Women in Tech was part of that. There was something that was in our dialogue before the show, you said it’s so important for inclusion to be intentional, thought about versus being reactionary, and an afterthought. I think so many new apps, spaces, communities, platforms, whatever, cheat themselves on what could be the … easy isn’t the right word, but the golden moment you have when your user base is zero, to effectively set yourself up to build an inclusive, diverse platform of people by specifically seeding it in that way, understanding that the people that you bring in in the first 5, 10, 20, 30 are the people that will replicate. - -Instead, what a lot of people do, they fall into this trap where it’s just growth. Hire a head of growth, growth, growth, growth, scale, scale, scale, fast. Whoever will come in the door. Who do I know? Well, I’m white. I know a whole lot of white people. We’re going to get them in the door right now. Our first 30 people are white. We have one Black person and one Asian person. Some of them are women. Most of them are men. Who knows? Who cares? It’s just all my social group as the CEO or the COO or the co-founder. - -They get to a point where like, “Okay, I’m going to scale it up.” Then they don’t worry about that later. At that point, you’ve given away just a great, beautiful gift, a great moment in time, where you could have built something amazing from the start. Now you’re playing catch up in a social environment that’s already formed and growing and continuing to grow at the same pace. I was invited to join a group of community pros last year. It was like nine white presenting folks, people I generally like and respect, and I would be the 10th. They invited me to it and I was like- I didn’t say no, but I said, “Hey, before I join–” Because this is not where I’m at in 2020. “Before I join, I think we need to add some additional people, then I can join.” I’m like, “I know people. I have recommendations that I think would be great to this group and add something to it.” - -All of a sudden, I wasn’t a fit and the answer was that, “I believe if you do good things, good things will come to you. Let’s just keep the momentum going and we’ll deal with that later.” I’m like, “What are you doing? What are you thinking right now? You want to stick my face in this group of 10 people that all look the same and theoretically think the same in many ways?” It’s like, “No.” The thing about it is, it’s not that hard. It’s this beautiful moment you have at the seeding stage to build something special. Again, I just wanted to call that out. Doing it at the start makes it so much easier to do it a year from now. - -[00:30:01] Faisa Mohamed: 100%. Women, it’s just one example. We’re still very much at the beginning and I want to explore this with other lanes, but I wanted to of course start with something like me, passing, understanding experience. However, 100% building it from the beginning is way easier and if you yourself cannot relate, you can just ask someone else. Ask someone else if you can. I’ve always been professionally and socially part of communities that haven’t always been direct to my experience or stuff that I related to. My story, in terms of getting into communities, was as simple as I came from a pretty disadvantaged background, a pretty poor part of London, and I wanted to get out. - -I was really bored. I couldn’t really afford to get on the train and go places. The only way I could do it is through these free initiatives that would take me places when I was younger. The trade-off to doing stuff like that is quite often, you’re in these charity groups of youth initiatives that are putting you in the room with people who feel like they’re doing a really great service to you because effectively they’re paying for you to be in those rooms with them. I was around a lot of upper-class British people and– - -[00:31:08] Patrick O’Keefe: Quite a week for Britain we’re talking right now too. Quite a week. We’re recording during the week where Oprah had Meghan Markle and Prince– Is it Harry? - -[00:31:17] Faisa Mohamed: Harry. - -[00:31:18] Patrick O’Keefe: Prince Harry. Sorry, Prince Harry. On for a conversation that, it’s fair to say, has caused some ripples within the Royal family over there. We don’t need to talk about that, but it’s just the timing with which you’re speaking the context is interesting. - -[00:31:30] Faisa Mohamed: Yes, I think the way it’s relevant is the way the issues surrounding race and class and so on and so forth, that differs from America is, class is far more prevalent here in the UK. There’s, of course, the element of race, but I feel like you notice class before anything. Being in those rooms is effectively where I learned to navigate and kind of maneuver through those people, and it’s pretty much where I got started and being comfortable in rooms that I didn’t belong. How that translated into my community experience is, “How do I join communities and understand the community experience without having had that experience specifically?” - -For example, I’m literally part of a product design community of women. I think it’s a really cool community, but I’m not a product designer. I just really liked how the community is run. I love how inclusive they are, so I actually keep up with it. I turn up to their events, even if the content in which they’re talking about isn’t necessarily relevant to myself. Myself as a community person, I’m just quite interested in the inner workings. - -Something that I tell people who are interested in community to do all the time, show up. Show up to community events, especially things you’re not interested in. Even now I’m managing my day job, managing developer communities. I’m not a technical person. However, I’m able to do the job because I’ve established a strategy that allows me to run a community without having direct experience with the people that I’m running it for. - -[00:32:56] Patrick O’Keefe: Talking about communities and thinking about the industry, if you want to call it that, of community builders, there was a tweet that you had shared in January from Gil Krueger that I saw the other day, because I was looking at your Twitter feed to be prepared for this conversation. It was about a room on Clubhouse called Masters of Building Community. The phrasing on Master could be another conversation that we really can’t have right now, but it had 11 people in it and it looked like 10 were white or at least white presenting. In the quote tweet you wrote, you said that, “While the community industry is skyrocketing growth-wise, its influencers and the leading voices are, unfortunately, not very inclusive.” - -Before the show, in our questionnaire, you asked the question you said, “What does inclusion look like in the wider community landscape, navigating this as a Black Muslim, young woman? You,” meaning you obviously, “Know it’s a lot of same voices, a lot of the same voices and same groups of people being overrepresented and it feels like it’s not spoken about much.” - -We’ve talked about it today already, which is good. I know I want to speak about these things. I want to talk about them. I think it’s always a worthwhile conversation. I know it’s a tough subject, but I’d love for you to talk about it a little bit within the context of the industry, and maybe it’s just that tweet and that moment when you’re writing that. What’s going through your mind? What have you seen? - -[00:34:13] Faisa Mohamed: Yes. First I’d like to establish, I feel like these are two separate things in the sense of having diversity and inclusion in mind, in regards to your own community, we all might be tapped by it and we may have to adhere to it and think about it within our own separate roles. But in terms of how we represent ourselves in our industry is a separate thing entirely where you may not have to think about it as much. - -If you’re running community events for community people, you may not have diversity in mind because it might not be something you’re thinking about. As a person trying to navigate this from my various intersections, I was very shocked. I’m going to be honest with you, especially as this growth, like I said, is happening quite quickly and the popularity is relatively new and the visibility I suppose, is relatively new. - -As people, there’s a degree of being quite socially aware that you have to be quite plugged in, in terms of what the character of a community person is. I was very shocked. I was very shocked to see some posters that there may only be one brown person, let alone situations where there isn’t at all. Even in the cases where I only see one, it automatically comes to me that is a tick boxing exercise. Actually, you wouldn’t only have that one person in your phonebook if it was the case where you just called on the people that you knew, and you know a diverse amount of set of people, which is why I made it a point to join so many different kinds of communities, including communities that I personally don’t identify with. - -Whether it’s people dealing with gender identity or sexual identity, there’s so many different intersections that I don’t identify with. I’m someone who’s minority in many cases, it’s still very important for me to recognize my own privileges. I’m a cis woman, I’m straight, and there’s so many things I don’t think about. However, very much make it a point to educate myself, especially because I run a community. That’s why the shock comes to me because, like me, you’re all running communities. Why isn’t this a thing you’re thinking about? - -[00:36:20] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s interesting, because like community, we talk a lot about empathy. I think when people ask me, like, “Tell me about you,” I think about two things, empathy and attention to detail. My mom taught me empathy, my dad taught me to pay attention to details, and I think both of those make me who I am as a community professional. Empathy, when I really think about it is being able to understand and protect people from pain that you’ll never experience. That’s empathy to me, is like I again, cisgender, straight white man, throw some Irish in there, if you want from the US, but there’s a lot of things I don’t deal with. I deal with a lot of abuse managing communities since I was just a teenager, and all these people will be nasty to me. At first, it was like… it always feels a way. - -Over time, you get hardened, but it was never gendered. It was never about my skin color. It was never about like, who I loved. It was never about that. They would say those things as an insult, like “gay” as an insult but it was never about me personally in those ways. It’s interesting to me because, for example, anti-Semitism crops up quite a bit. There’s a basketball player the other day, who was playing video games on Twitch, and he said an anti-Semitic slur. That is a word that I would never have cause to use. To be clear, I’m married to a Jewish woman. I have Jewish blood. I’m not Jewish by religion. I don’t practice the Jewish religion. It’s like that word was like, “How do you hear that word?” It’s like, he doesn’t get it at first and now he’s apologizing and taking the break, which is good. - -I’m rambling here, I guess, but I just think that we’re supposed to be empathetic. When we’re not empathetic in ways that don’t impact us, then we’re really not empathetic at all, and you’re going to have a tough time as a community professional. I think there was a tick boxing mentality here when it comes to panels or groups of people. At minimum, if you’re in a space right now, and you look around, and it’s all you, you got to have the wherewithal and the understanding in 2020 to realize that there’s the clout chasing for being on Clubhouse or the FOMO, or you want to be an expert or master. - -For goodness sake, you’ve got to take a step back and recognize what you’re manifesting in the future. Just take a step back, because representation matters. The more you talk to people who aren’t you, the more you understand how much representation matters and how much seeing yourself in a space makes you more comfortable coming to a space. If you want to look at it cynically, take money. If you want more money from those groups, they need to see themselves in your group to give you the money. - -[00:38:48] Faisa Mohamed: One thing I definitely want to mention, it’s not a case of those people just not being there. I guess, people may find it difficult because they may not be able to find the people to provide these diverse or representative views. I’m not going to hold you to that. I’m quite easy on people. I’m a community person. I’m quite empathetic in general. I’m empathetic with ignorance, even to a certain extent. You have to, as a community professional, because, at the end of the day, people don’t know what they don’t know. - -However, I don’t feel that same feeling towards community people because I feel like we should really know better. I want people to know, underrepresented people have used communities for so long as a saving grace because they’ve not felt represented. Naturally, they’ve always created communities. There was one time that I saw someone tweet saying, ‘Community–” This was during the Black Lives Matter. - -[00:39:41] Patrick O’Keefe: I really like where this is going. Oh boy, okay. Here we go. - -[00:39:44] Faisa Mohamed: It was a white man, quite prevalent industry actually and he said, “Community is going to be–” I’m really paraphrasing here but he effectively said community is going to be the solution to discrimination such as racism, everything like that. I actually just responded to him and said, “It’s also the thing that’s currently perpetuating it.” - -It’s part of the problem, because community can also be seen as– it’s effectively groups. The most extreme example the KKK meets up every week. That’s a community. There are absolutely extreme right-wing versions of communities that exist. Just because we don’t acknowledge them or may not see them in our everyday lives, they are still communities. We have to understand the power in which community has good or bad. That was definitely a point that I thought of then. - -[00:40:30] Patrick O’Keefe: Our last show with Dr. Jennifer Beckett, she called out the fact that we use the word toxic sometimes, and maybe without realizing that toxic communities can be quite healthy. They’re not toxic to themselves. They’re toxic to people outside of their community. Like the KKK is a great example there. They’re not toxic to each other. They’re fully bought into each other. They love each other to some extent, you would say. They’re toxic to countless other people who aren’t a part of their community. It’s a great call-out. Tweets like that, I think people want to talk about community or want to mythologize it, if you will, to make it some golden thing or golden calf that we worship or that it’ll be the cure-all when all community is people talking to one another and they can say terrible things. - -[00:41:14] Faisa Mohamed: [laughs] Yes, exactly. Even in the most well-intentioned communities, there are terrible things that can be said. They may be not the greatest people that join. Again, I’m just affording, especially while we’re in this culture of professional community leaders and community people, I absolutely hold them to a different standard as I would anybody else. - -[00:41:34] Patrick O’Keefe: Please do and I’ll do the same. Faisa, it’s been a pleasure to have you on. Thank you so much for joining us today. - -[00:41:40] Faisa Mohamed: Thank you so much for having me. Really appreciate it. - -[00:41:44] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with Faisa Mohamed, co-founder of Somalis in Tech, that’s somalisintech.com. Follow her on Twitter @FaisaTweets, that’s F-A-I-S-A tweets, and follow Somalis in Tech at @SomalisinTech. We’ll link to her LinkedIn profile in the show notes. - -For the transcript from this episode plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Happy St. Patrick’s day and bye for now. - -[music]",1731883688,b6cef58d91,3a165aad61,,,1731883688 -https://esportsedition.com/dota-2/dota-2-season-reset/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,"Dota 2 Season Reset Upcoming, New Ranked System to Accompany","Ranked Match Making - -Dota 2 will be resetting the ranked system in January, according to their official Dota 2 Twitter post. Valve has unfortunately been anything but Johnny on the spot for, well… anything. Their last reset was about 6 months late, so I am not holding my breath on a full ranking reset. - -To you as a casual Dota 2 player this gives you the chance, technically, to improve your ranking. That is, of course, if Valve decides to keep the ranking system the same as it had been previously. Valve has a history of both coming late to the show and then rolling ides out before they are fully vetted, which means lots of updates and revisions. To Valve’s credit they keep up with the revisions, but this just means that us casual Dota 2 players are always stuck adapting to what is new. - -MMR - -When Valve first moved away from their numbered Match Making Ranking (MMR) people were instantly confused. The previous system was a number based ranking system with 1k players being very poor, 2k-3k being average, 4k above average, 5k good and 6k and up were usually the pros. A win would typically get you 25 points and a loss would lose you 25 points. With most players’ win rates ranging from 48% – 52% this would mean that where you were first placed would mostly be what you were stuck at. - -Valve realized this and begin resetting MMR as a selling feature for their Dota 2 International Compendium. People would have to pay to reset their MMR. Perhaps not surprisingly, many, many people did. The problem was that most people would re-calibrate almost identically to where they left off. I believe my re-calibration dropped me 30 MMR points. Considering it was ten games and I won nine of them, I would have been better off to just play normal Dota 2. This was a problem many people were facing, so Valve decided to mix things up. They completely removed MMR. - -Seasonal Rankings - -Valve introduced seasonal ranked medals. The lowest being Herald, then Guardian, Crusader, Archon, Legend, Ancient, and Divine. It was not long before people started associating MMR with these ranked medals. It did not help that Valve left your MMR in your profile for you to see, so the community eventually attributed MMR to each icon. MMR essentially did not leave. Valve’s attempt to replace their old system failed. Each season was supposed to last half a year. Valve was a month late, not too bad. - -Their next update all but effectively removed people’s associations with their old MMR. The old Medals were associated with the thousand points system, but they were noticing that those who were really good were far above that of Divine rank. They then created a new rank, Immortal, for those on the leaderboard of their respective regions. This shuffled the rest of the Ranked Medals down MMR value. - -People noticed that when they re-calibrated in the new season they dropped several ranks of their Medal associated by stars in each medal, as well their corresponding MMR dropped. Many were able to climb back up to where their Medal was previously, although the MMR that corresponded with that rank had changed. Basically all old associations with MMR and Ranked Medals are now gone. New associations need to be made. Thus Valve was successful this time in removing the old MMR system. - -New Season - -This new season will bring new changes with it. Valve has constantly been working to better their algorithm that determines your Medal during your calibration games. No longer is it based solely on wins and losses, it is more geared to personal performance in your role. This is an important distinction for Dota 2 players. - -If you are playing core, your job is to amass a large amount of gold and objectives, such as towers and other player kills. If you are support you are judged on your warding placement, warding purchasing, how best you are aiding those around you. Do you have a teleport ready to help a core in trouble, or are you afk farming to increase your experience per minute (XPM) and gold per minute (GPM)? Don’t do that. Help your team win the game. Valve knows what each role is supposed to do, and they know how to judge if you are doing that role well. A support with a higher creep score and XPM is not doing their job, they will eventually fall off and their core will not have the farm they need in order to win the game. - -Ranked Roles - -To aid you in this endeavor or not playing a role you do not want to play, I suggest playing ranked roles. This allows you to choose the position you want to play. Rarely will you hear a support complain about buying wards or helping. Cores know what they need to do, and typically can play those heroes. - -Consider Unranked - -If you just want to mess around and play for fun or have not played Dota 2 in awhile, I suggest staying away from ranked, as even though you will have fun, you will typically be ruining the experience for your team. There is unranked Dota 2 to play, as well as Turbo mode which if you only have 30 minutes to kill is an excellent way to learn some mechanics on a hero. - -With the new ranked season coming up, I hope Valve allows people to choose ranked roles to calibrate their new MMR. You may actually see the best of people out there when you do. And always remember, that teamwork will eventually make the dream work.",1731883742,76f59da961,3a69cf75de,,,1731883742 -https://www.popsci.com/environment/immigrating-birds-learning/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,Immigrating great tits learn from their new neighbors,"One crafty bird species may be the latest example of social learning in nonhuman animals. In an experiment with great tits (Parus major), a team of scientists found that when the birds move to a new environment, they pay very close attention to what the other birds are doing. This ultimately leads them to quickly adopt useful new behaviors. The findings are described in a study published November 14 in the journal PLOS Biology. - -Getting to the cream - -Several animals that live in groups learn from one another, including elephants, whales, and some primates. However, the great tit is the species that has busted open a window into understanding animal social learning for scientists. - -In the 1920s, residents from a small town in England were the first to report that these small birds were opening up foil lids on milk bottles to get to the cream inside. Soon after, people across Europe reported the same behavior with their unsecured milk bottles. Scientists began to speculate that birds across the continent were possibly learning this behavior from one another. - -[Related: These birds appear to be signaling ‘after you.’] - -Exactly how they were doing this remained a bird secret until 2015. A team led by behavioral ecologist Lucy Aplin conducted an experiment on a population of great tits in an English forest. The experiment showed that the birds were able to learn how to get food out of a puzzle box by copying the solution from others. This confirmed that the original milk-raiding birds were passing on their methods to various flocks. - -“Social learning is a great shortcut when it comes to safely testing new waters,” Michael Chimento, an evolutionary biologist and co-author on the new study from the Max Planck Institute of Animal Behavior and University of Konstanz, said in a statement. “Paying attention to what others are doing gives you the chance to see whether a new behavior is beneficial, or potentially dangerous. Copying it means that you too can reap the reward.” - -Chimento and Alpin were curious if there is a specific incident that triggers social learning in tits, allowing the birds to more efficiently get to their rewards. Some theoretical models suggest that when they move to a new place, they can learn from others. - -“But nobody has experimentally shown this in non-human animals,” said Chimento. - -Birds on the move - -When birds immigrate, they move to a new place with the intention of staying. Migrations are more temporary and seasonal. In the new study, the team developed an automated puzzle box system to test their hypothesis that bird immigration spurred learning. They created experimental social groups of wild-caught great tits. Each group had a “bird tutor” who was trained to access food from a puzzle box by either pushing the door to the right or left. One bird tutor was then released into each group, so that the flock mates could learn to use one solution over another. - -The immigration event came next. Birds who pushed the door to the right were transferred into aviaries where the resident birds were pushing the door on the left and vice versa. The new birds saw more than just that the resident birds were opening the puzzle box in a new way. Some groups also observed that the residents were getting a superior reward by using their methods. - -A great tit (Parus major) solving a puzzle. This puzzle is from a separate experiment and the design differs from the puzzle used in a PLOS Biology paper published November 14, 2024. CREDIT: Hervé Glabeck – Docland Yard. - -VIDEO: A great tit (Parus major) solving a puzzle. This puzzle is from a separate experiment and the design differs from the puzzle used in a PLOS Biology paper published November 14, 2024. CREDIT: Hervé Glabeck – Docland Yard - -“What’s important is that the immigrants were blind to the fact that the food reward had changed,” said Chimento. “Immigrants could only know something changed by either watching the residents use the puzzle, or by trying the other side themselves.” - -After being released into a new aviary, about 80 percent of the birds switched their method immediately. Instead of trying the food retrieval that had been trained on, the immigrants used the resident solution on their first try. According to the team, this stark result makes the case that social learning is what’s happening. - -“Of course we can’t ask the birds exactly where they were getting their information from, but these behavioral patterns are striking enough to suggest that the birds were watching residents very closely from the moment they entered their new social group,” said Chimento. - -Changing foliage - -The immigrant birds were not only moved to a place where the residents had better food. Their visual world was also drastically altered when the scientists changed the foliage in the experimental aviaries. - -This altered visual environment proved to be the linchpin for learning. In the trials where the foliage was not changed, only 25 percent of the new birds tried the resident solution on the first attempt, even when the locals were getting better food. According to the team, they were not necessarily ignoring the residents, but they look significantly longer to switch over to the more rewarding solution. - -[Related: Great tits are killing birds and eating their brains. Climate change may be to blame.] - -“Our analyses suggested this was because they weren’t as influenced by the residents,” Chimento said. - -While this evidence shows that immigration has an impact on how animals learn from one another in the lab, it can be profound in the real world. - -“In nature, animals are often moving from one environment to another, so it’s helpful to have a strategy to weed out what are good and bad behaviors to use in the new place,” Lucy Alpin, a study co-author and behavioral ecologist now at The Australian National University and University of Zürich, said in a statement. “Our study provided the experimental evidence to show that this is also what happens in real life.”",1731883685,741b88dd6e,3acf9136c7,,,1731883685 -https://www.globaltrademag.com/u-s-ports-secure-580m-in-grants-for-infrastructure-modernization/,https://www.globaltrademag.com/feed/,U.S. Ports Secure $580M in Grants for Infrastructure Modernization,"Tim Jay - -[shareaholic app=""share_buttons"" id=""13106399""] - -Marking the third anniversary of the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law, the U.S. Department of Transportation’s Maritime Administration (MARAD) has announced nearly $580 million in Port Infrastructure Development Program (PIDP) awards. These grants will fund 31 projects across 15 states and one U.S. territory, boosting critical infrastructure upgrades at ports nationwide. - -Cary Davis, President and CEO of the American Association of Port Authorities (AAPA), expressed gratitude to bipartisan Congressional leaders and USDOT for their support. “The hard work begins now. AAPA ports are committed to working with our Federal Government partners to deploy funds swiftly, break ground, and complete upgrades that will strengthen our nation’s supply chain,” Davis stated. - -Maritime Administrator Ann Phillips highlighted the broader impact of these upgrades, noting, “Modernizing America’s ports is vital for enhancing the multimodal network that supports our supply chain. With 2.3 billion short tons of goods moving through U.S. waterways annually, this funding strengthens goods movement, builds resilience across all transportation modes, and addresses environmental impacts on port communities.” - -The grants range from $53 million for restoring key wharves at Puerto Rico’s Port of San Juan to $708,750 for a planning initiative at Texas’ Port of Harlingen. - -As recipients begin preparing for project launches, AAPA continues to advocate for full PIDP funding and faster project timelines. The association urges Congress to pass the bipartisan PORT Act, which aims to streamline permitting processes, reduce delays, and accelerate infrastructure development.",1731883633,672087cbcb,3a7f940b7e,,,1731883633 -https://petapixel.com/2024/11/17/photographers-capture-the-beauty-of-la-in-series-of-ethereal-pictures/,https://petapixel.com/feed/,Photographers Capture the Beauty of LA in Series of Ethereal Pictures,"Over a period of a few months, photographer Bryce Way traipsed around Los Angeles capturing the city’s diverse beauty. - -The Californian city is famous for its beaches, downtown area, and, Hollywood Hills. Way tells PetaPixel that he set out to showcase all of this. - -“L.A. is unique because it offers such a wide range of environments, from the city’s architecture to its natural landscapes, the city feels alive and constantly shifting,” Way says. - -“Whether it’s the sun setting over the ocean or the city streets at night, there’s always something new to capture.” - -Way captured L.A.’s famous landmarks and hidden gems to document a full view of the city and reveal its character. - -“My approach was to highlight the contrasts in the city, from downtown L.A. to the Hollywood Hills then the Coast. I looked for scenes that told a story and conveyed the energy of the place,” explains Way. - -Way’s photos, along with his fellow photographers, have been collated into a new book titled Trope Los Angeles, part of Trope’s City Edition series. - -“Shooting over a longer period gave me the chance to capture L.A. in various conditions and times of day, showing how the city changes with the light and weather,” says Way. “This approach helped me convey the city’s atmosphere and character.” - -Way employed drones to shoot the project with but says generally his “gear setup is pretty minimal” but adds that his drone “never leaves my bag since aerial shots are a bit part of how I capture a city.” - -Advice for Fellow Photographers - -Way says that a top tip for photographers wanting to shoot their own cityscapes is to use Google Earth as a location-scouting tool. - -“You’d be surprised at how many spots you can find that way. It makes a huge difference to plan out parking and frame your shot beforehand, so you can get there ready to shoot,” says Way. - -“Beyond that, always keep shooting and experimenting. Try different times of day, angles, and weather conditions to see how they affect your images. Consistency and exploration are key to developing your own style and truly connecting with the scene.” - -Trope Los Angeles is available to pre-order now from the Trope website.",1731883669,fdbb004d85,3aefb6b2dc,,,1731883669 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/yes-stocks-crazy-expensive-now-120000346.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,"Yes, stocks are crazy expensive right now. These 5 charts show just how extreme valuations have become.","Any way you slice it, the largest U.S. stocks are looking extremely expensive right now. - MarketWatch photo illustration/iStockphoto - -There’s no getting around it. Shares of America’s largest companies have been looking pretty expensive lately. - -The thinking holds whether looking at valuation metrics based on corporate earnings over the past decade, or Wall Street’s expectations for profits and sales over the coming year. Major gauges for measuring how expensive stocks have become, relative to their fundamentals — including the earnings and sales these companies stand to reap — send a similar message: Prices for U.S. large-cap stocks haven’t been this elevated since at least 2021. That was right before the bull market that followed the advent of the COVID-19 pandemic reached a peak. - -Most Read from MarketWatch - -For many investors, high valuations can be reason enough to question whether stocks look like a smart buy at current prices. But strategists who spoke with MarketWatch also offered a word of caution: just because stocks look expensive, doesn’t mean they can’t get more expensive. - -“What we’ve found is that valuations aren’t a particularly good timing indicator,” said Rob Haworth, senior investment strategist at U.S. Bank, during an interview with MarketWatch. - -See: Wall Street is worried stocks might be on the cusp of a ‘lost decade’ - -Keep that in mind while perusing the five charts below, which offer a picture of some of the most commonly used metrics employed by financial analysts. - -CAPE - -The CAPE ratio, or cyclically adjusted price-to-earnings ratio, compares the price of a stock (or index) to average earnings over the previous decade, while taking care to adjust for inflation. - -It was developed by Robert Shiller, an American economist and a Nobel Prize laureate in economics. - -For the S&P 500 SPX, the ratio rose as high as 38.11 in November, its highest level since late 2021, according to data featured on a website maintained by Shiller. Prior to that, it has only been higher around the peak of the dot-com bubble. - -Price-to-sales - -The forward price-to-sales ratio also has been giving investors dot-com-era vibes. - -The level of the S&P 500 compared with its member firms’ expected earnings over the coming year rose as high as 2.98 earlier this month. At that level, it has surpassed its recent highs from 2021, and was nearing its record peak north of 3 from the summer of 2000. - -Story Continues",1731883715,6e579b027f,3b027f9d1b,,,1731883715 -https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fnins.2024.1422085,https://www.frontiersin.org/journals/neuroscience/rss,Multiscale Detrended Cross-Correlation Coefficient: Estimating Coupling in Nonstationary Neurophysiological Signals,"Multiscale Detrended Cross-Correlation Coefficient: Estimating Coupling in Nonstationary Neurophysiological Signals Provisionally accepted - -The final, formatted version of the article will be published soon. Notify me - -The brain consists of a vastly interconnected network of regions, the connectome. By estimating the statistical interdependence of neurophysiological time series, we can measure the functional connectivity (FC) of this connectome. Pearson's correlation (rP) is a common metric of coupling in FC studies. Yet rP does not account properly for the non-stationarity of the signals recorded in neuroimaging. In this study, we introduced a novel estimator of coupled dynamics termed multiscale detrended cross-correlation coefficient (MDC 3 ). Firstly, we showed that MDC 3 had higher accuracy compared to r P using simulated time series with known coupling, as well as simulated functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) signals with known underlying structural connectivity. Next, we computed functional brain networks based on empirical magnetoencephalography (MEG) and fMRI. We found that by using MDC3 we could construct networks of healthy populations with significantly different properties compared to rP networks. Based on our results, we believe that MDC3 is a valid alternative to rP that should be incorporated in future FC studies.",1731883672,75eaeab355,3ad7360a40,,,1731883672 -https://mycmgr.com/mastering-lead-generation-how-us-canada-ppc-providers-can-harness-the-power-of-form-builders/,https://mycmgr.com/feed/,Mastering Lead Generation: How US & Canada PPC Providers Can Harness the Power of Form Builders,"Mastering Lead Generation: How US & Canada PPC Providers Can Harness the Power of Form Builders - -In today’s competitive digital landscape, white label PPC providers across the United States and Canada are constantly seeking innovative ways to enhance their lead generation strategies. As the trusted white label PPC partners for countless agencies and businesses in North America, these providers understand the critical role that high-quality leads play in driving success for their clients. One powerful tool that has emerged as a game-changer in this arena is the form builder. By leveraging advanced form building techniques, PPC specialists from Toronto to Los Angeles and everywhere in between are revolutionizing the way they capture and qualify leads, ultimately delivering superior results for their diverse clientele. - -Understanding Form Builders - -Form builders have come a long way from the basic contact forms of yesteryear. Today’s sophisticated form building tools offer a wealth of features that can significantly enhance lead capture and qualification processes. For PPC providers serving clients across industries in major US and Canadian markets like New York, Vancouver, Chicago, and Montreal, understanding these capabilities is crucial. - -Key Features of Modern Form Builders - -Modern form builders offer an array of features designed to maximize lead generation potential: - -Drag-and-drop interfaces for easy customization Conditional logic to create dynamic, personalized experiences Mobile responsiveness for on-the-go lead capture Integration with popular CRM and marketing automation tools Advanced analytics for performance tracking - -Advantages Over Traditional Methods - -Compared to traditional lead capture methods, form builders offer several distinct advantages: - -Increased flexibility in design and functionality - -Higher conversion rates through optimized user experiences - -Better data quality through smart field validation - -Seamless integration with existing marketing tech stacks - -Real-time lead qualification capabilities - -Strategies for Effective Form Building - -To truly leverage the power of form builders, PPC providers need to implement strategic approaches tailored to the North American market. Here are some key strategies that resonate with audiences from coast to coast: - -Designing User-Friendly Forms - -In a region where time is often of the essence, creating forms that respect users’ time and attention is paramount. - -Keep it simple and concise: Limit fields to essential information only. A study by a leading Toronto-based marketing firm found that forms with 3-5 fields had the highest conversion rates. Use clear and compelling CTAs: Phrases like “Get My Free Quote” or “Start My Trial” tend to perform well with US and Canadian audiences. Implement multi-step forms: For complex information gathering, break the process into manageable steps. This approach has shown particular success in B2B lead generation across major tech hubs like Silicon Valley and Waterloo. - -Optimizing for Mobile Devices - -With mobile usage continuing to rise across North America, ensuring forms are mobile-friendly is non-negotiable. - -Responsive design principles: Implement designs that adapt seamlessly to various screen sizes, from the latest iPhones to Android tablets. Touch-friendly input fields: Large, easy-to-tap fields and buttons cater to users on-the-go, whether they’re commuting on the NYC subway or waiting for a flight at YYZ. - -Leveraging Conditional Logic - -Personalization is key in the diverse markets of the US and Canada. - -Personalizing the form experience: Use conditional logic to show relevant questions based on previous answers. For example, a form for a nationwide service might ask for the user’s state or province to provide location-specific information. Qualifying leads through smart questioning: Implement branching logic to pre-qualify leads. This is particularly effective for industries with specific requirements, such as financial services in compliance-heavy markets like New York or Toronto. - -Integrating Form Builders with PPC Campaigns - -For PPC providers across North America, seamlessly integrating form builders with existing campaigns is crucial for maximizing ROI. - -Landing Page Optimization - -Matching form design to ad messaging: Ensure visual and tonal consistency between your PPC ads and landing page forms. This consistency is particularly important in competitive markets like San Francisco or Vancouver, where user trust is paramount. A/B testing form placement and design: Continuously test different form layouts, colors, and placements. What works in Denver might not resonate in Montreal, so regional testing is key. - -Using Form Analytics to Inform PPC Strategy - -Tracking form completion rates: Monitor how users from different PPC campaigns interact with your forms. This data can help optimize ad spend across various North American markets. Identifying drop-off points: Analyze where users abandon forms and use this information to refine both form design and PPC targeting. - -Retargeting Strategies Based on Form Interactions - -Creating custom audiences: Build retargeting lists based on form interactions. For example, create separate lists for users who started but didn’t complete forms in different regions. Tailoring ad content to form abandoners: Craft specific messages to re-engage users who didn’t complete forms, addressing potential concerns or offering additional incentives. - -Advanced Lead Qualification Techniques - -In the competitive landscape of US and Canadian markets, advanced lead qualification is essential for PPC providers to deliver value to their clients. - -Progressive Profiling - -Gradually collecting information: Instead of asking for all information upfront, collect data over multiple interactions. This approach has shown particular success in relationship-driven industries like real estate across major North American cities. Balancing information gathering with user experience: Determine the minimum information needed at each stage to move the lead forward without overwhelming the user. - -Lead Scoring Implementation - -Assigning values to form fields: Develop a scoring system based on the importance of different form fields. For B2B services, job titles or company size might carry more weight. Automating lead quality assessment: Use form data to automatically score and categorize leads, allowing sales teams in different regions to prioritize their follow-ups effectively. - -ALSO READ: Streamlining Tax Preparation Services in Vancouver: Leveraging IT for Efficiency and Accuracy - -Enhancing Lead Nurturing with Form Data - -Effective lead nurturing is crucial in the relationship-focused business cultures of the US and Canada. - -Personalized Follow-Up Strategies - -Using form responses to tailor email campaigns: Craft personalized email sequences based on the information collected through forms. For example, a user who expressed interest in eco-friendly products might receive content highlighting sustainability initiatives. Customizing remarketing ads: Use form data to create highly targeted remarketing campaigns. A user who showed interest in winter sports equipment might see ads for ski resorts in Colorado or Whistler. - -Integration with CRM Systems - -Seamless data transfer to sales teams: Ensure that form data flows directly into CRM systems, allowing sales teams across different North American offices to access lead information in real-time. Improving sales efficiency: Provide sales teams with detailed lead information collected through forms, enabling them to have more informed and productive conversations from the first point of contact. - -Compliance and Data Privacy Considerations - -In an era of increasing data privacy concerns, PPC providers must prioritize compliance and transparency. - -GDPR and CCPA Requirements - -Implementing proper consent mechanisms: Ensure forms include clear consent checkboxes for data collection and usage, complying with both GDPR for European clients and CCPA for California residents. Data storage and protection practices: Implement robust data protection measures and clearly communicate these practices to users, building trust across privacy-conscious North American markets. - -Building Trust Through Transparency - -Clear privacy policies: Provide easily accessible and understandable privacy policies on all form pages. Opt-in and opt-out options: Give users control over how their data is used and provide clear options for opting out of communications. - -Case Studies: Successful Implementation by PPC Providers - -Example 1: E-commerce Client Lead Generation Improvement - -A white label PPC provider in Seattle implemented a multi-step form with conditional logic for a nationwide e-commerce client. The form adapted based on user location and product interests, resulting in a 35% increase in qualified leads and a 20% boost in conversion rates across US and Canadian markets. - -Example 2: B2B Service Provider’s Qualified Lead Increase - -A Toronto-based PPC agency used progressive profiling and lead scoring for a B2B software client. By collecting information over multiple touchpoints and automatically scoring leads, they increased the quality of leads passed to sales by 40%, significantly improving close rates in both US and Canadian markets. - -Conclusion - -As the digital landscape continues to evolve, white label PPC providers across the United States and Canada must stay at the forefront of lead generation techniques. By mastering the use of form builders and implementing the strategies outlined in this article, PPC specialists can significantly enhance their lead capture and qualification processes. This not only improves campaign performance but also strengthens their position as invaluable partners to agencies and businesses across North America. - -The key to success lies in understanding the unique characteristics of different regional markets, from the tech-savvy corridors of Silicon Valley to the diverse urban centers of Toronto and New York. By tailoring form-building strategies to these local nuances while maintaining a focus on user experience and data privacy, PPC providers can drive superior results for their clients and cement their reputation as trusted digital marketing partners across the US and Canada. - -As we look to the future, the integration of AI, machine learning, and even more sophisticated form-building technologies promises to further revolutionize lead generation in the PPC space. For providers ready to embrace these advancements and continually refine their strategies, the opportunities for growth and success in the North American market are boundless.",1731883642,feca2bc35f,3aeadc2f7c,,,1731883642 -https://kotaku.com/apple-tv-mythic-quest-rob-mcelhenney-season-4-date-1851698983,https://kotaku.com/rss,Apple's Video Game Industry Satire Gets Season 4 Release Date And Spin-Off,"Mythic Quest season 4 finally has a release date. Apple TV’s workplace comedy starring Rob McElhenney and Charlotte Nicdao about a video game studio and its lovable but emotionally stunted staff returns for another raft of episodes in January. This time around, however, the show is also getting a micro-spin-off series to expand its story. - -Mythic Quest’s Charlotte Nicdao On How Gaming Is Like Acting CC Share Subtitles Off - -English view video Mythic Quest’s Charlotte Nicdao On How Gaming Is Like Acting - -Mythic Quest’s Charlotte Nicdao On How Gaming Is Like Acting CC Share Subtitles Off - -English Mythic Quest’s Charlotte Nicdao On How Gaming Is Like Acting - -Apple announced season 4 of Mythic Quest will debut on January 29 with two new episodes. Subsequent ones will drop every Wednesday after that until March 26. At that point, four anthology episodes called Side Quest will also debut to further explore the lives of employees, players and fans impacted by the titular game and the fictional studio that makes it. - -Advertisement - -It sounds like each of these episodes will be standalone, and given Mythic Quest has some of the best “bottle” episodes around, I’m curious to see what creators McElhenney, Charlie Day and Megan Ganz have planned. Otherwise, we still don’t have a trailer or even a real synopsis of what season 4 proper will entail. I assume it will be the usual mix of dueling egos and knowing video game dunks, but hopefully there’s some more trenchant, contemporary criticism mixed in. Mythic Quest still has one of the best jokes about gaming ever made. - -Advertisement - -For those who haven’t yet taken the plunge on Apple’s video-game-flavored riff on shows like Community, it’s about the charming but dysfunctional studio behind a hit MMORPG in the mold of World of Warcraft and the ways they self-sabotage one another while working through their personal foibles and attempting to grow past their character flaws. It’s a perfect example of Apple TV’s narrow, lowkey success with original programming that is very good and almost nobody is watching. People can start remedying that in the meantime by catching up on seasons 1-3. - -Advertisement - -.",1731883666,a0840ab3b4,3b1355521f,,,1731883666 -https://techtransfercentral.com/2024/08/16/whats-behind-low-female-faculty-patent-rates/,https://techtransfercentral.com/feed/,TechPipeline,"This is an excerpt from an article in the October issue of TechEngage. - -Green and clean technologies have garnered a lot of interest from both researchers and investors in the past two decades. Investment in these technologies has grown steadily, reaching $1.77 trillion in 2023, a 17% increase over 2022 according to BloombergNEF. That sounds like good news for universities with ongoing research and projects in the green/clean tech space, but not every green/clean tech project is marketable in a way that attracts licensees. Differences in timeline expectations, commercial potential, and even leadership qualities can keep companies from looking closely at technologies that may well solve important problems but don’t offer enough commercial upside. - -Before reaching out, it’s important to understand what makes a green or clean technology or start-up investible to companies and venture capitalists. - -Team First - -Many investors evaluate the team behind the technology as much as they evaluate the technology itself. - -“Team is first, always,” says Manny Stockman, a partner in Osage University Partners, a venture capital firm that works with universities. “You’ll hear that from every venture capitalist you ever talk to.” - -Taking an idea from inception to a marketable product or service requires people who understand the market and how to talk to investors, and those are skills that are not always in the wheelhouse of a researcher or inventor. Gathering a team of people who can fill in the gaps of any missing relational and business skills is key to attracting support.",1731883693,bb9e812a9f,3abe665819,,,1731883693 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/10/19/bournemouth-vs-arsenal-live-score-updates-premier-league/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Lack of discipline haunts Arsenal in painful Bournemouth defeat,"The Premier League is a ruthless competition and there are only so many times that Arsenal can survive playing in it without 11 footballers on the pitch. Already this season they had escaped with 10 men for long spells against Brighton and Manchester City, but that run of luck ended in painful circumstances here, against an impressive and dangerous Bournemouth side. - -On this occasion, Mikel Arteta’s players were forced to play for more than an hour with 10 men, following a straight red card shown to William Saliba. Bournemouth, energetic throughout, eventually found a way through, scoring decisive goals through Ryan Christie and Justin Kluivert in the second half. - -Arsenal’s unbeaten start to the campaign is over and their disciplinary problem is becoming increasingly damaging, even if Saliba’s red card was different to those picked up by Declan Rice and Leandro Trossard earlier in the campaign. The fact remains that Arsenal have received red cards in three of their eight league matches this season. That, clearly, is not how you win the Premier League title. - -“We are gutted because we had to play in that context again,” said Arteta. “It was even more difficult than the previous two that we have faced this season. To do it with 65 minutes [remaining] with 10 men at this level, it’s just an impossible task. It’s an accident waiting to happen.” - -Saliba turning point - -A secondary blow is that Saliba, who had never before been sent off in 157 league appearances in France and England, will now be unavailable for next week’s meeting with Liverpool. Arsenal will also be without the injured Martin Odegaard, and there are doubts over the fitness of Bukayo Saka after he did not feature here. Suddenly, these are challenging times. - -It was an evening that could be divided into two separate parts: before Saliba’s red, and after. The game that took place in the opening 30 minutes was largely unremarkable, more attritional than aesthetically pleasing, with few chances for either team. A battle, rather than a dance. - -Then came the pivotal moment, which stemmed from a disastrous error by Leandro Trossard. The Arsenal forward inadvertently played the ball over his own defence and into the path of Bournemouth’s Evanilson, who would have had a free run at goal if he had not been brought down by Saliba. “It is a split-second decision you have to make,” said Arteta of his defender.",1731883749,4301cc1e14,3b1eb49630,,,1731883749 -https://www.zdnet.com/article/this-thermal-camera-is-my-new-favorite-smartphone-accessory-and-its-50-off/,https://www.zdnet.com/news/rss.xml,This thermal camera is my new favorite smartphone accessory (and it's $50 off),"ZDNET's key takeaways Super smooth and highly responsive app - -The tiny carry case can be attached to a keyring for easy transportation - -Needs the supplied USB-C extension cable to connect to most ruggedized smartphones $249 at Amazon - -Regular readers will know that I am a big fan of thermal cameras. They are cool and give you a view of the world you can't otherwise see, but they are also super useful and have become a key tool in my repair toolbox. I've used them for everything from spotting a faulty component on a circuit board to finding a wiring problem underneath floorboards. - -A thermal camera is a super useful tool -- and these devices are cheaper than you might think. - -Also: Want an entire tech repair shop of tools in a single messenger bag? iFixit can fix that - -The Thermal Master P2 thermal camera, which the manufacturer says is the ""world's 2nd smallest thermal camera"", is the perfect tool for the engineer, mechanic, or handyperson on the move. - -Thermal Master P2 tech specs - -Resolution : 256 x 192 (512 x 384) - -: 256 x 192 (512 x 384) Temp range : -20°C to 550°C - -: -20°C to 550°C Refresh rate : 25Hz - -: 25Hz Zoom : x15 - -: x15 Accuracy : ±1.5℃ - -: ±1.5℃ Temperature resolution : 0.04℃ - -: 0.04℃ Weight : 10g - -: 10g Power consumption : 0.3W - -: 0.3W Connector : USB-C - -: USB-C Compatibility: Android (not compatible with iPhones or iPads with USB-C) - -Getting started with the P2 is easy. Download and install the Temp Master app from the Google Play Store, fire up the app, pop the camera into the USB-C port, and away you go. - -The P2 is up and running in minutes. Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNET - -If your Android smartphone is the ruggedized type, you might have problems fitting the camera, meaning you'll need to use the supplied USB-C extension cable. - -Also: This tiny USB-C accessory has a game-changing magnetic feature (and it's 30% off) - -The camera is tiny, weighing about 10 grams, and it fits into a carry case that is small enough to hook onto a keychain, so it's always ready when you need it. - -The Thermal Master P2 has a really handy carry case that can attach to a keychain. Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNET - -I've used many thermal cameras and one P2 feature I like is the 25Hz refresh rate. It makes my thermal cameras with slower refresh rates feel slow and clunky by comparison. I also like how the 15x zoom lets me get close to the action. - -Also: I tested the world's first thermal phone camera with a 50Hz refresh rate, and here are the results - -The temperature resolution is sensitive -- more than sensitive enough to ""see"" someone breathing by the temperature changes around their nose. - -Yes, this device is sensitive enough to see someone breathe. Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNET - -Not sure what you can do with one of these thermal cameras? Here are just a few things you can do: - -Find overheating electrical components (faulty components usually run hotter) - -Diagnose all sorts of HVAC problems, from windows that leak heat to radiators that aren't warming up properly to AC units that aren't cooling - -Find dangerously overheating rechargeable batteries - -Find radiator pipes underneath floorboards - -Find overheating power cables - -Find problems with cooling systems on desktop and laptop systems - -Spot binding brakes on cars - -Here is a picture of a USB-C cable getting warm when carrying a heavy current load: - -This USB-C cable is getting a little toasty. Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNET - -My tip for learning to use a thermal camera is to use it to look at things when they aren't faulty -- your radiators, car brakes, electrical stuff, anything -- and get to know how things should look, so you can tell when things aren't working right. - -ZDNET's buying advice - -The Thermal Master P2 is a great thermal camera, and right now it's $50 off, bringing the price down to a very reasonable $199. It's a fantastic addition to any repair toolkit. I like the fast refresh rate and accuracy. However, this camera won't work if you shift to an iPhone despite having a USB-C port.",1731883633,cbf4e2ebc4,3a6e89646a,,,1731883633 -https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/hezbollahs-media-spokesman-assassinated-israel-heart-beirut-after-haifa-synagogue,https://feeds.feedburner.com/zerohedge/feed,Hezbollah's Media Spokesman Assassinated By Israel In Heart Of Beirut After Haifa Synagogue Attacked,"Via The Cradle - -The head of Hezbollah’s Media Relations Department, Mohammad Afif, was assassinated in a violent Israeli airstrike on a building in the heart of Beirut on Sunday. - -""Fate willed that Hajj Muhammad Afif was inside the building at the time of the attack [in the Ras al-Nabaa neighborhood],"" said the Secretary-General of the Arab Socialist Baath Party, Ali Hijazi. He said Afif was holding a meeting in the Baath party headquarters at the time of the Israeli strike. ""Afif did not fight with weapons and did not lead a military unit in Hezbollah. Rather, he led a media unit,"" Hijazi added. - -Mohammad Afif, via AP - -A Lebanese security source also confirmed to Al Jazeera that Afif was assassinated in the Israeli attack on central Beirut’s Ras al-Nabaa. At least five were killed and seven injured. There was massive destruction at the site, and the toll is expected to rise. - -Hezbollah MP Hussein al-Jishi said to Al Mayadeen that ""the enemy’s targeting of a media spokesman who always carries his phone in his hand is further evidence of its inability, and this is neither courage nor heroism."" - -Hezbollah itself has yet to release a statement. Israel also heavily targeted Beirut's southern suburb and other areas of the country on Sunday. - -Israel had tried to assassinate Afif on October 3, when it targeted the building of Hezbollah’s Media Relations office in the southern suburb of Beirut. On October 22, it targeted the site where Afif was giving a speech in the Ghobeiry area of the suburb. - -Afif gave a speech for Martyrs Day last week, during which he affirmed to Israel that Hezbollah is prepared for a long war. - -In his speech on 22 October, Afif publicly announced Hezbollah’s responsibility for the drone attack which exploded in the bedroom window of Benjamin Netanyahu’s home in Caesarea. - -""To the Israeli enemy, we say: you have only seen a little, and what happened in Haifa, Acre, and Safad is just the start ... To the leaders of the occupation: Iron for iron, blood for blood, and fire for fire,"" Afif said last month. - -On Saturday a synagogue in Haifa was destroyed when Hezbollah rockets rained down on the area... - -Hezbollah rocket attack damages synagogue in Haifa, injures civilians pic.twitter.com/VBpE8o2dOp — RT (@RT_com) November 17, 2024 - -Israeli media reports major damage to a synagogue in Haifa following missile launches from Hezbollah. pic.twitter.com/FHvvNPmIuf — The Cradle (@TheCradleMedia) November 16, 2024 - -Hezbollah continues to fiercely confront Israeli ground troops in southern Lebanon, while stepping up its rocket, drone, and missile attacks against Israel. - -Several Hezbollah rocket impacts resulted in heavy damage in the Haifa Bay area on November 16th.",1731883613,efc81dd613,3b202daf5a,,,1731883613 -https://mashable.com/article/strands-nyt-hint-november-17,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,"NYT Strands hints, answers for November 17","If you're reading this, you're looking for a little help playing Strands, the New York Times' elevated word-search game. - -Strands requires the player to perform a twist on the classic word search. Words can be made from linked letters — up, down, left, right, or diagonal, but words can also change direction, resulting in quirky shapes and patterns. Every single letter in the grid will be part of an answer. There's always a theme linking every solution, along with the ""spangram,"" a special, word or phrase that sums up that day's theme, and spans the entire grid horizontally or vertically. - -By providing an opaque hint and not providing the word list, Strands creates a brain-teasing game that takes a little longer to play than its other games, like Wordle and Connections. - -If you're feeling stuck or just don't have 10 or more minutes to figure out today's puzzle, we've got all the NYT Strands hints for today's puzzle you need to progress at your preferred pace. - -NYT Strands hint for today’s theme: Would you look at that? - -These words are things you might visit in other places. - -Mashable Top Stories Stay connected with the hottest stories of the day and the latest entertainment news. Sign up for Mashable's Top Stories newsletter Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -Today’s NYT Strands theme plainly explained - -Words are related to architecture. - -NYT Strands spangram hint: Is it vertical or horizontal? - -Today's NYT Strands spangram is horizontal. - -NYT Strands spangram answer today - -Today's spangram is Landmarks. - -Featured Video For You Strands 101: How to win NYT’s latest word game - -NYT Strands word list for November 17 - -Palace - -Castle - -Fort - -Arch - -Tower - -Monument - -Bridge - -Landmarks - -Looking for other daily online games? Mashable's Games page has more hints, and if you're looking for more puzzles, Mashable's got games now! - -Check out our games hub for Mahjong, Sudoku, free crossword, and more. - -Not the day you're after? Here's the solution to yesterday's Strands.",1731883640,644d6c1ea1,3b15ff18cb,,,1731883640 -https://mashable.com/roundup/best-bluetooth-speakers,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,The 6 best Bluetooth speakers we've tested that are likely to be on sale this Black Friday,"Who it's for: - -The Ultimate Ears Wonderboom 4 is not a must-have upgrade for anyone who owns the Wonderboom 3, but like the former version, it's a powerhouse for its size and price. This speaker's small (and rugged enough) to take along for a hike, while traveling, and for tossing next to the pool. Plus, it's so easy to find on sale that it's often available at a cheaper price than the older Wonderboom 3. - -In the weeks leading up to Black Friday, we've already seen this speaker drop down to its record low of $79.99. Again, it falls in price relatively often, so we're keeping our fingers crossed that Black Friday proper might bring even more savings, but as this speaker is so new, we wouldn't be surprised to see it stick to that $79.99 sale price. - -Why we picked this: - -The Wonderboom 4 is basically the same exact speaker as the Wonderboom 3, visually and internally. Like the Wonderboom 3, you can drop it from heights of up to five feet without worrying about destroying it. It’s also waterproof with an IP67 rating. If you drop it in water, it can float for up to 30 minutes and come out the other side working completely fine. It also features a healthy 14 hours of battery life, which is more than other speakers of a similar size. - -So what's different? On the sound front, the Wonderboom 4 has less muddiness than its predecessor, especially at higher volumes. In addition to the Outdoor Boost mode, you'll also get a Podcast Mode. We will say that we're not necessarily fans of the new addition — hosts' voices came through compressed, while background static felt more pronounced. Generally, this mode shone much better on the brand's Everboom speaker. - -However, the standard audio is good enough for listening to podcasts and music, so ignoring the new EQ feels like a fine concession. As with the Wonderboom 3, we found that overall, the sound profile is well-rounded and can get loud. We do wish that this speaker had been updated with a companion app for more customization. - -On the bright side, it's very easy to plug, play, and now charge, thanks to the addition of a USB-C charging port. While it's not all that different from the Wonderboom 3, anyone who wants a no-frills speaker that sounds good will be happy with this one. The Wonderboom 4 is easy to find in stock and on sale, making it our updated pick for the best speaker under $100.",1731883656,644d6c1ea1,3b47e04172,,,1731883656 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMi_AFBVV95cUxPRzFtUmFjcUs5WG5zY2tGaFVsYkhkNllfdHpNelh0YllFcDhta2pFM0RCUTczU29xbENaMElTajBEMzdKdzJtWF9wSVZqcWcxajcwSWxOMzVKY1dkaDhMc2JLS3hpTDY0bEoxRXE5eU05VU1FNWpvUlM4VWVIOUk4dlNZTE5vcjdzc3ZpTkxfVjRKdkpGWm5ETTRLTTNibDhOSjN5V1lJcjZkN2tPclZKaUp3VFZQc0xHMENXLTJuQlBfR3NBcm9BNjItWThuSmxfWml1NHVLOERKbVV2WXpMWGEyZzhOb3ZRR3lyYVBsRVg5S1d5eWtvOV8zWnc?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883612,2688d2a9c6,3b3111d90b,,,1731883612 -https://mashable.com/article/nov-15-stuff-your-kindle-day,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,Stock up on hundreds of free books on the latest Stuff Your Kindle Day,"Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication. Learn more about how we select deals - -GET FREE E-BOOKS: The latest Stuff Your Kindle Day takes place on Nov. 15. Pick up hundreds of romance e-books for free. - -Stuff Your Kindle Day is back once again, providing an amazing opportunity to pick up hundreds of books for absolutely nothing. We know that sounds too good to be true, but there really isn't a catch in this case. - -Stuff Your Kindle Day is an author-organized event that drops the price of hundreds of romance e-books to absolutely nothing. And the books that you choose to download are yours to keep. - -SEE ALSO: The Kindle Paperwhite made me enjoy reading books again - -This latest Stuff Your Kindle Day is a romance-focused free book blast that features ""cinnamon roll main male characters."" Hosted by Alpharoll, all genres and heat levels of romance are featured and organized by heat level and subgenre for maximum convenience. - -Want to make the most of Stuff Your Kindle Day? We've read ahead and lined up everything you need to know about this latest event. - -When is Stuff Your Kindle Day? - -Bookworms have been treated to a number of Stuff Your Kindle Days this year. The last event took place on Oct. 24, with the Cozy Mystery Book Club offering cozy mystery e-books for absolutely nothing. That was fun, but now it's time to turn back to romance. - -The latest Stuff Your Kindle Day is hosted by Alpharoll, and takes place on Nov. 15. The best way to find out about dates hosted by Alpharoll is to join the free reader alert email service. - -Who can take part in Stuff Your Kindle Day? - -The beauty of this event is that anyone can participate in Stuff Your Kindle Day. - -You don't even need to own a Kindle to get involved. Kindle, Kobo, and Nook readers can download these free e-books. You can even download these books on your preferred app and read them straight from your phone, as you can also find these free titles on the Google Play and Apple Books apps. - -Which e-books are free? - -Sourcing these free romance e-books is straightforward thanks to Alpharoll. All genres and heat levels of romance are featured and organized by heat level and subgenre, so you can head directly to what you want to read. - -Mashable Deals Want more early Black Friday deals right in your inbox? Sign up for the Mashable Deals newsletter. Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -Is Stuff Your Kindle Day the same as Amazon Kindle Unlimited? - -Everything you download on Stuff Your Kindle Day is yours to keep, and there's no limit on the number of books you can download. Stuff Your Kindle Day downloads don't count towards the 20 books per month that Amazon Kindle Unlimited subscribers can borrow, so don't hold back. - -Shop Stuff Your Kindle Day deal - -Why we like it - -These portable and lightweight e-readers help you take your entire library on the go. With weeks of battery life and an anti-glare display, you can read anywhere and anytime with the Kindle. They start at $109.99, a great price for those on a budget, but if you want to save even more, you can get three months of Kindle Unlimited absolutely free during Stuff Your Kindle Day. - -Kindle Unlimited costs $11.99 per month and allows you to borrow up to 20 months per month. Its collection of eligible books includes bestsellers and new releases, including Sandwich by Catherine Newman, Fourth Wing by Rebecca Yarros, All the Sinners Bleed by S.A. Cosby, and Demon Copperhead by Barbara Kingsolver. For a limited time, you can get three months of Kindle Unlimited, totally free, saving you $35.97. - -This deal is also available on the Kindle Paperwhite and Kindle Paperwhite Signature Edition. Not sure which is right for you? We've got you covered. - -Featured Video For You Kindle Paperwhite vs. Kobo Clara Colour: Which one is better?",1731883671,644d6c1ea1,3b4acaeb05,,,1731883671 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/16/today-in-supreme-court-history-november-16-1939-6/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,"Today in Supreme Court History: November 16, 1939","To get the Volokh Conspiracy Daily e-mail, please sign up here. - -Email (Required) Phone This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged. Δ",1731883643,6a1d127262,3b22612272,,,1731883643 -https://www.npr.org/2023/12/08/1197955913/doctors-pagers-beepers,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Why do doctors still use pagers? : Planet Money,"Why do doctors still use pagers? - -Remember pagers? They were huge in the 80s — these little devices that could receive short messages. Sir Mix-A-Lot even had a song about them! But then cell phones came along, and pagers more or less became obsolete. - -Except there's one group of people who still carry pagers: medical doctors. At a surprisingly large number of hospitals, the pager remains the backbone of communication. Need to ask a doctor a question? Page them. Need to summon a doctor to an emergency? Page them. And then... wait for them to call you back. - -Almost everyone agrees that pagers are a clunky and error-prone way for doctors to communicate. So why do so many hospitals still rely on them? - -Sponsor Message - -On today's show: A story about two doctors who hatched a plan to finally rid their hospital of pagers. And the surprising lessons they learned about why some obsolete technologies can be so hard to replace. - -This episode was hosted by Jeff Guo and Nick Fountain. It was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler. It was edited by Keith Romer and fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. It was engineered by Robert Rodriguez with help from Maggie Luthar. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""The Gang Don't Stop,"" ""Elevate,"" and ""Tell Me Your Heart""",1731884613,8181d7a585,3b4a267c73,,,1731884613 -https://www.prdaily.com/essential-questions-for-choosing-the-right-ai-solutions-in-communications/,https://www.prdaily.com/feed/,Essential questions for choosing the right AI solutions in communications,"As AI continues to shape our future, organizations are consistently exploring how to best integrate AI tools into a marketing and communications team’s day-to-day in a way to invite new ways of working without causing crippling disruption. - -Though improving, many teams still report barriers when adopting these tools. According to a recent survey, 67% of communication professionals cite the team’s ability to use AI technology effectively as a significant barrier, while 77% struggle with the complexity of integrating new systems with their existing environments. - -Key challenges to AI adoption in communication teams - -One significant challenge is that PR and communication teams often lack a reliable, objective source for evaluating AI products tailored specifically to their needs, forcing them to seek costly outside help. Additionally, many team structures aren’t designed to quickly assess and act on AI adoption decisions, causing delays that may hinder their ability to stay current in the rapidly evolving landscape. - -Five key areas for evaluating commstech AI providers - -Data Security and Quality - -How secure is my data? Ask about encryption protocols, data handling practices and compliance with industry data security standards. - -Ask about encryption protocols, data handling practices and compliance with industry data security standards. Which generative AI providers are used? Knowing which platforms are integrated helps assess capabilities and potential risks. - -Knowing which platforms are integrated helps assess capabilities and potential risks. How frequently do you run smoke tests? Regular smoke and penetration (pen) testing is essential for data security. - -Regular smoke and penetration (pen) testing is essential for data security. How do you manage user permissions? Ensure user roles and permissions are manageable to prevent unauthorized access, especially if SOC compliance is needed. - -Ensure user roles and permissions are manageable to prevent unauthorized access, especially if SOC compliance is needed. How often is your data refreshed? Confirm how often data is refreshed and cleaned. Daily? Weekly? Hourly? - -Summary: Choose a provider that ensures strong security protocols, reliable data sources and adherence to data governance standards to protect sensitive information and meet regulatory requirements. - -Adoption: Integration and support - -How can the solution integrate with our existing tech stack? Seamless integration minimizes disruption and allows the product to enhance current workflows. - -Seamless integration minimizes disruption and allows the product to enhance current workflows. What is your onboarding and training process? Effective onboarding and training are essential for user adoption and smooth implementation. - -Effective onboarding and training are essential for user adoption and smooth implementation. What is your post-purchase support? Look for dedicated support, such as account managers or customer success teams, for ongoing assistance. - -Look for dedicated support, such as account managers or customer success teams, for ongoing assistance. What are successful training practices for my staff? Insights into other customers’ training approaches can prepare your team for a successful rollout. - -Summary: Providers that offer comprehensive onboarding, ongoing support and open communication will help your team overcome adoption challenges. - -Technology’s unique benefits - -Who do you compete with? Understanding competitors and differentiators helps reveal the product’s unique strengths and any potential trade-offs. - -Understanding competitors and differentiators helps reveal the product’s unique strengths and any potential trade-offs. What are your product limitations? Awareness of common challenges can help set realistic expectations. - -Awareness of common challenges can help set realistic expectations. What are examples of success? Request specific examples to see how the tool benefits similar businesses. - -Request specific examples to see how the tool benefits similar businesses. Can you share usage patterns? Insights into high- and low-usage patterns can guide effective adoption strategies. - -Summary: Providers that are transparent about their product’s strengths and limitations, and can demonstrate successful use cases, are better positioned to meet your needs. - -Transparency and terms - -Do you share product roadmaps? A product roadmap shows the provider’s commitment and transparency. - -A product roadmap shows the provider’s commitment and transparency. Do you provide clear pricing and trial options? Ensure clarity around costs and whether fees adjust based on usage. Full-access trial periods are common and should be inquired upon. - -Ensure clarity around costs and whether fees adjust based on usage. Full-access trial periods are common and should be inquired upon. Do you offer Indemnification? Check if the provider offers indemnity for using generative AI technology to protect against unforeseen risks. - -Summary: Providers who prioritize transparent, fair terms are well-suited for long-term partnerships. - -Questions to ask your own team - -To ensure effective adoption, discuss internally: - -What are our goals for using this AI tool? - -Who will oversee the tool and manage provider communications? - -Is IT and legal aligned with this adoption? - -What metrics will measure the tool’s value? - -How will we communicate our experiences internally? - -Summary: No one knows your needs better than you do. Taking time to clarify these questions will help you find a suitable provider and the best plan. - -By asking the right questions, you protect your organization, your team and your clients — so don’t hesitate to inquire deeply. If you have further questions or need additional guidance, PRophet, launched in 2021, is here to help you prepare for the future of AI in communications. Through tackling difficult challenges, we have developed a suite of safe, high-performance, and predictive AI products. Using this expertise, we’re happy to offer guidance to help inform your technology choices for 2025 and beyond. - -Please reach out to us for more insights at sales@PRprophet.ai and join us Friday, November 15 at Ragan’s Future of Communications Conference to learn more during our session on “Unlocking the Future of PR: Selecting the Right AI Tools for 2025.”",1731883620,602c3549f1,3b3e2e052f,,,1731883620 -https://designshack.net/articles/inspiration/best-business-corporate-fonts/,https://designshack.net/feed/,65+ Best Business & Corporate Fonts 2025,"65+ Best Business & Corporate Fonts 2025 - -If you’re looking for the perfect font for a logo, business card, stationery, or any kind of branding for a corporate business, you’ve come to the right place. - -In this post, we bring you a curated collection of the best fonts you can use with designs related to business and corporate brands. - -Whether you’re making a business flyer, poster, signage, or searching for a font for your brand identity, you’ll find all kinds of fonts in our collection that can be used for various design projects and purposes. - -We’re also featuring a few helpful tips for choosing a font for your business, to help you with making this important decision! - -Top Pick Media Times – Elegant Business Font This elegant and professional font is a great choice for designing a brand identity or practically any type of business or corporate design. The timeless modern design of this font will also ensure that your brand and business designs stay relevant for a long time. Why This Is A Top Pick The formal serifs and the professional letter design of this font adds a certain class and elegance unlike any other font on our list. This is a must-have font for business designs. - -Welfare is a modern, condensed font that combines style and simplicity. It features sleek, narrow characters, designed for high-impact use in logos, professional branding, and numerous design projects. Its condensed form offers excellent readability and efficient space use, making it perfect for a minimalist, yet bold brand identity. - -Century is an elegant and sophisticated font perfect for business needs. This seamlessly crafted, modern serif font blends classic elements with a stylish aesthetic, making it an excellent fit for professional projects. Ideal for corporate branding, editorial layouts, and formal presentations, Century delivers a refined and polished look that will certainly elevate your design game. - -This is a modern sans-serif font with sleek, clear letterforms. This minimalist font is ideal for professional projects. Whether for corporate branding, official documents, or modern web design, its streamlined elegance ensures clarity and effectiveness. The package includes regular, italic, and reverse italic formats, supporting uppercase, lowercase, and more. - -Gilbert Mono is a modern, geometric-style monospace corporate font that provides the perfect blend of style and function. Its symmetry and consistent character width make it ideal for programming and other applications requiring clear, clean text presentation. - -Refoke is a sophisticated, versatile font family designed with a luxurious corporate aesthetic. With sleek ligatures and alternative characters, this font can add an elegant, professional touch to your logos, branding, and marketing materials. It’s available in six distinctive styles – Regular, Italic, Bold, Bold Italic, Black, and Black Italic. - -Meditera Rounded is a sophisticated corporate font that perfectly balances elegance with efficiency. Characterized by its condensed, rounded shapes, it combines sleek design with a soft appeal, making it both visually striking and approachable. - -This is a professionally elegant font that brings sophistication and reliability to corporate branding. With its classic Serif design and clean lines, it’s perfect for official documents and high-end editorial layouts. The font package offers regular, italic, and reverse italic versions, all equipped with uppercase and lowercase characters. - -Harping is a modern sans serif font with geometric precision that can enhance your brand by adding contemporary elegance. Its sharp lines and balanced proportions not only make it aesthetically pleasing, but also highly readable. This makes Harping a great choice for business documents, presentations, and branding. - -Valerie is a modern business font that seamlessly combines traditional typography with a modern look. It exhibits a bold, balanced design with its geometric shapes and extended letterforms, offering a strong visual appeal. Its clean, minimalist design makes it suitable for a variety of applications, from fashion to corporate branding. - -Frank is a bold, modern typeface that offers high readability and versatility. Engineered with an emphasis on strength and modernity, it ensures your message stands out while maintaining clarity, even at larger sizes. Perfect for branding, advertising or promotional materials, its broad application possibilities range from corporate to creative content. - -Just Sans is a sleek, modern font that is available in a wide variety of font styles. There are 7 different font weights for you to choose from, from light to extra bold. You can experiment with a variety of stylistic sets as well. - -This elegant serif font has the perfect look for designing logos, titles, labels, and stationery for all kinds of corporate brands and businesses. It comes with uppercase and lowercase characters with multilingual support. - -There’s something elegant and stylish about this business font. It has a classy serif letter design that will allow you to craft beautiful typography for your business design projects. It’s especially ideal for corporate business cards, website headers, and even packaging designs. - -Geotrica is a sans-serif font that features a set of letters with geometric designs. This font is great for crafting logos, brand identities, and other typography designs with a more professional look and feel. The font is available in 4 different weights. - -Mammoth is a stylish business font family you can use to design typography for modern brands and businesses. It’s most suitable for fashion, lifestyle, and luxury branding designs. The font comes in bold, regular, and thin weights. - -This free font has the perfect look for crafting logos and typography for fashion brands. It features a classy letter design that will add an extra elegant look to your business designs. - -Thillik is a unique display font that features a mix of elements from modern and vintage typography designs. The font is perfect for crafting big bold titles for your business projects, especially for signage, posters, and logos. - -Introducing Ricordo Modern Corporate Font – an innovative typeface meticulously designed to enhance your brand’s appeal. Created with the rigors of corporate use in mind, its versatility also lends itself to a wide array of projects, from branding and logos to headlines and digital ads. With this long-term project, you’ll get 9 weight options, various formats, and free updates ensuring ongoing value. - -Helovatica Corporate Sans Serif is a modern and elegant font ideal for various uses ranging from logo designs to social media branding. With a unique and classy touch, the font includes a full set of uppercase and lowercase letters, multilingual characters, numerals, and punctuation marks. Available in .otf, .ttf, .woff, and .woff2 formats, Helovatica is sure to elevate your design projects. - -Prix Sans Serif Font is a modern typeface with a narrow width that’s perfect for text setting in various sizes. Its slightly squared form offers a unique twist while maintaining a sense of familiarity with regular letter shapes, making it a versatile and original choice for your typography needs. - -Meridiana Pro Business Font is a stylistically unique and versatile typeface, ingeniously merging rounded sans and monospaced font elements. Its symmetrical rhythm, precise proportions, and chic minimalism make it perfect for any graphic design task. This adaptable font offers a range of weights, alternates, ligatures, and symbols, and provides extensive multi-language support. Both variable and static version including Meridiana Pro Variable and Meridiana Pro Static are available for added flexibility. - -The elegant character design of this business font makes it one of the best fonts you can use for luxury branding designs. It features a set of beautiful serif letters with many alternates and ligatures to add decorative elements to your designs. - -Lexia is a modern branding font with a thin and minimal design. This font has the perfect look for crafting logos for modern fashion and beauty brands. You can also use it to add bold titles and headings to brochures, flyers, and posters. - -Marietta is a classy serif font with a classic lettering design. Whether you’re working on a logo design for a corporate brand or signage for a modern business, this font will make your designs stand out from the crowd. - -Breadley Sans is a simple and minimal font that can be used to craft designs for various businesses and brands. The free version comes with the regular font weight and you can use it for free with personal projects. - -Check out Dalton, a modern and professional corporate font perfect for business cards, logos, book covers, flyers, and other business purposes. It has a simple design enabling easy readability, no wonder it’s one of the most in-demand fonts for all corporate needs. - -If you are looking for a minimal, and stylish high letter font for your business needs, consider Planex, a stunning typeface that comes with a full set of uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, punctuation, and more. - -Providing a modern and sleek design, and classy corporate appeal, Modern Deluxe is a versatile font that you’ll be hard-pressed to pass up. It’s a popular font in the business world and will pay for itself many times over. - -Featuring a dynamic and progressive design inspired by the fast-moving technology culture, Acworth is a great font choice that will give a professional and corporate finish to your branding projects. It’s available for free download! - -An ideal choice for advertising and editorial needs, Spock is a clean and minimal typeface that comes with a wealth of features for you to take advantage of. Do try it out for your next business project! - -Nordhead is a clean and professional font you can use to design all sorts of business and corporate designs. Including letterheads, logos, business cards, and more. The minimal sans-serif style of the font also adds more value to the design as well. - -Walter is a creative business font that comes with a unique design that makes it perfect for luxury and high-end branding designs. The font comes in 5 different font weights ranging from thin to heavy. It’s also available in the web font version. - -Monolith is an ultra-minimalist font featuring a thin letter design. This font is most suitable for modern businesses and creative agencies for crafting logos, business cards, and website designs. The font includes multilingual support and it’s available in multiple weights. - -Murphy Sans is an elegant font featuring a sans-serif design that actually looks like a serif font. This gives it a unique professional look. The font is perfect for crafting all sorts of business and corporate designs. - -Gamine is a free font with a unique letter design. The font comes with a set of alternate characters and ligatures you can use to add a unique touch to your designs. It’s completely free to use with your personal and commercial projects. - -Zolina is a very elegant family of fonts that can be used to create all kinds of brand and business creations. It’s especially suitable for crafting lifestyle and fashion brand logos. The font is available in 9 different weights. - -Rovey is a beautiful handwritten font featuring a creatively imperfect design. It’s ideal for designing logos, labels, and badges with a personalized design for various businesses. The font comes in 3 different styles featuring a lot of alternate characters and ligatures. - -This font will fit in perfectly with all types of designs related to luxury brands. It comes with a classy and formal design that stands out from the crowd. The font is available in 8 different styles. - -Houston is a pair of elegant business fonts that comes with both script and serif fonts, both of which you can combine to create stylish business and corporate designs. The fonts are also available in light and slant designs as well. - -Berlin is a beautiful sans-serif font featuring a set of rounded characters. This font is perfect for making logos, banners, and website headers for modern startups and corporate agencies. The font comes in 4 different weights. - -Metrisch is a creative business font that features a minimalist thin design. This font is most suitable for making professional and corporate logo designs, stationery, flyers, and much more. The font also features stylistic alternates and multiple weights as well. - -Just like the classic novel, this beautiful font also features a classy vintage design that also makes it a great choice for creative business and agency designs. The font comes in 4 different styles including Normal, Outline, Retro, and Distorted designs. - -Devant pro is a professional sans-serif font that features a bold and narrow letter design. This font comes with multiple font formats including SVG fonts. It’s ideal for designing website headers, posters, and logos for creative businesses. - -Batisde is a pair of modern fonts that feature both a script and serif fonts you can use for free with personal projects. This font pair is perfect for crafting luxury brand and modern corporate designs. - -ADCA is a modern typeface you can use for free with both personal and commercial projects. The elegant design of this font makes it suitable for all types of brand designs. - -Raxtor is another professional font you can use to craft various business and corporate designs. The font comes in 2 weights with regular and bold designs as well as multiple font formats including SVG. - -Orion Pro is a modern font family that includes 12 different fonts ranging from light to black weights along with italics. The font features a narrow sans-serif design that makes it suitable for both title and body text designs. - -Hasty is an elegant business font that features a stylish script design. The font is most suitable for designing business cards, logos, and labels for modern companies and brands. - -This creative font comes with a modern design featuring a set of characters with uncommon designs. Since it’s an all-caps bold font, it’s best for creating titles and headings for professional designs. - -Monometric is a bold free all-caps font that’s most suitable for crafting titles and headings of your business and professional designs. It includes numbers and punctuation as well. - -Rolves is an elegant free font you can use to craft all kinds of corporate and business designs including logos, business cards, stationery, and more. It’s free to use with personal projects. - -Bambi is a collection of beautiful fonts that comes with a creative brush script design. The curvy design of this font makes it ideal for feminine brand and business designs such as logo, label, and flyer designs. - -Garde is a unique font made specifically for crafting logos for luxury and modern businesses. The font comes in multiple formats, including a web font version of the typeface. - -Milano is a creative business font that comes with a mixed design of retro-futuristic elements. The font is ideal for crafting logos, labels, and badges for luxury brands, fashion brands, and agencies. - -This is a modern corporate font that features a design inspired by Italian designs from 1930s. The font comes in both regular and rounded styles and allows you to choose from 4 different font weights as well. - -Normal is another stylish font with a luxury design that’s most suitable for crafting logos and badges for modern brands and companies. The font comes in 5 different weights and includes a web font version as well. - -Visia Pro is an elegant business font that features a set of characters that have been designed to perfection using geometric layouts. The font is ideal for all kinds of business and corporate designs. - -Amillia is a signature style script font you can use to design stylish business cards, signatures, and logos. The font is free to use with personal projects. - -Prestage is a font family you can use for free with various business and corporate designs. Although the free version is only available for personal projects. - -Great Aston is an elegant serif font. It can easily be matched to an incredibly large set of projects like logo, package, advertisement, magazine, so add it to your creative ideas and notice how it makes them stand out! - -Histories is a sans serif font. It features a minimalistic and modern look. Its versatility will apply to a wide range of crafty ideas, from letterheads and titles to stationery. - -Bestari is a modern serif typeface built specifically for great-looking fonts. With its bold and unique shape, it makes this font look so elegant and modern. - -Chase is a modern sans serif font with 4 different weights. Every single letter has been carefully crafted to make your text looks superbly awesome. - -The best business fonts aren’t just minimal, and elegant but also stylish, and luxurious. Waranty is one such font. It has been beautifully designed to fit a whole lot of professional branding projects. This serif typeface is beauty personified. - -Lufga is a simple yet sophisticated sans-serif font family with a geometric design. It offers 18 fonts featuring a modern look, with a dash of vintage charm. It’s one of the best professional business fonts, and you’ll know why one you try it out yourself. - -Atteron is a classy, and professional font perfectly suited to businesses that are looking to achieve a upscale, and chic look with their branding designs. As one of the best corporate fonts out there, Atteron ensure you get the best bang for your buck, and equips you with beautiful alternates, stylistic sets, and swashes. - -One of the best modern business fonts, Glaukon is an excellent contender for your cash if you truly value standing out from the pack. It features a modern, legible design perfect for both large, and small texts, and two styles : regular, and italic. - -When looking for the best fonts for business, Gacor is one option you wouldn’t want to miss out on. It has an urban san-serif design that can be used with confidence for all your corporate marketing needs. It’s one of the most popular business fonts available on the market today. - -4 Tips for Choosing a Font for Your Business - -Before we get to the collection, make sure to take note of these tips to find the right font for your business and brand. - -1. Use a Minimal Modern Font Design - -Minimalism is a key aspect of modern business and brand design. Especially when it comes to startup businesses, minimal sans-serif fonts are quite popular. - -Uber, Airbnb, Dropbox, and many popular startup companies use simple sans-serif fonts. Mainly because sans-serif fonts are easier to read and are more flexible when using across both print and digital designs. - -2. Get a Font Family - -When choosing a font for your business to use in the long-term or when picking a font for a brand identity, remember to pick up a font family. - -Font families come with multiple styles of fonts as well as multiple font weights. They will offer you more options for designing various branded content. - -3. Choose a Theme That Matches Your Brand - -Even business fonts come in different themes and styles. For example, there are business fonts made in vintage themes like the font used by Hermès. Then there are script type fonts like the one used by Johnson&Johnson and Cadillac. It’s up to you to pick a font that matches your brand, audience, and industry. - -4. Find a Font With Multiple Formats - -As a corporate brand or a startup business, you’ll use your fonts in many different ways. You’ll have to use the same font to design websites, logos, stationery, event flyers, posters, and much more. You’ll also have to use the font with different software and apps as well. - -So remember to find a font that comes in multiple formats, including OpenType, TrueType, Web Font, and even SVG formats to ensure you are able to create all kinds of designs using the same font design. - -For more creative fonts check out our best headline fonts and best condensed fonts collections.",1731883660,0f4f0bc78f,3b63fbcde5,,,1731883660 -https://www.theguardian.com/sport/2024/nov/15/sports-quiz-of-the-week-football-rugby-union-nfl-tennis-boxing,https://www.theguardian.com/sport/tennis/rss,"Sports quiz of the week: title winners, record breakers and coaching errors","Miscounted the score when his team were two, not three, points up",1731883639,b5dd9fce7b,3b78951b81,,,1731883639 -https://derivsource.com/2024/10/15/murex-kaiko-partner-to-enhance-real-time-portfolio-management-for-digital-assets/,https://derivsource.com/feed,"Murex, Kaiko Partner to Enhance Real-time Portfolio Management for Digital Assets","Collaboration integrates comprehensive digital assets data into MX.3 platform, extends the reach of cryptocurrency market data and indices - -Murex, the global leader in trading, risk management, and processing solutions for capital markets, has announced a strategic partnership with leading crypto sector data provider Kaiko. - -This collaboration integrates Kaiko’s comprehensive digital asset data into Murex’s MX.3 platform and enhances Murex’s real-time portfolio management capabilities. - -The partnership helps MX.3 users value digital asset portfolios in real-time, conduct enhanced assessments of market risk, and benchmark proprietary analytics against industry-leading data. - -By combining Murex’s sophisticated cross-asset platform with Kaiko’s extensive digital asset insights, financial institutions can expect to see significant improvements in their ability to navigate the cryptocurrency market, manage risks and optimize investment strategies. - -“Digital assets are not like traditional assets. They have their own specificities in many respects. For market data sourcing and management, we believe that our partnership with Kaiko, a strategic crypto market data player, will help our clients in the development of their digital assets strategies. This will complement our digital assets offer with the right coverage of assets and curve structures to manage digital assets risk,” said Solene Khy, head of product management, commodity, equity, FX and digital assets at Murex. - -With over 300 clients and 60,000 daily users worldwide, MX.3 is well-positioned to leverage this new partnership, further solidifying its status as a leading solution for trading, treasury, risk and post-trade operations in traditional and digital asset markets. - -“We’re thrilled to collaborate with Murex to facilitate real-time portfolio management,” said Ambre Soubiran, CEO of Kaiko. “This partnership will extend the reach of our cryptocurrency market data and indices, providing substantial value to Murex’s global client base as they look to expand into the digital asset market.”",1731883699,9dd65a327d,3b9e6e5fb8,,,1731883699 -https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/2024/11/1-2-gw-solar-panel-assembly-facility-to-open-on-puerto-rico/,https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/feed/,1.2-GW solar panel assembly facility to open in Puerto Rico,"A contract solar panel assembly facility will soon open in Aguadilla, Puerto Rico, that will supply the utility-scale market on the island and hopefully the greater market on the U.S. mainland. - -Solx intends to open its 1.2-GW panel production facility in April 2025 at a former Hewlett Packard inkjet printer manufacturing base. The site should support 250 new jobs, said CEO James Holmes. - -“There aren’t that many facilities that are really purpose-built on the island. Many of our [solar panel manufacturing] peers are building greenfield projects with new buildings and there’s a lot of risk,” he said. “We found a building that is move-in ready, and we’re committed to the community of Aguadilla for, say, 20 years, and that feels really good for us.” - -Solx has signed a 10-year lease with potential extensions on the 150,000-ft2 building on HP’s 65-acre campus. The company is investing $20 million into the facility to get it ready for panel manufacturing. - -Siting a panel manufacturer in Puerto Rico was always the goal for Solx. Holmes, who previously led Sunnova’s non-residential business and experienced the company’s increased solar efforts in Puerto Rico, joined the Solx team to bring realistic solar expertise to the founders’ lofty goals. - -The company announced last year it would site a 6-GW panel factory on the island. Now with a building leased, the company has pivoted to a more attainable goal of supplying utility-scale projects on the island with locally assembled panels. - -“Our primary focus is the utility market, but we can reconfigure our assembly lines to manufacture residential modules as well,” Holmes said. “1.2 GW is the right size to service the Puerto Rican market and as a gateway to the larger U.S. region.” - -Holmes said there will not be Solx-branded panels on the market. Solx will operate as an OEM, making panels for Tier 1 companies with supply chain traceability. - -Puerto Rican companies do not pay federal income taxes, but Holmes said Solx will be eligible for the tax credits offered in the Inflation Reduction Act, like the 45X domestic manufacturing credit. Working with a Puerto Rican company comes with other cost advantages, such as solar panel buyers on the island not having to pay Jones Act-related fees. The Jones Act requires all goods transported by water between U.S. ports be carried on U.S.-made ships and crewed by Americans. Puerto Rican solar projects would benefit from buying Solx-made panels and not having to pay extra shipping fees to use other domestic panels from the mainland. - -“We’re really well-positioned in Puerto Rico to be a dominant supplier, from a price perspective in that market,” Holmes said. - -A lot of attention is paid to Puerto Rico’s residential solar and storage market, but large-scale projects have recently seen a boost of their own. The Dept. of Energy’s Loan Programs Office is financing $861 million of a 200-MW solar and 1,140-MWh storage portfolio in the southeast portion of the island. That’s only one project of many that Holmes said Solx is ready to supply. And Solx will do it with a local workforce at a competitive price. - -“We’re building 250+ jobs in Aguadilla, and domestic capability,” Holmes said. “Puerto Rico has a highly skilled and developed labor market, built on the back of the pharmaceutical and defense industry. We’re going to tap into that. I believe we will operate this facility at the same capacity factor as our peers in China. We’re going to prove that.” - -Francisco Berrios Portela, Puerto Rico’s chief of energy, agrees that Puerto Rico is becoming a dominant force in the solar industry. - -“Renewable energy in Puerto Rico is advancing rapidly across multiple fronts. In recent years, the rooftop solar market has seen impressive growth, with an average of over 3,000 installations per month. Additionally, a robust pipeline is already in place to develop approximately 1,000 MW of utility-scale renewable energy projects,” he said. “The island’s rapid adoption of renewable energy, coupled with its growing technical expertise, logistical advantages, and favorable incentive structures, is fostering substantial opportunities. A main example of this momentum is the recent announcement of the Solx solar panel manufacturing plant, which will serve the island’s expanding local market and position Puerto Rico as a key hub for exporting U.S.-manufactured solar panels.”",1731883670,1796127155,3bbae4aee2,,,1731883670 -https://golfswingremedy.com/how-to-draw-a-golf-ball-the-easy-way/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=how-to-draw-a-golf-ball-the-easy-way,https://www.golfswingremedy.com/feed/,How to Draw a Golf Ball the Easy Way,"Maybe you’ve struggled with slicing the ball all your life and you want to learn how to draw a golf ball the easy way. For some golfers, hitting a draw may seem impossible, but it’s not and any golfer can learn to draw the ball. - -Before we get into how to draw a golf ball, it’s important to understand what a draw is in golf, why you would want to draw a golf ball and the benefits of hitting a draw. - -What is a draw in golf? - -A draw is a golf shot with a slight to moderate curve to the left for a right-handed player and to the right for a left-handed player. Some golfers think any shot going to the left is a draw, but this isn’t true. - -You can hit the ball to the left due to a pull or due to a hook. A hook is an over-exaggerated draw, while a pull is a ball hit straight left without curving to the left. - -When you learn how to draw a golf ball as a right-handed player, you will watch your shot start a little to the right or even straight, and then the ball will curve from right to left as it travels in the air. For a left-handed player, a draw shot will do the opposite. - -Why is hitting a draw a better choice compared to a fade? - -It’s rather uncommon for a golfer to hit a straight shot. Even a shot appearing to fly straight will often have a slight draw or fade to it. Most professional golfers don’t play a straight ball. - -Advanced and highly skilled golfers usually know how to hit both a draw and a fade. Each type of ball flight comes in hand for different reasons, but the draw is the most desirable. - -Understanding how to hit a draw shot on command means you gain more options in certain situations. You will have the ability to play the right shot for a specific situation instead of just hitting the ball and hoping it ends up in a good position. - -The Benefits of Learning How to Draw a Golf Ball - -1. More Controllable than a Straight Shot - -Skilled golfers don’t try to play a straight shot because they know it’s unreliable. With a draw, they know it will curve to some degree and they can plan for it. However, when trying to play a straight shot, if it curves at all, it could become a disaster. - -2. Gain Distance - -Hitting a draw will help you gain more distance on many of your golf shots. When you draw the ball off the tee, for example, the ball will gain topspin. This means it will bounce higher and further when landing giving you more distance from your drive. - -3. Easier to Play the Wind - -When you learn how to hit a draw, you can easily hold the wind if it’s a left to right wind and you can gain more distance if it’s a right to left wind. Of course, hitting a fade allows you to do the same thing with the opposite wind, so the most skilled golfers learn how to hit both shots. - -4. Most Penetrating Ball Flight - -When you have a penetrating ball flight, wind becomes less of a factor. You will also gain more distance in the air. Most players hitting a draw will likely have a better launch angle for their golf ball, as well. - -When you learn how to draw a golf ball, you gain many benefits. It’s not an easy shot for amateur golfers to learn, however. - -How to Draw a Golf Ball - -The key to drawing a golf ball is your swing path. You need to approach the ball from the inside out with the clubface slightly open to the target line. While this may seem simple enough, it’s incredibly difficult for many golfers. - -Start With G.A.S. - -G.A.S. stands for Grip, Aim, and Setup. Every golfer learning any type of new swing will need to build the foundation first, which begins with your grip, your aim, and your setup. - -The grip has to be adjusted to become stronger. A strong grip gives you the ability to turn the clubface easier at impact and hit a draw shot. - -For the grip to be strong (for a right-handed golfer) the left hand will need to be turned toward your back hip slightly with the right hand over the top and the “V of the right hand pointing down the shaft of the club. - -If you lift the club in front of you, it should feel like you can easily close the club face without much work. In fact, it’s not uncommon for golfers to try to learn how to draw a golf ball to start with a slightly closed clubface. - -In some cases, even the most advanced golfers will close the clubface, if they need to hit a significant draw or even a hook shot to avoid an obstacle. - -Once you have the grip down, you want to adjust your aim and your setup. Hitting a draw (for a right-handed player) means you need to aim a little bit to the right of your target. The ball will drawback to the left, which means you want it to start to the right of the target. - -Your set up doesn’t need to change much compared to hitting a fade. However, you can close your stance to help create an easier setup position for drawing the golf ball. - -To close your stands, simply move your back foot away from the ball an inch or two and turn your front shoulder towards the ball slightly. A closed stance provides an easier setup for amateur golfers to swing the club from inside out. - -The Backswing - -Once you have the right grip, aim, and setup, it’s time to actually start working on the swing. If you can get the backswing right, it will become much easier to draw the golf ball on command. - -For a low handicap golfer, the key is the position at the top of the backswing. You want your clubface pointing to the sky and you want your front shoulder pointing at the golf ball. This is a key position for drawing the golf ball. - -If your natural golf swing produces a fade or a slice, you may need to work on taking the club back to the outside of the golf ball. There’s a simple drill you can use to help you achieve this type of path with your backswing. - -Swing Path Drill - -Place a second golf ball about six to eight inches behind the ball you intend to hit. You want the second golf ball about one or two inches to the outside of the golf ball or further away from you than the first golf ball. - -Now, you want to take the club back and roll that second golf ball backward as you start your backswing. This will help to create an outside path for your backswing leaving more room for you to swing from the inside out on the way down towards the ball. - -Finishing the Swing - -Now that you’ve found the perfect position at the top of the backswing, you need to finish the swing. The path of the club should go from inside out through the ball as the clubface closes at the moment of impact. - -When done correctly, you will end up on the toes your back food and your swing finish will look much more like a professional’s finish on TV. Your chest should be facing the target and you should feel like your arms swung around your body, according to an article from GolfDigest.com written by Kevin Kisner. - -5 Quick Tips for How to Draw a Golf Ball The Easy Way - -While the steps above will help you learn how to draw the golf ball, a few quick tips might speed up the process. - -1. Drop your Back Foot Back an Inch - -When you drop your back foot back an inch or two at address, you will gain the room necessary to swing inside out. This is known as closing your stance. - -If you need to hit a larger draw or even a hook shot to avoid an obstacle, you can drop your back foot back even further. - -2. Keep Forearm Rotation to a Minimum - -When you make impact with the golf ball, you want to keep forearm rotation to a minimum. If you rotate your forearms too much, you may close the face prematurely, which will produce an undesirable golf shot. - -Remember, you want the face of the club pointing to the right of the target at impact. This will help to start the ball to the right and set up your draw. - -3. Visualize Hitting a Draw - -Golf is a very mental game. Many of the things that happen on a golf course are directly caused by our last most dominant thought. - -You need to visualize hitting a draw before you’ll be able to hit a draw. Imagine smashing a beautiful drive starting slightly to the right and drawing back to your target just a bit. Imagine how far the ball will go and how impressed other golfers will be with the shot. - -4. Start the Downswing with Your Hips - -Many amateur golfers get to the top of the backswing and their hips don’t start the downswing. When you want to hit a draw, you want to practice getting to the top of the backswing and starting your downswing with a bump of your hips towards the target. - -You can actually pause at the top of your backswing to practice this on the range. It will take some getting used to, but if you can get this hip bump right, you’ll be in better shape to hit a draw and a better golf shot. - -5. Swing along your Body Line - -If you’ve closed your stance slightly, the easiest way to think about how you should swing the golf club is to swing along your body line. If you were to lay a stick on the ground at your feet, it should be pointing slightly to the right of your target. This is the line you want to swing along to create an inside out swing. - -3 Quick Drills to Help you Draw a Golf Ball - -Even with the most well-explained strategy, getting your body to perform the swing you can see in your head isn’t easy. There are so many moving parts in the golf swing, it’s necessary to use drills to help create muscle memory. Here are three quick drills to help you learn how to draw a golf ball. - -Drill #1 – Forward Shift - -This is a very easy drill to perform. Find your proper setup position and get ready to hit a golf shot. Then, bump your hips forward (the forward shift) while shifting the club forward to create the correct position for impact. - -Practicing the forward shift will help your body feel the correct impact position. Rehearse the forward shift a few times, and then hit a golf ball while trying to match this position at impact. - -Drill #2 – The Water Bottle Drill - -Similar to the drill mentioned earlier with the golf ball beheld the ball, the water bottle drill helps you to create more room for an inside out swing. Take a water bottle (half full or more) and set it about four to six inches outside the golf ball and about a foot behind it. - -Then, as you take the club back, you want to practice taking it back to the outside without hitting the water bottle. If you do this correctly, you will start to create more room on the downswing for an inside out golf swing. - -Drill #3 – Feet Together - -A simple and basic drill, the feet together golf drill will help you create the right swing path for hitting a draw. Since you will have to swing with your arms and hips, you will start to adopt a more natural inside out swing path. - -The drill is very simple. You put the ball in the middle of your stance and you put your feet together. Then, just hit golf balls as you normally would. - -With these drills and the tips found above, you should be able to go to the range and learn how to draw a golf ball. Nothing in golf is automatic, however. You will need to practice and develop muscle memory to be able to hit a draw on command.",1731883604,a540f2e325,3b94cb2bb9,,,1731883604 -https://www.npr.org/2024/02/07/1197956769/organ-donation-workplace-revenge-insider-trading,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Ick-onomics: Organ donations, revenge, and insider trading : Planet Money : NPR","Morally questionable, economically efficient - -There are tons of markets that don't exist because people just don't want to allow a market — for whatever reason, people feel icky about putting a price on something. For example: Surrogacy is a legal industry in parts of the United States, but not in much of the rest of the world. Assisted end-of-life is a legal medical transaction in some states, but is illegal in others. - -When we have those knee-jerk reactions and our gut repels us from considering something apparently icky, economics asks us to look a little more closely. - -Today on the show, we have three recommendations of things that may feel kinda wrong but economics suggests may actually be the better way. First: Could the matching process of organ donation be more efficient if people could buy and sell organs? Then: should women seek revenge more often in the workplace? And finally, what if insider trading is actually useful? - - - -This episode was hosted by Mary Childs and Greg Rosalsky. It was produced by Willa Rubin and edited by Jess Jiang. It was engineered by Cena Loffredo and Josh Newell. Fact-checking by Sierra Juarez. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Sponsor Message - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Music Production - ""Older Heads,"" ""Quiescent Intersection""; Audio Network - ""Happy Go Luckies""",1731884606,8181d7a585,3bc97b846d,,,1731884606 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/articles/c8rl1671z7jo,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,Wheelchair Masters: Gordon Reid beaten by Tokito Oda in singles final,"Britain's Gordon Reid was beaten in three sets by Tokito Oda in the Wheelchair Masters singles final. - -Reid, who was competing in his third final and first since 2017, lost 2-6 6-0 6-2 to the Japanese world number one in the Dutch city of Arnhem. - -It came a day after the British number two also missed out on retaining his Wheelchair Masters doubles title with Alfie Hewett, when they lost in straight sets to Spain's Martin de la Puente and Belgian Joachim Gerard on Saturday. - -Reid, 33, has never won the Wheelchair Masters singles title and was unable to change that against 18-year-old Oda, who has also won the Australian Open, French Open and Paralympic gold this year.",1731883668,bcdff126e2,3b631c690b,,,1731883668 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/ai-communications-future-shape/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,How AI is Shaping the Future of Communications,"There has been a lot of talk about AI around these parts lately. You can’t get through an article without me talking about it. We even have guest authors talking about it. You can’t escape it! - -That is for two reasons: 1) Many readers still are overwhelmed and/or scared by it; and 2) Things change so quickly that there is plenty to discuss. - -There is no reason to be overwhelmed or scared. Is it changing how we do our jobs? Absolutely! Will it cause us to lose our jobs and face an uncertain future of unemployment? Absolutely not! - -Well, I guess the answer to that one is…it depends. If you continue to deny its abilities and how effective it’s getting, then maybe you will face an uncertain future of unemployment. So let’s prevent that from happening! - -There are many reasons to use AI right now, which we’ll discuss, and we’ll also go through how you can use it and what I think the future holds. - -Ask Yourself These Questions - -I’d like you to ask yourself some questions. And be honest about your answers. Don’t respond (in your head or out loud, if you want) with “I don’t know,” “Maybe,” or “It depends.” We can all assume those answers work for any of these questions. - -I’d rather you respond to each with a meaningful answer. - -Ready? - -Should we use AI to write the first draft of our content? - -Can AI edit social media videos and posts? What would make it even better? - -Should we use AI to pitch journalists and influencers? - -Can AI perform A/B testing and recommend headline and copy revisions? - -Is it easier to have AI review monthly reports and provide an ROI report? - -Should we use AI to do the administrative tasks we dislike, such as media research, list development, sentiment analysis, and even editorial calendar development? - -Is there anything in marketing or communications that a robot won’t eventually be able to do? - -The general reaction I get when I ask these questions is denial. Most grasp where AI struggles versus noting where it has reached or passed the human level. For instance, “Well, it can’t write a blog post yet, so I’m still needed.” - -And that’s true if you don’t know how to prompt it accurately or provide the data it needs to craft something intelligent. - -But if you do know how to do those things? Look out, Nelly! The opportunities are vast. - -What AI Can (and Can’t) Do - -Let’s say you’re a technical writer, and your skill is to take something complex and, for lack of a better term, dumb it down for the audience. In that case, you are right: AI will replace you. It can take something complex and make it easier to comprehend in seconds. But you know what it can’t do? It can’t add the experience and expertise important in content creation today. - -In this case, you can use AI to help you dumb down the content as a shitty first draft and then get to work adding what only you can do. - -If you’re a blogger or podcaster and your insights are valuable to your audience, AI can help you research and draft an outline, but it’s not going to provide the personality that only you can do. - -For instance, one of our writers was on vacation last week, so I did some of her work. There was an article due for a client about the slow work movement. She left me a couple of links to stories about it, but I needed more if I was going to write 2,000 words or more. So I went to my trusty AI and asked it to tell me all about it. Then I asked it to write an outline for me. And then I got to work. - -All of that research would have typically taken me an hour or two in the past. With AI, it took about three minutes, including me prompting it for more information. - -It didn’t write the article for me, but it saved me about three hours, all in. Those three hours were divided among other things I needed to do and account for the constant interruptions because summer camps hadn’t begun yet. - -“Mom, mom, mom. Look at this. Mom, I’m bored. Mom, can I have my hour of screen time yet? Mom, do you want to see the dances I made up to every song Olivia Rodrigo has ever recorded? Mom, why is it Mother Nature instead of Father Nature? Mom, do you want to hear my British accent? Mom, does Duolingo count as screentime? Mom, what should we do now? Mom! The puppy needs you! Mom, can we hard boil some eggs, peel them, and soak them in vinegar to make them squishy?” - -I needed those extra three hours! - -Can AI Do That? - -I asked you several questions to get your brain juices flowing with creativity and curiosity. Now ask yourself if you’ve done anything during your career, whether it’s been two months or thirty years, that a computer can’t do now or in the next few years. - -Those things might include meeting notes, meeting agendas, data analysis, media list development, proposal creation, writing, editing, research, strategic development, social media creation and scheduling, editorial calendar creation, goal setting, results reporting, and more. - -What else is on your list? - -Now ask yourself what you would love for AI or software to do—laundry and dishes, notwithstanding. These are the things you have to do that you don’t necessarily love to do or things that you love to do but could get more efficient at doing. - -For me, that might include in-person networking, book writing, book editing and revisions, landing page copy, sales funnels, and even speaking (I really want to be a hologram projected on a stage so I don’t have to leave my desk). - -Some of those things are close to being here. You can use some software for book writing, but it’s pretty terrible right now. It’ll just get better and better, though. - -But It Can’t Do This - -Now, ask yourself which things are difficult for software or AI to duplicate. Again, housework notwithstanding, it probably involves interpersonal skills—communication, collaboration, problem-solving, conflict resolution, and emotional intelligence. Though I’d argue that a couple of those things—problem-solving and conflict resolution—can probably be addressed with AI. - -Now, I want you to consider the jobs where AI is being used in interesting ways, such as early detection of diseases, car driving, fraud detection, social companions, personalized shopping, legal cases, and more. - -To boot, there isn’t a senior executive on earth who doesn’t consider replacing human beings at scale and improving profitability. Most of our clients have asked us how we are using AI to improve efficiencies and budget spend—and we’ve gotten in front of why that means we can do more for them rather than reduce their budget. - -End of the Knowledge Worker? - -Peter Drucker popularized the term “knowledge worker,” which refers to someone who “thinks for a living to drive innovation, solve problems, and manage personnel.” - -But what happens when robots or software can do all that for us? - -It’s not a rosy scenario, and understandably, you are scared. We talked last week about how to become the conductor of your AI orchestra, and that still stands. Your job is going to evolve. It’s going to change pretty drastically. - -Five years from now, you’ll laugh at the fact that we had this conversation. But because we did, you’ll be ready for it all—and be ready to evolve as the technology gets better and better.",1731883701,4dc781f5bc,3b8764f508,,,1731883701 -https://www.packagingstrategies.com/articles/105182-walkers-chocolates-transitions-to-recyclable-paper-wrappers-for-pair-of-brands,https://www.packagingstrategies.com/rss/articles,Walkers Chocolates Transitions to Recyclable Paper Wrappers for Pair of Brands,"Walkers Chocolates is switching its popular own brand Turkish Delight and Mint Cream chocolate bars into EvoPak RCM, a 100% recyclable paper wrapper. The bars will begin rolling out to selected Asda and Premier stores this month. - -Unlike conventional paper packaging which often contains polyethylene, consumers can dispose of the new Walkers’ wrapper in their normal curbside recycling collection along with their other paper recyclable items. Currently, it is only possible to recycle similar wrappers by returning them to store, which isn’t convenient for consumers and in many cases, where recycling processes aren’t carefully controlled, the wrapper still ends up in landfill or incinerated. Significantly, if littered, the new wrapper does not produce harmful microplastics when it breaks down, which cause serious damage to the environment and animal health. - -The new paper wrapper provides a functional and environmentally friendly alternative to current snack and confectionery packaging which, over the past 30 years, has become complex with the development of light weight multi-layer structures. This has driven efficiency and shelf life, but the complexity makes them impossible to deal with at end of life. This is compounded by consumer consumption, which is often on the move, making littering a bigger problem than other formats. The other factor is that small units using a complex combination of materials makes recycling and recovery options currently limited, resulting in landfill with no circularity option. - -Developed by EvoPak, a manufacturer of sustainable paper based flexible packaging, the new paper wrapper (known as RCM) uses the same environmentally friendly technology as the world’s first fully recyclable crisp packet – the innovative polymer, Hydropol™, developed by Aquapak, which is used in place of conventional plastic. - -To keep the chocolate fresh and in good condition in transit and on the shelf, the packaging needs to provide protection from oxygen, seal well on standard packaging equipment and be easy to print on. Hydropol™ provides all this functionality as well as offering multiple safe end-of-life disposal options for consumers and brands who want to help eliminate harmful plastic pollution. - -Hydropol™ allows paper to remain fully recyclable and compostable and is even compatible with anaerobic digestion. Thanks to its solubility it doesn’t interfere with the recycling process and can allow up to 100% paper fiber recovery in standard mills. - -Furthermore, if unintentionally released into the natural environment, Hydropol™ – which is proven to be both non-toxic and marine safe – still has a safe end-of life and will dissolve and subsequently biodegrade. It does not break down into harmful microplastics either in the paper mill or if it is not disposed of as intended. It is already being used in products such as crisp packets, chocolate and garment bags. - -The wrappers have been certified as recyclable in standard paper recycling mills by OPRL, the only evidence-based on pack recycling labelling scheme. This means they feature the green recycle logo and can be disposed of in consumer curbside collections along with other paper material, unlike other wrappers. - -Tom Murtagh, Commercial Director, Walkers Chocolates, said: “At Walkers Chocolates, we have a strong focus on sustainability and are committed to reducing our impact on the environment. As part this, we will move away from plastic to paper-based materials completely over the next three to five years where possible. Today’s announcement is an exciting step for the Walkers team with two of our key customers, and I hope this is the start of a much bigger revolution in the chocolate category, and one which will be welcomed by consumers who can recycle the wrappers and know that no harmful microplastics are being produced at end of life.” - -Mark Lapping, Chief Executive Officer, Aquapak, said: “Today’s announcement marks a significant step by major retailers to move to fully recyclable paper packaging. With Brits consuming an average of three chocolate bars a week, the opportunity to reduce the impact on the environment by removing conventional plastics from this type of packaging, improving paper recycling and making life easier for consumers, retailers and brands is enormous. Aquapak’s Hydropol™ technology has made this possible and opens the door for many other categories to do the same.” - -Daniel McAlister, Director of Business Operations at Evopak, commented: “We have developed a special paper which we call RCM that has the potential to revolutionize packaging as we know it, thanks to the unique properties of Hydropol™. The paper can be used in a range of applications from snacks and confectionary, to petcare and dry foods and cereals, and costs the same as existing materials.”",1731883637,c925e986aa,3beca3a8a7,,,1731883637 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/markwayne-mullin-defends-rfk-jr-vaccines_n_673a2e61e4b0520a467758b3,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,Oklahoma Senator Defends RFK Jr.'s Vaccine Conspiracy Theory,"LOADING ERROR LOADING - -“I’ve sat down and had a long conversation with [Kennedy], and I actually find the guy extremely intelligent when it comes to this stuff. And some of this stuff does raise a lot of questions,” Mullin said Sunday on NBC News’ “Meet the Press” when asked if Kennedy’s controversial skepticism about vaccinations would be a dealbreaker for him. - -Advertisement - -When asked by host Kristen Welker if he’s “concerned about RFK Jr. overseeing the largest health agency in the land,” Mullin replied, “I have said that there’s some positives to vaccinations. I’ve also questioned the vaccines multiple times, and I think they should be questioned.” - -The Oklahoma senator, who previously backed the safety of the COVID-19 vaccine in a 2020 opinion article in Oklahoma’s Stilwell Democrat Journal, then raised questions about the long-debunked link between vaccines and autism. - -“For instance, why is America highest in autism? What is causing that? Is it our diet, or is it some of the stuff we’re putting in our children’s system?” Mullin said. - -Kennedy has made multiple claims that vaccines cause childhood neurological disorders, such as autism. His baseless assertions have been repeatedly refuted by medical experts. - -Advertisement - -The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention confirmed that children’s vaccines do not lead to autism. The health organization stated that even after the alleged culprit, a mercury-containing preservative called thimerosal, was removed from childhood vaccines in 2001, autism rates continued to rise. - -Mullin said that autism spectrum disorder “used to be almost not even heard of, then it went from 1 to 10,000, and then 1 to 5,000 and 1 to 2,000. In some races right now, 1 out of every 36 kids by the age of 3 had developed some form of autism. What is causing that?” - -“And if it is the vaccines,” he added, “there’s nothing wrong with actually taking a hard look and finding out is that’s what’s causing it.” - -Welker quickly shut down Mullin’s offhanded speculation, noting, “No credible expert or study has shown a link between vaccines and autism.” - -“So I just want to be on the record with that,” she added. - -After Mullin pushed back, saying that studies on the correlation have been “extremely vague,” Welker repeated her fact-check. - -Advertisement - -“Again, there’s just no scientific evidence for that,” she said. - -Watch a clip from Mullin’s “Meet the Press” interview below.",1731883659,b2d88cb862,3bc7e951e2,,,1731883659 -https://esportsedition.com/featured/path-of-exile-3-9/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Path of Exile 3.9 is Finally Here: Conquerors of the Atlas has Arrived,"Path of Exile 3.9 launches this week, bringing with it both the Conquerors of the Atlas expansion, and the Metamorph challenge league. There is a ton of new content coming out, including new bosses, massive atlas reworks, new gems, and more. So much that we can’t cover all of it, though we’ll do our best to hit the important stuff. If you want more information feel free to head over to the newly released patch notes, or the launch videos. - -New Endgame Bosses - -The Shaper and Elder quest lines have been removed, although they have clarified that you will still be able to access them, although it is currently unclear how. It has been replaced by a new story line, revealed in the 3.9 trailer. Zana discusses a story of past Exiles who accompanied her to slay the Shaper and Elder. They succeeded, but their thirst for battle was not quenched. They kept coming back, seeking more and more conflict. Eventually Zana feared them and sealed them within the Atlas. They have found their way back. . - -One of five new endgame bosses. Image via Path of Exile. - -There are five new Exile final bosses that you will face, all of them at similar endgame difficulties. These new bosses will drop exclusive new rewards, including the Watchstones that have become a focal point of the new atlas. - -3.9 Atlas Changes - -The atlas has been massively overhauled in the upcoming patch. Right off the bat, you start at the center of the atlas and work your way out, rather than outside in like it was previously. There are roughly 90 maps on the atlas to begin with, but they are all white. - -The map is broken up into sections, with each section having a ‘Watchstone’ area, where up to four Watchstones can be socketed. Watchstones are obtained by defeating the new atlas bosses. - -A Watchstone being socketed. Image via Path of Exile. - -Watchstones are used to raise the level of a section of your atlas, up to high tier red maps (it was mentioned that if you want you can make every single map on your atlas tier 14 or higher). They also reveal more maps as they upgrade, changing the atlas from 90 to 155 maps. - -While not explicitly discussed, it was also heavily implied that you will be able to find Watchstones that will add modifiers to that section of your atlas as well. - -Sextants are also applied to the Watchstone rather than individual maps. Sextants are no longer level restricted, but have been rebalanced to have much stronger modifiers coming from higher tier sextants. Sextants have also been renamed to Simple, Prime, and Awakened Sextants for each tier. They can no longer be upgraded via the vendor, meaning that higher tier sextants can be more expensive than simply three times the tier below it. - -3.9 Map Changes - -Zana will no longer offer the option to upgrade maps to higher tiers. This is presumably because of the fact that maps no longer have set tiers, and can be upgraded with the Watchstones. - -Zana will now sell Shaper and Elder influenced maps, which function as the old influence would. The Shaper and Elder story lines have been replaced by the new boss story lines, which implies that these Shaped or Eldered maps will be the only way to attain the items that are found inside Shaper or Elder influence. - -The Synthesis boss maps will now drop as unique maps, allowing players regular access and not simply hoping that Zana will offer them. Unique maps will have a variable level based on where they are found, making all unique maps potentially useful at all points in the game. - -Blight has been added to the game as a core mechanic, and similar to Breach and Abyss, it will appear 10% of the time when you run a map. They have also tweaked the rewards so that an Oil or a Blighted Map is guaranteed to drop every time you run an instance of Blight. - -New Support Gems - -One of the most exciting things about the new patch is their addition of Awakened Support Gems. These gems are Awakened versions of existing support gems, but are far more powerful. Surprisingly there are a full 35 Awakened Support Gems, far more than I had anticipated. - -These will drop from the new final atlas bosses. They are simply stronger versions of existing support gems. For example, Awakened Ancestral Call targets three enemies, while traditional Ancestral Call only targets two. - -This is a huge buff, and with so many being added, this will allow far more powerful builds, especially ones who can utilize multiple new Awakened Support Gems. It will be very interesting to see how valuable they are, and how expensive it will be to find corrupted higher level versions, if they exist. - -Metamorph Content - -While it might be overshadowed by all the other changes, there is also a new challenge league launching as well: Metamorph. In Metamorph you will find samples from certain enemies that you kill. These samples will then be used to summon a boss. This boss will drop more rewards, and potentially grant other bonuses, based on how strong the materials used to create him was. - -These bosses will also drop a new form of currency, called Catalyst, which can increase the quality of Rings, Amulets, and Belts (all items that previously had no quality rating). There are also endgame bosses that can be summoned by combining the samples you acquire from within the atlas. - -This is definitely a smaller league in terms of actual challenge league content, but as it comes alongside 3.9 it will be tons of new content regardless. As for the bosses themselves, if the loot is good enough to warrant farming them, it will be very interesting to see the meta shift towards boss killers rather than speed farming builds.",1731883710,76f59da961,3bc62a2257,,,1731883710 -https://godotengine.org/article/godot-xr-update-oct-2024/,https://godotengine.org/rss.xml,Godot XR update - October 2024,"It has been a very busy year on the XR front and seeing we haven’t given a proper update for well over a year, it’s time to look back at what has happened since our last update post. We touched on some of these in the Godot 4.3 release blog but we’re doing a bit of a deep dive here. - -We’re planning on publishing more articles about XR in the near future. We recently announced the XR editor but we have more news on the way! - -Improvements in Godot’s XR architecture - -A lot of work has gone into improving the XR implementation in Godot. - -Improved frame timing logic - -When OpenXR was originally implemented in Godot 3 there were limitations on the order in which certain actions took place. Most of the communication with OpenXR was tied into the rendering engine resulting in Godot relying more on predictive algorithms to position tracked entities such as controllers. Originally Godot 4 inherited this approach. - -As part of the Godot 4.3 release much of this logic was redone to interface with OpenXR correctly. Godot now correctly informs OpenXR when it starts processing a new frame and obtains pose data for tracked entities with predicted positioning for the current frame. - -Preparing to support rendering on a separate thread - -As part of implementing the improved frame timing logic, we did a large cleanup of the XR code to make sure it runs properly when rendering happens on a separate thread. Especially for XR applications this brings us closer to ensuring a steady framerate, even on stand alone devices. - -There is more work that needs to be done in Godot 4.4 to make this fully viable but the foundations are in place. - -Standardisation for AR and passthrough - -Passthrough is a mechanism where video cameras on a VR headset record the real world and present this real world view as the background inside of our HMD turning the headset into an AR device. Different headsets implement this feature in different ways and this caused difficulties for developers who were targeting multiple devices. - -While passthrough allows some neat things not possible with optical AR devices, for most AR focussed application developers should not be tasked with writing different code to support all these devices. - -We have thus standardized this approach through utilising OpenXRs environment blend modes and moving platforms specific code into the OpenXR vendors plugin. - -Standardisation of hand, face and body tracking - -Hand tracking has been supported in Godot for a long while now, however improvements have been made to ensure better cross platform support, including standardisation between OpenXR and WebXR. The OpenXRHand node has been deprecated, in favour of the new XRHandModifier3D node which is designed to work with any XR system - not just OpenXR. - -Face tracking support has been added with face tracking data being sourced from several devices. Godot now supports the Unified Expressions standard for handling face tracking data. - -Body tracking support has been added using Godots Humanoid Skeleton as a base which allows various body tracking devices to leverage Godots retargeting logic. - -While these 3 systems have been implemented under the XR name, their use cases are not limited to XR. Already several plugins have been created using this system to bring in body tracking data from various body tracking solutions ranging from optical Mocap to full body tracking suits. - -Improved WebXR support - -WebXR support in Godot is seeing continuous improvement, most notably the addition of hand tracking support, but also support for MSAA and a number of smaller bug fixes and improvements. Our WebXR implementation now also supports AR applications. - -Improved OpenGL support - -While technically not specific to XR, several improvements to the compatibility renderer directly impact the ability to create XR experiences using Godot. - -The new MSAA implementation in the compatibility renderer has support for OpenGL extensions specifically targeting TBDR GPUs found on modern standalone headsets. When available enabling MSAA 2x or 4x has a very low cost while providing worth while improvement in the visuals. - -The new lightmapping capabilities of the compatibility renderer, where the Vulkan implementation is leveraged to bake the lightmaps, provides a viable solution for improved lighting on standalone XR hardware. - -Improved foveated rendering support in the Vulkan engine - -The compatibility renderer uses OpenXRs foveated rendering support directly but this comes with various limitations and is not applicable outside of OpenXR. - -In the Vulkan renderer we have had Variable Rate Shading support for a while which allows foveated rendering to be applied in Godot without the same drawbacks. - -In the latest release various improvements have been applied that provide more control over the density map used and allow for eye tracking to impact the density map and ensure quality rendering at the users focal point. - -The past year saw W4 Games and Meta join forces to improve Godot’s support for the Quest line of devices. - -Core functionality improvements - -The team at W4 has worked closely together with several core Godot XR contributors to improve the core functionality in Godot, improving the experience not just for Meta Quest users, but also for other XR systems. Several of the items mentioned in the previous sections benefited greatly from the help provided here. - -These improvements also include various rendering optimisations and fixes. - -Enhanced passthrough and hand-tracking support - -On top of the standardisation of passthrough and hand-tracking in Godot, support for many extra features Meta provides was implemented in the Godot OpenXR Vendors plugin. - -For passthrough, this includes applying various filters to the passthrough imagery, like adjusting the brightness, contrast and saturation, mapping the colors to other values, or even projecting passthrough onto custom geometry, in order to bring only specific objects from the user’s physical environment into an otherwise VR experience. See the Meta Passthrough tutorial for more information. - -For hand-tracking, developers can now access hand meshes, collision shapes for the hands, and do some simple gesture tracking, like detecting pinches between the user’s thumb and any of the other fingers. See the Meta Hand Tracking tutorial for the full details about these features. - -Composition layer support - -Composition layers are a standard feature in OpenXR, that allow developers to add floating “panels” (either flat or curved) that have 2D content rendered onto them from a Godot SubViewport. - -The result of this approach is far sharper detail of the 2D content compared to applying this same content as a texture on a 3D mesh. - -This is ideal for in game menus, media viewing, or heads up displays. Small text is especially more readable when using this technique. - -W4 Games added both the core implementation and Meta-specific extensions, which allow applying further sharpening or supersampling, advanced alpha blending or marking particular composition layers as containing “secure content”. See the Meta Composition Layers tutorial for more information about these Meta-specific features. - -Scene discovery and spatial anchors - -These two closely related features are possibly the most exciting part of the work done so far. Meta’s Scene Discovery allows the Quest to scan your environment and provide your game with information about the real world. - -This can allow you to place objects on your walls, on furniture, or have NPCs interact with the real environment. - -Spatial anchors allow you to make this persistent. Create a spatial anchor that references a place on your wall, and you can show a virtual screen there anytime your user comes back to your application. - -See the Meta Scene Manager and Meta Spatial Anchors tutorials for more information. - -New/Improved platform support - -PICO 4 - -Godot has had support for PICO headsets for while but in the past year improvements were made to this. PICO has fully adopted the official Khronos Android Loader for OpenXR and deprecated their custom loader. Godot fully supports the new approach. - -HTC Focus 3 and XR Elite - -HTC provided the team with HTC Vive XR Elite units allowing us to ensure Godot runs on HTC standalone devices. We’re also working together with HTC to improve the experience on these devices. - -Magic Leap 2 - -Support for the Magic Leap ecosystem was recently added to the vendor plugin as well. Magic Leap stands apart from other standalone Android devices being an optical AR device and running AMD hardware. On these devices you need to use the Vulkan mobile renderer. - -Qualcomm spaces - -This is still under development, we’re supporting Qualcomm’s OpenXR runtime on the Lynx R1 but we’re looking into supporting more devices in this eco system. Watch this space. - -Logitech MX Ink - -Not a new headset, but a pheripheral, the MX ink is a positionally tracked stylus that can be used with a Meta Quest. Support was merged into master recently and this device will be supported in the upcoming Godot 4.4 release. We’re looking into supporting this in a future 4.3 patch release. - -What’s next - -Stay tuned for further blog posts focusing on XR as we start looking ahead and as new features become available.",1731883650,30757aad9e,3b4d360a0b,,,1731883650 -https://mmafutures.com/sean-mccorkle/,https://www.mmafutures.com/feed/,Sean McCorkle: The Outspoken Heavyweight Who Made Waves in the UFC,"When fans recall the legends of the UFC, they often remember dominant champions, record-holders, or fighters who seemed larger than life. Sean McCorkle, a towering heavyweight with an unfiltered attitude, stands out as a fighter who made waves both inside and outside the Octagon, thanks to his fierce personality, candid opinions, and memorable presence in the MMA world. - -The Rise of Sean “Big Sexy” McCorkle - -Sean McCorkle made his UFC debut in September 2010, bringing with him a reputation as a skilled fighter with a penchant for theatrics. His debut fight against Pride FC legend Mark Hunt marked McCorkle’s entry into the heavyweight division with a bang, as he secured a first-round submission victory over Hunt—a fighter known for his resilience and striking power. The upset win immediately placed McCorkle on the radar of UFC fans, proving that he was more than just talk. - -The Feud with Brendan Schaub - -Never one to shy away from controversy, McCorkle developed a longstanding feud with fellow heavyweight Brendan Schaub. Their heated exchanges on social media and podcasts have been a source of entertainment for fans, with McCorkle often calling out Schaub on various MMA topics, from his fight record to his commentary on the sport. The rivalry between McCorkle and Schaub reflects his unapologetic style and willingness to voice his honest—and often biting—opinions on anyone in the MMA landscape, adding an extra layer to his legacy as an outspoken figure. - -Fighter Pay and Candid Critiques - -One of McCorkle’s most enduring contributions to MMA discourse is his open criticism of fighter pay. Long before this issue gained mainstream attention, McCorkle voiced his opinions on the need for fair compensation for fighters, often sharing his personal experiences to shed light on the financial realities many fighters face. His insights resonate with fans and fighters alike, as he champions the cause of better treatment and compensation for athletes, drawing attention to an issue that continues to shape the sport’s future. - -A Regular on the MMA Roasted Podcast - -Beyond the Octagon, McCorkle’s voice finds a regular platform on the MMA Roasted podcast, where he delivers his unique blend of humor, commentary, and candid insights into the fight game. A fan favorite on the show, McCorkle shares behind-the-scenes stories, analyzes fights, and, true to form, often adds fuel to his feuds and opinions on the industry. His appearances on MMA Roasted have solidified him as one of the most entertaining voices in MMA media, showcasing his personality in a format that allows him to be as unfiltered as ever. - -An Unconventional Legacy - -Sean McCorkle’s legacy is built not just on his fight record but on his character, his convictions, and his commitment to authenticity. While his UFC career was relatively brief, McCorkle’s impact on fans and the MMA community has endured through his outspoken nature and unwavering commitment to his beliefs. In a sport that has grown increasingly polished, McCorkle reminds fans of a time when fighters weren’t afraid to speak their minds. - -Final Thoughts - -Sean McCorkle’s journey through MMA is a testament to the power of personality in combat sports. Between his feud with Brendan Schaub, his critiques of fighter pay, and his role as a MMA Roasted regular, McCorkle has made an indelible mark on the sport. Though his career lacked title belts or mainstream acclaim, “Big Sexy” left an impact on fans and fighters alike, proving that legends in MMA are defined not only by victories but by the stories they leave behind. - -Share this: Facebook - -X - - - -Like this: Like Loading...",1731883656,d56c5932b6,3be9bd6bd0,,,1731883656 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/articles/c170z29z7lqo,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,Billie Jean King Cup Finals: Iga Swiatek leads Poland into quarter-finals,"Iga Swiatek wrapped up a 2-0 victory for Poland over five-time champions Spain to seal their place in the last eight of the Billie Jean King Cup Finals in Malaga. - -World number two Swiatek beat Spain's Paula Badosa 6-3 6-7 (5-7) 6-1 in the second singles match. - -Magda Linette had earlier put Poland in front by beating Sara Sorribes Tormo 7-6 (8-6) 2-6 6-4 in a thriller lasting three hours and 51 minutes. - -""I wouldn't say that I pushed us to the quarter-finals, because Magda pushed us to the quarter-finals, so we did it together,"" said five-time Grand Slam champion Swiatek. - -""I'm glad that we won a match as Team Poland. I felt like it was my best match since the US Open. - -""I knew that I could come back in the third set and try to win it for Poland."" - -The tie was initially due to take place on Wednesday but was postponed because of a severe weather alert in Malaga. - -Poland have not won the BJK Cup in its 61-year history and this is the first time they have reached the quarter-finals in its current format. - -They will play 11-time champions the Czech Republic in the last eight on Saturday. - -Later on Friday, Great Britain sealed their place in the quarter-finals with victory over Germany. They will face 2023 winners Canada on Sunday.",1731883646,95caee0db1,3bbe527dd3,,,1731883646 -http://money.cnn.com/2018/10/02/technology/tesla-sales/index.html?section=money_markets,http://rss.cnn.com/rss/money_markets.rss,Tesla calms fears with strong sales numbers,"New York CNN Business — - -A tumultuous quarter at Tesla ended with some very good sales numbers. - -The company delivered 83,500 vehicles during the third quarter, a strong performance that should calm investor fears about logistical problems and a looming cash crunch. That included almost 56,000 of the lower-priced Model 3. - -Production was a bit below that number: Tesla said it built about 53,000 Model 3s. But that was within the company’s projections. - -Only three months ago, the company struggled to build 5,000 Model 3s in a week, a long-delayed target. Tesla did not maintain that pace, but production was still high enough to keep the company on track to turn a sustained profit for the first time. - -Tesla was sorely in need of good news. - -In August, CEO Elon Musk proposed, then abandoned, plans to take the company private. The SEC sued Musk last week, claiming he had deceived investors by claiming in a tweet that he had secured financing to go private. - -On Saturday, the second to last day of the quarter, Musk reached a deal with the SEC to pay a $20 million fine and step aside as chairman of Tesla. He will remain as CEO, news that relieved Wall Street on Monday. - -Executives have also left the company in recent months, including the chief accounting officer, who quit after less than a month on the job. - -Tesla (TSLA) stock closed down about 3% following the production and sales report. - -Tesla will release revenue and profit numbers later in the quarter. The report did not give details on where those figures would come in. It did say that all Model 3s sold at the end of the quarter were the more expensive all-wheel-drive models, powered by dual electric motors. - -Musk also sent an email to all Tesla employees over the weekend saying that the company was close to its goal of being profitable. - -“We are very close to achieving profitability and proving the naysayers wrong, but, to be certain, we must execute really well tomorrow (Sunday),” he wrote, referring to the last day of the quarter. “If we go all out tomorrow, we will achieve an epic victory beyond all expectations.” - -The company has reported only two quarters of modest profits in its 10-year history. It has reported a total of $6 billion in losses during that time. - -Tesla has $1.2 billion in debt maturing within the next six months, which has prompted some analysts to project the company would need to sell additional shares or debt to raise cash. - -Musk has said revenue from sales would give Tesla the cash it needs. But he also has admitted that the company has run into problems delivering its cars. That added to investor concerns about a cash crunch. - -Sorry, we’ve gone from production hell to delivery logistics hell, but this problem is far more tractable. We’re making rapid progress. Should be solved shortly. — Elon Musk (@elonmusk) September 17, 2018 - -“Sorry, we’ve gone from production hell to delivery logistics hell,” Musk tweeted two weeks ago to a customer who inquired when a promised car would be delivered. “This problem is far more tractable,” he added. “We’re making rapid progress.”",1731883672,a64cfbdd97,3bd22b2623,,,1731883672 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/cpk-crisis-communications-lessons/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Lessons In Crisis Communications from CPK,"Seeing problems as opportunities—and preventing issues in crisis communications work—is wise business advice. - -California Pizza Kitchen (CPK) recently applied this wisdom in a novel way when it faced a customer satisfaction problem. - -The CPK incident, which surfaced following a TikTok post in mid-July 2024, involved a macaroni and cheese misstep. The video shared by a TikTok user named Riley (@fumptruck) explained that the restaurant messed up an order for macaroni and cheese, sending her cheese and no mac. The confusion over Riley’s order quickly escalated into a potential crisis for CPK when Riley’s video went viral, attracting more than three million views and 4,000 comments within a week. - -Those who commented on Riley’s post wanted justice. “I feel like someone needs to be fired, or I won’t sleep well,” one said. Another addressed CPK directly, stating, “UM HELLO???? Get this girl FREE MAC N CHEESE!!!” - -CPK noticed the activity surrounding Riley’s post and responded on TikTok by saying, “We’re on it!” - -Ultimately, the company made up for its mistake by sending Riley an apology letter, a big box of macaroni noodles, and two gift certificates—one for a year’s supply of the restaurant’s mac ‘n’ cheese and another for a year’s supply of pizza. - -But CPK didn’t stop there. It also put out a response video on TikTok featuring its senior director of culinary development, Paul Pszybylski, demonstrating in a tongue-in-cheek way the correct way to prepare macaroni and cheese. - -To close the video, Pszybylski announced that all of the restaurant’s customers could get its macaroni and cheese at half price for the rest of July, a special he said they were offering because they gave one of their guests “half a mac and cheese.” - -Their response to the incident offers several lessons in crisis communications that can guide companies reeling from a product problem that goes viral. - -Swift Accountability Is Key - -The speed of social media has changed the game regarding crisis communications, making rapid acknowledgment of mistakes paramount. Organizations that don’t move quickly to engage with issues surfacing in public forums, especially those with a more prominent presence on social media, should expect to lose control of their brand narrative. - -While brands that take ownership build trust and demonstrate their willingness to take responsibility, brands that don’t lead consumers to believe future problems will also likely be ignored. - -CPK moved quickly when Riley’s video—and the frustration it triggered—came to its attention. It dropped a quick comment on her post that signaled their engagement and, in less than a week, had a response video and a nationwide “apology” to its customers in the form of a half-off deal. - -Show Respect - -The CPK incident also shows that brands should strive to do more than respond to crises with a news release on their website’s media page. Although doing so may address the issue, it won’t provide the type of engagement to turn a problem into an opportunity. - -In the case of CPK, its response strategically turned a developing crisis into a positive interaction. - -The communication started with the brief “We’re on it!” response on TikTok, which allowed CPK to show its customers that it was listening, appreciative of their feedback, and committed to acting on it. At the same time, the post didn’t commit CPK to anything but instead provided the company with some extra time to analyze the situation and develop a winning response. - -The TikTok video featuring a CPK executive that appeared three days later, took a tone that showed Riley was right to be upset. Rather than trying to justify it, CPK acknowledged that it messed up a simple order and then punctuated its commitment to satisfying its customers by allowing everyone to benefit. - -In essence, CPK said that it had let down all of its customers by letting down one customer. Consequently, it made amends to everyone. - -It is also instructive to note that CPK engaged with the issue in the same forum where it came to light. Because the company learned about Riley’s problem on TikTok and responded on TikTok, it could show its TikTok followers that it appreciates them. - -Customers Appreciate a Human-Centric Response - -A business-centric response seeks to divert a crisis by justifying the mistake or refusing to acknowledge it. It prioritizes the company and focuses on protecting the brand’s reputation. - -On the other hand, a human-centric response takes a different approach. It admits the mistake and declares the company’s commitment to doing better in the future. It prioritizes the person rather than the company and focuses on building the brand by showing how much it values its customers. - -The response from CPK acknowledged the mistake and honored the person affected by it. The company claimed responsibility by posting its TikTok video and showed its commitment to improving. Delivering gifts to Riley prioritized the person affected by the mistake. - -The way CPK engaged with Riley provides another example of a human-centric response because Riley—not CPK—shared that she had received an apology letter and gifts. Additionally, her follow-up TikTok video announced the response and revealed the details. - -Rather than making its response a media event, CPK let it be between the company and the customer it had wronged. It respected Riley by letting her decide if she wanted that element of the incident to go public. - -Crisis Communications Turned Media Opportunity - -California Pizza Kitchen transformed a potential crisis into a media opportunity by leveraging a swift response, strategic communication, and a human-centric approach. - -Its TikTok response video has been viewed 12.2 million times, an impressive statistic for a brand with only 47,000 followers. None of its other videos for 2024 have topped a million views. - -Moreover, the bulk of the more than 10,000 comments on the video are unquestionably positive, describing the response as “awesome,” “phenomenal,” and a “10/10.” - -Many were from people who said they were inspired to try CPK for the first time. Many others noted that other restaurant brands need to take notes from CPK on responding when customers don’t get the service they deserve. - -One simply said, “The PR major in me is so so so pleased to see this.”",1731883669,4dc781f5bc,3b87d08bd0,,,1731883669 -https://www.quantamagazine.org/new-elliptic-curve-breaks-18-year-old-record-20241111/,https://www.quantamagazine.org/feed/,New Elliptic Curve Breaks 18-Year-Old Record,"In August, a pair of mathematicians discovered an exotic, record-breaking curve. In doing so, they tapped into a major open question about one of the oldest and most fundamental kinds of equations in mathematics. - -Elliptic curves, which date back to at least ancient Greece, are central to many areas of study. They have a rich underlying structure that mathematicians have used to develop powerful techniques and theories. They were instrumental in Andrew Wiles’ famous proof of Fermat’s Last Theorem in 1994, at the time one of the most important unsolved problems in number theory. And they play a key role in modern cryptography. - -Yet mathematicians still can’t answer some of the most basic questions about them. For example, they often try to characterize elliptic curves by studying the special “rational points” that live on them. On a given curve, these points form clear and meaningful patterns. But it’s not yet known whether there’s a limit to how varied and complicated these patterns can get. - -Answering this question would allow mathematicians to make sense of the vast and diverse world of elliptic curves, much of which remains uncharted. So they’ve set out to explore the outer fringes of that world, hunting down outlier curves with stranger and stranger patterns. It’s a painstaking process, requiring both creativity and sophisticated computer programs. - -Now, two mathematicians — Noam Elkies of Harvard University and Zev Klagsbrun of the Center for Communications Research in La Jolla, California — have found an elliptic curve with the most complicated pattern of rational points to date, breaking an 18-year-old record. “It was a big question whether this barrier could be broken,” said Andrej Dujella of the University of Zagreb in Croatia. “It’s a very exciting result for all of us working and interested in elliptic curves.” - -The discovery lays bare an ongoing debate over what mathematicians think they know about elliptic curves. - -Hunting the Rational - -Elliptic curves don’t appear particularly exotic. They’re just equations of the form y2 = x3 + Ax + B, where A and B are rational numbers (any number that can be written as a fraction). When you graph the solutions to these equations, they look like this: - -Mark Belan/Quanta Magazine - -Mathematicians are particularly interested in a given elliptic curve’s rational solutions — points on the curve whose x– and y-values are both rational numbers. “It’s literally one of the oldest math problems in the history of humanity,” said Jennifer Park of Ohio State University. - -While it’s relatively straightforward to find rational solutions to simpler types of equations, elliptic curves are “the first class of equations where there are really a lot of open questions,” said Joseph Silverman of Brown University. “It’s just two variables in a cubic equation, and that’s already complicated enough.” - -To get a handle on the rational solutions of an elliptic curve, mathematicians often turn to the curve’s rank, a number that measures how closely packed the rational points are along the curve. A rank 0 elliptic curve has only a finite number of rational points. A rank 1 elliptic curve has infinitely many rational points, but all of them line up in a simple pattern, so that if you know one, you can follow a well-known procedure to find the rest. - -Higher-rank elliptic curves also have infinitely many rational points, but these points have more complicated relationships to each other. For example, if you know one rational solution of a rank 2 elliptic curve, you can use the same procedure you used in the rank 1 case to find a whole family of rational points. But the curve also has a second family of rational points. - -The rank of an elliptic curve tells mathematicians how many “independent” points — points from different families — they need in order to define its set of rational solutions. The higher the rank, the richer in rational points the curve will be. A rank 2 and a rank 3 curve both have infinitely many rational solutions, but the rank 3 curve packs in rational points from an additional family, meaning that on average, a given stretch of it will contain more of them. - -Almost all elliptic curves are known to be either rank 0 or rank 1. But there are still infinitely many oddballs with higher rank — and they’re exceedingly difficult to find. - -As a result, mathematicians aren’t sure if there’s a limit to how high the rank can get. For a while, most experts thought it was theoretically possible to construct a curve of any rank. Recent evidence suggests otherwise. Without a proof either way, mathematicians are left to debate the true nature of elliptic curves, illustrating just how much they have yet to understand about these equations. - -Bigger Game - -Elkies, a prominent number theorist, didn’t intend to break rank records. In the mid-2000s, he was studying seemingly unrelated objects called K3 surfaces. To understand them, he sliced them up and looked at the pieces. - -Imagine starting with a simple surface, a flat plane. You can slice it into infinitely many straight lines, laid side by side. Depending on how you make your slices, the lines you end up with will be defined by different equations. - -Similarly, there are more complicated, curvy surfaces that, when sliced up, yield infinitely many elliptic curves. Mathematicians have been using these surfaces to find higher-rank elliptic curves since the 1950s. - -Noam Elkies had found the previous record breaker in 2006. Radcliffe Institute - -Elkies realized that his K3 surfaces were strange enough to give him access to even more exotic curves. In 2006, he sliced a particular K3 surface in just the right way and found among the slices an elliptic curve that he could show had a rank of at least 28 — beating the previous record of 24. It was an exciting moment for elliptic curve experts, who believed an explosion of record breakers might follow. - -Instead, nothing happened. Elkies’ record stood for nearly two decades — a noticeable departure from the relatively steady record-setting rate that mathematicians had enjoyed since the 1970s. - -Was it perhaps a sign that rank could be limited after all — that the hunters were beginning to close in on their last few prey? Or was it just a reflection of the difficulty of the task? - -When Elkies announced his discovery in 2006, Zev Klagsbrun was an undergraduate student at Queens College in New York. One of his professors, who had competed against Elkies in a high school math competition in the 1980s — Elkies won — told him about the new record-breaking curve during office hours. - -Zev Klagsbrun first became interested in finding rational points when he was a student at Queens College. Skip Garibaldi - -Klagsbrun was intrigued. Years later, he returned to the result, proving that so long as a widely believed conjecture is true, Elkies’ curve has a rank of precisely 28. So when he ran into Elkies at a conference in 2019, he saw an opportunity to push the result even further. Though a bit intimidated — “It’s difficult to keep up with him,” Klagsbrun said — he convinced Elkies to return to the search for new curves. - -“I was like, ‘Hey, I’ve got access to some computing power. I’m willing to write fast code. Search with me! Show me your secrets!’” Klagsbrun said. - -They went back to Elkies’ K3 surface. Eighteen years earlier, he had sliced it up in a way that gave him a pile of infinitely many curves. These curves were already quite exotic, but he could only guarantee that they had a rank of at least 17. He still needed an outlier to break the record of 24. Since he couldn’t just calculate the rank of every curve in his pile, he used a well-known computational method to determine which among millions of them seemed most likely to have an anomalously high rank. He then calculated those ranks by hand, one by one, until he found his rank 28 winner. - -Klagsbrun could now offer a faster computational method for sifting through the contenders. While Elkies had only been able to look through millions of curves, Klagsbrun could handle tens of trillions. - -This wider search unearthed many curves in Elkies’ old pile that exhibited some unusual properties, but none of them broke his 2006 record. The pair decided to move on. - -Four years passed. Then, a few months ago, Elkies and Klagsbrun crossed paths once more at a conference and got to talking. - -They set out to slice the K3 surface in a different way, getting a new pile of curves to work with. But there were hundreds of ways they could slice it, and most of those slicing methods seemed unlikely to produce the curve they sought. - -Then, entirely by accident, they found a slicing method that, like Elkies’ previous one, gave them a pile of curves, all guaranteed to have a rank of at least 17. It seemed more likely than the other approaches to contain a hidden gem. Sure enough, using Klagsbrun’s more powerful computational technique, they found within that pile an elliptic curve with a rank of at least 29. This elliptic curve has the most complicated set of rational solutions ever seen: Mathematicians need at least 29 independent points to characterize them. - -The curve’s equation, when written as y2 = x3 + Ax + B, has values of A and B that are each over 60 digits long. The 29 independent rational solutions that Elkies and Klagsbrun pinpointed involve numbers that are similarly huge. - -Bag Limit - -The result doesn’t settle the debate about whether the rank of elliptic curves has an upper limit. “Now that we’ve found this higher-rank curve, maybe it turns out there is reason to have hope” that there are curves out there with arbitrarily high rank, Klagsbrun said. “On the other hand, boy, it took a lot of work to find this one.” And it’s clear that new ideas will be needed to find higher-rank examples. - -But the efforts he and Elkies put in, if pushed far enough, could tip the scales. They’d need to find an infinite pile of curves guaranteed to have a rank of at least 22 (rather than 17, the best they’ve been able to do so far). The existence of such a pile would contradict the strongest evidence mathematicians have for a finite cap on rank. - -Either way, the discovery of a rank 29 curve expands the frontier of this uncharted realm. Much as biologists try to understand life by studying organisms that live in the most extreme environments, mathematicians have much to gain by mapping out the extreme edges of the world of elliptic curves.",1731883620,1ba0bcbd71,3bf4c52b05,,,1731883620 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/former-federal-prosecutor-says-drug-fueled-orgies-give-gaetz-0-chance-of-confirmation_n_6738ae98e4b068d7a45ea311,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,Former Federal Prosecutor: Gaetz Has 'Zero Chance' Of Being Confirmed As AG,"Don't let this be the end of the free press. The free press is under attack — and America's future hangs in the balance. As other newsrooms bow to political pressure, HuffPost is not backing down. - -Would you help us keep our news free for all? We can't do it without you. - -Can't afford to contribute? Support HuffPost by creating a free account and log in while you read.",1731883663,b2d88cb862,3bff6aec87,,,1731883663 -http://money.cnn.com/2018/10/03/news/companies/barnes-and-noble-sale/index.html?section=money_markets,http://rss.cnn.com/rss/money_markets.rss,Barnes & Noble stock soars 20% as it explores a sale Barnes & Noble stock soars 20% as it explores a sale,"Editor’s Note: This story originally published on October 3, 2018. - -New York CNN Business — - -Barnes & Noble stock jumped more than 20% after the board said it would consider a sale of the troubled company. - -The board said Wednesday it had appointed a special committee to review offers. One came from longtime Barnes & Noble chairman Len Riggio. He is the company’s largest shareholder, controlling close to 20%. - -Barnes & Noble (BKS) also disclosed that a shareholder it could not identify had rapidly built up a stake in the company. To block a hostile takeover, Barnes & Noble’s board of directors approved what’s known as a poison pill. - -The poison pill will kick in if the unidentified party accumulates 20% of the stock or more. At that point, shareholders will be allowed to buy Barnes & Noble’s stock at a 50% discount, diluting the value of the shares. - -The announcement comes shortly after another investor disclosed a stake of close to 7%, and said he had held talks with Riggio about buying the company. - -The board said Riggio would vote his shares in favor of any transaction recommended by the committee. - -A potential sale is just the latest twist in the saga of Barnes & Noble, which is looking to replace its fifth chief executive in as many years. - -The bookstore fired its most recent CEO, Demos Parneros, in early July, citing unspecified violations of company policy. Barnes & Noble later revealed that claims of sexual harassment and bullying led to Parneros’ termination. - -In August, Parneros sued his former employer in federal court for defamation and for firing him without cause. - -Barnes & Noble still has more 600 stores and 23,000 employees. Last quarter, same-store sales dropped 6.1% compared with a year ago. - -Sales have fallen at Barnes & Noble during each of the past four years. New tactics, such as smaller store formats and a kitchen concept, have struggled to win back shoppers. - -Neil Saunders, managing director of GlobalData Retail, said in September that most of the stores “feel tired, are too large and too cluttered, and do not offer the consumer any compelling reason to visit and buy.” - -He believes Barnes & Noble will shutter more stores: “Barnes & Noble needs to slim down in order to survive.” - -Barnes & Noble’s problems come as local and independent bookstores are resurgent. - -The American Booksellers Association, a trade group, reported that the number of independent locations rose 6% last year to 2,470.",1731883661,a64cfbdd97,3c2972bdfb,,,1731883661 -https://www.engadget.com/big-tech/us-government-finalizes-tsmcs-66-billion-chips-act-incentives-143007608.html?src=rss,https://www.engadget.com/rss.xml,US government finalizes TSMC's $6.6 billion CHIPS Act incentives,"Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co. (TMSC) is the first CHIPS Act awardee to get part of the money that the government has promised. The Biden administration has finalized its grants for TSMC, which expects to receive $6.6 billion in grants as part of their agreement to grow semiconductor production in the US. TSMC will also loan another $5 billion from the government to fund the expansion of its planned $65 billion three-factory complex in Arizona. According to Bloomberg, it's getting at least $1 billion from the total before the year ends, since it has already met a certain set of requirements. - -In October, a Canadian research firm discovered that Huawei was using TSMC chips for its artificial intelligence accelerators even though that violates US government sanctions. TSMC denied having any working relationship with Huawei, and it stopped shipping to the client that may have been illegally sending its chips to Huawei. It also decided to stop producing advanced AI chips for its Chinese clients, reportedly because it wanted to show the US government that it's ""not acting against US interests."" - -""Today’s final agreement with TSMC — the world’s leading manufacturer of advanced semiconductors — will spur $65 billion dollars of private investment to build three state-of-the-art facilities in Arizona and create tens of thousands of jobs by the end of the decade.... The first of TSMC’s three facilities is on track to fully open early next year,"" President Joe Biden said in a statement. - -Other companies, like Intel and Samsung, are still waiting to get their grants. Business groups are reportedly urging the government to finalize their CHIPS Act deals before Biden leaves the office. While they're not worried about the new administration killing the CHIPS Act, which enjoyed bipartisan support, they apparently want to avoid the possibility of having to renegotiate with the government.",1731883693,2ccba97d94,3c11ae9c9d,,,1731883693 -https://dronedj.com/2024/11/14/dji-goggles-3-firmware-update/,https://dronedj.com/feed/,"DJI Goggles 3 update boosts Avata 2, Neo FPV drone experience","Image: DJI - -DJI Goggles 3 has received an exciting firmware update that brings new features and enhancements for DJI Avata 2 and Neo drone pilots. - -With firmware version 01.00.0600, DJI has integrated advanced options that make the Goggles 3 even more appealing, particularly for Avata 2 users. This update includes the Power Loop feature in Easy ACRO mode, adding a thrilling twist for maneuvering the Avata 2. It also adds landing protection, enhancing flight safety for the drone. - -For DJI Neo users, the new Goggles 3 firmware update brings enhanced live-view stabilization, ensuring a smoother experience during flight. - -Also see: Chinese drone ban: Federal agencies face 2025 deadline - -Launched earlier this year, DJI Goggles 3 has quickly become a must-have accessory for FPV drone pilots. Priced at $500, the headset offers a sharp 1080p Micro-OLED display, delivering vivid and immersive views that bring FPV flights to life. A key feature that sets the Goggles 3 apart from all other DJI FPV headsets is Real View PiP (Picture-in-Picture). - -It’s a functionality integrated into the DJI Goggles 3 that enables a secondary view within their primary display. So, on the one hand, you have the main screen area where you can see the camera view from the drone. And then there is a smaller, inset window within the main display that shows additional information, such as a map, telemetry data, or an alternate camera angle. - -A simple double-tap on the right-side panel of the goggles toggles the display between the interactive interface and the live view of the real-world environment, while the real-time flight footage remains consistently displayed in the upper left corner of the screen. - -DJI Goggles 3 is also thoughtfully designed for ease of use and comfort. The headset features a built-in fan for defogging, an integrated battery that offers three hours of use, and an adjustable diopter to accommodate users with different vision needs, allowing many to fly without glasses. Combined with the DJI RC Motion 3, the goggles integrate seamlessly into DJI’s ecosystem, providing intuitive control and an immersive flight experience that appeals to both seasoned FPV pilots and beginners​ - -Read more: Insta360’s Black Friday camera deals are too hot to miss - -FTC: We use income earning auto affiliate links. More.",1731883627,e90a6ba11c,3c569ff7b2,,,1731883627 -http://money.cnn.com/2018/10/01/technology/instagram-adam-mosseri/index.html?section=money_markets,http://rss.cnn.com/rss/money_markets.rss,Instagram gets a new chief: Facebook vet Adam Mosseri,"New York CNN Business — - -Instagram has a new leader. - -On Monday, the company announced that Adam Mosseri will head Instagram effective immediately. Last week, Instagram founders Kevin Systrom and Mike Krieger announced they would leave the company. - -“We are thrilled to hand over the reins to a product leader with a strong design background and a focus on craft and simplicity — as well as a deep understanding of the importance of community,” Systrom and Krieger said in a statement. - -Mosseri – who joined Facebook, which owns Instagram, in 2008 – has held various roles at the company, including head of News Feed and design director for Facebook’s mobile apps. Most recently, he was Instagram’s VP of product. In his new role, Mosseri will oversee “all functions of the business” and will hire a new executive team, including a head of engineering, product and operations. - -Mike Krieger, Adam Mosseri and Kevin Systrom. Instagram - -Before their departures, Systrom was CEO and Krieger was the chief technology officer. - -The duo founded the photo-sharing app in a co-working space in 2010. It became a big hit, attracting tens of millions of users before the co-founders sold it to Facebook (FB) in 2012 for $1 billion. - -With Facebook’s backing, Instagram continued to grow and added new features like videos, disappearing posts and, most recently, a hub for long-form content called IGTV. According to Instagram, the app now has over 1 billion monthly active users. - -While it’s not uncommon for founders to leave after their company is acquired, it’s notable that Systrom and Krieger stayed on for six years after Facebook acquired their company. - -It’s unclear what the two will do next. In a statement last week, Systrom said: “We’re planning on taking some time off to explore our curiosity and creativity again … Building new things requires that we step back, understand what inspires us and match that with what the world needs; that’s what we plan to do.” - -Systrom and Krieger’s exodus come less than six months after Jan Koum stepped down as CEO of messaging platform WhatsApp, which Facebook purchased in 2014 for $19 billion. - -Brian Acton, the other WhatsApp founder, left Facebook in 2017. He backed calls earlier this year for people to delete Facebook amid revelations that Cambridge Analytica accessed millions of users’ data without their knowledge.",1731883690,a64cfbdd97,3c29312d91,,,1731883690 -https://www.investopedia.com/why-has-warren-buffett-been-selling-so-much-stock-8746033,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_investing,Why Has Warren Buffett Been Selling So Much Stock?,"Key Takeaways Warren Buffett's Berkshire Hathaway continues to be a net seller of stocks, having offloaded a quarter of its stake in Apple in recent months, regulatory filings revealed Thursday. - -The holding company added to its cash pile for a ninth consecutive quarter, bringing its cash on hand to a record level. - -The stock market's total value has climbed to roughly double U.S. GDP, a ratio Buffett previously called ""playing with fire."" - -Warren Buffett is stockpiling cash. His Berkshire Hathaway (BRK.A; BRK.B) holding company continued to sell more than it bought in the third quarter, including a quarter of its stake in Apple (AAPL), regulatory filings revealed Thursday. - -Berkshire Hathaway cut its large stake in Apple to about $70 billion at the end of September from nearly $175 billion at the start of the year. The most recent selloff was suggested by Berkshire's third-quarter earnings report earlier this month, but had yet to be officially disclosed to the public. However, the iPhone maker still represents roughly a quarter of Berkshire's $266 billion equity portfolio. - -Besides Apple, Berkshire sold roughly 235 million shares of Bank of America (BAC). This was largely known, as Berkshire was obligated to report its sales of BofA stock throughout the quarter since it owned more than 10% of the lender. - -Berkshire's Cash Reaches Record Levels - -The filings come after Berkshire Hathaway said earlier this month that its cash pile had swelled to a record $320.3 billion in the third quarter from $271.5 billion the prior quarter. Of that amount, $288 billion is invested in short-term Treasury bills. Berkshire has accumulated cash in each of the past nine quarters. - -Investors watch Berkshire's cash hoard closely for its potential as ""dry powder."" One potential reason Buffett's keeping that powder dry: The ""Oracle of Omaha"" may not see much room for growth in the market. - -The ratio of stock market capitalization-to-GDP, also known as the ""Buffett Indicator,"" is used to determine whether an overall market is undervalued or overvalued. The stock market's total value hit a record high of $58.13 trillion on Monday, ""an unprecedented 198.1% of U.S. GDP last quarter,"" Business Insider wrote, citing Wilshire Indexes data. - -That number is a major red flag for Buffett. In a famous Fortune article from 2001, Buffett said, ""If the ratio approaches 200%—as it did in 1999 and a part of 2000—you are playing with fire."" - -Correction—November 15, 2024: The article has been updated to correctly state the size of the U.S. stock market relative to GDP.",1731883673,ab219445cc,3c510d5038,,,1731883673 -https://arstechnica.com/space/2024/11/rocket-report-australia-says-yes-to-the-launch-russia-delivers-for-iran/,https://arstechnica.com/science/feed/,Rocket Report: Australia says yes to the launch; Russia delivers for Iran,"Welcome to Edition 7.19 of the Rocket Report! Okay, we get it. We received more submissions from our readers on Australia's approval of a launch permit for Gilmour Space than we've received on any other news story in recent memory. Thank you for your submissions as global rocket activity continues apace. We'll cover Gilmour in more detail as they get closer to launch. There will be no Rocket Report next week as Eric and I join the rest of the Ars team for our 2024 Technicon in New York. - -As always, we welcome reader submissions. If you don't want to miss an issue, please subscribe using the box below (the form will not appear on AMP-enabled versions of the site). Each report will include information on small-, medium-, and heavy-lift rockets as well as a quick look ahead at the next three launches on the calendar. - -Gilmour Space has a permit to fly. Gilmour Space Technologies has been granted a permit to launch its 82-foot-tall (25-meter) orbital rocket from a spaceport in Queensland, Australia. The space company, founded in 2012, had initially planned to lift off in March but was unable to do so without approval from the Australian Space Agency, the Australian Broadcasting Corporation reports. The government approved Gilmour's launch permit Monday, although the company is still weeks away from flying its three-stage Eris rocket. - -A first for Australia ... Australia hosted a handful of satellite launches with US and British rockets from 1967 through 1971, but Gilmour's Eris rocket would become the first all-Australian launch vehicle to reach orbit. The Eris rocket is capable of delivering about 670 pounds (305 kilograms) of payload mass into a Sun-synchronous orbit. Eris will be powered by hybrid rocket engines burning a solid fuel mixed with a liquid oxidizer, making it unique among orbital-class rockets. Gilmour completed a wet dress rehearsal, or practice countdown, with the Eris rocket on the launch pad in Queensland in September. The launch permit becomes active after 30 days, or the first week of December. ""We do think we've got a good chance of launching at the end of the 30-day period, and we're going to give it a red hot go,"" said Adam Gilmour, the company's co-founder and CEO. (submitted by Marzipan, mryall, ZygP, Ken the Bin, Spencer Willis, MarkW98, and EllPeaTea)",1731883673,0179022565,3c6e27d923,,,1731883673 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/valve-steam-adl-extremism-report/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/feed/,New report accuses Valve of proliferating extremism on Steam,"Valve hasn’t done enough to moderate its Steam platform against extremism, according to a scathing new report from the Anti-Defamation League (ADL) that found millions of examples of hateful language and images. - -ADL looked at over 458 million profiles and over 610 million comments using an AI tool called HateVision, and found millions of instances of white supremacist and anti-Semitic imagery, as well as posts (specifically copypastas with swastikas and slurs), keywords, and avatars, along with thousands of profiles, “that glorify violent extremists.” Pepe the Frog was the most frequently used icon in these posts; it is often depicted in Nazi regalia. Steam Community profiles allow users to use custom images, which has also become a hotbed of imagery detected by the ADL’s analysis. - -Recommended Videos - -“Valve needs to make significant changes to their approach to platform governance both in terms of policy and practice to address the ways in which hate and extremism have proliferated on the Steam platform,” the ADL wrote. - -Valve has taken heat in the past in regards] to its Steam moderation policies. This came to a head in 2018. Valve started moderating its forums and game hubs in response to developer feedback, but only for user-reported posts. Valve has always had a more hands-off approach when it comes to what kinds of games can be published on Steam, and this became apparent with a Steam game called Active Shooter where players played, as you can guess, asan active mass shooter. It has also faced other controversies surrounding 18+ games. Valve said that it wouldn’t limit what games could be listed on Steam as long as it wasn’t “illegal” or “straight up trolling,” while also clarifying that it wouldn’t take a stance on games’ politics. - -“If you’re a player, we shouldn’t be choosing for you what content you can or can’t buy. If you’re a developer, we shouldn’t be choosing what content you’re allowed to create. Those choices should be yours to make,” Valve wrote in a blog post announcing the decision. - -Other reports throughout the years have identified areas where this approach has caused hate to fester. The Center For Investigative Reporting found 173 Steam groups that glorified mass shooters in 2018, while Motherboard uncovered hate-based curators. Valve hasn’t said anything publicly on the issue, but did start selectively removing groups. It also removed Nazi-related content in 2019. Just a couple years ago, a U.S. senator wrote a letter to Steam owner Gabe Newell that called him out for allowing white supremacy to flourish on the platform. - -“This has been largely ad hoc, with Valve failing to systematically address the issue of extremism and hate on the platform,” the ADL’s report said. - -Steam’s recent efforts have been about improving game developer experiences and the validity of top comments in reviews. It’s also been ensuring players know when a reviewer has played a game on Steam Deck versus PC. - -Valve has not publicly commented on the report at the time of this writing.",1731883684,f8bbd45a63,3c337e293a,,,1731883684 -https://www.entrepreneurshiplife.com/the-step-by-step-guide-to-the-personal-injury-lawsuit-process/,https://www.entrepreneurshiplife.com/feed/,The Step-by-Step Guide to the Personal Injury Lawsuit Process,"By - -Have you been injured and are wondering how a personal injury lawsuit process works? Understanding the steps involved can help you make informed decisions. The process may seem complicated, but knowing what to expect can ease your mind. - -From filing a claim to reaching a settlement, each stage is important. Ready to learn more about how a personal injury lawsuit works? Let’s dive into the key steps of the process and how it can help you get the compensation you deserve. - -Understanding Personal Injury Claims - -Personal injury claims are made when someone is injured due to another party’s negligence. The injured person can seek compensation for medical bills, lost wages, and pain. To start a claim, you must prove that the other party was at fault. This may include gathering evidence like accident reports or medical records. - -Your lawyer will help guide you through the legal process. Personal injury claims can result in a settlement or a court trial. It’s important to know your rights and options during the process. Understanding these claims ensures you are prepared to seek fair compensation. - -Filing the Lawsuit - -Filing the lawsuit is the first official step in the personal injury process. Once you decide to move forward, your lawyer will prepare the necessary paperwork. This includes a formal complaint outlining the details of your injury and the responsible party. It’s important to file the lawsuit within the legal time frame, known as the statute of limitations. - -Your lawyer will guide you on how to fight a personal injury lawsuit and ensure all documentation is correct. After filing, the defendant will have a chance to respond. The process may involve multiple steps before a settlement or trial. Filing the lawsuit is a crucial step toward securing the compensation you deserve. - -Gathering Evidence - -Gathering evidence is essential for a strong personal injury case. This includes medical records, accident reports, and witness statements. Physical evidence from the scene of the injury can also be crucial. If the injury was caused by a DUI, a DUI injury lawyer can help gather important evidence like police reports. - -Photographs of the scene and any injuries can support your claim. The more evidence you have, the stronger your case will be. Your lawyer will guide you on what evidence is needed. Proper evidence collection can make a significant difference in the outcome of your case. - -The Discovery Phase - -The discovery phase is a crucial part of the personal injury lawsuit process. During this time, both sides gather evidence to support their case. This can include collecting documents, medical records, and witness statements. Each party may also ask questions in the form of written interrogatories or depositions. - -The goal is to uncover facts that help clarify the case. Your lawyer will work to ensure all necessary information is collected. Discovery can take weeks or months, depending on the case. It is an essential step to prepare for trial or settlement negotiations. - -Negotiating Settlements - -Negotiating settlements is a critical part of the personal injury lawsuit process. Both parties will try to reach an agreement before going to trial. A skilled lawyer can help you understand the true value of your case. If you’ve suffered serious injuries, having serious lawyers for serious injuries is essential. - -They will ensure you don’t settle for less than what you deserve. Settlement negotiations can take time, as both sides discuss terms. Your lawyer will work to secure a fair settlement on your behalf. If an agreement can’t be reached, the case may proceed to trial. - -Going to Trial - -Going to trial is the final step if a settlement isn’t reached. During trial, both sides present their evidence and arguments to a judge or jury. Your lawyer will make your case, showing why you deserve compensation. The defendant will also present their side. - -After hearing both sides, the judge or jury will make a decision. Trials can be time-consuming and stressful. It’s important to be prepared for a long process. However, going to trial can sometimes result in a larger settlement. - -Understanding Legal Fees - -Understanding legal fees is important before hiring a lawyer. Most personal injury lawyers work on a contingency fee basis. This means you only pay if you win the case. The lawyer’s fee is usually a percentage of the settlement or award. Make sure you know the percentage before agreeing to work with them. - -Some lawyers may have additional costs, like court fees or expert witness fees. It’s important to discuss all fees upfront. Knowing the costs helps you avoid surprises later on. - -How Long the Process Takes - -The length of the personal injury lawsuit process can vary. It depends on the complexity of your case and whether it goes to trial. Some cases settle quickly, while others take longer due to negotiations. On average, it may take several months to a few years to reach a resolution. - -Factors such as gathering evidence and waiting for medical treatments can also affect the timeline. If your case goes to court, it could take longer to finalize. Your lawyer will help you understand the estimated time frame for your specific case. Patience is key, but having the right support can make the process smoother. - -Choosing the Right Lawyer - -Choosing the right lawyer is crucial for your case. Look for someone with experience in personal injury cases. They should have a track record of success and be familiar with the local laws. A good lawyer will communicate clearly and keep you informed. Make sure they are compassionate and genuinely care about your case. - -It’s important to feel comfortable and confident in their abilities. Consider their reputation and reviews from past clients. Taking the time to choose the right lawyer can make a big difference in the outcome of your case. - -Discover More About Personal Injury Lawsuit Process - -The personal injury lawsuit process can feel overwhelming, but understanding each step helps. From filing the lawsuit to gathering evidence, each phase is crucial. With the right lawyer, you can navigate the process with confidence. Whether through settlement or trial, your goal is to get fair compensation. Be patient and stay informed throughout. - -Remember, every case is different, but the process is there to protect your rights. Take the first step today and seek the help you deserve. Your recovery begins with knowing the process. - -Visit our blog for more!",1731883633,d1b4edb237,3cdad7a38a,,,1731883633 -https://www.reputationmanagement.com/blog/online-reputation-management-guide/,https://www.reputationmanagement.com/feed/,Online Reputation Management? (5 Best Practices),"The internet is the ultimate source of information. Whether people want to learn something, do something, or buy something, they turn to Google. In fact, even offline activities like conversations, watching an ad, or opening a magazine drive people to search engines. And what they find online influences their perception of your brand. Online reputation management controls your digital narrative which which influences real-world perceptions and actions. - -But there are some limitations. - -The vast majority of searchers never explore beyond the first page of Google. Consequently, brands and high-profile individuals only get as few as ten search results to tell their story. And that’s a massive challenge when there are hundreds of thousands of articles about you on the internet, many of which could be biased or misleading. - -Online reputation management ensures that your digital reputation is accurate and positive. But, what is it and how does it work? - -What is reputation management? - -Contrary to popular belief, ORM isn’t just review management and press release distribution. - -Online reputation management (ORM) is a discipline that uses search engine optimization techniques to influence the search results of a company or individual in order to shape brand perception. Jonas Sickler, ReputationManagement.com - -Most business leaders believe a positive reputation is important. However, they often fail to recognize that Google search is a key driver of their reputation. Furthermore, executives rarely understand how to effectively influence online sentiment, or measure its financial impact on their company. As a result, business owners rarely take action to manage their online reputation, leaving it to chance. - -To make matters worse, there’s also a lot of confusion about whether public relations firms or SEO companies are better equipped to tackle ORM. So, let’s dive into how ORM is different from search engine optimization (SEO) and public relations (PR). - -Online reputation management vs SEO - -Most businesses are familiar with SEO as a means of driving organic traffic by influencing keyword rankings. In fact, according to a Forrester Consulting study commissioned by Terakeet, 81 percent of executives moderately-to-strongly agree that SEO will become an increasingly more important priority over the next 12 months. - -However, the vast majority of brands fail to capitalize on the power of SEO for reputation management. So, what’s the difference? - -Here’s the simplest explanation I can provide: - -SEO is used to rank multiple pages on one website for many different keywords. While online reputation management is used to rank many different websites for a small set of branded keywords. Here’s another way to look at it: - -The goal of SEO is to rank a single website number one for as many queries as possible. The goal of ORM is to fill the first page of Google with preferred content for brand-focused keywords. Think of it like this: reputation management is one inch wide and one mile deep, SEO is one mile wide and one inch deep. - -Ultimately, ORM uses SEO principles and best practices to build a more accurate and diverse search landscape. - -Reputation management vs public relations - -The difference between online reputation management services and public relations is a little more nuanced. On the surface, it may seem like ORM is just public relations for online personas because they have similar goals, namely brand management. However, these two disciplines use different tactics to achieve different results. - -Public relations companies generally create trending, buzzworthy news cycles to redirect the conversation around negative topics. The goal is to shift public perception by flooding social media and news outlets with a new viral narrative. Whereas online reputation management aims to tell a more accurate and holistic story about a brand or individual by positioning controllable assets on the first page of Google. - -PR is good for shifting real-world sentiment. But, it falls short when it comes to influencing branded search results which drive reputation and allow companies to control their own messaging. - -Why does negative content rank in Google? - -Unfortunately, you may have already experienced just how sticky a negative news story about your brand can be. It’s not because Google has a personal vendetta against a single person or entity. It’s because Google’s algorithm is built to provide searchers with the best, most relevant set of search results for a user’s query. And if a brand or executive is managing a crisis, that content would be highly relevant. - -That all said, there are a few main reasons negative content so frequently hits the first page. - -Topic density - -Topic density describes the percentage of content in Google’s index about a specific entity as it relates to other entities, topics, or events. - -For instance, if you search Elon Musk in Google, you’ll find results about SpaceX and Tesla. It’s not because Elon Musk wrote in his bio that he created those companies. It’s because there’s so much content online that connects him to SpaceX and Tesla. - -Unfortunately, topic density can also negatively affect a brand’s reputation. As an example, if a business was recently responsible for a toxic chemical spill, Google will prioritize articles about that event when people search that company’s name. What’s more, if the CEO made a decision that caused the accident, that person’s search results would also be affected. - -Popularity - -Backlinks are the new word-of-mouth referral, for better or for worse. If trustworthy websites link to a negative story about your business, that sends a strong signal to Google that it’s relevant and important. As a result, it may pop onto the first page of your search results where more people will see it. In turn, it will earn more clicks because people tend to click on negative headlines more often. Google will interpret these click signals as popularity and relevance, potentially pushing the result even higher. - -Time sensitivity - -When it comes to news stories, Google loves timeliness. Which means any trending topic — positive or negative — will be given more weight in the SERPs. It’s possible that these stories could fade away when they become stale. However, viral content on trusted sites often earns a lot of links, which gives it more sticking power. - -How does online reputation management work? - -There are so many misconceptions floating around about online reputation management. For example, it’s not negative SEO, and firms don’t magically delete negative results. That would be hacking, and it’s highly illegal. - -ORM is actually about creating a more balanced and accurate search landscape. It’s about telling your story on the first page of Google by controlling more of the content that appears there. Let’s break down a few more misconceptions about how digital reputation management works. - -Pushing down search results - -When online reputation managers talk about fixing search results, they often use terms like bury or push down. That’s because suppression plays a key role in making sure the first page of Google accurately reflects your personal and professional brand. However, in order to bury a negative search result that ranks in the first position, you need to lift up 9 other URLs to push it off the page. That’s much more difficult than ranking a single website number one. - -Moreover, before you can push down any negative results, you’ll need to create positive content about your brand to promote. Content marketing for ORM means publishing and optimizing lots of original, thoughtful, keyword-driven articles, videos, images and blog posts. It also means promoting that content through link building to ensure customers find it. - -SERP diversity - -Google tends to favor diversity in its search engine results because its goal is to provide the best set of results for each query. Since it’s not always clear what searchers want, Google serves a range of content for branded searches. So, what does an established, positive online presence look like for brands and CEOs? It usually contains a mix of the following: - -Websites - -Blogs - -Positive reviews - -Thought leadership Videos - -Images - -News articles - -social profiles - -Ultimately, it’s easier to suppress unfavorable results in Google when your search landscape is packed with well-diversified, positive content. - -Accuracy, balance, and integrity - -High-risk internet reputation management companies typically use smokescreen tactics to mask a person’s identity because it’s a cheap and easy tactic. They do this by creating dozens of digital doppelgangers to clog up the top ranking spots in the SERPs with fake personas that share your name. While that tactic may work for the average Joe, it won’t remove news articles from Google about a global brand or its chief executive. - -The only way to truly build a long-term, positive reputation online is to establish a truthful, accurate search presence that portrays your legacy, accomplishments and preferred brand messaging. Any other type of tactic is bound to fail and will ultimately create a bigger disaster to clean up down the road. - -A negative online reputation has real-world consequences - -It can be easy to discount what happens online as unimportant and disconnected from your real-world business. But that simply isn’t true anymore. A negative online reputation impacts your personal brand image as well as just about every level of your business. - -Search results are your digital resume - -Think of Google like your digital resume. You’d never submit a resume for a job if the top bullet point read “Fired for lack of performance,” right? Unfortunately, unlike the printable version of your resume, you can’t just remove unwanted search results. Everything you ever said, wrote, or posted online, including what others wrote about you, is discoverable. - -What do people find when they Google your name, or your company? If the answer is unfair viral news stories about your personal life, or negative reviews about your products and services, you need to update your virtual resume. - -Your online reputation is permanent - -Because Google almost never removes negative search results from its index, your online reputation is more or less permanent. Negative stories aren’t paper documents that you can shred or burn. They’re part of the digital archive forever. - -Even social media comments that you quickly delete can be immortalized with a screen shot, posted in articles, and syndicated thousands of times. - -What’s more, seemingly minor, unfavorable stories can stay stuck on the first page and leave a sour impression with the people that matter in business. With so many potential customers, shareholders, and prospective employees relying on Google, it’s only a matter of time before someone in your professional sphere stumbles on a negative page one result. - -CEO reputation risk - -Reputation risk has different meanings and consequences for executives and the corporations they lead. - -As a CEO, your online reputation extends into both your personal and professional lives. Negative search results skew your accomplishments and shine a spotlight on a single event that doesn’t define who you are or what you’ve done. They overpower your philanthropic efforts, embarrass your family and friends. - -Negative articles might also cause clients and partners to question their trust in your leadership, which could impact the trajectory of your professional career, and even impact your company’s financial health. In fact, one CEO’s bad reputation cost his company more than $96 million within a few short hours. - -We Suppressed 12 Negative Articles for a Fortune 500 CEO See How We Fixed a Fortune 500 CEO’s First 50 Search Results. Read Case Study - -Corporate reputation risk - -Corporations are held to higher standards than ever before, too. Consumers now expect brands to invest in environmentalism and ethical treatment of workers. In fact, those issues often influence consumers’ purchasing decisions. So, if potential customers discover an unfavorable headline about workers’ rights in your search results, it could overshadow years worth of corporate social responsibility efforts. - -Furthermore, sensitivity is at an all time high for racial, gender and religious intolerance. That means inappropriate social media comments or tone deaf advertising could spark public outrage and cause long-term damage to your corporate reputation. - -A negative brand reputation might stop customers from setting foot inside your business, as well as damaging strategic partnerships, investments, and growth opportunities. Read more about how corporate reputation management improves brand sentiment. - -We Recovered $32 Million Monthly for a National Retailer Learn how we went on the defensive for a national furniture retailer. Read Case Study - -5 online reputation management best practices - -1. Google yourself or your brand name - -The only way to grasp the full scope of your reputation issue is to Google yourself. Don’t just click on the first two results and call it a day. Take a close look at as many of the search results as you can. For instance, we often analyse hundreds, if not thousands of results for our customers. Track any trends or patterns you see. Are all of the unwanted results about one negative event? Is it poor customer reviews? Or negative feedback on Glassdoor? - -You can’t devise a solution for your problem until you know how big it is. If you find negative results that could tarnish your brand and affect your bottom line, you need to act quickly to resolve the issue. - -2. Inventory your digital assets and vulnerabilities - -It’s easy to focus solely on negative results when you map your search landscape. But, to accurately diagnose the overall health of your online reputation, it’s important to look at both your strengths and your weaknesses. Who are your allies? Do you have any detractors? Where are your biggest content gaps? How many controllable assets do you have? - -Owning a single web property is a good starting point, but having multiple domains expands your digital footprint with content you control. This prevents others from buying domain names that are similar to yours in order to stage reputation attacks against you. Ultimately, owning multiple web assets makes it much harder for third parties to hijack your narrative. - -To get started, execute a reputational risk assessment to identify the baseline sentiment of your brand and spot issues before they become widely known. It’s important to know exactly what the public thinks of your company, and how you stack up against competitors as well as your industry at large. - -3. Build your fortress of controllable assets - -In order to keep negative content from surging onto the first page of Google, you must build a digital breakwater to hold it back. Remember, you’ll need at least 10 assets to fill the first page of your search results, but you should aim for much more than that. - -When it comes to branded searches, Google favors properties you own or control. So, your digital fortress should include branded websites, blogs and social media profiles — as long as they’re active and relevant. But search engines may also prominently feature certain third-party content like Wikipedia, online review sites, videos, images, and articles depending on the query. - -Perhaps you’re beginning to realize why people hire reputation management companies. - -Success hinges upon the highest quality content, a profound understanding of search engine optimization, discretion, sensitivity, and company-wide integration. Learn more about our partnerships and how much online reputation management costs. - -How Much Does Reputation Management Cost? Learn how reputation management contracts are priced, and what our services include. Read About Pricing - -4. Expand your online presence - -After you secure your primary digital assets, think beyond the first page of Google. Build a strategy to earn interviews with prominent publications, pitch journalists, and write thought leadership articles of your own. Discuss your philanthropy, social responsibility, industry advancements or strategic partnerships. - -The point is, be everywhere on the web, for the right reasons. Positioning yourself as a thought leader instills trust in customers, and helps you own more of the search landscape. Moreover, if you already optimized your social profiles, you’ll be able to amplify those brand mentions more effectively. - -5. Continuously monitor online brand mentions - -According to Brandwatch, leading retail brands receive an average of 2,217 mentions per day on Twitter alone. Now, consider that there are 1.5 billion websites in Google’s index. That means there are potentially thousands of mentions of your brand each day to track. If you aren’t vigilant, you might miss bad reviews, biased articles, inaccurate reports or competitor attacks. - -Whether you use commercially available reputation monitoring tools and services like Google Alerts, develop your own sentiment tracking software like we did, or you simply search Google on a regular basis, it’s vital that you know when people mention you. - -Don’t focus so much on Google that you forget about social media monitoring, either. Customer feedback doesn’t just arrive in the form of star ratings these days. A simple Tweet about a poor customer experience can erupt in real-time into a public firestorm if you ignore it. And don’t think you can simply delete negative comments. Doing so will only make problems worse. - -6. Avoid controversial topics on social media platforms - -When it comes to your reputation, social media marketing is a double edged sword. On one hand, it’s a vital component of both your digital marketing and online reputation management strategy. Yet, controversial comments on social networks are a major source of countless brand crises. - -To avoid most problems, don’t engage in arguments about politics or other hot-button topics on your social media accounts. If you absolutely must take a position, carefully weigh the consequences and make sure your messaging is clear and appropriate. - -The best way to approach social media is to assume that everyone will read what you write, including stakeholders, customers, family members, and business partners. If you wouldn’t stand up and say it in front of your board or investors, don’t say it on any social media account. Remember, your customers have a wide spectrum of political and personal opinions. So, whatever you say about a sensitive topic is likely to offend someone. - -When it comes to branded social media profiles, it’s even more risky to join discussions around sensitive topics. Many brands have attempted to weigh in on trending hashtags only to completely miss the mark. Bottom line: never hijack a hashtag for commercial benefit if you don’t understand what it means. - -Online reputation management takes time - -Reputation-harming online content doesn’t just disappear by itself. It takes time, effort, resources and a precision-targeted SEO strategy deployed by experts to reposition it where it won’t be found. The longer unfavorable content remains on page one, the stickier it will become, and the more it will cost your business. - -Your customers, investors, business partners, future employees, and loyal clients all depend on Google to tell them how and where to spend their money and time. - -We ensure they find favorable content that promotes a solid, long-lasting relationship with you and your company. We work in close partnership with you to craft the story you want your brand to tell. - -Contact us today to take control of your online reputation. - -FAQ",1731883635,ce3c7f93ed,3c923fb45f,,,1731883635 -https://www.insidequantumtechnology.com/news-archive/the-export-certainty-principle-3/,https://www.insidequantumtechnology.com/feed/,The Export Certainty Principle,"The Export Certainty Principle - -By By Brian Siegelwax posted 13 Nov 2024 - -Einstein famously said, “God does not play dice with the universe.” In other words, he believed that the universe is deterministic, not leaving everything to chance. It turns out, however, that the universe is indeed probabilistic, and also that Einstein isn’t the only person bothered by uncertainty. According to Robert Friedman and Paul Stimers of the 2,300-attorney law firm Holland & Knight, companies exporting emerging technologies, including quantum technologies, are also averse to uncertainty. - -Fortunately, the US recently published interim rules on export controls, alleviating much of the uncertainty for these companies. These rules cover componentry, equipment, and certain key aspects of quantum technologies, including advanced semiconductor tech, additive manufacturing tech, and certain kinds of quantum tech, including cryogenics. Mr. Friedman and Mr. Stimers have not heard any controversy yet over what’s on the list, perhaps because people seem to realize it could’ve been worse. - -According to Mr. Friedman and Mr. Stimers, people actually seem to like the new export controls, at least from a certainty point of view. The rules recognize that the US is not the leader all by itself and that we need to be part of a team. There need to be allies “inside the fence” that we can collaborate with. They say that this is a watershed moment for export controls around all emerging technologies; not just quantum technologies, showing us what they will look like and what they will do. There is also appreciation that these export controls are being introduced relatively early, as introducing them late would be too risky. - -Accommodations - -The Wassenaar Arrangement involves a multilateral group of governments trying to create non-legally binding export controls. Unfortunately, Russia is a member of that group, and Russian influence creates problematic outcomes. The US, therefore, recognizes the need to collaborate with like-minded allies. Quantum companies are monitoring the global licensing requirements, and it is important that US companies avoid unnecessary constraints and regulations. To that aim, the interim rules include the following features welcome by industry: - -An Implemented Export Controls (IEC) license exception has been introduced for countries with export controls similar to those of the US Commerce Department. Licenses are required for sending certain technologies to countries without analogous export controls. - -In many cases, a general license allows continued collaboration between companies and their subsidiaries in other countries, grandfathering in the existing subsidiaries. - -Foreign entities in the US might need a license within the US, but the rules do not immediately impede commerce. Certain existing foreign national employees are grandfathered in, depending on the technology at issue. - -So as to not impede business on day one, the rules include a 60-day delayed implementation for those provisions impacting the quantum industry. Companies are granted some time to get the licenses they need where they need them. - -Conclusion - -The new export controls provide a roadmap for companies in emerging tech, including quantum tech, to know how new rules will be implemented. Fortunately, the rules accommodate the realities of global commerce and acknowledge that adjusting to them will take time. Mr. Friedman and Mr. Stimers say that people generally consider the rules reasonable, recognizing that quantum tech has security implications. The rules could’ve been worse, with no grandfathering, no grace period, and more restrictions, but at least the dice have been put away and exporters know what’s coming.",1731883648,560a7f975d,3cc561ec8b,,,1731883648 -https://transom.org/2018/anatomy-of-a-scene/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Anatomy Of A Scene,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/07/Anatomy-of-a-Scene.mp3 Download Listen to “Anatomy Of A Scene” - -The word “scene” is used all the time when discussion audio storytelling. “Do you have any scenes for your story?” “What’s the opening scene?” “Oh, man, I recorded some good scene tape today!” But, what is a scene? - -In short, think of it as a chapter, a section of a story that typically has active tape or ambiance. A scene is a great way to organize a piece and create a more visual story. At their best scenes aren’t filler; they help tell the story. - -Typically, a scene has four core elements: - -Characters - -Setting — A physical location where the story is taking place. - -Action — The character is clearly doing something. - -Idea — There’s a point to a scene. It communicates and shows an important point in a story. - -On this episode of HowSound, I’ll dissect a scene that goes above and beyond. It not only has all these elements but it has a clear beginning and end, as well as a narrative arc. It comes from a story produced by Jessica Yung a recent graduate of the Transom Story Workshop.",1731883667,c00d35bf2d,3c6cfcb358,,,1731883667 -https://www.nytimes.com/2024/11/13/us/california-palm-springs-reparations.html,https://www.nytimes.com/svc/collections/v1/publish/https://www.nytimes.com/topic/subject/race-and-ethnicity/rss.xml,Palm Springs Reaches Nearly $6 Million Reparations Deal With Former Section 14 Residents,"The city of Palm Springs, Calif., will consider a nearly $6 million reparations settlement for former residents of a neighborhood of mostly Black and Latino families that was destroyed more than a half-century ago. - -Former residents of Section 14, which was razed in the 1960s to make room for commercial development, accepted the city’s final cash offer of $5.9 million. Up to another $21 million could go toward housing, economic development and small business programs. The City Council is expected to vote on the settlement offer and the initiatives at a public meeting on Thursday. - -“We have been fighting for a long time to tell our story,” said Margarita Genera, 86, who lived with her parents and two siblings in the neighborhood. - -If the settlement is approved, Palm Springs, a desert resort destination, would become one of a few municipalities in the country to have successfully reached a deal on reparations. Evanston, Ill., in 2021 became the first city to offer reparations in the form of housing grants, though the program is currently being challenged in a lawsuit. Some cities, like New York City and Tulsa, Okla., have recently created commissions to study and develop plans for a reparations program.",1731883633,581190c2c6,3cdefe31ac,,,1731883633 -https://spectrum.ieee.org/inventions,https://spectrum.ieee.org/rss/fulltext,Why the Art of Invention Is Always Being Reinvented,"Every invention begins with a problem—and the creative act of seeing a problem where others might just see unchangeable reality. For one 5-year-old, the problem was simple: She liked to have her tummy rubbed as she fell asleep. But her mom, exhausted from working two jobs, often fell asleep herself while putting her daughter to bed. “So [the girl] invented a teddy bear that would rub her belly for her,” explains Stephanie Couch, executive director of the Lemelson MIT Program. Its mission is to nurture the next generation of inventors and entrepreneurs. - -Anyone can learn to be an inventor, Couch says, given the right resources and encouragement. “Invention doesn’t come from some innate genius, it’s not something that only really special people get to do,” she says. Her program creates invention-themed curricula for U.S. classrooms, ranging from kindergarten to community college. - -We’re biased, but we hope that little girl grows up to be an engineer. By the time she comes of age, the act of invention may be something entirely new—reflecting the adoption of novel tools and the guiding forces of new social structures. Engineers, with their restless curiosity and determination to optimize the world around them, are continuously in the process of reinventing invention. - -In this special issue, we bring you stories of people who are in the thick of that reinvention today. IEEE Spectrum is marking 60 years of publication this year, and we’re celebrating by highlighting both the creative act and the grindingly hard engineering work required to turn an idea into something world changing. In these pages, we take you behind the scenes of some awe-inspiring projects to reveal how technology is being made—and remade—in our time. - -Inventors Are Everywhere - -Invention has long been a democratic process. The economist B. Zorina Khan of Bowdoin College has noted that the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office has always endeavored to allow essentially anyone to try their hand at invention. From the beginning, the patent examiners didn’t care who the applicants were—anyone with a novel and useful idea who could pay the filing fee was officially an inventor. - -This ethos continues today. It’s still possible for an individual to launch a tech startup from a garage or go on “Shark Tank” to score investors. The Swedish inventor Simone Giertz, for example, made a name for herself with YouTube videos showing off her hilariously bizarre contraptions, like an alarm clock with an arm that slapped her awake. The MIT innovation scholar Eric von Hippel has spotlighted today’s vital ecosystem of “user innovation,” in which inventors such as Giertz are motivated by their own needs and desires rather than ambitions of mass manufacturing. - -But that route to invention gets you only so far, and the limits of what an individual can achieve have become starker over time. To tackle some of the biggest problems facing humanity today, inventors need a deep-pocketed government sponsor or corporate largess to muster the equipment and collective human brainpower required. - -When we think about the challenges of scaling up, it’s helpful to remember Alexander Graham Bell and his collaborator Thomas Watson. “They invent this cool thing that allows them to talk between two rooms—so it’s a neat invention, but it’s basically a gadget,” says Eric Hintz, a historian of invention at the Smithsonian Institution. “To go from that to a transcontinental long-distance telephone system, they needed a lot more innovation on top of the original invention.” To scale their invention, Hintz says, Bell and his colleagues built the infrastructure that eventually evolved into Bell Labs, which became the standard-bearer for corporate R&D. - -In this issue, we see engineers grappling with challenges of scale in modern problems. Consider the semiconductor technology supported by the U.S. CHIPS and Science Act, a policy initiative aimed at bolstering domestic chip production. Beyond funding manufacturing, it also provides US $11 billion for R&D, including three national centers where companies can test and pilot new technologies. As one startup tells the tale, this infrastructure will drastically speed up the lab-to-fab process. - -And then there are atomic clocks, the epitome of precision timekeeping. When researchers decided to build a commercial version, they had to shift their perspective, taking a sprawling laboratory setup and reimagining it as a portable unit fit for mass production and the rigors of the real world. They had to stop optimizing for precision and instead choose the most robust laser, and the atom that would go along with it. - -These technology efforts benefit from infrastructure, brainpower, and cutting-edge new tools. One tool that may become ubiquitous across industries is artificial intelligence—and it’s a tool that could further expand access to the invention arena. - -What if you had a team of indefatigable assistants at your disposal, ready to scour the world’s technical literature for material that could spark an idea, or to iterate on a concept 100 times before breakfast? That’s the promise of today’s generative AI. The Swiss company Iprova is exploring whether its AI tools can automate “eureka” moments for its clients, corporations that are looking to beat their competitors to the next big idea. The serial entrepreneur Steve Blank similarly advises young startup founders to embrace AI’s potential to accelerate product development; he even imagines testing product ideas on digital twins of customers. Although it’s still early days, generative AI offers inventors tools that have never been available before. - -Measuring an Invention’s Impact - -If AI accelerates the discovery process, and many more patentable ideas come to light as a result, then what? As it is, more than a million patents are granted every year, and we struggle to identify the ones that will make a lasting impact. Bryan Kelly, an economist at the Yale School of Management, and his collaborators made an attempt to quantify the impact of patents by doing a technology-assisted deep dive into U.S. patent records dating back to 1840. Using natural language processing, they identified patents that introduced novel phrasing that was then repeated in subsequent patents—an indicator of radical breakthroughs. For example, Elias Howe Jr.’s 1846 patent for a sewing machine wasn’t closely related to anything that came before but quickly became the basis of future sewing-machine patents. - -Another foundational patent was the one awarded to an English bricklayer in 1824 for the invention of Portland cement, which is still the key ingredient in most of the world’s concrete. As Ted C. Fishman describes in his fascinating inquiry into the state of concrete today, this seemingly stable industry is in upheaval because of its heavy carbon emissions. The AI boom is fueling a construction boom in data centers, and all those buildings require billions of tons of concrete. Fishman takes readers into labs and startups where researchers are experimenting with climate-friendly formulations of cement and concrete. Who knows which of those experiments will result in a patent that echoes down the ages? - -Some engineers start their invention process by thinking about the impact they want to make on the world. The eminent Indian technologist Raghunath Anant Mashelkar, who has popularized the idea of “Gandhian engineering”, advises inventors to work backward from “what we want to achieve for the betterment of humanity,” and to create problem-solving technologies that are affordable, durable, and not only for the elite. - -Durability matters: Invention isn’t just about creating something brand new. It’s also about coming up with clever ways to keep an existing thing going. Such is the case with the Hubble Space Telescope. Originally designed to last 15 years, it’s been in orbit for twice that long and has actually gotten better with age, because engineers designed the satellite to be fixable and upgradable in space. - -For all the invention activity around the globe—the World Intellectual Property Organization says that 3.5 million applications for patents were filed in 2022—it may be harder to invent something useful than it used to be. Not because “everything that can be invented has been invented,” as in the apocryphal quote attributed to the unfortunate head of the U.S. patent office in 1889. Rather, because so much education and experience are required before an inventor can even understand all the dimensions of the door they’re trying to crack open, much less come up with a strategy for doing so. Ben Jones, an economist at Northwestern’s Kellogg School of Management, has shown that the average age of great technological innovators rose by about six years over the course of the 20th century. “Great innovation is less and less the provenance of the young,” Jones concluded. - -Consider designing something as complex as a nuclear fusion reactor, as Tom Clynes describes in “An Off-the-Shelf Stellarator.” Fusion researchers have spent decades trying to crack the code of commercially viable fusion—it’s more akin to a calling than a career. If they succeed, they will unlock essentially limitless clean energy with no greenhouse gas emissions or meltdown danger. That’s the dream that the physicists in a lab in Princeton, N.J., are chasing. But before they even started, they first had to gain an intimate understanding of all the wrong ways to build a fusion reactor. Once the team was ready to proceed, what they created was an experimental reactor that accelerates the design-build-test cycle. With new AI tools and unprecedented computational power, they’re now searching for the best ways to create the magnetic fields that will confine the plasma within the reactor. Already, two startups have spun out of the Princeton lab, both seeking a path to commercial fusion. - -The stellarator story and many other articles in this issue showcase how one innovation leads to the next, and how one invention can enable many more. The legendary Dean Kamen, best known for mechanical devices like the Segway and the prosthetic “Luke” arm, is now trying to push forward the squishy world of biological manufacturing. In an interview, Kamen explains how his nonprofit is working on the infrastructure—bioreactors, sensors, and controls—that will enable companies to explore the possibilities of growing replacement organs. You could say that he’s inventing the launchpad so others can invent the rockets. - -Sometimes everyone in a research field knows where the breakthrough is needed, but that doesn’t make it any easier to achieve. Case in point: the quest for a household humanoid robot that can perform domestic chores, switching effortlessly from frying an egg to folding laundry. Roboticists need better learning software that will enable their bots to navigate the uncertainties of the real world, and they also need cheaper and lighter actuators. Major advances in these two areas would unleash a torrent of creativity and may finally bring robot butlers into our homes. - -And maybe the future roboticists who make those breakthroughs will have cause to thank Marina Umaschi Bers, a technologist at Boston College who cocreated the ScratchJr programming language and the KIBO robotics kit to teach kids the basics of coding and robotics in entertaining ways. She sees engineering as a playground, a place for children to explore and create, to be goofy or grandiose. If today’s kindergartners learn to think of themselves as inventors, who knows what they’ll create tomorrow?",1731883665,5887b2bb51,3befd9ff3c,,,1731883665 -https://www.communitysignal.com/helping-online-community-members-experiencing-a-mental-health-crisis/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,Helping Online Community Members Experiencing a Mental Health Crisis,"Crisis Text Line offers free, 24/7 support via text message to anyone facing a mental health crisis. Some organizations partner with Crisis Text Line to develop co-branded text lines for their community, but starting today, you can make Crisis Text Line part of your policy and response strategy if anyone in your community or on your team shares or shows signs that they’re experiencing a mental health crisis. - -The other part of your response strategy leverages a skill that you likely practice everyday –– empathy. Becka Ross, the chief program officer at Crisis Text Line, reminds us that “anybody can be empathetic. When somebody is expressing or showing signs of mental illness, it’s not the expectation that somebody steps up into a role of a psychotherapist or a doctor or any other mental health professional, but all humans can be empathetic to one another.” - -Crisis Text Line is powered by a team of 39,000 volunteers. Their community, training, and volunteer opportunities call on people from all walks of life to work together to help those facing mental health dilemmas. In our discussion with Becka, you’ll learn not only how the team supports one another through community, but also how you can do the same for your own community members and the people you care about. - -Becka and Patrick discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Vanilla, a one-stop shop for online community. - -An example of how Crisis Text Line partners with other organizations (03:12): “The state of Ohio’s mental health and addiction services [have] a keyword that they share with their residents [who text it] to our crisis line, linked with our trained crisis counselors, who support the residents in crisis. We provide the state of Ohio with anonymized and aggregated trends about how their constituents are using our service, which, in turn, can help them to create better policies, more services, and support in specific areas.” – Becka Ross - -Establish a mental health crisis policy to support your team and community (08:29): “It’s a great idea to have a [mental health crisis] policy in place before you need it so that you can have something to fall back on. It can be alarming or even scary to hear somebody else say they want to hurt themselves or somebody else. Having a policy that’s written before you’re in that situation can be helpful in ensuring that you can offer support in a meaningful way.” – Becka Ross - -Reacting with empathy makes a difference (09:30): “Anybody can be empathetic. When somebody is expressing or showing signs of mental illness, it’s not the expectation that somebody steps up into a role of a psychotherapist or a doctor or any other mental health professional, but all humans can be empathetic to one another.” – Becka Ross - -Reacting with empathy makes a difference (09:30): “One of the bravest things you could do as a human is reach out to somebody who you feel like is struggling and just ask if they’re okay.” – Becka Ross - -How Crisis Text Line reaches those at the most risk within 24 seconds (19:30): “We have a machine learning algorithm that triages our incoming conversations based on risk. We are able to respond to the highest-need texters the quickest. On average, [we get to them] within 24 seconds.” – Becka Ross - -Boundaries on the Crisis Text Line team and how the team members support one another (20:50): “We’re not therapists. We’re not doing clinical long-term work. We’re short-term, helping somebody get to a calm state, and then offering resources. Our supervisors are there for … in-the-moment support if it’s needed. If things escalate [or] if we hear about abuse or any other high-risk situation, then our staff intervene and really support volunteers so they’re not alone.” – Becka Ross - -Becka Ross is a licensed clinical social worker with over 15 years experience in mental health, working in direct practice as a psychotherapist, managing a residential program for young men transitioning to adulthood, providing teletherapy in a medical setting and currently the chief program officer at Crisis Text Line; free, 24/7 crisis support through a text based service. Becka is a passionate advocate for access to quality mental health and suicide prevention. - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Vanilla, a one-stop-shop for online community. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[music] - -[00:00:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and welcome to Community Signal. As a warning, on this episode, we’ll be discussing topics related to mental health crises, including self-harm and suicide. We’re joined by Becka Ross, chief program officer at Crisis Text Line, to talk about how you can help members in your community who may be experiencing a crisis, by thinking ahead, developing policies, and being empathetic. - -Thank you to our Patreon supporters for finding value in our show. This group includes Jules Standen, Heather Champ, and Marjorie Anderson. If you’re interested in becoming a supporter, please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -Becka Ross is a licensed clinical social worker with over 15 years’ experience in mental health, working in both direct practice as a psychotherapist, managing a residential program for young men transitioning to adulthood, providing teletherapy in a medical setting, and currently, as the chief program officer at Crisis Text Line, which provides free 24/7 crisis support through a text-based service. - -In her current role, Becka oversees the clinical team to ensure quality crisis intervention service through text. In her time with Crisis Text Line, she has been part of expanding Crisis Text Line service to three other countries using machine learning and technology to improve the speed and quality of crisis intervention through text. She is a passionate advocate for access to quality mental health and suicide prevention. - -Crisis Text Line has trained over 39,000 volunteer crisis counselors, and in seven years, they’ve supported over 5.4 million conversations with an average of 4,000 people supported every day. Through machine learning, they’re able to triage conversations and respond to the highest risk texters within 24 seconds. Becka, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:57] Becka Ross: Thank you so much for having me. - -[00:03:22] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s my pleasure. As I mentioned to you before the show, it’s such an important topic, a lot of people care about it. A lot of people want to do the right thing. They care about their members, but they don’t know where to start. That’s really the impetus for doing this episode. It’s a pleasure to have someone like yourself on, with such a high level of expertise. Thanks for making time for us. - -[00:02:17] Becka Ross: Yes, absolutely. I’m excited to be here. - -[00:02:19] Patrick O’Keefe: I’ll start at the high end because the Crisis Text Line works with a lot of big platforms, names people know, a lot of organizations, also, plenty of nonprofits, charities, lots of organizations work with Crisis Text Line, but for those big companies, for the platforms, for the UGCs, user-generated content companies, it’s social media platforms, gaming companies, dating apps, so many different applications. Can you talk about how those partnerships work? - -[00:02:42] Becka Ross: Yes, absolutely. There’s several ways that companies can work with Crisis Text Line. Currently, we’re working with over 130 partners in nonprofit, government, and education partners, through co-branded text lines. One way that people can work with us and we can support users is having a co-branded text line that an organization can use. - -A great example of this is the State of Ohio’s mental health and addiction services. They have a keyword that they share with their residents of Ohio that comes directly to our crisis line, is linked with our trained crisis counselors, who support the residents in crisis. We provide the State of Ohio back with anonymized and aggregated trends about how their constituents are using our service, which, in turn, can help them to create better policies, more services, and support in specific areas. - -That’s one formal way that we partner with organizations. We also work with some organizations who will use our number on their own forums or their own websites to promote any type of support that’s needed outside of the scope that they offer. Like you mentioned, dating apps, or even now we know mental health text-based or virtual services are very common, so being able to share our number for people who might be outside the scope or in higher need of mental health support, and they can share our information. - -Then we also help with staff members who may be experiencing or have the potential to experience other people’s traumas like frontline workers. Obviously, during COVID, we’ve worked with a lot of organizations that work with frontline workers to ensure that they were supported as well and had a place to go and get support if they needed it. - -[00:04:53] Patrick O’Keefe: These partnerships are important because the big ones, they provide financial support that helps Crisis Text Line operate because you’re not just a service that exists to serve these partners, you are available to anyone who happens to find themselves in need of help and stumbles across your website or your text number. - -[00:05:09] Becka Ross: Exactly, yes. Open to everybody. - -[00:05:11] Patrick O’Keefe: Online communities come in all shapes and sizes, and most of them are smaller. Most of them are a volunteer group or just one person who started this thing about their passion. They don’t think that a community about trains or gardening or any number of hobbies, or passions, or professions would necessarily become a place where someone might express something that suggests they’re in crisis, or they’re having thoughts of self-harm, or that they might harm themselves in some way. - -That happens every day. A lot of these communities might have been started by a teenager. That was me once upon a time. I was the teenager starting online forums, from my mother’s basement, as the banned users would tell me, and hey, it was accurate. That’s where I lived back then. One thing I wanted to call out about Crisis Text Line is that you don’t have to be as big as Facebook, in order to refer a member of your community to Crisis Text Line. Any community can do this. Anyone who feels like they’re talking to someone in need of help can refer them to you. - -[00:06:09] Becka Ross: Absolutely, yes. Thanks for bringing that clarification. Our service is nationwide, 24/7, free to everyone, mental health support. That is exactly how we want to show up for people is to be there in their time of crisis and to empower communities to keep their people that they care about safe. Generally, there’s probably more informal partners than formal partners that we have. Nobody has to enter an official agreement with us to share our number. - -Our number is shared widely by whoever could potentially benefit from having somebody there to listen. It’s also an interesting point about, everyone has mental health. That’s something that everybody brings is part of who they are. Having a community where somebody feels supported and feels a sense of belonging, it’s actually pretty common that some of those most intimate parts of their experiences would be shared in those communities. - -It makes sense that that would be a topic that might come up for people and then on the flip side, moderators having the ability to show empathy and direction to our number, 741741. Send people off our way to get support for their mental health crisis. - -[00:07:38] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s so good. I want to talk about that, specifically. There are definitely people listening to this show, who manage an online community or a platform, who are smaller operators, and they want to do this, but what’s the right way to do it? What’s the right way for them, as a smaller community, to, I don’t know, identify a member? I know it’s a big topic with so many nuances to the human condition. - -They don’t have a policy for this right now. They may have had it happen one time, or it’s something they’re realizing now they’re like, “It’s never happened.” I ran a community about the martial arts for 15 years. Then we had someone express something one day, and thankfully, we did have a policy in place, and that person is fine. They’re listening and now they want to put something together. - -They want to be like, “How do I identify these people? How do I approach them? What do I do with me in my small volunteer team?” Where should they start? What’s the right way to approach that? - -[00:08:29] Becka Ross: It’s a great idea to have a policy in place before you need it so that you can have something to fall back on. It can be alarming or even scary to hear somebody else say that they want to hurt themselves or somebody else. Having a policy that’s written before you’re in that situation can be helpful in ensuring that you can offer support in a meaningful way. - -Sometimes, there’ll be some direct, very concrete signs that somebody is thinking about harming themselves, and that could be through self-disclosure. There could be a possibility that somebody is disclosing to the community that they’re having thoughts of harming themselves or struggling with depression or a variety of mental illnesses, or it could also be a change in behavior or interactions that maybe are outside the norm of what you would expect for the code of conduct that exists. - -The real power is that anybody can be empathetic. When somebody is expressing or showing signs of mental illness, it’s not the expectation that somebody steps up into a role of a psychotherapist or a doctor or any other mental health professional, but all humans can be empathetic to one another. We often, based on our trainings, our volunteers, our crisis counselors attend about 34-hour training to learn these skills in empathy and active listening and require no specific background to be able to do this because we want to spread a world where there are more empathetic people. - -That can look really just as simple as looking to see another’s perspective, even responding with things like, “Wow, that must be incredibly lonely to feel that way,” or to say, “You’re not alone. I care about you, and I’m here.” Then that connection and that awareness that that person is not alone, there’s support, there’s people who care out there can open the door to that person being able to get help. - -Anybody can offer that empathy, just human-to-human connection. There’s also some really great evidence-based trainings that exist. For example, there is this training called Start, through LivingWorks. It’s a 90-minute online training that offers some really baseline information on things to look out for, so some warning signs and responses. Trainings like that can be really helpful for an individual or an organization in understanding of warning signs and then potential responses. - -Responses and building a policy can be simply responding with empathy and sharing our Crisis Text Line’s text number, 741741, to allow for somebody to connect if they need to and even if somebody is at imminent risk of harming themselves, being empowered to call 911 or a local crisis center to offer support. - -[00:11:49] Patrick O’Keefe: I pulled up that training while you were talking. It’s only $27.95, so very affordable training for anyone who really does want to understand this. I like that anybody can be empathetic. I think that’s a really good message. - -[00:12:02] Patrick O’Keefe: I would like to take a moment to talk about our generous sponsor Vanilla. - -Vanilla provides a one-stop-shop solution that gives community leaders all the tools they need to create a thriving community. Engagement tools like ideation and gamification promote vibrant discussion and powerful moderation tools allow admins to stay on top of conversations and keep things on track. All of these features are available out of the box, and come with best-in-class technical and community support from Vanilla’s Success Team. Vanilla is trusted by King, Acer, Qualtrics, and many more leading brands. Visit vanillaforums.com. - -You mentioned that point at which someone might feel overwhelmed. I really appreciate that you point out that it’s not someone’s job, a volunteer, a moderator in the community to step up. Whether they think of themselves because “I can save the world,” or “I can take this on,” or “I can help,” or just because they’re there and they feel like there’s no other option, they don’t necessarily have to be the be-all-end-all to be helpful. - -You said something else pre-show, something about encouraging people to ask because a lot of people, who may be feeling a certain way, you get a clue from them, you get a vibe, you read something in a forum post. If you feel a certain way, it doesn’t hurt to ask because a lot of the people who do take some sort of drastic action, it may not have been clear that they were going to do those things. If you feel something might be off, just go ahead and ask. - -[00:13:19] Becka Ross: Yes, exactly. This can be pretty scary as well. It can also be one of the bravest things you could do as a human is to reach out to somebody who you feel like is struggling and just ask if they’re okay, also understanding that there are mounds of research that show that asking somebody if they’re thinking about ending their life will not plant the idea of suicide or plant the seed of suicide, it won’t induce suicidal behavior. - -Quite the contrary, if using an expression of care, saying things like, “I really care about you, and I want to check if you’re thinking about ending your life” actually opens the door for somebody to talk about their feelings or their thoughts maybe for the first time ever. Also, asking that question to somebody does not then put you in a position where you’re responsible for their actions or behaviors. - -Maybe more scary than asking the question is hearing the response and really understanding that, actually, even if somebody has thought about suicide, that does not mean that they’re at imminent risk of ending their life so really being able to be open to asking the question and giving resources as needed a Crisis Text Line number or even external intervention if needed. - -[00:14:47] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, and just not taking on the responsibility is an important thing because I think one thing that people get overwhelmed by is, obviously, with the internet. Going back to me as a teenager running forums, I didn’t know where these people were. I didn’t know what they looked like. I didn’t know what their age was beyond they said they were older than 13 because of COPPA. - -I knew they were older than 13. It’s pseudonymous. It’s self-disclosure of everything from hair color, to gender, to location, to name, first name, last name and people are judging the community by their contribution to the community. This is fairly common in online spaces. One of the things that people get overwhelmed by is “I’m going to reach out to this person, but really, what can I do? - -“If they tell me they are thinking about doing something, I don’t know enough. I can’t call someone. I can’t send someone to an address.” That responsibility kicks in because you’re like, “Well, if I start this conversation down this road, who else knows, who else can help? There’s a limit to what I can do,” and it stops you from reaching out at all. - -[00:15:46] Becka Ross: Yes. I think that that’s pretty common, particularly in online communities, and our service is anonymous. We’re in the same situation that we do not know the details or demographics outside of self-disclosed information. Again, I will just go back to the importance of making that connection will probably mean more to that person than could never be known and not being responsible for the actions. - -We talked a little bit about the policy creation or the helpful steps if somebody does say, “Yes, I do need more help. I do need something more. I’m not safe” and having those at hand, which do not require a significant amount of education or experience. Even as simple as sharing Crisis Text Line’s number or having a resource database so you can have a list of opportunities or further resources that can be easily accessible to the community. - -[00:16:53] Patrick O’Keefe: Have you seen any good examples of those sorts of policies that are publicly available at all, where someone has a platform, any kind of app really, it’s all very related, where people show up online with each other and they have some sort of policy that they posted, maybe in public or even they just shared it in an industry conversation, that could be used to draw inspiration? Have you seen any examples out there that might be worth referring to? - -[00:17:15] Becka Ross: Yes. We have this on our website I would offer. Interestingly, the way our organization works, we’re powered by volunteers. We’ve trained over 39,000 volunteers to respond to crisis conversations, and we engage them in a very high-touch way through an online community. On our website, we actually have some examples of code of conduct and resources available. That’s one. I could think about some others. I’m not sure, off the top of my head, who has a good policy. - -[00:17:50] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned the volunteers you’ve trained. Crisis Text Line has trained over 39,000 folks who have stepped up to help people in this way. You mentioned an online community. Do you have a private space where they can get together, talk about the volunteer work, talk about the things they’re seeing, and exchange knowledge, ideas, and support? - -[00:18:07] Becka Ross: Yes, exactly. We actually built our platform on top of Mighty Networks. We have a separate space for our volunteers, which is moderated by staff but then also by a handful of volunteers who’ve been with us for quite a while, have contributed a lot to the community, and wanted to step up in a way to help engage current volunteers. We really break up the rooms based on debriefing. - -Obviously, in our line of work, there is some tough conversations that can come up. We offer a space where volunteers can talk to each other about struggles that they’ve had and conversations and then anything else that could build connection between people. We have groups on recipes and pets. Perhaps, those are probably the two most active, our community loves to talk about food and animals and then book clubs and all kinds of things. It’s also a way for us to be able to deliver continuing education, too. - -[00:19:13] Patrick O’Keefe: Very cool. We’ve talked about volunteers, but I know you have three levels of care, as you describe them to me: technical level, the volunteers, and then staff who operate as supervisors. Do you want to talk about those three levels a little bit so people can understand how the service works when you actually hit that text message and send it to Crisis Text Line? - -[00:19:29] Becka Ross: Yes, absolutely. We have a machine learning algorithm that triages our incoming conversations based on risk. We are able to respond to the highest-need texters the quickest. It’s a little bit more of an emergency room style of response than a queue response. Currently, our highest-risk texters, we, on average, get to those people within 24 seconds. That allows us to reach the highest-need people the quickest. - -Then we have the volunteer-based, who is actually doing the conversation, listening with empathy, de-escalating, identifying coping skills, and really just building that connection and being there for the person in crisis. Then the third level are trained human staff. We have staff that are on our platform 24/7, observing all conversations with the benefit of our technology and being through text messaging, our mental health professionals are able to review all conversations and support as needed. - -We operate off the philosophy that after going through our training, that can be applied to any issue, whether it’s anxiety or eating disorder. Because we’re not therapists, we’re not doing clinical long-term work, we’re short-term, helping somebody get to a calm state, and then offering resources. Our supervisors are there for that feedback and in-the-moment support if it’s needed. If things escalate like if we hear about abuse or any other high-risk situation, then our staff intervene on those and really support volunteers so they’re not alone. - -[00:21:15] Patrick O’Keefe: Have you ever heard of anyone who does the work I do or community moderation, trust safety work, volunteering for Crisis Text Line? It strikes me that it might be a really interesting way to gain an education through the training that you offer for volunteers and then actually committing to a certain number of hours of volunteer work, talking to people directly that in some sense, it’s definitely emotionally taxing, but it’s not in the community you manage. - -There’s a separation there where you can volunteer and help people separately and also gain a deeper understanding and some of these skills you’re talking about, like active listening and finally tuning your empathetic nature that probably is already there, I hope. have you ever heard of anyone volunteering as a way to build out those skills while also giving back, in a sense? - -[00:21:55] Becka Ross: Yes, absolutely. The great thing about our volunteer community is we really come from all walks of life, all experiences. We do have people in our volunteer base that are mental health professionals or aspiring mental health professionals. The whole range of anybody is welcome to join our community after passing a background check and going through our training, obviously. - -We have heard from people or volunteers, who are outside of the field of mental health, how helpful volunteering has actually been in deepening their understanding of supporting people in crisis and in different things. We have volunteers who are police officers, we have volunteers who are teachers or finance professionals and absolutely online community moderators as well, people in the tech industry overall. - -[00:22:47] Patrick O’Keefe: Very cool. One thing about policy that I wanted to go back to is the type of thing where it’s, as we’ve discussed, it’s good to think about it before you need it. I was thinking about this around 12 years ago, and I reached out to the Jason Foundation for advice and for help crafting a policy. The policy that we came up with at that time was basically that if we identified someone who may be in crisis, we should try to take it off the public community and encourage them to make contact with someone they could talk to one-to-one, whether it be us or someone else. - -That came out of this doesn’t necessarily happen as much in really small, close, well-managed online communities that are tight-knit. I’m sure you’ve heard so many more stories than I have about people who make some sort of disclosure on a public platform, where, first of all, you’ve got awful people who make it worst deliberately, but also, you have people, and this is something I’ve heard from talking to people that if you leave it in public, there is a risk that members in the community, even well-meaning members, may possibly do more harm than good in a group setting. - -Even a well-meaning member could say something that may not be helpful in a particular moment. Do you think that’s true? Does that make sense as a thought? I’ve heard other people say it. I was just curious to hear your thoughts. - -[00:23:55] Becka Ross: Yes. That’s such an interesting and very important point. In full transparency, I am not great at risk mitigation, that’s not generally my lens, so from a mental health perspective, I think being able to have public conversations or vulnerable conversations in public offers an opportunity to reduce the stigma around mental health and not something that is shuffled in the back. - -If there’s policies that exist that can support somebody in being able to say, “Yes, I’m having a bad day, or I’ve been feeling really depressed lately” and that being an okay conversation, I think it’s important to have that in the open in terms of decreasing the negative stigma around mental health. There is something to be said, and I think it’s actually growing, particularly since the pandemic, peer-to-peer groups surfacing online. - -In some of those forums for peer-to-peer mental health support, it is important. The line is, really, if somebody is looking for connection and to be heard, anybody can do that. If somebody is looking for advice on how to handle a symptom, that’s best left to a professional. It’s just knowing the scope and the role that the community can play. Again, anybody can be empathetic and listen and help somebody feel supported; not everybody is qualified to give advice. - -[laughter] - -[00:25:32] Patrick O’Keefe: Now, that’s an interesting nuance. Even when I was writing that policy and talking about it in public because I do a lot of work in public, so to speak, I share a lot of what I’m doing at the time, there were people who were making the point that, in a well-run community, at least, there is a benefit to allowing people to have the conversation in public. You’ve mentioned, before, how they can text a moderator much like they would text a volunteer. - -On my end, there is the need to moderate that thread very closely and carefully and for people to watch that thread and what people say in response, just to make sure that we are applying, I guess, empathetic moderation practices where if someone does crop up and say something that is either advice that they shouldn’t be giving because we don’t allow people to give medical advice in the forums, anyway. - -You could post, “I have a broken leg?” Should I start digging into this myself?” We wouldn’t allow you to give that advice on the forum. If you can create that sort of space, it’s wonderful. I have a community that I’ve run for 20 years. On May 21st, I’ll have run it all 20 years from launch to today. Our listeners to this show are probably sick of hearing me talk about it, frankly. - -There was a point last year because most people are just a small martial arts community, who cares? If you dig down below the surface a little bit, last year, at one point, at the same time, we were helping members who own businesses figure out what to do about COVID, martial arts schools. Martial arts are tough to do during a pandemic, in-person instruction, what they should do about their schools. - -We were celebrating a member who was leaving us after 12 years on staff or however and then we were helping another member who was diagnosed with stage IV cancer, who was one of the most beloved members in the community. People were being just amazing, and I didn’t have to do anything moderation-wise. It’s just a beautiful moment when you lay the foundation for something like that. - -To your point, I’ve seen it. Much like creating a really good volunteer community, to create that moment is so much work in preparation and just like your training and I’m sure everything that you’ve done that I don’t know about that happens behind the scenes. A good online community, people joke that the way to build it is you launch it, and then you work hard for 10 years, and then you’ve got a great community. - -Because it’s like it’s everything that leads up to that moment, 18 years later, 19 years later, around policies, thoughtful application of policies, who you invite to the community, who you don’t want in the community, how you apply those guidelines, how you allow people to talk to one another, the example you set and the things that you allow would happen over and over again if you allow them. - -It’s just a lot of work to create that environment. I don’t know if I have a question there, but there’s a framework you create of thoughtfulness and empathy that takes– It’s a real process. Even emotional things like empathy and things, how much we care about another human, that we can codify and build into our training and our processes, and how we apply our very basic technical roles. There’s a cold way to do things and then there’s an empathetic way to do things, and it makes a difference. - -[00:28:36] Becka Ross: Exactly, yes. At least for us, the importance of really understanding what we value from our community and with our community upfront, so building an empathetic community, where people can feel a sense of belonging and show respect for each other and having those baseline shared values has also helped us be able to keep the community engaging, and it is a lot of work upfront and continuously, to continue to support that. - -[00:29:06] Patrick O’Keefe: One other thing I wanted to call out for listeners, especially anyone who would like advice from someone who is really focused on helping people who may be at risk for any number of mental health concerns, is that yes, there are big national organizations like Crisis Text Line, but don’t forget that there are organizations more local to your region, your state, your province, your county, town, whatever, that would probably be very willing to offer you some advice on how best to responsibly approach these issues. - -This isn’t something to just Google and go to the top result necessarily. Don’t overlook the people who are on the ground in your local communities right now working on these issues because they’re probably more than happy to chat with you as well. There’s, obviously, a lot of conversations around these types of topics. Crisis Text Line has a lot of things going on, they’re very busy, lots of things happening. - -Don’t overlook your local organizations and the smaller orgs out there as well when you’re looking for advice, help, resources. Honestly, the website, for Crisis Text Line especially but also others, just the websites and reading through how they talk about, how you talk about issues is instructive when you’re thinking about how you as a community or you as a leader should talk about these issues. - -Just reading through about pages, which might sound silly, just reading the about page, reading FAQs, reading how the services introduced to people who might be in need of help, and mirroring that, there’s a reason it’s worded that way, so just allow people who deal with these things all the time to guide how you speak and the words that you choose. - -[00:30:34] Becka Ross: Yes. That’s such an important point, too. Especially mental health organizations that are government-funded often have an entire department focused on community education with the baseline or the understanding that the more that we can spread information about mental health and reduce stigma, the better off we’ll all be, so it would be fairly easy and expected to reach out to a local mental health organization and request from community education to inform policies. - -[00:31:09] Patrick O’Keefe: Becka, this is a serious topic, and I wasn’t sure what this conversation would be like 100%, but I feel like we’ve had a really nice, thoughtful, empathetic, uplifting conversation. I think solutions and ideas are always helpful and help bring light to things that some people might even be dreading. Some people in this work might be dreading thinking about this or putting it off or like, “Oh my gosh. How do I deal with that?” but I think you’ve given folks some real actionable thoughts and ideas and steps today, so I really appreciate it. Thank you for spending time with us. - -[00:31:36] Becka Ross: Thank you so much for having me. - -[00:31:38] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with Becka Ross, chief program officer at Crisis Text Line. To learn more about their service, visit crisistextline.org. If you have the means, I would personally suggest that you utilize them as a resource and be sure you give the money for doing so. If they’re taking on what a staff member might take on for you in the resources they provide, that’s how you should look at them. - -For the transcript from this episode plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Stay safe out there. - -[music]",1731883683,b6cef58d91,3d0bf60a04,,,1731883683 -https://www.npr.org/2023/09/27/1197954148/natural-disasters-environmental-risk-economics,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Hurricanes, tornadoes, and floods: An economist looks into natural disasters : Planet Money : NPR","The natural disaster economist - -Enlarge this image Tatyana Deryugina/Gies College of Business Tatyana Deryugina/Gies College of Business - -There seems to be headlines about floods, wildfires, or hurricanes every week. Scientists say this might be the new normal — that climate change is making natural disasters more and more common. - -Tatyana Deryugina is a leading expert on the economics of natural disasters — how we respond to them, how they affect the economy, and how they change our lives. And back when Tatyana first started researching natural disasters she realized that there's a lot we don't know about their long-term economic consequences. Especially about how individuals and communities recover. - -Trying to understand those questions of how we respond to natural disasters is a big part of Tatyana's research. And her research has some surprising implications for how we should be responding to natural disasters. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was hosted and reported by Jeff Guo. It was produced by Emma Peaslee and edited by Jess Jiang. It was fact checked by Sierra Juarez and engineered by Josephine Nyounai. Alex Goldmark is our executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR Source Audio - ""New Western"" and ""Lone Star Desert Surfer""",1731884621,8181d7a585,3cd7285830,,,1731884621 -https://www.dexerto.com/call-of-duty/best-ak-74-loadout-in-warzone-class-setup-attachments-perks-2981619/,https://www.dexerto.com/feed/,"Best AK-74 loadout in Warzone: Class setup, attachments, perks","If you can look past accuracy issues, and learn how to master the AK-74, the AR is an absolute force to be reckoned with in Warzone. - -Usually in Warzone, players prefer accurate ARs that can take on long-range engagements. As a result, they are willing to sacrifice damage, if it means the weapon is easy to control and consistent. - -However, for players that are already confident in their aim. There is no reason, they shouldn’t go after a long range meta weapon that shreds through enemies at the cost of recoil. And if that’s something you want, look no further than the AK-74. - -Article continues after ad - -Best Warzone AK-74 loadout - -Dexerto - -Optic: Jason Armory 2x - -Jason Armory 2x Muzzle: Compensator - -Compensator Barrel: Reinforced Barrel - -Reinforced Barrel Underbarrel: Vertical Foregrip - -Vertical Foregrip Magazine: Extended Mag II - -Extended Mag II Rear Grip: Commando Grip - -Commando Grip Stock: Balanced Stock - -Balanced Stock Fire Mods: Recoil Springs - -We don’t believe that the AK-74 is a strong meta contender without eight attachments, so you must equip the Gunfighter Wildcard. This prevents you from being able to use a primary weapon as your secondary, but the tradeoff is worth it. - -That’s because this set of attachments addresses the AR’s primary concerns and elevates it into a tier of its own. To start, the Compensator, Vertical Foregrip, and Recoil Springs all reduce vertical and horizontal recoil. - -Article continues after ad - -Article continues after ad - -Optics come down to personal preference, but we found that the Jason Armory 2x provides a perfect balance between being scoped in too much or not enough. It does take some adjusting getting used to there being no red dot on this scope, but it’s worth the change. - -Meanwhile, the Commando Foregrip improves aim down sight and sprit to fire speeds and the Balanced Stock addresses every important mobility area. - -Every AR loadout should use the Reinforced Barrel for better damage range and bullet velocity, and the same applies to the Extended Mag II, because you need more ammunition to deal with more than one enemy at once. - -Article continues after ad - -Best AK-74 Perks, Equipment & Class Specialty - -Dexerto - -Perk 1 : Dexterity - -: Dexterity Perk 2 : Quick Fix - -: Quick Fix Perk 3: Tempered - -Tempered Wildcard : Overkill - -: Overkill Lethal : Throwing Knife - -: Throwing Knife Tactical: Smoke Grenade - -Being able to outmaneuver your opponents is crucial in Warzone, and you are going to need all of the help available with a slower AR loadout. That’s why Dexterity is the best Perk 1, it reduces weapon motion while sliding, diving, and jumping and reduces fall damage. - -Article continues after ad - -Perk 2 doesn’t offer many intriguing options. So, Quick Fix is the logical choice here because it triggers health regeneration after inserting a plate or getting an elimination. Additionally, you can hip-fire your weapon while equipping a plate, which will save you on more than one occasion. - -Article continues after ad - -We could also see Sprinter as a popular choice because it allows you to tactical-sprint indefinitely. Yet, this is deceiving. You can tactical-sprint indefinitely with the dedicated melee weapon, meaning this perk will only be useful if you’re playing so aggressive that you don’t have time to pull out your weapon before fighting. - -Perk 3, on the other hand, is a difficult choice. You could make a case that Ghost, Gung-Ho, Birdseye, and Alertness are all the obvious selections, but we decided to go with Tempered since it allows you to achieve full armor with two plates instead of three. - -Article continues after ad - -Frag Grenades are also a good option, but we went with Throwing Knives to finish off downed enemies. Finally, Smoke Grenades provide cover while rotating across open areas or running away from enemies. - -Article continues after ad - -AK-74 pros and cons - -Pros Cons Class-leading time-to-kill speed Slower rate of fire Impressive damage range Shaky recoil Rewards high-skill players Less than average handling and mobility - -Activision - -As you can see from the firing range recoil target above, the recoil pattern is easy to control with the best set of attachments. So, when you also take into account that the Ak-74 leads all Black Ops 6 ARs in time-to-kill speed in gunfights up to 36 meters away, it’s hard to argue that there are many other better options. - -Article continues after ad - -Players will still have to adjust for accuracy concerns when dealing withe enemies further away. However, for Resurgence maps there should be no issue with taking on engagements from any range. - -How to unlock AK-74 in Warzone - -The AK-74 can be unlocked by reaching Level 10 in Warzone. Thankfully, this means it’s one of the earlier unlocks, so you won’t need to play for too long to get your hands on it. - -Warzone AK-74 alternatives - -Even the most skilled Warzone players will have problems handling the AK-74’s inconsistent and jumpy recoil pattern. In addition, it takes eight attachments to make this AR truly shine, meaning you can’t carry an SMG as a secondary weapon. It’s a viable gun, but it has problems. - -Article continues after ad - -Article continues after ad - -So, if you want something different, we recommend using the laser accurate GPR 91 or all-around solid XM4. - -For more on Warzone, take a look at how the Season 1 update has affected your level, as well as everything included in the first Battle Pass.",1731883656,9d7eb4fc17,3d1d98319d,,,1731883656 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/trends/g41725937/gifts-under-50/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,50 Best Gifts Under $50 to Shop in 2024,"Finding the perfect holiday gift doesn’t need to involve spending an excessive amount of cash. The best gifts under $50 can deliver luxury and indulgence your loved ones will appreciate, at a price point, you’ll appreciate. - -To help guide you on your search, we’ve put together a list of 50 stylish gifts, from noteworthy fashionable buys to must-have beauty products, that will make finding a thoughtful present for even the most challenging recipients a breeze. If you have a fashion lover on your list, an eye-catching scarf, crafted from silk or warm wool, or an elevated basic, such as a classic white T-shirt, will be a welcome addition to their closet. For the beauty enthusiast or skincare aficionado, you can’t go wrong with a red lipstick or a signature scent to carry them through the holiday season and beyond. And don’t worry, we’ve made sure to include a selection of chic homeware to brighten their day—and their living space. - -No matter where you are on your holiday shopping journey, these gifts will make sure your loved ones feel well taken care of. Shop our edit of the 50 best gifts under $50 below.",1731883619,66787ad63a,3cdcb774d3,,,1731883619 -https://derivsource.com/2024/09/11/real-time-visibility-why-it-is-key-for-managing-collateral-and-payments-now-baton-systems/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Real-time Visibility: Why it is Key for Managing Collateral and Payments Now,"High volatility means firms can be surprised by margin calls and intraday liquidity issues when the market changes fast. Tucker Dona, head of Business Development and Customer Success for Baton Systems, discusses how real-time visibility and increased automation can improve the accuracy and effectiveness of both collateral and wholesale payment management in general. - -Tucker Dona, Baton Systems - -Financial resource managers, including collateral and liquidity managers, face a number of volatility stressors today, many of which are unpredictable. No one discussed the yen carry trade until it caused dramatic market volatility in early August. At the same time, there continues to be the possibility of geopolitical unrest. The ongoing wars in Ukraine and the Middle East could see flashpoints at any point in time, and upcoming elections, especially in the US, could create a lot of volatility. - -In terms of regulation, there has been much focus on T + 1, which went live on May 28, 2024. This shortened settlement cycle may well impact liquidity with knock on effects on collateral management. - -Collateral managers are also focused on the rise of the FMX Futures Exchange, which has received backing from several investment banks and could potentially rival the Chicago Mercantile Exchange (CME). FMX will bring cross-margining between LCH swaps (a huge margin portfolio) and FMX-cleared futures. Challenging the incumbent futures exchange has always been difficult, but if liquidity starts to build on FMX, there is potential for large margin savings with LCH swaps portfolios. The fact that some of the major liquidity providers are investing in FMX shows they may be angling to solve that liquidity problem. - -The need for real-time processing - -Given all these drivers, collateral management and liquidity operations need to be more real-time—especially when it comes to understanding and mobilising the actual inventory of unencumbered assets and resources that could be utilised. Let me explain. Firms may have a real-time view of certain products, counterparties, or asset classes, but the inability to see across the board when it comes to the status of payment receipts, credit lines and other liquidity-related activities in real-time is a challenge for many firms. - -A bank that can perform real-time reconciliation of inbound and outbound movements of assets can use this to generate the real-time information needed, about current balances, for example, to make more effective and informed liquidity, risk and collateral management decisions. Next, consider a firm that can use this data to automatically adjust the timing or sequencing of its payments – this firm is going to be in a better position than one that releases all its outgoing payments regardless of the financial health of the counterparty or current balances. There are currently very few market participants that have this level of real-time visibility of asset movements and balances or the controls needed for this level of automated and contingent payment sequencing. - -In periods of stress, firms are attempting to get a real-time sense of their settlement and collateral exposures, but they are often doing this manually, which takes a lot of manpower, time and effort. The ability to automate the aggregation of real-time balances, exposures, obligations and available resources would take a lot of pressure off the desks that are optimising the use of liquidity, as well as the settlements and collateral teams. It would also reduce the potential for human error and operational risk inherent in manual processes. - -Real-time processing will also be important for firms hoping to make margin savings using FMX. Say a firm trades out of an interest rate swap that was providing a significant offset, the next day they lose the offset and have a large margin call. Knowing what is happening in real-time would be very helpful in proactively managing and controlling margin. - -Specifications for a real-time payments solution - -Ideally, all key information would be centralised, with appropriate dashboards for specific users – configured to provide the specific requirements of different teams. Those who are responsible for the overall management of financial resources require a view that incorporates all of the relevant sources and uses of high-quality liquidity assets (HQLAs), for example. A team managing settlements would need a more granular dashboard than the person who manages the team doing the work. But the visibility of what is happening at any point in time is very important – Real-time is the keyword. - -Systems need to be able to ingest data as quickly as possible to manage both inbound and outbound payments, that means real-time reconciliation and tagging back to expected incoming payments. This allows firms to automate conditional payments, with a list of counterparties or products where they will not pay out until the inbound payment has been received – providing an increased level of control. - -With real-time automation, firms could more easily manage to predefined limits on their deficit balances. They would pay out to that deficit balance, then put a freeze on all non-essential payments until more incoming payments have been received. With automation firms could much more easily manage this, including across currencies. Doing it manually is extremely personnel intensive, often with long delays and errors. - -“Collateral payments are often in the form of securities as well as cash, and it is equally important to be able to tag an incoming security back to the client and understand the balance with a counterparty in real time. Fundamentally it is the same problem as a settlement process.” - -We recently launched a set of intraday liquidity management tools designed to enable banks to achieve this level of real-time visibility and control across all available sources of liquidity so they can optimise liquidity use and increase financial resilience. - -The similarities between payments and collateral management - -Collateral payments are often in the form of securities as well as cash, and it is equally important to be able to tag an incoming security back to the client and understand the balance with a counterparty in real time. Fundamentally, it is the same problem as a settlement process. - -However, margin requirements and swings are going to be much greater during periods of volatility. Firms need to understand who has paid them and know what their collateralised exposure is to a counterparty. - -As with payments, a real-time collateral management system provides firms with more efficiency and agility and enables them to expedite the movement of cash and securities more cost-effectively. - -To find out more about Baton’s new intraday liquidity capabilities, please go here: https://batonsystems.com/real-time-intraday-liquidity-management/",1731883738,9dd65a327d,3d1f376f9d,,,1731883738 -https://www.bundesliga.com/en/bundesliga/news/bayern-munich-loan-watch-paul-wanner-alexander-nubel-zaragoza-sieb-29647,https://www.bundesliga.com/rss,Bayern Munich loan watch: 8 future stars shining in the Bundesliga and abroad,"Toni Kroos made his breakthrough at Bayer Leverkusen, Phillip Lahm at VfB Stuttgart and David Alaba at Hoffenheim: Bayern Munich have a successful past when it comes to sending players on loan with a view to becoming the club's next stars. And with Paul Wanner and Alexander Nübel among eight players currently at other clubs, we take a look at how they're getting on. - -Paul Wanner - -Age: 18 - -Position: Attacking midfield - -On loan at: Heidenheim - -Starting with a goal and assist in his league debut for Heidenheim, Wanner has quickly established himself as a regular under Frank Schmidt, starting all nine of their Bundesliga games. - -Famously Bayern’s youngest-ever player when he debuted at 16 years and 15 days in 2022, the now-18-year-old is no longer a prospect and looks ready to be a top flight regular. - -Watch: Paul Wanner - making waves at Heidenheim - -In all competitions Wanner has five goals and two assists, leading to some big praise from Heidenheim CEO Holger Sanwald. ""We didn't know that he would do things like this now that he's 18,” he said. “I'm so happy and think he's one of the greatest talents we have in German football.” - -So impressive has Wanner been that both Austria and Germany are fighting over him. A Germany youth international who was born in Austria, the country’s coach, Ralf Rangnick, commented in November: ""I am in regular contact with Paul, and had a long phone call with him two weeks ago.” The man who gave him his Bayern debut, Julian Nagelsmann, is fighting just as hard, though, saying: “He is firmly in our plans.” - -Alexander Nübel - -Age: 28 - -Position: Goalkeeper - -On loan at: VfB Stuttgart - -Nübel is in his fourth season on loan from Bayern since his 2020 move to Munich from Schalke. Having spent his first two years away as Monaco’s No.1 in Ligue 1, the 28-year-old quickly made the Stuttgart starting berth his own too. - -In his first campaign Nübel backstopped Stuttgart to a runners-up Bundesliga finish ahead of parent club Bayern and he quickly went from a potential star to one of the best goalkeepers in Europe. Responding to his displays, in April Bayern handed the Paderborn native a new long-term contract until 2029, which includes two more years at Stuttgart. - -Watch: Sky's the limit for Alexander Nübel - -Want more Bundesliga Action? GET THE UPDATES! - -After an impressive start to the current campaign, Nübel has since made his Germany debut, and shown he’s more than ready to step in for Manuel Neuer for both club and country when the legendary shot-stopper hangs up his gloves. - -Bryan Zaragoza - -Age: 23 - -Position: Left winger - -On loan at: Osasuna - -Initially signed for the 2024/25 season, Zaragoza arrived ahead of schedule in January 2024 as a response to a long-term Kingsley Coman injury, but the Spaniard struggled for minutes, only featuring seven times in the run-in under Thomas Tuchel. - -Watch: Bayern unveil Bryan Zaragoza - -Back in his home country on-loan at Osasuna, the former Granada man has shown how effective he can be with regular minutes, recording a goal and five assists already this season. - -Zaragoza’s form has not only seen Osasuna become La Liga’s surprise package this season, but he’s also been rewarded with a return to the Spanish national team, giving Bayern plenty of hope that he’ll be ready to go upon his return to Munich. - -Armindo Sieb - -Age: 21 - -Position: Forward - -On loan at: Mainz - -Much like Wanner, Sieb has instantly become a regular at Mainz and featured in all 11 of their games so far this season, scoring twice in important wins over St. Pauli and Augsburg. - -Watch: St. Pauli 0-3 Mainz – highlights - -Having joined Bayern in 2020 from Hoffenheim's youth academy, Sieb graduated to the first team with a single appearance, but has spent the majority of his career on loan, initially with Greuther Fürth. - -He enhanced his reputation there across two seasons between 2022 and 2024, contributing 16 goals in 63 Bundesliga 2 appearances. If he can get close to those numbers with Mainz in the top flight, Bayern will be keen to bring him home as soon as possible. - -Gabriel Vidović - -Age: 20 - -Position: Left winger - -On loan at: Mainz - -Another Bayern loanee at Mainz, Germany-born Croatia international Vidović debuted in the Bundesliga in 2022 but has since enjoyed impressive goalscoring stints at Vitesse in the Netherlands and Dinamo Zagreb in Croatia. - -Vidović is in search for more minutes, despite appearing against his parent club. - KIRILL KUDRYAVTSEV - Getty - -Now back in Germany, game time has been hard to come by for the 20-year-old attacker, who has only played 48 minutes in the Bundesliga so far this term, but he’s certainly one to keep an eye on for the remainder of the campaign. - -Lovro Zvonarek - -Age: 19 - -Position: Attacking midfield - -On loan at: Sturm Graz - -Joining Austrian champions Sturm Graz at the start of 2024/25, Zvonarek could have had some legitimate fears about game time for such a well-oiled team, but Bayern sporting director Christoph Freund was confident, saying: “He’s a very exciting player who has everything he needs to make it in professional football.” - -Freund has been proven right. Zvonarek has featured in 17 out of a potential 19 games to date and shown he’s more than ready for the big time. - -Watch: Zvonarek's first Bundesliga goal on Matchday 33 in 2023/24 - -Despite being mainly a sub, the Croatia U21 scored his first goal in October - a matchwinner against LASK, and then added his second a game later. Having already scored for Bayern in his five appearances, hitting the net against Wolfsburg near the end of last season, there’s no doubt that the 19-year-old is ready for senior football. - -Frans Krätzig - -Age: 21 - -Position: Left-back - -On loan at: Stuttgart - -Looking at the 2023/24 Bundesliga table, Krätzig actually made a step up to second-place Stuttgart, but sporting director Fabian Wohlgemuth was confident he was ready, saying: “We are convinced that he has the footballing skills and the mentality to make the long-term leap to becoming a Bundesliga player.” - -The 21-year-old left-back made his professional debut for Bayern last season and scored a goal in his seven appearances in all competitions - even featuring in the UEFA Champions League - before a loan to Austria Wien for the second half of the campaign. - -Krätzig is trying to force his way into a very good Stuttgart team. - DFL/Getty Images/Lukas Schulze - -Minutes haven’t been so easy to come by for the Germany U21 in Stuttgart, but with master talent developer Sebastian Hoeneß watching over him, Kratzig is certainly in the right place to keep progressing. - -Gibson Adu - -Age: 16 - -Position: Forward - -On loan at: SpVgg Unterhaching - -The youngest goalscorer in the history of Germany’s third division, surpassing Jamal Musiala and David Alaba, 16-year-old Gibson Adu was snapped up by Bayern from SpVgg Unterhaching in summer 2024 and instantly sent back on loan. - -Record breaker Adu is certainly a name to remember. - IMAGO/Sven Leifer - -A striker with bags of potential, Adu is by far the youngest player on this list, and likely has the longest wait to make it at Bayern. With just four appearances this season, Munich’s bosses will be keeping a careful eye on how he progresses.",1731883678,26eff8ae46,3ce0c241b5,,,1731883678 -https://www.investopedia.com/crypto-winter-6504445,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_articles&term=financial%20education,How to Survive a Crypto Winter,"What Is a Crypto Winter? - -A crypto winter is an extended period of depressed crypto asset prices compared with prior peaks. Similar to a bear market in stocks, a crypto winter can lead to widespread losses for investors. - -Key Takeaways A crypto winter or cryptocurrency winter is a long period of depressed asset prices in the cryptocurrency markets. - -Crypto winters may be unpredictable and challenging for less experienced investors to navigate. - -Long-term investors sometimes look to “buy the dip” and profit from a rebounding crypto economy. - -How to Know You’re in a Crypto Winter - -Crypto winters typically extend from well-known currencies like Bitcoin and Ethereum to non-fungible tokens (NFTs) and lesser-known cryptocurrencies. - -Crypto winters may coincide with other economic declines or a bear market in the stock market, but that's not always the case. Cryptocurrencies are a much newer asset class than stocks and have moved independently of other markets. - -As a newer asset, crypto winters aren't as clearly defined as downturns in other markets. If treated like a stock market's bear market, a crypto winter would occur when prices drop by 20% or more from recent highs, but this is a frequent occurrence in the crypto markets. Prices need to fall much more and stay down for an extended period. - -There are several barometers used for crypto prices that can be used to judge the markets. These include the S&P Cryptocurrency Broad Digital Market Index (SPCBDM), the Bloomberg Galaxy Crypto Index, and the S&P Cryptocurrency Top 10 Equal Weight Index. - -However, Bitcoin's price is generally an indication of overall market sentiment and valuation, so simply monitoring it can tell you whether you're in a crypto winter or not. You'll also hear investors and the media complaining about it often and loudly. - -Should You Sell All of Your Crypto in a Crypto Winter? - -In the stock market, many investors believe that the market will eventually recover from any downturn. History proves this true, but there’s no guarantee that markets will always go up. In reality, only time will tell. - -While investors are very confident in stock market averages, cryptocurrency has many fans and skeptics. The oldest stock exchanges in Europe are hundreds of years old and the New York Stock Exchange traces its roots back to 1792. This gives investors confidence that markets will survive the ups and downs of economic cycles. - -Bitcoin started in 2009. While it has several years under its belt now, it’s still very new compared with traditional investments. That leaves more questions about the future of crypto and its ability to recover from a drawn-out period of falling prices. It’s best to keep the risks of any investment in mind when deciding how much to hold and what you can afford to lose. - - - -5 Tips to Survive a Crypto Winter - -If you get a sick feeling in your stomach like a roller-coaster ride when crypto prices fall, consider these tips to survive a crypto winter: - -Don’t invest more than you can afford to lose: Crypto is still fairly new. It’s highly risky and volatile. Smart investors avoid putting in more than they can afford to lose. It’s not wise to invest your life savings in any cryptocurrency. Carefully evaluate each crypto project: Every coin and token is tied to a different managing entity or volunteer group. Some have proven to be scams. When it feels like a Wild West, it’s important to carefully evaluate each crypto project before deciding how much to invest. Beware the herd mentality: WallStreetBets and other online communities are fun places to learn about and discuss investing, but that doesn’t mean you should take everyone’s advice. Online discussion boards are filled with hobbyists who are not your friends in real life and are not affected if you lose your shirt in the crypto markets. Stay focused on your personal goals and risk tolerance when investing. It’s OK to make portfolio adjustments: In poker, there’s a tendency for players not to fold a hand on a large bet even when they believe they’ll lose. It may seem logical to bluff and bet even more to avoid losing what’s put in, but if the money is already lost, then putting in more chasing your sunk costs leads to more losses. You don’t have to HODL your crypto that’s down if you don’t think it’s coming back. It’s OK to sell and make portfolio adjustments whenever you deem it necessary. Consider buying the dip: Conversely, if you believe a cryptocurrency downturn is temporary, you may want to buy in at lower prices, hoping to buy low and see the value of your portfolio grow while the markets recover. - -If you have any questions, it may be best to consult a reputable investment professional who is knowledgeable about cryptocurrency markets. - - - -How Long Will a Crypto Winter Last? It's difficult to predict how long they will last, as most crypto pricing is the result of sentiments rather than underlying value. When investors begin believing it is coming to an end, they fulfill their own prophecies by increasing how much they're willing to pay because they believe prices will keep rising. - -Can Crypto Survive a Recession? Cryptocurrency survived the recession caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. While it was the shortest recession in recorded history, it still demonstrated that cryptocurrency can make it through a recession. However, it remains to be seen how long a recession the market can handle. - -Should I Keep My Crypto in a Cold Wallet? The only time your crypto shouldn't be in a cold wallet is if you're going to use it. Storing cryptocurrency in a hot wallet is very risky. - -The Bottom Line - -While cryptocurrencies hit a rough patch in 2022, investors with long-term outlooks weathered the crypto winter and came out much better off than they would have with a short-term perspective. - -Those who bought and held cryptocurrency during the last crypto winter experienced incredible gains in only a few years. You shouldn't assume that the recovery and skyrocketing market of the past will happen again, but it is a sign that crypto winters can turn into crypto summers. - -",1731883633,279fc3a863,3d28785b09,,,1731883633 -https://www.nichepursuits.com/how-joe-saul-sehy-grew-his-financial-podcast-to-180k-listeners/,https://www.nichepursuits.com/feed/,How Joe Saul-Sehy Grew His Financial Podcast to 180k Listeners,"After close to 2000 podcast episodes, Joe Saul-Sehy knows a thing or two about growing an audience. - -In fact, his finance podcast, Stacking Benjamins, has amassed a massive following of 180k listeners, with shows averaging around 40k listens/episode. - -Joe’s no stranger to awards, either. - -Stacking Benjamins was named Best Personal Finance Podcast 3 times by the Plutus Awards, it was called Best Personal Finance Podcast by Kiplinger and Bankrate, and it was awarded the Best Business Podcast title by the Tim Ferriss Show, Startup, and others from the Academy of Podcasters. - -Joe shares the details of his journey in this interview: how he initially struggled, what he did to grow the audience, and how ""hockey-sticked"" his results. - -He talks about his recent struggles in podcasting and the events driving his decision to diversify with a view to serving his audience in multiple ways. - -He also discusses standing out in a crowd, his ideation process, and why following his “north star” has served him well. - -Watch the Full Episode - -Joe starts off by talking about how he was a financial planner for 16 years, during which time he struggled personally with debt. He switched careers at 40 to teach high school and track but continued to work on his PR and financial side hustles on the side. - -He decided to start a blog with a friend, which was later turned into a podcast. Although the podcast struggled initially, it went on to be named the best financial podcast by several outlets. - -He then talks about launching his blog and making the shift to podcasting. He shares how they started and tweaked it and eventually found their rhythm and relaunched under a new name. - -After about 50 episodes, Joe realized the need for more changes, and he talks about how he was able to make the appropriate shifts in his business. He also gives some great advice about figuring out how to stand out in a crowd. - -As Joe publishes 3 episodes a week, he’s constantly ideating and creating new content. He talks about how he comes up with ideas and the important insights he learned at a podcasting conference, which led to a more formulaic, “quilt-like” approach. - -Moving along, Jared asks him where his traffic comes from and how his business is monetized. Joe talks about monetizing his podcast, how he found sponsors, and how he determined his prices. - -He eventually started to diversify by growing his Instagram and YouTube channels and branching out into other products and services, including guides and courses. - -He talks about how he pivoted and figured out what else could work for his business outside of his successful podcast, which was bringing in $450k a year at one point. He shares inspiration from Alex Hormozi and discusses strategies to make his audience “stickier.” - -Lastly, Joe talks about what has surprised him the most on his journey and the important lessons he learned when he really leaned into following his ""north star."" - -Topics Joe Saul-Sehy Talks About - -His background in finance - -His pivot in his 40s - -Starting his blog/podcast - -Finding what makes you unique - -How he gets content ideas - -How he creates that content - -Monetization - -Diversifying channels and products - -Pivoting - -Trusting his “north star” - -Transcript - -Jared: All right. Welcome back to the niche pursuits podcast. My name is Jared Bauman. And today we're joined by Joe Saul-Sehy with stacking Benjamins. Joe, welcome on board. - -Joe: Hey, thanks for having me, Jared. Good to see you again. - -Jared: I was going to say, so we'll fill the audience in. We first met earlier this year at the convert kit conference. - -Um, uh, and, uh, uh, really struck it off, you know, had a good conversation about business, ended up spending some time at the conference, going to a couple of the classes together. I told you at the time, I'm going to pursue you to get you on a podcast. Cause I really wanted you on. So. You know, here we are, we got you on and we're going to tell the story. - -We're going to hear the story about you stacking Benjamins, this brand you've created before we do though. Maybe bring us up to speed and who you are and, um, what you were doing prior to stacking Benjamins. - -Joe: Sure, and I think it's a great place to start, Jared, because I think that what you'll see is that what I've tried to do is lean into, uh, my unfair advantages, which if you're just starting out on this journey, like thinking about where do I have an advantage that other people don't is a key to winning and then also a key to really looking internally at what's going to work and what's not going to work. - -So, um, I was a financial planner for 16 years. Uh during that that time I struggled with money myself at the beginning I was giving awesome advice and at the same time I was digging a hole of debt for myself I thought that the rules of the universe didn't apply to me But I realized not just how to be a good coach, but how to take my own advice Not only did I get myself out of debt I also, my company was a franchise. - -I sold that company. Um, that is a long story on its own about switching gears at age 40. Like when most people are going into their peak earning years, I am switching and, uh, decided I was going to teach. Uh high school and become a track coach Uh, I was really bored in school I started writing because I was doing public relations for the company. - -I was with specifically american express and ameriprise I was one of 12 subject matter experts in the nation that did pr for the company So that was my advantage my advantage was I did those rubber chicken dinner circuit You know, uh, dinners that you see people get invited to all the time. I was the guy giving those two or three days a week. - -So I had a lot of experience in front of, uh, people. I was the channel seven money guy in Detroit for nine years. Uh, I, so I, I had had FaceTime on television. I hosted a radio show. One of those. Radio shows where a company buys time. So my job was to be the host and i'd invite financial planners with our company from around The detroit area to talk about how brilliant we all were Uh, so I had radio experience. - -I tv experience. I pr experience. I knew how the stuff was written And when I got bored in my teaching classes, I started writing for other people using that pr experience ghostwriting financial planners Newsletters, uh, writing their scripts for my friends that were on TV, decided to start a blog with a friend of mine. - -That blog became a podcast in 2012. Uh, the podcast really struggled. I know we'll talk about this. I'm sure later on about how we got around this podcast struggle at first, but man, once we hit it, Jared, um, the, the podcast hockey sticked in about 2014 Kiplinger called us the best personal finance podcast in America and their print magazine. - -Um, Art of manliness, our avatar is not necessarily a man. We're, we're very, we're about 55 percent men, 45 percent women, which is great for a podcast hosted by two middle aged men. Um, and we're, we're very proud of that, uh, that we have so many women that listen to the show, but art of manliness, uh, put us on their list of the top shows that men need to listen to. - -Bankrate last year called us the best personal finance podcast in America. Fast company did a, did a piece about us and some other brands. Operate from the middle of nowhere because that's, that's where we are. I'm in Texarkana, Texas, which is not a place people think about when they think about. Big podcaster, you know, talking about wall street. - -Jared: I love that. I I'll quick plug. I love the convert kit conference because you walk around, you look at the name tags, right? And I walked in this year, really only knowing one or two people. And I looked at your name tag and I was like, Oh my goodness. I've been listening to your podcast on and off for quite a long time. - -It's definitely a pillar of the financial podcast industry, in my opinion, at least. And certainly you have the awards to back it up. Um, I do, I hope everybody listening. Enjoyed that pivot story because I think a lot of people who are listening have dreams of turning a side hustle into maybe a mainstream business or just pursuing a side hustle and seeing where it goes. - -Um, let's get into early days of stacking Benjamins. You talked about how hard it was. Was it always intended to be a podcast? Did it start with a different vision and then turn into a podcast and maybe fill us in a bit on that journey to how you decided what you did with the directions it went? - -Joe: Yeah, it started off with me saying, no, actually, in the early days of podcast, you know, podcasting started around 2005. - -So I think it was 2007. I started listening to podcasts. So I, I loved, I mean, even, even before iTunes, I was the old guy that would go, you know, you go and you put your little, little recorder device. I had the little compact recorder device. You plug it into your computer. Half an hour later, you'd have this one podcast that took up all the room on your device. - -I'd use that to go mow my lawn. And so people kept telling me, they're like, by 2012, it's exploding. A lot of people know what it is and they're like, you need to have a podcast. You should totally have a podcast. I was blogging and I kept saying. I had the media experience, but the only two people I knew that were big media names at the time doing what I was, that people were telling me to do in personal finance were Dave Ramsey and Susie Orman. - -And the thing that I didn't want to do that they do very well, they're very good at it. I didn't want people to call me and I yell at them about their money. That just, that never helped me. And You know, I mean, they're doing great. I don't want to, you know, throw any stank on on them. They're huge brands and they've done really well. - -What they do is just not my personality. So I knew I couldn't do that. So I was kind of working over my head. What is that competitive advantage of mine that I mentioned earlier? And I'm mowing my lawn one day and I'm listening. To NPR and I I'm listening to the show called car talk. I don't know if you're familiar Jared with car talk Oh, yeah. - -Yeah very much. So for people that don't know who they are They're these two brothers they call themselves click and clack just to have fun because you can't remember their long italian name Click and clack and when people call in about their car, they go. Well, jared, is it making a Noise, there's a going And they go it's going more tick tick tick tick and i'm just laughing because these guys are hilarious and they're talking about cars I realize I'm not learning crap about a car, but I'm having a wonderful time listening to this experience and I thought, wait a minute, there's nobody doing this at the time when it comes to money. - -We're all so busy trying to give great quote, financial advice, and we're taking ourselves so seriously. There's nobody out there on the other side saying, you know what, you can do this, and this is so important to get right that we freeze all the time. I think the best way to not freeze is to go, Hey, you know what? - -You make mistakes, big deal. You know, you went in and you couldn't open up the Roth IRA. You tried to do something, whatever, just go try stuff. The more you try it, the quicker you fail. The more you get it out of your system, the better off you're going to be. And that became the, the, the platform, the foundation of where I was going with stacking Benjamins. - -We didn't know what we were going to call it. I was blogging on this website called, uh, the free financial advisor. com. And my partner. Who's another financial planner. And I, now he's my cohost. He and I bought that domain specifically for SEO reasons. It was, it was open. Everybody was, was putting in free financial advice and SEO and neither he nor I believe financial advice that's free is any good. - -We both think you need somebody in your corner who is, uh, who knows you, who knows what your goals are. So buying the free financial advisor was a way for us to take that name and show people the value of having good coaches. I wasn't a coach. I just was somebody writing about the nature of good coach. I wasn't a financial planner anymore. - -I didn't have a product to sell No product behind me. I just uh had this blog and now we decided we wanted to podcast Well, we knew it was going to be really bad. So and we also knew that um, and this is 2011 I also was Confounded by, that's probably the right word. I was confounded by how the hell do you get the fact that you and I, Jared, are talking right now and it somehow makes it to the, the, you know, to Spotify or to Apple. - -So people hear it. And I thought that sounds really complicated. I was like, this sounds super complicated. I'm not going to get, we took a year because of the stupidity between my ears and I did nothing because I thought it was really complicated. You and I know how easy it is. I ended up with this company Libsyn, right? - -Libsyn, one of the, one of the places where you just upload your podcast and they send it everywhere. It was the world's simplest thing. And for a year, I didn't even do a Google search. I just let that get between me and doing it. If I had that year back, I totally would take it back because if we would have started a year earlier, we would have been so much further ahead, but I didn't. - -So we wait a year. I finally figured this stuff out. I'm like, Oh, that piece is easy, but I still didn't know what I was doing podcast wise. I knew I wanted to be like hard talk, but I didn't know what the format was going to be. So we came up with this idea. I don't have a name. I don't have a direction. - -This general feeling about where i'm ahead so, uh, We call it the worst of the free financial advisor because we know it's going to suck I also decide it's going to be 13 episodes long because i'm a baseball fan It's going to be like spring training baseball. I'm going to create this show. It's going to be 13 episodes I'm, just going to go play test it. - -I'm going to try it out. See what the problems are find out where the friction is Uh through a use case scenario using myself as the guinea pig And so like everything we get seven episodes in, as you know, Jared, and I kind of know where all the problems are. You find out much quicker than you thought. - -And this big demon between my ears has been completely tamed. I'm like, okay, we're ready to go. So we, uh, at episode seven. Uh, then I start playing with the format and I realized the more ADD the format is, the more I like the show. Uh, I also did something that a lot of podcast editor people don't do. A lot of people in podcasting now, when they get into it, they're like, I don't know anything about editing, so I'm not going to edit, I'm going to hire an editor and I'm going to have them put it out. - -I would edit your own show. And the reason I'd edit your own show isn't because you want to be a super editor. It's because you need to listen to yourself and you need to give your, you're going to be. You're going to have the best feedback for yourself of where you stink and where you don't, where you need help. - -And as I listened to myself, I realized for, uh, OG, my partner and I, if we get in the weeds on a topic, our show gets boring in a hurry. It's really, really boring. We're better just as people, if we're moving, man. So, uh, so I realized the segments need to be shorter. I also wasn't giving people signposts from one segment to another is our early listeners. - -Uh, we're giving me feedback. They'd say well, you got to cut something and I'd say well, why what's bad? And they're like, what's the point? None of it's bad But I just don't know where you're going next And the show just seems to be like this three ring circus and we don't know where the hell it's going So I learned how to put put signpost in but I started really Really pushing the envelope and experimenting because I knew that this was playtime And I think that's the importance just as an aside of also during this journey having a growth mentality, you know going What doesn't kill me Will make me stronger. - -And so i'm just going to play with it. I'm trusting that i'm going to find out where the weak points are So by the time we got to 13 episodes, we were ready. We relaunched as a show called two guys in your money and uh, And we had this Much more add fast paced format much more humor than we had at the beginning We realized the humor was very attractive and money I was I was a little surprised because I thought we could do a little humor You It turned out the more humor we had in the show, the more people liked it. - -And I think it's because it was the antidote from Susie Orman and from Dave Ramsey. They were so serious that you come to our show. People like, what the hell? Like, and still today, if you see our negative reviews, our negative reviews are, they screw around too much and I'm. You know, I gave you a lot of signposts to show you that we are going to screw around. - -Our show starts with, um, this music that makes it sound like the tonight show. It's modeled after the tonight show that tells you there's going to be segments. There's going to be guest. It's very quick. It gives you a specific place. We're live from Joe's mom's basement. That should also tell you it's not gonna be Dave Ramsey. - -I'm Joe's mom's neighbor, Doug, our announcer guy, Joe's mom's neighbor. What the hell's going on? Like my goal from the beginning of our podcast is to mess with your head and give you signposts that this isn't going to be hardcore. This is going to be relaxed. It's going to be fun. It's going to be comedy. - -Um, so we experimented with that two guys in your money though, after, after. About 50 episodes. I realized it still wasn't funny enough. It still was too highbrow. Don't get me wrong. I didn't want to be dumb, but I was realizing our niche was accessibility. People liked us because it made money so accessible. - -So I had to make the topics easier. I had to make it more for a beginner. I had to make it even more wide audience. They say to niche down, you know, niche pursuits. I had to, I had to widen. Like for me my my niche was going to be beginner So I need to widen the age range didn't matter so it needed to appeal to a wide swath of people um so we We rebranded again. - -I did the whiteboard thing with a lot of different names And I wanted the name to be punchy to be fun to be and my sister said something about stacking pennies Which is now a nascar podcast Um, and we had the guy the nascar driver on our show You Talking about going from stacking pageants benjamins. - -His name is cordula joy but uh When she said, when my sister said stacking pennies, I said, well, let's see a stacking Benjamins. There's no way stacking Benjamins is available. Stacking Benjamins. com was available. Most unbelievable thing. Totally. So of course we grabbed that. We, we make the show, um, even lighter, but still we kinda, we got to about 2, 500 listeners per episode and the show kind of, uh, capped out. - -So we were, we were, uh, We were where we were when - -Jared: I just want to ask one more in depth question about this process because I hear you talking from the outset about how from the beginning, you realize the importance of being a little bit different. You talked about leaning into your unique skill sets that give you a competitive advantage. - -You talked about differentiating and yet. You learned quickly as you went about the things that you didn't think were important like humor and that you would add in Talk about as people are listening and they have their idea in their head. They have their business right now. They're working on How do they determine what's important? - -To pivot on and differentiate themselves with, with their audience versus something that isn't going to matter. And I know that question is pretty open ended, but I wonder how many other people are struggling with that and how to make their brand and how to make their business unique, yet how to know whether it's just a waste of their time to focus on it. - -Joe: I still struggle with it today, Jared. I mean, after all these years, we had a situation on our show. A few months ago, we had a big blow up between two of our contributors. Uh, uh, our audience was divided. One of our, one of our contributors left because they had a huge fight on the show. I probably shouldn't have aired it. - -Um, but I was listening to the wrong voices. I was listening too much to the critics and I had these, these critics in my ear going, well, you know, uh, I don't like that show because they can't have a serious discussion. And my feeling is always like, listen, if you're dumb enough to think that just because I'm lightening it up, that we're not having a serious discussion about this, about this stuff, then you're taking yourself too seriously. - -But I let that get in, get in. And when my contributors started fighting, I went, well, this'll show them. This'll show people that we can have a serious discussion and man, it can get granular. Now, at that time, I didn't expect that one of our contributors is going to leave and it was going to. But what I learned is that my show is people's happy place and stop listening to the people that I'm. - -aren't my audience. Like I'm, I'm totally listening to these people that aren't my audience way too much. Um, instead of leaning into my North star. So I think number one is trust yourself and what you want to create. We took a social media course through M. I. T. There's this great phrase that I like called, uh, that I learned from a group that I belong to called strategic coach and strategic coach always says, ask who, not how. - -Don't ask, how do I do something? Cause you're going to end up in YouTube video. Hell just going, Oh my God, just tell me where to put the damn screwdriver. Right. Don't do that. Ask who knows how to do this. And if I ask who, not how the, who not only. If they don't know, I know them well enough to know that they know the person. - -So they will get me to the answer quick. And that person will explain it in a way that I will understand quickly because they know me. So between the relationship and expertise, I get where I want to go far better. Plus the relationship value of me saying, Hey, Jared, how do I do this thing? People like to be asked for help. - -They, they, they, they love that. Well, when, when I, um, was, was looking at our social media stuff, which still isn't phenomenal, my, who was MIT. I was like, you get all these snake oil people telling you, Oh yeah, I can help you with your social media, right? I get this email 57 times a week. I'm like, yeah, MIT is going to tell me, but this, the professor Sinan oral to make the point Sinan said, trust that you're not a snowflake. - -Trust that your design sensibility is going to be attractive to other people too, because study after study shows that you're not a snowflake and that you are very much like a, at least enough people that your brand will succeed if you just follow that north star. Um, so as an example, when we got the early advice or advice, we got the early criticism from people that we weren't funny, right? - -At what they're telling me is I want you to be more like dave ramsay I want you to stop trying to be funny. What I read was my north star is funny And you know what? They were 100 right jared because i've been studying finance for over at that time well over 20 years And I had never taken a comedy class. - -I had never studied comedy. I was just a guy that cracked his friends up And I was like, you know, really, in some ways, how dare me that there's these people out there that I'm competing against for ear space who are working on the comedy craft all the time. I haven't even tried. So, when I heard the, the, the criticism, you're not funny. - -I know what they wanted me to do was stop trying to be funny. Instead, what we did was started leaning into comedy classes, comedy courses, uh, finding as much stuff about good comedy, studying good comedians online. And I'll tell you, the show's gotten fun. I mean, the show's gotten really funny over the past, uh, the, the, the, the past 13 years because of that. - -So I think it's, Have your north star first so that when you get the friction in the show that your users are going to bring to your brand, you know what to do with it. - -Jared: I love that. I mean, 13, I'm glad you said 13 years in, um, you know, I'm looking here, you've got. I believe is it over 1, 500 podcast episodes now? - -Yeah. And that - -Joe: doesn't include the 69 episodes of, uh, of, uh, two guys in your money in the 13 episodes of the, the worst of the free financial advisor. - -Jared: You're getting darn near close to 2000 podcast episodes. Um, my notes as we prepped here, audience size nearing 200, 000 shows are averaging 40, 000 plus listens per episode. - -You guys publish, did you say three times a week? Three times a week. Yeah. That's so I want to get in a little bit to your content creation process. If I could, I want to ask about how you ideate, how you come up with all this content, especially on the heels of you talking about really having such a clear idea of your avatar, your listener, what they What they struggle with the blend of comedy with it How do you figure out what to talk about in a way that keeps people engaged and you don't just kind of run out Of steam - -Joe: we we don't trust that we're going to come up with it on the fly Uh, that's what we did early on and I think a lot of podcasters go through this you show up at the mic You're like, oh crap. - -I got nothing. What are we going to talk about this week? And that that just simply doesn't work Um early on we did that a lot And then I went to, you know, you and I met at an industry conference. I'd recommend everybody listening, go to industry conferences just cause you meet cool people like Jared, but you also go to these great, um, you go to these great sessions. - -You also though, I think there's also value in getting, getting out of your brand and going back to the 10, 000 foot level. And looking down on your brand from a place where I'm not, I'm not in the trench working on it. I'm, I'm outside of it, looking at it much more objectively when you're, you know, I'm in Boise, Idaho, where I'd never been before. - -It's easier for me to kind of look at stacking bedrooms from the outside. So, um, I went to this conference called Podcast Movement, and this changed everything for us. Like a lot of people, uh, I, I'm competitive. I look at the, I, I don't look at the rankings much anymore. I used to look at the rankings all the time, podcast rankings, and I would always go, and I know there's a lot of people listening to do this, I'm better than that one, better than that one, better than that one, and they have bigger numbers than I've got, right? - -I'm like, those assholes, I'm so much better. And, uh, on the main stage was a guy named Roman Mars. Roman has a great show called 99 percent Invisible NPR Show. And Roman went through how he makes a show. And at the time, Jared, I thought I was pretty damn professional. I thought the show was doing pretty, pretty well. - -You know, we're at 2000 listeners and I think, okay, yep, uh, I do things really well. I'd read a bunch of stuff. He talks about how, They use a five week production schedule. They start thinking five weeks out about what they're going to do. They, they come up with the general idea. Then they find the guest to fit the idea instead of, Oh my God, I need a guest next week. - -And then we just talk about whatever the hell a guest brings up. Uh, that way they can make a fabric of shows that are either for them congruent. For me because i'm a variety show I can put ideas together and do it in a coherent way Um, if i'm working five weeks out that that truly makes it a quilt It's I like the quilt analogy because it's like a warm blanket, you know what the format's going to be But inside of that warm blanket, you got no idea what the hell the quilt's going to include Yeah, which which which is really the secret sauce of our show. - -So he started five weeks out You They use some sound design. Um, they surprise and delight people along the way, but they give themselves enough time and enough piece of the process so that when they sit down at the microphone, while some pieces are extemporary, I don't think any of it's extemporaneous and 99 percent visible, but our shows made to be extemporaneous. - -We're working inside a much smaller box than we used to work. So we know where this box is headed. We know what points we're trying to make. I've had some pushback on that from people, by the way, Jared, who say, well, this sounds like it makes you less creative, right? - -Jared: I was going to ask that, you know, like, does the rigidity, does the formula, does the formulaic approach actually change the way you create? - -Joe: I interviewed a guy named Don Hahn, who is the producer behind beauty and the beast behind Aladdin. He was a Disney Imagineer and now he was the producer over on the side, handling the money strings. And I asked him this question. I said, does going from the guy who's the big idea Imagineer with Disney, you know, uh, going from that a creator to going to the guy who controls the budget is going, no, Jared, you got to stop now. - -Like, uh, how does that change the game? He goes, he goes, it actually makes the game better. Constraints make the game better because if you give an artist unlimited time, they will never do anything. But if you have a set budget. of time and maybe money, uh, and a set clock they're working on, you will create better stuff. - -And true, we might not get that upside potential, that serendipitous moment where we go off the charts, but you know what? I exchanged that for no downside. It's almost like going on your own to a country versus taking like a high end tour. You know, it's funny because, uh, I was always the snooty guy going, I'm going to travel the world. - -I'm never going to take a tour. Then I did. I did this high end tour one time. It was like 15 bags of money. And I realized, yes, I was trading the serendipity for the fact nothing was going to suck. And my time was really valuable and everything was going to be at least an eight on a scale of one to 10. I might not love it, but I like it a lot. - -And that's what I'm trading my money for to do. So that's what we're doing by, by, by that schedule. So I left this. This conference podcast movement with this big idea that we need a longer production schedule. We need to be working on multiple shows at the same time. We need a software systems so that we can, we can track and write out and script parts of the show more than we are now. - -Um, and we also, during that five weeks, what I found later was it also gives me five weeks to become more creative about the segment. So instead of coming up with it. 10 days ahead, seven days ahead, because I've got over a month, my brain, when I'm out on a run, I go, Oh my God, I know what I'm going to ask this guest, or I know who a good guest would be for this. - -Or I know this hilarious bit that would go with this. And also as I'm scrolling social media, like I do looking for. Content for our show because we use a lot of headlines. I'm also then tripping on funny stuff or stuff. That's very, um, apropos for what we're what we're talking about. So, 5 weeks out, we come up with the idea. - -The idea on a Wednesday has to be. materially different than what the idea was for Monday. So, you know, if on Monday I'm talking to people with money about investments and, and, um, uh, maybe wealth management on Wednesday, I'm probably gonna be talking about getting out of debt because I want to talk to a different piece of my audience then I'm playing with your head. - -And then on, on Friday, we might talk about mindset. So we're gonna talk to three different things Monday, Wednesday, Friday, and I set those up on purpose. I use a Google calendar color coded so that I can see the differentiation of topics that also allows me to differentiate between the people that bring those topics. - -I know. That somebody is going to like me because i'm a guy with a certain background Um and of a certain age and so you're more likely to resonate with me But another piece of my audience won't resonate with that person So we go for diversity of people not as like a corporate checkbox but because it makes a wider audience more fun show and what's cool is If I can get like a 50 year old white dude to trust me Because he likes what i'm doing inside that quilt. - -That sounds kind of kinky. That's kind of Because because because he likes we're going with it Because he likes where my show's going uh, he will then find that if i've curated a 5-year-old black woman who struggled with debt, he'll still listen to her story. And I've had these cool ex, uh, experiences from our guests, these, these letters from our guests going, I can't believe that I'm learning from these people that are so unlike me. - -Which is fabulous, which is fantastic. But I think that's, uh, I think that's the five week production schedule. So week five and four, we're coming up with the topic and the guests. We're making sure it's a quilt week three and two. If we have guests, which we call mentors, we are recording their portion of the show. - -Then we get, we have a comedian, uh, that writes our show with us. We heard a woman who's written for comedy central just because I don't have enough time anymore. Um, She writes some of the scripted pieces. We have this great table read, uh, a week out of recording so that we kind of know where the funny beats are going to be. - -We mostly focus on the comedy. We know personal finance. We want to make sure we get the comedy down. So people get the messages. We also then in the second half of that meeting, we design the structure of the show for three weeks out. So we, we do a table read for two weeks out. Then we structure three weeks out. - -The writer goes and takes that for the next week's table read. During that table read, we tweak. Then when we sit down at the microphones about a week before people hear it, uh, we are, we're on point. We know exactly what we're going to record. - -Jared: Sounds exactly like how we do the niche pursuits podcast. That is so involved. - -So in depth, but so precise. Uh, and so I think that that's really interesting to watch you walk through it. And I think it's important for everyone to listen or everyone who is listening to know, like, That's after over a decade of doing this podcast. Yeah, right. Kind of aged into that and you built that up - -Joe: over time. - -There is a cool tool though, Jared, which is free that we use that I really like. I like the designers of it. I like that where it goes. It's called podcast studio pro. We use podcast studio pro to build our episodes. Um, super easy free product. Uh, Nice job by that team. We highly recommend that. - -Jared: Let's take a step back and talk about how the business kind of monetizes and makes money because podcasts on their own, they don't bring in any dollar bills, right? - -Just on the own, press record, upload to Lisbon and call it a day. Like how is the brand evolved in terms of where you guys are involved now? I know you have a newsletter. That's one of the reasons we were at the conference and we were talking a lot. Um, you guys have YouTube as well, and that's evolved over the years. - -Like where. Are the traffic sources coming from and how is the business monetized? - -Joe: Our, uh, our show is ad supported and, um, I remember going to the first podcast movement conference and a guy named, uh, uh, uh, Chris Brogan, you know, Chris Brogan, Chris Brogan says, you cannot have a podcast without a business underneath it. - -I said, Oh, that's a bunch of BS. Cause I don't think I need one. I think what I need is to have a really good podcast. A lot of people want to listen to, I will just be ad supported. That'll be great. That worked really well until it didn't. And what we found a - -Jared: metaphor for life, frankly, I - -Joe: should have realized the world was changing sooner than I did. - -Um, in fact, it's funny about five years ago, a friend of mine, a guy named Brian Preston at the money guys. Um, we have a really, you know, money podcast or a small community. So you know, everybody, Brian said to me about five years ago, he goes, you know what? I'm going to focus on YouTube. I'm going to get our YouTube channel going. - -I said, Oh, how cute, Brian. That's great. You go to your YouTube thing and I'm going to make a show people want to listen to. At that time we were kicking his butt and downloads. We were just, we were the king. Five years later, Brian is kicking my butt in audio downloads. Andy is half a million people following his YouTube channel, but even better than that, the quality of his videos of his YouTube, because he had five years of learning that I didn't have. - -Well, probably four years of learning. Cause now I'm a year into my, my game. Uh, he also had the algorithm when it was easier. You know than I did. Uh, I should have broadened out sooner. And this idea of multiple streams of income was something that I should have embraced sooner. Also, you know, people have been telling me all the time, you got to get your newsletter moving. - -News, newsletter is core. It's the only thing you own. Didn't do that either. Our newsletter, our, our newsletter grew by a thousand people last month and it was all organic, which, you know, sounds. Okay, that might be okay. It might not be. We only had 11, 000 people on our newsletter. So the fact that we grew it by a thousand a month, I was, I'm very happy with the growth, the organic growth of our newsletter, but we had to tweak and tweak and tweak and tweak to get to, get to that point. - -But with an audience size of 180, 000 people, why the hell is my newsletter only at 11, 000 people? It's because I didn't take. Any of that seriously. So I guess if you don't mind, I'll start with monetization of the podcast because in the early days of the podcast, another reason to go to industry conferences is you will see these booths. - -And some of these are things that your audience might want as well. And so I go to money conferences. I'm at a conference called FinCon and I see Fidelity investments there. And I've had the Fidelity rep who's in the booth on my show. And so I walk up to him and I said, Hey, have you guys ever thought about sponsoring a podcast before? - -And he goes, no, we haven't. What, you know, tell me what you're looking for. And so I tell him a little bit about a show. I tell him the demographics and he just very, very casually goes, how much money are you asking for? And that was the first time I realized this huge company. And this is back when we had like a thousand listeners, right? - -This huge company, Fidelity Investments might give me money. And so the first thing I do, Jared, is what most people would do. I'm thinking, you know, as many commas in this number as I can get, right? How can I charge as much money as possible? And then I realized that that are in the early days of my podcast, that is not my win. - -My win is actually. To have my listeners take me seriously and to know that I'm a serious brand. And if I can just say the stacking Benjamin show is brought to you by fidelity investments. My listeners are going to go shooters. I mean, these people are amazing. People are great. I, uh, so I said, how about 200 bucks, 200, which by the way is a mistake on the other side. - -Now, no, I'm, I'm, I'm saying so little that he's not gonna take me seriously. And Ben's the guy's name. Ben goes 200. Is that for like, uh, for, for what period of time I go for a month. And he's like, deal. I sent him a contract, they sign up for three months. So for three months, I got to say Fidelity Investment, The Stacky Benjamin Show is brought to you by Fidelity Investments. - -And I got these notes and our show was, uh, our show grew after that. Like I had hoped because of Fidelity at the end of three months, by the way, they, they I think we were way too small and they let us go, but, but, but that was fun. So that was the early days of monetization. That wasn't who I usually look for though. - -The booth I usually looked for was an up and coming, they're called fintech companies. Uh, these financial technology companies that are growing very quickly. They're looking to get the word out. I, the, the, the, uh, the, the, The pitch that I made them was we're growing together. I'm growing my show. You're growing your brand. - -Let's grow together It's going to be cheap for you now because i'm small It's going to be more expensive as I get bigger But if we grow together then heck you'll grow into it. What's cool is I ended up with two advertisers from that That, um, that, uh, uh, approach that lasted, uh, at least seven years for both of them, one of them still with me, a brand called magnify money. - -They got bought by lending tree. Now we do another brand of theirs, deposit accounts, but they stayed with me and those checks were very small and they've grown as our audience size has grown Haven life, which was, uh, Uh a mass mutual brand started off really small haven life, by the way a mass mutual killed them So they didn't go. - -Bye. Bye. They they frankly I think they'd still be with us today if mass mutual hadn't taken the brand and and said we're done with but um But that was initially I used cpm. Uh, which is uh cost per thousand Uh cost per milu and so it's per thousand listeners and I went with the industry average of 25 bucks And the reason was And I don't know if I agree or disagree with this Jared because I think there's lots of ways to approach this For me, I was more interested in me If I can make it on the industry average If I can make things work on the industry average and I don't have to ask for multiples Then then I know that my brand. - -Um My brand is going to make it because this number is going to be acceptable to a wide number of brands. So if brand a goes away, brand B, C, D are going to do it. If I charge a premium, that's great over the short term for me. Um, which I think is. Could be a wise way to go, uh, but for me I didn't want to spend a lot of time on marketing. - -I want to spend a lot of time on the on the craft So I went with what the industry average was besides that stacking benjamins Uh hasn't done Hadn't done anything frankly, to monetize the show. Because when you grow the show to the point that you're bringing in, you know, at, at one point we were bringing in 450, 000 a year, um, on the podcast, I was making enough that I was having fun doing it. - -Um, I was making enough money to support it. We were, uh, creating great shows. The things were going the way that I wanted to, and what could possibly go wrong? I'm just going, I'm just going to keep watching those check numbers go up as that audience just keeps going up and up and up, baby, because podcasting is never going to evolve. - -And nothing's ever going to change. So it was only about two years ago that I thought about how dangerous that was and thought we need multiple stages for the show, which is why we don't call it the Stucky Benjamin's podcast. We call it Stucky Benjamin's show. So we started doing some lives on Instagram. - -And building our Instagram, uh, because I realized we need, we were influencers, whether I wanted to be or not. Brittany Hennessy has a great book called influencer, which I really like. I'd recommend everybody read, uh, which made me realize that even though the term influencer made me gag that, uh, that I truly am one. - -And I needed to lean into that so we could monetize our social channels, but I didn't have any real social channels besides Twitter at 11, 000 people that I did more for my ego than anything else. Um, so, uh, started growing Instagram because that's where more of our, our people were. And I, um, we started really taking our YouTube channel seriously. - -Um, just, just a couple of years ago and it was maybe a year ago that I realized we really do need a business underneath this podcast. So now I'm flipping the business to be a podcast that might have these other stages and other things to being a financial education company that has a podcast, social and videos that support that. - -So we're in the process right now they're scaffolding all over stacking Benjamins. We have our first Guide coming out. We're going to be standalone guides. First one's on using your hr benefits better Second one is on tax planning Third one's going to be on setting up a better money Dashboard and how to actually set goals that work and then the fourth one's retirement planning fifth one is college planning We'll have five guides. - -We have a signature course We're building of build your own financial plan with help from guys that know what the hell they're doing Um cfp and former financial planner because my co host is a cfp and then we have a white glove You a course where I actually take you through 10 sessions at a much, much, much higher, uh, rate. - -Um, and I do it with a small group. So we cap it at 30 people and I take 30 people through 10 lessons on financial planning. You build your financial plan with me, not, not virtually. Um, And that's what we're building right now to try to make things better. Plus our our newsletter, which has a very high open rate Around 50 open rate. - -I think that's because it's so small compared to the number of people listening to our show So right now it is just true fans of the show. We just started putting advertising Into the uh newsletter, but the newsletter much is much like morning brew uh, I looked at the hustle of morning brew and how they They, um, create their newsletters and, uh, monetizing that with ads, just based on our approach and who we are and how we write that newsletter ads in there does not take away from the user experience. - -So I'm very happy with that. - -Jared: It's interesting to hear how you've started to stack different traffic sources, different monetization sources on top of this platform you built with the podcast. How much, um, You know, I think a lot of people listening might have gotten traction with one, maybe two areas. You talked about how yours was the podcast, maybe somebody listening, they'll have a YouTube channel, but it's just a YouTube channel or they'll be driving SEO traffic to their blog, but it's just SEO traffic. - -Maybe. Walk people through how you've been able to pivot in the last couple of years in the ways you have, because you've done a lot the last couple of years. I know you and I talked a lot at the ConvertKit conference about that third, the 30 person kind of masterclass you did, and I thought it was brilliant. - -Um, and it's something that, that you talked about how it was both fun and interesting, but something that a subset of your audience got value of. How do people figure out what's next? How, how did you figure out what was next from the podcast and any other things you're working on now? - -Joe: I think the thing that I would do, and um, I think about this right now, what is additive You know what, I'm gonna steal this directly from, uh, Alex Ozzi. - -Um, who by the way, is about to be on the Stacking Benjamin Show, which is nice. Pretty cool. So, uh, but, but I think Ozzi said it best. He said, do things which are really come across as very additive to your audience, but don't take a lot more time for you to produce. So the key for our YouTube channel has been. - -Um, you know, a lot of people are going to, you know, you look at diary of a ceo, you look at a lot of these, uh, face to face, uh, uh, uh, uh, call her daddy is another one. I mean, I'm just thinking about all of, all the podcasts that are now on couches and they're only face to face. I can't do that, Jared. I can, but I would have to move because I live in the middle of nowhere. - -Texarkana, Texas, right on the Texas Arkansas border. This little 60, 000 person town. I don't want to move. I love being in the small community. So for me, I have to look at what. A, how do I cover that up? I make my video quality good enough that it looks like a news broadcast. It looks, it looks very polished. - -It looks very good where the two window approach where we're in two different places are going to look good enough that you don't care that we're not in the same place. So that took a lot of work and it actually took hiring people. So for me, I had to I had to hire a video editor, uh, uh, to take that on as a second thing, but even without that, I think AI is getting good enough now that, that, uh, being able to have these conversations, take an AI solution like Opus, which is where we start. - -Opus gives me these shorts. Um, so they crank out shorts from what used to just be audio only. I then upload those shorts. I think if the content's good and the messaging is good, they don't have to be incredibly sexy with a video editor like I'm using now. I think if I can add video and it takes me not that much longer, I guess is my point. - -That's where I start to, to, to fan it out. I also think about what's going to make my audience stick stickier. You know, in a bank, my wheelhouse talking about banks in a bank, the reason a bank gives you a teaser rate. Uh, For adding an account, the thing that they always want is direct deposit. And the reason they want your direct deposit is because direct deposit is sticky. - -Jared: Mmm. - -Joe: So, if I can make things sticky, what, what, what makes things sticky? And you know what, to a certain part of your audience, behind the scenes discussion, They want to know how you're building it. They want to know what you're thinking. They want access to your life and to talking more about you. I see creators that are very afraid to talk about their personal life or they think, well, my personal life isn't interesting. - -You'd be surprised how interested your audience is in you, but you are sticky. Financial advice is not sticky. I can get that anywhere, but Joe Saul CHI and getting to know Joe Saul CHI better is very sticky. So. If I can, if I can, if I'm going on a trip, my family has just realized this is a part of the deal living with Joe. - -Now I go on a trip. We were just in Boston. We go a day early and I do a meetup. You know, and in the early days of meetups, it was sometimes three of us meeting up, but I got to tell you, those three people that were at that meetup, Jared, you know, this, they're still with us today because the meetup makes it sticky. - -So, focus on things that are sticky and focus on things that are additive. Like, if you can add video to an audio podcast and then distribute it in a place where video gets distributed. I'm using the power of live as well. So now that I can use Riverside to publish to Twitter, to YouTube and to LinkedIn, if I want to, we're not doing that yet, but I can publish different places. - -I can now make those recording sessions. We do, we can do those live and it's extra social media content. And people think they're seeing behind the scenes. They are seeing behind the scenes cause it's not edited yet. They're hearing the raw stuff. That's additive. So whatever I can do that doesn't take me a lot more time that can add to the experience. - -I'm going to embrace, - -Jared: uh, I'd love that. You called it out my last company. That's exactly what I did. I would just do a happy hour meetup with clients or people I knew in that area. And the first few I would do, I would go into it. I'd go there for a different reason, a conference, a meeting, a vacation, but I do these meetups. - -The first couple, I mean, I had two people and you're, you're like, is this, I'd be driving out to who knows where. And I'm like, is this really worth it? And the first thing is it was worth it for those two people because you're right. You're establishing those really great relationships. You're getting one on one impact, direct feedback. - -But by the time years later, I was done doing those and I was, you know, they were a hundred people strong sometimes. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. That was the rarity, but still 2030 was the average. Uh, and, and so I think that's a really interesting point. Um, I think maybe as we close, like you're going from being just a podcast to being, like you said, a show, and you've talked about all the different things you're working on to build out that show and impact listeners at different stages. - -Maybe just give us What's been the biggest surprise out of all the different places you've been putting that energy? What's been the biggest surprise in terms of whether it's success, it's growth, um, and maybe a couple of the reasons why. - -Joe: Biggest surprise. Wow. I, um, feel like I'm always surprised. I'm always surprised by what, what people love, what they, what they don't love. - -You know what the, the biggest surprise for me. Initially was, this doesn't surprise me anymore, but it was certainly a surprise. It was that the, the, the less I pull my audience and the more I trust that North star and make a show that I would like the, the. The bigger my audience gets, I feel like when I audience chase, when I'm chasing an audience, I lose them. - -And when I don't chase and I really get into cooking that I enjoy, I remember listening to Tim Ferriss one time, talk about this saying that my job truly is to lead my audience. And if. I'm interested in a Stradivarius violin. I mean, for people that don't know the Tim Ferriss podcast, he's talking about human development and growth stuff. - -And he wants to talk about violins for an episode. It has nothing to do with this topic. He's like, but if I'm truly interested in violins, I bet I can make a show that people really love. And they'll learn to trust me even more because it, because it's clear that I love it and it's clear that it's, um, that it's something that, that I'm passionate about. - -And, and I think, I think I found just that, you know, you, you certainly, I'm in all these, you know, Online creator forums and there's people that have been doing this for four to six weeks and they're asking how do I monetize? and and my first Thought every time I see that is create something that's beautiful to you And then monetize it and don't get me wrong. - -I think building and you know we're doing a sister show right now jared where we're Where we're building in some of the pain points around the creation of stacking benjamins into this this second It's a it's a travel adventure show Because I like to travel And so, uh, my, my spouse also gets excited about travel. - -So we decided as a side project, we're going to do that, but the show is made live without an editor. We, we, we, uh, are going to be, um, uh, performing it live without edits on YouTube, on Twitter, all the stuff I just said. So I get rid of the editing costs. Monetization is built into the product. We have gear of the week. - -And so we do a quiz question at the middle where we hint at what our gear of the week might be. And at the end of the show, we, we tell you what our gear of the week is and there's an Amazon store, but it's part of the fun of the show because every person I know that travels gets into Great gear right here. - -Ooh something that makes travel easier more fun. I totally want to buy that So monetization is part of the creation of the product And the fact that our show now is very hard to edit If I can make a show that's similar, but it's easy to edit It also goes out of multiple channels at one time like all the pain points are Are built in but but none of that matters as much as creating a product first that I love You If I, if I begin with a product I love. - -So what surprises me is I thought I was gonna have to chase my audience. Instead, I have to chase my own curiosity. And as I chase my curiosity and don't get me wrong, I get feedback from my audience to be funnier, you know, or don't be funny. I want to be funnier. So yeah, let's lean more into comedy. It's part of my North star. - -Follow that North star strongly was really the surprise about how quickly that can grow your brand and how quickly when it hockey stick, that one thing alone, being much more true to the North star. Hockey stick the brand - -Jared: Joe. I can't tell you how how glad I've been to have you on the podcast It's it's interesting because I think just in summary and I think a lot of people listening Uh will recognize this whether they consciously did or didn't A lot of people will add a podcast on later after they've gotten an audience somewhere else Maybe they started a newsletter. - -Maybe they started a youtube channel Maybe they started a blog whatever it is, and they'll add a podcast on you know Reference tim ferris like his initial hit was his book and then the podcast came You And, uh, you started with a podcast and then leveraged that into so many other things. I just think it's so interesting because the insights you have are so much on audience building, uh, coming up with a show concept and that, that meets your avatar. - -And so I just think your insights are so unique in terms of that audience and how you build and how you speak to that audience compared to somebody who builds it in a different manner or a different order. So, um, I just appreciate you coming on where it can be. I mean, we've talked about stacking Benjamins. - -Where can people follow along with your podcast, with all the other things you're doing? If they want to go get financial, um, uh, uh, content with a little bit of humor, we can say like, where can people go? - -Joe: We, we call it the greatest money show on earth, Jared, because it truly is a circus stacking Benjamin show three days a week, wherever finer podcasts are found like, like the niche pursuits - -Jared: podcast. - -We hope to be in the same crew, although our numbers are, are, uh, are, are, we don't do three a week. We do two a week and I have to say that's a lot of effort as it is. I was checking your, um, your podcast, hoping you were at like 10 minute episodes. So I can at least, no, you're doing like full hour plus episodes too. - -So we, we, we, we can't hold a candle on that one. Two a week is hard enough, but congratulations. And thanks for coming on. Like I said, I hope to see you again next year at crafting. Thanks - -Joe: for having me, Jared. And you know what a fan I am. I told you then I'm like, Oh my God, I love the niche pursuits podcast because I heard your voice. - -We actually, it's funny for people, uh, uh, hanging out with us. We were at five guys and you were sitting right across from me. And I heard your voice. I'm like, I know your voice. - -Jared: So good. It's true. It's fun to have another podcast host on. I, uh, I felt the same way. Um, it's, it's fun to meet in real life and it's fun to have you here and tell your story. - -Thank you for sharing. And until we meet again, talk soon.",1731883684,bc6317dd1d,3d15c04f16,,,1731883684 -https://www.hrw.org/news/2024/11/07/mauritius-ends-social-media-ban-ahead-elections,https://www.hrw.org/rss/news,Mauritius Ends Social Media Ban ahead of Elections,"Click to expand Image Mauritius Prime Minister Pravind Kumar Jugnauth at the 77th United Nations General Assembly at the UN headquarters, in New York City, US, September 23, 2022. © 2022 Caitlin Ochs/Reuters - -The Mauritius government has ended its recent suspension of social media, which threatened voters’ access to information ahead of the general elections on November 10. - -On November 1, the Mauritius communications authority had directed internet service providers in the country to suspend access to all social media platforms until after the elections. Following swift and widespread outcry from the business community, civil society, and opposition politicians, the government rescinded the ban just a day later. - -The government announced the ban after leaked audio recordings surfaced on the internet, which the government described as “a serious threat to national security and public safety.” The recordings included phone calls and conversations involving politicians, senior police officers, journalists, and foreign diplomats. In one leaked conversation, a senior police officer allegedly asked a doctor to alter a report about the death of a person in police custody. The authorities have now launched a judicial investigation into the death. - -The recordings, which began appearing on social media in October, were posted from an anonymous account using the moniker Missie Moustass. The user describes themselves as “a simple civil servant who can no longer stay silent.” The authorities banned the account across several social media platforms, but the recordings continued to garner widespread attention. Prime Minister Pravind Kumar Jugnauth claimed the recordings had been manipulated using artificial intelligence but individuals who feature in the recordings have verified their authenticity. The government has established a commission of inquiry to investigate “the alleged misuse of telecommunications infrastructure.” - -Social media is an invaluable tool for political parties and voters alike. While the government’s ban was quickly rescinded, it still threatened people’s right to access to information and their right to freedom of expression at a time when these are critically important. Rather than threatening people’s rights in attempt to stifle the disclosure of these damaging recordings, the government of Mauritius should ensure a thorough investigation into the alleged criminal activity these recordings may have uncovered.",1731883670,d89828abd6,3d0312c21c,,,1731883670 -https://www.golfwrx.com/749549/report-u-s-ryder-cup-players-to-be-paid-handsome-figure-to-represent-country-in-2025/,https://www.golfwrx.com/feed/,Report: U.S. Ryder Cup players to be paid handsome figure to represent country in 2025,"In a surprising turn of events, it’s been revealed that the U.S. Ryder Cup players are set to be paid for representing their country in the biennial event in 2025. - -The Telegraph’s James Corrigan has reported that the PGA of America will divide approximately $5 million between the 12 Team USA members next year, giving each member around $400k each. - -It would be the first time in the event’s history that players would be compensated for representing their country at the event. The report states that the proposal hasn’t yet been ratified at board level but likely will when the governing body announces a new chief executive. - -The report also reveals that there is currently no plan for Team Europe members to be paid. - -At last year’s Ryder Cup, there were reports that Patrick Cantlay refused to wear a hat as he wanted to be paid for competing in the event. A claim which Cantlay called “totally false.” - -Under the current system, U.S. players receive $200,000 to donate to a charity they choose. - -More from the 19th Hole",1731883664,008370814d,3d2de00c0c,,,1731883664 -https://pitchfork.com/news/pusha-t-is-selling-grindin-coffee,https://pitchfork.com/rss/news/,Pusha T Is Selling Grindin Coffee,"Pusha T is launching a new coffee brand called Grindin. The brand, named after Clipse’s 2002 Lord Willin’ single “Grindin’,” will be sold at Los Angeles’ Camp Flag Gnaw Carnival and Café Tropical, beginning this weekend. You can see the brand’s logo below. - -Pusha T’s new product is described in a press release as “a strong black coffee reflecting the artist’s taste.” The “highly caffeinated blend” will be available nationwide next year. - -Read the review of Pusha T’s most recent album, It’s Almost Dry.",1731883662,1fc7f26191,3d5849bf66,,,1731883662 -https://golfswingremedy.com/orange-whip-golf-swing-trainer-review/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=orange-whip-golf-swing-trainer-review,https://www.golfswingremedy.com/feed/,Orange Whip Golf Swing Trainer Review,"You’ve probably noticed the Orange Whip Golf Swing trainer when searching for help with your golf swing. - -And if you’re like most people, you’re wondering how a flexible stick with an orange ball at the end can help you with your golf swing. - -That was my exact thought when I first encountered the Orange Whip. I was looking for something to help me with the swing plane, tempo, and balance in my golf swing. - -I was pretty skeptical until I started reading more about how it works and the overwhelming number of positive reviews. - -How does it work? - -The Orange Whip is like a golf club with an ultra-flexible shaft that is counterweighted to produce coordination between your arms, upper body, and lower body. - -When you swing the Orange Whip repeatedly with correct form, you start to gain the muscle memory to achieve the proper tempo and balance in your golf swing. - -Still curious how the Orange Whip works? Below is a video of the inventor of the Orange Whip, Jim Hackenberg, showing you how and why it can help your golf swing. - -In this review of the Orange Whip Golf Swing Trainer I will discuss its features, how to use it properly and effectively, and its pros and cons, to see if it’s a training device worthy of your time and money. I’ll also examine if there are any alternative golf trainers on the market that are similar to the Orange Whip. - -Orange Whip Golf Swing Trainer - -The Orange Whip Golf Swing Trainer is claimed to be the #1 golf training aid by PGA and LPGA professionals and used by over 300 tour pros. Ok. - -I’m always leery of claims of any product being the number one rated anything until I went to Orange Whip Golf’s website and saw how many professional golfers actually had an Orange Whip sticking out of their golf bag. - -Impressive. - -The one major benefit that is mentioned by everyone that uses the Orange Whip is its ability to let you feel if your golf swing is in proper rhythm and balance. - -It helps you warm up and properly stretch your muscles as well as help you perfect the tempo and balance of your golf swing at the same time. - -What are the features of the Orange Whip that enable you to get into a proper rhythm and balance with your golf swing? - -Let’s take a look. - -Features of the Orange Whip Golf Swing Trainer - -The Orange Whip Golf Swing Trainer has three key components, the weighted orange ball on the end, a counterweight on the other end, and its flexible shaft. - -All three of these features work in conjunction to help you achieve the proper tempo and balance in your golf swing. - -I want to take a closer look at these three components, starting with the weighted orange ball. - -Weighted Orange Ball - -The weighted orange ball at the end of the shaft replaces the clubhead which allows you to concentrate on your golf swing and not worry about if your clubface is squared up or not. - -The ball is weighted to develop a smooth, consistent swing path instead of an inconsistent, erratic one. However, to achieve this balanced, smooth swing path you also need a counterweight at the other end. - -Counterweight - -The counterweight is another ball, except it’s white and attached at the end of the handle, where you grip the club. The counterweight works in conjunction with the orange ball on the other end to balance and promote a stable swing from the beginning to the end of your swing. - -Proprietary Flexible Shaft - -When you have two weights at the opposite ends of a shaft you will have an immense amount of torque exerted on it. Luckily the Orange Whip has a shaft that is flexible and strong enough to handle this torque. - -This flexible shaft encourages a swing that’s in balance and coordinated between all parts of your body. Your legs, upper body, and arms all come together in one harmonious motion. - -If you feel a wobble when you swing the Orange Whip that means that your swing is out of balance and tempo. It’s this instant feedback that helps you adjust your swing and promote proper muscle memory of what a good swing should be over time through repeated practice. - -How Hard Should You Swing the Orange Whip Golf Swing Trainer? - -Do you need to swing the Orange Whip hard? Not at all. In fact, the Orange Whip’s primary goal is for you to find tempo and balance. It is very difficult to find tempo and balance when you are swinging out of your shoes. - -A nice easy rhythm is all you need to start, again the key is balance and an even tempo. After a while, once you are warmed up, you can start to increase your swing speed. - -But always remember to never sacrifice a nice balanced, smooth swing for a powerful but unbalanced one. - -Orange Whip Full Size vs Orange Whip Mid Size - -The Orange Whip comes in three different sizes. The full-size trainer is 47 inches long and weighs 1.75 lbs. - -Because of its length, the Orange Whip Full-Size Trainer is designed for men and taller women. It simulates the driver motion because of its length. - -If you’re looking to simulate the motion of your iron shots then the mid-size trainer would be helpful. - -The Orange Whip Mid-Size Trainer is 43 inches long and 1.7 lbs. It is designed for seniors, women, and teens. It can also simulate the iron motion for taller players. - -Pros and Cons - -What are the things that I like and don’t like about this golf training aid? Here are the things I like about the Orange Whip. - -Pros - -Helps you gain flexibility and balance in your golf swing. - -Great for loosening up your entire body before a round of golf. - -Helps you focus on a consistent tempo along with proper lower body rotation. - -The counterweight design helps to pull hips around and promote proper weight transfer. - -Cons - -People that should have bought the mid-size or compact models found the full size too long for their swing. - -Some people consider it pricey. - -Final Verdict - -Is the Orange Whip Golf Trainer a helpful golf swing training aid or is it like so many others that are bought and then cast aside after a few uses? - -I believe the Orange Whip can really help some golfers that have issues with their golf swing tempo and balance. Not only that, I think it’s a great tool to warm up with because of its counterweighted design. - -Can you get the same results by just swinging one of your drivers? I don’t think so. The counterweights on each end along with the flexible shaft promote an even-tempo swing that’s in balance. - -If it takes you a few holes (or 18) to get into the groove on the golf course, then the Orange Whip might be something that could help you. - -Hey, over 300 tour pros have it in their bag for a reason.",1731883599,a540f2e325,3d1e0bb860,,,1731883599 -https://derivsource.com/2024/08/05/cftc-and-the-ai-conundrum-derivatives/,https://derivsource.com/feed,CFTC and the AI conundrum,"Lynn Strongin Dodds looks at how the CFTC is exploring the best ways to leverage the opportunities and mitigate the risks AI is and will have on the derivatives markets. - -It is no surprise that artificial intelligence is such a hot topic in derivatives circles. The benefits are not in doubt. Derivative data visualisation which leverages generative AI can help investors and traders understand complex market information, identify connections between various disparate factors in the financial market and assess potential risks. The question is how or if the technology should be regulated? - -CFTC and AI - -This issue is being probed by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission’s (CFTC) which in January issued a request for comment (RFC) on the different facets and impact of the technology. It included 20 questions and comments were due on April 24. At the time Chairman Rostin Behnam explained the process was to help the regulator “understand current and potential AI use cases and the associated potential risks to its jurisdictional markets and the larger financial system.” - -Overall, market participants were of the view that further legislation was not necessary because the regulator already had all the tools in its box to deal with any ramifications. For example, in its RFC, the Futures Industry Association (FIA) urged the CFTC to adopt a technology neutral stance since the status quo already provided “the controls and oversight needed for the CFTC to promote and protect the integrity and resilience of our markets. We believe that the CFTC’s risk-based approach to developing a regulatory framework around outcomes and use cases, rather than the underlying technology, likely means that the CFTC’s existing rule sets already address perceived risks.” - -The Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (SIFMA) echoed these sentiments in its responses. It argued that the use of AI in financial services was not a new concept and that it had been around for decades to improve efficiency, accuracy, and analysis in many areas including trading, fraud detection, and investment analysis. “Market participants have risk-management frameworks that account for this, as they are built upon existing laws and regulations and are continuously uplifted to cover emerging technologies, including AI,” it added. - -Risks - -However, a report – Responsible Artificial Intelligence In Financial Markets: Opportunities, Risks & Recommendations – from the CFTC’s Technology Advisory Committee (TAC) released in May believed there was much more work to be done to ensure the technology was used securely and effective). The report acknowledged that “AI represents a potentially valuable tool for CFTC internal and external stakeholders,” and that the technology might “improve automated processes governing core functions, including risk management, surveillance, fraud detection, and the identification, execution, and back-testing of trading strategies.” - -It warned stakeholders though they must also consider and respond to issues such as “responsible development, the quality of training data, the extent of involvement of humans in autonomous trading models, data privacy, auditing and oversight, and the breadth of internal talent” competent to oversee the implementation of AI. It noted these might currently be in short supply. - -The report though did not only highlight the problems but also provided several use cases that could help derivatives market participants get a better grip on the technology. The first centred on trading and investment. It has been well documented that AI can be deployed to analyse data, identify trade execution strategy, predict asset prices, and engage in high-frequency trading. The flipside, it noted is data poisoning in the form of a cyber-attack or overfitting whereby a model too closely aligns to its training data and cannot be used for predictive purpose. - -The second focused on AI ability to facilitate marketing, customer acquisition and service as well as provide customised investing advice. The negatives are so called AI hallucinations or an AI-generated response that contains false or misleading information which is presented as fact. Moreover, there may be privacy, explainability and transparency risks, as well as biased and discriminatory treatment of customers. - -Next on the list was risk management. AI can go a long way in bolstering this function, particularly in margin model optimisation as well as developing and executing hedging strategies. In addition, it can monitor and adjust excess funds requirements, analyse publicly available data for key developments related to depositories or counterparties plus engage in collateral and liquidity optimisation. The dangers include data quality, AI hallucinations, critical infrastructure dependency, bias and discrimination, and explainability. - -Last but not least was regulatory compliance. AI can be advantageous for market surveillance, recordkeeping, know your customer compliance, anti-money laundering/countering the financing of terrorism transaction monitoring. The problem areas are the same as in other use cases such as critical infrastructure dependence, AI hallucinations, bias and discrimination, explainability, and data privacy. - -Recommendations - -To rectify these issues and build a more robust structure, TAC proposed changes to CFTC structure and policy. This included the watchdog solicit opinions from stakeholders in the derivatives market on the “business functions and types of AI technologies most prevalent within the sector.” It also advised that information should be used to help define and adopt an AI Risk Management Framework (RMF) for the sector, aligned with the guidelines and governance aspects of the National Institute of Standards and Technology’s (NIST). - -The report also called on the CFTC to create an inventory of existing regulations that would impact the use of AI in the derivatives market. This could help “develop a gap analysis of the potential risks associated with AI systems to determine compliance relative to further opportunities for dialogue, and potential clarifying staff guidance or potential rulemaking,” it added. - -In addition, TAC said the CFTC needed to forge interagency cooperation and alignment on AI issues with different authorities including the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Department of the Treasury, and “other agencies interested in the financial stability of markets.” - -The final recommendation was to build a pipeline of AI experts to ensure the requisite resources for responsible engagement by internal and external stakeholders. This means involving staff as both observers and potential participants in ongoing domestic and international dialogues around AI, and “where possible, establish budget supplements to develop the internal capacity of agency professionals around necessary technical expertise to support the agency’s endeavours in emerging and evolving technologies,” it added.",1731883767,9dd65a327d,3d3e92bce8,,,1731883767 -https://www.npr.org/2021/07/29/1022440582/planet-money-summer-school-2-index-funds-the-bet,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Warren Buffet Uses This Investing Tip For His Stocks : Planet Money : NPR,"Planet Money Summer School 2: Index Funds & The Bet - -Enlarge this image Suharu Ogawa for NPR Suharu Ogawa for NPR - -Find all episodes of Planet Money Summer School here. - -Now that you know how the price of a stock is set, how do you decide which stocks to buy? That's the question at the heart of a big bet... and today's lesson. - -Investing is all about the trade-off of risk and reward. In 2006, Warren Buffett bet a million dollars that the most brainless, boring investment around would do better than the handpicked investments of some of the smartest hedge fund managers in the world. Today in class, we take a look at how that bet played out. And we learn about diversification, a simple yet magical strategy for giving you more reward for the risk you take. - -Sponsor Message - -Vocab Words: - -Diversification - -Efficient Markets Hypothesis - -Index Fund - -Music: ""Lost Situation,"" ""Black Fire,"" and ""Boarders."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Pocket Casts and NPR One. - -Subscribe to Planet Money's Newsletter.",1731884708,8181d7a585,3d6aa723fb,,,1731884708 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/dtdeals/razer-anzu-smart-glasses-deal-best-buy-march-2022/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/wearables/feed/,Razer Anzu smart glasses deal knocks $140 off the price tag,"While smartwatch deals have slowly claimed their place in the mainstream, smart glasses haven’t turned out to be as popular. Gaming-focused brand Razer, however, is trying to renew interest in smart glasses with the Razer Anzu, which you can currently purchase from Best Buy at $140 off. If you’d like to give them a try, they’re available for just $60, less than half their original price of $200. - -There have been failures like the Google Glass and Snap Spectacles, and hopeful attempts like Oppo’s Air Glass and Apple’s secretive project, but the Razer Anzu smart glasses take a different spin on the wearable device by designing them for indoors. While they come with polarized sunglass lenses, their clear lenses are more useful with their blue light filter, which protects your eyes from screen glare to prevent discomfort even after hours of playing video games or working from home. The smart glasses, which also have a built-in omnidirectional microphone and speakers, may also be more comfortable to wear for an extended period of time compared to headsets and headphones. You’ll enjoy smooth, stutter-free sound with the Razer Anzu’s low latency audio with a 60ms Bluetooth connection. - -Adding to the convenience provided by the Razer Anzu smart glasses is their compatibility with your smartphone’s voice assistant. There are also touch-enabled controls for functions such as changing music tracks, controlling playback, and managing calls. Razer promises more than 5 hours of battery life on a single charge for the smart glasses, and to conserve power, they automatically turn off when you fold them up to put away. - -It remains to be seen if the Razer Anzu will be able to renew public interest in smart glasses, but they do provide several advantages for their wearers. Best Buy is selling them for just $60, after a $140 discount to their original price of $200, so if you’d like to try them out without spending too much, here’s your chance. There’s no telling when the deal will end though, so to grab the Razer Anzu smart glasses for less than half their retail price, you’ll have to hurry. Click that Buy Now button as soon as you can.",1731883672,f10d42ef81,3d6b564ece,,,1731883672 -https://www.npr.org/2022/09/28/1125793426/the-miracle-apple-classic,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How we got from Red Delicious to Honeycrisp apples : Planet Money : NPR,"The miracle apple (Classic) - -Enlarge this image Dan Charles / NPR Dan Charles / NPR - -Note: This episode originally aired in 2015 - -For a long time, pretty much every apple in the grocery store looked and tasted the same, and they weren't very good. - -Today on the show, how we got from mealy, nasty apples to apples that actually taste delicious. The story starts with a breeder who discovered a miracle apple. But discovering that apple was not enough. - -Music: ""Rubbery Bounce"" ""Behind the Scenes"" and ""Marvellous Vibe."" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884664,8181d7a585,3d54a84096,,,1731884664 -https://www.euronews.com/video/2024/11/15/peruvians-call-for-justice-and-say-no-to-apec,http://feeds.feedburner.com/euronews/en/home/,Video. Peruvians call for justice and say 'No' to APEC,"One group of Indigenous protesters carried signs reading “APEC out.” - -Another group gathered in central Lima, protesting President Dina Boluarte and demanding justice for those killed or arrested following former President Pedro Castillo’s ousting in December 2022. - -Mariela Cayo, wife of one of the victims, called for justice for over 50 people killed and more than 1,500 injured during the protests.",1731883682,33451736bb,3d3e2a3244,,,1731883682 -https://www.slashfilm.com/1710561/julia-louis-dreyfus-favorite-movies/,https://www.slashfilm.com/feed/,Julia Louis-Dreyfus's Favorite Movies Will Make You Emotional,"Julia Louis-Dreyfus began her career in comedy, as so many comedians do, with the Second City, the stalwart and long-lived comedy troupe based in Chicago. She was only 21, but Louis-Dreyfus gave such an impressive performance at a Second City event that she was immediately asked to join the cast of ""Saturday Night Live."" It seems that NBC talent scouts lurk at Second City performances all the time. She starred on ""SNL"" from 1982 until 1985, becoming friends with writer Larry David during her tenure. A few years later, David and comedian Jerry Seinfeld created the sitcom ""Seinfeld,"" wherein Louis-Dreyfus starred as Jerry's friend Elaine. - -""Seinfeld,"" once might recall, was something of a hit, lasting 180 episodes over nine seasons. Louis-Dreyfus was nominated for seven Emmys, winning one. She would go on to win another Emmy for her performance in ""The New Adventures of Old Christine"" and an additional nine Emmys for ""Veep,"" eight of them for acting. She currently shares the record for the most Emmys ever won for a single role, matching only Cloris Leachman, who was repeatedly awarded for playing Phyllis Lindstrom on ""The Mary Tyler Moore Show."" Louis-Dreyfus is a comedy legend in her own right. - -She also has good taste in movies. In 2020, Rotten Tomatoes reached out to Louis-Dreyfus about her five favorite films, and all of them are notably moving classics. One of them is a heartbreaking World War II drama, one is an achingly romantic movie, one is a celebrated sports movie, one is a tragedy set in a mental health clinic, and one is ... well, it's ""The Wizard of Oz,"" one of the most famous movies of all time.",1731883651,b237a9df8d,3d8a60ee13,,,1731883651 -https://www.foxnews.com/politics/library-congress-email-system-hacked-earlier-year-foreign-adversary,http://feeds.foxnews.com/foxnews/politics,Library of Congress email systems hacked earlier this year by 'foreign adversary',"The Library of Congress email systems suffered a substantial hack earlier this year by a ""foreign adversary,"" Fox News can confirm. - -It is unclear if the hack compromised accounts of those who work directly for the House and Senate. - -However, Fox News is told that U.S. Capitol Police has referred the matter to the FBI, and it is investigating the scope of the hack. - -Fox is told the Library of Congress notified impacted congressional personnel in the House and Senate, which included both Republican and Democratic offices. - -CHINESE SPIES HACKED TRUMP ATTORNEY TODD BLANCHE'S PHONE: SOURCE - -""The Library of Congress recently discovered a cyber breach of the Library's information technology environment whereby an adversary accessed email communications during the timeframe of January to September 2024 between Library staff and congressional offices,"" Library of Congress spokesman Bill Ryan told Fox News. - -""The Library has mitigated the vulnerability that the adversary used to access these emails and has taken measures to prevent such incidents in the future. The Library has referred the matter to law enforcement and is also conducting its own analysis of the breach."" - -The hack was described to Fox News as ""classic, sophisticated foreign adversary espionage."" - -This means that the foreign actor conducting the hack was likely trying to get a sense of what types of questions lawmakers and aides ask the Library of Congress about legislation and the answers they receive. - -CHINESE HACKERS ATTEMPTED TO BREACH TRUMP AND HARRIS CAMPAIGNS' CELLPHONE DATA - -If successful, such espionage could shed light on the thinking of lawmakers about certain subjects. - - - -Fox is told that it took some prompting by senior Congressional officials to share what went down at the Library of Congress. However, the hack is not believed to have spread to other Congressional systems - like the House and Senate. - -CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP - - - -In addition, it is believed that the hackers went after the Library of Congress due to it being a ""softer target"" compared to the rest of Congress and lacks the more sophisticated systems which the rest of Congress uses to guard against cyber spying. - - - -Fox News Digital reached out to the FBI, but it declined to comment. - -Stepheny Price is writer for Fox News Digital and Fox Business. Story tips and ideas can be sent to stepheny.price@fox.com",1731883653,7b5f0a8391,3d83e58e21,,,1731883653 -https://www.biometricsinstitute.org/annual-general-meeting-2024-hub/,https://www.biometricsinstitute.org/feed/,Annual General Meeting 2024 Hub,"As a main member contact of the Biometrics Institute you will have received the notice of the annual general meeting (AGM). - -In order to vote you need to be aware of the following: - -Your membership category and number of votes (the constitution outlines your voting rights in clauses 7.3 and 8.3) – please see table below for the number of votes per category - -The director election process (clause 17 of the constitution) - -The composition of the board (clause 17) - -CATEGORY NUMBER OF ACTIVE PARTICIPANTS VOTES AT AGM PER ORGANISATION Small user 1 2 Small supplier 1 1 Medium user 3 4 Medium supplier 3 2 Large user 9 6 Large supplier 9 3 Very large user Up to 30 8 Very large supplier Up to 30 4 Extra large user Up to 50 10 Extra large supplier Up to 50 5 - -Downloads - -Annual Report 2023 – 2024 - -Minutes from the 2023 AGM - -Biometrics Institute Constitution - -Biometrics Institute Constitution – marked up version for 2024 AGM - -Criteria Governing Suitability to Act as a Director (CGSAD) - -Proxy voting form",1731883644,12050f7d1f,3db776d3e8,,,1731883644 -https://kotaku.com/neil-druckmann-last-us-part-3-uncharted-naughty-dog-1851698579,https://kotaku.com/rss,Last Of Us Director Has Been Working On A New Game Since 2020,"Fans have been patiently waiting for word of what Naughty Dog’s next big single-player game will be following The Last of Us Part II and multiple remasters. While studio head Neil Druckmann didn’t hint at what that project might be, he reportedly confirmed during a recent roundtable discussion that he’s been working on his next game since 2020. - -How Alan Wake 2 Builds Upon The 'Remedy-Verse' CC Share Subtitles Off - -English view video How Alan Wake 2 Builds Upon The 'Remedy-Verse' - -How Alan Wake 2 Builds Upon The 'Remedy-Verse' CC Share Subtitles Off - -English How Alan Wake 2 Builds Upon The 'Remedy-Verse' - -The comment came during a Jewish Visionaries in Gaming talk held online this week in which Druckmann appeared alongside Ken Levine of BioShock fame whose own upcoming game, the sci-fi shooter Judas, was revealed with a full trailer earlier this year. While Druckmann, who’s also been busy running Naughty Dog and co-creating the hit HBO adaptation of The Last of Us, didn’t say when his next game would be out, the 2020 marker suggests it might not be too far away at this point. - -Advertisement - -The roundtable discussion started making the rounds on Reddit earlier today, but the VOD has since been set to private on YouTube. While Kotaku was unable to view the full discussion, another viewer corroborated Druckmann’s mention of the 2020 date. Sony did not immediately respond to a request for comment. - -Advertisement - -Naughty Dog has set the standard for blockbuster storytelling at PlayStation for years, but it’s been a while since the studio teased anything new. A Last of Us Online project that was expected to take the post-apocalyptic zombie survival formula into the live-service genre was suddenly canceled last fall. There’s also been a series of veteran departures at the studio in recent years, with Druckmann taking over as the top manager at Naughty Dog after former co-president Evan Wells left in 2023. - -Advertisement - -Given current development cycles for the biggest-budget games, it could still be a few more years until Druckmann’s next game, whatever it turns out to be, is actually in players’ hands. Things that used to take three to four years to make are now increasingly taking five to six, especially coming out of the 2020 pandemic. In addition to a new IP, fans have also been waiting to hear about the fate of Uncharted, which has been on ice since 2017's Lost Legacy. - -Druckmann did speak once before about his next game in a now infamous Sony interview that was transcribed so inaccurately, the entire thing had to be taken offline. While the veteran writer and director was ridiculed online for appearing to suggest his next project would “redefine mainstream perceptions of gaming,” he later clarified that he never actually said those words. What he actually said was, “people even outside of gaming are looking at us to see what it is that we put out next.”",1731883671,a0840ab3b4,3dbdc6ec03,,,1731883671 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/trends/g45209640/best-fall-coats-for-women/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,19 Best Fall Coats and Jackets for Women in 2024,"When the weather turns gloomy you can either match the energy or boost your mood and get a fabulous fall coat. - -Fall is arguably the most stylish season. That’s because fall outfits involve layers upon layers of the richest textures—chunky knits, denim, leather, and accessories on top. And the best coats and jackets set the tone for the entire look. After all, they’re the first layer anyone passing you on the street will see. Wool, cashmere, shearling, and alpaca knits in longline or wrap silhouettes elegantly lock in warmth; gabardine trenches and waxed barn jackets offer a coolly classic way to dress for brisk weather. - -From cozy wool robe coats to classic trenches, the right coats brighten up cloudy days and make getting dressed for autumn a fun, even luxurious experience. Read on for the 19 best fall coats and jackets to keep you stylishly warm this season and next.",1731883618,66787ad63a,3d9d9fe5f9,,,1731883618 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/articles/cz9wky1gdq4o,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,Andy Murray: US Open boys' title was 20 years ago as Grand Slam goes on without British tennis legend,"It's a rare summer where Andy Murray is not in a New York state of mind - but this is it. - -Twenty years after announcing himself to the world with a US Open boys' title, Murray is beginning his retirement properly with a family break in Spain. - -Tennis is happening and Murray is not a part of it. This will take some getting used to. - -Murray, in a reflective moment, might cast an envious glance at his 17-year-old self, the boy who by his own reckoning was ""nowhere near as good"" as Tim Henman but was perhaps already Scotland's greatest-ever tennis player. The boy with healthy hips and a golden future. - -The boy who fell head over heels for the Big Apple. - -How he'd love to do it all over again.",1731883659,95caee0db1,3dad7f5456,,,1731883659 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMi0AFBVV95cUxQTnpWbjY0QVN3emp1VWR2Rm9SbFRpZTJhU3FZVkwtM0lWaUVaRlhhUHVVcHhwcjNMbmgxRFp0TUsxZWQ1bmplck9ud3QzOEdUeldJdlpCcHJvaXJ5dDBRVUhjT1ZWLTQtY2xBWkhBTTJLT0JwN0ZDWXFvVjF6SW1KUUVMQl9VY1pHU2Zfblp2T1dIc2hfM2phU2k3b0hFRWhXcmF5UVRoSVYtRHJHNkNmZFh3b05JVmhSZTFnNjVERG84TWNPZ2ZLdTMxdnBMVkRQ?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883621,2688d2a9c6,3dcadad293,,,1731883621 -https://cryptomining-blog.com/13554-the-urlacher-makes-a-full-s19k-pro-115t-asic-miner-run-on-120v/,https://cryptomining-blog.com/feed/,The Urlacher Makes a Full S19k Pro 115T ASIC Miner Run on 120V,"The Urlacher Makes a Full S19k Pro 115T ASIC Miner Run on 120V 8 Dec - -2023 - -The Loki Kit by Pivotal Pleb Tech has made it easier for crypto miners to get creative and run various configurations of Bitmain S19 ASIC miners on 120V power, meaning home mining for these devices was made possible in US and other countries using this voltage. There are number of products already available using Loki and single S19 mining boards to make a good space heater for the winter such as the BitChimney Space Heater and StealthMiner, but now there is a new interesting option available as well called The Urlacher. The device is named after LuxOS engineer David Urlacher who first built this configuration, and is a triple hashboard Loki Rig with fully functional Antminer S19k pro that runs on 120V power at lower hashrate. We are working on a review of the BitChimney Space Heater already as we have ordered a unit a while ago and it has arrived, so we are already playing around with it. - -The Urlacher is interesting due to the fact that it runs a regular S19k Pro miner with all of its mining boards at lower operating frequency to achieve high hashrate and high efficiency for home mining and it comes as an easier modification that can be quickly applied. No need to disassemble the whole miner to take out hashing boards or to build custom cases and it is easier to return the miner back to its original form that will hash at full speed with the regular non-120V power supply. You can get the complete miner with the modification or just the modification kit to apply to your own miner if you have one, or you can build one yourself with just a Loki Kit, a Bitmain APW3++ PSU and some other accessories to connect and make everything work. The Urlacher does 56 TH/s at 1200 Watts of power usage with 53 dB noise level, though you can play with settings to achieve different results as long as you fit in the total power capabilities of the power supply. - -– For more information about The Urlacher available from Altair Tech…",1731883653,bd0c3a08cb,3db51a7171,,,1731883653 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/football/articles/cx2l4zepddeo,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,Adam Szalai: Hungary coach 'doing well' after collapsing during Netherlands match,"Hungary coach Adam Szalai says he is ""doing well"" after collapsing during his side's Nations League match against Netherlands on Saturday. - -The match in Amsterdam was halted for 13 minutes when the 36-year-old was taken ill in the seventh minute. - -A makeshift medical tent was erected to treat Szalai on the bench before he was rushed to hospital, leaving captain and Liverpool midfielder midfielder Dominik Szoboszlai in tears on the pitch. - -""Thanks for the lots of messages, I'm doing well,"" Szalai wrote on Facebook. - -Hungary's Football Association said the country's former international striker was ""stable and conscious"" on Friday night. - -Szalai, who won 86 caps before retiring from playing in 2023, was carried from the bench on a stretcher at the Johan Cruyff Arena before the match resumed. - -When play did restart, the Netherlands were awarded a penalty after a video assistant referee (VAR) review. - -Ajax striker Wout Weghorst converted the 21st-minute spot-kick and celebrated by sliding on his knees towards the corner flag as the hosts opened the scoring in a 4-0 victory. - -The former Burnley and Manchester United forward was criticised for his celebration, but said later: ""I never thought for a moment that this could come across as unpleasant. - -""In retrospect, you think, 'would it have been more respectful to cheer less exuberantly?' Let it be clear that his life is more important than my goal. I hope I don't have to explain that to anyone. - -""Taking a penalty is normally exciting but I think this was one of my most difficult penalties ever. When you score it, there is pure relief and release. That's why I didn't realise how I was cheering."" - -Netherlands captain Virgil van Dijk added: ""I didn't think the celebration was exaggerated at all. Hungary made the choice to continue playing. Then you get on with playing the match."" - -The Dutch qualified for the Nations League quarter-finals with the success.",1731883680,bcdff126e2,3d8c2aa499,,,1731883680 -https://cryptomining-blog.com/13515-using-the-samsung-galaxy-a03s-smartphone-for-veruscoin-vrsc-mining/,https://cryptomining-blog.com/feed/,Using the Samsung Galaxy A03s Smartphone for VerusCoin (VRSC) Mining,"Using the Samsung Galaxy A03s Smartphone for VerusCoin (VRSC) Mining 28 Oct - -2023 - -One of the most popular and affordable smartphones to get if you are interested in crypto mining VerusCoin (VRSC) is the Samsung Galaxy A03s that is also easier to find and also widely available as a locked phone with some no-contract operators at great prices (you can use it for mining without activating a SIM card and getting a phone plan). With a regular price in the $50 USD range for locked phones available on Amazon from Tracfone, Total by Verizon and Simple Mobile and often going for as low as $30 USD when in promotion like it was for the Amazon Prime Day for example it is great way to get it for even less. It is definitely a great device to get you started with mobile crypto mining or if you want to give it a try before deciding should you get into it anyway, offering decent performance with a low power usage and with a killer promo price if you manage to snag a good deal. So, let us see what can you expect from the Samsung Galaxy A03s if you are interested in mining VRSC… - -The Samsung Galaxy A03s has been launched in 2021 as a lower-end device with Android 11 operating system (updates to Android 13 are currently available) and decent hardware inside, though nothing too fancy. The device uses Mediatek MT6765 Helio P35 (12nm) chipset and has an 8-core ARM processor inside (4x 2.35 GHz Cortex-A53 and 4x 1.8 GHz Cortex-A53 cores), uses USB Type-C 2.0 interface that supports up to 15W charging and has a 5000 mAh non-removable battery inside. The model we have from Tracfone is with 3GB RAM and 32GB storage, though there are apparently other variations with different memory amount, so make sure to check which one you are getting. The device has a 64-bit processor and an operating system running in 64-bit, unlike some other smartphones like the Samsung Galaxy A13 5G that are simply no good for use as crypto mining devices at all. Considering the price point for locked A03S devices and the specs you are getting they actually do make a lot of sense to be used for VRSC mining, especially when you take a look at the performance numbers and power usage as well. - -What about the most important thing here, namely the performance you can expect from the Galaxy A03s? Well, it is really great for a smartphone you can get for $50 USD or even $30 USD at times… of course if you are getting a Samsung Galaxy A03s that is not locked to a specific mobile operator it will cost you more, but you don’t need unlocked smartphone to mine with it if it is the only thing you are going to be doing with it. The average hashrate when mining VerusCoin (VRSC) with the Galaxy A03s is around 3.6 MH/s with a power usage of around 2.6 Watts measured at the wall (using Userland and ccminer, a bit slower when using VerusMiner), so damn good performance and very power efficient device. Not the fastest out there, however the price you can get it at is really the best thing here and for that price the performance is surprisingly good… almost makes you start thinking along the way of actually building a smartphone mining farm, though going for large scale mining with smartphones does present some unique challenges that still need to be addressed. You might also want to check out the Alcatel TCL A3 and TCL A3X Smartphones as they can offer similar performance for a lower or similar price point as the Samsung Galaxy A03s, although these devices do come with their own specifics as well, so make sure to check our review.",1731883662,bd0c3a08cb,3e2c30ed6e,,,1731883662 -https://www.inman.com/2024/11/14/unlock-the-power-of-repurposing-long-form-content-for-social-media/,https://www.inman.com/feed/,Unlock the power of repurposing long-form content for social media,"In the fast-paced world of real estate, staying top-of-mind is crucial for building trust and attracting clients. One of the most effective ways to position yourself as an authority in your field is by consistently sharing valuable insights and knowledge with your network. But here’s the challenge: creating fresh, engaging content can be time-consuming and overwhelming. - - - -Want to do more in your business? Inman Access offers insights and ideas from industry leaders designed to help you do more every day. - -In the fast-paced world of real estate, staying top-of-mind is crucial for building trust and attracting clients. One of the most effective ways to position yourself as an authority in your field is by consistently sharing valuable insights and knowledge with your network. But here’s the challenge: creating fresh, engaging content can be time-consuming and overwhelming. - -Imagine the exposure, engagement, and brand authority you could build with just one well-crafted blog post, video, or article. Join Jas Takhar to learn powerful strategies for taking a single piece of long-form content and transforming it into 18-20 bite-sized, high-impact pieces for your social media channels. - -Elevate your people skills and, in turn, boost your client base and your business. Watch the class above, plus gain access to fresh content added weekly, with Inman Access. - -Watch now",1731883663,123ad3b11e,3df98354bf,,,1731883663 -https://www.npr.org/2022/07/01/1109345948/suitcases-secret-lists-and-citizens-united,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"The other Watergate scandal, that changed campaign finance in America : Planet Money : NPR","Suitcases, secret lists, and Citizens United - -Enlarge this image Charles W. Harrity/AP Charles W. Harrity/AP - -Fifty years ago, five burglars were caught breaking into the Watergate Hotel in Washington, D.C. It was one of the most infamous moments in American political history. - -But there's a corner of that scandal you probably haven't heard about, one with far-reaching impact. - -When a D.C. lawyer learned the burglars were paid in part by secret donations to the Nixon campaign, he launched a hunt for answers. His work helped make huge changes in how we pay for elections. But it also had very unintended consequences, ultimately leading to the multi-billion dollar elections of today. - -Sponsor Message - -Music: ""School Dancer,"" ""Summon The Spirits,""and ""Hot Pants."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Apply to be the fall/winter 2022 intern for Planet Money and The Indicator. - -Get bonus episodes of Planet Money by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884672,8181d7a585,3e2cd680c8,,,1731884672 -https://www.moneytalksnews.com/9-great-deals-to-grab-at-amazon-on-monday/,https://www.moneytalksnews.com/feed/,11 Deep Discounts Available on Amazon This Friday,"11 Deep Discounts Available on Amazon This Friday - -These items are steeply discounted — but the deals won't last long. - -Advertising Disclosure: When you buy something by clicking links within this article, we may earn a small commission, but it never affects the products or services we recommend.",1731883633,266cc99909,3df95a2ab2,,,1731883633 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/planet-coaster-2-review,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,Planet Coaster 2 review: a good water park is hard to build,"Planet Coaster 2 review - -The promise of a wild and wacky water park is hampered by unintuitive menus and fiddly micromanagement in a sequel that removes almost as much as it adds. Developer: Frontier Developments - -Frontier Developments Publisher: Frontier Developments - -Frontier Developments Release: Nov 6th - -Nov 6th On: Windows - -Windows From: Steam Epic Games - -Steam Epic Games Price: £40/$50/€50 - -£40/$50/€50 Reviewed on: Intel Core-i7-11700F, 16GB RAM, Nvidia GeForce RTX 3060, Windows 10 - -Theme park management sim Planet Coaster was all about making roller coasters that would push your park guests to the edge of puking up their overpriced burgers while making sure the excitement levels of your twisting rides remained high. Planet Coaster 2 wants to do that again, but this time adds water parks into the mix, with slides to design, pools to plop down, and raft rides that you can click together to form ambitiously speedy spirals. You can feel some creative pride when you look down on the watery wonderland you've made with these tools. But you may also wonder if it was worth the effort. As a newcomer to Planet management games, I've found this slippy sequel fiddly, cumbersome, and poorly explained. - -A big selling point is the modular building you can do. Basically, you get a library of individual pieces included in the menus, and you can click them together to create new buildings in which to house the toilets for your guests, the changing rooms, or pizza stands. This goes for decorating your park too, with a big chunk of the menus devoted to trees, rocks, and props themed on Vikings or classical architecture. Not only this, but each water slide and coaster can be built piece by piece, twisting and turning over the heads of your guests according to your whims. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun / Frontier Developments - -It's a good idea on paper. I enjoy pulling and pushing together winding vomit comets, or manipulating water flumes into increasingly perilous spirals - they feel like a good use of your creative time. But jamming basic drink shops into prefab casings to make them a little more presentable, by contrast, feels like fiddlesome busywork hampered by menus that are a nuisance to navigate. - -For context I normally love building and creating stuff using game tools (I've made entire maps in Halo's Forge mode, for example). And an earlier hands-on with this soaking sequel had me excited about making my own funloving aqualand. But on a deeper playthrough there's something fundamentally unintuitive to me about the menus and user interface, which makes learning and understanding the game's many quirks a pain. At any moment in Planet Coaster 2, I am deeply unsure of what part of the screen I need to click. - -There are YouTubers out there doing the good work of explaining all this stuff, but it doesn't stop the meter tweaking and box ticking from feeling like a chore to me. Those more dedicated to the waterpark of their dreams (or those more familiar and patient with the UI of Frontier's other Planet games) will get more out of it. But even they might wonder if it's worth losing many other themed pieces from the first Planet Coaster, which have been left out in this sequel, probably to ensure that they can be later sold for DLC. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun / Frontier Developments - -Still, you don't have to actually clickybuild things yourself. You can instead press a big button labelled the ""Frontier workshop"" to scroll through the creations of other players, all available to download. You'll find huge coasters that dive into the mouth of an Arrakis sandworm, for example, or an ornate Roman bath house facade, ready to be filled with the wave pools and diving docks of your choice. But even this archive of filtersome goods feels like a clunkier version of what players from the previous game enjoyed via the Steam workshop. - -The campaign mode (often the place where management games like to disguise their tutorials) spends more time indulging whimsical characters having family-friendly small talk than actually showing you the ins and outs of the UI. Characters will share jokes, flirt, and - for some reason - establish deep lore about the Planet Coaster universe. I understand the desire to add some cartoon personality to a genre that is mostly about numbers and big picture planning. But it also slows down the flow of useful information (your goals or learning objective) as you wait for a surprisingly large cast of characters to finish their little skit. You can skip their chatter, but then you'll be left none the wiser as to why you're doing any of the stuff summarised in the objectives menu. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun / Frontier Developments - -In the end, most campaign missions are not really learning exercises at all. Or, if they are, they become increasingly hands-off, inviting confusion and a lot of menu-exploring guesswork. It's often unclear what the game wants from you, and the freedom it gives you in these scenarios varies so much that you run up against artificial limitations as you search for the solution. You might be tasked to complete a rollercoaster which has a few missing parts. But you can't edit or delete parts of the existing track, only add new parts. Another task might have you place down a new roller coaster. But you've already filled all available space with flat rides from a previous task. Can you buy new land? No, that's not allowed yet. The real solution is to individually bulldoze each tree and each rock in one tight spot and squeeze the ride into the space left behind. - -This holding back of certain features is probably the result of the campaign trying to teach you its various tools of building in a piecemeal way. But it more often just ends up feeling like the game wants you to play ""the right way"" without explicitly saying what that right way is. Imagine an art teacher putting 30 brushes in front of you and saying: ""Art is all about creativity! Let's learn!"" then when you reach out for the broad bristly brush, they say: ""Not that one."" - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun / Frontier Developments - -The game's penchant for micromanagement takes on some tedious aspects elsewhere, like having to navigate into the menu of every guest services kiosk to click ""open"" before it will actually do its job. What does this extra step add to the game? It's only three clicks, sure, but it's the same joyless three clicks every time. It makes sense for the rides to be tested before you open them, but does a burger stand really need a grand opening every time you build one? - -All the fiddliness of the campaign caused me to abandon it early in favour of the sandbox mode, where you can mercifully give yourself infinite cash, and choose whether or not you want to bother with power and water filtration networks. By default you basically have to place these generators and pumps throughout the park to spread a colour-coded glow that denotes your pools and rides have sufficient electricity and clean water (imagine the underlying water and electricity maps of Prison Architect, but with less need to be precise). I played with these switched on, because I like to think about this stuff in layers and look at the game's visual heatmaps that show where your power network is lacking, or where the pools are likely full of piss. But you can turn these layers of the game off completely, at which point your sandbox park will just work. An inviting prospect to those who just want to make stuff look cool. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun / Frontier Developments - -I messed about in sandbox mode far longer than I suffered the campaign. Here, I enjoyed making winding paths for guests and dealing with crowded bottlenecks by enticing them down another route lined with stalls full of hot dogs and inflatable toys. I was especially happy when I planted down a huge set of jungle trees by accident, then embraced it to create a ""swamp"" of snaking pools that guests could wade through to discover my newly launched flume ride. In these moments, the creative potential of the sim really shines, and I could see exactly why people put so much time and effort into their Workshop creations. - -But, as time went on, the weight of the poor user interface eventually crumpled my enthusiasm for that too. I've been playing management games for a long time, and it feels odd that Planet Coaster 2 should make me feel so stupid. The method of building something as simple as a set of restrooms is elaborate and sticky, and requires so much returning to a side menu to resize grids or twiddle the angles that my brain just starts to reject it. Like I say, more patient Planetfans might feel the pain of this troublesome interface less keenly. If that's you and you're willing to risk a face full of chlorinated slider bars, then dive right in. But for new players like me, it's a painful belly flop.",1731883637,ad45c610da,3de73636a5,,,1731883637 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/movies/everything-you-need-to-know-about-yellowstone-season-5-part-2/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/feed/,"Everything you need to know about Yellowstone season 5, part 2","Kevin Costner recently released the first entry in his series of Western films dubbed Horizon: An American Saga. However, for the vast majority of Yellowstone fans, the only saga they want is the conclusion of the Dutton family’s story and a glimpse of what comes next. Costner reinvigorated his career by headlining Yellowstone as John Dutton, but his clashes with Paramount Network and showrunner Taylor Sheridan have led to Costner’s departure from the series. - -Although we’re still several weeks away from the return of the series, we’re sharing everything we know about Yellowstone season 5, part 2. And we’ll keep updating this post when anything newsworthy comes up. - -Recommended Videos - -When will Yellowstone season 5, part 2 premiere? - -To celebrate the sixth anniversary of Yellowstone‘s premiere, Paramount Network has finally announced when the final episodes will release. Yellowstone season 5, part 2 will begin on Sunday, November 10 on Paramount Network. Viewers in Canada will be able to watch it on Paramount+ on the same day. In America, Peacock retains the streaming rights for Yellowstone, but it’s currently unknown how quickly those episodes will appear on the service. - -Additionally, Paramount is attempting to bring in an even larger audience by sharing the midseason premiere with CBS. AT 10 p.m. on Sunday, November 10 — two hours after its premiere on Paramount Network — viewers will get a chance to see the encore presentation of the first episode from Yellowstone season 5, part 2. For now, only one episode from the new season will be on CBS. - -Can you watch Yellowstone season 5, part 2 any other way? - -Sure! You can try live TV streaming options like Sling, Hulu Plus Live, and YouTube TV. The cheapest and best possible, though, is Philo. Philo is a live television streaming service that offers more than 70 top-rated channels and the entire AMC+ library for just $28/month. Some of the channels include A&E, MTV, Hallmark Channel, Lifetime, MTV, BET, and the Paramount Network, which is the home of Yellowstone. - -Philo also has over 90 free channels available to watch anytime without creating an account. In addition, the service has a library of over 75,000 content titles on-demand and an unlimited DVR that saves recordings for a year. Philo can be used on mobile phones, tablets, TVs, and desktops so you can watch the Dutton clan pretty much anywhere on any device. - -Is there a trailer for Yellowstone season 5, part 2? - -Yes! At long last, the trailer is here, even if it seems somewhat disingenuous to include clips of Kevin Costner’s John Dutton, considering he won’t be in the season unless there’s some previously unrevealed footage with him. - -The trailer plays up the drama ahead and teases some surprising alliances as the fate of the ranch is determined. It also touches on the increasingly dangerous feud between Jamie and Beth. That builds on the previously released teaser for Yellowstone season 5. - -Generations | Yellowstone Teaser | Paramount Network - -Jamie seems to be desperate to get Beth to back down, and he suggests that their family legacy is at stake. For her part, Beth doesn’t care. She’ll burn it all to destroy Jamie. - -What’s happening in Yellowstone season 5, part 2, episode 1? - -Ahead of the mid-season premiere, Paramount Network revealed that the name of the episode is Desire Is All You Need. The short synopsis states that, “After an event rattles the state of Montana, nothing will ever be the same.” The event in question is likely the death of Montana governor — and Dutton family patriarch — John Dutton, due to Costner’s departure from the series. - -Paramount Network has also dropped an ominous poster for the final season. - -What happened to John Dutton in the mid-season premiere? - -Warning: There are spoilers ahead for the mid-season premiere of Yellowstone season 5. - -The show didn’t waste any time revealing what happened to the Dutton family patriarch. Governor John Dutton is dead, seemingly by his own hand. While appearing on SirusXM’s The Michael Smerconish Program, Costner reacted to the fate of his character. “I heard it’s a suicide, so that doesn’t make me want to rush to go see it,” said Costner. When Smerconish noted that John wasn’t likely to commit suicide, Costner added, “Well, they’re pretty smart people. Maybe it’s a red herring. Who knows? They’re very good. And they’ll figure that out.” - -Costner’s instincts may be correct, as the show insinuates that John Dutton’s death was staged to look like a suicide by a hitman sent by one of his enemies. Either way, the Dutton family has been devastated by his death, and the war between Beth and Jamie Dutton is only going to get more intense. - -Who is in the cast of Yellowstone season 5, part 2? - -The core cast expected to appear in Yellowstone season 5 part 2 includes: - -Luke Grimes as Kayce Dutton - -Kelly Reilly as Bethany “Beth” Dutton - -Wes Bentley as James Michael “Jamie” Dutton - -Cole Hauser as Rip Wheeler - -Kelsey Asbille as Monica Long Dutton - -Gil Birmingham as Chief Thomas Rainwater - -Brecken Merrill as Tate Dutton - -Denim Richards as Colby Mayfield - -Forrie J. Smith as Lloyd Pierce - -Ian Bohen as Ryan - -Jen Landon as Teeter - -Finn Little as Carter - -Ryan Bingham as Walker - -The first photos of Yellowstone season 5, part 2 have arrived - -With the new episodes now just a few months away, Paramount Network has released the first photos of Yellowstone season 5, part 2. And the first pic, seen above, doesn’t look very good for John Dutton. His estranged adoptive son, Jamie Dutton (Wes Bentley), is appearing alongside Governor Perry (Wendy Moniz), which may be how the show chooses to acknowledge the death of the previous governor, John. - -The second pic features Thomas Rainwater (Gil Birmingham) and Mo (Moses Brings Plenty) presumably making their own plans for Yellowstone ranch. - -Rip Wheeler (Cole Hauser) has a quiet moment with a resting Carter (Finn Little). - -It wouldn’t be Yellowstone without a porch side scene. In this case, Monica Long (Kelsey Asbille), Tate Dutton (Brecken Merrill), and Kacey Dutton (Luke Grimes). - -Chances are very good that the future of the show will revolve around Rip Wheeler and Beth Dutton (Kelly Reilly). - -Rip and Beth are seemingly joined at the hip, and their bond may determine whether the Duttons still have control of the ranch at the end of the season. - -Luke Grimes teases the series finale of Yellowstone - -The cast of Yellowstone has been privy to the ending for months, but now Luke Grimes is sharing his thoughts about the series finale. - -“I couldn’t be happier,” Grimes told EW. “I think it’s a perfect ending for the show for every character. It’s just a testament to what a good writer Taylor [Sheridan] is, and it’s a very, very profound, beautiful ending. I can’t wait to sit down and watch it one day.” - -Did Kevin Costner’s departure change the ending of Yellowstone? - -Inevitably, some things had to have changed if the original plan was for Costner to finish out the series. But according to Kelly Reilly, John Dutton was already meant to be written out of the series by the final episode. - -“The absence [of John Dutton] was part of the ending,” Reilly told EW. “That’s not something that we had to pivot, that was already written into the tapestry of the story. It was always going to happen, it just happened a little bit differently.” - -Will Kevin Costner return for Yellowstone season 5, part 2? - -Despite the hope that Costner and Paramount Network would work something out, the actor has definitively announced that he will not be back for the final episodes of Yellowstone. - -In a video posted on his Instagram account, Costner said, “I just want to reach out and let you know that after this long year and a half of working on Horizon and doing all the things that that’s required… and thinking about Yellowstone, that beloved series that I love, that I know you love. I just realized that I’m not going to be able to continue, season 5 or into the future.” - -“I loved it and I know you loved it, and I just wanted to let you know that I won’t be returning,” Costner added. “I love the relationship we’ve been able to develop, and I’ll see you at the movies.” - -Costner’s public attempts to restart a dialogue about his return began earlier this year. Matthew Belloni of Puck News reported in March 2024 that Costner was telling people he will return in some capacity, perhaps in a cameo. - -“Kevin Costner has been telling people he’s planning to return for at least a cameo and possibly more, but there are currently no discussions for him to do that,” Belloni wrote. “Even if Costner significantly lowers his financial and time commitment demands, Sheridan may not want to bother reopening his finished scripts to accommodate a send-off for John Dutton.” - -Costner teased a possible return to the show - -Despite the fact that the show appears to be moving on without him, Costner reiterated his interest in coming back, via Variety in mid-June. - -“I’ve supported that thing and I’ve loved it,” Costner said during a June 2024 appearance on Today. “It’s been really important to me. I would love to go back under the right circumstances I think that all of us want. For me, it really needs to be the right circumstances.” - -Even now, Costner refuses to fully give up on the possibility of his return. - -“Saying there’s a chance, there’s always a chance,” added Costner. “I love the thing. You’ve got to be really clear about that.” - -Does Kevin Costner want to come back to Yellowstone? - -After almost a year of silence on the issue, Costner finally made some public comments about his potential return to Yellowstone for the final episodes. The good news is that he does want to return, but even Costner doesn’t know whether it’s going to happen. - -“I’d like to be able to do it but we haven’t been able to … I thought I was going to make seven [seasons] but right now we’re at five,” Costner told Entertainment Tonight. “So how it works out — I hope it does — but they’ve got a lot of different shows going on. Maybe it will. Maybe this will circle back to me. If it does and I feel really comfortable with [it], I’d love to do it.” - -Costner also appeared to indicate that he wants a say in the fate of his character. - -“[Dutton] needs to be proactive in what happens, and I’ve kind of had my own fantasy how [the character’s final arc] might be,” Costner said. “But that’s Taylor’s thing. I said as much to him a while back. I had thoughts how it could happen, but we just have to see.” - -Costner struck a more conciliatory note during an interview at the beginning of May. - -“No, [Sheridan and I] haven’t [talked],” Costner said. “He’s doing special work in a lot of different ways. He’s very prolific about the things he does, and if he sees me in something that he wants to do, I’ll look at it just the way I did Yellowstone and maybe we will end up doing something together. He likes a lot of the things that I like, and the idea of us working together is not out of the question for me. The subjects he chooses are very interesting to me. I like a lot of that stuff. Yellowstone stands as something that could continue. But that is a Taylor question. But other things that he’s doing I think are really, really good. He likes the same subjects that I do.” - -Kevin Costner shares his reasons for leaving Yellowstone - -While Costner was feeling more hopeful about the future earlier in May, he came out with a more combative tone during his interview with Deadline on May 13, and he provided his side of the story for the first time. - -“Well, I haven’t felt good about it the last year, what with the way they’ve talked about it,” Costner said. “It wasn’t truthful. So now I’m talking about a little bit about what the real truth of it was. I made a contract for seasons five, six and seven. In February, after a two- or three-month negotiation, they made another contract. They wanted to redo that one, and instead of seasons six and seven, it was 5A and 5B, and maybe we’ll do six. They weren’t able to make those. Horizon was set in the middle, but Yellowstone was first position. I fit [Horizon] into the gaps. They just kept moving their gaps.” - -“I don’t want to get down in the gutter with the Yellowstone thing but what I’m telling you is straight up,” Costner said. “I have taken a beating from those f***ing guys and I know a lot of times where it’s coming from. I just elected not to get into that. But if you know me well enough, I made Yellowstone the first priority, and to insinuate anything else would be wrong. I did not initiate any of those things. They did. They were doing a tap dance and this poor guy was also having to write so much. And I don’t know why they didn’t stick up for me.” - -“I could say ‘no comment’ all the way through,” Costner continued. “I won’t say my life is fair game or that any questions are fair game, but this is a realistic question. I will address it. They should have known that there was going to be an opportunity for me to say something. I didn’t have to answer the slings and arrows over the last year and a half, because I’ve just been busy working. They’ve been pretty slick about keeping their hands off; nobody was ever on the record.” - -Costner also forcefully pushed back at the rumor that his commitments on Horizon kept him from shooting Yellowstone. - -“That’s not true,” Costner said. “There were blocks of time that we didn’t get 10 episodes done. Basically, we were starting in April and May, and we’d usually go through August. We’d do 10. We didn’t even get 10 done during that time. I only worked 43 days. So that’s bulls***. That’s a lie. That’s not correct. They sent me away for seven days to go to London, to go to England during Covid, to do [promotion]. They made the contract and they picked the days.” - -Costner also explained the origin of the report that he was only willing to film a week of Yellowstone season 5, part 2. - -“They didn’t have the scripts for anything else,” Costner said. “So, what you read in the end was that I said, ‘Well, look, I’m doing my movie. If you want me to work a week because you want to kill me or whatever else, I can give you a week.’ I really didn’t have that week to give them, but I said, I’ll do that. And then they [spun that] into, I only wanted to work a week.” - -“I’m usually working six or seven days per each, whatever they are,” Costner said. “And they took that and a source on their side spun that into, well, he only wants to work a week for a whole season. Do you think that’s who I am? I’ve never missed a day of work. I’ve never left before fulfilling my contractual obligations. A lot of times, I stay as much as I can. In fact, I worked the nine-day stretch just to try to help them in July, when I was starting [Horizon] on August 1. I worked a Saturday and Sunday for them, and they still needed four more days. I gave it to them, when I thought we were going to do this so-called B, but there was no B thing. I was just going to give ‘em those extra four days.” - -Even during this interview, Costner left the door open for his return. But it certainly seems a lot less likely now. - -What will happen to John Dutton if Costner doesn’t return? - -Sheridan had a very revealing quote on the subject when speaking to The Hollywood Reporter in June 2023. He said that Costner’s exit “truncates the closure of his character. It doesn’t alter it, but it truncates it.” This implies that John Dutton won’t survive the end of Yellowstone even if Costner does reappear. - -Via ScreenRant, one of the theories regarding Dutton’s fate is that he will meet his demise from colon cancer. During the first season, Dutton survived his first bout with that illness. If that’s the way John Dutton dies, then it would bring his fate full circle. - -What do the other cast members think about Kevin Costner’s exit? - -Luke Grimes, who plays John Dutton’s youngest son, Kayce Dutton, recently shared his thoughts about Kevin Costner’s apparent departure from the show. And he sounds largely supportive of Costner’s decision. - -“Whatever happened there is unfortunate if it’s changed anything about how the show was going to unfold,” said Grimes during an interview with The Hollywood Reporter. “I know, [Costner] got busy with his movies that were like passion projects. At a certain point, you gotta do what you gotta do, man; you gotta do what you love.” - -Ian Bohen has a bold prediction about the Yellowstone series finale - -While speaking with Entertainment Tonight, Yellowstone co-star Ian Bohen revealed that he hasn’t seen any of the scripts from the final episodes yet, but he is aware of where the story is going. He also dropped a very bold prediction about the series finale. - -“[The fans] are going to get the [best] conclusion that could possibly be written,” Bohen said. “Everything will land in a way that is perfectly set. A lot of shows just kind of finish… and they don’t satisfy you. This will be completed in a way that it will make sense.” - -“I don’t know that any show has finished this strongly ever,” Bohen added. “We’re expecting to have the best series finale in history. Overconfident maybe, but I think that’s what it’s going to be. We thank everyone for their patience… It’ll be worth the wait, I promise.” - -Bohen also indicated that he expects Yellowstone‘s final season to resume production in May, but it could also be pushed to later in the summer. - -Will the spinoff series serve as Yellowstone season 6? - -That is the general idea that Paramount Network sold to fans when the end of Yellowstone was announced. However, a report on Puck states that three of the show’s principal cast members, Kelly Reilly, Cole Hauser, and Luke Grimes, are in a pay dispute with Paramount Network because they want significant raises to reprise their respective roles as Beth Dutton, Rip Wheeler, and Kayce Dutton. - -The report also indicates that those cast members have to be paid for Yellowstone season 6 even though it won’t be produced. That was a provision in their contracts for the previous series. There’s no indication yet whether the actors and Paramount Network have come to terms. If they don’t re-sign with the new show, then the spinoff series will lose key characters who could have been the bridge to the future of the franchise. - -Cole Hauser and Kelly Reilly tease potential returns in Yellowstone spinoff - -Yellowstone season 5, part 2, may not be the last time fans see Rip and Beth. In an April 2024 interview with Country Living, Hauser explained his focus is on finishing the final episodes of the series. Hauser then hinted that there could be a future for Rip and Beth in future Yellowstone iterations. - -“I’m so focused on finishing Yellowstone the way it needs to be finished right now — well, just the show itself,” Hauser said. “We’ll see where that leads, but I know that there’s some stuff on the horizon when it comes to Taylor’s ideas for Kelly Reilly, myself, and some of the other cast. I’m excited to see where he goes creatively with that, but right now it’s just, let’s finish strong; let’s do the best we can.” - -Reilly shared a similar viewpoint about the spinoff in a March 2024 interview with Collider. Once again, the goal for Reilly is to finish Yellowstone on a high note. However, Reilly did not close the door on appearing in the spinoff. - -“I just care about finishing [the main show] with as much care, as much passion, and as much love as I can muster to put into it,” Reilly said. “That’s what I care about. I’m sort of prepping for that now, [and] that’s my tunnel vision thing that I care about most. And what goes on beyond that? There are discussions, you know. Don’t believe everything you read. It’s just nonsense. But we’re gonna, you know, let’s wait and see. I don’t have an answer right now. But we’ll see.” - -Which Dutton will survive: Jamie or Beth? - -The first half of Yellowstone season 5 featured the complete deterioration of the relationship between Beth and her adoptive brother – who doubles as the black sheep of the family – Jamie Dutton (Wes Bentley). Beth and Jamie even openly contemplated murdering each other in a struggle that may destroy the Duttons. That is one of the big unresolved plotlines heading into the second half of the season. - -Note that Bently’s name was not mentioned in Puck’s report about Yellowstone cast members seeking a raise for the spinoff series. If there’s any veracity to that story, it may mean that Jamie isn’t going to make it out of Yellowstone season 5, part 2. That doesn’t necessarily mean that Jamie will die, it could also mean incarceration or exile from his family. For now, we can only speculate. - -Will Matthew McConaughey appear in Yellowstone season 5, part 2? - -If Sheridan wanted to follow the established model for TV spinoffs, Matthew McConaughey’s new character from the upcoming spinoff would be introduced in Yellowstone season 5, part 2. The only problem with that idea is that there’s no official report that McConaughey has even signed on for the spinoff. - -McConaughey’s name has been mentioned in conjunction with the spinoff since February 2023. Since that time, all of the Hollywood trades have simply said that McConaughey is in talks to lead the spinoff. So it’s just talk until McConaughey actually signs on the dotted line. For now, there’s no indication that he has. - -How many episodes of Yellowstone are left? - -Originally, only six episodes were planned to conclude the series. But Sheridan told THR in 2023 that he has the leeway to change that, if he chooses to. “If I think it takes 10 episodes to wrap it up, they’ll give me 10,” said Sheridan. “It’ll be as long as it needs to be.” - -When will Yellowstone season 5, part 2 begin filming? - -Via The Wrap, Yellowstone season 5, part 2 has officially begun filming after a nearly two-year hiatus. As with the previous seasons, production is on-location in Montana. Notably absent from the news was any word about Kevin Costner returning to the show. Now that cameras are rolling again, it’s looking increasingly unlikely that Costner will return, barring some last minute deal. - -The current production schedule means that Yellowstone season 5, part 2 will be able to make its premiere window later this year. - -Will we see more of young John Dutton in Yellowstone season 5, part 2? - -While it’s still unknown whether or not Kevin Costner will return, John Dutton will be popping up in season 5, part 2. Josh Lucas, the actor who plays a younger version of Costner’s character, told Deadline on March 14 that he will return as the character for the final season of the show. - -“I think we’re going to do 10 or more so episodes” : Josh Lucas reveals of the final season of #YellowstoneTV pic.twitter.com/WFaSf3MWRw — Deadline (@DEADLINE) March 15, 2024 - -The actor revealed that part 2 will be “10 episodes or so,” which, while still vague, does narrow it down a bit in terms of how many times we’ll see the Dutton clan this season.",1731883601,9267d9058a,3e14cd9bde,,,1731883601 -https://www.therobotreport.com/theia-vision-foundation-model-aiinstitute-generates-improve-robot-learning/,https://www.roboticsbusinessreview.com/feed/,The AI Institute introduces Theia vision foundation model to improve robot learning,"Listen to this article - -In the field of robotics, vision-based learning systems are a promising strategy for enabling machines to interpret and interact with their environment, said the AI Institute today. It introduced the Theia vision foundation model to facilitate robot training. - -Vision-based learning systems must provide robust representations of the world, allowing robots to understand and respond to their surroundings, said the AI Institute. Traditional approaches typically focus on single-task models—such as classification, segmentation, or object detection—which individually do not encapsulate the diverse understanding of a scene required for robot learning. - -This shortcoming highlights the need for a more holistic solution capable of interpreting a broad spectrum of visual cues efficiently, said the Cambridge, Mass.-based institute, which is developing Theia to address this gap. - -In a paper published in the Conference on Robot Learning (CoRL), the AI Institute introduced Theia, a model that is designed to distill the expertise of multiple off-the-shelf vision foundation models (VFMs) into a single model. By combining the strengths of multiple different VFMs, each trained for a specific visual task, Theia generates a richer, unified visual representation that can be used to improve robot learning performance. - -Robot policies trained using Theia’s encoder achieved a higher average task success rate of 80.97% when evaluated against 12 robot simulation tasks, a statistically significant improvement over other representation choices. - -Furthermore, in real robot experiments, where the institute used behavior cloning to learn robot policies across four multi-step tasks, the trained policy success rate using Theia was on average 15 percentage points higher than policies trained using the next-best representation. - -Theia designed to combine visual models - -Theia’s design is based on a distillation process that integrates the strengths of multiple VFMs such as CLIP (vision language), DINOv2 (dense visual correspondence), and ViT (classification), among others. By carefully selecting and combining these models, Theia is able to produce robust visual representations that can improve downstream robot learning performance, said the AI Institute. - -At its core, Theia consists of a visual encoder (backbone) and a set of feature translators, which work in tandem to incorporate the knowledge from multiple VFMs into a unified model. The visual encoder generates latent representations that capture diverse visual insights. - -These representations are then processed by the feature translators, which refine them by comparing the output features against ground truth. This comparison serves as a supervisory signal, optimizing Theia’s latent representations to enhance their diversity and accuracy. - -These optimized latent representations are subsequently used to fine-tune policy learning models, enabling robots to perform a wide range of tasks with greater accuracy. - -Robots learn in the lab - -Researchers at the AI Institute tested Theia in simulation and on a number of robot platforms, including Boston Dynamics‘ Spot and a WidowX robot arm. For one of the rounds of lab testing, it used Theia to train a policy enabling a robot to open a small microwave, place toy food inside, and close the microwave door. - -Previously, researchers would have needed to combine all the VFMs, which is slow and computationally expensive, or select which VFM to use to represent the scene in front of the robot. For example, they could choose a segmentation image from a segmentation model, a depth image from a depth model, or a text class name from an image classification model. Each provided different types and granularity of information about the scene. - -Generally, a single VFM might work well for a single task with known objects but might not be the right choice for other tasks or other robots. - -With Theia, the same image from the robot can be fed through the encoder to generate a single representation with all the key information. That representation can then be input into Theia’s segmentation decoder to output a segmentation image. The same representation can be input into Theia’s depth decoder to output a depth image, and so on. - -Each decoder uses the same representation as input because the shared representation possesses the information required to generate all the outputs from the original VFMs. This streamlines the training process and making actions transferable to a broader range of situations, said the researchers. - -While it sounds easy for a person, the microwaving task represents a more complex behavior because it requires successful completion of multiple steps: picking up the object, placing it into the microwave, and closing the microwave door. The policy trained with Theia is among the top performers for each of these steps, comparable only to E-RADIO, another approach which also combines multiple VFMs, although not specifically for robotics applications. - -Theia prioritizes efficiency - -One of Theia’s main advantages over other VFMs is its efficiency, said the AI Institute. Training Theia requires about 150 GPU hours on datasets like ImageNet, reducing the computational resources needed compared to other models. - -This high efficiency does not come at the expense of performance, making Theia a practical choice for both research and application. With a smaller model size and reduced need for training data, Theia conserves computational resources during both the training and fine-tuning processes. - -AI Institute sees transformation in robot learning - -Theia enables robots to learn and adapt more quickly and effectively by refining knowledge from multiple vision models into compact representations for classification, segmentation, depth prediction, and other modalities. - -While there is still much work to be done before reaching a 100% success rate on complex robotics tasks using Theia or other VFMs, Theia makes progress toward this goal while using less training data and fewer computational resources. - -The AI Institute invited researchers and developers to explore Theia and further evaluate its capabilities to improve how robots learn and interpret their environments. - -“We’re excited to see how Theia can contribute to both academic research and practical applications in robotics,” it said. Visit the AI Institute’s project page and demo page to learn more about Theia. - -Apply to speak.",1731883668,b3a4fa4282,3e00de52db,,,1731883668 -https://www.nationalreview.com/2024/11/one-thing-new-d-c-staffers-must-understand-about-their-jobs/,https://www.nationalreview.com/feed/,One Thing New D.C. Staffers Must Understand about Their Jobs,,1731883658,9c6f6d7409,3e0cf5d45f,,,1731883658 -https://transom.org/2015/revisiting-criminal/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Revisiting Criminal,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Revisiting-Criminal.mp3 Download Listen to “Revisiting Criminal” - -These days, you can’t swing a microphone without hitting a podcast “Top 10” list. Frequently, you’ll find Criminal named among the best. And rightfully so. Episode after episode, listeners can count on Criminal for good stories, well told and well-produced. - -That professional consistency has lead to a meteoric rise in popularity for Criminal since it started just a year ago. In fact, Phoebe Judge, the host of the program, told me during an interview for HowSound that last December, Criminal was number three for a short while on the iTunes charts right below Serial and This American Life. - -Phoebe, along with her co-producers Eric Mennel and Lauren Spohrer, has also been diligent about promoting the show. While they haven’t broken new ground or discovered the “magic mix” for getting the word out, they have some solid promotion ideas. - -In the beginning, they promoted the show in all the usual ways. They started a Facebook page and a Twitter account where they would announce new episodes. They’d tell their friends, too. “And then we would watch our numbers jump up by two and we would say ‘Oh, they must have of told another friend.’” - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Clip-1-In-the-beginning-it-was-crazy-to-us-that-people-were-even-finding-this-thing.mp3 Download Listen to “In the beginning” - -Eventually, their promotion tactics evolved, especially on Twitter. Rather than just announcing a new episode, Phoebe says they would pick one particularly good quote from the show and Tweet that. Something funny. Something provocative. An attention-grabbing line, not just bland information. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Clip-2-Giving-someone-an-incentive-to-click.mp3 Download Listen to “Giving someone an incentive to click” - -Additionally, they would couple the intriguing quote with a unique image drawn for each episode by Julienne Alexander. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Clip-3-Each-episode-has-its-own-artwork-which-allows-them-to-promote-a-package.mp3 Download Listen to “Each episode has its own artwork” - -And now, Criminal has a newsletter – The Accomplice. It comes out every two weeks. It talks about their latest episode and there’s other related content such as info about an upcoming live show, their favorite crime writing from the last two weeks, and funny security cam footage like a nun steeling beer. - -https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=70L-p5I1WaU - -Phoebe says their audience has been a big help, especially listeners who associate Criminal with Serial. She says many people would tweet things like “If you miss Serial, try Criminal.” But, Phoebe says the Criminal staff at would never do that themselves, they’d never say something like “If you like Serial, try Criminal.” She says it seems cheap. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Clip-4-They-dont-want-to-purposefully-ride-on-the-coasttails-of-other-successful-shows.mp3 Download Listen to “Not riding on the coattails of others” - -You can find Criminal’s Facebook page here. - -Follow their Twitter feed. - -And, of course, be sure to subscribe to the podcast which you can do here.",1731883704,c00d35bf2d,3e4d820d68,,,1731883704 -https://www.npr.org/2022/04/20/1093882880/tiktok-to-the-top,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How one musician cracked the code to making a Top 40 hit by using TikTok : Planet Money : NPR,"TikTok to the top - -Enlarge this image Courtesy of Switched on Pop/Switched on Pop Courtesy of Switched on Pop/Switched on Pop - -In 2020, Tai Verdes was a Verizon sales clerk who dreamed of becoming a pop star. But Tai wasn't having any luck with the traditional routes to fame. So he decided to experiment with promoting his music TikTok in hopes of finding an audience on the video-sharing platform that was blowing up. - -It didn't take long for one of Tai's songs to go viral. And it happened again. And again. About a year later, he had a Top 40 hit. - -Today on the show, how one musician cracked the code to going straight to the top of the charts by using one of the world's most popular video-sharing apps. - -Sponsor Message - -Note: This episode was made in collaboration with Switched on Pop, a podcast about the making and meaning of pop music. - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Come see Planet Money Live: A Superhero... and Musical! on May 10th in NYC. One night only. Buy tickets here. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884679,8181d7a585,3e451a1fb9,,,1731884679 -https://www.investopedia.com/eli-lilly-jnj-sue-us-over-rejected-changes-to-drug-discounting-program-8745944,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_investing,"Eli Lilly, J&J Sue US Over Rejected Changes To Drug Discounting Program","Key Takeaways Eli Lilly has joined Johnson & Johnson in filing a lawsuit against the federal government over a decades-old drug discounting program. - -The companies have said the 340B program, which requires drugmakers to sell discounted medications to certain medical facilities, needs changes. - -The Health Resources and Services Administration, however, has rejected the companies' proposed changes to the program. - -Eli Lilly (LLY) became the second drugmaker in recent days to sue the U.S. government for rejecting their proposed changes to a program that requires selling discounted drugs to certain medical facilities. - -Lilly joined Johnson & Johnson (JNJ), which filed a lawsuit earlier this week against the heads of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) and the Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), the agency that oversees the 340B discounting program. - -What Is the 340B Program? - -The program, created in 1992, requires drug manufacturers to sell discounted medications to hospitals and clinics serving lower-income and uninsured patients, to ensure they are accessible to a wide range of medical facilities. - -The drug companies, however, argue that the program has become large enough that hospitals can circumvent the rules of the program without being noticed, taking the discounted drugs and charging patients or insurance companies higher prices to make a profit. - -Why Eli Lilly, J&J Say It's Time for Change - -Lilly and J&J both proposed a change to the program, in which they would sell the drugs to medical facilities at the full price, then provide rebates later. - -HRSA has rejected the drugmakers' proposed changes, and the companies have now filed lawsuits arguing that their plans serve the original purpose of the program while lowering the chance that rules are broken. The agency has notified J&J that it would face fines if it went through with an unapproved plan, and the drugmaker said in September it would work with HRSA to address any issues. - -Lilly said the agency ""does not have the authority to arbitrarily reject this model,"" while J&J said it is ""taking action to bring much needed transparency essential to helping the 340B program achieve its original intent to support prescription drug access for vulnerable patients."" - -When reached by Investopedia, HRSA did not have a comment. - -UPDATE—This story has been updated with HRSA's response.",1731883677,ab219445cc,3e7b0631b7,,,1731883677 -https://esportsedition.com/csgo/csgo-starseries/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,CS:GO StarSeries and the Most Disappointing Team Present: MIBR,"With the playoffs underway and the group stage finished, it is safe to say that MIBR’s short run at StarSeries was the most disappointing of them all. This is particularly disappointing following their success at the IEM Katowice Major. This article will discuss their time in Shanghai and what went wrong. - -MIBR Disappointment - -MIBR have disappointed at yet another LAN event, causing the worries that fans and professionals have had for the team to skyrocket. Coming into StarSeries they had just gotten done with BLAST Pro Series São Paulo 2019, home soil for the Brazilian squad. People had high hopes for them, especially with the loud crowd cheering them on no matter who they faced. However, yet again Gabriel ‘FalleN’ Toledo and co fell short of expectations. They placed dead last and did not win a single game that was played. On the bright side most of their games were close, but even when playing on their most comfortable map they couldn’t get anything to work. Much like their last few tournaments together, they were being read like a open book and found themselves being countered at every turn. It almost felt like teams had memorized FalleN’s various retake tactics and bomb site executes. Especially since we haven’t seen the legendary IGL change much of his teams play style since re-adding both Epitacio ‘TACO’ de Melo and João ‘felps’ Vasconcellos. - -Image via Versus. - -Despite their flaws in São Paulo, even I was optimistic of the Brazilian team coming into StarSeries. They would be playing at a level much lower than at BLAST, avoiding teams like Astralis and Liquid. MIBR started out incredibly strong, defeating Chinese team Panda 2-0. Although they faced a very easy opponent, it was exactly the kind of start they needed to get their momentum going. Marcelo ‘coldzera’ David, who struggled tremendously at BLAST, was popping heads throughout the entirety of both maps and ended the series with a 1.49 rating. Sadly, it was all downhill from there. - -Disappointment… Continued. - -Up next was Renegades who they had most recently 2-0ed in a convincing fashion at the Major. They even got to start out on Train, which had been played between the two during their last head to head. This time around the Australian team proved superior and MIBR only managed four rounds on the first map. Their star, coldzera ending with a 0.42 rating and only six kills. Both Joakim ‘jkaem’ Myrbostad and Justin ‘jks’ Savage ensuring that MIBR’s hard carry wouldn’t get anything done on either side of the map. The next map, Cache, went a lot more smoothly. In fact, it was the best game of Counter-Strike they showed us at StarSeries. Sadly, the victory wasn’t enough and Renegades crushed them yet again on Mirage, a map the Australian team has proven to be incredibly deadly on in recent months. MIBR were yet again left without double digits and became the fifth team in a row to lose to Renegades on the map. - -The Brazilian team’s loss to Renegades was devastating and it seemingly zapped all hope they had for the tournament out of their systems. NRG, their third opponent of StarSeries, most definitely sealed the deal. Punishing every single little mistake that MIBR made. However, this time they didn’t even have to shut down coldzera to do it. It had seemed like a recurring problem that many teams had taken advantage of: you shut down coldzera, you shut down MIBR. Instead the NA team relied on individual skill and team tactics. Even with the Brazilian side playing the majority of both maps with full armor, rifles, and grenades they were unable to get more than 12 rounds at the end of the series. - -Image via ESL One. - -MIBR were given one final shot to begin climbing their way out of groups, and that was a game against North who like the Brazilian team only had a win against Panda. Their fourth and unfortunately final game of StarSeries seemed like a free win. Even with Philip ‘aizy’ Aistrup and Valdemar ‘valde’ Bjørn Vangså playing out of their minds North were struggling to get wins and overall looked much worse than MIBR. The matchup started out on Overpass, a map that North has only four wins on and MIBR were 0-3 on at the time. The Brazilian team heavily underestimated North, losing 16-10. Coldzera yet again falling short when he was needed the most. Inferno was the same story, none of their stars showed up and the outcome was very similar to the NRG game they had played the day before. - -Conclusion - -Overall MIBR’s performance was incredibly embarrassing and as of right now I don’t think that putting their 2017 roster back together was a good idea. They still have no solid map pool, and their star players are failing when they are needed the most. All three of their losses were against teams they were favored by experts and fans alike to beat. With each game that we watched MIBR play they somehow got worse and worse. They were one of the only favored teams that didn’t make it to the playoffs and by far the biggest disappointment of the StarSeries group stage.",1731883732,76f59da961,3de9b5dcf6,,,1731883732 -https://transom.org/2011/the-natural-state/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,The Natural State,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/09/The-Natural-State.mp3 Download Listen to “The Natural State” - -A little bit of criticism is okay. It’s good to hear constructive (and, sometimes, not-so-constructive) feedback. - -However, a LOT of criticism, especially if it’s pointed, well…. that’s just plain hard to take. - -National Public Radio received a slew of listener complaints about Dan Collison and Elizabeth Meister’s July 8 story “The Natural State” which aired on All Things Considered. Robert Siegel and Michele Norris even read a few ‘jabs’ on-air. - -“The Natural State” is part of Dan and Elizabeth’s on-going series Song+Story where they meld traditional reporting and song writing — an adventurous approach to storytelling. But, apparently, it’s too adventurous for NPR’s listeners. - -Sigh... Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Dan and Elizabeth talk about the public reaction to the story on this edition of HowSound. And, of course, we feature the piece, too. Have a listen. - -Here’s a link to all of Dan and Elizabeth’s work posted at PRX.",1731883740,c00d35bf2d,3dd148b504,,,1731883740 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/scoreboard-rundown-six-ranked-teams-eliminated-from-2nd-round-of-playoffs/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,Scoreboard Rundown: Six ranked teams eliminated from 2nd round of playoffs,"After an expectedly slow and unexciting opening round of the Kentucky high school football playoffs, round two came correct with plenty of thrillers across the state. - -Several of the state’s top teams such as No. 1 Boyle County, No. 2 Paducah Tilghman, and No. 4 Trinity rolled to easy, blowout wins. But not all of the best schools were as lucky. No. 3 DuPont Manual, No. 8 Male, and No. 13 St. Xavier were all upset on Friday. No. 19 Covington Catholic barely escaped with a one-point win over No. 24 Johnson Central while Madison Central upset No. 25 Bryan Station in a two-point victory. It was simply a great night for football in the Bluegrass. - -Only 48 teams between the six classes remain. Third-round action set for Friday, November 22 features 24 matchups. We’re nearly halfway through the playoffs already as 12 teams fight for the right to play at Kroger Field the first week of December. - -Below you can find all of the second-round final scores from teams among KSR’s Top 25 rankings, along with the teams outside of the rankings that received votes from our panel of voters. We have compared the final result to the pregame predictions from On3’s Massey Ratings. - -Friday, November 15 | Top 25/RV results - -*RV indicates a team receiving votes in KSR’s Playoffs Round One Top 25 Rankings*",1731883644,b2069ab8ff,3e8827a803,,,1731883644 -https://www.itproportal.com/features/test-newsletter-page,https://www.itproportal.com/rss/,LTE vs 5G: What's the difference?,"Weighing up LTE vs 5G has become common practice for businesses, as it’s not always easy to tell the difference between the two networking standards. - -Each generation of mobile networking technology brings a wave of marketing promises such as faster speeds, reduced latency, and overall better connectivity. - -LTE and 5G have both been through these hype cycles and now form a vital part of the worldwide connectivity fabric. Businesses and consumers worldwide enjoy 5G access to an increasing degree. - -However, given the sheer number of different terms on the market, it's not always clear what the differences are, particularly as terms like LTE and 4G or 5G are often incorrectly used interchangeably, depending on who you speak to or what you read. - -LTE vs 5G: The key differences - -LTE, or 'Long Term Evolution', was first released as a standard by the International Telegraph Union Radiocommunication (ITU-R) regulator in late 2008. It was designed as a way of progressing national infrastructures, which, until that point, had failed to develop quickly enough to support speeds that could be labeled as 4G. - -The fifth-generation cellular network technology standard, known as 5G, was defined by the standards organizations jointly known as the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) in 2018. It was subsequently introduced in South Korea in April 2019, followed the same month by the US, and has since expanded rapidly worldwide. - -Is 5G faster than LTE? 5G can achieve maximum speeds of up to 20Gbits/sec for downloads, though ITPro’s initial testing of Vodafone’s 5G network revealed average speeds of around 100-150Mbits/sec. In comparison, 4G LTE is capable of data transfer speeds as high as 150Mbits/sec for downloads, and 50Mbits/sec for uploads. Results vary depending on location and congestion and in practice, 4G LTE speeds stand at around 20Mbits/sec down and 10Mbits/sec up. 5G also has far lower latency than LTE, meaning it transfers data with less delay. It’s technically capable of latency as low as 1 millisecond (ms) compared to LTE’s average of around 50ms, but 5G often averages out at 10-20ms in practice. - -This makes it especially useful for edge computing such as sensors on a manufacturing floor, as low latencies allow for data to be collected in near real time. - -Get the ITPro. daily newsletter Receive our latest news, industry updates, featured resources and more. Sign up today to receive our FREE report on AI cyber crime & security - newly updated for 2024. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -Why is 5G faster than LTE? The reason that 5G can achieve these speeds is that it uses a different band of the radio spectrum than 4G LTE. These mid-band frequencies run from 1-6Ghz, with 3.5Ghz having been identified as providing an especially good balance of range and data throughput. - -Many regions have also issued permits for 5G millimeter wave (mmWave) , the band that comprises frequencies between 24-100GHz. Qualcomm recorded 118 operators in 25 countries that held mmWave deployment licenses in January 2023. - -Operators in the US and Japan use the 28GHz band, to leverage its significant connectivity advantages over mid-band 5G in congested areas such as transport hubs and stadiums but only across short distances. - -For example, AT&T, T-Mobile, and Verizon have used 5G mmWave to provide 3Gbits/sec connectivity to 70,000 fans at Super Bowl LVI, as well as at 60 other stadiums across the country. - -In short, 5G can outperform 4G LTE because it makes use of a diverse and powerful range of frequencies, which allows for better capacity and lower latencies. This makes it a crucial tool for businesses and consumers alike. - -LTE vs 5G: What should you choose? - -Deciding on LTE vs 5G depends greatly on the use cases one expects from the network, as well as one’s budget and location. - -High bandwidth and low latency are key selling points of 5G, and ones that businesses have been eager to adopt. It’s been a key technology behind expansion of Internet of Things (IoT) devices, and has helped prove the feasibility of widespread autonomous devices on factory floors. - -In reality, the best solution may be to combine LTE and 5G to create more advanced capabilities. Such was the case with EE, which in April 2022 became the first European network to successfully deliver 5G over seven combined LTE and 5G spectrum carriers. - -Achieved using a mobile test device equipped with Qualcomm’s Snapdragon 8 Gen 1 Mobile Platform, the network aggregation includes five LTE spectrum band, including two 1.8GHz carriers, two 2.6GHz carriers, and one 2.1GHz, as well as two 5G New Radio (5G NR) bands at 3.4GHz and 3.6GHz. - -The latter channel, part of the primary band for 5G, was acquired by EE through Ofcom’s spectrum auction in early 2021, for an estimated £450 million. - -Commenting on EE’s announcement, Qualcomm Business Development director Vikrant Jain said that “aggregating seven (5LTE +2NR) different spectrum bands for 5G is a significant achievement and will provide enhanced customer experience”, and will be used to deliver the EE’s fastest 5G speeds to date – 2.2Gbits/sec in lab testing and more than 1.7Gbits/sec in real-world estimates. - -However, integrating 5G with 4G/LTE also presents a number of challenges. At the customer end, the requirements include seamless handoff between 5G and 4G/LTE as people roam between coverage areas, despite the core network of 5G being very different to that of 4G/LTE. - -As Mark Newman, chief analyst for research & media at TM Forum, told ITPro in February 2022: “The 5G services that are available today operate by connecting the new 5G radio access network to the old LTE/4G core network. The 5G core is complex because it’s based on cloud computing principles, and operators want to introduce advanced new services based on new cloud architectures.” - -LTE vs 5G: What does the future hold? - -5G offers a wide range of use cases, and with the rise of mmWave connections and 5G private networks the standard will become even better at providing high throughput, low latency connections perfect for IoT and edge use cases. - -There is every indication that worldwide, 5G will continue to expand and push out LTE. In Ericsson’s 2023 mobile subscriptions report , the firm estimated that total 5G subscriptions reached 1.1 billion in Q1 2023 and was on course to reach 1.5 billion by the end of the year. - -Of course, there is a difference between 5G available and being ubiquitous to the extent that businesses can reliably use it without ever having to connect to LTE. - -In Ookla’s 2022 State of Worldwide 5G report , the US ranked first for overall availability, with 54.3% of 5G capable handsets in the region having spent the majority of Q3 2022 connected to 5G. This put it ahead of Cyprus and South Korea, where devices only connected to 5G for 47.7% and 34.5% of the time. - -Both LTE and 5G have been core as the FCC oversaw the death of 3G , as businesses that had used the outdated network generation became reliant on the newer standards. - -RELATED RESOURCE Unified consoles create a seamless multi-cloud management experience Supporting a more flexible, scalable approach to cloud management FREE DOWNLOAD - -The rise of 5G in the UK has been less-than-meteoric, in part due to the government’s decision to remove Huawei equipment from the network . - -But Ofcom’s Spring 2023 Connected Nations report revealed that UK 5G coverage provided by at least one mobile network operator outside of premises stood at 73-82% (ranging from very high to high confidence), an increase from the 67-77% reported in 2022. - -The company expects 5G to reach 4.6 billion subscribers by the year 2028, at which point it will represent more than half of all mobile subscriptions. - -This doesn’t signal the end for LTE just yet; it’s only in 2027 that 5G is projected to overtake 4G LTE worldwide, and Ericsson recorded that LTE continues to reach 5.2 billion subscribers in 2023. - -The report predicts a similar decline across Western Europe, with LTE subscriptions expected to drop from 82% in 2022 to just 12% by 2028. Conversely in Central and Eastern Europe, where LTE currently accounts for 75% of mobile subscriptions, 5G is only projected to grow to 43% of market share by 2028, and in Sub-Saharan Africa to only 14%.",1731883651,ccc25c2a24,3e30838890,,,1731883651 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/14/installation-deepsee-generative-ai-traditional-architecture/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,Generative AI and traditional architecture meet in installation by Deepsee,"Promotion: an exhibition exploring ""the fusion of generative AI and traditional architecture"" took place during London Design Festival 2024 led by Deepsee Digital Creative's Boyoung Lee. - -Situated within The Bedouin Tent in London's Bishopsgate area, the guerrilla exhibition – named 0&1 – was installed for one day only and comprised a vertical 86-inch screen onto which was projected a digital video created using AI-generated visuals and audio. - -In the footage, a black horse runs around the ever-changing interior of the tent. - -""This exhibition exemplifies how digital innovation, particularly within an architectural context, can evoke reflection on the intersection of isolation and human connection,"" said digital artist, Lee. - -The portrait orientation was chosen because it is reminiscent of the format of smartphones, tying into the exhibition's commentary on the disconnect between humans and the planet that technology has worsened. - -Boyoung Lee, Deepsee's founder, graduated from the Royal College of Art in 2018 before establishing the studio. - -""Deepsee Digital Creative is a studio optimised for the digital environment and specialises in innovative digital signage solutions,"" said Lee. - -""Through our fully remote work model, we collaborate with experts worldwide, leading projects successfully without geographic limitations."" - -Boyoung Lee’s 0&1 guerrilla installation was created in collaboration with a team that included a Royal College of Art graduate, a sound designer from the Jakarta Institute of Arts, and a creator who produced an AI music video for American rapper Snoop Dogg. - -Thanks to its remote working model, the studio can bring together talent from a range of global locations to create the highest calibre output possible. - -""Deepsee aims to produce advertising content for companies focused on digital innovation and collaborate with interior design and architecture firms in need of digital signage content, merging art and technology through storytelling-driven content,"" Lee continued. - -""The mission is to address the challenges of the digital paradox – where innovation brings both opportunities and risks – through creative works that raise awareness and help companies use digital tools for positive impact."" - -The photography is by Jin Roh. - -To find out more about Boyoung Lee visit her website, or to find out more about Deepsee, visit its website. - -Partnership content - -This article was written by Dezeen for Deepsee Digital Creative as part of a partnership. Find out more about Dezeen partnership content here.",1731883660,8f8dc0373b,3e96b4884f,,,1731883660 -https://www.cbssports.com/nfl/news/nfl-odds-week-11-lines-ats-predictions-game-picks-tips-and-times-model-simulates-all-games-10000-times/,https://www.cbssports.com/rss/headlines/NFL/,"NFL odds, Week 11 lines, ATS predictions, game picks, tips, and times: Model simulates all games 10,000 times","The Week 11 NFL odds give us the biggest NFL spreads of the season, as the Lions are 13.5-point home favorites over the Jaguars with an over-under of 47.5. Despite the teams being in opposite ends of the NFL standings, their against-the-spread (ATS) success is closer than you think. In fact, Detroit has covered seven times this season, while the Jaguars have covered six times. Other NFL matchups this week for potential NFL picks include Vikings vs. Titans (+6.5, 39.5), which features a Minnesota team that is 6-3 ATS versus a Tennessee squad that has covered just once this season. - -Also, Jets vs. Colts (+4, 43) matches up New York's 3-7 ATS record versus Indianapolis' 7-3 mark. Digging even deeper into how teams perform at home versus on the road, or as favorites as opposed to being NFL underdogs, is another approach to assist with Week 11 NFL bets. All of the Week 11 NFL lines are listed below, and SportsLine's advanced computer model has all the NFL betting advice and NFL predictions you need to make the best Week 11 NFL picks now. Plus, get the model's full Week 11 NFL score predictions here. - -The model, which simulates every NFL game 10,000 times, is up well over $7,000 for $100 players on top-rated NFL picks since its inception. The model enters Week 11 of the 2024 NFL season on an incredible 17-7 betting hot streak on top-rated NFL picks this year. Longer term, it is on a 197-136 roll on top-rated NFL picks that dates back to the 2017 season and a 51-29 roll on top-rated NFL picks since Week 7 of 2022. - -The model also ranked in the top 10 on NFLPickWatch four of the past six years on straight-up NFL picks and beat more than 94% of CBS Sports Football Pick'em players four times during that span. Anyone following at sportsbooks and on betting apps has seen strong returns. - -Now, it has turned its attention to the latest Week 11 NFL odds and NFL betting lines and locked in betting picks for every NFL matchup. You can find them all here. - -Sunday, Nov. 17 - -Green Bay Packers at Chicago Bears (+6, 41) - -Time: 1 p.m. ET - -Channel: FOX - -The Bears have not scored a touchdown in 23 straight offensive drives and fired their offensive coordinator, Shane Waldron, this week. Caleb Williams has been sacked a league-high 38 times -- including 15 over the last two weeks alone -- while Jordan Love has thrown an NFL-high 10 interceptions, despite playing in just six full games. - -Model pick: The SportsLine model, which enters Week 11 of the 2024 NFL season on an incredible 17-7 betting hot streak on top-rated NFL picks this year, projects 90-plus scrimmage yards for multiple players, as well as nearly six combined sacks plus takeaways for one defense. See the NFL projections here. - -Jacksonville Jaguars at Detroit Lions (-13.5, 47.5) - -Time: 1 p.m. ET - -Channel: CBS/Paramount+ - -The 13-point spread is the largest of any game this season. Jacksonville has covered in four straight games but has lost three straight contests straight-up. Detroit just saw its six-game cover streak end last week, but it has won each of those seven games outright for its longest win streak since nine in a row from 2010-11. - -Model pick: The SportsLine model, which is on a 197-136 roll on top-rated NFL picks that dates back to the 2017 season and a 51-29 roll on top-rated NFL picks since Week 7 of 2022, says one side of the total hits almost 60% of the time. See which side it is right here. - -Las Vegas Raiders at Miami Dolphins (-7.5, 43.5) - - - -Time: 1 p.m. ET - -Channel: CBS/Paramount+ - -The Raiders are coming off a bye, while Miami has a short week after winning on Monday night. However, the Dolphins are 5-0 ATS when at a rest disadvantage since 2022. Vegas, meanwhile, has covered just three times over its last 10 games when it has a rest advantage. - -Model pick: The SportsLine model, which is up well over $7,000 for $100 players on top-rated NFL picks since its inception, projects one quarterback to have a nearly 100% chance of throwing an interception. See more NFL projections here. - -Los Angeles Rams at New England Patriots (+4, 43) - -Time: 1 p.m. ET - -Channel: FOX - -Los Angeles is coming off a Monday night defeat, but the Patriots are a league-worst 2-8-1 ATS with a rest advantage since 2020. Matthew Stafford has played at New England just once over his career (2014), and he posted a career-worst 39.14 completion percentage in a 34-9 loss while with Detroit. - -Model pick: The SportsLine model, which enters Week 11 of the 2024 NFL season on an incredible 17-7 betting hot streak on top-rated NFL picks this year, says one side of the spread hits in well over 60% of simulations in an A-rated pick. Get the model's coveted A-rated pick here. - -Cleveland Browns at New Orleans Saints (+1, 44) - - - -Time: 1 p.m. ET - -Channel: FOX - -New Orleans snapped a seven-game losing streak on Sunday, also ending a five-game ATS losing skid. Jameis Winston, who spent the previous four seasons with the Saints, has the exact same TD:INT as Deshaun Watson has this season (5:3), despite having 117 fewer pass attempts. - -Model pick: The SportsLine model, which is on a 197-136 roll on top-rated NFL picks that dates back to the 2017 season and a 51-29 roll on top-rated NFL picks since Week 7 of 2022, says one side of spread in almost 70% of simulations in an A-rated pick. Get the model's coveted A-rated pick here. - -Baltimore Ravens at Pittsburgh Steelers (+3, 48) - -Time: 1 p.m. ET - -Channel: CBS/Paramount+ - -Over the last 20 matchups between these AFC North rivals, the spread record is even at 9-9-2. This season, Baltimore has the No. 1 scoring offense and No. 1 total offense. Pittsburgh counters with the league's No. 2 scoring defense and holds opposing quarterbacks to just 6.8 rushing yards per game, the second-fewest in the NFL. - -Model pick: The SportsLine model, which is up well over $7,000 for $100 players on top-rated NFL picks since its inception, projects one team to allow 10 more points than its season average, and one team to fail to rush for 100 yards. See the NFL projections here. - -Minnesota Vikings at Tennessee Titans (+6.5, 39.5) - -Time: 1 p.m. ET - -Channel: CBS/Paramount+ - -Tennessee is a league-worst 1-8 ATS in 2024, failing to cover in each of its last five games. As for Minnesota, it is coming off a 12-7 victory over Jacksonville in which it had three giveaways and zero touchdowns. NFL teams had lost 195 straight games with at least three turnovers and no touchdowns prior to the Vikings' win. - -Model pick: The SportsLine model, which enters Week 11 of the 2024 NFL season on an incredible 17-7 betting hot streak on top-rated NFL picks this year, says one team's defense will produce more fantasy points than every running back, receiver or tight end in the game. See the NFL projections here. - -Indianapolis Colts at New York Jets (-4, 43) - - - -Time: 1 p.m. ET - -Channel: CBS/Paramount+ - -After starting the year 7-1 ATS, the Colts have failed to cover in their last two, with Joe Flacco having six turnovers over those two games. Aaron Rodgers (40) and Flacco (39) are the two oldest quarterbacks in the NFL, and the former has lost three straight games to the Colts -- all while with Green Bay -- despite having a 3:1 TD:INT in each of those three games. - -Model pick: The SportsLine model, which is on a 197-136 roll on top-rated NFL picks that dates back to the 2017 season and a 51-29 roll on top-rated NFL picks since Week 7 of 2022, projects over 10 combined turnovers plus sacks, which could be beneficial for NFL prop bets. See more NFL projections here. - -Atlanta Falcons at Denver Broncos (-1.5, 45) - - - -Time: 4:05 p.m. ET - -Channel: FOX - -Denver (3-0) is the only team undefeated ATS as a favorite this season, but the Broncos have yet to defeat a team with a winning record in 2024, going 0-4 straight-up. The Over is 5-1 for the Broncos over their last six games overall, while Atlanta's Kirk Cousins has a 13:1 TD:INT over his career versus Sean Payton-coached teams. - -Model pick: The SportsLine model, which is up well over $7,000 for $100 players on top-rated NFL picks since its inception, says one side of the total hits in well over 50% of simulations. See which side it is right here. - -Seattle Seahawks at San Francisco 49ers (-6, 48.5) - -Time: 4:05 p.m. ET - -Channel: FOX - -San Francisco has won six straight meetings with the Seahawks, going 5-1 ATS over that span. Over their last three games of the 2024 NFL season, the Under is a perfect 3-0 for both teams. Christian McCaffrey had 107 scrimmage yards in his season debut last week, while D.K. Metcalf (knee) is shaping up to be a game-time decision after missing the last two games. - -Model pick: The SportsLine model, which enters Week 11 of the 2024 NFL season on an incredible 17-7 betting hot streak on top-rated NFL picks this year, says one side of the spread hits well over 50% of the time in an A-rated pick. Get the model's coveted A-rated pick here. - -Kansas City Chiefs at Buffalo Bills (-2.5, 46.5) - -Time: 4:25 p.m. ET - -Channel: CBS/Paramount+ - -Patrick Mahomes has the best straight-up record (11-3), ATS record (12-1) and best passer rating (108.3) by any QB as an underdog since 1970 (amongst 323 QBs with 10-plus starts as an underdog). This will be the eighth meeting between Mahomes and Josh Allen, including the postseason, with Mahomes holding the 4-3 edge. However, Allen has won three straight regular-season contests versus Mahomes. - -Model pick: The SportsLine model, which enters Week 11 of the 2024 NFL season on an incredible 17-7 betting hot streak on top-rated NFL picks this year, says one side of the spread hits in 60% of simulations in an A-rated pick. Get the model's coveted A-rated pick here. - -Sunday Night Football: Cincinnati Bengals at Los Angeles Chargers (-1.5, 48) - - - -Time: 8:20 p.m. ET - -Channel: NBC - -Both teams are 4-1 ATS over their last five games, and both also have six against-the-spread victories this season. The Chargers have won the last three meetings with the Bengals, including the only matchup between Justin Herbert and Joe Burrow, a 41-22 road victory for Los Angeles in 2021. The Bengals will likely get receiver Tee Higgins back from a quad injury. - -Model pick: The SportsLine model, which is up well over $7,000 for $100 players on top-rated NFL picks since its inception, is backing one team on the money line in well over 60% of simulations in an A-rated pick. Get the model's coveted A-rated pick here. - -Monday, Nov. 18 - -Monday Night Football: Houston Texans at Dallas Cowboys (+7, 41.5) - - - -Time: 8:15 p.m. ET - -Channel: ABC/ESPN - -Cooper Rush will remain as starter for Dallas after passing for just 45 yards across 23 attempts in his last start. Dallas is the first team in NFL history to trail by 20-plus points in five straight home games, following Sunday's 34-6 defeat to Philadelphia. However, the Cowboys are undefeated at home all-time versus Houston (3-0), and the Texans' blew a 17-point lead in last week's loss to Detroit, which is the second-largest blown lead in the 2024 NFL season. - -Model pick: The SportsLine model, which is on a 197-136 roll on top-rated NFL picks that dates back to the 2017 season and a 51-29 roll on top-rated NFL picks since Week 7 of 2022, says two players approach 100 scrimmage yards, while another nears 80 total yards. See who they are right here. - -Where to bet NFL games - -Below is a comparison of the various welcome promotions available along with reviews of the major sportsbooks and their current promo offers.",1731883643,fad4a9cc43,3eba9eabb5,,,1731883643 -https://www.hrw.org/news/2024/11/11/severe-hardship-turkmens-arbitrarily-denied-passport-renewal-abroad,https://www.hrw.org/rss/news,Severe Hardship for Turkmens Arbitrarily Denied Passport Renewal Abroad,"Click to expand Image © 2020 TIHR - -Turkmenistan’s authorities refuse to renew the passports of Turkmen citizens abroad via diplomatic missions, pressuring them to return to Turkmenistan. - -This policy is one of several ways Turkmenistan’s government interferes with their citizens’ freedom of movement and seeks to assert control over their citizens extraterritorially. Without a valid passport, Turkmen migrants are undocumented and face numerous social and economic hardships. - -Turkmenistan should issue passports to Turkmen nationals via its consular and diplomatic missions worldwide. Türkiye and other countries hosting Turkmen migrants should not forcibly return anyone to Turkmenistan who would face risk of persecution or torture and should not deprive Turkmen migrants of their economic and social rights because Turkmen authorities refuse to renew their passports abroad. - -(Berlin, November 11, 2024) – Turkmen authorities’ refusal to renew passports of its citizens abroad interferes with their right to freedom of movement and imposes serious hardships, the Turkmenistan Helsinki Foundation for Human Rights (THF) and Human Rights Watch said in a report released today. In recent years, passport renewal has become a serious problem for many Turkmen nationals temporarily or permanently living abroad. - -The 70-page report, “‘It’s Like I live in a Cage’: Turkmen Authorities’ Denial of Passports to Turkmen Citizens in Türkiye,” describes Turkmenistan’s refusal to renew passports outside of the country as part of the government’s broader effort to severely restrict freedom of movement within its wider system of repression. The groups documented the hardships and interference with rights that Turkmen migrants in Türkiye experience in their daily lives when they become undocumented as a result of Turkmen authorities refusing to provide passport renewal services. Those who openly criticize or in the past have criticized the Turkmen government are at serious risk of deportation to Turkmenistan, where they face extreme repression, arbitrary arrest and imprisonment, and risk of torture. - -“Turkmen authorities willfully expose their citizens to dire economic and social hardships abroad and pressure them to return to Turkmenistan,” said Rachel Denber, deputy Europe and Central Asia director at Human Rights Watch. “Turkmenistan should immediately cease this practice and respect people’s right to freedom of movement.” - -Human Rights Watch interviewed 17 Turkmen nationals permanently or temporarily living in Türkiye. THF shared with Human Rights Watch information from 40 interviews with Turkmen migrants living in Türkiye. Human Rights Watch also reviewed official data and statements published by the Turkmen and Turkish governments as well as reports by independent news outlets that do regular, reliable reporting on developments in Turkmenistan—a country with an extremely repressive government that is closed to most forms of independent human rights scrutiny—and on the situation for Turkmen migrants abroad. - -Human Rights Watch and THF found that Turkmen authorities’ refusal to renew passports of their citizens interfered with migrants’ ability to obtain legal status in host countries, effectively undermining their access to employment and adequate work conditions, housing, health care, education for their children, and their ability to maintain family connections. - -Turkmen consular officials told Turkmen citizens trying to apply for passport renewal that new passports can be issued or renewed only at their place of residence in Turkmenistan and failed to provide law-based grounds for such denials. In three instances documented, they also refused to issue birth certificates to Turkmen citizens’ children born in Türkiye, similarly telling them to return to Turkmenistan and apply there. - -Turkmenistan is a party to several human rights treaties, including the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, that protect freedom of movement (article 12) and other relevant rights. - -The United Nations Human Rights Committee, the expert body that oversees interpretation of the covenant, has made clear that the right to freedom of movement “must include the right to obtain the necessary travel documents,” and that a government cannot refuse “to issue a passport or prolong its validity for a national residing abroad” by saying “that its national would be able to return to its territory without a passport.” The committee has found that decisions like those taken by Turkmenistan’s authorities violate the covenant. - -The refusal to renew passports and other vital documents abroad is apparently intended to pressure people to return to Turkmenistan and is a form of transnational repression, the groups said. Turkmenistan’s government does not tolerate dissent. Turkmens who became activists or publicly criticized the government while abroad would face near-certain retaliatory persecution after returning to the country, including threat of arrest, imprisonment, torture, and other human rights violations. Others face arbitrary travel bans upon their voluntary return. - -“I did not go back to Turkmenistan, because … I feared that if I went back there, I would be barred from leaving the country,” one activist in Türkiye said. “My uncle went back to Turkmenistan in 2012, they [the uncle and his wife] were issued new passports by the migration authorities, but when they tried to leave Turkmenistan to return to Türkiye, they were not allowed.” - -Turkmenistan’s government should ensure that Turkmen citizens living abroad have access to passport renewal services without returning to Turkmenistan, Human Rights Watch and THF said. Authorities should start issuing and replacing passports via respective diplomatic officials worldwide, without arbitrary requirements or undue restrictions. - -Türkiye and other countries hosting Turkmen migrants should not deport or otherwise remove anyone to Turkmenistan who would be at risk of persecution, torture, or other serious harm upon return and should allow people expressing such fears to apply for asylum. They should also ensure that Turkmen migrants are not denied access to their economic and social rights because Turkmen authorities refuse to renew their passports abroad. - -Turkmenistan’s international partners should urge the Turkmen government to fulfill its obligation to ensure the right to freedom of movement of all Turkmen citizens, including by providing passports and other necessary documents. They should also support nongovernmental organizations that provide assistance and services to Turkmen migrants, especially in Türkiye, who were denied passport renewals. - -“All Turkmens have the right to a passport, to renew it abroad, and to enjoy their social and economic rights in host countries,” said Tadzhigul Begmedova, head of the Turkmenistan Helsinki Foundation for Human Rights. “The Turkmen government should ensure these rights are respected and immediately start accommodating Turkmen citizens’ requests for passports and other essential documents via consular services abroad.”",1731883666,d89828abd6,3e9f7d36a6,,,1731883666 -https://zarar.dev/good-software-development-habits/,https://news.ycombinator.com/rss,Good software development habits,"05 Sep, 2024 - -This post is not advice, it's what's working for me. - -It's easy to pick up bad habits and hard to create good ones. Writing down what's working for me helps me maintain any good habits I've worked hard to develop. Here's an unordered list of 10 things that have helped me increase speed and maintain a respectable level of quality in the product I'm currently developing. - -Keep commits small enough that you wonder if you're taking this ""keep commits small"" thing a little too far. You just never know when you have to revert a particular change and there's a sense of bliss knowing where you introduced a bug six days ago and only reverting that commit without going through the savagery of merge conflicts. My rule of thumb: compiling software should be commitable. - -Live Kent Beck's holy words of wisdom: ""for each desired change, make the change easy (warning: this may be hard), then make the easy change"". Aim for at least half of all commits to be refactorings. Continuous refactoring is thinking of changes I can make in under 10 minutes that improve something. Doing this pays off whenever a bigger requirement comes in and you find yourself making a small change to satisfy it only because of those smaller improvements. Big refactorings are a bad idea. - -All code is a liability. Undeployed code is the grim reaper of liabilities. I need to know if it works or at least doesn't break anything. Tests give you confidence, production gives you approval. The hosting costs might rack up a little with so many deploys but it's a small price to pay for knowing the last thing you did was a true sign of progression. Working software is the primary measure of progress, says one of the agile principles. Working and progress are doing a lot of heavy lifting in that sentence, so I've defined them for myself. Working is something being working enough to be deployed, and if it's code that's contributing to a capability, that's progress. - -Know when you're testing the framework's capability. If you are, don't do it. The framework is already tested by people who know a lot more than you, and you have to trust them that the useState() hook does what it's supposed to do. If you keep components small, then you reduce the need for a lot of tests as the framework will be doing most of the heavy lifting in the component. If the component is big, then you introduce more complexity and now you need to write a lot of tests. - -If a particular function doesn't fit anywhere, create a new module (or class or component) for it and you'll find a home for it later. It's better to create a new independent construct than to jam it into an existing module where you know deep down it doesn't make sense. Worst comes to worst, it lives as an independent module which isn't too bad anyway. - -If you don't know what an API should look like, write the tests first as it'll force you to think of the ""customer"" which in this case is you. You'll invariably discover cases that you would not have thought of if you had just written the code first and tests after. You don't have to be religious about TDD and it's OK to work in larger batches (e.g., write more than just a couple lines of code before making it pass). The amount of code to write in a red/failing state doesn't always have to be small. You know what you're doing, don't let dogma get in the way of productivity. - -Copy-paste is OK once. The second time you're introducing duplication (i.e., three copies), don't. You should have enough data points to create a good enough abstraction. The risk of diverging implementations of the same thing is too high at this point, and consolidation is needed. It's better to have some wonky parameterization than it is to have multiple implementations of nearly the same thing. Improving the parameters will be easier than to consolidate four different implementations if this situation comes up again. - -Designs get stale. You can slow the rate at which they get stale by refactoring, but ultimately you'll need to change how things work. Don't feel too bad about moving away from something that was dear to you a while ago and something you felt proud about at the time. You did the right thing then and shouldn't beat yourself up for not getting it right enough that you wouldn't need to change anything. Most of the time writing software is changing software. Just accept it and move on. There's no such thing as the perfect design, and change is at the core of software development. How good you are at changing things is how good you are at software development. - -Technical debt can be classified into three main types: 1) things that are preventing you from doing stuff now, 2) things that will prevent you from doing stuff later, and 3) things that might prevent you from doing stuff later. Every other classification is a subset of these three. Minimize having lots of stuff in #1 and try to focus on #2. Ignore #3.",1731883643,7198d80d03,3e9f3b0366,,,1731883643 -https://www.cryptoninjas.net/2022/12/19/defi-protocol-pods-raises-5-6m-to-support-its-structured-crypto-products-dapp/,https://www.cryptoninjas.net/feed/,DeFi protocol Pods raises $5.6M to support its structured crypto products dApp,"Pods, creators of a DeFi platform, announced today that earlier this year, the team raised $5.6M in seed funding to create structured products for crypto-assets. The financing featured investors such as IOSG, Tomahawk, Republic, Framework Ventures, and more. - -The first strategy on Pods Yield is stETHvv (Ethereum Volatility Vault). stETHvv is a low-risk product focused on ETH accumulation. It combines Lido’s yield with weekly strangles to earn more every time the ETH price bounces up or down. - -Currently, Pods platform users can deposit ETH and stETH into the vault stETHvv (short for stETH Volatility Vault) and be exposed to a low-risk, complex-to-execute strategy in one click. - -“At Pods, we are proud of what we have achieved and thrilled to continue building the future of DeFi. I am honored to announce that we have completed a $5.6 million seed round. The Pods team is excited about this next stage of building world-class structured products for crypto assets. We have talked to hundreds of stakeholders to understand their needs and improve our platform according to their feedback. Recently Pods did four security audits on its Pods Yield product, two of them with OpenZeppelin in November and December 2022. We are not only generating results but have developed a range of products dedicated to assisting DeFi protocols to diversify their treasury into low-risk strategies, making their treasury strategy more resilient” - -– Rafaella Baraldo, Founder & CEO of Pods - -Today, most DeFi yield strategies depend on liquidity mining campaigns, incur a hard-to-estimate risk, and most use spot markets. Pods foresee opportunities to set up automated derivatives strategies independent of liquidity mining. Risk and return analyses are transparent and quantitative. - -As a DeFi protocol, Pods presents an alternative to yield on crypto-assets as opposed to CeFi lenders. Pods Yield is a series of open-source smart contracts that algorithmically runs a known investment strategy, receive deposits, and process withdrawals.",1731883649,b8dfdebe6b,3d3115a49e,,,1731883649 -https://www.slashfilm.com/1707665/denzel-washington-wishes-starred-war-movies-platoon-full-metal-jacket/,https://www.slashfilm.com/feed/,The Two War Movies Denzel Washington Wanted To Star In,"When asked if there were any parts that he regretted turning down during an interview with GQ, Washington said that he should have taken on the Brad Pitt role in ""Seven."" He added that he had also been interested in ""Michael Clayton"" but felt ""nervous"" about working with Tony Gilroy since he was an untested director at the time. Washington then explained that he'd wanted a specific role in Oliver Stone's Vietnam opus, ""Platoon,"" along with a role in ""Full Metal Jacket."" He was told, however, that Kubrick ""doesn't send out his scripts,"" which meant that it was going to be nearly impossible for Washington to get a role. And as far as ""Platoon"" goes? Washington ""wanted to play the part Willem Dafoe played,"" which is that of Sergeant Elias, one of the most important and intense roles in the whole film. Elias serves as one of the few good role models for Charlie Sheen's young infantryman character, Chris, though he is ultimately gunned down in the film's bloody ending. - -It might be a good thing that Washington was unable to secure roles in either ""Platoon"" or ""Full Metal Jacket,"" though, as both were notoriously difficult shoots. Sure, neither was as grueling or ridiculous as production on Francis Ford Coppola's ""Apocalypse Now,"" but ""Platoon"" almost made Sheen walk away and ""Full Metal Jacket"" took a serious toll on Kubrick, so maybe Vietnam war movies are just pretty awful to make in general. Besides, if he had been in ""Platoon,"" Washington probably wouldn't have been able to make ""Glory,"" and that would have been a real loss because no one could play his role in that film the way he did. Sometimes, it all just works out for the best.",1731883652,b237a9df8d,3e97e81d72,,,1731883652 -https://www.upfluence.com/uncategorized/best-social-media-platforms-for-nano-influencer-marketing,https://www.upfluence.com/blog/feed/,Top Social Media Platforms for Brands to Maximize Nano-Influencer Marketing in 2024,"What are the best social media platforms for brands looking to implement influencers in their marketing strategy? - -Influencer marketing has become a vital strategy for brands aiming to boost their online presence and increase engagement. With more than 50% of marketers planning to increase their influencer marketing budgets next year, the focus is now on getting the best return on investment by choosing the right influencers on the most effective platforms. - -Micro-influencers—those from 10k to 100,000 followers—have been steadily becoming the preferred type of creator of sales-driven campaigns. - -Some brands take it another step forward, by employing nano-influencers, active creators that have less than 10k followers.",1731883657,3ef6749202,3ec8c386ef,,,1731883657 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMimAFBVV95cUxNMlFEMVNpYTZHNE9xYlREM0g4NF9adTJ2dXBMdTVoMjRCcW5pcDlVMi1CWXRoM21hWldvVE1ubzBZcVY1X1FhYTM3cEZZVmlJMG1jbDdzQmF1UF9xZmZCMERKQmh0SDIxNEFUVWM3c2hOWkRGd0JGUWI4bk1pd085MnowSXNJcTZrZ1lnVFl5VmZGMzctUW9uMA?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883615,2688d2a9c6,3f30dd0f78,,,1731883615 -https://www.npr.org/2023/09/08/1197953033/bill-phillips-curve-history,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How the Phillips Curve shaped macroeconomics : Planet Money,"How the Phillips Curve shaped macroeconomics - -Enlarge this image London School of Economics Image Library London School of Economics Image Library - -When economists and policymakers talk about getting inflation under control, there's an assumption they often make: bringing inflation down will probably result in some degree of layoffs and job loss. But that is not the way things have played out since inflation spiked last year. Instead, so far, inflation has come down, and unemployment has stayed low. - -So where does the idea of this tradeoff – between inflation and unemployment – come from? - -That story starts in the 1940s, with a soft-spoken electrical engineer-turned-crocodile hunter-turned-economist named Bill Phillips. Phillips was consumed by the notion that there are underlying forces at work in the economy. He thought that if macroeconomists could only understand how those forces work, they could keep the economy stable. - -Sponsor Message - -On today's show, how the Phillips Curve was born, why it went mainstream, and why universal truths remain elusive in macroeconomics. - -This episode was hosted by Willa Rubin and Nick Fountain, and produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler. It was edited by Molly Messick, and engineered by Maggie Luthar. Sierra Juarez checked the facts. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Dragon Lounge,"" ""Elevate,"" ""Magenta Illusion""; Parlophone - ""Love Me Do""; Warner Bros. - ""If I Had a Hammer""; CBS - ""Career Opportunities.""",1731884623,8181d7a585,3ef733ebc6,,,1731884623 -https://www.cryptoglobe.com/latest/2024/11/binance-sees-persistent-bitcoin-outflows-as-price-holds-near-90000-signal-of-long-term-bullish-sentiment/,https://www.cryptoglobe.com/latest/feed/,"Binance Sees Persistent Bitcoin Outflows as Price Holds Near $90,000, Signal of Long-Term Bullish Sentiment","On-chain data shows that there have been persistent outflows from leading cryptocurrency exchange Binance, even as the price of Bitcoin hovers around the $90,000 mark, down from a new all-time high above $93,000. - -As highlighted by a recent CryptoQuant Quicktake post, Binance’s Exchange Netflow has consistently registered negative values over the past few weeks. The metric tracks the net movement of Bitcoin into or out of exchange wallets, with a negative value indicating a net outflow, suggesting that holders are opting to store their Bitcoin in self-custodial wallets, a bullish sign for the long-term outlook of the cryptocurrency. - -Net outflows are interpreted as a bullish signal given Bitcoin’s limited supply, as more coins being stored on-chain suggests available supply on exchanges is dropping, leading to potential price increases if demand remains or increases. - -Source: CryptoQuant - -A chart provided by CryptoQuant illustrates the significant negative spikes in Bitcoin Exchange Netflow for Binance earlier this month, coinciding with the recent rally. These large-scale accumulation moves likely contributed to the price surge. - -The outflows come as the spot Bitcoin exchange-traded fund (ETF) offered by the world’s largest asset manager BlackRock, the iShares Bitcoin Trust (IBIT), has seen over $3 billion of inflows over the past five days. - -As CryptoGlobe reported, the spot Bitcoin ETFs launched in the United States earlier this year have seen their total assets cross the $90 billion mark after seeing a $6 billion ump in a single day, and are now over three-thirds of the way of surpassing gold ETFs in assets. - -That’s according to senior Bloomberg ETF analyst Eric Balchunas, who on the microblogging platform X (formerly known as Twitter) pointed out that spot Bitcoin ETFs’ $6 billion jump in a day came with $1 billion of inflows, and $5 billion of market appreciation amid a significant BTC price rise. - -Notably, cryptocurrency investment products have also been seeing significant inflows, bringing in $1.98 billion in the week after Republican candidate Donald Trump won the US presidential elections. - -According to CoinShares latest Digital Asset Fund Flows report, the inflows couple with the cryptocurrency market rally have pushed the total assets under management of crypto investment products to a $116 billion high. - -The report details that Bitcoin-focused investment products saw $1.79 billion inflows over the past week, while Ethereum-focused products saw $157 million inflows. - -Featured image via Unsplash.",1731883612,799d8f00ed,3f3b13d1cc,,,1731883612 -https://transom.org/2014/getting-honest-the-editor-producer-relationship/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,"Getting Honest: The Editor, Producer Relationship","http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/03/Southern-Flight-242_-Bringing-My-Father-Home.mp3 Download Listen to “Getting Honest: The Editor, Producer Relationship” - -On this HowSound, a gift. A gift from producer Will Coley and editor Viki Merrick. - -Frequently, what takes place between a producer and editor during production is private, behind closed doors. As it is in many fields, their creative process is not intended for the public. - -So, I was ecstatic when Will and Viki agreed to talk about what happened between them during the production of Southern Flight 242: Bringing My Father Home. While they had a solid, amicable working relationship, they faced Will’s on-going reluctance to, as Viki puts it, get in the “emotional ditch” in order to fully tell the story. And Viki says, months later, she remains “mortified” at the incident that surprisingly created a breakthrough. - -There’s much to learn from this HowSound for both producers and editors. Listen close. And, thank you Will and Viki. - -They couldn't share if we weren't here. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -For more on interviewing victims of trauma, listen to HowSound episode 100%. It features an interview with Bruce Shapiro of The Dart Center for Journalism and Trauma. - -Our friends at Unfictional, who have very good taste in radio storytelling, were the first to air Southern Flight.",1731883711,c00d35bf2d,3f31be0508,,,1731883711 -https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/article/global-itv-bauer-preview-future-media-goodstuff-media-showcase/1896188,https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/rss/news,"Global, ITV and Bauer preview future of media at Goodstuff Media Showcase","Global, ITV and Bauer preview future of media at Goodstuff Media Showcase - -Media owners shared a sneak preview of their biggest creative ideas at the annual event in London. - -by Beau Jackson",1731883614,ec257e8cc3,3f26d69406,,,1731883614 -https://www.kff.org/medicaid/issue-brief/medicaid-coverage-of-and-spending-on-glp-1s/,https://www.kff.org/rss/,Medicaid Coverage of and Spending on GLP-1s,"GLP-1 (glucagon-like peptide-1) drugs have been used as a treatment for type 2 diabetes for over a decade, but newer forms of these drugs have gained widespread attention for their effectiveness as a treatment for obesity. While these drugs have provided new opportunities for obesity treatment, they have also raised questions about access to and affordability of these drugs. These drugs are expensive when purchased out of pocket, and coverage in Medicaid, ACA Marketplace plans, and most large employer firms remains limited, though a number of state Medicaid programs and other payers are re-evaluating their coverage policies. Expanding Medicaid coverage of these drugs could increase access for the almost 40% of adults and 26% of children with obesity in Medicaid. At the same time, expanded coverage could also increase Medicaid drug spending and put pressure on overall state budgets. In the longer term, however, reduced obesity rates among Medicaid enrollees could also result in reduced Medicaid spending on chronic diseases associated with obesity, such as heart disease, type 2 diabetes, and types of cancer. This brief discusses Medicaid coverage of GLP-1s, examines recent trends in Medicaid prescriptions and gross spending on GLP-1s, and explores the potential implications of expanding coverage obesity drugs for Medicaid programs. - -Does Medicaid cover GLP-1s for obesity treatment? - -States can decide whether to cover obesity drugs under Medicaid. Under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, Medicaid programs must cover nearly all of a participating manufacturer’s Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved drugs for medically accepted indications. However, weight-loss drugs are included in a small group of drugs that can be excluded from coverage . Though the statutory exception refers to agents used for “weight loss”, “obesity drugs” is used to refer to this group of medications in this analysis. The FDA has approved three GLP-1s for the treatment of obesity, Saxenda (liraglutide), Wegovy (semaglutide), and Zepbound (tirzepatide), and state Medicaid coverage of these is optional. However, Medicaid programs have to cover formulations to treat type 2 diabetes, including Ozempic (semaglutide), Rybelsus (semaglutide), Victoza (lirglutide), and Mounjaro (tirzepatide). Wegovy, as of March 2024, must also be covered for preventing heart attacks or strokes in adults with cardiovascular disease; however, this expanded label indication does not impact this analysis as it only includes data through 2023. Notably, all obesity drugs are covered for children under Medicaid’s Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnostic and Treatment (EPSDT) benefit, though it is less clear how states are implementing and covering in practice. - -Obesity drug coverage in Medicaid remains limited, with 13 state Medicaid programs covering GLP-1s for obesity treatment as of August 2024 (Figure 1). Twelve states in KFF’s annual budget survey reported coverage of GLP-1s for obesity treatment under FFS as of July 1, 2024, and North Carolina reported adding coverage in August of 2024. All 12 states that reported coverage of GLP-1s as of July 1, 2024 also reported that utilization control(s) applied, with the most common being prior authorization (11 of 12 states) and/or BMI requirements (11 of 12 states). Eleven of the 12 states reported covering all three GLP-1s currently approved for the treatment of obesity (Saxenda, Wegovy, or Zepbound). While the survey only asked about FFS coverage, MCO drug coverage must be consistent with the amount, duration, and scope of FFS coverage. MCOs, however, may apply differing utilization controls and medical necessity criteria unless the state’s MCO contract specifies otherwise. Coverage among other payers also remains limited. Recent KFF analysis also found most large employer firms do not cover GLP-1 drugs for weight loss, coverage in ACA Marketplace plans remains limited, and coverage in Medicare is prohibited. - -How have Medicaid prescriptions and gross spending on GLP-1s changed in recent years? - -The number of Medicaid prescriptions and gross spending on GLP-1s have increased rapidly in recent years, with both nearly doubling from 2022 to 2023. Overall, from 2019 to 2023, the number of GLP-1 prescriptions increased by more than 400%, while gross spending increased by over 500%. Spending per prescription before rebates reached more than $900 per prescription in 2023. Those prices and spending numbers do not account for rebates, and states are likely receiving substantial rebates on these brand drugs. While rebate data for specific drugs is not publicly available, Medicaid and CHIP Payment and Access Commission (MACPAC) analysis of FY 2020 data found statutory rebates accounted for 61.6% of gross Medicaid spending on brand drugs. Also, amid growing criticism of the cost of their drugs, Novo Nordisk, the company that creates Ozempic and Wegovy, has said that rebates and other fees (across all payers) account for about 40% of the cost of the two drugs. The GLP-1s in this analysis still account for relatively small shares of the total number of Medicaid prescriptions and spending before rebates, though the shares are growing. By 2023, these drugs accounted for 0.5% of all Medicaid prescriptions (up from 0.01% in 2019) and 3.7% of all gross Medicaid spending (up from 0.9% in 2019). - -Specifically, increased utilization of Ozempic, Wegovy, and Mounjaro have contributed substantially to recent growth. Prescriptions and spending on Ozempic, approved to help control blood sugar levels for adults with type 2 diabetes in 2017 (Table 1), have grown considerably from 2019 to 2023, nearly doubling every year since 2019. Looking from 2022 to 2023, the latest year of data available, Wegovy (first approved in 2021) and Mounjaro (approved in 2022) also saw substantial growth, with prescriptions and gross spending for both drugs increasing twelvefold or more. This analysis includes GLP-1 formulations approved for obesity treatment as well as the same formulations approved for type 2 diabetes (for more information on how GLP-1s are identified in this analysis, see Methods). From Medicaid data publicly available, there is no way yet to disentangle how much of the growing use of GLP-1s is related to treatment for diabetes versus obesity, or a combination of both. In addition, the popularity and increased demand for GLP-1s has led to drug shortages, sometimes causing people to switch products or ration doses or sometimes leaving individuals without access to needed prescriptions. This may have implications for drug trends, though the FDA recently reported that GLP-1 supplies are beginning to stabilize. - -How may the coverage landscape of GLP-1s for obesity treatment change? - -Many state Medicaid programs are considering covering obesity drugs in the future but are concerned about the cost implications. KFF’s annual budget survey found that, among those states that do not currently cover obesity drugs, half reported they were considering adding coverage, with a few states reporting plans to add or expand coverage in FY 2025 or later. When asked about the key factors contributing to their obesity medication coverage decision, almost two-thirds of responding states mentioned cost, though states are also weighing a number of other factors including the need for legislative action, adherence concerns, clinical criteria development, and potential side effects. Conversely, 4 in 10 states noted that positive health outcomes and longer-term savings on chronic diseases associated with obesity were key factors in their decision to cover or consider covering in the future along with increasing enrollee access and health equity, recommendations from providers, and ability to negotiate supplemental rebate agreements. States are likely considering various cost containment strategies for these drugs and may even be re-evaluating their broader approach to obesity treatment, including the use of obesity medications along with other treatments such as nutritional counseling or behavioral therapy. Obesity is caused by a multitude of complex factors, and uptake of GLP-1s could improve health but would not address all of the underlying contributors to obesity.",1731883666,9dd5681a6c,3f62dfab20,,,1731883666 -https://mashable.com/article/packers-bears-2024-nfl-live-stream,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,How to watch Packers vs. Bears online,"TL;DR: Live stream Green Bay Packers vs. Chicago Bears with NFL Sunday Ticket on YouTube TV. - -NFL Week 11 action continues with an NFC North showdown between the Green Bay Packers and the Chicago Bears. Both are rounding out the bottom of the NFC North, where the Packers are 6-3 and the Bears are 4-5. - -The Packers have won four of their last five, but lost their game against division-rival Detroit Lions. The Bears are not faring as well, having lost their last three games. - -When is Packers vs. Bears? - -The Green Bay Packers vs. the Chicago Bears takes place at 1 p.m. ET on Nov. 17. The two teams will face off at Soldier Field in Chicago. - -The game will air on FOX, where Kevin Burkhardt is expected to do the play-by-play. Tom Brady will join him in the booth, while both Erin Andrews and Tom Rinaldi will be the sideline reporters. - -How to stream Packers vs. Bears - -The Green Bay Packers vs. the Chicago Bears is available to live stream via YouTube TV or the NFL Sunday Ticket on YouTube TV (not to mention other NFL fixtures). - -Mashable Top Stories Stay connected with the hottest stories of the day and the latest entertainment news. Sign up for Mashable's Top Stories newsletter Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -YouTube TV's base plan is $49.99 per month for two months for new subscribers ($72.99 per month regularly). The base plan includes over 100 live TV channels, including ABC, CBS, FOX, NBC, ESPN, Fox Sports 1, and the NFL Network. - -The NFL Sunday Ticket is an add-on for $209 per year, or four non-cancellable payments of $52.99. Sunday Ticket provides access to all NFL games, including out-of-market games and split-screen viewing. - -Best streaming Services for Packers vs. Bears - -You have cable streaming options for this game. We've found some of the best streaming services to consider for the Packers vs. Bears on FOX. - -Most affordable: Sling TV - -Sling TV offers its Orange & Blue package of 48 channels at $55 per month that would serve your needs for locally available NFL games. Sign up to enjoy a first-month discounted rate of $27.50. - - - -Sling TV’s sports channels feature ABC, ACC Network, Big Ten Network, ESPN, ESPN2, ESPN3, ESPNews, ESPNU, FOX, FS1, FS2, NBC, NFL Network, and SEC Network. - -How to watch Packers vs. Bears from anywhere in the world - -If you're abroad for this fixture, you might need to use a VPN to unblock your favorite streaming service. These tools can hide your real IP address (digital location) and connect you to a secure server in the U.S., meaning you can unblock live streams of the NFL from anywhere in the world. - -Live stream Packers vs. Bears from anywhere in the world by following these simple steps: - -Subscribe to a streaming-friendly VPN (like ExpressVPN) Download the app to your device of choice (the best VPNs have apps for Windows, Mac, iOS, Android, Linux, and more) Open up the app and connect to a server in the U.S. Sign in to your favorite streaming service Watch Packers vs. Bears from anywhere in the world - -ExpressVPN is the best choice for bypassing geo-restrictions to stream live sport, for a number of reasons: - -Servers in 105 countries including the U.S. - -Easy-to-use app available on all major devices including iPhone, Android, Windows, Mac, and more - -Strict no-logging policy so your data is secure - -Fast connection speeds free from throttling - -Up to eight simultaneous connections - -30-day money-back guarantee - -A one-year subscription to ExpressVPN is on sale for $99.95 and includes an extra three months for free — 49% off for a limited time. This plan includes a year of free unlimited cloud backup and a generous 30-day money-back guarantee.",1731883636,644d6c1ea1,3f3fec215d,,,1731883636 -https://cryptomining-blog.com/13546-karlsen-network-kls-is-an-asic-resistant-fork-of-kaspa-kas/,https://cryptomining-blog.com/feed/,Karlsen Network (KLS) is an ASIC-resistant Fork of KASPA (KAS),"Karlsen Network (KLS) is an ASIC-resistant Fork of KASPA (KAS) 30 Nov - -2023 - -Karlsen Network and the Karlsen Coin (KLS) is a new project that is forked from Kaspa (KAS) with a a modified Proof of Work algorithm called KarlsenHash that prevents KAS ASICs to mine the coin. The project is still new and early and not much information is available, so you should treat with caution as always and if installing a local wallet and node you should do it in a sandbox environment just to be on the safe side. The project has caught a lot of attention from crypto miners and a lot of GPU mining power is being sent over to mine KLS coins (50 coins per block with 1 second block time). There are still no exchanges available with support for KLS, but you can mine with a local node and wallet and there are already pools supporting Karlsen Network mining popping up like Herominers. The latest version of SRBMiner-Multi has added support for mining KLS coins with the new algorithm (1% dev fee) and you can use the same settings you used for KAS mining on your GPUs. Below you can find a quick guide that we’ve prepared on how to setup a local Karlsen Network node and create a local wallet that you can mine KLS coins to if you are interested in getting started with mining. - -Quick Getting Started Guide: - -1. Download the latest Karlsen Network node and wallet from GitHub. - -2. Unzip the downloaded archive that contains 5 different executable files. - -3. Run ""karlsenwallet create"" to generate a local wallet, you will be prompted to create a password for encryption (remember it!) - -4. You will get a keys.json file created with the encrypted private key (back it up!) and you will be shown a public key (this is not a wallet you can mine at, you will need to create wallet!) - -5. Run ""karlsenwallet dump-unencrypted-data"" to get your 24-word mnemonic phrase for recovery (write that down and store securely). - -6. Run ""karlsend --utxoindex"" to start a local node on your computer. - -7. Run ""karlsenwallet start-daemon"" to get the wallet ready. - -8. Run ""karlsenwallet new-address"" in order to generate a wallet address that you can point your miners at the mining pool. - -9. Run ""karlsenwallet balance -v"" to check the balance of your wallet(s) when pools send you payments, you need to wait for the blockchain to sync for the balance to appear. - -10. Run ""karlsenwallet send -v amount_of_Karlsen_to_send -t wallet_public_address"" to send coins from your local wallet to a different wallet, make sure you set the amount and the wallet to send to. - -Example SRBMiner-Multi Karlsen mining command line: - -SRBMiner-MULTI.exe --algorithm karlsenhash --pool stratum+tcps://de.karlsen.herominers.com:1195 --wallet karlsen:YOUR_WALLET_ID --password WORKER_ID --gpu-cclock0 1710 --gpu-mclock0 810 --gpu-coffset0 250 - -Make sure you update the wallet and worker ids in the example command line above as well as change the GPU clock, Memory clock and offset according to what your GPUs can handle. Again, using the same settings you have used for mining KAS on your GPUs (if you did) is a good starting point. The example shows a good average for use on Nvidia GeForce RTX 3070 GPU. - -– Visit the official Karlsen Network (KLS) project website for more info…",1731883654,bd0c3a08cb,3f823e9a0f,,,1731883654 -https://www.communitysignal.com/traumatic-weather-events-and-climate-change-denial-at-weather-underground,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,Traumatic Weather Events and Climate Change Denial at Weather Underground,"What are the topics of discussion that you would expect to come across in a weather community? Storms, climate change, and forecast accuracy are part of the conversation. - -As a community strategist at Weather Underground, Michelle Schlachta also encountered stories of people that experienced traumatic weather-related events and sought the community out for education and healing. Those are connections and healing that you can’t build through Google results or a weather forecast app. Patrick and Michelle discuss how Weather Underground provided a platform for weather experts through its blogging community and how new members with questions and less expertise about weather were welcomed into the community. - -In addition to sharing her experiences at Weather Underground, Splunk, and YouTube –– Michelle discusses something that a lot of us can probably relate to right now –– the isolation of working from home during the pandemic. There are no quick solutions for that but she does offer a reminder that “we’re all going through it together.” If you’d like to share how you’re coping with the isolation of the pandemic, please leave us a comment or write to us. - -Michelle and Patrick discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Vanilla, a one-stop shop for online community. - -The Weather Underground community offers an opportunity to heal through education (8:45): “If you’ve had a traumatic weather-based event happen in your life, maybe learning as much as you possibly can about weather or that particular storm that you witnessed and experienced, it might make you feel like you have more of a sense of control over it and over healing from that traumatic event.” –Michelle Schlachta - -Community results over Google results (16:21): “New users [joined Weather Underground] because they wanted to learn from experts. They wanted to learn information they couldn’t really learn by Googling and searching on the internet. They wanted to have and observe conversation about weather so that they can learn, too, and who better are you going to learn from but an expert? We had all the top weather expert conversationalists on our site.” –Michelle Schlachta - -Dealing with climate science denial (17:33): “[When it came to climate change denial at Weather Underground], some of the developers and meteorologists came together to figure out how do we set the stage for other people? Therefore, we could point to that information on the company stance so that when people were trolling or we weren’t sure if they were trolling, we could be like, ‘Look, this is what we think climate change is and climate denial. You know what side we’re on. Depending on which side you’re on, you’re either welcome or not.'” –Michelle Schlachta - -Communicating change to communities (21:54): “Part of my job was helping the community understand that the people [at YouTube], behind building these products they were using, really did care about [them], they did care what they wanted, and they did want to give them what they wanted while still fulfilling business needs. That’s a pretty delicate, difficult balance.” –Michelle Schlachta - -Michelle Schlachta is the community content manager for Splunk, and has previously worked in community at IBM, Weather Underground, The Weather Company, and Google, YouTube, and CNET. - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Vanilla, a one-stop-shop for online community. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[music] - -[00:00:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello, and thanks for listening. This is my first episode of Community Signal as a married man. Kara and I got married on January 20th. Just us, no family, no friends, no party. It was great, though not without a series of obstacles that we had to navigate around. High winds, no electricity, and suspect internet all contributed to an eventful day that ended well. I know Kara because of this podcast, at least in part, but I think that’s a story for another day. - -On this episode, we’re talking with Michelle Schlachta about weather communities, what she was working on at YouTube 14 years ago, and how she has dealt with loneliness and isolation during the pandemic. - -Our Patreon supporters are a group of loyal listeners who financially support the show because they find value in it. Thank you to Maggie McGray, Marjorie Anderson, and Jules Standen, as well as everyone else who backs this show. If you’d like to be a part of the group, please go to communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -Michelle Schlachta is the community content manager for Splunk, and has previously worked in community at IBM, Weather Underground, The Weather Company, and Google, YouTube, and CNET. - -Michelle, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:20] Michelle Schlachta: Hi, Patrick. Thank you for having me. - -[00:01:26] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s good to have you. I am excited to talk about weather and building community around weather. I want to cast aside general community issues, like disrespectful comments and self-promotion and those sorts of things that a lot of communities deal with. I want to focus on weather. What are the unique issues that weather communities face? - -[00:01:49] Michelle Schlachta: I would say the first one that comes to mind is if you’re a weather enthusiast, you might be somewhat obsessed with weather but in a really fun way. I mean that in the utmost positive light if you’re going to use the word obsessed. Weather’s super interesting, it affects all of us every day all the time. It’s something you don’t have control over. You also don’t have control over the predictions because they’re not always correct, right? - -It’s something that’s always going to be interesting. There’s always going to be new info. There’s always going to be something new happening either in your neck of the woods or somewhere else in the world that you care about. There’s just so much rich information there. If you’re a weather enthusiast, it’s easy to get obsessed about it because you’re never going to run out of [chuckles] interesting things to think about, discuss online, et cetera. - -[00:02:43] Patrick O’Keefe: It sounds a little like a sports team, the way you’re talking about it; you can’t really control it. The ball is going to bounce a certain way. They have to throw it in the air or swing the bat or whatever, but there’s a lot of minutiae. There’s a lot of stats. There’s a lot of information. There’s a lot of calculations. Baseball has sabermetrics; calculations of how this baseball player will project and what their future value could be worth, then people obsess over those things. It sounds like weather can be like that for some people. - -[00:03:09] Michelle Schlachta: Yes. If the players are different storms that are happening in the same ocean at the same time, people could argue about which one is going to make landfall first or something like that. Yes, you’re right. It does sound sort of sports. It becomes competitive, I think, when you start debating about it. - -[00:03:27] Patrick O’Keefe: What does a debate look like in that context then? Go back to sports. [chuckles] Who’s the best quarterback? What’s the debate, I guess, or an example of a debate? - -[00:03:35] Michelle Schlachta: I think debate can come with; A, how well-versed I’m I in weather? How much do I understand the science behind it? How many storms have I studied and tracked? Maybe how many storms have I physically lived through? All the stuff you could know about it and package that up until you’re armed with that information when you’re going to have a debate with someone else. That person might not have as much experience with it or as much understanding of the science, but based on all those things that’s how you make predictions. - -You could either see it like the smarter person wins and then their storm did what they predicted it was going to do or you can look at it like roulette, which it really actually technically is very unpredictable. Saying one storm is going to do one thing and not another thing on a certain timeline can have nothing to do with how much experience you have because it’s weather; it’s totally unpredictable. - -In fact, a couple of the really amazing, super-smart, well-versed meteorologists that I worked with at Weather Underground had said to me, they’re like, “You understand that predicting weather is a gimmick, right? It’s a business.” I’m like, “Yes, but it’s also important for our safety.” They’re like, yes, of course, that’s all true,” like skipping over that. The business of predicting weather, it’s only- what did he say? Like 10% correct most of the time. I’m like, “Wow, that’s a pretty low confidence rating if I was going to give it one.” - -That comment always stuck out to me. It made more sense to me as far as like, why are you even going to bother to predict weather? One reason could be, besides the safety and all those obvious reasons; the more we learn about it, the more we track it, the more we get smart about it, hopefully that percentage will increase. We’d all like to see the predictability of weather increase exponentially. The best way to do that is to learn as much as you can about the science and the history of it, and update and improve the science. That’s actually one thing I found very interesting about the positive reasoning behind predicting weather in the first place and making a business out of it. - -Another thing I wanted to mention is; one thing I didn’t know until I started community managing for weather-centric community and this is probably because I grew up in the Bay Area. We don’t have real seasons here. It arguably almost looks the same outside all the time. It’s just the temperature either increases or decreases, or there are clouds or not. Sometimes there’s rain, but we don’t have a lot of different types of weather. It’s just mild here most of the time. - -Other places, most other places in the world have actual seasons and they can be quite severe. Since that’s not something that touches my everyday life, and I’ve never lived through a hurricane, or a tornado, or a cyclone, or even very much snow, I didn’t realize that people who have lived through those experiences, and in some cases, many times over, it has an impressionable stamp that it leaves on you that doesn’t go away. - -One case that can be very traumatic. If you lived through a hurricane- two, three hurricanes because you lived somewhere in the world where they happen every season where you live- if you and your family had to go into a bunker or something, or maybe your house blew away, or maybe your neighbor’s house did and yours didn’t; there’s so many awful, life-changing and life-ending things that happen because of nature. - -At first, I was like, “Gosh, if I lived through something like that, I think I would never want to learn another new thing about weather. I’d want to avoid it,” but for a lot of people, it’s the opposite. They want to learn as much as they can about it because it makes them feel better moving forward. Like I said before, weather is the ultimate thing you don’t have control over other than life or death. You have absolutely no control over what’s going to happen. You just can protect yourself as best as you can. - -[00:07:37] Patrick O’Keefe: I think it’s interesting because I was going to get a picture of the members that would join a community like this based upon what you’re saying. I wonder about is that who joins a community about the weather, people who want to predict, people who love talking about this type of cloud, but you’re shedding light on another group of people. Which is that, correct me if I’m wrong– Fear might not be the right way to categorize it. Maybe it’s coping, too. - -Just people who have been impacted by a weather event; what helps them to feel better about either that event or what could happen in the future and help to limit some of that future fear is education. Is learning about those weather systems and where they can occur, what they can do, how to get early warning signs, et cetera. To get that education, they might seek out a community like Weather Underground. Is that accurate? Is that part of the member base? - -[00:08:31] Michelle Schlachta: Yes, absolutely. It was. What I sensed when analyzing certain behavior patterns was that I think, weather being something you don’t have control over and if on top of that you’ve had a traumatic weather-based event or more than one happen in your life, maybe learning as much as you possibly can about weather in general or that particular storm that you witnessed and experienced, it might make you feel like you have more of a sense of control over it and over healing from that traumatic event. - -[00:09:05] Patrick O’Keefe: We’re talking about– I introduced this sports metaphor, so I take full responsibility for that. I think there’s a case where what we’re talking about could sound like fantasy sports. Fantasy sports, you draft a team- a baseball team, just to extend this metaphor even further- you draft a team based upon the performance of that team, you’re- or those players, your team is either good or bad, wins or loses. - -If you want to predict storms, then the way that you could do that in a way that isn’t harmful to the public, in a way where people are listening to you is through a private conversation, where it’s clear what the guardrails are, where it’s clear that you’re not a meteorologist. This is not weather information. This is not safety information. You’re just talking about weather because you like it. I can see an aspect of that, that’s like that makes a ton of sense to me. - -Then the other side of that, of course as you’ve touched on, is the real-life impact of storms. The line that exists there of these are hobbyists who love this thing; storm chasing, just talking about storms, talking about weather events, studying them, watching footage of them, et cetera, and then the result of those events can be the loss of human life. - -Is there ever a need or was there ever a need to either have policy or have a structure or check people sometimes even, to be like you’re talking about this thing a little too giddily, you’re talking about this thing a little to happily. It needs to be put in this context. You can study it, you can geek out over it, but it needs to be within this context. Would people lose that sense of the human loss there, or did that not happen, or how did you prevent it if any of those things are true? - -[00:10:32] Michelle Schlachta: In that sense, I have to say at least on our two main communities, we’re a photo upload community and a blogging community. Blogging community was where most of the debating would happen. A little bit of debate in the comments section of the photos, but mostly on the blogging platform. That community was really pretty self-regulated because a lot of those users had been around since the blogs for Weather Underground started in- it was like 2008. - -They had a lot of ownership over those blogs, partially because they created so much of the core content, but they continue to do so for years and they’re super, highly active. Some of these people are like– Most people have very busy lives, or they’d be busy on both the blogging and the photo platform and also like five other weather websites. They’re just interested in talking about it with their peers. - -If a new person comes along and they’re not really going with the flow of the conversation, or they’re not really behaving- like whatever is the accepted flow of the convo happening, they wouldn’t really be able to get away with it for too long. There are people there who’d be like, “You just got here. We’re already having this conversation. You need to wait your turn, or weigh in when it’s relevant.” Or, “If you’re going to be here, great, welcome. We welcome you 100%, but you need to have a good attitude, contribute something. If you’re not going to, that’s fine. Then don’t bother speaking up. Just read what we’re talking about.” - -[00:12:04] Patrick O’Keefe: It was a serious community established- weather community- the norms has been set by the elders, so to speak. The pontificating on that maybe you get a little too giddy about it was something that just by their very nature, it wasn’t encouraged because the norms had already been in place. - -[00:12:18] Michelle Schlachta: Yes, absolutely. Of course, beyond that we have our own policies. If nobody was not responding to the social commentary on misbehaving, then it’s time to escalate it. Of course, we had volunteer moderators along with me moderating every day and people flagging things. I’d review the queue, or somebody who I had a well-established relationship within the community would just give me a heads up like, “This person is misbehaving,” I’m going to handle it. There a number of ways of dealing with that kind of thing. - -[00:12:48] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s time for a break. Let’s talk about our generous sponsor, Vanilla. - -Vanilla provides a one-stop-shop solution that gives community leaders all the tools they need to create a thriving community. Engagement tools like ideation and gamification promote vibrant discussion and powerful moderation tools allow admins to stay on top of conversations and keep things on track. All of these features are available out of the box, and come with best-in-class technical and community support from Vanilla’s Success Team. Vanilla is trusted by King, Acer, Qualtrics, and many more leading brands. Visit vanillaforums.com. - -Weather and climate; it’s science. [chuckles] It’s a thing that has answers. The predictions may be tough, but what happened and why it happens, these are things that there’s consensus on in general. There are all sorts of things in society right now that are threatened by misinformation. COVID being probably the best example right now at the moment. Conspiracy theories always exist, but COVID right now being relevant to us, what we’re dealing with right now. Things like Plandemic come out, people undermine vaccinations, and all these other things. - -I want to tackle that within weather but in two ways. One is sort of gatekeeping of new users. Then the other is just general misinformation and climate denial. I want to start with the first one. You’ve given a good impression of this community. It’s a lot of people who are serious about this, who have studied it, who respect science, respect those methods, respect the training that goes into being a meteorologist, et cetera. - -If you had to, I guess, how did you limit gatekeeping in the sense of like, I’m a new person, I don’t understand things, I’m maybe asking dumb questions? Maybe they’re well-meaning, but not having just the voice be dominated by these elders and these people who have used the platform forever so that there wasn’t a window for a new person, especially in a blog community, to gain a following. - -[00:14:41] Michelle Schlachta: Because I think it was, in general, a very welcoming community and really valued new people getting in on it and getting in on the conversation. If a new user came into things the way that you’re describing, in a very nice way where they’re like, “I don’t know if I’m asking right questions here,” they’re being apologetic, nobody is going to be mean to them. Of course, they’re going to be like, “We’ll show you the ropes. We’ll teach you what’s up.” Or, “What’s your question?” Play nice and it’s all good. - -I never really saw that being a problem. I mean, a troll is a troll. If somebody is trying to troll, they’re going to do it pretty quickly and then they’ll just get self-regulated out. Does that answer your question? - -[00:15:19] Patrick O’Keefe: It sounds like you don’t have a problem with gatekeeping, which is a luxury. [chuckles] That’s great. That’s a good thing. I’ll reframe it. Sometimes, in our communities where there’s authority lended to people, which is most communities, really– You think about veteran members, people who’ve built up a presence in their community, their voice carries weight, they’re influential members. - -There’s always those people. Sometimes, their authority or their share of the voice could be threatened by a new person coming in. Especially when you’re talking about something that I think lends itself to an authoritative take, the science and meteorology and weather; where if we’re talking about these things, we’re studying them, we want to sound articulate. We want to sound like we know what we’re talking about. - -That can be tough sometimes for new people to get a foothold in, but if you didn’t have any problem with that, then that’s great. [laughs] - -[00:16:01] Michelle Schlachta: The common thread is of interest. It’s like, I’m here, who cares if I’m new or who’s been around for eight years or two months or whatever and I just walked in here today, we’re all here for the same reason, which is to learn more about weather. That most ultimately respected thing, everything else trickles down from there. - -Generally, new users were there because they wanted to learn from experts. They wanted to learn information they couldn’t really learn by just like Googling and searching on the internet. They wanted to have and observe conversation about weather so that they can learn too; and who better are you going to learn from but an expert? We had like all the top weather expert, conversationalists at least, on our site. - -[00:16:46] Patrick O’Keefe: Tackle that from the other side now. Did you have to approach, either from a policy perspective or community perspective, climate denial and misinformation during your time, was that a concern? Was it something that you had to at least create policy for, or was it an issue at all? - -[00:17:02] Michelle Schlachta: Yes, it was a pretty huge issue. Now, I’m trying to remember what did we even do about it? I think it grew to be a big enough problem where our solution was like, what we need to do is come up with a company stance on how we feel about climate change. What do we think that it is? How do we feel about it? How do we feel about people talking about it? How should they talk about it or not? - -Some of the developers and meteorologists came together to figure out how do we answer all these questions, and how do we set the stage for other people? Therefore, we could point to that information on the company stance so that when people were trolling or weren’t sure if they were trolling, we could be like, “Look, this is what we think climate change is and climate denial. You know what side we’re on. Depending on which side you’re on, you’re either welcome or not, or this comment or reaction as welcome or not.” - -We ended up being very clear about that and there was an overload, practically, of documentation on our side, as far as how do we feel about this issue. - -[00:18:11] Patrick O’Keefe: I want to talk briefly about YouTube because I know that’s even a longer time ago. That time at YouTube when you were there was like the third through fifth years of the company. When you work in a community and something that changes in so many ways– I’ve handed projects off, I’ve handed communities off, I’ve stopped working on projects and I’ve looked back on them and I’m like, “What do I remember from that time?” What was I working on then on this project that…Everyone knows what YouTube is. I mean, it wasn’t as popular then, certainly not the level of cultural consciousness it has now, which is like, I watch YouTube more than TV in 2021 more than a generic TV station or TV network. In those years when you were there, what were the challenges that you remember? What sticks with you as something that pops into your mind from time to time? - -[00:18:57] Michelle Schlachta: First of all, I think it’s crazy to me now that even though I was there from 2007 to 2009, that’s considered a veteran of working at that company. [chuckles] - -[00:19:08] Patrick O’Keefe: A lot of people have probably come and gone in that point, just knowing how big companies work. There’s been six-figure people [chuckles] or maybe not that many, but so many people. In that sense, you were in the first X percent. - -[00:19:18] Michelle Schlachta: Well, I think at that time, a lot of the original people who were very, very early, all the early employees were still there for the most part. They were still running things on many levels and making a lot of top-level decisions, and a lot of the community had been around that long as well. As I got there, I watched Google, basically, Google-ify, they’re like, “Yes, you guys do whatever you want. Do you’re thing. We own you for a reason. You’re amazing. You’re already great,” but then it was also like, “We own you for a reason. We’re going to make you use our platforms. We’re going to make you use our technology.” - -A lot of the original- or maybe not original but pretty new YouTube stuff that made YouTube become desirable for everyone, it was about to change. Part of that was pressure to monetize. Part of it was just crazy exponential growth. It just took off. It was so popular, and you had to update the tools, you had to update the technology to match that. - -While I was there, the YouTube Partner Program was born. Before that, all the top community players were people who had, for the most part, gotten their followings from organic activity. They had a pretty large sense of ownership over what’s going to happen to this product, what’s going to happen to even specific pages on the site, like the video page and the homepage, the category pages. All that stuff was slowly changing many times. It was just starting to evolve in this way where the growth was just explosive. - -There were a lot of growing pains for some of the users that had been around for a very long time that basically made YouTube what it was, and they made it as popular as it was. They did it in very grassroots type of way. I think, of course, you have a sense of ownership over helping to create that type of environment. - -I think that was a challenge. We wanted to listen to them as much as possible, and protect them and protect what they wanted and what they had helped us build, but we also had to deal with reality, like lots of stuff is going to change and change again, and this is a business. A lot of users were really pissed off at first, but then a lot of them started to realize, “Hey, these changes are actually pretty great. This better technology is pretty great. These newer employees-” a lot of them who at the time came from Google- “these people are pretty great.” - -Part of my job was helping the community to understand that the people behind building these products they were using really did care about the users, they did care what they wanted, and they did want to give them what they wanted while still fulfilling business needs. I think that’s a pretty delicate, difficult balance. - -[00:22:11] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. Your timeline of joining matches right up with when they were testing Content ID. I’m sure that was a phrase that maybe gives you nightmares or something. [chuckles] I don’t know. I can only imagine how the community responded at the time because I was using YouTube back then, too. - -Content ID is probably one of the greatest examples of what you’re talking about of just– I don’t know how to say it. Legitimizing isn’t quite the right word, but professionalizing- whatever- the platform of YouTube to open it up to monetization, Content ID was really a part of that. I think that’s a great kind of example of what you’re describing. - -[00:22:44] Michelle Schlachta: Yes. Then also, why is my content being taken down? I’ve been making the same type of content for the last year. Things just got confusing, I think, with legal policies. - -[00:22:55] Patrick O’Keefe: When you Google you, and I’m sure you know this, when you Google you and YouTube, there’s only one thing that is still around and it’s a blog post about view counts. I was just curious. When you have an announcement like that to make and you’re going to post it on the YouTube blog, why is it you that gets to write that post. How does it get decided like who’s the person who gets to break this news and why was it you? - -[00:23:16] Michelle Schlachta: [laughs] Wow. Okay, now I have to think back to that time. I don’t remember that blog post. [chuckles] - -[00:23:22] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s okay if you don’t have an answer to that because like I said, it’s a long time ago. I was like, “This is the thing that your name is stamped on from the YouTube time.” It’s just a funny relic, I’m sure, from that time. - -[00:23:33] Michelle Schlachta: I learned a lot about how to fold in lots of different angles and concerns into a blog post from writing blog posts like that. - -[00:23:41] Patrick O’Keefe: Now, you’re doing the same thing today to some extent. - -[00:23:43] Michelle Schlachta: [laughs] Well, sure. My name is on there and I did write every word, but that thing got the shit edited out of it, as did a lot of blog posts that were of that nature had to be. My boss was the manager of the YouTube Blog, so she didn’t write every single thing. Sometimes, we were doing like two to five blog posts per day. It would be insane if one person was going to write it all. We had a lot of internal contributors, but 95% of the time they were employees. There could be many different stakeholders. - -In this case, let’s say it was my team, which was the editorial team, obviously the legal team, PR team, product team; all the stakeholders involved in that blog posts, it was almost every vertical of YouTube had some kind of stake in that. It’d be like, “Okay, there’s this really important issue. We need to push this blog post out within the next 12 hours. How are we going to do it? Who do we need to talk to?” - -We grab one person from each party, each stakeholder, go into the director of PR’s office and just huddle like, “All right, we have to say this. We cannot say that. Can we say this?” And we would just hash it all out. Then I take a first pass like, “Okay, I heard all your concerns. I also want to fold in the users’ concerns.” I’m the people person, I’m the community manager, so I need to do that. I’d try to get buy-in for being as transparent as we possibly could, just so people can understand what’s happening and feel they’re a part of this process and being cared for not just yelled at or spoken at. - -I’d take a first pass and then pass it by all the stakeholders, let everybody weigh in again. Eventually, after maybe 27 edits, you end up with something that everybody can agree on. That agreement happens in a timely-enough fashion to match up with the concerns of when legal is about to push out some other announcement on a different platform about this very topic, or right when the product team is going to actually physically push those changes live. - -Lots of coordination, lots of nuances, a lot of folding in different people’s concerns. At the end of the day, you want the tone to be like, “Hey, users, this is for you.” Taking all that into consideration, polishing and with that vibe was definitely a big part of the job of writing blog posts for the YouTube blog. - -[00:26:14] Patrick O’Keefe: Corporate bureaucracy. [chuckles] - -[00:26:15] Michelle Schlachta: Yes. I prefer the more fun blog posts when we’re talking about really popular cat videos and Rickrolling. [chuckles] - -[00:26:23] Patrick O’Keefe: I want to talk a little bit about remote work. Before we came on, you were talking about how you’re working on your home office. In looking around the web, I found that you had written a piece on Medium in January of 2020 about finding a work crew as a remote worker. You talked about being lonely and feeling a sense of isolation as a remote worker; something that a lot of us feel in the working community. - -You would use a service called WorkClub, which group people together that were working remote or solo so that they could form a little temporary community of sorts. Work together, have some off-time together, just like an office. Then less than two months after that piece went up, the world changed thanks to COVID-19. - -I was curious to ask in that light, how did that impact you in this sense of being isolated, as you discussed in the article, and what have you done about it? - -[00:27:13] Michelle Schlachta: Well, at that point– I got the job at Splunk, I think, a week or so before the initial super-panic shelter-in-place happened. I was so happy to get that job at that time, for many reasons besides what we’re talking about now, but in this context, I had been freelancing for a year and a half, maybe, checking that out, decided I wasn’t really super into it, but I definitely learned a lot. - -I was very happy that I had gone and I joined for a little bit. By the end of it, I was like, “I really don’t like freelancing anymore because I really like working from an office. I like having my work homies. I like having the water cooler convos. I like going to lunch. I like laying on the weird, fancy couch or whatever bullshit stuff there is in an office [chuckles] that’s supposed to make you want to hang and work longer…whatever. - -I really wanted to go back to an office. I was like, “I miss the 9:00 to 5:00. I miss the commute. I miss all the different parts of your day that comprise how you fold your regular waking life into your work life,” so I was very sad. I was so happy to get this new job, but I was like [crosstalk]– - -[00:28:30] Patrick O’Keefe: I assume Splunk has an office in San Francisco or did? - -[00:28:33] Michelle Schlachta: It has an office in San Francisco. I had a couple of video interviews and then I had an in-person interview. The day after that in-person interview, the offices got shut down. None of us knew we’re not going to be able to go back for a year or maybe forever- we still don’t know- but I was very sad to not go in an office. I didn’t want that sadness to shroud my work performance, I guess. [chuckles] - -[00:29:02] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, the neatest bunch of sad posts on the company blog. - -[laughter] - -[00:29:07] Michelle Schlachta: I mean, there’s collective sadness, of course, between everyone, but I was like, “It’s not going to help you right now to be bummed that you’re not getting your 9:00 to 5:00 dream back.” Being at home more, in one way, has been good because it’s shown me what stuff I don’t like about being at home and feeling really empowered to take the time to change it. That’s been a positive effect. Also, just knowing that everybody else is going through this too, not just me. - -I think before when I was freelancing, the isolation felt very me-centric. Like I’m alone, I’m the one at home, this– Whatever. Now, it’s like all my friends are going through it, too, and we’re all going through it together. We can more easily help each other come up with solutions for it and talk about it and vent about it. It feels less alone than that previous type of isolation that I experienced with working from home. - -At this point, it’s been almost a year. I’m pretty used to it. I’m just trying to enjoy the good things about it and the positive life habits it’s given me. It’s nice to just stop what I’m doing and go for a walk, come back, work for another hour and go on another little walk. You wouldn’t really do that if you were in an office necessarily. - -[00:30:20] Patrick O’Keefe: No, you wouldn’t. At this stage, if the office opens up, everyone is vaccinated, everything is- COVID is good, office opens up tomorrow; are you one of the first people in line? - -[00:30:27] Michelle Schlachta: I’ll be, yes. - -[00:30:29] Patrick O’Keefe: [chuckles] Okay. This mirage of like, “Yes, I’m loving this lifestyle. The vibes are great,” it’s, “No, if the office opens, I’m there.” - -[00:30:36] Michelle Schlachta: I’m joking with my team constantly, I’m like, “You guys know I’m going to be the one who’s going to be running back in there right away. I don’t care if I’m in there by myself. You guys are letting me go in.” We were actually talking about some goal planning with the team last couple of weeks. - -We were talking about the process of goal planning and how we want to approach it as a team, and one of my managers asked, “Well, how do you guys feel about it? Do you want to have smaller breakout meetings about this with just your smaller team, or do we do this all in a very collaborative way and do all this goal sharing?” I was just like, “Look, you guys, I just want the magic back. I want the magic of the water cooler, of the in-person interactions and all these stuff you couldn’t predict.” - -Because some of those random side-convos that you have with people; new websites, new companies, new products are born from those interactions. That’s not lost on me. That’s definitely something I’m never going to get used to about the pandemic work-from-home lifestyle. It’s definitely something that I value. Relationship building online? Sure, I care a lot about that and I want to cultivate more positive ways of doing that and facilitate that, but nothing is ever going to replicate the real in-person experience. - -I do miss that. It still pains me each day. [chuckles] - -[00:31:53] Patrick O’Keefe: Well, I hope that we can get back to it sooner than later because I’d love to get up to San Francisco again and maybe we’ll be able to connect in-person. - -[00:32:02] Michelle Schlachta: Yes, come to the office, get free snacks. I heard they were good. - -[laughter] - -[00:32:06] Patrick O’Keefe: Michelle, it’s been a pleasure. Thank you so much for spending some time with us. - -[00:32:09] Michelle Schlachta: Thank you so much, Patrick. I really appreciate it. - -[00:32:12] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with Michelle Schlachta, community content manager for Splunk. We’ll link to her piece about the underlying stress of the pandemic, metaphorical fruits in the show notes, as well as Splunk’s community blog and Michelle’s LinkedIn, which you can find at linkedin.com/in/schlachta– that’s S-C-H-L-A-C-H-T-A. - -For the transcript from this episode, plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad, and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Thank you for listening. - -[music]",1731883690,b6cef58d91,3f4999a71e,,,1731883690 -https://www.cbssports.com/nfl/news/vikings-vs-titans-odds-picks-spread-how-to-watch-live-stream-model-reveals-2024-week-11-nfl-predictions/,https://www.cbssports.com/rss/headlines/NFL/,"Vikings vs. Titans odds, picks, spread, how to watch, live stream: Model reveals 2024 Week 11 NFL predictions","AFC South meets NFC North in NFL Week 11 when the Tennessee Titans (2-7) host the Minnesota Vikings (7-2) on CBS and Paramount+. The visitors didn't have their best outing in Week 10 against the Jacksonville Jaguars, but Minnesota's defense held the game together for a 12-7 road victory. Meanwhile, the Titans hoped for a second straight win but fell short to the Los Angeles Chargers, 27-17. You may be able to stream Sunday's game live on Paramount+, which you can now try free for the first seven days when you sign up here. - -Kickoff from Nissan Stadium in Nashville is at 1 p.m. ET. The Vikings are 6-point favorites in the latest Titans vs. Vikings odds via SportsLine consensus, and the over/under for total points scored is 39.5. Minnesota is a -273 money line favorites (risk $273 to win $100), while Tennessee is a +223 underdog. Sunday's game will be streamed live on Paramount+ with their must-have Paramount+ with SHOWTIME plan, which you can now get on a 7-day free trial. - -Paramount+ is the only place to watch every minute of every NFL on CBS game this season. A subscription also gives you access to other sports content including the UEFA Champions League and Europa League, NWSL, Serie A, and countless movies and shows. You can now get a free 7-day trial, so sign up right here. - -How to watch Vikings vs. Titans - -Titans vs. Vikings date: Sunday, Nov. 17 - -Titans vs. Vikings time: 1 p.m. ET - -Titans vs. Vikings TV channel: CBS - -Titans vs. Vikings streaming: Paramount+ - -Week 11 NFL picks for Vikings vs. Titans - -Before tuning into Sunday's Titans vs. Vikings game, you need to see the NFL picks from SportsLine's advanced computer model. The model, which simulates every NFL game 10,000 times, is up well over $7,000 for $100 players on top-rated NFL picks since its inception. The model enters Week 11 of the 2024 NFL season on an incredible 17-7 betting hot streak on top-rated NFL picks this year. Longer term, it is on a 197-136 roll on top-rated NFL picks that dates back to the 2017 season and a 51-29 roll on top-rated NFL picks since Week 7 of 2022. - -The model also ranked in the top 10 on NFLPickWatch four of the past six years on straight-up NFL picks and beat more than 94% of CBS Sports Football Pick'em players four times during that span. Anyone following at sportsbooks and on betting apps has seen strong returns. - -For Titans vs. Vikings, the model is backing Tennessee to cover the spread at home. Vikings quarterback Sam Darnold is expected to rebound from his three-interception performance against the Jaguars, but Minnesota's offense overall appears to be cooler than it was to start the season. The Vikings have also failed to cover the spread in three of their last four games, which includes two road tilts. - -Titans quarterback Will Levis, meanwhile, had an impressive return under center for Tennessee, completing 78.3% of his passes for 175 yards with two touchdowns and no interceptions. While Minnesota clearly has a superior defense to the one the Titans faced in Week 10, the model is leaning on the home team to keep this game close. You may be able to stream the game here. - -How to watch, live stream the NFL on CBS - -Now that you know what to pick, get ready to watch your live local NFL on CBS games on Paramount+ on any device you want. Don't forget you can now try Paramount+ free for the first week.",1731883647,fad4a9cc43,3eeadeb412,,,1731883647 -https://esportsedition.com/hearthstone/hearthstone-grandmasters/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Hearthstone Grandmasters Meta Analysis,"Hearthstone Grandmasters First Two Weeks - -On August 14th, Season 2 of the Hearthstone Grandmasters began. Matches take place every Friday, Saturday, and Sunday. On September 6, the tournament will take a break for Masters Tour: Montreal and resume on Friday 18 September, continuing on the same schedule until October 11. - -In Season 2, the list of participants has been replenished with 10 new players. 9 of them became grandmasters thanks to the results of the Masters Tour: Jönköping in June and Killinallday was invited to replace Gallon, who left esports (who, by the way, joined the Hearthstone development team). - -Prize structure: each player has a base prize of $3,500, receives an award for each of the first three weeks, depending on the place taken. For each victory in the group stage, they receive $500. The final round also includes cash prizes in addition to a ticket to the GrandMasters 2020 Global Final for the first place. - -Week 1 and 2 of the Second Season of 2020 Grandmaster has just ended, so let’s take a look at what the tournament has brought us so far, meta, and overall results. - -As for the results of the first 2 weeks, Surrender (Asia-Pacific), Rdu (Europe), and Eddie (America) took the first places for their respective regions. - -Week One - -Meta and Class Analysis - -Wins Loses Winrate Bans Demon Hunter 21 11 68% 4 Priest 108 84 56% 207 Warrior 99 92 51.80% 98 Druid 171 161 51.50% 61 Warlock 36 36 50% 4 Mage 153 163 48.40% 9 Rogue 85 102 45.50% 15 Hunter 7 9 43.80% 83 Paladin 30 55 35.30% 2 Shaman 0 0 0% 0 - -Although Druid was one of the most favorite class of 1-st Week, his win rate shows that the class is overrated. - -Another popular class of the 1-st Week was Mage. Although the win rate us 48%, most of the players opted for a Tempo archetype with 2 Giants and Evocation. - -As the statistics show, Priest was one of the most stable classes of the tournament. 42 Picks and 56% win rate, which is not bad at all. - -Things went south for Shaman, as no players chose the class for the tournament. - -Although Demon Hunter was not popular either (4 picks out of 48 players), the class managed to score 68% win rate. - -Only 7 players decided to pick a Paladin, due to his good performance in a new Scholomance meta. However, the win rate of the class is only 35%. - -As the players tried to gain a foothold on the 1-st Week of the tournament, no one really wanted to play risky all-face decks, like Hunter or Warlock, for instance. Less than 10% of the Grandmaster players brought these decks to the tournament. - -Archetypes like Paladins or Hunters are good on the ladder, however, the strategy of these decks are very straightforward and not as resourceful as other decks may be. - -Week Two - -Picks Picks comparing to the 1-st week Deck Picks Deck Picks Deck Picks Deck Picks Warrior 47 +18 Bomb 44 Tempo 2 Big 1 Priest 44 +2 Zephrys 31 Galackrond 13 Druid 29 -15 Beasts 22 Maly 7 Mage 25 -11 Spell 22 Shudderwock 1 OTK 1 Reno 1 Rogue 19 -1 Weapon 9 Stealth 4 Secret 4 Aggro 2 Demon Hunter 17 +13 Control 16 Tempo 1 Warlock 7 +0 Zoo 4 Galackrond 3 Hunter 4 +1 Zephrys 3 Face 1 Paladin 0 -7 Shaman 0 +0 - -Meta and Deck Preferences - -Week 2 brought the new format to the tournament: Four Deck, Last Hero Standing with One Ban. - -On August 18 (one day before the Week 2 kicked off), patch 18.0.2 was released, which introduced changes to the main game modes. Kael’thas nerf has hit the Ladder which definitely has had an impact on Druid statistics – only 29 picks compared to the 44 picks on the Week 1. - -It also has significantly weakened Priest. Both classes dropped in winrate and followed by popularity. But they did not disappear from the tournament meta. Both Druid and Priest play predominantly the same archetypes as before the patch, but the priorities and emphasis in the decks have shifted. - -Nerfs have changed the strength of all classes in the meta, not just Druid and Priest. This couple began to appear less often, their win rate dropped. As a result, decks that beat those two classes ranked higher in players’ preferences. - -Top Decks of the Week 2 From 3 Top players - -Although nothing really changed since 1-st week in terms of picks, we can clearly see subtle shifts in Picks and Classes preferences. 3 Top players (Rdu, Surrender, Eddie) from each region dictated the meta with their Picks and unsurprisingly became the global leader in terms of tournament points. - -Rdu (Europe – 14) - -As we can see from the statistics, Rdu opted for Top Rated classes of the second Week: Bomb Warrior, Tempo Mage, Highlander Priest, and Stealth Rogue. - -Surrender (Asia -13) - -Surrender brought Highlander Priest, Weapon Rogue, Tempo Mage, Guardian Druid. Surrender preferred Druid over Bomb Warrior, which shows a better win rate. - -Eddie (America – 13) - -Eddie decided to call Turtle Mage into play. He managed to beat bloodyface’s Galakrond Priest, Aggro Demon Hunter (17 picks over 4 from the last week), and Bomb Warrior. His lineup also included Bomb Warrior, Soul Demon Hunter, and Highlander Priest. - -Last Word - -The best players in their regions are still fighting for the championship title and Week 3 is about to kick off. It will bring a new format (9 Rounds of Swiss, Bo3 Specialist) as well as fierce competition with interesting games to behold. Stay tuned!",1731883684,76f59da961,3f80171e89,,,1731883684 -https://grin.co/blog/7-affiliate-marketing-trends-and-2025-predictions/,https://www.grin.co/blog/feed,7 Affiliate Marketing Trends and 2025 Predictions,"Affiliate marketing spending surpassed $10 billion in 2024. Experts expect that number to grow steadily in 2025 and beyond as brands and creators cook up fresh new ways to engage with audiences. - -In some ways, affiliate marketing in 2024 is unrecognizable when compared to 2023. And in the new year, we expect things to evolve even more dramatically. - -Let’s take a look at some of the hottest trends from 2024 and talk about some ways you can get in early on some of the excitement planned for 2025. - -1. Affiliate marketing keeps getting hotter. - -Let’s take a look at some of the hottest trends from 2024 and talk about some ways you can get in early on some of the excitement planned for 2025.Affiliate marketing has grown at a rate of over 10% year-over-year. Today, more than 80% of brands use affiliate marketing to boost brand awareness and drive sales as a part of their greater marketing strategy. - -What makes affiliate marketing so popular? There are a few major reasons: - -Affiliate marketing is cost-effective. - -Working with creators can get expensive. But with affiliates working on commission, you only have to pay creators when their content directly leads to a sale. - -In other words, you only pay for results. - -Affiliate marketing is incentive-based. - -Because brands only pay for results with affiliate marketing, creators have to be more thoughtful about how they present content to their audiences. Often, that type of performance-pay model results in higher conversion rates. - -Affiliate marketing is flexible. - -Affiliate marketing allows brands to reach audiences through diverse content creators, adapt budgets easily, and scale as needed. With performance-based payouts, brands also have the flexibility to experiment with new audiences and communities without risking too much financial loss. - -Prediction for 2025 - -Affiliate marketing will continue to gain popularity as even more brands adopt the strategy in 2025. However, affiliate marketing will rarely be the only influencer marketing strategy brands use. - -Many big-name creators and creators with a higher following are reluctant to work as affiliates. They want flat-rate payments. That’s understandable, considering how effective their content has been at driving awareness over the years. - -The most successful brands will implement an influencer marketing strategy combining paid and affiliate models. That will enable them to increase reach with big-name creators while building an army of cost-effective affiliates to drive conversions. - -2. Affiliate marketing managers become community architects. - -Influencer and affiliate marketing managers are doing a lot more than just running social media—they’re essentially the architects of their brand community. - -But even the best architects need skilled builders, and that’s where creators come in. - -Creators are relatable, authentic, and have earned the trust of their audiences. This trust makes them ideal community builders capable of turning your brand’s vision into genuine engagement with followers. - -But getting talented creators to buy into working with their brand doesn’t always come easy. For starters, brands must engage creators as partners, not another promotional channel. - -There has to be a genuine connection between both parties. If that doesn’t exist, a successful collaboration won’t either. It’s up to influencer and affiliate marketing managers to ensure it does. - -Prediction for 2025 - -Brands will continue to add affiliates to their roster in 2025. As a result, it will become much more challenging to build and maintain real connections with each one. Investing in advanced tools that facilitate genuine partnerships at scale will become critical. - -As influencer marketing evolves, managing authentic, long-term creator relationships will require robust platforms that streamline collaboration and value alignment. These tools will be essential for brands to build engaged communities and sustain impactful creator partnerships. - -3. Co-selling hits the scene. - -Co-selling might be one of the splashier affiliate marketing trends of 2024. Traditionally, affiliate links were the best (and really only) way to facilitate commission-based partnerships. But now, brands and creators have more interesting options. - -But let’s back up: What exactly is co-selling? - -Co-selling is when brands and creators work together to sell products, typically through personalized, co-branded storefronts or unique landing pages. - -Here is another way to look at it… - -Your co-branded landing page is kind of like a digital pop-up shop for your business. You ask your creators to be the pop-up shop’s “curator.” Because they know what their followers like better than anyone, they select the products they know will generate the most interest. - -You then host the pop-up shop as a unique URL on your brand’s website, and your creators promote the URL (or affiliate link) on their social media page. - -Your creators win because they get the freedom to curate a highly engaging shopping experience that results in higher conversions and engagements. - -The audience wins because they get personalized recommendations from someone they trust, making the experience feel far more relevant to their interests. - -Your brand wins because your creators and your audience are both happy. Happy creators get conversions, and happy audiences convert. - -Prediction for 2025 - -Co-selling and co-branded landing pages will become the next big thing in influencer marketing. In 2025, we expect brands leveraging this strategy to dominate the affiliate marketing landscape. - -“Co-selling is the next big frontier in the world of influencer marketing,” said Kenyon Brown, the co-founder and CEO of CreatorCommerce—a platform enabling brands to collaborate with creators on co-branded landing pages. “By merging creator content with better commerce fundamentals, brands can increase their affiliate conversion rates by two to three times.” - -4. Data emerges as the backbone of affiliate success. - -You can’t run a successful affiliate marketing program if you’re still shooting in the dark. Influencer marketers have caught wind of this across the board. As a result, access to more data became essential in 2024. - -There are a few main reasons: - -Performance optimization: Data enables brands to analyze performance in real time. That way, they can double down on what’s working and fix what isn’t. Having data allows their strategy to stay nimble so they can always maximize their efforts. - -Informed decision-making: By understanding which affiliates and campaigns deliver the highest returns, brands can make wiser decisions on the future of their program. Who to partner with, which campaigns to run, where to allocate resources—it’s all informed by analytics. - -Proving success: Data helps marketing teams demonstrate ROI to key stakeholders. This helps them unlock more budget to scale their affiliate marketing program. And who knows, it might even come with a raise! - -Prediction for 2025 - -Brands will continue looking for new ways to collect and analyze data to optimize their affiliate marketing strategy. At the same time, they will offer more transparency to their affiliates on the data they collect. - -Instead of keeping analytics behind the scenes, brands will provide affiliates with clear access to conversions, engagement metrics, and sales performance information. This helps affiliates understand the impact of their efforts, build trust, and refine their strategies based on real data shared directly by the brand. - -See also: How RoseSkinCo uses data and analytics to fine-tune its creator engine - -How RoseSkinCo uses data and analytics to fine-tune its creator engine - -5. Affiliate content formats know no limits. - -As brands continue to innovate with affiliate marketing, content formats have expanded beyond traditional blog posts and social media mentions. Co-branded landing pages are hot right now, and for good reason. But we’ve also seen a rise in: - -Creator newsletters - -Interactive stories - -Live-stream shopping - -VR shopping - -Podcasting - -And that’s only the beginning. The possibilities are truly endless when it comes to affiliate marketing content. You and your creators just have to determine the approach that will resonate best with your audiences. - -Prediction for 2025 - -Get ready for even more advanced, interactive affiliate content formats emerging in 2025. We wouldn’t be surprised to see more fully integrated, multi-platform campaigns emerge for brands. - -It will also be interesting to see how AI improves affiliate marketing performance—perhaps unlocking more ways for brands and affiliates to deliver hyper-targeted content experiences. - -6. Social commerce is the latest evolution of ecommerce. - -It started with retail commerce—aka brick-and-mortar stores. - -Then came ecommerce—selling products from a brand’s website. - -Now, we’re in the era of social commerce—buying products directly from social media. - -Ecommerce is far from dead. However, social commerce made huge strides in 2024, with roughly two out of three people saying they purchased a product directly through social media in the last 12 months. - -This is all thanks to releases like TikTok Shop and Instagram’s in-app checkout, making it easier to discover and purchase products without leaving the platform. These features streamline the shopping experience, allowing brands to reach consumers where they’re already spending time. - -Prediction for 2025 - -The reason so many people prefer to shop directly on social media is because: - -It’s a much shorter buyer journey People prefer to buy from real people (aka creators, not brands) - -“B” is the real driving force here. As a result, we expect creator-driven storefronts to thrive in 2025. (Yes, we’re talking about co-branded landing pages again.) - -But as you flesh out your co-branded landing page strategy, be sure to focus on in-app shopping on social media as well. A comprehensive strategy is the best strategy, and you need to make sure you have all your bases covered.",1731883658,91a70a5bba,3ef79746fb,,,1731883658 -https://www.teachthought.com/learning/what-is-learned-helplessness/,https://www.teachthought.com/feed/,What Is Learned Helplessness?,,1731883662,ecf7668f95,3fcbbd4d2a,,,1731883662 -https://www.abetterlemonadestand.com/print-on-demand-companies/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=print-on-demand-companies,https://www.abetterlemonadestand.com/feed/,13 Best Print On Demand Companies for Your Online Store in 2022,"Print on demand companies can do more than just sell you a custom t-shirt that you can sell on your online store. These days, print on demand services offer unique products, such as jewelry, makeup, leggings, notebooks, and so much more. If you’re looking to sell custom products that are still dropshipped from a print on demand company, then you’ve come to the right place. While you’ll still need some design chops to create a custom product, you can get on your way towards building a unique brand that stands out from the competition using the 13 best print on demand companies of 2022 we’ve compiled in this list. So, let’s compare these POD companies and start designing some custom products! - -13 Best Print On Demand Companies in 2022 - -1. Printful - -Print-on-demand companies like Printful offer a wide-range of items that you can add your design to. While most print-on-demand companies likely have t-shirts, Printful also has other items that are harder to find on other platforms. For example, skirts, dresses, bean bags, jewelry, fabrics, pet products, and more can all be designed using Printful’s services. - -When it comes to labeling, your products can come in custom packaging. You could also add your logo to the inside of clothing to ensure that people wear your label. - -Printful has integrations with some of the most popular ecommerce platforms from Shopify to BigCommerce to Wix, allowing you to add Printful to your website’s backend. You’ll be able to easily add products to your store in only a few clicks after the design has been completed. Printful also integrates with sales channels like Spotify, TikTok, Instagram, and more in case you want to sell on other social platforms. - -One of the best features of Printful is that there are extra services you can also add on. For example, if you want custom photography for your website, Printful is able to take professional lifestyle or studio photos for you that you can use for social media, your website, or other marketing purposes. Not only that, but you can even use their video services to make custom videos for you. - -Check out our Printful review for more information about this print-on-demand company. - -2. Gooten - -Print-on-demand companies, such as Gooten make it easy for you to create custom merch, personalized products, and to stock your online store with unique products. So whether you’re an on the rise influencer or an up and coming entrepreneur, you can use Gooten as your print-on-demand company. - -Gooten boasts over 150 trending products that you can add your design to. When it comes to unique items you could sell, Gooten allows you to add custom designs to puzzles, kitchen accessories like tablecloths and tea towels, wall calendars, stickers, magic mugs, and so much more. - -Gooten integrates with ecommerce platforms like BigCommerce, Etsy, WooCommerce, and Shopify. Though its preferred platform is Bigcommerce. - -You can also use Gooten as a learning hub, and learn from their webinars, blog posts, ebooks, and other content on how to succeed in e-commerce. - -3. Printify - -Print on demand companies like Printify have countless products ready to ship with a custom design you made from Creative Market or Photoshop. Printify, specifically, has a collection of over 500 print-on-demand products. - -You’ll find unique products, such as car seat covers, teddy bears, airpod cases, shower curtains, handbags, lamps, suitcases, and hundreds of other products. You can add any design on these items to make them a one-of-a-kind piece your customers want to buy. - -You can use a mockup generator on Printify to see how the design looks on the product. Doing this will help you understand if you need to alter or make changes to your website in any way. - -Printify integrates with eBay, Etsy, Shopify, and many other platforms to make designing and selling your products easier. Large enterprises also benefit from having branded customer support when using Printify so you can outsource customer support to the manufacturer who has better insight into issues. - -4. Custom Cat - -Custom Cat is a print-on-demand company you can use to design your own products. While most of their items are in the apparel space, they also offer housewares and accessories. Items like pillows, drinkware, blankets, towels, bags, and flip flops are among some of their unique POD products they offer. - -Custom Cat integrates with traditional ecommerce platforms, such as Shopify, Etsy, WooCommerce, and BigCommerce. - -When you create products, you can choose to order a sample of every item you create. You can then use the sample to create unique photos and videos with them for your online store and social media. - -You can sell your products internationally to over 30 countries, and many of them include full tracking. - -One of the benefits of Custom Cat is that fulfillment typically takes about a day and a half so that products could get to your customer much quicker. - -5. TeeLaunch - -Print-on-demand companies like TeeLaunch surprisingly offer much more than t-shirts despite the name. While you’ll still find plenty of t-shirts, tank tops, and other apparel on this platform. Their whole collection of products boasts some gems that could be great additions for your online store. You can offer print-on-demand balloons, car chargers, mats, cutting boards, plates and bowls, backpacks, headphones, die-cut metal signs, wall tapestries, and more. With over 300 products, you’ll likely find a few great items to add to your Shopify store. - -This print-on-demand company integrates with Shopify and Etsy. - -6. Redbubble - -Redbubble isn’t a traditional print-on-demand company. Instead of owning your own website, you can sell your unique products on Redbubble’s website. One of the benefits of doing this is that you don’t need to pay for hosting or marketing. Redbubble will market your products for you. However, you’ll need to create a design that stands out on the marketplace so that people will want to snatch up your products because it can be more competitive. - -You can design dresses, leggings, kid’s clothing, scarves, tech accessories, stationery, and so much more. Their product collection includes over 70 different items. - -Once you upload your design, you can optimize your title to maximize views by optimizing it for search engines. You can then benefit from Redbubble’s existing audience to draw visitors to their site, when someone buys your product, they’ll ship it to them themselves. And finally, you get paid. As your products grow in popularity, you can have items featured under Gifts or your own artist page. - -7. Society6 - -Similar to Redbubble, Society6 allows artists to sell unique products that they sell to customers. You won’t need to create your own online store, your audience will be Society6’s website visitors. While the platform specializes in wall art, they’ve expanded their product line beyond that to include furniture, comforters, office supplies, sunglasses, and more. - -Your designs can get more visibility if your work gets included in a featured collection, such as “yoga and mindfulness” or “Black History Month.” You can also rise to the top by becoming a featured artist by becoming a best-seller, ending up on a curated list, and so on. New artists also get featured so you can get an early boost when you sign up. - -8. Cafe Press - -Print-on-demand companies like CafePress allow you to sell on their platform. All you need to do is design your product, they’ll market it for you, and you earn money. Your designs will need to be original as they do monitor for infringement, though. - -Cafe Press’ website is divided into multiple categories that allow you to help increase your visibility in their searches. People can search by product, interests, pop culture shows like Star Trek and Peanuts, who the recipient is such as gifts for mom, and by occasion. - -There are dozens of products you can add your design to, such as clothing, accessories, stationery, phone cases, stickers, home decor, drinkware, and much more. - -9. Zazzle - -Zazzle is another print-on-demand company that allows you to sell to their website visitors. They have an extensive collection of products you can add your designs to. For example, you can sell wedding invitations, party supplies, business supplies such as posters or promotional supplies, phone grips, flash drives, baby blankets, and seasonal gifts. - -Zazzle has collections for gift guides, trending products, and much more that you can optimize your designs for. - -If you’re a designer in the wedding or business niches, Zazzle could be a good option for you as that’s their area of speciality. Wedding, bridal and baby shower invitations tend to be one of the most popular items you could sell on the platform. Though, their product collections are quite extensive if you plan on expanding into other verticals. - -10. Sellfy - -If you’re looking for print-on-demand companies that allow you to have your own website, look no further than Sellfy. Using this print-on-demand company, you can sell products ranging from physical to digital goods all from one convenient website. You could charge monthly subscriptions and allow customers to stream videos without worrying about piracy. - -Sellfy integrates with YouTube, Wix, WordPress, Facebook, and more. You can sell products on any platform using a link or Buy Button. - -Their product collection includes t-shirts, hoodies, mugs, and hats. - -11. Spreadshirt - -Independent designers looking for a print-on-demand company that acts as a marketplace can turn to Spreadshirt. You can add your design to products, such as clothing, accessories, stuffed animals, embroidered items, phone cases, mouse pads, and much more. - -The website is categorized into collections, such as birthday gfits, baby gifts, graduation, wedding, and much more. Optimizing your designs for popular collections can help you get the most visibility for your products. By producing many items for a single collection, your likelihood of finding success increases. - -If you’re not design savvy but are looking to create products that you can sell on your business, you can even invest in the design services that Spreadshirt offers. This will likely work well if you’re looking to create business swag or for personal use, though. - -12. Teehatch - -Teehatch is a Canadian print-on-demand company for those looking for a cheaper alternative instead of paying in USD. Their product collection includes trending products, such as face masks, t-shirts, polos, long-sleeved shirts, sweatshirts, hoodies, pullovers, sweatpants, jackets, and tank tops. They also sell hats, tote bags, and aprons. - -They’ll ship the products out to your customers for you. That means, all you need to do is design and market your products to generate sales for your online store and business. Right now, the tool only integrates with Shopify. - -13. Printeez - -Print-on-demand companies like Printeez offer a wide-collection of products that you can add your custom designs to. Popular products include t-shirts, leggings, jackets, tote bags, caps, and beanies among others. You can choose between screen, embroidery, and digital printing for your products. - -Unlike other print-on-demand companies, Printeez offers add-ons, such as hang tags, hem tags, or sizing stickers in case you’re planning on selling these items in a retail store. You could also add inside tags for clothing. Folding and bagging services are also available for an additional fee. - -Like other print-on-demand companies, fulfillment is available so Printeez will ship your items directly to your customers, retail store, or to your business. So as long as you’ve got the design covered and can handle marketing and customer support, Printeez will cover the manufacturing and fulfillment of your business. - -Conclusion - -After comparing the best print-on-demand companies, you might notice that many offer unique products you can’t find anywhere else. You could use a combination of different services as most POD companies don’t charge monthly subscriptions. Using their individual product fees, you can add unique products from multiple sites to create a comprehensive collection of products. You could build an everything store with unique designs no one can find anywhere else. So, which print-on-demand companies are you excited to work with this year? Let us know in the comments!",1731883651,c95af7f5ef,3f9a3a1315,,,1731883651 -https://www.vg247.com/latest-secret-level-trailer-makes-that-concord-episode-feel-extra-awkward,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"The latest Secret Level trailer says it's ""inspired by your favourite games"", which makes that Concord episode feel extra awkward","There's a new trailer for the video game anthology series Secret Level, and yet, it does feel a bit weird to see Concord amongst it all. - -Secret Level is set to air on Prime Video next month, and the streamer has just today released a new look at the show. Except, it's a bit of an awkward one, as amongst all the self-congratulatory hyping (""groundbreaking gaming anthology series"", ""a revolutionary gaming anthology series"" - gimme a break), it noted that it's all ""inspired by your favourite games."" Only problem there is that, well, there's a Concord episode, except we all know that the studio behind it no longer exists, meaning Concord no longer exists. Sure, it did have its fans, but I'm really not sure that was the best line they could have gone for with this trailer. - -On top of that it feels a bit cheeky to use that line when there's an episode based on New World: Aeternum, which clearly exists because it's an Amazon developed game - right now the action MMO is setting at a mixed rating on Steam across almost 250,000 reviews over the past three years. I wouldn't exactly call that most people's favourite game, would you? Still, the trailer did show some clips from some genuinely beloved games, like Armored Core, Unreal Tournament, Mega Man, Spelunky, and Warhammer 40,000. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -It also reminded us all that there's some pretty big names attached too, like Keanu Reeves, Arnold Schwarzenegger, Kevin Hart, and a whole lot more on top of that. Currently Secret Level is set to air on Prime Video December 10, with more episodes dropping up until December 17, so you won't be able to binge it all in one go. I'm curious to see how well this thing does, there's obviously a few recognizable games in here, but I'm not entirely convinced by the lineup. - -Secret Level creator Tim Miller did recently say in an interview with Rolling Stone that he thinks the Concord episode shows the ""potential of this world and the characters,"" so if anything maybe the series will let us see that.",1731883683,374d98cbb9,3f8ab51082,,,1731883683 -https://transom.org/2012/portrait-of-the-bully-as-a-young-man/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Portrait of the Bully as a Young Man,"Intro from Jay Allison: Jones Franzel (she directs Generation PRX and is Blunt Youth Radio Project’s Senior Producer for their Incarcerated Youth Speak Out Program in Maine) has been focusing on stories about bullying lately, but this one was different. She thought it would be a youth-produced feature about Jeff, a bully who ended up in jail, but the portrait changed course, brought Jones into it, and tread on her boundaries between teacher and reporter. She writes thoughtfully about the process. The piece, the final one produced through the 2011 Donor Fund, features interviews which are remarkably frank, messy, and like life. No tidy endings here. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/03/BULLY_final.mp3 Download Listen to “Portrait of the Bully as a Young Man” - -About Portrait of the Bully as a Young Man - -Sometime in the fall of 2010, after I had seen or heard or read another bullying story about terrible things happening to young people, I realized that the coverage of these terrible things was totally devoid of young people’s voices. - -I started thinking that Generation PRX – the youth radio project I direct for PRX – could do something to change this. The 60 or so youth radio groups in the network encompass hundreds of teen producers or, put another way, a huge pool of actual experts on bullying. How could we give their stories more of an audience? - -But sometimes, fields lay fallow a while. It took nearly a year before a grant came in to officially move the project forward (that project became Bullied: Teen Stories from Generation PRX, an hour-long special produced by Catie Talarski and Connecticut Public Radio). In the meanwhile, I put a call out to the GPRX network, I edited a story on bullying for Under the Sun in Miami, and I brought the idea of bullying to my students at the Long Creek Youth Development Center here in Maine. Which is when Jeff offered this: I’ve BEEN a bully. And not only have I been a bully, I’ve been a TERRIBLE bully. And the guy who expelled me? Works here now. I’ll talk about it. - -And so it began. - -Some Background or, Why this was all Terribly Uncomfortable - -For the past 5 years, I’ve been Blunt Youth Radio Project’s Senior Producer for their Incarcerated Youth Speak Out Program. Along with Founder and Director (and unstoppable force of nature) Claire Holman, we teach radio broadcasting twice a week to 16-20 year-olds locked up at the Long Creek Youth Development Center. We use iMacs (remember those?) and MiniDisc recorders (and those?), and the kids spend six weeks producing features, which are then broadcast during Blunt’s regular weekly slot on WMPG. Students who have earned facility clearance come to the station to live host the show. Watching the kids on air – proud, nervous and getting through it all – ranks as some of the most exhilarating and rewarding teaching I’ve done. For many of the students, it’s the first time they are performing in public as well as the first time they experience the power of being listened to. They own that show, in every sense. - -So when Jeff offered to do a story on being a bully, we always assumed that the students in the class would produce it. They took turns interviewing Jeff, the principal, and local bullying authorities. They started to write and record tracking. But then the story started to get more complicated. It took longer. One by one, each of the other students was released from the jail. And finally, it was up to me, Claire and Jeff to see it through. Transom provided just the right motivation. - -I should say off the bat: I’ve never tried this kind of collaboration before. I’ve been teaching radio to teens for nearly 10 years, but the roles have always been clear. The students produce, voice, imagine, create; I facilitate, guide, help where needed. Part of what I love about teaching radio is staying behind the scenes and witnessing my students arrive in themselves as storytellers. - -The witnessing is a beautiful thing to be a part of. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -With this piece, I found myself acting as both reporter and teacher, and what I discovered was…palpable inner conflict. As a teacher, if there’s tension or danger, I step in right away. I take seriously my obligation to keep the environment safe (double that in a jail, where most of my students have suffered trauma). But the reporter? The reporter needs to capture the moment on tape, to collect evidence of what’s actually happening. So, me? I often felt half way between – not quite putting a stop to uncomfortable interviews, not quite chronicling events unfolding. I was lucky that Jeff was both patient and honest, giving me chances to learn and relearn this balancing act. - -The Amazing Disappearing Reappearing Story or, Saying Goodbye to the Story you Thought you were Telling - -As I worked on this, I found myself relishing Chris Brookes’ wonderful Transom Sidebar, Three Secret Ingredients in Great Features (which even breaks the rules it sets out in the title), especially this part: - -Feeling, blind feeling. Feeling what it is, but not knowing. Having a hunch about the direction it lies in. But if you KNOW what it is, then there’s no point in making the feature. Give up. The feature is the search, the journey. It’s a process, explicitly not leading to a destination, but just vaguely pointing in the right direction. - -A lot of us have an idea about bullying that goes something like this: Kid becomes a bully because he’s secretly insecure and wounded, maybe has a hard life, kid grows up, changes, and gets better. - -Suddenly, the neat, redemptive, uplifting story I thought I was telling was… gone. - -That, in fact, was the story we thought we were telling when we set out. In those early interviews, the way that Jeff talked about his bullying sounded like someone looking back from a changed place. He was sorry; he was older. Things were different. But the more I got to know him, the more that didn’t hold up. Jeff doesn’t have intentions of changing a habit that’s gotten him this far. - -Suddenly, the neat, redemptive, uplifting story I thought I was telling was… gone. But blind feeling in the dark? A search without a destination? That we had in spades. - -With the help of several genius saints (see below), I started to feel my way through a much messier story: bullying works for Jeff. As a teacher, I struggled with wanting to steer away from this truth. But the reporter in me – who was actually on the job – knew that only an honest account would create a meaningful piece. - -Over the course of the next year, I interviewed Jeff in jail, with various friends, getting out, and finally back at his aunt’s home in rural Maine. His relationship to bullying is evolving. - -Not to get too awards season, but I would like to lay flowers down at the feet of some amazing editor friends without whom this story would have floundered: Viki Merrick, Patty Wight, Laura Starecheski and Jon Courtney. Patient generous geniuses, all. Claire Holman and Rob Rosenthal stepped in with their kind expertise too. And of course, deepest gratitude to Jeff White, who came forward with unflinching honesty and made all of this possible. - -Tools and other production notes - -Recorders: Sharp MD-SR60 (note to self… time to upgrade!) - -Mike: Beyerdynamic M58 or motley assortment used by LCYDC students - -Editing and sound design: Pro Tools 8 on an MBox Mini - -_________________________________________________________________________________ - -_________________________________________________________________________________",1731883732,c00d35bf2d,3fb1e181c6,,,1731883732 -https://transom.org/2016/in-conversation-miranda-july-jennifer-brandel/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,In Conversation: Miranda July & Jennifer Brandel,"Intro from Jay Allison: This is a good one. Transom’s “In Conversation” series is proud to have Jenn Brandel (Journalist; Curious City, Hearken) dig into all manner of things with Miranda July (Filmmaker, Artist, Writer, Audio Lover). For starters, here are a few areas these two have in common: They both are self-taught, adept in various media, builders of custom technologies relating to human interaction, keen on audience participation, into designing for women, averse to traditional expressions of “the news.” - -It’s refreshing to step outside the cozy but claustrophobic frame of reference we’re used to, to listen to two creative people riff on the larger world we inhabit, while keeping us in mind all the while. Public broadcasting is always in need of inspiration; come find some. And, if that’s not enough incentive, there are quizzes and assignments. (And p.s., the accompanying GIFs by Arthur Jones are a delight.) - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/01/In-Conversation-Brandel-July.mp3 Download Listen to “In Conversation: Miranda July & Jennifer Brandel” - -What Miranda July Can Teach (& Remind) Us About Making Media for the Public - -Admittedly, I over prepared for this interview. Beyond spending many evenings researching and thinking, I also hijacked every one of my hangouts with friends for months, turning brunches and walks into tactical conversations about July’s work and what makes it so compelling and unique. - -Along the way, it became clear that Miranda July’s work shares much in common with public media’s work. Here’s just a short list of the overlap. Both July and public media makers: - -Produce audio / radio / video / films - -Publish a newsletter - -Make apps - -Perform live shows - -Sell branded bags for the super fans (July’s is not a tote bag for the farmer’s market, but it has quite a few compelling uses) - -Toggle between nonfiction and fiction storytelling - -Have a distinct sensibility, so much so that The Onion has had their fun with both July and public radio - -Create deep intimacy and empathy with audiences - -All things were considered, which meant I had far too many questions for an hour’s worth of time. (Here’s what I had prepped for the interview, if you’re curious.) This also meant I surely missed a lot of opportunities to follow interesting threads that emerged, and go deep where my antenna sensed more to plumb, because there was just too much ground to cover. - -So rather than present a straight Q&A, here’s a distillation and expansion on some highlights of the conversation … a quasi-interview turned “classy listicle” (if that’s not an oxymoron). The accompanying audio is fairly different from what’s below, so feel free to give both your time. - -OK. On with it. Here are 9 key takeaways from my conversation with July — many of which I can’t help but think hold lessons and creative challenges and opportunities for public media. - -by Arthur Jones - -Though Miranda July may be most well known as a filmmaker and author, her earliest work was in audio, creating radio plays in her early twenties. One early piece was called WSNO Radio Sno: Broadcasting From the Coldness of Your Heart in which she played the host and all of the callers. I wondered how she decided on audio as one of her earliest forms of expression. She explained that the term “radio plays” wasn’t intentional — it came about as a kind of shorthand way to explain the work. - -MJ: Really I wanted to be making movies and for some reason, it never occurred to me to just get as close to Hollywood or a professional filmmaker as possible. Instead, I would do things like what I called a “live movie,” which was aka a play, or a performance. But in my head I really was thinking of it as, well, I don’t have the equipment, but I’ll do everything I can do now, and I’ll write the whole script and I’ll play all the parts. I was sort of a little punk, a little avant garde, so it wasn’t narrative, but a lot of them were feature length and I was very conscious of that. Before I did those live movies, I worked my way into that by doing shorter movies, and then I recorded those because I was in the Riot grrrl, punk music scene in the northwest. Without actually being a good singer or musician or anything, I was just in that scene because everyone I knew was, and so each thing I did I tried to figure out how to frame it within that context for a little while before I discovered the theater world, the film world, the literary world. Everything had to be kind of in the music world even if it wasn’t music. Everyone around me thought that way, too. - -Among the places July performed these live movies / radio plays was at punk shows in Olympia, Washington — the center of a legendary music scene and home to labels including Kill Rock Stars and K Records. The heads of each label saw July’s radio play performances and approached her about doing albums. She said yes. - -MJ: I fell in love with audio at that point as a result of that. And it only continues; that will never end. And I really was in deep there because it wasn’t digital yet at the beginning. We were recording onto tape and it was pretty complicated. I think it was my first experience with rigor, with the kind of rigor that later would be required to make movies and being unafraid of equipment and realizing, oh, there’s all these cool tools that can augment what you’re doing and that kind of hands-on approach. It’s so lucky that I learned that first with audio and then applied it to a million other mediums. It’s interesting to think that’s probably one reason why I didn’t even think twice before deciding to make an app (although maybe I should have), was because no one around me ever thought twice about recording themselves in the DIY punk scene. You would never say like, “Oh, but I don’t know how to do that.” That wasn’t the atmosphere. That’s not what DIY stands for. - -Turns out July’s experiments in audio started well before the radio plays of her twenties. - -MJ: I started recording myself as a child, as many of us did. And I always thought it sounded fantastic. I mean, I think just the pure miracle that you can do that takes a while to wear off. So certainly as a child recording myself, that was just pure magic. - -She recalled that one of the first recordings she made as an adult, (on her first Kill Rock Stars album, Ten Million Hours a Mile) had music from an old cardboard record she got at a thrift store. - -MJ: So it was like this real artifact, and its oldness inspired me, and the piece is really about time travel and going back in time and kind of undoing my parents’ love, so they won’t conceive me. That piece is so intimately tied to sound because it began with this old paper record. It added this level of polish to have music at all, and I remember I slowed down my voice. I was able to do effects for going back in time and so in a sense, it was the medium that allowed the magic trick of time travel to happen. - -If you’re curious about some of July’s other audio / radio work (beyond countless interviews on radio shows / podcasts), check out: three stories she wrote and performed for WNYC’s now defunct The Next Big Thing, a story and commercial she read for Lena Dunham / Buzzfeed’s podcast Women of the Hour, and her role in an early episode of Starlee Kine / Gimlet Media’s Mystery Show. - -by Arthur Jones - -Okay, let’s get personal. It’s uncomfortable to admit: despite having worked in the news business as a reporter myself, I’m not a news junkie. I don’t really even like consuming news much of the time. It often feels inaccessible. Maybe because it’s reported by people who present themselves with bulletproof confidence and who somehow just seem to know everything. These are traits I don’t easily relate to. I also find it hard to relate to the people the news tends to be about: those who are in enormous positions of power, or those doing remarkably terrible or heroic things. The extremeness of it all skews two-dimensional, less realistic and less real than intended. - -It’d feel more honest and human if every broadcast or article ended with some sort of disclaimer like, “Well, that’s all we were able to find out for now. We could be wrong! There are countless sides to this story and this is just one of them, and there’s simply not enough time in the day given the constraints of the space we have to fill, of living life and running a business, to have gone into more context and complexity. But still, we hope this helps you understand the world a little better and know that we did our best.” - -And so this is why Assignment 68 from Miranda July’s collaborative public art project Learning to Love You More felt closer to the kind of news I’d like to consume. - -(Learning to Love You More was a series of prompts — “assignments” — July and her creative collaborator Harrell Fletcher gave to the public across various media, which resulted in various media created by the public.) - -Assignment #68 - -Feel the news. Go to http://www.democracynow.org/streampage.pl and watch the current show. When the segment is over, choose someone from the news who made an impression on you. Imagine that you are them, and act out a moment of their day today. Choose an ordinary moment, one without dialogue, when they are alone — maybe the moment after they hang up the phone, or before they go to sleep. It doesn’t matter what they are doing, only that you try to feel what it feels like to be them today, given what you know about their life right now. Take a picture of this moment, with the help of a self-timer or a friend. Don’t bother dressing up like them, don’t worry if you aren’t the same race or gender as them. (And don’t choose going to the bathroom, everyone else will do that.) Send the caption for the photo in an email — it should include the relevant news, for example: D O C U M E N T A T I O N: Make a photograph and give it a descriptive, concise caption. - -There are many incredible public submissions to this prompt and I encourage you to check them out. Here are a couple of my favorites. - -photo by Laura Wheldon - -Laura Weldon - -Litchfield, Ohio USA - -Monday, January 5, 2009: President Raúl Castro, who declared,”Life is an eternal struggle,” at today’s Cuban anniversary celebration, clips his overgrown toenails. - -photo by Daniel Post - -Daniel Post - -Los Angeles, California USA - -Wednesday, January 9, 2008: After lending his support to candidate John Edwards on stage in New Hampshire, Desperate Housewives star James Denton reads the label of his new facial cleanser. - -I asked July about this particular assignment from Learning to Love You More and its genesis. - -MJ: I think I’m someone who always has trouble with the news. Like I want to know. I’m obviously a curious person, but I learn through intimacy and through identifying. And so in a really clunky, sort of almost overtly simplistic way it was like, okay, well, what if you made an assignment out of that, made it your assignment to identify with these people who are very hard to identify with? What if you became them and really embodied them? And they are actually people with feelings who do all the mundane things that you do? And so it shouldn’t be that hard. You could do it right now. Harrell and I often talked about “make it dumber.” When in doubt, instead of trying to have a sophisticated way into that problem of feeling alienated from the news, what’s the dumbest way you could try and connect? Because a lot of problems are kind of limbic, they are kind of dumb — it’s like you can’t get in there intellectually necessarily. And that’s most obvious when you actually can empathize. Like as a mother, you see some horrific thing that’s happening to another mother in the news. And then you identify all too much and it’s incredibly painful and overwhelming in its own way. So maybe you can use a little bit of that ability that you do have to try to identify with unappealing people, with people you’re angry at, with boring people, to move away from yourself but keep that reality. - -For public media makers: How can you make the people and problems you cover more intimate and relatable? - -by Arthur Jones - -As a follow-up, I asked July what kinds of news she thinks actually does a good job being informative, relevant and accessible in the ways that she can relate to. Her answer was Lena Dunham’s Lenny Letter. It’s a newsletter started in 2015 by Dunham (best known for her HBO show Girls and film Tiny Furniture) and writer / producer Jenni Konner. - -MJ: I wasn’t sure what she [Dunham] was going to do with that [Lenny Letters] and my pants were pretty much blown off. Like, oh, you’re just gonna try and change the world! I mean the first interview was with Sandra Bland’s best friend. Just a very startling news source that no one was going to anticipate. I read every single thing I could find on Sandra Bland. It was one of the wormholes I fell down and I know I wasn’t the only one. So hearing from her best friend was exactly what we wanted. MJ: She [Dunham and the Lenny Letter] went on from there [covering] Hillary Clinton and a lot of less famous people doing really powerful things. And then a sprinkling of frivolity, which I think is really savvy. - -For public media makers: What angles are missing in stories that you as a human, not a reporter, are personally curious about? Even bigger: what would a news report look like to you if you could make all the rules and conventions? - -Transom's all about humans reporting. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -by Arthur Jones - -As I mentioned earlier, one of the things that turns me off of the news is its lack of recognition of the humanity and vulnerability of all involved. One of the major things that turns me on in July’s work is its bold insistence on humanity and vulnerability. - -July is a war reporter from the front lines of the human psyche, acknowledging and trespassing through the painful and awkward thoughts and emotions we all have, but suppress, consciously or not. She is not vulnerable in the common “help me, don’t hurt me!” sense; she wields vulnerability like a weapon. - -I wondered how she’s become so comfortable with putting herself in difficult situations and remaining present, trusting and able to deal with whatever comes her way. I asked her if it was a struggle, or if there’s a certain kind of power or delight she derives from vulnerability? - -MJ: Not consciously, but, I was interested to see early on just how vulnerable can I be. And not in safe places, by the way. I mean this would be like on stage at a hardcore show that I was somehow booked in between two hardcore bands. But that seemed like the power that I had. I wasn’t going to out-tough anyone another way, but that would be a way to show “I could eat you for breakfast, I’m so unafraid.” Like — “this is how fearless I am, I’m going to be utterly vulnerable up here.” And so it wasn’t a soft, girly, twee thing I was doing at that time. It had actually a lot of anger behind it. Like any person in their twenties, I had all sorts of things I was rebelling against. And that was the way I could do it. Then I think over time I realized like oh, wow, this isn’t an act; this in fact makes me feel safe because it’s my own, like: I’m making the ground, I’m making the context, I’m the rules. I guess, so the opposite of that is: I’m not making the rules. And then, you know, it all kind of falls to pieces. Like I’m trying to imitate the person next to me. That’s where I’m at my weakest. I’ve lost. - -For public media makers: What would your work sound / look like if you allowed yourself to be your most vulnerable? - - - -by Arthur Jones - -July said she notices when she’s not being vulnerable, and when she’s rehashing old ideas and playing it safe. When that happens, she said, “I’m kind of put off by myself.” She explained further. - -MJ: For me that can be as simple as someone’s asking for me to do something. Instead of doing something new and scary, I am like, “I don’t have all the time, I’m just going to give them something that’s a lot like something else I’ve already done.” And that always feels so terrible to me. I know a lot of people do that, I mean, that’s like a fine and respected thing in art. But I feel like, there was no risk there and so I’m not that interested in what I made. And then it’s like, well why even bother? And that only happens every once in awhile, but a red flag goes up if I’m repeating myself. I have ideas, and often the ideas that don’t work out are not mysterious enough to me. I’m excited about them, because I know everything about them. And at first it takes you awhile to realize that, like oh wait, huh. This project is over before you even began because I know everything about this topic. And so just catching yourself when you’re not marching into the unknown … that’s not like a perfect science, I march into the known frequently, and I’m like, oh, everything is very brightly lit here, and clear, and I am not needed. And then I have to be embarrassed and, “oh, I’m not doing that project any more” and start over. - -For public media makers: In what parts of your practice are you repetitive and playing it safe? Are you open to being comfortable with making yourself uncomfortable? - -by Arthur Jones - -The risks that July takes with her work often take on the form of crafting experiences with the public. She doesn’t just take her audience’s experience into account when creating work; she often makes work that explicitly requires participation to become realized. Her recently completed run of a live performance called New Society centered around the audience’s reactions and creativity to prompts July expertly framed. - -(Aside: this audience-as-makers tendency aligns with the work I’ve been exploring in the past few years. In the experimental radio series I founded called Curious City, no story can happen without the public’s involvement. Every story starts with the public. Along these same lines, and as a pre-cursor to Curious City, I co-founded a dance happening for women in the early 2000s called Dance Dance Party Party. Each workout class requires a different participant to run it by curating a list of their favorite dance songs. There’s no instructor; the people in the room create the class collectively and it’s never the same experience twice.) - -I asked July why, as an artist, she makes so many two-way pieces and opts to be inclusive, rather than creating more rarefied work that sits at an arm’s length from her audience. - -MJ: Well one thing I’ve been thinking is, the very first thing I ever made that sort of garnered any attention, like my first real press, was Joanie4Jackie. Originally it was called Big Miss Moviola, and then I got sued or something. So Joanie4Jackie — I called it a chain letter, and I invited women to send me their short movies. I would compile them onto VHS tapes (cause this was the earlyish 90s) and I would send the tapes back to the women, and they would get to see their work and the work of nine other women. And this was a really clunky way, pre-YouTube, for us to have a sense of context as women filmmakers. And when I say “us,” I hadn’t actually hadn’t even made a movie yet; I was just trying to get up the courage to do that, and so this was how I began. And by the time the third compilation came out I was on it. I was really proud that I had something to contribute to my own project. Anyways, all that is just to say that I grew up in a house that also had a business — my parents’ publishing company — and so what I grew up seeing was how you make something from beginning to end, and then how you get people to come to it. And all the work that takes. And so that to me was my sense of what you do as an adult. So it’s no surprise that Joanie4Jackie was really so much like my parents’ publishing, in a way. And I think I just kept doing that. Now it’s less obvious, or it seems “artier.” It got less looking like distribution or something. But that impulse is very, very second nature and comforting to me and it’s not quite the same thing as being an artist. And it’s easier in some ways because what’s required of you is not so much genius as generosity. Thinking about the audience’s experience, or the participant’s experience … it’s just a totally different muscle. I would say that I’m coming to it not exactly from a participatory art point of view. If I’m really honest, I came from it from the point of view as the child of a small business owner. My parents themselves were writers, but what I saw them mostly doing was meeting people they thought were interesting and saying, “Do you have a book?” And, you know everyone’s got a book. And then them being so excited, they were like [whispers] “Guess what? He has a book. Not only does he have a book, he has ten unpublished manuscripts and we’re going to publish all of them!” Somehow they made this work, by the way, financially. It’s both the nuts and bolts, and it’s also that having enthusiasm about someone else’s work was something that could run parallel to making your own. And that that would make a good life. And we should throw in, lest I sound like a saint or something, a sense of greed. A sense of, “Eureka! I just found something so amazing that the world doesn’t know about yet, and I’m going to get to be the one to introduce them to the world.” - -For public media makers: What does your audience want from you and how do you *know* that’s what they want? - - - -by Arthur Jones - -“Audience engagement” is increasingly seen as not just a nice idea, but necessary for public media and for all news, really, because having an audience who shows up and clicks and cares is a necessity for business survival. This capturing of attention and affection is becoming all the more crucial as competition for eyes and ears becomes ever fiercer. I asked July whether she feels more pressure doing solitary work or doing work that requires audience engagement. - -MJ: It’s less stressful if it’s all on me because I know what I can do and it’s just a matter of trying and trying again, and fixing and troubleshooting; whereas with other people, they’re such wild cards, and that’s what’s great about them. I especially work with a lot of non-artists and specifically because I don’t know what’s going to come out, because I’m not focused on talent as much as that everyone’s interesting, and that the present moment is interesting, and let’s try and have at that right now. So I love that. I’m never more alive and high than when I’m on stage and when it’s not just me, it’s someone I’ve just met in that moment on the stage. But gosh it feels nice to be sitting in front of my computer after that. - -For public media makers: When do you feel most alive in your creative process? Do those moments involve other people? Why or why not? - -by Arthur Jones - -I asked July which piece or project she’d spent the most energy taking the audience experience into account and really designing it with them in mind. - -MJ: Oh, god. I feel like that process has just gotten more and more refined. I can think about how [with] Learning to Love You More, Harrell and I would write these very detailed instructions, and then we would start to get the first results that those instructions created, and we’d see like, oh my god, what?! So it’s like a bad game of telephone, and so we would keep adjusting and keep adjusting our instructions until they elicited the response that we were looking for. It’s like we’re pointing at what we think is interesting, and we’re like using the power of our finger. But ultimately the thing you’re looking at is not our finger; it’s the thing we’re pointing at. If you’re asking a lot of your audience, you need to have the support to back it up. So if you’re asking a lot you have to give just exactly the right kind of support that makes it feel easy to do that thing — easy and natural, like you were already about to do it. And that’s also what you do when you’re directing. You’re trying to find what is the fewest number of words you could say so the actor should interrupt you and go, “Oh, I got it,” because you’ve already started a line of feeling in them and they’re going to go finish your sentence on the screen. When I think about it, that’s so similar to what you do when you make an app. You’re not there holding the person’s hand; all they have is these instructions. - -For public media makers: What kinds of audience engagement do you do? And do you have the support to back up what you’re asking of participants, and to iterate until you can achieve the kind of response you’re hoping for? - -by Arthur Jones - -The past few years, I’ve been really interested in how audiences can participate in, influence and contribute to acts of journalism before they’re published (via WBEZ’s Curious City and now Hearken). So I asked some public media makers, the prime audience for this piece, what they’d ask July, if given the opportunity. Here’s a roundup of what we had time to cover. - -Logan Jaffe is a multimedia reporter for WBEZ’s Curious City, and she wanted to know: When July thinks about the role of the public and her relationship to it, if she had to pick a preposition, what would she choose? I make work for the public, with the public, of the public? - -MJ: I’d have to say with and for. - -Amira Anne Glickman is a freelancer who wanted to know how July experiences guidance. - -MJ: Hmm. Yeah, guidance is something I only discovered when I entered my thirties, because I’m self-taught; I didn’t go to school for any of the things. And not just self-taught, but like really poo-pooed the whole idea of being taught — it seemed uncool to me. So I completely missed the boat on guidance — even the fundamentals of the editorial process. And then it just seemed like free money once I got it. I was like, oh, you can be helped? And that’s allowed? Like you don’t just have to suffer as much as possible and experience the very finite limitations of your own brain? You can actually get a little bit of help and go way further. And yeah, since then I feel like now so often I’m just learning. So much of what makes me feel good and like I’m doing good work is that I’m just learning from other people; that I have the right people around me that I’m learning from, or that I’m reading the right interviews. But that’s been a real shift. I mean, I would have thought that person was uncool in my twenties. - -As the interviewer I snuck in one tiny quick last question. It’s the question that everyone in public media asks and is perhaps the most important question of all, which is, what did she have for breakfast? - -MJ: I had French toast that my husband made and he, as it turns out, has never made French toast before. It was completely wrong, but very endearing. - -****** - -Special thanks to those who pitched in to make this happen or help me think / breathe: Samantha Broun, Sydney Lewis, George Lavender, Starlee Kine, Laura Starecheski, Lulu Miller, Avery Trufelman (and Morgan Dewey!), Logan Jaffe, Shannon Heffernan, Joe Hulbert, Gretchen Kalwinski, Kate Joyce, Betsy O’Donovan, Aaron Wickenden and Amira Anne Glickman (who made the wonderful talisman below for good luck). - -Miaranda July talisman by Amira Anne Glickman",1731883693,c00d35bf2d,3fd0b7fbe4,,,1731883693 -https://www.cryptoglobe.com/latest/2024/11/pepe-memecoin-pepe-soars-over-100-following-coinbase-listing/,https://www.cryptoglobe.com/latest/feed/,Pepe Memecoin ($PEPE) Soars Over 100% Following Coinbase Listing,"The price of the frog-themed memecoin Pepe ($PEPE) has surged by more than 100% over the last 24-hour period after the token was listed on the popular cryptocurrency exchange Coinbase. - -According to market data, PEPE is currently up by more than 103% over the past 24 hours after seeing an explosive surge from the recent listing, to now trade at $0.0000209 per token, up from $0.000103 ahead of the listing. - -The listing was revealed on the microblogging platform X (formerly known as Twitter), with a post from Coinbase’s Chief Legal Officer Paul Grewal revealed Coinbase was adding PEPE. - -The surge in price led to a significant increase in profit-taking activity, with transaction volume in profit reaching a staggering $53.14 trillion, valued at $1.16 billion. This surge in profit-taking is a strong indicator of potential selling pressure, suggesting that PEPE may experience a price decline in the short term. - -PEPE was a hot meme coin inspired by the infamous meme and cartoon character Pepe the Frog, and was introduced to the market on April 17, 2023. Despite warnings about the contract owner’s potential ability to modify transaction taxes and blacklist functions, PEPE’s market has seen a remarkable boom. - -Earlier, a fortunate cryptocurrency investor has seemingly managed to turn an investment of just 0.125 ETH in PEPE into a staggering $1.14 million in just a matter of days by buying into it at the right time. - -The cryptocurrency’s price rise comes amid a wider cryptocurrency bull market that has seen the price of the flagship cryptocurrency Bitcoin (BTC) hit a new all-time high around $93,000. - -Featured Image via Unsplash",1731883618,799d8f00ed,400170f085,,,1731883618 -https://godotengine.org/article/rendering-priorities-september-2024/,https://godotengine.org/rss.xml,Godot Rendering Priorities: September 2024,"It’s time again to update everyone on the activities of the rendering team. We have been hard at work fixing countless bugs and improving the renderer. Now that 4.3 is out, we have taken the chance to re-assess our priorities. - -Get Involved - -As a reminder, we are always in need of more help. The rendering team is very small and none of us are working on the renderer full-time. If you are interested in helping out, please consider joining the #rendering channel on chat.godotengine.org, joining the weekly meetings that place, or just opening a pull request! - -In addition to the priorities listed here, you can get started contributing by fixing bugs. We have been categorizing bugs by complexity and priority in the new Rendering Issue triage project to make it easier for new contributors to discover bugs that need attention. - -For a less organized overview on rendering priorities, you can also check out the 4.x Rendering Roadmap Github project. This project lists a lot of the long term tasks we would like to do that don’t fit nicely in bug reports or in the blog post format. If you are performance-minded, there are also plenty of potential performance optimizations described in that project. - -The below are the priorities we identified in the last rendering priorities blog post. Some of these come from earlier blog posts as well. We are happy to report that almost all priorities from the previous posts are either finished, or ready to merge. - -Background pipeline compilation + Proper multi-threading in the RenderingDevice (GH-90400) (Ready to merge) - -This work was finished during the 4.3 dev cycle, but we deferred merging it to 4.4 because of its size and complexity. As a reminder, this PR implements the concept of an “ubershader” which is basically a version of the shader that contains all features and is compiled at load time. We pair the ubershader with the ability to compile specialized shader pipelines in the background. This way when we draw a new object, instead of freezing and waiting for the pipeline to compile, we fallback on the ubershader and compile the specialized shader in the background. - -The early results are very promising. We are seeing reduced load times for large games as well as a reduction in shader pipeline compilation stutter when objects are seen for the first time. In fact, so far we are seeing no shader pipeline compilation stutters at run-time. - -BUGS (in progress, always) - -We fixed over 300 rendering related bugs in 4.3! We expect to fix a few hundred more in 4.4 :) - -GL Compatibility renderer - 3D (Done) - -We merged support for MSAA, LightmapGI (including baking), resolution scaling, glow, ReflectionProbes, post process adjustments and color correction in time for 4.3. At this point we consider the Compatibility renderer feature complete which means it now has all the features we planned for it when we first designed the renderer. We will continue adding some new features to achieve closer parity with the Mobile renderer, but new features will have less of a priority now. - -D3D12 rendering driver (GH-70315) (Done) - -This was merged early in the 4.3 release cycle, but was improved steadily throughout the release cycle. The D3D12 rendering driver is now available for widespread use. This is especially important for ARM64 Windows devices which don’t support OpenGL or Vulkan. - -RenderingDeviceDriver refactor (GH-83452) (Done) - -This was very important foundational work that has allowed us to simplify our rendering code and ease the future maintenance burden as we port to more rendering backends. - -Acyclic render graph optimization (GH-84976) (Done) - -As expected we merged the new Acyclic Render graph in 4.3. It significantly improved stability of the engine and resolved many hard to fix errors as well as moderately improved performance. To read more see the blog post. - -Compositor Effects (Rendering Hooks) (GH-80214) (Done) - -The new CompositorEffects API allows you to register callbacks that will be called in the middle of the rendering process. This lets you insert custom RenderingDevice commands in the middle of the render frame to customize rendering. - -Right now the API is functional and exposes almost all internal render state so you can access all the intermediate information. - -There is already an official demo so you can see how it works! - -Metal rendering driver GH-88199 (Merged for 4.4) - -This was a work in progress for much of the 4.3 release cycle and was finished slightly too late to include in 4.3. We merged it immediately for 4.4 so we can get widespread testing before release. It’s ready to try in 4.4-dev1 or later releases. - -Metal enhances both performance and stability on Apple silicon devices. Please test it out and let us know if you run into any issues! - -SDFGI refactor / HDDAGI (GH-86267) (In progress) - -This is still a work in progress, but results are already quite good. Both performance and quality are better than SDFGI. Juan still has many ideas he wants to apply, so this work may continue for some time before it is ready. - -New Priorities - -We have completed almost all of our previous priorities, so now we get to set out new goals for the next few release cycles. Right now rendering contributors are most excited about two things: - -Unblocking advanced users (especially for advanced VFX). - -Improving performance. - -These are rising to the top of the priority list as Godot becomes increasingly stable and the core user-experience feels quite good. - -In particular the following are areas where you can expect to see changes in the next couple of releases. Bear in mind that we don’t have dedicated people working on any of these priorities. If you are interested in contributing, please consider contributing in one of these areas. - -Performance - -Performance is our number one priority. Now that Godot 4 has been out for over a year we are seeing more games releasing with Godot and users are starting to create bigger and higher-fidelity games. A natural consequence is that Godot’s renderer is starting to become a limiting factor for some users. Accordingly, it’s time for us to prioritize speed and to start implementing all the optimizations we have been putting off for later. You can find a list of a number of them listed in our 4.x Rendering Roadmap Github project. - -Lightmapping improvements - -We have had a lot of recurring requests to improve the quality and ease-of-use of LightmapGI. So far in 4.4 we have had a few major improvements (including bicubic sampling and a GPU-based texture compressor), but there is a lot of work still to do to ensure that baking and using LightmapGI is as seamless as possible. - -Improving VFX workflow - -Godot 4 has brought many quality of life features to particles like animated velocities and turbulence. However, particles still fall short in term of the broader workflow. VFX artists have to come up with their own structure for VFX (often script + animation player), figure out ways to check timings of their effects outside the engine (using screen capture software, for example), modify billboarding logic manually when moving to custom particle shaders, and so on. Despite improvements to the flexibility of the engine, artists still need advanced technical knowledge to do many things (like writing post-processing effects with the new CompositorEffect API). - -We still have a lot of work to make Godot more accessible for people that are less interested in learning shaders or programming but still want juicy effects and immersive environments in their games. - -If you want to help, there are plenty of things to do. From helping by gathering knowledge and evaluating solutions from multiple perspectives, to implementing agreed new features and bug fixes, finally, by joining us in the VFX Discord server. - -Customized rendering - -As Godot adoption increases, it is being used for more niche and specialized projects. However, we can’t provide everything that every user needs out of the box without becoming bloated, slow, and hard to use. So we need to provide more tools to customize rendering for projects that need more specialized effects. We started that process in 4.3 with the CompositorEffects API. We want to continue that effort by implementing more things in the Compositor API to allow users to control the order of rendering, override shader templates, etc. - -Significantly improve screen-space effects (SSAO, SSIL, SSR, SSS) - -All of the screen-space effects in Godot 4 were designed to run without using temporal reprojection for 2 reasons: 1) we didn’t want to force anyone to enable TAA in order to have a good looking game and 2) we didn’t properly calculate motion vectors for moving objects until Godot 4.2. Temporal reprojection allows us to make our effects much higher quality for a lower base performance cost. - -Now that we have proper motion vectors, we want to provide versions of all the screen-space effects that take advantage of motion vectors to increase their quality and reduce performance cost. - -We still won’t require TAA for any of the built-in effects as we want users to be able to choose whether to enable TAA or not, but we will likely use temporal reprojection by default for most of these effects. - -This is an area that is really easy to contribute to if you are already familiar with rendering but want to get more familiar with Godot! - -Support - -Godot is a non-profit, open source game engine developed by hundreds of contributors in their free time, as well as a handful of part or full-time developers hired thanks to generous donations from the Godot community. A big thank you to everyone who has contributed their time or their financial support to the project! - -If you’d like to support the project financially and help us secure our future hires, you can do so using the Godot Development Fund platform managed by Godot Foundation. There are also several alternative ways to donate which you may find more suitable.",1731883651,30757aad9e,3fc527c990,,,1731883651 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/a62900668/sofia-coppola-musee-des-arts-decoratifs-paris-ball/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,Sofia Coppola Is Throwing a Grand Ball in Paris Next Year,"Earlier this summer, the Musée des Arts Décoratifs in Paris announced that it would host a special ball next year in celebration of the centennial for the 1925 International Exhibition of Decorative Arts. Today, they’ve revealed that Sofia Coppola will serve as artistic director for the event, which is set to happen during Paris Couture week on July 6th. Jean-Victor Meyers, businessman and member of the Bettencourt family which owns L’Oreal, will act as the President of the Honorary Committee for the gala. - -Officially named the Bal d’Été, the event will be accessible to individuals and families who purchase tickets, rather than brands buying tickets and tables as is the case with the Met Gala. While the first part of the evening will be exclusive to those individuals and families, the latter part of the celebration will open up to design and fashion students. In a statement, Coppola explained, “I am honored to be entrusted with the artistic direction of the Bal d’Été at the Musée des Arts Décoratifs in Paris.” She added, “This city is my beloved second home, so to celebrate this icon of French culture is especially inspiring to me.” - -Courtesy of the Musée des Arts Décoratifs - -While raising funds for the museum is the central cause of this event, it is also about reviving the old world glamour of the historic Parisian grand balls that celebrated fashion, art, and culture within singular spaces. There is no better venue for this kind of merging of worlds than the Musée, which has always exhibited a breadth of art and design, from Jeanne Lanvin’s private apartment decorated by Armand-Albert Rateau and Christofle silver to the archives of Dries Van Noten and Dior. - -The ball itself will undoubtedly be a spectacular affair, made even more so by the sharp, wildly chic vision of Coppola, artist and style icon. As Meyers noted in a statement, “Sofia Coppola was the natural choice—an artist who effortlessly blends fashion, music, cinema, art and design into immersive worlds.” He added, “She’s the perfect person to infuse this event with life, celebrating creativity in all its forms.”",1731883615,66787ad63a,3f6b714615,,,1731883615 -https://www.cryptoglobe.com/latest/2024/11/fed-chair-powell-signals-cautious-approach-on-rates-as-u-s-inflation-nears-target/,https://www.cryptoglobe.com/latest/feed/,Crypto Prices Tumble After Powell Signals Careful Approach on Rate Cuts Amid Economic Strength,"Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell delivered a key speech yesterday, addressing the economic outlook and monetary policy at an event organized by the World Affairs Council, the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas, and the Dallas Regional Chamber. During his remarks, Powell expressed optimism about the current state of the U.S. economy while emphasizing a careful approach to future monetary policy adjustments. - -Powell noted that the U.S. economy has rebounded significantly from the challenges of the global pandemic and is currently in a robust position. He mentioned that the nation’s economic output grew by over 3% last year, with a strong pace of 2.5% growth observed so far this year. According to Powell, this performance has been bolstered by healthy consumer spending and an uptick in business investment, despite continued weakness in the housing sector. The expansion of the labor force and improved productivity, he added, have also contributed to the nation’s growth potential without creating overheating pressures. - -Turning to the labor market, Powell described conditions as having cooled to more sustainable levels after being overheated in prior years. He pointed out that the job market is now closer to equilibrium, with the number of job openings nearly matching the number of unemployed individuals actively seeking work. Although the unemployment rate has risen to 4.1%, Powell emphasized that it has stabilized in recent months and remains relatively low by historical standards. He also noted that while wage growth has moderated, it continues at a healthy and sustainable pace. - -Addressing inflation, Powell stated that the labor market’s cooling, alongside improved supply conditions, has contributed to a significant drop in inflation rates. He noted that after peaking above 7% in mid-2022, inflation has declined markedly. Based on recent data, total personal consumption expenditures (PCE) prices rose by 2.3% over the 12 months ending in October, while core PCE prices, which exclude food and energy, increased by 2.8%. Powell expressed optimism that inflation is now moving closer to the Fed’s 2% target, though he cautioned that further progress is still required. - -On monetary policy, Powell announced that the Federal Open Market Committee (FOMC) recently reduced the policy interest rate by a quarter of a percentage point. He explained that the Fed is gradually shifting toward a more neutral policy stance, carefully calibrating its approach to avoid disrupting economic momentum. Powell highlighted the delicate balance between reducing inflation and maintaining economic and labor market strength. He stressed that while the economy is showing resilience, the Fed is not in a hurry to lower rates further. Future adjustments, he stated, would be data-driven, considering evolving economic conditions and risks. - -Powell reiterated the Fed’s commitment to its dual mandate of achieving maximum employment and stable prices, emphasizing that the central bank aims to return inflation to its target without causing a surge in unemployment. He concluded by acknowledging the significant progress made but underscoring that the mission is not yet fully accomplished. - -Following the speech, crypto prices started dropping; at the time of writing, Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Solana prices are down (in the past 24-hour period) by 1.6%, 3.4%, and 4%, respectively. The only major cryptocurrency to buck the trend is XRP, which is up an impressive 14%, trading at $0.8105. Some crypto analysts and influencers attribute this breakout to recent comments by U.S. SEC chair Gary Gensler, which they interpret as a signal that he is planning to resign soon.",1731883615,799d8f00ed,4008979a11,,,1731883615 -https://www.fiercebiotech.com/sponsored/hybrid-fspfso-solutions-keep-biotech-trials-time-and-budget,https://www.fiercebiotech.com/rss.xml,Hybrid FSP/FSO Solutions Keep Biotech Trials on Time and on Budget," - -The dynamic nature of the biotech industry requires operational flexibility in clinical development. One primary way biotech achieves this adaptive environment is by outsourcing at least some of its clinical development functions. In the past, they would most often turn to a full-service outsourcing (FSO) model to meet their needs. However, they are increasingly finding value in hybrid solutions that make room for services and capabilities delivered from a functional service provider (FSP) partner as well. - -With FSO, all clinical trial tasks (e.g., study startup, data management, clinical monitoring, pharmacovigilance, regulatory affairs, etc.) are outsourced to a contract research organization (CRO) partner. - -In an FSP arrangement, the CRO performs some or all of a specific function or multiple functions (e.g., clinical operations, pharmacovigilance, etc.) across protocols, medicinal products, a portfolio of studies, or the entire company. - - - -Hybrid outsourcing solutions deliver flexibility to fit any clinical trial. In a hybrid model, one or more FSP offerings are added to a new or existing FSO arrangement to optimize clinical trial operations or address unforeseen circumstances and changing demands. These bespoke arrangements offer flexibility in numerous ways: - -Hybrid solutions are delivered from one CRO or multiple CROs. - -Hybrid solutions are established for one study, a protocol, the entire portfolio, or even the whole company. - -Hybrid solutions support any time scale and any combination of systems and standard operating procedures. - - - -Just as no two biotech companies are alike, neither are any two hybrid solutions the same. Some of the more common use cases that have biotech sponsors turning to hybrid FSP/FSO solutions include: - -The biotech has an FSO arrangement with a CRO that doesn’t offer all the necessary capabilities, so an FSP solution is added to fill any gaps. - -The biotech has an FSO arrangement but needs to augment it through an FSP engagement with additional people and/or other resources. - -The biotech wants to mitigate and decentralize risk by spreading contracts across more than one CRO partner. - -The biotech is planning to transition from an FSO model to an FSP model and opts for hybrid delivery to ease the transition and mitigate potential interruptions during the change. - -The biotech wants more control over a critical or strategic function and augments their FSO arrangement with an FSP solution for greater control and accountability. - - - -A recent white paper, “Focus on Biotech: Harnessing FSP Engagements to Deliver On-Time, On-Budget,” also details some of the ways the FSP model supports clinical development activities for biotech companies and the value that FSP engagements bring to these organizations. Typically, these companies have existing FSO arrangements that may lack necessary capabilities or resources, leading them to add an FSP engagement that rounds out their needs while enabling high levels of flexibility and agility. - - - -For example, it’s common for biotech firms to supplement documentation/medical writing capabilities through FSP outsourcing. Throughout the approval and marketing of a new drug or therapy, the developer needs to be able to translate complex medical data into clear and compliant scientific statements, many of which are necessary for regulatory approval. For highly specialized fields like medical writing, where in-house hiring can be difficult, a trusted FSP partner can be a reliable source of top-tier talent with uncompromising quality. - - - -PPD FSP solutions, part of the PPD™ clinical research business of Thermo Fisher Scientific, helps clients create all manner of flexible outsourcing solutions, many of which are detailed in “Establishing a Bespoke Outsourcing Arrangement with Hybrid FSP/FSO Partnerships.” - - - -With more than 25 years of experience across more than 160 countries, PPD™ FSP solutions deliver the hard-to-find, top-tier expertise biotech companies need to meet their timelines. Our proven proficiency across a wide range of functional areas — powered by more than 30,000 research professionals and a history of supporting nearly 300 clients worldwide — provides much-needed resource flexibility, reliability, and continuity to help you stay agile. Whether you need to augment an existing FSO relationship or add FSP services to an FSO deployment from the start, PPD FSP solutions deliver everything a biotech developer needs to facilitate successful product development and accelerate the next generation of life-changing therapies.",1731883656,824c2cac76,3ffe0a0828,,,1731883656 -https://thejournal.com/Articles/2024/10/18/Early-Version-of-ChatGPT-Windows-App-Now-Available-to-Paid-Users.aspx,https://thejournal.com/rss-feeds/news.aspx,'Early Version' of ChatGPT Windows App Now Available -- THE Journal,"'Early Version' of ChatGPT Windows App Now Available - -OpenAI has introduced a new ChatGPT Windows desktop app, about five months after the macOS version became available. - -Available from Microsoft's app store here, the Windows app supports PCs running Windows 10 (x64 and arm64) version 17763.0 or higher. With it, users can launch a ChatGPT window on their desktops by pressing Alt + Space. From there, they can initiate text conversations, ask it to create images, or share files with it. - -The app includes access to OpenAI's latest AI models, including the o1 ""reasoning"" models currently in preview. - -There are some caveats, however. First, the Windows desktop app is only available for those who pay to use ChatGPT via the Plus, Team, Edu, or Enterprise subscriptions. In a message on X, OpenAI said it plans to expand access to ""all ChatGPT users"" by year's end. - -Second, the Windows desktop app is currently an ""early version,"" and therefore not yet feature-complete. - -""Please note that a subset of features available in the macOS and web version may not be available on this early version,"" OpenAI said in its release notes. - -Notably absent in this release is Voice Mode, which lets users interact with ChatGPT using spoken natural-language prompts. Users also can't yet link their Microsoft OneDrive or Google Drive accounts to the ChatGPT desktop app. - -OpenAI said it plans to make those features available in the full release. - -For more information, visit the OpenAI site.",1731883618,efd9bb9654,4016f7b795,,,1731883618 -https://www.practicalecommerce.com/new-tiktok-shop-spurs-bk-beauty,https://www.practicalecommerce.com/category/social-media/feed,New TikTok Shop Spurs BK Beauty,"Paul Jauregui had much to celebrate when he first appeared on this podcast in 2020. BK Beauty, the cosmetics company he co-founded with his wife, Lisa, had reached $1 million in sales in its first year. He returned in early 2022 with more good news: The company had launched a thriving affiliate marketing program and bypassed the Facebook ad meltdown from iOS 14.5. - -He’s back, having surpassed a whopping $10 million in annual revenue, bolstered by early success on TikTok Shop. In this our third interview, he shares BK Beauty’s growth challenges, positive TikTok vibes, and more. - -The entire audio of that conversation is embedded below. The transcript is edited for clarity and length. - -Eric Bandholz: You’ve reached $10 million in annual sales in just four years. - -Paul Jauregui: Yes. Three years ago, we were celebrating crossing the $1 million mark. Last week, we just crossed into eight figures. Managing that comes with challenges. We’ve learned a lot. Our business has three components at any given time — supply, demand, and delivery. Along the way, we’ve had supply-related problems, forecasting glitches, and inventory shortages. - -On the demand side, paid customer acquisition was a big part of our recent growth. Going from $5 to $10 million in annual sales throws the supply equation out of whack. We’re doing fulfillment in-house, so our capacity to deliver goods and packages to our customers and get them out the door is reaching a level I never expected. Last month, we shipped over 20,000 packages. We have a daily baseline but still experience huge spikes with various events and launches. - -Bandholz: You’re now selling on TikTok. - -Jauregui: We’ve been on TikTok Shop for about a month and a half. These are the pioneering times. When we joined, it was before Shopify rolled out its native integration. We found some initial success. We were also onboarding into Amazon. We were midway through the process and working with Amazon’s emerging brands team. However, a few days ago I emailed Amazon to push that launch into 2024. - -Instead, I need to focus on an area of the business that aligns more with our DNA. We’ve always worked with content creators on social platforms. TikTok Shop aligns well with that effort. We’re seeing a lot of success. It makes up about 15% of our total revenue on any given day, and that’s growing. - -However, TikTok is spending a lot of money extending discounts to buyers on the platform — roughly 20-40%. We don’t pay for that. It drops directly to the bottom line. TikTok also offers free shipping, which goes into my pocket too. Both of those — discounts and free shipping — are helping with conversions. - -There are many benefits to getting in now with TikTok Shop. We anticipate heavy promotions by TikTok during the holiday shopping period in three key areas: merchants, consumers, and content creators. - -We’ve been running an affiliate program via ShareASale. That’s how we’ve compensated folks on platforms like YouTube. However, it was not easy to have an affiliate link on TikTok. There’s no description box below the videos, and not everyone goes into the comments. We would see a video on TikTok about us, and our YouTube organic traffic would surge because folks had to Google us to learn more and buy our products. - -All of that now takes place on TikTok. Folks watching the videos can check us out right there. Before TikTok Shop, dozens of prominent creators on that platform talked about our products. But, again, there was no kind of clear path to buy. I looked at it as top-of-the-funnel awareness. - -Now TikTok captures the actual transaction. The sales come from content creators talking about products they love. TikTok has enabled them to monetize that more effectively and share it with the consumers without leaving the platform. - -One of our top videos on TikTok has about 1.7 million views. A content creator put it out a few weeks ago. It’s generated low five figures in sales and a good deal of commissions for her. - -Bandholz: Is that process similar to Meta’s shops? - -Jauregui: No. We’re on Facebook and Instagram shops. We have ads running on those platforms. But it’s not getting much of my attention. Ecommerce is a priority for TikTok. They have their own native affiliate program, checkout, and ability to create demand and awareness. There’s even a TikTok fulfillment. It’s all self-contained. - -TikTok’s ecosystem is unique. Meta’s advertising platform is the world’s most efficient customer acquisition solution. TikTok has that, too, but it’s enabling creators to earn a commission, incentivizing them to produce more content. Meta creators don’t get commissions that I’m aware of — at least not in a straightforward way. - -So our focus now is educating creators on TikTok and getting them onto TikTok Shop. Many creators have not tried it. To help, our team created a guide. We’re contacting creators already talking about us on TikTok. That’s where we see the most success. - -Bandholz: Where can folks reach out to you? - -Jauregui: Our site is BKbeauty.com. I’m @pauljauregui on Twitter. I’m also on LinkedIn. Reach out, and I will send you that guide.",1731883649,5e1ceba4cb,3f7f0580f3,,,1731883649 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/straftat-review,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,Straftat review: an anarchic First-Person Speed dater you'll fall in love with,"Straftat review - -Straftat’s hyperkinetic 1v1 gunfights are fun enough on their own, but its massive map roster and array of inventive weapons instantly make it a multiplayer must-play. Developer: Sirius Lemaitre, Leonard Lemaitre - -Sirius Lemaitre, Leonard Lemaitre Publisher: Lemaitre Bros - -Lemaitre Bros Release: Out now - -Out now On: Windows - -Windows From: Steam - -Steam Price: Free - -Free Reviewed on: AMD Ryzen 5 3600, Nvidia RTX 2080 Super, 32GB RAM, Windows 10 - -It’s tempting to frame Straftat as a throwback to an older, better time for the multiplayer FPS, when the lingo was coded in frags and gibs and sucking it down, when satisfaction was drawn entirely from performance rather than some convoluted, artificial system of progression. Not only would this be inaccurate, but it would also do a disservice to what Straftat truly is, namely a wild overcorrection in response to the direction of modern multiplayer gunfests, one that careens straight through retro stations to arrive somewhere new and exciting. - -Developed by the creators of urban exploration game Babbdi and boasting a similar visual style, Straftat pits two players against each other in quickfire deathmatch tournaments. Taking place on bite-sized maps, each match is a best-of-three affair, where the first player to win a predetermined number of matches (six by default) can claim ultimate victory against their mutual murderer. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/Lemaitre Bros - -The setup couldn’t be simpler. And what makes Straftat so riveting is that these tournaments are assembled from a massive array of maps. At the minimum, you’ll have 70 arenas at your disposal, and if you’re willing to part with a fiver for the DLC (the base game is completely free) this will double the total to 140. - -These maps vary wildly in theme and structure. Arenas range from abstract cat-and-mouse killboxes where victory can be as much in outthinking your opponent as outgunning them, through “realistic” slices of streets and apartment blocks with echoes of Half-Life 2 and Call of Duty 4, to absurd gimmick levels that will have you squealing like a delighted toddler as you try to figure out what exactly is going on. - -It’s hard to know where to start with this deluge of level design, but the maps that stand out most are those with an ice theme. There are several of these, but to take ICE_03 as just one example, it sees you dumped onto an undulating island of frozen water bobbing perilously in a lake of lava that gradually melts this ice into chunks. When the match starts, it dumps a big pile of random weapons onto the map, which all slide over ice's bumps and into its crevices. Hence, you need to race to a weapon and try to kill your foe with it before you’re plunged into the inferno below - all while slipping around. This results in hilarious, madcap scrambles where luck and reactivity play as much of a role in victory as raw shooter skill. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/Lemaitre Bros - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/Lemaitre Bros - -Although the ice levels stand out as the most absurd, very few of the game's other maps are uninteresting. Neo_Arena_6, for example, sees both players hopping across floating blocks to two high-rise buildings dotted with sniper rifle pickups. It’s like a compact, deathmatch variant of Unreal Tournament’s Facing Worlds, but there’s a twist. Both towers feature portal-doors that teleport you to the opposite structure, letting you sneak up on your opponent while they’ve got their sights trained down scopes. - -Even the more trad arenas brim with tactical potential. WestVillage_04 is a seaside shanty town comprising a small cluster of buildings, where you chase each other through twisting streets and across corrugated-iron rooftops with pistols and submachine guns. HK_02 takes a chunk of commercial Hong Kong, where you weave a deadly dance around a row of shops with assault rifles and grenades. As you try to blast each other though multiple shop windows, the glass explodes as if you’re in John Woo’s lowest-budget film. And since you can toss grenades over the buildings, you can try your luck and attempt to blow up your opponent before you’ve even seen them. - -On the subject of weapons, I should point out that the selection is almost as varied and silly as the maps. Among more familiar pistols, shotguns, and rocket launchers are blunderbusses, elephant guns, flamethrowers, miniguns, tasers, laser rifles, plasma pistols, swords and more. Indeed, many maps are defined by the weapons they make available. One map revolves almost entirely around proximity mines, with you both building your own personal minefield while trying to find a way through your opponent’s. Another prioritises “repulsor” pistols which do no damage but push your opponent around, forcing you to try to shunt them over the edge of the map. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/Lemaitre Bros - -Cycling through all this variety is tremendous fun, especially given the speed at which Straftat moves. Individual rounds rarely last longer than thirty seconds, while an entire six-match tourney will usually wrap within ten minutes. It’s a fantastic lunch break game, though equally capable of keeping you hooked for hours as you dive back in for another last go. - -It is worth pausing, however, to put Straftat’s diversity aside for one moment, and ask the hard question “Is the combat any good?”. The answer is that it’s mostly excellent, although its inherent scrappiness sometimes works against it. Movement recalls Half-Life and its sequel in how sleek and clinical it feels. But Straftat weaves some acrobatics into this, adding the ability to skate lightly on walls, and perform a wicked knee-slide that is sometimes tactically advantageous and always feels incredible. Headshotting an opponent with a revolver as I skidded past them like a kid presented with a polished floor is perhaps the most satisfying act I’ve performed in a game this year. - -Weapons too, are largely gratifying to wield, though their handling is less refined than the movement. In fairness, many of them are designed specifically to feel tinny and rattly, like that gun that fires ball-bearings in the Metro series. For the most part, this pairs well with Straftat’s grimy, ramshackle aesthetic. But some weapons, like the elephant gun for example, would benefit from meatier feedback. Melee weapons need the most work, lacking proper bodily animations for attacks. All that said, Straftat does have excellent explosions, again recalling Half-Life 2’s concussive bursts that are perfectly primed for propelling ragdolls through the air. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/Lemaitre Bros - -There are a few other nits I could pick. I wish the maps had more distinctive names, for one. I appreciate it must be hard coming up with names for 140 maps, but when nearly fifty of the maps are prefixed with “Arena” or “NEO_Arena” it makes assembling a playlist of favourites more difficult than it should be. Also, returning to what I said in the opening about Straftat’s status as a throwback, it does feature a distinctly modern progression system where you accrue XP by playing to unlock maps and cosmetics. This is very light and largely benign, but I still don’t think Straftat needs it, and would argue its presence runs counter to the game’s philosophy and tone. - -Finally, I tested Straftat on the ol’ Steam Deck, and while it runs perfectly fine, I nonetheless wouldn’t recommend playing it on one right now. Navigating menus on the Steam Deck is cumbersome, while the game itself is unapologetically designed for keyboard and mouse controls. - -Otherwise, Straftat is a marvellous thing, a grungy, underground virtual LAN party that, in pushing so hard in the opposite direction from big, glossy, team-based shooters, breaks new ground for an older style of gunfest. There have been various attempts to rekindle the arena shooter in the last decade, from Epic’s aborted Unreal Tournament revival, through Doom 2016’s disappointing multiplayer offering, to Bethesda’s more successful spinoff Quake Champions. Straftat, though, outguns them all, huffing casually on its cigarette as it knee-slides into the future.",1731883677,ad45c610da,403df343a7,,,1731883677 -https://www.eff.org/press/releases/eff-launches-digital-rights-bytes-answer-tech-questions-bug-us-all,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,EFF Launches Digital Rights Bytes to Answer Tech Questions that Bug Us All,"SAN FRANCISCO—The Electronic Frontier Foundation today launched “Digital Rights Bytes,” a new website with short videos offering quick, easily digestible answers to the technology questions that trouble us all. - -“It’s increasingly clear there is no way to separate our digital lives from everything else that we do — the internet is now everybody's hometown. But nobody handed us a map or explained how to navigate safely,” EFF Executive Director Cindy Cohn said. “We hope Digital Rights Bytes will provide easy-to-understand information people can trust, and an entry point for thinking more broadly about digital privacy, freedom of expression, and other civil liberties in our digital world.” - -Initial topics on Digital Rights Bytes include “Is my phone listening to me?”, “Why is device repair so costly?”, “Can the government read my text messages?” and others. More topics will be added over time. - -For each topic, the site provides a brief animated video and a concise, layperson’s explanation of how the technology works. It also provides advice and resources for what users can do to protect themselves and take action on important issues. - -EFF is the leading nonprofit defending civil liberties in the digital world. Founded in 1990, EFF champions user privacy, free expression, and innovation through impact litigation, policy analysis, grassroots activism, and technology Development. Its mission is to ensure that technology supports freedom, justice and innovation for all people of the world. - -For the Digital Rights Bytes website: https://www.digitalrightsbytes.org/ - -",1731883665,1face9fbd3,403fd0b376,,,1731883665 -https://www.therobotreport.com/fieldwork-robotics-partners-with-burro-to-help-with-raspberry-harvesting/,https://www.roboticsbusinessreview.com/feed/,Fieldwork Robotics partners with Burro to help with raspberry harvesting,"Listen to this article - -Like other industries, raspberry growers face growing labor challenges. Fieldwork Robotics Ltd. today announced that it has signed a collaboration agreement with Augean Robotics Inc., manufacturer of the Burro autonomous and collaborative mobile robot. - -Fieldwork Robotics is developing an autonomous raspberry-harvesting robot. The Cambridge, U.K.-based company said it has designed the adaptive and modular system to harvest at the same quality as the average fruit picker and to boost grower productivity. - -Fieldwork added that it is combining cutting-edge hardware and software to provide growers with efficient, cost-effective, and sustainable harvesting solutions. It noted that it has strong commercial partnerships with key raspberry industry players in its target markets to support product development. - -“Burro is the perfect partner for Fieldwork as we continue to develop our product offering,” stated David Fulton, CEO of Fieldwork Robotics. “The team’s expertise in autonomous agricultural robots has been an invaluable addition as we continue to develop. This collaboration is a significant milestone for us, and we look forward to delivering an enhanced service to our customers.” - -Apply to speak. - -Growers face labor, interoperability challenges - -As labor costs grow because of minimum wage increases and the availability of seasonal workers is limited, raspberry growers have been particularly affected, according to Fieldwork Robotics. Farmers are increasingly looking to innovative technologies to address these challenges, it said. - -However, even when growers are interested in integrating robotics into their harvesting practices, they face problems with initial cost of equipment and lack of compatibility between different technologies, Fieldwork said. It asserted that systems need to be interoperable to ensure that farmers can integrate robots into their operations in a cost-effective way. - -In response, the partners have created and demonstrated a base-agnostic payload that can run on autonomous platforms including Burro. Fieldwork and Burro said Fieldworker 1 is also compatible with brands such as OxDrive, which makes integrated electric drives. - -“Interoperability of technology is a huge advantage to growers and will afford Fieldwork’s customers greater flexibility and lower operating costs,” said Fieldwork. - -Fieldwork and Burro partnership bears fruit - -“Fieldwork has recently released its updated autonomous raspberry-harvesting robot, which has benefitted from Burro’s expertise,” said Fulton. “A collaboration with an excellent partner like Burro serves to significantly strengthen our first-mover advantage.” - -The Burro robot incorporates machine learning, high-precision GPS and “Pop-Up Autonomy” to transport produce across fields. Like Fieldwork, the company‘s technology is designed to enhance agricultural work and address labor shortages. - -The Fieldworker 1, run on Burro’s base, has successfully completed field trials at Place UK Ltd., a grower of Driscoll’s berries. The robot is currently on track to participate in field trials with leading berry grower Costa Group‘s Australian farms in 2025. - -“Seeing Fieldwork’s technology operating in the field has been fascinating,” said Dan Yordanov, head of fresh at Place UK. “We were very pleased to work with David and the team to test the Fieldworker 1 at Place UK, and we are confident that it will be an invaluable harvesting solution to growers in the future.” - -Burro recently raised $24 million in Series B funding. Last month, Burro exhibited at RoboBusiness, and Andersen participated in a session on the challenges of building outdoor robots. Fieldwork said the company‘s success in Fieldwork’s target markets make it a suitable partner. - -“Fieldwork’s technology is truly world-class. It has been a pleasure to work with David and the team as they developed their technology,” said Charlie Andersen, CEO of Burro. “Our combined expertise in robotics and automation facilitated an interactive and highly effective partnership. We’re excited to see where our partnership with the company takes us next, and our customers are hugely excited about their solution to autonomous harvesting!”",1731883670,b3a4fa4282,40409ccc8b,,,1731883670 -http://www.influencerupdate.biz/news/68620/takumi-unveils-new-creator-first-marketing-division/,https://www.influencerupdate.biz/rss/news/,Takumi unveils new 'creator first' marketing division,"Influencer marketing platform Takumi has unveiled a new marketing division that will further enable brands to discover and work with creators. - -The division, titled 'TAKUMI X' promises to facilitate a 'new kind of working relationship' between brands and influencers across existing and emerging platforms. - -TAKUMI X will offer a series of services to brands and influencers alike, that will enable talent discovery, give insight into branding strategies and building a social following, and tools that will bring influencers directly into the marketing mix in order to craft more authentic, creator-led content. - -The company also welcomes Jim Meadows at the project's chief strategy officer. Meadows has managed social media content for global brands such as RedBull and Virgin Media, and brings 10 years experience to the new role. - -""I have admired Takumi’s campaign content for many years and am so pleased to be joining this organisation at such a pivotal point, ” said Meadows. - -""Takumi has paved the way in the influencer marketing industry, and we are looking forward to guiding clients to uplevel their marketing with more realistic, authentic, diverse and culturally relevant content than ever before through TAKUMI X."" - -Creator first - -It is consistently highlighted that influencers crave creative control the most when working alongside a brand. Influencers are often given briefs to work from without being consulted first. Takumi hopes to shift the current influencer marketing model, allowing creators to act as creative consultants within the campaigns that they're working on. It'll also see influencers consulted at every stage of a campaign, from initial briefing to launch. - -""Time and time again, we’ve seen that the most culturally relevant marketing content today is conceived and developed by creators. They are modern-day Don Drapers; creative and influential forces to the likes of which we haven’t seen since the 1960s. These are the people who are driving culture, setting the agenda, capturing the zeitgeist and creating virality that brands struggle to achieve alone,"" said Mary Keane-Dawson, GROUP CEO of TAKUMI. - -“We are excited to facilitate deeper collaborations than ever before and offer clients unprecedented access to the first-hand insights and creative reserves of leading talent.” - -The division rolled out in the UK today, with US and other countries launching in the next few weeks.",1731883673,e34caba76d,3ec63f0df1,,,1731883673 -https://www.esa.int/ESA_Multimedia/Images/2024/09/Webb_peers_into_the_Extreme_Outer_Galaxy,https://www.esa.int/rssfeed/Our_Activities/Space_Science,Webb peers into the Extreme Outer Galaxy,"The NASA/ESA/CSA James Webb Space Telescope has observed the very outskirts of our Milky Way galaxy. Known as the Extreme Outer Galaxy, this region is located more than 58 000 light-years from the galactic centre. - -A team of scientists used Webb’s NIRCam (Near-Infrared Camera) and MIRI (Mid-Infrared Instrument) to image four selected regions within two molecular clouds known as Digel Clouds 1 and 2: 1A, 1B, 2N, and 2S. These Webb observations enable scientists to study star formation in the outer Milky Way at the same level of detail as observations of star formation in our own solar neighbourhood. - -Thanks to its high sensitivity and sharp resolution, Webb was able to capture these areas, which are hosts to star clusters undergoing bursts of star formation, in unprecedented detail. Some of the details revealed by these data include components of the clusters such as very young protostars, outflows and jets, and distinctive nebular structures. - -In the case of Cloud 2S, shown here, Webb revealed a luminous main cluster that contains newly formed stars. This dense area is quite active and several stars are emitting extended jets of material along their poles. Additionally, while scientists previously suspected a sub-cluster might be present within the cloud, Webb’s imaging capabilities confirmed its existence for the first time. Webb’s data reveal that there are multiple jets shooting out in different directions from this cluster of stars. - -This Webb imagery of the Extreme Outer Galaxy and the Digel Clouds is just a starting point for the team. They intend to revisit this Milky Way outpost to find answers to a variety of current questions, including the relative abundance of stars of various masses within Extreme Outer Galaxy star clusters. This is a measurement that would help astronomers understand how a particular environment can influence different types of stars during their formation. - -Though the story of star formation is complex and some chapters are still shrouded in mystery, Webb is gathering clues and helping astronomers unravel this intricate tale. - -These findings have been published in the Astronomical Journal. - -The observations were taken as part of Guaranteed Time Observation program 1237. - -[Image description: At centre is a compact star cluster composed of luminous red, blue, and white points of light. Faint jets with clumpy, diffuse material extend in various directions from the bright cluster. Above and to the right is a smaller cluster of stars. Translucent red wisps of material stretch across the scene, though there are patches and a noticeable gap in the top left corner that reveal the black background of space. Background galaxies are scattered across this swath of space, appearing as small blue-white and orange-white dots or fuzzy, thin discs. There is one noticeably larger blue-white point with diffraction spikes, a foreground star in the upper right.]",1731883640,c6d5e79eee,404ace00d8,,,1731883640 -https://thecollegeinvestor.com/43763/strategic-default-for-student-loans/,https://thecollegeinvestor.com/feed/,Strategic Default For Student Loans Is A Bad Idea,"There are thousands of financial products and services out there, and we believe in helping you understand which is best for you, how it works, and will it actually help you achieve your financial goals. We're proud of our content and guidance, and the information we provide is objective, independent, and free. - -But we do have to make money to pay our team and keep this website running! Our partners compensate us. TheCollegeInvestor.com has an advertising relationship with some or all of the offers included on this page, which may impact how, where, and in what order products and services may appear. The College Investor does not include all companies or offers available in the marketplace. And our partners can never pay us to guarantee favorable reviews (or even pay for a review of their product to begin with). - -For more information and a complete list of our advertising partners, please check out our full Advertising Disclosure. TheCollegeInvestor.com strives to keep its information accurate and up to date. The information in our reviews could be different from what you find when visiting a financial institution, service provider or a specific product's website. All products and services are presented without warranty.",1731883645,2b04b1acd5,3ff76f96fa,,,1731883645 -https://www.engadget.com/best-gifts-for-book-lovers-160047468.html?src=rss,https://www.engadget.com/rss.xml,The best gifts for book lovers in 2024,"A few months ago, I wrote about how writing by hand with Ratta’s Supernote Nomad has helped me rekindle my love for the craft, and I’m happy to share that my E ink tablet and I are still going strong today. It’s a product I find myself recommending often to people in my life who like writing, because using it is such an enjoyable experience. The Nomad is smaller than some of the other popular E ink tablets out there, with a 7.8 inch display, so it can come with you pretty much anywhere. The screen is covered with FeelWrite 2 Self-recovery Soft Film which really gives it a lightly textured, paper-like feeling when you’re scrawling away. - -You can use the tablet for note-taking or longer writing projects, and as a planner and ereader. It syncs with various cloud providers, including Google, and has a handwriting-to-text conversion feature that can save you a lot of time later. It’s not perfect, but it manages to decipher most of my written text without issue. Some book lovers aren’t just avid readers — they want to write their own stories, too, and the Supernote Nomad is a neat little device that can really support a writer on that journey. The one downside is that you have to purchase the pen separately, as it’s not included with the tablet, but at least you have options since Ratta offers a few different pen models to choose from. And there’s no backlighting built in, which may be a dealbreaker for some. — Cheyenne MacDonald, Weekend Editor",1731883696,2ccba97d94,4086f1d7fd,,,1731883696 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/computing/anthropic-claude-how-to-use/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/feed/,Anthropic Claude: How to use the impressive ChatGPT rival,"Though it may not capture as many headlines as its rivals from Google, Microsoft, and OpenAI do, Anthropic’s Claude is no less powerful than its frontier model peers. - -In fact, the latest version, Claude 3.5 Sonnet, has proven more than a match for Gemini and ChatGPT across a number of industry benchmarks. In this guide, you’ll learn what Claude is, what it can do best, and how you can get the most out of using this quietly capable chatbot. - -Recommended Videos - -What is Claude? - -Like Gemini, Copilot, and ChatGPT, Claude is a large language model (LLM) that relies on algorithms to predict the next word in a sentence based on its enormous corpus of training material. - -Claude differs from other models in that it is trained and conditioned to adhere to a 73-point “Constitutional AI” framework designed to render the AI’s responses both helpful and harmless. Claude is first trained through a supervised learning method wherein the model will generate a response to a given prompt, then evaluate how closely in line with its “constitution” that response falls, and finally, revise its subsequent responses. Then, rather than rely of humans for the reinforcement learning phase, Anthropic uses that AI evaluation dataset to train a preference model that helps fine-tune Claude to consistently output responses that conform to its constitution’s principles. - -Anthropic released the first iteration of Claude in March 2023 and quickly updated it to Claude 2 four months later in July 2023. These early versions were rather limited in their coding, math, and reasoning capabilities. That changed with the release of the Claude 3.0 family — Haiku, Sonnet, and Opus — in March 2024. Opus, the largest of the three models, handily beat out GPT-3.5, GPT-4 and Gemini 1.0 (all of which were the state of the art at that time). - -“For the vast majority of workloads, Sonnet is 2x faster than Claude 2 and Claude 2.1 with higher levels of intelligence,” Anthropic wrote in the Claude 3 announcement post. “It excels at tasks demanding rapid responses, like knowledge retrieval or sales automation.” - -Opus’ position atop the pile would be short-lived. In June 2024, Anthropic debuted Claude 3.5, an even more potent model. Claude 3.5 Sonnet “operates at twice the speed of Claude 3 Opus,” Anthropic wrote at the time, making it ideal “for complex tasks such as context-sensitive customer support and orchestrating multistep workflows.” It also generally outperformed GPT-4o, Gemini 1.5, and Meta’s Llama-400B model. - -In October, Anthropic released a slightly improved version of 3.5 Sonnet, dubbed Claude 3.5 Sonnet (new), alongside the release of the new Claude 3.5 Haiku model. Haiku is a smaller, and more lightweight version of the model that’s designed to perform simple and repetitive tasks more efficiently. In addition to the web and mobile apps, Claude is also available as a desktop app for both Mac and Windows. - -What can Claude do? - -While ChatGPT and Gemini are designed to be able to answer questions across a broad spectrum of topics, and do so via voice interaction, Claude instead excels at coding, math, and complex reasoning tasks. Anthropic bills the latest versions of Claude as its “strongest vision model yet.” And it says 3.5 Sonnet can perform a variety of vision-based tasks, such as deciphering text from blurry photos or interpreting graphs and other visuals. - -Claude was also the first LLM chatbot to offer a dedicated collaboration space outside of the chat conversation itself. The Artifacts feature, which debuted in September 2024, acts as a real-time preview window and allows users to create “a dynamic workspace where they can see, edit, and build upon Claude’s creations in real time, seamlessly integrating AI-generated content into their projects and workflows,” the Anthropic team claims. OpenAI has since introduced a similar feature to its chatbot, though it is only currently available for Plus and Enterprise subscribers. - -Claude can also interact directly with other desktop apps by emulating a human user’s keystrokes, mouse movements, and cursor clicks through the “Computer Use” API. “We trained Claude to see what’s happening on a screen and then use the software tools available to carry out tasks,” Anthropic wrote in a blog post. “When a developer tasks Claude with using a piece of computer software and gives it the necessary access, Claude looks at screenshots of what’s visible to the user, then counts how many pixels vertically or horizontally it needs to move a cursor in order to click in the correct place.” - -How to sign up for Claude - -You can try Claude for yourself through the Anthropic website, as well as the Claude Android and iOS apps. It is free to use, supports image and document uploads, and offers access to the Claude 3.5 Sonnet (new) model. The company also offers a $20-a-month Pro plan that grants higher usage limits, access to Claude 3 Opus and Haiku, and the Projects feature, which fine-tunes the AI on a specific set of documents or files. To sign up, click on your user name in the left-hand navigation pane, then select Upgrade Plan. - -How Claude compares to the competition - -Claude 3.5 Sonnet boasts a number of advantages over its main rival, ChatGPT. For example, Claude offers users a much larger context window (200,000 characters versus 128,000), enabling users to craft more nuanced and detailed prompts. Claude’s Constitutional AI architecture means that it is tuned to provide accurate answers, rather than creative ones. The chatbot can also competently summarize research papers, generate reports based on uploaded data, and break down complex math and science questions into easily followed step-by-step instructions. - -While it may struggle to write you a poem, it excels at generating verifiable and reproducible responses, especially with its newly introduced analysis tool. The company describes it as a “built-in code sandbox where Claude can do complex math, analyze data, and iterate on different ideas before sharing an answer.” “The ability to process information and run code means you get more accurate answers.” - -On the other hand, there is plenty that other chatbots can do that Claude can’t. For example, Claude does not offer an equivalent to OpenAI’s Advanced Voice Mode, so you’ll have to stick with your text and image prompts. The AI is also incapable of generating images, like ChatGPT does with Dall-E 3. - -Claude’s controversies - -Claude’s development has not been without self-inflicted drama. A report from Proof News in July credibly accused Anthropic (along with Nvidia, Apple, and Salesforce) of using a dataset of 173,536 YouTube video subtitles scraped from more than 48,000 channels, including MrBeast, Marquees Brownlee, and Pew Die Pie, to train their large language models. - -The AI chatbot has also run into some issues with its recently released Computer Use feature. Turns out that Claude takes its instructions a bit too literally, making the AI susceptible to prompt injection attacks, as evidenced in a demo by X user Johann Rehberger in October. - -",1731883599,9267d9058a,4085901cf3,,,1731883599 -https://www.golfwrx.com/749662/odyssey-launches-ai-one-square-2-square-stroke-balanced-putters/,https://www.golfwrx.com/feed/,Odyssey launches Ai-One Square 2 Square stroke-balanced putters,"Stroke-balanced putters aren’t anything new to Odyssey as we have seen the Backstryke and Toe Up putters that featured similar balances in years past. “Stroke-balanced” means that when you hold the putter, or rest it on a table, with no influence the face will point towards the target. Accordingly, 2016 Toe Up putters were named after where the toe is pointed when held horizontally. This style of putter has come back around to having new life recently with many tour professionals and amateur players finding success with the style. Odyssey decided it was time to jump back into the ring with a new, and much more traditional-looking, line of stroke-balanced putters called Ai-One Square 2 Square. - -Putters built with Square 2 Square technology help remove one aspect of putting, keeping the face square to the target at impact. Now you still have to read the putt and hit it with the right speed, but eliminating the need to also get the face square to the target can be a big help. To do this Odyssey took a few of its classic and loved putter head shapes and gave them a unique center shaft. This center shaft is really a center shaft as it is installed right on the CG plane of the putter in order to keep the toe up and face aligned with the target. There is also a 3.3-degree forward press in the shaft to get the hands forward and help with the balance on the head. All of these classics feature Odyssey’s Ai-One urethane face that keeps distance control consistent, even on mishits. All three of these putters will have the Odyssey Stroke Lab SL90 shaft installed with 20-30 grams of counterbalance weight in the handle. - -Ai-One Square 2 Square Jailbird - -One of the hottest putter head styles the past couple of years. The Jailbird mixes Square 2 Square technology with Odyssey’s Versa alignment for additional help getting the ball started on the right line. A dark navy PVD finish reduces glare and helps contrast with the Versa lines while a triple dot site line makes sure you have the ball centered on the face. - -Ai-One Square 2 Square #7 - -One of Odyssey’s iconic head shapes that has stood the test of time. The slightly larger head size allows you to really see the traditional #7 site lines that frame the golf ball so well. A single short line is on top and flanked with long white lines that run down the “fangs” of the putter. The #7 has always been a forgiving head with so much mass on the perimeter of the putter. - -Ai-One Square 2 Square Double Wide - -If you are looking for a Square 2 Square putter but like a more traditional blade style, then the Double Wide is your option. Slightly longer from heel to toe the DW has a short site line on the top for alignement. Slightly more boxy shape helps push some weight to the far ends of the putter for added stability. - -Shaft and grip - -Odyssey’s Stroke Lab SL90 shaft allows 20-30 grams of counter balance weight to be put under the handle. The new Square 2 Square grip is oversize and has a nice round shape to it that should help settle the hands and wrists during the stroke. - -Pricing, specs, availability - -Odyssey Ai-One Square 2 Square - -Length: 32-35.5 inches - -32-35.5 inches Price: $299 - -$299 Pre-order: Now - -Now At Retail: 11/29",1731883657,008370814d,408c0a99e3,,,1731883657 -https://www.uploadvr.com/xr-news-bytes-pistol-whip-exocars-crowbar-climber-game-night/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,"XR News Round-Up: Pistol Whip, EXOCars, Crowbar Climber & More","Welcome to our new weekly format, where we're catching up on the biggest VR and XR news stories we initially missed. - -If you're a regular UploadVR reader, you may be wondering why we've shifted from the previous ICYMI format that we've used across this year. That's mainly because we've re-established our weekly newsletter in recent months, which rounds up the biggest stories straight to your inbox while still linking you to our full list of the latest articles. - -However, we didn't wish to lose this method of covering smaller updates that we initially missed during the week. As a small team, covering every game individually simply isn't feasible and with VR gaming continuing to grow, this helps ensure more developers still get a spotlight. So, we've split that part into its own ""XR News Round-Up"" segment. - -With that said, here are this week's five biggest VR news stories that we initially missed: - -Pistol Whip Is Hosting A Free Weekend On Steam - -Pistol Whip is celebrating its fifth anniversary by hosting a free weekend on Steam, which ends on November 11 at 10am PT. This grants access to everything in the game, including all official scenes and mods. It's also receiving its largest-ever discount on Steam, offering a 50% discount until the free weekend ends. - -Game Night Invites You Over For Mixed Reality Party Games Soon On Quest - -Game Night is a recently announced mixed reality multiplayer title with arcade action. Entering early access this month, a new launch trailer highlights what to expect from the initial launch's three minigames. Fishing sees you compete to scoop fish into a basket, Bouncing requires batting balloon rabbits into carrots, while Slapping sees you contain alien jelly. - -EXOcars Post-Launch Roadmap Includes New Biomes And Achievements - -Before next week's EXOcars launch on Quest and Steam, XOCUS outlined the post-launch roadmap for its VR off-road racing game. The first major tournament begins on November 28, while planned additions include a new biome, more customization options, an achievements system, and a new multiplayer mode. With PS VR2, the studio is ""still awaiting Sony’s response"" for certification. - -Crowbar Climber Is A Unique VR Climbing Game For Quest & Steam - -Developed by Bazooka Studio and published by MyDearest, Crowbar Climber is a unique take on the VR climbing genre. Available now on Quest and Steam, you're tasked with reaching the top of a summit using two crowbars in both hands, navigating obstacles like hooks, planks and more along the way. - -November PlayStation Sale Discounts Numerous PS VR2 Games - -The latest PlayStation Store sale is live with over 50 discounts for PlayStation VR2 games. Highlights include Resident Evil 4 Remake Gold Edition (40%), Into The Radius (25%), Vertigo 2 (35%), The Exorcist: Legion VR (40%), Red Matter Collection (25%), VR Skater (66%), Cities: VR (45%), Tennis On-Court (50%), Retropolis 2 (50%) and Dyschronia (60%). - -Want even more XR-related news? Here's everything else we've seen. - -If you'd like to inform us about a VR game we should know about for this article or future updates, you can use our contact page or email tips@uploadvr.com with details.",1731883666,9397b145ff,4027d9cf64,,,1731883666 -https://hr-gazette.com/open-hr-launch/,https://hr-gazette.com/feed/,Open HR Launch,"Last Thursday, Dr. Rochelle Haynes and Jeremy Blain launched their new book, OpenHR at the Huonos Event Hotel in Singapore. The event was attended by CEOs, business and HR leaders, and other members of the public and commerated the global release of OpenHR online and in stores. Once the event began, Rochelle and Jeremy introduced the audience to the OpenHR framework, and the need for this in light of increasing workforce evolution. The framework is a ‘how to’ blueprint for creating, structuring, supporting, and managing a truly blended workforce, comprising of in-house employees, as well as remote and independent contractors. The authors conceptualised the framwork as a house to convey the significance of connected relationships, strong foundations, wellbeing and a sense of belonging for all types of talent. It is mainly divided into 4 rooms, Rules, Tools, Skills, and Thrills, each outlining actions and conditions that firms should pursue to create the ideal work experience for different types of talent. - -The authors’ first launch event was organised by B.Connected CEO, Binu Balan, and moderated by Simon Bernie, VP of Purview, Asia-Pacific. Following the presentation, Rochelle and Jeremy were also joined in a panel discussion by Tech Data’s HR Director Cyl Lin, and Deepali Jain, Head of Strategic Projects at the Adecco Group. - -Some of the key takeaways from the night included: - -The workforce make-up and expectations are changing rapidly, and management approaches must evolve to keep pace. - -The independent workforce is growing quickly, with unique skills that organizations can no longer afford to overlook. - -Organizations need to be intentional about creating environments that embrace diverse types of talent. - -HR professionals are essential to this transformation, but they require strong support to drive change effectively. - -The discussion was very well received and provided opportunities for the audience to participate and win prizes. Each attendee also received a signed hard copy of the OpenHR book, included in their package. There was also several networking opportunities where Rochelle and Jeremy met and had conversations with the night’s attendees. This was the first of many OpenHR book events across the globe. - -Related Content",1731883628,477c4818ad,40a2c1e24a,,,1731883628 -https://quantumzeitgeist.com/ionq-supercompute-24/,https://quantumzeitgeist.com/feed/,IonQ Unveils Hybrid Quantum Capabilities at SuperCompute 24 Event,"IonQ, a leader in quantum computing and networking, is set to showcase its latest innovations in hybrid quantum-classical computing at SuperCompute 24, a premier high-performance computing event. The company will first look at its new software and hardware capabilities that seamlessly integrate IonQ’s best-in-class quantum hardware with leading classical hardware and software solutions. This integration enables the development and deployment of quantum-accelerated commercial applications, including the IonQ Hybrid Services suite. - -Dean Kassman, SVP of Engineering & Technology at IonQ, emphasized the company’s commitment to making quantum computing accessible and impactful in real-world applications through its efforts to integrate quantum with classical systems. IonQ will demonstrate its cutting-edge approach to hybrid quantum computing alongside partners such as Ansys, AWS, Dell, Google, and NVIDIA at Booth #4440. The company’s latest innovations have the potential to accelerate the industry’s path to commercial advantage. - -Unlocking Quantum Potential: IonQ’s Hybrid Capabilities at SuperCompute24 - -IonQ, a pioneer in the quantum computing and networking industries, has announced its participation in SuperCompute 24 (SC24), one of the largest international high-performance computing (HPC) events. This year, SC24 will feature a dedicated quantum track and pavilion, highlighting advancements in quantum computing. IonQ will showcase its latest innovations in hybrid quantum-classical computing, designed to enable the development and deployment of quantum-accelerated commercial applications. - -IonQ’s commitment to making quantum computing accessible and impactful in real-world applications is evident in its efforts to integrate quantum with classical systems. The company believes that seamless integration of its best-in-class quantum hardware with leading classical hardware and software solutions is key to unlocking quantum’s full potential in the enterprise. At SC24, IonQ will provide a first look at some of its latest software and hardware innovations that leverage classical and quantum backends to drive better performance and higher-quality solutions. - -Hybrid Quantum-Classical Computing: The Future of Supercomputing - -IonQ’s hybrid approach is built on the idea that combining the strengths of both quantum and classical computing can accelerate the industry’s path to commercial advantage. By integrating its quantum hardware with leading classical hardware and software solutions, IonQ aims to create a quantum-accelerated supercomputing center of the future. This approach has the potential to tackle some of the world’s toughest challenges, such as quadratic optimization and graph partitioning. - -IonQ’s Hybrid Services suite, now available in private preview with select partners, makes designing and deploying quantum-accelerated applications easier than ever. The suite includes flexible cloud-based, hosted services for hybrid workflow management, powerful hybrid solvers and tools, and supports a variety of common programming models and SDKs. Additionally, the all-new Hybrid Sessions functionality allows users to take advantage of IonQ’s dynamic Fair Share Scheduling engine to run their largest hybrid workloads with minimal wait time. - -Partnerships and Collaborations: Driving Innovation in Quantum Computing - -IonQ has announced several partnerships and collaborations this year, demonstrating its commitment to driving innovation in quantum computing. The company’s strategic partnership with NKT Photonics aims to deliver three innovative prototype optical subsystems in 2025, while its collaboration with imec will develop photonic integrated circuits (PICs) and chip-scale ion trap technology. Additionally, IonQ is partnering with Ansys to drive innovation in simulation and modeling. - -Technical Milestones: IonQ’s Journey to Quantum Networking - -IonQ has achieved several technical milestones this year, including the demonstration of remote ion-ion entanglement, a critical step toward quantum networking. This achievement highlights the company’s progress in developing its quantum computing and networking capabilities. - -The Future of Quantum Computing: Accessibility and Impact - -IonQ’s participation in SC24 and its latest innovations in hybrid quantum-classical computing demonstrate its commitment to making quantum computing more accessible and impactful than ever before. As the company continues to push the boundaries of what is possible with quantum computing, it is clear that IonQ is playing a significant role in shaping the future of this technology. - -More information - -External Link: Click Here For More",1731883644,36ea93b1b1,40e10fe504,,,1731883644 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/15/moxon-architects-ardoch/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,"Moxon Architects revives residential ruin using ""Scottish craftsmanship""","This video produced by Jim Stephenson features the Ardoch residence in Aberdeenshire by locally-based studio Moxon Architects, which has been shortlisted for the RIAS Andrew Doolan Best Building in Scotland Award. - -The film forms part of a series being published by Dezeen in collaboration with the Royal Incorporation of Architects in Scotland (RIAS) to highlight the award's five-strong 2024 shortlist. - -In the video, viewers are introduced to the hillside farmstead, which was renovated and restored from a state of disrepair to encompass a home, studio and orangery built using ""Scottish craftsmanship and local tradespeople"". - -Founder of Moxon Architects Ben Addy and home-owner Naomi Mcintosh discuss the project's ""slow architecture"" approach, which saw the site's five ruins renovated over the course of a decade. - -""It's not a kind of an intellectual approach to a vernacular architecture,"" Addy said. ""Actually it's very, very practical, which to my mind is a much more genuine version of vernacular because vernacular is a practical approach to building."" - -""And that's how these buildings have evolved through discussion; Naomi and I, and then also the people who've been involved in building them,"" he added. - -Moxon Architects was previously awarded the RIAS Andrew Doolan Best Building in Scotland Award in 2022 for their Quarry Studios project. - -The award was established in 2002 to highlight Scottish buildings. This year's winner is set to be announced on 22 November. - -Other renovation projects also shortlisted for this year's award include Fruitmarket Gallery by Reiach and Hall Architects, and the Burrell Collection museum by John McAslan + Partners. - -Other projects vying for the prize include North Gate Social Housing by Page\Park Architects and the University of Aberdeen Science and Teaching Hub also completed by Reiach and Hall Architects. - -The film and photography is courtesy of Jim Stephenson.",1731883645,8f8dc0373b,409a8abbab,,,1731883645 -https://forbiddenplanet.com/442990-demon-slayer-kimetsu-no-yaiba-xross-link-anime-pvc-statue-obanai-iguro-hashira-training-arc/?utm_source=products&utm_medium=rss,https://forbiddenplanet.com/rss/products/,Demon Slayer: Kimetsu No Yaiba: Xross Link Anime PVC Statue: Obanai Iguro Hashira (Training Arc),"Copy and paste the following code where you want the embed to appear. - -If you're an affiliate make sure your code is set in the “Affiliate” section.",1731883652,0b8b73a382,409ccb4293,,,1731883652 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/overwatch-2-is-getting-a-classic-mode-that-restores-the-shooter-to-how-it-was-in-2016,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,"Overwatch 2 is getting a ""Classic"" mode that restores the shooter to how it was in 2016","The developers of hero shooter Overwatch 2 must have dropped a box full of old photographs while clearing the attic, spilling old snapshots of Route 66 onto the floor and getting snared in a nostalgic daze. The game is launching a ""Classic"" mode today that will let you play the first-person payload pusher as it (mostly) was back in 2016 when the first Overwatch launched. That means 6v6 fights, the original abilities of its heroes, and no limits to stop the entire team picking the same character. - -Blizzard explained the ins and outs of Classic mode in a rose-tinty post. They also explain that this won't be the only time the mode appears (Overwatch 2, like its predecessor, likes to run limited-time events often). Each time the classic event shows up it will replicate the ""heroes and balance from popular moments in the game’s history."" - -This time that means you can have a team composition of six Torbjorns, the turret-thwacking Swede. Or field a team made entirely of very annoying Genjis, the ninja who I hate. But be warned, this lack of hero limits only lasts the first few days, say Blizzard. ""After that, we will enable single hero limits for the remainder of this first Overwatch: Classic event."" - -Some things won't be changing, though. The maps that cycle through this mode will be the maps you recognise (Temple of Anubis, Hanamura, and so on) but their design will remain as they appear in Overwatch 2. ""This includes major reworks for Dorado, Numbani, Route 66, and Watchpoint: Gibraltar,"" say the devs. - -The mode will run for the next three weeks, until December 2nd. And it's not related, we're told, to the chin-scratching at the studio regarding another possible 6v6 mode in Overwatch 2. That's something separate the studio is thinking about. - -Blizzard aren't the first to encourage players to become misty-eyed about a shooter they used to play. Last year Fortnite brought back its old map, resulting in record player numbers and likely catching the dollar-sign eyes of every executive in charge of a live service game. But harking back to some ""golden age"" of your favourite online blastabout is a questionable way to engage with nostalgia, as James learned when he had a go at Apex Legends after they launched a similar classic mode. As a a kind of FPS holiday it was enjoyable, he said, ""but also a reminder that the good old days weren’t always that good.""",1731883642,ad45c610da,407fe6df8a,,,1731883642 -https://www.vg247.com/xbox-phil-spencer-explains-no-new-fallout-game-alongside-tv-show,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Xbox's Phil Spencer on why a new Fallout game didn't drop alongside the TV show: ""the play is much more long term than trying to drive some gift buying""","Most Fallout fans now have their eyes set on looking forward to the second series of Amazon's Fallout TV show that's already in the works. However, one of the big talking points surrounding the release of its initial season earlier this year was this - should there have been a new Fallout game ready to drop around the same time? Well, Xbox's Phil Spencer has now offered his view on that. - -Speaking to Inverse, the exec was seemingly pretty open in acknowledging that Xbox/Bethesda didn't have anything specifically new lined up game-wise to go alongside the TV show, which spurred a pretty huge jolt in player numbers for the Fallouts you can currently play. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -""I actually think that gave us some creative liberty that wouldn't have had if we tried to coordinate production of two very different creative processes to land at the same time,"" Spencer said, adding: ""The play is much more long term than trying to drive some gift buying."" - -As you'd expect, he also pointed out that Fallout 76 and Fallout Shelter (both of which did some crossovers with the show content-wise, mainly in the form of gear) were there as live service games folks could hop into after watching Prime Video's series. - -It's an interesting debate to have. As someone who loves a good Fallout game, I very much agree with the argument a lot of folks were making that it'd have been better if Fallout 76's arrival in 2018 hadn't been the most recent release for the series - depending on whether you count Fallout Shelter's online component in 2019 - prior to the TV show dropping about six years or so later. - -Though, on the other hand, I'd likely have been pretty unhappy if it seemed like a new Fallout game - whether Fallout 5 or another spin-off - had been rushed out just to try and coincide with the TV series arriving. - -What do you think, and how would you like to see Bethesda approach season two of the show in terms of Fallout games for you to dip into after seeing what Macaulay Culkin gets up to alongside Lucy, Maximus and The Ghoul? Let us know below!",1731883687,374d98cbb9,40a3558252,,,1731883687 -https://www.practicalecommerce.com/ai-tools-to-create-reels-tiktoks-shorts,https://www.practicalecommerce.com/category/social-media/feed,"AI Tools to Create Reels, TikToks, Shorts","Creating mini videos such as Instagram Reels, TikToks, and YouTube Shorts can be time-consuming. Luckily, new AI-driven apps produce engaging videos in seconds. - -Cut Long Videos - -The following tools can repurpose interviews, webinars, or other extended videos. - -Klap quickly creates multiple clips from a single YouTube video. Paste the URL of your YouTube video and in seconds receive Reels, TikToks, or Shorts. Each clip includes a title, transcript, and virality score of 10 to 100. - -I pasted the URL of a video interview with me. One clip was a 60-second recap of my career, which I addressed in the discussion. Klap gave it a virality score of 70 with an explanation: - -This video has a moderate virality potential. While the topic of Ann Smarty’s journey in the SEO industry may be interesting to some viewers, it lacks visual elements and action that typically drive high engagement on TikTok. However, for those interested in SEO and personal branding, this video could still generate decent attention. - -Edit any clip’s caption style and position and crop it as needed. My clip required no edits. The tool even added relevant emojis to most captions. For example, when I explained how I learned search engine optimization, Klap added a books emoji to the caption. - -Generating clips on Klap is free but not downloadable without a Pro version, which costs $29 per month for 10 videos. - -— - -Munch is another new web-based app that uses AI to repurpose long videos into Reels, TikToks, or Shorts. - -To start, choose the platform(s) you want to create clips for. Then (i) paste the URL of the YouTube video or upload a file, and (ii) pick your style of subtitles - -The tool will: - -Cut the video into meaningful clips, - -Generate subtitles (which load when spoken), - -Create social-media captions, including hashtags. - -If no clips appeal, Munch allows easy re-generating for new versions, although in my test the re-do was unnecessary. - -As with Klap, Munch provides the key topic of every clip and discloses its searchable or trending keywords on the chosen platform. Munch also scores the “coherence” of each clip — the ability to be easily understood. - -Potential edits for each clip include the style of titles, cropping, and altering the template. The app optionally syncs directly to Instagram, TikTok, and YouTube for seamless posting. - -Munch permits one free project with downloadable watermarked clips. Unlimited projects and no watermarks require a paid account, starting at $49 per month. - -Text to Video - -The following tools will repurpose text into videos. - -Vidiofy generates Reels or Shorts in seconds. Paste an article URL into the platform and download the video. The clip automatically includes topic highlights, image backgrounds and music, video effects, and an AI-generated voiceover. - -My test required about 10 minutes of editing to replace some images and help Vidiofy understand the article and topic. Still, it’s a big timesaver, as it would have required hours of work. - -Vidiofy creates five downloadable videos for free without a watermark. The paid version with enhanced features costs $29 per month. - -— - -Fliki generates short videos from any text, tweet, or prompt. It will auto-find background images and music, create subtitles, produce an AI-driven voiceover, and even pull images from the linked source. Fliki allows edits in every scene in a clip — replacing images or music, adjusting speed or volume, and changing fonts. - -Fliki created better clip quality than Vidiofy in my testing, but was harder to edit. Single projects in Fliki are free with a watermark. Paid plans start at $28 per month for 180 minutes of video and 75 translated languages, among other features.",1731883648,5e1ceba4cb,4101f4b937,,,1731883648 -https://transom.org/2010/polk-street-stories/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,A Transom Radio Special,"Intro from Jay Allison: At Transom we try to find stories that aren’t being told and voices not often heard, like the ones in ""Polk Street Stories.""Joey Plaster is an oral historian focusing on queer history in the Bay area. He spent over a year in 2008 and 2009, gathering the stories of the Polk Street neighborhood—on the street and alleyways, in the bars and churches, in apartments and shelters, in the missions and the clubs. Joey says his motivation was, in part, to reclaim a part of queer history: ""The Polk Street Community predates the modern gay rights movement and remains a visible manifestation of the stereotypes the movement has worked to scrub clean over the past 40 years, that is: queer people as mentally ill, criminal, licentious, doomed to lonely lives. Instead of repudiating this history, I want to embrace and learn from it.""As a public historian, Joey set out to explore this neighborhood from the inside, and in this hour, you can hear a part of what he found. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/PolkFinal.mp3 Download Listen to “Polk Street Stories – A Transom Radio Special” - -About Polk Street Stories - -I always felt drawn to the queer world of Polk Street, but I didn’t take a closer look until I heard it was disappearing. - -For decades, the street had been a national destination for queer youth and transgender women, many of them fleeing abusive or unwelcoming homes. But by the mid-1990s, the last of the working class bars that formed the backbone of the Polk community were being replaced by a new bloc of mid-income businesses and residents. - -Cecilia Chung, photo by Gabriela Hasbun - -Long-term Polk residents were incredibly emotional about these changes. Many considered the neighborhood to be their first real home. Now they saw their family’s gathering places evaporating. The conflict was sometimes dramatic: owners of one gay bar claimed that the new business association forced them off the street. A gay activist group made national news when they plastered the street with “wanted” posters featuring a photo of the new association’s president. - -These intense reactions suggested a rich history, but I found that it had not been recorded. I feared it would be lost with the scene. I had prior experience as an oral historian. This was my first effort to find overlap with radio, which I’ve long felt is the best medium for broadcasting intimate, personal stories from “marginal” populations. - -I had support from the San Francisco GLBT Historical Society, a non-profit hub for academics, community historians, artists, and activists. The people associated with the organization mentored me, helped me write and win grants, and encouraged me to complete the work. I spent more than a year recording stories, interviewing over 70 people in all. - -Alexis Miranda, photo by Gabriela Hasbun - -I started the project by forming relationships with Polk Street community hubs: bartenders, social service providers, street priests, and neighborhood association presidents. They introduced me to others, who in turn introduced me to others, and so on (oral historians call this the “snowball” method). I recorded narrators where they felt most comfortable: in bars, churches, apartments, hotels, streets, or alleyways. - -Not surprisingly, those who felt most emotional about neighborhood change also had the most intense connection with the area. I eventually limited the project to those at the center of neighborhood conflict: the homeless and marginally housed, aging street youth who gathered around area bars, and new business owners. I conducted as many as three or four interviews with an individual narrator. Each interview unveiled new layers. - -River Sims, photo by Gabriela Hasbun - -As an outsider to the scene, I struggled to find a way to present their stories. I eventually focused on themes I could relate to and which felt “universal:” searching for an identity, finding family, and making sense of the perils and joys of city life. I chose twenty narrators whose stories spoke to these themes and edited a 3-5 minute audio portrait for each one. Some stories I hardly touched. Other stories were highly edited, using audio from multiple interview sessions. - -The stories are from a community I felt was misunderstood and sometimes vilified and it was important to me that I make them public. As one of my narrators said, “It’s hard to discount someone once you’ve heard their story.” I played them at neighborhood association meetings, at a public “listening party” on Polk Street, and at mediated neighborhood discussions. They were also featured in an exhibit, available on headphones and paired with photos by Gabriela Hasbun. - -Dan Diez, Corey Longseeker, Megan Rohrer, photo by Gabriela Hasbun - -I also started to see this project as an effort to reclaim a piece of queer history. The Polk Street scene predated the modern gay rights movement, and in some ways it was a visible manifestation of the stereotypes the movement has worked to scrub clean over the past forty years: queer people as mentally ill, criminal, licentious, and doomed to lonely lives. Instead of repudiating this history, I wanted to embrace and learn from it. These stories are now archived for future generations at the GLBT Historical Society. - -I gave Jay Allison a CD of some of the audio portraits at the 2008 Third Coast Radio festival. He invited me to work on a radio hour based on them. The next year I visited Jay and Viki Merrick in Woods Hole, where they walked me through the process of presenting a collection of oral histories in the style of radio documentary. Jay helped me write a first-person narrative designed to make the framing personal. I found this challenging – my background is in the detached style of oral history – and I welcome feedback and suggestions for improvement from the transom.org community. - -I feel incredibly humbled that the remarkable people of Polk Street shared their stories with me, and I feel fortunate to have been able to learn from them. I dedicate this piece to the more than seventy individuals whose trust in me and belief in the project made it possible. - -Possibilities are everywhere. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Tech Notes - -All the audio was recorded using a Marantz PMD 660 and a Sennheiser microphone. I edited the audio portraits using Pro Tools. I recorded my tracks at a studio with Jay Allison, who edited the entire piece using Pro Tools. - -Thank you to Gabriel Hasbun for the photos of Polk Street residents. - -Additional Support for this work provided by - -",1731883744,c00d35bf2d,410f7fe8eb,,,1731883744 -https://esportsedition.com/hearthstone/hearthstone-wild-meta/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Descent of Dragons Has Pushed Pirate Warrior Back on Top!,"Wild Meta Changes - -The meta of the wild format is much slower than standard due to the huge variety of cards and a small number of players. Let’s take a look at how Descent of Dragons has affected the situation in this format. - -A lot of time has passed since the release of Descent of Dragons. And although the dragons themselves did not have a significant impact on the meta, the new expansion as a whole, of course, caused some changes in the Wild format. - -The Return of Pirate Warrior - -Who would have thought how much a single expansion could change! Pirate Warrior regained its former power, and new minions and resource generators helped him in this. Before the expansion, Warrior was the most unpopular class in the game. In the very first days of Descent of Dragons, Warrior was in the ranks of the most popular classes and began to show very good results. - -Parachute Brigand is a very powerful tempo card, especially in combination with Ship’s Cannon. Pirate Warrior has finally once again become one of the best early game decks with the possibility of building up an advantage. Sky Raider and Ancharrr are also very strong. These cards play the same role as Underbelly Angler, which had a very strong influence on Murloc Shaman. Pirate Warrior can finally have a constant source of threats. That used to be a real nightmare for the class. - -It is difficult to imagine a deck that will show itself better than Pirate Warrior in the early game, this deck in our TOP for a reason. Welcome back, Garrosh! - -Big Rogue - -Even during the announcement of the Descent of Dragons cards, players saw the potential of Necrium Apothecary in the Wild format. However, testing this card directly in the game did not show any results. - -Therefore, players of the Wild format came to the same conclusion as the players of the Standard: Necrium Apothecary is good in a tempo deck. - -Previous versions of Big Rogue got rid of heavy cards and became more straightforward. While many players still use Silver Vanguard and heavy 8 mana creatures, others went further and built a deck only around Mechanical Whelp. Necrium Apothecary summoning a 7/7 in the middle of the game is still an incredible turn, and the rejection of many potentially “dead” cards allowed the deck to significantly improve performance against aggro match-ups. - -Reno Mage - -In Saviors of Uldum, the developers gave several options for Mages. Players tried out new aggressive builds with the addition of secrets. - -Players also tried Reno Quest Mage. This deck did not appear on the spot and was only played by a few players around the top of Legend. Descent of Dragons breathed life into this deck – it has a lot of potential. - -Violet Spellwing and Cobalt Spellkin allow you to complete your quest very quickly, and Arcane Giant is a huge threat for nothing, which, among other things, reveals the OTK potential of the deck. All this was a turning point amongst players of Reno Mage, who began to turn to the version with the quest. - -Warlock - -Warlock continues to show amazing results and variety. It is the most popular class in Wild at high ranks and has many successful archetypes. - -Mecha’thun Warlock was actively played at the end of Saviors of Uldum. After the nerf of SN1P-SN4P, the deck began to show great results. Although the version with the quest was the main one played in Descent of Dragons, many players decided to abandon it in favor of additional tools for protection and cycling through the deck. Dark Skies is especially noteworthy, as this card is incredibly strong not only in the deck with Mecha’thun, but also in other Warlock archetypes. Finally, Gul’dan has got an inexpensive way to clean the board! - -The class has many other archetypes: Galakrond, Reno, and Even Warlocks – all of these decks are strong enough to make an appearance as well. - -Paladin - -It is worth mentioning that many archetypes from Savior of Uldum have not lost their positions. - -There is nothing special to say about Secret Mage. It has not received a single card in the Descent of Dragons, but still remains one of the best decks. - -We have a similar situation with Mech Paladin. It received only Sky Claw, which can be easily replaced. Yes, this card gives the archetype a little more space on the table, but nothing more. The deck is still good without any additional support. - -Decks from Baku the Mooneater received a bit more cards. Odd Paladin and Rogue have acquired a pair of neutral cards: Bad Luck Albatross and Faceless Corruptor. - -It is difficult to evaluate the benefits of Bad Luck Albatross experimentally. As a rule, you don’t know which cards your opponent takes, which means you cannot calculate the effectiveness of Bad Luck Albatross. However, the main purpose of the card is to put wrenches in the wheels of Reno decks. Failure to play Reno Jackson or Zephrys the Great on time often leads to defeat for your opponent. - -Shaman - -Recently Shaman was one of the most popular archetypes alongside Mage and Warlock. However, it suddenly finds iself on the sidelines of the ladder. - -Shaman did not receive support for his usual decks, Murloc and Even Shamans, whose popularity and effectiveness has declined over time. Most of the added cards are related to the Galakrond Shaman. This deck could have has a serious impact on the Wild format, but then the nerfs took place, ending that dream. - -Nevertheless, although nerfs always reduce interest in a particular deck, Galakrond Shaman still has a chance to occupy a niche in the Wild format. The archetype continues to show itself well in Standard, which means that it can simply be the “dark horse” of Wild. It has a good winrate against Mech Paladin thanks to Devolve and can use the pace of cards with invoke to successfully dominate the board in other agro matches. - -Druid, Hunter and Priest - -These are three least popular classes in Wild today. - -Jade and the other slow builds of the Druid have long been without new cards, but nevertheless, they continue to have some presence. - -Hunter received good cards for weak decks and bad cards for the strong ones. Mech Hunter and Reno Hunter are the most relevant decks of this class, but neither of them received new revolutionary cards, as happened with Pirate Warrior and others. - -The status of Priest today can be described in three words: it is dead. Priest needed good cards to return to Wild. But instead, he got the worst set for Galakrond, which is why half of his new cards are simply useless. Yes, there are such archetypes as OTK Priest, Combo Priest, and, in the end, the new Togwaggle Priest, but none of them shows a positive result. - -As Pirate Warrior proved, nothing is set in stone. New ideas arise spontaneously, new strategies can be devised, and, besides, new cards are at the doorstep.",1731883708,76f59da961,414d4f7617,,,1731883708 -https://www.alleywatch.com/2024/11/the-weekly-notable-startup-funding-report-11-4-24/,https://www.alleywatch.com/feed/,The Weekly Notable Startup Funding Report: 11,"The Weekly Notable Startup Funding Report takes us on a trip across various ecosystems in the US, highlighting some of the notable funding activity in the various markets that we track. The notable startup funding rounds for the week ending 11/2/24 featuring funding details for ContraForce, Sierra, Petfolk, and twenty-eight other deals representing $2B in new funding that you need to know about. - -Andium – $21.7M - -New York-based Andium is an Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT) company that builds a smarter world and empowers leaders to create meaningful change. Founded by Jory Schwach in 2013, Andium has now raised a total of $38.7M in total equity funding and is backed by Aramco Ventures, Climate Investment, Intrepid Financial Partners, and Tom Miglis. - -Bifrost AI – $8.0M - -San Francisco-based Bifrost is a developer of a Generative 3D platform for creatives to create custom virtual worlds. Founded by Aravind Kandiah and Charles Wong in 2020, Bifrost AI has now raised a total of $13.1M in total equity funding and is backed by Airbus Ventures, Carbide Ventures, MD ONE Ventures, Peak XV Partners, Techstars, and Wavemaker Partners. - -Billd – $17.5M - -Austin-based Billd is a construction finance company that offers material purchases at 120-day terms to the construction industry. Founded by Christopher Doyle and Jesse Weissburg in 2018, Billd has now raised a total of $107.5M in total equity funding and is backed by HighSage Ventures, LL Funds, MissionOG, RJT Credit, and Ulysses Management. - -CredibleMind – $7.5M - -Sausalito-based CredibleMind helps people optimize their mental health, emotional well-being and spiritual growth. Founded by Deryk Van Brunt in 2018, CredibleMind has now raised a total of $16.5M in total equity funding and is backed by Horizon Blue Cross Blue Shield of New Jersey. - -Crusoe Energy Systems – $500.0M - -Denver-based Crusoe Energy Systems provides solutions for the energy industry helping them to reduce routine flaring of natural gas. Founded by Chase Lochmiller and Cully Cavness in 2018, Crusoe Energy Systems has now raised a total of $1.0B in total equity funding and is backed by Felicis and Founders Fund. - -DoorLoop – $100.0M - -Miami-based DoorLoop is a software company for property management that enables clients to screen tenants, collect rent, and manage accounting services. Founded by Adam Mait, David Bitton, Itay Gardi, Matthew Cave, and Ori Tamuz in 2019, DoorLoop has now raised a total of $130.0M in total equity funding and is backed by JMI Equity. - -Fingercheck – $115.0M - -Brooklyn-based Fingercheck is an all-in-one payroll and HR app for small business that pays, schedules, and manages hourly workers. Founded by Joel Kohn in 2013, Fingercheck has now raised a total of $115.0M in total equity funding and is backed by Columbus Capital, Edison Partners, and StepStone Group. - -LuxWall – $51.0M - -Ypsilanti-based LuxWall is a building materials manufacturer that innovates the design and production of vacuum-insulated glass. Founded by Scott V. Thomsen in 2020, LuxWall has now raised a total of $90.0M in total equity funding and is backed by 2150, Barclays Sustainable and Impact Banking, Baruch Future Ventures, Breakthrough Energy Ventures, Carbon Equity, Climate Investment, Khosla Ventures, Prelude Ventures, and The Nature Conservancy. - -Read AI – $50.0M - -Seattle-based Read AI is a productivity AI company that enhances workflows with meeting analytics, scheduling, and summaries across messages and email. Founded by David Shim, Elliott Waldron, and Rob Williams in 2021, Read AI has now raised a total of $81.0M in total equity funding and is backed by Goodwater Capital, Madrona, and Smash Capital. - -Sierra – $175.0M - -San Francisco-based Sierra is an AI startup that tackles essential business challenges by leveraging Enterprise AI solutions. Founded by Bret Taylor and Clay Bavor in 2023, Sierra has now raised a total of $285.0M in total equity funding and is backed by Greenoaks, ICONIQ Capital, and Thrive Capital. - -The AlleyWatch audience is driving progress and innovation on a global scale. There are a number of options to reach this audience of the world’s most innovative organizations and startups at scale including strategic brand placement, lead generation, and thought leadership in front of an audience that comprises the vast majority of key decision-makers in the NYC business community and beyond. Learn more about advertising to NYC Tech, at scale. - -Third Wave Automation – $27.0M - -Union City-based Third Wave Automation provides cloud robotics and machine learning technology to material handling automation. Founded by Arshan Poursohi, James Davidson, and Julian (Mac) Mason in 2018, Third Wave Automation has now raised a total of $97.0M in total equity funding and is backed by Innovation Endeavors, Norwest Venture Partners, Qualcomm Ventures, and Woven Capital. - -Reflexivity – $30.0M - -New York-based Reflexivity provides analytics and artificial intelligence-based solutions for the investment industry. Founded by Armenak Mayalian and Jan Szilagyi in 2019, Reflexivity has now raised a total of $42.8M in total equity funding and is backed by General Catalyst, Greg Coffey, Greycroft, Interactive Brokers Group, Israel Englander, SOFTBANK Latin America Ventures, and Stanley Druckenmiller. - -Wildfire Systems – $16.0M - -Solana Beach-based Wildfire Systems provides a white-label platform for shopping rewards and cashback. Founded by Jordan Glazier in 2017, Wildfire Systems has now raised a total of $33.5M in total equity funding and is backed by B Capital, Citi Ventures, Cohen Circle, DLA Piper, Evolution Ventures, Gaingels, Intuit, Moonshots Capital, Mucker Capital, QED Investors, Samsung NEXT, and TTV Capital. - -Armis Security – $200.0M - -San Francisco-based Armis is a developer of an asset intelligence platform to analyze endpoint behavior to identify risks and attacks. Founded by Nadir Izrael, Tomer Schwartz, and Yevgeny Dibrov in 2015, Armis Security has now raised a total of $737.0M in total equity funding and is backed by Alkeon Capital, Brookfield Asset Management, General Catalyst, and Georgian. - -Flueid – $8.3M - -Austin-based Flueid is a real estate tech company that provides data and insights for real estate workflows. Founded by Peter Bowman and Peter Richter in 2017, Flueid has now raised a total of $43.9M in total equity funding and is backed by Aquiline Technology Growth, Commerce Ventures, Detroit Venture Partners, and LiveOak Ventures. - -Homee – $12.0M - -Tampa-based Homee is a technology-enabled claims management company that connects policyholders, insurance, and warranty companies. Founded by Dave Theus and Doug Schaedler in 2016, Homee has now raised a total of $62.3M in total equity funding and is backed by Florida Funders, Jeffrey Vinik, Sure, The Institutes Knowledge Group, and W. R. Berkley. - -Beta Technologies – $318.0M - -South Burlington-based Beta Technologies manufactures electric vertical takeoff, landing eVTOL aircraft, and recharging pad systems. Founded by Kyle Clark in 2017, Beta Technologies has now raised a total of $1.2B in total equity funding and is backed by Fidelity, Qatar Investment Authority, TPG Rise Climate Fund, and United Therapeutics. - -Browserbase – $21.0M - -San Francisco-based Browserbase is a comprehensive platform for developers to host, administer, and monitor headless browsers in the cloud. Founded by Paul Klein IV in 2024, Browserbase has now raised a total of $27.5M in total equity funding and is backed by CRV, John Lagomarsino, Kleiner Perkins, Okta Ventures, Outset Capital, and Strike Capital. - -Infinite Machine – $9.3M - -Brooklyn-based Infinite Machine is to create the world’s most captivating non-auto vehicles. Founded by Eddie Cohen and Joseph Cohen in 2021, Infinite Machine has now raised a total of $9.3M in total equity funding and is backed by Adjacent, Amjad Masad, Andreessen Horowitz, Ben Rubin, Clem Delangue, Josh Miller, Molly Mielke, Necessary Ventures, Nico Rosberg, Otherwise Fund, Terrence Rohan, and Yael Aflalo. - -Melio – $150.0M - -New York-based Melio is a fintech company that gives small businesses a way to digitally manage their business-to-business payments and receivables. Founded by Ilan Atias, Matan Bar, and Ziv Paz in 2018, Melio has now raised a total of $654.0M in total equity funding and is backed by Fiserv. - -You are seconds away from signing up for the hottest list in NYC Tech! - -Sign up today - -Tabs – $25.0M - -New York-based Tabs is the first AI Driven Revenue Automation Platform for B2B Finance Founded by Ali Hussain and Deepak Bapat in 2023, Tabs has now raised a total of $37.0M in total equity funding and is backed by FOG Ventures, General Catalyst, Gokul Rajaram, Greg Raiten, Imraan Ahmed, Kiran Lingam, Lightspeed Venture Partners, Primary Venture Partners, and Zunaira Arshad. - -Cornerstone AI – $5.0M - -San Mateo-based Cornerstone AI provides the cleaning and standardizing of data and too analyzing it. Founded by Andrew Howland, Clara Oromendia, and Michael Elashoff in 2020, Cornerstone AI has now raised a total of $10.0M in total equity funding and is backed by Acrew Capital, Arif Nathoo, Healthy Ventures, Initiate Studios, Travis May, and Web Sun. - -Petfolk – $36.0M - -Charlotte-based Petfolk provides modern veterinary care through in-person and virtual services. Founded by Audrey Wystrach and Michael Wystrach in 2020, Petfolk has now raised a total of $151.0M in total equity funding and is backed by Cutting Horse VC, Deerfield Management, Idea Farm Ventures, Movendo Capital, Parkview International, and White Star Capital. - -BondBloxx – $27.0M - -Larkspur-based BondBloxx is an ETF issuer dedicated to creating tools for investors to identify opportunities in fixed-income markets. Founded by Brian O’Donnell, Elya Schwartzman, Joanna Gallegos, Leland Clemons, and Mark Miller in 2021, BondBloxx has now raised a total of $27.0M in total equity funding and is backed by Macquarie Asset Management. - -MIND – $11.0M - -Seattle-based MIND operates as a data security platform. Founded by Eran Barak, Hod Bin Noon, and Itai Schwartz in 2023, MIND has now raised a total of $11.0M in total equity funding and is backed by YL Ventures. - -Latii – $5.0M - -New York-based Latii is a cloud-based supply chain platform where construction materials are sourced. Founded by Juan Pascual Orero and Santiago Bueno in 2022, Latii has now raised a total of $7.1M in total equity funding and is backed by Act One Ventures, Era Ventures, Leadout Capital, Nine Four Ventures, and RXR Digital Ventures. - -ContraForce – $3.3M - -Mckinney-based ContraForce’s pioneering AI-powered Security Service Delivery Platform for service providers unleashes their security service potential. Founded by Ricky Melendez and Stan Golubchik in 2021, ContraForce has now raised a total of $8.7M in total equity funding and is backed by DataTribe and GALLOS Technologies. - -Abstract Security – $15.0M - -San Francisco-based Abstract Security provides data management solutions for security and compliance analytics. Founded by Chris Camacho in 2023, Abstract Security has now raised a total of $23.5M in total equity funding and is backed by Crosslink Capital, Munich Re Ventures, and Rally Ventures. - -Pathos – $62.0M - -Chicago-based Pathos develops an AI-enabled drug discovery platform to reduce the medication development process. Founded by Ryan Fukushima in 2020, Pathos has now raised a total of $82.0M in total equity funding and is backed by Builders VC, Lightbank, New Enterprise Associates, and Revolution Growth. - -RiPSIM Technologies – $5.0M - -Mclean-based RiPSIM Technologies develops a software-defined eSIM ecosystem that enables wireless service providers to design and download eSIMs. Founded by Christoph Jahr in 2021, RiPSIM Technologies has now raised a total of $6.9M in total equity funding and is backed by Ten Eleven Ventures. - -Table22 – $11.0M - -New York-based Table22 is a subscription based platform that helps restaurants build, manage, and grow offerings for fans and guests. Founded by Samuel Bernstein in 2015, Table22 has now raised a total of $11.0M in total equity funding and is backed by Alt Capital, Footwork, Forerunner, and Lightspeed Venture Partners. - -The AlleyWatch audience is driving progress and innovation on a global scale. There are a number of options to reach this audience of the world’s most innovative organizations and startups at scale including strategic brand placement, lead generation, and thought leadership in front of an audience that comprises the vast majority of key decision-makers in the NYC business community and beyond. Learn more about advertising to NYC Tech, at scale.",1731883669,7ef100ee0c,410d13b51b,,,1731883669 -https://abcnews.go.com/Politics/wireStory/antitrust-showdown-launched-biden-turn-lets-make-deal-115941208,https://abcnews.go.com/abcnews/politicsheadlines,Will the antitrust showdown launched under Biden turn into 'Let's Make A Deal' under Trump?,"The U.S. antitrust watchdogs that pounced on Big Tech and deterred dealmaking throughout corporate America during President Joe Biden’s administration may be tamer and kept on a shorter leash by President-elect Donald Trump after he returns to the Whit... - -SAN FRANCISCO -- The U.S. antitrust watchdogs that pounced on Big Tech and deterred corporate deal making throughout President Joe Biden's administration may be kept on a shorter leash by Donald Trump after he returns to the White House next year. - -Although regulators began cracking down on tech powerhouses such as Google and Facebook during Trump's first term as president, most experts expect his second administration to ease up on antitrust enforcement and be more receptive to mergers and deal-making after years of hypervigilance under Biden's watch. - -One of the biggest reasons underlying the anticipated pivot stems from the widespread belief that the chief architects of the Biden administration's get-tougher stance — Lina Khan of the U.S. Federal Trade Commission and the Justice Department's Jonathan Kanter — won't be part of the Trump regime. - -Both the Justice Department and FTC didn't respond to request for comment. - -Trump's announcement of billionaire Elon Musk, who once anointed himself as “Technoking,” to oversee an advisory effort focused on slashing government spending could end up reducing the staffs and regulators trying to rein in deep-pocketed companies. - -And Trump's nomination of combative supporter Matt Gaetz to be U.S. Attorney General has thrown even more uncertainty into the game. Gaetz has previously lashed out at social media platforms' policies he claims suppress conservative views, and has, at times, joined in on calls to break up Big Tech. He also has a track record of supporting causes trumpeted by Trump. - -“There are going to be some profound changes"" in antitrust policies, predicts John Kwoka, an economics professor at Northeastern University that has periodically worked on antitrust issues with the FTC and Justice Department. “Elon Musk could end up having a larger-than-life influence on policy, and that isn't something we have seen before, where a single person whispers in the ear of the President."" - -Other experts interviewed by The Associated Press mostly agree with Kwoka's sentiments. But they also believe it's highly unlikely the anticipated shift will result in regulators abandoning existing antitrust cases against Big Tech firms, partly because those legal showdowns coalesce with populist worries about the industry's increasing power and influence on people's lives. - -“We are in uncharted territory, but the idea of going up against Big Tech still has legs to it,” said Rebecca Allensworth, a Vanderbilt University law professor who tracks antitrust issues. - -But the changing of the guard may open a door for Google, Apple, Amazon and Facebook to avert prolonged court battles and negotiate settlements under a president that relishes in deal making. - -“Maybe Big Tech should buy a copy of ‘The Art of The Deal’ to figure out how to best negotiate with this administration,” suggested Paul Swanson, an antitrust attorney for the law firm Holland & Hart. “I won’t be surprised if they find ways to reach some accommodations and we end up seeing more negotiated resolutions and consent decrees.” - -While the fate of existing antitrust cases remains in a realm of pure speculation, almost everyone is betting the Trump administration will be more receptive to mergers that typically come with a promise of lower costs and other benefits for consumers. - -The stage is set for “a golden era for deal flow among public and private tech players over the next 12 to 18 months,” Wedbush Securities analyst Dan Ives wrote in a research note after Trump's reelection. - -It's a belief widely shared by most investors, which helped fuel a run up in the overall stock market since Election Day and boosted shares in companies trying to close deals announced during the Biden administration. One such example involves Capital One Financial and Discover, who aim to consummate their merger in a stock swap next year. Capital One's market value has increased by 11% while Discover's market value has climbed 16%. - -The change in administration could also sway a proposed merger between the country's two biggest supermarket chains, Kroger and Albertsons, which forged a $24.6 billion deal to combine in 2022. But the FTC filed a lawsuit in federal court earlier this year to block the merger, claiming the deal would eliminate competition, leading to higher prices and lower wages for workers. But the two companies say a merger would help them lower prices and compete against bigger rivals like Walmart. - -Given grocery prices remain a hot-button issue among consumers still feeling shell shocked from post-pandemic inflationary spikes, Allensworth believes the Trump administration is less likely to “abandon or soft pedal"" the FTC's challenge to the Kroger-Albertsons merger. - -In another case that has been cheered by hordes of consumers, the Justice Department is seeking to break up Ticketmaster and its corporate parent Live Nation in a lawsuit claiming their practices are driving up the cost of concerts and other entertainment. - -Despite the grassroots support for that case, Live Nation executives are signaling they think they can preserve the current system under a Trump presidency. - -“We are hopeful that we’ll see a return to the more traditional antitrust approach, where the agencies have generally tried to find ways to solve problems they see with targeted remedies that minimize government intervention in the marketplace,” Live Nation President Joe Berchtold said during a conference call with investors shortly after the election. - -Deals that got torpedoed by the Biden administration could find new life with Trump in command. American and JetBlue are already considering resurrecting a partnership after an earlier proposal got torpedoed by a legal challenge by Biden's antitrust team — a decision that was recently upheld by a Boston appeals court. - -“We are still taking a look at it,” American Airlines CEO Robert Isom said shortly after the election. “We will take everything that the court has fed back, and we’ll put that into consideration."" - -Similar conversations are likely taking place among other executives re-examining deals that seemed off-limits during the Biden administration, said Colin Kass, an antitrust attorney at the law firm Proskauer Rose, - -“It's almost certain there were deals that people put the brakes on because of antitrust concerns and those will be revisited to decide whether they still make economic sense,” Kass said. “If so, they will present it to the DOJ. And if there needs to be a fix, it’s more likely to get fixed than blocked outright. So it’s worth taking a chance at getting these deals done.” - -As for the efforts to dismantle Big Tech monopolies, the first case brought by the Trump administration against Google is now in the hands of a federal judge who ruled in August that the company's dominant search engine is an illegal monopoly. U.S. District Judge Amit Mehta in Washington, D.C. is now weighing what kind of punishment to impose on Google. A decision is expected by August next year. - -In a preliminary proposal filed last month, the Justice Department indicated it might try to persuade Mehta to order that key parts of Google be broken up to restore competition. - -The Justice Department's final draft of recommended penalties is due this Wednesday. The filing isn't likely to be influenced by the specter of the Trump administration taking over next January as Kanter and the rest of the team he assembled at Justice get one final chance to state their case against Google, said David Olson, an associate law professor for Boston College. - -A reshuffled team of antitrust regulators appointed by Trump could still backtrack from whatever position is staked out in the Nov. 20 filing and take a different stance when Mehta presides over the hearings about the proposed punishments next spring. - -“It is disheartening to see,” Kwoka said. “A tougher policy was in order because the tech companies in particular had been allowed to behave without any significant restraint for 20 years. And then we all recognized it was going to take more than four years to establish a tougher policy and show its merits. Now, that may not happen.” - -___ - -AP Business Writer Dee-Ann Durbin and AP Business Writer Dave Koenig contributed to this story.",1731883664,948678c443,418089d68e,,,1731883664 -https://www.euronews.com/2024/11/15/protests-erupt-in-abkhazia-over-pro-moscow-property-measure,http://feeds.feedburner.com/euronews/en/home/,Protests erupt in Abkhazia over pro-Moscow property measure,"By Euronews, AP - -Demonstrators in Abkhazia stormed government buildings to oppose a proposal allowing Russians to buy property, fearing it would inflate prices and increase Moscow’s influence. - -ADVERTISEMENT - -Thousands of protesters opposing a proposal that would allow Russians to buy property in Abkhazia, a Russian-backed separatist region of Georgia, stormed the parliament and presidential offices on Friday. - -Opponents of the property agreement argue that it would inflate apartment prices and increase Moscow's influence in the region. - -At least eight people were injured in the clashes in the regional capital of Sukhumi on the Black Sea, according to news reports. - -The protests forced parliament to postpone the session as the demonstrators gathered outside the gates of the government compound. - -Local media reports say MPs had earlier planned to discuss and ratify the controversial investment measure. - -Instead, demonstrators rammed the parliament gate with a truck and streamed inside the grounds, throwing rocks at police, who responded with tear gas. - -According to local reports, police left the parliament building, but demonstrators remained, demanding the resignation of Abkhazia's president, Aslan Bzhania. - -Demonstrators also stormed into the presidential administration building and vowed to remain there until Bzhania resigned and snap elections were called. - -The president's office later announced he was preparing an order to remove the measure from consideration. - -The unrest had been building up since Monday following the arrest of five opposition figures at a similar demonstration. The arrests set off wider protests the next day, in which bridges leading to Sukhumi were blocked. - -Abkhazia’s scenic mountains and Black Sea beaches attract many Russian tourists, creating strong demand for holiday homes. - -Most of the region broke away from Georgia following a conflict that ended in 1993, and Georgia lost control of the remaining territory after a brief war with Russia in 2008. - -While Russia recognises Abkhazia as an independent state, many Abkhazians fear that their region, with a population of around 245,000, is effectively becoming a client state of Moscow.",1731883669,33451736bb,41a67eac9d,,,1731883669 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMi6wFBVV95cUxNS0dJMU96VTA5ZG83bUdkWUptTG5qMm5tdXBHLWltZmh5OTdfazNsV1VYOXQ4endrSlFBUml3UW1PMEloY1hKbFNDWC1iZjg3UG1YTlNsQmdUZjFub21yb1dsVWczSDItdC1ORmpkZHJ3RWk3Y1FzTHpsXzcxY194dEc1N0RRYmdTbGhKT1RwMkgwTnh4VUFiMEpHTWMyQ1JjYWhicGlBcUI0eFRGU1YwclY2ZVZTYjdVaGhaWnBIakVsZGR2b01TZ3VhRm1ncDFpU1U4S3BWNWRSczhqUFdUV045TmYtMjNFWTJR?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883619,2688d2a9c6,4119a0d7bf,,,1731883619 -https://www.shipbob.com/blog/order-fulfillment/,https://www.shipbob.com/blog/feed/,What is Order Fulfillment? Define Your Process & Strategy in 2025,"Think about the last time you ordered something from an online store and had a sub-par delivery experience. Maybe your package was lost, late, or damaged. - -Are you itching to buy from that seller again? Probably not. - -As an ecommerce seller, you would never want your customers to have an experience like that from your brand. Moreover, your brand’s success depends on delivering not just an adequate delivery experience, but a stellar one. - -Achieving that outcome for your own ecommerce brand comes down to one thing: your order fulfillment strategy. - -In this article, we’ll dive deep into order fulfillment: what it is, what it entails, and how you can optimize and transform it into a competitive advantage for your business. - -Main takeaways (TLDR) - -As your business is growing, make sure your fulfillment strategy can scale with you. The order fulfillment process has 5 main steps, from receiving to returns. There are different approaches to order fulfillment. Which strategy is the best fit for your brand depends on several factors, such as business size, order volume, sales channels, global markets, and customization needs. If you decide to outsource your order fulfillment process, there are 10 questions you can ask a third-party logistics provider in order to choose the right one for your order fulfillment strategy (regarding locations, platform integrations, 2-day shipping, etc.). - -What is order fulfillment? - -Order fulfillment is the process of receiving, preparing, and delivering ecommerce orders. It begins as soon as a customer places an order, and encompasses every activity involved in getting a finished order into the customer’s hands, including order processing, confirmation, picking, packing, and shipping. - -Why is order fulfillment important? - -Order fulfillment is a necessary part of running your ecommerce business. Without it, there’s no way to get your products into customers’ hands. - -But more importantly, it is a critical stage of your supply chain that has huge implications for your brand’s fans, finances, and future. There are 3 key reasons why you should care about your brand’s order fulfillment: - -1. It impacts the customer experience. - -Orders don’t just magically show up on doorsteps; rather, every item in an order has to be procured, received at a warehouse or fulfillment center, stored, picked, packed in a box, and delivered to the end customer. - -Even though the customer almost never sees these activities, how they are carried out will affect the customer’s experience. - -For example, if a picker can’t find one of the items in a customer’s order (or realizes that item is out of stock), that order will be delayed. The customer is then forced to wait a longer time than they were promised to receive their finished order, which may upset them. - -Similarly, if an order is packed in the wrong size box without any protective material to cushion the items, those items may get damaged or broken in transit. The customer will then be disappointed when they open their package, and have to coordinate a refund with the brand. - -When you fail to meet your customers’ expectations – that the exact items they ordered arrive quickly and in pristine condition – they probably won’t purchase from your brand again. This can cost your brand money in the short term, and make it difficult for you to build up a loyal customer base. - -For example, medical equipment brand Baby Doppler noticed that they were getting a lot of complaints from customers because their orders weren’t arriving in 2 days or less (the ecommerce industry standard). By outsourcing fulfillment to ShipBob, and leveraging ShipBob’s fulfillment center network, they were able to get orders fulfilled and shipped to customers doorsteps much faster, and satisfy customers again. - -“Since switching to ShipBob from other 3PLs, our overall customer rating has been climbing steadily to get closer to our previous nearly perfect 5/5 rating, I believe largely due to improved shipping performance and service levels provided by ShipBob.” Mithu Kuna, Founder and CEO of Baby Doppler - -2. It’s a major cost center. (CS) - -Fulfillment costs are part and parcel of running an ecommerce business – in fact, for many brands, order fulfillment is one of their biggest spending areas. Ecommerce brands should pay attention to their fulfillment partner’s cost structure and billing to make sure they aren’t accidentally overpaying for sub-par fulfillment – especially if they outsource fulfillment to a third party logistics provider, or 3PL. - -For example, eco-friendly jewelry brand Ocean & Co. agreed to pay a premium price for what they thought would be premium fulfillment – but shortly after partnering with their old 3PL, they found they were paying 50% more than they had been previously, and experienced a huge surge in fulfillment errors and countless complaints about orders being inaccurately fulfilled. - -“We quickly realized the grass is not always greener on the other side. After that experience, we moved everything back to ShipBob. While many 3PLs utilize a complex pricing model that makes forecasting expenses nearly impossible, ShipBob has a clear pricing model so we know exactly what we’re going to be billed.” Gerard Ecker, Founder & CEO of Ocean & Co. - -3. It’s an integral part of scaling your business. (CS) - -When you’re first starting your ecommerce business, it’s normal to fulfill all your orders yourself. But as your brand grows, so will your order volume – and eventually, you won’t be physically able pick, pack, and ship them all on your own (or even with a team). - -To successfully expand your brand into new sales channels and geographies, you will need a way to manage more inventory, fulfill more orders, and ship out more packages without sacrificing quality or causing delays. - -For example, when dog treat brand NutriPaw launched their brand, they fulfilled orders themselves. A year later, the brand had grown so much that self-fulfillment became completely unsustainable. - -At the scale they were operating at, keeping everything in-house would mean that we would be picking and packing orders all day. By outsourcing fulfillment to ShipBob, NutriPaw was able to introduce new products and grow their brand without worrying about fulfillment. - -“We wanted to free up our time to focus on growing our business, and knew it was time to outsource fulfillment to experts like ShipBob.” Adelina Zotta & Connor Westby, Co-Founders of NutriPaw - -How does the order fulfillment process work? (5 steps + infographic) - -The order fulfillment process might look different for different brands, but it’s almost always composed of 5 key stages. - -Step 1: Receiving - -Receiving refers to the acceptance and storage of incoming inventory at a fulfillment center. - -If your brand fulfills orders in-house, you are responsible for receiving and stowing inventory when it arrives from the supplier or manufacturer. - -When you outsource to a 3PL, the 3PL will take care of it for you. Each 3PL has its own processes for receiving and storing inventory, often involving documentation submitted by the merchant. This keeps things organized and timely, meaning your orders can start shipping sooner. - -Once inventory arrives at loading docks, it is counted and checked for quality. The items are then stored in dedicated warehousing storage locations, such as shelves, bins, or pallets. - -Step 2: Picking - -When an order is placed on your brand’s ecommerce store, someone needs to go through inventory storage and pick each item in that order. - -When you work with a 3PL, each order is pushed to your 3PL’s order fulfillment system, where it is assigned to the warehouse picking team. A picker receives a packing slip with the items, quantities, and storage locations at the facility to collect the ordered products from their respective locations. - -Step 3: Packing - -Once all items in an order have been picked, it’s time to get them securely packed up in a box or poly mailer, which gets sent to the customer. - -In packing, it’s important to include insulating or protective materials so that the goods don’t get jostled or broken in transit. These materials can include boxes, bubble mailers or poly bags, packing tape, bubble wrap, air fill, and other dunnage. - -3PL partners will handle packing for you. Some 3PLs will charge for packing materials, while others include them as part of their fulfillment services. Your 3PL will choose packing materials that will both protect your products and add up to the lowest practical dimensional weight. - -If you’d prefer to keep your brand front and center, some partners allow you to stock your own custom boxes or otherwise use plain brown boxes. - -Step 4: Shipping - -Once the order is packed, it’s time to ship. Merchants must purchase shipping labels, affix the right label to each packaged order, and mail them to the customer using last-mile carriers such as the USPS, FedEx, UPS, DHL, and more. - -Most 3PL partners will purchase shipping labels from shipping carrier(s) on the merchant’s behalf. Some fulfillment providers have preferred carriers with whom they partner, while others compare shipping costs from a variety of carriers. The latter helps ensure the most affordable pricing possible for any given shipping option. - -One big benefit of outsourcing fulfillment is that major carriers pick up orders directly from the 3PL’s fulfillment centers to ship, saving you a trip to the post office (or the hassle of arranging carrier pickups yourself). - -Once the order ships, you receive order tracking information. Depending on your 3PL’s technology, you can either automatically or manually share this information with customers. - -Step 5: Order returns processing - -Although you hope it never happens, on occasion, customers will inevitably want to return some or all items from their orders. This means that ecommerce brands need a plan in place for how customers can ship the items back, and whether they will restock those items or dispose of them. - -Your brand will need to decide whether you will offer in-store returns, mail-in returns, both, or neither. You will also need to establish a return window (usually between 30 and 60 days), and whether you will cover the cost of return shipping. - -Some 3PLs will help you coordinate returns and restock eligible items in your inventory to be resold. - -Build your order fulfillment strategy around these 10 questions - -There’s no such thing as a one-size-fits-all order fulfillment strategy. Here are some important questions to answer to help you create a scalable fulfillment strategy for your online store. - -Business size and order volume - -How many SKUs does your business sell? How many orders are you currently shipping each month? How many orders do you predict you’ll be shipping next month? Next year? - -The number of products you sell and your monthly order volume play a big role in finding a fulfillment solution that works for you. If you’re new to the world of ecommerce, your fulfillment strategy is likely to look very different from, say, Walmart Marketplace or Target. - -Low order volume may make it more cost-effective for you to keep fulfillment in-house, as opposed to outsourcing. If you sell a limited variety of products and are shipping just a few orders each week, you probably don’t need a full inventory or warehouse management system to keep track of your inventory and operations. - -If your business is growing quickly and your average order value is steadily increasing, keep in mind when you’re likely to outgrow your fulfillment strategy. It’s important to make sure your ecommerce fulfillment strategy can scale with you. - -Sales channels and technology - -Where are you selling online? Are you selling on an ecommerce website, a marketplace, or both? Which ecommerce platform are you using? - -Your fulfillment strategy should complement and support your online sales channels, especially from a technology standpoint. Your technology should streamline the order fulfillment process, not complicate it. Order fulfillment software that already integrates with your ecommerce platform and online marketplaces can help you manage the entire parcel fulfillment process more efficiently without having to do any developer work. - -This is especially important if you’re selling across more than one channel. As soon as an online order is placed on any of your sales channels, it should automatically be pushed to your fulfillment operations. Then it can be picked, packed, and shipped in a timely manner. - -“We utilize ShipBob’s EDI solution that is connected to our 3rd party EDI platform SPS Commerce for our Chewy orders, and when we don’t ship directly to Amazon, we rely on ShipBob’s direct integration with Amazon for FBA orders. We’re even exploring additional channels that ShipBob supports, such as Walmart.com. Being an omnichannel brand is critical for us, so we can reach more pet lovers from more places. We’re glad that ShipBob helps us keep up with demand from all the places we reach our customers.” Stephanie Lee, COO at PetLab - -Choosing a fulfillment service with the right inventory management software is also critical. You should always have full visibility into inventory movement and quantities on hand across fulfillment locations, as well as a system in place to prevent stockouts. - -Overall, ecommerce businesses need to leverage technology that connects the upstream activities of purchasing and manufacturing to the downstream activities of sales and product demand to make more accurate purchasing and production decisions. - -Location, location, location - -Are your customers centrally located in one region, or are they spread across the country? Do you have a large international customer base? - -Where you ship to and from are two of the most important aspects that should inform your fulfillment strategy. Customers want ecommerce delivery to be quick and without a high price tag – so make sure you can deliver on customer expectations, try to minimize the number of shipping zones your average package travels. This can reduce shipping costs and times, leading to happier customers. - -Leveraging multiple fulfillment centers strategically placed near your customers can also drive down logistics costs and shipping times. This helps you leverage ground shipping more often, which is significantly cheaper than expedited shipping, while still getting orders to customers fast. - -If your brand ships outside of the US, it’s even more important to master your fulfillment strategy. Shipping internationally can be extremely expensive and time-consuming – not to mention complicated, as there are additional duties, tariffs, and taxes that your brand must navigate. - -Storing stock and fulfilling orders locally within the countries you sell in can help minimize cross-border complexities, cut costs, and improve shipping times. - -If you decide to partner with a 3PL, they may have global locations that your brand can use to expand its reach without breaking the bank. ShipBob, for example, has fulfillment centers in Europe, Canada, and Australia in addition to its US locations. - -Customization needs - -Are your products made-to-order? Is customization a key selling point of your brand? - -If you sell items that are custom-made, specially gift wrapped, or extremely fragile, you may want to choose a more hands-on approach to your entire supply chain. - -Being able to pack items yourself gives you the freedom, flexibility, and reassurance that customization will be exactly right each time. However, fulfilling orders yourself isn’t always sustainable. While outsourcing fulfillment means giving up some control, the right fulfillment partner will enable you to control quality, deliver an unforgettable unboxing experience, and scale your brand. - -“Fulfillment is one of the areas that we were super keen to outsource to a partner who’s been doing it for a while and knows how it’s done. We can trust ShipBob to support and handle fulfillment for us, so that we can focus on the strategic side of our business, helping us grow and develop much faster.” Adelina Zotta, Co-Founder of NutriPaw - -Order fulfillment options: what are they (+ 3 tips from the experts) - -It’s clear that different ecommerce businesses have different needs. The best order fulfillment strategy for your business might not be the same as that of your competitors. - -The most common order fulfillment methods are outsourcing to a third-party fulfillment provider, merchant fulfillment, and dropshipping. - -Third-party fulfillment - -Third-party fulfillment refers to outsourcing of fulfillment logistics to an external partner. These processes can include inventory management, generating optimized picking lists, packing boxes, and shipping orders, and managing returns. - -Many ecommerce retailers partner with a third-party logistics (3PL) partner to outsource supply chain-related tasks that can often be too time-consuming, costly, or complex to manage in-house. - -If you no longer have the bandwidth or space to fulfill orders yourself, working with a 3PL can help automate certain tasks. Freeing up the time previously taken up by product fulfillment allows you to focus instead on growing your business. - -“Personally, when I hear about people trying to do their own fulfillment, I’m kind of skeptical. Having gone through that experience of packing orders, I would tell anyone that’s thinking about starting a business that it’s really, really well worth your time to consider partnering with a professional like ShipBob. A lot of people think, “I don’t need that,” or “I don’t want to waste money on a fulfillment provider.” But in reality, partnering with an expert like ShipBob will free up so much of your time, speed up shipping, and lead to a better customer experience.” Tyler McCann, Co-Founder of Taste Salud - -3PLs have inbound and outbound logistics expertise that your business can — and should — leverage. They also have the infrastructure needed to ship larger order volumes, making them invaluable as your business scales or needs to ramp up quickly and deliver orders accurately. - -Merchant fulfillment - -Also called in-house fulfillment or self-fulfillment, merchant fulfillment refers to an ecommerce seller completing the entire order fulfillment process without the help of a third party. - -Many online brands choose to fulfill orders in-house when first starting out. This often means storing inventory and packing orders from home. - -Merchant fulfillment offers more control over your retail supply chain than outsourcing the same processes, but it can also be costly and hard to scale as your business grows. - -When your order volume gets too high to keep fulfilling orders from home, you have two options: Expand your merchant fulfillment operations by investing in fulfillment infrastructure (including warehouses, labor, equipment, and more) or outsource to a 3PL. - -The former can be an expensive endeavor, which is why so many businesses choose the latter. - -Dropshipping - -Dropshipping is a much more hands-off approach to both manufacturing and order fulfillment where inventory is produced, stored, and shipped by the manufacturer. - -When a customer places an order, the order details are forwarded to the manufacturer. The product ships directly from the manufacturer to the end consumer. - -Low barriers to entry and minimal overhead make dropshipping an attractive option to many new ecommerce businesses. However, manufacturers are often located overseas, which means that shipping takes significantly longer and is potentially more expensive than fulfilling orders domestically. - -Overall, dropshipping offers merchants very little control over the supply chain, especially when it comes to inventory management and order fulfillment. - -ShipBob’s top order fulfillment tips - -Take it from an expert supply chain partner – order fulfillment is hard. But there are a few ways your brand can make it a bit easier: - -Your receiving processes are key - -If you own the receiving part of your order fulfillment processes, you want to make sure it’s optimized so you can act fast. Any shipment should be processed as quickly as possible so that your customers can enjoy a fast delivery. - -Have a backup strategy in place - -When it comes to shipping products, there are a lot of preventable shipping mistakes to avoid, but also many external factors that you won’t have control over. Goods can be damaged, carriers may decide to increase their fees, exceptional weather conditions might impact your delivery, etc. Having a good contingency plan for your order fulfillment can help you prevent late deliveries. - -Use everything you can to anticipate demand - -Forecasting and staying in stock is essential to keeping up with the demand. If it’s not your first year running your business, you could start by analyzing your data (orders, inventory, etc.) from the previous year to understand if there is any seasonality in your market. - -Order fulfillment and 3PL pricing models - -Different 3PLs price their fulfillment services in different ways. Here’s how ShipBob prices our ecommerce order fulfillment services. - -Note: Order fulfillment pricing depends on your business’s specific needs. - -Fulfillment service How it’s priced Receiving Flat rate for the first two hours, and a per-hour charge for each subsequent hour Inventory storage Per bin, shelf, and pallet Pick and pack fees A certain number of picks included in total fulfillment cost, and a per-pick fee for each subsequent pick Standard packaging Included in total fulfillment cost Shipping Carrier pricing passed directly on to client - -Read more: Order Fulfillment Costs and 3PL Pricing Models: Everything You Need to Know - -Just like there is no one-size-fits-all fulfillment solution, there is no one pricing model that fits all ecommerce businesses. Above is an example of ShipBob’s fulfillment pricing. Reach out to our team for a custom fulfillment quote that takes into account your business’s size, needs, strategy and budget. - -How to choose a 3PL - -If you’ve decided that outsourcing order fulfillment to a third-party logistics service provider is the right choice for your ecommerce business, it’s now time to select a partner. - -However, choosing a 3PL can be a harrowing task. The options can seem endless, with confusing pricing and outdated processes. - -It’s important to find an order fulfillment provider that you trust to handle your inventory, provide a positive experience to your customers, and ultimately help you grow your business. - -To determine if a third-party fulfillment company is the right partner for your business, be sure to ask them a comprehensive set of questions, including: - -How are you different from a traditional pack-and-pick 3PL? - -How does your technology work? Which ecommerce platform integrations do you support? - -Where are your fulfillment centers located? - -Do you offer 2-day shipping? - -How can you help me offer a best-in-class customer experience? - -For more questions to ask and criteria to look for in your fulfillment partner, you can download our guide on How to Choose a Fulfillment Provider for Your Ecommerce Business to help you find the right partner for your business. - -Leave order fulfillment to the pros at ShipBob - -Chances are, you didn’t start your business because you wanted to deal with logistics. Instead of struggling to manage order fulfillment alone, many brands partner with an expert supply chain partner like ShipBob to optimize order fulfillment with ease. - -Here are just some of the benefits of outsourcing fulfillment to ShipBob. - -Save time without sacrificing quality - -By outsourcing logistics tasks like inventory storage, picking, packing, and shipping to a professional, you free up time for you and your brand to focus on other strategic priorities. ShipBob takes fulfillment off of thousands of ecommerce brands’ plates, so that they can achieve higher-quality and more efficient fulfillment and focus their attention where it’s most impactful. - -“With ShipBob as our partner, it’s like we get hundreds more people on our team, who are all supporting us and freeing up time by managing fulfillment for us.” Kelly Bond, Operations Manager at Elle Sera - -Create an order and inventory north star - -Visibility into your inventory and orders is crucial to successful order fulfillment. When you outsource fulfillment to ShipBob, you’ll gain access to ShipBob’s dashboard: a one-stop shop for your inventory and order data. - -With real-time insight into inventory levels and key performance indicators like inventory turnover, SKU velocity, on-hand inventory, and more, your brand will know exactly how inventory is moving and when to replenish popular products. This same platform also gives you visibility into order data, as well as the ability to edit orders and track an order throughout the fulfillment and delivery process. - -ShipBob also tracks inventory and order data over time, so you can improve demand forecasts and plan for your business’s future. - -Distribute inventory strategically with ShipBob’s fulfillment network - -Customers want to get their orders quickly – but for brands with customers all over the US, long-distance shipping is both time-consuming and expensive. - -By distributing and storing inventory across ShipBob’s 50+ fulfillment centers, brands can physically place their inventory closer to customers. This minimizes shipping distances, reduces shipping costs, and helps orders arrive on doorsteps faster. - -ShipBob’s Ideal Inventory Distribution tool can even help you determine the most strategic locations to leverage and how many units to allocate using historical order destination data. - -Grow your brand with ease - -When you’re ready to scale your brand to the next level, ShipBob is ready to scale with you. - -Whether you’re looking to forge retail partnerships, enter new sales channels, or expand into new countries, ShipBob’s DTC and B2B fulfillment solutions (as well as our proprietary in-house warehouse management system, or WMS) can help you grow seamlessly. - -Partnering with ShipBob enables your brand to grow with ease, and manage your new partners, integrations, and sales streams through a single, omnichannel platform. - -“There are so many growth opportunities on the table for us – and because ShipBob offers so many different solutions and growth levers, we’re able to leverage our existing partnership to scale instead of having to go out and find different providers for every new expansion.” Jessica Cedarleaf, VP of Operations at Tonies - -Get in touch to see if we’re a good fit for your business’s unique needs. Request a pricing quote below. - -Order fulfillment FAQs - -Here are answers to common questions about ecommerce order fulfillment. - -What does it mean when an order is in fulfillment? If your order is “in fulfillment” that most likely means that it’s been processed and is currently being picked, packed, and prepared for shipment. Once fulfillment is completed, an order has been delivered to the customer and the process is complete. - -What is order fulfillment rate? Order fulfillment rate (or order fill rate) is the number of orders that are processed divided by the total number of orders. - -What is logistics fulfillment? The term “logistics fulfillment” is synonymous with order fulfillment or parcel fulfillment, and refers to completing the logistical processes from checkout to delivery. - -What is order fulfillment in supply chain management? Order fulfillment is an integral part of the ecommerce supply chain. As such, effective supply chain management involves optimizing the entire order fulfillment process for speed, efficiency, and cost, as well as ensuring that preceding supply chain functions (such as procurement) go smoothly.",1731883620,57793ba4a6,4179a6df6a,,,1731883620 -https://www.teachthought.com/technology/best-science-podcasts/,https://www.teachthought.com/feed/,The Best Science Podcasts,,1731883661,ecf7668f95,4105a89e32,,,1731883661 -https://www.achievers.com/blog/employee-appreciation-quotes/,https://www.achievers.com/blog/feed/,90 employee appreciation quotes to recognize others,"Our platform - -Discover the all-in-one platform to transform your people strategy, built to meet the needs of your changing workforce.",1731883640,d6c893b4ec,41c04f26f8,,,1731883640 -https://www.beyondtheboxscore.com/2022/3/24/22994146/mlb-news-reds-sign-tommy-pham-to-one-year-deal,https://www.beyondtheboxscore.com/rss/current,Morning Mound Visit: Reds sign Tommy Pham to one-year deal,"The Cincinnati Reds have spent most of the winter tearing down their roster, but on Wednesday, they made an improvement. Tommy Pham signed a one-year, $7.5 million deal with a mutual option for 2023. The 34-year-old outfielder struggled slightly over the past two seasons. In 686 combined plate appearances, Pham slashed .226/.335/.370 for a 97 wRC+. Pham isn’t known for his defensive prowess either. - -If there’s a place for a slugger to get their groove back, it’s Great American Ballpark. According to FanGraphs’ park factors, Cincinnati was the friendliest home run park in each of the last four seasons. - -Pham figures to be Cincinnati’s Opening Day left fielder over Aristedes Aquino, Jake Fraley, and Shogo Akiyama. Of course, Pham could get plenty of starts as the Reds’ designated hitter. - -Reactions from Reds Reporter - -Eric Stephen | True Blue LA: The Dodgers designated Matt Beaty for assignment on Wednesday. In 2021, Beaty slashed .270/.363/.402 for a 114 wRC+ across 234 plate appearances. Hanser Alberto takes Beaty’s spot on LA’s 40-player roster. - -Kate Preusser | Lookout Landing: The Mariners signed Sergio Romo to a one-year worth $2 million. In 61 2/3 innings, Romo pitched to a 4.24 FIP.",1731883626,2446e43b23,41458ab2ff,,,1731883626 -https://www.beyondtheboxscore.com/2022/3/23/22992118/detroit-tigers-2022-season-preview-hungry-for-success-playoff-hopeful,https://www.beyondtheboxscore.com/rss/current,The Tigers are hungry for success,"The Detroit Tigers took a sizable step forward last season when they finished with a decent 77-85 record. It wasn’t good enough to make the playoffs (it was the seventh straight season without October baseball for the Tigers), but it gave fans something they had been missing for a while: hope. - -Andy Dufresne, in The Shawshank Redemption, said it best: “Hope is a good thing, maybe the best of things, and no good thing ever dies.” - -After opening the 2021 campaign with a putrid 9–24 record, Detroit played over .500 the rest of the year, going 68–61. Fans finally saw some light at the end of the tunnel, and the franchise entered the offseason with lots of holes to fill and money to spend. - -Detroit signed shortstop Javier Báez to a six-year, $140 million deal, but also inked underrated reliever Andrew Chafin on a two-year pact worth $13 million. They brought in starters Eduardo Rodríguez and Michael Pineda and traded for catcher Tucker Barnhart. - -It’s time to let the kids take over - -Perhaps more importantly, the Tigers are ready to give two prominent prospects the key to their future: first baseman Spencer Torkelson and outfielder Riley Greene. They had already started the process in the last two years, giving important innings to their “Big Three” starting pitching prospects: Casey Mize, Tarik Skubal, and Matt Manning. - -Much of the future of the franchise will depend on those five players. Torkelson hit 30 home runs across three minor league levels in 2021, and had a 129 wRC+ in Triple-A, while Greene accumulated 24 dingers and 16 stolen bases in two levels, Double-A and Triple-A. - -Mize, the man of the nasty splitter, may have had a 4.71 FIP in 2021, but he did finish with a 3.71 ERA in 150.1 innings and was able to make 30 starts, setting himself up nicely for a bigger workload this year as the Tigers, they hope, will be fighting for a place in the postseason thanks to the expanded format. - -Skubal’s 4.34 ERA was not particularly good, but he did miss bats at a high clip (25.9 K%) and is a breakout candidate for 2022. Manning, meanwhile, had lots of issues getting strikeouts (14.8 K%) and is more of a question mark. Spencer Turnbull is injured and Matt Boyd is off to greener pastures, so E-Rod and Pineda will complete a rotation with a nice ceiling, but not a very high floor. - -The lineup will welcome back Akil Baddoo (108 wRC+, 13 homers, 18 stolen bases) and Robbie Grossman (114 wRC+, 23 HR, 20 SB) in the outfield corners. Greene could win the center field job out of camp. - -Baez will bring some much-needed thump and upside to the infield. He plays a very good shortstop, and if he can keep some of the plate discipline gains he made during his time with the Mets, look out. - -Miguel Cabrera is close to finished, but he can still post slightly below-average offensive production, and his role as a mentor for the young hitters could be extremely valuable if he embraces it. One would think a hitter like Torkelson has a lot to learn from a guy like Cabrera. - -The reliable Jeimer Candelario, the Tigers’ fWAR leader in 2021 with 3.2, will man third base, and Jonathan Schoop is the second baseman. Barnhart and Eric Haase will form a pretty solid catching tandem. - -Win Total Prediction: 84-78 (.518) - -Detroit got better during the offseason, but it’s still not a surefire playoff team. They could eventually get in, but nearly every team in the division (except for the Cleveland Guardians, to be honest) is looking better this year, and the American League as a whole also got stronger. - -Overall, Detroit may be able to finish above .500, which would be a highly successful outcome given everything the franchise has had to go through recently. The playoffs are looking like a more difficult objective, but while it’s not impossible, the odds are against them. - -They are definitely on the right path, though, and better days are surely ahead. - -Andrés Chávez loves the game of baseball and writes about it at Beyond the Box Score, Pinstripe Alley, and other sites. He is on Twitter as @andres_chavez13",1731883627,2446e43b23,418baf7c02,,,1731883627 -https://www.advocate.com/politics/republican-gloats-lgbtq-studies-texas-ended,https://www.advocate.com/rss.xml,Republican lawmaker gloats after Texas university kills LGBTQ+ studies program,"The largest college in Texas is eliminating its minor in LGBTQ Studies over faculty objections, and the state legislator who spearheaded the program’s demise told Inside Higher Ed it’s only the first of many similar programs to fall in the state. - -“I want to end all taxpayer-funded leftist propaganda in every single one of our public institutions of higher learning,” State Representative Brian Harrison said after Texas A&M University revealed it was cutting the nascent LGBTQ Studies program. “And if it takes extreme budget cuts to get their attention, so be it.” - -“This is an attack, of course, on academic freedom, but it’s also an attack on critical thinking,” faculty member and sociology professor, Chaitanya Lakkimsetti, who helped create the LGBTQ minor, said of the decision. - -Last week, the Texas A&M University School Board of Regents unanimously voted to eliminate 52 minors and certificates from its flagship College Station campus due to low enrollment and performance. Included on the list was a minor in LGBTQ Studies, which had drawn the ire of Harrison earlier this year. - -“Texas A&M is offering a MINOR in this??” Harrison, a former Trump political appointee and a Texas A&M graduate, tweeted in January. - -Faculty objected to the program’s elimination despite its low enrollment numbers. While it had only three students enrolled in the Spring 2024 semester and only two currently enrolled in the Fall 2024 semester, the faculty noted the minor in LGBTQ Studies was only initiated in the Fall of 2022. They also objected to the inadequate consultation with the faculty, a deficiency that was noted in the report from the Board of Regents. - -Despite these objections, the program was eliminated. - -Harrison declared victory in September before the Board of Regents voted on the matter, telling Inside Higher Ed Texas A&M System chancellor John Sharp assured him the program would be eliminated. - -“Proud to have helped deliver this victory for Texas taxpayers, who should never be forced to fund liberal indoctrination,” Harrison celebrated at the time. - -When asked about faculty concerns about academic freedom being curtailed as a result of the move to eliminate the LGBTQ Studies program, Harrison showed little concern. - -“Once I get done laughing, I would remind them that it is the people of the state of Texas that fund our public universities, and they are overtaxed, and they’re sick and tired of having their tax dollars weaponized against them and their values,” Harrison said.",1731883626,d5ecffcd86,41308a0552,,,1731883626 -https://roboticsandautomationnews.com/2024/11/13/the-role-of-technology-in-construction-safety/86954/,https://roboticsandautomationnews.com/feed/,The Role of Technology in Construction Safety,"Construction sites carry many safety risks. Structures may be unsafe or unstable, and equipment malfunctions or misuse can occur. While construction companies are highly trained to perform efficient and safe work, accidents can still happen. - -The construction industry constantly implements new procedures and tools to make the job site safer for builders, and technology has played a significant role in this. Technology has changed the game for construction companies, improving safety conditions, procedures, and risk assessments. - -Risk Analysis - -Technological advancements, such as 3D building modeling software and augmented or virtual reality, have revolutionized risk analysis and assessments in the construction industry. - -These tools provide unprecedented accuracy and accessibility to crucial information about structural issues, site safety concerns, and construction details. This accessibility benefits various roles, from construction workers to insurance evaluators, enhancing their ability to detect and mitigate risks. - -Equipment Safety Features - -Construction equipment provides more safety features than ever. Newer power tools and construction equipment have alerts and alarms when there is a tool malfunction or error, including proximity alarms. - -Heavy equipment features LED lighting, brakes, horns, backup alarms, and other warning features to reduce accidents or damage. - -Backup cameras in heavy, drivable construction equipment make accessibility and safety a priority. Automated or remote-controlled equipment can reduce the need for workers to access unsafe building conditions. - -Enhanced Protective Gear - -Safety testing technology has improved, making protective equipment more efficient with better materials, flexibility, and accessibility. Wearable technology in construction has been implemented and advanced, providing real-time alerts to health or safety concerns while on the job site. - -These wearables can evaluate heart rate, breathing quality, and other metrics to manage builders’ health. Certain alarms or alerts can go off when a worker is near hazards like live wires or active power tools. - -Connected Equipment (Internet of Things) - -With the Internet of Things (IoT) technology improvements, construction equipment statuses and locations are more easily monitored. - -Dangerous equipment is less likely to go missing, malfunctioning equipment can be avoided, and construction field managers have real-time updates on the performance of all equipment, machinery, and tools. - -On-Site Monitoring - -Through improvements in remote communication technology, on-site monitoring is easier than ever. - -Internet hotspot technology can connect any phone, tablet, or computer to the internet for video, chat, or phone communications, regardless of a construction site’s location or cell signal. Long-distance builder management and construction site updates are more accessible and efficient. - -Advanced Communication - -With advanced safety alarms, radio connection distances, and battery capabilities, worker statuses and messages are more easily delivered and received on the job site. - -Drones and equipment cameras can allow more team members to view and access job sites and situations. With instant communication comes instant emergency response, mitigating damage, duration, and severity. - -Aerial Drones - -The advancements in drone technology have been unparalleled. Workers or managers no longer need to risk safety to access job sites for visuals or planning. - -Safety procedures can be tailored for specific scenarios using enhanced aerial drone visuals. Aerial drones can allow remote equipment to perform more accurately. Safety risks are more efficiently and easily visualized. - -Accessible Safety Training - -Safety training no longer needs to be performed in a traditional classroom. Advanced teaching technology makes remote teaching more accessible than ever. - -Online safety classes can be taught and learned from anywhere at any time. Equipment and drone footage allow workers to be trained in real-life scenarios and situations. - -Insurance and Workers’ Comp Software - -In the unfortunate event of an accident, technology ensures that employees and employers are informed in real time. This technology includes updates and communications with insurance companies and workers’ compensation, allowing for quick and efficient processing of claims and case updates. - -Real-time communication technology facilitates more effective and efficient communication with any construction accident lawyer, making legal paperwork more accessible and distributable through e-signing and e-filing. - -On-Site Telehealth - -If any injuries or accidents do occur on the construction site, quick medical attention is more accessible. Telehealth allows immediate connection to medical care through the internet via voice or video call. - -While in-depth procedures like surgeries will still require a hospital visit, damage, pain, and severity can be lessened through the advice of a real-time virtual medical appointment. - -Conclusion - -Technology is a valuable asset for high-risk work like construction sites. Technology allows constant communication and connection through construction teams, managers, and risk assessors. - -Drones and other camera equipment can make safety analyses risk-free. On-site telehealth allows for prompt medical advice and care should an accident occur. - -When accidents do happen, technology allows for quicker updates regarding insurance claims, litigation, and employer-employee communications. - -Safety training is more accessible, too. Wearable technology can monitor the health and status of construction workers, improving job stress and safety measures. - -Construction equipment has more safety features than ever, including backup cameras, proximity alarms, and malfunction alerts.",1731883655,65442cd6f5,41989f10ac,,,1731883655 -https://www.npr.org/2022/03/30/1089744297/the-bond-king,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Mary Childs talks about the rise and fall of Bill Gross in ""The Bond King"" : Planet Money : NPR","The Bond King - -Enlarge this image Patrick T. Fallon/Bloomberg via Getty Images Patrick T. Fallon/Bloomberg via Getty Images - -Before he was nicknamed The Bond King, Bill Gross got his start as a lowly credit analyst at a California life insurance company called Pacific Mutual. His main job was collecting interest payments on the bonds his company invested in. But inflation was eroding the value of those bonds, so Bill Gross convinced his boss to let him start trading them. That was the beginning for investing giant PIMCO, and the beginning of a transformation for the sleepy bond market into the highly competitive and profitable world we know today. - -Bill Gross's intense focus and quest for fame helped make him a leader in the industry, but also cost him his empire. - -Sponsor Message - -Planet Money's very own Mary Childs just published a book about Bill Gross called The Bond King: How One Man Made a Market, Built an Empire, and Lost It All. Today, she tells us his story. - -This episode was produced by Willa Rubin. It was mastered by Isaac Rodrigues and edited by Molly Messick. - -Music: ""8 Bar Cypher,"" ""A Word From The Guru,"" ""Am-Trans,"" and ""Add The Bounce."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884681,8181d7a585,41c0949191,,,1731884681 -https://godotengine.org/article/development-fund-perks/,https://godotengine.org/rss.xml,New Dev Fund Perks: Discord Role and Forum Badge,"We have added new benefits for members of the Godot Development Fund! On our official forum, a special badge is now available as a thank you for your continued support. Likewise, you can get a custom role on our brand new official Discord server! Read the instructions below for connecting your accounts. - -Not a fund member yet? Subscribe now! - -Connecting your accounts - -Forum Badge - -The forum badges are assigned automatically to your Godot account when you become a Development Fund member. Make sure to use the same Godot account on the forum! - -If you are already a Development Fund member but your badge does not show up, make sure that you have signed in at least once to the Development Fund website. It may take up to 24 hours for the badge to appear on the forum. - -Discord Role - -Make sure you are subscribed and logged in to the Development Fund, then follow these instructions: - -Authorize our Discord application by clicking “Connect with Discord”: In the options for our Discord server, find and select the “Linked Roles” option Choose the “Fund Member” role Click “Finish” to complete the process. Without finishing, the role won’t show up! - -Not ready to become a member yet? - -While this won’t give you a fancy badge or role, we have recently added the option for one-time donations. With this update, we also switched to Stripe as our payment provider to offer the option to donate via credit card in addition to PayPal. - -For those of you that have been with the project for a long time already, you might remember our Patreon. In case you haven’t already, we encourage you to move your donation over to this self-hosted solution, as we receive more of your contributions here without the provider fees. Nonetheless, the page will stay up for the time being and also connect to the Discord mentioned above. - -Thank you for ensuring that we can keep developing the Godot Engine!",1731883661,30757aad9e,420faf45e8,,,1731883661 -https://www.pcgamer.com/hardware/please-change-your-password-NordPass-2024-list,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,Please change your password before hackers use this list of the 200 most commonly used passwords to crack open your life like a coconut,"Change your password. Don't give me that, ""Oh, I'll do it later,"" malarkey. Update your most important accounts now—and please, for the love of all of your files in the cloud, don't change it to '123456.' - -Why not? Well, it's only the most popular password for both personal and corporate accounts—making it also the easiest for hackers and even AI to crack—according to NordPass. For the last six years, the password management arm of NordVPN has collated data on the most commonly used passwords in a bid to get people to take their own digital security more seriously. Unfortunately, the usual suspects reign supreme. - -The NordPass lists are based on data taken from ""various publicly available sources, including those on the dark web,"" including credentials both exposed by data breaches (like the recent attack on the Internet Archive) or otherwise scooped up by malware. Some of the data included full email addresses, though NordPass assures, ""no personal data was acquired or purchased to conduct this study."" - -That said, there was enough detail in their data set for NordPass to determine that it pertains to accounts registered across 44 different countries. Naturally, one should be sceptical of any facts or figures coming from a company also trying to sell you something. That said, if you're genuinely using 'password' as your actual password for anything, you need to have a word with yourself as it placed fourth and fifth this year. - -We've covered NordPass' yearly list of the 200 most used passwords before, with '123456' taking the top spot in both 2020, 2022, and now once again in 2024. If this is a password you're currently using for either a personal or corporate account, you should know that NordPass estimates it will take any would-be hacker less than a second to pry their way into your accounts. - -Honestly, you'd be better off changing your password to '0451,' and keeping a scrawled post-it nearby as a reminder—partly because no passwords using this fabled combination appear among the top 200. - -Among the 20 most used passwords are many variations on the theme of a numberbar glissando (that is, running your finger along the keys in sequence like you're a swish pianist), and permutations of 'qwerty' appear no less than three times. The first surprising appearance is 'dragon' at number 20, followed by 'monkey' at 21. While a little less straightforward, a hacker would still crack both in no time at all, and no amount of wishing will undo that sort of damage—even with your snazzy replica Dragon Balls. - -The biggest gaming news, reviews and hardware deals Keep up to date with the most important stories and the best deals, as picked by the PC Gamer team. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -Anime jokes that are a stretch at best aside, what can one do for better password management with all of these accounts you're expected to have in this day and age? NordPass' answer is obvious, but we've also broached the subject ourselves with this handy guide. - -If you're still looking for password inspiration, the UK's National Cyber Security Centre advises that three random words stuck together makes for pretty good passwords—just make sure they're three actually random words because anyone of a certain age will guess 'Purple Monkey Dishwasher' a mile off. - -Anyway, because I'm vain, I did also take a look at where my own name ranked on NordPass' lists; it turns out 'jessica' places at 114th for personal passwords and 112th for corporate codes. According to NordPass' estimations, it'd also take slightly longer for a hacker to crack too—a whole seven seconds! Finally, something to be proud of.",1731883680,2b11e0dc79,41ceba79cf,,,1731883680 -https://www.everydayshouldbesaturday.com/2019/7/18/20699464/charity-drive-day-4-afternoon,https://www.everydayshouldbesaturday.com/rss/current.rss,CHARITY DRIVE DAY 4 AFTERNOON,"When we get charitable around here, we expect certain things. - -You’re going to step up in a big way. - -You’re going to use some clever numerology in how you make donations. - -Somehow, Michigan is going to end up on top. - -Through the first day, that bore out — our largest Monday donation was made in honor of Michigan’s 40-34 win over Ohio State in Brady Hoke’s first year. - -Now, there’s been some volleys overnight — big shots from Texas A&M, Louisiana Tech and Georgia Tech. - -And now an Ohio State fan has tweaked the overall total in an odd way. - -Huh. Wonder if that means anything. - -7-3-83? In July 1983 Urban would’ve been a minor league baseball player in the Braves’ farm system. That can’t be it. - -Oh, it refers to Urban’s 7 wins against Michigan, 3 Big Ten titles, and 83 overall wins at Ohio State. (Okay, he told me this, I didn’t guess it.) - -You gonna let that stand, Michigan? Or you gonna come take your crown back? - -DONATE!",1731883655,9becbdfbef,41c7abb82e,,,1731883655 -https://www.unmannedsystemstechnology.com/2024/11/portable-ground-control-station-launched/,https://www.unmannedsystemstechnology.com/feed/,Portable Ground Control Station Launched,"Follow UST Share this - -UAVOS has made its next-generation Portable Ground Control Systems PGCS-7 available, improving on the company’s previous generation to make a highly reliable GCS for unmanned operations. - -Having taken years of feedback from clients and prospects, the PGCS-7 has a new generation powerful Getac X600 PC, an external redundant power supply, and an improved customizable I/O hardware interface. - -Featuring fully redesigned switch buttons, I/O panels allow users to customize to their exact design needs fully. As a ground control station with an upgraded full-size keyboard and buttons, the rugged purpose-built PGCS-7 enables intuitive and user-friendly control making it possible to reduce the likelihood of operator error during missions. - -Compatible with preferred autopilots, PGCS-7 features flight and mission operation software, video-tracker software, payload sensor data, and information. - -PGCS-7 supports all UAVOS platforms and ground control software and is expandable to non-UAVOS UAS. Launching multiple UAV types from a single hub and transferring data to an operator, all using one GCS. The system uses industry-standard protocols, hardware, and power sourcing simplifying operational compatibility. - -Based on the fully-rugged notebook Getac 600, the PGCS-7 features a throttle lever and 3-axis joystick, Ethernet interfaces, and configurable switches and keyboard. The PGCS-7 comes up with a Getac X600 laptop modification to meet client requirements. - -The GCS is built to withstand harsh environments, with IP65-rated construction and enhanced shock resistance. The system provides long battery life to support extended-duration missions. - -UAVOS CEO and Co-founder Aliaksei Stratsilatau stated, “UAVs’ ongoing evolution and crucial role in growing markets needs modern GCS capable of delivering accurate control, real-time data processing, and secure communication linkages to ensure mission success. - -“UAVOS’ PGCS 7 with expanded capabilities delivers a blend of power, portability, and affordability opening new possibilities for mission success across various applications.”",1731883613,8bbbd151de,41e6ec8819,,,1731883613 -https://www.fodors.com/world/europe/netherlands/experiences/news/traveling-to-the-netherlands-is-about-to-get-more-difficult,https://www.fodors.com/feed,Traveling to the Netherlands Is About to Get More Difficult,"Another European country to introduce border controls. - -Following Germany and France, the Netherlands will reinstate temporary land border controls starting December 9. Germany implemented similar restrictions in September, with France following in October. The Dutch government has justified this decision as a necessary measure to curb illegal migration and human trafficking. These controls will remain in effect for six months. - -The Netherlands shares its borders with Germany and Belgium, and spot checks will be conducted at hundreds of land border points. Marjolein Faber, the minister of asylum and migration, stated, “It is time to tackle irregular migration and migrant smuggling in a concrete way.” - -Currently, random checks are already being carried out in the Netherlands, and illegal crossings are monitored. However, these measures may be intensified to prevent illegal immigrants from entering the country. Additionally, individuals who have applied for asylum in other countries will also be turned away. According to Minister Faber, the police will not receive additional resources for conducting these checks, and efforts will be made to minimize traffic disruptions as much as possible. - -Faber represents the far-right Party for Freedom (PVV), which won the last elections and has an anti-immigration stance. The party’s tightening of border controls aims to discourage immigration. Despite this, news reports indicate that asylum applications have decreased by 5% compared to the previous two years. So far this year, there have been 700 asylum applications, down from 1,200 at the same time in 2023. - -Continue Reading Article After Our Video Recommended Fodor’s Video - -Related: Traveling to Germany Is About to Get More Difficult - -Schengen Zone - -The Schengen Agreement facilitates the free movement of goods and people among European Union member states, making it one of the E.U.’s most significant achievements. Established in 1985, the agreement allows for unrestricted movement within 25 of the 27 EU countries, as well as Norway, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Switzerland. - -According to the E.U., approximately 3.5 million people cross internal borders daily. Citizens can live in one country, work in another, and travel freely without undergoing checks. Students have the opportunity to study in different countries and work anywhere while also accessing healthcare benefits. For non-E.U. travelers, a common visa policy (the Schengen visa) enables them to travel within member states with fewer border checks and visa requirements. - -Germany, France, the Netherlands, Luxembourg, and Belgium were the first five countries to abolish border checks as original signatories of the Schengen Agreement. However, today, three of these five nations have reinstated temporary border controls to address illegal migration. - -With the newly imposed restrictions, experts are concerned about the implications for daily commuters and travelers. While all three governments have assured that the impact on freedom of movement will be limited, delays are anticipated. Additionally, there is a risk of a ripple effect that could weaken the Schengen Treaty. Other countries, including Norway, Austria, Denmark, Sweden, Slovenia, and Italy, have also implemented temporary border controls. - -The E.U. allows for temporary border controls, but these measures are intended for emergency situations and can be applied for a maximum of six months. The European Commission states, “The reintroduction of border control at internal borders must be applied as a last resort measure, in exceptional situations, and must respect the principle of proportionality.” However, the recent rise of far-right movements in Germany and the Netherlands has intensified anti-immigration rhetoric, prompting governments to extend border controls as a means to curb immigration. This sentiment is increasingly visible across Europe, with far-right parties gaining traction. - -Related: Traveling to France Is About to Get More Difficult",1731883663,ed13a32224,41f8f21246,,,1731883663 -https://transom.org/2011/the-five-percent-rule/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,The Five Percent Rule,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/08/The-Five-Percent-Rule.mp3 Download Listen to “The Five Percent Rule” - -The amount of effort Sally Herships put into her first investigative journalism piece….. well, it’s enough to drive you to smoke! - -Don't do that! Take that money and do something else. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -“The Five Percent Rule” is Sally’s 10-month-long foray into investigative reporting, a story on the under-pricing of tobacco on military bases. The piece aired on Marketplace in June of 2011 as part of a series on tobacco. - -On this edition of HowSound, Sally talks about some of her behind-the-scenes work on the project. It’s a bit startling, actually. Huge spreadsheets, hundreds of phone calls…. even a new pair of special glasses to prevent the headaches she was getting from looking at a computer screen too long. - -Sally says she received assistance from I.R.E. — Investigative Reporters and Editors. They were a tremendous help for this kind of deep reporting and exacting work. - -Have a listen then let us know about your investigative work. - -Here’s Sally’s blog for “The Five Percent Rule.” And, no, Sally doesn’t smoke. - -This edition of HowSound was produced on Hindenburg software rather than ProTools, my usual audio editor of choice for a good dozen years. I haven’t switched to Hindenburg, but I sure like it a lot.",1731883741,c00d35bf2d,41ef81730e,,,1731883741 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/13/product-design-projects-london-southbank-university-dezeen-schoolshows/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,Nine product design projects by London South Bank University,"Dezeen School Shows: a material made from waste crustacean shells from restaurants is included in Dezeen's latest school show by students at London South Bank University. - -Also featured is a piece of multipurpose, reconfigurable furniture designed for renters and a shower that runs on bioethanol that allows accessible bathing for those in developing areas. - -London South Bank University - -Institution: London South Bank University - -School: School of Engineering and Design - -Course: BSc (Hons) Product Design and Technology - -Tutors: Barney Townsend, Susana Soares, Peter Wong and Elisa Guimarares Puccinelli Rebelo - -School statement: - -""If you want to become a confident, creative and resilient designer, our BSc/MDes Design and Technology programme is perfect for you! - -""You will graduate as a versatile professional, well-prepared for a diverse range of design and technology career paths."" - -Smartable by Adam Butt - -""Smartable, a smart retrofit shelf for your fridge, helps users develop their food management skills. - -""Smartable can monitor essential food information, such as expiration dates and food availability – users will be notified of this information through an accompanying app or by RGB LEDs on the physical shelf. - -""Grid spaces will be used to store items in an organised manner and the data collected from Smartable will always be accessible to users, even while shopping. - -""This system will prevent food expiration and overbuying by generating reports to monitor the rate of domestic food waste, making Smartable your all in one system for food management practices."" - -Student: Adam Butt - -Course: BSc (Hons) Product Design - -Email: adambutt840[at]gmail.com - -Myco-G by Eugenia Rossi - -""Myco-G is a project aiming to tackle the rising problem of non-sustainable packaging solutions. - -""By collaborating with nature, Myco-G has designed and manufactured mycelium-based packaging for the shipment and storage of goods, from wine bottles cases to fruit trays and plant pots. - -""The product utilises the fungal network of mycelium and its regenerative properties, combining it with a binder mixed with organic industry by-products to grow 100 per cent compostable packaging. - -""The outcome is a carbon positive material presenting strong insulating properties and remarkable impact resistance – it is a new, exiting way to collaborate with nature to rethink the way we produce."" - -Student: Eugenia Rossi - -Course: BSc (Hons) Product Design - -Romi Air Sensor by Jake Phillips - -""Particulate matter is an invisible issue that effects millions of city commuters daily buy polluting the air we breathe. - -""Romi is a compact wearable air sensor that pairs with a user’s smartphone and guides them on the cleanest path to their destination ensuring we travel safely. - -""A wide network of like-minded users help enrich the database mapping out cities air quality in real time."" - -Student: Jake Phillips - -Course: BSc (Hons) Product Design - -Email: jakephillips2003[at]gmail.com - -CurrentSee by Luke Handley - -""Do you know how much money you spend charging your phone every night? Would you like to? - -""CurrentSee empowers consumers with localised and detailed data of their energy usage in real time, enabling them to be more conscious of their consumption. - -""It also gives more control to the user, by enabling 'smart features’ via an accompanying app. - -""The ability to see usage data per outlet at home as well as being able to control your plug sockets remotely, will provide a clearer understanding for the user and enable them to reduce their consumption, thus energy bill."" - -Student: Luke Handley - -Course: BSc (Hons) Engineering Product Design - -Trades Pro Brush by Phillipa Peart - -""Trades Pro Brush is an ergonomic tool handle with exchangeable heads, allowing users to switch between colours, dispose of paint properly, and have a more comfortable experience. - -""Paint that is washed down the drain contaminates water with microplastics, and acrylic paint should be left to dry and then be recycled. - -""The brush's design encourages this environmentally friendly disposal method. - -""Because the tool heads are changeable, the handle is a product for life, and this keeps handles out of landfill and allows for customisation. - -""The Pro Brush is engineered to relieve grip stress on the craftsperson's hand, prevent dropping, and free fingers for alternative use."" - -Student: Phillipa Peart - -Course: BSc (Hons) Engineering Product Design - -Email: pipengineeringdesign[at]gmail.com - -Garnele by Sofija Li - -""Garnele is a water and hearproof Biodegradable material made of crab and lobster shells sourced from restaurants. - -""It is machinable and can also be injection moulded. - -""Garnele can be used for various products such as tiles, lampshades or other pieces of furniture."" - -Student: Sofija Li - -Course: BSc (Hons) Product Design - -ImpelEco, Reducing The Carbon Footprint Within The Royal Navy & Marine Environment by Stuart M Jeffery EngTech MIMechE - -""The ImpelEco Project revolutionises marine engineering with a sustainable impelle design. - -""Beginning with extensive material research with a priority in the field of PEEK 40% Carbon Fibre and the use of 3D Printing Technology, it aims to minimise the environmental impact of centrifugal pumps in a marine environment. - -""Maintaining efficiency and reducing carbon emissions & energy throughout the impeller’s full lifecycle. - -""With the use of ImpelEco the marine industry charts a way to greener seas, showcasing sustainability and innovation."" - -Student: Stuart M Jeffery EngTech MIMechE - -Course: BSc (Hons) Engineering Product Design - -Email: stuartjeffery[at]btinternet.com - -Adjustable by Dan Goodwin - -""Furniture waste is an increasing issue due to the rise of fast furniture. - -""This popularity is exacerbated by the increase in the number of short-term renters who favour purchasing new items when moving. - -""Adjustable aims to curb this issue by promoting a lifelong modular furniture system. - -""The use of modular parts and simplified joinery eases both the assembly process and allows the parts to be fully flat packed. - -""Adjustable’s modular components can be assembled into two forms, a coffee table and an armchair. - -""All parts are made with fully reclaimed materials vastly reducing the environmental impact of Adjustable’s construction."" - -Student: Dan Goodwin - -Course: BSc (Hons) Product Design - -Flow Bioethanol Shower by Kelly Olivier - -""Introducing the Flow Bioethanol Shower System, an innovative solution designed to revolutionize hygiene and sanitation practices in low-income households across developing regions. - -""This shower system utilises bioethanol as a sustainable fuel source, providing warm water for comfortable bathing experiences even in areas with limited access to electricity. - -""The shower features a aluminium tank that ensures efficient heating, retention and temperature control. - -""With a focus on affordability, durability, and ease of use, this system is poised to make a significant impact, offering a reliable and accessible bathing solution for communities in need."" - -Student: Kelly Olivier - -Course: BSc (Hons) Engineering Product Design - -Email: kellyolivier16[at]gmail.com - -Partnership content - -This school show is a partnership between Dezeen and London South Bank University. Find out more about Dezeen partnership content here.",1731883666,8f8dc0373b,41ac464d4e,,,1731883666 -https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/archive/2024/11/conclave-movie-progressive-catholic/680688/?utm_source=feed,https://www.theatlantic.com/feed/channel/ideas/,Even Worse Than The Da Vinci Code,"This essay contains spoilers. - -The new movie Conclave is a faithful adaptation of Robert Harris’s 2016 novel—and an absurd portrait of the Catholic Church. A thriller about the politicking that occurs when cardinals gather to elect a new pope, it depicts a clash between racist conservatives and supposedly insightful liberals who talk like a cross between an HR manual and a greeting card. Although the film’s hero describes “certainty” as the enemy, the movie has no doubt about who the bad guys are. Not even a subtle, intelligent performance from Ralph Fiennes can salvage the film’s simplistic morality. - -No one expects a movie to be a doctrinal treatise, but Conclave’s blithe approach to Catholic teaching spoils the drama. The best art about the Catholic Church doesn’t necessarily endorse its tenets, but it at least takes them seriously. Novels such as Graham Greene’s The End of the Affair and Evelyn Waugh’s Sword of Honour found tragic and comic potential in the Church’s most difficult and otherworldly teachings. They asked questions like, What if marriage really is indissoluble, and a character resolves to act accordingly? The answers were never easy, but they were always interesting. Conclave is incapable of tapping the dramatic potential of Catholic dogma, for the simple reason that the dogma it believes in is not Catholic but progressive. - -Early on, we are introduced to Cardinal Tedesco (Sergio Castellitto), a wily Italian traditionalist who tries to persuade another cardinal to vote for him in order to prevent an African from getting elected. Tedesco, who longs for the days of the Latin Mass, naturally believes that only a European should be pope. In Conclave, racism and ritualism go together like bread and wine. In the real world, however, traditionalist Catholics have no greater friend in the highest reaches of the Church than Guinean Cardinal Robert Sarah. - -Read: Martin Scorsese’s radical act of turning theology into art - -Standing opposite Tedesco are the liberals, led by Cardinal Lawrence (Fiennes). Lawrence opens the conclave with a homily that declares, “Certainty is the great enemy of unity. Certainty is the deadly enemy of tolerance.” This claim, treated as a searing insight, does nothing to diminish the certainty of his fellow progressives. While claiming to favor “tolerating other views within our own Church,” they resolve to do everything in their power to stop Tedesco. - -In one scene, Lawrence uses the sacrament of confession to extract information from a nun about a rival cardinal who had sex with her years before. Employing the sacrament for one’s own purposes, as Lawrence does, is a grave act of spiritual abuse. So is what he does next: Lawrence confronts the offending cardinal with what he has learned—thus breaking the confessional seal. - -All of this could make for good drama, in a film that regarded the Catholic sacraments as capable of commanding belief. If Lawrence were genuinely Catholic, he would be racked by his conscience as he weighed his sacramental transgression against the noble aim of preventing an unworthy man from becoming pope. Instead, he intones something about his respect for the sacrament he has just violated, and moves on. - -A similar flippancy emerges at the end of the film, when the newly elected Pope Innocent is revealed to be intersex. Catholic sacramental theology holds—for reasons grounded in scripture and elaborated over the course of centuries—that only a man can be ordained a priest, let alone made pope. A more interesting film might have dramatized the ironies arising from a doctrine that holds that an evil man can ascend to an office from which even the holiest woman is barred. But Conclave treats Catholic theology as mere policy, like the membership rules at Augusta National. - -One effect of doctrinal limits is to constrain the powerful. If a rule is understood to have been laid down by Christ, not even a cardinal or a pope can undo it. If Catholic doctrine can change, however, the high and mighty have more freedom to remake the faith as they please—a fact that Conclave celebrates. - -The film holds up Lawrence as an exemplary “manager,” as the late pope described him. Lawrence employs his procedural acumen both to enforce the rules of the conclave and to set them aside—whichever ensures the outcome he deems best. He blatantly manipulates the voting process. He digs up damaging information on leading candidates, breaking into the sealed chambers of the dead pope and violating the conclave’s ban on outside information by publicizing a dossier that swings the election. For these acts of interference, liberals praise him. “That firm hand of yours has its admirers,” a like-minded cardinal says. - -If Lawrence is the image of a responsible managerial elite, his ideological opposite, Tedesco, is the ecclesial version of a conservative populist. He maintains that the Church’s leadership has fallen into lassitude and corruption since Vatican II, and his crude manners and colorful speech hint at a working-class background that he is happy to play up. (Harris’s book reports that he comes from a peasant family.) - -The film explicitly proposes a parallel between sacred and secular politics, in case anyone missed the point. At one late-night meeting, a cardinal complains, “I feel as if I’m at some American political convention.” The machinations become so elaborate that another cardinal jokes that he is poised to become “the Richard Nixon of popes.” For Conclave, there is no real distinction between Church politics and electoral politics, between a Cardinal Tedesco and a Donald Trump. It’s all a power game in which anything is justified for the right cause. - -Read: The Exorcist and the lost art of Catholic storytelling - -If the movie has a saving grace, it is the way the camera admiringly lingers on the visible expressions of Catholic belief—the cassocks and tassels, the red silk and white smoke. Perhaps the most striking scene is the one in which Lawrence is carefully vested in his holy livery. These images will communicate the Church’s charisma to some viewers, despite the film’s failure to reckon with the claims that underlie the visuals. - -Nonetheless, in its crude view of the Church and its lack of genuine drama, Conclave is even worse than the last great ecclesial potboiler, The Da Vinci Code. That earlier movie was pulpier, including a brief flash of a ritual sex scene. And Tom Hanks’s performance, which is probably less remembered than his hairdo, does not compare to that of Fiennes. But The Da Vinci Code was in a certain way the more intelligent film. Despite its hysterical suggestion that the Catholic Church is a grand conspiracy of albino monks and Hispanic prelates devoted to covering up the fact that Jesus fathered a child, it at least recognized that sacramental ideas, including the all-male priesthood, are central to Catholic belief. Conclave fails because it takes itself—and not its subject—seriously.",1731883614,f37ba6d5d1,420c28c498,,,1731883614 -https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/smart-home-as-a-business/,https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/feed/,The Essential Guide to Using Your Smart Home as a Business Premises,"At SmartHomePerfected we pride ourselves on providing trustworthy, unbiased information. If you buy through links on our site, we may earn a small affiliate commission at no extra cost to you. Learn more - -Many folks are now deciding to work from home, trading the office for the coziness of their house. This choice helps manage work-life balance by cutting down time spent commuting and offering extra freedom. But have you ever wondered about starting your own business right under your roof? Here is a handy guide on how to make your home the perfect spot for your business. Dive in, see what's possible. - -Is that right for you? - -It may seem like operating a business from home is a great way to save money. Yet it is not right for every individual or their business. As a business grows, it may become impossible to operate in a building that is designed and used as a living space. Practicalities such as storage and inventory which need to be somewhere specially designed for them, could also be troublesome - -One solution is to outsource as many facets of the business as you can, instead of bringing new staff members into the fold. Most parts of a business will now have outsourced solutions available to them, from accountancy to virtual assistants. You don't have to be a large company to use them either. You may hire a small business marketing consultant to help with your promotion so that all of your advertising and social media is done off the premises. - -You should also consider some of the negative aspects of a home business. An office can look far more professional than a home, so if you are having clients visit you then make this a consideration. The impact of the business on your neighbors, particularly if it is a noisy business, should also be given some thought. - -However, the advantages are many. You will save money as you are not paying rent to an office or warehouse. This can be great when starting a business, as it keeps costs low as you begin to build up a profile. - -Check your local and state laws - -The first thing to do before starting a business from your home is to check local and state laws. Most places will be more than accommodating to anyone who wants to start a business from home. However, some regulations can be unique to a given area. For example, some places will not let you run a home kitchen and you will have to have commercial premises. Others may have regulations on people in your care, such as children, being kept in your home. - -You should also look at zoning laws in the district. These are specific laws that state what kind of buildings exist in a certain section of the neighborhood. You may be forbidden from having certain operations running from the home. - -Rentals and mortgages - -Another important check to make is the terms of your accommodations. If you are renting, you should check with the landlord if a business is allowed to be run on the property. In many cases, operations such as digital remote work will be fine. However, if you are planning to keep inventory there, or have staff and customers coming and going, they may be less lenient. - -The same applies to your mortgage provider. Very often, contracts will state that businesses can not be run off the premises without notification. This may then lead to a change in your interest rate or terms and conditions. It is worth checking as it could lead to issues down the line. - -Insurance is also a factor you should take into account. For example, if you have thousands of dollars worth of stock in a house and are robbed, the insurance company will not pay out if you have not negotiated business terms. Home and business insurance are different and you may need to pay both to be covered for any incidents that occur. - -Claiming allowances and tax - -Another benefit of working from home and starting your business there is that you can claim some of the expenses back in tax. However, you have to meticulously document what and how you are claiming. The amount you claim in your home has to be used regularly and with exclusive rights to your business. For example, you can't claim the whole value of a home computer that gets used 25% of the time for business and the rest for recreational gaming. - -A lot of this can include Smart items and you can claim a percentage if it has varied uses. For example, if you installed smart lighting in a study, if that area is used exclusively for work you can claim back. Should you have 50/50 use of it, then you can claim this. There are also energy efficiency credits you can claim for. The best way to know what you can and can not claim is to get a professional accountant to work out taxes for you. Keep receipts of everything and let them know the hours you use the exclusive areas. - -Sources - -forbes.com - -Smart Home Perfected",1731883613,1c7041163b,4243db133b,,,1731883613 -https://mikevardy.com/podcast555/,https://productivityist.com/feed/,Episode 555: Patrick McAndrew Talks About Human-Centered Productivity and Inner Alignment,,1731883641,abe8315a83,423478d6dd,,,1731883641 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/mobile/how-does-garmin-measure-stress/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/wearables/feed/,"How does Garmin measure stress, and is it really accurate?","Garmin watches are known for their robust activity tracking, but that’s not all these fitness watches can do. Over the years, the company has been adding wellness features to its lineup of watches. These new health-focused metrics allow people to analyze their fitness and identify outside factors affecting their performance. One such factor is stress, which is something Garmin watches actively measures. - -But you may be wondering—exactly how does Garmin measure stress? In this article, we break down how Garmin measures stress and delve into the accuracy of this metric. Should you trust your stress score? Read on to find out. - -Recommended Videos - -Is Garmin’s stress score accurate? - -Garmin’s stress score is based on the heart rate data collected by the watch’s heart rate monitor. The more you wear your watch, the more accurate your stress score will be. For optimal results, you should even wear your watch overnight while sleeping to get a resting baseline. You also need to make sure your watch fits snugly to ensure the heart rate monitor is accurately recording your heart rate. - -According to Garmin, the ideal fit is just about at your wrist bone — tight enough that it doesn’t move, but not so tight that the watch bites into your skin. - -Even under optimal conditions, the Garmin heart rate monitor is not as accurate as a dedicated heart rate variability device. It is not designed to be a diagnostic tool, but is good enough for personal use. It can help you manage stress throughout the day and identify activities that cause tension. - -What is a good stress level on a Garmin? - -Garmin measures its stress score on a scale of 0 to 100, with 0 representing a resting state and 100 indicating high stress. Garmin calculates an overall stress level for the day and breaks down your stress into four tiers (rests, low, med, and high) throughout the day. Most Garmin watch owners should aim for a low stress level of 25 to 50. This suggests you are up and about and encountering a few challenges throughout the day. - -Don’t be surprised if your stress score rises above 50 if you experience some moderate stress, though. Activities like having to sit in traffic or meet with your boss will affect your heart rate and cause your stress to rise. Just try to avoid high-stress situations that cause your stress to climb above 75. Anything below 25 suggests you are resting, which is good to offset times of elevated stress. - -How does a Garmin watch measure stress? - -All Garmin watches use heart rate variability (HRV) to calculate your stress level. Heart rate variability measures the amount of time between consecutive heartbeats. It then tracks how that duration changes over time. The time between beats is shortened when you are under stress and longer when you are at rest. Analysis of this beat-to-beat duration provides insight into how your body is responding to external events. - -Garmin uses an algorithm from Firstbeat Analytics to measure and then analyze this heart rate variability. The watch takes a baseline HRV measurement when you are inactive. The algorithm then compares that resting value to the current value to determine when you are stressed and when you are relaxed. To ensure changes in HRV are due to stress and not exercise, Garmin ignores this variability data when you are active and exercising. - -There is one drawback to this stress analysis. The metric lets you know when you are experiencing stress but doesn’t tell you what is causing the stress. You have to do the hard work of correlating your stress level with life events to discover situations that increase stress and those that don’t. - -There are some inaccuracies, though. Periods of intense physical activity can be misinterpreted as stress. Playing sports or exercising can also be calculated as stress. Although this will affect your overall rating, the more you wear your Garmin, the better it will become at tracking your stress rating. - -If you find your stress level seems consistently higher than it should be, ensure the watch fits properly. If your heart rate is constantly high, it might indicate that a doctor’s visit is in order. Remember, the Garmin isn’t a diagnostic tool — but it can help you identify potential health problems before they worsen. - -Frequently Asked Questions - -What is a normal stress level on a Garmin? - -A normal stress level on a Garmin is between 25 and 50. This reading indicates a “low” stress level. Anything from 50 to 75 is considered “moderate” stress. If your reading is consistently high throughout the day, it may be time for a doctor’s visit to get to the bottom of it - -How do I lower my Garmin stress score? - -Garmin offers the following suggestions for lowering your stress score: - -Keeping fit Avoiding alcohol Taking the time to take deep breaths - -Is Garmin more accurate than FitBit? - -The popular consensus among reviewers is that Garmin is more accurate than Fitbit in most of its functions (GPS, heart rate monitoring). However, FitBit earns higher scores for sleep monitoring, which plays into how stress levels are measured (these watches use sleep readings as a baseline for measuring stress).",1731883662,f10d42ef81,423717c62a,,,1731883662 -https://www.npr.org/2024/07/17/1197961085/history-of-labor-movements,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,History of labor movements and industrial revolution : Planet Money : NPR,"Summer School 2: The golden ages of labor and looms - -Enlarge this image toggle caption NPR NPR - -We'll have summer school episodes each Wednesday through labor day. Find past seasons of Summer School here. And follow along on TikTok here for video Summer School. - -Who has the power? Workers or bosses? It changes through the ages, though it's usually the bosses. Today, we look at two key moments when the power of labor shifted, for better and worse, and we ask why then? What does history have to say about labor power right now? - -We travel to Sicily, Italy in the year 1347, where the bubonic plague is about to strike. The horror known as the Black Death will remake European society in countless ways, but we'll focus on one silver lining: how economic conditions shifted for workers. - -Sponsor Message - -Then we head about 500 years into the future, to an English factory at the dawn of the Industrial Revolution, where textile workers take up arms against the machines taking their jobs and show how rapidly labor supply and demand can change. This is the famed tale of the Luddites, now a byword for knee jerk anti-technology, but the true story has nuance and a desperate but rational violent rebellion. - -We cover: - -Labor supply - -Labor demand - -Capital Labor Substitution - -This series is hosted by Robert Smith and produced by Audrey Dilling. Our project manager is Devin Mellor. This episode was edited by Planet Money Executive Producer Alex Goldmark and fact-checked by Sofia Shchukina. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -NPR Source Audio – ""Lost Situation,"" ""Surf On,"" ""Dangerous Thoughts,"" ""Money Wall,"" ""Lost in Time,"" ""Take Your Time,"" ""Bad Boy,"" and ""Country Butter.""",1731884585,8181d7a585,42b3bcbbc1,,,1731884585 -https://www.npr.org/2023/10/18/1197954369/two-indicators-bureau-of-labor-statistics-behind-the-scenes,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How inflation and unemployment numbers are calculated : Planet Money : NPR,"Indicator exploder: jobs and inflation - -When someone says ""the economy is doing well""—what does that even mean? Like, for workers, for employers, for the country as a whole? According to what calculation? How do you put a number on it? - -The world of economics is filled with all sorts of ""measuring sticks."" GDP. Inflation. Unemployment. Consumer sentiment. Over time, all kinds of government agencies, universities and private companies have come up with different ways to measure facets of the economy. These measures factor into all kinds of huge decisions—things like government policy, business strategies, maybe even your personal career choices or investments. - -Sponsor Message - -On today's show, we're going to lift the curtain on two of these yardsticks. We are going to meet the people tasked with sticking a number on two huge measures of our economic well being: the official U.S. government inflation report and the monthly unemployment and jobs numbers. Come along and see how the measures get made. - -This episode was hosted by Darian Woods, Stacey Vanek Smith, and Wailin Wong. It was produced by Julia Ritchey and Jess Kung with help from James Sneed. Engineering by Gilly Moon and James Willetts. It was fact-checked by Michael He and Corey Bridges, and edited by Kate Concannon and Viet Le. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR Source Audio - ""Cool As Ice,"" ""Too Too Cool,"" and ""Back In The Day""",1731884619,8181d7a585,41ff976a5e,,,1731884619 -https://spinsucks.com/entrepreneur/grow-your-business/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,"How to Grow Your Business, No Matter the Size","A few weeks ago, we had a conversation in the Spin Sucks Community about how to grow your business—where you find your clients, how to best network, how to qualify prospects, and more. The question was posed, “How do you grow your businesses? I’m launching my agency soon and am learning how to secure continuous business.” - -This is a challenging question, of course. If there were an easy button, everyone would run their own business. One of the hardest parts is understanding there will be good years, there will be great years, and there will be absolutely dismal years. How you prepare for—and handle—the down years is what will create your success. - -While it’s not an easy job, being in charge of your own destiny and calling the shots is worth every dismal year business ownership will bring you. - -I used to think that if my agency didn’t work out, I would go work for a big firm again. I’ve since changed my mind. There is no way you could get me to go work for someone again. While it might be tempting in down years, giving up the flexibility I have and the option to make as much money as I can, without the biases of a manager weighing on those decisions, is worth every reason you can think not to run your own business. - -Staying Top-of-Mind - -I had breakfast with an industry friend last week, and we were talking about the impending recession. Both of us have had more new business in the first few weeks of the year than we have since 2019. We were chatting about how it doesn’t seem possible there is a recession coming with all of the businesses hiring agencies. - -But. She and I both are aggressive in our new business efforts. And we both have created inbound marketing monsters that do a lot of the lead generation for us. The name of the game is visibility and staying top-of-mind, two things most agency owners (heck, business leaders around the globe) aren’t willing to invest in nor take the time to do. - -We have a client who has a crazy interesting brain. The way he thinks about business is unique and interesting, and if I could just get him to post on LinkedIn, it would change the trajectory of his business. Every day that goes by is another day that no one is thinking about his business. He’s top-of-mind to no one. - -It doesn’t matter that we’ve all but posted content for him. He just won’t go the extra step to log into LinkedIn and publish it. He keeps telling me he doesn’t have time and then, out of the other side of his mouth, he complains that his competitors keep winning all of the business he would love to have. - -Plant Your Trees! - -I often tell him that the best time to plant a tree was 10 years ago. The second best time is today. And yet. - -That also doesn’t stop him from comparing himself to me. He’ll say things like, “Well, I hired you and your firm because you know how to do this. Clearly. It’s how I found you and how you stayed top-of-mind until I was ready to buy.” - -Mmmm hmmm. - -I also started all of this in 2009, and it very quickly became our number one sales tool. I planted a tree in 2009, and I’ve done so every year since then. - -And yet. - -We have another client who let us launch a podcast with them in October. We hit the ground running. Fast. And it has already generated $400K in new revenue. A couple of weeks ago, I was on my weekly call with the VP of sales, and he told me they were chasing a gigantic piece of business, and it was down to the wire. It’s going to be a six-figure account for them. I looked up their contact, and he subscribed to and started listening to, the podcast in December. - -When we talked to their leadership team about it, one of the execs said, “Oh, yeah! I met that guy at a trade show 10 years ago!” I smiled and said, “That’s the name of the game. You met him. We got you back on his radar. Now he’s going to buy.” - -It’s how it works. If you are starting a business now, thinking about starting a business someday, or have a business and want to grow, you have to be top-of-mind. The best time to plant a tree was 10 years ago. The second best time is today. - -How to Grow Your Business - -Let’s talk about how to grow your business, no matter what stage you’re in—just starting, mid-growth, or been around for 100 years, like me. In other words, let’s get your trees planted now so they’ll grow and grow, and you can enjoy the fruits of your labor. - -If you do only one thing this year, get yourself on LinkedIn. Post consistently, test out their newsletter feature, share others’ content with your own take, and engage with comments. There is nothing, I mean nothing, more powerful than LinkedIn for your business’s growth this year. - -Beep2B has a fun daily email that they send with lots of ideas on how you can use LinkedIn effectively. If you’re intimidated by it, subscribe to their email, and it will help you come up with some fun ideas. - -But here is how I use it: once a week (usually on Thursdays, but sometimes it leaks into Fridays) I republish our content there using the newsletter feature. The only thing I change is the call-to-action. You’ll eventually see this content as an article in my weekly newsletter. - -I don’t create anything new, and the most work it takes is changing the CTA, adding an image, and writing an update to publish with it. I also answer comments, but that takes hardly any time. - -Results of Your Efforts - -And let me tell you what that has resulted in since I began in early 2022: - -Six new clients—four coaching and two agency - -Ten speaking engagements—all virtual - -Three multi-day workshops for large organizations - -Managing to get the PESO Model™ Certification into 22 more schools - -Every one of those opportunities came to us because they read my content there and liked the way we think. - -I will also tell you though this doesn’t mean as much as generating business, it sure is fun to have more than 83,000 followers—reading and engaging with our content. That blows the Spin Sucks subscriber numbers out of the water! - -Plant Your Trees! - -Now I know you’re probably thinking, “But Gini, you have all of that content to repurpose so it’s easy for you.” Sure. I agree with that sentiment. But remember, I planted a tree in 2009—and kept planting trees. - -If you have nothing to start with, that’s OK! Just commit to publishing something consistently. We have one client who publishes something new every month—and then spends time in between sharing others’ content and engaging with people on LinkedIn. - -It doesn’t have to be weekly like mine. It doesn’t even need to be monthly like his. It can be quarterly, but the point is to be consistent. - -Once you plant that tree and you see how successful it is in the growth of your business, you can start planting more trees by adding more content tactics that will keep you top–of-mind. - -There isn’t an easy button; it takes time, patience, and dedication. But if you start right now, the fruits of your labors will soon be found and you might even become addicted to the success of your new business efforts.",1731883800,4dc781f5bc,421ddaff90,,,1731883800 -https://www.coindesk.com/opinion/2024/11/13/the-real-winner-of-the-2024-elections-the-crypto-industry/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=rss&utm_campaign=headlines,https://www.coindesk.com/feed,The Real Winner of the 2024 Elections: The Crypto Industry,"For the crypto industry, the elections in 2024 were a game changer. With 287 “pro-crypto” members of Congress and a president-elect who has proclaimed that the U.S. will be the “ crypto capital of the planet ,” the industry is poised to be on an accelerated path toward mainstream adoption. As market participants digest the potential impact, one thing is certain: a pivot from “regulation by enforcement” to a regulatory regime where clear, transparent and predictable rules are prioritized will be a major unlock for the space. The inevitable regulatory de-risking that will follow will open the door to a new class of markets, products and applications. Here are some verticals that could thrive in this new environment:",1731883708,c08a28b4dd,4248e6e8c1,,,1731883708 -https://www.cnet.com/health/sleep/try-the-scandinavian-sleep-method/#ftag=CAD590a51e,https://www.cnet.com/rss/news/,Sleep Divorce Threatening Your Relationship? Try the Scandinavian Sleep Method,"For many of us, bedtime routines and sleep preferences can be a point of contention in our relationships. One in three Americans report that their partner negatively affects their sleep. For light sleepers, the slightest movement or adjustment in the middle of the night makes for disruptive sleep. Or maybe it's the blanket hogging that has you lying wide awake -- coverless, cold and frustrated. - -If you're at your breaking point but don't want to end up in a sleep divorce, try the Scandinavian sleep method. This solution may drastically improve your and your partner's sleep -- and relationship. Here's how to do it. - -Also, don't miss our editors' favorite sleep tips, how to tackle anxiety before bed and whether tech can help you sleep better. - -What is the Scandinavian sleep method? - -The Scandinavian sleep method is common in certain parts of the world, such as Sweden, Norway, Denmark and other parts of Europe. The idea is simple: Instead of sharing a blanket at night, you and your partner each have your own. It's not about avoiding intimacy or sacrificing a part of your relationship. It's about prioritizing your sleep needs so that both of you can wake up well-rested and energized. - -Most people use two twin-size comforters or duvets for the Scandinavian sleep method. This sleeping style typically works best on king mattresses, which give the separate blankets the most room, but queen mattresses work fine for most people. - -Traditionally, you forgo the shared flat sheet for this. If you're like me and love flat sheets, you can always opt for two flat sheets in addition to separate blankets. There's no right or wrong way to do it. - -Read more: Best Duvet Covers for Your Bed - -Two comforters can help you sleep better - -Sharing a comforter with your partner might not be the best option for your needs, and that's OK. Sleep is inherently a single-player sport. It's not something you are required to share with your partner. For many people, sharing a blanket might not be the best move for your sleep quality. One study found that sharing comforters results in 30% more interrupted sleep. - -By each having their own blanket, the half-asleep tug-of-war battle is eliminated, and so are all the times you wake up because you're cold and blanketless. You also can adjust positions at night without worrying about affecting your partner. - -Remember that the Scandinavian sleep method isn't reserved just for those who live with a blanket hog. It's a good option for anyone who tosses and turns or has a different sleeping pattern that may wake up their partner. - -From Memory Foam to Hybrids: The Best Mattresses You Can Buy According to Our Experts +14 More See all photos - -Comforters vs. duvets - -Comforters and duvets are fluffy blankets that come in various thicknesses and materials for temperature regulation. A comforter is one complete piece, while a duvet is meant to be inserted into a cover or coverlet. - -Duvet covers are interchangeable, so you can easily alter the look of your bed without buying a whole new comforter set. Duvets are also easier to clean because you can remove and wash the cover. Comforters are easier to use because they're one blanket with no cover. They're usually quilted or stitched so that the material inside is secure and evenly distributed. You won't have ""bunching up"" issues with comforters like you might with a duvet in its cover. - -Which one should you use? - -For the Scandinavian sleep method, both duvets and comforters work great as long as each partner uses their own. If I had to choose between the two options, I would recommend comforters for their simplicity. Using two duvets means you'll have double the work of reinserting them into their respective covers every time you wash the bedding, which can be awkward and time-consuming. Ultimately, it's up to your preferences and whatever will help you and your partner sleep best. - -Halfdark/Getty Images - -You can personalize your sleep experience - -When my boyfriend is asleep, he turns into an (almost literal) pool of lava, kicking off the blanket to cool down. I'm not like that; I like to burrow into my blanket all night. - -Having two blankets allows for personalization in temperature. Temperature is essential when we sleep; it triggers when we fall asleep and wake up. Getting too warm or too cold will interrupt our circadian rhythm. - -If your partner is a hot sleeper who only wants to use a sheet while you like to wrap in a comforter burrito, then you have that freedom with separate bedding. You have the choice to use a quilt, fuzzy blanket or light duvet, while your partner could use nothing at all -- or something more substantial, like a weighted blanket. - -Will two blankets solve all of your problems? - -If your sleep problems are due to your or your partner's underlying sleep disorder, using two blankets won't solve everything, although it can help protect you from additional sleep disturbances. Sleep is essential for health. When we sleep, our bodies go into recharge mode. Getting enough sleep will result in better memory and concentration, a stronger immune system and better heart health. If you're not getting enough sleep at night, it's important to figure out why. - -Read more: Best Mattresses for Good Sleep - -It may be as simple as using the wrong pillow or sleeping on a mattress that's too old and needs to be replaced. It could be something more serious like sleep apnea or insomnia that can significantly disturb your sleep. It's best to talk to your doctor if you're not sleeping well to explore the underlying causes.",1731883663,f5e6f52c79,4251fb86e4,,,1731883663 -https://www.prcouture.com/qualities-of-a-good-entrepreneur/,https://www.prcouture.com/feed/,13 Important Qualities of a Good Entrepreneur that Set You Up for Success,"There is a question that I get asked much more often than others. It is formulated in different ways, but the essence of the question is the same: “What does it take to be a successful business person?” Over time, my answer has changed. But in the end, I settled on 13 qualities of a good entrepreneur common to almost all genuinely successful business people with whom I interacted, observed, or studied. - -The following features distinguish authentic rock stars of the business. - -13 Qualities of a Good Entrepreneur You Need to Have for a Successful Business - -Decisiveness - -Even a small team needs a person who would take on the role of leader. Being a successful entrepreneur means being responsible for difficult decisions. It is essential to listen to advice and take the opinions of others into account, but in the end, the final word will be yours. - -Creativity - -Entrepreneurs create new things and think outside the box, finding solutions where ordinary people would not look for them. The ability to intuitively recognize a potentially successful idea is one of the most important qualities of a good entrepreneur. A good idea and a non-standard approach, beautifully packaged and properly presented: that’s the key to success. - -Courage - -You need to be at least a little adventurous to start planning your own business. There are many options for your company’s growth and development if you’re ready to take them. But do not confuse courage with recklessness. The owner of the company must think through everything to the smallest detail and be able to calculate the risks. - -Love for the Cause - -If your eyes do not light up at the thought of what you are doing, do not expect that you can light up other people with your ideas. Having a love for your cause is one of the qualities of a good entrepreneur that is easy to overlook, but is so crucial to success. Running a business comes with a lot of challenges. The sole thing that will not let you give up and forget about your goal is your enthusiasm. - -Resourcefulness - -Quickly responding and making decisions in unforeseen situations is vital for doing business. Don’t think you can predict everything; be prepared to improvise when needed. Your team will appreciate your resourcefulness, respect you as a leader, and follow your example as they further their careers. - -Honesty - -Be honest with your customers, partners, and employees. And most importantly, be honest with yourself — this is one of the toughest qualities of a good entrepreneur to adopt. Don’t set goals and deadlines you can’t meet, and don’t sell a product you don’t have. The best marketing and branding strategy is to find what your company has to offer and then deliver it in the best possible way. - -Sociability - -You don’t have to be a professional public speaker or become everyone you face. The personal qualities of a good entrepreneur include the ability to communicate well with others. Running your own business requires you to meet many people, so it’s essential to earn a reputation as a professional who is easy to get in touch with. - -Dedication and Passion - -You can’t do things halfway. You need to devote most of your space and effort to daily duties. Try to distribute your time, so it is enough to balance work and personal life. Keep track of the tasks you set for yourself for the day, week, or month. - -Consistency - -A successful business person cannot afford to live one day at a time. Like a chess player, they have to think several moves ahead of any business decisions. Consistency and accountability go hand-in-hand when describing the qualities of a good entrepreneur. - -Flexibility - -After you have already discussed and prepared everything, it is essential to take a critical look at the work done and show a healthy pragmatism. Sticking to an initial plan that doesn’t fit the current situation is unlikely to benefit your business. In communication with clients, contractors, potential partners, etc., flexibility is valued much more than stubbornness and the desire to prove one’s point. - -Financial Knowledge - -To build a startup, you need a strong sense of purpose and a high tolerance for inconvenience and annoyance, amongst the other qualities of a good entrepreneur. It would be best if you were willing to learn from your mistakes—stumble and fall more than once, get back on your feet, dust yourself off, and move forward with new motivation. - -You will often be told that your product is ugly, or that your business will not work. You need to listen carefully and be open to constructive criticism. But when a door is constantly slammed in your face, it can be exhausting. The best entrepreneurs learn to shed negativity and even gain strength from it. - -Business Language Skills - -It is essential to improve your business language skills. Listening and hearing your interlocutor argue your point of view helps in business development. Good business language skills establish contact with potential customers and inspire their confidence. - -Empathy - -Not all entrepreneurs can put themselves in the place of another person, but it is not superfluous. When you have empathy (and all the other qualities of a good entrepreneur), you can try to understand your clientele. - -So did the founder of IKEA, Ingvar Kamprad, for example. All his life, he drove an old car and forced his office employees to use xerox paper on both sides. He modeled his life after that of his average customer to have empathy for their situation.",1731883672,1740e50804,42ab41daf8,,,1731883672 -https://mashable.com/deals/nov-16-apple-watch-charger,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,Get a wireless Apple Watch charger for just $30,"Apple Watch always dying? This $30 portable charger’s got you. - -Apple Watch always dying? This $30 portable charger’s got you. Credit: VistaShops - -Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication. - -TL;DR: This portable Apple Watch charger with a built-in USB-C cord for charging smartphones is 57% off while supplies last. - -You're always on the go, and you need an Apple Watch charger that can keep up with you. - -Grab a portable Apple Watch charger with a built-in USB-C cord for charging smartphones on sale for just $29.99 (reg. $69.95). That's 57%. - -What you get with your Apple Watch charger: - -Wireless Apple Watch charging : Pop your dead smartwatch on for a quick power boost - -Built-in USB-C cable : Plug in your iPhone 15 or newer or Android for an emergency power-up - -1,200mAh battery capacity : Provides multiple charges for your watch or 20% of an iPhone battery in a pinch - -Portable size : Measuring only three by three inches, it fits in your pocket or bag, and it has a loop for attaching to keyrings - -Easy recharging: Use the built-in USB-A connector to tap into a wall outlet or laptop - -Apple Watch travel chargers make excellent holiday gifts at just $29.99 (reg. $69.95). - -Mashable Deals Want more early Black Friday deals right in your inbox? Sign up for the Mashable Deals newsletter. Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -StackSocial prices subject to change.",1731883651,644d6c1ea1,422977dc29,,,1731883651 -https://transom.org/2019/meribah-knight/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Meribah Knight,"Intro from Jay Allison: ""Embedded reporting"" traditionally connotes journalists attached to military units covering conflict at the frontlines. For Meribah Knight, a reporter at WPLN, embedding meant attaching herself to the largest public housing complex in Nashville, the James Cayce Homes, where she's been reporting for over two years now. - -Meribah says, ""The act of embedding takes patience, determination and humility. It requires you to stay open — open to new information, open to having your opinion change, open to having stories shift beneath your feet."" - -In her Transom manifesto Meribah shares some of the practical wisdom she's learned from her experience. It's an excellent guide for those of you who want to try this yourselves. We strongly encourage your editors to let you. - -UPDATE 2021: Season Two of ""The Promise"" won a Peabody Award for its reporting on the structural inequities in public education. - -Sit. Stay. The Act Of Embedded Reporting. - -I’ve never been a fast reporter. Or a fast writer. I tend to wander off any beat I’ve been assigned and my knees quiver at the thought of tight deadlines. And so, going somewhere and staying there for a rather long time appeals to my professional insecurities. - -And while the term “embedded” is most often associated with military reporting, that’s not what this essay is about. This essay is about finding a place you want to report, going there and staying. For me, that place was the largest public housing complex in Nashville, the James Cayce Homes. A thicket of two-story, red brick, government-built apartments. Cayce feels very isolated from the rest of Nashville, even though it’s less than a mile from downtown and smack in the middle of a rapidly gentrifying neighborhood. - -It felt like a community cleaving apart right before my eyes. Wealth on one side of the street. And poverty on the other. - -The tension was palpable. I figured there must be stories there. Important stories. Stories the whole city and maybe even the whole country needed to hear. - -So, I went. Then I went back. More than two years later, I am still reporting there. I visit multiple times a week. In fact, I went there this morning. And I still got lost trying to find an apartment. I thought I knew every inch of the place. Turns out, I don’t. So I’ll go back again! - -The art of settling in somewhere and reporting is, to me, one of the most fulfilling things a journalist can do. So often we spend our days running from press conference to interview to deadline. Rarely do we get to stop and spend an open-ended amount of time in a place. It can feel like a luxury, but it always makes a story better. - -The act of embedding takes patience, determination and humility. It requires you to stay open — open to new information, open to having your opinion change, open to having stories shift beneath your feet. - -What follows is a brief list of some of the most helpful strategies I’ve found while sticking around somewhere to report. - -Find A Story That Can Sustain The Endeavor. - -Not just any story can be the type you embed with. First, you need access. You need complexity. A sense of place. Really interesting people that can be reflective. You need good stakes. Good action. And, of course, time. - -When I look for opportunities to spend a lot of time in a place, I subscribe to the less is more philosophy. Can one place act as a proxy for lots of other places? Does a person’s story or a place’s story capture the nuances of an issue? Or does it knock us off balance and throw our assumptions for a loop? Is there one fundamental question that’s an access point for many other questions? Is a journey about to happen that warrants observation every step of the way? - -Getting back to access, this is really important. And it’s often a delicate negotiation process. If it’s an official place like a school or tight-knit community like Cayce, it always takes some finesse to communicate your endeavor and get people on board. If it’s somewhere like a school or an institution, that is out of your control. It’s up to the powers that be to say yes or no. But there are some things that can help you get to a “yes”: - -Look for a place that has an obvious story to tell. Is a school going through a recalibration? Is there a public institution that’s got an unsung hero or is wrestling with a challenging or important issue that the public should know about? Pitch it to them as an important story that needs to be told and accentuate the benefits rather than the risks. It helps to be frank about what you want to do. Explain that you’ll be fair. That you’ll make whatever reasonable accommodations possible to help make folks comfortable with your presence. And that you will always communicate along the way so that nothing is a surprise. Work your way in, gently and deliberately. Be determined but not aggressive. Listen and be humble. People love to tell their story to someone they feel is honestly listening. - -Drill Down. - -I am going to harness my inner John McPhee and show you a diagram of how I see this working. - -In essence, it involves starting at the “top” or “surface” of the community and drilling down into the center of it. I find people connected to the community that are more public facing — politicians, pastors, school principals, academics, executives of community resource centers. I take meetings with them, ask them a million questions. Then I ask them to connect me to more people — teachers, social workers, outreach workers. Then I meet with those people and ask them a million questions. And I ask them to connect me with more people — their clients, neighborhood fixtures, remarkable people. You see where this is headed . . . Eventually, I make a network of people who know the community well and once I get to the residents, the people who actually live there 24/7, I have some context for the place and its history. Then the stories start emerging. - -Embrace Inefficiency. - -There is nothing efficient about embedding in a place. You get lots and lots of tape you won’t use. You meet people you won’t end up writing about. You inevitably get distracted and lost in a mental corn maze, searching for great stories. But this is all part of the process. Because you pick up important information along the way. And believe me, you will use it. It could be as small as one telling detail about something or someone. It can be as big as changing the trajectory of a story. You don’t know until you know. I like to think of embedding as eating like a Baleen Whale. We open our mouths, guzzle a bunch of stuff and then strain out what’s good. The wider we open, the more we let in, the more we have to sustain the story. - -Small Is The New Big, Narrow Is The New Wide. - -When I thought about spending time in public housing, I purposely stayed in one single complex. Because the story of that complex told the story of other complexes. It told the story of inequality, the story of gentrification, the story of bad housing policy, of systemic racism, and on and on. I think stories are strongest when they are focused. When reporters go deep rather than wide. It comes back to my “less is more” approach. Stories can be portals. So find one, double down and take people there. Plus, embedded reporting works best when you have a strong sense of place. Topic just isn’t enough. You need more. You need some architecture for the narrative. - -Find Your Guide. - -It’s hard to walk into a place/community/neighborhood/social group and present yourself. You need a guide. Someone who can vouch for you. Someone who won’t get tired of your endless stream of questions. I usually find that person at the end of my “drill down” period. And I often have more than one. I will go back to them again and again. Sometimes they are featured prominently in my final story. Other times they are like a constant advisor, nudging me in the right direction, keeping me focused, calling me on my BS; basically saving me from myself. - -Know What You Don’t Know. - -You’re not a native. That’s okay. Be self-aware about what you don’t know. Don’t be afraid to ask dumb questions. Embrace feeling a little uncomfortable at times. You don’t need to assimilate. You just need to be genuine, curious and a good honest listener. - -When I began reporting in Cayce I never forgot who I was: a white woman of privilege reporting on an almost exclusively black community in poverty. Because of this, I knew I had limitations of understanding. I am not sure there is a “right” way to handle this fact other than that newsrooms need to be much more diverse generally and across all beats. But it was really important to collaborate with as many people of color as I could — I played stories to friends and colleagues to make sure I wasn’t missing the mark. I went back to my “guides” and reviewed material with them. I kept myself out of the stories as much as possible so people could speak for themselves. And I tried to acknowledge my shortcomings in conversations and ask more questions, questions that got at the root of feelings and experiences. I made sure not to “typecast” in any way; to embrace the complexity of the people I spoke with. Here is an example of my initial description of a guy named Dexter Turner. He goes by Big Man, and he’s one of the main people I spent time with in Cayce. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Example1_full.mp3 Download Listen to “Example 1” - -Go Back, Again and Again and Again and Again. - -I guess that could also be the title of this essay. But it bears repeating. Go back, even if you don’t have a specific agenda. Go back to wander. Go back to ask someone to repeat a story. Go back just to say hello and check in. One time I went back to Cayce three times to look at a tree and the shape of its leaves. - -Yes, yes, yes... Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Run Away From Your Editors. - -You need time. Don’t volunteer for a million things at the office. You won’t be able to leave so you can look at trees! - -Then Run Back And Cry On Your Editor’s Shoulder. - -Oh wait, editors are really important. So inevitably when you get lost in your story, when you are too close to see anything clearly, go back to your newsroom, apologize for being MIA, and then ask them to help you see things clearly again. This might mean playing tape. Talking through story ideas. Or just getting stuff off your chest that you know won’t go into your story but that still haunts you for some reason. - -Organize Your Sound. - -When you report on a place for months or years, you’re going to end up with a lot of tape. So you need to organize it before you start to forget it all and get lost in the dense cloud of sound. I’ve never been the most organized person. But I have found two ways that help me organize my tape. - -I create a folder for each day, sometimes I add a subject to jog my memory. Say, I spent the whole day with one person or it’s the last day of school, I add those ID’s. Then I clearly label and organize my tape by date with slugs (salient moments from that tape) so it’s easier to search. - -2. I also create a tape log that can serve as a quick reference when I am writing and looking for something. So often we walk away from a day of reporting and there are moments and scenes stuck in our mind. That is really important to document because three months from now, you will not remember what moved you. I guarantee. - -Know When To Turn Off Your Recorder. - -Our job is to report and record, so it seems like we should never stop recording. But the fact is, when you spend a lot of time in a place there are moments when people get tired of you. They don’t want to be on tape anymore and you need to respect that. - -Here is an example of when Big Man asked me to turn my mic off. We were having a conversation about the death of a friend. We were both devastated by the loss. I wanted to unpack it on tape. He didn’t. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Example2.mp3 Download Listen to “Example 2” - -And When Not To. - -Most of the time, though, I keep recording through any situation. For example, when a detective approached Big Man to question him after a fatal shooting outside his apartment. The detective requested to talk off mic, but Big Man replied, “I don’t mind being recorded.” And so, I kept recording. It was a tense exchange. It was obvious neither trusted the other. And I kept recording because it really illuminated just how tenuous the relationship is between Cayce residents and police. However, I did understand why the detective wouldn’t want me to record and I acknowledged it in the piece. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/08/Example3.mp3 Download Listen to “Example 3” - -Be Human. - -Yes, we are reporters. But we are also human beings. We get to know people, we gather friends along the way. At least I do. That’s one of the best things about embedded reporting. I guess what this means is that while you may be sticking a microphone in someone’s face, it’s not a one-way street. You are building relationships with people. And the more time you spend with people the more life happens. Tragedies. Celebrations. Milestones. Be there for these moments not just as a reporter, but as a human being. It’s okay to console. Or get mad. Or share your life. When I gave birth to my son, more than a year into my reporting, I took him back to Cayce to meet everyone. They’d seen me pregnant so it only made sense to show them what came out. Now when I walk through people holler, “How’s the baby?” I love that. It’s made me closer to the community in a way. - -I think once you do this kind of reporting it’s a hard habit to break. At least for me. I am always searching for my next perch. Always looking for the next story that can’t be told in a two-minute radio spot. Right now I’m working on a second season of The Promise, this time pivoting to the children of Cayce’s neighborhood. I still feel like this part of the city has so many stories to tell, but it’s time for a new set of stakes. And so, I’ve parked myself at the neighborhood public elementary school. Despite the growing diversity in the area, the school is 90 percent black and 93 percent of its students live in poverty. I wondered, why is almost half the neighborhood missing? - -I’ll spend the school year there, telling stories of kids and parents and teachers, looking for that answer. - -Editor’s note: Featured photo by Joe Buglewicz for WPLN",1731883659,c00d35bf2d,40313ef11f,,,1731883659 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/nyt-connections-today-answer-hints-november-17/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/feed/,"NYT Connections: hints and answers for Sunday, November 17","Connections is one of the best puzzle games from the New York Times. The game tasks you with categorizing a pool of 16 words into four secret (for now) groups by figuring out how the words relate to each other. The puzzle resets every night at midnight and each new puzzle has a varying degree of difficulty. Just like Wordle, you can keep track of your winning streak and compare your scores with friends. - -Some days are trickier than others — just like other NYT Games favorites The Mini and Strands. If you’re having a little trouble solving today’s puzzle, check out our Connections tips and tricks guide for some good strategies or check out the hints for today’s Connections puzzle below. And if you still can’t get it, we’ll tell you today’s answers at the very end. - -Recommended Videos - -How to play Connections - -Connections is a daily game about finding common threads between words. Players must select four groups of four words without making more than three mistakes. Play now. https://t.co/YITfSnqODb pic.twitter.com/CqObVOqeUs — The New York Times (@nytimes) November 3, 2024 - -You can play Connections on the New York Times website or with the NYT Games app on iOS or Android. - -In Connections, you’ll be shown a grid containing 16 words — your objective is to organize these words into four sets of four by identifying the connections that link them. These sets could encompass concepts like titles of video game franchises, book series sequels, shades of red, names of chain restaurants, etc. - -There are generally words that seem like they could fit multiple themes, but there’s only one 100% correct answer. You’re able to shuffle the grid of words and rearrange them to help better see the potential connections. - -Each group is color-coded. The yellow group is the easiest to figure out, followed by the green, blue, and purple groups. - -Pick four words and hit Submit. If you’re correct, the four words will be removed from the grid and the theme connecting them will be revealed. Guess incorrectly and it’ll count as a mistake. You only have four mistakes available until the game ends. - -Hints for today’s Connections - -We can help you solve today’s Connection by telling you the four themes. If you need more assistance, we’ll also give you one word from each group below. - -Today’s themes - -ALLIANCE - -CLOSE-FITTING - -OCCASIONS WHEN ONE MIGHT KNEEL - -WHAT AN APOSTROPHE MIGHT INDICATE - -One-answer reveals - -ALLIANCE – ASSOCIATION - -CLOSE-FITTING – CLINGY - -OCCASIONS WHEN ONE MIGHT KNEEL – APOLOGY - -WHAT AN APOSTROPHE MIGHT INDICATE – CONTRACTION - -Today’s Connections answers - -Still no luck? That’s OK. This puzzle is designed to be difficult. If you just want to see today’s Connections answer, we’ve got you covered below: - -ALLIANCE – ASSOCIATION, GUILD, LEAGUE, UNION - -CLOSE-FITTING – CLINGY, SLEEK, SLINKY, SNUG - -OCCASIONS WHEN ONE MIGHT KNEEL – APOLOGY, DUBBING, PRAYER, PROPOSAL - -WHAT AN APOSTROPHE MIGHT INDICATE – CONTRACTION, FOOT, POSSESSIVE, QUOTATION - -Connections grids vary widely and change every day. If you couldn’t solve today’s puzzle, be sure to check back in tomorrow. - -NYT Connection FAQs - -What time does the Connections puzzle change? - -The puzzle changes daily at midnight local time. - -Who edits the NYT Connections game? - -Wyna Liu, who has been editing puzzles at The New York Times since 2020, edits Connections daily. - -“A few months ago, a new assignment crossed my desk: Create the game boards for Connections, a category matching game that had recently been greenlighted and was in search of an editor,” wrote Liu in an article explaining her process in June 2024. Most of my puzzle experience has been working with crosswords, and I was excited at the chance to try something different. I’ve enjoyed learning how puzzle editing plays out once a game is greenlighted, and seeing how our team fits into a larger ecosystem.” - -On the one-year anniversary of Connections launching earlier this year, Liu posted this TikTok about her favorite puzzles so far:",1731883661,f8bbd45a63,42e56fe0d2,,,1731883661 -https://www.russianhockeyfans.com/the-beijing-2022-hockey-olympics-final-russia-vs-finland/,https://www.russianhockeyfans.com/feed/,The Beijing 2022 Hockey Olympics Final: Russia vs. Finland,"The final match of the 2022 Beijing Winter Olympics hockey tournament between Russia and Finland was a spectacle that demands immediate attention yet warrants a detailed analysis. This game encapsulated the essence of unexpected outcomes and the complexities of sports dynamics. - -Pre-Match Expectations and Early Game Surprises - -As the game commenced, the excitement was palpable. However, the anticipation quickly turned to disappointment for Russian fans. The Finns came out strong, dominating the first period with 15 shots on goal. Russian goaltender Ivan Fedotov was remarkable, preventing any goals during this intense phase. Despite this initial surprise, the Finns maintained their momentum, eventually scoring two decisive goals that sealed their victory and earned them the gold medals. - -Performance of the Russian Team - -While the Russian team was present on the ice, their performance could have easily resulted in a more lopsided defeat against a modest NHL team. The Russian squad’s lack of coordination and inability to capitalize on opportunities was evident. This lackluster performance raises questions about the selection and preparation of the team. - -Individual Performances: The Silver Linings - -Amidst the overall disappointment, a few Russian players managed to stand out. Gratsyuk and Fedotov, in particular, enhanced their reputations and potential value in the NHL. Sherebzyanov also showed promise but fell just short of making a significant impact. Unfortunately, the same cannot be said for Vadim Shchipachev, the standard-bearer of the Russian delegation, whose performance did not justify the responsibilities bestowed upon him. - -The Role of Leadership - -The decision to make Shchipachev the captain and standard-bearer was controversial. His position in an expanding NHL team, despite his individual skills, did not merit such leadership roles. This decision reflects a broader issue within the team’s management and selection process. Trusting individuals who are not prepared for such responsibilities leads to predictable failures. - -Historical Context and Trends - -Historically, the Finnish team has had a strong record against Russia in Olympic matchups. The trend continued in Beijing, with Finland demonstrating superior team cohesion and strategy. The defeat in Beijing signifies more than just a loss in a final; it indicates a systemic issue within Russian hockey. The second-string Finnish team outperformed their Russian counterparts, highlighting the depth and development of Finnish hockey compared to Russia’s reliance on individual brilliance. - -Strategic Implications for Russian Hockey - -This defeat should prompt a reassessment of strategies within Russian hockey. Aggressive approaches such as expelling Finnish players from Russian clubs could be considered, although this might harm the competitive edge of the Kontinental Hockey League (KHL). A more nuanced strategy would involve leveraging this defeat to attract Finnish investment in the KHL. Emphasizing fair investment opportunities could enhance the league’s prestige and financial stability. - -The Marketing Paradox - -From a marketing perspective, Finland’s victory offers a unique opportunity for the KHL. By capitalizing on the heightened interest in Finnish hockey, the KHL could attract a new audience and increase its market share. Engaging Finnish investors and fans could turn this setback into a long-term advantage, creating a stronger, more inclusive league. - -The Path Forward - -To avoid further decline, the Russian hockey administration must adopt a proactive approach. This involves not only addressing immediate tactical shortcomings but also fostering a culture of accountability and strategic foresight. Ensuring that capable individuals are placed in positions of responsibility is crucial. - -Reflections on the Loss - -Reflecting on the reasons for the loss, the absence of NHL players was a significant factor. However, this alone does not excuse the lack of preparation and adaptability shown by the Russian team. Comparing this loss to a potential defeat against Germany in Pyeongchang underscores the need for higher standards in evaluating success. The focus should not be on avoiding disasters but on achieving excellence. - -Conclusion - -The 2022 Beijing Olympics hockey final between Russia and Finland was a game of unfulfilled expectations for Russian fans. While individual players like Gratsyuk and Fedotov provided some solace, the overall performance highlighted deep-rooted issues in team management and strategy. Learning from this defeat involves more than just changing players; it requires a fundamental shift in how Russian hockey approaches team selection, leadership, and international competition. By leveraging this experience, Russian hockey can rebuild and aim for future successes, turning setbacks into stepping stones for greatness. - -Russian Hockey Fans",1731883618,74542dd95c,424e1fd41c,,,1731883618 -https://www.edtechdigest.com/2024/11/15/the-ai-revolution-in-chess-and-its-impact-on-education/,https://edtechdigest.com/feed/,The AI Revolution in Chess and Its Impact on Education,"Unlocking the joy of learning with a spirit of play. - -GUEST COLUMN | by Szymon Machajewski - -In the world of chess, artificial intelligence (AI) has been nothing short of revolutionary. From Deep Blue’s historic victory over Garry Kasparov in 1997 to the rise of powerful chess engines like Stockfish, AI has transformed how players approach the game, learn, and improve their skills. As we witness this AI-driven renaissance in chess, we can draw valuable lessons for its potential to enhance higher education, making learning more engaging, personalized, and accessible than ever before. - -‘As we witness this AI-driven renaissance in chess, we can draw valuable lessons for its potential to enhance higher education, making learning more engaging, personalized, and accessible than ever before.’ - -It is important to note that chess has experienced an unprecedented surge in popularity, contrary to fears that artificial intelligence might diminish interest in the game. In fact, AI has played a pivotal role in making chess more accessible and engaging to a wider audience than ever before. The integration of AI-powered chess engines and online platforms has revolutionized how people learn, practice, and enjoy the game, leading to a global chess renaissance. - -In the Spotlight - -In 2022, a viral social media post featuring soccer icons Lionel Messi and Cristiano Ronaldo playing chess captured global attention, while celebrities like Logic, Rainn Wilson, and Andrew Yang publicly championed the game. The chess world buzzed with widely shared recordings of Bill Gates losing to Magnus Carlsen in a mere 80 seconds and Arnold Schwarzenegger facing off against Mike Tyson over the board. This celebrity engagement has been complemented by a boom in chess content creation, exemplified by Levy Rozman’s GothamChess YouTube channel surpassing five million subscribers. - -The Netflix series “The Queen’s Gambit” played a pivotal role in this renaissance, reaching 62 million households and catalyzing an 87% increase in chess set sales and a staggering 603% rise in chess book sales in the US. The digital sphere has seen equally impressive growth, with Chess.com reporting a surge from 1 million daily active users in 2019 to 7 million in January 2023. Twitch has become a hotbed for chess content, experiencing a 500% increase in chess viewership between 2019 and 2020, with sustained growth thereafter. - -One of the key ways AI has transformed chess is by providing adaptive learning experiences. Chess engines can adjust to a player’s skill level, offering appropriate challenges to keep them engaged and motivated. This adaptive approach aligns perfectly with Vygotsky’s 1978 concept of the Zone of Proximal Development (ZPD), which posits that optimal learning occurs when challenges are just beyond a learner’s current abilities but within reach with guidance. - -This adaptive approach also resonates with Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi’s concept of “Flow,” a state of optimal experience where challenge and skill are perfectly balanced. By leveraging AI to create adaptive learning experiences, we can help students achieve this state of flow in their studies, fostering a deep sense of engagement and joy in the learning process. - -The Advantage of “Kind” Problems - -Chess represents what psychologist Robin Hogarth calls a “kind” learning environment. Kind environments have a clear goal, timely feedback, and well-defined rules. This is in contrast to “wicked” problems found in the job market, which often have non-obvious patterns, delayed or inaccurate feedback, and unclear rules. - -Classes are fundamentally intended to be “kind” problems. The kind nature of chess makes it an ideal playground for AI, and the same principles can be applied to many areas of higher education. By creating structured learning environments with clear feedback loops, we can help students build confidence and mastery in a safe space before tackling more complex, real-world challenges. - -In the world of chess, a handshake between opponents after a game, regardless of the outcome, symbolizes mutual respect and acknowledgment of a well-played match. This practice of “losing well” and learning from failure is a fundamental aspect of chess culture that could serve as a valuable model for higher education. By embracing this mindset, universities could potentially address the growing mental health crisis among students. The ability to view setbacks as opportunities for growth rather than insurmountable failures could significantly reduce stress and anxiety. - -Furthermore, the increasing preference among students to confide in non-judgmental chatbots rather than human counselors highlights a crucial need for safe, judgment-free spaces in educational settings. Incorporating these chess-inspired principles of graceful defeat, continuous learning, and non-judgmental support into higher education could foster a more resilient, mentally healthy student body. This approach not only prepares students for academic challenges but also equips them with vital life skills for navigating failures and setbacks in their future careers and personal lives. - -Intelligent Tutoring and Feedback Must Be Wanted, Not Just Be Available - -In chess, AI engines serve as tireless training partners, offering immediate feedback and helping players learn from their mistakes. They provide a safe space for experimentation and growth, allowing players to test new strategies and ideas without fear of judgment. This concept of intelligent tutoring and feedback can be readily applied to higher education. - -By offering immediate feedback and recommendations, AI tutors can help students stay on track, build confidence, and develop a deeper understanding of the subject matter. This constant availability of support can be particularly valuable for non-traditional students or those in remote areas who may have limited access to in-person tutoring resources. - -In higher education, we can envision a similar symbiosis between AI and human instructors. AI can handle routine tasks like grading and provide personalized practice exercises, freeing up instructors to focus on higher-order teaching activities like fostering critical thinking, facilitating discussions, and providing mentorship. - -However, it’s important to note that general AI still has limitations. When ChatGPT played against Stockfish, a specialized chess engine, it demonstrated that current general AI is still far behind highly specialized systems in specific domains. This underscores the importance of developing targeted AI tools for education rather than relying solely on general-purpose AI. Truly, the AI you’re using now is the worst AI you’ll ever use. ChatGPT can’t compete with Stockfish in Chess. But one day, there will be Stockfish-like optimized AI for each activity. - -The challenge facing educational technology and automated tutoring systems is how to motivate students to actively seek help. There’s a stark contrast between chess students, who eagerly seek out and pursue assistance for the sheer enjoyment of improving their game, and academic students, where only 5% take advantage of available automated tutoring resources. This is a gap that calls for thoughtful consideration. - -The Joy of Learning - -Perhaps the most important lesson we can draw from the world of chess is the power of AI to nurture a genuine love for the subject matter. Despite (or perhaps because of) the rise of powerful chess engines, interest in chess has soared. The game remains hugely popular, with chess-related content regularly going viral on social media and chess set sales booming. - -The impact of AI on learning isn’t limited to chess. The game of Go provides another compelling example. When Google’s AlphaGo defeated world champion Lee Sedol in 2016, it didn’t just win a game—it transformed how humans approach the ancient board game. Lee Sedol himself acknowledged that AI taught him something new about the game he had been playing for decades. He stated, “I thought AlphaGo was based on probability calculation and that it was merely a machine. But when I saw this move, I changed my mind. Surely AlphaGo is creative.” - -In the two months following his loss to AlphaGo, Lee Sedol won every tournament game he played, demonstrating how AI can inspire human players to reach new heights. Similarly, after training with AlphaGo, European Go champion Fan Hui went on to win the 2016 European Professional Go Championship. These examples illustrate how AI can serve not just as a tool for practice, but as a source of inspiration and new ideas. - -In higher education, we can harness this potential to help students see subjects from new perspectives, challenge established paradigms, and push the boundaries of their fields. - -As we look to the future of higher education, it’s clear that AI has the potential to be a powerful ally in our mission to inspire, educate, and empower students. By learning from the successes of AI in chess and other domains, we can create learning environments that are more adaptive, engaging, and joyful than ever before. - -However, it’s crucial to remember that AI is a tool, not a replacement for human educators. As Garry Kasparov, who famously lost to Deep Blue, later reflected: “The human-machine relationship is not about humans versus machines, but about humans and machines working together to solve problems that neither could solve alone.” - -The chess renaissance sparked by AI shows us that technology, far from diminishing human potential, can elevate it to new heights. Let’s seize this opportunity to revolutionize education, fostering a generation of lifelong learners who are curious, adaptable, and ready to thrive in an AI-enhanced world. The future of education is here – and it’s more exciting than ever. - -— - -Dr. Szymon Machajewski is Associate Director, Academic Technology and Learning Innovation - -Learning Technology Solutions (LTS) at University of Chicago Illinois. He serves on UIC Electronic Information Technology (EIT) Accessibility Policy Committee, is an EDSAFE AI Alliance Council Member (EDSAFE), an EDUCAUSE Student Success Analytics Steering Committee (EducauseSSACG) member, and a member of the Society for Learning Analytics Research (SoLAR). Write to: szymonm@uic.edu - -Like this: Like Loading...",1731883668,ce9e226ebc,426c8eef4a,,,1731883668 -https://www.kff.org/global-health-policy/issue-brief/pepfar-exploring-co-financing-as-a-tool-for-domestic-resource-mobilization/,https://www.kff.org/rss/,PEPFAR: Exploring Co-Financing as a Tool for Domestic Resource Mobilization,"There is growing pressure on PEPFAR, the U.S. global HIV program, to increase its planning for sustainability, including through domestic resource mobilization and, ultimately, transitioning financing at least in part to recipient countries. While this is connected to a broader push in global health and development, driven by a constrained financing environment and desire to promote more country ownership of programs and services , there are specific questions facing PEPFAR’s future. A National Academy report from 2017, for example, recommended that PEPFAR look toward phasing down its spending and supporting countries in their transition from bilateral aid to domestic financing for HIV. At a Senate hearing last year, PEPFAR was asked how it was working to increase domestic resources and under what conditions would it need less resources to accomplish its goals. Recent challenges in securing a five-year reauthorization of the program have only served to heighten the focus on sustainability and domestic resource mobilization. How PEPFAR does this, however, remains an ongoing question. - -One potential tool is “co-financing” (sometimes referred to as “cost-sharing” or “co-investment”) – that is, to require country recipients of PEPFAR funding to contribute resources to the HIV response. Co-financing is used for a variety of reasons, including to help share or spread costs and to promote ownership and sustainability in programs. Indeed, several global health and development institutions employ some kind of co-financing arrangement, as do some U.S. government programs. While PEPFAR, and most U.S. global health and development programs, are bound by requirements under the Foreign Assistance Act to ensure some level of cost-sharing by countries, some stakeholders have specifically recommended that PEPFAR adopt a policy either to mobilize additional resources or to facilitate reduced U.S. funding. - -This policy brief identifies options and issues PEPFAR could consider if it moves in the direction of a new co-financing policy, based on the experiences of other global health and development institutions. It first examines current U.S. law regarding co-financing and PEPFAR’s prior experience with domestic resource mobilization. It then assesses the co-financing policies of six other institutions to draw out questions and issues for PEPFAR. The six institutions examined were: Gavi, the Vaccine Alliance (Gavi); the Global Environment Facility (GEF); the Global Fund to Fight AIDS, Tuberculosis and Malaria (Global Fund); the Green Climate Fund (GCF); the Millennium Challenge Corporation (MCC) and the Pandemic Fund (PF). - -Current U.S. Law and PEPFAR’s Experience - -U.S. Law - -The Foreign Assistance Act (FAA) , which governs U.S. foreign assistance and programs including PEPFAR and other global health efforts, has long had a co-financing requirement (which it refers to as “cost-sharing”). Specifically, Section 110 of the FAA, as amended, states that: - -“No assistance shall be furnished by the United States Government to a country under Sections 103 through 106 of this Act until the country provides assurance to the President, and the President is satisfied, that such country will provide at least 25 per centum of the costs of the entire program, project, or activity with respect to which such assistance is to be furnished, except that such costs borne by such country may be provided on an “in-kind” basis.” - -The requirement applies to bilateral development and global health assistance that is obligated to a host country (but not to grants, cooperative agreements, or contracts with public international organizations, non-governmental organizations, or other implementing partners unless obligated through a bilateral agreement with the host country.) Sources of cost-sharing are expected to come from host country budgets, although in some cases, they may come from other country resources. In-kind contributions (e.g., buildings, materials, personnel, as well as policy actions or institutional changes that further project goals) are also allowable. There is also an option to waive the cost-sharing requirement (under Section 124(d) of the FAA) on a case-by-case basis for “relatively least developed countries”, defined as countries on the DAC list of aid recipients categorized as “least developed countries” or “other low income countries” or those on the World Bank’s “heavily indebted poor countries” (HIPC) list. This policy, while assuring some level of cost-sharing by countries, does not require progressive or additional country financing over time. - -PEPFAR’s Experience - -While created in 2003 as an emergency program, the importance of building sustainable capacity in PEPFAR countries was recognized from the onset, including in PEPFAR’s authorizing legislation and first strategy. When the program was reauthorized five years later, in 2008, Congress placed an even greater emphasis on sustainability and instructed PEPFAR to develop new compacts or framework agreements with countries to promote sustainability that, among other things, included “cost sharing assurances” that met the requirements of FAA Section 110 (essentially reiterating the current law). PEPFAR developed “Partnership Frameworks” guidance and, in addition to the cost-sharing requirement, encouraged countries to increase domestic resources where possible. For example, the guidance stated: “For purposes of Partnership Frameworks, promoting sustainability means supporting the partner government in growing its capacity to lead, manage, and ultimately finance its health system with indigenous resources (including its civil society sector), rather than external resources, to the greatest extent possible.” In addition, it called for the development of a timeline of increasing partner government financial commitments and criteria for tracking such support. Ultimately, PEPFAR developed Partnership Frameworks with 22 countries and regions, but these were time limited arrangements that ended after a five-year period. In addition, an evaluation identified several challenges with realizing increased domestic resources, including: vague indicators that made monitoring and measurement difficult; the absence of financing commitments in some agreements or inclusion of non-domestic sources as commitments; the lack of evidence for increased domestic investment; and economic hardship that made it difficult for some countries to contribute resources. - -Beyond Partnership Frameworks, PEPFAR has, at other times, sought to emphasize the importance of and/or mobilize additional domestic resources from countries. For example: - -In its 2012 Blueprint for Creating an AIDS Free Generation, PEPFAR stated that it would work to “implement incentives for annual progressive increases in domestic cofinancing that complement strategic investments by donors”. - -In 2013, PEPFAR guidance included the need for countries to increase and report on the use of their own resources for the HIV response, and categorized countries by their economic capacity, including countries that could “co-finance” more of their response. Also at that time, PEPFAR instituted Sustainability Plans as a way to work with countries to, among other things, increasingly finance the national HIV response. - -In 2019, PEPFAR introduced “Minimum Program Requirements” (MPRs), one of which was the need for countries to provide evidence of increased resource commitments by host governments annually. - -Currently, PEPFAR is working to develop “Sustainability Roadmaps” with countries that will include the need to increase domestic financing of the HIV response. - -Beyond the cost-sharing requirement that already exists under the FAA, however, PEPFAR has not instituted a policy designed to mobilize additional domestic resources over time from countries, as some have called for, and there is limited information available on the status of its prior efforts. - -Box 1: Co-Financing Policy Considerations Linking co-financing to mission and objectives Scaling co-financing to country income/fiscal health What “counts” as a co-financing source Specifying co-financing amounts/shares Specifying progressive co-financing Allowing for exceptions/waivers Identifying clear measurement, monitoring, and reporting criteria Addressing non-compliance Piloting or phasing-in a new policy Coordination with other donors - -Considerations for PEPFAR - -Should PEPFAR choose to institute such a requirement, analysis of the co-financing policies of six other institutions raises questions and issues for PEPFAR to consider, including (see Box and Appendix): - -Linking co-financing to mission and objectives. All six institutions examined link co-financing to their organizational missions, priorities, and/or project objectives. For example, Gavi’s co-financing requirement is specific to the purchase of vaccines; the GEF policy is intended to support implementation of a GEF-financed project or program and achievement of its objectives; and the MCC requires contributions from countries toward meeting MCC objectives. The Global Fund has a mix: it ties some co-financing to Global Fund programs, but also to broader, health system financing. In PEPFAR’s case, co-financing could be tied to the national HIV program, as it was in its prior Minimum Program Requirement. This approach would support Congressional intent to combat HIV, and sustainability of the HIV response specifically. Additionally, PEPFAR could consider tying co-financing to a specific HIV-related service or activity only (as Gavi does). On the other hand, a broader approach, similar to the Global Fund’s tying co-financing to the health system, may yield wider health benefits (although not necessarily for HIV). Scaling co-financing to country income/fiscal health. Three institutions – Gavi, the Global Fund, and the MCC – scale co-financing amounts or policies to country income classifications (requiring greater contributions from countries with higher incomes). Scaling a new co-financing policy this way would protect PEPFAR recipient countries with less fiscal capacity and recognize the greater capacity of countries with stronger economies. However, since such an approach may not capture the full fiscal health of a country or burden on individuals and households, PEPFAR could also consider using additional measures, such as debt burden, share of household out-of-pocket expenditures on health, and/or share of domestic revenues spent on health, to assess country fiscal capacity. What “counts” as a co-financing source. The six institutions examined vary in the sources and types of resources they count towards fulfilling co-financing requirements. While all six include domestic resources, only the Global Fund limits allowable co-financing to domestic revenues; in its case, these could be domestic public resources (government revenues, government borrowings, social health insurance, and debt relief proceeds) and/or domestic private resources (contributions from domestic corporations and philanthropies). The others allow multiple sources to fulfill co-financing requirements, including, in some cases, external donor support. Two institutions – the GEF and the MCC – explicitly include in-kind contributions as a source of co-financing. If PEPFAR pursues a new policy, assessing and identifying allowable sources would be important for setting clear expectations. Whether such sources are limited to domestic revenues only (as in the case of the Global Fund) or broader sources (as in the case of other institutions) may depend on PEPFAR’s goals (e.g., if it is interested in mobilizing additional domestic revenues specifically or in substituting for U.S. government resources more generally). Specifying co-financing amounts/shares. Few institutions examined include a specific co-financing amount. Exceptions are Gavi and the MCC (Gavi has specific price per dose requirements and the MCC has specific percentage requirements, each scaled in some way to country circumstances). The Global Fund, on the other hand, has a more general requirement to increase the amount invested over time and the GEF, GCF, and PF do not have any specifications for countries or projects, though the GEF does have overall co-financing targets at its full portfolio level. PEPFAR could consider specifying an amount or percentage of co-financing, which might be easier to measure and provide predictable projections of co-financing. Alternatively, it could consider a more general requirement to increase co-financing over time (akin to its earlier Minimum Program Requirement and the Global Fund’s policy), which may be easier to implement and allow for more flexibility for countries based on their unique circumstances, but not provide predictability and could be harder to measure. Specifying progressive co-financing. While all six institutions include the importance of “additionality” in their definitions (that co-financing brings additional resources to the project, mission, or health system) only two institutions – Gavi and the Global Fund – specifically require an increasing share of resources to be provided over time. Gavi’s policy is designed to have countries progressively co-finance their vaccines until they are fully funding vaccine procurement. The Global Fund requires countries to demonstrate progressive government expenditure on health and increasing co-financing of Global Fund supported programs. While not a requirement, the PF encourages countries to progressively commit to increasing co-financing over time. On the other hand, the MCC’s requirement is static, set at a specific percentage that does not change over time, and the GEF and GCF do not have any specific requirements for countries. If PEPFAR’s goal is to mobilize additional domestic resources it might consider setting a co-financing level above what a country does now or designing a progressive co-financing policy, along the lines of what Gavi has done (having countries increasingly finance their own programs over time). Allowing for exceptions/waivers. All but one institution (the GCF) includes an explicit provision regarding waivers of co-financing in exceptional circumstances, typically for fiscal or humanitarian crises. Including such a provision is intended to protect countries when they encounter unexpected or protracted difficulties or otherwise face challenging conditions. U.S. law already allows for this in its cost-sharing requirement, albeit only for certain countries. PEPFAR could consider expanding this to apply to any country it supports, if it were to institute a co-financing requirement. Identifying clear measurement, monitoring, and reporting criteria. How institutions measure, monitor, and report on co-financing contributions varies significantly and is generally more stringent if co-financing is required and there are repercussions for non-compliance (see below). For example, for Gavi, measurement and monitoring are based on the actual purchase of vaccine doses by countries. The MCC requires verifiable country records and may conduct on-site monitoring and verification. The Global Fund requires government letters of commitment and monitors commitments based on verified budget or other documentation. The PF, however, more generally states that co-financing will be documented in annual reports. Choosing clear measurement and monitoring, as well as reporting, criteria, will be important for the success and accountability of any new policy. Addressing non-compliance. While all six institutions require co-financing information to be submitted in applications, only three – Gavi, The Global Fund, and the MCC – state that they will take action for non-compliance, including the potential to lose financial support. The other three do not specify any consequences for non-compliance, although the GCF and PF say they score applications, in part, based on submission of co-financing information. Whether PEPFAR decides to include consequences for non-compliance will likely affect the strength of the policy but also could potentially risk adverse consequences on program outcomes (e.g., if non-compliance resulted in loss of funding that threatened vital services). To address this concern, PEPFAR could consider implementing “guardrails” that protect certain services (e.g., antiretroviral treatment) or populations (e.g., key and vulnerable populations) from loss of funding due to country co-financing non-compliance. Piloting or phasing-in a new policy. Because a co-financing policy would introduce a new element to PEPFAR’s relationships with countries, it could consider piloting the requirement in a subset of countries or for a subset of services and/or phasing it in over time. Gavi, for example, explored interim approaches to co-financing a few years before fully implementing its policy for all countries. As part of a pilot, PEPFAR could test whether incentivizing countries, at least in the short term (e.g., by offering additional matching funds for certain services or guaranteeing a certain amount of support for a period of time), might assist in a transition to co-financing, and help mobilize country resources over time. Coordination with other donors. Finally, if PEPFAR were to decide to institute a co-financing requirement, there is a risk that such a policy could overburden countries facing similar requirements from other institutions, and/or create mixed or cross-purpose incentives that could impact health outcomes. Coordinating across institutions would help to mitigate against these risks. In PEPFAR’s case, coordination with the Global Fund would be particularly important, given that both PEPFAR and the Global Fund support many of the same countries in their HIV response. - -Whether PEPFAR ultimately decides to institute a new co-financing requirement remains to be seen, although Congress and other stakeholders are increasingly asking the program to identify ways in which it will promote sustainability and less reliance on U.S. government support over time. This analysis of other institutional co-financing policies offers a range of questions and issues for PEPFAR to consider should it move in this direction.",1731883668,9dd5681a6c,42ff0b02ec,,,1731883668 -https://mashable.com/article/conclave-memes-explained,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,Papal drama 'Conclave' draws an unlikely online fandom,"On its surface, Conclave's target audience might be retired folks catching a weekday matinee. Its cast boasts an array of all-star actors over 60: Ralph Fiennes, Stanley Tucci, John Lithgow, and Isabella Rossellini. And it follows the process of electing a new Pope. - -But the papal thriller has drawn an unlikely online fandom due to its modern mess and drama. It's inspired jokes, memes, and even fan edits. A fan captured the unlikely appeal of the movie by describing it as ""just Mean Girls for popes."" - -One X user wrote, that Conclave ""is a 10/10 movie for gasping and gagging. movie version of the “hey girly” message. every time ralph finnes served diva the crowd gasped an a man blew raspberries. I’m a believer."" - -Mashable Top Stories Stay connected with the hottest stories of the day and the latest entertainment news. Sign up for Mashable's Top Stories newsletter Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -Another said, ""what if the pope DIED before letting you QUIT and you have to run the CONCLAVE while you were HAVING DOUBTS and the italian candidate was VAPING and FASCIST so you tried to vote for YOURSELF and you FELL DOWN."" - -Fans also compared it to The Real Housewives franchise. One user captioned an image of two Real Housewives of Salt Lake City, ""This is exactly what Conclave is like."" - -Others are experimenting with the new vocabulary of the Vatican. One user joked, ""i want to know what all the cardinals in conclave had chosen as their popenames.... i want to hear about the popesonas that never made it..."" Another wrote, ""(me asking my friends if they have time to see Conclave with me) what's your Conclavability this week."" - -But the most iconic Conclave post is the edit to Charli XCX's ""Sympathy is a Knife."" If that doesn't convince you to see the film, just know you're missing out.",1731883616,644d6c1ea1,430b05f8fc,,,1731883616 -https://petapixel.com/2024/11/15/light-lens-lab-28-2-8-9-element-lens-review-impressive-and-character-rich/,https://petapixel.com/feed/,Light Lens Lab 28/2.8 9 Element Lens Review: Impressive and Character Rich,"Light Lens Lab (LLL) has released a re-creation of Leica’s first generation 28mm f2.8 Elmarit lens introduced in 1965. The Leica lens has become a collector’s item known as the 28mm 9 Element. It contains nine spherical surfaced lenses in six groups and the fast f2.8 aperture was a significant improvement from the Summaron f5.6 lens that preceded it. If you can find an original Leica 28mm 9 Element (V1) lens on eBay, prices range from $8,000 to more than $15,000. - -The 2.8mm maximum aperture was a big breakthrough for Leica in 1965. Previous Leica designs had maximum apertures of f6.3 and f5.6. The wide aperture and symmetrical lens design by Leica increased the size significantly compared to its predecessors. The back focus was also very short causing the rear element of the lens to protrude deep into the camera. The lens could not be used with the Leica M5 or CL cameras due to their articulated meter and the meter arm could not function behind the deep rear element of the lens. - -Many photographers prefer Leica’s older spherical design lenses that exhibit lower contrast at their maximum apertures. Stopping down the aperture increases contrast and resolution while decreasing vignetting. For many photographers, the appeal is like getting two lenses in one: a character lens when shot wide open and a more modern look when the aperture is closed two to three f-stops. - -Leica’s 28mm M Lens Design History - -Leica produced six different spherical 28mm M lenses from 1935 to 1992 and again in 2016. Later designs incorporated aspherical lenses enabling smaller lenses with improved optical performance. - -So, why did Light Lens Lab recreate this Leica lens? It’s a rare lens with a unique optical design and imaging style with only 3,200 produced. Light Lens Lab’s business model is different from most other independent lens companies. They analyze older and rarer Leica lenses and recreate them using modern manufacturing technology and materials. Purchasing a new lens alleviates potential problems associated with a 50-plus-year-old lens for the user: - -Is there fungus on the lens elements? - -Have the lens coatings become hazy? - -Are the front or rear lenses scratched from aggressive cleaning? - -Does the lens focus smoothly? - -Is there a lens shade available for the lens? - -Do the aperture blades work and are they free from oil? - -If the lens needs adjustment and repair, are parts available? - -I was able to gain some insights from questions posed to Mr. Zhou at LLL in Shangrao, China through the company’s North American representative, David Yu-Heng Chen. In their expanding portfolio of lenses, this is their first 28mm lens. Testing Leica’s original 28mm nine-element lens showed significant distortion at f/2.8 along with color fringing with digital sensors. - -Keep in mind, that the original lens was designed for analog film in 1965. LLL decided to retain the exterior design aesthetic of the lens while optimizing the original rendering characteristics of the nine-element/six-group symmetrical design. New proprietary fluorite-like elements were developed along with an extra-low dispersion (ED) glass element (sixth inner element) to reduce chromatic aberrations. - -These changes provide improved contrast transfer function, especially in the periphery of images. Interestingly, the central image showed minimal distortion and did not need imaging improvements. The original out-of-focus light spots (bokeh) were triangular. The lens improvements now show circular bokeh characteristics. The original Leica lens body was made of aluminum. This new lens body is made of brass which makes it a little heavier. The dedicated lens hood is made from aluminum. - -The updated design permits digital M camera meters to function normally. Not owning an original Leica 28mm 9E lens, it is impossible for me to compare imaging differences. The lens schematic is similar but different from the original Leica 28mm design. MTF graphs do exist for the original design. The Light Lens Labs design shows improved imaging performance in the periphery. - -Light Lens Lab 28/2.8 9 Element: In Use - -The lens I evaluated was number 488 of 998 and it was provided by Tony Rose at PopFlash.com who distributes Light Lens Labs lenses in the US. The lens build quality is excellent: the focus is smooth and the aperture ring has just the right amount of tension from f/2.8 to f/22 in half stops. - -The lens has a focus lock at infinity that is easily released by depressing a portion of the curved metal focusing tab. It balances well with an M10 body and accepts 49mm filters. The lens is brass and is available with black paint and chrome finishes. It comes with a leather zippered case, a dedicated lens hood, and front and rear caps. The rear lens cap is deeper than the standard M rear cap to accommodate the optics. The lens was also tested with a LLL multi-coated chrome 49mm filter. Prices for this lens currently range from $898 for chrome and $998 for black paint. - -Just like the original Leica lens shade, it is aligned with a small metal pin on the barrel of the lens. This dedicated aluminum lens shade has two indents used for aligning it on the lens barrel along with spring-loaded clips. With just one alignment pin on the lens, I found the lens shade to have a slight torsional movement when attached. This was not an issue when using the lens shade. It is a significant accessory that will reduce flare and veiling glare with this lens. - -Although the 28mm 9E lens was significantly larger than the Summaron lens that preceded it, it is not that much different in size from other 28mm M mount lenses – except the pocketable 28mm Summaron. - -It was a pleasure using this 28mm lens. In many instances, modern lens designs with multiple aspheric elements produce images that are sharp and contrasty that look the same as every other photographer using a modern lens. Using the LLL 28mm 9E lens is like stepping back in time to photograph but with the advantages of a lens manufactured with modern technology. - -I purposely compared images taken with the LLL 28mm 9E and Leica’s 28mm V4 lens as both have f/2.8 as the maximum aperture and consist of spherical lenses. The Leica 28mm V4 is a much newer lens that was introduced in 1992 and is a retro-focus design without aspheric lenses. - -Images taken with the LLL 28mm 9E had a slightly cooler white balance compared to the Leica 28mm V4. However, what was most surprising was the lack of distortion with the LLL 28mm 9E compared to the visible barrel distortion with the Leica 28mm V4 lens. The LLL 28mm 9E lens had approximately two stops of vignetting when used at f/2.8. I actually prefer a little vignetting in my photographs but if you don’t, it’s easy to compensate in Lightroom or other editing programs. You can also create sunstars and flare with this lens if desired. When shooting at f/2.8, there is a smooth transition from focus to out-of-focus areas. - -The images and colors produced by this lens have a certain character that is different from more modern lens designs. A trip along Skyline Drive and a visit to Thomas Jefferson’s home at Monticello in Virginia was great to explore with this lens. - -Should You Buy It? - -The short answer is yes. This lens turned out to be one of my favorite ones to review. It reminded me of images taken with the 2016 Leica Summaron which has a maximum aperture of f/5.6 — except with the LLL 28mm 9E, you get that type of image at f/2.8. Used wide open, it is very sharp centrally with a gentle transition into the periphery. - -There are many 28mm lenses you can use with a Leica camera and other mirrorless cameras. Finding an original 59-year-old Leica 28mm 9E in good condition without an astronomical price will be a very difficult task. If you bought one, would you even feel comfortable shooting with it? - -If you are looking for a 28mm lens that has a pleasing character when used wide open, the LLL 28mm 9E lens is an excellent choice. Rather than duplicate the optical limitations of a lens introduced in 1965, Light Lens Lab initiated improvements for this classic 28mm 9-element lens. Optical performance is impressive wide open and improves further as you stop down the aperture producing more modern corrected images. If you want your wide-angle images to look different, this lens will deliver. - -About the Author: Richard Clompus is a retired optometrist with an interest in optics and photography that spans five decades. Photography experience spans large format film cameras to extensive use of Leica and Canon gear. He has studied photography with Michael A Smith, Mark Cohen, Ralph Gibson, and Mark DePaola. - -All photographs in this article were taken by the author. There are no financial interests of any kind with Light Lens Lab and PopFlash Photo. The lens and accessories were returned after three weeks of testing to PopFlash in California.",1731883670,fdbb004d85,430b66fc17,,,1731883670 -https://www.gong.io/blog/sales-forecasting-methods/,https://www.gong.io/feed,Examining 6 sales forecasting methods,"Sales Forecasting - -Research shows that 63% of business leaders believe sales forecasting is critical to their organization’s success, but only 27% say their current forecasting method is accurate. - -Although sales forecasting is vital, most sales leaders don’t use a process that helps them understand how their teams win or lose deals. Without access to those insights, they can’t investigate their current pipeline or keep it on track, nor can they create an accurate sales forecast. - -Every sales organization should have a clear sales forecasting method in place, and its sales leaders should understand why they use that particular method. This guide explores six proven sales forecasting methods, clarifying when to use them and what information you can glean from each one. - -What’s sales forecasting? - -Before we dive in too far, let’s cover the basics. What exactly is sales forecasting? - -Sales forecasting is the practice of predicting the sales your business expects to close in the coming month, quarter, or year. - -Successful forecasts draw on a wide range of data: - -The reality is that accurate forecasting is tough to achieve. The data listed above is typically dispersed across numerous tools, and many conventional forecasting tools don’t even factor in market conditions or emerging trends. That makes it near impossible to get a clear picture of what’s really happening in your pipeline and create an accurate forecast. - -Plus, most sales teams don’t have access to high-quality data, and even fewer teams have access to high-quality data that’s centralized in one platform. That’s likely why, as Gartner recently reported, “Executive stakeholders frequently lack confidence in the pipeline data and forecast results, leading to wasted effort and lost opportunity for data-driven decision making.” - -Without reliable data and the right forecasting model, you’ll never uncover insights that can keep your forecast on track and improve its accuracy. - -Why is sales forecasting important? - -The crux of sales forecasting’s importance is this: When sales forecasts are accurate, business leaders can make better decisions about their company, and sales managers can prioritize their team’s time and resources to drive sales and growth. - -With a reliable and accurate sales forecasting model in place, you can set achievable, realistic revenue milestones that align with your business’s resources, goals, and capabilities. The right model will also give you a better idea of how, when, and where to improve operations, hire more people, train your teams, and allocate resources. You’ll understand when to upscale and downscale inventory, manage seasonal fluctuations, and capture market trends. - -Sounds important, right? It is. - -The problem today is that too many companies rely on their reps’ gut instincts instead of hard data when they create forecasts. While gut instinct has its place in sales, you can’t rely on it to create accurate forecasts, and you certainly can’t rely on those forecasts as a foundation for good decision making. - -Take software development company Piano as an example. They used to rely on their sales team’s knowledge and experience to forecast future sales. The results were highly inaccurate. After they switched to Gong Forecast, an AI-driven solution, their forecast accuracy shot up to 90%! They now make smarter, real-time decisions about individual deals in their pipeline, as well as the company’s overall growth. - -Accuracy is everything when your entire organization flies or fails based on the revenue predictions you make — and how well your team lives up to them! You need to be able to spot problems early on and make adjustments straight away. - -Read on to learn which of the six sales forecasting methods below can help your team achieve reliability on both fronts. - -6 sales forecasting methods (with examples) - -Each forecasting method below offers a unique way to look at potential sales. - -Let’s dive in to understand how each technique works and what it can help you accomplish. - -Opportunity-stage forecasting: Best for predicting deal closure - -In opportunity-stage forecasting, you look at the likelihood of closing the open opportunities in your pipeline and calculate their total potential value. - -You’d consider how deals progress through all stages of the pipeline and ask, “What’s the probability of this deal closing in a given timeframe based on its current stage?” - -Assign a likely conversion rate to each stage in the sales pipeline. This probability represents the chances that a deal at this stage will close on time. The further along the pipeline a deal is, the better its chances of closing. - -To get an overall forecast, you’d multiply the value of the deals by the percentage and then add them together. - -For example, let’s say your pipeline looks like this: - - - -$10,000 worth of deals at the “Proposal Sent” stage with a 10% closure rate - -$5,000 worth of deals at the “Qualification Call” stage with a 30% closure rate - -$3,000 worth of deals at the “User Demo” stage with a 70% closure rate - -Your pipeline potential would be ($10,000 x 0.1) + ($5,000 x 0.3) + (3,000 x 0.7) = $4,600 - -This method works best for businesses that already have a clear sales process with well-defined stages. - -It’s clear and relatively simple, and it also helps you identify challenges by highlighting where deals drop out of the pipeline. That said, it overlooks external factors that can affect deal closures and it doesn’t provide you with any insights into why losses happen or long-term sales trends. - -Intuitive forecasting: Best for forecasting new product success - -Intuitive forecasting relies on your sales team’s gut feelings and knowledge to predict sales. It’s most useful when you launch something new, when historical data isn’t available. - -For example, a sales team might intuitively predict a surge in sales after a famous influencer mentions your product. - -On the plus side, this method is quick, flexible, and highly relevant to your company’s specific product range. - -However, since it’s based on personal judgment, it’s often inaccurate — and it can be tough to manage if your sales reps all say something different. - -Historical forecasting: Best for established markets - -The historical forecasting method uses past sales data. It looks at what was previously sold, when, and to whom, and uses these historical patterns to forecast future sales. - -This method considers aspects like growth rates, seasonal variations, and average sale values. - -It’s a helpful sales forecasting technique if you have lots of data and consistent sales patterns as it helps you spot trends and cycles in past sales so you can predict future demand. - -There are several methods of historical sales forecasting: - - - -Regular historical forecasting: This looks at the sales data for all products, a particular product, specific lines, or a defined segment. It predicts future sales trends based on ‌patterns of ‌historical sales. - -This looks at the sales data for all products, a particular product, specific lines, or a defined segment. It predicts future sales trends based on ‌patterns of ‌historical sales. Time series analysis: This works similarly but looks at a particular period of time. It’s especially helpful for seasonal forecasts and predicting sales volumes over that time. - -This works similarly but looks at a particular period of time. It’s especially helpful for seasonal forecasts and predicting sales volumes over that time. Consumption-based forecasting: This method uses data from subscription models to make predictions about future subscription sales and usage. - -These methods can offer reliable forecasts if you’re in a stable market (and that’s a BIG if). They also give you a benchmark against which to measure success. - -Be wary though: These forecasts rely on past conditions and assume that these conditions will continue. They don’t consider unexpected market changes or new economic factors. - -Multivariable analysis forecasting: Best for complex sales scenarios - -Multivariable analysis forecasting uses a wealth of data sources to predict future sales. It looks at everything from how customers behave to fluctuating market dynamics. It considers historical sales data, social media trends, sales call topics, economic factors, marketing data, and so on, to create a big-picture overview of anticipated sales figures. - -Sales leaders use this method to predict complex sales situations with lots of moving parts. - -For example, when Tackle.io was in hyper-growth mode, trying to scale quickly, it relied on forecasts created using spreadsheets. It was a slow and overwhelming process that relied on error-prone manual input. - -They switched to Gong, where Tackle now creates sales forecasts easily, using over 300 data points. The company has highly accurate AI-powered forecasts, plus, using Gong has cut down their forecasting time by a whopping 40%! - -(Image Source) - -As you can see, this method helps sales teams understand the real reasons behind sales trends so they can hit their targets and optimize operations. You’ll need a high-powered sales forecasting tool like Gong to analyze massive amounts of data in this way. - -Ready to see AI-powered, multivariable sales forecasting in action? Book a demo. - -Regression forecasting: Best for identifying cause-and-effect relationships - -Regression analysis connects sales volumes to other factors, as a way to understand their causal relationships. - -For example, an online store might use a regression model to see how advertising spend influences retail sales. - -The causal model works best for sales teams that want to understand how specific changes push sales figures up or down. Since you can only assess one variable at a time, it can take a while to work out which factors have the most impact on your numbers. It’s also easy to overlook variables that might sway sales figures without your knowledge. - -Length of sales cycle forecasting: Best for improving sales efficiency - -Length of sales cycle forecasting helps you determine how long it takes to convert a potential customer into a sale, and then asks, “How does the length of the sales cycle impact our forecast?” - -Figuring out how long deals take can also help you uncover where they get stuck. You can use this model to determine which sales opportunities to prioritize based on the time they take to convert. - -For example, a cybersecurity company might notice that deals with smaller businesses take around three months to close, while deals with larger businesses take six months. With this understanding, they can forecast revenue better and plan their team’s workload more effectively. - -On the other hand, this method doesn’t always reflect deal complexity — instead, relying on averages. - -Sales forecasting methods: 4 best practices you should use - -Whichever sales forecasting method you choose, here are four best practices to get more out of it: - -1. Choose the method that fits your situation - -Using the right forecasting method makes a significant difference to your own team and the business as a whole. Stay true to your own needs and be aware that it’s easy to fall into the trap of using a complex method when you only need a simple one. - -Think carefully about your available data and what you’re trying to learn. Pick the forecasting method that helps you reach your goals with the resources you have available. - -2. Use the right forecasting tools - -The better the tool, the more accurate the forecast. Good sales forecasting software analyzes many kinds of data points to make more informed predictions. The best forecasting tools use AI. - -Solutions like Gong use AI-powered predictive forecasting to provide complete visibility into your pipeline. By performing a multivariable analysis on more than 300 signals, Gong’s AI finds sales patterns with incredible accuracy. - -(Image Source) - -Drew Korab, RevOps Director at Upwork, has experienced the benefits of Gong Forecast firsthand. As he explains, “Our forecast accuracy has grown to the point that we’re now at 95%. Gong lets us run a predictable revenue organization, reduce the number of tools in our tech stack, and save tons of time on forecasting.” - -And, unlike conventional forecasting software, Gong Forecast’s performance improves over time. By learning from real-time data, Gong’s machine-learning algorithms produce more accurate and relevant predictions. - -You’re able to see exactly how your pipeline progresses and respond to trends or changes as soon as they happen. - -3. Prioritize data quality - -You’ve heard it before: “Garbage in, garbage out.” High-quality data is the cornerstone of effective forecasting. When your data isn’t clear, complete, or clean, you’ll get unreliable or inaccurate forecasting. - -Gong improves your forecast accuracy by corralling your pipeline’s most critical data in one platform. There, it’s analyzed by AI to build a forecast that’s founded squarely on your best information. - -4. Anticipate market trends and plan for seasonality - -Sales don’t happen in a vacuum. Market shifts and seasonal trends shape sales patterns. If you don’t take them into account, you’ll miss both opportunities and risks. - -Compare sales and market data from similar time periods to predict how these factors might impact your future sales. - -FAQs about sales forecasting methods - -What is the number one rule for sales forecasting? - -Analyze high-quality data using an AI-backed platform. The combination of accurate data from multiple sources and high-powered AI leads to shockingly accurate forecasts and extremely helpful deal insights. - -How can we improve our sales forecast accuracy? - -Here’s a quick checklist: - - - -Use high-quality data - -Use multiple data sources - -Pick the right solution - -Compare similar time periods - -Factor in external influences - -Don’t make assumptions about what the future holds - -How can we forecast sales for a new product or service? - -Look at historical data on how similar products or services did when they launched. If you don’t have similar offerings for comparison, do your best by considering what you know about similar target audiences, revenue goals, or marketing angles. - -What’s the biggest challenge in forecasting? - -Data. Or rather, a failure to look at the right data. Sales reps’ opinions aren’t accurate enough in today’s market. When sales reps rely on their own gut feelings and guesses, they can lead the whole team in the wrong direction. - -Use sales forecasting methods to enhance your bottom line - -When it’s done well, sales forecasting guides a business’s growth by keeping the forecast on track and enabling smart business decisions. It’s how you (and your business’s leadership) set realistic targets and make informed decisions about which strategies to use to reach your goals. When you accurately predict which deals will close, you can ‌prioritize your pipeline efforts, plan resource allocations, upgrade operations, and improve training accordingly. - -For sales forecasting to be truly effective, you need to use a method that helps you achieve your business goals with the resources you have. You also need an AI-powered forecasting solution that corrals high-quality data from multiple sources to give you accurate forecasts that highlight both the risks and opportunities in your pipeline. - -To get more insights into how to set up your own sales forecasts, check out these guides: - - - - - -To learn how to create highly accurate sales forecasts, book a demo with Gong today. Discover how AI-driven forecasting can transform your sales and pipeline strategy.",1731883672,0394161b81,42e8b079fb,,,1731883672 -https://www.dexerto.com/gaming/playstation-trophy-hunter-cuts-ties-with-sony-for-suspending-17-year-old-ps-account-2981836/,https://www.dexerto.com/feed/,PlayStation trophy hunter cuts ties with Sony for suspending 17-year-old PS account,"The world’s biggest PlayStation trophy hunter has parted ways with Sony, after alleging his 17-year-old account was unfairly banned. - -Abdul ‘Hakoom’ Hakam was once so devoted to collecting PlayStation trophies that he earned a spot in the Guinness Book of World Records five times, and he still holds the title for the most PSNProfile trophy points, with an impressive 2,306,475. - -Despite retiring from trophy hunting in 2021, his remarkable achievements secured him a partnership with Sony. However, the relationship has recently taken a turn for the worse. After a dispute involving his PlayStation account, Hakoom has decided to cut ties with the company. - -Article continues after ad - -Taking to Instagram and X, the Bahraini gamer shared that his PlayStation account was permanently suspended on September 9 without explanation. - -He stated that he never received an email regarding the ban and, after allegedly getting no assistance from Sony’s customer service, he reached out to another department, which promised to investigate the issue. - -Article continues after ad - -Hakoom was later told that his suspension was due to multiple violations of Sony’s terms and conditions. However, he insists that the ban was entirely unwarranted. - -Article continues after ad - -Sony listed his alleged violations, which included earning Platinum trophies in games that usually require over 100 hours in just a few hours, completing some games in zero minutes, and logging into more than 2,000 accounts across 29 PlayStation consoles. - -The 40-year-old denies all of these, explaining that his quick Platinum trophies were due to Sony’s auto-pop feature, which allows players to automatically earn the Platinum trophy on the PlayStation 5 version of a game if they’ve already unlocked it on the PlayStation 4 version. - -Article continues after ad - -Sony - -Regarding the multiple accounts and consoles, he believes this is a result of playing PlayStation for 17 years. He’s created accounts for numerous now-dead online games over the years, and purchased 10 PlayStation 3s, five or six PlayStation 4s, four PlayStation Vitas, two PlayStation 5s, and two PlayStation TVs. - -Article continues after ad - -Hakoom also notes that the PlayStation Store is packed with games that can be completed in under a minute, designed to award easy Platinum trophies. He says this is why he decided to retire from trophy hunting altogether. - -Article continues after ad - -While Hakoom’s account has been restored, he has been removed from Sony’s partnership program, which prompted him to speak out publicly. He’s described the situation as an example of what he calls “corruption and oppression.”",1731883643,9d7eb4fc17,42cf1bc914,,,1731883643 -https://www.iotforall.com/understanding-the-eu-cyber-resilience-act-why-it-matters-and-how-to-comply,https://www.iotforall.com/feed/,Understanding the EU Cyber Resilience Act: Why it Matters & Compliance,"The digital world is increasingly connected as the prominence of IoT devices continues to grow exponentially. Everything from smart home devices to critical infrastructure is online, making cybersecurity a global priority for the safety and security of people and international infrastructure. - -The growing number of connected devices comes with a skyrocketing cost of cybercrime. Current estimates predict the cost of cybercrime will exceed 20 trillion USD by 2026, which is 150 percent larger than the 2022 figure. - -To combat today’s cyber threats, the European Union (EU) has introduced the Cyber Resilience Act (CRA)—an extensive piece of legislation aimed at strengthening the cybersecurity of products with digital elements (PDEs) sold within the EU. - -The Cyber Resilience Act covers a diverse range of PDEs, with multifaceted compliance requirements and extensive legal and financial penalties. Ensuring compliance will be crucial for the success of manufacturers worldwide as the CRA begins to take effect. - -What is the EU Cyber Resilience Act (CRA)? - -The European Parliament approved the EU Cyber Resilience Act in March 2024 and enacted it in October 2024, implementing reporting mandates. By 2027, after 36 months of mandated reporting, the CRA will be in full effect across the European Union. - -The CRA establishes consistent cybersecurity requirements for PDEs, including hardware-software and software-only products, ensuring security throughout the lifecycle. - -The CRA broadly impacts all digital products in the EU, except for sectors like medical, military, automotive, aviation, and maritime. - -The key objectives of the CRA are to reduce vulnerabilities in digital products, minimize the risk of cyberattacks, and ensure a high level of cybersecurity for all products on the market. - -Failure to comply with the CRA could lead to significant penalties of up to €15 million or 2.5 percent of a company’s global turnover (revenue), whichever is higher. The CRA effectively bans non-compliant products from EU sales and may revoke their required CE mark. - -Why Does the Cyber Resilience Act Matter? - -The CRA directly responds to the EU’s growing concern over cybersecurity. The increasing number of connected devices—ranging from consumer gadgets to industrial control systems—has made the landscape more vulnerable to cyberattacks. - -The CRA aims to fill gaps in current cybersecurity frameworks and practices by ensuring that products are secure by design, fully disclose software dependencies, and can be reset to secure default configuration as needed. - -The EU Cyber Resilience Act ensures security is integral to development, covering a wide range of products and industries. - -By enforcing stricter standards and expanding accountability, the EU is proactively protecting citizens, businesses, and critical infrastructure from the ever-evolving cyber threat landscape. - -Does the CRA Apply to You? - -If your company develops, manufactures, or distributes products with digital elements in the EU, the CRA likely applies. The CRA applies to any new products with digital elements (PDE) that connect directly or indirectly to a device or network including: - -Smart home devices (e.g., security cameras, smart door locks, appliances) - -VPN software - -Antivirus programs - -Operating systems - -Firewalls and intrusion prevention systems - -In addition to generic PDEs, the CRA categorizes “cybersecurity and network management products” into Class I and Class II, facing stricter requirements. If your products serve essential cybersecurity functions, you are likely in one of these classes and must adhere to enhanced compliance measures. - -Software-Only Products Under the CRA - -The EU Cyber Resilience Act includes software-only products under PDEs, categorizing many as class I or II based on purpose. - -Operating Systems : The CRA requires platforms like Linux, which manage hardware and system resources, to incorporate strong security measures. - -: The CRA requires platforms like Linux, which manage hardware and system resources, to incorporate strong security measures. Antivirus and Security Tools : As critical defenses against malware and other threats, antivirus software must meet stringent CRA standards to ensure they effectively safeguard digital environments. - -: As critical defenses against malware and other threats, antivirus software must meet stringent CRA standards to ensure they effectively safeguard digital environments. VPNs: The CRA fully covers VPNs, ensuring they encrypt connections and protect user data with the highest security standards. - -What About Free and Open Source Software (FOSS)? - -One common question concerns free and open-source software (FOSS). By nature, FOSS does not fall under CRA regulations unless it is part of a commercial activity. For example, if open-source software is used in a for-profit or monetized product, it is subject to the CRA. Even if the software is freely available, integrating it into a commercial product puts it under the act’s purview. - -CRA: Key Compliance Requirements - -The Cyber Resilience Act enforces rigorous standards to ensure cybersecurity from a product’s development to end-of-life stages. To comply with standards, a PDE must consider cybersecurity throughout the entire lifecycle, and the manufacturer must take multiple considerations. - -The requirements stand to bolster security and are heavily penalized to ensure compliance: - -Secure by design: Products must be developed with security as a primary concern, including configurations that minimize vulnerabilities. Software Bill of Materials (SBOM): Manufacturers must maintain an SBOM, a detailed list of the software components used in a product, to facilitate identifying and addressing vulnerabilities. Vulnerability management: Manufacturers must continually test and assess their products for vulnerabilities. Manufacturers must quickly fix vulnerabilities and provide secure updates, ideally through automatic, opt-in mechanisms. Transparency and disclosure: Manufacturers must disclose fixed vulnerabilities to the public, ensuring users are informed and can take action. Penalties for noncompliance: Manufacturers that fail to comply with CRA requirements face hefty fines and the potential loss of their CE certification, meaning their products can no longer be sold in the EU. - -How to Prepare for EU Cyber Resilience Act Compliance - -Manufacturers must act now to ensure compliance with the CRA before it takes full effect. The legislation requires navigating comprehensive steps and considerations, with the main preparations being: - -Conduct a risk assessment: Evaluate your current products to understand if and how the CRA applies. Consider their risk level, especially if they fall under Class I or II. Build security into the development process: Adopt a security-by-design approach, where security considerations are embedded from the outset rather than being added later. Maintain an SBOM: Create and update a detailed list of your product’s software components. Ensure that this information is machine-readable, easy to locate, and ready to share with stakeholders if necessary. Vulnerability management plan: Develop a robust process for identifying, remediating, and disclosing vulnerabilities in your product. The process should include plans for quickly and efficiently issuing secure software updates with user communications or control (acceptance). Enable comprehensive OTA capabilities: Implement a robust over-the-air update system to ensure consistent, timely patches for ongoing compliance. Collaborate with experts: The CRA’s complex requirements make it essential to work with experts in cybersecurity, legal, and regulatory compliance. - -The Cyber Resilience Act mandates security for connected products to counter rising cyber threats. It ensures manufacturers prioritize security throughout the product lifecycle. - -For companies in the EU, CRA compliance is essential—not only legally but for staying competitive in a regulated market. - -The CRA has some of the largest monetary penalties and scope of all security regulations, and all data collected will be fully subject to review by 2027. Manufacturers must act now to ensure products meet CRA standards and avoid the costly consequences of noncompliance. - -Embedding cybersecurity and ensuring CRA compliance helps mitigate risks and provides a competitive edge with secure, resilient products.",1731883689,54776be3d5,4382d0ad9c,,,1731883689 -https://transom.org/2017/shaking-storytelling-formulas/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Shaking Up Storytelling Formulas,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/Shaking-Up-Storytelling-Formulas.mp3 Download Listen to “Shaking Up Storytelling Formulas” - -I think Planet Money overdid it. In an effort to be creative and help make the uninteresting interesting, they went too far. And that’s a good thing. As Robert Smith, a reporter for Planet Money, told me on this episode of HowSound, “It’s almost just better. . .to fail in that way rather than fail in the ‘Oh, it was okay. It was a little dull but it was clear. It was understandable.’” - -The Planet Money story in question is “Messy Nobel,” a story about the 2016 Nobel Prize in economics. Robert and the team at Planet Money planned, as always, to report on the prize. But when it was awarded to Oliver Hart and Bengt Holmstrom for their contributions to “contract theory” back in the 1980s, they worried the subject was too complicated, dry, and arcane to report on for radio. In fact, they nearly skipped it altogether. Said Robert, “We thought this may not actually work and we’ll have to throw the whole thing away.” But then he came up with a really weird idea and they decided to give it a try. - -In short, they told the story employing “Oblique Strategies” to insert randomness and shake up the storytelling — an approach I’ve not heard of before. I’ll explain their use of “chance” in greater detail in this episode. - -In the end, using “Oblique Strategies” made the story of “contract theory” and the Nobel award more interesting, to be sure. But it also made it hard to follow. In addition to explaining the theory and why it was important to the field of economics, Robert and his co-host Jacob Goldstein, also had to explain “Oblique Strategies” which is pretty arcane in its own right. While listening to “Messy Nobel,” I occasionally lost track of what I was supposed to focus on. - -That said, Planet Money didn’t fail. Not by a long shot. Indeed, Robert and Jacob stumbled across a storytelling technique that gave an esoteric topic the shot in the arm it badly needed. - -For Robert, someone who could practically file a Planet Money story in his sleep using a rather formulaic approach, “Oblique Strategies” was a form of radio storytelling therapy. “I mean, for people just starting in radio and audio everything feels new,” he said. “Everything feels random and oblique and exciting and that’s great. Like, I miss that. And when you’ve done it a while. . . it’s easy to just get stuck in the same rut. And, so, you know, it’s something for people who have done this for a while to consciously think: How do I become a new producer again? How do I see things differently? How do I not judge stories so quickly? How do I not call the same people and use the same structure and the same words over and over again? Like, you have to rediscover the fun!”",1731883681,c00d35bf2d,43366a12a5,,,1731883681 -https://www.pcgamer.com/games/third-person-shooter/after-a-transformative-buff-everything-patch-helldivers-2s-bottom-barrel-guns-are-the-new-top-dogs,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,"After a transformative 'buff everything' patch, Helldivers 2's bottom barrel guns are the new top dogs","There is no other game I've had a better time playing than Helldivers 2 this year, but it's weird to think about just how different it was just a few months ago. Back then, picking a loadout was always this exercise in compromise: There were only a handful of guns and stratagems powerful enough to take on the largest Terminid and Automaton bullies, and the gap between my ""favorite"" guns and the ""best"" ones couldn't have been wider. - -I'm glad to say that's not the case anymore. While I do miss when Helldivers 2 had proper boss fights, its meta, which used to revolve around a small club of nukes, railguns, and rocket launchers that could punch through the thickest armor, has never been more inclusive. Two months removed from Arrowhead's transformative ""buff everything"" patch, I've stopped asking myself ""What will work here?"" before dropping into a mission and instead wonder ""What wouldn't work here?"" - -Re-Re-Ranking the BEST and WORST Primary Weapons in Helldivers 2 - YouTube Watch On - -The community is on board with Arrowhead's new balancing direction, too. There were a rough few months there where seemingly every numbers tweak Arrowhead made went over like a lead balloon with its loudest fans on Reddit and social media, with demands to stop the nerfs often elevating to bullying. But many divers still playing daily believe the game's never been in a better spot. That's also the take of Dr. Pooplove, a prominent Helldivers 2 YouTuber who tirelessly assesses guns in helpful weapon tier lists with the goal of not taking the comedic co-op shooter too seriously. - -""I would say while it's still not perfect, the game is in its most fun state ever now and I love that you really can't pinpoint one 'meta' anymore,"" Dr P. told PC Gamer over email. ""Many different loadouts and strategies feel viable, strong and most importantly fun to bring out on the battlefield."" - -It's true. When I matchmake into a random squad now, I'm seeing folks maining the Arc Thrower, Laser Cannon, and even my beloved, misunderstood Adjudicator. Helldivers 2's balance has never felt more aligned with the spirit of a semi-casual co-op shooter, and as a knock-on effect, the community seems less concerned with sticking to ""the meta,"" a trend that Dr. P can get used to. - -""Even if you can determine a certain loadout to be 'the best,' I find it much more fun to mix things up and try out new strategies and synergies with the variety of tools this game has to offer,"" Dr. P said. ""I think the vibe of this game is meant to be a bit lighthearted and satirical where accidents are bound to happen and the odds aren't always meant to feel in your favor, so I don't try to take the game too seriously as failure can even be part of the fun."" - -Even in an environment where everything can be good, Helldivers 2 still does have a meta, it's just more interesting than it used to be. The rocket launchers and nukes we relied on to beat high-difficulty missions in February are still as effective as ever, but weirder weapons that existed for months on the fringes are not only viable now, but proving to be absolute powerhouses. Some notable juggernauts in our modern Helldiving times: - -The biggest gaming news, reviews and hardware deals Keep up to date with the most important stories and the best deals, as picked by the PC Gamer team. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -Explosive guns kill everything - -(Image credit: Arrowhead Game Studios) - -Possibly the single biggest winner of Arrowhead's sweeping changes to enemy armor are explosive weapons. The Explosive Crossbow, Eruptor (whose shrapnel mechanic was recently restored), and JAR-5 Dominator have become standout primary guns for their ability to blow the head off just about any threat in the game. The raw damage output of these guns can be so high that they often serve the role that a support weapon usually fills, but that's okay, because having a slow-firing missile gun in your primary slot frees up that support slot for a less conventional weapon choice like the Stalwart. - -Sure, the Eruptor and Dominator handle like semi trucks and the crossbow has that pesky drop to contend with, but that hasn't stopped them from becoming one of the most common picks among my teammates. Their popularity underlines that explosive damage is now unquestionably the best kind of damage in Helldivers, even if I gravitate toward punchy machine guns. - -Don't sleep on the Arc-12 Blitzer - -(Image credit: Arrowhead Game Studios) - -The Blitzer was a joke when it first hit the game. It was sort of like a primary variant of the Arc Thrower, except its fire rate, damage, and range were so low that it was seriously useless. Arrowhead gave the Blitzer some love by boosting nearly all of its base stats and now it's one of my favorites. Its chain-targeting is super effective at melting enemies that cluster up, and while it doesn't have the raw damage output of a gun with explosive splash damage, the Blitzer is an incredible co-op weapon for its capacity to stunlock enemies in place as long as you hold down the trigger. - -Fire guns are finally worth the trouble - -(Image credit: Arrowhead Game Studios) - -Barbeque is on the menu. Or more like back on the menu—Arrowhead's last round of patches restored fire damage to its former glory, and paired with recent damage buffs to just about everything, Helldivers 2's small collection of incendiary guns are back to pulling their weight against Terminids. The incendiary shotguns are especially powerful: The Breaker Incendiary is the standout for its wide spread and fire rate that can set a whole horde ablaze in seconds (no surprise there considering the regular Breaker also rules), but the SG-451 Cookout is decent alternative if you prefer pump-action shotties. - -But arguably the biggest win for fire weapons as of late is the Crisper, the secondary flamethrower with a small frame and big bite. This thing is everything you want in a backup weapon: it's quick on the draw, kills small enemies very quick, can get swarms of bugs off your back, and creates the flexibility to go wild with the rest of your loadout. - -The PLAS-101 Purifier is a bot-killing phenomenon - -(Image credit: Arrowhead Game Studios) - -Another deeply disappointing gun when it was first introduced, the PLAS-101 Purifier of the Polar Patriots warbond has received some of the best upgrades in Helldivers 2 patch history. Inheriting some of the qualities of its cousin, the PLAS-1 Scorcher, the Purifier can now be fired in semi-auto bolts or charged for area-of-effect damage. It checks every box for a bot killer: It can be fired precisely and to quickly take out the weak points of armored bots, take out smaller enemies individually or with one big charaged blast, and its explosive charge blasts can even dispose of armored Scout Striders and shielded Devastators. - -The full-auto Scorcher is a monster in its own right—you can't go wrong with either at this point—but both share the downside of low ammo capacity. - -The Senator - -(Image credit: Arrowhead Game Studios) - -Arrowhead really said ""We heard you like the revolver, so now it penetrates heavy armor."" It's absolutely wild that a secondary gun can decapitate Devastators or even take out gunship engines single-handedly, but somehow the Senator feels perfectly balanced in its new role. After all, you only get six shots and, even with a speedloader, it takes ages to reload. The hand cannon is the perfect companion to finish off enemies, but it won't bail you out of an advancing horde like the Crisper or P-19 Redeemer.",1731883677,2b11e0dc79,43923b6719,,,1731883677 -https://www.pcgamer.com/games/rpg/diablo-4s-next-patch-hands-out-buffs-to-the-poor-fools-who-arent-playing-its-overpowered-new-class,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,Diablo 4's next patch hands out courtesy buffs to the poor fools who aren't playing its overpowered new class,"Earlier this week, Blizzard said 63% of all Diablo 4 players are spending their time with its newest class, the spiritborn. The other 37% of players who choose to play lesser classes are probably standing off to the side as their new sibling wipes out entire dungeons in seconds. It's rough out there for non-spiritborn players, but the next patch will at least make life at the bottom of the meta a little more fun. - -Next Tuesday, Diablo 4 will drop a patch with some meaty buffs for its weakest classes. Some of them seem targeted at builds that have either been popular with players before or have yet to be more than a novelty. Rogues, for example, will get to return to using Twisting Blades, a skill where you stick your blades in monsters and have them return to you after a short delay, killing everything in their path. And sorcerers who have been patiently waiting for fire skills to have their time in the spotlight will be delighted to see huge improvements to Meteor and Incinerate. - -None of the changes will boost the classes up enough to start dealing quadrillions of damage like the spiritborn can. Blizzard is leaving the bugs fueling the new class mostly untouched until the next season so players who have invested time into gearing their spiritborn won't feel robbed. - -Here's what next week's patch will look like for the other classes: - -Barbarians will be stronger overall, especially using their new Mighty Throw ranged skill - -will be stronger overall, especially using their new Mighty Throw ranged skill Rogues will also be stronger overall, but most notably for close-range Twisting Blades builds and mid-range Rapid Fire builds - -will also be stronger overall, but most notably for close-range Twisting Blades builds and mid-range Rapid Fire builds Sorcerers will do significantly more damage across the board and might finally be able to make fire skills like Meteor and Incinerate work - -will do significantly more damage across the board and might finally be able to make fire skills like Meteor and Incinerate work Druids will have some new build options with buffs to most of their important passive skills, but will largely play the same way - -will have some new build options with buffs to most of their important passive skills, but will largely play the same way Necromancers were already the top class aside from the ridiculously OP spiritborn, so they only have a few small improvements to their basic skills - -As far as midseason patches go, this is actually a fairly light one. In past seasons, Blizzard would use midseason patches to make major changes to the season's new systems. A lot of those changes already happened with the release of the expansion. Even the balance changes are mostly number increases—vital ones, but nothing world-shattering. - -Next week, Blizzard will detail what to expect in season 7, which it says will have some major new features. There were hints in the recent stream that one of them could finally allow you to swap between builds using a system similar to Diablo 3's armory. As someone who can't stop themselves from playing several builds and classes every season, I'm both excited and a little scared for what that'll do to my free time.",1731883675,2b11e0dc79,438d2cf6e1,,,1731883675 -https://www.dexerto.com/league-of-legends/riot-games-founder-reveals-more-league-of-legends-shows-coming-after-arcane-2981950/,https://www.dexerto.com/feed/,Riot Games founder reveals more League of Legends shows coming after Arcane,"Riot Games co-founder Mark Merrill revealed that Arcane Season 3 was canceled because the team wanted to explore other universes, denying that they wanted to pull out of entertainment. - -Despite Arcane being one of the most expensive animated series ever made, it’s also one of the most successful. Both Season 1 and 2 topped the Netflix charts upon release, with both series fans and newcomers enjoying what the League of Legends universe had to offer. - -Though many were disappointed by the news that Arcane wouldn’t be getting a Season 3, Mark Merrill confirmed why in a reply to a fan. - -Article continues after ad - -“Cuz there are lots of other stories to tell,” was what he had to say. It’s hard to argue with that, seeing as the world behind League of Legends is massive. He also claimed that he’d be willing to invest more into League of Legends lore within the game itself if the team is “able to hit the right bar.” - -Article continues after ad - -Seeing as League of Legends is pretty far behind Arcane in terms of storytelling, further investment into the game’s lore would surely be appreciated by those who play it. But, in another reply, Merrill gave us a reason to be optimistic about another TV series coming as well. - -Article continues after ad - -In an article from Variety, Mark Merrill was quoted as saying: - -“Our ambitions in entertainment haven’t changed. We were never intending to operate like a traditional studio with traditional timelines. What did change as we learned more was our expectations of ourselves: We realized that getting it right takes a lot more time than we’d originally expected, and so we recalibrated our development, output goals, and teams with that in mind.” - -He also said not to listen to “naysayers” when it came to how much Arcane cost to make and it potentially deterring Riot from making other series, leaving the door open for a new TV show in the League of Legends universe. It might just be a while until it sees the light of day. - -Article continues after ad",1731883635,9d7eb4fc17,437eb54da5,,,1731883635 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/10/23/rb-leipzig-vs-liverpool-live-score-latest-champions-league/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Darwin Nunez goes from maverick to team player and helps Liverpool escape with victory,"Say what you like about Darwin Nunez but he is lethal from 1.51 yards. - -The Uruguayan’s poacher’s goal in Leipzig means Arne Slot could have more records than the British Library by the end of his first season. The Dutchman has guided his side where no Liverpool team has been before by winning eleven of their first twelve games of a season, including six consecutive away wins to start a campaign. Another club first. - -“We should be proud because so many great teams have worn this shirt and so many great managers have been at the club, so to achieve something that hasn’t been done before is nice and almost impossible,” said Slot. - -“But there is something that is much nicer than records and you know what I mean by that; trophies.” - -The Champions League triumph over RB Leipzig will linger in the memory for those milestones more than the overall performance, although Slot was more content after this victory than against Chelsea. This was Liverpool at their most pragmatic rather than flamboyant, although one suspects the manager will be as thrilled with Nunez’s latest goal as much as any so far this season.",1731883731,4301cc1e14,43b4c07c05,,,1731883731 -https://www.engadget.com/gaming/xbox/the-new-xbox-ad-campaign-is-confused-about-what-an-xbox-is-231013374.html?src=rss,https://www.engadget.com/rss.xml,The new Xbox ad campaign is confused about what an Xbox is,"These times are very trying and it’s understandable if someone goes a little off the deep end once in a while. Just like Norman Bates said in Psycho, “We all go a little mad sometimes.” However, a new Xbox ad campaign has us a little concerned. - -Microsoft launched a new marketing campaign for its Xbox consoles and cloud gaming service called “This is an Xbox.” It features posters and commercials with a bunch of different objects like a laptop, a smartphone and a Meta Quest 3 that are all “an Xbox.” - -We confirmed with a thorough fact check that all of those objects are not an Xbox. That may sound like overkill but when you live in a world where there’s a real chance that the goopy mass voiced by Tim Curry in FernGully might become Secretary of the Interior, we’re not taking any chances. - -The commercial is even trippier. It zips between objects like a flat screen TV, an ROG Ally and a laptop while Black Sheep’s “The Choice is Yours” blasts in the background. This time though, it displays the simple sentence “This is an Xbox” with a secondary clause or imperative statement behind it. Is there some kind of malware virus in the AI software that runs our universe or something? - -Microsoft, we know this is an ad campaign and that you don’t really believe these non-Xbox items are “an Xbox.” Of course, you want to talk up your cloud gaming service, which is available across all of the devices in the ads. But last I checked, I didn't need an expensive subscription to play games on a regular Xbox. - -Also this is the internet, a gathering place for conspiracy weavers, liars and ne’er-do-wells. Reality is hard enough right now without having to debate the merit of what things are. This feels like the kind of stuff that Jobu would pull when she finished decorating the bagel in Everything Everywhere All at Once.",1731883705,2ccba97d94,4387f3d99d,,,1731883705 -https://www.insidequantumtechnology.com/news-archive/remote-entanglement-demands-a-sacrifice-2/,https://www.insidequantumtechnology.com/feed/,Remote Entanglement Demands a Sacrifice,"Remote Entanglement Demands a Sacrifice - -By By Brian Siegelwax posted 14 Nov 2024 - -Microsoft and Photonic recently announced that they had demonstrated “quantum entanglement at telecom wavelengths.” They used the phrases “a teleported CNOT gate,” “distributed entanglement,” “entanglement distribution,” and “distributed quantum computing.” But what the heck does any of that mean? Let’s start by defining the problem. - -The First Avengers - -Secure quantum communication relies on a phenomenon called quantum entanglement. Our good friends, Tony and Steve, each possess one qubit. A qubit is the quantum analogue of a classical bit, as well as the physical particle on which we encode quantum information. Tony and Steve cause their qubits to interact, resulting in quantum entanglement. After the qubits are entangled, they can only be described as a system, and it no longer makes sense to describe them individually. - -Do you see the problem? - -If Tony and Steve are together, why do they need a secure communications network? - -Realistically, Tony and Steve are nowhere near each other. Their respective qubits are likewise nowhere near each other. So, how can they entangle their qubits and communicate securely without coming together geographically? - -Got a suit? Suit up. - -There’s more than one way to do this, but the techniques have a few things in common. First, Tony and Steve need to call on the help of Natasha, who is somewhere between them on the network. Second, they need more than two qubits. And, third, Natasha entangles qubits. - -Tony and Steve each need to have a qubit, so their qubits need to become entangled, at some point, with other qubits. Since Tony and Steve are not moving, some or all of these secondary qubits need to move. Eventually, Tony, Steve, and Natasha all have qubits that are part of one entangled system. But Tony and Steve don’t actually want any of the secondary qubits in the system, as that would have undesirable consequences on their communication. - -If you’ve seen Avengers Infinity War and Avengers Endgame, this reminds me of the scenes in which it is said that the soul stone demands a sacrifice. In order to entangle their qubits remotely, Tony and Steve essentially need to sacrifice some qubits. Therefore, after helping to create the entangled system, Natasha – joyful at not being sacrificed in this story – then acts in a way that destroys the quantum information on any remaining secondary qubits, unceremoniously removing them from the system. As a consequence of this noble sacrifice, Tony and Steve are each left holding one qubit of an entangled pair, even though they never came within proximity of each other. - -Avengers, assemble! - -Remote entanglement can be demonstrated experimentally on a single quantum computer, but that’s what makes the Microsoft-Photonic announcement interesting. They didn’t demonstrate it on a single quantum computer, but on two quantum computers. If we imagine Tony operating one of the devices and Steve operating the other, they were able to establish quantum entanglement without physically moving their qubits. It’s the start of a secure quantum network. - -But that’s not all. - -What also makes this announcement interesting is that the Photonic chip is designed to do this. - -And I… am… Ironman. - -Most quantum computers use one modality, or one type of qubit. Photonic uses two together, electrons and atoms, and then uses a third, photons, for interactions. The photons are interesting, because they can facilitate interactions on one module, or on different modules, or on entirely different quantum computers, which is called distributed quantum computing. And they intentionally use wavelengths of light that allow remote quantum computers to be networked using existing fiber-optic infrastructure. Therefore, this architecture supports 1) full qubit connectivity (an advantage over modalities with limited connectivity), 2) the scalability of individual quantum computers (adding modules akin to the multi-core processor in your laptop), 3) distributed computation using multiple quantum computers (think high performance computing, or HPC, but using quantum computers), and 4) the establishment of secure quantum communication networks. - -Post-Credits - -For simplicity, Tony and Steve each have a single-qubit Photonic chip. The electron on each chip absorbs a photon and then emits a photon that it is entangled with. These photons race at light speed along existing fiber-optic infrastructure to Natasha. At Natasha’s lab, both photons hit a beamsplitter and become entangled, creating a four-qubit system. The photons then continue on to a detector, which absorbs them. Why? Because remote entanglement generation demands a sacrifice. Tony and Steve are left with a pair of entangled electrons, which they then actually sacrifice, as well, in favor of using the neighboring atoms. - -Thanks to Microsoft and Photonic, Thanos may soon be able to finally rest, and watch the sun rise over a securely-connected universe.",1731883646,560a7f975d,43af087f9f,,,1731883646 -https://transom.org/2012/the-secret/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,The Secret,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/07/The-Secret.mp3 Download Listen to “The Secret” - -Initially, “The Secret” by Carma Jolly seems like it might be a story about Carma’s brother and his near-death experience caused by Spina bifida. - -But then, about four minutes in, the story takes a sharp turn and suddenly “The Secret” is about Carma and her depression and suicidal tendencies — two topics rarely discussed publicly. I actually turned up the volume on my radio as that plot twist played itself out, a surprising bit of narrative magic. In that moment, I was hooked by the story and Carma as a producer. - -“The Secret” originally aired in 2004 on Outfront, an incredibly inventive, daily radio program produced by the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation. Carma worked for Outfront for many years. She’s now a producer for CBC’s Tapestry and a sound artist. - -Got your ears on? You’ll need ’em for this HowSound. - -Enjoying this feature? Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now.",1731883729,c00d35bf2d,43e2a2291f,,,1731883729 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/generative-ai/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,"The Good, the Bad, and the Ugly of Generative AI","Generative artificial intelligence is all the rage right now. I recorded a podcast episode last week with The Embargoed and we talked about fast it has come onto the scene—and in full force. It is taken hold of not just our industry, but medicine, law, engineering, home decorating, architecture, and everything in between. - -In fact, Boston Children’s Hospital just announced they are hiring a “prompt engineer to work on large language models such as ChatGPT so that it can identify use cases and train its workforce on the most appropriate uses for the emerging technology.” - -This feels very much like the advent of social media, when everyone was trying to hire specialists with 10 years of experience, but it had only been around for six months. The difference is that many business leaders proclaimed social media was just for the kids and it would never work in a work setting and they buried their heads. - -This time around, though, pretty much everyone has at least tested out one of the AI tools, if only to see what the fuss is about. - -A recent Muck Rack survey shows that 28% of respondents already use it and 33% plan to explore it. When you look solely at the C-suite, those numbers shift slightly, with 38% saying they already use it and 32% saying they plan to use it. - -They’re not sticking their heads in the sand this time. They’re fully embracing it. - -There Is Nothing to Fear! - -Late last year, I explored ChatGPT and thought it’d be fun to write a blog post using a script generated by the tool. I was surprised at how easy it was to use and how it created a compelling first draft. - -It wasn’t the final draft, but I loved how it helped me past writer’s block on a topic. Fast forward six months later, and I find myself using it every day to help get unstuck on certain things. - -Just the other day, a client presented a pretty complex topic and asked me to help him dumb it down. I read the abstract and had no idea where to start. So I dropped it into ChatGPT and prompted it to help me. - -It spit out copy that explained it to me in layman’s terms and then I was able to write an article for the client. Without that, I would have spent hours on research before I could have started. Instead, it took me 15 minutes. - -I know many of you out there fear this will take over your job, and you’ll be left sitting outside Starbucks with a cup to collect coins. That isn’t the case at all! If anything, it’s going to make you more efficient, so you can do one of two things: take on more work (if you’re a masochistic workaholic like me) or free up time to do other things you enjoy. - -Instead of spending hours on research, you can get up to speed in just a few minutes and go about your normal job with time saved. - -Generative AI Prompts - -You can use generative AI in your role as a communicator in many ways. HubSpot just did the hard work of putting together 50 prompts to use. They broke it down into buckets: lead generation, social media, audio and video content, content promotion, and repurposing old content. - -Some examples include: - -Repurpose a blog post into a video script using this article: [insert old blog post] - -Turn a webinar into a podcast episode using this pre-existing transcript: [insert old webinar transcript]. - -Repurpose an ebook into a series of [number] blog posts using this pre-existing text: [insert old e-book content]. - -Rewrite a blog post into a social media post series of [number] posts on [social media platform of choice]. - -Write a guest post for a popular industry blog discussing the impact of [product] on [marketing strategy]. - -Suggest the [number] best hashtags for a social media campaign on [social media platform] to reach [target audience]. - -I’ve tested some of these prompts, and they’re not without their faults. For instance, I took a 4,000-word white paper and asked it to repurpose it into five blog posts. It spit out 100-word descriptions for five blog posts, so I had to take one at a time to get what I really wanted—and, even still, it’s only a really good first draft. - -Please Fact Check - -Kashmir Hill, a tech reporter at The New York Times, recently posted that she got a “PR pitch that expressed admiration” for a book she did not write. In fact, said book does not even exist. - -The PR pro said, “We have enjoyed your coverage in The New York Times, as well as your book, ‘The Secret Life: A Book About the Future of Privacy,’ and we believe your expertise and knowledge…” Blah, blah, blah. - -Go ahead and Google the name of the book. It does not exist. So Hill replied to the PR pro and asked where they got that information. They admitted they had used ChatGPT to write the pitch. AND DID NOT FACT CHECK IT. - -Listen, my friends. If you are going to use generative AI to make you more efficient at your job—and I think you absolutely should—fact check the work. What the AI spits out is a great first draft. It should never be your final draft (at least, not right now—that could change in the future). - -Don’t send things willy-nilly without editing and fact checking. Those are the two things you must do every time. - -Generative AI Guidelines - -This leads me to the guidelines just released by The PR Council. - -Always protect company information . This means as you’re training generative AI to produce content in the voice of the organization, don’t give it any confidential information to consider. This includes business plans, prospect or sales documents, paid or confidential analyst reports that you would like summarized, paid market insights to detail key findings, confidential research data, or text related to sensitive internal employee communications. - -Be ethical . Don’t use AI to create deep fakes or mis or disinformation. Use it for good. It’s that simple. - -Fact check, fact check, fact check . I won’t beat this dead horse (am I still allowed to say that in 2023?) anymore, but please do not send anything that has not been edited or fact checked. Don’t be the PR pro who sent a pitch to the tech reporter at the Times without checking it first. - -Disclose if you are using AI . To me, this one isn’t as critical. Do I need to disclose that I used AI to write a first draft of an article that I drastically changed in the editing process? My thinking on this one is to disclose it if it played a substantial role in a finished piece. If you used it just for an outline, I don’t think it’s necessary. - -Remember diversity and inclusion . I am a big fan of Canva. We use it pretty regularly for content. And one of the things that drives me absolutely batty is that most of the images in their library are of white people. So much so that I’ve asked my team not to use images that include humans in any of our work—and we’re working on building a library of our own. AI is built by humans, so it has the same biases as ours. Be cognizant of that fact when using it to create content. - -Spin Sucks . Establish clear guidelines and conduct regular training on best practices and ethical and legal use of AI. It should focus on all of the things we’ve discussed here today. - -The bottom line is AI is amazing. It will change how we do our jobs—for the better. It’s not something to fear, but something to embrace. With some of what we’ve discussed here today, I’m confident you’ll be well on your way to being an AI fan.",1731883781,4dc781f5bc,43a8cb1b4e,,,1731883781 -https://grin.co/blog/cyber-monday-black-friday-influencer-marketing-trends/,https://www.grin.co/blog/feed,Top 6 CM & Black Friday Influencer Marketing Trends of 2024,"Imagine checking your sales numbers the day after your Black Friday/Cyber Monday promotions. - -You’re seeing the biggest jump in revenue your business has had all year… - -What will you do with all that extra money? That’s up to you! But it’s up to us to give you tips on how to get there. - -Black Friday can bring in huge revenue for your business, but only if you have a successful marketing campaign that stands out from the massive number of other Black Friday campaigns out there. Our take: Influencer collabs are the way to stand out. - -Keep reading to get inspired by fun ideas for Black Friday influencer marketing content. - -How Black Friday and Cyber Monday have evolved over the years - -Black Friday and Cyber Monday have been around a long time, especially Black Friday, which became known as a shopping discount day in the late 1980s. But a lot has changed since then… - -Online shopping - -“I love shopping in crowded stores with pushy customers,” said no one ever. More people these days are doing their Black Friday shopping online. It’s a little strange that “Cyber Monday” is still a thing since the entire Black Friday weekend has become “cyber.” - -Cyber Monday got its name in 2005 when the National Retail Federation noticed that people liked to do online shopping the Monday after Black Friday because they had stronger internet connections at work than at home. Consumers shopped at brick-and-mortar stores on Friday and online on Monday. But those days are in the past. - -A Mastercard analysis found that Black Friday sales in brick-and-mortar stores rose 1% from 2022 to 2023, but online sales rose over 8% at the same time. Online Black Friday shopping is a growing trend, and the good news is that your potential customer base has expanded beyond your local area. The bad news is that your competition has also expanded beyond your local area. The solution? Creating high-quality content that actually gets the attention of your ideal customers. - -Buy now pay later - -Today’s consumers are taking advantage of “buy now pay later” options like Affirm and Klarna. They give people more time to pay without charging interest, which makes pricey items easier to afford. If you aren’t currently offering a buy now pay later payment method, Black Friday is the perfect time to start. When you have good marketing strategies and easy ways to pay, don’t be surprised when your sales skyrocket. - -Pre-Black Friday sales - -The Black Friday season is getting longer. There are lots of businesses all trying to get ahead of each other, so Black Friday sales are starting earlier and earlier. No need to wait ‘til late November. You can start in early November or even October. And you can keep the deals going a few days after Cyber Monday. - -Having such a long Black Friday period can be good and bad. On one hand, having that longer period of time gives you more time to put out Black Friday content and attract customers. On the other hand, customers may not feel much urgency to buy because they know your Black Friday sales will last a long time. Having different sales on different days can solve this problem – more on that later. - -Ethical brands - -These days, a growing number of consumers are looking at companies’ values and ethics. People want to know which companies care about more than just making a buck. Black Friday and Cyber Monday come between American Thanksgiving and Giving Tuesday, so these two feel-good holidays make people’s minds even more focused on generosity and kindness. - -Think of ways to incorporate your brand values into Black Friday promotions. For example, maybe you have products that are made from recycled materials or come in eco-friendly packaging. Or maybe you’re willing to donate a percentage of Black Friday sales to charity. Showing your brand ethics makes a positive impact in the world and deepens the bond between your brand and your customers. - -The role of Cyber Monday and Black Friday influencer marketing - -We can’t talk about how Black Friday and Cyber Monday have evolved without talking about the crazy-fast growth of influencer marketing. The reason the $34 billion industry has grown so much is that businesses want to go beyond traditional advertising techniques. If influencer marketing is on your mind for Black Friday, you have the right idea. - -The best reason to use influencer marketing for Black Friday is that it helps you stand out from the online competition. Tons of other businesses are blasting Black Friday promotions in your audience’s faces, so if you’re doing the typical “50% off!! Buy now!!” ads, you’ll probably get lost in the crowd. But collaborating with influencers can help you get noticed because influencers create content that’s fun and relatable. - -If you put out attention-grabbing content that appeals to your ideal customers, your brand will stick in their minds among all the other Black Friday noise. The advantage influencers have is that they already have a built-in audience interested in their content. So if you find influencers who fit your brand and those influencers promote your products, you’ll get in front of people who are already interested in seeing that content. - -Another benefit of influencer marketing is that it creates trust. You can’t attract new customers if they don’t trust your brand. People are surrounded by brands posting ads during the Black Friday season, and some of those brands are… not the best quality. (You know when you’ve gotten a “good deal” on a cheap product that falls apart in five seconds? We know too.) - -With so many brands putting out Black Friday ads, it can be hard for consumers to figure out which ones to trust. Influencers already have audiences that trust them, and that means influencers can become a bridge that builds trust between their audience and you. - -Top 6 trends for Black Friday & Cyber Monday 2024 - -Outside-the-box creativity - -Black Friday is the best time to get creative with your content. What can you do that’s different and unexpected compared to normal ads? It could be an eye-catching picture, a funny video, a surprising twist on a popular topic, or anything else that gets your audience to stop the scroll. - -Alo Yoga used an unusual photo to get people’s attention for its Black Friday sale. That pose is certainly not something you see every day. Amazon’s Lonely Yeti commercial is another example of unusual Black Friday advertising. Think of ways your brand can take your content creativity up a level. Hint: Influencers are good at this. - -Curated gift guides - -The nice thing about Black Friday is that people want to buy things for themselves and for others, so those are two different angles you can market from. When it comes to shopping for others, curated gift guides are a lifesaver. Everyone has that one person in their life who’s near impossible to buy a gift for. (Or maybe it’s everyone in their life. The gift-giving struggle is real.) - -Use pictures and videos to show off curated collections of products that are perfect for certain people such as kids, outdoorsy people, gamers, etc. Collaborate with influencers to promote these gift guides. Best Buy uses influencer marketing all the time. For Black Friday, the company made curated gift guides and worked with influencers to promote the gifts. - -Different sales on different days - -If you want a long Black Friday sales period, you don’t want to have the exact same sale going on the whole time. It’s better to have different types of sales on different days. Each sale can last one day, two days, or another length of time, as long it’s not overly long like two weeks. Having different short sales gets your audience to pay attention because they won’t want to miss anything. - -Take a look at how Sephora did this. Sephora created a video with an influencer who not only explains the different brands going on sale on different days, but also recommends specific products so people won’t feel stuck on what to buy. Another example is Macy’s, which created an influencer video specifically for Small Business Saturday that highlighted products from small business. - -Standing up for your brand values - -In this era of consumers looking for ethical brands, using Black Friday to do good in the world is a great thing to do. Consumers are more likely to be loyal to brands whose values resonate with them. Collaborate with influencers who share your brand’s values. - -Nautica collaborated with marine anthropologist Dr. Shireen Rahimi and the nonprofit organization Oceana to raise money to protect and restore oceans worldwide. Customers were given the option to donate to Oceana at checkout, and Nautica matched donations to double the impact. This shows that the ocean isn’t just something Nautica uses as a fashion aesthetic; it’s something they genuinely care about. What does your brand care about? - -Using the power of entertainment - -If you really want to get people’s attention, creating parodies of entertainment will never fail to do so. Making your audience think of their favorite books, songs, movies, or TV shows will cheer them up and cause them to like your brand a whole lot more. One of the best examples of this is Walmart creating a Mean Girls themed commercial for its Black Friday deals – pretty cool if you ask us. - -A clever way to use entertainment in your marketing is to create a parody of an entire genre, like horror movies or soap operas. Think about how you can do something your audience isn’t expecting, while still making it clear exactly what your deals are. With funny, playful marketing like this, you won’t have to worry about your Black Friday campaigns not being noticed. - -Live online events with audience participation - -Nothing builds excitement like a live event. Getting people’s attention is easy when you’re doing something they can watch in real time, wondering what will happen next. You can have a Black Friday livestream on Instagram, YouTube, Facebook, or whatever platform you prefer. If you want extra excitement, do more than one livestream. - -There are lots of ways to do Black Friday livestreams. One idea is to have a stream before Black Friday and have a live reveal of your upcoming deals with a surprise early bird sale. Another idea is to collab with an influencer who will do a live demo of your products, and can respond to questions and comments from the audience. If you have a brick-and-mortar store, you can do a livestream of an influencer shopping at your store. - -Dyson hosts livestreams for Black Friday and other special occasions. Viewers can tune in live to catch exclusive deals, creating a sense of urgency and FOMO. There are live product demos so viewers can see exactly how Dyson’s products work and imagine using them for themselves. Dyson’s past livestreams are still up to watch now, so check them out if you want some inspo. - -Key takeaway: Don’t let your Black Friday marketing campaigns blend in with the crowd. - -Black Friday/Cyber Monday is the most important shopping season of the year. People are happy to spend big… but they’ll only drop money on the brands that get their attention and build connection. - -Consumers are tired of the typical ads that have been done a million times. What can your brand do that’s different? Collaborating with influencers can bring your brand attention in a fresh way, just in time for Black Friday. Try some the techniques above or make up your own. But whatever you do, be sure to have fun with it! - -Are you ready to stake your claim in the creator economy? Discover more helpful tips and resources from the experts at GRIN: Creator Management Learning Center - -Frequently Asked Questions",1731883668,91a70a5bba,43a24e733d,,,1731883668 -https://www.inman.com/2024/11/14/dozens-of-homebuyers-may-join-a-florida-based-commission-suit/,https://www.inman.com/feed/,Dozens Of Homebuyers MayJoin A Florida-Based Commission Suit,"The Lutz case names HomeServices of America and Douglas Elliman as defendants. A new filing would add 31 additional plaintiffs — some of whom are involved in other cases. - -Whether it’s refining your business model, mastering new technologies, or discovering strategies to capitalize on the next market surge, Inman Connect New York will prepare you to take bold steps forward. The Next Chapter is about to begin. Be part of it. Join us and thousands of real estate leaders Jan. 22-24, 2025. - -A Florida-based commission lawsuit against HomeServices of America and Douglas Elliman may be getting bigger, according to a new court document that reveals 31 new homebuyers want to join the case. - -The case in question is known as Lutz after lead plaintiff James Lutz. In the new filing, Lutz’s attorneys ask that they be allowed to file a new complaint — or, the document that begins a lawsuit and lays out the initial claims — that would add dozens of additional homebuyers as plaintiffs. Those would-be new plaintiffs include people such as Mya Batton, Scott Davis and others who are also involved in other commission lawsuits. - -News of the new filing was first reported by HousingWire. - -In the new filing, Lutz and his attorneys argue that the new plaintiffs’ claims are identical to the ones Lutz has already made. - -Lutz first filed his case in late April. It came after HomeServices had been dismissed from a similar case, known as Batton 1. In the suit, Lutz said that he bought a home in Key Colony, Florida, in 2021 using a buyer agent who is affiliated with Berkshire Hathaway HomeServices, one of HomeServices of America’s franchisees. The suit went on to allege that the cost of homebuying to consumers, as a result of the so-called fixed prices, is “enormous.” - -The new filing is a response to the defendants’ attempts to have the case thrown out. HomeServices and Douglas Elliman specifically asked a judge to dismiss the suit in August because, it argued, Lutz lacked standing to represent the claims of class members outside of Florida. - -The new amended complaint would address that issue by adding plaintiffs that, according to the filing, “reside or purchased homes in 25 states plus the District of Columbia.” - -The Lutz case originally only named HomeServices as a defendant, but Douglas Elliman was added in June. - -At the time it began, the Lutz case was somewhat atypical for a commission lawsuit because it was filed by a homebuyer. Though a number of such cases do exist, the best-known commission suits — cases such as Sitzer | Burnett and Gibson — were filed by homesellers. The settlements forged by the National Association of Realtors and various other industry players — including HomeServices — cover these seller-led cases. - -Despite originating from the buyer’s side of the home purchasing process, the Lutz case and other buyer-led lawsuits accuse major industry players of violating antitrust laws and inflating consumer costs — claims that echo those in the seller-led cases. - -A judge has yet to decide if the 31 new plaintiffs will be allowed to join the Lutz case. - -Read the new filing here (if the document doesn’t appear, refresh the page): - -Email Jim Dalrymple II",1731883664,123ad3b11e,43bd746e44,,,1731883664 -https://www.thespike.gg/valorant/news/riot-games-south-asia-encourages-pakistani-teams-to-participate-in-the-mena-challengers-league-due-to-logistical-obstacles/5804,https://www.thespike.gg/rss.xml,Riot Games South Asia encourages Pakistani teams to participate in the MENA Challengers League due to logistical obstacles,"This notification was mainly posted by the VALORANT Esports South Asia team, acknowledging the challenges the players face due to political conflicts, and they want to give the players a transparent, accessible pathway to compete at the highest level. - -Before the 2023 VCT Challengers Season, a ruling was introduced that essentially barred Pakistan resident players from participating in the VCT Challengers South Asia. The rule stated that the players participating in the event should be eligible to apply for an Indian Visa, which is challenging to acquire due to political tensions between the two teams. This new ruling was heavily criticised, and finally, before the start of the new season, the VALORANT Esports SA team officially acknowledged the issue. - -Although this new notification isn’t a permanent solution to the challenge, but according to Sukamal Pegu, Esports Head of India and South Asia, “It is a move towards the final win.” Riot Games also released an official statement on this situation: - -“Riot Games acknowledges the current challenges surrounding the ability to participate in the Challenger Leagues for players from Pakistan due to logistical challenges. We are actively working towards a more streamlined and comprehensive solution for the 2024+ seasons, especially if there is increased interest from Pakistan in playing Premier, the competitive in-game mode that leads to a chance to compete in our Challenger Leagues. Our goal is to offer an improved pathway for players from Pakistan within the Challenger Leagues to fully realize the ‘Path to Pro’ in VALORANT Esports.” - -According to the press release, Riot Games recommends that players from Pakistan follow the Import Residency Rule for Challenger Leagues: - -Pakistani players are encouraged to participate in the MENA Challenger League (CL), or any other CL, as “imports.” - -As per the Import Residency Rule, a team competing in a regional CL must include a minimum of 3 out of 5 players from that specific region. Hence, for the MENA CL, at least 3 players must reside within the MENA region, while the remaining 2 slots can be filled by imports from any other region. - -This allows Pakistani players to engage in CL competitions, adhering to the Import Residency Rules guidelines. - -Riot Games appreciates the understanding and patience of the gaming community as we strive to create an inclusive and fair gaming environment for all of our players.",1731883665,0c89bedf6b,44297f6879,,,1731883665 -https://techcrunch.com/2024/10/29/actor-and-director-olivia-wilde-launches-a-vc-firm/,https://techcrunch.com/tag/venture-capital/feed/,Actor and director Olivia Wilde launches a VC firm,"In Brief - -Actor and director Olivia Wilde, famous for her roles in “Tron: Legacy” and “Don’t Worry Darling,” quietly launched venture firm Proximity Ventures late last year, according to Bloomberg. - -She launched the early- and growth-stage investment fund with Neil Sirni, formerly of Roc Nation’s venture division Arrive; Jason Mack, formerly of Mack Ventures; and Santi White, the musician also known as Santigold. - -The firm plans to invest in companies that are in the consumer and enterprise sectors. The firm has already inked four investments, including biotech company Pendulum Therapeutics. - -Proximity expects to hold a first close next month. - -TechCrunch reached out to Proximity Ventures for comment and will update if we hear back.",1731883645,96643340a1,43c5fbeabe,,,1731883645 -https://www.redreporter.com/2024/11/4/24288089/cincinnati-reds-rumors-qualifying-offer-nick-martinez,https://www.redreporter.com/rss/current,Cincinnati Reds make $21 million qualifying offer to Nick Martinez,"The Cincinnati Reds stepped into waters most often reserved for the bigger-spending teams in Major League Baseball on Monday afternoon, issuing a $21+ million qualifying offer (QO) to pitcher Nick Martinez, who had opted out of the previously existing $12 million on his contract last week. - -The Enquirer’s Gordon Wittenmyer had the details, noting that Nick now has 15 days to accept or reject the offer and, if rejected, enter free agency. - -I say that the Reds entered the realm normally reserved for the bigger-spending MLB clubs not because Martinez, who was stellar for the Reds in a versatile role in 2024, isn’t worth the money. He’s precisely the kind of pitcher who is worth that kind of money, especially on a one-year deal (should he accept). The realm of which I speak isn’t about the money here - instead, it’s about the risk of him accepting. - -While issuing the QO clearly indicates the Reds want to keep Martinez around, it goes without saying that the Reds usually prefer to spread their risk over as many years as they feasibly can to make sure one player doesn’t eat up too much of their annual payroll. The front office would likely admit freely that Martinez was right to opt-out of a deal that would pay him $12 million for 2025, but it goes without saying that in the contract negotiations mentioned by Wittenmyer that they likely were discussing annual figures lower than the $21 million he’d get by accepting the QO. - -So, we’ll get to see if Martinez, who’ll turn 35 next August, is willing to bet on himself and decline the offer, thereby entering free agency with the QO penalty attached to any team that would sign him - a loss of draft pick depending on whether the signing team is a revenue-sharing contributor or recipient. The Reds, meanwhile, would potentially earn a compensation pick after the 1st round in next summer’s draft if a team was willing to splurge for a contract of more than $50 million guaranteed to Martinez (or get a pick after Competitive Balance Round B should he sign for less than that). - -The ‘risk’ I speak of here is because Martinez, for all his successes in 2024, is one of the potential QO receivers who’s not a lock to decline it. Juan Soto, Corbin Burnes, Pete Alonso, & Co. will all decline it immediately since their market will be so robust as to eliminate any stigma of draft-pick loss upon signing them. With Martinez, though, his age, lack of ‘defined’ role, and relatively short track record of success makes him a harder decision to gauge, especially since some teams out there might prefer him for his relief work more than that of a starter. - -For the same reason the Reds took on that risk, though, Martinez is such a perfect fit for this ballclub. They need starter innings from somewhere given their losses and injuries, but they need someone who wouldn’t necessarily be a roadblock to a spot in the rotation if any of the uber-talented young arms takes a big enough step forward between now and next summer to deserve starts, too. If each of Hunter Greene, Nick Lodolo, Andrew Abbott, Rhett Lowder, Graham Ashcraft, Chase Petty, Connor Phillips, and Chase Burns hit peak health and performance, Martinez has shown the willingness and ability to rotate into a bulk-relief role - and excel in it - at the drop of a hat. - -That’s precisely why I’m of the opinion that he’ll likely accept this QO from the Reds and return for 2025. The Reds might end up spending a handful of millions more on him for 2025 than they’d like, in this scenario, but they clearly like him and his fit enough to take that risk.",1731883661,657594ba61,43b6586fce,,,1731883661 -https://www.blackshoediaries.com/2024/11/17/24298427/penn-state-purdue-position-grades-drew-allar-beau-pribula-tyler-warren-kaytron-allen,https://www.blackshoediaries.com/rss/current.rss,Position Grades: Purdue,"For the second week in a row, we’ve got a thorough beatdown of an opponent for us to grade. Once again, a Straight-A report card is on the table, but will that actually end up being the case? See below, to find out. - -Quarterback: A+ - -Drew Allar had a near-perfect game passing (17-for-19, 247 yds and three touchdowns) and also did a great job of using his legs to avoid trouble, turning a would-be-sack into a first down gain. Beau Pribula also showed up with a 49-yard TD scamper, as well as tossing a TD pass. - -Running Back: A- - -Nicholas Singleton averaged over 5.5 yards per carry, including a TD and Kaytron Allen caught a TD pass to open up the scoring for the Nittany Lions. While they didn’t light up the stat sheet, they were certainly effective when needed. - -Wide Receiver: B- - -I had to think to myself What is the lowest possible grade I can give to a unit that accounted for a TD? Tre Wallace took advantage of Purdue deciding not to defend him and caught a wide-open deep ball from Allar in the end zone. Aside from that 46-yard bomb though, Wallace had just one other catch for eight yards and Omari Evans had one catch for two yards...that’s it. Anthony Ivey dropped what should’ve been a big TD completion for Pribula, in what was a perfect metaphor for how the wide receiver room has looked overall, this season. - -Tight End: A+ - -It was just another day at the office for Tyler Warren, as he amassed 190 total yards (127 receiving, 63 rushing) and two total TD’s. Luke Reynolds, his likely heir apparent, also looked solid in garbage time, catching a TD pass from Pribula. - -Offensive Line: A - -It was a clean sheet for the offensive line, as they did not give up a sack and did a solid job in run blocking, which allowed for the long TD scampers from Warren and Pribula. - -Defensive Line: A - -All three of Penn State’s sacks can be attributed to the defensive line, as they pushed around Purdue’s offensive line for most of the game, and consistently pressured Purdue quarterback Hudson Card, whenever he would drop back to pass. Abdul Carter led the way with five tackles, including two for a loss. - -Linebacker: A- - -Along with the defensive line, the linebacking unit was part of a front seven that held Purdue’s offense in check and kept the Boilermakers out of the end zone until garbage time. - -Secondary: A- - -The secondary did its part too, not allowing too many big pass plays. While the three-game interception streak ended this week, it damn near continued when Audavion Collins went up for deep ball against Purdue receiver Jahmal Edrine. Unfortunately, because both Collins and Edrine had equal possession of the ball on the way down, the tie-up automatically went to Purdue. - -Special Teams: B - -Nothing spectacular out of special teams, but it was certainly fine for the day. Ryan Barker was never called upon for field goal duty, but nailed all of his extra points. Riley Thompson punted four times for an average of 42.5 yards, but put two of those punts inside Purdue’s 20. Zion Tracy and Tyseer Denmark both had a decent punt return, with Tracy’s setting up PSU with solid field position, which would end in a TD. - -Coaching: A - -The staff had a plan and the players executed that plan to a T. They certainly did not take Purdue lightly, and it showed as they looked like a group that was focused and wanting to win in an impressive fashion to silence the doubters. Time to bring that 1-0 mentality to Minnesota next week. - -(BONUS CATEGORY) The Home Crowd: B - -I have to hand it to Purdue fans: Despite their team being 1-8 and basketball season being underway, they turned out pretty strongly and were desperately looking for reasons to make some noise before the missed field goal right before halftime sucked the air out of whatever was remaining. Ryan Walters is looking more like a lame duck coach at this point, so it will be interesting to see who Purdue turns to replace him this offseason and whether that coach can re-generate the excitement that Jeff Brohm brought.",1731883652,3f5c37ea87,43d74e63fa,,,1731883652 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/10/13/finland-vs-england-live-score-latest-updates-nations-league/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,"Confused, complacent England back to winning ways despite chaos off the field","England look to bounce back in the Nations League this evening as they travel to Helsinki to take on Finland. - -England suffered a terrible 2-1 defeat at the hands of Greece at Wembley on Thursday. Greece rank 44 places below England in the Fifa world rankings but they were deserving winners, their first win at Wembley in 10 attempts and the first time they had ever scored there. - -Thursday’s defeat did Lee Carsley’s chances of becoming the permanent England manager no favours and, according to a Telegraph Sport exclusive, Carsley has decided he does not want the job. - -Carsley suggested after the defeat to Greece that he would be happy to return to his job with the Under-21’s. - -“I was quite surprised after the last camp [that there was talk] in terms of ‘the job is mine’ and ‘it’s mine to lose’ and all the rest of it,” he said. “My remit has been clear from the start - I’m doing three camps. There are three games left and then hopefully I’ll be going back to the Under-21s. It has almost no impact. - -“I never at any point thought that I have got it cracked. It was a case of let’s try something different and I’m happy to take blame for that. It was totally my idea. - -“I thought about it long and hard, in terms how it might look, how it might build and how it might feel. It is something that didn’t come off but I don’t think we should rule out having that opportunity to try something different.” - -Captain Harry Kane missed the Greece defeat after picking up a knock for Bayern Munich just before the international break but he could return tonight. Jack Grealish also missed the game against Greece but both trained on Friday and are in contention. Bukayo Saka limped off early in the second half and has returned to Arsenal for further assessment. Curtis Jones has also withdrawn from the squad due to a personal commitment. - -The defeat on Thursday night leaves England second in League B Group 2, now three points behind leaders Greece. Finland have lost all three games so far, including a 2-1 defeat against the Republic of Ireland on Thursday night. England won 2-0 at Wembley against tonight’s opponents back in September thanks to a double from Harry Kane. In total these two sides have met eight times, with England winning six and two draws. - -Team news to follow shortly.",1731883762,4301cc1e14,43d974ab9b,,,1731883762 -https://threatpost.com/iphone-users-urged-to-update-to-patch-2-zero-days-under-attack/180448/,https://threatpost.com/feed/,iPhone Users Urged to Update to Patch 2 Zero-Days,"Separate fixes to macOS and iOS patch respective flaws in the kernel and WebKit that can allow threat actors to take over devices and are under attack. - -Apple is urging macOS, iPhone and iPad users immediately to install respective updates this week that includes fixes for two zero-days under active attack. The patches are for vulnerabilities that allow attackers to execute arbitrary code and ultimately take over devices. - -Patches are available for effected devices running iOS 15.6.1 and macOS Monterey 12.5.1. Patches address two flaws, which basically impact any Apple device that can run either iOS 15 or the Monterey version of its desktop OS, according to security updates released by Apple Wednesday. - -One of the flaws is a kernel bug (CVE-2022-32894), which is present both in iOS and macOS. According to Apple it is an “out-of-bounds write issue [that] was addressed with improved bounds checking.” - -The vulnerability allows an application to execute arbitrary code with kernel privileges, according to Apple, which, in usual vague fashion, said there is a report that it “may have been actively exploited.” - -The second flaw is identified as a WebKit bug (tracked as CVE-2022-32893), which is an out-of-bounds write issue that Apple addressed with improved bounds checking. The flaw allows for processing maliciously crafted web content that can lead to code execution, and also has been reported to be under active exploit, according to Apple. WebKit is the browser engine that powers Safari and all other third-party browsers that work on iOS. - -Pegasus-Like Scenario - -The discovery of both flaws, about which little more beyond Apple’s disclosure are known, was credited to an anonymous researcher. - -One expert expressed worry that the latest Apple flaws “could effectively give attackers full access to device,” they might create a Pegasus-like scenario similar to the one in which nation-state APTs barraged targets with spyware made by Israeli NSO Group by exploiting an iPhone vulnerability. - -“For most folks: update software by end of day,” tweeted Rachel Tobac, the CEO of SocialProof Security, regarding the zero-days. “If threat model is elevated (journalist, activist, targeted by nation states, etc): update now,” Tobac warned. - -Zero-Days Abound - -The flaws were unveiled alongside other news from Google this week that it was patching its fifth zero-day so far this year for its Chrome browser, an arbitrary code execution bug under active attack. - -The news of yet more vulnerabilities from top tech vendors being barraged by threat actors demonstrates that despite the best efforts from top-tier tech companies to address perennial security issues in their software, it remains an uphill battle, noted Andrew Whaley, senior technical director at Promon, a Norwegian app security company. - -The flaws in iOS are especially worrying, given the ubiquity of iPhones and users’ utter reliance on mobile devices for their daily lives, he said. However, the onus is not only on vendors to protect these devices but also for users to be more aware of existing threats, Whaley observed. - -“While we all rely on our mobile devices, they are not invulnerable, and as users we need to maintain our guard just like we do on desktop operating systems,” he said in an email to Threatpost. - -At the same time, developers of apps for iPhones and other mobile devices also should add an extra layer of security controls in their technology so they are less reliant on OS security for protection, given the flaws that frequently crop up, Whaley observed. - -“Our experience shows that this is not happening enough, potentially leaving banking and other customers vulnerable,” he said.",1731883615,eea9cb5331,44145d7c1e,,,1731883615 -https://www.cnbc.com/2024/11/15/super-micro-faces-deadline-to-keep-nasdaq-listing-after-85percent-plunge-.html,https://www.cnbc.com/id/100727362/device/rss/rss.html,Super Micro faces deadline to keep Nasdaq listing after 85% plunge in stock,"Charles Liang, chief executive officer of Super Micro Computer Inc., during the Computex conference in Taipei, Taiwan, on Wednesday, June 5, 2024. The trade show runs through June 7. - -Super Micro Computer could be headed down a path to getting kicked off the Nasdaq as soon as Monday. - -That's the potential fate for the server company if it fails to file a viable plan for becoming compliant with Nasdaq regulations. Super Micro is late in filing its 2024 year-end report with the SEC, and has yet to replace its accounting firm. Many investors were expecting clarity from Super Micro when the company reported preliminary quarterly results last week. But they didn't get it. - -The primary component of that plan is how and when Super Micro will file its 2024 year-end report with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and why it was late. That report is something many expected would be filed alongside the company's June fourth-quarter earnings but was not. - -The Nasdaq delisting process represents a crossroads for Super Micro, which has been one of the primary beneficiaries of the artificial intelligence boom due to its longstanding relationship with Nvidia and surging demand for the chipmaker's graphics processing units. - -The one-time AI darling is reeling after a stretch of bad news. After Super Micro failed to file its annual report over the summer, activist short seller Hindenburg Research targeted the company in August, alleging accounting fraud and export control issues. The company's auditor, Ernst & Young, stepped down in October, and Super Micro said last week that it was still trying to find a new one. - -The stock is getting hammered. After the shares soared more than 14-fold from the end of 2022 to their peak in March of this year, they've since plummeted by 85%. Super Micro's stock is now equal to where it was trading in May 2022, after falling another 11% on Thursday. - -Getting delisted from the Nasdaq could be next if Super Micro doesn't file a compliance plan by the Monday deadline or if the exchange rejects the company's submission. Super Micro could also get an extension from the Nasdaq, giving it months to come into compliance. The company said Thursday that it would provide a plan to the Nasdaq in time. - -A spokesperson told CNBC the company ""intends to take all necessary steps to achieve compliance with the Nasdaq continued listing requirements as soon as possible."" - -While the delisting issue mainly affects the stock, it could also hurt Super Micro's reputation and standing with its customers, who may prefer to simply avoid the drama and buy AI servers from rivals such as Dell or HPE . - -""Given that Super Micro's accounting concerns have become more acute since Super Micro's quarter ended, its weakness could ultimately benefit Dell more in the coming quarter,"" Bernstein analyst Toni Sacconaghi wrote in a note this week. - -A representative for the Nasdaq said the exchange doesn't comment on the delisting process for individual companies, but the rules suggest the process could take about a year before a final decision.",1731883650,75e1d84fca,43fc8718b3,,,1731883650 -https://www.isrtv.com/iracing/iracing-2019-season-2-build-packs-a-punch/,https://www.isrtv.com/feed/,iRacing 2019 Season 2 Build Packs a Punch,"March is turning out to be quite the month of updates already, with Assetto Corsa Competizione and Gran Turismo Sport already being subject to new content and patch releases. iRacing has now also joined the ranks with its – objectively huge – season 2 build too! - -To get the biggest piece of news out of the way first, the BMW M8 GTE has now made it into the iRacing car roster, increasing the number of GTE cars in the sim to a total of four. - -As far as car content goes, the NASCAR gird has been updated to the 2019 season too. - -Then there are the tracks, three of which have received substantial upgrades in this month’s build. - -Firstly, there is Charlotte Motor Speedway, receiving six new configurations. Charlotte’s versions now read as follows: - -– – Oval – The full oval track used by NASCAR. – – Roval Long – An alternate version of the Roval which uses an additional track area in the infield to create a longer version of the track. This track is 2.42 miles in length. – – Legends Oval – The standard Legends oval using parts of the oval and pit road. – – Legends RC Short – A 0.72 mile road configuration using a short area of the infield road course. – – Legends RC Medium – A 1.25 mile road configuration using an expanded area of the infield road course. – – Legends RC Long – A 1.5 mile road configuration using an even more expanded area of the infield road course and parts of the NASCAR oval and pit road. - -Secondly, Daytona has been put back in sync with the real world thanks to the Daytona Rising upgrades. - -And finally, an early-access version – there will be bugs / missing features – of a night-time Nürburgring has made the cut. - -Regarding technical changes, iRacing has spared no efforts either. Most notably, HDR (High-dynamic range) rendering, engine stalling / restarting and updates to the beta UI were ready in time for the release of the build. - -Check out the full changelog of the 2019 iRacing season 2 build – it’s live now – below. - -iRacing BETA Interface – New Features - -– “Vehicle Damage” is now a toggleable option when creating Hosted Sessions and Test Sessions via the “Car Options” dropdown. - -– – You can toggle damage ON (default) or OFF within the Car Options section of the Cars card. - -– – With vehicle damage disabled, all vehicles in the session are indestructible, and will take no damage at all from any sources. Being invulnerable also means your vehicle performance will never be adjusted from collisions, such as changes in aerodynamics or vehicle weight that might normally result from an impact. - -– – – For any and all iRacing Series (Ranked and Unranked), Practices, Qualifiers, Time Trials, Time Attack, and other non-user created racing events, vehicle damage will remain ON. This feature is designed for use in Hosted Sessions and Test Drive only. - -– “Disable Decals & Numbers” is now a toggleable option when creating Hosted Sessions and Test Sessions via the “Car Options” dropdown. - -– – With this option enabled, car numbers and car decals applied via the Paint Kit will not be displayed. Stockcar contingencies will also be removed. - -– The Filtering and Sorting toolbar has been upgraded, separating filters into 3 different sections: - -– – Sort = Orders the displayed information. - -– – Categories = Filters by selected items. - -– – Tags = Filters in ANY or ALL selected items. - -– Race registration has been updated, and any errors that occur should be displayed more clearly. - -– – These errors most often occur when trying to register for a Session for which you are already registered using a different car. - -– For all Table Views, each column header can now be clicked to sort the table by the values of that column. - -– – These sorts are saved when leaving the screen, or exiting the application. - -– License restrictions for joining a Session no longer apply to Spectators. - -– A new error modal window has been implemented that will catch some errors and display them. - -iRacing BETA Interface – Current Series - -– The Official Series section has been redesigned and optimized so that browsing the available Series is now faster and easier than ever before! - -– – Users now have a page with all Current Series for the season displayed. - -– – Clicking on any Series opens the Series modal window, which contains all available Sessions, a list of entries, schedule, and series information. - -– – – Join an Official Session for the Series by selecting a Session to join. - -– – – Click on “Entries” to see a list of all currently registered entrants, where you can spot, spectate, or join the session as a driver. - -– – – “Schedule” and “Series Info” have all the details on the Series. - -– – These changes result in dramatic performance improvements, and have been made to fix stuttering and responsiveness. - -– Additional Current Series improvements include: - -– – The “Search” function has been optimized. - -– – Additional filtering options are now available at the top-right. - -– – Tag filters can be set to match ALL selected Tags, or set to match ANY selected Tags in the dropdown menu. - -– – – You can filter by Session details, such as if the Session is populated, has spectators, has friends, or has someone from your Watched Drivers list in the Session. - -– – A Sessions filter has been added which matches Sessions that are currently “Open” for Registration as well as if a Session is “Ready Soon”. Additionally, Practice, Qualifier and Race Sessions can be filtered individually. - -– – For Table View, reduced the number of columns for improved legibility. - -– – For Table View, the column formerly known as “Promo” has been renamed “MPR” for clarity. - -iRacing BETA Interface – User-Created Races - -– The retrieval of Session data has been optimized, to get you the data you need faster and more efficiently. - -– Selecting individual cars or entire car classes, results in a more consistent interface. - -– For creating Hosted Sessions, “Fixed Setups” and “Car Classes” have been moved to the “Car Options” dropdown. - -– Car abbreviations now appear in the Hosted Session modal Entry List. - -– The Admin list is now alphabetized by driver. - -– Filtering enhancements: - -– – Individual car categories have been added to the Filter dropdown menu. - -– – “Owned” and “Unowned” have been added as Tags for cars. - -iRacing BETA Interface – Time of Day - -– Time of Day and Date/Time selection has been reworked to use sliders instead of the calendar. - -– – Time carry over has been removed in favor of simply not adding a time offset to the Session you are configuring. - -– – The estimated start time of a Session with zero offset is displayed for reference purposes. Moving the slider past zero will recalculate the date based on the starting time and the offset that you choose. - -– – Moving the slider bar will increase the offset of that Session and the starting time displayed will change based on the offset. - -– – When the offset carries over into the next day, the date will be displayed for reference. - -– Date formatting has been changed to be more internationally friendly. - -iRacing BETA Interface – Fixed Issues - -– Fixed an issue where Starred items would require a page refresh to be visible. - -– Fixed an issue in Current Series and User-Created Races where the team label would highlight a team for which the user did not belong. - -– Fixed an issue in the Open Practice tab where clicking the left “Register” button in a register dropdown menu registers the user as a Spectator instead of a Driver. - -– Fixed an issue where clicking the Active Connections button would cause the iRacing BETA Interface to error out. - -– Fixed an issue when selecting a track, sometimes only the first track config would be displayed as a choice. - -– Fixed an issue where opening a Hosted Session modal, joining a League Session, or launching a Test Drive could cause the application to error, and/or enter an unstable mode. - -iRacing Membersite – General - -– As of this 2019 Season 2 deployment, iRacing no longer officially supports the Internet Explorer web browser. - -– – For some web browser alternatives and more information on what this means, check out this post: - -– – http://members.iracing.com/jforum/posts/list/0/3639224.page#11436534 - -iRacing Membersite – League Seasons - -– League Season Driver and League Team Points standings can now be viewed as Overall (All Car Classes/All Cars), by Car Class, by Car, or by Car In Class. - -– League Seasons can now be configured to drop races by specifying the number of races to count toward the standings. This can be set when creating or editing a season and a points system is selected. - -– – Races are dropped for an individual when the number they have participated in surpasses the number to count toward the standings. - -– – Races are ordered by the total points after adjustments with the highest scoring races being kept. Only adjustments made from the race results screen apply when determining if the race is to be dropped or kept. - -– League Seasons can now be edited to change the season name, the points system, or number of races to count. Edit a League Season by selecting it and then using the new “Edit” button in the header. - -– – Changes to the points system apply only to Sessions run AFTER the change was made. - -– – If the points system is changed from “Custom” to something else, the original Custom points schedule will be deleted. - -– League Season points adjustments can now only be made from the standings when viewing the overall (All Car Classes/All Cars) to be more clear that these adjustments count toward all of the standings, not only for a specific car class or car. - -– League Season points adjustments made from the standings view are added in after races have been dropped for an individual. - -– A new points system has been added as an option for League Seasons called “Dirt” which corresponds to USAC’s 2019 feature event points for non-Silver Crown races, as found in section 5.9 B. here: http://www.usacracing.com/assets/files/rules/2019/2019_part_4_Points.pdf - -iRacing Membersite – League Heat Race Results - -– For League Heat Races, the “Points” column now reflects the points earned in that segment. - -– A new column called “Agg Points” has been added to the League Heat Race Results and reflects the total number of points earned from the first segment to the current segment. - -iRacing Membersite – Spectator Sessions - -– When Series Sessions that are available for spectating continue into the following race week, they will now be listed separately from the current race week sessions. Each list will be titled by the correct track name for the race week. - -– Series Spectator Sessions are now first listed in order by license class (Rookie to Pro), then listed alphabetically within a license class. - -– Hosted and League Spectator Sessions are now ordered by Session Name. - -– Improved the performance of loading Spectator Sessions. - -iRacing Downloader - -– After applying the 2019 Season 2 update, the iRacing Downloader will now use IPv6 for its downloads if you have enabled iRacing to use this protocol, and you actually have IPv6 available. If a download attempt via IPv6 fails to connect, the downloader will retry using IPv4. If the download then succeeds using IPv4, the rest of your current download call will use IPv4. - -Engine Model - -– An engine cylinder compression torque model has been added to iRacing. - -– – At low RPMs (below idle rpm), as the engine rotates it causes cycles of positive and negative torque to be generated as the individual pistons are being compressed then released. The amount of torque generated depends on the engine configuration parameters, such as compression ratio and number of cylinders. This allows the motor to stall out properly, and allows it to get “stuck” between cylinder compression torque peaks and not roll away if the car is in gear without the clutch being pressed. This also produces a jerky motion if the vehicle is rolling at very low rpm. - -– – – The Anti-Stall Aid should be disabled in order to notice this in action, otherwise you will struggle to get the engine to go below idle. - -– The Driving Shift Aid has been updated. - -– – What was previously the “None” option was actually not none; it always left the Anti-Stall Clutch Aid on for you. With the updated engine stalling, we can finally let you turn the Anti-Stall Aid all the way off. Now, the “None” option really means no clutch aid at all. The “Anti-Stall Clutch” is now it’s own option. If you had “None” selected previously, you will now have the “Anti-Stall Clutch” selected to maintain the same level of behavior you had before. - -– – If you choose “None,” it is very easy to stall the motor if you do not press the clutch in at the right moments. Watch out if you are in a car without a starter motor! - -– – You will probably also want to turn the Auto-Starter Aid OFF and start the motor yourself. - -– – When setting up a custom event, the Hardcore Level dropdown has a new entry for “Disallow all driving aids” that forces the Shift Aid to None. - -– The engine startup sequence has been updated. - -– – All cars now have engine ignition and starter noises. - -– – The ignition/starter sequence remains a work in progress, and will be updated over time. Many cars will use a default sequence and share a generic set of sounds. - -– – Cars with unique ignition/starter sounds are as follows: - -– – – Audi Quattro GTO - -– – – Audi R8 LMS GT3 - -– – – BMW M8 GTE - -– – – BMW Z4 GT3 - -– – – Chevrolet Corvette C6.R GT1 - -– – – Chevrolet Corvette C7 Daytona Prototype - -– – – Cadillac CTS-V Racecar - -– – – Dallara DW12 - -– – – Dallara F3 - -– – – Dallara IR18 - -– – – Ferrari 488 GT3 - -– – – Ferrari 488 GTE - -– – – Ford Falcon FG V8 - -– – – Ford GT - -– – – Formula Renault 2.0 - -– – – Formula Renault 3.5 - -– – – Holden Commodore VF V8 - -– – – Indycar Dallara – 2011 - -– – – McLaren MP4-30 - -– – – Pro Mazda - -– – – Skip Barber Formula 2000 - -– – – V8 Supercar Ford Falcon – 2012 - -– – – Williams-Toyota FW31 - -– Certain cars require the clutch pedal to be pressed (if the anti-stall clutch is not enabled) before the starter will operate: - -– – Ford Mustang FR500S - -– – Global Mazda MX-5 Cup - -– – Mazda MX-5 Cup – 2015 - -– – Mazda MX-5 Roadster – 2015 - -– – Pontiac Solstice - -– Certain cars have anti-stall clutch behavior built in to them, so even if you turn the Shift Aid to None, they will still have anti-stall. - -– – Audi R18 - -– – Dallara DW12 - -– – Dallara IR18 - -– – McLaren MP4-30 - -– – Porsche 911 GT3 Cup Car (991) - -– – Porsche 919 Hybrid - -– – Williams-Toyota FW31 - -– Direct drive cars with Shift Aid set to None will still use Anti-Stall Clutch Aid when in the pit stall, or in a starting grid location to allow you to start the car up and get rolling – at which time the Anti-Stall Aid is disabled, so you can stall the car if you spin or stop. - -– The auto-starter has been updated. - -– – When getting in a car, the auto-starter will wait about half a second before trying to start the car, instead of the instant you hit the Drive button. If you have stalled the car on track, the auto-starter waits 2 seconds (while stopped, in Neutral, or pressing the clutch) before trying to start the car. Pressing the throttle makes the auto-starter fire more quickly. - -Tire Model - -– The new version 7 (V7) tire model has been introduced on the Skip Barber Formula 2000. - -– – This model has significant improvements to both rubber compound modeling and tire carcass dynamics modeling, and the feedback has been very positive for the few vehicles we have been testing it on. Only the RT2000 has undergone enough testing to release with this build, but we hope to put this tire model on every vehicle soon. - -– The allowable cold pressure range has been opened up to allow pressures that are, frankly, too low (14 psi) all the way up to too high (45 psi), but we feel it is important to allow you to push the boundaries so we can better find out if the tire is behaving reasonably. Running at too low a pressure can give you a very evil car. High speed corners and low tire pressures do not work well together. Which tire pressure is optimal will vary from track to track, and sometimes you may find compromising one part of a track is worth extra speed in other parts of that track. Also remember that average lap time is often more important than best lap time, so don’t forget to average in extra time caused by spins! In other words, if you’re having trouble racing on low pressures, try raising them. - -League Racing - -– League Season Heat Racing events can now earn Season points. - -– – The Feature Race is allocated points based on the Season’s selected points system. - -– – Qualifying, Heats, and Consolation Races are only allocated points if they are configured to do so and the points system is not “None”. - -– – Points schedules and rules for Qualifying, Heats, and Consolation Races are based on USAC’s 2019 points schedules for non-Silver Crown races, as found in section 5.9 B. here: http://www.usacracing.com/assets/files/rules/2019/2019_part_4_Points.pdf - -– – – Qualifying allocates points to the first six positions, 6 points for first, and decreasing by 1 for each subsequent position. - -– – – Heats allocate points to the first eight positions, 8 points for first, and decreasing by 1 for each subsequent position. However, if Consolation Races are configured to receive points, then positions 5 through 8 only receive their points if they advanced directly to the Feature. - -– – – Consolation Races allocate points to the first eight positions, 4 points for first and decreasing by 1 for each subsequent position with 4th through 8th receiving 1 point. However, participants earning Heat Race points will not also receive Consolation Race points. - -– – – Stacked Consolation Races only allocate points for the final Consolation Race. Non-Stacked Consolation Race allocate points to each Consolation Race. - -– – – – Custom points will be supported in a later release. - -Heat Racing - -– The method in which drivers are appended to the Feature Race’s starting grid when there is more than one non-stacked Consolation Race has been updated. - -– – Previously, the specified number of drivers that advanced from a Consolation Race were appended to the Feature starting grid from the results of the first Consolation Race, then that number from the results of the second Consolation Race were added, etc.. Now, the winner of the first Consolation Race is added to the Feature grid, then the winner of the second Consolation Race is added, etc., followed by the 2nd place finisher of the first Consolation Race, then the 2nd place finisher of the second Consolation Race, etc., until the specified number of drivers have been taken from all of the Consolation Races. - -Dynamic Track - -– The system for calculating track temperature as reported to the user in the Info tab and telemetry has been improved. - -Dynamic Sky - -– Fixed an issue where Dynamic Weather mode would sometimes use the default cloud cover. - -Dirt Racing - -– Reduction to tire grip on dirt surfaces as the hardpan is approached has been amplified. - -Pit Stops - -– Rule changes for GTE pit stops have been implemented. - -– – Cars must now re-fuel first and may only change tires once re-fueling is complete. This takes into account the real-life WEC rules for the 2019/20 season. - -Rendering - -– Fixed an issue where teammates could not see the steering wheel rotate. - -High-Dynamic Range (HDR) - -– This release includes a preliminary version of High Dynamic-Range (HDR) rendering. When it is enabled the Simulator uses HDR render targets for items such as mirrors, environment maps, main render targets, and even HDR display back buffers. Previously, very bright pixels would be clamped to “fit” into Standard Dynamic Range (SDR) formats. This clamping causes important information about the actual brightness of bright pixels to be lost and to be treated as less bright than they should be treated. HDR rendering allows the bright pixels to be rendered without loss of information, and used during many internal rendering steps, limiting the loss of brightness to only the final step of converting to the display. HDR rendering drastically improves the quality of rendering, and also provides for additional future effects (this is a very early version!). And, when coupled with an HDR display, it allows for an expanded color gamut and extremely bright sun and solar reflections to actually be displayed at higher intensity than the rest of the scene on the display. HDR does not require an HDR display to provide most of the visual benefits because many of the benefits occur before the conversion to the display, but HDR displays benefit the most. - -– Support has been added for HDR displays, such as HDR10 televisions and monitors. The Simulator can now be configured to output HDR formats to an HDR display via an HDR10 frame buffer (10-bits per color channel instead of 8), or an HDR16F frame buffer (16-bit floats per color channel). When using HDR16F, the Simulator renders a special expanded color space (BT. 2020) using a special gamma (ST.2084). When rendering in HDR10 mode the Simulator just outputs the smaller color space BT.709 (HDTV color). However, Windows or the device driver may do conversions in either case, so you likely want to try both. When used in conjunction with HDR rendering, very bright sun and solar reflections can be displayed on screen, and the expanded color space looks incredible. You almost certainly need to be in full-screen modes when using these formats, especially HDR16F. If the Simulator leaves full screen, the colors may look blown out, and you may need to press Alt+Enter to get back into full-screen. - -– To enable HDR rendering without an HDR display, all you need to do is check the “HDR rendering” checkbox on the Graphics Options screen, and restart the Simulator for it to take effect. When HDR rendering is checked, bloom is also checked, and cannot/should not be unchecked for best results. Enabling this option will use more video memory to store the extra large image formats, but higher end cards should have plenty of memory for this. - -– To enable an HDR display, you will need to run the iRacing graphics auto-config and select an HDR10 or HDR16F mode from the resolution dialog, this will automatically force on HDR rendering and bloom. Try both HDR modes and select whichever works best for you. HDR10 uses slightly less memory, but HDR16F looks best in many cases due to the expanded color space. If the graphics auto-config does not present either of those modes, then you first need to setup your HDR display properly in Windows 10. HDR displays only work with Windows 10, and only when connected with higher-end display port 1.4 or HDMI 2.0 connections. And, in the Windows 10 display settings, the display first needs to be setup to be HDR. See the Windows 10 HDR settings in the Windows Settings -> Display Settings. If you cannot get Windows to first recognize the display as HDR and allow you to toggle it into HDR mode for gaming, you will be unable to get the Simulator to provide the HDR modes via DX11. Please note, you may need to also alter a setting inside the HDR display’s menus to enable HDR mode on the desired input, this is very common, before Windows will detect it as HDR capable. HDR display modes will not work on very old versions of Windows 10, and will not work at all on Windows 7. - -Visual Effects - -– Photographer spectators have been spotted using flash photography in the stands, and around the track! - -– – These spectators will light-up their flashbulbs throughout a session, especially when there’s some serious action going on! - -– Visual effects generated via PopcornFX should now better obey a users’ selected minimum detail level. - -Virtual Reality - -– A form of nVidia’s simultaneous multi-projection, named Single Pass Stereo (SPS), has been added to help optimize VR rendering. SPS allows the Simulator to render the scene for one eye, and then GPU, via shaders and SPS, create the image for the other eye, without the Simulator needing to submit the entire scene a second time. This reduces the CPU load of the rendering thread and increases the frame rate, especially for the largest and most complex scenes when the frame rate would be lowest. - -– – SPS requires a supporting nVidia GPU with a newer device driver installed. GTX1000 and GTX2000 series GPUs, with device drivers after v390 support it. The option is called “SPS” on the Graphics Options screen, and it will be enabled by default if your device driver reports that your GPU supports it. If the SPS option is disabled in the Graphics Options screen, and you have a supported GPU, try a newer device driver. - -– Fixed an issue when using VR where the mouse cursor could get stuck on a “curved screen mode” while using the iRacing BETA Interface, even when not on a curved screen. - -Audio - -– Ignition and starter sequences remain a work-in-progress, and will be updated over time. - -– – Currently, many cars will use a default audio sequence and will share a generic set of sounds. - -– – Cars with unique ignition and starter sounds are as follows: - -– – – Audi Quattro GTO - -– – – Audi R8 LMS GT3 - -– – – BMW M8 GTE - -– – – BMW Z4 GT3 - -– – – Cadillac CTS-V Racecar - -– – – Chevrolet Corvette C6.R GT1 - -– – – Chevrolet Corvette C7 Daytona Prototype - -– – – Dallara DW12 - -– – – Dallara F3 - -– – – Dallara IR18 - -– – – Ferrari 488 GT3 - -– – – Ferrari 488 GTE - -– – – Ford GT - -– – – Ford Falcon FG V8 - -– – – Formula Renault 2.0 - -– – – Formula Renault 3.5 - -– – – Holden Commodore VF V8 - -– – – Indycar Dallara – 2011 - -– – – McLaren MP4-30 - -– – – Pro Mazda - -– – – Skip Barber Formula 2000 - -– – – Williams-Toyota FW31 - -– All cars have had their engine load sounds modified to be more sensitive to subtle changes in throttle levels. - -– All gear shift volumes for all cars have been adjusted. - -Driver - -– Additional detailing has been added to the driver’s gloves. - -Animated Pit Crew - -– The animated pit crew will now look directly at your car as it approaches and leaves. - -– The animated Indycar Pit Crew has been training all season, and is now 10% faster! - -– The reflectivity of skin-tones in light has been reduced slightly. - -– The air wrench hose movements have been smoothed a bit, and should appear less jaggy. - -Pace Car - -– A new pace car model, Porsche 911 GT3 Cup Car (991), has been added to the iRacing service! - -– The default Road pace car is now the Porsche 911 GT3 Cup Car (991). - -Replay - -– When playing through a Session change, the system will look forward for data to prepare the replay world for the new session. - -– – This fixes an issue on Session transitions where the track in replays could appear to have a stripe-pattern effect. This was being caused by data from the previous Session being used to create the track state, only then to have it overwritten in chunks with the new data. - -Cameras - -– While using the camera tool, blimp velocity may now be a negative number, so it can rotate in both directions. - -Admin Commands - -– A new Admin Command, “!trackstate”, has been added. - -– – This command allows an Admin to view and change the track state of the NEXT Session. - -– – – This is intended especially for dirt racing, to allow Admins to make on-the-fly changes to the track (like simulating some re-prep before the feature for example). - -– – – – You can type “!trackstate” with no arguments to see the track state for the next session. You can adjust it by putting a number as an argument, like “!trackstate 30” (“!trackstate 30%” is safe and will work too). If you go with say “!trackstate -1” or any negative number less than that, you’ll get carry over in the next session (0 means 0% usage). - -Telemetry - -– A new telemetry variable, “PitsOpen” has been added. This variable is true if you are currently able to receive service in your pit. - -– A new telemetry variable, “PlayerCarInPitStall” has been added. This variable is true if you are stopped in your stall and parked cleanly so that you can receive service. - -Peripherals - -– The Fanatec API has been updated to the latest version. - -EasyAntiCheat - -– The iRacing software has been updated with the latest EasyAntiCheat libraries. - -CARS: - -Audi R18 - -– The car number font has been adjusted to better match the real world version. - -– The blue lights on the FIA safety display will now flash when Cautions are out. - -BMW M8 GTE - -– NEW CAR! - -– – The BMW M8 GTE has been added to the iRacing roster of vehicles! - -– – The twin-turbo, V8 powered beast joins the already impressive lineup of GTE cars in iRacing. With over 500 bhp, the flagship racing car from BMW competes around the world in series including the FIA World Endurance Championship and the IMSA Weathertech SportsCar Championship. In iRacing, you will see the M8 in the multiclass IMSA Series as well as the iRacing Le Mans and iRacing Le Mans Endurance series. A front engine car, the BMW has already earned a reputation for being tough to pass due to its performance and size. iRacers will have the opportunity to race the M8 wheel to wheel against the Porsche RSR, Ford GT, and Ferrari 488 and find out for themselves which of the GTE cars will reign supreme. - -BMW Z4 GT3 - -– Starter and compressor sound levels have been adjusted. - -Cadillac CTS-V Racecar - -– Fixed an issue where the wing supports would disappear whenever the car was damaged. - -– Fixed an issue where the digital display digits were sometimes not at the correct brightness. - -Chevrolet Corvette C6.R GT1 - -– Fixed an issue where some display digits were not illuminating correctly. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -Chevrolet Monte Carlo SS - -– Season setups have been updated. - -Dallara F3 - -– Currently, there is a known issue where the tire warmers are not working for this vehicle during Race Sessions. We are still investigating, and do not currently have a timeline for a fix. - -– – Please note that the car was only intended to have tire warmers during Race Sessions, so it does not have tire warmers at all. - -Dallara IR18 - -– Tire grip has been reduced slightly at road tracks. - -– New 2019 rear speedway wicker options added. Full length front speedway wicker has been removed due to season rules. - -– Minimum fuel capacity is now 0.25 KG. - -– Vehicle branding has been adjusted for the 2019 season. - -– Fixed an issue where the inside of the hubs were not rendering when the tires were removed. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -Dirt Late Model - -– (ALL) – Front packer garage increment adjustment has been changed from 1/4″ to 1/16″. - -– (ALL) – World of Outlaws branding has been updated. - -– (ALL) – Minimum damping is now enforced while the car is in the garage. - -– – Damper adjustments will no longer influence heights and weights while the car is sitting in the garage. - -– (ALL) – Season setups have been updated. - -Dirt Midget - -– Damper adjustments will no longer influence heights and weights while the car is sitting in the garage. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -Dirt Sprint Car - -– (ALL) – Damper adjustments will no longer influence heights and weights while the car is sitting in the garage. - -– (ALL) – Season setups have been updated. - -Dirt Sprint Car – Non-Winged - -– (ALL) – Cockpit adjustable dampers have been re-enabled per latest USAC rules. - -– (ALL) – Damper adjustments will no longer influence heights and weights while the car is sitting in the garage. - -– (ALL) – Season setups have been updated. - -Dirt Street Stock - -– Season setups have been updated. - -Dirt U.M.P. Modified - -– Minimum damping is now enforced while the car is in the garage. - -– – Damper adjustments will no longer influence heights and weights while the car is sitting in the garage. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -Ferrari 488 GT3 - -– Season setups have been updated. - -Ferrari 488 GTE - -– The car number font has been adjusted to better match the real world version. - -– Baseline setup has been adjusted. - -Ford Fiesta RS WRC - -– Season setups have been updated. - -Ford GT – 2017 - -– The car number font has been adjusted to better match the real world version. - -– Baseline setup has been adjusted. - -Ford GT GT3 - -– Season setups have been updated. - -Formula Renault 3.5 - -– Legal pushrods length have been increased. - -– Non-adjustable bumpstops have been altered to better assist with suspension over-travel concerns. - -Legends Ford ’34 Coupe - -– (ALL) – The rear wheel mass position has been adjusted slightly. - -Lotus 49 - -– Fixed an issue with the mirrors rendering incorrectly. - -NASCAR Camping World Chevrolet Silverado - -– Vehicle branding and ruleset have been updated for the 2019 NASCAR season. - -– Minimum and maximum tire pressure limits have been adjusted. - -– Brake and gearbox settings have been simplified by track type. - -– Steering offset variable has been reduced to +/- 15 degrees. - -– Small changes to drafting to improve suckup at Super Speedway tracks. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -NASCAR Camping World Toyota Tundra - -– Vehicle branding and ruleset have been updated for the 2019 NASCAR season. - -– Minimum and maximum tire pressure limits have been adjusted. - -– Brake and gearbox settings have been simplified by track type. - -– Steering offset variable has been reduced to +/- 15 degrees. - -– Small changes to drafting to improve suckup at Super Speedway tracks. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -NASCAR K&N Pro Chevrolet Impala - -– Diff ranges have been opened to allow for any ratio at any track. - -– Vehicle branding and ruleset have been updated for the 2019 NASCAR season. - -– Minimum and maximum tire pressure limits have been adjusted. - -– Brake and gearbox settings have been simplified by track type. - -– Steering offset variable has been reduced to +/- 15 degrees. - -– Small changes to drafting to improve suckup at Super Speedway tracks. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -NASCAR Monster Energy Cup Chevrolet Camaro ZL1 – 2018 - -– Short Tracks/RC will use 750hp engine and INTS and SS will use 550hp engine. - -– 2019 spec aero packages have been applied. - -– Contingency decals and branding have been updated for the 2019 NASCAR season. - -– Aero grills have been implemented for this vehicle. - -– Minimum and maximum tire pressure limits have been adjusted. - -– Brake and gearbox settings have been simplified by track type. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -NASCAR Monster Energy Cup Chevrolet SS - -– Contingency decals and branding have been updated for the 2019 NASCAR season. - -– Minimum and maximum tire pressure limits have been adjusted. - -– Brake and gearbox settings have been simplified by track type. - -– Small changes to drafting to improve suckup at Super Speedway tracks. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -NASCAR Monster Energy Cup Ford Fusion - -– Short Tracks/RC will use 750hp engine and INTS and SS will use 550hp engine. - -– 2019 spec aero packages have been applied. - -– Contingency decals and branding have been updated for the 2019 NASCAR season. - -– Aero grills have been implemented for this vehicle. - -– Minimum and maximum tire pressure limits have been adjusted. - -– Brake and gearbox settings have been simplified by track type. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -NASCAR Monster Energy Cup Toyota Camry - -– Short Tracks/RC will use 750hp engine and INTS and SS will use 550hp engine. - -– 2019 spec aero packages have been applied. - -– Contingency decals and branding have been updated for the 2019 NASCAR season. - -– Aero grills have been implemented for this vehicle. - -– Minimum and maximum tire pressure limits have been adjusted. - -– Brake and gearbox settings have been simplified by track type. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -NASCAR Nationwide Chevrolet Impala – 2011 - -– Diff ranges have been opened to allow for any ratio at any track. - -– Minimum and maximum tire pressure limits have been adjusted. - -– Brake and gearbox settings have been simplified by track type. - -– Small changes to drafting to improve suckup at Super Speedway tracks. - -NASCAR Sprint Cup Chevrolet Impala COT – 2013 - -– Diff ranges have been opened to allow for any ratio at any track. - -– Minimum and maximum tire pressure limits have been adjusted. - -– Brake and gearbox settings have been simplified by track type. - -– Steering offset variable has been reduced to +/- 15 degrees. - -– Small changes to drafting to improve suckup at Super Speedway tracks. - -NASCAR Truck Series Chevrolet Silverado – 2013 - -– Diff ranges have been opened to allow for any ratio at any track. - -– Minimum and maximum tire pressure limits have been adjusted. - -– Brake and gearbox settings have been simplified by track type. - -– Steering offset variable has been reduced to +/- 15 degrees. - -– Small changes to drafting to improve suckup at Super Speedway tracks. - -NASCAR XFINITY Chevrolet Camaro - -– Contingency decals and branding have been updated for the 2019 NASCAR season. - -– Minimum and maximum tire pressure limits have been adjusted. - -– Brake and gearbox settings have been simplified by track type. - -– Steering offset variable has been reduced to +/- 15 degrees. - -– Small changes to drafting to improve suckup at Super Speedway tracks. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -NASCAR XFINITY Ford Mustang - -– Contingency decals and branding have been updated for the 2019 NASCAR season. - -– Minimum and maximum tire pressure limits have been adjusted. - -– Brake and gearbox settings have been simplified by track type. - -– Steering offset variable has been reduced to +/- 15 degrees. - -– Small changes to drafting to improve suckup at Super Speedway tracks. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -NASCAR XFINITY Toyota Camry - -– Contingency decals and branding have been updated for the 2019 NASCAR season. - -– Minimum and maximum tire pressure limits have been adjusted. - -– Brake and gearbox settings have been simplified by track type. - -– Steering offset variable has been reduced to +/- 15 degrees. - -– Small changes to drafting to improve suckup at Super Speedway tracks. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -Porsche 911 GT3 Cup Car (991) - -– Rear wing has been strengthened to reduce the likelihood of damage from small impacts. - -Porsche 911 RSR - -– 2019 Season 2 GTE BoP: - -– – Slightly reduced aero drag for higher topspeed. - -– – Aero downforce has been decreased slightly. - -– – Fuel consumption has been increased slightly to compensate for reduced aero drag. - -– Baseline setup has been adjusted. - -– The car number font has been adjusted to better match the real world version. - -Porsche 919 Hybrid - -– The car number font has been adjusted to better match the real world version. - -– The blue lights on the FIA safety display will now flash when Cautions are out. - -Radical SR8 - -– Idle speeds have been increased. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -Ruf RT 12R - -– (Track) – Season setups have been updated. - -Silver Crown - -– Season setups have been updated. - -Skip Barber Formula 2000 - -– The long awaited V7 Tires are now implemented on this vehicle! - -– – Please take them out for some vigorous testing, and let us know what you think. We are looking to gather feedback before fully implementing these on all vehicles. - -– Allowable tire pressure range has been adjusted to 14 to 45 psi. - -– New in-car, on-board, and chase engine sounds, as well as starter, ignition, gear shift, and engine limiter sounds have been added for this vehicle. - -– Baseline setup has been updated. - -Sprint Car - -– Season setups have been updated. - -Subaru WRX STI - -– Fixed an issue with rendering artifacts on the side mirrors. - -Super Late Model - -– Various vehicle updates, including: - -– – New aerodynamic information applied. - -– – Brakes have been altered to better match car performance after aero updates. - -– – Small Front-end geometry tuning. - -– – 3″ ride heights are now legal in the garage. - -– Season setups have been updated. - -VW Beetle GRC - -– Season setups have been updated. - -Williams-Toyota FW31 - -– Fixed an issue where some display digits were not illuminating correctly. - -TRACKS: - -Autodromo Nazionale Monza - -– (ALL) – The fixed cubemaps for this track has been adjusted for better visual reflections. - -– (ALL) – Fixed an issue where some walls would colorfully flicker at night when headlights shone on them. - -Charlotte Motor Speedway - -– NEW TRACK CONFIGURATIONS! - -– – A fully re-scanned and re-built version of Charlotte Motor Speedway was released in the 2019 Season 1 build, but it only included the Roval. With this release, we have have added numerous additional track configurations. These were built using the updated laser scan data. These new configs are as follows: - -– – Oval – The full oval track used by NASCAR. - -– – Roval Long – An alternate version of the Roval which uses an additional track area in the infield to create a longer version of the track. This track is 2.42 miles in length. - -– – Legends Oval – The standard Legends oval using parts of the oval and pit road. - -– – Legends RC Short – A 0.72 mile road configuration using a short area of the infield road course. - -– – Legends RC Medium – A 1.25 mile road configuration using an expanded area of the infield road course. - -– – Legends RC Long – A 1.5 mile road configuration using an even more expanded area of the infield road course and parts of the NASCAR oval and pit road. - -– This current version of Charlotte Motor Speedway appears on the website as “Charlotte Motor Speedway”. The original Charlotte is still available for historical reasons and appears on the website as “Charlotte Motor Speedway – 2016”. - -Circuit des 24 Heures du Mans - -– The color of gravel trap tire marks has been adjusted. - -Circuit of the Americas - -– Fixed an issue where some walls were not visible on lower graphics settings. - -Daytona International Speedway - -– TRACK UPGRADE! - -– – The Daytona Rising real-world track facility upgrades have been implemented at our digital version of this legendary speedway! - -– – – The art team has also overhauled much of the environment to bring it up to the latest and greatest specs! - -Twin Ring Motegi - -– (Oval) – Animated pit crews have been enabled on this track configuration. - -Nürburgring - -– A preliminary version of night lighting has been added to all configurations of Nürburgring, including the GP Circuit, Nordschleife, and Combined circuits. We do not consider this project finished and still plan to place additional lighting, but consider this an early-access preview!",1731883646,e615ffa8ba,4405594e7c,,,1731883646 -https://www.zdnet.com/article/give-your-iphone-16-thermal-camera-superpowers-with-this-gadget/,https://www.zdnet.com/news/rss.xml,Give your iPhone 16 thermal camera superpowers with this gadget (get 23% off in this Black Friday deal),"'ZDNET Recommends': What exactly does it mean? - -ZDNET's recommendations are based on many hours of testing, research, and comparison shopping. We gather data from the best available sources, including vendor and retailer listings as well as other relevant and independent reviews sites. And we pore over customer reviews to find out what matters to real people who already own and use the products and services we’re assessing. - -When you click through from our site to a retailer and buy a product or service, we may earn affiliate commissions. This helps support our work, but does not affect what we cover or how, and it does not affect the price you pay. Neither ZDNET nor the author are compensated for these independent reviews. Indeed, we follow strict guidelines that ensure our editorial content is never influenced by advertisers. - -ZDNET's editorial team writes on behalf of you, our reader. Our goal is to deliver the most accurate information and the most knowledgeable advice possible in order to help you make smarter buying decisions on tech gear and a wide array of products and services. Our editors thoroughly review and fact-check every article to ensure that our content meets the highest standards. If we have made an error or published misleading information, we will correct or clarify the article. If you see inaccuracies in our content, please report the mistake via this form.",1731883635,cbf4e2ebc4,442b1b72bd,,,1731883635 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/14/thursday-open-thread-217/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,Thursday Open Thread,"To get the Volokh Conspiracy Daily e-mail, please sign up here. - -Email (Required) Comments This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged. Δ",1731883646,6a1d127262,443f0b9f48,,,1731883646 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/im-getting-mixed-advice-owe-110000874.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,Ask an Advisor: I'm Getting Mixed Advice. Will I Owe Taxes When I Roll Over My Roth 401(k) to a Roth IRA?," - -I have an after-tax 401(k) that I would like to roll over to a Roth IRA with Schwab. Experts at Schwab say it can be rolled over to a Roth IRA without paying any taxes. I think they are wrong as I will still have to pay taxes on the earnings and capital gains accumulated over the years. I have talked to two other fiduciary financial planners and they are also leaning toward Schwab thinking. - -What do you advise? It will be an in-service rollover as I am 82 and still working full time. I also have a pre-tax 401(k) that I am not planning to roll over yet. Thanks in advance for your invaluable help. - -– Brahma - -Contributions and the earnings they generate are not taxed when you roll over a Roth 401(k) directly to a Roth IRA. However, if your employer made pre-tax matching contributions, you would need to roll those funds into a traditional IRA or pay income taxes on them as part of a Roth conversion. In addition, the five-year rules would apply to the Roth IRA account, which could result in taxes on withdrawals if they were made before then. (Planning for retirement can be complicated, but working with a financial advisor can help you take control of the process.) - -How Roth 401(k)s Work - -A Roth 401(k) is an after-tax account similar to a Roth IRA but is offered through an employer. - -SmartAsset and Yahoo Finance LLC may earn commission or revenue through links in the content below. - -Roth 401(k)s are employer-based retirement plans funded with money you’ve already paid income tax on. Contributions to Roth 401(k) accounts are subject to annual IRS maximums. In 2024, you can contribute up to $23,000 to a 401(k), plus an extra $7,500 if you’re 50 or older. You can participate in a Roth 401(k) no matter how much money you make. - -The money in your Roth 401(k) grows tax-free. You won’t pay any taxes on earnings or gains within the account. When you retire, all withdrawals will be tax-free long as they’re qualified distributions. To count as a qualified distribution: - -It has to be at least five years since you made the first contribution. Opening the account doesn’t start the five-year clock if you don’t put money in at that time. - -You have to be at least 59 ½ years old or disabled. - -If any of the conditions aren’t met, the account earnings – but not your original contributions – will be taxable on withdrawal. - -(If you need help deciding between a traditional pre-tax 401(k) and a Roth 401(k), consider talking it over with a financial advisor.) - -Roth 401(k)s and Employer Matches - -Before the SECURE Act 2.0 was passed in December 2022, employers could only make pre-tax matching contributions to their employees’ Roth 401(k) accounts. So, the employee would make after-tax contributions to their own accounts, and the employer would match those with pre-tax dollars. SECURE 2.0 allows for employers to make matching contributions directly into their employees’ Roth 401(k) accounts.",1731883711,6e579b027f,43c7b5bfed,,,1731883711 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/treasuries-see-2024-gains-dwindle-200000589.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,Treasuries See 2024 Gains Dwindle With December Fed Cut at Risk,"(Bloomberg) -- A two-month slump has all but wiped out the US Treasury market’s gains for the year, as traders brace for Donald Trump’s return and also the chance of slower interest-rate cuts from the Federal Reserve. - -Most Read from Bloomberg - -A Bloomberg index of Treasury returns has seen its 2024 advance shrink to about 0.7% from a peak of 4.6% on Sept. 17, the day before the Fed reduced borrowing costs for the first time since 2020. - -It marks a disappointing run of losses in the world’s biggest bond market, which has been battered by signs of a resilient US economy and the expectation that Trump’s election victory will usher in quicker inflation given his campaign promises such as steeper tariffs and lower taxes. - -“The Treasuries market is struggling to find the North Star,” said Ed Al-Hussainy, a New York-based strategist at Columbia Threadneedle. “There are too many moving parts.” - -Investors had anticipated that Fed easing would bring a windfall. Instead, 10-year yields have soared almost three quarters of a point since Sept. 18, marking the biggest jump in the first two months of a rate-cutting cycle since 1989. - -Buyers Emerge - -Buyers did step in on Friday as 10-year yields rose to 4.5% for the first time since May, showing some investors are holding out hope for a positive annual return in 2024. - -Others may be reluctant to conclude that the market’s slide is over as doubts grow around how much further the Fed can drop rates. Next month’s decision is now seen as close to a coin flip after Fed Chair Jerome Powell said last week that the central bank isn’t “in a hurry” to cut. - -It all leaves the market potentially in a state of limbo until the next round of crucial data, starting with the Fed’s preferred gauge of inflation at month-end, the first in a series of reports that may dictate what officials do in December. - -Ten-year yields reached their peak last week on Friday after a solid report on retail sales. Bloomberg’s Economic Surprise Index jumped to the highest since February, signaling economic data are surpassing expectations. - -Traders are now pricing in a total of about three quarters of a point of cuts over the next 12 months, roughly half of the easing reflected for that period back in September. - -Following the selloff of the past couple months, the 10-year benchmark note “appears cheap,” but the valuation is still not compelling enough to present a buying opportunity, JPMorgan Chase & Co. strategists led by Jay Barry wrote in a note last week. They “prefer to be patient in fading these recent moves.” - -Story Continues",1731883724,6e579b027f,43fc57e6b6,,,1731883724 -https://abcnews.go.com/Politics/wireStory/alaska-political-leaders-hope-trump-undo-restrictions-oil-115924637,https://abcnews.go.com/abcnews/politicsheadlines,Alaska political leaders hope to see Trump undo restrictions on oil drilling,"JUNEAU, Alaska -- President-elect Donald Trump promised repeatedly during his campaign to expand oil drilling in the U.S., which is good news for political leaders in Alaska, where oil is the economic lifeblood and many felt the Biden administration has obstructed efforts to boost the state's diminished production. - -A debate over drilling on federal lands on Alaska's petroleum-rich North Slope will likely be revived in the coming months, particularly in the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge, which environmentalists have long sought to protect as one of the country's last wild places. - -On Saturday, Trump named Chris Wright — a campaign donor, fossil fuel executive and vocal advocate of oil and gas development — to serve as energy secretary in his second administration. - -The question of drilling on the refuge's coastal plain, as Trump sought to do during his first term, also divides Alaska Native communities. Some welcome the potential new revenue while others worry about how it will impact wildlife in an area they consider sacred. - -The largest wildlife refuge in the country covers an area of northeast Alaska roughly the size of South Carolina. It boasts a diverse landscape of mountains and glaciers, tundra plains, rivers and boreal forest, and is home to a variety of wildlife including polar bears, caribou, musk ox and birds. - -The fight over whether to drill in the refuge's coastal plain along the Beaufort Sea goes back decades. Drilling advocates say development could create thousands of jobs, generate billions of dollars in revenue, and spur U.S. oil production. - -While the U.S. Bureau of Land Management has said the coastal plain could contain 4.25 billion to 11.8 billion barrels of recoverable oil, there is limited information about the amount and quality of oil. And it's unclear whether companies will want to risk pursuing projects that could become mired in litigation. Environmentalists and climate scientists have pushed for a phase-out of fossil fuels to avert the worst consequences of climate change. - -The refuge is east of the oil fields in Prudhoe Bay and the National Petroleum Reserve-Alaska, where the Biden administration approved the controversial Willow oil project but also made about half the petroleum reserve off-limits to oil and gas leasing. - -An exploration well was drilled in the 1980s on lands where Alaska Native corporations held rights, but little information has been released about the results. - -Still, opening the coastal plain to drilling has been a longtime goal for members of Alaska's congressional delegation. In 2017, they added language to a tax bill mandating two oil and gas lease sales by late 2024. - -The first sale took place in the waning days of the last Trump administration, but President Joe Biden quickly called on Interior Secretary Deb Haaland to review the leasing program. - -That led to the cancelation of seven leases that had been acquired by the Alaska Industrial Development and Export Authority, a state corporation. Smaller companies gave up two other leases. Litigation is pending over the canceled leases. - -The Biden administration recently released a new environmental review, ahead of the deadline for the second required sale. It proposes offering what the Bureau of Land Management said would be the minimum acreage the 2017 law allows — a proposal Alaska’s Republican U.S. senators cast as a mockery of the law meant to encourage exploration. - -There are sharp divisions. - -Leaders of the Iñupiaq community of Kaktovik, which is within the refuge, support drilling. Gwich’in officials in communities near the refuge have said they consider the coastal plain sacred. Caribou they rely on calve there. - -Galen Gilbert, first chief of Arctic Village Council, said the refuge should be off-limits to drilling. Arctic Village is a Neets’aii Gwich’in community. - -“We don’t want to bother anybody. We don’t want anything. We just want our way of life, not only for us, but for our future generations,” Gilbert said. - -Leaders in Kaktovik have vowed to fight any attempt by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service to designate the lands as sacred. Josiah Patkotak, mayor of the North Slope Borough, which includes Kaktovik, said in an October opinion piece that the land “has never been” Gwich’in territory. - -“The federal government must understand that any attempt to undermine our sovereignty will be met with fierce resistance,” he wrote. - -Oil is vital to the economic wellbeing of North Slope communities, said Nagruk Harcharek, president of Voice of the Arctic Iñupiat, a nonprofit advocacy group whose members include leaders from that region. Responsible development has long coexisted with subsistence lifestyles, he said. - -In a video posted on X by Republican Gov. Mike Dunleavy, Trump said he would work to ensure a natural gas pipeline project long sought by state political leaders is built. The project, opposed by environmentalists, has floundered over the years due to changes in direction under various governors, cost concerns and other factors. - -While voters “might not have been head over heels” for Trump, “they appreciated that his policies, when they come to resource development, are clearly policies that work to benefit an economy like Alaska’s,” Trump critic U.S. Sen. Lisa Murkowski told reporters. - -“So I would anticipate that we would see, again, a return to greater economic opportunities through resource development,” she said. - -Dunleavy said Trump could undo restrictions imposed by the Biden administration on new oil and gas leasing on 13 million acres (5.3 million hectares) of the petroleum reserve. Harcharek's group sued over the restrictions, arguing that the region's elected leaders had been ignored. - -Erik Grafe, an attorney for Earthjustice in Alaska, said the petroleum reserve was not set aside “to get oil out at all costs.” Other important resources must be considered and afforded protections under the law, he said. - -“Oil is not the future and it can’t be,” Grafe said. “The state needs to start thinking of a Plan B, post-oil.”",1731883663,948678c443,444889f2b3,,,1731883663 -https://transom.org/2014/the-hitchhiker/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,The Hitchhiker,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/The-Hitchhiker1.mp3 Download Listen to “The Hitchhiker” - -I’m often asked “How can I get into radio?” Typically, I respond with things like “Just start making stories. Take some classes then get an internship. ” - -What I don’t say is “Interview a lot of people then show up at a radio station and ask ‘Can you help me produce a radio story?'” That seems unlikely to work. - -But, maybe I should give that advice because that’s how Scott Carrier got his start in radio back in 1983. Only instead of knocking on the door of a radio station recordings in hand, he went directly to the mothership — NPR. - -We are not the mothership. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -On this edition of HowSound, Scott and Alex Chadwick, producer of Weekend All Things Considered at the time, tell the legendary backstory of producing Scott’s first radio piece. Not only will you say “Whoa! Really? He did that?!” you’ll also ask yourself “Could that happen today?” - -In fact, after listening, let me know what you think — could someone show up with a heap-o’-tape and have the door open like it did for Scott?",1731883707,c00d35bf2d,44c6d0f6e8,,,1731883707 -https://www.npr.org/2026/01/01/1197997621/wait-wait-dont-tell-me-janet-yellen,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Janet Yellen on pot, mushrooms, and the Harriet Tubman $20 bill : Planet Money : NPR","Bonus: Janet Yellen on Wait Wait...Don't Tell Me! - -Our friends at NPR's news quiz Wait Wait...Don't Tell Me! recently had a very Planet Money guest on their show: Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen. They asked her about smoking pot, her extremely high scores in Candy Crush, and when to expect the Harriet Tubman $20 bill. - -Today, we're sharing an excerpt of that episode with you, along with some exclusive questions just for Planet Money listeners. - -You can listen to the full show and subscribe to Wait Wait...Don't Tell Me! wherever you find your podcasts. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR Source Audio - ""Friendly Intentions"" and ""Out Of My Mind""",1731884607,8181d7a585,443e3c2ce5,,,1731884607 -https://www.wired.com/gallery/best-vr-headsets/,http://feeds.wired.com/wired/index,"The Best VR Headsets (2024), Tested and Reviewed","The Meta Quest 3 (8/10, WIRED Recommends) is a massive upgrade over its predecessor in almost every category. It has improved specs across the board—slightly higher resolution, a faster processor, more RAM, and the option for up to 512 GB of internal storage—but the biggest change is the mixed-reality upgrade. The previous model, the Quest 2, had external-facing cameras for orienting itself in the world and a pass-through feature that let you see the room you're in to avoid obstacles. The Quest 3 takes it several steps further, making immersive augmented reality core to the experience. - -For starters, the pass-through cameras can now show you a color image instead of black and white. It's also slightly higher resolution, so it's easier to tell what you're looking at. It still feels a bit like you're looking at an early 2000s-era YouTube video of your living room, but it's worlds better than not being able to see your surroundings at all. This tech enables some innovative new games and experiences. One of my favorites, PianoVision, is designed to help you learn the piano by overlaying helpful information and even piano rolls onto a video of your actual, physical keyboard. It turns practicing the instrument into a Guitar Hero–like experience, and it's something that wouldn't be possible with VR alone. - -The downside? The Meta Quest 3 is more expensive than the Quest 2 ever was (even after its midlife price hike). Starting at $500, it's on par with buying whole game consoles, so it's not quite an impulse buy, but if you're looking for the best stand-alone VR headset with the widest library of games and apps that support both VR and mixed reality, the Quest 3 is the headset to beat. It's worth noting that the company behind it all is Meta (aka Facebook). You might not like that, given Meta's less-than-stellar history of managing user data (not to mention how that data is used). At least you don't need a Facebook account anymore to use a Meta headset. - -Supports room-scale VR, pass-through mixed reality, can operate with or without a PC, and comes with two controllers.",1731883625,bc78e81c60,444f79163b,,,1731883625 -https://www.npr.org/2023/07/11/1187071212/greedy-jobs-parent-phone-calls-career-advice,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Econ papers on greedy jobs, parent phone calls, and career advice : Planet Money : NPR","Planet Money Paper Club - -Enlarge this image Thomas Lohnes/Getty Images Thomas Lohnes/Getty Images - -We here at Planet Money love economics papers. And that is also the case for so many of the economists we speak with. For them, new research can explain something they have always wondered about, or make them see something they have never noticed before. And it inspires their own work. - -So, to bring that same sense of discovery to you, the listener, today we are dedicating our show to a special experiment. A new way to share some of the most fascinating, clever and surprising economics papers in a segment we're calling: The Econ Paper Club. - -Sponsor Message - -On today's show, we read the econ papers so you don't have to. We take a joyous romp through some of the most fascinating ideas floating around economics right now. And we find that some of those fascinating ideas are about some of the biggest things in life: the careers we choose, the expectations that come with parenting and what one eminent economist calls 'greedy jobs.' - -This episode was hosted by Erika Beras and Kenny Malone. It was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler and James Sneed. It was edited by Molly Messick. It was fact-checked by Sierra Juarez, and engineered by Robert Rodriguez. Alex Goldmark is our executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: ""Just Too Hot,"" ""Ghostbuster's Theme,"" ""Lo-Fi Souvenir,"" and ""Shining Light.""",1731884629,8181d7a585,445b15ef96,,,1731884629 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/videos/ce8yg78ml79o,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,Billie Jean King Cup: Katie Boulter powers GB into quarter-finals,"Kelleher 'striving to get better' after starring in Dublin. Video, 00:00:42Kelleher 'striving to get better' after starring in Dublin",1731883674,bcdff126e2,446e3d251a,,,1731883674 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/mastering-executive-communications/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Mastering Executive Communications: Lessons from OpenAI,"While I was up to my armpits inside a turkey’s cavity, lovingly rubbing butter and herbs underneath its skin, OpenAI fell apart—and then put itself together again…all before my turkey was smoked and served. - -The company saw the removal, replacement, and reinstatement of its superstar CEO, Sam Altman, and we sat around watching it as if it were live reality TV. It also saw the removal and replacement of most of its board of directors. - -As all of this was happening, nearly every employee threatened to quit, there were two interim CEOs named—not at the same time but consecutively, and Microsoft set up a new AI arm of its own for Altman to lead. - -All the while, we faced the possibility that ChatGPT would implode overnight. - -And, as of this writing, two weeks later, we still don’t know why. - -More than a few people have noted that all but one of the board members who were removed were women—and they’ve been replaced with two white men. The optics aren’t great here, and the implications are yet to be seen, but we’re here to discuss the executive communications piece of it all. - -Where were the experts? Not in the room! That’s where they were! - -Don’t Leave Room for Interpretation - -Sam Altman is back in place as the CEO at OpenAI, and we all sat and watched it, completely enraptured by all of the drama. It felt like the episode in The Morning Show where they oust…oh, shoot. If you haven’t watched the latest season, I won’t ruin it for you. But the Sam Altman firing and re-hiring felt very much like fiction. - -The announcement was abrupt and lacked detail, which, of course, sparked rumors and speculation. It’s pretty easy to sit here and armchair quarterback how it all went down, but this is a classic example of how not to handle communication around any executive transition. - -Rule #1: Don’t leave room for interpretation. It leads to uncertainty and mistrust, both internally and externally - -Be Transparent - -Then, just as suddenly, Altman was reinstated, which raised questions about the decision-making process and how involved Microsoft was in these changes. Again, with the speculation, we were left wondering if there was a power struggle or differences in vision, especially because of the new AI arm at Microsoft—and how quickly they announced that Altman would join their team before he was reinstated at OpenAI. - -Rule #2: Be transparent. You don’t want to leave anyone guessing. By nature, humans guess things are much worse than they usually are. Don’t give people the chance to catastrophize the situation. - -Communicate the Transition Plan - -But it wasn’t just about customers and the general public. The reaction of employees was telling. The majority of employees (93%!) threatened to quit. As a business owner, that reaction would be good for my ego. Still, it also indicates there is some work to do internally with culture and ensuring that should something happen where the CEO wouldn’t come back, the business would continue to run without a mass exodus. - -Rule #3: Ensure that any transition plan works for the majority of the employees—and that it’s communicated consistently. Lots of things can happen to an executive: sudden death, a life-threatening illness, having to care for an ill family member, an accident, or even winning the lottery. The business should be ready for an emergency transition that employees understand and are on board with. This is where communicators can add a lot of value. Keep transition plans top-of-mind. - -DEI Should Be a Priority - -And let’s not ignore the diversity issues. The optics of replacing most of the board, who were women, with white men raises serious questions about diversity and inclusion within the organization. I know they’ve said that the new board members have more tech experience than those who were replaced, and that may be the case, but plenty of women and people of color have tech expertise. - -Rule #4: DEI has to be a top consideration in the transition of a business leader. A communicator also ensures that the messaging isn’t tone-deaf and that social priorities are considered when transitions are made—even if they’re done seemingly overnight, as with Altman. - -Consistent Executive Communications - -I mentioned earlier that all of this went down a couple of weeks ago, and we still don’t really know why. There was mention of the board thinking Altman wasn’t being transparent, and they didn’t like the company’s direction. But was that because the previous board started with them when they were a nonprofit and didn’t like its growth into a profit-based company? Is it because he was withholding information? Or because there was a power play? We still don’t know, so we’re left to continue to speculate. - -Rule #5: Consistent and ongoing executive communications is key. Though Altman wrote a blog post addressing his return, he didn’t address what the heck happened and why these changes were made. During an executive transition, regular updates must occur until things are stable. This helps to maintain trust and prevent the rumor mill from spinning out of control. The gaps in the communication from OpenAi have only fueled more speculation. - -Employees Are the First Audience - -Though the employees at OpenAI are happy with the final outcome, should you communicate a leader’s transition where there won’t be a coming home, internal communication is as important—if not more—as external. - -Rule #6: Rule three spoke to ensuring employees understand a transition plan even before it happens. The same goes for consistent executive communications. In some cases, change management must be applied to help employees navigate the transition. A good communicator will ensure employees feel heard, valued, and informed for at least a year after the transition. - -Be Ready for the Media - -I’m positive that no one at OpenAI considered what would happen in the media when this news was announced. My sense is it was a knee-jerk decision, so there wasn’t a lot of strategic thought that went into it. An experienced communicator could sit in board meetings without participating and provide insight into how the media could react to news of an executive departing the company. This goes for stock price considerations, as well. - -Rule #7: Prepare for the media onslaught. Even if the transition isn’t high-profile, trade media could run with a story if the executive is well-known within the industry. A robust media plan is essential, including prepared statements, FAQs, and media briefings. This ensures that the company’s narrative doesn’t get lost in media speculation, which goes along with transparency, so no one speculates. But it’s worse when the media has to do it. - -Executive Communications Should Be Authentic - -The moral of the story is to be honest and authentic. We talk about authenticity A LOT around these parts. I have a company named Spin Sucks because of how much I believe in ethics, authenticity, transparency, and honesty. It’s how we should all live our lives—professionally and personally. - -So, the final rule, rule #8, is to be honest and authentic. Always. This is how you will build trust, which is incredibly important for achieving your vision, but also in times of crisis or when you make a mistake. If people trust you and they know you’re being your authentic self, your credibility will continue to shine. Admitting uncertainties or acknowledging challenges can enhance trust and credibility. Always err on the side of transparency. Always. - -Hang Out With Us - -The OpenAI saga is a powerful reminder that communicating an executive transition isn’t easy—and many things must be considered. As communicators, we play a crucial role in helping people get out of their own ways and see the forest for the trees. So get your butt out there and do exactly that! - -And, if you’d like to learn more about how to work with leadership teams and boards to prevent mishaps like OpenAI experienced, and you’re not already a part of the Spin Sucks Community, get your butt over there! - -It’s a community full of crazy, smart professionals. It’s free, fun, smart…and you might just learn a thing or two from your peers. I’ll see you next week!",1731883750,4dc781f5bc,44506fc64d,,,1731883750 -https://www.gamespot.com/articles/you-can-buy-avowed-with-wow-gold-heres-how/1100-6527800/?ftag=CAD-01-10abi2f,https://www.gamespot.com/feeds/mashup/mobile/,You Can Buy Avowed With WoW Gold--Here's How,"Avowed, the upcoming RPG from Fallout: New Vegas and The Outer Worlds developer Obsidian, will launch on Battle.net, and players can buy it with World of Warcraft's in-game currency, gold. - -Games on Battle.net can be purchased with Gold, and at the current rates, you'll need around 1.4 million gold to buy Avowed's $70 edition on Battle.net, according to PC Gamer. - -IGN explained the convoluted process of how it works, but it boils down to how WoW Tokens can be exchanged for a balance credit on Battle.net. WoW Tokens are available for $20, and these can be re-sold through WoW's in-game auction house in exchange for gold. That gold can then be exchanged for $15 worth of Battle.net balance after Blizzard's $5 cut. With the Battle.net balance, you can buy anything from the Battle.net store, including Avowed when it releases in February 2025. - -WoW Token prices fluctuate, but as of November 15, one WoW Token equals 269,433 gold. A total of five WoW Tokens would be necessary to buy the least-expensive version of Avowed, for a total of about 1.4 million gold. - -This is a pretty roundabout method of buying a game like Avowed, but it is possible, at least in theory. - -Avowed launching on Battle.net caught some people by surprise, but it isn't totally strange, as Microsoft now owns Battle.net by way of its purchase of Activision Blizzard. The game's $70 standard edition and $90 digital premium edition (which comes with five-day early access) will both be available on Battle.net. - -Alternatively, Avowed will launch on Xbox Game Pass for Ultimate subscribers. Avowed was originally set to launch in 2024 before being delayed to 2025. The delay wasn't for quality reasons, however, but came down to scheduling it to help Game Pass.",1731883672,362d58a422,4476dc0940,,,1731883672 -https://techncruncher.blogspot.com/2022/02/most-frequently-asked-questions-about.html,http://feeds.feedburner.com/TechCrunch/,Most Frequently Asked Questions About NFTs(Non-Fungible Tokens)," - - - -Non-fungible tokens (NFTs) are the most popular digital assets today, capturing the attention of cryptocurrency investors, whales and people from around the world. People find it amazing that some users spend thousands or millions of dollars on a single NFT-based image of a monkey or other token, but you can simply take a screenshot for free. So here we share some freuently asked question about NFTs. - -1) What is an NFT? - -NFT stands for non-fungible token, which is a cryptographic token on a blockchain with unique identification codes that distinguish it from other tokens. NFTs are unique and not interchangeable, which means no two NFTs are the same. NFTs can be a unique artwork, GIF, Images, videos, Audio album. in-game items, collectibles etc. - -2) What is Blockchain? - -A blockchain is a distributed digital ledger that allows for the secure storage of data. By recording any kind of information—such as bank account transactions, the ownership of Non-Fungible Tokens (NFTs), or Decentralized Finance (DeFi) smart contracts—in one place, and distributing it to many different computers, blockchains ensure that data can’t be manipulated without everyone in the system being aware. - -3) What makes an NFT valuable? - - - - - -The value of an NFT comes from its ability to be traded freely and securely on the blockchain, which is not possible with other current digital ownership solutionsThe NFT points to its location on the blockchain, but doesn’t necessarily contain the digital property. For example, if you replace one bitcoin with another, you will still have the same thing. If you buy a non-fungible item, such as a movie ticket, it is impossible to replace it with any other movie ticket because each ticket is unique to a specific time and place. - -4) How do NFTs work? - -One of the unique characteristics of non-fungible tokens (NFTs) is that they can be tokenised to create a digital certificate of ownership that can be bought, sold and traded on the blockchain. - -As with crypto-currency, records of who owns what are stored on a ledger that is maintained by thousands of computers around the world. These records can’t be forged because the whole system operates on an open-source network. - -NFTs also contain smart contracts—small computer programs that run on the blockchain—that give the artist, for example, a cut of any future sale of the token. - -5) What’s the connection between NFTs and cryptocurrency? - -Non-fungible tokens (NFTs) aren't cryptocurrencies, but they do use blockchain technology. Many NFTs are based on Ethereum, where the blockchain serves as a ledger for all the transactions related to said NFT and the properties it represents.5) How to make an NFT? - -Anyone can create an NFT. All you need is a digital wallet, some ethereum tokens and a connection to an NFT marketplace where you’ll be able to upload and sell your creations - -6) How to validate the authencity of an NFT? - -When you purchase a stock in NFT, that purchase is recorded on the blockchain—the bitcoin ledger of transactions—and that entry acts as your proof of ownership. - -7) How is an NFT valued? What are the most expensive NFTs? - -The value of an NFT varies a lot based on the digital asset up for grabs. People use NFTs to trade and sell digital art, so when creating an NFT, you should consider the popularity of your digital artwork along with historical statistics. - -In the year 2021, a digital artist called Pak created an artwork called The Merge. It was sold on the Nifty Gateway NFT market for $91.8 million. - -8) Can NFTs be used as an investment? - -Non-fungible tokens can be used in investment opportunities. One can purchase an NFT and resell it at a profit. Certain NFT marketplaces let sellers of NFTs keep a percentage of the profits from sales of the assets they create. - -9) Will NFTs be the future of art and collectibles? - -Many people want to buy NFTs because it lets them support the arts and own something cool from their favorite musicians, brands, and celebrities. NFTs also give artists an opportunity to program in continual royalties if someone buys their work. Galleries see this as a way to reach new buyers interested in art. - -10) How do we buy an NFTs? - -There are many places to buy digital assets, like opensea and their policies vary. On top shot, for instance, you sign up for a waitlist that can be thousands of people long. When a digital asset goes on sale, you are occasionally chosen to purchase it. - -11) Can i mint NFT for free? - -To mint an NFT token, you must pay some amount of gas fee to process the transaction on the Etherum blockchain, but you can mint your NFT on a different blockchain called Polygon to avoid paying gas fees. This option is available on OpenSea and this simply denotes that your NFT will only be able to trade using Polygon's blockchain and not Etherum's blockchain. Mintable allows you to mint NFTs for free without paying any gas fees. - -12) Do i own an NFT if i screenshot it? - -The answer is no. Non-Fungible Tokens are minted on the blockchain using cryptocurrencies such as Etherum, Solana, Polygon, and so on. Once a Non-Fungible Token is minted, the transaction is recorded on the blockchain and the contract or license is awarded to whoever has that Non-Fungible Token in their wallet. - -12) Why are people investing so much in NFT? - - - -Non-fungible tokens have gained the hearts of people around the world, and they have given digital creators the recognition they deserve. One of the remarkable things about non-fungible tokens is that you can take a screenshot of one, but you don’t own it. This is because when a non-fungible token is created, then the transaction is stored on the blockchain, and the license or contract to hold such a token is awarded to the person owning the token in their digital wallet. - - - -You can sell your work and creations by attaching a license to it on the blockchain, where its ownership can be transferred. This lets you get exposure without losing full ownership of your work. Some of the most successful projects include Cryptopunks, Bored Ape Yatch Club NFTs, SandBox, World of Women and so on. These NFT projects have gained popularity globally and are owned by celebrities and other successful entrepreneurs. Owning one of these NFTs gives you an automatic ticket to exclusive business meetings and life-changing connections. - -Final Saying - -That’s a wrap. Hope you guys found this article enlightening. I just answer some question with my limited knowledge about NFTs. If you have any questions or suggestions, feel free to drop them in the comment section below. Also I have a question for you, Is bitcoin an NFTs? let me know in The comment section below - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -",1731883632,f0ec6af36b,44ca195f5b,,,1731883632 -http://android-developers.googleblog.com/2024/09/welcome-to-ai-on-android-spotlight-week.html,https://android-developers.googleblog.com/feeds/posts/default,Welcome to AI on Android Spotlight Week," - - - -Posted by Joseph Lewis – Technical Writer, Android AI - -AI on Android Spotlight Week this year runs September 30th to October 4th! As part of the Android “Spotlight Weeks” series, this week’s content and updates are your gateway to understanding how to integrate cutting-edge AI into your Android apps. Whether you're a seasoned Android developer, an AI enthusiast, or just starting out on your development journey, get ready for a week filled with insightful sessions, practical demos, and inspiring success stories that'll help you build intuitive and powerful AI integrations. - -Throughout the week, we'll dive into the core technologies driving AI experiences on Android. This blog will be updated throughout the week with links to new announcements and resources, so check back here daily for updates! - -Monday: Getting started with AI - -Learn how to begin with AI on Android development. Understand which AI models and versions you can work with. Learn about developer tools to help you start building features empowered with AI. - -We'll guide you through the differences between traditional programming and machine learning, and contrast traditional machine learning with generative AI. The post explains large language models (LLMs), the transformer architecture, and key concepts like context windows and embeddings. It also touches on fine-tuning and the future of LLMs on Android. - -Read the blog post: A quick introduction to large language models for Android Developers - - - -A quick introduction to large language models for Android Developers - - - -Explore key concepts and understand the differences between traditional ML and generative AI; discover resources to integrate gen AI into your apps. - -We'll then provide a look behind the scenes at our work improving developer productivity with Gemini in Android Studio. We'll discuss Studio's new AI code completion feature, how we've been working to improve the accuracy and quality of suggested code, and how this feature can benefit your workflow. - -Read the blog post: Gemini in Android Studio: Code Completion gains powerful model improvements - - - -Generate useful prompts for app development in Android Studio - - - -The Android Studio team has been experimenting with several enhancements to code completion, resulting in a 40% relative increase in acceptance rate. - -Tuesday: On-device AI capabilities with Gemini Nano - -We're excited to offer developers experimental access to the latest version of Gemini Nano starting with the Pixel 9 series devices. Access to experiment with Gemini Nano gives you the ability to test on-device integrations with your apps. Note that experimental access is for development purposes, and is not for production usage at this time. - -Read the Gemini Nano experimental access blog post and developer guide. - - - -Gemini Nano is now available on Android via experimental access - - - -Gemini Nano with Multimodality, Google's on-device generative AI model offers privacy, offline functionality, integration guides, and more. - -As we bring powerful AI capabilities to your Android devices, we're equally committed to building privacy and safety into every interaction. Read our blog post for an intro into privacy and safety for Gemini Nano. It provides an introductory look into how Gemini Nano and AICore work together to deliver powerful on-device GenAI capabilities while prioritizing users’ privacy and safety. - -Read the blog post: An Introduction to Privacy and Safety for Gemini Nano - - - -An Introduction to Privacy and Safety for Gemini Nano - - - -Gemini Nano and AICore work together to enable on-device generative AI while preserving user privacy and safety. - -Ready to dive into the technical side of things? This video walks you through the process of accessing and utilizing Gemini Nano's capabilities, and how you can use open models on Android-powered devices. Discover how to integrate this cutting-edge technology into your own applications and unlock the potential of on-device AI. Whether you're a seasoned developer or just starting your AI journey, this video provides valuable insights and practical knowledge. - -Watch the video: A Walkthrough for Android’s on-device GenAI solutions - - - - - -Wednesday: On-device AI with custom models - -On Wednesday, we'll help you understand how to bring your own AI model to Android devices, and how you can integrate tools and technologies from Google and other sources. The ability to run sophisticated AI models directly on devices – whether it's a smartphone, tablet, or embedded system – opens up exciting possibilities for better performance, privacy, usability, and cost efficiency. - -Read the blog post: How to bring your own AI model to Android devices - - - -How to bring your own AI model to Android devices - - - -Bring your AI models to Android devices using Google's AI Edge platform, with tools and frameworks for building, deploying, and optimizing AI models. - -We'll also give you a detailed walkthrough of how Android developers can leverage Google AI Edge Torch to convert PyTorch machine learning models for on-device execution, using the LiteRT and MediaPipe Tasks libraries. This walkthrough includes code examples and explanations for converting a MobileViT model for image classification and a DIS model for segmentation, and highlights the steps involved in preparing these models for seamless integration into Android applications. By following this guide, developers can harness PyTorch models to enhance their Android apps with advanced machine learning capabilities. - -Read the blog post: PyTorch Machine Learning Models on Android - - - -PyTorch Machine Learning Models on Android - - - -Use Google AI Edge Torch to convert PyTorch models for use on Android devices. Convert a MobileViT model for image classification and add metadata. - -Thursday: Access cloud models with Android SDKs - -Tap into the boundless potential of Gemini 1.5 Pro and Gemini 1.5 Flash, the revolutionary generative AI models that are redefining the capabilities of Android apps. With Gemini 1.5 Pro and 1.5 Flash, you'll have the tools you need to create apps that are truly intelligent and interactive. - -On Thursday, we'll give you a codelab that'll help you understand how to integrate the Gemini API capabilities into your Android projects. We'll guide you through crafting effective prompts and integrate Vertex AI in Firebase. By the end of this hands-on tutorial, you'll be able to implement features like text summarization in your own app all powered by the cutting-edge Gemini models. - -Try the codelab: Add Gemini capabilities to your Android app - - - -Add Gemini capabilities to your Android app - - - -Learn how to add a simple Gemini API feature to an Android app with Vertex AI for Firebase. - -We'll publish a blog post exploring the potential of the Gemini API with case studies. We'll delve into how Android developers are leveraging generative AI capabilities in innovative ways, showcasing real-world examples of apps that have successfully integrated the Gemini API. From meal planning to journaling and personalized user experiences, the article highlights examples of how Android developers are already taking advantage of Gemini transformative capabilities in their apps. - -Read the blog: Gemini API in Action: Showcase of Innovative Android apps - - - -Gemini API in action: showcase of innovative Android apps - - - -Enhance user experience in your app with features like meal planning, journaling, and username generation by leveraging the power of generative AI. - -We've recorded a podcast episode with Jomin George from the team behind Life, a journaling app that integrated the Gemini API. Jomin shared his experience building a chatbot with Vertex AI in Firebase. - -Listen to the podcast: Integrating Gemini API in Android or watch the video version. - - - -Android Build Time with Christopher Cartland - - - -Welcome to Android Build Time! Listen to this episode to learn more about how you can leverage Gemini API in your app. - - - - - -We'll also share with you examples of advanced features of the Gemini API to go beyond simple text prompting. You'll learn how system instructions can shape the model behavior, how JSON support streamlines development, and how multimodal capabilities and function calling can unlock exciting new use cases for your apps. - -Read the blog: Advanced capabilities of the Gemini API for Android developers - - - -Advanced capabilities of the Gemini API for Android developers - - - -Developers can leverage advanced features of the Gemini API, like JSON support and function calling, to build generative AI features into their apps. - -Friday: Build with AI on Android and beyond - -As the capstone for AI on Android Spotlight Week, we'll host a discussion with Kateryna Semenova, Oli Gaymond, Miguel Ramos, and Khanh LeViet to talk about building with AI on Android. We'll explore the latest AI advancements tailored for Android engineers, showcasing how these technologies can elevate your app development game. Through engaging discussions and real-world examples, we will unveil the potential of AI, from fast, private on-device solutions using Gemini Nano to the powerful capabilities of Gemini 1.5 Flash and Pro. We'll discuss building generative AI solutions rapidly using Vertex AI in Firebase. And we'll dive into harnessing the power of AI with safety and privacy in mind. - -Watch the video: Build with AI on Android and beyond - - - - - -Work with Gemini beyond Android - -As we wrap things up for AI on Android Spotlight Week, know that we're striving to provide comprehensive AI solutions for cross-platform Gemini development. The AI capabilities showcased during Android AI Week can extend to other platforms, such as built-in AI in Chrome. Web developers can leverage similar tools and techniques to create web experiences enhanced by AI. Developers can run Gemini Pro in the cloud for natural language processing and other complex user journeys. Or, you explore the benefits of performing AI inferenceclient-side, with Gemini Nano in Chrome. - -Build with usability and privacy in mind - -As you embark on your AI development journey, we want you to keep in mind a few important considerations: - -Privacy: Prioritize user privacy and data security when implementing AI features, especially when handling sensitive user information. When it becomes available, opt for on-device AI solutions like Gemini Nano whenever possible to minimize data exposure. - -Prioritize user privacy and data security when implementing AI features, especially when handling sensitive user information. When it becomes available, opt for on-device AI solutions like Gemini Nano whenever possible to minimize data exposure. Seamless user experience: Ensure that AI features seamlessly integrate into your app's overall user experience. AI should enhance the user experience, not disrupt it. - -Ensure that AI features seamlessly integrate into your app's overall user experience. AI should enhance the user experience, not disrupt it. Ethical considerations: AI technologies are developed and deployed in a way that benefits society while minimizing potential harm. By considering fairness, transparency, privacy, accountability, and societal impact, developers can play a vital role in creating a future where AI serves humanity's best interests. Be mindful of the ethical implications of AI, such as potential biases in your AI models. Strive to create AI-powered features that are fair and inclusive. - - - - - -That's a wrap - -Android AI Spotlight Week 2024 is an opportunity to explore the latest in AI and its potential for Android app development. We encourage you to delve into the wealth of resources shared during the week and begin experimenting with AI in your own projects. The future of Android is rooted in AI and machine learning, and with the tools and knowledge shared during Android AI Week, developers are well-equipped to build the next generation of AI-powered apps. - -Next Steps - -If you are building generative AI features we would love to have a conversation with you! Complete this form to keep in touch. - -Follow Android Developers on X and Android Developers at LinkedIn, and remember to use the hashtag #AndroidAI to share your AI-powered Android creations, and join the vibrant community of developers pushing the boundaries of mobile AI.",1731883611,1ebe0fd7fe,449ddca6b2,,,1731883611 -https://www.uploadvr.com/xr-news-roundup-trivia-crack-world-airspace-defender-clone-drone/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,"XR News Round-Up: Trivia Crack World, Airspace Defender, Silent Hill 2 VR Mod & More","It's time for the latest edition of XR News Round-Up, bringing you quick updates on the biggest news stories we initially missed. - -Halfway through November, we've witnessed no end of high-profile VR games recently. Between Starship Troopers, DIG VR, and Spatial Ops, this week was no exception. With XR hardware, major stories include Meta showcasing Orion's OS interface and bHaptics announcing cheaper haptic vests and armbands, while Final Cut Pro now supports editing spatial videos. - -Our weekly newsletter and latest articles have the wider picture. For everything else, here's a few stories we'd like to highlight. - -Trivia Crack World Enters Full Release On November 28 - -0:00 / 0:30 1× - -After launching last year in early access, a new version of Trivia Crack World is coming to the Meta Quest platform on November 28 with solo play and multiplayer. You can freely explore the park, visit various attractions and the game promises ""thousands of questions"" across each trivia category - art, history, entertainment, sports, science (available December 10), and geography. - -Silent Hill 2 Remake PC VR Mod Now Supports Motion Controls - -The recent Silent Hill 2 Remake has received a VR mod from Praydog, best known for the universal UEVR Mod. This includes two-handed weapons and ranged weapon aiming, full melee combat, 6DOF roomscale with smooth movement, automatic disabling of VR features during cutscenes, and more. That's downloadable now for the PC version via GitHub. - -Clone Drone In The Hyperdome Is A VR Exclusive Sequel To An Indie Hit - -Clone Drone in the Hyperdome is the newly announced VR-exclusive sequel to 2021's flatscreen Clone Drone in the Danger Zone. Developed by Doborog, this upcoming roguelike sees you fighting a series of voxel opponents in an endlessly looping tournament. That's coming to Quest and Steam on December 12. - -Owlchemy's Dimensional Double Shift Reaches 200k Installs - -Dimensional Double Shift, a co-op party game that only uses hand-tracking, surpassed 200k downloads seven weeks after releasing its free open beta. Owlchemy Labs also confirmed that over 10 million players have slapped the AI assistant, ALICE, and over one million shifts have been carried out so far on Quest. - -Following the appropriately named 'Nightmares Update' during Halloween, the latest DigiGods patch, titled the Kaiju Update, is now live for the VR/MR sandbox game. Version 1.6 adds giant mechs and kaiju, new weaponized planes, a new rocket launcher with additional variants, and destructible items. - -Airspace Defender, the mixed reality game reminiscent of Missile Command, received its first major update since last month's launch. Simply titled the 'November Update,' it adds a spotlight to HQ for highlighting incoming threats, two new turrets, visual changes like new color palettes, and more. Further monthly updates will follow in the coming months. - -From new platform announcements to content updates, here's everything else we've seen this week. - -If you'd like to inform us about a VR game we should know about for this article or future updates, you can use our contact page or email tips@uploadvr.com with details.",1731883656,9397b145ff,44da5d530b,,,1731883656 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/golf/articles/c93q752078go,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,LPGA Annika: Nelly Korda puts in late birdie surge to win title in Florida,"American Nelly Korda overhauled England's Charley Hull on the back nine to win her third LPGA Annika title. - -The world number one started the final day one shot behind Hull, who had led from Thursday's opening round at the event, which is named in honour of Sweden's 10-time major champion Annika Sorenstam. - -But Korda had five birdies in a row from the 11th to move two strokes ahead of her rival with three holes to play at Pelican Golf Club in Florida. - -The 26-year-old held her nerve to par the last three holes and finish with a round of 67 and a total of 14 under. - -A dropped shot by Hull, who had been chasing back-to-back titles, on the 17th hole saw her drop out of contention and she finished with a 71 and a share of second on 11 under alongside China's Weiwei Zhang and Korea's Jin Hee Im.",1731883661,bcdff126e2,44c7e757de,,,1731883661 -https://www.avclub.com/silo-season-2-premiere-recap,https://www.avclub.com/rss,Silo season two is off to a slow but steady start,"Anyone hoping for kick-ass action in Silo’s returning hour is bound to be a little disappointed. The season-two premiere is less about Juliette Nichols facing new threats after venturing into the world and more about her realizing just how literally toxic and lonely it is out there. And yet, she carries on. Rebecca Ferguson single-handedly crushes it here, occupying most of the episode’s screen time solo. That alone makes “The Engineer” worth watching, even if Silo season two is off to a slow start. But it’s necessary to spend time with Juliette grasping the truth. And what is the truth? Let’s revisit season one before we fully unpack it. - -Here’s your extremely brief refresher because the Apple TV+ drama aired more than a year ago: Juliette, a genius mechanical engineer, has spent her whole life in an underground silo. The bunker has 140 floors and a population of more than 10,000 people, but no one can leave because the land outside has been uninhabitable for more than a century. In season one, Juliette eventually becomes the sheriff and secretly investigates her boyfriend’s mysterious death, discovering that the IT department is the true wicked mastermind that wants to control everyone. To stop her from revealing this information, she’s banished from the silo. Miraculously, she survives on the outside and finds out what the hell is actually going on. - -Juliette lives on because the suit she’s wearing is taped with high-quality material, unlike others who went outside in the past and dropped dead within minutes, including Sheriff Holston (David Oyelowo) and his wife, Alison (Rashida Jones). Now free to roam around, she spots a skyline silhouette far, far away. She treks her way through the vast, sunny land to discover the existence of several other underground bunkers nearby. They’re not alone! We still don’t know how many other siloes are actively populated and what they’re going through. - -What we do know—thanks to this new season’s cold open—is that decades ago at least one community near Juliette’s silo orchestrated a revolution and stormed out—only to quickly discover that the world was not fit for survival, dying within minutes. Now, years later, Juliette has come across their remains, stomping over them to get to the entrance of their silo. The wide shot of just how many skeletons there are is extremely jarring. It reinforces to us and Juliette that, despite a wicked agenda, people like IT head Bernard Holland (Tim Robbins) are keeping everyone safe. His methods are unhinged and wrong, but at least now she can see the truth with her own eyes. But will she be able to communicate it to any of her friends, like Lukas (Avi Nash), Shirley (Remmie Milner), or Martha (Harriet Walter)? - -There’s a small chance it might happen because Juliette does get inside the other silo. Once in, she sees that it’s constructed similarly, with the same winding stairways that connect all the floors. But unlike her bustling home base, this silo is deserted, dilapidated, dark, and extremely quiet. So off she goes, exploring it floor by floor. If she’s spooked, she doesn’t show it. Her first order of business is to find a change of clothes after she was forced to tear off the suffocating shield she was wearing. This means that her only form of survival on the ground is now in tatters. Then again, no one is more resourceful than her. - -The pace of this episode reminds us that there’s a reason Juliette is the chosen one. Determined to find the truth and equipped with good morals, she’s intelligent and also physically strong. She does a lot of transporting of unwieldy equipment here, including putting all her muscle into turning a heavy object into a bridge. She’s essentially fixing a small corner of this silo, with a lot of grunting and pushing involved. If only they’d light this adventure of hers properly. I get that this silo doesn’t have functioning electricity, but the darkness makes it annoying to watch unfold. - -Thankfully, by the end, Juliette realizes that she isn’t as alone as she thought. She hears notes of Henry Mancini’s “Moon River” playing and stealthily makes her way towards the music. She finally comes to a stop at a huge round door. What greets her from behind is a scary-looking pair of eyes. The man tells her to never, ever try to open the door or he’ll have to kill her. And just like that, welcome to Silo, Steve Zahn. No spoilers for anyone who hasn’t read the book, but he plays an important role with a fascinating backstory that I’m sure the series will leisurely unspool. Let’s see how Zahn fares opposite Ferguson. And let’s also see if next week’s second outing picks up the pace a bit. - -Stray observations",1731883669,66c132240d,45902e1758,,,1731883669 -https://www.getrichslowly.org/couple-money-talks/,https://www.getrichslowly.org/feed/,Learning to dance: How couples can have constructive conversations about money,"Today, the Get Rich Slowly summer of books concludes with an excerpt from Cashing Out: Win the Wealth Game by Walking Away from Julien and Kiersten Saunders. Julien and Kiersten are the power couple behind the rich & Regular blog and YouTube channel. The following excerpt from Cashing Out (published by Portfolio/Penguin) is used with permission. Copyright © 2022 by Rich & Regular LLC. This passage has been edited to be more readable on the web. - -Dr. Sue Johnson is a clinical psychologist who specializes in emotionally focused therapy. She says that when couples fight (regardless of the topic), they’re doing a dance. One partner makes a move, and the other one responds accordingly. She insists the dance is always the problem — not you, not me, not us — and not the topic. - -By focusing on the dance, we can shift our focus and look at our interaction patterns whenever there’s an issue. The rhythm of one person responding to the other person’s moves is what ultimately. defines the dance, and our ability to instinctively know when to reach and and grab the other’s hand for a spin requires what Dr. Johnson calls emotional attunement. - -If the conflict is the dance itself, think of your emotions as the music. Being emotionally attuned means you can both hear the same song, or at the very least can acknowledge that yours isn’t the only song playing. In other words, it’s not enough to just go through the moves together if one of you is grooving to Barry White and the other is swinging to Barry Manilow. - -When you’ve been in a pattern of avoiding conversations with your partner about money, it’s as if you’ve both been attending a silent disco. Everyone’s dancing, but you can’t hear any music. If you want to get attuned, it’s important to understand what unresolved money arguments sound like, emotionally speaking. - -Name-Calling: Conversations About Spending - -Over the years, we’ve met and spoken with hundreds of couples about money, and the most common argument we’ve heard is about spending. Latoya wants to know why her partner has more shoes than an NBA locker room, while Ricky wants to know why his front door has more boxes than an Amazon warehouse. - -In most cases, it’s clear that one person dragged the other to us because they needed them to understand something. They’ll say, “Y’all can explain it better than I can,” or, “Every time I try, it just goes in one ear and out the other.” It always reminds us of frustrated pet owners who bring Roscoe to a dog whisperer because nothing they’ve tried has worked: Roscoe just keeps peeing on the couch. - -Almost without fail, as they’re detailing the scene of the conflict, someone says something along the lines of “one of us is a saver and the other is a spender”. The premise is rooted in the assumption that the saver is the good guy, the responsible one, the one who makes the best or better decisions about money. On the other hand, the spender is the bad guy, the irresponsible one who always gets it wrong and needs to be fixed. - -For starters, we’re not relationship police doling out punishment to people who overspend at the mall. - -Second, we disagree with any framing that locks people into fixed financial identities. Those labels are just that — labels. And no single label can fully encapsulate anyone’s identity because in reality everyone spends. - -The idea of “savers” and “spenders” is simple, convenient, and easy to remember, but it’s not a reflection of the world we live in. Saving and spending are fluid concepts. The only difference between savers and spenders is the time horizon. - -Spenders are spending for today. Savers are setting aside money to spend in the future. - -For example, if we save $20,000 in one year to buy a car with cash, and then we spend that $20,000 the following year to get it, are we savers or spenders? It depends on which year you ask us, right? - -Getting attuned with your partner starts with freeing your relationship from the contraint of labels, and it’s the first step to inviting curiosity back into your conversations. Whenever you’re having a conversation about spending, you need to go into it acknowledging that there are no villains. Your ability to have a non-judgmental conversation about money requires swapping the paradigm from “good or bad” to “now or later”. - -J.D.’s note: Please go back and re-read that last sentence. It is so, so important. - -Whenever anybody spends money, they’re chasing a feeling, and the goal of the conversation is to find out what that feeling is. Whether it’s wanting to feel security, spontaneity, or pleasure, once you acknowledge that both you and your partner want the same thing — to feel something — the nature of the conversation becomes less about the spender/saver persona you’ve assigned each other and more about looking at the decision objectively and finding new, creative ways to reach the goal. - -Couples usually describe their goal as getting on the same page, but it’s important to go much deeper than that. The ultimate goal with your partner should be to achieve a state of harmony, where each person is allowed to express themselves fully in a way that contributes to your collective dance. - -Nagging: Conversations About Saving - -Not only does nagging strain a relationship, but it’s also guaranteed to put someone on the defensive because of its persistence. - -Saving money is an ongoing part of managing your finances. Over time, constant panicky warnings that someone should be saving more erode the ability to look at any situation objectively. This level of surveillance makes sense in totalitarian governments, but in relationships it’s conversational quicksand. The more you do it, the deeper you sink. - -Soon, the reminders about money blend with the daily chorus of other unsolicited prompts to wipe the counters or to take out the trash. It all begins to sound like a broken record. If you don’t get the tone right, at some point the person being nagged will start to think that your real beef is with them, and not about the money at all. - -Attunement in this area boils down to classic reframing. As we mentioned, saving is just “planning to spend later”, and guess what’s more fun than talking about what we’re not buying in the present? Obsessing over buying it in the future! - -Our tried-and-true advice for conversations about saving is to talk about your future plans. Meaningful conversations about future plans act like a release valve, giving a potentially high-pressure situation a chance to stabilize. - -Instead of saying, “Babe, what’s with all the Starbucks cups? We need to be saving, not slurping!”, start your request with an “I” statement. That indicates you’re participating in the conversation as a partner, not a parent. For instance: “I’m so excited to upgrade our TV. I think I’m going to cut back on Chipotle to see what kind of dent that makes in our saving goal. Would you consider doing the same for Starbucks? I’ll bet we could have the cash by November and catch a great deal instead of waiting.” - -Anticipation is a helluva drug, and there are positive psychological benefits when you look forward to something. Optimism is more reliable than willpower when it comes to doing things you don’t want to do. - -For instance, when we had to cut back on eating out in order to save for a vacation, we’d cook foods at home that were reflective of the local cuisine and play their local music to help set the scene. Sometimes we’d even YouTube the destination and watch other people’s experiences and anticipate what we were looking forward to the most. Not only were these small rewards a welcome distraction from another night in, but they also helped us become more disciplined. - -Blaming: Conversations About Debt - -It’s pretty common for one partner to owe more than the other, and that disparity can lead to feelings of resentment and insecurity. Constant reminders about how much debt somebody brings to a relationship, as well as the approach they use to tackle it, can be a source of tension. - -The person with the debt may feel a deep sense of shame from believing their debt means they’re wrong or bad. On the flip side, the person without debt can feel obligated to help pay for it, which can create resentment. Trying to dance to a song that’s composed of shame and obligation is like trying to waltz to “Cotton-Eyed Joe”. - -For Kiersten, the shame surrounding her debt triggered defensiveness. She’d mastered her ability to use religious platitudes whenever she didn’t know the answer to something. She was also accustomed to avoiding conflict in other areas of her life and had learned to live among her problems instead of trying to solve them. From that emotional vantage point, our initial conversation about her debt felt like a personal attack. (And to her credit, it was.) - -For us, attunement in this particular area required letting go. Kiersten needed to let go of any romantic notions of being rescued, and Julien needed to let go of his judgment. We both needed to let go of popular debt-payoff plans that treated debt as a moral failing, and learned how to strike a balance where frugality and flexibility could coexist. - -Once we teamed up, combined our finances, and started to pay off our debt together, we became critical of the social and cultural norms that created it to begin with. We learned to dance together. - -Our approach worked well for us, but there are legitimate reasons to tackle your debts separately, like eligibility restrictions on forgiveness plans or just personal preference. In those cases, you can agree that each person is responsible for their debt and that you won’t ever co-sign for loans together unless you both benefit from it equally. - -Either was is fine as long as you remember that regardless the path you choose, emotional attunement still makes it a highly coordinated effort where both people contribute to its success or its failure. - -“Tell Me More” - -In any money conversation you’re having, use the phrase “tell me more” as a way to indicate when you don’t understand your partner or need more context. It’s a signal that more context is needed and follow-up questions will allow a better understanding of the other person’s perspective. - -Judgement and harsh language are the equivalent of placing your finger on record player in the middle of your dance. That sharp and sudden scratch completely wrecks the flow and halts the conversation. But saying “tell me more” is a gentler nudge, inviting the other person to continue expressing themselves and feel encouraged to take a conversational risk. - -There’s an important caveat to using “tell me more” in charged situations. It’s impossible to feel curious and inquisitive when you also feel threatened and intimidated. - -After our first argument, it took a while for one of us (ahem, Julien) to regain the other’s trust related to sharing financial details. For a long time, one of us (ahem, Kiersten) would cry every time we talked about money because she was overwhelmed and replaying “if I’d known, I never would have dated you” in her head. - -In those moments, Julien wasn’t blasting Kiersten with the phrase like a fire extinguisher. In fact, using “tell me more” in times like these can do more harm than good, undermining its future use. In hotbed moments, good old-fashioned patience works best. Instead of forcing flammable conversations, you’re better off preserving the dance floor for future use.",1731883658,23807666f2,44d9e61919,,,1731883658 -https://www.npr.org/2022/11/21/1138339234/popular-advice-tips-borrowing-saving-spending-yale-economist,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Yale Economist James Choi Analyzes Popular Financial Advice : Planet Money : NPR,"One economist's take on popular advice for saving, borrowing, and spending - -Enlarge this image FREDERIC J. BROWN/AFP via Getty Images FREDERIC J. BROWN/AFP via Getty Images - -""Save aggressively for retirement when you're young."" ""The stock market is a sure-fire long-term bet."" ""Fixed-rate mortgages are better than adjustable-rate mortgages."" Popular financial advice like this appears in all kinds of books by financial thinkfluencers. But how does that advice stack up against more traditional economic thinking? - -That's the question Yale economist James Choi set out to answer in a paper called Popular Personal Financial Advice Versus The Professors. In this interview, he tells Greg Rosalsky what he found. Their talk marks another edition of Behind The Newsletter, in which Greg shares conversations with policy makers and economists who appear in the Planet Money newsletter. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884658,8181d7a585,453a4c98fd,,,1731884658 -https://healthtechinsider.com/2023/04/11/share-the-words-with-new-waverly-ambassador-wearable-interpreter/,http://healthtechinsider.com/feed/,Share the Words with New Waverly Ambassador Wearable Interpreter,"Share the Words with New Waverly Ambassador Wearable Interpreter - -Most of the newer hearable devices use in-the-ear or in the ear-canal designs. Waverly Labs‘ new Ambassador is an over-the-ear translation device that blocks excessive ambient sound without touching the inside of the wearer’s ear, for a more hygienic design. The Ambassador translates 20 languages and 42 dialects. When you control the Ambassador with an associated iOS or Android app, up to four people wearing Ambassadors can share the smartphone or tablet connection. - - - -The Ambassador can run up to four hours per battery charge, according to Waverly. The company also states that new Ambassador features improve voice capture accuracy and signal transmission strength. The Ambassador has three operational modes: listen, lecture, and converse, with different algorithms that optimize each listening situation. The Ambassador now has cross-talk filtering to ignore other voices when appropriate. Feedback loop filtering, another new feature, means that the wearable won’t continue in the translation mode during playback. You can also save custom terms with the interpreter’s app. - - - -In addition to the other improvements, Waverly added a transcription feature to the Ambassador. When you finish a session you exist the app without saving the transcription. If you save a transcription, you can listen to or read it on the smartphone display later or you can export the transcription file in PDF format to read or print later. - - - -This could be a valuable resource for healthcare professionals, as more and more patients in the U.S. are not native English speakers. A system like this eliminates the need to wait for a translator, and the transcription feature helps by generating a record of the conversation that can be shared with the patient. The Waverly Ambassador is available now on WaveryLabs‘ website.",1731883650,9bcb5eab31,44dd7dbaab,,,1731883650 -https://datainnovation.org/2024/10/latest-ftc-warning-about-algorithmic-pricing-runs-counter-to-facts/,https://www.datainnovation.org/feed/,Latest FTC Warning About Algorithmic Pricing Runs Counter to Facts,"Federal Trade Commission (FTC) Chair Lina Khan is once again stoking unsubstantiated fears about algorithmic pricing—the practice of using algorithms to offer customers different prices based on dynamic market conditions—but this time, her examples are so outlandish that it is hard to tell whether she is making a serious policy argument or auditioning to be a guest writer for a low-budget reboot of Black Mirror. - -In a recent speech, Chair Khan warned about “the possibility of each of us being charged a different price based on what firms know about us.” She cited two examples: first, “somebody being charged more for an airplane ticket because the company knows that they just had a death in the family and need to fly across the country,” and second, “a family where a kid has a nut allergy being charged more for the granola bars without nuts.” - -First, neither example withstands any serious scrutiny. For instance, many U.S. airlines offer bereavement policies that provide lower fares or greater flexibility for those traveling due to a family death. While airlines could charge more in these cases, they have chosen a more compassionate stance. Indeed, it may come as a surprise to the FTC chair, but not all big businesses are run by heartless cartoon villains scheming to exploit their customers. - -Consider the granola bar example. Businesses are already aware that many consumers who buy allergen-free products have allergies—they don’t need detailed consumer data to understand this. As one BBC article put it, “Manufacturers do not appear to gouge special-diet consumers simply because they can.” Rather, these businesses charge consumers more for allergen-free products due to the costs of maintaining allergen-free environments, the smaller economies of scale in selling niche products, and the liability risks if their products cause harm. - -Second, the FTC abandons any pretense of engaging in an honest discussion about algorithmic pricing by labeling it “surveillance pricing.” This choice of language is a deliberate tactic used by anti-tech activists to misrepresent data-driven technologies as “surveillance,” insinuating that they violate privacy, limit consumer control, and lack transparency. Critics of the tech industry often use terms such as “surveillance capitalism,” “surveillance advertising,” and “face surveillance” to describe otherwise innocuous activities, such as ad-supported businesses, personalized advertising, and facial recognition. - -Third, Chair Khan disregards the benefits that algorithmic pricing can offer consumers. By adjusting prices based on consumers’ ability to pay, algorithmic pricing can actually enhance overall welfare. Price differentiation is already a vital aspect of the global economy; for instance, companies often sell medicines or video games at reduced prices in low-income countries to increase accessibility, while charging higher prices in high-income countries. This principle applies domestically as well: if a single price is set, many low-income consumers could be priced out entirely. However, by offering lower prices for low-income consumers and higher ones for high-income consumers, sellers can broaden access, benefiting both consumers and producers. Consider discounts for seniors or students—would the FTC chair advocate for eliminating those as well? - -Bashing algorithmic pricing in public speeches may generate headlines, but it does little to advance the public discourse around the legitimate uses of technology. As the FTC continues to study this issue, it should stick to the facts and evidence, rather than get caught up in dystopian rhetoric disconnected from reality. - -Image Credits: Tom Williams/CQ Roll Call via AP Images",1731883651,e4a7f9406f,44bc7056f5,,,1731883651 -https://finovate.com/modifi-raises-15-million-in-series-c-funding/,https://finovate.com/feed/,MODIFI Raises $15 Million in Series C Funding,"Business payments platform MODIFI has secured $15 million in funding. - -The Series C round was led by SMBC Asia Rising Fund, and featured participation from existing investors Maersk, Intesa SanPaolo, and Heliad. - -MODIFI made its Finovate debut at FinovateEurope 2020 in Berlin, Germany. - -In a round led by SMBC Asia Rising Fund, B2B Buy Now, Pay Later platform MODIFI has raised $15 million in funding. The Series C round also featured participation from existing investors Maersk, Intesa SanPaolo, and Heliad. In addition to the investment, MODIFI and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (SMBC) have signed a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) to jointly advance digital solutions to support Asia-based SME exporters as they seek to grow their international trade operations. In a statement, the company underscored SMBC’s significant presence in the Asia-Pacific region, noting that SMBC brings capital and strategic alignment to the new relationship. - -“The funding underscores the strength of our business and the confidence our investors have in our vision for the future,” MODIFI CEO and Co-founder Nelson Holzner said. “As global commerce evolves, MODIFI is at the forefront, providing innovative solutions that empower businesses to scale and succeed across borders.” - -MODIFI, which stands for “Modern Digital Finance,” offers tools and solutions to optimize working capital and streamline cross-border payments. The company integrates advanced risk management with seamless payment processes to help businesses of all sizes expand their international operations. The fresh capital will help accelerate MODIFI’s expansion plans in high-growth markets such as China and India, where the company has already made inroads. A few weeks ago, MODIFI announced a strategic partnership with India’s Gujarat Industry Development Association (GIDA). This spring, the company announced a record year of business growth in China, with a 160x year-over-year increase in funding enabled for Chinese exporters. Together, SMBC and MODIFI plan to empower SMEs with new and innovative cross-border financial solutions via a series of joint initiatives, and to help these firms improve cash flow and expand their international reach. - -“Our mission is simple: We empower SMEs to compete and thrive in the global market with fast, flexible, and secure payment solutions,” Holzner said. “With this fresh funding, we’re set to redefine global trade finance — ensuring businesses of all sizes can unlock the liquidity and get the protection they need to grow internationally.” - -MODIFI made its Finovate debut at FinovateEurope 2020 in Berlin, Germany. At the conference, the company demonstrated its MODIFI Hub, which enables SMEs using MODIFI’s digital platform to check available limits, manage transactions, and request financing in less than 10 minutes. - -Founded in 2018, MODIFI serves more than 1,700 customers in 55+ countries. The company has facilitated more than $3 billion in global trade, and was recognized this year by the Financial Times and Statista as one of the fastest-growing European fintech companies. - -Photo by anna-m. w. - -Views: 281",1731883635,1a585e84c9,45125c03d7,,,1731883635 -https://esportsedition.com/featured/hearthstone-legend-guide/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Hearthstone Legend Guide: Tips to Make the Final Push to Legend,"Hearthstone players stuck at ranks 5 to 10 sometimes cannot understand what exactly is going wrong. They refuse to accept their misplays and try to find other reasons for failures. Oftentimes they blame imbalanced decks and matchmaking system, which constantly pairs them with unfavorable opponents, as well as a new expansion that “completely ruined” the game. - -In this guide we will cover basic tips which will help you get out of these negative mindsets and start climbing the ladder. - -Introduction and Basic Tips - -Let’s start off with one simple thing: randomness is not what slows down your ranked climb. Perhaps randomness is what makes Hearthstone fun and fascinating. But if it all was about random, there would not have been competitive aspect involved, no tournaments, no professional players who get their Legend in one day, no thousands of players in Legend, no questions about how to climb Legend, etcetera. - -Get ready for both a series of victories and a series of defeats. While climbing the ladder, you will periodically lose stars. It can be frustrating to run in circles with the win rate of 50%. If you do, then you probably make certain mistakes and rely on randomness and your opponents’ mistakes. This approach will not get you far. - -But it should not get you tilted. If you make the right moves and plays, then defeats will not distract you from the ultimate goal. Players who do not realize this often fall into destructive mindsets. As a result, they try to change decks and, due to emotional distress, start to play even worse than usual. - -What you should aim for is a stable deck with minimum missplays from your side. As NickChipper once mentioned in one of his streams, winning 6 games out 10 will eventually get you to Legend. Here are some tips that can get you to the point of 60% win rate and improve your performance. - -Learn Popular Decks in the Meta - -You do not want to play perfect against all the archetypes (in fact you cannot), but you should have an idea of ​​the general strategy and key mechanics in a particular matchup. What is the win condition of your opponent? What are his weak points? And his strengths? Always keep in mind the worst probability events, what will it lead to and how could you solve it. This is extremely important. - -Study the most common opponents and try to play 10 to 20 matches with them. Study the cards and mechanics they use most often. Understand their strengths and weaknesses, their win conditions and the combination of cards/spells. All this will give you a huge advantage over opponents. However, for a true understanding of a deck, you still have to play a few matches with the deck itself. - -Slow Down Your Play - -It would seem that this advice is so obvious. But Hearthstone can be deceptively obvious and simple sometimes. It is not even about problems with calculating lethal (which is still very widespread at low rating), but about using your resources wisely and not giving up your removals. - -Take your time choosing the right option. You must always think, check, and double-check which move will be the best in a particular situation. This is often neglected by those who play combo or agro decks. Sometimes, it’s not even about playing what is best this turn, but taking into account the long-term ramifications. Does your opponent have any removals? If they do, will it be crucial for you? What is the left-most card in his hand? Why does he keep it? - -It all depends on peculiarities of a deck and particular matchup. Everything comes with the experience and practice. That’s why you should play a lot, preferably on one strong deck at first. - -Gather Statistics - -Keeping statistics significantly improves your skill. Even a small percentage of games allows you to determine how successful the deck is, when you should stop and when you should make a push. Study most played decks in the Ladder, daily class frequency (the meta changes on a daily basis), and deck archetype matchups. There are numerous handy platforms out there with abundant statistics. - -This will allow you to study the most widespread decks in the ladder and how to counter them. It can dramatically boost your win rate if you know when and how exactly to counter a particular deck and archetype. - -Play One Deck and Don’t Change It - -If you are reading this article, then you are not likely a guru of Hearthstone. You may be playing a lot, but you are stuck at a rank 5 to 10 plateau. And if you think that it is all about randomness and being unlucky, then by playing a variety of different decks you only maximize the randomness. - -Just bare with it: you need one stable deck that guarantees you 55% to 60% win rate. It’s not even about one deck, but about your proficiency and understanding of this one deck. This proficiency will give you these precious 10% to 15% that will eventually get you to the Legend. - -You can resort to counter picks and rely on the strength of a particular deck against another one, but it will not work out on the long run. This is a great strategy for those who play in the top 50. They know their opponents perfectly, they understand the meta, and if they counter a particular deck, it will easily get them to the top 10 in just one game. - -For better or worse, if you are not in Legend, you should play by different rules at your rating. Just watch streams of pro players, for instance. You will see that they usually use one deck for climbing. And they can easily get top rank in a span of several hours. - -Usually, there are three main decks that dictate the meta. On your way to the Legend, you want to solely rely on them. - -Final Thoughts - -Your first climb to the Legend is a difficult but very exciting road. While climbing the ladder, keep in mind these tips! Constantly improve your skills! Remember that progress can be frustrating and slow at first. Everyone has been through this. - -Mastering the fundamentals of Hearthstone is incredibly simple, but at high levels you will have to always analyze your actions and strive to improve them. Be persistent and be ready to spend a lot of time on the game, and sooner or later you will achieve Legend!",1731883675,76f59da961,459c60bade,,,1731883675 -https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/aws-buildercards-second-edition-available-at-reinvent-2024-and-online/,https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/feed/,AWS BuilderCards second edition at re:Invent 2024,"I have been following the progress of AWS BuilderCards for several years. Players of all skill levels use the cards to learn about AWS in a fun and engaging way, competing (in a friendly fashion) to combine their cards to form architectures, gaining knowledge and scoring points as they play: - -To date, more than 15,000 sets of BuilderCards have been printed and put to use over the course of three re:Invents, fifteen AWS Summits, and multiple community events. For example, here is a group of AWS enthusiasts having a good time in Tokyo during JAWS Days 2024: - -Feedback from players has been incredibly positive, with a 4.8 star customer satisfaction score (CSAT) across more than 1500 replies. - -Second Edition Now Available - -I am happy to announce that the second edition of AWS BuilderCards will be distributed at re:Invent 2024 and will soon be available for purchase online. In response to feedback on the first edition, we have made many changes to the second edition. Here’s a summary: - -Design — The revised design focuses on the contents of the card, with additional gradients and patterns to make the cards more attractive and playful. The font size was increased, game effects are now represented as icons, and the QR codes now point to the BuilderCards site: - -Game Mechanics — The mechanics have been revised to improve balance, simplify play, and remove some bias. There are also some starter cards that represent a common on-premises data center environment. - -Generative AI Add-On Pack — This new deck includes 50 additional BuilderCards designed to show how Generative AI and AWS architecture align. This add-on pack also includes a set of Mission cards. These cards add context, with QR codes that link to published best practices or solutions. The cards are larger, with additional text and an architecture diagram. Use is optional, with players earning extra points for completing a mission. Each deck also includes five blank BuilderCards and two blank Mission cards to support customization: - -Get Your BuilderCards - -If you will be at re:Invent 2024, make plans to visit the BuilderCards play area on Level 1 of Caesar’s Forum next to the PeerTalk area: - -Sunday – 10 AM to 6 PM - -Monday – 9 AM to 5 PM - -Tuesday – 9 AM to 5 PM - -Wednesday – 9 AM to 5 PM - -Thursday – 9 AM to 4 PM - -You can play against other re:Invent attendees and also get your own game and add-on packs to take home (we’ll give away 1,000 per day). Thanks to hard work by Masanori Yamaguchi (AWS Hero) and Kosuke Enomoto (AWS Community Builder) we will also have BuilderCards in Japanese for on-site play. You can read Kosuke’s blog post (AWS BuilderCards Japanese Edition for JAWS DAYS) to learn more about the translation process. - -If you won’t be able to attend re:Invent, you will soon be able to purchase a deck of your own. Check back here for more info! - -Stay Tuned - -The BuilderCards team is working on additional goodies including expansion packs and additional language packs. - -— Jeff;",1731883610,cabe785f85,45033f9560,,,1731883610 -https://www.gamespot.com/articles/ea-sports-games-are-50-off-fc-25-with-steelbook-case-madden-25-nhl-25/1100-6527807/?ftag=CAD-01-10abi2f,https://www.gamespot.com/feeds/mashup/mobile/,"EA Sports Games Are 50% Off - FC 25 With Steelbook Case, Madden 25, NHL 25","If you're shopping for a sports fan this holiday, four of this year's EA Sports games are on sale for 50% off in early Black Friday sales at Amazon and Walmart. The limited-time promotion includes Madden NFL 25, EA Sports FC 25, NHL 25, and F1 2024. All four regularly sell for $70, but you can grab them for only $35 each right now. Amazon is offering the price cut for PlayStation and Xbox versions of each game. - -If you're picking up EA Sports FC 25, you'll also want to check out Walmart's deal. Not only is the soccer sim on sale for only $35, but it also comes with an exclusive Real Madrid steelbook case. Walmart's steelbook freebie is available for PS5 and Xbox Series X versions of EA Sports FC 25. And while it doesn't come with a steelbook, the Nintendo Switch version of FC 25 is $35 at Walmart, too. Amazon sold out of the Switch deal, so grab it from Walmart while you can. - -With the exception of NHL 25, which is exclusive to current-gen consoles, PS4 and Xbox One players can also take advantage of these steep discounts. The Xbox edition of Madden, NHL, and F1 grants access to Series X and Xbox One versions. For PlayStation, there are separate physical editions for PS5 and PS4. The PS4 disc comes with a free upgrade to the PS5 version. Though this free upgrade is technically for the digital version, the disc must remain in your console to play. - -With the exception of NHL 25, which is exclusive to current-gen consoles, PS4 and Xbox One players can also take advantage of these steep discounts. The Xbox edition of Madden, NHL, and F1 grants access to Series X and Xbox One versions. For PlayStation, there are separate physical editions for PS5 and PS4. The PS4 disc comes with a free upgrade to the PS5 version. Though this free upgrade is technically for the digital version, the disc must remain in your console to play.",1731883666,362d58a422,459dd20b32,,,1731883666 -https://www.dexerto.com/tv-movies/landman-episode-2-recap-2978479/,https://www.dexerto.com/feed/,Landman Episode 2 recap: Three friends and a finger,"After the dramatic ending of Episode 1, Landman Episode 2, ‘Dreamers and Losers’ sees Tommy deal with the emotional aftermath of the devastating explosion. (Warning: spoilers ahead!) - -The ending of Landman’s first episode left viewers with many questions. Did Luis, Armando or Elvio survive the oil well explosion? How are Tommy and Monty going to deal with the fallout? And will Tommy and his daughter ever be able to have a normal conversation? - -Clearly, Taylor Sheridan is just getting started with his new series. We’ve been introduced to the foul-mouthed Tommy Norris and his no-nonsense approach to oil rigging, but with the problems already starting to pile up, he might be in over his head. - -Article continues after ad - -Episode 2 picks up directly where the first left off, so let’s recap exactly what happens. - -Landman Episode 2 recap - -Episode 2 opens with the aftermath of that horrific explosion in the first episode. Cooper is alive and conscious, but just barely. The same can’t be said for Luis, Armando or Elvio. - -Article continues after ad - -At home, Tommy and Nate debate over whether it’s cigarettes or sugar that kills you. Ainsley is still there, and when seeing that her boyfriend Dakota Loving is gone (thank God), she freaks out, despite being the one to tell him to leave in the first place. - -Article continues after ad - -There’s a brief naked run-in between Dale and Ainsley when he arrives home for a shower (without knowing she’s currently in there), that leaves him with a broken nose and her traumatized. After some bathroom negotiations, Tommy gets a call alerting him to the accident on Cooper’s site. - -Paramount - -At his mansion, Monty tells Tommy an attorney is on the way to help deal with the plane fiasco from Episode 1, but soon finds out about the “blowout”. From his pained and angered response, clearly Monty is under some stress. - -Article continues after ad - -Tommy arrives at the accident and jumps into action. He finds Cooper, but seems less concerned with his son’s safety than he is about finding out whether he shut the valve off. He succeeds in doing it himself, but mutilates his finger in the process. Nothing a cigarette on an explosion site can’t fix! - -Article continues after ad - -At the airport, attorney Rebecca Falcone arrives to help M-TEX Oil sort out their latest woes. - -Hospitals and house calls - -At the hospital, Tommy calls Angela to let her know about Ainsley’s breakup and Cooper’s accident. When a doctor comes to see him, Tommy denies surgery to replace the tip of his thumb and simply whips out a pocket knife. The doctor watches in horror as Tommy cuts off the mangled end of his finger so they can stitch it up. - -Article continues after ad - -He then gets a call from the Sheriff, telling him they’ve found a body at the well. But it’s so burned they can’t tell who it is. In the ER, he talks to Cooper, who’s distraught about the loss of his three new friends. - -Paramount - -But Tommy’s been through this before, and he’s more than prepared to skip the mourning to do what he has to do and tell the Medina family what happened. He strongly encourages Cooper to think about another career before he’ll have to do the same thing on his behalf. - -Article continues after ad - -Article continues after ad - -Monty and his family are at an athletics meet, watching his daughter compete. But Monty is still on the phone, trying to work out how to proceed after the accident. They agree to give the family of Luis, Armando and Elvio some money for compensation. Tommy arrives at the Medina home with the troubling task of telling them all three men died. - -The trouble with lawyers - -After another confusingly flirty call with Angela, Tommy agrees to meet Rebecca. He takes her to the site of the blowout, and the two argue whether the risk is just part of the job, or whether it’s down to neglect and faulty equipment. She wants to speak to Cooper, but Tommy deflects her. Despite their disagreements, Rebecca insists she’s on his side. - -Article continues after ad - -Monty and his wife, Cami, are at a company dinner when he gets a call from Tommy, furious that they’ve sent Rebecca, who will come down hard on any poor standards. As he tells Monty, “You don’t have a well that will pass OSHA standards Monty.” Clearly, they’ve been cutting corners somewhere. - -Article continues after ad - -But Monty isn’t having it, telling Tommy, “The boss is me, and don’t you ever raise your f**king voice at me again.” - -Article continues after ad - -Paramount - -Tommy then has a run of bad phone calls, including ones from Ainsley asking for him to fetch her a burger and Angela asking (yet again) if she needs to come to Midland to help with the kids. - -When Tommy gets home, he and Ainsley have dinner together. She finds out that Cooper dropped out of school to work on the patch for Tommy. When Ainsley absent-mindedly calls him a “loser”, Tommy looks hurt, and tells her, “losers come here to win.” - -Article continues after ad - -Like father, like son - -The next day, Cooper finally gets out of the hospital. In the car on the way home, he and Tommy argue about why Cooper wants to be a landman instead of finishing school. Cooper clearly wants to be like the wealthy Monty Miller, but Tommy tells him that for every Monty, there’s 100 of him. - -Article continues after ad - -When Cooper tells him the only difference between Tommy and Monty is that “Monty didn’t quit”, Tommy slams the car to a stop. “I didn’t quit, I bled out,” he shouts at his son. He harshly reminds Cooper that his crew his now dead. - -Article continues after ad - -But Cooper is insistent that he wants to run an oil company one day. He begs Tommy to put him on another crew. Despite hesitating, Tommy promises he will. - -Landman Episode 3 will arrive on Paramount+ on November 24. - -For more Sheridan, check out our guides to Yellowstone Season 5 Part 2, 6666, and The Madison. Don’t miss all the other new TV shows out this month, either.",1731883631,9d7eb4fc17,4578ea5314,,,1731883631 -https://www.vg247.com/its-in-the-game-madden-nfl-documentary-trailer-release-date,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"It's In The Game: Madden NFL is about to give EA's American football series the documentary treatment, and here's hoping it does a deep-dive on that Greg Jennings touchdown","If you want to learn more about the behind-the-scenes path that's led EA's Madden series to the point it's at with this year's confusingly named Madden NFL 25, I've got good news for you. It's In The Game: Madden NFL, a documetary about the series, is set to drop on Amazon Prime Video later this month. - -Yep, forget about playing virtual American football as we enter the period of the real-world NFL season that's either very nice, just kinda there, or the most depressing thing you've even been through - depending on whether your team's 7-2, 5-4, or 2-7 - it's time to watch something about virtual football. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -The four-part docuseries is set to arrive on the streaming service on November 26, and it's just gotten a nice trailer that offers a taste of what you can look forward to seeing. Basicially, it seems, a lot of people from the 90s going 'what, a video game about a thing millions of people like, how can that possibly end up being a good idea?', John Madden coming along to save things with his charm and name value, and then the gradual charge towards today's entries. - -""It’s one of the biggest video games of all time, a groundbreaking brand that became a worldwide phenomenon, spanning generations—but it almost never happened,"" reads the blurb, ""Now, 36 years after the first game's release, EA Sports gives viewers unprecedented access to the makers of game that changed the game, and our culture too."" - -I'll be honest, I'm just hoping we get some fun chatter about stuff like how utterly unstoppable Madden 2004 Michael Vick was, and maybe a few refences to possibly the most infamous Madden play of all time, Greg Jennings putting the team on his back to somehow score a TD with a broken leg. - -Like, come on EA, please tell us how an admittedly good Packers reciever ended up being able to overcome the laws of the universe to sneak past Darren Sharper, one of the most hardest hitting safeties in the league. Was it a glitch, can all Madden players still secretly do this if the mood strikes them, or does fate only unleash this kind of thing if it knows you're immediately going to record you saying something funny over the replay before sticking it on YouTube for prosperity? Or was Madden 2010 Greg Jennings just a tank? - -Anyway, this is a thing, and if you want more Madden, you can read my review of this year's entry, Madden NFL 25.",1731883697,374d98cbb9,45c098df63,,,1731883697 -https://uxdesign.cc/designing-for-inclusivity-2107f9b68d6d?source=rss----138adf9c44c---4,https://uxdesign.cc/feed,Designing for inclusivity,"Diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) are taking center stage in corporate conversations, and many companies are investing deeply in DEI frameworks and KPIs, aiming for fair treatment and full participation for everyone, especially those who have historically been marginalized due to identity or ability. - -But before jumping on the DEI bandwagon, let’s pause and ask: Do we really need a complete overhaul, or is DEI just “common sense” that managers should instinctively embrace? Through our experience helping clients embed inclusive practices, we’ve found that while DEI initiatives can be resource-intensive, they don’t have to be. Often, it’s simply about being more human. - -№1. Tackling the Diversity Learning Curve - -At its heart, design is about the human experience, and designing DEI programs is no different. It’s about embracing the broadest range of human diversity — considering ability, language, culture, gender, age, and more. But here’s the twist: sometimes, even the “broadest range” isn’t broad enough!",1731883653,efe18eb280,458f462f41,,,1731883653 -https://blockonomi.com/neiro-token-records-30-weekly-growth-amid-rising-market-indicators/,https://blockonomi.com/feed/,Neiro Token Records 30% Weekly Growth Amid Rising Market Indicators,"TLDR - -Neiro (NEIRO) has seen a 30.29% weekly surge and 26.91% monthly gain - -Currently trading at $0.002664, up 12.06% in 24 hours but 15% below recent ATH - -RSI increased from 63 to 67 in 24 hours, indicating strong buyer control - -Exchange flow balance dropped 99.43% from 1.23B to 7.04M tokens - -Total holder count has grown to 19.8k, suggesting increased adoption - -The cryptocurrency market has witnessed notable movement in the memecoin sector, with Neiro (NEIRO) emerging as a standout performer. - -Recent market data shows Neiro trading at $0.002664, marking a 12.06% increase over the past 24 hours. - -The token’s performance extends beyond daily gains, with weekly charts showing a 30.29% increase and monthly data indicating a 26.91% rise. - -These figures place Neiro among the stronger performers in the current market cycle, though the token currently sits 15% below its all-time high reached earlier this week. - -Technical indicators paint a clear picture of buyer momentum in the Neiro market. The Relative Strength Index (RSI) has moved from 63 to 67 within a 24-hour period, suggesting increasing buying pressure. - -This technical indicator typically serves as a gauge for market momentum, with readings above 50 indicating buyer control. - -Market analysis reveals that buyers have actively participated during recent price dips, particularly when the token reached $0.0022 after its recent all-time high. This buying behavior has contributed to the token’s price stability and recovery pattern. - -The Moving Average Convergence Divergence (MACD) indicator adds weight to the bullish case. Current readings show the MACD line positioned above its signal line, a pattern typically associated with upward price momentum. This technical formation often precedes continued price appreciation in cryptocurrency markets. - -On-chain data provides additional context for Neiro’s market performance. The exchange flow balance has seen a dramatic reduction over the past month, falling from 1.23 billion Neiro tokens to 7.04 million. This 99.43% decrease suggests fewer tokens are moving to exchanges for potential sales. - -The reduced exchange inflow often indicates a preference among token holders to maintain their positions rather than sell. This behavior typically results in decreased selling pressure on the token’s market price. - -Holder statistics show growing interest in Neiro, with the total number of addresses holding the token reaching 19,800. This metric serves as a basic measure of market participation and adoption, with increasing numbers typically viewed as a positive market signal. - -Trading volumes have remained steady throughout the recent price movement, providing liquidity for both buyers and sellers. This market depth allows for price discovery and helps maintain market stability during periods of increased trading activity. - -Price action shows clear support levels forming at previous resistance points, creating a ladder-like pattern in the token’s upward movement. These technical formations often provide stability during market corrections and serve as launching points for new price moves. - -Recent market data indicates that Neiro has maintained its upward trajectory despite broader market volatility. The token has shown resilience during market-wide corrections, often recovering more quickly than its peers. - -Trading patterns reveal increased activity during Asian market hours, suggesting growing interest from Eastern markets. This geographic diversity in trading activity often contributes to more stable price action across different time zones. - -The token’s market capitalization has grown in line with its price appreciation, though it remains relatively small compared to larger cryptocurrency projects. This smaller market cap allows for greater price movement in either direction based on market dynamics. - -Current resistance levels suggest $0.0031 as the next major price target for Neiro. This level represents a potential catalyst point for future price action, should current market conditions persist. - -Market makers have maintained relatively tight spreads during recent trading, indicating healthy market structure despite the rapid price appreciation. This market efficiency helps reduce friction for traders entering and exiting positions. - -Latest data shows continued accumulation by existing holders, with wallet analysis revealing a trend toward longer holding periods. The average time tokens spend in wallets before moving has increased over the past month.",1731883621,0902409fa9,45e49b8a99,,,1731883621 -https://www.wired.com/review/carol-bike/,http://feeds.wired.com/wired/index,Carol Bike Review: 5-Minute HIIT Workouts That Work,"I was prepared to mock the Carol Bike relentlessly. The reason you buy this insanely expensive exercise bike is to access Carol Bike’s signature reduced-exertion high-intensity interval training (REHIT) workouts. This is a signature five-minute workout that consists of two 20-second sprints, bracketed by a warmup, rest, and cooldown period. - -You can only do REHIT workouts on a Carol Bike because the bike applies and removes resistance instantaneously, and Carol’s AI-enabled algorithms are able to personalize the exact level of resistance you need for each interval. The company makes all sorts of hyperbolic claims about this workout—for example, saying that five minutes on the bike is equivalent to a 45-minute run. - -The day I received my tester, I texted my cyclist friends, to uproarious laughter all around. “A stationary? For five minutes a day????” my BFF texted back. It is to my grave disappointment that I must report that after two weeks of riding the Carol, I … love it. Although I have yet to see improvement on my metrics—Carol notes that it can take up to eight weeks—I already feel stronger. You incorporate REHIT into your existing routine, instead of replacing it. - -Photograph: Adrienne So - -Tiny and Sensible - -I’ve tested other exercise bikes before and there are a few significant differences with the Carol Bike. First, the footprint is tiny—a mere 45.5 x 22 inches. This is much smaller than the NordicTrack, which is 55 inches long (the NordicTrack is more than $1,000 cheaper). It’s small enough that I wasn’t bothered (too much) by placing it off to the side in my kid’s playroom. - -The screen also isn’t proprietary to the bike. On my tester, the assembly company simply unboxed a Lenovo Tab P11 and put it on a magnetic rack where the screen would go. As far as Android tablets go, it’s just OK. But as an exercise bike’s touchscreen, it’s great! - -The OLED screen is bright and sharp, and the touchscreen responsive. I find Android OS to be, uh, quirky? But if all you’re doing is running a simple Bluetooth-connected exercise program, it’s more than fine.",1731883641,bc78e81c60,45c16505c0,,,1731883641 -https://new.nsf.gov/news/week-nsf-director-panchanathan-70,https://www.nsf.gov/rss/rss_www_news.xml,This week with NSF Director Panchanathan,"This week, Director Sethuraman Panchanathan underscored the progress and accomplishments that NSF investments are having on innovation and research. - -The director traveled to Omaha, Nebraska, to attend the 28th NSF Established Program to Stimulate Competitive Research (NSF EPSCoR) National Conference hosted by the University of Nebraska at Omaha. Panchanathan met with University of Nebraska System President Jeffrey Gold and delivered a keynote speech highlighting NSF EPSCoR's transformative impact in creating an inclusive research ecosystem in the United States. The director emphasized EPSCoR's vital role in response to the ""Chips and Science Act of 2022,"" which set targets for investments to advance innovative ideas in STEM and rapidly translate them into solutions. - -Credit: Amanda Greenwell/NSF EPSCoR conference on October 15,2024. With Dr. Panch giving keynote remarks; Dr. Panch meets with the University of Nebraska System president, Jeffrey Gold; and A researcher presents their poster to Dr. Panch. - -The EPSCoR program supports NSF's overall goal of promoting the progress of scientific development. EPSCoR continues to evolve and adapt to fuel discoveries by building research infrastructures, fostering innovation and enhancing collaboration in jurisdictions that have not always been represented before in the research landscape. - -Later in the week, the director met with Brian Schmidt, a Nobel Prize laureate in physics who NSF has supported, and delegates from the Embassy of Australia representing the Australian National University and the Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organization. The group discussed opportunities to enhance collaborative research between NSF and Australia, strengthening NSF's international partnerships. - -Additionally, the director recognized the success of the NSF-led National Artificial Intelligence Research Resource (NAIRR) Pilot since its inception in January 2024. The NSF-led NAIRR pilot continues to bring cutting-edge AI resources to researchers and educators across the United States. As AI impacts the nation, the nation must have an opportunity to impact AI.",1731883635,9816183432,46008de406,,,1731883635 -https://www.cnbc.com/2024/11/16/anna-marie-ortiz-took-a-pay-cut-to-work-for-herself-doesnt-regret-it.html,https://www.cnbc.com/id/100003114/device/rss/rss.html,'I love being my own boss': 30-year-old quit her job and halved her salary to run her side hustle full-time,"In 2023, Anna-Marie Ortiz worked remotely for a fintech startup, where she earned $60,000 a year. She liked the job well enough, but wasn't sure what her future at the company would look like. ""I realized I can't wait around for other people's dreams, and that's when I decided to go all in on mine,"" she tells CNBC Make It. That July, Ortiz used the last of her $2,000 in savings to start a cleaning company on the side. By November, she took the business, Cool Aunt Cleaners, full-time. Although she's only able to pay herself around $29,000 this year — a significant pay cut from her last position — she's happy with her choice to strike out on her own. ""I love being my own boss,"" she says. ""It allows me the flexibility to make my own decisions and create a work environment that reflects my values."" - -Becoming an entrepreneur in her 20s - -Cool Aunt Cleaners isn't Ortiz's first experience with entrepreneurship. After working at a series of tech startups in her early 20s, she opened a plant store in Wichita, Kansas, in 2020. Although the store closed in early 2021, it taught her about managing inventory, customer service and budgeting — key lessons she later applied to launching Cool Aunt Cleaners. Ortiz decided to start a cleaning business instead of another retail store because of the low startup costs and solid return on investment, she says. Low overhead gave her the flexibility to start solo and gradually expand, hiring employees as demand increased. She also liked that cleaning is a ""tried and true"" service that's been ""around forever,"" giving her hope that the business would offer stability for her future. - -Anna-Marie Ortiz cleaning an apartment. Matt Wolcott | CNBC Make It - -In its first month, Cool Aunt Cleaners brought in about $2,600 in revenue. That has steadily grown over time, and the business has brought in about $10,000 per month so far in 2024. After taking Cool Aunt Cleaners full time in November 2023, Ortiz was eager to scale it up. She hired four employees, but quickly realized the challenges of expanding too fast. She decided to scale back her team to the point where she was running the business solo during the summer of 2024. ""When you start a business, you have no idea how it's gonna go,"" she says. ""But you keep going because you believe in what you're building."" - -The future of the business",1731883672,a25f737359,45ea4d1090,,,1731883672 -https://www.auganix.org/vr-news-cognitive3d-launches-custom-dashboards-to-enhance-spatial-data-analytics-for-xr/,https://auganix.org/feed/,Cognitive3D Launches Custom Dashboards for XR Analytics,"October 17, 2024 – Cognitive3D, a provider of 3D analytics for immersive technologies, has this week announced the launch of its new Custom Dashboards feature. This addition to the company’s platform allows users to personalize the way they view and interpret spatial data, offering greater control over metrics, layout, and insights and enhancing the ability for users to draw actionable conclusions from data gathered in virtual and augmented reality (VR/AR) environments. - -Cognitive3D’s platform turns spatial data into valuable insights to provide detailed analytics that measure human behavior within VR/AR experiences. The company’s analytics tools are used by more than 1,200 businesses to optimize products, improve training outcomes, and understand user interactions whilst in virtual spaces. Full 3D after-action reviews allow companies to capture and analyze nuanced behavior in ways that traditional analytics tools cannot. - -With applications ranging from training simulations to consumer research, businesses are able to leverage data captured with Cognitive3D’s platform to provide more context to user sessions. Whether being used for assessing user performance and tracking progress over time, discovering pain-points within immersive training experiences, or gathering player data from VR games to better understand in-game behavior to improve VR gaming titles, businesses can measure eye tracking data, assess user situational awareness and focus, and identify areas where users may struggle. The platform also offers tools for reviewing full 3D reconstructions of entire sessions, helping evaluators assess performance remotely and in detail. - -With the newly launched Custom Dashboards feature, the platform now offers a more tailored approach to data presentation, providing greater flexibility and precision to Cognitive3D customers. The update allows for the creation, editing, and sharing of personalized dashboards that can be tailored to the specific needs of different teams or projects. The dashboards allow users to not only track standard metrics like comfort scores or presence scores, but to also integrate custom queries that focus on the data that is most relevant to their objectives. - -“The launch of Custom Dashboards is an exciting step forward for Cognitive3D and our users,” said Tony Bevilacqua, Founder and CEO of Cognitive3D. “As our platform surpasses 1,200 organizations, we see a growing appetite for data and insights. Custom Dashboards give customers the power to design and share their own uniquely tailored data presentations, which tell a more concise story to both internal and external teams. This new feature is a reflection of the maturity of our category and our ongoing commitment to meet our customers where they are on their analytics journey.” - -The company has also integrated some of these dashboards with external data visualization tools like Microsoft PowerBI (an interactive data visualization software product), ensuring that key stakeholders can access spatial insights where and when they need them. This externalization is particularly important for companies that need to disseminate complex spatial data to broader audiences, making insights from organizations’ immersive technologies more accessible and actionable, allowing them to focus more closely on the metrics that directly impact operational efficiency and user experience. - -Cognitive3D’s Custom Dashboards are available now as part of the company’s broader 3D analytics platform. For more information, visit Cognitive3D’s website. - -Image credit: Cognitive3D",1731883626,292ae63cbd,45ef1acf84,,,1731883626 -https://www.npr.org/2024/03/29/1197958571/us-military-aid-tax-ukraine-israel-gaza-russia,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How much of my taxpayer dollars go to Israel and Ukraine? : Planet Money : NPR,"How much of your tax dollars are going to Israel and Ukraine - -There's been a lot of disagreement in Congress and in the country about whether the U.S. should continue to financially support the wars in Ukraine and Gaza. - -Some taxpayers don't think the U.S. should give Ukraine any money to fight off Russia's invasion. And some taxpayers have concerns about how they might be funding weapons that have been used to kill civilians in Gaza. And there are questions about how much individual taxpayers contribute to war efforts, generally. - -So in this episode, we attempt to do the math: The average taxpayers' contribution to Israel and Ukraine. It's not so simple. But in attempting to do this math, we get this window into the role of our tax dollars on foreign assistance, and how the U.S. sells weapons to other countries. - -Sponsor Message - -Further Reading: - -Congressional Research Service Reports: - -Ending Cash Flow Financing to Egypt: Issues for Congress - -Egypt: Background and U.S. Relations - -U.S. Foreign Aid to Israel - -State Department Fact Sheets: - -U.S. Arms Sales and Defense Trade - -U.S. Security Cooperation with Israel - -Data: - -Defense Security Cooperation Agency: Major Arms Sales - -ForeignAssistance.gov - -U.S. Aid to Israel in Four Charts - -Appropriations/Supplemental Aid: - -National Security Supplemental Appropriations Act, 2024 - -Ukraine Supplemental Appropriations Act, 2022 - -Continuing Appropriations and Ukraine Supplemental Appropriations Act, 2023 - -House Appropriations Bill - -This episode was hosted by Sarah Gonzalez and Alexi Horowitz-Ghazi. It was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler and edited by Jess Jiang. It was fact-checked by Sierra Juarez and engineered by Robert Rodriguez. Alex Goldmark is our executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Advancing Knowledge,"" ""Let's Do,"" and ""Nebula Noir""",1731884599,8181d7a585,45be57cdc6,,,1731884599 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/nvidia-ai-chips-face-issue-141200900.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,"New Nvidia AI chips overheating in servers, the Information reports","(Reuters) -Nvidia's new Blackwell AI chips, which have already faced delays, have encountered problems with accompanying servers that overheat, causing some customers to worry they will not have enough time to get new data centers up and running, the Information reported on Sunday. - -The Blackwell graphics processing units overheat when connected together in server racks designed to hold up to 72 chips, the report said, citing sources familiar with the issue. - -The chipmaker has asked its suppliers to change the design of the racks several times to resolve overheating problems, according to Nvidia employees who have been working on the issue, as well as customers and suppliers with knowledge of the issue, the report said without naming the suppliers. - -""Nvidia is working with leading cloud service providers as an integral part of our engineering team and process. The engineering iterations are normal and expected,"" a company spokesperson said in a statement to Reuters. - -In March, Nvidia unveiled Blackwell chips and had earlier said they would ship in the second quarter before encountering delays, potentially affecting customers such as Meta Platforms, Alphabet's Google and Microsoft. - -Nvidia's Blackwell chip takes two squares of silicon the size of the company's previous offering and binds them into a single component that is 30 times speedier at tasks like providing responses from chatbots. - -(Reporting by Gursimran Kaur in Bengaluru; Editing by Bill Berkrot and Lisa Shumaker)",1731883670,6e579b027f,462d57da14,,,1731883670 -https://roboticsandautomationnews.com/2024/11/13/beam-unveils-new-underwater-robot-for-wind-farm-operations/86972/,https://roboticsandautomationnews.com/feed/,Beam unveils new underwater robot for wind farm operations,"Beam, a provider of high-technology offshore wind services, has launched a new autonomous underwater vehicle (AUV) driven by artificial intelligence (AI). - -Scout, a concept expected to enter the market in 2025, will put the power of subsea inspection directly in the hands of wind farm operators. - -The company says this is “an important step” in Beam’s journey to develop cutting-edge underwater technologies that transform the viability and scalability of offshore wind. - -The breakthrough solution will combine advanced AI, real-time 3D reconstructions, and precise navigation to deliver inspections that are quicker and more cost-effective. - -As demonstrated in a successful world-first deployment at SSE’s Seagreen Wind Farm in September 2024, the system’s fully autonomous self-driving capabilities also require minimal human intervention. - -Unlike traditional inspection methods that demand specialised vessels and expert crews, Scout is designed to be self-driving and will perform inspections by itself, reporting back at the end of the mission. - -Beam intends for Scout to be deployed directly by people from existing Crew Transfer Vessels (CTVs) during routine visits. - -This will enable a wider pool of people to confidently manage subsea maintenance of wind farms, helping to alleviate the pressing offshore wind skills gap that threatens the sector’s ability to scale. - -This new way of conducting operations will eliminate the need for expensive, third-party services. This means that once infrequent inspections can become routine management. - -Scout will enable 4K 3D reconstructions, such as year-on-year site comparisons, equipping teams with unprecedented insights into asset integrity and structural health. This will minimise the need for reactive repairs and reduce long-term operational costs. - -Scout will also significantly reduce the carbon footprint of subsea inspections. - -By eliminating the need for dedicated inspection vessels, Beam’s autonomous robotics solution will lower fuel consumption and the emissions associated with specialised underwater campaigns. - -Brian Allen, Beam’s CEO, says: “Our mission has always been to make offshore wind not just a viable energy source, but the most desirable one. Scout will place world-leading technology directly into the hands of wind farm operators and accelerate the industry’s growth at a critical time. - -“Meeting national and international capacity targets will require all operators, not just those with extensive resources, to scale their operations at pace. Scout is therefore a crucial part of enabling the future of offshore wind.” - -Beam launched Scout at the ongoing Web Summit event, being held in Lisbon, Portugal.",1731883646,65442cd6f5,4640d47ba8,,,1731883646 -https://esportsedition.com/featured/path-of-exile-legion/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,"Path of Exile Legion: Minor Bugs, but Players are Very Happy","Th new Path of Exile Legion league was released last Friday. We’ve discussed it several times, but it was intended to be a callback to more simple leagues such as Breach and Abyss. In fact, the devs often referred to this in terms of Breach, and playing the league it is extremely apparent why. - -I myself have been having a blast with the league so far, but it’s undeniable that this has been the worst league start in a long time, in terms of bugs and server issues. Let’s go over what has happened over the last few days. - -Legion Has Proven Itself Fun - -The Legion mechanic really is amazing. For those of you who don’t play, or haven’t had a chance to look into it yet, you basically tap a giant monolith and two warring armies spawn around you, frozen in time. You have just over ten seconds to break out as many warriors as you think you can handle, and then you fight them all simultaneously when the clock runs out. It can definitely be hard for some builds to even break out a decent number of monsters, and has led to a lot of players doing builds such as Essence Drain, which allow for easy spreading between mobs. - -No matter what you are playing, nearly everyone has agreed that the Legion mechanic is a blast to interact with. It’s genuinely difficult, and getting overwhelmed is a very real possibility. I myself am one of the deepest delvers of the league so far, already past depth 400 (first to 200!), and I still struggle with T16 maps where I break out a lot of legion mobs. They are tough, and they feel rewarding to kill. - -Their rewards are basically everything that has ever been added to Path of Exile, denoted by symbols over their head. There are the generic weapons, armor, and currency, but there are also symbols for Breach items, Bestiary items, Harbinger, Talisman, Maps, Abyss, and more. These symbols aren’t the easiest to target due to the time constraint, but their presence makes every monolith feel fun and exciting. - -There is also a new Incubator mechanic, which drops something that you can attach to a piece of gear. It drops an item for you once you’ve killed the number of monsters specified on the incubator. I myself have gotten one six-link and a handful of useful fossils and talismans so far. I also have about 5,000 more monsters to go before unlocking a “valuable unique item,” so I’m pretty excited about that. - -Before we move on, there’s a small note to add because it’s way too much to discuss here: melee feels amazing. I’m looking forward to playing a dozen different melee builds this league, everything I’ve touched so far has felt absolutely incredible. - -My own Cyclone radius – my friend’s is considerably larger from the Slayer +2 to weapon range ascendancy. Image via Esports Edition. - -The Launch Came With a Few Bugs - -Unfortunately, the Path of Exile Legion launch was not a particularly smooth one. There were crashes galore. In fact, one of our party members was crashing every two or three minutes for an entire hour, and he would take everyone in his zone out with him. This was while leveling, and he got a full ten levels behind the rest of us, making it quite difficult to progress properly. He wasn’t the only one with crashing issues, either, but his had frustrating effects. My entire six-man group disconnected fairly regularly while leveling, and it didn’t change much in maps. - -The monoliths would crash several of us when they were particularly juicy, and our Essence Drain player crashed nearly every time she opened one. I’m playing Cyclone, and whenever I would group with another person it was about a 50/50 chance whether the monolith mobs coming to life would crash me. - -Far more frustrating was that the scenes where Shaper stopped time would crash if you were in the middle of channeling a skill. You know, like Cyclone. My main skill. So I would crash every time I tried to push my Shaper influence, and despite getting map completion, if I disconnected, the Shaper influence wouldn’t spread. I was farming T16s and had killed Shaper himself before this was finally fixed and I was able to move Shaper off of my tier 6 map. To be fair, I could have swapped skills. I was just being stubborn about it. - -My Atlas completion on day two. Shaper stuck on Courtyard. Frustrating to say the least. Image via Esports Edition. - -There are also quite a few bugged bosses. One of them simply one shot everyone, killing several well-known HC players before it was fixed. Another that remains bugged spawns hundreds of minions instead of four or five, cluttering the screen massively. They also had an issue where bosses would use their special moves far more often than they should. - -Several bosses include becoming immune, making this a huge pain. I myself fought a Minotaur who exclusively burrowed and slammed, filling the arena and becoming lethal very quickly. I also fought a Constrictor who went immune every two seconds, which ended up killing me due to me being Vaal Pact and having no source of leech. It was frustrating to say the least. - -The entire trade API was also offline for the first day of the league. Personally, I like SSF, so it didn’t bug me. However, there were several members of my group who needed very specific items that we simply had no way of accessing. It was very frustrating for them, and as I heard them say several times that night, “I didn’t sign up for group SSF!” With all the discussion about trade in the past, I doubt this will do much to calm players. - -Minor Balances are Needed - -The legion mechanic so far has been very enjoyable, but there is one mob in particular that feels overtuned. If you’re playing, you’ve probably encountered it and know exactly what I’m talking about. One of the Vaal monsters will cast a spell that we have been referring to as the “red wall of death.” One of their summoners will point towards you and this massive red animation will appear underneath you, instantly hitting for well over 5k damage at times. - -It has been a huge debate over what the attack even is, and how to counter it, because it is killing many players. One of my teammates re-rolled his character on day three because it died to that red stuff too consistently, and it was frustrating him to no end. - -The red attack of doom. Image via JoonazL on Reddit. - -No one is saying that strong attacks are bad, but to have a single Legion mob so much stronger than the others is not pleasant, and there doesn’t seem to be an easy way to avoid it, or even be aware of its existence until you’ve been slapped by red. This mob could easily have its damage turned down by half and still be one of the scariest things in the game today. Hopefully it is addressed soon, for the sake of my friends no longer raging out every few minutes! - -Conclusion - -Path of Exile Legion is one of the most fun leagues I’ve played. In fact, I’m going to take a stance and say it is the most fun league I’ve played since Legacy league. That said, it is also the most glitchy league, and has resulted in many frustrations by many players, my own group included. - -Are we powering through and did we have a ton of fun the first weekend? You’re darn right. Is it still incredibly frustrating? Yes. - -There hasn’t been much talk about ramifications for such a bad league start yet, but it won’t surprise me if this brings back discussions of test realms, or longer delay between leagues. However, in the meantime, log on and play the heck out of Legion; it’s awesome!",1731883726,76f59da961,46593087f6,,,1731883726 -https://www.nationalreview.com/2024/11/meet-the-new-boss/,https://www.nationalreview.com/feed/,Meet the New Boss,,1731883660,9c6f6d7409,46502acb7d,,,1731883660 -https://www.uploadvr.com/metro-awakening-arachnophobia-mode/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Vertigo Kills Spiders With Upcoming Metro Awakening Arachnophobia Mode,"Ahead of Metro Awakening's official launch today, Vertigo Games confirmed it's adding an Arachnophobia mode in a post-launch update. - -For many people, spiders are an insect that can cause a state of panic and fear. In Metro Awakening by Vertigo Games, they're one of the most terrifying enemies you will face. The intensity of missions that featured these 8-legged creepy crawlies caused me to want to rip my headset from my face several times during my playthrough. - -0:00 / 1:00 1× - -In my review, I noted that potential players who suffer from severe Arachnophobia might want to skip the game, which would be a shame since it's one of the best VR games I have seen so far this year. Shortly after the review was posted, Metro's official account on X informed me that it's adding an Arachnophobia mode. - -Vertigo Games later posted an official announcement that this upcoming mode will be released in a post-launch update at an undetermined time: - -We'll keep you informed when this update launches, so be sure to check back if you’re someone who will want or need this to enjoy this amazing narrative VR adventure. - -Metro Awakening is out now on the Meta Quest platform, PlayStation VR2, Steam, and Viveport.",1731883669,9397b145ff,45f1460938,,,1731883669 -https://mycmgr.com/beyond-binary-exploring-the-dynamic-dimensions-of-information-technology/,https://mycmgr.com/feed/,Beyond Binary: Exploring the Dynamic Dimensions of Information Technology,"Introduction: - -Welcome to the digital cosmos, where the universe of Information Technology (IT) expands beyond the confines of binary code, embracing complexity and innovation at every turn. In this boundless expanse, we embark on a voyage through the multidimensional realms of IT, where each byte holds the potential for discovery and transformation. From the quantum quagmires of cybersecurity to the celestial symphony of artificial intelligence, join us as we traverse the frontiers of IT and uncover the secrets of the digital universe. - -Chapter 1: Quantum Quandaries: Navigating the Quantum Seas of Computing - -Step into the quantum realm, where the laws of classical physics bow to the whims of quantum mechanics, and computing power reaches unimaginable heights. Explore the enigmatic world of quantum computing, where qubits dance in superposition and entanglement defies traditional notions of logic. From quantum supremacy to quantum cryptography, witness the dawn of a new era in computing and the promise it holds for solving the most complex problems known to humankind. - -Chapter 2: Cybernetic Constellations: Safeguarding the Digital Cosmos - -Enter the cybernetic constellations, where celestial sentinels stand guard against the dark forces of cyber threats. Explore the nebulous landscape of cybersecurity, where defenders and adversaries engage in an eternal dance of wits and algorithms. From the event horizons of zero-day exploits to the gravitational pulls of social engineering, discover the techniques and technologies that protect our digital infrastructure and ensure the integrity of the digital cosmos. - -Chapter 3: Artificial Alchemy: Unveiling the Secrets of Machine Intelligence - -Embark on a journey into the alchemical depths of artificial intelligence, where machines transmute data into knowledge and algorithms mimic the complexities of human cognition. Explore the crucible of machine learning, where neural networks forge new pathways of understanding and deep learning architectures unveil hidden patterns within vast datasets. From the Turing test to the singularity, witness the evolution of AI and its profound impact on society, culture, and the very nature of intelligence itself. - -Chapter 4: Cryptographic Chronicles: Decrypting the Stories of Secure Communication - -Delve into the cryptographic chronicles, where ancient secrets meet modern technology in the timeless quest for secure communication. Explore the rich tapestry of cryptographic algorithms and protocols that safeguard our digital communications and transactions. From the Caesar cipher to elliptic curve cryptography, uncover the stories of secrecy, espionage, and innovation that have shaped the history of cryptography and continue to influence the future of secure communication. - -Chapter 5: Data Dimensions: Navigating the Multiverse of Big Data - -Navigate the multidimensional multiverse of big data, where information flows like cosmic dust through the vast expanse of the digital cosmos. Explore the galaxies of structured and unstructured data, where insights lurk in the shadows of petabytes and exabytes. From data lakes to data warehouses, discover the tools and techniques that empower us to extract meaning from the data deluge and unlock the secrets of the digital universe. - -Chapter 6: Augmented Realms: Blending the Boundaries of Reality and Virtuality - -Immerse yourself in the augmented realms, where the fabric of reality is interwoven with the threads of virtuality, creating tapestries of immersive experience and boundless creativity. Explore the landscapes of augmented reality (AR) and virtual reality (VR), where digital and physical worlds collide in a symphony of sight, sound, and sensation. From immersive gaming experiences to virtual tourism adventures, witness the transformative power of AR and VR in reshaping our perception of reality. - -Chapter 7: Quantum Networks: Entangling the Threads of Global Communication - -Embark on a journey through the quantum networks, where the threads of communication are entangled in the quantum dance of particles and waves. Explore the principles of quantum teleportation and quantum entanglement that underpin the next generation of secure and instantaneous communication. From quantum key distribution to quantum internet protocols, envision the possibilities of a future where information flows freely across vast distances with unprecedented speed and security. - -Chapter 8: Ethereal Experiences: Exploring the Ethical Dimensions of IT Innovation - -Reflect on the ethereal dimensions of IT innovation, where the boundaries between right and wrong blur in the nebulous expanse of the digital cosmos. Explore the ethical dilemmas of AI ethics, data privacy, and digital rights, and grapple with the moral imperatives that shape the future of technology. From algorithmic bias to the digital divide, join the conversation on how we can navigate the ethical complexities of IT innovation and ensure that technology serves the greater good of humanity. - -Conclusion: - -As we conclude our journey through the dynamic dimensions of Information Technology, let us marvel at the wonders we have uncovered and contemplate the mysteries that lie beyond. From the quantum quagmires of computing to the ethereal realms of augmented reality, the universe of IT is vast, complex, and ever-changing. With each discovery, we inch closer to the realization of a digital utopia where technology enriches our lives and empowers us to reach new heights of innovation and creativity. Together, let us continue to explore, innovate, and dream as we chart a course toward a brighter future in the boundless expanse of the digital cosmos.",1731883649,feca2bc35f,461b6d14dd,,,1731883649 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/computing/can-it-run-doom/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/feed/,Can it run Doom? I discovered why the answer is always yes,"With its decades-long legacy, the “Can it run Doom” meme is one of the internet’s oldest and and most beloved gags. But it’s grown into far more than that. It’s a rite of passage for aspiring developers. - -Take a stroll through what has become my favorite subreddit recently, r/itrunsdoom, and you’ll see the torch being valiantly carried forward to this very day. Since the It Runs Doom! Tumblr page stopped posting updates about a year ago, the Reddit community has grown to over 100,000 members that post and react to Doom being ported to just about anything. Calculators, credit card terminals — sure. But also the Nintendo Alarmo, an RS Media Robot from 2006, and a Pioneer DJ multiplayer. And that’s just from the past couple of months. - -The more down the rabbit hole I fell on weird Doom ports, the more I started to wonder where the idea originated — and more importantly, why it’s even possible. Who’s absurd idea was this to begin with? To discover the story, I’d need to dig through hellish annals of 1990s internet history and speak to some of the wild-eyed hackers that keep the tradition alive today. - -Get your weekly teardown of the tech behind PC gaming ReSpec Subscribe Check your inbox! - -Why Doom? - -Our story doesn’t start in 1993 when Doom was released. It starts four years later in 1997. On December 23 that year, two days before Christmas, id Software released the source code for Doom. Mastermind John Carmack, who had written the original code himself, penned a letter to the community that still lives on the GitHub page for Doom. Yes, even today, even after a massive corporation like Zenimax has swallowed up id Software (Zenimax was then swallowed up by Microsoft), the Doom source code still exists. - -“I don’t have a real good guess at how many people are going to be playing with this, but if significant projects are undertaken, it would be cool to see a level of community cooperation,” Carmack wrote in the letter. “I know that most early projects are going to be rough hacks done in isolation, but would be very pleased to see a coordinated ‘net release of an improved, backwards compatible version of Doom on multiple platforms next year.” Carmack even provided readers with a few potential project ideas. - -The community started porting Doom immediately. I mean that literally. The first source port of Doom, DOSDoom, was published on the same day that the source code was released. You can still download it today. The original source code that id Software published was only for the Linux version of Doom. The DOS code wasn’t available due to a copyrighted sound library — “Wow, was that a mistake,” Carmack wrote in his letter. “I write my own sound code now.” - -From there, there’s an extremely dense and complicated genealogy of Doom source ports that’s been carried on for decades. Just last year, a fork of another source port called PrBoomX showed up. Frankly, that genealogy is out of the scope of this article. Covering it alone would require an article orders of magnitude larger than this one already is. I wanted to know about the weird stuff. - -Thankfully, it didn’t take long for things to get weird. The earliest oddball version of Doom I could find was for the Texas Instruments TI-82 graphing calculator, which was uploaded to ticalc.org on April 12, 1998. It’s written in Basic, so it’s less of a port and more of a shoddy clone. But even 26 years ago, there was interest in getting Doom to run on platforms it wasn’t intended for. - -For the next decade or so, there isn’t much remaining on the internet showing off Doom running on these strange platforms — I mean, YouTube didn’t even go live until 2005. There were likely plenty of “rough hacks done in isolation,” as Carmack predicted, however. In 1998, several cameras with the DigitaOS operating system released, and as YouTube channel LGR showed off a few years ago, you can run Doom on those cameras. Keep DigitaOS in mind. We’ll circle back to it in the next section. - -Did anyone actually get Doom running on one of these cameras in 1998? Not from what I could find, but my guess is that it’s an answer lost to time — or at least, the internet. But from the early days of the source code being released and subsequently ported to different platforms, it’s clear there was at least some experimenting happening. One of the earliest references I could find to a proper port of Doom was a Doomworld forum post from 2007, where the author links to a (now deleted) video on YouTube of the game running on a TI-83 calculator. - -In October 2013, the It Runs Doom! Tumblr page went live, and after showing off some basic ports of the game, the author shared a video of Doom being played on a piano. - -After scouring Tumblr, Reddit, YouTube, and just plain ol’ Google, however, there’s one video that kept showing up. It’s LGR’s video of Doom on the TI-83. Published in 2017, the video has amassed over 7 million views, and is by far the most popular source for Doom running on an unconventional device that I could find in my research. The idea that Doom can run on anything dates back to when the game was first released, and it’s been an idea that enthusiasts toyed with for years after. The modern obsession with running on Doom on a host of strange devices, however, seems to stem, at least in part, from LGR’s video on the topic. - -Doom is iconic, and that no doubt is a reason behind the obsession with porting it. But there’s also a concoction of various factors within the game itself that makes it such an ideal candidate for these types of enthusiast hacking projects. - -The highly portable demon slayer - -Before getting into some of the more technical details of what made Doom so portable, none of that would have happened if Doom wasn’t such a certified cultural touchstone. To say Doom was insanely popular is an understatement. Valve’s founder Gabe Newell — who was working at Microsoft when Doom was released — estimated that Doom was installed on more computers than Windows in 1993. Even if that’s hyperbolic, there’s no denying that Doom was a sensation. - -Just months after Doom released, in 1994, Universal Pictures purchased the rights to make a film. Newell offered to do a port of Doom to Windows for free. Intel banned Doom from being installed on work computers. In a press release announcing the game, id Software wrote, “we fully expect [Doom] to be the number one cause of decreased productivity in businesses around the world.” - -“Many began to marvel at how id might make companies like Microsoft or IBM look obsolete. Id had taken the shareware phenomenon and transformed it into a recipe for addiction,” reads David Kushner’s Masters of Doom. “Doom was so compelling that people just had to have the full dose. Some dubbed it ‘heroinware.’ Forbes magazine published a gushing article titled Profits from the Underground about how id, in fact, was making companies like Microsoft obsolete. ‘Privately held id Software doesn’t release financials,’ it read, ‘but from what I can flush out about the company’s profit margin, it makes Microsoft look like a second-rate cement company.'” - -Popularity might have been the match that started the wildfire, but in order for Doom to run on so many different platforms, it needed three key elements. First, the source code needed to be freely available. Check. Carmack chose to take care of that step himself. After all, you could run the original Super Mario Bros on most modern electronics, but good luck finding the source code. - -But here are the two points that need a bit more explaining. Source ports need to be available for just about any platform you could want, and lastly, the game needs to be written to run with extremely low software and hardware requirements, even by the standards of the late 1990s. - -There are some other games that have some of these elements. But Doom, combined with its Earth-shattering popularity, hits all three. And as developer Sick.Codes explained to me, Doom became “one of the most ported games on Earth, where someone, at some time, has compiled it for even the most random architectures.” - -Let me demonstrate. - -Here’s a link to a version of Doom that you can play in your browser. Nothing special, right? There are dozens of ways to play Doom in your browser, but if you look at the address bar, you’ll find something interesting. That version of Doom that you can play is an SVG file. It’s a vector file — something you’d load up in Photoshop. They’re supposed to be static images, and certainly images you can’t interact with. But here is Doom running inside of an SVG that you can play in your browser. - -Another important fact is that PCs weren’t the ideal platform for playing games in 1993, when 3D graphics accelerators were expensive and hard to come by, and most of these chips were instead used in arcade machines and home consoles. If id Software was going to develop a game, and especially if the company was going to distribute it as shareware as it did with Commander Keen and Wolfenstein previously, it needed to run on just about anything. - -Gzalo is part of the Argentinean volunteer group Cybercirujas that takes PC parts as donations and refurbishes them. The developer was able to get Doom running on a Verifone VX620 payment terminal that they found in the trash. - -“[Doom] just needs a framebuffer (area of memory that maps to the screen) to output images to, and some very basic inputs. Software wise, you just need to be able to compile C for the target architecture, which is almost always one of the first requisites needed to write programs for 32-bit processors,” developer Gzalo tells me. “For porting other newer games, you often need to have an operating system (typically something like Linux/Posix) and some way to support OpenGL, which is feasible, but requires more work.” - -Gzalo went on to explain just how little Doom needed on the software front to run. - -“The software from the terminal isn’t modified. I found some guy in Brazil that had worked with this terminal a decade ago and still had the development certificate and a way to sign an application, so it’s running valid signed code,” the developer told me. - -Having minimal software requirements is important, but the hardware side of things is just as crucial. Unsurprisingly, Doom didn’t need a lot on the hardware front to run. The original system requirements for the game called for an 386 CPU running at at least 25MHz and 4MB of RAM. For some context, the 80386 was the first x86 32-bit processor Intel ever released, and it starting showing up in PCs in 1986 — seven years before Doom was released. Getting Doom to run on just about anything was intentional. - -Carmack himself said that, at one point, there was even a version that could run without a monitor and simply save screenshots. - -Pretty close. The code was extremely portable — I had a version at one point that could even run headless and just save out screenshots. — John Carmack (@ID_AA_Carmack) March 3, 2022 - -The basic software and hardware requirements for Doom brings us back to DigitaOS. The operating system is written in C, and it allowed third-party apps to be developed and released for the platform. The first two cameras released with DigitaOS — the Kodak DC220 and DC260 — both came with PowerPC 800 processors. By my estimation, they used the the MPC860, which can go up to 80MHz. LGR says the chip inside the DC260, at least, reaches 66MHz. - -And just like that, the requirements to run Doom have been met. We have a CPU far more capable than the 386 running at 25MHz, a touch of memory, and a platform capable of compiling code written in C. Just so we’re not getting the timeline screwed up, this was possible in 1998. There was nothing that came later that suddenly allowed Doom to run on a Kodak DC260. The building blocks were all there from the start. - -This isn’t all just because Doom is some perfect program, however. It’s very flexible, and highly portable to modern devices, but a significant part of this story comes down to the fact that the source code is free for anyone to edit. In the past nearly three decades, source ports of Doom have popped up for just about every platform imaginable. If you can’t get Doom running on something with the original source code, you almost certainly can get it running with one of the many source ports. - -I know you’ve been waiting — let’s talk about the SVG. Doom can run inside of a vector file because SVGs support JavaScript. As the developer of the Doom SVG says, the vector file is simply running js-dos — an open-source, JavaScript-based DOS emulator — and then using one of the various DOS source ports of Doom. And although it may seem like some form of programming wizardry, the developer refers to it as no more than “a fun use of a few hours.” That says it all. - -How Doom became a minimum viable hack - -In 2022, Sick.Codes showed off Doom running on a John Deere tractor display. It was showcased at Def Con 2022, an annual cybersecurity and hacking conference that’s been held in Las Vegas since 1993 — ironically, the same year Doom was released. Beyond just getting Doom running, the port featured a tractor instead of guns, allowing you to literally mow down demons. It’s a fun little port, but Sick.Codes says it took months to get working. Why all of the effort? - -If you’re familiar with the right to repair movement, you’ve probably already connected the dots here. John Deere equipment, created by Deere & Company, has been at the center of the right to repair movement, and not in a positive light. The corporation has had a years-long legal struggle with farmers due to its locked-down software. The equipment is nearly impossible to repair without Deere’s direct involvement. Getting Doom to run on a John Deere tractor display is more than just a fun hack. It’s a proof of concept. - -“Running Doom on the John Deere flagship agricultural machinery display, that they have spent thousands of hours developing over several years, shows that I have been able to completely and fully hack the device,” Sick.Codes told me. “If I can run Doom on their flagship devices, I can do any other unauthorized modification to the device. I can brick it. I can enhance it. I can install third-party software. I can delete features, or I can install features that are supposed to cost money.” - -Playing Doom on a John Deere tractor display (jailbroken/rooted) at @defcon pic.twitter.com/ih0QUTGNuS — Sick.Codes (@sickcodes) August 14, 2022 - -In this case, Doom is proof of deeper, more important work. In a report from Wired that covered the story two years ago, the developer shared that they were able to access 1.5GB of logs stored in the machine due to achieving root access. These logs are only meant for certified John Deere repair technicians. With them, farmers or third-party experts can diagnose and potentially repair John Deere equipment, even without the Deere & Company’s direct involvement. - -“Doom requires a small number of libraries to run, namely SDL2 for graphics, so being able to run the game on a device that is not supposed to run Doom, it proves that you can run arbitrary software on the device you are working on,” Sick.Codes told me. - -It’s fun to see Doom running on a tractor display, and I certainly don’t want to suck the joy out of that. But it’s important to highlight the wider context here. You can try to install other software on a device like this, but Doom is an ideal candidate for showing off this type of hack. It’s visual, it’s interactive, and it’s a program built for a very specific purpose. It also draws a lot of attention — do you think we’d see news stories about some command line interface running on a John Deere tractor display? Probably not. - -Although I don’t want to downplay the amount of work that went into this — remember, this exploit took months to work out — Doom is also a relatively simple program to show off. Sick.Codes tells me that they used Chocolate Doom for the demonstration, which is a source port that’s built to run on as many different configurations of hardware and software as possible. I mean, there’s even a page of the Chocolate Doom wiki specifically devoted to how portable the source port is. If we didn’t have the original source code, and if that source code wasn’t ported so many times, we probably wouldn’t have this demonstration. It would still be possible, certainly, but who’s to say it would’ve actually happened? - -Welcome to hell - -Doom is one of the most influential games ever made, and a large part of that comes down to the circumstances it was created under. Highly optimized code for PC met the shareware model to make the game wildly popular, and its modding community snowballed when the source code was released in 1997. Today, we not only have one of the largest and most accessible modding platforms through Doom, but also an application that has far outlived its original purpose. - -I started feeling nostalgic writing this story, and you might be feeling the same way after reading it. If you are, I’d recommend downloading GZDoom and playing around with some of the insane levels that have been created over the years — you can find the original WAD files for the first two games archived online as well. If you want to go deeper, check out the documentary on MyHouse.WAD if you haven’t already (the video has some 13 million views), or better yet, download the level for yourself. - -And, if you want to stay in the spirit of putting Doom in places it isn’t supposed to be, some generous developers have documented their journeys across different devices. There’s a write-up for installing it on the Ikko Activebuds earbuds, and another for installing it on a VoIP phone. There’s also an in-depth post about porting the game to the aforementioned VX620 payment terminal. - -Regardless of how you enjoy, expand, or completely change Doom, have fun in hell. Hundreds of thousands of fans and developers are waiting there for you.",1731883621,9267d9058a,4620bb528d,,,1731883621 -https://www.stagewhispers.com.au/news/adelaide-festival-2025-program,https://www.stagewhispers.com.au/rss.xml,Adelaide Festival 2025 Program,"Photo credit: Roy VanDerVegt - -65 events, 11 world premieres, 9 Australian premieres and 15 exclusives - -Adelaide Festival has announced its 40th program, promising a suite of international and Australian productions and artists which will further enhance its 65-year reputation as Australia’s premier international festival. - -For 2025, Adelaide Writers’ Week, WOMADelaide, Chamber Landscapes and Daylight Express will return and next year will see a new festival hub, The Courtyard. Located on the Festival Plaza, this new meeting place will offer food, drinks, and nightly programming from Wednesday to Sunday evenings. - -The Festival kicks off with the epic, international thriller Innocence. Following its sellout triumph at the Royal Opera Covent Garden, and immediately before its New York debut at the Metropolitan Opera, this epic opera production has its exclusive Australian season in the 2025 Festival. Already being hailed as the greatest opera of the 21st Century, a “masterpiece” (The New York Times and Evening Standard), “an astonishing creation” (The Telegraph) and “a triumph” (San Francisco Chronicle). - -Image: Innocence. Photographer: Jean-Louis Fernandez - -Innocence is directed by Australian director Simon Stone who returns after 2018’s sold-out production of Thyestes. This contemporary tale of morality and mortality by Finnish composer Kaija Saariaho and Finnish novelist Sofi Oksanen features Teddy Tahu Rhodes along with international opera stars Sean Panikkar, Jenny Carlstedt, Tuomas Pursio and Claire de Sevigne. The score will be performed by Adelaide Symphony Orchestra, conducted by Clément Mao-Takacs, with a combined chorus of 32 Adelaide Chamber Singers and State Opera South Australia Chorus members. - -Also for the opening weekend, there’s still time to register to be part in the 30-minute dusk ‘happening’ in Elder Park, with the world premiere of Stephanie Lake Company’s MASS MOVEMENT on Saturday 1 March at 7pm, co-commissioned with The Australian Ballet. Over 1000 dancers ranging in age from 12 to 88 and representing a diverse mix of dance styles will come together for a one-time-only free performance. - -Image: Brett Sheehy. Photographer: Lachlan Woods - -Adelaide Festival Artistic Director Brett Sheehy AO says: “I’m thrilled to be back at the helm of our nation’s major cultural drawcard for the past 65 years, rightly deserving its moniker of ‘Australia’s International Festival’. I want to thank my predecessors in this role – Ruth Mackenzie CBE, Neil Armfield AO and Rachel Healy – who set the groundwork with their prior commitments to several productions, and I’ve relished the opportunity to complete the program of extraordinary opera, dance, theatre and music works you won’t experience anywhere else in the country. Since my first Adelaide Festival in 2006, I’ve had the privilege of continuing to present live performances and to analyse exactly why the artforms of theatre, music, dance and opera continue to thrive. The explosion in recent research into what makes us happy has landed on a not-surprising though now scientifically validated conclusion – humans are made happy by the experiential over the material. Simply put, we reach our greatest enjoyment and satisfaction through experiences over things. And Adelaide Festival is a living embodiment of this.” - -Recurring themes in the 2025 program include: - -Image: Trent Dalton’s Love Stories. Photographer: Craig Wilkinson - -A tribute to love, in its various forms with the Adelaide premiere of two of the theatre and literary worlds’ highly anticipated shows – the stage adaptation of Trent Dalton’s Love Stories – and the profoundly moving Hewa Rwanda – Letter to the Absent, Dorcy Rugamba’s spoken love letters to his family members, heartlessly killed in a matter of minutes during the 1994 Rwanda genocide. Club Amour performed by legendary German dance company Pina Bausch’s Tanztheater Wuppertal is a triptych of works dedicated to love and desire. As well, a no-holds-barred exploration of the human condition sees Samuel Barnett playing a professionally neurotic stand-up comedian in search for Mr Right in Feeling Afraid As If Something Terrible is Going To Happen, and Camille O’Sullivan presents Loveletter – a deeply personal tribute to two dear-departed friends, Shane McGowan of The Pogues and Sinéad O’Connor. - -International artists making their Adelaide Festival debut include acclaimed Irish actor Stephen Rea in Krapp’s Last Tape; Spanish flamenco dancer Rocío Molina in Caída del Cielo (Fallen from Heaven); and Polish pianist, composer and singer Hania Rani. While after more than a decade, Serbian musical virtuoso Goran Bregović returns to the Festival stage blending his Sarajevo roots with Balkan folk, rock, and classical influences, accompanied by his Wedding and Funeral Band. - -Image: My Cousin Frank. Photographer: Kate Holmes - -A deep dive into little-known First Nations stories with My Cousin Frank, as Australian writer and performer Rhoda Roberts AO takes a seat onstage to share the remarkable journey of her cousin, Australia’s first Aboriginal Olympian, a boxer who competed at the 1964 Tokyo Olympics. An Australian premiere nyilamum – song cycles performed by the Australian String Quartet intertwines ancient stories and language with contemporary reflections on land, identity, and resilience. Featuring music by Yorta Yorta Dja Dja Wurrung woman Dr Lou Bennett AM and renowned Australian composer Paul Stanhope.",1731883601,72e08d18c1,4634aa80e2,,,1731883601 -https://www.npr.org/2023/10/20/1197954385/uaw-united-auto-workers-union-strike-volkswagen-chattanooga,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The UAW's decade-long fight to form a union at VW's Chattanooga plant : Planet Money,"The UAW's decade-long fight to form a union at VW's Chattanooga plant - -Union membership in the U.S. has been declining for decades. But, in 2022, support for unions among Americans was the highest it's been in decades. This dissonance is due, in part, to the difficulties of one important phase in the life cycle of a union: setting up a union in the first place. One place where that has been particularly clear is at the Volkswagen plant in Chattanooga, Tennessee. - -Back in 2008, Volkswagen announced that they would be setting up production in the United States after a 20-year absence. They planned to build a new auto manufacturing plant in Chattanooga. - -Sponsor Message - -Volkswagen has plants all over the world, all of which have some kind of worker representation, and the company said that it wanted that for Chattanooga too. So, the United Auto Workers, the union that traditionally represents auto workers, thought they would be able to successfully unionize this plant. - -They were wrong. - -In this episode, we tell the story of the UAW's 10-year fight to unionize the Chattanooga plant. And, what other unions can learn from how badly that fight went for labor. - -This episode was hosted by Amanda Aronczyk and Nick Fountain. It was produced by Willa Rubin. It was engineered by Josephine Nyounai, fact-checked by Sierra Juarez, and edited by Keith Romer. Alex Goldmark is our executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Slip and Slide,"" ""Groove On Down,"" and ""All Along""",1731884618,8181d7a585,465cad1525,,,1731884618 -https://derivsource.com/2024/07/26/cme-group-to-launch-adjusted-interest-rate-sp-500-total-return-sofr-futures-on-august-26/,https://derivsource.com/feed,CME Group to Launch Adjusted Interest Rate S&P 500 Total Return (SOFR) Futures on August 26,"CME Group, the world’s leading derivatives marketplace, today announced plans to launch Adjusted Interest Rate S&P 500 (AIR) Total Return (SOFR) futures on August 26, pending regulatory review. - -AIR Total Return futures on U.S. indices are designed to provide total return exposure with an overnight floating rate built in. The model for the new AIR S&P 500 Total Return futures remains the same; however, the new product will use the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) as the embedded rate instead of the current Effective Federal Funds Rate (EFFR). - -“As SOFR has become the preferred industry benchmark rate for short-term U.S. overnight financing, the addition of a SOFR-based AIR TRF contract will complement our current offerings and provide additional flexibility for managing swap exposure,” said Paul Woolman, Global Head of Equity Index Products at CME Group. “Year-to-date, we have seen record average daily volume of 9,800 contracts in our existing suite of AIR Total Return futures, up more than 113% year-over-year, underscoring the demand for effective and cost-efficient alternatives to OTC equivalents.” - -AIR Total Return futures, based on the EFFR, are available across a range of major global indices – S&P 500, Nasdaq-100, Russell 1000, Russell 2000, Dow Jones Industrial Average, and the FTSE 100. - -Launched in May 2018, CME Group SOFR futures have become the leading tool for hedging short-term interest rates, with a year-to-date average daily volume of 3.3 million contracts. Building on the growth and liquidity of the existing AIR TRF suite, these new SOFR-based contracts will combine the risk management strengths of CME Group’s Equity Index and Interest Rate franchises.",1731883772,9dd65a327d,46575e5978,,,1731883772 -https://www.npr.org/2024/11/02/nx-s1-5173593/happy-90th-birthday-to-bill-siemering,https://www.npr.org/rss/rss.php?id=1020,Happy 90th birthday to Bill Siemering,"Happy 90th birthday to Bill Siemering Bill Siemering is 90 years old. You may not know his name, but he was one of the founding members of NPR’s board of directors. - -Media Happy 90th birthday to Bill Siemering Happy 90th birthday to Bill Siemering Listen · 1:50 1:50 Bill Siemering is 90 years old. You may not know his name, but he was one of the founding members of NPR’s board of directors. Sponsor Message Sponsor Message Become an NPR sponsor",1731883664,5ef0df535a,46896c3c56,,,1731883664 -https://techncruncher.blogspot.com/2022/03/ahrefs-vs-semrush-which-seo-tool-should.html,http://feeds.feedburner.com/TechCrunch/,Ahrefs vs SEMrush: Which SEO Tool Should You Use?,"Ahrefs vs SEMrush: Which SEO Tool Should You Use? - - - - - -SEMrush and Ahrefs are among the most popular tools in the SEO industry. Both companies have been in business for years and have thousands of customers per month. - -If you're a professional SEO or trying to do digital marketing on your own, at some point you'll likely consider using a tool to help with your efforts. Ahrefs and SEMrush are two names that will likely appear on your shortlist. - -In this guide, I'm going to help you learn more about these SEO tools and how to choose the one that's best for your purposes. - -What is SEMrush? - -SEMrush is a popular SEO tool with a wide range of features—it's the leading competitor research service for online marketers. SEMrush's SEO Keyword Magic tool offers over 20 billion Google-approved keywords, which are constantly updated and it's the largest keyword database. - -The program was developed in 2007 as SeoQuake is a small Firefox extension - -Features - -Most accurate keyword data: Accurate keyword search volume data is crucial for SEO and PPC campaigns by allowing you to identify what keywords are most likely to bring in big sales from ad clicks. SEMrush constantly updates its databases and provides the most accurate data. - -Largest Keyword database: SEMrush's Keyword Magic Tool now features 20-billion keywords, providing marketers and SEO professionals the largest database of keywords. - - - -All SEMrush users receive daily ranking data, mobile volume information, and the option to buy additional keywords by default with no additional payment or add-ons needed - -Most accurate position tracking tool: This tool provides all subscribers with basic tracking capabilities, making it suitable for SEO professionals. Plus, the Position Tracking tool provides local-level data to everyone who uses the tool. - -SEO Data Management: SEMrush makes managing your online data easy by allowing you to create visually appealing custom PDF reports, including Branded and White Label reports, report scheduling, and integration with GA, GMB, and GSC. - -Toxic link monitoring and penalty recovery: With SEMrush, you can make a detailed analysis of toxic backlinks, toxic scores, toxic markers, and outreach to those sites. - -Content Optimization and Creation Tools: SEMrush offers content optimization and creation tools that let you create SEO-friendly content. Some features include the SEO Writing Assistant, On-Page SEO Check, er/SEO Content Template, Content Audit, Post Tracking, Brand Monitoring. - -Ahrefs - -Ahrefs is a leading SEO platform that offers a set of tools to grow your search traffic, research your competitors, and monitor your niche. The company was founded in 2010, and it has become a popular choice among SEO tools. Ahrefs has a keyword index of over 10.3 billion keywords and offers accurate and extensive backlink data updated every 15-30 minutes and it is the world's most extensive backlink index database. - -Features - -Backlink alerts data and new keywords : Get an alert when your site is linked to or discussed in blogs, forums, comments, or when new keywords are added to a blog posting about you. - -Intuitive interface: The intuitive design of the widget helps you see the overall health of your website and search engine ranking at a glance. - -Site Explorer: The Site Explorer will give you an in-depth look at your site's search traffic. - -Domain Comparison - -Reports with charts and graphs - -JavaScript rendering and a site audit can identify SEO issues. - -A question explorer that provides well-crafted topic suggestions - -Direct Comparisons: Ahrefs vs SEMrush - -Now that you know a little more about each tool, let's take a look at how they compare. I'll analyze each tool to see how they differ in interfaces, keyword research resources, rank tracking, and competitor analysis. - -User Interface - -Ahrefs and SEMrush both offer comprehensive information and quick metrics regarding your website's SEO performance. However, Ahrefs takes a bit more of a hands-on approach to getting your account fully set up, whereas SEMrush's simpler dashboard can give you access to the data you need quickly. - -In this section, we provide a brief overview of the elements found on each dashboard and highlight the ease with which you can complete tasks. - -AHREFS - - - - - - - -The Ahrefs dashboard is less cluttered than that of SEMrush, and its primary menu is at the very top of the page, with a search bar designed only for entering URLs. - -Additional features of the Ahrefs platform include: - -You can see analytics from the dashboard, including search engine rankings to domain ratings, referring domains, and backlink - -Jumping from one tool to another is easy. You can use the Keyword Explorer to find a keyword to target and then directly track your ranking with one click. - -The website offers a tooltip helper tool that allows you to hover your mouse over something that isn't clear and get an in-depth explanation. - -SEMRUSH - - - - - - - -When you log into the SEMrush Tool, you will find four main modules. These include information about your domains, organic keyword analysis, ad keyword, and site traffic. - -You'll also find some other options like - -A search bar allows you to enter a domain, keyword, or anything else you wish to explore. - -A menu on the left side of the page provides quick links to relevant information, including marketing insights, projects, keyword analytics, and more. - -The customer support resources located directly within the dashboard can be used to communicate with the support team or to learn about other resources such as webinars and blogs. - -Detailed descriptions of every resource offered. This detail is beneficial for new marketers, who are just starting. - -WHO WINS? - -Both Ahrefs and SEMrush have user-friendly dashboards, but Ahrefs is less cluttered and easier to navigate. On the other hand, SEMrush offers dozens of extra tools, including access to customer support resources. - -When deciding on which dashboard to use, consider what you value in the user interface, and test out both. - -Rank Tracking - -If you're looking to track your website's search engine ranking, rank tracking features can help. You can also use them to monitor your competitors. - -Let's take a look at Ahrefs vs. SEMrush to see which tool does a better job. - -Ahrefs - -The Ahrefs Rank Tracker is simpler to use. Just type in the domain name and keywords you want to analyze, and it spits out a report showing you the search engine results page (SERP) ranking for each keyword you enter. - -Rank Tracker looks at the ranking performance of keywords and compares them with the top rankings for those keywords. Ahrefs also offers: - -You'll see metrics that help you understand your visibility, traffic, average position, and keyword difficulty. - -It gives you an idea of whether a keyword would be profitable to target or not. - -SEMRUSH - -SEMRush offers a tool called Position Tracking. This tool is a project tool—you must set it up as a new project. Below are a few of the most popular features of the SEMrush Position Tracking tool: - -All subscribers are given regular data updates and mobile search rankings upon subscribing - -The platform provides opportunities to track several SERP features, including Local tracking. - -Intuitive reports allow you to track statistics for the pages on your website, as well as the keywords used in those pages. - -Identify pages that may be competing with each other using the Cannibalization report. - -WHO WINS? - -Ahrefs is a more user-friendly option. It takes seconds to enter a domain name and keywords. From there, you can quickly decide whether to proceed with that keyword or figure out how to rank better for other keywords. - -SEMrush allows you to check your mobile rankings and ranking updates daily, which is something Ahrefs does not offer. SEMrush also offers social media rankings, a tool you won't find within the Ahrefs platform. Both are good which one do you like let me know in the comment. - -Keyword Research - -Keyword research is closely related to rank tracking, but it's used for deciding which keywords you plan on using for future content rather than those you use now. - -When it comes to SEO, keyword research is the most important thing to consider when comparing the two platforms. - -AHREFS - -The Ahrefs Keyword Explorer provides you with thousands of keyword ideas and filters search results based on the chosen search engine. - -Ahrefs supports several features, including: - -It can search multiple keywords in a single search and analyze them together. At SEMrush, you also have this feature in Keyword Overview. - -Ahrefs has a variety of keywords for different search engines, including Google, YouTube, Amazon, Bing, Yahoo, Yandex, and other search engines. - -When you click on a keyword, you can see its search volume and keyword difficulty, but also other keywords related to it, which you didn't use. - -SEMRUSH - -SEMrush's Keyword Magic Tool has over 20 billion keywords for Google. You can type in any keyword you want, and a list of suggested keywords will appear. - -The Keyword Magic Tool also lets you to: - -Show performance metrics by keyword - -Search results are based on both broad and exact keyword matches. - -Show data like search volume, trends, keyword difficulty, and CPC. - -Show the first 100 Google search results for any keyword. - -Identify SERP Features and Questions related to each keyword - -SEMrush has released a new Keyword Gap Tool that uncovers potentially useful keyword opportunities for you, including both paid and organic keywords. - -WHO WINS? - -Both of these tools offer keyword research features and allow users to break down complicated tasks into something that can be understood by beginners and advanced users alike. - -If you're interested in keyword suggestions, SEMrush appears to have more keyword suggestions than Ahrefs does. It also continues to add new features, like the Keyword Gap tool and SERP Questions recommendations. - -Competitor Analysis - -Both platforms offer competitor analysis tools, eliminating the need to come up with keywords off the top of your head. Each tool is useful for finding keywords that will be useful for your competition so you know they will be valuable to you. - -AHREFS - -Ahrefs' domain comparison tool lets you compare up to five websites (your website and four competitors) side-by-side.it also shows you how your site is ranked against others with metrics such as backlinks, domain ratings, and more. - -Use the Competing Domains section to see a list of your most direct competitors, and explore how many keywords matches your competitors have. - -To find more information about your competitor, you can look at the Site Explorer and Content Explorer tools and type in their URL instead of yours. - -SEMRUSH - -SEMrush provides a variety of insights into your competitors' marketing tactics. The platform enables you to research your competitors effectively. It also offers several resources for competitor analysis including: - -Traffic Analytics helps you identify where your audience comes from, how they engage with your site, what devices visitors use to view your site, and how your audiences overlap with other websites. - -SEMrush's Organic Research examines your website's major competitors and shows their organic search rankings, keywords they are ranking for, and even if they are ranking for any (SERP) features and more. - -The Market Explorer search field allows you to type in a domain and lists websites or articles similar to what you entered. Market Explorer also allows users to perform in-depth data analytics on These companies and markets. - -WHO WINS? - -SEMrush wins here because it has more tools dedicated to competitor analysis than Ahrefs. However, Ahrefs offers a lot of functionality in this area, too. It takes a combination of both tools to gain an advantage over your competition. - -Pricing - -Ahrefs - -Lite Monthly: $99/month - -Standard Monthly: $179/month - -Annually Lite: $990/year - -Annually Standard: $1790/year - -SEMRUSH - -Pro Plan: $119.95/month - -Guru Plan:$229.95/month - -Business Plan: $449.95/month - -Which SEO tool should you choose for digital marketing? - -When it comes to keyword data research, you will become confused about which one to choose. - -Consider choosing Ahrefs if you - -Like friendly and clean interface - -Searching for simple keyword suggestions - -Want to get more keywords for different search engines like Amazon, Bing, Yahoo, Yandex, Baidu, and more - -Consider SEMrush if you: - -Want more marketing and SEO features - -Need competitor analysis tool - -Need to keep your backlinks profile clean - -Looking for more keyword suggestions for Google - -Both tools are great. Choose the one which meets your requirements and if you have any experience using either Ahrefs or SEMrush let me know in the comment section which works well for you.",1731883629,f0ec6af36b,469fe5a61b,,,1731883629 -https://www.practicalecommerce.com/tiktok-shop-slowed-by-governments-consumers,https://www.practicalecommerce.com/category/social-media/feed,"TikTok Shop Slowed by Governments, Consumers","TikTok continues to pursue ecommerce via a live-stream platform despite U.S. and E.U. investigations into user privacy. TikTok Shop allows brands and influencers to link products in videos or live broadcasts for purchase within the application. - -The results thus far are mixed. It is now focusing on markets where it has gained traction. Live-stream shopping is immensely popular in China but not (yet) in the U.S. or Europe. TikTok has halted its rollout of Shop’s features in the U.S., and sellers cannot sign up for Shop without a TikTok employee assisting them. - -Analysts speculate that U.S. businesses have not shown sufficient interest. TikTok has limited the U.S. version of Shop to U.S. residents and registered companies, barring overseas merchants, making Shop less competitive with Amazon and Walmart. Both allow overseas merchants to sell on their American sites. - -In 2021 TikTok Shop launched in the U.K., its first market outside Asia. There most of the revenue comes from uploaded videos that link to products rather than live-stream selling. - -But Shop is successful in Southeast Asia, where it launched in 2022, serving Singapore, Malaysia, Indonesia, the Philippines, Vietnam, and Thailand. As of May 2023, Indonesia has 113 million TikTok users, the second largest country after the U.S., per Statista. Insider Intelligence estimates users as of May in all of Southeast Asia at 135 million. - -TikTok Shop’s 2022 gross merchandise value in Southeast Asia was $4.4 billion, a four-times increase over 2021, per CNBC. However, that is a fraction of competitor Shopee at $73.5 billion in GMV. Both Shopee and Lazada, another Southeast Asian competitor, have invested heavily in logistics for faster deliveries, which are difficult in the rural areas of Southeast Asia. TikTok sellers often navigate logistical problems themselves. - -In China, TikTok is called Douyin. China-based ByteDance owns both. Douyin is popular, with Chinese consumers having purchased over 10 billion products since its debut in 2016. - -Government Actions - -American merchants’ adoption of TikTok Shop has presumably been hampered by Congress’s efforts to ban the application. ByteDance has refused Congress’s request that it sell to an American company. - -Similarly, the Biden administration has threatened the company with a total U.S. ban, citing a law in China that gives the government power to access private business info for national security reasons. In March of this year, the U.S. and Canada banned using TikTok on government-issued mobile devices. More than half of the U.S. states have banned TikTok on government-issued devices. - -Canada and European countries are also trying to restrict access to TikTok by residents. The state of Montana has banned TikTok on all devices, effective January 1, 2024. TikTok has sued the state, challenging the legality of the ban. Five TikTok content creators in Montana have also filed a lawsuit against the state in federal court. - -France and the U.K. Parliament have banned TikTok on government staff mobile phones. The European Parliament, European Commission, and the E.U. Council have also imposed bans on TikTok on staff devices. India, once one of TikTok’s largest markets, banned TikTok in mid-2020. - -Attempts to ban TikTok use by American citizens may fail due to a First Amendment infringement. Regardless, the company’s efforts to establish a robust ecommerce platform in the U.S. and E.U. must first overcome the lack of enthusiasm for live-stream shopping in these regions. Government actions are likely secondary.",1731883652,5e1ceba4cb,46d4baf7d8,,,1731883652 -https://pitchfork.com/news/tekashi-6ix9ine-sentenced-to-45-days-in-federal-prison-for-violating-probation,https://pitchfork.com/rss/news/,Tekashi 6ix9ine Sentenced to 45 Days in Federal Prison for Violating Probation,"After two weeks in solitary confinement, 6ix9ine will spend a further 45 days in federal prison for probation violations, The Associated Press reports and a document viewed by Pitchfork confirms. The rapper admitted guilt to five violations, including non-permitted travel, failure to comply with drug tests, and possession of methamphetamines, the document shows. - -Judge Paul A. Engelmayer suggested 6ix9ine thought he was above the law, “maybe because you’re a famous and wealthy rapper,” he said. “But the same rules do apply to you.” After the jail time, he will serve a month of home detention and a further month of curfews as part of a one-year extension of his probation, which had been set to end in six months. Before the sentencing, 6ix9ine told the court, “I’m very sorry. I’m not minimizing my actions. I fully take responsibility. I let myself down. I let my family down. Give me an opportunity to clean things up.” - -6ix9ine’s ongoing probation stems from his compassionate release from prison in April 2020, as COVID-19 spread through prisons, due to his asthma. A possible sentence of decades had already been drastically reduced, after he cooperated with law enforcement and testified in court against alleged gang members with whom he had been affiliated.",1731883663,1fc7f26191,46838a1a11,,,1731883663 -https://www.prcouture.com/green-pr/,https://www.prcouture.com/feed/,What Is Green PR? How to Promote Environmental Initiatives and Avoid Greenwashing,"The global climate crisis is (and should be) at the forefront of so many people’s minds, which is why so many brands, regardless of niche, are prioritizing and implementing eco-friendly practices. For PR pros, this means adapting your strategy to incorporate these environmental initiatives, even if it’s outside your comfort zone. To execute green PR correctly, you’ll have to avoid greenwashing and remain committed to true sustainability. - -What Is Green PR? - -Green PR is a form of public relations focused on a brand’s environmental impact. It highlights sustainability initiatives, any eco-friendly switches the company’s making (like in packaging, shipping, or manufacturing), and climate-focused philanthropy efforts. - -As with all PR, the main goal of green PR is to increase brand visibility and improve your client’s reputation — the only difference is the focus on the client’s sustainability. - -You can use green PR tactics in conjunction with your usual press strategies to maximize the impact of your pitches and campaigns. Focusing on eco-friendly practices opens up a whole new world of media opportunities, from sustainability-focused press placements to awards from organizations working to improve the climate crisis. And you can even leverage these results to further cement your client’s status as a green company and position them as a leading force of sustainability within their niche. - -Wait…Is Green PR Different From Greenwashing? - -Greenwashing is when a brand uses sly marketing strategies to look sustainable…when it’s really anything but. - -Usually, a company that’s greenwashing: - -Uses vague language (Ex: saying something is “natural” or “made with clean ingredients”) - -Avoids transparency around their supply chain - -Focuses on one small sustainable change to distract from other harmful practices (like calling out their use of organic cotton even though the majority of their products use polyester) - -Greenwashing sometimes originates from a client’s marketing team and not PR pros, so you need to be on the lookout for these tactics and nip them in the bud! - -As the climate crisis continues, audiences are getting more and more educated on true sustainability and greenwashing. They know what to look for and will stop supporting brands that engage in greenwashing. It’s like red flags on a dating app — people will spot those icky tactics and immediately move on. - -Instead, stick to authentic, value-based green PR strategies. These will help you avoid greenwashing accusations and build a loyal, eco-friendly customer base. - -Related: Why Brand Positioning Matters More than Ever (+ Where to Begin) - -Why Is Green PR Important Regardless of Your Niche? - -One of the most powerful parts of green PR is that it applies to every niche. All businesses have a responsibility to the environment. But if you’re not sure of the connection to your corner of the industry, here are three ways green PR is essential to success in any niche. - -Consumers Want to Support Brands that Align with Their Values on the Climate Crisis - -Consumers aren’t okay with buying products based on first impressions anymore. They want to support brands that align with their values and will do the research necessary to ensure their purchases feel true to them. PR pros can grab their attention (and make that research much easier) by focusing on green PR and getting your client’s sustainability initiatives into the biggest publications. - -It’s all about creating compelling, engaging stories that show how the environment is at the top of your client’s priorities. Focus on the positive impacts of your client’s initiatives, both on a global and personal level. - -Sure, some people don’t particularly care about purchasing sustainable products. But you will have far more success as a PR pro when you focus on the people who do care. And honestly? Those indifferent folks will come around to team green eventually. - -Your Client Will Reach New Audiences - -People who are truly committing to a sustainable lifestyle are ready to jump ship from their tried-and-true brands if their practices aren’t up to snuff. Your green PR efforts could convert new customers who may have never made the switch but are looking for eco-friendly brands. - -You can also add environmentally-conscious consumers to your client’s target audience once you start to implement green PR practices. Say you represent a beauty brand targeting people 18-30 who want a dewy, minimalist aesthetic. With green PR, you can go beyond that group to capture the attention of eco-conscious consumers regardless of age demographic or desired look. - -It Improves Your Client’s Reputation - -Adding “environmentally friendly” to your client’s list of attributes is huge in creating a positive brand image. Both existing and potential customers will appreciate this update and will recognize the good your client is doing for the planet. - -When green PR is done effectively, you can earn your client the stamp of approval from publications and organizations focused on healing the planet. If sustainability initiatives are rare in your niche, you’ll solidify your client’s status as an innovator in the industry, which will help you maintain the spotlight far beyond the next news cycle. - -How to Avoid Greenwashing In Your Green PR Efforts - -Green PR is incredibly effective, but you run the risk of greenwashing when executing a new strategy. Forget preventing greenwashing from your clients — you could greenwash a developing campaign unintentionally! Read on for five ways you can avoid accidental greenwashing in your green PR efforts. - -Use Concrete Data in Your Pitches - -Using concrete facts and data is always a good idea when pitching, but it’s crucial to avoiding greenwashing in a green PR pitch. Before reaching out to the media, make sure you have your facts nailed down 100%. Verify everything with your client or the third party they partner with for environmental certifications. - -When writing pitches or campaign materials, focus on clear communication. Eco-conscious consumers can see through ambiguous language, exaggerated statements, and confusing jargon to spot greenwashing. All of these things backfire by creating major brand mistrust. - -Instead, make sure you always present measurable, verifiable information and tell a story through the stats. - -Discourage Your Clients From Jumping on Sustainability Trends that Don’t Make Sense for Them - -The climate crisis has global attention, which means being eco-friendly has become ‘trendy’ over the years. We’ve all seen influencers suddenly start thrifting, promoting reusable containers they bought off Amazon, or taking sponsorships from greenwashed companies. When clients see this shift happening, some want to jump on the bandwagon — but not so fast! - -Encourage your clients to hold off on sustainability trends until one that’s truly in line with their brand, products, and values takes off. Campaigns that are just capitalizing on trends and don’t make sense for a company come off as disingenuous. Use your green PR pro expertise to keep an eye on social media so you can act when the time (and trend) is right. - -Related: 5 Proven Strategies to Pitch Sustainable, Eco, & Social Good Brands - -Keep Your Imagery and Videos Straightforward - -This is one of the trickiest greenwashing tactics to navigate! Avoid using images or videos that seem to hint at eco-friendly practices, like lush greenery, ocean life, or bright flowers. Nature-based imagery can lead consumers to believe a brand is eco-friendly even when it’s not, and can feed into sustainability trends. - -This is especially tough if your client’s brand colors include shades of green. It’s literally called green PR and greenwashing! To avoid falling into greenwashing territory, use non-nature photos in your campaigns, ask your media contacts to avoid this type of imagery in your green PR pitches, and focus on other anti-greenwashing strategies. - -Highlight Any Verifiable Certifications Your Clients Have - -Achieving any sort of sustainability credential is a HUGE win for your clients! Having a credible, verifiable certification is a major way to gain trust from environmentally-minded consumers and really show them that your client is walking the sustainable walk. - -When executing your green PR strategy, you can use these certifications to enhance your pitches or announce them on your client’s social media. Make sure they add any organization badges to their website and keep up to date with any renewals or changes in certification standards. - -Show Real, True Change Inside and Outside of Your Client’s Company - -To reverse climate change, we need to make change. One of the most powerful green PR strategies is to showcase how your client is switching up their internal practices to be more sustainable, then display the impact of those changes. This can be measured through hitting internal milestones (like becoming carbon neutral or using 100% biodegradable packaging by a certain date) or through specific statistics (how much less water is now used in manufacturing, for example). - -Be prepared with concrete data that documents real change before you pitch these stories. This strategy is all about laying out a plan, explaining the implementation process, then showing it in practice. - -Avoiding greenwashing when executing a green PR strategy can be super intimidating, Your client’s eco-friendly reputation is at risk! But with some environmental knowledge and tried-and-true anti-greenwashing strategies, you’ll set your client up for sustainability success.",1731883668,1740e50804,46afb46ad9,,,1731883668 -https://slate.com/culture/2003/02/why-i-ditched-buddhism.html,https://news.ycombinator.com/rss,Why I ditched Buddhism.,"For a 2,500-year-old religion, Buddhism seems remarkably compatible with our scientifically oriented culture, which may explain its surging popularity here in America. Over the last 15 years, the number of Buddhist centers in the United States has more than doubled, to well over 1,000. As many as 4 million Americans now practice Buddhism, surpassing the total of Episcopalians. Of these Buddhists, half have post-graduate degrees, according to one survey. Recently, convergences between science and Buddhism have been explored in a slew of books—including Zen and the Brain and The Psychology of Awakening—and scholarly meetings. Next fall Harvard will host a colloquium titled “Investigating the Mind,” where leading cognitive scientists will swap theories with the Dalai Lama. Just the other week the New York Times hailed the “rapprochement between modern science and ancient [Buddhist] wisdom.” - -Four years ago, I joined a Buddhist meditation class and began talking to (and reading books by) intellectuals sympathetic to Buddhism. Eventually, and regretfully, I concluded that Buddhism is not much more rational than the Catholicism I lapsed from in my youth; Buddhism’s moral and metaphysical worldview cannot easily be reconciled with science—or, more generally, with modern humanistic values. - -For many, a chief selling point of Buddhism is its supposed de-emphasis of supernatural notions such as immortal souls and God. Buddhism “rejects the theological impulse,” the philosopher Owen Flanagan declares approvingly in The Problem of the Soul. Actually, Buddhism is functionally theistic, even if it avoids the “G” word. Like its parent religion Hinduism, Buddhism espouses reincarnation, which holds that after death our souls are re-instantiated in new bodies, and karma, the law of moral cause and effect. Together, these tenets imply the existence of some cosmic judge who, like Santa Claus, tallies up our naughtiness and niceness before rewarding us with rebirth as a cockroach or as a saintly lama. - -Advertisement - -Advertisement - -Advertisement - -Advertisement - -Western Buddhists usually downplay these supernatural elements, insisting that Buddhism isn’t so much a religion as a practical method for achieving happiness. They depict Buddha as a pragmatist who eschewed metaphysical speculation and focused on reducing human suffering. As the Buddhist scholar Robert Thurman put it, Buddhism is an “inner science,” an empirical discipline for fulfilling our minds’ potential. The ultimate goal is the state of preternatural bliss, wisdom, and moral grace sometimes called enlightenment—Buddhism’s version of heaven, except that you don’t have to die to get there. - -The major vehicle for achieving enlightenment is meditation, touted by both Buddhists and alternative-medicine gurus as a potent way to calm and comprehend our minds. The trouble is, decades of research have shown meditation’s effects to be highly unreliable, as James Austin, a neurologist and Zen Buddhist, points out in Zen and Brain. Yes, it can reduce stress, but, as it turns out, no more so than simply sitting still does. Meditation can even exacerbate depression, anxiety, and other negative emotions in certain people. - -Advertisement - -The insights imputed to meditation are questionable, too. Meditation, the brain researcher Francisco Varela told me before he died in 2001, confirms the Buddhist doctrine of anatta, which holds that the self is an illusion. Varela contended that anatta has also been corroborated by cognitive science, which has discovered that our perception of our minds as discrete, unified entities is an illusion foisted upon us by our clever brains. In fact, all that cognitive science has revealed is that the mind is an emergent phenomenon, which is difficult to explain or predict in terms of its parts; few scientists would equate the property of emergence with nonexistence, as anatta does. - -Advertisement - -Much more dubious is Buddhism’s claim that perceiving yourself as in some sense unreal will make you happier and more compassionate. Ideally, as the British psychologist and Zen practitioner Susan Blackmore writes in The Meme Machine, when you embrace your essential selflessness, “guilt, shame, embarrassment, self-doubt, and fear of failure ebb away and you become, contrary to expectation, a better neighbor.” But most people are distressed by sensations of unreality, which are quite common and can be induced by drugs, fatigue, trauma, and mental illness as well as by meditation. - -Advertisement - -Advertisement - -Even if you achieve a blissful acceptance of the illusory nature of your self, this perspective may not transform you into a saintly bodhisattva, brimming with love and compassion for all other creatures. Far from it—and this is where the distance between certain humanistic values and Buddhism becomes most apparent. To someone who sees himself and others as unreal, human suffering and death may appear laughably trivial. This may explain why some Buddhist masters have behaved more like nihilists than saints. Chogyam Trungpa, who helped introduce Tibetan Buddhism to the United States in the 1970s, was a promiscuous drunk and bully, and he died of alcohol-related illness in 1987. Zen lore celebrates the sadistic or masochistic behavior of sages such as Bodhidharma, who is said to have sat in meditation for so long that his legs became gangrenous. - -Advertisement - -Advertisement - -Advertisement - -What’s worse, Buddhism holds that enlightenment makes you morally infallible—like the pope, but more so. Even the otherwise sensible James Austin perpetuates this insidious notion. ” ‘Wrong’ actions won’t arise,” he writes, “when a brain continues truly to express the self-nature intrinsic to its [transcendent] experiences.” Buddhists infected with this belief can easily excuse their teachers’ abusive acts as hallmarks of a “crazy wisdom” that the unenlightened cannot fathom. - -But what troubles me most about Buddhism is its implication that detachment from ordinary life is the surest route to salvation. Buddha’s first step toward enlightenment was his abandonment of his wife and child, and Buddhism (like Catholicism) still exalts male monasticism as the epitome of spirituality. It seems legitimate to ask whether a path that turns away from aspects of life as essential as sexuality and parenthood is truly spiritual. From this perspective, the very concept of enlightenment begins to look anti-spiritual: It suggests that life is a problem that can be solved, a cul-de-sac that can be, and should be, escaped. - -Advertisement - -Advertisement - -Some Western Buddhists have argued that principles such as reincarnation, anatta, and enlightenment are not essential to Buddhism. In Buddhism Without Beliefs and The Faith To Doubt, the British teacher Stephen Batchelor eloquently describes his practice as a method for confronting—rather than transcending—the often painful mystery of life. But Batchelor seems to have arrived at what he calls an “agnostic” perspective in spite of his Buddhist training—not because of it. When I asked him why he didn’t just call himself an agnostic, Batchelor shrugged and said he sometimes wondered himself. - -Advertisement - -All religions, including Buddhism, stem from our narcissistic wish to believe that the universe was created for our benefit, as a stage for our spiritual quests. In contrast, science tells us that we are incidental, accidental. Far from being the raison d’être of the universe, we appeared through sheer happenstance, and we could vanish in the same way. This is not a comforting viewpoint, but science, unlike religion, seeks truth regardless of how it makes us feel. Buddhism raises radical questions about our inner and outer reality, but it is finally not radical enough to accommodate science’s disturbing perspective. The remaining question is whether any form of spirituality can.",1731883655,7198d80d03,46bc2cedce,,,1731883655 -https://www.cbssports.com/nfl/news/bills-vs-chiefs-where-to-watch-nfl-kickoff-time-tv-channel-live-stream-odds-prediction-for-week-11/,https://www.cbssports.com/rss/headlines/NFL/,"Bills vs. Chiefs where to watch: NFL kickoff time, TV channel, live stream, odds, prediction for Week 11","There is perhaps no matchup on the NFL's Week 11 schedule that warrants more anticipation than, well, the same matchup that's captivated audiences for years: the Buffalo Bills against the Kansas City Chiefs. - -Of the past six meetings between the AFC heavyweights, five have either been one-score contests, playoff matchups, or both. Of the postseason games in that span, one was an AFC championship, another went to overtime, and another came down to a missed field goal. - -In other words, when they square off, it's must-see TV. Which is why CBS Sports will feature special coverage of this Sunday's affair, airing ""The NFL Today"" live from Buffalo ahead of the game broadcast. Fans can join the crew in Lot 6 at Highmark Stadium starting at noon ET on Sunday, hours before these two Super Bowl hopefuls go head to head once more. - -How can you tune in? Which players could be X-factors? And who's actually primed to win? Here's our preview and sports betting prediction for the anticipated showdown: - -Chiefs vs. Bills where to watch - -Date: Sunday, Nov. 17 | Time: 4:25 p.m. ET - -Location: Highmark Stadium (Orchard Park, New York) - -TV: CBS | Stream: Paramount+ - -Follow: CBS Sports App - -Odds: Bills -2.5, O/U 46.5 (FanDuel Sportsbook) - -Key matchups - -USATSI - -Chiefs WR DeAndre Hopkins vs. Bills CB Rasul Douglas: JuJu Smith-Schuster could be back in the lineup for Kansas City, but Hopkins remains the trustiest outlet for Patrick Mahomes on the perimeter, collecting 14 passes for more than 140 yards in his last two games as a Chief. Douglas, meanwhile, is Buffalo's top ballhawk, with five pass breakups, though he's still searching for his first pick of 2024. - -JuJu Smith-Schuster could be back in the lineup for Kansas City, but Hopkins remains the trustiest outlet for Patrick Mahomes on the perimeter, collecting 14 passes for more than 140 yards in his last two games as a Chief. Douglas, meanwhile, is Buffalo's top ballhawk, with five pass breakups, though he's still searching for his first pick of 2024. Bills TE Dalton Knox vs. Chiefs S Justin Reid: Buffalo could be down several of its top wide receivers due to injury, and top tight end Dalton Kincaid is out with a banged-up knee. As a result, Knox figures to have a more prominent role as a safety valve for Josh Allen. Reid is one of K.C.'s savvier defensive backs, and could be charged with blanketing the middle. - -Buffalo could be down several of its top wide receivers due to injury, and top tight end Dalton Kincaid is out with a banged-up knee. As a result, Knox figures to have a more prominent role as a safety valve for Josh Allen. Reid is one of K.C.'s savvier defensive backs, and could be charged with blanketing the middle. Chiefs OT Jawaan Taylor vs. Bills DE Greg Rousseau: Kansas City's front will be under pressure at left tackle, where Wanya Morris is hurt, but the bigger challenge could be off the right side, where Taylor's penalties continue to spark conversation. Rousseau has enjoyed a breakout as Buffalo's top rusher, racking up 16 quarterback hits and a career-high 12 tackles for loss in Year 4. - -Burning questions - -USATSI - -Bills: Can Josh Allen attack Steve Spagnuolo's defense without a healthy arsenal of weapons? Spagnuolo is once again overseeing a dominant ""D"" in Kansas City, with the Chiefs surrendering the fifth-fewest points of any team and largely suffocating opposing run games. Allen is as capable as anyone of playing Superman, and he's also proven excellent against the blitz, but if top receivers like Amari Cooper aren't available or at full speed, and the James Cook-led ground game can't break open, he could be hard-pressed for patience. - -Spagnuolo is once again overseeing a dominant ""D"" in Kansas City, with the Chiefs surrendering the fifth-fewest points of any team and largely suffocating opposing run games. Allen is as capable as anyone of playing Superman, and he's also proven excellent against the blitz, but if top receivers like Amari Cooper aren't available or at full speed, and the James Cook-led ground game can't break open, he could be hard-pressed for patience. Chiefs: Can the Patrick Mahomes-led offense finally hit a new gear? Again, K.C.'s defense isn't much of a concern. But Mahomes and Co. have won almost exclusively on the margins, relying on late-game conversions and defensive stands to stay unbeaten. The Bills, meanwhile, rank second in total takeaways (19) this year, and also register as a top-10 scoring defense. With starting ball-carrier Isiah Pacheco still out, and star tight end Travis Kelce functioning as a mere short-yardage outlet, head coach Andy Reid may need to get creative to unlock splash plays. - -Prediction - -There will no doubt be a physical edge to this one, and it'll be a mild stunner if it isn't close. There's a specific trend related to the matchups of the Allen-Mahomes era that's likely to continue, however: Whereas Mahomes is undefeated against Allen and the Bills in the playoffs, it's Allen that has the decisive edge in the regular season, owning a 3-1 career mark against Kansas City. Yes, the Bills may be shorthanded out wide, and the Chiefs are, well, the Chiefs. But Allen has done more as a big-play quarterback in 2024, and Sean McDermott's defense has held relatively firm in the red zone, giving the home squad the edge. - -Pick: Bills 24, Chiefs 23",1731883639,fad4a9cc43,46d7a057e6,,,1731883639 -https://www.frugalrules.com/discount-shoes-online/,https://www.frugalrules.com/feed/,9 Best Sites for Discount Shoes Online,"Having a growing family can drain your budget, especially if you need to purchase new clothes and shoes frequently. If it seems like you or your children constantly need a new item, saving money can be difficult. - -Thankfully, the internet makes it easier to cut costs without sacrificing quality, even when purchasing new footwear. Our guide shares the best places to buy discount shoes online to help you stretch your budget. - -What is the Cheapest Website to Get Shoes? - -It is possible to save money by shopping at online shoe stores. Many websites have flexible return policies, and some even offer free shipping. - -Here are the best online shoe sites for both adults and kids. - -1. Amazon - -You can buy almost anything on Amazon, including shoes. If you need to find discount shoes, this should be your first stop. - -As the world’s largest online retailer, Amazon has hundreds of shoe brands in stock. If you want a good deal on shoes, you can shop their warehouse offers or filter results to only show shoes that cost less than $25. - -It’s also possible to buy designer brands, including popular styles from Steve Madden, on the platform. However, it’s important to read the fine print when it comes to authenticity and returns. - -Some third-party vendors might be more expensive or not offer the same benefits as purchasing an Amazon product. Others may not offer a free return option. - -Prime members might have the ability to enjoy a seven-day “try before you buy” period before purchasing select footwear. These listings may even offer free shipping and returns. - -Shoe purchases often fall under their refund policy. You can return your purchase within 30 days as long as they haven’t been “worn.” - -Make sure to keep the original packaging to qualify for a full refund. You might be able to exchange your shoes for a different color or size as well. - -Another benefit of shopping at Amazon instead of a big box store is being able to redeem Amazon gift cards to save money. - -Pros: - -Amazon Prime perks for Prime members - -Easy return and refund policy - -Many brands, options, sizes, and colors available - -Shoes available for nearly any budget - -Cons: - -Need to make sure shoes have free return options - -Designer brands may be expensive - -Best for: Amazon is an excellent option for anyone who wants to buy affordable shoes under $25. - -2. Zappos - -Zappos is one of the best places for online shoe shopping due to its competitive prices and wide selection of products. The retailer has been around for over 20 years and is part of the Amazon family. - -Amazon Prime members receive special benefits, including free expedited shipping and bonus Zappos VIP rewards points. - -There is no cost to join the Zappos VIP loyalty program. It offers free expedited shipping on every order and has a rapid return policy. - -If you’re looking for affordable children’s, men’s, or women’s shoes, this online shoe retailer is worth a look. The site offers most brands and styles. - -Zappos is also a legit place to buy designer and name brands. Pricing might be higher than you’re comfortable with, so use their detailed filter option to find something that fits within your budget. - -Free standard shipping is available on every order. Better yet, the retailer offers free returns and a generous return policy that allows you an entire year (365 days) to return your shoes. - -You should receive a refund within ten days. Select VIP members can receive a refund within 24 hours of the initial UPS return shipping scan. - -Pros: - -Amazing customer service - -Easy to filter options - -Free shipping and returns - -365-day return policy - -Options for the whole family - -Cons: - -Can be slightly more expensive than other websites - -They don’t offer coupons (unless you’re a student, teacher, or military member) - -Best for: Zappos offers great prices on shoes for shoppers who want to buy brand-name products and need a flexible return policy. - -3. Target - -Target makes shopping for cheap shoes online and in-store easy. Many sizes and styles are available for less than $30. - -Plus, shopping with a Target RedCard can help you save an additional five percent. - -On the store website, you have a bigger selection of shoes than at a physical location. You can browse their “shoe deals” section to see the current sales for adult and kid’s shoes. - -It’s also easy to browse the online clearance section to find shoes at low prices. - -Free standard shipping is available for most purchases. However, some items may require in-store pickup. - -Target’s return policy is more flexible than most of the other sites. You have up to 90 days to return shoes to a local store or take advantage of free return shipping. - -In addition, if you have a large family or like to save money, Target is a terrific choice to buy cheap clothes online. - -Pros: - -Larger selection than in-store - -Fast shipping (usually shipped the next business day) - -Free shipping/pickup if shipped to your local store - -REDcard perks (like free shipping on orders $35 and over) - -Generous refund policy - -Cons: - -Few perks for shipping if you don’t have a REDcard - -Third-party sellers may have fewer protections - -Best for: Target is best for buying shoes under $30 and in-store returns. - -4. Shoe Carnival - -Shoe Carnival is worth considering when buying discount shoes online. You can find shoes for the whole family and receive free shipping on orders over $75. - -In addition to shopping online for discount shoes, the merchant lets you earn extra rewards by joining their Shoe Perks loyalty program. It’s free to join. - -Some of the Shoe Perks benefits include: - -Earn one point per $1 you spend - -Redeem 200 points for a $10 certificate - -$5 Birthday Perk - -No receipt is necessary for returns - -Points never expire with this program. - -By spending $200 per year, you qualify for the Shoe Perks Gold loyalty tier. One special benefit of Gold status is free standard shipping on all orders. - -The return policy is 60 days from the purchase date. Shoes must be new, unused, and contain all original packaging. - -There is a $6 fee to return items in-store or by mail. Local drop-off locations include Shoe Carnival, Walgreens, and participating Nordstrom stores. - -Pros: - -No receipt necessary for returns - -Get $5 on your birthday as a part of Shoe Perks - -Free in-store pickup - -Daily deal each day - -Cons: - -Free shipping under $75 - -$6 shipping fee for returns - -Best for: Shoe Carnival is ideal for buying affordable athletic and dress shoes. - -5. Overstock.com - -Overstock.com is an excellent way to find affordable items for your household. Beyond that, they have clothing and accessory sales that often make it easy to buy good shoes at low prices. - -If you’re trying to save money on specialty shoes like boots or you want designer shoes at discount prices, you might be pleased with the selection of brands on Overstock.com. - -They have great options for men, women, and children. Many purchases have free standard shipping. Some even offer free two-day shipping. - -Return policies vary by vendor, and you should expect to pay return shipping costs. However, it’s possible to get a refund on the purchase price if you meet the merchant’s conditions. - -Some merchants may require you to return your shoes within 15 days to qualify for a refund. Others have a return window of up to 90 days. - -Pros: - -Great selection of shoes for the whole family - -Free standard shipping on most purchases - -Some sellers offer free two-day shipping - -Often has sales of 20 percent off suggested retail - -Cons: - -Selection moves quickly - -May need to pay for return shipping - -Return window varies by seller - -Site specializes in furniture sales - -Best for: Overstock.com is ideal for people who want to shop for cheap shoes online that are also on sale. - -6. Foot Locker - -Are you looking for shoes for the athlete in your family? Or do you like to run? If so, Foot Locker is an excellent place to buy sneakers online or purchase discount athletic shoes. - -Unfortunately, you won’t find any sandals, heels, or boots. Thankfully, there are other stores to purchase affordable shoes online for non-sports needs. - -Free shipping is available for all orders above $50. It’s also possible to get free shipping on smaller orders by joining their FLX loyalty program. - -The retailer lets you ship items to a local store to try on as well. - -While you will pay more at Foot Locker, they do have a coupon page you can use to find discount codes. - -You have 45 days from the original shipment date to initiate a return in-store or online. Foot Locker deducts a $6.99 shipping fee on returns. However, you can pay to ship the item yourself to avoid that fee. - -There isn’t a return shipping fee for defective merchandise. - -Pros: - -Affordable styles for all sizes - -Free shipping on orders above $50 - -Great sale options - -45-day return policy - -Cons: - -Must have original everything, including tags, to return items - -Have to pay $6.99 to return items - -May be more expensive than other stores. - -Best for: Foot Locker is best for buying athletic shoes, including Nike, Jordan, and Vans. - -7. DSW - -DSW (Designer Shoe Warehouse) is for fashionistas who love trendy and affordable shoes. You can find almost any style at DSW, from boots to snakeskin heels and more. - -Better yet, you can outfit the entire family at this discount shoe store. - -If you’ve seen the DSW stores, they have ample selection. Their website is similar, and it’s easy to look for shoes online. - -You can filter the shoes by: - -Occasion type - -Heel height - -Style - -Features - -These advanced search filters can make it easier to find comfortable shoes for foot pain or special occasions. - -Many pairs sell for under $35. This is cheap enough to enjoy the latest styles at great prices. - -Free shipping is available on orders that are $75 or higher. Joining the VIP Rewards loyalty program provides free ground shipping on every order. - -Additional DSW VIP benefits include: - -A 20 percent discount on your first purchase - -$5 off for your birthday - -Bonus points for donating gently used shoes - -Return shipping costs $8.50 per order (standard delivery). Free returns are available for VIP Rewards Gold and Elite members. - -All VIP Rewards members qualify for free in-store returns. VIP members must spend $200 annually to qualify for free online returns. - -Spending at least $500 per year extends the return period from 60 days to 365 days. - -Pros: - -Trendy and regular options like tennis shoes and sandals - -Hundreds of brands to choose from - -Free exchanges within 60 days of purchase - -Cons: - -Free shipping on orders $35 or more (unless you join VIP Rewards) - -Online returns cost $8.50 - -Best for: DSW is best for people who want a great price on shoes that are on point with the latest fashion trends. - -8. 6pm - -Zappos has an outlet store to make cheap shoe shopping easier. The retailer sends their unsold items to 6pm as a last attempt to sell them. - -As a result, you may find some incredible deals if you want to shop for shoes online. - -According to 6pm, you can save up to 80 percent when you shop on their site. Name brand shoes and other brands you might be unfamiliar with are available. - -Signing up for their daily email deals can help you find discount codes to enter at checkout for extra savings. - -Shipping is free on orders above $50 or when you buy at least two items. - -Returns must be done within 30 days. Buyers are responsible for paying return shipping fees. - -Some of their items are considered final sale, so be careful when ordering. - -Additionally, 6pm doesn’t offer exchanges. - -Despite the return and exchange limitations, it’s one of the best stores to get discount shoes online. - -Pros: - -Free shipping for orders $50 or more, or 2+ items - -Designer styles for rock bottom prices - -Frequent discounts offered - -Cons: - -Only a 30-day window for returns - -No exchanges - -Best for: 6pm is great for people who want to buy shoes at clearance prices. - -9. Famous Footwear - -Famous Footwear is a terrific option to buy shoes online for your family. Not only does the retailer have a massive retail footprint, but you can also shop for name-brand shoes online. - -You won’t find designer styles here, but you can find options that you’ll wear every day. - -If efficiency is important to you when shopping online, the retailer carries shoes for the entire family. There are even shoes for infants and toddlers, which is uncommon for some retailers. - -Shipping is free on orders over $75. - -There isn’t a shipping minimum for the Famously You Rewards members. This program is free to join and provides several incentives to get discount shoes, including: - -Earning up to $250 in rewards cash per year - -Special birthday month discounts and bonuses - -Exclusive rewards program savings - -Combining rewards points with other savings - -The return time limit is flexible since you can bring items back at any time, according to the retailer. In-store returns are free. Returns by mail have a $7.95 service fee. - -Items bought online can be returned locally or by mail. Exchanges are possible as well. - -Pros: - -Offers infant and toddler sizes - -Hundreds of shoes under $30 - -Free in-store pickup - -Rewards program offers free shipping and money back for purchases - -Cons: - -You have to pay for return shipping - -Selection for shoes can be small if you’re looking for something specific - -Best for: Famous Footwear is best if you want to buy infant shoes and casual adult shoes. - -Other Tips to Save Money on Shoes - -Getting discount shoes online is a terrific way to save money. However, that’s just one part of saving money. - -Here are some other ways to cut costs when dealing with your footwear needs. - -Use Valid Coupon Codes - -Some cheap online shoe sites list coupon codes on their homepage or in a special coupons section. But, the special may not apply to you, or you might want to find other discounts. - -Thankfully, there are other ways to reduce your bill. Capital One Shopping is a fantastic resource that compares prices and identifies active coupon codes to apply to your purchase. - -It works in the background for you so that you don’t have to waste time looking for discounts. - -This is particularly help when you’re doing back to school shopping and you need to purchase multiple pairs of shoes. - -Read our Capital One Shopping review to learn more. - -Get Cash Back on Your Purchase - -If you shop online, you can often get a rebate at many merchants. For example, Rakuten gives you cash back when you shop online using its mobile app or browser extension. - -Once you’ve made your purchase, the shopping portal adds the cash to your account. You can redeem your shopping rewards with a $5.01 minimum balance each quarter through PayPal, paper check, or select gift cards. - -In addition to online shopping rewards, you can also earn cash back on in-store purchases by paying with a linked payment card. Most in-store offers are at department stores. - -You can even receive a $10 bonus with your first qualifying purchase exceeding $25. - -Read our Rakuten review to learn more. - -Buy Discounted Gift Cards - -Another way to save money is to buy discounted gift cards for your favorite stores. You can often combine them with money-saving apps or other discounts. - -Gift Card Outlets is one of the best places to get discounted gift cards to almost any store, including DSW and Famous Footwear. - -Expect to save up to ten percent on the gift cards you purchase. If you can find one for your favorite shoe store, buy it and use it on your next purchase to save cash. - -Read our guide on the best sites to buy discounted gifts online to get a good deal. - -Sell Your Old Shoes - -Another way to save money on purchases is by selling your old shoes first. Designer shoes and those in like-new condition can fetch the best price. - -Using a local buy and sell app can be the best way to sell your items. You don’t have to pay shipping or selling fees. - -It’s often free to list your items, and you might be able to offer “porch pickup” for contactless transactions. - -However, you may also consider Poshmark to reach more shoppers since this platform specializes in selling designer brands. - -The buyer pays shipping costs, but your seller fee is either $2.95 or 20 percent, whichever is higher. - -Bottom Line - -Buying shoes online is convenient, easy, and often more affordable than buying them locally. While Amazon and Zappos are both fantastic choices for finding reduced-price shoes, they are just two options. - -Other retailers provide similar savings and features. Plus, free shipping and flexible return policies make it easy to return or exchange anything that doesn’t meet your expectations. - -With all the perks and savings that come with buying shoes online, there’s no reason to break the bank the next time you or your kids need new footwear. - -Where do you go to find affordable shoes for your family? - -*Capital One Shopping compensates us when you sign up for Capital One Shopping using the links provided.",1731883632,e18025b98e,46ea2d1ef3,,,1731883632 -https://identityweek.net/hid-acquires-ixla-to-enhance-card-and-passport-personalisation-portfolio-expand-international-presence-in-secure-credential-issuance/,https://www.planetbiometrics.com/rss/,"HID acquires IXLA to enhance card and passport personalisation portfolio, expand international presence in secure credential issuance","Acquisition expands HID’s international presence in credential issuance, including governmental cards, passports, and financial cards - -HID, a worldwide leader in trusted identity solutions, today announced it has acquired IXLA, an Italian manufacturer of advanced laser and colour personalisation systems for cards and passports. The addition of IXLA expands HID’s card and passport personalisation portfolio, particularly in European markets and emerging economies. - -“Welcoming IXLA into the HID family demonstrates our commitment to providing convenient and efficient document personalization solutions across a variety of industries,” said Björn Lidefelt, EVP and Head of HID. “With IXLA’s technology and expertise, we are better positioned for geographic expansion, particularly in the government and financial institution space.” - -IXLA specialises in the design, development, and implementation of advanced laser and colour personalisation systems in three core categories: - -Card printers: Laser desktop and mid-range solutions for the secure personalisation of security documents such as identification cards, driver’s licenses, health cards and other government-issued credentials - -Laser desktop and mid-range solutions for the secure personalisation of security documents such as identification cards, driver’s licenses, health cards and other government-issued credentials Passport printers: Low-mid-volume printers with laser and inkjet-based colour personalisation that offer precise printing solutions for personalising passports - -Low-mid-volume printers with laser and inkjet-based colour personalisation that offer precise printing solutions for personalising passports Application software: Machine management software that ensures all personalization processes meet stringent security requirements to safeguard sensitive data - -The IXLA portfolio offers laser and inkjet personalisation systems for government and payments. The offering specialises in card printing and flexible issuance for driver’s licenses, ID cards, police and military IDs, high security government cards and passports and more. - -Craig Sandness, SVP and Head of Secure Issuance, HID, said, “We look forward to incorporating IXLA into our growing printer and credential personalization offering. This addition helps increase our relevance in both the government and finance space, as well as better serve users in emerging markets across the globe.” - -Founded in 2003 and headquartered in Romano Canavese, Italy, IXLA is now part of HID’s Secure Issuance Business Area. Together with the 2015 acquisition of IAI Industrial Systems B.V., IXLA will benefit from HID’s sales and other global functions to support its offering.",1731883631,084b136c50,46f45ce99d,,,1731883631 -https://racingnews.co/2024/11/09/phoenix-starting-lineup-november-2024-nascar-finale/,https://www.racingnews.co/feed/,Phoenix Starting Lineup: November 2024 (NASCAR Finale),"NASCAR starting positions for the championship race at Phoenix Raceway - -NASCAR Cup Series drivers have unloaded in Phoenix, Arizona for the season finale. Now, the field rolls to the 1-mile of Phoenix Raceway for a round of qualifying to set the starting grid for Sunday’s race. - -View the Phoenix starting lineup for the NASCAR Cup Series below. - -Phoenix Menu - -ARCA: Race - -Truck: Prac/Qual | Race - -Xfinity: Prac | Qual | Race - -Cup: Prac | Qual | Race - -Phoenix TV Schedule",1731883646,d62396e274,46e8fe76cb,,,1731883646 -https://www.wmagazine.com/beauty/kendall-jenner-brown-hair-cut-bob-los-angeles,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,Kendall Jenner Chops Blonde Hair Into a Super-short Brunette Bob,"It looks like Kendall Jenner realized that blondes actually don’t have more fun. Or, she just felt like ditching her Marilyn Monroe-inspired hair for something more appropriate for the fall season. Either way, Jenner was seen at the celebrity hot spot Sushi Park last night, where she debuted a brand new cut and color that perfectly matched the crisp L.A. weather. - -Jenner swapped her platinum blonde bob for an ever shorter ‘do that was dyed in her trademark dark brown. Although not much of the model’s new look was visible from beneath her white baseball cap, Jenner’s stylist definitely chopped quite a few inches off from when she last was seen out and about. Just a few hours prior to her dinner, Jenner hard-launched her hair on Instagram. The model’s steamy topless shoot, photographed by Mert Alas, offered a closer look at things. Her cut is more of a severe bob rather than the lob, or long bob, she’s been rocking recently. - -Of course, Jenner already knew exactly how to style her fall cut. She paired it with a trio of cold-weather must-haves: simple black pants, a structured clutch, and a chocolate brown leather coat. - -The Daily Stardust / BACKGRID - -Jenner’s brunette hair transformation follows her decision to completely switch up her look in favor of bombshell blonde. The model debuted her platinum locks during New York Fashion Week in September and quickly got down to styling it in every manner possible. She sported what’s now been dubbed “Carolyn Bessette-Kennedy” hair in Paris, an old-money chignon for Rosalìa’s birthday bash, and even coiled, Marilyn-esque curls at the Academy Museum Gala last month. - -Stefanie Keenan/Getty Images Entertainment/Getty Images - -Compared to Kylie Jenner—who’s tried out everything from bright teal to neon-pink hair—Kendall has historically been less willing to take a big beauty risk. (Given her profession as a model, that makes perfect sense.) - -Yes, she went through that strawberry red phase and even dyed her hair blush pink at one point. But there’s been a continuity throughout the model’s career, whether she’s wearing her brown hair all the way down her back or tucked inside a sporty cap, like she did last night.",1731883675,f8844306b1,471ac32a2f,,,1731883675 -https://www.thepinknews.com/2024/11/16/father-ted-star-jon-kenny-dies-aged-66/,https://www.pinknews.co.uk/feed/,Father Ted star Jon Kenny dies aged 66,"Jon Kenny, the Irish actor and comedian best known for his role as Fred Rickwood in the British sitcom Father Ted, has died at the age of 66. - -His wife, Margy, confirmed the news on Friday (November 15). - -The actor died while receiving treatment at Galway Clinic following a protracted battle with non-Hodgkins lymphoma, a type of cancer that affects the lymph nodes. He was first diagnosed when he was in his 40s and later made a full recovery but the cancer came back in 2020. - -Earlier this year, Kenny spoke on RTÉ about his diagnosis: “The cancer came back. I had it there again. I had it about three years ago, four years ago so I had some operation to remove some of my left lung and that was good. But didn’t the f***er come back again on my left lung again. I’ve been lucky now because my chemo is working so I’ve been grand.” - -He added that after a second round of chemo, he was told he had heart failure, calling it “a nice little cocktail of things to be getting on with”. - -In addition to his role in Father Ted, Kenny was also one half of the comedy duo D’Unbelievables alongside Pat Shortt as well as appearing Thénardier in the 1998 film adaptation of Les Misérables and as Mr Harvey in Insatiable. - -You may like to watch - -More recently, he appeared in The Banshees of Inisherin which starred Colin Farrell, Brendan Gleeson, and Barry Keoghan. - -Tributes to the comedian have been pouring in since his death was announced, including from Simon Harris, the Taoiseach of Ireland. - -In a statement, Harris said: “It is with the utmost sadness that I have learned of the death of writer, actor and comedian Jon Kenny. Jon had the ability, that very few people possess, to make his audiences crack up laughing with a glance or a single word.” - -“To Jon’s family, friends and huge circle of colleagues and peers, I am truly sorry for your loss. May he rest in peace.” - -Graham Linehan, one of the co-creators of Father Ted, also paid tribute to Kenny. - -“Ah, no John Kenny checked out. You’ll know him from Father Ted but I first saw him in D’unbelievables where he and Pat Short did a whole show as if the audience were guests at a wedding. Never saw anything like it. RIP and love to his family and friends,” he wrote on X. - -Linehan has previously been outspoken about his anti-trans views, leading to cancellations of at least two of his comedy gigs and a proposed Father Ted musical being axed due to his rhetoric.",1731883633,729e030595,46f637a20a,,,1731883633 -https://www.collegecrosse.com/2021/10/27/22747484/announcement-a-new-commenting-system-is-coming-to-college-crosse,https://www.collegecrosse.com/rss/current.rss,Announcement: A new commenting system is coming to College Crosse,"Hey everyone. I’m Beth, and I oversee all of our NCAA communities. - -This Thursday will be a big day for our community: we’re moving our comments to a brand new platform, developed especially for SB Nation. A select few of our NCAA communities will be moving to the new platform, and I’m excited about the change. - -Some of you may already be familiar with this new platform as it rolled out to our NFL communities last year and to many of our soccer sites and our NHL and NBA communities this year. Over 30 updates to the platform have been released since then, each bringing new features for SB Nation communities specifically, and changes to the user experience based on community member feedback. It’s a very different platform today than it was last year, and I can’t wait to show you. - -Why this change? We’ve been using the same commenting platform for over a decade and it’s time for an upgrade. The old system is brittle, and prone to outages. It’s not built for the modern web, and even just maintaining it gets tougher every year. - -Nobody likes change, but this is a necessary one, and it brings real improvements that’ll make our whole commenting experience better. - -In the new system, you’ll see features that we’ve wanted to add for years, including: - -Easier embeds (just paste the Twitter/YouTube link) - -Easier rich text shortcuts (control-B for Bold, control-I for italics) - -Email notifications when someone replies to you - -See who’s Rec’d your comments - -Better flagging options and strong anti-abuse controls - -A GIF library for easy image posting - -The ability to mute commenters you don’t want to see - -Easily find the most Rec’d comments - -Plus a whole host of features that we’ve kept because they make our communities special, such as new comment highlighting, color changes with high Rec counts, Z key scrolling, external image embeds, sarcasm font, and much more. - -This platform has been built specifically for SB Nation communities and, for the first time, we now have a team dedicated to constantly evolving and improving our commenting tools. - -I know that new things take a bit of time to get used to — I ask only that you give it a chance, try it on a few articles, and then tell us honestly what you think. This is a permanent work in progress — we will continue to evolve the tools over the coming months and years, to give you the tools and platform you deserve. In fact, we have already added dozens of new features based on feedback from our audiences since our initial launch on NFL communities last year. You can help make it better by giving us your feedback in the comments or emailing coralsupport@voxmedia.com - -Some important information about the change: your old comments are being saved and will be returned to the pages in the future, but for now, stories won’t contain comments posted prior to the changeover. So please be mindful that any discussions happening at the time the switch is flipped will be interrupted. - -Your comment history will now be located under the My Profile tab at the top of the comments (not the top of the page), which is also where your comments archive will be restored when we bring them back. - -The new platform will go live on College Crosse beginning Thursday afternoon. You can use the same login as always. - -Thanks as always for being here. Now let’s talk.",1731883647,8021db6cf2,46df791e74,,,1731883647 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/elder-scrolls-legends-has-been-removed-from-sale-and-will-become-unplayable-in-january-2025,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,Elder Scrolls: Legends has been removed from sale and will become unplayable in January 2025,"The Elder Scrolls: Legends, the free-to-play card game set in Bethesda's fantasy world, has been removed from sale on Steam. Its servers will shut down for good on January 30th, 2025, after which it will no longer be playable. The closure comes five years after the game was last updated. - -The game's Steam page displays a message at the top that notes it is ""no longer available on the Steam store."" An in-game message announces the closure. - -""The Elder Scrolls: Legends servers will permanently shut down on January 30, 2025,"" begins the message. ""From now until January 30, 2025, all items in the store and entry into in-game events will be available for 1 gold each, so you can enjoy all the content Legends has to offer. On that date, servers will be shut down and the game will be inaccessible. Thank you for playing and we hope you have enjoyed your time in Legends."" - -Brendy wrote in his Elder Scrolls Legends review that it ""improved on Heathstone in an incremental way"", elevated by its rune system and held back by its Elder Scrolls setting. That was in 2017 and ongoing development on updates and expansions ceased just two years later. - -Obviously Legends never found a huge, adoring audience, but as ever I find it infuriating that live service and free-to-play games are just a slip-and-slide of unpredictable length pointing straight into a bin. No offline mode, no chance of finding an audience in future, just: bin. It's an awful way to treat your customers, and a terrible thing for video game culture in general that so much work is discarded so easily. Is any other medium so shortsighted?",1731883682,ad45c610da,4737e61d8f,,,1731883682 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/im-59-1-4-million-121500185.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,"With $1.4 Million at 59, Can I Cover $5k Monthly Expenses in Retirement?","SmartAsset and Yahoo Finance LLC may earn commission or revenue through links in the content below. - -When thinking about whether you’re financially prepared to retire or not, you’ll want to think about it in a certain way. You have a lifestyle that you would like to maintain, and a portfolio that can safely generate a specific amount of income each year. Once your costs and means overlap, you can afford to retire. - -Here, we have $1.4 million in assets and $5,000 in monthly expenses. Depending on your personal situation, this type of portfolio may last through retirement with proper planning and if you can supplement it with enough Social Security income, but the bigger question is if you should you retire before 60. - -Do you have specific questions about retirement? Speak with a financial advisor today. - -Early Retirement Raises Its Own Issues - -At age 59, you’ll retire six years early and eight years early by Medicare and Social Security standards, respectively. This raises several issues, all of which will shift your retirement costs. - -Plan for More Time in Retirement - -For the sake of this example, let’s say that on average someone in their 60s can expect to live until around age 87. This has given rise to the standard 4% rule of retirement planning. Anticipating 25 years of withdrawals lets a 67 year old retiree plan for their average life expectancy with some room for happy error. - -If you retire at 59, you may want to plan, using this example, for more like 35 years-plus of withdrawals to cover the same room for error. In that case, you will probably want to plan for annual withdrawals in an amount less than 4%. - -Plan for Less Access to Social Security - -The earliest you can plan on taking Social Security is age 62, but doing so would lock in reduced benefits for life. To collect “full” Social Security benefits, you will need to wait until age 67, and to collect maximum benefits you will have to wait until 70. This will increase the amount you need to withdraw from your portfolio as you wait for benefits to kick in. - -Plan for More Health Insurance Costs - -You will become eligible for Medicare at age 65. Between now and then, you will need to pay for your own health insurance. This will add to your monthly costs, meaning you should plan for more like $5,500 per month, on top of the standard gap insurance and long-term care insurance that most retirees need to anticipate. - -Plan for More Inflation - -Finally, the longer you spend in retirement, the more you will need to anticipate inflation. Ideally, you can build an investment strategy that helps your portfolio cope with rising prices, or, at least for as long as the portfolio lasts. - -Story Continues",1731883741,6e579b027f,472877332e,,,1731883741 -https://voicebot.ai/2024/06/04/fable-studio-launches-generative-ai-tv-show-production-platform-for-custom-streaming-content/,https://voicebot.ai/feed/,Fable Studio Launches Generative AI TV Show Production Platform for Custom Streaming Content,"Fable Studio Launches Generative AI TV Show Production Platform for Custom Streaming Content - -Generative AI video startup Fable Studio has debuted a new platform that offers users a chance to create custom animated television episodes. The new Showrunner service turns text prompts into animated shows, with adjustments and control over dialogue, characters, and scene composition. - -Generative AI TV - -The current Showrunner setup includes ten AI-generated shows spanning various genres and styles, showcasing the potential of generative AI in TV creation. Among these shows are the horror anime “Ikiru Shinu,” the anthology storytelling show “Sim Francisco,” and a satirical look at the life of smart devices called “Pixels.” The Showrunner platform is only a waitlist right now, but those interested can sign up for free. Fable Studio’s approach to content creation involves users generating episodes for the platform’s shows, with the best episodes being included in the official catalog. Winners will receive a lump-sum payment and revenue sharing if a streamer picks up their show. - -“With Showrunner, you’ll be able to WATCH and DIRECT stories from Simulations like Sim Francisco or Neo-Tokyo or Fallen London. Run out of episodes of your favorite AI show? Generate another! Or let a simulation generate it for you based on its understanding of the characters,” the company explained in a thread on X (formerly Twitter). “Generating TV shows at home should be as simple as browsing Netflix. The Netflix of AI isn’t about passive entertainment: it’s two-way: Make and Watch. Who will make the best episodes of shows? A fan with no access to Hollywood or the creator of the show? Let’s find out!” - -Fable Studio earned attention last year for its generative AI tech when it released a bunch of short, entirely AI-generated episodes of “South Park.” While some praised it as a technological breakthrough, others criticized it for its comedic shortcomings and expressed concerns about the potential displacement of human creators. Showrunner’s release comes amid increasing scrutiny and debate over the use of AI in creative fields. Last year, the entertainment industry faced dual strikes, and the use of AI emerged as a contentious issue. The introduction of Showrunner underscores the growing influence of AI in Hollywood and its potential to streamline production processes. However, it also raises ethical and legal questions regarding using copyrighted materials and the impact on the labor market. Fable’s generative AI model was trained on publicly available data to avoid some of those issues. - -Follow @voicebotaiFollow @erichschwartz - -4",1731883652,4811a9a1a1,46373aa3f1,,,1731883652 -https://www.reputationmanagement.com/blog/reputation-management-companies/,https://www.reputationmanagement.com/feed/,Best Reputation Management Companies & Services (2021 Update),"Why people hire reputation management companies - -People are five times more likely to read content on the first page of Google than on page two. So, you get fewer than ten search results to tell customers and stakeholders your entire story. Left to chance, your search results could be unfavorable, out of date, or maybe even riddled with someone else’s story. Reputation management companies ensure that you control your online narrative. - -That’s not just important when it comes to preserving your legacy, but also because reputation drives critical business outcomes. - -In fact, negative search results can cost businesses hundreds of millions of dollars per year. Consider these alarming reputation management statistics: - -Corporate Reputation Statistics 25% of a company’s market value is derived from its reputation. - -43% of executives believe reducing negative search results would improve sales. - -69% of job-seekers won’t apply to companies with online reputation issues. - -41% of companies have reported loss of revenue from a reputation-related event. - -Sadly, too many people do nothing hoping their negative online reputation just goes away. Others try to drown out the problem with ineffective internet marketing. But these issues rarely self-correct; in fact, they often get worse — sometimes much worse. - -Of the few who do take action, many attempt to tackle issues by themselves rather than hire an online reputation management company. But DIY options require a profound understanding of SEO and public relations to be effective. - -Beyond that, anything involving SEO simply demands major resources. - -In short, enterprise companies as well as CEOs and executives hire internet reputation management companies because they don’t have the expertise or the bandwidth to manage their own online reputations. - -So, once you decide to work with a reputation repair agency, you’ll need to figure out which services are best for you. I’ll elaborate more on that in the next three sections. - -How Much Does Reputation Management Cost? Learn how reputation management contracts are priced, and what our services include. Read About Pricing - -Types of reputation management offerings - -Most reputation management companies have two distinct types of offerings: online reputation management for individuals and businesses. While the desired outcomes are the same, they often use different strategies to get results. - -For instance, ecommerce businesses may want to focus on review management, while an individual may need to improve his or her online presence. Let’s dig deeper. - -Online reputation management for individuals - -It’s important to note that online reputation management isn’t for everyone. Even offerings on the cheaper side of the spectrum can be too expensive for most people. Then again, just because something costs a lot doesn’t mean it will be effective. - -That said, individuals who will truly benefit from reputation management are those with the most to lose from a damaged image. This group includes: CEOs, executives, company founders, celebrities, philanthropists, politicians and financial services professionals. This list is far from exhaustive, but you get the idea. - -We Suppressed 12 Negative Articles for a Fortune 500 CEO See How We Fixed a Fortune 500 CEO’s First 50 Search Results. Read Case Study - -The vast majority of people who look into ORM for individuals ultimately end up choosing a simplified DIY solution that costs less. However, those individuals who can afford an enterprise-level offering are primarily concerned with the following issues: - -Misrepresented legacy - -False or damaging negative news articles - -Public personal information - -Underrepresented digital presence - -At the risk of oversimplifying things, here are a few common strategies reputation management companies might deploy to address those issues: - -Expand and improve the individual’s social media accounts - -Create additional websites, blogs and professional profiles - -Earn positive media mentions - -ReputationManagement.com gets 11 points out of 10 from me. Their approach is so logical and they quite simply get results. CMO, FORTUNE 500 COMPANY - -Business reputation management services - -Reputation management services for businesses are incredibly situational. For example, negative reviews require a very different approach to eradicate than, say, a flood of viral news articles on top-tier publications. - -As a matter of fact, it may be best to refrain from aggressively publishing positive promotional content until a crisis has been resolved. Instead, agencies should build up digital assets that you control until the media frenzy dies down. - -It’s also important to mention that while small businesses often look into internet reputation management, many eventually settle on lower-cost review management software. Then again, it really depends on your situation and how much you’re willing to invest. - -Why do businesses need reputation management companies? - -Businesses seek out reputation management companies for many different reasons, but these are the top issues: - -Bad reviews (Google, Yelp, Facebook, Ripoff Report or Glassdoor) - -Negative brand/product/service comparison articles - -Unfavorable press (about the business or executives) - -Underrepresented digital presence - -Brand ambiguity - -Essentially, anything that affects customer trust, sales or revenue is worth fixing. - -ORM isn’t just about repairing damage, though. Many companies opt for preventative solutions to protect their reputation from future issues. Personally, I recommend a sustainable, ongoing solution over a short-term contract that may lack permanence. - -At this point, you probably understand that ORM isn’t a cheap quick fix. So what exactly do you get for your monthly check? - -Top reputation management company solutions - -The best reputation management companies don’t offer templated solutions. Instead, they draw from an arsenal of online reputation management strategies to solve search-related problems. - -I’ll be completely honest: Some of our strategies are closely-guarded secrets, so I won’t discuss them in this article. Only our clients have complete visibility into our process. However, I can share the most widely-used strategies to get results, many of which we deploy at scale for our own clients through our proprietary software. - -Content marketing and press release distribution - -Most reputation management companies prioritize content. In fact, it’s used in so many different ways that I could write an entire article just about content strategy. - -For starters, firms use content marketing to dilute negative topic density in Google’s index. They do this by publishing tons of high-quality positive material, whether through press releases or paid placements. But it’s not just about brute force. Here are a few examples of how the top reputation management companies creatively leverage content marketing for their clients: - -Expert article writing - -Microsite creation - -Video production - -Image publication - -Posting to social media sites - -I bet you thought positive content creation solely meant articles. Here’s the thing: In order to build an unshakable online presence, you need to diversify your search landscape. As an added bonus, images and videos take up a lot of real estate on the first page of Google. - -Picture it like this: Each piece of positive content in your search landscape is like a brick in your digital fortress. - -Search engine optimization - -The primary difference between online reputation management and public relations is SEO. No amount of content in the world will improve your reputation if it doesn’t rank on page one of Google, Bing, Yahoo or any other search engine. - -Reputation management companies use search engine optimization in several ways. First, they make sure the content you control is optimized properly so it performs well in search. That means they’ll meticulously craft your meta descriptions, title tags and even the page copy on all your websites and blogs so it ranks for your branded keywords. - -A word of caution, though: Some back-alley online reputation management firms use black hat SEO techniques for quick wins. We firmly advise against these tactics because they can get your websites into hot water with Google. If you get hit with manual actions, your sites could be deindexed completely. We won’t let that happen to you. - -Online review management - -You can actually look at online review management as three separate strategies: - -Earn new reviews – Did you know that it takes as many as 12 positive reviews to offset the reputational damage of a single bad one? But don’t let anyone talk you into faking favorable reviews. I’ll explain more on that in the “worst reputation management firms” section. - -– Did you know that it takes as many as 12 positive reviews to offset the reputational damage of a single bad one? But don’t let anyone talk you into faking favorable reviews. I’ll explain more on that in the “worst reputation management firms” section. Remove or bury negative reviews – You may be able to delete a Google review if it violates their company guidelines, and the same goes for Yelp. On the other hand, sites like Ripoff Report won’t remove complaints at all. Experienced reputation management consultants will know how to map out the best course of action to bury negative results. - -– You may be able to delete a Google review if it violates their company guidelines, and the same goes for Yelp. On the other hand, sites like Ripoff Report won’t remove complaints at all. Experienced reputation management consultants will know how to map out the best course of action to bury negative results. Manage customer feedback – Potential customers read your company’s reviews, so it’s critical that you stay on top of them. If you can’t keep up, you’ll need to work with a firm that provides that type of service. For example, some software companies only offer tools that discover and organize reviews. ReputationManagement.com, on the other hand, will manage them for you. - -Brand monitoring - -If an agency doesn’t provide brand monitoring as part of their offering, you should probably walk the other way. Reputation monitoring can range from manual searches to Google Alerts or even fully-automated web crawls using proprietary technology. - -Here’s the bottom line: Whichever reputation management company you choose to work with, make sure they’re constantly watching your back. The more quickly you uncover negative pockets of information, the easier they are to deal with. - -Social media management - -Social media is key to brand reputation management. Strategies deployed by reputation firms vary quite a bit by situation. For example, individuals may need to expand their social presence while brands might be missing opportunities on niche platforms. - -Good reputation managers won’t establish random online profiles on a bunch of obscure social sites, though. We work with you to understand where your brand belongs. Then we optimize your profiles and either recommend content to post or actually manage it for you. - -For individuals, firms will establish a robust profile on LinkedIn, complete with professional bios, headshots and thought leadership. - -Here’s the deal: the more profiles you have, the more work it is to maintain them. I’m not just talking about posting content, either. You’ll need to engage with your followers, answer questions and maybe even put out some fires. If you’re not personally up to the challenge, make sure your reputation management service is. - -Public relations & crisis management - -This is where things get a little dicey. There are tons of reputation management companies that claim to offer crisis management solutions. But in reality, what they’re really offering is online reputation management to mitigate the digital impact of a crisis. - -It’s crucial that business owners understand that difference. Crisis management firms and public relations teams will help you execute communication strategies and resolve any incidents. Once a situation is no longer active, reputation management companies will help you remove search results from Google. - -I’m not saying you shouldn’t work with an reputation management company until a crisis is resolved. On the contrary, there are still plenty of things that we can do to strengthen your online presence and mitigate reputational damage while a crisis is still active. - -Ready to Discuss Your Strategy? Let’s Talk - -Best reputation management companies for you - -Now I’ll help you figure out the best online reputation management companies for your situation. Most firms tend to work with a range of customers with a focus on one segment in particular. So be wary of reputation marketing companies that claim to work with everyone. As the saying goes, “jack of all trades, master of none.” - -DIY reputation management companies - -If you can’t afford a managed service, DIY software may look attractive. But BE WARNED — most of those solutions are only designed to monitor your search results, not improve them. - -Think about it this way: Reputation management is basically search engine optimization on a larger scale. If one person could influence Google search results using DIY software, do you think Fortune 1000 companies would pay hundreds of thousands of dollars per month for similar services? If it sounds too good to be true, it probably is. - -Review management companies - -The next tier of reputation management companies includes review monitoring and management. Again, these firms may range from DIY to white-glove, so do your homework before signing on. You’ll probably find that managed services are more worthwhile in the long run. - -White-label ORM software solutions - -This is an interesting group. At first glance, it may seem like these firms cater to individuals. But many of them are actually Software as a Service (SaaS) models marketed to other online reputation management consultants. “White-label” simply means that you can personalize their software with your own logos and branding. - -In short, most of these companies may not even have a consumer offering. - -Enterprise reputation management companies - -At the upper echelon of the industry you have enterprise reputation management companies. Although the name suggests that these firms only work with businesses, they also service high-profile individuals. As with the other groupings, there’s a range of agencies that run the gamut from “technically” full-service to the absolute pinnacle of white-glove ORM. As you can imagine, there are only a handful of companies at the tip of that pyramid. - -This is the category we’ve dominated for nearly two decades. - -You have all done incredible work. Of all of the vendors we’ve worked with, ReputationManagement is by far one of our favorites. MARKETING LEAD, CONSUMER ELECTRONICS MANUFACTURER - -Clients seeking enterprise reputation management solutions at this level are most concerned with shaping sentiment, defining their legacy and protecting brand reputation. They include Fortune 1000 companies, C-Suites and executives, A-List celebrities and financial services firms. - -Collectively, our clients control hundreds of billions of dollars in market capital. - -Worst reputation management companies - -Of course, this post wouldn’t be complete without a list of the worst reputation management companies, would it? - -I’m certainly not going to name names here. That would be unprofessional and antithetical to the nature of online reputation management. But I will help you spot the bad apples. Here’s an important list of red flags to keep in mind while researching firms. - -Legal threats and court orders - -Some reputation management companies threaten websites with legal action unless they remove negative content. While this may work with a small personal blog, it will almost certainly backfire with large media outlets like the New York Times. - -It’s also extremely difficult to obtain a court order to remove content. For this reason, back alley operators may actually attempt to forge such documents in order to make the process quicker and cheaper. - -Trust me, this will amplify your problems 10X. Stay away from so-called “flat-rate guaranteed removal” type reputation management businesses. - -Lack of transparency - -Maybe I’m a little biased due to our industry-leading transparency, but you should be suspicious of a reputation management company (or an SEO agency) that won’t tell you how they plan to get results for you. - -If an online reputation management service says they can’t share their “proprietary secrets” with their clients, what they’re really saying is they use black hat techniques they don’t want you to know about. - -Low-quality link building - -I can’t tell you how many clients have shown us toxic links that other firms have built for them. In fact, I’ve read even descriptions on reputation management service pages that actually state three “quality” tiers of backlinks. Why would any company intentionally execute a sub-par strategy — especially when the stakes are so high? - -Everything we do for our clients is top-tier. - -Generating fake reviews - -This is another harbinger of a bad reputation management company. All online review platforms strictly prohibit purchasing or fabricating reviews to manipulate ratings. A trustworthy firm knows this and will actively help you earn legitimate positive reviews. - -If you work with a firm that suddenly generates dozens of reviews overnight, you deserve to know where they came from. - -Spammy, automated content distribution - -As we previously mentioned, content is king for reputation management. You’re trying to improve your online image, so do you really want to flood the internet with poorly-written copy that’s tied to your name? Of course not. - -While volume is certainly important to shift the narrative and dilute negative information, don’t cut corners. It’s critical to maintain integrity when publishing everything, including social media posts, articles and press releases. - -Promised removal of negative content - -There are two problems with this. There’s no way you can guarantee anything with 100 percent accuracy when it comes to Google. Beyond that, you can’t actually remove most negative content from search results unless you personally control the site. - -So either these firms have relationships with the sites that published negative information about you (which would be extortion) or their “guarantee” is conditional. In the end, would you rather work with a reputation management company that gets results or one that promises not to charge you when they fail to resolve your issue? - -The problem with reputation management company reviews - -Nothing is more frustrating to me than reading online reputation management company reviews. Why? Because none of the companies were actually put through a real-world test to see if they are actually effective. - -That’s not just wrong, it’s also dangerous. - -If you write an article reviewing the best reputation management companies, the least you can do for your readers is test them out for a full six to twelve months in real-world scenarios. Otherwise you’re just pulling descriptions from a bunch of reputation management websites and crowning one the top service. - -Additionally, many comparative reviews are actually sponsored placements or affiliates. That means the website owners receive kickbacks from at least one of the firms they recommend. - -So what does this all boil down to? - -Essentially, digital marketing and public relations aren’t enough to maintain a positive reputation these days. You also need to have a diversified search landscape supported by positive content. - -There are a ton of factors you need to consider when choosing the best reputation management company for your needs. - -Who do they help — local businesses, large enterprises, individuals? - -What type of clients do they typically represent? - -Does the firm offer solutions for my problem? - -Are they within my price range? - -Will their solutions be effective? - -Is the firm considered an industry leader? - -Is the company trustworthy? - -If you can answer those questions, you should be able to find the best reputation management company for your needs. If you think that’s us then contact our team to set up a call.",1731883637,ce3c7f93ed,470d041058,,,1731883637 -https://www.moneycrashers.com/how-to-research-stocks/,https://www.moneycrashers.com/feed/,How to Research Stocks Before Investing in a Company (2024 Guide),"When reading about investing, you often hear that it’s important to do your research. That educated investing is the key to successful investing. That you should never invest a dime until you understand just what it is you’re investing in. - -However, there’s not much information out there about where or how to find the information you’re supposed to be researching. This creates a conundrum: as a beginner investor, you know you should research opportunities before making investments, but you’re not sure where or what to research to make the right decisions. - -Don’t worry. We’ve got you covered. - -Stock Research Process to Use Before Investing - -Below are the steps to take when researching stocks, and how to find the information you need to make educated investing decisions. - -Step 1: Get Your Stock Research Materials - -When considering investing in a company’s stock, first get the story straight from the company. There are several places to look for information that has been released by the company. - -Read the Investor Relations Website - -To find a publicly traded company’s investor relations website, all you’ll need to do is a Google search. Simply search the name of the company or ticker symbol of the stock followed by “investor relations” —for instance, if you’re interested in investing in Apple, you could search for “Apple investor relations” or “AAPL investor relations.” - -Most publicly traded companies have investor relations information on their websites. If you come across a company that does not have an investor relations page on its website, it’s a serious red flag for investing in the stock. - -Once you find the company’s website, take the time to read their story as they want it told. In particular, pay close attention to the Home page and the About page to get an overview of what the company is and what it represents. - -Look for Investor Presentations - -Once you’ve gone through the company’s investor relations website, look for investor presentations. These are generally slide presentations in the form of PDF files. - -Investor presentations are designed to attract investors by providing details on the company’s past, present, and future. They are a great way to get a more detailed understanding of the company and its products, the size of the market in which the company operates, its competitive advantages, and the opportunity that lies ahead. - -Read Press Releases - -Next, most investor relations websites will have a press release page. This page provides an archive of all press releases issued to the public by the company. - -Press releases are valuable sources of information. They are where companies make just about all material announcements that have a fundamental impact on the business. Some of the most common topics you’ll find in press releases include: - -Management Changes. In most cases, when a CEO, CFO, or any other member of a management team is hired, fired, or steps down, the company will issue a statement to investors via press release. Because the quality of a company’s management is a key factor in a company’s success or lack thereof, it’s important to keep tabs on any changes to the management team of any stock you own or are considering investing in. - -In most cases, when a CEO, CFO, or any other member of a management team is hired, fired, or steps down, the company will issue a statement to investors via press release. Because the quality of a company’s management is a key factor in a company’s success or lack thereof, it’s important to keep tabs on any changes to the management team of any stock you own or are considering investing in. Quarterly and Annual Results. Publicly traded companies are required to provide financial and operational information to their investors on at least a quarterly basis in what is known as the quarterly report. So, every three months, you can expect to see a press release outlining sales and other operational highlights as well as the financial position of the company. The information in these reports will prove to be invaluable when getting an understanding of the quality of investment a stock represents. - -Publicly traded companies are required to provide financial and operational information to their investors on at least a quarterly basis in what is known as the quarterly report. So, every three months, you can expect to see a press release outlining sales and other operational highlights as well as the financial position of the company. The information in these reports will prove to be invaluable when getting an understanding of the quality of investment a stock represents. Product and Service Launches. Any company that’s going to stay ahead of its competition is one that is constantly innovating. When innovation leads to a new product or service, publicly traded companies generally issue press releases announcing their launch. Any time you invest in a company, it’s important to know what products and services they offer, what their flagship product is, and what new products are either being launched or coming down the line. - -Any company that’s going to stay ahead of its competition is one that is constantly innovating. When innovation leads to a new product or service, publicly traded companies generally issue press releases announcing their launch. Any time you invest in a company, it’s important to know what products and services they offer, what their flagship product is, and what new products are either being launched or coming down the line. Meaningful Orders. A company with a great product must also be able to sell that product to make money. When the first large orders are placed, companies often share with investors the fact that they have received substantial revenue-generating orders. - -A company with a great product must also be able to sell that product to make money. When the first large orders are placed, companies often share with investors the fact that they have received substantial revenue-generating orders. Philanthropic Efforts. Investors are becoming increasingly socially aware. As such, philanthropic efforts often lead to increased interest in publicly traded companies and the products they create. Lately, there has been a trend of companies announcing what they are doing to improve the lives and well-being of others with a portion of the profits their companies are generating. - -Investors are becoming increasingly socially aware. As such, philanthropic efforts often lead to increased interest in publicly traded companies and the products they create. Lately, there has been a trend of companies announcing what they are doing to improve the lives and well-being of others with a portion of the profits their companies are generating. Mergers and Acquisitions. Finally, mergers and acquisitions are some of the most valuable moves the stock market experiences. These transactions are generally shared with the investing community by way of press releases. - -All of this information combined helps to further your understanding of what the company is doing and its potential for future growth. - -Check Into SEC Filings - -Finally, in the United States, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) is a regulatory authority that overlooks just about everything associated with investing. Among other requirements, the SEC requires publicly traded companies to file material information for the public to see, whether good or bad. - -There are several different types of SEC filings; a full list is available on the SEC website. The most common filing types include: - -10-Q. This is the quarterly reports filing. It’s where you find all the required information surrounding quarterly financial and operational results. - -This is the quarterly reports filing. It’s where you find all the required information surrounding quarterly financial and operational results. 10-K. This is the annual report filing. Once per year, publicly traded companies provide an annual report that outlines financial and operational progress achieved in the prior fiscal year. - -This is the annual report filing. Once per year, publicly traded companies provide an annual report that outlines financial and operational progress achieved in the prior fiscal year. Forms 3 Through 5. Forms 3, 4, and 5 are required filings surrounding beneficial ownership. When a company insider such as a high-level executive buys or sells shares of their own company, the SEC requires the disclosure of these purchases or sales. The same disclosure is required for institutional purchases and sales as well as any purchase or sale of a security that represents a value larger than 5% of the market capitalization of that security. - -Forms 3, 4, and 5 are required filings surrounding beneficial ownership. When a company insider such as a high-level executive buys or sells shares of their own company, the SEC requires the disclosure of these purchases or sales. The same disclosure is required for institutional purchases and sales as well as any purchase or sale of a security that represents a value larger than 5% of the market capitalization of that security. 8-K. This is a filing used to announce unscheduled material events or changes in corporate structure. For example, the signing of agreements, results from a clinical trial, or approval from a regulatory authority will all be shared through 8-K filings with the SEC. - -Step 2: Seek the Opinions of Others - -It would be great if everyone were honest even when it wasn’t in their best interest to do so. Unfortunately, that’s not the case, even when talking about the executives of companies worth hundreds of millions or billions of dollars. - -When assessing the merits of investing in a stock, it’s never a good idea to simply take the company’s word for it. Keep in mind, the company you’re invested in is run by human beings who ultimately have their own best interests at heart. Your best interests and theirs aren’t always going to align. - -So, it’s best to get a second opinion. There are several websites out there that are happy to provide their takes on just about any company you can think about investing in. - -Motley Fool - -The Motley Fool is on a mission to make the world smarter, happier, and richer, and it’s doing so with a playful touch. The name of the company pays homage to the Shakespearean court jester who could give practical advice and news to the king and queen in a way that was easily digested through laughter. - -Searching a stock ticker on the Motley Fool website gives you an interactive stock chart and technical data that will help you decide solid entrance and exit points, and it also provides you with detailed analysis written by highly-respected members of the investing community. - -Another incredibly useful bit of information that you’ll find when you search a company on the Motley Fool is a “CEO Rating.” This rating gives you an idea of the quality of top-level leadership you’re investing in when you buy any particular stock. Because a company is only as strong as its management team, the CEO Rating is more valuable than most give it credit for. - -Step 3: Consider Analyst Views - -Registered analysts spend their entire careers assessing investment opportunities. If anyone knows the market inside and out, these guys and gals are it. - -Although you should never blindly follow anyone’s opinion — not even a registered analyst’s — analyst opinions are a great way to validate your conclusions. The best place to find information with regard to analyst opinions is through Atom or TipRanks. - -TipRanks sources data from more than 15,000 analysts around the Web. By searching a ticker on the website, you’ll find a host of information including average analyst rating, average price target, changes in analyst opinions, and more. All of this will give you a more intuitive understanding of how analysts view the opportunity. - -Another great place to get an understanding of how analysts feel about a stock is Zacks Investment Research. Zacks is one of the most widely trusted research firms on Wall Street. The company’s services go far beyond analyst ratings. - -When you search a stock on Zacks, you’ll see a page that outlines analyst opinions and offers commentary by way of articles, technical data and charts, and key fundamental data to help you make your investment decisions. - -Final Word - -There are many more stock market investment news, analysis, and research sites out there. Find a few that speak your language that you can rely on to give you further insights into any investment you’re considering before you pull the trigger. - -Research is the foundation to any strong investment decision. While it may take some time to properly research a stock, understanding the view from both the company’s perspective and the perspective of experts and analysts is time well spent. - -Making investments without educating yourself on what the company is doing and the potential for the future is akin to gambling. However, by following the steps above, you’ll be able to greatly expand your chances of making profitable moves in the stock market.",1731883639,972663d68d,4705f15199,,,1731883639 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/trends/g38096608/best-gifts-on-amazon/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,59 Best Amazon Gifts 2024,"Every year, the holidays arrive before you know it. Save yourself the last minute panic-scrolling and pick up the best Amazon gifts right now. From luxury fashion to pocket-friendly purchases, the online retailer’s expansive offerings cover all the bases. Not to mention, there’s the always enticing next-day delivery option (if you’re in a pinch) that comes with Amazon Prime membership. - -While you could stockpile candles for the next time you forget an upcoming occasion, we’d suggest treating the giftee with something a bit more tailored to their taste. From the fragrant-scented home diffuser your hosts will appreciate, to the perfect under-$10 salt that everyone should have in their cabinets, here's our edit of the best Amazon gifts to shop. Bookmark it now, so you’re never in a bind again.",1731883622,66787ad63a,475aa640ec,,,1731883622 -https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/2024/11/re-moving-to-las-vegas-convention-center-2026/,https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/feed/,RE+ moving to Las Vegas Convention Center from 2026 to 2028,"RE+ will be moving to the Las Vegas Convention Center from 2026 to 2028. RE+ is the largest energy event in North America with over 40,000 attendees and 1,300 exhibitors. The decision comes in response to rapid growth in the clean energy industry and the increasing demand for large-scale, innovative event spaces that cater to emerging technologies. - -The move to Las Vegas reflects the event’s commitment to accommodating the dynamic growth across key energy sectors such as solar, microgrids, hydrogen, EVs and EV infrastructure and energy storage. With the industry’s rapid evolution, the Las Vegas Convention Center offers the right platform to showcase cutting-edge solutions, leading experts and industry partners leading on-site programs and events such as the Horizon Hydrogen Grand Prix, U.S. Installer Awards, Tribal Clean Energy Symposium and more. - -As the clean energy transition accelerates, RE+ continues to grow both in scale and scope. The move to the Las Vegas Convention Center, known for its expansive facilities, will ensure the event keeps pace with industry advancements and attendee expectations. - -“By establishing one consistent venue for three consecutive years, RE+ will offer both attendees and exhibitors the opportunity to become familiar with the venue and surrounding hotels, streamlining logistics and enhancing the overall attendee experience,” said Stephen Miner, president and CEO of RE+ Events. - -RE+ 2025 will be held at the Venetian and Caesars Forum next September 8 to 11, before moving to the Las Vegas Convention Center from 2026 to 2028 in November. - -News item from RE+ Events",1731883671,1796127155,474f0d9b61,,,1731883671 -https://www.bbc.co.uk/sport/tennis/44517976,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,Wimbledon: Rafael Nadal & Roger Federer's 2008 final - what made it so special?,"JO: ""All bets were off by that point. The momentum was with Federer because he'd won the fourth set. History was with Federer because he was the five-time champion, but there was still this unknown of what Nadal was going to offer in the decider. He had played so well to that point. Only a fool would have written him off. It was clear in the early games, even though Federer was serving first, that Nadal wasn't going anywhere."" - -At 19:53, with the decider poised at 2-2, deuce, the rain came again. The players went off and the covers came across. It looked like they would be coming back on Monday to finish it but it would prove a short interruption. Half an hour later, they resumed with, realistically, a maximum of an hour's playable light left. The quality and intensity would never drop, the two men throwing all they had at each other. It was heart-stopping stuff. - -JM: ""I was fortunate enough that people talked about my match with Bjorn in 1980 as one of the great matches. But I was watching the 2008 final and sitting back and saying to myself: 'This is the best match I've ever seen at Wimbledon.' - -""Towards the end, I was virtually not saying anything in the commentary box. I thought what I was witnessing was so great and the players were rising to the occasion - anyone watching could tell it was going to be a match that people would talk about for generations to come. To me that's an easy gig when you're watching a match like that. When it is that good you sort of kick back and put your arms back."" - -The match moved into its fifth hour. At 4-4, Federer earned a break point but Nadal saved it with a big forehand and follow-up smash. ""Roger, Roger"" and ""Rafa, Rafa"" were ringing out simultaneously. At 5-5, Nadal got to 15-40 on the Federer serve but the Swiss repelled him. The light was fading fast. With the clock having ticked past 21:00, Nadal won a thrilling point to hold for 7-7 - Federer somehow flicked a ferocious Nadal smash onto the baseline but the Spaniard put away a forehand and, with adrenaline coursing through his body, celebrated with a huge fist-pump. Would they have to stop there? - -DD: I was sent out about 21:10 for the Charlie Pasarell-Pancho Gonzales match in 1969 (the second-longest singles match in Wimbledon history) and you could hardly see the white balls. The supervisor could not believe they were still playing. It was the same that day. I went down about 21:00 and thought 'they have to call this soon'. - -JO: ""I always think television gives a false impression because of the filters. You had to be there to appreciate how dark it was in those final games. When it got to 7-7 it was absolutely obvious there were two more games left. They wanted to bring them off at a level score. It would have been unfair to call them back with one person serving for the match or serving to stay in the match."" - -PM: ""Obviously it was getting dark and the Hawk-Eye went off because of the darkness. Neither of the players mentioned it before the match ended. I think the players were so much into it that they did not even realise. We agreed with the referee, Andrew Jarrett, that we would have to stop the match at 8-8."" - -Federer finally faltered when serving at 7-7. Although he saved three break points in that game, he couldn't stave off a fourth as a forehand floated long and Nadal had the decisive break. After the change of ends, Nadal came out to serve for the championship in what was going to be the final game of the day whatever happened. He brought up a third championship point but Federer raged against the dying of the light, firing a backhand return that Nadal could barely get a racquet on. It was to prove his last salvo - two points later he sent a forehand into the net and Nadal collapsed onto the grass in celebration. Finally, after four hours and 48 minutes of compelling theatre, Wimbledon had a new champion.",1731883641,95caee0db1,474105531b,,,1731883641 -https://www.achievers.com/blog/quantify-the-roi/,https://www.achievers.com/blog/feed/,Improve employee experience for higher ROI outcomes,"Our platform - -Discover the all-in-one platform to transform your people strategy, built to meet the needs of your changing workforce.",1731883640,d6c893b4ec,477adf35f8,,,1731883640 -https://www.conquestchronicles.com/2021/5/12/22430642/usc-football-stephen-carr-enters-transfer-portal,https://www.conquestchronicles.com/rss/current.rss,RB Stephen Carr enters the transfer portal,"USC Trojans RB Stephen Carr officially entered the NCAA transfer portal this week, after four years with the program. Carr ran for 1,306 yards on 266 attempts over the past four seasons but did see his workload – and efficiency – decrease while in the new Air Raid offense. - -Carr totaled 176 yards on 46 carries a season ago, each of which came up short as career-lows. He did chip in with 10 catches a season ago out of the backfield but was a lesser factor than likely anticipated. - -He leaves the program with a full year’s worth of eligibility after the NCAA granted this past coronavirus-plagued athletic year a lost cause, and didn’t count towards student-athletes eligibility. - -Carr’s career-highs came in 2019 as he rushed for 398 yards on 72 carries and five scores. According to Pro Football Focus, he forced 26 missed tackles and had 12 carries go over 10 or more yards. - -There has been an influx in players entering the transfer portal after new NCAA regulations stated players could transfer without having to sit out a season like years past. It’s early enough in the summer circuit across the country that he should be able to land somewhere and potentially earn some playing time right away in the right system or right fit. - -After four years given to the program, we thank you, Stephen! And wish you nothing but the best in the future. - -Fight On!",1731883639,d3b6ef58ae,4769260832,,,1731883639 -https://esportsedition.com/csgo/csgo-brehze/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,A Look at CS:GO Brehze,"So far this year we have seen NRG compete at five LAN events; The IEM Katowice Americas Minor, The IEM Katowice Major, StarSeries i-League Season 7, IEM Sydney, as well as the first week of EPL. At each event there has been one player who has stood out the most for the NA org, whether they exit in the group stages or the playoffs, and that player is Vincent ‘Brehze’ Cayonte. - -Brehze - -Brehze isn’t a new name in American Counter-Strike, he has been around since 2015 were he began his career playing with Obey.Alliance. But it wasn’t until he joined selfless that people’s heads started turning in his direction. He had been the hot topic of discussion for quite some time in NA due to his stellar online performances and NRG was the first team willing to take a shot on the young star. He struggled to perform at LAN events throughout most of 2017, but this was a problem that resided within his entire team. NRG won only 29% of their LAN games and it didn’t help that they were constantly changing players. Despite these struggles Brehze continued to shine and did his best even with the odds being stacked against him. - - - -Finally, in 2018, NRG picked up ex-CLG player Ethan ‘Ethan’ Arnold and former OpTic coach Chet ‘ImAPet ‘ Singh. These two additions marked a new beginning for NRG, and Brehze finally had his chance to shine. He narrowly missed out on a HLTV top 20 finish in 2018. Vincent had grown tremendously over the year as he became a better lurker and partial entry player for the squad. It is no surprise to see that 2019 may be the year that he finally gets a spot in the top rankings. He isn’t the only star on NRG, the previously mentioned Ethan and Bulgarian AWPer Tsvetelin ‘CeRq’ Dimitrov are forces to be reckoned with themselves, but so far in 2019 it has been the Brehze show. His numbers tell a story of their own, starting out with the Americas Minor he dominated all four opponents they faced and ended the Minor with a 1.48 rating. Granted this was against second rate teams at best, but we saw the rifler make quick work of everyone he was put up against. The Main Qualifier went pretty much the same way, NRG only had to play TyLoo, ViCi, and Winstrike to make it to the main stage. Leaving fans and spectators alike anxious and excited to see what they had in store for the real competition. - -Disappointment for NRG - -Sadly, the NA curse continued and NRG proved to be a disappointment. Going out 0-3 and to yet again falling to the mental block that had prevented them from success the year before. Despite losing to NiP, AVANGAR, and compLexity, Brehze still persevered. He ended all four maps played with a positive KD and averaged a rating of 1.18. He and Ethan were the only players who performed at a respectable level during the Major. Despite the teams failure, it was clear that Brehze planned on making 2019 one of the best of his career. He is no s1mple, he cant win games by himself, but his drive and dedication to the game is something that cannot be ignored. It is what has brought NRG to their 3-4th place finishes in both StarSeries and IEM Sydney and will more then likely be the leading factor to any eventual 1st place victories the team may have in 2019. - - - - - -Image via Beyond the Summit Twitter. - -NRG’s next event, StarSeries, was a long and hard battle for the NA team. Brehze had somewhat of a “slow” start. Well, if you can call having just one bad map slow, but it did take its toll on the team’s success. The only maps he had a bad performance on also just so happened to be the ones NRG lost. At the end of the day, Fnatic proved to be an impossible team to conquer, and NRG were sent home before having a shot at the grand final. Brehze wasn’t the best player on NRG, in fact StarSeries was technically his worst event of 2019 thus far with a 1.14 rating. This is much lower than his LAN average of 1.27, but he still proved his worth and consistency. From lurking with Tarik ‘tarik’ Celik in apartments on the T side of Inferno to consistently holding down the B site on the CT side of Mirage, it is clear that Brehze is a big anchor for NRG. He may not have an incredibly flashy style of play, but he gets the job done and provides much needed rifling power to the NA team. His patient style of play may not result in a lot of crazy 4ks or hard pushes down apartments, but it does give NRG a patient rifler who knows how to hold down a bombsite and set up for the occasional perfect entry frag kill. - - - -IEM Sydney was another successful event for the 20 year old, but his run in Australia was yet again ended by Fnatic. The Swedes have proven to be quite the challenge for NRG in recent months, and their loss in Sydney is the first time we watched Brehze truly struggle against Fnatic this year. Putting their only loss of the tournament aside, Vincent came out of the gates on fire. He quickly plowed through their first opponent, ViCi, and sported a 1.34 rating in their 2-0 against FaZe. Despite these impressive numbers, he was overshadowed by both CeRq and Ethan during their FaZe victory. But he proved his dominance in their third and final win of IEM Sydney with an incredible performance against MIBR. Ultimately leading to Brehze being ranked as the fourth best player at the event as well as the best player on NRG. - - - -Conclusion - -Despite being five months into the year, the season for NRG is still young and they have plenty of other tournaments ahead of them in 2019. Brehze has proven to be the most valuable player on the American team during this time and it wouldn’t be surprising if he ended the year as the best as well. He still has a lot to learn, but it is clear with each event that passes he is adapting and perfecting his playstyle and I wouldn’t be surprised if we saw his name in the HLTV Top 20 list come January of next year.",1731883727,76f59da961,47cc77e828,,,1731883727 -https://kotaku.com/warcraft-remaster-unreal-tournament-wow-player-housing-1851700521,https://kotaku.com/rss,Two Of The Best Shooters Of All Time Are Now Free (And More Of The Week's Top Stories),"This week saw the classic shooters Unreal and Unreal Tournament, with publisher Epic’s blessing, made permanently free and accessible via the Internet Archive. Meanwhile, Blizzard held a stream celebrating the 30th anniversary of Warcraft, at which it revealed that the first two games in the RTS series have been remastered and are now available in a brand-new Battle Chest that also includes Warcraft III Reforged, which just got a 2.0 patch to address many of the lingering issues with the remake. On top of that, World of Warcraft, after 2o years, will finally see the arrival of player housing with its next expansion. - -Advertisement - -Click on for all the details on these stories and lots more.",1731883652,a0840ab3b4,47a4aa9cb3,,,1731883652 -https://www.diyphotography.net/zerocam-app-is-the-antidote-to-overprocessed-phone-photos/,https://www.diyphotography.net/feed/,Zerocam app is the antidote to overprocessed phone photos,"If you’ve grown weary of your Android phone’s camera overprocessing images, Zerocam might just be the solution you’ve been waiting for. This app’s minimalist approach to photography focuses on producing RAW, unaltered images, stripping away the aggressive artificial enhancements many modern camera apps apply nowadays. - -Launched on Android after an earlier iPhone release, Zerocam is notable for its stripped-back design. Unlike other camera apps that offer a variety of modes and filters, Zerocam provides just a viewfinder and a shutter button. That’s it. It removes all options for tweaking settings, aligning with its philosophy of minimalist, natural photography. - -“This is version 0.0.0 and many improvements will come, as we did for iOS,” the developers write on X. - -Zerocam Android released on very special date, @novikoff birthday 🎂 - - - -This is version 0.0.0 and many improvements will come, as we did for iOS 🚀 - - - -You can take 5 photos for free every day, or subscribe to get full access and support our work 💛https://t.co/9okRxcRBOR — Zerocam (@zerocam_app) November 11, 2024 - -Accessibility and pricing - -Zerocam is available for free download on the Google Play Store, but there’s a catch. You can only take five photos per day on the free tier. To unlock unlimited functionality, you need to subscribe, and it costs $0.99 per month or $10.99 annually. It’s not much, but then again – is it worth it? Judging from comments on X, it isn’t. - -This is all great but you have to pay a subscription for the simplest photo app? - -No, thank you, respect the devs but not my thing to go for yet another subscription. - -Wasn't aware of that when I got hyped by the Android beta. — Lord Rui Silva (@ruisilva450) November 12, 2024 - -Still, I think it all depends on your needs and preferences. One of X users sums it up nicely: - -“If something is valuable to you, you can give value back. If it’s not valuable to you, you don’t. I’ve been using it to shoot photos nearly every day, and it’s much more fun than the standard iphone camera app. Your choice!” - -I wouldn’t add anything to this except – you do you. :) If you want to try it out, Zerocam is available in Play Store and compatible with Android devices running version 12 or later. - -[via PetaPixel]",1731883630,9c2c312755,47d811d100,,,1731883630 -https://www.bundesliga.com/en/bundesliga/news/heidenheim-wolfsburg-match-report-highlights-matchday-10-29696,https://www.bundesliga.com/rss,Clinical Wolfsburg overcome Heidenheim on the road,"Wolfsburg secured a 3-1 away victory against Heidenheim in a thrilling Bundesliga match. Goals from Yannick Gerhardt, Bence Dárdai, and Tiago Tomás outweighed Marvin Pieringer's effort for the hosts. - -Heidenheim 1-3 Wolfsburg - -Goals: 0-1 Gerhardt 3' (assist: Amoura), 0-2 Dardai 42' (assist: Wimmer), 1-2 Pieringer 64', 1-3 Tomás 90' (assist: Behrens) - -The match burst into life immediately, with Wolfsburg seizing the initiative. In just the third minute, Gerhardt unleashed a stunning strike from 23 metres out, catching Heidenheim goalkeeper Kevin Müller off guard. The ball nestled in the net via the inside of the post, giving the visitors a dream start. Heidenheim attempted to respond quickly, winning a corner, but Niklas Dorsch's delivery was cleared at the near post. - -Hosts denied equaliser - -As the first half progressed, Heidenheim grew into the game. Their efforts seemed to have borne fruit when Mathias Honsak found the net, but their celebrations were cut short as the linesman's flag was raised for offside. VAR confirmed the decision, leaving the hosts frustrated. Wolfsburg, meanwhile, remained dangerous on the counter-attack, with Patrick Wimmer forcing a brilliant save from Müller in a one-on-one situation. The visitors were forced into an early change when Joakim Mæhle had to be replaced by Cédric Zesiger due to injury in the 20th minute. - -Mathias Honsak's disallowed goal adds to Heidenheim's frustrations. - IMAGO/Eibner-Pressefoto - -Dárdai doubles the lead - -Just before half-time, Wolfsburg struck again. A corner kick caused chaos in the Heidenheim box, and Dárdai was quickest to react, stabbing home from close range to make it 2-0. It was a cruel blow for Heidenheim, who had been growing in confidence, but a testament to Wolfsburg's clinical finishing. The goal came from Dárdai's first-ever shot in the Bundesliga, highlighting the efficiency of the visitors. - -Eighteen-year-old Bence Dárdai's goal made him Wolsburg's youngest-ever Bundesliga goalscorer. - IMAGO/Darius Simka - -Want more Bundesliga Action? GET THE UPDATES! - -Pieringer sparks comeback hopes - -The second half saw Heidenheim come out with renewed determination. Their persistence paid off in the 64th minute when Pieringer scored in spectacular fashion. Despite lying on his back after a collision, Pieringer managed to make contact with the loose ball, sending it into the top corner. The goal ignited the home crowd and set up a tense final quarter of the match. Heidenheim's dominance in possession (61%) began to tell as they pushed for an equaliser. - -Marvin Pieringer's acrobatic finish brings Heidenheim back into the game. - IMAGO/Gerald Oelze-de Stoppany, Eibner - -Late drama seals Wolfsburg win - -As the match entered its final stages, Heidenheim pushed hard for an equaliser. In a heart-stopping moment, Wolfsburg goalkeeper Kamil Grabara produced a stunning double save to deny both Honsak and Jan Schöppner in quick succession. However, just as the hosts seemed on the verge of levelling, Wolfsburg struck on the counter. Tomás, who had come on as a substitute, sealed the victory in the 90th minute with a clinical finish, dribbling past two defenders before slotting past Müller. The goal showcased Wolfsburg's counter-attacking prowess, which had been evident throughout the match. - -Player of the Match: Tiago Tomás - -While Gerhardt's early goal set the tone for the match, Tomás' impact off the bench proved decisive. His late goal not only sealed the victory for Wolfsburg but also demonstrated his ability to change the game in crucial moments. Tomás showed excellent composure and skill to navigate past defenders and finish clinically, especially considering the mounting pressure from Heidenheim. His contribution underlined Wolfsburg's effective use of substitutions and their threat on the counter-attack, making him a worthy Player of the Match. - -Wolfsburg celebrate during the 3-1 win in Heidenheim. - IMAGO/Darius Simka - -Bundesliga Match Facts - -xGoals: Heidenheim 2.68 - Wolfsburg 1.63 - -Fastest player: Mathias Honsak (Heidenheim), 35.25 km/h - -Lowest goal probability: 1-0 by Yannick Gerhardt (Wolfsburg), 3.85 percent - -Pass efficiency: Marvin Pieringer (Heidenheim), +4.09 - -Fantasy Heroes: Benedikt Gimber (Heidenheim, 300 points), Yannick Gerhardt (Wolfsburg, 216 points), Marvin Pieringer (Heidenheim, 215 points)",1731883653,26eff8ae46,47efee63a9,,,1731883653 -https://designshack.net/articles/trends/color-trends/,https://designshack.net/feed/,20+ New & Modern Color Trends 2025,"20+ New & Modern Color Trends 2025 - -Color is the main component of every design. Even though it may seem like colors always remain the same, it’s actually something that is ever-changing. And as a result, it makes way for new color trends every year. - -If you’re preparing to start a new design project, staying up-to-date on the latest trends is important. It’s the key to making your designs relevant and appealing to the current audiences. - -Today we take a look at some breakout color trends that will keep your graphic elements looking fresh. Rather than just talking about different trends, we wanted to go deeper. So we found real-life examples to show how each trend is being used by different industries. - -What kind of color trends will be popular this year? Will there be new trends in color schemes? Or would any old trends make a comeback? Here are our predictions. - -1. Dystopian Red - -This is one of the most popular color schemes for creating a dark, moody aesthetic in various types of designs. It’s been widely used in everything from movie posters to branding designs, website designs, and even in fashion. - -It often uses dark tones of red and black paired with high-contrast images to create an edgy and rebellious aesthetic. Achieving a strikingly different and unconventional look is the goal of using this color theme. - -Whether it’s to highlight tech brands, fashion designs, or music bands, this dramatic color scheme will make your designs stand out from the crowd. - -2. Subtle Luxurious Vibes - -Olive green paired with a subtle gold color scheme is the go-to choice for creating a “quiet rich” look for website designs. This color scheme has been trending over the past few years for a reason. It not only helps you create a rich, luxurious, and classy look but it allows you to do it in a more natural and grounded way. - -Most luxury branding designs often go for the classic black and gold color scheme. However, this color scheme is used by businesses and designers who aim to achieve more of a luxury vibe without overwhelming opulence. - -This trendy color scheme goes beyond just digital designs as it can be used in various other design projects from packaging designs to business card designs, wedding invitations, and more. - -3. Electric Greens - -The bright and vibrant electric greens have a way of instantly grabbing your attention no matter where you see them. Often combined with a dark background, designers have been utilizing this color for various purposes over the years, especially for attractive accents and highlights. - -This neon-colored electric green color scheme is a popular choice in technology and sports-themed designs. The goal of this color trend is to help you create a futuristic and cutting-edge vibe for your designs. - -When you want to bring extra attention to your call to action, important features, and messages, this vibrant color will do an exceptional job, especially when paired with neutral shades. - -4. Cyberpunk Colors - -Filled with bright and neon gradients, Cyberpunk color schemes are the perfect choice for representing the technologically advanced future with a dystopian aesthetic. As a result, this is one of the most popular color schemes used in web design, especially in AI, crypto, NFT, sports, and gaming-related projects. - -The cyberpunk color schemes take inspiration from popular films and video games of the sci-fi genre, aiming to create a similar blend of futuristic and nostalgic looks. - -This color trend mainly involves using colorful gradients mixed with neon pink, purple, or yellow accents and of course with tech-forward images and photography. - -5. 70s Aesthetic - -The classic 1970s-inspired retro look is one of the new and trending designs in both web and graphic designs. There are multiple styles to this trend that use different types of color schemes. - -Color palettes featuring a burnt orange color are the most popular choice for this trend. This color blends well with darker color tones. And when mixed with a rough, weathered textured effect, it creates a beautifully nostalgic aesthetic for the entire design. Other soft and lite colors also works well for this look. - -In addition to web design, this color trend is also popular in branding, especially related to marketing, interior design, and masculine product packaging designs. - -6. Earthy Tones - -Down-to-earth and organic colors are among the most popular color trends in packaging design. Many brands, ranging from small boutiques to high-end luxury brands, use this trend to give their products a natural aesthetic look and feel. - -Color palettes that feature earthy tones usually include more grounded and muted colors, like olive greens, light brown, and terracotta. They go perfectly well together with most light colors to add a subtle organic and tranquil vibe to the overall design. - -The earthy tones color trend is not just limited to packaging designs. It’s also used in many other designs, including digital designs like websites and app layouts as well as print designs such as posters, flyers, and greeting cards. - -7. Gradients Everywhere - -This trend is turning out to be one of those timeless design styles that never go out of style. The gradient color trend is nothing new but designers are finding new ways to use gradients, everywhere! - -Even when used as backgrounds, the gradients are now more alive with subtle blur effects and cool animations. It adds a beautiful, soft, and modern feel to any design. - -It goes beyond just digital designs as well. Now, gradient colors are slowly making their way over to print designs, including packaging designs. Admittedly, it does look quite dynamic and fluid when you add a gradient as a text masking effect. - -8. Saturated Hues - -Saturated colors are the go-to method for making bold statements and making a design stand out from the crowd. The use of bold and intense colors is now much more than just about making statements, it’s now a trend! - -The main goal of using saturated hues is to grab the attention and make them more impactful. When you look at a design that has strong, saturated hues, you look at it more intensely and more focused. This is why many brands are now adopting this trend for packaging designs. - -Of course, you need to be careful when using intense colors in a design. Coming up with the right secondary colors is key to creating a more balanced color look for the overall design. - -9. Duotone Effect - -One of the classic color trends from the early to mid-2010s appears to be making a comeback and we’re not complaining. The duotone color trend was quite popular in both digital and print designs for a long time. The way it created a distinctive contrast in designs made them much more impactful and memorable. - -The duotone color effect is ideal for more elaborate designs, especially as it makes the job much easier to highlight and gives center stage to the content elements. - -10. Playful Colors - -Fun and playful colors used to be the go-to approach for designs that target younger audiences. But now, it’s turning into quite a popular color trend that creates more energetic and fresh looks for brands and businesses. - -Ranging from soft pastel colors to bright yellows and coral colors are commonly used to create a playful color look. It’s used across websites, posters, packaging, and even branding designs as well. - -Whether you want to give a playful look to modern designs or evoke emotions and optimistic vibes, the playful color trend is a fantastic choice for various projects. - -11. Bright and Vibrant - -This is a color trend that looks easy to use but difficult to master. A trick to getting this trend right is to combine it with another design trend, like material design and Bauhaus design, but with more intense colors. - -Of course, seeing bright and vibrant designs is nothing new. We see it all the time on social media posts, websites, and even TikTok video effects. But it’s now also expanding into print designs as well. - -It’s a trend that has a wide variety of uses. It’s especially ideal for showcasing inclusivity and creativity. But mainly it’s about giving a more dynamic look to designs. - -12. Bold Accents - -Bold accents of color – sometimes in unexpected hues or places – is a modern trend that has made a major comeback. This style was popular, especially in print design, about a decade ago and is not pushing its way into websites and other projects. - -Bold accent colors work when they contribute to the comprehension of a project. Does color help you see or understand the message more clearly? Is there a better focus on certain words or phrases? That’s where this trend can make a major impact. - -Interactiv uses two elements with bold colors – the yellow logotype in the top left corner and the pink “nnect” in the main headline. The colors draw the eye across the screen quickly and put emphasis on the brand name. Note that the pink actually drives you to read the brand (in white) separately from the whole headline. - -Gestionphi is a classic example of a red accent for design comprehension. It’s also nice that the color is part of the logo and is used in a few places and with multiple tints. The red scroll button is a can’t-miss element on the screen thanks to color choice. - -Xpert Workwear uses nice orange color blocks to add a little more visual interest to the design. The neat thing about the orange here for a workwear brand is that the color is often connected to safety vests for workers. It also ties the design to details on the clothing items themselves to keep your eyes moving on the screen. - -13. Nature-Inspired Hues - -Color palettes inspired by nature are trending in a big way. With greens, beiges, and browns these palettes are neutral, simple, and appealing. - -A big reason we might be seeing more of these color palettes is a return to simplicity and nature. In a world where we slowed due to the pandemic and then seemed to pop into overdrive again, this more serene, nature inspiration helps balance the yin and yang of the environment around us. - -Venus Williams embraces nature with a full-screen photo with plenty of greenery as well as a beige backdrop for the whole design. Everything is simple and visually pleasing and the natural colors give plenty of room to all the photos in the design. - -Hutch Houseplants embraces the colors that match their online shop with plenty of green tones. But note that it’s not just photos, text and other UI elements also carry this natural color theme. - -Kerrygold’s Magical Pantry takes you on a journey through storytelling and recipes with a nature-inspired color palette. With plenty of greens and browns, color does not get in the way of the user journey. - -14. Black and White Web Design - -It seems like almost everyone is going back to the basics of black and white in website design. The difference in this color trend now in contrast with past iterations is that the overall visuals aren’t necessarily minimal in concert with black-and-white color palettes. - -What the designs lack in color, they make up in other interesting effects such as animations, hover effects, and overall interactivity. - -The website for Lou Dos Santos, above, uses hover interaction to create interest within the design. From a white bubble to show the cursor to a shifting of the text, black and white is anything but boring here. - -Jerry Wang uses similar interactive effects with a reversed black-and-white color palette. The style is a lot more akin to brutalism and has a bit of harshness about it that really works with the black-and-white scheme. - -Finally, with black and white color palettes, some designers are adding a bright or bold accent color to help drive interaction and show users what to do with the design. - -Lime green is a popular choice as seen above on the website from Hyperframe. Other popular color options include orange or bright blue. - -The goal is to use an accent that works with the starkness of black and white without detracting from it. - -15. One-Color Poster Design - -Along the same lines, a more simple color scheme for website designs is also happening with printed (or digital) poster designs, with creations that only use one color. - -As with web design, the stark, almost colorless nature of these projects can disrupt you visually helping to generate more interest in the visual elements on display. - -The poster design above uses a dark background and a golden yellow to tell the story of this design. The bright, contrasting choices are engaging and attention-getting. - -This technique works well for poster design because it encourages someone looking from a distance to walk closer to investigate the overall design. That would be important here with so many small words in the center of the poster design. - -Color is the element that grabs interest in this design scheme. - -The contrast between the blue block and the black-and-white image and text is so intriguing in the example above that you just want to learn more. The single-color design sets the mood for the poster. (Imagine how different you might feel about the design if the image was in color.) - -This effect can make a poster stand out when among many others. In this example with a movie poster, it is likely on display with lots of other similar-shaped poster designs. - -Color helps ensure that you see this one before all of the similar full-color options in the surrounding environment. - -Finally, a white poster with black text could be amazingly boring, but this example with red lines to create an image is interesting and engaging. - -The use of one color pulls the eye into the design without taking away from the words in the design, which judging by the size and weight are the most important element that the designer wants you to see. - -Color helps direct eye movement from top to bottom with a flow that provides a little lightness against the slab typefaces. - -16. Pastel Colors in Website Designs - -Most of the new color shades invented by Pantone were shades of pastel colors. Well, it’s not really a surprise at all. Especially with many brands and designers already adopting the new pastel color trend. - -A great example of pastel colors in action is the Dropbox website design. - -Fun fact, this is not the main Dropbox website. At the time we were publishing the trends in startup unicorn websites, the Dropbox website was different. So we likely stumbled upon an alternate version of the website, presumably a part of an A/B testing campaign. - -Nonetheless, both the main site design and this new landing page variants of Dropbox websites use gorgeous pastel colors. - -And Dropbox is not the only fan of pastel colors, many other brand websites like Toggl also use beautiful pastel colors in their design. - -Another example is this Bootstrap website template. It also uses pastel colors in multiple styles of website layouts. - -Why are pastel colors so popular? It probably has something to do with the pleasing and calming effect it has on people. It’s a feeling that’s difficult to describe but when you look at a design made with pastel colors it just makes you feel relaxed. - -17. Gradient Colors in Icon Design - -There used to be a time when designers were shamed for using multi-color color schemes in designs. Today, things are different. Using color palettes with vivid and multiple colors is encouraged. Because now it stands for something more meaningful than just random colors. - -It’s probably why we’re seeing many designers adopting gradient color schemes. Especially when it comes to icon designs, we saw many brands such as Instagram take advantage of this trend. The latest brand to join is Mozilla. - -Mozilla introduced its new Firefox rebranded icons design in June 2019. Firefox always had a colorful icon design. But this new approach took things to the next level. - -Their new color palette featured a variety of colors and shades. The company says the new icons will help the brand stay relevant “long into the future”. - -Are gradient icons only suitable for product icons? Not at all. You can use them on website designs and app interfaces as well. This business icon pack is a good example of that. - -18. Retro Neon Colors in Logo Designs - -The retro color schemes from the ’80s are making a comeback. Especially the use of neon colors in logo design is something that’s been picking up momentum recently. - -A great example is this brand logo we’ve found on Dribbble. It’s designed for a Russian software company called ZenClass which specializes in online learning systems. - -Notice how it uses glowing neon colors with a mix of gradients. It’s actually quite mesmerizing to look at. - -While this trend is not applicable to most branding and logo designs, it has its own audience. Especially with the popularity of futuristic cyberpunk designs, this neon color trend is most relevant for technology and gaming-related brands. - -19. Faded Vintage Colors in Label Designs - -The use of vintage-themed designs in labels is quite popular these days. Especially the label designs that use washed-up and faded vintage colors are the ones that attract the most attention. We’ve seen the color trend in everything from clothing labels to coffee packaging and much more. - -Why is it popular in label design? It’s mainly because the vintage colors look amazing when printed on cardboard and paper bags. - -But lately, we spotted this new trend taking a step further. And appearing in even beer can labels. - -This really makes you wonder, are we going backward in following design trends? - -20. Black and Gold Colors in Product Designs - -The classic black and gold color mix is a trend that never goes out of style. This color trend has always been something that represents elegance, class, and luxury. Surely, we can expect it to hold up its place this year as well. - -The question is, what type of brands and designs will adopt this timeless trend next? Well, how about a beer brand? - -Nightlife Brewing is the latest alcohol brand to adopt the classic black and gold color trend for its product designs. As you can see, it looks amazing, especially when used with an art-deco style of design. - -MGCO Soap company managed to put a spin on this new trend by using a dark green and gold color design for its soap packaging design. - -21. Dark Colors in App UI Designs - -It’s like every app on both mobile and desktop platforms are getting dark mode these days. With Android, iOS, and even Windows introducing dark user interfaces, it’s now standard practice to include a dark color mode in every app. - -Google first introduced a dark mode for its Gmail mobile app. Followed by Whatsapp. Even Facebook now has a dark mode for its web app. - -Needless to say, we’ll be seeing more apps using dark color UIs in the coming months. Of course, we hope designers will get creative with this trend. - -It doesn’t always have to be black and white to create a dark mode for a user interface. There are many dark shades of colors that will help create an amazing dark color mode for apps. - -What’s Next? - -Among the seas of color and design trends, we’re certain that these specific trends will float through to the next year. And hopefully for many years ahead. Especially since they’re validated by some of the biggest brands in the world, you can safely use these trends in your design projects. - -What kind of new color trends will come out next year? Tune in next year to find out.",1731883661,0f4f0bc78f,47e3df105b,,,1731883661 -https://www.pcgamer.com/gaming-industry/steamworld-dig-developer-lays-off-80-100-employees-and-cancels-some-in-development-games-to-ensure-long-term-sustainability-and-resilience,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,Steamworld Dig developer lays off 80-100 employees and cancels some in-development games to ensure 'long-term sustainability and resilience',"Thunderful, the studio formed in 2018 through a merger between Steamworld developer Image & Form and Fe developer Zoink, has announced a ""strategic restructuring program"" that will see an increased focus on third-party publishing, a cutback on internal development, and the games industry's favorite tool for weathering ""tough economic headwinds"": mass layoffs. - -Thunderful said the shift to publishing over development will reduce costs and ""allow for greater flexibility, enabling faster, diverse game releases. Alas, it also means that a ""large portion"" of Thunderful's development team are no longer needed, and so 80-100 employees are expected to be put out of work. - -""It is regrettable to announce a second restructuring of Thunderful in less than a year, but we unfortunately see no other alternatives in order to ensure the Group’s long-term sustainability and resilience,"" Thunderful Group CEO Martin Walfisz said in the restructuring announcement . ""The strategic move towards publishing games from external partners allows us to reduce fixed costs, increase flexibility, and better control our cash flow. We have many talented and dedicated employees, and it is with great regret that we are forced to part ways."" - -As noted by RPS , the first round of layoffs referenced by Walfisz occurred in January of this year, which saw 20% of the company's workforce let go because of "" over-investments made in the last few years ."" - -That's been a running theme throughout the games industry over the past couple years: Big spending and hiring during the height of the Covid-19 pandemic, and then deep cuts when concerns about the disease subsided and people very predictably (unless you're a videogame company executive, I guess) started going back outside again.",1731883669,2b11e0dc79,47641f4fcf,,,1731883669 -https://racingnews.co/2024/11/09/nascar-legend-bobby-allison-has-passed/,https://www.racingnews.co/feed/,NASCAR legend Bobby Allison has passed,"Bobby Allison sits fourth all-time on the NASCAR wins list - -NASCAR legend Bobby Allison passed away Saturday. - -The 86-year-old was a founding member of the historic Alabama Gang. His career began in 1961 and ended following a crash in 1988. - -In 1983, he was crowned the Cup Series champion. - -Just weeks ago, Allison was credited with his 85th NASCAR win. The race took place on August 6, 1971 at Bowman Gray Stadium. The race featured two classes of cars and was never credited in the record books.",1731883645,d62396e274,4779775af0,,,1731883645 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/articles/c20ner3xzr9o,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,Jannik Sinner: Italy revels in his success during ATP Finals despite doping controversy,"After the finest season of his career, Jannik Sinner has surged to an almost divine status enjoyed by only a handful of transcendent Italian sporting champions: - -Skier Alberto Tomba, motorcyclist Valentino Rossi and footballer Roberto Baggio. - -Sinner is aged just 23. But as the only player from the nation to ever be ranked as the world's best tennis player, he has already joined the pantheon. - -The frenzied focus on the boy from San Candido as he arrived at the ATP Finals in Turin - camera-flashing photographers and screaming autograph-hunters being kept at arm's length by burly security men - demonstrated he is a man in demand. - -And the well-documented doping case that is still ongoing does not seem to have lessened that demand if the newspaper columns and crowd support at his matches here are anything to go by. - -""This is a fully new dimension,"" veteran Italian tennis journalist Ubaldo Scanagatta told BBC Sport. - -""I have been attending Grand Slam tournaments since 1974, and I have only witnessed something similar for a tennis player once - in 1976 when Adriano Panatta won the French Open after beating Bjorn Borg in the quarter-finals."" - -It has been 'Sinnermania' in Turin. - -All of the 183,000 tickets put on sale for the the ATP Finals - 30,000 more than in 2023 - were sold days before the start of the event. - -On the secondary market, entry for the group-stage matches touched 600 euros (£500). For the final - where everyone hopes to see their ginger-haired hero, nicknamed the 'Orange Fox' - they are going for 1,500 euros (£1,250). - -His arrival at a medical centre, where he underwent some fitness tests before the tournament, reminded many of what happened six years ago at Juventus' sports clinic when Cristiano Ronaldo signed: mass hysteria and unlimited enthusiasm. - -His tennis quality and off-court personality - calmness and an understated humour - have made him a national darling and attracted blue-chip Italian brands to fight for his endorsement. - -""Jannik represents a new way of being a tennis number one, one very close to people,"" said Diego Nargiso, a former world number 67 and now the master of ceremonies at the ATP Finals, the season-ending tournament for the top eight men's singles players and doubles teams. - -""He’s so simple and down to earth. That's why the people - and the sponsors - love him."" - -One of his main characteristics is mental strength. - -This not only allows him to raise his game when it counts most, but also helped him out of the toughest period of his career.",1731883636,95caee0db1,480989090c,,,1731883636 -https://www.zdnet.com/article/join-costco-and-get-a-20-gift-card-with-your-membership-right-now/,https://www.zdnet.com/news/rss.xml,Join Costco and get a $20 gift card with your membership right now,"'ZDNET Recommends': What exactly does it mean? - -ZDNET's recommendations are based on many hours of testing, research, and comparison shopping. We gather data from the best available sources, including vendor and retailer listings as well as other relevant and independent reviews sites. And we pore over customer reviews to find out what matters to real people who already own and use the products and services we’re assessing. - -When you click through from our site to a retailer and buy a product or service, we may earn affiliate commissions. This helps support our work, but does not affect what we cover or how, and it does not affect the price you pay. Neither ZDNET nor the author are compensated for these independent reviews. Indeed, we follow strict guidelines that ensure our editorial content is never influenced by advertisers. - -ZDNET's editorial team writes on behalf of you, our reader. Our goal is to deliver the most accurate information and the most knowledgeable advice possible in order to help you make smarter buying decisions on tech gear and a wide array of products and services. Our editors thoroughly review and fact-check every article to ensure that our content meets the highest standards. If we have made an error or published misleading information, we will correct or clarify the article. If you see inaccuracies in our content, please report the mistake via this form.",1731883632,cbf4e2ebc4,480c8b04da,,,1731883632 -https://arxiv.org/abs/2410.21713,https://news.ycombinator.com/rss,[2410.21713] Fuzzing the PHP Interpreter via Dataflow Fusion,,1731883660,7198d80d03,482195cfc3,,,1731883660 -https://www.theatlantic.com/magazine/archive/2024/12/meritocracy-college-admissions-social-economic-segregation/680392/?utm_source=feed,https://www.theatlantic.com/feed/channel/ideas/,How the Ivy League Broke America,"This article was featured in the One Story to Read Today newsletter. Sign up for it here. - -Every coherent society has a social ideal—an image of what the superior person looks like. In America, from the late 19th century until sometime in the 1950s, the superior person was the Well-Bred Man. Such a man was born into one of the old WASP families that dominated the elite social circles on Fifth Avenue, in New York City; the Main Line, outside Philadelphia; Beacon Hill, in Boston. He was molded at a prep school like Groton or Choate, and came of age at Harvard, Yale, or Princeton. In those days, you didn’t have to be brilliant or hardworking to get into Harvard, but it really helped if you were “clubbable”—good-looking, athletic, graceful, casually elegant, Episcopalian, and white. It really helped, too, if your dad had gone there. - -Explore the December 2024 Issue Check out more from this issue and find your next story to read. View More - -Once on campus, studying was frowned upon. Those who cared about academics—the “grinds”—were social outcasts. But students competed ferociously to get into the elite social clubs: Ivy at Princeton, Skull and Bones at Yale, the Porcellian at Harvard. These clubs provided the well-placed few with the connections that would help them ascend to white-shoe law firms, to prestigious banks, to the State Department, perhaps even to the White House. (From 1901 to 1921, every American president went to Harvard, Yale, or Princeton.) People living according to this social ideal valued not academic accomplishment but refined manners, prudent judgment, and the habit of command. This was the age of social privilege. - -And then a small group of college administrators decided to blow it all up. The most important of them was James Conant, the president of Harvard from 1933 to 1953. Conant looked around and concluded that American democracy was being undermined by a “hereditary aristocracy of wealth.” American capitalism, he argued, was turning into “industrial feudalism,” in which a few ultrarich families had too much corporate power. Conant did not believe the United States could rise to the challenges of the 20th century if it was led by the heirs of a few incestuously interconnected Mayflower families. - -So Conant and others set out to get rid of admissions criteria based on bloodlines and breeding and replace them with criteria centered on brainpower. His system was predicated on the idea that the highest human trait is intelligence, and that intelligence is revealed through academic achievement. - -By shifting admissions criteria in this way, he hoped to realize Thomas Jefferson’s dream of a natural aristocracy of talent, culling the smartest people from all ranks of society. Conant wanted to create a nation with more social mobility and less class conflict. He presided during a time, roughly the middle third of the 20th century, when people had lavish faith in social-engineering projects and central planning—in using scientific means to, say, run the Soviet economy, or build new cities like Brasília, or construct a system of efficiency-maximizing roadways that would have cut through Greenwich Village. - -When universities like Harvard shifted their definition of ability, large segments of society adjusted to meet that definition. The effect was transformative. - -In trying to construct a society that maximized talent, Conant and his peers were governed by the common assumptions of the era: Intelligence, that highest human trait, can be measured by standardized tests and the ability to do well in school from ages 15 to 18. Universities should serve as society’s primary sorting system, segregating the smart from the not smart. Intelligence is randomly distributed across the population, so sorting by intelligence will yield a broad-based leadership class. Intelligence is innate, so rich families won’t be able to buy their kids higher grades. As Conant put it, “At least half of higher education, I believe, is a matter of selecting, sorting, and classifying students.” By reimagining college-admissions criteria, Conant hoped to spark a social and cultural revolution. The age of the Well-Bred Man was vanishing. The age of the Cognitive Elite was here. - -At first, Conant’s record did not match his rhetoric. He couldn’t afford to offend the rich families who supplied Harvard with its endowment. In 1951, 18 years into his presidency, the university was still accepting 94 percent of its legacy applicants. When Jews with high grades and test scores began to flood in, Harvard limited the number of applicants it would consider from New Jersey and parts of New York—places that had a lot of Jews. - -But eventually Conant’s vision triumphed and helped comprehensively refashion American life. If you control the choke points of social mobility, then you control the nation’s culture. And if you change the criteria for admission at places such as Harvard, Yale, and Princeton, then you change the nation’s social ideal. - -When universities like Harvard shifted their definition of ability, large segments of society adjusted to meet that definition. The effect was transformative, as though someone had turned on a powerful magnet and filaments across wide swaths of the culture suddenly snapped to attention in the same direction. - -Status markers changed. In 1967, the sociologist Daniel Bell noted that the leadership in the emerging social order was coming from “the intellectual institutions.” “Social prestige and social status,” he foresaw, “will be rooted in the intellectual and scientific communities.” - -Family life changed as parents tried to produce the sort of children who could get into selective colleges. Over time, America developed two entirely different approaches to parenting. Working-class parents still practice what the sociologist Annette Lareau, in her book Unequal Childhoods, called “natural growth” parenting. They let kids be kids, allowing them to wander and explore. College-educated parents, in contrast, practice “concerted cultivation,” ferrying their kids from one supervised skill-building, résumé-enhancing activity to another. It turns out that if you put parents in a highly competitive status race, they will go completely bonkers trying to hone their kids into little avatars of success. - -Elementary and high schools changed too. The time dedicated to recess, art, and shop class was reduced, in part so students could spend more of their day enduring volleys of standardized tests and Advanced Placement classes. Today, even middle-school students have been so thoroughly assessed that they know whether the adults have deemed them smart or not. The good test-takers get funneled into the meritocratic pressure cooker; the bad test-takers learn, by about age 9 or 10, that society does not value them the same way. (Too often, this eventually leads them to simply check out from school and society.) By 11th grade, the high-IQ students and their parents have spent so many years immersed in the college-admissions game that they, like 18th-century aristocrats evaluating which family has the most noble line, are able to make all sorts of fine distinctions about which universities have the most prestige: Princeton is better than Cornell; Williams is better than Colby. Universities came to realize that the more people they reject, the more their cachet soars. Some of these rejection academies run marketing campaigns to lure more and more applicants—and then brag about turning away 96 percent of them. - -America’s opportunity structure changed as well. It’s gotten harder to secure a good job if you lack a college degree, especially an elite college degree. When I started in journalism, in the 1980s, older working-class reporters still roamed the newsroom. Today, journalism is a profession reserved almost exclusively for college grads, especially elite ones. A 2018 study found that more than 50 percent of the staff writers at The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal had attended one of the 34 most elite universities or colleges in the nation. A broader study, published in Nature this year, looked at high achievers across a range of professions—lawyers, artists, scientists, business and political leaders—and found the same phenomenon: 54 percent had attended the same 34 elite institutions. The entire upper-middle-class job market now looks, as the writer Michael Lind has put it, like a candelabrum: “Those who manage to squeeze through the stem of a few prestigious colleges and universities,” Lind writes, “can then branch out to fill leadership positions in almost every vocation.” - -When Lauren Rivera, a sociologist at Northwestern, studied how elite firms in finance, consulting, and law select employees, she found that recruiters are obsessed with college prestige, typically identifying three to five “core” universities where they will do most of their recruiting—perhaps Harvard, Yale, Princeton, Stanford, and MIT. Then they identify five to 15 additional schools—the likes of Amherst, Pomona, and Berkeley—from which they will more passively accept applications. The résumés of students from other schools will almost certainly never even get read. - -“Number one people go to number one schools” is how one lawyer explained her firm’s recruiting principle to Rivera. That’s it, in a sentence: Conant’s dream of universities as the engines of social and economic segregation has been realized. - -Did We Get a Better Elite? - -Conant’s reforms should have led to an American golden age. The old WASP aristocracy had been dethroned. A more just society was being built. Some of the fruits of this revolution are pretty great. Over the past 50 years, the American leadership class has grown smarter and more diverse. Classic achiever types such as Hillary Clinton, Barack Obama, Jamie Dimon, Ketanji Brown Jackson, Lin-Manuel Miranda, Pete Buttigieg, Julián Castro, Sundar Pichai, Jeff Bezos, and Indra Nooyi have been funneled through prestigious schools and now occupy key posts in American life. The share of well-educated Americans has risen, and the amount of bigotry—against women, Black people, the LGBTQ community—has declined. Researchers at the University of Chicago and Stanford measured America’s economic growth per person from 1960 to 2010 and concluded that up to two-fifths of America’s increased prosperity during that time can be explained by better identification and allocation of talent. - -From the May 1946 issue: America remakes the university - -And yet it’s not obvious that we have produced either a better leadership class or a healthier relationship between our society and its elites. Generations of young geniuses were given the most lavish education in the history of the world, and then decided to take their talents to finance and consulting. For instance, Princeton’s unofficial motto is “In the nation’s service and the service of humanity”—and yet every year, about a fifth of its graduating class decides to serve humanity by going into banking or consulting or some other well-remunerated finance job. - -Would we necessarily say that government, civic life, the media, or high finance work better now than in the mid-20th century? We can scorn the smug WASP blue bloods from Groton and Choate—and certainly their era’s retrograde views of race and gender—but their leadership helped produce the Progressive movement, the New Deal, victory in World War II, the Marshall Plan, NATO, and the postwar Pax Americana. After the meritocrats took over in the 1960s, we got quagmires in Vietnam and Afghanistan, needless carnage in Iraq, the 2008 financial crisis, the toxic rise of social media, and our current age of political dysfunction. - -Today, 59 percent of Americans believe that our country is in decline, 69 percent believe that the “political and economic elite don’t care about hard-working people,” 63 percent think experts don’t understand their lives, and 66 percent believe that America “needs a strong leader to take the country back from the rich and powerful.” In short, under the leadership of our current meritocratic class, trust in institutions has plummeted to the point where, three times since 2016, a large mass of voters has shoved a big middle finger in the elites’ faces by voting for Donald Trump. - -The Six Sins of the Meritocracy - -I’ve spent much of my adult life attending or teaching at elite universities. They are impressive institutions filled with impressive people. But they remain stuck in the apparatus that Conant and his peers put in place before 1950. In fact, all of us are trapped in this vast sorting system. Parents can’t unilaterally disarm, lest their children get surpassed by the children of the tiger mom down the street. Teachers can’t teach what they love, because the system is built around teaching to standardized tests. Students can’t focus on the academic subjects they’re passionate about, because the gods of the grade point average demand that they get straight A’s. Even being a well-rounded kid with multiple interests can be self-defeating, because admissions officers are seeking the proverbial “spiky” kids—the ones who stand out for having cultivated some highly distinct skill or identity. All of this militates against a childhood full of curiosity and exploration. - -Most admissions officers at elite universities genuinely want to see each candidate as a whole person. They genuinely want to build a campus with a diverse community and a strong learning environment. But they, like the rest of us, are enmeshed in the mechanism that segregates not by what we personally admire, but by what the system, typified by the U.S. News & World Report college rankings, demands. (In one survey, 87 percent of admissions officers and high-school college counselors said the U.S. News rankings force schools to take measures that are “counterproductive” to their educational mission.) - -In other words, we’re all trapped in a system that was built on a series of ideological assumptions that were accepted 70 or 80 years ago but that now look shaky or just plain wrong. The six deadly sins of the meritocracy have become pretty obvious. - -1. The system overrates intelligence. Conant’s sorting mechanism was based primarily on intelligence, a quality that can ostensibly be measured by IQ tests or other standardized metrics. Under the social regime that Conant pioneered, as the historian Nathaniel Comfort has put it, “IQ became a measure not of what you do, but of who you are—a score for one’s inherent worth as a person.” Today’s elite school admissions officers might want to look at the whole person—but they won’t read your beautiful essay if you don’t pass the first threshold of great intelligence, as measured by high grades and sparkling SAT or ACT scores. - -Ricardo Rey - -Intelligence is important. Social scientists looking at large populations of people consistently find that high IQ correlates with greater academic achievement in school and higher incomes in adulthood. The Study of Mathematically Precocious Youth, based at Vanderbilt, found that high SAT scores at 12 or 13 correlate with the number of doctorates earned and patents issued. Many elite colleges that had dropped standardized testing as an application requirement are now mandating it again, precisely because the scores do provide admissions officers with a reliable measure of the intellectual abilities that correlate with academic performance and with achievement later in life. - -But intelligence is less important than Conant and his peers believed. Two people with identical IQ scores can vary widely in their life outcomes. If you rely on intelligence as the central proxy for ability, you will miss 70 percent of what you want to know about a person. You will also leach some of the humanity from the society in which you live. - -Starting in the 1920s, the psychologist Lewis Terman and his colleagues at Stanford tracked roughly 1,500 high-IQ kids through life. The Termites, as the research subjects were known, did well in school settings. The group earned 97 Ph.D.s, 55 M.D.s, and 92 law degrees. But as the decades went on, no transcendent geniuses emerged from the group. These brilliant young people grew up to have perfectly respectable jobs as doctors, lawyers, and professors, but there weren’t any transformational figures, no world changers or Nobel Prize winners. The whiz kids didn’t grow up to become whiz adults. As the science journalist Joel Shurkin, who has written a book on the Terman study, concluded, “Whatever it was the IQ test was measuring, it was not creativity.” - -Similarly, in a 2019 paper, the Vanderbilt researchers looked at 677 people whose SAT scores at age 13 were in the top 1 percent. The researchers estimated that 12 percent of these adolescents had gone on to achieve “eminence” in their careers by age 50. That’s a significant percentage. But that means 88 percent did not achieve eminence. (The researchers defined eminence as reaching the pinnacle of a field—becoming a full professor at a major research university, a CEO of a Fortune 500 company, a leader in biomedicine, a prestigious judge, an award-winning writer, and the like.) - -The bottom line is that if you give somebody a standardized test when they are 13 or 18, you will learn something important about them, but not necessarily whether they will flourish in life, nor necessarily whether they will contribute usefully to society’s greater good. Intelligence is not the same as effectiveness. The cognitive psychologist Keith E. Stanovich coined the term dysrationalia in part to describe the phenomenon of smart people making dumb or irrational decisions. Being smart doesn’t mean that you’re willing to try on alternative viewpoints, or that you’re comfortable with uncertainty, or that you can recognize your own mistakes. It doesn’t mean you have insight into your own biases. In fact, one thing that high-IQ people might genuinely be better at than other people is convincing themselves that their own false views are true. - -2. Success in school is not the same thing as success in life. University administrators in the Conant mold assumed that people who could earn high grades would continue to excel later in their career. - -But school is not like the rest of life. Success in school is about jumping through the hoops that adults put in front of you; success in life can involve charting your own course. In school, a lot of success is individual: How do I stand out? In life, most success is team-based: How can we work together? Grades reveal who is persistent, self-disciplined, and compliant—but they don’t reveal much about emotional intelligence, relationship skills, passion, leadership ability, creativity, or courage. - -In short, the meritocratic system is built on a series of non sequiturs. We train and segregate people by ability in one setting, and then launch them into very different settings. “The evidence is clear,” the University of Pennsylvania organizational psychologist Adam Grant has written. “Academic excellence is not a strong predictor of career excellence. Across industries, research shows that the correlation between grades and job performance is modest in the first year after college and trivial within a handful of years.” - -For that reason, Google and other companies no longer look at the grade point average of job applicants. Students who got into higher-ranking colleges, which demand high secondary-school GPAs, are not substantially more effective after they graduate. In one study of 28,000 young students, those attending higher-ranking universities did only slightly better on consulting projects than those attending lower-ranked universities. Grant notes that this would mean, for instance, that a Yale student would have been only about 1.9 percent more proficient than a student from Cleveland State when measured by the quality of their work. The Yale student would also have been more likely to be a jerk: The researchers found that students from higher-ranking colleges and universities, while nominally more effective than other students, were more likely to pay “insufficient attention to interpersonal relationships,” and in some instances to be “less friendly,” “more prone to conflict,” and “less likely to identify with their team.” - -Also, we have now, for better or worse, entered the Age of Artificial Intelligence. AI is already good at regurgitating information from a lecture. AI is already good at standardized tests. AI can already write papers that would get A’s at Harvard. If you’re hiring the students who are good at those things, you’re hiring people whose talents might soon be obsolete. - -3. The game is rigged. The meritocracy was supposed to sort people by innate ability. But what it really does is sort people according to how rich their parents are. As the meritocracy has matured, affluent parents have invested massively in their children so they can win in the college-admissions arms race. The gap between what rich parents and even middle-class parents spend—let’s call it the wealth surplus—is huge. According to the Yale Law professor Daniel Markovits, the author of The Meritocracy Trap, if the typical family in the top 1 percent of earners were to take that surplus—all the excess money they spend, beyond what a middle-class family spends, on their child’s education in the form of private-school tuition, extracurricular activities, SAT-prep courses, private tutors, and so forth—and simply invest it in the markets, it would be worth $10 million or more as a conventional inheritance. But such is the perceived status value of a fancy college pedigree that rich families believe they’ll be better able to transmit elite standing to their kids by spending that money on education. - -The system is rigged: Students from families in the top 1 percent of earners were 77 times more likely to attend an Ivy League–level school than students from families making $30,000 a year or less. Many elite schools draw more students from the top 1 percent than the bottom 60. - -The children of the affluent have advantages every step of the way. A 3-year-old who grows up with parents making more than $100,000 a year is about twice as likely to attend preschool as a 3-year-old with parents who make less than $60,000. By eighth grade, children from affluent families are performing four grade levels higher than children from poor families, a gap that has widened by 40 to 50 percent in recent decades. According to College Board data from this year, by the time students apply to college, children from families making more than $118,000 a year score 171 points higher on their SATs than students from families making $72,000 to $90,000 a year, and 265 points higher than children from families making less than $56,000. As Markovits has noted, the academic gap between the rich and the poor is larger than the academic gap between white and Black students in the final days of Jim Crow. - -From the September 2019 issue: Daniel Markovits on how life became an endless, terrible competition - -Conant tried to build a world in which colleges weren’t just for the children of the affluent. But today’s elite schools are mostly for the children of the affluent. In 1985, according to the writer William Deresiewicz, 46 percent of the students at the most selective 250 colleges came from the top quarter of the income distribution. By 2000, it was 55 percent. By 2006 (based on a slightly smaller sample), it was 67 percent. Research findings by the Harvard economist Raj Chetty and others put this even more starkly: In a 2017 paper, they reported that students from families in the top 1 percent of earners were 77 times more likely to attend an Ivy League–level school than students who came from families making $30,000 a year or less. Many elite schools draw more students from the top 1 percent of earners than from the bottom 60 percent. - -In some ways, we’ve just reestablished the old hierarchy rooted in wealth and social status—only the new elites possess greater hubris, because they believe that their status has been won by hard work and talent rather than by birth. The sense that they “deserve” their success for having earned it can make them feel more entitled to the fruits of it, and less called to the spirit of noblesse oblige. - -Those early administrators dreamed that talent, as they defined it, would be randomly scattered across the population. But talent is rarely purely innate. Talent and even effort cannot, as the UCLA Law School professor Joseph Fishkin has observed, “be isolated from circumstances of birth.” - -4. The meritocracy has created an American caste system. After decades of cognitive segregation, a chasm divides the well educated from the less well educated. - -The average high-school graduate will earn about $1 million less over their lifetime than the average four-year-college graduate. The average person without a four-year college degree lives about eight years less than the average four-year-college grad. Thirty-five percent of high-school graduates are obese, compared with 27 percent of four-year-college grads. High-school grads are much less likely to get married, and women with high-school degrees are about twice as likely to divorce within 10 years of marrying as women with college degrees. Nearly 60 percent of births to women with a high-school degree or less happen out of wedlock; that’s roughly five times higher than the rate for women with at least a bachelor’s degree. The opioid death rate for those with a high-school degree is about 10 times higher than for those with at least a bachelor’s degree. - -The most significant gap may be social. According to an American Enterprise Institute study, nearly a quarter of people with a high-school degree or less say they have no close friends, whereas only 10 percent of those with college degrees or more say that. Those whose education doesn’t extend past high school spend less time in public spaces, less time in hobby groups and sports leagues. They’re less likely to host friends and family in their home. - -The advantages of elite higher education compound over the generations. Affluent, well-educated parents marry each other and confer their advantages on their kids, who then go to fancy colleges and marry people like themselves. As in all caste societies, the segregation benefits the segregators. And as in all caste societies, the inequalities involve inequalities not just of wealth but of status and respect. - -Read: The growing college-degree wealth gap - -The whole meritocracy is a system of segregation. Segregate your family into a fancy school district. If you’re a valedictorian in Ohio, don’t go to Ohio State; go to one of the coastal elite schools where all the smart rich kids are. - -It should be noted that this segregation by education tends to overlap with and contribute to segregation by race, a problem that is only deepening after affirmative action’s demise. Black people constitute about 14 percent of the U.S. population but only 9 percent of Princeton’s current freshman class, according to the school’s self-reported numbers, and only 3 percent of Amherst’s and 4.7 percent of Tufts’s, according to federal reporting guidelines. (Princeton has declined to reveal what that number would be based on those federal guidelines.) In the year after the Supreme Court ended affirmative action, MIT says that the number of Black people in its freshman class dropped from 15 percent to 5 percent. - -For the past 50 years or so, the cognitive elite has been withdrawing from engagement with the rest of American society. Since about 1974, as the Harvard sociologist Theda Skocpol has noted, college-educated Americans have been leaving organizations, such as the Elks Lodge and the Kiwanis Club, where they might rub shoulders with non-educated-class people, and instead have been joining groups, such as the Sierra Club and the ACLU, that are dominated by highly educated folks like themselves. - -Ricardo Rey - -“We now have a single route into a single dominant cognitive class,” the journalist David Goodhart has written. And because members of the educated class dominate media and culture, they possess the power of consecration, the power to determine what gets admired and what gets ignored or disdained. Goodhart notes further that over the past two decades, it’s been as though “an enormous social vacuum cleaner has sucked up status from manual occupations, even skilled ones,” and reallocated that status to white-collar jobs, even low-level ones, in “prosperous metropolitan centers and university towns.” This has had terrible social and political consequences. - -5. The meritocracy has damaged the psyches of the American elite. The meritocracy is a gigantic system of extrinsic rewards. Its gatekeepers—educators, corporate recruiters, and workplace supervisors—impose a series of assessments and hurdles upon the young. Students are trained to be good hurdle-clearers. We shower them with approval or disapproval depending on how they measure up on any given day. Childhood and adolescence are thus lived within an elaborate system of conditional love. Students learn to ride an emotional roller coaster—congratulating themselves for clearing a hurdle one day and demoralized by their failure the next. This leads to an existential fragility: If you don’t keep succeeding by somebody else’s metrics, your self-worth crumbles. - -Some young people get overwhelmed by the pressure and simply drop out. Others learn to become shrewd players of the game, interested only in doing what’s necessary to get good grades. People raised in this sorting system tend to become risk-averse, consumed by the fear that a single failure will send them tumbling out of the race. - -At the core of the game is the assumption that the essence of life fulfillment is career success. The system has become so instrumentalized—How can this help me succeed?—that deeper questions about meaning or purpose are off the table, questions like: How do I become a generous human being? How do I lead a life of meaning? How do I build good character? - -6. The meritocracy has provoked a populist backlash that is tearing society apart. Teachers behave differently toward students they regard as smart. Years of research has shown that they smile and nod more at those kids, offer them more feedback, allow them more time to ask questions. Students who have been treated as smart since elementary school may go off to private colleges that spend up to $350,000 per student per year. Meanwhile many of the less gifted students, who quickly perceive that teachers don’t value them the same way, will end up at community colleges that may spend only $17,000 per pupil per year. By adulthood, the highly educated and the less educated work in different professions, live in different neighborhoods, and have different cultural and social values. - -From the April 2021 issue: Private schools have become truly obscene - -Many people who have lost the meritocratic race have developed contempt for the entire system, and for the people it elevates. This has reshaped national politics. Today, the most significant political divide is along educational lines: Less educated people vote Republican, and more educated people vote Democratic. In 1960, John F. Kennedy lost the white college-educated vote by two to one and rode to the White House on the backs of the working class. In 2020, Joe Biden lost the white working-class vote by two to one and rode to the White House on the backs of the college-educated. - -Wherever the Information Age economy showers money and power onto educated urban elites, populist leaders have arisen to rally the less educated: not just Donald Trump in America but Marine Le Pen in France, Viktor Orbán in Hungary, Recep Tayyip Erdoğan in Turkey, Nicolás Maduro in Venezuela. These leaders understand that working-class people resent the know-it-all professional class, with their fancy degrees, more than they do billionaire real-estate magnates or rich entrepreneurs. Populist leaders worldwide traffic in crude exaggerations, gross generalizations, and bald-faced lies, all aimed at telling the educated class, in effect: Screw you and the epistemic regime you rode in on. - -When income level is the most important division in a society, politics is a struggle over how to redistribute money. When a society is more divided by education, politics becomes a war over values and culture. In country after country, people differ by education level on immigration, gender issues, the role of religion in the public square, national sovereignty, diversity, and whether you can trust experts to recommend a vaccine. - -Read: Why Americans are so polarized: education and evolution - -As working-class voters have shifted to the right, progressivism has become an entry badge to the elite. To cite just one example, a study of opinion pieces in The Harvard Crimson found that they became three and a half times more progressive from 2001 to 2023. By 2023, 65 percent of seniors at Harvard, the richest school in the world, identified as progressive or very progressive. - -James Conant and his colleagues dreamed of building a world with a lot of class-mixing and relative social comity; we ended up with a world of rigid caste lines and pervasive cultural and political war. Conant dreamed of a nation ruled by brilliant leaders. We ended up with President Trump. - -How to Replace the Current Meritocracy - -From time to time, someone, usually on the progressive left, will suggest that we dismantle the meritocracy altogether. Any sorting system, they argue, is inherently elitist and unjust. We should get rid of selective admissions. We should get rid of the system that divides elite from non-elite. All students should be treated equally and all schools should have equal resources. - -I appreciate that impulse. But the fact is that every human society throughout history has been hierarchical. (If anything, that’s been especially true for those societies, such as Soviet Russia and Maoist China, that professed to be free of class hierarchy.) What determines a society’s health is not the existence of an elite, but the effectiveness of the elite, and whether the relationship between the elites and everybody else is mutually respectful. - -And although the current system may overvalue IQ, we do still need to find and train the people best equipped to be nuclear physicists and medical researchers. If the American meritocracy fails to identify the greatest young geniuses and educate them at places such as Caltech and MIT, China—whose meritocracy has for thousands of years been using standardized tests to cull the brightest of the bright—could outpace us in chip manufacturing, artificial intelligence, and military technology, among other fields. And for all the American education system’s flaws, our elite universities are doing pioneering research, generating tremendous advances in fields such as biotech, launching bright students into the world, and driving much of the American economy. Our top universities remain the envy of the world. - -The challenge is not to end the meritocracy; it’s to humanize and improve it. A number of recent developments make this even more urgent—while perhaps also making the present moment politically ripe for broad reform. - -First, the Supreme Court’s ending of affirmative action constrained colleges’ ability to bring in students from less advantaged backgrounds. Under affirmative action, admissions officers had the freedom to shift some weight from a narrow evaluation of test scores to a broader assessment of other qualities—for instance, the sheer drive a kid had to possess in order to accomplish what they did against great odds. If colleges still want to compose racially diverse classes, and bring in kids from certain underrepresented backgrounds, they will have to find new ways to do that. - -Second, as noted, much of what the existing cognitive elite do can already be done as well as or better by AI—so shouldn’t colleges be thinking about how to find and train the kind of creative people we need not just to shape and constrain AI, but to do what AI (at least as of now) cannot? - -Third, the recent uproar over Gaza protests and anti-Semitism on campus has led to the defenestration of multiple Ivy League presidents, and caused a public-relations crisis, perhaps even lasting brand damage, at many elite universities. Some big donors are withholding funds. Republicans in Congress are seizing the opportunity to escalate their war on higher education. Now would be a good time for college faculty and administrators to revisit first principles in service of building a convincing case for the value that their institutions provide to America. - -Fourth, the ongoing birth dearth is causing many schools to struggle with enrollment shortfalls. This demographic decline will require some colleges not just to rebrand themselves, but to reinvent themselves in creative ways if they are to remain financially afloat. In a reformed meritocracy, perhaps colleges now struggling with declining enrollments might develop their own distinctive niches in the ecosystem, their own distinctive ways of defining and nurturing talent. This in turn could help give rise to an educational ecosystem in which colleges are not all arrayed within a single status hierarchy, with Harvard, Yale, and Princeton on top and everyone else below. If we could get to the point where being snobby about going to Stanford seems as ridiculous as being snobby about your great-grandmother’s membership in the Daughters of the American Revolution, this would transform not just college admissions but American childhood. - -The crucial first step is to change how we define merit. The history of the meritocracy is the history of different definitions of ability. But how do we come up with a definition of ability that is better and more capacious than the one Conant left us? We can start by noting the flaws at the core of his definition. He and his peers were working at a time when people were optimistic that the rational application of knowledge in areas such as statistics, economics, psychology, management theory, and engineering could solve social problems. They admired technicians who valued quantification, objectification, optimization, efficiency. - -They had great faith in raw brainpower and naturally adopted a rationalist view of humans: Reason is separate from emotions. Economists and political scientists of the era gravitated toward models that were based on the idea that you could view people as perfectly rational actors maximizing their utility, and accurately predict their behavior based on that. - -Social engineers with this mindset can seem impressively empirical. But over the course of the 20th century, the rationalist planning schemes—the public-housing projects in America’s cities, the central economic planning in the Soviet Union—consistently failed. And they failed for the same reason: The rationalists assumed that whatever can’t be counted and measured doesn’t matter. But it does. Rationalist schemes fail because life is too complex for their quantification methods. - -In Seeing Like a State: How Certain Schemes to Improve the Human Condition Have Failed, James C. Scott, the late political scientist and anthropologist, describes a 19th-century German effort to improve the nation’s lumber industry. To make forests amenable to scientific quantification, planners had to redefine what forest meant. Trees became timber, and everything not a tree was designated as underbrush—useless stuff that got in the way when workers tried to efficiently harvest the timber. - -The German rationalists reorganized the forests, planting new trees in neat rows and clearing away all the underbrush. At first, everything seemed to go well. But as the Germans discovered too late, the trees needed the underbrush to thrive. Without the organic messiness that the rationalists had deemed superfluous, the trees’ nutrient cycle got out of whack. They began ailing. A new word entered the German language—Waldsterben, or “forest death.” - -By focusing on only those parts of the forest that seemed instrumental to their uses, the planners failed to see the forest accurately. In trying to standardize and control the growth process, the planners murdered the trees. - -The modern meritocracy misunderstands human beings the same way the German rationalists misunderstood trees. To make people legible to the sorting system, researchers draw a distinction between what they call “cognitive” and “noncognitive” skills. Cognitive skills are the “hard” ones that can be easily measured, such as IQ and scores on an algebra test. Noncognitive skills are fuzzier, harder-to-quantify things, such as emotional flexibility, grit, social agility, and moral qualities. - -But of course all mental actions are cognitive. What this categorization method reveals is how little the rationalists care about the abilities that lie beyond IQ. The modern meritocracy treats the noncognitive realm the way the German planners treated the underbrush; it discounts it. But the putatively “noncognitive” skills can be more important than cognitive ones. Having a fast mental processor upstairs is great, but other traits may do more to determine how much you are going to contribute to society: Do you try hard? Can you build relationships? Are you curious? Are you trustworthy? How do you perform under pressure? - -The meritocracy as currently constituted seems to want you to be self-centered and manipulative. We put students in competitive classrooms, where the guiding questions are “How am I measuring up?” and “Where am I on the curve?” - -The importance of noncognitive traits shows up everywhere. Chetty, the Harvard economist, wanted to understand the effect that good teachers have on their pupils. He and his colleagues discovered that what may most differentiate good teachers is not necessarily their ability to produce higher math and reading scores. Rather, what the good teachers seem to impart most effectively are “soft skills”—how to get along with others, how to stay on task. In fact, the researchers found that these soft skills, when measured in the fourth grade, are 2.4 times more important than math and reading scores in predicting a student’s future income. - -The organizational-leadership expert Mark Murphy discovered something similar when he studied why people get fired. In Hiring for Attitude, he reports that only 11 percent of the people who failed at their jobs—that is, were fired or got a bad performance review—did so because of insufficient technical competence. For the other 89 percent, the failures were due to social or moral traits that affected their job performance—sour temperament, uncoachability, low motivation, selfishness. They failed because they lacked the right noncognitive skills. - -Murphy’s study tracked 20,000 new hires and found that 46 percent of them failed within 18 months. Given how painful and expensive it is for an organization to replace people, this is a cataclysmic result. Why aren’t firms better at spotting the right people? Why do we have such a distorted and incomplete view of what constitutes human ability? - -The Humanist Turn - -In reconceiving the meritocracy, we need to take more account of these noncognitive traits. Our definition of ability shouldn’t be narrowly restricted to who can ace intelligence tests at age 18. We need to stop treating people as brains on a stick and pay more attention to what motivates people: What does this person care about, and how driven are they to get good at it? We shouldn’t just be looking for skillful teenage test-takers; we want people with enough intrinsic desire to learn and grow all the days of their life. Leslie Valiant, a computer-science professor at Harvard who has studied human cognition for years, has written that “notions like smartness and intelligence are almost like nonsense,” and that what matters more for civilizational progress is “educability,” the ability to learn from experience. - -If I were given the keys to the meritocracy, I’d redefine merit around four crucial qualities. - -Curiosity. Kids are born curious. One observational study that followed four children between the ages of 14 months and 5 years found that they made an average of 107 inquiries an hour. Little kids ask tons of questions. Then they go to school, and the meritocracy does its best to stamp out their curiosity. In research for her book The Hungry Mind, the psychologist Susan Engel found that in kindergarten, students expressed curiosity only 2.4 times every two hours of class time. By fifth grade, that was down to 0.48 times. - -What happened? Although teachers like the idea of curiosity, our current system doesn’t allow it to blossom. A typical school wants its students to score well on standardized tests, which in turn causes the school to encourage teachers to march through a certain volume of content in each class period. If a student asks a question because she is curious about something, she threatens to take the class off course. Teachers learn to squelch such questions so the class can stay on task. In short, our current meritocracy discourages inquiry in favor of simply shoveling content with the goal of improving test scores. And when children have lost their curiosity by age 11, Engel believes, they tend to remain incurious for the rest of their life. - -From the January/February 2005 issue: Lost in the meritocracy - -This matters. You can sometimes identify a bad leader by how few questions they ask; they think they already know everything they need to. In contrast, history’s great achievers tend to have an insatiable desire to learn. In his study of such accomplished creative figures, the psychologist Frank Barron found that abiding curiosity was essential to their success; their curiosity helped them stay flexible, innovative, and persistent. - -Our meritocratic system encourages people to focus narrowly on cognitive tasks, but curiosity demands play and unstructured free time. If you want to understand how curious someone is, look at how they spend their leisure time. In their book, Talent: How to Identify Energizers, Creatives, and Winners Around the World, the venture capitalist Daniel Gross and the economist Tyler Cowen argue that when hiring, you should look for the people who write on the side, or code on the side, just for fun. “If someone truly is creative and inspiring,” they write, “it will show up in how they allocate their spare time.” In job interviews, the authors advise hiring managers to ask, “What are the open tabs on your browser right now?” - -A sense of drive and mission. When the Austrian neurologist and psychiatrist Viktor Frankl was imprisoned in Nazi concentration camps, he noticed that the men who tended to survive the longest had usually made a commitment to something outside the camps—a spouse, a book project, a vision of a less evil society they hoped to create. Their sense that life had meaning, Frankl concluded, sustained them even in the most dehumanizing circumstances. - -A sense of meaning and commitment has value even in far less harrowing conditions. People with these qualities go to where the problems are. They’re willing to run through walls. - -Some such people are driven by moral emotions—indignation at injustice, compassion for the weak, admiration for an ideal. They have a strong need for a life of purpose, a sense that what they are doing really matters. As Frankl recognized, people whose lives have a transcendent meaning or a higher cause have a sense of purpose that drives them forward. You can recognize such people because they have an internal unity—the way, say, the social-justice crusader Bryan Stevenson’s whole life has a moral coherence to it. Other people are passionate about the pursuit of knowledge or creating beautiful tools that improve life: Think of Albert Einstein’s lifelong devotion to understanding the universe, or Steve Jobs’s obsession with merging beauty and function. - -I once asked a tech CEO how he hires people. He told me that after each interview, he asks himself, “Is this person a force of nature? Do they have spark, willpower, dedication?” A successful meritocracy will value people who see their lives as a sacred mission. - -Social intelligence. When Boris Groysberg, an organizational-behavior professor at Harvard Business School, looked at the careers of hundreds of investment analysts who had left one financial firm to work at another, he discovered something surprising: The “star equity analysts who switched employers paid a high price for jumping ship relative to comparable stars who stayed put,” he reports in Chasing Stars: The Myth of Talent and the Portability of Performance. “Overall, their job performance plunged sharply and continued to suffer for at least five years after moving to a new firm.” - -These results suggest that sometimes talent inheres in the team, not the individual. In an effective meritocracy, we’d want to find people who are fantastic team builders, who have excellent communication and bonding skills. Coaches sometimes talk about certain athletes as “glue guys,” players who have that ineffable ability to make a team greater than the sum of its parts. This phenomenon has obvious analogies outside sports. The Harvard economist David Deming has shown that across recent decades, the value of social skills—of being a workplace “glue guy”—has increased as a predictor of professional success, while the value of cognitive ability has modestly declined. - -David Deming: The single biggest fix for inequality at elite colleges - -The meritocracy as currently constituted seems to want you to be self-centered and manipulative. We put students in competitive classrooms, where the guiding questions are “How am I measuring up?” and “Where am I on the curve?” - -Research has shown, however, that what makes certain teams special is not primarily the intelligence of its smartest members but rather how well its leaders listen, how frequently its members take turns talking, how well they adjust to one another’s moves, how they build reciprocity. If even one team member hogs airtime, that can impede the flow of interaction that teams need to be most effective. - -Based on cognitive skills alone, Franklin D. Roosevelt, probably the greatest president of the 20th century, would never get into Harvard today. As Oliver Wendell Holmes Jr. observed, he had only “a second-class intellect.” But that was paired, Holmes continued, with a “first-class temperament.” That temperament, not his IQ, gave Roosevelt the ability to rally a nation. - -Agility. In chaotic situations, raw brainpower can be less important than sensitivity of perception. The ancient Greeks had a word, metis, that means having a practiced eye, the ability to synthesize all the different aspects of a situation and discern the flow of events—a kind of agility that enables people to anticipate what will come next. Academic knowledge of the sort measured by the SATs doesn’t confer this ability; inert book learning doesn’t necessarily translate into forecasting how complex situations will play out. The University of Pennsylvania psychologist and political scientist Philip E. Tetlock has found that experts are generally terrible at making predictions about future events. In fact, he’s found that the more prominent the expert, the less accurate their predictions. Tetlock says this is because experts’ views are too locked in—they use their knowledge to support false viewpoints. People with agility, by contrast, can switch among mindsets and riff through alternative perspectives until they find the one that best applies to a given situation. - -Possessing agility helps you make good judgments in real time. The neuroscientist John Coates used to be a financial trader. During the bull-market surges that preceded big crashes, Coates noticed that the traders who went on to suffer huge losses had gotten overconfident in ways that were physically observable. They flexed their muscles and even walked differently, failing to understand the meaning of the testosterone they felt coursing through their bodies. Their “assessment of risk is replaced by judgments of certainty—they just know what is going to happen,” Coates writes in The Hour Between Dog and Wolf. - -The traders, in other words, got swept up in an emotional cascade that warped their judgment. The ones who succeeded in avoiding big losses were not the ones with higher IQs but the ones who were more sensitively attuned to their surging testosterone and racing hearts, and were able to understand the meaning of those sensations. Good traders, Coates observes, “do not just process information, they feel it.” - -Ricardo Rey - -The physicist and science writer Leonard Mlodinow puts the point more broadly. “While IQ scores may correlate to cognitive ability,” he writes in Emotional: How Feelings Shape Our Thinking, “control over and knowledge of one’s emotional state is what is most important for professional and personal success.” - -If we can orient our meritocracy around a definition of human ability that takes more account of traits like motivation, generosity, sensitivity, and passion, then our schools, families, and workplaces will readjust in fundamental ways. - -Rebuilding the Meritocracy - -When the education scholars Jal Mehta and Sarah Fine toured America’s best high schools for their book, In Search of Deeper Learning, they found that even at many of these top schools, most students spent the bulk of their day bored, disengaged, not learning; Mehta and Fine didn’t find much passionate engagement in classrooms. They did, however, find some in noncore electives and at the periphery of the schools—the debate team, the drama club, the a cappella groups, and other extracurriculars. During these activities, students were directing their own learning, teachers served as coaches, and progress was made in groups. The students had more agency, and felt a sense of purpose and community. - -As it happens, several types of schools are trying to make the entire school day look more like extracurriculars—where passion is aroused and teamwork is essential. Some of these schools are centered on “project-based learning,” in which students work together on real-world projects. The faculty-student relationships at such schools are more like the one between a master and an apprentice than that between a lecturer and a listener. To succeed, students must develop leadership skills and collaboration skills, as well as content knowledge. They learn to critique one another and exchange feedback. They teach one another, which is a powerful way to learn. - -Mehta and Fine profiled one high school in a network of 14 project-based charter schools serving more than 5,000 students. The students are drawn by lottery, representing all social groups. They do not sit in rows taking notes. Rather, grouped into teams of 50, they work together on complicated interdisciplinary projects. Teachers serve as coaches and guides. At the school Mehta and Fine reported on, students collaborated on projects such as designing exhibits for local museums and composing cookbooks with recipes using local ingredients. At another project-based-learning school, High Tech High in San Diego, which is featured in the documentary Most Likely to Succeed, one group of students built a giant wooden model with gears and gizmos to demonstrate how civilizations rise and fall; another group made a film about how diseases get transmitted through the bloodstream. - -In these project-based-learning programs, students have more autonomy. These schools allow students to blunder, to feel like they are lost and flailing—a feeling that is the predicate of creativity. Occasional failure is a feature of this approach; it cultivates resilience, persistence, and deeper understanding. Students also get to experience mastery, and the self-confidence that comes with tangible achievement. - -Most important, the students get an education in what it feels like to be fully engaged in a project with others. Their school days are not consumed with preparing for standardized tests or getting lectured at, so their curiosity is enlarged, not extinguished. Of course, effective project-based learning requires effective teachers, and as a country we need to invest much more in teacher training and professional development at the elementary- and secondary-school levels. But emerging evidence suggests that the kids enrolled in project-based-learning programs tend to do just as well as, if not better than, their peers on standardized tests, despite not spending all their time preparing for them. This alone ought to convince parents—even, and perhaps especially, those parents imprisoned in the current elite college-competition mindset—that investing aggressively in project-based and other holistic learning approaches across American education is politically feasible. - -Building a school system geared toward stimulating curiosity, passion, generosity, and sensitivity will require us to change the way we measure student progress and spot ability. Today we live in the world of the transcript—grades, test scores, awards. But a transcript doesn’t tell you if a student can lead a dialogue with others, or whether a kid is open-minded or closed-minded. - -Helpfully, some of these project-based-learning schools are pioneering a different way to assess kids. Students don’t graduate with only report cards and test scores; they leave with an electronic portfolio of their best work—their papers, speeches, projects—which they can bring to prospective colleges and employers to illustrate the kind of work they are capable of. At some schools, students take part in “portfolio defenses,” comparable to a grad student’s dissertation defense. - -The portfolio method enlarges our understanding of what assessment can look like. Roughly 400 high schools are now part of an organization called the Mastery Transcript Consortium, which uses an alternative assessment mechanism. Whereas a standard report card conveys how much a student knows relative to their classmates on a given date, the mastery transcript shows with much greater specificity how far the student has progressed toward mastering a given content area or skill set. Teachers can determine not only who’s doing well in math, but who’s developing proficiency in statistical reasoning or getting good at coming up with innovative experiment designs. The mastery report also includes broader life skills—who is good at building relationships, who is good at creative solutions. - -No single assessment can perfectly predict a person’s potential. The best we can do is combine assessment techniques: grades and portfolios, plus the various tests that scholars have come up with to measure noncognitive skills—the Grit Scale, the Moral Character Questionnaire, social-and-emotional-learning assessments, the High Potential Trait Indicator. All of these can be informative, but what’s important is that none of them is too high-stakes. We are using these assessments to try to understand a person, not to rank her. - -Data are good for measuring things, but for truly knowing people, stories are better. In an ideal world, high-school teachers, guidance counselors, and coaches would collaborate each year on, say, a five-page narrative about each student’s life. Some schools do this now, to great effect. - -College-admissions officers may not have time to carefully study a five-page narrative about each applicant, nor will every high-school teacher or college counselor have time to write one. But a set of tools and institutions is emerging that can help with this. In Australia, for example, some schools use something called the Big Picture Learning Credential, which evaluates the traits that students have developed in and out of the classroom—communication skills, goal setting, responsibility, self-awareness. - -Creating a network of independent assessment centers in this country that use such tools could help students find the college or training program best suited to their core interests. The centers could help college-admissions officers find the students who are right for their institution. They could help employers find the right job applicants. In short, they could help everybody in the meritocracy make more informed decisions. - -These assessment methods would inevitably be less “objective” than an SAT or ACT score, but that’s partly the point. Our current system is built around standardization. Its designers wanted to create a system in which all human beings could be placed on a single scale, neatly arrayed along a single bell curve. As the education scholar Todd Rose writes in The End of Average, this system is built upon “the paradoxical assumption that you could understand individuals by ignoring their individuality.” The whole system says to young people: You should be the same as everyone else, only better. The reality is that there is no single scale we can use to measure human potential, or the capacity for effective leadership. We need an assessment system that prizes the individual over the system, which is what a personal biography and portfolio would give us—at least in a fuller way than a transcript does. The gatekeepers of a more effective meritocracy would ask not just “Should we accept or reject this applicant?” and “Who are the stars?” but also “What is each person great at, and how can we get them into the appropriate role?” - -A new, broader definition of merit; wider adoption of project-based and similar types of learning; and more comprehensive kinds of assessments—even all of this together gets us only so far. To make the meritocracy better and fairer, we need to combine these measures with a national overhaul of what UCLA’s Joseph Fishkin calls the “opportunity structure,” the intersecting lattice of paths and hurdles that propel people toward one profession or way of life and away from others. - -Right now, America’s opportunity structure is unitary. To reach commanding heights, you have to get excellent grades in high school, score well on standardized tests, go to college, and, in most cases, get a graduate degree. Along the way, you must navigate the various channels and bottlenecks that steer and constrain you. - -Historically, when reformers have tried to make pathways to the elite more equal, they’ve taken the existing opportunity structure for granted, trying to give select individuals, or groups of individuals, a boost. This is what affirmative action did. - -Fishkin argues that we need to refashion the opportunity structure itself, to accommodate new channels and create what he calls opportunity pluralism. “The goal needs to be to give people access to a broader range of paths they can pursue,” Fishkin writes in Bottlenecks: A New Theory of Equal Opportunity, “so that each of us is then able to decide—in a more autonomous way and from a richer set of choices—what combinations of things we actually want to try to do with our lives.” - -With greater opportunity pluralism, the gatekeepers will have less power and the individuals striving within the structure will have more. If the meritocracy had more channels, society would no longer look like a pyramid, with a tiny, exclusive peak at the top; it would look like a mountain range, with many peaks. Status and recognition in such a society would be more broadly distributed, diminishing populist resentment and making cultural cohesion more likely. - -As a social ideal to guide our new meritocracy, we could do worse than opportunity pluralism. It aspires to generate not equal opportunity but maximum opportunity, a wide-enough array of pathways to suit every living soul. - -Achieving that ideal will require a multifaceted strategy, starting with the basic redefinition of merit itself. Some of the policy levers we might pull include reviving vocational education, making national service mandatory, creating social-capital programs, and developing a smarter industrial policy. - -Let’s consider vocational education first. From 1989 to 2016, every single American president took measures to reform education and prepare students for the postindustrial “jobs of the future.” This caused standardized testing to blossom further while vocational education, technical education, and shop class withered. As a result, we no longer have enough skilled workers to staff our factories. Schools should prepare people to build things, not just to think things. - -Second, yes, trotting out national service as a solution to this or that social ailment has become a cliché. But a true national-service program would yield substantial benefits. Raj Chetty and his colleagues have found that cross-class friendships—relationships between people from different economic strata—powerfully boost social mobility. Making national service a rite of passage after high school might also help shift how status gets allocated among various job categories. - -Third, heretical though this may sound, we should aim to shrink the cultural significance of school in American society. By age 18, Americans have spent only 13 percent of their time in school. Piles of research across 60 years have suggested that neighborhoods, peers, and family background may have a greater influence on a person’s educational success than the quality of their school. Let’s invest more in local civic groups, so a greater number of kids can grow up in neighborhoods with community organizations where they can succeed at nonacademic endeavors—serving others, leading meetings, rallying neighbors for a cause. - -Fourth, although sending manufacturing jobs overseas may have pleased the efficiency-loving market, if we want to live in an economy that rewards a diversity of skills, then we should support economic policies, such as the CHIPS and Science Act, that boost the industrial sector. This will help give people who can’t or don’t want to work in professional or other office jobs alternative pathways to achievement. - -If we sort people only by superior intelligence, we’re sorting people by a quality few possess; we’re inevitably creating a stratified, elitist society. We want a society run by people who are smart, yes, but who are also wise, perceptive, curious, caring, resilient, and committed to the common good. If we can figure out how to select for people’s motivation to grow and learn across their whole lifespan, then we are sorting people by a quality that is more democratically distributed, a quality that people can control and develop, and we will end up with a fairer and more mobile society. - -In 1910, the U.S. ambassador to the Netherlands wrote a book in which he said: “The Spirit of America is best known in Europe by one of its qualities—energy.” What you assess is what you end up selecting for and producing. We should want to create a meritocracy that selects for energy and initiative as much as for brainpower. After all, what’s really at the core of a person? Is your IQ the most important thing about you? No. I would submit that it’s your desires—what you are interested in, what you love. We want a meritocracy that will help each person identify, nurture, and pursue the ruling passion of their soul.",1731883615,f37ba6d5d1,48077f72e8,,,1731883615 -https://mashable.com/article/missouri-south-carolina-livestreams-how-to-watch,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,How to watch Missouri vs. South Carolina football without cable,"Wondering how to watch college football this season? Here are your best options: Best for affordability Sling TV Blue Plan $20 for the first month, then $40/month (save $20 ) Get Deal BEST FOR SINGLE GAME FuboTV Pro plan 7-day free trial, then $59.99/month for 1 month (Save $20) Get Deal - -The No. 23 Missouri Tigers and No. 21 South Carolina Gamecocks teams go head-to-head this weekend at Williams-Brice Stadium in Columbia, South Carolina. The match will take place on Saturday, Nov. 16, and is scheduled to start at 4:15 p.m. ET/1:15 p.m. PT. - - - -This SEC showdown will feature two teams ranked among the AP Top 25. Missouri is 7-2 overall and 3-2 in conference, but lower ranked than USC. The Gamecocks are 6-3 overall and 4-3 in conference. This game, where the Gamecocks are heavily favored, could easily knock one of these SEC teams out of the top 25. - -SEE ALSO: How to watch college football without cable - -Missouri vs. South Carolina football kickoff time and network - -The Missouri vs. South Carolina football game is scheduled for a 4:15 p.m. ET/1:15 p.m. PT start on SEC Network on Saturday, Nov. 16. - -Best streaming services for Missouri vs. South Carolina football game - -You need to choose a streaming service to watch college football without cable or satellite TV. We've found some of the best streaming services to consider for the Missouri vs. South Carolina football game on SEC Network. - -Mashable Top Stories Stay connected with the hottest stories of the day and the latest entertainment news. Sign up for Mashable's Top Stories newsletter Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -Most affordable: Sling TV - -Sling TV suggests the streamer's Orange Plan for the game, which costs $20 for the first month and $40 monthly after that. - -Sling TV’s sports channels feature ABC, ACC Network, Big Ten Network, ESPN, ESPN2, ESPN3, ESPNews, ESPNU, FOX, FS1, FS2, NBC, NFL Network, and SEC Network. - -Best for single game: FuboTV - -FuboTV offers you more than 250 channels of live TV and the option to watch on 10 screens at once. You can try FuboTV with a seven-day free trial period. - -FuboTV’s sports channel offerings include ABC, ACC Network, Big Ten Network, CBS, CBS Sports Network, ESPN, ESPN2, ESPNews, FOX, FS1, FS2, Golf Network, Marquee Sports Network, Monumental Sports, NBC, NFL Network, and SEC Network.",1731883658,644d6c1ea1,480629a7be,,,1731883658 -https://www.cbssports.com/nfl/news/week-11-nfl-betting-guide-odds-props-ai-model-expert-parlay-dfs-and-season-long-fantasy-picks-revealed/,https://www.cbssports.com/rss/headlines/NFL/,"Week 11 NFL betting guide, odds, props: AI, model, expert, parlay, DFS, and season-long fantasy picks revealed","Fading the Tennessee Titans has been a profitable NFL betting strategy this season. Tennessee has lost four of its last five games and is 1-8 against the spread. The Titans are also 1-4 against the spread in their last five games at home. This week, the Titans will host the Minnesota Vikings on Sunday. According to the latest Week 11 NFL odds, Tennessee is a six-point underdog at home with an over-under of 39.5, down five from the opener. Other Week 11 NFL spreads of note include Packers vs. Bears (+6, 40.5), Ravens vs. Steelers (+3, 48.5) and Chiefs vs. Bills (-2.5, 46). If you are looking for NFL picks, NFL parlays, Fantasy football rankings or NFL DFS picks for Week 11, SportsLine has you covered with its proven model, AI PickBot and team of experts. They even have one pick that returns a whopping +13000, so be sure to see what they have to say. - -Self-learning AI reveals top NFL picks - -SportsLine AI hit a whopping 1,947 4.5- and 5-star sports betting picks since the start of last season. Now it is back with its picks on the spread, money line and total for each Week 11 NFL game. It is backing the Steelers cover comfortably as three-point home underdogs against the Ravens in a game with an over/under of 48.5. See AI picks for each Week 11 NFL game right here. - -NFL parlay picks could generate massive payouts - -SportsLine's model has returned well over $7,000 on top-rated picks since its inception, so those picks can confidently be used to fill out NFL parlay picks on betting apps. The model has built a five-team parlay for Week 11 that pays 25-1, and one of the legs is San Francisco (-6.5, 48) to cover at home against Seattle. The 49ers cover in well over 50% of simulations, and the rest of the five-team parlay can be found here. - -Fantasy rankings to help you win your matchups - -SportsLine's model simulates every game 10,000 times, which has helped it produce better Fantasy rankings than human experts over the last few seasons. It has revealed its Week 11 Fantasy football positional rankings that can be used to make start-sit decisions. Jets wide receiver Garrett Wilson is projected to be a top-10 wide receiver this week, and it also has full rankings for every position right here. - -The Week 11 Fantasy football waiver wire is loaded with players capable of making an impact this week and the remainder of the season. SportsLine's R.J. White breaks down the best widely available Fantasy football free agents heading into Week 11, helping you find the top options at every position rostered in fewer than 60% of leagues on CBSSports.com. See them all right here. - -NFL DFS picks from top experts - -SportsLine has a DFS Optimizer that simulates every game 10,000 times and uses info from the SportsLine Projection Model and DFS Professional Millionaire Mike McClure to identify top DFS picks/plays for any slate on sites like FanDuel and DraftKings. It has Lions wide receiver Amon-Ra St. Brown as its top wide receiver, while Ravens quarterback Lamar Jackson is its top quarterback. Here are its complete Week 11 NFL DFS rankings. - -Senior Fantasy Writer Heath Cummings has locked in his projections for every Fantasy relevant quarterback, running back, wide receiver and tight end in your leagues. Not only do you get statistical projections as well as Fantasy point totals for every player in different scoring formats, but Cummings also includes DFS prices and values to help build winning DFS lineups each week. Get his Week 11 Fantasy and DFS projections right here. - -Advanced NFL model simulates every game 10,000 times - -SportsLine's model enters Week 11 of the 2024 NFL season on an incredible 17-7 betting hot streak on top-rated NFL picks this year. Longer term, it is on a 197-136 roll on top-rated NFL picks that dates back to the 2017 season and a 51-29 roll on top-rated NFL picks since Week 7 of 2022. The model has revealed picks for every game in Week 11, and one of its favorite picks is the Saints (-1.5, 44) covering at home against the Browns on Sunday, which cashes in nearly 70% of simulations. You can find the model's picks for every game here. - -NFL Vegas expert picks revealed - -SportsLine has an expansive team of NFL experts who provide quality betting advice for every game on the schedule. Insider R.J. White (12-4-1 over his last 17 NFL ATS picks) has revealed his best bets for Week 11, including the Titans (+6) to cover at home against the Vikings in a game that opened at Tennessee -1. White's NFL best bets for Week 11 can be found here. - -Eric Cohen, who is 72-32 since Week 4, has exact score predictions for all 14 games. He is high on the Ravens (-3, 48.5) to beat the Steelers 27-24 on the road, and is also calling for an underdog to pull off a surprising upset. Hit any of his exact score picks and you're looking at a payout well over 100-1. That pick, along with his prediction for every game, is available here. SportsLine's advanced computer model has also locked in its exact score predictions for every Week 11 NFL game right here. - -Chargers vs. Bengals Sunday Night Football picks - -The Cincinnati Bengals will try to avoid suffering a third loss in their last four games when they face the Los Angeles Chargers on Sunday Night Football. SportsLine's model likes the Over (48) in that game, calling for 51 total points, and has also revealed its picks on the spread and money line. NFL expert R.J. White, who is on an 18-6 against-the-spread roll on Bengals games, has analyzed this matchup from every angle and locked in his best bet for SNF right here. - -SportsLine's AI PickBot has locked in its player props for players like Joe Burrow, Justin Herbert, Ja'Marr Chase and J.K. Dobbins. One of its top picks is Herbert to go Over 243.5 passing yards, which has earned a five-star rating. The AI PickBot is calling for Herbert to finish with 292. You can see all the top-rated NFL prop picks from the AI PickBot here. - -Cowboys vs. Texans Sunday Night Football picks - -The Dallas Cowboys cannot afford another loss heading into their home game against the Houston Texans in an in-state showdown on Monday Night Football. SportsLine's model likes the Over (41.5) in that game, and has also revealed its picks on the spread and money line. NFL expert Larry Hartstein, who is on a 25-9 roll on Cowboys games, has analyzed this matchup from every angle and locked in his best bet for MNF right here. - -SportsLine's AI PickBot has locked in its player props for players like C.J. Stroud, CeeDee Lamb and Cowboys backup quarterback Cooper Rush, who is starting in place of Dak Prescott (hamstring) for the second straight week. One of its top picks is Rush staying Under 178.5 passing yards, which has earned a four-star rating. The AI PickBot is calling for Rush to finish with 134, providing plenty of value. You can see all the top-rated NFL prop picks from the AI PickBot here.",1731883654,fad4a9cc43,47f9719ff3,,,1731883654 -https://www.pymnts.com/news/ipo/2024/report-klarna-aims-to-list-ipo-in-new-york-in-h1-2025/,https://www.pymnts.com/feed/,Report: Klarna Aims to List IPO in New York in H1 2025,"Klarna is reportedly looking to list its recently announced initial public offering (IPO) in New York in the first half of 2025. - -The Swedish buy now, pay later (BNPL) provider is asking banks to submit pitches for junior roles in the share sale, Bloomberg reported Friday (Nov. 15), citing unnamed sources. - -Klarna has already selected Goldman Sachs, J.P. Morgan Chase & Co., and Morgan Stanley to lead the share sale, according to the report. - -The company announced Wednesday (Nov. 13) that it confidentially submitted a draft registration statement for an IPO to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). - -It didn’t specify a date, saying: “The initial public offering is expected to take place after the SEC completes its review process, subject to market and other conditions.” - -It was reported in October that Klarna was valued at $14.6 billion when shareholder Chrysalis Investments increased the value of its stake in the company. - -The shareholder boosted the value of its stake from about $130.1 million in the second quarter to about $156.5 million after seeing the share prices of Klarna’s listed peers increase. - -The BNPL provider’s current valuation of $14.6 billion is up from $6.7 billion at the time of a 2022 funding round, but down from $45.6 billion in a 2021 funding round. - -Chrysalis said in October that the next potential window for Klarna’s IPO seems to be the first half of 2025. - -In August, Klarna reported that in the first half of 2024, its revenues increased 27% and its adjusted profits increased to $66 million, compared to an adjusted loss of $45 million in the same period in 2023. - -“Klarna’s massive global network continues to expand rapidly, with millions of new consumers joining and 68,000 new merchant partners,” Klarna CEO Sebastian Siemiatkowski said in an Aug. 27 press release. - -In some recent additions to its partnerships, Klarna teamed up with video communications platform Zoom to give consumers greater access to Zoom’s premium services; drugstore company Rite Aid to enable it to offer BNPL options in its stores; and commerce platform Adobe Commerce to enable that firm’s merchants to offer BNPL services and other flexible payment options.",1731883637,c794dda4fc,47e6445b9d,,,1731883637 -https://grin.co/blog/increase-brand-awareness/,https://www.grin.co/blog/feed,6 Ways to Increase Brand Awareness in 2024,"Did you know: - -These are terrifying statistics for anyone wondering how to get their brand noticed online. How can you get your brand out there when there’s so much other content crowding the online space? - -The answer is to increase your brand awareness. Brand awareness will bring your brand to the top of your ideal customers’ minds – even with all the other brands fighting for their attention. - -There are several ways to increase brand awareness, but there’s one way that beats them all: working with creators. Ready to learn how to drive more brand awareness with creators? Let’s dive in. - -See Also: How Influencer Marketing Affects the Entire Customer Buying Journey - -What is brand awareness? Brand awareness is the knowledge and perception your ideal customers have of your company. It’s more than just knowing the company’s name. According to Qualtrics, there are three parts to brand awareness: brand name or logo awareness, product awareness, and awareness of core brand values. - -Qualtrics also explains that there are two types of brand awareness: aided and unaided. Aided brand awareness is someone’s ability to correctly identify your brand name among other brands that sell similar products. But unaided brand awareness goes a step further. - -If someone has unaided awareness of your brand, that means they can recall your brand without any clues given to them except your brand category. For example, if the category is pizza and someone mentions Domino’s, that means Domino’s has achieved unaided brand awareness with that person. - -Unaided brand awareness is the magic thing every brand wants. But it’s hard to make that happen. Quick tip: Keep in mind that a brand is more than a logo and some colors. A brand has emotions, meaning, values, and a story. - -How does your brand make people feel? Energized? Calm? Nostalgic? Safe? - -Getting clear on that is the first step to increasing brand awareness. It’s not enough for people to know your brand name and products. They have to associate your brand with positive feelings. People want to buy things that make them feel good. - -Brand awareness success metrics to consider - -Okay, you know why it’s important to increase your brand awareness. But what does “increased brand awareness” actually look like for your brand? - -Different brands are different. Your company’s brand awareness goals should be based on your industry, the size of your company, how long you’ve been in business, and your big-picture vision. Here are some things to think about when planning your brand awareness strategy. - -Signs you need more brand awareness - -Low sales: This is the most obvious sign, since it’s easy to see if your sales numbers are lagging. The good news is that brand awareness can turn those sales numbers around. - -Social media and email stats plateauing: If your social media numbers have barely increased over the last few months, and not many people are signing up to your email list, it probably means your brand isn’t visible enough. Not enough people are aware your brand exists. - -Paid ads not working: This means you’re spending money on paid ads that aren’t converting well. It could be that the ads need better copy or graphics, or maybe the ads are being shown to people who aren’t your ideal customers. Focusing on brand awareness strategies can help you create better ads. - -Losing business to competitors with lower prices: If you notice that a competitor seems to be doing well and they charge lower prices, a lack of brand awareness is the reason. Your ideal customers may be aware that your brand exists, but they aren’t aware of what makes you different. So they buy the cheaper alternative. - -Getting a lot of “obvious” questions: What questions are people asking in your social media comments and emails? If you’re getting lots of questions about your company/products that seem obvious to you, it’s a sign that something’s off in your brand’s communication and messaging. People don’t understand the basics of your brand. (Time to write/update your FAQ page.) - -Signs of strong brand awareness - -More sales: Yep, it’s the biggest reason to increase your brand awareness. More brand awareness = more people knowing, liking, and trusting your brand = more people clicking “Place Order.” - -More social media followers and email list signups: When it comes to brand awareness, these two metrics are better than views and likes. When people follow or sign up, it means there’s something about your brand that resonated with them and they expect to see more great things from you. - -Non-promotional content gets good engagement: Whether it’s an email newsletter, podcast episode, TikTok video, or other content, if you’re creating content that’s more than just a sales pitch (meaning it’s informative, inspirational, or entertaining) and it’s getting good engagement, that’s a sign of strong brand awareness. If people are engaging with content that does more than promote your products, that means they see more to your brand than just your products. They associate your brand with positive feelings. - -Customers show off your products on social media: If people are using your products and posting about them on social media without being asked to, that’s an awesome sign. Your brand means so much to these customers that they’re excited to show off your products to their friends, because they want to be associated with your brand. Now that’s brand awareness! - -Cheaper businesses aren’t your competitors: One of the best things about brand awareness is that it protects you from getting undercut by companies that sell similar things but cheaper. When you have a distinct brand, those other businesses are no longer your competitors. Your customers know that your brand is different and they want to stay loyal to your brand. - -Numbers to keep in mind - -When you’re setting brand awareness goals, you need numeric goals to measure success. But these numbers can be hard to decide on because they depend on your company’s unique circumstances. Here are a few numbers to get you started: - -Instagram engagement rate is a measure of multiple things such as comments, likes, and shares. The average Instagram engagement rate ranges from 1.44% (real estate, tech, and travel) to 2.26% (government). You can see that the average is different in different industries. - -Email open rate measures how many of your subscribers are opening your emails, and clickthrough rate measures how many people click a link in the email. - -The average email open rate ranges all the way from 26.48% (finance) to 43.75% (government, again!). - -The average email CTR ranges from 1.60% (restaurants and food) to 4.61% (telecommunications), with one outlier, educational institutions, which has an amazing 12.55%. - -With Facebook ads there are several numbers to keep track of, one of which is clickthrough rate. The numbers differ between traffic and lead campaigns. - -Traffic campaigns get people to click to your website or landing page. The average traffic campaign clickthrough rate is 1.57%, though as always, it depends on industry. - -Lead campaigns get people to fill out a form with their contact info, and they’re not necessarily going to your website. The average lead campaign CTR is 8.78%. - -There’s also website conversion rate, which measures the number of people who take actions on your website like making a purchase or signing up for emails. - -The average website conversion rate ranges from 2% to 5% depending on the industry, but the finance industry is an outlier with 11.19%! - -When it comes to ecommerce specifically, arts and crafts leads the way with 3.06%, while baby and child ecommerce websites have the lowest conversion rate at 0.39%. - -Again, these numbers are just to get you started. It’s okay if your company’s goals are different from what you see here. Numbers can be tricky… but the tips below will help you raise your numbers by raising your brand awareness. - -6 ways to increase brand awareness using creator content - -Ready to take your name recognition to the next level? Here are six of our favorite brand awareness tactics to implement with creator content. - -Appeal to people’s hobbies and personality traits. - -What kind of person is the ideal customer for your brand? What are their hobbies and personality traits? There can be more than one answer to this question. It’s important to create content that appeals to these hobbies and personality traits. - -The watch company Citizen collaborated with Bradley Hasemeyer, a creator who posts about cars, outdoor adventures, and dad life. Bradley makes it clear that Citizen watches are great for outdoorsy people who love exploring, because the watches are made of resilient materials. You can see that part of Citizen’s brand is about appealing to people who like to be active outdoors. There are also other aspects of their brand that are shown in their other content. - -Touch people’s emotions. - -If you’re wondering how to get people to associate your brand with positive feelings, you can do that with content that evokes emotion. When your content makes people feel something, you’ll make them want to learn more about your brand. - -Take a look at Yitahome’s collab with Toy Testing Sisters, for example. The company was promoting a swivel egg chair, and the video shows a mom and daughter using the chair for reading. What makes this video special is the mom’s story about how her first grade teacher made her feel discouraged about reading. Today she encourages her children to love reading. This video shows that Yitahome cares about the meaning and happy memories created when people use their products. - -Show what your brand believes in. - -People are more likely to be loyal to brands that represent their values and beliefs. What does your brand believe in? No, this doesn’t mean you have to talk politics and religion. There are other kinds of beliefs your brand can express. - -Something Coach believes in is that no one is perfect and everyone should be confident and embrace their imperfections. In this video with Storm Reid and this one with Youngji Lee, Coach isn’t explicitly promoting their products. Instead, the content expresses the brand’s belief about imperfections. This gives more depth and meaning to the brand. - -Associate your brand with something your ideal customer desires. - -Customers aren’t buying your products just for practical reasons. They have desires that go beyond the functions of the products. You can raise your brand awareness by making content that appeals to your ideal customers’ desires. - -One thing that Emtek Products sells is doorknobs. The company made a video with Amanda Warren in which Amanda shows off the Emtek door knobs in her house. Working with Amanda was a smart choice because her content always displays her beautiful home and the beautiful foods she makes in it. That’s what her audience likes to see. This collaboration boosted Emtek’s brand awareness by making people aware that Emtek is where to go if you desire to upgrade your home and make your living space luxurious. - -Support worthy causes. - -Increasing brand awareness and supporting a worthy cause at the same time? It’s a win-win. You can collaborate with creators and with charities so your brand name will reach a wider audience, and the charity will get a much-needed donation boost. - -In the video above, Milk-Bone collabed with Tori Nishino and the Kauai Humane Society. This feel-good video features a shelter dog who’s clearly full of energy and fun! The content not only promotes the Kauai Humane Society; it also shows viewers that dogs are happy to eat Milk-Bone treats. People who see this may want to get Milk-Bone treats for their own dog. They’ll also be motivated to support KHS or their own local animal shelter. - -Give behind-the-scenes peeks. - -You’ve seen in these examples how valuable it is to work with creators to get exposure for your brand. But don’t just think of the value of the finished content. There’s value in the whole process. Giving viewers sneak peeks of the content creation process builds excitement and makes your brand memorable. - -In case you had any doubt that content creators are the future, the above video from Gillette should clear that up. Gillette teamed up with creator Kevin Fitzgibbons to shoot promo content featuring football star Christian McCaffrey. You can see behind-the-scenes clips of how the videos were made. Gillette is sending a message that they support creators and they believe creators are a major influence in today’s culture. We can’t help but agree. - -Key takeaway: Creators help people remember your brand. - -Working with creators is a way for your brand to get noticed among all the other content your ideal customer is seeing. When you collab with creators, your brand gets put into the spotlight in front of a new audience. Here’s your chance to show why you’re different! - -Once more people are aware of what makes your brand special, you can forget about “competitors” since your brand will be top of mind. So if you’re thinking about working with creators, now is the time – because it’s time for your brand to get the attention it deserves. - -Learn more about influencer marketing: Influencer Marketing 101",1731883666,91a70a5bba,48305d2a26,,,1731883666 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/communications-plan-trends/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Key Trends to Use In Your 2024 Communications Plan,"The CMO survey from Deloitte and the American Marketing Association is out, and it covers everything from the economy and marketing spend to artificial intelligence and DEI. It’s a mixed bag of good news and bad news—and some news in between. - -The good news is chief marketers are generally optimistic, which means next year may be a little more sunny than this year. The bad news is that inflation, AI, and DEI have caused some turmoil, affecting some of what we do next year. - -I input the information from the survey into my Magic 8 ball to predict what to expect next year, where you should spend your time, where you’ll see decreased spend, and how to reach your goals by focusing on what’s important to the people running the organizations you work with (or within). - -There Is Optimism About the Economy - -I’d like to start with the good news. The very good news. The macroeconomic forecast is that recession concerns are finally subsiding after nearly two years of wondering if it will ever hit. Optimism for the U.S. economy has increased to 66.7 on a 100-point scale, which is up from 57.7 from last year. It hit a high of 69.62 in August of 2021, so we’re getting closer to that. Yippee! - -Consistent with this, marketing leaders report feeling more optimistic about the industry, their jobs, their work, and their potential. - -Despite this optimism, we still face inflation, which is leading to a decrease in marketing spend, but the good news is that this pressure has weakened from the first half of this year. I guess people are getting used to paying $12 for a single egg (I jest…sort of). - -Many CMOs said that their marketing budgets, as a percentage of the company budget, have dropped to just less than 11% (10.6%, to be exact), which is what they were pre-Covid and, truth be told, what we tell clients to expect to spend. But the good news is that, while marketing budgets have been decreasing for the past several quarters, the optimism over the economy shows they anticipate 7% growth in the next year. - -I take all of this as very good news. There won’t be much change in the fourth quarter of this year, so keep your belts buckled, but I expect to see budgets open up again after the first of the year. - -But Budgets Have Shifted…Drastically - -And now, some bad news. Despite the renewed optimism about the economy, budgets have dramatically shifted in the last 18 months. While this survey shows CMOs expect budgets to increase next year, there are areas they will not—brand building and customer relationship management. - -Because most of the work we do, particularly concerning communications, is brand building, this is something you should keep an eye on going into next year. - -This is why I’m such a big advocate of the PESO Model™. It helps weather storms like this AND provides you a much bigger skillset to measure your work to something more than brand building. It puts you in line with marketing because you can provide real data that shows how you’re helping the organization grow. - -Lastly, according to the survey, more dollars will be allocated to new service introductions in 2024. - -Your two opportunities for growth, then, are implementing a fully functioning PESO Model program (and if you don’t know how to do that, we can teach you through the Certification) and looking for new service introductions to launch and communicate. - -AI Is an Opportunity - -Next up is my new BFF, artificial intelligence. While AI has existed for many years (at least a decade!), the introduction of ChatGPT late last year has helped it gain prominence in the worlds in which we live. - -The survey reveals that more than 60% of respondents have started using it in the last year and are using it for content personalization and creation. - -In a test a few weeks ago, I decided to see if ChatGPT could create some brand personas for a client of ours. We weren’t necessarily going to use them, but I wanted to see if it was different than what we had come up with on our own. - -My prompt was, “Build me a persona of a human resources manager who hires, onboards, and retains employees. List the roles, goals, challenges, pain points, and decision criteria for selecting a background screening company to help with hiring.” - -Lo and behold, it created a persona for Jessica Roberts, human resources manager. - -Then I prompted it, “Review the following webpage content. How does it align or not align with Jessica Robert’s information needs?”, and I pasted the home page copy from the client’s website. - -It provided an analysis of what the copy had gotten right—and where there were some opportunities to speak to additional pain points. - -I kept it going, and just a couple of days ago, I had it do an analysis using the brand personas it had created for four of the client’s competitors. - -It’s definitely not flawless, but it was a fun exercise to figure out where we had some holes, which created an opportunity to tweak the website copy. - -As you think about your communications plans for 2024, consider adding AI in for content creation, personalization, content optimization, programmatic advertising, predictive analytics, and targeting decisions. - -Influencer Marketing Is an Opportunity - -I want to share a couple more highlights with you before we get to how you will use all of this information to plan for 2024. - -While influencer marketing saw a drop during the pandemic, it is making a comeback. You can expect organizations to begin to embrace influencer strategies again. Their expectations are high, though. They are anticipating 109% growth in three years. That’s a lot of pressure to demonstrate your influencer programs are working. - -The focus will be on LinkedIn, Instagram, and the company blog, which isn’t really a surprise. There are, of course, differences in B2B and B2C preferences, but those are the big three. - -With those high expectations comes the need to address challenges tied to measuring the effectiveness of influencer marketing. This means getting really straight on what it can do well and where it has flaws. It also means being brutally honest about it so expectations are sufficiently set. The last thing you want to do is expect influencer marketing to drive 109% revenue growth when you’re not willing to pay for that kind of result. - -DEI Is an Opportunity - -The survey shows that the marketing investment in DEI has faced a drastic decrease, with growth dropping from 10.7% to 2.3% in the past year. - -This shift might be because of increased economic volatility, but fewer marketers anticipate it as a top priority in the next five years. - -This is shocking! - -ESPECIALLY during times of economic and social uncertainty, DEI remains essential for fostering an inclusive and diverse organization. This goes for internally as well as externally. You should continue to advocate for this because it’s not only the right thing to do but also builds customer retention and employee attraction. It will also drive growth and innovation because you have diverse brains working on the same problem. - -This is a big one to keep on your list, no matter what. - -Build Your 2024 Communications Plan - -You know how I’m always talking about the importance of quarterly analyses of the industry and global happenings to help you prepare for the future? This survey is a great way to do that. And I will make it crazy easy for you to incorporate what you’ve learned today into your 2024 communications plan. - -Recognize that optimism about the economy is rising . Yes, things aren’t as normal as they were pre-pandemic, but based on everything I’m reading—including this survey—2024 will be much better. Be ready for it. Keep in mind that you may have some places to stretch your wings a bit and add new ways to build upon your existing strategy. Owned media is a great place to start if you’re new to the PESO Model. And always remember we are here to help you figure out how to implement it. And speaking of the PESO Model, embrace it ! Not only does it help you fill in the valleys when you don’t have stories in the media running, but it’s measurable, and it aligns your work with marketing. More dollars will be allocated toward new service introductions next year, so recognize there may be opportunities for you there. While this won’t affect many of you, it’s something to keep in mind. Don’t be scared of artificial intelligence . It’s my favorite tool right now. It’s incredibly helpful and makes you efficient. We can all use time back in our day, and this is a great way to do that. It can help you with content creation, personalization, and optimization, programmatic advertising, predictive analytics, and targeting decisions. It can also enhance your communication strategies and efficiency. Use it. Love it. Get time back. Expect to be asked to include influencer marketing in your communications plan . Ensure you are well-versed in measuring the effectiveness here so that it isn’t written off in 2025. Continue to prioritize DEI efforts . Advocate for DEI initiatives as they contribute to customer retention, employee attraction, growth, and innovation. Use data to make informed decisions ! You can use AI here, too. It will analyze the data so you can tell the story around it. Demonstrating how your work aligns with organizational goals and contributes to growth is essential. - -There you have it! Now you are well-versed and ready to hit the ground running as you plan for an effective 2024!",1731883756,4dc781f5bc,48026ca2ab,,,1731883756 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/create-successful-podcast/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,The Three Steps to Creating Your Own Successful Podcast,"Ever listen to a podcast and wonder what goes into making one? - -Dream about creating the next Serial or Crime Junkie, making millions, and quitting your day job? - -Do you want to understand why your friend spends hours squinting at a screen, muttering to themselves about “too much compression”? - -You’re not alone. - -Demand for podcasts has increased this past year: 129.9 million Americans are now weekly podcast listeners—20% more than four years ago. - -Supply has exceeded it, too. There are a whopping 3.2 million new podcasts available today—and there was a 200% increase in 2020 (no surprise as to why). - -I was among that 200% increase. - -During its run, Heard About allowed me to interview a former White House press secretary, Pulitzer Prize finalists, a former presidential speechwriter, and the chief marketing officer of an MLB team. - -Here’s what I’ve learned along the way. - -What It Takes to Have a Podcast - -Initially, I thought all I had to do was find interesting guests and talk to them. - -I didn’t realize just how much goes into making a podcast you can be proud of. - -Before you even start, it’ll cost you. - -Hardware: noise-canceling headphones and a good microphone (I like the Rode NT-USB - -Subscriptions: a recording platform that preserves sound quality (I use Squadcast ), a transcription service ( Otter.ai ), a place to host your podcast ( Podbean ), and even a music library ( Epidemic Sound ) - -Are they absolutely necessary? No. Do they make your life way easier and substantially improve your production quality? Definitely. - -Next, it’s time to create. Think of it in three steps: prep, production, and promotion. - -Podcast Prep - -In a world where there are more than three million podcasts, you need to make yours interesting. That requires doing your homework, planning episodes, and spending time scripting. - -If you have a guest podcast, you must pitch, schedule, and ask good questions in interviews. If your guest has written a book… well, let’s hope you’re a fast reader. - -When I interviewed Tim Evans and Marisa Kwiatkowski—two Indianapolis Star investigative journalists who broke the Dr. Larry Nassar/USA Gymnastics sexual abuse story in 2016—my prep involved reading every article they wrote on the topic, listening to past interviews they’d done, pulling up footage of the Nassar trial, and watching all of Athlete A, a Netflix documentary that was made about the reporting work they did. - -You can’t just show up and ask how their day is going. - -Podcast Production - -You need to make it sound good. Some people outsource this part, but that can get expensive. - -This can take a lot of time, though, especially for interview episodes. - -Take heart; it gets easier. At first, production took me a long time—nearly 10 hours per episode. I eventually got it down to a couple of hours for each. - -What this episode looks like in GarageBand. - -Podcast Promotion - -If a podcast plays in a forest, and no one is around to hear it, is it worth making? - -Promotion exists in the PESO Model©: - -Owned: syndicated on Apple, Spotify, Google, Pocket Casts, and others. You can also create a website, newsletter, and social media profiles for your podcast. - -Earned: publicity you don’t pay for, including being a guest on other podcasts, having other people (including friends and family) spread the word, or reporters and bloggers writing about you in articles. - -Paid: advertising, from Google and social media ads to 15-second spots on the radio and Spotify. - -Shared: distribution to your friends, colleagues, followers, and fans. - -A takeaway is that you don’t always need a big budget to get your podcast out there. - -Grit and grind, sweat equity, and good old-fashioned hustle can go a long way. - -Never Compromise the Brand - -However, A successful podcast requires more than prep, production, and promotion. - -It requires a vision. Is there a big idea that you can articulate in simple terms? - -Take Heard About, for example. It’s a show that looked at things everyone has heard about—big, famous moments in our shared history and culture—and explores the communications angle behind them. - -Whether my guest is President Bill Clinton’s White House press secretary who handled the Monica Lewinsky scandal or the creative director who designed the GEICO Gecko, it’s about the untold story behind the story you’ve heard about. - -The more laser-focused you can be on that vision—that big idea—the better. - -Because, inevitably, we encounter a very common temptation: the temptation to compromise. - -Especially when you want to stick to a release schedule, you hear the pounding drumbeat—“prep, produce, promote… prep, produce, promote…”—and it can feel so unrelenting. - -For Heard About, getting guests was my biggest challenge. - -Only so many people have been involved in famous events, and only so many of them will even read my pitch. - -Enter that temptation to compromise—to lower my standards for what guests I have on, dilute the podcast’s vision, or widen the net so much the show becomes unrecognizable—just so I can keep churning out content. - -But the way I see it, if I can’t stay faithful to my big idea, it’s not worth doing. - -I’ve realized this goes beyond podcasting, too. - -In anything, it’s easy to get complacent, settle for the minimum viable product, or focus so much on the day-to-day tactics that we’re not thinking about how—or if at all—they connect to our big-picture strategy. - -That’s not a good place to be. - -The question on our minds, in any line of work, should be, “Is what I’m doing right now actually advancing my overall mission? Or am I doing it out of habit, because that’s all I know how to do, or just to feel like I’m getting something done?” - -Don’t sell yourself short. - -Keep Your Day Job - -Speaking of selling, Joe Rogan signed a contract worth over $100 million with Spotify—and so did the Kelce brothers—and now we all want to be podcasters. - -Here’s the problem: we’re not all Joe Rogan. - -Podcast-opia is ruled by an oligarchy. - -The Daily has more than one billion downloads. - -But the numbers drop drastically as you go down the list. - -On average, the top 3% of podcasts get only 6,700 downloads on a given episode within a month of its release. - -The bottom 50% get fewer than 28. - -That means the vast majority of podcasts don’t get monetized. - -And that means, if you want to do this, you need a much better reason than money and fame. - -If you want those, TikTok is calling your name. - -Here are three things I’ve learned from Heard About that keep me loving podcasting. - -People You Get to Meet - -The podcast community is like no other. - -People here—like Gini, right here on Spin Sucks—are creative and smart, endlessly supportive, and deeply passionate about what they do. - -You’ll find that people here have amazing stories to tell and are more than happy to share tools of the trade with you. - -If you have a guest podcast, you get to meet incredible people that way, too. - -Take Dr. Clarence Jones, for example. Dr. Jones was Dr. Martin Luther King Jr.’s attorney, adviser, friend, and speechwriter—and the co-writer of the “I Have A Dream” speech. - -Even if I live for as long as he has (93 years old and going strong!), I’ll never forget the stories he told about meeting Dr. King, marching with him, and being part of creating pieces of literature that changed the course of history and will be treasured forever. - -Stories You Get to Tell - -You know what they say: with great podcasts comes great responsibility. - -When you have a podcast, you have a platform. - -As with any other platform, it’s something to steward. - -People are listening to you. What will you say? - -For me, I’ve enjoyed elevating lesser-known, truly important stories. - -For instance, I got to chat with Suzyn Waldman, radio broadcaster for the New York Yankees and currently the only woman in the entire MLB with that kind of job. - -She talked about blazing a path for women in sports and why the decline of radio is a terrible thing for everybody—two valuable perspectives that you don’t hear too often. - -Things You Get to Learn - -Remember how we talked about just how much goes into making a podcast you can be proud of? - -When you create your own podcast, you become a one-person research, production, editing, and marketing team. - -Along the way, you learn a tremendous amount. - -You get better at talking to an audience (useful in any context). - -You learn how to make things sound good (and with most of us working from home, high-quality microphones have replaced expensive outfits as the best way to make an impression in a meeting!). - -You learn how to persevere (if I had a dollar for every rejection or no answer I’ve gotten from people I’ve pitched, I’d quit the day job). - -You also—and this is another reason to do a podcast primarily because you’re passionate about it—get to think and learn about things you love. - -I work in public relations and communications, so I thoroughly enjoy talking to reporters, speechwriters, and creative directors. - -I like seeing how they think in starkly different ways about one common thing: how do you tell a good story?",1731883667,4dc781f5bc,4816735d18,,,1731883667 -https://www.npr.org/2022/08/19/1118552609/inflation-reduction-actually,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Will the Inflation Reduction Act actually reduce inflation? And if so, how? : Planet Money : NPR","Inflation Reduction Actually - -Enlarge this image Drew Angerer/Getty Images Drew Angerer/Getty Images - -It's called the Inflation Reduction Act, but there's a lot going on under the surface. - -President Joe Biden's newly signed landmark law will cut spending on prescription drugs, supercharge the IRS to go after tax evaders, and most of all: It will pay for one of the most expensive and ambitious climate change agendas that Congress has ever approved. - -All under the guise of ""inflation reduction."" - -So ... does anything in this bill actually fight inflation? In this episode, we break it down. And learn how to sniff out inflationary (or disinflationary) pressures, wherever they may lurk. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was produced by Willa Rubin, edited by Molly Messick and engineered by Gilly Moon. - -Music: Fruit Salad, Reverend & Up All Night - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter",1731884668,8181d7a585,4897276e66,,,1731884668 -https://www.advocate.com/news/indiana-trans-ban-upheld-again,https://www.advocate.com/rss.xml,Indiana ban on gender-affirming care for transgender youth upheld by appeals court,"A federal appeals court has upheld Indiana’s ban on gender-affirming care for trans minors. - -Republican Gov. Eric Holcomb signed Senate Bill 480 into law in May 2023, banning surgeries, hormone treatment, and puberty blockers for the purpose of gender transition for anyone under 18. Within hours of his signing, a group of Indiana residents, represented by the American Civil Liberties Union and its Indiana affiliate, sued to challenge the law in a case known as K.C. v. Individual Members of the Medical Licensing Board of Indiana. - -In June 2023, a lower federal court issued a preliminary injunction blocking enforcement of most of the law’s provisions while the suit proceeds, with U.S. District Judge James Patrick Hanlon saying the plaintiffs are likely to prove their claims that it violates the U.S. Constitution and would cause irreparable harm to those it affects. He allowed the surgery ban to stand, but genital surgeries are almost never performed on minors. - -But in February of this year, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit placed a stay on Hanlon’s injunction, therefore letting the law go into effect. Now a three-judge panel of the Seventh Circuit has lifted the injunction completely, so the ban will remain in force. - -In a 2-1 ruling Wednesday, the appeals court said banning such care is within the scope of Indiana legislators’ duties and that it doesn’t interfere with the constitutional rights of transgender young people, their parents, or their health care providers, the Associated Press reports. - -ACLU attorneys argued that the law discriminates on the basis of sex, as treatments not allowed for gender transition are allowed for cisgender youth for other purposes. They also argued that it violates the right of parents to direct their children’s medical care. - -But Judge Michael Brennan, writing the majority opinion, rejected both arguments. He said the law doesn’t constitute sex discrimination because it, “bars gender transition procedures regardless of whether the patient is a boy or a girl.” - -He further said parental rights are not absolute. That could allow “a path to demand for their children access to a narcotic for a well-meaning medical purpose,” he wrote. Brennan, who was appointed to the court by Donald Trump, was joined in the ruling by Senior Circuit Judge Kenneth Ripple, an appointee of President Ronald Reagan. - -Judge Candace Jackson-Akiwumi dissented, and she cited “the same compelling reasons explained by dissenting judges around the country.” These included the dissent of Sixth Circuit Judge Helene White in a case on similar Kentucky and Tennessee laws, saying they “intrude on the well-established province of parents to make medical decisions for their minor children.” Jackson-Akiwumi was appointed by President Joe Biden. - -The U.S. Supreme Court is scheduled to hear U.S. v. Skrmetti, U.S. v. Skrmetti, a case challenging the Tennessee ban, December 4. - -Regarding the Indiana case, ACLU of Indiana spokesperson Laura Forbes told the AP, “We are weighing our options.” The Advocate has sought comment from the national ACLU but has yet to receive a response. - -Indiana Attorney General Todd Rokita wrote on X, formerly Twitter, that the Seventh Circuit’s decision “is a huge win for Hoosiers and will help protect our most precious gift from God — our children.” He also called the banned procedures “dangerous and irreversible,” which they are not. Every major medical group in the U.S. endorses the use of puberty blockers and cross-sex hormones for trans minors.",1731883614,d5ecffcd86,483e490b05,,,1731883614 -https://transom.org/2018/finding-chenjerai-storyteller/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Finding Chenjerai The Storyteller,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Finding-Chenjerai-the-Storyteller.mp3 Download Listen to “Finding Chenjerai The Storyteller” - -When someone sits down to narrate a story, they’re commonly given the following advice: imagine you’re just talking to one person. - -Makes sense, right? Because how often do people listen to radio stories and podcasts in a group? Not very often. Usually, people listen alone. - -I tend to give a slightly different recommendation when I’m coaching in a mic booth. I suggest the narrator should picture themselves talking to two or three people at a time — people they know who asked them to tell a story. That typically causes the narrator to bring a bit more energy to the mic. - -Regardless of whether a narrator pictures one person or three, the guidance is intended to help someone sound conversational and like themselves, as opposed to, say, a newscaster or someone delivering a speech to a crowded auditorium. - -But, the advice prompts a question: who are those people? - -Chenjerai Kumanyika asked himself this very question — “Who am I talking to?” — for his Peabody Award-winning podcast Uncivil and while he was participating in the production of the podcast Seeing White, a series on Scene On Radio (a Peabody finalist). “Who am I talking to?” is just one of many questions he asked over several years in an attempt to find his voice, to locate “Chenjerai the storyteller.” - -On this episode of HowSound, Chenjerai traces his journey from his first-ever radio story, where he had no idea who he was as a storyteller, to his work on Uncivil, where he says he finally found himself. - -I didn’t include Chenjerai’s thoughts on audience in this episode. But here they are below. In the first clip, Chenjerai lays out who he pictured when he was recording his narration. In the second, he gives a specific example of how that impacted his narration in an Uncivil episode called “The Raid” (the episode that won the Peabody). - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Clip-1-Whos-my-audience-.mp3 Download Listen to “Who’s my audience?” - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2018/05/Clip-2-Picturing-audience-informed-his-narration.mp3 Download Listen to “Picturing audience informed my narration”",1731883670,c00d35bf2d,48ae8e2d5a,,,1731883670 -https://transom.org/2017/buried-treasures-again/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,"Buried Treasures, Again","http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/01/Buried-Treasures-Again.mp3 Download Listen to “Buried Treasures, Again” - -“Where do I find stories?” That’s probably the question most frequently asked by new producers. I think the answer has less to do with where to look and more to do with knowing what a story is in the first place. Once a producer has a feel for the elements of story, then you tend to see them all over the place. - -In short, I think of story pretty simply: a sequence of events where a character attempts to overcome a problem. There’s more to it than that, of course. But, that’s a really good foundation. - -If you start from that place, it’s possible, then, to spot stories on bulletin boards, in under-reported newspaper pieces, at the counter in a diner, and just chatting with people at the post office, down on the wharf or at a ball game – wherever. - -One of the two student stories featured on this episode of HowSound was inspired by an ad about domestic violence broadcast during last year’s Super Bowl game. The other was sparked by me. I was ranting in a Transom class one day about the weird life-cycle of eels and eel poaching. A student basically said “That one’s mine!” and produced a nice piece, as you’ll hear. In both cases, the students knew what a story was, they recognized the story elements in something that caught their attention, and then moved toward it, mics in hand.",1731883681,c00d35bf2d,486497f8dd,,,1731883681 -https://www.nationalreview.com/2024/11/vindication-for-scott-walker-on-teachers-unions/,https://www.nationalreview.com/feed/,Scott Walker & Teachers' Unions: New Berkeley Study Vindicates Reforms,,1731883659,9c6f6d7409,489a462bd8,,,1731883659 -https://transom.org/2009/cat-lady/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Cat Lady,"Intro from Jay Allison: Transom sometimes provides a home for things that don’t fit anywhere else, things we’d like to hear out of the blue on public radio, but probably never will. Cat Lady is one of those. It’s a portrait, a reading, a vocal impression, a story, a performance, etc. Artist Joseph Keckler says, “I had struggled for a year, trying to write a piece about my mother, about myself, about what I observed to be an awkward, even incompatible relationship between the roles of artist and mother, about a child’s inheritance of his parents’ pain and desire. I had a long and unfocused essay, which I put aside.” Instead, he made Cat Lady. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/01-Cat-Lady-December-2009.mp3 Download Listen to “Cat Lady” - -About Cat Lady - -I had struggled for a year, trying to write a piece about my mother, about myself, about what I observed to be an awkward, even incompatible relationship between the roles of artist and mother, about a child’s inheritance of his parents’ pain and desire. I had a long and unfocused essay, which I put aside. - -A few months later Holly Hughes invited me to participate in a night of readings that would all be pet-themed. Did I have anything that would fit? I, barely legal, was excited and intimidated by others she told me were on the bill– Eileen Myles, Kate Bornstein– artists who were much older and more accomplished than I. Yes, I said, I have something. I read over and threw out that previous manuscript and sat down to write a short poem about my mother… and cats! Three days later I had overstayed my welcome in various diners across New York City and had a twenty-minute short story. - -The piece went over quite well and Holly encouraged me to stage it, which I eventually did. As a theater piece it’s been performed, under Elizabeth Gimbel’s direction, in cities across the country and in Europe as well. - -While I began in the autobiographical, the characters and events in “Cat Lady” are decidedly abstracted and fictionalized. My actual mother speaks in more dulcet tones and, as she herself points out, would never feed the cats Whiskas. - -Transom says, say no to Whiskas, yes to us. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Tech Info - -This was recorded in a studio at The University of Michigan’s Duderstadt Center with Katherine Weider and Stephanie Rowden. I edited it with Garageband. - -Additional Support for this work provided by - -",1731883746,c00d35bf2d,48b35bfaff,,,1731883746 -https://www.npr.org/2024/05/10/1197959049/zombie-second-mortgages-homeowners-foreclosure,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Zombie mortgages coming back to life, threatening thousands of Americans' homes : Planet Money : NPR","Zombie 2nd mortgages are coming to life, threatening thousands of Americans' homes - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Vanessa Leroy for NPR Vanessa Leroy for NPR - -One spring morning two years ago, Karen McDonough was having tea at her dining room table. She lives in a cozy little two-bedroom house in Quincy, Massachusetts. She looked out her window and saw something unusual. - -""There were like 20 cars, and they all came at the same time and they parked in front of my house, across the street, up the street,"" McDonough said. ""I just had this feeling like something really bad had happened ... like maybe somebody in the neighborhood died."" - -Something bad was definitely happening — to her. - -McDonough put on her shoes, went out to the driveway and approached a group of men, casually dressed, milling around on the lawn. One had a clipboard and seemed to be in charge. - -Sponsor Message - -""He had a piece of paper, and I said, 'What's happening?' And he goes, 'We're selling your house.'"" - -It was a foreclosure auction on her home. - -This seemed impossible. McDonough had owned the house for 17 years. She's a registered nurse who worked at the prestigious Massachusetts General Hospital for decades and makes a good living. She raised two kids in the house and pays her mortgage every month. - -But back after the housing crash in 2008, like millions of other Americans, McDonough had asked for a modification of the mortgage. Back then, she says, her mortgage company told her a second mortgage she had on the house was forgiven as part of the modification. And she said that seemed to be true — she stopped getting any statements for more than 10 years. - -More recently, though, she'd been getting phone calls demanding money. She thought it must be some kind of scam. But now these men on her lawn were telling her, ""This is a foreclosure. You are going to lose this house,"" McDonough said. - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Vanessa Leroy for NPR Vanessa Leroy for NPR - -McDonough had fallen victim to what's called a zombie second mortgage. Homeowners think these loans are long dead. But then the loans come back to life because they get bought up, sometimes for pennies on the dollar, by debt collectors. These companies often tack on a mountain of retroactive interest and fees, even though that can be legally dubious in some cases, and then move to collect and foreclose on people's homes. - -Sponsor Message - -And an NPR investigation found that the practice is widespread. - -NPR looked at foreclosure data across several states where records were available. In New York, NPR found at least 10,000 old second mortgages that foreclosure activity had been initiated on in just the past two years. Those loans originated back during the subprime-lending housing-bubble days of 2004 to 2008. - -In Maryland, where more detailed information was obtainable, NPR found at least 500 old second mortgages that had been in default and unpaid for more than a decade but now a company has taken the first step toward foreclosure. In other words, more than 500 zombie mortgages in a single state that are now coming back to life as companies file a form with the state indicating they intend to foreclose on the property. - -Loading... - -""The numbers to me are very scary,"" said Andrea Bopp Stark, an attorney at the National Consumer Law Center who has been looking into zombie second mortgages. She has seen anecdotal examples. But foreclosures are notoriously difficult to track — recorded in different ways at the local level in thousands of counties. ""It's just so hard to quantify,"" she said. - -NPR's investigation is now shining a light on some of that. ""This really is a problem,"" Stark said. - -Zombie second loans can be perilous for homeowners because they were real mortgages, signed 15 or 20 years ago, and often there are still liens recorded on the properties. Stark says that this can make it easy for investors that now own the loans to foreclose. - -NPR spoke to other homeowners across the U.S. who are seeing mortgages they thought were dead come back to haunt them. - -""I saw this foreclosure letter and I just panicked and started to cry,"" said Sophiea Lipford in Alexandria, Virginia. She and her husband, Andre Lipford, have owned their house for 18 years and raised their kids there. He's a contractor; she's a surgical technician. ""We're gonna lose our home,"" she told NPR. - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Keren Carrión/NPR Keren Carrión/NPR - -Sixty-three-year-old Fredis Hernández, a home improvement contractor also in Virginia, told NPR that a company was moving to foreclose on him over an old second mortgage. ""I call it a ghost,"" he said. Hernández's son and his son's family live with him — three generations under one roof. ""I'm scared,"" he said. - -Sponsor Message - -In Oxnard, Calif., Liz and Paul Chavez spoke to NPR just a week before a foreclosure sale that was scheduled by a company trying to collect nearly $250,000, counting retroactive interest, on a long-defunct second mortgage. That was about $100,000 more than they had originally borrowed. ""It just feels like highway robbery because that is our equity,"" Liz Chavez said. - -Millions of Americans got second mortgages during the housing bubble - -McDonough remembers the first time she drove up to her little future home in Quincy. It was 2005. She had just gotten divorced and was renting an apartment nearby with her two sons. - -""I thought the size was kind of charming. ... It had a little yard,"" she says. ""I thought it would be perfect."" And for $365,000, it seemed affordable on her income as a nurse. - -There was only one problem: McDonough had a good job and modest savings, but she hadn't saved up a big down payment for a house. - -Back then, though, the housing bubble was heating up and mortgage companies were finding all kinds of ways to loan people money. And one was a system to get rid of the down payment. - -Instead of just one mortgage, lenders gave homebuyers two mortgages. - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Vanessa Leroy for NPR Vanessa Leroy for NPR - -The first loan covered 80% of the value of the house. And the second mortgage covered the other 20%. They were called 80/20 loans, and that second mortgage meant a homebuyer didn't need to come up with a down payment. - -""It was the easiest thing I've ever applied for,"" McDonough said. ""I just filled out paperwork and submitted it and I was approved."" - -Her first mortgage was for $292,000, and the second mortgage was for $73,000. The yellow, cottage-size, two-bedroom house was hers. She and her kids moved in. - -""I gave them the master bedroom ... because they shared that room, and then I took the smaller room,"" she said. ""But it was good."" - -Sponsor Message - -And then, as she slept each night in that tiny bedroom, a couple of years went by, and the housing bubble collapsed, sending the world into the worst financial crisis in generations. Banks were going under; people were losing their homes. - -A big reason for this was that the terms of many of those housing-bubble-era mortgages had a time bomb inside them. After two years, the interest rates on the loans were set to explode and go up much higher. - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Vanessa Leroy for NPR Vanessa Leroy for NPR - -In 2007, McDonough's first mortgage adjusted, and the monthly payments were suddenly $700 a month higher, which she couldn't afford. - -This was happening to millions of Americans. It was happening to so many that the federal government launched a nationwide intervention — a loan modification program to save at least some people from foreclosure. In 2008, McDonough was able to get her first mortgage modified to lower the interest rate and make it affordable again. - -This was the crucial moment that would eventually lead to those men standing on her front lawn. - -McDonough says her mortgage company told her not to worry about the second mortgage anymore, that it was written off and forgiven. - -""I was actually in my kitchen. I was cooking dinner, and I was talking to a representative ... and he told me I would never have to make a payment again on the second mortgage,"" she said. ""And I just didn't question any of it 'cause I was so grateful that the loan was modified."" - -There didn't seem to be any reason to question it. The same company had given her both mortgages. She says that after a while she stopped getting statements on the second mortgage. She thought it was dead. - -Higher home prices wake the zombies - -Then, in 2020, she received a letter in the mail from a company she had never heard of, First American National. It said she owed the company money. - -Sponsor Message - -""It had an amount and they wanted a payment ... like $77,000,"" she said. ""I was kind of in disbelief."" - -She says she called the number listed in the letter and spoke to a man who said he was a lawyer with First American National. - -""I'm like, 'Why are you doing this?' And he goes, 'Well, why do you think I'm doing this?'"" McDonough said the man kept answering her questions with other questions. ""I just thought right away it was fraud."" - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Vanessa Leroy for NPR Vanessa Leroy for NPR - -She decided to ignore it. But soon it became impossible to ignore. First American National kept calling and threatening to foreclose on her house if she didn't pay. - -McDonough eventually figured out the calls were about that old second mortgage. She called the company managing her first mortgage, the loan she has been paying for nearly 20 years since she bought the house, to get its advice. - -She says a representative told her that these calls and letters were probably some kind of fraud. - -""I was crying on the phone with them, like having a nervous breakdown,"" McDonough said. ""And they kept saying like we're gonna help you. You can't lose your home through this."" McDonough's mortgage company told NPR it has not found any record of this conversation. - -""An investor deserves to make their money back"" - -Through public records requests, NPR obtained the names of the companies that have taken a first step toward foreclosure on what appear to be zombie second mortgages in Maryland and Massachusetts. - -Many have cryptic names such as BCMB1 Trust, FirstKey LLC and ARCPE. NPR attempted to contact all of them, but many are LLCs registered in Delaware, which makes it difficult to know who owns them. But the co-founder of one of these companies agreed to do an interview to explain why these old mortgages are resurfacing now. - -Loading... - -""I'm not looking to take anybody's home — I want to make that clear,"" said David Gordon, the co-founder of ARC Private Equity, headquartered in Miami Beach, Florida. - -Gordon doesn't own McDonough's mortgage. But he has bought a lot of old mortgages like hers and has sent letters through a debt collection firm asking for money and sometimes threatening foreclosure. - -""An investor deserves to make their money back,"" Gordon said. ""And there is real money at stake."" - -The zombie mortgage problem was created during the run-up to the 2008 financial crisis. Gordon was there watching it firsthand. He was working on Wall Street at Morgan Stanley, bundling up mortgages that were being made to homeowners like McDonough and then selling them off as mortgage bonds. - -After millions of people ended up defaulting on those mortgages, Morgan Stanley was on the brink of going under. Gordon says he expected to be laid off any day. - -""We were playing literally putt-putt golf on a trading desk for about six weeks,"" Gordon said. ""We all knew it was going to happen — it was a matter of when. ... Wall Street loves you one day, hates you the next day."" - -Sponsor Message - -And fires you the day after that. Gordon was suddenly unemployed. But he noticed something. All those mortgages he had helped package into securities and sell for Morgan Stanley — they were on fire sale. The bank was a sinking ship, and it was throwing bundles of dodgy mortgages overboard — mortgage bonds that had some good loans mixed in with the bad. - -""I'm looking at some of these bonds that were traded that we helped create. And that's when I had the aha moment,"" Gordon said. ""There's a great opportunity to have a good business."" - -The business is to buy these bundles of mortgages for sometimes pennies on the dollar. Some of them were worthless. The people who borrowed the money would never pay it back. But other mortgages might be worth something. And for the second mortgages, that was particularly true if you were willing to wait. - -Gordon and other investors like him in the years that followed bought up thousands of these loans. - -Remember, though, that Karen McDonough and other homeowners say that they had been told that they didn't need to worry about those second mortgages anymore. - -Gordon said he hears this all the time. He said people might think they had their second loans canceled or forgiven, perhaps sometimes they were even told that by their mortgage companies. - -But in many cases, he says, ""they still exist."" - -""It's not like they went away,"" Gordon said. ""People were waiting on the sidelines to collect on those at some point."" - -And now something big has changed in the real estate market that is causing debt collectors to come off the sidelines: home prices. - -That's because when a house with two mortgages gets foreclosed on, the loans are waiting in line to get paid back. If a house is sold, the first mortgage takes all the money needed to cover that debt, and anything left over goes to the second mortgage. - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Spencer Platt/Getty Images Spencer Platt/Getty Images - -So when home prices collapsed back in 2008, the second mortgages seemed worthless. If the owner of the second loan foreclosed and sold the house, there wouldn't even be enough money to cover the first mortgage, so there would be nothing left for the second. - -Sponsor Message - -But now that home prices have risen, it's an entirely different story. If a house gets foreclosed on, there is plenty of money to pay off both mortgages. - -This is what was happening to McDonough. The house she bought for $365,000 in 2005 is now worth more than $600,000. - -""You know what you signed up for"" - -Gordon told NPR that he's reasonable, he follows the rules, and he is willing to negotiate with homeowners. He says he'll even slightly lower the amount he says homeowners owe in some cases. - -""We're trying to work with our borrowers,"" Gordon says. ""Nine times out of 10, we're working with our borrowers."" - -But he said if somebody borrows money, they have to pay it back. These second mortgages that were made many years ago helped people buy homes that have since risen so much in value. - -So he says if somebody doesn't pay or respond, he does foreclose on homes. - -""Nothing is free in this world, and if you signed up for a loan, you know what you signed up for,"" Gordon said. ""It is what it is."" - -But in McDonough's case, she says she was told that what she had signed up for had changed — that the second mortgage was forgiven. - -And the debt collectors weren't just asking for the original $73,000 she borrowed. One document shows they were trying to collect more than double that — $184,000. - -A mountain of interest and fees - -McDonough says that in the midst of getting debt collection calls, she called the company she pays every month for her first mortgage. It's a mortgage servicing company named PHH. She says PHH told her it was all probably just fraud and to ignore it. - -""PHH told me not to talk to them anymore — don't give them any information, hang up on them,"" McDonough said. ""So then I stopped talking to them."" - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Vanessa Leroy for NPR Vanessa Leroy for NPR - -This would turn out to be exactly the wrong thing to do. PHH told NPR that the company has not been able to find any record of giving McDonough this advice or even that it told her years ago that the second mortgage was forgiven. - -Sponsor Message - -In 2021, that mysterious company, First American National, took steps toward foreclosing on McDonough's home. It sent her letters and took out an ad in a local newspaper, and eventually the following year, that group of men parked their cars and walked up onto McDonough's lawn that spring day. - -They auctioned her home. And the winning bidder in the end was First American National. - -The house is now worth more than $600,000. First American National bought it for $178,500. - -A few months after the auction, McDonough says, she got an orange eviction notice posted on her front door. - -""I saw the orange thing. ... It said you have like 72 hours to get out."" This was Friday, July 1, ahead of the holiday weekend. - -""I didn't sleep, and I just started packing everything,"" McDonough said. ""I was crying for three days straight. I just packed."" - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Vanessa Leroy for NPR Vanessa Leroy for NPR - -McDonough was also frantically calling lawyers. - -Most of them told her it was too late. Her house was already sold. There was nothing they could do. But a lawyer with a nonprofit legal aid group called her back and told her to stop packing. She might not have to move out. She could still fight this. - -Is there any way to stop the zombies? - -""There are lawyers and people out there willing to help you because it is not right,"" said Kristi Kelly, who has a consumer law firm in Fairfax, Virginia. ""You should not lose your home."" - -Kelly, who does not represent McDonough, started out doing legal aid work in the wake of the 2008 housing crash. And like most people, she thought the whole housing bubble debacle was over and done with. But then a few years ago, she began to get calls from people who were receiving threatening letters about old second mortgages. - -""You see like a lot of scams as a consumer lawyer, and I thought this can't be right,"" says Kelly. Then she started digging into all of it, and what she found was scary because these were real mortgages from back during the housing bubble. She began representing some homeowners and hearing from more and more people. ""Then I realized ... it's a new trend."" - -Sponsor Message - -Kelly and her clients asked the debt collectors for records on these old second loans, and she says what she saw was ugly. Some of the loans have no documentation. No payment history. The recordkeeping was terrible. - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Vanessa Leroy for NPR Vanessa Leroy for NPR - -And she said she was struck by how cheap these mortgages can be bought and sold for. These companies are calling up homeowners demanding tens of thousands of dollars. But Kelly found that sometimes they have purchased that debt for almost nothing. - -""We have a case where a portfolio of approximately 9,000 loans was sold for $6,000,"" she says. ""And so each loan was sold for less than a dollar."" - -Sometimes companies pay more than that for the debt, Kelly says — she has seen examples where a company paid $20,000 or $30,000 for a second mortgage. But a bad-debt buyer can still make multiples of that by foreclosing on the home. - -""They can take everything from you,"" Kelly says. ""That is like stealing from somebody, and it's just so wrong."" - -It seemed wrong to Kelly, but was it illegal? She started looking for things she could present to a judge to get these foreclosures stopped, pouring through federal and state laws and previous court cases. She says there's plenty of precedent and protections about first mortgages and foreclosures. But this whole situation with second mortgages that people thought were long dead appeared to be new. - -""That was like another panic, like there's no protections,"" said Kelly. ""My client thought their loan had been canceled or forgiven, but there's no database of all the loans that are canceled or forgiven so you can go and verify it."" - -But then Kelly saw something big that the debt collectors might have overlooked — a rule they had either missed or ignored in the regulations. It was something she might be able to fight them on. - -Sponsor Message - -A crossbow for fighting zombies - -In many cases, debt collectors were adding on years' worth of interest and late fees on top of the amount the homeowner had borrowed initially — sometimes doubling the size of the debt. - -Federal regulations say a company can do that, but it has to send monthly statements like the ones you get for credit cards and student debt. - -""Regulation Z, which is part of the Truth in Lending Act,"" Kelly said. ""It requires that monthly statements be sent if there is interest assessed on a mortgage."" - -In many cases, she says, that just never happened. The homeowners never received any kind of communication about these loans for years. And debt collectors piled on massive amounts of interest and late fees retroactively. - -""In some ways, the greed of these second-mortgage holders has given people leverage in their cases,"" Kelly said. ""Because it's just not good enough to collect the value of the note, and they want to go and get every last dollar and take every dime of equity."" - -By violating Regulation Z, Kelly says, ""they then open themselves up to serious legal consequences and provide consumers the leverage they need to stay in their homes."" - -This is just one strategy, but Kelly has been using this approach to help homeowners in dozens of cases. She just resolved a class action case where she was able to get the names of nearly 300 homeowners from one company and help them all. - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Keren Carrión/NPR Keren Carrión/NPR - -Fredis Hernández in Virginia was one of them. ""It's 100% sure that I won't lose my little house,"" he said. ""Thank God."" - -Still, Kelly feels like she is one lawyer in a lifeboat desperately trying to pull in all the people she can rescue but knowing that there must be thousands more out there who need help. - -She says she'd like to see state attorneys general and federal regulators such as the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau do more to enforce existing laws. - -""If the CFPB and other regulators can investigate and try to crack down on certain players that are doing this,"" Kelly says, ""maybe they can set an example for the industry and let them know that that type of behavior is not acceptable."" - -But she says they need to move quickly. - -""It's a now problem,"" Kelly says. ""You know, how many people are going to lose their home this month?"" - -""It's still my home"" - -Despite everything that has happened, Karen McDonough is still in her little yellow house. - -The eviction proceedings are on hold while her lawyers push ahead with her case. First American National now legally owns the house. But McDonough is still paying her first mortgage every month. So she's living in a kind of limbo. - -""I feel like what happened was a terrible thing,"" McDonough said. ""But I'm still, like, really hopeful that I'm going to stay in my home. I'm really hopeful I'm going to win this case."" - -In some instances, debt collectors have a legitimate claim to collect what they say they are owed and to foreclose on a home to get it. In other cases, they don't and they haven't followed the rules. Where all that stands with McDonough's case is still playing out. - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Vanessa Leroy for NPR Vanessa Leroy for NPR - -McDonough filed a lawsuit where she lays out the broad strokes of her story: that she was allegedly told her second mortgage was forgiven, that she didn't get statements and that she was told the debt collection was probably a fraud. - -Her lawyers argue that her old second mortgage was resolved, or should have been resolved, years ago when she had a loan modification on her first mortgage. - -But instead, they found that it got passed from company to company. It eventually was sold in 2020 in a big batch of about 600 other mortgages to an LLC apparently connected to First American National, which her lawsuit alleges used unfair and deceptive practices to foreclose on her home. - -First American National is not a bank. It appears to be a small outfit run by a man named Ira Bailey out of New Jersey. Bailey did not agree to an interview with NPR but said he'd been in the business of buying up second mortgages for about 20 years. - -McDonough's lawyers are arguing in the case that First American National played fast and loose with the rules in its efforts to collect on the second mortgage. - -""We think that they have systemically and deliberately broken the law,"" said Todd Kaplan, an attorney with the nonprofit Greater Boston Legal Services. - -Among other things, First American National and several other LLCs apparently run by Bailey were fined in 2022 by the state of Massachusetts for operating as unlicensed debt collectors. First American National didn't admit wrongdoing, but it was ordered to stop. McDonough's lawyers allege it then foreclosed on her house anyway, in violation of that agreement. - -In a court document, the company disputed McDonough's description of their interactions and denied the allegations in her lawsuit. - -Meanwhile, McDonough has been planting pansies and taking care of her yard this spring, even though she doesn't own the house anymore. - -""It's still my house,"" she said. ""Like on principle ... it's still my home."" - -This Planet Money episode was hosted by Chris Arnold and Robert Smith. It was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler. It was edited by Jess Jiang with help from Bob Little. It was fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Researcher Katie Daugert contributed to this report. Engineering by Robert Rodriguez with an assist from Patrick Murray. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / our weekly newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music — ""Perpetual Mystery,"" ""Move as I Move"" and ""Playing the Game""",1731884593,8181d7a585,48a0b2dcab,,,1731884593 -https://www.thedrum.com/opinion/2024/11/15/agency-growth-and-how-avoid-it,https://www.thedrum.com/influencer-marketing/rss.xml,Agency growth and how to avoid it,"The Wrong Agency’s Kevin Lynch explains why growth can sometimes be the undoing of a good agency (and a good night’s sleep). - -No one becomes an entrepreneur because they want to spend all day looking at carpet samples. Yet, that’s what happens. - -You start an agency, attract a bunch of clients, and before you know it, your days are filled with meetings about paint chips and expanded office space leases and IT upgrades, and if someone’s working from home, will they also need lumbar support? It’s the curse of growth. - -And what most business leaders don’t realize is, it can all be avoided. - -At The Wrong Agency, if there’s one subject we can practically write a doctoral thesis on, it’s not growing. - -Want to go deeper? Ask The Drum - -We know you’re probably looking at us from afar and asking: “How do you do it?” And because you’re afar, we don’t hear you. - -We say, “What?” And you reply, “HOW DO YOU MANAGE TO RUN A SUCCESSFUL CREATIVE CONSULTANCY WITHOUT ANY CLIENTS???” - -Now the answer will surprise you. - -We’re successful precisely because we don’t have any clients. At our previous jobs, 30%, 40%, even up to 50% of our time was spent thinking about a client’s business. - -That’s practically half our time on the account. - -We’re pleased to report that those days of pandering and obsequiousness are behind us. Today, we’re able to focus 100% on our own brand without trying to make clients happy or deal with other unpleasantries associated with a growing business. - -Advertisement - -Are you wondering how you can not grow your agency too? - -The secret is to create parameters for working together that only the rarest, most risk–taking marketers would ever agree to. - -We have four. They are: - -1. Agree to only work directly with the decision maker. That’s ‘decision maker’ not ‘decision makers’. No one likes decision–by–committees, but most brands have in place a minefield of decision makers, surrounded by an armada of other stakeholders, some of whom only come to meetings because they have concerns and/or heard there’d be bagels. Find a brand that has one person responsible for making marketing decisions (ideally, the founder, CEO, or CMO), and you will have already winnowed your new business prospects to but a handful. So far, so good! - -2. Insist all communication is single-minded. Most marketers are allergic to simplicity. They don’t just want to tell people about a product – they want to tell people ALL about a product; how else can you explain why a marketing person at NyQuil saw its once–famous tagline, ‘The night-time sniffling, sneezing, coughing, aching, stuffy head, fever, so-you-can-have-messed-up-dreams medicine,’ and thought, “Can’t we say more?” - -Advertisement - -Today, the brand says (and I’m not making this up), ‘Turn to NyQuil Cold & Flu Nighttime Relief Liquid to relieve your cough due to minor throat and bronchial irritation, sore throat, headache, minor aches and pains, fever, runny nose, and sneezing, so you can get the sleep you need.’ OK, so you can probably scratch NyQuil off your list of remaining qualified leads. - -3. Forbid them from changing the work. Of course, it’s your clients’ money – they can choose to buy or not buy an idea. But that doesn’t mean they should be invited to “improve” the idea through rounds of feedback and revisions. We realize that means a marketer might be put into the unenviable position of needing to follow the advice of an expert in their field. Finding a decision maker who will simply hire someone to do their marketing and then trust them to do it is practically unheard of. So at this point, your list of viable prospects should be roughly as long as your list of favorite Tone–Loc songs. - -4. Promote revolution, not evolution. The most difficult task of any communication is to simply get attention. Yet in an attempt to do so, most brand leaders practice incrementalism – taking small risks and expecting people to notice. To scare the incrementalists away, try insisting they take brave leaps, not cautious steps. Say things like “Every brand must be a disruptor brand” and only show the kind of ideas that reframe categories and spark criticism and keep competitors awake at night. That kind of unreasonable behavior should just about remove any remaining hope that you’ll be hired. - -Suggested newsletters for you Daily Briefing Catch up on the most important stories of the day, curated by our editorial team. Weekly Marketing Stay up to date with a curated digest of the most important marketing stories and expert insights from our global team. The Drum Insider Learn how to pitch to our editors and get published on The Drum. - -Even if you take these steps to safeguard your days of un–billable bliss, it’s possible that you end up growing anyway. That you’re so clear upfront about what you believe are conditions for great work, you actually attract a brand that is willing to agree to your absurd demands. - -And before you know it, you and yourself spending all your time working directly with a decision-maker who has a simple message and trusts your opinion about how to express it. And pretty soon, you’re doing fame–building, business–generating work together. - -Which would be wonderful, of course. But also soooo distracting. - -Kevin Lynch is the founder of The Wrong Agency, a creative consultancy whose distinctive brand asset is a non–ringing phone. He can be reached on LinkedIn. As can The Wrong Agency. Read more opinion on The Drum. - -More from Kevin: I was axed as Oatly's creative director - here are 5 arguably useful lessons",1731883663,b55a6935d9,485b775dc3,,,1731883663 -https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/who-really-profits-ukraine-war,https://feeds.feedburner.com/zerohedge/feed,Who Really Profits From The Ukraine War?,"Authored by Jim Quinn via The Burning Platform blog, - -Few people understand what the war in Ukraine means for big business - namely, opportunity. It’s not just the weapons and reconstruction contracts. Ukraine’s vast agricultural lands - among the most fertile in the world - are up for grabs, and American companies like BlackRock are at the front of the line. RFK Jr. Deftly and clearly explains. - -JP Morgan and BlackRock — From Financiers of Destruction to Half-Trillion Dollar ‘Heroes’ of Reconstruction – The Hypocrisy of Reconstruction of Ukraine by the Same Corporations that Profited from the War - -JP Morgan and BlackRock, along with consultancy McKinsey & Company, are collaborating with the Ukrainian government to establish a reconstruction fund. The objective of this fund is to attract significant investments for the country’s reconstruction, which could cost between $400 billion and $1 trillion, depending on estimates. This fund, known as the Fund for the Development of Ukraine, will use a “blended finance” approach to mobilize both public and private capital, targeting priority sectors such as infrastructure, climate and agriculture. - -BlackRock and JP Morgan offered their services pro bono to manage this fund, leveraging their expertise in financial markets and debt management. The intention is that this fund can begin to operate fully once the war ends, although planning is already underway and has been discussed at recent international conferences. - -The recent partnership between JP Morgan, BlackRock and McKinsey & Company to rebuild Ukraine highlights the bitter irony of the current geopolitical situation. In a deal that aims to raise hundreds of billions of dollars for the reconstruction of war-torn Ukraine, these American financial giants now position themselves as the economic saviors of a country whose destruction, in part, was facilitated by policies and actions in financial markets that they themselves dominated and shaped. - -The United States, through its foreign policies and interventions, has a long history of fomenting instability in various regions of the world. In the case of Ukraine, the situation is no different. From the beginning of the Ukrainian crisis, American interests were clear: to weaken Russia and expand the Western sphere of influence. The irony becomes even more evident when we consider that many of the same financial institutions now being called upon to rebuild Ukraine are those that have profited immensely from armed conflicts and the destabilization of global markets. - -JP Morgan and BlackRock are entities deeply rooted in the global financial system, and both have a history of financing military industries and governments that perpetuate conflict. JP Morgan, for example, has a long history of involvement in financing wars and authoritarian regimes around the world. BlackRock, in turn, as the largest asset manager in the world, has stakes in practically all major defense companies, which profit directly from the manufacture of weapons used in conflicts such as Ukraine. - -This dichotomy is alarming: the same institutions that financed destruction are now celebrated as leaders of reconstruction. The “fund of reconstruction” proposed for Ukraine is not just a humanitarian effort; it is also a strategic maneuver to ensure that Western capital has control over the country’s future assets and economic infrastructure. The reconstruction of Ukraine, costing up to a trillion dollars, presents a lucrative opportunity for these companies, which are now seen as saviors. - -Furthermore, McKinsey & Company’s presence on the project adds an additional layer of criticism, as the consulting firm has frequently been accused of unethical practices and collusion with corrupt regimes. McKinsey’s lack of transparency and controversial practices call into question the integrity of the reconstruction process.",1731883617,efc81dd613,489f89423a,,,1731883617 -https://sproutsocial.com/insights/repurposing-content-for-social-media/,https://sproutsocial.com/insights/rss,The greatest hits: Repurposing your best content for social media,"In today’s crowded social media landscape, social marketers know how challenging it can be to get their brand’s content to rise above the noise. Throw in the fact that many social media algorithms prioritize relevance over chronological order and social teams find themselves posting all kinds of content to see what sticks and what doesn’t. - -But trying to identify relevant content for multiple social networks all the time is exhausting—and costly. And, frankly, some days you don’t have the time to create fresh social content from scratch. - -When it comes to social content creation, it pays to work smarter, not harder. Instead of constantly coming up with new ideas, social marketers should look at what they already have and repurpose their top-performing blog posts, videos, reports, white papers and more. - -In this article, we’ll discuss repurposing content for social media and how to make your content work for you, instead of the other way around. - -Why it pays to repurpose content for social media - -There are many strategic benefits to repurposing content for social media. - -What does this process look like in practice? The Sprout Social Index™ is our annual data report that speaks to the entire marketing industry. But we also include data points that are specific to certain disciplines and can be used to capture the attention of niche audiences. - -With this in mind, we create new articles inspired by data from the Index to dive deeper into those industry insights. Plus, we consistently pull graphics from the report to include in our social media content. - -Here are the key benefits of having a content repurposing strategy: - -Saves time, money and effort - -Social media content creation for multiple networks is time-consuming. However, it’s an effort brands need to take if they want to remain relevant with consumers. According to Sprout Social’s 2024 Social Media Content Strategy Report, social media users connect and consume content differently across social platforms. To reach your target audience, you’ve got to post relevant, entertaining and educational content in multiple places. - -However, with tighter budgets and lower head counts, brands have to figure out how to make the most out of every marketing resource they have available. - -When you have a content repurposing strategy in place, you optimize your efforts and spend. Of course, you should avoid sharing the same content everywhere, all the time. It’s important to take into account each social network’s unique features and demographics so the content you share aligns with what your target audience is looking for. - -Reinforces the brand message - -Sharing consistent messaging across different formats strengthens your brand’s identity on social, reminding followers who you are and what you stand for. Remember the “Rule of Seven”? Prospects need to see or hear a brand’s message at least seven times before taking any action to make a purchase. - -When you repurpose content for social media, you double down on key brand messaging. According to the 2024 Content Benchmarks Report, brands published 10 posts per day across social networks in 2023. In some industries, the number doubled or even quadrupled. That’s a lot of opportunities to find creative ways to repurpose content and remind social followers about your unique value proposition. - -Builds share of voice on a topic - -Share of voice is a metric for how much your brand dominates a conversation in your industry compared to your competitors. For example, Sprout is a frontrunner in conversations about social media influencers. Repurposing content allows brands to maintain steady content production volume, so they can maintain and grow share of voice on social without having to create a bunch of net new content. - -The next time your target audience searches for that topic on social or in a search engine, your brand may be at the top of their search results—proving to your audience why you’re the authority in this area. (We’re always on the front page of search results for social media influencers, for example). - -When you repurpose content for social media, you play the long game. It’s not just about saving time and money, it’s also about increasing visibility and authority over time. - -What to consider: Best practices for repurposing content for social media - -If you don’t have a strategy for repurposing content for social media, it can feel a bit overwhelming to start. Where do you begin? What workflow is right for your team? How much repurposing is too much? Don’t worry—the following best practices will answer your questions so you feel confident when getting started. - -Identify high-performing content - -Before you dive into recycling your content, you should know that not all content lends itself to this particular art form. For content repurposing success, you’ve got to select the right content to reuse in the first place. - -Put your best foot forward, as the saying goes: Prioritize content that performs well, resonates with your audience and will meet your needs and goals. Having a goal in mind makes it easier to determine which content to include in your curation strategy. Goals can include: - -Raising brand awareness in a certain industry - -Connecting with your audience - -Driving organic traffic back to your website - -Supporting leads or trials - -Consider which social media metrics you’ll use to determine your best-performing content. For example, if your goal is to increase engagement across networks, repurpose content that has a high number of likes, shares and comments. If your goal is to increase follower growth, consider repurposing content that has previously had the most mentions, comments and shares. For brands that want to drive organic traffic back to a landing page or website, repurposing content that has a high click-through rate makes the most sense. - -Check if the content you want to repurpose is evergreen or time-constrained. An article that performs well year-round may be easier to repurpose right now, while event-specific or seasonal content may need to be carefully scheduled before posting. - -Choose the right channels - -Repurposing content for social media also means you need to consider where it’ll be posted. The right channel makes all the difference—how you tell the story is equally as valuable as the story itself. Your repurposing strategy needs to consider audience network preferences, along with your social goals for the year. - -For example, if your audience is largely active on LinkedIn and one of your goals is to increase visibility on that network, then you’ll want to consider how best to repurpose content that’ll get more eyes on your feed. - -While LinkedIn is a great space for sharing thought leadership content, be sure to think about what else social media users want to see on that channel. This will help you increase visibility on that network and improve social follower retention as well. - -In addition to considering which of your networks are most active, focus on what types of content consumers are looking for as a whole across networks. Industry trends can shift and fade quickly for each network, so it’s also important to have a pulse on where social is going. For example, short-form video is currently king, which means that social networks that support and promote that format will likely continue to see growth. - -Tailor content to each platform - -Know your audience. Think about what your audience on each network expects to see from you. For example, if your Instagram followers consistently react well to short-form videos from your brand, repurpose more content into that format. Be sure to surprise and delight your audience with something unexpected every now and then too, such as a GIF or meme, so that your social network feed isn’t all the same. - -Considering the right format for each social network is key because what works for one network isn’t going to be right for another. For example, a three-minute video based on an eBook may work well for YouTube, but is likely too long for X (formerly Twitter). Instead, users want to see shorter videos under a minute on X, along with static images, text-only posts, GIFs and memes. - -Don’t overlook emerging networks you’ve recently started using. Repurposing content may provide an opportunity to increase your visibility on those networks and establish your brand as a leading voice in the space. Take Threads, for example. While only 15% of our survey respondents have a Threads profile, there’s significant potential for growth. - -Use AI to save time - -If you’re thinking about how to repurpose content for social media in less time, consider the many AI tools available that can help. - -AI tools can enhance social media content creation by making new versions of tested formats. For example, marketers using Sprout Social can use our Suggestions by AI Assist tool to generate custom copy that aligns with their brand’s voice and audience preferences, supporting their copywriting efforts. - -To enhance your repurposing strategy with Suggestions by AI Assist, try using the tool to rework top-performing posts. This allows you to create three fresh versions of a proven format in no time. - -How to repurpose high-performing content into a social media post - -After compiling a list of your best pieces and determining the social networks to focus on, it’s time to repurpose your content for social media. But, beware of social media saturation—social media users are sifting through a ton of social media content, so it’s best to offer quality over quantity. Here are some ideas to help kickstart your creativity, stand out from the crowd and turn any piece of content into an engaging post for your networks: - -Post X threads - -While one X post is only 280 characters, you can expand your content by posting threads instead. Use X threads to share detailed and complex information that doesn’t lend itself well to a single post, such as blog content. It’s also a good way to share resources, lists and tips and tricks with followers. - -Cross-post your livestream - -Extend the life of your livestream event by saving and uploading videos to YouTube, sharing snippets to X or trimming clips for an Instagram post or TikTok. You can also use screenshots and quotes for non-video posts to capture your audience’s attention or tease what’s to come. The possibilities for repurposing livestreams are endless. You can even turn memorable moments into GIFs and memes for more shareability. - -Make it a GIF - -Have a video clip or animation that brings a smile? Turn it into a GIF. Plenty of free tools exist to do this, and GIFs make for eye-catching posts that can be used to promote a piece of content or a new product. Starbucks, for example, created a simple GIF that showcases the cold foam in their new product in a fun way. - -Ask a question - -The same questions used to spark comments at the ends of videos and blog posts can be repurposed on other platforms. Create a static image with the big question, for example, or take the poll route. LinkedIn Q&As and Facebook and X Polls all create opportunities to engage your audience with existing content or tease a new report that’s on the way. - -We asked a question on an Instagram carousel which pointed followers to our LinkedIn live event on the same topic. - -Provide an answer - -Search your Facebook and LinkedIn communities for questions you can answer with an existing article. By repurposing content and/or linking to it in your response to queries, you build relationships and increase the chances of being found by others asking the same question. This approach also shows social followers you’re paying attention to their questions, preferences and needs. - -Amazon answers a question in the video below, engaging followers with a subject matter expert. Similar content is used in a blog post by Amazon as well. - -Rework written content for Instagram - -Even written content can find a home on a visual platform like Instagram. But don’t just copy and paste a paragraph as your Instagram post; consider pulling out salient data points or quotes to build a visual social narrative around. A lengthy report also works as fodder for a series of short videos sharing key information. Instagram carousels are great ways to share text-based content—just be sure to implement design best practices to tell the story visually. - -We noticed an increase in interest in building an executive social media presence, so we wrote a guide on it and created an Instagram carousel featuring three compelling reasons for executives to focus on their social media presence. - -Turn a webinar into a video - -Webinars offer informative and educational content for social followers, but often, followers need to watch them live. Why not turn a webinar recording into a social video, similar to what SAP has done below. In this case, they’ve used the whole webinar as a video, but you can also slice and dice the recording into bite-sized pieces for different social channels. - -Focus on the numbers - -Stats on social media tend to capture a lot of attention, especially in industries where building credibility and expertise matter. Create stat-based static graphics or short videos that use your brand’s research from reports and white papers to showcase your authority in the space. - -Use the power of a memorable quote - -Looking to spark conversation, build authority‌ or drive engagement? A powerful quote can make your content stand out. Comb through your blogs, reports, interviews and other text-based content for a quote that’ll capture your audience’s attention. Share it as a static graphic on your networks. - -Smart content repurposing generates exponential returns - -If you already have high-performing content, it’s time to use it across channels. With a little creative reformatting and thoughtful placement, social media marketers can make the most of all their brand’s greatest content and reduce the content generation workload. It’s a win-win. - -Want more tips to make a lasting business impact with your content strategy? Download the 2024 Social Media Content Strategy and get findings to help you prioritize your budget and bandwidth to deliver the greatest return on investment from your social efforts.",1731883639,e2ee1d181c,48634b4d34,,,1731883639 -https://transom.org/2012/jads-brain/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Jad's Brain,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/11/Jads-Brain.mp3 Download Listen to “Jad’s Brain” - -Okay, we’re goin’ in! Grab your earbuds and don your spelunking light. Our destination? Jad Abumrad’s brain. - -This could get weird. - -Jad‘s a co-host and the producer of Radiolab, a science (and more) program produced at WNYC. Several years ago, Ira Glass was quoted as saying of Jad “there’s a new sheriff in town.” Why? Jad’s production style. Stories on Radiolab fall of the edge of the earth, zip back, swirl around your head, and worm their way into your ears. - -Arguably, an episode of Radiolab is equal parts story and composition. On this HowSound, Jad talks about the composition element and what influences his one-of-a-kind production style. If you’ve wondered why Radiolab sounds the way it does, Jad explains all. - -He doesn't need to explain this. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Below are links to the full Radiolab episodes excerpted in this show as well as the music Jad references. - -Listen deliberately. - -Radiolab Shows: - -The Music in Jad’s Brain: - -“Prelude and Rooftop” from Alfred Hitchcock’s Vertigo, music by Bernard Herrmann - -“Prologue” from the movie Birth, music by Alexandre Desplat - -“Composition for Synthesizer” by Milton Babbitt - -http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gbzw8VNkA5o - -“Rozart’s Mix” by John Cage - -http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MckifQZuIxE - -“Symphony No. 1: III. Allegro Misterioso” by Witold Lutoslawski - -http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NSrg_SrVtac - -“Seventeen” by Winger - -“I Troldskog Faren Vild” by Ulver - -Bonus Track (not included in the show but one of Jad’s fav black metal bands): “Autre Temps” by Alcest",1731883726,c00d35bf2d,48d28ed2f2,,,1731883726 -https://vrsource.com/rescue-saw-vr-is-a-virtual-reality-chainsaw-simulator-17417/,https://vrsource.com/feed/,Rescue Saw VR Is a Virtual Reality Chainsaw Simulator,"Home » News » Rescue Saw VR Is a Virtual Reality Chainsaw Simulator News Rescue Saw VR Is a Virtual Reality Chainsaw Simulator 820 Views - -The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) estimates that approximately 36,000 people are injured by chainsaws annually in the United States alone. One reason why the number is so huge is that many people don’t know how to operate the powerful cutting tool correctly due to a lack of professional training. - -Rescue Saw VR is a VR training app aimed at foresters and rescue workers that wants to make high-quality chainsaw training more accessible. The app was developed by Imsimity in cooperation with STIHL, and it includes a number of realistic training scenarios that cover everything from general woodcut techniques to cutting techniques for metal and other extremely resistant materials. - -“The digitally enhanced training concept for fire brigades and emergency services is a signpost for the future that has the potential to reform training and further education in this industry worldwide. This ensures that rescue workers are up to their task in a future-oriented manner,” commented Marbod Lemke, Head of International Training Services and Product Training at STIHL. - -“Through the interactive training method using a real chainsaw as an interaction device, the user not only understands the learning content cognitively but also grasps and internalizes it physically,” says Martin Zimmermann, CEO of Imsimity, the studio behind the app. - -The training app was funded by the Bavarian State Accident Insurance Fund (Bayerische Landesunfallkasse), which hopes that it will have a positive impact on workplace safety. In addition to making it easier for professionals to obtain the training they need, the app can also save companies that employ many chainsaw operators a lot of money because virtual reality chainsaws don’t wear out or break (unless they’re programmed to do so, of course). - -“If this can save valuable forest resources or even prevent accidents, that’s a great piece of sustainability for the forest environment after all,” added Zimmermann. - -To see Rescue Saw VR in action, you can head over to Imsimity’s website and register for a live online demo.",1731883645,8669cc1c14,48b134f380,,,1731883645 -https://www.theverge.com/2024/11/16/24298338/netflix-mike-ttyson-vs-jake-paul-fight-netflix-60-million-households-streaming-quality-buffering,https://www.theverge.com/rss/index.xml,Netflix served the Tyson vs. Paul fight to 60 million households,"Netflix peaked at “65 million concurrent streams” during the boxing match between Mike Tyson and Jake Paul last night, according to Most Valuable Promotions, the promoter for the fight. Those streams went out to 60 million households globally, the group said in a press release shared with The Verge via email. That’s more than twice the traffic Netflix could see for its Christmas Day NFL stream this year, if everyone who watched last year streamed it. - -The crush of people trying to watch Tyson vs. Paul seemed to be more than Netflix’s servers could easily handle, as the social web was awash with complaints about the quality of the stream, which many found to be muddy, or plagued with buffering and dropped connections. Downdetector recorded more than 100,000 complaints of Netflix streaming issues during the event, according to Bloomberg. - -That’s also just a massive number of people streaming a single live event at the same time. Disney served 59 million concurrent streams of a World Cup cricket match through its Disney Plus Hotstar service last year. It hit similar numbers a few days earlier, and again in June this year. - -Netflix CTO Elizabeth Stone told employees that the company dealt with this “unprecedented scale” by prioritizing keeping the stream stable “for the majority of viewers,” according to Bloomberg’s Mark Gurman. - -“We don’t want to dismiss the poor experience of some members, and know we have room for improvement, but still consider this event a huge success,” Stone reportedly wrote.",1731883667,8c3d9d5d77,48b8828725,,,1731883667 -https://derivsource.com/2024/11/13/fia-announces-2025-hall-of-fame-inductees/,https://derivsource.com/feed,FIA announces 2025 Hall of Fame inductees,"FIA has announced the names of six new members of the FIA Hall of Fame. The new members will be honored at an awards ceremony during FIA’s 50th International Futures Industry Conference in Boca Raton, Florida, on 9-12 March 2025. - -“We established the FIA Hall of Fame to recognize the people who have made exceptional contributions to the growth and development of the listed and cleared derivatives industry,” said FIA President and CEO Walt Lukken. “The 2025 group of inductees have provided exceptional leadership, wisdom and vision to propel our industry forward. We are honored to present them with this recognition.” - -The following leaders will join the 2025 Hall of Fame: - -The Hall of Fame celebrates individuals in the listed and cleared derivatives industry who have made key contributions to the markets during their careers. Inductees come from both the private and public sectors and are chosen by a distinguished panel comprised of existing FIA Hall of Fame members and global industry executives. - -Members of the Hall of Fame are selected based on their lifetime contributions to the industry, with a focus on demonstrated leadership, innovative and impactful achievement, break-through accomplishment, industry collaboration, volunteerism and dedication. - -Inductees reflect the diverse nature of the industry with unique backgrounds and experiences. One thing that unites them all, however, is a passionate determination to build strong, healthy, safe and competitive markets. - -The Hall of Fame was established in 2005 on FIA’s 50th anniversary. Learn more about the Hall of Fame here.",1731883669,9dd65a327d,48b44b888a,,,1731883669 -https://glaad.org/gap/pete-hegseth/,https://www.glaad.org/rss.xml,Pete Hegseth,"—Baselessly said transgender soldiers are “not deployable” because they are “reliant on chemicals” and suggested that women should not serve in certain combat roles. There is no evidence of this. - -—Baselessly said “being transgendered [sic] in the military causes complications and differences.” - -—Supported the Trump administration ban on transgender people from military service, stating that those with gender dysphoria should be expelled from the military and their healthcare eliminated. No evidence was ever produced demonstrating a need for the ban. 41 retired generals and admirals said the former president’s ban compromised military integrity. Service Chiefs of all five military branches testified that transgender-inclusive service was successful. - -—Opposed the New York Times’s decision to announce same-sex marriages writing that it was a path to incest and bestiality: “At what point does the paper deem a ‘relationship’ unfit for publication? What if we ‘loved’ our sister and wanted to marry her? Or maybe two women at the same time? A 13-year-old? The family dog?” - -—As publisher of the conservative magazine The Princeton Tory, he railed against efforts to promote diversity on campus and what he described as the immoral “homosexual lifestyle.” He wrote that the Tory’s “argument [that the homosexual lifestyle is ‘abnormal and immoral’] is not that such-and-such is a bad person because they’re gay. It’s the lifestyle of homosexuality that we consider immoral.” He wrote that he was “not encouraged” by the “educational principles … guiding our generation,” and cited “encouragement and support” for “homosexuality.”",1731883639,82dbee0d09,49250470a7,,,1731883639 -https://www.moneycrashers.com/what-does-homeowners-insurance-cover/,https://www.moneycrashers.com/feed/,What Does Homeowners Insurance Cover? (2024 Guide),"Homeowners insurance is a bundle of different categories of coverage, which apply in various situations. - -You aren’t able to pick and choose what categories you want – there are six different components to homeowners insurance, all of which are required, which we’ll discuss below. - -However, depending on your possessions, type of home, and your financial cushion, you can choose a coverage level for each category to get a plan that works best for you, while keeping your costs down. - -What Does Homeowners Insurance Protect Against? - -Homeowners insurance typically covers damage to your home and personal belongings caused by events like fire, theft, or certain natural disasters such as tornadoes or hail storms. - -It can also help cover liability if someone is injured on your property, or if you accidentally damage someone else’s property. - -However, coverage can vary depending on your policy, so it’s essential to review the details with your insurance provider to understand exactly what is and isn’t included. - -Homeowners insurance is crucial for protecting your investment and providing peace of mind in case the unexpected happens. - -How Much Insurance Do You Need? - -The level of homeowners insurance coverage that you’ll need from your homeowners insurance is generally determined by 3 things: - -1. Asset Protection - -Depending on the premium level you choose, you’ll have to pay more or less out of your own pocket if an accident occurs. If you have a larger financial cushion, you might be able to choose a lower premium that will provide less financial help or carry a larger deductible. Also, if you have a lot of assets that might be at stake in a lawsuit, you may wish to choose a higher level of liability insurance to protect those assets if you are sued. - -2. Lender Requirements - -If you have a mortgage, your lender may require that you carry homeowners insurance. Generally, the minimum coverage is the amount of the mortgage, so that if there is a catastrophic event such as a home fire and the house is a total loss, the mortgage company will be able to recoup the remainder of your balance. Having more coverage will mean the insurance will be able to benefit you as well as your bank. - -3. Policy Requirements - -Your insurance company may require that you purchase specific types of coverage, such as flood insurance if you live in a flood-prone area, to carry general homeowners insurance. - -Types of Homeowners Insurance Coverage - -There are four basic types of coverage for homeowners, which are further broken down into six separate types of coverage below. - -The levels of coverage you need for these six different areas are what your insurance company will base your premium calculations on. - -1. Property Damage - -This covers damage to your home, such as from fire, wind, or hail. Generally, the cost of repairs over the deductible will be covered once the insurance company has determined that the damage is coverable. - -In some policies, damage from events such as a flood or earthquake is not included, and you will need to buy specific coverage to cover damage from those events and prepare for natural disasters. - -Your insurance company will break down your coverage levels for property damage into three separate categories, and you’ll generally be able to choose levels of coverage for each category: - -Coverage A - -Coverage A is usually your highest and most important coverage because it covers anything involving your dwelling or the physical structure of your home. - -It includes the core structure of the home, flooring, roofing, doors, cabinets, appliances, light fixtures, and much more. If you imagine that your home was suddenly flipped upside down, anything that stayed in place and didn’t move would be considered to be part of your Coverage A. Kitchen appliances and washers/dryers are sometimes covered under Coverage A. - -It’s important to check whether you have a “broad” form of Coverage A or an “all perils” Coverage A policy. Remember, “all perils” does not mean that you are covered for everything, just that you are covered for everything except items specifically excluded in the policy. - -There are numerous exclusions in a homeowners policy that many people aren’t aware of. The most common exclusion is wear & tear and deterioration. If the roof leaks due to old age or an old plumbing pipe breaks, the policy will not pay to repair the roof or fix the pipe. (A home warranty probably would, but your home insurance doesn’t cover old age.) However, homeowners insurance generally will pay for the resulting water damage due to the incident. Again, there may be some policies that deny this coverage altogether, but many will pay for the resulting water damage from a wear & tear incident. - -A few special considerations: Many homeowner’s policies do not pay for mold damage by default. It is excluded, but many policies will add a limited amount of coverage back in. Many policies allow up to $10,000 for coverage due to any damage that is solely caused by mold. Don’t let an adjuster tell you it’s not covered or that it has a limit because mold was involved. If the damage is already there from water damage, then it will be covered under the general Coverage A limit and not under the mold limit. - -Also, remember that frame houses are generally not covered for termite damage. - -Coverage B - -Coverage B covers all “other structures” other than your home that are unattached from the home. This includes sheds, fences, a separate garage, a mother-in-law suite that is not attached to the same foundation as the home, and any other structure on your property unattached from the main foundation. - -This is one of the less important coverages, but still carries a heavy responsibility. It is often the area where most people are underinsured. If you install an expensive new fence or a new work garage on your property, make sure that you increase your Coverage B on your homeowners insurance. This is an area where, in a natural disaster like a hurricane, many people will find out that their insurance covers their main dwelling adequately but won’t cover the full amount of the damage to the outlying structures. - -Coverage C - -Coverage C covers all of your personal property. Anything that you would take with you when you move is considered to be your personal property in the world of insurance. - -Unfortunately, this is often an area where many people end up without enough coverage and don’t even realize it. Large accidents such as water losses, fires, hurricanes, and other big losses will cover your personal property well. However, a homeowners policy often limits the total dollar value on certain categories of personal property, and many times it limits certain items for the amount that can be covered if there is burglary or theft. - -For some expensive items, such as a large amount of jewelry, you must have them appraised separately and have the jewelry coverage added on your policy. Many policies will also limit the amount you can receive if china, guns, or cash were stolen, and most limit coverage of stolen watercraft or trailers. - -Once you add this separate coverage, you will have full coverage up to the appraised amount, generally with no deductible, and virtually anything can happen to it and you’ll be reimbursed. This is also where you’ll want to pay extra to get a replacement cost property, or the insurance company will only reimburse for current market value. After all, it’s no fun if your five year old computer, now worth about $3, is stolen! - -However, without getting this separate coverage, you run the risk of being subject to a limit if it is stolen, often as low as $1,000. The typical homeowners policy with no extra endorsements will also not extend coverage for losing an expensive piece of personal property. There are a great many angry customers who find out only after losing their wedding ring that their jewelry was not covered. So if you have any expensive jewelry or other expensive items that are easily lost or stolen, make sure that you inform your insurance agent and get appropriate coverage added to your policy. - -2. Additional Living Expenses - -Coverage D is your additional living expense coverage. This covers the expenses you may incur if you are not able to live in your home for a period of time due to it being damaged beyond habitability if it was damaged and is now under construction, or if you are not permitted to return to the area by government order (such as if there are wildfires in the area). - -This is only applicable in situations where an accident or natural disaster has occurred, and not if, for example, your home is under non-emergency renovation. The main thing to remember with this coverage is that the insurance company pays only a “reasonable expense” for temporary housing and additional living expense. Your policy will determine how long you can claim this benefit and how much you can receive per day in reimbursement.Your insurance company will evaluate how much your home is insured for, and then figure out what a comparable rent payment would be for a similar dwelling. - -So, if you have a home insured for $500,000, they will try to put you up in a home of similar size with comparable amenities which is renting in the range of $3,500 to $4,500 per month. If your home is only insured for $150,000, they will try to put you up in a smaller home or townhouse and pay about $1,500 to $2,000 for rent. - -Also, the policy does cover expenses such as meals, but will only pay the amount above and beyond your normal expenses. So, if you normally spend $150 a week for food, but are living in a hotel and spend $300 a week on food since you do not have a kitchen to cook in, then the insurance company will reimburse you $150, not $300. - -3. Personal Liability - -Coverage E (personal liability, bodily injury, and property damage) covers you and your family members against lawsuits involving injury or property damage. It also covers you if you cause damage to someone else’s property. - -Your insurance company will defend you against lawsuits that fall under the terms of your policy and will pay any judgments up to the amount specified in your policy. This would be used if, for example, your dog bites a visitor who then sues you, or if you accidentally knock over your neighbor’s expensive vase; the coverage doesn’t apply if the lawsuits are auto- (e.g. car accident claims) or business-related. - -4. Medical Payment Coverage - -Coverage F pays the medical expenses of anyone accidentally injured on your property or an area immediately adjoining it, such as a sidewalk or alley. This would be used if someone fell on your sidewalk and required medical attention, but did not sue you. Depending on the level of coverage you choose, these payments are usually capped at specific amounts. - -This coverage doesn’t apply to you or your family members or other people who live in the house, however; it is only for visitors. It also doesn’t cover intentional acts or anything related to your home business. - -Replacement Value vs. Actual Cash Value - -“Replacement value” and “actual cash value” are two distinct ways insurance companies will use to determine the amount of the payment to the insured: - -Replacement Value - -Replacement value refers to the reimbursement for rebuilding or replacing damaged items or structures in a manner similar to their previous construction. So if you had a large, expensive bay window that was smashed and you filed homeowners insurance claims, replacement value would mean how much the insurance company would pay to replace it with another large bay window of the same design, or of similar quality and durability. If your couch is destroyed in a house fire, they will pay to buy a new couch that is similar. - -Actual Cash Value - -Actual cash value, on the other hand, means the insurance company will reimburse you for replacing the couch, but will only pay as much as the couch was worth at the time that it was destroyed. (The difference is referred to as depreciation.) Similarly, your smashed bay window might be replaced with a lower-quality version, since the window would have gone down in value since its installation. - -In some situations, the insurance company may pay the actual cash value directly to you, and then once you have replaced the item and can provide a receipt showing the cost of replacement, the insurance company will reimburse you the remainder of the cost. - -Final Word - -Have you checked your homeowners policy amounts recently, to make sure your coverage amounts are keeping up with the value of your home and possessions? What special coverage do you carry for jewelry or other property?",1731883640,972663d68d,48871e75a2,,,1731883640 -http://android-developers.googleblog.com/2024/10/advanced-capabilities-of-gemini-api-for-android-developers.html,https://android-developers.googleblog.com/feeds/posts/default,Advanced capabilities of the Gemini API for Android developers," - - - -Posted by Thomas Ezan , Sr Developer Relation Engineer - -Thousands of developers across the globe are harnessing the power of the Gemini 1.5 Pro and Gemini 1.5 Flash models to infuse advanced generative AI features into their applications. Android developers are no exception, and with the upcoming launch of the stable version of VertexAI in Firebase in a few weeks (available in Beta since Google I/O), it's the perfect time to explore how your app can benefit from it. We just published a codelab to help you get started. - -Let's deep dive into some advanced capabilities of the Gemini API that go beyond simple text prompting and discover the exciting use cases they can unlock in your Android app. - -Shaping AI behavior with system instructions - -System instructions serve as a ""preamble"" that you incorporate before the user prompt. This enables shaping the model's behavior to align with your specific requirements and scenarios. You set the instructions when you initialize the model, and then those instructions persist through all interactions with the model, across multiple user and model turns. - -For example, you can use system instructions to: - -Define a persona or role for a chatbot (e.g, “explain like I am 5”) - -Specify the response to the output format (e.g., Markdown, YAML, etc.) - -Set the output style and tone (e.g, verbosity, formality, etc…) - -Define the goals or rules for the task (e.g, “return a code snippet without further explanation”) - -Provide additional context for the prompt (e.g., a knowledge cutoff date) - -To use system instructions in your Android app, pass it as parameter when you initialize the model: - -val generativeModel = Firebase.vertexAI.generativeModel( modelName = ""gemini-1.5-flash"" , ... systemInstruction = content { text( ""You are a knowledgeable tutor. Answer the questions using the socratic tutoring method."" ) } ) - -You can learn more about system instruction in the Vertex AI in Firebase documentation. - -You can also easily test your prompt with different system instructions in Vertex AI Studio, Google Cloud console tool for rapidly prototyping and testing prompts with Gemini models. - -Vertex AI Studio let’s you test system instructions with your prompts - -When you are ready to go to production it is recommended to target a specific version of the model (e.g. gemini-1.5-flash-002). But as new model versions are released and previous ones are deprecated, it is advised to use Firebase Remote Config to be able to update the version of the Gemini model without releasing a new version of your app. - -Beyond chatbots: leveraging generative AI for advanced use cases - -While chatbots are a popular application of generative AI, the capabilities of the Gemini API go beyond conversational interfaces and you can integrate multimodal GenAI-enabled features into various aspects of your Android app. - -Many tasks that previously required human intervention (such as analyzing text, image or video content, synthesizing data into a human readable format, engaging in a creative process to generate new content, etc… ) can be potentially automated using GenAI. - -Gemini JSON support - -Android apps don’t interface well with natural language outputs. Conversely, JSON is ubiquitous in Android development, and provides a more structured way for Android apps to consume input. However, ensuring proper key/value formatting when working with generative models can be challenging. - -With the general availability of Vertex AI in Firebase, implemented solutions to streamline JSON generation with proper key/value formatting: - -Response MIME type identifier - -If you have tried generating JSON with a generative AI model, it's likely you have found yourself with unwanted extra text that makes the JSON parsing more challenging. - -e.g: - -Sure, here is your JSON: ``` { ""someKey”: “someValue"" , ... } ``` - -When using Gemini 1.5 Pro or Gemini 1.5 Flash, in the generation configuration, you can explicitly specify the model’s response mime/type as application/json and instruct the model to generate well-structured JSON output. - -val generativeModel = Firebase.vertexAI.generativeModel( modelName = ""gemini-1.5-flash"" , … generationConfig = generationConfig { responseMimeType = ""application/json"" } ) - -Review the API reference for more details. - -Soon, the Android SDK for Vertex AI in Firebase will enable you to define the JSON schema expected in the response. - -Multimodal capabilities - -Both Gemini 1.5 Flash and Gemini 1.5 Pro are multimodal models. It means that they can process input from multiple formats, including text, images, audio, video. In addition, they both have long context windows, capable of handling up to 1 million tokens for Gemini 1.5 Flash and 2 million tokens for Gemini 1.5 Pro. - -These features open doors to innovative functionalities that were previously inaccessible such as automatically generate descriptive captions for images, identify topics in a conversation and generate chapters from an audio file or describe the scenes and actions in a video file. - -You can pass an image to the model as shown in this example: - -val contentResolver = applicationContext.contentResolver contentResolver.openInputStream(imageUri).use { stream -> stream?.let { val bitmap = BitmapFactory.decodeStream(stream) // Provide a prompt that includes the image specified above and text val prompt = content { image(bitmap) text( ""How many people are on this picture?"" ) } } val response = generativeModel.generateContent(prompt) } - -You can also pass a video to the model: - -val contentResolver = applicationContext.contentResolver contentResolver.openInputStream(videoUri).use { stream -> stream?.let { val bytes = stream.readBytes() // Provide a prompt that includes the video specified above and text val prompt = content { blob( ""video/mp4"" , bytes) text( ""What is in the video?"" ) } val fullResponse = generativeModel.generateContent(prompt) } } - -You can learn more about multimodal prompting in the VertexAI for Firebase documentation. - -Note: This method enables you to pass files up to 20 MB. For larger files, use Cloud Storage for Firebase and include the file’s URL in your multimodal request. Read the documentation for more information. - -Function calling: Extending the model's capabilities - -Function calling enables you to extend the capabilities to generative models. For example you can enable the model to retrieve information in your SQL database and feed it back to the context of the prompt. You can also let the model trigger actions by calling the functions in your app source code. In essence, function calls bridge the gap between the Gemini models and your Kotlin code. - -Take the example of a food delivery application that is interested in implementing a conversational interface with the Gemini 1.5 Flash. Assume that this application has a getFoodOrder(cuisine: String) function that returns the list orders from the user for a specific type of cuisine: - -fun getFoodOrder (cuisine: String) : JSONObject { // implementation… } - -Note that the function, to be usable to by the model, needs to return the response in the form of a JSONObject. - -To make the response available to Gemini 1.5 Flash, create a definition of your function that the model will be able to understand using defineFunction: - -val getOrderListFunction = defineFunction( name = ""getOrderList"" , description = ""Get the list of food orders from the user for a define type of cuisine."" , Schema.str(name = ""cuisineType"" , description = ""the type of cuisine for the order"" ) ) { cuisineType -> getFoodOrder(cuisineType) } - -Then, when you instantiate the model, share this function definition with the model using the tools parameter: - -val generativeModel = Firebase.vertexAI.generativeModel( modelName = ""gemini-1.5-flash"" , ... tools = listOf(Tool(listOf(getExchangeRate))) ) - -Finally, when you get a response from the model, check in the response if the model is actually requesting to execute the function: - -// Send the message to the generative model var response = chat.sendMessage(prompt) // Check if the model responded with a function call response.functionCall?.let { functionCall -> // Try to retrieve the stored lambda from the model's tools and // throw an exception if the returned function was not declared val matchedFunction = generativeModel.tools?.flatMap { it.functionDeclarations } ?.first { it.name == functionCall.name } ?: throw InvalidStateException( ""Function not found: ${functionCall.name}"" ) // Call the lambda retrieved above val apiResponse: JSONObject = matchedFunction.execute(functionCall) // Send the API response back to the generative model // so that it generates a text response that can be displayed to the user response = chat.sendMessage( content(role = ""function"" ) { part(FunctionResponsePart(functionCall.name, apiResponse)) } ) } // If the model responds with text, show it in the UI response.text?.let { modelResponse -> println(modelResponse) } - -To summarize, you’ll provide the functions (or tools to the model) at initialization: - -And when appropriate, the model will request to execute the appropriate function and provide the results: - -You can read more about function calling in the VertexAI for Firebase documentation. - -Unlocking the potential of the Gemini API in your app - -The Gemini API offers a treasure trove of advanced features that empower Android developers to craft truly innovative and engaging applications. By going beyond basic text prompts and exploring the capabilities highlighted in this blog post, you can create AI-powered experiences that delight your users and set your app apart in the competitive Android landscape. - -Read more about how some Android apps are already starting to leverage the Gemini API. - -To learn more about AI on Android, check out other resources we have available during AI on Android Spotlight Week. - -Use #AndroidAI hashtag to share your creations or feedback on social media, and join us at the forefront of the AI revolution! - -The code snippets in this blog post have the following license:",1731883610,1ebe0fd7fe,48a33bd689,,,1731883610 -https://www.vg247.com/avowed-director-explains-why-rpg-does-not-have-romanc-options,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"No, Avowed doesn't have any romance options, but the game's director has some pretty good reasons behind the decision","Romance options are pretty popular in RPGs these days, and even though Avowed doesn't have any, its director thinks it's better off without one. - -For reasons that will probably be pretty obvious, video game players love to digitally smooch other video game characters, with romance options being quite popular in a lot of RPGs, no doubt due to the influence of games like Mass Effect and Dragon Age. It's been a big part of why Baldur's Gate 3 is so popular, people just can't get their hands off characters like Astarion. But one of next year's biggest RPGs, Avowed, won't have any romance options, despite it being a pretty common thing to find in the genre these days. In a recent interview with GamesRadar, director Carrie Patel explained why Obsidian Entertainment's latest won't have any with a simple explanation: ""It's a ton of work."" - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Okay, Patel actually had more to say on the topic, as she goes on to say, ""You want to make sure you do it right. And part of that is also you want to make sure that a player who opts not to romance but still wants to have a very deep relationship with those companions gets to have just as thorough and meaningful an experience on a friendship or ally path as [if] they went on a romance path. And so we felt that we could best tell our companions' stories and our players' relationships with them without the romance option."" - -Something that was important for the dev team was making sure that every companion felt fleshed out and that all players will experience them on the same terms, an important point in the game's overall story. ""With the four companions we wanted them to all have key roles in the story, different party roles, different personalities, and ways that they compliment each other and let them tell the story of the Living Lands to the player,"" Patel said. - -There's even one companion that is actually in a relationship, apparently a key component of said character's development. ""[It] isn't a story that I think you often get to see in a lot of games with a party member who's travelling with you, and so one thing players will really get to explore with here is kind of how she navigates having her heart in one place, while knowing that she really needs to be here."" - -Personally I'm not too fussed about the idea of not being able to romance anyone; oftentimes the writing isn't even strong enough to support it, so I'd rather see companions and NPCs have their own stories and relationships. - -Avowed was originally slated to be released this year, but in August Xbox announced that it had been delayed to February 18, 2025 - when it's out you'll be able to play it on Xbox Series X/S and PC.",1731883708,374d98cbb9,494b5f8f97,,,1731883708 -https://www.gong.io/blog/pipeline-generation/,https://www.gong.io/feed,"Pipeline generation guide: Benefits, challenges, strategies","Sales Strategies - -“Improving pipeline performance” was the main focus of 84% of business leaders in 2023. It’s no surprise that this priority continues to lead the way in 2024, across sales teams and organizations. - -This is because a clunky, disjointed sales pipeline results in lost leads and slow sales cycles. - -With a streamlined sales pipeline, you can pull high-potential prospects down the funnel and get a greater number of qualified leads to convert and close. - -But how do you get there? - -Let’s dive into the top pipeline generation strategies and best practices to streamline your funnel to drive more sales. - -What is pipeline generation? - -Pipeline generation includes activities and tools that consistently and reliably ensure there’s as in-flow of revenue from closed-won deals. Ideally, this happens via an efficient, automated process that includes business intelligence tools and cross-team collaboration. - -Inside the black box of pipeline generation are prospect-nurturing processes handled by sales and marketing teams. They consider a lead’s journey, from the moment of awareness through to the transformation when leads become sales- or marketing-qualified leads as a result of nurturing and engagement. - -The key activities for successful pipeline generation include robust prep or scoping work. Include the following in your long-term plan for healthy pipeline generation: - - - -Development of an ideal customer profile (ICP): Who do you serve and why ? - -do you serve and ? Creation of targeted campaigns: What is your ICP attracted to and trying to resolve? - -is your ICP attracted to and trying to resolve? Lead/prospect qualification: How do prospects interact with your sales enablement assets? Do their interactions validate information about product-market fit or pain-solution alignment? - -do prospects interact with your sales enablement assets? Do their interactions validate information about product-market fit or pain-solution alignment? Engagement and nurturing: What are the steps and touch points in the buyer’s journey that guide a prospect from awareness to purchase? - -are the steps and touch points in the buyer’s journey that guide a prospect from awareness to purchase? Results measurement and pipeline refinement: Where are prospects dropping off, bouncing, or becoming disengaged, and how can sales enablement or RevOps close these gaps? - -These activities should make it clear why pipeline generation is a process and a journey with many moving — and often complex — parts. - -The solution to complexity is cohesion. Just ask the sales and marketing teams of companies that reported a 20% annual growth rate when working together, according to research conducted by Aberdeen Research Group. If any of your pipeline generation activities are going to result in revenue, cohesion is key. - -Pipeline vs lead generation: What’s the difference? - -The difference between pipeline generation and lead generation is about sequencing as much as it is about scoping. - -Whereas lead generation focuses solely on finding new leads, pipeline generation covers the entire journey from identifying leads to closing the sale. As an activity, lead generation is complete once a prospect enters the funnel. - -By contrast, pipeline generation and management never fully closes. Having a sales pipeline that constantly moves prospective leads from top to bottom and addresses their needs at every stage of the journey, is the goal. It sets you up for long-term, sustainable revenue generation. - -Part of pipeline generation and management is using each step of the sales pipeline to guide the lead or prospect down the sales funnel, ever closer to a sale. In fact, it’s why cohesion is necessary: Lead generation precedes pipeline generation and management. You couldn’t develop a pipeline without lead gen campaigns. - -What are the benefits of pipeline generation? - -Pipeline generation fuels your company’s growth by continuously attracting and nurturing potential customers. It’s the foundation for all your sales and revenue efforts. Below are the benefits you’ll reap if you construct this foundation well: - -1. Optimizes sales efforts - -When your marketing and sales teams align their messaging and processes, their efforts are more targeted and effective. - -By focusing on the same type of leads and qualifying opportunities properly, the marketing team can deliver prospects with a higher chance of converting. - -When your pipeline generation efforts are concentrated in a specific direction, your sales team can take a more direct approach and focus their messaging, communications, and engagement on only the most promising prospects. This increases the chance of moving a deal forward and smooths out the friction and delays. - -2. Improves sales forecasting - -When a sales pipeline is well-organized and founded on reliable data, teams can get a clear picture of each prospect’s status, understand where they sit in the pipeline, identify what needs to happen to move them along, and tie all these insights to business outcomes. It also provides a reliable roadmap for future sales, which reduces uncertainty and makes it easier to predict potential revenue. - -I’ve developed reports that can extract pipeline and process it, as well as project pipeline generation from the past into the future. So on a very basic level to prepare your forecast, you’re going to start with what you know. John Lorenc – Former Vice President of Sales Operations, Point Click Care - -Reveal Podcast: Stop best guess forecasting - -With a clear view of what’s on the table, you can enhance budget planning to allocate resources where they’re most needed. - -Plus, it makes it easier for your sales team to prioritize the leads closest to a conversion. - -3. Drives profitability - -Good pipeline generation boosts the number of sales opportunities available to sales professionals. A steadier flow of better-qualified opportunities, backed by data, will help boost your win rate. - -With clearly defined steps, it’s easier to move leads down the funnel, resulting in higher profitability — and not just because you have more qualified prospects. You’re also wasting less time and fewer resources on ineffective methods and poorly qualified leads. - -Additionally, aligned sales and marketing teams operate with clarity about their ideal customer’s behaviors, pain points, needs, and levels of awareness. With this information, it’s easier to identify the most promising prospects and lower your customer acquisition cost. - -4. Shortens sales cycles - -Long sales cycles result in dropouts. An alarming 28% of prospects say they back out of deals if the sales cycle takes too long. - -A refined pipeline accelerates the sales process. - -Lead qualification becomes more effective, and sales teams know how to address buyer needs, which results in quicker conversions. With less time spent going back and forth with leads, sales reps can focus on high-value prospects and move them through the sales cycle faster. - -5. Enables data-driven decision making - -With a well-maintained pipeline comes more accurate pipeline data. If your pipeline truly reflects what’s in your funnel, it becomes easier to make decisions based on this data. - -You’ll get a better idea of the most promising customer segments and profiles, thus enabling you to focus your efforts and refine your overall strategy. - -6. Highlights new market opportunities - -New market and segment opportunities become clear when you better understand buyer behaviors through your pipeline data. These insights allow you to spot promising trends in places you may not have previously noticed. - -You gain a competitive advantage if you can immediately recognize changes in buyer behaviors and tap into opportunities that expand your reach. - -7. Provides better insights for improvement - -Insights into your pipeline help you identify bottlenecks that slow down the sales process and cause leads to drop out. - -With data-backed sales pipeline reports, you can address issues with speed and focus, to improve efficiency on your team and optimize your sales and marketing tactics for better performance. - -What are the challenges of pipeline generation? - -While pipeline generation brings a wealth of benefits, it can be challenging if you don’t have reliable data or great data capabilities to guide the way. This will make it tough to understand your current reality (i.e., get real visibility into your pipeline), or confirm whether the changes you make achieve the desired outcomes. Here’s where you may run into trouble if you try to tackle pipeline generation without reliable data and transformative data capabilities: - -1. It’s difficult to qualify leads - -It’s important to understand and target the right audience, and identifying them correctly can be tricky. - -You need to develop an ICP and buyer personas using existing buyer data alongside social and website engagement data. - -Once you know your ICP, you need a consistent process for qualifying leads. Otherwise, you’ll find your team underqualifies leads and waste time on prospects that don’t fit your solution. - -Alternately, you might find your team overqualifies leads. In this case, they’ll spend so much time ensuring a buyer’s fit that other prospects will slip through the cracks. - -A data-backed approach to qualification helps establish the right balance. - -2. Your software can’t fully tap into your pipeline - -If your pipeline management software lacks the capacity to run in-depth analyses, you’ll miss key insights. - -Most sales tools only examine a small part of the pipeline. What they neglect are key marketing efforts and external signals such as search intent, website clicks, predictive signals, etc.. - -Revenue intelligence tools like Gong use powerful AI to look deeper into your pipeline, using more than 300 signals to assess pipeline health and deal opportunities. This gives you crystal-clear visibility into what works, what doesn’t, and what you should do next. - -If you want to learn more about how AI can improve your pipeline forecasting, speak with an expert at Gong today. - -3. Your data is prone to human error - -Pipeline visibility is only as accurate as the data you input. - -Outdated information, human error, and incomplete data all lead to inconclusive or incorrect assumptions. - -If your pipeline analysis isn’t founded on reliable and relevant data, you’ll put effort into the wrong places, create skewed forecasts, and make poorer business decisions. - -4. There’s a noticeable lack of sales and marketing alignment - -Sales and marketing teams need to coordinate their approach. In fact, 39% of sales reps say better alignment is the thing they need most from their marketing team. - -Inadequate communication and uncoordinated processes lead to disjointed efforts. This might present as lots of poorly qualified leads sitting in a stagnant pipeline with long, slow sales cycles. You might also see poor handoffs from marketing to sales that let promising prospects slip through the net. - -5. Your team has lead nurturing fatigue - -The average prospect needs six to 10 touches to convert, but maintaining consistent engagement can feel tedious. It’s tough to come up with inspiring ways to approach your prospects, and it can feel like you’re hounding them. - -Long-term nurturing requires conscious consistency where you build relationships with prospects and foster trust — in part by establishing your expertise. - -This kind of consistent back-and-forth costs time and money, so if you suffer from resource constraints, lead nurturing can feel overwhelming. Turn to your data to see where your lead-nurturing efforts would be most effective, and which ones work best. - -6. Your metrics lead to subjective assessments - -The right metrics can measure success and pipeline health properly, so choose them wisely - -Your metrics should support the achievement of your goals and targets, otherwise you’ll get mixed messages and create misguided strategies. - -Remember, you need to track your key metrics consistently and interpret them correctly. Doing so manually or with low-quality tools will almost certainly lead to inaccurate or subjective results. - -Instead, a solution like Gong offers keen insights that drive highly accurate predictions, helping you manage your pipeline with a more dependable level of clarity. - -7 best practices for creating a successful pipeline generation strategy - -A healthy sales pipeline is crucial for driving sales performance. - -Let’s explore the best practices that help you generate a powerful pipeline strategy and create a steady stream of sales opportunities that supercharge growth. - -1. Create an ideal customer profile (ICP) - -Analyze existing buyer data and social media engagement to define your ICP’s characteristics, business demographics, pain points, behavioral traits, and more. - -Dive into further market research to understand how current market trends and competitor strategies support this portrait of your ICP. - -Use this information to segment your target audience and create detailed buyer personas that reflect your ideal customers. Focus on the needs and challenges these personas face to understand how to solve them through your marketing and sales tactics. - -Doing this makes it easier to align sales and marketing, as everyone can target the same audience. - -2. Score leads - -Rank prospects with a lead scoring system based on their likelihood of converting. This way, you can prioritize leads so your sales team knows where to focus their energy. - -Consider using AI lead-scoring software, as these tools can analyze data quickly and accurately. - -By scoring sales leads in this manner, you prioritize efficiency in upcoming stages of the sales process. You concentrate on the prospects most likely to convert, which can lead to shorter sales cycles and higher conversion rates. - -3. Leverage AI’s predictive analytics - -AI-driven predictive analytics can considerably improve your sales forecasting and lead identification. - -Among teams using AI for forecasting, 84% say they’ve seen an improvement in the accuracy of their forecast, with 41% noting major improvements. - -Unlike traditional forecasting methods, solutions like Gong use hundreds of intent signals to predict buyer behavior with extremely high accuracy. - -With its ability to ‌forecast future sales trends and identify high-potential leads, predictive analytics help you make data-driven decisions that anticipate and respond to market changes. - -4. Align sales and marketing objectives - -According to top sales leaders, improving cross-functional alignment is the number one way to drive growth. - -This is because aligned sales and marketing teams share objectives, goals, metrics, and communication channels. This leads to a synchronized focus and a better handoff process, where everyone concentrates on the same buyers and uses complementary tactics to move them through the funnel. - -Regular alignment meetings are vital to agreeing on shared goals and approaches to improve collaboration and ensure consistent messaging. These discussions allow you to make sure everyone has access to the same data, tools, and CRM systems. - -5. Measure marketing attribution - -Track and analyze all marketing activity to pinpoint what works and what doesn’t. Trace the path from lead generation to conversion to see which tactics convert the most qualified leads. - -Then dive into conversation intelligence data and AI-backed insights on your best-qualified leads to understand which methods generate the most promising prospects. - -Don’t be generic about it. Identify exactly which content types and marketing tactics work best for each segment. Just because something works for one group doesn’t mean it works for another. - -When it’s done well, this best practice will help you identify the most effective campaigns with the best ROI. - -6. Perform sales funnel analysis - -Analyze and track your sales funnel regularly. This way, you’ll notice bottlenecks and areas for improvement straight away. - -Work out where potential customers get stuck or drop out of the buying process, and assess whether this arises due to poor lead qualification or ineffective sales tactics. This will help you figure out where the funnel needs improvement and how you should enhance it. - -Continuously refining the sales funnel increases your pipeline efficiency, shortening sales cycles and driving conversions. - -7. Use AI to personalize sales engagement - -While most buyers expect customization, only 13% of buyers say that sellers’ messaging is relevant to them. - -(Image Source) - -This is why 84% of sales teams now use generative AI (gen AI) in their sales outreach. - -Gen AI can considerably speed up personalization by tailoring sales content to each buyer’s needs and challenges. This improves the customer experience and cuts back on admin time for sales reps. - -A whopping 78% of reps say they’d like AI to help them personalize their content marketing since they spend nearly six hours manually tailoring pre-written content each week. - -Using AI and automation on your team, you can ensure personalized and optimized lead nurturing with timely, relevant content that speaks to the buyer. Solutions like Gong generate hyperpersonalized content and automate parts of the follow-up workflow. - -This personalized and streamlined approach improves lead engagement, reduces manual efforts, and encourages prompt buyer engagement. - -If you want to leverage the power of AI to personalize your pipeline strategies, speak with a sales expert at Gong today. - -Analyze your competitors’ pipeline generation strategies - -Having a clear overview of your competitors’ pipeline generation strategies can provide you with invaluable insights as to how to improve your approach. - -Here’s how you can analyze it properly: - -1. Deconstruct sales and marketing materials - -Examine your competitors’ websites, landing pages, and social media accounts. Consider their techniques to capture leads, such as gated content, promotions, and interactive posts. - -You also need to review all their sales documentation. Look closely at their brochures and pitch presentations to understand the messaging and sales tactics they use to hook their target buyers. - -2. Look at content strategies - -Make a map of their blog content to identify key themes. Consider how they use pillar and cluster tactics to group content around particular topics. - -Dive in further using SEO tools to identify their keyword rankings. This will help you better understand where they’re focusing their content efforts. - -Pay attention to the types of content they use. Do they leverage video and graphics as well as written content? How successful are these posts? - -Also, consider their backlink strategy. Which expert authorities are linking to their content? Backlinks help boost your competitors’ credibility and in some cases are sources you can also reach out to for backlinks. - -3. Check out reviews - -Read customer feedback on review sites to see what their audience says about them. - -Find out what buyers love and dislike about your competitors’ products. Learn which features your target audience enjoys most, then consider how you can gain a competitive edge by offering an improved service or product. - -Also look for industry reviews or comparison articles to get an expert’s perspective on the competition’s success. - -4. Leverage social listening - -Harness social listening tools to track online conversations about your competitors and relevant industry trends. - -Identify the key phrases and discussion topics to gauge the overall sentiment, as well as what the audience enjoys talking about most. - -5. Analyze pricing strategies - -Look into how your competitors price their products and services, as this will help you determine whether your prices reflect the market rate. - -Dig into the promotions and discounts they offer to see if you can compete with their pricing tactics. - -6. Consider awards and recognitions - -See where your competitors leverage industry awards and recognitions to boost their credibility. Determine whether these awards are relevant and attainable for your company to boost your social proof. - -7. Read industry reports and studies - -Dig into the industry trends being suggested or identified by expert authorities and look at how your competitors harness these trends. Research industry papers that talk about your competitors and note down any strategies they might be pursuing. - -Listen for any industry experts that mention your competitors in reviews, listicles, or comparison articles. What are they being listed for? Which of their tactics might you want to try to support your own pipeline generation approach? - -Gong is your partner in every stage of pipeline generation - -An effective pipeline generation strategy requires an end-to-end solution. It’s the best way to track how you attract prospects and lead them through your funnel in a streamlined way. - -This is where Gong shines. Assisting you with every stage of pipeline generation, Gong’s powerful AI helps you forecast correctly, engage interactively, and analyze your strategies in depth. - -If you want to learn more ways to improve your pipeline, check out these articles: - -If you’re ready to take your pipeline generation to new heights, it’s time to look into Gong and its AI-backed data capabilities. Stop guessing and start strategizing with highly accurate insights and hyper-relevant interaction tactics. - -Book a demo now.",1731883670,0394161b81,491d245890,,,1731883670 -https://thespeakerlab.com/blog/how-to-warm-up-your-voice/,https://thespeakerlab.com/feed/,How to Warm Up Your Voice: 6 Exercises You Can Use,"Imagine stepping onto a stage, ready to deliver a powerful speech or performance, only to find your voice faltering. It’s a nightmare scenario, but one that’s easily preventable. Learning how to warm up your voice is crucial for anyone who relies on their vocal cords, whether you’re a professional singer, public speaker, or just someone who wants to communicate more effectively. - -Vocal warm-ups aren’t just for the pros. They’re for anyone who wants to protect their voice and enhance their vocal performance. Just like athletes warm up their muscles before a big game, we need to prepare our vocal muscles before putting them to work. - -So, how do you warm up your voice effectively? It’s not as complicated as you might think. With a few simple exercises and techniques, you can get your voice ready for anything from a boardroom presentation to a Broadway performance. - -Why Warming Up Your Voice Matters - -Before we dive into the specifics of how to warm up your voice, let’s talk about why it’s so important. Your vocal cords are delicate muscles that need proper care and preparation. Neglecting to warm them up can lead to strain, fatigue, and even long-term damage. - -According to voice care specialist Claudio Milstein, PHD, “Those who chronically overuse or misuse their voices run the risk of doing permanent damage.” This underscores the importance of taking care of your voice, starting with a proper warm-up routine. - -Warming up your voice isn’t just about preventing damage. It’s also about improving your vocal performance. A good warm-up can help you: - -Increase your vocal range. - -Improve your breath control. - -Enhance your vocal clarity and projection. - -Reduce tension in your vocal cords and surrounding muscles. - -Now that we understand the importance, let’s explore how to warm up your voice effectively. - -Learn How You Could Get Your First (Or Next) Paid Speaking Gig In 90 Days or Less We receive thousands of applications every day, but we only work with the top 5% of speakers. Book a FREE call with our team to get started — you’ll learn why the vast majority of our students get a paid speaking gig within 90 days of finishing our program. Get Started - -Essential Vocal Warm-Up Exercises - -Here are some key exercises to include in your vocal warm-up routine: - -1. Deep Breathing - -Start with deep breathing exercises. Proper breath support is crucial for vocal performance. Take slow, deep breaths, focusing on expanding your diaphragm rather than lifting your shoulders. Deep breaths will help to practice vocal and improve lung capacity for better vocal performance. - -2. Humming - -Humming is a gentle way to wake up your vocal cords. Start with a comfortable pitch and hum for a few seconds. Gradually move up and down your range. Try humming warm ups to stimulate blood flow to your vocal cords. - -3. Lip Trills - -Lip trills, also known as lip buzzing, are excellent for improving breath control and vocal cord flexibility. Simply blow air through your lips, making them vibrate, while producing a sound. The motorboat sound this makes will help loosen your lips and get them ready for articulate speech. - -4. Tongue Trills - -Similar to lip trills, tongue trills involve rolling your ‘R’s. This exercise helps relax your tongue and improve articulation. Working through your tongue trills can be one of the best vocal exercises to improve your singing voice. - -5. Sirens - -Sirens involve sliding from your lowest to highest note and back down, mimicking the sound of a siren. This exercise helps expand your range and smooth out your vocal break. Think of this as finding a starting note and slowly sliding up to your highest note, then back down to your lowest note. - -6. Vowel Exercises - -Practice moving through different vowel sounds (A, E, I, O, U) on a single pitch, then try moving up and down your range. - -Creating Your Vocal Warm-Up Routine - -Now that we’ve covered some essential exercises, let’s put them together into a routine. Here’s a sample 10-minute warm-up to get you started: - -Deep breathing (1 minute). Humming (2 minutes). Lip trills (2 minutes). Tongue trills (2 minutes). Sirens (2 minutes). Vowel exercises (1 minute). - -Remember, consistency is key. Try to do these exercises daily, not just before performances. Regular practice will help you see improvements in your vocal abilities over time. - -Advanced Techniques for Warming Up Your Voice - -Once you’ve mastered the basics, you might want to explore more advanced techniques that supplement the same vocal exercises you’ve already tried: - -Solfege - -Solfege is a method of naming pitches that can help improve your pitch accuracy and ear training. It involves singing the familiar “Do-Re-Mi” scale. - -Tongue Twisters - -Tongue twisters aren’t just fun – they’re excellent for improving articulation and diction. Try classics like “Peter Piper picked a peck of pickled peppers” or explore more tongue twisters here. You can even create your own tongue twister to make things interesting. - -Straw Phonation - -This technique involves humming or singing through a straw. It can help reduce vocal strain and improve breath support. Simply hum or sing a scale while blowing through a straw. Using a straw is a voice therapy technique that can be beneficial in helping you learn how to properly use your breath while singing. - -Protecting Your Voice Beyond Warm-Ups - -While knowing how to warm up your voice is crucial, it’s just one part of vocal care. Here are some additional tips to keep your voice in top shape: - -Stay Hydrated - -Drinking plenty of water helps keep your vocal cords lubricated. Aim for at least 8 glasses a day. When your body is dehydrated, your voice is impacted too. - -Avoid Vocal Strain - -Don’t push your voice too hard. If you feel pain or discomfort, take a break. You don’t want to injure your voice by trying to hit notes that are too high or too low. - -Watch Your Diet - -Certain foods and drinks can affect your voice. Lay off dairy. Dairy can cause phlegm and inflammation. Similarly, skip the caffeine. Caffeine can dehydrate your vocal cords. You may even need to avoid certain foods before a speech to help improve vocal clarity. - -Get Enough Sleep - -Adequate rest is crucial for vocal health. Aim for 7-9 hours of sleep per night. Just like your body needs rest, your vocal cords do too. - -Tools and Resources for Vocal Warm-Ups - -In today’s digital age, there are numerous tools available to help you warm up your voice effectively: - -Mobile Apps - -Several apps offer customizable vocal exercises tailored to your voice type and goals. Look for one on the App Store or Google Play Store that fits your needs and budget. - -Online Courses - -For a deeper dive into vocal technique, consider online courses like How The Voice Works. Taking an online course could potentially help further a music career or if you are seeking more than just simple vocal exercises. - -Finding Your Optimal Vocal Range - -Understanding your vocal range is crucial when learning how to warm up your voice. Your warm-up routine should cover your entire range, from your lowest comfortable note to your highest. You can also work with a vocal coach to find both your highest note and lowest note. - -Remember, everyone’s voice is unique. What works for one person might not work for another. Don’t be afraid to experiment and find the warm-up routine that works best for you. - -Find Out Exactly How Much You Could Make As a Paid Speaker Use The Official Speaker Fee Calculator to tell you what you should charge for your first (or next) speaking gig — virtual or in-person! Calculate Your Fee - -FAQs about how to warm up your voice - -How long should I warm up my voice? - -A good vocal warm-up typically takes about 10-15 minutes. However, if you’re preparing for a long performance or speech, you might want to extend your warm-up to 20-30 minutes. - -Can I warm up my voice too much? - -Yes, it’s possible to over-warm your voice. If you start feeling tired or strained during your warm-up, it’s time to stop. Remember, the goal is to prepare your voice, not wear it out. - -What can I drink to warm up my voice? - -Warm water with honey is an excellent choice for warming up your voice. According to Medical News Today, honey has natural antibacterial and anti-inflammatory properties that can help soothe your throat. Another option is to drink a “proper cup” of warm water with lemon. - -Should I warm up my voice every day? - -Ideally, yes. Regular warm-ups help maintain vocal health and improve your overall vocal performance. Even on days when you’re not performing, a quick warm-up can be beneficial. Even if it’s just for a few minutes a day, you are helping to maintain vocal health. - -Conclusion - -Learning how to warm up your voice is an essential skill for anyone who uses their voice professionally or regularly. From deep breathing exercises to advanced techniques like solfege, there are numerous ways to prepare your voice for optimal performance. - -Remember, warming up your voice isn’t just about hitting higher notes or speaking louder. It’s about maintaining vocal health, improving clarity, and ensuring you can use your voice effectively without strain or fatigue. Just like a professional athlete must take care of their body, singers need to focus on maintaining vocal health. - -By incorporating these warm-up techniques into your daily routine, you’ll be well on your way to healthier, more powerful vocal performances. Practice makes perfect so the more you practice the better your vocal performance will become. - -Whether you’re preparing for a big speech, a singing performance, or just want to improve your day-to-day communication, taking the time to warm up your voice can make a world of difference. So next time you’re about to use your voice, take a few minutes to warm up. Your vocal cords will thank you.",1731883670,10642a8199,48be76e5ac,,,1731883670 -https://www.npr.org/2024/07/24/1197961121/invention-of-companies-and-stocks,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The first stocks and bonds in the world financial system : Planet Money : NPR,"Summer School 3: The first stock and perpetual life - -Enlarge this image toggle caption NPR NPR - -Episodes each Wednesday through labor day. Find all the episodes from this season here. And past seasons here. And follow along on TikTok here for video Summer School. - -Once upon a time, every business was a small business. It was run by the owner, maybe the spouse and the kids. Maybe they borrowed money from friends and relatives, but there was only so big it could get. - -Then came what can only be described as the big bang of economics. Over the span of a few decades, people figured out a way for businesses to sell ownership shares – otherwise known as stocks – and let people trade those shares. There was suddenly money to buy machines and expand. Businesses grew and became companies. Companies could take risks and share the risks and the rewards with thousands of strangers. This also leads to the idea that a company could outlive its founder and original owner, and how we got to have perpetual life organizations. - -Sponsor Message - -Today, we head to the Netherlands around the year 1600. First, we'll visit the bridge in Amsterdam where some of the first stock trading took place. Then we track down the Dutch water company that's the source of the oldest ""living"" bond. It's the origin of stocks and bonds and the stock market and it leads directly to many of the financial innovations that we still have today. - -We cover: - -Liquidity - -Limited liability - -Perpetual life - -Short-selling - -This series is hosted by Robert Smith and produced by Audrey Dilling. Our project manager is Devin Mellor. This episode was edited by Planet Money Executive Producer Alex Goldmark and fact-checked by Sofia Shchukina. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -NPR Source Audio – ""Lost Situation,"" ""Waking City,"" ""Alternate Motion,"" ""Lemonia,"" ""Alternate Motion,"" ""Lovely Swirl"" and ""Fruit Salad.""",1731884584,8181d7a585,495017cc22,,,1731884584 -http://www.skysports.com/football/chelsea-women-vs-manchester-city-women/report/520567,https://www.skysports.com/rss/11095,Chelsea Women 2-0 Man City Women: Mayra Ramirez and Guro Reiten send Sonia Bompastor's side top of the WSL,"Champions Chelsea beat title rivals Manchester City 2-0 at Stamford Bridge to move above them into top spot in the Women's Super League and keep up their perfect start to the season. - -Sonia Bompastor, the successor to Emma Hayes as Chelsea boss, has become the first coach in WSL history to win their first seven games in the competition thanks to second-half goals from Mayra Ramirez and Guro Reiten just four minutes apart. - -Chelsea needed the individual brilliance of Ramirez to unlock the game, billed by some as a title decider in the build-up, as the striker shrugged off City defender Alanna Kennedy before firing into the far corner after carrying the ball from halfway. - -Reiten then delivered a pinpoint effort from the edge of the box to deliver the killer blow after a set piece. City struggled to keep up with Chelsea as the game wore on and could have easily conceded a third. - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Chelsea forward Mayra Ramirez scored a sensational solo strike to give them the lead - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Guro Reiten extended Chelsea's lead with a calm finish - -City's Khadija Shaw, the WSL's top scorer, failed to punish two misplaced Chelsea passes in the first half, pulling her shot wide initially before putting too much on a pass when playing in Jil Roord. - -Lauren Hemp, one of the star performers in the WSL this season, missed out with a knee injury and her absence as the league's most prolific creator was felt with City unable to break down their hosts in the final third despite bossing the possession. - -Chelsea, victors in all seven of their WSL games at Stamford Bridge, spent last season chasing City and Arsenal for the title, but this crucial win leaves them two points clear with a game in hand and in full control. - -Bompastor happy for Chelsea to be team to beat - -Chelsea boss Bompastor was delighted with Chelsea's performance against ""one of the best teams in Europe"", but is keeping her feet firmly on the ground when it comes to title ambitions. - -""I'm really proud of my players. I think they had a great performance,"" Bompastor said after the game. ""It's a really good start, of course, and it brings us a lot of confidence, but the reality is we didn't win anything yet. - -""I really enjoyed [the goals] because I know how much it's difficult to score, especially against Man City, a really good team that has a lot of great players. - -""I just wanted to enjoy because you don't get that much opportunities to have this great environment. - -""Playing a game against Man City, one of the best teams in Europe, and getting a good result, clean sheet, everything is almost perfect. So, yeah, if you don't enjoy now, you will never enjoy."" - -Asked if Chelsea are the team to beat, she added: ""Yeah, maybe at the moment the opposition can think that, especially because we had seven wins in a row in the league. - -""But that's our standards, you know. Joining Chelsea, I was really aligned with the vision and the ambitions. We are the holders in this competition, in the league, and we just need to keep these standards. - -""If everyone thinks we are the team to beat, that's fine for us. As a manager, I love to embrace the pressure. That's the job. And for my players, having this feeling to be the team to beat, that's a really good feeling."" - -Taylor not keen to 'talk fantasy' as Chelsea go top - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Gareth Taylor insisted errors at key moments cost his Manchester City side in their loss to Chelsea - -Man City boss Taylor felt his side's failure to capitalise on Chelsea's errors cost them in a game that was tight until Ramirez's opener 15 minutes from time. - -""My emotions are fine. Obviously we're disappointed, but I think it was a game of errors for both teams,"" he said. ""A lot of opportunities came from mistakes. In the first half, they made more than us and we weren't able to capitalise. - -""The game looked like it was going towards kind of a 0-0 and quickly it slipped away from us. But I think in terms of those errors, we slightly evened it up in the second half."" - -Chelsea could go five points clear of City if they win their game in hand but Taylor was not keen to discuss how this defeat impacts his side's chances in the title race. - -Asked what the result means for City, he said: ""Are we going to talk fantasy here or are we going to talk about the game? - -""I can't control what Chelsea do in the next game. We are still up and around the top of the league, we had a very good start to the season. We've had a setback. - -""I can't tell you about what they're going to do with their game in hand."" - -Cuthbert: A lot of similarities with Bompastor and Hayes - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Chelsea's player of the match Erin Cuthbert tells Sky Sports why they have had such a good start to the season - -Chelsea midfielder Erin Cuthbert, player of the match against City, told Sky Sports that their perfect start to the season under Bompastor is partly down to the fine work of her predecessor Hayes. - -Hayes spent a trophy-laden 12 years at Chelsea, winning the league seven times, five of those coming in her final five seasons consecutively before leaving to become head coach of USA Women. - -""I see a lot of similarities between Emma Hayes and Sonia Bompastor,"" Cuthbert said after the game. - -""They are both winners and they don't care how the job gets done as long as it's done. Emma left a great foundation for Sonia to build on. - -""All pre-season and so far in the season we've been working on what Sonia wants to do. She doesn't mind if it is possession or chess - she would like to have the ball but - it does not matter as long as we are limiting the opposition and have great players that can hurt them. - -""We saw tonight we had countless opportunities on the transition."" - -What next?",1731883683,60c36d6784,493673e1b7,,,1731883683 -https://www.npr.org/2022/03/04/1084683431/of-oligarchs-oil-and-rubles,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"How sanctions on Russia are playing out for Russian people, oligarchs, and oil. : Planet Money : NPR","Of oligarchs, oil and rubles - -Enlarge this image Dmitri Lovetsky/AP Dmitri Lovetsky/AP - -The U.S. and Europe are retaliating against Russia for its invasion of Ukraine by imposing harsh economic sanctions. Today, three stories about how those sanctions are playing out. We look at the effects they're having on regular Russian people, on rich Russian oligarchs, and on Russia's oil sales. - -Music: ""Oxygenate the Idea."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884684,8181d7a585,492340ba94,,,1731884684 -https://justcreative.com/coreldraw-discounts/,https://justcreative.com/feed/,"CorelDRAW Discounts, Sales & Deals (10-50% Off) 2024","How to get the best CorelDRAW Discounts - -How To Get CorelDRAW For Free - -How To Get CorelDraw Deals For New Users: - -The Best CorelDRAW Graphics Suite Discounts Available Right Now 2024 - -Looking for the best Corel discounts & CorelDRAW discounts? We’ve got you covered. - -With all the professional vector illustration, layout, photo editing and design tools you need, CorelDRAW® Graphics Suite is a compelling alternative to Adobe Creative Cloud for graphic design. See here for more top graphic design software. - -sponsored message - -The problem is that like Adobe, Corel subscriptions can also be quite expensive which is why we’ve put together this list of Corel discounts. - -As Corel partners, we can offer you 10-96% off all of Corel’s best creative software including CorelDRAW Graphics Suite, CorelDRAW Standard, CorelDRAW Essentials, CorelDRAW Technical Suite, CorelDRAW App Store Edition and more. - -This also includes discounts on their software: Painter, CorelCAD, VideoStudio Pro, PaintShop Pro, MotionStudio 3D, and more — wherever you are in the world and available right now. - -So if you’re looking at how to save on Corel software in 2024, this article is for you! - -Special Offer Save 10-50% on Top Corel Products 5.0 Limited Time Offer Use coupon code 'COREL10' for a 10% off or check their deals page for the latest special offers. Get Discount - - - -sponsored message - - - - - -Corel Draw Discount (10% Off Evergreen Coupon) Get 10% off Corel’s most popular products with the evergreen coupon code: ‘COREL10’ CorelDRAW Graphics Suite, comprehensive graphic design software - -PaintShop Pro, creative photo editing software - -Corel Painter, renowned digital art and drawing software View CorelDRAW Graphics Suite Discounts - -Corel Coupon Codes, Discounts and Promos 2024 - -You could also check the official Corel coupons, promos, discounts and special offers page. - -10CORELSAVE 10% Off Most Corel products, excluding CorelDRAW - -20ROXIOSAVE 20% Off 20% Roxio Toast and Creator Products - -TOAST19SAVE20 20% Off 20% off Roxio Toast - -VSP2021SAVE10 10% Off VideoStudio Pro 2021 Products - -🖌️ Black Friday starts early! 🖌️ - -sponsored message - - - -Dates: 5-18 November - -Get ready to share incredible savings with your audience! Corel is offering fantastic deals your followers won’t want to miss. Here’s a list of the incredible offers to promote: - -CorelDRAW Offers - -CorelDRAW Perpetual: 22% off - -22% off CorelDRAW 365d Subscription: 26% off - -26% off CorelDRAW Essentials 2024: 15% off - -15% off CorelDRAW Standard 2024: 15% off - -Painter Offers - -Painter 2023: up to 41% off - -up to 41% off Painter 365d Subscription: 30% off - -30% off Painter Essentials 8: 10% off - -10% off ParticleShop: 22% off - -More Offers - -AfterShot Pro: 40% off - -40% off PaintShop Pro 2023: 40% off - -40% off PaintShop Pro 2023 Ultimate: 40% off - -40% off Photo Video Bundle: 50% off - -50% off PhotoMirage: 40% off - -40% off VideoStudio Pro 2023: 40% off - -40% off VideoStudio Pro 2023 Ultimate: 40% off - -40% off Corel Vector Annual Subscription: 40% off - -WordPerfect Offers - -WordPerfect Standard 2021: 30% off - -30% off WordPerfect Pro 2021: 40% off - -40% off WordPerfect Home & Student 2021: 50% off - -50% off PDF Fusion: 42% off - -The Best CorelDRAW Graphics Suite Discounts Available Right Now 2024 - -We’ve compiled a list of the best CorelDRAW Graphics Suite discounts in a number of different categories as per below: - -Read on to get the best Corel discount! - -How To Get Corel Discount - -Trying to find a discount on Corel software can be challenging as there are so many different options, plans and apps. - -Corel do push their CorelDRAW Graphics Suite subscription however you can also buy Corel Draw and Corel’s apps separately. - -To give you more clarity, we have put together this guide on how to get the best deals on Corel. - -Further below are the latest Corel Creative deals for students, teachers, business, individuals and more. - - - -How To Get CorelDraw Deals For New Users: - -To get an Corel deal as a new subscriber, you should first check to see if you’re eligible for a student discount or other discounted plan below. - -You then can choose if you want the full CorelDRAW Graphics Suite subscription or the CorelDRAW Standard or CorelDRAW Essentials. - -You can then decide if you want to pay monthly or yearly or outright to save more. - -CorelDRAW Discounts For Students & Teachers - -sponsored message - - - -Did you know that students and teachers are eligible for a discount on CorelDraw? - -How to get an Corel student discount? - -If you are you a current student or teacher you are eligible for up for a CorelDraw student discount, giving you to 96% off CorelDRAW Graphics Suite on their Education plan. - -Who qualifies for an Corel student discount?—To qualify as a student for Corel you must provide some proof of your education, whether it be part-time or full-time and chat to their support. - -You must go to Corel’s education discount page and talk to them to qualify. - -Is Corel free for students? Students don’t get Corel for free but they can save up to 96% on Corel’s plans which is their best deal right now. - -CorelDRAW Discounts for Business / Individuals - -Corel’s student deal is the best deal however for business you can still save some money including 10% off their annual plan. - -How to get Corel discount for individuals? — As an individual, you can pre-pay for the full year and save 10%. - -You could also buy the one-time purchase, save 10% and over the years, you will continue to save more and more. - -sponsored message - - - -CorelDRAW Essentials & Standard Discount - -How to get discount on CorelDRAW Graphics Suite? - -You don’t need to pay for Corel’s full subscription to get access to their most popular software. - -You can simply pay for a lower tier subscription such as to CorelDRAW Essentials or CorelDRAW Standard. - -There are currently no other special offers on single apps like Corel Painter or PaintShop Pro. - -You could make use of their free 15 day trial: - -CorelDRAW Graphics Suite Discounts for Government, Non-Profit, Military, Veterans & Seniors - -Does Corel offer discounts for non-profits? Yes, Corel do have some available discounts for non-profits. - -Corel also offer Enterprise discounts. - -Corel currently do not offer military, veteran or seniors discounts however you can try talking to their chat support team. - -Corel do not offer promo codes, coupons or discount codes, but rather list the special offers on their website for limited amounts of time. - -How To Get CorelDRAW For Free - -To get CorelDRAW Graphics Suite for free, simply sign up to their 15-day free CorelDraw trial. - -Select your plan (no need for credit card info), try it for free for 15 days and then cancel it before the 15 days are up. - -Can I get CorelDRAW Graphics Suite for free? — In theory, you can with a free trial however using a ‘free’ version of CorelDRAW Graphics Suite is illegal. - -Other ways to get Corel for free or cheap is to use an older version of Corel software, or you could set up a new trial each week or split the license with a friend. - -These methods are illegal and you can get your account terminated or suspended by Corel. - -If you’re trying to reduce costs with the CorelDRAW subscription, you could consider buying a license to just their Essentials subscription. - -So basically there is no such thing as free CorelDRAW Graphics Suite. - -We suggest starting with a CorelDraw trial which is free for 15 days. - -How to get the best CorelDRAW Discounts - -Are you wondering how to get a discount on Corel software? - -The best way to get discounts on Corel subscriptions is follow industry influencers & partners (such as Just Creative) as they will promote the sales and coupons as soon as they are available. - -We recommend you bookmark this page & follow our social accounts linked in the footer. - -CorelDRAW Graphics Suite 2024 Discount - -How to get Corel discount on CorelDRAW Graphics Suite 2024? A good way to get an CorelDRAW Graphics Suite discount is to know exactly when they have sales and when they are due for one. - -CorelDRAW® Graphics Suite 2024 is a complete suite of professional graphic design applications for vector illustration, layout, photo editing, and more for Mac or PC. - -To clarify, the best deal on Corel Creative Suite is their Student discount as outlined above, saving you 96%. - -Today’s Best CorelDRAW Sales & Special Offers - -Special Offer Save 10-50% on Top Corel Products 5.0 Limited Time Offer Use coupon code 'COREL10' for a 10% off or check their deals page for the latest special offers. Get Discount - -CorelDRAW Free Trials - -Did you know that Corel offer free trials on their most popular graphic design software? All you have to do is choose your plan and you can try it for free. - -You can try it for free for 15 days and then cancel it before the 15 days are up – no credit card required! - -When or how did you snag a CorelDRAW Graphics Suite deal or special offer? - -Stay tuned to this page as we will update it with the latest CorelDRAW Graphics Suite sales as soon as they are available.",1731883671,b7a65c143b,4965532383,,,1731883671 -https://www.pv-tech.org/desri-sends-meyer-burger-notice-termination-module-supply-agreement/,https://www.pv-tech.org/feed,DESRI sends notice of termination for module supply agreement with Meyer Burger,"In a statement published today (15 November) Meyer Burger said it is currently analysing the letter – notice of termination – and situation from its largest customer. - -“The company currently expects that irrespective of the validity of such termination, this is likely to adversely affect its financial restructuring efforts, which are highly advanced,” said the company. - -The financial restructuring efforts the company refers to was announced last September, when Meyer Burger announced around 200 job cuts by the end of 2025. At that same time, Gunter Erfurt, stepped down as CEO of the company, while Markus Nikles did the same as chief financial officer. Soon after the company appointed Franz Richter as its new CEO, who was already on Meyer Burger’s board of directors. - -“Assuming that such financial restructuring fails, the company may no longer be in a position to maintain its going concern. The company will provide further information in due course,” added Meyer Burger. - -In its latest financial results for the first half of 2024 – which were delayed until the end of October – the Swiss manufacturer registered net losses of CHF65 million (US$73.2 million). This is a fivefold increase from the same period in 2023.",1731883658,971e36339b,493c5e6579,,,1731883658 -https://www.npr.org/2022/07/20/1112482124/planet-money-summer-school-2-gdp-what-counts,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How America created GDP and what goes in it : Planet Money : NPR,"Planet Money Summer School 2: GDP & What Counts - -Enlarge this image James Yang for NPR James Yang for NPR - -Find all episodes of Planet Money Summer School here. - -What even is ""the economy""? Not too long ago, ""the economy,"" as a thing in itself, wasn't really a common idea that people talked about. - -What changed that was an effort to measure every economic thing America made or did and sum it all up, an effort to create what has become known as Gross Domestic Product, or GDP. - -Last week on Summer School we heard about the government's tools to stabilize the economy. But to do that, you need to know what you are stabilizing. How do we even know if the economy is doing well or not? - -Sponsor Message - -Our path out of the economic darkness and into the light has been guided in large part by that single statistic: GDP. With the help of GDP, assessments of the economy transformed almost overnight from vague and anecdotal, to relatively precise and consistent. GDP tells us how much the economy grew or shrank, governments look to it when crafting economic policy, investors watch it to decide where to route flows of money. It is the closest thing we have to a report card on how we're all doing in this big ecosystem we call, the economy. - -This week: the origins, history, and problems with the economic indicator to rule them all, including what is left out. - -For more detail on new methods to incorporate inequality into GDP, see our latest newsletter. - -We cover: - -Gross Domestic Product - -National Income - -Intermediate vs finished goods - -What is left out of GDP - -Assignment: - -Think like an economist while you're buying things this week. Ask yourself whether what you're buying is a good or a service. Think about all the intermediate goods that went into the final product. Did you consume more goods or services this week? What were some of the most common intermediate goods? Let us know using #PMSummerSchool. - -Sponsor Message - -Econ songs of summer: Every week, we'll pick a few of our favorites and add them to our playlist. Recommend your favorite on social media. Make sure to use #PMSummerschool. - -At Planet Money Summer School, phones ARE allowed during class. Check out this week's PM Tik Tok! - -Music: El Flamingo, Surf the Surf, Werner's Tangent, and Don't Look Down. - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Pocket Casts and NPR One. - -Want extra credit? Subscribe to Planet Money's Newsletter",1731884671,8181d7a585,498afe551c,,,1731884671 -https://www.accountingweb.co.uk/tech/accounting-software/accountech-bytes-xero-revenues-up-hmrc-answers-mtd-questions-dext-payments,https://www.accountingweb.co.uk/rss.xml,"Accountech Bytes: Xero revenues up, HMRC answers MTD questions, Dext Payments","Links to all stories featured in the video (AccountingWEB links unless specified otherwise), £ sign leads to a subscription site: - -News - -The FAB plug - -New stuff - -And finally… - -And if you like our tech content, you can receive a weekly digest straight in your inbox every Thursday. Sign up … right here! Thursday technology email - -Accountech Bytes is written and produced by AccountingWEB's technology editor Tom Herbert.",1731883634,a53b283167,497454b907,,,1731883634 -https://www.npr.org/2024/01/17/1197956503/planet-money-draft-01-17-2024,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,red-sea-houthis-israel-hamas-yemen-hezbollah : Planet Money : NPR,"Mid-East conflict escalation, two indicators - -As conflict in the Middle East spreads outwards from Israel and Gaza, the economic impacts reach globally already. - - - -Attacks on commercial ships in the Red Sea, rocket attacks by Hezbollah and U.S. airstrikes in Yemen, trade routes blocked, oil flows disrupted, we are starting to see the interconnected economic ripples spreading. - - - -Our colleagues across NPR are closely covering the human toll and political dynamics of the war in Gaza; on today's show, we look at two indicators of the economic disruptions and try to trace how far they will reach. - - - -We start in the Red Sea, a crucial link in the global supply chain connecting to the Suez Canal, with around 15% of the world's shipping passing through it. This includes oil tankers and massive container ships transporting everything from microchips to furniture. With Houthi rebels attacking container ships in solidarity with Palestinians in Gaza, shipping lines are re-routing, adding time and cost to delivery. We look at how ocean shipping is a web more than a chain of links, and try to see which parts of the web can take up more strain as the Red Sea and the Suez Canal become too dangerous to pass. - - - -Then, we'll consider what escalation could mean for the region's most important export: oil. Five steps of escalation each mean a ratcheting up of costs that knock on to other industries, like food. Some prices are likely to rise faster than others, though. - - - -The reporting in today's episode comes from Planet Money's daily show, The Indicator from Planet Money, which explains a different aspect of the economics in the news each weekday in 10 minutes or less. Subscribe here or here for Apple / Spotify. - - - -These Indicator episodes were hosted by Darian Woods, Paddy Hirsh, Wailin Wong and Adrian Ma. They were originally produced by Julia Ritchey and Corey Bridges with engineering by Maggie Luthar and Josh Newell. They were fact-checked by Sierra Juarez and edited by Kate Concannon. - - - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - - - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - - - -Music: NPR Source Audio - ""Future"" and ""Sunshine And My Grind""",1731884609,8181d7a585,491f41daeb,,,1731884609 -https://www.foxnews.com/politics/blue-state-ceo-who-put-up-100-ft-pro-trump-sign-spend-2-6-million-campaign-congress,http://feeds.foxnews.com/foxnews/politics,Blue state CEO who put up 100-foot pro-Trump sign to spend $2.6 million on campaign for Congress,"FIRST ON FOX: Sticker Mule CEO Anthony Constantino has officially tossed his hat in the ring to fill the vacancy left by New York Rep. Elise Stefanik's appointment to serve in the Trump administration. - -The pro-Trump businessman, who installed a 100-foot ""Vote for Trump"" sign in upstate New York before the election, tells Fox News Digital he will spend $2.6 million to self-fund his bid to succeed Stefanik once she becomes the U.S. ambassador to the United Nations in January. - -""My phones are ringing off the hook with people encouraging me to run, who wanted me to run,"" Constantino, 40, said in an interview. ""And just like President Trump was an outsider who brought a great skill set to politics, a great skill set to government, I think the country needs more people with similar backgrounds that are outsiders, that are talented people. And I happen to be one of them."" - -Stefanik currently represents New York's 21st Congressional District, which encompasses the solidly Republican North Country, a large swath of upstate New York that includes most of the Adirondack Mountains and Thousand Islands region. She is expected to resign from Congress after President-elect Trump tapped her to represent the United States at the U.N. - -PRO-TRUMP TECH CEO MULLING CONGRESSIONAL RUN TO FILL STEFANIK'S SEAT IDENTIFIES NEW YORK'S ‘BIGGEST PROBLEM’ - -""I am honored to nominate Chairwoman Elise Stefanik to serve in my Cabinet as U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations. Elise is an incredibly strong, tough, and smart America First fighter,"" Trump said. - -Stefanik gladly accepted the nomination, stating, ""I am truly honored to earn President Trump's nomination to serve in his Cabinet as U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations. During my conversation with President Trump, I shared how deeply humbled I am to accept his nomination and that I look forward to earning the support of my colleagues in the United States Senate. President Trump’s historic landslide election has given hope to the American people and is a reminder that brighter days are ahead — both at home and abroad."" - -Her appointment sets the stage for a special election to fill her seat in the 21st District following her successful re-election bid last week . Stefanik secured victory by more than 24% of the vote against her opponent, Paula Collins. - -Constantino filed paperwork with the Federal Elections Commission on Thursday to set up his campaign committee. Formerly a registered Democrat, he is now one of several Republicans expected to contend for the GOP nomination, a group that could include established state lawmakers, local officials and other experienced politicians. What makes him stand out, in his view, is that he had no intention of entering politics until about three months ago. - -TECH CEO WHO WENT VIRAL FOR PRO-TRUMP EMAIL DEFENDS CALL TO ACTION OVER ‘POLITICAL HATE’ - -""The best thing about my situation is, until recently, I had no political ambitions, which I think makes me a better candidate,"" he said. ""I just got involved because a bullet hit President Trump, and immediately I spoke up, and I sent out a message to 5 million customers that was a massively viral message."" - -A would-be assassin's bullet struck Trump in the right ear during a campaign rally in Butler, Pennsylvania, on July 13. The gunfire injured two others in the crowd and killed a third, volunteer firefighter Corey Comperatore. - -Constantino says he was inspired by that horrific act of violence to take a stand against ""anti-Trump hate"" and seek to unify the country. He worked ""around the clock"" to support Trump's White House campaign, formed a political action committee and defeated local Democratic officials who had sued to remove his $125,000 pro-Trump sign on the repurposed Fownes glove factory building in Amsterdam. - -""President Trump has really done great things. He's a great human. He's done great things for the world. And he doesn't deserve all the hate directed at him, and his supporters don't deserve it either,"" Constantino previously told Fox News Digital. - -BLUE STATE CEO SUED OVER PRO-TRUMP SIGN NETS ‘EPIC WIN FOR FREE SPEECH’ - -Now that Trump has won in a historic victory, Constantino believes the anti-Trump fervor that consumed half of the country before the election is dying down. And with a desire to ""do big things"" and make an impact, he is eyeing a seat in Congress. - -""I like to be impactful. I like to do big things. And right now, this is probably the biggest, most impactful thing I can do with my life,"" he said. - -If elected, Constantino said his priorities would be to support businesses and help make New York a happier place to live. - -""The biggest problem in New York is people are leaving, and we've got to bring energy and enthusiasm back to New York. And we've got to show America that New York is safe for people from all parties, Democrats and Republicans alike,"" he said. - -There will not be a traditional Republican primary for the special election. Instead, both the GOP and Democratic nominees will be chosen by party chairs in the district. It's a process that could advantage political insiders – other candidates floated for the position include ousted Rep. Marc Molinaro, Rensselaer County Executive Steve McLaughlin, state Sens. Dan Stec and Jake Ashby and Assembly Members Chris Tague and Robert Smullen, according to City & State New York. - -CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP - -But Constantino enters the fray as a wealthy self-made man and favorite of the online MAGA movement thanks to his viral pro-Trump sign. He plans to meet with the GOP chairs in his district to discuss how he can fund his candidacy without relying on party resources. He also hopes to earn Stefanik's support as she is likely to play kingmaker when it comes to her successor. - -""I'm going to be funding my own campaign. I don't want to be a drain on the party,"" Constantino told Fox News Digital. ""I want people to know that I won't be beholden to any special interests. I'm doing this for the right reasons. I will always do what I think is right, what I think is ethically right, morally right and what's best for people."" - -Fox News Digital's Bailee Hill contributed to this report.",1731883657,7b5f0a8391,498c1faf82,,,1731883657 -https://abcnews.go.com/Politics/wireStory/minnesota-election-judge-charged-2-felonies-allegedly-letting-115935771,https://abcnews.go.com/abcnews/politicsheadlines,Minnesota election judge charged with 2 felonies for allegedly letting 11 unregistered people vote,"A man who served as a head election judge in a Minnesota township has been charged with two felony counts for allegedly letting 11 people vote even though they weren’t registered - -PARK RAPIDS, Minn. -- A man who served as a head election judge in a Minnesota township has been charged with two felony counts for allegedly letting 11 people vote even though they weren't registered. - -Officials began investigating after Hubbard County Auditor Kay Rave could not find any completed voter registration forms among the ballots and other materials returned by Timothy Michael Scouton, 64, of Nevis, who had been head election judge in the Badoura Township precinct, according to a criminal complaint filed Friday. - -Another election judge told an investigator from the county sheriff's office that Scouton directed them not to use the registration forms, the complaint said, while another said Scouton told them that new voters needed only to sign the back of a book. - -The complaint said the investigator then met with Scouton at the sheriff's office. He was advised of his rights but declined to make a statement, and was then put under arrest, the complaint said. The complaint did not give a potential motive. - -Scouton made his initial court appearance Friday and was released pending his next hearing Jan. 6. He did not immediately return a call seeking comment Saturday, and his attorney declined to comment on the case. - -The office of Minnesota Secretary of State Steve Simon called the allegations “extremely serious” and said they must be thoroughly investigated. - -“Election judges take an oath to administer elections in accordance with the law, a deliberate failure to do so is unlawful and a betrayal of the public trust,"" the office said in a statement. - -The charges carry maximum penalties of five years in prison and/or a $10,000 fine. - -Badoura Township is just east of Park Rapids, or about 160 miles (257 kilometers) northwest of Minneapolis.",1731883657,948678c443,49ac8ca3ae,,,1731883657 -https://www.npr.org/2023/04/03/1167795956/svb-fdic-first-republic-bank-collapse-questions-explained,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Was it a bailout? Why 250k? And other questions answered : Planet Money : NPR,"Your banking questions, answered - -Enlarge this image PATRICK T. FALLON/AFP via Getty Images PATRICK T. FALLON/AFP via Getty Images - -It's been a month since the collapse of Silicon Valley Bank touched off the worst episode of banking turmoil since 2008. While the financial system appears to have stabilized, we're still reckoning with what happened. Regulators are getting dragged before Congress. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have promised reports on what went wrong with bank oversight. And judging by our inbox, you, our listeners, have a lot of lingering questions. - -Questions like: Was it a bailout? Where were the regulators? Is it over yet? And what about those other banks that were teetering on the edge? - -Sponsor Message - -Today on the show, some answers for you. - -This episode was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler with help from Willa Rubin. It was engineered by Brian Jarboe. It was fact-checked by Sierra Juarez and edited by Molly Messick. Jess Jiang is our acting executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: ""Back to the Other Side,"" ""City Night Drive,"" ""Dance Around the Embers,"" ""Golden Hour,"" and ""Sunrise on the Dunes""",1731884641,8181d7a585,49e08ec47d,,,1731884641 -https://esportsedition.com/featured/league-of-legends-season-9/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,"League of Legends Season 9: Patch Notes, Ranked Updates, and More","League of Legends Season 9 began last week, and players and fans alike are hyped. This season is unveiling a lot of changes: from a new ranked system to the highly anticipated return of LCS, a new champion, and more. After Riot dropped their newest video, “Awaken,” I’d be surprised if you could find a fan who wasn’t excited. Their cinematics rarely disappoint, and if this video is any indication of what we can expect in Season 9, we’re in for what will likely be one of the best seasons yet. - -Now, let’s take a look at some of the updates, and what we can expect. - -Ranked Updates - -One of the biggest changes players are going to encounter in Season 9 is the new ranking system. This year, two new tiers have been introduced: Iron and Grandmaster. Iron is one step lower than Bronze, and Grandmaster has been placed between Master and Challenger. There are also now only four divisions per tier, rather than the previous five. - -The other major change to ranked is that players can now receive a specific ranking for each position, rather than one overall rank. What does this mean? To put it simply, you can do placements for top, middle, ADC, support, and jungle, and receive unique ranked placements for each position. For example, I am an ADC-main, and have a higher ranking for that position than I do for top (which I rarely play). - -Depending on where you’re placed, you’ll be against players of a similar standing. So, if you’re auto-filled and given a position you don’t excel at, you’ll be pitted against players at a similar level, rather than whatever level your main position is. However, wins and losses will still affect your overall LP, so you should always play to win. - -Riot also announced that the ranked season will now to divided up into three splits, which will give players more rewards for playing. Playing games will earn you split points, which will unlock rewards along the way. Most of them are aesthetic, which will help show off your ranked placement. However, the victorious skin reward is staying as a gold-ranked reward, so if you want it, you better start climbing. - -Patch 9.2 - -Season 9 began with Patch 9.2, which ushered in a few major changes. - -A lot of champions have been buffed: Jarvan’s E now has increased attack speed, Ornn received more health and armor, and Shyvana’s passive now does more damage to dragons, among others. There have also been quite a few nerfs: Zyra’s mana regen was decreased, Rakan’s armor was decreased and his W’s speed lowered, and Brand’s passive damage over time was also decreased (although he’s still a strong pick, especially with Dark Harvest). - -In terms of item updates, changes were made to Oblivion Orb (higher cost with lower AP), Morellonomicon (lower AP), and Sunfire Cape (lower cost). - -However, some of the biggest changes can be seen in the jungle. Now, experience from killing smaller camps scales every other level, down to +25% from +50%, and buffs are down to +25% from +57%. Rift Scuttler also scales less and rewards less gold: from 70-140 down to 70-126. Junglers who rely heavily on smite will also notice that its damage has been decreased from 60-162 to 48-125 over 2.5 seconds. - -Full patch notes are available online. It’s been fun seeing how these changes affect solo queue, and those worried about adjustment should play a few normal games before jumping back into ranked. - -Sylas, the Unshackled - -Riot dropped a few teasers about the newest champion before he was fully revealed. Now, Sylas has entered the Rift, and is tearing up games. A lot of people were excited to try him out because of his ultimate (Hijack), which allows him to steal ultimate abilities from nearby enemies. That’s right, if you’re against champions with annoying ults, have no fear: Sylas can take them and use them for your team’s benefit, too. - -However, Sylas can’t Hijack the same enemy multiple times in a row, so players will have to pick and choose when the best time to do so is. For example, if you’re anticipating an upcoming team fight, you might want to steal an ult to help with crowd control, such as Bard’s Tempered Fate, rather than Caitlyn’s Ace in the Hole, which would be better for sniping someone in one-on-one combat. - -So far, I’ve seen Sylas played in both mid-lane and as support, which makes sense considering AP champions are currently popular in bottom lane. It will be interesting to see how players utilize him in solo queue, but I’m looking forward to seeing him in professional games as well. - -The Return of LCS - -I’d be lying if I said I wasn’t counting down the days for LCS to start up again. After seeing North American teams compete on the world stage, I was craving more action. Our home-teams made it further than they ever had before, and I think it’s safe to say that Cloud9 made everyone proud by advancing all the way to semifinals. - -Quite a few roster shuffles were made during the off-season. Team Liquid picked up Jensen in the mid-lane, 100 Thieves got Bang to fill in as ADC, Froggen returned to the pro-scene by joining Golden Guardians, and TSM broke up the so-called “best in the west” bot lane by replacing Mithy with Smoothie as support. - -After the first week, the standings are as follows: Team Liquid, FlyQuest, and Clutch Gaming are all tied at 2-0; TSM, Cloud9, Echo Fox, and OpTic Gaming are tied at 1-1; and Counter Logic Gaming, Golden Guardians, and 100 Thieves are tied at 0-2. - -It’s still early in the season, but I think it’s safe to say that we can continue to expect big plays from Team Liquid and Cloud9. Their rosters are loaded, and their plays have looked tight. However, I’m not ruling anyone out just yet. New teams always need time to get in sync, and anything can happen. - -Needless to say, this split will be exciting to watch. And who knows, maybe we’ll get to see Sneaky cosplay on stage again (my fingers are crossed!).",1731883739,76f59da961,49c97d0482,,,1731883739 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/sorry-were-closed-review,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,Sorry We're Closed review: old school survival horror with plenty of heart,"Sorry We're Closed review - -A nostalgic survival horror that's well written and often clever, just bear with its awkward shooting. Developer: à la mode games - -à la mode games Publisher: Akupara Games - -Akupara Games Release: November 14th, 2024 - -November 14th, 2024 On: Windows - -Windows From: Steam - -Steam Price: TBC - -TBC Reviewed on: Intel Core i7-12700F, Nvidia RTX 3080, 16GB RAM, Windows 11 - -Sorry We're Closed is a retro survival horror-inspired game about escaping the clutches of an excessively horny demon who desperately wants your heart. As someone who isn't often into the 'lore' behind things and prefers to just shoot and ask questions later, I found myself actually asking the questions. I wanted to know why I was targeted by such carnal eroticism. I wanted to know more about my character's own relationships. How angels fit into the picture. And why lots of the demons seem quite chill, really. - -But when it came to the actual survival - the bit I thought I'd enjoy the most - I came away a bit disappointed. Exploration is fine, it's just the combat is often too frequent and too frequently irritating. I came to dread the action more than the atmosphere, in the end. - -You play as Michelle, a shop assistant who has little time for the arsehats (mainly a guy called Darrel) who frequent the store in what's a gloomy, dead end part of town. She's having a rough time of it, having broken up with her girlfriend whom she's definitely still in love with. Just as she's about to settle into sleep one evening, she's visited by the equivalent of a sleep paralysis demon, if the sleep paralysis demon was a Victoria's Secret model dipped in glowstick juice, or a pink balloon smeared in Sharpy. They know you're lonely and they really like that about you. It's your first warning sign that something's not right. - -Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/Akupara Games - -The aesthetics are gorgeous! | Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/Akupara Games - -Later, you're visited by a plump crow who shuffles you through a bizarre library. You get a sense of how exploration works as you move through a space that can helpfully be described as Place That's A Bit Deathy, with the game's camera observing you from fixed angles. In those classic Resident Evil ways, it's like you're travelling through rooms rigged with tonnes of CCTV cameras. Sometimes it's top-down, sometimes it's far away, sometimes it follows you like an aerial drone. So as you inspect some books and talk to the weird crow, it's terrifying when he reveals he eats dreams and wants you dead and you have to run down some corridors and you can't see what's ahead. It's a second warning sign that something's not right. - -As the great Alice O (RPS in peace) once said: ""[Sorry We're Closed] is like Silent Hill by way of Persona and Paradise Killer"", and I couldn't agree more. As the story 'settles', it's broken into a loose Persona-like cycle, where you'll explore a bit of the town, chat with folks, and build connections (these connections don't help you in fights like Persona, though). Then once you're done chatting, you'll head into a dungeon that plunges you into the Resi-meets-Paradise Killer corridor-diving and demon-expunging. Beat the dungeon and another day turns over, refreshing the town, moving the story forwards, and setting you up for another fresh dungeon run. - -I'm a big fan of the game's social side, as you get to know the insufferable meathead that is Darrel and his outlawing of Clarissa, a dancer who used to work at his bar but is no longer allowed to. Lucy doesn't say too much and seems a bit suspect. And then you've got the dependable Robyn, who seems very on board with the occult. They're all well written and touch on believable romantic issues. Certain conversations are surprisingly nuanced, with intertwining demands that steer you towards different endings depending on the decisions you make. - -While a lot of the game's presented with colour and humour, it's easy to forget the horrors The Duchess is selfishly inflicting upon people just so she can find love again. She's literally harvesting and trapping humans in an otherworldly hotel, whereby they're paraded in front of her day by day and asked whether they love her or not. Of course, a lot of them say ""yes"" in hope of escape and don't really mean it. So they get ground to paste or carved up in the kitchen… yikes. | Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/Akupara Games - -For instance, Clarissa pines for Darrel's downfall and asks you to help her out. Say yes and you'll want to strike when the opportunity arises, ie, when Darrel asks you to deliver a rat that he thinks is a pet hamster to his boyfriend Oakley. It just so happens that Oakley is having his restaurant inspected by cleanliness officials - bingo. Given the option between waiting for the officials to go, or presenting the rodent in front of the officials, you show off the rat, knowing Clarissa's desires. Oakley is immediately in the shit, Darrel's also in the shit with Oakley, and Clarissa's happy with you. All of it feels natural to find and initiate, with plenty of humour thrown in, too. - -What's serious, though, is your third eye, given to you by The Duchess (the pink demon who it turns out is uber powerful and desperate for human hearts, because, well, she wants to love again and heartbroken demon hearts aren't capable of change). With the snap of your fingers, this extra eye splashes a radius around you that reveals the parallel demon world in real-time. And on the social front, it adds a really fun extra layer to things, letting you interact with quirky demons and the demonic selves of the folks you thought you knew. Like the quiet Lucy who oozes confidence as a two-headed operator who cuts you a deal: bring an end to The Duchess. - -To do that, you'll need to hunt down the Duchess' victims and collect their third eyes. You'll do this by heading into dungeons and using your own third eye to witness the memories of folks who've not quite got as lucky as you. It's here where chatter is dropped and you're to explore eerie aquariums and spiralling crypts, all festering with demons and little puzzles where you've got to rotate stuff and gather keys to open locked doors. - -I quite like the retro exploration, in how it's quite unsettling when the camera robs you of vision, so you've got to tentatively peruse hallways without knowing what's coming. And in how paths are laid out, which requires some real-time realm-switching to, like, pass through a path covered in vines. - -The let down lies in actually fighting the demons, which makes me sad, because the idea is good. Basically, you've got three weapons: an axe, a pistol, and a shotgun. But all of them function in an identical way. Enemies will shamble up to you and you'll right click, bringing you into first-person mode (very cool). It's here where you have two options: either shoot them and do some damage until they keel over and die, or activate your third eye, highlighting a shiny heart embedded in their bodies. Shoot the heart and the demon will take lots of damage, either dying, or reproducing a sequence of hearts you'll need to shoot in succession - until they, too, eventually die. It's neat! And adds a kind of rhythmic layer to fights, where accuracy and speed makes for a satisfying blam blam blam sequence. - -Land shots in a perfect sequence and you'll charge up an ultra shot. You'll use this to permanently erase very powerful demons that can't be killed in the normal way. | Image credit: Rock Paper Shotgun/Akupara Games - -The disappointment comes in how fiddly combat is. I get that fiddliness plays a part in retro-horror's scare factor, in the ballache that is setting yourself up to actually shoot something and then making each shot count. It's just that Sorry We're Closed develops a tendency to chuck a lot of demons at you, where the whole setup routine (third to first person, the third eye, the shooting of hearts) is a surefire way to get thumped by bystanders. Sometimes these little grubs will skitter so close to you that their revealed heart is impossible to hit. So you have to awkwardly backtrack, reposition, and do the whole third eye thing again and take some hits and god it's annoying. - -To be totally frank, I came to resent most fights. Then again, I imagine some of you will have more patience than me and be fine with them. That's also not to say I wouldn't recommend Sorry We're Closed as a whole, because I think its odd universe, its cast of oddballs, and its rich relationships are well worth chasing. There's a lot of depth beyond the bizarre, happy-go-lucky surface and I genuinely relished extracting delicate human strands from seemingly knotty, impenetrable evil. The emotions fuelling the Duchess. The reason demons exist. The explanation for how an angel and a demon might strive for love but never attain it. And how Michelle learned to grow past her complacency and comfort, all represented by that bastard crow demon. Grit your teeth, accept the combat for what it is, and you've got a wonderful story here.",1731883634,ad45c610da,49b0363e32,,,1731883634 -https://expeditionportal.com/classifieds-toyota-tacoma-trd-off-road-w-super-pacific/,https://www.expeditionportal.com/feed/,2021 Toyota Tacoma TRD Off Road w/ Super Pacific Camper :: Featured Classified,"The Tacoma continues to dominate the midsize sector and is widely considered a pinnacle overland platform. It’s a vehicle with a reputation for bulletproof reliability, class-leading build quality, and impressive capability from the factory (especially when optioned with the TRD Offroad Package). In short, it’s a pickup that will get you deep into the backcountry but crucially get you home again. Further still, it’s adored by the aftermarket and enjoys access to an extensive catalog of parts, accessories, and services to further uprate the platform for exploration. It’s a favorite with the Expedition Portal team with features on builds from Tactical Application Vehicles, ARB, Expedition Overland, John Burtt, and Lou Ortego. Publisher Scott Brady refers to the Tacoma as a Tool of the Trade, stating, “Throughout the history of our publication, Toyota Tacoma has remained the most popular vehicle among our readers, a reflection of the model’s reliability and accessibility. As travelers, we ask a lot from our 4WDs, expecting durability, capability, comfort, and capacity, all the while hoping for a great value and even some rugged good looks thrown in. The Tacoma is all of that and so much more and has become an icon for North American overlanders.” (It was for these reasons and more that it was the vehicle of choice for his Arctic Ocean Expedition.) Cue today’s low-mileage 2021 Toyota Tacoma TRD Off Road (47,000 miles) showcasing a wealth of premium parts and accessories and is topped with a Super Pacific camper. - -From the Seller: - -“Adventure-ready and meticulously maintained and outfitted for serious overlanding! This build is rugged, capable, and well-loved, featuring high-quality components from trusted brands to handle any terrain and overlanding adventure. This overland Tacoma isn’t just a truck—it’s a passport to adventure. I took it on an unforgettable trip to Portland, Oregon, to pick up my Super Pacific camper, transforming it into a true travel companion. From there, I spent weeks journeying through the stunning national forests of Washington State, Oregon, Utah, and Montana. Along the way, I explored remote wilderness areas, even reaching Theodore Roosevelt National Park. This truck has conquered more than scenic trails. It’s tackled the famous Canaan Loop Road in West Virginia, proving its capability by towing a buddy’s Bronco over challenging obstacles! Whether it’s taking you to work or on your next off-road adventure, this Tacoma is equipped and ready for wherever the road (or lack thereof) takes you.” - -2021 Toyota Tacoma TRD Off Road (5-foot bed) - -The Tacoma is fitted with a 3.5-liter V6 that delivers 278 horsepower, 265 pound-feet of torque, and returns a combined 20 mpg. A long-lived engine is mated with excellent capability, thanks to 4WD, a rear locking differential, skid plates, an uprated suspension, multi-terrain select, stability control, and crawl control. Inside, these rugged backcountry attributes are balanced with a well-equipped interior with driver comforts that include: - -Dual-zone climate control - -Adaptive cruise control - -Power steering, windows, locks, and mirrors - -Infotainment system with navigation - -Heated seats - -Center console with cupholders - -Multi-function steering wheel - -Premium audio - -Lane departure warning and pre-collision safety system - -Hands-free entry and keyless ignition - -Rearview camera - -Overhead console with storage - -WeatherTech front floor liners - -Roof-mounted MOLLE panel - -Toyota Tacoma third-gen USB-powered accessory mount - -Distinguishing Features - -Front Toytec coilover shocks, rear Toytec shocks, SPC upper control arms, and rear custom Alcan leaf springs (setup provides approximately 2.5 inches of lift) - -Cali Raised skid plates and rock sliders - -Southern Style Offroad front bumper with Smittybilt winch and rear bumper with custom built/removable swing-out tire carrier - -Total Chaos bed stiffeners - -GOAT armor - -Southern Style Offroad roof rack - -Diode Dynamics lighting - -TRD wheels with BFGoodrich KO2 tires - -Goose Gear rear seat delete - -ARB dual air compressor with Slee Offroad bracket - -House 100-amp-hour lithium battery with BMS and smart heating with Cascadia Outdoors hood-mounted solar panel, 200 watts of roof-mounted solar, 2,000-watt Renogy inverter, Renogy MPPT solar charge controller, and Guild Outfitters 400-watt outlet - -Super Pacific camper shell - -Interior MOLLE panels - -Iron Man 4×4 270-degree awning and straight awning with room - -Expedition Essentials MaxTrax door mount - -This 2021 Toyota Tacoma TRD Off Road with a Super Pacific camper is listed for $51,988 and is currently located in Ohio. Check the full vehicle specifications via the original Expedition Portal forum post here. - -Contact Information: - -Email: coachcampana@gmail.com",1731883663,ecdc66bb02,49af521346,,,1731883663 -https://securityboulevard.com/2024/11/how-to-create-realistic-test-data-for-amazon-redshift/,https://securityboulevard.com/feed/,How to Create Realistic Test Data for Amazon Redshift,"After debuting in 2013 as a direct competitor to Oracle, Amazon Redshift securely planted itself in the industry. Not only did Amazon make it an apparent attack on “Big Red” (aka Oracle) to draw users to their platform, it comes packaged nicely with the rest of Amazon’s cloud-native tools. It’s a popular option for organizations that need speed and size in one package. - -With its built-in massive parallel processing (MPP) and sporting a gigantic 16 petabytes support per cluster, it’s clear to see why. MPP allows Redshift to have efficient data storage and query performance while remaining a columnar data storage solution. It also offers robust querying tools for business intelligence and data analysts alike. - -However, as we all know, using your production data can be risky. (Read as: A big no-no.) As many companies look to solve the test data problem, they turn to synthetic data solutions to create realistic but safe testing data. - -Without further ado, let’s break down how to create realistic test data for Amazon Redshift. - -Challenges When Creating Test Data For Amazon Redshift - -Before we get into “how”, we need to talk about some issues with Redshift, you’ll need to be aware of them. None of these are significant issues, but they will most likely be something you’ll run into when using the cloud data warehouse. - -Challenge 1: No Foreign/Primary Key Constraints - -One of the core aspects of relational databases is the inclusion of a primary and foreign key. These “keys” allow databases to distinguish a set of columns to be unique without any duplicate entries. On the other hand, foreign keys are used to bring two tables together based on common factors and maintain data integrity when joining them together. - -Amazon Redshift doesn’t enforce these. Instead, they expect you to use them for planning and then relying on your extract, transform, and load (ETL) process or some other process in your system. This is one of the ways they afford to be lightning fast with inserts, but at a cost to uniqueness. - -Challenge 2: No MPP When Using Data From Outside Sources - -Amazon doesn’t support most databases with Redshift’s MPP, which may put you in a bind. Officially, they only support Amazon S3, Amazon EMR, and DynamoDB for parallel uploads with MPP. - -Instead, it’s up to developers to find a workaround if they’re not already transferring data from one of those options. This means your synthetic data can take a long time to move into Redshift. There are some workarounds, though, such as using JDBC inserts or including it in your ETL process (which is how Tonic gets the job done). - -Challenge 3: Large Datasets Make Data Anonymization Hard - -Redshift supports up to 16 petabytes of data, meaning that your organization is most likely using it because it has a lot of data. However, trying to create datasets from this large of a volume is incredibly difficult. Without built-in automation and data generation tools to help, capturing a realistic image of your production database can be nearly impossible. - -Finding an Effective Test Data Solution - -Amazon Redshift makes generating synthetic data difficult because regardless of what solution you use, it needs to: - -Adapt to Redshift’s lack of primary/foreign key constraints - -Sufficiently mask or protect personally-identifiable information. - -Handle large datasets by minimizing their footprint. - -Optimally utilize the advantage of Redshift’s speed. - -Keeping all of these in mind while still trying to be as efficient as possible can prove challenging, but it’s not impossible. You may be able to accomplish these with character scrambling or using neural networks like a generative adversarial network to get it done. Still, neither solution is perfect on its own. - -How Tonic Creates Synthetic Data for Testing - -So now that we know what to look for, how can we overcome these pitfalls? With Tonic, you can safely generate realistic test data for Redshift through our one-stop shop for synthetic data. - -Tonic uses data generators to do exactly what they’re named for. With generators, you can create synthetic data in a multitude of ways. Whether scrambling data, searching and replacing, ML, or more, we offer plenty of ways to get it done. - -How to Create Test Data for Amazon Redshift with Tonic - -With Tonic, we give you a fantastic platform to synthesize data while still benefiting from the bevy of features Redshift is known for. Tonic acts as a middleman between your production database and a new Redshift test database by using S3 as a pipeline for your data. - -To break it down further, let’s cover the steps involved in the process. - -Configuring Your Environment - -French chefs have this saying called “mise en place,” which means “putting everything in place,” the same thing we’re going to do. You’ll need to set up your instance profile and database permissions, an AWS Lambda that can access the right services, and some specific environment variables to get your Tonic workspace ready. - -Due to how Redshift works, Tonic has to act as a middleman to generate synthetic data properly. We’ll need two different Redshift databases, your production database to get the source material and a new Redshift instance to put the synthetic data. - -Setting up Your Workspaces - -For your source database, you’ll enter all the details about that server into Tonic; such as server name, credentials, and the path to the S3 bucket where the data will be stored temporarily. There are a couple of options here for blocking data generation on schema changes and preserving database owners for specific use cases. - -Follow the same steps for the destination, and you’re off! - -Generating Synthetic Data - -After we’ve got it all set up, it’s time to fake it ‘til you make it. Tonic takes care of the rest, allowing you to set up generators for your columns and get to it! As you go through this process, Tonic temporarily uses an S3 bucket to store the synthetic data. The AWS Lambda will take files from the bucket and writes them to a new file before sending it to the new Redshift database. - -For any more information on capabilities and limitations, check out our handy documentation. - -And there you have it, folks. That’s how to create realistic test data for Amazon Redshift using Tonic! - -Got more questions? We’ve got answers. Reach out to our team at [email protected], or book a demo with our team today to get a complete tour of Tonic!",1731883658,d901805b6c,49df18e4a3,,,1731883658 -https://www.theguardian.com/sport/2024/nov/17/boulter-and-raducanu-stun-canada-for-last-four-spot-in-billie-jean-king-cup,https://www.theguardian.com/sport/tennis/rss,Boulter and Raducanu stun Canada for last-four spot in Billie Jean King Cup,"Katie Boulter strode to the baseline on Sundaylast night for one of the most important matches of her career with a considerable amount of pressure on her shoulders. Just a year ago and a little over 100 miles away, Leylah Fernandez had inspired her Canadian team to their first Billie Jean King Cup triumph in Seville. Now, in order to extend her own team’s supreme run, Boulter had to take out one member of the defending champions. - -In this special final week of her greatest season, Boulter spectacularly rose to the occasion once more as she brushed ­Fernandez aside 6-2, 6-4 to lead Great Britain into the semi-finals of the BJK Cup with a commanding 2-0 victory. - -As was the case during Friday’s excellent 2-0 last-16 win over Germany, Emma Raducanu set the bar sky high earlier on Sunday by delivering the first point for Britain with a brilliant performance as she held off a late surge from Rebecca Marino to close out a 6-0, 7-5 win. - -“Emma makes it very easy to come out here and have a swing at it by starting 1-0 up,” said Boulter. “Full credit to her for starting us off so well. I’m really proud of my performance today. I just wanted to come out here, have a go at the defending champs and hopefully get a big win. I’m really pleased with myself.” - -While Raducanu’s BJK Cup record now stands at an immense 5-1, Boulter is now 14-4 in both singles and doubles. Great Britain’s leading players have both consistently played some of their best tennis while representing their country and, as a result of their efforts, they will face Slovakia on Tuesday for a place in the final. Earlier, Slovakia continued their surprise run by defeating Australia 2-0. - -“I’m in a fortunate position to captain an amazing group of people,” Anne Keothavong said. - -“I really believe we’ve got a team that can win this competition. We’re not there yet, we’ve still got work to do, but we can enjoy this moment.” - -View image in fullscreen Emma Raducanu plays a backhand during her win over Rebecca Marino. Photograph: Ángel Martínez/Getty Images for ITF - -With a win under her belt after her recent two-month injury ­layoff, ­Raducanu was flowing with ­confidence from the beginning against Marino, a seasoned veteran with an enormous serve but extremely limited movement. Her return of serve was particularly brilliant as she steamrolled through. - -During her layoff, Raducanu worked extremely hard on reconfiguring her serve and it again proved a huge asset as Marino found her range and put the 22-year-old under significant pressure in the second set. Every time Raducanu was struggling, her first serve bailed her out and she eventually closed out a great win. - -“I’m playing some really tough opponents and not to be underestimated by their rankings on these surfaces, because, I mean, both are very dangerous,” said Raducanu. “I was one point away from probably losing the second set and then being in a battle. So I’m really pleased with how I fought and how I’m faring up against these top girls.” - -skip past newsletter promotion Sign up to The Recap Free weekly newsletter The best of our sports journalism from the past seven days and a heads-up on the weekend’s action Enter your email address Sign up Privacy Notice: Newsletters may contain info about charities, online ads, and content funded by outside parties. For more information see our Newsletters may contain info about charities, online ads, and content funded by outside parties. For more information see our Privacy Policy . We use Google reCaptcha to protect our website and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply. after newsletter promotion - -Quick Guide How do I sign up for sport breaking news alerts? Show Download the Guardian app from the iOS App Store on iPhone or the Google Play store on Android by searching for 'The Guardian'. - -If you already have the Guardian app, make sure you’re on the most recent version. - -In the Guardian app, tap the Menu button at the bottom right, then go to Settings (the gear icon), then Notifications. - -Turn on sport notifications. Was this helpful? Thank you for your feedback. - -Since this match-up was confirmed, the contest between the two No 1s, Boulter and Fernandez, always seemed like the most significant of the tie. Boulter played an excellent match, serving extremely well under pressure and dominating the baseline with her forehand as she put Fernandez under relentless pressure until the end. While Boulter soared, Fernandez – runner-up to Raducanu in the 2021 US Open – struggled badly with her serve; she spent the match chasing her ball toss, rolling in first serves and double-faulting on many key points. - -As Boulter edged closer to victory, her nerves threatened to pull her off track. After failing to serve out the match, she squandered her first three match points. In those final moments, Boulter drew on the confidence she has built throughout this year and she found the strength to close out an unforgettable win. - -“I feel like I’ve been here for quite a while now. I started a fairly long time ago in the Europe/Africa zone. I feel like it has been building for some time now and I feel like it’s finally coming out,” she said. - -“We’ve got a great team, all the girls are great people and we’ve got great chemistry going on. I’m so proud of everyone.”",1731883629,b5dd9fce7b,49f3f3a04a,,,1731883629 -https://www.mlbtraderumors.com/2024/11/luis-severino-unlikely-to-accept-qualifying-offer.html,https://www.mlbtraderumors.com/feed,Luis Severino Unlikely To Accept Qualifying Offer,"Right-hander Luis Severino is “likely” to decline the Qualifying Offer extended to him by the Mets earlier this month, according to a report from Will Sammon of The Athletic. Sammon adds that Severino “loves” playing in New York but is now expected to attempt to land a multi-year deal in free agency this winter. - -Severino, 30, is entering free agency for the second time this year. The right-hander entered the open market last winter coming of a disastrous 2023 season with the Yankees where he surrendered a 6.65 ERA in 89 1/3 innings of work and landed with the Mets on a one-year, $13MM deal. That deal went quite well, as he pitched to a league average 3.91 ERA (101 ERA+) with a 4.21 ERA in 182 innings of work. He struck out 21.2% of opponents while walking batters at just a 7.9% clip. Those are all solid but unspectacular numbers, but that mid-to-back of the rotation production can still earn a strong guarantee in free agency, as the likes of Jameson Taillon and Taijuan Walker have in recent years (albeit without the QO attached). - -Given that, it’s perhaps not much of a surprise that Severino would look to beat the one-year, $21.05MM Qualifying Offer. MLBTR predicted a three-year, $51MM contract for Severino earlier this winter, after the Mets attached a QO to him. That guarantee is in line with what veteran right-hander Michael Wacha received from the Royals just before free agency opened, and Wacha was viewed as a similarly borderline candidate for a QO as Severino was. Of course, Severino wouldn’t necessarily have to reach that projection for declining the QO to be a worthwhile decision for him. Right-hander Nathan Eovaldi landed a two-year, $34MM guarantee with the Rangers prior to the 2023 season that afforded him a vesting player option for 2025, and even a similar deal would net Severino a larger overall guarantee than the QO while still affording him the flexibility to return to free agency in short order. - -With Severino poised to decline the QO, the Mets will now need to either re-sign him in free agency or replace him in their rotation. The club’s rotation also stands to lose southpaws Sean Manaea (who received a QO as well but has long been expected to decline it) and Jose Quintana, leaving them with only Kodai Senga and David Peterson penciled into their 2025 rotation. It’s certainly possible that the club could look to reunite with either Severino or one of the other exiting free agent starters, although the Mets have plenty of financial flexibility and are coming off a surprise trip to the NLCS. That could lead them to aim higher in free agency this winter, with top free agent starters such as Corbin Burnes, Blake Snell, and Max Fried all expected to be available. It’s even possible that they turn to the trade market in their search for rotation upgrades, as they’ve been linked to White Sox southpaw Garrett Crochet already this winter. - -Should Severino ultimately land elsewhere in free agency, him declining the QO means that the Mets would receive a compensatory draft pick after the fourth round of the 2025 draft as a club that paid the luxury tax in 2024. Meanwhile, interested teams would have to surrender a combination of draft picks and international bonus pool dollars commensurate with their status relative to the luxury tax and revenue sharing as laid out by MLBTR’s Mark Polishuk last month. Teams that received revenue sharing in 2024 would surrender just their third-round pick in the 2025 draft to sign Severino, while teams that paid the Competitive Balance Tax this year would surrender their second- and fifth-round picks in addition to $1MM in international bonus pool space.",1731883659,2697e1b9fe,4a4df94250,,,1731883659 -https://www.npr.org/2023/05/11/1175487806/corporate-profit-price-spiral-wage-debate,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,What has been driving inflation? Economists' thinking may have changed : Planet Money,"What has been driving inflation? Economists' thinking may have changed - -Enlarge this image LOIC VENANCE/AFP via Getty Images LOIC VENANCE/AFP via Getty Images - -Economists say that inflation is just too much money chasing too few goods. - -But something else can make inflation stick around. - -If you think of the 1970s, the last time the U.S. had really high sustained inflation, a big concern was rising wages. Prices for goods and services were high. Workers expected prices to be even higher next year, so they asked for pay raises to keep up. But then companies had to raise their prices more. And then workers asked for raises again. This the so-called wage-price spiral. - -So when prices started getting high again in 2021, economists and the U.S. Federal Reserve again worried that wage increases would become a big problem. But, it seems like the wage-price spiral hasn't happened. In fact wages, on average, have not kept up with inflation. - -Sponsor Message - -There are now concerns about a totally different kind of spiral: a profit-price spiral. On today's show, why some economists are looking at inflation in a new light. - -This episode was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler and engineered by Katherine Silva, with help from Josh Newell. It was fact-checked by Sierra Juarez and edited by Jess Jiang. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: ""Razor Blade Disco,"" ""Inside Job,"" and ""Roller Disco.""",1731884637,8181d7a585,49fe0d22fe,,,1731884637 -https://www.cnbc.com/2024/11/17/the-exploration-company-european-spacex-rival-raises-160-million-for-reusable-sapce-capsule.html,https://www.cnbc.com/id/100003114/device/rss/rss.html,"European SpaceX rival raises $160 million for reusable capsule to carry astronauts, cargo to space","The Space Exploration develops a product called Nyx, a reusable capsule that can be launched from rockets into space carrying passengers and cargo. - -""So there is an increased demand for sending people to stations, sending cargo to stations,"" she said. - -""It's a big market, and it's growing about a bit more than 10% per year because more nations want to fly their astronauts and more nations want to go to the moon,"" Hélène Huby, founder and CEO of TEC, told CNBC in an interview. - -TEC's core product is Nyx, a capsule that can be launched from rockets into space carrying passengers and cargo. Nyx is reusable so once it has dropped its payload, it can re-enter the Earth's atmosphere and be used for the next mission. - -Venture capital firms Balderton Capital and Plural were the lead investors in the round which also included French government-backed investment vehicle French Tech Souveraineté and German government-backed fund DeepTech & Climate Fonds. - -The Exploration Company (TEC) announced Monday it has raised $160 million to fuel development of its capsule that is designed to take astronauts and cargo to space stations. - -This part of the market has very few players. Some of the biggest are SpaceX which has a capsule called Dragon. There are also rivals from China and Russia. - -""We said, 'okay, let's build this capacity in Europe so that Europe can have its own capsule and also the world needs an alternative solution. [We] cannot only bet on SpaceX,"" Huby said. - -TEC is currently developing the second version of Nyx which it expects to launch next year, followed by a final version in 2028. This model will be partly financed by the European Space Agency. - -Huby said the company has signed $800 million in contracts to use its capsule. These include mission contracts with companies including Starlab, which is designing a new space station, and Axiom Space. - -There is increasing activity in space among nations including China, the U.S. and India. One of the most ambitious projects is the NASA-led Gateway, which will be the first space station to orbit the moon. - -""If you have more people, you also have a need for more cargo. So this is what is happening around the Earth and around the moon,"" Huby said. - -Huby sees TEC being a key player when it comes to developing the technology that is needed to return cargo to Earth once it has been in space. - -""This is also where we where we believe our vehicle is going to play an important role,"" Huby said.",1731883652,a25f737359,4a4601e1c8,,,1731883652 -https://www.bjpenn.com/mma-news/shavkat-rakhmonov/shavkat-rakhmonov-to-face-ian-machado-garry-in-ufc-310-co-main-event-slot/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=shavkat-rakhmonov-to-face-ian-machado-garry-in-ufc-310-co-main-event-slot,https://www.bjpenn.com/feed/,Shavkat Rakhmonov to face Ian Machado Garry in UFC 310 co-main event slot,"Shavkat Rakhmonov is set to face Ian Machado Garry in the co-main event of UFC 310, UFC president Dana White has announced. - -For a few weeks now, Shavkat Rakhmonov has been left to wait and wonder what his next fight will look like. The undefeated welterweight superstar was supposed to challenge Belal Muhammad for the UFC welterweight championship, but unfortunately, an injury has ruled Belal out of that contest. - -RELATED: Shavkat Rakhmonov laughs off Ian Garry’s talk of a future fight: “He can try and take my zero” - -Instead, a parade of other welterweights have been throwing their name into the hat for a chance at an interim title shot. Instead of an interim belt, though, we’ll be getting a number one contender fight. - -The man he’ll be facing? Irish superstar Ian Machado Garry, as confirmed by Dana White. - -https://twitter.com/ufcontnt/status/1857665541688771031",1731883647,eda10ed51d,49d0ca8d80,,,1731883647 -https://gnomestew.com/gamers4harris-and-gnome-stew/,https://gnomestew.com/feed/,Gamers4Harris and Gnome Stew,"Gamers 4 Harris consists of gaming professionals from video games, board games, and tabletop games. They represent the creators behind the puzzles, board games, card games, roleplaying games, and video games we love, as well as game journalists and reviewers. They are artists who bring imagination to life and the people who help run the businesses that produce these games. They are storytellers, organizers, journalists, and reviewers. They also endorse Vice President Kamala Harris for President of the United States. - -You can find their site here and look at their efforts on behalf of the Harris/Walz campaign. - -It’s rare to see people from various gaming industries come together to endorse a candidate. We here at Gnomestew try to keep our content focused on gaming, but in this election, the stakes are unlike any other. One of the things we’ve learned from gaming is to make sure the stakes are understood before anyone commits to an action. So let’s do that. - -When the 45th president was in office, he stacked the federal judiciary and the Supreme Court with judges who blatantly ruled in favor of political ideology over the law. They dealt a massive blow to the bodily autonomy of women across the United States by striking down Roe v. Wade. Not only did this open the way for multiple states to enact “trigger laws,” which were passed in advance so they could go into effect if Roe v. Wade were ever stuck down, but it has emboldened many of those states to enact laws that let them harass women and criminalize their ability to leave their states. Far beyond allowing states to make abortion illegal, many of these laws have made every pregnant woman a potential criminal if she dares to cross state borders. - -Upon hearing about the Roe v. Wade ruling, Trump said, “I killed Roe.” He was referencing the fact that it was his additions to the Supreme Court that allowed Roe to be overturned. If Trump returns to office, he will appoint even more judges to the federal court. Three justices are in their 70s, and it’s conceivable that Trump would be able to add even more justices. - - - -The reversal of Roe v. Wade has caused members of other marginalized communities to question whether or not their own rights will be taken away with the stroke of a pen. Justice Clarence Thomas has indicated that he is willing to overturn Obergefell v. Hodges, the ruling that granted LGBTQIA+ people the same rights of marriage that straight people have enjoyed. If you’ve never woken up wondering if a handful of people in DC have decided that you’re no longer married to your spouse or no longer eligible to be a parent to your adoptive child, then we are glad for you, but we also ask you to have empathy for the people that will wake up wondering that every day if Trump is in office. - -Do we know what we would face if our 45th President became the 47th? The Republican party let Trump guide their platform at this year’s convention. Trump outlined 20 tenets, including: - -Three that demonize immigrants - -Two exuberantly promote deportation - -Two on reversing the minimal gains we’ve made in environmental policy - -Two on suppressing trans people and making it illegal to acknowledge their existence - -One threatens to deport people for protesting, without mentioning their citizen status - -Trump has said he would be a “tyrant on day one,” that the solution to crime is to give the police 24 hours of unaccountable violence, and that the military should be used to handle “radical left-lunatics.” Some claim this is hyperbole, but remember the following: Trump openly encouraged a riot to keep the 2020 election from being ratified, once said he was so popular he could kill someone in Times Square and still get elected, and had his lawyer argue to the Supreme Court that he could order the assassination of a political rival, and should be immune to prosecution. - -Our former president has already stated his intentions of crying foul about the election and has begun building a narrative of election fraud. Those judges appointed by Trump could rule on some of the cases he’ll undoubtedly try to bring to court. That almost feels like the rules are stacked against us, which is why it’s crucial for Harris not just to win but win by a decisive margin, making it hard to deny the election results. - -Gaming means so much to us. Role-playing games allow us to express our creativity, socialize with friends, and are a fantastic tool for promoting empathy. We play for hours and hours, putting ourselves in someone else’s place and picturing what it would be like to be someone other than ourselves. That empathy is more valuable than ever. The world needs us to feel connected to one another and support those who need it most. - -We have found so many friends through roleplaying games. We know people staying in this country, wondering if their next comment will get their papers revoked and see them deported. We have friends who would not have been able to be married years ago, some of the most loving people we have known. Their families are threatened. We have friends who already struggle to live their lives the way they should be able to, and they’re scared that they’ll need to spend the rest of their lives afraid to talk about who they are. - -We agree with Gamers 4 Harris, and we hope they can reach out to the audiences that appreciate what they do, helping them realize how important this election is. This action has consequences; it doesn’t look like we’ll get to attempt it again if we fail. - -What can you do to help? The simple answer is to vote on November 5th. Unfortunately, the actual act of voting has become more difficult. Voter rolls have been purged and tampered with over the course of the last year – in Texas alone, 1.1 million voters were removed from the registry. That’s why it’s vital you confirm your registration status before November. Even if you’ve been removed, there’s still time in most states to register before the elections. - -Check your voter registration status here. - -Register to vote in your state here.",1731883671,9ad312ae8b,4a0ba216ed,,,1731883671 -http://android-developers.googleblog.com/2024/10/introducing-ink-api-jetpack-library.html,https://android-developers.googleblog.com/feeds/posts/default,"Introducing Ink API, a new Jetpack library for stylus apps","Posted by Chris Assigbe – Developer Relations Engineer and Tom Buckley – Product Manager - -With stylus input, Android apps on phones, foldables, tablets, and Chromebooks become even more powerful tools for productivity and creativity. While there's already a lot to think about when designing for large screens – see our full guidance and inspiration gallery – styluses are especially impactful, transforming these devices into a digital notebook or sketchbook. Users expect stylus experiences to feel as fluid and natural as writing on paper, which is why Android previously added APIs to reduce inking latency to as low as 4ms; virtually imperceptible. However, latency is just one aspect of an inking experience – developers currently need to generate stroke shapes from stylus input, render those strokes quickly, and efficiently run geometric queries over strokes for tools like selection and eraser. These capabilities can require significant investment in geometry and graphics just to get started. - -Today, we're excited to share Ink API, an alpha Jetpack library that makes it easy to create, render, and manipulate beautiful ink strokes, enabling developers to build amazing features on top of these APIs. Ink API builds upon the Android framework's foundation of low latency and prediction, providing you with a powerful and intuitive toolkit for integrating rich inking features into your apps. - -Writing with Ink API on a Samsung Tab S8, 4ms end-to-end latency - -What is Ink API? - -Ink API is a comprehensive stylus input library that empowers you to quickly create innovative and expressive inking experiences. It offers a modular architecture rather than a one-size-fits-all canvas, so you can tailor Ink API to your app's stack and needs. The modules encompass key functionalities like: - -Strokes Represents the ink input and its visual representation. - -Represents the ink input and its visual representation. Geometry Supports manipulating and analyzing strokes, facilitating features like erasing, and selecting strokes. - -Supports manipulating and analyzing strokes, facilitating features like erasing, and selecting strokes. Brush Provides a declarative way to define the visual style of strokes, including color, size, and the type of tool to draw with. - -Provides a declarative way to define the visual style of strokes, including color, size, and the type of tool to draw with. Rendering Efficiently displays ink strokes on the screen, allowing them to be combined with Jetpack Compose or Android Views. - -Efficiently displays ink strokes on the screen, allowing them to be combined with Jetpack Compose or Android Views. Live Authoring Handles real-time inking input to create smooth strokes with the lowest latency a device can provide. - -Ink API is compatible with devices running Android 5.0 (API level 21) or later, and offers benefits on all of these devices. It can also take advantage of latency improvements in Android 10 (API 29) and improved rendering effects and performance in Android 14 (API 34). - -Why choose Ink API? - -Ink API provides an out-of-the-box implementation for basic inking tasks so you can create a unique drawing experience for your own app. Ink API offers several advantages over a fully custom implementation: - -Ease of Use: Ink API abstracts away the complexities of graphics and geometry, allowing you to focus on your app's unique inking features. - -Ink API abstracts away the complexities of graphics and geometry, allowing you to focus on your app's unique inking features. Performance: Built-in low latency support and optimized rendering ensure a smooth and responsive inking experience. - -Built-in low latency support and optimized rendering ensure a smooth and responsive inking experience. Flexibility: The modular design allows you to pick and choose the components you need, tailoring the library to your specific requirements. - -Ink API has already been adopted across many Google apps because of these advantages, including for markup in Docs and Circle-to-Search; and the underlying technology also powers markup in Photos, Drive, Meet, Keep, and Classroom. For Circle to Search, the Ink API modular design empowered the team to utilize only the components they needed. They leveraged the live authoring and brush capabilities of Ink API to render a beautiful stroke as users circle (to search). The team also built custom geometry tools tailored to their ML models. That’s modularity at its finest. - -“Ink API was our first choice for Circle-to-Search (CtS). Utilizing their extensive documentation, integrating the Ink API was a breeze, allowing us to reach our first working prototype w/in just one week. Ink's custom brush texture and animation support allowed us to quickly iterate on the stroke design.” - Jordan Komoda, Software Engineer, Google - -We have also designed Ink API with our Android app partners' feedback in mind to make sure it fits with their existing app architectures and requirements. - -With Ink API, building a natural and fluid inking experience on Android is simpler than ever. Ink API lets you focus on what differentiates your experience rather than on the details of paths, meshes, and shaders. Whether you are exploring inking for note-taking, photo or document markup, interactive learning, or something completely different, we hope you’ll give Ink API a try! - -Get started with Ink API - -Ready to dive into the well of Ink API? Check out the official developer guide and explore the API reference to start building your next-generation inking app. We're eager to see the innovative experiences you create!",1731883609,1ebe0fd7fe,4a52308b3d,,,1731883609 -https://store.steampowered.com/news/226712/,https://store.steampowered.com/feeds/news.xml?id=457140,Team Fortress 2 Update Released,"Updated Taunt: Can It! to fix missing flies particle effect - - - -Updated the backpack image for the Impact Impaler - - - -Updated Violent Viridian Unusual effect to fix a visual bug - - - -Updated/Added some tournament medals - - - -Updated cp_hadal Fixed control point capture messages - -Fixed door locking in RED spawn after C capture - -Removed unintended buildable areas - -Increased capture time on final point - -Improved directions around the map - -Updated pl_embargo Reduced respawn time on Last for RED from 34 to 22 seconds - -Asked Botlers to speak and explode more quietly - -Minor visual fixes - -Updated koth_megaton Improved performance by up to 20%, with more significant improvements possible depending on system specs (Thanks ficool2!) - -Fixed the grates around the capture zone allowing blast damage to pass through - -Fixed a few cases of alpha painted displacement seams - -Improved lighting on several models, especially on the rocks throughout the map - -Fixed surfaceprop on BLU's metal plates - -Fixed several pixelwalks along thatch roofing and exteriors of the team buildings - -Improved clipping throughout - -Fixed a support beam intersecting with spawn doors - -Fixed a few instances of visible displacement holes in the perimeter dropoff - -Added a unique kill icon for the end of the round - -Fixed floating spawndoor motors - -Plus... all you need for a beach party! - -Updated pd_atom_smash Fixed the Casual Administrator overriding the Scientist - -Fixed some floating lights - -Updated koth_sawmill_event Removed the spells in the underworld since players could spawn camp with them too easily - -Increased the time players get crits and health from the underworld after leaving - -Added some additional effects to the secret exit from the underworld - - - -An update to Team Fortress 2 has been released. The update will be applied automatically when you restart Team Fortress 2. The major changes include:",1731883672,d2832f4a9a,4a744e5320,,,1731883672 -https://www.uploadvr.com/zombie-army-vr-delay-2025/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Zombie Army VR Delayed To 2025 On All Platforms,"Zombie Army VR has been delayed until next year. - -Originally targeting a 2024 launch on Quest, PC VR, and PlayStation VR2, publisher Rebellion confirmed that the latest entry in the Sniper Elite spin-off series will now arrive next year. No specific reason was provided for the Zombie Army VR delay, though it's worth noting developer XR Games recently announced a large-scale restructuring. - -You can read the full statement below. - -After careful consideration, Rebellion has made the tough decision to delay the release of Zombie Army VR. We want to ensure that the game is the best possible experience for fans and as a result, Zombie Army VR will now launch in 2025. We know fans will be disappointed by this news, but we thank you for your support and understanding. - -A note for our Zombie Army community. pic.twitter.com/JqZF2NmWYA — Zombie Army (@zombiearmy) November 8, 2024 - -Today's announcement follows a lukewarm reception following its Gamescom 2024 preview. Though we considered it an enjoyable action shooter with decent gunplay, our own preview with the PlayStation VR2 version noted the ""tedious"" boss encounter, issues with grabbing items, and flatscreen derivative design. - -It's also the latest VR game in an increasing list of delays. While some titles were only pushed back by a few weeks like Skydance's Behemoth, DIG VR, and Starship Troopers: Continuum, Wanderer: The Fragments of Fate currently doesn't have a release date, and Alien: Rogue Incursion won't arrive on Quest 3 alongside other platforms next month. - -Zombie Army VR will reach PS VR2, Quest, and PC VR in 2025.",1731883667,9397b145ff,4a735b7e29,,,1731883667 -https://www.harpersbazaar.com/fashion/designers/a62872260/jawara-alleyne-is-inviting-us-all-into-his-world/,https://www.harpersbazaar.com/rss/fashion.xml,Jawara Alleyne Is Inviting Us All Into His World,"Walking through the intimate galleries of the National Gallery of Cayman Islands, it’s clear that destruction is a form of construction for designer and artist Jawara Alleyne. Ripped pages from his sketchbooks, fabric trims, and countless Polaroids from his archive jostle for space alongside his clothing—often spliced or draped twisted pieces of found fabric or reimagined preexisting garments delicately held together by safety pins. - -They’re the sort of clothes that make a statement. Yet in a formal setting, these pieces take on a transformative and informative life of their own. The colors and shapes speak to the vibrancy of the Caribbean islands and Alleyne’s own island upbringing. (Alleyne grew up in the Cayman Islands, is also of Jamaican heritage, and now resides in London.) - -Lynette Nylander - -Just ask another famed islander, the Barbadian Rihanna, who has been an early champion of Alleyne’s, regularly wearing his designs and declaring him her favorite new designer in her most recent Interview magazine cover story. But beneath the surface, his clothing tells a deeper and more complex story of the culture of the Cayman Islands, which is on display in “Jawara Alleyne: Island Underground,” a solo exhibition that serves as part retrospective and part celebration of the past, present, and future of Cayman creativity. - - - -“[When I left the Cayman Islands] I said to myself, I’m done with anything that has to do with the Caribbean. This is not interesting to me. This is not what I want to do. I was so obsessed with designers like Galliano and McQueen and Karl [Lagerfeld] and Alber Elbaz,” Jawara explains as he walks me through the exhibition. “Then I realized it’s almost like I had to reject myself to find myself in a sense. I really kind of understood that the most important thing that I had to give to the industry, to the world, to whatever is the experiences that I’ve had coming from the places that I come from.” - -Lynette Nylander - -“Island Underground,” in Alleyne’s words, is a “cultural declaration” split across three distinct spaces that include his most recent runway collections, Beach Business, Eye of the Storm, and Island Underground. Assembled with Natalie Urquhart, National Gallery director and the exhibition’s curator, the exhibition also pays homage to the island’s artistic talent, including the late painter Bendel Hydes and the prolific Native Sons collective, which included Wray Banker and Al Ebanks as well as Ann Marie “Hairstyle” Tomlinson and Gerald “Bogle” Levy. Alleyne draws parallels between their work and his own, at the same time telling a story of Caymanian life that is deeply personal and nuanced. - - - -“I think what is tone deaf is this idea that culture is an export,” he says. “There’s a take, take, take, take, take, but there’s never any give. So for me it was really important to speak about my culture, but also to speak to my culture so that there’s a two-way dialogue and never just me extracting and not giving anything back.” - -Lynette Nylander - -Though Alleyne has only been showing his work since 2020, he was always sure of a future in fashion design. The lack of creative funding and support for young people on the island is something Alleyne, Urquhart, the gallery, and the ministry of tourism are keen to change, with the latter supporting Alleyne’s latest London Fashion Week display. The gallery has worked with Alleyne since he was a student, and “Island Underground” will be open for local schools to be able to enjoy, with workshops and screenings. - -The show crescendos into a final room, with Hydes’s large-scale paintings from his Circumnavigating the Globe series paired alongside abstract fabric collages that Alleyne made in response to the work. A metaphor perhaps for Alleyne’s exciting trajectory—an ode to the past, complete with his own eccentric spin. “For me, it’s about looking at what a next version [of things] can look like. I’m really interested, in this era of my career where I can take risks, to just try different ways of doing, figuring out how I can present and create a collection that doesn’t have to follow the same lines as it normally does.” - -Jawara Alleyne: Island Underground is on show at the National Gallery Cayman Islands until February 7, 2025.",1731883617,66787ad63a,4a8a113575,,,1731883617 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/kentucky-opens-massive-underdog-road-vs-texas/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,Kentucky opens as massive underdog on the road vs. Texas,"Kentucky is coming off a 42-point win over Murray State, but a big FCS win doesn’t mean much when the next opponent is one of the three best teams in the country. - -The Wildcats have opened as significant underdogs ahead of next Saturday’s game on the road against No. 3 Texas. FanDuel has Kentucky sitting as a 20.5-point underdog with the over/under set at 46.5, predicting a final score of 33.5-13 in favor of the Longhorns. DraftKings is in a similar boat, opening the spread set at 21. - -Texas is riding a three-game win streak after beating Arkansas on the road, 20-10, on Saturday. ESPN Analytics gives the Longhorns an outstanding 94.7 percent chance of beating Kentucky. ESPN’s Football Power Index numbers still have the Wildcats holding onto a 1.7 percent chance of reaching the six-win threshold with only two games remaining on the regular season schedule. - -Looking at some past trends, Texas is 4-1 this season when favored by 21 points or more. The only time this season (vs. Georgia) that Kentucky was viewed as a 21-point underdog or worse, the Wildcats covered the spread. - -Kickoff against Texas on Saturday, Nov. 23 is set for 3:30 p.m. EST in Austin on ABC.",1731883647,b2069ab8ff,4ab78df5e7,,,1731883647 -https://www.alleywatch.com/2024/11/nyctech-week-in-review-10-27-24-11-2-24/,https://www.alleywatch.com/feed/,#NYCtech Week in Review: 10,"With so much going on in the city’s thriving ecosystem, it is easy to miss some of the happenings in the space. We keep you abreast of the things that you may have missed in NYC Tech News for the week ending 11/2 including the NYC startup fundings, NYC startup exits, and NYC startup events featuring news for Latii, Casap, Regal, and much, much more. - -Regal – $40M - -Regal, an AI-powered contact center software platform, has raised $40M in Venture funding. Founded by Alex Levin and Rebecca Greene in 2020, Regal has now raised a total of $82.1M in reported equity funding. - -Duetti – $34M - -Duetti, a financing platform for independent artist, has raised $34M in venture funding led by Flexpoint Ford. Founded by Lior Tibon and Christopher Nolte in 2022, Duetti has now raised a total of $88M in reported equity funding. - -Reflexivity – $30M - -Reflexivity, a provider of AI solutions for the investment industry, has raised $30M in Series B funding led by Greycroft and Interactive Brokers Group. Founded by Armenak Mayalian and Jan Szilagyi in 2019, Reflexivity has now raised a total of $42.8M in reported equity funding. - -Tabs – $25M - -Tabs, an AI-powered accounts receivable platform, has raised $25M in Series A funding led by General Catalyst. Founded by Ali Hussain and Deepak Bapat in 2022, Tabs has now raised a total of $37M in reported equity funding. - -The AlleyWatch audience is driving progress and innovation on a global scale. There are a number of options to reach this audience of the world’s most innovative organizations and startups at scale including strategic brand placement, lead generation, and thought leadership in front of an audience that comprises the vast majority of key decision-makers in the NYC business community and beyond. Learn more about advertising to NYC Tech, at scale. - -Andium – $21.7M - -Andium, a remote oil field monitoring platform that uses IoT to reduce costs and emissions, has raised $21.7M in Series B funding led by Aramco Ventures. Founded by Jory Schwach in 2013, Andium has now raised a total of $42.4M in reported equity funding. - -Table22 – $11M - -Table22, a platform that helps businesses in the food and beverage expand revenue opportunity with marketing and tech, has raised $11M in Series A funding led by Lightspeed Venture Partners. Founded by Samuel Bernstein in 2020, Table22 has now raised a total of $24M in reported equity funding. - -Infinite Machine – $9.3M - -Infinite Machine, a provider of micromobility solutions, has raised $9.3M in Seed funding led by Andreessen Horowitz. Infinite Machine was founded by Joseph Cohen and Eddie Cohen in 2024. - -Casap – $8.5M - -Casap, an automated dispute and fraud prevention platform for banking and financial services providers, has raised $8.5M in venture funding led by Lightspeed Venture Partners. Founded by Shanthi Shanmugam and Saisi Peter in 2023, Casap has now raised a total of $8.6M in reported equity funding. - -Latii – $5M - -Latii, a supply chain platform for securing building materials with a focus on doors and windows, has raised $5M in Seed funding led by Leadout Capital. Founded by Juan Pascual Orero and Santiago Bueno in 2023, Latii has now raised a total of $8.3M in reported equity funding. - -You are seconds away from signing up for the hottest list in NYC Tech! - -Sign up today - -Number 0 – $4M - -Number 0, a toolkit for building distributed applications, has raised $4M in funding according to a recent SEC filing. The filing indicates that the round comes from five investors. Number 0 was founded by Brendan O’Brien and Friedel Ziegelmayer in 2022. - -Cerulean – $2.8M - -Cerulean, a consultative platform focused on making AI accessible to all organizations and their leaders, has raised $2.8M in funding according to a recent SEC filing. The filing indicates that the round comes from seven investors. Cerulean was founded by Kieran Luke in 2023. - -Prefix Maintenance – $2.5M - -Prefix Maintenance, a repair and maintenance software platform for restaurants, has raised $2.5M in funding according to a recent SEC filing. The filing indicates that the round comes from a sole investor. Founded by Jared Schwartzentruber in 2020, Prefix Maintenance has now raised a total of $5M in reported equity funding. - -Polymer – $2.2M - -Polymer, a data governance and privacy platform for third-party SaaS applications, has raised $2.2M in funding according to a recent SEC filing funding from investors that include . The filing indicates that the total offering is for $3M and there were six investors in this close. Founded by Usman Malik and Yasir Ali in 2020, Polymer has now raised a total of $9.9M in reported equity funding. - -Kular – $500K - -Kular, an AI-powered email sales tool, has raised $500K in funding according to a recent SEC filing funding from investors that include . The filing indicates that the total offering is for $2M and this close comes from a sole investor. Founded by Nelson Jones and Saaras Mehan in 2022, Kular has now raised a total of $1.37M in reported equity funding. - -The AlleyWatch audience is driving progress and innovation on a global scale. There are a number of options to reach this audience of the world’s most innovative organizations and startups at scale including strategic brand placement, lead generation, and thought leadership in front of an audience that comprises the vast majority of key decision-makers in the NYC business community and beyond. Learn more about advertising to NYC Tech, at scale.",1731883668,7ef100ee0c,49960fc002,,,1731883668 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMilAFBVV95cUxNZURNcTh2ZWVHRUxFNmRwWUZlMVQ2V002WkstUUpNU1pYVkw2OURpSUxCN0RBbHc0d3NDY3pOQVhseE9iNDBER1hZNXMwZXJpRzVCRTgwd3hXdnFKSG96ZGtlX3djSzFvNjNSb0Jpc1JxaFJUZy12Yll6T1JOektELWNsYktPUnR3Y3Z0Wlk5ODlhdmUz?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883620,2688d2a9c6,4a98a36710,,,1731883620 -https://www.insidenu.com/2024/11/15/24297782/rapid-reaction-northwestern-survives-eastern-illinois-in-a-67-58-overtime-thriller,https://www.insidenu.com/rss/current.rss,Rapid Reaction: Northwestern survives Eastern Illinois in a 67-58 overtime thriller,"It was a game that never should have gotten as close as it did, but Northwestern found a way to survive. - -Coming off a close victory on Tuesday against UIC, the ‘Cats were expected to continue their winning streak against Eastern Illinois. While that winning streak remains intact, Northwestern faced a scare from the Panthers, emerging victorious in an ugly game that was nowhere close to the performance many expected coming in. The Wildcats (3-1, 0-0 B1G) needed overtime to defeat EIU (1-3, 0-0 OVC) in a game that was a slugfest the whole way through. - -Jalen Leach led the way offensively with 27 points (including converting on 15 of his 16 free throws), and Nick Martinelli added 16 points with four boards. As a team, the Wildcats struggled mightily in the shooting department. NU was just 40% from the field and 26% from three point range. Had it not been for a 27-8 advantage in free throws, the Wildcats v very likely would have lost the game. - -Nakyel Shelton led the way for the Panthers, finishing with 19 points and three steals. Kooper Jacobi wasn’t far behind, scoring 14 with nine rebounds and playing a team-high 41 minutes. EIU also couldn’t convert from deep, missing on 16 of its 19 three-point attempts. - -Northwestern won the tip, with both teams struggling to get going on the first couple of possessions. Nick Martinelli and Jalen Leach opened the scoring, giving the ‘Cats the early momentum. It didn’t take long though for Eastern Illinois’ offense to hit two jumpers to even the score, after which Ty Berry and Isaiah Griffin hit nearly identical-looking threes to even things up at seven apiece at the first media timeout. - -A very long Northwestern possession out of the timeout ended with a Luke Hunger bucket, but EIU quickly responded once again. The two teams would exchange scores to put NU up 13-11, but immediately followed with a nearly two minute scoring drought that kept that scoreline in place around the 12 minute mark. - -Leach put an end to the drought with a pair of points from the charity stripe as Northwestern’s offense started to heat up. EIU conceded its seventh turnover of the half, with Berry proceeding to hit a corner three. Martinelli followed that up by sinking an and-one to cap off a 10-0 run for the ‘Cats, which was finally shut down by an Artese Stapleton free throw. Paint buckets from Angelo Ciaravino and Justin Mullins gave the ‘Cats a solid 25-14 lead as the game entered another media timeout. - -The Panthers found an offensive spark of their own out of the break, going on a 7-2 run that prompted Chris Collins to call timeout. Northwestern was ice cold, committing four turnovers in a four minute span, the last half of which was marked by a failure to score a single point. - -A Nakyel Shelton bucket bought the Panthers within two, but Northwestern’s offense found its groove once again, knocking down all four of its shots in the final three minutes. Mullins caught a deflected pass and drove uninterrupted to the rim for an emphatic slam, bringing him to six points on the evening. Martinelli proceeded to hit two of his iconic floaters, with one coming off an EIU shotclock violation. In the final seconds of the half, Leach reached double digit points with a turnaround jumper, sending the ‘Cats into a break with a 37-27 edge. - -For Northwestern, Martinelli led the way with 11 points and two rebounds, while Jalen Leach wasn’t far behind with 10 points — eight of which came from the free throw line. For EIU, Kooper Jakobi had six points and two rebounds, with no player in particular standing out on the stat sheet. - -Both teams came out cold to start the second half, combining 1-9 from the field in the first three minutes. Matthew Nicholson missed three opportunities from the line, one of which came from an EIU lane violation. Martinelli finally ended the drought with a floater, and EIU ended its three minute drought with a Lazar Grbovic bucket to bring the game to the first timeout of the half. - -Leach committed a five second violation, after which Jakobi recorded another bucket to bring NU’s lead within seven. The ‘Cats recorded another long scoring drought lasting nearly four minutes before Ciaravino found the rim for an and-one but missed the free throw. Not long after, an errant pass by Zion Fruster gave KJ Windham his first bucket on what was a quiet night for the first year. The offensive output was very slow for both sides, with EIU narrowly outscoring Northwestern 8-7 in the first eight minutes of the half. - -The buckets still weren’t falling for NU, as EIU continued to close the gap with two free throws and a pullup by Shelton. The Panthers didn’t stop there, as Shelton nailed an impressive pullup fadeaway and Jacobi tipped a rebound in to bring the game within two. An and-one from Rodolfo Rufino Bolis brought the game within one, with Martinelli squandering an easy rebound that led to an ensuing Shelton bucket. That score gave EIU its first lead of the game at 47-46, heading into the under-8 media timeout. Northwestern hadn’t scored since before the under-12 media timeout. - -The panic was setting in for the ‘Cats, as Shelton continued his dominance with a stepback jumper off another NU turnover. Leach’s two made free throws marked the first NU points in five and a half minutes, and a Berry trey gave Northwestern the lead before Shelton hit from deep to trade the lead once more. Two buckets from Jacobi extended EIU’s lead to three, leaving Northwestern shockingly behind heading into the final three and a half minutes of the game. - -Leach hit a jumper to put the game within one as EIU talked things over in front 56-55. Jacobi missed a wide open layup, with Leach’s shot on the other end blocked by Shelton. Leach hit an all-important three from the top of the arc, giving the ‘Cats back the lead in the final minute. Shelton tied the game again with a jumper, leaving NU an opportunity to take the lead in the final seconds. NU couldn’t convert, with the ball glancing off an EIU player and sailing out of bounds with three seconds left. - -On their last chance of regulation, Berry failed to hit on a jumper, sending the game to overtime. - -Leach opened the overtime scoring with his 12th and 13th free throw makes of the night. Fruster missed an important one-and-one for EIU, as the Panthers struggled to find the rim in the extra period. Two more free throws from Martinelli gave the ‘Cats a crucial two possession edge as Collins called timeout with a minute and a half remaining in the period. - -Leach hit another one from deep, with a Nicholson rejection at the rim putting control firmly in NU’s hands. Two Leach free throws all but sealed the deal for Northwestern, and the Wildcats would end up surviving by a closer-than-it-looks 67-58 margin. - -Northwestern will be back in action next when Montana State comes to Welsh-Ryan Arena on Tuesday night at 8 p.m. CST.",1731883647,1b34640808,4ac9128124,,,1731883647 -https://www.biopharmadive.com/news/trump-name-rfk-kennedy-hhs-secretary-nomination/733013/,https://www.biopharmadive.com/feeds/news/,Trump names RFK Jr. as his pick to lead HHS,"President-elect Donald Trump plans to nominate Robert F. Kennedy Jr. to lead the Department of Health and Human Services in a controversial choice that would elevate the prominent vaccine skeptic to a position overseeing the nation’s leading health agencies, including the Food and Drug Administration and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. - -Trump named Kennedy to the role via a post on Truth Social Thursday afternoon. - -“For too long, Americans have been crushed by the industrial food complex and drug companies who have engaged in deception, misinformation, and disinformation when it comes to public health,” Trump wrote. “Mr. Kennedy will restore these agencies to the traditions of gold standard scientific research, and beacons of transparency, to end the chronic disease epidemic, and to make America great and healthy again!” - -A Democrat turned independent candidate for president, Kennedy threw his support behind Trump after ending his own campaign. At rallies, Trump pledged to let Kennedy “go wild” on healthcare, seeming to embrace Kennedy’s vision to go after the food and drug industries, which he has long criticized. - -For years, Kennedy has crusaded against the adoption of approved vaccines for infectious diseases, citing disproven links to autism and other health conditions. His appointment to a role leading an agency in charge of both the FDA, which approves vaccines, and the CDC, which develops recommendations for their use in specific populations, is likely to raise alarms among many public health officials and experts - -News of Kennedy’s nomination, which was first reported by Politico before the stock market’s close, sent shares in vaccine makers like Pfizer, Moderna and GSK down sharply. The XBI, an exchange traded fund that tracks the broader biotechnology industry, also fell. - -Kennedy has also called for the elimination of fluoride from the country’s water supply, targeting an initiative that’s been credited with improving the dental health of Americans. - -More recently, Kennedy has said Trump is tasking him with ridding the FDA and other regulatory agencies of corruption, an accusation for which he’s offered no evidence. In posts to X, he’s claimed he will end the “FDA’s war on public health,” citing what he describes as regulator’s “aggressive suppression” of stem cells, raw milk, nutraceuticals and the malaria pill hydroxychloroquine for COVID-19 treatment. - -He’s also signaled a desire to reshape the agency and its workforce, saying in a recent interview that “entire departments” at the agency “have to go.” - -“We have a generational opportunity to bring together the greatest minds in science, medicine, industry, and government to put an end to the chronic disease epidemic,” Kennedy said in a statement on X. “I look forward to working with the more than 80,000 employees at HHS to free the agencies from the smothering cloud of corporate capture so they can pursue their mission to make Americans once again the healthiest people on Earth.” - -Trump’s announcement of Kennedy as his pick for HHS follow’s the president-elect’s nomination of other controversial figures to prominent posts within his administration, including former Florida Rep. Matt Gaetz as attorney general and Fox News host Peter Hegseth as secretary of defense. - -Presidential cabinet nominations, among them HHS secretary, must be confirmed by a majority of the Senate. If confirmed, Kennedy would succeed Xavier Becerra, who’s led the department under President Joe Biden. With an incoming Republican majority of likely 53 senators, Kennedy could afford to lose only three Republican votes, assuming all Democrats vote against his nomination. - -Editor’s note: This story has been updated with additional information, including from a statement by Kennedy.",1731883650,6971f44110,49e0d0aff7,,,1731883650 -https://techncruncher.blogspot.com/2022/02/top-7-best-wordpress-plugin-of-all-time.html,http://feeds.feedburner.com/TechCrunch/,Top 7 Best Wordpress Plugin Of All Time,"If you are looking for the best wordpress plugins, then you are at the right place. Here is the list of best wordpress plugins that you should use in your blog to boost SEO, strong your security and know every aspects of your blog . Although creating a good content is one factor but there are many wordpress plugins that perform different actions and add on to your success. So let's start - -1.Yoast SEO - -Those users who are serious about SEO, Yoast SEO will do the work for them to reach their goals. All they need to do is select a keyword, and the plugin will then optimize your page according to the specified keyword - -Yoast offers many popular SEO WordPress plugin functions. It gives you real-time page analysis to optimize your content, images, meta descriptions, titles, and kewords. Yoast also checks the length of your sentences and paragraphs, whether you’re using enough transition words or subheadings, how often you use passive voice, and so on. Yoast tells Google whether or not to index a page or a set of pages too. - -Let me summarize these points in bullets: - -Enhance the readability of your article to reduce bounce rate - -Optimize your articles with targetted keywords - -Let Google know who you are and what your site is about - -Improve your on-page SEO with advanced, real-time guidance and advice on keyword usage, linking, and external linking. - -Keep your focus keywords consistent to help rank better on Google. - -Preview how your page would appear in the search engine results page (SERP) - -Crawl your site daily to ensure Google indexes it as quickly as possible. - -Rate your article informing you of any mistakes you might have made so that you can fix them before publishing. - -Stay up-to-date with Google’s latest algorithm changes and adapt your on-page SEO as needed with smartsuggestionss from the Yoast SEO plugin. This plugin is always up-to-date. - -Free Version is available - -Pricing - -Premium version=$89/year that comes with extra functions, allowing you to optimize your content up to five keywords, among other benefits. - - - - - -2. WP Rocket - -A website running WordPress can put a lot of strain on a server, which increases the chances that the website will crash and harm your business. To avoid such an unfortunate situation and ensure that all your pages load quickly, you need a caching plugin like WP Rocket. - -WP Rocket plugin designed to increases your website speed. Instead of waiting for pages to be saved to cache, WP Rocket turns on desired caching settings, like page cache and gzip compression. The plugin also activates other features, such as CDN support and llazy image loadding, to enhance your site speed. - -Features in bullets: - -Browser Catching - -Preloading the cache of pages - -Reducing the number of HTTP requests allows websites to load more quickly. - -Decreasing bandwidth usage with GZIP compression - -Apply optimal browser caching headers (expires) - -Minifying and combining JavaScript and CSS files - -Remove Unused CSS - -Deferred loading of images (LazyLoad) - -WebP compatibility - -Deferred loading of JavaScript files - -Delay JavaScript Execution - -Critical Path CSS generation and deferred loading of CSS files - -Database optimization - -WordPress Heartbeat API control - -DNS prefetch - -CDN integration - -Cloudflare integration - -Sucuri integration - -Easy import/export of settings - -Easy roll back to a previous version - - - - - -Pricing - -Single License =$49/year for one website - -Plus License =$99/year for 3 websites - -Infinite License =$249/year for unlimited websites - - - - - -3.Wordfence Security - -Wordfence Security is a WordPress firewall and security scanner that keeps your site safe from malicious hackers, spam, and other online threats. This Plugin comes with a web application firewall (WAF) called tthread Defence Feed that helps to prevents brute force attacks by ensuring you set stronger passwords and limiting login attempts. It searches for malware and compares code, theme, and plugin files with the records in the WordPress.org repository to verify their integrity and reports changes to you. - -Wordfence security scanner provides you with actionable insights into your website's security status and will alert you to any potential threats, keeping it safe and secure. It also includes login security features that let you activate reCAPTCHA and two-factor authentication for your website. - -Features in Bullets. - -Scans your site for vulnerabilities. - -Alerts you by email when new threats are detected. - -Supports advanced login security measures. - -IP addresses may be blocked automatically if suspicious activity is detected. - -Pricing - -Premium Plan= $99/Year that comes with extra security features like the real time IP backlist and country blocking option and also support from highly qualified experts. - -4. Akismet - -Akismet can help prevent spam from appearing on your site. Every day, it automatically checks every comment against a global database of spam to block malicious content. With Akismet, you also won’t have to worry about innocent comments being caught by the filter or false positives. You can simply tell Akismet about those and it will get better over time. It also checks your contact form submissions against its global spam database and weed out unnecessary fake information. - -Features in Bullets: - -The program automatically checks comments and filters out spam. - -Hidden or misleading links are often revealed in the comment body. - -Akismet tracks the status of each comment, allowing you to see which ones were caught by Akismet and which ones were cleared by a moderator. - -A spam-blocking feature that saves disk space and makes your site run faster. - -Moderators can view a list of comments approved by each user. - -Pricing - -Free to use for personal blog - -5. Contact Form 7 - -Contact Form 7 is a plug-in that allows you to create contact forms that make it easy for your users to send messages to your site. The plug-in was developed by Takayuki Miyoshi and lets you create multiple contact forms on the same site; it also integrates Akismet spam filtering and lets you customize the styling and fields that you want to use in the form. The plug-in provides CAPTCHA and Ajax submitting. - -Features in bullets: - -Create and manage multiple contact forms - -Easily customize form fields - -Use simple markup to alter mail content - -Add Lots of third-party extensions for additional functionality - -Shortcode offers a way to insert content into pages or posts. - -Akismet spam filtering, Ajax-powered submitting, and CAPTCHA are all features of this plugin. - -Pricing - -Free to use - -6. Monster Insights - -When you’re looking for an easy way to manage your Google Analytics-related web tracking services, Monster Insights can help. You can add, customize, and integrate Google Analytics data with ease so you’ll be able to see how every webpage performs, which online campaigns bring in the most traffic, and which content readers engage with the most. It’s same as Google Analytics - -It is a powerful tool to keep track of your traffic stats. With it, you can view stats for your active sessions, conversions, and bounce rates. You’ll also be able to see your total revenue, the products you sell, and how your site is performing when it comes to referrals. - -MonsterInsights offers a free plan that includes basic Google Analytics integration, data insights, and user activity metrics. - -Features in bullets: - -Demographics and interest reports: - -Anonymize the IPs of visitor - -See the results of how far visitors Scroll down - -Show the insights of multiple links to the same page and show you which links get more clicks - -See sessions of two related sites as a single session - -Google AdSense tracking - -Send you weekly analytics report of your blog you can download it as pdf - -Pricing - -Premium plan= $99.50/year that comes with extra features like page and post tracking, Adsense tracking, custom tracking and reports. - -7. Pretty Links - -Pretty Links is a powerful WordPress plugin that enables you to easily cloak affiliate links on your websiteIt even allows you to easily redirect visitors based on a specific request, including permanent 301 and temporary 302/307 redirects. - -Pretty links also helps you to automatically shorten your url for your post and pages. - -You can also enable auto-linking feature to automatically add affiliate links for certain keywords - -Features - -Create clean, easy-to-remember URLs on your website (301, 302, and 307 redirects only) - -Random-generator or custom URL slugs - -Track the number of clicks - -Easy to understand reports - -View click details including ip address, remote host, browser, operating system, and referring site - -You can pass custom parameters to your scripts when using pretty permalinks, and still have full tracking capability. - -Exclude IP Addresses from Stats - -Cookie-based system to track your activity across clicks - -Create nofollow/noindex links - -Toggle tracking on / off on each link. - -Pretty Link Bookmarklet - -Update redirected links easily to new URLs! - -Pricing - -Beginner Plan=$79/year that can be used on 1 site - -Marketer Plan: $99/year – that can be used on upto 2 sites - -Super Affiliate Plan: $149/year – that can be use on upto 5 sites - - - - - -We hope you’ve found this article useful. We appreciate you reading and welcome your feedback if you have it. - - - -",1731883630,f0ec6af36b,4ae8efd7a9,,,1731883630 -https://www.uploadvr.com/triangle-strategy-vr-impressions/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Triangle Strategy Hands-On: Compelling RPG Shines Even With Minimal VR Changes,"Even with minimal VR changes on Quest, Triangle Strategy remains a compelling turn-based RPG from Square Enix. Here are our impressions. - -There's no contest when I say Triangle Strategy was my biggest surprise during Connect 2024. Square Enix has shown minimal interest in VR across the years - Monsters of the Deep and Kingdom Hearts VR Experience being notable exceptions. So, seeing a tactical RPG released for Switch and PC two years ago suddenly heading for Quest was certainly unexpected. - -0:00 / 1:38 1× - -If you're wondering what's changed, functionally not a lot. Several elements like the UI display and battle controls were adjusted to better fit VR. Otherwise, it's pretty much a straight port of the original game, though the isometric perspective makes Triangle Strategy feel like an interactive diorama. The impressive 2D-HD art style, which merges pixel art with 3D environments, shines during combat missions on Quest 3. - -As a story-heavy RPG, this comes with an unsurprising trade-off for its numerous 2D cutscenes. Those are now presented using a floating scroll in a 'Theatre Mode,' which I can accept considering the game was clearly never designed for this medium. Between battles and cutscenes, exploring the 3D map to check out the Norzelia continent is nice. - -You can play using a fully immersive VR environment that puts Norzelia in the background, or mixed reality via passthrough. I do wish Square Enix would go further with MR and it's disappointing that you can't resize the map. I would love to play this while on my sofa, putting the map across my coffee table. You're limited to rotating and pulling the map towards you. - -That's pretty much where the main VR-specific differences end in this port. That said, don't let this deter you if you consider yourself a more classic RPG fan; we've seen before that VR games can still deliver strong experiences using a similar camera perspective before - just look at Table of Tales. Six hours into this campaign, Triangle Strategy is delivering a captivating RPG that's got my attention. - -Early game screenshots taken by UploadVR on Quest 3 - -While establishing its world takes time, the compelling story is arguably the biggest factor. You play as the heir of House Wolffort, Serenoa, finding yourself at the center of a growing conflict between the continent's nations. I won't spoil anything specific but the well-written blend of fantasy and politics has me invested in this world. It's a shame the English voice acting isn't great, so I'm glad you can swap to Japanese. - -As a tactical RPG, combat is reminiscent of Fire Emblem and Final Fantasy Tactics as you command your party across a grid-based battlefield. These battles have enjoyable depth that encourages strategic thinking, like dealing extra damage from higher terrain or how placing units on each side of a foe lets you attack them twice in one go. - -Minimal changes from the flatscreen release make Triangle Strategy an incredibly tough sell if you've already played it elsewhere, yet it's a rare game where I'm willing to overlook that. The narrative is highly compelling, combat is strategically satisfying and the visuals remain strong. As someone who mostly sticks to RPGs outside of VR, I'm happy it's reaching new audiences and I hope this convinces other publishers to take that chance. - -Triangle Strategy is out now on the Meta Quest platform.",1731883662,9397b145ff,4ac108db01,,,1731883662 -https://blog.hootsuite.com/social-media-image-sizes-guide/,https://blog.hootsuite.com/rss/,Social media image sizes for all networks [November 2024],"Social media image sizes seem to change constantly. - -One moment you have the perfect cover page for your account. The next, it’s been resized and looks all pixelated and wrong. - -It doesn’t help that information about official dimensions and image sizes is harder to find than a civil discussion on politics on Facebook. - -But, it’s not difficult if you consult this guide to social media image sizes on all important social media platforms! - -Below are the most recent social media image dimensions, as of November 2024. - -Quick social media image sizes - -We go into more detail for every single network below, but this image includes the social media image sizes you probably look up most often. - -Basic Instagram image sizes - -Profile photo: 320 x 320 px - -Landscape: 1080 x 566 px - -Portrait: 1080 x 1350 px - -Square: 1080 x 1080 - -Stories and Reels: 1080 x 1920 - -Basic Facebook image sizes - -Profile photo: 170 x 170 px - -Landscape: 1200 x 630 px - -Portrait: 630 x 1200 px - -Square: 1200 x 1200 px - -Stories and Reels: 1080 x 1920 px - -Cover photo: 851 x 315 px - -Basic X (formerly Twitter) image sizes - -Profile photo: 400 x 400 px - -Landscape: 1600 x 900 px - -Portrait: 1080 x 1350 px - -Square: 1080 x 1080 px - -Cover photo: 1500 x 500 px - -Basic LinkedIn image sizes - -Profile photo: 400 x 400 px - -Landscape: 1200 x 627 px - -Portrait: 627 x 1200 px - -Square: 1080 x 1080 px - -Cover photo: 1128 x 191 px - -Basic TikTok image sizes - -Profile photo: 200 x 200 px - -Landscape: 1920 x 1080 px - -Portrait: 1080 x 1920 px - -Square: 1080 x 1080 px - -Stories: 1080 x 1920 px - -Instagram image sizes - -Instagram supports horizontally and vertically oriented images. It also still supports square images, which was what the platform was known for when it first launched. - -This increases your brand’s options. But it also makes image dimensions a little trickier to get right. Follow these guidelines to make sure your images end up looking their best. - -Instagram profile picture size: 320 x 320 pixels - -Instagram profile photos are displayed at 110 x 100 pixels, but the image files are stored at 320 x 320 pixels, so make sure to upload an image that’s least that big. - -Even though the dimensions are in a square format, Instagram profile photos are displayed as a circle. Make sure any elements you want to focus on in the photo are centered so they don’t get cropped out. - -Instagram post sizes (feed photos): - -Landscape: 1080 x 566 pixels - -1080 x 566 pixels Portrait: 1080 x 1350 pixels - -1080 x 1350 pixels Square: 1080 x 1080 pixels - -1080 x 1080 pixels Supported aspect ratios: Anywhere between 1.91:1 and 4:5 - -Anywhere between 1.91:1 and 4:5 Recommended image size: Width of 1080 pixels, height between 566 and 1350 pixels (depending on whether the image is landscape or portrait) - -Tips: - -If you want your images to look their best on Instagram, aim to upload an image that is 1080 pixels wide. - -When you share an Instagram image that’s sized over 1080 pixels, Instagram will size it down to 1080 pixels. - -If you share a photo that has a resolution lower than 320 pixels, Instagram will size it up to 320 pixels. - -If your image is between 320 and 1080 pixels wide, Instagram will keep that photo at its original resolution, “as long as the photo’s aspect ratio is between 1.91:1 and 4:5 (a height between 566 and 1350 pixels with a width of 1080 pixels).” - -If your uploaded Instagram image is a different ratio, the platform will automatically crop your photo to fit a supported ratio. - -Resource: Learn how to edit Instagram photos like a pro. - -Instagram photo thumbnail sizes: - -Display size: 161 x 161 pixels - -161 x 161 pixels Recommended upload size: 1080 pixels wide - -Tips: - -Remember that Instagram stores versions of these thumbnails that are as large as 1080 x 1080. - -To future-proof your Instagram feed and avoid pixelation, upload images that are as large as possible. - -Instagram Stories image size: 1080 x 1920 pixels - -Tips: - -This is an aspect ratio of 9:16. - -Uploading an image with a smaller pixel size (but the same aspect ratio) means the Story will buffer quickly. - -If you don’t use this ratio, the Story might show with strange cropping, zooming, or leave large sections of the screen blank. - -Instagram Reels use this same sizing. - -Resource: Take your Instagram Stories to the next level with these free templates. - -Instagram carousel image sizes: - -Landscape: 1080 x 566 pixels - -1080 x 566 pixels Portrait: 1080 x 1350 pixels - -1080 x 1350 pixels Square: 1080 x 1080 pixels - -1080 x 1080 pixels Aspect ratio: landscape (1.91:1), square (1:1), vertical (4:5) - -landscape (1.91:1), square (1:1), vertical (4:5) Recommended image size: Width of 1080 pixels, height between 566 and 1350 pixels (depending on whether the image is landscape or portrait) - -Instagram Reels sizes: - -1080 x 1920 pixels - -This is an aspect ratio of 9:16. - -Cover photo: 1080 x 1920 pixels - -Keep in mind that Reels are cropped to a 1:1 image in your profile feed and a 4:5 image in the home feed. - -Instagram ads image sizes: - -Landscape: 1080 x 566 pixels - -1080 x 566 pixels Square: 1080 x 1080 pixels - -1080 x 1080 pixels Minimum width: 320 pixels - -320 pixels Maximum width: 1080 pixels - -1080 pixels Supported aspect ratios: Anywhere between 1.91:1 and 4:5 - -Tips: - -Remember: Instagram ads appearing in users’ feeds cannot have more than 30 hashtags. - -There are also recommendations for the number of characters included in an ad’s primary text and headline. - -Image sizes for Instagram Stories ads: 1080 x 1920 pixels - -Tips: - -Instagram recommends leaving roughly “14% (250 pixels) of the top and bottom of the image free from text and logos” to prevent them from being covered. - -As of September 2020, Facebook and Instagram ads are no longer penalized if more than 20% of the ad space is text. - -Tweets that include images consistently get more click-throughs, more likes, and more Retweets than non-image Tweets. In fact, Tweets with visual content are three times more likely to get engagement. - -So, choosing the right images and creating great visual content for X (formerly Twitter) matters. And, of course, that includes getting the image sizes right. - -X (Twitter) image sizes for profile photos: 400 x 400 (recommended) - -Minimum image size : 200 by 200 pixels - -: 200 by 200 pixels Maximum file size: 2MB - -X (Twitter) header photo size: 1500 x 500 pixels (recommended) - -Tips: - -To future-proof the image, it’s best to use the maximum size. - -Header images are cropped to an aspect ratio of 3:1. - -Keep in mind that the way header images display changes depending on the monitor and browser being used. - -X (Twitter) images sizes for in-stream photos: 1600 x 900 pixels (recommended) - -Minimum size: 600 by 335 pixels - -600 by 335 pixels Recommended aspect ratio: any aspect between 2:1 and 1:1 on desktop; 2:1, 3:4 and 16:9 on mobile - -any aspect between 2:1 and 1:1 on desktop; 2:1, 3:4 and 16:9 on mobile Supported formats: GIF, JPG and PNG - -GIF, JPG and PNG Maximum file size: Up to 5MB for photos and GIFs on mobile. Up to 15MB on the web. - -X (Twitter) card image size: - -X (Twitter) recognizes when a post includes a URL. The platform then crawls that website, pulling in content, including an image for the summary card. (This is how it all works, by the way.) - -Minimum size: 120 x 120 pixels - -120 x 120 pixels Supported formats : GIF, JPG, PNG - -: GIF, JPG, PNG Maximum file size: 1MB - -Tips: - -You can test what your summary card will look like and see a preview using the card validator. - -There is a range of different X cards, so also a range of sizes. As well as the regular summary cards, there are summary cards with large images, app cards and player cards. - -X (Twitter) image sizes for ads: - -Single and multi-image tweets: Minimum 600 x 335 pixels, but use larger images for the best results. - -Minimum 600 x 335 pixels, but use larger images for the best results. Website card image: 800 x 418 pixels for 1.91:1 aspect ratio. 800 x 800 for 1:1 aspect ratio. Max file size of 20MB. - -800 x 418 pixels for 1.91:1 aspect ratio. 800 x 800 for 1:1 aspect ratio. Max file size of 20MB. App card image: 800 x 800 pixels for 1:1 aspect ratio. 800 x 418 pixels for 1.91:1 aspect ratio. Max file size of 3MB. - -800 x 800 pixels for 1:1 aspect ratio. 800 x 418 pixels for 1.91:1 aspect ratio. Max file size of 3MB. Carousels: 800 x 800 pixels for 1:1 aspect ratio. 800 x 418 pixels for 1.91:1 aspect ratio. Max file size of 20MB for 2-6 image cards. - -800 x 800 pixels for 1:1 aspect ratio. 800 x 418 pixels for 1.91:1 aspect ratio. Max file size of 20MB for 2-6 image cards. Direct Message card: 800 x 418 pixels for 1.91:1 aspect ratio. Max file size of 3MB. - -800 x 418 pixels for 1.91:1 aspect ratio. Max file size of 3MB. Conversation card: 800 x 418 pixels for 1.91:1 aspect ratio. Max file size of 3MB. - -Resource: Find more information here on how to advertise on X (Twitter). - -Facebook image sizes - -Facebook updates its design and image dimensions constantly. The best strategy to future-proof your brand’s content is to always upload the highest-quality image you can. Stick to Facebook’s recommended file formats for the best results. - -Facebook profile picture size: 170 x 170 pixels (on most computers) - -Your Facebook profile picture will display at 170 x 170 pixels on desktop. But it will display as 128 x 128 pixels on smartphones. - -Facebook image sizes for cover photos: 851 x 315 pixels (recommended) - -Display size desktop: 820 x 312 pixels - -820 x 312 pixels Display size smartphone: 640 x 360 pixels - -640 x 360 pixels Minimum size: 400 x 150 pixels - -400 x 150 pixels Ideal file size: Less than 100KB - -Tips - -To avoid any compression or distortion, upload a JPG or PNG file. - -Use the recommended pixel sizes for the fastest load times. - -Profile pictures and cover photos with logos or text work best when uploaded as a PNG file. - -Don’t drag to reposition once you’ve uploaded your cover photo. - -Resource: Get more tips on creating great Facebook cover photos. - -Facebook timeline photo and post sizes: - -Facebook automatically resizes and formats your photos when they are uploaded for the timeline to be 500 pixels wide and to fit the 1.91:1 aspect ratio. - -But avoid pixelation or slow load times by remembering these sizes: - -Recommended size: 1200 x 630 pixels - -1200 x 630 pixels Minimum size: 600 x 315 pixels - -Tips: - -If you are sharing 2-10 images in your brand’s Facebook post using the carousel display, images should be 1200 x 1200. - -This is a 1:1 ratio. - -Facebook event cover photo image sizes: 1200 x 628 pixels (recommended) - -Tips - -This is about a 2:1 ratio. - -The size of your event cover photo can’t be edited after it’s been added to an event. - -Facebook image sizes for panorama or 360 photos: - -Minimum image size: Facebook says that it should be “30,000 pixels in any dimension, and less than 135,000,000 pixels in total size.” - -Facebook says that it should be “30,000 pixels in any dimension, and less than 135,000,000 pixels in total size.” Aspect ratio: 2:1 - -Tips - -Facebook automatically recognizes and processes these images based on “camera-specific metadata found in photos taken using 360-ready devices.” - -Files for these Facebook images can be up to 45 MB for JPEGs or 60 MB for PNGs. - -Facebook recommends using JPEGs for 360 photos and ensuring files aren’t bigger than 30 MB. - -Facebook image sizes for Facebook Stories: 1080 x 1920 pixels (recommended) - -Tips - -Facebook Stories take up the full screen of a phone. That’s an aspect ratio of 9:16. - -Don’t choose an image with a width smaller than 500 pixels. - -For Stories with text, consider leaving 14% of the top and bottom text-free. (That’s 250 pixels.) That way any call-to-action won’t be covered by your brand’s profile photo or buttons. - -Facebook image sizes for ads: - -Sizes for Facebook Feed ads: At least 1080 x 1080 pixels. Minimum size 600 x 600 pixels. Ratio 1.91:1 to 1:1. Maximum file size of 30 MB. - -At least 1080 x 1080 pixels. Minimum size 600 x 600 pixels. Ratio 1.91:1 to 1:1. Maximum file size of 30 MB. Sizes for Facebook Right Column ads: At least 1080 x 1080 pixels. Minimum size 254 x 133 pixels. Ratio 1:1. (Remember: These are a desktop-only ad format.) - -At least 1080 x 1080 pixels. Minimum size 254 x 133 pixels. Ratio 1:1. (Remember: These are a desktop-only ad format.) Facebook image sizes for Instant Articles: At least 1080 x 1080 pixels. Ratio 1.91:1 to 1:1. Maximum file size of 30 MB. - -At least 1080 x 1080 pixels. Ratio 1.91:1 to 1:1. Maximum file size of 30 MB. Image sizes for Facebook Marketplace ads: At least 1080 x 1080 pixels. Ratio 1:1. Maximum file size of 30 MB. - -At least 1080 x 1080 pixels. Ratio 1:1. Maximum file size of 30 MB. Image sizes for Facebook Search: At least 1080 x 1080 pixels. Minimum size 600 x 600 pixels. Ratio 1.91:1 to 1:1. Maximum file size of 30 MB. - -At least 1080 x 1080 pixels. Minimum size 600 x 600 pixels. Ratio 1.91:1 to 1:1. Maximum file size of 30 MB. Facebook image sizes for Sponsored Messages: At least 1080 x 1080 pixels. Ratio 1.91:1 to 1:1. Maximum file size of 30 MB. - -At least 1080 x 1080 pixels. Ratio 1.91:1 to 1:1. Maximum file size of 30 MB. Sizes for Messenger inbox ads: At least 1080 x 1080 pixels. Ratio 1:1. Minimum size 254 x 133 pixels. Maximum file size of 30 MB. - -At least 1080 x 1080 pixels. Ratio 1:1. Minimum size 254 x 133 pixels. Maximum file size of 30 MB. Sizes for Messenger Stories ads: At least 1080 x 1080 pixels. Ratio 9:16. Minimum width of 500 pixels. - -Resource: Here’s more info on how to advertise on Facebook. - -LinkedIn image sizes - -When you use LinkedIn for business — whether it’s via your personal profile or a company page — pairing your LinkedIn updates with images has consistently been shown to increase comments and sharing. - -Stick to the recommended sizes below for best results. And always make sure to look at your profile and content on multiple devices before finalizing. - -LinkedIn image sizes for profile photos: 400 x 400 pixels or larger (recommended) - -Tips - -LinkedIn can accommodate photos up to 7680 x 4320 pixels. - -And it can handle files up to 8MB, so upload as large as you can to future-proof. - -LinkedIn image sizes for personal profile cover photos: 1584 x 396 pixels (recommended) - -Aspect ratio: 4:1 - -Tips - -Make sure your file is smaller than 8MB. - -Cover photos are cropped differently on mobile and desktop. Make sure to view your profile on both kinds of display before finalizing. - -LinkedIn image sizes for company pages: - -Company logo size: 300 x 300 pixels - -300 x 300 pixels Page cover image size: 1128 x 191 pixels - -1128 x 191 pixels Life tab main image size: 1128 x 376 pixels - -1128 x 376 pixels Life tab custom modules image size: 502 x 282 pixels - -502 x 282 pixels Life tab company photos image sizes: 900 x 600 pixels - -900 x 600 pixels Square logo: At least 60 x 60 pixels - -Tips - -When posting image updates to your company page, make sure to use PNG or JPG images. - -Use an aspect ratio of 1.91:1. - -The recommended LinkedIn post size is 1200 x 628 pixels. - -This LinkedIn image sizing also applies to LinkedIn Showcase pages. - -LinkedIn image sizes for blog post link images: 1200 x 627 pixels (recommended) - -LinkedIn custom image size for sharing a link in an update: 1200 x 627 pixels (recommended) - -When pasting a URL into an update, an auto-generated thumbnail image may appear in the preview if one is available, along with the article or website title. - -But, you can customize it by clicking the Image icon below the text box and selecting a photo from your computer. - -Tips: - -The image should use a 1.91:1 ratio. - -More than the minimum of 200 pixels wide. - -If the image width is less than 200 pixels wide, it will appear as a thumbnail on the left side of the post. - -LinkedIn image sizes for ads: - -Company logo size for ads: 100 x 100 pixels - -100 x 100 pixels Spotlight ads logo size: 100 x 100 pixels - -100 x 100 pixels Spotlight ads custom background image: 300 x 250 pixels - -300 x 250 pixels Sponsored content images: 1200 x 627 pixels (1.91:1 aspect ratio) - -1200 x 627 pixels (1.91:1 aspect ratio) Sponsored content carousel images: 1080 x 1080 pixels (1:1 aspect ratio) - -Pinterest image sizes - -Pinterest profile image size: 165 x 165 pixels (recommended) - -Tips - -Remember that your profile photo will be displayed as a circle. - -Pinterest image size for profile cover photo: 800 x 450 pixels (at minimum) - -Tips - -Try to avoid placing a portrait photo into the cover photo spot. - -Instead, use a landscape photo with a 16:9 aspect ratio. - -Pinterest image sizes for Pins: - -Aspect ratio: 2:3 (recommended) - -2:3 (recommended) Square pins: 1000 x 1000 pixels - -1000 x 1000 pixels Recommended size: 1000 x 1500 pixels - -1000 x 1500 pixels Max file size: 20MB - -Tips - -Keeping the 2:3 aspect ratio ensures your brand’s audience sees all the image’s details on their feed. - -On the feed, Pins are displayed with a fixed width of 236 pixels. - -If you want to create Pins with a different aspect ratio, know that Pinterest crops images from the bottom. - -Both PNG and JPEG files are accepted. - -Pinterest image sizes for collections Pins: - -Aspect ratio: 1:1 (recommended) or 2:3 - -1:1 (recommended) or 2:3 Recommended size: 1000 x 1000 pixels or 1000 x 1500 pixels - -1000 x 1000 pixels or 1000 x 1500 pixels Max file size: 10MB - -Tips - -This format appears as one main image, above three smaller images. - -All images must have the same aspect ratio. - -Collections appear in feeds on mobile devices. - -Both PNG and JPEG files are accepted. - -Collections can also be an ad format on Pinterest. - -Pinterest image size for Story Pins: - -Aspect ratio: 9:16 - -9:16 Recommended size: 1080 x 1920 pixels - -1080 x 1920 pixels Max file size: 20MB - -Pinterest image sizes for ads and carousels: - -App install ads: Same specs as standard Pins. A 2:3 aspect ratio is recommended. 1000 x 1500 pixels recommended. - -Same specs as standard Pins. A 2:3 aspect ratio is recommended. 1000 x 1500 pixels recommended. Carousel Pins and ads: An aspect ratio of either 1:1 or 2:3. 1000 x 1500 pixels or 1000 x 1000 pixels recommended. Up to 5 images can be included in a carousel. - -An aspect ratio of either 1:1 or 2:3. 1000 x 1500 pixels or 1000 x 1000 pixels recommended. Up to 5 images can be included in a carousel. Shopping ads: Same specs as standard Pins. A 2:3 aspect ratio is recommended. 1000 x 1500 pixels recommended. - -Resource: Get some advice on how to use Pinterest for business. - -Snapchat image sizes - -Snapchat ads image size: 1080 x 1920 pixels (at minimum) - -Aspect ratio: 9:16 - -9:16 File type: JPEG or PNG - -JPEG or PNG Maximum file size: 5MB - -Snapchat Geofilter image size: 1080 x 1920 (at minimum) - -Aspect ratio: 9:16 - -9:16 File type: JPEG or PNG - -JPEG or PNG Maximum file size: 5MB - -Resource: How to Create a Custom Snapchat Geofilter - -YouTube image sizes - -YouTube profile photo size: 800 x 800 pixels (recommended) - -Tips - -Make sure the focus of your photo is centered for best results. - -Files should be JPEG, GIF, BMP or PNG. Animated GIFs won’t work. - -Photos will render at 98 x 98 pixels. - -YouTube banner image size: 2048 x 1152 pixels (at minimum) - -Aspect ratio: 16:9 - -16:9 Minimum area for text and logos without being cut off: 1235 x 338 pixels - -1235 x 338 pixels Maximum file size: 6MB - -Resource: How to make the best YouTube channel art (plus 5 free templates). - -YouTube video size: 1280 x 720 pixels (at minimum) - -Tips - -YouTube recommends that videos intended for sale or rental have a higher pixel count: 1920 x 1080 pixels. - -YouTube requires videos to be 1280 x 720 pixels in order to meet HD standards. - -This is a 16:9 aspect ratio. - -YouTube thumbnail size: 1280 x 720 pixels - -TikTok image sizes - -TikTok profile photo size: 20 x 20 pixels (minimum size to upload) - -Tips - -While 20 x 20 is the minimum upload size, upload a higher quality photo for future-proofing. - -TikTok video size: 1080 x 1920 (portrait) or 1920 x 1080 (landscape) - -Tips - -The ideal aspect ratio for vertical TikTok videos is 9:16. You can post vertical videos with other dimensions, but the platform will add black bars to the top and bottom of the videos so they are full-screen. - -The ideal aspect ratio for horizontal TikTok videos is 16:9. When you upload a video with these dimensions, a Full Screen button will appear that allows users to view the full video by flipping their screens sideways. - -TikTok carousel image size: 1080 x 1920 (for best results) - -Tips - -The ideal aspect ratio for Tik Tok carousel images is 9:16 or 1:1, but you can also post images with a 4:5 ratio. - -Why is it important to get social media image sizes right? - -Social media marketers need to get many things right when creating visual content for social media. - -You’ve got to make sure any images you use don’t defy copyright laws. If you don’t have original imagery, you’ve got to find high-quality stock photos. And you’ve got to figure out which tools out there can help elevate your social media images. - -On top of that, you’ve got to get your social media image sizes right. And getting that right is really important because: - -It avoids pixelation and awkward image stretching. And avoiding that keeps your images looking professional. - -And avoiding that keeps your images looking professional. Your photos will be optimized for each social channel’s feed. This can help increase engagement. - -This can help increase engagement. It ensures your audience sees the full photo. Incorrect sizing could cut off some of your brand’s messaging. - -Incorrect sizing could cut off some of your brand’s messaging. It can future-proof your content. Being in-the-know with social media image sizes now could mean less work for your brand in the future, when network change up how images display again. - -When building posts in Hootsuite, you never have to worry about getting the image size wrong. You can upload and refine your images using Canva’s editing tools right inside the Hootsuite dashboard. And the very first step of the process is selecting a network-optimized size for your image from a drop-down menu. - -Here’s how it works: - -Log in to your Hootsuite account and head to Composer . Click on the purple Canva icon in the bottom right corner of the content editor. Select the type of visual you want to create. You can pick a network-optimized size from the drop-down list or start a new custom design. - -When you make your selection, a login pop-up window will open. Sign in using your Canva credentials or follow the prompts to start a new Canva account. (In case you were wondering — yes, this feature does work with free Canva accounts!) Design your image in the Canva editor. When you’re done editing, click Add to post in the top right corner. The image will automatically be uploaded to the social post you’re building in Composer. - -Don’t feel like memorizing all this info? Easily resize your social media images for publication through Hootsuite Compose, which includes up-to-date image dimensions for every social media network. - -Get Started",1731883629,362e278ecc,4a6df76417,,,1731883629 -https://store.steampowered.com/news/233193/,https://store.steampowered.com/feeds/news.xml?id=457140,Team Fortress 2 Update Released,"Improved matchmaking performance - - - -Improved matchmaker behavior for users with less-than-ideal ping levels. The matchmaker should now be quicker to put you in the best available region. - - - -Improved matchmaker decision making for cross-region parties - - - -Added error messages when being ejected from the matchmaking queue due to connectivity or authentication failures, rather than the queue simply silently vanishing - - - -Fixed the matchmaking settings dialog frequently failing to display any datacenters - - - -Fixed multiple cases of in-progress casual matches abruptly terminating or failing to be assigned any new players if the game server ever loses connection to Steam - - - -Updated the Mountebank's Masque, Courtier's Collar, and Harlequin's Hooves cosmetic items to fix issues with their paint regions - - - -Updated cp_gravelpit_snowy Fixed a script issue - -Improved performance - -Improved clipping - - - -An update to Team Fortress 2 has been released. The update will be applied automatically when you restart Team Fortress 2. The major changes include:",1731883667,d2832f4a9a,4a215071a3,,,1731883667 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/11/07/galatasaray-vs-tottenham-live-score-updates-europa-league/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Shambolic Spurs defence humiliated by Galatasaray,"At no stage did Spurs look comfortable. They struggled to cope with the occasion as well as the opponent. Galatasaray are undoubtedly dangerous but Tottenham made it easy for them to dominate. They clearly still have serious problems to address, especially in defence. - -The defeat is one thing and it is not disastrous to Spurs’ chances of reaching the knockout rounds of the Europa League, but to lose a game in this fashion; without any semblance of control or composure, is worrying for Ange Postecoglou and his players. - -You can point to the fact this was a young side, with three teenagers in the starting XI, but that does not really offer an excuse for the defensive frailties that were once again exposed by a team with Galatasaray’s speed and guile, as well as a centre-forward in Victor Osimhen dangerous enough to punish them. - -So often did a Spurs player give the ball away, so frequently did they make a mistake or fail to stick close to, or track, the man they were supposed to be marking. It was embarrassingly bad. - -Galatasaray scored three goals in the first half and it should have been more. Osimhen, who ran Spurs ragged with his movement and pace, scored twice, but missed two more wonderful chances when he was left with only goalkeeper Fraser Forster to beat.",1731883658,4301cc1e14,4aeee0f24d,,,1731883658 -https://blog.reputationx.com/how-respond-reviews-google?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=how-respond-reviews-google,https://blog.reputationx.com/rss.xml,How to Respond to Negative Reviews on Google,"How to Respond to Negative Reviews on Google - -Understanding how to respond to negative reviews on Google can significantly impact your brand’s image and customer retention. - -This comprehensive guide will explore the importance of online reviews, offer best practices for monitoring and responding to feedback, and provide strategies for encouraging positive reviews. With 93% of consumers reading online reviews before making a purchase, mastering review management is essential for building a positive online presence and fostering customer loyalty. - -Table of Contents - -Understanding the Importance of Online Reviews - -Today, online reviews have become a cornerstone of consumer decision-making. The impact of these reviews on businesses cannot be overstated. Consider these eye-opening statistics: - -93% of consumers read online reviews before making a purchase - -87% expect businesses to have a rating of 3-5 stars to consider their services - -These figures, revealed by a 2020 BrightLocal survey, underscore the critical role that online reviews play in shaping consumer behavior. Positive reviews act as powerful magnets, attracting new customers and bolstering a business’s reputation. Conversely, negative reviews on Google can deter potential clients and inflict significant harm on a company’s image, which is why knowing how to respond to them is important. - -At the forefront of this review ecosystem are platforms like Yelp and Google. These platforms serve as vital spaces for consumers to share their experiences and feedback. But their importance extends beyond mere customer engagement – they also play an important role in local SEO, directly impacting a business’s visibility in search results. - -The Essentials of Review Monitoring and Management - -Given the weight of online reviews, it’s important for businesses to actively monitor and manage their online presence. This process should encompass: - -Regular checks for new reviews across various platforms - -Prompt and professional responses to both positive and negative feedback - -Utilizing insights from reviews to enhance business operations and customer service - -Respond to Negative Reviews on Google: Best Practices - -While positive reviews are always welcome, it’s the handling of negative reviews that often defines a business’s online reputation management skills. Responding to negative feedback in a timely and respectful manner can transform a dissatisfied customer into a loyal advocate. Here are some best practices to keep in mind: - -1. Timely Responses to Reviews - -Speed is of the essence when it comes to how to respond to negative reviews on Google. Aim to respond within 24-48 hours (or faster) to demonstrate that you value customer feedback and take concerns seriously. This promptness can significantly impact customer perception and potentially mitigate the damage of a negative review. - -2. Respectful Communication - -Maintaining a professional and respectful tone is important, regardless of how harsh the review may be. This approach can lead to an increase in the likelihood of customers revising their negative reviews. Remember, your response is not just for the reviewer but for all potential customers who might read it. - -3. Offer Solutions to the Reviewer - -Don’t just apologize – offer practical solutions or compensations to resolve the customer’s issues. This proactive approach can convert many dissatisfied customers into repeat clients. It shows that you’re committed to customer satisfaction and willing to go the extra mile to make things right. - -Avoiding Common Pitfalls - -When responding to negative reviews, it’s equally important to know what not to do: - -Never argue with the customer or try to shift blame - -Avoid getting defensive or making excuses - -Don’t ignore the review or respond with a generic message - -Don’t respond to reviews after taking sleeping pills. Yes, this has happened. - -Instead, focus on resolution and customer satisfaction. This approach not only creates a positive public image but can also lead to customers revising their reviews or becoming repeat clients. - -Encouraging Positive Reviews and Balancing Feedback - -While managing negative reviews is important, actively encouraging positive feedback is equally important. This helps balance your online reputation and provides a more accurate representation of your business. Here are some effective strategies: - -1. Ask for Reviews - -Don’t be shy about asking satisfied customers to share their experiences online. A survey found that 86% of consumers consider writing a review for a business, 77% will leave a review if asked, and 49% consider the number of reviews as a major factor in purchase decisions. This indicates a huge untapped potential for businesses to generate positive reviews. - -2. Offer Incentives - -Small incentives like discounts on future purchases can motivate customers to leave reviews. Businesses using this strategy see an increase in review generation. However, be sure to check platform guidelines to ensure your incentives comply with their policies. - -3. Follow-Ups - -Send follow-up emails or messages requesting feedback after a positive transaction. This not only reminds customers to leave a review but also shows them that you value their opinion. It’s a simple yet effective way to boost your review count. - -Dealing with Fake or Malicious Reviews - -Maintaining a balanced review profile also involves addressing fake or malicious reviews. If you suspect a review is fake: - -Report it to the platform administrators - -Provide any evidence you have to support your claim - -Respond professionally, stating that you have no record of the reviewer’s experience - -This approach helps maintain the integrity of your online reputation while demonstrating your commitment to honest and transparent customer feedback. - -Managing reviews efficiently can be challenging without the right tools. Fortunately, a variety of review management software and services are available to streamline this process. These tools offer several key benefits: - -Automated Alerts: Receive instant notifications for new reviews, ensuring timely responses. - -Receive instant notifications for new reviews, ensuring timely responses. Centralized Management: Manage reviews from multiple platforms in one place, saving time and reducing complexity. - -Manage reviews from multiple platforms in one place, saving time and reducing complexity. Analytics: Gain valuable insights into customer feedback trends to improve business strategies. - -When selecting a review management solution, consider factors such as features, scalability, user-friendliness, and customer support. Some popular options include: - -BirdEye: Known for its robust social listening capabilities - -Known for its robust social listening capabilities ReviewTrackers: Features an intuitive interface for easy management - -Features an intuitive interface for easy management Yotpo: Specializes in e-commerce functionality - -Each tool offers unique advantages tailored to specific business requirements. For instance, a company poised for expansion might prioritize scalability, while businesses with limited resources might focus on user-friendliness. - -Implementing a Proactive Review Management Strategy - -Developing a proactive review management plan is essential for maintaining a positive online presence. Here’s how to create and implement an effective strategy: - -1. Set Clear Goals and Metrics - -Start by defining what success looks like for your business in terms of online reviews. This could include targets for overall rating, number of reviews, or response time. Establish key performance indicators (KPIs) to measure your progress. - -2. Integrate with Customer Experience Strategy - -Your review management should be part of a broader customer experience strategy. Ensure that every touchpoint with customers is optimized to encourage positive reviews and address potential issues before they escalate. - -3. Regular Monitoring and Response - -Allocate time to regularly check reviews across all platforms and respond appropriately. Consistency is key – aim to respond to every review, both positive and negative, in a timely manner. - -4. Employee Training - -Educate your team on the importance of customer feedback and provide training on how to handle reviews professionally. Ensure that responses align with your brand voice and values. - -5. Create a Feedback Loop - -Use the insights gained from reviews to make tangible improvements to your business. This shows customers that their opinions matter and that you’re committed to providing the best possible experience. - -6. Measure and Adjust - -Regularly review your KPIs and adjust your strategy as needed. This could involve tweaking your response approach, investing in new tools, or focusing on areas of your business that consistently receive negative feedback. - -Wrapping Up - -Effective review management is not just beneficial – it’s essential for business success. With 93% of customers reading online reviews before making a purchase decision, the impact of these reviews on consumer behavior is undeniable. - -By understanding the importance of online reviews, responding tactfully to negative feedback, and encouraging positive reviews, businesses can significantly improve customer sentiment and boost their online reputation. Leveraging management tools and implementing a proactive strategy further enhances this process, allowing businesses to turn challenges into opportunities for growth and customer loyalty. - -Remember, review management is an ongoing process. It requires consistent effort, adaptability, and a genuine commitment to customer satisfaction. By prioritizing this aspect of your business, you’re not just managing reviews – you’re building stronger connections with your audience, enhancing your brand image, and ultimately, driving sustainable growth in an increasingly competitive market. - -FAQ - -Q: How quickly should I respond to online reviews? - -A: Aim to respond within 24-48 hours. Quick responses show that you value customer feedback and are attentive to their concerns. - -Q: Is it okay to offer incentives for reviews? - -A: While offering small incentives can be effective, always check platform guidelines to ensure compliance. Never incentivize only positive reviews, as this can be seen as manipulative. - -Q: How can I encourage more customers to leave reviews? - -A: Simply ask! Many customers are willing to leave reviews but don’t think to do so unless prompted. Follow up after positive interactions and make the review process as easy as possible. - -Q: What should I do about fake negative reviews? - -A: Report them to the platform, provide evidence if possible, and respond professionally stating that you have no record of the reviewer’s experience. - -Q: How can I use negative reviews to improve my business? - -A: View negative reviews as valuable feedback. Look for patterns in the criticism and use these insights to make tangible improvements to your products, services, or customer experience.",1731883628,eebe3aa67c,4a9f2ef6b3,,,1731883628 -https://blogs.getty.edu/iris/podcast-galley-slavery-in-17th-century-france/,https://blogs.getty.edu/iris/feed/,PODCAST: Galley Slavery in 17th-Century France,"JAMES CUNO: Hello, I’m Jim Cuno, president of the J. Paul Getty Trust. Welcome to Art and Ideas, a podcast in which I speak to artists, conservators, authors, and scholars about their work. - -GILLIAN WEISS: There’s been an assumption that any person who stepped foot on French territory in the metropole went free. In fact, enslaved Turks did not go free; they often spent their entire lifetime in servitude. - -CUNO: In this episode, I speak with authors Gillian Weiss and Meredith Martin about their new book The Sun King at Sea: Maritime Art and Galley Slavery in Louis XIV’s France. - -Studies of art and culture of Louis XIV’s era have privileged Paris and Versailles to the neglect of the port city of Marseilles. The recent rise of material culture studies, as well as art history’s global turn, have broadened this view. In their new book, The Sun King at Sea: Maritime Art and Galley Slavery in Louis XIV’s France, Gillian Weiss and Meredith Martin focus our attention on the many fluid interchanges between Paris and seaport cities in 17th century France. They highlight in particular the lives and labors of enslaved Turks, who were enlisted to help build and decorate ships and other art objects created to proclaim the power and glory of the Sun King. - -I recently spoke with Professor Weiss of Case Western Reserve and Professor Martin of New York University about their new book, published by the Getty Research Institute. - -Thank you, Meredith and Gillian, for speaking with me in this podcast episode. You introduce your book by describing the Musée d’Histoire de Marseille, which opened its doors in 1983. Describe the museum for us and tell us why you opened the book that way. - -GILLIAN WEISS: The Marseille History Museum might be one of the only museums in the world that’s housed in a shopping mall. And it’s there because a series of modern excavations unearthed some Greek archaeological remains on the site. The museum also happens to be located near several locations that are important for our book: the harbor of the Old Port, formerly the site of the royal arsenal, the shipbuilding complex for the galleys; as well as near the seventeenth century promenade known as the Core. - -It’s a place that manifests Marseille’s multilayered history and its multicultural population. But what it doesn’t explicitly show is the presence of Louis XIV’s galley slaves. And we wanted to open and close our book with a reflection about issues of memory and erasure, which is something that is evident in both the museum’s galleries and collections, as well as other sites around the city. - -CUNO: And Meredith, what role did Charles le Brun and his painted medallion play in the story that’s so prominent? - -MEREDITH MARTIN: Yes, it’s actually on the cover of our book, and we describe it in the introduction. But in fact, our entire project and collaboration was inspired by an informal email exchange we had about this painted medallion, which appears on the ceiling of the Hall of Mirrors at Versailles, and which represents Louis XIV subjugating three dark-skinned, shackled men, who are all wearing turbans. I came across this image in a Google search and I emailed Gillian to ask her about it, since I knew she’d written a book about the reverse phenomenon of Frenchmen enslaved in North Africa. - -And she identified it as representing the thousands of so-called enslaved Turks, who were mostly Muslim and who were captured or purchased to be brought to France during Louis XIV’s reign. These men were forced to row a new fleet of galleys that the French monarchy had built as a way to try and dominate Mediterranean trade, but also to represent Louis XIV as a kind of Catholic crusader. - -We started looking around for more images of this phenomenon, and we discovered that it had, in fact, been represented in a really wide range of media: ship design, maritime weapons, and treatises, as well as medals, paintings, and prints. But the fact that there seemed to have been so little written about it is what prompted us to write this book. - -CUNO: Now, many of us have long admired the Marie de Medici Cycle of paintings in the Louvre, while overlooking much of what you now draw our attention to. Describe those paintings to us and tell us why they’re so important to the thesis of your book. - -MARTIN: So this was really large monumental cycle of twenty-four paintings that Marie de Medici, who was an Italian-born Queen of France had commissioned earlier in the seventeenth century. And most art historians argue that she did so as a way to tell her story, but also to kind of celebrate and legitimate her rule. Her former husband, the King of France, had been assassinated, and she had been serving as the regent for her young son. - -We talk about one particular painting from this cycle, which shows her arrival at the Port of Marseille prior to marrying her husband. And this was a huge event that was celebrated with great fanfare and with a lot of maritime spectacles. And probably the most famous of these spectacles was her own ceremonial galley, which Rubens depicts in one corner of the painting. And he also shows some of the enslaved oarsmen who rowed it. And he represents them as enslaved Turks or enslaved Moors. - -Once Marie de Medici became the Queen of France, she commissioned another ceremonial galley to keep at the Port of Marseille. And at one point, she wrote to her uncle, the Grand Duke of Tuscany, to send her enslaved Muslims from the Medici Port of Livorno, to row this galley. And this is important to our book because it shows that there were earlier precedents—you know, actual precedents as well as artistic precedents—for enslaving Muslims throughout the Mediterranean. That Louis XIV didn’t invent this phenomenon, but he was inspired by it and he took it to new heights. And he was also, of course, personally influenced by Marie de Medici, who was his grandmother. And you can see that influence in the Hall of Mirrors at Versailles and in other artistic commissions. - -CUNO: Gillian, tell us what a galley is, how big it is, what it looks like. - -WEISS: So a galley is a kind of Mediterranean oar-powered vessel that also used sails occasionally when there was wind available. And it had a pointed prow that was used to ram ships during battle. There was a plank that went down the middle, that soldiers would walk on; and just slightly below sat the rowers, who were generally chained five person to a row, with a— depending on the size of the galley, between twenty-five and thirty-six rows. - -And there also, in the front of the galley, was a tented area where the commander would give the instructions to the crew. And one thing, actually, that we write about in the book is the way in which a lot of ways, the architecture of the galley resembles that of a church. So in a certain way, it’s a little bit like the priest at the front, who is standing and giving a sermon, is a little bit like the officers telling the rowers what to do.And they, in fact, are pushing forward on their front legs, on sort of like a pew, something called a pedang[sp?], as they lean into the row to power the galley through the water. - -CUNO: So the galley is a martial ship; is that right? - -WEISS: Well, a galley is both a ship of war and a form of a prison, as well as a boat that transported goods, as well as dignitaries, from port to port. And it had been mostly superseded technologically, by the seventeenth century, by round-bottomed sailing ships. But in a lot of ways, it remained quite useful in Mediterranean waters, which were calm. And it was pretty nimble, to be able to more around the coast. - -CUNO: Now, the Marseille Arsenal is the subject of your first chapter. Describe it to us, and its role in French naval control of so much of the Mediterranean. - -MARTIN: The Marseille Arsenal, which was built under the direction of Louis XIV and Colbert in the 1660s, was a magnificent spectacle. It was sort of meant to be the maritime industrial counterpart to Versailles. And it took up much of the harbor and it was something that was remarked upon with awe and admiration by visitors to Marseille. - -Its walls were painted bright blue with fleur-de-lis in yellow. It had numerous pavilions, and it was used both to store galleys, but also as a shipbuilding palace, where they were built. And it was over the course of the 1660s and 1670s, they managed to build about forty galleys there. And it was also a site of, you know, incredible spectacles. - -So for example, trying to imitate the example of Venice, was a spectacle wherein a galley was constructed, in 1678, in a single twenty-four hour period. And that spectacle was described, and also painted. - -CUNO: So who were the Turks? You’ve mentioned them already. But tell us who they were and the role they played in French control of the Mediterranean. - -WEISS: So enslaved Turks were men who were captured, but more often purchased, in Mediterranean slave markets and along the Habsburg-Ottoman front, and they predominately came from the Ottoman Empire and Morocco. They were presumed to be Muslim, and they mostly were; but occasionally there were Jewish rowers, who nonetheless fell into the category of enslaved Turk. And in one occasion, there were enslaved indigenous Americans, who also were put into that category. - -They were expected to represent about twenty-five percent of the rowing force. During the spring and summer months, their main function was to help propel the galleys in the Mediterranean. They were reputed to be particularly strong, and they were put at technically important positions at the oar. But during the winter and fall months, they were actually forced to work at port. - -And at port, enslaved Turks, like other rowers, worked both at the naval arsenal and also for craftspeople around the city. And doing that, they actually helped to build and decorate the ships that they also rowed. - -We also found evidence that some enslaved Turks were hired by artists in the Port of Marseille and Toulon, to help with artworks that were made for Versailles. In particular, Pierre Puget hired enslaved Turks and convicts to help him with the completion of some sculptures that were later sent to Versailles. - -CUNO: You mean they actually helped them make the sculptures, or they were the subject of the sculptures? - -WEISS: Well actually, we do have evidence that enslaved Turks were sent up to Paris, to the École des Beaux-Arts, in order to model for some artworks. And there is also other circumstantial evidence that they were used as models for different kinds of things. - -But enslaved Turks and convicts were also used as labor. In the case of Puget’s statues, the documents that we found show that they moved things around. They weren’t actually, like, carving the marble. But in other cases, if you think about a ship itself as a piece of art, enslaved Turks were being trained to do other things, including carving and caulking and so on. So in that respect, they were helping to decorate and make the actual ships that they were serving upon. - -CUNO: Meredith, describe to us the weapons sculpted with depictions of enslaved Turks. Why Turks? - -MARTIN: So we talk about many such weapons in our book, but I’ll just describe one of them, which is a large naval cannon decorated with the head of an enslaved Turk, which was made by Jean Bebay[sp?], who was the head of the weapons foundry at the naval arsenal. - -This Turk head,which seems to have been sculpted from a live slave model, who would’ve posed for Bebay at the port, serves as the round knob that was used to secure or to tie the naval cannon to a ship’s deck. And so actually, there would’ve been a rope wrapped tightly around the neck of this head, and then attached to the deck. And that would’ve kind of amplified the sense of an enslaved Turk being captured and contained within this weapon; but also the pain and suffering that’s really clearly visible on his facial expression. - -And in terms of why Turks, we argue that this cannon may have a kind of approachopaic[sp?] function. You know, maybe warning any Ottoman or North African opponentabout the sort of fate that might befall them if they tried to engage in naval activity agais nst the Sun King’s fleet. But I think it also could’ve— have been used to kind of aggrandize this sense of strength and of power of French seamen, who were capable of capturing one of these fearsome infidel opponents. - -CUNO: Now Meredith, your second chapter focuses on the meaning of maritime imagery in monumental statues and palace décor. What are the differences in maritime imagery in paintings and sculptures in the capital and those on the coast? - -MARTIN: Well, I think one significant difference is that a lot of the maritime art that was made for the coast is ephemeral and doesn’t survive today. Ships were regularly destroyed or shipwrecked; cannons were sometimes melted down. Sometimes ship decoration would itself be recycled or repurposed. MARTIN (And this is one reason why art historians have tended to focus more attention on monumental artworks made for the capital, for Paris and Versailles, as opposed to these ephemeral productions for the coast. - -But what we also found in our research is that a lot of the activities that were happening in the coast were represented in the capital. And the phenomenon of galley slavery was represented, as well. So we’ve already mentioned Charles le Brun’s painted medallion for the ceiling of the Hall of Mirrors at Versailles, which was this stunning, very large room that integrated these paintings with mirrors and gilding and elaborate furnishings, some of which were made with raw materials that had been sourced through maritime trade or through colonial activities. - -And there was also another kind of stunning room in the palace that doesn’t survive today or that was torn down in the eighteenth century, called the Ambassadors Staircase, which featured trompe l’oeil paintings of ambassadors from all around the world who were coming to pay homage to Louis XIV. - -And you can see in designs for the room that at the four corners of the ceiling, there are ship prows, which are flanked by chained captives. And these may refer to some of the galley slaves that were involved in this conflict. And I think what this shows is that there’s a kind of myth that Louis XIV wasn’t all that interested in naval affairs, but in fact, he was really interested; and all of this coastal or maritime imagery was a really key component of his propaganda. - -CUNO: Did paintings, prints, and drawings of the subjects of maritime power replace the actual instruments of that power? - -MARTIN: Well, that’s a good question. I think that, you know, to some extent, these maritime artworks exaggerate, you know, the degree to which France was actually a naval superpower in this period. Louis XIV did score many important victories in the Mediterranean and elsewhere, but the French could never really compete with the superior naval power of the British and the Dutch, who were more focused on Asia and the Atlantic world. - -I think the Sun King’s maritime victories were regularly represented in medals and prints, you know, both of which could be made relatively quickly and somewhat inexpensively, and could circulate widely. So that’s why they were so important as propaganda. - -I don’t think they so much replaced the actual maritime power that they depict, but they did, in certain instances, aim to deflect some criticism that Louis XIV was receiving from European rivals. And these rivals created their own kind of maritime imagery and satirical medals and prints that poked fun at Louis XIV and suggested that in fact, he wasn’t as powerful as he was claiming to be, and also that he was double dealing—that he was claiming to be this kind of Catholic crusader, a subjugator of infidels, but in fact, was signing political and commercial agreements with the Ottoman Empire and with various North African states. - -So there’s an interesting kind of market at the time, both for these very honorific images of Louis XIV, but also an interest in the satirical counter imagery, too. - -CUNO: How popular were medals or medallions at this time? - -MARTIN: They were actually extremely popular, and artists would make them in a variety of different materials, so that they could be sold at different price points. So you had gold, silver, and copper medals. And they were one of the most important art forms and forms of propaganda during Louis XIV’s reign. - -Of course, satirical medals that attacked the Sun King were also really popular. These were made mostly in Germany and in the Netherlands, and royal censors tries to keep them out of France; but it’s quite clear that they kind of made it in and circulated. And in fact, it seems that Louis XIV really enjoyed looking at some of these satirical medals and that his garden designer, André Le Nôtre, kept a collection of them. - -And there’s a funny anecdote or a quote from the time of Le Nôtre kind of running up to Louis XIV and showing him one of these examples of one of these satirical medals and saying, “Sire, this is one that’s certainly against us.” - -CUNO: Now Gillian, did this business that we just talked about including imagery of chained convicts? And if so, why? - -WEISS: So the first thing I think I need to clarify is that while twenty-five percent of the rowing force on the royal galleys were made up enslaved Turks, the other seventy-five percent were made up of convicts. And these were people who were convicted of some extremely serious crimes, but also some very petty ones. - -And after the 1685 revocation of the Edict of Nantes, which made Protestantism illegal in France, a portion of the convicts who were sent to the galleys were convicted for the crime of Christian heresy. And so in our book, we reproduce an engraving from 1686 that depicts enchained Protestants being marched to the galleys. - -But in fact, what was also extremely prominent, apart from these engraved images, was the spectacle of actual convict chain gangs leaving a central holding pen in Paris and being marched from the capital through France, along established routes, to the coast and to Marseille and the galleys. - -CUNO: Now, tell me a bit more about that. So in Versailles, there are these showplaces of maritime wonder that were decorated with images of enslaved peoples. But there were actually enslaved peoples in Versailles or in Paris, or in the streets of Paris. - -MARTIN: Yes. As Gillian mentioned, there were enslaved oarsmen who were sometimes integrated into spectacles in the capital, and who were also brought to row a model galley that policed the waters of the Seine. And at Versailles, you also had actual enslaved oarsmen who were integrated—not just represented in palace décor, but actual people—who were brought up from Marseille and Toulon. - -Louis XIV and Colbert, in an attempt to kind of showcase Mediterranean power at Versailles, created a whole kind of miniature flotilla of the Sun King’s naval ships, including a model galley that was used for nautical or maritime spectacles that were shown to foreign ambassadors and visiting dignitaries, including, you know, ambassadors from Spain and Algiers, who were meant to kind of see and maybe, like, reexperience recent maritime conflicts that they had had with France. - -And the monarchy actually purchased more than fifty so-called enslaved Moors, who may have been from West Africa, to row this model galley. And these men may have also been forced to participate in court masquerades and in festivals that took place at Versailles. - -The model flotilla on the Grand Canal was primarily a sort of form of performance art; but sometimes there were actual ships that played a military role at Versailles. The monarchy tested out bomb ketches, which was a new type of ship that had been invented to carry out several bombardments against Algiers that the French undertook during the 1680s. And I think it’s interesting that many courtiers at the time recognized that there was a kind of fine line between these political performances and actual military activity. - -And in fact, the seventeenth century French writer Jean de la Fontaine is quoted at one point as saying that, you know, all of Louis XIV’s entertainments or divertisments resemble war. - -CUNO: Now Gillian, tell me, how familiar were people in Paris with these kinds of demonstrations? And there were demonstrations, as described, in a theatrical sense. Were they available to people in the streets? - -WEISS: Well, for literate people, all sorts of Mediterranean events and spectacles were described in great detail in gazettes, in the Mercure and other newspapers. It kept people up-to-date about Mediterranean battles and bombardments, about visits of ambassadors from North Africa, dignitaries also from other parts of the Ottoman Empire, peace accords that reproduce the text of the accords, the liberation of French slaves from North Africa, the conversion of enslaved Turks in Marseille. - -There was also a boom in published narratives in the seventeenth century that described both captivity and liberation from North Africa, as well as just travel to different parts of the Mediterranean. So for the literate reading public, there was a lot of material available. - -For people who were not literate, there was various kinds of visual representations, but also included the convict chains of rowers that were headed to the Mediterranean, as well as liberated captives who were returning from enslavement in North Africa. - -However, those— they did also have— they did also take place in various Italian city-states, as well as on the Iberian Peninsula and in the Holy Roman Empire. - -CUNO: So we have this imagery of enslaved Turks visible on paintings of the time and reenacted in the streets and carved on medals and medallions of the time. What role did imagery of enslaved Turks play in churches? - -WEISS: So churches throughout the Mediterranean, notably in Naples and in Malta, feature depictions of enslaved Turks. We didn’t find any surviving images in France. But what we did find were numerous descriptions of elaborate conversion ceremonies that took place both inside and outside churches. - -In the 1680s especially, which is a period of increasing orthodoxy leading up to the revocation of the Edict of Nantes, there were large group baptisms that involve prominent members of society functioning as godparents, that had special outfits in white for the neophytes, and decorations on cathedrals borrowed from the galleys—cannon fire and music. But in fact, I mean, just on an individual level, I found hundreds of conversions in the archives of the Marseille Chamber of Commerce, which all were celebrated, to some degree, with pomp, for regular people to see. - -CUNO: What about the role that the imagery played in science, in shipbuilding, and humanism, for example? - -WEISS: So the humanist movement was marked by a revival in interest in antiquity. And so that included a revival in interest in galleys, in particular. One of the ways that Louis XIV chose to project his power was as a Classical conqueror who, like those that came before, was able to build and staff galleys. Of course, the difference is that Louis XIV was committed to using convicts and slaves to propel his galleys, while in the Classical period, rowers tended to be free men. - -We actually have a whole chapter on shipbuilding manuals, which were primarily commissioned by French naval officers in Marseille, who near the end of the seventeenth century, were showing off their knowledge about shipbuilding, and showing off their knowledge about hydrography, while also trying to make a case for the ongoing importance of maintaining galleys and of enslaving Muslims. And this is at a moment that galleys were starting to fall out of favor. - -And so that what these manuals demonstrate is that this kind of maritime propaganda wasn’t only a top-down phenomenon, and the interests of officers weren’t always aligned with that of the crown. Not only do they show the step-by-step process for building a galley, but they also feature really elaborate cartouche of enslaved Turks. They attempt to argue visually that France’s sea power and maritime dominance depended on harnessing the supposedly superior strength of enslaved Turks. - -CUNO: Meredith, were there other ways that these incidences were depicted? - -MARTIN: Well, there’s one other famous example, which is the subject of the last chapter of our book. And those are two monumental paintings that were made by Michel Serre, who served as the chief painter for the galleys at Marseille. - -And what they represent is the Great Plague of Marseille that began in 1720 and ended up killing nearly half of the city’s population. And as we talk about in our book and in other publications, there’s lots of eerie similarities between the great plague of Marseille and our own COVID 19 pandemic. Not just the fact that they are separated by exactly 300 years, but also that at their inception, people who commented on the plague both sort of blamed the source of the contagion on foreigners, many of whom were then also tasked with cleaning it up. - -And in the case of the 1720 plague, enslaved Turks were conscripted, were forced to remove the dead, contaminated bodies of plague victims from the streets of Marseille. And this is the horrific sort of incident that Serre depicts. And he actually exaggerated the presence or the number of enslaved Turks who took part in this cadaver removal. And we argue that he did so because he wanted to engage with anxieties and debates about the source of the contagion, which was believed to come from Muslim lands, and also to sort stoke fears about global trade that were percolating at the time. - -And a few years after he made them, Serre’s paintings were publicly exhibited for pay in Paris, which was a really unusual thing to do at the time. And it forced Parisians to confront the darker side of what was happening in Marseille. You know, not the Sun King’s maritime achievements or victories, but also risks of an interconnected world, and perhaps even the failure or the inability of the monarchy to protect its subjects. - -CUNO: Now, there’s something very beautiful in the graphic designs of these galley ships, as you’ve been describing, Gillian and Meredith, but then something horrific about the spectacles of the suffering that they underpin, as well. And that seems to me to be at the center of your book, the intertwining of the beautiful and the horrific, the enslaved and the elegant. How did you reconcile these differences? - -MARTIN: I think we don’t try to reconcile them, so much as to put them in dialog, or even in tension, with each other. Many of the most celebrated or beautiful artworks of the past have a really ugly history. And revealing that history maybe, or arguably, tarnishes their image, or maybe tarnishes the Sun King’s image. But we think it also offers a much deeper and richer picture. - -And this is obviously part of a much larger conversation that’s happening right now, with regards to the way that historical artworks are displayed in museums, as well as the way that monuments are contextualized, or even maintained. And we want our book to be part of this larger conversation; but at the same time, we want to draw attention to the specific phenomenon of enslaved Muslims in France, which really hasn’t received very much attention at all, who we really feel deserve their due. - -CUNO: Gillian? - -WEISS: Right now in Marseille, there’s a little bit of a remnant of the arsenal that still stands by the port, but there’s very little signage to indicate what happened on that site. And in fact, the only public signage that makes any reference, in Marseille, to enslaved Turks is from a what turns out to be apocryphal site of a supposed Muslim mosque in the arsenal. - -So I think, again, that one of the things we’re interested in thinking about is why the presence of enslaved Turks has been so forgotten in France. - -And so I think that on the one hand, the example of American chattel slavery has often served as the prototype for understanding all forms of servitude in other places, and so therefore, it has helped to occlude the presence of enslaved Turks in France. But I think another reason that the presence of enslaved Turks on royal galleys has been overlooked has to do with a longstanding legal maxim that holds there are no slaves in France. And although we know that West Africans were exploited in the Caribbean colonies of France, there’s been an assumption that the free-soil maxim held true for metropolitan France; and that indeed, any person who stepped foot on French territory in the metropole went free. In fact, enslaved Turks did not go free; they often spent their entire lifetime in servitude. - -And one of the things that we are trying to do in this book, besides show the preponderance of imagery of enslaved Turks, is simply to show that this imagery actually had actual reference in Marseille and Toulon, that there actually were people who were purchased and captured and made to labor for their lifetimes on French soil. - -CUNO: Well, your book captures this hauntingly in its final two sentences, in which you write, “While the composition attempts to draw the eye and mind upward toward a celestial vision of royal grandeur, the Turks bring them down to the reality of dead bodies in the dirt. And that vision, the galley fragments below, look less like building blocks for a reassembled fleet and more like bones from a cadaver tomb, symbols of death, rather than new life.” - -Now, your book is important, and the Getty’s grateful for having been given the chance to publish it. We thank you both, Gillian and Meredith, for that and thank you for speaking with me today. - -MARTIN: Thank you for inviting us. - -WEISS: Thank you. - -CUNO: This episode was produced by Zoe Goldman, with audio production by Gideon Brower and mixing by Myke Dodge Weiskopf. Our theme music comes from the “The Dharma at Big Sur” composed by John Adams, for the opening of the Walt Disney Concert Hall in Los Angeles in 2003, and is licensed with permission from Hendon Music. Look for new episodes of Art and Ideas every other Wednesday, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and other podcast platforms. For photos, transcripts, and other resources, visit getty.edu/podcasts and if you have a question, or an idea for an upcoming episode, write to us at podcasts@getty.edu. Thanks for listening.",1731883689,4aea77adc2,4b0be68d72,,,1731883689 -https://www.npr.org/2022/07/06/1110147410/two-indicators-crypto-consternation,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The aftermath of the cryptocurrency crash : Planet Money : NPR,"Two crypto crash Indicators - -Enlarge this image JACK GUEZ/AFP via Getty Images JACK GUEZ/AFP via Getty Images - -Apply to be the fall/winter 2022 intern for Planet Money and The Indicator. - -How times change. A year ago, cryptocurrency seemed to be making a mainstream breakthrough. As crypto made its way into retirement portfolios, celebrity TV ads sold it as a future-proof investment, prices soared, fortunes were made... and then lost. - -That all changed in 2022. Following a series of failures among high profile crypto lenders and questions about the industry's underlying viability, crypto has entered a bear market (dubbed ""crytpo winter"" by investors) that has, to date, erased nearly five years of Bitcoin gains. In just a few short months, many of the retail investors who bought cryptocurrencies have seen their investments disappear almost overnight. - -Sponsor Message - -Does it matter to the rest of the economy? Can this crash spread? - -On today's show, we bring you two stories from crypto winter's front lines from Planet Money's The Indicator. We'll assess the damage from the crypto collapse for both individual investors and the wider market. And we hear about why crypto held such allure for Black investors in particular. - -Music: Funky Intentions, Sunny Summer Skin, & Monschau - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Get bonus episodes of Planet Money by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Get your weekly dose of economic inbox insight with our Newsletter.",1731884672,8181d7a585,4b2fc45c0d,,,1731884672 -https://www.lookoutlanding.com/2024/11/15/24297052/mariners-moose-tracks-11-15-24-kevin-newman-yasiel-puig-and-the-tampa-bay-rays,https://www.lookoutlanding.com/rss/current,"Mariners Moose Tracks, 11/15/24: Kevin Newman, Yasiel Puig, and the Tampa Bay Rays","FanPost Friday: Your favorite Dave Sims moments and stories As rumored a few weeks ago, announcer Dave Sims is taking the gig with the New York Yankees. We wish him all the best. Let’s reminiscence, shall we?",1731883655,60a22b5a92,4b24ffea18,,,1731883655 -https://arstechnica.com/science/2024/11/what-did-the-snowball-earth-look-like/,https://arstechnica.com/science/feed/,What did the snowball Earth look like?,"By now, it has been firmly established that the Earth went through a series of global glaciations around 600 million to 700 million years ago, shortly before complex animal life exploded in the Cambrian. Climate models have confirmed that, once enough of a dark ocean is covered by reflective ice, it sets off a cooling feedback that turns the entire planet into an icehouse. And we've found glacial material that was deposited off the coasts in the tropics. - -We have an extremely incomplete picture of what these snowball periods looked like, and Antarctic terrain provides different models for what an icehouse continent might look like. But now, researchers have found deposits that they argue were formed beneath a massive ice sheet that was being melted from below by volcanic activity. And, although the deposits are currently in Colorado's Front Range, at the time they resided much closer to the equator. - -In the icehouse - -Glacial deposits can be difficult to identify in deep time. Massive sheets of ice will scour the terrain down to bare rock, leaving behind loosely consolidated bits of rubble that can easily be swept away after the ice is gone. We can spot when that rubble shows up in ocean deposits to confirm there were glaciers along the coast, but rubble can be difficult to find on land. - -That has made studying the snowball Earth periods a challenge. We have the offshore deposits to confirm coastal ice, and we have climate models that say the continents should be covered in massive ice sheets, but we have very little direct evidence. Antarctica gives off mixed messages, too. While there are clearly massive ice sheets, there are also dry valleys, where there's barely any precipitation and there's so little moisture in the air that any ice that makes its way into the valleys sublimates away into water vapor.",1731883665,0179022565,4b4aae4be7,,,1731883665 -https://www.accountingweb.co.uk/community/industry-insights/iplicit-webinar-could-help-reunite-you-with-your-missing-finance-data,https://www.accountingweb.co.uk/rss.xml,iplicit webinar could help reunite you with your missing finance data,"Every finance team wants a complete and accurate picture of how the organisation is doing, as quickly as possible. - -But all too often, people are not seeing the full picture. In fact, financial information can be thoroughly hidden from the very people who are working hardest to find it. - -iplicit is holding a webinar on the subject of missing data. The Data Discovery: Unlock Your Financial Data With iplicit will take place on Wednesday, November 20, at 11am. - -iplicit - -The data puzzle - -iplicit's webinar follows its publication of a free downloadable guide called Where’s My Data? that illustrated the problem in the style of a children’s puzzle book. The guide makes the point that finding some information amid the chaos of a busy organisation can be like spotting Wally in the Where’s Wally? books. - -The guide likens an organisation to a series of islands. - -There’s the Island of Sales, the Island of Finance, the islands of Customer Relations, Delivery, Stock Management and more. Each seems to have its own language – and certainly has its own way of doing things. - -But you’re living on the Island of Finance, awaiting delivery of information. If it doesn’t arrive by the end of the month, the people of Finance have to go on a voyage around the islands to find it. - -Some common hiding places - -There are a host of places where important information could be hiding. - -Different systems: Your organisation may use a variety of software applications that don’t integrate with the finance system. There might be separate and incompatible systems for CRM, purchase orders, e-commerce, POS, timesheets, stock or delivery. Getting information out of those programs and into the accounting software can be a laborious process with a lot of scope for error. - -Competing records: The clunkier your systems are, the more people will be inclined to keep their own records which might contradict the finance system. - -Other entities: If your organisation has multiple legal entities, that means there are multiple places for data to hide. Different entities might have different finance software, or their own separate instances of the same software, but putting them together means manual data entry and protracted wrangling with spreadsheets. - -Paper trails: Whether it’s an expenses claim or a purchase invoice, a piece of paper can go missing or just sit for extended periods in someone’s in-tray. - -Thin air: With a patchwork of competing systems, some data can disappear. Someone might have selected the wrong cells in a spreadsheet or mistyped a figure when keying in data, causing information to vanish. - -Spreadsheets: Perhaps the biggest silo of them all can be the spreadsheet. Excel is an incredible tool, but if data doesn’t flow into it automatically, it can be a repository for information that’s missing from the finance system or contradicts it entirely. - -Getting the whole picture - -iplicit's webinar will show you how finance leaders can have a complete and accurate view of the finances. With a single source of truth, key stakeholders can help themselves to accurate data. - -What’s more, decision makers can have comprehensive and timely information, without a lengthy wait for month-end or year-end processes. - -With the right systems in place, organisations can reduce waste and confusion, but also provide the leadership with the complete and accurate data that enables better decisions. - -iplicit’s free webinar, The Data Discovery: Unlock Your Financial Data With iplicit, takes place on Wednesday, November 20, at 11am. You can register here.",1731883641,a53b283167,4b222ec6aa,,,1731883641 -https://www.nytimes.com/2024/11/16/world/americas/biden-xi-meeting.html,https://rss.nytimes.com/services/xml/rss/nyt/Politics.xml,"Biden and Xi Meet, Delivering Messages Seemingly Intended for Trump","When President Biden and China’s leader, Xi Jinping, met on Saturday in Peru, they spoke directly to each other for perhaps the last time about a fierce superpower rivalry that Mr. Biden has sought to keep from spiraling into open conflict. - -But both men also seemed to be addressing someone not in the room: Donald J. Trump, who has promised to take a more aggressive approach to Beijing when he becomes president again in January. - -Mr. Xi, in his opening remarks, offered what appeared to be a stern warning as U.S.-China relations enter a new period of uncertainty after the American election. - -“Make the wise choice,” he said in a conference hall at a hotel in Lima where the Chinese delegation was staying. “Keep exploring the right way for two major countries to get along well with each other.”",1731883656,6207fdc2b2,4ad6ee58cd,,,1731883656 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/15/swinburne-university-of-technology-design-projects-dezeen-schoolshows/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,Ten architecture and design projects by students at Swinburne University of Technology,"Dezeen School Shows: a pharmaceutical app which integrates Eastern and Western healthcare approaches and designed using AI is included in Dezeen's latest school show by students at Swinburne University of Technology. - -Also included is an adaptive reuse proposal for a waterfront in Melbourne, Australia, and a textiles project utilising recycled yarn. - -Swinburne University of Technology - -Institution: Swinburne University of Technology - -School: School of Design and Architecture - -Course: Multi-disciplinary - -Tutors: Dr Jane Connory, Deputy Chair of Communication Design - -School statement: - -""Swinburne continues to be recognised as having one of the best design schools in the world by the 2018 QS World University Rankings by Subject. - -""Ranked at equal number 40 for Art and Design, Swinburne has improved by more than 10 places since 2017. - -""Swinburne's ongoing success stems from initiatives such as The Design Factory Melbourne, in partnership with the Global Design Network."" - - - -Type Fair PH by Glocielle Nera - -""With the diverse history of typography design in the Philippines, this motion response aims to introduce Type Fair PH as a bright and creative local event that celebrates the rich culture of Filipino design and typography. - -""As you watch, you'll see that typography is used to mention the activities but also as graphic elements showcasing unique styles from sans serifs to decorative to blackletter and more. - -""Iconic Filipino elements are also present such as jeepneys and jeepney signage, Rizal Park – an iconic local urban park – along with the use of flowers and leaves, a sentiment towards the Philippines' rich biodiversity. - -""The video successfully encapsulated the theme: diversity and creativity through typography and design, made proud with local Filipino talent."" - -Student: Glocielle Nera - -Course: Communication Design and Motion Design - -Tutor: Lucas Licata - -Email: glocielle.nera[at]gmail.com - -Moody by Gayathri Krishna - -""Moody is an electronic toy designed to enhance parent-child interaction while teaching children aged three to eight about emotions and empathy. - -""Accompanied by the 'Moody and Friends' storybooks, it engages kids in recognising and understanding emotions by prompting them to match characters' feelings with RFID-enabled emotion cards. - -""Moody provides immediate feedback by glowing with corresponding expressions, making learning intuitive and fun. - -""Moody's blend of co-operative play and meaningful parent-child interaction nurtures emotional education, making it a valuable tool for bonding and holistic child development."" - -Student: Gayathri Krishna - -Course: Bachelor of Design (Industrial Design) with Honours - -Tutors: Nicholas Chia and Charles Ranscombe - -Email: 103167937[at]student.swin.edu.au - -Thousand Winds by Savannah Knott - -""Thousand Winds is a new way to honour those who have passed, promoting sustainable cremation by creating an emotionally grounded, meaningful vessel for containing ashes. - -""At each anniversary the top of the vessel is removed and a candle is placed within. - -""As the candle burns the light escapes through the small gap on the side projecting light outwards. - -""The vessel is made from ceramics providing a soft and delicate feeling to the product. - -""Thousand Winds also includes a website for memory sharing."" - -Student: Savannah Knott - -Course: Swinburne's School of Design and Architecture - -Tutors: Nicholas Chia and Charles Ranscombe - -Email: nottsavannahl[at]gmail.com - -Vaulted Village (Waterfront intervention and adaptive reuse proposal) by Daniel Zeleznik-Pina, Natarin 'Cherry' Jamsai and Ding Khoo - -""Vaulted Village is an adaptive reuse proposal for a waterfront intervention and student accommodation project in Docklands, Melbourne. - -""The project aims to enhance connectivity and foster community among residents, locals and visitors by preserving the site's maritime heritage and revitalising the area. - -""The Grafted-Hybrid style approach extends the South Promenade to the site, converting Goods Shed Number Five into a market, with the three levels above the market dedicated to student-focused study and social areas, bridging the gap between residents and the public. - -""The project supports ecological efforts to clean the Birrarung (Yarra) River by integrating the river's water into the building's systems. - -""This project was designed by Daniel Zeleznik-Pina, Natarin 'Cherry' Jamsai, Ding Khoo led by Joel Collins and Dr. Yalda Sourani."" - -Students: Daniel Zeleznik-Pina, Natarin 'Cherry' Jamsai and Ding Khoo - -Course: Bachelor of Design Architecture - -Tutors: Joel Collins, co-led by Dr Yalda Sourani - -Emails: danielzeleznik9[at]gmail.com and cherryjamsai[at]hotmail.com - -Trash4Treasure by Joshua David - -""Trash4Treasure was a marketing campaign created specifically to inform, educate and promote the CDS (Container Deposit Scheme) to Victorian children so that everyone is playing their role in ensuring Victoria is a cleaner and greener state. - -""The approach was to create a fun and engaging campaign that will allow more kids to participate in earning some pocket money for completing a good deed for the community. - -""The website had 1,100 event counts, 117 total users and 200 total views on the homepage from 70 users; while the social media reach included 3,228 Instagram profile impressions, 1,159 Facebook users reached from posts and 1,962 X post impressions; while the 12 EDM campaigns had a 45.5 per cent average open rate and 20 subscribers within the first week."" - -Student: Joshua David - -Course: Web Marketing and Advanced Usability - -Tutor: Dylan Davis - -Email: josh05david[at]gmail.com - -CSIRO's AI4Design: Enhancing Intelligent Digital Twin Fidelity and Utility through Immersive AI and Human Computer Interaction by Danni Liu - -""This project proposes to develop an AI-powered immersive workbench prototype applied as part of CSIRO's (Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research Organisation) state of the art AI4Design pipeline. - -""This will provide a unique window into complex design problems integrating diverse representations from combinations of computational simulation models, real world live experimental data and AI-driven generative design within an Intelligent Digital Twin (IDT) framework. - -""Key features of our AI-powered immersive workbench prototype include embedded 3D simulation models, AI-driven analytical visualisations and intuitive interactions within a mixed reality environment; enabling complex data manipulation operations and insights in real time. - -""It will enable seamless analysis, interaction and refinement of the optimal control parameters within the IDT, ultimately leading to more accurate and informed decision-making. - -""Our results will have wide-reaching applications, significantly impacting on multiple scientific research domains, driving innovation and accelerating scientific discovery."" - -Student: Danni Liu - -Course: Doctor of Philosophy (Design), Department of Computing Technologies and and Department of Communication Design - -Tutors: Dr Rui Wang (CSIRO Data61, Senior Research Scientist), Dr Gary Delaney (CSIRO Data61, Research Director), Professor Jun Zhang and Dr Jane Connory (Deputy Chair of Communication Design at Swinburne University of Technology) - -Email: danniliu[at]swin.edu.au - -The Herbal Pharmacy: Apoth 简药 by Cheng-Yu Wu, Chalita Chayakul, Kainan Huang, Chi Luu and Zhichen Dong - -""The herbal pharmacy project explores the integration of Eastern and Western healthcare approaches, recognising the evolving healthcare needs while utilising AI to assist with the design process. - -""The project aims to rebrand traditional Chinese medicine through different prototypes, including interior design and packaging design, brochure design and app design. - -""All prototypes integrate Eastern and Western minimalism to appeal to diverse audiences, with the interior layout providing functional spaces for modernised TCM products, consultation rooms and educational showcase. - -""The brochure emphasises harmony and balance in traditional Chinese herbal practices and the packaging design promotes sustainability and cultural sensitivity, with the accompanying app offering comprehensive health management tools catering to diverse user needs. - -""This project was showcased at Melbourne Design Week 2024 event, Exploring Pluriversal Design Narratives in the Era of Generative AI."" - -Students: Cheng-Yu Wu, Chalita Chayakul, Kainan Huang, Chi Luu and Zhichen Dong - -Course: Master of Design, Design-led Research - -Tutors: Dr Linus Tan, Dr Fanny Suhendra and Dr Jane Connory (Director of Master of Design) - -Email: 101069439[at]students.win.edu.au, 104103505[at]students.win.edu.au, 103845783[at]students.win.edu.au, 103167982[at]students.win.edu.au and 102246149[at]students.win.edu.au - -Good and Fugly by Xin Zi Hoo - -""Good and Fugly brings fresh and flavourful rejected produce straight from farmers to homes across Australia. - -""They sought a brand update that resonated with the unapologetically quirky nature of their fruits and vegetables. - -""A distinctive wordmark logo using potato stamps was devised, capturing the quirky essence of the brand. - -""This wordmark was combined with vibrant colours, witty copywriting and engaging imagery showcasing the 'fugly' fruits, all working together to boldly convey the brand's voice: 'we're fugly, so what?'"" - -Student: Xin Zi Hoo - -Course: Bachelor of Communication Design - -Tutors: Dr Jane Connory, Kylie Burnes and Michele Murray - -Email: hooxinzi1044[at]gmail.com - -Transports through stuff – vitrine design for artefacts dug during the construction of a new Metro tunnel by Simon Urbini - -""Design of a vitrine to display artefacts unearthed during Melbourne Metro tunnel excavation. An invitation to discover and imagine."" - -Student: Simon Urbini - -Course: Swinburne's School of Design and Architecture - -Tutors: Anna Caione - -Email: 9518215[at]student.swin.edu.au - -Loomless by Aaron Davis - -""Loomless, celebrates the creative process, highlighting the unconventional weaving method of fashion designer Lilli McKenzie. - -""She utilises recycled yarn, crafted from discarded t-shirt fibres, to fashion vibrant and textural garments which are woven directly onto the body. - -""The centrepiece of the book is a garment photographed from start to finish, revealed when worn and modelled on the body. - -""The images document her previous pieces and track the evolution of her unique style, emphasising the meticulous handcrafted nature of her work. - -""This body of work serves as a tribute to creativity and the revolutionary approach of one designer towards sustainable garment manufacturing. Garments woven and photographed on Wurundjeri land."" - -Student: Aaron Davis - -Course: Bachelor of Communication Design (Photomedia) - -Tutors: Morganna Magee and Dr Kate Roberston - -Partnership content - -This school show is a partnership between Dezeen and Swinburne University of Technology. Find out more about Dezeen partnership content here.",1731883636,8f8dc0373b,4b5ae301fa,,,1731883636 -https://blogs.getty.edu/iris/podcast-imagining-the-afterlife-through-ancient-vases/,https://blogs.getty.edu/iris/feed/,PODCAST: Imagining the Afterlife through Ancient Vases,"JAMES CUNO: Hello, I’m Jim Cuno, president of the J. Paul Getty Trust. Welcome to Art and Ideas, a podcast in which I speak to artists, conservators, authors, and scholars about their work. - -DAVID SAUNDERS: The underworld, the afterlife, is fairly dank, dark, shadowy; quite frankly, it’s a bit boring. Somewhat like waiting at a bus depot. - -CUNO: In this episode, I speak with Getty Antiquities curator, David Saunders about his recent book, Underworld: Imagining the Afterlife in Ancient South Italian Vase Paintings. - -In 2018, the Getty Villa organized an exhibition inspired by the so-called Altamura krater on loan from the National Archaeological Museum in Naples, Italy after a two-year conservation treatment. This funerary krater features an underworld scene, with Hades at the center surrounded by Greek gods like Herakles and Hermes and mythic figures including Sisyphus and Orpheus. The exhibition in turn prompted a book published by the Getty entitled Underworld: Imaging the Afterlife in Ancient South Italian Vase Painting. - -I met recently with David Saunders, associate curator in the Museum’s Department of Antiquities and editor of this recent volume, to learn more about the rare and compelling images of the afterlife depicted on South Italian funerary vases dating from the fourth century BC. - -Thank you, David, for speaking with me on this podcast episode. - -DAVID SAUNDERS: Thank you, Jim. It’s a pleasure to be with you. - -CUNO: Now, your book on the afterlife of ancient South Italian vase painting was inspired by a Getty conservation campaign on a krater, a particular krater in the collection of the National Archaeological Museum in Naples, Italy. Tell us about that project and about that krater that prompted it. - -SAUNDERS: Gladly. I guess to start with the krater itself, and it appears on the front cover of the book. A krater is a mixing bowl, essentially, which is a very common shape in ancient Greek pottery. And in Southern Italy, there is a trend for producing enormous, huge kraters that are primarily destined for funerary purposes. - -And over the years, we have developed a very productive relationship with our colleagues in Naples. Over the last decade, we worked on a bronze Apollo from Pompei; a huge statue of the Emperor Tiberius that was found at Herculaneum. And this krater, which was made in the fourth century BC was the sort of third in this series. And since then, we’ve also worked on the drunken satyr that was in the Villa dei Papiri exhibition. - -So this project is sort of based on a, I would say, a long-term partnership with our Italian colleagues, and also draws upon expertise we have here at the Villa. My colleague Erik Risser led the conservation project. Our colleagues in Naples identified this as an object that needed care and attention. The krater was found in fragments in the middle of the nineteenth century, and was put back together again by one of the leading vase restorers of the day, who did a superb job. But 150 or so years later, the pot was in need of care and attention to ensure its long-term stability. - -And Erik’s work was developing a new internal support and documenting the history of this object, in order for then us to be able to display it and then return it to Naples for them, likewise, to be able to display it in their galleries. So that was a project between 2016 and 2018. And it then fed into an exhibition we had here at the Villa, looking at the underworld and the afterlife in Greek thought and in Southern Italy. - -And for a variety of reasons, we didn’t produce a book to coincide with that show, but rather, I had the liberty and opportunity to pursue, I suppose, further inquiries and develop this book, which came out at the beginning of this year, 2022. - -CUNO: Well, it is an extraordinary book, so congratulations on that. But tell us about the iconography of this particular krater and how that sets the stage for all the subsequent kraters that we’re gonna be looking at. - -SAUNDERS: This krater is I think it’s not an exaggeration to say sort of monumental. It’s a meter and a half high. So it’s a colossal ancient investment of time and production. And it provides an enormous, if you will, canvas for imagery. - -And like many of its contemporaries, this pot is decorated with a really rich and dense mythical scene. And in this particular case, what you’re seeing is a depiction of the underworld, of the domain of Hades. And the derivation of Hades, the Greek word, is something like the unseeable. So this is a really interesting, I suppose art historical opportunity to kind of display what is literally unimaginable. - -And so at the heart of it, you have the palace of Hades and Persephone, the rulers of the underworld; and surrounding them are many of the famous, or maybe not so famous, mythical figures that are dwelling in the afterlife. I often sort of would describe it as a kind of movie poster, if you will. It kind of presents the kind of key figures, the heroes, the— the stellar cast, if you will, of the Greek underworld. - -And so, you know, you have Orpheus playing his lyre; you have Sisyphus rolling his rock; Heracles and Cerberus—all the kind of figures you would expect to encounter, that you would’ve heard about in Greek mythology—all depicted on this monumental pot that was presumably deposited in a substantial burial. - -CUNO: Now, the subject of your larger study focused on South Italian, particularly Apulian, vase painting of the fourth century. Tell us what’s so special about South Italian vase painting of this particular period. - -SAUNDERS: For one thing, there is an extraordinary amount of material and it’s incredibly rich for study. And so much of it that you see in museums and in collections is decorated with a real efflorescence of mythical scenes, of images of ritual activity, of symposia, of funerary scenes, of depictions of heroes, of gods and goddesses. And for much of the period that Classic period, 600 to 400 BC or thereabouts, Athens was the major producer, and exported both the sort of black figure pottery that we talk about, and red figure, all over the Mediterranean. - -But towards the latter decades of the fifth century, we start to see the emergence of local production within Southern Italy and Sicily. And this is the time of the Peloponnesian wars, there’s the plague that we know of. And so it’s possible that a number of maybe more entrepreneurial potters and painters sought new opportunities in Southern Italy and set up shop locally there. - -And with that, you see a sort of shifting, in a way, of the momentum and of the gravity that Southern Italy, for certainly much of the fourth century, becomes the dominant producer of these richly-decorated painted pots, catering to what is largely a local market, specifically for funerary customs and burial rituals. - -CUNO: Now, I may be wrong about this, but when I see these vases, they seem to have a distinct look about them that distinguishes them, let’s say, from the Greek vases that we know so well. - -SAUNDERS: Absolutely. Yeah, you’re— It’s a very different language of imagery, if that makes sense. A very different vocabulary, in a way, of expressing things. My training, my PhD was in Greek, primarily Athenian, pottery. And coming into South Italian, the same rules don’t apply, in many ways. - -And in particular, these big funerary vessels, which are a real distinctive characteristic of a lot, particularly of the Apulian pottery. And this pottery is, in substantial part, catering to their needs and particularly funerary practices of the elite. So yes, you’re absolutely right; there is a different flavor, shall we say. - -The other thing I would stress is that—and that this book doesn’t really engage with—but this— these sort of elaborate vessels are living side-by-side with much plainer, simpler, smaller vessels that where we have documented context, you see maybe four or five big red-figure vessels with complex iconography, and then lots of other smaller vessels that maybe just have one or two figures. Some are plain black, some are undecorated. So there’s a real conspectus, of which this is sort of the most elaborate and expressive. Visually, at least. - -CUNO: Now, what do we know about the makers of the pots? Where’d they come from, for example? - -SAUNDERS: In terms of what we know about the makers, we have archaeological evidence for some of the workshops. One notable thing about the Apulian pottery is that none of it, as far as I know, preserves any signatures, in contrast, say, to Athenian pottery, where there is a long-running practice—by no means universal, but a long-running practice—of potters and painters signing. So we don’t know the names of any individuals who made these pots. - -What we do have is the work of modern scholars who have devoted their lives to studying this material and who have attributed all of these unsigned vessels to individual hands or to workshops or to groups. And attributing, through a sort of connoisseurial approach, identifying distinctive mannerisms, traits, stylistic quirks, and identifying pots, identifying fragments, as being by the same painter, as being by the same hand. And this has sort of given rise to the litany of, for want of a better word, nicknames. And so, when you scroll through the Underworld book, you’ll encounter the Lycurgus painter, the Underworld painter, the Darius painter, the White Saccos painter. - -But at the same time, it’s, I think, important to remember that these might be actual persons; but a lot of the distinctions between these different hands are often fluid. There is an immense amount of skill and expertise involved in attributing, but it’s by no means a definitive science. And many of these vessels have been reattributed or remain sort of subutige. - -I think so often, it’s very easy to focus on privileging the artist as the kind of genius figure or the kind of inspirational creator, and to think of them much more as the product of a broader community of belief and of culture. - -CUNO: So what was the functions of these vases? Were they limited to funereal functions, or did they have other functions? - -SAUNDERS: The ones in the book, many of them, the front shows an underworld scene and the back shows a grave monument. And you couldn’t ask for a kind of clearer presentation of their intended function. A number of them, like the big Naples krater that we started this project with, as I say, are huge and unwieldy for actual practical use. - -As I said, the krater is essentially a mixing vessel, made for blending wine with water, but at this scale, is completely impractical for that purpose. And in many cases, these pots also have holes in the bottom. So they were never actually capable of storing or containing liquid. So they are made expressly for the tomb. And where we have documented context and excavations, we find them as part of a rich array of grave goods. - -And so thinking of a number of these elaborate burials, you encounter half a dozen big, elaborately decorated pots, maybe a couple of kraters, a couple of amphorae, maybe a hydriai, or a water jar, and then potentially accompanied with weapons, armor, if it’s a male burial. For female burials, often a lot of jewelry of ambers. - -So there is a sort of rich sort of array of funerary goods, of which these pots are a are a key part. They are made to be displayed during the funerary ceremonies and then sort of buried with the deceased. And again, that sort of prompts, for me, lots of questions as to the opportunities that people had to see these. Presumably, they would’ve had to be transported from the kiln to the burial site; and then were potentially accessible for the mourners to potentially see; and then buried with the deceased. - -CUNO: What were the different kinds of tombs in which they were found, these vases? And were they always found in tombs? - -SAUNDERS: One of the big challenges when studying South Italian pottery is the sheer quantity of material that has no documented find spot. And that profoundly compromises what we can say about these objects. That said, where we do have context, where there have been archaeological excavations, these grand vessels with underworld scenes and with other rich mythological images come from large burials. These may be individual tombs, rock-cut, lined with slabs , often with painting on the interior. Up in Donia, there were a number of actual subterranean complexes of multiple graves that are connected with corridors, if you will, which were filled with a variety of grave goods. But these are the top level, if you will. There is a sort of whole spectrum, ranging from sarcophagi down to sort of simple rock-cut tombs. Burials that are essentially just dug in the earth. And so much, of course, that just doesn’t survive archaeologically. There is a sort of a broad spectrum of options, for burials. - -CUNO: Now, what about the images found on the different kinds of Apulian vases? Was there a conventional iconography of the vases? - -SAUNDERS: Again, there is an enormous variety of imagery. And the forty or so underworld images are really just the tip of an iceberg. There is a distinct a distinctive number of very dense and often complex, very abstruse, in some cases, number of scenes that depict Greek myth, that in some cases, at least, may well have been inspired by theatrical performances. Some, indeed, actually show some of the comedy scenes, show stages. Those are the vases that you often see prominently in museum collections and publications. - -But there is a whole body of maybe smaller vessels that show youths and women; scenes that seem to evoke the sort of nuptial-marriage sphere. Images of women adorning themselves; lots and lots of images of Eros, of Nike; hundreds, if not thousands of images of Dionysus and satyrs and maenads. Again, wine and the drinking of wine is absolutely critical to so much of the function of these pots and the beliefs that are framing them. There are hundreds of pots that simply show female heads in profile. Lots of funerary scenes, right down to single, you know, individual figures, representations of youths, women. A lot of actually quite sort of repetitive imagery, as well as the much more elaborate scenes. - -CUNO: Now, you concentrate in this book on the afterlife as depicted by these ancient Greek artists. Tell us about the ancient Greek views of the afterlife. - -SAUNDERS: I always become increasingly tentative of saying the ancient Greeks thought X or the ancient Greeks did Y, particularly with something as inherently ungraspable as the afterlife. What we have to kind of base our understanding on is just a tiny selection of sources, of materials that survived. And a lot of this is the literary evidence. In part, this is one of the reasons for doing this book, is to sort of bring the South Italian material together in a way that is convenient and accessible, and so the imagery can be sort of part of this conversation. - -So, having provided a number of kind of caveats for myself in saying what the sort of Greek ideas of the afterlife were, it’s impossible with so— as with so much of ancient Greek culture, to escape the legacy of the Iliad and the Odyssey and of Homer. And whilst the Greeks had no canonical textbook that defined for all concerned a sort of set of codified beliefs that everyone would subscribe to, the Iliad and the Odyssey are, if you will, a kind of touchstone, sort of form a kind of a backdrop to everything that follows after. And they themselves are the, I suppose, embodiment of hundreds of years of narrative and storytelling and ritual and myth that were written down, maybe in the eighth and seventh centuries BC. And in the Odyssey, as part of the narrative, Odysseus encounters the underworld. And his recitation of his experience down there provides a framework for all kind of subsequent thought. - -And in short, the account that you read in the Odyssey of the afterlife is fairly uninspiring. The underworld, the afterlife, is fairly dank, dark, shadowy; quite frankly, it’s a bit boring. Somewhat like waiting at a bus stop. Everyone is sort of waiting around in the afterlife. The action and activity of life is sort of over, and everyone is, for want of a better word, sort of killing time. All the kind of mental energy seems to be in this world and what those in this world will remember you by, rather than being anxious about what might happen to you in the afterlife. - -And so there is not really a kind of articulated “the good people go to the good place and the bad people go to the bad place.” There’s no real sharp division. There are a handful of very famous sinners, like Sisyphus, who do undergo eternal torment. There is a handful of exceptional characters, like Menelaus, who seem to get to go to a special place, to Elysium. You’re sort of seeing the weaving together, potentially, of different strands of belief. As I say, there isn’t sort of one dominant codified authority. The Iliad and the Odyssey weave together a number of different kind of frameworks. - -And you can sort of start, almost like an archaeologist, to kind of wade through the kind of different ideas that are kind of circulating. But gradually you start to see the emergence of a what you might call more articulated afterlife. The idea that maybe in this life, you can ensure that you have a better existence in the beyond. And in particular, the establishment of a festival called the Eleusinian Mysteries, which was an annual ritual that took place at Eleusis, not far from Athens, that was focused on a sort of agricultural ritual and trying to ensure a good harvest. And if you participated in these so-called mysteries—and we don’t know precisely what happened at this multi-day festival, because it was kept secret—but through participation in that, you essentially get a kind of pass for not only a good harvest, but a happy afterlife. - -And this kind of connection between fertility, agriculture, and the underworld is manifested in the myth of Hades and Persephone. So in this well-established Greek myth, the god Hades, the Roman Pluto, seizes, or essentially rapes, Persephone while she is out plucking flowers, takes her down into the underworld, and makes her his wife. Persephone’s mother, Demeter, who is the goddess of agriculture, is understandably distraught, and goes in search of her daughter and can’t find her. And because she is, you know, so overwhelmed by this loss, all of the crops fail. - -And so Zeus intervenes and compels his brother Hades to give up Persephone and return her to Demeter. But just as Persephone is returning, Hades essentially tricks her into eating a pomegranate seed down in the underworld. And because she has consumed something down there, she is essentially tied back into the underworld. And so for the rest of her existence, she has to spend part of her life down there and part of her life back up with Demeter. - -So she lives this eternal cycle, emerging up into the upper world and then back down into the underworld. And that is a sort of, if you will, analogy for the harvest or the growth of crops their gradual decay, and then their resurrection, their rebirth the next year. So fertility, agriculture, and death and the afterlife are intricately and intimately connected. And these rituals at Eleusis are a manifestation of that. - -But we know from the few texts that we have that participation in these rites could ensure the initiate a better existence in the beyond. - -CUNO: What about the poet Sappho, who composed, about a century after the Odyssey and describing the underworld as a dark and mirthless place with these words; she said, “After death, you will be forgotten, and there will never be any longing for you, because you have no share of the roses of Pieria, unseen in the house of Hades, thrown from our midst, you will wander among the shadowy dead”? - -SAUNDERS: That nicely and elegantly captures the Homeric vision of the underworld as a rather bleak and dispiriting and kind of—I mean, it sounds sort of silly—but literally, a lifeless place. And again, all the pleasures of this world are lost to the deceased. But again, it’s sort of context-specific. - -And Sappho has a sort of particular purpose in writing that poem. Almost sort of acting like as a sort of curse, as a—an insult. If you turn, say to Aristophanes and his play The Frogs, in which there is this sort of raucous descent. Dionysus goes down into the underworld and, you know, Aristophanes plays it for laughs. Pick up, you know, sort of Plato’s writings, and he presents a much more philosophical and complex and quite abstruse description of the underworld. - -So each of these writers is, in a way, presenting an underworld that fits their own purposes; but also then plays to a kind of familiar conception that their audience would recognize. There’s a passage from one of Plato—I think in the Republic—where in the mouth of one of his speakers, Plato essentially describes what is, I think, much more of a sort of everyday attitude to the afterlife, which is: as one approaches old age, all of these stories that one heard and one is dismissive of suddenly become much more concerning. - -And this kind of very, I think, human dismissal of these—you know, these are myths, presumably, that people would’ve known from childhood, and growing up, you know, maybe you dismiss as just some nonsense and just sort of storytelling. But as one approaches the end of one’s mortal coil, the prospect of having to schlep a boulder up a hill like Sisyphus for eternity becomes a little bit more concerning. - -And I think, in a way, turning back to the images on the pots—that what these maybe sort of play to, that they are serving, in some ways, as a sort of consolation or a kind of an optimistic vision of what the afterlife could be like. - -CUNO: Did Greek views of the afterlife always include the underworld? - -SAUNDERS: For the most part, yes. I think in the fifth century, there’s a passage in Euripides and there’s an Athenian inscription, funerary inscription that seem to sort of allude to souls going up into the ether, going up sort of up into the air. And you find, particularly a little bit in later sources, there are those who are dismissive of the underworld altogether and dismiss any idea of an afterlife. - -But for the most part, I think it’s fair to say that a notion of the afterlife and the underworld is fairly commonly held. I think what is variable is what that underworld comprises and contains. Certainly going back to some of the passages of Pindar, the sort of aspirational hope that there is an afterlife that is pleasant meadows, gentle breezes, fragrant trees, free-flowing wine. This is something that crops up in a number of sources, as well. - -CUNO: Now, what about the Orphic Gold Tablets? What was their function and their content? - -SAUNDERS: So the so-called Orphic Tablets are one of the most enigmatic, fascinating, and devilishly complex areas of Greek material culture that I’ve ever worked on. And I am working on this book, the chance to work with a number of specialists and Roy Kotansky, who wrote an essay on these, has been enormously instructive. And Sarah Iles Johnston’s introductory essay for the book really sort of helps to set out a context for these Orphic Tablets. - -These are tiny, little, wafer-thin sheets of gold. And there’s actually one in the Getty’s collection that is the focus of Roy’s essay. And these are tiny, maybe two or three centimeters in width, on which is written Greek text. And these seem to provide guidance for what to do in the underworld. These are your sort of VIP ticket to the special place in the afterlife. - -There are around forty or so that are known. So a very small number. They date from the late fifth, early fourth century BC, right down to the second or third century AD. So, a broad span of time. Found in Southern Italy, Crete, Northern Greece, Sicily. - -So representative of something that is sort of going on in this whole region, but very, very eclectic, very esoteric. From a number of literary passages, particularly the writings of Plato and others, we know that there were a number of self-styled preachers—gurus, you might call them; charlatans, others might call them—who really capitalized on the kind of fact that for the most part, Greek belief didn’t really offer too much in terms of opportunities for people to kind of ensure their happy afterlife. - -These sort of self-styled preachers seemed to have framed themselves as people who had special knowledge, insider intel, if you will, and who could essentially, by sharing this information—and being paid for it, incidentally—could divulge the secrets to individuals to sort of get them behind the velvet rope. - -And it seems that Orpheus played a key part in these mystical rituals. Orpheus, famous for going down into the underworld to rescue his bride, and then coming back out. He loses his bride, famously; but the fact that Orpheus was able to go down and come back up makes him a really key figure, someone who had, again, the sort of knowledge of how underworld operates. - -And so there seem to have been poems ascribed to Orpheus that sort of recounted the way the underworld may have operated, the layout of the land. And these Orphic Tablets preserve, essentially, instructions for what to say and for what to do, for where to go. You know, literally, a sort of GPS. You know, “take this route, not that route; drink from this fountain, not this spring. There’s a white cypress you need to look out for. These are the things you need to say to the guardians. This is what you need to tell Persephone. You have to claim your purity and lineage.” - -The Greek is really hard to decipher. And they are sort of evidently almost sort of like—what’s the word?—sort of mementos from a much sort of broader conversation. And where we have evidence, these were placed in the tomb, sometimes in the hand, sometimes even on the mouth of the deceased. And essentially, providing a pass, a voucher, if you will, to a happy afterlife. - -CUNO: Okay, well, take us through a few typical vases, to give us a sense of what it is you’ve been describing. Take the Apulian volute krater from Apulia, number three in the catalog. - -SAUNDERS: So almost all of these scenes of the underworld appear on these volute kraters. So these are sort of these big mixing bowls with elaborate handles, and decorated front and back, often with subsidiary scenes on the neck. - -And this particular krater in the collection of the Jatta Museum in Ruvo is one of my favorites. This is one of the earlier images, and just shows a little vignette, if you will. Rather than the big, almost, as I said, sort of movie poster scenes that we see on some of the other pots, this just shows a single episode, where Hades and Persephone are watching over this brilliantly-rendered fury. This is a sort of avenging winged figure with a sort of very, very leering, gruesome face, who is binding with a rope, a young man. - -And there is a second young man seated, already bound, down below. None of these figures are named, but from other examples, it’s almost certain that these two figures are Theseus and Pirithous. And maybe it is one of the sort of lesser-known underworld narratives. Pirithous, foolishly, thinks it’s a clever idea to go down to the underworld to try to seize Persephone. And he takes Theseus with him for support. And this is a profound transgression of not only mortals and the underworld trying to seize gods. - -And as you see on this pot, they are shown being punished. And at least, the way the story goes from the literary text, a little bit later on, Heracles comes down to the underworld to take Cerberus, and he is able to rescue Theseus and able to free him and bring him back to the world above. But he’s not able to save Pirithous, and Pirithous will dwell forever, bound in the afterlife. And so this image on this krater provides a snapshot of a kind of underworld story. - -And it’s, again, interesting to sort of think, you know, what would it mean to see a scene like this in a funerary setting? Interestingly, the back of the vase, the other side, shows a much more, I suppose, cheerful scene. You have a youth, a young man of Theseus’s and Pirithous’s age being served drink by Maenads, associates of Dionysus. And in some ways, this is a much more sort of idealizing vision of what a happy afterlife might look like. - -CUNO: Tell us about the volute krater from Naples. It’s number seven in the catalog. - -SAUNDERS: Yeah, so number seven, as we mentioned at the outset, was the inspiration for this whole project, and is one of the most regularly illustrated of these underworld scenes, together with number six in Karlsruhe and number twenty-two in Munich. - -Because these, A, were all discovered in the nineteenth century, so they are sort of well-known and well-documented, and they present really the sort of, I suppose, the fullest presentation of the underworld. So on the big Naples krater from Altamura, at the center, you have Hades and Persephone, the rulers of the underworld, sitting in their palace. And it’s incredibly— - -If you sort of look closely, it’s got these wonderful caryatid columns adorning the front of the palace. As I mentioned, this pot was discovered in fragments and put back together. Large sections of the scene are restored, but based on the similarities with some other underworld scenes, we can be reasonably confident in what we’re seeing. - -So you have Hades and Persephone as the spoke around which everything else turns. And then you have three or four little clusters of figures that are individual groupings of mythological heroes. So down maybe at the bottom, you have Heracles wrestling with Cerberus. To the left of him, the god Hermes, who is a messenger god who is able to move between the world above and the underworld, is pointing the way out. - -To his left is Sisyphus, rolling this colossal rock for eternity. He’s watched over by another of these furies, who has, if I remember, a goad in her hand. So she’s literally sort of overseeing him. Two more furies are standing idly around above her. And to their right is the poet Orpheus, who is plucking his lyre, playing to Hades and Persephone outside the palace. And then at the top left, you have the two sons of Heracles and Megara, who were killed by Heracles in a fit of madness. - -And then flipping over to the other side, you have three figures who are most likely Pirithous and Theseus, who we saw a moment ago on the other krater, together with Dike, who is the personification of justice. Down below them, Triptolemus, Rhadamanthys, and Aiakos, who are the rulers, judges of the underworld. And then down below them, three of the danaides, who are, like Sisyphus, condemned to futile labor in the underworld. So as I mentioned, this is really a cast list, if you will, of famous figures that one might anticipate encountering in the underworld. - -CUNO: Are we given any kind of direction in the reading of these vases, the iconography of them? In other words, is there some sort of beginning and end in that way, or are they just piling up on top of one another? - -SAUNDERS: That sort of question of how to read these really goes to the heart of just day-to-day, in working with material, and likewise for this, in sort of what the response to something like this is. - -I mean, on a very specific level, this krater is particularly significant because a number of these figures are actually named. Although we don’t have any painters’ signatures, there are inscriptions on this pot that actually name the figures. And actually, the discovery of this krater when it was published in 1851, that helped scholars decipher some of the other pots that had already been known, and had prompted all sorts of speculation as to who’s who. - -But actually, how you go about reading this, the short answer is, you know, we don’t know. And again, how close in antiquity you might get to a krater like this? Would you be seeing this from ten feet away and how apparent these— ’cause these are— again, this is big pot, but these figures are, I don’t know, what, twenty centimeters? I mean, you have to get up close to really understand and really interpret these. - -You know, we’ve all sat in enough PowerPoint presentations and been behind other people to kind of find it difficult to see, you know, the precise details. Scholars have maybe sort of suggested that maybe someone of the funerary ceremony would maybe expound based upon these painted images and sort of tell some of these stories to the assembled mourners, perhaps. Again, we really don’t know. - -What is, I think, key, is that to get the most out of this imagery, you have to know the stories. There has to be some sort of, shall we say, literacy, some understanding of these scenes and of these figures, to know who they are and why they’re down there. And this is why some Apulian iconography still awaits elucidation and decipherment because we today don’t know, because we don’t have, you know, many of the textual sources that provide a sort of basis for our understanding. - -CUNO: Why are a number of the kraters so similar in iconography? Here, I’m thinking of the five Apulian volute kraters attributed to the Baltimore painter. Seems as if you’ve seen one, you haven’t seen them all; but nevertheless, there is some sort of sense of repetition among them. - -SAUNDERS: Yeah. And again, that was, I suppose, another of my motivations in wanting to bring them all together in a convenient package. And when I was developing the research and the exhibition and sort of went through articles and PDFs and pulling together what became a very ragged binder of photocopies and just wanting to pull all these scenes into a single compendium— - -And as you say, there is a very consistent iconography. To the point that many scholars have surmised there was maybe some individual common template, a source, maybe a wall painting. You know, we know at Delphi, there was a monumental wall painting of the afterlife. By Pausanias’s account, very different to what we see on the pots, but there was certainly a precedent for kind of grand wall paintings that depict the afterlife. And maybe there was some shared model that these painters were drawing upon. - -And then the pots that you referenced, all attributed to the Baltimore painter, who again, is one of these unknown artists, if you will, that Trendall identified. And there’s a series of pots that all seem to be very similar, with a warrior shaking hands with Hades, or in one case Persephone. Very, very consistent iconographically. - -But once you start looking closely, there are all sorts of little variations, whether it’s in the scene itself or the other images on the pot that it was juxtaposed with. And one of the, I suppose, ideas that I toyed with— You sort of constantly wish for a way to get back into the ancient context. But, were some of these pots being made on commission, being made to measure? Was there a sort of standard template that you might, I don’t know, a family might commission a funerary vessel and might go to their, you know, local workshop and say, “I want one of these underworld scenes”? But then, you know, was the scope to tailor that? - -And when you sort of, say, look closely at a number of these very similar scenes and see that there are individual figures who appear either in, you know, uniquely or get omitted here and there, is this maybe being tailored to a particular purpose, to a particular individual for whom a specific narrative might have had associations? - -So there is both consistency, but also variability. And again, this is where I hope this book can be, in some way, useful in allowing other scholars and other researchers to pick up these threads and dig deeper into some of these questions. - -CUNO: Tell us about the process of the book coming together. - -SAUNDERS: So this was, essentially, an offshoot of the research project and then the exhibition, and to have the opportunity to spend more time, if you will, in the underworld and to research these topics more thoroughly. - -Particularly doing this during the pandemic, the challenges anyway of sourcing images for this book, and particularly the challenges occasioned by the last couple of years, this is the kind of project that could not have happened without the expertise and skills of my colleagues at Getty Publications and the coauthors and many visitors who came to the show back in 2018, which provided me with the opportunity to road test some of these ideas, to then be able to write up in the book. - -CUNO: Well, these are grand and beautiful Greek pots with an aesthetic bold, beautiful, and complex, to suggest a common aesthetic for sure. Thank you, David, for speaking with me today and bringing to life the beauty and mystery of the afterlife of ancient South Italian vase painting. The book is really exceptional. Thank you. - -SAUNDERS: It’s a pleasure. Thank you, Jim. - -CUNO: This episode was produced by Zoe Goldman, with audio production by Gideon Brower and mixing by Mike Dodge Weiskopf. Our theme music comes from the “The Dharma at Big Sur” composed by John Adams, for the opening of the Walt Disney Concert Hall in Los Angeles in 2003, and is licensed with permission from Hendon Music. Look for new episodes of Art and Ideas every other Wednesday, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and other podcast platforms. For photos, transcripts, and more resources, visit getty.edu/podcasts/ or if you have a question, or an idea for an upcoming episode, write to us at podcasts@getty.edu. Thanks for listening.",1731883684,4aea77adc2,4b142662fd,,,1731883684 -https://www.securityweek.com/homeland-security-department-releases-framework-for-using-ai-in-critical-infrastructure/,https://www.securityweek.com/rss.xml,Homeland Security Department Releases Framework for Using AI in Critical Infrastructure,"The Biden administration on Thursday released guidelines for using artificial intelligence in the power grid, water system, air travel network and other pieces of critical infrastructure. - -Private industry would have to adopt and implement the guidelines announced by the Homeland Security Department, which were developed in consultation with the department’s advisory Artificial Intelligence Safety and Security Board. - -Homeland Security Secretary Alejandro Mayorkas told reporters that “we intend the framework to be, frankly, a living document and to change as developments in the industry change as well.” - -The framework recommends that AI developers evaluate potentially dangerous capabilities in their products, ensure their products align with “human-centric values” and protect users’ privacy. The cloud-computing infrastructure would need to vet hardware and software suppliers and protect the physical security of data centers. - -Owners and operators of critical infrastructure are advised to have stronger cybersecurity protocols that consider AI-related risks and provide transparency about how AI is used. There are also guidelines for state and local governments. - -Asked if the framework could possibly change once President-elect Donald Trump takes the oath of office in January, Mayorkas stressed that he was implementing the policies of President Joe Biden’s administration. - -“The president-elect will determine what policies to promulgate and implement,” Mayorkas said. “And that is, of course, the president-elect’s prerogative.”",1731883642,e06d185714,4b520cc032,,,1731883642 -https://transom.org/2016/first-person-reporting/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,First-Person Reporting,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/cdn.transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/First-Person-Reporting-on-Opiate-Addiction.mp3 Download Listen to “First-Person Reporting” - -At the Transom Story Workshop, when the class is faced with a perplexing ethical question, we turn to Sean Corcoran, the News Director at WCAI on Cape Cod. I think of Sean as a journalist’s journalist. A truth-seeker. Unbiased. A straight-forward reporter with a strong sense of ethics. - -That’s why I was surprised when I heard a story he produced about the ever-increasing rate of opiate addiction on the Cape. Sean broke some of the journalistic rules he abides by. - -To be clear, I’m not saying Sean was unethical. Not even close. But, it was startling to hear Sean’s clear and present use of the first-person in the story and to find him taking a position in the piece that feels like it crosses the line into advocacy. - -Frankly, I think it’s Sean’s best work. But he still feels uneasy about it. Listen to the story and our conversation on this edition of HowSound.",1731883690,c00d35bf2d,4bc1dd5033,,,1731883690 -https://www.advocate.com/news/supporting-trans-nonbinary-youth,https://www.advocate.com/rss.xml,How can you support transgender and nonbinary youth right now? The Trevor Project has some tips,"Trusting that they know who they are, standing up for them, and not supporting anti-LGBTQ+ politicians are among the best ways to support transgender and nonbinary youth, says a new research brief from the Trevor Project. It’s based on information from the young people themselves. - -The brief, released Wednesday, which marked the start of Transgender Awareness Week, uses data from the 2024 U.S. National Survey on the Mental Health of LGBTQ+ Young People. - -“With more knowledge about supportive actions and their possible impacts, TGNB youth can be better cared for by parents, caregivers, friends, and community,” the brief says. This support can also help decrease suicide risk, it notes. - -When asked how people in their lives can best show support, the top 10 ways reported by respondents were: - -Trusting that I know who I am (92 percent) - -Standing up for me (85 percent) - -Not supporting anti-LGBTQ+ politicians (84 percent) - -Respecting my pronouns (82 percent) - -Showing support for how I express my gender (77 percent) - -Looking up information about LGBTQ+ identities (69 percent) - -Asking questions about LGBTQ+ identities (62 percent) - -Accepting their partner(s) (56 percent) - -Having or displaying Pride flags (48 percent) - -Showing support on social media (45 percent) - -When asked specifically about parents and caregivers, trans and nonbinary respondents said these actions made them feel supported: being welcoming and kind to their LGBTQ+ friends or partners (74 percent), talking respectfully with them about their LGBTQ+ friends or partners (67 percent), supporting their gender expression (such as buying new clothes or helping them get a haircut (60 percent), using their name and pronouns correctly (49 percent), educating themselves about LGBTQ+ issues (48 percent), respectfully discussing these issues with them (46 percent), encouraging others to respect their identity (41 percent), asking how their identity should be discussed (40 percent, taking them to LGBTQ+ events (32 percent), and standing up for them when they were being mistreated (25 percent). - -But 60 percent of the trans and nonbinary participants said their parents or caregivers engaged in less than half of the listed actions, and 17 percent reported experiencing none of these actions. Only 6 percent said their parents or caregivers engaged in all of the listed actions that were applicable to them. - -Younger respondents — ages 13-17 — were more likely to report experiencing no or few supportive actions than those ages 18-24. Young people of color experienced less support than white youth. - -Greater parent or caregiver support was related to lower suicide risk among trans and nonbinary young people. Those who experienced none or very few supportive actions reported the highest rate of a past-year suicide attempt (19 percent), followed by those who experienced a few supportive actions (14 percent), some supportive actions (13 percent), and many or all supportive actions (11 percent). Ab increase of just one supportive action from parents and caregivers was associated with 6 percent lower odds of a suicide attempt in the past year. - -“The data reveal a powerful connection between parents’ and caregivers’ supportive actions, perceived family support, and lower risk of suicide attempts among TGNB young people,” the brief states. The findings also “highlight the need to support TGNB young people and their families at younger ages and in culturally affirming ways,” the document says. - -“Ultimately, fostering widespread understanding of TGNB identities and experiences, both within families and communities, is essential for improving mental health outcomes and reducing the risk of suicide among TGNB youth,” it concludes. “This research documents the relationship between specific supportive actions and TGNB youths’ feelings of being supported by family members, which deserves further exploration in future research.” - -If you or someone you know needs mental health resources and support, please call, text, or chat with the 988 Suicide & Crisis Lifeline or visit 988lifeline.org for 24/7 access to free and confidential services. Trans Lifeline, designed for transgender or gender-nonconforming people, can be reached at (877) 565-8860. The Trevor Project Lifeline, for LGBTQ+ youth (ages 24 and younger), can be reached at (866) 488-7386. Users can also access chat services at TheTrevorProject.org/Help or text START to 678678. - - - -",1731883618,d5ecffcd86,4b4c968c46,,,1731883618 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/ksr-today-capping-off-winning-week-uk-athletics/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,KSR Today: Capping off a winning week for UK Athletics,"Good morning, folks! Saturday sure was a fun day to be a member of the Big Blue Nation. Kentucky football got back on track with a (not always pretty) 48-6 win over Murray State while Kentucky women’s basketball ended a lengthy losing streak to in-state rival Louisville (also not very pretty), coming out as victors in overtime 71-61. - -We’ll quickly recap the events in the order in which they happened, starting with a beautiful afternoon for football at Kroger Field. Kentucky entered as a 40-point favorite against Murray State, which is arguably one of the worst teams in all of college football, and managed to squeak out a 42-point win. At quarterback, Brock Vandagriff received the start before true freshman Cutter Boley was inserted for the second half. They both showed some stuff. - -Vandagriff: 12-19, 183 yards, 2 touchdowns, 1 interception | 81.5 QBR - -12-19, 183 yards, 2 touchdowns, 1 interception | 81.5 QBR Boley: 10-14, 130 yards, 2 touchdowns, 0 interceptions | 82.7 QBR - -“I know people are going to get real excited about that, and I am too. I told you all along, I thought (Boley) was very special young man,” Head coach Mark Stoops opened with in his postgame press conference. “But I just want to thank Brock too. He is one tough son of a gun. He really didn’t get cleared to play this game until yesterday afternoon, like late afternoon, and had to clear some more protocols to be cleared to play. He’s just such a team guy and a lot of people wouldn’t have done that.” - -Running back Jamarion Wilcox (13 carries, 123 yards, 1 touchdown) and wide receiver Hardley Gilmore IV (2 catches, 72 yards, 1 touchdown) shined on offense for the Wildcats while the defense (which Stoops said lost LB D’Eyrk Jackson for the season due to injury) as a whole allowed just 259 total yards and caused three interceptions. Considering how inferior the opponent was, it’s hard to truly judge Kentucky’s performance, but the program needed something to smile about heading into the final two regular-season games against Texas and Louisville. A 42-point win helped. - -Subscribe to the KSR YouTube Channel for press conferences, interviews, original shows, fan features, and exclusive content. - -Kenny Brooks, Kentucky WBB beat the Cards - -Let me start by saying that the Memorial Coliseum crowd looked amazing last night for the Kentucky vs. Louisville game. The crowd pops throughout this defensive slugfest had me wanting to jump through my own TV and transport into the middle of the student section. Members of the men’s basketball team and even Louisville singer/rapper Bryson Tiller showed out. The renovated gym deserved a big crowd for the big rivalry showdown and that’s exactly what we saw. Everyone left happy, too. - -No. 20 Kentucky needed overtime to beat No. 18 Louisville, but a 9-10 mark from the free throw line in the extra period sealed UK’s fate as the winner. It ended a seven-game losing streak to the Cardinals, but extended head coach Kenny Brooks‘ winning streak against UL to four. Georgia Amoore finished with 19 points and eight assists while Teonni Key chipped in a career-high 17 points and nine rebounds. Kentucky racked up 24 turnovers compared to 19 more for Louisville, but the Wildcats’ five-woman rotation clawed its way to the win down the stretch. - -Volleyball looks for 8th straight win - -No. 13 Kentucky volleyball is on a serious hot streak right now, having won seven straight matches — all against SEC opponents — including six consecutive sweeps. The Wildcats are in the middle of a five-game homestead at Memorial Coliseum, having won the first two with ease over Texas A&M and LSU. Game three has the Georgia Bulldogs coming to town this afternoon for a 1:30 p.m. EST start time on the SEC Network+. - -With only four regular-season games on the schedule and a tight pack of teams near the top of the SEC standings, every match is big if Kentucky wants to claim an eighth straight conference championship. History is on UK’s side today though. Georgia hasn’t beaten Kentucky in Lexington since 2019 and was already swept by the ‘Cats this season back on Nov. 3. - -Join KSR Plus! With a KSR Plus membership, you get access to bonus content and KSBoard, KSR’s message board, to chat with fellow Cats fans and get exclusive scoop. - -‘Cats in the NFL: Week 11 - -TIME (EST) MATCHUP 1:00 PM (FOX) Packers (C. Valentine) @ Bears 1:00 PM (CBS) Jaguars (L. Fortner, J. Hines-Allen)@ Lions (J. Paschal, Z. Smith) 1:00 PM (CBS) Vikings @ Titans (W. Levis) 1:00 PM (CBS) Raiders @ Dolphins 1:00 PM (FOX) Rams @ Patriots 1:00 PM (FOX) Browns @ Saints (L. Young) 1:00 PM (CBS) Colts @ Jets (B. Echols) 1:00 PM (CBS) Ravens @ Steelers 4:05 PM (FOX) Seahawks @ 49ers 4:05 PM (FOX) Falcons @ Broncos (K. Smith) 4:25 PM (CBS) Chiefs @ Bills (R. Davis) 8:20 PM (NBC/Peacock) Bengals @ Chargers (B. Dupree) - -Louisville lost to Stanford - -Aside from the hardwood, it was also a bad day on the gridiron for the Louisville Cardinals. UL lost to a 3-6 Stanford squad by a final score of 38-35 and fans were not happy about the result online. Stanford’s Emmet Kenney nailed a career-long 52-yard field goal as time expired to lock up the win and end a six-game losing streak. Stanford trailed by 14 points in the fourth quarter. It was a total collapse down the stretch for Jeff Brohm’s team. - -What a great Saturday… Let’s make Sunday even greater.",1731883647,b2069ab8ff,4b3f688e01,,,1731883647 -https://www.reputationmanagement.com/blog/reputation-management-pricing/,https://www.reputationmanagement.com/feed/,Online Reputation Management Cost (ORM Pricing Explained),"How much does online reputation management cost? - -Let’s have a serious discussion about online reputation management pricing. If you’ve been shopping around and comparing packages, you probably noticed that reputation management costs more than you thought. You might have also figured out that packages range from a few thousand dollars to tens of thousands of dollars each month. - -In this post, I’ll help you sort the wheat from the chaff and explain the math behind reputation management pricing. - -A primer on quality - -If you’re familiar with public relations and SEO, then you’ll know that costs vary significantly from one company to another. On the low end, you have sole-proprietor consultants and DIY software. Then, in the middle, you find small regional firms with fewer than 20 employees. At the upper echelon, you have agencies and specialized businesses that provide services to large companies, enterprise brands, and CEOs. - -Reputation management pricing works the same way. Just like those disciplines, experience and quality are vital to success. - -Ultimately, enterprise-level reputation management cost is largely driven by the scope of SEO as well as a much deeper integration with customer teams, including marketing, PR, HR, product, engineering, legal, and customer service. - -That level of integration is crucial if you’re a Fortune 500 CEO or you run a billion dollar corporation. When the stakes are high, it’s critical to work with a company that operates with integrity, discretion, and complete transparency. - -So, how much does reputation management cost? - -The average reputation management cost falls somewhere between $0 and $100,000 per month. - -Obviously, that’s too broad to be useful. So, let’s look at why there’s so much variation. Then, we’ll dig into a few common pricing models. Finally, we’ll walk through what goes into a typical contract for our customers. In the end, you’ll have the tools you need to make the right decision for your situation. - -Why does reputation management pricing vary so much? - -I’d be willing to bet that you’ve paid for roof repairs before. When you got the quotes, some estimates were probably 5 times more expensive than others. That’s because cheap companies use less materials, inferior products, and they often employ inexperienced workers. As a result, the roof will start leaking again before long, damaging the interior of your home. - -Online reputation repair is the same as fixing a roof. You get exactly what you pay for. - -On the surface, costs are driven by three main components: the number and makeup of FTEs assigned to a project, the number of hours required to do the work, and the expertise of the workforce. - -As you can imagine, reducing any one of those elements will decrease the cost of the service. More automation through technology, for instance, decreases hours. Eliminating oversight reduces the need for managers. Cutting quality or outsourcing to inexperienced individuals reduces the cost of labor. Trimming all of these costs will, in fact, dramatically reduce the cost of reputation management services. - -But those savings aren’t worth the risk. - -Inexperienced and unsupervised teams can make dangerous errors, amplified by unchecked automation. Low-quality work is glaringly obvious. And, barebones budgets forgo vital safeguards that ensure compliance and reduce risk. - -Let’s look at some specific examples. - -High-risk reputation management packages - -Take one look at these reputation management statistics and you’ll understand why negative Google search results are devastating. Unfortunately, there are plenty of ORM companies that operate recklessly. They either use high-risk tactics that don’t comply with Google’s guidelines, or, they severely cut corners on quality. Let’s look at some examples. 54% 54% of executives believe reducing unfavorable search results would drive revenue growth - -Learn more about how to remove search results from Google. - -Smoke screen tactics - -Smoke screens are one of the most common tactics to reduce reputation management cost. Firms create dozens of fake social media profiles and other content that use your name. As a result, these digital doppelgangers confuse search engines and temporarily push down negative search results. - -There are several downsides to this tactic. First, it’s not sustainable. When search engines realize those accounts are inactive, they won’t rank anymore. Second, if you flood your search results with fake versions of yourself, you will dilute your true online identity. And third, search engines understand entities. So, if you’re a highly-visible person, those profiles may not outrank authentic content about you — including the information you want to bury. - -It’s essential to build the type of online profile that Google will be most inclined to reward. - -Low-quality outsourced projects - -Content: High-quality content is vital to successful ORM. That’s because what people write about you online influences public perception. But, great content is very expensive. Most firms can’t meet content demands in-house, so they outsource projects to foreign or domestic content farms that don’t really understand your brand. As a result, they sacrifice quality, which perpetuates brand image issues when users ultimately find inaccurate, thin, poorly-written copy about you or your company online. - -Link building: Another way to reduce reputation management cost is to outsource link building to save money. They often trample Google’s guidelines and purchase links or use black hat private blog networks to manipulate PageRank without considering the impact those placements could have on your image. - -Websites: Personal websites are also a commonly outsourced reputation management project due to cost savings. Unfortunately, this leads to an overreliance on free themes and templates which look shoddy at best, and spammy at worst. They are also typically filled with spelling and grammar errors, and leave an easily traceable footprint. - -Easy-to-spot fake customer reviews - -Some review sites will remove demonstrably false negative comments if you provide proof, although it can be a tedious process. They almost never delete legitimate bad reviews. And websites that do remove complaints in exchange for payment expose you to even greater risk once they know you’re willing to pay. Don’t be surprised if the same negative reviews pop up on sister websites they operate as soon as your check clears. - -Because negative online reviews are so difficult to remove, black hat firms don’t even attempt to delete them. Instead, they buy hundreds of fake positive reviews in order to offset the bad ones. That tactic is often explicitly in violation of review website policies and it’s usually blatantly obvious to the end user. Fake reviews put the company at risk, damage brand reputation, and turn of the end user. - -Value of risk reduction - -Online reputation management cost is directly correlated with risk. Cheap firms don’t take the proper precautions or operate with discretion. As a result, their activities are exposed, introducing unnecessary risk and amplifying reputation issues for their clients. - -Furthermore, small firms that cut corners aren’t able to navigate compliance with federal regulators, including the FDA, SEC and others. If your business operates in the health and finance space, it’s vital to work with a firm that understands how these agencies work. Contact us for a quote. - -Get Started Learn how we structure our partnerships, pricing and strategies. Contact Us - -Reputation management pricing explained - -First and foremost, if an ORM firm quotes pricing on their website without understanding your project, that should be an immediate red flag. Think back to our roofing example. Do contractors have a flat-rate roof price regardless of the size of your home? Or do mechanics fix your car for $500 no matter what’s wrong? Of course not. - -To help answer the question of how much does reputation management cost, let’s look at what drives contract values and explore some common pricing models. - -First of all, enterprise-level services like us build a balanced, holistic online presence to reposition search results for their customers. Conversely, disreputable firms deploy strategies that spam Google with low-grade content for temporary quick wins. Obviously, quality costs more. - -It’s also worth noting that highly-visible individuals and brands require substantially more firepower to influence their online narratives. For instance, it’s completely different to bury an arrest record for your neighbor who has no online presence than it is to remove negative articles or negative links about Bill Gates from the first page of Google. - -Let’s look at the most common models for reputation management services pricing so you have a primer when you’re comparing ORM companies. - -DIY software pricing - -This is a basic SAAS model where you pay a subscription fee to use reputation management software. It’s the cheapest option because you need to do all the work yourself. However, ORM software is primarily used for reputation monitoring or reporting rather than actively suppressing negative results. Pricing for DIY software usually begins around $100 per year, and it might be more suitable for an individual or small business with little online visibility. - -À la carte reputation management pricing - -This model puts price tags on specific issues, and it also sits at the value end of the ORM spectrum. While it may seem like you’re getting a personalized solution tailored to your needs, it’s actually just a marketing ploy designed to target customer pain points. In reality, online reputation management companies that use this pricing model cut a lot of corners and use black hat tactics to deliver a bare-bones service that almost never lasts. These firms typically charge $3,000 – $5,000 per incident, but the quality is embarrassingly low. - -Tiered reputation management packages - -These packages have names like “Basic, Plus, Premium, Elite, VIP, and so on. Most packages exclude more than they include, and they provide almost no transparency into the work they do. The most expensive offering, often called “custom pricing” or “enterprise” is the only package that contains anything that resembles a holistic strategy. - -Enterprise solutions - -Only the most comprehensive packages are capable of building a sustainable online presence for highly-visible individuals and brands. These solutions marry full-scale search engine optimization with professional content writing and the combined efforts of customer PR, HR, marketing, product & engineering, legal and customer service teams to get results. - -Packages at this level generally cost between $30,000 and $80,000 per month depending upon the resources required. Remember, contracts at this level are specifically designed at curating an online presence for Fortune 500 CEOs and large corporations. - -Here’s a look at what goes into our partnerships. - -What our reputation management packages typically include - -We could easily sell shoddy services to tens of thousands of customers at a fraction of the cost of our packages. Our pricing isn’t high because we’re bad a business. It’s high because we refuse to compromise on quality. - -Here’s just a glimpse of what our partnerships include: - -Search landscape mapping - -For branded projects, we analyze hundreds (if not thousands) of search results and individual websites to understand the full scope of a problem as well as what’s driving the issue and what will be required to fix it. - -Topical density analysis - -Content ranks in Google for many reasons, including authority, relevance, timeliness and more. If your search landscape is dominated by content around a singular negative event, that will influence your Google results as well as search suggestions and autocomplete features. We analyze the density of these topics to establish a baseline for your strategy. - -Identification of opportunities and vulnerabilities - -Negative content is like an iceberg: If you see one result, there’s often a lot more lurking beneath the surface. We analyze your complete landscape to spot weaknesses or gaps in your online presence. Our team also surfaces existing preferred web content submerged deep in your landscape or build out new content and narratives to round out your footprint and secure upper search real estate. - -Keyword research - -Some unfavorable content only surfaces for specific searches, so we execute exhaustive keyword research to uncover all of the branded terms that control your online narrative. - -Priority web asset audit and analysis - -Think of your online reputation like a digital fortress to hold back insurgents. The walls and moat of your castle are your personal or company website, blogs, social media accounts, Wikipedia, and review websites. We take inventory of all your assets and then audit their strengths and weaknesses from an SEO perspective. - -Reputation & crisis management strategy development - -After we wrap up our tactical analysis, we develop your strategy and create a project plan based on your business goals. During this time, we staff your team with SEO specialists and content writers as well as project and account managers. - -Deployment - -Once our partnership is finalized, we rally the troops and depoy the strategy. This phase includes: - -Technical recommendations and optimization - -Ongoing content creation and amplification - -Strategic outreach for link building - -Authorship development - -Claiming ownership of relevant web assets and web content - -Personal website or blog design & development - -Real-time search landscape monitoring and threat assessment - -Reporting adverse online behavior and terms of use / policy violations - -Strategic planning in line with federal regulations or requirements - -Best practice primers for video optimization, review management, etc. - -Around-the-clock communication with account executives regarding priority improvements & imminent threats - -Regular performance reporting - -Sample outcomes - -Even though each situation is unique, our customers generally have similar outcomes in mind when they seek our help. - -Overcome adverse activity through crisis management and reputation recovery - -Strategically position preferred web assets & content such as preferred company info, media coverage, reviews & endorsements - -Fortify personal legacy and accomplishments - -Accelerate online performance by improving reach, traffic, and brand sentiment - -See our case studies for examples of our results - -We Suppressed 12 Negative Articles for a Fortune 500 CEO See How We Fixed a Fortune 500 CEO’s First 50 Search Results. Read Case Study - -What drives reputation management cost - -Our process stems from our company’s core values: Integrity, Sustainable Value, Rapid Response, Invention, and Entrepreneurship. We don’t offer stripped-down reputation management pricing just to sign more deals. We believe in hiring the best people, building the smartest strategies, and executing at the highest level. To that end, reputation management cost is largely driven by the scope and scale of the project. - -Our customers include Fortune 500 CEOs and global brands where the stakes are high and the walls of your digital fortress must be nearly impenetrable. - -If you’d rather compromise on quality and outcomes to save money, we aren’t the online reputation management firm for you. But, if you believe in doing things the right way, and you believe your reputation is too important to risk with an untested agency, then contact us for a custom quote. - -FAQs",1731883636,ce3c7f93ed,4b44bf7d69,,,1731883636 -https://www.communitysignal.com/the-community-that-teaches-languages-and-powers-duolingo/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,The Community That Teaches Languages and Powers Duolingo,"As classrooms have gone virtual and people are spending more time online, Duolingo has seen an influx of students and educators on their platform. Luckily, Duolingo has a structured ambassador program to help those new users find their way and achieve their language learning and teaching goals. - -Kevin Reaves, a community support specialist at Duolingo, talks extensively about who these ambassadors are, what motivates them, and how they exhibit ownership in areas from forum moderation to event management, course creation, and more. Their program has thousands of volunteer ambassadors and with that, quality assurance protocols to ensure that everyone is advancing Duolingo’s mission of bringing free language education to the world. - -Patrick and Kevin discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsors: Vanilla, a one-stop shop for online community and Localist, plan, promote, and measure events for your community. - -Rewarding power users with insider features (7:48): “Some people have 900+ day streaks, 2,000 day streaks [on Duolingo]. Those people are amazing. They really put forth the effort to learn. We try to reward that as much as we can [with special extras].” – @Ksquall1 - -Language learning brings families closer (11:43): “We have warm stories [from the Duolingo community]. ‘I can now communicate with my grandma using her native language.’ … It really goes to show a lot of what language learning as a whole can do for people.” – @Ksquall1 - -Course health as an indicator for community health (25:47): “[We want] at least 90% of our courses [to be] active at any given time. If we notice that a course is inactive… we check in with the team and say, ‘Are there any blockers? … Is there something that we can do to help in the building of this course?’” – @Ksquall1 - -Taking care of yourself as a volunteer or community professional (44:15): “The impact of seeing [self-harm and] abuse, it can wear on the body a bit. It can wear on you emotionally, and that’s why it’s important to take that break, get yourself a drink of water, walk around a bit … lean on each other and give each other advice, because [that] goes a long way.” – @Ksquall1 - -Kevin Reaves has been working in community management for 7 years and, since late 2017, he’s been a contractor at Duolingo as a community support specialist. Previously, he spent time at Space Ape Games, Enthusiast Gaming, and The Huffington Post. - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Vanilla, a one-stop-shop for online community and Localist, plan, promote, and measure events for your community. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[music] - -[00:00:28] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and welcome to Community Signal. This is being recorded on the Thursday afternoon following election Tuesday in America. CNN and The New York Times currently have Joe Biden at 253 electoral votes and Donald Trump at 214. - -For two days, Biden has steadily reduced Trump’s leads in Pennsylvania and Georgia, while holding onto leads in Arizona and Nevada. If Biden secures Pennsylvania, or any two of Arizona, Georgia, Nevada, or North Carolina, he will win the presidency. It’s looking like that will happen, but you never know. We have to count every vote, and the Trump campaign is currently trying to impede that process, at least in the states where it might benefit them. By the time this episode is released, my hope is that the election has been called for Joe Biden. - -On this episode, we’re talking with Kevin Reaves, who works in community for Duolingo, which helps people around the world learn new languages. They have a big ambassador super user program that we’re going to explore. - -Our Patreon supporters are a group of listeners who back the show financially, which helps us to produce our program. If you’d like to become one, please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle for more information. Thank you to Jules Standen, Heather Champ, and Carol Benovic-Bradley for being among our backers. - -Kevin Reaves has been working in community management for seven years and since late 2017, he’s been a contractor at Duolingo as a community support specialist. Previously, he spent time at Space Ape Games, Enthusiast Gaming, and The Huffington Post. Kevin, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:50] Kevin Reaves: Thanks for having me. - -[00:01:51] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s my pleasure. We’re recording this on Thursday after the election. How are you feeling? Are you doing okay? - -[00:01:58] Kevin Reaves: I’m doing as okay as I can be. It’s kind of like the Groundhog day of elections. - -[00:02:04] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, I understand that. I know that you spent a little bit of time over at the Huffington Post. At times like these, I feel for our colleagues who are moderating comments sections, and political spaces right now. Whenever something happens politically related, I always think about those people, and I have several friends and acquaintances who work in the media and I’m currently doing some work with CNN. I’d imagine you were at HuffPo for a bit and you are happy not to be there right now. - -[00:02:26] Kevin Reaves: Oh, yes I’m glad not to be in moderating political comments right now. It’s just that when you think about it. it’s a lot more divided now than it was then. - -Actually back then I thought, “Well, wow, our nation is divided and you have to deal with a lot of abusive comments.” I can only imagine how things are now to be in those comments. We get a good idea when we look on Twitter for instance. - -[00:02:50] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, it’s– Trump is unique in many ways, all of them bad, in my opinion, but one of the things that he does is send these signals. He’s a community leader, whether we like it or not like, he is a community leader and he signals behavior for people to take cues from. All of these platforms now find themselves in this position of saying, okay, traditionally, not always, but traditionally you could look to leaders in the communities, people who would at least pretend to have good discourse or kind of good principles of discourse, even if they behind the scenes work to undermine you or were, I don’t know, even racists in private, they didn’t necessarily project that in public. They didn’t necessarily use the words and the terms that maybe they use in private where this guy doesn’t seem to have those constrictions or doesn’t seem to have those constraints. - -He signals behavior and people take a lead from it. Now platforms have this choice of either apply our guidelines consistently, or create a double standard where you allow this person to behave in ways because they’re a political figure or an elected official, and we’re going to take a greater good approach to allow them to speak. You get more of that bad behavior though because the exception only applies to that one person or this small group of people. It’s like a bizarro society, because it’s like, you’re supposed to take an example from your leaders, but really the leaders should take an example from maybe the citizens in a lot of cases, or it’s like an upside-down behavioral influence thing and it’s frustrating for people who have built community. - -[00:04:21] Kevin Reaves: Yes, it’s totally negative. I find myself all the time thinking, “This comment should be moderated” but Twitter has actually been doing a pretty good job lately, like for instance, when there was misleading information, of editing that out and reminding the users that, “Okay, this comment isn’t factual,” but it’s great that you mentioned the community and the community leader, the community leader needs to be mindful of things that they say in the discourse because it affects how the community acts. In this case, Trump has his own community of … Republicans that like his behavior and you find them growing more and more toxic. Their language is going more and more abrasive, actually adapting those misleading comments and behaviors. - -[00:05:02] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, I liked your pause there. Trump has his own community of … Republicans. - -[00:05:08] Kevin Reaves: It seems warped from how Republicans used to be. - -[00:05:11] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, totally. I’m going to keep an eye on the election as we talk now but let’s get into Duolingo. I want to talk about especially the ambassador program, the Global Ambassador program. I want to learn about that, because from my own research and looking at the Duolingo site, from talking to you, it’s quite a large program. Ambassadors are vital to Duolingo, and to the existence of the service. I want to talk about that program and all of its different facets. First, what do ambassadors do for Duolingo? - -[00:05:37] Kevin Reaves: We have plenty of ambassadors, they’re actually separated in several branches but they’re all volunteers that aid us in our mission to bring free language to the world. Whether we have our forum moderators that actively review forum content, and are really forum leaders because they have to interact in the forum and discuss things and actually put forth that measure of okay, how the ideal forum user is and it actually affects the community a lot. - -Our course contributors are those who actively build our volunteer-based courses, we have a lot of courses on Duolingo, as you may have noticed when you looked at the Incubator, and a lot of those are community-driven. They have people from all walks of life and in their free time, take the time and build language courses for us. It’s amazing the amount that they contribute to our community. We also have educators, which are our glorious teachers, which actually teaching right now in the time of COVID has to be difficult, but they actively use that schools platform. In using that schools platform, they also really are ambassadors to others and their separate teacher communities, like within their schools of showing, “Hey, you can use this for your language classes,” or they go to conferences, and they bring about the good word of Duolingo to others. Lastly, we have our event hosts, our event hosts are absolutely amazing. That’s actually the branch I haven’t had much chance to work with. They actively host events, they normally would be events in person, but now they have to be virtual. They’ve shifted greatly towards that. They have little activities and things that people learn language. It’s a lot of interaction, that, hey, I’m gifted in this language, you can meet others in this community, they are learning a language just like you. We can all discuss the language itself and build from there. - -[00:07:21] Patrick O’Keefe: Is there another group that’s new, called insiders. Is that something else as well, that’s coming along? - -[00:07:26] Kevin Reaves: Yes, it’s coming along. Our insiders branch are mostly those users that are, I can say pillars of the community. If you notice someone is doing outstanding in the community, they have an amazing streak. Each day, if you have a certain amount of XP, that’s your head set up as a baseline, you will then receive one day towards your streak. Some people have 900 plus day streaks, 2,000 day streaks, those people are amazing. They really put forth the effort to learn. We try to reward that as much as we can. Those people are insiders with extra status, they may have extra access to say a beta program, things such as they receive extra information about the trial, upcoming features, or things. - -[00:08:12] Patrick O’Keefe: When I hear that I hear five facets of things that drive adoption of Duolingo. The forum moderator is ensuring the quality of the conversations that exist around Duolingo, course contributors are creating the courses people take. I would guess, I don’t know, the reason that most people venture into Duolingo territory is because they are looking to learn a new language. It’s those courses that they’re taking, that are really the first lure in. Event hosts are bringing people together in a different way. Maybe they don’t want to be on the forum so much, maybe they’re more comfortable in an event environment. Educators or people who are driving adoption of Duolingo by bringing into classrooms and teaching environments. Then insiders are market research in a way for driving Duolingo forward in the future, as far as new features, new ideas, probably the most hardcore users of the product in a lot of ways from what you’re saying. There’s a lot of business benefit there. I want to talk about it more kind of in a couple of different segments. - -First, how many ambassadors are there? I think you told me there’s over 300 forum moderators alone, how big is the program as a whole? - -[00:09:09] Kevin Reaves: We are talking in the thousands. - -[00:09:10] Patrick O’Keefe: Wow, what’s the biggest group out of those? - -[00:09:12] Kevin Reaves: The biggest group out of those are event hosts, we have a lot of event hosts. - -[00:09:16] Patrick O’Keefe: Why do you think that is? - -[00:09:17] Kevin Reaves: Well, we did an amazing job of building the community of event hosts to be honest. It grew from a small number of events to an amazingly large number in a matter of years and it gets a lot of attention, which is great because you’ve always found a need, for instance me being a natural forum guy, I’m on the forums a lot. I always notice people say, “Well, how can I interact with other people and practice language or discuss language?” Really, Duolingo events is the one way that they can easily do that. People naturally cling to that. - -[00:09:48] Patrick O’Keefe: What you’re saying is that people go to that product, they learn the language, but they don’t maybe know anyone that they can practice speaking it fluently with and have someone just kind of course-correcting that knows the language well. They’re eventually given the opportunity to talk to someone who knows that language, who’s fluent in it, and who can in a friendly way, say to them, “Hey, that’s actually this way, or that’s the masculine or that’s the feminine or that fits this way, or whatever it is,” into that particular language. - -[00:10:13] Kevin Reaves: Yes, exactly. Have little activities and different things to make the whole process fun. - -[00:10:18] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s really interesting because a lot of communities would be probably heavier on the forum moderator, content creator side of things, especially when you’re talking about an internet or a digital product and then have event host because event host feels like such– We feel like the work of going in-person pre-COVID and even hosting an event digitally during COVID and post-COVID is more of an involved thing that we have to do. We have to go set up, again, this is pre-COVID. Set up whatever. Set up the space. Set up the tables. Be there. Break through any awkwardness that people have as they’re standoffish as they come in the room. - -It’s a different skill set. It’s a different thing. In this case, I was trying to think of other cases. Dating might be one pre-COVID, like dating events, speed dating. If you’re a dating app, bring people in-person, that’s a big deal. That’s how you’re going to probably for most relationships, really be able to take it to the next level is to meet in-person at some point. [laughs] - -The same is true here though, because if you’re learning a language, you’re learning to better yourself, for sure. Maybe you’re only learning it for yourself, or for some niche need you have of understanding something. I would guess most people are learning it because they want to use it because they’re going to be speaking to people who have know that language. - -[00:11:28] Kevin Reaves: You’re right, a lot of variety different reasons. I have people, “I want to visit this country one day. I would love to learn this language, at least get started in it.” We’ve even had people who, let’s say their grandparents came from knowing this language. They don’t know it themselves. They actually are an immigrant. We have warm stories about this. “I can now communicate with my grandma or my great-grandma using her native language,” even if it’s just a little bit that they learned. It’s a touching story and it really goes to show a lot of what language learning as a whole can do for people. - -[00:12:00] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s amazing. I’d like to take a moment here to talk about our great sponsor, Localist. - -Localist is an event marketing platform that aggregates, automates, and analyzes all of your virtual, in-person, and hybrid events so you can grow and engage your community. Their platform allows you to centralize your event calendar, automate email and social media promotion, and measure and analyze the ROI of your events. Localist integrates with your existing tools and you can even predict future event success using their Event Reach and Event Score features. - -Find out more at localist.com/communitysignal and take your event strategy virtual with Localist. - -For the event host, does Duolingo provide them with a in-suite in-product tool to host events or they kind of lean towards something else, some other tool like Zoom? How are the events being powered right now during COVID? - -[00:12:45] Kevin Reaves: Currently, they are being powered through Zoom. - -[00:12:47] Patrick O’Keefe: Got you. - -[00:12:47] Kevin Reaves: -for the most part. With Zoom is the last state we’re at right now. - -[00:12:51] Patrick O’Keefe: Zoom just sucked up a lot of market share. I don’t know if it’s fully explainable, but there definitely was a right time right circumstance type of situation. - -[00:13:00] Kevin Reaves: Yes. It came in perfect. I worked remote so I was used to using Zoom. Zoom is amazing. I actually want to use Zoom a lot more with other branches, for instance. I’ve been meaning to get into more Zoom calls for teachers. I used to sometimes have what I call a water cooler, talk with it every now and again to see what’s on your map. How’s the state of things right now? - -[00:13:22] Patrick O’Keefe: How do you become an ambassador? How strict is that process? - -[00:13:26] Kevin Reaves: Each branch has its own separate application process, actually, but for forum moderators and you and I can discuss this a whole lot, with our history in forums. We want a moderator to be at least 18 years old, for starters, because of certain content online. If they are a helpful user on the forum that does not have a history of issues such as warnings, et cetera and generally, if they’re active. I’ll say active for like a year, then we look in and we say, “Well, hey, this person might be a good fit.” They are vetted only by community staff. They’re also vetted by our form moderators themselves that are seasoned. - -Our course contributors, of course, they have to be fluent in the language. We’ve actually been improving the application process for that so that we know, “Okay, what’s your history here with language? Exactly, have you studied language itself? Are you a native speaker?” We have ways of noticing that because they have to write things in the target language and in the native language. Filtering through those applications are sometimes it’s fun because you always sometimes we run into spam applications. Then you could just easily vet those. One thing I love about that is you see how passionate people are about teaching. I’ve encountered several applications where people are, “I don’t feel this language is taught enough and I would like to assist in any way that I can.” - -Even people who are like, “I want to teach my husband this language, and I also have it on the side as an easy resource.” I think, “Well, wow, that’s amazing.” That’s a whole another reason. We look for experience in the language at least. We want to make sure that they have their hands on the pulse of knowing the language itself so that we can build the best courses possible. For teachers, teachers, their passion comes just straight forward. We always ask them, “Where do you teach? What languages do you teach?” It’s amazing how many multilingual teachers that we have. - -We have teacher ambassadors that speak at least three, four languages, and me, a person who really isn’t a polyglot, I’m like, “Wow, that’s absolutely amazing.” Then they just display how they use Duolingo in their classroom. Like for instance, a person will mention that, “I’ve used Duolingo in my classroom for years. I’d like to know more. I’d like to become part of the educator network as we call it, interact with other teachers.” - -[00:15:46] Patrick O’Keefe: Is the educator branch about giving them more tools and listening to feedback or they’re using it already and they’re saying, “I want to be a part of this thing.” What’s the benefit of that thing? - -[00:15:57] Kevin Reaves: It gives a great communication with staff. One thing that is great is that it gives them an opportunity to interact with other teachers, the teacher community, and share resources, Duo resources. We’ve had teachers create resources for other teachers, such as, “Hey, you might want to use this flashcard system in the classroom.” It goes far beyond even our Duolingo for schools platform. They actually begin thinking of their own games and different things that can be used in the classroom, share it with other teachers, make videos and share it with other teachers, all to help benefit the way that we reach kids. - -[00:16:32] Patrick O’Keefe: For a lot of them, it’s really just a very good way of connecting with other language teachers. You could assume that I could Google and find communities of language teachers that are out there. If they’re using Duolingo in the classroom and they find benefit from it, then there is almost sort of a pre-qualification to join the educators’ branch. They’re tapping into this network that they will hopefully come to trust for advice and information and knowledge about language learning and language teaching. - -[00:17:02] Kevin Reaves: Right. - -[00:17:03] Patrick O’Keefe: Then just to back up a little bit, so that’s educator benefits. What do you see as the benefits for the other branches? Why did they do it? - -[00:17:11] Kevin Reaves: A lot of it for the most part is passion. Pure passion for what they do, but I can imagine how it is to possibly work on the side of creating courses and then to see your course, the lab and to actually see this many users are learning on my course. The stats are actually there when someone clicks on a language that they wish to learn from their course correction. Like for instance, 150K learners are in this course and they actually can see that and the benefit that it has. With forum moderators, one thing I’ve learned about them is, as I say there are people like me, passion for our forum community, reaching out with others, making sure that the forums are safe, creating new resources, they help people learn the forums or language resources for the forums themselves. - -[00:17:57] Patrick O’Keefe: This shouldn’t sound cynical because it’s not. Are there any people who have somehow used Duolingo as a springboard to have a full-time something business? Like for example, “I created this course on Duolingo. It helped a million people learn this language. I am a language instructor. If you’re looking for someone to teach you the language in a more like one-to-one way,” is that something that platform allows for? Is that self-promotion? Do you see any people out there who are using it for a business benefit in their own lives? - -[00:18:30] Kevin Reaves: I’ve encountered people that, for instance, we’ve had people write recommendation letters for graduate programs, for instance, in language and different things. That’s very helpful to have our word there that, “Hey, they helped us build this. Of course, they were actually the course leader in this course that helped that direct the efforts for that course.” It goes a long way for them so yes, I can definitely say that. - -[00:18:54] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s pause to talk about our generous sponsor, Vanilla. - -Vanilla provides a one-stop-shop solution that gives community leaders all the tools they need to create a thriving community. Engagement tools like ideation and gamification promote vibrant discussion and powerful moderation tools allow admins to stay on top of conversations and keep things on track. All of these features are available out of the box, and come with best-in-class technical and community support from Vanilla’s Success Team. Vanilla is trusted by King, Acer, Qualtrics, and many more leading brands. Visit vanillaforums.com. - -Is language learning like any other passion? For example, you’re a sports fan, you are a Lakers fan, you’re a gamer like you are and I am, a couple hours a day with Dead by Daylight and Marvel’s Avengers right now. - -[laughs] Is it like that? I know one language, I’m one of those people who say, I wish I knew more, and yet I don’t try. I can’t, I have no one to blame but myself. My great grandmother could speak like eight languages. - -[00:19:52] Kevin Reaves: That’s amazing. - -[00:19:53] Patrick O’Keefe: She was just very well-educated. She spoke eight languages. She fled Europe during Hitler. She was Jewish. She was just an amazing woman and she did all these things. An amazing person and I got to meet her. I think she passed when I was eight. Go back to my question, is that community a lot like what you see in gaming, where you have people who love gaming, and they’re passionate about gaming, so they join IGN like you did, and they become active. Then maybe they become a moderator. Are there people who are equally as passionate about learning new languages and about broadening their ability to communicate with a wider group of people? - -[00:20:27] Kevin Reaves: That’s definitely what I see on the forums every day. The community helps each other a whole lot. If someone has a question about language, or even whether or not they’re phrasing something correctly, or anything such as that, you can instantly see community members jumping in there and say, give them tips, even when it comes to studying or different things such as that, they are very passionate about it. It amazes me because many of them are learning several languages at once. For a guy like me, who is mostly going to say, “Okay, I’m going to practice one language at a time.” It’s just absolutely amazing seeing the effort that they put into it. It’s those community members that one thing I would like to do is, I’d like to focus on that a bit more. Perhaps see what we can do to mobilize them a bit more with what they already do, as far as let’s say, for instance, that we can have them as a forum moderator that specifically would interact and create resources in certain areas, such as a sentence discussion thread, where people have difficulty. It definitely is the same as say a gamer or any other community that’s passionate about, let’s say I like cooking. I want to dive into the cooking community and help others learn how to cook a meal or something like that. - -[00:21:41] Patrick O’Keefe: Call of Duty and learning the languages of Europe, those are two sides of the same passion coin, perhaps, depending on the person you’re talking to. - -[00:21:48] Kevin Reaves: Definitely. - -[00:21:49] Patrick O’Keefe: Can you talk about the metrics that exist for measuring those segments of the ambassador program? - -[00:21:56] Kevin Reaves: Oh, great. First, I can talk moderator metrics because that helps me a ton. For instance, for such a large group of moderators, you have to make sure that the moderators are active or check when they’re inactive, so you can know when to check in on them, or see if the forums are properly covered. Quarterly, the metrics are checked and we can see, “Okay. Who’s active? Who’s been inactive? Which forums have lost moderators, and which forums have gained moderators?” And see the number of moderators per forum.” For instance, let’s say we don’t want a whole language forum to have only one moderator, for instance, then that’s when we say, “Okay. This forum needs more moderators.” From there, we just bring into action and add more. - -In terms of contributor courses, the main thing is that we want to make sure that we always have this goal of at least 90% of our courses are active at any given time. - -If we notice that, a course is being inactive and we regularly run the metrics to see if one is inactive. That’s when we check in with the team and say, “Are there any blockers? Are there any way that we can help? Is there something that we can do to help in the building of this course?” We interact with them closely. They do a great job of bringing to us any blockers, any issues, any concerns that they have, or even improvements that they would like to see considered and we follow along with them. - -[00:23:21] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned the 90%. When 90% of course is active. Are there simply languages that are unpopular, [laughs], or languages that people just, for whatever reason, a small percentage of people that speak that language, or it’s that you just accept that they are not going to be in that 90%? Are there any languages like that? - -[00:23:39] Kevin Reaves: Yes. There are some obscure languages. There are a few because when you think about it, you have to think about anyone with any given base language and what language they’d like to learn. For instance, we have languages like Swedish for Russian speakers or French for Turkish speakers. Sometimes it’s hard to find contributors in certain ones because you sometimes can’t find many people who happen to speak both of those languages and are passionate about teaching both of the languages. - -Our contributors do a great job, like our contributors to a great job of reviewing applications themselves and adding people. It’s when they can’t find anyone, or when a course becomes inactive that we step in, and we look and we decide to reactivate that course. We do things such as forum blasts, or different ways to go see well, “Hey, would you like to help out on this course?” Which a lot of times the forum users are very eager, because they will say if a course is alive, they will wonder, “I want this course. When is this course going to be released?” I know that or I can help out with this course and that gives them a great opportunity to dive in there and take part in that. There are some, for instance, that we understand if it’s hard to find a contributor for that time period you to reactivate the course. It’s something that we really review as time goes on. - -[00:24:54] Patrick O’Keefe: Do courses need to be updated over time outside of errors or sentences that are reported or mistranslations, things that slipped through? Are there other reasons that courses are updated or improved or adjusted over time? - -[00:25:06] Kevin Reaves: Oh, yes. One thing I like to see is that a lot of our contributors, they initially begin working on a new tree. A tree is like the complete set of courses with all the different lessons on it. If they find a way they can improve the course, they’ll start working on a new tree for the course, it isn’t visible. Once they start doing this, and once it’s all set up, then it can be tested with a group of users. From there, we can see and gather the retention rate of the tests and different things such as that. What feedback the learners give us, the alpha testers. From there we can see whether or not the course is published into an updated state. - -[00:25:45] Patrick O’Keefe: Do you have a special group of people that you test courses with or is it more of a random selection? - -[00:25:49] Kevin Reaves: We do things in two ways. Early on before a tree is sent into beta, we have our alpha testers, which assist our course contributors greatly. From there, we beta test in A/B test form. Some people will have the new tree. Some people will have the classic tree. Those with a new tree can definitely give us feedback on. The same thing goes for courses that haven’t been released 100% or in other words aren’t in phase three. Phase two is our beta phase. What we’d look at is, “Okay, did people remain in this course? Did they find the course too difficult and drop off after a certain lesson, for instance?” Or are people receiving a ton of errors and it’s one section of this course? Then those things are looked into. - -[00:26:34] Patrick O’Keefe: I was curious about how you ensure the quality of language courses in a UGC environment. You just answered some of it, I would say, which is that you connect people who are qualified or believed to be qualified for those languages to a need, you have Turkish speakers learning French, for example and then they started. I imagine a course can start as basic as a simple course and then you have testers that share, that go through it, provide feedback. Then you expose it to the larger community of Duolingo users and they give feedback. Then it gets improved and the test can be made more advanced over time. Is there anything else that is part of that quality process that you’d like to share that ensures that ensures when a course reaches the final, I don’t know if there’s a 1.0 or what you call it, but past beta, when it reaches that stage that you feel really good about that course? - -[00:27:23] Kevin Reaves: Basically, if we notice that people are able to go through the course, and we have a high retention rate, then it’s basically safe to publish. Also, we try to keep it uniform throughout. Let’s say you want to teach the basics. We have, for instance, little lessons such as animals. You want to learn about animals everything We keep the subject simple, and it gets harder as you go along through the checkpoints. Because every course is built in this similar fashion, we have a uniform approach to our courses. So that one isn’t necessarily completely different, like one doesn’t start with, “Hey, you’re going to start talking about schooling instead of learning about verbs, for instance, first,” and it goes a long way. - -We also use a common framework. One thing I love about our contributors is that they are very good about following the norms that we have in place and we have many mentor contributors that have been around, very seasoned. If there’s a new course leader, or new courses being built, they happily dive in there and help them with the tips they use in growing their own courses, and help guide them along to ensure that theirs is of quality as well. - -[00:28:34] Patrick O’Keefe: Contributors have their own community where they can help newer contributors or they can ask questions to more experienced ones? - -[00:28:40] Kevin Reaves: Yes. Well, that’s what often happens in our Slack group. They have direct contact with our community staff members, and also their fellow contributors. - -[00:28:49] Patrick O’Keefe: With a course, you mentioned retention rate, that’s if they finish. Is that what it is, if they finish the course? - -[00:28:53] Kevin Reaves: Yes, basically. Because if they drop off, then it’s like, “Well, this person didn’t make it past this point in the course itself.” We’re like, “Well, we’re not retaining a user in this course, a learner in this course, for instance.” We have to take that into account of the course quality and also the difficulty of the course because we want to make sure that is step by step learning, and not too difficult for them. - -[00:29:18] Patrick O’Keefe: In a program so large, you mentioned thousands, how do you monitor ambassadors to ensure they’re being good stewards within the community, to ensure they’re being active? You mentioned with four moderators, you have quarterly metrics review. What other processes have you baked in to help manage such a large program of thousands of people? - -[00:29:37] Kevin Reaves: For one, it’s a lot of people power for instance. We have a small community team. For instance, we have several people who work with different areas. For instance, myself, with moderators, I work with one of the senior community managers and a fellow community manager with four moderation, we regularly meet up and discuss, “Okay, what’s new here?” Or review everything that we need to their interactions, for instance, to ensure that they are properly supported. Their questions are answered. Their feedback recorded and they’re both addressed. - -They do a great job of pinging us whenever they run into something so that we can instantly notice. I will say that a large part of my day beyond my other functions is looking into our Slack groups and seeing what’s going on because, while we can be on the forums, I love telling this to learners on the forums, I’d say we have an active presence on the forums. Our moderators do a great job of also bringing attention to things that we may not notice at any given time, given the large community. The same goes with the other branches as well. I have teachers that often bring to me books that other teachers have, that they might have encountered on the forums. - -We have an educators forum as well. We have a few helpful teachers that can say, “Hey, Kevin, we noticed that this person’s assignment isn’t being recorded properly. Is it possibly user error or is it a bug?” Then I’m able to instantly look into that and make sure to disperse properly. It’s basically, you have a large set of community members all helping each other out, bringing things up to community staff, and community staff’s placed in strategic areas. For instance, I contributed because they are a large base. We have at least four community people on that alone. It really helps out a lot. Of course, as with any community, we’re constantly streamlining processes. - -We’re constantly trying to evolve as that is important, whether or not it deals with tooling, extra tooling that we may have to grab those metrics and things, so it’s before we manually notice something or better reporting tools. - -[00:33:56] Patrick O’Keefe: When I hear that I hear recruit well into these groups. That you can trust the people that are in the programs to point things out to you, pay attention to the signals that are happening in the Slack groups, in the forums. Often times the loudest signals, what’s good and bad, that are happening in the community and as best as possible, have routine metrics and tools in there to regularly report data to you that will signal additional red flags or issues that you need to look into. Which makes a lot of sense. - -You mentioned tooling. You told me before the show that “community tooling is a challenge that has been on your mind. As community professionals, we often dream. I know I do, of tooling that would make aspects of our job easier, whether it’s in terms of moderation, tracking statistics or automation.” - -These are your words still. “The difficulty is showing the impact that these tools may have to increase productivity and dramatically improve community efforts.” What are you missing right now that would make your life easier? - -[00:32:41] Kevin Reaves: I would say a lot of admin tooling, for instance. Forum moderating tools, they make things simpler. With, especially during this time period, a lot of people are indoors. There are more people on online forums. There are more people sending comments and messages or, this includes those abusive messages and we want to make sure that for instance, spam is cleaned up as fast as possible. That accounts that attempt to come back over and over again, that we have proper ways of tracking those accounts and being able to notice, well, here, they’re using the same email type, for instance, or the same IP address. - -One major thing that I think would be a huge help is, let’s say that we want to track what our moderators do for moderator oversight. Easily able to see when this person has been warned. Who they’ve warned by. The warning message, for instance, information like that. Who’s our most active moderators? Things such as that so that then we can not only better moderate the forums, for instance. We can also reward those who go above and beyond for the call of the community itself. - -[00:33:47] Patrick O’Keefe: One thing that you mentioned that I think is really great that and people who make software listen to this show, sponsor the show, et cetera. That’s why I like to ask questions like this, what I’ve called when I’ve talked to people who build software, forensic science. I want to bring forensic science to community. You mentioned being able to know right away without having to look, when someone uses the same IP, when someone uses the same email address. When someone has similar profile data, for example, without you having to search and reconcile it yourself or go into the database and run a query. - -If you know how to do that and if you have access to the database, which most people do not have access to the database and just the software would automatically look out there and not necessarily take action but just flag it for you. Put it in a dashboard and say, “These three users have the same IP.” Then you can decide what to do with those people. Maybe it’s incidental. Maybe they’re all in the same classroom. Maybe they’re all in the same family. Man, you’re like, “Okay, this is fine. There’s nothing bad. They’re not bumping each other up or saying, “Oh boy, you’re smart.” “No, you’re smart.” Boosting each other up. Tools like that, as far as I know don’t exist. I haven’t seen them. They might exist but I haven’t seen them in the easily available community software. - -[00:34:57] Kevin Reaves: You’re right. - -[00:34:59] Patrick O’Keefe: I would love to see them. I think pattern recognition and reporting that pattern to you would be super helpful. - -[00:35:05] Kevin Reaves: It works wonders and especially now because like I said, people have a lot more time on their hands because they are avoiding public places. That gives a lot more time for community mischief, as we probably see in other communities that we just actively use on our own. For instance, someone might be a chronic spammer and it’s like, I want to get rid of this spammer as soon as possible or possibly automate a way for this spam to be detected and automatically removed or automatically put into a queue for you to simply press and remove. That works wonders and it also helps the moderation team because that’s less manual moderation on their part. - -[00:35:43] Patrick O’Keefe: I probably sound like a broken record to people who have been listening to this show for a long time. I’m still surprised we haven’t seen more innovation around the word censor feature on community software. - -[00:35:52] Kevin Reaves: That’s true. - -[00:35:52] Patrick O’Keefe: 15 years ago I had someone write a feature for my communities where if it hits the censor, the post is halted and the person is given a chance to edit their post with the issues highlighted in it, so that they could adjust it and repost. That doesn’t work for all communities. Not everyone should have that turned on. Some would be that would be a trigger for abuse. That would lead to other issues but in my communities, they’re at the right scale and environment where that stopped removal for profanity. Almost 95%, 98% we don’t remove stuff, profanity anymore. - -People update their posts themselves and they submit the post and generally, people like it because they can do it themselves. They keep their posts up. We never have to remove it. They never have to have their posts removed. They never have to hear from a member of staff and we don’t have to do that whole process of documentation. It skips the whole thing. There’s no violation of the guidelines because the post is never made and your mind would say, “People will circumvent that,” and yes, in some communities, that would be a major issues. In many communities, no. People will adjust their posts and hit submit. - -[00:36:47] Kevin Reaves: You’re right. - -[00:36:48] Patrick O’Keefe: Yet the word censor feature, as far as I know, remains practically unchanged in every form software and community software that exists for the last 20 years. - -[00:36:58] Kevin Reaves: That’s one of the main things that we’d like to have, especially for, let’s say for instance, profile names. So often, you can run into an inappropriate username and it’s like, “Okay, well, this person created this username and whether they’re aware of the guideline or not. If they were given the instance upon account creation to know, this name includes profanity, or something else that isn’t allowed. Let’s say it’s something like, a name, Adolf Hitler or something so there’s this– Something that you definitely don’t want on the forums. Then they have the opportunity to corrent that immediately before they even create their account and then, we can just go from there. It should cut down a ton of issues. - -[00:37:35] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. Even the censor being applied to the username. That’s something you see, unless you join PlayStation Network, for example. They have a term list of things you can’t have in your username. That hits on the side where most impact is made, which is, let’s say 99% of online platforms are people who do not have a thousand dollars to spend on software. Not even a thousand dollars. They can maybe afford to pay couple hundred once upon a time for vBulletin. These days for maybe an Invision, or XenForo, or they can afford to host a Discourse, something like that. I remember when I was running phpBB 2, and I had someone write a hack so that our filter would apply to the usernames. - -[00:38:16] Kevin Reaves: Oh, that’s crazy. [crosstalk]. - -[00:38:17] Patrick O’Keefe: Because that wouldn’t exist on and so, things like that. Administrative features are some of the most just underserved features that exist in community software. - -[00:38:28] Kevin Reaves: You’re right. - -[00:38:29] Patrick O’Keefe: I’m just waiting for the call for someone to hire me, or you and be like, “Hey, we need the community person on this side and just tell us what to make, and let’s make it.” Because, I know, I’m not saying, Discourse has great community people. Sarah Hawk‘s great. They’re out there, but there are features that are out there but you mentioned COVID a couple times and on our most recent episode before this one with Paul Bradley, we talked about the idea that perhaps people might be more patient after COVID-19, when it came to issues in online communities. That was not a proven theory. It was just sort of an idea that we were discussing and you told me before the show, and you even referenced here that you’ve witnessed, “An increased amount of abuse after places underwent lockdown measures, or people decided to avoid being active in public places, not only when it comes to actual abuse cases that you log, but also concerning posts such as potential self-harm.” What are you seeing? - -[00:39:15] Kevin Reaves: There’s a lot of this. There’s an increase in spam, or for instance, let’s say as more schools use Duolingo naturally because of virtual schooling, those students enter the forum, we often have teenagers, younger kids, they spam the forms with guideline-breaking type of content, and there’s a lot of that so we see a lot more spam. A lot more nonsensical entries. Things that need to be deleted. We see a lot more posts for instance, that are attacking others, and as I mentioned before, self-harm posts. I hate to use the word depressive but that’s what it is. It’s a very impactful period emotionally for people. We mentioned earlier the whole climate with elections. We have a very divided nation, for instance, here in the US. - -The world itself has been a bit more, I’ve got to say divided, in many ways and then now, on top of that, people aren’t able to do many of the things that they enjoy. Let’s say you are used to going swimming with friends, or playing basketball with friends, or going out to a movie and things such as that. We often see these posts where, not all of them are immediately self-harm. A lot of them are just enough to raise a flag to where we feel that we should automatically reach out. We not only send emails to these people to check in on them, but we also often send a message inside that thread before we lock the thread, or delete the thread so that they would get notification in the email inbox, let them know that these are the hotline numbers and, we’re looking out for you and the importance of self-care as a whole. - -We can also bring that back to volunteer teams and to ourselves as community professionals that see these things daily. Because, often, a lot of people don’t realize is that, the impact of seeing these things each day, seeing abuse, it can wear on the body a bit. It can wear on you emotionally and that’s why it’s important to sometimes take that break, get yourself a drink of water, walk around a bit, maybe take a walk, or something. If you can, listen to some calming music, perhaps read a book for 30 minutes and then you start back on the work that you’re doing because, the major thing is that, it is great for a community such as this. There’s a sense of understanding because, everyone’s going through something similar because of the pandemic situation. It’s easy to find support within volunteer communities, and it’s easy to find support within community teams, with teammates that are understanding and things. What we do is it’s good to highlight the positives and come together and discuss those, lean on each other, and give each other advice, because it goes a long way when it comes to online community, especially with professionals. - -[00:42:06] Patrick O’Keefe: You make a really interesting point and one that I hadn’t really thought of coming into this is just the volume of students now using Duolingo, because of COVID. What that audience means, what stresses they’re facing, how they might deal with those stresses, the vulnerable groups, they might exist within being a teenager, just because they’re on Duolingo, how that might filter into the community and how you need to not only take care of it, but also what your responsibility is in doing so. I have to assume a lot of communities that are student-focused, not the Duolingo student-focused, but that receive a lot of students, especially elementary and high school students, and college students are probably seeing similar things right now. That’s good to be aware of and for you to point out. - -[00:42:49] Kevin Reaves: What it is it also allows us to expand our protocol, because of how things are during this time period. What can we fine-tune to ensure that these messages are addressed correctly, or for instance, I think of things such as if it’s a student, if I know this person is inside a classroom and I can see where the teacher account is. Reaching out to the teachers themselves, letting the schools know so that the parents also are aware. Things like that, it goes a long way. - -[00:43:22] Patrick O’Keefe: Kevin, it’s been a pleasure to have you on. I’ve appreciated the conversation. Thanks for spending some time with us. - -[00:43:27] Kevin Reaves: Anytime. I’ve really enjoyed it. - -[00:43:30] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with Kevin Reaves, a community support specialist at Duolingo, that’s duolingo.com and connect with Kevin on LinkedIn, at linkedin.com/in/kevin-reaves-24b25657. - -For the transcript from this episode, plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Take care of each other. - -[music]",1731883695,b6cef58d91,4b8590793d,,,1731883695 -https://www.nytimes.com/video/us/politics/100000009778569/how-illegal-immigration-fuels-the-us-consumer-economy.html,https://rss.nytimes.com/services/xml/rss/nyt/Politics.xml,How Illegal Immigration Fuels the U.S. Consumer Economy,"NOW PLAYING - -How Illegal Immigration Fuels the U.S. Consumer Economy - -3:34 - -What Donald Trump’s Team Picks Say About His Foreign Policy - -3:30 - -Is a ‘Green’ Revolution Poisoning India’s Capital? - -3:34 - -What Trump’s Win Tells Us About the Democratic Party - -3:14 - -What Kamala Harris’s Loss Means To Black Women - -3:10 - -Donald Trump Makes Stunning Return to Power - -4:14 - -How We Model Election Results With the Needle - -4:17 - -Why the U.S. Election Matters in These Countries - -3:43 - -The County That Got Every President Right (Since 1980) - -3:46 - -Three Questions About Election Results - -4:34 - -Our Photographers’ Favorite Campaign Trail Photos - -2:48",1731883655,6207fdc2b2,4b617b924c,,,1731883655 -https://www.inman.com/2024/11/14/mortgage-access-for-black-buyers-blamed-for-widening-ownership-gap/,https://www.inman.com/feed/,Mortgage access for Black buyers blamed for widening ownership gap,"Mortgage discrimination and appraisal bias are eroding Black homeownership gains, according to the National Association of Real Estate Brokers’ State of Housing in Black America. - -Whether it’s refining your business model, mastering new technologies, or discovering strategies to capitalize on the next market surge, Inman Connect New York will prepare you to take bold steps forward. The Next Chapter is about to begin. Be part of it. Join us and thousands of real estate leaders Jan. 22-24, 2025. - -Weakening affordability, inflation, appraisal bias and mortgage discrimination are eroding Black homeownership gains, according to the National Association of Real Estate Brokers’ latest State of Housing in Black America report. - -NAREB’s research revealed the Black homeownership rate has declined 8.6 percent over the past two decades, falling from a high of 50 percent to 45.7 percent. As a result, the homeownership rate gap between Black and white Americans has reached its highest point since 1970, two years after the Fair Housing Act was signed into law. - -“Black homeownership is hampered by a mortgage finance system that continues to discriminate,” the report read. “Black mortgage applicants are turned down more often than Whites; Blacks are more likely to receive high-cost home loans than their White counterparts, and houses in Black neighborhoods are less likely to be appraised at the same values compared to similar homes in white communities.” - -Of the barriers to Black homeownership, mortgage access was highlighted as the most challenging issue. Despite strong workforce participation and a narrowing racial wealth gap, NAREB said Black borrowers still face disproportionate denial rates compared to borrowers of other races. In 2023, Black borrowers applying for conventional loans had a denial rate of 17 percent, triple the denial rate for white borrowers (7 percent). The landscape was the same for Black borrowers applying for non-conventional loans, who also had a denial rate of 17 percent. However, the denial rate gap was slightly smaller for non-conventional loans, with 9 percent of white borrowers being declined. - -The biggest reasons for mortgage denials among Black borrowers were a high debt-to-income ratio (42 percent) and bad credit history (17 percent). The percentage of denials due to a high debt-to-income ratio decreased as Black borrowers surpassed earnings 120 percent above their area median income (AMI). However, this same group was likelier to face denials due to bad credit history than their white counterparts with similar incomes and creditworthiness. - -“Loan origination failure rates, a comprehensive indicator of unsuccessful loan application outcomes, increased for Black applicants in 2023. Black applicants faced a 38 percent overall failure rate, compared to 25 percent for White applicants, with most of this discrepancy stemming from higher denial rates,” the report read. “Similar to the previous year, withdrawn applications and closed files due to incomplete information accounted for 21 percent of Black applications and 17 percent of White applications.” - -Black borrowers who successfully qualify for a mortgage, are finding more success with nonbank lenders than traditional banking institutions. The denial rate for Black borrowers with nonbank lenders is 15 percent — 34 percent lower than the denial rate at traditional banks (23 percent). Mid-to-high-income Black borrowers are mostly likely to utilize nonbank lenders for their mortgage needs, as very-low to low-income Black borrowers still lean on traditional banking institutions due to Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) regulations. - -“… the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) mandates banks to meet the credit needs of lower-income and underserved communities,” the report read. “Applications to banks, savings institutions, and credit unions from both racial groups were more common among the very low-income and very high-income bracket applicants. The preference for banks among the lowest-income applicants might be tied to banks’ efforts to comply with CRA requirements and improve their ratings for lending in low-income areas.” - -Beyond disproportionate denial rates, SHIBA said Black homebuyers and homesellers also suffer from appraisal bias. - -Low-ball valuations of homes in predominantly Black communities complicate the loan process for Black homebuyers, who will need to compensate for the discrepancy with a higher down payment or higher interest rate. Meanwhile, Black homesellers end up losing out on their rightful equity gains — placing their short and long-term financial plans at risk. - -“Using neighborhood-level [Federal Housing Finance Agency Uniform Appraisal Dataset] data, a 2022 report by the Brookings Institution showed that appraisal transactions in majority-Black neighborhoods are 1.9 times more likely to be appraised under the contract price than similar homes in White neighborhoods,” the report read. “A longitudinal analysis of UAD aggregate statistics performed by Junia Howell and Elizabeth Korver-Glass found that homes in White neighborhoods are valued twice as much as those in minority communities (i.e., neighborhoods with no White residents). The study found that the average appraised property value gap based on race has widened over time, and the pace has accelerated from 2013 to 2021.” - -NAREB said it’s working to eliminate mortgage and appraisal discrimination and other key homeownership barriers through partnerships with the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), the National Society of Real Estate Appraisers (NSREA), the Housing Preservation Exchange (HPE), and several other regulatory and legislative organizations dedicated to closing the homeownership gap. The group is also lobbying for student loan forgiveness, a national homeownership tax credit program, the elimination of loan-level price adjusters, and programs to increase diversity in the appraisal industry. - -“As pointed out in numerous previous NAREB reports, the current housing finance system has its roots in the 1934 establishment of the Federal Housing Administration,” the report concluded. “Since that time, the geographic landscape and demographic composition of the U.S. population has altered greatly.” - -“Although the legislators who worked to enact the housing finance system we have today were extremely discriminatory in precluding access for Black households, the genius of their work created the vibrant White middle class that exists today,” it added. “Those leaders were visionaries; America needs that type of visionary leadership today.” - -Read the full report below: - -Email Marian McPherson",1731883664,123ad3b11e,4afe67a85f,,,1731883664 -https://www.avclub.com/zack-snyder-lapd-cop-project-netflix,https://www.avclub.com/rss,"Zack Snyder is finally going to get real, sets project about the LAPD","Zack Snyder is finally going to get real, sets project about the LAPD - -Say goodbye to space, and zombies, and over-the-top ass-kicking female badasses. (Actually, scratch that, those might be in the new thing, too.) Zack Snyder is leaving the world of fantasy behind and going for something a little more realistic and grounded this time. Or—well—let’s not get too far ahead of ourselves. Snyder’s next project is going to center on the Los Angeles Police Department, which is real (unlike Superman, who is not). Whether the film turns out to be actually grounded and realistic remains to be seen, but as of now it’s sounding like Snyder’s least out-there film yet. - -This LAPD project is being set up at Netflix, which has hosted the last few Snyder flicks including the Rebels Moon. According to The Hollywood Reporter, “Specific details are being kept in lock-up, but the action thriller is being described as being set in the high-stakes world of life and death and centered on an elite LAPD unit that is relentlessly confronted with the unforgiving collision of law and morality.” - -“Years ago, Dan [Lin, Netflix’s head of film] and I had a conversation about our shared interest in telling a compelling and visceral character-driven story set within the intense, complex and captivating landscape of the LAPD. It’s a conversation that has stuck with me,” Snyder said in a statement to THR. “So, as you would expect, I’m very excited to now have the opportunity to partner with Dan, along with the rest of my amazing partners at Netflix, in developing this story.” - -After all the hullabaloo with Snyder at DC (that culminated in releasing the Snyder Cut of Justice League, itself something of a death knell to that vision of a shared DC film universe), the filmmaker hopped over to Netflix to create his own original worlds. Rebel Moon has been his attempt to create a franchise from scratch, intended to be built out into other properties (spin-offs, video games, etc.). The films have not been a critical success, and because it’s Netflix, it’s not totally clear if they can be regarded as commercially successful, either. No word if Snyder will fulfill his vision of making three or four more Rebels Moon, but you have to wonder if the tepid cultural impact of those films pushed him in the direction of something a little more traditionally palatable like a cop flick.",1731883666,66c132240d,4bd1e3aeab,,,1731883666 -https://www.slashfilm.com/1711247/jim-parsons-the-big-bang-theory-star-almost-rejected-young-sheldon/,https://www.slashfilm.com/feed/,Why The Big Bang Theory Star Jim Parsons Almost Rejected Young Sheldon,"Jim Parsons is one of those actors who, pretty much no matter what he does for the rest of his life, is probably going to be known first and foremost as one single character. Parsons not only played the role of Sheldon Cooper for 12 seasons on the wildly popular sitcom ""The Big Bang Theory,"" but he also served as the narrator (in addition to being a producer) on the spin-off ""Young Sheldon,"" which had a healthy seven-season run on CBS. That series concluded with Parsons returning in front of the camera as an older Sheldon to help bookend the story. But his cameo, while very satisfying for fans, was something the actor was hesitant to do. - -In a May 2024 interview with People, Parsons spoke about his involvement in the ""Young Sheldon"" finale shortly after it aired. Titled ""Memoir,"" the episode sees Sheldon writing his memoir about his time in Texas as a child, which is essentially what the show has been the whole time. Parsons was given a new look for the episode showcasing that he's changed, largely thanks to fatherhood and marriage. Even though the cameo made a lot of sense, Parsons explained in the interview that he didn't want to revisit the character, at least not at first:",1731883649,b237a9df8d,4b552cf93b,,,1731883649 -https://www.avclub.com/house-creator-david-shore-lupus,https://www.avclub.com/rss,"20 years later, House creator offers an ode to lupus","20 years later, House creator offers an ode to lupus ""Lupus was the perfect disease for us!"" creator David Shore effused, describing it as the perfect blend of dangerous but hard to diagnose. - -Today marks the 20th anniversary of the premiere of House, M.D., the long-running medical drama that taught a generation that there’s no medical problem so shocking or horrifying that it can’t be solved by Hugh Laurie being very mean to it in an American accent. To mark the occasion, Entertainment Weekly talked this week with series creator David Shore about the legacy of the series, which went off the air back in 2012. And while the conversation was wide-ranging, if a bit cagey—Shore isn’t going to tell you what happens after the show’s well-received finale, for instance, because “every now and again, it does cross my mind that I would like to explore that”—it did start where it must: With an ode to lupus. - -“Lupus was the perfect disease for us!” Shore asserted in the interview. (He’s not kidding: The show tossed the autoimmune disorder out as a red herring nearly 30 times over its eight-season run, and it was only the culprit once, in a fourth-season episode.) - -Shore: - -The fact was we were looking for diseases that could be serious but could manifest in a lot of different ways. And unfortunately for many — for us, it was fortunate, lupus was the perfect disease for us! It was a disease that manifested in a lot of ways, and so it could be the wrong diagnosis many times. And so we just kind of embraced that and ran with that. - -In other spots in the interview, Shore (who’s since gone on to serve as showrunner for ABC’s recently ended The Good Doctor) did move beyond lupus, touching on his occasional regrets about the show—notably, not being able to get Lisa Edelstein, who left the series over pay disputes ahead of its last season, back for its final episode. He also shot down the possibility of one of those reunion specials that have been so in vogue in recent nostalgia-starved years: “Not really. I wouldn’t say no to it, but those things are very, very difficult to do. You don’t want to spoil anything. As Hugh said at the time, Dr. House is the type of guy who leaves the party early rather than late. People are going, ‘Where’d House go?’ Rather than, ‘Why is House still here?’ You don’t want to spoil your legacy.”",1731883663,66c132240d,4bcc3c01cb,,,1731883663 -https://www.npr.org/2023/09/13/1197953094/two-indicators-china,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,China's weakening economy in two Indicators : Planet Money,"China's weakening economy in two Indicators - -Enlarge this image toggle caption CNS/AFP/Getty Images CNS/AFP/Getty Images - -In China, data on the economy is sometimes difficult to come by. The Chinese government has put a pause on releasing some of its official economic data. But many of the stories emerging from the country paint a clear picture: the second largest economy in the world is struggling. - -Today, our friends at The Indicator share some of their recent reporting on China. First up, it's a special edition of the Beigie Awards focused entirely on China. What can the approach of the Federal Reserve's Beige Book - i.e. looking at anecdotes that tell us something about where the economy is headed - show us about China's economy? - -Sponsor Message - -Then, we take a deep dive into one of the most alarming indicators in China: the skyrocketing urban youth unemployment rate. - -This episode was hosted by Darian Woods, Wailin Wong, and Robert Smith. The original Indicator episodes were produced by Corey Bridges with engineering by Robert Rodriguez. They were fact-checked by Cooper Katz McKim and Sierra Juarez. They were edited by Paddy Hirsch and Kate Concannon. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR Source Audio - ""Hollywood Overture,"" ""You've Hit The Big Time"" and ""Lo Fi Souvenir""",1731884623,8181d7a585,4bdbfb3967,,,1731884623 -https://www.nytimes.com/2024/11/17/us/politics/clifton-r-wharton-jr-dead.html,https://rss.nytimes.com/services/xml/rss/nyt/Politics.xml,"Clifton R. Wharton Jr., Who Broke Racial Barriers, Is Dead at 98","When Clifton R. Wharton Jr. was appointed president of Michigan State University in 1969, he became the first African American in the nation to be named to head a major, predominantly white university. - -For Dr. Wharton, it was just one of many firsts. - -He was the first Black chancellor of the State University of New York. He was the first African American to run a Fortune 500 corporation, and the first to become deputy secretary of state, serving in the Clinton administration. - -His remarkable firsts often went unheralded, earning him the nickname “the quiet pioneer.” - -But Dr. Wharton, who died of cancer at 98 on Saturday in Manhattan, made clear that, though race was important, it was not the driving force in his long life of achievement. - -“I’m a man first, an American second and a Black man third,” he told The New York Times after he was named president of Michigan State at age 43. “I do feel my appointment at Michigan is an important symbolic occasion, but that is not the criterion of it. It shows that if one has the skill and the talent, you’re going to make it.”",1731883654,6207fdc2b2,4c885d3665,,,1731883654 -https://www.ecommercefuel.com/product-liability-insurance/,https://www.ecommercefuel.com/feed/,Everything You Need to Know about Product Liability Insurance,"Patrick Mulligan • - -Everything You Need to Know about Product Liability Insurance - -If you’re sending thousands of products out into the world, the unfortunate reality is that eventually someone will be injured (or will allege they’ve been injured) by a product you’ve sold. The best way to protect yourself and your business from financial ruin is product liability insurance. - -Product liability insurance covers you and your business in the event your product causes bodily injury or property damage. Your jewelry could give a customer a rash, your nutritional supplement could make someone lightheaded, or your toy drone could overheat and cause a fire that destroys a customer’s property - -Product liability insurance can be sold as a separate policy, but it’s a standard component of a general liability insurance policy, which every business should have. - -Who Needs Product Liability Insurance? - -If you sell products online, you need product liability insurance. In our forums, our members have shared horror stories of serial litigants, spiraling legal bills, and demand letters from lawyers demanding millions. Insurance at least gives you some piece of mind when you’re facing a lawsuit - -As with general liability insurance, product liability insurance is table stakes for the eCommerce industry. You won’t be able to sell on Amazon, Target, or many other marketplaces without product liability insurance, and national retailers require it before considering your product. - -Most lawsuits seek tens of thousands of dollars in relief, and sometimes well into six-figures if there is a wrongful death or the property damage is severe. - -The numbers at the high end can be shocking; Johnson & Johnson was ordered to pay $2.1 billion over claims that its talcum powder caused cancer. But the median values are still enough to ruin most businesses; product liability suits that went to jury trials in 2020 had an average award of $7 million. And the average legal fees in 2020 for defending a lawsuit over a customer injured by a product were over $600,000. - -Those who have been sued (or even threatened) know how hard it can be emotionally and mentally. Lawsuits are taxing and can be particularly hard on small businesses.. –ECF Member - -What Does Product Liability Insurance Cover? - -The right insurance policy protects you from a wide range of legal risks related to your products: - -Design Defects in Your Products : These could be defects introduced during your design process, say an improper supplement formulation, or manufacturing defects such as your supplier adding the wrong ingredients to your supplement. - -: These could be defects introduced during your design process, say an improper supplement formulation, or manufacturing defects such as your supplier adding the wrong ingredients to your supplement. Improper Labeling or Instructions : If you neglect to note that your product is not intended for use by children, or you don’t properly explain in your instruction manual how to install your product, you can be found liable. - -: If you neglect to note that your product is not intended for use by children, or you don’t properly explain in your instruction manual how to install your product, you can be found liable. “Strict” Liability: Even if your product is designed properly, and delivered to the customer free of defects, and you label everything correctly, and you include thorough instructions, you can still be found liable if the customer suffers an injury or property damage. This is why you need insurance! - -If your company is sued, your insurance company will leap into action and you’ll be covered across these areas: - -Legal Fees : Your insurer will handle your legal fees, and in most cases will take over your defense with their own lawyers. - -: Your insurer will handle your legal fees, and in most cases will take over your defense with their own lawyers. Settlement Costs : Most product liability suits end in a settlement to cover the harm suffered by the injured party and your insurance company is responsible for this cost, up to your policy maximum. - -: Most product liability suits end in a settlement to cover the harm suffered by the injured party and your insurance company is responsible for this cost, up to your policy maximum. Court-ordered judgments: If you go through the legal process instead of settling and lose the case, your insurance is on the hook for paying out the judgment, which usually includes medical expenses, emotional distress, and other harms. - -💡 Pro tip: Digital products are not covered under product liability. If you sell a software solution, an app, or even a digital download like an ebook, you need professional liability insurance to be protected from lawsuits over the failure of your product costing someone money. Similarly, data breaches that harm your customers are covered under cyber liability insurance, which is a separate policy. - -Caveats and Carve-Outs with Product Liability Insurance - -Even if you have product liability insurance coverage, there are other important factors to keep in mind to make sure you’re actually as protected as possible. - -Coverage Limits - -A standard business insurance policy will have a $1 million cap per occurrence and a $2 million cap per year. This means that for any individual claim, the most your insurer will cover is $1 million of losses. It is becoming more common for insurers to include legal defense costs inside the policy limit. If you’re sued and settle for $800,000, and the insurance company spends $300,000 on legal defense, you’re on the hook for $100,000. - -💡 Pro tip: To determine if legal costs are considering “inside” or “outside” your limit, look through your policy for terminology such as “the costs of defense are included inside Policy Limits” or “the amount available to pay a judgment will not be reduced by any costs incurred in defending the claim.” You should also inquire where legal costs fall when first signing up for a policy. - -The $2 million annual cap applies to all claims during the year, and it doesn’t just apply to product liability claims. If, in a very unlucky year, you’re both sued for $1 million and your warehouse burns down, destroying $2 million of your inventory and equipment, you’re now $1 million past your limit. - -If your product has any risk of leading to serious injury or death, particularly if it is intended for use by children or babies, you should consider carrying a policy with higher coverage limits, such as $2 million per occurrence and $4 million annually. - -Higher limits are much more expensive, though, and a cheaper option would be pairing a standard $1 million/$2 million cap with an umbrella policy on top to cover a “black swan” event such as two large claims in a single year. - -Risks that are Not Covered by Product Liability Insurance - -It can be tricky keeping straight which harms or injuries caused by your business are covered by product liability insurance, so here is a list of liability risks which are beyond the scope of product liability insurance: - -Injuries to your employees: Your employees are covered under Workers’ Compensation, which all businesses are legally required to have in order to provide benefits for employee injuries. - -Your employees are covered under Workers’ Compensation, which all businesses are legally required to have in order to provide benefits for employee injuries. Injuries or harms from the actions of you or your employees: These should be covered under your general liability policy, which you will likely purchase together with your product liability coverage. - -These should be covered under your general liability policy, which you will likely purchase together with your product liability coverage. “Advertising” injuries: These are non-physical injuries such as slander, libel, invasion of privacy, and copyright or trademark infringement. These will also be covered under your general liability coverage. - -If you have a product liability policy you’ll almost certainly have coverage for these items, but it’s important to know the scope of each type of injury as you may have different coverage limits for each in your policy. - -When you sign up for product liability insurance, your insurer will ask you a series of questions, such as the products you sell, where and how they are manufactured, and your annual revenue. After this initial conversation, you’ll be asked to reverify these answers each year when your policy renews. - -If, when you signed up for insurance, you were selling Japanese-inspired stationery, but six months later you decide to introduce a line of katana swords, you should run it by your insurance company. If you’re sued for a product that’s wildly different (and more dangerous) than what your insurer signed you up for, they could argue that your policy doesn’t cover it. - -Similarly, if your revenue scales up dramatically, reach out to your insurance company. Perhaps in October when you launched your product and obtained insurance, you were estimating $100,000 of annual revenue for your workout band product. But six months later your product has blown up on TikTok and you’re instead pacing for $2 million in first-year revenue. - -Greater product sales increase your chance of being sued, so you should keep your insurance company in the loop if there is a dramatic upswing in revenue. - -Recall Costs are Not Covered - -A product liability lawsuit can reveal a dangerous flaw in a product that is so severe that it must be pulled from the market. Imagine a nutritional supplement which is found to contain 10x the safe dosage of a compound due to an error by the manufacturer. Or a baby crib which will eventually collapse due to a faulty screw. - -In these cases, a court may order a company to not only stop selling the product and pull it from store shelves, but also to reach out to each and every customer known to have the product and offer them a refund and instruct them to stop using it immediately. The logistical cost of customer outreach, disposal, and the purchases refunded or replaced can be staggering, and they are not covered by product liability insurance. - -If you sell a product that could be recalled, such as food and beverages, a toy or children’s product, or any battery-powered device, you should obtain product recall insurance. Product recall costs are likely to be more than any small business can afford, so product recall insurance is a necessary additional piece of financial protection if you’re in a category that carries this risk. - -Corporate Conduct Could Cost You - -Imagine the worst possible product liability outcome: you are sued and your legal costs and judgment exceed your coverage cap by $1 million. Your business has $50,000 of cash and receivables, and $100,000 of inventory. So your business declares bankruptcy, the assets of the business are auctioned off, the proceeds are given to the injured party and the lawyers, and you move on, right? - -Not necessarily. The creditors can come after your personal assets if they’re able to pierce the corporate veil. A central component of the corporate structure in the United States is limited liability, meaning that business debts don’t apply to the shareholders. - -But business owners can find themselves personally liable for product liability judgments in a few situations: - -Fraud : If you’ve knowingly concealed or downplayed the risks of your product, a court can rule that limited liability protection has been forfeited. - -: If you’ve knowingly concealed or downplayed the risks of your product, a court can rule that limited liability protection has been forfeited. Intermingling of Assets : If you’ve mixed your personal finances with your business (say by paying your personal mortgage out of your business bank account), a court can find that your business isn’t distinct from your personal assets. - -: If you’ve mixed your personal finances with your business (say by paying your personal mortgage out of your business bank account), a court can find that your business isn’t distinct from your personal assets. Improper capitalization: If you’re selling a product that carries a high liability risk and you’re both under-insured and not keeping enough cash in the business, a court can go after personal funds that you’ve pulled out of the business, particularly if your draw can be seen as excessive. - -It’s a high bar to pierce the corporate veil, but taking corporate ethics and rules seriously can protect your personal wealth in the event of a massive product liability judgment. - -How Much Does Product Liability Insurance Cost, and Why? - -Because product liability insurance is almost always purchased as part of a general liability policy, the same factors that affect your general liability insurance cost will come into play here, too. - -An “average” eCommerce company with $2 million in sales and a not-especially dangerous product will likely spend $3,000 to $4,000 annually on commercial insurance, which includes general liability, property coverage, and product liability insurance. That said, a company doing just $500,000 in annual sales and selling a baby product could have an annual all-in commercial insurance cost of $15,000. - -Below are the factors that can contribute to higher product liability insurance costs. - -Product Risks - -According to data collected from hospital emergency rooms, products broadly in the “home” category caused 2.8 million injuries in 2021. Of course, most products purchased by consumers are in the home category, and the incidence isn’t the same across all of them. These are the products with the highest product liability risks: - -Toys and other products for children - -Children can be injured by almost any product. They can choke on small parts, or parts that break off your product. They can suffocate due to loose fabric, rope, or string. They can be cut if your product breaks. They can swallow parts of your product and suffer internal injuries. - -Non-prescription health products (supplements, skin care products, vitamins) - -Anything promising a health benefit to consumers can easily lead to customer harm due to the possibility of an adverse reaction. Your fish oil supplement could trigger a serious allergic reaction, or your moisturizer could cause an unsightly rash. - -These outcomes could just be unlucky, as it’s impossible to predict how every human body will react to every product, but it could also be the fault of your manufacturing partner. Sloppy controls could contaminate your product, or your manufacturer could be substituting cheaper ingredients into your product without your knowledge. - -Food and beverage - -Like supplements, food and beverage products are ingested and thus carry an adverse reaction risk. There is also a risk of product contamination, from botulism in improperly canned goods to salmonella and hepatitis risks. One of the most infamous, and misunderstood, product liability cases in history involved a too-hot cup of coffee. - -Sports Equipment - -There are millions of emergency room visits each year due to sports-related injuries. The single most dangerous piece of sports equipment, the trampoline, is responsible for over 100,000 ER visits per year on its own. - -While there is some assumption of risk when partaking in a sport, if your product fails and causes an injury, you could be found liable. Some of the most common sports-related product liability lawsuits arise from protective equipment, such as helmets and masks, failing to adequately protect a participant from injury. - -Electronic Devices - -Any electronic product that plugs into a wall or includes a rechargeable battery can cause a fire if it fails. House fires are devastating in terms of both loss of life and loss of property. - -Your Claims History - -If you’ve been named previously in a product liability claim, your insurance cost will rise, sometimes dramatically. An insurance provider will consider your prior claims when figuring your product liability premiums, and if you have an excessive number of lawsuits related to your products you could even find your business uninsurable. - -Your Revenue - -The more products a company sells, the greater the likelihood of a customer being injured by a product. - -How to Get Product Liability Coverage - -Product liability insurance is sold as part of a general liability policy, and sometimes referred to as personal and advertising injury coverage. - -You can obtain product liability insurance quotes the same way you obtain commercial business insurance: you can go directly to an insurance company, you can utilize an insurance marketplace, or you can use an insurance broker. - -Because commercial insurance is sold as a package, it is tricky to obtain a product liability insurance quote on its own. But when shopping for a policy you can ask insurance providers to roughly break down the various components of your quote so you can have a sense of how much the product liability portion is costing you. - -How to Minimize Your Product Liability Risks - -Some product liability lawsuits are unavoidable. Not every risk can be foreseen or prevented, and some consumers are especially litigious. That said, there are a few tactics that can head off potential claims or put you in position to get a more favorable outcome when litigation occurs. - -Supply Adequate Warnings - -If your product contains rare-earth magnets, include a card warning parents of the dangers these can cause if swallowed. If your packaging includes plastic bags which are large enough to fit a child’s head, include a suffocation warning. These common sense measures can not only save a life, but they can also protect you in the event that you are sued. - -Courts have recognized that manufacturers have a duty to warn of the hidden dangers of a product that could cause physical harm, and also a duty to instruct users on how to avoid those dangers. The American National Standards Institute provides guidelines on how to format warning labels. - -Vet Your Suppliers and Manufacturers - -When you begin working with a supplier, ask for their relevant certifications. Are they Prop 65 certified? If you’re selling children’s sleepwear, does your manufacturer warrant that their products meet flame-resistance standards? Has your supplier ever been named in litigation over defective products, and were they held liable? - -Final Thoughts: Product Liability Insurance is Your Business’ Kevlar - -By selling products you’re opening up your business to litigation, but with the right insurance plan and procedures you’ll be able to survive a product liability lawsuit. - -Want access to 250 legal discussions? - -Want stay ahead of legal, and non-legal threats to your business? You’ll find that in the ECF community. You can learn more about the community or apply to join today. - -Join and get advice from over 1,000 eCommerce owners who’ve been through product liability lawsuits, as well as legal guidance and best practices to head off future claims.",1731883660,66b5d8b6d1,4bdeceb2b0,,,1731883660 -https://www.npr.org/2023/12/20/1197956140/javier-milei-argentina-dollarize-economy-inflation,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Javier Milei wants to dollarize Argentina. What exactly does that mean? : Planet Money : NPR,"Dollarizing Argentina - -Argentina has been on a decades-long search for economic stability, but it always seems to be out of reach. High inflation has been plaguing the country and just surpassed 160% a year. - -Over the past couple of years, the local currency has collapsed. One U.S. dollar used to be worth 20 Argentinean pesos in 2018. Today, one U.S. dollar is worth 1,000 pesos on the black market. And that means for Argentineans, the real prices of everything — from groceries to gas — have spiked. - -In a country where the local currency is in free fall, promising to replace that currency with the US dollar can seem like a magical solution. - -Sponsor Message - -Argentina's new president, Javier Milei, won in part by promising to do just that - to dollarize. To scrap Argentina's peso and replace it with the relatively stable, predictable, boring United States dollar. - -On today's show, what does dollarizing mean? Why dollarize, how to do it, and will it even work? - -For more: - -This episode was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler with help from Dave Blanchard and Willa Rubin. It was edited by Jess Jiang. It was engineered by Neisha Heinis and fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Preguica,"" ""Mi Milonga,"" and ""Sin Ti""",1731884611,8181d7a585,4c767db13d,,,1731884611 -https://transom.org/2017/dead-mom-talking/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Dead Mom Talking,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2017/04/Dead-Mom-Talking.mp3 Download Listen to “Dead Mom Talking” - -Some ideas are just so maddeningly simple. You think “Why didn’t I come up with that?!!” - -I felt like that when I first heard Rachel Matlow’s Dead Mom Talking (produced for the CBC show The Sunday Edition.) It was a forehead slap moment. - -On the face of it, all Rachel did was take some tape she’d recorded with her mom before her mom’s death and edit a conversation between the two of them. She produced a conversation that never happened. - -I mean think about it. Radio producers do this every day, sort of. They take tape from a conversation they recorded then they write and record narration to move back and forth between the tape. It’s not quite a conversation but sometimes it’s pretty close. All Rachel did was take that practice to the next level. The back and forth she created just sounds more chatty than usual. - -Forehead slappingly simple, right? Wrong. As you’ll hear on this episode of HowSound. - -P.S. — For another example of “conversing with tape” check out Jay Allison’s Subtext: Communicating with Horses.",1731883679,c00d35bf2d,4c5df82b62,,,1731883679 -https://www.nationalreview.com/2024/11/woke-academics-fear-trump-will-make-science-great-again/,https://www.nationalreview.com/feed/,"Woke Academics Politicize Science, Fear Trump",,1731883659,9c6f6d7409,4b9cb9beb0,,,1731883659 -https://www.esportsheaven.com/flashpoint-2-match-report-mad-lions-vs-virtus-pro-upper-bracket-r1/,https://www.esportsheaven.com/feed/,Flashpoint 2 Match Report - MAD Lions vs Virtus.Pro - Upper Bracket R1,"Written by Vacant - -Key Prematch odds: - -To win this series: Mad Lions 41% vs Virtus.Pro 64% - -MadLions outright odds: 11/1 - -Virtus.Pro outright odds: 4/1 - -Check out our group stage review for more details on every team in the playoffs - -A Close Shave for Virtus.Pro - -MAD Lions gave Virtus.Pro a scare in the first bracket of the Flashpoint 2 Playoffs and it was all about the key men again for both teams as Rasmus “Sjuush” Beck and Dzhami “Jame” Ali dominated for their respective team’s opening map wins. After winning their own map pick Overpass 16-6, MAD Lions then fell to Virtus.Pro’s pick of Inferno 16-10, tying up the series as it went into the third and final map, Train. - -On Train it was all to play for and it went all the way to the wire as both teams went back and forth in the fight to claim the first Upper Bracket Semi-Final spot. MAD Lions were defensively strong, as they had been throughout the series, picking up six CT rounds in a row to get to match point on 15-12, but just as it looked like they were going to clinch it, Virtus.Pro managed to drag the game into overtime and eventually came out on top to win the game 19-17 and the series 2-1. - - - -Key Stats: - -Map 1 (Overpass) - -Rasmus ""Sjuush"" Beck was the star player with 23 kills, a rating of 1.65 - -However, Dzhami ""Jame"" Ali still had the most AWP kills on the server with 13 - -Map 2 (Inferno) - -Jame took all the acclaim this time with 23 kills and a 1.41 rating - -He also dominated on the AWP with 15 kills - -Map 3 (Train) - -sjuush was surprisingly the lowest rated player in this game with only 16 kills and a 0.85 rating - -Jame and Timur ""Buster"" Tulepov were instrumental in getting Virtus.Pro to the Semi-Final with 27 kills each (Incl. Overtime) - -Vacant's Analysis: - -MAD Lions: Their strength was in their CT side. On Overpass they won 6 out of their 7 CT rounds in the 2nd half to win the map despite losing the CT pistol round. On Inferno they won 9 rounds on CT side, but only 1 on T side, which was their downfall. On Train, their CT side was dominant with 10 rounds won, but they failed to clinch that crucial match point. If they can become more penetrative on their T side and keep their composure in the clutch moments, they’ll certainly stand in a chance in making good progress in the lower bracket. - -Their strength was in their CT side. On Overpass they won 6 out of their 7 CT rounds in the 2nd half to win the map despite losing the CT pistol round. On Inferno they won 9 rounds on CT side, but only 1 on T side, which was their downfall. On Train, their CT side was dominant with 10 rounds won, but they failed to clinch that crucial match point. If they can become more penetrative on their T side and keep their composure in the clutch moments, they’ll certainly stand in a chance in making good progress in the lower bracket. Virtus.Pro: The dynamic duo of Jame and Buster can take Virtus.Pro all the way in this tournament. Jame was the MVP of the series with an average rating of 1.22 and the impact of his AWPing was crucial to their success - he managed 49 AWP kills over the entire series. The whole team showed real character to come from behind to win too after going a map down and needing overtime on Train which bodes well for the tough games they face in the upper bracket. - -Virtus.Pro will face the winner of BIG vs Team Envy in the next round of the upper bracket, whilst MAD Lions will face the loser of that game in the lower bracket. Both games will take place on Wednesday 2nd December, so plenty of time to get your bets in on Midnite.com!",1731883663,53ff29704d,4bfbe291bc,,,1731883663 -https://www.golfinstructionguide.com/popular-online-sports-games-in-2023/,https://www.golfinstructionguide.com/feed/,Popular Online Sports Games in 2023,"If you’re a sports enthusiast, there’s sure to be a game that suits your tastes. From basketball and football to tennis and beyond, there are plenty of games that will satisfy all your requirements. - -Online sports games have seen a meteoric rise in popularity over the last few years, offering fans an immersive way to connect with their teams while competing against gamers from around the globe. Although many major gaming franchises offer their own versions of these titles, you can still find quality alternatives that aren’t part of the bigger names. - -In addition to popular franchises such as FIFA and NBA 2K, there are also a number of new sports games coming out in 2023 that may be worth checking out. These titles provide a fresh take on your favorite sport and often provide more enjoyment than their official versions. - -Esports, or e-Sports, are video games that simulate professional sporting events. These titles provide a realistic and immersive experience that can be highly addictive. - -Video gaming fans have made them one of the most beloved genres. You can find them on almost all consoles and PC platforms alike. - -Sports management games are virtual recreations of certain sports in which players assume the role of team manager. These simulations give you complete control over your squad – from strategy and transfers to finances – by simulating every aspect. - -Mixed martial arts (MMA) is a beloved sport from EA Sports that will return with its latest installment in 2023. This version will boast several new features like career mode and unlockable perks for fans to enjoy. - -WWE 2K23 will return to the market and it appears the franchise has rebounded after last year’s disastrous launch. This version of the game will include many current superstars as well as some iconic characters. - -Fitness Boxing, a sports video game coming out in 2023, will be an ideal option for those who don’t have much time to train or don’t relish the idea of getting hit up by an actual opponent. This game provides both exercise and entertainment all at once! - -Esports have seen a meteoric rise in popularity over the last few years, with more video games than ever featuring competitive events. Unlike traditional sports, esports offer you an opportunity to show off your abilities at events tailored more towards a competitive audience than just any old spectator. - -Nintendo Switch users will get some exciting new titles this year, such as a sports title tailored specifically for the platform. This isn’t just any casual sports game though; it provides several unique play styles not found elsewhere. - -In 2023, there are plenty of exciting games that can help you stay active and healthy. Thankfully, many of these titles are available on PC for easy downloading.",1731883846,7dbd15bcf2,4c84f9f2e8,,,1731883846 -https://3dprintingindustry.com/news/seam-technology-powers-cost-effective-large-format-construction-3d-printing-234429/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=seam-technology-powers-cost-effective-large-format-construction-3d-printing,https://3dprintingindustry.com/feed/,SEAM technology powers cost-effective large-format construction 3D printing,"Researchers at the SEAM Research Center have introduced new applications for Screw Extrusion Additive Manufacturing (SEAM), focusing on its use in construction. - -At the heart of this development is the Epic3D portal printer, a system capable of producing large-format plastic components for applications such as facade elements, fences, and gates. Using a continuous deposition process and stiffening structures, this technology delivers durable, weather-resistant components tailored for outdoor construction applications. - -Working with Wirth & Co. GmbH, Fraunhofer Institute for Machine Tools and Forming Technology (IWU) is using this approach to produce large-scale facade elements that meet fire safety, UV, and weather resistance standards. According to the team, SEAM technology addresses longstanding challenges in additive manufacturing, including the constraints of small build platforms and reliance on slow, expensive filament-based processes. By adopting granulate as the printing material, SEAM enables faster, more cost-effective production of customized components. - -Fraunhofer IWU plans to present its latest developments in SEAM technology at the Formnext 2024 trade show. Led by Dr. Martin Kausch Head of the Department of Sustainable Fiber-Plastic Composites, the research team will showcase their work at Hall 11.0, Stand E38, and Hall 11.0, Stand C29, in collaboration with Metrom. - -Attendees will have the opportunity to explore how granulate-based 3D printing is being applied to construction, including facade manufacturing, and its potential to reshape the industry. - -Dr. Kausch said, “We make sophisticated design affordable. The personal touch in facade design is, of course, also achievable in traditional manufacturing. But only with processes like SEAM is it cost-effective.” - -The new portal printer Epic3D enables the additive manufacturing of large-size components. Photo via Fraunhofer IWU. - -Customization and versatility in SEAM technology - -Customization is a significant advantage of SEAM, particularly for creating facade elements with intricate textures or unique shapes, such as company logos. This process uses a modified extrusion screw to melt and deposit granulate layer by layer onto the build platform. - -Unlike traditional methods such as fiber lamination and forming processes, SEAM eliminates the need for molds, reducing costs and production time. The ability to use pre-colored materials also removes the need for additional coating steps, streamlining the overall process. - -Three systems developed through collaboration with Metrom and 1A Technologies expand SEAM’s application potential. These include Epic3D, METROM P1410, and SEAMHex. Among them, Epic3D stands out for its capability to handle large-format production, supported by a build platform measuring 2 meters by 1.7 meters. Complementing this, METROM P1410 brings additional versatility by integrating processing steps such as milling, expanding its application potential. - -Lastly, SEAMHex employs a unique six-axis parallel kinematics system that provides high dynamics and movement flexibility, ensuring exceptional positioning and path accuracy. This design ensures exceptional positioning and path accuracy while reducing moving mass, resulting in reliable and efficient production of medium-sized components. Together, these systems cater to a broad range of manufacturing needs with precision and adaptability. - -Florian Stöckel, managing director of Wirth & Co. GmbH, underlined the importance of the collaboration with Fraunhofer IWU in enhancing the SEAM process for construction applications. He explained that the Epic3D portal printer plays a crucial role in enabling new design possibilities for facade construction. - -Stöckel noted that the partnership focuses on optimizing various aspects, including design, materials, and the 3D printing process itself. He also highlighted that the company’s investment in the Epic3D system represents a step toward making additive manufacturing more suitable for producing building components. - -The SEAM Research Center: Epic3D (bottom left), METROM P1410 (center), and SEAMHex. Photo via Fraunhofer IWU. - -Broadening the frontiers of construction research - -Beyond SEAM, other research highlights the evolving landscape of additive manufacturing in construction. One notable example includes Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and Evenline researchers who studied the feasibility of using glass 3D printing to create interlocking masonry units. Published in Springer Nature, this research highlights how glass AM can enhance design flexibility and reduce tooling costs compared to traditional methods. - -Using the G3DP3 printer, the team developed modular masonry units tested across three fabrication methods: Fully Hollow, Print-Cast, and Fully Printed. Findings revealed varying strengths and surface accuracies, with Fully Hollow units showing the highest structural performance. As per the team, this study emphasizes glass AM’s potential for recyclable, sustainable construction, though further refinement is needed for large-scale applications. - -Elsewhere, University of Virginia (UVA) researchers developed a sustainable cementitious composite for 3D printing by incorporating graphene nanoplatelets (GNPs) into limestone-calcined clay (LC2). Led by Professor Osman Ozbulut, this research enhances structural integrity and environmental performance, increasing compressive strength by 23% with just 0.05% GNPs while improving printability. - -A Life Cycle Assessment revealed a 31% reduction in greenhouse gas emissions compared to traditional cement-based mixtures. Conducted with the Virginia Transportation Research Council, the study positions graphene-enhanced LC2 as a promising material for sustainable construction, particularly in transportation infrastructure. - -Catch up on all the news from Formnext 2024. - -Voting is now open for the 2024 3D Printing Industry Awards. - -Want to share insights on key industry trends and the future of 3D printing? Register now to be included in the 2025 3D Printing Industry Executive Survey. - -What 3D printing trends do the industry leaders anticipate this year? - -What does the Future of 3D printing hold for the next 10 years? - -To stay up to date with the latest 3D printing news, don’t forget to subscribe to the 3D Printing Industry newsletter or follow us on Twitter, or like our page on Facebook. - -While you’re here, why not subscribe to our Youtube channel? Featuring discussion, debriefs, video shorts, and webinar replays. - -Featured image shows the SEAM Research Center: Epic3D (bottom left), METROM P1410 (center), and SEAMHex. Photo via Fraunhofer IWU.",1731883669,c593966091,4bea3ab73b,,,1731883669 -https://www.npr.org/2022/07/22/1113115868/little-house-on-the-blockchain,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,This house comes with a built-in cryptocurrency miner. : Planet Money : NPR,"Little House on the Blockchain - -Enlarge this image Amanda Aronczyk/NPR Amanda Aronczyk/NPR - -Since late last year, the bottom has fallen out of the crypto market. It's lost $2 trillion, about two-thirds of its peak value, making people skeptical about cryptocurrencies and their long term viability. - -So when we heard about a real estate agent in Philadelphia who built a cryptocurrency miner into a house he was listing, we decided to go see it. Maybe we'd visit the open house and find crypto true believers mingling with newbies, all of them wrestling with the question: what is crypto actually good for? - -On this episode, we travel to the City of Brotherly Love to check out a home listing like no other we've ever seen: the crypto house. - -Sponsor Message - -Special thanks to Brady Dale at Axios and Robert Hackett at Andreessen Horowitz. - -Music: The Gamble, Still Don't Sweat & Can't Stop My Vibe - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / YouTube - -Apply to be the fall/winter 2022 intern for Planet Money and The Indicator. - -Get bonus episodes of Planet Money by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Pocket Casts and NPR One. - -Subscribe to our Newsletter.",1731884670,8181d7a585,4c8be3b521,,,1731884670 -https://www.packagingstrategies.com/articles/105178-idfa-offers-oregon-epr-compliance-guidance-for-dairy-industry,https://www.packagingstrategies.com/rss/articles,IDFA Offers Oregon EPR Compliance Guidance for Dairy Industry,"In 2021, Oregon enacted the “Plastic Pollution and Recycling Modernization Act” as an extended producer responsibility (EPR) law aimed at improving recycling access, services, and infrastructure, while reducing plastic pollution in Oregon. - -Producers and manufacturers of residential and commercial packaging, printing and writing paper and foodservice-ware are required to join a Producer Responsibility Organization (PRO) for Oregon, and through the PRO, pay fees to fund the end-of-life treatment of the aforementioned materials, to include processing and recycling and related infrastructure. Oregon approved the non-profit producer-led Circular Action Alliance (CAA) as the PRO. - -Companies selling dairy products in Oregon must understand whether they have obligations under the EPR law: whether (1) the materials used to package the company’s dairy products are “covered materials” and (2) the company meets the definition of an Obligated “Producer” responsible for the dairy product packaging. While defining “covered products” is somewhat straightforward, the question of whether a company is an Obligated Producer is more challenging due to the variety of business arrangements in the dairy industry. - -Click here to access the guide developed to assist IDFA members with interpreting the EPR law and to help guide companies and their counsel in determining their Obligated Producer status. - - - -",1731883642,c925e986aa,4c38c956b6,,,1731883642 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/corporate-communications-evolving-role/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,What Corporate Communications Will Look Like In 2024,"The 2023 Edelman Future of Corporate Communications Study is out, and it’s a doozy filled with all sorts of great things for communicators to consider going into next year. It details some of the things we’ve seen happen in real-time, such as comms pros finally getting that coveted seat at the table and being seen as advisors in business decisions, not just as it relates to media. - -There has been a shift in how CEOs, in particular, view communicators and their expertise—not just for the latest crisis or product launch but for the business, overall. They are leaning on their comms team for advice on social justice, climate and environmental, DEI, and health and wellness initiatives. - -Comms leaders are managing this new dynamic from the inside out, which means they will be at the center of shaping the next phase of stakeholder capitalism. - -While all of that is happening, though, resources are not keeping pace, with most communicators predicting budgets will not grow in 2024. - -How Communications Is Evolving - -Last week, we talked about the good—and bad—news from the chief marketing office survey from Deloitte and the American Marketing Association. - -In it, we discussed how to prepare for next year based on the trends coming out of surveys like that and like this Edelman one. I’m here today to give you some more food for thought as you prepare for what’s to come. - -The Edelman study focused on five areas: - -The central role of communications; - -Post-pandemic communications; - -CEO expectations and trust; - -The evolving role of the chief of corporate communications; and - -The challenges ahead. - -Let’s go through each of them. - -The Central Role of Communications - -There is really good news for communicators coming out of this survey. Half of respondents view themselves as strategic advisors to business leaders, which is an increase from 35% in 2021. - -This is a significant evolution from a supportive service to a strategy advisory role—and it matches what we’ve experienced with our clients, too. We are now involved in shaping key business strategies, influencing decision-making, and crafting narratives that resonate with internal and external stakeholders. - -Just as the study indicates, we also spend more time in direct counsel with CEOs, reflecting a deeper integration of our expertise in the highest levels of corporate decision-making. - -As you think about next year, some things to consider include how to: - -Become pivotal in leading change - -Manage transitions - -Help to shift corporate culture - -Adapt to new market realities - -Actively drive change - -Ensure the narrative aligns with the company’s strategic direction - -Never has the reputation of a brand been more important. As we help our organizations or client’s organizations navigate through controversies, we can also help to maintain public confidence. - -Post-Pandemic Communications - -I was just reminded that the Cubs won the World Series seven years ago…and the world fell apart the next day. Literally, the next day. While we say the last three years have been the hardest, the U.S. has been in crisis since 2016. It has ushered in an era of uncertainty and rapid change, which has forced businesses to re-evaluate and, in some cases, overhaul their communications strategies. - -There have certainly been challenges, but it also has completely changed the way we work and the way executives see us. - -Many assumed we would return to market-centric issues, but the opposite has been found. The reality has been that the marketplace thrives when the workplace does, so communicators have continued to focus. - -We have seen a shift in how employees behave—from being vocal in holding companies accountable to being equipped with the will and the tools to effect change. - -While the study focuses mainly on the relationship between the CEO and communicators, it does show that when there are also alliances with HR, the company is stronger. Sixty percent of respondents said this will be a priority in 2024. - -As you think about your work: - -How strong is your relationship with HR? - -What are you doing to enhance employee engagement? - -These are areas to focus on next year. - -CEO Expectations and Trust - -The shift we have seen in the last few years, as is evidenced by the Future of Corporate Communications Study, has been from focusing on business metrics to encompassing social responsibility, employee welfare, and the ability to engender trust. We are in an era of skepticism and change—almost no one trusts government or media anymore, but places a higher value on organizations that are perceived to get it right when it comes to social, society, and community issues. - -As part of that, CEOs are now expected to stand up for what they believe in—to promote an organization’s values, which are oftentimes closely aligned with their own. They are expected to take the helm in confronting pressing issues and to ensure the well-being of their employees. - -Because most business leaders “grew up,” so to speak, with the understanding that they were not to discuss values or views on social issues, they are leaning on communicators to help them learn a new way to communicate. To put their organizations at the heart of the conversation about the role of business in society. - -In a climate where misinformation and distrust are prevalent, the CEO’s ability to communicate effectively and act decisively is crucial in maintaining and building trust. This is what communicators do. - -As you consider the work you move toward in 2024, think about the following: - -Do you have at least a weekly meeting with the CEO to discuss priorities, strategy, and messaging? - -Are you appropriately articulating the CEO’s vision, values, and responses to global issues? - -Is the messaging clear, consistent, and authentic? - -Do you address societal challenges that engender employees and customers? - -Trust, transparency, and responsiveness are the pillars upon which their leadership must rest, and communicators are vital allies in this endeavor. - -The Evolving Role of the CCO - -The chief communications officer has traditionally stewarded a company’s narrative, managing public perception and safeguarding reputation. But we are seeing a significant evolution, expanding our services into new strategic dimensions and demanding a broader skill set than ever before. - -One of the most salient points in the Edelman study is the transformation into a strategic advisor. No longer confined to media relations and news releases, communicators are becoming indispensable to CEOs and other top executives. With nearly a fifth of their time now devoted to advising on a broad range of business issues, communicators influence decision-making at the highest levels. - -This shift marks a departure from the traditional view of communications as a downstream function, moving it upstream to where business strategies are conceived and developed. - -We are now tasked with understanding and balancing the needs of various stakeholders, from employees and customers to investors and regulators. This complex juggling act requires a deep understanding of stakeholder dynamics and the ability to communicate in a manner that resonates with each group’s values and expectations. It also means we’re working with the CEO and CFO, HR leaders, sales leaders, marketing, and general counsel more consistently. - -Think about where you are with the following and what you can add in next year: - -Do you have a fluid and flexible crisis management plan ? - -How are you helping the organization build resilience? - -Do you have solid relationships with everyone in the C-suite? What about external experts such as the law firm? - -How are you reviewing data every month? Are you using it to tell stories to all stakeholders? - -Is your team equipped with the tools and skills necessary to communicate effectively in the digital age? - -Are you testing AI and how it can make you and your team more efficient? - -Do you spend time reading every day to understand how global issues will affect the organization(s) you work with? - -For the first time in my career, we have a gigantic opportunity to engage at a higher level. It’s a fun time to do what we do! - -The Challenges Ahead - -Of course, with opportunities come challenges…because nothing can be easy. - -The first challenge is something we’ve been talking about for years: demonstrating our value as an investment versus an expense. It’s incredibly difficult to measure the things we’ve talked about here: brand awareness, resiliency, trust, engagement, and more. - -This is why I continue to beat the PESO Model™ drum. When you add the other media types to the brand building and crisis management activities expected of you, you can measure your work effectively. The results are tangible and are aligned with what your marketing and advertising colleagues can demonstrate. - -Beyond measuring your efforts, which should be your priority, the study suggests that communicators not only keep abreast of the latest digital tools and platforms but also become adept at leveraging these technologies to enhance their messaging and reach. - -With the digital landscape constantly evolving, staying current requires an ongoing investment in learning and development, as well as the agility to tweak strategies in response to new channels and trends. - -The Edelman study also highlights the need for nuanced strategies that resonate with diverse audiences while maintaining a cohesive brand narrative. Those audiences range from digitally savvy consumers to socially conscious investors and people who still can’t figure out how to change the clock on their microwave. - -This requires a deep understanding of stakeholder perceptions, concerns, and communication preferences. - -The biggest challenge you will face next year is the resource gap. There is a lot for you to think about next year, and there are lots of growing demands forthcoming, but resources will fail to keep pace. - -You will continue to be expected to do more with less and stretch budgets with an already thin bandwidth. This resource strain can lead to burnout and limit your ability to deliver strategic value. Closing this gap is not just about securing more budget; it’s about advocating for the strategic importance of communications and its role in driving business success. - -Can you directly link your communications efforts to business outcomes? - -How integrated are you with other departments? Beyond having relationships with the business leaders, are you supporting cross-discipline initiatives? - -How deep is your understanding of the business, and can you speak the language of each department? - -What are you doing to advocate for more budget so you and your team don’t burn out? - -The Future of Communications - -While the study celebrates the elevation of communicators, it also soberly acknowledges the challenges ahead. - -From demonstrating value and integrating across the enterprise to keeping pace with technology, managing complex stakeholder relationships, addressing resource constraints, and preparing for crises, we have our work cut out. - -Tackling these challenges head-on will be vital to maintaining the strategic relevance and effectiveness of what you do next year and beyond.",1731883755,4dc781f5bc,4bea5f70cf,,,1731883755 -https://www.auganix.org/xr-news-htc-vive-and-virtualware-announce-strategic-partnership/,https://auganix.org/feed/,HTC VIVE and Virtualware Announce Strategic Partnership,"In General XR News - -October 23, 2024 – HTC VIVE, a provider of premium extended reality (XR) solutions, and Virtualware, a European XR enterprise software and solutions provider, have recently announced a strategic partnership to accelerate adoption of enterprise XR solutions within the Americas market. - -According to the companies, the partnership establishes HTC VIVE as an official distributor of the VIROO Enterprise XR Software Platform and applications in North America. Under the agreement, HTC VIVE will sell VIROO directly as well as through its value-added reseller network in the Americas. - -VIROO is an enterprise XR platform that provides companies and institutions with secure access to immersive technology through public or private cloud services or through an on-premises server architecture. The platform provides multiple ready-to-use applications for users, as well as tools for developers to create, manage and distribute their own custom multi-user XR simulation and digital twin applications. - -“Our partnership with Virtualware allows us to offer enterprise customers a broader portfolio of solutions that are integrated with HTC VIVE’s products and technologies,” said Dan O’Brien, President Americas at HTC VIVE. “The VIROO platform is a proven enterprise XR software platform that enables large organizations to scale multi-user collaboration, training and digital twin capabilities securely and cost effectively through public cloud and private corporate infrastructure.” - -The companies noted that 17 of 23 federal civilian agencies used immersive technology in fiscal year 2023, according to a survey conducted by the United States Government Accountability Office. With the adoption of XR devices on the rise, many organizations place a strong emphasis on security, including for use cases like engineering design, digital twins of restricted sites, and training simulations. - -Virtualware and HTC VIVE also emphasized the importance that both companies place on ensuring privacy and security for their customers. Virtualware already works with companies in industries that require high levels of data security, such as nuclear power. As such, it holds certifications in ISO27001, a globally recognized standard for information security, as well as ISO9001:2015, the standard for quality management systems. HTC VIVE added that its own global privacy compliance program is continuously monitored, reviewed, and updated to meet certification requirements in standards like ISO27001, ISO27701, SOC, and open standards like BSIMM. - -John A. Cunningham, President of Virtualware USA stated: “HTC VIVE and Virtualware are already providing the underlying technology platforms for large organizations who are scaling XR. For example, GE Vernova has deployed our platforms to enable training for nuclear power plant operations across the US and Canada. This new partnership [with HTC VIVE] opens up our products to the entire XR ecosystem who want to develop end user solutions using proven technologies that have been designed from the ground up for enterprise use.” - -For more information on Virtualware and its VIROO enterprise XR platform, click here. To learn more about HTC VIVE’s solutions for business and enterprise, including its VIVE Business+ offering and its latest VIVE Focus Vision XR headset, click here. - -Image credit: HTC VIVE / Virtualware",1731883625,292ae63cbd,4c00d48007,,,1731883625 -https://pitchfork.com/news/jaydes-underground-florida-rapper-arrested-for-attempted-murder,https://pitchfork.com/rss/news/,"Jaydes, Underground Florida Rapper, Arrested for Attempted Murder","Note: This article contains descriptions of alleged violence that some readers may find disturbing. - -Jaydes, the 18-year-old underground rapper from Florida, was arrested this past weekend on a charge of attempted murder. According to an affidavit, obtained by Pitchfork, Jaydes stabbed a woman who “was not taking on his sexual advances to her.” He is being held without bond in a Broward County jail. A judge has also ordered a mental health evaluation for Jaydes, and he must not make contact with his alleged victim, further documents obtained by Pitchfork show. - -Jaydes’ attorney filed a written plea of not guilty, on the rapper’s behalf, on November 14. - -A warrant for Jaydes’ arrest was issued on November 3, and the alleged violent incident took place on November 2. According to the affidavit, deputies from the Broward Sheriff’s Office responded to a 9-1-1 call about a stabbing that occurred, in the late afternoon, in an apartment in Tamarac, Florida. The police officers made contact with the alleged victim, “who had stab wounds to her neck and forearm,” according to the document, and she was taken to a pediatric emergency room to get “multiple stitches for two lacerations.” (The alleged victim’s name is included in documentation obtained by Pitchfork, but we are choosing to withhold the name from publication.) - -The affidavit continues with a sworn statement that the alleged victim provided to the Broward Sheriff’s Office’s violent crimes unit. The woman told police officers that Jaydes, whose legal name is Jayden Yen Dumont, sent her a text message in the afternoon, on November 2, inviting her to his apartment in Tamarac. She agreed, and he sent an Uber to pick her up, according to the statement. Upon her arrival, she says, she was talking with Jaydes on his bed when he “made a move to kiss her.” She says she “pushed him away and told him she didn’t like him like that.” Jaydes allegedly replied, “‘Come on,’” and “reengaged in a second kiss.” The woman says she “denied him again and Dumont left the room. [She] stated a few minutes later he returned with a box cutter and scissors, and he began to stab her. [She] stated Dumont stabbed her forearm and back with the scissors then stabbed her neck with a pink box cutter. [She] advised she fought him and was able to run to the bathroom where she called 9-1-1 for help.” By the time officers arrived, she says, “Dumont was no longer in the apartment.”",1731883660,1fc7f26191,4cabe9eae7,,,1731883660 -https://www.hrbartender.com/2024/well-being-wellness/7-tips-having-good-day-work/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=7-tips-having-good-day-work,https://www.hrbartender.com/feed/,7 Tips for Having a Good Day at Work,"Estimated reading time: 4 minutes - -New research from UKG indicates that 75% of frontline workers are feeling overworked and underpaid. The research also indicates that the number rises to 83% of Gen Z workers in the same sector. I realize that organizations are very focused on the bottom-line. Frankly, they always are. Putting profits over people is not a winning strategy. - -But that’s not the focus of today’s article. The research got me thinking … what does it take to have a good day at work? Yes, obviously we need to feel like we’re being paid fairly, and we need to feel like our workload is manageable. Sometimes even when we have those things, we can have not-so-great days at work. - -Recently, I listened to Caroline Webb’s LinkedIn Learning course titled “How to Have a Great Day at Work” and wanted to share my takeaways. Webb is an executive coach and author of the best-selling book “How to Have a Good Day”. As a reminder, if you do not have a LinkedIn Learning account, it’s possible your local library has a partnership with LinkedIn, and you can access this course for FREE with a library card. - -In the course, Webb talks about our brains and how when are brains are tired this can impact our ability to get things done. That leads to crankiness and well, not having a good day. So, my first takeaway was if you’re not having a good day, maybe you need to ask yourself “Why?”. Can you isolate the reason? It could be a project you’re working on, and you’re stuck. Or a co-worker that’s annoying. Or maybe something at home. - -Think about if it makes sense to have some sort of “work mood tracker” that might help to identify those things that are keeping you from having a good day at work. Because once you know those reasons, then you can work on resolving them. Webb mentions several activities that individuals can do to help create better days at work including: - -Writing things down . Instead of trying to remember everything, write down your to-do’s. Then prioritize them. Once it’s on a list, then let it go until you can get to it. - -Learn how to plan . Regular readers of HR Bartender know I’m a planner. Planning can help to maintain focus on priorities and not worry about all the other stuff (because it’s on your list and will get taken care of when it’s time). - -Start small and make progress easy . This is kinda related to writing things down and planning (#1 and #2). Take big projects and break them down into small parts so they aren’t quite as overwhelming. - -Include “me” time on your calendar . Yes, we need to be productive and get things done. We also need to take time to relax and recharge. Find time for yourself. It will only help your productivity. - -Reduce multi-tasking . Webb talks about how multi-tasking can make our brains tired and keep us from doing our best work (and not having a good day). I don’t want to tell anyone to eliminate multi-tasking … not sure if that’s completely realistic. But do see if there are ways to reduce it so your brain stays active. - -Make it fun and celebrate your successes . Crossing something off your to-do list can be incredibly gratifying. Take a moment to enjoy it. - -End the day on a high note . One of the things that can contribute to a less than great day is ending the day when we’re tired or angry or frustrated. Webb explains how that feeling might stay with us and suggests finding time to wrap up the day with “me” time – maybe it’s doing something fun or taking a moment to do some gratitude journaling. Whatever it is, see if ending the day in a more peaceful way helps. - -My takeaway from this course was that the key to having a good day is to do activities that keep my brain active. When my brain gets tired, then I get tired and that keeps me from having a good day. Sure, there will be days when I will have frustrating moments. But being conscious of that – and finding ways to offset it – maybe by stepping away from my desk – help me to get back on track. And back on track for having a good day at work. - -Image captured by Sharlyn Lauby while exploring the streets of Fort Lauderdale, FL",1731883666,de7efe2695,4c63e08fd4,,,1731883666 -https://www.blackshoediaries.com/2024/11/17/24298927/social-media-reactions-to-penn-state-vs-purdue-and-more-from-week-12,https://www.blackshoediaries.com/rss/current.rss,Social Media Reactions to Penn State vs. Purdue and More from Week 12,"In what will likely be the most uneventful Penn State football game for a long time, the Nittany Lions blew out Purdue 49-10 in West Lafayette Saturday afternoon. - -Drew Allar looked poised, the defense was scary good, and Tyler Warren started to creep into the Heisman conversation. While college football is coming in for a bumpy landing, the Nittany Lions will take every low-key, drama-free week they can get. - -Allar, who barely needed to play a half of football before Penn State was squarely in blowout territory, commanded the offense and made few errors. It might be time for him to start receiving national media attention. - -There are people out there who really think Drew Allar isn't a first-round quarterback and they are wrong. — DylanCallaghanCroley (@RivalsDylanCC) November 16, 2024 - -Drew Allar is the #1 pick in 2025 if he had Ohio State's receivers. https://t.co/eq1XkuSICb — Fusue (@DevyEusuf) November 17, 2024 - -Penn State was UNSTOPPABLE against Purdue - - - -Drew Allar's 89.5% completion percentage is the best in a game by a Penn State QB in the last 25 seasons (min. 15 pass attempts) pic.twitter.com/N8xZOnN7iB — ESPN College Football (@ESPNCFB) November 17, 2024 - -Don’t know if we’ve given enough credit to Drew Allar this season - - - -How many times have we seen him start games completing his first 8 or 9 passes? It’s so often now. His command of this complex offense is impressive - - - -If he had ONE wideout, the sky would be the limit for him — Connor Griffin (@RealCGriff) November 17, 2024 - -This was the most impressive Drew Allar run I’ve ever seen - - - -pic.twitter.com/UEqjY5TzJf — LandonTengwall (@landon_tengwall) November 16, 2024 - -Drew Allar has flown under the radar in a weak QB Class. - - - -So far this year: - - - -8 Big Time Throws - -16 Total TDs (6 games) - -70.3 CMP% (Up 10.7% from 2023) - - - -He’s improved exponentially as a passer and a runner in his 3rd year. - -pic.twitter.com/cfwfcYMHsn — Alex NFL (@ajjnfl) November 16, 2024 - -THAT - - - -That looked like Josh Allen. — T-FrankOn3 (@ThomasFrankCarr) November 16, 2024 - -Now, it’s time for the weekly Tyler Warren Tweets section. He finished with nearly 200 all-purpose yards and two touchdowns, which had some folks wondering if he could work his way into the Heisman conversation. - -I have no idea what this is but I am enjoying it pic.twitter.com/Ski1ldR2am — Dear Old State (@_DearOldState) November 16, 2024 - -Penn State working on Warren's awards case today. He's up to six catches for 81 yards and that touchdown to make it 14-0. If he plays long enough he might go over 200 yards again — Jon Sauber (@JonSauber) November 16, 2024 - -In a weird year where no quarterback really has stood out as a Heisman favorite, Tyler Warren ABSOLUTELY deserves an invite to New York - - - -pic.twitter.com/Y72luodyYC — Connor Griffin (@RealCGriff) November 16, 2024 - -The Heisman will come down to Travis or Jeanty - - - -But Tyler Warren absolutely should be the third player invited to the ceremony - - - -I can’t remember the last tight end that was impactful as Warren. He is the offense pic.twitter.com/OJKdYBkSJp — CFBTalkDaily (@CFBTalkDaily) November 17, 2024 - -What Tyler Warren has done as a tight end this season is extremely special. - - - -Would love to see him get the invite to NYC and potentially see the Heisman have 3 non QB’s as finalists. — Producer Jesse (@JesseMyers88) November 17, 2024 - -Brock Bowers 2023: 10 GP, 56 rec, 714 yds, 6 TD ; 6 car, 28 yds, 1 TD - - - -Tyler Warren 2024: 10 GP, 67 rec, 808 yds, 5 TD: ; 16 car, 157 yds, 4 TD - - - -Bowers was considered a Heisman contender prior to his injury, Warren should absolutely be invited to New York next month. — DylanCallaghanCroley (@RivalsDylanCC) November 17, 2024 - -It will be the greatest injustice if Tyler isn’t in NY. Best player in FBS. https://t.co/47tquPc2iI — Anthony Fashanu (@tonyfashanu) November 17, 2024 - -Tyler Warren should be at the Heisman ceremony — CFB Tracker (@MatchupTracker) November 16, 2024 - -The entire Tyler Warren thing is hilarious to me because he’s not like, exceptionally fast, and his usage 80% of the time is pretty straightforward but opponents are just incapable of really stopping him. — Ben Jones (@Ben_Jones88) November 16, 2024 - -A benefit of a blowout win is getting to see young players get reps. Last week, Corey Smith stole the show. This week, freshman tight end Luke Reynolds was the one to drum up excitement. - -“There’s the present and the future at tight end for Penn State.” — Brad Nessler pic.twitter.com/FuP4ATrYHp — Joe Smeltzer (@joesmeltzer775) November 16, 2024 - -Luke Reynolds flying into his first collegiate TD for @PennStateFball #B1GFootball on CBS pic.twitter.com/Aj4HbmE3eB — Big Ten Football (@B1Gfootball) November 16, 2024 - -Uh… why has Tyseer Denmark not been returning punts all year for Penn State? pic.twitter.com/6fKXokCyOB — LandonTengwall (@landon_tengwall) November 16, 2024 - -JAYLEN HARVEY TFL! THAT'S MY GUY! — Poerbler (@Poerbler) November 16, 2024 - -Elsewhere in college football, some drama ensued in an overall bland slate. Wisconsin gave Oregon a run for its money, Georgia kept its season alive, and LSU’s nightmare season continued. - -Going to commercial instead of showing Jump Around when Wisconsin leads the No. 1 team in the country should be a felony — Christopher Oven (@Chris_Oven) November 17, 2024 - -Wisconsin converts a huge 3rd down but wait there’s a flag on the play - -pic.twitter.com/sRM3eSoTrG — Ryan (@BrewPack8) November 17, 2024 - -jumped around and found out pic.twitter.com/uodUddhMTk — The Duck (@TheOregonDuck) November 17, 2024 - -Georgia has played more ranked teams than Oregon, Penn State, Miami, Texas, and Indiana. - - - -Combined. — dogwood maple (@dogwood_maple) November 17, 2024 - -""I would welcome anybody in [the College Football Playoff] committee to come down to this league and play in this environment. It's a tough place to play."" - - - -—Kirby Smart after the win over Tennessee pic.twitter.com/UvQ3J0WruY — ESPN College Football (@ESPNCFB) November 17, 2024 - -Florida’s social team put Brian Kelly in a body bag - - - -pic.twitter.com/fqmCGP3mOL — Unnecessary Roughness (@UnnecRoughness) November 17, 2024 - -Anyone else find it more than a little delicious that Brian Kelly left Notre Dame for LSU to win a national title, and Notre Dame is now 9-1, and LSU 6-4? - -Because I do. — John U. Bacon (@Johnubacon) November 17, 2024",1731883651,3f5c37ea87,4c6efa57ba,,,1731883651 -https://www.sierraclub.org/sierra/moving-slightly-southern-trees-new-england-could-help-forests-survive-climate-change,https://www.sierraclub.org/sierra/rss.xml,,,1731883633,8727ada488,4cc3c5c8eb,,,1731883633 -https://www.theguardian.com/sport/2024/nov/15/emma-raducanu-katie-boulter-take-britain-through-germany-billie-jean-king-cup-finals-tennis,https://www.theguardian.com/sport/tennis/rss,Raducanu and Boulter take Britain through at Billie Jean King Cup finals,"It has been seven months since Emma Raducanu led Great Britain to the Billie Jean King Cup Finals. So much has happened since then, from a gradual rise back up the rankings to further frustrating injuries, and she arrived in Malaga this week at a different point in her development. As she stepped up to the baseline on Friday evening, it was unclear how her form would hold under pressure after a two-month absence. - -Two hours later, Raducanu departed the court having taken the pressure in her stride, setting the tone for her team with a solid, professional opening performance as Great Britain advanced to the quarter-finals of the Billie Jean King Cup with a 2-0 win over Germany. - -After Raducanu held her nerve in a tense climax to close out a 6-4, 6-4 win over Jule Niemeier, the British No 1 Katie Boulter continued her excellent recent run of form by clinching the tie with a spectacular performance, demolishing Laura Siegemund 6-1, 6-2. The Great Britain team will face Canada, the defending champions, in the quarter-final on Sunday. - -From the beginning of the tie, the large British expat community on these shores made its presence felt in the 3,564 capacity temporary stadium, offering forceful support to the British team as the stadium quickly swelled to over three quarters full. They came with their trumpets, tambourines and urged Raducanu on as she found her feet against Niemeier, a big server ranked No 92 who reached the quarter-finals of Wimbledon in 2022. - -Although Niemeier’s serve led her through, Raducanu was dominant in the rallies, striking the ball with depth and penetration as she forced Niemeier to work hard for almost every point. As soon as the German’s first serve percentage began to drop on key points, Raducanu pounced to snatch the opening set. - -Despite losing her serving rhythm in the final moments, Raducanu’s serve was a notable asset throughout. She finished with 10 aces and her average first and second serve speeds scaled 104mph and 93mph respectively, significantly higher than her usual averages. - -View image in fullscreen Emma Raducanu’s class told in a straight-sets win over Jule Niemeier. Photograph: Manu Fernández/AP - -With the first set under her belt, Raducanu’s confidence grew as Niemeier’s crumbled. However, as she served for the match at 5-2, Raducanu balked. She soon found herself at 5-4, having squandered four match points, before finally holding her nerve closing out a strong win. - -“Physically, I felt quite good, especially as I haven’t played a match for so long,” said Raducanu. “It was a good test for me and I think I came through. I’m very happy with how I held my nerve. I’ve obviously been working a little bit in practice on my serve. It was very good in patches but still had room for improvement. Looking forward to seeing the areas I can take from this match and work on in my pre-season ready for next year.” - -skip past newsletter promotion Sign up to The Recap Free weekly newsletter The best of our sports journalism from the past seven days and a heads-up on the weekend’s action Enter your email address Sign up Privacy Notice: Newsletters may contain info about charities, online ads, and content funded by outside parties. For more information see our Newsletters may contain info about charities, online ads, and content funded by outside parties. For more information see our Privacy Policy . We use Google reCaptcha to protect our website and the Google Privacy Policy and Terms of Service apply. after newsletter promotion - -Now the team leader, Boulter arrived in Malaga after a bruising seven-week swing in Asia, where she had to work through a difficult run of form before rediscovering her top level in the final two weeks of the trip. She continued to radiate confidence on Friday. After dropping her serve in the opening game, Boulter completely overpowered Siegemund, who is ranked No 84, as she marched to a comprehensive victory in just 70 minutes. - -“I’m really happy with the way I played,” said Boulter. “I kept my focus. Honestly, it’s hard to stay focused the whole time in those matches, and obviously I’m supposed to win that on paper, but you never know what’s going to happen. So I never take that for granted. You’ve got to try and win every single point and stay on top as much as possible and not really give her an inch, because those kinds of players can come back if you drop your level for a game or two.” - -Both Raducanu and Boulter continue to show that they thrive under pressure in team competitions. Raducanu is now 4-1 in the Billie Jean King Cup having won each of her past four matches after losing her debut in 2022. Boulter, meanwhile, has compiled an excellent 13-4 record overall since 2018. “Even though there is some pressure to score a point for your team, you’re not just playing for yourself; you’re playing for everyone,” said Raducanu.",1731883636,b5dd9fce7b,4c08f48d30,,,1731883636 -https://www.mlbtraderumors.com/2024/11/don-ferrarese-passes-away.html,https://www.mlbtraderumors.com/feed,Don Ferrarese Passes Away,"Former big league lefty Don Ferrarese passed away earlier this month. He was 95. - -Ferrarese was an Oakland native who attended Saint Mary’s in the Bay Area. He began his minor league career in 1948. It took seven seasons for the southpaw to reach the majors with the Orioles. He briefly appeared in the big leagues at age 25 in 1955. Ferrarese worked in a swing capacity for the next couple years. Baltimore traded him to the Indians early in the ’58 season in a deal that netted future All-Star southpaw Bud Daley (whom the O’s would trade to the A’s weeks later). - -After one season in Cleveland, Ferrarese was on the move again. The Indians dealt him to the White Sox in a six-player swap. Ferrarese logged limited action with the Phillies and Cardinals before the end of his playing career in 1962. He pitched for five teams over an eight-year MLB run. Ferrarese turned in an even 4.00 earned run average across 506 2/3 innings. He started 50 of 183 appearances, won 19 games and recorded 350 strikeouts. MLBTR sends our condolences to Ferrarese’s family and friends.",1731883663,2697e1b9fe,4cda12f3b7,,,1731883663 -https://www.euronews.com/video/2024/11/14/no-comment-protests-in-paris-after-pro-israel-gala-organised-by-far-right-figures,http://feeds.feedburner.com/euronews/en/home/,Video. No comment: Protests in Paris after pro-Israel gala organised by far-right figures,"Water Matters - -Europe's water is under increasing pressure. Pollution, droughts, floods are taking their toll on our drinking water, lakes, rivers and coastlines. Join us on a journey around Europe to see why protecting ecosystems matters, how our wastewater can be better managed, and to discover some of the best water solutions. Video reports, an animated explainer series and live debate - find out why Water Matters, from Euronews.",1731883702,33451736bb,4ce283e398,,,1731883702 -https://www.techrepublic.com/article/big-tech-emissions-market/,https://www.techrepublic.com/rssfeeds/topic/tech-industry/,Do Emissions Credits Skew Sustainability Reporting?,"A review of emissions reports from Google, Microsoft, Meta, and Apple by The Guardian revealed that actual emissions could be up to 662% higher than the companies’ official statements, The Guardian announced on Sep. 15. - -The discrepancy is largely attributed to the difference between direct, “location-based” emissions at company facilities and the purchase of renewable energy credits, according to The Guardian. Meanwhile, the growing use of generative AI is further increasing the energy demands of big tech companies. - -The Guardian reviewed emissions reports from 2020 to 2022. - -Renewable energy certificates provide credit for indirect power purchases - -In the renewable energy certification system, organizations purchase renewable-generated electricity to offset their spending on their energy consumption elsewhere. - -Critics of this system say factoring credits, or “market-based” emissions, into emissions calculations obscures “location-based emissions,” the pollution created directly by company-owned infrastructure. Companies subtract the amount of sustainably produced electricity they buy from their emissions reports — even if that electricity is never used in the company’s facilities, The Guardian alleges. - -The Guardian combined location-based emissions with reported market-based emissions, concluding that actual emissions could be 662% higher, or a difference of 7.62 times, compared with official reports. - -Amid the discussion is a behind-the-scenes lobbying battle over the Greenhouse Gas Protocol, developed by an oversight body that allows market-based emissions to be factored into official calculations. Since these standards form the basis for how companies report their emissions, the inclusion or exclusion of market-based calculations can be controversial. - -Meta also performs its calculations in accordance with the GRI Standards, an independent metric. Google and Microsoft are ahead of the curve in separating out credit-based metrics from their climate reporting, as seen in Microsoft’s 2024 sustainability report. Their respective 24/7 (Google) and 100/100/0 (Microsoft) goals remove carbon energy purchases from the equation. - -Amazon, which also claims carbon neutrality, was too vast and complex for The Guardian to accurately assess how its reported emissions might differ from the actual emissions it creates. Amazon’s data centers don’t make up the bulk of its Scope 2 (in-house purchased electricity) emissions. Instead, e-commerce and warehouses impact its Scope 2 emissions. - -When reached for comment, a Meta spokesperson pointed to the tech giant’s record of building electrical grids in the same locations as their data centers. The spokesperson also highlighted the company’s Sustainability Report, which lists both location-based emissions and market-based emissions, as well as Meta’s strategy of using long-term purchase agreements to support the development of sustainability electricity projects and its promotion of green tariffs. - -SEE: Tech giants are aware of AI’s climate harms – but aren’t slowing down. - -Recommendations for CISOs and CTOs - -Emissions reports are a reminder that organizations should take into consideration the financial and environmental costs of resource-depleting technologies. - -CISOs and CTOs should stay informed about the standards used to calculate emissions. Company guidelines for making tech decisions should consider both energy use and environmental sustainability. An accurate and rigorous environmental policy can reassure customers that using your product or service doesn’t worsen human-caused climate change. - -Use of generative AI, in particular, can increase emissions. A September 2024 report from Forrester advised companies to consider using smaller, more efficient AI models; to employ AI only when it is truly needed; and to leverage AI to correlate sustainability practices and financial performance. - -TechRepublic reached out to Google, Microsoft, Meta, and Apple for comment.",1731883625,8206f16590,4cc293e61d,,,1731883625 -https://www.nerdwallet.com/article/finance/phone-call-bill-negotiating-tips,https://www.nerdwallet.com/blog/feed/,Slash Your Bills With a Phone Call: 7 Pro Negotiating Tips,"As we get deeper into the holiday season, it may feel like your expenses are piling up. Reducing your monthly bills can be one way to ease the pressure on your budget. - -Lowering your bills might be easier than you think. With a phone call and a little preparation, you may be able to save money on internet, phone, cable or utility bills — and maybe others. Talking to your service providers could, for example, get you a lower rate or promotional discount, or point you toward a financial assistance program. - -Use these expert tips to negotiate better deals with customer service representatives. - -1. Time the call right - -The outcome of the conversation can largely depend on when you pick up the phone. Choose a moment when you have time — and patience — to spare, so you can focus fully on the call. - -People should avoid calling when “they're going to be rushed, or they're cranky, or they've got a kid screaming in the background, or it's 4 on a Friday and they've had a bad week,” says Teresa Murray, director of the consumer watchdog office of the U.S. Public Interest Research Group. - -You may have better luck calling customer support at certain times of the year, too. - -Kenan Acikelli, who spent three years working as a customer service representative for a telecommunications company, said it was often easier for customers to negotiate bills at the end of the year or during periods such as Black Friday and back-to-school sales. - -“The company would run special offers during these times, and we were given more flexibility to match promotional pricing or offer upgrades to retain customers,” he said in an email interview. - -Get more financial clarity with NerdWallet Monitor your credit, track your spending and see all of your finances together in a single place. Register Now - -2. Talk to a real person - -When you dial a company’s support number — which you can typically find on its website or your billing statement — you’ll probably be routed through an automated system first. Speaking with a live person will give you a better chance to explain your situation and discuss possible solutions. Try pressing “0” or saying “representative” to reach a real person faster. - -Murray recommends gethuman.com to locate companies’ customer support phone numbers and other information that can help you connect with a live representative, such as service hours and instructions for navigating the phone menu. - -3. Be polite - -People we talked to said that politeness is your best bargaining chip in negotiations. Customer service agents will probably be more sympathetic if you speak kindly and respectfully versus using a harsh or demanding tone. - -“I’ve seen people come in frustrated, but those who stayed calm always ended up with better results,” Acikelli said. “I would often go out of my way to offer them additional promotions or discounts simply because they asked kindly.” - -Keep your attitude in check, and remember that the person on the other end of the line is a human who’s just trying to do their job. - -4. Compare prices and ask about other cost-saving options - -Ahead of the call, learn what prices and deals your service providers’ competitors offer, and leverage that information, said Babu Jayaram, head of customer success and strategy at Qualaroo, a customer and user feedback software company. - -""It shows that you’re an informed customer, and reps often have some discretion to match or even beat those rates to keep you on board,” he said in a prepared statement. - -Find out whether your provider has any deals that it may be willing to extend to you. Is your cable company offering an incentive to new customers that’s cheaper than what you’re paying? Maybe you can secure that rate. - -A quick internet search — try something like “company name + discount” or “company name + new promotion” — may help you uncover the information you need to back up your request. - -Murray recommends looking into other types of discounts, too. Some companies offer age-based discounts, often starting at age 55. Paperless billing and autopay discounts are also common. Murray says she saves $5 per line each month on her five-line cell phone plan by using automatic bank payments. - -“That's 25 bucks a month. So that adds up,” she says. - -Discounts are harder to come by for utility bills such as water and electricity, which are typically regulated and must adhere to certain rates. However, financial assistance programs may be available to people who meet certain income requirements or are struggling to manage their bills. - -Ask your customer service representative about any discounts, payment plans or hardship programs you might qualify for. Here’s exactly what to say on that call. - -5. Play up your history with the company - -Having your account details ready can save time and reduce friction on the call. Log in to your online account or check your statements for information, such as account number, plan features and past payment dates. - -If you’ve been a customer for a long time, consider using that information to your advantage, especially if you have a record of on-time payments. Companies value loyalty, and employees may have customer retention goals they’re trying to meet. Keeping you as a satisfied customer is in the company's best interest. - -6. Be persistent - -Don’t take the first “no” for an answer. Explain your situation again, and get straight to the point. For example: “I’d like to continue using your service, but I simply can’t afford to pay the price. What can we do to bring the bill down?” - -If you still get nowhere, try escalating the request. The representative you’re speaking with might not have the authority to lower your bill. Kindly ask to speak to a supervisor, who may have more problem-solving experience and power to make decisions. - -7. Don’t be afraid to walk away, if that's an option - -Despite our best efforts, customer service calls can lead to dead ends. Prepare for the possibility that your provider won’t budge. - -Ahead of the call, consider whether terminating the service is a step you’re willing to take. With some services, such as water, electricity or gas, alternative providers might not be available, but with others, such as cell phone or cable providers, competition is abundant. - -If ending the relationship is an option, and your representative can’t save you money, ask to begin the cancellation process. Showing that you’re serious may prompt them to make you a better offer. - -If that offer never comes, consider switching to a lower-priced competitor or, if the service isn’t vital, giving it up entirely. - -If you’re not ready to decide, keep the notes from your call and think it over. In any case, applaud yourself for making the call.",1731883654,860dfc29ed,4d09341eb3,,,1731883654 -https://www.gtreview.com/news/sustainability/export-credit-alliance-offers-toolkit-for-ecas-to-hit-net-zero/,https://www.gtreview.com/feed/,Export credit alliance offers toolkit for ECAs to hit net zero,"Privacy Policy - -Our privacy commitments - -This Privacy Policy outlines the information we may collect about you in relation to your use of our websites, events, related publications and services (“personal data”) and how we may use that personal data. It also outlines the methods by which we and our service providers may (subject to necessary consents) monitor your online behaviour to deliver customised advertisements, marketing materials and other tailored services. This Privacy Policy also tells you how you can verify the accuracy of your personal data and how you can request that we delete or update it. - -This Privacy Policy applies to all websites operated by Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd (as indicated on the relevant website). - -This privacy statement does not cover the activities of third parties, and you should consult those third-party sites’ privacy policies for information on how your data is used by them. - -Any questions regarding this Policy and our privacy practices should be sent by e-mail to privacy@gtreview.com or by writing to Data Protection Officer at, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, 4 Hillgate Place, London, SW12 9ER, United Kingdom. Alternatively, you can telephone our London headquarters at +44 (0) 20 8673 9666. - -Who are we? - -Established in 2002 and with offices in London and Singapore, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd is the world’s leading trade and trade finance media company, offering information, news, events and services for companies and individuals involved in global trade. - -Our principal business activities are: - -Business-to-Business financial publishing. We provide a range of products and services focused on international commodities, export, supply chain and trade finance markets including magazines, newsletters, electronic information and data - -Organisers of seminars, conferences, training courses and exhibitions for the finance industry - -Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd is a company registered in the United Kingdom with company number 4407327 | VAT Registration: 799 1585 59 - -Data Protection Policy - -This Data Protection Policy explains when and why we collect personal information about people who visit our website, how we use it, the conditions under which we may disclose it to others and how we keep it secure. - -Why do we collect information from you? - -Our primary goal in collecting personal data from you is to give you an enjoyable customised experience whilst allowing us to provide services and features that will meet your needs. - -We collect certain personal data from you, which you give to us when using our Site and/or registering or subscribing for our products and services. However, we also give you the option to access our Sites’ home pages without subscribing or registering or disclosing your personal data. - -We also collect certain personal data from other group companies to whom you have given information through their websites (including, by way of example, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd and subsidiaries, in accordance with the purposes listed below). Should we discover that any such personal data has been delivered to any of the Sites, we will remove that information as soon as possible. - -Why this policy exists - -This Data Protection Policy ensures Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd: - -Complies with data protection law and follow good practice - -Protects the rights of staff, customers and partners - -Is open about how it stores and processes individuals’ data - -pretexts itself from the risk of a data breach - -We may change this Policy from time to time so please check this page occasionally to ensure that you’re happy with any changes. By using our website, you’re agreeing to be bound by this Policy. - -Data protection law - -The Data Protection Act 1998 described how organisations – including Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd – must collect, handle and store personal information. These rules apply regardless of whether data is stored electronically, on paper or on other materials. To comply with the law, personal information collected must be stored safely, not disclosed unlawfully and used fairly. - -The Data Protection Act is underpinned by eight important principles. These say that personal data must: - -Be processed fairly and lawfully - -Be obtained only for specific, lawful purposes - -Be adequate, relevant and not excessive - -Be accurate and kept up to date - -Not be held for any longer than necessary - -Processed in accordance with the rights of data subjects - -Be protected in appropriate ways - -Not be transferred outside the European Economic Area (EEA), unless that country of territory also ensures an adequate level of protection - -How do we collect information from you? - -We obtain information about you when you use our website, for example, when you contact us about products and services, when you register for an event, register to receive eNewsletters, subscribe or register for a trial to our GTR magazine/website. - -Types of Personal Data Held and its Use - -1. Customer Services and Administration - -On some Sites, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd collects personal data such as your name, job title, department, company, e-mail, phone, work and/or home address, in order to register you for access to certain content, subscriptions and events. In addition, we may also store information including IP address and page analytics, including information regarding what pages are accessed, by whom and when. - -This information is used to administer and deliver to you the products and/or services you have requested, to operate our Sites efficiently and improve our service to you, and to retain records of our business transactions and communications. By using the Sites and submitting personal information through the registration process you are agreeing that we may collect, hold, process and use your information (including personal information) for the purpose of providing you with the Site services and developing our business, which shall include (without limitation) the purposes described in the below paragraphs. - -2. Monitoring use of our Sites - -Where, as part of our Site services, we enable you to post information or materials on our Site, we may access and monitor any information which you upload or input, including in any password-protected sections. Subject to any necessary consents, we also monitor and/or record the different Sites you visit and actions taken on those Sites, e.g. content viewed or searched for. If you are a registered user (e.g. a subscriber or taking a trial), when you log on, this places a cookie on your machine. This enables your access to content and services that - -are not publicly available. Once you are logged on, the actions you take – for example, viewing an article – will be recorded (subject to any necessary consents). We may use technology or a service provider to do this for us. This information may be used for one or more of the following purposes: - -to fulfil our obligations to you; - -to improve the efficiency, quality and design of our Sites and services; - -to see which articles, features and services are most read and used - -to track compliance with our terms and conditions of use, e.g. to ensure that you are acting within the scope of your user licence; - -for marketing purposes (subject to your rights to opt-in and opt-out of receiving certain marketing communications) – see paragraph 3 below; - -for advertising purposes, although the information used for these purposes does not identify you personally. Please see paragraph 5 below for more details; - -to protect or comply with our legal rights and obligations; and - -to enable our journalists to contact and interact with you online in connection with any content you may post to our Sites. - -Please see paragraph 5 below for more information on cookies and similar technologies and a link to a page where you can turn them on or off. - -3. Marketing - -Some of your personal data collected under paragraphs 1 and 2 above may be used by us to contact you by e-mail, telephone and/or post for sending information or promotional material on our products and/or services and/or those of our other group companies. We give you the opportunity to opt-out of receiving marketing communications. Further detail can be found on the applicable Site and in the footer of each marketing communication sent by us, our group companies or service providers. See also “Consents and opt-outs” section below. We will not share your information with third parties for marketing purposes. - -4. Profiling - -We may analyse your personal information to create a profile of your interests and preferences so that we can contact you with information relevant to you. - -5. Cookies and similar technologies - -All our Sites use cookies and similar technical tools to collect information about your access to the Site and the services we provide. - -What is a cookie? - -When you enter some sites, your computer will be issued with a cookie. Cookies are text files that identify your computer to servers. Cookies in themselves do not identify the individual user, just the computer used. - -Many sites do this whenever a user visits their site in order to track traffic flows, recording those areas of the site that have been visited by the computer in question, and for how long. - -Users have the opportunity to set their computers to accept all cookies, to notify them when a cookie is issued, or not to receive cookies at any time. Selecting not to receive means that certain personalised services Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd offers cannot then be provided to that user. - -Why do we use cookies? - -Log In – Where we provide log in mechanisms for site users a cookie is created at login and for the duration of the session. Each cookie contains a unique reference number only (no personal information) which is used to confirm you are authorised. Analytics – To allow us to keep track of traffic to our website we use cookies. The cookies simply tell us if you have previously visited our website so we can get more accurate figures for New vs Returning visitors. - -Find and control your cookies - -All of the major browser providers offer advice on setting up and using the privacy and security functions for their products. If you require technical advice or support for a specific browser/version please contact the provider or visit their website for further details: www.microsoft.com / www.mozilla.com / www.apple.com / www.opera.com / www.aol.com / www.netscape.com / www.flock.com / www.google.com. - -We may use cookies to: - -remember that you have used the Site before; this means we can identify the number of unique visitors we receive to different parts of the Site. This allows us to make sure we have enough capacity for the number of users that we get and make sure that the Site runs fast enough - -remember your login session so you can move from one page to another within the Site; - -store your preferences or your user name and password so that you do not need to input these details every time you visit the Site; - -customise elements of the layout and/or content of the pages of Site for you; - -record activity on our Sites so that we understand how you use our Sites enabling us to better tailor our content, services and marketing to your needs; - -collect statistical information about how you use the Site so that we can improve the Site; and - -gather information about the pages on the Site that you visit, and other information about other websites that you visit, so as to place you in a “market segment”. This information is only collected by reference to the IP address that you are using, but does include information about the county and city you are in, together with the name of your internet service provider. - -Most web browsers automatically accept cookies but, if you prefer, you can change your browser to prevent that, or to notify you each time a cookie is set. You can also learn more about cookies in general by visiting www.allaboutcookies.org which includes additional useful information on cookies and how to block cookies using different types of browser. Please note however, that by blocking, deleting or turning off cookies used on the Site you may not be able to take full advantage of the Site. - -6. E-mail tracking - -E-mail tracking is a method for monitoring the e-mail delivery to those subscribers who have opted-in to receive marketing e-mails from GTR, including GTR Africa, GTR Asia, GTR Americas, GTR Europe, GTR Mena, GTR eNews, Third party e-mails and GTR Ventures. - -Why do we track e-mails? - -So that we can better understand our users’ needs, we track responses, subscription behaviour and engagement to our e-mails – for example, to see which links are the most popular in newsletters. They enable us to understand the consumers journey through metrics including open rate, click-through rate, bounces and unsubscribes. Any other purposes for which Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd wishes to use your personal data will be notified to you and your personal data will not be used for any such purpose without obtaining your prior consent. - -How do you track GTR eNewsletters? - -To do this, we use pixel GIFs, also known as “pixel tags” – these are small image files that are placed within the body of our e-mail messages. When that image is downloaded from our web servers, the e-mail is recorded as being opened. By using some form of digitally time-stamped record to reveal the exact time and date that an e-mail was received or opened, as well the IP address of the recipient. - -7. Consents and opt-outs - -You can give your consent to opt-out of all or any particular uses of your data as indicated above by: - -Indicating at the point on the relevant Site where personal data is collected - -Informing us by e-mail, post or phone - -Updating your preferences on the applicable Site or eNewsletter (unsubscribe and preference options are available in the footer of each eNewsletter) - -To turn cookies and similar technologies on and off, see the information in paragraph 5 above. Any questions regarding consents and opt-outs should be sent by e-mail to privacy@gtreview.com or by writing to Data Protection Officer at, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, 4 Hillgate Place, London, SW12 9ER, United Kingdom. Alternatively, you can telephone our London headquarters at +44 (0) 20 8673 9666. - -8. Disclosures - -Information collected at one Site may be shared between Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd and other group companies for the purposes listed above. - -We may transfer, sell or assign any of the information described in this policy to third parties as a result of a sale, merger, consolidation, change of control, transfer of assets or reorganisation of our business. - -9. Public forums, message boards and blogs - -Some of our Sites may have a message board, blogs or other facilities for user generated content available and users can participate in these facilities. Any information that is disclosed in these areas becomes public information and you should always be careful when deciding to disclose your personal information. - -10. Data outside the EEA - -Services on the Internet are accessible globally so collection and transmission of personal data is not always limited to one country. Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd may transfer your personal data, for the above-listed purposes to other third parties, which may be located outside the European Economic Area and/or with a different level of personal data protection. However, when conducting transfers, we take all necessary steps to ensure that your data is treated reasonably, securely and in accordance with this Privacy Statement. - -Who has access to your information? - -Confidentiality and Security of Your Personal Data - -We are committed to keeping the data you provide us secure and will take reasonable precautions to protect your personal data from loss, misuse or alteration. - -However, the transmission of information via the internet is not completely secure. Although we will do our best to protect your personal data, we cannot guarantee the security of your data transmitted to our Site; any transmission is at your own risk. Once we have received your information, we will use strict procedures and security features described above to try to prevent unauthorised access. - -We have implemented information security policies, rules and technical measures to protect the personal data that we have under our control from: - -unauthorised access - -improper use or disclosure - -unauthorised modification - -unlawful destruction or accidental loss - -All our employees, contractors and data processors (i.e. those who process your personal data on our behalf, for the purposes listed above), who have access to, and are associated with the processing of your personal data, are obliged to keep the information confidential and not use it for any other purpose than to carry out the services they are performing for us. - -Responsibilities - -Everyone who works for or with Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd has some responsibility for ensuring data is collected, stored and handled appropriately. Each team handling personal data must ensure that it is handled and processed in line with this policy and data protection principles. However, the following people have key areas of responsibility. The board of directors is ultimately responsible for ensuring that Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd meets its legal obligations. - -Name of Data Controller - -The Data Controller is Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd. Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd is subject to the UK Data Protection Act 1998 and is registered in the UK with the Information Commissioner`s Office. - -How to access, update and erase your personal information - -If you wish to know whether we are keeping personal data about you, or if you have an enquiry about our privacy policy or your personal data held by us, in relation to any of the Sites, you can contact the Data Protection Officer via: - -By writing to this address: Data Protection Officer, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, 4 Hillgate Place, London, SW12 9ER, UK - -Telephone: +44 (0) 20 8673 9666 - -E-mail: privacy@gtreview.com - -Upon request, we will provide you with a readable copy of the personal data which we keep about you. We may require proof of your identity and may charge a small fee (not exceeding the statutory maximum fee that can be charged) to cover administration and postage. - -Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd allows you to challenge the data that we hold about you and, where appropriate in accordance with applicable laws, you may have your personal information: - -erased - -rectified or amended - -completed - -Disclosing data for other reasons - -In certain circumstances, the Data Protection Act allows personal data to be disclosed to law enforcement agencies without the consent of the data subject. Under these circumstances, Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd, will disclose requested data. However, the Data Controller will ensure the request is legitimate, seeking assistance from the board and from the company’s legal advisors where necessary. - -Changes to this Privacy Statement - -We will occasionally update this Privacy Statement to reflect new legislation or industry practice, group company changes and customer feedback. We encourage you to review this Privacy Statement periodically to be informed of how we are protecting your personal data. - -Providing information - -Exporta Publishing & Events Ltd aims to ensure that individuals are aware that their data is being processed, and that they understand. - -How the data is being used - -How to exercise their rights - -To this end, the company has a privacy statement, setting out how data relating to individuals is used by the company. This is available on request and available on the company’s website. - -Review of this policy - -We keep this Policy under regular review. This Privacy Statement was last updated in April 2018.",1731883663,ec61c72280,4cee367e64,,,1731883663 -https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/news/wayne-rooney-plymouth-documentary-championship-34128748,https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/rss.xml,Wayne Rooney 'to star in Wrexham-style documentary' about Plymouth managerial career,"Wayne Rooney is set to star in a new documentary series about his time managing Plymouth Argyle in the Championship. - -Rooney was appointed manager earlier this year after Plymouth narrowly avoided relegation to League One, with the former Manchester United star returning to coaching after previous spells in charge of Derby County, DC United and Birmingham. - -And according to a report from the Sun, filming has already begun on a fly-on-the-wall documentary series about Rooney's time at Plymouth, similar to the hit documentaries about fellow EFL clubs Wrexham and Sunderland. - -The news comes as Rooney's wife, Coleen, takes part in the hit ITV show I'm A Celebrity... Get Me Out Of Here. Wayne currently splits his time between Devon and the family's Cheshire mansion, with Coleen looking after the couple's four children. - -Opening up about their long distance relationship before entering the I'm A Celebrity jungle, Coleen told the Mirror : ""Wayne comes back once a week, sometimes twice, depending on the fixtures. Usually, he has Sunday off so he might come home. - -""What's good about the Championship is that a lot of games are closer to me, closer to home, up in the North. So he'll come home on a Saturday evening and spend Sunday with us, depending on what the boys have got on. - -""So literally, on the Sunday before I flew off, we all went to Klay's football tournament, we came home and had dinner together so it was a nice family day. Time together is limited, more so than ever now because of the travelling and stuff. - -Image: Fantasista/Getty Images) Fantasista/Getty Images) - -""But not long ago it was international break, so we went away and got two nights together which was lovely. The international breaks are probably when we spend the most time together. - -""It's an international break now but obviously I'm here otherwise we would have gone away and spent a night or two away together."" - -Join our new WhatsApp community and receive your daily dose of Mirror Football content. We also treat our community members to special offers, promotions, and adverts from us and our partners. If you don't like our community, you can check out any time you like. If you're curious, you can read our Privacy Notice.",1731883634,312e351df6,4d211344fc,,,1731883634 -https://esportsedition.com/league-of-legends/league-of-legends-nexus-blitz/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,"League of Legends Nexus Blitz: The Fast, Fun Game Mode We Wanted","Nexus Blitz has been a mode showcased several times now within League of Legends. It’s entirely different from the main game, and in it’s current form, provides a lot of fun for players. However, there are plans to make it a proper game mode, with potential ranked additions. As someone who has entirely fallen out of love with League of Legends, Nexus Blitz is a refreshing game-play environment that you can’t take too seriously, which is something League is sorely missing. There are many pros and cons to League of Legends Nexus Blitz, and we’re about to explore them all in this article. - -Increased Variety - -The biggest pro to Nexus Blitz, in my eyes, is the variety it presents. Sure, there are definitely champions that are better than others, but overall there is a vast amount of variety. As someone who exclusively jungles, I’ve jungled nearly every champion in the game in Nexus Blitz. Do you want to play a traditional jungler? Sure! A mid laner? Why not! Hell, a support? Go for it! The variety in jungle alone is greater than the entirety of ranked play. - -More than champions, the variety in items is a breath of fresh air. Nexus Blitz holds within it many items that have been removed over the years, such as Atmas Impaler and Force of Nature (two of my personal favorites). Seeing these long-forgotten items and playing with them once more gives a nice blast of nostalgia. It also reinforces my opinion that Force of Nature should never have been removed from regular play. - -Speed of Games - -In the immortal words of HotShotNidaleeGG: It’s fast, it’s fun. - -Just like one of my favorite discarded game modes, Dominion, Nexus Blitz has the advantage that it’ll never take too long. In fact, there’s a forced ending by approximately 20 minutes due to the nexus itself getting up and walking itself down mid to be murdered. - -While I personally feel that this happens a bit too early sometimes, it’s a great way for the mode to feel fast, and not take itself too seriously. It’s a lot harder to get invested in a game full of silliness that will only last 20 minutes, at most. - -The same can be said about the champion select. It still has a ban phase, but everyone picks at once, which allows you to get through champion select infinitely faster than Draft or Ranked modes. For someone who has cut back on playing League quite a bit lately, I have zero tolerance for people dodging last minute in Draft modes, so Nexus Blitz’s speed was a nice change of pace. - -Ridiculousness - -I’ve said it a few times now, but Nexus Blitz can’t be taken too seriously. The events that happen are often completely ridiculous, and it’s impossible to take this sort of thing with any amount of seriousness. There’s URF, Scuttle Racing, Loot Teemo, and Push the Cart. You never know what’ll happen, and it’s often hilarious when you find out. - -As someone who has many times fallen under the banner of ‘designated flamer,’ I have often found myself in Nexus Blitz not checking the scoreboard until the game is over. The game is fast paced and silly, lending to its own ease. Even when you lose it’s not something you take too hard. The game is literally unbalanced 100 percent of the time. - -Balance? Not in Nexus Blitz - -You can’t take the game mode seriously because it’s entirely unbalanced. This may be a positive when it comes to laughing the game off, but it’s a huge downside from the perspective of potential future ranked play. The modes each lend themselves to certain characters, and there’s simply no way to know what you’ll encounter going in. If it were as simple as ‘do we play for the events or for the sudden death?’ then it would be fair enough, but it’s closer to ‘do we play for specific events?” This can be difficult, as you have absolutely no clue which ones will come up. - -Building a team composition to combat all of this is impossible, leading people to just play whatever the they want. From a fun perspective this is great, but from a balance perspective it leads to a lot of games where certain compositions crush other ones. This is exacerbated by the fact that you don’t see the enemy’s champions during champion select. You barely see your own team’s champions because you’re given only 30 seconds to choose. If the mode were to change, some balance changes would be desperately needed. - -Scuttle Racing - -This needed its own point, because Scuttle Racing is by far the worst part of this game mode. It has undergone a full overhaul and significant improvement since the original version, but it’s still awful. Killing the scuttle simply isn’t as impactful as pulling it or pushing it, or even sometimes stunning it. This means that teams with champions like Alistar, Blitzcrank, Maokai, or Nautilus will automatically win the Scuttle Race. I’ve had many games where one team wins it by having a Blitzcrank suicide a few times to pull it, while the rest of the team doesn’t even show up. - -There are a lot of balance changes that could happen to Scuttle Racing. Primarily, making damage more impactful and pulls less-so. However, the mode is poorly designed as a whole, and I think this is one of those cases where the mode would be much better if it just didn’t exist at all. - -Conclusion - -Nexus Blitz is fun. As someone who has been very let down by League of Legends over the past few years, Nexus Blitz was a great addition to the game. I’m quite disappointed that it has disappeared, and I’ll likely be playing much less League until it come back. - -It’s a mode that lets me not care if I win, laugh at its ridiculousness, and just have fun with whatever champion I want without feeling pressured. There are balance changes needed, sure, but it’s a great game mode, and I look forward to its return!",1731883674,76f59da961,4cd155a9ab,,,1731883674 -https://transom.org/2012/the-gift-that-was-brought-to-us/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,The Gift That Was Brought To Us,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/Mighty-Tiny.mp3 Download Listen to “The Gift That Was Brought To Us” - -Joanna Solotaroff was a student of mine at the Transom Story Workshop this spring. When Joanna said she wanted to do a story on a Ukulele Orchestra I thought to myself “Yeah, whatever. Go for it. It’s your first piece. Make what you can. I’m sure it will be good but not something to write home about given the subject.” - -Well, little did I know Joanna would put together a piece that captures the feelings of life lived every day, what Washington Post reporter Walter Harrington refers to as “intimate journalism.” - -Transom has no intimacy issues. Cozy up. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Harrington writes “… to most journalists honored with the job of remembering the stories of the tribe, (the) momentous events of everyday life are virtually invisible. To most American journalists, such events are akin to the dark and unknown matter believed to make up 90% of the universe: We keep reporting the movement of the planets when the big news is the unseen matter in which they spin…. In the language of the craft, we’re missing the story.” - -Joanna didn’t miss the story. Not only is her story something to write home about, it’s something to podcast about. Have a listen to Joanna’s first radio story ever, “Mighty Tiny.”",1731883731,c00d35bf2d,4cdbdb76fa,,,1731883731 -https://www.vg247.com/helldivers-2-democracy-space-station-finally-up-and-running-so-democratic-omfg,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Wahey, Helldivers 2's Democracy Space Station is finally up and running, and in the words of one overwhelmed Super Earth stan: ""It's so democratic omfg""","This is not a drill, Helldivers 2's Democracy Space Station saga is over. Yep, the big bit of tech is finally built, fuelled up, staffed and everything, so you can start getting to grips with it in the final stages of the latest Major Order. - -It's a good thing too, as some players had begun to get a little frustrated about just how long it was taking to activate the new toy they've been battling to add to their Galactic War arsenal for a fair while now. Congrats, it turns out the final phase of the operation was actually as final as folks were hoping. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Early this morning - seemigly around the time the divers managed to kill the 500 million bugs required to procure some sweet E-710 fuel for the station, Arrowhead activated it, giving everyone their first chance to sample what it has to offer. - -The early reviews are generally pretty positive, in part because the in-game description of the completed DSS looks to contain a cheeky reference to the infamous video of that Australian bloke (rest in peace, Jack Karlson) being quite peturbed that he won't get to finish his succulent Chinese meal. You know, because the space station is ""Democracy made manifest"". - -Breaking: At long last, the Democracy Space Station has been activated, ushering in a new era of Galactic Freedom. - - - -All Helldivers can now democratically direct this Weapon of Mass Liberation from the Galactic Map on their Super Destroyer. pic.twitter.com/zWozeMG24d — HELLDIVERS™ 2 (@helldivers2) November 14, 2024 To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -From a practical perspective, the station lets players donate samples and requisition slips to help the Galactic War cause by activiating stuff like the current options of orbital blockades and an Eagle storm which will enable eagle strikes in missions while slowing down enemy defensive progress. Plus, it can be moved to different locations around the galaxy based on players voting. - -""It's so democratic omfg"", writes one smitten diver, while others are boasting about already having hit their first limit in terms of sample donation before a cooldown kicks in. - -So, a pretty nice start to life of the DSS, even if the lack of a social hub area looks to have left some folks a tad disappointed. Are you planning to jump back into Helldivers 2 to check out the station now it's up and running? Let us know below!",1731883679,374d98cbb9,4cf16fe657,,,1731883679 -https://devblogs.microsoft.com/xamarin/introducing-net-maui-compatibility-for-the-xamarin-community-toolkit/,https://devblogs.microsoft.com/xamarin/feed/,Introducing .NET MAUI Compatibility for the Xamarin Community Toolkit,"Note: This is a follow to last month’s announcement: The Future of Xamarin Community Toolkit - -The Xamarin Community Toolkit team is excited to announce two new .NET MAUI-compatible versions of the toolkit: - -These MauiCompat libraries align to latest release of Xamarin.CommunityToolkit ; the main difference being that these are for your .NET MAUI apps, whereas Xamarin.CommunityToolkit is for your Xamrain.Forms apps. - -Today’s MauiCompat release includes support for iOS and Android. Future MauiCompat releases will include support for iOS, Android, macOS and UWP. - -Xamarin.Community.Toolkit Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.MauiCompat Xamarin.Community.Toolkit.Markup Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.Markup.MauiCompat Dependency Xamarin.Forms .NET MAUI Xamarin.Forms .NET MAUI Native Implementation Custom Renderer Custom Renderer Custom Renderer Custom Renderer Target .NET Standard 1.0 (Same as Xamarin.Forms) .NET 6.0 (Same as .NET MAUI) .NET Standard 1.0 (Same as Xamarin.Forms) .NET 6.0 (Same as .NET MAUI) Platforms iOS, Android, GTK#, Tizen, UWP, WPF (Same as Xamarin.Forms) iOS, Android, Windows (in progress), macOS (in progress) (Same as .NET MAUI) iOS, Android, GTK#, Tizen, UWP, WPF (Same as Xamarin.Forms) iOS, Android, Windows (in progress), macOS (in progress) (Same as .NET MAUI) - -Which Apps Should Use MauiCompat ? - -✅ Existing Xamarin.Forms apps migrating to .NET MAUI - -The MauiCompat libraries are created as a helpful step in your migration from Xamarin.Forms to .NET MAUI. These libraries ensure that you can access all of the features of Xamarin.CommunityToolkit in your .NET MAUI apps without breaking changes, helping to make your migration to .NET MAUI easier. - -We recommend eventually replacing Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.MauiCompat with the new .NET MAUI Toolkit, CommunityToolkit.Maui , to take advange of new features and optimizations (see comarison chart below). - -❌ Brand new .NET MAUI apps - -For new (aka greenfield) .NET MAUI apps, use the new .NET MAUI Community Toolkit, which is fully optimized for .NET MAUI, instead of Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.MauiCompat . - -Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.MauiCompat CommunityToolkit.Maui Future Updates Only Bug Fixes New Features + Bug Fixes Native Implementation Custom Renderer Handlers Uses Microsoft.Maui.Controls.Compatibility ? Yes No Road Map Will be deprecated alongside Xamarin.Forms November 2022 Periodic Updates + Maintenance Releases Alongside .NET MAUI (I.e. No planned deprecation schedule) - -Getting Started With MauiCompat - -Both MauiCompat libraries are available as a NuGet package that can be added to any .NET 6 project targeting net6.0-ios and net6.0-android : - -Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.MauiCompat Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.Markup.MauiCompat NuGet Package https://www.nuget.org/packages/Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.MauiCompat/ https://www.nuget.org/packages/Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.Markup.MauiCompat/ - -Open existing project in Visual Studio In the Visual Studio Package Manager Console, enter the following command: Install-Package Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.MauiCompat or Install-Package Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.Markup.MauiCompat To add the namespace to the toolkit: In your C# page, add: using Xamarin.CommunityToolkit; or using Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.Markup; - -In your XAML page, add the namespace attribute: xmlns:xct=""http://xamarin.com/schemas/2020/toolkit"" Register the renderer(s) you want to use in the Startup.cs file. You can either only register the renderer(s) you actually need, or register all the renderers that are inside of the Xamarin Community Toolkit. Have a look at the code snippet below how to do both. - -public void Configure(IAppHostBuilder appBuilder) { appBuilder .UseMauiApp() .ConfigureMauiHandlers(handlers => { // Register ALL handlers in the Xamarin Community Toolkit assembly handlers.AddCompatibilityRenderers(typeof(Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.UI.Views.MediaElementRenderer).Assembly) // Register just one handler for the control you need handlers.AddCompatibilityRenderer(typeof(Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.UI.Views.MediaElement), typeof(Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.UI.Views.MediaElementRenderer)); }); } - -Check out the rest of the documentation to learn more about implementing specific features: https://docs.microsoft.com/xamarin/community-toolkit/ - -Good to Know - -We have released this package under the alpha tag. Because this MauiCompat package is being built alongside the preview of .NET MAUI, there are still some things that need to be etched out on both sides. We’re releasing this now so that we can get your feedback early on and make sure the MauiCompat Toolkit is ready to use by the time .NET MAUI is released. - -Non-Renderer Controls - -There are some controls that don’t require a (separate) renderer, i.e. Shield . Those controls are not supported at the moment. We have a good idea how to add support for this, it just hasn’t been realized yet. If you do try to use a “non-renderer” control, you will see an error messages which states that a handler hasn’t been found for type X. - -However, this error will also come up when you didn’t register the renderer for the control you’re trying to use (see above), so make sure you have that in place. - -Markup Should Just Work - -The Markup package should just work as it doesn’t rely on renderers. We did make it compatible with all the current .NET MAUI changes and namespaces so you can continue enjoying the markup extensions as before. - -Other Known Issues & Reporting Issues - -In .NET MAUI there has been a change in the Color object. Therefore there might be some issues in that area, although that might not be apparent to you on the outside. Whenever you run into a NullReferenceException you might want to try setting all the color properties of a control to an explicit value and see if that resolves the issue. If not, please let us know what you’re seeing so we can have a look. - -If you find any issues, please report them on the regular Xamarin.CommunityToolkit repository , but make sure that you mention that this is about the MauiCompat package just so we know where to look for issues. - -Release Schedule - -Going forward, we will release a MauiCompat NuGet package alongside each new release of Xamarin.CommunityToolkit and Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.Markup . - -For example, the latest release of Xamarin.CommunityToolkit is v1.3.0-pre2, and thus today’s release of Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.MauiCompat is also v1.3.0-alpha2. The only minor difference here is the pre and alpha tag for now. This should be more in line in future releases. - -To keep the MauiCompat releases packages aligned with Xamarin.CommunityToolkit , we follow these steps: - -Branch from the latest Xamarin.CommunityToolkit Release (aka its Git Tag) This ensures the logic in the MauiCompat libraries exactly matches the logic in the Xamarin.CommunityToolkit release Replace the Xamarin.Forms dependency with the .NET MAUI dependency -> true Update to .NET 6 netstandard2.1 -> net6.0-ios;net6.0-android Update the namespaces using Xamarin.Forms -> using Microsoft.Maui - -(There are also some references to Xamarin.Forms.* in specific files that we indiviually update to Mirosoft.Maui.* ) - -We’ve documented the steps we follow to convert Xamarin.CommunityToolkit to Xamarin.CommunityToolkit.MauiCompat , and you can find them here: https://github.com/xamarin/XamarinCommunityToolkit/blob/main/MauiCompatSteps.md - -Summary - -When migrating your existing Xamarin.Forms app to .NET MAUI, levarage these MauiCompat libraries. They contain the same logic as their Xamarin.CommunityToolkit counterpart, targeting .NET MAUI instead of Xamarin.Forms.",1731883659,c0e6a23527,4cfeb35b28,,,1731883659 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/boxing/videos/cj3m2nmp5xno,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,Tyson vs Paul: Jake Paul beats former heavyweight champion Mike Tyson on points,"I'm not going to lose, did you hear me? - Tyson. Video, 00:01:53I'm not going to lose, did you hear me? - Tyson",1731883673,bcdff126e2,4d2f8db728,,,1731883673 -https://thefinancialbrand.com/news/digital-banking/what-it-takes-for-financial-websites-to-punch-above-their-weight-182803/,https://thefinancialbrand.com/feed/,What It Takes for Financial Websites to Punch Above Their Weight,"If you’re a community bank or credit union leader, you might be forgiven for believing that your institution’s website is getting the job done — a spiffy, well-branded workhorse that gives customers and members efficient access to digital banking services and product information. - -On the other hand, if you want to remain competitive, maybe you shouldn’t let yourself off the hook too easily. - -Phenomena such as TikTok, AI and hyper-personalization have transformed how people interact and buy online, and it’s created the need for new thinking about the role of the modern banking website. It requires leveraging the new fundamentals of e-commerce and search-engine discovery — in effect, turning your site into a lead generation machine. And while that sounds like it requires serious tech investment, such capabilities are within reach of many banks, credit unions, and financial institutions. - -Why Should Financial Institutions Change Now - -Updating your bank’s website can have a profound impact on your business. Take One Nevada Credit Union, for example, which streamlined its website into a single, powerful digital engagement and conversion platform. (Find out more by viewing our webinar: Top Must-Haves for Banking Websites for Driving Acquisition.) By optimizing the site for search visibility and creating personalized digital experiences, First Nevada achieved substantial business growth. Not only did web traffic and search visibility increase significantly, but the CU also saw a 10% lift in deposits and a 20% boost in mortgage applications. - -Following are the essential best practices financial institutions should consider adopting as they reset their web platforms. - -Change Your Website’s ‘Why’ - -Many banks have websites that exist to educate customers about their products and services. While this is essential, it’s not enough. For banks to drive customer acquisition, the website must be designed with the intent to convert visitors into customers, much like an online store. An effective website should act as a digital branch, offering tools that allow customers to engage directly with the bank. If the primary purpose is customer or member acquisition — and why would it not be? — the design, navigation and user journey must reflect that goal. - -One of the biggest opportunities in banking today is to focus web design on the customer journey. Rather than simply expose visitors and account-holders to products and rates, the mission instead is to lead them down defined purchase funnels that culminate in new-product transactions. To succeed, banks must understand how customers navigate through the site and strategically guide them to make decisions. - -Integrated tools such as loan calculators and product comparison engines can be essential way stations on the journey, helping users make informed choices. The experience should be intuitive, and continuously optimized based on user behavior. - -Leverage Personalization for Your Banking Website - -Personalization has been a buzzword in marketing for years, but its potential across most of the banking industry is still materially untapped. To be sure, personalization in banking comes with regulatory hurdles. But there are ways to implement it effectively while remaining in compliance with privacy and suitability rules. - -Simple strategies, like detecting if a visitor has been browsing the credit card section and then showing them relevant offers, can dramatically improve engagement and conversion rates. Behavioral personalization, which tracks user interactions with the site and tailors content accordingly, can double campaign conversion rates. - -For more ambitious institutions, AI-powered, interactive experiences will soon become website table stakes, including virtual agents that provide real-time product recommendations and even assist with complex transactions. Financial services marketers can look to the more digitally advanced hospitality and automotive sectors, where websites are increasingly offer tools that allow users to plan trips or compare car models seamlessly, all while integrating with the brand’s CRM system. - -In financial services, a similar approach could allow a customer to receive personalized loan or credit card recommendations based on their browsing behavior and existing account information. The ultimate goal is to create websites that can have conversations with users, gathering relevant information and making tailored recommendations in real-time. - -Optimize for AI Discovery - -In the age of AI and advanced search algorithms, banks must rethink how they optimize their content for discovery. In addition to traditional Google search, there are new opportunities for your content to be discovered, like ChatGPT and Perplexity AI. (Google’s homegrown Gemini AI search engine is gaining share too.) In this increasingly diversified discovery environment — where a single optimization approach no longer covers much of the market — structured data matters more than ever. - -Fine-tuning your site’s schema markup (the underlying title tags, meta descriptions, URL structures and so forth that help search engines understand and find a site’s content) remains a highly underutilized strategy among financial institutions. - -A bank’s product offerings present a big schema optimization opportunity, helping them rank higher for relevant searches like “best savings account near me” or “mortgage rates.” Despite its importance, fewer than 20% of financial institutions have properly implemented schema, according to Milestone’s Industry Benchmark Report: Financial Services for financial services. - -Be Helpful. Be Relevant. - -Have you reviewed your site’s FAQ page recently? Does your site have an FAQ page? An artifact of the Internet’s early days, FAQs remain the single cheapest tactic to build structured content and boost SEO — and also to enhance the user experience. - -Beyond basic FAQs, banks must prioritize helpful, relevant content sitewide, offering content that answers customers’ likely queries directly. That means, on every product page, they should answer common questions about those products. It may sound obvious, but websites need an optimized Google Business Profile and an optimized local page to ensure it appears high in searches for anyone seeking a physical branch or a loan officer. Financial institutions can move even higher in search rankings by adding a calendar of local events. (Amazingly, most financial institution locations cannot be correctly found by a simple Google search. Don’t believe me? Try this: Open Google and search for “bank near me” and see if your local branch lists correctly. The odds are it doesn’t and your digital game needs a boost.) - -They can also offer in-depth guides and explainers on complex topics like mortgage options or retirement planning. Such content builds trust with current and potential customers and members, while positioning the bank as a thought leader and increasing the likelihood users will return to find out more. - -Visual content, particularly videos, has become an increasingly vital tool for enhancing both discovery and engagement. Although videos in the banking sector don’t always get the click-through rates seen in retail or hospitality, they still offer significant benefits in terms of search engine optimization and user engagement. Videos are especially useful in explaining complex products or providing step-by-step guides for services like loan applications. - -Images also play a role in how search engines classify and rank pages. However, banks need to ensure that their visual content is interpreted correctly by AI algorithms, like Google’s Vision API, to avoid potential pitfalls, such as misclassification of images. - -Cultivate an Omni-Channel Experience - -A cohesive digital strategy requires that a bank’s website integrates smoothly with other customer touchpoints, including physical branch, call center, and mobile app. An omni-channel approach both supports personalization and reduces friction. The key is to ensure that all channels are aligned, with customer data feeding into a centralized CRM system. The idea is to meet customers and members where they are and make sure they know the institution recognizes them — literally and figuratively. - -For banks looking to remain competitive, particularly smaller institutions, your website should play an integral role in your strategy. When we overhauled the website of one Nevada-based credit union, we transitioned five website domains and more than 1,500 pages onto one unified platform, optimized for SEO and user experience. Year-over-year conversion rates rose by more than 50 percent, mortgage applications by 59 percent and loan growth spiked more than 20 percent. - -By focusing on customer acquisition, integrating personalization, optimizing for AI-driven search, and preparing for an interactive-AI future, financial institutions can create websites that actively drive business growth.",1731883674,7e4f10d9a3,4d50b21639,,,1731883674 -https://www.nytimes.com/2024/11/17/technology/election-right-wing-social-media.html,https://rss.nytimes.com/services/xml/rss/nyt/Politics.xml,Election Reveals Right-Wing Shift of Social Media Platforms,"After Donald J. Trump won the election this month, his supporters gravitated to a panoply of online destinations to celebrate. - -Hundreds of thousands of posts lauding Mr. Trump’s victory filled Truth Social, the social platform that the president-elect owns. Speculation about what the new administration would accomplish ran rampant on X, which is owned by Elon Musk. Gab, Parler and other right-wing social media sites were flooded with thousands of memes glorifying Mr. Trump. - -No similar spaces existed for the left. Meta’s Instagram, Threads and Facebook had publicly de-emphasized politics leading up to the election. Mr. Musk had transformed Twitter into X and shifted it to the right. And no other tech platform had gained momentum as a public square for liberals. - -“It has become starkly evident that the left, the Democrats, do not have the same social media platforms to push their agenda,” said Phillip Walzak, a political consultant based in New York. “It has left Democrats in a huge deficit.”",1731883654,6207fdc2b2,4cfd94d8db,,,1731883654 -https://sproutsocial.com/insights/how-to-schedule-instagram-posts/,https://sproutsocial.com/insights/rss,How to schedule Instagram posts: The complete guide for 2025,"If you’re still posting manually to Instagram, you’re spending too much time on repetitive tasks that could easily be automated with scheduling tools. - -Learning how to schedule Instagram posts in advance frees up your social media team to focus on more important tasks, like building an Instagram marketing strategy, creating quality content, analyzing performance and engaging with your audience in real time. - -In this article, we’re going to talk about the different ways you can schedule your Instagram content, the benefits of doing so and a few great scheduling tools to consider in your techstack. - -Can you schedule Instagram posts? - -Absolutely! There are several ways to schedule Instagram posts: - -Using Instagram’s native app - -Using Meta Business Suite - -Using social media scheduling tools (e.g. Sprout Social) - -We’ll walk you through each method in the next few sections. - -But first, let’s talk about why scheduling is so important for brands on Instagram. - -According to our Social Media Productivity report, 63% of marketers feel that manual tasks hold them back from doing high-impact work. But with the right social media management tools, 59% find they have more time to get things done. - -Think about it: when you’re not scrambling to post content manually or setting alarms for optimal posting times, you can focus on what really matters—creating unique, compelling content and building authentic connections with your followers. - -Now, let’s look at the different ways you can schedule Instagram posts in advance. - -Quick note: Scheduling is only available for Instagram Business or Creator accounts (not personal accounts), so make sure you check your account type before diving in. - -How to schedule Instagram posts from the Instagram app - -After years of users asking for it, Instagram finally added in-app scheduling near the end of 2022. Users are able to schedule up to 25 posts per day and up to 75 days in advance. - -Keep in mind, only Instagram Business and Creator accounts have access to this feature. Personal profiles are unable to schedule content. - -Follow these steps to get started: - -Step 1: Open your Instagram app and tap the + at the bottom of the screen or swipe the home feed to the right to create a new piece of content. - -Step 2: Select Post or Reel, depending on the type of content you’re creating. - -Step 3: Either take a photo or record a video using the in-app camera or upload one from your camera roll. - -Step 4: Add any text, stickers, music, effects, etc., then add your caption. - -Step 5: Tap Advanced Settings at the bottom of the screen. - -Step 6: Toggle the Schedule this post option on, then select your preferred date and time from the menu that appears. - -Step 7: Go back to the previous screen and tap Schedule. - -Keep in mind, scheduling within the Instagram app prevents you from cross-posting to other accounts, such as a Facebook profile or Page or even Threads. If you’d like to schedule and cross-post to other accounts, explore the next two options. - -How to schedule Instagram posts from Meta Business Suite - -You can also use the Meta Business Suite to schedule your Instagram content. First, connect your Instagram Business Account to your Facebook Page so you can access both from the Meta Business Suite. - -Then follow these steps: - -Step 1: In Meta Business Suite, click Create post or Create reel. - -Step 2: Specify which Instagram account you want to share your post or reel to. It may also include your Facebook Page—it’s up to you whether you also want it to post to your Facebook Page or only to Instagram. - -Step 3: Upload your media, then write out your caption. Be sure to include your mentions and hashtags (you can even save hashtags to reuse in your content). You can even geotag a location if you wish. - -Step 4: Click on Schedule, then select your preferred date and time. Click Active times to access a popup showcasing some of the upcoming times that your audience is active. - -Step 5: Once you’ve selected your time, click Save then click Schedule. - -How to schedule Instagram posts using Sprout Social - -Scheduling Instagram posts natively is straightforward, but how about when you have a larger social strategy across multiple platforms to plan and schedule? - -With a dedicated social media publishing tool like Sprout, you can do so much more. Cross-posting, team collaboration and permissions, in-depth analytics—the list goes on. - -We make it so easy to schedule all kinds of Instagram posts, including single posts, Reels, Carousels and Stories. Whatever you want to upload, simply finalize your content and schedule it on desktop or mobile. You can also use Sprout’s Instagram grid planner to visualize how your scheduled posts will actually look on your profile. - -Follow the steps below to learn exactly how to schedule Instagram posts using Sprout. - -Step 1: Connect your Instagram profiles to Sprout Social - -The first thing you need to do is log in to Sprout Social and link your Instagram profile (If you don’t already have an account, sign up for a free 30-day trial). - -From the dashboard, click Connect a Profile and select Instagram from the different options. Then, follow the on-screen instructions to easily connect your Instagram profile. - -Quick tip: Have more than one Instagram profile? Connect them all. Sprout lets you manage and schedule posts to multiple accounts from one dashboard. In fact, you can also link your other social profiles, including Facebook, Twitter (X) and LinkedIn. - -Sign up for a free 30-day trial - -Step 2: Open your Sprout publishing calendar - -Once you’ve linked your profile, click Publishing in the left menu to open Sprout’s social media calendar. You can view this as a list, week or monthly calendar. - -Next, it’s time to choose the image(s) or video to post. If you’re not 100% sure what you should publish, check out our in-depth guide on Instagram post ideas. - -You can directly schedule posts or leave notes by clicking through the spaces in your calendar. This keeps you organized and gives you a bird’s eye view of your content strategy. - -Step 3: Compose your Instagram post - -Hover on your calendar to schedule a post on a specific day, or click the blue pencil/paper icon in the top right corner of your screen to create a new post. - -Choose the Instagram account you want to publish to and specify the type of content you want to schedule—post or Story. - -At this point, you can start composing your post. Start by writing a compelling caption for your content. You can also add relevant Instagram hashtags or tag users in your caption. - -Sprout pro tip: Use our Enhance by AI Assist feature to generate more caption ideas and speed up your creative process. If you’re not sure what to post about, Enhance by AI Assist can help you create content based on a draft you input into the Compose box. If you’re looking to change the tone of the content (think: confident, friendly or professional), try Suggestions by AI Assist to align captions with your brand’s tone of voice - -Now, upload your visuals. There are several ways to do this in Sprout. - -You can upload an image(s) or video directly from your computer or mobile. Another way is to choose a visual from the Asset Library. This is helpful if you already have shared media uploaded on Sprout, such as company or product photos. - -Upload images directly from Canva - -If you don’t have any premade assets to upload and want to create beautiful Instagram posts on the spot, our Canva integration can save the day. - -To create and export images directly from Canva, click Upload Media in the compose window and select Design on Canva from the drop down. - -Log in to your existing Canva account on the screen that pops up or create a new one in a few minutes. Then, select a template, customize it and click Export to Sprout when you’re done. Easy! - -Step 4: Select your preferred date and time - -Scroll down in the Compose box to the When to post section. Choose your preferred date and time. You can also specify the time zone if your audience is located in a specific region. - -Alternatively, select Optimal Send Times to see data-driven recommendations when your audience is most likely to see your content. Our ViralPost technology suggests the best times to post based on your historical engagement data for maximum reach opportunity. - -Step 5: Stage your post for scheduling - -After your content is edited and approved, you can click Schedule to add it to your calendar. - -Other scheduling options in Sprout are to Draft, Queue or Submit for Approval. Let’s take a look at each option: - -Draft: Not sure if your post is ready to go live quite yet? Want to create multiple “backup” Instagram posts for the future? Draft is a great spot to park your unfinished content or items that still need approval. - -Not sure if your post is ready to go live quite yet? Want to create multiple “backup” Instagram posts for the future? Draft is a great spot to park your unfinished content or items that still need approval. Queue: The Sprout Queue is ideal for edited posts ready to go live—especially if you’re not sure when to post your content. When you queue your Instagram posts, Sprout picks the best time to publish within the window you specify. - -The Sprout Queue is ideal for edited posts ready to go live—especially if you’re not sure when to post your content. When you queue your Instagram posts, Sprout picks the best time to publish within the window you specify. Submit for Approval: Choosing an approver ensures your content is properly edited, timely and on-brand. Select specific approvers to review your content before it goes live. This option is perfect if you have or plan to establish a social media workflow. - -Benefits of scheduling Instagram posts - -Businesses have begged for scheduling features on Instagram for years. But why are so many marketers eager to queue up their content? Below are some of the biggest benefits of scheduled Instagram posts. - -1. Develop a more comprehensive and consistent content strategy - -Food for thought: Different types of content (think: carousels, images, Stories and Reels) all receive different rates of engagement. This means brands need to diversify their content strategies and not just post the same type of content over and over. - -When you schedule posts on Instagram, you give yourself time to actually assess your content calendar, identify gaps and opportunities, and gather the various assets you need to create fresh, compelling content. - -Scheduling also enables you to stay consistent with your posting strategy, whether it’s one daily post or multiple posts a day. This helps keep you top of your followers’ minds (and feeds) and also gives you a boost with the Instagram algorithm. - -2. Allows for more real-time engagement with followers - -If nothing else, scheduling Instagram posts can free up some serious time in your schedule. That means more opportunities to interact with followers and reply to comments. - -Even the best Instagram scheduler can’t do the legwork of building relationships with customers. When you stick to a social media post scheduler consistently, you create more time for dedicated customer engagement. - -3. Better time management means increased productivity - -Think about the effort that goes into creating Instagram posts or campaigns beyond writing captions and editing images. There’s also tagging accounts. Adding locations. Checking hashtags. And that doesn’t even scratch the surface. - -Creating Instagram posts last-minute is a recipe for burnout. When you schedule Instagram posts in advance, you can batch your time and be more productive. For example, you could write all your captions in one sitting or edit a week’s worth of images at once. - -This helps your brain stay focused instead of constantly switching between different types of work. The result? You get more done in less time and craft more meaningful posts. - -4. Create seamless marketing campaigns beyond Instagram - -Your social media campaigns shouldn’t be siloed. - -From organic and paid social to email and beyond, all of your channels should be on the same page in terms of creatives, landing pages and promotions. This creates a better customer experience. - -Through social scheduling, you ensure that your posts fire off at the right time. If you’re using a social media management tool such as Sprout Social, you can actually sync all of your social channels (think: Instagram, Facebook and TikTok) so you don’t have to publish manually or in real-time. - -5. Encourage collaboration and brainstorming - -Again, scheduling encourages brands to begin working on posts well in advance. - -This means marketers and colleagues have time to partner on messaging and creative assets. - -For social teams and brand marketers looking for feedback or approval workflows, collaboration and Instagram scheduling go hand in hand. Coupled with a social media approval process, it’s a cinch to get multiple sets of eyes on your content before it goes live. - -Tips for scheduling posts on Instagram - -We’ll say it again: You can’t just queue up your posts months or weeks in advance and expect your Instagram to grow on autopilot. - -Below are some key considerations for brands looking to leverage Instagram scheduling. - -1. Optimize your post timing to maximize engagement - -A nice added bonus of scheduling is that your business isn’t beholden to “business hours.” - -Based on our research on best times to post on Instagram, there’s a correlation between time of day and engagement: - -Although these numbers aren’t the be-all, end-all of follower activity and vary based on your time zone, they’re eye-opening in terms of when the average Instagram user is active: - -Marketers using Sprout social as their Instagram scheduler can increase engagement with our ViralPost algorithm that optimizes post timing. Rather than guess or decide when to post via trial and error, you’ll know exactly when to post, based on real follower engagement data. - -2. Take extra care when crafting your captions - -It’s no secret that Instagram captions represent valuable real estate when it comes to engagement. - -They shouldn’t be treated as an afterthought. For each post, consider: - -Which hashtags are you using? How many? Are they in your first comment? - -Do you need to tag any accounts? - -Did you write a strong call-to-action? - -How does this caption compare to your most recent one(s)? - -Much like your content strategy needs to be diverse, the same rings true for your Instagram captions. - -When you schedule posts in advance, you have time to put your captions under the microscope and ensure there’s some variety. Likewise, you can confirm that you’re using the right Instagram hashtags and aren’t missing any key details before your post goes live. - -3. Keep a close eye on your content calendar - -Scheduling based on a defined content calendar encourages both variety and consistency in terms of your posts. - -As you queue up your posts, ask yourself: - -Are we hitting the appropriate publishing frequency? - -Is there enough variation in our content schedule? - -How are we promoting this content to encourage engagement? - -Are there opportunities to cross-post or repurpose this content to other networks? - -Have the appropriate stakeholders reviewed this post before it goes live? - -The answers to all of the above ensure more thoughtful, goal-driven posts that are poised to perform well. Below is a quick snapshot of what a content calendar looks like in Sprout: - -4. Block off time to engage with customers - -Despite popular belief, scheduling Instagram posts doesn’t make your presence more “passive.” - -Quite the opposite, honestly. - -Yet again, scheduling frees up your schedule to interact with customers in real-time. - -Mind your notifications and make sure your comment section never gathers cobwebs. Be proactive and make a point to respond to social customers ASAP for the sake of satisfaction and loyalty. - -In addition to Instagram scheduling, Sprout aggregates messages from all your social networks into a singular Smart Inbox that you can use to filter and categorize messages, while also allowing for real-time collaboration between your team. No message goes unanswered and you’ll also avoid response collisions. - -5. Know when to hit “pause” on your scheduling - -Whether due to a brand emergency or a bigger crisis management effort, sometimes you need to put a stop to your scheduled content. - -Failure to do so could come off as inauthentic or result in otherwise poor engagement when your followers’ minds are elsewhere. For example, publishing promotional content during certain holidays, on somber occasions or in the wake of tragedies could result in adverse affects on your brand reputation. - -This speaks to how Instagram scheduling is so much more than putting your brand on autopilot. Sprout has built-in features to pause scheduled posts and resume them when the time is right. - -Instagram scheduling tools to use - -Third-party tools can make Instagram scheduling even easier than the in-app tool. Additional apps allow you to schedule content to multiple social media platforms at once, offer more features and can help with your overall social media management, from automation to analytics. - -Here are three tools you might consider. - -1. Sprout Social - -Sprout Social is a comprehensive social media management platform that allows users to schedule and publish content across various social media networks including Instagram. It provides a visual content calendar for planning and organizing posts and offers analytics to track post-performance and engagement. Sprout Social also includes features for social listening and engagement allowing users to monitor mentions and conversations about their brand. - -2. MeetEdgar - -MeetEdgar is a social media scheduling tool that focuses on automating content recycling and evergreen content. Users can create a library of content categorized by topic and schedule posts to be automatically shared and reshared across their social media channels including Instagram. MeetEdgar aims to help users maintain a consistent social media presence with minimal ongoing effort by automatically filling their content calendar. - -3. SocialBee - -SocialBee is another social media management tool designed to help users plan content across multiple platforms including Instagram. It offers features like content categorization, a visual content calendar and post-performance analytics. SocialBee also emphasizes content variation with options to customize posts for each social media platform, ensuring optimal messaging and format for different audiences. - -Learn how to schedule posts on Instagram today - -If you want to build a better Instagram presence and free up more time in your busy day, you need to start scheduling. - -Doing so might seem simple, but making the most of Instagram scheduling means understanding the key details of any given post and how to best engage followers. - -With the tips above and a tool like Sprout, you can create a compelling content calendar that does exactly that. Sign up for a free 30-day trial and check it out for yourself. - -Scheduling Instagram Post FAQs - -How do I schedule Instagram Stories? Scheduling Instagram Stories has in a unique process from scheduling Instagram posts. Review our guide on a visual step-by-step process on how to schedule Instagram Stories for more information. - -Why can’t I schedule posts on Instagram? If you’re unable to schedule posts on Instagram, check the following: Confirm whether you have a Business or Creator account. If not, you can easily switch from a personal to professional profile. - -Are you trying to post to a different Instagram profile? Cross-posting to other accounts via scheduling is currently unavailable in the native Instagram app. However, you can schedule posts to multiple Instagram profiles using a third-party tool like Sprout Social.",1731883635,e2ee1d181c,4d51b93965,,,1731883635 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/13/setup-cockpit-desk-shelf-system-balolo-dezeen-showroom/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,Setup Cockpit desk shelf system by Balolo,"Dezeen Showroom: made of solid wood and steel, this desk shelf system by Balolo combines a monitor stand with attachable accessories so users can create a ""personalised command centre"". - -Designed by Balolo founder Ruben Keferstein, the Setup Cockpit is intended to optimise a user's desk environment by elevating their monitor, improving ergonomics and clearing clutter, while also providing the opportunity for personalisation. - -The stand is equipped with a patented mounting grid that contains up to 28 mounting points for add-ons such as phone stands, storage trays and wireless chargers. - -""The Setup Cockpit becomes a personalised command centre that enhances both creativity and productivity,"" said Balolo. ""With Balolo's Setup Cockpit, everything you need is right at your fingertips, perfectly organised to suit your individual workflow."" - -The Setup Cockpit is available in two sizes: a large that accommodates two monitors, and a medium for a more compact workstation. - -Balolo is a German company that designs and manufactures entirely from its studio in Cologne, hand-finishing its wooden pieces with natural oils and waxes that it says give a premium look and lasting durability. - -Product details: - -Product: Setup Cockpit - -Designer: Ruben Keferstein - -Brand: Balolo - -Contact: [email protected] - -Material: wood and powder-coated steel - -Colours/finishes: American Walnut, Oak or All Black - -Dimensions: 1140 x 230 x 120 millimetres - -Dezeen Showroom - -Dezeen Showroom offers an affordable space for brands to launch new products and showcase their designers and projects to Dezeen's huge global audience. For more details email [email protected]. - -Dezeen Showroom is an example of partnership content on Dezeen. Find out more about partnership content here.",1731883668,8f8dc0373b,4d38b35bab,,,1731883668 -https://thejournal.com/Articles/2024/10/01/Apple-Launches-New-Free-Classroom-Resources.aspx,https://thejournal.com/rss-feeds/news.aspx,Apple Launches New Free Classroom Resources -- THE Journal,"Apple Launches New Free Classroom Resources - -Apple has introduced a collection of free ""Everyone Can Create"" resources to help teachers engage students with interactive lesson ideas. The new ""Creative Activities"" are designed to strengthen essential skills and use templates and shareable links to get students creating quickly, the company explained in a news announcement. - -The activities are available for two age groups: Creative Activities for Early Learners (ages 4 to 8) and Creative Activities for Students (ages 8 and up). New resources include: - -The new Creative Activities can be accessed via the Apple Education Community professional learning hub. - -""We're inspired by the incredible work coming out of classrooms and communities across the globe, and the myriad of ways Apple products like Mac and iPad empower learners to create and build on their passions,"" said Susan Prescott, vice president of Education and Enterprise Marketing at Apple, in a statement. ""Our new Creative Activities for early learners and students make learning easy and fun, and most importantly, give educators quick tools to engage learners of all ages.""",1731883622,efd9bb9654,4cf57877da,,,1731883622 -https://www.foxnews.com/politics/trump-lawyer-william-owen-scharf-picked-crucial-white-house-assistant-role,http://feeds.foxnews.com/foxnews/politics,Trump lawyer William Owen Scharf picked for 'crucial' White House assistant role,"President-elect Trump announced that William Owen Scharf, one of his lawyers, will serve as assistant to the president and staff secretary in the upcoming administration. - -""I am pleased to announce that William Owen Scharf will serve as Assistant to the President and White House Staff Secretary,"" Trump's statement read. ""Will is a highly skilled attorney who will be a crucial part of my White House team."" - -The Republican leader added that Scharf, a former federal prosecutor, ""has played a key role in defeating the Election Interference and Lawfare waged against me, including by winning the Historic Immunity Decision in the Supreme Court."" - -""Will is going to make us proud as we Make America Great Again,"" Trump added. - -GOV KRISTI NOEM REFLECTS ON TRUMP WIN, SAYS DEMOCRATS 'TRY TO PUT WOMEN IN A BOX' - -Scharf, who received an undergraduate degree from Princeton University and a law degree from Harvard University, has clerked for two federal appeals court judges. - -The former prosecutor was also employed by CRC Advisors, a conservative public relations firm, and has also worked for Missouri Gov. Eric Greitens. Scharf also worked as an assistant U.S. Attorney in St. Louis. - -HERE ARE THE MOST TALKED-ABOUT CANDIDATES FOR TOP POSTS IN TRUMP'S ADMINISTRATION - -The lawyer recently ran for Missouri attorney general, but lost in the Republican primary to incumbent Andrew Bailey. Bailey won against Democrat Elad Gross earlier in November. - -Trump posted about Scharf's appointment shortly before he announced his pick for secretary of energy, Chris Wright, on Saturday night. - -CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP - -Wright, the CEO of Liberty Energy, ""was one of the pioneers who helped launch the American Shale Revolution that fueled American Energy Independence, and transformed the Global Energy Markets and Geopolitics,"" Trump wrote. - -Fox News Digital's Brooke Singman contributed to this report.",1731883661,7b5f0a8391,4d7c227b95,,,1731883661 -https://3dprintingindustry.com/news/new-3d-printed-cycling-shoes-from-lore-cycle-and-lubrizol-234378/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=new-3d-printed-cycling-shoes-from-lore-cycle-and-lubrizol,https://3dprintingindustry.com/feed/,New 3D Printed Cycling Shoes from Lore Cycle and Lubrizol,"Ohio-based chemicals and materials company Lubrizol has teamed up with Lore Cycle to 3D print personalized cycling shoes. - -Avid Product Development, Lubrizol’s 3D printing division, uses 3D scans of the rider’s feet to fabricate footwear that perfectly fits each customer’s unique foot shape. The result is the Lore Two—a cycling shoe featuring a 3D-printed thermoplastic polyurethane (TPU) upper, aimed at delivering unparalleled comfort and support. - -The Lore Two collection offers three models to suit various cycling preferences. The Lore Two Low Nylon, starting at $1,349, is engineered to deliver a superior pedaling experience compared to standard cycling shoes. - -The next model, the Lore Two Low Carbon, is priced at $1,649 and is both lighter and more rigid than the Low Nylon version. It is designed for riders who prefer a traditional dorsal cut with no upper dorsal contact, providing greater responsiveness. - -At the top of the line is the Lore Two Mid Carbon, a premium option costing $1,849. This incorporates patent-pending, lightweight carbon dorsal upper panels to amplify power and performance. - -“By harnessing the power of Lubrizol solutions, Lore Cycle is revolutionizing how shoes are manufactured and worn,” commented Gert-Jan Nijhuis, General Manager of Lubrizol 3D Printing. “We are thrilled to see how our technology has contributed to the creation of Lore’s 3D printed shoes, which combine cutting-edge technology with Lubrizol’s material & application science.” - -Nijhuis further emphasized the benefits of additive manufacturing. He noted that it enables more sustainable onshore production and offers customers the opportunity to personalize their sportswear for enhanced comfort and performance. - -Lead times for the new Lore Two cycling shoes are currently estimated at 12 to 14 weeks. - -Lore Two 3D printed shoe. Image via Lore Cycle. - -The Lore Two: personalized, 3D printed cycling shoes - -Stephan Drake, Lore Cycle’s CEO, calls the Lore Two “a groundbreaking leap forward into the future of footwear.” - -Conventional cycling shoes are generally built from mass-produced, generic molds or ‘lasts’. These tend to reflect an average foot shape, without accounting for individual variations in foot width, arch height, toe shape, or biomechanics. - -By contrast, the Lore Two 3D printed shoes are custom-made and designed to perfectly match the unique shape of each rider’s feet. This personalized approach aims to improve fit, comfort, and performance. “The shape of the carbon shell accurately cups your sole, relieves fat pad pressure, and features a perfected custom toe box that lets your foot spread out under load”, explained Drake. This reportedly translates to enhanced power transfer and pedal efficiency, reduction of traditional dead spots, and better aerodynamics. - -Because the Lore Two shoes are fully customized, the buying experience is also unique. To purchase a pair of custom 3D-printed cycling shoes, customers first need to provide a high-resolution 3D scan of their feet, which takes about 10 minutes to complete. This scan can be done at select bike shops across North America, Europe, Asia, and Australia. For customers who aren’t near a participating location, Lore Cycle offers to ship a 3D scanner to the nearest bike shop to facilitate the process. - -Next, each unique 3D scan is converted into a bespoke cycling shoe design, which is then 3D printed using Lubrizol’s additive manufacturing materials. The final product assembly is performed by a third party, with Lubrizol’s materials and 3D printing technology only used for the shoe upper. Once produced, the cycling shoes are shipped directly to the customer. - -Lubrizol Advance Materials headquarters building in Brecksville, Ohio. Photo via Lubrizol. - -3D printed shoes hit the shelves - -3D printing has received growing interest within the footwear market, thanks to its ability to personalize products for unique customer needs. Last year, multinational printing firm HP partnered with Brooks Running to develop Exhilarate-BL 3D printed running shoes. - -These shoes feature 3DNA, a 3D printed midsole technology that provides a propulsive, springy feel. Running data from customers is used to tailor the midsole size, enhancing cushioning and bounce. Multi Jet Fusion (MJF) 3D printing technology was used to fabricate the shoe midsoles, which reportedly outperforms 90% of competitors in today’s market. - -Elsewhere, 3D printing has been adopted to enable more flexible and affordable shoe production. Earlier this year, it was announced that 3D printed footwear startup ELASTIUM had partnered with LaLaLand Production & Design, California’s largest shoe manufacturer. - -This collaboration seeks to accelerate localized and sustainable mass production through the No-Minimum-and-Maximum-Order-Quantity (No-MMOQ) approach. Here, 3D printing is combined with conventional mass manufacturing techniques, reportedly cutting investment costs by up to 80%. It offers brands the ability to go from concept to market in a matter of weeks without minimum or maximum order quantities. - -The first product launched through this partnership was the Orca, Elastium’s latest 3D printed sneaker. This combines a TPU foam 3D printed midsole with a combined elastane and 3D printed TPU upper. - -All the news from Formnext 2024. - -Who are the leaders in additive manufacturing? Vote now in the 2024 3D Printing Industry Awards! - -Want to share insights on key industry trends and the future 3D printing? Register now to be included in the 2025 3D Printing Industry Executive Survey. - -What does the future of 3D printing hold? - -What near-term 3D printing trends have been highlighted by industry experts? - -Subscribe to the 3D Printing Industry newsletter to keep up with the latest 3D printing news. - - - -You can also follow us on Twitter, like our Facebook page, and subscribe to the 3D Printing Industry Youtube channel to access more exclusive content. - - - -Featured image shows a Lore Two 3D printed shoe. Image via Lore Cycle.",1731883674,c593966091,4d5609d805,,,1731883674 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/12/the-election-wasnt-a-realignment-or-a-mandate/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,The Election Wasn't a Realignment,"There is a lot of talk about how the election result is a great realignment and/or a ""mandate"" for Trump's policies. The available evidence doesn't support such notions. - -When all votes are fully counted, it looks like Trump will have won the popular vote by 1.5 points and have 1-4 point margins in the 7 swing states. That's not the kind of large margin of victory typically associated with realignment elections in which large blocs of voters shift from one party to another (e.g. 1932 or 1980). It's actually a narrower victory than Bush won in 2004 or Obama in 2012. Few would argue either of those wins was a realignment or a mandate. Biden in 2020 won the popular vote by a bigger margin (about 4.5 points) and had nearly the same electoral vote margin (306 for Biden in 2020; 312 for Trump this year). For those keeping score, I wrote at the time that Biden didn't have a mandate either. Trump's popular vote margin may actually be a little smaller than Hillary Clinton's was in 2016 (yes, obviously, she lost the electoral college). - -House and Senate results are consistent with the above. The GOP will have only a narrow House majority (probably about 220-215). The Republicans gained only 4 seats in the Senate, despite a very favorable map, and actually lost 4 of 5 swing-state Senate races, despite Trump winning all five of those states on the top of the ballot. - -Around the world, there has been a big backlash against incumbents because of inflation/price increases. As I noted in a preelection post, this is standard ""retrospective voting"" (punishing incumbents for perceived bad conditions), and it was weighing heavily against the Democrats. The others who faced elections all got clobbered or are about to be. The Democrats actually greatly outperformed these background conditions by losing only narrowly. - -It is true there has been a bigger shift in the Hispanic vote than elsewhere. Exit polls suggest Trump lost it by only about 53-45 (some polling data shows a weaker performance for Trump). However, that means he got about the same share of the Hispanic vote as….. George W. Bush in 2004—the last time the GOP ran a presidential campaign with this highly favorable background conditions. - -Also, it has long been clear that Hispanic identity is highly fluid and diverse, and therefore that the group is far less politically monolithic than, e.g., blacks. Many second and third generation Hispanics don't even identify as ""Hispanic"" or Latino on surveys. It's possible the GOP will be more competitive for Hispanic votes from now on. But even that would be something of a continuation of possible preexisting trends. This fluidity of the Hispanic vote undercuts the validity of both left-wing hopes of building a dominant coalition based on ""woke"" identity politics and right-wing paranoia about a ""great replacement."" - -I do recognize that the election result is painful and disappointing for those (emphatically including me!) who hoped Trump's awfulness and that of the MAGA movement generally would enable Kamala Harris to overcome the background conditions and win. These factors did likely help keep the election close, however. The Democrats only lost narrowly, and did not get massively clobbered like most other incumbent parties buffeted by post-pandemic inflation and price increases. - -The narrowness of the victory and the major role of anti-incumbent economic ""retrospective"" voting also undercuts claims that Trump has a ""mandate"" for his policies, in the sense that the election indicates there is strong majority public support for them. Preelection survey data on policy actually indicates most of his policies were actually less popular than those of the Democrats. - -Some political scientists reject the entire notion of a mandate, arguing the idea is incoherent and not supported by evidence. I myself have long argued that a policy's popularity says little about whether it is right or just. Many good policies are highly unpopular, and terrible ones sometimes win majority support. Think, e.g, of widespread public support for slavery and racial discrimination throughout much of American history. Thus, I would oppose much of Trump's agenda, regardless of whether he has a ""mandate"" or not. But for those who believe mandates exist, and give them more normative weight than I do, it's worth noting there was no such mandate in this election. - -None of this proves that the Democratic Party has optimal issue positions or that Kamala Harris was a great candidate. Neither is true. They do have some unpopular positions (e.g.—on various ""woke"" issues). And Harris surely had a variety of flaws. But the same is true of the Republicans and Trump (who, unusually for a winning presidential candidate, has a highly negative approval rating that is about 8 points underwater). If not for inflation and price increases, above, the Democrats would have won relatively easily, despite their very real weaknesses on some issues. - -In post-election analyses, it's typical for pundits to say the losing party would do better if only they adopted more of the commentator's own positions. Not me! I know all too well that I have many unpopular views. I'm the guy who wrote a book that explains why political ignorance and bias lead majorities of voters to hold positions that are badly wrong on many issues. There and elsewhere, I also highlighted flawed ""retrospective voting"" of the kind that played a big role in the Democrats' defeat above (blaming incumbents for bad conditions even if they didn't cause them, and voting for policies that may actually make them worse, as Trump's tariff and immigration policies will with prices). - -I readily admit that a party that ran on a platform adopting all my views would get clobbered. But that fact doesn't prove the 2024 was a mandate or a realignment.",1731883654,6a1d127262,4d3998e6ab,,,1731883654 -https://transom.org/2010/finding-miles/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Finding Miles,"Intro from Jay Allison: “Finding Miles” took over a year to record and produce. In the crush of daily journalism on the radio, it’s rare to hear a story unwind over time. Sarah Reynolds writes, “I first knew Miles as Megan back in college. When he decided to transition from female to male, he gave me a call. He was slowly coming out to his friends as transgender — testing them, really — to see who he could still count on. The radio producer in me kicked in and I thought, this is quite a story about to unravel. I pitched him the idea and he agreed to do it: we would document his transition for radio.”This brave and intimate diary illuminates gender transition in an immediate way—from the mundane practical considerations to the fundamental identity transformation. Take some time to follow this path with Megan toward Miles. And talk to Sarah about her producing challenges, like editing a voice which steadily deepens over time from testosterone treatment. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2008/07/Finding-Miles_SReynolds.mp3 Download Listen to “Finding Miles” - -About Finding Miles from Sarah Reynolds - -Megan in March, 2004 - -I first knew Miles as Megan back in college. When he decided to transition from female to male, he gave me a call. He was slowly coming out to his friends as transgender — testing them, really — to see who he could still count on. The radio producer in me kicked in and I thought, this is quite a story about to unravel. I pitched him the idea and he agreed to do it: we would document his transition for radio. - -We began in November of 2008. I taught Miles how to use the gear and he used it for just over a year. In the beginning, he would mostly sit in his room and record at the end of the day very quietly. Miles is shy (as he’ll tell you himself) and when he took the recorder with him, he would often walk around with the mic under his arm or in his bag. But slowly he grew comfortable and more willing to take the gear with him. - -As he went, he would send me audio files through an FTP site. I downloaded them and listened along the way, jotting down questions and suggestions about what else I wanted to hear. We met up in person and checked in on the phone every few weeks and each time we did, I recorded him. - -One of the most challenging things for me was producing through his voice change. Miles began taking testosterone about five months after we began our recording. If I didn’t keep right up with the tape each week and get everything I thought I needed, I wouldn’t be able to get it again. But as we know, the story always shifts as you go along and it’s hard to get everything you need – especially when you’re not doing all the interviewing yourself. Miles’ voice deepened quickly and at a certain point, I only had a deeper voiced Miles to reflect on what had already happened. - -Miles in September, 2008 - -By the end of 2009, Miles had gone through surgery, was further into testosterone treatment, out at work, in life, at home and this chapter of his life came to a natural conclusion – always a good place to end a radio piece. I listened to every minute of tape and pulled together a story – only part of a story, really – but one that captures Megan to Miles and how he found a better space to fit into this crazy world of binaries. It was an amazing process to witness and one that still continues beyond this piece of radio. Miles is courageous for sharing it. - -Support the courage to share. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -About Finding Miles from Miles Taylor - -I can honestly say that today I am not the same person I was when I began recording my story during the winter of 2008. So much has happened over the past 18 months, I’m caught between feeling like it’s flown by in an incredibly profound blur and thinking it’s also been the longest, most hectic &#$% year and a half of my life! - -This piece was made from probably over a hundred hours of tape (a tip of the hat to my producer, though that’s probably the last time she’ll ever tell anyone “More is better than less!”). Frankly, I think I got the easy end of this deal; all I had to do was carry around a microphone. - -Miles post surgery in May, 2009 - -Transitioning is a once in a lifetime experience very few people get to have–although one which I would never want to go through again. As I got closer to starting hormones, I knew I wanted to document it in some way: journals, photos, videos. And it was right around that time when Sarah approached me about making an audio documentary. I’ve never been one for the spotlight so I surprised myself when I barely hesitated before saying yes; I also knew I would be putting myself into very trust worthy hands. One thing led to the next and we got the tape rolling. - -The more I recorded the easier it got. People generally wouldn’t describe me as a ‘talker’ so having to talk and talk and talk (and then talk some more, especially all about myself) was a learning experience all together. But once I got into it, the microphone became a therapist and, on some level, a friend. Transitioning is a very consuming process and more often than not, I found that I had little else to talk to my friends about. During this time, it was great having the recorder as an additional outlet. Most of the time I wasn’t thinking to myself that I was recording this for a documentary, I was recording because it was helping me survive. - -I found that as I got further into my transition–hormones started, breasts gone, fully transitioned at work and 100% male in the public’s eye–the less compelled I was to sit down and record. I was burned out; I didn’t want to talk about it, I didn’t want to think about it, I just wanted to put everything transition related behind me. - -I honestly don’t know what would have become of my life had I not transitioned. I’m still struggling to find my peace but I’m closer now than I have ever been before. And I am glad that I have it all documented–for myself and for anyone this may help. Special thanks to Sharone, Chris and Noreen for their support. - -Tech Info - -Miles used a Sony PCM D50 and a Beyer omni mic, courtesy of Transom. Sarah used a Marantz 620 and an Audio Technica Omni 8010 microphone when conducting interviews with Miles. They would often record interviews over the phone – Miles using his gear and recording himself, and Sarah using hers to record her questions. Sarah used Express Scribe to log and transcribe over 100 hours of tape and produced the piece in ProTools. - -Additional Support for this work provided by - -",1731883745,c00d35bf2d,4ddc529843,,,1731883745 -https://www.zdnet.com/article/this-ultra-thin-power-bank-is-a-must-have-travel-gadget/,https://www.zdnet.com/news/rss.xml,This ultra-thin power bank is a must-have travel gadget (grab it cheap in this Black Friday deal),"Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNET - -What's the deal? - -Over on Amazon there's a 20% off coupon available for the Auskang 5,000 mAh power bank, bringing the price down to under $17. - -ZDNET's key takeaways - - - -The Auskang 5,000 mAh power bank - -It's small and thin, yet robust, and delivers on all its promises. - - - -I wish it could be recharged using the built-in USB-C port. - -I've got a thing for chunky power banks: there's something about bigger devices that feels reassuring with all the power they can hold. That said, I'm acutely aware that the bigger the power bank, the more likely it is to be left behind, leaving my devices without those sweet electrons. - -Also: The best power banks you can buy: Expert tested - -I've tested portable chargers of all sizes, but recently I had the chance to get my hands on the Auskang 5,000 mAh power bank, an ultra-thin device that's about the same thickness as a stack of coins, and it didn't disappoint. - -Auskang 5,000mAh power bank tech specs - -Capacity : 5,000mAh - -: 5,000mAh Outputs: - -Built-in USB-C cable : 5V⎓2.1A max - -USB-C port : 5V⎓2.1A max - -: 5V⎓2.1A max : 5V⎓2.1A max Input: - -USB-C port : 5V⎓1.5A max - -: 5V⎓1.5A max Recharge time : 3.5 hours at 5V⎓1.5A - -: 3.5 hours at 5V⎓1.5A Protections : Overcharge, overdischarge, overvoltage, overcurrent, and short circuits - -: Overcharge, overdischarge, overvoltage, overcurrent, and short circuits Battery type : Li-polymer - -: Li-polymer Shell : 304 stainless steel - -: 304 stainless steel Size : 124 x 66 x 6.8 mm - -: 124 x 66 x 6.8 mm Weight : 130g - -: 130g Finishes: Beige, Black, Blue, Pink - -The first thing that's utterly striking about this power bank is how thin it is. It's really thin, much thinner than my iPhone, and about the thickness of a few credit cards or a few coins. - -When I first saw it, I thought it might be plastic and worried that the battery could bend and catch fire in my pocket. Fortunately, everything is encased in a stainless steel shell that has so far resisted everything I've thrown at it. - -It's thin! Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNET - -Sure, I'm certain I could bend it in half if I tried, but the same goes for my phone or tablet. What matters is that it's strong enough to handle day-to-day life. - -Also: This powerful power bank is perfect if you charge a lot of devices - -The power bank has all the basics you'd expect -- there's a power button, four LEDs showing current charge levels, and a USB-C port that can both charge devices and recharge the power bank itself. - -Charge indicator lights Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNET - -It also features a built-in USB-C connector on a short pigtail cable for charging any device with a USB-C port. This brilliant twist adds versatility, meaning you don't need to carry an extra cable or rely on wireless charging. Prefer a Lightning connector instead of USB-C? No problem! There's a version available with just that. - -The two outputs allow the power bank to either charge two devices simultaneously or be charged while it's charging another device. This makes it incredibly handy for those on-the-go moments when you need reliable power without the bulk. - -Testing power input and output of the Auskang 5,000 mAh power bank. Adrian Kingsley-Hughes/ZDNET - -I put this power bank through the wringer, and it passed all my tests with flying colors. The power outputs and input match up to the spec sheet, and the power bank can operate at full capacity for extended periods without overheating. - -Also: How we test portable power stations at ZDNET in 2024 - -Perhaps most importantly, the success of this power bank has cured me of the need to always carry the biggest one I can find. It offers 5,000mAh of capacity, which isn't a huge amount, but it's enough to charge a modern smartphone about once over. If you need more than that, you'll need bigger pockets for a bigger power bank or access to AC power. - -ZDNET's buying advice - -The Auskang 5,000mAh power bank is perfect for on-the-go use with your smartphone. It's small, light, and packs a punch. The only criticism I have is that it can't be charged using the built-in USB-C cable; you'll need a separate cable for that. Yet another item to carry makes it harder to travel light. Think of this power bank as more of a one-and-done use case. - -Overall, for around $20, the Auskang offers a lot of bang for your buck. If you're looking for something small, thin, and robust enough to survive in a pocket or bag, it's a great buy. - -When will these deals expire? Deals are subject to sell-out or expire at any time, though ZDNET remains committed to finding, sharing, and updating the best product deals for you to score the best savings. Our team of experts regularly checks in on the deals we share to ensure they are still live and obtainable. We're sorry if you've missed out on this deal, but don't fret -- we're constantly finding new chances to save and sharing them with you at ZDNET.com.",1731883638,cbf4e2ebc4,4d2c39fd17,,,1731883638 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/11/09/brighton-vs-man-city-live-score-latest-premier-league/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Manchester City lose fourth game in a row for first time under Pep Guardiola,"Good afternoon and welcome to live coverage of Brighton and Hove Albion vs Manchester City from the Premier League as Pep Guardiola looks to avoid four consecutive defeats in all competitions for the first time as a manager. - -Victor Gyokeres scored a hat-trick as Sporting thumped City in the Uefa Champions League on Tuesday in Ruben Amorim’s final home game in charge before making his move to the red half of Manchester. - -This was City’s third defeat in the space of seven days after being knocked out of the League Cup by Tottenham Hotspur before seeing their 32-match unbeaten run in the Premier League come to an end in a 2-1 defeat away against Bournemouth. - -There are certainly reasons for concern for Guardiola with the recent string of losses coming after a period of less-than-convincing performances in the league following Rodri’s ACL injury against Arsenal in September. - -Despite a run of three wins against Fulham, Wolves and Southampton, each victory was by a margin of just one goal, while Fulham mustered a greater xG than the champions at the Etihad and a 95th-minute John Stones header was needed to snatch the three points at Molineux. - -With the sides above Brighton coming into this weekend yet to play, this evening’s clash presents an opportunity for Fabian Hurzeler’s side to climb level on points with Nottingham Forest in third. - -To do so, Brighton will need to find their first win in four matches in all competitions, with back-to-back defeats against Liverpool in the League Cup and Premier League following a 2-2 draw against Wolves. - -Mats Wieffer will still be having nightmares about the latter after his unforgivable pass, which squandered a four-on-one situation, led to Wolves scoring a 93rd-minute equaliser after the home side had been 2-0 up until the 88th minute. - -Nonetheless the south-coast side will take confidence from their overall home record having avoided defeat in their opening five league fixtures at the Amex Stadium this season.",1731883649,4301cc1e14,4dcacdb7d6,,,1731883649 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/kentucky-murray-state-highlights-top-plays-cutter-boley/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,All of the highlights and none of the flags from Kentucky's win vs. Murray State,"I doubt anyone will rewatch Kentucky’s 48-6 win over Murray State. The game took over 3.5 hours — the third quarter taking up an hour all by itself — thanks in large part to the 24 penalties, 15 by Murray State and nine by the Cats. It was definitely a slough, but there were some fun parts. Thanks to UK’s highlight reel, you can just watch those and none of the boring stuff. - -Click play below to see the Cats total almost 600 yards of total offense, four touchdowns through the air, and two on the ground. Jamarion Wilcox led the team in rushing with 123 yards and a score on 13 carries. Cutter Boley played the entire second half and looked good, going 10-14 for 130 yards and two touchdowns, both to Anthony Brown-Stephens. On the defensive end, Jordan Lovett got two interceptions, bringing his career total to seven. Junior defensive back Jackson Schulz also got a pick at the end of the game to seal the victory, a feel-good moment for the Louisville, Kentucky native. - -Again, it was not the prettiest game, but you can see the prettiest version of it below. - -More Kentucky News and Views on the KSR YouTube Channel - -Kentucky Sports Radio has expanded its coverage of the Wildcats in the most ridiculous manner possible on our YouTube Channel. Here you will be able to find interviews with coaches and players, as well as commentary from the KSR crew. From Rapid Reactions following big events to our lengthy lineup of live shows, subscribe to the KSR YouTube Channel to stay up to date on everything happening around the Big Blue Nation.",1731883657,b2069ab8ff,4e01632b35,,,1731883657 -https://www.unmannedsystemstechnology.com/2024/11/high-performance-video-graphics-and-gpgpu-card-launched/,https://www.unmannedsystemstechnology.com/feed/,High-Performance Video Graphics and GPGPU Card Launched,"Follow UST Share this - -EIZO Rugged Solutions Inc. has introduced a ruggedized 3U OpenVPX form factor video graphics and GPGPU card powered by the NVIDIA RTX™ 2000 Ada Generation GPU — the Condor GR5S-AD2000. - -The Condor GR5S-AD2000 is an advanced embedded video graphics processing solution designed for high-performance computing systems that demand real-time data analysis and low-latency data transfer. - -The NVIDIA RTX 2000 GPU features 8 GB GDDR6 graphics memory with 3,072 CUDA cores, 96 Tensor cores (fourth-generation), and 24 RT cores (third-generation). The NVIDIA RTX Ada Generation multiprocessors integrate the latest NVIDIA CUDA, Tensor, and RT Core technology, delivering substantial performance enhancements for AI inferencing, edge processing, and GPGPU compute. - -These advancements not only benefit traditional graphics workflows like 3D rendering, but also boost compute performance for demanding tasks such as multi-sensor processing and real-time processing at the edge. - -In addition, the RTX 2000 supports NVIDIA Magnum IO™ GPUDirect®, significantly reducing latency and enhancing bandwidth for high-speed data transfers. The Ada Lovelace architecture also includes an eighth-generation NVENC hardware encoder with AV1 encoding, providing superior video streaming capabilities which are essential for real-time C5ISR applications. - -This solution features PCI Express Gen 4 (x4, x8, or x16 lane) connectivity and bifurcation/daisy chaining support, delivering high flexibility and ultra-fast data transfer speeds that help ensure unparalleled efficiency and responsiveness for data-intensive tasks. - -The Condor GR5S-AD2000 was developed in alignment with the SOSA™ Technical Standard supporting SOSA slot profiles 14.6.11-0 and 14.6.13-0. For added flexibility, an optional front DisplayPort™ output is available for lab and development use. The Condor GR5S-AD2000 is designed to meet MIL-STD-810 environmental specifications for temperature, shock, vibration, and power. - -John Payne, Senior Product Manager at EIZO Rugged Solutions, commented, “The Condor GR5S-AD2000 strikes the perfect balance of performance and efficiency for mission-critical applications that require mid-range power and thermal specifications. - -“The NVIDIA RTX 2000 delivers exceptional processing power within a 45 to 110-watt power envelope, making it an ideal solution for systems requiring high-performance computing without exceeding power or thermal limits.”",1731883614,8bbbd151de,4e027e4f43,,,1731883614 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/articles/c98dn6xw822o,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,"ATP Finals: Jannik Sinner beats Taylor Fritz, Daniil Medvedev defeats Alex de Minaur","Sinner, who also took the 2024 Australian Open, tops the group table with one round to go as he seeks another big tournament triumph in a year where he has also been embroiled in an ongoing doping controversy. - -The winner of seven tour titles in 2024, he was claiming his 67th win from 73 matches - cheered on by a capacity crowd of 12,000 which included Italian football great Andrea Pirlo. - -""It was a very tough match - we got to know each other very well in a Grand Slam final,"" said Sinner. - -""The crowd is helping me a lot, and it's a big occasion for me."" - -Fritz had earned the match's first break point in the seventh game but could not make it count. - -The American fifth seed fought back from 0-40 behind in the next to level at 4-4 before succumbing on his following service game as Sinner piled on the pressure to clinch the first set. - -A similarly tight second set followed and again Sinner stepped up to shatter his opponent's resolve, as typified by a breathtaking backhand down-the-line winner en route to going 4-3 ahead on serve. - -He went on to gain the crucial break, courtesy of a Fritz double fault, for a hard-fought but deserved victory.",1731883651,95caee0db1,4d9c39942d,,,1731883651 -https://www.credible.com/blog/yahoo/10-best-companies-to-refinance-medical-school-loans/,https://www.credible.com/blog/student-loans/feed/,10 Best Companies to Refinance Medical School Loans,"Our goal is to give you the tools and confidence you need to improve your finances. Although we receive compensation from our partner lenders, whom we will always identify, all opinions are our own. Credible Operations, Inc. NMLS # 1681276, is referred to here as ""Credible."" - -Content provided by Credible. Although we do promote products from our partner lenders who compensate us for our services, all opinions are our own. - -This article first appeared on the Credible blog. - -Heading into the healthcare field can be rewarding and lucrative. However, it can also be expensive to get there — students who attend a healthcare program leave with an average medical school debt of $232,300. - -While this might seem like a massive amount of debt, there are fortunately a few options that can help you manage it. For example, refinancing medical school loans might help you save money and potentially pay off your loans faster. - -Learn more about Credible’s partner lenders: - -Brazos - -If you’re a Texas resident, Brazos might be a good choice for refinancing. You can refinance $10,000 to $400,000 if you graduated with a medical degree. - -Pros - -Competitive interest rates - -0.25% autopay discount - -No application, origination, or disbursement fees - -Cons - -Not available outside of Texas - -Cosigner release not offered - -Requires a minimum income of $60,000 ($30,000 with a cosigner), which might make it difficult for new graduates to qualify - -Citizens - -With Citizens, medical school graduates can refinance $10,000 to $750,000. Refinancing is also available to borrowers who didn’t complete their degree — though this will affect the maximum amount they can refinance with Citizens. - -Additionally, if you already have an account with Citizens, you could get a 0.25% rate discount — plus another 0.25% off your rate if you sign up for autopay. - -Pros - -0.25% loyalty discount - -0.25% autopay discount - -Degree not required - -Cons - -Doesn’t disclose minimum income or credit score requirements - -Long cosigner release period (36 months) - -Cosigner release not available on the Education Refinance Loan for Parents - -College Ave - -With College Ave, you can refinance $5,000 to $300,000 of medical school debt and can choose from 16 repayment terms ranging from five to 20 years. - -Pros - -16 repayment terms to choose from - -0.25% autopay discount - -Cosigner release offered (after 24 months) - -Cons - -Doesn’t disclose minimum income or credit score requirements - -No physical locations - -Not available in Maine - -EdvestinU - -While EdvestinU won’t refinance as much debt as some of its competitors, it does offer a wide range of loan terms and a choice of a fixed or variable interest rate. Refinancing is available to those who did not graduate. - -Plus, EdvestinU offers deferment options should you fall on hard times. - -Pros - -Variable and fixed rates available - -Offers refinancing to borrowers who haven’t completed their degrees - -No application, origination, or prepayment fees - -Cons - -Long cosigner release period (36 months) - -Borrowers with poor or fair credit might not qualify - -ELFI - -If you have a large amount of debt, Education Loan Finance (ELFI) might be a good choice — you can refinance a minimum of $10,000 with no set maximum. - -Pros - -No maximum loan limit - -Variable-rate loans capped at 9.95% APR - -Up to 12 months of forbearance available for borrowers experiencing financial hardship - -Cons - -No discounts available - -Cosigner release not offered - -Might be hard to qualify if you have poor or fair credit - -INvestEd - -Unlike many lenders, INvestEd doesn’t require borrowers to have graduated to apply for refinancing, which could make it a good option if you didn’t complete your degree. With INvestEd, you can refinance $5,000 to $250,000. - -Pros - -0.25% autopay discount - -Up to 24 months of forbearance available over the life of the loan (one to three months duration per forbearance) - -Degree not required - -Cons - -Can only refinance up to $250,000, which might not fully cover your medical school debt - -Might be hard to qualify if you have poor or fair credit - -Long cosigner release period (48 months) - -ISL Education Lending - -ISL Education Lending offers a variety of refinancing options — which includes being able to refinance while you’re still in school. - -In addition to a standard repayment plan, ISL Education Lending provides a graduated repayment plan to borrowers who choose a 10-, 15-, or 20-year term (plus seven-year terms in some cases). This type of plan starts with low payments that gradually increase over time. - -Pros - -0.25% autopay discount - -Can refinance while still in school - -Graduated repayment plan available - -Cons - -Rates can be higher than competing lenders - -Cosigner release period longer than some lenders (24 months) - -MEFA - -The Massachusetts Educational Financing Authority (MEFA) offers refinancing to borrowers who attended public or nonprofit universities. - -With MEFA, you can refinance $10,000 up to your total amount of qualified education debt, which could make it a good choice if you have a large balance you want to refinance. - -Pros - -No maximum loan amount - -Competitive rates - -No application, origination, or disbursement fees - -Cons - -No discounts available - -Cosigner release not offered - -Not available for students who attended for-profit colleges - -PenFed - -PenFed offers refinancing on loans from $7,500 to $300,000. It’s also the only lender that will allow you to consolidate your loans with your spouse. - -Keep in mind that if you apply with PenFed and are approved, you’ll need to join the credit union to accept your loan. - -Pros - -Can refinance loans with a spouse - -Cosigner release offered after just 12 months - -Interest capped on variable-rate loans - -Cons - -No discounts available - -20-year term not offered - -Minimum income of $42,000 to $50,000 required (depending on loan amount), which might make it difficult for recent graduates to qualify - -RISLA - -The Rhode Island Student Loan Authority (RISLA) could be a smart choice for refinancing if you’re worried about job security down the line. Unlike most private lenders, RISLA offers an income-based repayment (IBR) plan for borrowers who demonstrate financial hardship. - -Additionally, if you make on-time, consecutive payments for 25 years under this IBR plan, RISLA will forgive any remaining balance you might have. - -Pros - -Income-based repayment plan available - -0.25% autopay discount - -Can defer payments for 36 months if you decide to go back to school - -Cons - -Variable rates not available - -20-year term not offered - -Cosigner release not offered - -Find out if refinancing is right for you. Checking rates on Credible takes about 2 minutes and won’t impact your credit score. - -Other student loan refinancing lenders - -There are also several other lenders that will refinance student loans from medical school. However, because the lenders in the table below aren’t Credible partners, you won’t be able to use Credible to compare them. - -Discover - -Loan terms: 10 or 20 years - -Max loan balance: $249,000 (undergrad), $199,000 (grad) - -First Republic Bank - -Loan terms: 5, 7, 10, or 15 years - -Max loan balance: $500,000 (undergrad), $500,000 (grad) - -iHelp - -Loan terms: 10, 15, or 20 years - -Max loan balance: $249,000 (undergrad), $249,000 (grad) - -Laurel Road - -Loan terms: 5, 7, 10, or 15 years - -Max loan balance: None - -PNC - -Loan terms: 5, 10, or 15 years - -Max loan balance: $99,000 (undergrad), $150,000 (grad) - -SoFi - -Loan terms: 5, 7, 10, 15, or 20 years - -Max loan balance: None - -Splash Financial - -Loan terms: Does not disclose - -Max loan balance: None - -How much you could save when refinancing medical school loans - -If you refinance your medical school loans, you might qualify for a lower interest rate, which will save you money over the life of your loan. - -However, the exact amount you could save depends on several factors — including your credit and whether you can reduce the interest rate you currently have. - -For example: If you’re looking to pay off $100,000 in student loans — or even pay off $200,000 or more in student loans — getting a lower interest rate might save you hundreds or thousands of dollars in interest on your medical school debt. - -Does refinancing make sense for you? Compare offers from top refinancing lenders to determine your actual savings. - -When you should (and shouldn’t) refinance law school loans - -Whether or not you should refinance your student loans will ultimately depend on your individual circumstances and financial goals. - -For example, maybe you can score a lower interest rate and pay off your loans faster through refinancing. Or could qualify for student loan forgiveness on your federal student loans, which would make refinancing a bad idea. - -Here are a few scenarios when refinancing your medical school loans could be a wise move: - -You can get a better interest rate - -If you can qualify for a lower interest rate, you could save money on interest charges over the life of your loan and even pay off your medical school debt ahead of schedule. - -You want a lower monthly payment - -If you opt for a longer repayment term through refinancing, you could lower your student loan payment and ease the strain on your budget. - -This might be especially helpful during residency when you aren’t making as much money as you likely will later in your career. However, keep in mind that choosing a longer repayment term means you’ll pay more in interest over time. - -You want to change the type of interest rate you have - -Through refinancing, you can change from a fixed rate to a variable rate — or vice versa. With a fixed rate, your interest rate and payments will never change. - -Variable rates often start out lower than fixed rates but might fluctuate over time. You’ll have to decide which type of rate is best for you. - -And here are some situations where refinancing might not be smart: - -You can’t get a better rate - -If you already have a low interest rate, refinancing might not be worth it. - -You have federal student loans - -While you can refinance federal student loans, doing so will cost you federal protections, such as access to income-driven repayment plans and student loan forgiveness programs. - -Additionally, you’ll also lose your federal benefits under the CARES Act, which has suspended federal student loan payments and interest accrual through at least August 31, 2022 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. As such, it might be a good idea to wait to refinance federal student loans while focusing on private student loans for now. - -You could qualify for student loan forgiveness - -There are several student loan forgiveness programs available to doctors, nurses, and other healthcare professionals who have federal student loans. If you could qualify for one of these medical school loan forgiveness programs, refinancing probably isn’t a good idea. - -Tip: Medical students who have started their residency might also qualify for refinancing. This might get you a better rate or more favorable terms, which could make your debt easier to manage. - -Some lenders — such as SoFi — even offer special refinancing rates and terms for medical residents. - -If you decide to refinance your student loans, you might be able to save money on interest and even pay off your loans early. You can estimate how long it’ll take to pay off your student loan debt using the calculator below. Use the slider to see how increasing your payments can change the payoff date. - -Does refinancing make sense for you? Compare offers from top refinancing lenders to determine your actual savings. - -How to get the best interest rate when refinancing medical school loans - -Here are a few tips that could help you get the best interest rate you can when refinancing your medical school loans: - -Improve your credit. You’ll generally need good to excellent credit to qualify for the lowest rates from lenders. If you can wait to refinance, it could be a good idea to spend some time improving your credit first to score a lower rate in the future. Some ways to potentially build your credit include becoming an authorized user on a credit card, disputing any errors on your credit reports, and making on-time payments on all of your bills. - -You’ll generally need good to excellent credit to qualify for the lowest rates from lenders. If you can wait to refinance, it could be a good idea to spend some time improving your credit first to score a lower rate in the future. Some ways to potentially build your credit include becoming an authorized user on a credit card, disputing any errors on your credit reports, and making on-time payments on all of your bills. Consider a cosigner. If you’re looking to refinance student loans with bad credit, applying with a cosigner could be a good idea. Even if you don’t need a cosigner to qualify, having one could get you a lower interest rate than you’d get on your own. Just keep in mind that your cosigner will be equally responsible for the loan if you can’t make your payments. - -If you’re looking to refinance student loans with bad credit, applying with a cosigner could be a good idea. Even if you don’t need a cosigner to qualify, having one could get you a lower interest rate than you’d get on your own. Just keep in mind that your cosigner will be equally responsible for the loan if you can’t make your payments. Shop around and compare lenders. Be sure to compare as many student loan refinance companies as possible to find the right loan for you. Rates vary between lenders, so considering as many options as you can could help you find a good deal. - -Is refinancing a good idea? - -If you can lower your interest rate, get a payment that fits more comfortably in your budget, or otherwise simplify your student loan repayment, then refinancing might be a good idea. - -However, it isn’t always right for everyone. You’ll need to consider your personal circumstances and financial goals to make the best decision for you. - -For example: Say you have the average medical school debt of $232,300 with an 8% interest rate and a 15-year term. If you kept this loan as is, you’d pay $167,296 in interest charges by the time you paid off the loan. - -However, if you refinanced to a new 15-year loan with a 7% rate — just 1% lower — you’d save $23,760 in interest over the life of your loan. - -Will refinancing hurt your credit score? - -Generally, refinancing shouldn’t hurt your credit score since your loan balances aren’t changing. You might see a slightly negative impact on your score when you apply and the lender performs a hard credit check — however, this is usually only temporary, and your score will likely bounce back within a few months. - -Also keep in mind that there’s no limit on how often you can refinance student loans, meaning you could refinance again if rates drop in the future. - -Tip: Refinancing lets you consolidate your student loans, leaving you with one loan and just one payment to worry about. Additionally, you might consider refinancing your undergraduate loans to potentially save you money while you’re still in medical school. - -About the author: Aly J. Yale is a mortgage and real estate authority. Her work has appeared in Forbes, Fox Business, The Motley Fool, Bankrate, The Balance, and more.",1731883693,4eb16f9c1e,4d945edd9f,,,1731883693 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/this-bite-size-free-horror-game-has-you-study-an-ancient-artefact-that-holds-a-dark-secret,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,This bite-size free horror game has you study an ancient artefact that holds a dark secret,"I have zero archaeology experience or knowledge, but I bet archaeologists really love their jobs (for the most part). They get to analyse and discover cool artefacts and educate us on the histories of forgotten civilisations. That's dreamy stuff, that is. But I do wonder what it's like for archaeologists to discover and study something they shouldn't have; something with a disturbing secret - a curse, maybe. Bite-sized horror game The Children Of Clay explores this idea and I'd like more of it, please. - -Developer Balazs Ronyai created The Children Of Clay for a horror game jam in just a few days. That's impressive enough already, but what's even more impressive is the quality. There's a real sculpture sitting on a desk and through stop-motion animation, you can turn it around with a point and a click. You can drag a magnifying glass down from the top of the screen to zoom in on interesting bits (I won't spoil). And there's a book to the left, which lets you type in key phrases that might lead you forwards in your sculpture-tampering. - -I can't say much, but I enjoyed how the clues flowed into research and discovery, and how those discoveries would warp the sculpture. The ambience is also excellent, with an ominous thrum and whirling in the background that lends everything an unsettling tone. - -Even in Children Of Clay's very short runtime, you do learn a couple of interesting tidbits about ancient writing systems and various folklore. I'd love to see lots of shortform sculptures with their own histories and horrors, or even just a longform version of Children Of Clay. I just want more. - -You can download the game over on itch.io for free.",1731883673,ad45c610da,4e29aa29c6,,,1731883673 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/13/james-dyson-award-2024-international-winners/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,Anti-hair loss helmet for chemo patients wins 2024 James Dyson Award,"A scalp-cooling wearable for cancer patients and an ""autorotating"" weather sensor shaped like a maple seed have been announced as the international winners of the 2024 James Dyson Award. - -The Athena helmet was named this year's global Medical winner while the AirXeed Radiosonde was crowned Sustainability winner, with both projects receiving £30,000 in funding for further research and development. - -The Athena wearable uses scalp cooling to reduce hair loss in chemotherapy patients and was developed by University of Limerick graduate Olivia Humphreys after witnessing her mother's painful battle with cancer. - -Featuring a battery-powered design, the device uses a thermal control module to cool a reservoir of water stored in a small portable tank, which is circulated around the scalp through soft tubing fixed to the inside of a headpiece. - -Athena provides a ""patient-controlled"" solution through its portable design that enables its use outside of hospitals and, according to Humphreys, reduces the time patients have to spend on wards. - -The device is offered at a twentieth of the price compared to existing technology, making it an affordable alternative to current scalp-cooling therapies. - -""Athena's goal is to make scalp-cooling therapy – currently a limited and costly treatment – more accessible for cancer patients undergoing chemotherapy to help minimise hair loss,"" Humphreys told Dezeen. - -""Battery-powered and compact, the device gives patients the flexibility to use it at home or during commutes, adding convenience and autonomy."" - -The AirXeed Radiosonde was designed by engineers Shane Kyi Hla Win and Danial Sufiyan Bin Shaiful from the Singapore University of Technology and Design to offer a more sustainable alternative to the single-use sensors attached to weather balloons. - -Modelled on the ""autorotation of maple seeds"", the radiosonde features an asymmetrical shape that makes it spin as it falls. This allows the weather instrument to collect and transmit more atmospheric data to weather stations compared to traditional radiosondes. - -Additionally, the device's controlled descent prevents damage as it lands and increases its likelihood of landing in an accessible location, encouraging its reuse. - -""Our autorotating glider features a unique single-wing design with a large, controllable flap that enables directional control similar to a helicopter rotor,"" the duo told Dezeen. - -""The flap can alternate between gliding and a fast, direct descent mode, allowing the device to reach collection zones with precision."" - -The duo intend to test the device in ""real-world trials"" to refine the product and envision AirXeed Radiosonde to become a new standard for the weather industry. - -Previous winners of the James Dyson Award, recognising the best inventions by student and graduate designers, include a hands-free IV device for disaster zones and an infection-sensing wound dressing. - -The photography is courtesy of the James Dyson Foundation.",1731883676,8f8dc0373b,4e177e5ce9,,,1731883676 -https://www.uwdawgpound.com/2024/11/15/24296679/friday-dots-one-last-job-uw-football,https://www.uwdawgpound.com/rss/current.rss,Friday Dots: One Last Job,"Good morning everyone! It’s Senior Day on Montlake and UW’s seniors are looking to get one last win at home. Let’s get to the Dots! - -Football Dots - -Our own Jeff Gorman has a preview of UCLA’s offensive attack, led by a Garbers at QB. - -We have our predictions for the game here. - -Andy Yamashita has an article on the Husky seniors who stayed. - -Christian Caple asks the seniors what they learned throughout their time on Montlake. - -Mike Vorel lays out the case for sticking with Will Rogers at quarterback for the final 2 (hopefully 3) contests. - -The Seattle Times has What to Watch in this matchup with the Bruins. - -Basketball Dots - -Tony is one of the best to ever do it, and I hope he sticks around for many more years to come: - -10 yrs ago today! My 1st game as a CBB voice. - - - -3 yrs in the ACC - -7 in the PAC-12 - -1st yr in the Big 10 - - - -Still super blessed and content with my circumstances (what I can’t control.) - - - -Still super hungry and straining to grow, get better and level up (what I can control). pic.twitter.com/O7U9rHMKRT — Tony Castricone (@Castricone) November 14, 2024 - -That’s all for today, so thank you for making Dots a part of your morning and as always, Go Dawgs!",1731883652,e6fa0206a3,4e3c0b127a,,,1731883652 -http://www.communitysignal.com/community-management-before-section-230-when-you-had-to-print-out-every-post/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,"Community Management Before Section 230, When You Had to Print Out Every Post","Section 230 of the Communications Decency Act has been a frequent topic of conversation on Community Signal. Its existence as we know it seems untenable given Trump’s recent executive order and Joe Biden’s criticisms of it. On this episode, community and social media professional David Flores shares some of the history of how Section 230 came to be. - -David worked at Prodigy just as they were coming under fire for a post that someone left on one of their message boards. While the initial court ruling went against Prodigy and found that online service providers could be held liable for the speech of their users, this decision served as the genesis for Section 230, and the ruling was overturned by the new law. - -He also shares how he entered the field of community management and describes navigating moderation at Prodigy in the ’80s and ’90s. For context, all deleted posts were printed so as to maintain a record. He also discusses conversations with early community platforms and how Prodigy attempted to look after its employees’ emotional wellbeing during times of turmoil at work. - -Here’s more of what Patrick and David discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Vanilla, a one-stop shop for online community. - -The basis for Prodigy’s community decision-making (10:28): “[Most of our staff at the time came from the editorial arm of CBS], so they were looking at [moderation] the way you would an editorial decision. What runs in our newspaper? … How do we treat their speech? Is it freedom of speech?” – @dfloresbx - -After deciding whether or not to allow the word “suck” on Prodigy’s message boards (10:48): “Over time, those standards became both more loose and more restrictive. We were looking at things on a word by word basis and running all the posts through automation and against lists of not just seven dirty words, but more like 77,000 dirty words and trying to figure out what would be appropriate for our audience.” – @dfloresbx - -Printing out every submission you receive (24:51): “When I got hired [at Prodigy], … part of what they did was have us print every message we rejected. It’s possible that when I got there, we were printing everything because there just wasn’t that volume, but at a certain point, the volume became such that every post that was rejected needed to be printed, and then you had to mark why it was rejected. The reason being that someone might contact management and say, ‘Why was this rejected?’ We needed a record.” – @dfloresbx - -Bringing a moral compass to your moderation standards (45:17): “I use the phrase morally repugnant because that’s something that we actually used at Prodigy to say we weren’t going to post certain things because they were morally repugnant. … [But now, I go on] Twitter in the morning, there’s probably been a tweet by someone overnight, and it’s likely to be morally repugnant, and it’s just sitting there. Now people are commenting on it, and that’s the entire day’s focus.” – @dfloresbx - -The emotional strain of working in community: - -“Especially at Prodigy, that was a very intense situation to be in because as a community manager, you’re trying to be friendly. You’re trying to be helpful. You’re trying to relate to the people that you’re dealing with. Your favorite moments are when the community responds as a community and does things that really make a difference in their real lives. Conversely, when things go wrong, you’re that individual who they turn to and say, ‘Well, why did you do that?’ … Well, I didn’t do that. I’m representing the organization that did. That was a lot of the conflict. Your personal self, your professional self, and then not just professional self, but yourself representing this larger organization.” – @dfloresbx (33:25) - -“Trump, pandemic, economic disparity, racial injustice, which has existed forever, and then all of those things coming together right here in 2020. It’s a unique time. It puts a strain on everything, and it puts a strain on how we see ourselves and the responsibility that we have with the platforms that we manage. I think most of us are doing the best that we can. We can only do the best we can, and we should always be striving to do a little better.” – @patrickokeefe (42:50) - -David Flores is the director of social media at Albert Einstein College of Medicine in the Bronx. He’s also the co-editor of Einstein’s blog, The Doctor’s Tablet. Prior to Einstein, he worked in various community management and editorial roles at news outlets including Everyday Health, tvguide.com, wsj.com, and Prodigy. He came to the world of online community after a stint as a police reporter in suburban New York after graduating from Fordham University. David lives in the Bronx with his wife, Elaine, and their dog, Dexter. - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Vanilla, a one-stop-shop for online community. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[00:00:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and thank you for listening to Community Signal. We’ve been talking a lot lately about Section 230, the law that empowers US-based community builders to moderate content, but what about the world that existed before it? One of the catalysts for 230 was a lawsuit against Prodigy, where the court found that because Prodigy had community guidelines that they enforced, they were liable for comments made in their message boards. David Flores was working in moderation at Prodigy as these events unfolded and he joins us for this episode. - -Thank you to our supporters on Patreon including Carol Benovic-Bradley, Serena Snoad, and Maggie McGary. We appreciate the support. If you’d like to become a supporter, please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -David Flores is the director of social media at Albert Einstein College of Medicine in the Bronx. He’s also the co-editor of Einstein’s blog, The Doctor’s Tablet. Prior to Einstein, he worked in various community management and editorial roles at Everyday Health, tvguide.com, WSJ.com, and Prodigy. He came to the world of online community after a stint as a police reporter in suburban New York after graduating from Fordham University. David, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:34] David Flores: Thank you, Patrick. It’s good to be here. - -[00:01:36] Patrick O’Keefe: Section 230, we talk about it a lot on this show, and it’s a pivotal law for the US community builders and one that, frankly, we may very well take for granted. At this point, the law is 26 years old. In the US at least, most of us feel very comfortable managing communities and applying policies that fit the standards that we have set, but that’s not the case throughout the world. - -If either Biden or Trump have their way, it may not be the case here much longer. If you’re listening to this show and would like a refresher on 230, check out our recent episode with attorney Anette Beebe, where we talked about common misconceptions and about Trump’s recent executive order. When we talk about the legal cases that led former representative Christopher Cox and former representative, now senator, Ron Wyden to write 230, we talk about CompuServe and Prodigy. - -The 1991 Cubby, Inc. v. CompuServe Inc ruling found that CompuServe was not liable for defamation for content they hosted because they did not bother to review it. They didn’t moderate and they didn’t put in the effort. Then, in 1995, there was Stratton Oakmont, Inc. v. Prodigy Services Co. That ruling was different because the court found that Prodigy was liable because they did three things. One, they had standards, they had community guidelines, two, they enforced those guidelines, and three, they screened content using software. In other words, Prodigy tried. Prodigy gave a damn and CompuServe didn’t, and that led to Prodigy being held liable. - -Thankfully, our representatives at the time saw this as a problem. Section 230 was enacted in 1996 and it invalidated the Stratton Oakmont, Inc. v. Prodigy ruling and encouraged the growth of the internet and of this profession and the rest is history. A bit of trivia: if Stratton Oakmont sounds familiar, it’s because the company was featured in the 2013 film The Wolf of Wall Street. - -The post that Prodigy was sued over, or at least one of them, was made in 1994 by a user that claimed that Stratton Oakmont and the president of the company, who was the character Jonah Hill, loosely portrayed in the film, had committed fraud. It’s an oversimplification, but The Wolf of Wall Street gave us Section 230. Which brings us to you, David. You were at Prodigy when this was happening. You worked at the company from 1989 through 1995. How aware were you of that case? - -[00:01:56] David Flores: I was pretty aware of it. I wasn’t right on top of it, but as a community manager there, we were aware of all of the things that were going on in terms of legal action, that sort of thing. The case itself actually doesn’t take place till just about the time that I leave. I left Prodigy in ’96, so this was all brewing in that time and my primary responsibilities by that point were no longer to moderate things like the money message boards, bulletin boards. I was aware of it in this general sense of, “Oh, this is happening.” - -By the time I got to my next job after Prodigy, by the time I got to that job, I actually was able to say to the Wall Street Journal, “Look, if you’re going to establish an online message board, here’s Stratton v. Oakmont and these are the rules we are going to be held to, so I was definitely aware of it. - -[00:04:54] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned to me before this show, I don’t know, memory, it was a long time ago, you felt like you might have moderated or been involved with a post or some of the posts in question? - -[00:05:02] David Flores: I want to say likely, it’s possible. - -[00:05:05] Patrick O’Keefe: Likely. It’s interesting because we remove tons of posts every day and it’s like you touched history there. If you moderated that and post, if you were involved in that, you touched history and that forum post or that message board post actually is probably among the more meaningful message board posts ever moderated, one might say, which is funny to think about. - -[00:05:25] David Flores: That’s true. When you invited me to do this, I had to go back and jog my memory and look at some websites and look at some things, and I realized, “Oh yes, I worked on that. I worked with that.” I wasn’t necessarily the lead person on these things, but I was there at those times. I’ll be honest. I didn’t go all the way through the case of Stratton v. Oakmont in the time frame that it took in, but I know that I did moderate messages on the money bulletin boards during that general period. From ’89 to ’95, I’d certainly been in there at some point. - -[00:05:57] Patrick O’Keefe: Now at the time, you had moved on, you mentioned a little bit, but you are aware of the case. Did it feel like a threat to the work you had done? You’d been involved in Prodigy for several years. You had a deep fascination in online communications message boards. You obviously would take a job at Wall Street Journal that would put you in a similar role. Did it feel like a big deal at the time? Did it feel like something was changing and that it could threaten the work you were doing? - -[00:06:23] David Flores: I don’t remember it that way. I do remember it as being something to be aware of and to certainly be in consideration of. If there had not been a Section 230, I’m not sure exactly what my role would have been going forward. There’s no need for moderation. Do they need moderators? That I certainly would have thought of, but it always seemed a little bit ahead of where I was. I wasn’t focused on it in that sense. It was something I knew I had to be aware of, and keep an eye on. - -In terms of at Prodigy itself, I don’t remember it being like the daily update on where the case was. There would be messages, there would be communication around it, but Prodigy also by that time was actually as a business just facing so many challenges that we were just dealing with all those specks, and fighting off AOL or trying to compete with AOL, or other competitors thinking about what’s going to happen when this thing called the World Wide Web takes over. Those were our concerns. Section 230 was in that batch of concerns. - -[00:05:40] Patrick O’Keefe: I would like to take a moment to tell you about our generous sponsor, Vanilla. - -Vanilla provides a one-stop-shop solution that gives community leaders all the tools they need to create a thriving community. Engagement tools like ideation and gamification promote vibrant discussion and powerful moderation tools allow admins to stay on top of conversations and keep things on track. All of these features are available out of the box, and come with best-in-class technical and community support from Vanilla’s Success Team. Vanilla is trusted by King, Acer, Qualtrics, and many more leading brands. Visit vanillaforums.com. - -Section 230 clarified moderation, at least the legal basis for it in the US. Before Section 230, it was a different world. I have to imagine it’s possible that Prodigy obviously had attorneys and this might’ve been something that came up with them. I’m just curious, before Section 230 moderation when you were doing that work, was it an uncertain thing, was the ability to remove content? Was it something where that was a question internally, whether or not that should be done? - -My guess especially after the CompuServe case, but just in general, did it feel, not like the wild, wild west I guess, but did it feel like it wasn’t solid ground? Like you thought it was good, you thought it was right, but it wasn’t solid or what was the environment? Did it feel like something that could be risky? - -[00:08:55] David Flores: I wouldn’t call it risky. I would say that we were in the process of trying to figure it out ourselves and that there wasn’t really an industry around it. As far as I know now. There were conversations probably had way above my pay level, but there wasn’t as Prodigy was talking to AOL, was talking to CompuServe, was talking to GEnie about how they were handling content on a daily basis. It definitely evolved, from when I got there in ’89 to by the time I left in ’95, I think I might’ve mentioned this. We had not so much conversations around whether or not to moderate content, to remove things, or how we handled it, but more along the lines of what do we allow? - -One of the more famous conversations I remember hearing, and I guess probably being part of was around the word suck, would we allow the word suck? This was a real concern and part of that was I think partly because of Prodigy’s genesis, which was Prodigy was a combination of CBS, IBM, and Sears at the outset and they were called Trintex. Eventually, they became Prodigy when CBS dropped out but there were still CBS personnel, people who had come there from the editorial side of CBS. Those people were actually making some of these decisions. - -They were looking at it the way you would as an editorial decision. What runs in our newspaper, and it wasn’t so much these people aren’t communicators, they’re not professionals. How do we treat their speech? Is it freedom of speech? What’s the questions there? I think that was what was happening. It was largely we’re going to try and figure this out. - -Over time, those standards became both more loose and more restrictive. It was we were looking at things on a word by word basis and running all the posts through automation and against lists of not just seven dirty words, but more like 77,000 dirty words and trying to figure out what would be appropriate for our audience. - -The one thing I think that made all of those online services unique was that unlike today, where people pay for a lot of online communication through their attention and advertising, back then people paid $9.95 a month or whatever it was to be on Prodigy. They were considered paying customers and so that relationship was a little different there. That led to how we thought about these things. - -[00:11:36] Patrick O’Keefe: Prodigy’s message boards were a big deal. There weren’t as many options, this idea the modern internet, that wasn’t what was there. If you wanted to talk to people, this was one of your primary options. It was one of the most popular features of the service, if not the most popular, right? - -[00:11:54] David Flores: Yes, that’s correct. I don’t know that they necessarily always wanted it to be that way but that’s what it was. I think as a service itself, they really were hoping shopping would be the salvation of the service. They were an early online shopping alternative, but the technology just wasn’t there. - -[00:12:10] Patrick O’Keefe: At one point, I want to say I’ve read that you were charged an hourly access rate to access the message boards, or maybe just the service as a whole? - -[00:12:18] David Flores: Oh, wow. - -[00:12:19] Patrick O’Keefe: I just came across something. I think that– AOL used to be a certain number of hours so I guess Prodigy might have been like that, too. I came across a news article, I read that the message boards were such a popular driver that people would pay for that, because it was a unique thing at that time to be able to talk to people in this way. - -[00:12:35] David Flores: You’ve stumped me a little bit there because there were different pricing models that went around, right? - -[00:12:40] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. I didn’t get online till ’95 which was early-ish. That’s not like that’s late. When we dialed up the first time it was like we had a modem US Robotics, and it was certain…It was like X number a month and you just dialed up. It wasn’t hours. It wasn’t that. I think it might have been a company called IDT if I recall correctly. - -[00:13:00] David Flores: That sounds familiar. That was the thing. They were always trying to figure out, how do we monetize this usage? It was like, “We’ve got usage, we’ve got users, but it’s costing us so much money to have these users here. How do we make those two things coalesce?” One of the more infamous decisions that they made was to actually charge for emails beyond a certain amount each month. That’s because email probably was the most popular thing or it was one of the most popular things. You had five accounts, I believe, per household, you got the floppy disk, or later on, the CD-ROM that allowed you to create your Prodigy household. In your household, you had five people, and those people all have email addresses. At a certain point, there was a decision to charge and I’m going to probably get the pricing wrong but something beyond your first batch of emails that you roll out, you’re going to pay like twenty-five cents an email. - -[00:14:00] Patrick O’Keefe: You’re right. You’re totally on the mark. It’s on the Wikipedia page. At least if the Wikipedia page is correct. You’re allowed 30 email messages for each month, and then twenty-five cents for each additional one. - -[00:14:10] David Flores: Right. Imagine your household, everybody can only send five free emails. Then you got to start yelling at one another about like, “Oh, my God, you’re sending twenty emails from your account.” That did not go over very well. I remember that. That’s one of those things that I certainly remember, in terms of the reaction. - -Email and community go together very strongly. A lot of what happens and a lot of these cases that we’re talking about, they’re because someone sent an email to someone else that created an action on a message board, on a bulletin board, that then required either intervention or a decision to be made. That then leads to lawsuits, legal actions, what have you. That’s how those two things go together. - -[00:14:58] Patrick O’Keefe: There’s a line on their Wikipedia page; I’ll just read it. I assume it’s accurate. That’s assumption sometimes with Wikipedia, but here’s what it says. It says, “To control costs and raise revenue Prodigy took two separate actions. First, in January 1991, Prodigy modified their basis of subscriber plans by allowing only thirty email messages free each month while charging twenty-five cents for each additional email message, a policy that was later rescinded. In the summer of 1993, it began charging hourly rates for several of its most popular features, including its most popular feature the message boards. This policy was later rescinded after tens of thousands of members left service.” - -To your point, it doesn’t sound like it was very popular, according to the encyclopedia record of the internet here. - -[00:15:37] David Flores: I couldn’t remember if the metering happened at the beginning or at the end. Now that you’ve mentioned it, yes, that certainly sounds like what took place as far as I can remember. - -[00:15:48] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned the word suck and really figuring out what would be the standards, what was going to be deemed appropriate. There was a November 1991 issue of PC Magazine that said the following, “Prodigy’s advertising and policy of editing, bulletin board messages to conform to its standards of good tastes have made it the most controversial of all the online services reviewed here.” In that feature, they reviewed AOL, CompuServe, GEnie, and Prodigy. I’ve read that piece and I thought it’s funny to look back at that and see moderation as…and it creates controversy now. I don’t want to say that it doesn’t but that moderation was such a controversial thought then. - -[00:16:29] David Flores: Yes. It was certainly a controversial thought in the sense that, again, people were very new to all of these. You think about where conversations online or conversations in real life all have these rules governing them. Conversations in real life before the online message boards come about are I talk to you, you talk to me. I send you a letter you send me a letter. I give you a phone call, you call me back. It’s all self-contained and the rules are there one-on-one with the two parties involved, mostly. - -Then this happens. Now you have people communicating with one another, but in these new public spaces that have rules around what can be said, what can’t be said. I think a lot of people for them, they just related to it in a sense of saying, “Well, wait a minute. I’m paying money. I’m coming here. You’re now telling me I can’t say that.” For some people, even just the slightest change was too much. For others, they all responded to it differently. I think it was a new concept. It was like, “What do you mean, I can’t say that?” - -[00:17:44] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s go back a bit. How did you find out about the job at Prodigy? - -[00:17:48] David Flores: I was a newspaper reporter coming out of college. In college, I had two internships, one at a newspaper, one at a financial magazine. What I found most fascinating being at the newspaper was being able to read the AP Wire and see new stories come across on a computer. I didn’t even have a computer at that time, I don’t think. I was just like, “Whoo, this is cool and new.” Then my last class in college, I read this textbook. I don’t remember what the name of the textbook was, but I can still see it. This is a red textbook with white lettering. - -I’m at the last paragraph. I don’t even think I need to read that chapter but I’m just scanning it. There’s this line about this new company that’s going to put news online called Trintex. I’m fascinated by that. It’s like, “Oh, CBS, IBM, Sears.” That sounds really interesting. Fast forward to about two, three years later, I’m working as a reporter in suburban New York, a police reporter. I’m having some early job dissatisfaction and just thinking like, “Where do things go?” - -The person I’m with at the time says to me, “Well, you’re tired of this. Why don’t you look at this job?” She shows me ad in a paper and it’s actually the paper I work for, and it turns out to be Prodigy. I see Sears and IBM. I connected all in my head and I say, “Yes. These are the guys that they were talking about in that textbook. I want to know about that.” I go in for the interview and I’m hoping for a writing job, an editing job. What they have at the time were community moderation jobs, and they’re like, “Well, maybe you could move into editorial.” That did not happen. I did become a community moderator and that’s how I got there. - -[00:19:39] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s such an interesting way to find this work. Did they call it community moderator or there was the actual terminology at that time? - -[00:19:47] David Flores: I’m going to say no but I don’t remember exactly what it was. I’m just trying to think of the correct term. We were bulletin board managers, I believe. Bulletin board managers would be what I think we were called. There was probably a more formal type, but everything was bulletin boards. We were bulletin board managers or editors or something like that. - -[00:20:07] Patrick O’Keefe: By the time you started there, did you have your own computer at home? - -[00:20:10] David Flores: Yes. - -[00:20:11] Patrick O’Keefe: I mean, in ’89 that was a massive like– I’m aware when my parents bought our first computer in ’93. It was Apple Centris 610 with a laser printer and a 17-inch monitor, beast of a monitor. - -[00:20:21] David Flores: Ooh, laser printer. - -[00:20:22] Patrick O’Keefe: It was a major purchase for our family. This was a thing we were buying, and that was going to be the thing for a while. I mean, it was an investment to have a computer. - -[00:20:31] David Flores: Yes. Oh, definitely. It totally was. I remember having bought the computer, having had it delivered. I’d gotten an American Express card through college. I remember that they were like, well, you can set up a monthly payment through us and you can have a computer and I thought, “Okay, I’m going to do this.” It’s not something that my parents are going to have to finance. I can do it myself. I’ll give it a try. What I most remember about it was that it came in boxes. Those boxes contained the computer and the hard drive. It was a Tandy, can’t remember which one T maybe 1000 I can’t remember what it was. You had to actually take out the hard drive and install the hard drive in the PC and then boot it up, there were all these warnings about shorting things out and grounding yourself and I’m not a mechanically-inclined person, I can do some things but I’m not electronically inclined. It was nerve-racking to put the hard drive into the PC and then turn it on but then once it went, it was like, “Okay, I can do this.” So, yeah. - -[00:21:37] Patrick O’Keefe: I remember that when we got ours, my dad actually had someone he knew who was a principal at a high school, come and set ours for us. Like take it out of the box and plug the different parts into one another. - -It’s interesting though because people who were doing this work than a lot of them their first really serious use of a computer was this role like. That was the on the job training. They showed up in here was a computer. I had John Coate on the show who was at The WELL, he said that his first time using a computer was when he was hired to be what essentially was community manager of The WELL. That was his first day at a computer. That’s kind of funny. - -[00:22:16] David Flores: Yes, surprise. I believe that. A lot of the people that I worked with, early on in Prodigy, they were editorial people, they were people who had experience in broadcast. Their relationship to online computing, it was still novel at that point. An interesting thing you mentioned being the kid, a lot of what I remember at Prodigy was that there would be kids who were setting up their parents’ accounts for them because the parents didn’t know but the kids understood, and that led to some interesting situations in terms of moderating content because the kid really controlled account. The parent was just sort of the cash end of the deal. That was definitely interesting. - -[00:23:00] Patrick O’Keefe: My favorite app on our computer when I got it for a while was the Apply tutorial that shows you use the computer, which seemed like the most ridiculous thing. Then one day, my younger brother who was very small at that point, he did something in the files, he changed a file name, he deleted something that broke it and it never worked again. That was it. There was no more Apple tutorial because they had like a fun tutorial that was almost like a game. I don’t know what it was called like, I’m sure if I Googled it, I could find it but that was it. - -[00:23:30] David Flores: Well, it was all precarious. It was like, “My gosh, if I hit this button on this computer, it may never work again.” That just seemed to be a daily occurrence. Now I’m connected wirelessly. I’m sitting here in front of a laptop that’s nowhere near my connection to the internet. It’s just working and I’m talking to you over the laptop. Back then none of that happened without wires cables, three or four guys like standing around and maybe a hamster on a wheel somewhere. Then you hope it all worked. - -[00:24:07] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, I mean, it’s not so long ago that I was using a service called CallWave, I think it was. What it would do is we’d be dial-up. We take up the phone line, my parents were never going to buy a second phone line that just wasn’t going to be in the expense. That wasn’t in the budget. That service would tell you if someone was calling and would disconnect you from the internet and let that ring through. That was a big deal. It wasn’t so long ago, frankly. - -[00:24:31] David Flores: Yes, I’m vaguely remembering that now. Yeah. - -[00:24:34] Patrick O’Keefe: Speaking of old tech, you told me that moderation, at least at the beginning, I guess, involved printing and printing posts out. Can you talk about that a little bit? - -[00:24:43] David Flores: Sure. Again, when I got there, there were maybe a handful of moderators already there ahead of me. When I got hired, it was sort of part of Prodigy had this huge hiring spree and I remember seeing like hundreds of people in our room for orientation and there were several of us who were moderators, community managers, that’s how we started out. They were still trying to figure out just what they were going to do. Part of what they did was to have us print every message that we rejected, only the rejects. It’s possible that when I got there, we were printing everything because there just wasn’t that volume, but at a certain point, the volume became such that every post that was rejected needed to be printed out, and then you had to mark why it was rejected. - -The reason being that the thought was someone might contact management and say, “Why was this rejected?” We needed a record of why was this rejected. You’re dealing with several human beings, each of whom is interpreting a rule that they’ve been given that’s not necessarily completely set in stone. Sometimes things got rejected. Maybe they should’ve been rejected, but the reasoning was a little shaky there. That again gets back to the nature of, we were all making this up to a certain extent. - -[00:26:10] Patrick O’Keefe: Wow. Printing out the posts, it’s good documentation. I’m guessing that when you hit a button if you took something down, it was just gone. That was almost record keeping as well. - -[00:26:20] David Flores: Yes, that’s true. I should have mentioned that. Once something was deleted, it was, as far as we knew, gone. There was probably some way to retrieve it. Everything was built on IBM technology. It certainly wasn’t as agile as what we deal with today and things were on servers somewhere in a big room. In fact, at one point there was this giant clean room, meaning it was just like white and bright and sort of every movie in the nineties where they housed all the computers, that’s where a lot of those posts sat. If you deleted something, it was gone from that thing as far as we knew, but maybe with the effort of a couple of people over a couple of days, they could find it. It was better to just print it out. - -[00:27:10] Patrick O’Keefe: When you moved on to The Wall Street Journal, one of the software companies you worked with was WellEngaged. You mentioned earlier the industry figuring itself out. That was an early player in the community software space. It came out of The WELL, which was a pioneering online community that started in 1985, and before the show, you told me that you remembered asking for more moderator control than they were used to as The WELL truly ran on a community model. Talk about that a little bit. What was that about? What do you think was different with what you were trying to accomplish? - -[00:27:44] David Flores: I think that what was different was that we were, at The Journal, obviously not providing message boards around forums around every subject. We were strictly limited to money. I don’t even know that we did politics at that point. My recollection is that it really was financial and that was we were trying to have as much control over those message boards as possible. We weren’t trying to control what people said, but we definitely wanted to keep on topic. I can’t remember exactly what we were asking for, but we were asking for the control of being able to maybe move a message from one board to another, to keep things clean and organized but my recollection is that I think we were actually an early client, so they hadn’t even really fully geared up to have all the things in place. It wasn’t that they didn’t want to, but we were asking for things that they would probably need later and we just happened to be early on. - -[00:28:51] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s interesting because I recently had to participate in a process that was essentially reinventing the wheel that is community software; not necessarily by choice. I wouldn’t say that was what I was advocating for was to reprogram everything but it’s like those basic functions, the ability to change categorization or taxonomy or sections. It still comes up now we just have this need to make things our own and to create many more choices, even when maybe it’s not needed. Back then, it was. - -When I really got serious about community was probably ’98, ’99. It was not understandable to figure out how to host a community. It was not an easy thing. It was very difficult. With The Journal and when you’re choosing software, I remember when virtual hosting came out, when you didn’t have to have a server, when you could pay for $10, $20 a month, $30 a month, $15 a month. I think DollarHost was the first host I ever used in 2000. My parents paid for it, buying my first domain name. That was a big deal. Like that opened up something and then when things like UBB came out that led to open source alternatives like phpBB, which was free and easy and open-source, and you could install it and WellEngaage and those early, early platforms. There wasn’t a lot of choice and it wasn’t like it was an environment where you had so much engineering talent where everyone had a tech team that you could say, “Hey, write this thing, or make up this software.” You were limited in a sense. I would think that for the few bit of software providers that were out there, they had a lot of clients who were interested. I don’t know if they could all afford or wanted to make that budget available, but there wasn’t a lot of choices back then. - -[00:30:37] David Flores: Correct. The thing that stuck out to me at that time was how fortunate I was that The Journal was investing in that software, investing in having that relationship because I knew that I was working with really talented people who had the freedom and the ability to do this work pretty quickly. That was not the case for everyone. It was still this– You were in this period of time between Prodigy, and AOL and the World Wide Web and internet message forums, which were not hosted by any one particular company, and you could move them on your own. All of that it was just in this very in-between time. I knew that it was a good thing that I was able to work with people who clearly had even a longer relationship to online messaging than I had because they came out of The WELL. That was fortunate. - -[00:31:37] Patrick O’Keefe: We talk about self-care regularly on the show, and it’s a phrase that is in the vernacular now more than ever before and in every profession and community being one of those. I found it interesting when you told me that in 1993, after a round of layoffs, Prodigy actually brought in an organizational psychologist to talk to the community moderators and their manager about the stresses of, in your words, representing Prodigy as a community manager. What was that like? Was there an understanding for this work and the stress that you were going through or that people who do this work are going through? It’s an interesting thing. I think that might be the first time I’ve heard anybody doing that, at least that anyone’s told me. It’s interesting to hear about it. - -[00:32:19] David Flores: I’d forgotten about it, to be honest with you. - -[00:32:21] Patrick O’Keefe: Clearly it wasn’t an ongoing program more of a one-time thing. [laughs] - -[00:32:25] David Flores: It definitely was not something I remember going on for very long. With all of the changes that Prodigy was going through and even some of the pricing things that we discussed, that created a lot of pressure and a lot of tension, in terms of being the representative for the message board, but also being the representative for the company. You hold these two positions, and I think that still goes on to a certain extent, actually, a large extent with social media. - -In my current role, I represent a college of medicine. That’s who I am to anyone who contacts me on that account on Twitter. In addition to that, I’m also representing myself in terms of as a human being but mainly my representation is of this professional venue. Then I’m also contacting and sharing messages back to the organization that say, “We have a question. We have an issue. We have a problem.” - -Especially at Prodigy, that was a very intense situation to be in because as a community manager, you’re trying to be friendly. You’re trying to be helpful. You’re trying to relate to the people that you’re dealing with. Your favorite moments are when the community responds as a community and does things that really make a difference in their real lives. Conversely, when things go wrong, you’re that individual who they turn to and say, “Well, why did you do that?” The question is, “Well, why did I do that?” Well, I didn’t do that. I’m representing the organization that did. That was a lot of the conflict. Your personal self, your professional self, and then not just professional self, but yourself representing this larger organization institution. - -[00:34:18] Patrick O’Keefe: Obviously, with the internet and more people on it and more attention and more consolidation and platforms, it’s become even worse. On Monday, there was a series of high profile bans executed by YouTube and Twitch, and Facebook, I think was part of that too. Without naming any names, I know someone who’s working at one of the companies announcing these bans, and they were like well, they’re going to set their social to private for a while because they’re anticipating abuse and a lot of it. This happened also, flashes to mind is when Twitter decided to finally fact check Trump recently, the person who was the head of site integrity has that title at Twitter was called out by the President on the President’s social media feed saying, just unkind things that we know, lead to all sorts of abuse and threats and in the worst cases, doxxing, and other things that people do. It’s only really gotten worse. It hasn’t gotten better. I think that’s the internet as a whole. It makes the good things better and bad things just tremendously worse. - -[00:35:19] David Flores: It’s especially so for women and people of color. You’re already on edge and now you’ve got this other thing that goes on top of that. When I heard that news and I read that I just thought, “Oh, that poor guy.” You also realize it could be worse or that he could have had it going on for much longer than that. It’s tough being in that role. Someone who is in a smaller role at times has even more isolation from the rest of the organization. I know what you do. You know what I do. You understand when I say certain things, that as a community manager, this means that. - -That’s not always the case within an entire organization. You may very well work for people who aren’t online all the time, and that’s okay. That also means that your role, you’re not just representing your professional self as this is our organization. Sometimes you’re being called on to actually make what seems like policy and that’s when you have to really step back because you’re not necessarily that person or you’re not that person. - -Unlike the person you mentioned at, I believe, Twitter who maybe has that authority. If you don’t have that authority, you’re now just making the best decision you can and hoping that that would work out. It can be a little isolating and feeling like, “Well, I’m the only one here who does this and I’m the only one that understands it.” Having said that, I have to say I’m grateful for the support that I get at my current job as a social media manager. I’m just grateful that I’m working with people that actually get what I’m doing and even when they don’t give me the room to work and operate and find out where I’m supposed to go with things. It’s hard. - -Certainly, you see these decisions that are being made that now have national political implications, the Facebook boycott. There are some social media managers that argue, “Geez, this isn’t our role. This isn’t what we should be doing. It’s not.” Then there are others that have like totally, “Yes, but if our job means anything, we do have to have an opinion. We have to have a say in this.” - -It all comes together. There’s no place where you say, “Okay. Well, I’m just free of politics and I’m free of concerns about social issues.” That place doesn’t exist, at least as far as I can see online and in message boards. Now, I do know message boards that say, “We’re not going to have that conversation. We’re banning political conversations.” That’s a choice. Even then, if you watch them, there comes a point where they still have to make that decision that, “Okay, I’m talking about the economy. Is that political?” Well, it depends how you see it or I’m talking about health. What’s the most political thing that’s going on right now? Wearing a mask. Can we have that conversation? I don’t know. It depends on what your policies are. - -For an online community, you have to read that room and say, “Okay. This is how we’re going to do it here.” Now, when you get out into Twitter, and Facebook and then you have larger issues and questions. I don’t run a Facebook group but I would imagine that all of those things, apply in a Facebook group. You’re just moderating that content. You’re saying, “This is our group. This is what we talk about. This is who we are. We don’t talk about this. We remove that.” - -I do know people who belong to some Facebook groups where it’s very much like, “Yes. That’s the conversation we’re not having. That’s where we’re going to be and we’re going to stay away from that because it makes the rest of the conversations untenable because all we’re here to do is talk about cats or cooking, or whatever.” That’s an important thing. It’s just also a reminder that as a person, you do bring that with you as a community manager. - -I recently was talking with a colleague who works at another school. One of the things that I realized in talking with that person was that they were feeling isolated. They’re working for people who maybe didn’t fully get what was happening and she was catching flack about some of the things going on in terms of responding. You realize that for some social community managers and that sort of thing, it can be isolating. It can definitely be isolating, and it’s good to have forums like this, online message boards, that thing where you can go, and at least realize, “Okay. These people understand what it is that I do for a living. They understand the pressures. They get what I’m dealing with on a daily basis.” - -Let’s be honest, it’s that way for any profession with any amount of human contact involved whether you’re a physician, or a politician, or whatever. You actually have to find your group. It’s paradoxical because if you are a community manager, at the end of the day, you may really just be like, “I don’t want to talk to any more people,” and yet you still need to find some people to talk to you about what it is like to deal with other people in an online community. That’s that kind of that bit of a paradox there, right? - -[00:40:51] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. I get it because I manage a small online community. I have for 19 years now. The same community. I started it; I still am responsible for it. I banned politics early on and it’s just not a community where things crop up. It’s about the martial arts and people tend to just want to talk about the martial arts. If you look at my personal channels, and if you knew 2016, 2015 Patrick, you would know a different Patrick because up until that point, I felt that my primary work in this profession was to bring people together around common interests and let them discover how much they should hate each other later. After they already know each other, let them come together over sports or the martial arts or programming and not suck up 80% of our moderator time digging through what they think about politicians. Later if they become friends in other contexts, they can then see, “Okay. I actually need to hate this person because they’re stupid.” Vice versa that’s how I saw my role but as Trump rose up in 2016, I think for the first time my life I felt the need to really be public about things and felt it was for me anyway a stand-up and be counted type of moment to say, “Hey. This is terrible. I can’t not say anything about this.” - -Since then, my feed is just a disaster of politics. It’s just for the last four or five years, it’s a disaster of politics and just constantly talking about what the heck is wrong with people and what’s going on in the world? Again, why are masks political? Why is this guy doing these things and why is half the country okay with it, and just everything that’s going on. I say this as a white person. I say this as someone who has lived a fairly privileged life. - -I haven’t had to deal with some of the challenges that other people have based upon their gender or their race or economic status or any of those things. But like, man, Trump, pandemic, economic disparity, racial injustice, which has existed forever, and then all of those things coming together right here in 2020. It’s just a unique time. I don’t know how else to describe it. It’s a unique time. To your point, it puts a strain on everything and it puts a strain on how we see ourselves and the responsibility that we have with the platforms that we manage. I think most of us are doing the best that we can. I don’t really have anything to say. I don’t have anything extra to add to that, just that we can only do the best we can and we should always be striving to do a little better. - -[00:43:15] David Flores: All that. Certainly, as a Latino online, I have my opinions and I have my sense of the world. Since 2016, I have had to be, I felt, more political in my personal communications because I can’t imagine not being. As far as I’m concerned, it’s a question of survival. It’s not a question of whether or not I want to feel more comfortable or whatever. - -[00:43:45] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s not a fun choice. It’s not like you’re just choosing to play a game here. - -[00:43:49] David Flores: Yes. I have to speak out. It can’t be all of what I do because there’s this need to express my frustration with what’s going on, but also recognize that there is certainly a professional aspect of this. Where I try to be conscious of this, as I’m tweeting is to say, “I’m going to share messages about George Floyd, Black Lives Matter, how immigrant children are being treated in this country, the state of race relations, and also just how America is going forward as a nation.” - -I’m also still interested in and fascinated by this field as a field but the two things have come together now. This is where it’s very different from maybe where things were in 2015, where you can keep things very separate. Facebook and Twitter, some of us knew that politics were impacting those message boards, those communities, but what we did not know was how it would get amped up and how it would suddenly become a key component of a major change in how things that previously were considered morally repugnant were now stated as daily facts. I use the phrase morally repugnant because that’s something that we actually used in Prodigy time to say we weren’t going to post certain things because they were morally repugnant. That now gets– I basically go onto Twitter in the morning, there’s probably been a tweet by someone overnight, and it’s likely to be morally repugnant and it’s just sitting there. Now people are commenting on it, and that’s the entire day’s focus. - -On the other hand, I still have my professional interests and my job, which is to not just talk about those things, or maybe not to even talk about those things so much at all in my professional career. In terms of my profession, my professional career is representing Albert Einstein College of Medicine on their accounts, but my profession is social media and community messaging. That’s where I think these controversies such as Twitch banning certain people, YouTube kicking off certain accounts. - -Those are actually really relevant not just to the day’s politics, but also to what I do for a profession, what I do for a living, because where do those accounts go? Where do the followers go? Should they have ever been there in the first place? These are all questions that we grapple with. It’s frightening, and fascinating, more frightening than fascinating. I hope one day it will be more fascinating than frightening, because we’ve corrected but right now, no. - -[00:46:58] Patrick O’Keefe: Sometimes I wonder if I’ve tweeted myself out of opportunities and jobs, but that’s okay. That’s where we’re at. David, you’ve managed to bring it right back around to Prodigy. I think I’ll wrap it up here. I’m so grateful for you, allowing us to benefit from your experience and knowledge. Thanks for taking the time. - -[00:47:16] David Flores: Sure. You’re welcome, Patrick, and thanks for having me. I thought this was a very interesting conversation and glad we could talk. - -[00:47:23] Patrick O’Keefe: We have been talking with David Flores, director of social media for Albert Einstein College of Medicine. For the transcript from this episode plus highlights and links that we mentioned please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Thank you for listening.",1731883705,b6cef58d91,4d3c925f83,,,1731883705 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/best-places-to-land-in-fortnite/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/feed/,The best places to land in Fortnite Chapter 2 Remix,"Survival is key in Fortnite, and it all starts by picking the best starting location. Even if you’re a looper who’s been around for each and every season, your likelihood of grabbing that coveted Victory Royale can be gone in a snap if you start off on the wrong foot — whether it be on a mountain with no loot or a hot drop that could send you back to lobby in no time. - -As part of Fortnite Chapter 2 Remix, the iconic island is back again, but with three new points of interest (POIs) that change the game significantly. However, with these spots, which one is best comes down to your skill and preference. With that in mind, here are the best places to land in Fortnite for the OG sweats, beginners, and everyone in between. - -Recommended Videos - -The best places to land in Fortnite - -Before jumping into the list, you must understand the basics of what makes a good landing spot. Sure, any location with decent loot and lots of chests might serve you well, but there’s more to that. Is that spot often contested by other players in the lobby? Can you farm mats easily? Is it close to other POIs? Is it too far from the Storm Circle? These recommended landing spots all have their fair share of consistency and the best loot that you’ll need. They also have some quirks that make them the best depending on your playstyle. - -Spaghetti Grotto - -Do you want to feel like a Rap God? Then Spaghetti Grotto is the place for you to make your first landing in a Fortnite match. The iconic Grotto is back, but it now houses a more deadlier boss, Eminem, who roams the POI. Trick his henchmen, dodge turrets and cameras, and most importantly, steer clear of his deadly RG Minigun. Or you could just go in guns blazing and defeat him to claim that weapon that spits Rap God lyrics and a keycard that opens the most valuable vault in the game. - -Spaghetti Grotto also has a lot of entry points through which you can enter the location and strategize your gameplay from there. Need to make a quick escape before the heat catches you? Fly that Choppa out of there and make the perfect escape with the riches the POI has to offer. - -The Doggpound - -Da-da-da-da-da. It’s the one and only D.O. Double G. Snoop Dogg! Fortnite‘s beloved POI The Agency has now been replaced by The Doggpound, which is a hot drop in almost every Fortnite match. The POI sits right in the middle of the map and has the best loot to offer with Snoop Dogg’s Mythic Drum Gun, which is the meta this season. Plus, pairing it with Snoop’s version of Boogie Bombs makes Battle Royale twice the fun it already is. - -You can enter the main building through vents, Port-A-Potty, Garbage Bins, and whatnot. However, if you come face-to-face with the Doggfather himself, make sure you’ve got enough weaponry to battle him and his Doggmen at the location. While this POI is heavily contested, The Doggpound offers a whopping number of 54 chests alone, the highest in the game. So if you’re up for a sweaty game, you know now where to land. - -The Yacht - -While Deadpool’s not here to charm you on your visit to a lone boat on the island, Meowdas is there to welcome you with his henchmen. If you want some mythic loot and also would like all the riches a vault has to offer this season, The Yacht is your safest bet. This location is away from the usual heat of the BR combat and offers plenty of traversal options to head inside the Storm Circle if you catch yourself out of it. - -But remember, if you’re not careful of any enemies nearby, you may end up being eliminated or being stuck inside The Yacht while the storm is closing in. Still, we’d advise you to visit this POI since it has its own perks, but it comes at a hefty cost of strategizing your map rotation. - -The Rig - -The Rig is an ideal spot for you if you want the one and only weapon in the game you won’t get anywhere else — the Boom Bow. With insane firepower and damage count, Boom Bow has been one of the most powerful long-range weapons, even in the OG Chapter 2 seasons. Now that it returns to the game, it can only be claimed after defeating the Dynamo TNTina boss roaming The Rig. - -There’s also lucrative loot you can get by opening the vault since you’ll easily find ways to get out and make a quick escape before the storm closes in. Low on health? Not a problem! There’s a hut nearby with multiple slurp barrels for you to take a break and get your healing underway. Or if you want a more relaxed experience while you heal, head on over to Slurpy Swamp nearby and take a dip in its healing waters. - -Misty Meadows - -Do you miss driving a motorboat in Fortnite? Head on over at Misty Meadows and find one. Then what? Drive it under the bridge separating the two areas and use the boat’s missiles to take out enemies. That’s one way to survive in this popular POI. - -Misty Meadows also offers plenty of vantage points for you to camp at and scope out enemies that are either going toward the center of the map or are coming from there. Plus, this location has the second-highest number of chest spawns with 47 loot chests, so if you’re looking for that gold-heavy sniper, chances are this is where you can find it. There’s also an Agency safehouse nearby that has a Choppa parked there. - -Pleasant Park - -Pleasant Park is one of the OG locations in Fortnite ever since Chapter 1, thanks to its suburban setting and plenty of loot chests. It’s also one of the largest POIs in the game, and it has a massive soccer field at the center. Now that the field is open and houses a Choppa underneath, players can land there and grab some rare loot from a Henchman Chest. - -You can still land at the Doghouse, Gas Station, or even the Bunker house if you want to relive that OG nostalgia. Other than that, make sure to always watch your six while you’re scoping out enemies in this massive location on the Remix map. - -Retail Row - -Retail Row is a safe landing spot for many players for a number of reasons. First, the chest rotation in this POI rarely changes, so veterans always know where to grab one. Second, there’s a zipline that runs from here and goes all the way to Steamy Stacks, with Grotto and Dirty Docks in the way. And lastly, there’s a Choppa parked here that you can fly to reach the middle of the map easily. - -This POI has always been full of chests, vending machines, upgrade benches, and cars that you can use to your advantage to survive in the game. There’s also a Reboot Van nearby so you can easily reboot your team without being spotted too easily by enemies. - -Steamy Stacks - -Lastly, Steamy Stacks is one of the only spots in the game that is fully capable of allowing players to redeploy their gliders whenever they want. All you have to do is loot up the area, eliminate any threats, and once you’re done, head inside one of the chimneys and fly up with the steam. - -As soon as you’re floating, redeploy your glider and make your way to its nearest POI, Frenzy Farm. While you can also travel through the zipline, many players prefer redeploying in the air and traveling to their desired location without the hassle. Want to head to The Yacht without being too sweaty? Land at Steamy. Want to go to Frenzy Farm and wipe out the lobby? Land at Steamy. The POI has less to offer in terms of loot, but a lot in terms of the practicality that you need in Fortnite. - -Frequently asked questions about Fortnite landing spots - -Whether you’re playing Fortnite on an iPhone or your PC, there are some common questions players have about assessing the map and getting a good drop. Here are the answers to your most burning Fortnite landing and map questions: - -How do you land faster in Fortnite? - -To land faster in Fortnite, look directly down and press your “walk forward” button during the drop. This strategy can help you get items before competitors regardless of where you land. You can also enable the AutoRun option while gliding as you look around for enemies. - -How do you get the best drop in Fortnite? - -To get the best drop in Fortnite, consider using the Copilot tool. This tool maps out the game and helps you to mark your landing with precision and ease. That way, you can get your game off to a perfect start. - -Do gliders matter in Fortnite? - -Gliders don’t necessarily matter in Fortnite in terms of offering you a competitive advantage, as they’re classified as a cosmetic item. However, there are plenty to choose from, so pick one that best suits the visual style you’re seeking.",1731883692,f8bbd45a63,4e5ef35ac0,,,1731883692 -https://transom.org/2014/hark-the-acoustic-world-of-elizabethan-england/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Hark! The Acoustic World of Elizabethan England,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/01/Hark-The-Acoustic-World-of-Eilzabethan-England.mp3 Download Listen to “Hark! The Acoustic World of Elizabethan England” - -The idea is practically ludicrous – a radio program about the English soundscape 400 years ago…. when there were no recordings! How on Earth do you accomplish that, for an hour no less? Well, Chris Brookes, Paolo Pietropaolo, and Alan Hall figured out a way to do it and it’s genius. Of course it would be. Brookes, Pietropaolo, and Hall are three of the most creative radio producers around. - -Creme de la creme. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -The three produced the documentary in 2008 and it’s called “Hark! The Acoustic World of Elizabethan England.” I found the program so stimulating that it sparked a New Year’s resolution – listen deliberately to the sounds around me as often as possible. - -As the doc’s title suggests, “Hark!” explores what the English city and countryside may have sounded like some four centuries ago. While doing so, the piece places our modern soundscape under an audio microscope and poses some cogent questions about what we listen to day in and day out – hence my New Year’s resolution. - -Please take time to listen to this doc. It’s lengthy and well worth your attention. I recommend headphones or planting yourself in front of your favorite speakers. You won’t regret it.",1731883714,c00d35bf2d,4e68e41a6a,,,1731883714 -https://www.communitysignal.com/misuse-of-community-is-endemic-in-web3/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,Misuse of Community is Endemic in Web3,"By now, even if you’re not super well-versed in the terminology of Web3, you’ve probably encountered some of the conversation around its relationship with community. - -Like with any innovation or change in technology, there can and should be conversations about how Web3 will empower communities. However, we should also ask questions and think about how such change will impact communities, whether they embrace Web3 or not. For example, as Patrick and our guest, staff writer with The New Republic, Jacob Silverman discuss, NFTs may be empowering some artists, but for the DeviantArt community, it’s another way that they’re seeing their art exploited. And even for NFTs that are becoming ubiquitous, like Bored Apes Yacht Club, how much of the conversation or credit is given back to the artists? - -This conversation will give you a great primer on Web3 terminology, but perhaps more importantly, it will equip you with questions and examples to understand the true role of community in the current iteration of Web3. - -Jacob and Patrick also discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Hivebrite, the community engagement platform. - -Misuse of community in Web3 (1:35): “In Web3 … there’s a lot of use of this idea of community, but honestly, I find it’s often disingenuous when it’s coming from say a DAO that controls $300 million dollars worth of cryptocurrency or a crypto startup that has a lot of venture capitalist financing, and it has its own crypto token and an exchange. There’s just this appeal to this idea of community within Web3 that, if it were coming from a more traditional corporate setting, would ring very false to people.” – @SilvermanJacob - -Disguising Web3 under the term “community” may get people to look past the risks (4:24): “[The use of ‘community’ in Web3] obscures the idea that these are, first and foremost, financial relationships, that there’s a lot of risk involved, and that the power relations may not be as egalitarian as the word ‘community’ implies.” – @SilvermanJacob - -The supposed Bored Ape Yacht Club community (4:58): “[Bored Ape Yacht Club] is a billion-dollar company that employs several dozen people, is very well connected in Hollywood, whose own financial transactions and behaviors deserve some scrutiny. … If you just call it a community, you’re not going to really think about that. You’re not going to think about where are the conflicts of interests, who’s driving these markets, and what kind of power do I have as a member of the supposed community?” – @SilvermanJacob - -What protections will Web3 offer for artists? (11:24): “OpenSea, for example, does not seem to be built to support artists and incentivize the small craftsmen type. Instead, OpenSea is meant to attract as many people as possible to mint NFTs, and it has very few guards against copyright theft.” – @SilvermanJacob - -The utility of NFTs (45:00): “Maybe the utility of [NFTs] will grow, but right now you’re buying into a very hollow idea of community and connection for the promise of future rewards. Whether those rewards will even be worth it is an open question.” – @SilvermanJacob - -The potential impermanence of NFTs (47:32): “There’s going to be some equivalent of link rot with NFTs and with some of these online communities. They’re going to break apart. They’re not going to be necessarily sustainable or haven’t proven themselves sustainable over the long haul, whereas the Dave Matthews Band message board that my college roommate used to post on is probably still around.” – @SilvermanJacob - -Jacob Silverman is a staff writer with The New Republic. He’s the author of Terms of Service: Social Media and the Price of Constant Connection, and is currently working on a book with Ben McKenzie about crypto and fraud. - -[music] - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Hivebrite, the community engagement platform. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[00:00:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello, and thanks for listening to Community Signal. “Misuse of ‘community’ is endemic in Web3,” so tweeted Jacob Silverman, staff writer for The New Republic in December. He joins us to discuss how crypto, NFT, and Web3 projects are using community terminology in a harmful way. If you haven’t heard of Web3 before, I’m sorry to be the one to disturb your bliss. - -A big thank you to our Patreon supporters for stepping up for our show. This includes Rachel Medanic, Carol Benovic-Bradley, and Marjorie Anderson. For more info, please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -Jacob Silverman is a staff writer at The New Republic. He’s the author of Terms of Service: Social Media and the Price of Constant Connection. He is working with Ben McKenzie on a book about crypto and fraud. Jacob, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:08] Jacob Silverman: Thanks for having me. - -[00:01:09] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s my pleasure. You wrote a tweet back in December, actually, a lot of your tweets have caught my attention. I’ve enjoyed following you over the last several months, but there was one tweet, in particular, where you said that the misuse of community is endemic in Web3. What was going through your mind when you wrote that? - -[00:01:26] Jacob Silverman: To be honest, I’m not sure which example prompted it, but I see this all the time, and I’m pretty certain the kind of thing that prompted it, which is that in Web3, which broadly is crypto, NFTs, decentralized finance, and also DAOs, the decentralized autonomous organizations that we see now, there’s a lot of use of this idea of community, but honestly, I find it’s often disingenuous when it’s coming from say a DAO that controls 300 million dollars worth of cryptocurrency or a crypto startup that has a lot of venture capitalist financing, and it has its own crypto token and an exchange or whatever else. There’s just this appeal to this idea of community within Web3 that if it were coming from a more traditional corporate setting, I think, would ring very false to people. - -[00:02:13] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. I think the example, in particular, was about someone tweeting, “If you buy a Lamborghini, you’re part of the Lambo community.” I think that was what prompted– - -[00:02:19] Jacob Silverman: Oh, I’m sorry, yes. That’s good too, I think, as an example because look, is there really a Lamborghini community where people who buy these six-figure sports cars are talking, hanging out? Maybe there’s some online message boards or things like that, but it’s just another very expensive luxury good, but one way in which Web3, I think, tries to bind people together in financial arrangements is through these appeals to community that you can have the Lamborghini, but you can also have the Lamborghini NFT and trade them among other Lamborghini enthusiasts or something like that and consider yourself part of a tenuously defined Lamborghini community. - -[00:02:58] Patrick O’Keefe: Following casually as I have, I don’t know, can you be a Twitter user with a big tech following and actually follow casually? It feels like it’s like in your face regardless. So many people that I follow have said, “Oh, I’m going to mute NFTs,” or, “I’m going to mute Web3,” or whatever. What I’ve seen is they’ve become very adept at using community lingo, and in community tools, Discord is extremely popular, obviously, with NFTs and Web3. They’re very savvy in how they use the tools and try to bring people together to form a personal connection and play on those dynamics. What do you think is the harm of them calling those efforts community? - -[00:03:39] Jacob Silverman: Well, there are a couple of things. One, I freely admit that I have a pretty strong crypto-skeptic take and skepticism of Web3 in general. I think a lot of it hasn’t really proved its usefulness, a lot of it resembles gambling. There’s a lot of market manipulation. What I think community actually does is it obscures a lot of– one, it obscures a lot of the risks, and it makes it seem like you’re entering are a more welcoming space because, “Hey, these are all these people who can talk with you about your NFTs on Discord,” which– those areas certainly exist, and I wouldn’t necessarily take away from that, but you’re still part of these potentially complex and potentially very risky financial relationships. - -I think it obscures the idea that these are, first and foremost, financial relationships, that there’s a lot of risk involved, and that the power relations may not be as egalitarian as the word “community” implies. It depends, of course, on the particular organization, or NFT collection, or platforms, or the details that we’re talking about, but again, I think you’re having these companies or even something like the Bored Ape Yacht Club is probably the great example of all this stuff, they define themselves as a community. Okay, fine, but certainly, they’re some rights and privileges of BAYC owners. - -Also, this is a billion-dollar company that employs several dozen people that is very well connected in Hollywood whose own financial transactions and behaviors deserve some scrutiny and how they market themselves and the connections they have with celebrities and all this stuff. If you just call it a community, you’re not going to really think about that. You’re not going to think about where are the conflicts of interests, who’s driving these markets, what kind of power do I have as a member of the supposed community? That kind of thing. - -[00:05:24] Patrick O’Keefe: I would consider you to be a pretty high-profile reporter on these issues. You’ve been on CNBC, you came on CNN a while back. So, are you already getting story tips in from people who are like, “I was taken in by this community and I put in this money and I didn’t realize it,” or do you think we’re still in that hype cycle right now where it needs to play out a little farther? Do you have people emailing you who’ll essentially be like, “I blew my money”? - -[00:05:51] Jacob Silverman: Yes. I think we’re at both of those things. The hype cycle’s still going on. There are a few things you can point to. There is declining retail interest in crypto markets, which means that everyday folks who are being sold to via the Crypto.com ads with Matt Damon or whatever else are not showing up or putting as much money into crypto exchanges as they were, say, six months ago. That’s a problem for the industry, but that’s also going to bring more salesmanship. - -The other thing in terms of getting tips, and to be honest, six months ago, I was less involved in reporting on crypto, I was doing some things, but now that I’m definitely more involved in it and I’m talking to folks more and I’m putting myself out there more in Twitter, I hear all the time from people getting scammed or people suffering the social effects. - -A very nice guy messaged me yesterday, basically saying, without revealing too much, but his girlfriend lost her job, she’s in the music business or is a musician. A lot of people in the arts have been sold NFTs, one, as a community, but also as a way to make the money that’s been denied to them in the attenuated arts industry or culture industry like streaming music and MP3s took the money out of selling CDs and everything like that, and painters want to make money off of their art, so you have all these people who are saying, “Okay, NFTs are the way.” - -This was someone who I talked to. His partner has been able to make a little money, but she’s personally exhausted by the constant hustle and the need to participate in all these communities. She’s always on Discord, she’s always selling, she’s always trying to appeal to investors, things like that. To describe these behaviors is not to necessarily denigrate them, I want to highlight how people feel these pressures to do these things and to sometimes participate in these communities or to sell themselves within these communities and rise within the community hierarchy. - -That’s, I think, another thing worth noting is that there are these hierarchies, but yes, just to simply answer your earlier question, I hear from a lot of people these days, some of them are talking about just, “I got taken for a little bit of money,” or, “I regret this or that,” and some of them say, “You should really look into this NFT collection, which is selling for a lot of money and it seems very shady.” There’s different levels of scam and wrongdoing, I think, but I do hear that a lot. - -[00:08:03] Patrick O’Keefe: One thing you mentioned was selling yourself within these communities. Something that I’ve been thinking about is one of the things that comes up when you try to, I think, critique these efforts is the success stories from the efforts like, “These artists made money finally, they’ve been struggling for years, and this is a gateway for them to grow their wealth,” which I think in some ways great for them, but if you take all the data out there and look at the marketplaces and the amount of things, NFTs, minted art, everything that’s out there, and how many have sold and how many are still selling and the volume of the sales and how many individual people are achieving a level of wealth from sales, I would just be curious to see if it was more akin to, say, unfavorable framing, but an MLM has some examples of like, “These people really did really well,” but then most of the people who try actually struggle or they don’t get the cost of minting back because they just minted it, they had to pay the gas fees, whatever it was, and they’re out that money and they never it back because just the sheer volume of art when I’ve gone on and pieces and digital work that I’ve seen when I go into these marketplaces and take a look around, it’s a staggering moment. I think it is a bit of a gold rush, but I don’t know that there’s a ton of gold. I guess I’d be curious what the data showed. - -[00:09:15] Jacob Silverman: Yes. I think that’s a good way of putting it. There is a gold rush, but maybe there’s not a lot of gold underlying all this stuff. A couple of things you need to point out, which I think you’re really on to something here. One is that there is such volume. That’s partly because a lot of this stuff is automated. The algorithmically generated NFT collections sort of automate art. There are people who have real artistic interests and stuff. You can write the algorithm to design interesting art, but that’s a smaller portion of what we’re talking about here. - -What we’re really talking about is a new kind of mass production and mass minting, especially because I believe OpenSea still doesn’t charge for the minting. I think they charge for the sale, so you can just mint everything. I don’t know if you’ve ever done anything about DeviantArt or looked at that- - -[00:09:58] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. - -[00:09:58] Jacob Silverman: -on your show or anything like that– - -[00:10:00] Patrick O’Keefe: You’re getting ahead of my notes, you’re getting ahead of my notes here. Please continue. - -[00:10:02] Jacob Silverman: Oh, I’m sorry. - -[00:10:03] Patrick O’Keefe: No, you’re good. Please continue. - -[00:10:05] Jacob Silverman: Okay. DeviantArt, which I don’t know a ton about, but strikes me as a long-standing successful online art community. - -[00:10:10] Patrick O’Keefe: 20-plus years old. - -[00:10:11] Jacob Silverman: Yes, been around forever and doing their thing. They have a lot of artists there and they have this automated tool that they developed to spot copyright infringement, I think, and now it’s being applied to NFTs and OpenSea and some folks know. What you see is just DeviantArt being reproduced in mass on OpenSea. Some people who do believe in this technology or these kinds of markets say, “Oh, well, this is just an archaic early stage. We’ll develop more curatorial functions where people will be able to send takedown notices,” but it doesn’t seem engineered for that. - -I think in terms of the economics and how it plays out, I think it will be like Spotify or some of these other streaming platforms or centralized platforms which is that there’ll be a few nice success stories, and you will always be able to point to that, there’ll be a few people who have the sponsorships from the platforms or the equivalent of the paid TikTok stars and influencers. There’ll be a lot of people who’re making dollars and cents and not really profiting. I think it doesn’t have the feel and I expect the data to be backed up, it certainly doesn’t have the actual qualities of an egalitarian market. - -Also, you just need to look at how much scamming there is already, how OpenSea, for example, it does not seem to be built to support artists and incentivize the small craftsmen type. Instead, OpenSea is meant to attract as many people as possible to mint NFTs, and it has very few guards against copyright theft and that kind of thing. I just think already you see the way these markets have developed that the economics are not very reassuring. There will always be success stories that are sold to us and some might be genuinely heartening, but in terms of creating new sustainable egalitarian or equitable economies, I don’t really see that happening. - -[00:12:00] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, I think you raise a good point as far as pillaging these online art communities that have existed for a long time because they are rife for that. They’ve, of course, dealt with massive copyright infringement in the past, people selling their stuff on print-on-demand stores and all those sorts of things. They’ve lived through those revolutions of content creation and automated sales and creative works you can easily just print and sell. - -DeviantArt, as we mentioned, a community 20-plus years old, and they launched this feature called Protect that scans public blockchains and third-party marketplaces for member content and notifies the member who posted the content on DeviantArt of infringement. The artist can then file a takedown request. Through January 4th, DeviantArt said they had sent over 80,000 alerts since August and were scanning 3.8 million new NFT images every week. From the reporting I write, it sounds like DeviantArt may eventually want their own piece of the NFT rush, but for now, they’re focusing on detection. - -You mentioned and then I was going to mention it, it’s just an example of, as you said, this long-running community where members are saying their work’s bought and sold and there’s not a whole lot of recourse even around the takedown system for example. Because of the trustless system, once it’s sold, it’s sold. The crypto has been exchanged. OpenSea, from what I understand, I could find, keeps their fee on the sale unless they’ve changed. Then you’re not tracking down the wallet, so the money’s gone. - -[00:13:20] Jacob Silverman: That’s another thing, keeping the fee. Just the built-in incentives, I think, perhaps is a simpler way of putting it, what I was trying to describe earlier, it’s just the incentives that as built into these markets and these protocols do not favor cooperation or even forms of restitution you’re talking about. OpenSea doesn’t have much incentive to stop the stuff because they’re still collecting fees. I just find that kind of thing very concerning. - -Also, when you can just point to say, “Oh, this is just how the code works or the smart contract was working its design,” or maybe the smart contract wasn’t working its design, but code is law in this world. I think that also stands in contrast or in conflict with an idea of community because shouldn’t you be able to work with one another or work beyond surrendering to a system and saying, “We have nothing we can do?” That is another way in which I think the idea of how one thinks about community is in conflict with how these Web3– these trustless, permissionless systems work. Aren’t communities supposed to be built on trust, or are they supposed to be built on trust in code? I think there are obviously more social groupings than programmatic code or financial groupings. - -[00:14:29] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, it has been interesting. Not to sound like a simpleton here and just say words have meaning and go onto a dictionary definition of trustless, but crypto, NFT, Web3 promoters, they push this idea of a trustless system as a benefit. I understand it, I get what they’re after, but the fact is that most if not all great online communities are built on trust. They tend to be places where trust matters quite a lot and most folks who are buying into these efforts are trusting people, I think, which is in some cases the sad thing. - -They are trusting people promoting these efforts in a way that may not be justified. Once they get in the system and exchange the currency to crypto, they revert back to this trustless system. How can you help me when something goes wrong? I think there was a high-profile case of someone who had some– it might have been Bored Ape Yacht Club that had some NFTs that were taken from him in a way that was misleading. He got phished I think, and because he was high profile, OpenSea, at least just on their marketplace, which is again, not to get deep into the explanation of marketplace on top of blockchain on top of this, but on their site, they were able to recapture those things for him in a sense, but the average person with five Twitter followers who joined a Discord, it’s much like reality in some ways, which I think, is unfortunate. The powerful, wealthy, influential people have a different set of principles and a different set of authorities available to them sometimes. It seems like that’s also playing out here even with these trustless systems. - -[00:15:58] Jacob Silverman: Yes. I think that’s very well put. You see the reproduction of power relations from traditional daily life in the crypto space. Sometimes they’re reshuffled a little bit. You’ll have some random guy who owns a ton of Ethereum being very powerful in one community alongside a crypto executive, who also owns a lot of Ethereum, but speaking generally, the crypto economy is built on hype and on followers and influencers and celebrity and stuff. You can go on Twitter and Discord, especially, and see NFT influencers or people who control access to NFT collections offering to whitelist people, meaning to give them early access to an NFT when they’re dropped or minted. That’s of course great if you have the NFT when they start trading. You can potentially sell at the top of the market, especially if the top happens early. - -[00:16:44] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. It’s great when you get it for free. The only crypto I’ve ever had, I was given for free. It’s great that that I had this thing that I have zero value invested in that maybe I could extract money from someone else for and make a profit. What a beautiful system. - -[00:16:59] Jacob Silverman: Yes. You still have familiar types of power relations, but also, you have these brokered relationships and people performing or doing micro-labor or doing little tasks on Discord to get access to the stuff that actually has value. I think you’re exactly right, which is that someone who joins a crypto Discord or something like that is probably going to have to put in a lot of work in one form or another, whether it’s just time talking to people or actually jumping through all these hoops that are required to get whitelisted for an NFT collection. It’s not Joe Shmoe with five followers can come in and immediately be a “normal” or regular part of this community. - -[00:17:35] Patrick O’Keefe: Certainly not a whale, right? - -[00:17:37] Jacob Silverman: Yes. They’re not going to be a whale. Also, in a practical sense, say it’s a DAO or something like that that has governance tokens, those are often related to how much crypto you own, or basically how much money you put in, how relations are stratified there. If you just come into a new organization like in real life, but if you don’t have that much money or stake in it, you’re not going to be a fully paid-up member or as powerful a member of an online group. - -[00:18:03] Patrick O’Keefe: Could I trouble you for a quick description of a whale for my audience? - -[00:18:06] Jacob Silverman: Sure. A whale is someone who owns a large amount of cryptocurrency in this case. It’s used in the context of gambling. I often say that crypto has a lot of parallels with gambling, casino capitalism. I don’t know what the monetary threshold is, but it’s either someone who owns a big chunk of a cryptocurrency or, say, if they’re owning some Bitcoin or Ethereum, if they’re in seven or eight figures or more, that’s probably a whale, but then you have really the mega whales, the people who are celebrities and influencers within the crypto world, some of whom own or run these companies, people like Sam Bankman-Fried who’s a billionaire many times over, or CZ, the head of Binance who’s believed to be one of the richest people in the world through his interest in Binance and his various crypto holdings. - -When a whale comes into any crypto market, whether it’s an individual, or actually a trading firm could also be considered a whale sometimes, they have a lot of influence. When they jump in the water, it makes a big splash. They affect prices. They might be on the other side of a lot of trades. They are seen with awe and fear and respect. - -[00:19:11] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. They can manipulate the markets. - -[00:19:13] Jacob Silverman: 100%. Yes. - -[00:19:16] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s take a moment here to highlight our generous sponsor Hivebrite. - -Hivebrite empowers organizations to manage, grow, and engage their communities through technology. Its community management platform has features designed to strengthen engagement and help achieve your community goals. Hivebrite supports over 500 communities around the world, including the American Heart Association, JA Worldwide, Earthwatch, the University of Notre Dame, Columbia Business School, and Princeton University Advancement. Visit hivebrite.com to learn more. - -The thing that strikes me about the use of community for the vast majority of these projects is just how cynical it is. - -[00:19:55] Jacob Silverman: Yes. - -[00:19:55] Patrick O’Keefe: Also, somehow obscenely ahistorical. It’s not even online community history which I am pretty well-versed on. Online communities have existed in some form, going back to some would say the ’70s. I’ve talked to people who were building digital communities over computer networks in the ’70s, even internet history, like simple stuff, avatars, pseudonymity. - -There was this Reese Witherspoon tweet that got passed around. I like Reese Witherspoon, I appreciate her work, but she said, “In the near future, every person will have a parallel digital identity. Avatars, crypto wallet, digital goods will be the norm.” That’s an exact quote there. I’m thinking in the near future, 30 years ago, an avatar and an alternative identity is baked into the history of the internet. It’s what everybody did when they joined. - -I joined the internet as a preteen. I think I was pre-COPPA in my first year. Child’s Online Privacy Protection Act didn’t even exist yet. I feel like that came a year or two later, but I wasn’t giving out my name on the internet. I was another person and here was my avatar. I was a green frog head on Twitter for my first decade on Twitter. It wasn’t an NFT. I didn’t mint it. It wasn’t in a hexagon, but I used an avatar, and just the overall nature of how things are, I don’t know what the terminology would be, but just taken and treated as new for this era when they’ve been existing for so long, part of it is hilarious, but part of it is just kind of offensive. I know you are someone who’s written about content moderation and Facebook and social and the web in a broader context too. That’s why I was drawn to you as a reporter, but yes, man, the internet’s been around. - -[00:21:33] Jacob Silverman: I think both angles you’re approaching that from are right, which is that it’s ahistorical, but it also speaks to something else which is a tendency, I think, of tech and VCs, startups, and stuff like that. They want to seem like they’re on the cutting edge and they are inventing new things, even if they’re just digitizing or reinventing old things. - -There’s the joke about how a few years ago, Lyft or Uber were always proposing the equivalent of a city bus or something like that. A lot of us are experienced with having avatars, online accounts, playing in different role-playing games, things like that, various forms of pseudonymity, and online representation and identity play, as part of what might be a genuine community often built around games or online message boards or forums or things like that. This is your bread and butter, I’m sure. - -That is what’s a little frustrating when you see this stuff is they act like, “Oh, this is all new,” somehow. Even in the context of financial communities like investment clubs, community investment clubs have existed for decades probably or a century, where people from a town come together and invest in companies and make decisions as a group, and hopefully, profit off of real companies that produce real stuff. I’m sure some of those end poorly, but there’s this notion, I think, that because crypto is supposed to be emancipatory and revolutionary, that the communities around them are equally revolutionary or novel when, as you said, we have plenty of antecedents, and maybe useful ones that they should draw on in trying to form their own communities, but it’s an ahistorical approach. - -[00:23:09] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s always a grand proclamation. You shared a tweet from someone that was like, “Web 2.0 leads with product. Web 3.0 leads with community.” I actually did a funny thing because every year– I’ve been moderating content since ’98, so 20-something years. Someone was like, “2022 is the year of community,” and it’s not even relevant to NFTs, it’s maybe part of the hype. If you go on Twitter and you search for a year and you put “of community”, every year people are saying, “It’s the year of this,” and it’s all part of the same hype cycle. - -It’s just like NFTs are the current hype and Web3 and crypto is the current hype. It’s always part of the hype and we see it in– I guess every industry has the same thing, and that’s one thing about community that I try to get across is that we’re not some beautiful unicorn. We are just another industry and we have the same group of folks, good faith actors, bad actors, people who have good resources, bad resources, people who are in it for a quick buck, VCs flooded into community, I feel like, again in the last few years where they talk about community a lot and they want to be seen as influencers in the community space and be community-led and all these things. - -It’s what it is, but it is often very cynical, and by the time that something else crops up, then the herd thins out a little bit, which I guess is true for all things in some way or another that get hyped from time to time. It’s funny to see the hype pass through the thing that you’ve done for a long time. I think a lot of folks who listen to this show have a similar experience. - -[00:24:41] Jacob Silverman: I think it’s strange also if you just really think about what’s going on, why are billionaires talking about being in a community with you? You, me, average Twitter user, and do they really mean that? Unlikely. Also, we keep going back to this, but it is the leading edge example, Bored Ape Yacht Club, look, the celebrities who are buying into that each week and some for six or seven figures getting an NFT, one, they’re probably not paying full price for many reasons, but all these relationships are brokered. This speaks to the different access and hierarchies that we were talking about earlier. They’re not operating in the space in the same way. They’re being invited in. There’s money being changed, perhaps the NFT has given to them. It’s being brokered with agents and things like that. - -It’s a very commercial, even professional transaction. The BAYC people now work with– his name is actually Guy Oseary, who’s a former manager for U2 and Madonna. This is a real Hollywoodized talent agency-involved agents, operation kind of thing. If I have a lot of money, which I don’t, but if I had 500 grand and wanted to go buy a BAYC on OpenSea or something, I could do that. - -Even then with all my money, my valuable NFT, I’m not going to be the same level of status as some celebrity or as Paris Hilton who can go on a talk show and show her NFT and instantly rise in value and status within the community. It’s a very different dynamic especially when it’s so immediately tied to how much are you worth or how much money is in your pocket? - -[00:26:09] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. I live 15 minutes from Crypto.com Arena and I never thought I would have an affinity for the Staples brand. - -[00:26:16] Jacob Silverman: I felt the same way. I used to be from Los Angeles and I felt the same way when reading that. - -[00:26:21] Patrick O’Keefe: Well, is it Arena or is it Center? - -[00:26:23] Jacob Silverman: I think it’s Arena. - -[00:26:23] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, and they changed– they even got rid of the Center, it’s an Arena now too, like, “Oh.” You mentioned DAOs earlier and we haven’t really touched on them much since. In the context of our conversation around community and wealth and what we’ve talked about, how do you think DAOs fit into this picture? - -[00:26:38] Jacob Silverman: I think they’re increasingly important for DeFi, decentralized finance, and the organizations, they’re called decentralized autonomous organizations that seem to believe most in the permissionless trustless systems of crypto and DeFi and are willing to set up systems and protocols that people then stake their money to and then you hope for the best. - -This is a vast oversimplification, but the point with DAOs is also that people have governance ability, that they have a vote over what’s going on, or maybe multiple votes depending on how much money they have, how big their stake is in the organization. It directly ties your financial interest to your voting interests, but this is supposed to be more democratic or egalitarian in the libertarian crypto vision. - -One thing that’s interesting to me is, do people who are involved in DAOs have interests in so-called real life or meatspace in other forms of organization or self-organized stuff? Do they practice mutual aid? Do they volunteer for other organizations? Are they leftists or socialists in some way? I would wager that a lot of them are not, but I think it does appeal to people who frankly want some sort of community, but don’t necessarily want to get out of their chair, but also happen to believe in certain financial and technological principles about crypto and Web3. - -One thing you have to note is that DAOs aren’t just about random people coming together and collaborating on some shared goal. They are that, but they all basically have attracted interest from big players in the industry. You have venture capitalists like a16z also known as Andreessen Horowitz, which is probably the most important venture capitalist in the crypto space. They are heavily invested in some DAOs, and they’re invested in DAOs that you think wouldn’t be of interest to a VC. They’re invested in a DAO that’s invested in another DAO that’s a criminal justice DAO that’s trying to free Ross Ulbricht, the Silk Road guy from prison. They’re invested in art NFT-collecting DAOs and things like that. - -Some might say that that’s an interesting pivot for a for-profit corporation. I think what it means is also that these aren’t organizations that are defined around mutual self-interests and people gathering together. They also have a corporate element and corporate money suffusing them in lots of cases, and also means that, for example, a16z gets a lot of votes in the DAOs they belong to, and it might get a lot more votes than Joe Shmoe who just has a few tokens. - -[00:29:04] Patrick O’Keefe: I’ll tell you what we’re seeing from the community space and what I see from– and I realize this sounds like a small pond within a small pond, but within our community industry hype artists, because there are some of them, DAOs are the future. - -[00:29:16] Jacob Silverman: Yes. - -[00:29:16] Patrick O’Keefe: There’s always a peer pressure to this stuff. NFTs, hype, FOMO. You’re going to miss out, get on the train. This is the time. You’re early. It’s still early. It’s still early now, even though all this has sold. It’s still early. - -[00:29:27] Jacob Silverman: Yes, right. - -[00:29:28] Patrick O’Keefe: We hear the same stuff in the sense of DAOs, like, “It’s early in DAOs. You need to get involved in it. This is how online communities will be in the future.” I think there are some smart people, which isn’t to say that DAOs are not something to consider for the future, but I think there are some smart introspective people doing this work that have said, “Let’s pause. Let’s learn what these are. Let’s think about the dynamics of community. Let’s see if they actually do support those dynamics.” - -Friend of the show Marjorie Anderson wrote an article on Community by Association, we’ll link to it in the show notes, talking about this because she works in the association space. She’s hearing from people like, “Should DAOs be our new association community?” But when I read about DAOs and I hear about the best case of a DAO, which I think is an interesting concept because everyone always talks about what the best case of a DAO is, like, “If it works out or everything, this is how it should be. Everyone gets to say. Everyone can profit. Everyone can do this.” But in reality, when you put groups together and you try to manage a smaller online community or any space or group of folks, there is a degree of indecision that can strike with a group where everyone is making the choice and things cannot progress sometimes, and things don’t get moved forward and things get stymied. - -There’s a reason I think that most online communities are– I say that in the sense of most, meaning that 99.9% of online communities you and I don’t know, they’re just small groups on the internet functioning healthily, doing their thing, they love knitting or they love fishing or whatever it is, and they’re healthy. They don’t have a Nazi problem, they moderate their content, and they didn’t want to grow exponentially. They didn’t have to reward VCs, so they just focus on what they like. - -Some of those are professional, and they’re still healthy and they still don’t have a Nazi problem. They’re effective because they have a group of people who care about that community and have, in most cases, volunteered to shepherd it through various problems and moderate and take care of things as they come up. - -It would be dangerous to say, “Okay, every decision we have to make about every post goes up to a vote.” There are some decisions you need to make, and of course, more influential people have more consideration of how those decisions are made, but with most communities, it’s a volunteer, moderator, owner, administrator. There’s just something about that nature of having to put everything to a vote or having people be financially invested that, I think, can work against the idea of a truly great online community. I don’t know where I’m going with this little rambling here, but it’s just interesting to see as the future of community is that you own a token- - -[00:31:54] Jacob Silverman: You’re right. - -[00:31:55] Patrick O’Keefe: -to participate in that community. That’s the future. I don’t know. There’s something that I don’t love about that. - -[00:31:59] Jacob Silverman: That token has a value and can be traded for other tokens, some of which may then have governance privileges in other organizations and things like that. One of my main problems with Web3 writ large is that it’s the financialization of everything or you receive price tags and get tokenized and get traded that you may not want to be tradeable, and that may include votes or ability to participate in an organization. - -[00:32:23] Patrick O’Keefe: When you talk about a16z or whatever, folks like that getting involved in DAOs, I think one of the things that we often try to do in online communities is– and this has come up with Joe Rogan. Joe Rogan and Spotify, Spotify gives him a hundred million dollars, publishes his show, people talk about that conversation in a moderation context because– I can understand why it makes some sense to draw the correlation, but moderation generally is when you have a group of people on a fairly even playing field and you apply standards to them fairly and equally. When you take one and you give them $100 million and you say, “This is exclusive to us now,” it’s not quite the normal community content moderation Section 230 dynamic. You are in a relationship with that person, that’s very specific, that’s around publishing his content. I think that when I look at these DAOs, this idea of financial incentive and being able to buy an outsized portion of votes and influence how things are run, and just the uncertainty of the buying and selling of those things too creates an instability around how the thing functions moving forward. - -It’s very easy to kill an online community. You make a few bad choices, you change what it is, you make it suddenly totally different. Everyone’s already bought into the social norms. A decade later, you decide, “Hey, we’re going to totally switch it up.” You lose 90% of people. They leave, but with a DAO, you’re buying into it. There’s this financial incentive in a lot of cases. The shifting dynamic of it is if someone big decides to sell their interest in that community, then all of a sudden, someone else has an interest in the community, and maybe they have the biggest interest. Hostile takeovers are a weird dynamic to introduce into an online community. - -[00:33:58] Jacob Silverman: I think that’s very well put, especially the fact that communities can collapse either quickly or over time, but what is underlying the DAO, and what is keeping people there and keeping them together? Well, the main thing is financial gain and financial interest, but also just a really outsized ambition to make a lot of money and sometimes with improbable interest rates, for example, on DAOs where you get to stake tokens, you get to stake stable coins, and they offer you crazy interest rates that you can’t get at a normal bank. - -Inevitably, some of these DeFi protocols and DAOs and stuff are built on pretty unsound economic footing even by crypto standards, or you get what’s called a rug pull where one of the leaders of the project absconds with most or all the money. If those communities are based on such an uncertain foundation or really an unstable one, what’s keeping them together? - -You see this a lot in the DeFi space which is that there’ll be some rug pull happen and someone will abscond with a huge amount of money like $50 million or $100 million worth of crypto, and you still get this language of community from the remaining people. The remaining couple leaders of the project who might also be totally unknown by the way because a lot of these people aren’t doxed, as they say, which– you and I both think there are benefits to being able to operate with different forms of anonymity and pseudonymity, but when you’re talking about a lot of money, perhaps you want to know who’s in charge of that. - -Anyway, you’ll have the remaining leaders of a DAO say, “We really want to help the community and make this whole,” and stuff like that. That is when the language particularly seems insincere, I think. When everything hits the fan and there are huge problems and people are about to lose their money, then there are these appeals to community to basically to stay calm and keep your money there because they don’t want any more capital fled out. I think you’re right that when not only are the basic relationships financial but also built on a very unsteady economic foundation, it doesn’t really make for a sustainable or sustaining community, especially when the first disaster strikes. - -[00:36:00] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, and the future of gaming is play to earn. I don’t– I just can’t. - -[00:36:04] Jacob Silverman: That’s depressing to me. - -[00:36:05] Patrick O’Keefe: I just can’t. I play video games when I can, with my brothers, we’re on different coasts, and it’s one of the ways we stay in touch, and I play the game based on what they want to play or what we play together, and there’s a reason I don’t stream my entire life. My whole life isn’t work. It’s just depressing, but here’s what I’ll say. I know some people are probably listening to this and saying, “Patrick, DAOs are different than that. They can be other things.” Come up with a bullet list. “Not all DAOs are like this. We can give people tokens. There doesn’t have to be money exchanged. It’s just a dynamic,” whatever. - -The question I would ask those folks if you’re thinking about DAOs, especially if you’re thinking about them seriously, is what do they make better? How do you feel that DAOs are improving the things that you’ve done in the past to build an online community that’s healthy, inclusive, and happy? Is there any part of a DAO that is making that better, or is it simply changing around the chairs on the deck? Is it– I don’t want to say the Titanic because you already have something good, but is it just reshuffling something for the purpose of sounding cool or changing something? Because what I think is going to happen with a lot of these communities is they’re probably going to hack in ways to make it more like how we’ve built communities online in the past. - -For example, the issue of control shifting the dynamic of the community, well, that’s cool. Well, that just means the owner keeps 50% of the tokens or 51%, and then you say, “Okay, then you have a single voice who controls the community now, and whatever gets sold from the 49.9 of the tokens, then that’s fine because it’s not the majority.” You’re going to bake in systems that reinforce the things that we already know that work, and then call it a DAO and have tokens and have this extra layer of things, an extra layer of potential environmental impact, which we’re not talking about today, but is a whole other layer of this, and what is actually being made better? - -So far, the arguments that I’ve seen have not convinced me that, in general, things are going to be made better by DAOs. Mostly I see them as some sort of– I think an investment club is a very smart way to think of them. Most of the ones that have crossed my radar have been people pulling together resources to do something else. Okay, but that’s not necessarily a community in the sense that we want to build or that most people, I think, listening to this show want to build. - -[00:38:10] Jacob Silverman: I’m certainly open to suggestions that there are DAOs out there that should be examples for the field or the industry or this type of community. You hear this a lot in crypto, “Oh, we’re in this phase of anarchy and scammers and stuff, and we just have to flush a lot that out and the use cases will appear.” I genuinely think that Web3 has a lot more salesmanship and mysticism around the technology saying, “Blockchain is revolutionary than other consumer technology innovations of recent years.” - -I think a reason there’s all that salesmanship and mystification, which is that this stuff hasn’t proved its usefulness, whether we’re talking about cryptocurrencies or NFTs or DAOs. Now, you can potentially argue that DAOs may have the most potential, but look at some recent high-profile examples. The Constitution thing was an embarrassing failure. The attempt by a DAO to buy the Constitution. - -I mean, of course, it was bought by an even more cold-blooded capitalist, a hedge fund guy, and then people tried to get their money back, and a lot of people lost money due to gas fees and things like that or transaction fees. Then there was the recent Spice DAO that bought the copy of Dune, and I don’t need to get into all that, but a real misunderstanding of– - -[00:39:17] Patrick O’Keefe: They bought a single copy of a book. - -[00:39:19] Jacob Silverman: Yes. Real misunderstanding of how copyright law works. There are certainly ways in which DAOs can get people together to get excited about something and throw in some money, especially, no disrespect, nerdy folks who get excited about some geeky subculture thing like– I think the lost Jodorowsky’s Dune movie is cool, but they totally botched their attempt to buy it and do something with the IP, but yes, I’m not convinced. - -I think that we need to stop thinking ahistorically, as we indicated earlier in this conversation, and say that you don’t need to reinvent the wheel and that there are a lot of useful examples of online community and that the dependence on code, and especially on trustworthy code– even though we say trustless and permissionless, someone audits the code. For example, there’s a big DeFi protocol, Wormhole, that just lost $320 million worth of Ethereum, supposedly because of an error in the code. They’re going to be made whole because they’re owned by actually a big crypto trading firm. - -What does that do to a supposed community that just an error in a code can just wipe out everything pretty much in a moment? That doesn’t exist for an online message board about a game or things like that. I’m maybe wandering a little far afield here, but I think one also thing worth noting is that many of these companies, “community” is the buzzword now, but it used to be “democracy”, especially on the big platforms like Facebook. Facebook used to allow voting on policies and things like that. We always knew that that was a fig leaf. I think a similar thing can be said here with community and Web3 and these big companies. - -Mark Zuckerberg is always going to control Facebook and what happens with Facebook, and frankly, a lot of these DAOs are going to be controlled at least 51% by a whale or a big stakeholder like you described. We have a long ways to go to see if they’re really these new forms of democratic association that were promised they are. - -[00:41:13] Patrick O’Keefe: One interesting wrinkle to the gold rush is that there are people with actual communities of supporters who love their work, support them, that are being cashed out in a sense, as this celebrity, this person is hyping an NFT that they are buying into. We’ve talked a little bit about this, but you wrote a piece for Slate with Ben McKenzie about Yanni’s NFT club of all things. - -The following portion really stood out to me. “The sad part about Yanni’s NFT club,” I won’t say the name, “Yanni’s NFT club is not fans being skimmed for another $40 or more, but rather the illusion of fellowship and access it promises Yanni listeners. Many of the fan videos invoke community and the possibility of convening with other fans, except that’s not possible.” Talk a little bit about the Yanni community and that dynamic of people buying into something, thinking there might be some community, but it’s really not. - -[00:42:03] Jacob Silverman: Yes. I’ve been writing lately about crypto with Ben McKenzie, who’s an actor who has become a crypto skeptic too. He’s used to fame and the machinations of fame and stuff like that. We’ve been looking especially at celebrity and crypto, and how much this can be a celebrity-driven market. We wrote a piece about how Yanni’s NFT collection, the semi-ironically beloved global composer, he has this NFT collection where he sells access for, I believe, $40. Then you get an NFT membership card and then you can buy another NFT for 150 bucks, which is a cheap video thing. Then there are supposedly going to be other NFTs sold in the future, but everything seems very low rent and low quality. - -There’s a pathetic sadness to it. One thing we wrote was that there’s not really a scam going on here. It doesn’t rise to that level where you’re really angry or you’re like, “How dare Yanni.” It’s one end of the spectrum where you can really see the stuff via the lens of community or the rhetoric of community has become a cash grab for every person with any fame really, and when it’s produced, put a lot of work into it, do it at the highest level of going on Jimmy Fallon and bragging about their new NFT, or something like Yanni where you’re just charging 40 bucks for this little digital key card kind of thing. - -The other thing with the Yanni NFT is that it’s on basically a private blockchain. It’ll be almost impossible for anyone to sell them or trade them, which is against the ethos of NFTs. I think the thing is you are appealing to people’s genuine affections for artists, entertainers, celebrities, other people like that. That is one reason why people do buy into these communities sometimes. It’s not just for speculation or for the chance to make some money, but I think there’s a hollowness at its core of this idea of community and connection, whether you’re talking about the Yanni one where someone just spent 40 bucks or you’re watching Paris Hilton on Jimmy Fallon talk about her six-figure NFT. - -That appeal to community and connection just rings very false to me. You’re not connecting with that person in any meaningful way. This may be just a feature of celebrity since time immemorial, but when you clearly put a monetary value on it, I think it’s even more glaring. The thing with the Yanni one is he has these video testimonials from fans who are saying how much they love Yanni and how they’re glad to be part of the NFT community, but it’s clearly just a few of them that they commissioned before launching the project. - -There’s no message board there. There’s no way to submit your own video. It’s just really buying into this fan club where you get a JPEG, but in a sense, that’s what all these NFT clubs are, and all these NFT collections is paying some degree of money to buy into this community where you get a JPEG, ideally, one that you can sell later on and might make some profit off of, and they always promise you’re going to have access to other things. The BAYC people say they’re building a physical clubhouse. They’ve had some events. Look, maybe the utility of this stuff will grow, but right now you’re buying into a very hollow idea of community and connection for the promise of future rewards. Whether those rewards will even be worth it is an open question. - -[00:45:13] Patrick O’Keefe: The Yanni one, it sounds like you’re just buying a video clip on a private website. - -[00:45:18] Jacob Silverman: You are, it’s basically a private database, a private blockchain based on this Oracle technology. You’re not going to be able to take the NFT anywhere. There’s nowhere to post. It’s just a website dressed up with blockchain rhetoric. I suppose someone called it, I think, “Blockchain Lite” to me. It is a very cobbled-together thing. Again, it doesn’t mean Yanni is some villain of the industry or something like that because, again, he is not scamming people for a lot of money, but it shows just how everyone wants another revenue stream. This is seen as a way to do that. It’s done and sold to people with, “Get to know Yanni,” or, “Get to know Paris Hilton,” or whoever it might be, whatever level of fame they operate at, or whatever level of kind of seriousness as an artist or entertainer they operate at. It’s still sold via the same promises and the same rhetoric. I think whatever end of the spectrum of fame or benefits offered, you’re still ultimately kind of getting the same thing, which I think is rather disappointing. - -[00:46:17] Patrick O’Keefe: There may be some fans that’ll run through a brick wall for Yanni, and after this, will keep- - -[00:46:21] Jacob Silverman: Totally. - -[00:46:21] Patrick O’Keefe: -continuing to give him money, but it seems no doubt, just on basic math, that there are fans who– this is the last straw. That 190 bucks or whatever it ends up being, 40 plus 150, or however much, is the last 190 that Yanni gets out of them. There are just so many ways to make money and so many ways to repackage your library or sell something or sell prints. I know photos Yanni took were part of it too. You could just sell prints with the photos. People would eat that stuff up. They’d pay $100, $500, $1,000 for a signed print, but to package it in this lingo and sell it in this way on this private blockchain and lock people into this other walled garden, I don’t know, it’s such a bizarre situation. - -[00:47:04] Jacob Silverman: Everyone is used to some degree of crass commercialism. We all exit through the gift shop at the museum and things like that. I think what you said is exactly right. Why not just sell some prints? Why buy into the latest fad and do it in sort of a cheap way, and also, frankly, do it with technology that may not even be that usable in a decade? - -I think one thing that we haven’t quite touched on, but maybe is worth mentioning at the end here is the potential impermanence of this stuff. There’s going to be some equivalent of link rot with NFTs and with some of these online communities. They’re going to break apart. They’re not going to be necessarily sustainable or haven’t proven themselves sustainable over the long haul, whereas the Dave Matthews Band message board that my college roommate used to post on is probably still around. It’s probably a more sustainable kind of community than the things we’re talking about here. - -Besides having this sort of physical interaction with something that you can put on your wall, I think, what are fans really buying into? Are they buying into something enduring or something that will last or be of interest beyond tomorrow or next week? It doesn’t seem like it. - -[00:48:05] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. I have a martial arts community I’ve run for over 20 years now. It’ll turn 21 in three months. You can still look at the post from 21 years ago, and that’s not an uncommon story, the Dave Matthews Band forum. It’s definitely not an uncommon story. I think, again, it goes back to the idea of, what is made better, and if things are made better for people, then that’s something worth pursuing, but if things aren’t made better and it’s just sort of layering this financial incentive over it, the harm that’s created there is worth considering, and you consider it a lot. We don’t have a gift shop here on Community Signal, but we just have to exit. - -Jacob, thank you so much for your time. It’s been a pleasure to chat. - -[00:48:41] Jacob Silverman: It was great. Thank you. - -[00:48:43] Patrick O’Keefe: We have been talking with Jacob Silverman, staff writer for The New Republic. Find him at jacobsilverman.com and follow him on Twitter @SilvermanJacob. - -For the transcript from this episode plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Until next episode. - -[music]",1731883668,b6cef58d91,4e3749b61e,,,1731883668 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/14/office-rollercoaster-great-exhibition-stockholm/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,"The Great Exhibition adds ""world's first office rollercoaster"" to its Stockholm studio","Creative studio The Great Exhibition has created a permanent, fully functioning rollercoaster in its office in Stockholm. - -Named The Frontal Lobe, the 60-metre-long rollercoaster winds through the seating areas, kitchen and bar on the ground floor of The Great Exhibition's office in the Liljeholmen district. - -The studio, formerly known as PJADAD, created the structure to demonstrate its ethos. It claims it is the ""world's first office rollercoaster"". - -""The idea of adding a rollercoaster to our office started years ago as what many people would call an impossible dream, fun but unfeasible, and honestly, a little ridiculous,"" The Great Exhibition's creative director Per Cromwell told Dezeen. - -""Over the years, the rollercoaster became something more significant. It was a challenge, a commitment to keeping the human creativity,"" he continued. - -""In a world increasingly driven by AI and algorithms, where everything is optimised, predictable, and a little soulless, the rollercoaster represents something random, spontaneous, and maybe more than anything, something real."" - -The rollercoaster is constructed from red-lacquered steel and operates in a loop around the toilets at the centre of the office's ground floor. - -Raised on steel supports bolted to the floor, the rollercoaster is cranked up to a height of four metres before being released to travel past the kitchen, rise above the building's entrance and pass through a seating area – wrapping around a circular table, before returning to the start. - -The rounded, polished car seats one person. - -Perhaps unsurprisingly, the studio faced numerous challenges to make the idea of a rollercoaster in a tight office space a reality. - -As the studio had no knowledge of rollercoaster engineering it contacted numerous companies and engineers along with backyard rollercoaster communities. - -""The challenges were endless,"" said Cromwell. ""The biggest issue was our near-zero knowledge of rollercoaster engineering, things like calculating radius, managing g-forces, and other technical essentials. - -""Eventually, after hundreds of design tweaks, we had a workable plan,"" he continued. - -""The next hurdle was finding someone who could bend steel pipes to our precise needs; it took ages to locate the right equipment, and buying our own pipe-bending machine was a little out of budget. Somehow, we made it happen without breaking the bank, or the ceiling."" - -Cromwell explained that along with the technical issues, the studio also had to navigate getting permissions from the city for the unusual structure. - -""The permit in Sweden, this is a complicated matter,"" he said. ""We registered the rollercoaster first as a 'steel structure' then changed it into 'interior design object'."" - -""There are no fitting classifications for indoor rollercoasters in Sweden,"" he continued. ""So there are no clear rules or legislations against them either. Honestly, we're not sure about the permits but hey, how could anyone complain on a rollercoaster?"" - -Along with being a fun, unique addition to the office, Cromwell believes that the rollercoaster symbolises the physicality of the studio's work compared to AI-driven design. - -""The rollercoaster is a reminder of what we stand for: against the predictable, the polished, and the overly analysed,"" he explained. ""In a world where algorithms and AI shape so much of what we see and experience, everything risks becoming more uniform, almost soulless."" - -""We're all surrounded by data-driven content that's increasingly tailored to be 'attractive', yet it lacks that human touch, the imperfections, the spontaneity, the surprises,"" he continued. - -""This coaster is a statement against that trend. It's unexpected, maybe even a little impractical, but it's an illustration of the spirit of exploration and imagination."" - -Cromwell reports that now the rollercoaster is operating, it has become part of many of the studio's employees' daily routines. - -""People definitely use the rollercoaster,"" he said. ""It's become part of our morning routine, some people start their day with a ride, and it's a great pick-me-up when someone's feeling low."" - -""Not everyone's a rollercoaster person, though, so for some, coffee wins out. It's also a popular end-of-day ritual, but the rush to pick up kids and wrap up projects sometimes means we skip that last ride,"" he continued. - -""The coaster was only finished recently, so there's still a lot of excitement. We even have a camera set up on the fastest turn, which has quickly become a favourite."" - -Other offices interiors with unusual playful features include MR Design Office in Japan, within which Schemata Architects hid a slide behind a mirrored wall, and Airbnb's London office, which features a ""village green"". - -The photography is courtesy of The Great Exhibition.",1731883654,8f8dc0373b,4e74348123,,,1731883654 -https://abduzeedo.com/illustration-impact-hart-curatorship-incubation-programme-visuals,https://abduzeedo.com/rss.xml,Illustration for Impact: HART Curatorship Incubation Programme Visuals,"Discover Anthony Lam’s captivating illustration work for the HART Curatorship Incubation Programme 2024, blending art with purpose. - -HART Collective Limited’s 2024 Curatorship Incubation Programme comes alive through a series of vibrant visuals and social media collaterals designed by Anthony Lam. This illustration project, aimed at amplifying the HART initiative’s reach, seamlessly combines creativity and purpose. Let’s dive into the thought process, design elements, and impact of these compelling illustrations. - -Bringing Artful Storytelling to HART - -The HART Curatorship Incubation Programme is more than just an event; it’s a platform that nurtures emerging curators and fosters artistic engagement in Hong Kong. For this initiative, HART Haus collaborated with Anthony Lam to create visuals that encapsulate the spirit of innovation and community central to the programme. With a focus on vibrant, eye-catching design, Lam’s illustrations breathe life into the promotional material, making the programme’s message resonate visually. - -One of the striking features of this project is the careful choice of typography. The primary typeface used is Degular Display by James Edmondson from OH no Type Co. This choice lends a contemporary and approachable vibe to the design, complementing the modern and energetic illustrations. The type’s bold and clean lines create a sense of structure amidst the dynamic visuals. - -Lam’s illustrations use a playful yet sophisticated color palette, striking a balance between the avant-garde and the accessible. The design approach draws heavily from art movements that emphasize form and rhythm, mirroring the essence of a programme that curates art as an experience. Each piece incorporates abstract shapes and flowing patterns that evoke a sense of motion, representing the evolving journey of curatorship and the fluid nature of artistic collaboration. - -Illustration isn’t just about static visuals; it’s about telling a story that connects with an audience. For this project, Lam crafted designs meant to adapt seamlessly across multiple platforms, from print to digital media. The social media assets, in particular, utilize animations and interactive elements to capture the attention of a fast-scrolling audience. These designs ensure that the HART Curatorship Incubation Programme stands out in the crowded digital space. - -The use of illustration as a core element of the visual identity allows for more flexibility and engagement. It provides a canvas where abstract concepts about art and curatorship can be expressed in a way that feels both authentic and exciting. Whether seen on a poster, a website, or a social post, each visual invites viewers to explore and learn more about the programme. - -Illustration plays a crucial role in making art initiatives accessible to a broader audience. By employing a visually striking yet relatable design language, Anthony Lam’s work for HART bridges the gap between curators and the community. The visuals don’t just inform; they inspire curiosity and engagement, which is essential for an incubation programme that seeks to elevate emerging curators. - -This collaboration also highlights the impact of thoughtful design in the arts sector. By leveraging illustration, HART Collective can convey complex ideas in a way that is immediately understandable and appealing. The choice of colors, the movement within the compositions, and the bold typography all work together to create a cohesive narrative that draws people in. - -The HART Curatorship Incubation Programme’s visual identity showcases how illustration can elevate an arts initiative, making it more engaging and impactful. Anthony Lam’s designs prove that illustration, when done thoughtfully, can serve as a bridge between art and the public, turning viewers into participants and supporters. - -This project is a reminder that effective visual identity goes beyond aesthetics; it tells a story that connects and captivates. As HART continues to grow its curatorship programme, the illustrations created for this year’s campaign will undoubtedly leave a lasting impression, drawing more people into the world of art and collaboration. - -Graphic design and illustration artifacts - -Credits",1731883627,89d9ac74dc,4e8e78163c,,,1731883627 -https://www.npr.org/2022/01/12/1072447059/no-such-thing-as-a-free-return,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,We follow what people are returning through the reverse logistics supply chain. : Planet Money : NPR,"No such thing as a free return - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Alexi Horowitz-Ghazi Alexi Horowitz-Ghazi - -Return policies have been around at least since Sears started offering customers a ""money back guarantee"" over 100 years ago. Since then, generous return policies have become the norm. Customers have come to expect the option to send back the things they buy. But the right to return has also opened up a Pandora's box for retailers. And as online shopping has grown, so have returns. - -But many returned goods don't find their way back on shelves. Instead, they wind up at stores like the Treasure Hunt Bin Megastore — where liquidated pallets of returned goods get unloaded every Thursday and sold throughout the week. Today, we follow two resellers on their treasure hunt to find returned goods they can flip for profit. - -Sponsor Message - -Music: ""Collectible Kicks"" ""Burger Extra"" and ""Call Me Yours."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884690,8181d7a585,4e145a1513,,,1731884690 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/deryk-jackson-kentucky-football-injury-update/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,Kentucky linebacker D'Eryk Jackson is out for the season,"Kentucky redshirt senior linebacker D’Eryk Jackson led the defense in tackles in 2022 and 2023. The South Georgia native entered the 2024 season with high expectations. Jackson looked like one of Kentucky’s best player all season recording 38 tackles, five tackles for loss, three pass breakups, one sack, and one interception in 354 snaps through eight games. - -Unfortunately, Jackson’s season is officially over. Mark Stoops announced after the 48-6 win over Murray State in Week 12 that the starting linebacker is out for the season. - -“He’s out for the year,” Stoops said. - -Kentucky is hopeful that Jamon Dumas-Johnson, J.J. Weaver, and Deone Walker will return to the lineup soon but Jackson’s year is over. After five years in the program, a move to the NFL could be next after the multi-year starter recorded 216 tackles, 17 tackles for loss, nine pass breakups, five interceptions, three sacks, and one forced fumbles during his career in Lexington. Due to only playing four games in 2021 due to an Achilles injury, Jackson could conceivably receive a medical redshirt if he wanted to return for a sixth season in 2026. The veteran popped up on Kentucky’s availability report after the loss to Florida in Week 8 and was pulled from the Auburn game in Week 9. Alex Afari Jr. has now started the last two games at linebacker with Jackson unavailable. - -Redshirt freshman Grant Godfrey earned his first career start on Saturday as Dumas-Johnson was unavailable. The Wildcats are dealing with a difficult injury situation at linebacker. - -Want more coverage of the Cats? Join the KSR Club. - -KSR has been delivering UK Sports news in the most ridiculous manner for almost two decades. Now, you can get even more coverage of the Cats with KSR+. Now is the perfect time to join our online community. Subscribe now for premium articles, in-depth scouting reports, inside intel, bonus recruiting coverage, and access to KSBoard, our message board featuring thousands of Kentucky fans around the globe. Come join the club. - -Take advantage of our KSR+ Introductory Offer to get bonus coverage of the Cats, including game threads, in-depth scouting reports, and the latest recruiting and roster intel. $1 for seven days and 50% off an entire year.",1731883656,b2069ab8ff,4dce7b6a08,,,1731883656 -https://www.theshelf.com/the-blog/halloween-infographic/,https://theshelf.com/feed,[INFOGRAPHIC] 2024 Halloween Stats and Spending,"Heat up the cider and start carving the pumpkins, it’s Halloween time! We know you’re probably already dreaming up the perfect costume for the 31st. While you’re busy planning out the perfect trick-or-treating route, don’t forget to carve out some time to focus on your Halloween marketing strategies. - -Here at The Shelf, you know we love a holiday campaign. And we firmly believe in having all the data to make them really sing, or I guess, scream for your Halloween marketing. That’s why we’ve rounded up all the 2024 Halloween stats you need to know to make your campaigns scary good. Consider it the season of the marketing witch, with all the campaign strategy spells you’ll be able to cast. - -No need to go wandering through the corn maze of Halloween data from past haunts. We’ve already gone bobbing for all the latest stats you need to create marketing strategies to die for. Plus, we’ve rounded up all the essential data points into an infographic included at the end of this post. - -Shoppers Love Falling Early for Fall - -When autumn finally rolled around in 2020, less than half of us were interested in celebrating Halloween in the traditional sense. (It may have had something to do with the fact that every single day of 2020 seemed a little like Halloween…) For most of us, that resistance was tied directly to still being hesitant to gather in crowds, go door-to-door, or (heaven forbid) take anything out of anyone else’s hands. - -We’ve come a long way since those dark days. In fact, this year will see the highest percentage of people celebrating Halloween in nearly 20 years, according to the National Retail Federation. 🥳🥳 - -This year, trick-or-treating is back on the agenda, and candy is still the most popular thing to buy for Halloween. You won’t be surprised that 95 percent of celebrants pick some up for the big day. More than two-thirds of celebrants (68 percent) have plans to hand out candy this Halloween. - -How Consumers Halloween - -A whopping 72 percent of Americans plan to celebrate Halloween this year. How exactly are consumers celebrating the spooky holiday, you ask? Well, 67 percent plan to hand out candy to trick-or-treaters. Another 52 percent plan to decorate their home or yard. Nearly half (49 percent) plan to dress up in costume. 43 percent will carve a pumpkin, creating their own jack-o-lantern. And 29 percent will attend or throw a Halloween party. - -As you can see there are many ways to celebrate Halloween in 2024. And this doesn’t include the haunted houses, hayrides, and pumpkin patch visits. There are plenty of touchpoints and seasonal staples through which you can reach your target demo to get in on that Halloween spending. And boy do celebrators spend. - -Breaking Down $11.6B in Halloween Spend - -That’s right, Halloweenies are projected to spend a staggering $11.6B this year. And yes, that’s B as in BOO (and billion)! But don’t let that number scare you. There’s plenty of spooky spending to go around. - -Average Halloween shoppers will spend $104 on the holiday. This year, for the first time, spending on costumes and decorations are about the same, at 33 dollars and some change. Close behind is candy, of course, with an average spend of $31.69 per person. Oh, to be a trick-or-treating tot again to save that expense! - -Here’s how those numbers shake out on a market level: 95 percent of shoppers purchase candy, netting out at $3.5B. 77 percent buy decorations, totaling $3.8B. 69 percent of shoppers purchase costumes, amounting to another $3.8B. And there are two spending categories, that while they pale in comparison, are nothing to sneeze at. $500M is spent on greeting cards by 35 percent of shoppers. And another $500M is spent on haunted attractions by 22 percent of shoppers. - -Where Do Shoppers Find Halloween Inspo? - -We’re an influencer marketing blog. Of course we’re going to do a section on influence and inspo. This year, Halloween shoppers are getting most of their inspiration (38 percent) for All Hallow’s Eve on the internet. That’s great news for brands looking to do influencer marketing campaigns. Meet consumers where they’re at — scrolling. And deliver on enviable costumes and decor they can use your brand to recreate! - -Of course, some shoppers (20 percent) are also finding their Halloween inspiration in-store. I myself just took a lap around Spirit Halloween looking for anything that struck my fancy. And always a fan of word-of-mouth, another fifth of consumers are turning to friends and family for Halloween ideas. So don’t sleep on your campaign’s ability to make it into the group chat. - -Where Do Halloweenies Shop? - -Between candy, costumes, and those giant yard skeletons, there are plenty of places for Halloween lovers to shop. Discount stores reign supreme when it comes to Halloween spending. They account for 37 percent of total spend. Next up are specialty Halloween stores and online retailers at 33 percent of spending. (I know you’ve driven past at least one Spirit Halloween in a previously abandoned storefront in your town.) - -Then we have grocery stores accounting for 28 percent of spending (all that candy adds up!). Followed by 22 percent at department stores and 12 percent at craft stores for all those DIYers who get creative for the holiday. - -A Very Gen Z Halloween - -It’s the generation all the marketers are talking about these days, so I know you want the Halloween deets. Gen Z takes Halloween, and specifically Halloween parties, very seriously. At least, 42 percent of them do. (That’s compared to 34 percent of Millennials.) And 32 percent of Gen Zers say they’re going bigger and better for Halloween this season compared to years past. - -However, going bigger and better doesn’t always mean spending more. Gen Z is particularly concerned with inflation this year. Up to 74 percent of Gen Zers say they’ll have to cut back on holiday purchases in general this year. And it makes sense. One in four Gen Zers and Millennials report having gone into holiday debt in previous years. But still, 47 percent say they’re willing to splurge for Halloween. - -Most Gen Z (54 percent) will be in costume for the occasion. And 21 percent of their pets will be too! So if you’re marketing to Gen Z this spooky season, bring on the Halloween campaigns! - -Check Out Our Halloween Infographic - -We hope all these tips and tricks make your Halloween marketing a treat. Remember, it’s not too late to start planning your holiday campaigns. If you’d like assistance getting started on your seasonal strategies, we’re happy to help! Schedule a strategy call with one of our experts today. - -Want more info on how you can leverage influencer marketing this spooky season? Check out our Halloween trends post. And take a gander at this 👇 EPIC infographic for more ideas. Bonus: there are campaign strategies, tricks, and treats at the bottom of this sucker! - -COPY and PASTE THIS 👇 CODE to EMBED THIS ☝️GRAPHIC. - -
Courtesy of: The Shelf
",1731883645,6a3fac543f,4d954273bc,,,1731883645 -https://www.hrbartender.com/2024/training/new-lifelong-learner-artificial-age/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=new-lifelong-learner-artificial-age,https://www.hrbartender.com/feed/,The New Lifelong Learner in the Artificial Intelligence Age,"Estimated reading time: 4 minutes - -We’re all familiar with the concept of the lifelong learner. It’s a term to encourage us to always be learning new things, even as we age and leave the workforce. Wikipedia defines it as “ongoing, voluntary, and self- motivated pursuit of learning for personal or professional reasons”. - -But I came across an article on Entrepreneur recently titled “Empowering the Future: Upskilling and Reskilling Talent in the Age of Generative AI” that got me thinking about what lifelong learning means today. And maybe there are new considerations when we discuss being a lifelong learner, both as an employee as well as an individual. - -Lifelong learning might have “requirements”. One of the things that struck me about the Wikipedia definition of lifelong learning is that it sounds like any subject you want to learn is fine. Just keep learning. That could be okay … to a point. Today’s technology might require us to learn about topics that were not on our “learning” list – like artificial intelligence. For example: The workforce today might benefit from learning about AI and keeping current with the topic. - -Lifelong learners might find they need to “learn faster”. Sometimes when we think about lifelong learning, it’s related to topics we’ve “always wanted to learn but never had the time. We might say to ourselves, “I’ve always wanted to take a calligraphy class.” and hope we get around to it someday. But with today’s technology, we might find that the pace of new advancements is forcing us to learn faster just to keep current. Organizations that sometimes tend to push training into the background might find that they need to do even more training, so employees have the information they need to do their jobs. - -Lifelong learners might have to become “flexible”. It can be confusing to try to learn too many things at the same time. Especially if they are complex topics with many facets. That being said, with the speed of technology in today’s workplaces, we might have to start learning something – shift to another topic – and then shift back. This is going to require learners to have a way to pick up where they left off in their learning process. Maybe an emphasis on note taking? It’s also going to require learning designers to consider how learners can get a quick refresher on things they had shifted away from. - -Lifelong learning design will change. If the future of learning is fast-paced and flexible, that leads me to believe that learning design will be focused on shorter learning sessions that require high impact results. Instructional designers will need to update their skills for this type of design. And learners will need to prepare themselves for that style of learning. It might not be everyone’s favorite way to learn so finding ways to peacefully coexist with it could be necessary. - -Whether you’re learning something for work or your personal life, being a lifelong learner is important. There are plenty of studies that show keeping our brains active matters. But it doesn’t mean that learning won’t change and that we might be forced to change with it. As lifelong learners, this is our opportunity to spend time thinking about how we like to learn and fully embracing it. - -There could be times when we can learn something that we want to learn in the format that we want to learn it. Then there might be times when we must learn something because we have to and in a way we really don’t like. Now is the time to think about how we can take those less-than-ideal learning scenarios and make them into a better experience. Because not doing them might not be an option. - -Image captured by Sharlyn Lauby while exploring the streets of Las Vegas, NV",1731883669,de7efe2695,4eb0dbe32d,,,1731883669 -https://justcreative.com/ai-image-upscalers/,https://justcreative.com/feed/,7 Best AI Image Upscalers to Boost Quality and Resolution,"What Do We Think About VideoProc Converter AI - -What Do We Think About Upscale.media - -What Do We Think About HitPaw AI Photo Enhancer Online - -What Do We Think About Adobe Photoshop - -What Do We Think About Luminar Neo - -What Do We Think About Topaz Gigapixel AI’s Image Resolution - -What Do We Think About Aiarty Image Enhancer - -In the world of digital creativity, image quality is everything. But enlarging images often leads to pixelation, blurriness, and loss of detail. That’s where AI image upscaling comes in. - -AI image upscalers use artificial intelligence to increase image resolution without sacrificing quality. This makes AI upscaling a game-changer for many creative professionals. Graphic designers can upscale images for large-scale projects without losing sharpness. Content creators can improve the clarity of Stable Diffusion or Midjourney AI visuals for websites, social media, or marketing campaigns. - -sponsored message - -In this post, you’ll discover some of the best AI image upscalers available today. Each tool offers unique features, and we’ll guide you in finding the one that best fits your needs. - -Also be sure to check out our articles on the best AI tools, photo editing software and laptops for photo editing. - -What Is an AI Image Upscaler? - -An AI image upscaler is a tool that uses artificial intelligence to enhance an image’s size while maintaining—or even improving—its quality. Unlike traditional upscaling methods, which stretch existing pixels and often result in blurry images, AI image upscalers analyze and reconstruct images to increase image resolution. They identify patterns, textures, and details, filling in gaps intelligently to create sharp, realistic visuals—even when enlarged. For creative professionals, this difference is crucial. With AI upscaling, you can enlarge images for high-quality prints, large displays, or digital content without worrying about losing detail or introducing blur. Best AI Image Upscalers – Top 7 Each AI image enhancer has unique features for different needs. Below, we’ve listed some of the best AI image upscalers to help you find the best fit. - -sponsored message - - - -Aiarty Image Enhancer — Best AI Image Upscaler Balancing Quality & Simplicity Topaz Gigapixel AI — Best for Exceptional Upscaling Quality (Maximum Resolutions) Luminar Neo — Best for Easy & Minimal Setup Adobe Photoshop — Best for Adobe CC subscribers HitPaw AI Photo Enhancer Online — Best Online AI Image Upscaler for Faces Upscale.media — Best Free Online Image Upscaler Videoproc AI — Best for Photos & Video Let’s dive in! - -How Image Upscaling Works Image upscaling works by employing sophisticated AI algorithms to analyze the original image and predict the missing pixels needed to create a higher-resolution version. This process involves a series of complex calculations that consider the image’s texture, patterns, and colors. The AI algorithm then uses this information to generate new pixels that seamlessly integrate into the original image, resulting in a higher-resolution version that is virtually indistinguishable from the original. By using AI to upscale images, you can enhance image resolution and quality, making your visuals sharper and more detailed, even when enlarged. - -Image Quality and Resolution Image quality and resolution are two critical factors that determine the overall appearance of an image. Image quality refers to the level of detail and clarity, while resolution refers to the number of pixels that make up the image. sponsored message - -A higher resolution image typically contains more pixels, resulting in a more detailed and clearer image. However, increasing the resolution without compromising quality is a challenging task. This is where image upscaling comes into play. By using AI algorithms to upscale images, it is possible to increase the resolution without losing quality, resulting in a sharper and more detailed image. Whether you’re working with blurry images or looking to enhance image resolution for professional use, AI image upscalers can help you achieve an enhanced image that meets your needs. - -1. Aiarty Image Enhancer - -Pricing: Free trial; Premium subscription available from $75 on sale Compatibility: Windows 10 (x64) 1809 or higher; macOS 10.15 or higher Upscaling Options: 1x, 2x, 4x, 8x or customizable resolutions Supported Image Formats: JPG, JPEG, PNG, TIF, TIFF, WebP, BMP, RAW formats like DNG, CR3, CRW, ERF, DRF, RWL, RAW, etc. Aiarty Image Enhancer is ideal for those who want powerful upscaling results with minimal effort. It offers features like Denoise, Deblur, More Details, and Upscaling to help improve image quality. It’s an automatic 4-in-1 process, so you can maximize your efforts by letting the AI do the heavy repetitive work and focus on the creative part. This AI photo enhancer is well-trained to ensure content-aware and optimal performance. It offers three AI models to handle various restoration challenges, from denoising and deblurring to enhancing intricate details like skin, hair, and textures. Additionally, Aiarty Image Enhancer supports upscaling images up to 800% and 32K resolution on Windows and 16K on macOS. By increasing photo resolution, it ensures that enlarged photos remain sharp and free from pixelation, preserving the original quality. Its user-friendly interface and efficient batch processing allows you to restore large volumes of photos quickly and effortlessly. Even better, it’s specially optimized for NVIDIA/AMD/Intel GPU and CPU for lower system requirements and better performance, making it an ideal tool for both professionals and hobbyists for everyday uses. Key Features: 4-in-1 AI image enhancement: denoise, deblur, more details, and upscale - -3 well-trained AI models for different image types - -High-quality upscaling up to 8X and 32K on Windows and 16K on macOS - -Batch processing 1000+ images simultaneously Pros: Simple and intuitive interface requiring no advanced editing skills - -Optimized for hardware acceleration, including NVIDIA, AMD, and Intel GPUs and CPUs - -Extensive format support, including RAW format - -Preserve prompts for AI images from Stable Diffusion, etc. Cons: Lack of support for Linux Ideal Users: Aiarty Image Enhancer is ideal for graphic designers and digital artists who want a balance of quality and simplicity. It’s a great choice if you need high-quality upscaling for web and print without a steep learning curve. What Do We Think About Aiarty Image Enhancer Aiarty Image Enhancer stands out for its ease of use and reliable output quality. Its lower system requirements and automatic 4-in-1 image enhancement make it easy to achieve impressive results without extensive setup. For creatives looking for simplicity without sacrificing quality, Aiarty Image Enhancer is an excellent choice. - -2. Topaz Gigapixel AI - -Pricing: Free trial; $99 for personal uses plus 12 months of updates Compatibility: Windows 10 or 11; macOS Big Sur 11.0 and higher Upscaling Options: 1x, 2x, 4x, 6x sponsored message - -Supported Image Formats: JPEG, PNG, TIFF, and RAW files Topaz Gigapixel AI is widely known for its dedicated focus on AI-powered image upscaling. Unlike general image editing software, Gigapixel AI specializes in enlarging images, producing results that retain intricate details and sharpness, even at high levels of magnification. The Resize Mode allows you to increase image resolution up to 6x the original resolution. Specialized AI models handle different types of images and enhance specific features. Its straightforward interface and batch processing capabilities also add convenience. However, this AI image upscaler requires a powerful setup to run smoothly. Key Features: Resize Mode to increase image resolution up to 6x the original resolution - -Specialized AI models for different image types - -Additional settings to Sharpen, Denoise, and Fix Compression - -Face Recovery for human facial details Pros: Powerful AI upscaling to maintain detail and sharpness - -Batch processing to upscale multiple images simultaneously - -Option to use with Lightroom or Photoshop as plugins Cons: Higher price tag - -Higher system requirements for optimal performance - -Slower processing time with large or high-resolution files Ideal Users: Topaz Gigapixel AI is ideal for photographers and digital artists who require the highest quality upscaling, particularly when detail preservation is essential. It’s also well-suited for projects involving large prints or detailed visuals. - -What Do We Think About Topaz Gigapixel AI’s Image Resolution - -Gigapixel AI is a top choice for creatives who need exceptional upscaling quality. This AI image enlarger can retain textures even at large magnifications, which can be especially valuable for photographers and designers. Although it may have a higher initial cost, its one-time purchase option makes it attractive for those looking for a long-term investment without ongoing fees. - -3. Luminar Neo - -Pricing: 7-day free trial; $69 for 12 months subscription, $99 for lifetime license Compatibility: Win 10 (64-bit OS, version 1909 or higher); macOS 12.0 or higher sponsored message - -Upscaling Options: up to 6x Supported Image Formats: PNG, JPEG, TIFF, PSD, HEIC, Raw Formats (CR2, CR3, DNG, etc.) Luminar Neo is a robust image editing software known for its AI-driven approach to enhancing photos. It provides creatives with powerful editing options that automate complex tasks, from basic adjustments to sophisticated retouching. Its Upscale AI feature allows you to upscale an image up to 6x its original resolution while maintaining sharpness and fine details. This enhancement in photo resolution ensures that enlarged photos remain sharp and free from pixelation. Open Luminar Neo as a stand-alone program, then you can access Upscale AI in the Resolution Enhancement section of the Catalog view. Besides the Upscale AI, you can enjoy a wide range of editing tools like portrait bokeh, background removal, sky replacement, etc. The software’s intuitive AI-powered controls automate complicated multi-step tasks. Key Features: Enhance image resolution up to 6x while preserving clarity - -One-click automated upscaling - -AI-powered editing tools for portrait bokeh, background removal, sky replacement, etc. Pros: Simplify upscaling with an easy, one-click process - -Provide additional AI tools for a comprehensive editing experience - -Work as a stand-alone program and Photoshop, Lightroom, and Photos plugin Cons: Fewer adjustments compared to other image upscalers - -Some operations are slow Ideal Users: Luminar Neo is perfect for users seeking an intuitive tool that combines AI upscaling with other editing features without manual effort. What Do We Think About Luminar Neo Luminar Neo’s Upscale AI is an efficient option for those who want quality results with minimal setup. Although it has fewer adjustments than other software, it is still a solid choice for users looking for reliability and quality without extra complexity. - -4. Adobe Photoshop - -Pricing: Free trial; Plans starting at $22.99/mo or $59.99/mo with Creative Cloud Compatibility: Win 10 (V22H2) or later; macOS v12 or later Upscaling Options: Customizable scaling percentages, specific pixel dimensions, and scaling factors allow for precise control. Supported Image Formats: JPEG, PNG, TIFF, PSD, WebP, BMP, Cineon, HEIF/HEIC, IFF format, PCX, PDF, PSD, Photoshop Raw, etc. Access to AI photo upscaling in a program you already use is a big plus. Adobe Photoshop is a powerhouse in image editing that most photographers are very familiar with. It includes advanced AI-driven upscaling features that make it versatile for creative professionals. With Preserve Details 2.0, Photoshop allows users to upsample images while retaining quality with a Noise Reduction slider. This feature is particularly useful to increase image resolution without losing detail. You can customize specific pixel dimensions and scaling factors. The Super Resolution in the Camera Raw plug-in allows double the linear resolution, which quadruples the total resolution. Beyond upscaling, it offers extensive customization options, making it ideal for creatives who need both flexibility and precision. Although Photoshop’s main focus isn’t upscaling, its robust AI capabilities add impressive results to an already comprehensive tool. Key Features: Preserve Details 2.0 for high-quality photo enhancement and to increase image resolution - -Super Resolution for doubling the image’s resolution while preserving clarity - -Customizable adjustments for noise reduction, sharpness, and edge detail - -Seamless integration with Creative Cloud Pros: Support extensive file formats - -High-quality outputs for printing and display - -Integrate seamlessly with other Adobe products - -Enhance workflows for professionals already using Creative Cloud Cons: Steep learning curve, especially for new users - -Higher system requirements and additional requirements for Adobe Camera Raw - -Pricey subscription-based plan model Ideal Users: Adobe Photoshop is ideal for professional designers and photographers with an Adobe Creative Cloud plan who need precise control over their images. - -What Do We Think About Adobe Photoshop - -Photoshop’s AI-powered upscaling, especially with the addition of Super Resolution, is excellent for those already working within Adobe’s ecosystem. You’ll find it valuable for projects that demand detail and customization. While Photoshop may not solely focus on upscaling, its capabilities make it a reliable tool for creatives who value control and quality. - -5. HitPaw AI Photo Enhancer Online - -Pricing: Free with watermark; Pro plans available for $8.99/week, $18.99/month, or $129.99/year Compatibility: Web browser Upscaling Options: 2x (and 1x, 4x, 8x for Pro subscriptions) Supported Image Formats: JPG, PNG, and TIFF HitPaw AI Photo Enhancer Online offers a streamlined, web-based solution for quick and effective image upscaling. Designed with accessibility in mind, this online AI image upscaler requires no downloads or installations, making it ideal for users who need convenience. HitPaw’s AI models provide quality upscaling with minimal user input, which makes it especially suitable for creatives looking to enhance images directly from their browsers. Free users can only upscale 2x the original resolution with watermark. Pro users can select from various models for face, general use, denoise, coloration, and restoration. The free AI photo enhancer allows users to improve image quality and resolution without compromising details, making it a great option for those who need a sharper, high-quality finish while maintaining textures and clarity. While the online version may not have all the advanced features of a desktop AI image enhancer, it’s a fast, reliable option for straightforward upscaling needs. Key Features: Web-based convenience without downloading any software - -Multiple AI enhanced models for various use cases - -Upscale images up to 8x the original resolution with a Pro Plan - -Work with popular formats like JPEG, PNG, and TIFF Pros: Simple interface for users of all experience levels - -Accessible on multiple platforms without installation - -Fast, convenient option for smaller projects or web use Cons: Lack of support for batch image upscaling - -Require an internet connection for use - -Higher price tag among other online photo enhancers - -Limited download images with weekly or monthly paid plans Ideal Users: HitPaw AI Photo Enhancer Online is best for users who need a quick, convenient online solution for basic upscaling tasks. It’s especially useful for those who work on multiple devices or prefer not to install software. What Do We Think About HitPaw AI Photo Enhancer Online HitPaw Online can be a go-to for users who prioritize convenience and quick results. Its web-based interface makes it highly accessible, and the quality of upscaling is sufficient for web-based projects. While it may lack the depth of desktop tools, its ease of use and accessibility make it a practical choice for light upscaling needs. - -Pricing: Free; Subscription Plan available from $0.05/credit Compatibility: Web browser Upscaling Options: 1x, 2x, 4x, 8x Supported Image Formats: PNG, JPEG, JPG, WebP, and HEIC Upscale.media is a browser-based AI image enhancer designed for fast and efficient image upscaling without the need for software installation. Known for its clean, minimalist interface, this program is accessible to all skill levels, making it easy to use for quick upscaling tasks. The program offers two ways—Normal Upscaling and AI Upscaling—to increase the resolution by up to 8x. As a free AI photo enhancer, it improves image quality and resolution without compromising details, allowing users to upscale their photos to a sharper, high-quality finish while maintaining textures and clarity. But that’s all this online image upscaler can do, no model selection or other additional features like denoise, etc. While it may not offer the extensive features of other online AI image upscalers, it’s a straightforward AI photo upscaling solution for individuals, professionals, and E-commerce alike. Key Features: Highly accessible across different devices with no download required - -Use AI to upscale image resolution up to 8x - -User-friendly interface and simple layout for all user levels Pros: No watermark on the outputs even with a free plan - -Good quality for most general image upscaling tasks - -Intuitive interface suitable for beginners and professionals alike Cons: Limited input resolution up to 1,500 x 1,500 px - -Internet connection required to use Ideal Users: Upscale.media is a good choice for users who need a quick, reliable online image upscaling. It’s especially beneficial for social media managers, content creators, and designers who need to upscale images on the go. - -What Do We Think About Upscale.media - -Upscale.media shines for its accessibility and ease of use. It’s ideal for web-based AI upscaling tasks and quick image enlargements. While it doesn’t offer the higher levels of upscaling some may need, its performance and ease make it a decent AI upscaler for basic, everyday use. - -7. VideoProc Converter AI - -Pricing: Free trial; $25.95 for 1-year subscription, $45.95 for lifetime license Compatibility: Windows 7 and later (32-bit and 64-bit); macOS 10.13 or later Upscaling Options: 1x, 2x, 3x, 4x Supported Image Formats: PNG, JPG, PBM, XBM, JPEG, PGM, PPM, XPM, TIFF, WEBP, BMP, AVIF, etc. Videoproc Converter AI is a versatile media converter and enhancer equipped with advanced AI features. Primarily known for its video conversion capabilities, it also offers a dedicated Super Resolution tool that makes it easy to upscale images even on a 32-bit Windows 7 computer with only a CPU. This AI image upscaler offers 4 well-trained models for different types of images. It can enlarge AI art from Stable Diffusion or Midjourney, old photos, and low-resolution images by 2x, 3x, or 4x, and up to 10K resolution while preserving real details and sharpness. There’s a 1x scale option to enhance image quality without upscaling, ensuring that increased photo resolution improves clarity and detail while maintaining the original quality. Besides upscaling, VideoProc Converter AI also offers tools for video format conversion, audio denoising, file size compression, etc. It’s designed to provide ease of use without sacrificing quality, making it a great fit for creatives who work with both images and video projects. Key Features: AI upscale image resolution with fine details and clarity for professional results - -Support batch processing to upscale multiple images at once - -4 well-trained AI models for different types of images - -Additional AI features for frame interpolation, video stabilization, audio cleanup Pros: High-quality upscaling with AI-driven precision for images and videos - -Low system requirements even for less powerful computers - -Ideal for multimedia projects with image and video format flexibility - -Easy-to-use with minimal setup, suitable for all skill levels Cons: AI features currently lack support for macOS Ideal Users: VideoProc Converter AI is ideal for creatives who need an all-in-one AI upscaling solution for image and video enhancement. It’s particularly suitable for users with lower system configurations who prefer local processing and need quality results for multimedia projects. What Do We Think About VideoProc Converter AI VideoProc Converter AI stands out for its versatility and accessibility. Users appreciate the ability to upscale images and videos with high-quality results, even on less powerful systems. Its video format conversion feature is an added bonus for creatives working with NLEs, and the tool’s affordability makes it an excellent value for budget-conscious users. - -Best AI Image Upscalers Summary - -Choosing the right AI image upscaler can make a big difference in the quality and impact of your visuals. Each tool we’ve covered has unique strengths, and Aiarty Image Enhancer stands out for its balance of simplicity, quality, and efficiency. With its well-trained AI models, Aiarty Image Enhancer offers high-quality results for different image types. Plus the straightforward interface, this AI image upscaler is indeed an ideal choice for creatives who need reliable upscaling without complex settings. It also supports a range of formats and has batch processing options, so you can enhance multiple images at once to save time. Additionally, it can increase image resolution significantly while preserving textures and sharpness. Meanwhile, Photoshop is perfect for professional designers and photographers with an Adobe Creative Cloud plan. Topaz Gigapixel AI is ideal for creatives who prioritize high detail preservation and don’t mind a higher price tag, while online image upscalers like HitPaw and Upscale.media offer convenient web-based upscaling for quick and easy access without installations. When deciding, consider what matters most to you to find an AI image upscaler that aligns perfectly with your creative goals.",1731883670,b7a65c143b,4e3e66c142,,,1731883670 -https://mikevardy.com/podcast563/,https://productivityist.com/feed/,PM Talks S1:E11 - Mike Vardy,,1731883639,abe8315a83,4ece05a981,,,1731883639 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/down-98-time-buy-spirit-103000375.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,"Down 98%, Is It Time to Buy Spirit Airlines Stock?","Just like airplanes take off and land, shares of Spirit Airlines (NYSE: SAVE) have taken shareholders on a ride. Only in this instance, there has been ridiculous amounts of turbulence on the journey. - -The business has made for a terrible investment. This airline stock currently trades 98% off its all-time high, a milestone that was achieved nearly 10 years ago. At this beaten-down level, is it time to buy Spirit Airlines? - -Start Your Mornings Smarter! Wake up with Breakfast news in your inbox every market day. Sign Up For Free » - -Up and down - -Things briefly reversed course recently. From Oct. 18 to Nov. 11, shares of the troubled airline surged 131% higher. The company initially gave shareholders a sigh of relief when it said it was able to secure an extension with bondholders to refinance its debt. - -Earlier this year, Spirit Airlines' planned merger with JetBlue Airways was called off by a federal judge due to concerns that it would've lowered competition at the lower end of the airline industry. The stock tanked tremendously after the announcement. - -There was hope that a new deal was in the works, adding to Spirit shares' recent short-lived bounce-back. The business was in talks recently with Frontier Group about a possible merger. But the discussions fell through. - -This puts Spirit Airlines in a precarious situation. The company is expected to file for bankruptcy protection in the not-too-distant future. It has also revealed that it won't be able to file its Q3 2024 10-Q on time. - -Value trap - -Investors might have been encouraged by the market's renewed sense of optimism toward Spirit Airlines, but that has dissipated. I believe it's still extremely difficult to be bullish on the business or the stock, even though the shares trade at a dirt-cheap price-to-sales multiple of 0.03. In my view, this is a classic value trap. But that valuation shows just how much the market has soured on Spirit's prospects. - -The challenges are hard to ignore. For starters, the company is struggling to grow its revenue. Sales totaled under $1.3 billion in Q2 (ended June 30), down 10.6% year over year. This was the fourth straight quarter of a year-over-year top-line decline. - -""Significant industry capacity increases together with ancillary pricing changes"" were called out by the management team as key factors pressuring the top line. Spirit's strategy centers on charging travelers for various non-fare items, like seat selection, baggage, or food and beverage. But the competitive nature of the industry has forced the company to cut prices here. - -Story Continues",1731883725,6e579b027f,4eb5dee932,,,1731883725 -https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/article/dentsu-downgrades-forecast-2024-reports-03-organic-growth-q3/1896034,https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/rss/news,Dentsu downgrades forecast for 2024 and reports 0.3% organic growth for Q3,"Dentsu downgrades forecast for 2024 and reports 0.3% organic growth for Q3 - -Full-year growth forecast down from 1% to 0%. - -by Matthew Keegan",1731883619,ec257e8cc3,4e9d1c48df,,,1731883619 -https://www.npr.org/2022/10/25/1131313436/planet-money-records-earnest-jackson-inflation-song,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,We start a record label to release a song about inflation : Planet Money : NPR,"Planet Money Records Vol. 1: Earnest Jackson - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Sarah Gonzalez/NPR Sarah Gonzalez/NPR - -In 1975, there was a band in Baton Rouge called Sugar Daddy and the Gumbo Roux. That year, they recorded a song called ""Inflation."" Everybody in the band went on to make it in the music industry...except the lead singer Earnest Jackson. - - - -So...we're giving Earnest a second chance. Releasing his long lost song, ""Inflation,"" to try to make him a star. - - - -Hello and welcome to Planet Money Records. - -This is part one of the Planet Money Records series. Here's part two and part three. - -Update: We now have merch! We released a line of Inflation song gear — including a limited edition vinyl record; a colorful, neon hoodie; and 70s-inspired stickers. You can find it here: n.pr/shopplanetmoney. - -Enlarge this image James Sneed/NPR James Sneed/NPR - -Music: ""Inflation,"" ""Superfly Fever,"" ""Love & Happiness"" and ""Nola Strut."" - -Listen to ""Inflation"" on Apple Music, Spotify, YouTube Music, Tidal, Amazon Music & Pandora. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884661,8181d7a585,4ef1becd41,,,1731884661 -https://roboticsandautomationnews.com/2024/11/14/nikon-sells-its-1000th-3d-printer-to-bosch/86983/,https://roboticsandautomationnews.com/feed/,"Nikon sells its 1,000th 3D printer to Bosch","Nikon SLM Solutions says that the 1000th system it has produced, an NXG XII 600, has now been acquired – by Bosch. (SLM stands for “selective laser melting”, a technique for 3D printing or additive manufacturing.) - -German industrial giant Bosch will utilize the milestone NXG XII 600 to “elevate the production” of critical parts for powertrain technology, hydrogen, and electric drive applications at its 3D-Printing Manufacturing and Processing Center in Nuremberg, Germany. - -This center specializes in additive manufacturing (AM) for both prototyping and serial production, harnessing the power of Nikon SLM’s technology to meet growing production demands. - -The 1000th system, with its industry-leading 12-laser configuration, will “significantly enhance” the capacity for large-scale, high-quality AM production, especially for challenging materials like aluminium alloys. - -This installation supports the manufacturing of reliable, efficient, and scalable AM solutions for automotive and emerging technologies. - -Sam O’Leary, Nikon SLM Solutions’ CEO, says: “We’re honored to celebrate our 1000th system milestone with Bosch, a longstanding partner who truly understands the transformative power of additive manufacturing. - -“The NXG XII 600 is designed for high-output production environments, and we look forward to seeing Bosch leverage this technology to push boundaries in automotive and beyond.” - -The NXG XII 600 represents a groundbreaking achievement in additive manufacturing, featuring a 12-laser system capable of dramatically accelerating build rates and maximizing output. - -Engineered for industrial-scale production, it includes an exchangeable build cylinder to minimize downtime and a closed-loop powder handling system that prioritizes operator safety and material efficiency.",1731883641,65442cd6f5,4ea2732fec,,,1731883641 -https://www.infosecurity-magazine.com/news/ai-threat-escalate-in-2025-google/,https://www.infosecurity-magazine.com/rss/news/biometric/,"AI Threat to Escalate in 2025, Google Cloud Warns","Researchers at Google Cloud believe the AI threat will worsen in 2025 despite not having had the catastrophic impact some analysts initially predicted. - -In its Cybersecurity Forecasts 2025, the tech giant anticipates that successful malicious use of AI observed in 2024 will continue and new sophisticated uses will emerge. - -Malicious actors will continue to use AI and large language models (LLMs) to develop and scale sophisticated social engineering schemes including phishing campaigns. - -Google Cloud analysts also forecast that cyber espionage actors and cybercriminals will continue to leverage deepfakes for identity theft, fraud, and bypassing know-your-customer (KYC) security requirements. - -During the report launch event in London, attended by Infosecurity on November 12, Stuart McKenzie, Managing Director of Mandiant Consulting EMEA at Google Cloud, said, “AI will play a massive part of overall cyber threats in 2025.” - -From Malicious AI Prototypes to Large-Scale AI Adoption - -In addition to the malicious use of AI already observed, the authors of the report believe that in 2025 some anticipated misuses of AI that have not materialized to date could do so. - -Jamie Collier, Lead Threat Intelligence Advisor for Europe at Google Cloud, said using LLMs for malware development and malicious open source LLMs is still anecdotal, but will likely take off next year. - -He also expects more AI experiments to supercharge malicious actors’ capabilities, including vulnerability research, code development and reconnaissance.",1731883660,2015353f75,4eb14c4874,,,1731883660 -https://qutech.nl/2024/05/16/lieven-vandersypen-appointed-as-knaw-member/,https://qutech.nl/feed/,Lieven Vandersypen appointed as KNAW member,"Scientific director at QuTech Lieven Vandersypen is appointed as member of the Royal Netherlands Academy of Arts and Sciences (Dutch: KNAW), together with 16 others. On Monday 30 September, the new Academy members will be installed. - -The KNAW is traditionally a society of outstanding Dutch scientists. Members are elected based on high-quality scientific achievements. A membership is for life. Every year, the KNAW elects new members to vacant positions. This is based on nominations from within and outside the KNAW. The opinion of external referees weighs into the selection. - -Membership of the KNAW is a great honour for a scientific career in the Netherlands. The KNAW has ordinary members and foreign members. In addition, correspondents were appointed until May 2011. The approximately 600 members of the KNAW are leading scientists from all disciplines. - -About Lieven Vandersypen - -Lieven Vandersypen achieved several breakthroughs in the field of quantum computers. A quantum computer can perform certain calculations much faster than ordinary computers. Vandersypen showed that the same principle works in reality, by executing it in molecules. That application of the so-called Shor algorithm amounted to the calculation 15 = 3 x 5. However, the approach with molecules cannot be scaled up to more complex systems, but it can be done with other types of quantum bits or qubits: these are the information-processing units of quantum computers, similar to bits in an ordinary computer that can store a 1 or a 0. Vandersypen has developed several such quantum bits that do scale and have the potential to yield a usable quantum computer. Vandersypen is scientific director of the research institute QuTech, of which he was also one of the founders. He is also a professor of quantum nanoscience at Delft University of Technology.",1731883659,855509a49b,4f04411f31,,,1731883659 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/kentucky-vs-murray-state-ksr-live-blog-score-updates-highlights/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,LIVE BLOG: Kentucky vs. Murray State,"After four straight losses, the Kentucky Football team is back home to try to get back in the win column. KSR’s new and improved LIVE BLOG will bring you all the sights and sounds from Kroger Field as the Cats host the Murray State Racers (1:30 p.m. ET, SEC Network+). - -You know what’s going on with Kentucky. To make a bowl, the Cats have to win out. Today’s game against Murray State is by far the easiest of the three remaining. The Racers are 1-9 this season and have lost seven straight. They opened the season with a 51-0 loss at Missouri. Their defense is especially bad, which should provide ample opportunity for Kentucky’s struggling offense to find its footing. Brock Vandagriff will start at quarterback, but freshman Cutter Boley is expected to get plenty of reps as the program looks toward the future. - -Today’s game streams exclusively on SEC Network+, so if you’re unable to watch, we’ve got you covered. Refresh the feed below for updates and our takes on the game, from Kroger Field and the couch. You can also join the conversation on the KSBoard Game Thread or by texting your observations to 859-587-3828 (standard messaging rates apply). - -By: Tyler Thompson FINAL: Kentucky 48, Murray State 6 That’ll do it. The Cats advance to 4-6 with today’s 48-6 win over Murray State. Next up: No. 3 Texas in Austin. - -By: Tyler Thompson Jackson Schulz gets an interception in the end zone and that should do it Junior defensive back Jackson Schulz makes it all but official, picking off Murray State’s quarterback in the end zone. Gamblers will be happy to know that secures the cover. FIRST career INT for @JacksonSchulz29 😼 - - - -📺 – @SECNetwork+ pic.twitter.com/Jzt9YSBynj — Kentucky Football (@UKFootball) November 16, 2024 - -By: Tyler Thompson Cutter Boley to Anthony Brown-Stephens again! The Cutter Boley-Anthony Brown-Stephens connection is strong. The duo just connected on another touchdown to put Kentucky up 48-6 with 3:34 to go. Boley is now 10-14 for 130 yards and two touchdowns. The Cats have 584 yards of total offense, the most since November 2021. Two TD passes from @cutterBoley, two TD catches from @anthonybrownn_ ✌️ - - - -📺 – @SECNetwork+ pic.twitter.com/DVLZSL51p8 — Kentucky Football (@UKFootball) November 16, 2024 - -By: Tyler Thompson Courtland Ford is down Offensive lineman Courtland Ford has missed most of this season due to injury. He just went down with what appears to be a left leg injury on a Chip Trayanum run. Fingers crossed it’s not serious. - -By: Tyler Thompson We’re up to 24 penalties now Fred Farrier just ran into Murray State’s punter for a Roughing the Kicker penalty, our 24th of the game. I’d say this is comical, but I think we’re all past laughing. Kentucky will have the ball on the 28-yard-line up 41-6 with 8:44 to go in the fourth quarter. - -By: Adam Luckett A fifth consecutive Kentucky scoring drive Make it 17 points in three second half possessions with Cutter Boley behind center. The Wildcats got the complete second offensive line unit in the game on that drive. It ended with consecutive completions to Willie Rodriguez and Anthony Brown-Stephens for 38 yards to turn a third-and-18 into a touchdown. The Wildcats are now up over 500 total yards for the first time this season. - - - -Are the Cats going to cover? There’s a chance. - -By: Adam Luckett Kentucky forced a red zone three-and-out Despite the field position, Kentucky’s defense gets off the field only allowing three points following a three-and-out. Cutter Boley will now get his second possession of the game at the beginning of the fourth quarter. - -By: Adam Luckett This game just got weirder Did you want some more penalties? You got them on both teams on the Murray State kickoff. After the reset, a Brandon White fumble sets the Racers up with an instant red zone possession. Mark Stoops quickly burns a timeout. - - - -This one is quickly turning into a sickos committee special. - -By: Adam Luckett The shutout is gone Murray State needed a 13-play scoring drive that included six penalties to end the shutout bid. That was quite the drive that milked nearly eight minutes off the game clock. Both teams kept making errors including a five-play stretch where there was a penalty on every play. - - - -One more quarter to play after Murray State adds three points. - -By: Adam Luckett Kentucky settles for 3 in the low red zone After a couple explosive plays produced by Cutter Boley, Kentucky’s offense again bogs down in the low red zone. The false start penalty on Jager Burton on second-and-goal certainly didn’t help. The lead stays at five possessions with Kentucky going up 34-0. Kentucky has marched 119 yards on 14 plays with Boley behind center. The zone read keeper got the field goal drive started. .@cutterBoley turning on the jets ✈️ - - - -📺 – @SECNetwork+ pic.twitter.com/ghbD2ryqZj — Kentucky Football (@UKFootball) November 16, 2024 - -By: Adam Luckett Koby Keenum replaces Eli Cox After the Jamarion Wilcox touchdown run, Kentucky center Eli Cox needed help getting off the field. Following a quick three-and-out by the defense, the Kentucky offense is back in the game and redshirt freshman Koby Keenum has replaced Cox in the lineup. - - - -Stay tuned for an injury update. - -By: Adam Luckett That looked easy Kentucky marches 75 yards in seven plays and scores a Middle 8 touchdown in Cutter Boley’s first drive at quarterback. The Wildcats created four explosive plays and overcame a holding call. Boley finished 2-of-2 for 37 yards as the lead is now out to five possessions. - -By: Adam Luckett Cutter Boley Time The blue-chip true freshman is in the game at quarterback. He finds Josh Kattus for an explosive gain on a bootleg on play one. - -By: Adam Luckett First Half Advanced Box Now it’s time for some deep dive stats. Kentucky won every important category that half. A ton of explosive plays for the Cats created scoring opportunities. - - - -Snaps: UK 43, Murray 25 - -Success Rate: UK 48.8%, Murray 32% - -Yards Per Play: UK 7.4, Murray 5.3 - -Explosives: UK 23.2%, Murray 12% - -Havoc Allowed: UK 13.9%, Murray 16% - -Points Per Scoring Opportunity: UK 5.7 (17/3), Murray 0 (0/1) - -3rd/4th: UK 4/6, Murray 0/5 - -Drives (non end of half): 6-6 - -By: Nick Roush First Half Stats Brock Vandagriff has been sacked three times and there have been 10 penalties between both teams. It hasn’t always been the prettiest football but the Cats have 318 yards and 17 first downs. Not too shabby. - -By: Nick Roush A 2-Minute Drive Touchdown! A little tempo injected some life into the Kentucky passing attack. Starting the drive on the 9-yard line with 2:11 on the clock, the Wildcats methodically moved the ball down the field. The 11-play scoring drive only had one play of 20+ yards, a dart to Hardley Gilmore. A late sack put the Cats in jeopardy of settling for another field goal. Then Bush Hamdan called the “Throw it up to Ja’Mori Maclin” play and it worked for a 19-yard touchdown to give the Cats a 24-0 lead at the half. .@BrockVandagriff ➡️ @routerunner9 in the back of the endzone for the TOUCHDOWN. - - - -📺 – @SECNetwork+ pic.twitter.com/jHZNUDvoBN — Kentucky Football (@UKFootball) November 16, 2024 - -By: Nick Roush Another Interception for Jordan Lovett We know of at least one guy who showed up to play today. Murray State drove down into the Kentucky red zone, in large part thanks to a 44-yard reception by J’Kalon Carter. Before the crowd’s frustrations could turn into full-blown anger, Lovett tipped the ball to himself and secured his second interception of the day. .@Jordan_Lovett1 INT x2 - - - -📺 – @SECNetwork+ pic.twitter.com/6UHvLB9fC6 — Kentucky Football (@UKFootball) November 16, 2024 - -By: Nick Roush Penalty-Palooza! There was a moment where the Cats looked cooked by another bad holding penalty. A reverse to Hardley Gilmore was set up for a huge gain, until flags rained down from all corners of the field to tag the Cats for holding. - - - -Fortunately, Jamarion Wilcox was there to save the day. He had runs of 15, 13, and 32 yards to get Kentucky into scoring territory. A couple more penalties almost cost the Cats, until Murray State was tagged with a pass interference on third and long. It wasn’t a big enough favor to get Kentucky into the end zone. - - - -Brock Vandagriff was under duress that entire 13-play drive that ended with a 32-yard field goal. There’s some bad football being played this afternoon at Kroger Field. - -By: Nick Roush Holding Call Wipes Away a Huge Play The first Jamarion Wilcox carry of the day was the most exciting play of the day, except it never happened. The redshirt freshman wiggled free and sprinted down the sideline before he was tackled inside the 5-yard line. Unfortunately, it was negated by a holding penalty on the other side of the line of scrimmage. You won’t see that in the final box score, but it was essentially an 80-yard penalty that ended a drive. - - - -The self-inflicted mistakes are never-ending for this Kentucky football team. - -By: Nick Roush So Close to a Pick Six and a Special Teams Disaster Terhyon Nichols is searching for his first career interception. He almost got it, thanks to a Maxwell Hairston cornerback blitz. The true freshman from Cincinnati jumped the route. He had nothing but green grass between him and the end zone, but couldn’t make a challenging catch for the pick six. - - - -It’s always a wild ride when Ja’Mori Maclin returns punts. For a moment, it looked like he muffed the punt that Murray State recovered in the end zone. Fortunately, officials ruled that he did not touch the football. Exhale. - -By: Nick Roush First Quarter Stats Kentucky out-gained Murray State by 100 yards in the opening period that featured more than one unusual moment. - -By: Nick Roush Not a Pretty Scoring Drive, but We’ll Take It The Kentucky offense isn’t exactly firing on all cylinders. Demie Sumo-Karngbaye is the only UK running back with a carry so far, and it hasn’t looked easy for him. He has seven carries for 29 yards. - - - -Kentucky had a third and long converted to Dane Key that got the Cats into the red zone. Vandagriff was promptly sacked. The Kentucky quarterback got the Cats out of the danger zone by scrambling for 22 yards on third and 15, setting up a short touchdown run for DSK to give the Cats a 14-0 lead with a minute left in the first quarter. - -By: Nick Roush What a Stat Line I had to save this for my records. Not sure I’ll ever see a line like this again. - -By: Nick Roush The Arm-Punt Play Didn’t Work This Time One snap after Brock Vandagriff got lucky on a long ball to Hardley Gilmore, he did the same exact thing. They dialed up the deep shot to Gilmore. It was once again severely under-thrown. This time Murray State did not drop the interception. - - - -Brock’s deep-ball might be the best part of his game. These long under-throws are baffling. No harm, no foul. A Tre’vonn Rybka sack derailed Murray State’s drive and Kentucky has the ball back after a 3-and-out. Backfield disrupter, @trevonnrybka 💪 - - - -📺 – @SECNetwork+ pic.twitter.com/Rx5jNujHLL — Kentucky Football (@UKFootball) November 16, 2024 - -By: Tyler Thompson I know this is SEC Network+, but… Look, I get that ESPN doesn’t exactly send its top production crew for SEC Network+ games, but the broadcast quality is not great. It looks like Vaseline was smeared on the camera lens during Hardley Gilmore’s first career touchdown reception. Thankfully, they seem to have gotten the camera in focus now. It ain't pretty, but it'll do. Hardley Gilmore's first career touchdown reception. - - - -LIVE BLOG: https://t.co/F7A8Qz2Fpi - - - -GAME THREAD: https://t.co/62yBAhUQDUpic.twitter.com/2dzFwdJKpP — KSR (@KSRonX) November 16, 2024 - -By: Nick Roush A Silly Way to Score a Touchdown Kentucky dialed up a deep shot to Hardley Gilmore, looking to get the true freshman his first career touchdown. Brock Vandagriff severely under-threw the ball. For all intents and purposes, it was an arm-punt, except the return man wasn’t ready for it. The Murray State defensive back dropped the interception right into Gilmore’s hands for a 52-yard touchdown. Just how Bush Hamdan drew it up. - -By: Nick Roush Turnover Time! The Murray State quarterback rolled out and threw it into a crowd of Kentucky Wildcats. Jordan Lovett slid to the turf to pick off the pass, the sixth of his career and the first this fall. .Jordan_Lovett1 😤 - - - -📺 – @SECNetwork+ pic.twitter.com/IkIof8B3Ei — Kentucky Football (@UKFootball) November 16, 2024 - -By: Nick Roush Josaih Hayes makes his 2024 Debut The fifth-year nose guard tore his Achilles in the spring. They couldn’t keep him off the field. He rehabbed to make his return for the Murray State game and on his first snap he made a tackle. Very cool moment. Hayes can use a redshirt and get another year of eligibility for 2025. - -By: Nick Roush It’s Football Time in the Bluegrass The Racers won the toss and elected to receive. The shorthanded Kentucky defense will be tested first. Let’s play football. - -By: Nick Roush The Crowd: Not that Bad I don’t think it’s worth making a big stink on who is or isn’t here for this game. It will be the worst crowd of the year, but I’ve been in much emptier Kroger Fields. The student section is near capacity. Traffic getting into the stadium wasn’t bad, but the Red and Blue Lots were mostly full. It’s a fine, half-full stadium for an FCS game. Let’s just hope they’re treated to a fun football game. - -By: Tyler Thompson Reminder that today’s game is “on the computer” We’re about 15 minutes from kickoff, which is a good time to remind you that today’s game is only on SEC Network+, which you can access on the ESPN app if you have SEC Network with your cable subscription. Richard Cross and Charles Arbuckle (whom I’ve never heard of before) are on the call or you can listen to Tom Leach and Jeff Piecoro on the radio. Of course, we’ll be providing score updates and highlights on this here live blog. - - - -Kickoff: 1:30 p.m. ET - -TV: SEC Network+ (Richard Cross, Charles Arbuckle) - -Watch college football games live – try Fubo for free! Click HERE NOW. - -Local Radio: UK Sports Network (Tom Leach, Jeff Piecoro, Dick Gabriel) - -AM: 840 WHAS, 630 WLAP - -FM: 98.1 WBUL - -Online: iHeart Radio - -Sirius XM: 102 or 111 - -Live Stats: StatBroadcast - -By: Adam Luckett Good news, bad news on the injury front Want some good news? Chip Trayanum is back on the field. Josaih Hayes is also dressed for the first time this season after suffering an Achilles injury. - - - -Now for the bad news. - - - -Jantzen Dunn, J.J. Weaver, D’Eryk Jackson, and DJ Waller Jr. are all missing in warmups. There is also no sign of Jamon Dumas-Johnson. Looks like Alex Afari Jr. and Grant Godfrey will be getting the start at inside linebacker today. - -By: Drew Franklin Pregame notes from Kroger Field’s press box Because the parking lot was severely lacking, I was in the press box earlier than usual today. The KSR Pregame Show ended at 11:30 a.m. I took the equipment apart, stowed it away, and still found my seat in Kroger Field’s press box by noon (a new personal record). Some notes from the pregame press box scene: - - - -— Murray State is well-represented in the fifth-floor media area. Lots of people here to see and cover the Racers in Lexington. - - - -— The bowl of brown substance next to the press box mashed potatoes is balsamic vinaigrette, not gravy. I had to pretend I knew that the whole time as I ate a large plate of balsamic mashed potatoes at a table with strangers. The guy behind me followed my lead in line. I owe him an apology for the false gravy narrative that I created. - - - -— “If You Wanna Be My Lover” by the Spice Girls is the current stadium song as I write this. I’ll tell you what I want, what I really, really want: Kentucky to cover 41 points today. - - - -— Holding off on my game day coffee tradition after consuming an unhealthy amount before and during the pregame show. The under will hit on press box coffees this week. - - - -— Speaking of the pregame show, KSBar had a great crowd this morning, giving me hope for the crowd at today’s game. Go Cats. - -By: Adam Luckett Kentucky defensive line will be short-handed We’ve got our first injury update of the day. Kentucky star defensive tackle Deone Walker and rotational player Kahlil Saunders are both in sweatsuits during warmups. The Wildcats will not have either today. Saunders suffered an injury last week against Tennessee and Walker has appeared on multiple availability reports this season. - - - -Stay tuned for more injury updates. - -By: Tyler Thompson Not the greatest turnout so far As you might expect, by all reports, the parking lots were not packed ahead of today’s game. The crowd at the Cat Walk was lively, though. Mont Dawson, Kentucky Sports Radio",1731883659,b2069ab8ff,4f02a7cccd,,,1731883659 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMitAFBVV95cUxNSGFSMUE3aHNvSHZJN203Mk96M1hTbUhJQnR3YU5DTEJ6ajMwQ2FSczFXUnF2dThOTy14ZU5lLWVEQ2xXU3ZCZWgzSUFNeF9kRUQ5YUtobGNHdkhJSDhuczg2RHpIamR3Z3JxTVZraFpsTUZrdUF3LTlZOVl1ckRMYU1EMlNnWFVuVE1vSmVrOVZqZllRWnpncFVBMGZ1XzVBejRpX1E1dlpWNXpIVEVaVXhTVzc?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883618,2688d2a9c6,4efda9ed0d,,,1731883618 -https://www.npr.org/2022/05/10/1097885472/buy-now-pay-dearly,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"America loves buy now, pay later lending. But do these plans come with a catch? : Planet Money : NPR","Buy now, pay dearly? - -Enlarge this image Courtesy of Amelia Schmarzo Courtesy of Amelia Schmarzo - -When Amelia Schmarzo's dad helped set up a credit card for her to use while away at college, he told her it was only for essentials and emergencies. And Amelia barely touched the card ... until she discovered a new kind of payment called ""buy now, pay later."" - -The pitch was simple: get whatever you want now, and pay it back in four, interest-free installments. Suddenly, Amelia started buying all kinds of things using buy now, pay later. And she failed to notice that her small installments were quickly piling up. It only took a month before her credit card was maxed out. - -Sponsor Message - -Buy now, pay later companies like Klarna, Afterpay and Affirm have taken the country by storm ever since the pandemic fueled an online shopping explosion. But offering customers the option to pay for anything from clothes to oral surgery in interest-free installments sounds almost too good to be true, right? - -Today on the show, what exactly is buy now, pay later? And should we be worried? - -Music: ""Retro Funk,"" ""Comin' Back For More,"" ""Reactive Emotion,"" and ""EAT."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884677,8181d7a585,4f216ab909,,,1731884677 -https://www.npr.org/2022/01/14/1073227859/the-rapid-testing-show,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The Planet Money Team runs a test on the U.S. Covid testing system. : Planet Money : NPR,"The rapid testing show - -Enlarge this image Molly Messick Molly Messick - -The U.S. government is buying a billion Covid tests that it plans to distribute to anyone who wants them. But that move comes a little too late for the many Americans who have struggled to find tests as omicron surges across the country. - -Today on the show, we try to get tested. And we run into problems. From scammy testing sites to no tests at all, we explain what's behind the nation's Covid testing mess. - -Music: ""Warrior Of The Ring"" ""Big Band Showtime"" ""Quirk du Cirque"" ""The Parade"" and ""Bourbon Street Blues."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Sponsor Message - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884689,8181d7a585,4e93ff3b02,,,1731884689 -https://derivsource.com/2024/08/14/clearwater-analytics-study-reveals-client-engagement-as-dominant-driver-of-investment-flows/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Clearwater Analytics Study Reveals Client Engagement as Dominant Driver of Investment Flows,"New Research Uncovers the High Costs of ‘Business as Usual,’ Underscoring the Need to Modernize Data Management - -Clearwater Analytics (NYSE: CWAN), a leading worldwide provider of SaaS-based investment management, accounting, reporting, and analytics solutions, today released its comprehensive 2024 State of Investment Data Management study. The study reveals valuable insights into the current and future trends of investment data management. The survey, with contributions from 130 investment professionals including asset managers, wealth managers, hedge funds, and OCIOs, represents a broad spectrum of AUM ranges and reflects the diverse strategies and challenges confronting investment professionals in today’s complex market. - -“In the face of our latest findings, it’s a pivotal moment for investment industry leaders to take decisive action and shift toward smarter systems,” said Scott Erickson, Chief Revenue Officer at Clearwater Analytics. “We’re at a digital crossroads where clinging to legacy systems like Excel isn’t just inefficient, it’s a sign of commercial inertia. Firms spending up to 80% of their time on data collection are misallocating their most valuable resource – time. This study is a clear call to action: Accelerate the adoption of automation and data management technologies to free up valuable time for strategic initiatives that can significantly enhance client satisfaction and loyalty.” - -Download the 2024 State of Investment Data Management study today. Key findings in this study include: - -Organic Investment Performance Reigns Supreme in Driving AUM Growth - -The study reveals that 60% of respondents are primarily focused on organic investment performance to drive AUM growth. This finding underscores the age-old belief that competitive returns are fundamental to asset growth and that firms must not only maintain, but also evolve their investment strategies to maintain an edge in a crowded marketplace. - -Client Engagement Emerges as the Dominant Driver of Investment Flows - -According to the study, client engagement is identified by 48% of institutional investors as the most significant factor driving investment flows. Successful firms understand that an investment in technology systems that deepen client engagement is crucial for AUM growth. This focus ensures that each interaction enriches the client experience and solidifies trust and loyalty. - -Time Drain vs. Tech Gain: The Critical Decision for Investment Firms - -The study finds that 44% of firms continue to rely on manual tools, such as Excel, to aggregate and manage investment data for client reporting, while 21.3% of firms are spending between 60-80% of their time responding to client inquiries. Yet, the study also reveals a notable reliance on outsourced third-party tools (41.2%), illustrating the industry’s trust in specialized solutions and expertise. Firms lagging behind in this transition should consider the benefits of accuracy and efficiency that investment management technology offers, a potential area for immediate improvement and crucial step towards market leadership. - -“This study shows that firms cultivating and maintaining strong relationships with clients are well positioned for the growth and retention of assets. To optimize this dynamic, business leaders should invest in technology systems that support deeper client engagement, ensuring every interaction adds value and strengthens trust,” said Sunil Dixit, Chief Product Officer at Clearwater Analytics. “At the core of this study is an industry that’s on a steady march towards a data-driven, tech-savvy future. Those who have the foresight to invest in cutting-edge technology and outsourced expertise stand to reap substantial rewards.” - -To learn more about Clearwater Analytics, speak to an expert today.",1731883760,9dd65a327d,4f0d810e57,,,1731883760 -https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/transfer-news/ruben-amorim-man-utd-players-34128345,https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/rss.xml,Ruben Amorim sends message to three of Sir Jim Ratcliffe's 'unsellable' Man Utd stars,"Ruben Amorim will not allow his side to use youth as an excuse as he prepares to utilise stars already deemed 'unsellable' by co-owner Sir Jim Ratcliffe. - -Since investing in the club earlier this year, Ratcliffe has looked to overhaul United on and off the pitch. The club's footballing hierarchy has been transformed with a team of CEO Omar Berrada, Sporting Director Dan Ashworth and Technical Director Jason Wilcox now in place. - -It saw a situation heading into the summer where just three players were deemed not for sale at Old Trafford. Alejandro Garnacho, Kobbie Mainoo and Rasmus Hojlund were the only stars said to be off limits to potential suitors. - -United did not necessarily plan to put a 'for sale' sign up next to the likes of Marcus Rashord, but the forward was among a group for who the club would have considered a worthwhile offer. Under new management, youth looks set to continue to play an important role. - -The trio of Garnacho, Mainoo and Hojlund established themselves under Erik ten Hag to become 'unsellable' and Amorim will rely on them if United are to find success this term under his stewardship. Young players such as Leny Yoro and Amad Diallo will be given no room for excuses either however - -""I don’t want to say that we need time because we are a young team,"" Amorim said. ""They are prepared. They are prepared to cope with the demands of playing for Manchester United. They should be because they are here. - -""We know it will take time and we will try to win time with the games. But we have to start since day one without fear, without thinking that they are not used to playing like this. This is not on my mind. They will start on the first day with our idea, no matter what. That’s the goal."" - -Amorim also discussed his priorities for his new team after departing Sporting CP. The 39-year-old is set to take charge of his first game against Ipswich Town next weekend. - -The former Portugal midfielder seems firmly focused on providing an identity for his side and ensuring they work together. - -Amorim said: ""In one word: team. The team is the most important thing for me. And if you work as a team, then the talent individually is going to shine. - -""But if I have to explain the importance of everything, it is the character, the way we fight, the way we play, and we must have an identity. If our players take the shirt, they will know that it is the Manchester United team. - -""Everybody thinks the same, running back, playing, enjoying. This is what drives me. I can say the popular thing, which is to win. Everybody wants to win and I want to win with my players, with the fans, but with an identity and one idea, that is the thing that I am focused on all the time. - -""We know that we need time, but we have to win time. To win time is to win games. But the most important thing for me is identity. So since day one we will start with our identity. Of course we are going to prepare the games, but we will focus a lot in our game model. - -""How to play, how to press, these small things, small details. You cannot go 100% on every detail because it will be confusing for the players. So if I have to say one thing, my main goal, my first goal, is identity."" - -Join our new WhatsApp community and receive your daily dose of Mirror Football content. We also treat our community members to special offers, promotions, and adverts from us and our partners. If you don't like our community, you can check out any time you like. If you're curious, you can read our Privacy Notice.",1731883637,312e351df6,4f4aaea0ae,,,1731883637 -https://www.esportsheaven.com/esports-investigative-journalism-will-never-be-like-that-of-conventional-sports/,https://www.esportsheaven.com/feed/,Esports Investigative Journalism Will Never Be Like That of Conventional Sports,"The Thursday before last, prominent investigative journalist, DeKay, was accused of lying in regard to a - -story - -about draken remaining on NiP and likely returning to play for the team at a future date. “Okay, so what? NiP are giving draken a break, and if the line-up with Lekr0 works out, then they’ll keep Lekr0 instead? What’s the big deal here?” That is exactly right: what is the big deal here? - -There is no big deal. This is just a mundane story. It is in no way earth-shattering, but it does have relevance to the public, hence why it was reported on. Nonetheless, some fans are still going to think that DeKay has made up the story just because he doesn’t show his sources—often a major violation of journalistic ethics. - -Before we get further into the story. It is important that I explain the need to keep a source anonymous. This really isn’t complicated stuff, but maybe, there are some younger readers out there who aren’t too familiar with journalism—keep note of this fact as it will come up again later. Journalists are kind of like public servants. They report on information that concerns the public, and they report on it in the most impartial way they can. With the controversies over fake news in the past few years, you can see that isn’t always the case, but with the vitriolic reaction to fake news, you can also see that fake news is a major ethical violation. - -Journalists are also supposed to strictly report on information that concerns the public. This would preclude credible journalists from reporting on a certain rock star who has been diagnosed with erectile dysfunction as it has zero relevance to the public. What they can report on though is a rockstar, one other than the rockstar with ED, having raped a fan. - -Journalists are supposed to preserve the anonymity of their sources because, if their identity were revealed, they could suffer financial, legal, and social consequences. Leaking information to a journalist may ethically be the right thing to do, but that doesn’t mean that the judge, the leaker’s colleagues, or their employer will see it that way. Therefore, in a field where the reporter depends on their reputation in order to get secret information, the journalist has an interest of their own in protecting their sources, otherwise no one will be willing to give them the information. - -Where investigative reporting in esports diverges from that of conventional sports is in the quality of the report. While there have been sports journalists who have broken significant stories, such as “Deflategate,” the typical insider reporting has a much worse track record than the reporting in esports. - -On the last By The Numbers episode - -, Richard Lewis stated: - -“It doesn’t work like this in sports. Have you ever seen the back page of a newspaper, right? It’s just full of transfer rumors and gossip and this guy—the standard is actually lower than in esports. I say this month after month. It’s just ‘We saw Lionel Messi having a Fizzio at Middlesbrough, like he’s gonna join Middlesbrough out of nowhere in a shock move.’ And that will just be published. And the player doesn’t come out and refute it. His teammates don’t come out and refute it. Neither team comes out and refutes it. If they get asked specifically at a press conference, they may address it. But they just understand that, that is the nature of the game that people will speculate and report based on the information they’ve got. The average sports journalist has a way worse ratio of accuracy to false stories than the average esports reporter, and yet you get raked over the coals over meaningless shit like this. It’s fucking so stupid.” - -Of all the issues to get worked up about in sports, reported roster moves are among the most minor things. Fans kill rival fans in sports, something completely unheard of in esports. I can’t even recall a single instance of fans getting into a fistfight. Yet esports fans will work themselves into a frenzy over someone giving them a heads-up. - -Getting back to the story at hand, not only is this such an insignificant story to risk one’s career and reputation on, but revealing his sources would be a violation of journalistic ethics and go against common sense. The credibility of a journalist and their reports come from their record, not the information that they are privileged to. And DeKay does indeed have a great record as far as reporting stories go. All of his stories have materialized or have been verified to have been true at the time. - -DeKay eventually revealed a screenshot of a Skype conversation between the NiP CEO and someone else. DeKay had gotten consent from his source to reveal this screenshot, but he might as well not even have bothered. NiP players and people within the organization vehemently denied these “rumors,” and that’s who the fans decided to believe. Even though the Virtus.pro management had recently been proven to be lying about the imminent departure of TaZ and DeKay’s request for comment, fans still took their side, and it was for no other discernable reason than being a fan of that team. - -These issues—not believing DeKay despite his good track record, siding with the team even though they are clearly lying, and demanding sources—are all, in my mind, due to the demographic we are dealing with. According to an estimate Thorin has mentioned a few times before, most fans of esports have only been following the game for a matter of months. They find a game, get hooked, and get so hooked that they find themselves watching esports. And for a large percentage of people, their interest wanes after a time. They may move onto another esport, or maybe, they won’t. The point is that most Counter-Strike fans haven’t even witnessed Luminosity win their first Major, nor have the more ignorant fans been given enough time to appreciate an investigative journalist’s track record. If and when they finally do depart, the knowledge they have gained will all be for nought as a new, ignorant fan will have taken their place. - -Among the conventional sports crowd, there are fans who are 80 or 90 years old. There is no such thing in esports. John Wooden, a historic hall of fame college basketball player and coach, coached until age 65 and died at age 99. In Counter-Strike, our oldest player is TaZ at age 32, and by far the oldest community figure is SirScoots at age 51. The demographic of sports fans means that many will have been around for a long time, as long as they can remember in many cases, but the advanced age of many sports fans also has another effect. - -Not only are esports fans new to the esport, but many of them are also new to life. When compared to a more age-diverse community, like sports, it makes sense why those who are into esports, typically young people, will lack an understanding of journalistic ethics and common sense. They just haven’t watched or read the news. Due to a largely migratory and young fanbase, journalistic ethics need to be explained over and over again and misunderstandings due to the ignorance of fans are incessant. These problems are never ceasing because of the effect that echo chambers have. In an echo chamber, misinformed and uninformed people get unjustified validation for holding a wrong belief, compounding the problem. There just aren’t enough people to step in and tell the kids what’s what. - -______ - -I don’t believe that investigative journalists will encounter the problems regarding fans in the long-run, but it really will take a long time for that to happen. While I believe the esports viewer base will get older, that is going to take a long time as many fans will lose interest and pursue other activities, like dating or raising a family. One problem when it comes to understanding investigative journalism that is unavoidable is that there will always be a migratory fanbase as new games will always be coming out, which definitely is not the case with conventional sports. Therefore, you won’t be able to combat these issues surrounding insider reporting just based on one’s track record alone as fans will need to be exposed to proven story after proven story. - -Investigative reporting in esports is not dead, and it isn’t going to die anytime soon. Investigative esports reporting has laid claim to something insider sports reporting won’t ever be able to—near perfect accuracy. As Richard Lewis stated, “The average sports journalist has a way worse ratio of accuracy to false stories than the average esports reporter,” and that’s why esports transfer reports are getting to the front page of reddit, such as Jacob Wolf’s report on Koo Tigers, and sports gossip is relegated to the back page. - -Young, ignorant fans are almost always crying for esports to become like the mainstream, for themselves to validated in some strange way, but this is one area where I am glad to say esports is never going to be like the mainstream. - -Image credit: The Economist, @dekay, UCLA Optimists, - -Follow the author for more on Twitter at - -@Bleda412 - -.",1731883665,53ff29704d,4f310daa7f,,,1731883665 -https://mashable.com/article/nov-15-garmin-watch-deals,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,Seven Garmin smartwatch models are down to record-low prices ahead of Black Friday,"Deal pricing and availability subject to change after time of publication. Learn more about how we select deals - -Several Garmin smartwatch models are already on sale ahead of Black Friday: - -We're still a week away from Amazon's official Black Friday sale kickoff, but deals have been rolling in pretty steadily the whole month of November. From gaming consoles to books to smartwatches, we've been keeping our eyes peeled for early discounts. And as of Nov. 15, Garmin smartwatch deals are definitely standing out. - -Whether you're heading into the holidays hoping to become more active, more mindful, or more rested, a smartwatch from Garmin can assist you in achieving our goals. While the Apple Watch may dominate the market, it's certainly not always the best option. Garmin really makes its case when it comes to health and wellness features. Plus, with these early Black Friday discounts, the prices ain't too shabby either. - -Best Garmin smartwatch deal - -If you're looking for a smartwatch that checks all the boxes — smart features, health features, fitness features, and more — the Garmin Venu 3 is exactly that. It has impressive health metrics and fitness tools, in-depth recovery advice, detailed sleep data, a speaker and microphone for hands-free calls and virtual assistant communication, and a battery life that puts any Apple Watch to shame (up to two weeks). While we haven't had a chance to review the Venu 3, I personally own the original Venu from 2019 (now discontinued) and can't recommend it enough. It still outlasts the Apple Watch in battery life, and it's five years old. The 45mm Venu 3 is usually $449.99, but you can snag it on sale for just $349.99 at Amazon as of Nov. 15. That's 22% off and its lowest price on record. If you prefer a smaller case, the 41mm Venu 3S is on sale for the same price. - -Mashable Deals Want more early Black Friday deals right in your inbox? Sign up for the Mashable Deals newsletter. Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -Best Garmin smartwatch deal under $200 - -While we haven't had a chance to review the Garmin vívoactive 5, we have tested the previous model and had great things to say. As per our reviewer: ""The vívoactive 4 is an excellent smartwatch for active people wanting to be more in tune with their bodies, and for less active individuals who have the desire but need a little nudging to stick to their goals."" The newer model, released in 2023, boasts even more fancy features, an upgraded AMOLED display, improved heart rate sensor, upgraded sleep and stress coaching, and over 30 sports apps. It's not quite as advanced as the Venu 3, but it's also $150 cheaper. Snag it on sale at Amazon for just $199.99 as of Nov. 15. That's 33% in savings and its lowest price ever. It beats October's Prime Day price by $50. - -More Garmin smartwatch deals",1731883675,644d6c1ea1,4f2602b567,,,1731883675 -https://www.getresponse.com/blog/best-black-friday-campaigns,https://www.getresponse.com/blog/feed,The 14 Best Black Friday Advertising Examples To Follow,"You don’t need someone to tell you that Black Friday is one of the biggest shopping events of the year, but as one retailer among many, how do you draw in customers? The trick to mastering Black Friday and Cyber Monday is to find a way to make your emails stand out in your customers’ overflowing inboxes. - -Let’s look at some great examples of Black Friday emails and do a deep dive into how you can make their tactics work for you. - -Best Black Friday advertising campaigns - -From offering exclusive deals to making use of appealing graphics, the best Black Friday email campaigns grab — and hold — customers’ attention. - -Astro West - -Image Source - -Most brands are so focused on Black Friday sales that they forget that the shopping holiday is tied to Thanksgiving. - -This Astro West ad stands out because it starts by thanking customers and then positions the sale as a form of gratitude. It has some great lines, including “You help make Astro West more than a business: you make us a family,” which create a bond with readers and lead to an authentic feel compared to ads that are solely about the sale. - -Apple - -Image Source - -Waiting until Black Friday to send your campaign’s first email is often too late. Using a drip campaign is an excellent way to generate interest before your sales. This email from Apple does an outstanding job of clearly outlining the brand’s upcoming Black Friday and Cyber Monday deals. - -Another thing this ad does well is offer an additional gift card for shopping directly through Apple. For a brand that sells through multiple other channels, like Walmart and Amazon, sending this extra incentive ahead of time can help capture more sales through its website and stores. - -Soundstripe - -Image Source - -Urgency is a key tactic to use for Black Friday sales, but it can come across as too aggressive if you’re not careful. Soundstripe does a nice job of subtly creating a fear of missing out (FOMO) by using the words “biggest sale of the year.” - -As ecommerce has ballooned, shopping holidays like Prime Day and Singles’ Day sometimes outshine Black Friday and Cyber Monday. This ad makes it obvious that the best deals for Soundstripe are now. - -With 40% or more of consumers regretting past Black Friday bargain buys, this tactic reassures buyers and can help them feel better about a purchase after the fact. - -Margin - -Image Source - -Similar to Soundstripe’s email, Margin’s campaign makes it clear that its Black Friday deals are the best ever because it’s the only sales event it does during the year. Margin also makes a smart choice by encouraging customers to take advantage of the low prices and buy in bulk. The email goes on to suggest that the sale is a fantastic time to stock up on products for the year or buy gifts for friends and family. - -These suggestions come across as friendly reminders that help customers save money. As icing on the cake, the brand advertises its seamless online shopping experience. Instead of requiring a promo code, sales are applied automatically, and customers get free shipping. - -The Washington Post - -Image Source - -When’s the last time you bought something for 99 cents? You had to think about it, right? - -The Washington Post knows that a 99-cent price tag is going to capture attention and put it front and center in this Black Friday email. Leveraging a bold color, large font, and dark background keeps the reader focused on the strongest selling point. From there, a note that the offer is only available for a limited time adds subtle urgency. - -Everlane - -Image Source - -Matching your Black Friday offers to your brand’s ethos is one way to create a memorable and effective campaign. Everlane’s brand is all about ethical clothing production and transparency with buyers. For this Black Friday campaign, it leaned into this mission and connected with customers’ desires to give back by making a donation to help U.S. farmers with each purchase. - -What’s great about this email is that it makes customers feel that they’ve done something good by buying from this brand. This type of campaign works incredibly well around Thanksgiving, as shoppers are focused on gratitude and community. Not to mention, it’s going to come across as authentic and unique compared to ads and emails that are solely pushing consumption. - -Ray-Ban - -Image Source - -Tailoring your Black Friday campaigns to different customer segments makes it easier to craft messages that really resonate with each group, which goes a long way toward improving conversion rates and driving revenue during the sale. - -In a world where new customers often get the best treatment, using Black Friday to give some love to your loyal, returning buyers is a smart play. Ray-Ban made use of this strategy by offering exclusive deals to existing customers in The Ones community. - -The early access encourages people to stay members and drives sales before the actual holiday by making subscribers feel special. - -Adidas - -Image Source - -With 40% of consumers planning to complete their holiday shopping between Black Friday and Cyber Monday, it’s a terrific opportunity for brands to position their products as gifts for friends and family. - -Adidas took full advantage of the gift-buying aspect for this campaign and made sure to include free expedited shipping to ensure items arrived before the holidays. For a seamless shopping experience, it included visual links to popular gift categories in its online store. - -Hims - -Image Source - -Let’s face it. Your email is not the only one customers will get on Black Friday. One of the best ways to get customers’ attention is to focus on the essence of what makes your brand unique. - -One brand that knows exactly who it is and makes it work for it is Hims. Hims is all about normalizing health challenges and making a personal connection with customers, which it achieves by using a lighthearted sense of humor and playful double entendres like the one in this Black Friday campaign. - -If humor works for you, it can be an effective tactic to outshine the other brands popping up in your customers’ inboxes. - -Moment - -Image Source - -This Moment campaign is another example of creating urgency and stoking FOMO without being too aggressive with language or visuals. Using the heading “Deals this good won’t last forever” highlights how good of an opportunity the sale is and starts an internal countdown in readers’ minds. - -It also uses phrases like “don’t miss your chance,” “supplies are limited,” and “get your order in ASAP” in the supporting text to underscore the urgency. The language is balanced by calming colors and a simple design that make the urgent phrases come across as good advice from a friend rather than a salesperson shoving discounts in your face. - -Udemy - -Image Source - -This Udemy email is another excellent example of how you can leverage segmentation to make your Black Friday campaigns come across as personal, rather than looking like every other mass email blast. - -The brand targets different segments based on their educational interests, such as software and IT. By saying, “Students interested in Web Development also took these Programming Language courses,” Udemy is telling its subscribers, “Hey, we know you and we’re only going to send you recommendations that are relevant to your interests.” - -If your brand caters to a wide range of customers and interests, segmentation is a must, especially on Black Friday. It’s a fantastic way to narrow down a vast product catalog into a few curated items that resonate the most with each group. - -Kidly - -Image Source - -Taking the time to craft a visually compelling email is one way to level up your Black Friday campaign game. Moving elements, such as GIFs or videos, go a long way toward capturing a reader’s attention and making them curious about what you have to offer. - -Kidly sells children’s products ranging from clothes and shoes to toys and travel accessories. This email uses fun imagery and a play on words to capture the cute and aesthetically pleasing characteristics that set the brand apart. The falling snowflakes invoke the idea of holiday gift-giving, while the shifting penguins subtly create a sense of excitement and encourage readers to “Click now!” - -Columbia - -Image Source - -Taking segmentation one step further and leaning into personalization is one of the best ways to elevate your Black Friday ads. In a sea of generic messages, you’ll be able to stand out as the brand that really gets your customers. - -Columbia’s Black Friday email nails the use of personalization by letting one single product be the focus. The language in the email makes it read like a friendly reminder you might get from a store associate who knows what you like. The use of click-to-reveal builds curiosity and encourages readers to engage, while providing additional recommended items with pricing details helps tease how good the discounts are. - -Pulp & Press - -Image Source - -Abandoned cart emails can work really well for Black Friday by re-engaging subscribers with a product they already showed interest in. In this campaign, Pulp & Press playfully reminds customers about forgotten items and demonstrates a sense of humor by saying, “Yes, we’re sending you the sign to buy.” - -The lighthearted nature of the copy and the imagery makes this highly relevant and targeted email feel low pressure, which can be a tough balance to achieve on Black Friday and Cyber Monday. - -How to make your Black Friday marketing campaigns stand out - -If you want to make the most of this holiday shopping season, here are some best practices you can implement today to level up your campaigns, stick out in the inbox, and drive more Black Friday and Cyber Monday sales for your business. - -1. Be super clear - -Before we get into the fun stuff, rule number 1 is to always be clear. The one thing you need to communicate is the details of your Black Friday deals, namely the discount amount and the date range of your sale. - - - -Doing so creates excitement around the sale and makes for a better purchasing experience overall. It’s also helpful to highlight any additional benefits you provide, such as complimentary shipping, expedited shipping, or free gifts with purchase. - -2. Opt for subtle urgency - -“Subtle urgency” may sound like an oxymoron, but it just might be the secret to winning over more Black Friday shoppers. On a popular shopping holiday where people are prepared to be inundated with promotions and ads, you want to be able to create a sense of urgency without crafting emails that feel like they’re shouting in your customers’ faces to “shop now!” - -One way to achieve this is by pairing urgent language with calming imagery and graphics. This works well for brands that are focused on pleasing aesthetics. Some other tips include focusing on curiosity and teasing the sale by crafting a fun email without using product imagery. This gives readers some incentive to click through to your website to see which items are discounted. - -3. Start campaigns early - -Getting a headstart with your email campaign helps you build excitement, make your brand top of mind with consumers, and avoid the inbox overflow on the day of the sale. - -Sending emails ahead of time means you also get the advantage of encouraging earlier purchases before customers set a budget. Using an email automation platform to set up drip campaigns can help you stay organized while you beat the rush. - -4. Leverage bulk buying - -Bundling products together or advertising the benefits of buying in bulk is an excellent way to increase sales volume. For Black Friday, you can structure your promotions so that buyers get a bigger discount when they purchase more. - -Another way to encourage bulk buying is through the language of your email campaign, whether it’s mentioning gifts to give or stocking up while prices are at their lowest. - -5. Create a gifting guide - -Black Friday and Cyber Monday are significant gift-buying times for Christmas and other holidays. If you want to increase average cart volume, embracing this trend is super effective. Not to mention, creating gifting guides for your products positions you as a brand that helps take tasks off your customers’ plates by making holiday shopping easy. - -For ecommerce brands, make sure you clearly communicate that your products will arrive on time for the holidays. You may even want to incentivize shoppers with free expedited shipping for all products or carts that meet a minimum amount requirement. - -If you have brick-and-mortar stores, let customers know if you offer buy online, pick up in-store (BOPIS) options or link to a map of locations where they can shop in person to ensure they have all their gifts ready by the holidays. - -6. Optimize the mobile experience - -The days of people lining up outside of a Best Buy or Target for hours before opening on Black Friday are dwindling. In 2023, 40.5 million Cyber Monday shoppers made purchases from their phones in the U.S. alone. - -To make the most out of Black Friday and Cyber Monday, ensure that your emails are mobile optimized, especially your CTA buttons. Using a responsive design will ensure that your campaign looks compelling on screens and devices of all sizes. - -7. Focus on giving - -Giving is literally in the name of the U.S. holiday before Black Friday — “Thanksgiving” — and it’s in the spirit of holidays with gift-giving coming up. On a holiday that focuses on abundance and gratitude for what you have, it’s natural for many consumers to also think about ways to give back to others. - -Aligning charitable campaigns with your Black Friday efforts can make both of them more impactful. While customers are bombarded with emails from retailers trying to get them to buy something, being the brand that focuses on giving makes you stick out. - -8. Use segmentation and personalization - -If you want to get your best email ROIs this Black Friday, it’s time to go beyond the basics. At the end of the day, it’s impossible to craft copy that hits home for everyone on your email list. - -A marketing automation platform can help you leverage advanced tactics like segmentation and personalization that level up your campaigns and create emails that really resonate with each subscriber in your target audience. - -Some powerful segmentation strategies to try this holiday season include product preferences, purchase history, and personal interests. For personalization, we recommend using relevant user data to customize each email, leveraging dynamic content, and trying AI product recommendations. - -9. Pay attention to design - -At the end of the day, your shoppers are living in a visual world. For Black Friday campaigns, it’s not enough to find the perfect copy and offer your biggest discounts. Your email has to be visually appealing and have elements that can hold a reader’s attention. - -Understanding email design best practices, from image and video use to font and color selection, can take your campaign from just another message in the inbox to a memorable brand moment. One easy way to start improving your design is to use professionally crafted email templates as a base and then customize them to fit your brand. - -Make your brand stand out this Black Friday - -One thing that makes all of these top-tier campaigns exceptional is that they take the best practices above and make them work for their brand. Ultimately, the best Black Friday marketing strategy is one that aligns with the elements that make your brand unique. - -GetResponse MAX can help you create engaging emails and automate delivery to maximize the ROI of your Black Friday campaigns. Book a demo today.",1731883653,90dc77288c,4f16ed54d6,,,1731883653 -https://www.stagewhispers.com.au/news/la-boite-theatre-season-2025,https://www.stagewhispers.com.au/rss.xml,La Boite Theatre Season 2025,"Australia’s longest, continuously running theatre company La Boite Theatre celebrates its 100th birthday in 2025. - -One of the nation’s oldest and boldest arts organisations, La Boite marks this auspicious milestone with a year-long celebration of storytelling, special events, surprise guests and sojourns down memory lane. - -The party starts with the announcement of La Boite’s 2025 Season, a program of reimagined classics, cross-genre productions, powerful performances and striking cultural contributions. - -La Boite’s four major productions are an adaptation of Macbeth, the world premiere of Dead Puppet Society’s We’re All Gonna Die!, the world premiere of Congratulations, Get Rich!, co-presented with Sydney Theatre Company and Singapore Repertory Theatre, and the Queensland premiere of a Griffin Theatre production, WhiteFella Yella Tree. - -Complementing the mainstage program is La Boite Encores, a three- month play-reading series that brings to life 10 celebrated hits from the company’s 100-year-old archives. - -La Boite Artistic Director Courtney Stewart (pictured above) said it was a privilege to steer the company into its centennial year. - -“The dual themes of legacy and longevity were front of mind even before I was appointed as La Boite’s Artistic Director, a position that has been filled over the past 100 years by luminaries and legends of Australian theatre,” Stewart said. - -“I keep returning to a quote I read in Christine Comans’ book, La Boite: The Story of an Australian Theatre Company, which recounted the ethos on which the company was founded. - -“It was about ‘presenting serious drama and aspiring to cultural awareness, social improvement, discussing moral and spiritual values and collective responsibility’ and it’s become a guiding light. - -“It’s what La Boite’s founders were trying to do 100 years ago and it’s what we’re still striving to achieve – how do we set ourselves up for another century of legacy?” - -The next 100 years begin with a Shakespearean subversion: a retelling of the 400-year-old Macbeth (6 to 22 March) where the three witches reclaim the narrative. - -The Weird Sisters step off their heath and into the spotlight in this hybrid production that blends dance, movement, text and sound. Opening on International Women’s Day, this brand-new Macbeth breathes at the intersection of spirituality, philosophy, power, ambition and fate. The production is co-directed by Stewart and Lisa Fa’alafi (Polytoxic, Hot Brown Honey), with Roxanne McDonald leading a local cast. Former Artistic Director (1993-2000) Sue Rider also returns to La Boite as Macbeth’s dramaturg. - -We’re All Gonna Die! (29 July to 16 August) by Maddie Nixon is a premiere work from Dead Puppet Society, collaborating with La Boite for the first time since Laser Beak Man (2017). Part climate change play, part schlock horror, part live comic book, We’re All Gonna Die! is a romp about monsters, real and metaphorical. The production features an Australian cast including La Boite stalwarts Anthon Standish and Ngoc Phan. - -Making its world premiere in September is Congratulations, Get Rich! (恭喜发财,人日快乐乐) (4 to 20 September), a major international collaboration created by Merlynn Tong and directed by Stewart. The ghost story is set in a karaoke bar with a thematic playlist that spans transformation, legacy, family, hope, traditions, laugh-out-loud comedy and the ecstasy of being alive. - -The brand-new Asian-Australian work stars Tong alongside Singapore’s Seong Hui Xuan, Zachary Boulton and Kimie Tsukakoshi, returning to La Boite’s stage after her performance in 2023’s The Poison of Polygamy. Congratulations, Get Rich!. will tour Sydney and Singapore after its debut in Brisbane. - -La Boite’s final mainstage production for 2025 is a 19th-century coming-of-age saga about love, mob and Country, WhiteFella Yella Tree (23 October to 8 November). It chronicles the fragile friendship that blossoms into love between Ty and Neddy, two First Nations teenagers poised on the brink of a world that is about to change forever. The heart-warming and heartbreaking queer love story was written by Dylan Van Den Berg and La Boite is hosting its Queensland premiere season. - -The La Boite Encores line-up will be announced in October 2024. The series will dive into La Boite’s box office hits and ground-breaking productions as it celebrates 100 years of theatrical excellence. - -La Boite’s 2025 season is the first to benefit from its inclusion in Creative Australia’s National Performing Arts Partnership Framework. - -The Framework provides joint, multi-year investment from state and federal governments and recognises La Boite as Queensland’s seventh major arts organisation alongside Queensland Ballet, Opera Queensland, Queensland Theatre, Queensland Symphony Orchestra, Circa and Dancenorth. - -Stewart said La Boite’s entry into the Framework was a testament to the company’s significant contribution to Queensland’s arts sector and influential position within the national arts and cultural ecology. - -“As a leading arts organisation, La Boite holds sacred the privileged responsibility we have to support Queensland’s arts sector and deliver exceptional performances and cultural experiences,” Stewart said. - -“I invite everyone to join us in our 100th year as we begin another century of changing the world, one story at a time.” - -For more information about La Boite’s 100th year, to view the full 2025 Season program and to purchase tickets, visit laboite.com.au",1731883606,72e08d18c1,4f24944269,,,1731883606 -https://www.hopperhq.com/blog/the-best-social-media-reporting-tools/,https://www.hopperhq.com/rss,Social Media Reporting Tools: The 10 Best to Pick From,"With the best social media reporting tools, businesses can make informed decisions, refine their strategies, and measure success effectively. - -One such tool is Hopper HQ, a simple-to-use social media management platform that offers essential analytics without overwhelming its users. For businesses whose primary focus isn’t social media but still want to keep track of their performance, Hopper HQ is the perfect solution. - -For brands that are looking for more detailed data on their social media performance may need a more complex tool like Hootsuite or Sprout Social. However, this comes with a pricier budget which may be out of reach for smaller businesses. - -Why Use a Social Media Reporting Tool? - -Social media reporting tools offer several benefits to businesses: - -1) Data-Driven Decisions - -One of the greatest advantages of using social media reporting tools is the ability to make data-driven decisions that can successfully grow your business. Instead of relying on intuition or guesswork, businesses can gain detailed insights into their audience’s behavior, content performance, and overall account growth. - -These tools track key metrics such as likes, comments, shares, follower demographics, and engagement rates. Some more complex tools can even provide social listening and competitor monitoring features so that you can keep an eye out for what works best for them. By leveraging this information, companies can refine their marketing strategies, focusing on what works and improving areas that don’t perform as well. The result is a more targeted and effective social media presence that aligns with business goals. - -2) Time Efficiency - -Managing multiple social media accounts across different platforms can quickly become overwhelming and hard to keep consistent. Social media reporting tools simplify this process by centralizing all key performance data in one dashboard, rather than jumping between different apps and manually logging results. - -Saving time on data collection allows marketing teams to focus on other important tasks, such as content creation, community management, and campaign optimization. By automating reporting and consolidating data, businesses can run their social media operations more efficiently, ultimately improving productivity - -3) Better ROI Tracking - -Another significant benefit of social media reporting tools is their ability to track return on investment (ROI) in their efforts more accurately. With a clear view of which posts, campaigns, partnerships, or channels are performing best, businesses can determine where they’re getting the highest value for their efforts. - -By analyzing key metrics such as conversion rates, website clicks, bounce rate, and engagement, businesses can easily see which social media activities are driving revenue and which are not. This allows for more informed decisions on how to allocate resources—whether that means investing more in high-performing platforms, adjusting underperforming campaigns, or scaling back where the ROI is low. With better ROI tracking, businesses can fine-tune their budgets and strategies, ensuring that every dollar spent on social media has the greatest impact. - -What to Look for When Purchasing a Reporting Tool - -Choosing the right social media reporting tool depends on several factors: - -Budget - -Some tools offer comprehensive analytics but come at a premium price, while others are more affordable but might lack advanced features. Align the tool’s pricing with your budget. Purpose - -Consider what you need the tool for. Is it for tracking engagement, audience insights, or growth over time? Some tools focus on one aspect, while others provide a more holistic view. Usability - -The complexity of a tool matters. If your team isn’t tech-savvy or social media isn’t your primary focus, look for tools that offer simplicity and ease of use. - -1) Hopper HQ - -Hopper HQ stands out as a user-friendly social media management tool that provides all the essential analytics without overwhelming users. Ideal for businesses that want to track their channel performance but don’t see social media as their main focus, Hopper HQ offers three key benefits: - -1) Understand Your Audience: - -One of the key benefits of using a social media reporting tool like Hopper HQ is the ability to gain a deeper understanding of your audience. This feature allows businesses to access detailed insights about their followers, including where they are located, their age demographics, and when they are most active online. By understanding these crucial data points, you can tailor your content strategy to better meet the preferences and behaviors of your audience. - - - -2) Discover High-Performing Content: - - - -Hopper HQ makes it easy for businesses to identify which content resonates best with their audience by offering detailed performance metrics at a glance. With Hopper HQ’s reporting tools, users can track essential metrics such as reach, saves, likes, comments, and overall engagement rates for each post. These insights help you quickly identify which types of content are most effective at engaging your followers, allowing you to optimize your content strategy. - - - -3) Measure Your Account Growth: - - - -Hopper HQ provides powerful tools to track and measure your social media account’s growth over time, giving businesses clear visibility into their progress. With Hopper HQ, you can easily monitor key growth metrics such as the number of new followers, profile views, website clicks, and more. This data helps businesses understand how their audience is evolving and how well their social media strategies are driving traffic and engagement. - -2) Buffer - -Buffer is a well-known social media scheduling and reporting tool that has been a favorite among small businesses and individual marketers for its simplicity and efficiency. Its user-friendly interface allows you to schedule posts across various social media platforms, including Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, and LinkedIn. While Buffer shines in content scheduling, its reporting features are more basic compared to other tools on this list. Buffer is ideal for businesses that want straightforward social media management without delving too deep into analytics. - -Key Benefits of Buffer: - -Simple and Intuitive Interface : Buffer is incredibly easy to use, making it a great option for beginners or teams with limited social media experience. - - - -: Buffer is incredibly easy to use, making it a great option for beginners or teams with limited social media experience. Affordable Plans for Small Businesses : Buffer offers budget-friendly pricing tiers, making it accessible for small businesses or freelancers who don’t need highly advanced analytics. - - - -: Buffer offers budget-friendly pricing tiers, making it accessible for small businesses or freelancers who don’t need highly advanced analytics. Basic Reporting for Key Metrics: Buffer provides essential metrics like engagement, follower growth, and post-performance, which is enough for businesses that don’t require in-depth reports. - -3) Hootsuite - -Hootsuite is one of the most comprehensive and widely used social media management platforms available today. It offers an array of features, from scheduling posts to monitoring multiple social accounts, and it provides advanced reporting capabilities. However, Hootsuite is on the higher-priced side, and not all analytics features are available on its lower-tier plans. For example, team productivity data, which tracks how efficiently your team manages social media, and ad data, which helps monitor paid social campaigns, are only accessible on higher plans. While Hootsuite’s advanced features make it a powerful tool for large organizations and agencies, smaller businesses might find its pricing and learning curve a bit steep. - -Key Benefits of Hootsuite: - -Comprehensive Social Media Management : Hootsuite allows users to schedule, monitor, and report on multiple social media platforms from one centralized dashboard. - -: Hootsuite allows users to schedule, monitor, and report on multiple social media platforms from one centralized dashboard. Advanced Analytics for Higher Plans : For those on premium plans, Hootsuite offers in-depth analytics, including performance tracking, team productivity reports, and ad campaign data. - -: For those on premium plans, Hootsuite offers in-depth analytics, including performance tracking, team productivity reports, and ad campaign data. Customizable Reports: Users can tailor their reports to show specific data points and metrics, making it easier to track progress toward business goals. - -4) Sprout Social - -Sprout Social is a premium social media management tool designed with larger teams and businesses in mind. It offers robust analytics, powerful customer relationship management (CRM) tools, and features that help streamline communication across platforms. Sprout Social excels in providing detailed audience analysis, content performance tracking, and the ability to manage customer interactions directly through its interface. However, its pricing can be quite high compared to other tools, and some smaller businesses may find it more than they need. Additionally, while its reporting features are excellent, smaller businesses might find the cost prohibitive, especially when compared to less expensive alternatives that still offer basic analytics. - -Key Benefits of Sprout Social: - -Comprehensive Audience Insights : Sprout Social provides detailed data on follower demographics, behaviors, and engagement patterns, allowing businesses to better understand and connect with their audience. - -: Sprout Social provides detailed data on follower demographics, behaviors, and engagement patterns, allowing businesses to better understand and connect with their audience. Advanced Reporting Features : Users can create customized, in-depth reports that highlight performance metrics across multiple social media platforms, offering a holistic view of social strategy effectiveness. - -: Users can create customized, in-depth reports that highlight performance metrics across multiple social media platforms, offering a holistic view of social strategy effectiveness. Built-In CRM Capabilities: Sprout Social’s CRM tools make it easy to track customer interactions and manage relationships, making it especially useful for businesses with a strong focus on customer support and engagement. - -5) Socialbakers - -Socialbakers is an AI-powered social media management tool that excels in providing deep insights and analytics, making it a strong choice for businesses looking to optimize their social media strategy with data-driven decisions. Its AI-driven features help analyze audience behavior, content performance, and even competitor strategies. Socialbakers is particularly suited for larger companies or agencies that manage multiple accounts and require detailed reports on customer demographics, influencer partnerships, and paid campaign performance. However, the advanced features come at a higher price, and their complexity might be overkill for smaller businesses or those with less experience in social media analytics. - -Key Benefits of Socialbakers: - -AI-Powered Insights : Socialbakers leverages artificial intelligence to deliver detailed insights into audience behavior, helping businesses create more targeted and effective content. - - - -: Socialbakers leverages artificial intelligence to deliver detailed insights into audience behavior, helping businesses create more targeted and effective content. Competitor and Influencer Analysis : The platform allows users to monitor competitors and track influencer partnerships, offering unique data that can give brands a competitive edge. - - - -: The platform allows users to monitor competitors and track influencer partnerships, offering unique data that can give brands a competitive edge. Comprehensive Analytics Dashboard: Users get access to a centralized dashboard that provides a clear, holistic view of social media performance, including both organic and paid efforts. - -6) Agorapulse - -Agorapulse is a well-rounded social media management tool that offers an intuitive interface and solid reporting features, making it a favorite among small to mid-sized businesses and agencies. With Agorapulse, users can schedule posts, monitor social media conversations, and track performance metrics across multiple platforms. One of its standout features is its social inbox, which consolidates messages and comments from all social accounts in one place, making community management more efficient. While Agorapulse offers useful analytics, its reporting capabilities are less advanced compared to other high-end tools, making it a simpler but effective option for businesses that don’t require extensive data analysis. - -Key Benefits of Agorapulse: - -User-Friendly Interface : Agorapulse is easy to navigate, making it ideal for teams that need a straightforward tool to manage social media without a steep learning curve. - -: Agorapulse is easy to navigate, making it ideal for teams that need a straightforward tool to manage social media without a steep learning curve. Unified Social Inbox : The platform’s social inbox brings all messages and comments from your social profiles into one dashboard, improving team efficiency in handling customer interactions. - -: The platform’s social inbox brings all messages and comments from your social profiles into one dashboard, improving team efficiency in handling customer interactions. Affordable for Small to Mid-Sized Businesses: Agorapulse offers cost-effective pricing plans that deliver solid features without overwhelming users with unnecessary complexity. - -7) Sendible - -Sendible is a versatile social media management tool designed for agencies and larger teams managing multiple clients or social accounts. It offers a range of features, including content scheduling, client management, and analytics, making it a strong choice for agencies that need to streamline their workflow. Sendible also allows users to manage social media, blogs, and email marketing campaigns all from one platform, providing a more integrated experience. However, while its reporting features are comprehensive, they may be a bit complex for smaller businesses or individual users who only need basic analytics. Its pricing can also be on the higher side for teams with limited needs. - -Key Benefits of Sendible: - -Multi-Channel Management : Sendible allows users to manage social media, blogs, and even email campaigns from a single platform, making it an excellent option for agencies managing multiple clients. - -: Sendible allows users to manage social media, blogs, and even email campaigns from a single platform, making it an excellent option for agencies managing multiple clients. Client Collaboration Tools : It provides unique features like client approval workflows, helping agencies maintain smooth communication and deliverables for their clients. - -: It provides unique features like client approval workflows, helping agencies maintain smooth communication and deliverables for their clients. Customizable Reports: Sendible’s reporting tools are robust and fully customizable, allowing users to tailor reports based on client needs or specific performance metrics. - -8) Zoho Social - -Zoho Social is an affordable and straightforward social media management tool that integrates well with other Zoho products, making it a great option for small businesses already using the Zoho ecosystem. It provides essential features such as content scheduling, social media monitoring, and basic reporting. Zoho Social’s analytics, while not as detailed as some of the premium tools, still offer valuable insights into post performance, audience demographics, and engagement. It’s a cost-effective option for businesses that want to manage social media efficiently without breaking the bank, though larger organizations or agencies might find its reporting capabilities somewhat limited compared to other tools. - -Key Benefits of Zoho Social: - -Affordable and Accessible : Zoho Social offers a range of pricing plans that cater to small businesses, making it a budget-friendly option without sacrificing essential features. - -: Zoho Social offers a range of pricing plans that cater to small businesses, making it a budget-friendly option without sacrificing essential features. Seamless Integration with Zoho Suite : For businesses already using Zoho’s suite of products (such as CRM, email, and finance tools), Zoho Social integrates smoothly, creating a more connected business ecosystem. - -: For businesses already using Zoho’s suite of products (such as CRM, email, and finance tools), Zoho Social integrates smoothly, creating a more connected business ecosystem. Basic but Effective Analytics: While it doesn’t offer the advanced reporting features of more expensive tools, Zoho Social provides enough insights for businesses looking to track performance without needing in-depth data analysis. - -9) Iconosquare - -Iconosquare is a specialized social media analytics tool, primarily focused on Instagram and Facebook. It provides in-depth insights into content performance, audience behavior, and engagement, making it a top choice for brands that rely heavily on visual platforms. Iconosquare offers detailed metrics such as follower demographics, post reach, and engagement rates, which help businesses refine their social media strategy. While it excels in providing data for Instagram and Facebook, its support for other platforms like Twitter and LinkedIn is more limited. This makes Iconosquare perfect for businesses focused on visual content, but not as suitable for those needing comprehensive analytics across all social networks. - -Key Benefits of Iconosquare: - -Detailed Instagram and Facebook Analytics : Iconosquare offers highly specialized insights for Instagram and Facebook, providing brands with a deep understanding of their content performance and audience. - -: Iconosquare offers highly specialized insights for Instagram and Facebook, providing brands with a deep understanding of their content performance and audience. Competitor Tracking : Users can monitor competitor accounts, comparing performance metrics to help them stay ahead of the competition in their niche. - -: Users can monitor competitor accounts, comparing performance metrics to help them stay ahead of the competition in their niche. Content Calendar and Scheduling: In addition to analytics, Iconosquare provides a content calendar and scheduling feature, making it easier to plan and post content efficiently. - -10) Later - -Later is a visual content scheduling tool primarily designed for Instagram, though it also supports other platforms like Facebook, Twitter, TikTok, and Pinterest. Its focus on visual content makes it a top choice for businesses and influencers who prioritize aesthetics and need an intuitive platform for managing their Instagram presence. Later’s drag-and-drop calendar and visual media library make planning and posting content easy and organized. However, while Later does offer some basic analytics, its reporting features are not as robust as other tools, making it more suitable for users focused on content scheduling rather than in-depth performance tracking. - -Key Benefits of Later: - -Visual Content Scheduling : Later’s intuitive drag-and-drop interface and media library allow users to easily plan, schedule, and post visually compelling content, particularly for Instagram. - -: Later’s intuitive drag-and-drop interface and media library allow users to easily plan, schedule, and post visually compelling content, particularly for Instagram. Instagram-Focused : Later provides features like Instagram grid previews and hashtag suggestions, tailored specifically for maximizing Instagram engagement. - -: Later provides features like Instagram grid previews and hashtag suggestions, tailored specifically for maximizing Instagram engagement. Affordable for Small Teams: Later offers budget-friendly plans, making it accessible for small businesses and individual influencers who need a simple yet effective scheduling tool. - -Conclusion - -Social media reporting tools are essential for businesses aiming to improve their online presence and marketing strategies. From tracking engagement to analyzing content performance, these tools provide critical insights that can shape a brand’s success. Hopper HQ stands out for businesses that want to keep social media reporting simple yet effective, making it a great option for companies whose primary focus isn’t social media. - -Don’t miss out—try Hopper HQ for free today and take the first step toward understanding and growing your social presence!",1731883663,1b90b10e2b,4f1bc13c91,,,1731883663 -https://expeditionportal.com/classifieds-ford-f-250-super-duty-xl-w-bison-overland-camper/,https://www.expeditionportal.com/feed/,2024 Ford F-250 Super Duty XL w/ Bison Overland Camper :: Featured Classified,"With more opportunities than ever to work remotely, an increasing number of people are ditching four walls and a ceiling for life on the road. To this end, full-size trucks are the ideal platform with both the power and capacity to safely accommodate a full-time rolling home. Publisher Scott Brady states, “When we first started Overland Journal, the compact pickup was by far the most popular choice for overlanding, but that gap is quickly narrowing with full-size variants. The reason is simple—big trucks are more capable than ever before, and they have the payload to haul more than a few passengers and a basket of groceries.” The F-250 is one of the most popular options for travel and a favorite with the Expedition Portal team. We’ve featured various adventure-equipped examples, including builds from Bruce Dorn, Rossmönster, and John Burtt. In addition, the Tremor variant was awarded Editor’s Choice in Overland Journal’s Full Size Truck of the Year. Cue today’s super-low-mileage 2024 Ford F-250 Super Duty XL 4×4 (3,089 miles), which showcases desirable 4WD attributes from the factory, tasteful aftermarket upgrades, and a partially converted Bison Overland Camper (learn more about these premium campers on the Down2Mob Overland channel). This turnkey rig could be enjoyed as is or would serve as the perfect blank canvas for a full expedition build-out. This is a unique opportunity to purchase an almost new truck and camper at a considerable discount. - -From the Seller: - -“My financial situation has changed, and I’m looking to sell my truck and camper. I’d like to sell it as a complete package at this time, as the camper is custom to fit in the bed of the truck with the tailgate closed. Everything is in like-new condition, purchased from the factory four months ago, and has been covered ever since in storage. There is zero wood in the camper. Bison is made with Lemker panels made of PET Gurit Kerdyn panels (not EPS), and are all made in America with aluminum powder-coated extrusions. If you really look into panels, I believe these are very hard to beat. Additionally, the interior is secured with adhesive, and no screws penetrate the box. The camper has 90 percent of the powder-coated aluminum interior installed; I have not mounted the cabinet over the sink or the final piece of the countertop, as that will be dependent on the buyer’s desires. Additionally, I have not installed the water tank seat at the front of the camper as the freshwater capacity will depend on the buyer. The rig is ready for adventures.” - -2024 Ford F-250 Super Duty XL Extended Cab 4×4 - -The F-250 is fitted with a 6.8-liter V8 that produces 405 horsepower and 445 pound-feet of torque. A powerful motor is matched with impressive backcountry performance thanks to 4WD, high and low range, armor, a rear locking differential, manual locking front hubs, and intelligent off-road modes. These rugged attributes are balanced with a well-equipped interior with driver comforts that include: - -Air-conditioning - -Cruise control - -Multi-function steering wheel - -Center console with cupholders - -Power steering, windows, and locks - -Rearview camera - -Keyless entry - -Productivity screen, 4.2-inch - -Infotainment system with navigation - -Trailer brake controller and sway control - -Ceramic clear tint on front windows - -Heated tow mirrors - -Distinguishing Features - -Falken AT/4 tires - -Bison Overland Camper (2024 model) with windows, roof vent, Arctic Tern door, and more - -Front air dam and radio antenna delete - -Husky floor mats, window shade, bed mat, and side steps - -Camper jacks - -Memory foam 4-inch mattress and breathable underlayment - -Camper interior build-out constructed with aluminum extrusions and bamboo doors and countertops - -This 2024 Ford F-250 Super Duty XL with a Bison Overland camper is listed for $82,000 and is currently located in Longmont, Colorado. Check the full vehicle specifications via the original Expedition Portal forum post here. - -Contact Information: - -Email: mack.maier@gmail.com - -Tel: 720-626-3352",1731883657,ecdc66bb02,4f57676fc0,,,1731883657 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/communications-plan-creation/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,The 16 Things Every Communications Plan Should Include,"Working with a new client or organization is exciting! They trust you to tell their story, to communicate with their audiences (or help them build new ones), and help them succeed as an organization. You can’t wait! You want to jump right in and get to work. - -But before you start looking for story ideas, planning events, or designing infographics, you have to develop an often-overlooked part of communications—your strategic plan. - -Remember Hannibal Smith in “The A-Team?” Do you remember the scene near the end of each show where he’d stand, looking out on yet another improbable victory with his trusty cigar in hand and say: “I love it when I throw a bunch of stuff against the wall and see what sticks!” - -No. Of course not. - -His memorable quote is: “I love it when a plan comes together.” - -Without a plan, Hannibal would be looking at the rubble around his feet crying, “Why?????” - -Because we want to keep you from being in that position, we are going to discuss what a good communications plan should include. - -What a Good Communications Plan Includes - -Whether you’re working for an agency, a nonprofit, or a corporation, you need a solid plan. A good communications plan helps you set expectations early during a campaign. It defines success for the organization, and better protects you from unrealistic—or out-of-scope—demands. - -Several years ago, we hosted a webinar with Benson Hendrix on how to craft a strategic plan. While it’s a few years old, the message behind why and how to develop a great strategy has not changed. - -It shows you how you can create measurable objectives, with solid strategy and tactics. It focuses on the “Four-Step Process” and “Management by Objectives,” two important ideas to help you develop strategies that make sense for you and your clients. - -It will help you develop your strategy chops. - -One of the great things about planning is that different people have different ways of developing plans. Almost none of them are ever completely wrong, but there are some basics to what you should include. - -The 16 Things Your Communications Plan Should Include - -Nearly every communicator prefers to jump right to tactics and we forget about the research and plan phase of what we do. While it’s certainly not as exciting as tactics, we should not do anything without it. - -Can you imagine being in a new city and having to find your way to a meeting without GPS, your phone, or a good old-fashioned map? That’s what it’s like when we try to run a communications program without a plan. We’re trying to drive somewhere without having any idea where we’re going. - -If you dread annual planning—or really have no idea where to start, this will help. There are 16 things every communications plan should have that will drive all marketing, business development, growth, and results. - -Money, money, money, mooooney! Let’s dig in! - -A Process - -The most important of your communications plan is to have a process. If you just stick some goals up on a whiteboard and call it a day, it won’t work. - -However, if you have a process and it’s implemented well, it will force you to confront challenges and contradictions that could trip future growth. It needs to be developed with colleagues who feel comfortable being brutally honest. - -The reason creating a communications plan is harder than it seems is that we often see what should be rather than what is. If you have colleagues who aren’t on the client team or not in the communications or marketing department, use them. They’ll have ideas that transcend your world. - -If you are a one-person show or have colleagues you don’t trust, use the Spin Sucks Community. We love a good brainstorm session that spans several days. - -In today’s virtual world, it can be a bit challenging. If you can craft this process in person, you can get it done in a day or day and a half, but on Zoom, it may take you some time. For instance, I wouldn’t ask people to sit on a Zoom call for a full day or day and a half. I’d break it up into two-hour segments over several weeks. - -The Objective - -If you want your communications plan to drive real business results, and you work in a B2B world, the objective will always be to increase conversions. If you’re working with nonprofits, it will be to increase fundraising or volunteers. And with consumer brands, it certainly depends on the organization, but I can’t imagine you wouldn’t want to affect sales in some way. - -From a B2B perspective, which is my expertise, this is where you’ll state how many new customers you need by size, industry, and marketing needs. You also can describe here how much growth can come from existing customers. After all, it’s far easier to grow existing customers than it is to obtain new ones. - -You also should say how much the increase should be and make it realistic enough that you can actually achieve it. For instance, don’t say you want to add $10MM next year if you added only $1MM this year. - -The objective is the what—what you want to achieve—and make it measurable. For one client we’re working with, the objective is to increase highly-qualified marketing leads We look at four things: quality of audience, origination, contribution, and conversion, which leads to return-on-investment. - -For another, we look at the website and blog traffic that comes from organic (content marketing and SEO) and direct (awareness and reputation) at the top of the funnel. - -From there, we create opportunities for them to be marketing qualified leads (they subscribe or download content), then sales qualified, and then new customers. - -While we aren’t in charge of converting from sales qualified to conversion, we definitely track where they came from. - -Goals - -For some reason, goals are really difficult for communicators. When I worked at FleishmanHillard, I got so tired of people asking me what a goal should include, I wrote a list of active words and posted it on my wall. It included words for goals and for strategies. - -Today, that seems kind of silly, but it worked and it taught people how to build goals, just by looking at my wall. The goals should be no more than five (ideally only three) and should be actionable. - -For instance, how will you reach your objective of increasing your conversions? You have to have goals that work backward from there: - -Increase website traffic from XX to XX - -Build email database from XX to XX - -Increase marketing leads from XX to XX - -Increase marketing qualified leads from XX to XX - -Increase sales qualified leads from XX to XX - -Convert XX percent of sales qualified leads to customers - -If you don’t yet have the numbers you need to include in your goals, you can set benchmarks. For instance, I would craft a 60- or 75-day plan to set benchmarks and then go back and create the goals. - -For the aforementioned client, we started with a list of 250 prospects. We tagged them all in the CRM as prospects and we got to work. If they subscribe to the blog, download some content, or fill out a form, they become a marketing lead. Now we’ve hit our first three goals—increase website traffic, build email database, and increase marketing leads. - -At this point, the marketing and sales qualified leads that lead to conversion are different for each organization. - -But this gives you a really good start. - -Strategy - -Next, you’ll move to your strategy, which is what helps you achieve your goals—it’s how you’ll do it. It becomes your map or GPS. - -If your goal is to build and enhance your reputation to attract more clients in your target market, then your strategy has to be a sentence or two that describes how you’ll do that. - -This is the vision of your communications plan. What does success look like a year from now? Really think about what you will have accomplished by the end—it could be three months, six months, a year, or five years. - -Imagine what the client or CEO is saying to you, after a successful year. Write that down. - -The Plan - -Now it’s time to start building your communications plan. You will need to get information from your client or your executive team to fill some of this in. They may delay getting you the information—or won’t provide it at all. - -Fight for it. - -You cannot affect change in the organization unless you know where the business is going and how you can help it get there. - -If some of the following information does not yet exist, force a strategic planning session. We will not work with a new client without that session—and we require every member of the executive team to sit in it. It is painful for some—and I once had a client CEO walk out because he didn’t want to discuss growth in front of his team—but it created a communications plan worth its weight in gold. - -Executive Summary - -This one is easy! Create a one-page recap of everything in your plan. It should sit on your desk so you can review it daily. - -It should include: - -Mission - -Vision - -Core values - -Objective - -Goals - -Strategies - -Differentiators - -Key messages - -List of communications tactics - -Any issues or challenges that came up in the initial planning meetings that you haven’t yet solved - -A list of things you would like to do if resources open up (but are not part of the main plan) - -Key Challenges - -During the meeting where you bring together colleagues from other departments, you will create a list of challenges you’re facing. These could be anything from a lazy salesperson to a commoditized business. - -Create a description of the products or services you want to market and what challenges you might face in doing so. For instance, we have productized our intellectual property for communicators and for agency owners. - -One of our challenges includes communicators who don’t have budget control. (Which means they can’t spend money on professional development.) Or perhaps a competitor has more experience in an industry you want to enter. Or your organization doesn’t yet have the history a prospect would want. - -List every challenge you can foresee. - -Situation Analysis - -The situation analysis, then, is an identification of key industry status metrics. We have a client who does this quarterly. He includes what’s going on economically, from a global perspective, as well as industry metrics. - -It’s incredibly helpful to see how things change from quarter to quarter and how the work you’re doing falls within the industry trends. - -Your situation analysis should include your overall goals and focus, your culture, your perceived strengths and weaknesses, and your market share position. - -Customer Analysis - -The customer analysis in your communications plan could also be a brand persona creation. - -Who are the three or four customer types you want to attract? - -How many customers do you want to have by the end of the year? - -What are the values of your targeted customers? - -Include an overview of the decision process those prospects use to hire an organization like yours (or your client’s). - -Competitor Analysis - -And now it’s time to do a customer analysis. It should look at your own marketing position, along with the market positions of your closest competitors. I would also include the domain authority of all of your competitors and a look at where they rank for your priority keywords. - -Moz and SEMRush will both let you do this automatically if you have $99/month to spend. If you don’t, you can do it manually. Then update it monthly. It won’t take you very long. It’s just a spreadsheet and a Google search. - -Include any weaknesses that could curtail your efforts to compete effectively. - -Implementation Summary - -Your implementation summary is an analysis of how you will use the above information to achieve your goals. This should be as specific as possible to allow for accountability. - -Who needs to do what, and on what timeline? Do you need help from other departments (the answer is yes) or will you work in a silo (the answer is no)? - -Write down a summary of the big things—product launches, events, speaking engagements, board meetings—and who will need to help. - -Positioning Statements - -These could also be called key messages if you prefer. It’s the language you will use in your marketing materials to differentiate you from competitors. It should highlight our key service mission and qualitative skill sets. - -Cost Strategy - -It seems odd to add a cost strategy in your communications plan, but it’s important to look at the overall business. In this case, the cost could definitely affect your ability to deliver results. - -Include an overview of the organization’s pricing structure, relative to that of the competitors and averages for the size of company, industry, and region. The more you can claim deep expertise, the more you can charge. In a PR agency, for instance, crisis communications experts do well here because they get paid based on their expertise. - -Once you have this complete, you should consider posting pricing on your website. It can stay internal, but it’s worth the conversation. - -The PESO Model™ - -Now we can finally talk tactics. This is where most communicators start—but you can see how much you should do before you get here. - -This is where you’ll include the fun stuff, such as creating a new media room. Build a cranberry bog in Times Square (which we actually did). Host a celebrity chef cook-off for catfish (did that, too). Or hold a fire ant funeral, complete with a pastor and mourners (the pinnacle of my career). - -Go wild here—all of your tactics will work and be measurable because of all of the work you’ve done to this point. This should include tactics that fit within a PESO Model™, are integrated, and are measurable. It should include a detailed delineation of who on your team will implement specific elements of the plan and a timeline. - -Changing Market Analysis - -Forecast anticipated changes in the fiscal landscape of your target industries in the next three to five years. How will these changes affect you? - -For instance, no one in a thousand years could have predicted a global pandemic would shut businesses down for several weeks. Actually, that’s not true. Bill Gate predicted it, but no one believed him. Guess we learned that lesson! - -I think we can all agree the past couple of years have been special—not only did we deal with a pandemic, the Death Valley recorded the hottest temperature ever, three hurricanes hit landfall at the same time, Utah had days of earthquakes, murder hornets flew over Washington…not to mention social justice movements, cops murdering civilians, and a climate crisis. - -The point is, you have to be prepared for the outside forces that will affect your communications plan, even if you can’t predict the specific instances. - -Metrics - -And last, but certainly not least, you must include metrics. If you did your work upfront correctly, you already have your metrics. - -Scroll back up to the Goals section. You know where I said, “XX to XX”? Those should be actual numbers Those numbers become your metrics. - -If you need help building this part of your communications plan, we have plenty on the topic, which you can find here, here, here, here, here, here, and here. - -Make sure you follow the SMART structure when creating your communications plan: are they specific, measurable, attainable, realistic, and time-bound? - -Get Your Communications Plan Written! - -This is not an easy assignment, but the time is right. If you don’t already have many of these things written down and in stone, it may take you several weeks of brainstorming and testing to get it right. You have enough time to get it done between now and the end of Q1. - -Work with colleagues in other departments. Force a strategy session with the executives. Ask for help in the Spin Sucks Community. Access the organization’s analytics and any other data you can get your hands on. - -And then get to work. You’ll be happy you did! - -Need More Help? - -That one was a doozy, but this is incredibly important work. - -I know we’d all like to skip it—just like we’d all love it if one workout a week kept us in tiptop shape (or maybe that’s just me, but it would be pretty amazing!). - -Don’t skip it! Do the hard work. It’ll be worth it. - -To boot, the PESO Model Certification will teach you exactly how to do all of this work—and get you there in just eight short weeks. By the time you finish, you’ll have your PESO Model plan ready for global domination.",1731883799,4dc781f5bc,4f73dfe9a1,,,1731883799 -https://www.ign.com/articles/never-before-seen-half-life-2-episode-3-gameplay-footage-and-ice-gun-revealed-in-new-documentary,http://feeds.ign.com/ign/games-all,Never-Before-Seen Half-Life 2: Episode 3 Gameplay Footage and Ice Gun Revealed in New Documentary,"Half-Life: Episode 3 remains one of the great what-ifs in gaming history. Originally set to follow on from Episode 1 and 2, its cancellation instead left the series dangling on a cliffhanger it never directly resolved. - -Now, on the occasion of Half-Life 2's 20th anniversary, Valve has opened up about its development in a brand-new documentary that shows never-before-seen work-in-progress footage, a brand-new Ice Gun, and a raft of new concept art. You can see the gameplay segment from the documentary in the video below. - -Play - -IGN's Twenty Questions - Guess the game! IGN's Twenty Questions - Guess the game! 💡 Hint To start: ...try asking a question that can be answered with a ""Yes"" or ""No"". 000/250 Ask - -Among the details shown in the video, Episode 3 would have been set in the Arctic, and it would have focused on Alyx as a companion character. Aside from the Ice Gun, the footage shows a blob-like enemy that could split into multiple parts. According to the documentary, the team had complete a ""collection of playable levels in no particular order"" and expected to be able to release the game within a year or two. - -In addition to the new gameplay footage, writer Marc Laidlaw, founder Gabe Newell, and others also talk frankly about why it was never released, ultimately chalking it up to a lack of compelling new ideas and other reasons. At one point Laidlaw jokes, ""Are we allowed to cry in this documentary?"" - -“ We could have shipped it. It wouldn't have been that hard - -The reason for Episode 3's cancellation has been the subject of much discussion over the years, not the least because Episode 2 ended on a grim cliffhanger. In an interview with IGN shortly before Alyx's release, Valve level designer Dario Casali described it partly as an issue of scope screep. Laidlaw would later reveal the plot in a story called ""Epistle 3,"" featuring ""Gertie Freemont"" and ""Alex Vaunt"" — plays on Gordon Freeman and Alyx Vance. - -Half-Life 2: Episode 3 would have been set in the Arctic and featured an Ice Gun. Image source: Half-Life 2 Documentary. - -It's possible to detect a lot of regret over the decision not to go through Episode 3. At one point Laidlaw jokes, ""Are we allowed to cry in this documentary?"" Others talk about how Episode 3 probably could have been released in hindsight. Newell says, ""We could have shipped it. It wouldn't have been that hard. My personal failure was being stumped. I couldn't figure out why Episode 3 was pushing anything forward."" - -Valve finally released Half-Life Alyx in 2020, sending the story spinning off in a new direction, but many fans remain wistful about Half-Life: Episode 3 (not to mention the long lost Half-Life 3). Now, 20 years after its release, Valve is celebrating Half-Life 2 amid unconfirmed rumors that a new game is in the works. In the meantime, it's worth watching the entire documentary, which delves deep into Half-Life 2's fraught development. - -Image source: Half-Life 2 Documentary / Valve - -Kat Bailey is IGN's News Director as well as co-host of Nintendo Voice Chat. Have a tip? Send her a DM at @the_katbot.",1731883670,9e7916d7c6,4f52146527,,,1731883670 -https://zenhabits.net/letgo-practice/,https://zenhabits.net/feed/,The Practice of Letting Go - zen habits,"By Leo Babauta - -Most of our stresses and frustrations come from our unwillingness to let go. - -Hear me out: think about something you’re stressing about, or someone you’re frustrated about. What thought do you have about that person or situation that causes the frustration? It’s often an invisible thought, that we don’t realize we have, but if you were to speak it out loud, it would feel really true. - -Try writing it out with one of these prompts: - -“They shouldn’t …” - -“If I fail, it will mean …” - -“I wish things weren’t so …” - -Then fill in the blank. - -What thought or belief do you have that’s causing your stress or frustration? If you can identify that, you are halfway there. - -Now think about how true that thought or belief feels to you. It probably feels like absolute truth. This is the part that we’re unwilling to let go of — the truth of that thought/belief. - -What if you could recognize it as a thought or belief, and not as an absolute truth? - -Could you see ways that the opposite might be true? For example, if you think of ways that someone “always” acts in a certain way, can you see any times when they didn’t? If it feels like you can’t catch a break, can you see times when life gave you a gift? - -What would your life be like if you didn’t have this belief? - -In the moment when you considered that question, you let go. - -Notice how that works: you imagine life without the belief, and suddenly you have peace. - -What if you could practice it every time you had frustration or stress?",1731883646,3651ce3891,4f99afe916,,,1731883646 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/articles/c4gxjy31vrzo,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,Diego Forlan on tennis: From beating Ruud van Nistlerooy at Man Utd to becoming ATP Tour professional,"Footballers are a competitive bunch. The will to win is rarely ever consigned to the pitch. - -So when Manchester United strikers Diego Forlan and Ruud van Nistelrooy faced each other on a tennis court at Nike's HQ in Portland during a 2003 pre-season tour, there was tension. - -Sir Alex Ferguson and their United team-mates were watching. Fergie had apparently put money on Forlan winning the pre-training tie-break tussle. - -""Everyone wanted to see who was going to win. I had all the pressure,"" remembers 45-year-old Forlan, who is gearing up for a professional tennis debut in his native Uruguay next month. - -""Ruud played a lot - not as much as I played, but still he knew how to play."" - -After a few serving jitters, Forlan beat Van Nistelrooy ""in the end"". - -What the now-interim United manager did not know - the wily Ferguson had typically not missed a beat - was Forlan had quite the pedigree. - -After retiring in 2019, external, Forlan had more time for tennis. Focusing on the fitness and social benefits, he played with friends in the Montevideo club league. - -His competitive spirit was sparked and, in 2023, the left-hander made his ITF Masters Tour debut. Now he is ranked 113th in the world in the over-45s category. - -A greater reward came when he was given a wildcard into the Uruguay Open doubles on the ATP Challenger Tour - the tier below where Novak Djokovic et al compete. - -""If you asked me when I was playing football if I was going to play on the ATP Tour, I would not have imagined it,"" said Forlan, who counts Boris Becker, Ivan Lendl and Goran Ivanisevic among his idols. - -""I didn't know if I was going to play tennis even though it was a sport I really liked.""",1731883655,95caee0db1,4f5011d584,,,1731883655 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/two-question-test-political-statements/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,The Two-Question Test for CEOs Considering Political Statements,"Last week, Sticker Mule made quite a political statement. They sent an email to their subscribers, which caused a huge outrage. - -If you didn’t hear what happened, the short story is that their co-founder got on his soapbox about how he’s feeling about the division in the U.S. and how much he likes and respects Trump, even though he’s afraid to admit it. - -At the end of the email, he pleaded to subscribers to buy a once $19 shirt for $4 to show their support for the GOP presidential nominee. It was…something. - -Let’s put the illegalities aside (you can’t use your business to raise money for a political candidate) and, truly, as much as I would love to dissect the politics of this, we’ll put that aside, too. - -Instead, let’s discuss when we should advise our executives or clients to stand up for what they believe in personally, how their values relate to the business, how to make political statements (if appropriate), and what doing so can cost in the long run. - -Political Statements that Work - -Since the attempted assassination of the former president, plenty of business leaders have taken to public platforms to express their views and call for unity. - -Tim Cook, who has not exactly been overenthusiastic with the former president’s policies, condemned the violence in a social media post following the incident. Others who have been critical of Trump in the past have also put aside their differences in this moment as they released political statements, including: - -The difference between what all of these leaders and what the Sticker Mule co-founder shared is that they call for unity, peace, and the reinforcement of values. Except for Dimon, who shared his thoughts internally, they all shared on their personal social media networks. They didn’t do it on the company platforms or send a customer-wide email. - -Sticker Mule did the opposite. Their co-founder shared his thoughts with their customer base (if not an FTC violation, it certainly walks the line) and invited conversation on X. He didn’t condemn the violence or call for unity and peace. Instead, he whined about how the hate for Trump has gone too far and about how he’s scared to admit he supports him. Gosh. You think? - -A Right Way and a Wrong Way - -There is a right way and a wrong way to speak about your values or make political statements. And it’s up to us to help executives figure out what makes the most sense for their organizations while building and maintaining a leadership position. - -When a client is considering speaking up about what’s happening in the world, we start with two questions: does your brand already support this in a way that attracts like-minded people who have the same values? And does your brand make or sell anything that provides a greater good to society? - -In other words, do you make toothpaste or stickers, or do you work with the government or with kids? If it’s the former, we will almost always recommend you not take a stand and definitely no political statements. - -There are, of course, always exceptions to that rule, but a toilet paper company likely isn’t going to achieve anything by speaking out, other than pissing off half of your customers. - -Start With These Two Questions - -Let’s start with our two questions: - - - -Does your brand already support this in a way that attracts like-minded people with the same values? Does your brand make or sell anything that provides a greater good to society? - -Answering these two questions allows you to assess the relevance to the brand, evaluate customer expectations, analyze potential risks and rewards, and develop a strategy if you decide to move forward. - -Let’s assume the answer to one or both of our initial questions is “yes” and discuss how to proceed. - -Brand Relevance - -If the issue directly affects the company’s mission or is relevant to your industry, taking a stand or making a political statement may be appropriate—and you probably answered “yes” to the first question. - -This might look like an organization that advocates for sustainability should speak out on environmental issues and climate change. A tech company might speak out about data privacy issues. - -In both examples, they will remain silent on unrelated political matters. If, however, the issue isn’t relevant to the mission or the industry—such as, I don’t know, stickers or hot sauce—be smart and pass, no matter how fired up everyone internally might be. - -Evaluate Audience Expectations - -Next, you’ll evaluate what your audience expects—and this includes customers and employees. If your audience supports a certain viewpoint, you can proceed to the next step. If they are diverse, it’s worth re-evaluating your stance. - -If you don’t know where your audience stands, your time to speak out is not now. But if you want to prepare for the future, start conducting research—surveys, polls, focus groups, feedback, and reviews—on where your audiences stand, what they think, and how those views will support or detract from your business. - -For instance, a bank might be able to speak out on economic equality and corporate social responsibility, while a gaming company might do the same for issues regarding inclusivity. - -As you consider this step, consider other stakeholders, such as employees, investors, and partners. Without their support, your political statements (or any other statement) won’t get very far. - -Analyze Potential Risks and Rewards - -While analyzing the risks and rewards, it’s important to think about this as you would any crisis planning: what are the scenarios, how would you rank them, and what would cause them to move up in ranking (i.e., move from an issue to a crisis)? - -For instance, how would sending this email or publishing this social media post affect our reputation? How would it affect revenue? How would it affect sentiment? Does it break any laws? - -As we have seen, positive alignment with audience values can enhance loyalty, but misalignment can lead to backlash, loss of trust, and loss of revenue. Make sure you’re in the former group. - -Strategize the Communication Approach - -OK, let’s say you’ve made it all the way to being prepared to make a statement. Now it’s time to be strategic about how you go about it. - -When it comes to this part, I often think about Susan G Komen announcing in 2012 that they were going to defund Planned Parenthood. The backlash they received was fast and furious and four days later, they reversed their decision. To explain their decision, they had their then founder, Nancy Brinker, make the morning show circuit. But with every interview, she flip-flopped on why they made that decision, telling GMA one thing and The Today Show another. - -It’s one thing to make a strategic decision—and it came out later it was because they were under Congressional investigation—but you have to stand behind it and not give in to the vocal minority. - -All to say, agree on the messaging, avoid divisive language, and focus on constructive dialogue. At the same time, be prepared for some backlash. If you’ve been allowed to do your job to this point, you’ll know what to expect, and it won’t send you or your leadership into a crisis spiral where they are forced to go back and forth about their decision, based on who is asking. - -Monitor and Respond - -Then, just like anything else, monitor the conversations and respond. Through your scenario and crisis planning, you should have created messaging to respond to both positive and negative feedback. But also don’t give in to the trolls. You know what deserves a response and what does not. - -Having messaging ready will help manage any backlash and reinforce the organization’s commitment to its values. - -Political Statements Can Be Strategic - -If we look at why so many CEOs were able to say something while it backfired so spectacularly for Sticker Mule, it’s mostly because the message wasn’t aligned with his customer base, which is made up of artists, creatives, small business owners, and the LGBTQ+ community. His email seemed to reflect his personal views rather than the company’s values or mission. - -The tone of the message was defensive and divisive, focusing on his personal grievances rather than promoting unity or positive action. He sent the message via email and then doubled down on it on the company’s X account. Not only is this risky from a legal standpoint, but it’s inappropriate to use company assets for such a personal and divisive topic. - -When Axios asked, he said he drafted the statement while getting a haircut and did not communicate his message to 1,200 employees before blasting it out. They then asked if the communications team was consulted beforehand, and he said, “We don’t have a communications team. We have one PR guy who started five days ago, and he said not to send it.” - -Wonder if that “PR guy” still works there?",1731883690,4dc781f5bc,4f9bf1a421,,,1731883690 -https://www.npr.org/2024/09/27/1202000768/polyamory-dark-matter-hieronymus-bosch,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Dark matter, Hieronymus Bosch, polyamory. How do they relate to economics? : Planet Money : NPR","What's THAT got to do with economics? - -""Wanna see a trick? Give us any topic and we can tie it back to the economy."" - -That is the bold promise in Planet Money's tagline. And we believe the show does live up to it. Over the last year, we've told stories about breakdancing, rum, pagers, buffets, colors, and heartbreak. - -But then one host wondered: what if we really held ourselves to that promise? What if we challenged ourselves to find economic meaning in the most esoteric and far-flung topics imaginable? - -Sponsor Message - -toggle caption Roberto Benavidez - -That's when we turned to you, our listeners. And boy did you deliver. You sent in ideas so obscure, so banananas, so guaranteed to stump and bamboozle that our host maybe started to regret her life choices...but she was resolved to give it a try. - -This episode was hosted by Sally Helm and Keith Romer. It was produced by James Sneed. It was edited by Molly Messick and fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Engineering by Kwesi Lee. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Source Audio — ""Melting Pot,"" ""Say We Go Circular,"" ""Here And There,"" and ""On The Rocks.""",1731884577,8181d7a585,4fc9794b11,,,1731884577 -https://www.ign.com/articles/dandys-world-codes,http://feeds.ign.com/ign/games-all,Dandy's World Codes (November 2024),"Last updated on November 16, 2024: Checked for new Dandy's World codes! - -Looking for a big boost of Ichor to bolster your squad of Toons in Dandy’s World? We’ve got some redeemable codes that will load your wallet up with a ton of free cash. Below, you’ll find a list of all the currently active Dancy's World codes so you can get your hands on more Ichor and start buying some brand-new toons. - -Active Dandy's World Codes (November 2024) - -Below, you'll find a list of the active and working Dandy's World codes for November 2024: - -ICHOR - 50 Ichor - -Expired Dandy's World Codes - -The following Dandy's World codes are expired and no longer work as of November 2024: - -SKINTICKET - -2HUNDREDMILLION - -How to Redeem Dandy's World Codes - -To redeem Dandy's World codes, boot up the game and, once you’re in, follow the steps below: - -Look at the tabs on the left-hand side of the screen. You’ll see icons for five tabs. Click on the tab that reads ""Use Code"" to access the codes bar. Input your code in this bar, being careful to make sure it’s in the right case and spelt correctly. Click the use button and you should see the resources you unlock appear at the bottom of the screen. - -Why Isn’t My Dandy's World Code Working? - -If your Dandy's World code isn’t working, it’s likely due to one of two scenarios. The first is that the code was inputted incorrectly. Make sure you have the code inputted exactly as it is in the Active Codes section above. You can even copy and paste codes directly from this article over to Roblox if you want to make sure you’re inputting them correctly. - -The other possibility is the code has expired or you’ve already used it. If you’ve used it, you’ll get a message below the bar reminding you the inputted code has already been redeemed. If you’ve inputted it and it doesn’t recognise the code at all, it likely means it's no longer available to use and is expired. - -How to Get More Dandy's World Codes - -If you’re looking to scout out some Dandy's World codes yourself, the easiest way is through the game’s official Discord. After joining, you’ll be able to hop into the Announcements channel to find all the latest codes as they drop. - -What is Dandy's World in Roblox? - -Dandy's World is a mascot horror survival game in the same vein of spooky hits like Five Nights at Freddy's or Poppy Playtime. The major difference is Dandy's World is multiplayer, meaning you and up to seven other friends can jump in, pick a toon with unique abilities and perks to play as, and attempt to survive as long as possible while evading the game's endless supply of terrifying monsters. The longer you survive, the more Ichor you gather, allowing you to buy new toons to help you push further into the nightmare and get the drop on your foes. - -Callum Williams is an IGN freelancer covering features and guides. When he's away from his desk, you can usually find him obsessing over the lore of the latest obscure indie horror game or bashing his head against a boss in the newest soulslike. You can catch him over on Twitter at @CaIIumWilliams.",1731883674,9e7916d7c6,4fd7023a2f,,,1731883674 -https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/2024/11/intersolar-energy-storage-north-america-acquires-midwest-solar-expo/,https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/feed/,Intersolar & Energy Storage North America acquires Midwest Solar Expo,"Intersolar & Energy Storage North America (IESNA) announced the acquisition of Midwest Solar Expo (MWSE). The acquisition reinforces IESNA’s commitment to providing quality connections, resources, and knowledge in support of the energy transition both nationally and regionally. Jake Rozmaryn, former Midwest Solar Expo Executive Director, will transition into an advisory role and Sharona Kohn will continue as Conference Director. - -“Midwest Solar Expo was founded to illuminate the future of the renewable energy market in the Midwest and now becomes our second regional expansion following Intersolar & Energy Storage North America Texas, which is set to launch November 19-20, 2024 in Austin,” said Wes Doane, VP of Intersolar & Energy Storage North America. “MWSE’s platform has focused on the intersection of policy, finance, technology and business model innovation in the Midwest, and its growing exhibition targets the region’s specific challenges, offering professionals the tools they need to successfully navigate this ever-changing market.” - -This acquisition builds upon prior investment in the renewable energy industry by IESNA producer, Diversified Communications of Portland, Maine. Since acquiring Intersolar North America in 2019, the international trade show and conference producer has grown its Clean Energy portfolio to include Energy Storage North America, the Smart Energy Decisions network, Net Zero Forum, Renewable Energy Forum, Intersolar & Energy Storage North America Texas — and now Midwest Solar Expo. - -Grimes, McGovern & Associates was the exclusive advisor to Midwest Solar Expo in the transaction. - -Midwest Solar Expo will be next held June 9-11, 2025 in Chicago, Illinois. - -News item from Intersolar & Energy Storage North America",1731883666,1796127155,4f910c5ad5,,,1731883666 -https://photographylife.com/reviews/hasselblad-xcd-75mm-f-3-4-p,https://photographylife.com/feed/,Hasselblad XCD 75mm f/3.4 P Review,"Introduction - -The Hasselblad XCD 75mm f/3.4 P the newest prime lens for the Hasselblad X system. It joins the company’s existing XCD 28mm f/4 P and XCD 45mm f/4 P lenses in the “Portable” series – Hasselblad’s line of smaller, less expensive glass. (Though at $2229, it’s only “less expensive” relative to the $4000+ Hasselblad alternatives.) Today, I wanted to offer my full review of the Hasselblad XCD 75mm f/3.4 P and show how it performs both in the field and in the lab. - -This focal length is a little on the long side of normal, making the XCD 75mm f/3.4 P a promising choice for street photography, travel, and documentary work. As a landscape photographer, I liked using the lens for intimate and close-up landscapes, partly because of the focal length and partly because of the portability. That said, the maximum aperture of f/3.4 is nothing special, so the XCD 75mm f/3.4 P wouldn’t be my first choice if you want a classic blown-out background as a portrait photographer. (In full-frame terms – and where depth of field is concerned – it’s roughly equivalent to a 59mm f/2.7.) - -Given that this lens is part of Hasselblad’s “P” series rather than their “V” series, it probably won’t surprise you to hear that it’s missing some of the company’s top-end features. While the XCD 75mm f/3.4 P still has an excellent leaf shutter with flash sync at all speeds, it is Hasselblad’s slightly older model that maxes out at 1/2000 second rather than 1/4000. There also aren’t a lot of handling-related features, but I’ll get to that later. These compromises are in service of Hasselblad’s goal: to make a lightweight, less expensive lens that doesn’t sacrifice image quality. Did they succeed? - -In order to answer that question, I tested the Hasselblad XCD 75mm f/3.4 P in depth over the last couple of weeks. Since I was working with an early sample of the lens, I wasn’t able to keep it for quite as long as usual, so this review is a little slimmer on sample photos. Of course, I still had plenty of time to put it through our detailed array of lab tests. If you’re thinking of buying the Hasselblad XDC 75mm f/3.4 P, this review should answer all of your questions! - -Build Quality - -Although the XCD 75mm f/3.4 P is part of Hasselblad’s Portable series, it is noticeably larger than the other two “P” lenses we’ve seen so far. Don’t get me wrong, it’s still on the small side, but here’s how the three compare: - -XCD 28mm f/4 P: 245 grams and 44mm long (0.54 pounds, 1.7 inches) - -245 grams and 44mm long (0.54 pounds, 1.7 inches) XCD 45mm f/4 P: 320 grams and 52mm long (0.71 pounds, 2.1 inches) - -320 grams and 52mm long (0.71 pounds, 2.1 inches) XCD 75mm f/3.4 P: 398 grams and 76mm long (0.88 pounds, 3.0 inches) - -The XCD 75mm f/3.4 P is clearly the largest of the three. And beyond the comparison above, this lens is actually a little longer and heavier than the XCD 55mm f/2.5 V, which is not even in the Portable series! (That lens weighs 372 grams and is 72mm long.) - -What gives? Well, you’ll see more on the next page of this review, but Hasselblad has clearly traded some size and weight for image quality with this lens. I don’t think that’s such a bad tradeoff given that the lens is still pretty small. But if you were expecting a pancake based on the “P” in the name, make sure you’re not disappointed. (And to be fair, it is clearly a more compact lens than the XCD 80mm f/1.9, XCD 90mm f/3.2, and XCD 90mm f/2.5 lenses – so among the “long normal” options, it is the smallest you’ll find.) - -As for the rest of the build quality features, the XCD 75mm f/3.4 P retains the all-metal construction of Hasselblad’s other lenses, and it also features extensive weather sealing. I didn’t end up using the lens in bad weather during my time with it, but there are no moving parts or any signs that it would fail in harsh conditions. Everything about the build quality felt very reassuring to me. - -Now let’s cover the handling features of the Hasselblad XCD 75mm f/3.4 P. - -Handling - -The XCD 75mm f/3.4 P is a very minimalist lens. There is only one control on the lens – an unlabeled focusing ring – and no buttons, switches, or other controls. If you want to switch to manual focus, you need to do so on the camera itself, not on the lens. It is a clear departure from Hasselblad’s XCD V series that has a very nice autofocus/manual focus mechanism complete with a depth of field scale. - -With a filter thread size of 72mm, the XCD 75mm f/3.4 P can share filters with four of Hasselblad’s modern lenses: the XCD 25mm f/2.5, XCD 28mm f/4 P, 38mm f/2.5 V, and 55mm f/2.5 V. It has a round (and relatively large) lens hood that, like on other XCD lenses, is a little finicky to attach. - -As for the leaf shutter, it is quiet and effective, allowing you to sync your flash at all shutter speeds. However, like I mentioned in the introduction, it is Hasselblad’s less expensive leaf shutter that maxes out at 1/2000 second rather than 1/4000 second. That’s unlikely to be a problem most of the time (especially considering the dim f/3.4 maximum aperture), but it does mean that in edge cases like shooting a backlit subject against the sun, you may be a little more constrained in your camera settings. - -Overall, I can’t say I’m a fan of this lens’s handling. The minimalist layout isn’t my preference. But this is clearly a lens that Hasselblad designed to be on the lighter and less expensive side of things, and that comes with some tradeoffs. You’ll see on the next page of this review whether those tradeoffs were worthwhile, at least where image quality is concerned. - -Hasselblad XCD 75mm f/3.4 P Specifications - -Full Name: Hasselblad XCD 75mm f/3.4 P (Hasselblad also calls it the XCD 3.4/75P) - -Mount Type: Hasselblad X - -Focal Length: 75mm prime (59mm full-frame equivalent focal length) - -Angle of View (Medium Format): 40° - -Maximum Aperture: f/3.4 - -Minimum Aperture: f/32 - -Aperture Blades: 8, rounded - -Leaf Shutter: Yes, to 1/2000 second - -Filter Size: 72mm - -Lens Elements: 10 - -Lens Groups: 10 - -Special Elements: 1 aspherical, 3 ED glass - -Anti-Flare Coatings: Yes - -Internal Focusing: Yes - -Control Rings: Focus - -Control Buttons: No - -Control Switches: No - -Focus Motor: Linear stepping motor - -Minimum Focus Distance: 55 cm (22 inches) - -Maximum Magnification: 0.17× (1:5.8) - -Mount Material: Metal - -Weather/Dust Sealing: Yes - -Dimensions (Length × Diameter): 76 x 75 mm (3.0 × 3.0 inches) - -Weight: 398 g (0.88 lbs) - -MSRP: $2,229 - -Lowest Sale Seen: $2,229 (check current price) - -The next page of this review covers the optical characteristics of the Hasselblad XCD 75mm f/3.4 P, including focusing performance and sharpness tests in the lab. So, click the menu below to go to “Optical Performance”:",1731883655,94ff4c69ce,4f71508c3e,,,1731883655 -https://mashable.com/article/list-of-celebrities-who-have-left-x-since-the-election,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,Celebrities who have left X since the election,"X users are fleeing to Bluesky and other alternatives since the U.S. presidential election, and celebrities are joining the exodus. Here's a list of famous people who've explicitly said they're ditching the Elon Musk-owned platform in the last week or so: - -1. Stephen King - -Prolific author and poster Stephen King left X for Meta-owned Threads this week, stating, ""I'm leaving Twitter. Tried to stay, but the atmosphere has just become too toxic."" - -2. Barbra Streisand - -Singer and actor Barbra Streisand also announced her departure in an X post, saying she'll be posting to Bluesky and using the hashtag #TwitterExodus: - -3. Jamie Lee Curtis - -Actor Jamie Lee Curtis deactivated her X account this week, sharing a screenshot captioned with the Serenity Prayer: - -Mashable Light Speed Want more out-of-this world tech, space and science stories? Sign up for Mashable's weekly Light Speed newsletter. Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -4. Don Lemon - -News anchor Don Lemon has deactivated his X account. He shared a video on Instagram stating, ""I once believed it was a place for honest debate and discussion, transparency, and free speech, but I now feel it does not serve that purpose."" He also mentioned X's new terms of service — specifically that legal disputes must be fought in a rural court in Texas — as a contributor to his decision. - -5. Bette Midler - -According to sources such as The Daily Beast and The Root, actor and comedian Bette Midler has deactivated her X account after the election. - -Other celebrities, such as singer Elton John and TV producer Shonda Rhimes, quit X years ago after Musk's takeover. - -Mashable will update this list as more notable people leave X.",1731883642,644d6c1ea1,4fa31d6d7c,,,1731883642 -https://taxjustice.net/2024/11/07/eu-public-consultation-on-the-anti-avoidance-directive/,https://www.taxjustice.net/feed/,EU public consultation on the Anti-Avoidance Directive,"The European Commission recently ran a call for feedback on the EU Anti-Tax Avoidance Directive (2016/1164), also known as ATAD 1. This directive is a key instrument in the fight by the European Union against tax avoidance by multinationals corporations, as it sets out minimum standards for a number of anti-avoidance measures that have to be adopted by the EU member countries. - -Using data from the latest edition of the Corporate Tax Haven Index , we submitted our response, urging the EU Commission to strengthen the Directive’s Controlled Foreign Company (CFC) rules, make the limitations on the deduction of interest more watertight by abolishing the legacy debt loophole, and include limitations on the deduction of royalties and service payments in its updated version. - -The Directive - -In 2016, the European Council adopted Directive 2016/1164, the Anti-Tax Avoidance Directive (ATAD) in an effort to implement some of the policy recommendations made under BEPS 1.0. The Directive provides a set of minimum norms which must be transposed by EU countries into their domestic legislation, although on various aspects EU countries are allowed to make certain choices or use certain optional clauses. The Directive includes minimum rules on five important measures aimed at stopping corporate tax abuse: - -limits on interest deductions to prevent tax avoidance through artificial debt; - -exit taxes to block asset relocation for tax avoidance: - -a General Anti-Abuse Rule (GAAR) to disregard non-genuine arrangements; - -Controlled Foreign Company (CFC) rules to combat profit shifting to low-tax jurisdictions, and; - -a switchover rule to prevent double non-taxation. - -Since January 2019, these measures became mandatory to all EU countries and the Directive has since received the status of ‘full transposition’ in all countries. - -Needless to say, getting the Directive right is crucial, as it sets the minimum standards for a number of crucial measures in the fight against corporate tax abuse. Non-EU countries sometimes also look to the Directives for inspiration for the design of their own regulations. - -Recently, we updated the anti-avoidance indicators of our Corporate Tax Haven Index. These indicators monitor a set of anti-avoidance rules that should be adopted by countries to make them tax-abuse proof. These rules partly overlap with the ones included in the ATAD. While reviewing countries’ legal frameworks, we identified several flaws and loopholes in national legislations. As it turns out, many of these imperfections can be traced back to shortcomings in the Directive itself. - -We therefore welcome the EU Commission’s initiative for a review of the ATAD and its public call for evidence. The Tax Justice Network was one of the few civil society organisations to submit feedback in a public consultation otherwise dominated by the business sector. The inputs gathered during the public consultation will be used by the Commission to evaluate and possibly to propose a revised version of the Directive in the third quarter of 2025. - -Our submission is available here. - -Much more than a ranking - -The data used for our submission comes from the recently updated Corporate Tax Haven Index. The Corporate Tax Haven Index ranks countries based on their complicity in helping multinational corporations underpay corporate income tax. However, the Index is more than just a ranking. Underneath its surface, it stores extensive legal research on national tax laws and the opportunities for tax abuse the rules fail to address. This research is captured in a country’s Haven Score in the Index, which is then combined with the country’s share in global foreign direct investment (or its ‘Global Scale Weight’) to provide a realistic picture of the actual risk of tax abuse each jurisdiction is creating. - -In this new launch, we have adopted a new strategy, whereby updates of the Index are undertaken on a rolling basis and focus only on a limited number of indicators per update. The reasons behind this change in approach are closely related to the fact that international tax policies are undergoing shifts at a faster pace, and the rolling updates allow us to be more responsive to such dynamics. - -In this first update, we reviewed the anti-abuse indicators which substantially overlap with some of the measures covered by the ATAD. These included the index’s indicators on Deduction Limitations of Interest Payments and on Controlled Foreign Company Rule s. - -We also updated the indicators on deduction limitations of intra-group payments of Royalties and Service fees. These type of ‘defensive measures’ are currently not covered by the ATAD but have been adopted by many EU countries and are frequently discussed in the EU context by the EU Code of Conduct Group on Business Taxation. As we explained in our submission, we believe these measures should be covered by the Directive. - -What needs fixing - -Elsewhere, we’ve written about the process behind the research and the development that goes into an Index indicator. Often, a tax rule seems effective on paper but in practice, the same rule leaves plenty of room for companies to exploit loopholes and for countries to implicitly continue to condone such practices. In our submission, we identified some of these loopholes in the ATAD itself and in the implementation of the directive in certain EU countries. - -One issue we highlighted involves the Controlled Foreign Company (CFC) rules. The directive currently lets countries choose between two approaches: transactional rules (Model B) and non-transactional rules (Model A). As we explain in the submission, we recommend that the revised directive eliminate the transactional approach. We argue that the transactional approach does not go beyond the mere application of the arm’s-length principle for pricing of intra-group transactions. In fact, transactional approach relies on a highly subjective method for attributing income to a CFC, and for this reason they are not adequate mechanisms to curtail tax abuse. - -The non-transactional approach is more effective at achieving CFC rules’ purpose of avoiding base erosion and limiting the deferral of taxes. Non-transactional CFC rules attribute pre-defined categories of income derived by the CFC to the parent company. The application of such rules is a mechanical process and does not involve any tax authority discretionary power. - -The non-transactional CFC rules in the ATAD are not without issues, however. In the directive, these rules come with a mandatory substance carve-out which turn off the CFC rules when a taxpayer can show substance. The need to include such a substance carve-out is a given, as it is based on prior jurisprudence by the Court of Justice of the EU. However, the ATAD currently lacks clear, standardised rules for determining when a company has genuine economic activity. This leaves the implementation of the substance carve-out completely up to the discretion of the tax authorities. As a result, the effect of these type of CFC rules across EU countries is far from harmonized. We therefore suggest tightening these rules by providing clear guidelines to identify real business operations, rather than allowing too much flexibility, which can be abused. - -Regarding the interest limitation rule, the current Directive allows interest costs to be deductible up to 30% of a company’s EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, and amortization), which is a rather high threshold. The Directive also allows countries to opt for a group-ratio rule which allows individual companies to deduct interest beyond threshold based on the indebtedness of the overall group at worldwide level. Allowing both a high individual threshold and the benefit of a group-ratio threshold makes the deduction limitation lose a large part of its effectiveness. For this reason, such a combination of rules also goes against international recommendations on the matter made during BEPS. - -If countries decide to adopt the 30% threshold, this should be paired with other restrictions, like removing the group ratio rule or adding more limits on interest deductions. We propose either lowering the 30% threshold or making it conditional on additional restrictions. Moreover, the Directive’s exemption for legacy loans under the optional grandfathering clause should be abolished, as it’s becoming a permanent loophole in some countries. - -Lastly, limiting (or prohibiting) deductions on intra-group payments like royalties and service fees is a powerful tool to prevent tax abuse in the form of base erosion and profit shifting. So-called ‘defensive measures’ to limit deductions in certain instances are already used by many EU countries, as pointed out by the EU Code of Conduct Group . To make this approach consistent across all EU members, we believe that harmonized anti-avoidance measures on these types of deductions should be included in the directive. - -Instead of what EU countries are doing today, which is to limit payments to countries appearing on a list of non-cooperative jurisdictions (which is ineffective and often leads to unfair practices of blacklisting), these limitations to deductions should be based on objective criteria to the risk of base erosion at hand. We would like to see the blunt practice of blacklisting abolished and propose alternative policy options that the Directive could employ to avoid base erosion through the excessive use of intra-group payments of royalties and service fees.",1731883658,685bd32e72,4fed40d6ac,,,1731883658 -https://www.nationalmortgagenews.com/news/what-would-matt-gaetz-as-attorney-general-mean-for-banks,https://www.nationalmortgagenews.com/rss,What would Matt Gaetz as attorney general mean for banks?,"Rep. Matt Gaetz, R-Fla., President-elect Trump's pick for attorney general Bloomberg News - -WASHINGTON — President-elect Donald Trump said he would select Rep. Matt Gaetz, R-Fla., as attorney general, a controversial pick that nonetheless gives hints as to the posture that the future Trump administration might take toward consolidated corporate power, including for banks. - -The likelihood of Gaetz being confirmed as head of the Department of Justice is unclear. He resigned from the House on Wednesday, ending a House Ethics Committee investigation into sex trafficking and drug use allegations that began several years ago, which Gaetz has denied. - -Regardless of whether Republicans will vote to confirm Gaetz given the allegations against him, his stance as a skeptic of mergers and his previous work investigating banks as part of his House committee assignment shows that the Trump administration is embracing the increasing importance of economic populism in the Republican party in a way Trump didn't in his first term. - -""Certainly you could take from it that Trump is not afraid to nominate someone who has pretty strong antitrust views, and pretty strong views on big business in general,"" said Jesse Van Tol, president and CEO of the National Community Reinvestment Coalition. - -While Van Tol said that it's unlikely that Gaetz survives Senate confirmation, the willingness of the Trump administration to pick one of the Republican antitrust movement's most outspoken supporters speaks volumes. - -""It would seem to suggest that the JD Vance wing of the Trump administration is going to have some influence when it comes to questions of corporate consolidation,"" he said. - -In contrast to traditional Republicans , Gaetz's views on antitrust and consolidation more closely align with the Biden administration's views , said Jon Skladany, partner in Jenner & Block's congressional investigations practice and former chief counsel for oversight on the House Financial Services Committee. - -That said, changes at the top of other agencies might portend more closely how the Trump administration will approach bank mergers. - -""Banks will be watching the changes in leadership at the [Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and Federal Deposit Insurance Corp.] even more closely,"" he said. ""This issue is also a top priority for the new Congress, where Republican efforts to place guardrails on the bank M&A review process have been underway for several years."" - -Still, Gaetz himself has applauded the antitrust approach of the Justice Department and the Federal Trade Commission over the last four years. He even wrote an amicus brief supporting the FTC's noncompete ban. - -""It remains to be seen whether Mr. Gaetz's own philosophy would prevail — or if he instead defers to new leadership at the prudential regulators and a White House that has sung a notably different tune,"" Skladany said. - -Gaetz's other activities in the House could also show that he's willing to go after large banking institutions. Republicans on the House Judiciary Committee issued subpoenas to Citibank, demanding information on the degree to which the bank gave law enforcement consumer transaction data after January 6. - -""Gaetz took an active role in the Committee's multiyear investigation into the issue,"" Skladany said. ""As attorney general, Rep. Gaetz would have an opportunity to shut down many of the lines of communication between the FBI and financial institutions that were established to share intelligence products and identify behavior that may indicate involvement in terrorist activity or money laundering, among other things."" - -His positions on other issues could also impact banking. Jaret Seiberg, a financial services and housing policy analyst at TD Cowen, said that because Gaetz has backed legalization of cannabis, banks should be more comfortable working with state-legal cannabis businesses. - -""We find it unlikely that Gaetz — given his legalization views — would have DOJ prosecute banks for working with companies that are violating federal law,"" he said in a note.",1731883668,53698d1bc1,4fa969f7df,,,1731883668 -https://zenhabits.net/unlocked/,https://zenhabits.net/feed/,Turning Towards a Task You've Been Avoiding for Weeks - zen habits,"By Leo Babauta - -Let’s imagine that there’s a big task you’ve been avoiding for weeks (or maybe a bunch of them!) … it just becomes this ball of dread that you don’t want to think about, but that you feel really bad that you’ve been putting off. - -Sound familiar? Everyone has something like this, whether it’s a big work project, taxes or budgeting, a difficult email, a creative project, or just some regular tasks you don’t want to deal with. - -So let’s assume you’d really like to do this task … how do you turn towards it? - -I’m going to give you a practice you can take on, turning towards one difficult task at a time, until your whole life starts to flow. - -Here’s the practice: - -Notice that you’re avoiding the task. It might be something you keep kicking to the next day. Or an email that’s been sitting in your inbox. Maybe there are a lot of them … but pick one and notice that you’re avoiding it. Set an intention to turn towards it, just a little, as a practice. Pause for a moment and sit with the task. You don’t have to do the task yet. Just think about the task for a few moments, and feel the feelings that come up. Maybe dread, feeling bad about yourself, judgment, fear. You don’t have to think too much about the feelings, just let yourself feel them for a few moments. Breathe. Take a break if you need to. Get up and walk around. Drink some water, stretch, do a little movement, dance, whatever you like. Then try step 2 again. Remind yourself of why this is important. Why do you care about this? Is there an important outcome that will come from doing this? Something that matters to you? Try the smallest step. With a big reason, take a small action. Tiny. Can you open it and read the first sentence? Can you write a few words? Just do that, and breathe. Celebrate yourself. It’s a start! You’ve turned towards the task! It might seem silly or unworthy of celebrating, but even turning towards something in a small way like this is a huge victory. Acknowledge yourself, and ​do a little dance​. - -Then keep practicing! Turn towards the task again, after a little break. Then again. - -Take on another task you’ve been avoiding. - -Then another. - -Soon these tiny steps, tiny turning towards, will unblock a large part of your life. Then nothing can stop you. - -May your life become unlocked.",1731883647,3651ce3891,4fda545bb0,,,1731883647 -https://www.npr.org/2023/12/22/1197956186/christmas-tree-market,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Planet Money learns about market forces at Christmas tree auctions : Planet Money : NPR,"We buy a lot of Christmas trees (Update) - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Robert Smith/NPR Robert Smith/NPR - -*Note: This episode originally ran in 2020* - -'Tis the season for Americans to head out in droves and bring home a freshly-cut Christmas tree. But decorative evergreens don't just magically show up on corner lots, waiting to find a home in your living room. There are a bunch of fascinating steps that determine exactly how many Christmas trees get sold, and how expensive they are. - -Today on the show, we visit the world's largest auction of Christmas trees — and then see how much green New Yorkers are willing to throw down for some greenery. It's a story where snow-dusted Yuletide dreams meet the hard reality of supply and demand. We've got market theory, a thousand dollars in cash, and a ""decent sized truck""... anything could happen. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was produced by James Sneed. It was edited by Bryant Urdstat. It was engineered by Gilly Moon. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: ""Our Holiday Romance,"" ""Bells and Beats,"" and ""The Story of the Tree.""",1731884611,8181d7a585,4fd0d54466,,,1731884611 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/growth-hacks-quick-wins/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,How Growth Hacks Drive Quick Wins and Brand Visibility,"A few days ago, I joined April White and Laura Schooler on their PR Wine Down podcast (episode forthcoming) to discuss all things PR, including how fragmented media relations has become and what to do about it (as an aside, no wine was consumed during said recording). - -During the conversation, which also included Star Wars and the Yankees, we discussed how to help executives understand the value of PR in the same way they do marketing and advertising. - -Of course, we discussed the PESO Model© and how to use it to build a fully integrated, measurable framework. We also touched on how to get quick wins to satisfy our instant gratification world. - -While I strongly believe the real power of PR comes with patience, some elbow grease, and a marathon mentality, there are some things you can do to get quick wins while you work on the strategic value of a PESO Model program. - -Typically called growth hacks, these quick wins are creative, low-cost strategies for rapidly building brand awareness, staying top-of-mind, and even acquiring and retaining customers. - -Originally popularized in the tech startup world, growth hacks have since spread to various industries, including public relations. It’s about finding unconventional ways to increase brand visibility, engage audiences, and drive measurable results—often with limited resources, which we are very accustomed to doing. - -What Are Growth Hacks? - -There was a conversation in the Spin Sucks Community about getting quick wins either in a new job or with brand new clients. Doing things that show you can get results while learning the business and developing your strategy. - -This is where growth hacks were introduced to demonstrate your skills quickly. They include real-time social listening and newsjacking, micro-influencer partnerships, employee advocacy programs, and more. Plus, they’re fun to do and can be used anytime—not just when starting a new relationship or job. - -Let’s talk through some ideas. - -Social Listening - -Most of you are probably already doing this, but it’s a good reminder for those of us who sometimes forget the basics (cough, cough). - -Use social listening tools to identify topics and journalist requests in real time. - -Though you may already be monitoring the usual suspects, research has shown that many reporters are leaving X in favor of Reddit. So, if that’s not already being monitored, add it to your list! - -First, set up alerts for industry keywords, brand mentions, and relevant hashtags. Then, monitor queries through social media, #JournoRequest on X, private groups on Facebook, subreddits, Qwoted, and Peter Shankman’s new Source of Sources (SOS). - -When you see something that fits, respond quickly. Not in an hour. Not in 24 hours. Not in a week. In real time. - -This will allow you to get some quick media wins—and I have some ideas in a minute that will help you use subject matter experts in cases like these. - -Create “Newsjacking” Packages - -First, prepare pre-approved content templates that can be quickly customized for breaking news. These templates might include versatile news releases, blog posts, and social media templates. Then, create a rapid approval process for newsjacking content. - -Once you have all that ready, monitor trending news and quickly adapt your pre-approved templates to offer timely commentary. - -Being among the first to comment on breaking news will help you gain increased media coverage and social media engagement. - -But please, for the love of all things holy, do not be gross about it. No one wants to hear about how the phone company is remembering 9/11 or how a fashion house is dressing people in Lebanon. Please only use this tactic if the newsjacking is genuine and ethical. - -Micro-Influencer Campaigns - -Create a list of micro-influencers in your industry who can help you develop social media content. This is a quick and cost-effective reach to targeted audiences. - -Once you’ve identified your influencers, create a simple, replicable campaign structure to use with them, such as product reviews or day-in-the-life content. Make it easy for them to create and submit content without creating all sorts of hurdles, such as laborious contracts and lots of rules. - -Offer value exchanges, such as exclusive access or free products, instead of monetary compensation. - -This will allow you to increase brand mentions and engagement within specific target audiences rapidly. - -Optimize Existing Content - -Quickly boost organic traffic by optimizing existing content for search engines, generative AI, and voice-activated search. - -The first thing I would do is update the top 20 articles or website pages from a year ago and two years ago. Refresh all that content with new external and internal links, add in new subject matter expertise and experience, add new stats or research, if necessary, and republish with a new date. Do not change the URL when you do this because you want to signify that it’s updated content, not totally new. You don’t want to lose the optimization the page already has. - -For traditional search engines, you can also: - -Conduct keyword research to identify high-potential, low-competition terms. - -Update titles, meta descriptions, and headers. - -Add internal links between related pieces of content. - -Doing so will increase organic traffic and improve search engine rankings without creating new content. - -This, by-the-way, is something we do at least twice a year for our clients so that organic traffic continues to grow, they are found in all the search places, and their content is updated and fresh. - -Create a “Stats Bank” for Media Pitches - -Compile a database of compelling statistics about your industry or brand for quick media pitches. This is extremely important when using social media listening and newsjacking to be responsive to the 24/7 news cycle. - -To do this, research and collect interesting statistics relevant to your field and then organize them into categories for easy access. Talk to the sales and customer service teams to get interesting data. If you have access to a data scientist, work with them to add even more to your stats bank. - -Use these stats to craft data-driven pitches or social media posts quickly. And make sure you update the bank regularly with fresh data. - -While no one is particularly drawn to numbers in storytelling, having quick access to industry and company-wide statistics will always be interesting to a journalist. It shows you have a factual story to tell that can also be interesting. And having readily available, compelling data points will put you at the top of their source list. - -Add Employee Advocacy - -As you’re starting a new job, working with a new client, or launching a new campaign, it’s always a good idea to talk to employees in different departments to understand their wants, needs, and desires (as well as things they’d like to see change). As you build these relationships, you can leverage their networks to amplify your messages quickly. - -To do that, create easy-to-share content, such as pre-written social media posts, shareable graphics, and copy to choose from based on their personalities. You can also offer incentives for participation. For many of our clients, we’ve created a reward system that allows them to choose what they want based on how many “points” they accumulate to help us expand our reach. - -At the start of every campaign, we ask for ideas on prizes, and we’ve done everything from Apple Watches and Theraguns to restaurant gift cards and headphones. This works incredibly well as long as the leadership team is down for it. - -Develop a Rapid Response Media Team - -I mentioned above I had an idea to get your subject matter experts to participate in rapid response media opportunities and newsjacking. Here is that idea! - -Create a small, agile team for that purpose. Identify key team members with different areas of expertise and invite them to join your small group of respondents. When human beings are invited to something exclusive, they have an innate need to want to participate. - -So make it exclusive and open only to a select few. Provide incentives—things that are important to them—and showcase their work throughout the entire organization. - -Pretty soon, you’ll have others asking when they get to be part of that small group. - -Launch a “Top Lists” Campaign - -Back in the day, when Marcus Sheridan was still known as “the pool guy,” he did something brilliant (well, he did many brilliant things, but this one is applicable). He created a list of competitors who did things better than his company. It was risky because he was sending potential customers elsewhere, but it had the opposite effect. - -He developed a new level of trust when he published this list and consistently updated it. People knew that he could be trusted with their money and pool project if he was willing to send homeowners to his competitors. Not only that, but his competition began referring business to him. - -So, while you may not get immediate buy-in on this growth hack idea, you can be like Marcus. - -Create and promote lists featuring influential people and companies in your industry, even your competitors. This will not only create goodwill in the industry but also garner website backlinks and expand your reach through their social networks. - -Automated Performance Reporting - -While this next idea is technically a growth hack, it really should be a non-negotiable. After all, if you don’t have a way to showcase your results, you’ll be out of a job fairly quickly. - -Do this immediately: set up automated reports to quickly demonstrate the effectiveness of your PR efforts. - -Use Google Data Studio or Tableau to create automated dashboards and include key metrics such as direct, organic, and referral website traffic, lead attribution, content downloads, and email subscribers. - -This will allow you to report on your results consistently without doing “math.” - -Create a FAQ Resource - -A frequently asked questions resource may already exist, but when was it last updated? I find most organizations create one and never revisit it. Do that. And if it doesn’t exist, create one. - -This gives you a great opportunity to quickly ingratiate yourself with your new colleagues. Sit with sales and customer service and compile a list of questions from prospects and customers. Talk to the senior leadership team to understand other stakeholders’ questions, such as investors, partners, and vendors. Talk with HR about the common questions from candidates and employees. And talk to anyone in marketing or comms about the most common questions from media. - -Once you have that list, draft clear, concise answers that align with messaging. Publish it internally and externally (on the intranet and on the website). And make sure you create a reminder to update it quarterly. - -Growth Hacks FTW - -By implementing these growth hacks, PR professionals can achieve quick wins demonstrating immediate value. - -These successes can then be leveraged to: - -Gain strategic influence; - -Expand team capabilities; - -Justify budget increases; and - -Pilot larger initiatives. - -The key to successful growth hacks is to: - -Stay curious and open to new ideas, not just at the start of a new relationship, but consistently. Always test and measure results. Be willing to fail fast and pivot quickly. Focus on scalable, highly effective strategies. Never lose sight of providing value to the people around you. - -Keep in mind that what works for one brand or campaign may not work for another. The beauty of growth hacks lies in their emphasis on experimentation and adaptation. - -Stay flexible, keep learning, be bold, and push the boundaries of traditional PR practices. With persistence and creativity, you can unlock new levels of success.",1731883667,4dc781f5bc,4fc991eb9a,,,1731883667 -http://www.historytoday.com/archive/history-matters/death-clive-india,https://www.historytoday.com/feed/rss.xml,The Death of Clive of India,"In the days following the sudden death, aged 49, of Robert Clive – ‘Clive of India’ – on 22 November 1774, rumours as to how it had happened spread fast. Despite having previously received knowledge to the contrary, the writer Horace Walpole reported to the diplomat Sir Horace Mann that the leading theory was that Clive had cut his own throat. Lady Mary Coke recorded in her journal that Clive had ‘killed himself’. Such stories were not uncommon in cases of high-profile society deaths and soon references to Clive having died in this way began to surface in popular literature. In 1777 a scurrilous biography by Charles Carraccioli stated dramatically that Clive ‘was found weltering in his blood’ with a razor nearby. In May 1778 Town and Country Magazine imagined a conversation in the afterlife between Clive and Charles Yorke. Yorke was lord chancellor when he died suddenly in 1770 and his death was also described as a suicide by Walpole. Long regarded as such, it is now doubted. - -It seems likely that the deaths of both men prompted the spread of rumour and gossip which used suicide, then socially unacceptable, as a way to malign them. - -Clive’s public profile – underpinned by the victory at Plassey in 1757, which established the East India Company’s control of Bengal, and by his wealthy lifestyle and political influence – meant that he inevitably attracted speculation designed to discredit and scandalise him. In May 1773 parliamentary enquiries into his conduct in India and his acquisition of an enormous fortune had culminated in a House of Commons debate and, despite the fact that he had emerged from it with his wealth intact, the public distrust of returned ‘East Indians’ – or nabobs – like Clive, was widespread. In Clive’s case, suicide provided an opportunity to suggest guilt: that he had not escaped the enquiries unscathed and had indeed paid a price for the consequences of actions he could no longer bear to live with. - -The idea of suicide became engrained in subsequent biographies of Clive, beginning with the work started, but not finished, by Sir John Malcolm and published in 1836, which suggested that a combination of pain and the effect of medicine ‘led to the melancholy event which ensued’. This continued with the lives published by G.R. Gleig (1848), who wrote ‘The world knows that he committed suicide’, G.B. Malleson (1882), Sir George Forrest (1918), A.M. Davies (1939) and Mark Bence-Jones (1974). The short biography by George Dunbar in 1936 is an exception. Percival Spear, writing in History Today in 1954, concluded that Clive ‘died by his own hand’. Other recent works continue to perpetuate this belief. As well as supporting an inaccurate, and indeed dramatic, picture of the last phase of Clive’s life these narratives were fuelled by dubious 19th-century accounts and doubtless influenced by a story, recounted in Malcolm’s biography, that Clive had attempted suicide as a young man by placing a pistol to his head and pulling the trigger twice. - -Miniature of Robert Clive, by John Smart, 1776. Yale Center for British Art, Paul Mellon Collection. Public Domain. - -That Clive’s life was dogged by ill health is well known. Instances of depression, nervous disorder and physical pain were evident in 1750 during his time in Madras and in 1766 during his second governorship of Bengal. He used opium for relief. His later life in England saw recurrences of an abdominal complaint and nervous exhaustion which required trips to Bath and Europe. In late 1773 he left for Italy and upon his return in May 1774 he appears to have been both mentally and physically well; he spent the summer and autumn in Shropshire, entertaining house guests. In October he was re-elected as an MP for Shrewsbury. In early November, however, he caught a bad cold which necessitated a visit to Bath. There was no improvement and on the 20th he was back at home in London at his Berkeley Square townhouse. What followed during the next two days is described in a letter written by Maria Ducarel, a family friend, to Philip Francis, a member of the Supreme Council in Bengal, about a month later. According to Ducarel, Clive was very unwell and his stomach caused him much discomfort. Against the advice of John Fothergill, a well-known physician, Clive took doses of opium and other medicines: - -In short, he had all the restlessness of a dying man, and grew worse and worse till the next day at noon, when he was taken with an epileptic fit ... and expired immediately. - -Newspaper reports support Ducarel’s account that Clive suffered a sudden fatal medical emergency, probably triggered by excessive use of medicine. Further proof of this is found in a letter from Robert Pardoe, an attorney at Lincoln’s Inn, to a friend in Clive’s home county of Shropshire. Fearful that false rumours would spread, Pardoe was adamant that Clive had died during a seizure and that he had experienced similar instances before. - -Had Clive died by suicide an inquest would have been required: there is however no trace of any such occurrence among the archives of the Westminster coroner. Instead there is every indication that events following Clive’s death followed normal practice. The executors met the next day to read the will and agree funeral arrangements. The body was removed from Berkeley Square on 24 November and taken to Shropshire. The plans provided for a hearse and coaches to proceed from Clive’s ancestral home, Styche Hall, to the church at Moreton Say, with tenants in attendance, for the burial there at 12 noon on 30 November 1774. Armorial shields, drapes and streamers were placed in local churches. This evidence contradicts claims in biographies, designed to support the suicide theory, that Clive’s funeral was a rushed, secretive affair. - -What seems clear is that a myth of suicide grew up so strongly around Clive that it led, in effect, to a conspiracy theory based around the idea that an act of felo de se had been covered up. It has become one of many defining elements in how Clive continues to be remembered; authors as recent as Maya Jasanoff (2005) and William Dalrymple (2019) have repeated it. - -David Prior completed a University of Wales M.Phil. dissertation on Robert Clive and currently works at the Parliamentary Archives.",1731883668,96608eb700,5024d8000b,,,1731883668 -https://www.foxnews.com/politics/minnesota-election-judge-faces-felony-charges-over-accepting-unregistered-votes,http://feeds.foxnews.com/foxnews/politics,Minnesota election judge faces felony charges over accepting unregistered votes,"A Minnesota election judge is being charged after allegedly accepting people who were not properly registered to vote in the 2024 election. - -Timothy Michael Scouton, who served as the head election judge for the Badoura Township Precinct in Hubbard County, Minnesota, is being charged with one count of accepting the vote of an unregistered voter and one count of neglect of duty by an election official, both felonies, according to a report from Fox 9. - -Police say they were notified by an election auditor that 11 voters did not complete proper registration forms, yet were allowed to vote despite not being able to complete the forms that are used to authenticate their identity. - -VOTER REGISTRATION FRAUD PROBE INVOLVING 2500 APPLICATIONS CONFIRMED BY PA. ELECTION OFFICIALS - -Those votes were allowed despite Scouton reportedly completing his election judge training and head election judge training in July, the report notes. - -Authorities spoke with another judge who worked with Scouton on the night of the election, with the judge telling police that Scouton instructed her not to use the proper registration forms. Another judge working with Scouton told police that she was not aware of the proper forms and was instructed by Scouton to have voters sign the back of a book. - -DOJ ONCE OK'D LAW AT CENTER OF YOUNGKIN VOTER ROLL-CULLING ORDER FEDS NOW SUING TO BLOCK - -Scouton was arrested on the charges by the Hubbard County Sheriff’s Office, who said he ""declined to provide a statement."" - -Meanwhile, the Minnesota Secretary of State acknowledged that the charges against Scouton were ""very serious."" - -CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP - -""These allegations are extremely serious and must be fully and thoroughly investigated,"" the Secretary of State’s office said in a statement to Fox 9. ""Election judges take an oath to administer elections in accordance with the law, a deliberate failure to do so is unlawful and a betrayal of the public trust. Minnesota’s elections rely on the dedication and public service of 30,000 people and they are required to conduct their work fairly, impartially, and within the letter of the law. The Hubbard County Auditor took prompt and correct action in notifying local authorities of the uncovered discrepancies so they could investigate.""",1731883655,7b5f0a8391,4fe73a51ab,,,1731883655 -https://www.packagingstrategies.com/articles/105186-blister-packaging-solutions-from-mono-materials-to-dry-molded-fiber,https://www.packagingstrategies.com/rss/articles,Blister Packaging Solutions: From Mono-Materials to Dry Molded Fiber,"Top - -✕ - - - -For the convenience and ease of use blister packaging provides consumers, the creation of such packaging isn’t as simple. From developing appropriate machinery to sourcing the right materials, blister packaging brings a variety of challenges that suppliers are constantly trying to mitigate. - -As an example, Pharmaworks has developed blister machinery that can handle 100% recyclable mono-materials, marking a significant improvement when it comes to the sustainability of these operations. - -Additionally, PulPac, PA Consulting and Optima collaborated to develop bespoke machinery that can create blister packaging from Dry Molded Fiber. The collaboration allows this practice to operate at a large scale while also contributing to a circular economy. - -Finally, Aptar CSP Technologies announced that its N-Sorb nitrosamine mitigation solution was accepted into the U.S. Food & Drug Administration’s Emerging Technology Program, which promotes the adoption of innovative approaches to pharmaceutical product design and manufacturing. - -Learn more about these innovations below. - -Pharmaworks Develops Blister Machine for 100% Recyclable Mono-Materials - -Pharmaworks can also upgrade existing blister machines to make them compatible with mono-materials. Courtesy of Pharmaworks - -Pharmaworks, a ProMach product brand, recently debuted its new capability to handle recyclable, mono-material packaging films on its blister machines at Interphex. In addition to offering their entire fleet of available blister packaging systems ready to run these challenging films, the company is offering upgrades for installed Pharmaworks blister machines in the field and can rebuild blister machines from other suppliers to handle these new sustainable films. - -READ MORE - -PulPac, PA Consulting and Optima Collaborate on Machinery for Dry Molded Fiber - -The collaboration allows for the use of sustainable materials while maintaining high-level production. Courtesy of PulPac - -PulPac, PA Consulting, and Optima have partnered to develop bespoke machinery for advanced Dry Molded Fiber applications. - -The partnership aims to facilitate the industrialization of complex products such as coffee capsules and blister packaging. By integrating PulPac’s pioneering Dry Molded Fiber technology with PA Consulting’s product development expertise and Optima’s renowned bespoke machine building capabilities, the collaboration will drive the scalability and high-throughput production of commercially viable, advanced Dry Molded Fiber applications, supporting PulPac’s and PA Consulting’s Blister Pack Collective and other initiatives for advanced Dry Molded Fiber packaging. - -READ MORE - -Aptar Earns Acceptance to FDA's Emerging Technology Program for N-Sorb Solution - -N-Sorb can eliminate the need for pharmaceutical companies to reformulate their products. Courtesy of Aptar CSP Technologies - -Aptar CSP Technologies, part of AptarGroup, Inc. and a leader in active material science, announced that its N-Sorb nitrosamine mitigation solution has been accepted into the U.S. Food & Drug Administration’s (FDA) Emerging Technology Program (ETP), which helps promote the adoption of innovative approaches to pharmaceutical product design and manufacturing. - -N-Sorb leverages Aptar CSP Technologies’ proven 3-Phase Activ-Polymer™ platform technology to address the pressing issue of N-nitrosamine impurities in pharmaceuticals. These impurities, classified as probable human carcinogens, have raised significant regulatory concerns and prompted numerous drug product recalls. Nitrosamines can form during drug product storage or transport, posing risks to patient health.",1731883638,c925e986aa,4ff03850b6,,,1731883638 -https://techtransfercentral.com/2024/09/03/licensing-research-tools-and-materials-a-revenue-stream-waiting-to-be-tapped-2/,https://techtransfercentral.com/feed/,TechPipeline,"This is an excerpt from an article in the October issue of TechEngage. - -Green and clean technologies have garnered a lot of interest from both researchers and investors in the past two decades. Investment in these technologies has grown steadily, reaching $1.77 trillion in 2023, a 17% increase over 2022 according to BloombergNEF. That sounds like good news for universities with ongoing research and projects in the green/clean tech space, but not every green/clean tech project is marketable in a way that attracts licensees. Differences in timeline expectations, commercial potential, and even leadership qualities can keep companies from looking closely at technologies that may well solve important problems but don’t offer enough commercial upside. - -Before reaching out, it’s important to understand what makes a green or clean technology or start-up investible to companies and venture capitalists. - -Team First - -Many investors evaluate the team behind the technology as much as they evaluate the technology itself. - -“Team is first, always,” says Manny Stockman, a partner in Osage University Partners, a venture capital firm that works with universities. “You’ll hear that from every venture capitalist you ever talk to.” - -Taking an idea from inception to a marketable product or service requires people who understand the market and how to talk to investors, and those are skills that are not always in the wheelhouse of a researcher or inventor. Gathering a team of people who can fill in the gaps of any missing relational and business skills is key to attracting support.",1731883677,bb9e812a9f,5012b4efca,,,1731883677 -https://thefinancialbrand.com/news/loan-growth/how-this-community-bank-tripled-loan-volume-using-smart-automation-182556/,https://thefinancialbrand.com/feed/,How This Community Bank Tripled Loan Volume Using Smart Automation,"On this episode of the Banking Transformed podcast, host Jim Marous sits down with Robert Watts, VP consumer credit administrator at D.L. Evans Bank to discuss how the $3 billion community bank based in Southern Idaho is modernizing its lending processes while maintaining strong risk management. - -Q: Can you tell me about your career path and how you got to where you are today? - -Robert Watts: I’ve been with the bank for 18 years. As a credit administrator, I followed a different career path. I started in the compliance department, doing HMDA verification, fair lending review and branch audits, and I got involved when we switched technology back in 2006. - -I was part of the team that led that change and really got my foot in the door with the credit admin side. Then, in 2010, I got hired to the consumer credit administrative position and have been there ever since. - -Q: How does your compliance background influence your current role? - -Watts: It’s a challenge. Balancing the compliance aspect versus the risk and ensuring the customer needs are also met. My mindset is very much black and white, which made me good at compliance. It’s been a challenge being a credit administrator, letting that gray area grow a little bit. - -A lot of our consumer applications or needs come from our commercial and agricultural customers to meet their consumer needs. Whether they need a car loan or a credit card, their kids need loans. That’s really where our portfolio has grown on the consumer side. - -Streamlining the Loan Process - -Q: How easy can current and new customers get loans? - -Watts: Our process really doesn’t differ whether you’re a new or existing customer. We have ways to apply online, but customers can also come into a branch and apply regardless of whether they’re new or returning or new or existing; it’s the same process. - -We’re looking to add efficiencies to try and make the process for the existing customers a little bit smoother with connectivity to our core processor and getting their information to flood into the application system. But really, we’re just taking the application and trying to use MeridianLink’s application to really trim the fat, so to speak, to ask the specific questions that we need to make the process very smooth and straightforward. - -Q: What impact has instant decisioning had on your loan volume? - -Watts: Since we’ve implemented instant decisioning, we’ve gone from, I think, when I started back in 2010, we were doing 100, 200 applications a year to now. Last year, we were probably working with around 300 applications a month. - -Balancing Speed with Safety - -Q: How do you balance compliance requirements with customer expectations for speed? - -Watts: Yeah, I think it’s got to be a blend of everything. Obviously, you need speed to get the customer a quick response. You’ve got to have the compliance aspect of it to keep regulators from being too hard on you for decisions. - -At the same time, it also manages the bank’s risk. There’s a three-pronged approach. You’ve got the customer, the regular, and the bank, all of which have to work together. - -Q: What role does your existing customer relationship play in risk assessment? - -Watts: Really, just having the customer relationships we have is kind of the balance there. We don’t have the compliance challenges because they’re our customers. We want to take care of them, but at the same time, we don’t have the risk. Because they’re not necessarily a new customer coming off the street, we have to do a bunch of due diligence on them. We’ve had the relationships for 20, 30, 40 years sometimes. - -Technology Partnership Selection - -Q: How do you evaluate and select technology partners? - -Watts: Typically, we have a whole management team that comes together from compliance, lending, marketing, and whatever departments might be touched. And they all have the same amount of input on whether it’s a good fit, whether it’s a product we go forward with, whether it’s going to meet the needs we’re looking for. Then, we make a decision. - -Q: What challenges have you faced in implementing new systems? - -Watts: I think a lot of it just comes down to finding the right fit. Before we were with MeridianLink, we were a CRIF client, which MeridianLink acquired back in 2018. CRIF was a great company. They were good to work with. They were probably a bit more focused on the community bank side than MeridianLink. - -As they acquired CRIF, they’ve kind of had to shift focus a little bit and take our viewpoint into perspective, as opposed to just the credit union. Sometimes, there have been challenges regarding the way a bank operates as opposed to a credit union. And so they’re trying to work through some of those hurdles, making things efficient and smooth for both parties. - -The Path Forward - -Q: What enhancements are you looking to make in your loan operations? - -Watts: Although we have instant decisioning, I think there are definitely improvements that we can make. We can pull different vendors into the framework to make the speed even that much quicker and remove some of the redundancy aspects, whether it’s verification of income, verification of employment, or manual underwriting versus automated underwriting. - -Another thing we’ve done is, about two or three years ago, one of our branch locations became an actual digital branch location. They’re housed in our corporate office, and all they do is process online applications. - -Those applications coming in allow a certain department to grab them, pick them up quicker, and make a quicker decision, as opposed to maybe falling through the cracks on a branch loan pipeline that may be focusing on larger commercial customers rather than consumer deals. That way, the digital department can pick those up and get a quick response. - -Q: What recommendations would you give other institutions on their modernization journey? - -Watts: I think the biggest thing is not trying to tackle everything all at once simultaneously and knowing who you are as an institution. When we implemented it, we didn’t really do anything that was outside of the norm for the institution. - -For example, we still offer real estate loans, but we don’t make instant decisions on those types of credits because they’re a little bit more risk and a little bit more to review. And so, we didn’t fully implement instant decisioning on those. - -We have some smaller dollar volumes that we’ll allow instant decisioning on, but we didn’t apply instant decisioning across the board because we weren’t comfortable with it. So, you kind of know what you’re comfortable with and what your institution is looking to accomplish, and then you just work towards it. And once you accomplish that, move on to the next piece of it and just do it step by step. - -Q: So you’re moving towards more risk management, which is a major change in your perspective. - -Watts: And sometimes there are challenges involved with that because, kind of back to some of the topics we’ve already touched on, there’s the regulatory aspect. There are internal processes that we have to deal with that sometimes the bank has to give up some of those traditional processes and go more to a new modern aspect of things and really kind of look to make a philosophy switch or just kind of a mindset shift to get more up to speed with things. - -Justin Estes is an award-winning writer, strategist, and financial marketing expert with expertise in banking, investments, and fintech. His clients include the NYSE, Franklin Templeton, Credit Karma, Citi and, UBS, and his work has appeared in Forbes, Barrons and ThinkAdvisor as well as The Financial Brand. - -For a longer version of this conversation, listen to “Balancing Speed and Safety with Instant Loan Decisioning”, a podcast with Jim Marous, available here. This Q&A has been edited and condensed for clarity.",1731883686,7e4f10d9a3,5054485537,,,1731883686 -https://www.ufc.com/news/ufc-names-ibm-first-ever-official-ai-partner,https://www.ufc.com/rss/news,UFC Names IBM as First-Ever Official AI Partner,"“This partnership with IBM is one of the most significant milestones for UFC and a game changer for how fans will experience our sport,” said Grant Norris-Jones, Head of Global Partnerships at TKO. “IBM is an iconic blue-chip, global brand with decades of experience in sports marketing. Together, we’re pioneering a product to revolutionize analytics and information in live sports. This partnership marks a pivotal win, not only for UFC and IBM, but also for fans around the world who will experience our sport in a whole new way.” - -As its first official Global AI Partner, IBM will work with UFC to accelerate and scale existing capabilities, driving fan engagement with unique content experiences and unprecedented access to UFC fight information. Insights Engine, produced in collaboration by IBM and UFC’s Research and Development team, is expected to debut in early 2025. The branded insights, stats and graphics – integrated into key touch points across UFC consumer platforms, including pre-event programming, UFC Pay-Per-View broadcasts, UFC social media channels, in-venue video boards, and more – are expected to reach hundreds of millions of UFC fans in 170 countries that receive UFC’s broadcasts and follow UFC’s social media channels. - -“Data and AI solutions like UFC Insights Engine built with IBM watsonx can offer current fans entirely new ways to connect with their favorite athletes and sports, while also building excitement among new generations of MMA fans,” said Jonathan Adashek, Senior Vice President of Marketing and Communications at IBM. “Leveraging watsonx and our Granite models also allows UFC to enhance its digital operations and to harness the power of its extensive library of match data – all to the benefit of current and future fans.” - -""IBM watsonx is synonymous with AI, and they have been leading the charge in this space from the beginning,” said Alon Cohen, Senior Vice President, UFC Research and Development. “UFC has been working on the concept of the Insights Engine for several years, and now we finally have the right partner in IBM with the depth of expertise in AI to bring it to life. We’re looking forward to rolling this out to our fans in the months ahead.”",1731883671,2c774cd014,4ff27a9bd8,,,1731883671 -https://www.ufc.com/news/marcus-mcghee-wont-squander-his-opportunities-ufc-309,https://www.ufc.com/rss/news,Marcus McGhee Won't Squander His Opportunities,"“I definitely think so, and I think I could have still been successful without the type of mentality that I have, but I don't think it would've bore as much fruit in so many other aspects other than just stepping into that cage,” said McGhee. “I think it could have hindered the person I am. It could have hindered who I am for others if I had gotten that too early. Because again, sometimes you get blessings too early and you don't know how to deal with those blessings and then you squander them. I'm just so thankful that I never got the opportunity to squander them.” - -It helps that for much of his career, McGhee was working, as well as fighting. That’s necessary on the regional circuit, but it doesn’t make it that any easier for the one trying to juggle two jobs, one that requires getting punched in the face, along with a personal life. So when that fighter eventually makes it to the point where he doesn’t have to be a juggler, he tends to appreciate the new normal more. - -MORE UFC 309: Chris Weidman Interview | State Of Heavyweight | Jon Jones' Career | Nicksick Talks Main Event | Co-Main Rematch Timeline | Jim Miller Interview | Nickal vs Craig | Miocic Memories - -“I definitely do,” he said. “I feel like when you go through certain things, they mold you and you get to feel all those emotions, as opposed to just seeing it on the outside and seeing somebody else go through it When you're day in and day out and you have to wake up at four o'clock in the morning to hit a four-mile run as fast as you can so that you can jump in the shower and get ready for work and be at work by six o'clock in the morning and then bust your butt, no break, no lunch until three o'clock so you could hit the gym at 3:30 and then go to six o'clock and then rush home to the kids. When you do that for years on end and feel all the emotions, sometimes good, sometimes bad, sometimes useless, sometimes great, I definitely think it gives you a whole new appreciation for the situation that I'm in now.”",1731883665,2c774cd014,507466b3f2,,,1731883665 -https://www.moneycrashers.com/stocks-vs-bonds/,https://www.moneycrashers.com/feed/,Stocks vs. Bonds: Key Differences to Consider (2024 Guide),"When you start investing for your future, it may be difficult to decide how you should invest your money. After all, if you don’t know the key differences between stocks vs. bonds, how will you be able to decide? - -For most investors, the best decision is to invest in a mix of stocks and bonds. - -This leads to a properly diversified portfolio, helping to protect you from risk while offering up exposure to opportunities that have the potential to generate a strong return. - -What Are Stocks? - -As defined by the U.S. Securities Exchange Commission, “stocks are a type of security that gives stockholders a share of ownership in a company.” - -Stocks are commonly referred to as equities because when you purchase a stock, you’re essentially purchasing equity in a company. The total value of a company is known as its market capitalization or market cap, and it’s equal to the total combined value of all outstanding shares of stock in that company. - -For example, as of July 2021, there are 16.53 billion shares of Apple stock currently outstanding. So if you purchase one share of Apple stock, you own 1/16.53 billionth of the company. If Apple’s stock trades at $100 per share, that means its market cap is about $1.653 trillion (16.53 billion shares x $100). - -Because stockholders own equity in the companies in which they invest, shares of stock generally come with voting rights that give investors a say in how a publicly traded company is managed. Investors often have a say in large financial transactions, acquisitions, allocation of funding, cosmetic transactions like stock splits, and more. - -Of course, the value of shares in any stock fluctuates depending on the value of the underlying company they represent. As stock prices move up and down, investors either earn money or lose it. Money can also be earned through the issuance of dividends — the act of a publicly traded company distributing a portion of its profits directly to its investors. - -What Are Bonds? - -Bonds work quite a bit differently than stocks. The biggest difference is that bonds don’t give holders an ownership interest in a company. Instead, they act as loans. - -Bonds are fixed-income instruments representing loans made by investors to borrowers. The most common borrowers are corporations, the federal government, or local municipalities, with bonds issued by these entities commonly referred to as corporate bonds, government bonds (U.S. Treasury bonds), and municipal bonds, respectively. - -Those who own bonds are creditors of the bond issuer. Like other types of fixed loans, bonds come with terms including the date at which 100% of the money loaned is due to be paid back in full, plus variable-interest or fixed-interest payments known as coupon payments, which are made by the borrower to the bondholder. - -As with consumer loans, interest or coupon rates vary depending on multiple factors. The most decisive determining factors of bond coupon rates include the time to maturity and creditworthiness of the borrower. - -The longer the bondholder must hold the bond until it reaches maturity, the higher the coupon rate normally is. Also, companies and municipalities with lower levels of creditworthiness must pay higher coupon rates than those with better credit. - -Once bonds are issued, they can be bought and sold. If a bondholder decides they no longer want to hold the bond, they can sell it to someone else on the open market. - -Moreover, companies and municipalities can choose to buy their own bonds back. This often happens when projects are completed early, if the issuer enjoys a large injection of funds, or if the issuer earns a better credit rating that gives them the opportunity to issue new bonds with lower coupon rates. - -Stocks vs. Bonds: Pros & Cons - -Stocks are the darling of the investing community, generally looked upon favorably, and the first thing considered when it comes to making your money grow for you. - -However, as with anything else, investing in stocks comes with its fair share of pros and cons. - -Pros of Owning Stocks - -There are several reasons stocks have earned a positive opinion among investors. - -1. Ownership - -There’s quite a bit of comfort in knowing that when you purchase a share of stock, you’re not just purchasing a piece of paper with a perceived value. - -Every share you own represents legal ownership of the company you’re investing in. This legal ownership gives you the right to speak out with regard to how the company is being run and what you believe management can do to make beneficial changes. - -Most single shareholders don’t represent enough of the company to make much of a difference. However, when shareholders band together, their combined ownership can be enough to force changes to a struggling company and to improve the company’s value for everyone involved. - -2. Exposure to Large Potential Gains - -Fixed investments like bonds don’t provide the opportunity for above-average gains. When purchasing bonds, you know what the rate of return is going to be. - -According to CNN Money, long-term government bonds have returned 5% to 6% annually since 1926, but in today’s market, the interest rates are much, much lower. With the average annualized return of the S&P 500 during the past 90 years coming in at around 9.8%, stocks are known for producing higher returns. - -However, savvy investors can take that a step further. Making properly timed trades in the stock market can yield gains many times this size in the matter of a single day. - -3. Avoiding Inflation-Related Losses - -Most savings accounts offer small interest rates that are not necessarily intended to keep up with inflation. As a result, long-term savings accounts tend to lose value as inflation reduces the purchasing power of money. - -Although there’s no guarantee a single stock will outpace inflation, a well-diversified portfolio of stocks and other financial instruments that are known to be stable growth investments should do so handily. - -Investing in stocks as a large part of a properly proportioned portfolio typically protects your savings from inflation-related losses. - -4. Potential Dividends - -Not all stocks pay dividends, but plenty do. In fact, there is an entire strategy revolving around investing in stocks that pay dividends. This gives investors a way to share in the profits produced by publicly traded companies. - -5. Liquidity - -Stocks are highly liquid investment vehicles. That means they’re easy to buy and sell. As a result, if you invest in a stock and later decide it’s time to sell, you won’t be stuck holding the bag for any long period of time as you await a buyer. - -6. Helping the Economy - -The U.S. economy and the stock market are closely tied to each other. In order to raise funds to fulfill projects, offer jobs, and grow their companies, corporations depend on investor dollars. - -The more investor dollars that are available, the more investors are assisting in broader economic development. So, investing in stocks isn’t just about generating gains; the economic implications offer a feel-good aspect too. - -Cons of Owning Stocks - -While stocks are what most people think of when they think of investing, they do come with some drawbacks. - -1. Exposure to Extreme Losses - -While investments in stable stocks that represent well-known companies tend to grow over time, they’re also the riskier of the two investments. - -For example, thousands of investors lost millions of dollars investing in what everyone believed to be one of the world’s largest and most successful companies, Enron. When the company collapsed due to one of the biggest financial scandals in stock market history, many shareholders lost everything. - -Moreover, even if companies are doing well, corrections and bear markets will occasionally set in, leading to significant short-term losses. - -2. Getting Paid Last - -If something goes wrong and a company you’ve invested in falls into bankruptcy or goes out of business, stockholders will be the last to be paid. - -Before beleaguered companies return any money to shareholders, they must first pay all of their employees, service providers, and creditors — essentially everyone else involved with them. - -3. Being at the Mercy of the Investing Community - -Stocks rise in price when investors are more willing to buy them than sell them. On the other hand, they fall when investors are more willing to sell than to buy. - -Ultimately, share prices are the result of investor perceptions and sometimes raw emotions. As such, when you invest in a share of stock, your investing dollars are at the mercy of the whims of the investing community. - -Pros of Owning Bonds - -Bonds are a great investment vehicle. Some of the benefits you’ll enjoy when investing in bonds include: - -1. Protection From Losses - -Bonds are safer investments than stocks. That’s because stock values are at the mercy of investor opinion. If the overwhelming opinion among investors is that a stock is going to fall, that opinion becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy as investors sell shares. Bonds are not nearly as volatile. Because bonds are debts, they’re subject to strict and predictable terms, further protecting investors from losses. - -2. Known Returns - -Because bonds have predetermined coupon rates and expiration dates, investors who purchase them have the benefit of knowing what the potential returns on their investment will be in advance, rather than subjecting themselves to the uncertainty of the stock market. - -The interest rate on a bond is defined from the start, and when a bond matures, you know you’ll receive 100% of your initial investment back. - -3. Getting Paid Before Shareholders - -Some of the largest companies face bankruptcy from time to time. Some are even pushed out of business. In these cases, stockholders of these companies experience extreme losses, oftentimes losing their entire principal investment. - -Although there’s always a chance of losing money in any investment, that chance is much lower with bonds, as even companies headed for bankruptcy or closure pay bond investors back before shareholders. - -4. Preserving Capital While Earning Returns - -Bonds pay coupon rates that provide predictable passive income streams. The rate you earn on a bond is generally better than what you receive from the interest on a savings account. - -At the same time, if you hold bonds to maturity, you’re paid your entire principal investment back, giving you a way to preserve your capital while outpacing inflation-related losses. - -Cons of Owning Bonds - -Stocks are not alone. Investors in bonds have their own share of cons to consider before diving in. - -1. Smaller Returns - -The primary goal of investors is to make their money work for them. Ultimately, you want to ensure your investment dollars are making as much money as possible in the safest way possible. - -While bonds are great on the safety side of the equation, they’re lackluster on the returns side. With returns on bonds ranging from 5% to 6% historically — and typically lower in today’s low-interest-rate environment — a properly diversified and well-researched portfolio of stock investments has the potential to nearly double your returns. - -2. Liquidity Risks - -One of the benefits of investing in stocks is that they’re extremely easy to sell when you decide it’s time to get out of an investment. Bonds aren’t nearly as liquid. - -Should you need to access your funds, or if you decide a company may be going under and it’s time to get your money back, you may have a hard time selling bonds to another investor. - -If you can’t find a buyer, you’ll be forced to wait until the bond’s maturity date to get your money back. - -3. Larger Required Investments - -In most cases, bonds are sold in $1,000 denominations. That means if you want to invest in most bond opportunities, you have to be willing to pony up at least $1,000 to do so. - -On the other hand, stock prices can range from pennies to thousands of dollars, making them more accessible for beginner investors with less capital. - -Stocks vs. Bonds: Determining the Best Asset Allocation Strategy - -When it comes to the question of whether you should invest in stocks or bonds, the answer for most is that – you should invest in both. - -A properly diversified portfolio includes exposure to stocks for large potential gains and exposure to bonds for more stable growth and protection against any market volatility. - -One of the best ways to decide how much of your portfolio should be invested in stocks and how much money should be invested in bonds is to use your age. In particular, your age should be the percentage of your portfolio you invest in bonds as risk tolerance should diminish as you age. - -For example, if you’re 21 years old, 21% of your investing dollars should be invested in bonds and 79% should be invested in stocks. If you’re 53 years old, 53% of your portfolio should be invested in bonds and only 47% should be invested in stocks. - -There are several variations of this formula, but the idea is the same: When you’re young, focus more on stocks. The older you get, the more you should lean into bonds. - -The reasoning behind this strategy has to do with the amount of time your money has to grow for you. If you’re young, your investment gains have more time to compound and you have plenty of time to make money back should investments go south. So, you should invest in a higher-risk and higher-potential-reward strategy. - -As you age and get closer to retirement, it becomes more and more important that your investments deliver stable returns with lower volatility and risk. In this case, investing more money in bonds provides a safe haven for the majority of your portfolio while letting a smaller portion in stocks continue to provide some potential for large gains. - -Final Word - -Stocks and bonds are both important pieces of the puzzle that is a properly diversified investment portfolio. - -Although stocks come with added risk, they also open the door to larger potential gains. On the other hand, bonds help reduce the potential for massive losses in your portfolio. - -When you get started in investing, remember the age-related allocation strategy. Following this approach will ensure you have the proper exposure to potential gains while maintaining protection from market risks, based on the amount of time your money has to grow for you before you need it.",1731883638,972663d68d,505419faf7,,,1731883638 -https://techcrunch.com/2024/11/15/microsoft-bets-a-carbon-removal-bake-off-will-help-offset-its-skyrocketing-ai-emissions/,https://techcrunch.com/startups/feed/,Microsoft bets a carbon removal bake-off will help offset its skyrocketing AI emissions,"Microsoft is in a pickle: It has committed to being carbon negative by 2030, but its emissions have skyrocketed more than 40% since 2020, thanks in part to its booming AI business. The company has bought a bunch of renewable power, but some emissions, like air travel, have been impossible to eliminate. What’s a Big Tech firm to do? - -One option is direct air capture (DAC), the process of removing carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. Microsoft has been a large investor in DAC, through both equity checks in startups and committing to buying carbon credits in advance. But DAC is still in its infancy, with startups taking many different approaches in an attempt to find the cheapest, most efficient path. - -To speed things along, Microsoft announced today that, along with the Royal Bank of Canada (RBC), it’s pre-purchasing 10,000 metric tons of carbon over 10 years from Deep Sky, a DAC project developer. Unlike other DAC projects, which focus on one technology, Deep Sky is hosting a bake-off of sorts, welcoming eight startups to its site in Alberta, Canada, to see which one can do it best. - -The eight startups will all get space near a well into which they’ll inject the captured carbon dioxide. Power to run their operations will all come from the same source, too. The shared approach should make it easier for startups to focus on what they do best — remove carbon — and not have to worry about the rest. Deep Sky is procuring solar power through a third party, and it is handling permitting for carbon storage. (Finding suitable sites for storage is one of the limiting factors for any carbon removal and storage project.) - -Deep Sky told Bloomberg that the project should be up and running by April and that Microsoft and RBC will start receiving carbon credits by June. By DAC standards, that’s a pretty quick timeline. It won’t be enough to avert adverse warming, but if Deep Sky can find a winner, it might help pull the climate out of its current nosedive.",1731883630,878296e4f0,504c7f6cc6,,,1731883630 -https://techcrunch.com/2022/05/04/stripe-launches-financial-connections-for-customers-to-pull-banking-data-used-to-power-transactions-automatically/,https://techcrunch.com/tag/mobile-payments/feed/,Stripe flexes its fintech muscle with Financial Connections to pull banking data automatically,"Stripe, the payments behemoth valued at $95 billion a year ago and now reportedly inching closer to an IPO, today announced a new product that fills in some significant gaps in its play to be the financial services layer for merchants and other businesses whose models are based on enabling transactions. It’s taking the wraps off Financial Connections, which will let Stripe’s customers connect directly to their customer’s bank accounts, to access financial data to speed up or run certain kinds of transactions. - -These include verifying accounts for payments and payouts; to check balances ahead of a payment being made to ensure there’s enough money there; to confirm account ownership. Details like these can in turn be used to help underwrite risk for loans; to track spending patterns and automatically pay bills; and more — in other words, financial data that’s useful or necessary to run financial transactions over other Stripe services like Stripe Connect, ACH payments or Stripe Capital-powered loans. - -On the part of customers of Stripe’s customers, when asked, they will input their bank account details and get specific information on how that will be used, Stripe said. (Side note: It will be interesting to see whether U.S. consumers will be happy with sharing that information in situations where it hasn’t been previously.) - -The service is going live first in the U.S., where Stripe said it will work with over 90% of all bank accounts. It will be charged on a pay-as-you-use basis — bank account verifications and account information will come at $1.50 per API call; account balance retrieval is 10 cents per API call; transaction pulls have yet to be launched so pricing is TBA — and bigger customers can buy on an enterprise contract. - -We asked but Stripe declined to comment on when and if Financial Connections would be extended to other markets, which is perhaps not a surprise, given how much banking systems differ country to country. - -Financial Connections is coming at an interesting moment in the world of digital payments. E-commerce definitely created a market for enabling easier payments online. And while that opened the door to digital wallets like PayPal’s and some direct payments from banks in some countries, lot of the spoils of that growth has been passed into services based around card payment rails. - -But as the space has evolved, we’ve seen an ever greater proliferation of technology, services, regulations and consumer appetite for more than that. Digital banking, investing, cryptocurrency trading, new approaches to getting loans, managing expenses — all of these and more are examples of how digital services have gotten more sophisticated, and the demands we have from them have, too. (And e-commerce has also not stood still: Buy now, pay later services and a lot more have also entered that world to create more flexible services to net more transactions amid tighter competition and thinner margins.) - -There are more of these popping up all the time. Just yesterday, I wrote about an interesting startup called Kevin (okay, kevin.) that’s building a whole new set of payment rails and APIs for account-to-account payments that link straight into bank accounts, bypassing card rails and legacy account-to-account payment methods that are harder to implement. - -In that context, Financial Connections is a timely tool for Stripe to launch. It’s part of the wave of new services (like Kevin) that are creating a more programmatic approach to digital transactions and related financial services. While companies would have been able to get, say, transaction data from a bank before, now that can be handled in a faster and more automated way. - -“Businesses have been asking us for an easy, secure way to connect to and verify their customers’ bank accounts,” said Clara Liang, business lead at Stripe, in a statement. “Stripe Financial Connections delivers just that.” - -Indeed, it speaks to the needs of its current customers; but importantly for Stripe, it creates a tighter ecosystem of services around products that are already being used by them, a one-stop-shop so that they do not need to tap other parties’ tools — such as those offered by others like Plaid — to integrate that functionality. Stripe has been making a number of acquisitions to bring in extra functionality into its platform to close up some of the gaps — for example almost exactly a year ago it acquired TaxJar to help automatically calculate sales tax and provide related tools to its customers — but it looks like Financial Connections was built in-house, but powered by MX and Finicity (as pointed out by Mary Ann here). - -Stripe’s selling point for these tools, beyond a more seamless integration with its other products, is that it helps its customers make more transactions. It claims Connect customers that have already been working with the service have reduced payout failures by 75%; early Capital users are seeing 55% larger loan offers because of the extra data they’re using to inform decisions. - -All of that means more transactions on Stripe’s platform itself. The margins might be thin on any digital payment — one reason why even a company that looks like it’s growing and doing a lot of business might still fail: The numbers need to be huge to work out in its profitable favor — but this is why so many payments companies work on vast scale, and why building in a number of extra valued-added services in hopes of them getting picked up by customers (and customers’ customers), as Stripe is doing here, is smart business, one way that it hopes to sustain itself for the long (and likely public) haul.",1731883667,3aa6d26c70,5074453cb3,,,1731883667 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMilwFBVV95cUxQQV9GYlJlTEhlY3Zoc0c0Y24tUERWU3djQTVGOHJXYWx5N216NE04ZEFmUFRDSVFER1VsUm1NRm9PbXIxVmdVU2hXVldxTUdpQThnVVBnRUlMMUxKUUs4bXUyTXJOS3FvQVdvaHEyZDNVZ3g1SVhlNmw2Q0pIYjJoUllPWnFPWnJ4N0JIbGNfZ2kzLS1kMHZV?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883623,2688d2a9c6,504cde5e78,,,1731883623 -https://mashable.com/article/tulane-navy-livestreams-how-to-watch,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,How to watch Tulane vs. Navy football without cable,"Wondering how to watch college football this season? Here are your best options: Best for affordability Sling TV Blue Plan $20 for the first month, then $40/month (save $20 ) Get Deal BEST FOR SINGLE GAME FuboTV Pro plan 7-day free trial, then $59.99/month for 1 month (Save $20) Get Deal - -The No. 25 Tulane Green Wave and Navy Midshipmen teams go head-to-head this weekend at Navy-Marine Corps Memorial Stadium in Annapolis, Maryland. The match will take place on Saturday, Nov. 16, and is scheduled to start at 12 p.m. ET/9 a.m. PT. - - - -Tulane is squeaking into the AP Top 25, despite being 8-2 overall and 6-0 in conference. Navy remains unranked (unlike their Army counterparts) at 7-2 overall and 5-1 in conference. The Green Wave is heavily favored over the Midshipmen. - -SEE ALSO: How to watch college football without cable - -Tulane vs. Navy football kickoff time and network - -The Tulane vs. Navy football game is scheduled for a 12 p.m. ET/9 a.m. PT start on ESPN2 on Saturday, Nov. 16. - -Best streaming services for Tulane vs. Navy football game - -You need to choose a streaming service to watch college football without cable or satellite TV. We've found some of the best streaming services to consider for the Tulane vs. Navy football game on ESPN2. - -Mashable Top Stories Stay connected with the hottest stories of the day and the latest entertainment news. Sign up for Mashable's Top Stories newsletter Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -Most affordable: Sling TV - -Sling TV suggests the streamer's Orange Plan for the game, which costs $20 for the first month and $40 monthly after that. - -Sling TV’s sports channels feature ABC, ACC Network, Big Ten Network, ESPN, ESPN2, ESPN3, ESPNews, ESPNU, FOX, FS1, FS2, NBC, NFL Network, and SEC Network. - -Best for single game: FuboTV - -FuboTV offers you more than 250 channels of live TV and the option to watch on 10 screens at once. You can try FuboTV with a seven-day free trial period. - -FuboTV’s sports channel offerings include ABC, ACC Network, Big Ten Network, CBS, CBS Sports Network, ESPN, ESPN2, ESPNews, FOX, FS1, FS2, Golf Network, Marquee Sports Network, Monumental Sports, NBC, NFL Network, and SEC Network.",1731883658,644d6c1ea1,50955a7bff,,,1731883658 -https://www.npr.org/2021/10/06/1043746410/we-set-up-an-offshore-company-in-a-tax-haven-classic,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,We set up an offshore company in a tax haven (Classic) : Planet Money,"We set up an offshore company in a tax haven (Classic) - -Enlarge this image toggle caption PEDRO PARDO/AFP via Getty Images PEDRO PARDO/AFP via Getty Images - -Note: This episode originally ran in July 2012. - -The Pandora Papers released this week reveal how some world leaders allegedly hold wealth outside of their countries through the use of shell companies. - -And the news reminded us of the time we set up our very own Planet Money shell companies. In this episode, we dive deep into the world of offshore companies and bank accounts. We set up our own company in a tax haven and we find the easiest place to register a business anonymously. - -For more about our two shell companies, ""Unbelizable Inc."" and ""Delawho? LLC,"" check out these episodes: - -Sponsor Message - -Music: ""Bright Side"" and ""Live Twice"" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to the Newsletter.",1731884699,8181d7a585,50bea6f8ae,,,1731884699 -https://pitchfork.com/news/tyler-childers-announces-2025-tour-of-north-america,https://pitchfork.com/rss/news/,Tyler Childers Announces 2025 Tour,"Tyler Childers has announced an extensive North American tour that will take him to stadiums and arenas across the United States in 2025. The Tyler Childers: On the Road tour includes two nights apiece at New York’s Forest Hills Stadium and Nashville’s Geodis Park, plus stops at Los Angeles’ Hollywood Bowl, Las Vegas’ MGM Grand Garden Arena, London’s O2 Arena, and in many more cities. Childers, who had already announced a February tour of Australia and New Zealand, kicks off the North American dates in April, 2025. Find the itinerary below. - -Support at select dates comes from Wynonna, Charley Crockett, Robert Earl Keen, the Hold Steady, Medium Build, Deer Tick, Hayes Carll, S.G. Goodman, Cory Branan, and Soma. - -All products featured on Pitchfork are independently selected by our editors. However, when you buy something through our retail links, we may earn an affiliate commission. - -Tyler Childers: Tyler Childers: On the Road Buy Now at Ticketmaster - -Tyler Childers: - -02-06 Auckland, New Zealand - Spark Arena - -02-08 Sandstone Point, Australia - Sandstone Point Hotel - -02-09 Tyagarah, Australia - The Green Room - -02-11 Sydney, Australia - Hordern Pavilion - -02-12 Sydney, Australia - Hordern Pavilion - -02-15 Newcastle East, Australia - Newcastle Foreshore Park - -02-16 Canberra, Australia - Royal Theatre - -02-20 Melbourne, Australia - Sidney Myer Music Bowl - -02-22 Korumburra, Australia - Coal Creek Community Park and Museum - -02-24 North Adelaide, Australia - The Drive - -02-28 Perth, Australia - Kings Park & Botanic Garden - -04-03 New Orleans, LA - Smoothie King Center * - -04-06 North Little Rock, AR - Simmons Bank Arena @ - -04-07 Oklahoma City, OK - Paycom Center @ - -04-09 Minneapolis, MN - Target Center @ - -04-13 Charlottesville, VA - John Paul Jones Arena * - -04-15 Raleigh, NC - Coastal Credit Union Music Park $ - -04-16 Charlotte, NC - PNC Music Pavilion $ - -04-19 Lexington, KY - Kroger Field *+ - -05-29 Jacksonville, FL - VyStar Veterans Memorial Arena * - -05-31 Panama City Beach, FL - Gulf Coast Jam - -06-01 Orange Beach, AL - The Wharf Amphitheater * - -06-03 The Woodlands, TX - The Cynthia Woods Mitchell Pavilion ! - -06-05 Albuquerque, NM - Isleta Amphitheater ! - -06-07 Las Vegas, NV - MGM Grand Garden Arena ! - -06-08 Phoenix, AZ - Talking Stick Resort Amphitheatre ! - -06-10 Los Angeles, CA - Hollywood Bowl ~¬ - -07-26 East Troy, WI - Alpine Valley Music Theatre ^# - -07-27 East Troy, WI - Alpine Valley Music Theatre ^# - -09-24 Camden, NJ - Freedom Mortgage Pavilion ~^ - -09-25 Mansfield, MA - Xfinity Center ~^ - -09-27 Bristow, VA - Jiffy Lube Live ~^ - -09-29 Forest Hills, NY - Forest Hills Stadium ^ - -09-30 Forest Hills, NY - Forest Hills Stadium ^ - -10-03 Cincinnati, OH - Riverbend Music Center ! - -10-07 Cuyahoga Falls, OH - Blossom Music Center ! - -10-10 Nashville, TN - Geodis Park =% - -10-11 Nashville, TN - Geodis Park =% - -11-15 London, England - The O2 Arena - -* with S.G. Goodman - -@ with Cory Branan - -$ with Deer Tick - -+ with Wynonna - -~ with Soma - -¬ with Robert Earl Keen - -^ with Medium Build - -# with The Hold Steady - -! with Hayes Carll - -= with Cory Branan - -% with Charley Crockett",1731883658,1fc7f26191,5098539e16,,,1731883658 -https://devblogs.microsoft.com/xamarin/tips-for-porting-your-xamarin-library-to-dotnet-maui/,https://devblogs.microsoft.com/xamarin/feed/,Tips for Moving Your Xamarin Library to .NET MAUI,"Note: This is a Guest Blog Post by Microsoft MVP Luis Matos. Luis is a System Engineer who specializes in helping companies and professionals create value in their software products. - -If you are a Xamarin.Forms Library maintainer and haven’t yet ported your library to .NET MAUI, then you are in the right place! In this post, I will be sharing the tips that I learned porting my NuGet Package, Plugin.ValidationRules to support .NET MAUI. - -Refactor or Rewrite or Bifurcate? - -Your Xamarin.Forms SDK library is likely targeting .NET Standard, Xamarin.iOS and Xamarin.Android. Some of your code may be ready to come along for the ride, and some may not. You will go through a process involving sorting through the projects and determining what to upgrade, abandon, or rewrite. - -Once you change update the Target Frameworks (TFMs) to net6.0 , net6.0-ios and net6.0-android , you will have to look at each of your projects one-by-one and see if you have any compatibility issues. You may find that you simply don’t have to do anything. And in some cases, you may have to update some code. - -Refactoring involves updating existing code to work in the new environment under .NET 6. - -Bifurcation means copying old code and pasting it into a new .NET 6 project. If you’re coming from .NET Standard you probably don’t need to do this, but you may need to update some namespaces. - -Understand your dependencies - -If your library has dependencies on other libraries or projects, you should take the time to examine their dependencies and determine what you can or cannot migrate. The external NuGet Packages that your projects depend on cannot target Xamarin.iOS or Xamarin.Android; they must instead target net6.0-ios and net6.0-android . - -Upgrade the CSPROJ Project - -The new CSPROJ format is known as SDK style. - -🚨 IMPORTANT 🚨 - -If your library uses the MSBuild.Sdk.Extras SDK, you must change it to use Microsoft.NET.Sdk : - - ... ... - -Implement Single-Project Multitargeting - -To learn more about Single-Project Multitargeting, I recommend to first read through Microsoft’s Documentation. - -When your projects use the SDK Style project format, you can target multiple frameworks in the same project using : - - net6.0;net6.0-android;net6.0-ios ... - -Fix Code Issues - -Targeting the newer .NET 6 frameworks may cause some compilation and dependency issues. Some .NET libraries may not have versions compatible with .NET 6. You’ll need to correct all the compiler issues that appear. - -If .NET 6 is missing a library that you use, you will need to find an alternative or write the code yourself. The best thing is to replace it with a more recent, supported, library. - -You can take this opportunity to refactor your existing code and add unit tests. You should be able to upgrade all your projects without changing too much of the original code. - -💡TIP - -Where .NET 6 is incompatible with legacy code, you can use #if !NET6 so that the old code stays exactly the same. - -Leverage Existing Code - -Your previous code may still work on .NET 6 with a few small tweaks, so you can usually find a way to reuse your code. - -Keep filenames the same during the whole process. If you move files into new folders etc. you will have a lot of difficulty with merging. - -Conclusion - -If you want your libraries to be consumed for the .NET MAUI community you must update your library to support net6.0 , net6.0-ios , and net6.0-android . - -Upgrading your codebase in most scenarios can be easy. - -And hey! You are not alone, if you need help just ask on Twitter with the hashtags #dotnetmaui #dotnet and we will be there for you. And you can always write to me on Twitter at @luismatosluna. - -I hope you find this blog post useful. A hug, and until next time.",1731883657,c0e6a23527,507bc22881,,,1731883657 -https://www.newsbtc.com/news/ethereum-sees-1-billion-exchange-outflow-alongside-bitcoin-what-this-means-for-price/,https://newsbtc.com/feed/,Ethereum Sees $1 Billion Exchange Outflow Alongside Bitcoin,"Ethereum has witnessed a huge surge in on-chain activity in the past week, with data showing an accumulation trend from crypto exchanges. According to on-chain analytics platfrom IntoTheBlock, about $1 million worth of Ether was withdrawn from crypto exchanges last week. This shift suggests that investors are adopting a holding strategy, even as the Ethereum price consolidates below $3,200. - -Related Reading - -Bitcoin To $800K? Galaxy Digital CEO Unveils Bold 5-10 Year Forecast 1 day ago - -Notably, the last time Ethereum had outflows of this magnitude was in May 2023. The massive exodus of ETH from exchanges could indicate that traders are anticipating higher prices and moving their holdings into private wallets. - -Examining The Ethereum $1 Billion Outflow - -The notable outflow of Ethereum from crypto exchanges is highlighted by the ‘Aggregated Exchange Netflow’ data from IntoTheBlock. This metric, which follows the total number of assets entering crypto exchanges minus those leaving, is useful for determining the bullish sentiment among traders. A high outflow signals accumulation behavior since people buy on exchanges and withdraw it to their wallets. - -According to the metric, the netflow of aggregated exchanges in the last 24 hours comes at a negative 59,240 ETH change. This pattern is not an isolated occurrence but part of a larger trend that has unfolded throughout the week. IntoTheBlock highlighted this ongoing behavior on social media platform X, drawing attention to Ethereum’s weekly net outflow from exchanges reaching $1 billion. - -Interestingly, this movement is not exclusive to Ethereum. Bitcoin, the leading cryptocurrency, has also experienced a similar trend, with its weekly exchange net outflow mirroring Ethereum’s at $1 billion. This parallel behavior suggests a broader market sentiment where major cryptocurrencies are being withdrawn from exchanges and traders across the board are anticipating a bullish market ahead. - -Both $BTC and $ETH saw significant outflows from exchanges this week, with net outflows for both surpassing $1 billion. The last time outflows were this high was in May 2023 pic.twitter.com/tRngqN4fPM — IntoTheBlock (@intotheblock) November 15, 2024 - -What’s Next For Ethereum? - -Ethereum has retraced quite noticeably since it reached $3,420 on November 12. Particularly, Ethereum fell to $3,018 as Ethereum tokens flooded crypto exchanges. Despite the apparent 11% correction, the Ethereum price has managed to hold above support at $3,000. - -The decline seems to have given bulls another opportunity to load up more ETH. Now that the price floor seems to have been established at $3,000, we can expect the Ethereum price to kick off a new uptrend this week. - -At the time of writing, Ethereum is trading at $3,152, reflecting a 1.5% gain over the past 24 hours, hinting at early signs of recovery. Current price action puts Etherum forming a falling wedge pattern, which can break into either side. - -Related Reading - -If the pattern breaks out to the upside, Ethereum may resume its bullish trajectory and retest the $3,400 resistance level in the coming days. Conversely, a break to the downside could trigger a deeper decline, potentially driving the price toward another support zone at $2,810. - -Featured image from The Guardian, chart from TradingView",1731883661,0651059340,50a29ee9db,,,1731883661 -https://www.pcgamer.com/games/d-and-ds-2024-dungeon-masters-guide-has-finally-had-it-passive-aggressively-denounces-peasant-railguns-capitalist-artificers-and-weaponised-bags-of-rats,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,"D&D's 2024 Dungeon Master's Guide has finally had it, passive-aggressively denounces peasant railguns, capitalist artificers, and weaponised bags of rats","I've recently finished drumming up my thoughts on the D&D 2024 Dungeon Master's Guide, one of the biggest places where the system had room to improve—and they've done a decent enough job with what they have. One entry did, however, make me laugh out loud: ""Players Exploiting the Rules."" - -Now, don't get me wrong. Everything in the entry itself is wise advice. TTRPGs are, broadly-speaking, less about their rules and more about everyone having fun—the kind of loophole-driven exploits and broken builds you see floating to the top of forums are only ever interesting thought exercises, and they can (and should) be struck down in actual play unless the table is really into it. - -But this entry quite specifically and harshly calls out a few infamous examples of player shenanigans, some of which my fellow PC Gamer writer and TTRPG enthusiast Robin Valentine actually showcased in this ridiculously broken builds list. Namely, the infamous peasant railgun and the vaunted ""just have a bag of rats on you"" tactic. - -For context, the peasant railgun abuses the ""ready"" action to pass a spear down the hands of a thousand peasants, making it travel at an absurd speed in one round, six seconds. The ""bag of rats"" involves using vermin (or sometimes chickens) to trigger various abilities, such as ones with a 'when you kill a creature' condition. - -The funniest part here is that, while it's definitely targeting these specific examples, it does so with the airiness of your passive-aggressive friend obviously vague tweeting at you. Here's the entry on ""rules aren't physics:"" - -""The rules of the game are meant to provide a fun game experience, not to describe the laws of physics in the worlds of D&D, let alone the real world. Don’t let players argue that a bucket brigade of ordinary people can accelerate a spear to light speed by all using the Ready action to pass the spear to the next person in line. The Ready action facilitates heroic action; it doesn’t define the physical limitations of what can happen in a 6-second combat round."" - -Generally speaking, rulebooks try to be neutral in their tone, but this whole paragraph reads as downright sassy. ""A bucket brigade of ordinary people"" in particular is some spicy phrasing—go off, Perkins, get 'em! As promised, here's the section on the bag of rats thing, since I know you love the drama: ""Some rules apply only during combat or while a character is acting in Initiative order. Don’t let players attack each other or helpless creatures to activate those rules."" - -The biggest gaming news, reviews and hardware deals Keep up to date with the most important stories and the best deals, as picked by the PC Gamer team. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -Now, personally I think letting players attack each other is fine, depending on the circumstances—the warlock and the barbarian exchanging a knowing nod before the former draws blood from the latter's bountiful sack of hit points can be a cool (and dare I say, romantically charged) moment. But the ""helpless creatures"" thing is definitely trying to call curtains on the bag of rats nonsense. Anyway, this is advice for new DMs, so I'm fine with Wizards not including every edge-case in its judgement. - -I also like this sentence, based on how ""The Game Is Not an Economy"", which reads: ""The rules of the game aren’t intended to model a realistic economy, and players who look for loopholes that let them generate infinite wealth using combinations of spells are exploiting the rules."" No, Artificer, we're not turning the campaign into a sci-fi capitalism simulator because you figured out how to provide infinite energy. Go to the dungeon I made for you and die like a good soldier. - -The rulebook ties off this whole section with the following advice: ""Outlining these principles can help hold players’ exploits at bay. If a player persistently tries to twist the rules of the game, have a conversation with that player outside the game and ask them to stop."" Knowing the kind of players who try to do the peasant railgun thing, or create nuclear fission in Faerûn, I'm not sure they will.",1731883679,2b11e0dc79,4fcddf8c53,,,1731883679 -https://www.gamedesigning.org/learn/computer-science-in-gaming/,https://gamedesigning.org/feed/,How to Use Computer Science in Games," - -If you’re an avid gamer who loves computers, you may be thinking about pursuing a career as a game developer. Game development is a specialized, comparatively small, and lucrative industry. - -Retail gaming in the United States is estimated to be worth $4.19 billion in 2023. As expected, graduates who work on video games are well rewarded. Entry-level positions earn around $44,000 a year while senior and lead programmers easily get over $120,000 annually. - -A degree in computer science is a great way to receive formal training and get your foot in the door. So, in this post, we’ll discuss how computer science in video games can be relevant, the types of degrees you can get, its professional benefits, and more. - -What Is Computer Science? - -Commonly referred to as CS, a computer science degree is a broad field that studies computer systems as a whole, including networks. A computer science curriculum entails learning programming languages, data science, software development, information security, and network architecture. - -Studying CS gives you the flexibility to work in many technologically focused fields, including gaming. Studying this high-demand and high-reward degree is an excellent idea if you’re aspiring to join the gaming industry. - -What Are the Types of Computer Science Degrees? - - - -There are four types of computer science degrees that you can pursue based on the field and job you’re looking for. As always, the degree with the shortest duration will help you get beginner-level jobs while those that are longer will help you win higher-paying roles. - -Some of the computer science degrees you can pursue include: - -Associate Degree - -This degree requires students to achieve 60 credits over a period of two years. It can help you get entry-level jobs as a computer programmer, web developer, or computer systems administrator. - -Bachelor’s Degree - -A Bachelor’s degree involves about 120 to 128 credits. It usually takes four years to earn. By pursuing this degree, you can get an entry-level job in software design, computer engineering, and computer science. - -Master’s Degree - -Pursuing a Master’s degree is an excellent way to get a more specialized role and thus a higher-paying job. The course calls for 45 to 50 credits and is two years long. This is a recommended course for aspiring computer scientists and information research scientists. - -Most educational institutions require master’s degree candidates to have a computer science degree or a degree from similar fields of study like science, technology, engineering, or math (STEM) before joining a master’s degree program. - -Doctoral Degree - -Easily the toughest and most challenging of all, a doctoral degree takes about 4 to 5 years to complete. It involves a lot of studying and researching. Most doctoral degrees require a thesis. - -A doctoral degree is best suited for people who want to get high-level jobs in teaching, research, and computer science. - -Master’s and doctoral degrees aren’t necessary for a career in gaming. Getting experience with a game production company is often a better route. You can also get a boost by developing a strong portfolio and becoming proficient in different programming languages. - -Benefits of Computer Science in Gaming - - - -How does computer science play a role in games? A computer science degree opens up opportunities for professionals who want to work in tech-focused fields. As a result, it is versatile and always in demand. - -Here are the main benefits of pursuing a degree in computer science: - -It builds a solid foundation. - -A computer science degree teaches computer languages which is essential when designing games. Game designers must know various coding languages to create levels, interactions, progression, etc. - -Computer science gives professionals a headstart. - -Computer science in gaming will help you develop games. Since computer science familiarizes you with various operating systems, computer graphics, and languages, it’s a great foundation for programming-related roles. It will give you a thorough understanding of the back-end tasks that go into creating a game. - -It is versatile. - -Once you understand the technical aspects, you can use your degree as a starting point for various specializations. Whether you want to go deeper into game architecture, design, testing, quality assurance, or another aspect, a computer science degree will allow you to further hone your other skills and pursue the niche that interests you. - -How is Computer Science Used in Video Games? - -How has computer science impacted games? Games reflect advancements in technology and computer science. Though we started with 2D animation, we’ve progressed by leaps and bounds. Modern gaming engines are more realistic, immersive, and playable because of: - -Upgraded Graphics - - - -Technology has allowed developers to create better graphics. The days of pixelated graphics are long gone. In fact, some of today’s games are so realistic that gameplay looks like cinematic sequences. - -New-age graphics capture people’s likenesses well. They even emphasize specific features and expressions. Backgrounds look like real-life images. - -The newest Playstation 5, for example, features 8K graphics at a 60Hz or 4K output with a 120 Hz refresh rate. This is a far cry from the Super Nintendo Entertainment System (SNES) that came out in 1990 with its 256×224 resolution and 8×8-pixel graphics. - -Allows Multi-Player Gaming - - - -Some decades ago, only players in the same room could play with each other on the same device. As computer science progressed, so did multi-player experiences. Players can connect with each other and play games from computers, laptops, tablets, VR headsets, and smartphones. - -Geographical boundaries are no longer a limitation. You can play a game with other players no matter where in the world they are as long as they have an internet connection and a copy of the same game. - -Accessible Gaming - - - -There are so many platforms on which we can play games from mobile phones, video game consoles, and computers. Video games are also available at different price points. Some are even free to play and don’t need Wi-Fi. - -Gaming is more accessible than ever. Even the conservative senior citizen who isn’t that tech-savvy can play a game on their mobile phone. - -Augmented and Virtual Reality - - - -How has computer science impacted games? Computer science has given birth to new ways in which we can experience games like augmented and virtual reality. - -A fairly new concept, augmented reality makes players feel like the game is part of the real world by incorporating elements in the player’s environment. A great example of augmented reality is Pokemon Go. - -Virtual reality (VR), on the other hand, is quite the opposite. It makes the player feel like they’re in the game rather than where they are. Virtual reality games involve the use of a headset that provides audio and video input from the simulated world. - -Computer Science Graduates and Gaming Careers - -You might be thinking that a computer science degree will help you get a job as a programmer and while that’s certainly true, it isn’t the only job you can get. Game development requires several types of technology professionals. - -Once you have a job in the gaming industry, you might notice similar or more specialized roles that you feel inclined to pursue. Game designer, programmer, and tester are just three of the possibilities. - -Check out their specific roles below. - -Game Designer - -A game designer is someone who brainstorms ideas and concepts, builds prototypes, and develops the game’s mechanisms. A designer is also responsible for deciding on how the game functions such as creating systems or gameplay rules. They also assist with storyline development to ensure that games are playable and engaging. - -Simply put, a game designer is someone who oversees the foundation, function, and execution of the game. - -Game Programmer - -Although someone studying CS can become a game designer or programmer, the two roles entail different responsibilities. - -A game programmer is someone who develops software for video games. They write and translate codes across operating systems to ensure the design is fully implemented and functional. They turn the designer’s vision into a reality. - -Meanwhile, programmers work closely with game designers or developers to deliver the final product. They are involved in all iterations of the game since they are responsible for producing the backend or the engine on which the game runs. - -Though the role has historically had impressive growth rates, note that demand for computer programmers is expected to decline by 11% until 2032. Despite this outlook, there are an average of 6,700 openings for computer programmers each year. - -Games Tester - -You do not need to have a computer science degree to become a game tester, but having knowledge about operating systems and video games helps. - -A game tester tests games before they are released to the public. They look for glitches, coding inaccuracies, plotholes, problems with the game economy, and much more. A tester will check if the game is playable and is in charge of ensuring quality control. - -If a game tester finds a bug or something that needs to be changed, their feedback is relayed to the game developers and programmers who then work on the iterations. - -Can You Be a Game Tester Without a Computer Science Degree? - -Most job descriptions for testers require a computer science degree but some companies are more lenient. As a minimum, you’ll need a sound understanding of how games work. It also helps if you’re an avid gamer and have excellent soft skills. - -Other Degrees That Can Help You in Gaming - - - -If a computer science degree doesn’t interest you, you can still consider other degrees that are considered valuable in the industry. Let’s take a look at some of them. - -Video Game Programming and Development - -Many specialized universities have dedicated degrees in video game programming and development. The curriculum covers game theory, interface design, and game development production. - -Since the degree is focused on gaming, this type of certification isn’t as versatile. So, if you decide later on that you’d rather pursue another niche in technology, you may not be able to do so as easily. - -However, if you’ve decided on a career in game development, this is an excellent starting point. - -Computer Animation - -Computer animation teaches you to create characters, backgrounds, and 2D/3D animation graphics for video games. Some classes also emphasize storytelling which helps you develop your own narratives. - -If you want to do artwork for computer games, learning computer animation is a great way to prepare for a career in creating computer-generated imagery (CGI). - -Software Engineer - -Software engineering entails developing, testing, and deploying computer applications to execute practical tasks. It involves learning software development and programming languages. Next to computer science, it’s the next best degree after computer science if you want to pursue a career in the gaming industry. - -Graphic Designing - -The program will teach you how to create visually pleasing layouts and designs across multiple platforms from print to video. You will learn to create 2D and 3D designs along with animation which is always a plus in the gaming industry. - -That said, graphic designing is versatile as well. Almost all industries need creative minds, so if you’re a naturally talented individual, your options may be just as endless. - -Conclusion - -Computer science is a versatile degree that encompasses a broad field of studies. You’ll need to learn computer systems, languages, networking, and cyber security. Enrolling in this program allows you to work in many technologically focused fields, including gaming. - -So, if you have your heart set on joining the gaming industry, pursuing a degree in computer science is an excellent idea. It covers the bases and gives you a headstart as a game developer, game programmer, or game tester. - -Moreover, since the gaming industry generates large revenues, you’re likely to be paid generously. One of the interesting facts about computer science in games is that it was one of the industries that continued to soar during the global pandemic (digital game spending grew by 12% while paid downloads increased by 21%). - -Should you decide later on that game development isn’t for you or you just want to try another industry, you can easily move to other tech-related fields. - -Though there may be newer courses out there that are more focused on gaming, there are few fields of study that can match the versatility and practicality of a computer science degree.",1731883665,117173e4a3,507e7e0f7d,,,1731883665 -https://www.golfinstructionguide.com/what-to-expect-from-virtual-betting-in-2023/,https://www.golfinstructionguide.com/feed/,What to Expect from Virtual Betting in 2023,"Virtual sports betting is an online form of gambling that simulates real-world sports using computer software. Much like casino games, the outcome of virtual sporting events is decided by a random number generator – similar to how lottery tickets work in the real world. - -Virtual sports betting has seen a meteoric rise in popularity among punters. These games provide an exhilarating and accessible experience to everyone, which you can enjoy at 유로88 but it’s essential to comprehend the fundamentals of this exciting new endeavor. - -Tennis - -The 2023 tennis season is fast approaching and players around the world are excitedly preparing for one of the world’s most anticipated tournaments: The Australian Open. Beginning in just over two weeks, this year’s Australian Open boasts a total prize money pool of $42.5 million while US Open boasts $49 million – no wonder professional tennis players strive to win one of these Grand Slam titles! - -This year’s ATP Tour promises to be one of the most captivating in recent memory. With a host of rising stars like Holger Rune, Casper Ruud, and Nick Kyrgios joining them, it will be fascinating to watch how these young talents progress throughout the season. - -Although Roger Federer and Rafael Nadal still dominate at the top of the game, it’s becoming apparent that a new generation is beginning to emerge on tour. Players such as Stefanos Tsitsipas and Felix Auger-Aliassime have proven they can compete with some of the greatest players in history, making them must-watch prospects for the remainder of this season. - -Tsitsipas has the potential to be an elite player, but his technical and transitional abilities need improvement in order for him to reach his full potential. At 24 years old, he still has a lot of work to do in order to reach this lofty height. - -He’s had an uneventful season so far, losing to a top-10 player at the US Open and an Australian Open quarter-finalist before winning five consecutive matches. In 2023 he has an opportunity for great things but may need to wait until clay courts come into play before his streak of wins begins. - -Auguster-Aliassime hasn’t played many singles recently and needs to build his confidence if he hopes to challenge at the top of the world. He has a reputation for being temperamental and easily overwhelmed in pressure situations, but if he’s determined enough to win on the big stage in 2023, then he could be an exciting factor on the court. - -Basketball - -In 2023, virtual betting on basketball will offer a wide variety of wagers and markets to suit all preferences. This will include different bet types such as double results, money line odds, and handicaps, among others. - -The NBA is the pinnacle of basketball, with millions of passionate fans following their favorite teams around the world. As one of the most beloved leagues, its popularity extends even to virtual sports betting. - -Betting on basketball in the NBA has become one of the world’s most beloved and lucrative sports betting opportunities, with hundreds of millions of dollars wagered monthly on games. Indeed, NBA betting has become a global phenomenon, with many countries hosting championships each year. - -Basketball bets come in many forms online, but some of the most popular include total points, handicap, and winning margin, as well as match-winner. These bets can be placed prior to kickoff and will payout once your selected team wins. - -These are all popular bets, but there are also other options like live betting and in-play betting. Both of these can be found at some virtual basketball sites and add an extra layer of excitement and enjoyment to the game. - -Virtual basketball betting is a relatively recent phenomenon that is growing rapidly. This fast-paced sport is played by computerized athletes with odds based on simulated competition, making it an excellent way to watch the game without risking real cash – and can be enjoyed on desktop or mobile devices alike. - -It is essential to remember that while this type of betting offers a fun and convenient way to watch the action, it should not substitute for studying the game thoroughly. Players should learn the fundamental rules of the game, as well as assess their strengths and weaknesses so they can make informed decisions about their wagering choices. - -The 2023 college basketball season promises to be exciting, with several teams having national championship hopes and others rebuilding. It should be an exciting ride! - -iRacing - -iRacing is an online motorsports game that gives drivers a virtual racing experience by simulating real-world bumps, banks, and racing surfaces. As such, it has quickly become one of the fastest-growing eSports worldwide. Furthermore, professional racing teams use it for driver training purposes as well as to simulate different car configurations in various races. - -NASCAR fans and speedway racing enthusiasts alike have plenty of iRacing events to look forward to in 2023. For example, the iNASCAR iRacing Pro Invitational Series has already earned itself a place of honor by garnering over 1.3 million viewers during its inaugural week. - -Placing a bet on iRacing can be done in several ways. The most straightforward option is picking the winner of an event. Odds may fluctuate up until race day and usually reflect qualifying positions and practice performances. Although this type of wager carries risk, it could prove profitable if your betting strategy relies on expert knowledge. - -Another type of iRacing bet is a futures bet, which covers all competitors in an event or season. Instead of picking winners from this field, these bets attempt to predict who will prevail within that specific competition or season. - -These bets are similar to prop-betting in other sports. They’re an excellent way for new iRacing bettors to get involved and learn about different bet types. - -Though these bets appear straightforward, they require a significant amount of time and expertise to be successful. That is why it’s essential to find an iRacing betting website with competitive value and a wide selection of selections. - -In 2023, iRacing offers its fans several exciting events in addition to the standard bet types. These include Magny Cours and Bristol, two races that always excite iRacing customers. - -These events are particularly thrilling as they showcase side-by-side racing, bumper-to-bumper action, and crashes. iRacing has also collaborated with several NASCAR drivers for these events, such as Diogo Pinto (Team Redline), Jordan Caruso (Altus Esports), and Darik Bourdeau (Elliott Sadler Esports), who have all demonstrated that they possess the talent needed to win these types of iRacing competitions. - -Football - -Virtual betting is an exciting way to experience football without ever leaving your house. It allows you to place bets on any games you want, making it incredibly convenient with matches being played every few minutes. - -Virtual betting sites use random number generators to determine the outcome of each match, so you can be certain they are impartial. However, it’s still important to make sure you place your bets with a reliable site and follow sound advice when betting. - -Before placing your bets, take the time to compare different odds and see which book offers the most advantageous options. Doing so could help boost your chances of winning big prizes. Furthermore, select a sportsbook with generous promotions and bonus bets as these may offer extra chances to win. - -The 2023 college football season is upon us and promises to be an exciting ride. With new coaches entering the picture and major changes occurring within the Big 12, many predict that even some of the nation’s top teams may struggle to find their footing this season. - -By 2023, the Big 12 Conference will grow to 14 teams with the addition of four new schools: BYU, Houston, Cincinnati, and Central Florida. This expansion makes the conference much larger than it has ever been before. - -This is fantastic news for fans of those schools and will ensure some exciting matchups during the regular season. Some of the top names in the league will compete to win the conference title, providing you with plenty to look forward to in 2023. - -In 2023, college football fans can expect some major surprises. Georgia, which hasn’t won a national title since 1990, is expected to make significant strides under new head coach Kirby Smart. - -Another school to watch is Miami University, which was chosen to represent the Atlantic Coast Conference in the 2023 NCAA Division I FBS season. Led by second-year head coach Mario Cristobal, the Hurricanes will play their home games at Hard Rock Stadium under Cristobal’s guidance.",1731883801,7dbd15bcf2,506af28806,,,1731883801 -https://derivsource.com/2024/09/05/droit-achieves-iso-iec-27001-and-iso-iec-27017-certifications/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Droit Achieves ISO/IEC 27001 and ISO/IEC 27017 Certifications,"Reinforcing commitment to cloud security - -Droit, a technology firm at the forefront of computational law and regulation, is proud to announce its achievement of the latest ISO/IEC 27001:2022 and ISO/IEC 27017:2015 certifications. These accreditations represent the highest international standards and provide security assurance to Droit’s clients as they invest in cloud migrations. - -A recent PWC survey has revealed that data breaches are on the rise, prompting firms to look for reassurance that cyber defenses are integrated in technology and automation investments from the outset. By aligning with these internationally recognized standards, Droit demonstrates its dedication to resilience, security and data privacy. Clients and potential clients can be confident that the firm’s security systems and processes adhere to best practices. - -The cloud security certifications offer numerous benefits including increased resilience against cyber-attacks, compliance with evolving security risks, secure management of information across various formats, preparation of people, processes and technology to face technology-based risks and, the creation of a centrally managed framework to secure all information. - -“Achieving these certifications and meeting their rigorous requirements was only possible through the dedication, hard work, and collaboration of all our employees and stakeholders,” said Brock Arnason, Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Droit. “We are proud of the culture we are building where security excellence is a core aspect of the business. - -“These certifications offer assurance to our clients that their data and cloud services are secure, and their own compliance efforts are enhanced as regulatory compliance is aligned with ISO standards through the use of Droit’s services,” Arnason continued. - -ISO/IEC 27001:2002 is specifically designed to enhance information security, cybersecurity and privacy protection. ISO/IEC 27017:2015 complements this standard, focusing on all aspects of cloud security. - -These updated certifications address new and emerging security concerns, especially in cloud computing and advanced technologies, offering confidence to all stakeholders and users of Droit’s products. - -“Droit’s integration of these ISO information security standards is a major step forward in the assurance we provide to our clients,” added Kaveh Moravej, Head of Information Security, Droit. “We are not just complying with international standards; we continue building on the principles of these standards to prioritize the security of our clients and their data in every aspect of our operations, including end-to-end cloud security.” - -Today’s certifications build upon the ISO/IEC 27001:2013 certification achieved by Droit in 2022 and demonstrates recognition and achievement of Droit’s Information Security Management System (ISMS) against a globally recognized standard.",1731883742,9dd65a327d,50d0da89fc,,,1731883742 -https://www.engadget.com/deals/the-best-lego-black-friday-deals-include-up-to-40-percent-off-star-wars-super-mario-sets-150013438.html?src=rss,https://www.engadget.com/rss.xml,"The best Lego Black Friday deals include up to 40 percent off Star Wars, Super Mario sets","Engadget has been testing and reviewing consumer tech since 2004. Our stories may include affiliate links; if you buy something through a link, we may earn a commission. Read more about how we evaluate products . - -We’re big Lego fans here at Engadget, so it’s not difficult for us to understand why the building block sets are some of the first items to sell out during the holiday shopping season. Kids and adults alike seek out Lego sets all year round, and they make particularly good gifts. Whether you know your recipient loves Star Wars or Super Mario, or they don’t have a fan-favorite franchise and just love building stuff, there are Lego sets out there that all kinds of people will love. And no, they don’t all cost hundreds of dollars — some, like seasonal advent calendars, come in at $50 or less. If you’ve got a Lego lover on your holiday shopping list (or if that person is you), these are the best Black Friday Lego deals for 2024. - -The highlights for Black Friday include a couple of Lego advent calendars: one for Disney fans and another that's more general for all kids. Lego makes a bunch of other advent calendars in addition to these, and we expect to see more of them go on sale in the coming days. There's also the beautiful Insect Collection, which when completed, includes three life-size, posable models of a butterfly, Hercules beetle and Chinese mantis. Even as someone who detests bun appreciate the elegance of this set and how striking they'd look sitting on a shelf. - -Star Wars, Super Mario and Harry Potter sets have been discounted as well. This Phantom Menace Mos ESPA Podrace Diorama set has brick models of Anakin Skywalker’s podracer and his rival Sebulba’s one as well, and this discount is a new low. This King Boo's Haunted Mansion set is on sale for the first time since launch, and in addition to the brick mansion that opens out for better play, it includes King Boo, Yellow Baby Yoshi, Dry Bones and Boo figurines. Finally, this Expecto Patronum set lets you build two different figures from the series, Harry Potter’s stag patronus or Professor Remus Lupin’s wolf patronus, with the same bricks. - -We'll be updating this post through the entire Black Friday and Cyber Monday time period, so check back for the latest offers. - -Black Friday Lego deals - -Check out all of the latest Black Friday and Cyber Monday deals here.",1731883691,2ccba97d94,50ff7aa447,,,1731883691 -https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/2024/11/maryland-to-soon-require-contractor-applications-for-maryland-solar-access-program/,https://www.solarpowerworldonline.com/feed/,Maryland to soon require contractor applications for new Solar Access Program,"As the Maryland Energy Administration prepares to debut the new Maryland Solar Access Program for Fiscal Year 2025 (FY25), it has issued a final pre-launch call for public input. - -In line with the requirements of the Brighter Tomorrow Act of 2024, the agency has published a Request for Information intended to gather information from the residential solar industry and general public to help inform the program’s consumer protection policies. As the agency strives to open the program’s application window in January 2025, it highly encourages that comments be submitted by November 26, 2024. - -“The Maryland Energy Administration is re-envisioning the ways it promotes the statewide growth of residential solar, and the Maryland Solar Access Program will be one of the key ways we move forward,” said Maryland Energy Administration Director Paul G. Pinsky. “This program will provide a much-needed source of support for putting solar panels on the homes of Marylanders who most need help with their electric bills, cutting their household expenses and moving the state toward its climate goals at the same time.” - -The Maryland Solar Access Program’s predecessor, the long-running Residential Clean Energy Rebate Program, will continue to accept applications for qualifying renewable energy technologies postmarked by 5:00 P.M. ET, November 30, 2024. Maryland homeowners who have completed the installation of qualifying systems and meet all eligibility requirements are encouraged to submit their rebate applications as soon as possible to help ensure efficient processing times. - -The Maryland Energy Administration will open the FY25 Maryland Solar Access Program for applications in January 2025. The program will operate on a noncompetitive, first-come, first-served basis. An upcoming Funding Opportunity Announcement will describe full eligibility requirements and the application process for the program. - -As part of its commitment to success for the Maryland Solar Access Program, the Maryland Energy Administration will require each solar installation contractor who wishes to participate in the program to apply for inclusion on a Participating Contractor List. - -This list will ensure that Maryland Solar Access Program-eligible contractors meet the statutory requirements under the Brighter Tomorrow Act, and will be publicly available on the Maryland Solar Access Program webpage. - -The Participating Contractor List will require that each participating contractor: - -Is licensed and registered to operate in the State of Maryland - -Has appropriately credentialed staff - -Abides by the program’s consumer protection policy - -Agrees to provide an agency-approved customer disclosure form highlighting customer rights, protections and important system information for every signed contract submitted. - -The Maryland Energy Administration will provide more information about the application process for the Participating Contractor List in the near future. - -News item from the Maryland Energy Administration",1731883666,1796127155,50d81f2623,,,1731883666 -https://www.vg247.com/helldivers-2-players-reckon-democracy-space-station-saga-starting-to-drag-cue-speculation-final-phase,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Helldivers 2 players reckon the Democracy Space Station saga is starting to drag a bit, cue speculation about exactly how final its ""final phase"" might be","Since late September, Helldivers 2 players have been exterting a lot of effort to get a big space station - one that sounds like it should have a big impact on Galactiv War gameplay - built via their Major Orders. Following the conclusion of the latest mission, Arrowhead's suggested the ""final phase"" of construction is here, and folks are speculating about how long a phase it might be. - -To be fair, you can't blame players who've spent the last month and a bit doing stuff like repelling assaults from special Automaton brigades and taking on three objectives at once for being keen to see that labour rewarded in a way that's a bit more special than the usual medals and samples. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -As of writing, Helldivers' playerbase is in the usual little quiet period you get between MOs, with the latest one having seen them successfully stuff ""disenfranchised families"" into the still-under-construction space station. So, they've got a bit of time to chill and chat, this time mostly about how much more work they might have to do before J.O.E.L hands them to keys to the DSS. - -""I guess it's not over yet, huh,"" reads one of the top recent posts on the game's subreddit, citing the notification Arrowhead put out to let folks know they'd come out on top in that last MO. While this notification does say that ""the project has now entered its final phase"" and that the divers' ""hard work will soon allow the DSS to blast away all shadows"", a lot of players seem to think they could still have plenty left to do. - -While there's definitely plenty of tongue-in-cheekness to suggestions that Arrowhead might do something like cheekily dumping the codes needed to fire up the station on Cyberstan or pull out a final order that involves completing ""500,000 Raise The Flag missions so that there are an appropriate number of Super Earth flags flying in the galaxy for such a momentous occasion"", there does seem to be some genuine frustration brewing too. - -That said, there are still plenty of folks preaching patience or that are clearly just very keen to try out the station. In the middle, you've got users like MondoPentacost, who argued that how this whole saga ends up being viewed once it's all over will ""depend on the payoff"". ""If the view at the top of the mountain is awesome, the harder the climb the more satisfaction at the peak,"" they wrote, adding that they think Arrowhead ""could have mitigated it with a few extra strat unlocks on the way"". - -While you wait for the next MO to drop, make sure to check out what was in Helldivers 2's latest patch and which crossovers made Johan Pilestendt's dream collab list, if you haven't already.",1731883703,374d98cbb9,50c20b5884,,,1731883703 -https://www.podcastinsights.com/best-webinar-software/,https://www.podcastinsights.com/feed/,Best Webinar Software: Platforms To Teach or Sell In 2024,"Disclosure: Links to other sites may be affiliate links that generate us a small commission at no extra cost to you. - -Webinars are a great way to teach your audience, sell products and services, and provide additional value to your audience. - -There is a wide variety of pricing, capability, and features among the many webinar platforms out there, so I’m going to highlight some of the best features of each. - -You’ll find some are more focused on selling, while others are more focused on education, training, and interaction. - -What’s best for most people? As of November 2024 I would choose Demio. - -Let’s take a look at the best webinar software platforms: - -Best Webinar Platforms - -Demio - -Demio calls itself “hassle-free webinar software for marketers” and has an impressive list of customers. - -They have one of the better-looking webinar platforms which helps make your brand look good while teaching. - -Highlights include: - -Live, Hybrid, Automated, and On-demand webinars - -Turn existing live webinar recordings into automated webinars. - -Excellent analytics that are being regularly improved. - -Integrations with Drip, ActiveCampaign, MailChimp, ConvertKit, and more. - -No downloads – all browser-based makes joining easy. - -Upload slides or share videos right inside Demio - -Polls, CTAs, Handouts, Chat all built-in. - -You can start a free trial (all features included) without a credit card. - -Pricing starts at $49/month for 50 attendees and goes up to $234/month for 500 attendees, although you’ll need to be on the $99/month middle tier to get access to automated events. - -You can save 30% by paying annually, bringing down the monthly price to $34, $69, and $163 respectively. - -GoToWebinar - -GoToWebinar is one of the leaders in the online meeting and webinar space with over 50K customers. - -All GoToWebinar plans come with a free $300+ GoToMeeting account too! - -Their platform will support anyone, whether you’re doing your first webinar or have thousands of attendees every week. - -You can customize the look and feel to match your brand, customize registration pages, and view excellent analytics on who showed up, when they left, and much more. - -Features include: - -Live chat, polls, send files to viewers - -Breakout rooms - -Phone number call-in options - -Drawing tools - -Screen sharing - -Video embedding (Standard plan and up) - -Accept payments for people to attend - -Transcripts (Pro plan and up) - -Video editor (Pro and up) - -It might not be the best platform if you intend to sell courses live on the webinar, but for everything else it’s great. - -Pricing starts at $49/month for the Lite plan with 100 participants, Standard is $99/month for 250 people and some additional features. They also have Pro and Enterprise offerings (up to 3,000 attendees) too. - -Start a free 7-day trial here. - -WebinarNinja - -WebinarNinja was co-founded by Omar Zenhom of the $100 MBA Podcast (a long-time top business podcast) so you know he knows the needs of podcasters and online creators. - -You can run any type of webinar: live, automated, series, or hybrid. - -All the features you would expect are included: - -Chat - -Q&A Area - -Polls - -Offers - -And more - -There is nothing to download, you can offer replays with the option to have them expire after X number of days, they integrate with pretty much everything, are GDPR compliant, and have excellent support. - -I know it’s subjective, but I think they have one of the best-looking designs for everything from the dashboard to the webinar registration and thank you pages to your attendees’ experience. - -One bonus with WebinarNinja is that they have a webinar search engine so there are other ways people can find you and sign up. - -They have some of the best entry-level pricing with a $39/month plan (when paid annually) with 100 attendees. There are several other plans that scale up to 1,000 live attendees for $199/month: - -You can start a free 14-day trial here to make sure you like it. - -WebinarJam - -WebinarJam is another highly recommended webinar platform that was completely rebuilt in February 2020. They are focused on using webinars to sell, but you can absolutely use it for any purpose. - -Their software has the ability to reach up to 5,000 people so if you have a larger audience, this is the platform to use. - -People can join from any device: desktop, phone, tablet, etc. so there shouldn’t be any excuse for people to miss your presentations. - -One cool feature is the Drawing Board, where you can create screen annotations, draw or highlight things with a pen tool, and write on top of your presentation. - -There are multiple scheduling and registration options you can customize to your needs: - -You’ll also like the easy-to-understand analytics giving you actionable data on registration numbers, show up rates, replay views, and more: - -Other highlights include: - -HD everything - -Upload Powerpoint and Keynote presentations - -One-click registration (no forms to fill out) - -Offer downloadable handouts - -Polls & surveys - -Add attendees as speakers and guests - -Registration page builder, templates, and A/B testing - -Email and SMS text reminders and follow-ups - -Ability to charge for presentations - -Show clickable offers with countdown timers and limited unit amounts to increase sales - -No software to download - -Tons of integrations - -Pricing is billed annually starting at $499 for up to 500 attendees, but for only $16.66/month extra, you can have up to 2,000 attendees and several other upgrades. - -Start a $1 free trial of WebinarJam today! - -Livestorm - -Livestorm is a great-looking webinar platform used by all kinds of great companies like Intercom, Front, Pipedrive, and many more. - -They offer a bit of everything including live webinars, on-demand webinars, and automated webinars. - -Here are some of the great features: - -Integrate YouTube Live, Twitch, or any other live stream right in your webinar - -Recurring events (one landing page with multiple dates and times) - -Screensharing - -Chat, Q&A, and Polls - -Add guest presenters - -Custom branding, registration pages, forms, and more - -Tons of detailed reports and analytics - -Custom email invites and reminders - -They also have tons of integrations available to connect your existing email, CRM, support, or any other platform you might need to communicate with Livestorm. - -Pricing starts for free (up to 20 minutes per webinar and 10 registrants), then it is $99/month for 100 live attendees. You can also add additional live attendee limits and hosts as needed. - -There is a bunch more so you’ll just have to dive in and check it all out: - -You can try Livestorm for free (no credit card to get started) here. - -EverWebinar - -EverWebinar is by the same people as WebinarJam above. It is focused on automated, evergreen webinars that run on autopilot. - -You do have the ability to be in the chat while it runs so you can answer questions, but otherwise, everything is automatic. - -There are multiple sign-up options for your attendees. You can set up: - -Specific sign-up dates and times - -Recurring sessions - -“Just-in-time” webinars that start within minutes of someone registering - -You can easily turn your live WebinarJam recordings into evergreen webinars and everything that happened there will appear to happen “live” including chat, polls, and offers. - -And you get many of the same features including the landing page builder, registration reminders, detailed analytics, and more. - -Pricing for EverWebinar is $499/year but you can start a 14-day $1 trial to make sure it’s right for you. - -ClickMeeting - -ClickMeeting is another great webinar platform with nearly 150,000 customers. - -Everything is browser-based so it will work with any device and they have the capability to handle anything. - -You can use their software for sales, marketing, teaching, training, and more. - -They have all the features you could need: - -Custom branding - -Subaccounts - -Paid webinars - -Automated webinars - -Whiteboard - -Polls & surveys - -Toll-free call-in numbers - -Customizable call to actions - -Recordings, stats, sharing, and much more - -You can even host meetings where you everyone can speak and share on their platform. - -Pricing is fairly simple. Live webinars start at $25/month for 25 attendees. - -If you want automated webinars, ClickMeeting starts at $40/month but you also get a handful of other features like automatic thank you emails as well. - -Pricing scales up on both plans based on the number of attendees you need – up to 1,000 people. - -There is a 25-attendee free plan for 30 days so you can play around and test things out. - -Try out ClickMeeting for free here. - -EasyWebinar - -EasyWebinar has both live and automated webinars. You can even turn live webinars into automated, evergreen webinars easily. - -As the name implies, it’s extremely easy to use for both you (the presenter) and your guests – plus it looks great and modern. - -Here are some of the highlights: - -New EasyCast feature that lets you stream to Facebook Live and YouTube Live at the same time. - -Advanced analytics that shows you if people showed up, how long they stayed, and even if they clicked on the offer you showed. - -They have integrations with popular email platforms like Mailchimp, ConvertKit, Aweber, and more. - -SMS and Skype integration to remind people to show up. - -They have a bunch of great case studies on their site and a lot of high-profile people and companies use them to great success. - -Pricing starts at $78/month for 100 live attendees and goes up to $129/month for 500 live attendees, although you can save quite a bit if you pay annually. - -Start a free 14-day trial here. - -More Webinar Platforms - -Here are several other webinar software platforms that we recommend as well, depending on your needs: - -Free Webinar Platforms - -There are a few tools you might already have access to that you can use for basic webinars. - -They definitely won’t have all the features you might need but if you want to get started for free or do something small, check these out: - -Google Hangouts Meet - -If you already use GSuite for email, you have access to Google Hangouts Meet. - -It allows you to have meetings with up to 100 people on the basic edition and 150 people on the business plan, plus there is a dial-in phone number for people to use as well. - -YouTube, Facebook, or Twitch Live - -I combined all these because they essentially work the same way. - -They don’t have sign-up features, offers, reminders, or many other features but they are a way to reach hundreds or thousands of people at once for free. - -Things To Consider When Choosing A Webinar Platform - -Ease Of Use - -Budget - -Number of Attendees - -Reliability - -Webinar Frequency - -Branding - -Features Needed – Do you need: Phone call-in options Calls to action Whiteboard Recordings? Replays? Analytics needs - -Integrations Does the webinar software easily connect with your email marketing service, CRM, or calendar tools? - - - -Also, be sure to ask yourself if you absolutely need a feature right now (you can always change platforms or upgrade later). - -Webinar Platform FAQs",1731883653,24d51eb2f4,50d44c62cd,,,1731883653 -https://vrsource.com/red-matter-2-is-taking-vr-immersion-to-the-next-level-17410/,https://vrsource.com/feed/,Red Matter 2 Is Taking VR Immersion to the Next Level,"Home » News » Red Matter 2 Is Taking VR Immersion to the Next Level News Red Matter 2 Is Taking VR Immersion to the Next Level 326 Views - -Red Matter 2, the highly anticipated narrative-driven puzzle adventure VR game from developer Vertical Robot, is coming to the Meta Quest 2 headset on August 18. - -Red Matter 2 continues the story from right after where Red Matter ended, though you don’t need to play the first game to appreciate this sequel. The game is set during a dystopian Cold War in which oppressed people rebel against their rules. - -As protagonist Sasha Riss, you’ll traverse and platform your way through the game’s environments and face challenging puzzles as you find a way to escape a base of one of the game’s two main factions, the Atlantic Union. - -From a technical standpoint, you can expect Red Matter 2 to feature some of the best visuals you’ve seen on Quest 2 to date, and Vertical Robot has worked hard to maximize the feeling of immersion in virtual reality. - -The game runs a heavily modified version of Unreal Engine with support for high-quality fog and sun reflections, particle reflections, multiple point lights, volumetric light cones, optimized MetaHumans, high-quality glass, sphere soft shadows, retraced line and quad reflections, glass refraction, and much more. You can watch a technical showcase of the game here to see everything in action. - -The original Red Matter was widely praised as one of the most incredible VR games in terms of immersion, but some players criticized it for being too short, leaving them begging for more. - -In addition to the Meta Quest 2 headset, Red Matter 2 will also support Oculus Rift and Valve Index. The recommended system requirements include the NVIDIA GTX 1080 graphics card or equivalent and the Intel i5-4590 CPU or greater.",1731883646,8669cc1c14,51184916e9,,,1731883646 -https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/news/erling-haaland-norway-kazakhstan-nationsleague-34129750,https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/rss.xml,Erling Haaland sends perfect message to critics amid Manchester City's slump in form,"Erling Haaland put Manchester City's struggles to one side and scored a hat-trick to help Norway earn promotion from their UEFA Nations League group. - -City have lost their last four matches in all competitions, the first time manager Pep Guardiola has ever overseen four straight defeats. Two of those reverses came in the league, leaving the reigning champions five points adrift of leaders Liverpool after 11 matches. - -Haaland scored 10 goals in his first five league appearances this term, but has slowed down a little. The international break offered him a welcome distraction, though, as he joined up with a Norway team aiming for Nations League promotion. - -Stale Solbakken's team passed a potentially tricky test away in Slovenia to keep alive their hopes of topping the group, with Haaland scoring one of his team's four goals in Ljubljana. And then Kazakhstan came to town. - -By half-time, it was 3-0 to Norway with Haaland scoring twice and Alexander Sorloth adding a third. Haaland completed his hat-trick 20 minutes from time, with Antonio Nusa folllowing his double in Slovenia with another on home soil. - -Austria would have still topped their group with a win at home to Slovenia, and Romano Schmid's first half goal looked like it might be enough. It wasn't to be, though, with Adam Gnezda Cerin levelling things up 10 minutes from time. - -All that means Norway top the group with 13 points and earn automatic promotion to League A. Austria have been made to settle for second, and will face a promotion-relegation play-off in March. - -Will Erling Haaland follow up his hat-trick with more goals at club level? Have your say in the comments section - -Image: AP) AP) - -Haaland moved onto 35 goals from 38 senior internationals with his hat-trick, with seven of those coming from this six-match Nations League campaign. It provided welcome relief after a tough spell at club level, with City coming in for criticism during their nightmare run. - -Questions have been asked amid those four straight defeats, but centre-back Ruben Dias fired a warning to City's rivals. ""I would say, please doubt us, doubt us, feel welcome to do so,"" the Portugal international said. - -""When we did the treble, we even called it the dark January. We had a tough period. But it is what it is. What matters is how you bounce back from these moments. That's why our team has won so much because in moments of difficulty, the characters come up and we stay together. - -""We don't find people to kill, we find people to bring into the cause and fight together. That's what we need to do once again. Until it's done, it's not done."" - -Join our new WhatsApp community and receive your daily dose of Mirror Football content. We also treat our community members to special offers, promotions, and adverts from us and our partners. If you don't like our community, you can check out any time you like. If you're curious, you can read ourPrivacy Notice.",1731883624,312e351df6,510d0d6591,,,1731883624 -https://arstechnica.com/space/2024/11/citing-decreasing-launch-opportunities-abl-space-will-pivot-to-missile-defense/,https://arstechnica.com/science/feed/,"As ABL Space departs launch, the 1-ton rocket wars have a clear winner","A 7-year-old launch company that has yet to have a rocket successfully lift off announced a radical pivot on Thursday. Its new plan? Focusing on missile defense. - -The founder and president of ABL Space Systems, Dan Piemont, announced the decision on LinkedIn, adding, ""We're consolidating our operational footprint and parting ways with some talented members of our team."" He said companies interested in hiring great people in Los Angeles or Mojave, California, should reach out. - -A bright beginning - -With a background in economics and physics, Piemont founded ABL in 2017 with the aim of developing a ship-and-shoot rocket. The idea was to set up mobile ground systems in remote locations on short notice and launch on demand for the US military and other customers. - -Piemont proved successful at raising money, bringing hundreds of millions of dollars into the company, including from Lockheed Martin. At one point the private company was valued at $2.4 billion, and in 2021 Lockheed purchased a block buy of up to 58 launches of the RS1 vehicle. This rocket was intended to carry up to 1.35 metric tons to low-Earth orbit. - -ABL made its first RS1 launch attempt in December 2023 from Kodiak, Alaska, but a catastrophic fire shortly after liftoff quickly doomed the rocket. A second attempt was precluded in July of this year after an explosion during a static-fire test in Alaska. The company laid off some of its staff in August to control costs. - -""From a personal perspective, if you’ve never been a part of something like that, it can be difficult to understand the magnitude,"" Piemont said of these two launch campaigns. ""Physically taxing operations happen at all hours across many sites. Seemingly insurmountable problems arise every week, and are overcome. The accomplishments of the RS1 program—from the individual level to the company level—have been unbelievable."" - -Shifting launch market - -As the company was failing in its efforts to reach orbit, the launch market was also changing, Piemont said. Although not directly mentioning SpaceX and its Falcon 9 rocket, Piemont said ABL's ability to impact the launch industry has diminished over the last seven years.",1731883663,0179022565,5158b0924f,,,1731883663 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/17/shogo-onodera-iza-tokyo-store/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,"Shogo Onodera transforms existing surfaces in Tokyo boutique to ""avoid making anything new""","Marble covered with plaster and metal treated with acid are among the repurposed materials used by Japanese architect Shogo Onodera to minimise waste while fitting out the flagship store of fashion brand IZA Tokyo. - -The boutique takes over an existing retail space in the city's Shibuya district, where the previous tenant had left the interior largely intact with much of the display furniture and internal surfaces still in functional condition. - -Onodera's studio used the IZA Tokyo store as a test bed for his ""unmaking"" philosophy, which focuses on reducing waste through reuse. - -""Unmaking might mean that we don't let anything go to waste, choose not to demolish, design whilst demolishing or decide it is complete when it is dismantled, prompting the usual design process to be reconstructed,"" the architect explained. - -The project involved carefully removing existing materials and reprocessing them using techniques such as applying various mesh substrates or coating them in plaster to create new textures. - -Onodera compared the process to treating an injured limb by applying a plaster cast, claiming that these methods allow him to ""heal the store"" by giving new life to broken or damaged materials. - -""This is not about a stripped-back, exposed interior that has been a trend in retail,"" Onodera said. ""It is a design method that has been extensively worked through to avoid making anything new."" - -""As we head into the crisis era, we wanted to fundamentally rethink this choice of not making, of not making waste,"" he added. - -Three distinct methods were used in the project to revitalise existing elements: covering or wrapping them in a thin white layer, altering their surface qualities using different processes or repurposing them as new objects. - -An example of the first approach is the way that the glass-block walls on the facade were covered with a lightweight mesh and painted to create a textured white surface. - -This technique was also applied to columns, walls, ceilings and mirrors to create a cohesive aesthetic. The original surface textures combine with the gauze and plaster to add depth to elements including some of the plinths and display furniture. - -""The large marble units were too heavy for the previous owner to remove but we were also banned from using their signature stones,"" Onodera explained. ""We therefore covered the stones in mesh and thick plaster to hide the true identity, their value being made anonymous."" - -Metal components featured throughout the existing store were treated using various processes to alter their colour and patina. The brass entrance door was removed and sanded down to reveal the steel underneath, then refitted as if it were a new door. - -Hanging rails for clothes were taken to Onodera's studio to be washed in sulphur and acid, producing a darkened appearance that helps them stand out against the all-white interior. - -A stainless-steel handrail that curves around the central staircase was hammered by a specialist artisan using a traditional technique, resulting in a shimmering textured surface. - -Materials that would otherwise be redundant were removed and transformed into art pieces and fixtures. Herringbone parquet flooring, for example, was used to create a minimalist artwork displayed on one of the walls. - -Floor-standing lamps were constructed using spotlights recovered from the original store, while a suspension light left hanging over the bar counter was adapted and repositioned above the staircase. - -Changing rooms at the rear of the ground floor were created by cutting openings in an existing wall. Where the cuts were made, the wall's internal wooden structure is left exposed as a reminder of the unmaking process. - -The existing staircase leading up to the first floor was adapted by casting concrete on top to create a larger landing and bench seating at its base. - -The IZA Tokyo store features on the shortlist for Dezeen Awards 2024 in the large retail interior category, alongside a light-filled bookshop in China and a showroom for Jaipur Rugs in Dubai featuring cascading rainbow-coloured staircases. - -Shogo Onodera founded his Tokyo-based studio in 2018 after completing his studies at Hosei University and working at architecture practice SANNA for eight years. - -The photography is by Ichiro Mishima.",1731883630,8f8dc0373b,50e18f9b7e,,,1731883630 -https://www.cbssports.com/nfl/news/dolphins-tyreek-hill-to-play-through-wrist-injury-wr-met-with-specialist-surgery-still-option-per-report/,https://www.cbssports.com/rss/headlines/NFL/,"Dolphins' Tyreek Hill to play through wrist injury: WR met with specialist, surgery still option, per report","Miami Dolphins wide receiver Tyreek Hill was recently listed with a wrist injury on the team's injury report for the first time, something he said he's been playing through all season. Hill was questionable heading into Week 10's ""Monday Night Football"" matchup after missing practice Friday and Saturday and managed to play in the prime-time game. - -Hill, according to NFL Media, stayed in Los Angeles following that win over the Rams to visit a specialist regarding that wrist injury. Playing through the injury is something Hill plans to continue to do. While speaking with reporters on Thursday, Hill said surgery was mentioned, but it's not a route he plans on taking, at least not right now. - -""Surgery was brought up, and it was talked about, whenever I talked to a few of the doctors. But it's my call at the end of the day, and my call is to stay out on the field,"" he said. - -The 30-year-old suggested that he could make the injury worse by playing and says no matter what, he wants to help his team win. - -""I've been talking to a lot of people about this particular injury. At the end of the day I just gotta suck it up, and just deal with the pain,"" Hill said. ""It's gonna get worse the more I play, but I gotta get it out for my team. I'm here, I'm locked in, no matter what, no matter how I feel. Even if I've got to cut my wrist off, I'm still out there, because I love the game of football."" - -ESPN's Lisa Salters relayed what Hill said about the injury prior to Miami's matchup against the Los Angeles Rams, with Hill saying his arrest ahead of Week 1 made the injury worse. - -""He said it first started in training camp, but then he said it got re-aggravated when he was arrested right before the opening game of the season. He was taken to the ground by police ... and he said that's where the further damage was done,"" Salters said. ""He said, 'That arrest messed me up,' and he said, 'I'm gonna not let it stop me.'"" - -After the Dolphins' 23-15 victory over the Rams, Hill said the injury originally occurred in the second preseason game and he ""re-aggravated it trying to block my tail off during the course of the year,"" not mentioning the arrest. - -So far this season, Hill has 37 receptions for 462 yards and two touchdowns.",1731883649,fad4a9cc43,51030f793b,,,1731883649 -https://www.hrw.org/news/2024/11/08/saudi-arabia-2034-world-cup-risks-widespread-labor-abuse,https://www.hrw.org/rss/news,Saudi Arabia: 2034 World Cup Risks Widespread Labor Abuse,"Click to expand Image Emir and President of Qatar Sheikh Tamim bin Hamad Al Thani (L), Gianni Infantino (SUI) FIFA President, (M), Saudi Arabia s Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman al-Saud (R) in the group A match in Al Bayt Stadium in Doha, Qatar on November 20, 2022. © 2022 Sipa via AP Images - -(New York) – Saudi Arabia’s World Cup bid fails to address the country’s widespread labor rights abuses, Human Rights Watch said today. - -FIFA, the international football organization, will formally certify the awarding of the 2034 World Cup to Saudi Arabia on December 11, 2024. FIFA has reportedly completed its evaluation of the Saudi bid. On July 29, Saudi authorities submitted their “bid book” alongside a Human Rights Strategy and an Independent Context Assessment, which are FIFA bidding requirements. All three documents blatantly ignore well-documented risks workers face, including forced labor. They also lack any analysis of enforcement gaps and don’t include perspectives of rightsholders and other stakeholders beyond Saudi government officials. - -“Saudi Arabia’s FIFA World Cup hosting documents ignore the country’s egregious human rights violations, including inadequate heat protections, unchecked wage theft, the ban on labor unions and an abusive kafala (visa sponsorship) labor system,” said Minky Worden, director of global initiatives at Human Rights Watch. “FIFA is willfully blind to the country’s human rights record, setting up a decade of potentially horrific human rights abuses preparing for the 2034 World Cup.” - -Saudi Arabia’s hosting documents shed light on the immense scale of construction required for the tournament, including 11 new and refurbished stadiums. Additional infrastructure to be built includes more than 185,000 new hotel rooms and significant airport, road, rail, and bus network expansion, as well as the giga-projects under the Saudi Vision 2030 plan, including the new upscale NEOM city. - -By comparison, no new stadiums will be built for the 2026 World Cup in the US, Canada, and Mexico. Saudi Arabia’s massive infrastructure deficit will rest entirely on the backs of migrant workers building it. The country has 13.4 million migrant workers, according to the 2022 census, accounting for 42 percent of the country’s population. - -In June, the Building and Wood Workers’ International Union (BWI) filed a forced labor complaint against Saudi Arabia at the International Labour Organization (ILO). BWI’s complaint was based on cases of tens of thousands of workers with unpaid wages from two Saudi-based construction companies and testimony from 193 migrant workers who have faced a range of abuses. Violations included confiscation of identity documents, debt bondage, and abusive working and living conditions despite Saudi authorities’ claim of Labor Law revisions. BWI’s complaint cites Saudi Arabia’s failure to enforce several international treaties it has ratified, including the Forced Labour Convention and its 2014 protocol. - -Despite the indispensable role of migrant workers for the 2034 World Cup, the government’s bid documents fail to meaningfully prioritize key labor protections. - -The Independent Context Analysis commissioned by the Saudi Arabia Football Federation (SAFF) in consultation with FIFA and conducted by the law firm AS&H Clifford Chance is embarrassingly inadequate. The assessment itself acknowledges they did not carry out the due diligence required in FIFA’s own human rights policy, and that the reporting scope is limited to 22 human rights instruments selected by FIFA and SAFF and what was “feasible within the assessment time frame and FIFA’s prescribed page limit.” This excludes bedrock international human rights instruments such as the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, and the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights. The bibliography also omits references to extensive published research on migrant worker rights abuses in Saudi Arabia and a major forced labor complaint against the country. - -A coalition of 11 leading human rights monitoring organizations including Human Rights Watch laid out severe concerns about the Clifford Chance assessment in a letter that warned FIFA and the law firm that they are at risk of being linked to abuses in the tournament preparations. In response, the law firm said it would be “inappropriate” to offer any comment. - -“Not a single migrant worker, victim of human rights crimes, torture survivor, jailed women’s rights advocate, or Saudi civil society member was consulted for FIFA’s supposedly independent report,” Worden said. “FIFA’s treatment of the Saudi bid is an abysmal failure to implement mandatory human rights risk assessments and protections for the millions of migrant workers who are going to make the 2034 World Cup possible.” - -The other key bid document, the “Human Rights Strategy in connection with the 2034 FIFA World Cup,” falsely refers to the Independent Context Analysis as a “robust human rights context risk assessment” based on “robust engagement with relevant stakeholders in the Kingdom to examine current policies and regulations, and identify salient risks and gaps associated with preparing and hosting the tournament.” - -The authors make clear, though, that its analysis, over a six-week period, was based on desk research and engagement solely with Saudi authorities. Similarly, the Saudi Bid Book refers to the Clifford Chance assessment as “focused on the rights topics that are commonly associated with mega sporting events, taking account of published commentary by international monitoring bodies and supported by robust engagement with stakeholders across Saudi Arabia.” - -The Human Rights Strategy also lists “additional initiatives” such as developing frameworks to perform supplier due diligence as well as procurement and supply chain management that are not specific, concrete, or time bound. They don’t mention core labor rights such as freedom of association and collective bargaining. This vagueness reflects Saudi Arabia’s lack of readiness to adequately protect workers in the high-risk environment of massive construction projects for the World Cup. - -“These documents were apparently cooked up together to create the impression that a serious human rights and labor rights risk assessment has been done,” Worden said. “FIFA’s fake evaluation process to award the 2034 World Cup without legally binding human rights commitments is a replay of its irresponsible approach to building the World Cup in Qatar, which ultimately cost thousands of migrant workers their lives.” - -Human Rights Watch has warned that FIFA is breaking its own human rights rules in announcing a plan for hosting the next two men’s World Cups that effectively eliminates bidding and human rights due diligence. The bid process for the 2026 World Cup was required to include a human rights strategy and an independent assessment, which was based on consultations with dozens of human rights stakeholders. Human Rights Watch wrote to FIFA detailing concerns regarding the 2034 bid book and has informed sponsors including Coca-Cola, Adidas, and AB InBev about the flawed human rights risk assessments. - -The 2022 Qatar World Cup bidding process ignored rampant labor abuses, and in 2014, Qatar faced a forced labor complaint at the ILO. Human Rights Watch research has shown that despite subsequent reforms, the 2022 World Cup left a legacy of unaddressed abuses, including thousands of uncompensated deaths that left lasting harm for migrant workers and families. - -An independent review of FIFA’s human rights responsibilities toward workers who faced harms during the delivery of the 2022 World Cup in Qatar was commissioned but never published. Since Saudi Arabia’s bid, FIFA has also walked back the negotiated framework to protect labor and human rights in the delivery of the 2026 World Cup. - -The human rights risks are further amplified in the Saudi context because stadium and infrastructure construction requirements are massive, the country is far larger geographically, and there are no independent human rights monitors or media. - -“Without proper human rights due diligence and binding labor and human rights commitments from Saudi authorities, FIFA should not move forward with a vote to confirm Saudi Arabia as host of the 2034 World Cup,” Worden said.",1731883669,d89828abd6,51a375ce99,,,1731883669 -https://www.npr.org/2024/04/17/1197958773/consumer-sentiment-grocery-prices-inflation,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Data checking consumer struggles on grocery prices, credit card debt, and retire : Planet Money : NPR","Grocery prices, credit card debt, and your 401K (Two Indicators) - -What's going on with consumers? This is one of the trickiest puzzles of this weird economic moment we're in. We've covered a version of this before under the term ""vibecession,"" but it's safe to say, the struggle is in fact real. It is not just in our heads. Sure, sure, some data is looking great. But not all of it. - -What's interesting, is exactly why the bad feels so much worse than the good feels good. - -Today on the show, we look into a few theories on why feelings are just not matching up with data. We'll break down some numbers and how to think about them. Then we look at grocery prices in particular, and an effort to combat unfair pricing using a mostly forgotten 1930's law. Will it actually help? - -Sponsor Message - -Today's episode is adapted from episodes for Planet Money's daily show, The Indicator. Subscribe here. - -The original episodes were produced by Cooper Katz McKim and engineered by Ko Takasugi-Czernowin and Neisha Heinis. They were fact-checked by Sierra Juarez and edited by Kate Concannon. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR Source Audio- ""Summer Shimmer,"" ""This Is My Luck,"" and ""Cosmic Ride""",1731884596,8181d7a585,51b330a118,,,1731884596 -https://talentculture.com/blog/hr-robots-talent-in-the-workplace-6-signs-of-the-times/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=hr-robots-talent-in-the-workplace-6-signs-of-the-times,https://talentculture.com/feed/,"HR, Robots, and Talent in the Workplace: 6 Signs of the Times","November being the penultimate month of the year, there’s a lot to reflect on around HR, talent and the workplace. One caveat to get out of the way: I’m not addressing the implications of the election here. I think we all need time to process, no matter where we fall on the political spectrum. Here’s a short list — and an informal challenge for all my colleagues and friends: - -An Old-Fashioned, Splashy HR Tech Event - -Most everyone seemed to have an amazing and meaningful time at SAP #SuccessConnect in Lisbon. I will be sharing some thoughts on that event soon, but there was one thing that made attending in person so memorable. - -Like so many attendees, I was reminded of the pre-pandemic HR and HRTech conferences and events we had before face-to-face happenings pretty much shut down. Remember those? SAP did a great job curating a seamless schedule with a lot of truly compelling experts. The presentations brought some real dazzle and intelligence to a hybrid format — whether there or at the livestream, you got the same sense of excitement. HR tech companies: if you’re looking for a way to reach your audience, this is it. - -Comparing Halloween Costumes and Politics - -Anyone see the recent SHRM piece on best practices for dealing with employee Halloween costumes and political differences around election season? It was an interesting combination: how to make sure people wear work-appropriate Halloween costumes, and how to deal with rising political tension right now. - -But does this combination strike you as a bit too timely, or was it just me? Are we at the point in history where we need to tread that carefully around politics? How are elections like Halloween? I’m not sure SHRM intended to provoke that kind of thinking, but I’m giving props for it anyway. - -Are Gen Z Employees an Easy Mark? - -Another thought-provoking post is this one by Zachary Amos, which I was happy to publish here. Yes: Generation Z did indeed grow up as digital natives. But they’re not always that savvy about cybersecurity — and it turns out they’re more than twice as likely as baby boomers to have their social media accounts hacked, three times more likely to fall victim to an online scam. - -Does Gen Z just treat the whole digital ecosystem too casually? Are the boundaries between work and life so blurry that cybercrime got an easy in? Lots to consider here for HR, including setting and communicating clear guardrails around digital security - - - -Thinking Robots - -Is this a step towards a future of robot / human job replacement? AI startup Physical Intelligence just made headlines for raising $400 million in funding (with players including Jeff Bezos, Thrive Capital, Lux Capital, and OpenAI). - -We’re now looking at a company valued at some $2 billion — focused on creating universal software that goes way beyond just software for tasks. It’s making robot brains, in essence. So yes, it may get a little harder to convince some layers of the workforce that their jobs won’t be obsolete. Keep your eyes on this one. - -Putting the Kibosh on Job Creation - -What hampers job creation, as well as the data that describes how we’re doing? Hurricanes, for one — this year Milton and Helene triggered serious data collection issues. Labor strikes — the Boeing machinists’ strike alone took 33,000 jobs off the rolls. Maybe also a very turbulent political climate, as employers hedge their bets. - -But the U.S. economy’s last jobs report before the election is… weak, with just some 12,000 jobs added, according to the BLS. That’s the lowest monthly gain since December 2020. Should we be cautious, or optimistic, or cautiously optimistic? Something tells me we’ll know pretty soon. - -C-Suite Headaches - -I’ll admit that I love posts about the challenges facing business leaders, and I say that without irony. Leadership is an honor but it can be a minefield, especially today, and it’s good to feel seen. Inc’s 2024 CEO survey of leaders from some 5000 companies found that burnout, loneliness, being responsible for X thousands of people, and delegating are among the toughest challenges CEOs face today. - -That said, I want to remind leaders that sometimes, we didn’t really ask to be in this position. We had other objectives besides that corner office. Often, what got us there was the desire to make a difference. Consider what Lisa Haisha said, as quoted in a Forbes roundup earlier this year: “Great leaders don’t set out to be a leader, they set out to make a difference. It’s never about the role, it’s always about the goal.” I’ve seen that sense of mission in so many admirable business leaders lately. But I’ve also seen it wear them down. - -My Challenge to You - -So here’s my challenge: Maybe it’s time to set a goal to make a difference in your own life. Truly take care of yourself. These are turbulent times, after all. You know what they say on the airplane: In the event of an emergency, place the oxygen mask on yourself first.",1731883640,17309a851e,51751438be,,,1731883640 -https://datainnovation.org/2024/11/for-trump-delivering-for-voters-means-delivering-on-ai/,https://www.datainnovation.org/feed/,"For Trump, Delivering for Voters Means Delivering on AI","As President-elect Trump begins shaping his AI policy, his focus appears to be on unwinding President Biden’s approach to AI governance and enlisting figures like Elon Musk, who aims to address distant threats from superintelligent systems. However, if this election has highlighted anything, it’s that voters are far less interested in abstract debates and lofty promises than in tangible results they can feel—like lower grocery bills, affordable healthcare, safer streets, and a good education for their children. If Trump wants AI to be a meaningful part of his legacy, he’ll need to focus on delivering the promise of his 2019 initiative, which pledged “AI for the American people.” Achieving this will require a clear agenda that accelerates adoption, prioritizes innovation, and ensures the diffusion of AI’s benefits across the entire country. - -First, and perhaps most importantly, is adoption. While President Biden’s 2023 executive order called for federal agencies to integrate AI, it focused primarily on mitigating risks—requiring agencies to establish oversight boards, create governance guidelines, and address potential AI pitfalls. But the government must go beyond minimizing risks; it must also maximize AI’s benefits. Many government officials recognize AI’s transformative potential in fields like education, energy, and disaster response, as highlighted at the recent AI Aspirations conference. What’s missing is not vision but action. Trump’s task is to move from ideas to impact by turning aspirations into concrete, measurable improvements for Americans. This requires establishing sector-specific roadmaps that prioritize deployment and equipping agencies with the resources to scale AI-driven services. - -Encouraging private sector adoption is just as critical to AI’s success. For many, AI breakthroughs—such as DeepMind’s AlphaFold, which won a Nobel Prize this year for its work on protein folding—remain fascinating but distant, more like academic exercises than practical solutions. To bridge this gap, federal agencies should collaborate with industry to develop tailored strategies that promote AI’s real-world impact. This means providing policy guidance, aligning procurement processes, reducing regulatory barriers, and creating incentives for firms to invest in AI. By transforming AI from a lab experiment into a tool for broader economic productivity, Trump’s administration can ensure AI doesn’t just win awards but also delivers tangible value for Americans. Keeping these strategies dynamic and responsive will help AI evolve from theoretical promise to everyday benefit, where it truly matters. - -Second is innovation. Trump should prioritize developing a national strategy to ensure the United States remains at the forefront of AI development, unlocking new opportunities. While U.S. leadership in AI has been a priority across multiple administrations, the president-elect is stepping back into a race that has changed significantly since his last term, with China now posing a more serious challenge to America’s role as the leader in AI development. Even if Trump removes regulatory barriers, a hands-off approach alone won’t secure the U.S. edge in AI or bring its full benefits to everyday Americans. To keep pace, the United States needs a proactive, coordinated strategy that empowers its companies to build world-class AI systems—systems that not only enhance the country’s global standing but also drive down costs, improve services, and create jobs at home. - -One critical component of this strategy is strengthening the inputs powering AI, including high-quality, application-specific data pools in fields like agriculture, healthcare, and transportation. In this regard, China’s National Data Administration serves as an important benchmark. This regulatory body, tasked with improving China’s use of data as a strategic economic asset, drives initiatives like smart city development and digitized public services to fuel AI innovation. While the United States should unequivocally condemn China’s authoritarian data practices, adopting a more coordinated data strategy is essential to keeping pace and driving AI innovation that directly benefits Americans. - -Last but not least is diffusion. Trump’s AI agenda should focus on ensuring that AI’s benefits extend beyond the coastal tech hubs to the heart of the country. While Democrats debate why they lost the working-class vote—some blaming a failure in messaging, others suggesting they’ve lost touch with their roots—this election has shown that many working-class Americans now align with the Republican party. For Trump, the focus should be on delivering AI-driven growth and opportunity in communities that feel neglected. This means bolstering AI innovation hubs in regions often overlooked by past tech investments—rural areas, manufacturing towns, and middle America should all experience tangible benefits from AI. By fostering local job creation, enhancing productivity in industries like agriculture and manufacturing, and improving essential services like healthcare and education, Trump can ensure AI becomes a practical force that directly benefits everyday Americans. - -Crucially, this approach would be undermined if the new administration were to dismantle the CHIPS and Science Act. This legislation has already begun creating jobs and driving regional economic growth by incentivizing domestic semiconductor manufacturing and training a new workforce to support it. Walking away from these investments would weaken the very foundation needed to expand AI’s reach across the country, making the promise of AI-driven growth harder to realize. To truly fulfill his mandate from working-class voters, Trump should build on these efforts, not abandon them, turning AI into a tool that uplifts all of America. - -Americans made it clear last week: the president will be measured by results, not rhetoric. Trump has one term—one last shot—to make a difference. The measure of his success, credibility, and legacy will depend on his ability to create tangible improvements in Americans’ lives. When it comes to AI policy, he should focus on making AI work for the American people to fulfill the economic promises that brought him back to the Oval Office. - -Image Credits: Jim Watson/Agence France-Presse/Getty Images",1731883647,e4a7f9406f,51b8f3e85b,,,1731883647 -https://www.litmus.com/blog/single-opt-in-vs-double-opt-in-case-for-soi,https://www.litmus.com/blog/feed/,Should You Choose a Single vs. Double Opt-In Strategy?,"In theory, email signup is a simple formality before you get to the good stuff of email marketing. What seems like a straightforward action comes with decisions that can impact your email deliverability and performance, though. Your opt-in strategy also goes beyond your email program’s preferences, since there are data privacy laws to follow. - -This guide explores single and double opt-ins, when they make sense, and which you should choose. - -What is the single opt-in process? - -Single opt-in (SOI) is a subscription process where a new contact joins your mailing list without requiring the owner of that email address to confirm definitively that they knowingly and willingly opted in. - -Subscribers still need to hand over their email addresses in some way to join your list, but once they complete the one-step signup process, they’re in. - -Benefits of single opt-in - -With SOI, you’re off to the races once someone has given you their email address. Single opt-in is the faster and easier email opt-in method, although you could run into email deliverability issues (more on that later). - -Lower barriers to subscribing: fewer steps create a better experience for subscribers - -fewer steps create a better experience for subscribers Potentially faster email list growth: you don’t have to worry about someone missing or misunderstanding the subscription confirmation message - -you don’t have to worry about someone missing or misunderstanding the subscription confirmation message More opens, clicks, and conversions: a single opt-in list includes everyone who would have completed a double opt-in process and then some, which means more people to open and engage with your messages. - -What is the double opt-in process? - -Double opt-in (DOI), also known as confirmed opt-in (COI), is a subscription process in which a new email address is only added to your mailing address after the email address owner clicks a confirmation link in a subscription activation or opt-in confirmation request email sent to them after they opt in via a form or checkbox. - -Essentially, you send an email after someone signs up for your list to ask them again whether they want to join. The double opt-in process Gmail, Yahoo, Outlook users see is the same regardless of inbox providers. You set up a double opt-in process in your email service provider (ESP). - -Benefits of double opt-in - -With DOI, subscribers have an extra step to complete before they’re officially on your email list. While the extra friction of this method versus single opt-in feels like a negative at first, there are upsides to this method: - -Fewer spam complaints: when your email list is full of people who actively agreed to be there, you minimize spam complaints to keep emails from going to spam - -when your email list is full of people who actively agreed to be there, you minimize spam complaints to keep emails from going to spam Adhere to data privacy laws and standards: Double opt-in email lists are most likely to follow regulations around subscriber data privacy and email list hygiene. Marketers with subscribers in the UK and EU have had to adhere to GDPR rules for years now, but new data privacy laws pop up frequently. For example, Gmail and Yahoo have new deliverability rules that require you to maintain a spam complaint rate under 0.3%, among other factors. - -Double opt-in email lists are most likely to follow regulations around subscriber data privacy and email list hygiene. Marketers with subscribers in the UK and EU have had to adhere to GDPR rules for years now, but new data privacy laws pop up frequently. For example, Gmail and Yahoo have new deliverability rules that require you to maintain a spam complaint rate under 0.3%, among other factors. Potentially higher engagement rates: a DOI strategy could yield more engaged subscribers proportional to the size of your email list - -a DOI strategy could yield more engaged subscribers proportional to the size of your email list Improved email deliverability: confirming email address validity and identity leads to better deliverability since factors like bounces impact your email reputation - -Optimize the opt-in experience On average, emails drive $36 for every $1 spent. Learn how to make your email list work for you and create a better subscriber experience. Get the guide - -Tips for customizing your opt-in processes - -If both SOI and DOI seem compelling and you aren’t sure which to choose, consider these tips before deciding. - -Review the details of your email program, ESP, and regulations - -Sometimes, the double opt-in vs single opt-in choice isn’t really up for discussion. For instance, SOI is not for you if: - -You need to follow specific data privacy guidelines, like positive opt-in for GDPR - -Your ESP requires double opt-in - -You don’t have good visibility into your deliverability - -You are not prepared to deal with potentially being blocked or junked at one or more inbox providers - -Your industry requires stronger permission because of regulations concerning marketing to minors, healthcare or financial information, etc. - -Your company is a target of harassment - -If any one of those describes your company, then a single opt-in isn’t a safe or viable option for your circumstances. - -Choose your performance priorities - -You should also weigh whether higher performance rates or higher total performance is more important to you, your organization, and your leaders. - -Double opt-in lists have higher open rates, click rates, and conversion rates than single opt-in lists because these subscribers are both willing and able to jump through additional hoops to receive your emails. - -However, single opt-in lists generate more opens, clicks, and conversions than double opt-in lists because they include everyone who would have completed a double opt-in process and then some. - -Review where and how you grow your email list - -Email permission is a combination of three components: - -Signup: How did the person indicate they’d like to receive promotional messages? Context: Under what circumstances did the person sign up? Confirmation: How is the sender confirming that the email address owner willingly and knowingly signed up to receive promotional emails? - -These components create very different signup experiences, which call for unique opt-in procedures. - -For instance, if during a customer checkout (active context) you used an unchecked opt-in box (active signup), then using a double opt-in confirmation (active confirmation) adds an extra step and friction that offers very little additional protection. - -Similarly, suppose someone scans their badge at a conference with the intent of joining your email list. In that case, a single opt-in is sufficient because they actively permitted you to email them. - -On the other hand, if you’re running a sweepstake (passive context) and using a pre-checked opt-in box (passive signup), then a double opt-in confirmation would provide significant added protection. - -Use multiple approaches (and email subdomains) - -Consider using separate email subdomains if you use a mix of opt-in strategies or experiment with a new method. Having multiple email subdomains within your email program lets you track and manage reputation without different activities affecting one another. - -For example, suppose you know you routinely grow your contact list with sweepstakes or pre-checked opt-in boxes. In that case, you can warm up an email subdomain dedicated to those acquisition channels. If there’s a sudden spike in bounce rates, your email reputation and deliverability on your other subdomains will be safe. - -If you have visibility into acquisition source performance, you can fix problems by adjusting the signup or confirmation method. If you lack visibility, deliverability problems become mystical and bewildering (and expensive). Using subdomains on a shared IP gives you more insight and control than a single subdomain, or you can take it all a step further and move all of your subdomains to a dedicated IP. - -Ensure your emails reach the inbox Understand the factors affecting email deliverability. Implement best practices to make sure your emails reach your subscribers. Boost deliverability - -Tips for effectively implementing your single or double opt-in processes - -Single and double opt-in strategies are helpful in different scenarios; likewise, they have varying best practices. Here’s how to make the most of each strategy. - -Monitor deliverability on single opt-in email lists - -A single opt-in email strategy makes it easier to add new subscribers, but you need to take extra precautions to monitor subscriber list hygiene and engagement. Here’s how: - -Make your emails instantly recognizable with BIMI and Gmail annotation - -with BIMI and Gmail annotation Avoid using No-reply email addresses in case new subscribers have questions - -in case new subscribers have questions Fine-tune your welcome emails with ab testing to boost engagement - -with ab testing to boost engagement Use alternate confirmation methods like double entry confirmation on signup forms and landing pages, email verification tools to remove fake emails, and deleting subscribers that fail to engage - -like double entry confirmation on signup forms and landing pages, email verification tools to remove fake emails, and deleting subscribers that fail to engage Monitor hard bounces and soft bounces and remove problematic email addresses - -and soft bounces and remove problematic email addresses Run routine spam tests to spot issues early - -Make engagement easy for double opt-in email lists - -While you still need to monitor email deliverability with a double opt-in email strategy, it’s less of a concern than single opt-ins. Instead, email lists with double opt-in should make the extra steps and emails as engaging as possible with the higher quality list. Here’s how: - -Tell subscribers they need to confirm their email during sign up so they expect an extra message. This step can be as simple as adding a note on your confirmation page. - -during sign up so they expect an extra message. This step can be as simple as adding a note on your confirmation page. Use a clear subject line that tells subscribers they need to open it and click to confirm their subscription - -that tells subscribers they need to open it and click to confirm their subscription Make your confirmation email easy to understand and use so excited subscribers don’t fall through the cracks - -and use so excited subscribers don’t fall through the cracks Send a reminder email after a day if subscribers don’t confirm their email address with your initial message - -Measuring the effectiveness of double opt-in vs. single opt-in email lists - -If you choose to use a double-opt in email strategy, you need to measure how well it works. For starters, seeing a boost in email deliverability or marketing metrics like clicks and conversions is proof that your choice was right. Plus, research shows that only 5% of your audience is ready to buy right now, and consistent newsletters let you engage with the other 95% of your list. - -“If you’re improving brand engagement, chances are you’re improving your retention. If you’re expanding your accounts and growing sales, you’re probably improving retention. Not necessarily, but probably are.” - -There are three key ways to measure the effectiveness of your opt-in strategy: spam complaints, deliverability audits, and engagement rates. - -First, keep an eye on your spam complaint rate. If your rate was higher when you used single opt-in and lower with double opt-in, you know the extra steps are worth it. Or, you can watch for spikes in spam complaints if you switch from a double opt-in to single opt-in strategy. - -Next, run an email deliverability audit to learn what’s positively and negatively impacting your deliverability. That way you understand the impact of your opt-in strategy and can create an action plan to fix issues. Moving forward, pre-send spam filter tests and post-send deliverability tools will be your best bets to monitor your email performance. - -Finally, monitor your email engagement rates. Read rates, clickt-through rates, conversion rate, and unsubscribe rates all signal the success of your email marketing. If your email engagement plummets after you switch to single opt-ins, then the faster list growth rate might not be worth the drop in engagement. - -Unlock greater ROI from your email marketing Let’s take a look at how much email-driven revenue you could be leaving on the table. Calculate ROI - -Understanding the role of your sender reputation - -You don’t want any of your emails to land in the spam folder, but it’d be particularly problematic if your double opt-in confirmation email never made it to the inbox. To make sure every subscriber makes it onto your email list, you need a strong sender reputation. - -Your sender reputation is a score Inbox Service Providers (ISPs) assign to your email program based on factors like subscriber behavior and email list hygiene. The more valuable and trustworthy your email marketing is, the better your chance of staying out of spam folders. Generally, email providers like Gmail, Outlook, and Yahoo have similar sender requirements to maintain good deliverability. - -When you have a poor sender reputation, your confirmation emails in the double opt-in process Gmail and other inbox providers deliver could go to the spam folder. If potential subscribers never see the confirmation email they can’t fully join your double opt-in list. - -If you need a refresher on how to ensure that your emails go out in tip-top shape, check out our Ultimate Email Marketing Pre-Send Checklist. - -“It’s important to simply be aware that your sender reputation can impact where your confirmation email is delivered. But that’s universal for all inbox service providers.” - -Should you choose single opt-in or double opt-in? - -There’s no ultimate email opt-in strategy—you need to customize it for your email list and follow email deliverability best practices no matter which you choose. At the same time, you don’t need to overly complicate the decision between single opt-in or double opt-in. - -If you’re willing to monitor your email deliverability more closely in exchange for a larger list, use single-opt-in emails. Single-opt-in emails are all about quantity. - -If you want a more curated subscriber list with motivated and engaged subscribers, use a double opt-in email strategy. Double opt-in emails are all about quality. - -Each strategy has potential pros and cons, and you can experiment with a mix of opt-in strategies depending on the signup source. Since there’s no special double opt-in process Gmail or other inboxes require, you get to make the decision for your team. Just know that, at the end of the day, your opt-in decision alone doesn’t make or break the success of your email program. - -Reach the inbox — not the spam folder Ensure your emails reach the inbox. Run infrastructure checks and get step-by-step fixing guidance. Test deliverability",1731883636,1c5c9cddb6,5167631594,,,1731883636 -https://recruitingdaily.com/understanding-gen-z-in-the-workforce-insights-for-employers-and-job-seekers/,https://recruitingdaily.com/feed/,Understanding Gen Z in the Workforce: Insights for Employers and Job Seekers,"In an ever-evolving job market, understanding the unique dynamics of Generation Z is vital for both employers and job seekers. Recently, iHire published a research report titled “Gen Z in the Workforce: Decoding a New Generation of Job Seekers.” This comprehensive study dives deep into the job search behaviors, career goals, and challenges faced by Gen Z, providing essential insights for bridging the gap between this emerging workforce and today’s employers. - -Key Findings from the Report - -Stereotypes Impacting Gen Z Job Searches - -Generation Z is keenly aware of the stereotypes that surround them in the professional world. According to the report, 34.4% of Gen Z respondents believe that negative stereotypes such as being entitled, lacking commitment, and having a poor work ethic could significantly impact their job searches and career growth. - -Interestingly, not all stereotypes are negative. Many employers recognize Gen Z as “tech-savvy,” “socially conscious,” and “diverse.” Indeed, 70.3% of Gen Zers value alignment between their employer’s mission and their own values, and 68.0% prioritize their company’s commitment to diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI). - -The Soft Skills Gap - -A significant portion of employers, 58.3%, feel that Gen Z job seekers need to improve their interviewing skills, and 57.5% believe they should enhance their communication with hiring managers and recruiters. While 30.4% of Gen Z candidates acknowledge difficulties with interviewing, there is a notable disconnect in other areas. - -For instance, 52.8% of employers feel that Gen Z needs to improve their workplace etiquette, yet 73.7% of Gen Zers rate their etiquette skills as “excellent” or “good.” Similarly, while 48.4% of employers believe that resume writing is an area for improvement, 68.4% of Gen Zers are confident in their resume-writing abilities. - -Concerns About AI - -Artificial intelligence (AI) is a double-edged sword for Gen Z. While 33.2% fear that AI might replace their jobs or diminish their roles, many are slow to adopt generative AI tools in their job searches. Notably, 42.7% of Gen Zers have never used AI tools such as ChatGPT to write resumes or cover letters. - -The Dream Job and Workplace Preferences - -Contrary to stereotypes of being non-committal, 69.3% of Gen Zers have a dream job in mind that they hope to attain within the next decade. They prioritize a positive work environment (82.4%), fair pay (82.2%), and work-life balance (81.3%). Additionally, 36.7% seek roles that offer autonomy, while only 22.0% aspire to managerial positions. - -Moreover, despite being labeled as tech-savvy “Zoomers,” most Gen Zers prefer in-person work environments. Specifically, 82.4% want to work in person at least some of the time, with 55.8% favoring entirely in-person setups and 26.6% opting for a hybrid model. Only 17.6% desire completely remote work. - -Challenges in the Job Market - -Gen Z job seekers often find it challenging to secure positions for which they are qualified. A significant 38.6% struggle to find jobs that match their skills and experience, and 25.6% are frustrated by what they see as overly specific or unrealistic job requirements from employers, creating high barriers to entry-level opportunities. - -Moving Forward: Bridging the Gap - -iHire’s President and CEO, Steve Flook, emphasizes the importance of mutual understanding between employers and Gen Z candidates. “Generation Z possesses unique perspectives and values shaped by growing up in the digital age and experiencing the pandemic during their formative years. As Gen Z permeates the workforce, employers need to understand how to recruit, retain, engage, and motivate this group. Likewise, Gen Z candidates must understand employers’ expectations and how to best market themselves to find the right jobs. Our report aims to provide insights to both sides to move the employment market toward a brighter future.” - -Categories - -Tags",1731883649,42302586b8,51c552c6e7,,,1731883649 -https://www.adweek.com/tvnewser/martin-scorsese-the-saints-fox-nation-matti-leshem/,https://www.adweek.com/feed/?category_name=Social-Pro-Daily,Why Martin Scorsese Put His Faith in Fox Nation,"Cinephile eyebrows were raised earlier this year when Oscar-winning director Martin Scorsese announced that he’d partnering with Fox News Media’s streaming service, Fox Nation, for his new TV venture, Martin Scorsese Presents: The Saints. But the show’s executive producer, Matti Leshem, characterizes the unlikely partnership as a match made in… well, heaven. - -“Fox Nation has been incredibly supportive,” Leshem tells TVNewser about his and Scorsese’s working relationship with the streamer, which premieres the first half of the eight-episode docudrama on Nov. 17. Each of the hour-long installments dramatizes the life and times of a Catholic Church-beatified saint ranging from 15th century warrior Joan of Arc to 20th century friar Maximilian Kolbe. The remaining four episodes will stream in the spring, with the possibility of additional seasons to come. - -Still, Leshem understands if devout Scorsese disciples have mixed feelings about subscribing to a streaming platform that’s associated with a conservative-leaning news network. That’s why he stresses the importance of nuance—something that can get lost when discussing loaded topics like politics and faith in the country’s current climate. - -“Look, Fox Nation is not Fox News,” Leshem emphasizes. “It’s a really important distinction. Fox Nation is a streaming platform that has all kinds of programming on it. Especially at this time in America, it’s important for everyone to keep an open mind.” - -And if you’re still on the fence, Leshem has a streaming-era sales pitch ready to go. “If you’re interested in the show, sample it by downloading Fox Nation for $5.99,” he advises with a laugh. “And If you don’t like it, cancel it! You can sign up for one of the 18 other subscription services that I currently have.” - -The story of how The Saints ended up at Fox Nation in the first place is as simple as a parable: They wanted to make it. Getting that “yes” capped a seven-year journey for Leshem and Scorsese—although the latter has dreamed of telling stories about the saints for even longer. - - - - - -Scorsese and a panel of religious commentators following a premiere event for The Saints Courtesy Fox Nation - -“I wanted to make something like this after Raging Bull,” Scorsese remarked during a panel discussion following a premiere event for The Saints. After that 1980 film, he planned to leave Hollywood behind and partner with Italy’s RAI Television, which had produced similar passion projects with famed directors like Roberto Rossellini. But that version never came together, and the idea sat on the shelf until he and Leshem met in 2017 for what was supposed to be a 30-minute pitch session. - -“Three hours later, we were still in that meeting,” Leshem says about selling Scorsese on the series that flowered into The Saints. “At the end of it, he shook my hand and said: ‘Great, let’s do it.’” - -Leshem’s own journey towards The Saints required no small amount of faith. The son of Holocaust survivor and, later, Israeli ambassador Moshe Leshem, he grew up in a Jewish household where education was prioritized over religion. In fact, Leshem’s father—who he describes as a “devout atheist”—sent him to Catholic school while the family was stationed in Cophenhagen, Denmark, specifically because of it offered superior academics. - -“That’s where I first heard the stories of the saints,” Leshem recalls. “Listening to them from a Jewish perspective, I was less interested in the miracles and more interested in this notion that these people believed in something so strongly that in many cases they were willing to die for it.” - - - - - -Liah O’Prey as Joan of Arc in The Saints Courtesy Fox Nation - -That notion followed Leshem into adulthood, shaping not only his ideas about religion, but also storytelling. He views canonized saints like Joan of Arc and Thomas Becket not as religious idols frozen in time, but flesh and blood humans made heroic by their belief in something greater than themselves—be it a deity or an ideal. That dovetails with Scorsese’s own longtime fascination with flawed characters caught between the twin poles of punishment and enlightenment. - -“Even Scorsese films that seem to have nothing to do with religion or faith, are about people who turn to faith and people who turn away from faith,” Leshem notes, pointing to gangster stories like Goodfellas and Casino as examples. “We really saw eye-to-eye about how to tell these stories. We’re trying to give you a sense of what these people were really like and why they were willing to do whatever’s necessary to follow something they believe in.” - -And because both he and Scorsese worship at the altar of cinema, each chapter of The Saints is filled with allusions to the movies they love. The Joan of Arc episode, for example, pays homage to Robert Bresson and Carl Theodor Dryer, while the Kolbe episode has some of the verite immediacy of such neorealist masters as Rossellini and Vittorio De Sica. - -But Leshem is also adamant that being a believer in a particular faith—Catholicism in Scorsese’s case or Judaism in his—isn’t a pre-requisite to watch The Saints. In fact, he decries the “partisanship” that’s complicated the national conversation around religion, especially in the media. - -“People have a knee-jerk reaction when they hear something describes as ‘faith-based programming,” Leshem says. “It has come to mean something very specific—that it’s aligned with a certain group of people and a certain political party in this country.” - - - - - -Milivoje Obradović as Maximilian Kolbe in The Saints Courtesy Fox Nation - -“The truth of the matter is that America is a country of believers and belief is a spectrum,” he adds. “Atheism is on that spectrum as far as I’m concerned. When you cover religion in a partisan way, you miss the point.” - -To help further an honest and partisan-free conversation about faith, each episode of The Saints ends with Scorsese leading a panel of friends and prominent religious commentators—including Stephen Colbert’s go-to Jesuit scholar Father James Martin—tackling subjects ranging from the Catholic Church’s history of antisemitism to the concept of martyrdom. Those substantive discussions offer a welcome corrective to the partisanship-laden shouting matches that Leshem sees elsewhere in the 24/7 news cycle. - -“I have this perspective that God created religion—Judaism for Jews, Catholicism for Catholics, and Islam for Muslims—as a path towards a higher understanding,” he says, expressing a sentiment that complements his father’s belief in education rather than strict adherence to one mode of belief. “It’s almost incidental that Marty’s a Catholic and I’m a Jew. We’re trying to tell great stories that are for everyone.”",1731883632,833b83b547,513809c38d,,,1731883632 -https://www.nichepursuits.com/ai-advances-a-look-at-august-core-update-data/,https://www.nichepursuits.com/feed/,AI Advances! A Look at August Core Update Data,"Welcome back to another episode of the Niche Pursuits News Podcast! - -This week Jared and guest host Brooks talk about what’s happening in the SEO, Google, and AI world, they share the projects they’re working on, and they discuss some very bizarre but successful websites! - -They dive into the news this week, first talking about OpenAI’s release of its o1 model , which is capable of “reasoning.” - -They share its characteristics and their first impressions after playing around with it and seeing how it works. - -Watch the Full Episode - -Moving along, they look at an open letter to Google from Healthy Framework, a dating app review site that was battered in the HCU and subsequent updates. What do they think of this letter in particular? - -Jared highlights an important question the author asks about affiliate sites, and they talk about whether “helpful content” is really the right way to describe the updates and shifts happening at Google. - -Do you agree with their perspective? - -And lastly in the news, they talk about an article highlighting the data available from the August Core Update after tracking 55k sites. - -They discuss the data and draw some conclusions. Do you agree with Brooks’ thoughts on brand awareness? What about his approach to his own sites’ performance? - -Moving along to their Shiny Object Shenanigans, Jared tells an inspiring story about one of his sites, which went from ranking for 60k keywords to just 33, after all of the updates. - -Instead of giving up, he rolled up his sleeves and got to work building up alternative traffic sources. - -How is the site doing now? What was his thought process as he worked on reviving the site? - -When Brooks is up, he talks about a new website he’s launched with another local media business owner to allow other people to join their Discord channel and learn from them and one another. - -He also explains the tools he used to build it and his plans for the site. - -Moving on to their Weird Niche Sites, Jared goes first with a site he uses often called URL opener , which can open multiple URLs all at the same time with just a single click. - -This DR23 site ranks for just 128 keywords but gets 39k organic page views per month, according to Ahrefs. - -What’s totally surprising about the site, according to Jared? And what does he highlight in particular about these kinds of sites? - -When it’s Brooks’ turn, he shares The Useless Web . He explains how it works and how much traffic this DR74 site gets and keywords it ranks for. - -What do they have to say about the stats? Tune in to find out! - -And that brings us to the end of another episode of the Niche Pursuits News Podcast! We hope you feel informed and inspired, and that you join us next week for another episode! - - - -transcript - -Jared: All right. Welcome back to another week of niche pursuits news. My name is Jared Bauman. We've got a couple of wonderful stories we're going to dive into today. Last week, we talked briefly today. We'll dive into open a eyes, new release. Of their model. Oh, one or otherwise known as strawberry. We'll get some data samples back. - -We'll talk about what it means and maybe what it could mean for all of us. We're going to be going through an open letter to Google. Not the first open letter we've seen published to Google. This is a new one based on some of the recent updates. We've also got some. Interesting data that's been crunched on the August core update. - -Of course, we have some information and updates on side hustles. We've got some weird niches to share with you and we've got Brooks Conkle back for a, I believe a second time co hosting. Brooks, welcome. - -Brooks: Number two, man. Welcome. Thank you. Thanks for welcoming me back. Appreciate it, man. - -Jared: I was trying to welcome - -Brooks: you, man. - -I was trying to welcome you. I was like, welcome to you, Jared. - -Jared: You can welcome me, man. No one welcomes me. I appreciate it. I'll take the welcome. Yeah, it's good to have you back. And, um, I think, you know, in general, uh, we, we picked a good week to kind of get together and talk about something. Last time you were on, we were talking all about the August core update. - -A lot of today's topics, um, after we get through the opening, I release are kind of about the August core update. So it's, it's good to have you back on and stuff. And, um, Uh, let's go ahead and dive into the news here. So our first story is this open AI release of, um, of, uh, uh, I'm blanking on it here of oh one, I feel like I've got too many, uh, too many different open AI releases here and we moved off the numbering system, um, open AI released what's called oh one. - -And a lot of it used to be known as strawberry if you're in kind of the developer community. And basically this is the first model with what's called reasoning abilities. Now I would have. Thought that we could have assumed the last couple models had this reasoning ability here. But, um, in general, this is the first in a series of reasoning models is designed to solve more complex problems and queries. - -And so it's kind of a shift from the earlier GPT models. Um, a couple things about it. It's expected to perform better in coding. Uh, solving multi step problems. Uh, it's also slower and more expensive. So this is interesting. Uh, I think we didn't know this last week or at least we didn't talk about it. The API cost for developers on, um, 0. - -1 is 4x higher than on chat GPT 4. Um, couple of things and I've got actually a screen, a little screenshot I can share with people. Um, a key differentiator of this is it's training methodology. And so it uses reinforcement learning and a chain of thought process, uh, which you'll see when you kind of, um, uh, prompt this model, it'll actually walk you through all the steps. - -Uh, and then open AI claims this model is more accurate and hallucinates less than previous models, though. It hasn't completely eliminated those hallucinations. Brooks, have you, um, have you played around with this at all? - -Brooks: Yeah, so I did, um, between yesterday and today I did. Uh, the, the irony of the names is so crazy. - -Like earlier you were trying to say O O 1. I'm like, come on guys, uh, they gotta, they gotta help us out, you know? Like, like make it easier for us to, to say or whatever. But, uh, yeah, I would say if, if you're gonna, if you're gonna play with it, get ready, get ready to read. Because when you, when you, uh, when you prompt it for the project or whatever you're looking to do, it's It thinks and it, it spits out a lot of multi step information. - -Like what I've seen so far, I'm, I'm pretty, I'm pretty blown away. I have like a project idea that I'm actually like, um, - -using it - -Brooks: for. And so that was the first idea that I had. Um, it's, it's interesting what it is. Apparently they completely trained it, trained it completely differently. Like kind of from the ground up from, from what I understand. - -And that's interesting to me. And it's cool that it's right inside of our account. Like if you have the paid, uh, paid version. So I guess. Using it on that end. Maybe you would just get like less usage if you use it versus the other stuff. I'm not really sure. - -Jared: Yeah. This is, you know, for those of you who are paying for chat, you'd be the four. - -Oh, like it's a dropdown up there where it says four. Oh, you can drop it down. It does say preview mode for IO and there is an IO mini. The mini is cheaper. It's, I believe, faster and not as powerful. Um, Brooks, I have to say, I didn't catch this part of the article. Gotta highlight it after you and I just both kind of threw them under the bus for naming. - -Here's a quote. I'm going to be from somebody at OpenAI. I'm going to be honest. I think we're terrible at naming traditionally. So I hope this is the first step of a newer, more sane name. that better convey what we're doing with the rest of the world. I would say, I guess obviously both Brooks and I don't agree, but I digress. - -Brooks: Yeah. We're missing something, man. I'm not sure. I'm not sure. I think you and I are - -Jared: the problem here. Not, not, not the, uh, not the naming convention. Right. Right. Let me share this here. I've got the oh one preview up in front and it looks like, um, it looks like, uh, everybody can see it here. So I, I prompted it with a question. - -I did a little research before I put this question in. This is reminiscent of my college calculus class, and I. Got a D in this class. It's like fourth semester college calculus. Some variation of this question was the only final, the only question on the final of this class. Now I'm sure I don't have it exactly perfect, but it's been ingrained in my memory because I did not get this one. - -Right. I failed the class. I got a D in it and I had to retake the class. This is like a pivotal moment in my life. So here's the question I prompted chat GPT 01 with, I said, and again, For those of you mathematicians out there, like, if I have a little bit of it wrong, just forgive me. I'm just trying to make sure we get something to talk about here and showcase. - -But if you're watching on, on screen, you'll get to see how O1, um, actually processes the information. So the prompt is, I'm standing somewhere on earth. The sun is at an angle of 45. 78 degrees from earth in the sky. It's 21 days past the summer solstice and my latitude is 50 degrees north. What longitude am I standing at? - -Uh, and so, right. Yeah. Kind of gnarly, huh? So it goes through and basically, you know, it calculates number one and it does the math in front of you. Right? So it says calculate number one, the day of the year. So it's 21 days past summer solstice, and it shows you how it calculates that number to compute the solar declination. - -Um, Uh, if I knew how to do this back in college, I've since forgotten. I'm not sure I did. Number three, use a solar elevation angle formula. Uh, that's a lot of math. Number four, convert hour angle to time difference. Number five, convert local apparent solar time. Number six, correct for the equation of time, and it's got a lot more math. - -Number seven, find the time difference from GMT. Number eight, calculate longitude. So it says basically the answer is approximately 41. 8 degrees east longitude. Uh, that took it 56 seconds. So I'd just like to say that if it took AI 56 seconds to do something like that, I don't know how my college professor expected me to be able to get that right in an hour or two test, but nonetheless, I then prompted and said, What's the closest major city to this latitude and longitude? - -And it came back and said, Volgograd, Russia, um, and, uh, it's on the western bank of the Volga River, uh, and, uh, and there you have it. So, I mean, you know, uh, aside from all the crazy math, like, interesting how this new model, uh, kind of parses data and how it explains it to us as it goes. - -Brooks: Yeah, heck yeah. I, I mean, I'm definitely, I'm definitely too fresh to give any, you know, crazy, crazy opinions, but I think it's, It's amazing in general. - -I mean, like, to see, to see it do that multi step, uh, problem, I was just thinking through it as you were describing it, because I hadn't seen that before, you know, before you just put it up on the screen. I'm seeing it with everyone else. That is, uh, it's still mind blowing to me. It's mind blowing to me and this is the, uh, this is the dumbest that it's ever going to be. - -Jared: It's funny because in math class, I remember growing up, I took a lot of math, um, growing up and in college and stuff. And I, I remember, and this is a really paltry example, but I remember, you know, sometimes you're at, you're, you're there and you're like, I know the answer, but they're like, you're not going to get credit for it unless you show your work. - -Yeah. It - -Jared: feels like, That jump with the model from giving you the answer to now kind of showing the work. Um, uh, a couple more details on it. Uh, then we'll, you know, aside from any of the comments, we'll move on. Uh, so this O1 has limitations, particularly areas like, and again, I'm pulling from the article here. - -O1 has limitations, particularly areas like factual knowledge and browsing the web. Um, but again, to your point, Brooks, I think, uh, this statement stood out, um, or kind of summary of it. Opening up positions. Oh, one as a stepping stone toward future AI capabilities, especially autonomous systems or what they're calling agents that could make decisions and take actions on behalf of users, which is quite the step forward. - -Brooks: Yeah. Yeah. It's more like, it's more like how this thing's operating versus like what it can actually do. It's like the processes that it's, that it's taking, which is pretty, pretty interesting. It's a, it's a complex, it's a complex reaction rather than just a simple like back and forth input response. - -Jared: Yeah, it's, um, it's gonna be interesting to see what people do with this. I feel like we're gonna start seeing fruits from this, um, from this model coming out very soon. Coding and, uh, data, data analysis and data process and so many things I'm sure we're not even thinking of. So, - -yeah, - -Jared: um, well, hey, let's move along. - -Um, I teased it at the outset, like you were here for kind of the First week of the Google's August core update. And we were just kind of parsing through data, kind of looking at house fresh recoveries and these, these new websites that we're getting some love for the first time in, in a year or so. Um, we have, uh, we have an open letter to, to Google. - -Now, again, this isn't the first open letter we've had where people kind of, uh, brands come out and basically call out Google for what they've been doing in the, in the, um, in the SERPs for the past year or so. Um, this one is going to come to us from, uh, I want to go back to the top here. I was deep in this. - -Um, Uh, this one comes to us from the folks at Healthy Framework, um, which is like a dating app review site. And um, I mean, it's a long one. Okay. So I'll say at the outset, let me, let me give you the cliff notes here. And um, and then we can kind of, kind of drill into what it really means. Um, So they have lost, I believe it was 98 percent of the revenue since the helpful content update hit last September, one year ago, obviously forced them to make some significant cutbacks and downsizing. - -So they kind of go through this article and again, I'm just going to try to do cliff notes here. There's a lot to it. They argue that the update has really favored large publishers, which we kind of know for the data. Um, aggregate review sites like Forbes, Trustpilot, Consumer Affairs, these are the ones that are all benefiting. - -And to their point, they say they provide biased or low quality content. Um, they say Google has developed an over reliance on brand awareness as a ranking factor. And I think this is interesting because we've talked about this. We talked about it last week. We talked about it in weeks prior. The team points out that small publishers cannot easily build brand awareness in niches Say dating app reviews, or as they like to go on about toasters. - -Where users rarely need repeat recommendations. So there isn't much brand awareness. You're not going there because it's a brand. You're going there cause you just need something. Um, small review sites like theirs are at disadvantage because they provide thorough, honest content, but they don't generate returning visitors because they kind of give people what they want. - -And that's a potential ranking factor that then could harm their visibility. Um, I thought it was really interesting. Let me see if I can find this here. I'm going to search toaster. Sure. Because I thought this was really interesting. Does anyone have a favorite toaster review team? Um, and I quote here, uh, from the article. - -Let's say you're in the market for a toaster. You want to hear from people who live, breathe, and sleep toasters, right? Who is your go to brand name for toaster reviews? If you're drawing a blank, so are we. Toaster is just one example of many. I mean, such an interesting point and I can't argue with him. - -Brooks: Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. It's an interesting article. Um. Another, another cry out. I kind of, uh, I don't know. Is there, is there a date on this article? I'm curious when they wrote it. I just scrolled to the top and I didn't see a date. Um, I mean, obviously it's going to be fairly, fairly recent. I just don't know. I just don't know the date. - -I kind of wonder if they were, people are, uh, brands are seeing the attention. Yeah. Other brands, like how, They're like, Oh my gosh, these guys are getting so much. And here we are mentioning House Fresh again right now. Um, may as well go ahead and drop Retro Dodo for everybody. Everyone go out there and give those guys some love. - -Um, because those are the brands that wrote these articles and talking about this exact story. The story in this article, like Jared, when I, when I looked through and I read it, it's not really like, it's not really a new idea, but it's like, it's like another, it's another, it's another one of the stories. - -It's like another cry out from a brand saying, Hey, we were doing everything that we thought was right. And we've been completely disrupted, completely destroyed. We've had to lay off. I mean, like actually, you know what I mean? My heart, my heart goes out. Cause it's like, they're like, man, we had to lay off. - -Layoff staff, we're talking about revenue drop. They're trying to just hold, hold things together. Um, and this is, it's not like a, a unique story, right? This is like a ton of, ton of brands out there. Like we've, uh, like we've talked about. So, um, but yeah. I mean, well, well written and kind of like, uh, solidifying all the things that we've heard and been, and been seeing is, is like, is, is my opinion on this. - -Jared: Well, I went and looked to your point. I mean, the helpful, uh, sorry, the August core update of 2024 finished, I believe it was September 3rd. This was written at least according to the source code, uh, on September 6th. And so yeah, it does appear to be, but I mean, you bring up a good point. Like you have to call it, you have to call it the elephant in the room, I think, to some degree. - -Right. And that is that like. If brand awareness is something that Google is paying attention to, one of the best ways to get your brand some awareness when it's almost impossible because your review site is to do something like writing an open letter. I mean, it's hard to know it's, it's a well written open letter, but you're right, it plays along with a lot of the other open letters and it's just kind of, um, using more current data. - -They referenced that, uh, data study by Moz, right. Uh, about brand awareness. I think that's a new finding that maybe we suspected. And if you didn't hear us talk about that, go back to, I believe it was last week's podcast where we did go through it. Maybe it was two weeks ago. Um, so they are referencing these new, these new data points, but I think it brings up a larger topic, which is for a lot of people listening. - -Are affiliate sites doomed if brand awareness is the new modicum of SERPs? Because to the point of the article, um, you know, how do you be a brand when you literally hang your hat? On being a review site or is this really the transition point we all needed to turn a website into something larger, something bigger, something that stands for more than just what you review? - -Brooks: Yeah. Um, it's a great question. And I think it's like, it's like business and it's like life. I mean, things like things happen and you have to innovate and when things are going, when things are going well, or like something is working and it's very easy to put on blinders. Uh, and that's kind of, it. Again, that's what I feel like has happened to everyone that's been, you know, hit hard. - -Oh, you asked me last time we recorded. You said, hey, you asked me how I fared. Um, so when this age, when this was completely wrapped up, um, I had one site that increased quite well. One that just kind of stayed stable and I had one that was actually, I thought I had made it through everything and it got actually hit directly in this most recent Um, most recent update. - -I just found it really interesting. Um, so yeah, it's, but, I'm, I'm taking the view, Jared, that like, It's all about, it's gotta be, we have to raise up outside of just one, one source of traffic and one angle. And so when you say an affiliate site, to me, that sounds very one angled. Correct. I - -Jared: said that on purpose. - -You're exactly right. Like I perfectly chose those words to kind of isolate what a lot of us have done historically, right? Like, Hey, Google traffic, we know how to get it. We know the process. Let's go, go, go for it. It feels wrong to have it ripped away under the guise of unhelpful content. And I think maybe what this article is getting at is, is, is the underpinning of everything. - -Like, and I'm not trying to make some brash, uh, some broad statement here, but like, maybe if we just didn't have to call it unhelpful content and instead just called it a model shift, maybe it'd make more sense because I feel like this open letter to Google is arguing the same thing that so many have argued, which is my quality, my content is high quality. - -And I think what you're arguing, what I might be saying, what we're kind of saying is it's a model shift. - -Brooks: Yep. Just look at the, look at the Google search, like go search anything and look. And, like, they have clearly completely changed their, uh, Like, they're having to innovate. They're changing. Like, look at the forums. - -On every, on every SERP, there is Quora, there's Reddit, There's, there's, of course, YouTube videos. They own YouTube. That's fine. There's, like, you know, an AI overview now. Which is now, you know, they're playing around with that and putting links in, like, you know, It's a changing business model. So like everyone else has to change too, you know, and the affiliate game, just one point there on an affiliate website. - -Um, a pure affiliate website probably still works. You know what you need to learn now? You need to learn how to like run ads and sell your thing and just like run ads and like run a profitable affiliate, I don't know, play and just don't worry about SEO. Maybe your traffic is going to come from a different source. - -You know, that's just a thought for me. I'm not very good at that and I'm learning how to, um, run, run, run paid traffic to bring in, to bring in traffic. - -Jared: Well, my side hustle, I'll be sharing with you about this exact topic. So nice tease there keep people around. Um, and it's a, it's a happy ending by the way It's got a happy end. - -Nice. Well, it's not an ending but it's got a happy point that we're at right now. How's that? - -Yeah, - -Jared: well, um All right Let's park that one for right now and move on to our kind of our third article here and uh our third news topic And it really does dovetail nicely. It is um data that we have now coming out of that august 20 24 core update This is from uh, uh Site stats, db. - -com from Ian over there. Um, and if you're not in his email list, he sends out some really cool stuff. He basically went through and track the data from 55, 000 plus sites from Google's August core update. That's a large number. Sites that are tracked and are monetized. Sorry. Sites that are monetized with Mediavine, Raptive or Amazon associates. - -So Mediavine, Raptive and Amazon, Amazon associates sites. I think we can comfortably say like, that fits the bill for a broad stroke, look at like content websites, uh, affiliate websites. I'm using some niche web niche sites, right? Mm-Hmm, , just some of these terms that are, you know, um, triggering for many people, but like kind of that does in many ways. - -It's a good monochrome for, for, that's the second time I've used that word today by the way. I don't think I've used that word in the last 10, 10 years of my life. And I've used it twice in 20 minutes. It's a good look at maybe the industry that a lot of our listeners live in, right? So again, a lot of data here. - -I tried to kind of bring some of it, um, to summary. Um, across 55, 000 plus websites, there was a total traffic gain of 122. 9 million visits between August 15th and September 4th, uh, with an average gain of 2, 226 visits per site. Uh, that sounds really good, but by the way, that represents an overall percentage gain of less than 1%. - -So here's the interesting thing about it. Small sites, which is less than 10, 000 monthly visitors, Total traffic decreased by an 8. 5 percent, represented an 8. 5 percent loss in traffic. There were 444 sites that fit that bill, and they lost an average of 8. 5 percent. Medium sized sites, so 10 to 50k in terms of monthly visitors, um, these saw a gain of 2. - -1 percent. Larger sites, so 50 to 100, thousand monthly visitors that dropped by 1. 8 percent and then very large sites. So sites, uh, I'm sorry, by the way, I read that wrong. 50 K to 1 million monthly visitors was a larger sites and then very large sites. So over a million monthly visitors, these sites gained by an average of, let's see here. - -I believe it's less than a percent. Was it less than a percentage point? Yeah. Almost 0. 9%. - -Brooks: Yeah. - -Jared: 0. 9%. Okay. So, you know, I mean, what does that really mean? Well, let's see winners and losers, 53 percent of sites tracked, saw increases, 47 percent dropped, it kind of matches what Spencer and I said when we were in analyzing this two weeks ago and the initial data, like overall, more people were saying that they won or were flat than said they lost not by a lot, but by little. - -And then I think that what it really does point to is, you know, Google continues to favor larger sites. Um, in this update, it wasn't dramatic, but if you're less than 10, 000 monthly visitors, Um, you're gonna, you know, you lost almost 10 percent of your traffic there. So, uh, the rest of the sites, it was all within 2 percent down to 1%, 2 percent increase. - -Um, what are your thoughts on this data? I mean, this is a large study, 55, 000 domains, so it's kind of hard to get nitty gritty about it. But at the same time, that's a lot of sites to look at. - -Brooks: Yeah, when I, when I first looked at it, to be honest, I was a little overwhelmed. So I had to drop this into, uh, into chat GVT and get like a, I want to get ideas, uh, from that, like a summarization. - -And it's kind of what you said, like you, you summed it up pretty well. It was kind of like, Hey, if you're a small site, you saw, you saw loss. And in general, the larger sites. Uh, soul, a game, like when you look at percentages on data like this, it kind of, I don't know. It's very confusing because a percentage like, well, a percentage of what? - -Okay. 1 percent of a million or 1%, you know, whatever. But, um, but I think that idea holds true. Like what we said holds true. It looks like, yes, smaller sites, which makes me think like, I guess the interesting thing to me is I'm like, well, if you're. A really small site and you lost that traffic. How do you gain, how can you gain that brand awareness in order to grow? - -That was like a thought that I had. Um, and again, for me, it just goes back to, man, I think you got to diversify traffic sources. It may, it may not come from, it may not come from Google. Um, but. I don't want to - -Jared: put, yeah, I think this is a bit of a tough spot to say because of what's happened last year, historically speaking, 10, 000 monthly visitors would be, I'd say more like a very small site, you know, like generally speaking into 10, 000 monthly visitors to your point, you can do that with ad traffic relatively simply. - -You can, um, do a lot of the tactics that have been shared on the podcast for the last couple of months with people. Facebook and Flipboard and Pinterest and all these other sources, even outside of Google. Um, I have to say, I didn't see if that was just organic traffic though. So that could be a 10, 000 monthly visits on organic traffic. - -But even at that, I think that 10, 000 is a relatively small number. And once you got past that 10, 000 monthly mark, you were just in the world of like 1 2 percent ups and downs. Now granted, this is an average, to be clear, an average. So inside of that average is huge swings up and down, fair enough. But if we're using that 10, 000 monthly visits, As a kind of benchmark, that's not that small of a site. - -That's that's sorry. That's not that large of a site. That's that's very doable in the broad scheme of things. - -Brooks: Yeah, totally agree. Definitely agree with you. - -Jared: Um, so really quickly, you had a site go up, you had a site, stay flat. You had a site go down any, uh, any, anything out of what you picked up in the last couple of weeks that, that might have led to that, I mean, Thomas got on and shared A week or two ago about some sites that went up and down. - -We had Morgan who joined us last week. She shared about some ups and downs. She saw anything coming out of yours. - -Brooks: I, no, I, I, I don't know if it's cause I don't look for answers or, um, I honestly didn't even try to figure it out, Jared. I, I was just like, cool, this one, uh, went up, which honestly it probably should have gone up. - -It's my local media site. I, I'm like, I don't, I don't know why it dropped in the first place. Really what I did is just kind of more point my finger at, uh, old, old, old crazy Google. And I'm like, ah, it's just Google being Google again, you know? Um, That's kind of what I did. I was like, okay, cool. You rewarded one. - -You made one stay the same and you, you, you demolished one. Okay, cool. Sounds good. Google. That's, that's just kind of the, uh, the attitude that I've, that I've taken. I don't know if that's right or wrong, but that's, that's what I'm doing, man. - -Jared: Yeah. Well, I think your blood pressure is lower than a lot of people analyzing. - -Yeah. It totally - -Brooks: helps. It totally helps. It totally helps keep the, uh, it really does help keep the blood pressure down. I'm checking my pulse right now. Feeling good, man. Yeah. I'm calm. Helps, it helps stay calm, for sure, by doing that. - -Jared: You know, if your blood pressure is good right now, I mean, you're in the middle of hosting a podcast, you just had a site get rocked by Google, I don't know, we all ought to follow your methods a little more. - -Brooks: Let's talk, we'll have a, yeah, we'll have a powwow with everybody, yeah, for sure. There you go. - -Jared: Uh, you heard it here first. Brooks is going to now start a consulting service for how to manage your emotions through Google Updates. That's not a bad idea, actually. You might have some customers. - -Brooks: Yeah, sure. Well, I gotta come up with a fun, we'll have some fun activities and everything. - -It'd be great. It'd be great. - -Jared: Yeah, it's like, uh, you can create a meditation app for SEOs hit by Google updates. - -Brooks: It's great. I'll have a whole business for you in the next half hour. Oh, I'm, I'm writing that down. This is funny. It's good. If nothing else, it'll be like a funny meme or something, you know, this is your side - -Jared: hustle. - -This is what we're getting into, right? The side hustle section. - -Perfect. - -Brooks: Perfect. - -Jared: All right. Uh, transitions, uh, corny transitions aside. Um, let's, let's get into side hustles. Um, uh, I think it's, uh, obviously well timed the, uh, so I'll, I'll share a bit of this kind of dovetails nicely because we were talking about the helpful content update and the August core update and stuff, so I'm going to share a story about a website. - -I've talked about this a bit on Twitter, a bit of my email list. I've never really shared a kind of complete view of it on the new section of the podcast. It does fit a side hustle. This is a site. That was a classic niche site. Um, and it was making about 1500 to 2, 000 a month prior to the helpful content update, um, definitely has some seasonality. - -So if you caught it in the, um, like the winter time, uh, it does better in the winter time than it does other seasons, but it's kind of, it was kind of your classic niche site. informational content, um, some review content, et cetera, got pummeled by the helpful content update in, uh, September, 2023, and then got pummeled again by the March core update of 2024. - -Um, and so that dropped it down to where it was making less, well, less than a hundred dollars a month. So 1750, 1800, 2, 000 a month and a like. 76 a month. Um, actually checked right now. So this is not a recovery story. This site has not recovered from the August core update. As a matter of fact, it went even worse. - -It now may, it now ranks since the August core update for a total of 33 keywords. - -Brooks: Crazy. This is a site - -Jared: that used to rank for at 1. 60, 000 keywords earlier. And it's now so unhelpful that it's down to 33 keywords. Uh, again, I use the air quotes, but. Like I said, this is not necessarily a, uh, a bad story. So I shared in, uh, April and May how I was going to start, um, sending alternate traffic sources to this website. - -So we just gotten done. I just gotten done hosting the Alt G conference where we had a bunch of people come together and talk about all different ways to generate traffic. That was in April. So I'm like, cruel. This is cool. It's gonna be the site I focus on. So, um, started a Facebook page for it. Uh, started a likes campaign for it. - -Uh, started, um, posting regular content on Facebook for it. Uh, trying to drive some traffic from Facebook. Over to the website. Um, but the main point of the Facebook page was to build an easy email newsletter and to build an email list, right? And then start sending out content via email every single day to then drive people to the website and earn money via ads. - -Um, we were already on Raptive at that point. And, um, then, um, in the summer, I think it was July, June or Ju June, I think it was June, we started doing Pinterest as well. Visual niche, uh, so very good for Pinterest, uh, you would think. And so we started that process. So anyways. Took a while to get the Facebook page going. - -It's now up to over 15, 000 likes took a while to get the email list going. It's now got over 10, 000 subscribers and took a while to get Pinterest going. Um, it's now up to producing the bulk of the page views come from Pinterest. So, um, in August, we got to the point where I was making 558 in the month of August and through the first 18 days of September, it's already made 1, 045. - -Nice. Nice. So it's on pace for September, you know, fingers crossed things keep going, but if it kind of kept on this trend, um, it'd be, it'd make a roughly 1, 750 this month, uh, from a variety of sources, right? That's all from Raptive. Um, it's not making much in terms of affiliate revenue or like that. Um, and, uh, and whatnot, but we're basically back to where we were, uh, pre HCU. - -And I can. unequivocally say that none of that is from Google because it ranks for nothing. It hardly even has any keywords left. - -Brooks: Yeah, 33 keywords, apparently. That, um, Props to you, man. That's really cool. So even the 558 a month, that's a solid, uh, that's a solid, uh, rental, like a, like a little simple rental property here in my town in lower Alabama. - -Um, I, I, I convert everything to like, uh, like real estate property and I just kind of see it like that. 1750 a month is no joke. That's a high end, that's a high end house here, rent. That's a high end rental property. Yeah, that's a swanky joint. What made you decide to not say forget it and just scrap this project that went basically to nothing and like do all this um, uh, diversification? - -Like What, you know, when, when, when should someone say, ah, forget it. Or like, man, I'm going to buckle down and like get these other traffic sources. Like, how, how did you go through that, that thought process? - -Jared: Well, the site had, I think around 300 articles on it. So it had this good base of content. And one of the things I was really inspired by was, Hey, you know, If you have a website with a lot of content on it and you believe that it's halfway decent, which it was, um, it was decent content, then that gives you the underpinnings for a newsletter, right? - -Like you can basically create a lot of that content and say like, Hey, here's this article on blah, blah, blah. You know, you can give a one, a one or two sentence kind of tease or synopsis and then send people to the article. And if you have an email list that is interested in that topic and the content aligns, like it just makes, it's like, okay, cool. - -Like, I can at least give this a go. Um, what's funny is that I think the email list represents like the biggest long term value, you know, 10, over 10, 000 people on the list and you know, they engage and we can continue to market them, but the right now, the bulk of the traffic, the majority of the traffic that's going to the website and thus earning the money. - -From raptive is actually from Pinterest and as a visual niche, Pinterest is a place that, you know, we're two or three months in on that. And, uh, and, and following a process that we use with, with some of our clients at two and creative at the agency, but it's, that's where the bulk of the traffic is coming. - -But I feel like I love having, you know, again, going back to what you said, like multiple sources of traffic this time. And I felt like going back to your question that this was a niche was viable in multiple, multiple avenues, multiple areas. - -Brooks: No, that's awesome. I mean, like, you are like the poster child for people that are like, what do I do? - -Like, you're the poster child for that with this example website, because you've diversified it. And I would argue and say, cool, this is probably a more solidified brand. I don't even know the site or whatever, but it's probably a more solidified brand now than it probably was. With 300 articles, but on, you know, on the website, but what's cool is you do have that content. - -I like, I feel like so many people are just forgetting that they have that, that big base of content and they're like, Oh, I've lost all the traffic. I'm like, man, you've done all this work. Like you own this corpus of content, you know, just. Take a deep breath and figure out, you know, and get creative. And that, that's what you did with that site, which is, which is awesome. - -That's super cool, man. - -Jared: It's cool. You know, and I think to your point, like, um, there's multiple legs for it to stand on, you know, so it's not all relying on one source of traffic, uh, and there's multiple legs that it could expand upon. I mean, it's only one revenue channel right now, which is, which is wrapped of ads. - -Like there's so many other things that. Could be expanded upon that are niche specific and whatnot. So, you know, - -you - -Jared: bring it up. I'm glad you did. Cause I feel the same way. Like a lot of these websites that people are sitting on, it does take time to kind of transition and stuff. But, um, at least I didn't have to write 300 articles with the content, right? - -Like I was sitting on that and I got to kind of use that to, um, then, and, and, and I've talked about it, but like, you can use that content. And feed AI with prompts to help you write, um, you know, the emails and the email prompts to get people to go visit and obviously, you know, to do all sorts of different things with publishing on social media and stuff. - -So yeah, hopefully it's an encouragement. Um, hopefully it helps give people an idea that all hope isn't lost with a website that Google hates. Google hates this website. 33 keywords from 60, 000. I mean, they couldn't hate it anymore. I couldn't get. Slapped in the face any more by Google than what this one did. - -And clearly the content isn't that unhelpful because, um, you know, but we talked about it. Model shift, model shift. We're going with model shift. - -Brooks: Exactly. Look at you now. Look at me now, Google. That's what you tell Google. Look at me now, Google. Yeah, that's awesome. - -Jared: Well, what do you got for us? - -Brooks: Um, yeah, so I was going to update you on the last time I was on. - -I've talked about domain flipping, which is still, still rolling. I'm still doing it. I'm still trying to get to a hundred. I haven't sold one yet. I just, I just bought a few the other day of like dot chat because someone sent me a deal, like a coupon deal. So it's like, Hey, we should chat dot chat or whatever. - -So I have some of those. I'm still in the market. So people have leftover domains that they're not going to renew. Send me a message or something. In the last, in the last 48 hours. I launched a website. I used, um, I actually used, I actually used Card. Have you ever heard of Card? Card. co? I think it's like, yeah, yeah. - -I'd heard of it for years and I'd never used it. Um, but this past year, I finally, like, opened an account or whatever, and went there. So, uh, I used Card, which is basically like a single, you can build like a single page website. Um, and you can see an example right here if you want, so it's LocalMediaCrew. - -com is what I just built. And I'll, I'll tell you what it is, and I'll tell you why I built it, why it's my bike. My, my side hustle right now for this week. I built it because I run a local media brand and I'm always like connecting with people and people are like wanting to start a local media brand or they're like, Oh, I run a newsletter up here. - -I honestly didn't have a real great way, Jared, of like connecting those, those specific people. I had a, I have a little like Facebook, a mini Facebook group where I would like kind of collect people or I have a little spreadsheet where I would just put their emails, but I wasn't keeping in touch with everybody. - -Well, so this guy, I met a guy named Andrew, um, and we've been like, we've been chatting a good bit or whatever. And, and he runs a local media site that's six hours from me, also in Alabama, a small world. It's kind of, it's kind of crazy. He's in Huntsville, Alabama, which is North Alabama. And so we're like two Alabama boys. - -And I was like, look, man, let's just launch this thing. And we'll just let people, let people that want to join us, like me and him chat all the time. And so I was like, anyone that wants to join our chat, This is it. This is the brand. Uh, they can join the crew. They can join the local media crew. So it is our own little private mini discord channel. - -Very similar to how like niche, the niche pursuits community works. The discord channel is amazing for that. And so that's what, that's what we have. We just have a little mini discord channel for like local media, uh, creators. And so I also use Thrivecart, which I'd never used either. I just, I just purchased a license for that like three days ago. - -So I was able to like. Tangibly touch all these tools. Um, which is exciting for me to like expand my own, my own toolbox. You know what I mean? So yeah, so that was built with card and then thrive cart. And then, so yeah, I guess technically it's open for business. - -Jared: How was your experience building with card? - -You know, I, they're known for simplicity, right? And super ease of use, - -Brooks: super simple, super easy to use. I feel like I built now, why WordPress site? Um, Yeah, I didn't even have to, like, launch WordPress or use up one of my, like, website spaces at my hosting company. And I already had the account paid for. Uh, it's super inexpensive and it's also, like, um, I think you get, like, 20 or 15 or 20 or something with my plan. - -So I have all these slots. I was like, why not just build it there? So, um, That's what I did. And I think it's perfectly fine for what it is. Like we only need a single page, just a single page site for it. - -Jared: Um, what are the, like, what are your plans for it? Do you have any plans? You've got it up. I mean, you said it's just a little while ago, right? - -Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. - -Brooks: It literally went live a little while ago. Um, I'm going to. Reach out to the people where I've collected all of these emails these you know These people that are like all around the country and maybe other parts of the world I'm just gonna say hey, we're hanging out in here. It does it does cost you some money It's like it's 49 bucks a year is what we set it to be. - -I I feel I don't know I feel completely good with that Um and some of the stuff that me and just that guy have learned from each other andrew - -Priceless just me and him like sharing ideas. And so I'm just like, Oh my gosh, like, so I'm just trying to find that place. Yeah. So that would be my first step. We'll just be to reach out to those people. And then as I come across people, I'll just say, Hey, join the, join the crew. Join the local media crew. - -Jared: Is Andrew in the niche pursuits community? I feel like I've seen him in the disc. Yeah, that - -Brooks: is where, that is where I met Andrew originally actually, or we had, we had crossed paths before. Yeah. Andrew's his last name is Smith. Yeah. So he's in the niche pursuits community. Yeah. Um, and yeah, so, and we connected in there as well. - -So yeah, he's, it's like this whole internet world, man. People are bouncing around and meeting, meeting each other all over the place. Well, I can vouch - -Jared: for Andrew. He shared a killer tip. Going back to the exact website I just shared about he shared a killer tip to help me out with Facebook ads That's really helped. - -So that's a good guy right there. - -Brooks: Do you remember what it was? Do you want to do you want to say it publicly or not? Oh, - -Jared: it's so good I can't even share it publicly. - -Brooks: See look that is oh my gosh. That's yeah That's probably some of the same stuff I'm talking about. Now if - -Jared: Andrew wants to share it publicly he can but I'm not sharing that because that's how good it was. - -Brooks: Leave it, leaving that one for Andrew. Yeah, he, he, uh, I know we gotta move on, but he specifically is, like, he was running some specific, uh, ad types that, uh, I was like, oh, cool. I was like, yeah, I'll try that. I'm still running the same ad. I've been running it, I don't know, I've gained over a thousand subscribers from my local newsletter. - -Like, literally twenty It's the only ad I'm running right now. I don't even have a variation. It's like, I'm averaging like 23 cents an email subscriber. Like for local email. Without giving it too far - -Jared: away, I'm pretty sure you and I are following the same piece of advice from Andrew. Yeah, that's a good guy right - -Brooks: Thanks Andrew. - -Thanks buddy. Appreciate it. Yeah. - -Jared: He didn't even know he's going to get so much love on the podcast today. Well, that's great, man. I mean, you're building the community. At the end of the day, you're building the community and you know, I think that's, that's super interesting because you're You're doing the local play, and then you're doing the community play, and it's fun to see, you know, it's fun to think about where it could go. - -Brooks: So, yeah, but the goal, it's like super simple, relaxed, organic community, right? Like, where's it gonna go? I don't know. Like, are we gonna do giant group cohorts? I don't know. Like, I'm gonna let it just, like, grow organically, like, whatever, you know, Whatever happens with it happens. Hopefully people just that want the value will come in and hang out with us and, and talk local newsletters. - -So, - -Jared: well, very cool, man, you are, uh, do it. I mean, you just launched that site today. If right, you got it off the ground really quickly. So, uh, fast, fast, fast. - -Brooks: Yeah. So it's funny. I was, um. I was going to talk about something else and then it was four hours before our call. I was like, wait, like maybe I can just get this. - -Maybe I can just get this live and then I'll, this'll be my, this'll be the side hustle. So yeah, that was it. - -Jared: It wouldn't be the first time, and I've shared this before where I'm like, there's a motivating factor to coming on and having to share about stuff every week. And, um, not that like we don't always all have like, But I know I've been to the point where I'm like, I really want to talk about this this week, so I got to get that done so I can talk about it. - -Brooks: And so you go do it - -Jared: totally. - -Brooks: Yeah. - -Jared: Um, well, it's time for us to transition into our weird niches. I will call out. I felt this was a good point of the podcast and I don't know, Brooks, if you watched last week's podcast for all last week, it was right about this time when I noticed. Cause our recording software and the way this all works, we can see each other, which is a little off putting to stare at yourself talking. - -But, um, I noticed in my background, if you see my 201 sign that, and again, we're mid recording last week, that the one had fallen over, hanging out inside. So I'm like, well, what are you going to do about it? You know, I'm not going to get up in the middle of podcast and go fix it. So I just left it and I decided, I was like, well, I wonder if anybody will notice. - -And sure enough, they did. Several people commented on the YouTube that were like, dude, what happened to your two Oh one sign? So, uh, well done. Those of you who are very observant, it's fixed. And I'll pay more attention to that now. I guess we're a hundred, I'm hundreds of podcasts. And I think that's the first time that's happened. - -Brooks: Oh, I'm sure I have something funky in my background. I don't know. Yeah. - -Jared: They call it like an Easter egg though. Right? Like he's like, yeah. So Kudos to you. If you noticed it's fixed now and now we'll transition into the weird knit, but every time we make this transition, I'm going to always, I think, natively go back and check in my, in my rear view there. - -Yeah, good times. Good times. All right. I'll go first here. So my weird niche is one that I use. probably every day. And I thought, why am I not sharing this here on the podcast? Um, I did come up with this one. I've been relying on people a lot lately. Um, and, uh, uh, but, but this one is, is from me and it's called URL dash opener. - -com. Um, it is the world's I don't know. I think it's probably the world's simplest site and it's what it is what it says. It does like enter URLs one per line or separated by commas or separated by space and it will open all the given URLs in one click. And, um, this is really nice. Like I find that I'll get like a Google doc of maybe reports from someone on my team, or maybe like a new project. - -Like I got a new project delivered that we're going to the client with today. Uh, or earlier this week, sorry. And I wanted to look at all of them, but I wanted to just look at them all quickly to see, you know, trends and look at it from a high level. And so anyways, there's so many uses for this. You can just drop all the URLs in, press, click and open. - -Not complicated, right? Not difficult. I'm not a programmer, but I can guarantee that wasn't difficult to make. And that's what it does. Now you might say like, well, how is this website doing? Um, uh, well, I have it up here on the screen in terms of Ahrefs. It is a dr 23. So nothing special, which makes sense, you know, probably wouldn't pick up a ton of backlinks, but this is what I find hilarious. - -It ranks, and now going back to actually my example of my niche site, my, my, my website from earlier, this website ranks for only 128 keywords. And yet Ahrefs estimates 39, 000 monthly organic page views. That has got to be the most page views From the fewest keywords that has ever existed in age refs. Uh, you know, um, URL opener ranks number one, they own so many number one positions for every variation of URL opener you can imagine. - -Um, and, uh, I mean that, you know, we all know that age trust tend to under report in terms of other types of traffic as well, social traffic, uh, direct traffic and whatnot. This is probably generating between 50 to a hundred to a hundred, over a hundred thousand page views per month. I guess the last thing to really go into is the fact that it doesn't have any monetization that I can find. - -It's only a one page site. Going back to your one page site example, no ads. So I don't even think they're making any money unless I missed it off this off anything on this. What, um, so - -Brooks: I guess not. Yeah. So you're kind of, so the question is like, what's the, you know, what's the purpose, what's the goal, do you know who's behind it, like any idea? - -I didn't - -Jared: look, um, yeah, I should have, right. Like I should have tried to figure it out a bit. I didn't, um, I mean, yes or no. It, it, um, - -oh, go ahead. - -Brooks: But w what, I feel like I'm missing out on the use case. I know you're saying you use it every day, so you drop URLs in there and it just opens them. So why not just. - -Like, why do you need the tool to open the URLs? It just saves me - -10 seconds. 20 seconds. - -Brooks: I guess I need to, I guess I need to test the tool and then I'll know. Um, is what it sounds like. Yeah, I'm trying to think of other use cases. Like, I guess in my - -Jared: position, I use it a lot because I get like a lot of URLs given to me at once maybe. - -Um, okay. Uh, uh, the, you know, so if you get a lot of URLs or like, let's say that you're grabbing stuff. Maybe you're, you're, uh, you're doing some research and so you're grabbing different, uh, Articles that you want to have, you know, for like a content update and you're like, Oh, cool. That's got some good stuff in it. - -That's got some good stuff. That article ranks. Well, you just put it in a little list, pop it in. And then when you're done, you can open them all. Um, maybe you're going around Ahrefs and you're grabbing URLs to like look at for competitor analysis or for keyword research or something, put them all in here and then bam, at the end, you can open them all. - -So again, I want to be clear, not life changing, but saves you 20 seconds, 30 seconds. I probably use it. Um, maybe every day's been dramatic. A lot. Most days. Yeah. - -Brooks: No, that's cool. I mean, that's, I feel like, even little tools like that, I don't even know exist. I feel like, if I can make it a part of my repertoire, like make it a part of my habits, Oh, this is amazing. - -And then I start using it every day of something I didn't even know I needed, you know, and, and that's why I was asking you a few more, a few more pointed questions about it. So I'm going to test it, man. I'm going to test it out. - -Jared: I'm trying to think of other use cases, but those are the ones I probably use it for the most is, - -Brooks: well, I mean, that's what it is. - -It's in the, it's in the title URL opener. It's like, if you need to open URLs, you know, um, - -Jared: yeah, I wouldn't recommend going here if you're just trying to open one URL. Let's put it that way. Yeah. - -Brooks: Okay. All right. I'm not going to save you much - -Jared: time, but yeah. - -Brooks: Multiple, multiple URLs, drop them in and open, open them. - -Okay. All right. - -Jared: Cool. Another in the long line of the continuation of like these little tools that people make that, and we feature the ones that are successful, but even success can be, I mean, how, how hard was this to make? Obviously not hard. And you know, over time it's done well. So, um, yeah, but boy, they should drop some ads on it. - -Like everybody else does. And at least make, you know, their three to 5k a month. - -Brooks: Yeah. Yeah. Um, Yeah, no, that's cool. No, that's a cool tool. Well, you're um, your tool is really useful And mine mine is apparently useless Because it's it's the useless web. com Was is is the web is the weird weird site that I found weird niche site And it's, it's pretty much what you think it might be. - -Uh, it's, it's useless. It's a useless web and it's the only thing there are some ads and a button. Do you want - -to click - -Brooks: the button? Definitely. Yeah, you should definitely click the button. I was pretty interested when I saw what websites it goes to. So let's, let's see what, let's see what happens. Click - -Jared: it. - -Click, click me, please. I did. Oh, I got to show the new tab. Sorry. Open in a new tab. - -Brooks: Okay. I gotcha. Okay. - -Jared: Yeah. It shares here in Riverside on a new - -Brooks: tab. Okay. - -Jared: Uh, Oh, and is it doing that thing where it's not sharing the tab now? They got to fix it. I'll get it. I'll get it shared here. Give me a sec, folks. It's not me. - -It's the, the, the, the tool, the software we use is not a click on all cylinders of late in this one function. Here we go. That's right now. Crazy. - -Brooks: There's actually more than I thought. Like I thought it was just cycling through the same. Kind of a few websites, but I just click four on my end and no, it's all random. - -It also, but yeah, it's just going to give you a random - -Jared: useless site. Is that kind of the construct kind - -Brooks: of, kind of that's it, but mixed mixed amongst these for sure, um, are all are definitely sites that this site owner also runs and operates. So it's not just sending you to other sites. So I click, I click to the about section, and I saw it's this, uh, it's this guy, it's a smart guy, his name's Tim Hallman, so shoutout to the, shoutout to this guy, uh, who's apparently like lives in Australia or something, so it's got his website here. - -Uh, he, he I think makes all kinds of random stuff. So the site, uh, I don't think, there's no, there's no way he runs all these. If he does, I'd be like, shout out to, shout out to this guy. Um, like all the sites that you click through. But I do know that, for sure, some of them that I, that I went through, when I got to them, One was like, well, I don't know. - -It was a, it was a bunch of random stuff. I'm not even gonna like name them out. It was just puzzles and just weird stuff. There was like long, scrolly, weird tools and stuff. Yeah. Which one is this? - -Jared: Donut kitten. - -Brooks: There you go. Donut kittens. - -Jared: That combines two of the most popular things on the internet. Donuts and kittens. - -Brooks: So. I think what I want to know is, um, what is that? What I want to know is, did he like, cause the design of this one I'm on, I'm on something called sliding dot toys. It looks very similar to his style. I don't know if this is his though. No, I don't think it is. I don't think it is. He says the - -Jared: bottom here that he created the useless web site in 2012, all locked up inside during a hurricane. - -Now, years later, I'm emailing around and trying to track down the stories of these sites. Really to show that the creators of all these weird and wonderful websites come from all walks of life And that everybody can create so if you've got a site in the useless web, and I haven't reached out Feel free to give me a bell. - -Is that give me a call in australian? - -Brooks: Maybe? Yeah, I think so Give me give me a bell. Yeah, I think so. Uh, as far as I know this site gets traffic. Uh, I don't uh, I'm, not a hs. Uh, I don't know if you have it pulled up I'm looking at like uber suggest and looks like literally like hundreds of thousands. Uh, let's see here. - -I'll pull it up Yeah, yeah Because I'm looking at domain authority, authority of 63, so I don't know what the DR is. - -Jared: I got it right here and just have to share the screen again. Thank you. Let's get that bug fixed. DR74. Crazy. Oh my goodness, it's the day of low keywords, high traffic. What the heck? Look at this. - -So, um, it's on the screen right here. We've got basically that ranks for 1, 800 keywords and generating an estimated monthly organic traffic From Ahrefs of 243, 000 monthly page views. That is insane from so few keywords. - -Brooks: It's crazy. So crazy. - -Jared: Whoa, look at this. Useless websites. The search term ranks for 24, 000, uh, sorry, generates 24, 000, uh, estimated searches per month. - -Brooks: Yeah, a lot of searches for random websites, useless web, useless websites, the use web. Yeah, there's a lot of, uh, Uh, lot of searches around that apparently for useless, useless stuff out there on the internet. - -Jared: Take me, take me to a useless website. That exact term is apparently put into Google 5, 500 times a month. - -Brooks: Yeah. Isn't that, isn't that crazy that someone like literally, like, Search that, right? Take me to a useless website. And then the, the useless web gets the, uh, gets the click in the ad, the ad view. - -Jared: This must be the follow up. Here's a search term that gets 600 pages, uh, uh, searches a month. Take me to another useless website. - -Brooks: The follow on. Exactly. Yeah. I already went to one. Yeah. Take me to another one. - -Jared: Oh, it's so good. Oh my gosh, I mean, I, wow, I've been, this is the day of getting proven wrong. I thought that I'd found the site that ranks for the most traffic to the fewest keywords. And this site just, I think ratio wise blew it out of the water. - -This is amazing. - -Brooks: Oh man. Oh. Wow. Yeah, it's crazy to know all these sites that exist out there. I've really enjoyed hearing y'all do that and talk through these. I'm just like, this is, this is crazy. Like what, what are all these things? It's a big web out there. It's a big web, really big web. - -Jared: And you know, to your, well, I'm all, what I'm actually thinking is that Spencer, And I accidentally stumbled upon a goldmine of search traffic when we started doing the weird niche segment because apparently people love looking for useless websites online. - -It's kind of what this segment's all about. But to your point, like, I mean, that guy's got to be making some amount of money with even just those minimal amount of ads if he's getting that amount of traffic to the site. I mean, that's a lot of traffic. - -Brooks: It's um, especially, I mean, even if you didn't have to keep it updated or whatever, yeah, it is a, that's a profitable, that's a profitable, uh, venture. - -Just that simple, that one site for sure. - -Jared: Well, um, what a fun week. That was fun. We, uh, we've got serious and, uh, we had a lot of fun in the process. Uh, Brooks, thanks for. Coming on, um, number two in the books and apparently your heart rate and blood pressure doesn't move a bit by being a podcast host. So I think you're in the right spot. - -Brooks: Oh, man. I don't know. I'll freak out later. Yeah, I'm good now. - -Jared: What we want is next time you're back on, I, I want to see a, uh, I want to see a profitable business around, uh, Google Core Update Counseling Services. - -Brooks: Oh yeah, I wrote down the, I wrote down the, the meditation app for the SEO. I made a note of that. - -I don't know. We'll do something with it. We'll do something with it. - -Jared: Yeah. Well, if you don't, someone listening probably will, to be honest with you. So if nothing more, good meme. Hey everyone. Thanks for joining us this week on the podcast. Um, we hope you enjoyed it and we'll see you again next week to talk about all the breaking news that we have from the week. - -See you guys.",1731883698,bc6317dd1d,51675c9c93,,,1731883698 -https://www.wmagazine.com/fashion/dua-lipa-striped-pants-black-heels-red-shirt-singapore,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,Dua Lipa Subverts the Pajamas Trend With Weapon-Like Heels,"Dua Lipa’s latest outfit may have appeared simply sweet and innocent, but look closer and you’ll notice the Radical Optimism singer added some subversive details. - -Ahead of the start of the Asian leg of her latest tour, Lipa was out and about in Singapore in an outfit that at first read as comfort-forward with a pair of loose cotton pants. She edged up the look with a white Ludovic de Saint Sernin bag slung over her shoulder. The purse featured grunge, lace-up details along the front—almost like a miniature corset—which perfectly accented the white whipped cream motif that was strewn across her t-shirt. - -@dualipa - -Dua kept up her edgy accessories streak with heels that could kill. She slipped into a pair of black pointed-toe stilettos that were trimmed with silver metallic spikes throughout. - -@dualipa - -Even her hair clip had a bit of an edge to it. Created by Corrina Goutos, it’s actually made out of an old lighter. - -@DuaLipa - -Dua’s decision to combine casual loungewear pants with more typically formal accessories isn’t totally outside of her usual wheelhouse. She’s always been one to come up with unexpected pairings (especially while traveling) like fiery red underwear worn with platform Tabi boots. - -But it also keyed in on the recent surge of comfort-driven fashion that has been all the rage among celebrities. Everyone from Jennifer Lawrence to Angelina Jolie are making the case for elevated loungewear. Rihanna especially has zeroed in on the look, having recently worn a leopard print onesie and a luxe Bottega Veneta bag out to dinner. The music and beauty mogul also turned a white Jacquemus dressing robe into the ultimate red carpet moment. - -Of course, wearing your pajamas out in public is nothing new—especially for Americans. But what sets these recent versions apart is just how celebrities are accessorizing their outfits. They’re not just throwing on some pajamas and calling it a day. Instead, stars are leveling up cozy separates with killer accessories. And with a schedule as busy as Dua’s (her Radical Optimism tour begins tomorrow) it makes sense she’d want to savor some last bits of comfort before slipping into her stage clothes.",1731883682,f8844306b1,511b416651,,,1731883682 -https://www.fodors.com/world/north-america/usa/georgia/atlanta/experiences/news/here-is-the-best-way-to-have-an-authenthic-atlanta-georgia-experience,https://www.fodors.com/feed,Why Atlanta Is Best Experienced via Mini Marts,"Plan an afternoon around one of these superettes to best experience four of Atlanta's distinct neighborhoods. - -Apart from its rich history and cultural centers, Atlanta has struggled to define its tourist draw over recent years. Large sports and music venues draw crowds, but its powerhouse of a culinary scene is quickly becoming a central attraction. - -With the inaugural Michelin Guide released in October 2023 and this year’s James Beard Foundation recognition, Atlanta’s restaurants are delivering. But it’s the mini-marts that are true local gems worth travelers’ attention—and a way to take a piece of the city’s food scene home. - -Similar to New York’s bodega culture, local mini-marts, and markets have emerged as neighborhood hubs but with a local bend. Southern superettes are filling the void in their communities with everything from hyper-local products to regional staples. It’s the personal connections, however, that keep people coming back. - -“Having stuff from your friends lets you appreciate them,” Pure Quill Superette chef and owner Hudson Rouse said. While that allows him to explain everything inside and out of his superette, it also means visitors can share the same feeling when they return home to their loved ones. - -Whether it’s a quick bite to eat, everything you need to make dinner or a beautiful gift you’re in search of, there are four locations that deliver every time. Plan an afternoon around one of these superettes to best experience four of Atlanta’s distinct neighborhoods. - -Continue Reading Article After Our Video Recommended Fodor’s Video - -Pure Quill Superette - -Stepping into Pure Quill Superette is like entering a bygone era. Outfitted with nostalgia-inducing art by Taylor Rushing and Kyle Brooks, a wall of vintage cigarette ads, a sprawling deli counter, and a selection of southern staples (like Duke’s mayo or Georgia pecan oil) on the shelves, it’s a reflection of its proximity. Seated just a couple of blocks off of Moreland Avenue, this neighborhood stop isn’t a place you’re likely to stumble upon. It’s a destination spot informed by the 1914 building it inhabits. And that’s exactly why it’s perfect for visitors to experience a truer side of Atlanta. - -View this post on Instagram A post shared by Taylor W. Rushing (@twrushing) - -Here, the relationships are deep. From standing friendships with the artists to the farmers Rouse once sold produce alongside at the East Atlanta Village farmers market, there’s a personal connection to every part of his superette. In turn, there’s a depth of knowledge behind every carefully selected product you won’t find in many places. - -Whether you dine in, take food to-go, or want to buy everything you need to make dinner at home, Pure Quill has it — and can tell you how to use it. “Everything in [here] is something I’d have at home,” Rouse said. While the kitchen is open until 3 p.m. for breakfast and lunch, you can also shop for ingredients and farm-supplied products to take home. - -Floral Park Market - -While it’s easy to assume this Westside stop is exclusively a flower and gift shop, Floral Park Market offers so much more. In 2016, the flower wholesale shop shifted to include prepared foods, pantry staples, and beautiful cuts of meat. The shop continues to feel fresh and new — much like the Westside itself as it continues to be developed. Though you won’t find any large-scale name brands here, there are ample unique items that will beckon to shoppers from near and far. - -View this post on Instagram A post shared by Floral Park Market (@floralparkmarket) - -Locals can liven up a grocery haul with freshly milled grains, charcuterie from The Spotted Trotter — sourced from nearby Moreland Avenue, and gourmet ready-to-eat items like gazpacho. Visitors can find delicious bites to snack on and gifts to take home to remember the Peach State by. While you’ll find artisan items sourced from small suppliers globally, there’s no shortage of Atlanta-based producers either. - -Shelves are stocked with loaves from Marietta-based H&F Bread Co. Golda kombucha is on tap, and you can even buy house-made boiled peanuts. Don’t forget to look for seasonal items and even a bottle of Georgia wine. - -Kinship Butchery & Sundry - -Owned and operated by a husband and wife duo, Chef Myles Moody and Sommelier Rachel Pack are highly seasoned food and beverage industry veterans. The couple met at Aska, a two-star Michelin restaurant in Brooklyn, which means the former Chef de Cuisine and General Manager — and Beverage Director — have a wealth of knowledge when it comes to service, presentation, and quality. And that’s just what you’ll find inside Kinship Butchery & Sundry, which is located in the heart of Virginia-Highland. - -At first glance, you’ll notice the crisp white space is primarily sectioned off by its neatly filled pantry shelves to the left, an Academy coffee counter (run by Moody’s brother, Connan) to the right, and the heart of the operation, the butchery and cheese counter, filling the back wall. After ordering a coffee and a popular breakfast sandwich created to reduce food waste, peruse the shelves and small fridge for locally and sustainably sourced items. Pick up a jar of honey made from Virginia-Highland hives or Mayhem in a Bottle from Gene’s BBQ. - -Grant Park Market - -Sitting just off Memorial Drive in its namesake neighborhood, Grant Park Market includes a full grocery and a café. There’s plenty of parking and seating, making this a good stop for larger groups. Lunch is served until 3:30 p.m. and includes a wide range of bistro items such as soups, salads, bowls, and hot or cold sandwiches. But once you’ve placed your order and your number on a table, don’t hesitate to shop while you wait. - -View this post on Instagram A post shared by No Big Whoop Bakery (@nobigwhoopbakery) - -You’ll find plenty of delicious snacks to pack for the road and staples for a meal or picnic. The selection includes plenty of local products, too. A few favorites include Beautiful Briny Sea’s flavored salts and sugars, items from H&F Bread Co., King of Pops (a perennial favorite among Atlanta residents), and Creature Comforts beer, which also has a cult following. These brands, and many others the store carries, are headquartered within an hour or two of Atlanta, so grab a few top picks as gifts or souvenirs.",1731883683,ed13a32224,517b7739d0,,,1731883683 -https://www.sierraclub.org/sierra/cascading-effect-climate-change-aleutians-and-across-bering-sea,https://www.sierraclub.org/sierra/rss.xml,,,1731883633,8727ada488,51b8fc0e32,,,1731883633 -https://www.casualhoya.com/2024/11/9/24292036/game-thread-georgetown-vs-fairfield,https://www.casualhoya.com/rss/current.rss,Game Thread: Georgetown vs Fairfield,"Game 2: Georgetown Hoyas (1-0) vs Fairfield Stags (0-1) - -When: Saturday, 4pm - -Where: Capital One Arena - -TV: FS2 (Scott Graham and Dave Leitao) - -Radio: The BET 1580 AM, Sirius XM App (Rich Chvotkin, 51st season!) - -Series: Hoyas lead 15-4 (8-1 at home) - -Last Meeting: Georgetown won 61-49 on Dec. 1, 2007 at home. - -Streaks: Georgetown has won the last six vs the Stags. - -KenPom Projection: Georgetown wins 85-70 with a 92 % win probability. - -DraftKings Line: Hoyas -16, o/u 156, Georgetown ML -1600 - -WHAT’S AT STAKE - -Georgetown: Well it’s just Game No. 2 but it’s important for the Hoyas to take care of business and do the obvious by beating the teams they are supposed to beat. Thomas Sorber and Micah Peavy have a chance to land themselves on the first Big East Honor Roll after dynamite debuts on Wednesday. Coach Ed Cooley would like to see his team’s defense improve upon the ‘D’ grade he handed out after the Lehigh win mid week. - -Fairfield: Coach Chris Casey guided the Stags to an impressive mark of 24-13 (14-6!) last year after switching schools within the MAAC. His reward in the portal era is of course having to replace many key players. Opening night didn’t go so well as Fairfield lost by 38 at Rhode Island. The Stags last beat a major opponent on Dec. 1, 2019 when they upset Texas A&M and Buzz Williams. - -Honoring our history and building toward the future. Excited to welcome back the NCAA Championship 1984 team in the David & Gretchen Welch Gym!#HoyaSaxa pic.twitter.com/vc3rJS1vd4 — Georgetown Hoyas (@GeorgetownHoyas) November 9, 2024 - -NOTES - -The 1984 National Champion Georgetown Hoyas will be honored at Saturday’s game. Last night there was a dinner on campus to celebrate the 40 year anniversary....Cooley has coached on both sidelines in a Georgetown - Providence game (obviously) and now will do the same in a Georgetown - Fairfield contest. The last Hoyas - Stags series was a three-game set where Georgetown actually visited Fairfield once. Cooley coached in two of those games, both Hoya wins. - -OK, post your comments below!",1731883641,e1a7087ff1,51fe6720e1,,,1731883641 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/granting-media-access-consequences/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,The Dangerous Consequences of Granting Media Access,"When I was a young whippersnapper of a managing supervisor at a global PR firm, I landed a whale of a new client. It wasn’t totally fair. The president of the organization was a good friend of mine—someone I worked with before I graduated from college. He just happened to get a job running this organization, and they needed a PR firm. - -It’s all about who you know, and suddenly, I was a 27-year-old employee who landed a multi-million dollar account for the agency. Because of that, I was granted access to account work I wouldn’t normally have done at that age—and wasn’t experienced enough yet to handle. But I did get to work with some of the agency’s most experienced professionals from several of their offices, including New York City. - -About a year into the relationship, we had been pitching 60 Minutes to do a profile on the organization. It was highly revered and the story was perfect for one of their segments. In the months leading up to the three-day visit with the famed TV team, we spent days and days and days preparing the client’s team for the visit. A media trainer from the New York office was brought in to work individually with the president. - -They were ready for the visit. - -There was just one thing we wanted to be sure was not discussed during the interview—and there was a lot of time preparing the team to “block and bridge” that question should it come up. - -60 Minutes arrived and they spent three days with the client—touring their production facilities, talking to employees and managers, and spending time with the president of the organization. It went swimmingly well. So well, we celebrated at the end of the second night—something I know now to never do because we jinxed it. - -The third day went well, too, and we were incredibly happy with all of the prep work we had done because the client performed extraordinarily well. - -The talent left to fly home and the production team was taking down all of their equipment when the client said, “I’m so glad you didn’t ask me about…” and then he mentioned the one thing we didn’t want him to discuss. - -The production team kept the tape rolling, which ended up being what the entire 60 Minutes segment was about. They left the previous three days’ work on the cutting room floor. To this day, it hurts my heart to even think about. And yet, it’s not an uncommon occurrence. - -Granting Media Access Can Be Dangerous - -I was reminded of my client’s story when I read Seth Arenstein’s article about the CNN debacle in CommPro. One of the things he focuses on is why (whyyyyy?) Tim Alberta of The Atlantic was given months-long access to the CNN chief during the first few months of his tenure. - -It’s certainly easy to sit here and armchair quarterback and hindsight is 20/20 and every other cliche I can think of, but the truth is, this was not a calculated risk. It was just dumb. Certainly, we don’t know what went on, and Seth goes so far as to say he thinks this was the doing of Chris Licht and not his comms team, but still not a smart decision…as we all learned when Alberta’s article was published. - -It eviscerated the CNN chief and led to his ultimate demise five days after publication. Licht was only in the job for five months when Alberta was granted access. And not just access but extensive access that lasted about eight months. Early in my career, I learned that three days’ media access is an eternity. Nearly a year with untethered media access is a loooong time. - -As Seth says in his article, “If access is risky, extensive access is like driving 180 mph at night without headlights.” - -The analogy perfectly captures the potential danger and lack of foresight in granting such unfettered media access. - -It’s crucial for organizations to understand the risks associated with granting access to journalists or other individuals who may have a vested interest in portraying a particular narrative. While allowing Alberta access may have been intended to provide an inside look and foster transparency, the outcome was disastrous. The article exposed vulnerabilities and flaws within the CNN leadership—particularly Licht—severely damaging their reputation. - -I talked to Seth about his article, and he said, “Alberta could have written three or four stories based on the egregious things Licht said to him. It could have been a blockbuster series.” - -This incident serves as a stark reminder that organizations must carefully evaluate the potential consequences of granting extensive media access. - -This Is a Cautionary Tale - -Just like the 60 Minutes opportunity for our client, there are numerous instances in which you find yourself excited about pitching a story or when a reporter requests access. It’s only natural to feel a surge of anticipation and recognize the potential career-definer such a feature in a prominent media outlet can have—or, at the very least, consider it a pinnacle achievement. - -However, weighing the benefits against the risks is crucial in every situation. This is the time to explore alternative approaches and strategies. In the case of CNN and Tim Alberta, could they have granted him access to Chris Licht, but limited the duration to a week instead of five months? Could they have exercised more control during the interviews to ensure Licht didn’t inadvertently reveal anything egregious or bombshell-worthy while still maintaining transparency and minimizing the potential for reputational harm? - -Organizations must also ensure that decision-making processes regarding media access involve a comprehensive evaluation from multiple perspectives. It is not solely the responsibility of the communications team but should also involve key stakeholders, including senior leadership and legal counsel. Adopting a collaborative approach significantly reduces the likelihood of ill-advised decisions that can have far-reaching consequences. - -The CNN debacle serves as a cautionary tale for all organizations and communicators. It reminds us of the delicate balance between transparency and risk management. While granting media access can be an invaluable tool, doing so without implementing proper precautions is, like Arenstein said, akin to embarking on a reckless high-speed drive in the dark. - -It is imperative to learn from these missteps and embrace more strategic and thoughtful approaches to media engagement in order to safeguard an organization’s reputation and integrity. - -Here are a few key considerations to guide organizations in their decision-making processes: - -Assess the Potential Risks - -Before granting extensive media access, carefully evaluate the potential risks involved. Consider the likelihood of sensitive information being revealed, the effect on key stakeholders, and the potential damage to the organization’s reputation. - -By identifying and understanding the risks, you can make informed decisions. - -Define the Scope and Duration - -When granting media access, establish clear guidelines regarding the scope and duration of the engagement. Determine the boundaries within which the journalist can operate and specify any off-limits topics or areas. - -This helps maintain control over the narrative and reduces the chances of unintended consequences. - -Implement Interview Controls - -During interviews, employ measures to ensure that the spokesperson remains on message and avoids making statements that could be damaging or misinterpreted. - -Provide media training and guidelines to help the spokesperson navigate sensitive topics and communicate effectively while maintaining transparency. And, even when the spokesperson is media trained—or is a media expert like Licht—spend time rehearsing what could go wrong. - -Involve Key Stakeholders - -Including senior leadership and legal counsel in the decision-making is vital. Their insights and perspectives can help identify potential legal implications, reputational risks, and strategic considerations. You can make more well-rounded decisions by engaging a diverse range of viewpoints. - -Learn from Past Experiences - -Conduct thorough post-mortem analyses of previous media engagements to identify areas for improvement. Assess what worked well and what could have been handled differently. Use these insights to refine your media engagement strategies and enhance risk management practices. - -If you’ve never had the experience of a big media piece like this, ask the Spin Sucks Community for help. Many of us have had experiences throughout our careers where we can advise you about risks, pitfalls, and challenges. - -Leverage Media Access to Enhance Your Reputation - -By adopting these approaches, organizations can strike a balance between transparency and risk management. They can leverage media opportunities to enhance their reputation and achieve their communication objectives while minimizing potential pitfalls. - -The CNN debacle underscores the importance of thoughtful decision-making and the need for strategic media engagement practices. Organizations that embrace these lessons will be better equipped to navigate the evolving media landscape while safeguarding their reputation and integrity.",1731883771,4dc781f5bc,5131883618,,,1731883771 -https://transom.org/2014/walking-with-the-voses/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Walking with the Voses,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/06/Bringing-Wes-Home.mp3 Download Listen to “Walking with the Voses” - -Wes Vose was well-loved by his family and by the community where he grew up in Woods Hole, Massachusetts on Cape Cod. Everyone was stunned when Wes died late at night in an automobile accident in 2012. He was twenty-two. - -Wes’ burial was moving and memorable. The family prepared his body and built his casket. Dozens of people walked along side the pick-up truck carrying Wes and his mother as they made their way to the funeral. Hundreds of people attended — an overflowing crowd. When Wes died, a part of Woods Hole died, too. - -Then Jakob Lewis showed up, about a year-and-a-half later. A stranger with a microphone. - -Jakob was a student at the Transom Story Workshop in Woods Hole in the spring of 2014. He learned about the funeral soon after he arrived. Jakob was simultaneously fascinated by the way the Voses and the community grieved yet wary of trespassing on the family’s privacy. - -Ultimately, Jakob’s curiosity won out and the result is “Bringing Wes Home.” - -Jakob’s approach to the story offers valuable insight for others “parachuting” into a community to report on a traumatic event. He says he “walked with” the Voses into their fear and sadness and anger. “I felt like a counselor or pastor.” - -After listening to this edition of HowSound, listen to Jakob’s podcast, “Neighbors.” - -And after that, consider one more thing. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now.",1731883709,c00d35bf2d,51ccab29d2,,,1731883709 -https://www.practicalecommerce.com/ai-tools-to-create-social-media-videos,https://www.practicalecommerce.com/category/social-media/feed,AI Tools to Create Social Media Videos,"Artificial intelligence is upending video creation, reducing hours of work to seconds. The new capabilities enable unprecedented creativity for social media marketers. - -Here are new AI tools that create and enhance social media videos. - -AI Tools for Social Media Videos - -Add effects, colors, styles - -Videoleap is an iOS and Android app to add artistry to videos. Its AI feature allows users to record or upload a 10-second clip and then apply custom styles or prebuilt versions such as comics, anime, gaming, cartoons, or scenes. - -Videoleap includes a library of user-created templates, which now include AI effects. Use any of these templates, and your video will automatically apply those effects. - -Turn YouTube videos into social-media clips - -Vizard creates clips from longer videos. Upload a video or provide a YouTube URL, and Vizard will instantly create clips. - -You can edit clips by changing the template, the style of subtitles, and by highlighting sections, but the videos I tested didn’t need much editing. The clips were compelling. - -Generate animated videos from prompts - -Technology now exists to generate videos from text prompts. The results are impressive. - -Krea creates pictures from a prompt and then animates them into a video. I provided this prompt: - -A waterfall surrounded by rocks and trees. It’s a foliage season, so all the trees are yellow and red. - -I uploaded the result to TikTok, and it produced more views and engagements than my regular videos in a fraction of the time. - -Genmo offers similar functionality. I used the same prompt. Instead of creating a static, 3D visualization, Genmo made the waterfall flow, but it was not as realistic as Krea, at least in my experiments. - -Generate videos from pictures - -Boolvideo generates videos from pictures. It works well with product images in my tests. Upload a photo and provide an optional prompt. The tool will create short videos in seconds. - -You can edit each auto-generated template to add a call-to-action, subtitles, logo, and more. - -Better, Faster - -AI technology helps social media marketers:",1731883650,5e1ceba4cb,51ec22e9f3,,,1731883650 -https://www.uploadvr.com/stranger-things-vr-steam-ps-vr2-release-date/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Stranger Things VR Coming To Steam & PlayStation VR2 Next Month,"Stranger Things VR is going multiplatform, arriving next month on PlayStation VR2 and Steam. - -Originally released in February for Quest 2 and Quest 3, we've known for some time that Stranger Things VR would reach other ""major VR platforms"" but until now, we've had no confirmation on specific headsets. Nearly nine months later, developer Tender Claws has confirmed the psychological horror action game will reach PS VR2 and Steam on December 5, 2024. - -0:00 / 0:58 1× - -A psychological horror action game, Stranger Things VR offers a new insight into the world of Netflix's popular TV series where you play as season four's main antagonist, Vecna. Reliving his memories pre-transformation, you'll open portals to different worlds as Vecna ""explores unknown realities, forms the hive mind, and enacts his plan for revenge against Eleven and Hawkins."" - -We had mixed opinions in our Stranger Things VR review. Awarding it 3/5 stars, we considered it a ""commendable"" adaptation by Tender Claws but criticized the combat and ""repetitive"" gameplay. - -Stranger Things VR is a commendable effort from Tender Claws and a nice example of VR's potential as a storytelling medium, letting you experience Hawkins and the Upside Down in a brand new way that expands on the Stranger Things universe. Unfortunately, all that is hindered by extremely repetitive gameplay elements and poor combat. - -Stranger Things VR reaches PlayStation VR2 and Steam on December 5, and it's available now on the Meta Quest platform.",1731883670,9397b145ff,51d1e0adf2,,,1731883670 -https://www.vg247.com/arc-raiders-gameplay-debut-extraction-shooter-unique-mechanic,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,ARC Raiders gameplay debut shows off what could be one of the most intriguing mechanics in an extraction shooter yet,"ARC Raiders, the game that we only seem to cover when it gets delayed, actually has something exciting to share this time around. No, that’s still not a date, but it is a proper look at gameplay, with HUD on and everything. - -This technically isn’t our first look at gameplay, but seeing as Arc Raiders has evolved from a co-op shooter (when it was initially announced back in 2021) into an extraction shooter, an updated look at just what kind of game it is now was certainly due. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -ARC Raiders is the other major project in the works at Embark Studios, the team of DICE veterans that has so far shipped the excellent free-to-play multiplayer shooter The Finals. This week’s gameplay reveal trailer delivers around six minutes of footage, captured from a gameplay test held last month. - -Before we get into the action, the trailer offers a quick recap of the premise, revealing more of the state of the world than we’d previously seen. In ARC Raiders, squads of up to three players venture out into the world to gather supplies, collect data and solve mysteries - all while staying alert for AI enemies and other players attempting to do the same. - -Much of what's shown in this narrated trailer should be familiar to players of extraction shooters. There’s a lot of hunting for loot and performing of small tasks for rewards that players will, hopefully, survive long enough to bring back to base with them. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -One of the more interesting mechanics shown in the trailer are red flares, which signal that a rival Raider got knocked down, effectively inviting others to investigate a certain area. This could, of course, be a result of a PvP clash or a simple PvE encounter. - -It all ties into the way the game handles encounters with other players, because you’re not immediately expected to engage them. The trailer shows the player asking the rival to team up and split the loot. All of the action plays out in third-person, of course, but we only see a few basic firearms being used, which could indicate a sort of scarcity of powerful weapons. - -ARC Raiders arrives sometime in 2025 on PC, PS5, and Xbox Series X/S.",1731883677,374d98cbb9,51b6983bcf,,,1731883677 -https://www.npr.org/2022/11/18/1137657496/third-party-cookie-data-tracking-internet-user-privacy,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Third-party cookies and the fight for personal data : Planet Money : NPR,"How the cookie became a monster - -Enlarge this image Astrid Stawiarz/Getty Images for Housing Works Astrid Stawiarz/Getty Images for Housing Works - -Internet cookies do a lot of things. They allow people to sign in to websites. They make internet comments possible. And, yes, cookies are also the thing that lets advertisers follow users around the internet to serve them ads based on their previous searches. - -This is not how their inventor, Lou Montulli, intended things to go. In fact, Montulli specifically designed cookies to protect people's anonymity as they surfed the web. But in the nearly thirty years since he created them, Montulli has watched cookies completely remake the way commerce on the internet functions. His invention went from an obscure piece of code designed to hide users' identities, to an online advertiser's dream, to a privacy advocate's nightmare, unleashing a corporate arms race to extract as much of our digital data as possible. - -Sponsor Message - -On today's show, how the cookie became a monster. Why have the world's biggest internet browsers finally decided to let the cookie crumble - to make cookies largely disappear from the internet? And what will a world wide web without cookies even look like? - -This episode was produced by Willa Rubin, with help from Dave Blanchard. It was edited by Keith Romer and engineered by Alex Drewenskus. - -Music: ""Fruit Salad,"" ""Skulking Around,"" and ""Blue and Green."" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884658,8181d7a585,5223259b12,,,1731884658 -https://www.refinery29.com/en-us/best-matching-sweatsuits-womens?utm_source=feed&utm_medium=rss,https://www.refinery29.com/rss.xml,24 Best Matching Sweatsuit & Loungewear Sets,"Cyber Monday - -Welcome To The Best Cyber Monday Deals — You’re In For An Early T... - -All linked products are independently selected by our editors. If you purchase any of these products, we may earn a commission. Most weekends might leave y",1731883637,b6e1adbe35,525c918cf4,,,1731883637 -https://www.vg247.com/the-pokemon-works-new-pokemon-company-subsidiary-website-appears,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"A website for a mysterious new Pokemon-focused company has cropped up, and it sounds like it'll be doing more than just making games","Some kind of new Pokemon project called The Pokemon Works is in the, uh, works, but it's not very clear what it is. - -Earlier this year, The Pokemon Company seemingly set up a new subsidiary called The Pokemon Works, with it apparently being located in the same building as ILCA, the studio behind Pokemon Home and Pokemon Brilliant Diamond and Shining Pearl. It's been unclear what exactly The Pokemon Works is, but an official website is now up and running and is shining a bit of light on the whole ordeal - emphasis on a bit. Based on a machine translation, The Pokemon Works is focused on working on services like Pokemon Home, which makes sense given that it's in the same building as ILCA, but also to develop games in the franchise. What games, you ask? Haven't the foggiest! But they'll all be Pokemon-related at the very least. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -The site's about section is actually a message from the head of the studio, Takuya Iwasaki, a developer who has worked on titles like Nier, Drakengard, and more recently Sand Land. In terms of further details, though, you're out of luck. The rest of the about section message is mostly about how Pokemon are your friends, and trying to make realistic and accessible Pokemon experiences, which is mostly just corporate speak. Right now it doesn't appear that there's any obvious connection to that massive Game Freak leak from last month, so we'll just have to wait and see what it has to announce. - -Apart from the aforementioned leak, it's been a very quiet year for Pokemon. We know that there's a new Pokemon Legends in the works, Z-A, which was announced back in February, but we haven't heard anything since then, and there's been no word on the tenth generation of games either. Perhaps Game Freak is slowing things down considering fan reactions to Scarlet and Violet - those pair of titles were littered with bugs and framerate issues at launch, and an empty open world didn't help much either. Here's hoping whatever's next can bring back some of that classic Pokemon magic.",1731883707,374d98cbb9,524f772723,,,1731883707 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/videos/cwy9jpe017lo,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,Frances Tiafoe: Furious tirade at umpire in Shanghai Masters,"Kelleher 'striving to get better' after starring in Dublin. Video, 00:00:42Kelleher 'striving to get better' after starring in Dublin",1731883663,95caee0db1,51b38e7189,,,1731883663 -https://designshack.net/articles/graphics/how-to-design-an-ambigram/,https://designshack.net/feed/,Design an Ambigram Logo With Your Name,"Design an Ambigram Logo With Your Name - -Ambigrams are a particularly complex type of typographical art that can be read identically in different orientations. They typically take the form of a word that reads the same way upside down as it does right side up. - -Today we’re going to see what’s involved in creating ambigrams and walk through creating a basic one on our own. - -What Is An Ambigram? - -In its most basic form, an ambigram can be a simple symbol that looks the same at two or more orientations. More complex forms involve words, groups of words or even entire sentences. - -Ambigrams are one of those things that you can go your whole life without noticing and then realize that they’re everywhere once you learn to see them. For instance, ambigrams are a fairly popular logo technique and can be spotted in several famous brands. I’ve always particularly liked the AnchorBlue (the old version, they ruined it now) and Sun logos for this reason. - -If you rotate either of these logos 180 degrees, they look exactly the same. It’s a pretty cool and subtle design trick that usually gets noticed mostly by designers, artists and other visually aware folks. - -Here are a few logos I pulled from LogoPond that are Ambigrams. - -Pop Culture - -In recent years Ambigrams have gained popularity largely thanks to the success of Angels & Demons and The Da Vinci Code, two books by Dan Brown that were subsequently turned into Tom Hanks movies. - -In this story, the “Illuminati” are a secret satanic cult with an ambigram logo that the author spends far too much time attempting to convince you is impressive. - -To be fair, it is a pretty cool looking logo. I’m sure all the other secret cults are very jealous. It’s designed by John Langdon, who has an incredible collection of similar work in his portfolio. - -Another sighting of Hollywood Ambigrams is on the 20th Anniversary cover of one of the best, most quotable movies of all time: Princess Bride. The duality here with both the text and the image is really great if you’re familiar with the story (this one’s designed by Cheryl Savala). - -Let’s Make an Ambigram - -Creating an Ambigram can be a pretty daunting task. It involves a very different kind of thinking and, if you’re designing from scratch, can require a good deal of artistic talent. - -This is all well and fine, but I’m all about figuring out quick tricks and shortcuts so today we’re going to bring ambigram creation down to the skill level of mortal man. - -Step 1: Plan Out The Letters - -Planning out your ambigram involves figuring out your letter pairs. Since the word has to read the same whether it’s upside down or right side up, you maybe be tempted to think your individual letter designs need to be symmetrical, but this is false. Instead, each individual letter needs to serve as two letters. - -For instance, if we use my name, “Josh,” then our first letter will have to look like a “J” one way and an “h” the other. To figure out your letter pairings, simply write your word forwards and backwards and see how the letters line up: - -In more complex ambigrams (or those with an odd number of letters), the one-to-one ratio goes out the window. It’s often the case that an object is a single letter one way but two letters when it’s rotated. This is the case in the Illuminati example above. Here are the letter pairings for that ambigram: - -The really nice part about designing your letter pairings is that you only need to create around half as many of them as there are letters because you just reuse them for the other half of the word. We’ll see how this works later. - -Step 2: Choose a Font - -As I said above, creating an ambigram from scratch can take a lot of work. The big shortcut is that we can just modify existing fonts and save ourselves a lot of trouble. - -Since ambigrams letters have to serve multiple purposes, it’s often the case that more ornate letter forms work the best. Ornate fonts tend to have lots of superfluous detail that isn’t true to the way you would actually write the letter, while still having easily identifiable letters. When you’re working with the kind of duality that ambigrams involve, having room to turn leftover pieces into flourishes and swooshes makes your job much easier. - -With this in mind, old english or cursive letters make for prime candidates. A quick browse through my fonts folder revealed a number of solid potential starting points. - -There’s no reason you can’t pick any font that you want, but one trick is to look for similarities in the letter pairings that you require. For instance, if the “O” and “S” have particularly similar shapes in a given font, it might be a perfect candidate for our “Josh” ambigram. - -Step 3: Create Your Letter Pairs - -From here it’s time to actually start forming your ambigram. To do this, it’s best to open up Adobe Illustrator. Because Illustrator is a vector editing application, it gives you more freedom than Photoshop for playing with your letter forms. Type out your word, convert the text to outlines and start reshaping! - -My workflow is pretty simple to follow. First I looked at the “j” and “h” and decided it would be easier to start with the latter. Next, I turned the “h” upside down. From here I already have an upside “h”, which is the goal, I then needed to make it look like a “j” without compromising the integrity of the “h” shape too much. - -This takes lots of experimentation. It’s definitely a good idea to keep a couple of different versions just for options. Here you can see the process I went through from beginning to end: - -Next, it’s time to tackle the “o” and “s”. To do this, I started with the “o”, cut out a chunk so the loop doesn’t close, and added in the top of the “s” with the following result: - -All Done! - -As I mentioned before, since each letter counts for two, we only need to really build two letters, then we can copy and past those two items and rotate them for the second half of our word. So my “j” and “o” rotated become the “s” and “h”. - -Again, you’ll probably end up with a few different ideas for your finished product, I certainly did. This is great though and gives you options for different uses. For instance, here’s a simple version followed by a fancier version that wraps the whole thing in an oval for a more logo-friendly appearance. - -Want to see it in action? Click here for the interactive version. - -Ambigram Generators - -I strongly recommend that you attempt to create one or two ambigrams on your own, but if you want to cheat, there are a few ambigram generators online such as the one at Flipscript.com. Tools like this one can also be a good reference in case you need a hint for how two letter shapes might be paired together. - -Conclusion - -Ambigrams aren’t going to change the way you design forever, but they are a really fun way to add an unexpected and often hidden twist to a logo. They’re actually a blast to think about and build if you’re a design nerd so you should definitely give it a shot. - -Follow the steps above and create your own ambigram, then leave a link below so we can check it out!",1731883652,0f4f0bc78f,52bf3e2658,,,1731883652 -https://www.popsci.com/technology/car-buttons/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,"Goodbye, annoying touchscreens. Welcome back, buttons?","For years, car safety experts and everyday drivers have bemoaned the loss of the humble button. Modern cars have almost unilaterally replaced dashboards full of tactile knobs with sleek, iPad-like digital displays, despite concerns these alluring devices might be making distracted driving worse. But there are signs the tide might be shifting. - -After going all in on touch screens for years, Korean carmaker Hyundai is publicly shifting gears. Hyundai Design North America Vice President Ha Hak-soo remarked on the shift during a recent interview with JoongAng Daily admitting the company was lured in by the “wow” factor of massive, all-in-one screen-based infotainment systems. Customers apparently didn’t share that enthusiasm. - -“When we tested with our focus group, we realized that people get stressed, annoyed and steamed when they want to control something in a pinch but are unable to do so,” Ha said. - -Now the company is reversing course. Hyundai previously announced it would use physical buttons and knobs for many in-cabin controls across its new lineup of vehicles. They aren’t alone. Porsche and Volkswagen are amongst the major brands planning to buck the trend. It’s part of what looks like a broader acknowledgment of so-called “screen fatigue” setting in amongst car buyers. - -Touch screens let carmakers jam-pack features into a single panel - -The first touch screen in a car dates back nearly four decades to the 1986 Buick Riviera. That application, a cathode-ray-tube powered 3×4 inches box, was comparatively quaint compared to the massive desktop-sized screens in some modern vehicles. - -Over the years, screens gradually developed in size and overall functionality. These screens were no longer just used for controlling the AC and the radio. In time, drivers were able to use touch screens in some models to adjust core car mechanics like traction control and even cycle between performance modes. The introduction of systems like Apple and Google CarPlay, which let users access some of their phone features through a car’s in-cabin display, similarly incentivized carmakers to outfit their vehicles with larger, more intuitive touch displays. At the same time, touch screens have reportedly become much more cost-effective for carmakers. - -In theory, a tablet-like display should free up more space in the front of the vehicle by replacing a dashboard full of analog knobs with one centralized control panel. Since the screen interface isn’t limited by space it also gives drivers a greater ability to customize and control every aspect of their driving experience, from seamlessly linked Spotify playlists to perfectly warm seats. Tesla, which may have done more than any other carmaker to popularize the current in-car touchscreen aesthetic, took this trend to its logical conclusion by adding in the ability to play graphically intensive video games like CyberPunk 2077. - -Many drivers find touch screens overly complicated and annoying - -But it turns out drivers, for the most part, aren’t too interested in all that choice and functionality. A survey of U.S. car owners by JD Power last year found a consecutive two-year decline in overall consumer satisfaction with their vehicles for the first time in 28 years. The main driver of that dissatisfaction was complicated, difficult to navigate touch-based infotainment systems. A more recent JD Power survey found that most drivers ranked passenger-side display screens–a growing trend in the industry–as simply “not necessary.” Only 56% of drivers surveyed said they preferred to use their vehicle’s built-in infotainment systems to play audio. - -“This year’s study makes it clear that owners find some technologies of little use and/or are continually annoying,” JD Power director of user experience benchmarking and technology Kathleen Rizk, said in a statement. - -There’s also evidence a growing reliance on overly complicated touch based infotainment displays may be a safety hazard. A 2017 study conducted by the AAA Foundation claims drivers navigating through in-car screens to program navigation apps and other features were “visually and mentally” distracted for an average of 40 seconds. A car traveling at 50mph could cover half a mile during that time. Buttons and knobs aren’t totally distraction-free, but research shows their tactile response allows drivers to use them more easily without looking down and away from the road. The European New Car Assessment Program (NCAP), an independent safety organization, stepped into the debate earlier this year and announced it would grant five-star safety ratings to cars with physical controls for turn signals, windshield wipers, horns, and other critical features. - -[ Related: Too many screens? Why car safety experts want to bring back buttons ] - -A reinbrace of buttons? - -A handful of carmakers are responding to this growing dissatisfaction by going back to basics. In Hyundai’s case, the company is responding directly to customer feedback it received through focus groups. Drivers reportedly complained about touchscreen systems adding in at times annoying levels of friction to simple functions like climate control and music. In some cases, Hyundai Design VP Ha said, touch screen systems would take several taps to execute a function a physical knob could perform immediately. - -“As we were adding integrated [infotainment] screens in our vehicles, we also tried out putting touchscreen-based controls, and people didn’t prefer that,” Ha said during his interview with JoongAng Daily. - -Ha’s remarks come one year after luxury carmaker Porsche revealed it would move away form fully touch-based experiences and add back in more physical controls for its Cayenne SUV. Volkswagen, similarly announced it would do away with touch-sensitive controls on its steering wheels and replace them with physical buttons following complaints. At the same time, a select few car makers like Nissan held back from joining in on the touch screen arms race and have only recently introduced comparatively modest digital infotainment systems. - -“I think people are going to get tired of these big black screens,” Nissan Senior VP for Global Design Alfonso Albaisa said during a 2020 interview with Green Car Reports. - -It’s worth noting that, for now at least, these carmakers are still in the minority. American carmakers like GM and Ford will have large, Tesla-esque touch screens come standard in many of its upcoming models. Mercedes-Benz has even announced its own gargantuan, 56-inch “Hyperscreen” display. In other words, don’t expect screens to suddenly disappear from cars anytime soon. But if current trends continue, buttons might still have a fighting chance.",1731883695,741b88dd6e,5262d7237a,,,1731883695 -https://www.teachthought.com/education/tone-as-a-cause-and-effect-of-learning/,https://www.teachthought.com/feed/,Tone As A Cause And Effect Of Learning,,1731883662,ecf7668f95,5249accfa4,,,1731883662 -https://www.golfwrx.com/749454/lpga-pro-has-clubs-destroyed-by-airline/,https://www.golfwrx.com/feed/,LPGA pro has clubs destroyed by airline,"The claret jug is arguably the most iconic prize in golf. - -The jug, which is handed to the winner of the oldest major championship of them all, The Open, dates back to 1872 and is what some golf fans would consider to be priceless. However, the jug has appeared at auction before, with Gary Player’s 1974 Claret Jug recently selling for a whopping $481,068. - -Now, another golf legend’s claret jug has apparently made its way to auction, with John Daly’s 1995 victory prize popping up on Golden Age Auctions, much to the shock of many golf fans. - -Daly’s 1995 victory was the highlight of his career, and it has surprised many fans to learn that the two-time major champ sold the prize back in 2015, adding the following note as a certificate of authentication: - -“I confirm that this is a genuine players trophy, which was presented to me by the R&A following my winning of the 1995 Open Championship held at St Andrews, Scotland, with a winning total of 282 strokes (69, 67, 69, 71) in a playoff with Costantino Rocca. - -‘The replica has been in my possession until purchased by ——— of ———– in April 2015.'” - -??? #NEW: John Daly’s 1995 Open Championship trophy is up for auction and has surpassed $78,000 USD with 58 bids. Bidding opened on the 7th and started at $500. It includes a certificate of authenticity from John. (Via @GoldenAgeBid) pic.twitter.com/SAiNjFB5tp — NUCLR GOLF (@NUCLRGOLF) November 10, 2024 - -Reacting to that revelation, one user on the social media platform X (formerly Twitter) posted, “Why would you sell this? Well I hope he uses it wisely and not spend the auction money to fast.” Another added, “Never knew he sold it in the first place, hopefully he’s doing okay.” - -Currently, the bidding is at $86,062.00, with just under a week left in the auction. - -More from the 19th Hole - -While you’re here, check out the latest episode of the Three Swing Challenge.",1731883671,008370814d,528129fa35,,,1731883671 -https://www.euronews.com/2024/11/15/trump-picks-vaccine-sceptic-robert-f-kennedy-jr-to-be-in-charge-of-public-health,http://feeds.feedburner.com/euronews/en/home/,Trump picks vaccine sceptic Robert F Kennedy Jr to be in charge of public health,"President-elect Donald Trump has said Kennedy is his choice for the role of health secretary in the run up to his election victory, even if senior members of his campaign ruled out Kennedy having an official role. - -ADVERTISEMENT - -Donald Trump has picked former independent presidential candidate and vaccine sceptic Robert F. Kennedy Jr to be in charge of the US Department of Health and Human Services, as he builds his incoming administration. - -The role, which still has to be approved by the Senate, would mean Kennedy could lead a huge agency that oversees areas from drugs, food safety, medical research to welfare programmes. - -“For too long, Americans have been crushed by the industrial food complex and drug companies who have engaged in deception, misinformation, and disinformation when it comes to Public Health,” Trump said Thursday in a post on his Truth Social site when he announced the appointment. - -He added that Kennedy would make America ""great and healthy again"", referencing his campaign slogan. - -Kennedy, who is also known as RFK Jr, hails from a famous political dynasty. The nephew of President John F. Kennedy, he was a successful environmental lawyer who took on large corporations such as Monsanto. - -Over the past two decades, he has increasingly devoted time to promoting his views on vaccinations, taking over the anti-vaccine non-profit Children's Health Defence which gained traction during the pandemic. - -Kennedy insists he is not anti-vaccination and has never told the public to avoid vaccinations, however has repeatedly made his own opposition clear, previously contradicting scientific consensus by saying there is ""no vaccine that is safe and effective.” - -He has also questioned whether HIV causes aids and suggested antidepressants lead to school shootings. - -Overhaul of US public health - -If he made it to the role, he has promised a transformation of America's health agency, including replacing 600 employees who oversee vaccine research and generally preventing employees, who are often researchers and scientists, from leaving the agency to work for the pharmaceutical industry. - -Kennedy has said he wants to redirect the public health establishment's focus away from infectious diseases towards problems he says make up the ""chronic disease epidemic"" including obesity, diabetes, autism and mental illnesses, which he blames on corporations and food producers who use harmful pesticides. - -His nomination is set to be opposed by the members of the pharmaceutical lobby in Washington, as he has proposed sweeping changes including banning drugmakers from advertising on TV. - -In a post on X last month, Kennedy vowed to end the US Food and Drug Administration's ""aggressive suppression"" of therapies such as psychedelics and stem cells. - -Kennedy ran as an independent candidate before dropping out and endorsing Trump — who promised him a role in health policy in his upcoming administration. - -Senior members of Trump's campaign had said that Kennedy would not have an official role in the administration but would have influence over vaccination programmes. - -His nomination has caused mixed reactions among Republicans and Democrats alike, with some public health officials condemning the move. - -ADVERTISEMENT - -“Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., is not remotely qualified for the role and should be nowhere near the science-based agencies that safeguard our nutrition, food safety, and health,” said Dr. Peter Lurie, president of the public health watchdog group Centre for Science in the Public Interest. - -Jared Polis, the Democratic governor of Colorado, said he was ""excited"" about Kennedy's appointment, adding he would shake up the FDA. - -Trump had repeatedly promoted Kennedy at rallies during his election campaign, saying he would let him ""go wild"" on health if he made it to office.",1731883686,33451736bb,52f86c3eb5,,,1731883686 -https://forbiddenplanet.com/442933-spawn-360-cover-c-brett-booth-variant/?utm_source=products&utm_medium=rss,https://forbiddenplanet.com/rss/products/,Spawn #360 (Cover C Brett Booth Variant),"Copy and paste the following code where you want the embed to appear. - -If you're an affiliate make sure your code is set in the “Affiliate” section.",1731883667,0b8b73a382,5286752196,,,1731883667 -https://www.dividendmonk.com/buy-list-stock-for-may-2024-national-retail-properties/,https://www.dividendmonk.com/feed/,Buy List Stock for May 2024: National Retail Properties (NNN),"A new buy list stock I added in April is National Retail Properties (NNN). Why on earth would I add a retail REIT to my buy list with the constant threat of eCommerce on brick-and-mortar stores? National Retail Properties has a lot going for it and it’s a rare buying opportunity in the retail REIT industry. - -NNN is widely diversified in the U.S., with no high concentration in any single business. NNN has successfully increased its dividend annually since 1989. At a 5.6% yield, it’s a good income provider. Let’s look at it more closely. - -Invest with conviction. No more doubts or paralysis. Register for our upcoming May 30th webinar or watch the replay!, - -National Retail Properties Business Model - -NNN is a fully integrated real estate investment trust (REIT). It acquires, owns, invests in, and develops properties and leases them primarily to retail tenants under long-term net leases. It owns about 3,532 properties with an aggregate gross leasable area of over 35 million square feet, across 49 states. - -The company’s portfolio includes the following types of businesses: - -convenience stores automotive service restaurants-full service restaurants-limited service family entertainment centers health and fitness theaters recreational vehicle dealers, parts, and accessories equipment rental automotive parts wholesale clubs home improvement drug stores travel plazas furniture - -Learn how to create a recession-proof portfolio. Download our free workbook now! - -NNN Investment Thesis - -Why is NNN a good story? It focuses on smaller single-tenant properties leading to great geographic and tenant diversification. Its largest tenant, 7-Eleven, represents only 4.4% of its business. Its largest line of business, convenience stores, represents nearly 18%. NNN leases its properties to over 370 different tenants across 37 industries. - -This ensures NNN has a higher occupancy rate than the industry standard, currently above 99%! While the brick-and-mortar retail store environment is rapidly shifting toward online businesses, NNN is one of the retail REITs that won’t be affected. - -It enjoys strong business fundamentals as tenants have proved resilient to current macroeconomic pressures from rising interest rates and high inflation. However, we think these headwinds will likely lead to more modest FFO growth of 2%-3% through 2025. The stock was on a downtrend trend early in 2024, slightly up lately but still at an attractive price. - -NNN Last Quarter and Recent Activities - -National Retail Properties has been executing well. In 2023, it grew its core funds from operations (FFO) by 3.8% and deployed over $800M for new real estate investments. In Q4 alone, NNN invested ~$269.7M including the acquisition of 40 properties with a leasable area of ~278,000 square feet. It maintained high occupancy levels at 99.5% throughout the year, with a weighted average remaining lease term of 10.1 years. - -Invest with conviction. No more doubts or paralysis. Register for our upcoming webinar on May 30th! - -Potential Risks for National Retail Properties - -Our concern with the traditional brick-and-mortar retail industry boils down to the e-commerce threat. The threat is real and it’s pushing brick-and-mortar stores to reinvent their ways of doing business. - -NNN made sure to stay away from businesses that would suffer the most from online competition; books, consumer electronics, and office supplies each represent less than 2% of its business, and NNN has virtually no apparel-oriented tenants. The risk of oversupply of retail real estate is becoming less likely since new developments should slow down in this high-interest rate environment. Expect more conservative FFO growth moving forward. - -NNN Dividend Growth Perspective - -NNN has increased its dividend every year since 1989 and management is committed to providing dividend growth to its shareholders. Its FFO payout ratio has been stable since 2013; the company grows its funds from operations at about the same rate it grows its dividend. This reflects a strong business model and ensures stability for shareholders. The company’s management believes the company is in good shape to fund acquisitions in 2024, after having invested more than $800M in 2023. - -The dividend increase for 2023 was a conservative 2.7%; we believe this could be risk management, a prudent move. - -Secure your retirement with a recession-proof portfolio. Download our free workbook now! - -Final Thoughts on National Retail Properties - -National Retail Properties rents space to many different many types of businesses and many tenants, has a high occupancy rate, and stays away from retail businesses that are most vulnerable to online competition. - -If you’re an income-seeking investor who wants to go back to investing in REITs or increase your exposure to the sector, you could be served well by NNN.",1731883669,0e547b5365,52c054a3de,,,1731883669 -https://transom.org/2016/producing-personal-pieces/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Producing Personal Pieces,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/03/Essay-Writing.mp3 Download Listen to “Producing Personal Pieces” - -Every day, reporters ask interviewees to go deep, to reveal profoundly personal information. Stories about all manner of difficult subject matter: divorce, illness, fraud, war, domestic violence, poverty…. - -And it’s not just the reporter who’ll hear those stories. Millions of people may hear them. Reporters make what’s private, public. That’s a lot to ask of an interviewee. - -Rarely, do reporters turn the mic on themselves to divulge the challenges in their own lives. So, when they do, it’s surprising — and refreshing. - -Producer Stephanie Foo aimed a mic her way for an essay on This American Life called “The Favorite.” It’s the first essay she produced for the program. It’s not an easy listen. “The Favorite” is a frank and sometimes disturbing look at how Stephanie was abused by a parent, and the complicated way her extended family responded. - -On this HowSound, Stephanie talks about writing “The Favorite” and why she found it personally rewarding to do. She offers a good deal of insight — useful for anyone thinking of turning a mic toward themselves.",1731883691,c00d35bf2d,52ee335734,,,1731883691 -https://racingnews.co/2024/11/08/phoenix-practice-results-november-8-2024-nascar-cup-series/,https://www.racingnews.co/feed/,"Phoenix Practice Results: November 8, 2024 (NASCAR Cup Series)","NASCAR practice results from the championship race at Phoenix Raceway - -NASCAR Cup Series drivers have unloaded in Phoenix, Arizona. Phoenix Raceway is set to host the championship race on Sunday. Now, the 1.5-mile track hosts a 50 minute round of practice. - -View Phoenix practice results for the NASCAR Cup Series below. - -Phoenix Menu - -ARCA: Race - -Truck: Prac/Qual | Race - -Xfinity: Prac | Qual | Race - -Cup: Prac | Qual | Race - -Phoenix TV Schedule",1731883648,d62396e274,52faab01a3,,,1731883648 -https://www.credible.com/blog/student-loans/usaa-student-loans/,https://www.credible.com/blog/student-loans/feed/,Best Student Loan Refinance Companies of 2024,"Depending on your existing debt and credit, you might qualify for lower rates or a different repayment term — both of which could lower your monthly payments or save you in interest fees. In addition, you can combine several loans into one, streamlining your payments and making it easier to track your debt payoff. - -Borrower or cosigner must meet credit requirements. Student must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident and have used original student loans to attend an eligible degree-granting institution. - -What makes RISLA unique is the flexibility it offers borrowers. If you're facing financial difficulties, RISLA provides income-based repayment options to help manage your payments. For added relief, you can access up to 24 months of forbearance, which is more than many lenders offer. If you return to graduate school, you can defer your payments for up to three years, giving you time to focus on your studies without worrying about loan payments. - -The Rhode Island Student Loan Authority (RISLA) is a nonprofit lender offering student loan refinancing to borrowers across the U.S. You can refinance even if you didn't complete your degree, as long as you have at least $7,500 in student loan debt. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident who is the primary borrower on education debt used to attend an eligible college or university. Must have made six on-time loan payments over the most recent six months. Must have no history of default or delinquency on education debt for the past 12 months and no history of bankruptcy or foreclosure in the past five years. - -MEFA's mission is to provide affordable student loans, and it doesn't charge any fees. You must have at least $10,000 in student loans to refinance, and you must have made a minimum of six consecutive on-time payments over the last six months. Borrowers who are unable to qualify on their own can add a cosigner to their application. - -Massachusetts Educational Financing Authority (MEFA) is a student refinancing lender offering a wide range of options, including to borrowers who didn't finish school. Though the lender doesn't offer variable-rate options, its fixed-rate loans have competitive rates. - -U.S. citizens or permanent residents who are at least 18 years old and reside in Alaska, Arkansas, Colorado, Connecticut, Florida, Maine, Massachusetts, Nebraska, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Puerto Rico, Rhode Island, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, and Wisconsin. - -Unlike many lenders, EdvestinU lets you refinance without a degree or while still enrolled in school. New Hampshire residents also receive a 1.5 percentage point interest rate reduction, making it an excellent option for those in the state. - -EdvestinU offers student loan refinancing through Granite Edvance Corporation, a New Hampshire-based nonprofit. The lender stands out with competitive interest rates and flexible repayment terms for borrowers with strong credit. To qualify, you'll need a credit score of at least 700 and an annual income of $30,000 for loans less than $100,000 or $50,000 for larger amounts. However, loans aren't available in all U.S. states. - -Must refinance at least $10,000 in student loans and be a U.S. citizen, permanent resident, or resident alien with a valid U.S. Social Security number. Must have earned at least a bachelor's degree to qualify. - -$10,000 minimum, with a maximum of $300,000 for bachelor’s degree or below; $500,000 for graduate degrees; and $750,000 for professional degrees - -Medical residents can refinance student loans and only pay $100 per month for up to four years while completing residency or fellowship. - -Borrowers who earned undergraduate degrees can refinance as much as $300,000 in student loans. Those who borrowed for graduate or professional degrees can refinance from $500,000 to $750,000. Citizens refinancing loans are available with fixed or variable rates. Repayment terms are flexible, ranging from five to 20 years. - -Citizens student loan refinancing is available to qualified borrowers who want to refinance at least $10,000. - -U.S. citizens or permanent residents are eligible. Borrowers must meet minimum requirements including a FICO score of 670 or higher, annual income of $36,000, a debt-to-income ratio below 40% to 50%, a year of continuous employment, and no defaults or serious collection activities in recent years. - -However, the most you can refinance through INvestEd is $250,000, less than what other lenders may allow. It also has strict credit and income requirements to qualify, or you'll need an eligible cosigner. INvestEd clearly defines its credit requirements before you apply, but you can't prequalify with a soft credit check. - -INvestEd is a nonprofit based in Indiana that offers student loan refinancing to borrowers nationwide. It offers competitive rates and a discount for setting up autopay. INvestEd also allows cosigners to be released after 12 on-time payments, which is sooner than some other student loan refinancing lenders. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident and have already graduated with at least an associate degree from one of LendKey lenders’ eligible institutions. - -One of LendKey's biggest advantages is that it can help you compare multiple loan offers in one place. However, specific loan terms and eligibility requirements will vary by lender. Basic eligibility criteria include a minimum credit score of 680 and at least $5,000 in outstanding debt to refinance. - -LendKey is a marketplace that connects borrowers with more than 300 community banks and credit unions to find the best student loan refinancing options. Unlike most lenders, LendKey allows you to refinance your student loans while you're still in school, as long as you've earned at least an associate degree. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident with a bachelor’s degree or higher. Must have at least $10,000 in student loans to refinance and a minimum credit history of 36 months. - -While borrowers can add a cosigner to their application, they can't release that cosigner later on. ELFI also doesn't offer rate discounts, but borrowers can apply for a forbearance of up to 12 months if they're experiencing financial hardship. - -ELFI offers student loan refinancing to borrowers who graduated with a bachelor's degree or higher. Borrowers can even refinance their parents' PLUS loans in their own name. Plus, each ELFI borrower gets paired with a student loan adviser to help them through the refinancing process. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. Must have made 6 on-time payments in the past 6 months, with no record of default, delinquency, bankruptcy, or foreclosure in the last five years. Employment is required, or you must have a job offer starting within 90 days. Must also have attended a Title IV-eligible school. - -SoFi requires a minimum loan balance of $5,000 to refinance. While you can add a cosigner to your application, you will not be able to remove them. You can find out your potential rate through prequalification, but the lender doesn't disclose its minimum credit score or income requirements. - -Undergraduate and graduate students can refinance their student loans with SoFi® if they meet eligibility requirements. You can prequalify for a loan in two minutes without affecting your credit score, and the lender offers both fixed and variable rates. Plus, SoFi offers unique benefits to its members, including access to networking events and financial advisers. - -Borrower must be a Texas resident and a U.S. citizen or permanent resident who has a bachelor’s degree or higher. - -However, some borrowers may find that Brazos has relatively strict eligibility requirements. Borrowers must have a minimum income of $60,000 and a credit score of 720 or higher. If you can’t meet those minimums alone, you can add a cosigner that can be released after 24 on-time consecutive payments. - -Brazos offers refinancing loans to Texas residents who have a bachelor’s degree or higher from an eligible school. There are no origination or application fees, and interest rates could be lower than what you find with other private lenders. - -Borrower or cosigner must meet credit requirements. Student must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident and have used original student loans to attend an eligible degree-granting institution. - -What makes RISLA unique is the flexibility it offers borrowers. If you're facing financial difficulties, RISLA provides income-based repayment options to help manage your payments. For added relief, you can access up to 24 months of forbearance, which is more than many lenders offer. If you return to graduate school, you can defer your payments for up to three years, giving you time to focus on your studies without worrying about loan payments. - -The Rhode Island Student Loan Authority (RISLA) is a nonprofit lender offering student loan refinancing to borrowers across the U.S. You can refinance even if you didn't complete your degree, as long as you have at least $7,500 in student loan debt. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident who is the primary borrower on education debt used to attend an eligible college or university. Must have made six on-time loan payments over the most recent six months. Must have no history of default or delinquency on education debt for the past 12 months and no history of bankruptcy or foreclosure in the past five years. - -MEFA's mission is to provide affordable student loans, and it doesn't charge any fees. You must have at least $10,000 in student loans to refinance, and you must have made a minimum of six consecutive on-time payments over the last six months. Borrowers who are unable to qualify on their own can add a cosigner to their application. - -Massachusetts Educational Financing Authority (MEFA) is a student refinancing lender offering a wide range of options, including to borrowers who didn't finish school. Though the lender doesn't offer variable-rate options, its fixed-rate loans have competitive rates. - -U.S. citizens or permanent residents who are at least 18 years old and reside in Alaska, Arkansas, Colorado, Connecticut, Florida, Maine, Massachusetts, Nebraska, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Puerto Rico, Rhode Island, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, and Wisconsin. - -Unlike many lenders, EdvestinU lets you refinance without a degree or while still enrolled in school. New Hampshire residents also receive a 1.5 percentage point interest rate reduction, making it an excellent option for those in the state. - -EdvestinU offers student loan refinancing through Granite Edvance Corporation, a New Hampshire-based nonprofit. The lender stands out with competitive interest rates and flexible repayment terms for borrowers with strong credit. To qualify, you'll need a credit score of at least 700 and an annual income of $30,000 for loans less than $100,000 or $50,000 for larger amounts. However, loans aren't available in all U.S. states. - -Must refinance at least $10,000 in student loans and be a U.S. citizen, permanent resident, or resident alien with a valid U.S. Social Security number. Must have earned at least a bachelor's degree to qualify. - -$10,000 minimum, with a maximum of $300,000 for bachelor’s degree or below; $500,000 for graduate degrees; and $750,000 for professional degrees - -Medical residents can refinance student loans and only pay $100 per month for up to four years while completing residency or fellowship. - -Borrowers who earned undergraduate degrees can refinance as much as $300,000 in student loans. Those who borrowed for graduate or professional degrees can refinance from $500,000 to $750,000. Citizens refinancing loans are available with fixed or variable rates. Repayment terms are flexible, ranging from five to 20 years. - -Citizens student loan refinancing is available to qualified borrowers who want to refinance at least $10,000. - -U.S. citizens or permanent residents are eligible. Borrowers must meet minimum requirements including a FICO score of 670 or higher, annual income of $36,000, a debt-to-income ratio below 40% to 50%, a year of continuous employment, and no defaults or serious collection activities in recent years. - -However, the most you can refinance through INvestEd is $250,000, less than what other lenders may allow. It also has strict credit and income requirements to qualify, or you'll need an eligible cosigner. INvestEd clearly defines its credit requirements before you apply, but you can't prequalify with a soft credit check. - -INvestEd is a nonprofit based in Indiana that offers student loan refinancing to borrowers nationwide. It offers competitive rates and a discount for setting up autopay. INvestEd also allows cosigners to be released after 12 on-time payments, which is sooner than some other student loan refinancing lenders. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident and have already graduated with at least an associate degree from one of LendKey lenders’ eligible institutions. - -One of LendKey's biggest advantages is that it can help you compare multiple loan offers in one place. However, specific loan terms and eligibility requirements will vary by lender. Basic eligibility criteria include a minimum credit score of 680 and at least $5,000 in outstanding debt to refinance. - -LendKey is a marketplace that connects borrowers with more than 300 community banks and credit unions to find the best student loan refinancing options. Unlike most lenders, LendKey allows you to refinance your student loans while you're still in school, as long as you've earned at least an associate degree. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident with a bachelor’s degree or higher. Must have at least $10,000 in student loans to refinance and a minimum credit history of 36 months. - -While borrowers can add a cosigner to their application, they can't release that cosigner later on. ELFI also doesn't offer rate discounts, but borrowers can apply for a forbearance of up to 12 months if they're experiencing financial hardship. - -ELFI offers student loan refinancing to borrowers who graduated with a bachelor's degree or higher. Borrowers can even refinance their parents' PLUS loans in their own name. Plus, each ELFI borrower gets paired with a student loan adviser to help them through the refinancing process. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. Must have made 6 on-time payments in the past 6 months, with no record of default, delinquency, bankruptcy, or foreclosure in the last five years. Employment is required, or you must have a job offer starting within 90 days. Must also have attended a Title IV-eligible school. - -SoFi requires a minimum loan balance of $5,000 to refinance. While you can add a cosigner to your application, you will not be able to remove them. You can find out your potential rate through prequalification, but the lender doesn't disclose its minimum credit score or income requirements. - -Undergraduate and graduate students can refinance their student loans with SoFi® if they meet eligibility requirements. You can prequalify for a loan in two minutes without affecting your credit score, and the lender offers both fixed and variable rates. Plus, SoFi offers unique benefits to its members, including access to networking events and financial advisers. - -Borrower must be a Texas resident and a U.S. citizen or permanent resident who has a bachelor’s degree or higher. - -However, some borrowers may find that Brazos has relatively strict eligibility requirements. Borrowers must have a minimum income of $60,000 and a credit score of 720 or higher. If you can’t meet those minimums alone, you can add a cosigner that can be released after 24 on-time consecutive payments. - -Brazos offers refinancing loans to Texas residents who have a bachelor’s degree or higher from an eligible school. There are no origination or application fees, and interest rates could be lower than what you find with other private lenders. - -Every refinancing lender uses its own methods to determine whether you qualify for a loan and what rates you’re eligible for. That’s why comparison shopping is so vital — you’ll likely receive different terms from each lender you prequalify with. Check out Credible's partner lenders below. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. Must have made 6 on-time payments in the past 6 months, with no record of default, delinquency, bankruptcy, or foreclosure in the last five years. Employment is required, or you must have a job offer starting within 90 days. Must also have attended a Title IV-eligible school. - -SoFi requires a minimum loan balance of $5,000 to refinance. While you can add a cosigner to your application, you will not be able to remove them. You can find out your potential rate through prequalification, but the lender doesn't disclose its minimum credit score or income requirements. - -Undergraduate and graduate students can refinance their student loans with SoFi® if they meet eligibility requirements. You can prequalify for a loan in two minutes without affecting your credit score, and the lender offers both fixed and variable rates. Plus, SoFi offers unique benefits to its members, including access to networking events and financial advisers. - -Must refinance at least $10,000 in student loans and be a U.S. citizen, permanent resident, or resident alien with a valid U.S. Social Security number. Must have earned at least a bachelor's degree to qualify. - -$10,000 minimum, with a maximum of $300,000 for bachelor’s degree or below; $500,000 for graduate degrees; and $750,000 for professional degrees - -Medical residents can refinance student loans and only pay $100 per month for up to four years while completing residency or fellowship. - -Borrowers who earned undergraduate degrees can refinance as much as $300,000 in student loans. Those who borrowed for graduate or professional degrees can refinance from $500,000 to $750,000. Citizens refinancing loans are available with fixed or variable rates. Repayment terms are flexible, ranging from five to 20 years. - -Citizens student loan refinancing is available to qualified borrowers who want to refinance at least $10,000. - -Refinancing unavailable until you make 12 payments on your loans if you earned an associate degree or no degree at all - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident with a bachelor’s degree or higher. Must have at least $10,000 in student loans to refinance and a minimum credit history of 36 months. - -While borrowers can add a cosigner to their application, they can't release that cosigner later on. ELFI also doesn't offer rate discounts, but borrowers can apply for a forbearance of up to 12 months if they're experiencing financial hardship. - -ELFI offers student loan refinancing to borrowers who graduated with a bachelor's degree or higher. Borrowers can even refinance their parents' PLUS loans in their own name. Plus, each ELFI borrower gets paired with a student loan adviser to help them through the refinancing process. - -U.S. citizens or permanent residents who are at least 18 years old and reside in Alaska, Arkansas, Colorado, Connecticut, Florida, Maine, Massachusetts, Nebraska, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Puerto Rico, Rhode Island, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, and Wisconsin. - -Unlike many lenders, EdvestinU lets you refinance without a degree or while still enrolled in school. New Hampshire residents also receive a 1.5 percentage point interest rate reduction, making it an excellent option for those in the state. - -EdvestinU offers student loan refinancing through Granite Edvance Corporation, a New Hampshire-based nonprofit. The lender stands out with competitive interest rates and flexible repayment terms for borrowers with strong credit. To qualify, you'll need a credit score of at least 700 and an annual income of $30,000 for loans less than $100,000 or $50,000 for larger amounts. However, loans aren't available in all U.S. states. - -U.S. citizens or permanent residents are eligible. Borrowers must meet minimum requirements including a FICO score of 670 or higher, annual income of $36,000, a debt-to-income ratio below 40% to 50%, a year of continuous employment, and no defaults or serious collection activities in recent years. - -However, the most you can refinance through INvestEd is $250,000, less than what other lenders may allow. It also has strict credit and income requirements to qualify, or you'll need an eligible cosigner. INvestEd clearly defines its credit requirements before you apply, but you can't prequalify with a soft credit check. - -INvestEd is a nonprofit based in Indiana that offers student loan refinancing to borrowers nationwide. It offers competitive rates and a discount for setting up autopay. INvestEd also allows cosigners to be released after 12 on-time payments, which is sooner than some other student loan refinancing lenders. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident and have already graduated with at least an associate degree from one of LendKey lenders’ eligible institutions. - -One of LendKey's biggest advantages is that it can help you compare multiple loan offers in one place. However, specific loan terms and eligibility requirements will vary by lender. Basic eligibility criteria include a minimum credit score of 680 and at least $5,000 in outstanding debt to refinance. - -LendKey is a marketplace that connects borrowers with more than 300 community banks and credit unions to find the best student loan refinancing options. Unlike most lenders, LendKey allows you to refinance your student loans while you're still in school, as long as you've earned at least an associate degree. - -Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident who is the primary borrower on education debt used to attend an eligible college or university. Must have made six on-time loan payments over the most recent six months. Must have no history of default or delinquency on education debt for the past 12 months and no history of bankruptcy or foreclosure in the past five years. - -MEFA's mission is to provide affordable student loans, and it doesn't charge any fees. You must have at least $10,000 in student loans to refinance, and you must have made a minimum of six consecutive on-time payments over the last six months. Borrowers who are unable to qualify on their own can add a cosigner to their application. - -Massachusetts Educational Financing Authority (MEFA) is a student refinancing lender offering a wide range of options, including to borrowers who didn't finish school. Though the lender doesn't offer variable-rate options, its fixed-rate loans have competitive rates. - -Borrower or cosigner must meet credit requirements. Student must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident and have used original student loans to attend an eligible degree-granting institution. - -What makes RISLA unique is the flexibility it offers borrowers. If you're facing financial difficulties, RISLA provides income-based repayment options to help manage your payments. For added relief, you can access up to 24 months of forbearance, which is more than many lenders offer. If you return to graduate school, you can defer your payments for up to three years, giving you time to focus on your studies without worrying about loan payments. - -The Rhode Island Student Loan Authority (RISLA) is a nonprofit lender offering student loan refinancing to borrowers across the U.S. You can refinance even if you didn't complete your degree, as long as you have at least $7,500 in student loan debt. - -Borrower must be a Texas resident and a U.S. citizen or permanent resident who has a bachelor’s degree or higher. - -However, some borrowers may find that Brazos has relatively strict eligibility requirements. Borrowers must have a minimum income of $60,000 and a credit score of 720 or higher. If you can’t meet those minimums alone, you can add a cosigner that can be released after 24 on-time consecutive payments. - -Brazos offers refinancing loans to Texas residents who have a bachelor’s degree or higher from an eligible school. There are no origination or application fees, and interest rates could be lower than what you find with other private lenders. - -Credible evaluated these student loan refinancing lenders based on interest rates and origination fees, loan amounts, loan terms, discounts, whether cosigners are accepted, and more. Credible’s team of experts gathered information from each lender’s website, customer service department, directly from our partners, and via email support. We verified each data point to make sure it was accurate and up to date. - -Both students and parents can refinance education loans with Laurel Road , and borrowers in medical residencies can access specialized repayment plans. Customers who opt to also link a Laurel Road checking account and meet deposit requirements can get a discount of up to 0.55 percentage points on their refinancing rate. Plus, you can schedule a free student loan consultation to help you explore repayment options, forgiveness opportunities, and refinance benefits. - -Be cautious before refinancing federal student loans, as doing so means you’ll permanently lose access to federal protections like loan forgiveness. Review the advantages of federal loans and be sure you won’t need these perks before refinancing. - -Pros and cons of refinancing - -Like any financial decision, refinancing student loans comes with risks and benefits. Here’s what to consider before you submit your application. - -Benefits - -Potentially lower interest rate: Those with good credit and a stable income may qualify for a lower interest rate than what they’re currently paying. Depending on the exact terms of your debt, this can save you significant money in interest fees, and reduce your monthly payments. - -Those with good credit and a stable income may qualify for a lower interest rate than what they’re currently paying. Depending on the exact terms of your debt, this can save you significant money in interest fees, and reduce your monthly payments. Can lower monthly payments: If your current payments are too high, switching to a longer repayment term can also lower your monthly costs. Doing so often means you’ll pay more interest over the life of the loan, but that might be a fair trade for borrowers who are struggling to afford their debt. - -If your current payments are too high, switching to a longer repayment term can also lower your monthly costs. Doing so often means you’ll pay more interest over the life of the loan, but that might be a fair trade for borrowers who are struggling to afford their debt. Simplify debt management: Refinancing allows you to combine multiple loans into one account, making it easier to track due dates and payoff goals. - -Refinancing allows you to combine multiple loans into one account, making it easier to track due dates and payoff goals. Remove a cosigner: If your current loans have a cosigner and the lender doesn’t allow you to release them, refinancing offers an opportunity to remove them from your loan. However, you must be able to meet the refinancing requirements on your own. - -If your current loans have a cosigner and the lender doesn’t allow you to release them, refinancing offers an opportunity to remove them from your loan. However, you must be able to meet the refinancing requirements on your own. Switch your loan servicer: If you’re unhappy with your current lender, switching to a new provider may provide better customer service, additional discounts, or other perks. - -Risks - -Loss of federal benefits: Refinancing federal student loans means you’ll permanently lose access to all federal protections, including income-driven repayment plans and forgiveness opportunities. - -Refinancing federal student loans means you’ll permanently lose access to all federal protections, including income-driven repayment plans and forgiveness opportunities. Fewer repayment plans: Unlike federal loans, private refinanced loans generally don’t offer a wide variety of repayment options to choose from, such as income-driven or extended repayment plans. You also typically can’t switch your repayment plan after you’ve begun to make payments. - -Unlike federal loans, private refinanced loans generally don’t offer a wide variety of repayment options to choose from, such as income-driven or extended repayment plans. You also typically can’t switch your repayment plan after you’ve begun to make payments. Strict eligibility requirements: To qualify for a refinance loan, you typically need good credit and documented income. Some borrowers may struggle to get approved or may not receive low enough rates. In that case, a cosigner may be necessary. - -To qualify for a refinance loan, you typically need good credit and documented income. Some borrowers may struggle to get approved or may not receive low enough rates. In that case, a cosigner may be necessary. May not save you money: Refinancing doesn’t always offer significant benefits, especially if you already have a relatively low interest rate or are close to paying off your loans for good. - -Requirements to refinance - -While eligibility criteria vary between lenders, there are common requirements for student loan refinancing that you’ll likely come across, including: - -Good credit: You’ll typically need good-to-excellent credit to qualify for refinancing. Generally, borrowers with strong credit can qualify for lower interest rates compared to borrowers with poor or fair credit. - -You’ll typically need good-to-excellent credit to qualify for refinancing. Generally, borrowers with strong credit can qualify for lower interest rates compared to borrowers with poor or fair credit. Low debt-to-income ratio: Your debt-to-income ratio (DTI) is the percentage of your gross monthly income that’s required to pay expenses like your rent or mortgage, car loan, and other debts. In general, you’ll need a DTI below 50% — though some lenders might require a lower ratio. - -Your debt-to-income ratio (DTI) is the percentage of your gross monthly income that’s required to pay expenses like your rent or mortgage, car loan, and other debts. In general, you’ll need a DTI below 50% — though some lenders might require a lower ratio. Verifiable income: Lenders want to see that you’ll be able to afford your future loan payments. Some lenders have a certain minimum income you’ll have to meet while others don’t — but in either case, you’ll typically have to show proof of income. - -How to get the best student loan refinance rate - -Lenders review your credit to determine not only how good of a loan candidate you are, but also your interest rate. In general, the best rates on student loan refinancing are reserved for borrowers with good-to-excellent credit. - -However, the exact conditions of your loan can affect your final rates as well. For example: - -Shorter terms often have lower rates: Loans with a faster payoff timeline are less risky for lenders. You might nab a lower rate if you opt for a shorter-term loan. - -Loans with a faster payoff timeline are less risky for lenders. You might nab a lower rate if you opt for a shorter-term loan. Discounts can help: Many lenders offer a rate discount for enrolling in autopay, but you might also get reduced rates if you already have an existing account with the lender or refer a friend. - -Many lenders offer a rate discount for enrolling in autopay, but you might also get reduced rates if you already have an existing account with the lender or refer a friend. Comparing lenders is key: Each lender has its own way of calculating your interest rate, and one may offer you a better deal than another. It’s vital to see what each company can offer you before you submit an application. - -If your credit isn’t strong enough to get you low rates, consider adding a cosigner to your application. A cosigner is someone with good credit who agrees to share responsibility for your debt. Because they agree to help you with your loan, it can be easier to get approved for refinancing with a well-qualified cosigner. Even if you can get approved on your own, using a cosigner can help you lock in lower rates. - -However, cosigning a loan is no small task. Any missed payment will show up on both of your credit reports, and if you fail to make payments, your cosigner is required to do so. Some lenders allow you to remove a cosigner later if you meet certain requirements. Selecting a lender that offers cosigner release may make someone more willing to cosign your loan, knowing they can be removed later. - -Compare Rates Now - -Is refinancing student loans worth it? - -Whether or not refinancing is worth it depends on your personal situation and financial outlook. Those refinancing federal student loans face additional risk, as they irreversibly give up access to federal benefits and protections. But if you don’t qualify for federal forgiveness opportunities and aren’t likely to need payment assistance in the future, losing those perks may not matter much to you. - -Borrowers with private student loans face fewer hazards when refinancing, and most lenders charge no fees to complete the process. If you can save money, reduce your monthly payments, or gain some other benefit by refinancing, it may be worth it. However, make sure you read the fine print on your new loan terms and compare both monthly and lifetime costs on your debt before committing to anything. - -Student loan refinancing FAQ - -Can you refinance private loans? - -Yes, private student loans are eligible for refinancing. Keep in mind that you can refinance more than once, which means you could refinance your private loan again if you can get a lower rate or better terms in the future. - -Can you refinance federal loans? - -Yes, you can refinance federal student loans. However, doing so will turn your federal student debt into a private loan - which means you'll lose access to federal protections, such as income-driven repayment plans and student loan forgiveness programs. Refinancing is permanent and irreversible, so make sure you won't need those benefits before refinancing federal loans. - -What is federal student loan consolidation? - -Federal student loan consolidation is a different process than refinancing. If you have federal student loans, you can consolidate them with a federal Direct Consolidation Loan. While you'll retain your federal protections with this process, it won't save you money. Your new interest rate will be the weighted average of the rates on the loans you consolidate. You may also extend your repayment term up to 30 years through federal consolidation, which could lower your monthly payment but would mean you'd pay more in interest over time. - -Can you refinance more than once? - -Yes, there's no limit to how many times you can refinance. Refinancing more than once could be a good idea if you can qualify for a lower interest rate or better repayment terms, as you could save money on interest and potentially pay off your loan faster. - -When is the best time to refinance? - -The best time to refinance your student loans is whenever it makes the most financial sense for you to do so. For example, if you have good credit and will benefit from refinancing, then it could be a good time for you to do it. But if you have poor credit or unstable income, then you might wait to refinance until your credit improves or your earnings are more reliable. - -What is the best student loan to get? - -The best student loan for you to get is going to be one that has the lowest interest rate and most favorable terms you can qualify for so you'll pay back the least amount of money possible. For most student borrowers, federal loans will be the first choice. However, it may be possible to get a lower interest rate from a private lender if you have excellent credit. - -Which student loan type has the most benefits? - -Federal student loans offer the most benefits to borrowers, including fixed interest rates that are lower than you may be able to get with private loans, as well as flexible payment options, including income-driven repayment plans. Other federal student loan benefits can include deferment, forbearance, and loan forgiveness. - -Can refinancing student loans hurt your credit? - -When you apply for refinancing, the lender typically performs a hard credit check to review your finances and determine how strong of a candidate you are. This could cause a slight drop in your credit score, but it will likely bounce back within a few months. making on-time payments on a refinanced loan could help improve your credit over time, which means the positive impact could eventually outweigh any negative consequences if you manage your debt wisely. - -What credit score is needed in order to refinance? - -You'll generally need good-to-excellent credit to qualify for refinancing - a good credit score is usually considered to be a FICO score of 670 or higher. Some lenders offer refinancing for bad credit, but these loans tend to come with higher interest rates compared to good-credit loans. - -What's the difference between refinancing and consolidation? - -While refinancing and consolidation both allow you to combine your student loans, they mean something different for private and federal student loans. - -Private student loan refinancing (also known as private consolidation) is the process of taking out a new private student loan to pay off your old debts. Depending on your credit, you might get a lower interest rate through refinancing. Keep in mind that you can refinance both private and federal loans - but if you refinance federal student loans, you'll no longer have access to federal benefits and protections. - -(also known as private consolidation) is the process of taking out a new private student loan to pay off your old debts. Depending on your credit, you might get a lower interest rate through refinancing. Keep in mind that you can refinance both private and federal loans - but if you refinance federal student loans, you'll no longer have access to federal benefits and protections. Federal student loan consolidation is the process of consolidating federal loans into a Direct Consolidation Loan. While this won't change your interest rate, it will allow you to extend your repayment term up to 30 years, which could greatly reduce your monthly payments. Just remember that you'll likely pay more interest over time with a longer term. - -What are the cons of federal student loans? - -While federal student loans have many benefits when https://www.credible.com/student-loans/types-of-student-loans, there are also a few drawbacks. These include origination fees, lower borrowing limits, and fixed interest rates that might be higher than those you could find with a private lender if you have excellent credit.",1731883683,4eb16f9c1e,530b42aa54,,,1731883683 -https://www.npr.org/2022/08/31/1120422634/breaking-down-the-price-of-gasoline,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How are gas prices set? : Planet Money : NPR,"Breaking down the price of gasoline - -Enlarge this image Justin Sullivan/Getty Images Justin Sullivan/Getty Images - -Gas is expensive. That's no surprise if you've been filling up your tank, watching the news or reading reports about inflation. - -The rising prices we've seen at the tank have made us mad, made us skeptical and have helped fuel speculation that the oil companies are taking advantage of us. - -On today's episode, we're after the real story. We break down the price of a gallon of gas into its component parts to answer the question that's been one everyone's minds all year — is anyone raising prices and keeping prices high on purpose to profit more? - -Sponsor Message - -Music: Back in the Day, Running Late & Marvellous Vibe - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884666,8181d7a585,531b87a83c,,,1731884666 -https://www.ufc.com/news/significant-stats-ufc-309-jones-vs-miocic,https://www.ufc.com/rss/news,Significant Stats | UFC 309: Jones vs Miocic,"Unlock MORE of your inner combat sports fan with UFC Fight Pass! Fighting is what we live for. And no one brings you MORE live fights, new shows, and events across multiple combat sports from around the world. With a never-ending supply of fighting in every discipline, there’s always something new to watch. Leave it to the world’s authority in MMA to bring you the Ultimate 24/7 platform for MORE combat sports, UFC Fight Pass! - -What It Means: “Do Bronxs” is a lethal finisher by nature, and his increased confidence in his standup has only made his wizardry on the ground all the more dangerous. On the feet, he utilizes a Muay Thai-based attack filled with wicked kicks and clinch work. For all the creativity he shows on the feet with flying and spinning attacks, he can generate real power with the simplest of strikes. Oliveira’s jiu jitsu is second-to-none, although he can tend to settle for playing out of his guard a little too long. - -Michael Chandler - -Key Stats: 4.89 strikes landed per minute, 2.17 takedowns averaged per 15 minutes, 71% takedown defense - -What It Means: Chandler is explosiveness personified. “Iron,” despite his smaller stature, has a great ability to move in and out of range due to his athleticism and long limbs. He makes the most of that when he explodes into his strikes, often connecting with devastating results. He is highly committed on all his strikes, and if he can get to work with low leg kicks before firing up top, he finds a rhythm quickly. He is also a proud and effective wrestler whose confidence there allows him to either buy time during a flurry or impose his will on the front foot. - -RELATED: Chandler Bonus Resume - -What to Look For in the Fight: Their first bout featured momentum swings as big as you could have in a fight. Chandler got out ahead early before Oliveira’s grappling gave him a foothold in the fight, and ultimately, “Do Bronxs” got it done with his hands. One could assume Chandler will have much more respect for that power and go in with more caution, but that isn’t Chandler’s general nature. Both men have the power to put the other down, but Oliveira’s jiu jitsu is a game few can survive on multiple occasions. If Chandler goes to shoot, Oliveira will likely welcome the scramble and could quickly find his path to victory there. Otherwise, Chandler throws heavier shots more often, so Oliviera will have to display some caution as he plays in the pocket. - -Other Fights to Watch (Bo Nickal vs Paul Craig, Jonathan Martinez vs Marcus McGhee) - -Bo Nickal - -Key Stats: 2:49 average fight time, 7.46 takedowns per 15 minutes, 50% takedown accuracy",1731883669,2c774cd014,5313a907db,,,1731883669 -https://seekingalpha.com/article/4738251-efv-etf-rotating-to-value?source=feed_all_articles,https://seekingalpha.com/feed.xml,EFV ETF: Rotating To Value (BATS:EFV),"Readers will know my key investing themes going into 2025 are global diversification and a tilt to value. U.S. equity indices are near historically high valuations. Stock market indices in other developed markets: Europe, Asia and Australia, offer - -I am a value-oriented investor who seeks out high-quality companies with long histories of dividend growth. I believe that patient investors who build a core portfolio of dividend paying equities can achieve their retirement goals without taking on unnecessary risk. Dividend growth profiles are the best indicators of management's commitment to returning cash to shareholders. Dividend growth investing involves identifying quality companies with competitive advantages that provide visibility towards future cash flow growth. Warren Buffet once wrote ""If you don't find a way to make money while you rest, you will work until you die"". Fundamental analysis and patience are the tools I use to build a portfolio of equities that will enable my very comfortable retirement. Join me in exploring value and growth-at-a-reasonable-price opportunities and in building your own income-producing portfolio of dividend stocks. I am an investor with over 20 year of experience in the market. I hold a B.Mgt and an MBA where I enjoyed studying both corporate and personal finance. - -Analyst’s Disclosure: I/we have no stock, option or similar derivative position in any of the companies mentioned, and no plans to initiate any such positions within the next 72 hours. I wrote this article myself, and it expresses my own opinions. I am not receiving compensation for it (other than from Seeking Alpha). I have no business relationship with any company whose stock is mentioned in this article. - -Seeking Alpha's Disclosure: Past performance is no guarantee of future results. No recommendation or advice is being given as to whether any investment is suitable for a particular investor. Any views or opinions expressed above may not reflect those of Seeking Alpha as a whole. Seeking Alpha is not a licensed securities dealer, broker or US investment adviser or investment bank. Our analysts are third party authors that include both professional investors and individual investors who may not be licensed or certified by any institute or regulatory body.",1731883666,f1116e0e99,533324d752,,,1731883666 -https://www.foxnews.com/politics/republicans-appears-likely-flip-majority-latino-california-state-assembly-seat,http://feeds.foxnews.com/foxnews/politics,Republican appears likely to flip majority-Latino California state assembly seat,"Republicans in a majority-Latino district in California that includes Indio and Coachella are on course to flip a Democratic state Assembly seat red. - -Jeff Gonzalez, an Iraq and Afghanistan war veteran, is set to beat out Democrat Joey Acuña, a school board member, for the 36th Assembly District. - -Gonzalez is ahead by an insurmountable 4,362 votes, or 3.1%, as of Friday, per official count numbers. - -If Gonzalez gets over the line, it will be the first time since 1992 that Republicans in California have picked up a seat in the state legislature during a presidential cycle, according to California state Assembly member Bill Essayli. - -Republican Ken Calvert wins re-election to US House in California's 41st Congressional District - -If elected, Gonzalez will replace longtime Democratic legislator Eduardo Garcia as the next state assembly member in a sprawling district. Garcia, from Coachella, decided not to seek re-election this year and instead endorsed Acuña, the Coachella Valley Unified School District board president, per the Desert Sun. - -The soon-to-be stunning seat win is underlined by the fact that Democrats make up about 42.3% of the 245,500 people registered to vote in the district, while Republicans account for 28.7%. Voters with no party affiliation were 21.6% of the total, according to the Desert Sun. - -In the March primary, Gonzalez received about 21,000 votes compared to about 12,000 for Acuña. However, Democratic candidates overall earned about 4,500 more votes than Republicans. - -California, a deep blue state, was easily won by Vice President Harris, who is currently leading President-elect Trump by 58.8% to 38% with 92.85% of the votes counted. - -Gonzalez is a 21-year veteran of the Marine Corps who also served on embassy protection missions in Honduras and the Czech Republic, working closely with former Secretary of State Madeleine Albright, according to his campaign website. - -GOP REP. CALVERT WINS ELECTION IN COMPETITIVE CALIFORNIA HOUSE SEAT - -He is also a pastor and the owner of three small businesses, per his website. He is married with four sons, one of whom is physically and mentally challenged and lives with he and his wife for caregiver support. - -Gonzalez ran on a platform of cutting red tape, lowering taxes and fees on groceries and gas and ""reviving the California Dream."" - -He also wants to address inflation by passing ""the largest middle-class tax cut in California history."" - -Gonzalez is also vowing to improve education, saying he is concerned about falling test scores and graduation rates. He wants to hire more teachers and more school security to create a safer learning environment as well as promote bipartisanship by supporting good ideas from both parties. - -Acuña ran on tackling affordability, housing and public safety. - -CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP - -""I want to make sure the kids who grow up in our district have access to good-paying jobs, safe neighborhoods, world-class schools, and clean air and water,"" he states on his website. - -Acuña is serving his fifth term on the Coachella Valley Unified School District Board of Trustees. In this role, he said he has worked to improve graduation rates, enhance after-school programs, and expand the district’s college and career pathway programs, according to his website. - -He works professionally as development manager for health clinics and a grant writer for a local tribe.",1731883662,7b5f0a8391,532ae23bcd,,,1731883662 -https://www.pcgamer.com/games/action/lego-horizon-adventures-review,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,LEGO Horizon Adventures Review,"Insultingly short for its price, but that might be its one saving grace considering how derivative it feels. - -PC Gamer's got your back Our experienced team dedicates many hours to every review, to really get to the heart of what matters most to you. Find out more about how we evaluate games and hardware. - -What is it? A child-friendly adaptation of Horizon: Zero Dawn using the Lego formula - -Expect to pay: £59.99/$59.99 - -Developer: Guerrilla, Studio Gobo - -Publisher: PlayStation Publishing LLC - -Reviewed on: Ryzen 7 7700X, RTX 4080, 64GB RAM - -Steam Deck: Verified - -Multiplayer? Offline and online co-op - -Link: Official site - -I’m not really sure what Sony or Guerilla saw in the crossover potential of Lego Horizon Adventures. Lego and PlayStation's post-apocalyptic dino-hunting series don’t seem opposing, exactly, but before sitting down to play it I didn’t see any multiplicative Big Brand power in combining them either—especially when compared to Lego Harry Potter or Star Wars games. - - - -Now that I’ve finished playing it, I see even less reason to justify Lego Horizon Adventures' conception. I honestly don’t know why this game exists, and frankly I’m not even sure the people behind it do either. - -The Build Up - -(Image credit: PlayStation Publishing LLC) - -Lego Horizon Adventures is a very loose adaptation of the plot of 2017's Horizon Zero Dawn (emphasis on loose). The story tackles most of hunter Aloy’s journey, including her battle with cult leader villain Helis and her attempt to understand cryptic tales of the ""old world"". A lot of the nuance of Zero Dawn’s story gets lost in the sauce here. Aloy’s outcast status within her tribe, a relatable and meaningful struggle for acceptance that I feel would have fit well in this family-friendly retelling, is a throwaway joke. Perhaps this should have been my first warning sign, as Lego Horizon Adventures would continue to flee from depth at every opportunity past this point. - - - -A lot of the jokes didn’t land for me, but I'll cut it some slack for failing to make a 30-year-old man laugh. The writing, though, never ventures beyond the tired construction you've seen countless times in Dreamworks animated films. Haters of the ""they’re right behind me, aren’t they?"" style of Marvel-esque humour are in for a rough time. I think even its target audience will grow tired of its lazy writing by the time of the campaign’s conclusion—which is almost impressive, given how incredibly short this game is. - -Mental Block - -(Image credit: PlayStation Publishing LLC) - -Unlike other Lego games, where characters tend to function more like skins rather than characters, Horizon Adventures' playable characters all have their own unique attacks and gadgets. For example, Aloy is ranged-focused with her bow whereas her companion Erend gets in close with his big hammer. - -The levels feel exactly the same mere hours after you’ve started. - -The issue is that the levels themselves don’t vary at all. Almost every single five-minute-long mission just tasks you with killing a bunch of enemies and traversing extremely similar maps, which makes all of the levels feel exactly the same mere hours after you’ve started. - - - -It started to get so cut-and-paste that there were times I was convinced I’d somehow accidentally opted to replay a mission. There are some clever ways the game tries to disguise this blatantly short loop, as the tasks you’re given and the settings you complete missions in do change—but these tasks only result in different cutscenes, and the locales are merely visually distinct. - -Combat is the videogame equivalent of snapping together 10,000 of the same basic 2x2 Lego brick: you’ll simply be spending most of your time spamming the attack button and dodging the odd projectile. The consumable gadgets you can find add a tiny and brief thrill of variety, letting you cast big AoE attacks or freeze enemies in place, but combat will still begin to feel repetitive early on regardless. - - - -Enemy variety does steadily improve throughout, introducing new types of robot dinos every handful of missions. Tackling them does force you to mix up your offence, as you’ll have to attack some from behind or learn new patterns to dodge. Ultimately they can't keep the overly simplistic combat interesting for the entirety of Lego Horizon Adventures’ campaign, which is laughable considering its length. - -Expand Your Horizons - -(Image credit: PlayStation Publishing LLC) - -In the age of 100+ hour RPGs and never-ending live service games, a game that’s short but sweet can certainly have its charm. I’d take a focused, bite-sized adventure over a middling odyssey any day. Unfortunately I think Lego Horizon Adventures is the worst of both worlds in this respect. It's repetitive, not even trying to do anything creative with the Lego game formula, and you can comfortably complete it in a single day. Usually I don't care how long a game is relative to its price, but this one's $60 and won't even keep a kid's attention for more than an afternoon. - -Even with a casual fondness for the Horizon series, I found myself getting bored after two hours. So, who exactly can I even recommend this game to—12-year-olds who love both Lego and Horizon? Adult Horizon fans who want a co-op game to play with their kids? - -The character animations are all extremely smooth and the flashy particle effects easily make this the best-looking Lego game I’ve ever seen. - -Maybe just people who really love looking at virtual Lego bricks instead of real ones. To be fair the game looks incredible on PC: I’m sure this is a benefit of the stop-motion effect that Lego Horizon Adventures is mimicking, but the character animations are all extremely smooth and the flashy particle effects easily make this the best-looking Lego game I’ve ever seen. A low bar perhaps, but one that the game comfortably clears. - -Performance on PC was mostly fine too. I had all settings on max at 4K with the framerate uncapped, and it was flawless outside of a handful of stutters. These stutters seem to be directly tied to enemy deaths and only occurred when I defeated multiple machines in a single attack, most likely due to the resulting Lego brick debris that flies about when an enemy dies. - -But outside of a blind Horizon obsession or an infatuation with digital bricks, there's little in Lego Horizon to appreciate - and even then, I don’t think fans of either will come away particularly satisfied. Mildly entertained for an evening perhaps, at best. - -",1731883674,2b11e0dc79,4f1ad42f17,,,1731883674 -https://telestreamblog.telestream.net/2022/11/application-shortcuts-document-hotkeys-in-wirecast/,https://telestreamblog.telestream.net/category/wirecast/feed/,Using Application Shortcuts and Document Hotkeys in Wirecast,"Application Shortcuts and Document Hotkeys in Wirecast allow live video producers, live-streamers, and video content creators to make Wirecast fit their production workflow exactly. The latest version of Wirecast introduced some improvements to this aspect of the software. Whether it’s controlling which sources are taken live, or what keybindings affect which aspects of the software, application shortcuts and document hotkeys are yet another way to streamline and automate your video production workflow. - -Here is a breakdown of how to use and customize Application Shortcuts and Document Hotkeys in Wirecast. But first, let’s define what each one does: - -Application Shortcuts: Keyboard shortcuts that invoke commands that would otherwise be accessible only through a menu, mouse click, or other UI methods. These help improve productivity when using the application. For example: Command-N/Contrtol-N to quickly open a New document window. - -Keyboard shortcuts that invoke commands that would otherwise be accessible only through a menu, mouse click, or other UI methods. These help improve productivity when using the application. Document Hotkeys : Specific key bindings used to trigger an action related to a specific Wirecast document. These can also be carried over if a document is transferred to another production device. For example: Assigning Command-Shift-7/Control-Shift-7 to send my main camera shot on Layer 3 live. - -: Specific key bindings used to trigger an action related to a specific Wirecast document. These can also be carried over if a document is transferred to another production device. - -You can find both of these shortcuts in Preferences > Shortcuts. - -Application Shortcuts - -Click on the Application Shortcuts tab to view all the available menu items to which you can associate a shortcut key combination. - -At the top of this window, you can see which Keyboard Shortcut Set you are working on. The Default will always be available, but you can also create your own customized Keyboard Shortcut Sets. This is helpful if you want to import or export them or have different producers using the same document that have different preferred shortcuts. - -We don’t allow any changes to the Default Keyboard Shortcut Set, so to make customizations, make a custom Keyboard Shortcut Set by going to Configure > Duplicate Set. - -Select your new Set and Rename it (Configure > Rename) - -Once you’ve created a customized Keyboard Shortcut Set, you can customize the Application Shortcuts for any available menu item by clicking on the menu item you want to change/add, and then clicking on the button “Click to record shortcut”. - -For menu items that have an existing shortcut, this button will show the existing shortcut key combination. Click on that to change it to a new one. - -Note: If you choose a key combination that is already used elsewhere by the application, you will see a warning sign next to that shortcut. - -Click on the “Conflicted” tab to display all the menu items that have duplicate/conflicting shortcuts. - -Once you fix the duplications, those warnings will disappear, and these menu items will no longer appear on the Conflicted tab. - -You can also click on the Customized tab to see all of the customizations you have made in your set. - -Note: Any Keyboard Shortcut Sets you create will be available for any document you create on that computer. - -Importing/Exporting - -To export your customized Keyboard Shortcut set for use on another computer, go to Configure > Export. - -When you export a Set, you will be prompted to choose a name and location to save your file. The file name will end with .wirecastkeyset. You can then move this file to another computer and import it to another Wirecast document using Configure >Import. - -Document Hotkeys - -Where Application Shortcuts will work with any Wirecast document on your computer and are not document-specific, Document Hotkeys are document-specific. They relate specifically to the document you have open, and trigger actions within that document. - -First, define a Hotkey - -On the Document Hotkey tab, click on the (+) at the bottom left of the window to define a Document Hotkey. - -Note: Your Keyboard Shortcut Set has to be set to Default in order to create any new Document Hotkeys. - -Give it a Name and record a key combination. - -If there is a conflict between your Hotkey and your Keyboard Shortcut Set, you’ll get a warning symbol next to your Hotkey. - -Note: You can switch to a customized Keyboard Shortcut Set to check if there is a conflict with any of your customized sets. You only need to be on the Default in order to create new Hotkeys. - -If you select “Global”, then even if the Wirecast window is not the one in focus, this Hotkey will be activated in Wirecast when you press it. - -Next, assign your Hotkey to your desired shot(s) - -Once you have a Hotkey defined, go to your main Wirecast document window to assign that Hotkey to a shot or combination of shots. - -Click on the gear menu of your desired shot, and select “Assign Hotkey”. Choose your new Hotkey from the dropdown. - -Now, when you use the key combination of your Hotkey, it will trigger that shot to go to Preview (or Live, if you have Auto-Live enabled). - -You can assign multiple shots to a single hotkey. This is handy if you want a composite of several shots on several layers to be triggered at once. - -You can also assign multiple hotkeys to a single shot, as long as they don’t conflict. You might find this helpful if you want to use one shot as part of several different composite shots. - -Displaying the name of your Hotkey - -In Preferences>Shot Display, you have the option of displaying either the key combination or the Hotkey Name on your shot.",1731883675,7cd02aafbf,530f2d80da,,,1731883675 -https://racingnews.co/2024/11/13/former-nascar-director-sentenced-on-animal-cruelty-charges/,https://www.racingnews.co/feed/,Former NASCAR director sentenced on animal cruelty charges,"Jay Fabian sentenced to 90 days in jail; Jail time suspended as long as he clears 5 years probation - -Jay Fabian is the former NASCAR Cup Series director. Back in 2021, warrants were issued for his arrest. - -He was accused of animal cruelty. 3 dogs were at the root of the charges. - -One of the animals was deprived “of all necessary sustenance in which to live.” A second dog suffered extreme dehydration and sustenance to live. The third was deprived of necessary sustenance. - -While the case was ongoing, Fabian stepped back from his NASCAR role.",1731883641,d62396e274,5338013b10,,,1731883641 -https://securityintelligence.com/posts/6-principles-operational-technology-cybersecurity-nsa-initiative/,https://securityintelligence.com/feed/,6 Principles of Operational Technology Cybersecurity released by joint NSA initiative,"Today’s critical infrastructure organizations rely on operational technology (OT) to help control and manage the systems and processes required to keep critical services to the public running. However, due to the highly integrated nature of OT deployments, cybersecurity has become a primary concern. - -On October 2, 2024, the NSA (National Security Agency) released a new CSI titled “Principles of Operational Technology Cybersecurity.” This new guide was created in collaboration with the Australian Signals Directorate’s Australian Cyber Security Centre (ASD SCSC) to help promote best practices in security OT environments. - -Rising concerns over OT security threats - -OT security has become a chief concern over recent years as attacks on critical infrastructure organizations have continued to rise. The use of targeted malware, exploitation of supply chain vulnerabilities and reliance on third-party vendors with remote access to maintenance systems have expanded the digital attack surface of operating facilities and plants, making it more accessible to attacks when looking to compromise OT environments. - -The potential consequence of OT security breaches is severe, not only causing disruptions to services but also posing a serious public safety threat when compromising energy grids and water supplies or causing irreparable environmental damage. - -Recognizing the dangers inherent to OT, the NSA teamed up with multiple international security agencies to create six foundational principles that should be applied to better protect OT environments and the data they store. - -1. Safety is paramount - -Safety in OT environments is paramount. Unlike traditional business IT systems, where speed or innovation are the highest priority, with OT systems, human safety is on the line. If a cybersecurity incident happens, it can have severe consequences that impact many more people than the organization itself. - -To ensure that OT systems are properly secured, the systems themselves need to be deterministic and predictable. This means that engineers need to know exactly how systems operate and be aware of where failures are likely to happen. There also need to be provisions in place to make sure that even in the event of complete power loss, system restarts shouldn’t be restricted. - -Some common questions to ask when preparing environments adequately should include: - -Is it safe for personnel to access affected sites? - -Are ransom payments a viable option? If not, can the system be restored from backups? - -How can a system be validated after recovery? - -2. Knowledge of the business is crucial - -For organizations to put in place adequate security protocols, a strong understanding of OT systems is critical. Organizations should clearly identify all of their critical systems and processes while documenting dependencies and making sure all personnel in charge of OT administration understand them. - -Facilitating this level of knowledge requires both top-down and bottom-up thinking. For example, in facilities that use electric generators, categorizing technology like generators, controllers and fuel supply is important, but so is managing the specific OT systems and devices that depend on them. This could include turbine control systems, protection relays and fuel valve actuators. - -In addition to understanding all of these elements, organizations need to integrate incident response playbooks into their crisis management plans. - -3. OT data is extremely valuable and needs to be protected - -OT data continues to be a highly valuable target for attackers. This is especially the case with engineering configuration data, which rarely changes and can be used by bad actors to create and test targeted malware. - -There are also other types of data held in critical infrastructure facilities, such as voltage and pressure levels, which could provide valuable reconnaissance data that provides perspectives into the activities of organizations or their customers as well as how their control systems operate. - -NSA has laid out certain steps to protect OT data, including: - -Defining where and how OT data should be stored - -Using protected data repositories that are segmented from corporate environments and open Internet access - -Implementing canary tokens that alert the organization when OT data is viewed or exported - -Changing passwords regularly and documenting failed login attempts - -4. Segment and segregate OT from all other networks - -Network segmentation has become a critical step for all organizations when mitigating the amount of damage that cyber breaches can cause. This is especially the case in OT networks where there is a higher risk presented by remote access by system maintenance teams. - -Organizations should take steps to segment and segregate their OT environments from all other networks. This includes restricting upstream and downstream data access to vendors, peers and services. - -System administration and management services should also be separated from standard IT environments. For example, if a firewall is placed between corporate networks and OT networks, OT security should not be managed from the IT side through privileged accounts. - -5. The supply chain must be secure - -The NSA has outlined the importance of organizations with OT environments having a supply chain assurance program in place that covers suppliers of software and equipment as well as vendors and managed service providers (MSPs). This means putting in more rigorous efforts when vetting potential partnerships. - -Organizations should also invest in solutions that identify the source of all device connections within their OT environments, including portable devices. They should also ensure the firmware is only received from trusted locations and cryptographically signed and that the signatures are verified. - -6. People are essential for OT cybersecurity - -Trained personnel are an essential asset when looking to defend OT systems. It’s important that all applicable staff members are thoroughly prepared to create defenses, identify incidents that can occur and respond effectively to cyberattacks. - -To help ensure there is the right mix of OT professionals, organizations should be hiring a mix of different backgrounds with skills in infrastructure development, cybersecurity professionals, control system engineers, field operations staff and asset managers. - -Creating safer OT systems - -The “Principle of Operational Technology Cybersecurity” document is a helpful framework that should be used to help build and maintain safer OT systems. By following the principles outlined, organizations can strengthen their cybersecurity posture and continue to ensure the integrity of essential public services.",1731883651,4a944ac29d,5333c59b35,,,1731883651 -https://zenhabits.net/stoic/,https://zenhabits.net/feed/,5 Stoic & Zen Practices That I Believe In - zen habits,"By Leo Babauta - -I believe in finding powerful practices for transformation wherever we can find them. And the Stoic philosophers Epictetus, Marcus Aurelius, Seneca are huge inspirations for me. - -I’ve found there to be a huge overlap between Stoicism and Zen Buddhism, even if there are also some key differences. The overlap between Zen & Stoicism are things I share below, and they are powerful practices. - -1. What We Control - -One of the main Stoic principles is to focus on what you can control, and let go of what you can’t. And most of life is what we can’t control: other people’s opinions and actions, the weather, world events for the most part, accidents, loss. Too often we let those things affect our happiness, even if we can’t do anything about them. - -Think about how often you get frustrated or stressed by something you can’t control. What if you declared that that was none of your business — your business instead is focusing on doing your best in the present moment. - -Zen also focuses on doing your best in the present moment, from a place of compassion. I find this focus to be simple, powerful, and liberating. - -2. Reminder of Death - -The Stoics would remind themselves that they were going to die, on a regular basis. Buddhists do this too — one branch of Buddhists will meditate in a graveyard for this purpose, something that I do as well. - -Life is short and precious, and we take it for granted. We need to remind ourselves of this often, so that we can make the most of each day, and each moment. - -3. Loving What Is - -The Stoics didn’t use the term “​amor fati​” (that was Nietzsche) but Marcus Aurelius and Epictetus definitely espoused the idea that we should embrace what is actually happening rather than what we wish things would be. - -Epictetus: “Don’t seek to have events happen as you wish, but wish them to happen as they do happen, and all will be well with you.” - -This is a Zen idea as well, to embrace reality as it is, and the ways we suffer are based on wanting things to be different. - -What if you could learn to love each moment, exactly as it is? To do this, you have to find the beauty in life as it happens. Start with the easy moments (a quiet morning, a nice cup of tea, seeing the face of someone you love) and then slowly work towards more difficult ones (someone is being negative, you have a difficult task before you). Leave the hardest things as an advanced challenge for later (death, illness, war). - -4. Contemplate Misfortune - -Seneca had a practice called “premeditatio malorum,” or contemplating adversity in advance, where you would visualize all the bad things that would happen to you, as a rehearsal. - -For example, if you’re about to take a trip, you might imagine all the things that could go wrong — you forgot your passport, you lost your luggage, you got robbed, you got lost, you got sick. Actually visualize all of these things happening. And imagine that they aren’t traumatic, but neutral — there’s no problem. Maybe you actually loved the experience! - -Then, if any of them actually did happen … then you’re prepared. Nothing can happen to you that’s worse than what you’ve already experienced in the contemplation! You’ve already gone through it all. - -In this way, we have prepared ourselves, like putting ourselves into ice cold water to prepare for swimming in the Atlantic. - -The Zen tradition is more about present-moment meditation … but in a way, when we meditate, we are facing everything that comes up for us in the present moment (boredom, distraction, discomfort, frustration, etc.) and so when the same things (inevitably) come up for us later, we’ve already faced them. - -5. A Higher Perspective - -There’s a way I like to visualize taking a “God’s-eye view” of humanity — looking down on all of humankind, like we’re the size of ants. - -This kind of bigger perspective reminds me that: - -My problems are actually small, even if they seem big; and We are all interconnected, even if it feels we’re alone. - -This makes my life easier. - -The Stoics called this the “higher view.” In Zen, we practice reminding ourselves of our interconnectedness. It’s the “truth” of reality (as opposed to having a separate self) that helps us to feel connected and compassionate. - -These practices help me tremendously in my life. They are liberating and motivating at the same time. And they take practice — a lifetime’s worth.",1731883645,3651ce3891,5399e2a8ee,,,1731883645 -https://www.theguardian.com/sport/2024/nov/17/jannik-sinner-caps-golden-year-by-beating-taylor-fritz-to-atp-finals-glory,https://www.theguardian.com/sport/tennis/rss,Jannik Sinner caps golden year by beating Taylor Fritz to ATP Finals glory,"Jannik Sinner added another big title to his tremendous year, beating the US Open runner-up Taylor Fritz 6-4, 6-4 for the ATP Finals trophy in front of his home fans in Turin – and before a final verdict is reached in his doping case. - -Sinner won his first two grand slam titles at the Australian Open and US Open this year and had already clinched the year-end No 1 ranking. He also tested positive in two separate drug tests in March and a decision to clear him of wrongdoing was appealed against by the World Anti-Doping Agency in September. A final ruling is expected from the court of arbitration for sport early next year. - -Sinner said the banned performance-enhancer entered his system unintentionally through a massage from his physiotherapist, who had used a spray containing the steroid to treat his own cut finger. - -Sinner maintained his recent mastery over Fritz, having also beaten the American in the US Open final in September and in the group stage this week at the elite event for the year’s top eight players. By winning all five of his matches en route to the trophy, Sinner earned $4.8m (£3.8m) – the largest winner’s prize on the men’s tour. - -He became the first Italian to win this tournament and went one step further than last year, when he lost the championship match to Novak Djokovic, who withdrew this time. He did so without dropping a set – which was last accomplished by Ivan Lendl in 1986. - -The crowd inside Inalpi Arena included multiple clusters of fans wearing orange – a tribute to Sinner’s red and orange hair and how he once ate carrots during a match. There were orange carrot costumes, orange wigs, orange hats, jackets and plenty of other orange items, too. Some fans had carrots in their mouths. - -The crowd broke into its customary chant of “Olé, olé, olé; Sin-ner, Sin-ner” when he produced a drop-shot winner to break for a 4-3 lead in the first set. He faced a break point while serving for the first set but saved it with a big serve out wide that Fritz could not return. Then he served an ace – his 10th of the set – to close it out. - -View image in fullscreen Taylor Fritz ends the year as world No 4. Photograph: Clive Brunskill/Getty Images - -Another break by Sinner early in the second set and the match was virtually over. He extended his winning streak to 11 matches. He has won 26 of his past 27 matches and ends the ATP season with eight titles and an overall record of 70-6. - -Fritz was attempting to become the event’s first American champion since Pete Sampras beat Andre Agassi in the title match 25 years ago. - - - -Still, Fritz will rise to a career-high No. 4 in the rankings on Monday after beating No. 2 Alexander Zverev in a third-set tiebreaker in the semifinals on Saturday. That will make him the highest-ranked American man since Andy Roddick was No. 4 in August 2007. - - - -It’s the latest in a series of achievements for Fritz, whose run in New York made him the first American man to reach a Grand Slam singles final since Roddick lost to Roger Federer at Wimbledon in 2009. - - - -At the start of the week, Fritz told The Associated Press that his “career has always been a very steady progression and just improving a little bit each year.” - - - -Both Sinner and Fritz will conclude their seasons representing defending champion Italy and the United States, respectively, in the Davis Cup finals, which start Tuesday in Malaga, Spain. - - - -The German duo of Kevin Krawietz and Tim Pütz beat Marcelo Arévalo and Mate Pavic 7-6 (5), 7-6 (6) to win the doubles title.",1731883630,b5dd9fce7b,52fa0f6b57,,,1731883630 -https://uxdesign.cc/why-is-the-mac-mini-power-button-on-the-bottom-5f82dfe2e564?source=rss----138adf9c44c---4,https://uxdesign.cc/feed,Why is the Mac mini power button on the bottom?,"Why is the Mac mini power button on the bottom? - -Design flaw or intentional choice? Elvis Hsiao · Follow Published in UX Collective · 5 min read · 4 days ago 4 days ago -- 7 Share - -Apple recently released the M4 Mac Mini which sparked controversy among tech enthusiasts and designers. The culprit? A power button that is inconspicuously placed on the bottom of the device. This decision has left many scratching their heads, with some calling it a design flaw that is reminiscent of the Magic Mouse charging port placement. - -“You’ve got to be kidding me. The power button is ON THE BOTTOM of the new M4 Mac Mini. So in order to power the computer on, you have to lift it or tip it forward. That is the dumbest design EVER. Who approved that?” — Twitter user’s reaction - -But is this truly a misstep by Apple’s design team? Or could there be more to this apparent madness? As a designer, here are my takes on the reasoning behind this controversial choice. - -Power button placement on previous Mac Minis - -To understand the significance of this change, it’s definitely worth examining the power button placement and designs on earlier Mac mini models.",1731883652,efe18eb280,53329c4c61,,,1731883652 -https://www.bleedcubbieblue.com/2024/11/17/24298141/cub-tracks-plays-chicken,https://www.bleedcubbieblue.com/rss/current,Cub Tracks plays chicken,"WELCOME to today’s episode of Cub Tracks news and notes™, a greatest-hits collection of Chicago-style beat writers and bloggers, ground from #Cubs, #MiLB, and #MLB baseball, overheated, steeped in writers’ tears, and then cold-brewed overnight for maximum flavor. No artificial intelligences were deployed, employed, entranced, or embalmed in the commission of this missive (apparently I might be training some though). Cub Tracks eagerly awaits the advent of robotic umpires and has already amended the three laws. The going is weird. Cub Tracks turned pro a long time ago. - -Cub Tracks. Where the great ones run away. - -Sven would no doubt approve. I give it eight rubber chickens out of ten. - -So much Dollar Store A. I. — Sports Illustrated and The Sporting News especially should be shamed endlessly for their attempts to present sport in this manner. They suffuse Google and Bing and every other thing results like East Coast bias suffuses ESPN and its pale imitators. Abominable, Dr. Phibes. - -Just say no. I have to put on my waders and gaiters in order to fashion this report, and decontaminate when I’m done. Lots of spurious trade talk out there — Cody Bellinger in a five-player deal is one I saw while scrolling, another had Marcus Stroman returning. Stop the press! - -One suspects there will be a great deal more of that coming. Cheap is cheap, and it always rises again. - -Continued on next rock. - -*means autoplay on, (directions to remove for Firefox and Chrome). {$} means paywall. {$} means limited views. Italics are often used on this page as sarcasm font. The powers that be have enabled real sarcasm font in the comments. - -Food for Thought: - -The above, for Apple News readers. - -Lucille Ball at bat, Julie Andrews catches, and Joe E. Brown plays umpire at the opening game of the Broadway baseball league in Central Park in 1961. — Citizen Screen (@citizenscreen.bsky.social) 2024-11-15T12:26:03.599Z - -The above, for Apple News readers. - -Please be reminded that Cub Tracks and Bleed Cubbie Blue do not necessarily endorse the content of articles, podcasts, or videos that are linked to in this series. Thanks for reading!",1731883632,d7791ed2a6,53726b306f,,,1731883632 -https://frugalwoods.com/2023/08/11/reader-case-study-stationed-in-japan-with-the-us-marine-corps-hoping-to-fire/,https://www.frugalwoods.com/feed/,"Reader Case Study: Stationed in Japan with the US Marine Corps, Hoping to FIRE","Kat and her husband Jay live in the Okinawa Prefecture of Japan where Jay is stationed as a Captain in the U.S. Marine Corps. They are childfree by choice and have an adorable dog named Sadie. Although they’re just 29, they’ve been diligently saving, investing and planning for the date when Jay gets out of the military. - -Their goal is to reach financial independence by that deadline, which is now five to eight years away. Kat would like our help determining if this is a reasonable goal and, if not, advice on what they should do to make it feasible. - -What’s a Reader Case Study? - -Case Studies address financial and life dilemmas that readers of Frugalwoods send in requesting advice. Then, we (that’d be me and YOU, dear reader) read through their situation and provide advice, encouragement, insight and feedback in the comments section. - -For an example, check out the last case study. Case Studies are updated by participants (at the end of the post) several months after the Case is featured. Visit this page for links to all updated Case Studies. - -Can I Be A Reader Case Study? - -There are four options for folks interested in receiving a holistic Frugalwoods financial consultation: - -→Not sure which option is right for you? Schedule a free 15-minute chat with me to learn more. Refer a friend to me here. - -Please note that space is limited for all of the above and most especially for on-the-blog Case Studies. I do my best to accommodate everyone who applies, but there are a limited number of slots available each month. - -The Goal Of Reader Case Studies - -Reader Case Studies highlight a diverse range of financial situations, ages, ethnicities, locations, goals, careers, incomes, family compositions and more! - -The Case Study series began in 2016 and, to date, there’ve been 102 Case Studies. I’ve featured folks with annual incomes ranging from $17k to $200k+ and net worths ranging from -$300k to $2.9M+. - -I’ve featured single, married, partnered, divorced, child-filled and child-free households. I’ve featured gay, straight, queer, bisexual and polyamorous people. I’ve featured women, non-binary folks and men. I’ve featured transgender and cisgender people. I’ve had cat people and dog people. I’ve featured folks from the US, Australia, Canada, England, South Africa, Spain, Finland, the Netherlands, Germany and France. I’ve featured people with PhDs and people with high school diplomas. I’ve featured people in their early 20’s and people in their late 60’s. I’ve featured folks who live on farms and folks who live in New York City. - -Reader Case Study Guidelines - -I probably don’t need to say the following because you all are the kindest, most polite commenters on the internet, but please note that Frugalwoods is a judgement-free zone where we endeavor to help one another, not condemn. - -There’s no room for rudeness here. The goal is to create a supportive environment where we all acknowledge we’re human, we’re flawed, but we choose to be here together, workshopping our money and our lives with positive, proactive suggestions and ideas. - -And a disclaimer that I am not a trained financial professional and I encourage people not to make serious financial decisions based solely on what one person on the internet advises. - -I encourage everyone to do their own research to determine the best course of action for their finances. I am not a financial advisor and I am not your financial advisor. - -With that I’ll let Kat, today’s Case Study subject, take it from here! - -Kat’s Story - -Hi Frugalwoods! I’m Kat, I’m 29, and my husband Jay is almost 29. We are childfree and have one adopted dog named Sadie. We currently live in Japan where Jay works as a US Marine Corps Captain. We met in 2015 on a study abroad trip, got married in 2017, and have moved nine times since then! We love to travel, hike and camp, snorkel in the ocean, go on long walks with our dog, watch movies, and read. - -What feels most pressing right now? What brings you to submit a Case Study? - -When I initially applied for a Reader Case Study, Jay had a one-hour commute to work on top of a long work day. He was waking up at 4am and getting home between 7 and 10 pm. We’ve since moved and he now has a 20 minute commute! So, that’s one major problem solved. - -The other main issue is that I would like us to be financially independent by the time Jay gets out of the military in five to eight years. I want us to have options, rather than feeling like we need to jump into new careers the moment he leaves the military. As we near this self-imposed deadline, the goal is feeling more and more daunting. - -We want to take advantage of our limited time in Japan – traveling, having cultural experiences, and spending time in nature. But this conflicts with our larger goal of wanting to be financially independent. - -Post-Military Life Plans - -Jay would need to serve for 20 years in order to get a pension. We’re instead hoping to fund our own retirement so he does not need to stay in that long. He loves what he does, but it is draining. After he leaves the military, we will need to purchase our own healthcare. Without a pension or disability discharge, Jay won’t be eligible for VA care. He is open to serving in the reserves, which would continue his healthcare. - -We are not sure where we want to settle down. Ideally, we will travel full time for a few years after Jay gets out of the military. Some states we are considering for our home base are Oregon, Washington, Montana, Vermont (or another northeastern state), and Minnesota. We’d like a progressive community near hiking trails with housing that we can afford. We would love suggestions! Our families are pretty scattered now, so we likely won’t live near most of them. - -What’s the best part of your current lifestyle/routine? - -We love where we live. We are very privileged to get to live in a beautiful place and experience a new way of life. - -I am also enjoying my free time. I’ve primarily worked as a writer in the past. I most recently worked as a kitchen assistant at a friend’s restaurant, but resigned due to our recent move. So, I’m currently between jobs, as one might say. I’m using this time to take care of all of the domestic labor and life management tasks, learn the Japanese language, spend time in nature, and read. Now that we have internet at our new house, I will try to pick up some freelance work with a former employer, but I am not yet sure how it will work out with the time zone difference between the US and Japan. - -What’s the worst part of your current lifestyle/routine? - -Jay’s difficult job and long work hours. What little time we have together is mostly spent resting and preparing for the next week. We’re on opposite ends of the spectrum right now – he is overworked and tired, whereas I am in need of social time and a challenge. - -Where Kat Wants to be in Ten Years: - -Finances: Financially independent, living comfortably off of our investments. - -Lifestyle: Traveling often with a home base in the states. Lots of quality time together. - -Career: Enjoyable part-time work, volunteer work, homesteading, and/or a creative hobby business that we run together. - -Kat & Jay’s Finances - -Income - -Item Number of paychecks per year Gross Income Per Pay Period Deductions Per Pay Period (with amounts) Net Income Per Pay Period Jay’s Income 12 $9,638 taxes: $1,226 - -life and dental insurance: $43 - -TSP contributions: $1,864 - -TOTAL deductions: $3,133 $6,505 Annual net total: $78,048 - -Debts: $0 - -Assets - -Item Amount Interest/type of securities held/Stock ticker Name of bank/brokerage Expense Ratio Account Type Joint Brokerage Account $183,256 VTSAX, some VTIAX Vanguard 0.0004 Investments Thrift Savings Plan $105,239 C Funds The Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board 0.0006 Retirement High Yield Savings Account $40,170 Earns 4.75% APY CIT emergency savings Kat Roth IRA $26,057 VTSAX Vanguard 0.0004 Retirement Jay Roth IRA $23,041 VTSAX Vanguard 0.0004 Retirement Brokerage Account $10,044 Mutual funds Vanguard 0.001 Investments Checking Account $4,710 Earns 0.01% APY Chase Checking TOTAL: $392,517 - -Vehicles - -Vehicle make, model, year Valued at Mileage Paid off? 2001 Daihatsu Mira Gino $1,800 87,000 Yes 2004 Mitsubishi Pajero Mini $2,700 87,000 Yes Total: $4,500 - -Expenses - -Item Amount Notes Housing $1,900 rent, insurance, trash, gas, electric, water, internet (paid in yen) Travel $546 flights, airport parking, accommodations, dog sitter, transit Groceries $459 ATM Withdrawals $160 Cash is still widely used in Japan. Used for attractions, events, and small restaurants. Household Goods $133 household essentials, cleaning supplies, furniture, gardening Restaurants $121 Cell Phones $108 provider: SoftBank Auto $99 Two cars and two drivers. Personal Damage Liability Insurance (PDI), Japanese Compulsory Insurance (JCI), annual road tax, toll road fees, US driver’s license renewal fees, maintenance Dog Care $71 Charitable Giving $63 Subscriptions $62 Apple Music, iCloud storage, Hulu, Duolingo, Microsoft, VPN Clothing & Shoes $55 Entertainment & Hobbies $54 painting class, bowling, movie theater, cultural events, snorkeling and hiking gear, book club books Personal Care $51 Gasoline $49 Health Insurance $0 covered as part of Jay’s compensation Monthly subtotal: $3,931 Annual total: $47,172 - -Credit Card Strategy - -Card Name Rewards Type? Bank/card company Capital One Quicksilver Cash Back Capital One US Bank Cash+ Cash Back US Bank Chase Freedom Unlimited Cash Back Chase Chase Freedom Cash Back Chase - -Kat’s Questions For You: - -Does it seem feasible for us to “retire” between the ages of 34-37? Or at least get out of the military at that age and both work part-time? If not, what do we need to cut back on to achieve this goal? What type of paid work should I pursue next? Any suggestions for timezone-flexible remote work? How can Jay and I better connect during times when we’re on opposite ends of the work/life balance spectrum? - -Liz Frugalwoods’ Recommendations - -Kat and Jay bring us an interesting Case Study today and I’m excited to dig in and see what’s possible for these two! They’ve made excellent frugal choices over the years, as evidenced by their lack of debt and impressive net worth. Let’s get right to Kat’s questions! - -Kat’s Question #1: Does it seem feasible for us to “retire” between the ages of 34-37 (in 5-8 years)? Or at least get out of the military at that age and both work part-time? - -This question is predicated upon how much they intend to earn, spend and invest over the next 5-8 years. Let’s take a look at where things stand now and make some projections for their future. - -Asset Overview - -It’s rare that I don’t have recommendations for a Case Study subject to change something about their asset allocation, but Kat and Jay hit a home run here! I don’t think I have any edits to suggest! Here’s why: - -Debts: $0 - -Crucially, Kat and Jay are completely debt-free, which opens up a lot of options for them. When you’re not beholden to debt, your fixed monthly costs can be very, very low. Fixed costs are things you cannot change–like your rent/mortgage, insurance, etc–and if debt repayments aren’t part of that picture, you’re automatically spending less and saving more every single month. - -Net worth: $392,517 - -Since they have no debt to service, all of their assets count towards their net worth. Nicely done, you two! - -Investments: At Vanguard - -It’s obvious Kat and Jay have done their research (and read a lot of Frugalwoods!) because their investment choices are almost exactly what I would do. They’ve selected a brokerage, Vanguard, with an excellent reputation for low-fee total market index funds. This is evident in how low the expense ratios are on all of their investments. Expense ratios are what you pay a brokerage to invest your money and, since they’re fees, you want them to be as low as possible. - -They are invested aggressively in almost 100% stocks, which in my opinion makes a lot of sense since they’re young and have a number of years before they’ll be drawing down this money. In general, you want to invest aggressively when you’re young and then decrease your risk exposure as you near retirement age. The old adage in investing is high-risk=high-reward and low-risk=low reward. - -Their selection of Vanguard’s VTSAX as their primary investment is also something I would do since it’s a total market index fund, which means they’re invested across the entire stock market. This reduces risk since they’re well-diversified across every sector of the market. It’s the opposite of stock-picking whereby you limit yourself to just one or two companies and really hope that they don’t tank. Investing in something like VTSAX is the epitome of not putting all of your eggs in one basket. A good plan! - -Cash: In a high-yield savings account - -Kat and Jay have their cash stashed exactly where I would advise: in a high-yield savings account. Their interest rate of 4.75% on this account is phenomenal! The only teensy note I have is that they’re overbalanced on cash. - -Between their checking and savings, they have $44,880, which is WAY more than they’d need in an emergency fund. An emergency fund should be around three to six months’ worth of your spending. For Kat and Jay, this $44k is nearly what they spend in an entire year. The downsides of having so much cash are that: cash loses value (because it doesn’t keep up with inflation) and there’s an opportunity cost to not having it invested in the market. Having the majority of their cash in such a high-yield savings account mitigates those risks somewhat, but it’s still an underutilization of this money. - -Technically, they should retain just six months’ worth of living expenses in cash and dump the rest into their taxable investment account. - -However, given their level of investment sophistication, I have to imagine they have a reason for keeping this much in cash, but I did want to point it out. When they near the time for Jay to leave the military, they’ll want to have a good buffer of cash on hand, but since that’s at least five years away, I see no reason to sit on that much cash in the meantime. But, if they plan to buy a house in five years? This could make sense as their downpayment savings. - -Let’s refer back to Kat and Jay’s ultimate ten-year goal: - -Kat stated they want to be “Financially independent, living comfortably off of our investments.” - -→What does that actually mean? - -When we talk about financial independence in this context, we mean the ability to: - -No longer need to work for money; Have enough invested to enable a safe rate of withdrawal to cover all of your living expenses; Have the ability to do this until you die. - -The key to making this work is actually fairly straightforward: - -You have to earn a sufficient amount of money during your early working years; You have to save and invest the vast majority of this money; You have to keep your expenses low enough to enable you to do this. - -A person who makes $1M per year but also spends $1M per year will not be able to reach financial independence. That person is living paycheck to enormous paycheck. They are completely reliant upon their job to fund their lifestyle. A lay-off would be a crisis for them because, despite having a ridiculously high income, if they don’t save any of it, they have nothing to fall back on. - -On the other hand, a person who (like Jay & Kat) earns $78,048 per year but only spends $47,172 annually, will be able to invest the $30,876 difference each year. This is the amazingly simple math behind FIRE (financial independence, retire early). - -You have two levers here: income and expenses. - -You can increase income, you can decrease expenses, you can do both. - -There’s a bit more to it since you HAVE to aggressively invest this difference–as Jay and Kat have done.You cannot keep all of this in cash and expect to become financially independent. You need the compounding interest of spending many decades invested in the stock market. - -Over time, historical models indicate that the market returns a roughly 7% annual average. Of course past performance does not promise future success, but, it’s all we have to go on. That’s why I question Kat and Jay’s overbalance on cash. While the 4.75% interest rate their cash makes in its high-yield savings account is good, history indicates that money will perform better for you in the stock market (again, a ~7% annual return on average, over many decades). - -Living Off Your Investments - -This means you have enough invested in the market that you’re able to withdraw a safe percentage every year to cover your living expenses. So again, but two variables: how much you spend and how much you have invested. Folks quibble about what percentage constitutes a “safe rate of withdrawal,” but the most commonly cited is 4%. - -How to do this math: - -4% of your investments = the amount you can withdraw to live on annually - -If we look at Kat and Jay’s current full net worth of $392,517, 4% of that is $15,700 per year. Based on their current spending level of $47,172, that’s not enough for them to live on. We can do backwards math to determine how much they’d need in order to spin off $47k a year. That answer is ~$1.2M (4% of $1.2M = $48k). - -While that’s the number for today, it’s tough to project into the future because there are so many unknowns in Kat and Jay’s situation, including: - -Jay’s annual salary for the next 5-8 years - -Kat’s annual salary for the next 5-8 years - -What the stock market will do over the next 5-8 years - -Their post-military stateside annual spending, which could change dramatically depending upon: If they’re paying for their own health insurance Where they decide to settle down If they buy a home How much their rent/mortgage is in the US Inflation - - - -In light of that, we can’t precisely model out exactly what their financial situation will be in 5-8 years, but we can absolutely do some back-of-the-envelope math to give them a sense of direction. - -To do this, I used my favorite compound interest calculator: - -I input the amount Kat and Jay currently have invested in the market ($347,637) as well as the amount they’re able to invest each month ($2,573) assuming they invest their full $30,876 annual difference between their income and expenses. I went with a flat 7% market return. - -Here are the results: - -If the market returns 7% each year and Kat and Jay continue to invest $30,876 annually, they’d have ~$665k in five years. Let’s turn to our safe rate of withdrawal percentage now to see what they’d have: - -4% of $665,138.69 = $26,605.54 available to spend each year - -This still wouldn’t be enough to cover their current level of expenses, but, one of Kat’s questions is whether or not they’d be able to work part-time to make up the difference. Absolutely! Earning more money is always going to make this math better. - -Scenario #1: Retire from the Military in Five Years and Enact “Coast FI” - -While fully retiring in five years isn’t really possible with their current numbers, they could certainly have Jay leave the military and find part-time jobs that pay enough to cover their living expenses. - -The idea behind Coast FI is that you no longer need your fully-loaded full-time job with retirement and benefits and instead, just need to earn enough to cover your expenses. Thus, you’re no longer investing for retirement or in your taxable investment account, but you’re also not drawing down anything from your investments. You’re letting your investments “coast” and grow until they’re substantial enough to enact a 4% withdrawal. - -In this instance, your spending directly dictates how much you need to earn at your job. - -What Would Happen If They Retired in Eight Years Instead? - -Kat noted that their goal is 5 to 8 years, so let’s bump the timeline out three years and see what the calculator says: - -With all of the same variables as above, and three years longer in the market, the picture changes dramatically: - -4% of $914,086.75 = $36,563.47 - -This brings Kat and Jay a lot closer to their current spending level. The challenge here, again, is that we don’t know what their incomes or the market will do during this time period. However, they can utilize this calculator to determine how they’re progressing towards their goal. - -Will They Run Out Of Money Before They Die? - -The next question Kat and Jay need to answer is whether or not they’d run out of money before they die. To grapple with that, I turn to the Rich, Broke or Dead? calculator, which sets out to answer just this query: - -As we can see, if Jay and Kat retired at age 37 and lived to age 90, they’d have an 89% chance of not running out of money before they died. I don’t love that success rate. I personally am more comfortable with something like a 98% – 100% chance of success, but again, all of this is theoretical and we can’t know precisely what will happen. - -Social Security? - -Another major variable here is Social Security. Kat and Jay don’t know their anticipated Social Security payout, which could change the above calculation by quite a bit. If they’d like to do this math on their own, they can input their anticipated SS in the above calculator under the section “extra income” along with the age at which they expect to start taking SS. - -Kat and Jay can figure out their anticipated Social Security benefits by following these instructions on how to retrieve their earnings tables from ssa.gov (the government’s Social Security website). - -Can Kat & Jay Reach FI in 5-8 Years? - -The final answer is that we don’t know. What we do know is that Kat and Jay are absolutely on the right path for achieving Financial Independence. They’re doing all the right things by: - -Maintaining a good salary - -Keeping their expenses low - -Wisely and aggressively investing the difference between their income and expenses - -Avoiding debt - -→If they continue on this path, they will eventually reach Financial Independence, no doubt about it. - -When exactly that will be depends on a number of variables we don’t know right now, which I articulated above: - -Jay’s annual salary for the next 5-8 years - -Kat’s annual salary for the next 5-8 years - -What the stock market will do over the next 5-8 years - -Their post-military stateside annual spending, which could change dramatically depending upon: If they’re paying for their own health insurance Where they decide to settle down If they buy a home How much their rent/mortgage is in the US Inflation - -Their anticipated Social Security payouts - -If they’d like to do Coast FI or pursue full FIRE - -Kat next asked: If we’re not on track to reach FI in 5-8 years, what do we need to cut back on to achieve this goal? - -I refer Kat back to my oversimplification of FIRE math and the two levers she and Jay can impact: - -Income Expenses - -If Kat finds a job that works with their lifestyle, that would certainly speed up their progress towards FI. But, as it stands, if they’re willing to extend their timeline and have Jay work longer, she doesn’t need to get a job. It’s really all about how aggressive they want to be with these two variables. - -If their ultimate priority is to reach full FIRE in 5-8 years, then Kat needs to find the highest-paying job she can, they both need to work as many hours as they can be paid for and they need to cut their spending to the bone. - -That’s the extreme version and it’s but one option. The other options all fall somewhere in between. There’s no right or wrong here, it’s just a question of what they want most: - -Do they want work/life balance now and a longer timeline to FI? Or, do they want to work nonstop for the next 5-8 years in order to fully retire in their 30s? - -Kat’s Question #3: What type of paid work should I pursue next? Any suggestions for timezone-flexible remote work? - -See above: the highest-paying she can find if they want to FIRE ASAP. In terms of remote work, this is certainly a boom time for that. In terms of which job, I defer to the wise Frugalwoods readers who’ve charted these waters already. - -I don’t know exactly what Kat’s work history is, but she mentioned she’s been a writer in the past. In my experience as a freelance writer for various magazines and online publications, this is a completely timezone-flexible job. The client doesn’t care what time of day you’re writing at, they just wants the piece delivered by deadline. - -Freelance writing doesn’t pay very well, but it could be something for Kat to explore as an add-on to another job. Since she doesn’t need the benefits of a full-time position, she could cobble together a number of freelance gigs. That being said, if she did find a US-based employer with a matching 401k/403b retirement plan, that would certainly help with their FIRE math. - -At present, Kat is not eligible to contribute to her own IRA since she doesn’t have earned income; but, she could look into opening a spousal IRA. - -Kat’s Question #4: How can Jay and I better connect during times when we’re on opposite ends of the work/life balance spectrum? - -It’s so hard to feel at odds with your spouse’s schedule and energy level. I wonder if they’ve considered establishing an evenings/weekends schedule that would enable them to both get what they need from their time together? - -For example, maybe Saturday mornings are designated for them to hike together with the understanding that Jay needs Saturday afternoons to decompress and watch a movie. Perhaps by articulating how they want to divide up their time they’ll be able to come to some agreement on what’ll work best for each of them. - -Additionally, Kat noted that a lot of their time together is used to prepare for the next week. If she’s not working, I wonder if she might consider shifting all of that prep work to during the weekdays when Jay is at work? Laundry, house cleaning, errands, meal prep, etc could all take place while Jay’s at work so that the weekends are reserved exclusively for free/leisure time together. - -Summary - -Keep doing what you’re doing. You will reach FIRE eventually if you continue on this path. Determine how important the 5-8 year FIRE timeline is: If FIRE-ing ASAP is the priority, Kat needs to get a well-paying job, you need to cut your spending to the bone and shovel money into your investments. If Coast FI in a few years is appealing, consider what part-time jobs you might both enjoy working to cover your expenses. There are infinite possibilities here and you should feel confident that you have the basis to support whichever path you choose. Take a look at how much cash you have on hand and ensure that it makes sense with your timeline for leaving the military, buying a house, etc. Consider shifting all prep/household work to the weekdays to reserve the weekends for free/leisure time. Consider creating a weekend schedule that ensures both of you are getting what you need from your downtime together. - -Ok Frugalwoods nation, what advice do you have for Kat? We’ll both reply to comments, so please feel free to ask questions! - -Would you like your own Case Study to appear here on Frugalwoods? Apply to be an on-the-blog Case Study subject here. Hire me for a private financial consultation here. Schedule an hourlong or 30-minute call with me, refer a friend to me here, schedule a free 15-minute call to learn more or email me with questions (liz@frugalwoods.com).",1731883657,0b93cf5987,5340109801,,,1731883657 -https://devblogs.microsoft.com/xamarin/xamarin-ios-16-android-13-updates/,https://devblogs.microsoft.com/xamarin/feed/,"Fall 2022 Updates for Xamarin, Hello iOS 16 and Android 13","Today we are happy to announce that Xamarin support is now available for iOS 16 in Visual Studio 17.3.5 on Windows and 17.3.6 on Mac. iOS 16 now joins Android 13 (API 33) in Xamarin to support the latest mobile versions on both platforms. iOS 16 is part of the larger Xcode 14 release from Apple which will soon also add new versions of iPadOS, tvOS, macOS, and Mac Catalyst. Apple has not yet released those updates, so your applications will continue to work using the existing versions of those SDKs. To get started today, install these versions of Visual Studio along with Xcode 14 on your Mac. - -If you are using .NET 6 or the newly released .NET 7 release candidate, we advise you to keep Xcode 13 and Xcode 14 installed side-by-side. In a near future release, we will ship Xcode 14 support for .NET 6 and 7 at which time everything will work with Xcode 14. - -Xamarin Support Update - -During the recent .NET Conf Focus on MAUI event in early August, we shared an updated roadmap that details the support transition from Xamarin to .NET. We are happy to be able to provide you with seamless support during your transition from Xamarin to .NET MAUI through May 1, 2024. We are also smoothing the technical transition for you. Due to the external dependencies on Apple and Google for Xamarin and .NET MAUI, the support story is a bit more nuanced than for the .NET SDK and runtime itself. Let’s break down the timeline and I’ll show you the path ahead for your projects. - -Xamarin SDKs will be supported through May 1, 2024, with the final platform versions being Android 13 and iOS 16. All project code can be upgraded to .NET 6 and beyond without rewriting your apps. - -About Xamarin.Android and Xamarin.iOS - -These mobile SDKs are the foundation of .NET for mobile! In .NET 6 we unified them with the rest of .NET on the same base class library (BCL) including C# types (iOS had some overlap) and running on the same runtime. It’s all there for you in .NET 6 and will continue as (part of) .NET! - -We have shipped Android 13 and iOS 16. These are the final platform versions we will support for Xamarin. Subsequent versions of Android and iOS will be released in .NET. Before then, we highly recommend you complete your transition. - -Consider that Apple historically releases new major versions in September, and the Apple App Store immediately requires new apps to use the latest version, and by April of the following year requires all apps to be built with the latest version. Google is a bit more generous with its policy, but it also has an end. - -When it comes to mobile apps especially, make sure you quickly adopt the latest versions in order to stay compliant, performant, and secure. - -Upgrading to .NET 6: Android and iOS - -In order to upgrade your Xamarin.Android and Xamarin.iOS projects to .NET you will first update to the SDK Style project system (i.e. update your csproj) and then update your dependencies to .NET 6 compatible versions. For most applications, that’s the beginning and the end of the journey – compile and test your apps. You don’t need to change namespaces or rewrite these apps. - -Checklist: - -Update your csproj to SDK Style - -Upgrade or replace incompatible dependencies with .NET 6 versions - -Compile and test your app - -About Xamarin.Forms - -Xamarin.Forms has been renamed to .NET MAUI and gives you all the same code sharing and productivity you’ve enjoyed for years, plus new desktop platforms, Blazor components, and simpler coding patterns. Your Xamarin.Forms projects also upgrade to .NET MAUI without rewriting them! Here are a few additional considerations and things to be aware of as you plan. - -You do not need to rewrite your code, even custom renderers - -Moving to single project is optional - -.NET Upgrade Assistant is a work-in-progress and optional - -Xamarin.Essentials is now part of .NET MAUI - -Visual Studio 2022 17.3 on Windows includes .NET MAUI, and .NET MAUI tooling is in preview 17.4 on macOS - -Upgrading to .NET 6: Xamarin.Forms - -Very little has changed in .NET 6 for Android and iOS since they are .NET bindings of the SDKs shipped by Google and Apple. Xamarin.Forms is where we have added on productivity, patterns, layouts, and controls to enhance your cross-platform mobile experiences. .NET MAUI is Xamarin.Forms renamed, and improves upon Xamarin.Forms for performance, extensibility of layouts and controls, consistency and reliability, and exanded reach for your apps to desktop. All this and much more has been added to your development experience in .NET MAUI, so what does it take to migrate your project? - -Checklist - -Update your csproj to SDK Style* - -Update Xamarin.Forms namespaces in C# and XAML* – Documentation - -Update code for major version breaking changes* – Documentation - -Upgrade or replace incompatible dependencies with .NET 6 versions* – Documentation - -Compile and test your app - -Touch-up layout and styling - -*Our migration guide documents how .NET Upgrade Assistant can help with these items, and how you can do them manually. - -About Others - -Xamarin developers have also been able to use Xamarin SDKs to target more than just mobile, sometimes because they “just work” when we ship the mobile SDKs and tooling. What of those continue to be available to you .NET? - -Apple : App Extensions, CarPlay, tvOS - -: App Extensions, CarPlay, tvOS Google: Android Auto, Android Wear - -Support Timeline - -Each release of .NET MAUI (including the platform SDK dependencies for Android, iOS, etc.) will follow the same support policy and shipping schedule as defined on the official support policy page. - -Each release of .NET MAUI is scheduled to coincide with .NET SDK on the annual cadence with monthly servicing opportunities. Support for .NET MAUI will always end 6 months after the next release. For more details, refer to the the official support policy. - -Conclusion - -We are often asked “how long should it take to upgrade an application to .NET 6”, and (as usual) the answer is “it depends”. To get most projects setup, building, and debugging can take a day or less. The usual tasks that slow this process down are .NET 6 incompatible 3rd party dependencies that you will either upgrade, replace, or remove. - -We are excited for the future of .NET for building client applications! Please let us know how you get along with your upgrades from Xamarin, and how we can improve your experience by emailing me david.ortinau@microsoft.com or by opening an issue for us on GitHub.",1731883656,c0e6a23527,53a4e7a248,,,1731883656 -https://www.suasnews.com/2024/11/ideaforge-is-proud-to-be-a-data-provider-for-operation-dronagiri/,https://www.suasnews.com/feed/,ideaForge is Proud to be a Data Provider for Operation DRONAGIRI,"ideaForge is Proud to be a Data Provider for Operation DRONAGIRI - -ideaForge Technology Limited, a global leader in drone technology, is proud to announce its role as a data provider for Operation DRONAGIRI, a pioneering pilot project launched under the National Geospatial Policy 2022. This initiative demonstrates the powerful potential of geospatial technologies to improve citizens’ quality of life and streamline business operations across various sectors. - -Operation DRONAGIRI aims to integrate geospatial data and technology into key sectors, including Agriculture, Livelihoods, Logistics and Transport. - -The first phase of the operation will take place in Uttar Pradesh, Haryana, Assam, Andhra Pradesh, and Maharashtra, where pilot projects will showcase the real-world applications of these technologies. The initiative also introduces the Integrated Geospatial Data Sharing Interface (GDI), which will enable seamless access to geospatial data, fostering collaboration and innovation among stakeholders. - -As a critical data provider, ideaForge will supply high-resolution drone data that will be used by various stakeholders, including government departments, industry leaders, and startups, to drive more informed decision-making and enhance project outcomes. This partnership highlights ideaForge’s ongoing commitment to supporting national efforts to harness the power of geospatial technologies for sustainable development. - -About ideaForge Technology Limited - -ideaForge is the pioneer and the pre-eminent market leader in the Indian unmanned aircraft systems (“UAS”). The company is backed by leading investors including Qualcomm, Infosys, Celesta Capital, Florintree, EXIM Bank, Infina Finance and other marquee institutional investors. It was ranked 5th globally in 2023 as a top dual-use (civil & military) drone manufacturer by Drone Industry Insights, the world’s leading drone market research and analytics company. ideaForge has the largest operational deployment of indigenous UAVs across India, with an ideaForge manufactured drone taking off every 4 minutes for surveillance and mapping applications. ideaForge customers have completed over 5,50,000+ flights using ideaForge UAVs. To know more about ideaForge, visit www.ideaforgetech.com! - -Related",1731883651,704e9ebd4c,53591fa01e,,,1731883651 -https://www.npr.org/2021/12/10/1063191243/the-rest-of-the-story-2021,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"From protests to pasta to forgiven loans, we update some of our favorite stories : Planet Money : NPR","The Rest of the Story, 2021 - -Enlarge this image toggle caption NPR NPR - -It's that time again. Time to gather up the loose strings and lingering questions of stories we've reported, and tell you what's happened since we turned off the mics. - -How did a new pasta shape get onto store shelves? What happened with protesting Indian farmers? Plus, time-traveling government bureaucrats, a quantum leap in French fry technology, and the fate of a towering inflatable rat. - -Music: ""American Soul Food"" and ""A Modern New Year"" and ""Kaleidoscope"" and ""Sparklin"" and ""American Soul Food"" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884690,8181d7a585,5375a6e281,,,1731884690 -https://www.offtackleempire.com/2024/11/16/24296884/week-12-b1g-early-thread,https://www.offtackleempire.com/rss/current.rss,Week 12: B1G Early Thread,"Here are the rules: - -1) No pirated streams or discussion about pirated streams. - -2) Have fun. - -3) Don’t be a jackass. - -Enjoy! - -A woman’s face with Nature’s own hand painted - -Hast thou, the master-mistress of my passion; - -A woman’s gentle heart, but not acquainted - -With shifting change, as is false women’s fashion; - -An eye more bright than theirs, less false in rolling, - -Gilding the object whereupon it gazeth; - -A man in hue, all ‘hues’ in his controlling, - -Much steals men’s eyes and women’s souls amazeth. - -And for a woman wert thou first created; - -Till Nature, as she wrought thee, fell a-doting, - -And by addition me of thee defeated, - -By adding one thing to my purpose nothing. - -But since she prick’d thee out for women’s pleasure, - -Mine be thy love and thy love’s use their treasure.",1731883644,b78c4e13b2,535b03422b,,,1731883644 -https://vrsource.com/resolution-games-announces-opening-day-for-ultimechs-17420/,https://vrsource.com/feed/,Resolution Games Announces Opening Day for Ultimechs,"Home » News » Resolution Games Announces Opening Day for Ultimechs News Resolution Games Announces Opening Day for Ultimechs 449 Views - -Source: Resolution Games - -Resolution Games, the studio behind games like Demeo, Blaston, Bait!, Acron: Attack of the Squirrels!, Cook-Out: A Sandwich Tale, have announced the launch date for their latest VR game, Ultimechs. - -The game will launch on September 15 on major VR platforms as a free download with no limits on play for Meta Quest 2, Steam VR, and Pico devices. - -Ultimechs is about a thrilling sport of the future called Superball in which high-performance mechs literary fire rocket-powered fists to score points. The game requires both strategy and teamwork, and it can be played both in 1vs1 and 2vs2. - -“When we designed Ultimechs, we tried to keep in mind what would go into creating a new sport that people would love playing and watching years from now,” said Tommy Palm, founder and CEO of Resolution Games. “Ultimechs combines the excitement, drama and atmosphere of traditional sports and makes the action quick and simple to understand, with plenty of room for big power-plays and clever strategies.” - -Those who would like to try Ultimechs as soon as possible should wishlist the game on Steam and in the Meta Quest Store. - -“Players who want to take things to the next level can sign up for the UltiPass, a seasonal membership that unlocks a wealth of ways to upgrade the look of their mechs.” Details of the Season One UltiPass, including a preview of its content and pricing, will be made available ahead of the game’s launch this September.",1731883644,8669cc1c14,535f9fb8f9,,,1731883644 -https://meetings.skift.com/2024/11/13/are-convention-centers-worth-it/,https://www.eventmanagerblog.com/feed,Are Convention Centers Worth It?,"Despite skepticism from critics, proponents argue convention centers are vital economic drivers that support local businesses, tourism, and hospitality industries. - -Cities spend billions to build and renovate large convention centers – is it worth it? That’s the question raised by a recent New York Times article. - -According to Skift Meetings research, 22 new convention centers are under construction and 60 new projects are in the pipeline across all tiers. Dallas, Austin, and Los Angeles each have big expansions underway. - -The premise of the Times story is that companies are spending less on conferences and attendance is down. - -According to the U.S. Travel Association, travelers spent $119 billion on meetings and events travel in 2023. - -That’s down from $139.3 billion in 2019. But it’s been coming back and U.S. Travel projects growth of 9% in 2024. - -In addition, data from STR shows that group room demand matched 2019 levels in September. The pace of future bookings has been well ahead of 2019 for most of this year. - -Booking Seven to Eight Years Out - -The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) is booking its large events seven to eight years out to secure desirable convention center space, said Marie Hunter, IEEE’s managing director of conferences, events, and experiences. “And even then, we are sometimes finding convention centers are already booked,” she said. - -Hunter reports that 2024 is going to be a record year for IEEE technical conferences with over 550,000 estimated participants worldwide. IEEE sponsors more than 2,200 conferences each year. - -“For technical exhibitions, we find that our participants want to see the products in person and that the exhibitors may even sell to each other, becoming a community marketplace,” said Hunter. - -IEEE isn’t the only group finding it challenging to book the space they need. “Supply is not meeting demand,” said Janet Dell, CEO of Freeman, an event agency. “There are shorter move-in times, they can’t get dates.” - -Much thought goes into the decision to renovate a convention center. “There is collaboration between cities, states, and consultants. Billion-dollar projects are not arbitrary decisions,” said Don Welsh, the CEO and president of Destinations International. “Plus, planners are saying you have to up your game and provide the environment our attendees want, and convention centers are listening.” - -Not surprisingly, the industry supports more conferences and promotes the potential economic benefits to a city. - -Are Convention Centers Money Sucks? - -“The notion that a convention center is a money suck is counter to how they are operated and balance out an entire ecosystem,” said Trevor Mitchell, president and CEO of The International Association of Venue Managers (IAVM). “Hotels, retail outlets, and restaurants are impacted when a convention is in town. Not to mention the people who are employed by these centers.” - -Kevin Hinton, U.S. Travel Association’s managing director, group travel, concurs. “The ROI of a convention goes well beyond the performance of the convention center. There is vast spending that happens well beyond the buildings where the meeting is being held,” he said. - -Another important factor to consider is the collaboration that happens when in-person at a convention. “Convention centers are incubators for industry,” said Sherrif Karamat, CEO of PCMA. For instance, he points to five new AI conferences that have been created post-pandemic. - -“Forced tourism” is ignited by conventions. “Conventions are a great way to attract people to a city,” said Craig Davis, the president and CEO of Visit Dallas. - -The Kay Bailey Hutchison Convention Center in his city is undergoing a significant $3.5 billion. redevelopment. When completed, the new center will have 170,000 square feet of ballroom space, 260,000 square feet of meeting rooms, and 800,000 square feet of exhibit space. - -Construction began in June and is scheduled to be completed in 2029. Forty-one events have been booked for 2029 and later and 96 others are on the table, said Davis. - -Convention Centers Help in Crisis - -Convention centers can help communities in other ways. During the pandemic, they became hospitals, testing centers, and eventually vaccination centers. The Jacob K. Javits Convention Center, the first in the country to convert into a hospital with 1,000 beds, along with a nurses’ station and pharmacy, also transformed into a vaccine distribution center. - -The San Diego Convention Center was used for three months to house unaccompanied immigrant minors. This was in March of 2021, during the Covid pandemic, and as a result, no scheduled events were impacted. Another, the El Paso Convention Center was also transformed into a migrant shelter in December of 2022. - -Industry associations have the data to prove the importance of convention centers and thus the entire event ecosystem. The Events Industry Council (EIC) states that the $1.5 trillion of total GDP supported by global business events would rank the sector as the 13th largest economy globally. - -“The data is there. We haven’t been able to capture the essence of why it matters,” said Amy Calvert, EIC’s president and CEO. “Anecdotally, the deeper, more purposeful impact and reason of events need to be part of the story we tell.”",1731883623,22219df62c,53a394f3ed,,,1731883623 -https://expeditionportal.com/classifieds-gmc-canyon-at4x/,https://www.expeditionportal.com/feed/,2023 GMC Canyon AT4X :: Featured Classified,"Since its introduction, the GMC Canyon AT4X has arguably set the benchmark for off-the-shelf, overland-ready mid-size pickups. Publisher Scott Brady states, “The AT4x is one of the best -overland trucks ever sold in North America, providing capability never seen from an IFS offering. It has become the Swiss Army knife of mid-size overland pickups, working as well in technical terrain as it does at speed in the desert.” The combination of 33-inch tires, front and rear lockers, Multimatic dampers, armor, a winch, and intelligent onboard systems from the factory ensured the Canyon AT4X was a hit with the overlanding community. It’s also coveted by the aftermarket, with a huge array of dedicated parts and accessories to further uprate this already formidable overland platform for exploration. Cue today’s drool-worthy 2023 GMC Canyon AT4, which was built by Overland Expo as their 2024 Ultimate Overland Vehicle Build. This stunning creation is currently bidding on Bring a Trailer, with all proceeds donated to the Overland Expo Foundation. The non-profit is dedicated to protecting public lands and supporting the overland industry with a mission to “provide education, resources, and community to overland enthusiasts, businesses, and organizations around the globe.” Don’t miss this unique opportunity to purchase a pinnacle overland build while supporting a great cause. Check out the full walkthrough video on the Overland Expo Youtube channel. - -From the Seller: - -“Each year, the Overland Expo team selects a vehicle that embodies the overland lifestyle. Then, the latest and greatest gear is assembled to make the build ready for any adventure. The build is donated to the Overland Expo Foundation and auctioned off on BringaTrailer.com. The Ultimate Overland Vehicle Build goes home with the highest bidder, and 100 percent of the proceeds go directly to the Overland Expo Foundation, a 501(c)(3) non-profit committed to advocating for responsible land use and restoration, promoting safety and preparedness, and fostering a diverse and inclusive community. While plenty of GMC trucks are built for adventure, with the introduction of the Canyon AT4X, GMC is redefining off-roading for mid-size trucks. With a bold new look, a totally redesigned interior, and a host of extreme off-roading hardware and innovative tech, the GMC Canyon AT4X was the perfect starting point for our mid-size Ultimate Overland Build. It’s a phenomenal off-road platform in stock form, so we wanted to focus on taking that great foundation to the next level in terms of capability, ease of use, and overall functionality as a dual-purpose, overland vehicle.” - -2023 GMC Canyon AT4X - -The Canyon is powered by a 2.7-liter turbo motor that produces 310 horsepower, 430 pound-feet of torque, and returns a combined 16 mpg. A powerful engine is matched with class-leading capability thanks to 4WD, high and low range, a lifted and uprated suspension, armor, surround vision and underbody cameras, front and rear lockers, and intelligent onboard systems such as Terrain, Overlanding, and Baja modes. Inside, these rugged backcountry attributes are balanced with a well-equipped interior with driver comforts that include: - -Infotainment system with navigation, 11.3-inch screen - -Head-up display - -Premium Bose audio, 7 speakers - -Cupholders - -Keyless ignition - -Power steering, windows, locks, and mirrors - -Cruise control - -Hands-free entry - -Overhead console - -Dual-zone climate control - -Powered and heated leather seats - -weBoost Drive Reach Overland - -Quad Lock windscreen suction mount - -Husky Liners X-Act contour floor liners - -Switch-Pros SP9100 switch panel power system - -Distinguishing Features - -Battle Born 100-amp-hour lithium battery with Redarc Manager Alpha100 battery management system and a Bluetti AC240 power station - -Leitner Designs ACS Forged Active Cargo System and Decked Drawer System - -Recovery gear including MaxTrax Extreme, kinetic rope, static winch rope, fuse shackle, and Forrest Tool Company Max multipurpose toolkit Signature Edition - -589 Fabrication mini fighter bumper with ComeUp USA Solo 9.5rs winch - -Torque wheels with BFGoodrich all-terrain KO2 tires - -Aeronaut Hoverquilt and Firequilt - -Midland MXT575VP4 2-way radio, MXMC01 Microphone, and SPK200 external speaker - -AEV skid plates, rear bumper, and snorkel - -Alu-Cab 3R Expedition RT Tent, 270-degree awning, and shower cube - -Rig’d UltraSwing spare tire carrier - -Vision X 4.7- and 6.7-inch CG2 light cannons - -Blackstone Adventure Ready camping griddle, Project X41 QT Blizzard Box electric cooler, Jetboil Flash cooking system, Genesis Basecamp, and silicone coffee press - -Zoleo global satellite communicator - -Peak suspension kit - -MagnaFlow Overland series cat-back performance exhaust - -This 2023 GMC Canyon AT4X is currently bidding on Bring a Trailer. Check the full vehicle specifications on the Overland Expo Foundation website.",1731883669,ecdc66bb02,537570ca4a,,,1731883669 -https://derivsource.com/2024/07/25/broadridge-appoints-david-runacres-as-president-of-apac/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Broadridge Appoints David Runacres as President of APAC,"Global Fintech leader Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc.(NYSE: BR) today announced the appointment of David Runacres as President of Asia-Pacific (APAC), effective immediately. Based in Tokyo, Runacres will spearhead Broadridge’s APAC regional operations. He will also assume the role of Senior Country Officer, Japan, overseeing all activities in a market that is a key part of Broadridge investment and growth strategy. Runacres joins Broadridge from the London Stock Exchange Group (LSEG), where he spent 12 years as head of Japan. - -“David brings over three decades of experience in the APAC region and a proven track record of delivering exceptional results for clients and leading teams,” said Mike Sleightholme, President of Broadridge International. “His deep understanding of the market, coupled with his ability to navigate complex regulatory environments and experience in leading cross-business initiatives, makes him uniquely positioned to lead Broadridge’s growth initiatives in the region to help our clients operate, innovate, and grow.” - -“I am thrilled to join Broadridge at such an exciting time and look forward to driving the company’s growth strategy across the APAC region,” said David Runacres. “By leveraging Broadridge’s innovative solutions, deep industry expertise and local presence, I aim to strengthen our market position and deliver unparalleled value to our clients. Together, we will build on Broadridge’s strong foundation in APAC as a trusted tech partner to drive the next phase of success helping our clients innovate by modernizing, simplifying, and optimizing their business.” - -At LSEG, Runacres successfully led various high-impact projects, including the integration of Refinitiv in Japan and the expansion of LSEG’s footprint across the region. Prior to his time at LSEG, he held key sales roles at renowned organizations such SunGard Systems and Thomson Financial, where he honed his expertise in market development, client management, and operational excellence. He has been based in Hong Kong, Singapore, and Tokyo over that period. - - - -Runacres holds a Bachelor of Applied Sciences (Computing) from Monash University in Australia.",1731883774,9dd65a327d,53d0cbe5a2,,,1731883774 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/14/breathe-home-truth-ngv-architecture-commission/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,Breathe challenges Australia's large homes in Home Truth pavilion at NGV,"Architecture studio Breathe has created a house-within-a-house for the National Gallery of Victoria in Melbourne to draw attention to the potential of small homes. - -Named Home Truth, the temporary pavilion was made of two frames – an external structure made from timber framing that represents an average Australian home and an internal one that encloses the volume of a small house. - -With the average Australian home being 236 square metres in size – ranking the largest in the world according to a report released by the Australian Bureau of Statistics in 2020 – Breathe aimed to draw attention to the ethical and ecological impact of the large homes by presenting the contrasting sizes of the two structures. - -""Home Truth highlights how small footprint housing could help curtail suburban sprawl, lessen the environmental impact of housing construction and create a better quality of life for communities,"" said Breathe. - -""We approach design with a mantra of build less, give more,"" the Melbourne-based studio told Dezeen. - -""We design using a sustainability of reductionism, we take out what is unnecessary, strip back to the essence of the building and focus on an effortless, elegant, honest design solution."" - -Only two materials were used for the construction of the project, in order to reflect the current housing construction methodologies. - -The frame of the larger house and the tightly arranged slabs that form the rooms within were made from framing pine, a ubiquitous building material. While silver flecked Saveboard, made from 100 per cent post-consumer waste, was added in between the frames. - -The small-scale home at the heart of the project was informed by the apartment complex and design-conscious terrace houses under 100 square metres built in the 1900s in Melbourne, to provide affordable housing for inner city workers. - -Breathe hoped the historical reference of small housing would help people to foresee a future of smaller living spaces. - -""Our proposal is not part of some unattainable imagined future, but rather a return to a more thoughtful and appropriate scale of living that responds to the needs of others and the planet,"" the studio said. - -""Housing of the future, to me, is well designed. It's efficient, it feels spacious and warm, it will have a net zero carbon footprint, it will be an exporter of energy, it will be manufactured, not constructed to a high degree of quality and sustainability,"" it added. - -""Importantly, our housing of the future will be focused on the human experience, not the automobile and it will look to deliver on sustainability, community and long term affordability."" - -""Home Truth speculates that overconsumption of space and materials translates into ecological and social consequences – for both us and the planet,"" Ewan McEoin, NGV's senior curator of Contemporary Art, Design and Architecture, commented on the project. - -""But importantly, it offers a provocative vision of a new way of thinking about building – seeing the value of living in spaces that are of smaller scale – a vision that prioritises people and planet,"" he continued. - -Home Truth is the ninth installation created for the NGV Architecture Commission, an annual pavilion series that began in 2016. - -Previous designs include an inflatable sphere by Nic Brunsdon in 2023 and Temple of Boom by Adam Newman and Kelvin Tsang in 2022. - -The photography is by Derek Swalwell. - -Home Truth is on display at NGV in Melbourne from 13 November 2024 until April 2025. For an up-to-date list of architecture and design events, visit Dezeen Events Guide.",1731883658,8f8dc0373b,53c78d8886,,,1731883658 -https://transom.org/2015/finding-the-story-when-you-know-too-much/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Finding The Story When You Know Too Much,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/08/From-a-Drop-to-a-Gallon-to-an-8oz-Glass.mp3 Download Listen to “Finding The Story When You Know Too Much” - -One of the best questions a journalist can ask is: Really? That one simple question launched Karen Duffin into a story that took her over a year to research and produce — “Nazi Summer Camp,” Karen’s first story for Radiolab. - -One day, Karen’s dad made an off-the-cuff remark about German POW camps in Idaho during WWII and she said “Really dad? Are you remembering this right?” He was. And off she went. - -Karen interviewed experts, guards, prisoners, more experts, more guards…. She even spent a month sifting through documents at the National Archives. She became a kind-of walking Wikipedia page on the subject. Eventually, all of that information had to be whittled down to a half-hour radio story. Karen’s producer, Kelsey Padgett, said “If a gallon of water is Karen’s knowledge of this subject, I think we probably drank a small, eight-ounce glass from the gallon of water.” - -Karen and Kelsey trace the fascinating and arduous path from a drop of water (Karen’s dad’s anecdote) to a gallon (Karen’s expertise) to an 8 oz. glass (the Radiolab story) on this edition of HowSound. - -*Featured image courtesy of the Aliceville Museum, Inc., Aliceville, AL",1731883698,c00d35bf2d,539c82a817,,,1731883698 -https://www.cnet.com/home/kitchen-and-household/can-a-space-heater-can-lower-your-heating-bill-we-did-the-math-to-find-out/#ftag=CAD590a51e,https://www.cnet.com/rss/news/,Can a Space Heater Can Lower Your Heating Bill? We Did the Math to Find Out,"While heating costs for some are down thanks to plummeting oil prices, the cost to heat homes in the US with electric, natural gas and propane is set to jump as much as 10% for winter 2024-25. The projected spike is due to electrical grid failures, rising gas prices and a winter that's projected to be colder than average, particularly in the Northeast and Midwest. - -Keeping your thermostat set to this exact temperature will help, but you could turn the heat down even further and rely on warmth from an efficient electric space heater as the weather cools. This is a particularly viable option for those with a home office, keeping the central heating thermostat low and targeting the room you're occupying with heat. - -So how much can you save with a space heater? To find out, we did the math. While there are big variables, including regional energy prices, energy type used to heat your home, climate and home size, we relied on broad national averages to find an answer. It turns out you can save hundreds or up to $500 if you're heating a large home with pricey oil. - -With energy costs high, we explore space heaters as a money-saving mechanism. CNET - -For more ways to save money this winter, check out five tips to save money on your heating bill, where you should move your thermostat to cut down heating costs and the best energy-saving smart gadgets that will help you cut down your bills. - -How much does a space heater cost to run? - - - -The cost to run a space heater depends on the type of heater that you've got, including its size and wattage. A small personal heater can be purchased as cheaply as $20, whereas a full-room heater can run you up to $300, depending on the model and heating capacity. Larger heaters cover more area and are more effective (while smaller heaters in big spaces are inefficient), but also cost more to run. - -CNET - -You'll want to consider energy efficiency. This is tricky when it comes to space heaters because they are not currently evaluated by the Environmental Protection Agency's EnergyStar program. As a result, you'll have to take the word of the manufacturer. - -Finally, you'll need to take into account your state or municipality's electricity rates. This will determine the cost per hour that you can expect to incur by running your space heater. These prices might also dictate how long you'd like to run your space heater. - -On average, you can expect to pay about 20 cents per hour to run an average space heater that's 1,500 watts and can heat a standard room such as a home office or bedroom. If you run it for eight hours per day, you'll pay about $1.60 per day or $48 per month. - -How much does it cost to heat an average home? - -Heating costs in the US regularly top $2,000 for a single season. Saklakova/Getty Images - -Comparatively, the cost to heat a house varies widely, based largely on home size and fuel type. Below is what the US Energy Information Association predicted US households would spend on heating from Oct. 1, 2024, through March 31, 2025, or 181 days. The chart of anticipated costs for various fuel types to heat a home in a climate 10% colder than the national average for winter 2024-25. - -Projected US heating costs for winter 2024-25 - -Cost per US household (Oct. '24 - March '25) Average price per day Average price per hour Natural gas $637 $3.52 $0.15 Heating oil $1,564 $8.64 $0.36 Electricity $1,095 $6.04 $0.25 Propane $1,345 $7.43 $0.31 - -Can a space heater really lower your energy bill? - -While $50 per month sounds like a steal for heating, a space heater is not a full substitute for heating an entire home. But there are plenty of ways to save money using a space heater to supplement your monthly warming and slash your utility bill. If you think about it, home heating isn't efficient since you're not in all rooms at all times. - -This chimney-style space heater adds warmth and ambiance. ChimneyFree - -A natural foil for a bloated heating bill is to crank the thermostat down and use a space heater to warm a room you know you'll be in for an extended period, such as your home office during the day or living room in the evening. For this exercise, we'll calculate how much you could save using a space heater for a third of the day or eight hours. - -Using the figures in the first chart, I've calculated the average cost of running a space heater for eight hours versus the cost of running the heat for the entire home using each of the four most popular fuel types. I then multiplied the cost of each eight-hour total by 181 days (Oct. 1 to Mar. 31). - -From that, we get a snapshot of the cost difference between running a space heater vs. centralized heat, along with potential savings for using a space heater for a portion of the day. - -Savings using a space heater for 8 hours per day - -Cost per 8 hours Savings using space heater, 8 hours Savings with space heater, Oct.-March Natural gas $1.20 -$0.20 -$36.20 Heating oil $2.88 $1.28 $231.68 Electricity $2 $0.40 $72.40 Propane $2.48 $0.88 $159.28 - -For those using oil or propane as fuel, the savings are significant: $159 for propane and $231.68 for oil through the winter season alone. Those with electric heat save less -- about $72 respectively -- and folks with natural gas, which is currently extremely cheap, would pay about $36 more if they ran a space heater. - -But these numbers don't tell the entire story. - -CNET Survey: 78% of Americans Are Stressed Out About High Energy Bills - -People with larger homes will save more - -One big caveat to these numbers for estimated heating costs is that they account for all homes and home types in the US, including smaller apartments and condos. To heat an average freestanding home with oil, for instance, with a 75,000-BTU furnace, you're probably looking at a number closer to 50 cents an hour, according to PickHvac's heating cost calculator. And this is a yearly average; zeroing in on the winter season would only boost that hourly cost more. - -The larger your home, the more it costs to heat and the greater your savings will be if you use a space heater. If your home is twice the size of the average US home, for instance, your savings would likely double if you swapped a space heater in for eight hours. For homes that rely on heating oil, that could amount to savings of more than $500 over the course of a winter. - -Households in colder climates will also save more, on average - -Keeping the thermostat set at or below 68 degrees in the winter is another way to trim costs from your energy bill. Tyler Lizenby/CNET - -The figures provided by the Energy Information Association are based on climates just 10% colder than the national average. The EIA numbers represent something of a rough estimate of US heating costs, but ask anyone in North Dakota, upstate New York or Vermont, and they'll tell you these numbers are decidedly low. Anecdotally, we spoke with Deb Barber from Wakefield, Rhode Island. Barber uses oil to heat a 2,000-square-foot home and reported monthly winter heating bills regularly over $400. - -If we use a low estimate of 50 cents per hour for heating a freestanding home of about 2,000 square feet with oil during the winter months in a colder climate, the savings for using a space heater for eight hours in place of central heat would jump to over $400 for the season. Swap in more expensive oil, electricity or propane and prorate for the same scenario above (a larger home or apartment and colder climate) and you're talking about potential savings well into the thousands. - -If you're looking to add a space heater to cut energy costs, we've done some digging to find the best space heaters for 2024, including a budget pick, compact models and the best space heater for large rooms. - -How do costs vary based on space heater settings? - -The cost to run a space heater varies depending on its size and power. Honeywell - -On most space heaters, you'll see an option to adjust the level of heat that the appliance provides. Most have some form of a ""low,"" ""medium"" and ""high"" setting. Typically, what these settings translate to is the amount of the wattage capacity used to heat your room. - -Let's say you have a space heater that can produce up to 1,500 watts and you place it on the ""low"" setting, it may only use 750 watts of its capacity. This has an impact on the overall energy consumption that your space heater will require. It can cut the daily cost in half. However, it may limit the heating ability of the space heater. It might be best to use the low setting to maintain warmth and only use the medium or high settings to provide additional heat to save on cost. - -Space heaters are handy appliances to have, especially as the weather outside gets frightful and you need to start layering your clothes. But you'll want to prepare yourself for the cost of using a space heater. An additional $50 per month of utility costs can significantly impact your budget if you aren't prepared for it. Consider how to best balance your budget and your heating needs to make it through the winter in comfort and without breaking the bank. - -How to pick the right space heater - -Most indoor space heaters are powered by electricity. Ambient Edge - -If you're looking for some extra heat in the winter or to warm up your cubicle in a particularly cold office building, a space heater can be an excellent option. But not all space heaters are made the same. You'll want to take into account the amount of space that you're trying to heat, the way they heat the space and the amount of energy they consume. - -For most people, a standard space heater that covers an average room will do the job. These cover about 200 square feet and are usually around 1,500 watts. If you're looking to heat under a desk or a smaller space, a personal space heater with about 400 or 500 watts will do the job. - -Two mains space heater types to consider - -Use care and caution when operating space heaters. Hector Roqueta Rivero/Getty Images - -Most space heaters fall into one of two types when it comes to generating heat. There are convection heaters, which work by heating coils that help to heat the air and spread it through the room with a fan. Then there are radiant heaters, which emit infrared radiation to help heat an area. - -Radiant heaters are faster but more focused, whereas a convection heater provides more even heat throughout an area. In small bursts, radiant heaters are more efficient -- but in a space that needs to be heated for an extended period, convection can prove to be more effective. - -Whichever space heater you choose, make sure to check out our space heater safety guide. - -If your utility relies on a time-of-use plan, learn more about peak and off-peak hours to save money. For more, check out the small home upgrade you can make that will save you big money on heating costs, and more easy ways to save money around the house. - -Editor's note: A previous version of this story was published with 2022-23 energy costs. It has been updated to reflect the US energy cost forecast for 2024-25.",1731883660,f5e6f52c79,53da281a84,,,1731883660 -https://www.campaignmonitor.com/blog/how-to/6-essential-tips-for-crafting-compelling-subject-lines/,https://www.campaignmonitor.com/blog/feed/,6 Essential Tips for Crafting Compelling Subject Lines,"5 minute read time 6 Essential Tips for Crafting Compelling Subject Lines Erica Miller - May 17, 2023 - -It’s true — marketers don’t think about email open rates as much as they used to. Yet, to get your reader to the actual content of your email — to make that conversion — you have to get them to actually open the email. Their engagement starts with a subject line that captures their attention, one which they won’t simply swipe and delete. - -If you struggle to write open-worthy subject lines, and your campaigns always seem to be sinking into a pool of failed marketing, don’t worry — you’re in good company because we can help. We think email subject lines should be on the minds of email marketers because they are tied directly to open rates. A subject line starts a reader’s experience with an email campaign, and in an increasingly distraction-filled world, it can also end their experience with it if it isn’t engaging enough. - -The most critical factors to keep in mind - -Two critical factors to keep in mind when creating your campaigns are your individual subscribers and the evolving trends around email. Never forget — people are actually seeing your emails in their inboxes … so, it’s important to remember that there’s another person on the other end, more than a statistic. The second factor is that brands need to readily adapt to how technology, marketing and conversational trends change over time. The dynamic quality of both human nature and advertising means that subject line best practices will continually evolve, so it’s up to you to stay abreast. - -Six rules for engagement - -The goal is to write great subject lines that engage your readers and get your emails opened — Here’s what you should consider when trying to write open-worthy subject lines for noisy inboxes in today’s digital landscape. - -Keep it short: Subject lines should be as short as possible but still contain enough information to get your message across. Knowing which email clients your subscribers use can be helpful, but this isn’t always possible. Keep in mind that mobile apps like Gmail will generally cut off anything after 40 characters unless the reader drags the notification down to expand the info. Segment your audience: Do not send the same generic subject line to your entire list. Instead, segment your list by different demographics or behaviors to create more relevant email subject lines for unique groups. This segmentation with your email subject lines should definitely help boost your open rates. Get personal: People expect personalized content. Beyond using each subscriber’s name, the best subject lines for open rates are crafted by using unique information you’ve collected about locations or interests. This information should be that which your subscribers have openly shared with you, directly to you — zero-party data. Be specific, yet concise: Which email are you more likely to open? “Yum, mac and cheese” or “Yum, bacon and white truffle mac and cheese.” People aren’t going to take the time to wonder if your email might interest them. Let them know what’s inside right away by getting specific with your subject line. Use language that evokes action: Make your proposition clear from the beginning — how do you want your readers to take action? What do you want them to do? Eat, shop, donate, wear, relax, listen? Use verbs that help readers visualize themselves taking action. However, make sure to avoid spam words. Send emails at the right time: In our 2022 Email Marketing Benchmarks Report , we analyzed over 100 billion emails sent across our platforms in 2021 to get the most comprehensive benchmark data and email marketing stats to date. Considering email statistics by day, there doesn’t seem to be too much variance in how emails perform on a given day. We ultimately found that weekdays, as usual, tend to perform the best. And, the lowest engagement numbers fall on the weekend. - -Best days for sending emails - -Best day with highest email open rates: Monday (22.0%) - -Best day with highest click-through rates: Tuesday (2.4%) - -Best days with highest click-to-open rates: Wednesday and Tuesday (10.8%) - -Email unsubscribe rates were virtually identical throughout the week (0.1%) - -Worst days for sending emails - -Worst day with lowest email open rates: Sunday (20.3%) - -Worst days with lowest click-through rates: Saturday & Sunday (2.1%) - -Worst day with lowest click-to-open rates: Friday, Saturday, Sunday (10.1%) - -While this data is academically interesting, you should carefully consider your own audience and run email tests before blocking entire days off your campaign calendar. - -Pivotal points for successful subject lines - -Keep the subject line short — between 7 words and 41 characters - -Make the subject line unique to the recipient - -Take the time to A/B test your subject lines - -Compare open rate data and make adjustments - -Craft a subject line you would open! - -Write open-worthy subject lines that lead to conversions - -To create successful subject lines — test them, optimize them, improve them. Use these essential tips to brainstorm, but don’t take this list as a series of steps for every subject line. Instead, shake up your go-to subject lines, and test some variations on this list to see what your audience responds to best. - -To learn more about email testing, check out our blog on A/B testing. Or get the guide, The Ultimate Email Marketing Personalization Checklist.",1731883652,90cebb82b4,53cdf0c39c,,,1731883652 -https://www.vg247.com/super-nintendo-world-direct-coming-later-today-about-donkey-kong-country-section,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Yes, there's a Nintendo Direct coming today, no, it's not about the Switch 2, so stop asking","Another week, another Nintendo announcement, except yet again it has nothing to do with that Switch 2 we're all waiting on. - -It feels like Nintendo might be playing a bit of a prank on all of us at the moment, as while we're all waiting for a reveal of the Switch 2, or the successor to the Switch as the company typically refers to it as, it's busy revealing all sorts of other things. First there was the Nintendo Alarmo, a literal alarm clock, then the surprise reveal of a Xenoblade Chronicles X remaster, and now, later today, there's a Nintendo Direct on the way… all about Super Nintendo World in Universal Studios Japan. Broadly speaking, not an announcement that'll have much impact on most of our lives, but it is about that new Donkey Kong Country section, which is meant to include a new roller coaster, so it might be worth a little look just for the fun of it. - -Tune in on 11/11 at 2 p.m. PT for a SUPER NINTENDO WORLD Direct livestream! The stream will be roughly 10 minutes and showcase Donkey Kong Country of #SuperNintendoWorld at Universal Studios Japan. No game information will be featured. #NintendoDirect - - - -📺: https://t.co/0QwNF7DIkG pic.twitter.com/P0HPDK9x0y — Nintendo of America (@NintendoAmerica) November 10, 2024 To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -This Nintendo Direct, or I should say Super Nintendo World Direct (you can't just invent a new type of Direct for everything thing you've got, Nintendo), is set to air later today in the US at 2pm PT/ 5pm ET. In the UK, weirdly, the presentation will be available to watch on-demand from tomorrow, November 12, at 8am, but if you don't want to wait that long (and why would you), that US livestream will be kicking off at 10pm GMT. Maybe Nintendo thought Donkey Kong is just a bit too scary to be the last thing you see before bed? Who knows. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Here's a couple of important things to stress as Nintendo always does: first of all, there won't be any new games shown off, so don't expect a new Zelda game or whatever. More importantly, no, of course they're not showing off the Switch 2 here, and you'd be a bit odd for thinking they would anyway. Nintendo did recently say that it'll still be announcing the upcoming console before the end of the fiscal year, i.e. March 2025, so with a little patience it'll come eventually.",1731883703,374d98cbb9,53adbbe4f9,,,1731883703 -https://www.npr.org/2023/04/19/1170908182/taxes-racial-disparity-audit-return,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The hidden history of race and the tax code : Planet Money,"The hidden history of race and the tax code - -Enlarge this image toggle caption LA Johnson/Getty/design by NPR LA Johnson/Getty/design by NPR - -This past January, researchers uncovered that Black taxpayers are three to five times as likely to be audited as everyone else. One likely reason for this is that the IRS disproportionately audits lower-income earners who claim a tax benefit called the earned income tax credit. And this, says law professor Dorothy Brown, is just one example of the many ways that race is woven through our tax system, its history, and its enforcement. - -Dorothy discovered the hidden relationship between race and the tax system sort of by accident, when she was helping her parents with their tax return. The amount they paid seemed too high. Eventually, her curiosity about that observation spawned a whole area of study. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode is a collaboration with NPR's Code Switch podcast. Host Gene Demby spoke to Dorothy Brown about how race and taxes play out in marriage, housing, and student debt. - -This episode was produced by James Sneed, with help from Olivia Chilkoti. It was edited by Dalia Mortada and Courtney Stein, and engineered by James Willets & Brian Jarboe. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: ""Cooling Down,"" ""Lost in Yesterday,"" ""Slowmotio,"" ""Cool Down,"" ""Cool Blue,"" and ""Tinted.""",1731884640,8181d7a585,53dbf5ddf9,,,1731884640 -https://www.podcastinsights.com/cyber-monday-deals/,https://www.podcastinsights.com/feed/,Cyber Monday Deals For Podcasters & Gamers (2021 Edition),"Disclosure: Links to other sites may be affiliate links that generate us a small commission at no extra cost to you. - -Cyber Monday is November 29, 2021 this year. Cyber Monday is dedicated to online shopping with some of the best deals you’ll find all year long. - -We’re putting together the best deals for podcasters, gamers, and tech lovers to help you find the best prices for all that fun new tech to help you create top-notch content. - -See 2021 Cyber Monday Deals on Amazon here. - -Check out the Amazon Gift Guide as well. - -Deals and pricing will be updated regularly through Cyber Monday. Check back often. - -2021 Cyber Monday Deals - -Transistor Podcast Hosting - -For both new and existing customers - -20% off the already discounted annual price! Discount automatically applied through 11:59 pm EST Tuesday, November 30th. - -Squadcast - -Use Promo Code: MERRYSQUADCAST21 - -Squadcast remote recording is 50% off annual plans right now. Just use promo code MERRYSQUADCAST21 at checkout! - -Amazon - -Amazon, as usual, has tons of deals for Cyber Monday. - -The Musical Instruments category is the best place to start for microphones or the Camera category is great for cameras and lenses. - -Podcasting & Streaming Bundles - -Cyber Monday Microphone Deals - -Audio Interfaces - -Portable Audio Recorders - -These are awesome and can be used for tons of different purposes (audio interface, recording directly to your camera, remote recording, etc.) - -Camera & Lenses - -Speakers & Headphones - -Accessories - -Bluehost - -Save up to 73% on Bluehost and get a free domain name. - -Podia - -From 12 am ET on Black Friday (11/26) until 11:59 pm ET on Cyber Monday (11/29) lock in 10% off current plan prices plus save an extra 50% off your first two months – on ANY plan. - -Sign up for Podia with 10% off automatically applied here. - -Prices go up on November 30 so this is the best time to lock in your price forever. - -PremiumBeat - -Get 25% off any track with the code SHARE25. - -Adobe - -Podcasters will love Adobe Audition, but you can get the entire Creative Cloud suite for 40% off. - -WP Rocket - -WP Rocket is what I use to help speed up this WordPress website. - -Take advantage of this 30% off deal until Dec 2, 2021! - -OptinMonster - -I’ve been using OptinMonster for years. It’s easily the best email collection tool for any website. - -Get up to 60% off and enter their Macbook giveaway here! - -Namecheap - -Up to 97% off domain names and .com names are 37% off! - -Wavve - -Use Coupon Code 2021CYBERWAVVE - -Wavve is 40% off annual plans – Monday only. - -Use coupon code: 2021CYBERWAVVE - -Year-Round Deals - -Podcast Hosting - -Podbean: Free month - -Cyber Monday FAQs - -When Is Cyber Monday? - -Cyber Monday is on Monday, November 30, 2020, but there are many deals available all weekend. See them here! - -Will The Blue Yeti Be On Sale? - -Doesn’t look like it is this year – sorry! - -Does Amazon Have Cyber Monday Deals? - -Amazon always has amazing deals for Cyber Monday. Some are Lightning Deals that are available for a limited time, but most deals are live all weekend through Monday. - -We feature a bunch of deals for microphones, speakers, audio interfaces, and other tech for podcasters, gamers, and YouTubers. - -Does B&H Photo Have Cyber Monday Deals? - -Yep! B&H Photo has tons of deals on tech stuff including audio, video, computers, and a bunch more. - -See our highlight of B&H deals here.",1731883652,24d51eb2f4,53c8c1b64e,,,1731883652 -https://www.adweek.com/tvspy/heres-the-roundup-for-the-week-ending-november-15/,https://www.adweek.com/feed/?category_name=Social-Pro-Daily,Here's the Roundup for the Week Ending November 15,"Happy Friday to all who celebrate. In this week’s edition of stories we didn’t post for one reason or another, we see some sturm und drang over what the recent election of The Trump means for journalism and a scuffle broke out in Baltimore over a ballot initiative funded by the man behind Sinclair. - -Let’s make the cheese: - -Broadcast spectrum may not be as valuable as gold, or as versatile as oil, but there are early signs that beginning in 2025, it will be the asset that has Wall Street salivating. Call it the Broadcast Land Grab. Click here for more. - -DirecTV is abandoning its acquisition of Dish assets after a group of bondholders refused to accept the terms of a proposed debt offer, a DirecTV spokesperson said Click here to read about it. - -It’s been a year since we last saw a beloved TV personality working full time on TV in Philly, and now we FINALLY are hearing her side of the story. 6 abc’s longtime sports anchor, Jamie Apody, has been a fascinating story in our area. And now… we have heard a bit more from her. Let’s start, though, by looking back. Click here for more. - -From Poynter: We are at the precipice of what could be a very dangerous time for the press in the United States. Why? Two words: Donald Trump. Click here to read about it. - -Dominique Sachse’s return to TV did not last long. On Sunday, the former KPRC 2 Houston news anchor announced her departure from Dr. Phil McGraw’s Merit Street Media via Instagram. Click here for more. - -In Springfield, Missouri, KY3′s ‘The Place’ is going on hiatus. KY3′s lifestyle show will be off the air beginning Monday, November 11. The show will return on Monday, December 9. Click here to read more. - -Here’s one we missed in August: WBAL in Baltimore reported that a “Stop Sinclair” committee was created to oppose a charter amendment that would reduce the number of elected City Council members from 14 to eight, plus a president had ties to the Baltimore Mayor. The charter amendment lost. The People for Elected Accountability and Civic Engagement (PEACE) were the chief proponents of the amendment, a group primarily bankrolled by David Smith, chairman of the Baltimore County-based Sinclair Broadcast Group, which owns WBFF-TV in Baltimore, and co-owner of The Baltimore Sun. Click here to sort it all out. - -E.W. Scripps-owned ABC affiliate KNXV Phoenix appointed Kevin James as station manager, effective Dec. 2. Click here for more. - -Jessica Gonzalez moved to the KFOX14 El Paso evening co-anchor shift from mornings in late October 2024. Gonzalez takes the seat left vacant by Liz Dueweke. Click here to see what Mike McGuff had to say.",1731883635,833b83b547,53e3e356e6,,,1731883635 -https://www.euronews.com/2024/11/15/israeli-shell-hits-unifil-base-in-lebanon-italy-seeks-clarification,http://feeds.feedburner.com/euronews/en/home/,,,1731883670,33451736bb,53ed9cefbe,,,1731883670 -https://www.engadget.com/cybersecurity/t-mobile-was-also-infiltrated-by-china-linked-telecom-hackers-120004712.html?src=rss,https://www.engadget.com/rss.xml,T-Mobile was also infiltrated by China-linked telecom hackers,"Back in October, the FBI and Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency (CISA) admitted that they were looking into ""the unauthorized access to commercial telecommunications infrastructure by actors affiliated with the People’s Republic of China."" These bad actors, collectively called ""Salt Typhoon,"" allegedly targeted US officials and staffers for the recently concluded presidential elections. A few days later, though, The Wall Street Journal reported that the group had access to a lot more people than originally thought. Basically, the hackers could have accessed the data of any American who's a customer of AT&T and Verizon. That list of carriers has grown just a bit longer, because according to a new report by The Journal and Reuters, Salt Typhoon had also infiltrated T-Mobile's network. - -The hackers are believed to have exploited various vulnerabilities, such as those plaguing Cisco Systems routers, to get inside the carriers' network. They also used AI and machine learning, The Journal said, and stayed inside some of the systems they infiltrated for over eight months. That's enough time to get away with a bunch of sensitive data — they were allegedly able to access the phone lines of US senior national security officials, as well as the call logs and unencrypted texts of their targets. The hackers were also reportedly able to access the information collected by carriers to comply with surveillance requests from the American authorities. - -A company spokesperson told The Journal that T-Mobile is ""closely monitoring"" the attacks and said that its systems and data ""have not been impacted in any significant way."" They also said that the carrier didn't find evidence that its customers' information has been compromised in the security breach.",1731883674,2ccba97d94,54095daeb1,,,1731883674 -https://www.cryptoglobe.com/latest/2024/11/bydfi-launches-sundog-usdt-m-contracts-for-traders/,https://www.cryptoglobe.com/latest/feed/,BYDFi Launches SUNDOG USDT-M Contracts for Traders,"Victoria, Seychelles, November 13th, 2024, Chainwire - -In an exciting development for crypto fans and traders, BYDFi recently unveiled SUNDOG USDT-M contracts, accompanied by a prize pool of 380,000 SUNDOG tokens. This move comes after interest and activity surrounding SunDog (SUNDOG Token), a meme token on the TRON blockchain that has experienced significant growth, gained community support. - -What is SunDog (SUNDOG)? - -SunDog (SUNDOG) is a meme-inspired cryptocurrency based on the TRON blockchain. It has attracted a lot of attention and market momentum, due to large part of Justin Sun, TRON’s founder, who has made investments and provided consistent support. According to the most recent data, SunDog is currently trading at $0.1754, with an outstanding 24-hour trading volume of $143,040,775, a 22.7% rise over the previous day. SunDog’s price has increased by 68.7% in the previous seven days. - -Strategic Investment by SunPump - -On September 20, SunPump officially announced its strategic investment in SunDog, a TRON ecosystem meme token initiative. SunPump’s investment be seen as a commitment to supporting outstanding teams and communities. SunPump stated: “SunDog has drawn significant attention in the industry due to its impressive market performance and stable growth trajectory.” Its outstanding community efforts and progress have attracted recognition, and SunPump expressed appreciation for SunDog’s role in improving the TRON ecosystem. - -SunDog’s Social Media Success and Thriving Community - -SunDog’s online presence has been rising, attracting a following across multiple social media platforms. SunDog has over 120,000 followers on X (previously Twitter), with more than seven tweets each day reaching a total audience of over 200,000 impressions. This active social media engagement can show a strong community support in SunDog. - -BYDFi’s Latest Offering: SUNDOG USDT-M Contracts and Rewards - -As part of its commitment to providing different trading options, BYDFi has added SUNDOG USDT-M contracts to its market. And the 380,000 SUNDOG prize pool can provide further motivation for traders to explore this new contract offering, aiming to add more excitement to the SunDog community. For detailed information on eligibility and participation, users can peruse BYDFi’s official announcement. - -About BYDFi - -Established in 2020, BYDFi, one of Forbes’ top 10 Crypto Exchanges that trusted by millions of users worldwide. Endorsed by CoinMarketCap and CoinGecko, it is known for its professionalism, innovation, and exceptional security. The platform offers more than 600 tokens for spot trading and advanced features like 200x leverage on perpetual contracts. BYDFi prioritizes user security, provides 0% trading fees, and facilitates easy crypto purchases in partnership with Banxa, Transak, and Mercuryo. Its range of trading tools can enhance the trading experience and make BYDFi an viable choice for crypto traders globally. - -Contact - -Senior Media Director - -Chloe - -BYDFi Fintech LTD. - -[email protected]",1731883627,799d8f00ed,5427d80e4a,,,1731883627 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/articles/clygz2nyx17o,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,Billie Jean King Cup Finals: Expectation building for Great Britain before Canada quarter-final,"You could hear it being whispered in the breakfast hall of the Malaga hotel where travelling British fans were tucking into their Spanish tortillas. - -""We could go on and win this, you know,"" one man cautiously confided to the table the morning after Great Britain reached the quarter-finals. - -The nation has never won the Billie Jean King Cup. - -But the feeling is growing that this year's event could be as good a chance as any. - -In the women's team tournament branded as the 'World Cup of Tennis', GB face defending champions Canada in the last eight - and expectation is building. - -""I said it before the competition started, I really believe that we can win this,"" said British captain Anne Keothavong, whose team is comprised of Katie Boulter, Emma Raducanu, Heather Watson, Olivia Nicholls and Harriet Dart. - -""I don't have a problem saying that out loud."" - -Keothavong's team reached the semi-finals on home turf in Glasgow in 2022, but there is a different level of confidence running through the camp now. - -In Boulter and Raducanu, Britain have pedigree which ranks among the most substantial in the competition - particularly in their half of the draw. - -British number one Boulter, who has moved into the world's top 25 after a season where she won two WTA titles, is the third-highest ranked singles player left in the competition. Former Grand Slam champion Raducanu also ranks third among the number two players. - -Neither will face a higher-ranked player against Canada, nor would they against potential semi-final opponents Australia and Slovakia. - -""We've got quality players who have shown in their own right what they're capable of, whether it's this year or in previous years,"" said Keothavong. - -""For me to be able to captain the team of incredible women, for Katie to lead the way she does, and to have Emma back in the team playing great tennis, I feel like I'm in a very fortunate position.""",1731883637,95caee0db1,5383bc409f,,,1731883637 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/charlamagne-tha-god-biden-trump-white-house-meeting_n_6736ecd8e4b0a399b028ef94,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,'Damn': Charlamagne Tha God Has Pressing Question For Biden On Trump,"LOADING ERROR LOADING - -“I just don’t understand the White House visit. Now granted, you know, I’m glad it’s a peaceful transition of power, but what happened to the threat of democracy talk? What happened to the fascist talk?” said the radio host. - -Advertisement - -He continued: “By the way, I know I’ve said those things about Trump, as well, but I’m not talking about me. I’m talking about his political opponents, like President Biden. When they say it, it holds way more weight than me.” - -Biden has faced criticism over his welcoming approach to Trump on Wednesday as he offered his congratulations, anticipated a “smooth transition,” and shook hands with the president-elect in front of a fireplace in the Oval Office. - -Trump, who attempted a coup in the final weeks of his first term, did not invite Biden to the White House four years ago in a move that disrupted a tradition held by sitting presidents about to leave office. - -Advertisement - -In a message to supporters after Harris’ election loss last week, Biden declared that “we’re going to be OK” and stressed his commitment to a “peaceful and orderly transition” of power. - -On Thursday, Charlamagne said he was trying to figure out how Biden could go from warning that Trump is an “existential threat to democracy” to “welcome back.” - -“I understand President Biden believes in political norms, but damn,” Charlamagne said.",1731883678,b2d88cb862,53d749c885,,,1731883678 -https://www.stagewhispers.com.au/news/sport-jove-roars-2025,https://www.stagewhispers.com.au/rss.xml,Sport for Jove Roars Into 2025,"Sport for Jove Theatre Company is back in 2025 and preparing for their biggest and most exciting season in their 16-year history with a whopping 9 productions across their Summer Season, Main Stage, and their essential Education Season – including arguably Jove's most epic, ambitious project of the year… - -From familiar comedy classics to first-time musical collaborations... from east coast tours to outdoor site-specific experiences... from intimate contemporary plays to large-scale Shakespeare adventures... this season has something for everyone! - -Jove kicks off their Summer Season XVI with acclaimed Sydney-based director Samantha Young, who brings her beautiful and uniquely Australian vision of Shakespeare’s Much Ado About Nothing to an array of beloved outdoor stages, including Bella Vista Farm, Leura Everglades, and a new venue partnership with The Hub at Blue Mountains Theatre in Springwood. Picnics, wine, and friends – Jove’s renowned Summer Season is the perfect outdoor experience. Much Ado About Nothing opens in Bella Vista on 19 December 2024 and plays across the holiday season. - -Jove’s Theatrical Event of the Year - -Celebrating Seymour Centre’s 50th Anniversary, Sport for Jove has an extraordinary Main Stage offering — Damien Ryan’s brand-new adaptation of Shakespeare’s great double tetralogy, The Player Kings: Shakespeare and Marlowe's History Cycle. - -Featuring a company of some of Australia’s most revered performers, including John Gaden, Peter Carroll, Katrina Retallick, Leilani Loau, Seán O’Shea, Marty Alix, Steve Rodgers, Emma Palmer, Christopher Stollery, Andrew Cutcliffe, Gareth Davies, Lulu Howes, Ruby Henaway, Liam Gamble, and more, tackling Shakespeare’s epic history of the “Hollow Crown” from Richard II through Henry IV and Henry V, to the “Wars of the Roses”, the masterful study of political chaos that is Henry VI and Richard III. - -Patrons can experience the two parts on back-to-back nights or, for the ultimate adventure, immerse themselves in a Saturday marathon, complete with a delightful dinner break. With a limited season of eight performances, this is a rare and unmissable event. - -The Player Kings: Part 1 and Part 2 runs from 26 March to 5 April at the York Theatre, Seymour Centre. Tickets are limited, and early bookings are recommended. For more info, visit sportforjove.com.au. - -Also On Offer... - -Jove’s 2025 continues with an explosion of treats. Director Cristabel Sved takes on Harold Pinter’s Betrayal at the Old Fitz Theatre in Woolloomooloo. - -Following this is a first-time partnership with Hayes Theatre for the brilliant Steve Martin & Edie Brickell bluegrass musical Bright Star – electric atmosphere, joyous rhythm, and profound humanity. - -Closing the year out is Peter Shaffer’s intense, frightening, and utterly brilliant Equus, playing in the Shed Theatre at Bella Vista Farm; an incredible and immersive site-specific event directed by Margaret Thanos. - -Also returning is Thanos’s 5-star production I Hate People; or Timon of Athens, playing a strictly limited season in the York Theatre at Seymour Centre in June. Featuring Damien Ryan as Timon, this show has been described as “a new star in the firmament of the best Shakespeare productions” (SMH). - -Finally, Jove’s Education Season is equally adventurous, with a big east coast Australian tour through NSW and Queensland of a brand-new production of Macbeth, directed by George Banders, preceded by Henry IV and Richard III (extracted from The Player Kings Part 1 and 2) for HSC students at Seymour Centre. And of course, their all-encompassing Symposia series continues – a critical partnership with NSW teachers. - -Don’t miss out on Sport for Jove’s thrilling Season 2025. Book early and bring your friends for enchanting encounters and unforgettable nights out. - -Dates and Venues: - -MUCH ADO ABOUT NOTHING - -19 Dec - 23 Jan | Bella Vista, Leura, Springwood - -THE PLAYER KINGS (PART 1 & 2) - -26 Mar - 5 Apr | Seymour Centre - -HENRY IV PART 1 - -24 Mar - 2 Apr | Seymour Centre - -RICHARD III - -25 Mar - 1 Apr | Seymour Centre - -MACBETH - -30 Apr - 7 Aug | ON TOUR: Riverside Theatres, Seymour Centre, Orange Civic Theatre, Roxy Theatre Leeton, Shoalhaven Entertainment Centre, The Events Centre Caloundra, HOTA Gold Coast, The Empire Toowoomba - -I HATE PEOPLE; OR TIMON OF ATHENS - -11 Jun - 14 Jun | Seymour Centre - -BETRAYAL by Harold Pinter - -18 Jul - 10 Aug | The Old Fitz Theatre - -BRIGHT STAR by Steve Martin & Edie Brickell - -5 Sep - 4 Oct | Hayes Theatre - -EQUUS by Peter Shaffer - -23 Oct - 9 Nov | Bella Vista Farm - -Book your tickets now at www.sportforjove.com.au",1731883600,72e08d18c1,53e3afd775,,,1731883600 -https://www.wmagazine.com/life/fall-2024-celebrity-party-gala-photos,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,The Best Celebrity Parties and Galas of Fall 2024,"It’s officially gala season, which means celebrities, socialites, and everyone in between will don their best gowns for evenings filled with champagne, celebration, and fundraising. All the usual events returned this year, including the New York City Ballet Gala, co-chaired by Sarah Jessica Parker, Dianna Agron, and Andy Cohen among others. Also on the schedule was Storm King’s Annual Gala at the Rainbow Room in Rockefeller Center, and the New York Philharmonic Opening Gala. But it isn’t just the black-tie affairs filling up the social calendar, and New York isn’t the only city that gets to have all the fun. In Los Angeles, Kerry Washington, Justine Lupe, and more stars got together to welcome the new creative director of Tod’s, while in downtown NYC, H&M hosted a block party attended by Riley Keough, Emily Ratajkowski, and Nara and Lucky Blue Smith—where Kaytranada was spinning hits all night. And that’s just the beginning. There will be many more fêtes to come, and even if you can’t score an invite, you’ll want to keep up with all the celeb-filled goings-on here. - -Executive Director of Creative Time Justine Ludwig, Rashid Johnson, and Thelma Golden attend the 2024 Creative Time Gala. Photo by Jenna Bascom Photography The worlds of art, fashion, and philanthropy came together on October 30th to celebrate Creative Time’s 50th anniversary at the arts organization’s 2024 gala. With views of a sparkling Manhattan from Skylight at The Refinery (the site of the old Domino Sugar Factory in Williamsburg, Brooklyn), the evening celebrated five decades of Creative Time’s dedication to public art. Artists Rashid Johnson and Doug Aitken, as well as architects Liz Diller and Ricardo Scofidio, all received honors that evening. - -Justine Ludwig, Waris Ahluwalia, and Charlotte Kidd attend the 2024 Creative Time Gala. Photo by BFA.com/Rupert Ramsay There was a slew of artworks on view during dinner and cocktails, including Jennifer Catron and Paul Outlaw’s “Slicing Ham (2020/1792),” along with a specially designed installation piece created from a stack of TVs that screened archival footage of past Creative Time commissions. Other works and activations featured at the event included pieces by Jill Magid, Pedro Reyes, and Mel Chin. At the end of the night, Papi Juice hit the DJ booth for the after party. - -Matt Winkelmeyer/Getty Images Entertainment/Getty Images The Mexican American photographer Carlos Eric Lopez held his fourth annual Día de Muertos Gala at Paramount Studios in Los Angeles on November 1. This year’s theme was “Hecho in Hollywood,” and hundreds of the biggest Latin culture-makers came together to celebrate their community’s immense impact on the arts. Eva Longoria was honored with the Premio Vida y Legado (Life and Legacy Award) for her contributions to popular culture, while actress Isabel Merced presented the Abuelita Award to her tía Gloria Rojas on behalf of her late abuela. Later in the evening, Merced performed the traditional Día de Muertos folk song “La Llorona” as guests enjoyed their dinner. - -Breanna Johnson/BFA.com Parisian cool made its way to Brooklyn Heights on October 30 as Nordstrom and Courrèges celebrated the launch of its new pop-up and exclusive capsule collection with a candlelit dinner. The soirée, hosted by Nordstrom’s Rickie De Sole and Courrèges artistic director Nicolas Di Felice, gathered a chic bunch of actors, artists, and fashion power players—all decked out in Courrèges, of course. Leading the way were actresses Hari Nef and Louisa Jacobson who both opted to wear pieces from the new capsule which mixes elements of Di Felice’s fall 2024 Courrèges collection with details like party-ready sequins and sultry cut-outs. - -Breanna Johnson/BFA.com Those also among the crowd included the likes of artist Miles Greenberg, French actress Rebecca Dayan, Courrèges CEO Marie Leblanc, and stylist Gabriella Karefa-Johnson. The public can shop the ten-piece capsule collection online at Nordstrom.com and at Nordstrom’s NYC flagship location where the full pop-up experience is on view until December 8, 2024. - -Axelle/Bauer-Griffin/FilmMagic/Getty Images Jane Fonda, Quinta Brunson, and more stars came together on Thursday, October 24 for conversations and recognition at the 2024 WIF Honors. Held at The Beverly Hilton in Beverly Hills and presented by Max Mara, the event brought together an impressive array of influential women in the film industry, raising money for WIF’s educational and philanthropic programs and its advocacy for gender parity in entertainment. - -Presley Ann/Getty Images Entertainment/Getty Images Annette Bening was presented the Jane Fonda Humanitarian Award by Fonda herself, while Kate Winslet received the Crystal Award for Advocacy. Kerry Washington took the stage in a strapless white Max Mara dress to receive the Entrepreneur in Entertainment Award, while Joey King suited up in gray for the WIF Max Mara Face of the Future Award. - -Presley Ann/Getty Images Entertainment/Getty Images Winslet took a moment to speak on the importance of events like the WIF Honors and its effect on the industry. “Twenty, thirty years ago, when I was starting out, events like this didn’t exist,” she said. “The idea that cheering on your friends, celebrating that person you stand shoulder to shoulder with and feeling proud of ourselves, large groups of women working together, it’s so significant.” - -Virisa Yong/BFA.com Tod’s recently appointed creative director, Matteo Tamburini, made a trip to Los Angeles for an intimate dinner on October 23 in celebration of the brand’s new collection. Held at Tower Bar in West Hollywood, the evening was also an excuse to introduce Tamburini to the LA community, as the designer got the chance to mingle with Amber Valletta, Kelly Rowland, Rachel Zoe, and other attendees. - -Virisa Yong/BFA.com Justine Lupe, hot off the success of her Netflix show, Nobody Wants This, was in attendance at the event, dressed in a red hot leather set and knee-high black boots. The actress spent some time chatting with Matt Bomer, who looked cool in a light brown jacket and jeans. - -Virisa Yong/BFA.com Kerry Washington, too, wore a leather ensemble, matching her deep burgundy lip color to her fringe dress. - -Matteo Prandoni & Sansho Scott/BFA.com When Debbie Harry invites you to a party, you don’t say no, which explains the impressive turnout at Gucci’s party on October 22. The Blondie frontwoman and singer Kelsey Lu gathered friends of the fashion house to celebrate its new campaign, “We Will Always Have London,” which stars the two artists as well as the aptly named Gucci Blondie bag. - -Matteo Prandoni & Sansho Scott/BFA.com Iris Apatow, Jemima Kirke, June Ambrose, Gabriella Karefa-Johnson, and more were in attendance, and they got the opportunity to enjoy a dinner at Soho’s Manuela ahead of the restaurant’s official opening. Of course, guests were dressed in Sabato Sarno’s finest for the evening, and many toted around the Blondie bag, showing off its multiple colorways and sizes. - -Courtesy of Marli It was a big night for Marli New York on October 16, as the jewelry brand celebrated two major occasions: its tenth anniversary and the release of its first-ever high jewelry collection. The evening, titled “A New York Affair,” was themed in accordance with the new collection, which takes inspiration from the city and its vibrant energy. Shanina Shaik, AnnaSophia Robb, and Taylor Hill—face of Marli’s current Life: From Moments to Minutes campaign—were all in attendance at the event, dripping in Marli jewels, of course. - -Sylvain Gaboury/Patrick McMullan/Getty Images The biggest names in television, Broadway, and music took a break from their busy schedules for a trip to the Cathedral Church of St. John the Divine in Morningside Heights on October 21. The reason? To celebrate God’s Love We Deliver and the organization’s annual Golden Heart Awards. - -TheStewartofNY/FilmMagic/Getty Images Leading the charge was one of the cause’s biggest supporters, Michael Kors, who also dressed many of the night’s attendees—including Sarah Jessica Parker, recipient of the evening’s Michael Kors Award for Outstanding Philanthropy. The actress wore a black lace dress by the designer and was flanked throughout the night by both of her And Just Like That costars, Kristin Davis and Cynthia Nixon, also in MK designs. - -TheStewartofNY/FilmMagic/Getty Images Clad in a retro-inspired black Michael Kors dress was Megan Thee Stallion, who was given the genLOVE Award for Outstanding Philanthropy. The honorees were rounded out by Broadway’s own Cole Escola, who received an award for Breakthrough Achievement in the Arts. Unfortunately, Escola didn’t ditch their leopard print coat and break into a rendition of “She'll Be Coming 'Round the Mountain” a la Mary Todd Lincoln, but the guests were treated with a performance from Sam Smith to close out the evening. - -Courtesy of Burberry Cher and Tyra Banks delayed the comedown from the Victoria’s Secret Fashion Show with another night of celebration, albeit one that was slightly less performative. On Wednesday night, the two were joined by Jodie Turner-Smith, Cara Delevingne, and more for an event held in honor of the reopening of Burberry’s East 57th Street flagship store. Dressed in Daniel Lee’s best designs, guests enjoyed a cocktail event in-store, followed by a dinner at Jean’s in NoHo. - -Courtesy of Burberry Current Burberry campaign star Delevingne was also in attendance, pairing a shearling coat with a black leather skirt. Turner-Smith, meanwhile, wore a unique take on the classic Burberry trench featuring cutout floral details and matching wide-leg pants. For his part, Lee dressed in plaid pants and an olive green leather puffer. Altogether the guests looked like a walking advertisement for the brand’s new outerwear-focused push, “It’s Always Burberry Weather.” - -Marc Patrick On October 17, A-Listers traveled en masse to Melrose Place where FoundRae opened its first-ever LA location. Sarah Paulson, Allison Janney, and January Jones were among the guests who enjoyed cocktails, light bites, and a walk-through of the brand’s new space, set inside a vine-covered stucco storefront on the iconic shopping street. - -Marc Patrick Also in attendance was designer Aurora James, who tried on one of the vintage-inspired pieces created by FoundRae’s founder Beth Hutchens. - -Sansho Scott/BFA.com On October 9, H&M celebrated its connection to music with a dance party tucked away on Mercer Street, right behind the brand’s SoHo store. Hosted by Amelia Gray, the night featured DJ sets from Kaytranada, Channel Tres, and Kitty Ca$h, as well as appearances from some of Gray’s model friends like Emily Ratajkowski and Mona Tougaard. Of course, actors Riley Keough and Evan Mock were also on hand for the celebration. - -Sansho Scott/BFA.com Gray did not hold back when dressing for the evening, donning a reworked hockey jersey as a dress and large, off-white stiletto boots that encircled her legs. Other attendees, meanwhile, stuck with more minimalist attire. Ratajkowski arrived to the event in a gray, v-neck sweater dress and black leather boots, while Tougaard wore gray oversize trousers and a black sweater that casually dropped off one shoulder. Keough, meanwhile, opted for wide-leg jeans and a faux-fur coat, staying warm throughout the night as she enjoyed the music. - -Jared Siskin/Patrick McMullan via Getty Images That same evening, further uptown, a different sort of celebration was taking place. The New York City Ballet hosted its 12th annual Fall Fashion Gala, raising $3.2 million in the process. The A-list group of co-chairs—which included Sarah Jessica Parker, Amy Sedaris, and Laverne Cox—led the way for a glamorous evening of dance and style, held at the David H. Koch Theater at Lincoln Center. - -Jared Siskin/Patrick McMullan via Getty Images Jeremy O. Harris, Jordan Roth, Justin Theroux, and other stars dressed to the nines for the event, which celebrated the works of three female choreographers this year. The ballets were the crown jewels of the evening, as guests took in the specially designed costumes that accompany each respective performance. Zac Posen, specifically, created the pieces for Tiler Peck’s Concerto for Two Pianos, which capped off the glamorous night. - -Jason Mendez/Getty Images Entertainment/Getty Images On Tuesday, September 24, Josh Groban headlined a special evening honoring the New York Philharmonic for its 2024-25 season Opening Gala. The evening began with a cocktail reception before Groban took the stage at the Wu Tsai Theater in David Geffen Hall. He was also joined by guest conductor, Manfred Honeck, who lead Franz von Suppé’s Light Cavalry Overture and a suite of music from Giacomo Puccini’s Turandot. The evening concluded with a sit-down dinner, attended by guests including Alec Baldwin and k.d. lang.",1731883681,f8844306b1,545a34cbb4,,,1731883681 -https://news.google.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?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883616,2688d2a9c6,540c725042,,,1731883616 -https://www.pcgamer.com/games/fps/valve-has-released-lost-footage-of-half-life-2s-earliest-public-demo-from-2000-a-missing-link-between-hl1-and-hl2-that-already-teased-episode-3s-infamous-borealis,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,"Valve has released lost footage of Half-Life 2's earliest public demo from 2000, a missing link between HL1 and HL2 that already teased Episode 3's infamous Borealis","As part of Valve's celebration of Half-Life 2's 20th anniversary, the studio has released 17 minutes of early development footage for the game that was long thought lost. The demo shows a version of Half-Life 2 partway between HL1 and the final release⁠—it's familiar, yet also surreally, intriguingly different. - -The ""Get Your Free TVs"" demo, so named for a City 17 citizen snagging a boob tube gratis early in the footage, was first shown at the SIGGRAPH graphics conference in 2000. That places this build two years out from Half-Life 1's release, and two to three before the infamous Half-Life 2 beta that leaked in 2003. It's a distinct point in the game's evolution, with graphical elements reminiscent of both Half-Life 1's GoldSrc and the final Source engine, as well as a more grim, dark, and industrial art direction. - -Half-Life 2 Anniversary Archive: SIGGRAPH 2000 Demo - YouTube Watch On - -As outlined in the Half-Life: Raising the Bar art book, the Combine's destruction of Earth's biosphere was initially meant to be much more overt and oppressive in the game, with a greenish sky and City 17 citizens wearing HAZMAT gear instead of their snazzy denim jumpsuits. Breen and the Combine's architecture were more sinister and overbearing as well. - -The demo shows off early versions of major NPCs like Barney and Alyx, as well as an almost-unrecognizable Dr. Kleiner. One of the biggest surprises is a snowfield area with an early version of the Borealis, the mysterious ice breaker unstuck in time that was to be the centerpiece of Episode 3. The ship also appears in the Half-Life 2 beta, so it's clear that Valve has been trying to make the concept work for a long time. - -Valve has put out a veritable smorgasbord of behind-the-scenes, rare, or never-before-seen content for Half-Life 2's 20th birthday. A new, two-hour documentary includes Gabe Newell's thoughts on Episode 3 and Half-Life's future, as well as gameplay footage of the legendary canceled expansion. - -Image 1 of 6 (Image credit: Valve) (Image credit: Valve) (Image credit: Valve) (Image credit: Valve) (Image credit: Valve) (Image credit: Valve)",1731883670,2b11e0dc79,547f8d0aac,,,1731883670 -https://www.npr.org/2023/07/05/1186020806/two-indicators-affirmative-action-transit-costs,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Two Indicators: After Affirmative Action & why America overpays for subways : Planet Money,"Two Indicators: After Affirmative Action & why America overpays for subways - -Enlarge this image Chip Somodevilla/Getty Images Chip Somodevilla/Getty Images - -Two stories today. - -First, as we start to understand post-affirmative action America, we look to a natural experiment 25 years ago, when California ended the practice in public universities. It reshaped the makeup of the universities almost instantly. We find out what happened in the decades that followed. - -Then, we ask, why does it cost so much for America to build big things, like subways. Compared to other wealthy nations, the costs of infrastructure projects in the U.S. are astronomical. We take a trip to one of the most expensive subway stations in the world to get to the bottom of why American transit is so expensive to build. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode was hosted by Adrian Ma and Darian Woods. It was produced by Corey Bridges, and engineered by Robert Rodriguez and Katherine Silva. It was fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Viet Le is the Indicator's senior producer. And Kate Concannon edits the show. Alex Goldmark is our executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Oil Barrel Dub""; SourceAudio - ""Seven Up""",1731884631,8181d7a585,545518cba0,,,1731884631 -https://zyme.dev,https://news.ycombinator.com/rss,an evolvable language,"Language features - -The design of Zyme's language balances the capacity for abstraction with evolutionary potential. While abstraction and encapsulation help developers manage complexity by dividing programs into independent components and modules, this can conflict with the goal of being an evolvable language. A primary benefit of modularization — preventing unintended interactions between independent components — can impede evolution. These interactions aren't inherently harmful; rather, the risk lies in manipulating data structures in ways that breach abstraction boundaries, potentially leading to unpredictable or undefined behaviour. - -Traditional programming languages view this undefined behaviour as dangerous. However, in the context of an evolvable language like Zyme, this unpredictability becomes a feature. It's precisely this potential for unexpected interactions that drives evolution in the system. - -Zyme employs macros to create abstractions without restricting runtime interactions. These macros can group functionally related strands, allowing them to be treated as single units in the source code. During compilation, any explicit trace of the groups is lost as all strands are ultimately compiled to byte arrays. This ensures that when resulting bytecode undergoes mutation, nothing prevents potential interactions between strands, regardless of their original source code organisation. - -Source 1 illustrates a macro that transforms a given sequence of instructions into a ‘function’ call by emulating a stack frame. Instead of executing instructions directly within a 'caller' strand, they are placed in a separate 'callee' strand, which is then invoked through the motif binding system. The outcome is that this macro abstracts over the motif system involved in managing multiple strands, making it transparent to the user at the point of use (shown in Source 2). - -To elaborate, the first line in Source 1 defines the remote macro, which takes a single argument, block - the block of instructions to be called in a separate stack frame. The macro's body uses a nested lexical scope, denoted by { ... }, where new definitions are locally confined. Within this scope, the first statement defines address, which serves as the unique motif for strand binding. Rather than specifying it literally, % is used to generate a fresh motif: a new motif guaranteed to be unique by the compiler. This feature allows multiple calls to the macro, as each instance will contain a distinct motif locally bound to address. - -Next a new strand is generated that will open a new binding site containing the address motif, using WAIT instruction as seen in the initial interactive demonstration. The block of instructions provided as the argument, block is then inserted into this strand, followed by the RTRN instruction. This will become the ‘callee’ strand. - -The macro concludes with the emit keyword, specifying what remains in place of the lexical scope after macro evaluation. In this instance, it's a sequence of instructions that initiates the 'function' call using the CALL instruction on the address motif. This will become part of the ‘callee’ strand. Note, both the generated 'callee' strand and the instructions in the 'caller' strand now operate with the same shared motif. - -When executed in the virtual machine, the CALL instruction causes the two strands to bind, temporarily shifting execution control from the 'caller' strand's call site to the 'callee' strand. Execution resumes where the 'callee' strand was waiting - after the address motif consumed by the WAIT instruction, at the start of the block argument passed to the macro. Once the block instructions complete, the RTRN instruction triggers strand unbinding, returning control to the 'caller' strand's waiting point: after the address motif consumed by the CALL instruction. - -Try this macro by copying Source 1 into the initial interactive demonstration source code, and substituting the original trim_motif macro with Source 2. Note, in Source 2, the square brackets [ ... ] group instructions into a single argument for the remote macro. These changes do not change the initial program’s behaviour, however the resulting bytecode now contains an additional strand. - -Despite targeting a virtual machine with an esoteric instruction set, the Zyme enables developers to create abstractions and write structured code, without compromising on evolutionary potential.",1731883661,7198d80d03,548c908240,,,1731883661 -https://www.cbssports.com/nfl/news/nfl-week-11-bold-predictions-titans-stun-vikings-lamar-jackson-ravens-go-off-vs-steelers-defense/,https://www.cbssports.com/rss/headlines/NFL/,"NFL Week 11 bold predictions: Titans stun Vikings; Lamar Jackson, Ravens go off vs. Steelers defense","For just the fifth time in NFL history and only the third in the Super Bowl era (since 1966), there will be at least three games in Week 11 or later featuring teams with a 70% win percentage or better. - -One already went down on ""Thursday Night Football"" with the Philadelphia Eagles improving to 8-2 after defeating the Washington Commanders, who fell to 7-4. Two other such games are in store this week with the Baltimore Ravens (7-3) at the Pittsburgh Steelers (7-2) and the Kansas City Chiefs (9-0) at the Buffalo Bills (8-2). - -We have surprising outcomes projected here in our latest crop of CBS Sports NFL bold predictions for those two games, plus three other matchups. Let's dig in. - -Titans upset Vikings behind stingy defense - -Are the 7-2 Minnesota Vikings a real contender? Or are they frauds? Since their Week 6 bye week, they're 2-2 with losses against the Detroit Lions (31-29) and the Los Angeles Rams (30-20) and narrow wins against the recently benched Joe Flacco and the Indianapolis Colts (21-13) and the Mac Jones-led Jacksonville Jaguars (12-7). - -With their Week 10 road win at the 2-8 Jaguars, the 2024 Vikings became the first team to win a game with no touchdowns and three or more turnovers since the 2006 Green Bay Packers, who did so against Minnesota. NFL teams had lost 195 straight games with no touchdowns and three more turnovers. Quarterback Sam Darnold was responsible for all three giveaways with three interceptions, and he now has six passing touchdowns and nine turnovers in his past five games after 11 touchdowns and four turnovers in his first four games. He now leads the NFL with 13 turnovers this season, and averages the third-most turnovers per game (1.11) in his career among active QBs with at least 50 starts. He trails only Jaguars quarterback Trevor Lawrence (1.14 turnovers per game) and Cleveland Browns quarterback Jameis Winston (1.27 turnover per game). - -Darnold won't get away with his turnover problem in Week 11 against the 2-7 Tennessee Titans. Their defense is allowing the second-fewest total yards per game this season (273.6), which means Darnold will likely have to march the Vikings offense down the field without too many big-shot plays. Tennessee can also play keep away behind the strength of running back Tony Pollard and its ground game. Pollard's 666 rushing yards this season are the 11th-most in the NFL, and he leads the league in yards after contact per rush (3.77), among those with at least 100 carries this season. The Titans force Minnesota to feel the consequences of its sloppy play, sending them back home with a loss. - -Ravens beat Steelers, drop 30 on NFL's No. 2 scoring defense - -Lamar Jackson BAL • QB • #8 CMP% 69.1 YDs 2669 TD 24 INT 2 YD/Att 9.27 View Profile - -The winner between the Ravens and Steelers on Sunday afternoon in Pittsburgh will be in sole possession of first place in the AFC North. In recent history, the Steelers have had a decisive edge, winning seven of the last eight but all by one score. - -This time around, the Ravens are going to win, and they are going to do so emphatically by scoring at least 30 points on the Steelers defense that is allowing the second-fewest points per game in the entire NFL (16.2). All-Pro T.J. Watt has four forced fumbles this season, which is tied for the most in the league with San Francisco 49ers linebacker Fred Warner entering Week 11. - -Ravens quarterback Lamar Jackson's past against the Steelers is ugly: he has lost three of his four starts against the Steelers with four total touchdowns and 10 turnovers while registering a 66.4 passer rating in four starts, his worst against any NFL team. None of that will matter against the Steelers on Sunday. The Ravens offense is on a historic run, averaging 7.1 yds/play this season, the most in the Super Bowl era (since 1966). - -Why? Because Jackson and running back Derrick Henry are on pace to rewrite the history books. Jackson is on pace to register the best single-season passer rating in NFL history (123.2) and is leading the NFL in nearly every passing metric this season. He is also on pace to become the first player in NFL history with at least 4,000 passing yards and 800 passing yards this season since he is in line to throw for 4,537 yards and run for 914 yards entering Week 11, per CBS Sports Research. - -Lamar Jackson This Season, NFL Ranks - -NFL QB Ranks Completion Pct 69.1%* 7th Pass Yards 2,669 - -2nd Pass Yards/Att 9.3* 1st Pass TD 24* T-1st TD-INT 24-2* 1st Passer Rating 123.2* 1st Expected Points Added/Play 0.31* 1st - -* Career high - -Henry is the first player since Pro Football Hall of Famer Terrell Davis (1998) to lead the NFL in carries (184), rushing yards (1,120), yards per carry and rushing touchdowns (12) through Week 10. He is also on pace to register career highs in yards per carry (6.1) and rushing touchdowns (20). This backfield cannot be stopped, even by the stout Steelers defense. - -Bills hand Chiefs first loss of 2024, snap K.C.'s 15-game winning streak - -Josh Allen BUF • QB • #17 CMP% 63.5 YDs 2281 TD 17 INT 4 YD/Att 7.63 View Profile - -It's one of the football world's favorite times of the year: the AFC's battle of Goliaths between Patrick Mahomes and his unbeaten Chiefs and Josh Allen and his AFC East-leading Bills has arrived in Week 11. Mahomes' Chiefs are unbeaten, but it's by the lowest point differential (+58) of any 9-0 team in NFL history. - -Mahomes has played as poorly as he ever has in his eight-season career with his fewest touchdown passes (12) and worst passer rating (90.3) through nine games of a season in his career, but the Chiefs keep stumbling their way to victories. - -However, this game will be won be Allen triumphing over Chiefs four-time Super Bowl champion defensive coordinator Steve Spagnuolo and his blitz-happy defense. Kansas City blitzes on 36.9% of opponent dropbacks, the third-highest rate in the NFL this season, and they have the most defensive total expected points added (41.45) when blitzing in the entire league this season, per TruMedia. On the flip side, Allen has thrown for 705 passing yards, 11 touchdowns and no interceptions vs. the blitz in 2024, which gives him the most passing touchdowns against the blitz in the entire league this season, per NFL Pro Insights. - -A key factor in Allen's success against the blitz is his more buttoned-up play style. Instead of scrambling and chasing the deep ball, he has thrown the ball quicker and shorter than ever before. That's why he began 2024 on a seven-game interception-free streak. The Bills offensive line stability is also massive. The Bills are only one of two teams to have the same offensive line starting five in every game of 2024, along with the San Francisco 49ers, per CBS Sports Research, and they have the most offensive snaps played of any five-man offensive line combination. The lineup of left tackle Dion Dawkins, left guard David Edwards, center Connor McGovern, right guard O'Cyrus Torrence and right tackle Spencer Brown has 547 offensive snaps together. - -Josh Allen This Season - -Career Rank Average Pass Length (Yards) 7.7 Shortest Average Time To Throw 2.84 Quickest Turnover/Game 0.6 Fewest Rush YPG 26.1 Fewest - -Allen can and will win against Spagnuolo and his signature blitz packages to hand the Chiefs their first loss of 2024 in Week 11. - -Packers QB Jordan Love ends seven-game interception streak vs. elite Bears pass defense - -Jordan Love GB • QB • #10 CMP% 61.3 YDs 1820 TD 15 INT 10 YD/Att 7.58 View Profile - -Many people liken Green Bay Packers starting quarterback Jordan Love to his future Hall of Fame predecessor Aaron Rodgers because of eerily similar mechanics and ball placement at times. However, he is currently playing more like Rodgers' Hall of Fame predecessor Brett Favre. Love possesses a seven-game interception streak at the moment, the longest streak by a Packers quarterback since Favre's 12-game streak that stretched across the 2005 and 2006 seasons. - -Love's 15 touchdown passes are tied for the eighth-most in the NFL this season with Rodgers and his 10 interceptions are tied for the the most in the league this season with Seahawks quarterback Geno Smith and Vikings quarterback Sam Darnold. Love is also the first player since former Indianapolis Colts quarterback Andrew Luck in 2015 to have at least 15 touchdown passes and at least 10 interceptions in the first seven games of a season, per CBS Sports Research. - -However, Love's streak ends in Week 11 at the Chicago Bears. It's a bold prediction because Chicago has one of the NFL's best defenses, ranking either as a top 10 or top five unit in multiple, key pass defense metrics. - -Chicago Bears Defense This Season, NFL Ranks - -NFL Rank PPG Allowed 18.6 7th Completion Pct Allowed 61.6 5th Pass YPG Allowed 190.4 7th TD-INT Allowed 6-8 3rd Passer Rating Allowed 77.4 2nd - -Matt LaFleur has a 10-0 record against Chicago since becoming Green Bay's coach in 2019, which is tied for the longest winning streak in series history with another Packers 10-game winning streak led by Mike Holmgren and Brett Favre from 1994-1998. In Love's two wins against Chicago last season, he threw for five touchdowns and no interceptions. He'll continue that level of play in Chicago on Sunday and end his seven-game interception streak against the top-tier Bears secondary. - -Maxx Crosby's sackless streak gets extended to three games after failing to take down Tua Tagovailoa - -Las Vegas Raiders three-time Pro Bowl edge rusher Maxx Crosby is having another Pro Bowl-caliber year. His 6.5 sacks are tied for 13th in the NFL while his 11 tackles for loss and four batted passes are both tied for the third-most in each metric this season. - -However, he is currently sackless in each of his last two games. That streak will extend to three against Tua Tagovailoa and the Miami Dolphins despite Crosby's pass-rush chops. While Tagovailoa has three batted passes in his last three starts, he has only been sacked on 5.5% of his dropbacks, which is the ninth lowest rate in the entire NFL. Even worse news for Crosby is Tagovailoa's average time to throw of 2.53 seconds is the fastest in the NFL this season. - -Crosby is elite, but he won't end his sackless streak in Week 11.",1731883661,fad4a9cc43,54226b50d3,,,1731883661 -https://www.docker.com/blog/maximizing-docker-desktop/,https://www.docker.com/blog/feed/,Maximizing Docker Desktop: How Signing In Unlocks Advanced Features,"Docker Desktop is more than just a local application for containerized development — it’s your gateway to an integrated suite of cloud-native tools that streamline the entire development workflow. While Docker Desktop can be used without signing in, doing so unlocks the full potential of Docker’s powerful, interconnected ecosystem. By signing in, you gain access to advanced features and services across Docker Hub, Build Cloud, Scout, and Testcontainers Cloud, enabling deeper collaboration, enhanced security insights, and scalable cloud resources. - -This blog post explores the full range of capabilities unlocked by signing in to Docker Desktop, connecting you to Docker’s integrated suite of cloud-native development tools. From enhanced security insights with Docker Scout to scalable build and testing resources through Docker Build Cloud and Testcontainers Cloud, signing in allows developers and administrators to fully leverage Docker’s unified platform. - -Note that the following sections refer to specific Docker subscription plans. With Docker’s newly streamlined subscription plans — Docker Personal, Docker Pro, Docker Team, and Docker Business — developers and organizations can access a scalable suite of tools, from individual productivity boosters to enterprise-grade governance and security. Visit the Docker pricing page to learn more about how these plans support different team sizes and workflows. - -Benefits for developers when logged in - -Docker Personal - -Access to private repositories: Unlock secure collaboration through private repositories on Docker Hub, ensuring that your sensitive code and dependencies are managed securely across teams and projects. - -Unlock secure collaboration through private repositories on Docker Hub, ensuring that your sensitive code and dependencies are managed securely across teams and projects. Increased pull rate: Boost your productivity with an increased pull rate from Docker Hub (40 pulls/hour per user), ensuring smoother, uninterrupted development workflows without waiting on rate limits. The rate limit without authentication is 10 pulls/hour per IP. - -Boost your productivity with an increased pull rate from Docker Hub (40 pulls/hour per user), ensuring smoother, uninterrupted development workflows without waiting on rate limits. The rate limit without authentication is 10 pulls/hour per IP. Docker Scout CLI : Leverage Docker Scout to proactively secure your software supply chain with continuous security insights from code to production. By signing in, you gain access to powerful CLI commands that help prevent vulnerabilities before they reach production. - -: Leverage Docker Scout to proactively secure your software supply chain with continuous security insights from code to production. By signing in, you gain access to powerful CLI commands that help prevent vulnerabilities before they reach production. Build Cloud and Testcontainers Cloud: Experience the full power of Docker Build Cloud and Testcontainers Cloud with free trials (7-day for Build Cloud, 30-day for Testcontainers Cloud). These trials give you access to scalable cloud infrastructure that speeds up image builds and enables more reliable integration testing. - -Docker Pro/Team/Business - -For users with a paid Docker subscription, additional features are unlocked. - -Unlimited pull rate: No Hub rate limit will be enforced for users with a paid subscription plan. - -No Hub rate limit will be enforced for users with a paid subscription plan. Docker Scout base image recommendations: Docker Scout offers continuous recommendations for base image updates, empowering developers to secure their applications at the foundational level and fix vulnerabilities early in the development lifecycle. - -Figure 1: Docker Scout showing recommendations. - -Docker Debug: The docker debug CLI command can help you debug containers, while the images contain the minimum required to run your application. - -FIgure 2: Docker debug CLI. - -Docker Debug functionalities have also been integrated into the container view of the Docker Desktop UI. - -Figure 3: Debug functionalities integrated into the container view of Docker Desktop. - -Synchronized file shares: Host to Docker Desktop VM file sharing via bind mounts can be quite slow for large codebases. Speed up your development cycle with synchronized file shares, allowing you to sync large codebases into containers quickly and efficiently without performance bottlenecks—helping developers iterate faster on critical projects. - -Figure 4: Synchronized file shares. - -Additional free minutes for Docker Build Cloud : Docker Build Cloud helps developer teams speed up image builds by offloading the build process to the cloud. The following benefits are available for users depending on the subscription plan. Docker Pro: 200 mins/month per org Docker Team: 500 mins/month per org Docker Business: 1500 mins/month per org - -: Docker Build Cloud helps developer teams speed up image builds by offloading the build process to the cloud. The following benefits are available for users depending on the subscription plan. - -Additional free minutes for Testcontainers Cloud : Testcontainers Cloud simplifies the process for developers to run reliable integration tests using real dependencies defined in code, whether on their laptops or within their team’s CI pipeline. Depending on the subscription plan, the following benefits are available for users: Docker Pro: 100 mins/month per org Docker Team: 500 mins/month per org Docker Business: 1,500 mins/month per org - -: Testcontainers Cloud simplifies the process for developers to run reliable integration tests using real dependencies defined in code, whether on their laptops or within their team’s CI pipeline. Depending on the subscription plan, the following benefits are available for users: - -Benefits for administrators when your users are logged in - -Docker Business - -Security and governance - -The Docker Business plan offers enterprise-grade security and governance controls, which are only applicable if users are signed in. As of Docker Desktop 4.35.0, these features include: - -License management - -Tracking usage for licensing purposes can be challenging for administrators due to Docker Desktop not requiring authentication by default. By ensuring all users are signed in, administrators can use Docker Hub’s organization members list to manage licenses effectively. - -This can be coupled with Docker Business’s Single Sign-On and SCIM capabilities to ease this process further. - -Insights - -Administrators and other stakeholders (such as engineering managers) must comprehensively understand Docker Desktop usage within their organization. With developers signed into Docker Desktop, admins gain actionable insights into usage, from feature adoption to image usage trends and login activity, helping administrators optimize team performance and security. A dashboard offering insights is now available to simplify monitoring. Contact your account rep to enable the dashboard. - -Figure 5: Desktop Insights view when users log in to your organization. - -Enforce sign-in for Docker Desktop - -Docker Desktop includes a feature that allows administrators to require authentication at start-up. Admins can ensure that all developers sign in to access Docker Desktop, enabling full integration with Docker’s security and productivity features. Sign-in enforcement helps maintain continuous compliance with governance policies across the organization. - -Figure 6: Prompting sign in. - -Developers can then click on the sign-in button, which takes them through the authentication flow. - -More information on how to enforce sign-in can be found in the documentation. - -Unlock the full potential of Docker’s integrated suite - -Signing into Docker Desktop unlocks significant benefits for both developers and administrators, enabling teams to fully leverage Docker’s integrated, cloud-native suite. Whether improving productivity, securing the software supply chain, or enforcing governance policies, signing in maximizes the value of Docker’s unified platform — especially for organizations using Docker’s paid subscription plans. - -Note that new features are introduced with each new release, so keep an eye on our blog and subscribe to the Docker Newsletter for the latest product and feature updates. - -Up next",1731883635,fbb77a7456,54715f05d7,,,1731883635 -https://techtransfercentral.com/2024/09/03/university-of-strathclyde-spin-out-secures-japanese-patent-for-drug-delivery-tech/,https://techtransfercentral.com/feed/,TechPipeline,"This is an excerpt from an article in the October issue of TechEngage. - -Green and clean technologies have garnered a lot of interest from both researchers and investors in the past two decades. Investment in these technologies has grown steadily, reaching $1.77 trillion in 2023, a 17% increase over 2022 according to BloombergNEF. That sounds like good news for universities with ongoing research and projects in the green/clean tech space, but not every green/clean tech project is marketable in a way that attracts licensees. Differences in timeline expectations, commercial potential, and even leadership qualities can keep companies from looking closely at technologies that may well solve important problems but don’t offer enough commercial upside. - -Before reaching out, it’s important to understand what makes a green or clean technology or start-up investible to companies and venture capitalists. - -Team First - -Many investors evaluate the team behind the technology as much as they evaluate the technology itself. - -“Team is first, always,” says Manny Stockman, a partner in Osage University Partners, a venture capital firm that works with universities. “You’ll hear that from every venture capitalist you ever talk to.” - -Taking an idea from inception to a marketable product or service requires people who understand the market and how to talk to investors, and those are skills that are not always in the wheelhouse of a researcher or inventor. Gathering a team of people who can fill in the gaps of any missing relational and business skills is key to attracting support.",1731883688,bb9e812a9f,54b5898bb6,,,1731883688 -https://www.jacketscannon.com/game-17-preview-blue-jackets-close-back-to-back-in-montreal/,https://www.jacketscannon.com/rss/current,Game 17 Preview: Blue Jackets close back-to-back in Montreal,"Saturday, November 16, 2024 – 7:00PM ET - -Bell Centre – Montreal, Quebec - -TV: FanDuel Sports Network Ohio – Radio: 97.1FM - -Columbus Blue Jackets (6-8-2, 14 points, 8th Metropolitan, 15th East) - -at - -Montreal Canadiens (5-10-2, 12 points, 8th Atlantic, 16th East) - -After dethroning the Pittsburgh Penguins 6-2 last night in NWA, the Jackets once again hit the road, visiting the Habs in the great white north. It’s a riveting battle of the two worst teams in the East by record, meaning that Columbus has a prime opportunity for another two points. - -Player to Watch - -Adam Fantilli - -After returning to Columbus from the West Coast trip, Fantilli was adamant (no pun intended) that the team was playing the right way, they just “gotta to put the puck in the net.” Good news: He did last night! The Jackets only seem to be able to score 6 goals or 2 this season, so if they want more consistency, Fantilli’s going to have to be more consistent in his shooting. Building up a hot streak would be pretty nice, right? - -More Fantilli: ""Honestly, I feel like I'm playing well. I'm happy with the way I've been playing. I like my game. It's just not going for me right now. When I come to the rink for the game, I forget the last 6 and think about the one that's in front of me. I don't change the way… — Mark Scheig (@mark_scheig) November 15, 2024 - -Jackets Notes - -I’d put the “six goals or two goals” thing as a joke, but that’s been their total in 12 of their 16 games so far, including eight of their last nine. Weird. … With his goal yesterday, Mattieu Olivier has tied his career high for goals in a season. He has 66 games left to get the next one. … This is somehow just the second back-to-back in the young season for the Jackets. The last one was the pair of clobberings by Winnipeg and Washington to start the month, so things are already going better! - -The Other Bench - -Habs Twitter has had a weird obsession with young defenseman Lane Hutson so far this season, and the rest of Hockey Twitter has been making fun of them for it. He’s currently pulling a “Reverse Marchenko,” with 10 assists but no goals this season. … Shea Weber will be added to the Canadiens’ Ring of Honor in a ceremony prior to puck drop. … Montreal got shutout Thursday in Minnesota, and are 1-6-1 in their last eight. … The Habs are letting in the most goals per game in the NHL this season, around four per game. … Cole Caufield switched his jersey number to 13 at the start of the season to honor Johnny Gaudreau, and currently leads the team in scoring with 12 goals. … I’m just now realizing that both Canadiens goalies have an “eau” vowel in their last names, and I think that’s neat. - -Season Series - -11/16/2024 – Columbus at Montreal - -11/27/2024 – Montreal at Columbus - -12/23/2024 – Montreal at Columbus - -Stats - -Montreal Columbus 2.71 (22) GPG 3.25 (14) 4.06 (32) GAPG 3.50 (28) 22.0% (9) PP% 18.6% (19) 79.7% (18) PK% 80.9% (13) 44.8% (30) 5v5 Shot Attempt % 51.8% (10) 43.7% (31) 5v5 Unblocked Shot Attempt % 52.0% (7) 9.6% (12) 5v5 Shooting % 10.2% (7) .877 (32) 5v5 Save % .888 (29) Cole Caufield, 12 G Leader S. Monahan & K. Marchenko, 9 Nick Suzuki, 11 A Leader Kirill Marchenko, 10 Nick Suzuki, 17 P Leader Kirill Marchenko, 19 Mike Matheson, 27 PIM Leader Matthieu Olivier, 21 3-4-1 Home/Road 1-5-2 3-6-1 Last 10 3-5-2 - -Projected Lineups - -Columbus Blue Jackets - -Dmitri Voronkov Sean Monahan Kirill Marchenko Yegor Chinakhov Adam Fantilli Cole Sillinger Mikael Pyyhtia Justin Danforth Mathieu Olivier Zach Aston-Reese Sean Kuraly Kevin Labanc - -Zach Werenski Dante Fabbro Ivan Provorov Damon Severson Jake Christiansen Jordan Harris - -Daniil Tarasov Elvis Merzlikins - -Montreal Canadiens - -Juraj Slafkovsky Nick Suzuki Kirby Dach Alex Newhook Jake Evans Cole Caufield Josh Anderson Christian Dvorak Brendan Gallagher Emil Heineman Lucas Condotta Joel Armia - -Kaiden Guhle Mike Matheson Lane Hutson David Savard Arber Xhekaj Jayden Struble",1731883648,705c4a3286,54a3f5777f,,,1731883648 -https://techncruncher.blogspot.com/2022/01/10-best-chrome-extensions-that-are.html,http://feeds.feedburner.com/TechCrunch/,10 Best Chrome Extensions That Are Perfect for Everyone,"10 Best Chrome Extensions That Are Perfect for Everyone - -Are you a great Chrome user? That’s nice to hear. But first, consider whether or not there are any essential Chrome extensions you are currently missing from your browsing life, so here we're going to share with you 10 Best Chrome Extensions That Are Perfect for Everyone. So Let's Start. - -1. LastPass - -When you have too several passwords to remember, LastPass remembers them for you. - -This chrome extension is an easy way to save you time and increase security. It’s a single password manager that will log you into all of your accounts. you simply ought to bear in mind one word: your LastPass password to log in to all or any your accounts. - -Features - -Save usernames and passwords and LastPasswill log you in automatically. - -Fill the forms quickly to save your addresses, credit card numbers and more. - -2. MozBar - -MozBar is an SEO toolbar extension that makes it easy for you to analyze your web pages' SEO while you surf. You can customize your search so that you see data for a particular region or for all regions. You get data such as website and domain authority and link profile. The status column tells you whether there are any no-followed links to the page.You can also compare link metrics. There is a pro version of MozBar, too. - - - - - -3. Grammerly - -Grammarly is a real-time grammar checking and spelling tool for online writing. It checks spelling, grammar, and punctuation as you type, and has a dictionary feature that suggests related words. if you use mobile phones for writing than Grammerly also have a mobile keyboard app. - -4. VidlQ - -VidIQ is a SaaS product and Chrome Extension that makes it easier to manage and optimize your YouTube channels. It keeps you informed about your channel's performance with real-time analytics and powerful insights. - -Features - -Learn more about insights and statistics beyond YouTube Analytics - -Find great videos with the Trending tab. - -You can check out any video’s YouTube rankings and see how your own video is doing on the charts. - -Keep track the history of the keyword to determine when a keyword is rising or down in popularity over time. - -Quickly find out which videos are performing the best on YouTube right now. - -Let this tool suggest keywords for you to use in your title, description and tags. - -5. ColorZilla - -ColorZilla is a browser extension that allows you to find out the exact color of any object in your web browser. This is especially useful when you want to match elements on your page to the color of an image. - -Features - -Advanced Color Picker (similar to Photoshop's) - -Ultimate CSS Gradient Generator - -The ""Webpage Color Analyzer"" site helps you determine the palette of colors used in a particular website. - -Palette Viewer with 7 pre-installed palettes - -Eyedropper - sample the color of any pixel on the page - -Color History of recently picked colors - -Displays some info about the element, including the tag name, class, id and size. - -Auto copy picked colors to clipboard - -Get colors of dynamic hover elements - -Pick colors from Flash objects - -Pick colors at any zoom level - - - - - - - -6. Honey - -Honey is a chrome extension with which you save each product from the website and notify it when it is available at low price it's one among the highest extensions for Chrome that finds coupon codes whenever you look online. - -Features - -Best for finding exclusive prices on Amazon. - -A free reward program called Honey Gold. - -Searches and filters the simplest value fitting your demand. - -Instant notifications. - - - - - -7. GMass: Powerful Chrome Extension for Gmail Marketers - -GMass (or Gmail Mass) permits users to compose and send mass emails using Gmail. it is a great tool as a result of you'll use it as a replacement for a third-party email sending platform. you will love GMass to spice up your emailing functionality on the platform. - - - - - -8. Notion Web Clipper: Chrome Extension for Geeks - -It's a Chrome extension for geeks that enables you to highlight and save what you see on the web. - -It's been designed by Notion, that could be a Google space different that helps groups craft higher ideas and collaborate effectively. - -Features - -Save anything online with just one click - -Use it on any device - -Organize your saved clips quickly - -Tag, share and comment on the clips - -If you are someone who works online, you need to surf the internet to get your business done. And often there is no time to read or analyze something. But it's important that you do it. Notion Web Clipper will help you with that. - -9. WhatFont: Chrome Extension for identifying Any Site Fonts - -WhatFont is a Chrome extension that allows web designers to easily identify and compare different fonts on a page. The first time you use it on any page, WhatFont will copy the selected page.It Uses this page to find out what fonts are present and generate an image that shows all those fonts in different sizes. Besides the apparent websites like Google or Amazon, you'll conjointly use it on sites wherever embedded fonts ar used. - -10. SimilarWeb: Traffic Rank & Website Analysis Extension - -Similar Web is an SEO add on for both Chrome and Firefox.It allows you to check web site traffic and key metrics for any web site, as well as engagement rate, traffic ranking, keyword ranking, and traffic source. this is often a good tool if you are looking to seek out new and effective SEO ways similarly as analyze trends across the web. - -Features - -Discover keyword trends - -Know fresh keywords - -Get benefit from the real traffic insights - -Analyze engagement metrics - -Explore unique visitors data - -Analyze your industry's category - -Use month to date data - - - - - -How to Install chrome Extension in Android - -I know everyone knows how to install extension in pc but most of people don't know how to install it in android phone so i will show you how to install it in android - -1. Download Kiwi browser from Play Store and then Open it. - - - - - -Advertisement - -Continue reading below - - - - - - - - - - - -2. Tap the three dots at the top right corner and select Extension. - - - - - - - - - -3. Click on (+From Store) to access chrome web store or simple search chrome web store and access it. - - - - - -4. Once you found an extension click on add to chrome a message will pop-up asking if you wish to confirm your choice. Hit OK to install the extension in the Kiwi browser. - - - - - -5. To manage extensions on the browser, tap the three dots in the upper right corner. Then select Extensions to access a catalog of installed extensions that you can disable, update or remove with just a few clicks. - - - - - -Your Chrome extensions should install on Android, but there’s no guarantee all of them will work. Because Google Chrome Extensions are not optimized for Android devices. - - - - - -Final Saying - -We hope this list of 10 best chrome extensions that is perfect for everyone will help you in picking the right Chrome Extensions. We have selected the extensions after matching their features to the needs of different categories of people. Also which extension you like the most let me know in the comment section",1731883632,f0ec6af36b,54b9d85072,,,1731883632 -https://www.npr.org/2023/12/13/1197956022/got-milk-soap-operas-advertising,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Mass marketing peaked in the 90s, and gave us classic, memorable TV ads : Planet Money : NPR","Why '90s ads are unforgettable - -Enlarge this image Justin Sullivan/Picture Post/Hulton Archive/Getty Images Justin Sullivan/Picture Post/Hulton Archive/Getty Images - -Maybe she's born with it, maybe it's __________. - -The best part of waking up, is _______ in your cup! - -Got ____? - -If you can identify these brands based on tagline alone, it's possible you... are a 90s kid. - -The '90s were arguably the peak moment of advertisers trying to make an impression on us that could last for decades. They got us to sing their jingles and say their slogans. These kinds of ads are called brand or image marketing. And it became a lot harder to pull off in the 21st century. - -On today's show, we look back at the history of advertising, and two pretty unassuming products that totally transformed ads. - -Sponsor Message - -This show was hosted by Sarah Gonzalez and Kenny Malone. It was produced by James Sneed, and engineered by James Willets. It was fact checked by Sierra Juarez, and edited by Molly Messick. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Source Audio - ""Receptor,"" ""Sedate,"" and ""Move Like Molasses""",1731884612,8181d7a585,54a648f79a,,,1731884612 -https://mashable.com/article/best-netflix-shows-to-fall-asleep,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,30 best Netflix shows to fall asleep to because wow we need some zzzzzs,"From ""Derry Girls"" to ""The Great British Baking Show,"" here are the best shows on Netflix to fall asleep to. - -From ""Derry Girls"" to ""The Great British Baking Show,"" here are the best shows on Netflix to fall asleep to. Credit: Mashable composite: Netflix / Netflix / Netflix / Saeed Adyani/Netflix / Netflix - -If you've been scrolling through your Netflix queue in the middle of the night, you're not alone. - -Between the 2024 presidential election and tax season, the overall climate crisis , the war on reproductive rights , and war around the world, society can feel like a waking nightmare. No one would blame you for overlooking your best judgment and finding comfort wherever you can. Yes, falling asleep with the TV on isn't ""great"" for us. (Blue light, we know.) - -Still, it's been a help during rough times. So, while we're not recommending you pick up this habit, we are happy to help those of you who are already doing it. Better than counting sheep, by a wide margin, here are 30 of the best shows on Netflix to fall asleep to. - -30. Cunk on Earth - -Philomena Cunk is, I am sad to say, not a real person. Over the five episodes of Cunk on Earth, I truly began to wish that I shared a world with such a profoundly insightful individual. Alas, she's a character created by the actress and comedian Diane Morgan. First appearing on the BBC series Charlie Brooker's Weekly Wipe, she was immediately recognized for her singular genius, and so Cunk spun off into her own series — first there was Cunk on Britain, and then in 2022 came Cunk on Earth. - -The series sees Cunk explaining the history of the world as only she could, from ""Beginnings"" up through ""The Arse End of History,"" mostly by interviewing unsuspecting scientists and thinkers and asking a series of absolutely deranged questions that stagger the mind. It's probably the funniest show on Netflix right now. So why is it good to fall asleep to? Because she's British, obviously. Everything said in that accent is straight-up sweet-dreams lullaby-land. Even this assortment of uproarious buffoonery. — Jason Adams, Entertainment Reporter - -How to watch: Cunk on Earth is now streaming on Netflix . - -29. Derry Girls - -The Derry legends. Credit: Netflix - -I cannot be the only person completely enchanted by the voices of the Derry Girls . Set in '90s Northern Ireland, this heartwarming portrayal of teenage friendship is one of the rowdiest selection on this list — so if you really need to sleep, the show shouldn't be your first pick. But if you think you could do with a few laughs before drifting off, look no further than this bunch. They're the best. — Alison Foreman, Entertainment Writer - -How to watch: Derry Girls is now streaming on Netflix . - -28. Worn Stories - -Shirts! Shoes! Jockstraps! Oh my. This eight-episode 2021 docuseries gets a wide collection of people telling the stories of the items of clothing they've loved and lived in, and it's by turns funny and poignant, but most of all, like so many of the clothes it depicts, comforting. We've all got that sweater or that pair of socks there's a funny tale behind and that we could never ever in a million lifetimes get rid of. This series is here to tell us we're not alone. Well, maybe the nude woodworker is alone. Those are a lot of sharp tools and blunt instruments swinging around your genitals, if you ask me. — J.A. - -How to watch: Worn Stories is now streaming on Netflix . - -27. History 101 - -I don't know about you, but history class in high school was where I took all my best naps. Methuselah, I hardly knew ya. And the 20-or-so-minute-long nugget-sized episodes of History 101 are perfect when you need a hard wallop of cold facts and figures to knock you into sweet-dream-land. Tackling fascinating subjects like ""GPS"" and ""High Fructose Corn Syrup"" (yes, really) using animated charts and graphs… well, I can barely finish that sentence without nodding off. It's melatonin for the eyes! — J.A. - -How to watch: History 101 is now streaming on Netflix . - -26. Samurai Gourmet - -Just an absolute delight. Credit: Netflix - - - -Based on Masayuki Kusumi's manga series about a retired man named Takeshi who awakens his inner samurai by finding good local food to eat, this 12-episode series stars longtime character actor Naoto Takenaka, whose immensely genial presence will make you feel warm and welcome right from the start. And that's before you even get lost among his simple adventures, spanning around 20 minutes each, which see him take up walking for a hobby, or wondering how his new sunglasses make him look. It doesn't get more low-key, low-stakes, and highly delightful. — J.A. - -How to watch: Samurai Gourmet is now streaming on Netflix . - -25. The Hidden Lives of Pets - -There is a bunny rabbit that paints! I repeat: a bunny rabbit that paints! If you’re not sold on that alone, I’m not sure we speak the same language. In these four half-hour episodes, all narrated by Downton Abbey star Hugh Bonneville, The Hidden Lives of Pets takes a look at the things our little furry, feathery, or otherwise feeling friends can do besides your typical fetch and squawk. Come for the dancing cockatoo, laugh with the racing tortoises, but live for that painting bunny rabbit. — J.A. - -How to watch: The Hidden Lives of Pets is now streaming on Netflix . - -24. Comedians in Cars Getting Coffee - -I'm halfway to sleep-town by the time I finish reading the entire title Comedians in Cars Getting Coffee, never mind the show itself, which is indeed just an excuse for some comedians to get some coffee and ride around in cars.Truth in advertising for once! Specifically it's Jerry Seinfeld of television's Seinfeld who's driving, and then some random funny person joins him for the episode's ride — everybody from Eddie Murphy to Kristen Wiig has hopped into Jerry's passenger seat (it's less dirty than that sounds) and for 15-ish minutes they chat about whatever nonsense strikes their fancy. No high stakes, just cordial chit-chat, a quick in and out like a nighttime talk show without the grinning band-leader blowing his saxophone in your face. — J.A. - -How to watch: Comedians in Cars Getting Coffee is now streaming on Netflix . - -23. Queer Eye - -Five cheers for the Fab Five. Credit: Ilana Panich-Linsman / Netflix - -If you want to get the most out of Queer Eye, you should definitely pay full attention to each and every minute of this delightful reality series. But if you're rewatching the show like us, feel free to doze off mid-hero narrative. Journey with the Fab 5 to see the series' lucky participants master self-love through grooming, cooking, fashion, interior design, and whatever Karamo Brown has been up to lately. It's just lovely. — A.F. - -How to watch: Queer Eye is now streaming on Netflix. - -22. Cat People - -My boyfriend likes to watch cat videos right before falling asleep, and Cat People is basically that catty concept on steroids. Each half-hour episode focuses on one obsessed cat owner and their corresponding feline, and it's 30 mainlined minutes of soothing purr-fection. There's a cat who surfs! A cat rapper! A woman who crafts 3D-felt portraits of her three favorite furbabies! It's a paw-rade of good feels that'll send you straight off to cat-nap heaven. — J.A. - -How to watch: Cat People is now streaming on Netflix . - -21. Chimp Empire - -So much of what makes a nature show relaxing comes down to its narrator. This is why David Attenborough is a thing. And Chimp Empire struck gold thanks to the smooth, dulcet tones of two-time Oscar-winner Mahershala Ali. Otherwise, it's just a bunch of chimpanzees screeching at each other! But Ali makes it all go down like the smoothest AM radio you've ever heard. Set amid the largest group of chimps on the planet, who live in the Ngogo rainforest of Uganda, the four-episode series deep dives into their day-to-day routines, their rivalries, their loves. These are the days of the chimp's lives, and we're living for it, baby. — J.A. - -How to watch: Chimp Empire is now streaming on Netflix . - -20. Seinfeld - -Remember the puffy shirt? Credit: NBC TV / Kobal / Shutterstock - -Perhaps my New Yorker self is showing by putting this one on this list, but the local affiliate station here in New York used to play reruns of this classic '90s sitcom every weeknight from 11 p.m. til midnight, and I can’t even begin to tell you how many times I’ve fallen fast asleep to the soothing sounds of Jerry, George, Elaine, and Kramer asking what’s the deal with those little bags of peanuts they give you on airplanes. And since cutting the cord and relying on streaming only, this is as close as I’ll ever get to that sense of city-boy comfort ever again. - -All nine seasons of our foursome’s legendary antics doing nothing are here for the bingeing; just pick a random episode, curl up on the couch, and before you can say ""master of my domain,"" I’ll be snoring in your ear. And not even Frank Costanza’s most unhinged rant could shake me! — J.A. - -How to watch: Seinfeld is now streaming on Netflix . - -19. Heartstopper - -We're now three seasons deep into Alice Oseman's sweet queer teen romance, and neither the sweetness nor the romance has soured the slightest. Based on Oseman's own webcomic and transferred to Netflix in 2022, this tale of shy boy Charlie (Joe Locke) falling for the hot and popular rugby hunk Nick (Kit Connor) has captured hearts and imaginations across the spectrum. The series is almost too sweet for its own good, but its corny embrace of its own youthful swoon feels 1) appropriate to what love felt like at that age, and 2) will most certainly send you off smiling into the sweetest dreams imaginable. — J.A. - -Mashable Top Stories Stay connected with the hottest stories of the day and the latest entertainment news. Sign up for Mashable's Top Stories newsletter Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -How to watch: Heartstopper is now streaming on Netflix . - -18. Life in Color with David Attenborough - -So. Much. Color. Credit: Netflix - -There are few voices more soothing than David Attenborough's, and there are few visuals more soothing than the beauty of nature. In Life in Color with David Attenborough, you get both! Attenborough guides us through the different uses the animal kingdom has for color in this three-part docuseries, which features truly glorious footage — and beautiful colors, of course. — Belen Edwards, Entertainment Reporter - -How to watch: Life in Color with David Attenborough is now streaming on Netflix . - -17. Alien Worlds - -If you want to have some really bonkers dreams, there’s no better way to get that imagination churning than Alien Worlds, a four-part docuseries that uses CG and the ramblings of scientists to imagine what the life-forms of other planets could look like, given other factors in their development. Narrated by Sophie Okonedo, the show depicts the rise and fall of civilizations of strange creatures on four imagined planets, demonstrating how our scientific laws here on Earth would get applied to some very different, theoretical circumstances. Mostly it’s just weirdo creature nirvana, like the bar in Star Wars on steroids. — J.A. - -How to watch: Alien Worlds is now streaming on Netflix . - -16. Babies - -Cuteness overload. Credit: Netflix - -Few things are as spectacularly infectious as the joy of little kids. In Netflix's Babies, documentarians observe a whole bunch of cuties during their first years of life — examining how these tiny humans learn, grow, and explore our world. If you find babies cute, you'll love this show. But fair warning, you may struggle to sleep through the night if you don't put your TV on a timer. You know, with the crying and all. — A.F. - -How to watch: Babies is now streaming on Netflix. - -15. Abstract: The Art of Design - -Good filmmakers know that an excellent way to capture a viewer's attention is to show someone fully engaged with a practical activity right in front of them. It's incredibly easy to get hypnotized watching Anthony Perkins clean the bathtub in Psycho, or Delphine Seyrig washing dishes in Jeanne Dielman. That same mindset applies to Abstract: The Art of Design, which will captivate you through its interviews with seriously talented craftspeople just talking about and showcasing their exquisite craft. Whether it's Oscar-winning costume designer Ruth Carter (the Black Panther movies) or the legendary Danish artist Olafur Eliasson, there's such a rich attention to precision and detail on display that your entire day and all of your worries will just melt away. — J.A. - -How to watch: Abstract: The Art of Design is now streaming on Netflix . - -14. Hilda - -Oh to live in Hilda's world. Credit: Netflix - -You should definitely give Hilda your full attention, but once you've made your way through this charming animated show, it's one you'll want to come back to over and over for warm fuzzy comfort. Hilda (voiced by Bella Ramsey) is a young explorer whose neighbors just happen to be creatures from folklore — elves, trolls, rat kings, and more. From its adorable animation style to its all-around cozy vibe, Hilda is an excellent watch for when you're awake or for when you want to be lulled off to dreams of gentle adventure. — B.E. - -How to watch: Hilda is now streaming on Netflix. - -13. Gudetama: An Eggcellent Adventure - -When exhausted yourself, who better to vibe on than the world’s most exhausted sentient egg? Created in Japan in 2013 for an animated series, Gudetama (aka the little egg yolk who couldn’t be bothered) finally made the defeated, depressed leap to the U.S. with the 10-episode series An Eggcellent Adventure in 2022 . Most episodes, which plop the beautifully animated little fella into the real world alongside a baby chick who befriends them, are no longer than 10 minutes — just enough time to shrug your worries off into the frying pan of sleepy oblivion. — J.A. - -How to watch: Gudetama: An Eggcellent Adventure is now streaming on Netflix . - -12. The World’s Most Amazing Vacation Rentals - -If tourism slash real estate porn is your drug of choice, you won’t find more dopamine than you do out of The World’s Most Amazing Vacation Rentals. Each 30-minute-ish episode is usually based around a theme — modern homes, eco-friendly homes, homes built into trees. It then sends its three hosts (Luis D. Ortiz, Jo Franco and Megan Batoon) to a variation on each theme, kind of like the three bears in Goldilocks. Luis finds the luxury version, Jo finds the best budget, while Megan susses out the weirdest, most singular examples. But mostly you’re just oohing and ahhing at the truly gorgeous locations. — J.A. - -How to watch: The World’s Most Amazing Vacation Rentals is now streaming on Netflix . - -11. Gilmore Girls - -Everybody sleeps better in Stars Hollow. Credit: Frank Ockenfels / Warner Bros TV / Kobal / Shutterstock - -The ""comfort"" in ""comfort TV"" doesn’t get much more comfortable than it does in the land of Stars Hollow, the setting of Amy Sherman-Palladino’s series Gilmore Girls . Following the trials and tribulations of Lorelei (Lauren Graham) and her teen daughter Rory (Alexis Bledel) as they try to find self-realization and romance across its seven seasons, the show (and Stars Hollow) feels like home to a lot of people who watched the characters grow and change and talk real fast at one another for those seven years. There is even something comforting about that quick patter, the rhythm of which eventually blurs everything into a soft white noise. It’s the box fan of serial aughts storytelling, basically. — J.A. - -How to watch: Gilmore Girls is now streaming on Netflix . - -10. Night on Earth - -The majestic scenery of a good nature documentary always pairs well with a nap. Night on Earth, narrated by Orange Is the New Black 's Samira Wiley, is an especially good TV choice as it documents what many other species are up to while we're all in bed. It's beautiful but a little touchy with volume, so keep this one on low lest you be surprised by a roar or growl. — A.F. - -How to watch: Night on Earth is now streaming on Netflix. - -9. The Mind, Explained - -Generally speaking, all of the Explained docuseries are good picks for falling asleep. The episodes are evenly paced, engaging but not overly so, and easy to start over should you nod off and decide you want to catch it at a later time. In the order of this reporter's personal experience, the Explained series from most to least easy to fall asleep to are: The Mind, Sex , the main Explained series, and then ... Coronavirus . (Yeah, I don't recommend that one. Not for sleeping, anyway.) — A.F. - -How to watch: The Mind, Explained is now streaming on Netflix. - -8. Grace and Frankie - -Lily Tomlin + Jane Fonda = perfection. Credit: Saeed Adyani / Netflix - -Let these two fierce, fearless, fabulous females guide you into a relaxing slumber. Join Jane Fonda and Lily Tomlin as the titular Grace and Frankie , plus Martin Sheen, Sam Waterston, June Diane Raphael, Ethan Embry, Baron Vaughn, and Brooklyn Decker in the warmest, most loving sitcom available on Netflix. Nothing says comfort TV like a half hour with the Hanson-Bergsteins. — A.F. - -How to watch: Grace and Frankie is now streaming on Netflix. - -7. Our Universe - -I’ll see your David Attenborough and raise him one Mr. Morgan Freeman! The voice of God himself narrates this six-part docuseries that attempts to tell the story of everything, from the Big Bang all the way down to Everything Everywhere All at Once or thereabouts. (And it does so without a single bagel in sight! Top that, Michelle Yeoh.) Themed around itty-bitty little subjects like gravity or the elements, each episode tries to capture the magnificence of creation, from star to shining star. But under Freeman’s dulcet tones unfathomable enormity somehow becomes absolute solace. — J.A. - -How to watch: Our Universe is now streaming on Netflix . - -6. Down to Earth with Zac Efron - -As our critic Alison Foreman wrote in her review of the series, it's a ""trip worth taking if you love Zac or believe you have the capacity to love Zac, but you must love Zac to love Down to Earth."" Thankfully for Down to Earth, a lot of people have remembered that they do indeed love Zac Efron after his critically acclaimed turn in the wrestling drama The Iron Claw hit last year, so now's the perfect time to go back and watch this climate-science-concerned travelogue series. - -Each episode sees Efron tackling a new place, from spas in Iceland to beehives on NYC rooftops. The Hairspray star makes the rounds, doling out healthy living advice in between all the ""dude""s and ""woah""s and flashes of abs. Point being, just when you think Zac might ask too much of us, he brings it back down to Earth, and it's all smooth as can be. — J.A. - -How to watch: Down to Earth with Zac Efron is now streaming on Netflix . - -5. Get Organized with The Home Edit - -Consider this closet organized. Credit: Rob Liggins / Netflix - -Bask in the satisfaction of symmetry, order, and all things categorization with this home-makeover show led by the ladies of The Home Edit. A cheery, less philosophical Tidying Up with Marie Kondo, Get Organized follows professional organizers Clea Shearer and Joanna Teplin as they change lives (typically with stuff from The Container Store ). — A.F. - -How to watch: Get Organized with The Home Edit is now streaming on Netflix. - -4. How to Change Your Mind - -Drugs! We all love 'em! And now we can find out everything there is to know about them thanks to this 2022 four-episode docuseries based on Michael Pollan's 2018 book of the same title. The four episodes focus in on the major hallucinogens: LSD (aka acid), psilocybin (aka mushrooms), MDMA (aka ecstasy), and mescaline (here, specifically peyote). Instead of the usual nannying ""Just say no"" mindset, the series actually dives in deep across its hour-long episodes to look at the drugs' histories and benefits. Pollan speaks to scientists and experts and it's all fascinating, and then, like its own little microdose of serotonin, it'll have your eyes rolling back in your head all on its own. — J.A. - -How to watch: How to Change Your Mind is now streaming on Netflix. - -3. The UnXplained With William Shatner - -Anybody who knows anything about anything knows there's nothing better built to fall asleep to than The History Channel. Just ask your grandfather — oh wait, you can't, he's sleeping in front of The History Channel right now. And so this series, which began airing on History in 2019 and has had half of its six seasons ported over to Netflix in the past couple of years, is just some of that slumber magic sprinkled over onto the streamer. - -Hosted by Star Trek legend William Shatner (yes, the very one who gets his name in the title and everything), each episode dives into a few of our greatest mysteries — things like, ""Hey, what's the deal with the pyramids?"" and ""Blood rain? No thank you!"" And it does so with all the goofy energy Shatner's been slathering over science-fiction for decades. So move over, Grandpa. You've got company. — J.A. - -How to watch: The UnXplained With William Shatner is now streaming on Netflix . - -2. The Great British Baking Show - -Credit: Channel 5 / Mark Bourdillon - -I've said it once and I'll say it again: Cooking shows are the best genre of television to fall asleep to, bar none. The mouth-watering visuals, inviting sounds, and typically cheery talent form a cocoon of comforting content, perfect for drifting off to Snoozeville. (Cooking shows are so ideally suited to falling asleep, we have a whole list dedicated to that specific streaming need.) If you're looking for the best of the best, go with none other than The Great British Baking Show. Sweet dreams, bakers. — A.F. - -How to watch: The Great British Baking Show is now streaming on Netflix. - -1. Headspace: Guide to Sleep - -If all else fails, why not go straight to the source? A seven-part series created in 2021 for Netflix by the sleep-aid app Headspace, these animated shorts (each one runs at under 20 minutes) will lull your brain with smoothly delivered facts about dreams or sleeping pills or meditation. And each episode ends with a ""guided wind-down"" designed to carry you straight into slumber-town. There’s also an interactive version called "" Unwind Your Mind "" and an eight-episode series called "" Guide to Meditation "" if you need to call in the big guns. — J.A. - -How to watch: Headspace: Guide to Sleep is now streaming on Netflix . - -UPDATE: Nov. 15, 2024, 3:18 p.m. EST This article has been updated to reflect the current selection on Netflix.",1731883657,644d6c1ea1,54e6d1e45b,,,1731883657 -https://arstechnica.com/space/2024/11/russia-fine-i-guess-we-should-have-a-grasshopper-rocket-project-too/,https://arstechnica.com/science/feed/,"Russia: Fine, I guess we should have a Grasshopper rocket project, too","Like a lot of competitors in the global launch industry, Russia for a long time dismissed the prospects of a reusable first stage for a rocket. - -As late as 2016, an official with the Russian agency that develops strategy for the country's main space corporation, Roscosmos, concluded, ""The economic feasibility of reusable launch systems is not obvious."" In the dismissal of the landing prospects of SpaceX's Falcon 9 rocket, Russian officials were not alone. Throughout the 2010s, competitors including space agencies in Europe and Japan, and US-based United Launch Alliance, all decided to develop expendable rockets. - -However, by 2017, when SpaceX re-flew a Falcon 9 rocket for the first time, the writing was on the wall. ""This is a very important step, we sincerely congratulate our colleague on this achievement,"" then-Roscosmos CEO Igor Komarov said at the time. He even spoke of developing reusable components, such as rocket engines capable of multiple firings. - -A Russian Grasshopper - -That was more than seven years ago, however, and not much has happened in Russia since then to foster the development of a reusable rocket vehicle. Yes, Roscosmos unveiled plans for the ""Amur"" rocket in 2020, which was intended to have a reusable first stage and methane-fueled engines and land like the Falcon 9. But its debut has slipped year for year—originally intended to fly in 2026, its first launch is now expected no earlier than 2030. - -Now, however, there is some interesting news from Moscow about plans to develop a prototype vehicle to test the ability to land the Amur rocket's first stage vertically. - -According to the state-run news agency, TASS, construction of this test vehicle will enable the space corporation to solve key challenges. ""Next year preparation of an experimental stage of the (Amur) rocket, which everyone is calling 'Grasshopper,' will begin,"" said Igor Pshenichnikov, the Roscosmos deputy director of the department of future programs. The Russian news article was translated for Ars by Rob Mitchell.",1731883669,0179022565,54cb124ca6,,,1731883669 -https://www.npr.org/2022/11/15/1137054976/sam-bankman-fried-ftx-crypto-alameda-research-bankruptcy,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How Sam Bankman-Fried's crypto company FTX went bankrupt : Planet Money : NPR,"Sam Bankman-Fried and the spectacular fall of his crypto empire, FTX - -Enlarge this image Alex Wong/Getty Images Alex Wong/Getty Images - -So far the world of crypto has existed mostly on the periphery of the economy; what happens in the crypto market hasn't much affected the rest of the world. But one man was determined to change that. - -Sam Bankman-Fried, the 30-year-old founder of crypto companies FTX and Alameda Research, made billions in just a few years, and in the process, became the face of respectability in an industry usually associated with less-than-respectable characters. - -He was one of the few crypto nerds who broke through into popular culture. He, and FTX, were everywhere: he was on the cover of magazines like Fortune and Forbes, in Superbowl ads with and in ads in Vogue and The New Yorker; comedian Larry David and football star Tom Brady did ads for the company, and the stadium where the Miami Heat play was renamed the FTX Arena. And Bankman-Fried built a reputation as an elder statesman of crypto. When many crypto companies were struggling, he publicly declared that he would help bail them out. - -Sponsor Message - -That is, until last week, when it was revealed that the lion's share of Bankman-Fried's empire was built on FTT — the token sold by FTX, conjured out of thin air. The revelation shook investors and clients; they wanted out. The value of his companies plummeted, and there was no one to lend him a hand. - -Bankman-Fried's companies — FTX and Alameda Research — filed for bankruptcy on November 11th. - -We chart his rise to the top of the crypto market — with effective branding and a seemingly solid reputation — his very recent fall, and what it all means for the rest of the crypto world? - -Music: ""Stranger,"" ""Cool Cats,"" and ""Can't Get Enough."" - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok our weekly Newsletter.",1731884659,8181d7a585,54d57dedf4,,,1731884659 -https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/unlock-a-deadbolt-from-the-outside-without-a-key/,https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/feed/,How to Unlock a Deadbolt from the Outside Without a Key,"At SmartHomePerfected we pride ourselves on providing trustworthy, unbiased information. If you buy through links on our site, we may earn a small affiliate commission at no extra cost to you. Learn more - -Finding yourself locked out can be frustrating, especially when you don't have a key. There are several methods you can try to unlock a deadbolt from the outside. For more tips on smart home solutions, visit Smart Home Perfected for detailed guides and insights. - -Using Everyday Household Items - -Bobby Pin Method - -What you need: - -2 bobby pins - -A steady hand - -Step-by-step guide: - -Prepare the bobby pins: Take one bobby pin and bend it to create a 90-degree angle. This will be your pick. Straighten the second bobby pin to use as a tension wrench. Insert the tension wrench: Place the straightened bobby pin into the bottom of the keyhole and apply slight pressure in the direction the lock turns. Pick the lock: Insert the bent bobby pin (the pick) into the top of the keyhole. Gently move it around to feel for the pins inside. Lift the pins: Use the pick to lift the pins one by one. You’ll feel the pins set into place when you lift them to the right height. Turn the lock: While keeping pressure on the tension wrench, continue lifting the pins until all are set. The lock should turn and open. - -Credit Card Trick - -Ideal types of deadbolts: - -Simple latch locks (doesn't work on more secure deadbolts) - -Spring latch locks - -How to execute the trick: - -Choose the right card: Use a flexible, laminated card (an old gift card or membership card works best). Avoid using a valuable card, like a credit card, as it might get damaged. Insert the card: Slide the card between the door and the door frame, above the latch. Wiggle and push: Wiggle the card and push it against the latch. Try to bend the card away from the knob to push the latch back into the door. Push the door open: While pushing the latch, simultaneously push the door. It should pop open once the latch is disengaged. - -Professional Locksmith Tools - -Lock Picking Set - -Types of tools in a set: - -Tension Wrench : Used to apply pressure to the lock cylinder. - -: Used to apply pressure to the lock cylinder. Hook Pick : Ideal for single-pin picking. - -: Ideal for single-pin picking. Rake Pick : Designed to quickly move multiple pins. - -: Designed to quickly move multiple pins. Ball Pick : Useful for wafer and disc locks. - -: Useful for wafer and disc locks. Diamond Pick: Versatile tool for different lock types. - -Basic lock picking steps: - -Insert the tension wrench: Place the tension wrench into the bottom of the keyhole. Apply slight pressure in the direction you would turn the key. Insert the pick: Choose a pick (like a hook pick) and insert it into the top of the keyhole. Locate the pins: Feel for the pins inside the lock with the pick. You'll feel small, springy pins that need to be lifted. Lift the pins: One by one, use the pick to lift each pin until you feel it set in place. This means the pin has reached the correct height. Turn the lock: While maintaining pressure with the tension wrench, continue lifting the pins until all are set. The lock should turn and open. - -Bump Key Technique - -What is a bump key? A bump key is a specially cut key that can be used to pick a lock. It has cuts at the maximum depth, allowing it to fit into a variety of locks. When used correctly, a bump key can push the pins in a lock to the correct height, allowing the lock to be turned. - -How to use a bump key: - -Insert the bump key: Place the bump key into the keyhole, leaving one or two pins exposed. Apply slight pressure: Turn the bump key slightly in the direction you would turn the key to open the lock. Strike the key: Use a small hammer or a similar object to tap the bump key lightly. This action should push the pins inside the lock to the shear line. Turn the lock: While maintaining slight pressure, the lock should turn and open after a few taps. - -Using professional locksmith tools can be more effective than household items, but they require practice and patience to master. - -High-Tech Solutions - -Smart Lock Installation - -Benefits of smart locks: - -Convenience : Unlock your door with a smartphone, key fob, or code. - -: Unlock your door with a smartphone, key fob, or code. Security : Advanced encryption and alerts for unauthorized access. - -: Advanced encryption and alerts for unauthorized access. Remote Access : Control your lock from anywhere, perfect for letting guests in. - -: Control your lock from anywhere, perfect for letting guests in. Integration: Sync with other smart home devices like alarms and cameras. - -Installation process: - -Choose a compatible lock: Ensure the smart lock fits your door and existing deadbolt. Remove the old lock: Unscrew and take out the old deadbolt. Install the smart lock: Follow the manufacturer's instructions, which usually involve mounting the new hardware and connecting the electronic components. Set up the app: Download the lock’s app on your smartphone and follow the setup instructions to pair your device with the lock. Test the lock: Ensure the smart lock functions correctly by locking and unlocking it several times. - -Smartphone Apps - -Popular lock-unlocking apps: - -August Home : Allows keyless entry and remote access. - -: Allows keyless entry and remote access. Yale Secure : Offers control for Yale smart locks. - -: Offers control for Yale smart locks. Schlage Home : Provides easy access and monitoring for Schlage smart locks. - -: Provides easy access and monitoring for Schlage smart locks. Nest x Yale: Integrates with Google Nest for comprehensive home security. - -How to set up and use them: - -Download the app: Find the appropriate app for your smart lock in your phone’s app store. Create an account: Sign up or log in if you already have an account. Pair the lock: Follow the app’s instructions to connect your smart lock. This often involves scanning a QR code or entering a pairing code. Customize settings: Set up user codes, manage access permissions, and configure notifications. Test the functionality: Use the app to lock and unlock your door, ensuring everything works smoothly. - -High-tech solutions like smart locks and smartphone apps offer unparalleled convenience and security, making them a worthwhile investment for modern homeowners. - -Safety and Legal Considerations - -Ensuring Legal Compliance - -Laws about unlocking locks: - -Know your rights : It's generally legal to unlock your own property, but using lock-picking tools or techniques on someone else's property without permission is illegal. - -: It's generally legal to unlock your own property, but using lock-picking tools or techniques on someone else's property without permission is illegal. Local regulations : Laws can vary by location, so check your local laws regarding lock-picking tools and methods. - -: Laws can vary by location, so check your local laws regarding lock-picking tools and methods. Professional services: If in doubt, contacting a licensed locksmith is always a safe and legal option. - -When to contact authorities: - -Suspicious activity : If you see someone trying to unlock a door suspiciously, contact local law enforcement. - -: If you see someone trying to unlock a door suspiciously, contact local law enforcement. Emergency situations : If you are locked out and need immediate access, such as if a child or pet is inside, calling emergency services may be necessary. - -: If you are locked out and need immediate access, such as if a child or pet is inside, calling emergency services may be necessary. Property damage: If your attempts to unlock a door cause damage, it may be best to contact a professional locksmith to prevent further issues. - -Safety Precautions - -Avoiding damage to the lock: - -Use the right tools : Ensure you are using appropriate tools for the method you are attempting. Improvised tools can cause damage. - -: Ensure you are using appropriate tools for the method you are attempting. Improvised tools can cause damage. Apply gentle pressure : Avoid forcing tools or applying excessive pressure, as this can break the lock or your tools. - -: Avoid forcing tools or applying excessive pressure, as this can break the lock or your tools. Follow instructions: Adhere to step-by-step guides carefully to minimize the risk of damage. - -Personal safety tips: - -Wear gloves : Protect your hands from sharp tools and potential injuries. - -: Protect your hands from sharp tools and potential injuries. Work in a well-lit area : Ensure you have adequate lighting to see what you’re doing clearly. - -: Ensure you have adequate lighting to see what you’re doing clearly. Stay calm and patient : Rushing can lead to mistakes and injuries. Take your time and proceed carefully. - -: Rushing can lead to mistakes and injuries. Take your time and proceed carefully. Have a backup plan: If you are unsuccessful, have a locksmith's contact information handy as a fallback option. - -Understanding and following safety and legal considerations is crucial when attempting to unlock a deadbolt without a key. Always prioritize your safety and be aware of the legal implications of your actions. - -Final Words: - -Getting locked out is inconvenient, but with the right methods, you can unlock a deadbolt without a key. Always consider the legal and safety aspects before attempting any method. For more smart home tips, visit Smart Home Perfected. - -Read More",1731883611,1c7041163b,54f6d1793b,,,1731883611 -https://www.gong.io/blog/gong-data-cloud-expands-insights-across-tech-stack/,https://www.gong.io/feed,Gong Data Cloud expands to help customers access insights across their tech stack,"Conversation Intelligence Product News Sales AI - -Customers are increasingly using data warehouses to unify and process the data from all their business systems. However, these data warehouses can typically only pull static data – like CRM data – making it nearly impossible to assess market conditions and team performance. - -In fact, only 54% of GTM leaders feel that they have clear, real-time visibility into the progress of deals, and just 48% have real-time insight into the performance of individual sales reps, according to Harvard Business Review. - -You need access to consistent, accurate, and up-to-date data across your entire tech stack if you want to better understand the health of your business. - -That’s why we created Gong Data Cloud, which equips you with insights from Gong right in your business intelligence (BI) platform, so you can make more informed decisions. We launched our data sharing capabilities last year with Snowflake, and now we’re excited to announce additional connectors with Databricks and Google BigQuery. With more integrations available, you can seamlessly access insights rooted in customer interactions across your tech stack. - -What’s new with Gong Data Cloud - -With this latest expansion, the impact of Gong Data Cloud extends beyond Snowflake to support Databricks and Google BigQuery. - -With Gong Data Cloud, you can bring Gong data into your data warehouse of choice without any complicated data infrastructure work. With more readily available data, you can identify leading indicators and gain a deeper understanding of your market, team, and pipeline all within the context of your existing solutions. - -Get answers to your burning questions - -With data derived directly from customer interactions flowing into your data warehouses, you gain deeper insights into your GTM strategy, revenue health, and team productivity. Gong Data Cloud helps you answer questions across the following areas: - -Gain strategic go-to-market insights - -Which variables lead to more closed won deals? - -What are my top performers doing differently? - -Is the field adopting new initiatives? How are they resonating with customers? - -Are the right products and capabilities offered to the right customers? - -Assess your pipeline health - -What are the biggest risks hiding in my pipeline? Which accounts are at risk of churn? - -Which competitors should I be worried about? - -Are sellers forming relationships with the right people at the right frequency? - -Identify your sellers’ strengths and weaknesses - -How are my reps spending their time? - -Which deals are my reps spending their time on? - -How often are my managers coaching? - -With Gong Data Cloud, you can get the answers you need and access deeper insights across all go-to-market functions to drive more revenue for your business. - -Faster insights, zero data silos - -With Gong Data Cloud, you can finally stop wondering what’s working and what isn’t, and know with certainty what action you should take next. - -Gong’s Revenue Intelligence platform captures customer conversations and turns them into actionable insights. And now, you can access that treasure trove of data in Snowflake, Big Query, and Databricks for even more informed decision-making. With Gong data available throughout your tech stack, you can bring new levels of productivity into your teams’ workflows that drive efficiency and measurable growth across your GTM operations. - -Interested in fueling your stack with more accurate and complete data? Get a demo.",1731883672,0394161b81,550765c36f,,,1731883672 -https://theintercept.com/2024/11/15/nonprofits-trump-bill-gop-republicans/,https://theintercept.com/feed/?category=politics,House GOP Moves to Ram Through Bill That Gives Trump Unilateral Power to Kill Nonprofits,"A controversial “nonprofit killer” bill is back on track after it was blocked earlier this week. - -A majority of Democrats in the House of Representatives rejected the bill on Tuesday out of fear that it could grant President-elect Donald Trump the legal tools with which to target his ideological foes, but Republicans are swiftly pressing ahead. - -The Stop Terror-Financing and Tax Penalties on American Hostages Act, which would empower the secretary of the Treasury to designate any nonprofit as a “terrorist supporting organization” and revoke its tax-exempt status, is set to go before the Committee on Rules on Monday for a hearing that could tee up the bill for a new floor vote. - -The hearing was announced Thursday evening, just two days after 144 Democrats and one Republican voted against the bill as part of a fast-track parliamentary procedure that required a two-thirds majority. - -The bill, also known as H.R. 9495, has come under withering criticism from a broad coalition of organizations that say its sponsors are pushing it as a means of cracking down on free speech — particularly speech in support of Palestine. In a joint statement earlier this week, a coalition of Arab American and Muslim organizations pledged to continue to fight the bill. - -“This bill was designed to criminalize organizations and activists who oppose the U.S.’s unconditional support of Israel’s genocide of Palestinians and the slaughter of Lebanese civilians,” read the statement, which was signed by the Council on American-Islamic Relations, American Muslims for Palestine, and others. “We will continue to stand firm in protecting all organizations’ freedom to speak and operate without fear of political retribution.” - -Offices for the chair and ranking member of the Ways and Means Committee, through which the bill must pass, did not respond to requests for comment. - -With pro-Israel groups lobbying for the bill, it gained popularity among House Democrats, in part due to a provision providing tax relief to Americans held hostage abroad. - -“Their rush to reconsider this bill is solely to offer Trump more and more power.” - -The reelection of Trump, however, galvanized opponents, including Rep. Lloyd Doggett, D-Texas, who led the charge to reject the bill on Tuesday. Doggett doubled down on Thursday after learning of the newly scheduled Rules Committee hearing. - -“In this mislabeled bill, House Republicans are hiding behind hostages,” Doggett said in a statement to The Intercept. “Their rush to reconsider this bill is solely to offer Trump more and more power, while Trump’s nominees for key national security posts this week indicate how he will be using it.” - -Simple Majority to Pass - -Doggett and fellow Democratic opponents of the bill face an uphill battle to halt the legislation for good. They were able to block it on Tuesday only because H.R. 9495 was put to a House vote under suspension of the rules, a maneuver allowing for legislation to be fast-tracked by limiting debate and barring the addition of new amendments in exchange for the requirement of a two-thirds majority to pass. - -Ultimately, 144 Democrats voted no, along with Rep. Thomas Massie, R-Ky., barely meeting the threshold to block the bill from fast-track passage. Voting in favor were 204 Republicans and 52 Democrats. The narrow loss — with so many Democrats supporting the bill, opponents had no votes to spare — provoked outrage from supporters of the bill like Rep. Jason Smith, R-Mo., who had spoken in favor of it prior to the vote. - -“This shameful partisan play only sets back efforts to halt the abuse of America’s tax code by terrorist organizations,” Smith said in a statement published Wednesday by the House Ways and Means Committee. “Going forward, I encourage our Democrat colleagues to put the defense of our nation and the needs of American taxpayers first.” - -Civil liberties groups that had long opposed the bill hailed the vote to block it as a victory, albeit a fleeting one. - -The bill is slated for a hearing on Monday known as a markup session, in which committee members may briefly discuss the legislation and propose amendments. If a majority of committee members approve of the bill, whether in its original or amended form, it would move on to another vote on the House floor. - -This time, it would likely be put to a simple majority vote. With Republicans in control of the chamber and around 52 Democratic lawmakers showing support by voting for it on Tuesday, the bill would almost certainly pass. - -Doggett, however, remained determined: “We Democrats can either post a Yield Right of Way sign or push back to make every effort to protect civil society and our freedoms.”",1731883619,181d4b7e9a,5508220132,,,1731883619 -https://www.npr.org/2024/05/22/1197959117/proxy-layoffs,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Lay-offs can leave you with big questions. An HR expert has answers. : Planet Money,"Lay-offs can leave you with big questions. An HR expert has answers. - -Enlarge this image Good Tape Studio Good Tape Studio - -By one estimate, 40 percent of American workers get laid off at least once in their careers. And when that happens, companies will often say, ""It's not personal. It has nothing to do with you or your performance. We're just changing priorities, making a strategic shift."" - -It's like the business version of: ""It's not you, it's me."" And just like a breakup, it feels terrible. - -This happened to a man we're calling V, who was working at the same company as his husband when he got laid off. And for V, the experience felt shocking. It left him and his husband with a lot of unresolved questions. - -Sponsor Message - -On today's show, the story of that layoff. And we help that couple get some answers by taking their questions to an HR expert who gives the low-down on lay-offs. - -This story is adapted from a 3-part series on layoffs produced by Yowei Shaw for her show, Proxy. The layoff series was edited by John DeLore with research and reporting help from Kim Nederveen Pieterse. You can listen to the full layoff series from Proxy wherever you get your podcasts, and you can support the show and find out more by going to patreon.com/proxypodcast. And you can check out her original song ""Gold Star"" on Spotify and YouTube. - -Today's Planet Money episode was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler and edited by Molly Messick. It was engineered by Valentina Rodríguez Sánchez and fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Epidemic Sound - ""On My Side,"" ""Candy Clown,"" and ""Company Keeper."" Proxy theme music by Breakmaster Cylinder. ""Gold Star"" is by Yowei Shaw and Kyle Pulley, mastered by Ryan Schwabe, with additional production from Danny Murillo.",1731884591,8181d7a585,54fd8cb0b1,,,1731884591 -https://www.thedrum.com/news/2024/11/15/why-b2b-marketers-are-critical-crossroads-and-what-they-can-do-about-it,https://www.thedrum.com/influencer-marketing/rss.xml,Why B2B marketers are at a critical crossroads (and what they can do about it),"Ahead of The Drum’s B2B World Fest, we catch up with Ed Davis from BBN International, who gives us his take on the topics that will dominate discussion as global brands and agencies come together for this unique event. - -The biggest names in B2B marketing on both sides of the Atlantic will come together on November 20 as The Drum’s B2B World Fest goes global. - -Now in its fourth year, the annual event will, for the first time, have two host cities, taking place simultaneously in Chicago and London. A sign of the event’s growing ambition, it marks the first time B2B World Fest has also been held in-person outside the UK. You can find out more about the speakers, agenda and how to attend. - -This year’s headline partner is BBN International, a group with over a thousand B2B specialists working in 71 offices across 31 countries. Its director of international client relationships, Ed Davis, has been instrumental in shaping the agenda for the event. Here, he shares his views on the challenges facing the B2B industry, which he believes is at a “critical crossroads,” and discusses the questions he believes marketers should be asking their B2B agencies. - -Want to go deeper? Ask The Drum - -The Drum’s big theme for B2B World Fest 2024 is ‘The B2B Revolution is Here.’ Why do you believe that’s the case and what are the most significant forces shaking up the space? - -The B2B revolution is here because, quite frankly, the industry is in desperate need of it. For too long, B2B marketing has been trapped in a cycle of uninspired campaigns and outdated metrics. But two forces are forcing a reckoning: AI and financial accountability. - -AI is reshaping the landscape in a way that’s exposing the real marketers from the pretenders. It’s not just another shiny tool – it’s a filter that’s going to separate those who know how to connect with their audiences from those who rely on shortcuts and cookie-cutter solutions. I’m all for it. In fact, I hope AI will accelerate the exit of lazy marketers who’ve coasted by using tech as a crutch instead of a tool. The ones who adapt and thrive in this AI-driven world will be the ones who understand that technology should amplify human creativity, not replace it. - -Then there’s the financial side and this is where things get even more interesting. We’re entering an era where fluffy metrics won’t cut it any more. Agencies will be held to metrics that matter to the boardroom – revenue, profit, share price. It’s about time, honestly. If we’re serious about elevating B2B marketing, we need to be willing to measure success by the standards that actually impact a company’s growth. This is where B2B gets its bite back – by showing that it’s not just a support function but a driver of real business value. - -Advertisement - -B2B World Fest was built to tackle the trends and issues that truly matter to B2B practitioners. So please set the scene for our readers – what can our attendees expect to take away from World Fest this year? - -World Fest isn’t your typical marketing event where you sit back, sip coffee and listen passively. We’ve designed it as a space for real engagement because revolutions don’t happen in silence – they need active voices and bold ideas. At World Fest, expect to be part of the conversation. Our sessions aren’t traditional ‘presentations’ – they’re immersive discussions, debates and hands-on explorations. - -If you’re attending, be ready to roll up your sleeves and dive in. We’ll be calling on you to contribute, challenge and collaborate with peers who share a commitment to driving meaningful change in B2B. In return, you’ll walk away not just with ideas but with actionable insights, fresh inspiration and a new network of connections ready to help you push the boundaries of what B2B marketing can achieve. - -Advertisement - -This year, B2B World Fest is a truly global affair, taking place in London and Chicago simultaneously. With your international perspective at BBN and as someone who splits their time across both sides of the Atlantic, what are the biggest things B2B practitioners in the US and UK can learn from each other? - -Everywhere I go – and I’ve been in over 25 countries – I see a common thread: creativity in marketing is a universal language. It’s fascinating to see that no matter the culture or language, marketers are driven by the same core ambition: to connect, to inspire and to innovate. This is where B2B can be truly powerful, bridging boundaries and building brands that resonate globally. - -As for the US and UK, there’s a lot they can learn from each other. In the US, there’s a boldness, a willingness to take creative risks and push boundaries. American marketers are masters at going big, especially when it comes to storytelling. The UK, on the other hand, brings a certain sophistication – a knack for blending creativity with strategy in a way that’s both sharp and thoughtful. If marketers on both sides of the Atlantic embrace these qualities, they’ll be more prepared to succeed in a marketplace that’s increasingly global, even for brands that operate locally. - -Today, even if you’re a small business selling widgets in one town, you’re likely part of a global market. The real lesson here is that B2B practitioners need to think beyond borders and embrace a mindset that combines the daring spirit of the US with the strategic refinement of the UK. That’s what it takes to thrive in this new era of B2B marketing. - -Suggested newsletters for you Daily Briefing Catch up on the most important stories of the day, curated by our editorial team. Weekly Marketing Stay up to date with a curated digest of the most important marketing stories and expert insights from our global team. The Drum Insider Learn how to pitch to our editors and get published on The Drum. - -There is, of course, lots of optimism in the space. But what do you think are the biggest challenges facing B2B marketers right now and how can they effectively overcome them? - -Right now, B2B marketers are at a critical crossroads. On one side, we have the relentless advancement of AI. It’s exciting, yes, but it’s also challenging us to up our game. AI is exposing lazy marketing like never before. No more skating by with the bare minimum or hiding behind pretty visuals – AI can see through that. It’s forcing marketers to be sharper, more strategic and more authentic. The ones who succeed will be those who embrace AI as a tool to amplify their creativity, not replace it. Those who cling to outdated approaches will find themselves left behind. My advice? Lean into AI, but don’t lose your humanity. Use it to fuel deeper insights and more meaningful connections, not just more noise. - -Then there’s the financial side, and this is where the pressure really builds. Gone are the days when B2B marketers could survive on vanity metrics – likes, shares, impressions. Today, we’re being held accountable to the numbers that matter to the C-suite: revenue, profitability and ROI. This is both a challenge and an opportunity. If we’re serious about proving the impact of marketing, we need to align with business objectives, tracking metrics that actually make a difference to the bottom line. B2B marketers need to build a bridge to the boardroom, showing that we’re not just supporting the business but driving it forward. - -Overcoming these challenges isn’t easy, but it’s where the best marketers will thrive. AI will raise the bar on quality, and financial accountability will ensure we’re adding real value. Together, these forces will weed out the complacent and reward those who bring their best to the table. - -You’re moderating ‘The Questions You Should be Asking Your Agency,’ a session designed to uncover how clients can find the perfect agency partners and forge strong relationships from the outset. What questions are you surprised agencies aren’t asked more often in RFPs? And conversely, is there anything that clients and agencies over-index on as they attempt to develop chemistry? - -One of the biggest missed opportunities in the RFP process is asking agencies about their culture and values. Far too often, the focus is on capabilities and case studies, but if the agency’s values don’t align with the client’s, even the best strategies are going to fall flat. When clients and agencies align at the cultural level – when they share core beliefs and ways of working – that’s when the magic really happens. But it’s not enough to just hear a feel-good answer. I’d urge clients to ask their prospective agencies to prove it. Show how these values come to life, not only in the work but in the way they treat their people and partners. This alignment can make all the difference in the longevity and success of a relationship. - -On the flip side, I think there’s an overemphasis on sector knowledge that’s almost a distraction. Sure, it’s helpful if an agency knows the basics of your industry, but let’s be honest – I don’t need my team to be experts in airplane engines or drilling fluids. What we need to be experts in is communication strategy, tactical execution and delivering campaigns that actually move the needle. Agencies should be bringing fresh perspectives and a mastery of the marketing craft, not trying to play industry insider. In fact, sometimes, an outside view is exactly what’s needed to disrupt old patterns and bring real innovation. - -Ultimately, the right agency is one that understands the art and science of communication, has values that resonate with yours and knows how to manage and execute a killer campaign – regardless of the industry. That’s where the real value lies and that’s where clients should be focusing their questions. - -Technology, from AI to marketing automation, plays a central role in B2B marketing today and is unsurprisingly one of the big themes we’ll be tackling at World Fest. How are you seeing technologies influencing marketing strategies today and where do you think things are headed as we approach 2025? - -Technology is fundamentally reshaping B2B marketing – and not just at the tactical level but at the strategic core. Right now, AI and marketing automation are allowing us to reach audiences with a precision that was unimaginable a few years ago. We’re talking about data-driven insights that go beyond demographics and get to the heart of buyer behavior. AI is helping us anticipate needs, personalize messages and deliver them at the exact right moment in a buyer’s journey. The result? More meaningful interactions and a shift away from generic, one-size-fits-all campaigns. - -But as we look toward 2025, this technology will push us even further. I see two major trends on the horizon. First, AI is going to drive a new level of real-time marketing – campaigns that adapt and optimize themselves on the fly based on audience responses. Imagine a marketing strategy that evolves minute-by-minute to meet prospects where they are emotionally, in real time. - -Second, there will be a much stronger focus on accountability and ROI. Marketing technology will bring more transparency to the metrics that matter, helping B2B marketers tie their efforts directly to revenue, customer retention and long-term brand equity. As we get better at measuring real impact, there will be less room for fluff and more demand for concrete, bottom-line results. - -This is just the beginning of a new era for B2B World Fest and, per our theme, perhaps even the industry itself. What are you most excited about when it comes to the future of B2B? - -With B2B World Fest, I’m most excited about truly taking this event global. It’s called World Fest, after all – it should be a platform where the world’s best minds in B2B can come together, share insights and inspire each other. This isn’t just about creating another conference; it’s about building a global community of forward-thinking marketers who aren’t afraid to challenge the status quo. - -The timing couldn’t be better. B2B is on the cusp of a revolution, where technology such as AI and real-time marketing automation is pushing us to be sharper and more strategic. The stakes are higher, and there’s a new level of accountability. At WorldFest, we’re not just talking about the future – we’re actively shaping it. By gathering leaders from both sides of the Atlantic and beyond, we’re blending different perspectives and approaches, making us all stronger as we face the next wave of challenges in B2B marketing.",1731883662,b55a6935d9,54f2aaf00e,,,1731883662 -http://money.cnn.com/2018/09/14/investing/lehman-brothers-2008-crisis/index.html?section=money_news_economy,http://rss.cnn.com/rss/money_news_economy.rss,Lehman Brothers: When the financial crisis spun out of control,"Editor’s Note: This story originally published on September 14, 2018. - -New York CNN Business — - -Legendary investment bank Lehman Brothers was on fire — and no one was coming to put it out. - -Bank of America refused to rescue the 158-year-old Wall Street firm without support from Uncle Sam. The British government wouldn’t let Barclays (BCS) buy Lehman Brothers and its toxic balance sheet. And Washington decided against another politically unpopular bailout. - -So Lehman Brothers was allowed to fail. At 1:45 a.m. on Monday, September 15, 2008, Lehman Brothers filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection. - -What ensued was the largest and most complex bankruptcy in American history. But that doesn’t do justice to the damage Lehman’s demise caused the financial system. The implosion of Lehman Brothers — and the mayhem it unleashed — was the most terrifying moment for business and the US economy since the Great Depression. - -“It was the moment when the financial crisis fully burst upon us, when panic seized the markets,” Phil Angelides, who led the official bipartisan inquiry into the 2008 meltdown, told CNN. - -Lehman’s failure shook Wall Street to its core. The Dow plummeted 504 points, the equivalent of 1,300 points today. Some $700 billion vanished from retirement plans and other investment funds. The panic that followed plunged the American economy into a severe downturn, now known as the Great Recession. - -Today, Lehman Brothers and its CEO Dick Fuld are the poster children for the reckless risk-taking that wrecked the economy. - -getty images/CNN - -Frantic talks - -Lehman’s final days were marked by frantic last-minute negotiations over its fate. - -Right up until the end, everyone thought someone would rescue Lehman Brothers: Surely the firm wouldn’t be allowed to fail. Bear Stearns, a smaller investment bank, had been saved just six months earlier by Washington and JPMorgan Chase. - -On Wednesday, September 10, South Korea’s Korean Development Bank dropped out of the running to be Lehman Brothers’ white knight. The news — combined with Lehman’s announcement of a record $3.9 billion quarterly loss — sent the bank’s shares cratering 45%. - -With South Korea out, Treasury Secretary Hank Paulson called Bank of America CEO Ken Lewis to ask him to find a creative way to buy Lehman Brothers. Put on your “imagination hat,” Paulson urged Lewis. - -But by Friday, September 12, Bank of America said it was bowing out unless the government was willing to help. Lehman was simply stuck with too many “illiquid” mortgage assets, and it couldn’t sell them quickly enough to meet other obligations. Bank of America decided instead to buy the next investment bank in line to fail: Merrill Lynch. - -“You just didn’t know what was going to happen when you got into work on Monday,” said Brady Kim, who worked as an analyst on Lehman’s trading desk. “Were you going to be working for Barclays? Some Korean conglomerate?” - -The one option few saw coming was bankruptcy. “They’re not just going to let the bank go under,” Kim said. - -‘Not a penny’ - -That Friday evening, Paulson ordered the heads of the big Wall Street firms to meet at the New York Fed’s headquarters. They were told to come up with a private-sector solution to save Lehman. - -American officials had little appetite for another bailout. They had just seized control of teetering mortgage giants Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac the weekend before. Fed officials said Paulson made it clear there would be no government help this time, “not a penny.” - -Saturday brought an apparent breakthrough for Lehman: Barclays agreed to buy Lehman — as long as Wall Street would take some assets off its hands. But the Barclays deal went up in smoke on Sunday when UK regulators balked at blessing the risky deal. - -I never thought the company would go out of business.” James Chico, former Lehman Brothers analyst - -“Imagine if I said yes to a British bank buying a very large American bank which … collapsed the following week,” Alistair Darling, the UK’s chancellor of the exchequer, later told the Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission. - -‘It was pandemonium up there’ - -With no buyers left, regulators pressured Lehman Brothers to file for bankruptcy on Sunday night, before trading opened in the morning. - -Lehman’s lawyers and executives left the New York Fed to inform the board that no rescue was coming. - -“We went back to the headquarters, and it was pandemonium up there,” Harvey Miller, the bankruptcy counselor for Lehman Brothers, later told investigators. - -The Fed rejected a last-minute Lehman plea for additional assistance from the central bank, leading to the early-morning bankruptcy. - -The collapse shocked employees. - -“I never thought the company would go out of business. It was terrible,” said James Chico, who worked as an analyst in the back office at Lehman for more than two decades. - -Tom Rogers was on his honeymoon in St. Lucia when the bank, his employer for seven years, went bust. - -“I came back, and it was just mass chaos,” said Rogers, who started as an intern at Lehman and moved up to senior analyst in the firm’s reinsurance business. - -‘Cataclysmic proportions’ - -The turmoil showed just how fragile and interconnected the entire system was. The situation was exacerbated by the near-collapse of AIG, the insurance behemoth. Regulators feared AIG’s demise would bring down the whole system — so AIG was given a $182 billion bailout. - -Fear and panic quickly spread through the financial system, causing credit markets to freeze. Even large and iconic industrial companies such as General Motors were unable to receive short-term funding. - -“The financial crisis reached cataclysmic proportions with the collapse of Lehman Brothers,” the crisis inquiry commission concluded. - -Fuld, who had infamously told shareholders in April 2008 that “the worst is behind us,” emerged as one of the villains of the crisis. He steered Lehman right into the face of an epic storm. - -Between 2000 and 2007, Lehman’s assets had more than tripled to $691 billion. And its borrowing ratio, known as leverage, jumped to 40 times its shareholders’ equity in the company. The firm had relatively little capital to protect against trouble. - -Madelyn Antoncic, Lehman’s chief risk officer from 2004 to 2007, tried and failed to warn Fuld against taking on more mortgage risk. - -“At the senior level, they were trying to push so hard that the wheels started to come off,” Antoncic told the commission. - -For his part, Fuld told lawmakers in 2008 that the pain of Lehman’s failure “will stay with me for the rest of my life.” - -The former Lehman Brothers boss, who made and lost a $1 billion fortune on Wall Street, has made few public appearances since the crisis. He did speak at a 2015 event where he admitted he would do some things differently. - -“I missed the violence of the market and how it spread from one asset class to the next,” Fuld said. - -Richard Fuld, former chairman and chief executive officer of Lehman Brothers, speaks during a hearing in 2010. Andrew Harrer/Bloomberg/Getty Images - -Where were the regulators? - -Fuld doesn’t deserve all the blame. The firm’s demise underscored the wild risk-taking that regulators and CEOs had allowed to become rampant across Wall Street. - -Consider, for example, the 2000 deregulation of exotic financial instruments known as derivatives. Regulators had little window into how these trades linked banks to one another. When one bank failed, other financial institutions fell in a kind of domino effect. - -Even a month before Lehman’s bankruptcy, officials at the Fed were still seeking information on the bank’s 900,000 derivative contracts. And they were clueless about the risk posed by AIG’s enormous book of derivatives. - -“The people charged with overseeing our financial system were flying blind as the crisis developed,” Angelides said. - -Only in 2010, with the passage of the sweeping Dodd-Frank financial reform law, were derivatives required to be bought and sold on exchanges. - -Regulators also failed to get Lehman Brothers to slow its headfirst dive into mortgages. The firm kept buying real estate assets well into the first quarter of 2008. - -The Treasury Department’s Office of Thrift Supervision didn’t issue a report warning of Lehman’s “outsized bet” on commercial real estate until two months before its collapse. The OTS was abolished by Dodd-Frank. - -Likewise, the SEC declined to call Lehman Brothers out for exceeding risk limits — even though the agency was aware. - -“Our regulatory system is made of humans — and humans make mistakes.” James Angel, Georgetown University business professor - -“The SEC…knew of the firm’s disregard of risk management,” the commission said. - -Lehman Brothers also got away with using accounting gimmicks to mask how much money it borrowed. Bart McDade, Lehman’s president and chief operating officer, wrote in an email at the time that the accounting maneuvers are “another drug we R on.” - -Should Lehman have been saved? - -Economists will debate for decades whether Washington should have rescued Lehman to prevent the chaos that followed. Former Federal Reserve chairman Ben Bernanke maintains that regulators had no authority to lend to a failing Lehman. - -“We essentially had no choice and had to let it fail,” Bernanke told the commission. - -But others say Bernanke and Paulson should have realized that allowing Lehman to fail would deepen the crisis. - -“Our regulatory system is made of humans — and humans make mistakes,” said James Angel, a business professor at Georgetown University. “The Fed clearly could have done a better job of containing the damage.” - -The inconsistent response by Washington — deciding not to rescue Lehman after saving Bear and before helping AIG — “added to uncertainty and panic,” the financial crisis inquiry concluded. - -Could it happen again? - -Today’s financial system is safer thanks to the reforms put in place after 2008. Banks have bulked up on vast amounts of capital. Regulators are more vigilant. - -But some worry about the risk of another downturn, even if it doesn’t start with banks. - -“I’m concerned about now,” said famed Yale professor Robert Schiller, pointing to “highly priced” stocks and rising home values. - -“We’re already in for what could be a repeat of 2008,” Shiller said. “It will look different this time, but there could be a decline in home prices and recession coming in.” - -Let’s hope the lessons from the last crisis haven’t been forgotten. - -A Decade Later: It’s been 10 years since the financial crisis rocked America’s economy. In a special yearlong series, CNN will examine the causes of the crisis, how the country is still feeling its effects, and the lessons we have — and have not — learned.",1731883637,49683961c9,550c95f57d,,,1731883637 -https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/archive/2024/11/trump-administration-institutions-collapse/680516/?utm_source=feed,https://www.theatlantic.com/feed/channel/ideas/,The Institutions Failed,"Scholars and advocates for democracy who have tried to warn voters about the dangers posed by a second Donald Trump term are, to some extent, victims of their own success—or, rather, the perception of it. Having fought to defend the nation’s institutions during Trump’s first term, they now worry that Americans have become complacent about the risks of a potential second term. - -“There’s this mythology that permeates that Trump didn’t damage institutions in the first term,” Amanda Carpenter, a former GOP staffer who now works for the civil-society group Protect Democracy, told me recently. “And I think that’s completely wrong.” - -Indeed, institutions at nearly every level of American society failed during Trump’s first term, which is a big reason a second Trump term is even possible. The press, all three branches of the federal government, nongovernmental organizations such as the Republican Party, and the private sector all crumpled when confronted. The failures were of both personal leadership and systems. A reelected President Trump won’t just have figured out how to better fight a healthy system. He will face one that is already in dire condition. - -David A. Graham: We’re watching an antidemocratic coup unfold - -An exhaustive account of institutional collapses would be, well, exhausting, but a tour d’horizon should suffice. In 2015 and 2016, a majority of Republican-primary voters and an overwhelming majority of Republican Party leaders opposed Trump’s candidacy for president, but the party revealed itself to be incapable of organizing—one of its most basic functions—to resist the threat posed by a charismatic outsider. The traditional press also showed its susceptibility to a candidate able to attract almost endless attention, and how powerful that attention was, even when negative. The result was a narrow Trump victory in 2016. - -The first constitutional check on a president is Congress. In the first two years of Trump’s presidency, both the House and the Senate were controlled by Republicans, who showed little interest in serious oversight work. After Democrats took over the House following the 2018 midterms, they began investigating Trump. They even impeached him after he attempted to withhold funds from Ukraine in exchange for helping Trump’s reelection campaign, but the GOP-led Senate declined to convict him, moving the goalposts. Elsewhere, however, Democrats were slow to respond to Trump’s stonewalling. For example, they sought his tax returns and were finally able to release them—in December 2022, nearly two years after he’d left office. - -This was in part because Trump was able to recognize that the courts were a weak link in the constitutional order. The justice system is designed with lots of protections to ensure that no one is deprived of due process, but that also means that a defendant with sufficient money and bad faith can manipulate those protections to run down the clock. - -The nature of the failures in the executive branch was more complex. Many members of the administration cooperated with Trump on legally, ethically, or morally dubious schemes. Others resisted them, sometimes bravely: Whistleblowing and public testimony from White House and State Department officials rattled by Trump’s pressure on Ukraine was courageous and came at a cost to them. In other cases, administration officials resisted Trump simply by refusing to execute bad ideas. This may have sometimes staved off acute disasters, but the federal government cannot function correctly if unelected officials feel empowered to decide when to follow lawful orders from the president. This is one of the institution’s vulnerabilities: Officials of conscience sometimes have no good options. - -Trump’s attempts to subvert the 2020 election demonstrated the disastrous convergence of all of these failures. The president’s attempts to railroad state officials into supporting his efforts were prevented by people such as Georgia Secretary of State Brad Raffensperger and Arizona House Speaker Rusty Bowers, but Trump demonstrated how brittle the systems were by coming close to subverting the election. Some local election officials also showed far less integrity. - -After January 6, the House once more impeached Trump, but the Senate again refused to convict. One major factor was that the Senate Republican leader, Mitch McConnell, concluded that Trump’s career was finished, thus excusing himself from taking any political hit by supporting a vote to convict. - -The judicial branch is frequently celebrated as the institution that best resisted Trump’s election subversion. Courts did reject the Trump campaign’s legalistic efforts to keep him in office, but that is largely because its claims were so flimsy and lacking in evidence that judges had no other choice. The judiciary’s actions since then have revealed it to be as fragile as the other two branches. Trump has managed to thus far avoid criminal trials for his election subversion and for pilfering sensitive national documents and trying to hide them from the government; he has promised that he will obstruct justice to ensure that remains true if he wins. Politico recently reported that judges have repeatedly expressed concerns about Trump gumming up the legal system with frivolous process arguments. - -Read: Trump is being very honest about one thing - -The Supreme Court, meanwhile, has played along with Trump. It ruled this past summer that nearly anything a president does under cover of the presidency is immune from prosecution, giving Trump sanction for past actions and opening up new avenues for future chicanery. One of the justices in the majority is married to a prominent participant in Trump’s election subversion. Another had a pro-Trump flag flying over his house, for which he blamed his spouse. - -The private sector is no more resilient. After January 6, social-media companies banished Trump, and major corporations pledged not to contribute to politicians involved in election denial. But Trump is back on Facebook and X, and many of the companies that made the pledge have since quietly begun donating to such politicians once again. Major private institutions have continued to bend the knee to Trump, even before the election has taken place. The press has also weakened. The Washington Post spent years warning that “democracy dies in darkness,” but last month, the paper opted not to endorse a candidate for president, reportedly at the direction of its owner, Jeff Bezos. - -The bad news is that the only major institution left is the American electorate. That is also the good news. A majority of voters rejected Trump in 2016 and again in 2020. They rejected his party in 2018 and only weakly supported it in 2022, with Trump out of office. In a democracy, the people are the most important institution—the source of legitimacy for all parts of government, and of accountability for the private sector. The choice is in their hands.",1731883623,f37ba6d5d1,5533b36476,,,1731883623 -http://www.communitysignal.com/managing-communities-of-it-pros-and-mmorpg-players/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,Managing Communities of IT Pros and MMORPG Players,"Every community has its own shared language and for the Spiceworks community, that shared language revolves around IT. Made up of IT professionals and service providers that support them, the Spiceworks community convenes to share their collective expertise and find solutions. - -In this episode of Community Signal, Sean Dahlberg, director of community at Spiceworks, shares how his team approaches community management and how they ensure that the community continues to offer value to its members, even as the company endures organizational change. Spiceworks was acquired last year by Ziff Davis and co-founder Jay Hallberg rcently announced his resignation. In response, Sean says that he and his team have prioritized being as open and honest with the community as possible in an effort to avoid rumors and reassure the community that the company is still committed to offering value to its members. - -Sean and Patrick also discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Discourse. - -Highlighting expertise in the Spiceworks community (20:16): “We use what we call the pepper scale system. You get points for engaging the community. Everyone starts as a little Pimento, and you can work your way up to Pure Capsaicin. One of the challenges with that is we have individuals who are up at Ghost Chili, Thai Pepper, even Pure Capsaicin and, when they’re making posts, people are automatically giving it an assumption of expertise. The challenge there is with IT professionals, there’s so many avenues, there’s so much technology, technology is changing so much that just because I’m a Pure Capsaicin, that just means I post a lot. [We started a new status system, which] gives you a level expertise [based on those] different technology areas. I could be an expert when it comes to Active Directory, but I may know nothing at all when it comes to Linux. Now that’s highlighted on my profile, but also in the topics themselves.” – @ashentemper - -Making the most of your data resources (34:05): “I used to be a front end developer myself. I know a little SQL. Don’t ever hire me for it. We do data downloads, every day, of what’s going on with the community. I was running my own reports in spreadsheets. One of our business analysts came by one day, and they saw this Excel sheet with 50 tabs, doing all these weird things. They’re like, ‘What are you doing?’ I said, ‘This is showing my first-time posters. This is showing my retention rate based off of the different pepper levels.’ I guess they were so insulted about how bad these Excel sheets were that they actually went and built the real dashboards [for me].” – @ashentemper - -The importance of anonymity for some community managers (42:20): “Back when I just started community management, at least in the game industry, you didn’t use your [real] name. Part of the reason was fear of people coming and finding you and putting pies in your face. [Once], a user found the office and had a VHS of just videos of someone getting a pie in their face for 40 minutes. Then, at the end of it, said ‘see you soon.’ You never use your real name. If you go look at the game industry, especially back in the early 2000s, everyone had these weird [usernames].” – @ashentemper - -Sean Dahlberg is the director of community for a vertical network dedicated to technology professionals called Spiceworks. He attended nine different schools growing up while living in various parts of the globe, joined the U.S. Marine Corps, and transitioned from there into the massively multiplayer online game development industry and now to working in the B2B technology space. - -[0:00] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, a podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Discourse, civilized discussion for teams, customers, fans, and communities. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[0:24] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and thank you for listening to this episode of Community Signal where we’re talking with Sean Dahlberg, director of community for Spiceworks, a well-known community for IT pros. Sean and I discussed their brand representative program, how the community culture may change after being acquired, and the project that could have broken them. Thank you to Carol Benovic-Bradley, Rachel Medanic and Serena Snoad for being among our supporters on Patreon. If you are a regular listener of the show, please consider supporting us on Patreon at communitysignal.com/innercircle. It makes a difference. - -Sean Dahlberg is the director of community for a vertical network dedicated to technology professionals called Spiceworks. He attended nine different schools growing up while living in various parts of the globe, joined the U.S. Marine Corps, and somehow transitioned from there into the massively multiplayer online game development industry and now to working in the B2B technology space. Sean, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:17] Sean Dahlberg: Hi, it’s great to be here. - -[00:01:19] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s great to have you on. This is an interesting week, well, in general, for the world but also for Spiceworks because about a week ago one of the co-founders of Spiceworks Jay Hallberg announced that he was leaving his full-time role with the company after 14 years. You’ve been there for more than eight of those. I have to imagine it’s a big deal for the community and maybe even a big deal for you. Can you talk a little bit about the planning and preparation that went into making that announcement and managing the response from the community? - -[00:01:48] Sean Dahlberg: That’s been a fun one. Recently, we got acquired by Ziff Davis and in that acquisition merger, personal changes happen. During some of those changes, I’ve taken over some of the PR responsibilities for Spiceworks company because we don’t have a PR department. I’ve known Jay for a long time. Like you said, I’ve been there, it’s been about nine years now almost. I’ve worked with Jay throughout what we call the chapters of the company. We have different chapters sort of like. Hey, this is one of the great software oriented. This is a more community-oriented internet company until they were a great data company. In fact, worked with him for a long time and we knew this was coming. We tried to be as transparent as possible with our community. It is a community full of IT professionals so we know what we don’t tell them, they’re either going to fill in the story that’s probably not true or they’re going to find out the truth. This is one of those most security-conscious communities that there are so we do our best to just let them know what’s going on. Internally some of the people asked like, “Should we announce this? Should we let Jay slip under the radar?” Sooner or later, they’ll figure it out. - -For us, we’ve had other founders who’ve left before. We’ve had other personnel who’ve been very upfront in the community. We’ve always tried to make an announcement of it just to let people know. Little things are changing and it’s like any community. People come and people go. - -[00:03:03] Patrick O’Keefe: If you have to go quietly, like you said people just assume the worst. [laughs] - -[00:03:07] Sean Dahlberg: We want to make sure it wasn’t one of those posts. You always have that one user in your community who makes this broad announcement of how I’m going and I’m taking all my toys with me. We want to make sure it wasn’t something like that. It was more of reflecting on, “Hey, I am leaving. Here are all the things that he’s accomplished in his time,” but also you’re giving them reasons why he’s looking for that next chapter of his life. - -[00:03:27] Patrick O’Keefe: No flouncing, I think is the term. I don’t know if that’s a commonly used term. It’s one I had someone use to me a few years ago. Flouncing is what some people call that act. - -[00:03:35] Sean Dahlberg: I’ve not heard that one before, I’ll have to write that one down. - -[00:03:38] Patrick O’Keefe: If it’s gone now but I found a flounced generator online and for some reason it’s offline. I looked for it like a year or two ago, but basically it was like you hit the button and it generates a post that one moment it might be a stereotypical rant about “The mods removed my post and you’re not ready for my ideas so I’m taking them with me now and goodbye forever.” Or something like that. It was better than that. - -[00:03:59] Sean Dahlberg: The first amendment ones are the ones that always kill me. - -[00:04:01] Patrick O’Keefe: That was a fun tool. Hopefully, maybe it’ll come back. I was browsing the forum and I noticed these accounts highlighted in green. One of them was for a member named Nic from Automox. On his post, it says he’s a brand representative and when you click on his profile, it says he’s the senior community manager for Automox. Tell me about the brand representative program. - -[00:04:20] Sean Dahlberg: You picked a very interesting one. What’s interesting about Nic is Nic is actually the person who hired me at Spiceworks. He used to be the community manager at Spiceworks. He moved on to, I’m trying to remember which company he left us for originally. A company called Web Brew and he moved to another company. - -In Spiceworks, the interesting thing, and this is why I got hired there, in the first place, is the original goal of Spiceworks is to make the software. They make a help desk. We make an inventory system and these are for IT pros to use. Then we generate revenue through ads and access to our community for vendors and one of those ways is what we call the green guy or the green gal. I had to put our name because as you’ll notice our usernames are green. A company pays for access to engage in our community and Nic is just one of those individuals. He goes in there, he’s free to talk about his products, talk about the services, basically help the IT pros when there’s one of his solutions that can really alleviate their headaches. - -We do our best to educate our green guys and green gals to understand this isn’t a place to just throw, I’ll use the air quote, white papers or it’s just a lot of marketing fluff. This is a community full of very technical individuals and so they’re usually looking for very technical answers. One of the fun challenges a lot of our green guys and green gals have is not all of them are sales engineers or IT persons themselves. Nic has been in the IT community a long time but he’s not an IT pro himself. He’s one of those individuals who can take what an IT pro needs, go back to his sales engineers, and work as a go between to help people get solutions. - -[00:05:49] Patrick O’Keefe: Is the program free? - -[00:05:51] Sean Dahlberg: No. One of the ways we keep Spiceworks free for IT pros, because you’ll not there’s no gating access, as an IT pro you can use the community and all of our tools for free. The flip side of that is nothing is free in life. Instead vendors are what help support Spiceworks whether that’s through advertisement, it’s through things like the green guy program. We have another thing where you notice we have our own version of brand pages we call vendor pages. There’s a free version of that but also a paid version. We have different avenues for vendors to basically help pay for Spiceworks so IT pros never have to. - -[00:06:25] Patrick O’Keefe: They get their own brand page that they can share things through. Did they get any other analytics or do they get to monitor mentions of the brand in the forum? Is there anything data side? - -[00:06:35] Sean Dahlberg: There is, and that’s actually something we’re launching soon. When I first started one of the features we really pushed to give our brand representative is called Spiceworks Alerts. If you’re used to Google Alerts, they’re the same thing but it just searches through Spiceworks. One of the things we’ll always give them is a way of fine tuning those alerts. - -If I’m a file-sharing vendor if I just put up an alert for file sharing, I’m going to get inundated with people talking about, “I need to share my file with my client.” Things where they don’t really necessarily need to come in for a purchasing decision. We help them fine tune those for those individuals who are looking for a new solution not just chatting about something. They have that. They have the brand pages. Ultimately, the best tool they have are the relationships they make in the community. - -Again, I’ll point towards Nic. He had a leg up just because he already knew the Spiceworks community. As things were coming up, that was a great fit for Automox. IT pros were reaching out to him and say, “Nic, you need to come check out this conversation. There’s a solution you guys have that’d be great for him.” Also ultimately that brand through word of mouth, making those relationships really become the best tools because there’s a data side of it. We recently launched what we call the control center for them and there’s a lot of updates on that with social reporting. - -[00:07:52] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned how people can focus on their brand within their brand page. Are there any guidelines or policies that are in place regarding how they can share that page or drive people to that page through, let’s say, more general sections, “Come to my page and then we’ll talk more about my brand,” that sort of thing posted in a more general forum thread? - -[00:08:12] Sean Dahlberg: Anyone who’s run a forum you know that if your topic isn’t getting replied to, it gets buried quickly. One of the things we try and educate our brand reps on is having in conversation in the technical areas, not just doing even a broadcast-type information. If I have a lot of great information and it’s a great thing you can see but not engage with, most people aren’t going to see it. It’s going to go down to page one, down to page 10, down to page 100. If it’s not something our users are engaging with and keeping at top of mind, it falls off the page. - -A lot of times they’re engaged in other people’s conversations or making one themselves but making sure it has great call to action at the end. That call to action isn’t, “Come join my mailing list” or “Come and follow us.” It’s more like, “Here’s a question I have that’s about a product or service, what do you use, what do you think, how can our product better serve you?” Things like that where people are always engaging with it. - -What we’re generally seeing is every once in a while they plug the vendor page like, “Make sure you come follow us here.” Most times, people are just remembering the brands because they’re seeing enough of them, they’re getting educated enough about their information where they’re bringing them up. The one caveat I’ll say to that is we do have a section for contests and they are famous for running contests and part of that contest is, “Follow our vendor page.” - -[00:09:25] Patrick O’Keefe: I guess part of it is this idea that maybe for the community, maybe this isn’t the right way to put it but a separation between those more conversational areas versus brand pages. - -[00:09:38] Sean Dahlberg: True. It’s funny you mentioned that. One of the things in our community we try and call our communities Spiceheads. It’s a name that they came up with themselves way back in the day. They’ve noted on it. There’s a lot of great options. When I first took over the community, a Spicehead meant an IT pro. One of the things I’ve tried to change over the course of time is Spicehead means a community member, whether that’s an IT pro, a tech vendor or someone else who’s engaged in our community. - -There is a little separation there regardless because as an IT pro, I look at the market a little different and marketers look at IT pros different. At the end of the day, I actually always, every time I talk on the main stage or anywhere else, I have this one picture from SpiceWorld. If no one’s ever been to SpiceWorld, I don’t mean the Spice Girls concert. We have our annual convention we call SpiceWorld where IT pros and tech vendors coming together here in Austin, Texas. - -There was one we were doing at the AT&T Center here in Austin and it’s out in the courtyard and you see just a ton of IT pros, the tech vendors, it’s Spicework gurus and we’re always very noticeable to be wearing orange shirts in there. We took a picture of that. Anytime I talk about the community that is the picture I reference. You go to a lot of tech vendor conferences. It’s usually there’s a tech vendor on one side of the booth who’s trying to say, “Hey, let me get your name and email address and phone number.” The other side is an IT pro who’s really just trying to get your swag and go away. - -I always use this picture because you see people that just engaging conversations and talking and socializing. For me, that is what the Spiceworks community means. While there is a little bit of separation, I tried to meld it as much as possible. - -[00:10:50] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s take a break to talk about our generous sponsor, Discourse. - -Discourse allows you to brand your community and enhance engagement through an extensive theme and component ecosystem. With their powerful moderation tools, you’ll be able to keep discussions civil, and you’ll never be locked into licensing costs or hosting. - -Whether you have a community of 10 or 10,000, Discourse scales with you. And thanks to their out of the box community health metrics, you’ll be able to measure success. Visit discourse.org to sign up for a 100% free, never-start-your-subscription-automatically trial. Use coupon code CS2020 to get 50% off your first 2 months on a Standard or Business plan. - -Sticking with in-person events, As I prepared for this episode, I signed up for an account Spiceworks and I was shown a promotion of sorts for SpiceCorp of Los Angeles, “Join the group to find out when new events are planned.” How is COVID-19 impacting that program? - -[00:12:04] Sean Dahlberg: I also lead what we call the SpiceCorp program, name is subject to change because who knows what a SpiceCorp is. SpiceCorps are our local IT meetups. As Spiceworks, we help facilitate them, but they’re actually run by our IT professionals. An IT pro, becomes what we call a Spice Leader and she knows a couple of the IT pros in his or her area and organizes these events that happen either once a month or once a quarter. As the leader of the Spice Leader group, this is actually a big conversation, we started, I want to say it was two days ago and we have a private area we talked about best practices. A lot of them have been postponing their meetings. There’s a few that are trying a virtual meetup or for the most people, it seems a little ambiguous is, “Hey, is this a two-week issue? Is this a 90-day issue?” They’re feeling it out to see if it’s something where they want to postpone these meetings or try a couple of virtual meetups, but none of them want to get together in a bar right now. - -[00:13:02] Patrick O’Keefe: That makes sense. I was watching a clip of kids at spring break saying that they had planned their spring break and they’re doing it anyway and why are they closing all the bars? I don’t know. You told me before this show that it challenged your thinking about is what I’ll call a blending of cultures due to Spiceworks being acquired by Ziff Davis. You say that, “While Spiceworks itself is geared towards the IT professional, under Spiceworks Ziff Davis, we have a variety of properties geared towards business professionals. The challenge comes from how best to serve all of these individuals in a way that benefits them and the company while also letting them keep their distinct culture.” IT professionals definitely speak a different language than business professionals. What are you going to do? - -[00:13:48] Sean Dahlberg: We actually have this challenge pretty recently as we made that specific announcement itself. We made an announcement that was for our tech marketing community. You used a couple of different words. You phrase things a little differently for tech marketers than you do for IT pros. IT pros being IT pros, they find the content sometimes faster than the tech marketers its geared towards. We had a couple of users like, “What’s going on? Is Spiceworks changing? Is the community about to just change overnight? We wrote another response and even phrased it that way. It’s like, “Hey guys, what you read was the tech marketer version. This is the IT pro version.” - -Just like IT pro, how you’re talking to your fellow IT pros is totally different than you’re probably talking to your users or your parents when it comes to computer things. That’s what we have to do as well. We’re giving you the same underlying message. We’re just delivering in a way that’s most beneficial for you to consume. For me, I’m one of those, I like to try and think far in the future, who knows what tomorrow is going to bring. I’m trying to think 30, 90 days, sometimes a year out. - -For me, one of the great opportunities I think is there are all these great brands under Spiceworks Ziff Davis. Right now, we have our own separate platforms going on, but I think there is a potential in the future where this can all live in one big playground, but they all have their own separate areas, or even think of like a Disney World or Disneyland. You have your different areas, two different rides, but you’re still going to the same park. - -[00:15:08] Patrick O’Keefe: I think this idea that you want to bring the people together in the same place, I have to imagine that one of the thoughts that has to creep into your mind, I don’t want to use the word fear, but one of the thoughts that has to creep into your mind or anyone’s mind in this sort of situation is that, Spiceworks is valuable because, I don’t know Spiceworks that well, but from an outward perspective looking in quickly it’s valuable because it’s a strong hold of IT professionals. When you throw in other people, you risk driving away what made it attractive in the first place. That’s just again an outward perspective. I have to think that’s the thing that keeps, maybe not you, but some people up at night. - -[00:15:45] Sean Dahlberg: No, it keeps me up at night, too. The fun thing about Spiceworks is because we have so many technical answers, we have a lot of great, shall we say, SEO juice and we do get a lot of home users and everyone else running across our content. They are coming to the community and we’re talking about over here how do you customize Windows server 2016 and they’re posting, “How do I reboot my iPhone? I don’t know what to do.” - -That is that content that’s going to make an IT pro just– It’s probably the same call they got from their parents the night before like, “No, this is not what this community is about.” We have nice general templated answers we give users like that to try to make it as clear as possible, “Hey this is a technical community. When you’re in our technical discussion areas, you have to be an IT pro or part of our brand representative program.” - -If you were to attempt something like I’m talking about, you’d to have to have, I wouldn’t say walls between them, but you’d almost want to have to find areas where you can meet. One of the areas, for example, we have is the HR advisor. One of the times our HR is looking for its great software. Who’s doing there software better then the IT professionals who have to run and set it up and give everyone access. - -While you may want to keep them on the server area away from our HR folks, maybe there is an area about HR software that as an IT pro I could go over there if I want to, but if I don’t, I stay in my more technical areas and vice versa. Sometimes the tech marketers don’t want the IT pros in there talking about the stuff they do as well. - -[00:17:15] Patrick O’Keefe: You hit on something there that’s interesting and something that I always like to throw out which is that it’s okay to turn people away. You have a community that’s based on a level of expertise in a specific area, and I don’t know how to put it exactly, but there is a price to hang. There’s a certain club there, not in bad way, and if someone comes in, in any industry, let’s say, you’re knitting or crocheting. You have your people who are experts and who are just cranking out scarves and then you have someone who shows up and says, “I’ve never touched this before, what needle should I buy?” There might be cases where that’s okay, in windows where it’s okay, but overall, if you allow too much of that, if you allow too much of, “How do I reboot my iPhone,” those people who have that higher level expertise the reason the community exists just don’t want to hang out anymore. - -[00:17:56] Sean Dahlberg: Even so, we even have that challenge today. We have IT pros who’ve been doing this for 10, 20, even 50 years. We have a few guys and gals. We have some who are technically, I wouldn’t even say they are an IT pro. They work for a local church. They are the individual who knows how to reboot a computer three times so everything works. They become the de facto IT professional there. - -We do have a lot of levels of expertise there and sometimes we have to make judgement calls when we’re seeing something like that. What we also do is we have a tagging system that’s in the form themselves. One of the features that I love that they finally implemented for me is basically the ability to cross tag a topic so we can have it in multiple discussion areas at once. - -It might be a windows server, it might be a virtualization, or blockchain conversation but one the groups we have is called newbies. It might be a blockchain conversation, that’s a newbie question and they’ve put both of those on there at once. As someone who’s been in that area of expertise for years, I can go ahead and say, “I see this is about something I’m knowledgeable about, but quickly see this individual is not.” - -It sets that threshold so they already know who they’re have a conversation with. This isn’t someone who has their say local experience, this is someone you want to make sure you’re walking through best practices and not making those assumptions right away. - -[00:19:09] Patrick O’Keefe: That is a funny thing because we have the ability to show different things to different people, obviously. If you have that group of people that is experts and you know someone who’s not, you could just throw a flag up on that page in bright red that says, “Hey, this person is new and not part of the group of people so keep that in mind.” - -It’s something that doesn’t happen enough frankly in communities. - -I think maybe because it’s just the software we run, and I know you run a custom thing but in no matter what software it is, just thinking of changing a core experience and for forums like viewing a thread, viewing a conversation is a core experience but changing how that page looks even in small way based upon user group membership or number of this, or reputation or whatever it is. It’s something that isn’t that hard I don’t think, but it takes some custom coding usually and that’s why we don’t see it but when you do it, it can be a really beneficial thing. - -[00:20:06] Sean Dahlberg: It works out really well and the dev team loves me because I’m always coming up with these crazy ideas. And by love me, I think they actually hate me. - -One of the other challenges that we have is we use what we call the pepper scale system. You get points for engaging the community and everyone starts as a little pimento and you can work your way up to pure capsaicin. - -One of the challenges with that is we have individuals who are up at ghost chili, Thai pepper, even pure capsaicin and when they’re making posts, people are automatically giving it an assumption of expertise. The challenge there is with IT professionals, there’s so many avenues, there’s so much technology, technology is changing so much that just because I’m a pure capsaicin, that just really means I post a lot. - -One of the features we started, I want to say it was about a year ago, is — I call it the status system. The status system, one of the parts of that takes all of the answers you’ve given the users and they voted as a best answer and gives you a level expertise on the different technology areas. I could be an expert when it comes to active directory, but I may know nothing at all when it comes to Linux. Now that’s highlighted on my profile, but also in the topics themselves. - -If I’m posting analytics conversation, it doesn’t give me any special treatment but the moment I’m posting in active directory, it’ll say, “Hey, Sean has an active directory expert.” As I’m reading all these great suggestions from others, seeing who the experts are, it helps me weigh my decisions based off of those answers now. - -[00:21:30] Patrick O’Keefe: Just thinking about this business professional mix Ziff Davis has a number of different brands obviously under their umbrella, I don’t know if I can ask you this and you can answer me or not, but what do you think it is about the Spiceworks brand that that’s the right brand to build a community for business professionals under. Because like I said, they have different brands, they have I’m on their website now and there’s some logos here I know, some I don’t but some sound like they could also work for business professionals. Why Spiceworks? - -[00:21:57] Sean Dahlberg: It’s just the best, of course. That’s a hard one. I think it’s because we already have so many individuals, that not just know our brand, but trust our brand. Knowing a brand and trusting a brand is a totally completely different thing. When Spiceworks first started, trust was and is still a big thing to us today because this is back in 2006. If you remember 2006, this is when Gmail was getting started. This was when social media wasn’t even really a thing. What we were asking IT pros to do was taking our application, putting up behind their firewall but opening a port up so we can run ads into them. Today, that’s an everyday practice, but back then, you really had to trust someone before you’re starting to open up your infrastructure to anyone. I think it’s because of that level of trust that we treat them like individuals. - -Even when I used to run the brand program, the partner program, I would do onboarding calls with any new green guy or green gal and they found that just the weirdest thing. When I did a campaign, I won’t say the other social networks out there, but hey, I did one with this company, they sent me a quick one-pager on how to get up and running and that was it. We set the calls, we talk them through it, I answer the emails as quickly as possible. - -I think there’s a lot of that personal touch that bring awareness to that trust, we just have a big jump on it because of that. There may be other properties as if…They’re not as familiar with or maybe a little bit more hesitant because of experiences they’ve had before. One of the challenges we actually have is we announced that this acquisition is happening, people asked if our Spiceworks would turn into Mashable and have 40 different ads running on it and take over the full page with a video. We’ve expressed to them no, no, no. - -There’s going to be change because every community evolves, but we’re going to do what’s right for the community because at the end of the day, they bought us for reason, they didn’t buy us just to have the Spiceworks thing. They bought us because we have a great community, we have great data, we have great employees, and we have great offerings. They’re going to want us to continue involving that. Hopefully, they’re still going that way, things are still looking good. Users are still enjoying it. To the extent sometimes they worry we’re not changing fast enough because you can never please them all. - -[00:24:01] Patrick O’Keefe: Right, no, you can’t. You manage two teams, a community manager for Spiceworks and Ziff Davis and then the Agile coach team at Spiceworks. I know about community managers and community management teams. Tell me about the Agile coach team. - -[00:24:12] Sean Dahlberg: The Agile team coaches are basically scrum masters. I want to say it’s about two years ago, maybe three years ago, we were doing waterfall development and we decided to go more with the Agile methodology. I was previously a scrum master when I worked at EA and Bioware and we didn’t have a lot of individuals who have that experience in our company. We brought a few individuals. - -We started calling them scrum masters and a scrum master’s essentially, it’s always a fun one to figure out how to call it. To me, a scrum master is a lot what a community manager does but they do it for development teams. It’s not devrel, it’s more about sitting in a team and helping block obstacles. As a squad, they’re made up of different things. Part of your squad is your developers, part as your product owner who has that vision and moving you towards it. We also institute something we call as an engineering manager. They’re helping the developers grow their skill set. Therefore, higher-level architecture questions, things like that. Everyone’s, they’re more about making an outcome or product move forward. Agile coaches are really about making the team move forward. If there’s obstacles, they’re, “Hey, maybe our ops team isn’t working on something. Maybe they’re waiting on another spot to do something.” They’re running in between. They’re trying to grease those wheels as quickly as possible. - -They also sometimes help the squad defend itself from itself. We have some times squads who were take on way too much work and they know they’re not going to get done in two weeks, but they try anyways. The scrum master or what we call them agile coaches, their job is like, “Hey guys, do you realistically think you can get this done in two weeks?” Sometimes the answer is yes and they go, “Hey, can you realistically have done this in two weeks without doing overtime?” - -Then all of a sudden the answer becomes no. And then it’s going like, “Hey, what are the things that we can take off of your plate that will still reach the outcome we need in two weeks?” That’s what our agile coaches do is they’re there to really keep the squad moving forward, but also making sure they’re not burning themselves out. - -[00:26:08] Patrick O’Keefe: You seem like you probably had enough to do on the community side? Spiceworks is a pretty big community. Did that fall under you because of your tech and dev experience more so than community experience? - -[00:26:18] Sean Dahlberg: I think a little bit of both. As a community manager, I run community teams little different. It depends on what part of the world you come from. You’ll see some community teams are very marketing focused. I’ve always been one of those where I’m trying to spread my power all across the company. I believe in the dark side, no, not really. I’m one of those why I do feel like community works in tandem with almost every part of an organization. - -I work daily with marketing, with sales, with development, and so I have my fingers in lots of things. That’s what you needed an agile coach to be as well. An agile coach doesn’t need you to just know their team well, you have all these stakeholders. If I’m building something for the sales team. I need to be able to coordinate and engage with sales property. I need to make sure that it’s also working well with our HR department if we’re ordering lunches or all just these weird things. - -A community manager’s skill set actually transitions pretty well into an agile coach. On top of that, having worked with developers for so long, being a scrum master myself, it just felt like it was a perfect opportunity. - -[00:27:18] Patrick O’Keefe: It makes sense to me. The Spiceworks daily challenge is a trivia question asked each day, which you referred to as Trivia Crack for IT pros. Trivia Crack is an app for those who aren’t familiar. HQ is another trivia app. I just ended recently, unfortunately. How does that work? - -[00:27:33] Sean Dahlberg: One of the challenges we have, so again, you’ll see me reference to chapter two of the company or chapter three. For us, we always look them up based off of the company’s focus. The end of chapter two where we were just growing community, it grew in leaps and bounds. We were coming to chapter three, which we started wanting to be more of an internet destination. We wanted people coming to Spiceworks daily for their IT questions, but also just for knowledge sharing and everything else. For me, I always think of what are the other ways of bringing people back. We get all of these great questions and the answers is that’s already happening. I can do nothing and that wheel is going to keep on moving. - -We started updating the homepage to be a little bit of a news source so they know if there was a big change in the world that might affect them, they would know about it. - -For me, I’m always trying to look at what are the fun things that you can also do. I’m a big fan of webcomics, so we try our hand at that. We have a little webcomic that comes out every once in a while called Submit A Ticket. - -For me, was that a good way of testing your knowledge? It just makes you want to come back to the site every day and that’s where daily challenge comes from. It’s essentially you can only take it once a day and it’ll scale you based off of your previous answers. There was about, I want to say, 17 categories of technology it will bring you into, so not every day you’re answering a question about Linux or about hyper-convergence. It keeps bringing you into different areas but the better you’re doing, the higher up and the harder those questions are getting. - -We have quite a few big foundation of questions. It’s all easily last like three to five years without anyone taking the same question again. We’re always building on it. Much like Trivia Crack, you can actually submit questions. That also goes through my team to look at those and make sure it’s not a duplicate and also make sure it’s worded properly and it’s true. Yes, it’s just one of those fun facets every day, you get a new question. If you like, you get an email reminder or a push reminder on your mobile phone. It’s just one of those gateway things though.”Hey, it’s my daily challenge. While I’m here, I see that someone has an open questions in windows server, let me go help them.” - -[00:29:31] Patrick O’Keefe: Who’s responsible for that? I’m not saying it’s a full-time thing, but it seems like a big enough thing where you’d keep an eye on. Who’s adding those questions? - -[00:29:39] Sean: This is where I run my community in different than I think some other teams do. For me, my community has really grown like a live service team. That’s probably because I have a gaming background. That’s where I started building a lot of my online communities. It’s more about the service we’re giving. For me, it’s not just about the forums, it’s not just about marketing and social channels. I service all of our products. Our team, we take care of the daily challenge, we take care of our review section, we take care of our learning section. A lot of that comes through the community management team, so IT pros submit them. I also have about, I want to say 40 or so, bless their hearts, volunteer moderators that help out. While I bless their hearts just because they help moderation, these 40 are actual IT Pros. I did IT Pro back in the ’90s and as you imagine technology’s changed since then. These are guys and gals who are very up-to-date on their technology and can really help out when there’s a question like, is this true? Is this a real thing? They help and go through a lot of those questions as well. - -We also have our standard practices as much like with the topic if it gets too many downloads if questions start getting downloads, and starts getting flagged for us to review. If it’s getting a lot of uploads, we actually do the opposite. We start surfacing those to new users because we know they’re well-written questions. We do some stuff behind the scenes data, the data-wise, but also the moderators who were all IT pros really help out to comment in that section. - -[00:31:02] Patrick O’Keefe: Is the reason people participate because they’re interested in leaderboards and because they’re interested in that habit? Is there any other benefit to it? - -[00:31:10] Sean Dahlberg: Yes and no. With a large community, you’re going to have people who love better reports and some who just love the brain tease in the morning. We do our best. Well, one of the challenges we have with the daily challenge, no pun intended, is that we base it off of your time zone. There’s a little bit of weirdness that we get every once in a while because of that or an IT pro changes time zones between questions, they could go, “Hey, my score’s messed up, what do I do?” They get very energized about this, shall we say. There’s some who just really loved the leaderboard aspect. - -They like to see who’s there. We don’t just say, “Hey, here you are, here.” Here’s how you weight against your followers and your friends sort of tests their brain, gives them something quick but also lets them give back to the community. That’s one of the things I actually love about this community, probably more so than any other community and sorry if any of my other community members are listening is from previous communities. This is a community that comes together about helping each other. Because of that alone is probably one of the nicest communities I’ve ever run across. They came here because they needed help or they came back because they felt the help they got and they want to pay that forward or pay that back. - -[00:32:18] Patrick O’Keefe: Now, that makes sense. When I asked you for a metrics you measure or that you keep an eye on, there was a long list you send me, but it wasn’t at the top, but one of the ones that you had in there was the retention rate for the daily challenge. Why? - -[00:32:31] Sean Dahlberg: It wasn’t my top one at first because that is a program I inherited a couple of years ago. Whereas a lot of my dashboards were things I come from day one. A lot of the things I’ll talk to my community members or even internally about is I try not to make decisions just based off of someone’s posts. Their post is more contextual to the data that we have. - -If I see there’s this member who’s raging about how the daily challenge is terrible and like you should shut this down, but I see more people are taking it and more people are coming back to take it. I can go back to this conversation say, “Hey, I see you’re really upset about this, I want to figure out why you’re upset about this and see if we could even solve the issue. Let me point out, our membership on daily challenges grown by whatever that number is and not only is relevant, these are members are coming back day in day, week and week, a month and a month. There’s something there that is working and let’s see if we get that working for you.” The idea that with all of our data things. It’s also grateful and reversed if we see registrations diving all of a sudden and we see community members talking about it, it’s a signup process. Maybe there were some posts, it helps us use the context of why the numbers are going the way they are, but yes, I love my dashboards. - -[00:33:40] Patrick O’Keefe: I think in some ways I would say you’re lucky to have them. I’ve talked to a number of people who in myself, one of them at a previous job where I joined the company saying we needed to actually measure things and here’s what we should measure and can you put it in a dashboard and I left saying the exact same thing. [laughs] - -[00:34:03] Sean Dahlberg: I feel I got lucky with this. I used to be a front end developer myself. I know a little SQL to make myself super dangerous. Don’t ever hire me for it. I used to base, I won’t say what it’s called, that’s a security issue, but we do data downloads every day of what’s going on with the community. I had access to it at the time and so I was running my own reports in spreadsheets. One of our business analysts came by one day and they just saw this like Excel sheet with 50 tabs doing all these weird things, they’re like, “What are you doing?” I said like, “Hey, this is showing my first-time posters. This is showing my retention rate based off of the different pepper levels.” I guess they were so insulted about how bad these Excel sheets were that they actually went and built the real dashboards. - -[00:34:45] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s a good, proactive person. I don’t know that I know a lot of people who would say that. - -[laughter] - -[00:34:53] Patrick O’Keefe: When I asked you to name some of your biggest community wins, you mentioned your work on Star Wars: The Old Republic for Bioware where you built and led a community around that MMORPG, but that it was “probably the project that could have broken me.” Why? - -[00:35:13] Sean Dahlberg: This was my younger days. I’ve worked on things previously, I worked at Ubisoft and a couple of other companies. I’ve always worked on MMO so massive multiplayer games. Most people think of massive multiplayer games, they think Warcraft, there’s ones that have much smaller population, shall we say. For me, I actually had made the jump from the community manager to being a designer and a lead designer between Bioware and my previous job. - -It was the Bioware job that actually brought me back to community management. One of the individuals working there, this was all hush hush at the time no one knew. Even though everyone knew of the terrible rumor in the MMO industry, and like, hey, you had a potential to work on a Star Wars game and ta-da-da-da back in community management, would you come back? I was like, “Don’t even have to ask, when do I start? Can I go now?” - -It was a big one because Bioware was known for a single-player game called Knights of the Old Republic. It had its own flair. You also have your Star Wars fans. There’s a lot of Star Wars fans who don’t play MMOs. Then you have your MMO players who are totally different kind of players, shall we say. This was the game that was trying to merge them all together into one thing and on top of that, it being Star Wars that in itself just made it very challenging because these are different personalities, different personas that don’t altogether see eye-to-eye. As someone who is playing KOTOR 1 looking for that story, I want to know what’s happened to HK-47 or what happened in Darth Revan. As an MMO player, I’m like, “Where am I raids? Where are my points? Can I PvP?” You have your Star Wars fans who are like, “I don’t know what these little games are talking about, but tell me can I be a gray jedi?” They told me how the lightsaber dimensions are incorrect or things like that. That part made it challenging. On top of it, even though I worked at other companies that were a part of a smaller company, I never had to deal with someone else’s license before. We deal daily with LucasArts. - -We were also acquired by Electronic Arts previously right before all this began. It wasn’t just all the external community, it was also the internal side of dealing with the publisher and dealing with the license owner and making sure everyone’s happy and then again, we’re talking Star Wars. There’s some things that you just don’t break. There are things that are chained in and then there are things that you have to check and make sure everything’s working and everyone’s happy about. - -In some of my previous jobs it was like, “Hey, we need screenshots of the new thing.” We’d go take them and we have them in a week. There were certain things that sometimes would take weeks or months once the asset was created before we can even publish it just because of some of the internal red tape, so to speak. All of that coming up at once, I got a huge team, so for me, I had led teams before but I think I had about 15 on-site and then like 20 something off-site. These were all paid employees. - -Also for me, it was, now I’m not just a manager, I’m a manager of managers and making sure I’m giving people the right authority and the right ability to get their jobs done and me not being a bottleneck for it. It was a lot of learning experiences all at once for me. - -[00:38:22] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s get to the broken part. I’m just kidding. - -[laughter] - -It sounds like it was just a substantial burden and I think self-care has always been a thing. It’s evident, we take care of ourselves. The advent of people, we do things to take care of ourselves. I think as a term, it has really grown in popularity. I don’t know and people can tell me I’m wrong, but let’s say last five years. It predates that is a really popular term. It sounds like there was just a massive responsibility, a massive things that you had to deal with internally, externally, lots of different people pulling lots of different directions and it was overwhelming. - -[00:39:05] Sean Dahlberg: Yes, and it’s funny because anyone who works with me can easily tell when I’m having one of those timeframes. When everything’s running smoothly, I go to the gym very often, I’m very calm, I come in the morning, just got my coffee, and almost a smile on my face. I’m not a morning person that’s why there’s never an actual smile. There’s the times where everything’s hitting the wall at the same time and somehow I’ll do the gym next week, I’ll drink more coffee and less food today. - -It’s hard to notice it pretty quickly, but I always do my best when I see or I’m noticing that myself, it’s like, I need to take a day off, take an afternoon off. Just something to go and decompress for a little bit, because I’m doing not just myself favors by doing that, but my team, my community, everything else. That’s when you start making bad decisions. That’s when you don’t start giving your all. For me, I always try and do that, but I’m also one of those terrible bosses because I make my employees take time off. They’ll start talking about, “Hey, I’m having a really hard day and I’m like go home. Go away.” They’ll say, “Well, you’re having a bad day and you’re still here. Well, that’s different. - -[00:40:09] Patrick O’Keefe: “I get paid more than you.” - -[00:40:12] Sean Dahlberg: I never told them that. They hate that. - -[00:40:14] Patrick O’Keefe: In the Marine Corps, you had a lot of technical roles and you switched over to gaming at some point. You were in gaming for a long time. I talk to a lot of gaming people. I know a lot of gaming people. I hear a lot of things about struggles in the gaming industry. I’m sure you have those same stories. Now, you’ve been in this technical non-gaming side for eight and a half years. Would you ever go back to gaming? Is that an industry that you feel one day– You’re happy at Spiceworks, I’m not suggesting otherwise, but is gaming something that an industry that you’d go back to? - -[00:40:44] Sean Dahlberg: Definitely so. I probably would go back in community change management but also I still have a lot of heart and desire and passion when it comes to designing experiences, not so much on level design. There are people who do that fantastic for me. This is actually how I got into community management. I like building virtual worlds, whether that’s form for IT pros or for gamers, where they’re coming together and they’re having these engagements with other people that they may never have had before. - -For me, that’s actually how I got started back in a little game called Ultra Online. I didn’t work on there officially, I was just a gamer. I started doing this thing called Pacific Shard Times. It was like a server newspaper, will say, and I was just, “Hey, here’s where this guild fought this guild,” or “Here’s where these role players did this.” People started coming and read it and we started having in-game events. From there, it just grew. I like bringing people together, sometimes in fun ways where it’s, “Okay, let’s talk about stories.” In other ways, I like PvP. For those unfamiliar, that’s a player versus player, where you have people engaging against each other, not working for each other. For me, I just enjoy that and that’s how I got into community management because I say, “Hey, I can actually do this as a career.” I would definitely go back for the right opportunities, I think. Don’t worry Spiceworks, I’m not going anywhere right now. - -[00:42:02] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s clear, it’s definitely a part of you because when you send me your longer bio, it had this name, Ashen Temper and I couldn’t focus. It’s like, they clearly, clearly someone that spend a lot of time building up a reputation in that industry where it occupies such a large portion of your background. - -[00:42:20] Sean Dahlberg: Well, it’s funny that you bring that up. Back when I just started community management, at least in the game industry, you didn’t use your name. Part of the reason was, was fear of people coming and finding you and putting pies in your face, which we have this weird story where a user had found the office and had a VHS of just videos of someone getting a pie in their face for 40 minutes. Then at the end of it said, “See you soon.” You never used your real name. If you go look at the game industry, especially back in the early 2000s, everyone had these weird names. Mine was actually, Temper, there was a guy named Sun Sword. I can’t remember what Raph Koster’s name was. It’s just everyone liked this Lord Ultima, who’s Richard Garriott. Everyone just uses a pseudonym, because you didn’t want to put your real name out there. In fact, when I went to Bioware for Star Wars, that was a change I’ve made for the community there. I was like, “Hey, guys, because of the community we’re dealing with, and because they’re not all MMO players, I want to try and make it natural, real, tangible relationships with individuals, so we’re using our real first names.” A lot of people thought I was ludicrous at the time, but I think it worked out well. - -[00:43:30] Patrick O’Keefe: I’m talking to you right now. Not that this is the highlight of your career. [crosstalk] - -[00:43:37] Sean Dahlberg: [crosstalk] This is up on the board somewhere. - -[00:43:39] Patrick O’Keefe: Well, Sean, thanks so much for the time and for the conversation. I really enjoyed it. - -[00:43:43] Sean Dahlberg: No problem. This was great. Like I said, I’ve been a fan of the show for a little while. Listening to myself will probably be a little weird. - -[00:43:50] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s always the case. The difference is I have to deal with it every week. - -[laughter] - -[00:43:55] Sean Dahlberg: You do a great job. - -[00:43:56] Patrick O’Keefe: Thanks, Sean. - -[00:43:57] Sean Dahlberg: It’s why I keep coming back and listening to it. - -[00:43:59] Patrick O’Keefe: We have been talking with Sean Dalhberg, director of community for Spiceworks. Check out their community at community.spiceworks.com. You can also find Sean at seandahlberg.com and follow him on Twitter @ashentemper, that’s A-S-H-E-N T-E-M-P-E-R. - -Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Until next time.",1731883710,b6cef58d91,54ecdd7415,,,1731883710 -https://blog.roll20.net/posts/newsletter-october-26-2024-dd-joins-the-halloween-sale-voyage-into-discord-camp-clearwater-massacre-and-updated-blood-splatter/,https://blog.roll20.net/feed/,"D&D Joins the Halloween Sale, Voyage into Discord, Camp Clearwater Massacre and Updated Blood Splatter - Roll20 Blog","D&D Joins the Halloween Sale - -Save up to 25% on select Wizards of the Coast titles in our spookiest sale of the year! We’re slashing prices on favorites like: - -Last Chance! - -Celebrate the 50th anniversary of Dungeons & Dragons with Voyage into Discord: a free one-shot adventure designed exclusively for the Roll20 virtual tabletop and fully playable within any Discord server! - -This is the last week to claim this Roll20 exclusive adventure – get it before it’s gone! - -Blood Splatter Effect: Now 10x Bloodier - -Looking for a spine-chilling adventure? Celebrate spooky season with The Camp Clearwater Massacre! This FREE D&D 5E one-shot throws your players into a blood-soaked campground where a ruthless slasher lurks. - -Designed for 3rd-level characters, this re-playable adventure offers pre-generated characters, dynamic lighting, and custom macros to make your session run seamlessly, and is a perfect excuse to use the updated Blood Splatter effect on the VTT! - -Can you survive the night?",1731883613,b48d702765,55172d7520,,,1731883613 -https://kotaku.com/dragon-age-veilguard-harding-davrin-death-alive-survive-1851697615,https://kotaku.com/rss,Dragon Age Veilguard's Death Choice Has Fans Looking For An Out,"Dragon Age: The Veilguard is a game about choice and consequence. One of the decisions that has the most immediate impact happens at the beginning of the game’s final quest. The effect this decision has on the remainder of the game and, presumably, any future Dragon Age games, has devastated fans in the kind of “hurts so good” way hard choices in video games do. But some fans are not so sure things are as they seem at the end of the game. Is it cope, or is there reason to believe an affected character could still appear in a future Dragon Age? - -What Is Dragonsplague? Dragon’s Dogma 2’s Devastating Contagion Explained CC Share Subtitles Off - -English What Is Dragonsplague? Dragon’s Dogma 2’s Devastating Contagion Explained - -Advertisement - -Advertisement - -If you’ve finished The Veilguard, then you know we’re talking about party members Davrin and Harding. At the beginning of the game’s final set of missions, the player will choose either the elven warrior or dwarven rogue to lead a second team as the party assaults the tyrannical elven gods’ base on Tearstone Island. Eventually, as you finish a boss fight against the blighted elven god Ghilan’nain, the leader you choose will sacrifice themself to create an opening for the killing blow. They’re impaled by the elf’s tentacles and fall into a chasm,presumably killed in action. Some fans, however, are holding onto hope that the doomed character could be found alive in the next Dragon Age based on a few key clues. - -Advertisement - -The main reason for this is because the game itself gives BioWare an out to bring either character back. There are references to there being “no trace” of a body after the fight, implying that they might have survived and disappeared somehow. Could they have been scooped up by some other entity we don’t know about? Maybe they patched themselves up and are alone trying to make their way back to the team? It’s certainly possible, but all we can do is speculate right now, and that’s enough to give Dragon Age fans some hope. - -Some datamined content also gives fans another reason to hold out hope. Dataminers have found letters you seemingly were able to read at some point after this quest that imply that no matter the choice you make, someone is hopeful that Davrin or Harding is alive and out there. A letter Harding sends to her mother if Davrin sacrificed himself hopes that he and his griffon son are “not dead, just gone, for now.” The letter you get if Harding leads the team is from her mother, who says she has to believe she’ll “see [her] daughter walk through [her] front door again. One day.” As of this writing, these are presumed cut or bugged, but they’re a slight glimmer of hope that Davrin or Harding could show up in whatever the fifth Dragon Age game turns out to be. - -Advertisement - -Advertisement - -Advertisement - -It’s an interesting theory, and it would be a compelling spin on the final hours of The Veilguard, which can end with any combination of your party dying in the last mission. In a roundabout way, the one “death” that seems unpreventable could turn out to be the thing that ensures they make it to the next game. But it’s all speculation and we’ll have to sit with it for a while because BioWare has no plans to make DLC for The Veilguard as it focuses on the fifth Mass Effect. - -Advertisement - - - -",1731883678,a0840ab3b4,552f90f5b4,,,1731883678 -https://www.gamespot.com/articles/cod-black-ops-6-and-warzone-patch-notes-detail-several-fixes-return-of-nuketown-24-7/1100-6527802/?ftag=CAD-01-10abi2f,https://www.gamespot.com/feeds/mashup/mobile/,"CoD: Black Ops 6 And Warzone Patch Notes Detail Several Fixes, Return Of Nuketown 24/7","Season 1 has only been live in Black Ops 6 And Warzone for a day, but the developer is already making changes to both games. The November 15 patch notes include several fixes across all modes, but they sadly also remove the legacy XP tokens from Black Ops 6. - -One of the major highlights of the patch notes includes a note from Treyarch that explains that the legacy XP tokens, which were tokens players earned in Modern Warfare 3 and Warzone prior to Black Op 6's launch, were never intended to be added to Black Ops 6 in Season 1. The tokens showing up yesterday was an error, and this has now been corrected to only show those XP tokens available for use in Warzone. - -On the multiplayer side of the update, the popular Nuketown 24/7 playlist was added back to the game for both core and Hardcore playlists. - -The update patched map exploits on Hideout and Payback, which previously allowed players to go outside of the intended playspace. It also addressed an issue where permanently unlocking the Ghost Perk could prevent it from being equipped. - -For Zombies, Season 1's new Directed Mode is added to private matches with squad-fill off. The update also addresses stability issues for the mode, and an exploit was closed for the Terminus map's Treasure Hunt side quest, which previously allowed players to earn too much essence. - -The Warzone update is much smaller, with the most noticeable change being that the number of available custom loadout slots has been increased from 10 to 12. - -Small bug fixes include a correction for an issue that caused Buy Stations to charge players an incorrect amount for items that did not match the displayed purchase price, and another that caused the ground-loot variant of the AEK-973 marksman rifle to fire in a full-automatic mode. - -The full patch notes can be found below for Black Ops 6 and Warzone, as shared by Activision. - -In other Call of Duty news, players have discovered that Season 1's battle pass is a slight downgrade from previous years. It also includes an emote that appears to reference the viral breaker Raygun from the Paris 2024 Olympics. - -CoD: Black Ops 6 And Warzone Season 1 Battle Pass Includes DLC Weapons, Sev Operator, And New BlackCell See More - -GLOBAL - -Battle Pass - -Addressed an issue on Steam where BlackCell content was not correctly awarded after purchasing. - -Addressed an issue where players could become stuck when viewing the Battle Pass. - -Addressed an issue where Battle Pass Tokens would sometimes not be awarded properly. - -Disabled Shader Pre-Loading during the Battle Pass Showcase video. - -Store - -Addressed an issue where some filter prompts would show controller inputs when using KBM. - -Previous Updates - -PlayStation 5 Pro Updates Black Ops 6 and Warzone are optimized for PlayStation 5 Pro: Launch Features Using Sony's PlayStation Spectral Super Resolution Black Ops 6 supports a higher image quality when running at 4K and 60 Hz. New PlayStation 5 Pro quality settings: higher quality shadows, ambient occlusion, reflections and screen space global illumination (unique to Quality Mode). Players can also opt to play at 120 Hz for greater performance; on the PS5 Pro 120 Hz mode has the same image quality as the PlayStation 5 running at 60 FPS. With Season 01 New variable refresh rate mode that with the allows our highest image quality mode to often exceed 60 Hz on compatible display devices (120 Hz VRR). - - - -MULTIPLAYER - -Maps - -Hideout Addressed an issue where players could get outside of the intended playspace. - -Payback Addressed an issue where players could get outside of the intended playspace. - - - -Playlist Updates - -Nuketown 24/7 replaces Radioactive 24/7 in Featured, Quickplay, and Hardcore Quickplay - -Loadouts - -Increased total Loadouts available for all platforms to 12. - -Ghost - -Addressed an issue where after permanently unlocked the Ghost Perk it could not be equipped. - -Strategist Combat Specialty - -Addressed an issue where deploying Equipment faster with the Strategist Bonus was not functioning correctly. - -Scorestreaks - -Improved stability when using the Napalm Strike. - -Improved stability when using the UAV. - -Medals - -Increased the Point Blank Medal range by 40%. This adjustment was included in the initial Season 01 Update. - - - -UI - -Addressed an issue where Equipment skins would sometimes show as locked when owned. - -Fixed an issue that incorrectly allowed legacy XP tokens to be activated in the Black Ops 6 UI. - -Stability - -Improved stability with the MP Game Mode Announcer. - -ZOMBIES - -Maps - -Terminus Closed an exploit related to the Treasure Hunt Side Quest that allowed players to earn too much essence. - - - -Playlist Updates - -Directed Mode added for Zombies Private Matches (Squad Fill Off) - -Ammo Mods - -Dead Wire Addressed an issue where Dead Wire electric fields could ignite zombies while having the Dragon’s Breath attachment equipped. - - - -General - -Closed an exploit where some Field Upgrades would persist after leaving a match. - -Stability - -Added numerous stability fixes. - -WARZON GENERAL - -Increased the number of available Custom Loadout slots from 10 to 12. - -BUG FIXES - -Fixed an issue that was causing Buy Stations to charge players an amount for items that did not align with the displayed purchase price. - -Fixed an issue that caused PlayStation players to encounter a black screen when attempting to access Warzone via the What’s Hot row.",1731883670,362d58a422,557ac06854,,,1731883670 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/prediction-nvidia-stock-going-soar-121500918.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,Prediction: Nvidia Stock Is Going to Soar After Nov. 20,"Even though it's only half over, November has already been a busy month. In addition to the U.S. presidential election and a Federal Reserve meeting that came with another reduction to prime lending rate, companies across all industries have been reporting third-quarter earnings over the last few weeks. - -But the month's busyness is far from over. Nov. 20 is another important date, especially for semiconductor stock Nvidia (NASDAQ: NVDA), as it reports third-quarter earnings then. Here's why I think the stock is set to soar following the report and my reasoning for my recommendation on what to do if you are considering buying it. Is it a buy? Read on to find out. - -Start Your Mornings Smarter! Wake up with Breakfast news in your inbox every market day. Sign Up For Free » - -What is happening on Nov. 20? - -As an investor in many technology stocks, I've spent a good bit of time over the last several weeks combing through earnings reports for artificial intelligence (AI) companies. The first stocks I analyzed were the ""Magnificent Seven"" -- Microsoft, Alphabet, Apple, Meta Platforms, Amazon, Tesla, and (of course) Nvidia. - -The only Magnificent Seven member that has not yet reported earnings this season is Nvidia. That will change this week. With Nvidia scheduled to report third-quarter results on Nov. 20, all eyes are going to be focused on the AI darling's progress. - -Image source: Getty Images. - -How has Nvidia stock typically moved after earnings reports? - -The chart below illustrates movements in Nvidia's share price between November 2022 and November 2024. The line in the graph is annotated to include Nvidia's earnings reports, which are depicted by the purple circles. - -NVDA data by YCharts - -The big-picture idea seen above is that Nvidia stock has gained significantly over the last two years. A share price return of nearly 1,000% in just two years is not the status quo. Clearly, the AI narrative has played a big role in Nvidia's stock price gains for the last couple of years. - -However, the bigger idea that I'd like to emphasize is that there tends to be notable volatility in Nvidia stock leading up to the time of earnings. This upcoming report is no different -- between Nov. 1 and Nov. 13, shares of Nvidia have gained 8%. That's a pretty big move in a two-week time period. - -If history is any indicator, I'd say there is more than an even chance that Nvidia stock soars following its earnings report next week. There is a lot on the line for this particular report, and I'd caution investors against getting caught up in momentum-driven narratives. - -Story Continues",1731883700,6e579b027f,557c3369d1,,,1731883700 -https://www.golfinstructionguide.com/the-advantage-of-having-owl-stud-earrings/,https://www.golfinstructionguide.com/feed/,The Advantage Of Having Owl Stud Earrings,"Are you looking for a versatile piece of jewelry to wear on any occasion? Look no further than owl stud earrings! These iconic and timeless pieces are an excellent addition to any collection, offering both style and comfort. With the ability to mix and match materials, designs, and styles, owl stud earrings can be easily incorporated into your everyday look or formal occasions. In this article, we’ll explore the advantages of having these unique pieces in your wardrobe, as well as styling tips for different outfits and hairstyles. So buckle up and let’s begin! - -What are Owl Stud Earrings? - -Owl stud earrings are small, delicate pieces of jewelry featuring the iconic design of an owl. These earrings are typically crafted out of materials such as sterling silver, white gold, and rose gold-plated. They come in a variety of shapes and sizes, from tiny studs to larger dangle or drop earrings. Owl stud earrings can be worn for casual everyday wear or as an accessory for formal occasions. In addition to their aesthetic appeal, they are also believed to have deeper spiritual meanings such as wisdom, mystery, and protection. As such, they make great gifts for friends and family members on special occasions like birthdays or holidays. - -Owl stud earrings are a timeless and elegant accessory that can be worn to both casual and formal occasions. They make great gifts for those special someone while providing a deeper spiritual meaning to the wearer. Discover the many benefits of owning owl stud earrings in our next section! - -The Benefits of Owning Owl Stud Earrings - -Owning owl stud earrings is an incredibly stylish and meaningful way to show off your style. Not only do they look beautiful and make a bold statement, but they also carry deeper spiritual meanings such as wisdom, mystery, and protection. Owl stud earrings come in a variety of shapes and sizes, making them perfect for both casual everyday wear and formal occasions. They can be found crafted out of sterling silver, white gold, and rose gold-plated metals. When given as gifts for special occasions like birthdays or holidays, owl stud earrings are sure to make a lasting impression on the recipient! In addition to their aesthetic appeal and spiritual meaning, owl stud earrings are also greatly beneficial for those with sensitive ears due to their hypoallergenic properties. So whether you’re shopping for yourself or looking for the perfect gift for someone special, consider adding a pair of stylish owl stud earrings to your collection! - -Styling Tips for Owl Stud Earrings - -Owl stud earrings are the perfect accessory to add a bit of mystery and sophistication to any outfit. Whether you’re going for a fun and flirty look or something more formal, owl stud earrings can help you make a statement. Here are some tips on styling your owl stud earrings: - -• Consider pairing them with other pieces such as necklaces and bracelets for an eye-catching effect. - -• When choosing metal types, keep in mind that rose gold, white gold, and sterling silver all work well with this type of jewelry. - -• Try mixing different shapes and sizes of owl stud earrings for an edgier look. - -• Layer multiple pairs for an even bolder look! - -• For formal occasions, consider adding some sparkle with opal or moonstone jewelry gifts. - -• If you’re looking for something more casual, try cuoka hoop earrings or dangle/drop earrings in moonstone jewelry. - -No matter how you choose to style them, owl stud earrings will be sure to give your wardrobe a unique touch! - -No matter your style, owl stud earrings can be the perfect addition to your wardrobe. So go on and express yourself through the eyes of an owl! And if you’re looking for a way to take it up a notch, stay tuned for our next section about how to combine owl stud earrings with other pieces in your jewelry collection. - -Combining with Other Jewelry Pieces - -When it comes to jewelry, why settle for just one piece? Combining owl stud earrings with other items in your collection is the perfect way to create a unique and eye-catching look. Whether you’re going for a more formal or casual look, there are plenty of options when it comes to pairing jewelry pieces with your owl stud earrings. For formal occasions, try pairing them with a necklace or bracelet in opal or moonstone jewelry gifts. For something more casual, try combining them with cuoka hoop earrings, dangle/drop earrings in moonstone jewelry, or even hypoallergenic butterfly jewelry. And don’t forget about gold-plated jewelry! This type of jewelry is perfect for everyday wear and adds a touch of style and elegance to any outfit. So go ahead and have fun mixing and matching different types of jewelry pieces—you never know what amazing combinations you might come up with! - -Matching for Different Outfits - -Whether you’re attending a formal event or simply looking to add some extra style to your everyday wardrobe, owl stud earrings are the perfect accessory for any outfit. Not only do they add a touch of sophistication and elegance, but they can also be easily matched with different looks. To create a more formal look, try pairing them with metal-type jewelry such as white gold or sterling silver hypoallergenic earrings for sensitive ears. For an everyday option, combine them with sign earrings in peace jewelry and fashion jewelry pieces like tilo jewelry. Whether you’re dressing up for the night or running errands during the day, owl stud earrings can help you achieve the perfect look every time. - -Incorporating With Different Hairstyles - -Owl stud earrings are a versatile choice when it comes to accessorizing, allowing you to mix and match with different hairstyles. For a more classic look, pair them with cuoka hoop earrings girls’ opal jewelry, and dangle earrings in moonstone jewelry. If you want something more modern, try adding gold-plated jewelry pieces or drop earrings in moonstone jewelry for a sleek, sophisticated finish. Whether you’re looking for an understated style or something more glamorous, owl stud earrings can be incorporated into any look. Not only do they make great everyday wear but they’re also perfect for special occasions like birthdays, anniversaries, and Christmas gifts from the jewelry store. - -Materials Used in Making Owl Stud Earrings - -When it comes to jewelry, the materials used in making owl stud earrings are just as important as the design. Most owls are crafted from precious metals like white gold and sterling silver, which offer a timeless look and lasting value. For those looking for hypoallergenic options, there are also butterfly jewelry pieces made from titanium or stainless steel. And if you’re feeling extra fancy, you can opt for gemstone accents like opal or moonstone to add an extra sparkle to your ears. Whatever your style preference is, there is sure to be a design out there with the perfect materials for you! - -Owl stud earrings are a timeless and elegant accessory that will add a touch of class to any outfit, and with so many materials to choose from you can be sure to find the perfect pair for you! Ready to take your look to the next level? Keep reading to learn more about gold-plated jewelry! - -Gold-Plated Jewelry - -Gold-plated jewelry is becoming increasingly popular as a fashionable way to accessorize. It’s a great way to add a touch of luxury to any outfit without breaking the bank. Gold-plated jewelry is created by layering fine gold onto another metal base, usually copper or sterling silver. This creates an elegant and durable piece that can be enjoyed for years with the right care. Gold plating also provides a wide range of color options, from bright yellow to subtle rose gold, so you can find the perfect hue for your style. For those who want something extra special, some pieces may come adorned with gemstones like opal or moonstone for an added sparkle. With its affordability and variety of colors and styles, gold-plated jewelry is sure to become a staple in your wardrobe! - -Silver-Plated Jewelry - -Silver-plated jewelry is a more affordable alternative to sterling silver but with the same timeless style. It’s created by layering silver onto a base metal, such as brass or copper. This makes it an excellent choice for those who want to add a touch of sophistication to their look without spending too much money. Silver-plated jewelry comes in many different styles and colors, so you can find something perfect for your taste. Whether you’re looking for dangle earrings or hoop earrings, there is sure to be something that suits your style. Silver-plated jewelry is also an ideal option for those looking for hypoallergenic jewelry, as the silver plating helps to protect against skin reactions caused by metals like nickel and brass. With its affordability and versatility, silver-plated jewelry is sure to become a staple in your wardrobe! - -White Gold or Platinum Alloyed with Silver and Gold - -White gold and platinum alloys are popular choices for jewelry because of their strength, durability, and beautiful appearance. White gold is an alloy of gold and at least one white metal, usually nickel or palladium. Platinum alloys are a combination of platinum with other metals to create a stronger metal that retains the beautiful luster of pure platinum. Both white gold and platinum alloys are often plated with more valuable metals such as silver or gold, adding to their visual appeal. These alloys are perfect for those looking for hypoallergenic jewelry options, as they do not contain any base metals like nickel or brass that can cause skin irritations. Both white gold and platinum alloys are extremely durable and resistant to scratches and tarnishing, making them a great choice for everyday wear. Whether you’re looking for earrings, rings, necklaces, or bracelets, these alloys provide a stunning look that will last a lifetime. - -Gemstones such as Moonstone, Opal, and Diamonds - -Gemstones add a unique and special touch to any piece of jewelry, and there are many options to choose from. Moonstones, opal, and diamonds are some of the most popular gemstones used in earrings, necklaces, and rings. Moonstone is an iridescent stone that reflects light beautifully, making it perfect for those looking for a hint of color. Opal is known for its gorgeous play of color that can range from bright blues and greens to deep oranges and reds. Diamonds have been beloved for centuries for their sparkle and timeless beauty. Whether you opt for one gemstone or a combination of all three, these stones will make your jewelry stand out from the rest. With so many beautiful options available, you’re sure to find something that perfectly suits your style. - -Hypoallergenic Metals for Sensitive Ears - -Hypoallergenic metals are a great choice for those with sensitive ears, as they generally do not cause an allergic reaction. Titanium is one of the most popular hypoallergenic metals, as it is lightweight and resistant to corrosion. Stainless steel is also a good option, as it has excellent durability and requires minimal maintenance. Gold-plated jewelry can provide the look of gold without the price tag or risk of allergic reactions. Silver-plated jewelry can also be a good choice if you prefer the look of silver. Copper is another hypoallergenic metal that is becoming increasingly popular in jewelry due to its vibrant colors and affordability. No matter what type of jewelry you’re looking for, there are plenty of hypoallergenic options available that will help keep your ears safe and comfortable. - -The Wearability of Owl Stud Earrings - -Owl stud earrings are a great way to add some style and sophistication to any outfit. They come in a variety of metals, including white gold, sterling silver, and copper. With the owl’s distinctive shape and eye-catching design, these earrings can be worn for any occasion. Whether you’re looking for something special to wear to the office or out on the town, owl stud earrings are sure to make a statement. And because of their small size, they can easily be worn as everyday jewelry without being too overbearing. Additionally, since they are made with hypoallergenic metals, those with sensitive ears can also enjoy wearing them comfortably. For those searching for an elegant piece of jewelry that stands out from the crowd, owl stud earrings are worth considering. - -Owl stud earrings are the perfect way to show off your style and sophistication, while still being suitable for any occasion. With their timeless design and hypoallergenic metals, these earrings can easily become a staple in any wardrobe. Next up, we’ll explore how to wear owl stud earrings for both everyday wearability and more formal events. - -Everyday Wearability - -Owl stud earrings are a great addition to any outfit for everyday wear. The small size of these earrings makes them perfect for subtle accessorizing and they can be worn with anything from casual to formal attire. For those looking for something special, gold-plated owl studs add a touch of class and sophistication to any ensemble. Additionally, since many types of metal are used in the making of owl stud earrings, it is easy to find a pair that matches your style and taste without breaking the bank. The versatility of these earrings makes them an ideal choice for everyday wear. - -Formal Events and Special Occasions - -When dressing up for a special occasion or formal event, owl stud earrings offer an elegant and sophisticated look that works well with both modern and classic styles. From opal jewelry gifts to moonstone jewelry gifts, there is sure to be a type of earring that will perfectly complement your outfit. Additionally, many jewelry stores now offer dangle earrings and drop earrings in different sizes, shapes, and colors so you can customize your look even further. Whether you’re attending a wedding or attending an important business meeting, owl stud earrings can provide the perfect finishing touch to your outfit. - -Purposes of Wearing Owl Stud Earrings - -Wearing owl stud earrings is a timeless way to add a touch of style and sophistication to any outfit. Whether you are looking to dress up for a special occasion or want something subtle and stylish for everyday wear, owl stud earrings are the perfect accessory to complete your look. They also make wonderful gifts for friends, family, or significant others. Jewelry designers have created various types of metal earrings that come in white gold, gold-plated, sterling silver, and hypoallergenic options; each providing its unique look and feel that can be used for different purposes. The versatile nature of owl stud earrings makes them ideal for those who love to switch up their jewelry collections often. Whether you’re looking for a statement piece or something subtle, there’s an owl stud earring out there that can perfectly meet your needs. - -Owl stud earrings offer endless possibilities and can be used in a variety of ways to create the perfect look. Whether you wear them as a fashion statement, give them as gifts to loved ones, or use them for religious or cultural reasons, owl stud earrings are sure to add a special touch of style and sophistication to any outfit. Next up, let’s dive into all the ways you can use owl stud earrings as a fashion statement! - -As a Fashion Statement - -Owl stud earrings are an excellent way to make a statement with your wardrobe. Whether you want to add a bit of edge to your outfit or make it look chicer, owl stud earrings can do the job. They come in various styles and materials, such as gold-plated, sterling silver, and hypoallergenic options; each giving off its unique look. With so many different types of owl stud earrings out there, you can easily find one that matches your style preference. Furthermore, they pair well with other jewelry pieces like necklaces and bracelets, allowing you to create the perfect look for any occasion. - -As Gifts to Loved Ones - -Owl stud earrings are also great gifts for friends or family members who love fashion. Whether it’s for their birthday or simply just because owl stud earrings make a thoughtful present that will show how much you care about them. They also work great as bridesmaids’ gifts for wedding parties or even as tokens of friendship between two close friends. What’s more is that since there are so many different types of owl stud earrings out there, you’ll be able to find something that perfectly suits the recipient’s style and preferences. - -For Religious or Cultural Reasons - -Lastly, owl stud earrings can be worn for religious or cultural reasons as well. For example, they may be worn by those who practice certain Eastern religions as a symbol of wisdom and power while others might choose them based on cultural traditions passed down through generations. Whatever the reason may be, wearing owl stud earrings is sure to add an extra touch of elegance and sophistication to any outfit while simultaneously conveying deeper meaning and symbolism - -Conclusion - -In conclusion, owl stud earrings are an excellent way to make a fashion statement or show someone you care. Whether worn for personal reasons such as religious or cultural beliefs, or simply as a stylish accessory, owl stud earrings have something for everyone. Furthermore, with so many different types of materials and styles available, it is easy to find the perfect pair that suits your tastes. From everyday wear to special occasions, these earrings will be sure to add a touch of elegance and sophistication.",1731883765,7dbd15bcf2,556250b5f4,,,1731883765 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMid0FVX3lxTE0xWXVLZTJMb3R2aEgyY0RJWmFqQm94Q2h5T2JyYklfa1dBMVEydDZlaW9QX3hfQndOSjNOZ3djQXRVZjN5dWtUeFpaY2lBZVhUV1pJc0U3aW93VzVyZVpOMlJyVy1ZZm5WanlCQ0NMOTRIZ0d2Zktj?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883611,2688d2a9c6,554b3c526c,,,1731883611 -https://www.eff.org/deeplinks/2024/10/eff-third-circuit-tiktok-has-section-230-immunity-video-recommendations,https://www.eff.org/rss/updates.xml,EFF to Third Circuit: TikTok Has Section 230 Immunity for Video Recommendations,"UPDATE: On October 23, 2024, the Third Circuit denied TikTok's petition for rehearing en banc. - -EFF legal intern Nick Delehanty was the principal author of this post. - -EFF filed an amicus brief in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit in support of TikTok’s request that the full court reconsider the case Anderson v. TikTok after a three-judge panel ruled that Section 230 immunity doesn’t apply to TikTok’s recommendations of users’ videos. We argued that the panel was incorrect on the law, and this case has wide-ranging implications for the internet as we know it today. EFF was joined on the brief with Center for Democracy & Technology (CDT), Foundation for Individual Rights and Expression (FIRE), Public Knowledge, Reason Foundation, and Wikimedia Foundation. - -At issue is the panel’s misapplication of First Amendment precedent. The First Amendment protects the editorial decisions of publishers about whether and how to display content, such as the videos TikTok displays to users through its recommendation algorithm. - -Additionally, because common law allows publishers to be liable for other people’s content that they publish (for example, letters to the editor that are defamatory in print newspapers) due to limited First Amendment protection, Congress passed Section 230 to protect online platforms from liability for harmful user-generated content. - -Section 230 has been pivotal for the growth and diversity of the internet—without it, internet intermediaries would potentially be liable for every piece of content posted by users, making them less likely to offer open platforms for third-party speech. - -In this case, the Third Circuit panel erroneously held that since TikTok enjoys protection for editorial choices under the First Amendment, TikTok’s recommendations of user videos amount to TikTok’s first-party speech, making it ineligible for Section 230 immunity. In our brief, we argued that First Amendment protection for editorial choices and Section 230 protection are not mutually exclusive. - -We also argued that the panel’s ruling does not align with what every other circuit has found: that Section 230 also immunizes the editorial decisions of internet intermediaries. We made four main points in support of this argument: - -First, the panel ignored the text of Section 230 in that editorial choices are included in the commonly understood definition of “publisher” in the statute. - -Second, the panel created a loophole in Section 230 by allowing plaintiffs who were harmed by user-generated content to bypass Section 230 by focusing on an online platform’s editorial decisions about how that content was displayed. - -Third, it’s crucial that Section 230 protects editorial decisions notwithstanding additional First Amendment protection because Section 230 immunity is not only a defense against liability, it’s also a way to end a lawsuit early. Online platforms might ultimately win lawsuits on First Amendment grounds, but the time and expense of protracted litigation would make them less interested in hosting user-generated content. Section 230’s immunity from suit (as well as immunity from liability) advances Congress’ goal of encouraging speech at scale on the internet. - -Fourth, TikTok’s recommendations specifically are part of a publisher’s “traditional editorial functions” because recommendations reflect choices around the display of third-party content and so are protected by Section 230. - -We also argued that allowing the panel’s decision to stand would harm not only internet intermediaries, but all internet users. If internet intermediaries were liable for recommending or otherwise deciding how to display third-party content posted to their platforms, they would end useful content curation and engage in heavy-handed censorship to remove anything that might be legally problematic from their platforms. These responses to a weakened Section 230 would greatly limit users’ speech on the internet. - -The full Third Circuit should recognize the error of the panel’s decision and reverse to preserve free expression online.",1731883675,1face9fbd3,55de32514a,,,1731883675 -https://securityboulevard.com/2024/11/connecting-collaborating-and-celebrating-our-global-team-seminar-in-the-south-of-france/,https://securityboulevard.com/feed/,"Connecting, Collaborating, and Celebrating: Our Global Team Seminar in the South of France","Why We Host an Annual Seminar - -For the past three years, our annual seminar has been a cornerstone event, uniting every member of our growing team to kick off the season with purpose and unity. With many new hires and a rising number of remote employees, the seminar is essential for fostering a strong team culture. It’s an invaluable opportunity for teammates from France, the U.S., and other parts of the world to build connections that go beyond virtual interactions. - -Each year, this seminar strengthens the GitGuardian community, creating a shared vision and deepening our collective sense of belonging. As our teams work closely across borders, these moments of in-person interaction make remote teamwork smoother and more effective. - -Adam Mikula, BDR, Boston, USA: - -""It was so valuable to meet my coworkers in person and build real connections. I left with great memories and felt even more excited to be part of the GitGuardian team!"" - -Months of Planning, Weeks of Anticipation - -Organizing an event of this scale is no small feat. The HR team spent months coordinating every detail—from choosing dates and venues to managing travel and accommodations. Every logistical element was meticulously planned, but it was a collaborative effort, with the finance, legal, and design teams also contributing to make the seminar a success. - -However, this event wasn’t all about work. While the agenda included productive workshops and vision-setting sessions, we ensured there was plenty of time for Guardians to relax and enjoy the beautiful surroundings. This approach created an atmosphere where ideas flowed freely, and connections formed naturally. - -Mathieu Bellon, Senior Product Manager, Rennes, FR: - -“The seminar was incredible—I finally got to meet my teammates in person, which allowed us to connect on a whole new level. Spending time together outside of work really made me feel part of something bigger!” - -Achievements and Highlights of the Seminar - -Our time in Giens was packed with memorable moments and meaningful accomplishments. For many, it was their first time meeting the full team face-to-face—a unique experience for those who had only interacted virtually until then. - -We kicked off the seminar with a plenary session introducing new projects for the upcoming year. Later, team workshops allowed smaller groups to collaborate and align on specific goals. And, in true GitGuardian style, the evenings featured unforgettable gatherings—a beach get-together and a lively party with a DJ, where everyone celebrated the strength of our community. - -Geoffroy Horaist, Valence, FR: - -""As a new hire, the seminar was an amazing opportunity to get to know my coworkers and understand GitGuardian’s values and goals in depth."" - -Why We Chose the South of France - -Selecting the Giens Peninsula as our destination was no coincidence. With most of our team based in France, holding the seminar here reduced the need for air travel, aligning with our commitment to environmental responsibility. After careful planning, we opted for the south of France for its promise of sunny weather and outdoor activities, easily accessible by train for our Paris-based team. - -The choice paid off—though the weather was mixed, the team made the most of the beautiful surroundings, which added a relaxed, vacation-like vibe that helped everyone connect in a more informal setting. - -Lauren Drolet, Customer Success Manager, Atlanta, USA: - -“As a fully remote U.S. employee, it was an incredible experience to spend time in a beautiful country and connect with my teammates in person. I appreciated meeting Guardians I don’t usually work with day-to-day.” - -Building Connections for a Stronger Future - -Our seminar on the Giens Peninsula was more than just a meeting—it was a chance for Guardians to recharge, connect, and return to work inspired. Through shared experiences and face-to-face connections, our annual gatherings strengthen the bonds that keep GitGuardian aligned on our vision and values. - -Brandy, Senior HR Manager, Boston, USA: - -""GitGuardian's annual seminar fostered camaraderie and strengthened professional relationships across departments. Shared experiences like these are invaluable in creating a unified and supportive team environment."" - -With unforgettable memories and renewed motivation, we are ready to tackle the year ahead together, empowered by the support of an amazing team. Here’s to more moments of connection, collaboration, and celebration as we continue to grow! - -*** This is a Security Bloggers Network syndicated blog from GitGuardian Blog - Take Control of Your Secrets Security authored by Guardians. Read the original post at: https://blog.gitguardian.com/global-team-seminar/",1731883655,d901805b6c,55c0b29f2c,,,1731883655 -https://www.bleedcubbieblue.com/2024/11/17/24294160/wrigley-field-historical-sleuthing-don-drysdale-edition,https://www.bleedcubbieblue.com/rss/current,Wrigley Field historical sleuthing: Don Drysdale edition,"Here we have future Hall of Famer Don Drysdale, who spent his entire 14-year MLB career with the Dodgers, at Wrigley Field. After I tell you the date this was taken, there’s something interesting about it beyond just the date. - -First, here’s the entire photo as I received it, which pretty much gives it away: - -If you took snapshots with the sorts of cameras available back then, you know that when you sent film in for developing (how quaint, seems like centuries ago) that often, as shown here, the month and year were printed on the side of the photo. That way, if you didn’t remember the exact date, you’d at least have an idea when the photo was taken. - -In this case “AUG 68” gives it away. Don Drysdale started exactly one game at Wrigley Field that year, the first game of a doubleheader Sunday, July 28, 1968. The shadow confirms that this is the game, because Drysdale is clearly warming up ... well, where, exactly? This isn’t near where the bullpens were in those days. - -Back in that day, pitchers warmed up for their starts exactly where you see it here. There was a dirt cutout near where the on-deck circle was located, and pitchers would do some throwing in that area. In fact, this had been the case for some time. RIght near the beginning of this video of Game 7 of the 1960 World Series, you can see Yankees starter Bob Turley warming up in a similar location at Forbes Field: - -So here’s one more thing to sleuth: When did that warmup practice end? - -This sleuthing article from last year answers the question. In it, there’s this aerial photo from Opening Day 1969, which does not show those areas: - -So 1968 appears to be the last year warmups like that were used. - -As for that 1968 game? The Cubs won 8-3. Billy Williams homered off Drysdale, who threw the entire game even while giving up eight runs, common practice in those days. After a 35-45 start, that game pulled the Cubs to .500 at 51-51, so that was a 16-6 run. They swept that doubleheader, the second game a 1-0 shutout by Ken Holtzman. The Cubs eventually finished that season with a 49-33 second half, presaging the great start to their 1969 season. The 1968 season was the only time the Cubs had come from 10 games under .500 to finish with a winning record until they did it again last year, going from 26-36 to a final mark of 83-79. - -Hoping for better things, of course, in 2025. - -As for Drysdale, he retired after 1969 after suffering a torn rotator cuff and then went directly into broadcasting. He called games for the Expos (1970-1971), Rangers (1972), Angels (1973-1979, 1981), White Sox (1982-1987), and Dodgers (1988-1993). It was while he was a Dodgers broadcaster in 1993 when he suffered a fatal heart attack in a Montreal hotel room. He was there to call a Dodgers/Expos game. Drysdale was just 56 when he died.",1731883632,d7791ed2a6,55dcf8ac3f,,,1731883632 -https://www.cryptoglobe.com/latest/2024/11/incoming-volatility-4-billion-options-expiry-looms-over-crypto-market/,https://www.cryptoglobe.com/latest/feed/,Incoming Volatility? $4 Billion Options Expiry Looms Over Crypto Market,"A total of $3.4 billion worth of Bitcoin ($BTC) options are set to expire today, November 15, 2024, while an additional $580 million worth of Ethereum ($ETH) options contracts are to expire as well, injecting uncertainty into the cryptocurrency market. - -With a combined notional value of nearly $4 billion, the expiry of these contracts, representing 39,000 BTC and 189,000 ETH, could trigger increased volatility in the coming days. According to analysts from Greeks.live, the put-to-call ratio for Bitcoin options contracts sits at 0.84, suggesting a bias towards put options, which give holders the right but not the obligation to sell BTC at a predetermined price. - -The analysts noted that the “maximum pain point” for Bitcoin, the price at which most options contracts would expire worthless, is at $80,000. Ethereum options, they wrote, have a put-to-call ratio of 0.92, with a “maximum pain point” at $3,000. - -15 Nov Options Data - -39,000 BTC options expired with a Put Call Ratio of 0.84, a Maxpain point of $80,000 and a notional value of $3.4 billion. - -189,000 ETH options expired with a Put Call Ratio of 0.92, a Maxpain point of $3,000 and a notional value of $580 million. - -Bitcoin… pic.twitter.com/H3ztpSF9GJ — Greeks.live (@GreeksLive) November 15, 2024 - -Bitcoin is at the time of writing trading around the $89,000 mark after surging more than 17.6% over the past week. The cryptocurrency has over the past 24-hour period endured a slight correction and saw a $93,000 all-time high earlier this week. - -Meanwhile Ethereum’s Ether is trading at $3,100 after moving up 6.6% over the past week, and is down more than 3.3% over the past 24-hour period. The cryptocurrency saw a weekly high above the $3,400, but far from its all-time high near $4,600. - -The analyst at Greeks.live noted that Republican candidate Donald Trump winning the US election and Elon Musk leading the government’s newly created Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) will add a lot of possibilities to the crypto market for the next 4 years.” - -Per their post, the significant rise in cryptocurrency prices led to a significant rise in implied volatility, while the implied volatility for longer-term options has remained relatively stable. - -Featured image via Pixabay.",1731883613,799d8f00ed,55b84930a1,,,1731883613 -https://www.npr.org/2022/02/25/1083051388/putins-big-bet-sanction-proofing-russia,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Russia's been trying to make its economy and banks immune to sanctions for years : Planet Money : NPR,"Putin's big bet: Sanction-proofing Russia - -Enlarge this image Justin Tallis/AFP via Getty Images Justin Tallis/AFP via Getty Images - -Russia invaded Ukraine this week. In retaliation, the U.S., E.U. and U.K. are imposing tough sanctions, targeting Russian elites close to president Vladimir Putin, the country's sovereign debt, and seven Russian banks. - -But ever since Russia seized the Ukrainian peninsula of Crimea in 2014, Putin has been trying to make the country's economy and banks sanction-proof. Today, what Putin has been doing to prepare for sanctions, and will these new sanctions be enough? - -More on the conflict in Ukraine and the sanctions against Russia: - -Sponsor Message - -Music: ""Southern Blend"" ""One Minute Guilt"" and ""Eku Oja Meta."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884685,8181d7a585,558f94fbe4,,,1731884685 -https://www.npr.org/2024/04/05/1197958698/real-estate-lawsuit-national-association-realtors-burnett-mike-ketchmark,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Behind the scenes of the lawsuit against the National Association of Realtors : Planet Money : NPR,"The real estate industry on trial - -In 2019, Mike Ketchmark got a call. Mike is a lawyer in Kansas City, Missouri, and his friend, Brandon Boulware, another lawyer, was calling about a case he wanted Mike to get involved with. Mike was an unusual choice - he's a personal injury lawyer, and this was going to be an antitrust case. - -But Brandon knew Mike was great in front of a jury. And that he'd won huge settlements for his clients in the past. - -So the lawyer friend drops by Mike's office, and pitches him the case. Rhonda and Scott Burnett had just sold their home for $250,000, and out of that amount, they had paid $15,000 in commission (plus a small fee), which was split between two real estate agents - even though they had hired only one. And the commission was high - 6%. Mike's friend said the whole thing seemed... suspicious. Maybe even illegal. - -Sponsor Message - -Mike agreed to take the case, a case that would soon become bigger than one about just what had happened to the Burnetts. It would become a fight about the way homes are bought and sold in the U.S. and challenge the way real estate agents have done business for more than 100 years. - -This episode was hosted by Amanda Aronczyk and Keith Romer. It was produced by Willa Rubin, edited by Keith Romer, engineered by Valentina Rodríguez Sánchez, and fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Jazz Club Beat,"" ""Stop The Missiles,"" and ""This Is Not Goodbye""",1731884598,8181d7a585,56005c2fa6,,,1731884598 -https://www.schneier.com/blog/archives/2024/11/friday-squid-blogging-female-gonatus-onyx-squid-carrying-her-eggs.html,https://www.schneier.com/blog/atom.xml,Schneier on Security,"About Bruce Schneier - -I am a public-interest technologist, working at the intersection of security, technology, and people. I've been writing about security issues on my blog since 2004, and in my monthly newsletter since 1998. I'm a fellow and lecturer at Harvard's Kennedy School, a board member of EFF, and the Chief of Security Architecture at Inrupt, Inc. This personal website expresses the opinions of none of those organizations.",1731884535,640a148b39,5581b38b97,,,1731884535 -https://esportsedition.com/featured/poe-ps4-review/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,"PoE PS4 Review: Lots of Potential, Not Enough Realization","Last month Path of Exile finally came to Playstation 4. It has been on Xbox 1 for around a year now, so it was nice to finally see some support for my own beloved system. In fact, the PS4 launch was initially scheduled for four months back, but it kept getting pushed due to licensing issues. But last month it was finally released, and I was able to put my hands on my favorite game, on my favorite console. And my goodness, I wish I loved it. Want to know what I mean? Let’s take a look at my POE PS4 review. - -Controls - -Honestly, my biggest issue by far was with the controls. Going in I knew everything would be more clunky. Path of Exile is a game with a lot of buttons, so trying to comfortably move all of those keys onto a controller is difficult. Not to mention the fact that they also have to integrate a mouse onto a controller, which isn’t easy. - -I knew that it would be a difficult transition going in, so I intentionally played a build that required little aiming, which is something that all the streamers ended up doing. However, I had no clue what the depth of the issues would be. Right off the bat it became apparent that my skill wouldn’t be the main problem. No, instead, it was using potions. On a PC the potions are all in a row, and you can have a hand basically dedicated to just pushing them. While they are illegal, many players also use macros to make using potions easier. On a controller you have to find four to five dedicated buttons that you can press every three to five seconds. - -The streamer who stuck with it and hit level 100—Karvarousku (Karv)—first rebound his controls so that his potions were on L1, R1, L3, and R3, with his final health potion being on L2. I tried this setup and it was incredibly inconvenient, and I couldn’t pull it off despite it being better than any other setup. There just wasn’t a way to reasonably hit the controls while maintaining my other movement. This put me in a position where I was only using two potions instead of four, which resulted in a massive decrease in overall potential. - -There were also many places where things overlapped the screen, making it impossible to use any skill that was on X. Delve in particular was awful for this, as the cart would fill up most of the screen after you finished a delve. I died a few times to this before giving up and remapping my main skill to square. While that was doable, it wasn’t comfortable, and is definitely an issue. - -Image via Path of Exile. - -Performance - -My second biggest issue was performance. On a first generation PS4, my game was crashing an average of once an hour. Due to the way these crashes affect the game, many of these crashes resulted in my character dying, and losing ten percent of my current level’s experience. Not only that, but the load times on PS4 were exceptionally long, meaning it took 3–5 minutes to get back into the game each time. This was incredibly jarring for my gameplay flow, and made playing less enjoyable. - -I wasn’t the only ones with these issues, either. Karv had a PS4 Slim going into the race to 100, and he was crashing fairly often as well. He upgraded and got himself a PS4 Pro a few days in to combat this issue. The crashes continued, just far less frequently. From level 99–100 he died five times from crashes. That’s not even the full number of crashes, just the ones that resulted in deaths. - -For someone not on a PS4 Pro, hitting 100 would border on impossible due to the fact that you lose upwards of 3–4 hours of gameplay each time you die. - -Gameplay - -The gameplay itself was the best part of the experience. I adore Path of Exile. This was the same PoE feel, just slower and more methodical, which was an interesting experience, to say the least. It felt like I had self-handicapped myself for the sake of enjoyment, similar to how playing SSF felt. - -As I mentioned, my biggest fear going in was that the skills would be difficult to use. Honestly, they weren’t. There was a very intuitive targeting system, and while I wasn’t at peak performance by any means, it wasn’t awful. - -I did have a few points where the targeting system messed me up, such as the fact that I couldn’t pre-cast. If you hadn’t targeted anything on the map, it wouldn’t let you cast abilities at all, which messed me up a few times for activating my Infused Channeling and Arcane Surge before a boss fight. But that’s a minor issue in the grand scheme of things. - -Looting was very fluid, as long as you wanted everything you could see. Luckily Neversink’s filters come pre-loaded, so you have five different filters you can choose from to make sure you see only the things that you want to see. Overall, the gameplay was incredibly smooth, if you ignore the fact that you have to use potions. - -Improvements - -There are two major improvements I would make to the game that I feel would fix all of my issues (apart from crashing, which is its own can of worms). First, allow multiple potions to be bound to the same button. I know GGG is heavily anti-macros, but it’s not realistic to think players can hit four or five extra buttons every few seconds on a controller. Either balance the game to stop being around all flasks always being up, or allow macros on PS4. - -The second improvement is with regards to UI. Things that take you out of gameplay should not be bound to X during combat. There are many other buttons that can be used. Even picking up items would be fine on something like the down arrow on the D-pad. This would stop me being pulled out of the game in order to interact with the Delve cart, or being frustrated trying to pick up an item because there’s one monster nearby that I keep targeting instead. - -Conclusion - -Path of Exile is my favorite game, and I was really excited for the PS4 launch. So, you can imagine my disappointment when, after four days of hard playing and being second in the world on the leaderboards, I gave it up entirely. It just wasn’t the fun I wanted it to be due to the controls and the crashes. The controls would be a fairly easy fix for the most part, and would massively improve gameplay. If they went ahead with the control fix and also managed to fix the crashing, I would definitely go back and play again. - -As is, Path of Exile for me is a solid 9/10 game. It’s my favorite game with over 6,000 hours in it. Path of Exile on PS4 is a solid 4/10 game. The gameplay is there, but getting to it behind the controls, and having to reboot every hour ruins what has the potential to be an amazing game on a great platform.",1731883731,76f59da961,55e2d70631,,,1731883731 -https://datainnovation.org/2024/11/visualizing-the-evolution-of-love-songs/,https://www.datainnovation.org/feed/,Visualizing the Evolution of Love Songs,"Martin Makaryan is a research assistant specializing in digital policy. Makaryan is a current master's student at the School of Advanced International Studies (SAIS) at Johns Hopkins University where he specializes in security and strategy, with a focus on the intersection of security, policy, and emerging technologies. He holds a B.A. in Political Science and Global Studies from UCLA and previously worked in government affairs and policy research in California both in the non-profit and government sectors. His academic and professional interests include the impact of innovation and technology on foreign policy and national security policy, as well as automation and AI, cybersecurity, and digital policy.",1731883646,e4a7f9406f,55e74dc371,,,1731883646 -https://www.thepinknews.com/2024/11/15/girls-aloud-ill-stand-by-you-new-single-for-children-in-need-2024-sarah-harding/,https://www.pinknews.co.uk/feed/,Children In Need: Girls Aloud release new single I'll Stand By You,"In support of BBC’s Children In Need, pop group Girls Aloud have released a new version of “I’ll Stand By You” today (November 15) to coincide with the charity’s telethon later this evening. - -“I’ll Stand By You” was originally written by The Pretenders in 1994 but covered by Girls Aloud in 2004 for Children In Need as the organisation’s official charity single, reaching No. 1 in the UK that year. - -The new version, titled “I’ll Stand By You (Sarah’s Version)“, features the late Sarah Harding exclusively on lead vocals, which serves as a fitting tribute to Harding, who died in 2021 after a battle with advanced-stage breast cancer. Her former bandmates said at the time that they were “absolutely devastated” by the news. - -In a statement released alongside the new song, Girls Aloud said: “This year marks the 20th anniversary of our BBC Children in Need single ‘I’ll Stand By You.’ To celebrate and honour our amazing Sarah, we’re releasing a brand-new studio version of the track once again in support of BBC Children in Need.” - -“I’ll Stand By You (Sarah’s Version) features Sarah on lead vocal throughout using vocals we discovered in the vault from the original recording sessions.” - -Nadine Coyle, Nicola Roberts, Kimberley Walsh, and Cheryl, the remaining members of Girls Aloud, performed for the first time without Harding during the summer, singing “Untouchable”, “Whole Lotta History”, and “I’ll Stand By You” while footage of Harding playing behind them and speaking about Harding on stage. - -You may like to watch - -“The track played a key part in our ‘The Girls Aloud Show’ arena tour this summer and was an emotional moment for us all,” they added. - -Chrissie Hynde, the front woman for The Pretenders, said that it was wonderful to hear the song “with the lovely vocals of Sarah Harding leading the way for BBC Children in Need”. Hynde wrote the song with fellow band members Billy Steinberg and Tom Kelly. - -All proceeds from the single will go to Children In Need projects that aid children in communities across the UK, including LGBTQ+ youth. - -This comes just two days before ITV plans to air The Girls Aloud Show: Live at the O2 on what would have been Harding’s 43rd birthday, recorded during their tour.",1731883638,729e030595,559ec04d0a,,,1731883638 -https://www.biometricupdate.com/202411/socure-calls-for-us-digital-identity-taskforce-critical-infrastructure-status,https://www.biometricupdate.com/feed,"Socure calls for US digital identity taskforce, critical infrastructure status","The United States needs a unified vision for how to move forward on digital identity, and leadership to implement that vision, Socure says. The company warns in a letter to the next government that the cost of further delay will be more fraud, while the benefits of advancing digital identity would be felt by American people, businesses and government agencies alike. - -Socure’s open letter to the incoming Trump administration sets out recommendations in the form of five pillars for protecting identity and reducing fraud. - -General Manager of Public Sector Jordan Burris tells Biometric Update in an interview that the pillars are intended to fit together, with the first setting a foundation for how to orient the other activities. - -The recommendations start with a request for a Presidential Directive declaring digital identity to be critical infrastructure. - -“It is paramount that we start to give it the prioritization that it deserves in terms of securing it, making sure we’re able to defend against advanced attacks from nation states et cetera, otherwise it is going to be the thing that effectively cripples us,” Burris says. - -He notes that the IT sector, wastewater transportation, financial services are all considered critical infrastructure, and that “identity underpins all of that.” CISA already considers identity and access management to be a “national essential function.” - -Classifying digital identity as critical infrastructure would give it “the right level of urgency,” and in theory, could pave the way towards a framework for protecting digital ID. - -That would include technologies like biometrics and MFA, but also many other aspects. - -“What I’ve witnessed, frankly over the last decade but more importantly over the last few years,” Burris says, “is that digital identity is usually the last thing to get prioritized in that holistic manner. It’s usually piecemeal in how it’s handled, and instead what we need to do is shift to thinking of it being holistic, and the way that we approach it.” - -Cohesion, leadership and measurement - -The administration should also “address the lack of cohesiveness and leadership” across the country and internationally, Socure writes in its letter. It could do so by establishing a National Strategy for Digital Identity Trust and a unified approach to identity policy that replaces the current patchwork of legislation. - -“Without bold vision or a commitment to action there will be no progress as it relates to digital identity. We have to find a way to move forward because we’re far behind everyone else here,” Buriss predicts. - -Socure also wants the government to work with the international community. Other countries and regions around the world have moved forward, he observes, albeit to varying degrees of success. - -“Effectively, we’re watching the rest of the world pass us by on this critical topic,” Burris warns. - -Public awareness and education would also be part of this effort. - -The Trump White House should make transparency and consistent measurement requirements for digital identity providers, the company recommends. - -That would involve policies that promote the adoption of performance reporting for identity verification, fraud prevention and customer service. The government could publish periodic reports and public audits, and promote public feedback mechanisms. - -“When it comes to serving the American public, when it comes to using digital identity to better enable digital service delivery, we have to think of this as more of a community problem in terms of how digital identity is being handled and what we can do collectively to make improvements overall. The only way we’re going to get better is if we’re able to better measure and basically put out publicly what we are doing to make progress in improvement.” - -Apples-to-apples comparisons may be tricky, Burris acknowledges, but there are ways to allow for nuance. He compares the idea to the health inspection system. That system applies to different kinds of restaurants, and if there’s an issue, the needed improvement is clear. - -“There are so many individuals in this country today that cannot engage in what is effectively a growing digital economy, and it’s because we have not taken and prioritized the right steps intended to bring them in part of the process,” Burris says. “We’ve left alternatives processes and experiences for them instead of finding ways to make improvements overall.” - -Common criteria that could be created that any organization could adopt to measure performance. The measurement doesn’t have to involve NIST, though the agency could help develop the criteria. - -“It’s not for them to put on a website, it’s for the organizations themselves to transparently make that available to the constituents that they deal with,” Burris argues. - -Task force and AI catch-up - -A Digital Identity Task Force should be set up within the Executive Office. Its goals would include improving threat detection and intelligence sharing, strengthening public-private partnerships and work on cross-border cooperation to stop identity theft and fraud. - -Burris advises the new administration to start with organizations and agencies that are part of how digital identity is managed today, and then expand to those with other viewpoints and roles in administering or facilitating digital identity processes. The Social Security Administration, DHS (Real ID) and State Department (passports) are all involved in setting the standards for credentials and ID documents used today. They would be obvious choices for the Task Force, along with financial regulators or the Treasury Department. - -Burris imagines other stakeholders participating in “sub-bodies, components dedicated to tackling different discrete problems” that would “roll up to the whole.” The initial Task Force would determine these collaborations with industry, academia and non-profits. All voices are important, he says, but need to have a concrete outcome in mind, which is “getting identity right for everyone.” - -“All this goes back to: if you’re making it then its own sector and you’re focusing on it, now you’re establishing the framework in order to govern and manage and provide all this feedback in order to make these improvements.” - -For the fifth pillar, Socure believes the government should turn American innovation, particularly in AI, to defending against cyber threats. - -The U.S. is “woefully behind” on AI protections, Buriss says. AI has been around for long enough the government need to understand “what could develop from AI-driven attacks coming from nation states.” The way to do this, he says, is by “harnessing” AI to improve defenses through better understanding a wide range of signals, including device characteristics, networks and behavior. - -Early indications for how digital identity policy might change under the Trump Administration include a focus on deregulation and potentially new consumer data privacy protections. - -Article Topics - -biometrics | digital identity | identity management | Socure | standards | U.S. Government",1731883653,d97bf3be95,55592428b4,,,1731883653 -https://transom.org/2011/the-memory-palace/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,The Memory Palace,"Intro from Jay Allison: Transom continues its series of podcasts-for-the-love-of-it, this time featuring Nate DiMeo's The Memory Palace. Have you heard this? It's so strangely affecting--considering that it's just random historical stories set to music. But listen, you'll see what I mean. For his Transom feature, Nate goes deeply into the how and why of doing this. It's more than a useful guide; it's a rumination on the art of audio, the soul of public radio, and the necessity of making a living. It covers Nate's sense of failure and the glimmers of success--weird book deals and a nascent fan base. Just as with his stories, you'll find yourself wanting to know more. If public radio could open its doors--and why not, after all?--to passionate, unusual work like Nate's, one would love it a lot more. As I write this, I realize there is a warning inherent in this Transom feature on Podcasts of Love. Many of us are having to turn away from public radio, not only to make a living, but to do the creative, mission-inspired work that drew us to public radio in the first place. Something to think about. - -A Favorite Episode of Nate DiMeo’s: Nee Weinberg - -I recently asked my, um, my Facebook group, to suggest which episode I should post for this thing. I guessed that opinion would coalesce around a few of the crowd pleasing-est. I was wrong. The suggestions were all over the place (even citing a couple that I can’t really even listen to anymore). It was nice. People like what they like. So, here’s one I like. One of the toughest things about doing a biography piece like this one is that people’s lives, even interesting lives, aren’t stories just because they naturally have a beginning and an end and some exciting incidents in between. Ethan Weinberg lived a hell of a life but it still took me a hair shy of forever to find the story. Felt like an accomplishment when it was done. Then there are a couple of writing things I like in there. A couple of music things that I doubt anyone would ever notice, but I enjoy. Not too many things that make me cringe. So: here you go. This one’ll do. Sounds like The Memory Palace. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/03/nee-weinberg.mp3 Download Listen to “Nee Weinberg” - -What it is. - -When I posted my first episode of The Memory Palace, the description on iTunes read like this: - -“From award winning public radio producer, Nate DiMeo, comes The Memory Palace. Short, surprising stories of the past, sometimes heartbreaking, sometimes hysterical, always super-great. For history buffs, fans of public radio shows like This American Life, RadioLab, and whatnot, and for all admirers of things that are super-great.” - -Two years later, it says pretty much the same thing (except I noticed that Radiolab doesn’t have a gratuitous second capital, however, note: my last name does). Though the awards that make “award-winning” technically true are further in the past, the description is still essentially accurate. The Memory Palace is a pretty simple thing: short history stories put to music. They’ve gotten a little longer since then but most still float around the 6-minute range. They’re much more often heartbreaking than hysterical (though “bittersweet” is a decent blanket descriptor). But it’s still the same, small show. - -Its audience has gotten pretty big, as podcasts go. Pieces from the series have aired on public radio shows like Here and Now, KUOW Presents, BackStory, (of the gratuitous second capital), REMIX (of the gratuitous four capitals), KCRW’s Unfictional, KUT’s O’ Dark 30, and others, largely thanks to PRX. In March it was a “guest podcast” on Slate.com. The folks at boingboing.net seem to post about nearly every new episode when it comes out (which may drive the most traffic and new subscribers of any of them). And it’s opened the door for other, weird things that I’ll get into in a bit. - -Each episode seems to take forever. I will often become queasy when an ending isn’t working as well as I think it should. I will sometimes lose sleep trying to find a piece of music that fits the description “the sound of a life-time of drudgery with moments of false hope that builds to defiant—edging toward transcendent—resolve.” But when the pieces are done I usually feel kind of elated for a good 11 to 27 hours. And then a gnawing dread sets in as I start thinking about the next one. - -It has earned me hundreds of dollars. - -“How did he achieve such incredible success?” you ask. - -A few years ago (no: several, now) I was working at Marketplace as an editor/producer and wanted out. Not that Marketplace wasn’t/isn’t great, it was/is, but I wanted to make something of my own. I was a good editor but I wanted to be a reporter. I was a good producer but wanted to produce my own show. So I left. - -On my way out the door, I pitched a concept for a weekly, hour-long history show to the powers that were at American Public Media. Part of this was pragmatic: there’re shows about nearly every big humanities category—art, books, religion/philosophy, auto-repair, music—but, at the time, no one was doing a history show. It felt like an opportunity missed. My theory then (which I still buy, I think) was that people who love history enough to try to start a history show were…wait for it…historians. And historians are specialists. They like depth. They fear reductivism. They love details. And they often produce great radio. But if you tune into a program and hear that it’s all going to be about the Korean War and you don’t think you care about the Korean War, you will turn it off and turn on your audiobook of Freedom (you are a public radio listener after all). - -I am not a historian. I cannot even claim to be a history buff. But, jeeze, do I love a good story. And history is, at its core, just a bunch of stories. I figured if you remembered that, if you placed an emphasis on narrative, and drama, and amazing facts, and wonder, and kept things varied and kept things moving and kept things short, you could build a general-interest history show that the person tooling around on a Saturday could enjoy as much as any of the other weekend, public radio crowd-pleasers. Or their reruns. - -So, yeah. That didn’t happen. - -Various changes at APM (personnel, policies, programming, something else that begins with “p”) derailed the pilot before it could get produced. I went off and started freelancing for NPR and expected to return to the idea when I had a little more on-air experience and had hopefully put myself in a position to host this imaginary thing. But, a couple of years later the landscape had changed. I knew I couldn’t just pitch a concept and hope to pilot something. Which was lame. But, podcasting was taking off. Which was awesome. - -I started The Memory Palace at the very end of 2008. The original idea was to do a set of stories to use as a calling card for a pilot. Something that’d established the shtick of a longer show. Something that’d help me define my storytelling and interviewing voice and could help define it to others. Someplace I could road test segment types. The beauty of podcasting, of course, is it’s shockingly easy to do. You do your piece. You put it out there. I figured that I could get some radio nerds to listen to it. Figured maybe I could build a small audience and, after several months, have a body of work that would actually demonstrate a concept I’d otherwise be just describing in a pitch. - -But a couple of things happened: first—and stop me if you heard about this already—no one had any money any more (I think something, like, happened with credit or houses or something). Second, people started listening to the podcast. When I was just a few months and nine episodes in, I sent a link to one of the episodes to the digital culture/nerd site boingboing.net and they posted it. From that, someone at the Freakonomics blog at the Times website wrote something nice. And suddenly I had a few thousand subscribers. And people were really responding to it. I got fan mail. Like, real fan mail. From people who really cared about these little stories I was recording in my closet with my normal field-recording kit while using my wedding suit for a baffle. - -As more people started listening and some of them took the time to reach out with an email or write about it on their blog or, later, Twitter feed, the way I thought about the podcast changed. Basically, if there wasn’t going to be some Memory Palace hour-long series any time soon, then maybe I could find a venue on the radio for the short stories that I was already producing. That hasn’t really happened. - -Why that hasn’t really happened. Theories, presented in easy-to-digest list form. - -1. It is really tough to be entrepreneurial in public radio. - -My first instinct was to make a module. I knew it’d be impossible (without real money and some real help) to turn out a daily, Star Date or The Writer’s Almanac-style module, but I really loved the idea of inserting The Memory Palace into the context of a newscast. At their best (he says, at the risk of sounding like a self-congratulatory jackass), the pieces are lovely. At their worst, there’s still a “Hey! That’s pretty cool” water-coolery thing about them. I like the idea of having something disarming or wonderful (in the literal, “full of wonder” sense) pop up after a newscast story about Washington gridlock or a flood or a bank heist or whatnot. But, importantly, I feel, and was hearing back from a lot of people who agreed, that The Memory Palace was public-radio-ready. It does not reinvent the wheel. It is populist. It kind of hits a sweet spot where it sounds new and fresh and kind of youthful or whatever, while still being perfectly palatable to the stodgiest, tote-bag-totingest public radio listener. So why not a weekly module? Get some stations to air it, charge them some real-world-miniscule yearly fee (say a thousand bucks). String together enough stations and I could actually make something approaching a living. - -That bubble got burst quickly. First, stations don’t actually have any money. They are not crying wolf during pledge drives. One of the very first things that get cut when things get cut is any sort of budget for freelance acquisitions. If they have a budget, they are (appropriately, I think), loathe to spend it on non-local content. They are already shelling out to NPR and APM etc. for things that drive listenership and donations. They weren’t going to find money for my little enterprise. Second, most program/news directors are equally loathe to carve up their schedule or break into a NPR newscast or program for anything other than local content. (I am less sympathetic to this: often, because they don’t have money, they don’t produce that local content. In other words, they’re saving a place at a table that they’re actually not going to use. As to their reluctance to break into NPR content: try it. See if people revolt. I think people want to hear good things. Give them a chance to hear them.) - -2. PRX is great. With a couple of caveats. Caveats that drive me bananas. - -Anyone who does any sort of audio storytelling should put her stuff on PRX. John Barth et (a wonderful) al., are doing a great service by creating a venue and relatively smooth and fair system for getting independent productions heard by decision makers at stations. I owe many, many of my podcasts’ listeners to people who have heard it on stations who have purchased it through PRX. - -I am a radio person. I love listening to podcasts but I would far rather turn on the radio and listen to TAL than download it. I love my iPod but I would far rather have that same great song pop up on the radio than on shuffle. So, to me, having these pieces air is deeply satisfying. Knowing that they’re inserting themselves into someone’s day while he’s driving or sitting at work still delights me. I love the ritual of appointment listening, but I’ll take the magic of happening upon something that moves you, every time. Love the radio. Love PRX for helping The Memory Palace get on the radio. - -That said: - -Since PRX is such a good system–it’s simple, it’s efficient, it’s kind of fun, its rankings and front-paging are generally egalitarian—it’s become the method of choice for stations to get content from independent producers. But those stations are a self-selecting group, right? If you’re the kind of program director who is interested in bringing in independent content and finding fresh voices, you’ll sign up with PRX. Problem is, PRX’s market makes it nearly impossible to charge anything approaching a fare value for a piece. I’ve talked to stations that buy from PRX. They’ve all stressed that if you want your pieces to be purchased widely you’ve got to keep the price as close to free as possible. - -An example: following that theory, four stations have purchased one of my pieces. It is only five minutes long. Selling it for the base PRX rate, it costs 26 points. That’s $2.60. The piece has been listened to, between the podcast feed, the radio airplay, and a recent feed via Slate.com, by likely well over a hundred thousand people. It has earned me $10.40. (Coincidentally, since I wrote that sentence, I went across the street and bought a beet salad and a diet coke. Which cost $10.48). - -A second piece was purchased by 5 stations at $2.20 (which would’ve covered lunch). But, importantly, it was also purchased by a non-PRX station for $75.00. So, would I have been able to get six stations to air it if there were no PRX? Probably not. Could I have gotten a couple to buy it for something like $75.00 if they weren’t PRX subscribers? I think I probably could’ve. But not if I put it up on PRX for $75.00. That’s not how the market there works. I’ve heard as much from Program Director types at PRX stations. - -And therein lies the rub: PRX is a great way to get you heard. It’s a great, reliable way to get things purchased, but can it support an actually independent independent-producer and give her the tools to be entrepreneurial and self-supporting? That’s not what it’s set up to do. It might help that producer get heard and get a job. In theory, it might yield enough stations that maybe that producer can get a grant to keep going. But, these are bad days to get a grant. That’s not PRX’s fault. They are fighting the good fight. But that’s the way it goes. - -Realizing that, I started thinking this: - -3. Be prepared to give it away. And I do consider the near-funding of one not-particularly-decadent lunch “giving it away.” - -My third idea to professionalize the podcast (fourth? I’ve lost track), is that if I can give it away, get a lunch paid for now and then by PRX or dinner from a station or a show, just keep pushing it, keep trying to get it heard, at some point maybe something else that can make it pay might come. Maybe there’d be enough carriage to get some foundation support. Maybe there’d be a book deal. Maybe there’d be advertising. Maybe someone would love it so much that they’d want to pay my mortgage. - -This remains the idea. Because it may be the only idea. If you’re out there making “creative” podcasts—podcasts about stories or ideas or sound-art or Latvian comedy or something—you’re going to have a hard time finding a real financial partner. The only show that I can think of that has found one is the terrific 99% Invisible. Design companies want to fund cool things about design. I have yet to find a history company on Yelp. I have also considered changing The Memory Palace to something called Hedge-Fund Managers Do Incredible Things for the Community. - -Free may be the only way to make money. I just haven’t entirely figured out how to do it yet. - -That Said: How My Podcast has Opened Weird Doors and, in A Round-About-Way, Made Me Money. A List. In Bullet Points. That Look Like Arrows. Because I Just Found the Short-Cut Key For Arrows. - -⇒ My podcast has two agents. - -I find this amusing. But through a strange, only-in-Hollywood (where I live, and may be the single best place to live if you want strange career things to pop up out of the blue. “Only-in-Missoula,” and “only-in-Hartford” opportunities, for instance, are generally less exciting), there is a nice guy in nicer suits at one of the big Hollywood agencies who “tries” to make episodes of the podcast into movies. This hasn’t happened yet and I can’t say I expect it to, but, that’s something, right? It’s fun to say anyway. - -More substantively, I have a book agent (at a different fancy Hollywood/New York agency). At one point I got an email from an editor at a publisher wanting to know if I’d ever thought about doing a book of short history stories. That interest helped get me an agent, even though, ultimately, that book did not get bought. (The nutshell reason is that, though publishers really liked the podcast and loved the fact of the podcast with its listeners and promotional potential, ultimately, there weren’t enough listeners to get a book published in “the current environment.”) - -Here is a brief re-enactment of one exchange with an editor who wanted to publish the book but was thwarted by the accounting department. - -Editor: Loved the proposal! - -Me: Thanks. That’s great. - -Editor: Yeah, so it went all the way up the ladder until the numbers people shoved it off the last rung. We were real close. - -Me: Well, that sucks, but what do you think I could do either this time or next time to push it over the top? - -Editor: Be famous. - -More on this in a second, but meanwhile, having a book agent has been great. It hasn’t changed the harsh reality about the publishing industry. But I am a writer (of a sort), and it’s nice to know that as I write things, there’s someone there who can help them get read. And she has. Also, she was there when… - -⇒ A Book Fell in My Lap. - -Because I live in Hollywood, I know lots of TV and Movie types. One of these is a Memory Palace fan. He’s also the co-creator of a television show called Parks and Recreation. When folks at the show decided to write a history/guide-book of the fictional town where it’s set, they hired the Memory Palace guy. You should pre-order it right now on Amazon. It is funny. Did you do that? No? Go do it and come back. All set? Thanks! - -⇒ There’ve been a bunch of other odd opportunities. - -Despite the near complete lack of financial gain, I continue to do the podcast for two reasons. 1) I love it. I love The Memory Palace. It is occasionally a punishing, challenging pursuit. But such is love. Or something. But, yeah. I love doing it. 2) Despite how fits-and-starts the production ends up being and how long of a gap there sometimes is between episodes, when I put one out, something seems to happen. It might just be nice feedback and a nice connection made, but sometimes it’s a substantive thing: I have this comic book/graphic novel project pitch out to a couple of publishers because this comic writer I met randomly happened to be a fan of the podcast and that was enough to allow me to throw around his good name and get my foot in the door. Some lovely, legit filmmakers pursued making a short film of one of the episodes, a producer at the BBC approached me about piloting for a Radio 4 special. I’ve spoken at a couple of cool events I wouldn’t have ever even been invited to attend otherwise. All of these things are great, and just walked into the door because I keep it open. - -Here are some things I would like to happen with the podcast. - -• I’d still like to produce an hour. The Memory Palace will always be these small stories (I love the format. I’m good at it. It’s like writing a pop song: there’s infinite variation to be wrung from that simple formula), but I’d love to produce a compendium in the spirit of the podcast that brought a cabinet of wonders approach to an hour—mixing in interviews and found sound and other story-telling modes about history and the past. In an ideal world, I’d love to find a partner to help me make one of those Snap Judgement, State of the Re:Union, style nationally distributed short seasons. - -• I’d like to produce them much more regularly. Lately, the reviews of the podcast on iTunes all seem to boil down to this: “I love it. I hate that it’s so infrequent.” To which I say, “you and me both, sister, you and me both.” Which my wife overhears and then I’m embarrassed. But they don’t come out often enough. When you’re not getting paid to do something, it gets tough to justify carving time out when other paid work comes in. I am always, always wishing I were producing pieces more often. It plagues me. - -• I’d like to be more famous. I can be super-precious about The Memory Palace, but not so precious that I can’t acknowledge that that editor was right. Would I be better off if my nice little book of lovingly crafted history anecdotes could be published without me needing to have a certain score on Google Analytics or have appeared in US Weekly carrying a 50-pack of Charmin under my arm while exiting Costco in its “Stars are Just Like Us” photo spread? Sure. Am I glad I have sense of humor enough to find it amusing that the book that editor was able to push up the ladder the month he wasn’t able to push mine was, literally, A Shore Thing, “by” Nicole “Snooki” Polizzi? I am. Would the world be better off? Perhaps. - -But there is something to what he said. I’d like to be more famous. I’d like to get The Memory Palace in front of everyone who might possibly enjoy it. I don’t think that’s everyone, by any stretch, but it’s many more than have found it so far. Maybe it’d be enough to get a book published. Maybe it’d be enough to get a radio show on the air. Maybe it’d be enough to be able to do a live show—to read Memory Palace stories in front of an audience backed by musicians. Maybe it’ll be enough to open up some door I haven’t thought of yet. - -The goal, ultimately, is to professionalize it. To be able to focus on making these stories that I truly love making. To get paid to try and make beautiful things. And to find ways to have the people who might find those things beautiful, find them. - -Random thing that I’ve learned along the way that I feel like pointing out. - -Audio Never Goes Viral. - -There’s something much more intentional about choosing to listen to something than choosing to click on a video or article. If you posted the most incredible story—literally, the most incredible story that has ever been told since people have had the ability to tell stories, it will never, ever get as many hits as a video of a cat with a moustache. - -Perhaps the best advice I can give anyone who wants to make a podcast: - -Make the podcast. - -That’s it. It’s very easy to do. You have no idea what might happen if you do. For instance… - -The other day, some guy in Texas gave me $100.00. - -I checked my email and there it was. A paypal donation from some man I’d never met. $100 will not pay my mortgage. It will not convince a publisher to put out a book or a Program Director to throw some resources behind a show. But it meant the world to me. - -Podcasting, and radio in general, is a lonely pursuit. There’s no live audience applauding. A tiny percentage of your non-live audience ever reaches out to tell you how they feel. It’s just you in a closet with your field-recording kit and your wedding suit as a baffle. But then some guy gives you a hundred bucks, or you get some email or read some review and you realize that not only are people listening, that some of them are connecting with it in the same way that I connect with an album or a book or a song. And it’s enough. - -It’s incredible, really. I feel kind of elated for a good 11 to 27 hours. And then a gnawing dread sets in as I start thinking about the next one. But, thanks to that $100, at least I can buy lunch.",1731883743,c00d35bf2d,558393d353,,,1731883743 -http://www.skysports.com/football/news/11095/13255454/liverpool-set-sights-on-lyon-star-rayan-cherki-as-potential-mohamed-salah-replacement-paper-talk,https://www.skysports.com/rss/11095,Liverpool set sights on Lyon star Rayan Cherki as potential Mohamed Salah replacement - Paper Talk,"The top stories and transfer rumours from Sunday's newspapers... - -DAILY MAIL - -Liverpool have reportedly set their sights on Lyon star Rayan Cherki as a possible replacement for Mohamed Salah, with the French club seeking to raise funds to address their dire financial situation. - -SUNDAY TELEGRAPH - -Marylebone Cricket Club have this week met the six candidates ready to buy a stake in the Hundred's most highly prized team - Lord's-based London Spirit - with groups involving the Manchester United and Chelsea owners doing battle with Formula One's rulers. - -The England and Wales Cricket Board has been warned its policy on transgender cricketers in the recreational game is ""unsafe, unfair and discriminatory"". - -David ""Bumble"" Lloyd is one of the best-loved figures in English cricket. His son, Ben, once harboured hopes of following him into the game, but has forged his own path, and has now become the first British winner of a ""drug-free"" bodybuilding event in Las Vegas. - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Ruben Amorim gives his first interview since taking charge at Manchester United. The full interview is available on MUTV - -SUNDAY MIRROR - -Ruben Amorim is faced with the task of repairing the shattered confidence of £40m flop Joshua Zirkzee, with the new Manchester United head coach aware the Dutch striker is at rock bottom. - -Brighton favourite Tariq Lamptey is weighing up his future ahead of a potential January exit. - -Saudi clubs are ready to rekindle their interest in Newcastle United goalkeeper Martin Dubravka. - -Southampton fear Kyle Walker-Peters will walk away for nothing at the end of the season. - -Ruud van Nistelrooy has been left devastated by his departure from Manchester United. - -Ruben Amorim insists Manchester United's crop of young stars cannot use their age as an excuse - adamant they must be prepared for the demands they'll face. - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Bruno Fernandes says he believes it is the 'right moment' for new boss Ruben Amorim to bring a change of energy to Manchester United. - -Former Aston Villa youngster Myles Sohna has retired from professional football. - -It was Fergie time at Cheltenham as Il Ridoto and talented teen Freddie Gingell took charge in the Paddy Power Gold Cup. - -THE SUN - -Prem chiefs still aim to get new financial rules passed this week - despite their increasingly bitter legal row with Manchester City. - -Liverpool are eyeing a January swoop for Lyon's Rayan Cherki after they were provisionally relegated due to a financial crisis. - -Mauricio Pochettino has approached Burnley winger Luca Koleosho about switching his international registration to the USA. - -Everton's new incoming owners will shock several backroom staff by making them re-apply for their jobs. - -West Ham fancy nabbing Manchester City forgotten man James McAtee as they fear losing Lucas Paqueta. - -Wayne Rooney is to star in a new 'fly-on-the-wall' documentary series about his time as Plymouth boss. - -Crystal Palace supremo Steve Parish and his American pals are ready to spend in January. - -Rob Edwards' Luton future is in doubt with rivals Coventry watching developments. - -Cole Palmer watched Stockport County vs Wrexham as he enjoyed a Saturday off. - -Image: Cole Palmer watched Stockport County take on Wrexham - -DAILY STAR SUNDAY - -Manchester City are increasingly confident Erling Haaland will sign a bumper new deal. - -THE ATHLETIC - -Charlotte FC striker Karol Swiderski was denied the opportunity to play for Poland in Friday's Nations League defeat to Portugal due to a ""human error"" regarding the team sheet. - -The NBA is strongly considering changing its 2025 All-Star Game to a tournament style format that would pit groups of All-Stars against one another, league sources confirmed to The Athletic on Friday. - -DAILY RECORD - -Celtic misfit Alexandro Bernabei is reportedly the subject of an ambitious swoop from Brazilian club Corinthians that also involves Real Madrid and Spain legend Sergio Ramos.",1731883681,60c36d6784,562664335c,,,1731883681 -https://transom.org/2013/curious-city/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Curious City,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/02/Curious-City.mp3 Download Listen to “Curious City” - -Talk to any radio old-timer and they will wax on and on and on about “localism.” I think it’s in their blood. - -Localism, is, essentially, a commitment to local public service, the idea that a radio station exists to serve its community. Localism holds that programming should be informed by the needs and interests of the citizens living within the “footprint” of the station’s signal. - -But listen to most stations — commercial and public — and you have to ask: “Where’s the localism? Where’s the local content that serves this community?” - -We seek to remedy! Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Most commercial, FM broadcasters air music and typically not a lot of local music. Maybe they have a talk show on Sunday mornings at 6am where, for example, the local Red Cross chapter has an opportunity to talk about an upcoming blood drive. And, of course, there’s local weather and public service announcements. But, all that is just an extremely small part of the broadcast day. - -Commercial AM stations tend to fare better in terms of localism. They often have morning talk shows that tackle local issues. They may even have a reporter or two producing local news reports throughout they day. But, AM stations are apt to be a “pass through” for network programming originating in some far-off city. - -Then there’s public radio. Public stations also tend to be a “pass through” for national content — think Morning Edition, All Things Considered, The Diane Rehm, Car Talk, This American Life….. Do the math some day. How much local airtime on your public station is set aside for local programming? What distinguishes your station from other stations across the country? - -I don’t have time now to explain the disconnect between a broadcaster’s commitment to localism and the dearth of local content. Suffice to say, a lot of it has to do with ownership limits and media economics. Fortunately, there’s a growing recognition that if radio is to exist into the far future, stations need to reinvigorate their love of the local. - -Enter Localore, a project of the Association of Independents in Radio (AIR) and several funders including the Corporation for Public Broadcasting. (Full disclosure: I’m on the board of AIR.) Localore funds dozens of public media projects across the US in an effort to, among many things, foster the production and broadcast of local content. - -On this edition of HowSound, we listen to a story from the Localore project “Curious City” based in Chicago at WBEZ. The story is about Chicago’s distinctive accents. Jennifer Brandel, the lead producer for the series, says “Curious City” looks to ‘hack’ the prevailing public media model by bringing the community in as content generators. - -As an old-timer with localsim in his blood, I think Localore, projects like “Curious City,” and the turn toward the local in broadcasting is clearly the right direction. - -Here’s a link to an excerpt from the Bertolt Brecht essay on radio I read from in the program.",1731883722,c00d35bf2d,563a264539,,,1731883722 -https://www.mmamania.com/2024/11/17/24298588/ufc-309-the-morning-after-jon-jones-revives-mystique-silences-haters-return-to-great-heights,https://www.mmamania.com/rss/current,"UFC 309, The Morning After: Jon Jones revives mystique, silences haters in return to previously great heights","Jon Jones opened a can of whoop-ass on Stipe Miocic last night (Sat., Nov. 16, 2024) in UFC 309’s pay-per-view (PPV) main event (watch highlights). He beat the former champion from pillar-to-post, winning almost every second of the fight en route to a third-round knockout win. - -It was a masterclass. - -“Bones” entered this match up as a colossal favorite, which means it can be hard to impress. Most were writing off Miocic as washed ahead of time, and everybody was talking about Tom Aspinall rather than the actual headlining fight. Despite taking place in his home state of New York, fight week didn’t feel like a very pro-Jones atmosphere. It really felt like a lose-lose situation. Jones could either beat Miocic (but nobody cared because he’s old) or cough up his title in an upset. - -Neither proved to be the case. - -Jones spanked Miocic so thoroughly that it’s hard to offer up much complaint against him. His dominance was such that it’s easy to forget just how long Miocic has been away. Jones defended his title so cleanly that even the Aspinall cries have died out just a bit, which felt impossible a mere 48 hours ago. - -This performance felt like a return to form for the pound-for-pound great. There were elements of his peak, namely that first round. Jones scoring the slickest clinch trip of the year and then savaging his opponent with elbows from top control? Somebody please pinch me and confirm it’s not 2011 anymore. - -Jones’ kicks were downright lethal too. In his last few fights — spread out across many years now — we’ve seen some tepid Jones kickboxing matches. I don’t recall Anthony Smith or Thiago Santos ever being particularly wounded by his kicks, for example. In this fight, however, it was blatantly apparent that a durable and tough Miocic was absolutely striving to not fold over each time Jones poked his mid-section. - -Finally, there’s the simple fact that Jones’ jab has never looked better. The massive difference in speed helped, of course, but Jones was snapping his opponent’s head back and using that tool to line up his cross. A 1-2 nearly knocked Miocic out in the third! For all Jones’ range mastery, straight punches have never been his speciality, but this was a level up in his boxing. - -Here’s the thing with Jones criticism: nobody has ever claimed that Jones at his best is anything less than the deadliest fighter we’ve ever seen. Peak Jon Jones — I always look back to his 2011 run, but you could also point to his consecutive rematch victories over Alexander Gustafsson and Daniel Cormier in 2017/2018 — was an undeniable force of nature. The arguments and criticisms against him have been his wonky drug test results, behavior outside of the cage, and the simple fact that Jones has looked much more human for the last five years or so. - -This performance felt like a return to form. Jones felt like dominance personified in the cage, and that feeling is hard to shake. It’s much easier to overlook the fact that Miocic shouldn’t have been standing opposite him when the results are so spectacular, and especially since Jones has left the door cracked for a fight unifying the Heavyweight title. - -Not even Miocic’s immediate retirement in the aftermath could dim Jones’ brightness. Miocic laying down the gloves should have served as a reminder that we weren’t supposed to be impressed by beating an old man, but it’s hard to walk away from UFC 309 as anything but. - -For complete UFC 309 results and play-by-play, click here.",1731883665,4e39d7a149,562d25c515,,,1731883665 -https://derivsource.com/2024/09/05/fia-outlines-how-successful-derivatives-markets-will-attract-investor-interest-and-support-the-enhancement-of-the-cmu/,https://derivsource.com/feed,FIA outlines how successful derivatives markets will attract investor interest and support the enhancement of the CMU,"FIA, the leading global trade organisation for the futures, options and centrally cleared derivatives markets, has published a paper outlining its views on how to support the progress of the European Union’s Capital Markets Union (CMU). - -FIA’s paper – Capital Markets Union at a Critical Juncture – sets out the role that derivatives play in effective capital markets. Specifically, FIA believes that centrally cleared derivatives are a key ingredient to building a strong CMU. - -“As the EU aims to increase investor interest in its markets, it has many options in designing a system that protects its citizens, ensures market liquidity and attracts investors. The ideas shared in this paper, on behalf of the cleared derivatives markets, will help lay the groundwork for fit-for-purpose regulation, open and resilient markets, fair competition and opportunities for innovation. These adjustments will make EU capital markets more attractive to domestic and international investors and help to boost growth,” said Walt Lukken, President and CEO of FIA. - -The recommendations in FIA’s paper support the objectives aligned with delivering a successful CMU: - -Promoting an open, competitive, pragmatic, predictable, safe, well-regulated and fair marketplace for domestic and international financial institutions alike - -Increasing transparency, public stakeholder engagement and certainty to ease the often complex and lengthy legislative process in the EU - -Establishing a fit-for-purpose regulatory environment that benefits both regulated financial institutions and their customers - -Facilitating client choice on where to clear and protecting the international competitiveness of EU market participants - -FIA believes these objectives can be met largely through fine-tuning existing regulations, rather than overhauling them, and by international dialogue with peer regulators and global standard setters to avoid a patchwork of regulations that increases costs for all involved and disincentives investment. FIA has identified some specific steps that EU policymakers could undertake to help achieve these objectives, including: - -Establish clear definitions of scope in EU legislation (Level 1) and early clarifications on territorial and personal scope - -Allow sufficient time for implementation of requirements before carrying out regulatory and legislative reviews and align compliance dates of Level 1 and Level 2 requirements - -Conduct public engagement/consultation with industry and independent experts on important Level 3 rules before publishing them - -Provide meaningful cost-benefit analysis before proposing new requirements and add a competitiveness test as part of important policy proposals - -Optimise further CCP equivalence reviews and improve transparency - -Establish appropriate capital requirements and reduce other restrictive measures to alleviate clearing capacity for intermediaries - -Scrutinise the active account requirements under EMIR 3.0 that could, if not properly calibrated, adversely impact the competitiveness of EU firms - -Ensure the IFR regime for investment firms is proportionate to the risks these firms bring to their counterparties, themselves and the market as a whole - -Ensure globally consistent margin requirements to enable clearing margin transparency - -Harmonise certain aspects of non-bank insolvency laws in the EU. - -Read the paper: Capital Markets Union at a Critical Juncture",1731883743,9dd65a327d,56330f0987,,,1731883743 -https://www.pymnts.com/business/2024/nuvei-completes-previously-announced-go-private-transaction/,https://www.pymnts.com/feed/,Nuvei Completes Previously Announced Go-Private Transaction,"Canadian FinTech Nuvei has completed its previously announced go-private transaction. - -As a result of the completion of the arrangement, the company expects that the subordinate voting shares will be de-listed from the Toronto Stock Exchange around Monday (Nov. 18) and from the Nasdaq Global Select Market around Nov. 25, Nuvei said in a Friday (Nov. 15) press release. - -Under the previously announced arrangement, Nuvei became a wholly owned subsidiary of the purchaser, of which Advent, Nuvei CEO Philip Fayer, Novacap and Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec (CDPQ) hold or control about 46%, 24%, 18% and 12%, respectively, according to the release. - -Fayer, the founder of Nuvei, will continue to serve as the company’s chair and CEO, with Nuvei’s current leadership team continuing in their roles, per the release. - -“We are excited to embark on a new chapter with Advent, Novacap and CDPQ, one focused on our long-term strategy and commitment to accelerating the revenue of our customers globally,” Fayer said in the release. “For more than 20 years we have provided customers with mission-critical solutions they need to execute on their growth journeys. This commitment will remain the same as we continue to build deeper partnerships with our customers by providing them with modern, flexible and purpose-built technology.” - -Nuvei said Wednesday (Nov. 13) that it received all the regulatory approvals it needed for the transaction and that it expected to become a private company by the end of the week. - -The company announced April 1 that it planned to go private in a $6.3 billion deal with Advent. - -It received shareholder approval for the plan in June after telling shareholders that the agreement is “in the best interests of the company … and represents an increase of approximately 42% from the consideration initially proposed by Advent.” - -Since that time, Nuvei announced a partnership with open software-as-a-service (SaaS) eCommerce platform BigCommerce that it said will globally enable customizable payment solutions that were previously only available to large enterprise companies; added split payments and other new features and enhancements to its Nuvei for Platforms product; and said it was set to acquire Brazilian payments institution Pay2All.",1731883636,c794dda4fc,56151ca7e3,,,1731883636 -https://www.npr.org/2021/07/09/1014761601/of-memestocks-and-milk-bags,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Answering Your Questions On Stocks, Bagged Milk, Shrinkflation, and Wealthy Tech : Planet Money : NPR","Of Memestocks and Milk Bags - -Enlarge this image Cole Burston/Getty Images Cole Burston/Getty Images - -It's that time again. Today on the show, we open up our hearts and our phone lines to hear the economic quandaries that are keeping you up at night. - -We provide an answer to the following burning questions: - -Q: I've been hearing stories about people buying the GameStop stock and I was just thinking when stocks go up, what happens with that money as far as the company is concerned? Do they make money off of that? - -A: Planet Money's newest host Erika Beras answered this question by looking at AMC, which became a memestock earlier this year. Companies like AMC can use becoming a memestock to keep raising money — but only as long as shares stay high. AMC is even giving out free popcorn to keep its shareholders happy. So it is possible for a company to make money as a memestock, but it's unclear whether becoming a memestock is a good long term deal. - -Sponsor Message - -Q: Why does Canada sell milk in bags? - -A: When Pierre Trudeax led Canada's conversion to the metric system in the 1970s. Canada had to switch every container and package in the country from gallons or pounds to liters or kilograms. Milk producers opted to switch to plastic bags to avoid the expensive task of molding new cartons or jugs. And it's only in Eastern Canada. In Western Canada, bags are not popular. - -Q: Is there a way to see inflation without raising prices? - -A: Normally when we think about inflation, we think about the price of products increasing. But there's another type of inflation that isn't when the price inflates — it's when the size of the product deflates, but the price stays the same. And it's called Shrinkflation. You may notice smaller containers of ice cream and cereal at the store, but the same bill at the checkout counter. - -Q: What gadgets and services do rich people have today that might become less expensive and more accessible in the future? - -A: This question involves a classic theory in marketing and communications called ""the diffusion of innovation."" Think of cell phones, flat screen TVs and cars. Expensive new technologies can take a while to take off, and only a handful of people with disposable income can afford to try them. But after a while the technology becomes more efficient, prices drop, and eventually the majority of everyday consumers can adopt it. Consumer tech analyst Carolina Milanesi said private space travel, which is currently being pursued by some billionaires, could eventually be attainable for the general public. In the meantime, Carolina said fast broadband internet for everyone may be one of the most significant technological diffusions of the next couple decades. - -Sponsor Message - -Thank you to every listener who wrote to us. We read all of your messages, so keep the tips and questions coming. - -Music: ""Time Heals,"" ""Graceful As She Is,"" and ""Thank You And Good Night."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Pocket Casts and NPR One. - -Want more of your money questions answered? Subscribe to our Newsletter.",1731884713,8181d7a585,56c0db9d8c,,,1731884713 -https://cryptomining-blog.com/13564-using-samsung-galaxy-a14-5g-smartphone-for-vrsc-crypto-mining/,https://cryptomining-blog.com/feed/,Using Samsung Galaxy A14 5G Smartphone for VRSC Crypto Mining,"Using Samsung Galaxy A14 5G Smartphone for VRSC Crypto Mining 12 Dec - -2023 - -We put another budget-oriented smartphone to the test of crypto mining VerusCoin (VRSC) with it, this time around it is the Samsung Galaxy A14 5G. After the recent disappointment that the Samsung Galaxy A13 5G turned out to be with a 32-bit OS and unable to be used for mining we were a bit concerned about the A14 5G, but still decided to give it a go and risk it after seeing a good price deal on the Total by Verizon Samsung Galaxy A14 5G, 64GB, Black – Prepaid Smartphone (Locked) over at Amazon, was temporary down to $59 USD, though it seems to be back at $79.99 USD now. Specification wise the A14 5G did seem interesting and the nice price drop did get us to pull the trigger, but the question at hand is was it able to deliver. Read below to find out what you can expect from the Galaxy A14 5G if you plan on using it for mining VRSC… - -The Samsung Galaxy A14 5G seemed a bit bulky when we got it and opened it up, it is a large smartphone with a 6.6-inch display, a device announced earlier this year. It does seem to have two versions though, one with Mediatek Dimensity 700 (the one we got) and another with Exynos 1330 chipset that will probably do a bit better than what we got as results. The Mediatek Dimensity 700 (7 nm) chipset has 8 ARM CPU cores (2x 2.2 GHz Cortex-A76 and 6x 2.0 GHz Cortex-A55) and Android 13 and the good news here is that unlike on the A13 5G model here we do have a 64-bit OS making it suitable for crypto mining. At least that is good news, but the results are not exactly as what we have expected to see from the device unfortunately. - -And while the Galaxy A14 5G does work for crypto mining and provides decent hashrate mining VerusCoin it is probably not the best choice price wise and performance wise out there for sure. Initially it peaked with higher hashrate, but then stabilized at just around 3.8 MH/s and we had it running for quite some time just to be sure because of the initial fluctuating hashrate. That performance is paired with around 3.8 Watts of power usage measured at the wall, so slower and less efficient than other devices we have tested not to mention more expensive as well, so not the most suitable choice. We kind of expected to see better performance out of it, maybe the version with better specs that uses the Exynos chipset will be more interesting for crypto mining, though it is more expensive and harder to find.",1731883650,bd0c3a08cb,56525fd6d7,,,1731883650 -https://cleantechnica.com/2024/11/14/electric-patrol-boat-launched-by-voltari/,https://cleantechnica.com/feed/,Electric Patrol Boat Launched By Voltari,"Sign up for daily news updates from CleanTechnica on email. Or follow us on Google News - -It was about two years ago when the Canadian electric boat manufacturer Voltari announced it had piloted one its Voltari 260 performance boats 91 miles on a single charge. The starting point was Florida and they ended in the Bahamas. The main point of the journey seemed to be demonstrating their all-electric boat has plenty of range. Of course, given the area of the world they were in when they undertook and completed the journey, it also sounded like a fun adventure. Plus, the Voltari 260 is well-designed and just looks cool. It’s an electric boat that I would like to ride in and even drive myself if possible. (It’s also quite speedy.) - -Recently, Voltari announced it has built another kind of electric boat — this one is a patrol vessel. Cam Heaps, Voltari’s CEO, answered some questions about it for CleanTechnica. - -What are the main advantages of your all-electric patrol boat compared to one that runs on gas or diesel fuel? - -Operating cost for fleets is reduced dramatically. Continuous duty commercial boats can save over 1 M in Fuel and maintenance over their ICE competitors. - -Less downtime for fleet use, with very little to no scheduled maintenance for most powertrain components. - -The VOLTARI Patrol 26 RIB is built to stand out in speed, performance, and environmental impact. Unlike traditional gas or diesel boats, this all-electric vessel operates without any noise or emissions, making it not only more eco-friendly but also stealthier in harsh water conditions or intense security operations. With its trimmable outdrive, contra-rotating propellers, and dual-prop military-grade drive, it’s designed to outmatch any ICE boat of similar size or power. Plus, with 740 horsepower and a carbon fiber hull, it’s light yet durable. The deep-V design gives it an edge in maneuverability, so it’s incredibly responsive in forward and reverse—no need for hydrofoils. - -Why are you expanding into the patrol vessel market? - -Following the success of our flagship model the, VOLTARI 260, we’ve been approached by several government agencies interested in its performance and path toward sustainability. We quickly realized there was a real opportunity to expand into the space. The small craft patrol market needed an electric alternative to support fleet savings as well as environmental agendas such as emissions reductions and greening of fleets. The issue is that there has not been a viable solution available to the industry until now. - -The cost savings of EV marine is much more impactful to a fleet then even EV automotive due to the high costs of fuel and maintenance in boats. - -How can Voltari’s electric vessels cut operational and maintenance costs by an estimated $1 million per unit over 10 years? - -Cost estimates are based on twin 300HP craft of similar size, weight and usage over 10 years and the savings are for Fuel and Maintenance alone. See link to graph on voltari website [or above] for details. - -What is the Patrol 26 RIB battery chemistry? - -The Patrol 26 RIB features a 142 kWh lithium-ion battery pack system. Voltari has been manufacturing marine specific batteries since 2008, designed to be salt water capable, submersible, and operate under high kW continuous output conditions (IE high RPM continuously, needed in marine due to hydrodynamic resistance required to push a boat through water). - -Does it come with its own battery charger? - -You can add on a VOLTARI 80 amp charger for $3,990 to avoid waiting in gas dock lines. Commercial customers can purchase a 200kW DC fast charger from voltari that will charge the boat from 10%–90% in less than 30 minutes. - -How long to get to a full charge? - -Overnight on AC charge so the boat is ready for next day patrol or in 30 minutes or less using a Voltari DCFC (from10%-90%). - -What is the vessel’s range? - -Approx. 30 miles at a cruising speed of 25 mph. - -Does the vessel’s roof have solar panels or can it have solar panels? - -Solar panels can be added to the top but are not a significant source of energy for 550kW of power. - -How much does the vessel weigh? - -8000 lb. - -Does it come with a trailer? - -Yes, we offer an option of a customer fitted trailer MSRP 18,000. - -How long is the warranty and what does it cover? - -The Voltari Patrol 26 warranty for commercial use is: 3-YEAR/6,500-HOUR LIMITED WARRANTY. Extended warranty and service plans are available from Voltari. - -What is the cost of your electric patrol boat? - -MSRP on the Patrol 26cc Rib is $557,000, including, all carbon fiber construction, suspension seating, night vision, radar, and twin 19” screens. - -MSRP on the Patrol 26 Pilot Rib is $577,000, including, all carbon fiber construction, suspension seating, fully enclosed Pilot house with climate control, night vision, radar, and twin 19” screens. - -How long do you expect the battery pack to last and the motor or motors? - -Gen1 of our powertrains are still in operation since 2008. We expect 300+ charge cycles. In marine use that can be up to 20+ years.",1731883668,befffecf30,5678aa14c8,,,1731883668 -https://hr-gazette.com/top-hr-podcasts-that-every-hr-professional-should-tune-into/,https://hr-gazette.com/feed/,The HR Gazette and HRchat Podcast,"Top HR Podcasts That Every HR Professional Should Tune Into - -Podcasts have quickly become the go-to source for HR professionals to gain insights, stay updated, and grow their knowledge on-the-go. Whether you’re commuting, taking a lunch break, or even just winding down, HR-focused podcasts provide accessible, expert-led content to keep you engaged and in-the-know. - -Listening to these top HR podcasts can equip you with the knowledge, strategies, and inspiration needed to navigate the complexities of human resources today. So, if you’re looking to advance your skills, learn from industry leaders, and stay ahead of the curve, dive into these top HR-related podcasts. Your playlist—and your professional development—will be all the better for it. - -To make it easy for you, we’ve curated a list of the top HR-related podcasts worldwide that cover everything from talent management and recruitment to leadership and DEI (Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion). These podcasts feature interviews with thought leaders, analysts, and practitioners who share insights on the latest trends, strategies, and challenges facing HR today. - -1. The HRchat Podcast by HR Gazette - -A top choice for HR professionals, The HRchat Podcast by HR Gazette has been making waves since 2016. It’s not only ranked as the Best Canadian HR Podcast by FeedSpot, but it consistently ranks in the global top 10 for HR-related podcasts. With over 360,000 downloads and a place in the top 10% of all podcasts worldwide, HRchat has set the standard for quality content in the HR industry. - -Hosted by an experienced media professional and event producer, The HRchat Podcast is known for its engaging interviews with influential leaders, analysts, and seasoned HR professionals. The podcast releases two to four episodes per week, covering a diverse range of topics, including leadership, DEI, recruitment, and talent management. It’s a must-listen for those wanting in-depth discussions and insights into the modern workplace and HR trends. - -2. WorkLife with Adam Grant - -Hosted by organizational psychologist Adam Grant, WorkLife dives into the intricacies of workplace culture, motivation, and productivity. Known for his insightful storytelling and research-backed approaches, Grant’s episodes are highly engaging and full of valuable lessons for HR professionals looking to understand and improve employee experience. - -3. The Talent Economy Podcast - -Produced by Toptal, The Talent Economy Podcast covers how talent plays a pivotal role in the success of businesses. This podcast provides insights on modern workforce challenges, including the impact of the gig economy, the future of work, and innovations in talent acquisition and management. - -4. DriveThru HR - -One of the longest-running HR podcasts, DriveThru HR features industry experts discussing all things HR. Episodes include interviews with influential voices in HR tech, recruiting, and workplace wellness, providing valuable insights into a wide array of HR topics. - -5. The CIPD Podcast - -Produced by the Chartered Institute of Personnel and Development, The CIPD Podcast delves into people management, employee wellbeing, and labor market issues. It’s an essential podcast for HR practitioners looking to stay aligned with global HR standards and best practices. - -…and many more. Each of these podcasts provides unique insights into different facets of HR, from practical day-to-day management tips to broader discussions on the future of work.",1731883624,477c4818ad,56c864591c,,,1731883624 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/13/carhartt-wip-nychair-x-collaborate-lightweight-foldable-chair-ottoman/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,Carhartt WIP and Nychair X release foldable chair and ottoman,"Apparel brand Carhartt WIP and Japanese furniture brand Nychair X have collaborated on a collapsible chair and ottoman covered in a brown canvas reminiscent of workwear. - -The chair's silhouette is a signature of Nychair X, which was designed and launched in 1970 by Japanese designer Takeshi Nii. - -The original chair was designed to be ""like the curry rice everybody loves"", according to the brand. - -The collaboration with Carhartt WIP, a streetwear off-shoot of workwear brand Carhartt, features a custom colourway from Carhartt WIP, utilising Carhartt's classic Hamilton Brown. - -The dark brown colour is the same as is used in the jackets and other workwear garments made famous by Carhartt – although the pieces are covered in Kurashiki sailcloth canvas which Nychair X typically uses for its products. - -Both pieces rest on crossing stainless steel legs and feature straight, cylindrical armrests made of 100 per cent wood. - -The chair sits low to the ground and has an angeled backrest for lounge-style seating. Both pieces are ""lightweight and foldable"" and collapse to sit in between their armrests. - -According to Nychair X, the set ""fits into a floor space around the size of a dinner table"". - -""The chair's minimalist design creates a place to relax without taking up much space,"" said the brand. - -They also feature a square Carhartt WIP label found throughout the brand's products and clothing. - -It is only one of a few furniture collaborations carried out by Carhartt WIP, which has produced clothing and some accessories since its first store opened in London in 1994. - -It is part of Carhartt WIP's Fall/Winter 2024 line. - -Other recent disciplinary collaborations include a spacesuit by Prada and Axiom Space and an inflatable chair by Jell-O. - -The images are courtesy of Carhartt WIP.",1731883664,8f8dc0373b,56232513e0,,,1731883664 -https://www.biopharmadive.com/news/merck-lanova-pd1-vegf-bispecific-cancer-drug-deal/732906/,https://www.biopharmadive.com/feeds/news/,"Merck, facing threat to Keytruda, buys into new kind of cancer immunotherapy","Merck & Co. has bought into the kind of drug that has emerged as a top threat to its dominant cancer immunotherapy Keytruda. - -The company said Thursday it agreed to pay privately-held LaNova Medicines $588 million in cash for worldwide rights to a cancer therapy called LM-299, which is currently in Phase 1 testing in China. LaNova, which is based in Shanghai, could receive up to $2.7 billion in additional payments should the drug hit various development and sales milestones across multiple indications. - -The deal makes Merck the latest company to acquire a type of dual-pronged cancer immunotherapy that’s fast become a top target of drugmakers. These so-called bispecific therapies simultaneously home in on the proteins PD-1 and VEGF, which help tumors grow and evade detection from the immune system. - -This year, one such drug, ivonescimab, from China-based Akeso and development partner Summit Therapeutics, bested Merck’s Keytruda in a late-stage trial in lung cancer — the first time that’s happened since Keytruda’s arrival a decade ago. Though the results came with notable limitations and are unlikely to support a U.S. approval, since then, an array of drugmakers have either acquired PD-1 and VEGF-targeting bispecifics or built new companies around them. Just yesterday, BioNTech agreed to pay $800 million to buy biotech Biotheus, giving it a PD-1 and VEGF drug the companies have been co-developing. - -Merck has a particularly vested interest in the progress of PD-1 and VEGF bispecifics. Keytruda is the world’s most widely used cancer immunotherapy, having earned 40 approvals since its first in 2014. The drug accounted for $25 billion of Merck’s $60 billion in revenue last year, when it officially became the world’s best-selling medicine. - -But there is still room for improvement, as the majority of people don’t durably respond to Keytruda and other drugs like it. Keytruda will also lose patent protection in the U.S. in 2028, after which Merck will be pressed to replace lost revenues. - -Merck, for its part, has been leaning on a pipeline of drugs for cancer, heart and immune diseases to cover some of those anticipated losses, as well as a formulation of Keytruda administered via subcutaneous injection instead of intravenously. It’s also been pairing Keytruda with medicines that target VEGF or related pathways. One such combination, with Eisai’s Lenvima, is approved for a few tumor types, though it failed to extend survival in a late-stage trial in lung cancer. The company has “made a substantial investment in that pathway,” said Merck research chief Dean Li, referring to VEGF, on a conference call with analysts last month. - -Li, at the time, pointed out some key unknowns in Summit and Akeso’s data, such as whether ivonescimab will prolong survival and how the drug will perform when compared to the Keytruda-chemotherapy regimen that’s now standard treatment for most lung cancer cases. - -“I think it’s really important for all of us to watch carefully, and we are watching carefully,” he told analysts. - -That Merck quickly turned to acquire an ivonescimab-like drug suggests it was either looking for an insurance policy or now has greater conviction on Akeso and Summit’s results, wrote Evercore ISI analyst Umer Raffat in a Thursday note to investors. - -Should ivonescimab pan out, for example, the deal will have created “the most direct path for Merck to hold on to a very large chunk of the Keytruda franchise,” Raffat wrote. Though LaNova’s drug is well behind many others in development, among them ivonescimab, Merck “will very likely progress very rapidly.” - -“However you look at it, this is incredibly savvy [business development] — for a very reasonable price,” Raffat added. - -In its statement, Merck said LM-299 has a “differentiated molecular design” than others in development, consisting of an anti-VEGF antibody fused to two PD-1-targeting antibodies.",1731883652,6971f44110,5617549776,,,1731883652 -https://www.foxnews.com/politics/trump-taps-liberty-energy-ceo-chris-wright-department-energy-leading-technologist-entrepreneur,http://feeds.foxnews.com/foxnews/politics,Trump taps Liberty Energy CEO Chris Wright for Department of Energy: 'Leading technologist and entrepreneur',"President-elect Trump announced that Chris Wright, the CEO and founder of Liberty Energy, will lead the Department of Energy in his new administration. - -""I am thrilled to announce that Chris Wright will be joining my Administration as both United States Secretary of Energy, and Member of the newly formed Council of National Energy,"" Trump said in a statement released Saturday. - -The newly-elected president wrote that Wright ""has been a leading technologist and entrepreneur in Energy."" - -LEAVE THE OIL TO ME: TRUMP VOWS TO UNLEASH US ENERGY, UNDO KEY BIDEN RULES IN 2ND TERM - -""He has worked in Nuclear, Solar, Geothermal, and Oil and Gas,"" Trump's statement said. ""Most significantly, Chris was one of the pioneers who helped launch the American Shale Revolution that fueled American Energy Independence, and transformed the Global Energy Markets and Geopolitics."" - -Wright later took to X and posted his gratitude for being chosen. - -""I am honored and grateful for the opportunity from @realDonaldTrump to serve our country as U.S. Secretary of Energy. My dedication to bettering human lives remains steadfast, with a focus on making American energy more affordable, reliable, and secure,"" he wrote. ""Energy is the lifeblood that makes everything in life possible. Energy matters. I am looking forward to getting to work."" - -According to Liberty Energy's website, Wright graduated from MIT with a degree in mechanical engineering. He also completed graduate work in electrical engineering at the University of California, Berkeley and MIT. - -""[Wright] is a self-described tech nerd turned entrepreneur and a dedicated humanitarian on a mission to better human lives by expanding access to abundant, affordable, and reliable energy,"" the company's website says. - -The key Cabinet position announcement comes after Trump made energy independence and bolstering oil and gas production a cornerstone of his campaign. While on the campaign trail, Trump pledged to expand fracking and lift a pause on liquefied natural gas exports, a sharp contrast from his predecessor. - -""They annihilated your steel mills, decimated your coal jobs, assaulted your oil and gas jobs and sold off your manufacturing jobs to China and other foreign nations all over the world,"" Trump said of the Biden administration during a campaign event in Pennsylvania last month. - -BIDEN ADMIN TOUTS JOB WELL DONE REPLENISHING OIL RESERVES DESPITE DEPLETING THEM BY HALF OVER LAST 4 YEARS - -The president-elect has also vowed to use his second White House term to exit the Paris climate accord again, undo strict emissions standards for vehicles and power plants and bolster production of U.S. oil and gas, including through fracking. - -Trump's nominees and administration picks during his second administration are being publicly announced at a much faster pace than during his first administration in 2016, which the transition team attributed to Trump's commitment to putting ""America first."" - -EPA'S NEW RULE TO CHARGE OIL AND GAS COMPANIES FOR EMISSIONS COULD FACE A TRUMP RECKONING - -""The American people re-elected President Trump by a resounding margin, giving him a mandate to implement the promises he made on the campaign trail, and his Cabinet picks reflect his priority to put America First. President Trump will continue to appoint highly qualified men and women who have the talent, experience and necessary skill sets to Make America Great Again,"" Trump-Vance transition spokeswoman Karoline Leavitt told Fox News Digital when asked about Trump's speedy rollout of Cabinet picks. - -During his first administration, Trump tapped former Texas Gov. Rick Perry for the energy role before Dan Brouillette took the position over in 2019. Trump did not announce his choice of Perry until Dec. 14, 2016, putting him ahead of his first term's nomination process. - -CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP - -Trump also reportedly plans to install an ""energy czar"" to scale back energy and climate regulations enacted during the Biden administration and has already named former New York Rep. Lee Zeldin as his pick to lead the Environmental Protection Agency. - -Fox News Digital's Breanne Deppisch and Alec Schemmel contributed to this report.",1731883661,7b5f0a8391,564aa56b5c,,,1731883661 -https://www.podcastinsights.com/best-podcast-microphones/,https://www.podcastinsights.com/feed/,Best Podcast Microphones In 2024 For Great Audio (All Budgets),"Disclosure: Links to other sites may be affiliate links that generate us a small commission at no extra cost to you. - -You’re starting a podcast and are wondering “what’s the best microphone for podcasting?” - -The good news is that for most people, that answer is easy: get the ATR2100x-USB here. - -But where things can get a little tricky is when you need to record multiple people, or maybe you want something a bit more on the pro end. - -Don’t worry though, we’ll try to make it easy (and not list 300 different options that just make you more confused) so you can get what you need and get back to podcasting! - -The first thing you need to know is there are two ways to connect a podcast mic to your computer: USB and XLR. - -USB is fast and easy to set up and great if you only need to record one microphone at your location. - -Remote guests are fine, but you’ll want to avoid USB if you need to record 2 or more people locally. - -See our Best USB Microphones article here. - -XLR connections require additional equipment to connect them to your computer, but the sound quality is better. You’ll also be able to connect more than one mic at the same time. - -Take a look at this list of USB audio interfaces to find one that will fit your needs. - -See our Best XLR Microphones article here. - -Now that we have that cleared up, here are the best podcasting microphones – we’ll start with USB and then go into XLR: - -Best USB Podcasting Mics - -These USB mics are great for lower budgets or those that want the easiest way to start a podcast in 2024. - -ATR2100x-USB - -I’ve recommended the Audio-Technica ATR2100-USB in many other articles and now there is a new version! The ATR2100x-USB updates the quality and now uses USB-C. - -It performs well above its price point, has both USB and XLR connections, and is small enough to travel with if needed. - -See our ATR2100 review for more details. - -Pair with Knox Shock Mount for Audio-Technica ATR2100-USB. - -Samson Q2U - -The Samson Q2U is basically the same mic as above. I’ve had reports that you can’t seem to get the ATR2100 outside the US, so this is what I would get if that’s the case. - -It comes with a stand, windscreen, USB and XLR cables. - -Rode NT-USB - -The Rode NT-USB is a cardioid mic (ideal for voice recording) that comes with a pop filter, tripod, boom mount, a 20′ USB cable, and a travel pouch. - -Best XLR Podcasting Mics - -Most people will want a dynamic mic, especially if you are recording multiple people in the same studio, so that’s what you’ll find in this section. We do have a separate article on condenser microphones if you’re interested in learning more about what’s available. - -Rode PodMic - -The Rode PodMic is my favorite XLR podcasting mic under $100 (see the review). - -This dynamic cardioid mic has an internal pop filter and shockmount to help get the best audio quality in a simple and small package. - -You’ll want to get a boom arm for the best results. - -Rode Procaster - -I actually have 3 of these and love them. The Rode Procaster does tend to need a little extra gain to not sound noisy. - -When compared with other mics, the frequency range of 75Hz – 18kHz doesn’t seem like it quite compares but the results have been great. - -Pair with: - -Heil PR-40 - -The Heil PR-40 is used by many top podcasters. - -Its price point puts it just below the higher-end mics below, but the sound quality and specs more than compare. - -You’ll get a 28Hz – 18kHz frequency response, internal shockmount and pop filter, and a padded case for safe transport. - -Shure SM7B - -You’ll find the Shure SM7B in Joe Rogan’s podcast studio – as well as many others. - -This is a classic broadcasting mic and performs really well. With a built-in shockmount and pop filter, and a frequency range of 50Hz – 20kHz, you’ll never need to upgrade or get additional accessories. - -You will need a Cloudlifter or preamp to power the SM7B as it is notoriously “gain-hungry”. - -Electro-Voice RE20 - -The Electro-Voice RE20 is another classic broadcasting mic. It has a feature called Variable-D that gives you some flexibility with your mic technique, making it great for both beginners and pros. - -Pair with: - -Mobile Podcasting Mics - -Planning to podcast on the go? There are several small mobile mics that sound much better than any built-in microphone you might have. - -There are also some great iPhone mics and Android mics if you want to go that route as well. - -Samson Go Mic - -The Samson Go Mic is a great cheap podcasting mic (under $30) and is designed for travel. - -It can clip to your laptop or simply sit on your desk, folds up small, and can switch between cardioid and omnidirectional pickup patterns. - -Comes with a travel case and USB cable. - -Blue Snowflake - -The Blue Snowflake is another cheap podcasting mic (also under $30) designed for use on the go. - -It can be used on top of a laptop or on a desktop, folds into itself for compact carrying, and comes with a USB cable. - -Final Recommendations - -What about the Blue Yeti? Well, it’s not really the best choice for podcasting. We do list the Blue Yeti as a top choice for gaming and streaming mics, but when it comes to podcasting, you’ll want something that minimizes background noise. - -Other great podcasting microphones not highlighted above include the Audio-Technica BP40, Telefunken M82, and MXL BCD-1 (these are all dynamic mics with XLR connections). - -The best mic for podcasting is the one you have with you, so don’t let our recommendations stop you from recording if you don’t have exactly what we recommend. - -Every podcaster has different needs and varying quality of recording space, so don’t be afraid to experiment and see what works for you!",1731883650,24d51eb2f4,56cbc030c5,,,1731883650 -https://www.uploadvr.com/beat-saber-monstercat-mixtape-2-dlc/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Beat Saber Drops The Monstercat Mixtape 2 Today,"The Monstercat Mixtape 2 adds 12 new paid tracks to Beat Saber, and it's out today on all platforms. - -Collaborating once again with the Canadian electronic music label, the latest Beat Saber DLC is now live. As the name implies, this isn't the first time we've seen Monstercat teaming up with Beat Saber for DLC. Back in 2019, the original Monstercat Music Pack Vol 1 introduced the rhythm game's first-ever paid DLC with 10 songs, and this latest mixtape adds a dedicated new environment. - -0:00 / 0:40 1× - -You can find the full release notes here but otherwise, here's the tracklist. - -Accelerate — Teminite & Skybreak - -— Teminite & Skybreak DABADABADABADABA — Excision & Dion Timmer - -— Excision & Dion Timmer Dead Man Walking — Grant & Ellis - -— Grant & Ellis Endgame — Bossfight - -— Bossfight Final Boss — Nitro Fun - -— Nitro Fun Memory Bank — Dyro x Conro - -— Dyro x Conro Mercenary — F.O.O.L & Power Glove - -— F.O.O.L & Power Glove Pump — Teddy Killerzs & Pegboard Nerds - -— Teddy Killerzs & Pegboard Nerds RAD — Tokyo Machine - -— Tokyo Machine RIOT — Öwnboss & Selva - -— Öwnboss & Selva Thrones of Blood — Sullivan King - -— Sullivan King Wake Up — Alan Walker - -Today's update follows last month's launch of the Britney Spears Music Pack, which introduced 11 of the popstar's most iconic tracks and a new environment. Elsewhere, other notable updates this year include the free OST 7, the Hip Hop Mixtape, and the Daft Punk Music Pack. - -Beat Saber - Monstercat Mixtape 2 is out now for $15 on Quest, Steam, and PlayStation VR2.",1731883664,9397b145ff,56d19aaee4,,,1731883664 -https://www.bjpenn.com/mma-news/chris-weidman/chris-weidman-vs-eryk-anders-pulled-from-ufc-309/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=chris-weidman-vs-eryk-anders-pulled-from-ufc-309,https://www.bjpenn.com/feed/,Chris Weidman vs. Eryk Anders pulled from UFC 309,"UFC 309 has taken a major hit as a bout between former middleweight champ Chris Weidman and Eryk Anders has been pulled from the card. - -UFC officials announced the news on the opening broadcast, citing an illness with Anders as the culprit for the cancelation. - -Weidman (16-7 MMA) was to be competing for the first time since scoring a technical decision victory over Bruno Silva this past March in Atlantic City. Prior to that win, the former UFC middleweight champion had suffered a unanimous decision loss at the hands of Brad Tavares. - -Meanwhile, Eryk Anders (16-8 MMA) was also last seen in action back in March of this year, where he picked up a unanimous decision victory over Jamie Pickett. ‘Ya Boi’ has gone 2-3 over his past five Octagon appearances overall, with his other win in that stretch coming over Kyle Daukaus via TKO. - -Chris Weidman vs. Eryk Anders was scheduled to take place on today’s UFC 309 televised prelims. - -Whether or not the UFC will look to rebook this matchup remains uncertain. - -Stay glued to BJPENN.com for all of tonight’s UFC 309: ‘Jones vs. Miocic’ live results and highlights.",1731883646,eda10ed51d,56c0a88b4f,,,1731883646 -https://www.npr.org/2024/08/23/1197961495/the-trade-fraud-detective,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Why enforcing the new tariffs on Chinese imports is so hard in practice : Planet Money : NPR,"The trade fraud detective - -When David Rashid took over US autoparts maker Plews and Edelmann, the company was losing business to its Chinese rival, Qingdao Sunsong. Both companies make power steering hoses, but Sunsong was offering its hoses to retailers at a much lower price. - -Then, in 2018, the Trump administration threw companies like Rashid's a lifeline, by announcing tariffs on a range of Chinese goods, including some autoparts. Rashid thought the tariffs would finally force Sunsong to raise its prices, but, somehow, the company never did. - -It was a mystery. And it led Rashid to take on a new role – amateur trade fraud investigator. How could his competitor, Sunsong, absorb that 25% tax without changing its prices? And why had all of Sunsong's steering hoses stopped coming from China and started coming from Thailand? - -Sponsor Message - -On today's episode, the wide gulf between how tariffs work in theory... and how they actually work in practice. And David Rashid's quest to figure out what, if anything, he could do about it. It's a quest that will involve international detectives, forensic chemists, and a friendship founded on a shared love for hummus. - -This episode was hosted by Keith Romer and Jeff Guo. It was produced by Emma Peaslee and edited by Molly Messick. It was fact-checked by Sierra Juarez and engineered by Ko Takasugi-Czernowin. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR Source Audio - ""Virtual Machine,"" ""EAT,"" and ""Bassline Motion""",1731884582,8181d7a585,564944d704,,,1731884582 -https://www.roadtovr.com/final-cut-pro-11-spatial-video-vision-pro/,https://www.roadtovr.com/feed/,"Final Cut Pro 11 Finally Unlocks Spatial Video Editing, But Lacks Vision Pro Preview","Apple has released Final Cut Pro 11, which finally lets you edit spatial videos captured with Vision Pro, or iPhone 15 Pro or later. - -The latest Final Cut Pro now lets users make adjustments to the left- and right-eye angles on their Mac display, add effects, color correction, and titles to spatial videos. - -Of course, thanks to Mac Virtual Display, you can also now edit those spatial videos captured with Vision Pro on Vision Pro. - -While the added virtual screen real estate is undeniably better for organizing complex workflows, Final Cut Pro 11 tethered with Vision Pro is still essentially a 2D editing experience, just bigger. - -Still lacking is the ability to actually preview spatial videos in-headset while editing—i.e. having a 3D window inside of Final Cut Pro that renders stereoscopically. - -Granted, spatial videos can be exported directly to a user’s Photos library after editing, and viewed immediately on Vision Pro, although just not previewed during the editing process, which feels like a miss. - -Still, Apple is bringing out its expanded Mac Virtual Display options, which will let users blow up either Mac Virtual Display to a massive 32:9 ultra-wide curved display, which the company likens to two 5K monitors side by side. - -For now, the panoramic Mac Virtual Display option is available in beta, which only requires a few simple steps to download, which may come in handy (but not too handy) when editing spatial videos on Final Cut Pro 11.",1731883640,8ea6ec8c1b,564811d37e,,,1731883640 -https://slackhq.com/slacks-fedramp-authorization,https://slackhq.com/rss,Slack is FedRAMP Moderate authorized,"Security is top of mind for many of our customers, especially those in the public sector. As a growing number of government agencies, from the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) to the General Services Administration’s (GSA) 18F Office, choose Slack, a channel-based messaging platform, we’ve introduced new measures to meet the highest security and compliance standards. - -Even federal regulators who set the standards for security compliance look to Slack to get their work done. For them and all of our customers in regulated industries, we’ve leveled up our security program to become FedRAMP Moderate authorized. - -The move comes as part of a larger push to provide enterprise-grade security for organizations of all sizes. That requires delivering a best-in-class collaboration experience while meeting our customers’ unique security and compliance needs. - -Here’s what becoming FedRAMP Moderate authorized means for our customers and a look into how we achieved compliance. - -Slack’s FedRAMP journey - -What is FedRAMP? - -The Federal Risk and Authorization Management Program, or FedRAMP, is a government-wide program that provides a standardized approach to cloud security. Cloud-based software systems must be FedRAMP authorized before any federal agency or organization can use them. This approach keeps all federal data secure—a practice that’s ultimately in the public’s best interest. Among industry experts, FedRAMP is considered the gold standard for cloud security. - -How did Slack become FedRAMP Moderate authorized? - -In April 2018, Slack met with the FedRAMP Program Management Office and, within six months, received FedRAMP Tailored authorization. While this certification was certainly a milestone, we were eager to reach the next level of security compliance. - -With sponsorship from the VA, we set out to become FedRAMP Moderate authorized. Our regulatory partners put our product to the test—more than 300 rigorous security controls. On May 20, 2020, we achieved FedRAMP Agency Authority to Operate (ATO) at the Moderate impact level. - -This means we comply with the U.S. government’s regulations on: - -Access control: effectively limiting and managing access to customer data - -Encryption methodologies: securing data in transit and at rest with FIPS 140-2 validated cryptography - -Network security and server hardening: implementing CIS benchmarks and vendor best practices to secure all network infrastructure - -Vulnerability management: efficiently identifying and resolving potential risks - -Incident management: responding swiftly and appropriately when incidents occur - -Business continuity and disaster recovery: providing seamless service without interruption - -System monitoring, logging and alerting: monitoring all company-owned servers and workstations to maintain system security - -Secure software development lifecycle: leveraging open-source tools and bug reporting to identify, triage and resolve potential security vulnerabilities - -What does this next level of security compliance mean for my organization? - -Slack’s FedRAMP Moderate authorization reflects our continued investment in and support for customers in the U.S. public sector. As more government agencies move to the cloud, IT administrators and security professionals can rest assured that Slack meets and exceeds some of the most broadly recognized security standards and offers solutions to help public-sector teams address compliance requirements. - -This latest authorization translates to a more secure experience for Slack customers, including private-sector businesses that don’t require a FedRAMP-authorized environment. All customers using Slack’s commercial offerings can benefit from the heightened security measures required to achieve FedRAMP certification. - -To maintain customers’ trust, we will continue to develop security and compliance features that support: - -Can I still use my third-party integrations? - -You can still use third-party integrations, but you’ll need to review what data the integration will have access to and the application provider’s FedRAMP compliance for any app installed in your workspace. Slack apps typically use the APIs from the service providers of that integration. If the APIs connect to a FedRAMP-authorized service offering, then you will remain in compliance when using those third-party integrations. This is one of the primary customer responsibilities to ensure that your deployment of Slack remains compliant. - -How the Department of Veterans Affairs keeps VA.gov running in Slack - -Not only did the VA sponsor our authorization, the agency also relies on Slack to plan and execute large-scale initiatives, including an overhaul of its widely used website. - -The VA is the nation’s second-largest federal agency, and its public-facing website (VA.gov) draws more than 800,000 users every week, including veterans, veterans advocates, veterans service organizations and other intermediaries. At the height of the Covid-19 crisis, that number nearly tripled in one week. Many of these visitors require regular access to the site for critical information, tools and services. - - - -Behind the scenes, the VA’s web and development teams work together in Slack channels to ensure that the website stays up and running. - -Development teams at the VA use Slack to: - -Connect apps and integrations , such as GitHub and Jenkins , so that teams have greater visibility into alerts and notifications - -Quickly identify incidents and issues , including mobile notifications that alert developers of problems - -Create communities of practice that exchange knowledge and create consistency across service offerings - -In 2019 the VA’s web and development teams collaborated in Slack to re-launch VA.gov. The new website boasts an impressive 99.97% uptime over the past year, allowing the agency to deliver on its promise to connect thousands of veterans and advocates with the resources they need. - -And the VA has continued to expand its usage of Slack. In early 2020, it purchased 20,000 Slack licenses to roll out the platform across all of its departments. By moving teams to Slack, the VA aims to drive transparency, expand collaboration, and bring new hires, contractors and partners into the fold. This new way of working not only benefits employees and partners but also U.S. veterans, who gain access to more seamless services. - -Get in touch - -If you have questions about Slack’s security features, operations or compliance certifications, please don’t hesitate to reach out to your account executive or get in touch.",1731883631,b55acb8428,56c51971bd,,,1731883631 -https://transom.org/2014/criminal/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Criminal,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/05/Criminal.mp3 Download Listen to “Criminal” - -Criminal is off and running — hard. As of this writing, the podcast has only five episodes, but it sounds like it’s been produced for quite some time. - -Maybe “Criminal’s” early success with solid storytelling and production values can be attributed to the experience of the three producers — Phoebe Judge, Lauren Spohrer, and Eric Mennel. All of them work in public radio and met while producing The Story (which, sadly, is no longer on the air). - -Or, maybe “Criminal” has had such a strong start because of Phoebe’s enthusiasm. She was so excited talking about the podcast for HowSound, I thought she might start vibrating. - -This edition of HowSound will give you a good sense of what Criminal is all about and how they produce the podcast. After listening, subscribe. - -And think about subscribing to us. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -And, if you’re in the mood for other podcasts, these are some of the new one’s I’ve been listening to lately. I’ve thrown in a few old ones, too, but they’re somewhat new to me. - -And, of course, I’d be remiss if I didn’t mention Radiotopia, the podcast network from PRX. More podcasts than you can shake a stick at.",1731883710,c00d35bf2d,56ee137613,,,1731883710 -https://www.npr.org/2024/11/17/nx-s1-5191672/ajc-atlanta-georgia-newspaper-strategy-andrew-morse,https://www.npr.org/rss/rss.php?id=1020,Local news is in crisis. This paper has a $150 million plan,"Local news is in crisis. This paper has a $150 million plan - -toggle caption Paras Griffin/Getty Images - -Dashed hopes and slashed jobs define the local news industry in far too many corners of the country. - -In Atlanta, Andrew Morse, the president and publisher of The Atlanta Journal-Constitution, has splashy plans to revive the ailing newspaper. And he's been given a $150 million runway over the next several years to figure it out. - -""I did not come here to manage decline,"" says Morse, a former CNN executive who joined the newspaper in January 2023. ""We understand that the ad marketplace has been hollowed out by Google and Facebook. We know that news deserts have emerged throughout much of the country. - -Sponsor Message - -""Instead of reading story after story about the futility of this,"" Morse asks, ""why don't we grasp onto notions of, 'How do we build for the future?'"" - -From a journalistic standpoint — heck, from an actuarial standpoint — the local newspaper industry is in dire straits. - -The companies are largely concentrated in the hands of a few corporate titans, many controlled by investment funds. Owners often seek to prop up immediate profits while shrinking their newspapers' staff in what's considered by critics to be a money-making death spiral . - -More than 2.5 newspapers, on average, closed each week over the year ending in October, according to Northwestern University's Medill State of Local News Report . - -President-elect Donald Trump's win earlier this month led to even more hand-wringing among journalists about the importance Americans place on news based on the traditional principles of objectivity, accountability and the facts. Trump eschewed interviews with many mainstream news outlets, choosing instead sympathetic podcasters. And many voters simply gained information about the candidates and the race elsewhere. - -The Journal-Constitution's own recent past features retrenchment and cost-cutting. In recent decades, it retreated from covering Georgia beyond the Atlanta suburbs. It stopped circulating in farther reaches of the state. - -Its parent company, Cox Enterprises, shed most of its other newspapers, but not the Journal-Constitution. Cox Enterprises CEO Alex C. Taylor, a great-grandson of the company's founder, says the newspaper plays a critical role in Atlanta — one of providing reliable news and information. - -""We believe that journalism and facts are an essential component of our community, particularly now,"" Taylor writes in a statement to NPR. And he says that the company embraces Morse's vision for a sustainable business. - - - -The plan - -Morse has undertaken a literal rebuilding: When I visited in the spring, we spoke outside the midtown Atlanta site where Morse is having a state-of-the-art newsroom built from scratch for reporting, podcasting, streaming video shows, live events and more. He's moving the paper back into the heart of the city from the northern suburbs. The office is set to open on Monday. - -Sponsor Message - -""Our mission is to be the most essential and engaging source of news for the people of Atlanta, Georgia, in the South,"" Morse says. - -On his first day, back in January 2023, Morse drew concentric geographic circles for readers' interests. Politics came first. - -""Georgia's the center of the political universe,"" he says. - -Before the election, both Trump and Vice President Harris were frequent visitors to the purple state, which ultimately went for Trump. But he also faces a multicount indictment here for conspiring to overturn Georgia's 2020 presidential vote, which was narrowly won by President Biden. - -The paper's coverage of the race and the legal case has been widely cited in the national press. - -""If we cover Georgia politics exceptionally well, we'll pick up subscribers in Atlanta, Georgia, the South and beyond,"" Morse says. - -toggle caption David Folkenflik/NPR - -After politics, sports and Black culture - -Morse next drew circles around regional sports, food, culture and Black life. The paper's coverage of that last category falls under the heading ""UATL,"" for ""Unapologetically Atlanta."" Morse green-lit a six-figure budget for a documentary on the rise of hip-hop there called ""The South Got Something To Say."" It featured interviews with Killer Mike, Jermaine Dupri, and T.I. among others. - -He met frequently with Atlanta Hawks CEO Steve Koonin to learn how he reconnected the basketball team to an alienated Atlanta fan base, especially African Americans. - -This fall, the paper started the UATL as a stand-alone product, inviting readers to become members. More than 5,000 people signed up as members in the first few weeks. The approach echoes the New York Times' strategy of creating separate apps for games and cooking. - -As the number two at CNN, Morse followed a similar strategy, also inspired by the Times, in building the streaming service CNN+, knitting a journalistic core with programs serving as book clubs, parenting guides and coffee klatches. - -Sponsor Message - -That playbook lasted just a month; it fell victim to a change in both the ownership and CEO at CNN. Morse left shortly after. - - - -A hands-on approach at a time of crisis - -Morse operates with a personal touch. Staffers say he shows up routinely at company softball games and civic events. He has met all 400 employees in small groups and dinners and written front-page editorials, including one promising longtime subscribers that the paper is not dispensing with the daily print edition — not for the foreseeable future. - -Indeed, Morse has doubled down on print, for the moment. To advertise the Journal-Constitution's coverage and its revived ambitions, it's offered for free at stores in the Georgia cities of Athens, Macon and Savannah — all places where the local papers have declined in staffing, circulation and breadth of coverage. - -The Athens Banner-Herald and the Savannah Morning News are owned by newspaper giant Gannett. The Macon Telegraph is owned by McClatchy, which is held by a hedge fund. The newsrooms of all three have been cut back severely. Like many local newspapers, they no longer publish seven days a week. - -The AJC took its podcast Politically Georgia , which also airs as a show on the public radio station WABE , on the road as well, to appeal to listeners and potential subscribers. - -Back in Atlanta, Morse regularly leads daily news sessions in tandem with Editor-in-Chief Leroy Chapman Jr., a 13-year veteran at the paper whom Morse elevated to the job last year. It's a TV news move: Morse's longtime boss at CNN, the former President Jeff Zucker, was famous for steering coverage at the network. - -toggle caption Paras Griffin/Getty Images - -At most newspapers, by contrast, the publisher's direct involvement in coordinating news coverage would be problematic — even a crisis — with the potential to blur lines between business and journalistic imperatives. - -Chapman tells NPR that the real crisis — the threat of financial collapse in local newspapering — is already here. And he argues that Morse is helping the Journal-Constitution pull through it. - -Sponsor Message - -""The responsibility at the top for transformational change is a commitment,"" says Chapman. ""It can't necessarily be effectively done by emails and by things you write."" - -""Change and the commitment to change really does come from hands-on [involvement], day to day, moment to moment,"" he adds. - -Morse rejects concerns about his involvement. - -""Everybody wants to try to play an angle. They try to exert their influence,"" Morse says. ""If not for our editorial integrity, we don't have a business model. As long as everyone understands that, there's no problem."" - -Morse says he shields the newsroom from political or corporate pressures, including any potential pressure over coverage of the Cox family's holdings . - - - -So will it succeed? - -""We've set a vision to be able to transform the AJC from this storied 155-year-old organization into a modern media company,"" Morse says. - -In a hopeful sign, the newspaper is doing something rare among its kind: It's adding staffers. By the end of this year, the Journal-Constitution will have added nearly 100 more people than when Morse started, an increase of about a quarter. (That takes into account a handful of layoffs and buyouts this year.) - -These days, a spokesperson says, the paper has a bit north of 100,000 paying print and digital subscribers, a modest increase from recently disclosed levels. The spokesperson also says the Journal-Constitution has enjoyed consistent growth this year. Morse is shooting for 500,000 subscriptions — that is, almost five times as many as it has right now. - -For this story, I surveyed six industry executives with experience in local news about Morse's plans. I anticipated at least some skepticism. - -Five said they thought Morse stood a pretty good chance of pulling this off. - -All six said they were rooting for him.",1731883660,5ef0df535a,57181c45b3,,,1731883660 -https://www.inman.com/2024/11/14/portals-and-disruptors-are-eyeing-the-future-of-mortgage-markets/,https://www.inman.com/feed/,Portals and disruptors are eyeing the future of mortgage markets,"The companies that can afford to, including Zillow, are aggressively growing MLO headcount in order to capture future market share, Mike DelPrete writes. - -This article was shared here with permission from Mike DelPrete for Inman Intel, a data and research arm of Inman offering deep insights and market intelligence on the business of residential real estate and proptech. Subscribe today. - -Even in a depressed market, people are still getting loans and buying houses — and some companies are positioning themselves to capture a larger share of the mortgage market. - -Why it matters: Tracking MLO (mortgage loan originator) headcount is a corollary to the size of a company’s mortgage business, and tracking headcount over time reveals who is investing for future growth. - -Three interesting examples are Zillow, Redfin and Better Mortgage. - -Over the past 15 months, there has been slow and steady headcount growth at Zillow, an equally slow decline at Redfin, and a rapid rise at Better (a classic hockey stick curve). - -Broadening the field of companies and looking at the past three years provides helpful context in terms of growth, decline and relative size. - -The small disruptors pale in comparison to the portals and established mortgage companies. - -Better has been on a wild ride. - -As a percentage, Better has grown the most over the past year. - -Tomo earns a noteworthy mention as the only disruptor to materially grow MLO headcount (but off a small base). - -Mortgage origination volumes typically align closely with MLO headcount. - -Zillow’s origination growth has remained steady as it continues to invest in and grow its mortgage business. - -Redfin and Better appear to be riding more of a seasonal wave. (Note: Better’s origination volumes also include a growing refinance business, while Zillow and Redfin are primarily purchase volume.) - -The closest metric to measuring overall efficiency would be origination volume per MLO. - -Zillow’s has been flat while Redfin experienced a recent uptick in the previous two quarters, the result of a seasonal uplift in volume with a corresponding drop in MLO headcount. - -Better’s metrics were materially better, but have been sliding, likely a result of exponential headcount growth outpacing origination volumes (i.e. investing for future growth). - -Revenue per MLO is another efficiency metric, and in that category, Zillow is winning. - -In Q3 2024, Zillow’s mortgage revenue per MLO was $130,000 compared to $114,000 at Redfin and $89,000 at Better. - -The bottom line: The companies that can afford to are aggressively growing MLO headcount in order to capture future market share. - -The mortgage businesses of the disruptors, primarily power buyers, remain at a much smaller scale as they’ve navigated the slow market and pivoted their business models. - -The portals are the ones to watch — having acquired mortgage businesses of significant scale — and with Zillow continuing to grow its MLO headcount. - -The pure-play mortgage companies are larger, especially Rocket, and well-positioned to execute on growth opportunities in their own adjacent spaces.",1731883663,123ad3b11e,57181c81c1,,,1731883663 -https://www.vg247.com/new-star-wars-trilogy-helmed-by-x-men-writer-reportedly-in-works-lucasfilm,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"New Star Wars trilogy helmed by X-Men writer reportedly in the works, because we don't already have enough vaguely lightsabery things lurking in the upcoming asteroid belt","We're drowning in Star Wars things that're in the works right now, and here's another one to add to the bacta tank. A new trilogy that Lucasfilm has reportedly agreed a deal for Simon Kinberg - known for his work on several X-Men movies - to write and produce. - -So yeah, make some space, the likes of The Mandalorian & Grogu, Dave Filoni's Star Wars thing, the thing with Daisy Ridley in it that looks like it could be called New Jedi Order, and Donald Glover's Lando thing - there's a new kid on the block of Star Wars movies that may come out sometime in the near future. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -A report from Deadline is the source on this Simon Kinberg Star Wars thing, with the publication reporting that it's a deal for three films driven by the writer, who has some Star Wars pedigree, having co-created Star Wars Rebels alongside the aforementioned Filoni and Carrie Beck. - -Deadline claims to have heard that this new trilogy could comprise ""episodes 10-12 of The Skywalker Saga that began with George Lucas’s 1977 first film"", making them a follow-up the the last trilogy of new movies that proved not very polarising at all reception-wise. - -Meanwhile, The Hollywood Reporter claims that the trilogy is ""not meant to be a continuation of the Skywalker Saga"", and will feature a bunch of new characters and a fresh story. - -What we do know at this stage is Kinberg's track record, which includes X-Men: The Last Stand, X-Men: Days of Future Past, and X-Men: Apocalypse. He also wrote XXX: State of the Union, which is the one that stars Ice Cube instead of Vin Diesel as its lead, because 2005 was a weird time and some behind-the-scenes stuff involving scripts happened. - -How do you feel about the idea of this new Star Wars trilogy and what would you hope to see from it? Did you enjoy XXX: State of the Union? Let us know below.",1731883711,374d98cbb9,57279d7bef,,,1731883711 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/ai-tools/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Maximize Your Writing Productivity With AI Tools,"Writing and producing knowledge can be difficult, especially if someone is doing it as a full-time job. People who earn their bread and butter by writing must go through the daily task of producing large quantities of words for whatever firm they write for. - -Sometimes, you have to deal with a topic you don’t know enough about. Grasping such a topic and finding relevant information is a task any writer has to value. This is because it is one of the most important aspects of writing a well-researched article. Nowadays, writing is not just limited to articles. - -There are other types of it as well. For instance, people nowadays write YouTube scripts, product descriptions for their e-commerce websites, tech tips, etc. Therefore, many organizations opt to use various AI tools to facilitate their writers and make their jobs easier. - -If you’re still unsure of how AI can help you make writing easier, we have some tools for you to consider. - -How AI Tools Work in the Field of Writing - -AI tools are software that assists people in providing a completely new perspective on addressing their writing queries. For those who are wondering how these tools work, we can say that they use complex and advanced algorithms to make intelligent decisions that seem human-like. These decisions include tasks like finding grammatical mistakes in a piece of writing written by a human. - -Moreover, they can also be structural mistakes or things like detecting plagiarism in a certain written text. These tools use robust background codes that help them discover mistakes that even a normal human would have difficulty finding. - -Writing AI Tools - -Let’s discuss some of the most popular AI writing tools: - -Grammarly Editor - -One of the most basic and renowned AI writing tools is Grammarly. This software is more focused on improving and enhancing your written text. - -One of the most unique features of the Grammarly editor is that it can also be installed as a plugin on your browser. This feature allows you to write on an online platform like Google Docs. - -There is also a premium version of this app. This version lets you find the perfect tone and combination of words according to the motive of your writing. - -Squibler - -Squibler is a free story-writing app that uses AI to write some of the best stories. You can use this software to write fiction, non-fiction, short stories, or even a novel to give you a basic idea. The main selling point of Squibler is that it can help address queries specific to every user. - -Squibler has been known for creating the best and most distinct stories that every user can relate to when asking Squibler for help. Lastly, Squibler is very socially active when it comes to its users. We mean that many users can provide in-depth opinions on what they feel about the content generated by other users. - -Hemingway Editor - -The Hemingway Editor can be thought of as more like the Grammarly editor we discussed before. This editor emphasizes eliminating complex sentences that can make your writing more complex. These complex sentences are the main things that your text compromises regarding clarity. Furthermore, it can also provide solutions to those complex sentences. - -This means that you can select complex sentences, and the suggestions from the Hemingway editor will show up on the rightmost side, making your text more optimized for readability. This software also provides the number of adverbs, words, and adjectives used in your sentence. - -This is helpful to keep these aspects optimized and not overuse them. Lastly, the most important aspect of Hemingway is that it shows the readability level. This essentially portrays the difficulties readers may face when reading your content. - -Using the Right Words - -It is important to consider the tone in which you will write. This is because you wouldn’t write to the school principal aggressively and demandingly if you need a school leave application to be accepted. In the world of communication, what matters is how you say something more than what you say. - -For this very reason, AI writing tools mean a lot in today’s world of digital communication. These tools, like Grammarly and Hemingway, understand the writer’s tone and motive. After knowing these things, they can predict the writing style that would be most beneficial for making it effective for the reader. - -Creative Writing - -Creative writing is all about finding creative ways to explain a topic at hand with an interesting story or perspective. Many writers can lack creative ways if this is something that is being demanded by their superiors at the office. So, these AI tools can also help you in that regard, as tools like Squibler are there to help people find creativity in the most boring topics as well. - -Additionally, topics that require a lot of technical knowledge and brainstorming can also be helped by using AI tools. You can leave all the technical research part of your designated task to the AI tool. For executing, just give your tool a prompt upon which it can use to suggest relevant information to you. In this way, you can use this time to bolster other aspects of your projects further. - -AI Tools Have Come a Long Way - -Conclusively, we can say that these AI tools have been a great help for newbies, especially in this field. - -However, there is a debate that these AI tools are in the initial stages. For this very reason, the pieces of text generated have sometimes been deemed as machine-written. - -For now, we can say that these tools are certainly helping many people make their work look more professional.",1731883697,4dc781f5bc,5735f3c228,,,1731883697 -https://www.jacketscannon.com/game-17-recap-another-road-loss-for-columbus/,https://www.jacketscannon.com/rss/current,Game #17 Recap: Another road loss for Columbus,"Nov 16, 2024; Montreal, Quebec, CAN; Montreal Canadiens center Kirby Dach (77) plays the puck against Columbus Blue Jackets defenseman Dante Fabbro (15) during the second period at Bell Centre. Mandatory Credit: David Kirouac-Imagn Images - -A back-to-back after a big win against the Penguins on Friday night. Could the Blue Jackets keep the momentum against the Canadiens? Unfortunately, the answer was no. The Habs scored first and never looked back. Here’s what happened. - -1st Period - -Caufield was sent off early for slashing against Fantilli. Unfortunately, the Habs had better chances on the power play than the Blue Jackets did. Severson committed a slash when Evans got a jump short-handed, giving the home team a power play. - -The Canadiens took the lead on the ensuing power play. Matheson’s point shot got by a screened Tarasov to make it 1-0. - -MTL Goal 1-0: Matheson (Caufield, Dach) 4:59 - -Labanc immediately went to the box for slashing, giving the Habs another power play. The red jerseys managed good possession, but the Jackets were able to kill it off. - -Monahan went to the box, committing the third Columbus penalty of the period. The Jackets were once again on their heels, but they killed off the penalty with the help of Tarasov. - -The advanced stats were pretty even after 20, but Montreal looked faster and more in sync. - -2nd Period - -Some back and forth led to the first big event of the second period. Oliver faced off with Xhekaj for a better scrap than what Tyson-Paul offered the night before. Both fighters landed punches, but the slight advantage may have gone to Olivier. - -The Jackets broke through when Fabbro scored his first as a Blue Jacket. Werenski dumped the puck to him at the point and Fabbro ripped a shot that made its way to the back of the net through traffic. - -CBJ Goal 1-1: Fabbro (Werenski, Labanc) 7:40 - -The Habs retook the lead off the rush when Suzuki changed direction and then ripped a snapshot past Tarasov. - -MTL Goal 2-1: Suzuki (Armia, Xhekaj) 15:49 - -The game remained very even, and the scoreboard reflected it in the second period. - -3rd Period - -Unfortunately, the wheels fell off for the Blue Jackets in the third period. Montreal scored three goals on 0.47 expected. That’s bad. - -MTL Goal 3-1: Condotta (Armia) 11:04 - -MTL Goal 4-1: Evans (Caufield) 12:52 - -MTL Goal 5-1: Anderson (Matheson, Hutson) 15:55 - -Final Thoughts - -Tarasov needs to save some shots. His save percentage on the season is .861. Neither goalie has been good enough so far this season, and it’s costing this team games. - -Montreal did a great job shutting down Columbus’ top two lines. At 5v5, those two lines produced almost zero offense. - -That’s seven road losses in a row. What gives? - -Up Next - -The Blue Jackets are headed to Boston for a Monday night matchup against the Bruins. The puck drops at 7:00 PM ET.",1731883648,705c4a3286,5743b4dfd5,,,1731883648 -https://www.pcgamer.com/games/sega-takes-a-moment-of-their-valuable-time-to-remind-everyone-that-sonic-the-hedgehog-is-canonically-a-homeless-drifter,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,Sega takes a moment of their valuable time to remind everyone that Sonic the Hedgehog is canonically a homeless drifter,"Turns out that Sonic the Hedgehog is canonically a homeless drifter and always has been. I did not know this. I doubt you knew this? I mean I figured he just went somewhere. Hedgehogs live in little burrows, right? Or perhaps hedges? Anyway, not Sonic, he's too fast to be tied down by concepts such as ""home."" - -This is something I've learned due to a clarification by one of Sonic's professional story managers, who herds the hedgehog's canon like eagle-eyed Polyphemus watches his sheep. Per Automaton, in the latest Sonic the Hedgehog Annual comic—that's your 2025 edition, the Sonic Fact File is not correct—which required a clarification from one Chris Hernandez, professional Sonic the Hedgehog lore wrangler. - -""Sorry to burst the bubble so late here! This was something we caught early on but it looks like an older draft got through on accident. Sonic doesn't have a home, he's still a drifter,"" said Hernandez via twitter. - -The comic stated that Sonic's home was in Green Hill Zone, the iconic and much-lovedf first level of the original Sonic the Hedgehog game. This was, of course, simply not true and Mr. Hernandez is professional employed to be sure you—and the writers of Sonic the Hedgehog tie-in comics—know it. It's on them. Not on him. - -Either way it's not so bad as all that. Sonic could just currently live in Green Hill Zone's wild rolling plains, roughing it amid the waterfalls and coconut palms and bizarre looping rock formations and perfectly parallax effected scrolling backgrounds. - -Sorry to burst the bubble so late here! This was something we caught early on but it looks like an older draft got through on accident. Sonic doesn't have a home, he's still a drifter. Will work on making sure this doesn't happen again! Thanks for catching this!💙🦔 https://t.co/y389FgvxcjNovember 13, 2024 - -If this all seems strange to you, well, this is a more common job than you think. I've met more than a few of them in my time writing about games. There are lore managers for everything from Sonic to Halo to My Little Pony or Warcraft or League of Legends and yeah that's someone's full-time salaried job and no you can't have it, it's their job already. Don't ask, I've tried. - -Anyway, I'm off to watch extremely upsetting 1973 western film High Plains Drifter, but the whole time I'm going to imagine Clint Eastwood as Sonic the Hedgehog.",1731883667,2b11e0dc79,570a1e14e2,,,1731883667 -https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/news/man-utd-van-der-sar-34128613,https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/rss.xml,Man Utd legend makes emotional return to playing football 16 months after brain haemorrhage,"Edwin van der Sar has made a heartwarming to the pitch in a charity match for Ajax following a brain haemorrhage last year. - -The iconic Dutch goalkeeper, 54, played for a raft of top clubs during his illustrious career, including the Amsterdam giants and Manchester United, who were his last club before he retired from professional football. - -Van der Sar chose to transition into an executive role after hanging up his gloves and worked his way up through the ranks at Ajax. He eventually became the club's chief executive officer before falling ill. - -Thankfully, the Dutchman has recovered well since suffering a brain haemorrhage whilst on holiday in Croatia last year. And Van der Sar was even well enough to don the goalkeeping gloves one more time this weekend. - -The former Old Trafford favourite was one of a number of players who rolled back the years to feature in a charity match pitting a team of Ajax Legends against an opposing team from Real Madrid for the former's 125th anniversary celebrations. - -Van der Sar had earlier shared a post on social media hyping the event, sharing a picture of a ball at his feet. He said: ""Last session done before the Ajax Legends match this Sunday vs Real Madrid. Anyone else looking forward to the game?"" - -The sight of Van der Sar playing football again, albeit in a one-off game, will be a welcome sight to many Manchester United fans. - -Join the debate! What are your top Van der Sar memories, Man Utd fans? Let us know here. - -Image: PA) PA) - -They gave their former goalkeeper a rousing reception when he returned to Old Trafford for the fixture against Aston Villa on Boxing Day last year whilst still recovering from his brain haemorrhage. Van der Sar won a staggering 11 trophies during his six years at Old Trafford after joining the Red Devils from Premier League rivals, Fulham. - -After returning to his role as Ajax CEO following his recovery, Van der Sar stood following the Dutch giants' calamitous 2022-23 campaign. - -In a statement, he explained: “After almost eleven years on the board, I am done. We have experienced wonderful things together, but it has also been an incredibly tough period. I am very grateful for the people I have met and worked with during my second career at Ajax, and what we have achieved and been through together. - -“I feel the need to take some distance, to get some rest, and to do other things. It doesn’t feel good to take decisions about the future of this wonderful club in the coming period. That is why I have decided to resign.”",1731883635,312e351df6,574cacda59,,,1731883635 -https://www.theatlantic.com/ideas/archive/2024/11/biden-harris-economy-election-loss/680592/?utm_source=feed,https://www.theatlantic.com/feed/channel/ideas/,The Cost-of-Living Crisis Explains Everything,"The Biden administration passed $3 trillion of legislation aimed at revitalizing the American economy and fostering green, equitable, “middle-out” growth. It sent checks to voters, canceled student-loan debt, made direct deposits to parents, showered the country in tax credits, and financed the construction of roads, transmission lines, and bridges. Kamala Harris ran as Joe Biden’s successor in the midst of what some financial analysts described as the greatest economy ever, characterized by strong wage growth, low unemployment, falling inequality, and world-beating GDP. - -Harris’s loss has spurred finger-pointing, soul-searching, and garment-rending. For years, thinkers on the left had urged the White House to not just talk about popular issues but also deliver on them—a concept referred to by wonks as deliverism. The Biden-Harris team embraced the idea, and many staffers believed they’d delivered. - -Deliverism is just a long word for one of the most basic tenets of electoral politics, buttressed by decades of studies as well as by common sense: Make voters richer, win more of them. Why, if Biden did that, did the Democrats lose? - -Josh Barro: Democrats deserved to lose. - -“When the economy does well for most households, and when programs help create security and opportunity for more people to participate in that economy, political rewards follow,” Mark Schmitt of New America wrote the week before the election, when polls showed the contest as close but likely lost for the liberal side. “What I’m looking for in the 2024 election is some indication of whether this feedback loop still works at all, and if not, whether we can ever hope to recreate some connection” between policy and politics. - -Democrats may be tempted now to answer in the negative. But there is a strong case to be made that the 2024 election demonstrates that the feedback loop between policy choices and electoral outcomes does in fact endure—even if it is weakening and weirding. The issue is not that deliverism failed. It is that Democrats convinced themselves that they had delivered, without listening to the voters telling them they had not. - -If you look at the headline economic statistics, Donald Trump’s broad-based and definitive win makes little sense. The jobless rate has been below 4.5 percent for three years. The inflation rate has been subdued for more than a year. Real wages—meaning wages adjusted for inflation—are climbing for all workers, and particularly the lowest-income workers. Inequality is easing. The stock market is on fire. Productivity is strong, and start-ups are booming. The United States’ GDP growth rate is double that of the European Union. - -The Biden administration helped create that economy. With a narrow legislative window, the administration nevertheless passed a gigantic COVID stimulus bill, the American Rescue Plan. It sent $1,400 checks to millions of families, provided thousands of dollars to parents to defray child-care costs, and shored up local-government coffers. - -Then it passed a trio of heavy-infrastructure bills aimed at reshoring the semiconductor industry, transitioning businesses and homes to green energy, and fixing up transportation infrastructure across the country. Biden staffers talked about the trio as a kind of New Deal Lite. Folks might “one day come to remember this as the Big Deal,” Pete Buttigieg, the transportation secretary and eternal political hopeful, told The New Yorker this past summer. “Its bigness is the defining factor.” - -Yet one could select other defining factors, among them the infrastructure bills’ lack of easy-to-grasp deliverables. I cover economic policy. I would be hard-pressed to explain what constitutes the Big Deal without putting someone to sleep; when I summarize the legislation, I often say “green-energy stuff.” Moreover, many of those deliverables were not instantaneous; today, it is hard, though certainly not impossible, to point to projects that Bidenomics built. “Much of the work we’ve done is already being felt by the American people, but the vast majority of it will be felt over the next ten years,” Biden said on X last week. - -The much bigger issue has to do with the Biden-Harris administration’s social policies and the economy it fostered. To be clear, the headline economic numbers are strong. The gains are real. The reduction in inequality is tremendous, the pickup in wage growth astonishing, particularly if you anchor your expectations to the Barack Obama years, as many Biden staffers do. - -But headline economic figures have become less and less of a useful guide to how actual families are doing—something repeatedly noted by Democrats during the Obama recovery and the Trump years. Inequality may be declining, but it still skews GDP and income figures, with most gains going to the few, not the many. The obscene cost of health care saps family incomes and government coffers without making anyone feel healthier or wealthier. - -During the Biden-Harris years, more granular data pointed to considerable strain. Real median household income fell relative to its pre-COVID peak. The poverty rate ticked up, as did the jobless rate. The number of Americans spending more than 30 percent of their income on rent climbed. The delinquency rate on credit cards surged, as did the share of families struggling to afford enough nutritious food, as did the rate of homelessness. - -Government transfers buoyed families early in the Biden administration. But they contributed to inflation, and much of the money went away in the second half of Biden’s term. The food-stamp boost, the extended child tax credit, the big unemployment-insurance payments—each expired. And the White House never passed the permanent care-economy measures it had considered. - -Interest rates were a problem too. The mortgage rate more than doubled during the Biden-Harris years, making credit-card balances, car payments, and homes unaffordable. A family purchasing a $400,000 apartment with 20 percent down would pay roughly $2,500 a month today versus $1,800 three years ago. - -Indeed, the biggest problem, one that voters talked about at any given opportunity, was the unaffordability of American life. The giant run-up in inflation during the Biden administration made everything feel expensive, and the sudden jump in the cost of small-ticket, common purchases (such as fast food and groceries) highlighted how bad the country’s long-standing large-ticket, sticky costs (health care, child care, and housing) had gotten. The cost-of-living crisis became the defining issue of the campaign, and one where the incumbent Democrats’ messaging felt false and weak. - -Rather than acknowledging the pain and the trade-offs and the complexity—and rather than running a candidate who could have criticized Biden’s economic plans—Democrats dissembled. They noted that inflation was a global phenomenon, as if that mattered to moms in Ohio and machinists in the Central Valley. They pushed the headline numbers. They insisted that working-class voters were better off, and ran on the threat Trump posed to democracy and rights. But were working-class voters really better off? Why wasn’t anyone listening when they said they weren’t? - -A better economy might not have delivered the gains that Democrats once could have relied on. Voters do seem to be less likely to vote in their economic self-interest these days, and more likely to vote for a culturally compelling candidate. As my colleague Rogé Karma notes, lower-income white voters are flipping from the Democratic Party to the Republican Party on the basis of identitarian issues. The sharp movement of union voters to Trump seems to confirm the trend. At the same time, high-income voters are becoming bluer in order to vote their cosmopolitan values. - -But I would not assume that we are in a post-material world just yet. “You got to tell people in plain, simple, straightforward language what it is you’re doing to help,” Biden said after passing his sweeping COVID rescue bill. “You have to be able to tell a story, tell the story of what you’re about to do and why it matters, because it’s going to make a difference in the lives of millions of people and in very concrete, specific ways.” - -The Biden-Harris administration did make a difference in concrete, specific ways: It failed to address the cost-of-living catastrophe and had little to show for its infrastructure laws, even if it found a lot to talk about. And it dismissed voters who said they hated the pain they felt every time they had to open their wallet. - -No wonder voters decided to see what Donald Trump might deliver.",1731883618,f37ba6d5d1,5727e6bb6f,,,1731883618 -https://transom.org/2013/heyoon/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Transom,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/09/Heyoon.mp3 Download Listen to “Heyoon” - -Who said “Radio is the theater of the mind?” Was it Orson Welles? Regardless, it’s true. A recent edition of 99% Invisible proved the point. - -Alex Goldman produced the story I’m talking about called “Heyoon.” It’s about Alex’s teenage hideaway – a mysterious, hard-to-find building in Ann Arbor, Michigan that he and his friends hung out in back in high school. - -Alex interviewed many of his old buddies about the place. Then, when it came time to produce the story, he did what most producers might do: in an early draft, he put together a montage of quotes at the start of the story to paint a picture of Heyoon and establish the mystery. - -Over at 99% Invisible headquarters in the Bay Area, Sam Greenspan and Roman Mars were editing the story when Sam had a eureka moment — recreate a visit to Heyoon in Roman’s back yard! A well-acted and recorded dramatization would tap into radio’s capacity to be the theater of the mind. - -Sam rustled up a few non-actors who performed an excursion to Heyoon based on the recollections of Alex and his friends. The result is a lively, visual, radiophonic telling of events from many years ago. While a montage of quotes would have worked well, the dramatization definitely takes the story to the next level. - -It takes work to get to the next level. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Listen to what Alex and Sam created and how they did it on this edition of HowSound and then, because I don’t feature the whole story, listen to all of Heyoon over at 99% Invisible.",1731883716,c00d35bf2d,575a2ce118,,,1731883716 -https://www.smartmeetings.com/uncategorized/166579/refract-seattle-the-power-of-connecting-events-to-local-community-78,https://www.smartmeetings.com/feed,Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community,"Listen to Audio - -Get involved with local events like Refract Seattle to create unforgettable experiences for your attendees - -Since its inception, what is now the largest glass arts festival in North America draws visitors to Seattle from all over the world, and the somewhat niche community of glass artists, appreciators and collectors take over the city for an October weekend each year. Refract Seattle 2024 was the largest yet, in the festival’s sixth year—and it’s a shining example of an opportunity for business meetings and events, from citywides to VIP groups, to get connected with the locale of their chosen destination in an unforgettable way. - -History of Refract Seattle - -The greater Seattle area is home to over 700 glass artists and 100 glass studios. The Pacific Northwest has long been hailed as the United States’ regional hub of glass art—and not a lot of people know it. Six years ago, the founders of Refract sought to change that. - -Co-founded by representatives from Visit Seattle and Chihuly Garden and Glass, an exhibition located at Seattle Center right by the Space Needle showcasing glass art and other artwork from renowned artist Dale Chihuly, Refract takes the form of numerous events across the greater Seattle area, including open artist studio tours, live demonstrations, artist meet and greets, exhibitions, celebrations and more. - -Taryn Coles, assistant director at Chihuly Garden and Glass and one of the founders of Refract, says, “It was really about uplifting our community of artists and making sure that people have the opportunity to see the great work they do. This is one of those things that makes Seattle an epicenter of glass art. It isn’t just the artists, but also this ecosystem that can support artmaking from the very beginning to the master level of art creation.” - -Kris La Fata, director of destination services and events at Visit Seattle, says, “[Refract] gives our team the opportunity to showcase their creativity and the passion that we have for art here in Seattle. - -“We just want people to know who we are. Our art scene, specifically glass, since we do have so much of it here, really gives people a view of Seattle that is so unforgettable and completely authentic to who we are as a community.” - -Read More: Public Art is Unifying, Function and Important - -How You Can Work Refract into Your Seattle Meetings - -One of the great conundrums of planners in recent years: how do you get attendees engaged in new and exciting ways? The answer: provide an opportunity to witness something they might never have the opportunity to experience again. - -“Refract is a great example of a way to get attendees and people here for business together for an offsite experience that they may not find anywhere else,” says La Fata. - -If you’re a planner interested in working some Refract events into your attendees’ experience, get in touch with the Refract team early. Their team will work with you to curate the best possible experience for your attendees and point you in the direction of hotels and venues they have partnerships with. - -Coles says, “Just being able to look at our schedule of events can really help point people towards the activities that would be really beneficial and fun for their group.” - -Bringing Refract to Your Attendees - -With any destination, planners may not be aware of community events that coincide with the time of their events; this is where working with the local DMO can make the ultimate difference. - -Visit Seattle makes it easy with their micro-site, created any time a citywide convention comes to Seattle. This site provides attendees with all the information they need for the convention, as well as direct links to all of the events taking place in Seattle during the time they’ll be in town. Visit Seattle can also curate it to your attendee demographic. For example, La Fata explains, “If our demographic is scientists aged 45 to 60, and they’re really into fine dining and wine tasting, then we can tailor that micro-site to make sure we’re featuring partners that fit the interests of that attendee demographic.” - -With the rise of bleisure, an event like Refract is a motivating force for attendees to come in a few days early or leave a few days late. All the planner needs to do is to let them know about it. Tell your attendees, “Hey, by the way, there’s this amazing glass arts festival going on when we’ll be in Seattle,” and point them in the right direction. From there, you can let them discover and sign up for any activations they find themselves interested in. - -Read More: You Should Go Here: 3 Travel Trends to Woo Attendees - -Bringing Your Attendees to Refract Seattle - -Another, more involved option, is to directly plan offsites. From venues to tours to bookable activities, you can weave Refract into your event. - -Venues - -Chihuly Garden and Glass is one of Seattle’s most popular spaces to host an event, and for good reason. From walking through the museum and taking in the exhibits, to exploring the outdoor exhibits in the garden among views of the Space Needle, to gathering in the glass house, with an expansive ceiling installation of colorful glass-blown flowers, it’s a venue that speaks for itself. - -La Fata says, “I’ve been there so many times, but still, every time I walk into that glass house and understand what glass can do, it’s just so beautiful, and it’s a different kind of art that people don’t often think of.” - -The Boathouse, Dale Chihuly’s private working studio and Hotshop, is another venue that leaves attendees far beyond impressed. - -Tours of The Boathouse are one of the most sought-after Refract events, and upon stepping inside the unassuming building, it becomes clear why. From seeing artists at work in The Hotshop to stepping into The Evelyn Room—where colorful glass Chandeliers are mounted above an 85-foot long Douglas fir table that looks out over North Lake Union—after walking through the corridor under a Persian Ceiling, where over 700 pieces of glass seem to float, illuminated by light—every space within The Boathouse transports visitors to a world unto itself. - -Though the studio is usually not open to the public except on the Refract tours, it can also be booked for private events. The Boathouse can accommodate 150 guests for a reception, and 70 for a dinner, and makes an excellent venue for an incentive dinner or corporate group. Planners can even add on glassblowing demonstrations and a tour. Planners who are interested in booking The Boathouse for an event can get in touch on their contact page and fill out a Reservation Request Form. - -Read More: How to Wow Your VIPS - -Activities - -Refract 2024 was the first to offer a shuttle tour for a few lucky visitors to visit open artist studios. Though open studios have always been a trademark of Refract, the shuttle tour makes it more accessible than ever. Your attendees will have the opportunity to meet the artists themselves and learn about each of their unique individual practices, and even purchase artworks, if they so choose. - -For an unforgettable hands-on activity, whether you attend during Refract or any other time throughout the year, visit the Seattle Glassblowing Studio. Groups of five to 35 can book from a selection of customized packages and create their own glass art piece with the guidance of an experienced instructor. Participants can choose the item they’ll make from a number of options, including bowls, ornaments, paperweights and—if you happen to be attending during Refract in October—pumpkins. - -“Glassblowing is such a team sport,” Coles says. “In a lot of ways, it takes so much communication and collaboration, so it’s a great analogy to the type of teamwork that people are doing in their businesses. Doing a hands-on activity, or just observing the way that these glassblowing teams work, and then taking that back into the discussions you’re having at your meetings can be a very enriching experience.” - -Whether attendees try out glassblowing for themselves or observe a glassblowing team in live demonstrations during Refract, held at Seattle Glassblowing Studio, Pratt Fine Arts Center, Museum of Glass and other numerous locations, it becomes easy to understand how the team effort of glassblowing applies to the team work they’re doing in their own businesses. - -Read More: Incentive Travel: Interactive Connection is the Name of the Game - -Local Community Impact - -Coles shares, “Seattle is known as a really innovative place. Much of our cultural economy plays into that, and our creative community is really a huge undergirding of that innovation. You can just look at glass art here in Seattle, and the various forms that it takes, and the mastery that you see when you come out for Refract, to really understand the innovation and expertise that is possible when a whole community is able to get around one thing.” - -Refract is a platform for community building and a source of pride for not only the glassblowing community, but the entire city. When locals see so many individuals coming to Seattle and getting involved in Refract, it inspires a sense of pride in their home. - -Read More: Notes from the Road: Seattle - -Coles says that the intention behind founding Refract was to champion and expands the glass art community for both artists and appreciators. “We have a lot of established collectors and glass enthusiasts who come out for Refract, but we’re also getting a lot of the glass-curious who are coming out, who don’t know a lot about the medium. And for the artists who are participating, they have the opportunity to really share the thing that they love, and that they’re really passionate about, with the people who may very well become the next generation of collectors and enthusiasts.” - -Impact on Visitors - -La Fata emphasizes how incredibly important it is for business travelers to be involved in the community. Meetings are no more simply about splitting time between hotels, meeting venues and hotel restaurants. Business travelers want to walk around the city, they want to dine locally, they want to bring home a souvenir—and this helps infuse tourism dollars into the community too, which only makes it a better place to visit. - -Read More: Exclusive Guest Column: How to Transform Events with Local Culture - -“It all ties back to how Refract takes place all over Seattle,” says La Fata. Perhaps you have an offsite at Chihuly Garden and Glass. There, your attendees become aware of the immense impact of glass art in Seattle. And later, when you have an attendee walking from their hotel to the convention center, they pass a glass display—and it means so much more to them when they know its relevance to the community. “It all comes down to Seattle being this community that is intricately tied together. We care about the arts, and we’re doing really unique and different things up here,” she says. - -More and more, planners look for ways to incorporate the local community in their meetings through activations like community service projects and cultural experiences. “Something like Refract is a really cool way to do that,” La Fata says. “And a lot of the Refract events are free, but just showing up and being able to see who we are and how we can bring that all together is really impactful for travelers. - -“As a human, as somebody who lives and works and plays in Seattle, I want people to be here and be excited about it,” she explains. “And I think that opening your mind and experiencing new art—you might not seek out glass art, but if you’re walking by a glass art piece, and you can appreciate something about it, I think there’s really something special about that, and for that person, that will always lead them back to Seattle.” - -Read More: Want Excitement? Get out of the Office - -Getting your attendees involved in any community event, whether it’s Refract or another one of the many cultural events that take place in Seattle—or a cultural event in any destination—is what brings meetings to that next level of memorable. We know that business travelers want to incorporate bleisure more than they ever have before, and much of that is about providing immersive experiences that allow attendees to really gain an insider’s look into the destination. - -Events like Refract, and the ample ways planners can incorporate it into their meeting, not only meets that desire, but leaves your attendees feeling truly heard and valued, and goes above and beyond to amplify positive community impact. - -Next year’s Refract, in 2025, will take place October 16-19—if you just so conveniently happen to be booking your Seattle meeting around that timeframe. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings. - -The post Refract Seattle: The Power of Connecting Events to Local Community appeared first on Smart Meetings.",1731883659,da05db6526,5729369d6c,,,1731883659 -https://www.pensburgh.com/2024/11/15/24294964/gamethread-penguins-blue-jackets,https://www.pensburgh.com/rss/current,Gamethread: Penguins @ Blue Jackets,"Pens/Sharks Recap: Pittsburgh blows lead but recovers for shootout win At this point, any win is a win for the Penguins",1731883630,a5d26c4079,5725580762,,,1731883630 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/future-of-pr-ai-world/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,How Generative AI Will Affect the Future of PR,"Seven years ago, we started the laborious process of touring schools to determine where to send our little one for the first nine years of her education. - -For those of you who have done that, you know it’s a lot of pressure! You don’t know who they will be a year from now, let alone a decade later. But you ask a lot of questions, and you try to assess the culture, values, and philosophies compared to the things that are important to you. - -Every school we visited said that they had no idea what jobs would be available for these kids when they graduate from high school—every one of them. So their job is to ensure that they send good human beings into society to be ready for whatever the world hands them. - -The Future of PR - -We ended up choosing a progressive school that cultivates incredible human beings. I’m often surprised at some of the things she learns—things I wish we all had learned at her age. And I’m often surprised when I eavesdrop on her conversations with her friends. They’re less concerned about what they will do for jobs and more concerned with how they’ll provide for the larger good. - -No one is forcing these kids to decide what they want to do with the rest of their lives by the time they’re 18. Instead, they teach them to think about the world, their communities, and other human beings. It’s fun to watch. Just telling you about it makes my heart grow in size. - -I think about those school tours a lot, especially right now as we watch AI continue to learn faster than we can keep up—and wonder what that means for the human race and whether the jobs we know today will exist when she graduates in 2031. - -AI Is No Longer Hokey Dokey - -As you know, I am a big advocate of AI and how it already provides many opportunities in our jobs. I’ve spent the better part of the last 18 months telling you not to fear it, to embrace it, and to figure out ways for it to make you more efficient. And I stand by that. - -At the same time, it’s wise to ponder what a world would look like if humans were no longer needed to fulfill much of what we do today for a paycheck. There are, of course, exceptions to the rule. It probably is challenging for AI to fulfill some roles, such as babysitters, therapists, elderly caretakers, doulas, and religious leaders. These are jobs that humans will want humans to fulfill—at least for the foreseeable future. - -But the rest of the world’s jobs? What if, just imagine for a second, we truly are no longer needed? - -It seems far-fetched right now, but five years ago, it seemed hokey dokey that we would have robots helping us in our jobs, let alone analyzing data and producing content at a speed humans cannot replicate. Yet, here we are. I remember saying, “Yeah, but it can’t create. We’ll always do that.” However, AI can create, and in fact, some people are getting highly creative in using it to do at least 60% of their jobs. - -It Can Now Do Creative Work - -For instance, I saw in the Trust Insights Slack group, Analytics for Marketers, that a member is using a combination of AI tools to write a book. - -They said, “My current book writing setup: Perplexity+Claude+ChatGPT+Notion+Me. - -“I develop the structure and core premise of the book. I use ChatGPT to brainstorm the structure (although Claude is also getting very good at this now). I often do this walking, in audio mode, as a conversation. - -“Once I have a structure I am happy with, I move it to a Notion doc. I then use Perplexity to fill in the hard data bits, find quotes, and research. - -“I then use this data to create a writing prompt for Claude and get the chapter written. This then gets copied into the Notion doc, and I edit the copy to my liking. - -“Once the book is ready, I use my custom Editor GPT to create a first edit, proofreading, syntax, tone of voice, story continuity, etc. Claude introduced Projects today, so I will build a custom project to see the outcome. - -“Once I am happy, the result goes to a human editor to test readers. This speeds the writing process by a good 60%, with no sacrifices for quality or originality.” - -And here I am, struggling through the second edition of Spin Sucks all on my own! Silly, Gini! - -Sometimes Better Than Humans - -In the next five years, no one will struggle to write a book, produce a podcast, record videos, write messaging maps, handle crises, pitch journalists, analyze data, or implement a PESO Model© program. - -I do believe we will still be needed because AI can do those things, but it doesn’t mean they’ll be unique, compelling, interesting, or engaging. Humans will still be needed to direct the work (our orchestra analogy, if you will). But for argument’s sake, let’s say AI can produce all marketing and comms work independently, and we are no longer needed. Like the kids who will graduate in the next ten years, what will we do with our lives? - -Perhaps we should start taking up activities we’re not particularly good at but enjoy or things we want to improve at. For me, that might be crocheting or knitting, drawing and painting, cooking and baking, writing, knife skills, bike racing, entertaining, reading, and relearning the piano. I can envision a world where we do things out of joy rather than need. We will no longer need to be the best at them, but we’ll have to figure out how to fill our days. - -Not unlike retirees, we can’t go from 40, 50, or 60-hour workweeks to nothing at all. We will all crumble and die. But we can find the things that bring us joy and fill our days. - -Of course, this requires a significant shift culturally and societally. It might require a universal basic income if robots do all the jobs. I’m not here to pretend to know about those things or create some political firestorm discussion. Instead, I posit that you consider what your life looks like a decade from now if you truly are no longer needed. - -Will It Wipe Us Out? - -A recent article in Make It from CNBC quotes the OpenAI CTO as saying, “AI may help expand humans’ creativity—but the technology could wipe out some creative jobs as well.” - -She went on to say, “Some creative jobs maybe will go away, but maybe they shouldn’t have been there in the first place if the content that comes out of it is not very high quality.” - -Rather than our jobs going away entirely, this suggests the future of PR, where the bar for creativity is raised significantly. It also means almost anyone who wants to be creative can be. It doesn’t mean it’ll be good, but if I want to pretend I’m a painter, AI can help me get there. Can I sell my art for hundreds of thousands of dollars? Of course not. But I can create something sufficient to hang in my home that doesn’t look like a kindergartner made it. - -I like the idea of this future of PR better than the one where we are all considered obsolete. As I’ve been working on this concept, I’ve gone further down the rabbit hole of universal basic income and what society would look like if we weren’t all required to work. I love the idea of doing things that bring us joy versus having to work every day, but it’s unrealistic. It may become a reality eventually, but probably not in my lifetime. - -The Future of PR Is Uncertain - -So, let’s assume our jobs will not disappear entirely. We can’t put the AI genie back in the bottle, but we can prepare for an uncertain future of PR like today’s schools do for our kids. - -Understanding the difference between how AI learns and how we learn might help you anticipate how your job will shift in the next five to ten years. - -AI learns through machine learning, right? That means it’s fed vast amounts of data; over time, it can identify patterns and make predictions. This is how it can mimic human creativity because it can analyze countless examples and permutations. - -Humans, on the other hand, learn through experience, emotions, and cognitive processes. Our creativity is often sparked by personal experiences, emotional responses, the ability to think abstractly, and from riding our bikes (or maybe that’s just me). - -So AI can simulate creativity but can’t add the subjective experience humans use to fuel storytelling and engagement. It goes back to what we’ve discussed nearly all year—the importance of adding experience and expertise into your work to build trust and authority (E-E-A-T). - -Because Our Jobs Will Be Disrupted - -Despite the lack of experience and expertise, the disruption to our jobs will be significant—and it’s not just about replacing jobs; it’s also about transforming how we work. AI can automate routine tasks, optimize workflows, and provide previously unattainable insights. This transformation requires us to rethink our roles and find ways to coexist and collaborate with our robot overlords. - -Much of the content I’ve published this year is about proactively handling this disruption. Don’t be scared of it, and don’t avoid it. It’s here to stay, so embrace it. This means staying (or becoming) curious, being flexible to change, testing the different models, incorporating it into your daily work, and lots and lots of professional development. - -While you do that, also focus on AI skills that cannot easily be replicated—critical thinking, emotional intelligence, and complex problem-solving. It’s also essential to understand the ethical implications of AI and advocate for policies that ensure its responsible use. This includes addressing issues like bias in AI algorithms, privacy concerns, and the socio-economic effect of widespread automation (such as moving to a universal basic income while we all live out our lives enjoying our hobbies). - -Redefine Your Concept of Work - -Lastly, as we discussed above, think about how you redefine the concept of work. In a future of PR where AI handles many tasks—and please, Thor, let it get to laundry and dishes soon—work might no longer be about necessity but purpose and passion. We might engage more in creative pursuits, community involvement, and lifelong learning. This shift is bigger than us. It requires a societal reimagining of work-life balance and the value we place on different types of contributions. But it might not be too far-fetched to imagine today. - -Above all else, maintain a sense of optimism. Take on a toddler’s view of it all: be curious and ask “why?” one hundred thousand times. And explore the opportunities AI provides. - -While the road ahead may be uncertain, embracing AI with a balanced perspective—acknowledging its risks while leveraging its benefits—can lead to a future of PR where humans and machines coexist harmoniously.",1731883697,4dc781f5bc,57423c5263,,,1731883697 -https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/how-to-install-a-ring-camera/,https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/feed/,How to Install a Ring Camera,"Installing a ring camera can significantly improve the security of your home. It’s a straightforward process that can be done in just a few steps. We’ll walk through everything you need to know to set up your camera with confidence. For more details on home security and other smart devices, check out this resource on ring camera and much more. No matter your experience with tech devices, our guide will make the installation process easy to follow. - -Choose the Right Location for Your Ring Camera - -Choosing the right spot for your Ring Camera is vital for optimal performance. Placement affects both the field of view and Wi-Fi connection strength. - -Finding the Best Field of View - -To get the most out of your Ring Camera, it's important to place it where it has a clear and wide view of the area you want to monitor. Consider mounting it at a height that allows it to capture faces clearly while still covering a broad area. Avoid placing it too high or low, as this can limit what the camera sees. The corners of a building often provide a good balance between coverage and focus. This ensures that you capture the most important areas with the best angle possible. - -A stable Wi-Fi connection is key to keeping your Ring Camera working smoothly. Place your camera within a reasonable distance from your router to maintain a reliable signal. Thick walls or large objects between the router and the camera can weaken the connection. If needed, consider using a Wi-Fi extender to improve the signal in areas that are further away. This helps keep your camera connected at all times, allowing you to monitor your home without interruptions. - -Maintaining a Strong Wi-Fi Connection - -Gather the Necessary Tools - -Before starting the installation, gather all the tools you’ll need. Having everything ready will make the process smoother and faster. - -Basic Tools You’ll Need - -To install your Ring Camera, you’ll need a few basic tools. A screwdriver is essential for securing the mounting bracket to the wall or any other surface. You may also need a drill if you're installing the camera on a surface that requires screws. Additionally, a level will help ensure that your camera is mounted straight, avoiding tilted views. These tools are commonly found in most households, making the installation process straightforward and accessible to anyone. Having these on hand will save time and make the setup process more efficient. - -Preparing Your Ring Camera for Installation - -Before mounting the camera, take a few minutes to prepare it for installation. First, make sure the camera is fully charged if it’s a battery-powered model. This step is crucial to avoid interruptions during the setup. Next, familiarize yourself with the parts included in the package, such as screws and the mounting bracket. This will help you understand how everything fits together once you start the installation. Preparing your camera and knowing the components will make the actual installation process much smoother. - -Installing the Mounting Bracket - -The mounting bracket is the foundation of your Ring Camera setup. Proper installation keeps the camera secure and functioning correctly. - -Securing the Bracket to the Wall - -Start by choosing the exact spot where you want to install the bracket. Hold the bracket against the wall and mark the screw holes with a pencil to drill accurately. Next, drill the holes where you marked, then insert the wall anchors if you're attaching the bracket to drywall or other softer materials. Once the anchors are in place, line up the bracket with the holes and screw it securely to the wall. This step is important for keeping your camera stable and in position, especially in areas exposed to wind or other elements. - -Aligning the Bracket for Optimal Angle - -After securing the bracket, it’s important to position it correctly for the best camera angle. Adjust the bracket so that the camera will face the area you want to monitor most effectively. Use a level to check that the bracket is straight. This will help avoid tilted footage and provide a clear view. Once you’ve got the angle right, tighten the screws fully to lock the bracket in place. This step makes sure your camera captures the intended area, maximizing security coverage. - -Attach Your Ring Camera to the Bracket - -Once the bracket is in place, it’s time to attach your camera. This step is important to make sure your camera is positioned correctly. - -Connecting the Camera to the Bracket - -Start by aligning the back of the Ring Camera with the bracket you’ve already secured to the wall. Gently slide or snap the camera onto the bracket, depending on the model. You should hear a click or feel a secure fit when the camera is properly attached. Double-check that the camera is firmly connected by giving it a gentle tug. If it’s not securely in place, reposition and attach it again. This step is necessary to avoid any potential issues with the camera falling or moving out of place, especially in outdoor setups. - -Adjusting the Camera Angle - -Once your camera is attached to the bracket, it’s time to adjust the angle to cover the desired area. Gently tilt or rotate the camera to get the best view of your property. Make sure it captures all key areas, like entrances or driveways, without obstructions. Take a moment to check the live feed through the Ring app to verify the camera’s angle. If needed, make small adjustments until you’re satisfied with the coverage. Securing the angle properly will help you monitor your home effectively and avoid blind spots. - -Setting Up the Ring App - -The Ring app is where you’ll manage your camera and view the footage. Setting it up is easy and will have you monitoring your home in no time. - -Downloading and Installing the Ring App - -Start by downloading the Ring app from your smartphone's app store. It’s available for both iOS and Android devices. Once downloaded, open the app and follow the prompts to create an account if you don’t already have one. After setting up your account, the app will guide you through the installation process. It’s straightforward, with on-screen instructions to help you along the way. Make sure your phone is connected to your home Wi-Fi network during this process to avoid any setup issues. - -Syncing Your Camera with the App - -After installing the app, it’s time to connect your Ring Camera to it. Open the app and select the option to add a new device. The app will then guide you through the syncing process, which typically involves scanning a QR code on the camera or entering the camera’s serial number. Once the camera is detected, follow the on-screen instructions to complete the setup. The app will confirm when the camera is successfully connected, allowing you to start viewing live footage and adjusting settings right away. This final step is key to making sure your camera is fully operational and accessible through the app. - -Staying Secure with Your Ring Camera - -Securing your home with a ring Camera is a practical and effective way to add peace of mind. By following these steps, you’ve successfully set up your camera, confirming it’s positioned correctly and fully connected to your home’s network. The key to a successful installation is proper placement, secure mounting, and syncing with the Ring app. With your camera installed, you can now enjoy the added layer of security it provides. Regularly check your camera’s positioning and make sure the app is up-to-date to maintain the best performance.",1731883608,1c7041163b,572b5309ad,,,1731883608 -https://techncruncher.blogspot.com/2022/06/most-frequently-asked-questions-about.html,http://feeds.feedburner.com/TechCrunch/,Most Frequently Asked Questions About Affiliate Marketing,"There are lots of questions floating around about how affiliate marketing works, what to do and what not to do when it comes to setting up a business. With so much uncertainty surrounding both personal and business aspects of affiliate marketing. In this post, we will answer the most frequently asked question about affiliate marketing - -1. What is affiliate marketing? - -Affiliate marketing is a way to make money by promoting the products and services of other people and companies. You don't need to create your product or service, just promote existing ones. That's why it's so easy to get started with affiliate marketing. You can even get started with no budget at all! - - - - - -2. What is an affiliate program? - -An affiliate program is a package of information you create for your product, which is then made available to potential publishers. The program will typically include details about the product and its retail value, commission levels, and promotional materials. Many affiliate programs are managed via an affiliate network like ShareASale, which acts as a platform to connect publishers and advertisers, but it is also possible to offer your program directly. - -3. What is an affiliate network and how do affiliate networks make money? - -Affiliate networks connect publishers to advertisers. Affiliate networks make money by charging fees to the merchants who advertise with them; these merchants are known as advertisers. The percentage of each sale that the advertiser pays is negotiated between the merchant and the affiliate network. - -4. What's the difference between affiliate marketing and dropshipping? - -Dropshipping is a method of selling that allows you to run an online store without having to stock products. You advertise the products as if you owned them, but when someone makes an order, you create a duplicate order with the distributor at a reduced price. The distributor takes care of the post and packaging on your behalf. As affiliate marketing is based on referrals and this type of drop shipping requires no investment in inventory when a customer buys through the affiliate link, no money exchanges hands. - -5. Can affiliate marketing and performance marketing be considered the same thing? - -Performance marketing is a method of marketing that pays for performance, like when a sale is made or an ad is clicked This can include methods like PPC (pay-per-click) or display advertising. Affiliate marketing is one form of performance marketing where commissions are paid out to affiliates on a performance basis when they click on their affiliate link and make a purchase or action. - -6. Is it possible to promote affiliate offers on mobile devices? - -Smartphones are essentially miniature computers, so publishers can display the same websites and offers that are available on a PC. But mobiles also offer specific tools not available on computers, and these can be used to good effect for publishers. Publishers can optimize their ads for mobile users by making them easy to access by this audience. Publishers can also make good use of text and instant messaging to promote their offers. As the mobile market is predicted to make up 80% of traffic in the future, publishers who do not promote on mobile devices are missing out on a big opportunity. - -7. Where do I find qualified publishers? - -The best way to find affiliate publishers is on reputable networks like ShareASale Cj(Commission Junction), Awin, and Impact radius. These networks have a strict application process and compliance checks, which means that all affiliates are trustworthy. - -8. What is an affiliate disclosure statement? - -An affiliate disclosure statement discloses to the reader that there may be affiliate links on a website, for which a commission may be paid to the publisher if visitors follow these links and make purchases. - -9. Does social media activity play a significant role in affiliate marketing? - -Publishers promote their programs through a variety of means, including blogs, websites, email marketing, and pay-per-click ads. Social media has a huge interactive audience, making this platform a good source of potential traffic. - -10. What is a super affiliate? - -A super affiliate is an affiliate partner who consistently drives a large majority of sales from any program they promote, compared to other affiliate partners involved in that program. Affiliates make a lot of money from affiliate marketing Pat Flynn earned more than $50000 in 2013 from affiliate marketing. - -11. How do we track publisher sales activity? - -Publishers can be identified by their publisher ID, which is used in tracking cookies to determine which publishers generate sales. The activity is then viewed within a network's dashboard. - -12. Could we set up an affiliate program in multiple countries? - -Because the Internet is so widespread, affiliate programs can be promoted in any country. Affiliate strategies that are set internationally need to be tailored to the language of the targeted country. - -13. How can affiliate marketing help my business? - -Affiliate marketing can help you grow your business in the following ways: - -It allows you to save time and money on marketing, which frees you up to focus on other aspects of your business. - -You get access to friendly marketers who are eager to help you succeed. - -It also helps you to promote your products by sharing links and banners with a new audience. - -It offers high ROI(Return on investment) and is cost-effective. - -14. How do I find quality publishers? - -One of the best ways to work with qualified affiliates is to hire an affiliate marketing agency that works with all the networks. Affiliates are carefully selected and go through a rigorous application process to be included in the network. - -15. How Can we Promote Affiliate Links? - -Affiliate marketing is generally associated with websites, but there are other ways to promote your affiliate links, including: - -A website or blog - -Through email marketing and newsletter - -Social media, like Facebook, Instagram, or Twitter. - -Leave a comment on blogs or forums. - -Write an e-book or other digital product. - -Youtube - -16. Do you have to pay to sign up for an affiliate program? - -To build your affiliate marketing business, you don't have to invest money in the beginning. You can sign up for free with any affiliate network and start promoting their brands right away. - -17. What is a commission rate? - -Commission rates are typically based on a percentage of the total sale and in some cases can also be a flat fee for each transaction. The rates are set by the merchant. - -Who manages your affiliate program? - -Some merchants run their affiliate programs internally, while others choose to contract out management to a network or an external agency. - -18. What is a cookie? - -Cookies are small pieces of data that work with web browsers to store information such as user preferences, login or registration data, and shopping cart contents. When someone clicks on your affiliate link, a cookie is placed on the user's computer or mobile device. That cookie is used to remember the link or ad that the visitor clicked on. Even if the user leaves your site and comes back a week later to make a purchase, you will still get credit for the sale and receive a commission it depends on the site cookies duration - -19. How long do cookies last? - -The merchant determines the duration of a cookie, also known as its “cookie life.” The most common length for an affiliate program is 30 days. If someone clicks on your affiliate link, you’ll be paid a commission if they purchase within 30 days of the click. - -Final Saying - -Most new affiliates are eager to begin their affiliate marketing business. Unfortunately, there is a lot of bad information out there that can lead inexperienced affiliates astray. Hopefully, the answer to your question will provide clarity on how affiliate marketing works and the pitfalls you can avoid. Most importantly, keep in mind that success in affiliate marketing takes some time. Don't be discouraged if you're not immediately making sales or earning money. It takes most new affiliates months to make a full-time income. - - - -",1731883626,f0ec6af36b,572a341c95,,,1731883626 -https://www.pcgamer.com/games/action/space-marine-2s-latest-patch-adds-a-death-ray-laser-pointer,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,Space Marine 2's latest patch adds a death ray laser pointer,"Following patches that have spent more time walking back unpopular difficulty changes than adding new things, Space Marine 2's 4.5 patch finally gets to add something shiny: the Neo-Volkite pistol. - -A classic sci-fi raygun that sets people on fire, after which they explode, the Neo-Volkite pistol has been added to the loadouts of assault, bulwark, and vanguard marines in the PvE Operations mode, and will be added to PvP Eternal mode in a subsequent update. - -Volkite weapons were the original weapon of choice for space marine legionaries back before the Horus Heresy, but by the time of Horus's betrayal they'd been replaced by cheaper and easier-to-produce bolt guns. They've been brought back in Neo-Volkite form by Belisarius Cawl, the same tech-priest responsible for the Primaris marines. - -Patch 4.5 also rebalances a variety of existing weapons in Operations mode, giving a scope to the oculus bolt carbine and increasing its bonus to headshot damage, increasing the maximum ammo of the auto bolt rifle, and adjusting the damage falloff curve for the bolt carbine (SMG), among other changes. - -Among the bug fixes and tech improvements in the patch are a fix for DLC cosmetics you'd unlock being locked again after a restart, the sniper's Targeted Shot perk not working after you swapped weapons, and various improvements to stability and connectivity. - -The next major update, as well as adding the Neo-Volkite pistol to Eternal War mode, will bring a new enemy, a new map for Operations mode, and cosmetics based on the Dark Angels chapter of marines.",1731883666,2b11e0dc79,5780185171,,,1731883666 -https://www.theverge.com/2024/11/14/24296500/cfpb-google-federal-supervision,https://www.theverge.com/google/rss/index.xml,CFPB is reportedly trying to put Google under bank-like supervision,"The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) is seeking to put Google under federal supervision, a move that could impose the same kinds of monitoring and inspections used on banks, The Washington Post reports. - -The CFPB’s concerns are not totally clear and the order may still change, according to the Post, citing two unnamed sources. Both the agency and Google declined to comment on the report. But, plenty could change once President-elect Donald Trump reassumes office in January and puts forward his own pick to lead the agency. - -The CFPB was created in the wake of the 2008 financial crisis to protect consumers from unfair practices by financial institutions. While it already inspects more traditional finance businesses like banks, CFPB Director Rohit Chopra has sought to expand the agency’s activities to cover digital payment providers. The tech industry has argued in comments that this would be an overly broad use of the agency’s authority. “There’s no legal basis for this action, so Chopra is trying to invent one out of thin air — all while the clock ticks on his leadership,” Adam Kovacevich, CEO of Google-backed industry group Chamber of Progress, said in a statement about the reported move. - -While we don’t yet know what product the CFPB is focused on, Google does offer a digital wallet to store users’ credit cards and make payments with their phones. The CFPB has received hundreds of customer complaints about Google services in recent years about unauthorized charges, according to the Post.",1731883601,fd9bf73ed0,5765406113,,,1731883601 -https://www.cnbc.com/2024/11/17/restaurant-industry-2025-outlook-mcdonalds-starbucks-aim-to-improve.html,https://www.cnbc.com/id/100003114/device/rss/rss.html,Restaurant executives can't wait for 2025 after slow traffic and wave of bankruptcies,"After a tough year for the restaurant industry, executives can't wait for 2025 to start. - -""I don't know about you guys, but I'm ready for '24 to be behind us, and I think '25 is going to be a great year,"" Kate Jaspon, CFO of Dunkin' parent Inspire Brands, said at the Restaurant Finance and Development Conference in Las Vegas this week. - -Restaurant bankruptcy filings have soared more than 50% so far in 2024, compared with the year-ago period. Traffic to restaurants open at least a year declined year over year in every month of 2024 through September, according to data from industry tracker Black Box Intelligence. And many of the nation's largest restaurant chains, from McDonald's to Starbucks , have disappointed investors with same-store sales declines for at least one quarter. - -But green shoots have appeared, fueling tepid optimism for the future of the restaurant industry. - -Sales are improving from this summer's lows. Traffic to fast-food restaurants rose 2.8% in October compared with a year ago, according to data from Revenue Management Solutions. The firm's data confirms anecdotal evidence from companies like Burger King owner Restaurant Brands International , which said earlier this month that its same-store sales grew in October. - -Plus, interest rates are finally falling. Earlier in November, the Federal Reserve approved its second consecutive rate cut. For restaurants, lower interest rates mean that it's cheaper to finance new locations, fueling growth. Previously, higher interest rates didn't hurt development much because restaurants were still catching up from pandemic delays and riding the high of the post-Covid sales boom.",1731883653,a25f737359,577e33fa27,,,1731883653 -https://www.therobotreport.com/silicon-sensing-supply-pinpoint-gyros-martian-moons-exploration/,https://www.roboticsbusinessreview.com/feed/,Silicon Sensing to supply PinPoint gyros for Martian moons exploration,"Listen to this article - -Robotic missions to Earth’s moon are challenging enough, but motion control on the moons of Mars requires precision technology. Silicon Sensing Systems Ltd. has been contracted by the German Aerospace Centre to supply two miniature PinPoint gyros for use in the Martian Moons eXploration mission. The mission aims to send rovers to survey Deimos and Phobos. - -The German Aerospace Centre (DLR) will use the company’s CRM200 gyros in the vehicle that will explore the larger of these moons, Phobos. There, this rover will collect surface samples. The set of PinPoint gyros will help detect unintended movement of the rover on the unknown surface. - -Depending on the initial checkout of the drivetrain that includes the gyros, the team will activate an optional safety module in the software. This module will automatically prevent instability during drive sessions of the rover. - -“PinPoint has a proven track record in space applications, but this will be a landmark use on a remarkable mission where this gyro’s reliability and endurance will be critical,” stated David Sommerville, the general manager of Silicon Sensing Systems. - -Founded in 1999, Silicon Sensing Systems engineers gyroscope and inertial systems. Jointly owned by Collins Aerospace and Sumitomo Precision Products, the company develops silicon, micro-electromechanical systems (MEMS)-based navigation and stabilization technology. - -Silicon Sensing said it has supplied millions of MEMS gyroscopes and accelerometers to thousands of customers. - -Silicon Sensing designs compact, robust gyros - -Just the size of a fingernail, at approximately 5mm x 6mm (0.1 x 0.2 in.), PinPoint is the smallest gyro in Silicon Sensing’s MEMS product range. The company said it is a proven, low drift, single-axis, angular-rate sensor with many applications across diverse market sectors. - -In combination, these robust sensors can precisely measure angular rate across multiple axes. This includes any combination of pitch, yaw, and roll – all while consuming very little power, according to Silicon Sensing. - -As part of the rigorous selection process for this exploration program, PinPoint completed total ionizing dose (TID) testing at 17kRad radiation and proton tests (up to 68 MeV/proton). This testing demonstrated the gyro’s suitability for space requirements. - -“We are also seeing increasing space-sector application for our latest tactical grade IMU [inertial measurement unit] — the DMU41 — which has recently been selected for a number of low-Earth orbit programs,” said Somerville. “This growing interest in our MEMS-based inertial sensors and systems reflects the potential of this technology, with its rugged reliability, compact size, and low power consumption, for the sector.” - -Apply to speak. - -Mission gets ready for Martian moons - -JAXA, the Japanese space agency, is leading the Martian Moons eXploration (MMX) mission. It will explore the two moons of Mars with contributions from NASA, ESA, CNES, and DLR. CNES, the French national space agency, and the DLR are jointly contributing a 25-kg (55.1 lb.) rover. - -Approximately one year after leaving Earth, the spacecraft will arrive in Martian space and enter into an orbit around the planet. It will then move into a quasi-satellite orbit (QSO) around Phobos to collect scientific data, drop the rover, and gather a sample of the moon’s surface. - -After observation and sample collection, the spacecraft will return to Earth carrying the material gathered from Phobos. - -The current schedule has a launch date in 2026, followed by a Martian orbit insertion in 2027. The team said it hopes the probe will return to Earth in 2031.",1731883668,b3a4fa4282,578340a959,,,1731883668 -https://frugalwoods.com/2023/06/19/the-hobbit-and-other-may-2023-expenses/,https://www.frugalwoods.com/feed/,The Hobbit And Other May 2023 Expenses,"Yes indeed, we’ve welcomed a hobbit into our home. Mr. FW is a well-known lover of The Lord of The Rings books and the main reason he wanted to have children was to one day read the series with them. He’s been working Kidwoods up to The Hobbit by having her first read the Fern Hollow books (by John Patience), next the Redwall series (by Brian Jacques) and finally, last month, she began reading The Hobbit to him. - -To facilitate this love of literature, we purchased a gorgeous, illustrated, hard-cover copy of The Hobbit (affiliate link). Normally, we buy zero new books–they all come from the library or a yard sale, but this was a special one Mr. FW wanted to gift to Kidwoods. - -This is now their daily afternoon habit–she sits in his lap and reads him books. It started out as an assignment from her fabulous 1st grade teacher at the beginning of this year and, wouldn’t you know it, her reading has advanced quickly and dramatically. Having her read aloud to him enables us to track her progress and ensure she’s nailing the pronunciations as well as internalizing the context and story line. She now delights in giving me the rundown on what the characters are up to each day! - -I initially thought The Hobbit might be too scary for a seven-year-old, but she LOVES it and it provides a lot of opportunities to discuss when characters aren’t nice to each other. She can recognize bad behavior when it crops up in the story and is able to articulate why it’s bad. All in all, an adorable routine is cemented in our home. The only downside is that Littlewoods is FURIOUS she can’t read yet. - -Yard Sale & Thrift Store Scores - -The other notable line items this month are my yard sale and thrift store scores since it’s yard sale season here in Vermont! My yard sale buddy, RW, and I’ve been hitting it hard early on Saturday mornings and have made some excellent hauls. - -As longtime readers are well aware, I utilize yard sales and thrift stores to procure the following: - -Birthday and Christmas gifts for our kids! No reason to buy new when there are so many amazing second-hand toys/games/books/puzzles available. - -Birthday gifts for other kids! Anytime I find a new, unopened, tags-on, in-package toy/book/puzzle/craft kit, I scoop it up for one of the many kid birthday parties we attend. - -Household decor and furniture! I buy all of my seasonal decor, everyday decor, lamps, tables, picture frames and more from yard sales. Very occasionally I need to buy new, but I’m able to find just about everything I need/want from the cheap used market. - -Clothing and shoes for me and the kids! I get nearly all of our clothes second-hand, with the exception of things like: underwear, socks, swimsuits, running shoes and any other specialty items we need, such as ski goggles or ski socks (if I can’t find them used). I very rarely find anything used for Mr. FW–occasionally I’ll find a good insulated work shirt, but most men’s clothes seem to be torn to shreds so we usually have to buy his stuff new. - -Why Buy Used? - -I mean, honestly, why not? I’ve written tomes on this in the past, and for my longwinded thoughts, check out: - -More Than Money Saved: Other Benefits Of Buying Used - -Beyond the astronomical amounts of money I save by accepting hand-me-downs and thrifting it up, I’ve discovered a slew of non-monetary benefits of the used market: - -1. Buying used = fewer decisions, which makes us humans happier. - -a paralysis by analysis spiral of doom: More choices actually decrease our happiness and too many choices can push us into - -Infinite choice is paralyzing… and exhausting to the human psyche. It leads us to set unreasonably high expectations, question our choices before we even make them and blame our failures entirely on ourselves… Too much choice undermines happiness (source: NPR). - -2. Used stuff is more environmentally friendly. - -Used stuff avoids the embodied environmental costs of new: packaging, shipping, manufacturing, etc. - -Plus, it keeps stuff out of the landfill! - -3. Buying used allows for the experience of kismet. - -Oh yes, there’s kismet in finding great used deals. I love my garage sale scores and I delight in the sheer kismet of finding, for example, a $1 baby doll stroller that my girls ADORE. They adore it so much, in fact, that I was thrilled to find another ($2) used baby doll stroller so that they can each push a stroller around the house at the same time. - - - -4. Buying used reduces the endowment effect. - -Since so much of our stuff was purchased used at a deep discount, I’m not super attached to any of it. This allows me the freedom to let it go so that it doesn’t clutter up my life. This is also why I’m in favor of the Plan Ahead, Buy Ahead approach. - -Since I paid nothing, or very little, for our stuff, I don’t feel compelled to hoard it or sell it in an effort to squeeze out a return on my investment (which is unlikely to happen, based on depreciation). - -source It relieves me from being held hostage by the endowment effect, which occurs when, “…an individual places a higher value on an object that they already own than the value they would place on that same object if they did not own it” (). - -5. Buying used is fun! So fun. - -Similar to kismet, I find second-hand shopping fun. It’s not stressful because if a yard sale doesn’t have anything I need? I just move on. Conversely, if I do happen to find a great deal, it’s cause for frugal celebration! - -Another reason I find garage sale shopping so delightful is that I have a BGSGP (best garage sale gal pal). With our forces combined, we are garage sale mavens. We plan which Saturdays we want to garage sale, we get up early those mornings, leave our husbands and kids at home, and quest forth for finds. Garage saleing–like most things–is better with friends. - -Plus we now have some hilarious stories, like the time a guy tried to convince us VERY EARNESTLY that his old, small cooler was worth $40… - -6. Buying used and handing stuff down creates community. - -When I shop at a garage sale, I’m giving money to my neighbors, which I love. Their stuff gets a new life, I get a great deal, they make a few bucks, and everyone is happy. - -My cycle of receiving and giving hand-me-downs further enhances a community mentality of sharing, lending, borrowing and just generally taking care of each other. - -I was over at a friend’s house last week and saw our old high-chair (which was handed down to us) in her kitchen. I hadn’t passed it along to her, so I asked her to relay the chain of events: A few years ago, I gave the high chair to friend A, who handed it down to friend B, who handed it down to friend C (who is currently using it). That made me SO SO SO HAPPY!!! It’s a fantastic high chair that’s now been through ~7 kids and is still going strong!!!!!! - - - -7. Buying used takes less time than buying new. - -do it the right way. It takes drastically less time than shopping new. There’s a misconception that it’s more time consuming, but that’s a fallacy if you - -My BGSGP and I don’t go to garage sales every weekend–that would be far too time consuming! Garage sale season in Vermont is confined to the summer months, so she and I scout out the most likely goldmine sales in advance and do strategic strikes. We go early for the best selection and are usually home by late morning. Note: we are not always successful, but then we have great stories including, but not limited to, the $40 nasty old (and small) cooler. P.S. I just looked it up and that cooler is currently $22 new… LOL - - - -I Still Spend Plenty Of Money - -…on other things (such as restaurants and coffee shops!). From my perspective, if I can get perfectly good stuff used for cheap, why buy it new? I can’t get perfectly good used lunches out with my husband, but I sure as heck can get fantastic used bikes for my kids. It’s all about saving where it’s easy to save so that you can spend in other areas. - -Want Help With Your Money? Book a Financial Consult With Me! - -Money is terrifying for a lot of people and many of us don’t know where to start. - -That’s where I come in. - -I demystify personal finance and break it down into manageable steps. I explain where to start, where to go and how to confidently manage your money on your own. - -My consultation sessions–and resulting written financial plans–are comprehensive, holistic, and all-encompassing of each person’s finances. I look at income, debts, assets, mortgages, expenses, investments, retirement accounts, anticipated social security, credit card strategy and more. I run through every aspect of a person’s financial life alongside their longterm goals and aspirations. - -I help people figure out how to make their money enable them to live the life they want. - -Need help with your money? - -→Not sure which option is right for you? Schedule a free 15-minute chat with me to learn more. Refer a friend to me here. - -I Love the Free Money Tracking Tools from Personal Capital… now called Empower! - -I use and recommend a free online service called Empower to organize our money. It tracks our spending, net worth, investments, retirement, everything. While the name is different, the free net worth tracking and money organization tools are the same! - -Knowing where your money’s at is one of the easiest ways to get a handle on your finances. You cannot make informed decisions about your money if you don’t know how you’re spending it or how much you have. If you’d like to know more about how Empower works, check out my full write-up. - -Without a holistic picture of your finances, there’s no way to set savings, debt repayment or investment goals. It’s a must, folks. Empower (which is free) is a great way for me to systematize our financial overviews since it links all of our accounts together and provides a comprehensive picture of our net worth. - -If you don’t have a solid idea of where your money’s at–or how you’re spending it–consider trying Empower (note: the Empower links are affiliate links). - -Credits Cards: How We Buy Everything - -We buy everything we can with credit cards because: - -It’s easier to track expenses. No guesswork over where a random $20 bill went; it all shows up in our monthly expense report from Empower. I also spend less money because I KNOW I’m going to see every expense listed at the end of the month. We get rewards. Credit card rewards are a simple way to get something for nothing. Through the cards we use, we get cash back as well as hotel and airline points . Credit card rewards are a simple way to get something for nothing. Through the cards we use, we getas well asfor buying stuff we were going to buy anyway. We build our credit. Since we don’t have any debt, having several credit cards open for many years helps our credit scores. It’s a dirty myth that carrying a balance on your credit card helps your credit score–IT DOES NOT. Paying your cards off IN FULL every month and keeping them open for many years does help your score. - -For more on my credit card strategy, and a list of the best rewards credit cards on the market now, check out: - -(note: the credit card links are affiliate links - -Cash Back Earned This Month: $81.64 - -The silver lining to our spending is our cash back credit card. We earn 2% cash back on every purchase made with our Fidelity Rewards Visa and, this month, we spent $4,081.76 on that card, which netted us $81.64. - -Not a lot of money, but it’s money we earned for buying stuff we were going to buy anyway! This is why I love cash back credit card rewards–they’re the simplest way to earn something for nothing. - -To see how this adds up over the course of a year, check out How I Made $712.59 With My Cash Back Credit Card. - -Where’s Your Money? - -Another easy way to optimize your money is by putting it in a high-yield savings account. With these accounts, interest works in your favor as opposed to the interest rates on debt, which work against you. - -Having money in a no or low interest savings account is a waste of resources–your money is sitting there doing nothing. Don’t let your money be lazy! Make it work for you! And now, enjoy some explanatory math: - -Let’s say you have $5,000 in a savings account that earns 0% interest. In a year’s time, your $5,000 will still be… $5,000. Let’s say you instead put that $5,000 into an American Express Personal Savings account, which–as of this writing–earns 4% in interest (affiliate link). In one year, your $5,000 will have increased to $5,200. That means you earned $200 just by having your money in a high-yield account. - -And you didn’t have to do anything! I’m a big fan of earning money while doing nothing. Is anybody not a fan of that? Apparently so, because anyone who uses a low or no interest savings account is NOT making money while doing nothing. Don’t be that person. Be the person who earns money while sleeping. - -Yes, We Only Paid $28.24 for Cell Phone Service (for two phones) - -Our cell phone service line item is not a typ0 (although that certainly is). We really and truly only paid $28.24 for both of our phones (that’s $14.12 per person for those of you into division). How is such trickery possible?!? We use an MVNO! - -What’s an MVNO? - -Glad you asked because I was going to tell you anyway: It’s a cell phone service re-seller. - -MVNOs are the TJ Maxx of the cell phone service world–the same service, A LOT cheaper. If you’re not using an MVNO, switching to one is an easy, slam-dunk, do-it-right-away way to save money every single month of every single year forever and ever amen. - -Here are a few MVNOs to consider: - -For more, I have a full chart of providers and their prices here: How to Save Money on Your Cell Phone Bill with an MVNO: I Pay $12 a Month* - -*the amount we pay fluctuates every month because it’s calibrated on what we use. Imagine that! We only pay for what we use! Will wonders ever cease. These MVNO links are affiliate links. - -Expense Report FAQs - -Want to know how we manage the rest of our money? Check out How We Manage Our Money: Behind The Scenes of The Frugalwoods Family Accounts Check out - -Don’t you have a rental property? Yes! We own a rental property (also known as our first home) in Cambridge, MA, which I discuss here here too Yes! We own a rental property (also known as our first home) in Cambridge, MA, which I discussand more recently, - -Why do I share our expenses? To give you a sense of how we spend our money in a values-based manner. Your spending will differ from ours and there’s no “one right way” to spend and no “perfect” budget. - -Are we the most frugal frugal people on earth? Absolutely not! My hope is that by being transparent about our spending, you might gain insights into your own spending and be inspired to take proactive control of your money. - -Wondering where to start with managing your money? Take my free, 31-day Uber Frugal Month Challenge. Take my free, 31-day - -Want help with your money? Hire me for a financial consultation or call. Not sure what that means? Start with a free 15-minute call. - -If you’re interested in other things I love , check out Frugalwoods Recommends. , check out - -Why don’t you buy everything locally? We do our best to support our local community and buy as much of our food as possible directly from our farmer neighbors. Our town doesn’t have any stores, so we rely on online ordering and big box stores for necessities. The closest stores are 45 minutes away and we go a few times a month to stock up on what we can’t get from our neighbors or online. - -But Mrs. Frugalwoods, Don’t You Pay For X, Y, Or Even Z??? - -Wondering about common expenses you don’t see listed below? - -If you’re wondering about anything else, feel free to ask in the comments section! - -Alright you frugal money voyeurs, feast your eyes on every dollar we spent in May:",1731883664,0b93cf5987,574ac1da4c,,,1731883664 -https://news.google.com/rss/articles/CBMimgFBVV95cUxQc2Jncmt5NmZMREw1S0Y4SXJtQWN5X2lDeWFIWWNPNURJZmJ4T3UwTU9sMzA2V3B2MEtCRVFmMjJuOTNrRkxwY2hCX1dramJKOXpkN3hRRzRfcXVCM0hPcHJDWEhJU2FGdlMyeDdfeWpkanhBZGxzVGVNSG9RSlVoN3lVdHlXbFYyeTRFUElfSVVIT21HRHRPTG53?oc=5,https://news.google.com/rss/search?q=predictive%20analytics&hl=en-US&gl=US&ceid=US:en,Google News,,1731883622,2688d2a9c6,579f555f7d,,,1731883622 -https://pitchfork.com/news/my-chemical-romance-to-play-the-black-parade-on-2025-tour,https://pitchfork.com/rss/news/,My Chemical Romance to Play The Black Parade on 2025 Tour,"My Chemical Romance recently played the entirety of The Black Parade at When We Were Young, and they’ve now announced a 2025 stadium tour to celebrate their seminal 2006 album. The North American tour takes place in July, August, and September. See all 10 of the band’s tour dates, along with a tour trailer, below. - -In a note to fans, My Chemical Romance wrote: - -It has been seventeen years since The Black Parade was sent to the MOAT. In that time, a great Dictator has risen to power, bringing about “THE CONCRETE AGE”; a glorious time of stability and abundance in the history of DRAAG. His Grand Immortal Dictator wishes to celebrate our rich and storied culture, fine foods, and musical entertainments by welcoming you to these great demonstrations of power and resolve. And lending voice and song for the first time in six thousand two hundred and forty six days, their work privilege ceremoniously reinstated, will be His Grand Immortal Dictator’s National Band... The Black Parade. Long Live Draag - -My Chemical Romance reunited in 2019 after a years-long hiatus. A few years later, in 2022, they released the new song “The Foundations of Decay.” - -Read Pitchfork’s Sunday Review of Three Cheers for Sweet Revenge. - -My Chemical Romance: - -07-11 Seattle, WA - T-Mobile Park ! - -07-19 San Francisco, CA - Oracle Park @ - -07-26 Los Angeles, CA - Dodger Stadium # - -08-02 Arlington, TX - Globe Life Field $ - -08-09 East Rutherford, NJ - MetLife Stadium % - -08-15 Philadelphia, PA - Citizens Bank Park ^ - -08-22 Toronto, Ontario - Rogers Centre & - -08-29 Chicago, IL - Soldier Field * - -09-07 Boston, MA - Fenway Park + - -09-13 Tampa, FL - Raymond James Stadium ~ - -! with Violent Femmes - -@ with 100 Gecs - -# with Wallows - -$ with Garbage - -% with Death Cab for Cutie and Thursday - -^ with Alice Cooper - -& with Pixies - -* with Devo - -+ with Idles - -~ with Evanescence",1731883666,1fc7f26191,57a364df87,,,1731883666 -https://www.packagingstrategies.com/articles/105184-proampac-partners-with-worcester-polytechnic-institute-for-development-program,https://www.packagingstrategies.com/rss/articles,ProAmpac Partners with Worcester Polytechnic Institute for Development Program,"ProAmpac, a leader in flexible packaging and material science, has partnered with Worcester Polytechnic Institute (WPI) to advance innovation and enhance people development within the company. Known worldwide for its project-based, experiential learning approach, WPI brings valuable real-world learning opportunities to ProAmpac through this partnership. - -""As a WPI alum, I’m proud to offer students opportunities to apply their skills on real-world situations through senior capstone projects, research, and summer internships with ProAmpac,” said Scott Doughty, senior vice president of operational excellence. “This partnership provides WPI students with hands-on experience while delivering valuable solutions to ProAmpac, with the potential to develop future company leaders.” - -In collaboration with WPI, this partnership strengthens ProAmpac’s focus on operational excellence. ProAmpac continues to challenge the status quo in packaging innovation, people development, and process optimization through active engagement with emerging talent. - -“Together with ProAmpac, we are enabling a win-win partnership which enhances student learning while providing sustainable advancements and solutions to industry,” said David Ortendahl, Executive Director of Corporate Partnerships for WPI. - -This extends ProAmpac’s university partnerships and exemplifies its’ dedication to fostering continuous improvement and developing the next generation of industry leaders. By integrating fresh perspectives and expertise from WPI students into its operations, ProAmpac reaffirms its commitment to innovation, high-performance packaging solutions and advancing a collaborative culture focused on growth and excellence. - -For more information, visit ProAmpac.com.",1731883634,c925e986aa,579d871d84,,,1731883634 -https://www.npr.org/2024/02/21/1197958304/two-indicators-defense-spending-just-in-time,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How does the military spend their money? : Planet Money : NPR,"Two Indicators: Economics of the defense industry - -Enlarge this image JASPER JACOBS/BELGA MAG/AFP/Getty Images JASPER JACOBS/BELGA MAG/AFP/Getty Images - -The Department of Defense's proposed budget for 2024 is $842 billion. That is about 3.5% of the U.S.'s GDP. The military buys everything from pens and paper clips to fighter jets and submarines. But the market for military equipment is very different from the commercial market. - -On today's episode, we're bringing you two stories from The Indicator's series on defense spending that explore that market. As the U.S. continues to send weapons to Ukraine and Israel, we first look at why defense costs are getting so high. Then, we dive into whether bare-bones manufacturing styles are leaving the U.S. military in a bind. - -The original Indicator episodes were produced by Cooper Katz McKim with engineering from Maggie Luthar and James Willetts. It was fact-checked by Sierra Juarez and Angel Carreras. They were edited by Kate Concannon and Paddy Hirsch. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR Source Audio - ""Sitting on A Hay Bale,"" and ""In Dusk We Trust""",1731884604,8181d7a585,57fc89cf23,,,1731884604 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/11/court-rejects-claim-that-columbia-improperly-suspended-students-for-justice-in-palestine-chapter/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,Court Rejects Claim That Columbia Improperly Suspended Students for Justice in Palestine Chapter,"From last week's decision by trial court judge Nicholas Moyne in Columbia Students for Justice in Palestine v. Trustees of Columbia Univ.: - -The Special Events Policies has previously required that only recognized student groups can organize events and that they must work with administrators in advance to reserve space and secure approval for campus events. After October 7, changes were made to the policies concerning the consequences of non-compliance. For example, a new provision was added to the University Event Policy on October 24, 2023 to provide that ""University groups … who proceed with Special Events, Vigils or Demonstrations that have not been approved … will be subject to discipline and sanctions,"" expressly warning that ""[s]tudent groups proceeding without approval may lose the right to sponsor events and/or become ineligible for University recognition or funding."" - -All students and student groups at Columbia are subject to and required to comply with Columbia's Special Events Policies which govern, inter alia, when, where and how events on campus, including protests and demonstrations, may be held and what notice needs to be given to university officials prior to the commencement of any student group events, demonstrations or protests. Following the horrific events of October 7 and the intense divisions and controversies that occurred in their aftermath, Colombia University amended its policies because, in its words, the ""University has an obligation to ensure that all members of our community can participate in their academic pursuits without fear for their safety."" - -After reviewing the record, the Court finds that Columbia University's decision to temporarily suspend the petitioners from their status as recognized student groups was neither arbitrary or capricious, irrational or in violation of clearly established University policies. Accordingly, the petition is denied and the cross-motion to dismiss the petition is granted. - -Similar language was added to the Student Group Event Policy and Procedure, cautioning that: If a recognized student organization fails to follow the event approval process, proceeds with an unauthorized event, promotes or markets an event on social media that has not yet been approved, promotes or markets an approved event in a manner otherwise inconsistent with University policies, or does not follow the designated parameters (e.g., location, time, etc.) of an approved event, the organization may be subject to sanctions … The updated Student Group Event Policy and Procedure explicitly stated that ""[i]t is within the University administration's sole discretion to determine whether there has been a violation of the Event Policy and Procedure and what the appropriate sanctions shall be and the duration of such sanction. Sanctions made under this policy are final and not appealable."" - -These updated policies are clear and under the circumstances more than reasonable in their attempt to strike a balance between public safety and protecting students right to express their views while on campus. There is little if any dispute that the petitioners violated these policies. - -This Court does not have the power to conduct a full-scale review of the subject policies. Private universities, such as Colombia, are entitled to great deference from the judicial branch in reviewing their determinations, particularly those involving public safety and the safety and well-being of their students. A disciplinary determination will only be disturbed when the university acts arbitrarily and not in the exercise of its honest discretion, when it fails to substantially comply with its own rules, or when the penalty is so excessive that one's sense of fairness is shocked. Perfect adherence to every procedural requirement is not required to demonstrate substantial compliance. Students at private universities are not afforded a full panoply of due process rights absent state action. This restricted review applies no matter what stage of the disciplinary process is being challenged. {Additionally, private universities such as Colombia are not subject to constitutional claims, such as claims that a student's First Amendment rights to free speech and expression have been violated, since a private university and its employees are not considered state actors for the purpose of constitutional claims.} - -As stated above, there can be little dispute that the student groups were aware of the Special Events Policies and that they violated those policies on at least one and perhaps multiple occasions. This is not disputed in the record. The petitioners also have failed to show that Colombia deviated from these policies in any substantial or meaningful way. - -While the petitioners claim that they were singled out for punishment because of their pro-Palestinian views and/or their expressions of opinion concerning the conflict in the Middle East, they have not provided any evidence in support of that claim. Colombia maintains, and the petitioners have not disputed the fact, that other student groups with similar viewpoints were able to protest and/or hold events on campus without serious incident, and while remaining in compliance with the university policies. Finally, the record shows that the University gave them numerous warnings about their failure to comply with the Special Events Policies and the potential sanctions and consequences that could arise because of their lack of compliance. - -As such the Court cannot find that the University deviated from its stated policies in any significant way. The Court has no discretion to set aside these policies, regardless of whether the Court thinks they are appropriate or sound. - -Petitioners' real argument is that these policies are invalid, were promulgated in violation of university rules and unfairly curtailed their rights to free expression on campus. It should be noted that the main arguments the petitioners put forth to challenge the propriety of the amendments to the Special Events Policy are referenced only in the Reply Brief. Petitioners have failed to establish that the amendments to the Special Events Policy were not authorized by prior university rules and procedures, particularly given the amount of discretion a private university has in regulating the time, place and manner of campus expression. - -Given this record, the only review this Court can make is the limited review cited above as to whether Colombia University substantially complied with its own rules. There is no evidence that they did not. Of course, not everyone agrees that these policies have had their stated intended effect of balancing the competing concerns of safety and freedom of speech and expression on campus. And there will undoubtedly be suggestions and recommendations as to how Colombia's policies could be changed or improved. But it is not the role of this Court or any court to wade into that difficult policy discussion.,…",1731883658,6a1d127262,57aed4e6ac,,,1731883658 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/movies/the-penguin-hid-classic-batman-villain-plain-sight-scarecrow-dr-julian-rush-easter-egg/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/feed/,The Penguin fans think it hid a classic Batman villain in plain sight,"It may be a spin-off of one of the biggest comic book movies of the past few years, but The Penguin is actually pretty light on Easter eggs and deep-cut references. That said, some fans of the DC series believe they’ve spotted an intriguing pair of items in it that may hint at one Penguin character’s real identity. Fans have specifically spotlighted a quick shot from The Penguin‘s fourth episode in which Sofia Falcone (Cristin Milioti) is shown standing alone in the office of her former Arkham Asylum psychiatrist, Dr. Julian Rush (Theo Rossi). - -Behind Sofia, fans have noted a familiar-looking rag mask hanging on Rush’s desk, as well as a glove with what looks like syringe-like fingers, two items that are famously worn in the comics by Jonathan Crane a.k.a. Scarecrow. Like Rush, Scarecrow is a psychology expert in the comics, one who develops a hallucinogenic drug that he uses to terrorize the people of Gotham City with their worst fears. At no point in The Penguin does Rush do anything like that, but the presence of the villain’s mask and glove in his office have led many to speculate about whether or not Rossi’s character will turn out to be the Scarecrow of Matt Reeves’ Batman universe. - -No live-action Batman or DC movie has prominently featured Scarecrow as a villain since 2005’s Batman Begins. The character was played in that film by Cillian Murphy, who briefly reprised his role as Crane in both of its Christopher Nolan-directed sequels, 2008’s The Dark Knight and 2012’s The Dark Knight Rises. Enough time has, in other words, seemingly passed to justify a new live-action interpretation of the character. - -Recommended Videos - -It’s difficult to take anything specific away from this Penguin Easter egg. Rossi’s Rush isn’t a maniacal psychiatrist in The Penguin, but a figure who simply falls in love with Milioti’s Sofia and wishes to play a role in the construction of her new criminal empire. Taking that into account, it’s unclear whether the items in his office are meant to hint at either his own true identity or simply the existence of the Scarecrow within The Penguin‘s fictional universe. - -Either way, Scarecrow has long been one of several villains that fans have speculated could be a part of Reeves’ plans for either The Batman Part II or one of its future sequels or spin-offs. This Easter egg is likely only going to further fuel those theories. - -The Penguin is streaming now on Max.",1731883597,9267d9058a,57d9034200,,,1731883597 -https://www.sierraclub.org/sierra/ask-ms-green/what-s-greener-wooden-matches-or-lighters,https://www.sierraclub.org/sierra/rss.xml,,,1731883632,8727ada488,581260dc86,,,1731883632 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/13/neom-ceo-departs-worker-fatalities-human-rights-abuses/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,Neom CEO departs amid reports of fatalities and human rights abuses,"Neom has announced that Nadhmi al-Nasr is no longer its chief executive amid reports of financial issues and migrant worker fatalities connected to the Saudi Vision 2030 projects. - -Neom announced that Al-Nasr, who has led the development of the controversial giga project in Saudi Arabia since 2008, has departed the project in a statement on its website. No official reason has been given for his departure. - -The news comes in the wake of an ITV documentary that stated there have reportedly been 21,000 migrant worker fatalities in the country since the Saudi Vision 2030 projects began eight years ago. Neom is the most high profile of the Saudi Vision 2030 giga projects. - -""Neom enters a new phase of delivery"" - -Following Al-Nasr's departure, Aiman Al-Mudaifer has become acting CEO for the project, which includes the 170-kilometre-long city The Line. - -""As Neom enters a new phase of delivery, this new leadership will ensure operational continuity, agility and efficiency to match the overall vision and objectives of the project,"" said a statement on the Neom website. - -""Neom is a fundamental pillar of Saudi Vision 2030 and progress continues on all operations as planned as we deliver the next phase of our vast portfolio of projects including The Line, Oxagon, Trojena, Magna and The Islands of Neom."" - -The controversial Neom development in the north west of Saudi Arabia, which along with The Line includes the Oxagon port city, Trojena ski resort, and Magna resorts on the Red Sea, is one of the largest developments in the world. - -The project has repeatedly made the news and, most recently, was part of the Kingdom Uncovered: Inside Saudi Arabia documentary on ITV, which focused on working conditions for migrant workers in the country. - -""Exclusive figures"" reveal 21,000 foreign worker deaths - -Along with revealing harsh conditions, including people reportedly working 84-hour weeks on Neom projects, the documentary included fatality figures for migrants from India, Bangladesh and Nepal. - -""New exclusive figures reveal that 21,000 foreign workers from India, Bangladesh and Nepal have died since Vision 2030 was launched,"" said ITV. - -In response to the documentary, Neom issued a statement to ITV stating that it would investigate the reports. - -""We are assessing the claims made in this programme and, where required, will take appropriate action,"" said the statement. - -""We require all contractors and subcontractors to comply with Neom's code of conduct, based on the laws of Saudi Arabia and the policies of the International Labour Organization, and they are subject to frequent inspections of their workers' living and working conditions."" - -The documentary is the latest piece of reporting to draw attention to the controversies surrounding the Neom project. Earlier this year Dezeen asked if it was time for architecture studios to walk away from the project, following mounting human rights concerns. - -It followed reporting by the BBC alleging that Saudi forces permitted the use of lethal force to clear land for the project, with human rights organisation ALQST drawing attention to reports that three men forcibly evicted from the Neom site were sentenced to death in 2022. - -Along with human rights concerns, the project has also reportedly been beset with financial issues, leading to the ambitious scale of some projects being dialled back. - -In April this year, it was reported by news agency Bloomberg that The Line mega-city will allegedly house fewer than 300,000 people by 2030, down from an original goal of 1.5 million. - -Earlier this week, it was announced that Austrian studio Delugan Meissl Associated Architects and global studio Gensler are leading the design of phase one of The Line megacity. Other leading architecture studios working on Neom include BIG, Morphosis, Studio Fuksas, LAVA, Zaha Hadid Architects, UNstudio, OMA and Woods Bagot. We recently rounded up all the studios working on the scheme. - -Neom is one of numerous large-scale developments taking place in the country as part of the Saudi Vision 2030 plan to diversify the country's economy and reduce its dependence on oil. The projects are largely funded by the country's Public Investment Fund (PIF).",1731883665,8f8dc0373b,57def942db,,,1731883665 -https://www.pcgamer.com/hardware/we-had-a-very-big-debate-and-i-showed-him-he-was-silent-he-doesnt-know-how-to-make-a-battery-the-founder-of-the-worlds-biggest-battery-company-apparently-had-a-lesson-or-two-to-give-elon-musk,https://www.pcgamer.com/rss/adventure-games/,"'We had a very big debate, and I showed him. He was silent. He doesn't know how to make a battery': The founder of the world's biggest battery company apparently had a lesson or two to give Elon Musk","Have you ever had one of those moments where, mid-debate, you suddenly realise you've lost the argument? If you're anything like me, you'll buy your editor another drink and pretend it was a draw. If you're Elon Musk, however, and you're standing in a factory debating the merits of your battery tech with the founder of the biggest EV battery maker in the world, I imagine it's a bit more toe-curling. - -Musk appears to have found himself in just such a situation back in April, when he visited Robin Zeng at the CATL facility in Beijing (via Reuters). According to Zeng, he told Musk that his bet on the cylindrical battery found in the Cybertruck, the 4680, ""is going to fail and never be successful."" - -""We had a very big debate, and I showed him,"" Zeng said. ""He was silent. He doesn't know how to make a battery. It's about electrochemistry. He's good for the chips, the software, the hardware, the mechanical things."" - -Zeng didn't stop there, either. According to the company founder, he then moved on to question Musk's approach to product timelines. - -""His problem is overpromising,"" Zeng said. ""I talked to him. Maybe something needs five years. But he says two years. I definitely asked him why. He told me he wanted to push people. - -""He probably himself thinks it needs five years, but if you believe him when he says two years, you will be in big trouble. The direction is right."" - -Don't hold back, Zeng, tell us what you really think. Still, there are some compliments dotted in among all that critique. After all, no one's top dog at everything, and it sounds like Mr Zeng here took Elon to task in the way a good mentor might—balancing useful knowledge with direct critique, even if it does come out a little blunt in his own retelling. - -The biggest gaming news, reviews and hardware deals Keep up to date with the most important stories and the best deals, as picked by the PC Gamer team. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -And Robin Zeng knows a thing or two about batteries and company management, that's for sure. CATL, short for Contemporary Amperex Technology Limited., is estimated to be the worlds biggest manufacturer of batteries, including automotive efforts that power electric cars from Volkswagen, BMW, and, err, Tesla. - -Reports from this summer suggested that Musk might be prepared to give up on the Tesla 4680 battery cell by the end of the year. The original design brief was to create a battery that enabled Telsa to achieve a higher volume of electric vehicle production for a lower cost. - -However, insider sources have said that the battery has multiple issues, and Tesla engineers were given a strict deadline to fix it. - -More recent reports suggest that production had doubled between June and September of this year, so those issues might be behind the EV manufacturer now. Still, it seems like Mr Zeng remains unimpressed, so time will tell as to whether the 4680 battery becomes one of Musk's great achievements, or as Zeng thinks, a product destined for failure. - -In the meantime, could one of these great minds do something about gaming handheld battery life? My Steam Deck is a wonderful thing, but if I could buy a handheld with more than a couple of hours worth of demanding runtime, my life would be complete. Please and thank you, and all that.",1731883680,2b11e0dc79,582314dab5,,,1731883680 -http://android-developers.googleblog.com/2024/10/bring-your-ai-model-to-android-devices.html,https://android-developers.googleblog.com/feeds/posts/default,How to bring your AI Model to Android devices," - - - -Posted by Kateryna Semenova – Senior Developer Relations Engineer and Mark Sherwood – Senior Product Manager - -During AI on Android Spotlight Week, we're diving into how you can bring your own AI model to Android-powered devices such as phones, tablets, and beyond. By leveraging the tools and technologies available from Google and other sources, you can run sophisticated AI models directly on these devices, opening up exciting possibilities for better performance, privacy, and usability. - -Understanding on-device AI - -On-device AI involves deploying and executing machine learning or generative AI models directly on hardware devices, instead of relying on cloud-based servers. This approach offers several advantages, such as reduced latency, enhanced privacy, cost saving and less dependence on internet connectivity. - -For generative text use cases, explore Gemini Nano that is now available in experimental access through its SDK. For many on-device AI use cases, you might want to package your own models in your app. Today we will walk through how to do so on Android. - -Key resources for on-device AI - -The Google AI Edge platform provides a comprehensive ecosystem for building and deploying AI models on edge devices. It supports various frameworks and tools, enabling developers to integrate AI capabilities seamlessly into their applications. The Google AI Edge platforms consists of: - -MediaPipe Tasks - Cross-platform low-code APIs to tackle common generative AI, vision, text, and audio tasks - -LiteRT (formerly known as TensorFlow Lite) - Lightweight runtime for deploying custom machine learning models on Android - -MediaPipe Framework - Pipeline framework for chaining multiple ML models along with pre and post processing logic - -Model Explorer - Conversion, performance, and debugging visualizer - - - - - - - - - -How to build custom AI features on Android - -1. Define your use case: Before diving into technical details, it's crucial to clearly define what you want your AI feature to achieve. Whether you're aiming for image classification, natural language processing, or another application, having a well-defined goal will guide your development process. - -2. Choose the right tools and frameworks: Depending on your use case, you might be able to use an out of the box solution or you might need to create or source your own model. Look through MediaPipe Tasks for common solutions such as gesture recognition, image segmentation or face landmark detection. If you find a solution that aligns with your needs, you can proceed directly to the testing and deployment step. - - - - - -If you need to create or source a custom model for your use case, you will need an on-device ML framework such as LiteRT (formerly TensorFlow Lite). LiteRT is designed specifically for mobile and edge devices and provides a lightweight runtime for deploying machine learning models. Simply follow these substeps: a. Develop and train your model: Develop your AI model using your chosen framework. Training can be performed on a powerful machine or cloud environment, but the model should be optimized for deployment on a device. Techniques like quantization and pruning can help reduce the model size and improve inference speed. Model Explorer can help understand and explore your model as you're working with it. b. Convert and optimize the model: Once your model is trained, convert it to a format suitable for on-device deployment. LiteRT, for example, requires conversion to its specific format. Optimization tools can help reduce the model’s footprint and enhance performance. AI Edge Torch allows you to convert PyTorch models to run locally on Android and other platforms, using Google AI Edge LiteRT and MediaPipe Tasks libraries. c. Accelerate your model: You can speed up model inference on Android by using GPU and NPU. LiteRT’s GPU delegate allows you to run your model on GPU today. We’re working hard on building the next generation of GPU and NPU delegates that will make your models run even faster, and enable more models to run on GPU and NPU. We’d like to invite you to participate in our early access program to try out this new GPU and NPU infrastructure. We will select participants out on a rolling basis so don’t wait to reach out. - -3. Test and deploy: To ensure that your model delivers the expected performance across various devices, rigorous testing is crucial. Deploy your app to users after completing the testing phase, offering them a seamless and efficient AI experience. We're working on bringing the benefits of Google Play and Android App Bundles to delivering custom ML models for on-device AI features. Play for On-device AI takes the complexity out of launching, targeting, versioning, downloading, and updating on-device models so that you can offer your users a better user experience without compromising your app's size and at no additional cost. Complete this form to express interest in joining the Play for On-device AI early access program. - -Build trust in AI through privacy and transparency - -With the growing role of AI in everyday life, ensuring models run as intended on devices is crucial. We're emphasizing a ""zero trust"" approach, providing developers with tools to verify device integrity and user control over their data. In the zero trust approach, developers need the ability to make informed decisions about the device's trustworthiness. - -The Play Integrity API is recommended for developers looking to verify their app, server requests, and the device environment (and, soon, the recency of security updates on the device). You can call the API at important moments before your app’s backend decides to download and run your models. You can also consider turning on integrity checks for installing your app to reduce your app’s distribution to unknown and untrusted environments. - -Play Integrity API makes use of Android Platform Key Attestation to verify hardware components and generate integrity verdicts across the fleet, eliminating the need for most developers to directly integrate different attestation tools and reducing device ecosystem complexity. Developers can use one or both of these tools to assess device security and software integrity before deciding whether to trust a device to run AI models. - -Conclusion - -Bringing your own AI model to a device involves several steps, from defining your use case to deploying and testing the model. With resources like Google AI Edge, developers have access to powerful tools and insights to make this process smoother and more effective. As on-device AI continues to evolve, leveraging these resources will enable you to create cutting-edge applications that offer enhanced performance, privacy, and user experience. We are currently seeking early access partners to try out some of our latest tools and APIs at Google AI Edge. Simply fill in this form to connect and explore how we can work together to make your vision a reality. - -Dive into these resources and start exploring the potential of on-device AI—your next big innovation could be just a model away! - -Use #AndroidAI hashtag to share your feedback or what you've built on social media and catch up with the rest of the updates being shared during Spotlight Week: AI on Android.",1731883610,1ebe0fd7fe,581d50a604,,,1731883610 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/stop-putting-hats-on-your-pets-asks-stardew-valley-creator,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,"Stop putting hats on your pets, asks Stardew Valley creator","Back in the misty reaches of time (March) popular farming sim Stardew Valley got a big update that added more pets to the game (it also let you drink mayonaise but let's not get sidetracked). Those new cats, dogs, and turtles had the cute distinction of being able to wear hats, should you choose to kit your wee friends out. Now, following many months of smaller updates to the game, it seems those hats are causing a problem. ""[If] you are experiencing performance issues in Stardew Valley 1.6, remove all hats from pets,"" said creator Eric Barone in a xeet. When asked the lore-accurate cause of this problem, he blamed: ""a strange rash"". - -""There's rumors of a strange rash affecting pets' ears in Zuzu City,"" he said in response to a player jokingly asking for deep Valley lore, ""and we just want to make sure those ears can breathe for a few days."" - -This isn't the first time in recent days the big man down on the farm has given lore-appropriate reasons for a bug. A couple of days ago it became clear that chickens were vanishing from some players coops. ""Lore: There is a wild coyote on the farm day 1 rn,"" explained Barone. This would surely horrify our own battery chicken farmer Alice B (RPS in peace). Thankfully, that bug has since been fixed, while the too-many-hats-on-animals issue is still being worked on. ""We will address the problem as soon as possible,"" he said. - -Like all good games, Stardew Valley has had some funny bug fixes over the years, as can be seen in the many patch notes that accompany the regular updates. ""Players now close their eyes when they go to bed,"" reads one note from update 1.4. ""Trees no longer grow on top of placed furniture items,"" says another in update 1.5.4. ""Spouses will no longer stand around looking at rug-type furniture items,"" states a change in update 1.5.1. This last one caused players to get stuck when the love of their life would freeze at the sight of a floor divider and stare at it like they suddenly knew their entire life was a cosy farm simulation for anxious people. - -Meanwhile, the developer is still working on the follow-up life sim, Haunted Chocolatier. Although splitting time between both that and Stardew updates is unsurprisingly difficult. He's previously teased a scene from the upcoming game and has said it will have ""a greater focus on combat"" than life on the farm.",1731883667,ad45c610da,57d25a48fd,,,1731883667 -https://securityboulevard.com/2024/11/what-is-data-subsetting-the-art-and-science-of-only-using-the-data-you-need/,https://securityboulevard.com/feed/,What is Data Subsetting? The Art and Science of Only Using the Data You Need,"Loved our recent blog on data protection strategies? Today, we’ll take a deeper dive into another powerful data management strategy called subsetting. What’s subsetting, you ask? It’s the art and science of creating a coherent slice of data across databases of different types for targeted use cases without breaking referential integrity. - -Specifically, we’ll discuss the Tonic feature called subsetting—and how you can use it to make fit for purpose private databases for all of your stakeholders. - -Heads-up, we will be drawing inspiration from the hit Amazon TV show Rings of Power for example stakeholders. You’ve been warned. - -Identifying Your Data Needs - -The first step to successful subsetting is identifying the type of data you need to work with. So let’s talk through your different data needs: - -1. Production database - -This is your one database to rule them all (or many databases if you are a microservices shop). It has all of your most sensitive, most important data and needs to be accurate and performant at all times. Let’s call this database Sauron. - -2. Key testing databases - -These are the databases that need large swaths of the data (de-identified, of course!). This is your staging database that gets the last run of tests before sending things to production; your QA database that tests things at scale. And perhaps you have 3 of these types of databases. So, let’s call these databases your Elves. - -3. Customer debugging databases - -Now, you’re a successful ring maker and you’ve got all of these customers. And to support these customers, you hire 7 customer support engineers (call them dwarves). The customer support engineers are each working on a specific customer and need a de-identified database scoped just to the customer with the bug. - -4. Local test databases - -As a growing ring-maker, you’ve got a small but mighty team of 9 human engineers. Each of them needs a de-identified database that can fit on their laptop so they can quickly test out their features and identify bugs before sending their code to staging. (Not to worry, these databases won’t turn your engineers into Nazgul.) - -Now, that we have the use cases, let’s take a pause to briefly explain what subsetting is. - -What is Subsetting? - -Subsetting is a feature in Tonic that enables you to create a small, representative slice of your data while maintaining referential integrity. There are two ways in which you can subset that we’ll discuss below: custom where clauses or target percentages. Returning back to our above use cases, here is a walk through for how we might execute each of them within the Tonic subsetter. - -Production / Sauron database - -This database is your secret sauce! There is no subsetting involved here. But keep this data protected at all costs and use it only for key customer use cases. - -Key Testing / Elven databases - -These databases need to have statistical and size representativeness. However, that does not mean you merely want a de-identified production database. You can subset these down a little bit to reduce storage costs. For example, if you have a 150 GB production database, let’s aim to have these databases at 50 GB each, cutting your storage costs substantially. To achieve this, we might aim the target percentage of your primary table (e.g. customers) to 35%. The subsetting tool will then traverse all the appropriate relationships to ensure referential integrity is complete. - -Customer debugging / Dwarven databases - -For these databases, you have two goals: make it as easy as possible to reproduce the bug while keeping storage costs to a minimum. In this case, we’d recommend using where clauses along the lines of: - -customer = Gondor or customer = the-shire - -It’s unclear how big a database you will end up with as Gondor might have many more rows than the shire, but that is less important than giving your customer support engineers the exact set of de-identified data they need to debug the problem. - -Local / Human databases - -For these databases, size is the primary concern. You want your developers to be able to use these representative databases on their laptops and quickly catch bugs before sending their code to the Elven databases. Specifically, maybe you want devs to run their local unit tests in less than one minute. The exact size you need will vary based on your unit tests, but for the sake of our example let’s assume that means you need your database to be less than 10 GB. So, here, let’s choose a target percentage. Given our 150 GB starting size, let’s set the target percentage on your primary table to 5%. - -Now, you have all of your databases fit for purpose for their needs! All of your users have all the data they need and nothing more: Sauron is used for your most important production use cases, Elves are used for your last line of testing, Dwarves are used for debugging customer issues and your Human databases are used for developers’ local testing. - -With fit for purpose subsetting configurations, each stakeholder can get data at the frequency they require—and better yet, you schedule the ones that make sense so data is always ready. Additionally, you can leverage a single set of de-identification policies to protect all of them, or customize if security access levels are different (this is made possible with workspace inheritance!). - -Why Should I Use Subsetting? - -A very relevant question, we’re glad you asked. Subsetting improves your software development in the following ways: - -You find bugs faster — Your developers can run more tests locally with a high quality testing database that is small enough to fit on their laptops. - -You can share data with offshore developers by sending them small quantities of protected data. - -You save money by reducing your storage costs — instead of testing on a database that is exactly the same size as production, you can test on a database 1/3rd the size that is exactly the same quality. - -Higher compliance — less data floating around makes it easy to stay compliant with regulations like GDPR, SOC2, etc. - -Faster iteration cycle — smaller databases for testing mean your devs can iterate faster and release high quality features sooner. - -These are just a few examples of reasons to implement subsetting! - -In conclusion, there’s one ring to rule them all when it comes to smaller and more efficient databases—and it’s called subsetting with Tonic. - -Want to learn more about how subsetting can give your team forbidden power over all the lands and peoples of your database? Check out eBay’s comprehensive case study on how Tonic transformed their database—or book a demo today to take our platform for a spin yourself.",1731883661,d901805b6c,584dc14172,,,1731883661 -https://www.ign.com/articles/how-rockstar-chases-bigger-better-more-immersive-worlds,http://feeds.ign.com/ign/games-all,"How Rockstar Chases Bigger, Better, More Immersive Worlds","It has been 23 years since Rockstar Games pioneered the 3D open world with Grand Theft Auto 3 and ever since that industry-shifting release the studio has remained at the very forefront of the genre. Despite there being more contenders to the throne than ever these days, Rockstar’s worlds have consistently proven themselves to be generational leaders largely thanks to the pursuit of immersive realism. The network of overlapping systems and handcrafted elements that make up places like Los Santos and Saint Denis are designed to offer such a sense of authenticity that these simulated cities truly feel alive. - -The craft behind such digital realities is something that Ben Hinchliffe knows well. A former Rockstar designer now working in the immersive field of virtual reality, he helped put together the worlds of L.A. Noire, Grand Theft Auto 5, and Red Dead Redemption 2 – games that each pushed the bar higher and higher. - -L.A. Noire's facial capture tech made conversations feel very realistic (if quite uncanny) Image credit: Rockstar Games - -For 2011’s L.A. Noire, much of that immersion came via its groundbreaking facial capture technology that was able to recreate an actor’s every sneering lip and twitching eye. It’s the feature that liquidated developer Team Bondi will be best remembered for. But Rockstar, who acted as both publisher and co-developer on the project, offered contributions that were informed by its proven strengths in open world design. - -That’s something that will no doubt raise a few eyebrows, as L.A. Noire is widely considered a poor open world game due to its lack of side activities and map-populating content. “Because the focus was on Phelps and the police, you were kind of boxed in a little bit,” says Hinchliffe. “How far would Phelps go and what could he do? He couldn't do anything too outrageous. He's law enforcement. It did shape a lot of the content as to where we could take it. Let's say you were a criminal or an outlaw, you probably could have gotten away with a lot more in terms of content and what you could have done.” - -Despite this, L.A. Noire’s approach to a sprawling city was closer to Grand Theft Auto’s guiding philosophy than you may expect. It was all about authenticity, something that has only become increasingly important to the studio over the last decade. “[The aim was] trying to get that vibe of the 1940s era and the setting and making sure that all felt very authentic in terms of how it was portrayed throughout the game,” explains Hinchliffe. L.A. Noire’s achievements in this area are largely uncontested thanks to a recreation of the city of angels that is so period-accurate even people who lived in LA during the 1940s praised its depiction. - -“ Even the hand scripted stuff looks like it's organic because of Rockstar's tools - -A reflection of that authentic, painstaking-recreated LA would later be found in Grand Theft Auto 5’s Los Santos, which features large sections of city streets that are map-accurate to the metropolis that inspired it. But realism isn’t achieved by architectural accuracy alone – people are as important as pavements. Hinchliffe worked on several of L.A. Noire’s random crimes, a human element that helped bring the digital city to life. There were mobsters lurking in the backalleys that didn’t care about the main story, and you’d never know when they’d strike next. They lent some authentic everyday frustration to the job of a detective – would you focus on the case, or do your public duty and clean up another one of the city’s messes? - -Those random crimes would indirectly evolve into Grand Theft Auto 5’s world events, in which pedestrians would call out for help after being mugged or carjacked. They appeared as part of Rockstar’s mandate to “go bigger and better in every aspect.” - -“It was making the cars feel like they handled better, having better damage on the vehicles, having the tyres deflate and stuff, having everything react more realistically,” recalls Hinchliffe. “It was a grand vision of just pushing everything forward.” - -The key to enhancing GTA 5’s immersive qualities were the dozens and dozens of automated systems that made its simulation of city life feel truly organic. A tyre bursting was a natural reaction to a player’s driving habits rather than a scripted sequence. But Rockstar learned that sometimes it took a lie to create something that feels like the truth. - -GTA 5's traffic behaviour could be hand-crafted to create immersive, cinematic situations. Image credit: Rockstar Games - -Hinchliffe worked on The Meltdown, a mission in which you must help paparazzi photographer Beverly Felton score a picture of a drunken celebrity caught in a police chase. To create an authentic race through the streets of Los Santos, Hinchliffe controlled everything. - -“A lot of the traffic in that chase is fully hand-scripted,” he says. “It's not ambient traffic. We've made the cars follow a set route and cross over at the set time, and have a garbage truck just pull around the corner at the right time. We've hand scripted all of it to give the player the best experience and the best cinematic feel for that chase.” - -“Rockstar’s systems are very clever,” he adds. “The tools are very powerful for design. You can switch between hand scripted and generic behaviors very easily, and even the hand scripted stuff looks like it's organic because of the tools.” - -That approach really comes into its own in Red Dead Redemption 2. While the 2018 western is Rockstar’s most simulation-heavy open world to date, much of its authenticity only exists because the world is so authored. The frontier may feel alive and reactive, but behind the scenes are thousands of hand-crafted responses to the many actions players can perform. - -Red Dead Redemption 2's conversation system gave impressive, authentic life to every NPC. Image credit: Rockstar Games - -“A big aspect of Red Dead 2 was that the higher ups wanted to push forward that feeling of the NPCs feeling more real and make that world around you feel like a living, breathing world,” Hinchliffe recalls. - -“You've got these smaller towns and less of a population density, so you need the NPCs to feel a bit more real,” he explains. “It was a big drive to [allow players] to talk to people and be more involved in the world, to make you feel bad if you just shoot a random person. [Because of that conversation system] maybe you'd feel a bit worse about that than just mowing down 20 people in GTA 5.” - -Pretty much every NPC in Red Dead Redemption 2 has some kind of interior life. Even if that life is just riding a cargo wagon along the same route over and over, it’s a job with a destination that players can turn into a highway robbery opportunity. This level of detail is vital for Red Dead Redemption because of the limited population density Hinchliffe mentioned. At the modern metropolitan scale of Grand Theft Auto, though, with its streets home to thousands of pedestrians, such a sense of authentic life is much more difficult to achieve. It feels like a pipe dream to expect the upcoming Grand Theft Auto 6 to replicate RDR 2’s immersive achievements… but that’s not to say it’s impossible. - -“ I don't see any reason why you couldn't have that Red Dead Redemption 2 level of NPC interaction in a much larger scale game. - -Hinchliffe worked on Grand Theft Auto 6 until he left Rockstar in 2022, which means he both knows the scope of its ambition and is bound by a Non-Disclosure Agreement to keep that scope a secret. But as a veteran designer of open world games, he has his own informed opinions about what is possible. - -“From a theoretical standpoint, and what you might be able to do if you had the budget and the team size, I don't see any reason why you couldn't have that [Red Dead Redemption 2] level of NPC interaction in a much larger scale game,” he says. - -Such interactions are not where his current priorities lie, though. Hinchliffe now works at British indie developer Just Add Water, acting as lead designer on virtual reality construction simulator Dig VR. In many ways it’s a galaxy away from his experiences at Rockstar, but there is an element that unites his past and present: immersion. - -“VR just adds another level of immersion by default because you're in the space,” Hinchliffe says. “But it's harder to then make the player feel like they're immersed and that place is real because they're in it.” - -“Obviously VR is super tactile,” he continues. “You are using your hands in most stuff, and the challenge is making sure that the things you are doing with your hands or anything you interact with feels real. If it doesn't, you can instantly break the immersion.” - -Play - -IGN's Twenty Questions - Guess the game! IGN's Twenty Questions - Guess the game! 💡 Hint To start: ...try asking a question that can be answered with a ""Yes"" or ""No"". 000/250 Ask - -Those challenges really highlight two very different approaches to immersion. Where in GTA it’s all about the detailed city-wide simulation, in VR it’s about physically turning the key in the ignition. It’s smaller, more intimate. That requires a complete reset of your expectations and ambitions when compared to traditional gaming. That goes for much more than just immersion, too. - -“A huge achievement for us [in Dig VR] was getting the dynamic terrain working so you can fully dig the ground and then dump it out,” he explains. “That's a first for any Meta Quest game. Now, people in the traditional flat screen world are going ‘Whoop-de-do, you've done dynamic terrain. There's like a million games with dynamic terrain. What's the big deal?’ But for us in VR, that's a huge deal because there was no reference point, no one to learn from. We just had to figure that out and make it work.” - -Which approach is the most immersive? Highly detailed 'flat' open world games. Highly tactile virtual reality experiences. Answer See Results - -The current state of virtual reality feels like a repeat of traditional gaming’s infancy. Because the medium is so different, everything demands starting from scratch. And so Dig VR’s achievements are literally groundbreaking. Furthermore, it may inspire other VR developers to incorporate dynamic terrain in their projects. “It's those baby steps of helping each other and helping the medium go forwards,” says Hinchliffe. “As each game comes out with a new feature that hasn't been done in VR, the whole space starts iterating and moving forwards.” - -23 years ago, Rockstar transformed its Scalextric-esque 2D roads into a fully three-dimensional city. It pushed the industry forwards, paving the way not just for its own games but laying the groundwork for the likes of Assassin’s Creed, Forza Horizon, and Cyberpunk 2077. The open world genre is now a patchwork of different developer contributions, each one having iterated and moved the concept forward. And next year, with the release of Grand Theft Auto 6, we’ll finally see what Rockstar’s next contribution to immersive worlds will be. - -Matt Purslow is IGN's Senior Features Editor. - -Views expressed in this interview are the personal opinions of Ben Hinchliffe and do not represent the thoughts or opinions of Rockstar Games.",1731883669,9e7916d7c6,58225e7b1e,,,1731883669 -https://retireby40.org/the-key-to-a-happy-early-retirement/,https://www.retireby40.org/feed/,The Key to A Happy Early Retirement,"Pin 3 Flip 3 Shares - -Hey everyone! I have a success story to share. My primary care physician is retiring early next year! Wow, another reader escaping the rat race. That’s awesome. In 2012, I retired from my engineering career and had to find a new doctor closer to home. Amazingly, Dr. C recognized me from Retire by 40 when I walked in. FIRE was in its heyday back then. We talked a bit about early retirement, but quickly pivoted to healthcare. Dr. C has been a great primary care physician, but the healthcare system has made life more difficult for family doctors over the last few years. - -Primary care physicians are overloaded with patients and their compensation is lower than specialists. They are also overburdened with paperwork and red tape. As a result, medical students are reluctant to become a family doctor. They have a ton of loans to pay off so it is better to specialize. That’s too bad because I like having a primary care physician. Dr. C is familiar with my healthcare history and kept me healthy for many years. Hopefully, I can find a good PCP next year. I heard it’s harder than ever to find a new doctor. The United States is facing a significant shortfall of primary care physicians. - -Anyway, I want to give Dr. C some tips for a happy and successful early retirement. Dr. C is frugal, childless, and has a working spouse. We can safely assume Dr. C is well prepared financially. I think the bigger issue will be the transition to retirement. Retiring can be jarring at any age. - -Stay busy - -My best tip for Dr. C is to stay busy after retiring early. Most people think they’ll enjoy a relaxing retirement, but that is a fallacy. Sure, it’s fun to binge-watch Netflix and play video games all day on the weekend. However, you’ll be bored out of your mind if you do it every day. Most of us will feel useless and unfulfilled if we don’t do anything productive. This is especially true for early retirees. We are still young and we want to be useful. - -It’s good to relax and unwind for a few months after a stressful career. However, early retirees need to plan for the future as well. You need to pick up some passion projects when you have more unstructured time. Staying busy is essential to a happy retirement. Here is what I did over the last 12 years. - -SAHD, Blogging, and Side hustles - -When I retired in 2012, I was very busy with my son. He was just 18 months old and required a ton of supervision. Being a stay-at-home dad to a little kid was exhausting, but I enjoyed it for the most part. RB40Jr and I had a lot of fun exploring Portland. (It was much nicer back then.) I kept up with blogging, but it was on the back burner until RB40Jr started school. - -Once he started school, I had more time to myself and focused on blogging. It kept me busy and inspired many readers. I enjoyed sharing my journey. It is possible to retire early if you’re frugal and invest consistently. - -I also took on some side hustles whenever I had extra time. I charged scooters and delivered food off and on for years. These side hustles kept me busy and reduced withdrawal. Working part-time after retirement can be very helpful. It keeps you from being bored and even a little income helps a lot. Although, I’ve been getting more picky lately. These days, I don’t leave the house for less than $30/hour. - -Slowly approaching full retirement - -All these activities kept me busy since I retired from my engineering career. However, they are all slowly wrapping up in their own ways. - -RB40Jr is a teenager now and he doesn’t need me as much. I spend a lot of time taking him to various activities. But he is becoming more independent every day. Next year, he’ll be in high school and he can bike there. In less than 5 years, he’ll go off to college and my time as a SAHD will be over. - -Blogging is my passion project, but it has slowed down tremendously over the last few years. Also, I’m less passionate about FIRE these days. We made it and we don’t stress about money anymore. I’m less careful about being frugal and earning extra income. We are older now and we want to enjoy life more. FIRE isn’t the primary consideration now. I think readers enjoy reading about the struggles more. - -Lastly, I’m starting to get lazy with side gigs. These app-based side hustles pay well in the beginning, but the pay drops after they become established. It’s getting harder to make good money from Uber, DoorDash, and other app-based gigs. They have to be profitable so they squeeze the gig workers. These days, I only take catering orders. That pays anywhere from $20 to $50 per delivery, but you usually get only one order per day at lunch. That’s fine because an hour per day is enough work for me. However, I have been getting fewer orders lately. I turned down anything less than $30 and the algorithm probably put me on a of black list. Last week, I only delivered 1 order and made $40. I don’t mind working less. - -Staying busy after retirement - -So what will I do after all these activities are wrapped up? Will I finally relax and chill out by the pool? No way! I know staying busy keeps me happy. Besides, we don’t have a pool. - -This quarter, I’m making pottery and playing ukulele at the local community center. Both of these activities are a lot of fun. They keep me busy and out of trouble. I’d love to set up a ceramic studio someday. Unfortunately, our home doesn’t have space. That will have to wait. - -I’m also getting interested in bonsai. I made a few bonsai pots in my ceramic class and I’ll start some seedlings next spring. Life is full of possibilities. You just have to try new activities and see if you enjoy them. You’ll have a happier retirement if you have plenty of things to do. - -That’s my advice to Dr. C. Relax for a few months, then look around for some new activities to try. You need to grow and learn new skills to have a fulfilling retirement. I’ll bring a catalog of the classes at the community center the next time I see Dr. C. There are so many activities to try. They even have a weaving class and metal shop for goodness sake. Volunteering is a good option too. - -Do you have any advice for Dr. C? What do you think is the key to a happy retirement? - -Please follow and like us:",1731883665,ce3b6d7b5a,575c0a0103,,,1731883665 -https://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/custom-gpts-for-marketers-creating-a-virtual-team/,https://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/feed/,Custom GPTs for Marketers: Creating a Virtual Team : Social Media Examiner,"Wish you had a team of experts available whenever you needed them? Wondering how to build AI assistants to help you speed your work? - -In this article, we explore how to use custom GPTs in marketing and in business. - -This article was co-created by Russ Somers and Michael Stelzner. For more about Russ, scroll to the end of this article. - -What Are Custom GPTs? - -Staying ahead of the curve is crucial in today's fast-paced marketing world. One innovative way to boost productivity and tackle complex marketing challenges is to use custom GPTs. Custom GPTs are specialized versions of AI language models like ChatGPT, tailored to perform specific tasks or provide expertise in particular areas. Think of them as virtual team members with deep knowledge in certain domains. When using ChatGPT, you often start by telling it who or what it should be—for example, a B2B (business-to-business) copywriter with expertise in life sciences, insurance, and technology. With custom GPTs, you create this “identity” once, and the AI remembers it for future conversations. - -This approach saves time and helps you get more consistent results. Instead of repeatedly explaining the context and requirements for each task, you can jump straight into your specific requests. For instance, if you've created a custom GPT for recipe writing, you can simply ask for a leek and potato soup recipe without having to explain the GPT's role and expertise every time. - -Why Use Custom GPTs in Marketing? - -First, custom GPTs dramatically increase productivity. Russ Somers, Vice President of Marketing at Quantified.ai, reports being able to accomplish about three times as much work with these tools, effectively allowing a two-person marketing team to perform like a six-person team. This increased output isn't just about quantity; the quality of work can also improve as custom - -GPTs help us think through problems more thoroughly. - -Tasks that previously required consulting with colleagues can now be completed quickly and independently using custom GPTs. This efficiency extends across a wide range of marketing activities, from webinar content creation and planning strategies to managing complex marketing technology stacks. For small teams or solo marketers, this means being able to handle a diverse array of tasks without the need for additional hires. - -Perhaps most importantly, leveraging custom GPTs can significantly increase your value. By producing more high-quality work, you can become more valuable to your employers, clients, or your own businesses. This can lead to better opportunities and greater success in the field. Additionally, working with custom GPTs can keep you at the forefront of technological advancements in your industry. - -The main upside of custom GPTs is clear: they enable you to do more work, do it better, and do it faster. This increased capability and efficiency can drive your business growth without the need for substantial team expansion. - -Specifically, custom GPTs can assist you in three primary ways: - -Handling tasks you don't want to do Tackling tasks you don't know how to do Providing guidance when you're unsure of what to do - -These levels of assistance correspond to different needs in your day-to-day work. Let's delve deeper into each level and explore how you can apply them to enhance your marketing efforts. - -#1 How to Delegate Tasks With Custom GPTs When You Don't Want to - -The first level of custom GPTs is designed for tasks you're skilled at but would rather not spend time on. You can think of it as the “I don't want to do it” level. These are often repetitive or time-consuming tasks that are necessary but don't require your high-level expertise. - -For example, Russ created a custom GPT called “Wendy Webinar” that handles various webinar-related tasks. Wendy can create landing page copy, craft invitation emails, compose thank you and “sorry we missed you” emails, and even generate content for sales team follow-ups. - -To create your own task-specific GPT, start by identifying repetitive tasks you're skilled at but don't enjoy doing. Think about how you would explain these tasks to a smart intern. Then, create a custom GPT with clear instructions on how to complete the task, including your preferences and style guidelines. - -Ready to Supercharge Your Marketing Strategy? Get expert training and an unbeatable conference experience when you attend Social Media Marketing World—from your friends at Social Media Examiner. - - - -Broaden your reach, skyrocket your engagement, and grow your sales. Become the marketing hero your company or clients need! 🔥 As a valued reader, you can save $790 on an All-Access ticket if you act now. Sale Ends Tuesday! 🔥 GET THE DETAILS - -Start with a fun project to help you learn the process and understand how to create effective custom GPTs. This could be something related to a personal interest or a low-stakes work task. As you become more comfortable with the technology, you can create more complex GPTs for critical business tasks. - -One of the keys to getting the most out of custom GPTs is knowing how to craft effective prompts. “One of the problems with ChatGPT is that it's like a Labrador Retriever. It's very eager to please and will do whatever it thinks you want,” Russ says. - -When training your custom GPT, be specific in your instructions. For example: - -I want you to have strong opinions. You're not going to like webinars that are not likely to call people to action. You're not going to like a bunch of business buzzwords. You're going to like simpler writing. - -Encourage the GPT to ask for more information if needed. For instance: - -If I don't give you enough information, you will push back on me. - -The goal is to create a virtual team member who can take on tasks with minimal supervision. - -#2: How to Tackle Tasks With Custom GPTs When You Don't Know How to - -The second level of custom GPTs is designed to help with areas where you lack expertise. These GPTs can fill knowledge gaps in your marketing skillset, allowing you to handle a broader range of tasks effectively. - -For example, Russ created “Roger RevOps,” a custom GPT to assist with revenue operations and managing the marketing technology stack. Roger is trained on documentation for tools like HubSpot and Salesloft, including company-specific customizations. This custom GPT allows Russ to navigate complex tech issues without constantly referring to documentation or consulting with specialists. - -But how do you train a GPT in a domain you're unfamiliar with? - -To create an expert GPT like Roger, start by identifying areas where you need expert knowledge but don't have it. Find reputable sources of information on the topic and train the GPT on these sources, telling it which ones to prioritize. Include any company-specific information or guidelines that are relevant to your work. - -For example, when entering the life sciences industry, which was new to him, Russ didn't immediately know the lingo or industry norms. He reached out to customers and industry contacts, asking them to point him toward credible sources of information about life sciences and life sciences marketing. - -Curious About How to Use AI? Our newest show, AI Explored, might be just what you're looking for. It's for marketers, creators, and entrepreneurs who want to understand how to use AI in their business. - - - -It's hosted by Michael Stelzner and explores this exciting new frontier in easy-to-understand terms. - - - -Pull up your favorite podcast app and search for AI Explored. Or click the button below for more information. I WANT TO LEARN MORE ABOUT AI - -With this list of trusted sources, Russ instructed his GPT, “Alex Life Science,” to focus on these specific resources while ignoring less credible ones. - -Note: You can also ask the AI to recommend reputable sources for information on X, Y, and Z. - -Again, be specific when training your GPTs. Don't just tell the GPT to read everything about a topic. Instead, guide it to the most relevant and trustworthy sources. Make the GPT skeptical of generic advice and focused on your specific needs and context. - -Other examples of expert GPTs Russ has created include “Amon AdMan,” which specializes in paid media advertising, and “SEO Serena” for search engine optimization. When creating these GPTs, Russ teaches them to be skeptical and focused on key metrics that matter to his business rather than generic industry advice. - -For instance, Amon is programmed to be skeptical of increasing ad spend and focuses on metrics like return on ad spend rather than vanity metrics that ad platforms often emphasize. This ensures that the GPT provides advice that is aligned with Russ' business goals and budget constraints. - -Providing Feedback for Your Custom GPTs - -Remember to provide feedback to your GPT to help it improve. When you receive output you like, tell the GPT what was good about it. When you need to make changes, explain why you're making them. This iterative process helps your GPT learn and adapt to your specific needs and preferences. - -For example, when editing the GPT's work, you might give it your edits and ask: - -Do you see what I've done differently? - -Interestingly, Russ has a unique approach to positive reinforcement. He assigns each of his custom GPTs a favorite beverage and “rewards” them with a virtual coffee or tea when they do great work. While this might seem whimsical, it's a creative way to reinforce positive outcomes and maintain a sense of personality in your interactions with the AI. - -Another tip is to encourage the GPT to take its time or think step-by-step through complex tasks. Phrases like “take your time” or “do this step by step” can lead to higher-quality outputs. - -It's important to note that feedback isn't just about correcting mistakes or reinforcing good behavior. It's also about helping your custom GPT adapt to changes in your business or industry. For example, Russ needed to update his SEO-focused GPT, “SEO Serena,” with new information about significant changes in Google's algorithm. This process of updating your GPTs with new information helps keep them current and relevant. - -#3: How to Get Guidance From Custom GPTs When You Don't Know What to Do - -The third level of custom GPTs is perhaps the most sophisticated. It is designed for strategic thinking and decision-making support. These GPTs act as mentors or advisors when you're facing complex challenges and are unsure how to proceed. - -Russ created “Mentor Maya” as a virtual Chief Marketing Officer (CMO) to help with strategic planning. Maya is trained on the work of marketing thought leaders and successful CMOs, giving her a broad perspective on marketing principles, disciplines, frameworks, and best practices. - -For example, Russ prompted the GPT with: - -You're familiar with the works of Drucker, Godin, and Cialdini. - -Then, he instructs it to understand these people's viewpoints and what advice they might give. - -To create a strategy GPT like Maya, identify thought leaders and experts in your field and train the GPT on their work, philosophies, and approaches. - -Russ gave Maya a backstory that aligns with his needs, positioning her as a successful CMO who has taken several companies to exit and specializes in early-stage companies. This ensures that Maya's advice is relevant to Russ' specific situation and challenges. - -When working with a strategy GPT like Maya, start by explaining your current situation and challenges. Ask for strategic options or advice, then dig deeper into each suggestion, exploring the pros, cons, and potential outcomes. Use the GPT to think through different scenarios and their implications. - -For example, Russ might give Maya details where the company is in terms of market presence, lead count, and differentiation then say: - -I'm struggling to make a decision about where we should go strategically. What options do you see? - -He then follows up with more specific questions about each suggested option, such as potential upsides and downsides, execution strategies, and potential market responses. - -The goal isn't to have the GPT make decisions for you. Instead, use it as a tool to explore ideas and clarify your thinking. It's like having an on-demand sparring partner ready to brainstorm and discuss strategic options whenever you need it. - -The Future of Custom GPTs in Marketing - -Looking ahead, Russ sees exciting possibilities for custom GPTs in marketing. He envisions more advanced, specialized GPTs that can handle complex tasks and provide even more valuable insights. As competition in the AI space increases, we can expect to see improvements in capabilities and ease of use. - -We might even soon have access to highly trained GPTs specializing in advanced selling techniques or marketing strategies. These AI assistants could become affordable virtual staff members capable of producing first drafts for a wide range of marketing materials. While they won't replace human creativity and decision-making, they could significantly boost productivity and allow marketers to focus on higher-level strategy and innovation. - -One potential development is the integration of voice interfaces with custom GPTs. Imagine having a verbal conversation with your AI assistant, each with its own distinct voice and personality. This could make the interaction even more natural and efficient. - -Russ Somers is Vice President of Marketing at Quantified.ai, an AI simulator for salespeople in the life sciences, insurance, financial, and technology industries. He's also a songwriter. You can find him on LinkedIn. - -Other Notes From This Episode - -Connect with Michael Stelzner @Stelzner on Facebook and @Mike_Stelzner on X. - -Watch this interview and other exclusive content from Social Media Examiner on YouTube. - -Listen to the Podcast Now This article is sourced from the AI Explored podcast. Listen or subscribe below. - -Where to subscribe: Apple Podcasts | Spotify | YouTube Music | YouTube | Amazon Music | RSS - -✋🏽 If you enjoyed this episode of the AI Explored podcast, please head over to Apple Podcasts, leave a rating, write a review, and subscribe.",1731883612,d4ca980507,57a0e16ae4,,,1731883612 -https://www.wired.com/story/scientists-establish-the-best-algorithm-for-traversing-a-map/,http://feeds.wired.com/wired/index,Scientists Establish the Best Algorithm for Traversing a Map,"The original version of this story appeared in Quanta Magazine. - -If you’ve been making the same commute for a long time, you’ve probably settled on what seems like the best route. But “best” is a slippery concept. Perhaps one day there’s an accident or road closure, and your fastest route becomes the slowest. - -Scenarios like this are also a challenge for researchers who develop algorithms, the step-by-step procedures that computers use to solve problems. Many different algorithms can solve any given problem, and the question of which is best can be frustratingly ambiguous. - -For example, imagine an algorithm that’s designed to find the fastest route between two points. There are lots of possible ways to design such an algorithm so that it doesn’t fail. A successful algorithm will always return the fastest route, whether you use it in London or Los Angeles, and whether it’s rush hour or the middle of the night. - -But those algorithms aren’t all the same. The time each one takes to find the right answer will vary depending on where and when it’s used, and cases that are hard for one algorithm may be easy for another. Ideally, you’d want an algorithm that always runs faster than the others. - -For most problems, it’s simply not possible to find such a unicorn. But a new proof shows that for the quintessential path-finding problem, one algorithm is close to ideal: Assuming worst-case traffic patterns, it’s the best approach on every possible street grid. What’s more, the algorithm is nearly 70 years old and a staple of the undergraduate computer science curriculum. The new work will be presented with a best-paper award at the 2024 Symposium on Foundations of Computer Science next week. - -“It’s amazing,” said Tim Roughgarden, a computer scientist at Columbia University. “I can’t imagine a more compelling research paper about a problem we teach students in undergrad algorithms.” - -Heaps and Bounds - -The story of this iconic path-finding algorithm began with a detour. In 1956, the 26-year-old Dutch computer scientist Edsger Dijkstra wanted to write a program that would show off the capabilities of a brand-new computer called the ARMAC. While shopping with his fiancée in Amsterdam, he stopped in at a café for a break. That’s when he hit on the idea for the algorithm that now bears his name. He didn’t have writing materials on hand, so over the course of 20 minutes he worked out the details in his head.",1731883630,bc78e81c60,578e7afc9c,,,1731883630 -https://www.mccoveychronicles.com/2024/11/12/24294770/prediction-poll-will-sf-giants-trade-lwj-yaz-san-francisco-giants-buster-posey-offseason-moves,https://www.mccoveychronicles.com/rss/current.rss,Prediction poll: Will the Giants trade LWJ and/or Yaz?,"Taylor Wirth from NBC Sports Bay Area — reporting on a Jeff Passan offseason report posted to ESPN — says the San Francisco Giants are making both Mike Yastrzemski and LaMonte Wade Jr. available for trade this offseason. - -Last month, I looked at both of their arbitration cases after MLB Trade Rumors published their arbitration figure estimates and deemed both worthy of their potential deals. That was before I knew the team would be slashing payroll, of course, but given the landscape of free agency, where the team must constantly overpay to get anyone of value, I figured that they were better off keeping both and concentrating resources elsewhere. - -Well, it appears the Giants need to cannibalize a bit of their ship to fuel that quest, and at the end of this post I’ll ask you for your prediction on what you think might happen. I’m going to ignore the feelings aspect of it. Farhan Zaidi had a soft spot for Mike Yastrzemski, and LaMonte Wade Jr. is a solid player when healthy. But I want to give you more food for thought when it comes to selecting that poll option at the end. - -I don’t think most of us have adjusted to the realities of the Baseball industry when it comes to trades. It’s not just that “trades are hard” it’s that the zero sum mindset has infected virtually every team in the sport. It’s programmer’s brain. 1s and 0s. Somebody’s line must go down for your line to go up. Arbitrage, arbitrage, arbitrage. So, then, “winning the trade” becomes the paramount focus for most of these executives. - -On top of that, player value has never been more precarious. There definitely is a donut hole in the new conventional wisdom where certain players of a certain age have open to them a very high ceiling in terms of how much they will be offered and how much they can make, but they’re in the minority, as has usually been the case — but that minority has shrunk. Instead, guys like Wade and Yaz are much closer to being the type of guy who is easily replaced, either on cheap veteran free agent deals or in the aggregate through platoons and minor leaguers. - -And that brings us back to the almighty Wins Above Replacement. - -You might not personally “believe” in it, but it’s a marker for how much US dollar will stick to a player. Yastrzemski’s last three seasons (by fWAR): 1.5, 1.6, 1.6. Wade Jr.: 0.1, 1.8. 1.3. These are, rather comfortably, players virtually every other team would be very, very happy to have on their roster but for far less than what they’re due to receive in arbitration. In other words, if the Giants non-tender them, they will both catch on with another team, but for maybe $2 million in Wade’s case and around $4-$6 million for Yastrzemski. - -This is the reason why Buster Posey might not be able to execute his best laid plans. There might not be a trade market for either of these players. And that raises the question, “Will Buster Posey non-tender either or both player in order to create payroll space?” - -Based on the MLB Trade Rumors projection, they’re a potential $14.2 million salary reduction. Add that to the story that the team is already looking to move Camilo Doval ($4.6 million arbitration estimate) and the Giants are looking to trim around $18-$19 million. How much of that factors into Andrew Baggarly’s reporting that the team is looking to spend $30-$40 million — as in, is a chunk of that figure coming from these potential trades/non-tenders? — and it makes it even harder to imagine the team keeping any of them. - -Trading Doval makes it easier to non-tender Wade while keeping Yaz on a slightly below arb figure deal (as Yastrzemski has signaled he’d be open to), but trading Doval and non-tendering both position players puts the team in the best financial position to get Ha-Seong Kim and at least stay competitive for some other free agents. Does Buster have it in him to be that ruthless? We’ll find out soon enough. The deadline to tender contractions (which does not mean coming to an agreement) to arbitration eligible players is November 22nd. - -But I wrote up this post for your predictions. I’ll leave you with mine: Wade Jr. non-tendered, Yastrzemski retained. We can sort out what that means and what that does the roster later.",1731883653,65bc8f1bdc,583de923d5,,,1731883653 -https://spinsucks.com/marketing/align-sales-marketing-teams/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,How to Align Sales and Marketing Teams to Skyrocket Your Startup,"If you’ve ever watched the movie ‘300’, you know the story of the Spartans who banded together with courage and conviction to repel the Persians, the most powerful army in the world at the time, from their land. You may also know other ‘against all odds’ stories, like how the American colonies resisted the mighty British Army and won the Revolutionary War. Or how Jesus and his 12 Apostles faced Roman persecution but turned the tide of history. - -In the world of startups, it’s grow or die. The statistics say that 70-90% of startups don’t make it past year five. Throughout my career, I have observed that the organizations that ultimately succeeded, as opposed to the ones that failed, did so because their sales and marketing teams remained aligned. - -How is this type of alignment possible, and how can you leverage it to propel your business? - -Functioning as One Team - -In 2007, I had already left the military (one mission, one cause) and was in the process of seeing the startup I founded get acquired. It was by founding my own company that I discovered I had a passion for marketing and wanted to help other founders like me grow their companies. In my first marketing role, my then-CEO asked me to help recruit and lead the sales team and signed us all up for sales training from Sandler Sales Institute. For the next year, we marketed, sold, and onboarded customers, and the company doubled its size and revenues. - -This one-team approach seemed normal. I learned, however, over the following decades that this formative experience was unusual. Today, I’d like to offer you five factors I believe will help keep your sales, marketing, product, and customer success teams aligned. - -Factor #1: Common Ground - -Listen and understand the context of your teammate’s lives and careers. What values, experiences, and perspectives do you share? What aspects of your roles in the business are similar? As a marketer, I highlight to the salespeople that, in many ways, marketing is visual selling—only we sell with words and pictures. - -Factor #2: Collaboration - -Buy-in is essential to alignment. To achieve buy-in, everyone must feel that their voice is heard and valued. When your team feels they have a say in the decisions that affect them, they are more likely to stay committed in the long haul. - -Factor #3: A Shared Cause and Vision - -As Seth Godin often asks, “What is the change you seek to make?” Even if we can’t always agree, with a shared cause and vision for the future, we know we’re in this together. - -A recent article from Strive, “Unity in the Workplace,” puts it this way, “When a company has strong and identifiable values, it creates unity amongst its employees. This is because everyone is on the same page, working towards the same goals. Employees feel like they are part of something bigger than themselves and are proud to be a part of the company. When employees are unified, they are more productive and engaged.” - -Factor #4: A Shared Strategy - -This often includes seeing the same facts and translating them in the same way so you can build a unified plan. From there, we know our part to play and how to hand off the baton successfully. - -For example, I do an exercise asking the team questions such as, “’What is the company’s superpower?” and “What is the most valuable thing you do for your customers?” - -It’s interesting to hear the responses. In some companies, the answers are somewhat consistent. In others, not so much. After gathering the team’s perspective, I get the customers’ perspective to compare it against. This facilitates a discussion about what is true and then what to do about it. - -Factor #5: Shared Accountability - -Not all departmental goals are the same, but there are shared revenue goals that we all contribute to. Visibility is key here. It is essential to check up on your team regularly to make sure they are on the right track, and everyone is hitting those targets. - -The Way Forward - -Today, many companies are focused on ways to unify their sales and marketing teams. While only some companies are prepared to have the two teams work together under the same leader, there are many steps you can take to improve alignment between the functions and across your business. - -By following the recommendations above, you can develop a more collaborative and productive team that is dedicated to achieving your company’s goals and passionate about the work they’re doing.",1731883752,4dc781f5bc,5893f81f1f,,,1731883752 -https://voicebot.ai/2024/01/12/walmart-unveils-generative-ai-search-and-in-home-refills/,https://voicebot.ai/category/voice-commerce/feed/,Walmart Unveils Generative AI Search and In-Home Refills,"Walmart Unveils Generative AI Search and In-Home Refills - -Walmart showcased a new generative AI plans search feature, among other new technological upgrades, at CES this year. The new search feature is designed to enhance customer experiences by allowing users to seek out products based on specific use cases rather than traditional products or brand names. - -Walmart Generative AI Search - -The generative AI search feature will bring more pertinent and wide-ranging results than the usual keyword system, according to Walmart. The company cites planning for a football watch party as an example. Typing that into the new search function would bring up all the necessary items in one go—as opposed to just items that have football in their name. - -The new feature employs a blend of Walmart’s proprietary data and technology, with large language models (LLMs) accessed through Microsoft Azure OpenAI Service and tailor-made retail-specific models. The search tool is also fine-tuned to deliver a bespoke list of products aligned with shopper intent. It will even respond based on more specific factors such as location, search history, and other contextual data to refine the results. - -Relatedly, Walmart is piloting a generative AI-based system for streamlining the replenishment of frequently purchased items. This InHome Replenishment tool relies on AI to preemptively fill shopping carts with the right items at the right time, mirroring a personal shopping assistant’s foresight. The service delivers items straight to customers’ fridges or garages via the smart lock-powered InHome delivery service—without binding customers to a subscription. Shoppers maintain full command over their orders, with options to skip, add, or adjust items, as well as modify delivery schedules to suit their convenience. The intention is to automate the entire shopping process, from cart creation to doorstep delivery, offering an unparalleled level of efficiency. - -“We build technology to serve people and not the other way around,” Walmart president and CEO Doug McMillon explained. “Walmart’s purpose is to help people live better, and today, more than ever, advances in technology make it feel like anything is possible. Our technology roadmap is compelling and we’re very excited about it, but we’re clear that we are a people-led, tech-powered company. People, our customers and associates, come first and we’ll put technology to work to serve them better than ever.” - -Existing Walmart generative AI tools are also getting a boost, with the company widening access to its generative AI assistant for store associates, My Assistant, to 11 additional countries outside the U.S. this year. This expansion will introduce the AI assistant to a global workforce, operating in the employees’ native languages to aid with tasks such as writing, document summarization, and creative ideation. Already a fixture in North and Central America, My Assistant is poised for launches in India and South Africa, marking Walmart’s commitment to harnessing AI to enhance workplace productivity. - -Walmart has been hinting at a generative AI-powered shopping assistant for some time, and the search feature moves the company in that direction. The ultimate vision by the retail giant is to also help with decorating homes by creating 3D models of products from images. This allows for realistic visualization of furniture, clothes, and electronics in physical spaces. It’s similar to Wayfair’s Decorify service, which lets users upload photos of their homes and see what they might look like if redecorated in different styles using furniture available on Wayfair. - -Walmart’s connection to AI goes back several years, with a voice assistant project coming out back in 2017 through direct ordering through Google Home devices before switching to Google Assistant integration in 2019 and adding Siri. There was also a flurry of conversational AI projects at Walmart’s Store Nº8 incubation division, including a Text to Shop feature allowing shoppers to text their list to a chatbot and the Ask Sam voice app to answer employee queries about product prices and locations. Walmart capped it off by acquiring conversational design firm Botmock in late 2021. - -Follow @voicebotaiFollow @erichschwartz - -4",1731883626,ec3d105200,586fbce52a,,,1731883626 -https://www.avclub.com/harpercollins-selling-books-to-ai-language-training,https://www.avclub.com/rss,HarperCollins is asking authors to sell their books to the A.I. woodchipper,"HarperCollins is asking authors to sell their books to the A.I. woodchipper Author Daniel Kibblesmith, who revealed the offer from the massive publisher, called it ""Abominable"" - -In one of those developments that feels a bit like what we get instead of actual good things happening in the world of the modern internet, it sounds like the situation surrounding artificial intelligence training is about to move from “A thing nobody likes is happening” to “A thing nobody likes is happening, and also some people are getting paid to say it’s okay.” This, per a recent social media post from author and Colbert writer Daniel Kibblesmith, who revealed that he was approached by publisher HarperCollins about including his kids book Santa’s Husband (illustrated by A.P. Quach) in a deal the publisher is making to provide portions of their library to “a large tech company” for the purposes of training an A.I. language learning model. - -The post includes screenshots of communications between Kibblesmith and the agency that represented him on the book, which was passing on the publisher’s offer for the title (a well-reviewed and charming kids book that “tells the story of a Black Santa, his white husband, and their life in the North Pole”). Kibblesmith was apparently offered a non-negotiable $2,500 to allow his book to be bundled in with other works for training, covering a three-year period of use. The posted email, which invokes the specter that “these A.I. models may one day make us all obsolete,” also mentions that “several hundred authors” have already agreed to the deal, and emphasizes the stance that, hey, getting to paid to have your work fed into an A.I. woodchipper is better than having it stolen for that same purpose. - -Kibblesmith did not agree, including in his post a screenshot of his rejection of the deal, which he called “Abominable.” In a statement to The A.V. Club, Kibblesmith wrote that, “It seems like they think they’re cooked, and they’re chasing short money while they can. I disagree. The fear of robots replacing authors is a false binary. I see it as the beginning of two diverging markets, readers who want to connect with other humans across time and space, or readers who are satisfied with a customized on-demand content pellet fed to them by the big computer so they never have to be challenged again.” - -HarperCollins has not responded to requests for comment.",1731883665,66c132240d,5850bf955c,,,1731883665 -https://dronedj.com/2024/11/12/dji-action-camera-amflow-bike/,https://dronedj.com/feed/,Bike-controlled adventure filming? DJI Osmo Action 5 Pro camera says yes,"Tech giant DJI is looking to redefine the experience for mountain bikers and adventure riders by integrating its new Osmo Action 5 Pro camera with Amflow PL e-bikes powered by the company’s own Avinox Drive System. This connectivity opens up hands-free camera control from the handlebars, giving riders the ability to capture every trail twist and peak without missing a beat. - -With the Osmo Action 5 Pro now fully compatible with the Amflow PL’s Avinox Drive System, bikers can start and stop recording, switch modes, and more — all without taking their hands off the handlebars. This unique integration allows for intuitive, real-time camera control through two handlebar-mounted switches, keeping riders focused on their path while ensuring every memorable moment is captured. - -For those who have struggled with voice commands or tried juggling a camera while riding, the Avinox Drive System offers a simple, reliable solution. The bike’s OLED screen, embedded in the top tube, also lets riders change camera settings directly, ensuring they’re always ready for the perfect shot, whether switching from regular video to time-lapse or jumping into SuperNight mode for low-light captures. - -Also see: Drone operator fined $270K by FAA for harassing unhoused people - -And the integration extends beyond just recording, as riders can now use the DJI Mimo app to overlay real-time metrics like elevation, speed, and gradient directly onto their footage. This means that biking adventures can be more immersive, with data-backed visuals that convey not only the scenery but also the thrill of the ride. For outdoor enthusiasts, this added data layer helps tell a richer story of each journey and gives viewers a first-hand look at the intensity of mountain trails or road climbs. - -Needless to say, the Osmo Action 5 Pro, with its rugged design and powerful camera specs, is the perfect fit for the adventurous Amflow PL e-bike. Featuring top-tier image stabilization, 4K video at up to 60fps, and SuperNight mode for incredible low-light footage, Osmo Action 5 Pro is equipped to document any ride, any time. And with the latest firmware update enhancing stability and expanding pre-recording options, DJI is continuing to tailor this camera for challenging conditions. - -Read more: DJI Goggles 3 update boosts Avata 2, Neo FPV drone experience - -FTC: We use income earning auto affiliate links. More.",1731883632,e90a6ba11c,586c0cfb17,,,1731883632 -https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/zorachka-homam/,https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/feed/,Zorachka Homam Smart Camera: Next-Gen Home Security Technology Unveiled in 2024,"At SmartHomePerfected we pride ourselves on providing trustworthy, unbiased information. If you buy through links on our site, we may earn a small affiliate commission at no extra cost to you. Learn more - -Curious about the nifty tricks of the Zorachka Homam Smart Camera? You're in good company. In the world of wireless cameras, many rely on cloud storage to tell apart people from pets, create motion-detection zones, and follow movements. But hang tight—there's a twist. Constantly sending raw video to the cloud might just perk up some privacy concerns. - -Recently Eufy had a glitch where users could see the camera feeds from other people’s homes, which highlights the problem. - -Zorachka is looking to change all that with their privacy-first Homam Smart Camera. Check out our video review below and read on! - -Note: Zorachka provided me with a free sample of the product for the purposes of this review. - -9.3 1. Homam 64GB Smart Security Camera A Wi-Fi camera with end to end encryption View Price - -On Amazon.com The Homam 64GB is an indoor camera designed for home and business use. With features like embedded storage, HDR video technology, built-in chip encryption, and low-light performance, it can be used as a security camera, baby monitor, or pet cam. Top Features No monthly fees - -Onboard storage of 64GB for up to 36 hours of high-definition content - -Built-in hardware encryption offline sharing and storage of pairing keys and passwords - -Within its body are a speaker and microphone to pair the HQ videos with audio. The anodized aluminum body and magnetic stand allow flexibility in adjusting the angle and freedom to attach it to any magnetic surface. There are also mounting screws for other surfaces. - -Since it offers embedded storage for videos of almost 36+ hours, the Homam 64GB comes with no additional monthly subscription charges. - -What I liked Built-in encryption ensures your privacy needs are adequately addressed. All encryption keys are stored only on the camera and your phone, not on the internet. - -Onboard storage means you can go through continuous video streams without missing huge chunks. - -All features are unlocked, and you don’t need cloud storage, so monthly fees are non-existent (at least on all the current features). - -High-definition video output using High Dynamic Range. - -The camera has good night vision, which is made better by machine learning algorithms. - -Hardware encryption ensures your passwords are secure from hackers targeting Wi-Fi firewalls. What I didn't like Price is always subjective, especially when it is listed as a drawback, but the Zorachka Homam 64GB camera is a little pricier than its competitors. - -For some users, AI notifications might become interruptive in their daily routine. In addition, there is no way to tweak the motion sensitivity. - -Camera is not waterproof and should not be used outside - -Resolution is a little lower than competitor’s wireless cameras - -No way to switch off the camera without unplugging it - -Privacy by Design - -One of the chief marketing points of Zorachka’s Homam 64GB is its privacy considerations. Instead of transmitting the original video feed to the cloud, like a lot of wireless security cameras, the Homam 64GB uses its built-in hardware encryption to share an encrypted output. - -An encryption key is generated when you pair your phone with the camera. This key is stored on the camera and shared with your phone via Bluetooth. So the cloud gets an encrypted feed. - -No Monthly Fees - -Once you buy the device, all features are unlocked, and you won’t need to pay recurring monthly fees. - -Since the feed is stored on the device, you can access it without using up cloud space which means all the storage fees vanish. In addition, there are no fees to unlock features such as pet/child detection. In short, you pay once for the camera and get all services for free. - -Resolution - -Unlike generic security cameras, the Homam 64GB records in full HD at 5 megapixels or 1080p resolution. - -Furthermore, the camera also provides High Dynamic Range (HDR), which refers to a more nuanced luminosity spectrum. HDR helps with either too bright or too dark backgrounds, so your videos won’t be affected by sunlight from windows. - -In addition, HDR also offers better contrast ratios and deeper blacks. As you can probably guess, HDR is more of a TV feature, and to see it displayed on a security camera box is nice. - -Field of View - -The camera is more like an ultra-wide GoPro camera when it comes to the field of view and distortion. Homam covers a view of almost 160º (depending on where you place it), which is at least equal to most of its competitors in this price range. - -However, HDR and 7-glass displays bring the wild field of view into their own. Most ultra-wide cameras suffer from distortion or bright/dark regions on the edges of their video output. There are a multitude of reasons for this concerning optics and luminosity. - -However, Homam’s High Dynamic Range and 7-glass system cover for the lighting inconsistency on the edges, giving a video output with the same contrast and color depth on its borders as in the center. - -Storage - -There is 64GB of storage onboard the camera, storing up to 36 hours of a high-quality continuous stream. Many smart home cameras start recording when they detect motion, which is great for saving up on space, but since there is no cloud usage for the Homam, it records continuous video. - -This constant video storage is also helpful if you’re trying to figure out what happened before visible motion on the screen. In addition, if you encounter a heartwarming candid moment, you can go back and look at it without interruptions. - -The storage is accessible via an internet link to your phone. - -AI Notifications - -Homam’s motion and sound sensors work with machine learning algorithms to switch between different modes and provide notifications to you, depending on these modes. - -For example, if you’re away, the guard mode turns on and will notify you if there is an activity on your camera. - -We should probably tell you that these notifications will modify themselves if you keep ignoring them, so you won’t be continuously disturbed by reports that you rarely pay attention to (in fairness, your phone does this and not the camera). - -Timeline - -If you’ve already spent resources on storing long consistent feeds, why not work out a timeline representation for your customers? - -Well, Zorachka doesn’t disappoint. Since you have 36 hours of HD video (more if you use lower quality), the entire feed is presented in a timeline interface on your app. So you can browse through the past days to see if you skipped anything. - -Build Quality - -They say beauty is in the eye of the beholder, but the last thing you want to do is get a camera that is right in your face all the time and ruins the entire vibe of your living space. - -Zorachka’s camera and its mount have a sleek, minimalistic design that’s easy on the eye and can blend in with most environments. The camera’s mount can be attached via screws or magnets, while the camera fits on the mount seamlessly by magnetic attraction. - -The product has a sturdy magnetic aluminum body which is much better than the plastic equivalent of other cameras. - -Night Vision - -In complete darkness, the video is illuminated by 8 small IR LEDs inside the external lens of the camera. - -Zorachka claims that its machine learning algorithms turn these LEDs on and off at precise moments, so that motion capture does not affect the contrast and gradient depth of the video. - -This coordinated illumination makes for a much better night output. It is tough to know how much of an effect HDR has on night vision, but the logical assumption would be that it doesn’t hurt to have a more dynamic range of gradient. - -Different Modes - -The Nanny and Guard modes are built-in, which work with AI to send notifications to your phone. These modes can also be triggered by geo-location, kids detection, or by voice recognition. - -Every mode has its own functionality range. For example, while using Nanny mode, you can talk with your kids and get notified if your kids leave or enter the room. - -Guard mode offers more stringent activity monitoring, making you aware if there is movement in the wrong parts of the house. - -Zorachka Homam Smart Camera: The Verdict - -Zorachka’s Homam 64GB camera is worth considering for users who want uninterrupted lengthy video streams and are sick of paying monthly fees. - -Its minimalistic and sturdy design, combined with excellent encryption and video quality, make it a good choice for buyers who are willing to reach a little deeper into their pockets. - -9.3 Homam 64GB Smart Security Camera A Wi-Fi camera with end to end encryption View Price - -On Amazon.com The Homam 64GB is an indoor camera designed for home and business use. With features like embedded storage, HDR video technology, built-in chip encryption, and low-light performance, it can be used as a security camera, baby monitor, or pet cam. Top Features No monthly fees - -Onboard storage of 64GB for up to 36 hours of high-definition content - -Built-in hardware encryption offline sharing and storage of pairing keys and passwords - -Sources - -https://zorachka.com/",1731883625,1c7041163b,58a22bfa1c,,,1731883625 -https://blog.voyageai.com/2024/11/12/voyage-multimodal-3/,https://news.ycombinator.com/rss,"voyage-multimodal-3: all-in-one embedding model for interleaved text, images, and screenshots","TL;DR — We are excited to announce voyage-multimodal-3 , a new state-of-the-art for multimodal embeddings and a big step forward towards seamless RAG and semantic search for documents rich with both visuals and text. Unlike existing multimodal embedding models, voyage-multimodal-3 is capable of vectorizing interleaved texts + images and capturing key visual features from screenshots of PDFs, slides, tables, figures, and more, thereby eliminating the need for complex document parsing. voyage-multimodal-3 improves retrieval accuracy by an average of 19.63% over the next best-performing multimodal embedding model when evaluated across 3 multimodal retrieval tasks (20 total datasets). - -Two months ago, we released the voyage-3 and voyage-3-lite series of multilingual text embedding models, providing best-in-class performance across a variety of datasets. Today, we’re excited to introduce voyage-multimodal-3 , our first multimodal embedding model and a big step toward RAG and semantic search for knowledge bases rich with both visuals and text. - -voyage-multimodal-3 supports text and content-rich images such as screenshots of texts, figures, tables, PDFs, slide decks, and more. The resultant vectors capture critical textual and visual features such as font size, text location, whitespace, etc. This eliminates the need for heuristic-based document parsing, which often struggles with accuracy when layouts are complex or interspersed with figures and photos. Unlike existing multimodal embedding models that handle either a single text or image input, voyage-multimodal-3 allows for interleaved texts and images for maximum flexibility. Our sample notebook demonstrates all of these features. - -voyage-multimodal-3 has an architecture that is similar to that of modern vision-language transformers. This makes it a significant departure from existing multimodal embedding models, including, but not limited to, OpenAI CLIP large ( clip-vit-large-patch14-336 ) and Cohere multimodal v3 ( embed-multimodal-v3.0 ). - -In a set of evaluations across 20 multimodal retrieval datasets and 34 text retrieval datasets, we found that voyage-multimodal-3 : - -Outperforms OpenAI CLIP large and Cohere multimodal v3 by an average of 41.44% (a 2.1x improvement) and 43.37% (a 2.2x improvement) on table/figure retrieval, 26.54% and 25.84% on document screenshot retrieval, and 6.55% and 5.86% on text-to-photo retrieval, respectively. Outperforms OpenAI v3 large and Cohere multimodal/English1 v3 by 5.13% and 13.70% on text-only datasets, respectively. - -Support for Interleaved Text & Images - -All existing commonly used multimodal embedding models (such as Amazon Titan Multimodal G1, Google Vertex AI multimodal, and Cohere multimodal v3) are based on OpenAI’s CLIP, which processes different modalities of data through independent networks. In other words, images must be vectorized through the vision tower, while text must be vectorized through the text tower, preventing these models from being able to processing interleaved data. - -In contrast, voyage-multimodal-3 vectorizes both modalities of data directly within the same transformer encoder, ensuring that both text and visual features are treated as part of a unified representation rather than distinct components. This mimics the model architecture of the latest vision-language models, only for vectorization rather than generation. As a result, interleaved texts and images, document screenshots, PDFs with complex layouts, annotated images, etc can be vectorized in a way that preserves the contextual relationship between visual and textual information. - -Mixed Modality Search with Screenshots - -All CLIP-like models perform poorly on mixed-modality search due to a phenomenon known as the modality gap. As illustrated in the figure below, the closest vector to the snippet “I address you, members of the Seventy-Seventh Congress…” is not its screenshot, but other texts. This leads to search results that are skewed towards items of the same modality; in other words, text vectors will be closer to irrelevant texts than relevant images in the embedding space. - -To illustrate this issue quantitatively, we conducted an experiment involving mixed-modality data. We created two sets of PyTorch documentation with identical content: one set as plain text (strings) and and the other set as screenshots. By combining a subset of text-based documentation with screenshots of remaining subset, we created a series of mixed-modality datasets. Each dataset represented a different proportion of text and screenshots, ranging from 0% to 100% screenshots. We then evaluated the retrieval accuracy of various multimodal models on these datasets, reporting the normalized discounted cumulative gain (NDCG@10) for each model across different screenshot ratios. - -As shown above, CLIP-based models experience a decline in retrieval quality as the proportion of screenshots increases up to 90%, highlighting a retrieval bias influenced by modality. Moreover, these models perform poorly when all text is converted to images. - -In contrast, voyage-multimodal-3 is not only the most performant for all ratios, but also has little-to-no performance drop across the board, indicating that the vectors truly capture the semantic content contained in the screenshots. This robustness is due to the model’s unique approach of processing all input modalities through the same backbone. - -With voyage-multimodal-3 , there is no longer a need for screen parsing models, layout analysis, or any other complex text extraction pipelines; you can easily vectorize a knowledge base containing both pure-text documents as well unstructured data (such as PDFs/slides/webpages/etc) — screenshots are all you need. - -Evaluation Details - -Datasets. We evaluate voyage-multimodal-3 across 20 multimodal datasets spanning three different tasks: table/figure retrieval, document screenshot retrieval, and text-to-photo retrieval. We also evaluate voyage-multimodal-3 on a standard text retrieval task spanning 34 datasets in 6 domains (law, finance, conversation, code, web, and tech). - -For all datasets, the query is text, while the document could be a figure, photo, text, document screenshot, or a combination of these. For each task, we use prior top-performing models as the baseline. Alongside task names, we provide each task’s corresponding description and datasets used in the table below: - -Task Description Datasets Table/figure retrieval Table/figure retrieval measures the strength of a model’s ability to match an image containing a table or figure (charts, graphs, etc) with descriptions, captions, or other textual queries which reference the figure. charxiv, mmtab-test, ChartQA, Chartve, FintabnetQA, PlotQA, Document screenshot retrieval In this category, models are used to match queries with scans or screenshots of documents containing both text and charts. Energy, Healthcare Industry, Artificial Intelligence, Government Report, InfoVQA, DocVQA, ArxivQA, TabFQuad, TAT-DQA, Shift Project Text-to-photo retrieval This is the typical text-to-image matching used by CLIP and other CLIP-like models, where queries are associated with the most semantically relevant photos. meme-cap, mm-imdb, winoground, docci Standard text retrieval Standard text retrieval retrieves relevant documents by matching query strings with document strings. LeCaRDv2, LegalQuAD legal_summarization, AILA_casedocs, AILA_statutes, rag-benchmark-finance-apple-10K-2022, financebench, TAT-QA, finance-alpaca-csv fiqa-personal-finance-dataset, finance-financialmodelingprep-stock-news-sentiments-rss-feed, ConvFinQA, finqa, hc3_finance, dialogsum, QAConv, HQA-data, LeetCodeCpp-new, LeetCodeJava-new, LeetCodePython-new, humaneval, mbpp, ds1000-referenceonly, ds1000, apps_5doc, Huffpostsports, Huffpostscience, Doordash, Healthforcalifornia, Cohere, 5GEdge, OneSignal, Langchain, PyTorch1024 - -Note that the standard text retrieval task encompasses all datasets used to evaluate voyage-3 and voyage-3-lite except long context and multilingual datasets. See our previous blog post for more information. - -Models. For the three multimodal tasks, we evaluate voyage-multimodal-3 alongside four alternative multimodal embedding models: OpenAI CLIP large ( clip-vit-large-patch14-336 ), Amazon Titan Multimodal Embeddings G1 ( amazon.titan-embed-image-v1 ), Cohere multimodal v3 ( embed-multimodal-v3.0 ), and SigLIP So400M ( siglip-so400m-patch14-384 ). We also evaluate ColQwen2 v0.1 ( colqwen-v0.1 ), a late interaction model that outputs many embeddings per document. - -For the standard text retrieval task, we evaluate voyage-multimodal-3 alongside OpenAI v3 large ( text-embeddings-3-large ), Cohere multimodal/English1 v3, and voyage-3 . - -Metrics. Given a query, we retrieve the top 10 results by cosine similarity and report the NDCG@10. - -Results - -Multimodal retrieval. As shown in the figure below, voyage-multimodal-3 outperforms OpenAI CLIP large, Amazon Titan Multimodal G1, Cohere multimodal v3, SigLIP So400M, and ColQwen2 v0.1 by: - -41.44%, 45.00%, 43.37%, 20.66%, and 6.14% on table/figure retrieval, respectively - -26.54%, 37.68%, 25.84%, 35.62%, and 0.98% on document screenshot retrieval, respectively - -6.55%, 5.16%, 5.86%, 3.42%, and 10.34% on text-to-photo retrieval, respectively - -Standard text retrieval. As shown in the figure below, voyage-multimodal-3 outperforms OpenAI v3 large and Cohere multimodal/English1 v3 by 5.13% and 13.70%, respectively. The performance of voyage-multimodal-3 is 0.05% better than that of voyage-3 , making the two comparable in terms of retrieval accuracy for pure text documents. - -All evaluation results are available in this spreadsheet. - -Try voyage-multimodal-3 now! - -voyage-multimodal-3 is available today! The first 200 million tokens are free. To get started, check out our sample notebook, or head over to our docs to learn more. - -If you’re also interested in fine-tuned embedding models, we’d love to hear from you—please email us at contact@voyageai.com. Follow us on X (Twitter) and LinkedIn, and join our Discord for more updates. - -1 Cohere multimodal v3 uses Cohere English v3 ( embed-english-v3.0 ) for the text tower, which makes the both models’ vectors identical on pure text. To minimize confusion, we use “Cohere multimodal v3” as the only label in the charts. - -Share this: Twitter - -Facebook - -",1731883644,7198d80d03,589ecd61e4,,,1731883644 -https://www.thespike.gg/valorant/news/exclusive-south-asia-to-launch-its-own-vct-game-changers-circuit-in-2024/5803,https://www.thespike.gg/rss.xml,Exclusive: South Asia to launch its own VCT Game Changers circuit in 2024,"THESPIKE.GG: We recently saw a tremendous response from Game Changers' Sao Paulo Championship. We haven't seen a tournament hosted this big for women and marginalised genders in any esports scene. Riot has done a tremendous job hosting that event, but particularly in our region and APAC region, we haven't seen that much of a push yet. Although I'm pretty sure that Riot has its focus, can you give insights for next year or the coming couple of years, what changes we can expect, and how is this transition of things more fluid for them? - -Well, here's an announcement for everybody. South Asia is getting its own Game Changers Circuit, and I think this is breaking news for everybody. Welcome, ladies, and every marginalized community that is out there for playing VALORANT we have the Game Changers' League for South Asia that plays directly into the Pacific Game Changers event that's going to happen at the end of the year, and that will lead to champions. So, buckle up! - Sukamal Pegu - -Although apart from this announcement, there aren’t any official dates available yet for the Game Changers circuit. They are expected to be announced soon. - -This announcement showcases how important the South Asian region is for Riot Games and provides more opportunities for fans and players of this region. During our conversation with Sukamal Pegu, we discussed plans for Riot Games in 2024, including how Riot plans to solve the issues teams are facing in tier 2 or Challenger Leagues. Soon, we will be publishing our full conversation. Make sure to follow our socials THESPIKE.GG for the latest updates in the world of VALORANT.",1731883667,0c89bedf6b,58813fdc63,,,1731883667 -https://justcreative.com/logo-package-express/,https://justcreative.com/feed/,40% Off Logo Package Express (Discount Coupon) Illustrator Extension,"Become a Brand Master Course by Jacob Cass - -Get $20 off from JUST Creative – Logo Package Express Discount - -Whats’ the Extension Look Like? - -Create, export & sort dozens of logo files in under 2 minutes! - -Want an Adobe Creative Cloud Discount? Get 40-70% Off - -Logo Package International Discount (Up to 40% Off) - -As much as I love logo design, I don’t enjoy saving out each individual logo file once the work is approved. - -It’s monotonous and takes up way too much time. - -sponsored message - -This awesome new extension for Illustrator exports logo packages in just one click. It’s super fast and a massive time saver. - -Read on to learn more as well as instructions on how to claim your Logo Package Express discount. - -And while you’re here, do check out their new color swatch to text tool ‘Logo Package Swatch‘ which is another huge time saver! - -Logo Package Express 20% Discount ($40) Coupon from JUST Creative - -Get 20% off ($40) the extension making it $119.20 instead of $149 with JUST Creative’s exclusive discount coupon code. - - - -sponsored message - - - - - -Enter ‘justcreative’ as the discount code at checkout. - -You can get 40% off LogoPackage Express during November as part of their Black Friday sale. - -Logo Package International Discount (Up to 40% Off) - -International customers can now enjoy as much as 40% off the USD price of Logo Package Express. The discount will be automatically applied based on your location. Here are some examples: - -India — 40% off - -South Africa — 40% off - -Nigeria — 40% off - -Mexico — 38% off - -Italy — 30% off - -France — 22% off - -Want an Adobe Creative Cloud Discount? Get 40-70% Off - -sponsored message - - - -As Adobe & Logocore partners, we can also offer you 40-70% off all of Adobe’s top creative apps including Adobe Illustrator, Photoshop, InDesign, Lightroom and more. - -Create, export & sort dozens of logo files in under 2 minutes! - -Export Print and Web Logo Packages in under 2 minutes - -Automatically generate every color variation of your logo with 1 click (includes Pantone, CMYK & RGB) - -Find the best Pantone match for your logo colors instantly - -Export all of your logo’s components at one time - -Produce an error-proof and easy-to-use naming convention and folder structure for your client’s logo package - -» Learn More - -Don’t miss the 20% promotional discount code below. - -Logo Package Express Extension Benefits - -Make robust logo packages 10x faster - -Logo Package Express can pump out 100+ logo files in under 5 minutes. - -Create every possible file for your clients, guaranteed - -Your logo packages will include every file format, color gamut, and logo configuration your client could ever ask you for. Logo Package Express takes care of it all. - -Send your clients error-free packages every time - -Logo Package Express can churn out dozens of pre-named logo files and organize them into folders. You won’t ever have to manually create folders or name your logos one-by-one again. - -Reduce ad-hoc client requests - -Logo Package Express names your logo files with a proven and effective naming convention. Then it sorts them into a super intuitive folder structure that even stone-age clients can follow. No more requests for missing files. - -More valuable logo packages - -More files = more money. Use Logo Package Express and you can charge for a premium package without wasting hours of your time on it. More money for less time. Winning! - -» Watch Logo Package Express Demo - -— - -Whats’ the Extension Look Like? - -Wondering what the UI looks like? Have a sneak peek below. It’s simple and intuitive. - -Get $20 off from JUST Creative – Logo Package Express Discount - -I have arranged an exclusive discount for Just Creative readers. Get 20% off ($20) the extension making it $99 instead of $119. - -You must use the coupon code to get 20% off and not any of the other links above. - -sponsored message - - - -Enter ‘justcreative’ as the discount code at checkout. - -» Click here to get 20% off Logo Package Express 3.0! - -Requires Adobe Illustrator CC 2018 or higher. Available on Mac and Windows. - -More Top Logo Design Resources - -Related Logo Design Resources - -Become a Brand Master Course by Jacob Cass - -Instructor: Jacob Cass | Price: $30 | Length: 48 minutes - -While you’re here, I wanted to take the time to share my own logo design & branding course. This value-packed course will help you not just with logo design but help you become a brand master. We cover: - -Research, Strategy & Workshops - -Concept Development - -Logo & Brand Design - -Plus you’ll receive a bonus strategy workbook and workshop template for your own branding projects. - -Watch the trailer below or simply click here to take the course. - -sponsored message - -",1731883669,b7a65c143b,58959ca0a5,,,1731883669 -https://www.engadget.com/deals/nintendo-just-announced-its-black-friday-deals-and-they-include-tears-of-the-kingdom-for-50-194609765.html?src=rss,https://www.engadget.com/rss.xml,"Nintendo just announced its Black Friday deals, and they include Tears of the Kingdom for $50","Engadget has been testing and reviewing consumer tech since 2004. Our stories may include affiliate links; if you buy something through a link, we may earn a commission. Read more about how we evaluate products . - -You can also pick up Pikmin 4 and Super Mario Maker 2 for $40 each. - -Nintendo just announced its various Black Friday promotions and they go live on November 24 and last until November 30. These include discounts on first-party Switch titles, which is pretty darned rare. The deals will be available at popular retailers like Best Buy, Target and Walmart. These discounts are for physical copies of games, so the Nintendo eShop won't be involved. - -Perhaps the jewel in Black Friday’s crown is a $20 discount on The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the Kingdom. The game is normally $70, so this drops the price down to $50. The game is an absolute blast and builds on all of the good stuff originally introduced in Breath of the Wild. This time, however, new abilities allow for even more unique solutions to puzzles. - -The sale also applies to the long-gestating Pikmin 4 and the sublimely creative Super Mario Maker 2. Both will be available for $40. Animal Crossing: New Horizons, the belle of the COVID-era ball, will also cost $40. The same goes for Nintendo Switch Sports and Kirby and the Forgotten Land. - -Super Mario Odyssey, which is still the franchise’s latest 3D platformer, will shoot down to just $30. The same price will apply to the remake collection Pikmin 1 + 2. Joy-Con controllers, carrying cases and other accessories will also be on sale. - -There will even be a deal on an actual Switch console bundle. The Nintendo Switch Lite: Hyrule Edition is going to cost $210, but it comes with some serious perks. This bundle ships with the gold-colored console and a full year of Nintendo Switch Online + Expansion Pack. This provides access to all kinds of retro games, from the NES all the way to the N64. - -There’s a caveat here. The Nintendo Switch isn’t long for this world, as a sequel is imminent. Adults may want to wait for the new console, but a Switch Lite is still a great gift for a kid. However, nobody has any idea what Trump’s promised tariffs will do to console prices, so maybe even the Switch Lite will cost $600 next year. Who the heck knows anymore. - -If you're keen on getting some holiday shopping done now, though, you can browse the best Black Friday tech deals we've curated. Gaming deals are a little sparse at the moment, but you can get up to 55 percent off Xbox titles right now, or a 1TB Xbox Series X with two included controllers for $490 — that's $110 off the usual rate. Elsewhere, Lego deals are in full swing with up to 40 percent off Star Wars and Super Mario sets, including this Super Mario King Boo's Haunted Mansion (71436) for $60 and Star Wars: A New Hope Boarding The Tantive IV Fantasy Toy (75387) for $44. - -Check out all of the latest Black Friday and Cyber Monday deals here.",1731883669,2ccba97d94,589884a698,,,1731883669 -https://www.foxnews.com/politics/virginia-attorney-general-expects-a-lot-more-common-sense-during-trump-presidency,http://feeds.foxnews.com/foxnews/politics,Virginia attorney general expects 'a lot more common sense' during Trump presidency,"Republican Virginia Attorney General Jason Miyares said he anticipates ""a lot more common sense to come out of Washington"" with a Trump presidency ahead. - -With President-elect Donald Trump heading to the Oval in January, Miyares said he looks forward to the administration rolling back ""the overly burdensome regulations that have impacted so many Americans these last four years."" - -""Everything from the OSHA vaccine mandate . . . to a pretty radical interpretation of Title IX to essentially say that now biological boys are allowed to be on women's sports teams,"" Miyares told Fox News Digital. ""So I anticipate you're going to see a lot more common sense to come out of Washington and come out of the administration."" - -Miyares said he anticipates lots of new developments with the new Republican administration, and ""we look forward to seeing it."" - -VIRGINIA AG CHEERS SUPREME COURT RULING AS ‘HUGE WIN’ FOR ELECTION INTEGRITY - -Following his win, Trump and his team have already started to announce various Cabinet nominations and policy expectations. Among them have included Trump's announcement that he would be nominating Florida Rep. Matt Gaetz to be the next attorney general. - -Miyares did not directly comment on Gaetz as the potential head of the Justice Department, but clarified that he also looks forward to working with the new AG. - -""We're going to work with the attorney general,"" Miyares said. ""I know that's why we have the Senate to advise and consent."" - -""But this is what I would say — the new administration and who they're going to put in elevated leadership is, again, I think, going to be fundamentally different than I think some of the real left-wing ideology that we've seen pushed down by the Biden administration,"" Miyares continued. - -TRUMP'S SPEEDY CABINET PICKS SHOW HIS 'PRIORITY TO PUT AMERICA FIRST,' TRANSITION TEAM SAYS - -Miyares recently made headlines after challenging a lower court's ruling ordering the state to restore the names of approximately 1,600 potential noncitizens to its voter rolls ahead of the Nov. 5 election. - -Miyares, along with Gov. Glenn Youngkin, remained steadfast after the Department of Justice initially sued them over the voter removals, arguing that the state's process was ""individualized"" and conducted in accordance with state and federal law. - -Miyares is up for re-election in 2025 but has yet to announce any formal plans for running again. Two Democrats have already announced their plans to run for the post, including former Virginia delegate Jay Jones and Henrico County Commonwealth's Attorney Shannon Taylor. Both have voiced their criticisms of Gaetz's nomination on social media. - -""When I am Virginia's next Attorney General, you better believe I'll be taking on Matt Gaetz's overreach in court. We are going to hold this Administration accountable for Virginia families,"" Jones wrote on X. - -MATT GAETZ FACES GOP SENATE OPPOSITION AFTER TRUMP SELECTION FOR ATTORNEY GENERAL - -""Matt Gaetz, who was investigated by law enforcement for sex trafficking and who has been under investigation by the House Ethics Committee (a Republican-led committee in a Republican-majority House) was nominated by President-Elect Trump as the next US Attorney General,"" Taylor wrote on X. - -""I call on Attorney General Miyares @JasonMiyaresVA who is the highest legal officer in our Commonwealth, to oppose this appointment and to call on President Elect-Trump to instead nominate an Attorney General who is above reproach as opposed to a man under ethics investigation himself."" - -Trump first announced his intentions to nominate Gaetz as AG in a Truth Social post on Wednesday, saying Gaetz ""has distinguished himself in Congress through his focus on achieving desperately needed reform at the Department of Justice."" - -Gaetz then confirmed the nomination on the social media site X , adding, ""It will be an honor to serve as President Trump’s Attorney General!"" - -Shortly after the announcement, Gaetz resigned from his post in Congress, House Speaker Mike Johnson announced. - -CLICK HERE TO GET THE FOX NEWS APP - -Republicans have already signaled concerns over Gaetz's potential appointment. He was previously under a yearlong DOJ investigation stemming from accusations that he had had a sexual relationship with a minor, but the department ultimately did not press charges. - -Fox News' Elizabeth Elkind and Kelly Phares contributed to this report.",1731883658,7b5f0a8391,5886bbc5dd,,,1731883658 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/articles/czdpm0rdqyjo,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,"US Open 2024: Jack Draper's coaches, family and the sacrifices behind his Grand Slam semi-final showing","The boy with big dreams has, step by step, season by season, become the man capable of striding into the semi-finals of the US Open without dropping a set. - -Jack Draper - an ""absolute tennis keeno"", in the words of former British number one Laura Robson - was not blessed with height as a boy. - -But a timely growth spurt in his late teens took him to 6ft 4in and, now his body has got used to the idea, the 22-year-old is starting to look highly dangerous. - -Capable of making short work of service games and dominating from the baseline, Draper has also been thinking carefully about two things central to many of our daily lives: smartphones and caffeine. - -Draper played two practice sets with Cameron Norrie before Queen's back in 2022. Draper won the first set but went down an early break in the second. Norrie suggested Draper's concentration may have been affected by checking his phone at the change of ends. - -Draper vowed to leave his phone switched off in practice in future - and, after a discussion with coach James Trotman, has recently decided to cut out caffeine. - -""I used to take a lot of caffeine before I played, because I felt maybe sometimes with my emotions, I would feel tired before I played,"" Draper told BBC Sport after his quarter-final victory over Alex de Minaur. - -""The anxiety would shut me down, so my way of dealing with it was taking on a hell of a lot of caffeine. - -""But I learnt that probably wasn’t the best situation because I ended up becoming very wired and very agitated, and I wasn’t able to be present and focus on what’s important. - -""I think it was probably best that I cut it out of my life.""",1731883658,95caee0db1,58e74d2614,,,1731883658 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/pr-industry-embrace-futurecasting/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Why the PR Industry Should Embrace Futurecasting,"The PR industry has changed significantly in the past 15 years. We’ve seen the evolution of content marketing and the introduction of inbound marketing, as well as the introduction of social media and data. And we now have artificial intelligence, propelling the industry further and faster than ever. - -It’s been fun to go to work each day and test something new, learn new tools and technologies, and implement everything into our comms programs. - -The challenge that comes with that, though, is the uncertainty of it all. The only thing that’s certain is that something new will come along to upend how we’ve done things. Our jobs have become more about predicting the future than it is about executing tactics—and good for us! It’s far more strategic and important to be doing that work than to be writing news releases about new hires. - -There is a word for this: futurecasting. - -But what is futurecasting in public relations? And how does one go about futurecasting in their comms programs? - -Well, my friends! I have you. - -Learn How to Predict the Future - -A few weeks ago, we talked about how to use anti-fragile tactics to predict the future. As part of that, we discussed the importance of staying up-to-date on current events by reading everything you can about your industry and about the world. - -It turns out that predicting the future isn’t the only benefit of doing this. You can also futurecast. The more well-read you are about all the things that might affect your organization or your clients’ organizations, the better you’ll be able to predict the future. - -Before we get into how to do that and what it might look like for you, let’s back up and talk about futurecasting: what it is, why it’s important, and how you can get good at it. - -I love the example Entrepreneur uses in a recent article, “As climate change takes center stage globally, companies and organizations must be prepared for increased public scrutiny about their environmental footprint. A futurecasting PR approach might involve creating a narrative about the company’s commitment to sustainability before any controversy arises. By doing so, they establish themselves as proactive leaders rather than reactive entities scrambling in the face of criticism.” - -It’s taking everything you’ve read and predicting how it might affect your organization: climate change, economics, social justice, impending natural disasters, and more. - -But let’s back up for a second. What is futurecasting? - -What Is Futurecasting? - -Futurecasting is a strategic planning process that has you thinking about potential scenarios and trends to anticipate and prepare for what might affect the business in the future. It’s used to make informed decisions in the present by considering how different factors might evolve over time. Futurecasting is not about correctly predicting the future, but about identifying a range of plausible possibilities and understanding their potential implications. - -It might include: - -Scenario building - -Trend analysis - -Disruption analysis - -Adaptive strategies - -Innovation and opportunity - -Long-term planning - -Collaboration - -It’s important to note that futurecasting is not about predicting a single “correct” future but rather about preparing for a range of possibilities. The aim is to enhance strategic decision-making, adaptability, and resilience in the face of uncertainty. - -Which Comms Skills Are Necessary? - -It sounds a bit far-fetched. I get that. But when you think about some of the best futurecasters, they include people like Bill Gates and Al Gore. Steve Jobs certainly in his day, as well. They can read the tea leaves, based on what’s happening around us, and use that information to look at possibilities that could affect the world. - -And communicators can do this, too. It requires taking the work you already do to anticipate news stories, storytelling, content development, and lead nurturing—and enhancing those skills by anticipating emerging trends, technologies, and societal shifts. - -For those of you who do any crisis work, you already do this—you monitor social media and the news to anticipate a forthcoming challenge. You pay attention to what’s being said about your brand and prepare. Futurecasting is taking this practice a step further to allow you to think about what reputational challenges the organization might face in the next decade. - -Roadmap for PR Pros - -OK, let’s talk about the roadmap you can use to enhance your skills to get good at futurecasting. - -The first thing is to stay informed . We’ve already talked about this quite a bit, both today and in our anti-fragile discussion a few weeks ago. But it bears worth repeating: stay up-to-date with current events, industry news, technological advancements, and cultural shifts. Regularly read reputable sources, attend conferences, and follow thought leaders in relevant fields to build a strong knowledge base. - -Next is to study the trends . Analyze trends in technology, consumer behavior, media consumption, and cultural attitudes. Understand how these trends will likely evolve over time and consider their potential effect on your work. - -Then do scenario planning and include different members from different teams. Develop the ability to create and analyze multiple scenarios. Envision a range of potential futures based on different factors and identify how each scenario might affect your organization or clients. - -Conduct thorough research on your industry and related fields. Understand the competitive landscape, emerging players, and disruptive technologies that could affect your PR efforts. Just like the climate change example I used, how might something like that affect the business in 10 years? And what are you doing now to prepare for that? - -Spend time doing cross-disciplinary learning . Familiarize yourself with disciplines beyond PR, such as technology, sociology, economics, and environmental science. This interdisciplinary approach will help you see connections between different areas and anticipate their interactions. - -Explore tools and methodologies used by futurists , such as trend analysis, environmental scanning, and SWOT analyses. These tools can guide your futurecasting efforts. - -Engage with experts from various fields, and attend seminars, workshops, and conferences that focus on future trends. Collaborate with professionals who have expertise in areas that complement PR, such as data analysis or technology. - -Cultivate creative thinking skills to imagine possibilities beyond the obvious. Encourage brainstorming sessions where you explore unconventional ideas that could shape the future of PR. - -Be open to change and willing to adapt your strategies based on new information and insights. Flexibility is crucial in a rapidly changing environment. - -Consider the ethical implications of emerging technologies and societal changes. Futurecasting involves anticipating positive developments, potential challenges, and ethical dilemmas. - -Develop a long-term perspective in your PR strategies. Consider how actions taken today might influence your reputation and relationships in the future. - -Futurecasting is an ongoing process. Dedicate time to continual learning through online courses, workshops, or reading materials related to foresight and strategic planning. - -Pay attention to weak signals —early indicators of emerging trends or shifts that might not be widely recognized yet. These signals can provide valuable insights into potential future developments. - -Keep a record of your futurecasting efforts, including your predictions, analysis, and outcomes. This documentation can help refine your futurecasting skills over time. - -How to Use Futurecasting In Your PR Programs - -Now that you have the skills to futurecast, how do you integrate them into your PR programs? Let’s take a look at some of your options. - -Use futurecasting to identify potential issues or crises that might arise in the future. By anticipating challenges, you can develop proactive strategies to address them before they escalate. - -Craft compelling narratives that anticipate future developments. Use storytelling to communicate how your organization is prepared to meet future challenges and take advantage of opportunities. - -Create content that aligns with anticipated future trends and interests. This can include blog posts, articles, videos, and infographics that provide insights into upcoming developments. - -Position your organization as a thought leader by sharing well-researched insights on future trends. Publish reports, whitepapers, and research findings that showcase your expertise in foreseeing industry changes. - -Tailor your messaging to address the needs and expectations of future audiences. Anticipate how your target audience’s preferences might evolve and adjust your communication accordingly. - -Collaborate with experts in various fields to gain insights into potential future developments. Engage in panel discussions, webinars, or joint projects exploring your industry’s intersection with other disciplines. - -Assess how different future scenarios might affect your organization’s reputation , stakeholders, and bottom line. Develop strategies to leverage positive events and mitigate negative ones. - -Develop crisis communication plans that account for potential future crises or reputation-threatening events. Being prepared for various scenarios ensures a more agile and effective response. - -Anticipate how the media landscape might evolve. Understand the changing preferences of journalists, bloggers, and influencers to tailor your media relations strategies . - -Adapt your social media strategy to align with emerging platforms and trends. Engage with your audience on platforms that are likely to become more influential in the future. Keep an eye on the new social networks and what’s tanking (cough, Twitter er X, cough). - -Build relationships with organizations that align with your futurecasting insights. Collaborate on projects that address future challenges and demonstrate your organization’s proactive stance. - -Develop PR campaigns with a long-term perspective. Address future issues or trends that are on the horizon, positioning your organization as a forward-thinking leader . - -Establish metrics to evaluate the success of your futurecasting-informed PR efforts. Monitor how your strategies perform against anticipated trends and adjust as needed. - -Remember that while futurecasting can provide valuable insights, it’s important to maintain flexibility in your strategies. It requires a willingness to explore the unknown, challenge assumptions, and think critically about the forces shaping the world. The future is inherently uncertain, and being able to adapt your plans based on new information is crucial. - -By integrating futurecasting into your PR strategy, you can position yourself as a forward-thinking professional who anticipates trends and adapts strategies for success.",1731883767,4dc781f5bc,58f63c3af6,,,1731883767 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/10/20/liverpool-vs-chelsea-live-score-latest-updates-premier/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Curtis Jones silences Cole Palmer in statement Liverpool victory over Chelsea,"By Ian McCullough - -Chelsea boss Enzo Maresca has revealed Jurgen Klopp’s Liverpool team were the blueprint for how he wants his teams to play ahead of his first trip to Anfield as a manager. - -Maresca’s side are unbeaten since the opening day of the season and can reinforce their top-four credentials with a win against Arne Slot’s early-season pacesetters today in what’s been an encouraging start to life in English football’s hottest of managerial hotseats. - -The Italian is no stranger to being in the away dug-out at Anfield from his time as Pep Guardiola’s assistant at Manchester City and had a ringside seat for some memorable Premier League encounters against Klopp’s side. - -“At that time, it was THE game, between two teams that were doing fantastic,” he said. - -“The margins were always tiny. You can feel, you can smell that kind of game. It was nice not only for us involved but also for all the people who like football.” - -Although Klopp is no longer in charge at Liverpool, his teams had a profound effect on the Italian’s football philosophy. - -Maresca said: “When I finished playing and was starting out as a manager I watched 38 games of Liverpool in one week to study and to analyse how they were with the previous manager in terms of pressing. - -“It was Christmas time, I still remember. But I was starting to watch different kinds of work. To understand and to see how the best teams think. - -“I really know Liverpool players because I watched them many, many, many times. The first one, two, three years of Klopp, the way they were pressing was especially good because of (Mo) Salah, (Roberto) Firmino and (Sadio) Mane. - -“It is not only about being on the ball. It was off the ball, the way they were aggressive was unbelievable. - -“I really like Salah, not only because he is good on the ball but because he is a fantastic player also off the ball.” - -Cole Palmer has established himself as one of the best players in Europe since his arrival at Stamford Bridge from City last season but Maresca said it’s too soon to put the 22-year-old in the same bracket as Salah. - -He said: “You cannot just judge on one or two years. In Salah’s case you have to judge on the last seven or eight years, - -“He has been one of the best players and one of the best Liverpool players. Cole did that for us last year and also now. Hopefully he can do it for the next five to 10 years with us.”",1731883744,4301cc1e14,59121e519b,,,1731883744 -https://www.entrepreneurshiplife.com/diabetic-supplies-online-border-free-health-simplifies-ordering-across-canada/,https://www.entrepreneurshiplife.com/feed/,Best Diabetic Supplies Online: Border Free Health Simplifies Ordering Across Canada,"By - -Border Free Health has emerged as a reputable option for people managing diabetes, offering a wide selection of diabetic supplies online. From blood glucose meters to insulin pump supplies, the company has designed its services around accessibility, affordability, and convenience. For individuals seeking the best diabetic supplies online, Border Free Health provides essential diabetes management tools with a commitment to quality and affordability. - -Comprehensive Range of Diabetic Supplies - -Diabetes care requires a variety of specialized products, and Border Free Health meets this demand with an extensive inventory. Customers can access a full spectrum of diabetic supplies, including blood glucose meters, diabetes test strips, pen needles, and insulin pump supplies. By offering products from top brands like OneTouch Ultra and Accu-Chek, Border Free Health ensures customers receive certified, high-quality items for their diabetes management. - -The company’s mission revolves around making life easier for people living with diabetes. Patients rely on Border Free Health for reliable access to medical supplies, whether they need test strips, insulin pumps, or other diabetic essentials. With a user-friendly online platform, the company provides patients with the flexibility to shop for their needs, monitor blood glucose levels, and stay on top of their diabetes management in a timely manner. - -Affordable Solutions for Diabetes Care - -High retail prices often burden diabetes patients who need regular medical supplies. Border Free Health addresses this challenge by offering discounts on essential diabetes supplies, creating a more affordable way to manage the condition. Many patients find the cost of test strips, blood glucose meters, and other diabetic supplies adds up over time, but Border Free Health’s savings options, such as promo codes and bulk discounts, help alleviate this expense. - -Accessibility remains central to Border Free Health’s approach. Patients may find diabetic supplies at prices significantly lower than at local drugstores, making it easier for individuals to acquire what they need without straining their finances. With Border Free Health, users benefit from savings on critical items, such as blood glucose monitors and insulin pump accessories, all while shopping from a trusted source. - -Personalized and Reliable Customer Support - -Border Free Health understands that managing diabetes goes beyond providing products; it involves personalized support. The company offers dedicated account managers who work closely with each customer, ensuring they receive their diabetic supplies without hassle. Each account manager assists patients with their orders, helping them manage everything from prescription renewals to insurance coordination. - -For those unfamiliar with online shopping, the account managers simplify the process, making it easy to find and order supplies like blood glucose meters, insulin pumps, and pen needles. Patients may count on their assigned representative for guidance, making Border Free Health an excellent resource for individuals seeking a caring touch in their diabetes management journey. - -Streamlined Ordering and Timely Deliveries - -Convenience plays a vital role in Border Free Health’s service. Patients can easily register on the website, upload a prescription, and complete their orders without leaving their homes. The streamlined approach to acquiring diabetic supplies is particularly valuable for those who require same-day access to blood glucose meters, test strips, or other urgent supplies. - -The Takeaway - -Border Free Health stands out for its dedication to supporting those managing diabetes with affordability and ease. As one of the best diabetic supplies online sources, the company provides access to essential tools and support for effective diabetes care. Border Free Health’s user-friendly service ensures that diabetic patients can conveniently access high-quality supplies tailored to their needs. - -Frequently Asked Questions - -What makes Border Free Health a top choice among diabetes supply companies? - -Border Free Health provides affordable, high-quality diabetic supplies with personalized support, making it one of the best diabetes supply companies. - -Why is Border Free Health considered the best diabetic supply company? - -Border Free Health offers an extensive range of certified diabetes care products, ensuring patients receive the best support for managing their blood sugar levels. - -Does Border Free Health provide certified diabetes care? - -Yes, Border Free Health supplies products that meet high standards, focusing on safe and certified diabetes care. - -How does Border Free Health help monitor blood sugar effectively? - -Border Free Health provides reliable tools like glucose meters and test strips, supporting patients in tracking and managing their blood sugar accurately.",1731883634,d1b4edb237,58f10abb62,,,1731883634 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/spacex-launch-tender-offer-valuing-210204701.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,"SpaceX To Launch Tender Offer, Valuing Company At Over $250 Billion: Report","SpaceX To Launch Tender Offer, Valuing Company At Over $250 Billion: Report - -Benzinga and Yahoo Finance LLC may earn commission or revenue on some items through the links below. - -SpaceX, under the leadership of Elon Musk, is reportedly preparing to initiate a tender offer next month. - -What Happened: SpaceX's tender offer will allow the sale of existing shares at $135 each, valuing the company at over $250 billion, as reported by Reuters. - -Musk’s ambition for human Mars exploration could become a national priority under Trump’s administration. The NASA Artemis program, which intends to use SpaceX’s Starship for lunar missions as a precursor to Mars expeditions, is anticipated to shift focus towards Mars with uncrewed missions targeted this decade. - -Don’t Miss: - -SpaceX might push for relaxed regulations on worker and participant safety in private space flights under Trump’s presidency. - -An investigation last year revealed over 600 worker injuries at SpaceX facilities, exceeding the industry average, raising concerns about the company’s adherence to safety standards. - -Why It Matters: SpaceX’s valuation has seen a significant increase over the past year. In June, the company was reportedly set for a record $210 billion valuation in a tender offer, surpassing its previous $200 billion estimate. This was driven by substantial investor demand. - -However, Musk has previously dismissed the possibility of a SpaceX initial public offering (IPO), citing the intense pressure for short-term results faced by publicly listed companies. - -SpaceX’s dominance in the space sector is further highlighted by its control over two-thirds of the planet’s satellites, thanks to the rapid expansion of its Starlink satellite network. - -As of September, SpaceX’s Starlink service connects over 4 million customers worldwide, demonstrating the company’s significant impact on global connectivity. - -Check out more of Benzinga’s Future Of Mobility coverage by following this link. - -Looking For Higher-Yield Opportunities In A Shifting Market? - -The changing interest rate environment has created an incredible opportunity for income-seeking investors to earn massive yields, but not through dividend stocks... Certain private market real estate investments are giving retail investors the opportunity to capitalize on these high-yield opportunities and Benzinga has identified some of the most attractive options for you to consider.",1731883674,6e579b027f,58cb603574,,,1731883674 -https://www.shipbob.com/blog/gift-guide/,https://www.shipbob.com/blog/feed/,2024 Holiday Gift Guide: Shop Over 80 DTC Brands,"Not all of these brands are affiliated with ShipBob, but they are all at the top of our wishlists for trending DTC brands that our team is giving as gifts this year. The inclusion of brands in the gift guide should not be construed as an endorsement or recommendation of ShipBob. - -With more people shopping online than ever before, the holiday shopping season is already starting — which means you won’t have to wait until Black Friday and Cyber Monday to snag some amazing deals. If you’re the type to procrastinate on the gift shopping, no need to panic! We put together a list of unique gift ideas to help you start shopping sooner than later. - -At ShipBob, we’re passionate about supporting independent ecommerce businesses. Whether you’re looking for a fun stocking stuffer or a show-stopping holiday gift, here are dozens of gift ideas sold by direct-to-consumer (DTC) brands recommended by our team. - -For the fitness fanatic in your life - -Get an early start on your New Year’s resolutions with these picks from top DTC exercise and fitness equipment brands. - -Fleo Shorts creates strength training apparel for CrossFitters, weightlifters, powerlifters, runners, and other fierce women. Designed in-house and manufactured in the US, their shorts come in nearly every print imaginable and make a great gift for the athletes in your life. - -The woman-owned brand BuffBunny offers clothes that combine beauty and function. Each of the brand’s best-selling sports bra styles have matching leggings that you can wear on the treadmill or out with friends, available sizes from 2XS to 3XL. - -With this device from AnimalHouse Fitness, you can add upper body weight-lifting exercises to your leg day routine. Engineered for comfort and quality, MonkeyFeet enables you to lift up to 160 pounds of dumbbell weight with your feet, and is usable anywhere. - -If you know a baseball player looking to up their game, BRUCE BOLT’s batting gloves are a hit. These innovative gloves are designed to better fit players’ hands, while providing extra support to the wrist and eliminating the need to manually wrap them. - -What do you get when you cross a soccer player, a biophysics PhD, and a sports product engineer? Some of the best protection and performance gear on the market. Storelli Sports delivers winning gloves, head guards, sliding shorts, recovery gear, and more, so soccer players can enjoy their game to the fullest. - -Any beachgoer, swimmer, surfer, or ocean aficionado in your life will appreciate an extra means of protection when they’re out in the water. Sharkbanz bracelets use patented magnetic technology developed by marine biologists to harmlessly deter predatory shark species, and can be worn unobtrusively around the wrist or ankle to achieve peace of mind in open water. - -Consumers from all over the globe have adopted Pit Vipers as part of their everyday attire for activities ranging from skateboarding to surfing to just hanging out. These specialty sunglasses provide 100% UVA and UVB protection and have a lifetime warranty. Free shipping over $69. - -For lovers of the pitch, Rugby Bricks doesn’t just provide players with kicking tees made and designed in New Zealand – it also offers hundreds of videos on improving rugby skills. From field, home, and gym-passing programs to demonstration videos that help players home specific techniques, this brand delivers world-class products and education for Rugby fanatics. - -To support healthy living, all season long - -The holidays are a feel-good time for many — but why not feel your best all year? These supplements and solutions are a great gift for anyone looking to boost their wellness in 2024. - -Bloom Nutrition is a health brand that believes that health starts on the inside, and offers a wide range of different supplements, from protein powders to multi-vitamins. This particular Greens & Superfoods Blend is packed with over 30 ingredients (such as fruits, vegetables, probiotics, and antioxidants) to minimize bloat and maximize gut health. Free shipping to the US. - -Oxford Healthspan is a nutraceutical company based in Oxford, England. Their signature product Primeadine has as its main active ingredient spermidine: a molecule that inhibits 9 of the 12 Hallmarks of Aging and is one of Japan’s best kept longevity secrets. This 30-day supply not only promotes slower aging, but may also improve sleep, boost energy levels, and encourage healthier digestion. - -If you or someone in your life is struggling with menstrual symptoms, look no further than these supplements from Semaine Health. Devoted to taking women’s health seriously, this brand’s flagship product is specially designed to alleviate menstrual symptoms such as mood swings, bloating, and cramps. Their full catalog of plant-based, clinically-developed products provide solutions to other issues as well, including hormonal imbalances, UTIs, and menopause symptoms. - -Peak and Valley combines scientific research and holistic medicine to create herbal supplements that support your health journey. Made with the highest-quality, transparently-sourced herbs and mushrooms, Peak and Valley supplements are designed to help balance your body’s hormonal and physiological functions, including brain activity, stress responses, and sleep. - -This liquid supplement pack from LifeCykel includes five unique mushroom extracts infused with Kakadu Plum for peak performance and wellness, so you can optimize your life and reach your full potential. Add a milliliter or two of one extract to your regular coffee, tea, or smoothie, or combine multiple in a daytime or nighttime routine. - -UK-based brand Elle Sera is on a mission to help women reclaim their hormones. Packed with five powerful, vegan-friendly nutrients, each golden pill is designed to balance mood, reduce stress and anxiety, and alleviate many of the symptoms of menopause – and with a flexible monthly subscription program, your gift recipient can embrace their hormones all year long. - -Did you know that colostrum – also known as “liquid gold” – has nutrient-dense properties that offer health benefits like the ability to reduce infections, improve immunity, and more? That’s why Cowboy Colostrum partners with US dairy farms to up-cycle the surplus of colostrum produced by cows to create their premium supplement. Simply add to a smoothie, coffee, matcha, or even a glass of water to enjoy. - -When the holidays come around, you want to feel your best – and Arrae’s supplements can help women do just that. Their 100% natural supplements address bloat, heartburn, and more problems that millions of women deal with daily. This particular bundle targets digestion and sleep quality, so you can give the women in your life a well-deserved rest. - -All natural, eco-friendly, and organic gifts - -Ecommerce has opened the doors to so many eco-friendly, natural, and organic brands. Here are some of our favorite products that help protect the environment and keep us healthy. - -Ever use only half a fruit or vegetable, stick the other half in the fridge, only to have it go bad before you can use it? Food Huggers is on a mission to reduce this waste (and guilt) through its silicone huggers. These durable tools replace single-use plastic at home, and give you a convenient way to preserve your fruits, veggies, and open jars longer, so you or your loved one can run a more eco-conscious kitchen. - -Rather than using rolls of aluminum foil or parchment paper that just end up in the trash, eco-conscious cooks can use the Silky Mat for all their non-stick needs. This versatile kitchen gadget is easy to clean, reusable for a thousand bakes, and comes in a few different shapes and sizes to fit different tools. - -Sunscreen isn’t just for the summertime. Project Reef’s signature SPF is combines Non-Nano Zinc and soothing ingredients to protect skin even in the darker months – and because each purchase keeps 1 pound of plastic (equivalent to 22 plastic water bottles) out of the ocean, gifting Project Reef helps protect the environment, too. - -You can keep the earth clean while cleaning your space with Good Change Store’s refillable glass bottles and 100% natural cleaning tablets. The brand strives to eliminate the use of plastic in all their products, while delivering powerful cleaning solutions made with essential oils and botanicals from the founders’ beautiful home of New Zealand. - -Popular personal care essentials - -Looking for the perfect personal care gift? The following wellness brands are making a splash in the ecommerce industry with unique products you can’t find anywhere else. - -It’s a 10 haircare is one of the best hair product brands on the market. Known for their popular leave-in treatment, it’s a 10 brings salon-level quality treatment, which supports healthy hair in between hair appointments. They also offer an array of men’s products. - -Dossier is a great alternative to the more pricey perfumes on the market. They offer a variety of luxury scents at a fair price. But don’t let the low price fool you; these scents are sourced from the highest quality ingredients from Europe. - -While all Earthley’s products are 100% clean and designed to support health naturally, their All-Purpose Salve Stick is a great place to start if you’re just starting to explore natural wellness solutions. This product is suited for minor scrapes, cuts, rashes, burns, and more, and works for all ages. - -For a salon quality blowout at home, this dryer brush from Voloom is your best friend. This multipurpose tool dries, smoothes, and styles hair all at once to minimize styling time — plus the brush’s design is specially crafted to be good to your hair, using a ceramic barrel, mixed bristles, and multiple heat settings. - -The viral sensation that is Beachwaver’s curling iron is a must for any hair or beauty enthusiast this season. Its automatic rotating barrel makes the curling process easier, safer, and faster – and with different models featuring multiple barrel sizes and adjustable heat settings, Beachwaver is a great option for lots of different hair types. - -A skincare routine can get overwhelming – so why not keep it simple? This Power Duo pack from Clearstem Skincare includes one anti-acne exfoliation serum that fights inflammation and brightens skin, and a second that hydrates your skin and helps repair damage. Both feature natural ingredients such as turmeric and Reishi mushrooms, and together deliver a more straightforward and effective skincare regimen. - -Never fall asleep with your makeup on again with the help of the reusable Makeup Eraser. Just add warm water to the short-fibered side of the cloth (the more, the better!) and rub in circular motions to quickly and gently take off all kinds of makeup and sunscreen. Plus, you can switch to the long-fibered side for exfoliation that will leave your skin feeling fresh. - -Colder weather can be hard on fingers, so it may be worth it to splurge on the Dry Gloss Manicure Kit this holiday season. The bundle contains a special polishing glass that gently binds keratin cells to minimize chipping, and cuticle oil designed to hydrate nails for a natural shine. Packed neatly in a vegan leather case, this kit makes even the smallest act of self-care feel luxurious. - -Founded by a nurse practitioner, Bareface is committed to creating results-driven, quality skincare products to target every area, need, and treatment. With dozens of products and endless combinations, the beauty afficionado in your life can curate their own skincare routine – but if you’re looking for a place to start, this bundle includes the essential core four products designed to improve overall skin health and strengthen the skin barrier. - -If you’re gifting to someone overwhelmed by the saturated beauty market, look no further than Jones Road Beauty’s versatile product catalog. Truly the Swiss Army Knife of makeup, this brand’s Miracle Balm is the lightweight, clean, cruelty-free super product that works on cheeks, lips, or anywhere you want to tint or glow. It’s easy to apply with just your finger, comes in 12 shades, and is the perfect gift for those who appreciate the beauty in simplicity. - -Redheads rejoice – there’s finally a beauty line designed just for you to add to your wish list this year! Redhead Revolution’s viral, vegan, and volumizing mascara enables people with lighter lashes to achieve full coverage and dramatic length in a shade that complements their natural lash tone. - -Fashion finds for both men and women - -Looking for the perfect gift for the most fashion-forward person in your life? Whether it’s your best friend, a significant other, or a family member, the following gifts are some of the most unique fashion finds that are sure to make an impression. - -Ombraz Armless Sunglasses is taking the anxiety out of owning a quality pair of sunglasses by making them both comfortable and unbreakable. Its patent-pending, armless design comes with frames that are attached directly to an adjustable, elegant cord that secures the glasses comfortably to your face. For every pair of Ombraz purchased, 20 mangrove trees are planted in impoverished areas in Madagascar. Ombraz offers free shipping and returns. - -These aren’t your stereotypical gift socks. Founded by Steve Staffan, Brummell offers a quarterly sock subscription service for men who value their time and convenience, understand that loud socks don’t always add personality, and love the feeling of new socks. Best of all? They’re not crazy expensive like other classy-yet-practical socks. - -Whether you or a loved one wears ties, scarves, or both, the TieMaster makes storing them convenient. It’s easily wall-mounted, extendable and retractable to save space, and lets you store 60 ties. That way, you can have your favorite neck accessories out and organized while saving hanging rod space for other clothes. - -Good tights are a winter wardrobe staple, and Snag provides the soft and breathable pair that will last your all season. Snag Tights are durable, quick drying, and offer dozens of styles that come in US sizes 2 to 34. They even have reinforced foot and toe sections to make sure they last – and if for some reason they don’t, every pair is fully recyclable. - -With literally thousands of necklaces, earrings, rings, bracelets, chains, and anklets to choose from, Evry Jewel has something for “evry one” on your gift list. From classic staples, to up-and-coming styles, to personalized pieces like this customizable nameplate necklace (available in three fonts and either gold or silver), this brand is your one-stop shop for jewelry this holiday season. - -Best holiday gifts for kids - -The emergence of niche products are one of the most exciting parts of ecommerce, and products geared towards a younger crowd are no exception. Here are some great gift ideas for your nieces, nephews, kids, and the other children in your life. - -Tonieboxes take children on audio adventures, away from the screen and into their imaginations. Every Tonie figurine placed on top of the Toniebox opens up a new set of stories for little ones to listen to that will keep them occupied on long car rides, work-from-home afternoons, or a night in. The Tonie library includes familiar characters from children’s favorite shows, books, and movies — and with hours of content, it’s a gift for parents as much as their kids. - -Wherever you travel for the holidays, it’s harder when you’re holding a baby. IZIMINI’s baby chair will keep a baby safe while it’s out of your arms – and because it’s lightweight and easy to clean, it’s great for parents and kids on-the-go or in the great outdoors. Its design also features stylish prints made by emerging Aussie artists. - -Say goodbye to stepping on sharp toy bricks in the middle of the night. This mini vacuum by Pick Up Bricks is specifically designed to make it easier for kids to clean up and collect their small toys, so you don’t have to. Plus, it actually separates dirt and dust from the toys, leaving them cleaner than you found them on the floor. - -Luli Bebe’s diaper bag is an amazing pick for parents who deserve a little luxury in their lives. This bag features tons of storage space to stash diapers and dozens of other essentials, smooth wipeable interior, and multiple strap options for versatile wear – all wrapped in undeniably chic (and stain-resistant) leather in a variety of colors. - -When you’re a parent to a newborn, the only thing you want for the holidays is sleep. Ollie World’s swaddles are designed for safety and to promote healthy development for little ones, while helping them (and parents!) get a good nights’ rest. The swaddle features three Velcro clasps, an elastic band sewn into the fabric, and a strategically-positioned logo that shows you whether you’re using the swaddle correctly. - -Domino & Juliette strives to make age-appropriate toys for kids up to 10 years old that grow with them as they grow up. This alphabet puzzle spares no detail, from the meticulously selected illustrations to support phonics and letter recognition, to the fact that the silicone letters are waterproof and dishwasher-safe for healthy fun everywhere. - -Gifts that offer comfort and warmth - -Whether you’re looking to send a gift of comfort or to help someone stay warm during the cold season, the following gifts are sure to make this holiday full of warmth. They’re also great for the homebody in your life. - -With the Butter Melt, every shower can feel a little more luxurious. Meant to replace your regular lotion bottle, this bar combines Kokum butter, sunflower seed oil, avocado oil, and candelilla wax to help you fight dry skin, and relax with light scents of lavender and juniper berry. - -For those struggling to fall asleep, winter’s long nights can be a challenge. To help you or your loved ones fall asleep faster and stay asleep longer, Sleepy Bear’s Nighttime Gummies are infused with nano-emulsified CBD, CBN, and Melatonin designed to regulate your natural sleep cycle. - -Once it gets cold outside, treat yourself or your loved ones to a night curled up by a roaring fire wearing Foozies. Lined with sherpa fleece inside, these foot socks will keep your feet toasty warm, even on the coldest floors. Their tall-sock design traps in heat for maximum coziness, and they’re machine-washable. - -Your home may not be a 5-star hotel – but with Hotel Collection’s candles, it can smell like one. Perfect for staycations, their scents bring the ambiance and decadence of luxury hospitality to you. This particular candle evokes the sophistication of the Four Seasons® through notes of wild fig, almond, and sandalwood. - -To eat, drink, and be merry - -No matter what you celebrate, the holidays are chock full of some of the year’s best food and drinks. Here are some great finds for chefs, flavor connoisseurs, or casual consumers alike. - -From Our Place, the creators of the viral Always Pan – a sleek yet versatile kitchen that does the jobs of 10 traditional cookware pieces – comes its successor for chefs and home cooks alike. This sleek titanium marvel is the first of its kind, achieving a non-stick surface with no coating through groundbreaking technology that’s 300% harder than stainless steel and capable of withstanding temperatures up to 1000°F. - -Co-founded by YouTuber Josh Leyva, Taste Salud creates nutritious drink mixes that reflect the authentic tastes of his Mexican heritage. Every mix is vegan and gluten-free, and promotes 2-in-1 health benefits like hydration and immunity, energy and focus, and calm and sleep – all while tasting absolutely delicious. - -I Love Chamoy is a sweet, tangy, and spicy sensation that’s swept TikTok and Instagram – and for good reason! The sauce features the classic Chamoy flavor without the sugar, and pairs excellently with your fresh fruits, vegetables, or even other snacks. - -Whether it’s mulled wine, wassail, hot buttered rum, or spiked eggnog, ZBiotics will help you and your loved ones indulge responsibly this season. The probiotic breaks down the unwanted alcohol byproduct acetaldehyde – the primary culprit behind rough mornings after drinking — so that the drinker feels refreshed and ready to take on the day (with a good night’s sleep and water, of course). - -The holidays are a time for entertaining friends, family, and loved ones of all kinds – and Cornet Barcelona’ Sagrada wine glass collection will help you do it in style. Featuring handcrafted designs, weighted bottoms and stunning colors, this drinkware line gives wine the room it needs to breathe and develop intense and flavorful aromas. - -The Coravin® Pivot™ Wine Preservation System is designed to extend the life of everyday wines. The Pivot Stopper and Device preserves a bottle for up to 4 weeks, so you can pair wines with the meals and meal courses to which they are more suited, rather than building your menu off of one wine that you have to finish (or otherwise waste). - -Hydration on-the-go can be a challenge when you’re constantly holding your water bottle. That’s why memobottle designed a flat water bottle that could easily slip inside your bag to save space and make it more convenient to quench your thirst. Its sleek and sophisticated design is effortlessly chic, and every bottle is reusable to help minimize waste. - -Love coffee, but looking to cut back on dairy? Prymal’s coffee creamer is sugar-free and non-dairy, and with holiday flavors like peppermint mocha and cookie dough, it’s the guilt-free substitute for coffee creamer to indulge in this season. - -For the caffeine expert in your life, Death Wish Coffee is a delicious challenge. Ground or whole bean, the World’s Strongest Coffee delivers a bold flavor that’s smooth and flavorful. The brand uses high-quality, Fair Trade beans to create a variety of roasts guaranteed to wake you up in the morning — and keep you awake for who-knows-how-long. - -Stocking stuffers to get now (before they sell out) - -If you’re out of ideas for mini delights to put in your loved ones’ stockings this year, look no further than these small but mighty-popular products. - -It’s important to stay healthy, especially during holiday travel season. With Touchand’s sleek Power Mists, you can sanitize your hands without drying out or stinging your hands. Their mists come in several delicate and refreshing scents, and fit in your pocket for easy access anywhere. Get one on its own, or buy a bundle of 5 or 10 at a discount to spread the joy (instead of the germs). - -Created by Youtuber Emma Chamberlin, Chamberlin Coffee carries 11 unique, sustainably sourced and packaged blends. Each brew (playfully named after animals such as Early Bird, Social Dog, and Night Owl) comes in single serve pouches, full bags, and in bundles with drinkware and other accessories. The Cold Brew Starter pack includes a mason jar, straw, and 10 packs of a coffee flavor of choice. - -The Bagnet may be small enough to fit in a stocking, but it’s got big practical applications. Anyone carrying a bag will appreciate the Bagnet’s ability to attach to any metal surface — including bathroom stalls, desks, and chairs — and hold up to 8 pounds. The magnet won’t hurt your credit cards or devices, and comes in a variety of colors and shapes to fit anyone’s aesthetic. - -The Nana Hat is a silicone cap that attaches to the stem of a banana bunch, along with interchangeable magnetically affixed hats. From monkey heads to pirate hats, unicorns to viking helmets, you can make sure your bananas stay fresher for 50-150% longer, and do it with a sense of humor. - -Calm Strips are a thoughtful addition to any stocking, but especially for those who find the holidays hectic or stressful. These reusable and residue-free textured sensory stickers are designed to help regulate restless energy and promote mindfulness. This pack includes a variety of designs highlighting calming scenes and inspirational phrases. - -Part of the joy of the holidays is cozying up with a hot drink – until the cup burns your hands. The JavaSok insulating sleeve lets you enjoy your beverage worry-free, is elastic enough to fit 75% of disposable cups, and easy to carry with you and throw in the wash. The brand also offers Soks for iced beverages, water bottles, cans, pints, and even ice cream containers, each of which are available in a variety of colors and patterns. - -We all have that one friend or relative who is always losing their phone. XOUXOU’s products are not only designed to help people keep their phones close, but do it in style. Their phone necklaces, cases, and straps are bult for durability and functionality, and are available for a variety of Apple iPhones and AirPods. - -This is one gift you might want to give early! The Little ELF gift wrapping cutter takes the struggle out of cutting the perfect piece of wrapping paper to give you a straight, clean slice every time, helping you sail through present preparation and focus on the joy of giving (not the hassle of wrapping). This value pack includes 3 identical cutters, so you can give one to your loved ones and keep one for your own use this season! - -Whether they’re your sibling, soulmate, or just someone special, your best friend deserves a surprise in their stocking. BFF Ring’s selection of bracelets, rings, necklaces, and keychains serve as little reminders of the big bond two people share, and playfully commemorate one of the most important people in your life. - -Games, crafts, and hobbies - -Tired of your loved ones being glued to screens? Try introducing them to a new game, crafting together, or returning to an old hobby with them. Below, you’ll find a few gifts to get your friends and family off their devices and into something creative. - -Support the artists in your life by giving them a hands-free way to capture their artistic process. Canvas’ hallmark product, a phone-mounting lamp, enables artists to film beautiful videos at their desk, and features a ring light with 3 color temperatures and a 6-axis positioning and angling system. This lamp replaces thousands of dollars’ worth of equipment, and saves space with a sleek, minimalist design. - -SuperSpeed Golf’s training system and equipment is a great addition to any golfer’s repertoire. The men’s set of training weights, when coupled with their free online video instruction series, can add up to 30 yards to a drive and increase the speed and power of a person’s swing by 5-8% in about 4-6 weeks. - -This is the gift for your partner, friend, or loved one that keeps on giving, even when the holidays are over. Inside every box are 52 sealed envelopes, each of which contains a surprise date or activity idea. With over 20 unique and customizable editions for couples, birthdays, anniversaries, holidays, friendships, and self-care, A Year of Dates helps you set aside quality time for your loved ones and find new ways to enjoy life together. - -With the PortoProjector, movie nights don’t have to involve 8 people all huddled around a laptop or television. This mini movie projector turns any wall into a movie screen — and because it’s small enough to take anywhere and connects with phones, streaming services, and video game consoles through HDMI or USB cables, you can watch your favorite flicks on the big screen wherever you go. - -This famous game is fun for the whole family! Whether you play casually in the backyard or start a family-wide tournament, Spikeball is easy to learn and easy to set up. It can travel with you, and provide you and your friends with exercise — and an excuse to get out of the house. - -The Gravity Disc is only about as big as your palm — but in the right hands makes for big fun. Crafted with lightweight silicone, this disc is great for precision throws and catches, as well as target practice, trick shots, and more. - -In this board game for two, you and a loved one play thieving masterminds trying to outmaneuver each other across the great cities of Europe. Pick a city, build your team, and execute your heist to earn more points than your competitor! - -chord_files is a thoughtful gift for any composer, musician, or songwriter in your life. These innovative musical tools show the names of chords on the front of the card, and diagrams with corresponding scale tones on the back, making it easier to discover chord progressions, harmonies, and melodies – even if you’re not trained in music theory. - -Boxwood is a go-to choice of greenery for hedges, rounded shrubs, and topiaries, but it can easily fall victim to the Boxwood blight: a disease that causes discoloration of leaves and threatens the life of your plant. This specialized treatment from TopBuxus helps your Boxwood recover and bolsters its resistance to the blight, so you can preserve the beauty of your foliage. - -The holidays are a time for making memories – and with Mixbook, you can transform your favorites into a personalized calendar to remember them all year long! The platform dozens of templates, styles, and formats to help you get started, and enables you to add your own photos and text for a fully customizable result. - -For your employees and coworkers - -Your staff and colleagues work hard all year round, so now’s the perfect time to show them that your appreciation. These products are universally giftable, and sure to delight even the trickiest coworker to shop for. - -Whether they’re out and about, in the office, or working from home, give your employees a gift that will keep them comfy wherever they are. doublesoul’s socks are cushioned strategically to provide support, made from a recycled fabric blend designed for breathability, and come in unique and stylish patterns (including limited edition collabs with leading creators). doublesoul can also work with your business to develop a custom sock with your company’s branding, so they can rep their company pride all year long! - -Beachwood Essentials is just one of the many brands in Wholesome Goods’ portfolio, which is dedicated to providing a better retail experience for DTC shoppers. This citrus essential oil delivers a sweet, zesty aroma, and can be applied topically or diffused – a great way to help your employees relax and unwind after a good days’ work. - -With thousands of designs to choose from, there’s an Old World Christmas ornament for just about every occasion (and business!) out there. Each ornament is mouth-blown, handcrafted, and painted using traditional techniques dating back to the 1800s, making it the perfect nostalgic keepsake for your valued staff. - -Postal understands the importance of a corporate gift for boosting morale and showing appreciation for your workers. They offer products such as handwritten notes, e-gift cards, corporate swag, and physical gifts to help businesses provide a unique and memorable brand experience that their employees will enjoy. - -Pets - -The holidays are for family — and that includes pets! They bring you joy all year long, so when gift-giving season comes around, treat your furry friend to something special with these recommendations. - -This bundle from PetLab is designed to support your dog’s dental routine by promoting oral hygiene. The Dental Formula is odorless and tasteless when dissolved in water and offers deep cleansing, while the ProBright® Advanced helps reduce bad breath and keep your dog’s pearly whites healthy. - -Founded in late 2020, the London-based company NutriPaw creates dog treats that are specially designed to address common canine conditions, including stress, allergies, and hip and joint issues. Each of their 4 product varieties are made from all-natural, high-quality ingredients, and are designed to help your pets to live healthier, happier lives. - -Protect your pooch’s paws from the polar pavement this season with a set of sneakers made specially for them. RIFRUF’s Caesar model is made from the same material as human sneakers to provide durable quality and comfort for your canine companion. - -For dog, cat, and even ferret owners, NPIC’s treats are a fantastic way to show your pet you care. Their treats come in a variety of textures and flavors, with different products catering to different breed sizes, life stages, health benefits, and allergies. While you cannot buy treats directly from NPIC, they will use your location to direct you to the closest retailer that stocks them. - -If you’re cozying up in bed or visiting family and friends this holiday season, Paw.com’s products let you bring your furry friend along with in style and comfort. Their patent-pending PupProtector™ throw is waterproof and designed to protect your bed linens from hair, so your pup can join you on the bed, sofa, or other furniture guilt-free. - -For travelers and explorers - -Whether you’re seeing family for the holidays, enjoying the great outdoors, or crossing destinations off your bucket list, these products will help you (and your loved ones!) travel more comfrotably. - -It can be hard to stay cool when you’re on the move, but this wearable fan from Ergonable brings the breeze to you. The CoolClip™ attaches to a belt or waistband, and the fan circulates air under your shirt to help you beat the heat. Its compact design is discreet and built for mobility, making it a great travel accessory for the summer months. - -Planning a trip? Catching a plane? No matter where you or your loved ones travel this year, this backpack has got you covered. With a weatherproof exterior, spacious interior the size of a carry-on, and multiple compartments (including space for a laptop and shoes), this model from Veria Travel fits all the essentials in one versatile design. - -If you love nature but hate bringing the outdoors home with you (dirt, sand, etc.), then the Beach Soul portable shower is for you. Its pump technology is intuitive to use, and its compact design makes it easy to take anywhere, so you can rinse yourself, your pets, and your equipment off after a long day of exploring. - -When you have to sleep while on the go, minimize all types of distractions with this sleep mask from Hibermate. In addition to blocking out light, it features cushioned earmuffs specially designed to reduce noise while still being comfortable. - -Holiday shipping deadlines are coming up - -With more people shopping for holiday gifts online than ever before, now is the time to start shopping to ensure orders are delivered on time. But that doesn’t mean you’ll miss out on the Black Friday or Cyber Monday deals — DTC brands are already offering great deals and promotions for all your gift-giving shopping needs. And the best part? Many of the brands above offer free shipping over a certain spend and/or offer 2-day shipping. - -Happy holidays!",1731883621,57793ba4a6,58fb96fcbf,,,1731883621 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/12/part-viii-equal-protection-of-the-law-discrimination-on-the-basis-of-race/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,Part VIII: Equal Protection of the Law,"To get the Volokh Conspiracy Daily e-mail, please sign up here. - -Email (Required) Email This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged. Δ",1731883655,6a1d127262,5942fb8ba9,,,1731883655 -https://www.suasnews.com/2024/11/wingxpand-announces-raytheon-ai-collaboration-xtechspecialforces-award-win-new-vertical-launch-kit-for-backpackable-smart-plane/,https://www.suasnews.com/feed/,"WingXpand Announces Raytheon AI Collaboration, xTechSpecialForces Award Win, & New Vertical Launch Kit for Backpackable Smart Plane","WingXpand Announces Raytheon AI Collaboration, xTechSpecialForces Award Win, & New Vertical Launch Kit for Backpackable Smart Plane - -WingXpand, a leader in U.S. made autonomous smart planes with automatic AI threat detection, is expanding what’s possible in defense and civil missions with a series of key advancements boosting operational agility, precision, and response time. As part of an ongoing U.S. Army contract, the company is collaborating with RTX’s Raytheon, a leading provider of defense solutions, on a portion of these efforts. - -WingXpand’s smart planes have a growing library of sophisticated AI algorithms to provide soldiers with automatic real-time threat identification. It’s made possible by the aircraft’s open systems architecture, allowing for the rapid integration of organic and third-party applications and payloads. This adaptability allows for mission flexibility today while futureproofing WingXpand’s smart planes for tomorrow as threats and tactics continue to evolve. Raytheon’s expertise in the infrared spectrum will significantly enhance this capability by improving mission effectiveness and increasing standoff for tactical ground units and command leadership. By leveraging this state-of-the-art Infrared AI algorithm, soldiers can receive and share information in real-time that precisely identifies potential threats, to enable rapid response and informed decision-making. The integration of these technologies is set to transform how the Army conducts surveillance, reconnaissance, and tactical operations. - -Building on this momentum, WingXpand has launched a new Vertical Takeoff and Landing (VTOL) capability to expand the operational versatility of its xRAI™ smart plane that expands from a backpack. This new option allows the xRAI to take off and land vertically, making it perfect for tight spaces and challenging environments. By combining VTOL functionality with its lightweight, portable design— xRAI delivers unmatched flexibility and rapid response for defense, public safety, and critical infrastructure missions. - -The company has been recognized for the customizability of its drone technology, attracting new partnerships and clients who require precision and flexibility in diverse operating conditions. WingXpand’s recent win of the U.S. Army’s xTechSpecialForces competition underscores the impact of its adaptable, mission-critical technologies and remains committed to delivering the latest, high-impact solutions that address evolving challenges in defense and security. - -WingXpand, founded in 2022 with a mission of expanding what’s possible with autonomous systems, helps farmers grow more yield, emergency crews respond to disasters faster and keep soldiers safe with its groundbreaking technology – a customizable 8ft autonomous smart plane that expands from a backpack. The company’s U.S. made, and patented aircraft combines the small size and simplicity of a quadcopter drone with the power and endurance of airplane wings, flying 5x longer while carrying 10x more weight than traditional drones. This powerful capability packed in the smallest form factor possible can rapidly provide unparalleled aerial insights anywhere, anytime. WingXpand has worked with the U.S. Army, Air Force, and Navy in addition to civil entities and is backed by Techstars, a world-leading startup accelerator in partnership with the U.S. Space Force and NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory. WingXpand is rapidly scaling to meet the demand for cutting-edge, mission-focused solutions that drive real-world impact. - -About Raytheon: - -Raytheon, an RTX business, is a leading provider of defense solutions to help the U.S. government, our allies and partners defend their national sovereignty and ensure their security. For more than 100 years, Raytheon has developed new technologies and enhanced existing capabilities in integrated air and missile defense, smart weapons, missiles, advanced sensors and radars, interceptors, space-based systems, hypersonics and missile defense across land, air, sea and space. - -For more information onWingXpand, visit: www.wingxpand.com. - -Related",1731883654,704e9ebd4c,58b187255c,,,1731883654 -https://recruitingdaily.com/recruiting-for-impact-matching-candidates-with-rewarding-career-opportunities/,https://recruitingdaily.com/feed/,Recruiting for Impact: Matching Candidates with Rewarding Career Opportunities,"Many candidates perusing the job market are simply looking for a role that offers great benefits and allows them to pay the bills. However, for many folks, the right career is more than a high salary and good healthcare. They are looking for a position that allows them to truly make a difference while excelling in their chosen career path. - -Recruiters are in a unique position where they can create a career-matching process that connects candidates with positions that change lives. For career paths that emphasize social impact and professional growth, the recruitment process must be refined accordingly. This article will explore the ways recruiters can optimize recruitment strategies to match candidates with positions that best suit their long-term goals, interests, and aspirations while allowing them to make change in their industry and community. - -Refining Recruitment Strategies for Optimal Career Matching - -When beginning the recruitment process for a role, it is crucial to understand the same practices will not work for every position. Refining these practices to find the best way to pair a candidate with a role that is personally fulfilling will lead to success for every party involved. - -Changing the Interview Process - -An innovative way to link companies with the perfect candidate is to offer some freedom and flexibility during the interview process. Some companies allow prospective employees to pick their own interview format, ideally during the final interview. This format can be through a personal presentation, a workshop, or another hands-on, creative pursuit so the hiring team can really understand how a candidate operates under the best conditions. This is also a great way for candidates to figure out if the company truly fits with their personality and working style. - -Lifestyle Matching - -Right off the bat, it is important to create a job listing that attracts the type of candidate who would benefit and perform well for the role you’re recruiting for. This means making it clear to candidates that this role will and does align with their current beliefs and lifestyle. - -Emphasizing job culture is key – if a candidate does not fit the company culture, they will likely have a hard time finding success there, even if they are more than qualified for the position. Outline the environment and be specific – does the company emphasize diversity and inclusion? Are business practices rooted in sustainability? Is community outreach an essential tenet of business practices? These are important items that directly affect an individual’s lifestyle and can really make or break the success of a team member down the road. - -It can also be helpful to detail what the company does to make a positive environmental or social impact. Mention how the business is making an effort to be fully carbon neutral or if a portion of annual profits are donated to certain organizations. It is even better if you can describe how a candidate can grow within the company to have a more direct influence on these efforts while elevating their career at the same time. - -Upgrading the Employee Onboarding Process - -The onboarding process can have a profound effect on new employee feelings of fulfillment and their chances of success. To overcome challenges in the onboarding process, new employees should be welcomed and encouraged to ask questions to get easily familiar with the company culture and daily practices. Finding answers to these questions should also be easy. Training can be a mix of digital and in-person modules to allow new hires to get personal experience with work while allowing them to bond with other coworkers and spend time alone getting familiar with business processes. - -To help new hires get better acclimated to their new environment, companies can consider offering team-building events every few months, or even a small welcome celebration for recently onboarded team members. Opportunities for connection and support are crucial for employee retention and boosting overall morale for the long haul. - -Professionally and Socially Fulfilling Career Options - -If you are working with a candidate who has expressed the importance of working in a position that allows for visible social impact and professional growth, there are a few different high-paying career options you can match them with. - -First, the medical industry offers a variety of roles where individuals can feel great about their work while rapidly excelling in the workplace. Roles like RNs, NPs, and CNAs offer opportunities for collaborative work in a hospital or a facility and the chance to transition into independent work by opening your own business. People in these positions can actively guide others on a path to health while allocating patients and clientele for future career pursuits. - -Second, occupational therapy is another industry that is experiencing rapid growth. It is the perfect choice for those who are looking to offer support to those with disabilities or physical obstacles. Occupational therapists can develop lasting relationships with others and change their physical health for the better, making it one of the most rewarding career options out there. - -Lastly, connecting candidates to jobs in education can be a particularly rewarding job match that offers flexibility and annual career advancement. School guidance counselor roles are experiencing a projected 5% growth within the next 10 years. Individuals can work with students directly to help them figure out what their plans are goals are both during and after the completion of their education. - -The Takeaway - -Career matching is an art, but it doesn’t have to be a complex ordeal. Candidates who are aiming to make a difference in the world are looking to be matched with job opportunities that speak to their morals while providing them with a sense of daily contentment and stability. - -By employing the right tools to understand each candidate’s personality and goals, and by reevaluating the recruitment process for each individual role, helping prospective hires find personal and career fulfillment can be a largely accessible endeavor. - -Categories - -Tags - -Authors",1731883649,42302586b8,58f01c0272,,,1731883649 -https://thejournal.com/Articles/2024/09/30/California-Governor-Vetoes-AI-Regulation-Bill.aspx,https://thejournal.com/rss-feeds/news.aspx,California Governor Vetoes AI Regulation Bill -- THE Journal,"California Governor Vetoes AI Regulation Bill - -In a decision that has reignited debates over artificial intelligence (AI) regulation, California Governor Gavin Newsom has vetoed Senate Bill 1047, the proposed legislation aimed at safeguarding against the misuse of the technology. The bill, which had passed both houses of the state legislature with overwhelming support, was intended to be one of the first of its kind in the U.S., setting mandatory safety protocols for AI developers. Newsom's veto has drawn sharp reactions from various stakeholders in the tech industry, academia, and political circles. - -In his veto message, Newsom expressed concerns over the bill's overly broad approach. - -""While well-intentioned, SB 1047 does not take into account whether an AI system is deployed in high-risk environments, involves critical decision-making or the use of sensitive data,"" Newsom wrote. ""Instead, the bill applies stringent standards to even the most basic functions — so long as a large system deploys it. I do not believe this is the best approach to protecting the public from real threats posed by the technology."" - -Newsom called for a more targeted approach to AI regulation that also supports the potential benefits it could bring. - -In defending his decision, Newsom also highlighted his ongoing collaboration with AI experts, such as Stanford professor Fei-Fei Li, who is often referred to as the ""godmother of AI,"" to create more science-based, empirical guidelines for regulating AI systems. Newsom stressed the need for a deeper understanding of ""frontier models"" — the most advanced AI systems — and their potential risks before enacting sweeping legislation. - -The Debate Over AI Regulation - -The veto has brought a range of reactions, underscoring the divisive nature of AI regulation. On one side, companies like Google and OpenAI welcomed Newsom's decision. In a statement, Google praised the governor for ensuring that California remains at the forefront of developing ""responsible AI tools,"" adding that the tech giant looks forward to working with Newsom's administration and the federal government to create appropriate safeguards. OpenAI applauded Newsom's recognition of California's leadership role in AI innovation and his efforts to engage state lawmakers on issues such as deepfakes, child safety, and AI literacy. - -SB 1047 also faced sharp criticism from some organizations over its potential impact on the open source community. The Mozilla Foundation, the nonprofit behind the Mozilla Firefox browser, had previously called on Gov. Gavin Newsom to veto the bill. - -""We see parallels between the early internet and today's AI ecosystem, which is becoming increasingly closed and controlled by a few large tech companies,"" the foundation wrote in an earlier blog post. ""We are concerned that SB 1047 would accelerate this trend, harming the open source community and making AI less safe, not more."" - -The veto has disappointed legislators and activists who saw the bill as a necessary first step toward reigning in unchecked AI development. State Senator Scott Wiener, who authored the bill, described the veto as a ""missed opportunity"" for California to lead on tech regulation, as it had done with data privacy and net neutrality. Wiener stressed that without stringent safeguards, the public remains vulnerable to the potential harms posed by rapidly advancing AI systems. - -""This veto is a setback for everyone who believes in oversight of massive corporations that are making critical decisions that affect the safety and welfare of the public and the future of the planet,"" Weiner wrote in a statement. ""The companies developing advanced AI systems acknowledge that the risks these models present to the public are real and rapidly increasing. While the large AI labs have made admirable commitments to monitor and mitigate these risks, the truth is that voluntary commitments from industry are not enforceable and rarely work out well for the public. This veto leaves us with the troubling reality that companies aiming to create an extremely powerful technology face no binding restrictions from U.S. policymakers, particularly given Congress's continuing paralysis around regulating the tech industry in any meaningful way.""",1731883624,efd9bb9654,585716ba53,,,1731883624 -https://cleantechnica.com/2024/11/15/hot-deal-save-up-to-52-on-bluetti-portable-power-stations/,https://cleantechnica.com/feed/,Hot Deal: Save Up To 52% On BLUETTI Portable Power Stations,"Sign up for daily news updates from CleanTechnica on email. Or follow us on Google News - -From now until November 28th, you can save up to 52% on BLUETTI’s portable power stations during the company’s Black Friday Sale, so whether you want to prepare for home power outages, provide clean and quiet electricity for your off-grid adventures, or add some resiliency and capacity to your RV, boat, cabin, or backyard shed, now’s the time to take a closer look at the company’s products. - -The BLUETTI Elite 200 V2 portable power station, with 2600W output and 2073.6Wh of capacity, and the ability to achieve an 80% charge in just over an hour, is a great choice even at its full price of $1999, but an even better one at its Black Friday price of just $1099. It can charge up to 9 devices at once, its LiFePO4 chemistry can handle more than 6000 charge cycles (an estimated 17-year lifespan), and it comes with a 5 year warranty. The Elite 200 V2 is compact at 13.78″×9.84″×12.74″ and light enough at 53.4 lb for one person to easily carry, so it’s a good fit for small spaces. - -The BLUETTI AC180 portable power station, with 1,800W output and 1,152Wh of capacity, can be bundled with a 200W folding solar panel, and it regularly retails for $1598, but during the Black Friday sale, you can pick it up for just $749. - -The BLUETTI AC300+B300K is a home battery backup system with 3000W output (6000W surge) and 3,072Wh of capacity (expandable up to 12,288Wh), with dual voltage (120V/240V) capabilities. It regularly retails for $2499, but is priced at just $1699 for the Black Friday sale. - -Check out the rest of BLUETTI’s Black Friday deals here.",1731883660,befffecf30,59208bc559,,,1731883660 -https://kotaku.com/dragon-quest-3-hd-2d-remake-class-guide-1851698849,https://kotaku.com/rss,Ranking Dragon Quest III HD-2D's Classes From Best To Worst,"S-Tier is reserved for classes that everyone should pick, regardless of who else is in your party. - -Advertisement - -Monster Wrangler - -Monster Wrangler is the new class in Dragon Quest III HD-2D, and boy howdy is it a monster (pun absolutely intended, how dare you doubt me). - -Monster Wrangler is the Red Mage of Dragon Quest III. It can inflict decent physical damage, especially since it can equip strong whips that damage entire groups of enemies. Additionally, Monster Tamer learns healing abilities in the form of Emergency Groom and Soothing Song, which offer single-target and party-wide healing respectively. Not only is this the only source of party-wide healing in the early game of Dragon Quest III, these also work in instances where magic is blocked since they are classified as Abilities. Monster Wrangler doesn’t scale as a healer into the later game, but it fills a powerful niche early on. - -That said, it’s the new collectible monsters that elevates Monster Wrangler from good to great. As you explore the world, you’ll find friendly monsters that you can typically recruit by either using the correct item or skill to get them to talk to you. Not only do Monster Wranglers let you automatically catch monsters without fulfilling these prerequisites, collecting a large roster will grant Monster Wranglers new skills as well. This critically includes Monster Pile-On, a powerful attack that scales with the total number of monsters you’ve collected. As long as you explore and use the Monster Wrangler’s Animal Instinct Ability to track down recruitable monsters, you can easily learn this skill by the time you can change class. - -If you plan to speedrun the game and don’t want to track down monsters, then Monster Wrangler admittedly won’t impress as much. Otherwise, this class covers so many early-game niches and learns such strong Abilities that it will find use in any party you stick it in. - -Mage - -Mages have always been good in Dragon Quest III thanks to their access to powerful magic attacks. However, Dragon Quest III HD-2D gives all magic users an inadvertent buff, since all level-ups will fully restore that character’s HP and MP. This means Mages can use their most powerful magic with only the slightest restraint in dungeons, since they’ll usually receive full restoration before their MP runs dry. In other words, Mage is easily a top DPS pick and one of the best damage dealers to start out with in Dragon Quest III HD-2D - -Even without this boon, Mage would still be a good starting class. It excels at damaging groups of enemies, which you’ll be dealing with way more than single targets. It’s also a great candidate to turn into the mighty Sage class thanks to its naturally high Wisdom and MP stats (see the Gadabout description later on). Mages aren’t quite as useful if you change them to any class that isn’t a magic user, but overall this is an obvious class to pick.",1731883669,a0840ab3b4,58eec83463,,,1731883669 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/10/21/nottingham-forest-vs-crystal-palace-live-score-latest-news/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Chris Wood capitalises on Dean Henderson blunder to maintain fine form for Nottingham Forest,"Of his many achievements in ­English football, discovering the key to unlocking Chris Wood’s talents is arguably Nuno Espirito Santo’s greatest accomplishment. - -Often derided as a one-dimensional journeyman, who counts 15 clubs on his CV, the New Zealander’s fifth Premier League goal of the season, and 16th in 24 top-flight games since the Portuguese’s appointment last December, ensured Nottingham Forest edged a tight encounter to leave Crystal ­Palace still searching for their first top-flight win this term. - -Wood’s latest strike made him only the third Forest player to score 20 times in the competition, and it arrived courtesy of a mistake by Dean Henderson, who allowed the centre-forward’s shot to slip through his grasp. But the fact the England international’s opposite number, Matz Sels, was forced to produce a number of fine saves to keep the visitors at bay was of little consolation to Oliver Glasner, the Palace manager, as he contemplated Palace’s most painful result of what is threatening to become an arduous campaign. - -“What pleases me the most about Chris, even more than his goals, is his attitude and his leadership,” said Nuno. “His presence in the dressing room is excellent, how much he helps our young players. That is the thing which really stands out.” - -“It was a difficult game but we are so happy we can give this to our fans,” Nuno added, as he celebrated Forest’s climb to eighth in the table. “It says a lot about the game itself when Matz gives one of the best displays in our team. We are delighted that we came through and everyone contributed.” - -Only three players, including Erling Haaland and Cole Palmer, have been on target more times than Wood during the course of Nuno’s reign in the East Midlands. The fact that the other, Palace’s Jean-Philippe Mateta, began the fixture on the bench will inevitably raise further questions about Glasner’s selection.",1731883742,4301cc1e14,594b7ba8e0,,,1731883742 -https://www.conquestchronicles.com/2021/5/14/22436294/usc-football-chris-thompson-jr-announces-transfer-trojans-auburn,https://www.conquestchronicles.com/rss/current.rss,Chris Thompson Jr. announces transfer to USC,"Chris Thompson Jr. has officially announced his transfer destination, pledging to YOUR USC Trojans late Thursday night. It’s not his first time out ‘west’ as he visited USC back during his high school recruitment days out of Duncanville, Texas. - -Thompson played in six games a year ago as a true freshman for the Auburn Tigers, recording just eight tackles. - -He was the country’s 199th overall player coming out of high school and the nation’s 17th-ranked safety prospect. Perhaps even more impressive was the fact that he was the state of Texas’ No. 29 overall player. - -Thompson isn’t the first transfer portal pickup for head coach Clay Helton and Co., in fact, he’s far from it. - -USC has added seven players from the portal this offseason including fellow safety Xavion Alford, who participated in spring practices. RB Keontay Ingram, DT Ishmael Sopsher, WR KD Nixon, TE Malcolm Epps and WR Tahj Washington have all made the decisions to transfer to USC this year. - -Though he played in a minor role at Auburn this year, we can go back to his evaluation following the Under Armour High School All-American announcements that came out in high school, thanks to 247Sports: - -“Physical defender with elite frame potential for projected position. Great height and length with ample space to continue to add bulk. Huge hitter who can separate the ball from the runner. Receivers must be cognizant of his presence over the middle. Provides highlight-reel pops in the open field. Flashes impressive straight-line closing speed. Enforcer in the run game when crashing downhill into the box. “Provides personnel flexibility and might thrive in a big nickel role as a space backer hybrid. However, that also means a possible safety/outside linebacker ‘tweener. Could be a man without a true position at the next level. Must improve lateral fluidity and man coverage ability to stay at safety. Predominantly plays downhill in high school. Can clean up tackling technique. If a move to outside linebacker occurs, owns the requisite frame potential and physical nature to succeed - in addition to plus athleticism for the position. Should develop into a reliable P5 starter.” - -Great decision, Chris! Excited to see you with the Trojans!",1731883638,d3b6ef58ae,596a9e9363,,,1731883638 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/the-sunday-papers-743,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,The Sunday Papers,"The Sunday Papers is our weekly roundup of great writing about (mostly) videogames from across the web. - -November 8th, 2005 was my first day as a full-time games journalist, which means I have now entered my 20th year of doing this. ""This"" has changed a lot over time: from producing CD and DVD coverdiscs, to writing for a magazine, to editing magazines and a website, to solely editing a website, to managing several websites. Sprinkle podcasts, videos, events and a lot of other things in there and ""games journalist"" doesn't really cover it. - -One of the only constants is that I read a lot of writing about video games. - -Dapper gent Oli Welsh wrote for Polygon about the fan reboot of City Of Heroes. We briefly covered fans getting an official license earlier this year, but Oli went and spoke to the folks making it all work. - -City of Heroes: Homecoming may have an official license and around 30,000 monthly active players, but it’s still effectively a not-for-profit fan project, sustained by donations. The team that runs the game uses pseudonyms in public (a precaution taken to avoid community drama spilling into the real world). Over email, I talked to Widower. “Trying to summarize any of our jobs in a few words is difficult,” he said, but described himself as “a sort of community manager” who had started out as a game master on the team. Widower took his alias from his favorite villain character in the game, Ghost Widow, “a ghost who can’t move on because of the untimely circumstances of her death.” In real life, he works in charity fundraising; most of the team works in IT or related fields. - -Video Game Weather ASMR is a YouTube channel with a descriptive name. I don't experience ASMR, but I do enjoy ambient weather sounds and slow YouTube videos, so here's an 8 hour, rainy, night drive around Los Santos in Grand Theft Auto V. - -I think often about On Smarm, Tom Scocca's 2013 essay which Lit Hub last year called one of the most influential of the 21st century. I think there is a lot of smarm in videogames and videogame media, and I hope that at our best RPS is the snark rising to meet it. - -It's nearly impossible to keep smarm values at bay, though. Even well-meaning people fall into them. Publish a long, serious article and wait for the discomfiting benedictions to roll in from Longform and Longreads: Here is a piece of writing that has attained a certain length—a form that you can read, secure in the knowledge that someone did a lot of typing, and that you are doing a lot of reading. Everyone recognizes that there is virtue, or an approximation of virtue, in doing a lot of reading. Share it, this quantity of reading. - -I needed another good video game article for the Paps, so I simply Googled ""Jeremy Peel"", and lo: why Stalker: Shadow Of Chernobyl's difficulty modes have divided players for a decade. It focuses on a particular disagreement about weapon accuracy and whether it changes on higher difficulty settings. - -The trouble starts when players start trying to solve the accuracy of their weapons through tweaks to the game, rather than taking the time to adapt to its peculiarities. You’ll find various long-running threads in which old hands recommend switching to Master mode, Stalker’s highest difficulty. There, they claim, bullets hit harder and with greater accuracy, for both you and your enemies—paradoxically making the game easier to get to grips with. - -In 2011, Battlestar Galactica reboot creator Ron D. Moore created a pilot for a TV show about wizard cops. It's called 17th Precinct and the unaired pilot, which stars several former BSG castmates, is on YouTube. I haven't watched this yet, but how could I not share it? - -Random complaint: Didn't November 5th used to be a single evening and not a week-long Fantavision LARP? I am writing this on November 9th, on what is now the 7th straight night of my dog being frightened by fireworks. She's hiding under my desk right now. - -Right, music. Let's have some songs I've been singing along to this year. Lloyd, I'm Ready To Be Heartbroken by Camera Obscura is surely one of the greatest pop songs ever written. Pitch A Fit by Petey is better shouted than sung - which is good, because I'm better at shouting than singing. And I could pick nearly any Metronomy track, but It's Good To Be Back is from their most recent album and a bouncy pick-me-up. I can't resist the stuttering backup vocal singing ""b-b-b-b-b-b-b-bout it"".",1731883649,ad45c610da,58b57cffa3,,,1731883649 -https://kotaku.com/half-life-2-hl2-rtx-remaster-remake-mod-nvidia-trailer-1851698957,https://kotaku.com/rss,That Half-Life 2 Remaster Is Looking Really Good In New Trailer,"Last year, Nvidia announced that a group of talented modders were working on fully remastering Half-Life 2, including adding new textures, models, and ray-traced visuals. And now, a new trailer shows us more of this impressive-looking project that turns Half-Life 2 into a sleek-looking modern FPS. - -Live Forever in the Universe of 'New World: Aeternum' Share Live Forever in the Universe of New World: Aeternum - -Half-Life 2 RTX was first officially revealed in 2023 by Nvidia. The project is a collaboration between multiple modders and fan developers who have worked on previous Half-Life related projects, including Half-Life 2 VR and Project 17. Their goal is to create a mod powered by Nvidia’s Remix tools—modding tech created by the GPU company that lets people add ray-traced features to old games easily and quickly. However, HL2 RTX isn’t just adding some fancy shadows and calling it a day. Instead, the team’s goal is to remaster the entire game and every asset in it. And so far, it’s looking really good. - -Advertisement - -In a new behind-the-scenes trailer released on November 14, Nvidia sat down with some of the modders working on Half-Life 2 RTX and let them talk about why they are remastering this game and what it means to them 20 years later. (Yeah, Half-Life 2 turns 20 on November 16.) And in the new trailer, we see a lot of HL2 RTX in action and it looks phenomenal. - -Nvidia / Valve - -The team’s goal isn’t to change how Half-Life 2 plays, but instead to add a new coat of paint to the old shooter to make it look better than ever. This means remaking many props and assets to be higher quality, replacing textures with new ones that react properly to lights, and much, much more. It’s honestly one of the best looking remasters I’ve ever seen. - -Advertisement - -Nvidia says Half-Life 2 RTX is still in early development, so no idea when we’ll get a chance to play this mod. You can now find a new Steam page for the mod on Valve’s storefront, which shows that while Valve isn’t officially involved, they are cool with the project. (Which isn’t surprising at all.) - -Advertisement - -Now, if you’ll excuse me, I’m going to watch that trailer again and dream of playing HL2 RTX while trying to not think about how old the game is in 2024. - -Advertisement - -. - -",1731883667,a0840ab3b4,5960984f29,,,1731883667 -https://www.avclub.com/coralie-fargeat-pulls-the-substance-film-festival-highly-misogynistic-comments,https://www.avclub.com/rss,"Coralie Fargeat pulls The Substance from film festival over ""highly misogynistic"" comments","Coralie Fargeat pulls The Substance from film festival over ""highly misogynistic"" comments Noting her film is about the ""impact of exactly these types of behaviors on our world,"" Fargeat has pulled The Substance from Camerimage. - -Citing a “highly misogynistic” essay that exemplifies the “behaviors” her film is designed to condemn, director Coralie Fargeat has pulled her horror satire The Substance from Poland’s Camerimage Film Festival. Fargeat, who also mentioned that the film’s director of photography, Benjamin Kračun, would similarly be ditching the cinematography-focused fest, is just the latest creator to back away from the event after its founder, Marek Żydowicz, published an essay last week titled “Time For Solidarity” in Cinematography World. - -Per THR, Żydowicz’s piece was responding to a recent petition from organization Women In Cinematography, which was calling on Camerimage to do more to support the work of women cinematographers. The festival founder seemed to balk at the suggestion, writing in response that such calls to focus on women in cinematography “Raises a question: Can the pursuit of change exclude what is good? Can we sacrifice works and artists with outstanding artistic achievements solely to make room for mediocre film production?” - -The implicit assumption there—that a shifting of focus to include more work from women in the field would lead to “mediocre” films being elevated over “outstanding” ones—provoked a pretty immediate outcry, leading organizations like The British Society of Cinematographers to issue letters calling Żydowicz’s comments “profoundly misogynistic.” Żydowicz, for his part, says he’s been misinterpreted, and that he’s working with Women In Cinematography to craft new Diversity and Inclusion policy for the festival, which he later posted online—although WIC, in turn, says it wrote the policy, and Żydowicz only responded to it after everybody started yelling at him. In any case, the damage has been done: Steve McQueen announced this week that he wouldn’t be attending the fest’s screening of his new movie Blitz, which is set to kick off the festival, and now Fargeat has pulled her buzzy Substance from being shown entirely. (Talk about not respecting the balance.)",1731883665,66c132240d,599f81b32e,,,1731883665 -https://mashable.com/video/snl-babymoon-charli-xcx-domingo,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,Domingo is back on 'SNL' for a baby shower,"Domingo makes his triumphant return just 4 episodes later. - -If you're not caught up, Saturday Night Live's bridesmaid speech set to Sabrina Carpenter's ""Espresso"" revealed that the bride was cheating on her husband with Marcello Hernandez's Domingo. It went mega-viral with Domingo quickly becoming a fan favorite. - -The show didn't wait to bring him and the cast of characters populating the original sketch. It repeated the entire gag of the original ""Espresso"" spoof, but this time it takes place at a baby shower and riffs on Chappell Roan's ""HOT TO GO!"" - -Prepare yourself to have D-O-M-I-N-G-O stuck in your head.",1731883616,644d6c1ea1,596491ecb8,,,1731883616 -https://www.ufc.com/news/prelim-results-highlights-winner-interviews-ufc-309-jones-vs-miocic,https://www.ufc.com/rss/news,Prelim Results | UFC 309: Jones vs Miocic,"Saturday’s UFC 309 prelims were an outstanding mix of competitive battles and dynamic finishes, with first-year talents and the man with the most appearances in UFC history alike showing out inside the Octagon. From massive knockouts and a guillotine choke to a back-and-forth battle and a doctor’s stoppage, the early slate offered up a little bit of everything, with captivating action serving as the constant through line. - -Even with losing a contest, the UFC 309 preliminary card delivered from start-to-finish, and we have the details of how things played out collected for you below. - -Main Card Results | Official Scorecards - -UFC 309: Jones vs Miocic Results",1731883661,2c774cd014,598f86cd88,,,1731883661 -https://www.addictedtoquack.com/football/2024/11/15/24296971/duck-tape-film-analysis-of-wisconsin-badgers-football-2024-oregon-film-study,https://www.addictedtoquack.com/rss/current.rss,Duck Tape: Film Analysis of Wisconsin 2024,"Special thanks to Rohan Chakravarthi of Bucky’s 5th Quarter for joining me on the Quack 12 Podcast to discuss Wisconsin’s roster. LISTEN HERE - -Offense - -On their first drive in week three against Alabama, Wisconsin’s redshirt senior starter, the Miami transfer #10 QB Van Dyke, was hurt and left the game – it turned out to be a torn ACL and his season came to an end. He was replaced by redshirt sophomore #18 QB Locke, who’d earlier transferred in from Mississippi State and was the backup to last year’s starter at Wisconsin who’d also missed time with injury. Locke has taken every subsequent snap and is expected to finish the season. - -As we discussed with Rohan over the Summer, it was difficult to know what to expect out of Van Dyke because he’d played under so many different coordinators and offensive systems during his career, so certain elements to his game like how accurate his deep ball would be and what his mobility would be like were hard to predict, and those questions will remain unclear. There are some observable differences in the data from charting both QBs, though it’s natural that the offense under a backup will be more conservative in terms of rushing and avoiding sacks and other QB hits since they really can’t afford for Locke to get hurt too. Here’s the differential: - -While I think there are some notable accuracy and decision-making limitations to Locke’s game – he’s still a young QB and playing perhaps before he’s fully ready, and turnovers have been a real problem – what stands out to me from charting nearly four complete seasons of Badger football since 2021, which represents four different starting QBs and two coaching staffs with very different offensive approaches, is that the foundational per-play production in every metric I track remains the same each year. As we led off the podcast with Rohan talking about, the offensive line hasn’t produced Rose Bowl-caliber run blocking for the last five years, which has meant an anemic explosive rush rate even as some good backs can muscle up some efficiency runs in short yardage, and subpar QB play is only part of the equation in the inefficient passing game – modest skill talent among the receiving targets and offensive play design that’s not doing anyone favors compound the issues. - -Situationally, what these factors add up to is a team that does well only as long as they stay ahead of the chains. On the 51% of meaningful 1st downs (excluding garbage time) in which they have a successful play given the down & distance, the Badgers are in good shape for the rest of the series: their success rate on 2nd & medium for both the run and the pass is about 65% which is very good, and in any short-yardage situation, in which they almost always run, their conversion rate is over 80%. - -But conversely, if at any point in the series Wisconsin takes a failed play, odds of a stallout are very high: their overall 2nd & long success rate is only 39% (aggravated by a 32.5% success rate rushing in that situation, which they do nearly half the time; in my opinion representing poor play selection from OC Longo), and their combined 3rd & medium or long success rate is only 24% with just a 16% success rate on 3rd & long alone. Since any 1st down is basically a coin flip, this sequence translates into a very high rate of 3-and-outs or other quick punts. - -The offense generates most of its yards attacking the middle of the field with inside running, then quick RPO passes that feed off of it. Other than a few well telegraphed far outside runs like sweeps and endarounds, there’s almost no designed horizontal stretch as the QB doesn’t really attempt opposite hash throws or roll the pocket, and screen passes make up only about 5% of playcalls which is half the FBS average (I’d noted these patterns in Longo’s version of the Air Raid over the last three seasons, going back to 2022 when he was at North Carolina). There are some attempts to stretch the field vertically with deeper throws, but these make up only about 11% of dropbacks which is a little over half of what’s typical for an FBS team and generate only 6.5 adjusted YPA. Throws to running backs and tight ends represent about 20% of all targets (about half for each unit), and are almost entirely checkdowns and dumpoffs that generate a cumulative 4.6 adjusted YPA. - -The top receiving target is junior slot receiver #6 WR Pauling, who has more than double the meaningful targets as the next nearest receiver. The next three are roughly tied for targets outside garbage time – junior outside receivers #8 WR Anthony and #4 WR C.J. Williams, and the other inside receiver redshirt freshman #2 WR Kekahuna. Rohan told us that the 6’3” senior #9 WR Green may return to the field on Saturday; we haven’t really seen him since taking a leg injury in week 6 against Purdue. - -All of the receivers have similarly underwater per-target success rates around or below 43%, reflecting accuracy issues from the QB, schematic clunkiness from Longo, athletic limitations in creating separation, and a rash of drops that Rohan noted. Pauling appears to be the most favored simply because an inside receiver is the most valuable in the structure of this type of offense and he’s more experienced than Kekahuna. Pauling also has the lowest adjusted YPA figure at only 5.2, more than two full yards below FBS average, though everyone besides Anthony is also at least a yard under as well. Anthony is an interesting exception whom Rohan and I discussed for a bit on the podcast, with a low success rate but an intriguingly high 9.93 adjusted YPA, reflecting some real footspeed. It hasn’t seemed to help Anthony create any better separation prior to the catch, but he far and away leads the team in YAC if he can get the ball in stride and turn downfield. - -Here’s a representative sample of successful passing plays: - -(Reminder – you can use the button in the lower right corner to control playback speed) - -:00 – Locke’s showing a lot of poise here, taking over for the injured starter against a talented defense. He handles a high snap, makes his RPO reads correctly, and adjusts his arm angle to zip the ball under the backer and get it to Pauling before the DB can get there or they crash into the ump. :13 – Northwestern gives Locke an easy read with both the backer and safety crashing hard on the run and no one in the throwing lane. The throw’s not quite in stride for Williams but he’s broken his route off well against the corner’s coverage so it’s a 1st down. :19 – No RPO here, this is a designed rub concept against man coverage to free up Anthony, who takes the short pass then hits the jets to get the conversion plus six more yards. PSU adapted later in this drive with a switch call to shut this same play down but Wisconsin was already in field goal range. :31 – Iowa blitzes here but the starting RB picks it up – his grades in that respect are very good – and the remaining backer in coverage has drifted to Ashcraft’s side of the field instead of Pauling’s, which is a mistake since the ball was always going to Pauling. - -And unsuccessful passing plays: - -:00 – This play followed the same pass, to the same receiver, which was baited and broken up by the same defensive back on 2nd & 6. Locke falls for the illusion of separation again but at this range it’s easy to undercut and all it takes is a ball that’s a little behind for a pick. As Rohan noted, Locke has turned the ball over at least once in every game he’s played, and none have been the hard-luck kind. :15 – The offense has gone to max protect for a deep shot, but with Northwestern rushing four and the o-line holding up as usual the RB and TE have nothing to do. The problem is that neither of the flankers is creating any separation, and the one Locke picks is completely closed off with downfield position. He should have just checked it to the hitch/curl. :23 – Again, the issue isn’t protection, it’s that nobody’s open (against a secondary I don’t think is stocked with top athletes) and the route structure is weak hitches that are easy to cover with no manufactured tension from play design. Locke checks it down seven yards behind the line of scrimmage and it’s not even a good throw. :32 – The major tendency I notice from Locke which contributes to such a low sack, scramble, or throwaway per dropback rate but nonetheless an inefficient passing offense is that he gets rid of the ball early on a low percentage or inaccurate throw rather than extending the play or waiting for it to develop if there’s any trouble. Here the blitz is picked up but he still skips the ball in the dirt pressing it to Pauling instead of properly reading the defense and moving through the progression to Anthony. - -The primary running back is Oklahoma transfer #3 RB Walker, who’s gotten about two-thirds of meaningful carries on the season, though that figure is closer to four-fifths in Wisconsin’s most recent five games. Walker is getting a pretty good 57% success rate on some serious muscle runs, but at a merely average 4.5 adjusted YPC and poor 9% chunk-yardage rate as there are rarely good holes to run through. After their game against USC, the second-leading rusher, #1 RB Mellusi, stopped appearing to rehab an injury and Rohan told us he may sit out the rest of the season while considering his options. At that point the staff also essentially sidelined #25 RB Yacamelli, who was by far their most effective rusher on a per-play basis with a 67% success rate and 5.5 adjusted YPC, not for injury reasons but according to Rohan to focus on true freshman bluechip #13 RB Dupree. The freshman is, over the last five games, getting the remaining fifth of touches in what is now a two-back system, though his numbers are the lowest of any Wisconsin back over the last four years I’ve charted with a 38.5% success rate and 2.4 YPC during meaningful play. This is on top of converting #34 RB Acker, one of last year’s most effective backs but also repeatedly pushed to the bottom of the list by the staff, into a fullback who’s virtually never on the field and only blocks. - -The two primary tight ends are sophomore #38 TE Ashcraft and redshirt senior and former walk-on #37 TE Nowakowski. Rohan told us the staff considers the former to be more of a pass catcher and the latter to be more of a blocker, though on my tally sheet they’re both mostly just used to block and fairly interchangeably (Ashcraft’s grades are about five points better, probably because he’s substantially bigger). I don’t have enough targets to evaluate either individually, but in combination they have about a 56.5% success rate – better than the rest of the team – but only 4.9 adjusted YPT, reflecting use as emergency outlets. - -The offensive line has played the same five guys on every meaningful rep, and other than a new younger left guard are all the upperclassmen they wanted to play throughout last year. The results have been surprising to me – they’ve graded out much better in pass protection than in 2023, but in the line’s run blocking grades there hasn’t been any improvement at all and in some spots (the new LG and the center they wanted to start but was injured most of last year) some observable regression. The returners are both of the tackles, redshirt senior #79 LT J. Nelson and redshirt junior #71 RT Mahlman, and redshirt senior #60 RG Huber. #57 C Renfro, who like Huber had transferred from Cincinnati, was finally healthy for last year’s bowl game so he’s been in place for a while, and the new kid is the highest rated as a mid 4-star, redshirt sophomore #56 LG Brunner. - -Here’s a representative sample of successful rushing plays: - -:00 – Here’s Yacamelli, who’s technically still an option if the Badgers come to their senses. Nice pathing and a great burst to pick up seven before the safety arrives. :07 – The RT is beat comically for lunging with his weight balanced ahead of his feet, but Walker just steps through that tackle and runs over the DB for the 1st down. :14 – This is zone so the LB stunt means the C and LG need to switch up their blocks, but they don’t, and the far left side with the TEs is really making a hash of their blocks, but it doesn’t matter, Walker just runs through the trash in short yardage and is fairly carried over the line. :33 – The RG isn’t controlling the DT and the TE bounces off the backer, while the pulling LG loses the seal on the playside end and the LT just falls down so the backside end can loop around. But Walker has a neat spin move around the RG’s back to fall across the line to gain. - -And unsuccessful rushes: - -:00 – The defense already has seven in the box because a run is so predictable here, and the WR motion just gets the safety to come down and absorb his block and the offense remains outnumbered. The C just loses against the end, they don’t have anyone to pick up the backer, and Dupree runs right into it. :07 – This is either an assignment error or the play is drawn up badly (the first play of the next drive had the same problem and gave up a massive TFL) – the LT/LG combo on the DT means they don’t have enough blockers, the pullers are now getting the DE and LB instead of the LB and DB, and the safety is free to fly down for the tackle. The RT is also not really clearing out the backer on his pull and getting rolled like this is dangerous for the TE. :14 – The entire line gets beat on 2nd & 10 running the same play the entire line got beat on for 1st & 10. :20 – Here the left side of the o-line crashes into the right side, which frees the d-line to tackle the back who’s trying to sift through the wreckage that’s not clear because the left side was so busy crashing into the right side. - -Defense - -I spent eight paragraphs in my Summer preview of Wisconsin attempting to explain the disparity between their 2023 defensive metrics from charting – which indicated a steep dropoff against efficiency plays, redzone touchdown conversions, opponent Eckel score and so forth with the departure of DC Jim Leonhard and several NFL players – and their continued high ranking in F+ advanced statistics. Every factor that caused me to believe that this was the very rare instance of F+ getting fooled has continued and, if anything, been exacerbated in 2024, which include playing four of the conference’s weakest teams, pass-averse offenses when they do play a strong team, backup quarterbacks that advanced stats are blind to, and an inability to differentiate unforced offensive errors from an effective pass rush. The model I use would rank Wisconsin’s defense in the high 40s or low 50s, not 22nd as F+ has them. - -The most significant of these continuing trends is the over 20 percentage point drop since their peak under Leonhard in rush defense success rate. As Rohan and I discussed in the podcast, a combination of delayed personnel losses from the coaching transition and an unfortunate injury to perhaps their best returning defensive lineman (senior #90 DL J. Thompson) has significantly reduced the amount and size of the personnel the Badgers can put on field at the point of attack. In 2024, they’ve adopted effectively three structures: a 2-4-5 against lighter offensive configurations, a 3-4 against heavier configurations when the down & distance or some other indicator tells them a run is likely, and a compromise 3-3-5 against 12-personnel but in situations where they think passing is at least as likely. - -I think this is a response to being down to just six playable linemen, one starter and one backup apiece at each spot. At nose it’s redshirt sophomore #92 NT Neal with FCS transfer #95 NT Lane behind him, at tackle (the other position always on the field) it’s senior #68 DT Barten and true freshman #76 DT D. Johnson as backup, and the end position for the 3-down structures has FCS transfer #94 DE Hills with senior #96 DE McDonald rotating. In addition to the fact that there is a major step-down in grades to the backups and so the staff is in a fatigue vs performance bind, opponents continue to rush the ball at least 45% of the time regardless of configuration but the Badgers’ highest rush defense success rate is only enjoyed in the 3-4, and that’s just 44%. - -The outside linebackers, which will have two on the field in the 2-4 and 3-4 configurations but just one in the 3-3-5, are in the healthiest shape in terms of depth on the squad with five playable guys in the rotation and not a very big difference in their numbers. One of the starters is Syracuse transfer #8 OLB Lowery, Rohan said the other is junior #17 OLB Peterson though I see senior #59 OLB Witt slightly more often and with a bit more havoc production (though the biggest issues setting the edge), and then just a step behind those three are FCS transfer #0 OLB Pius and UNC transfer #15 OLB Cheeks. - -On the podcast, Rohan said there wasn’t a lot expected out of this largely rebuilt unit (Peterson was the only productive returner from last year’s team) and so they haven’t been a disappointment, but he didn’t have a heaps of praise for them either. I found that understandable; I don’t see any glaring technical issues and fatigue certainly isn’t a problem, but there’s no denying that the havoc stats just aren’t there and the pass rush when they aren’t blitzing has been close to non-existent. - -Rohan reserved his words of disappointment for the inside linebackers, who were the most experienced unit but who don’t have the grades to show it. The starters are senior #1 ILB Chaney, the one returner of a roughly equal three-man rotation at the two ILB spots last year, and Arkansas transfer (Cincinnati before that) #7 ILB Thomas. It’s more of one-to-one backup situation this year, with USC transfer #4 ILB Curtis coming in for Chaney (infrequently enough I don’t have enough reps to grade him) and sophomore #28 ILB Alliegro for Thomas, who grades out about the same. - -As Rohan noted, there are significant issues with run fits, coverage assignments, and tackling in space throughout the inside backers, and I see a particular problem with Chaney since he’s observably undersized for the position (listed at 5’11” and I think that’s generous). I speculated on the podcast that it may just be a matter of time before Chaney loses his starting spot with the grades I’m seeing and an up-and-coming talent like Curtis (a 2023 mid 4-star) behind him, but Rohan shot that down and said the senior will likely finish out the year. - -Here’s a representative sample of successfully defended rushes: - -:00 – The d-line is getting reset three yards, but the OLBs are playing technically sound – Pius dodges the bluff, Lowery keeps his outside arm clear to work the tackle, and the safety in the box fires in to clean up. :07 – Northwestern kept trying this stretch run and Wisconsin had it pretty well shut down every time, properly falling into the lanes and outrunning the downfield linemen to the play. :14 – PSU has a very elegantly executed power run that they wreck defenses with; this isn’t it. I have this coded as “PSU student body left” where they just push all the blockers in the same direction off the snap, hand the ball that way, and that’s all there is to it. Wisconsin defeats it by just out-meatheading them and slanting that direction and gumming it all up. :20 – This was about the only run type of Iowa’s that Wisconsin won against, where the Badgers’ front olés the o-line and gets past them without really engaging at all. - -And unsuccessfully defended rushes: - -:00 – The superimposed stripe here is wrong, the WMU back only picked up about nine and a half yards and wasn’t awarded a first down. :14 – This is a proper scrape exchange against Northwestern’s zone read (surprisingly rare to see out of Big Ten defenses), with the OLB taking the back but the ILB staying outside on the QB keep. But when it comes time to actually tackle the backup QB, Thomas breaks down with unsound balance then leaves his feet much too early and is left on his belly. The DBs are getting demolished by the perimeter blocking and the QB gets to the chains. :30 – Here’s the defense in 2-4-5 and the offense takes them up on it to run, blowing back the two down linemen and brutally cutting the OLB. To balance the numbers they’ve added the speedy box safety but when his stunt into the backfield doesn’t pan out they’ve got nobody to stop this besides an ineffective arm from the backer. :43 – My commentary field for this play is “ragdoll 6/6” as this was the sixth Iowa rush of the game. The count would go a lot higher before garbage time. - -The secondary uses a unique position the Badgers call the “dollar” safety, played by senior #24 DB Wohler and is all over the field, switching from the high safety one snap to down in the box to part of the pass rush package or attacking the back on the next. The other safety is redshirt senior #14 DB Zachman, who’ll usually spin up or down opposite to Wohler if there’s pre-snap motion to shift the alignment to maintain a single-high look, though I don’t see him attack the backfield like Wohler does. - -I’ve never seen either safety rotate out during meaningful play this year and Rohan said there doesn’t seem to be a backup for either one. The safety who might have been a backup has instead been converted to the starting nickel, junior #9 DB A. Brown, though he’s not on the field in the 3-4 configuration, and he does have a backup in senior #12 DB Lofy. - -The starting corners are redshirt senior #3 CB Fourqurean and redshirt junior #2 CB Hallman. I’ve seen three other corners: true freshman #6 CB Lucas is the best of the backups but he’s been effectively out with injury for a few weeks (Rohan said he’s “hopeful” to return on Saturday but nothing confirmed), Toledo transfer #5 CB Delancy but at much lower grades, and redshirt freshman #22 CB Arnold though I only see him during the rare 3rd down dime package and I think if they had Lucas back they’d use him instead. - -Rohan told us that Hallman is a future NFL player, and from what I can infer from my tally sheet opposing QBs certainly believe it – there’s almost an eightfold differential in targets against Fourqurean vs Hallman and I have basically no film at all on Hallman (usually a very good sign for corners). That makes it somewhat difficult to assess Fourqurean since everything to the outside goes against him and some breakdowns are inevitable with that much volume, although the vulnerabilities of pass coverage in the middle of the field between the linebackers and safeties have really been where offenses attacked. - -Wisconsin’s pass defense stats from charting give me the most pause. Their defensive success rate and yards per attempt surrendered numbers are in line with last year’s and show the same modest falloff in efficiency since the Leonhard years, though a tick up in explosive plays surrendered (that’s easy to trace to an increase in 15-20 yard passes allowed by linebackers in coverage, however). - -The issue with using per-play metrics is that the offenses Wisconsin has faced disproportionately don’t want to or aren’t good at throwing the ball – in raw stats those teams rank an average of 82nd in passing yards per game nationally and generate just 208.4 passing YPG, and the cumulative QBs they’ve faced (not the starter but the actual passer, weighted by number of meaningful dropbacks) has an NCAA passer rating on the season of 128.2, almost a full standard deviation below the FBS median. This comes from facing only one offense truly eager to pass the ball (USC, though not very efficient at it), one good QB (Alabama’s Millroe), and two of three offenses they struggled to stop (Iowa and Penn State) not being interested in pushing the ball down the field or snapping more than once a minute. As Rohan and I discussed, Wisconsin has a peculiar schedule in that they don’t face any middle-of-the-road measuring stick teams until their last two weeks of the season, in Nebraska and Minnesota, and as such assessing the passing defense in isolation with so many distortive opponents is challenging – it’s entirely possible they’re substantially better, worse, or just different than their stats to date betray. - -Here’s a representative sample of successfully defended passing plays: - -:00 – Nice zone coverage from Fourqurean, sitting on the short outside hitch, off just enough to bait the QB into thinking he can fit it in to the big Y receiver, then triggering fast and timing the hit perfectly to break it up without a flag. :19 – The back end has drifted a safety and a backer to the field creating a four over two while it’s a two over three to the boundary with Zachman dropping way out so this throw is open. The stunt from Peterson doesn’t generate anything on the official box score but it pushes the RG into the QB’s plant space and results in an inaccurate throw. :25 – PSU’s monomaniacal offense got shut down on any play in which Wohler locked up their leading (only) target in man coverage. The slot receiver is breaking open on the man-beater against Brown but the QB short-circuits and chucks it to the back for whom Chaney is a match. :42 – Here’s the 3-4 defense in zone. Pius drops out to cover one of the tight ends but keeps his eyes in the backfield to force the scramble out of bounds. Good penetration by the veterans Hills and Barten, though the freshman Johnson gets a welcome to college football. - -And unsuccessfully defended passing plays:",1731883672,4c4b5834c3,597bc25caa,,,1731883672 -https://www.theloadout.com/best-ps4-games,https://www.theloadout.com/feed,The best PS4 games in 2024,"What are the best PS4 games? Sure, the PlayStation 5 gets all the attention these days, the PlayStation 4 is still a work horse of a console. There are still plenty of awesome games releasing for the PS4, so we’ve decided to collate a list of the best PS4 games you can play right now. - -While new PS4 games are great, we’ve got some classics and essential PS4 picks on this list too – some of the best games of all time have graced this console, so we’d be doing them a disservice by only focusing on the newer titles. The PS4 has such a wide variety of games that there really is something for everyone, regardless of taste or preference. So, here are the games you should check out next on your PS4. - -The best PS4 games are: - -1. Apex Legends - -Its in-depth lore, range of character abilities, and stylized take on the battle royale genre make Apex Legends a clear pick as one of the best PS4 games and the best multiplayer games around. For us, the movement mechanics and unique characters put it at the pinnacle of battle royale games. While it is available on other platforms, remapping the DualShock 4 allows you to seamlessly slide around the map to your heart’s content. - -Whether you want to hang out with your mates with some quick-fire games or knuckle down and test your mettle in Apex Legends’ ranked playlists, you can get a wide range of experiences just by logging into this free-to-play game. - -In recent years, Apex has expanded from just offering battle royale experiences too. The Mixtape playlist provides a regularly-rotating lineup of fun, causal game modes that prove Apex’s gameplay is slick and substantial enough to thrive in whatever kind of FPS experience you throw at it. New limited-time modes will often appear during seasonal events too, so you’re never tied into just trying to be the last player standing. - -2. God of War - -It wouldn’t be a best PS4 games list without God of War, would it? In the 2018 reboot of the hit series, Kratos gets to unleash his fury in this open-world action game, together with his son, Boy… sorry, we mean Atreus. Featuring top-of-the-line combat, an enthralling narrative, and some pretty slick puzzles, all of the game’s offerings will challenge you. - -God of War also looks gorgeous on the PS4 (and PS5, of course) and it’s the perfect game to pick up if you’re a fan of the series. The same goes for its sequel, God of War Ragnarok. - -3. God of War Ragnarok - -If you thought the original God of War from Sony’s Santa Monica studio bangs, then its sequel, God of War Ragnarok, is even better. Better biome variation, better battles with the God of War Ragnarok bosses, and an all-around tighter gameplay loop make Kratos and Atreus’s latest adventure their best yet. - -In fact, we loved Ragnarok so much that we even marked it as a GOTY contender in the 2022 The Loadout Awards – it eventually took home the gold for best PlayStation exclusive. In our God of War Ragnarok review we felt it stood out from the crowd thanks to its “action-packed narrative, satisfying combat, a luscious Norse world, and some fantastic character development.” - -4. Rocket League - -Everyone’s favorite four-wheeled soccer game is a PS4 staple already. But after it became free-to-play a few years back, the game received a huge influx of players eager to get into the Rocket League ranks. - -While Rocket League’s best cars are pretty much unquestioned at this point, the number of customization options can give your ride a unique, personal touch. Additionally, the Rocket League soundtrack is one of the best in gaming (depending on what genres you’re into). High-octane vehicular action aside, there’s plenty in here that makes Rocket League deserve a spot on our best PS4 games list. - -5. Final Fantasy 7 Remake - -Remakes often have a hard time living up to their predecessors. They have to overcome the nostalgia of the original, while simultaneously updating graphics and mechanics without losing touch with the soul of the game. That said, Final Fantasy 7 Remake navigates these tricky seas with ease, emerging glistening from the storm. - -Although we’re not usually into single-player games, this is one of the few we deem worthy of making our list. If you value a single-player experience above anything else, Final Fantasy 7 is categorically one of the best PS4 games. Midgar has had a makeover, while Cloud, Aerith, Tifa, and Co. look better than ever, so there’s never been a better time to reminisce on your memories of the original or jump into the series for the first time. - -6. Doom Eternal - -Another of the PS4’s (mostly) single-player offerings, the fast-paced, metal-soundtracked journey through hell is big, brash, and unsubtle, but great fun. The campaign is up there as one of the finest from a first-person shooter, the high tempo never lets up for a second, yet somehow it never tires you out. Based on its campaign alone, Doom Eternal deserves a place among the best PS4 games. - -The Battlemode multiplayer is fine, but the best moments are when you are left on your own in a room filled with vile hellspawn and you can remove limbs, explode heads, and generally mess up demons in more ways than you could possibly imagine. - -7. Titanfall 2 - -Despite being released nearly five years ago, Titanfall 2 is one of the best PS4 games because it single-handedly revolutionized the way we see the FPS genre. The succinct campaign brought us wall-running, heart-wrenching story beats, and of course, inspired Apex Legends. The real standout features in Titanfall 2 are the blend of first-person shooter action and third-person Titan warfare. The large battles give you a sense of scale and the feeling that you are a small part of a much bigger war – as well as being a small pilot-shaped cog in the hulking automaton BT-7274. - -Movement feels fast and natural, combining the sliding, wall-running, and titan action for a smooth experience all around. It’s safe to say Titanfall 2 is a genre-defining game, and worth picking up, whether that’s for the first time or to remind yourself of how good an FPS can be. - -8. Marvel’s Spider-Man - -It’s no wonder you’ll hear Spider-Man mentioned as one of the best PS4 games because it combines all the best parts of being a superhero into one near-perfect package. Swing through a stunningly detailed recreation of Manhattan to defeat a host of evil villains and bring some semblance of peace to the Big Apple. The sequel, starring Miles Morales, is available on the PS4 as well as on next-gen, so if you’re not upgrading your system, you can still get your superhero fix. - -The best part of Spider-Man is the swinging, for sure, but it is equally satisfying to nail combat combos to disarm enemies, wrap them in web, or simply kick them into oblivion. Your spidey senses will help dodge and parry enemy blows, and the variety of opposing factions and villain types keeps things interesting. It’s also great fun to comb the streets for every collectible – most of which are references to the comics or movies. Upgrade your suit, unlock iconic outfits, and don’t let anything get in the way of justice. - -9. Red Dead Redemption 2 - -Red Dead Redemption 2 is one of the best open world games to have graced the PS4 store. With more duels, bounty hunters, and horses than you can shake a stick at, the game delivers a glorious epic that can be played time and time again. - -Red Dead Redemption 2 is one of the most immersive experiences, requiring you to clean your guns in order to ensure they work properly, looking after your trusty horses so they know they’re cared for, all the while you take on bad guys and face the Wild West. - -Since the next Grand Theft Auto game is skipping last-gen consoles when the GTA 6 release date finally comes around, now’s a great time to catch up on one of Rockstar’s best games to date. - -10. The Last of Us Part 2 - -When the conversation regarding the best PS4 games of all time comes around, The Last of Us Part 2 is always mentioned – and for good reason seeing as it was crowned Game of the Year at the 2020 Game Awards. Widely considered one of the best games ever made – something we agree with – the third-person stealth shooter follows protagonist Ellie as she navigates life and love in a zombie apocalypse. - -This isn’t a game that you can drop into for a little fun, but the gritty campaign is both graphically and narratively beautiful. Every level blends seamlessly into the next, and each offers an unthinkable variety of paths through – some violent, some stealth, and some a bit of both. - -Obviously, you should play through the first game before tackling this, but be ready to have everything you thought you knew about games blown completely out of the water. It’s also made our list of the best PS5 games, so if you’ve had the chance to upgrade make sure you play it there for the ultimate experience. - -11. The Last Guardian - -Another single-player game for our list, The Last Guardian is a testament to worldbuilding, narrative, and artificial intelligence. Trico, the giant mythical beast that accompanies you on your quest to escape the ancient pit you find yourself trapped in, behaves exactly like an animal should. Yes, there are a couple of glitches here and there, but generally, Team Ico nails Trico’s animal tendencies to create a beautiful creature in a mysterious world. - -Make sure to give your feline-ish friend lots of pats and care to make sure he responds to your instructions as best as possible. Work together through innovative platforming puzzles to make your escape, battling against the crumbling city’s defenders as well as your own fears. Cooperation is key, and The Last Guardian is a wonderfully unique game you’ll remember for years. - -12. Unchartered 4: A Thief’s End - -While some would say Uncharted protagonist Nathan Drake is a thief, we’d call him a treasure hunter in the same vein as Lara Croft. In the fourth mainline outing for the franchise, Uncharted 4 follows a recently retired Nathan as he’s thrust back into the dangerous world of treasure hunting in order to save his thought-to-be-dead brother. - -Similar to other Naughty Dog games, Uncharted 4 is a narrative-focused experience, but it has some solid third-person shooting in beautiful and well-designed levels that take you across the globe, from tropical environments to snowy landscapes. - -Having previous knowledge of the Uncharted games isn’t required, as the game can be played as its own standalone story, but playing the previous three games definitely adds to the enjoyment. - -13. Horizon Forbidden West - -The sequel to brilliant Horizon Zero Dawn, Forbidden West sees Aloy journey away from her home in search of more answers to questions the first game dredged up. But don’t worry if you haven’t played Zero Dawn, as Forbidden West offers a story recap of its predecessor (which is admittedly brief, but enough to get you started). - -Horizon is a solid action-adventure series with a hint of role-playing within, allowing you to upgrade Aloy’s skills as she progresses her journey. There are plenty of human enemies out there, but the biggest threat are mechanical beasts similar to dinosaurs that inhabit the world. Yes, robot dinosaurs. - -As the second game in the series, Forbidden West continues the narrative beats of the first outing, but it’s also packed full of new weapons and abilities, including new exploration tools to help you reach higher and more out-of-the-way places. If you liked the original, you’ll want to play Forbidden West as it improves in every way, - -14. Gran Turismo 7 - -The long-running Gran Turismo series may need no introduction for most, but for those new to PlayStation, the GT series is Sony’s exclusive racing-sim line of games, similar to Xbox’s Forza series. In Gran Turismo 7, expect the same gameplay as usual but with a host of upgrades for the latest title, such as increased physics, incredible-looking tracks, and blood-pumping fast cars. - -Save up for your favorite cars, tune them, and then take to the circuits to capture the best lap times possible. Polyphony has even implemented a super realistic weather system that dynamically affects different parts of the track. - -15. Dying Light 2 - -Dying Light 2’s story isn’t much to talk about. The standard zombie cliches are here, such as a viral outbreak, splintered human factions in a post-apocalyptic city, nothing you haven’t seen before. But what makes Dying Light 2 and its predecessor special is how you deal with, or avoid your undead enemies. - -Dying Light 2 allows you to craft and wield powerful melee weapons with different, and very powerful mods, such as electrifying or poisoning your enemies. But when things get tough, instead of running in a straight line, developer Techland has taken a page out of Mirror’s Edge’s book, allowing you to freely parkour across the open world. - -It may not be a life-changing experience, but Dying Light 2 is exhilarating undead-killing fun that makes it one of the best zombie games available right now. For more of our thoughts on the game, you can check out our Dying Light 2 review. - -16. Stardew Valley - -Stardew Valley is one of the most magical simulation games out there, one of the best relaxing games you can get your mitts on, and one of the best PS4 games full-stop. Having taken over your late grandpa’s farm, your life in the titular region begins by trying to get things back into some semblance of order. - -However, Stardew Valley isn’t just a simple, crunchy farming sim – it’s a farm life sim. Throughout the hundreds of hours you can easily plow into the game you’ll get to know the valley’s inhabitants – some very intimately – and forge lasting friendships with them. There are also dungeon-crawling elements thanks to a vast underground mine network that you can explore and loot – loot goblins, rejoice. - -17. Ghost of Tsushima - -After creating an incredible title with Infamous: Second Son, the team at Sucker Punch moved on from the superhero series to develop Ghost of Tsushima, which has gone on to receive critical acclaim for its gorgeous world, easy-to-know and hard-to-master combat, and an engaging story focused on the samurai clans of an island called Tsushima. - -In Ghost of Tsushima, you play as Jin Sakai, one of the last remaining samurai on the island as he attempts to fight off a Mongol invasion led by Khotun Khan, the grandson of the evil Genghis Khan. While Jin has studied the Samurai code under his uncle, Lord Shimura, Jin must become the titular Ghost of Tsushima, breaking the code in order to save the island. - -As Jin, you’ll have a variety of combat stances to switch between, all of which are able to damage certain enemies more specifically, meaning you need to quickly eliminate distinct enemy types before moving on to the next, as well as using Jin’s ghost tools to stealthily ambush and kill Mongols. When you’re not fighting off the invaders, you can roam a gorgeous open world that loads way too quickly even on the PS4, and upgrade your gear in order to finally defeat Khotun Khan. - -18. Persona 5 Royal - -PERSONA! While it may be the fifth mainline installment in the Persona series, Persona 5 Royal tells its own story, which means you don’t need to play the previous entries. In Persona 5, you play as a silent protagonist called Joker, and the story is told mostly in flashbacks as you form a group called the Phantom Thieves, which steals the corruption from the hearts of adults. - -While some of Persona 5’s gameplay revolves around very stylish turn-based action, most of the gameplay is a standard role-playing affair, as you go to school, develop relationships with your cohort, and pursue other goals like part-time jobs. - -Persona 5 Royal consists of the original game, as well as additional content like a new semester, quality of life features, and more, making it the best version of the game to play. If you’re someone who focuses on the story content, there’s still roughly 100 hours of content to enjoy here. - -19. Elden Ring - -If you haven’t played Elden Ring, stop reading and go and play it right now. Our Elden Ring Review gave the game a 10/10 – as did many other outlets across the world – and hailed it a masterpiece. - -If you really need further explanation, Elden Ring is the latest Soulslike FromSoftware game. It continues the Dark Souls legacy by being tough as nails, but this is arguably the best time for new players to jump into the series. It’s everything Dark Souls was but in an open world, filled to the brim with adventure, wonder, and death. Unsurprisingly, it’s made our list of the best Soulslike games. - -20. Bloodborne - -The best FromSoftware game of the PS4 generation, fans have been clamoring for a Bloodborne PC port for the best part of a decade – it really is that good. Don’t believe us? Try its whopping 92 Metacritic score on for size. - -A soulslike in the same vein as Elden Ring, Bloodborne doesn’t quite have the sprawling open world of its more modern cousin. However, this stylish ARPG’s more linear town of Yharnam is every bit as charming – something which is helped by its Gothic, Victorian stylings. It’s the gentlefolk’s soulslike in every sense of the word (okay, it’s not exactly ‘gentle’), and one which you have to experience if you’re after a real challenge. - -21. Sekiro Shadows Die Twice - -We’re not just stopping with Bloodborne on the FromSoft front, as Sekiro represents a very different vibe to its pseudo-Victorian counterpart. This time taking place in a fictionalized version of Sengoku Japan, Sekiro will have you embark on a quest as the enigmatic Wolf to rescue his lord. - -Unlike its FromSoft predecessors, Sekiro places a much greater emphasis on managing poise. After breaking a boss’ posture, you’ll have the opportunity to deliver devastating damage. Likewise, if your block is broken you’ll be a sitting duck – this almost always has dire consequences. Indeed, Sekiro is a game that incentivizes aggression at its core, making for an even more high-risk, high-reward experience than the likes of Dark Souls and Bloodborne. - -22. Prince of Persia: The Lost Crown - -The first major Prince of Persia release in over a decade, Ubisoft Montpellier – the studio behind Rayman – reintroduced the beloved series in the best possible way with The Lost Crown. - -An excellent addition to the list of best Metroidvania games, The Lost Crown takes elements of the genre and blends them with the classic Prince of Persia vibe. What’s more, its challenging combat and platforming can be tweaked to your liking thanks to the myriad settings available, making for one of the most approachable entry points into the realm of Metroidvanias yet. - -The result of Ubi’s graft has merited a mighty Metacritic score of 86 – the best-scoring Prince of Persia game since the 2003 classic The Sands of Time (92). - -23. Assassin’s Creed Mirage - -Ubisoft Bordeaux’s first crack at heading up an Assassin’s Creed installment was a major success considering its more condensed budget. Acting as a prequel of sorts to 2020’s Valhalla, Mirage focuses on Basim’s rise from common street thief to the assassin order. - -Unlike Valhalla, Mirage ditches the massive open-world design that’s featured prominently in recent AC games, returning to something old-school fans will feel much more at home with. You can definitely feel the influence of the Ezio games here, though Mirage ensures there are some new bells and whistles to separate it from its predecessors. - -In our Assassin’s Creed Mirage review we call it “a truly excellent experience,” with Ubi “wonderfully blending this series’ past and present to provide players with a compact, engaging story driven by captivating characters and secrets worth seeking.” - -24. Just Cause 3 - -If we could put Just Cause 2 on this list we would, but until a remaster comes along (or it drops on PS Plus), then its brilliant successor will do just fine. This time the action heads back to Rico Rodriguez’s stomping ground, as you liberate Medici from the evil General Sebastiano Di Ravello. Like every Just Cause game, the story is secondary to all the explosive action and chaos you’ll get up to. - -Except now you’ve got a wingsuit, tons of epic weapons, and the power of the PS4 to deliver even more carnage. With some sweet DLC expansions too, including a jet-pack style wingsuit, Just Cause 3 is still a blast all these years. - -25. inFamous Second Son - -We’d love it if Sucker Punch Productions would make another inFamous game, but until then, inFamous Second Son is an excellent PS4 game to sink time into. As previous hero Cole MacGrath is out of the picture, the action shifts to Seattle, and sees you planted in the shoes of Delsin Rowe. He’s a little more scrappy than Cole, but his unique powerset and compelling journey of self-discovery make him a hero worthy of remembering. - -InFamous Second Son still looks stunning and plays fantastically even now. You’ll pick up numerous abilities in an open-world ripe for heroics, or evil if you’d prefer to become the ultimate super villain. Better yet, if you play this on PS5 via backwards compatibility, you’ll be graced with upscaled visuals and 60fps support. - -26. Call of Duty Black Ops Cold War - -There are loads of Call of Duty games to check out on PS4, but Black Ops Cold War is easily the best of them. Taking the story back to before the events of Black Ops 2 and 3, this prequel-sequel sees you webbed up in a global conspiracy that could yield catastrophic consequences. Oh, and you can blast your way through an excellent campaign that pushes the Call of Duty franchise forward in ways games like Modern Warfare 3 can only dream of. - -Alongside the awesome story is the game’s superb iteration of COD Zombies, which brings an all-new perk system, loadouts, fresh spins on classic locations and fresh lore to unravel. This is the Zombies experience that sequels should aim to replicate, but the game’s normal multiplayer is also worth your time. All the classic modes like Team Deathmatch are there, but Treyarch delivers some exceptional maps that hone in on the game’s 80’s aesthetic in clever ways. - -27. Control - -Before Remedy Entertainment delivered an all-time banger with Alan Wake 2, the seeds for a mind-boggling story were laid in Control too. Blending the developer’s amazing penchant for third-person shooter action with blockbuster level storytelling, Control is an essential PS4 gaming experience for anyone to enjoy. You’ll guide Jesse Faden, the newly appointed director of the Federeal Bureau of Control, through the Oldest House – a brutalist HQ within the heart of New York City. - -However, sinister otherworldy threats are around every corner and Jesse is beginning to manifest powers she can’t quite explain. The game’s combat is top-tier, effortlessly merging superpowered antics with satsifying gunfights that you’ll quickly become entranced by. With plenty of DLC to keep you busy once the credits have rolled, it won’t be long before you become obsessed with the Remedy Connected Universe. - -28. Neon White - -If you’re in need of some serious late-90s nostalgia, but with a modern twist then let us introduce you to Neon White. Dubbed “the heavenly single-player card-based speedrunning FPS for freaks, by freaks” by developer Angel Matrix, Neon White places you in the shoes of White – the leader of a group of demon hunters called ‘Neons’ (you can see where the title came from). Having been drafted up to Heaven from Hell to deal with its demon infestation, White and the gang must quickly (and stylishly) display their pest control prowess. - -Featuring an ingenious gameplay loop that feels fantastic to play, a breakcore-fueled soundtrack from maestros Machine Girl, and Spike Spiegel actor Steve Blum lending his talents to White, Neon White is a PS4 must-play. This isn’t just the case for nostalgics, but for anyone who has even a passing interest in completing games really, really fast. - -29. Spyro Reignited Trilogy - -Okay, we’re cheating with this one, but the Spyro Reignited Trilogy is too good to not include in our list. Compiling beautifully remade versions of the first three Spyro games – Spyro the Dragon, Spyro 2 Ripto’s Rage!, and Spyro Year of the Dragon – the Spyro Reignited Trilogy gives these classic platformers a well-deserved new lease on life. - -Alongside the audiovisual improvements, the Reignited Trilogy also introduces some extra gameplay consistencies between the trio. For example, skill points have been added to the first Spyro, while the ability to do a barrel roll has been transferred from the OG into the latter two installments. If you haven’t reveled in Toys for Bob’s wonderful remakes, then be sure to rectify that ASAP. - -30. Destiny 2 - -One of the biggest live service success stories ever, Destiny 2 rolls an MMO, a loot-chasing PvE shooter, and a competitive FPS game into one incredible package. - -In Destiny 2, you traverse the solar system with an enormous arsenal of weapons and gear at your disposal to take on intergalactic threats. You also pick a class (Titan, Hunter, or Warlock) and an elemental subclass within them, which imbue you with incredibly flashy and satisfying abilities. - -The base game of Destiny 2, which features various PvE and PvP activities and some introductory quest lines to help onboard new players. However, the true meat of Destiny 2 comes within its paid seasons and expansions – this is where the game truly shines with an evolving storyline, thematic game modes, and more. - -31. Grand Theft Auto 5 - -The biggest, most feature-rich Grand Theft Auto game ever, GTA 5 is a without a doubt a must-play experience. If you’re yet to play it (which makes you a rarity, given it’s one of the best-selling games of all time) you should look to change that. If you’re reading this and you have already sunk plenty of time into it, this is your reminder that it’s absolutely worth revisiting. - -The single-player story is excellent – while some story moments are predictable, the ability to influence its ending and to experience it as three different characters at once makes it incredibly memorable and flexible. The open world of Los Santos is bustling with life and incredibly varied – from flashy city streets, to coastal beaches, to mountain wilderness, to rural communities, to military bases, it’s a truly exhilarating place to explore. - -However, GTA 5’s all-timer status (and it’s longevity) is thanks to GTA Online, the multiplayer sandbox that lets you create your own character and pull of daring heists, compete in races, and run your own business enterprises with your friends. Be sure to check out our guide on how to make money in GTA 5 and GTA Online so that you can live out a lavish Los Santos lifestyle. - -So, whether you’re a single-player nut or a multiplayer master, the PS4 still has plenty to offer. All you’ve got to do now is figure out how and when you’re going to play some or all of these expert recommendations. - -If you’re subscribed to PS Plus Extra or Premium, be sure to check the PS Plus games list to see if any of these epic games are included and available to you at no extra cost. Free-to-play games like Apex Legends and Destiny 2 are also great places to start if you’ve got a tight budget. - -If you’re still rocking your PS4 and need some accessories, check out our pick of the best PS4 controllers and best PS4 headsets you can get right now. Have fun!",1731883671,bbec762ab3,59e4233d1b,,,1731883671 -https://www.dexerto.com/boxing/ishowspeed-taunts-jake-paul-with-insane-prediction-ahead-of-mike-tyson-fight-2981603/,https://www.dexerto.com/feed/,IShowSpeed taunts Jake Paul with insane prediction ahead of Mike Tyson fight,"Streaming star IShowSpeed hopped on a FaceTime call with Jake Paul just to taunt the YouTube-boxer with a wild prediction for his imminent fight against Mike Tyson. - -On November 15, Jake Paul will face off against one of the greatest boxing legends of all time, Mike Tyson, in a bout that will be streamed live on Netflix. - -With fight night on the horizon, fans have gone wild with their predictions for the bout — especially after ‘Iron’ Mike slapped Jake across the face at their weigh-in. - -Article continues after ad - -Other content creators have also thrown their opinions into the mix, including famous streamer IShowSpeed, who firmly believes that Tyson will get the upper hand over his internet-famous opponent early into the bout. - -“I’ma tell you exactly what’s gonna happen, okay?” Speed told his viewers. “Mike Tyson will knock Jake Paul out in the second round. …but Jake Paul will get up, then the fight will continue. Then, it will end as Jake Paul winning in terms of decision. That’s what I think is gonna happen.” - -Article continues after ad - -Article continues after ad - -Although he ultimately believes Jake will win, Speed launched into one of his humorous tirades on a FaceTime call with the white-collar boxer during that same broadcast, shouting that “Mike is gonna f*ck your a** up.” - -“He’s bout to f*ck you up, Jake!” he shouted as the ‘Problem Child’ laughed. - -“Roll the highlight reel,” Jake retorted. - -Although it’s clear that the two are merely bantering with each other, the potential outcome of this particular fight has spawned a massive conversation across social media from casual fans and die-hard boxing fanatics, alike. - -Article continues after ad - -In fact, the bout has resulted in a slew of absurd bets, with viewers wagering their dollars on whether or not Mike will bite Jake’s ear off — or even bite the YouTuber’s private parts, with bets sitting at +50,000 for this particular scenario. - -However, Speed’s KO prediction might not come to fruition, as former fighters have come forward with claims of a clause in the contract stating Tyson is allegedly banned from knocking out Paul. - -Article continues after ad",1731883658,9d7eb4fc17,599582ded1,,,1731883658 -https://healthtechinsider.com/2023/04/12/continuous-real-time-diagnostics-on-the-go-video/,http://healthtechinsider.com/feed/,Continuous Real-Time Diagnostics On the Go [video],"Continuous Real-Time Diagnostics On the Go [video] - - - -Nutromics, a MedTech scale-up, has a diagnostic lab-on-a-patch that tracks multiple crucial targets continuously and in real-time, giving clinicians personalized insights into patient health. Currently, clinicians are hampered by insufficient and delayed lab diagnostics, with a standard of care that provides only a single data point hours after the test. As much as 70% of all clinical decisions are made using this process, leading to poor patient outcomes and billions of dollars in additional healthcare costs. - -The company’s first target is vancomycin, a drug that is commonly used in hospitals to treat infections, yet difficult to monitor. Up to 43% of adults develop vancomycin-induced acute kidney injury and the mortality rate of up to 33% of such adults is a serious concern. The patch, if moved to the shipping product stage, could revolutionize clinicians’ ability to keep patients in the therapeutic range, improving efficacy and minimizing toxic overdoses. - -The patch could prove useful in monitoring a dozen crucial drugs, proteins, and metabolites on-body, such as procaine, cocaine, gentamicin, phenylalanine, and ATP. It could bring a shift in patient care by providing trend information, which is critical in the ICU for fast-moving disease states. This could be a valuable tool for healthcare professionals, and we hope that it develops into a commercial product soon.",1731883647,9bcb5eab31,59ade1d8a1,,,1731883647 -http://www.skysports.com/golf/news/12040/13255713/the-annika-nelly-korda-wins-seventh-title-of-2024-as-englands-charley-hull-fades-after-taking-54-hole-lead,https://www.skysports.com/rss/12040,The ANNIKA: Nelly Korda wins seventh title of 2024 as England's Charley Hull fades after taking 54-hole lead,"World No 1 Nelly Korda went on a five-hole birdie burst to claim her seventh LPGA Tour title of 2024 as 54-hole leader Charley Hull faded in the final round of The ANNIKA in Florida. - -Hull led Korda and China's Weiwei Zhang by one shot going into Sunday but then carded a one-over 71 - an erratic front nine featured three bogeys and two birdies - to end on 11 under. - -Korda, who triumphed with a score of 14 under, also stuttered coming out with three bogeys and a solitary gain, but sizzled on her back nine, picking up five shots on the trot between 11 and 15. - -Twitter Twitter , which may be using cookies and other technologies. To show you this content, we need your permission to use cookies. You can use the buttons below to amend your preferences to enable Twitter cookies or to allow those cookies just once. You can change your settings at any time via the This content is provided by, which may be using cookies and other technologies. To show you this content, we need your permission to use cookies. You can use the buttons below to amend your preferences to enablecookies or to allow those cookies just once. You can change your settings at any time via the Privacy Options Unfortunately we have been unable to verify if you have consented to Twitter cookies. To view this content you can use the button below to allow Twitter cookies for this session only. Enable Cookies Allow Cookies Once - -Hull made just one birdie during that stretch as her hopes of a second title this month - after the Aramco Team Series Riyadh on the Ladies European Tour - evaporated. - -Korda signed for a three-under 67 to finish three strokes clear of Hull, Zhang and South Korea's Jin Hee Im, with Sweden's Linn Grant and USA's Rose Zhang sharing fifth on 10 under. - -Korda has won The ANNIKA three times in four years after going back-to-back in 2021 and 2022, with the 26-year-old to now head to next week's season-ending CME Group Tour Championship - also in Florida - full of confidence after a dramatic year. - -Image: Korda (right) and Hull embrace after the American won The ANNIKA for a third time in four years - -Korda wins again after headline-making season - -Korda won six trophies in seven starts between January and May, with a record-equalling run of five straight LPGA Tour titles culminating in victory at the Chevron Championship as she scooped her second major title, after the 2021 Women's PGA Championship. - -Korda then missed three cuts in a row, however, including at the US Women's Open and PGA Championship as she shot rounds of 80 or above in both. - -Get the best prices and book a round at one of 1,700 courses across the UK & Ireland location Enter Course, City, or Postal Code Courses View More Courses Locations View More Locations No results found. Please try another search. Search - -She took a break from the game from September until this week after a neck injury that she feels was triggered by severe migraines that only sleep and being in the dark could quell. - -Korda said after winning The ANNIKA: ""It feels great to be back out here and there's nothing like being in the hunt. - -""There's nothing like the adrenaline feeling on the back nine and being in contention. I love it so much."" - -Hull was looking to claim her third LPGA Tour title and first since the Volunteers of America Classic in October 2022 but had to settle for joint second at The ANNIKA as Korda tasted a first tournament victory since the Mizuho Americas Open six months ago. - -Watch round one of the CME Group Tour Championship, from Naples in Florida, live on Sky Sports Golf, Sky Sports Main Event and Sky Sports+ from 8pm on Thursday, with coverage continuing for all four days. Stream with NOW.",1731883647,fc4744035e,5a03d94b72,,,1731883647 -https://www.engadget.com/deals/apple-black-friday-deals-discount-the-m3-macbook-air-with-16gb-of-ram-to-899-180617913.html?src=rss,https://www.engadget.com/rss.xml,Apple Black Friday deals discount the M3 MacBook Air with 16GB of RAM to $899,"Engadget has been testing and reviewing consumer tech since 2004. Our stories may include affiliate links; if you buy something through a link, we may earn a commission. Read more about how we evaluate products . - -Black Friday deals are already coming in hot with some excellent discounts on MacBooks. Key among them is a sale on the M3 MacBook Air, the machine we consider to be the best laptop for most people and the best laptop for college students. Amazon has the notebook with 16GB of RAM and 256GB of storage for $899, which is $200 off the list price. - -That's the base amount of storage, but other configurations with more storage space are on sale too. One with 8GB of RAM and a 512GB SSD is available for $989, though we'd recommend having at least 16GB of memory. It's not possible to upgrade the RAM in an Apple Silicon MacBook, but you can always add external storage if need be. - -Apple just released its first M4-powered Macs, but it has yet to slot the latest chip into the MacBook Air. The 13-inch MBA's blend of power and portability makes it a potent choice and we gave it a score of 90 in our review. It delivers fast performance and has a killer display. The design is sleek and sturdy and it sounds great thanks to a quad-speaker array. We like the trackpad and keyboard as well, while the upgrade to Wi-Fi 6E connectivity is a definite plus. - -Our main quibble is that the USB-C ports are on the same side of the unit as the one for the charger — having even one USB-C on the right side would be handy. But that's a minor complaint about an otherwise terrific laptop. - -If you're willing to go with a slightly older (but no less capable) processor, the M2 MacBook Air with 16GB of RAM and 256GB of storage has dropped to $749, which is $250 off its usual price. - -Check out all of the latest Black Friday and Cyber Monday deals here.",1731883688,2ccba97d94,59f30fcfae,,,1731883688 -https://www.theverge.com/2024/11/14/24296510/google-dropping-political-ads-in-the-eu-ttpa,https://www.theverge.com/google/rss/index.xml,Google says it will stop serving political ads in the EU,"Google has announced it will stop showing political ads to users in the European Union next year due to uncertainties around the bloc’s new transparency regulations. In a new blog post, Google says the upcoming Transparency and Targeting of Political Advertising (TTPA) rules that aim to prevent election interference and help voters make informed choices will introduce significant “operational challenges and legal uncertainties.” - -Google says the definition of political advertising in the TTPA, which is set to come into force in October 2025, is too broad and makes it difficult to reliably identify what content should be restricted across different EU regions at scale. The search giant is planning to stop serving political ads before the TTPA takes effect, and says it will continue evaluating its decision and share more information on the exact timing next year. - -Google has previously halted its political ads service in France, Canada, and Brazil due to similar issues around complying with local regulations. - -“Throughout the legislative process, we shared concerns about the potential impact of the TTPA and the challenges posed by some of its requirements, but the regulation ultimately failed to provide the necessary clarity and specificity that would have permitted us to comply with its requirements,” Google said in its announcement. - -The upcoming TTPA rules will require online political ads to be clearly labeled to help inform people “whether they are being targeted with an ad, who is paying for it, how much is being paid, and to which elections or referendum it is linked.” Ad providers must also obtain explicit consent from users to serve them with targeted political ads, and cannot use minors' data and certain personal information.",1731883601,fd9bf73ed0,5a0a3be61d,,,1731883601 -https://derivsource.com/2024/09/17/axoni-sells-post-trade-technology-business-to-lseg/,https://derivsource.com/feed,Axoni Sells Post-trade Technology Business to LSEG,"Axoni, a leading provider of trade workflow applications and real-time data replication technology announced today the sale of its Veris post-trade processing business and related intellectual property to the London Stock Exchange Group (LSEG), a global provider of financial markets data and infrastructure. The transaction remains subject to closing conditions and is expected to complete in Q4 2024. - -Axoni built and operates the Veris network, a post-trade reconciliation and lifecycle management platform for equity swaps. Axoni launched Veris in 2020 and has since onboarded leading banks and asset managers. - -Veris streamlines the post-trade data reconciliation process and prevents cash flow breaks by enabling counterparties to share and compare data associated with equity swap deals, positions, trades, and related cash flows throughout the post-trade lifecycle. Following the transaction, LSEG will own and operate the Veris network after a transition period. Additional software to support post-trade processing in other derivative asset classes will also be transferred as part of the transaction. - -Veris customers will continue to benefit from leveraging HYDRA, Axoni’s data platform that offers the easiest and most secure way to replicate data in real-time between institutions. - -Greg Schvey, CEO, Axoni, said, “This acquisition represents a significant step forward in our efforts to modernize OTC derivative post-trade infrastructure. In recent years, we’ve partnered closely with LSEG to develop our trade processing applications and are confident they are the right party to help realize its growth potential.”",1731883730,9dd65a327d,59cd011861,,,1731883730 -https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/best-smart-mirror/,https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/feed/,Best Smart Mirrors for the Smart Bathroom!,"At SmartHomePerfected we pride ourselves on providing trustworthy, unbiased information. If you buy through links on our site, we may earn a small affiliate commission at no extra cost to you. Learn more - -Deciding to add a smart mirror to your bathroom is a fantastic step to modernize your space. Today’s smart mirrors have cool features like touchscreen surfaces, built-in lights, anti-fog technology, and voice commands. They can connect to a phone app using Wi-Fi or Bluetooth, giving useful updates like weather forecasts and traffic info. - -What Are Smart Mirrors? - -Put simply; smart mirrors come equipped with a digital display behind the glass. This allows the mirror to display information such as the time and date, weather forecasts, traffic reports, and more. In addition, smart mirrors are able to provide all this information due to their ability to connect to your phone via a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection. - -Here are some of the benefits you can look forward to by outfitting your bathroom or room wall with a smart mirror. - -Most smart mirrors will display the time and date on their screen. That way, you can keep track of time as you set about getting ready for work or going out. - -Imagine knowing what routes to avoid due to heavy traffic before leaving the house? That's where smart mirrors can help by displaying traffic reports. - -Smart mirrors can help you dress and prepare for the day ahead by giving you weather forecasts. - -You can give smart mirrors orders via voice command – which frees up your hands for more important tasks. - -Anti-fog or defogging feature allows the mirror to remain clear no matter how much steam your shower creates. - -Smart mirrors with touchscreens can be controlled with the slightest touch. - -Some smart mirrors come with built-in lighting with high lumens and color temperature adjustment – so your makeup ends up looking flawless. - -Best Smart Mirrors - -9.4 Top Pick 1. Hauschen Home Smart LED Mirror Defogs and is voice enabled! View Price - -On Amazon.com The Hauschen Home Smart LED Mirror has built-in CRI-95 lighting and comes with voice command capacity for enhanced user-friendliness. Top Features It comes with voice assistant compatibility. - -It features built-in lighting with high lumens. - -It offers a defogging feature. - -We're starting our smart mirrors countdown with the Hauschen Home Smart LED Mirror. - -Design - -40-inches long and 32-inches wide, this smart LED mirror is wall-mountable and will look great at home in multiple settings, thanks to its elegant design and construction. You don't have to worry about the mirror looking clunky or out of place either because it's only 1.4-inches thick. - -Quality - -The Hauschen Home Smart LED Mirror has a strip of high lumens lighting on the mirror surface. This helps accentuate the mirror's appearance. Plus, the CRI (Color Rendering Index) of the lighting in this mirror clocks in at 95 – which means it'll help display colors as they truly are. - -Light Controls - -You can adjust the mirror's brightness from 20 to 100 percent. Buyers can also choose the kind of lighting they want in their mirror – from 4200K neutral white to 5500K daylight. - -Smart Connectivity - -The Hauschen Home Smart LED Mirror is voice assistant compatible. That means you can control it via your Alexa or Google Home device. You can also operate the mirror via a smartphone app if your voice assistant device is out of range. - -Sustainability - -If you care about the environment, you will be happy to learn that the mirror is copper-free, eco-friendly, and has a low corrosion rate to boot. There's also an anti-fog function to ensure your mirror is ready for you to use at all times. - -What I liked It comes with a wall switch that controls the lighting. - -It features a memory touch sensor. - -It is suitable for vertical or horizontal orientation. What I didn't like Some users have complained that the mirror was too brittle. - -9.3 Runner Up 2. Decoraport Dimmable Mirror Integrated dimmer feature View Price - -On Amazon.com The Decoraport Dimmable Mirror is a more affordable version of the Hauschen Home Smart LED Mirror. Top Features It offers lights that are CRI-90. - -It offers multiple operation modes. - -Brightness is adjustable between 10 to 100 percent. - -The Decoraport Dimmable Mirror is wall-mountable and measures 55-inches x 28-inches – making it more expansive than the Hauschen Home Smart LED Mirror. However, when it comes to the design, both these mirrors are similar, considering the strip of lighting that can be found on the Decoraport Dimmable Mirror's surface. - -Lighting - -The Decoraport Dimmable Mirror's lights are CRI-90, giving the smart mirror by Hauschen a slight advantage in lighting. The LED strip offers a 6000K color temperature, cold white light, and 50,000 hours worth of working time. - -Displaying Surface - -This product also includes a PET anti-fog film to keep the mirror free of steam build-up and runny streaks. The lights on the mirror are dimmable, and the brightness range is between 10 to 100 percent. - -You can control the mirror lighting with a button on the mirror's surface. If you rather the mirror to stay clear of sticky fingerprints, you can also control the lighting via a light switch. - -Installation - -While the mirror is easy to mount and includes gypsum screws for mounting, users should note this mirror can not be mounted vertically – only horizontally. The product's also copper-free and offers the added protection of an epoxy coating. - -The Decoraport Dimmable Mirror is available in various size variations to make it suitable for use in multiple settings. - -What I liked It can be connected to a wall switch. - -It features a copper-free design. - -It is easy to mount and install. What I didn't like Remote control is inaccessible even through a Wi-Fi or Bluetooth connection. - -9.2 3. Byecold Bathroom Mirror Touchscreen display View Price - -On Amazon.com The Byecold Bathroom Mirror is perfect for users who like to start their day well-informed. Top Features Wi-Fi capacity is included. - -It offers a touchscreen display. - -It comes with an infra-red heating function to warm up the bathroom space. - -If you've been holding out for a mirror with display capabilities, say hello to the Byecold Bathroom Mirror. - -Control Features - -The Byecold Bathroom Mirror offers adjustable LED lighting of 3000K and 6000K – meaning you can choose between warm and cold white lighting, depending on your mood or decor. - -The lighting's activated via the touch button on the mirror. Additionally, the lighting is placed directly behind the mirror, giving you a suffused effect instead of a stark one. - -Connectivity - -Unlike the mirrors on our list so far, the Byecold Bathroom Mirror has Wi-Fi capacity and requires a 2.4GHz network to function. Once the mirror has internet access, you can access the Wi-Fi clock app, which displays the time, date, and weather, and sets alarms. - -Smart-Touch Button - -The mirror also comes equipped with a smart-touch switch. One tap allows you to turn the lighting on and off, whereas a double-tap opens the mirror's smart interface. - -You can also use the same touch button to activate the device's defogging feature that'll help keep your mirror clean of steam build-up or streaks. - -Design - -The Byecold Bathroom Mirror's dimensions are 31.5 x 23.6 x 1.8 inches – making it more compact than the Hauschen and Decoraport smart mirrors. However, the mirror's thickness is approximately 2-inches, making it more durable and safe from mishaps. - -What I liked It features a 2-inch thickness for increased durability. - -It offers a defogging feature. - -It comes with a 5-year warranty. What I didn't like Some users have reported difficulties in pairing the mirror with the mobile app. - -9.2 4. Gesipor Bathroom LED Mirror Built-in defogging feature View Price - -On Amazon.com The Gesipor Bathroom LED Mirror is a multi-orientational bathroom smart mirror with Bluetooth audio capacity. Top Features It comes with Bluetooth capacity. - -It comes in multiple size variations. - -It offers a defogging feature. - -Audio Streaming - -While there's no display or internet capacity with this mirror, users can still make their bathroom experience a whole lot better by streaming their favorite audio (podcasts, music, or news) via 360 surround sound capacity. All you need to do is connect the mirror to your smartphone or tablet. - -Sizes - -Besides that, the Gesipor Mirror is available in several size variations ranging from 24 x 36 to 60 x 36 inches – so you can choose the size that suits your space the most. - -Color Temperature and Memory Button - -The product's backlit and comes with dimmable lighting. Users also have the option to switch from 3000K to 6000K depending on their needs and adjust the brightness accordingly. - -There's also a handy memory button that takes note of the last used settings, so you can get the same effect by hitting a button. - -On/Off Options - -The mirror supports wall switch control so that you can switch the device on and off via a regular button on the wall. There's also an intelligent temperature control defogging feature to keep the mirror looking clear. In addition, the Gesipor mirror offers a 3-year warranty to boot. - -8.9 5. Ganpe Motion Sensor Mirror Bluetooth audio! View Price - -On Amazon.com The Ganpe Motion Sensor Mirror is one of the mirrors on the market that features a human body induction sensor. The mirror includes a sensor that will automatically turn the lights on and off as soon as it detects a human presence within a 1.5-meter range. Buyers can enjoy a hands-free device just by walking close to the product. Top Features It features a human body induction sensor. - -It has Bluetooth audio capacity. - -It comes with multiple operation modes. - -However, if you'd rather conserve electricity, there's a manual operation mode that allows the mirror to be controlled via the traditional switch button. - -Mobile App Controls - -There's also a handy Bluetooth audio feature that allows you to stream whatever you'd like by connecting to your smartphone or tablet of choice. Users also have the luxury of choosing the lighting from 6500, 4000, and 3000K lighting, along with a memory button. - -Environment Rating - -The Ganpe Motion Sensor Mirror also offers decent safety features. The product is IP44 waterproof and has copper-free construction – which is safer for the environment. The mirror's explosion-proof technology also ensures the surface doesn't crumble to pieces when in collision with an external force. - -The Verdict - -Smart mirrors are a great way to enhance the look of your space while receiving an improved user experience. Considering the range of choices available, it's best to pick out a mirror that's reflective of your needs. - -If you're looking to add to your bathroom's decor, a mirror with LED lighting ought to do fine. However, if you're looking for some interactive features, look for a product with Wi-Fi or Bluetooth capacity. - -9.4 Top Pick 1. Hauschen Home Smart LED Mirror Defogs and is voice enabled! View Price - -On Amazon.com The Hauschen Home Smart LED Mirror has built-in CRI-95 lighting and comes with voice command capacity for enhanced user-friendliness. Top Features It comes with voice assistant compatibility. - -It features built-in lighting with high lumens. - -It offers a defogging feature. - -Sources - -gesiporbath.com",1731883621,1c7041163b,5a2bdfd5d3,,,1731883621 -https://esportsedition.com/csgo/csgo-zywoo/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,"CS:GO ZywOo is the Newest French Star, AWPing Away the Competition","ZywOo, a Rising Star - -It is impossible to ignore the brilliant performance that Mathieu ‘ZywOo’ Herbaut has put on in 2019 so far. He is without a doubt the best up and coming star in CS:GO history, and this is only the beginning. We are just six months into 2019, the first year the 18 year old has had the chance to truly compete at a top level, and he already has two MVP awards. With the help of his seemingly perfect AWPing abilities, Vitality has taken home three trophies for the French org. Including a dominant ECS Season 7 Finals run that left the young star with an outstanding rating of 1.41. Their victory in London made Vitality the first French team to of won a premier LAN event since DreamHack Masters Malmo in 2017, and the first to win a season of ECS since season one in 2016. All of this has been thanks to ZywOo, their seemingly unstoppable superhero. - -The French scene is known not just for their refusal to part ways with one another, but for raising some of the most talented players that CS:GO has seen. Including legends such as AWPer Kenny ‘kennyS’ Schrub, and star rifler Richard ‘shox’ Papillon. However, ZywOo is an entirely different beast, and has already set himself apart from any French star that has touched Counter-Strike: Global-Offensive. With the way things have gone, seeing him finish as a top five player in the world in 2019 at just 18 is becoming more and more likely. With Vitality, the young prodigy has attended seven LAN tournaments, and currently boasts a rating of 1.32. During this time he has only stooped below a 1.00 rating on 12 offline maps, most of which have taken place against some of the best teams in the world. - - - -ZywOo’s Growth - -ZywOos name has been tossed around left and right this year, and he is definitely giving a few of the older French stars a run for their money. In an interview that Rivalry did with KennyS, the AWPing legend talked about how ZywOo is “…indeed a rising star. But it’s more like someone I want to beat. It’s more like competition. He’s pushing me to be better.” We are only eight months into what many would consider his rookie year, his first time playing against the best of the best consistently, and the growth he has shown has been above and beyond expectations. - - - -https://www.flickr.com/photos/starladder/33655109268/ - -Coming into Vitality, it was clear that Mathieu was incredibly gifted in the individual skill department, but he lacked a sense of team play. He was, and still is, a young stud who isn’t scared to take any fight and is confident in every ballsy move he makes. It is exactly what makes him so unpredictable and hard to kill, but starting out ZywOo’s aggression left his teammates unsure of where to be looking themselves because of how rapidly he was moving around the map. He would constantly be re-peaking angles and it was almost as if he was so caught up in the moment that he would forget he had teammates around him that were capable of watching connector while he held palace, or construction while he watched monster. Looking at his games now, the young AWPer still holds that same aggressive play style but is doing so in a more coordinated fashion. He can still be seen pushing smokes and making crazy flickshots, but is no longer frantically looking around and is confident that his team will be there to back him up. This confidence, having a team around him that keeps him alive, makes him an even more dangerous weapon. Giving him the ability to focus solely on getting the key entry frag or the kill needed to start a retake. It is clear that he has adapted very quickly to what the veterans on Vitality have taught him and has learned how to be an unpredictable force while also giving his teammates space to do their own jobs. - -Looking Forward - -ZywOo’s career has taken off at a rapid pace and he is just getting started. Vitality has three big LAN events coming up, ESL One Cologne, IEM Chicago, and the StarLadder Major. All opportunities for the young AWPer to shine and solidify himself as the best player that French CS, maybe even the entire scene has seen.",1731883726,76f59da961,59cedfcaba,,,1731883726 -https://www.entrepreneurshiplife.com/proven-strategies-to-skyrocket-your-local-business-growth/,https://www.entrepreneurshiplife.com/feed/,10 Proven Strategies to Skyrocket Your Local Business Growth,"By - -Have you ever wondered why some local businesses thrive while others struggle to gain traction? In today’s competitive market, effective strategies are essential for growth. - -With the right approach, you can make a name for your local business and expand your customer base without needing a massive budget. Here are 10 powerful strategies that will help your local business grow and gain visibility in your community. - -1. Optimise Your Google My Business Profile - -A Google My Business (GMB) profile is often the first interaction potential customers have with your business. By optimising your GMB profile, you make it easier for local customers to find you and learn more about your services. - -How to Optimise Your GMB Profile - -Complete Your Profile : Make sure your GMB profile includes up-to-date information such as your business hours, phone number, and address. - -: Make sure your GMB profile includes up-to-date information such as your business hours, phone number, and address. Use Relevant Keywords : Including keywords related to your services and location can help boost your profile in local searches. - -: Including keywords related to your services and location can help boost your profile in local searches. Encourage Reviews: Positive reviews not only build trust but also increase your ranking in local search results. - -For businesses looking to get the most out of local SEO, working with an SEO agency can be a valuable investment. They can provide expert guidance to optimise your GMB profile effectively and stay ahead of competitors. - -2. Build a User-Friendly Website - -A well-designed, user-friendly website is essential for any local business. Today’s consumers expect a seamless online experience, whether they’re visiting from a computer or a mobile device. - -Tips for Building a Great Website - -Mobile-Friendly Design : Since many users search on their phones, a mobile-friendly website is essential. - -: Since many users search on their phones, a mobile-friendly website is essential. Fast Load Times : Ensure your website loads quickly to avoid losing potential customers. - -: Ensure your website loads quickly to avoid losing potential customers. Clear Call to Action (CTA): Guide visitors to take action, whether it’s booking a service, calling, or purchasing directly from the site. - -An SEO agency can also help you with the technical aspects of website optimisation, ensuring it ranks well in search engine results and provides a smooth experience for users. - -3. Leverage Local SEO Strategies - -Local SEO is all about optimising your online presence to attract customers within a specific geographic area. By focusing on local SEO, you can ensure your business appears in searches from nearby customers looking for your services. - -Key Local SEO Tactics - -Use Local Keywords : Incorporate location-specific keywords in your website’s content, such as “best bakery in [Your City]”. - -: Incorporate location-specific keywords in your website’s content, such as “best bakery in [Your City]”. Get Listed in Local Directories : Adding your business to local directories and review sites can increase visibility. - -: Adding your business to local directories and review sites can increase visibility. Create Location-Based Content: Write blog posts or landing pages that cater to your local audience, like “Top Places to Visit in [Your Area].” - -For more robust and technical SEO solutions, working with an SEO agency can provide you with targeted strategies and ensure consistent visibility for your local business. - -4. Engage on Social Media - -Social media is an effective and affordable way to connect with your local audience. Platforms like Facebook, Instagram, and Twitter allow you to showcase your products, interact with customers, and even run targeted ads. - -How to Make the Most of Social Media - -Post Regularly : Share updates about your business, customer testimonials, or local events. - -: Share updates about your business, customer testimonials, or local events. Engage with Your Audience : Respond to comments, answer questions, and interact with followers. - -: Respond to comments, answer questions, and interact with followers. Use Location Tags: Tag your posts with your location to increase visibility to nearby users. - -5. Run Targeted Local Ads - -If you’re looking to expand your reach quickly, paid local advertising can be a game-changer. Local ads can be tailored to appear only to people within a certain radius of your business, making them highly effective for attracting nearby customers. - -6. Partner with Other Local Businesses - -Collaborating with other local businesses can be a great way to expand your network and reach a new audience. By partnering with businesses that complement your own, you can mutually benefit from each other’s customer base. - -Ideas for Local Partnerships - -Co-Hosting Events : Host an event together with another local business to draw in customers from both groups. - -: Host an event together with another local business to draw in customers from both groups. Cross-Promotions : Offer a promotion where customers can receive a discount at your business after visiting a partner’s store, and vice versa. - -: Offer a promotion where customers can receive a discount at your business after visiting a partner’s store, and vice versa. Guest Blogging: Write guest posts for each other’s blogs to reach new audiences. - -7. Focus on Customer Reviews - -Positive customer reviews build credibility and encourage potential customers to give your business a try. Encourage happy customers to leave reviews on Google, Yelp, or other review platforms. - -How to Encourage Reviews - -Ask at the Right Time : After a successful interaction, kindly ask if they’d be willing to leave a review. - -: After a successful interaction, kindly ask if they’d be willing to leave a review. Make It Easy : Provide links to your review pages in follow-up emails or on receipts. - -: Provide links to your review pages in follow-up emails or on receipts. Respond to Reviews: Thank customers for positive feedback and address any issues raised in negative reviews. - -8. Invest in Content Marketing - -Content marketing is an effective way to establish authority and connect with your local audience. By creating valuable content, you can build trust with potential customers and improve your search engine rankings. - -Content Ideas for Local Businesses - -Blog Posts : Share insights about your industry, tips, or news related to your local area. - -: Share insights about your industry, tips, or news related to your local area. Videos : Create short, engaging videos showcasing your products or services. - -: Create short, engaging videos showcasing your products or services. Email Newsletters: Send regular updates and promotions to keep your customers engaged. - -An SEO agency can assist with creating optimised content that resonates with your audience, increases visibility, and enhances customer engagement. - -9. Host or Participate in Local Events - -Participating in or hosting local events is an excellent way to build brand awareness and create a personal connection with your community. Events provide opportunities for direct engagement, which can lead to lasting customer relationships. - -Types of Events to Consider - -Community Fairs : Set up a booth to showcase your products and services. - -: Set up a booth to showcase your products and services. Workshops : Offer free or discounted workshops to share expertise related to your business. - -: Offer free or discounted workshops to share expertise related to your business. Charity Events: Support a local cause by hosting or participating in charity events, which can also enhance your business reputation. - -10. Track and Measure Your Efforts - -To grow your local business successfully, tracking and analysing your efforts is essential. By measuring what works and what doesn’t, you can optimise your strategies and achieve better results. - -Using data to refine your strategies is crucial, and partnering with an SEO agency can help you track and interpret your digital marketing performance more effectively. - -Growing a local business requires a multi-faceted approach that blends online and offline strategies. From optimising your Google My Business profile to building partnerships and investing in content marketing, these strategies can significantly enhance your business’s visibility and customer engagement.",1731883632,d1b4edb237,5a50e690c9,,,1731883632 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/navigating-corporate-crisis-tiktok-age/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Navigating a Corporate Crisis In the Age of TikTok,"It’s the wild, wild west, my friends. Especially when it comes to TikTok. It’s so great—and it also can create massive havoc for organizations. - -One of my favorite things right now is a high school teacher who posts videos about conversations with her students. If you haven’t seen it yet, I highly recommend the one where she talks about water polo and how the entire class said they’ve played water polo…only to discover they meant Marco Polo. - -Watch it. It’s worth the diversion. - -And then there are the videos where people are posting recordings of the meetings where they are fired (or laid off) or relaying stories about how their work requests resulted in being fired. - -And it’s U-G-L-Y. - -No longer are those conversations private, nor are they employer-driven. If the employer gets it wrong, the entire world is going to know about it. And honestly? Deservedly so. We have to do better. Gone are the days of corporate speak and emotionless conversation. - -Every Org Will Face a Crisis - -It used to be that crises were few and far between. Unless the CEO went on a bender and vandalized a hotel room, or there was a natural disaster or a plant explosion, most companies went their entire lives without a crisis. - -Today, though? Totally different story. - -Not only does the internet, and social media specifically, provide the opportunity for customers to have their say, it has afforded the same for employees. And employees are fed up. - -It’s more than taking screenshots of text conversations. Today, anyone can record any conversation and post it for the world to see and hear. - -CloudFlare Got It Completely Wrong - -This is exactly what happened when CloudFlare did a round of layoffs. - -Bethany Pietsch got her camera all ready to roll just before she logged onto video chat with HR. She knew what was coming because her co-workers got random 15-minute meeting invites—and then her work BFF had a meeting 30 minutes before Bethany and she was laid off. She says in the video she had about 10 minutes to compose herself, which is when she also decided to record it. - -The video is nine minutes long, and it’s cringe-worthy. If you want to see how to avoid layoffs, I recommend watching it. Or if you just like a good trainwreck, it’s worth it. - -She decided right before everyone logged on that she was going to stand up for herself because, in her words, she didn’t have anything left to lose (which, in and of itself, is telling). Then HR logs in, and one of the guys introduces himself! She’s literally never met this person and he’s about to lay her off. Seems vaguely familiar to a movie I once saw with George Clooney and Anna Kendrick. So 2009! - -One of my favorite lines of the entire video is, “If you can’t give me a reason that I am being let go, am I being let go for no reason? Is that what you’re saying?” And the response from HR was, “I can’t give you the reason on this call, but I’m happy to follow-up with you separately to give you the data that was calibrated.” - -What the heck does that even mean? What’s worse is they continued to repeat that message over and over again. “It won’t change the outcome of this meeting, but I’m happy to circle back later to answer your questions.” - -Meaningless Corporate Jargon - -Friends, this is not how you let someone go—if they’re being fired for cause, being laid off, or myriad other reasons. It’s not how you do it. I’m not an HR professional, so I’ll leave the HR advice to them, but I am a communications professional and I own a business. I know what you can and cannot say in meetings like these and I know how you can be an empathetic human being who makes it easy for someone to hear this kind of news—as easy as it can be. - -This ain’t it. First off, where was her manager? You should never let people go without their direct supervisor in the meeting. Secondly, the amount of corporate jargon is astonishing. I know I shouldn’t be surprised by it, but it’s bad. - -“Give you the data that was calibrated.” “Circle back later.” - -It’s Up to Us to Raise Our Hands to Help - -This stuff is meaningless. - -It would have been refreshing if the HR manager had said, “You know what, Brittany? You’re right. You haven’t been in the job long enough to be let go for poor performance and it was unfair for us to start the conversation that way. What I am allowed to tell you is that we’ve had to make some hard decisions and, unfortunately, you and your peers are part of a company-wide layoff. I’m really sorry.” - -That way, she doesn’t think she’s been letting go for poor performance and she understands that this is a financial decision that has nothing to do with her. It still sucks, but at least she is given a reason for being let go. - -Communicators, it’s up to you to go to HR and say, “I can help you with this.” And then work with them on messaging for both the actual news and for all of the questions that will come up. You will need to get approval from legal on what you can and cannot say, but if you stay within those guardrails, you can help them be empathetic while delivering the bad news. - -Two Videos Don’t Make a Right - -At the same time that CloudFlare was laying off its employees, Kyte Baby was under scrutiny of their own. Not because of layoffs, but because an employee requested to work from home while her newborn was in the NICU—and was denied. - -Kyte Baby worker Marissa Hughes and her partner adopted a baby boy who had been born after only 22 weeks of gestation. He was born barely over a pound at birth and, as you can imagine, was born with various health concerns. - -When Hughes requested to work remotely while staying with her baby at the NICU, the company fired her. She asked for time off from her in-person job as a studio coordinator, and the brand agreed to give her two weeks of paid leave. That was not enough time, as her newborn would still be in the NICU after the two-week leave (which, BTW, they called maternity leave), so she asked if she could work remotely after those two weeks. - -The company responded to her request by denying her the extra time off and terminating her job if she was not able to work in person after her leave. - -She told Today.com that, “It was never my intention to quit. I was willing to work from the NICU. This is a slap in the face … my child is fighting for his life. - -To make matters worse, the Kyte Baby CEO posted a scripted apology video to TikTok that came across as disingenuous and uncaring. After people eviscerated her on the social network, she posted a second video that was unscripted and told the truth of what happened. Essentially she didn’t believe Hughes could do her job remotely and denied the request. To her credit, she did take responsibility for the decision and says it was 100% the wrong one to make, but the damage was already done. - -The Three-Pronged Pillar - -Sigh. Why is this so hard? - -Let’s set aside their ridiculous parental leave policy and inability to see the forest for the trees and talk about the communication lessons in both of these examples. - -Transparency, authenticity, honesty. Those are the three pillars. Now I know most of us will have ot work with the legal team before any of these conversations can be done, and I know that, with a candid conversation with general counsel, you can typically get what you need to protect brand reputation. - -Start there. - -Treat It Like Crisis Training - -Then schedule meetings with the people who will be delivering the employee news. In those meetings, have them practice what they are going to say, just like you would do in media training. Throw hard scenarios at them—you can use Brittany Pietsch as an example here. See if they crumble or if they stay empathetic and compassionate. Practice until it’s the latter every time. - -Just like you would do in crisis training, consider every situation they might encounter and help them figure out what to say for each scenario. - -The goal is to help them empathize with the human being on the other side of the conversation. Yes, they should understand that it could be recorded and posted online, but that’s not why you are doing this. You’re doing it because, “I’ll circle back later to give you the data that was calibrated” is not an appropriate answer when someone asks why they are being let go. - -Your Confidence Boost - -Then, when shit hits the fan and the CEO has to step in to apologize for whatever reason (but most likely because you were not consulted before any conversation was had), for the love of Thor (as my small one always says), please do not script it for them or let them read a script while they are recording. - -Just like you’ll do with HR and the managers, make the CEO practice. In some cases, you won’t have a ton of time, but you can absolutely have them practice five to seven times. Force this. It will have far better results than a half-apology like the CloudFlare CEO released, or having to post two videos in one day, like the Kyte Baby CEO. - -I know I’m preaching to the choir, but this is important. Too often, comms isn’t consulted, but expected to clean up the mess (hence why the term PR crisis exists). This is your confidence boost not to allow that to happen. Ever.",1731883739,4dc781f5bc,5a5091e9e7,,,1731883739 -https://www.justsecurity.org/104829/early-edition-november-14-2024/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=early-edition-november-14-2024,https://www.justsecurity.org/feed/,"Early Edition: November 14, 2024","Signup to receive the Early Edition in your inbox here. - -A curated weekday guide to major news and developments over the past 24 hours. Here’s today’s news: - -U.S. ELECTIONS - -Republicans have won control of the House of Representatives, AP News projects, completing the party’s sweep into power. However, with a slim majority, smooth functioning of the House is far from guaranteed. Stephen Groves and Lisa Mascaro report. - -Elon Musk’s swing state sweepstakes were allowed to continue through Election day as the Philadelphia district attorney failed to establish it was an illegal lottery, a judge said in a new opinion. Maryclaire Dale reports for AP News. - -U.S. PRESIDENTIAL TRANSITION AND NEW CONGRESS - -President Biden asked President-elect Trump to work together on securing a Gaza ceasefire and urged him to continue supporting Ukraine in its war against Russia during their Oval Office meeting yesterday. Barak Ravid reports for Axios; Matt Viser, Isaac Arnsdorf, and Marianna Sotomayor report for the Washington Post. - -Trump yesterday said he will nominate Rep. Matt Gaetz (R-FL) to serve as Attorney General in his second administration. Gaetz, who is under investigation by the House Committee on Ethics over allegations of sexual misconduct and illegal drug use, is already proving a controversial pick, with two GOP senators openly voicing concerns and Trump ally Rep. Max Miller (R-OH) saying Gaetz has “a zero percent shot of getting through the Senate.” Erin Doherty reports for Axios; Anthony Adragna reports for POLITICO. - -In other Trump Cabinet updates, the President-elect selected Tulsi Gabbard to be his nominee for the next Director of National Intelligence and confirmed Marco Rubio is his pick for Secretary of State. Gabbard is also a controversial pick, given her lack of intelligence experience and past support for Kremlin-aligned conspiracy theories, which Republican lawmakers have rebuked. Ellen Nakashima and Marianne LeVine report for the Washington Post; Michael Gold reports for the New York Times; Dan De Luce reports for NBC News. - -Senate Republicans yesterday chose Sen. John Thune (R-SD) to be their new leader. Liz Goodwin, Dylan Wells, and Marianne LeVine report for the Washington Post. - -House Speaker Mike Johnson (R-LA) yesterday won the GOP nomination to remain in his post for another two years, ahead of the whole-House vote in January. Juliegrace Brufke reports for Axios. - -Trump’s transition team is drawing up a list of military officers to fire, sources say, setting the stage for what could be an unprecedented shakeup at the Pentagon. Phil Stewart and Idrees Ali report for Reuters. - -The director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention yesterday expressed concern about Robert F. Kennedy Jr.’s role in the upcoming Trump administration, saying Kennedy might use his post to spread misinformation and sow distrust. Sheryl Gay Stolberg reports for the New York Times. - -TRUMP LEGAL MATTERS - -Special counsel Jack Smith yesterday asked to pause the prosecution’s appeal seeking to revive the classified documents case against Trump in light of his presidential victory. Legal experts say the case could continue even with Trump removed as a co-defendant. Alanna Durkin Richer reports for AP News; Perry Stein and Spencer S. Hsu report for the Washington Post. - -OTHER U.S. DOMESTIC DEVELOPMENTS - -Matt Gaetz resigned from Congress yesterday after Trump picked him to be the next Attorney General, days before a House Ethics Committee vote on whether to release a report on its investigation. The resignation of a lawmaker is grounds for the immediate cessation of any ongoing Ethics Committee investigation. Marianna Sotomayor, Jacqueline Alemany, and Marianne LeVine report for the Washington Post. - -A CIA official working overseas was arrested on Tuesday over allegedly leaking classified documents that appeared to show Israel’s plans for a retaliatory strike on Iran, court records show. Ellen Nakashima and Samuel Oakford report for the Washington Post. - -A U.S. military judge yesterday moved to schedule hearings in early January for alleged 9/11 planners to enter guilty pleas in exchange for life sentences, despite Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin’s effort to stop the agreements. Ellen Knickmeyer reports for AP News. - -Rudy Giuliani’s lawyers yesterday asked to quit representing the former New York City mayor in his $146 million defamation verdict, citing a “fundamental disagreement” with their client. Zach Schonfeld reports for The Hill. - -ISRAEL-HAMAS WAR - -An Israeli airstrike yesterday caused a “huge” explosion and damaged a Doctors Without Borders clinic within a southern Gaza humanitarian zone, the aid agency said. The IDF claimed it had issued advance warnings. The Washington Post reports. - -ISRAEL-HAMAS WAR — INTERNATIONAL RESPONSE - -A Human Rights Watch report released yesterday accuses Israel of using evacuation orders to pursue the “deliberate and massive forced displacement” of civilians in Gaza, concluding that its actions may amount to war crimes, crimes against humanity, and at least in buffer zones and security corridors, “ethnic cleansing.” Peter Beaumont reports for the Guardian. - -EU foreign policy chief Josep Borrell yesterday proposed that the bloc suspend a political dialogue with Israel, citing “serious concerns about possible breaches of international humanitarian law” in Gaza. However, diplomats say the proposal is “very unlikely” to be approved by all 27 EU states. Andrew Gray reports for Reuters. - -An entire generation would be “denied the right to education” in Gaza if the U.N. aid agency for Palestinians (UNRWA) were to collapse, the agency’s head warned yesterday. Michelle Nichols reports for Reuters. - -ISRAEL-HEZBOLLAH WAR - -Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s aide Ron Dermer told Trump this week that Israel is rushing to advance a ceasefire deal in Lebanon as a “gift” to the President-elect, Israeli officials said. Shira Rubin, Suzan Haidamous, and John Hudson report for the Washington Post. - -Israel’s military has expanded its ground operation in southern Lebanon, Defense Minister Israel Katz said yesterday. Mohammed Tawfeeq and Lauren Izso report for CNN. - -Residents of south Lebanon say “nowhere is safe anymore” after a series of Israeli strikes launched without warning on residential buildings or houses hosting displaced people. residents of south Lebanon say. Carine Torbey reports for BBC News. - -ISRAEL-HEZBOLLAH WAR — INTERNATIONAL RESPONSE - -Israeli ministers are insisting on retaining the capacity to strike Lebanon at any moment as part of ceasefire conditions, France’s foreign minister said yesterday. Several diplomats said it would be “all but impossible” to convince Hezbollah or Lebanon to accept the demand. John Irish reports for Reuters. - -RUSSIA-UKRAINE WAR - -Ukraine is prioritizing the security of an eventual ceasefire agreement over retention of territory amid Trump’s push for an accelerated negotiations timetable, according to senior Ukrainian officials. Meanwhile, diplomats say Ukraine’s European allies are also bracing for the prospect of land-for-security concessions. Andrew E. Kramer reports for the New York Times; Ellen Francis reports for the Washington Post. - -A car bombing in Crimea yesterday killed a senior Russian naval officer. An official in Ukraine’s security services told local media the agency had orchestrated the attack, saying the target was a “war criminal” who ordered missile strikes on civilian targets. Pjotr Sauer reports for the Guardian. - -RUSSIA-UKRAINE WAR — U.S. RESPONSE - -Trump’s pick for U.S. Ambassador to the U.N. Rep. Elise Stefanik (R-NY) refused to reiterate her previous support for NATO membership for Ukraine, with her spokesperson saying she is aligning with Trump’s approach. Andrew Kaczynski reports for CNN. - -U.S. FOREIGN AFFAIRS - -Biden will meet with China’s Xi Jinping next Saturday during a summit in Peru, in what is expected to be the final meeting between the two before Trump’s return to the White House. Aamer Madhani reports for AP News. - -GLOBAL DEVELOPMENTS - -French prosecutors yesterday asked for the far-right French lawmaker Marine Le Pen to be found guilty of embezzlement, sentenced to prison, and barred from running for public office for the next five years over accusations of illicit use of European Parliament funds for internal party spending. Victor Goury-Laffont reports for POLITICO. - -A police and vigilante attack on a Doctors Without Borders ambulance in Haiti on Monday killed at least two patients, the medical charity said yesterday. The Guardian reports. - -Explosions near Brazil’s Supreme Court yesterday killed one person, believed to be the attacker, and prompted an evacuation of the area, police said. Ana Ionova and Paulo Motoryn report for the New York Times. - -European countries are pushing for a new U.N. atomic watchdog resolution against Iran next week to pressure Tehran over poor cooperation in restricting its nuclear activities, diplomats say. John Irish and Francois Murphy report for Reuters. - -A well-known Iranian human rights activist killed himself yesterday in protest over Tehran’s imprisonment of four political activists. Ruth Comerford reports for BBC News. - -Argentina yesterday withdrew its negotiators from the COP29 summit, adding to concerns about the stability of the Paris Agreement after Trump’s election. Patrick Greenfield reports for the Guardian.",1731883665,cb888a0738,5a2c8e9a1c,,,1731883665 -https://www.infosecurity-magazine.com/news/hive0145-targets-eu-strela-stealer/,https://www.infosecurity-magazine.com/rss/news/biometric/,Hive0145 Targets Europe with Advanced Strela Stealer Campaigns,"Ongoing campaigns by cybercriminal group Hive0145 have launched a series of attacks across Europe, deploying the sophisticated Strela Stealer malware to steal sensitive email credentials. - -IBM X-Force researchers reported in a new advisory today that this wave primarily targets Spain, Germany and Ukraine, and employs stolen, authentic invoices in phishing emails to deceive recipients and boost infection success. - -The Evolution of Hive0145 - -Hive0145 has likely operated as a financially motivated initial access broker (IAB) since late 2022, focusing on credential theft through its Strela Stealer malware, which extracts data stored in Microsoft Outlook and Mozilla Thunderbird. - -Notably, Hive0145’s campaign volume and technical complexity have significantly increased since mid-2023, evolving from generic phishing emails to more complex attacks using stolen emails from various industries, including finance, technology and e-commerce, among others. - -Tactic Shift in 2024: Attachment Hijacking - -In July 2024, Hive0145 shifted tactics, replacing simple phishing messages with stolen, legitimate emails that included real invoice attachments. - -By using hijacked attachments, the group delivers Strela Stealer while leaving the original email content unchanged – boosting the appearance of authenticity. This tactic, previously used by groups like Emotet, is known as “attachment hijacking.” - -Read more on phishing tactics used by cybercriminal groups: 82% of Phishing Sites Now Target Mobile Devices - -Recent campaigns have been designed to bypass detection through various methods, such as using uncommon file extensions (.com, .pif) for malicious executables and incorporating heavily obfuscated scripts to evade security tools. - -IBM X-Force analysis also indicated that Hive0145 may be automating parts of its process, allowing for increased frequency and scale in its phishing operations. - -Strela Stealer: A Focus on Email Credentials - -Strela Stealer remains Hive0145’s primary tool, focused on email credentials and configured to run on devices with specific keyboard languages, predominantly targeting Spanish, German and now Ukrainian-speaking users. The group’s shift to more sophisticated techniques positions it among Europe’s most notable malware distributors. - -As Hive0145 campaigns persist, organizations across Europe, especially in sectors frequently impersonated in phishing emails, are advised to stay vigilant. - -IBM X-Force recommended enhanced security awareness and proactive defense measures to mitigate potential impacts from this advancing cyber-threat.",1731883659,2015353f75,5a76381759,,,1731883659 -https://forbiddenplanet.com/442977-friday-at-the-atelier-volume-3/?utm_source=products&utm_medium=rss,https://forbiddenplanet.com/rss/products/,Friday At The Atelier: Volume 3,"Copy and paste the following code where you want the embed to appear. - -If you're an affiliate make sure your code is set in the “Affiliate” section.",1731883691,0b8b73a382,5a15ad7b01,,,1731883691 -https://blog.hootsuite.com/brand-loyalty/,https://blog.hootsuite.com/rss/,How to build and nurture brand loyalty: 7 tactics for 2025,"Key takeaways Brand loyalty is the emotional connection that drives repeat purchases from a specific brand, even when alternatives exist. Loyalty boosts customer lifetime value, reduces acquisition costs, and generates powerful word-of-mouth promotion. Building brand loyalty involves understanding customer needs, leveraging user-generated content, personalizing all touchpoints, rewarding repeat customers, and providing stellar customer service. These tactics strengthen relationships, laying the foundation for long-term loyalty. - -Brand loyalty. It’s the secret sauce that turns customers into fans that buy your product again and again, while shouting from the rooftops how much they love you. - -Let’s start with a simple brand loyalty definition. Then we’ll dive into how to build brand loyalty that increases lifetime value and improves ROI. - -What is brand loyalty? - -Brand loyalty is the connection between a brand and a customer that drives someone to make repeat purchases from a specific brand. They stick with that brand even when alternative suppliers or products may be cheaper or more easily accessible. - -The lineup outside the Apple Store to get the latest iPhone the first morning it’s available? That’s brand loyalty in action. - -Elements of brand loyalty - -The concept of a “relationship” between a consumer and a brand is a little ethereal. The building blocks of that relationship are easier to wrap your head around (and to measure). - -Researchers Latif et al. provide a simple conceptual framework for brand loyalty based on four elements: - -Familiarity. How much awareness people have of your brand identity (also known as brand awareness). - -How much awareness people have of your brand identity (also known as brand awareness). Satisfaction. Early positive experiences with your brand and product. - -Early positive experiences with your brand and product. Trust. Longer-term positive customer experiences leading to brand trust. - -Longer-term positive customer experiences leading to brand trust. Attitudinal loyalty. Intentions to repurchase and recommend the brand to others (also known as advocacy). - -The brand loyalty pyramid - -The brand loyalty pyramid was developed in the 1990s by David Aaker, hailed as “the father of modern branding.” - -Just as the sales funnel shows how potential buyers move through the conversion process, the brand loyalty pyramid shows how customers move through the process to becoming brand-loyal. - -The pyramid has five stages: - -Switchers. People who have bought your product but are just as likely to buy a competitor’s product next time. - -People who have bought your product but are just as likely to buy a competitor’s product next time. Habitual buyers. People who buy your products out of habit but could easily be swayed to another product if it’s cheaper or more convenient. - -People who buy your products out of habit but could easily be swayed to another product if it’s cheaper or more convenient. Satisfied buyers with switching costs. People who are satisfied with your brand but primarily stick with your products because there are barriers to switching (such as learning how to use a new tool or platform, or having to buy new cords or accessories). - -People who are satisfied with your brand but primarily stick with your products because there are barriers to switching (such as learning how to use a new tool or platform, or having to buy new cords or accessories). Buyers who like the brand. At this point the connection becomes emotional, and the buyer becomes passionate about your brand for reasons they may not be able to articulate clearly (#vibes). - -At this point the connection becomes emotional, and the buyer becomes passionate about your brand for reasons they may not be able to articulate clearly (#vibes). Committed buyers. These are the people lining up to buy a new product the moment it launches – they love your brand and aren’t afraid to show it. They have eyes for you and you alone. - -Source: Aaker, D.A. (1991) Managing Brand Equity. The Free Press, New York. - -Why is brand loyalty important? - -It’s obvious that you want people to choose your brand over your competitors. Brand loyalty ensures they do so again and again. But it provides more value to your brand than the simple revenue from customer retention and each purchase. Here’s why. - -Customer lifetime value vs. acquisition cost - -Acquiring a new customer is harder (and more expensive) than selling to a repeat customer. - -Think, for example, about your social media ads. The more interaction you have with a customer or prospect, the better you can personalize your offers. Plus, you can target specific conversion goals (upsale? refill?) rather than using CPM awareness marketing campaigns. - -Brand loyalty increases your lifetime customer value. That, in turn, increases the amount that you can afford to spend on customer acquisition and increases the ROI of your social marketing strategy. - -Positive word of mouth (WOM) - -Loyal customers do more than buy your products themselves. They share their love for your product with others. They can provide enormous brand value through not just written positive customer feedback but also word of mouth. - -Word of mouth is the most common source of brand discovery among internet users in the United States. And shared social content (the digital version of WOM) is the most powerful way to turn brand awareness into consideration. - -Source: Hootsuite Social Media Consumer Report - -How to build brand loyalty through digital marketing - -As you saw in the brand loyalty pyramid, customers become truly passionate about and loyal to a brand when they feel like they have a relationship with that brand. Of course, as social marketers know, relationship-building is where digital marketing truly shines. - -1. Learn what your customers want - -To build authentic brand relationships that form the basis of brand loyalty, you need to understand who your customers are and what they want. - -A social analytics tool like Hootsuite Analytics is critically important here in helping you understand your customers beyond their basic demographic details. You’ll get a clear understanding of how your audience engages with your content across platforms, so you can create more of the content that builds loyalty. - -2. Lean into user-generated content (UGC) - -Recent research published in the Archives of Humanities & Social Sciences Research found that UGC is “a significant factor influencing brand loyalty on social media.” - -When you share content created by your fans and followers, you make it easier for those followers to feel an emotional connection with your brand. Sharing content from followers also helps to showcase your brand values through a more personal lens. And connecting with those brand values is critical to forming the committed buyer relationships at the top of the brand loyalty pyramid. - -3. Personalize your content - -That same academic research found that personalization on social media is a “critical strategy for enhancing brand loyalty.” Some of the methods suggested are targeted advertising and customized content. - -Target audiences within social media – or segmented lists for your other digital marketing efforts – allow you to create the most relevant content for different customer and prospect groups. A tool like Hootsuite Social Advertising allows you to use advanced targeting while managing ad spend and performance across platforms alongside your organic content, all in one place. - -AI writing tools like OwlyWriter AI are also valuable here, as they can help you create multiple versions of your content for different audiences. Just remember that relationship-building requires a human touch, so make sure to review all AI-assistant content creation to ensure it aligns with your brand voice. - -4. Avoid the top social media sins - -Building brand loyalty through digital marketing requires you to put your audience first. Yes, you’re a brand, and you’ll want to post some promotional content. But that’s not the stuff that builds relationships and loyalty. In fact, posting too much promotional content is one of the top ways to lose followers on social media. - -However, an even greater problem is posting inauthentic content. Digital audiences are looking to connect with brands in a way that feels personal. They can’t develop feelings of loyalty if they feel like they’re being taken for granted. - -Here are the rest of the brand sins to avoid when trying to build brand loyalty on social media: - -Source: Hootsuite Social Media Consumer Report - -How to nurture the loyalty of existing customers - -5. Reward your most loyal fans - -Your job is not over when fans become brand-loyal customers. But you do need to shift the way you market to these brand loyalists. - -They’re already convinced about the value of your product and services, and they’ve personally connected with your brand. Rather than highlighting the value of your features and benefits, you need to focus on the relationship. That means developing rewards programs that recognize their loyalty. - -This could be an incentive as simple as a customer loyalty program, such as Starbucks Stars or airline miles. But digital marketing also creates the opportunity to connect one-on-one with your greatest advocates. - -Your greatest fans are already talking about you on social media. A tool like Hootsuite Social Listening can help you find them so you can connect and look for ways to work together. In just a few clicks, you can identify top brand advocates based on their engagement rate, reach, and social network. - -Reach out to these loyal customers to find ways to work together, such as affiliate commissions or an influencer marketing partnership with existing high-profile brand ambassadors. - -6. Empower your social team - -How many times will we use the word “relationships” in this post? Honestly, we’ve lost count. But there’s a reason why we’re really hammering this point home. Customer relationships are the foundation of brand loyalty. When a relationship sours, brand loyalty can go out the window. - -Your social team members are the keepers of those relationships. Empower them to actively engage with your social followers – while maintaining that critical brand voice – by creating clear social media guidelines and a social media style guide. - -Be sure to allow time for engagement and social conversation when planning your team’s workload: 53% of people say that responding to direct questions and comments in a timely way is the most appealing aspect of a brand’s social media presence. A tool like Hootsuite Inbox helps your team stay on top of incoming messages so no one ever feels ignored. - -7. Provide exceptional customer service - -This could be folded into the previous point, but it’s so important we wanted to call it out on its own. Digital channels are a primary contact method for customer service and customer care. You need to be ready to respond to people on the channels they use most. - -Uniting social media and customer support is an important way to keep customers happy and nurture brand loyalty. Hootsuite’s integration with Salesforce provides both teams the information and access they need to do the work they do best and provide your customers with the best (and fastest) care. - -How to measure brand loyalty - -There’s no one metric to measure brand loyalty, but by combining a few metrics you can get a solid sense of how much loyalty you’ve earned. - -Engagement rate - -This measures how much of your audience engages with your content in some way (like, shares, comments, etc.) as a percentage of your reach or audience size. - -A high engagement rate indicates that your audience is interacting with your brand – a key step on the way to building that “friendship” between brand and consumer that leads to true brand passion. - -Volume and sentiment of brand mentions - -People who love your brand say great things about you online. - -Tracking volume of mentions tells you how much people talk about you. Adding sentiment tracking allows you to understand whether those mentions are positive or negative. In other words, it helps you understand how people feel. The volume and proportion of positive mentions are both important tracking points for brand loyalty. - -Hootsuite Listening (powered by Talkwalker) uses AI-powered sentiment analysis to analyze brand mentions across 150 million websites and 30 social media channels. - -Social share of voice - -Volume and sentiment of mentions track your own brand conversations over time. Social share of voice tracks your share of the overall social conversation at any point in time compared to your competitors. - -This allows you to understand your position in the industry and get a sense of how many people are loyal to your brand versus the alternatives. - -Net promoter score (NPS) - -Net promoter score is a numeric score based on a simple one-question survey. The question? - -How likely are you to recommend this brand (or product or service) to a friend? - -Source: LensCrafters follow-up email - -You can divide respondents into three categories: - -Promoters (score 9-10). These equate to committed buyers and brand-likers on the brand loyalty pyramid. - -These equate to committed buyers and brand-likers on the brand loyalty pyramid. Passives (score 7-8). These could be satisfied or habitual buyers. They’re satisfied with your brand but are not truly loyal yet. - -These could be satisfied or habitual buyers. They’re satisfied with your brand but are not truly loyal yet. Detractors (score 0 to 6). These people are not even on the brand loyalty pyramid. They’re unhappy about some element of their brand experience. - -To calculate NPS, subtract the percentage of detractors from the percentage of promoters. Passives are excluded from the calculation. - -Customer lifetime value - -Customer lifetime value measures the total amount that someone will spend with you over their lifetime as a customer. It’s a metric that heavily impacts your bottom line. - -A customer lifetime value higher than the initial purchase price of your product or service indicates repeat purchasing. A customer lifetime value significantly higher than the initial purchase price indicates a longer period of customer loyalty. - -3 brand loyalty examples (and what you can learn from them) - -1. Warby Parker saves the day - -So I’d just like to say how great @WarbyParker is and how they saved a lot of headache of waiting on new glasses as they took my lenses out and put them right in a new set of frames so I was able to have glasses immediately. — EvilMuffins (@Se7enEvilMuffin) September 28, 2024 - -What happened - -A Warby Parker customer received better-than-expected customer service in a challenging situation and shared the experience on X. - -Key takeaways: - -Every customer interaction is an opportunity to build brand loyalty, no matter how the customer feels about the brand at the outset. - -Mistakes and problems can actually enhance brand loyalty if handled correctly. This story started with a broken pair of Warby Parker glasses and ended with a brand shoutout and a happy customer. - -Offline interactions lead directly to online word of mouth. - -2. Starbucks makes a seasonal fan favorite item permanent - -Source: @Starbucks - -What happened - -When Starbucks introduced its baked apple croissant as a seasonal fall item last year, it quickly became a fan favorite and would often sell out before noon. - -When the croissant came back as a seasonal item this fall, customers bombarded the Starbucks social media channels with requests for it to become permanent. Starbucks listened. Their announcement of the change got nearly 25,000 likes on Instagram in just two days, along with a flood of comments from happy – and loyal – customers ready to become repeat buyers of this item. - -Key takeaways: - -Digital channels can be a primary source of customer research, even for bricks-and-mortar businesses. It’s one of the few places where customers can directly reach out and ask for what they want. - -On that note: Give your customers what they want. Scarcity can be a way of driving demand, of course. But not at the cost of customer satisfaction. Consistent requests for a particular product, service, or feature provide an opportunity to drive brand loyalty by responding directly to your fans. - -3. GoPro rewards their loyal customer base - -What happened - -GoPro offers a number of rewards challenges, where customers can upload photos or videos shot on GoPro products for the chance to be featured on GoPro’s social channels or win cash or GoPro prizes. - -Here, GoPro got the chance to share a beautiful UGC image that highlights what the product can do. The customer/photographer was happy (“Woooo thanks everyone 😍🙌”), and the photo got more than 15,000 likes in less than 24 hours. - -Key takeaways: - -Rewarding loyal customers reinforces their commitment to the brand. Doing so publicly shows other fans that you support the community that supports you. - -UGC is an inexpensive way to fill your social feed while driving brand loyalty by creating community engagement. - -Hootsuite makes it easy to monitor conversations on social media, so you can focus on taking action on the insights available and building a loyal customer base. Try it free today.",1731883626,362e278ecc,59f794c65c,,,1731883626 -https://transom.org/2013/code-to-live-by-appalachia/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,A Code To Live By In Appalachia,"Intro from Jay Allison: There may come a day when races are so blended as to be irrelevant, but not yet. For our first 2012 Transom Donor Fund piece, producer Mary Helen Miller explores the racial identity of Melungeons in Appalachia. It’s not an easy task to come up with a definition, as it turns out, even in the age of DNA. The truth of heritage can be tough to admit for some. Mary Helen’s piece will clear things up for you, as clear as possible anyway, and includes a trip to the 16th annual Melungeon Reunion in Big Stone Gap, Virginia. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/01/Melungeon-Final.mp3 Download Listen to “A Code To Live By In Appalachia” - -About A Code To Live By In Appalachia - -“Mysterious” is probably the first word most people associate with the Melungeons. They were a mixed race group that settled in southern Appalachia in the late 1700s. They lived in their own communities, separate from their white neighbors. Some stayed in those communities as late as the mid-20th century. - -The oldest generations of Melungeons had a striking look: dark skin, straight black hair, blue eyes. Nobody knew where they had come from or how, exactly, they ended up in the mountains along the Tennessee-Virginia border. Melungeons themselves often explained their distinct looks by claiming Native American or Portuguese ancestry. But their white neighbors would sometimes claim they had African heritage. - -The mystery of the Melungeon people drew me in, just like it’s drawn in so many others. Growing up in Tennessee, I remember my mom occasionally mentioning the Melungeons. Whatever remarks she made always seemed to end with: “… and nobody knows where they’re from. Isn’t that something?” - -Recently, a little googling led me to Jack Goins, the force behind the Melungeon DNA Project. Jack is a retired TV salesman in Hawkins County, Tennessee, who is descended from Melungeons. He’s been gathering DNA samples from other descendants to try to get some answers about Melungeon ancestry. - -So Who Are the Melungeons, Really? - -Jack’s DNA project is ongoing, but so far, he’s found that, for the most part, Melungeons have sub-Saharan African and European roots. These findings have surprised some Melungeon descendants who had assumed they were Native American or Portuguese. The study only found a single instance of Native American heritage in the group, and no Portuguese markers. Jack himself was surprised to find out his paternal line was African, because his great, great grandparents had been marked as Portuguese on the 1880 census. He theorizes that their predecessors had immigrated from an African country, such as Angola, that had been under Portuguese rule. - -Jack co-authored a study on Melungeon DNA in the Journal of Genetic Genealogy. It was published shortly after I met him last year. The Associated Press ran an article on the study with headlines like, “Melungeons aren’t who they thought they were,” and “Melengeon DNA study reveals ancestry, upsets ‘a whole lot of people.’” - -A whole lot of people were upset. But from what I could tell, they were upset more by the way Jack conducted the study than the results he found. People had to be descended from a very specific “core group” of Melungeons to be included in the study. Plus, it was a Y-line test, so it only included men. So, a lot of people who identified as Melungeon descendants couldn’t be in the study. And when the article came out and stated definitively where the Melungeons had come from, it ruffled some feathers. - -Telling a story without answers - -Lots of people still claim Melungeon heritage. The hardest part about this project was getting a grasp on who the Melungeons actually were, and who counts as Melungeon now. - -When I began the story, I was expecting to find hard answers. I thought my timing with the story was impeccable. At the time I was starting my research, Jack happened to be finishing up his study. A published paper on the Melungeons promised numbers and facts—a tantalizing prospect. I was going to be able to tell a story of a group of people who had never know where they were from, until they turned to Science. My story would start with a mystery, and end with a solution. Bam! - -If only. - -The more people I met, the more opinions I heard about who the Melungeons were. I realized that Jack’s study only encompassed a fraction of all the people who claim Melungeon ancestry today. I went to a Melungeon reunion in Virginia last summer, and practically everyone there told a slightly different version of who the Melungeons were. Some people thought Melungeons were from one, specific community in Tennessee. Others seemed to think most mixed race people in southern Appalachia counted. By the time I left the get-together, more than one person had tried to convince me that I might be Melungeon, too. After I revealed that I had ancestors from a certain county in Virginia, one guy asked if he could feel my head, and he reached over to the base of my skull. “Uhuh. You’ve got the Melungeon bump.” Was it really that easy to tell? Was everyone from Virginia with a bump Melungeon? Whom was I to believe? - -As a journalist, my instincts tell me to find the most specific, accurate information on a topic and explain it as clearly as possible. But in the case of the Melungeons, this was basically impossible. I never came up with a hard and fast definition of the Melungeons. So, instead, I decided to focus on people who strongly self-identified as Melungeon, or who thought they might be, but were hesitant to claim that ancestry for some reason. - -I still can’t tell you exactly who the Melungeons were, or who they are now. But I hope my story gives some insight as to what it was like to be a Melungeon in the South when racism was at its height, and what it means to claim that heritage now. - -Support those who seek. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -_________________________________________________________________________________ - -Additional support for this work provided by the Transom Donor Fund. - -_________________________________________________________________________________",1731883723,c00d35bf2d,5a79d3a698,,,1731883723 -http://money.cnn.com/2018/10/02/investing/general-electric-downgrade-debt/index.html?section=money_markets,http://rss.cnn.com/rss/money_markets.rss,S&P downgrades debt-riddled GE and GE Capital,"New York CNN Business — - -New General Electric boss Larry Culp just got a fresh reminder of the debt-riddled balance sheet he’s inheriting. - -Barely 24 hours after Culp became CEO, S&P Global Ratings downgraded the credit ratings of GE (GE) and GE Capital. Moody’s and Fitch warned they could do the same. - -All three ratings firms cited GE’s elevated leverage and shrinking cash flows – an alarming trend exacerbated by serious problems at GE’s power division. GE said on Monday that plunging profit at GE Power will cause the parent company to miss targets in 2018. - -S&P pointed to “deep near-term challenges” at GE Power, which has been hurt by the shift towards renewable energy. More recently, GE disclosed mechanical problems with its gas turbines. - -Culp surely has a long to-do list as he starts work as the first outsider CEO in GE’s history. But at the top of the list must be repairing GE’s once-sturdy balance sheet. GE had a perfect AAA credit rating as recently as 2009. S&P lowered it on Tuesday from “A” to “BBB+”. - -Over the years, GE has piled on tons of debt caused by poorly-timed deals, a massive pension deficit and misguided share buybacks. - -Underscoring the scale of the problem, Moody’s said that GE’s “very elevated leverage” could lead it to downgrade the company’s rating by multiple notches. Ratings downgrades can make it more expensive for companies to borrow money. - -The good news is that S&P updated its outlook on GE to “stable” because the firm expects leverage and cash flow will improve in the coming years. - -Still, GE’s debt problems may force the company to reexamine its $4.2 billion dividend. GE cut the dividend last year for just the second time since the Great Depression. - -But GE’s finances have deteriorated further. S&P listed the dividend as one of several levers Culp could pull to reduce debt. - -In a statement, GE said it has a “sound liquidity position” that includes cash and operating credit lines. - -Repeating comments made by Culp on Monday, GE said it remains “committed to strengthening the balance sheet including deleveraging.” - -Now that he’s in charge, Culp will need to decide if he wants to go forward with former CEO John Flannery’s plans to break-up GE. Flannery’s turnaround plan included exiting various businesses, including oil and gas, health care and the century-old railroad division. Proceeds from the sales would then be used towards paying down debt. - -But shrinking GE also makes the company more dependent on the rest of its portfolio – with GE Power being the biggest remaining business. That means slumping power profit gives GE less firepower to pay down debt.",1731883673,a64cfbdd97,5a655c02b1,,,1731883673 -http://www.communitysignal.com/how-gaming-community-knowledge-translates-to-other-industries/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,How Gaming Community Knowledge Translates to Other Industries,"On Community Signal, we talk to community professionals across all industries, from gaming, to healthcare, to photography, and more. And while our respective communities might convene over different topics, the tactics and tools that we employ to foster healthy communities are largely the same. In this episode, Craig Dalrymple shares how his community career started in gaming and how that knowledge has carried him into other industries. - -Patrick and Craig also get on the topic of customer success, the rise of roles in this space, and how community professionals can have an impact. But no matter what team you’re on or what your title is, what’s most important is that you feel empowered in your role and that you have the tools to succeed. As Craig says (8:48): “Can I do something here? Can I move the needle? Can I take this community and make it happier and bind it better with this product that they’re getting together around?” - -They also discuss: - -Adapting your discipline to your company’s org structure (7:55): “I’ve always tried to think like a chameleon. Whenever you go into a company, they’re going to put you where they think you belong. … This is just another version of that question of where does the community person belong? For me, it’s can you have a satisfactory job? Because if you don’t have a satisfactory job, in my opinion, if you’re not happy working, that’s the time to question your job. But if you can have a job that you’re satisfied with and have the impact you want, it doesn’t matter where they put you.” -Craig Dalrymple - -Determining your company’s success language (21:09): “I’ve always taught people to figure out what the language of success is at [your workplace]. It doesn’t matter what it was in your last job, it’s where you’re at right now. What does this company respond to? What resonates and gets everybody to go, ‘Oh, that’s important.'” -Craig Dalrymple - -Craig Dalrymple got his start in online communities when he helped configure Confer as a class discussion tool for his alma mater, Western Michigan University. Since then, Craig has served in the US Army and later found his way back into gaming communities by way of Sony, Zynga, and more. - -[0:00] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[0:24] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and thank you for listening to Community Signal. We’re talking with Craig Dalrymple about community people in customer success roles, the metrics trap, and earn ed community. - -I’d like to take a moment to thank our incredibly supportive patrons on Patreon, including Rachel Medanic, Jules Standen, and Marjorie Anderson. The support means a lot to us here at the show and if you’d like to join them, please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -Craig Dalrymple got his start in community back in 1990 after his philosophy 101 professor decided that the class should use a mainframe platform called Confer as a discussion tool. - -A small number of the class did, all signing up with a pseudonym intuitively and quickly veering away from talk related to the class. This led to a friend of Craig’s asking him to help administrate a Confer build for the university as a whole, and somehow they got it approved by the computer science department launching that winter. He’s spent time building communities for Sony, Zynga, and the Project Management Institute. - -Craig, welcome to the show. - -[1:20] Craig Dalrymple: Hi Patrick, thanks. - -[1:23] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s so good to have you on. You know, I’ve talked a little bit about your background just a moment ago from your bio, but you know, you got into gaming and you join communities about gaming and you moderated and then managed and then wrote about gaming and got hired by a gaming company in a community role, which is really not an uncommon community origin story, especially in the gaming space. So, why’d you leave gaming? - -[1:47] Craig Dalrymple: I wanted to see what else I could do. I was very fortunate to get into gaming and fortunate to go through both Sony Online and Zynga and help some friends with startups where it’s like a consulting thing. Frankly, I built a team at Zynga that I was really proud of, a team of peers, a team of employees, people I was mentoring and also working ideas off of and having great relationships just on what should community be and how should it run. And I wanted to see if I could do it in other places, other industries. I’m kind of a nerd so, you know, I do like science, I do like tech. Silicon Valley makes it very easy to find science/tech companies to give it a shot at. - -So that was the initial impetus, just to try to do something similar related where my skills could be valued but in a different industry slice, different customers, just to see what it’s like to be in another kind of community where the gathering point isn’t entertainment. - -[2:35] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s hard to ask for self-assessment but how have your skills sort of translated? - -[2:39] Craig Dalrymple: I’d say they translate well, you learn one failure at a time. Honestly, coming out of gaming and going into something like Project Management Institute, where the community is project managers that are interested in advancing their career and they touch on a huge range of industries across the world but none of them are entertainment. A lot of the core community fundamentals still apply about giving people a place with clear direction as to what the place is used for, how to interact. In this case, a more professional environment and the why we’re here becomes important but then on the far side of it, one of the keys for me with community is having a tie to production in the software space with the people who do the thing that your community’s bound by and that translates really, really well. - -You know, with Project Management Institute, those people were looking to get a certification, say they were qualified, which helps change their career trajectory. - -[3:23] Patrick O’Keefe: And gaming is one industry, there’s many industries, but have you noticed any difference between say, the opportunities in gaming versus the opportunities outside of gaming, sort of the upward mobility, the greater opportunities for something bigger or more senior? I mean, I know a lot of people in gaming and talked to a lot of people in gaming and one thing that, you know, I’m sure you’ve heard it a million times and I’ve heard before is sort of this, I don’t know, a ceiling in a sense of sort of how far up they can go or how replaceable they are because everyone loves the game or plays the game or wants to do that thing. - -So, there’s sort of an undervaluing of community professionals in the gaming space. To some extent, there are obviously many senior people, director level people, there are companies with massive community departments that have had a couple of people from Ubisoft on this show, for example, but there’s a prevalent feeling that seems to be a consistent theme with people in gaming that I talked to. Have you noticed any difference being outside of this space? - -[4:16] Craig Dalrymple: I think people have the same struggles with this as a profession. It’s really about where you are and how much they get it. Obviously, in organization like Project Management Institute, they’re a nonprofit, members of the organization, there’s been huge on community and rightfully so their community is their lifeline to success as an organization. - -I think we’re all worried about our career track. In the last 15 years, everything about the internet itself has changed let alone the internet it used to be just, “Hey, the internet.” That was a big thing, and what is the community manager? Now, I’d argue we’re to the point where it’s, every company has a sense of what it might be. That may or may not be what you’re used to or may not be what you saw in another industry. When you look at community is community marketing is community product developers, community customer support, reflection, or customer success, this newer thing that’s all about empowering the customer that I’ve seen multiple companies do and sometimes they have community people on it. I think because they’re still fungible. Everybody in any industry space is like, “What’s my next step? How do I get to the where I want to be for my career not just raw money, but just from the I love strategy, I like technical and get down in the trenches, but I love strategy and operations and community department which if there’s no department, if you’re a solo person, it’s easy to set strategy and get the team muscled up behind it because you’re the team, but the depth of any tactical deployment on it is low because you’re the team.” - -For someone like me, I’m looking for opportunities, when I look, for space where it is going to be building something bigger, setting up a strategy that plays out long term over multiple, multiple, multiple product cycles and really orients the voice of the customer into the product in a way where the development team and the customer are partners. - -I learned that first in gaming, it’s really easy to say, “We want to do rate zone or this gun that shoots too hard or doesn’t shoot well enough,” and take that to a development team and go, “What’s reality? How did we design these game elements?” That’s another entirely take software as a service and go these customers are gated in their business because they like this feature. That common thread for me is that connection to the company giving it and wanting the customer there. - -You have to fight for seat at the table. That’s what I’ve seen in every company, in every industry. Not fight resistance, but just the relevance question. Especially outside of gaming. Gaming, I think you can expect every executive and CEO to go, “Yes, we get community, we want that that’s important,” no matter what they already know that. How it might be executed from company by company might be different outside of that space. - -[6:32] Patrick O’Keefe: You might be the first person to go in layoffs. - -[6:34] Craig Dalrymple: Hopefully not. Outside of gaming, I’ve seen a number of companies where it’s we get this we know it’s important. You’ve heard a lot of things about it, but we’re not sure what we want of it. Tell us. Tell us what we can do. Tell us how we’re going to do with, how this affects our actual business. - -[6:51] Patrick O’Keefe: I’m a big believer in talent from the gaming space. We met through a reference call that you gave for someone that I was considering her role that I ended up hiring. Before I made that hire, I don’t know if it was that round or another round, but I had offered the job and gone the distance was someone who had been laid off from a gaming role, who I liked quite a bit. - -I almost had him, right down to the last minute and actually talked about this on the show, his name’s Joe King. He was on a recent episode. We talked about this on the show. How could you, well I had you, why’d you do that to me, the allure of the gaming opportunity, I guess it was just so great. There’s a lot of really good talent and I do really believe that it translates. Good to hear that you’ve also found that to be true. - -I want to go back to something you just said a moment ago about customer success and community people in customer success roles, something that I’ve seen happening with some inquiry, I don’t want to say it’s a massive boom, but I’ve seen it happen with a sort of increasing consistency, I guess. What is your take on that? What is your take on putting a community-minded person, sort of community-centric mind in a customer success role? - -[7:55] Craig Dalrymple: I’ve always tried to think like a chameleon, whenever you go into a company they’re going to put you where they think you belong, your discipline. So that’s a question of, should I be here this– We had that argument with marketing, PR, development, this is just another version of that question of where does the community person belong? For me, it’s, can you have a satisfactory job? Because if you don’t have a satisfactory job, in my opinion, if you’re not happy working there’s a time to question your job, but if you can have a job that you’re satisfied with and having the impact you want it doesn’t matter where they put you. - -It’s kind of like title fighting. I’ve had the director title and right now I’m head of online community. I once told a CEO who I was working for at a late-night event it’s like asking that kind of question. I’m like, “Frankly, I’d stand and face a pile of poo and walk back in tomorrow, I do my job regardless if I’m happy and paid well.” - -A job is a job and what takes it to the next level, for me, is a combination of obviously compensation, but really “Can I do something here? Can I move the needle? Can I take this community and make it happier and bind it better with this product that they’re getting together around from the gaming sense, what certification path even where they go.” Where they go, “That was worth the journey and I want to stay and I want to be involved.” When you think about customer success, to me, that’s like this newer thing that everybody’s getting excited about and you can back it up, which is good. If that’s where the company thinks community needs to be I’m not against it until you get in there and figure out whether or not community is going to be community or something else. That’s when you start questioning it, which hopefully, if you’re interviewing with a company like that, you’re like, why did you choose to put this position here? What are your expectations? What metrics would you rate this against? How was it community person and customer success different than a customer success person? What expectations are changed, so you can really gut check that company and go through the understand what they’re doing or did they just read a blog somewhere and decide this priority. - -[9:41] Patrick O’Keefe: One of the reasons that intrigues me is because for the right company, frankly, for a lot of companies I think, I love this idea of community powered customer success. Back when I was looking for a job I pitched multiple companies that I really respected and their CEO is about the idea of taking customer success and making it a community-powered effort in the sense that not just Q&A, not just a forum, but the idea that the community knowledge is distilled into your best practices, your knowledge bases, your manuals, your handbooks, whatever it is. - -If you operate on a B2B, which is both these companies were B2B, that really I pitched the hardest on, both B2B companies, people that use these tools to make more money. Then the idea is that if you can bring the people together that use the tool and put them in a smart room and ask the right questions, and allow them to share knowledge, that they’re going to know the product as well or better than you are and how it works and how you can make it successful. If you can take the knowledge from the community and put that into a, I like to look at it as like sort of a college-level guide, a college-level education and being successful with your product that’s always updated, never out of date, the latest insights are always in it and always drawn from the community. Then you can reset what it means to be a beginner. The level of beginner changes, the minimum level of success, the failure, so to speak, of your product, are higher. Even the failures fail at a higher level than they would otherwise and frankly, I’ve seen maybe a couple of companies really go hard at that, but I really feel like it’s a really– I would be interested in that type of role or that type of challenge where you put that in the hands of a community-minded person and, of course, there’s other elements of customer success, whether that’s account management, or that sort of one to one hand holding with the higher-level clients. It’s just such a powerful idea and I like to see it done more. - -[11:28] Craig Dalrymple: It’s a great filter to get customers to the point where they need the one on one hand service just to raise the bar for them. It’s everything you talked about. It’s just here’s the knowledge here’s the current knowledge someone comes in and says I’m just getting started, what about this? - -And it’s like, “Oh no, no, no, no, no, here, here’s this books worth of knowledge you need to absorb. These are the things you should do this will make you successful, right down to pricing technique. - -Working in tech, you always have somebody on the product team who’s playing with pricing and what will get a person to pull the trigger at what rate with what package. Even in video games, like I play Fortnite with my wife, and it’s if you buy this, you get this skin and this much money and blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. They’re doing the same thing. It’s way smarter than the company can be because they’re in the guts the software, B2B, using it. - -[12:09] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s awesome. That’s really powerful. We ask all of our guests for their social media handles if they have them. You told me before this show that, “Sony Online Entertainment had its community team go very public as Facebook launched, that you connected to customers, had fun, made mistakes and slowly got better at being an individual with a social presence,” but now you pretty much avoid them. Talk about that a little bit. What did it mean to “go very public”? - -[12:36] Craig Dalrymple: At that time and I don’t know if you played any of the Sony aligned family of games, Everquest, Star Wars Galaxies– [crosstalk] - -[12:41] Patrick O’Keefe: I don’t think I did. PC gaming I just skipped a whole couple of generations. - -[12:48] Craig Dalrymple: It was Sony. The other thing was Sony Online and they were nested at that time under Sony Pictures. A gamer looked at it and went, “Well that’s Sony, I have Playstation expectations, I have my record player expectations [crosstalk]” all this stuff. Sony’s great and I was excited but it meant they were these big men in suits that were faceless and easy to attack. The company didn’t come off as very human despite the fact that there were just real game developers working really hard to try to make something people love. - -When Facebook opened up out of the college space into the normal world, we were tasked to go in there and make a profile as ourselves acknowledging that we were from Sony instead of using pseudonyms. Instead of posting as a handle and having a red developer name on the forum, I was Craig Dalrymple, you get to see me, you get to see my family, my crazy mom stuff, the real person. The thought was humanize the company by showing that there are humans that work there. We were very, very public in that. There was no PR class to guide us on how to use social media. No one really had the ability to put together anything that made sense at the time anyway. It was just be yourselves, be genuine, show that you love these games and that when things go wrong you hate it too, which is the easiest marching orders ever lined up behind period but then you’re extremely visible on the internet for a company and everything’s your problem too. - -I think we tracked this, the reaction against Sony in particular. Sony was great, I worked with just amazing bunch of people that have since proliferated to all kinds of corners of gaming. It was like, “New bells and new whistles. What does this do?” You play on the internet, you learn things, you play as a member of this company, they have fun with it. When I moved to Zynga I made a pseudonym, a fake Facebook profile for Farmville which was the product I was on and just played as a person. - -That game so many people connected to get ponies and horses through the Facebook sharing that I ran up against the 5,000 person wall as friends. That was what drove them eventually, not me, but that problem to develop personalities as pages instead of individuals for actors and actresses to get all these follows. Again, you’re right there in the thick of things and then people find out invariable that you work for the company and then anything goes wrong, everyone’s calling you, which is bad but it’s also good because then you can say, “Hey man, we’re cool, right? Okay.” “Give us 20 minutes they’re working on it. It’s not the end of the world, it’s a pony.” “It’s not the end of the world it’s an EverQuest quest line that we’re fixing. No problem, we got you.” That was the push from Sony and when I went to Zynga, I just changed my name. - -[15:10] Patrick O’Keefe: They tell you to go create a Facebook account basically. That’s what it sounds like. Who is connecting with you? Do you put Sony as your employer and people search for you? That’s pre-groups I would assume. What sort of a mandate of like, “Who are you talking to? Are you searching the site for public posts more or less and going and engaging with them? - -[15:29] Craig Dalrymple: No. There were not single tactical thought beyond register and be yourself. We connected to each other intuitively. - -[15:35] Patrick O’Keefe: How did people find you? - -[15:36] Craig Dalrymple: We connected to the press. We were in relationships with gaming press and talking to them and, “Hey, we’re doing an update here’s what you need to know” The normal kind of stuff you do to work that relationship. Sony had us working with the fan sit press specifically because they were different than the more formal marketing type of Game Informer Magazine, let’s consider getting a commercial in front of a movie type of stuff. - -This was more you run this site and have tens of thousands of our customers coming and looking for what is the new questline, what do you get, is it for my character. Those were considered community relationships. We connected with them and then that’s the press, I was press. Once that gets out off it goes. I was there still active in, not the community, I built up my own site when I was a blogger because I rolled that away for obvious reasons. - -It’s still present in the other ones so when Facebook came out and some of the other hardcore MMO communities is like, “Hey Facebook. Let’s see what we’re doing here.” I just shared naturally with them because they were my gamer friends. From there it steamrolled. - -[16:35] Patrick O’Keefe: That makes sense. The reason you avoid them now is because– The unspoken thing here is it was overwhelming? It was too much? It was a distraction or what’s the unsaid thing there? - -[16:44] Craig Dalrymple: It’s all philosophy. I wasn’t getting anything out of it that I needed. Anyone would think that especially the first decade of social media it’s all these bells and whistles of look what I can do on fun pictures and the app. I went through a divorce in an era of social media, which could be an explosion. That was quite an interesting experience. But you get to the point where it’s like, “Why am I dedicating so much of my time to this instead of personal hobbies, professional development, people in my life.” I’m in California. My mother, my brother, and my sister are all in Michigan. It’s powerful. I can still connect to them and not use the telephone. I can still have a meaningful exchange, share pictures and all that but all the same, like Labor Day weekend, my wife and I have board games run all day Saturday and had 15 different friends pass through the house to play games. I’d rather do that than spend it on my phone. - -[17:29] Patrick O’Keefe: Fair enough. Another thing we talk about in our questionnaire is community measurement and what do you watch? What do you care about? What’s the metrics that stands out for you? One thing you mention that intrigued me was the metric of new customers sourced from the community adopting the product faster than someone who comes in from a paid marketing or a sales channel. I want to talk about that a little bit. How have you measured that one and did it make you friends on the marketing and sales teams? [laughs] - -[17:53] Craig Dalrymple: Initially the house basically with popsicle sticks, hot glue, and some duct tape, you’re trying to get a stats team to give you time. If you’ve ever worked with the stats team that’s looking at analytics and all the information flooding in from all the sources, that time is very precious, everybody wants it because you can’t argue with data. So, can I get a cohort of people that have never touched the community space and then the cohort of these people that have and then do a side by side? No. [chuckles] Why? Because the CEO has got a project, right? - -I had to start investing in data management, what was going on there, what could I pull automatically on my own from. And this really began at Zynga, I’d been there for years but at the time the most powerful things I ever do was build this stats monster. That was beautiful data. I was really, it was a B2B product to other companies. I learned how to get some of the data out and start working at correlational data, correlational causality. If this then that causal. If this, hey, look this tends to happen a lot too, correlational. - -I bought my lunch ticket trying to use correlational data to show things. I think with Zynga it was when we say, “Hey, this is a new thing in the product, a new crop, a new horse. There’s a lift in the purchase.” You could put a bridge from a post on Facebook into the data because Facebook has a cut line that they still manage, because that’s their data but we could show a correlational lift which then gets attention and goes, “Oh, you can make money happen.” You can make product success happen because it was nothing evil about it. Any companies make money right down to your favorite indie developer. They’re not getting paid, they are not going to do it very long. - -That never felt bad but it was like, “Oh, we can cause a lift. Okay, can we put new wriggle to this?” Company to company it’s approved, everyone agrees they want to have but it’s very difficult to chase because there’s not a lot of evidence out there. You can’t pull up studies and case studies from others go lower that really push over the executive team and having to go, “Absolutely, do this. Let’s fund it. You have to show it.” - -I started saying it’s all popsicle sticks, hot glue, and duct tape. It still is, I think, in general in the community knowing very many people that I talked to were like, “Oh, yes, I have direct access to the analytics team. We post stuff daily. We can actually isolate a cohort of people and prepare this and prove all that.” I think there’s a lot of headspace. Again, when you think about where does community go there is a lot of companies that want to understand it in that light so they support as we become more and more of a data-driven world. - -[20:09] Patrick O’Keefe: You’re hitting on something that I think is a pinpoint for a lot of people which is that there may be things you want from a data perspective and there may even be things that other people that you need to prove it to. Say they want or they would like this or, yes, that would prove it to me but there’s no support to actually get that data. There’s no support, whether it’s a team, whether it’s a system, whether it’s a tool, whether it’s collection of that data. It’s a trap, right? It’s kind of a trap because you want that and they want that and they say they want more and they want you to prove it but it’s like a box with a stick, right, and an apple and then if you yank the stick in the box falls on you, when you go in there because you can’t do it. Your access to the data is limited or the data is not there. - -I think that’s one of the more helpless scenarios that I think community professionals find themselves in is when they’re told that someone wants this data and yet there is no support to actually allow them to possess that data. - -[21:09] Craig Dalrymple: I’ve always taught people to figure out what the language of success is at the place you are. It doesn’t matter what it was in your last job it’s where you’re at right now. What does this company responds to? What resonates and gets everybody to go, “Oh, that’s important.” They’re succeeding by our key KPI or whatever. Once you hit that it’s it’s like motor and steel but it’s a political job. You’re not manipulating people, but you’re proving your relevance, and then you go, “Hey, I’ve got this greater relevance than I did last week, when I asked her last month or last quarter, I want to ask for a bit more than you gave me, I’m making the same ask and you’re going to tell me, “No.” I want a softer no and softer no.” It gets to the point where is a time-based investment. I was, for example, at Zynga for four years, built a phenomenal team of people that have spread out there helping a number of companies, and I couldn’t be more proud of them, because they’re all better than me, but it got to the point where some product teams would start with the product managers designing a feature and go, “Have you talked to community? Have you consulted with these people?” Why? Because they’re successful, and they know the customer, they know what makes the things that matter. Good. Because no one wants to release a feature and have it fail, whether it’s a B2B feature, a video game thing, whatever, no one wants to be that artist that puts out a piece of artwork, and everybody goes, “Well, that sucks.” The Sonic the Hedgehog movie problem. That hurt somebody’s feelings, even today. - -By proving relevance, we got to the point where we were at the table and had a whole seat, so then we could start going, “Hey, what if we had more data to prove this? You’re seeing the left, you’re involving us in the conversation, we’ve proven in your language, why this is good. Now, I want a little more from you, so we can really prove it and start passing that to other teams. It’s still not easy. I never felt like I got everything I wanted from anybody, and I probably never will, because I want to know everything in the data. - -As a community person, I’ve become very, very mindful of the data. I want to know why. I want to know what the data story is that I can tell the company and operationally strong. I love a well run efficient community machine because crap comes up all the time, and if you have a team that’s well run, they can adapt to the crap. It’s like a win-win because now I have relevance of getting more of my request. At least with that, and when the crap hits the fan, we’re dealing with it so efficiently that leadership never has a moment of question. I hope that makes sense. - -[23:17] Patrick O’Keefe: No, it did. It made a lot of sense. Right now, you are thinking a lot about earned community, your term. You described this as, “the community that you don’t control as they aren’t on your platform it’s impossible to pretend that the communities you build on your owned community platforms are the only voices that matter. The rise of social media has made that clear.” I love this subject. Tell me where your head’s at. - -[23:41] Craig Dalrymple: This has always bothered me since the Sony days, since before I even went into the gaming industry as an employee, the notion that Electronic Arts will pick on somebody, instead of a community, they do a good job with their community space, people can interact, there’s a self-help side, a formal help side, an interactions place, a place where the developers have a voice to the customer, all this great stuff, but there are a lot of the EA customers in other places talking to EA, and not just Reddit, but heck, Reddit is a perfect example. When something goes wrong with an EA game, Reddit blows up. - -EA can’t forcibly moderate Reddit, EA can’t pick up the phone and get Reddit to do anything technically. But there’s no promises, and if you only listen to the voices, who live in your walled garden, which I probably said my company has, you’re making a critical mistake, because you’re listening to the people that care enough to tell you positive or negative, what’s going on directly, which is they’re going out of their way to participate, which is great when they love you. It’s actually great when they’re really, really pissed off because they’re telling you what’s going on. - -It hit me well over a decade ago, I guess I wrote a blog that was one I was most proud of, which is when Microsoft Xbox was talking about that whole skip retail thing, which now DLC big game in digital download content, that was 49.99 for the box of empty promises, which tells you how long ago that was, because that was when you paid 50 bucks for a game, but it was like, “Here’s this thing with nothing in it an echo chamber and ecosystem I built where the people that love it are there telling you they love it. But there’s this guy in a Ford Mustang website who plays the EA games or pick a company, the Sony games, loves them, and we’ll see stuff there. It’s like, “You play this Sony game? You play PlayStation?” “Yes, I play PlayStation, but this sucks.” Or, “I really really love it.” As a community person, when I’m dealing with people and trying to, “Hey, we’re listening, but really listening.” I don’t want to know you love it. I know you hear my cat, right? [laughter] [crosstalk] - -[25:34] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s fine. It’s just funny. Please don’t let that interrupt you. - -[25:38] Craig Dalrymple: I don’t like people who say I love it or I hate it unless they then immediately follow with, “And here’s why,” and these aren’t communities, these spaces you don’t control where people are living the rest of their lives, including Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, you name it. If you’re not paying attention with something real with more than just a passive listening tool, that’s keyword hacking. You can miss a hurricane to be topical, you could miss something coming that would have been easy to see and start responding to, and getting ahead up, which doesn’t mean controlling. It might be like an easy path before it turns into right front-page material, or how many brilliant ideas that people have about our product where they’re like, “I wish the software is a service that Craig’s company is doing.” It is one little thing that’s literally two hours of some programmer’s time and a designer spends an hour on how the UX is going to be changed. You left 3% to the bottom line for the company because that one voice represents so many people that you won’t see. Also, figuring it out, after all this time, but it’s something that right now I’m very empowered to actually go after, which is very, very exciting. - -[26:40] Patrick O’Keefe: For some communities, I’ve seen in the past, they could even charge for some level of access because it is really valuable. One of the things that I love about this sort of thing– I will say first, Quora is a good example to me, not apples to apples, but one of the problems with Quora is that all of these people show up answering questions related to what their product does, and they include the mention of the product, and they just okay. It’s really, I don’t know what the term would be, cluttered up the site. A site that at its best has and had incredible answers. Answers written by people who know what the heck they’re talking about and are spending time answering things. At its worst, it’s just five answers from people who have related businesses and they include a link and the moderation isn’t strong enough to deal with it. - -That’s always a turnoff to me. I don’t know how other consumers see that, but when I see that, I think, “I will not do business with these people if I can help it, unless I have to.” It’s one of those things where a lot of people think they can get it right and say, “Oh, yes, I’m going to go participate. It’s relevant.” Yes, sure it is. Of course, the link to your website’s relevant. One of the things that flies to mind is just this idea that the thing I love about this sort of thing so much is that although the opportunity is clearly there, it is still not done by most people, to the point where even now in 2019, there is a great opportunity for you to surprise and delight people by being present in forums. - -There was a book released like three years ago by my friend Jay Baer called Hug Your Haters. For that book, he did research with Edison Research and he talked to people about where they got their answers online from companies, online review sites, customer support, directly, Twitter, Facebook, and forums. One of the places where people were most surprised to get help, they expected it on Twitter. By that time, they expect a response on Twitter. If they don’t get a response on Twitter, they’re disappointed. They expect it, but they don’t necessarily expect you to show up in a forum. - -Even three years later, I think that’s still true. People still do not expect you to pop up, be good, satisfy their answer and really surprise and delight them. You have that opportunity there to make a difference and to stand out in the competition. Really not that many people are taking advantage of it now. - -[28:50] Craig Dalrymple: It’s not like it’s hard. It’s like going to a barbecue and the difference between, “Oh, these are a bunch of people–” These are my kids and it’s the Cub Scouts annual summer barbecue. If you show up really just to pass talk to people, talk about what they do, talk about what you do when you’re asked. Just like, “Oh, Craig was great, glad we got to see him and meet this kid’s dad. Everything’s wonderful. Glad his kids’s involved with the program.” Versus the person who shows up and they are passing up business non-stop and trying to MLM everybody on their latest whatever. - -Online is not that different from the real world. Integrity matters, especially in those spaces that aren’t yours. In your own space, you control the party, so you can do questionable things, although I would still argue never. It’s someone else’s place the minute your integrity is in question you’re gone. And everybody wants to automate it and robo answer everything and your, “Whoa you asked this question in our answer space, speaking, of course, final answers. Was it this question? Here’s some other stuff people have asked versus the space where you can’t do that, you can’t force in codes and plugins and all these things to automate it. You have to genuinely be a part of it and go, “Hey, we care about you. We totally do. You mind a conversation?” - -[29:53] Patrick O’Keefe: Craig, it has been a pleasure to have you on the show. I think that’s a great place to wrap it up and I appreciate you taking the time to chat with us. - -[30:01] Craig Dalrymple: Thank you for having me Patrick, it’s been wonderful. - -[30:03] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with Craig Dalrymple. For the transcript from this episode plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Until next time.",1731883723,b6cef58d91,5a9d43487b,,,1731883723 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/navigating-polarizing-topics/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Lessons for Communicators In Navigating Polarizing Topics,"Back in the day, we were all advised not to speak about polarizing topics in mixed company. This meant not at school functions, cocktail parties—and most definitely not at work. You weren’t to talk about religion or politics with anyone outside your home unless you knew the conversation would be “safe” among friends. - -The idea was that you could easily make someone mad if you discussed those things in public—and end up losing friends or, worse, customers. - -Just about every executive in the world today “grew up” with that mantra. They got to the top of their career ladders by abiding by that rule. - -And then George Floyd was murdered, and literally overnight, executives were told, “You have to say something. Now.” - -It provided a huge opportunity for communicators because we are best suited to help executives with messaging and learn when their organizations should act as activists. Or not. - -Since 2020, there have been a lot of successes when it comes to communicating an organization’s values and sticking up for cultural and societal change. And there have been miserable flops. - -The most recent, of course, is Bud Light and Target. There are lots of lessons to be learned from the successes and the failures. - -You Don’t Want Performative Activism - -Remember back when the world shut down, and every organization on earth sent an email that said, “Out of an abundance of caution…” I remember joking with colleagues about how no one cared that your favorite paper towel brand was shutting down out of an abundance of caution. - -This is often referred to as “performative activism,” or empty gestures made solely for PR purposes—to make it look like you’re taking action without necessarily having the values to back it up. - -It often involves surface-level engagement without any substantial commitment or action. These empty gestures may include posting generic statements on social media, temporarily changing logos or slogans, or engaging in short-lived campaigns that lack long-term effectiveness. Performative activism can be seen as insincere and can lead to backlash if organizations are perceived as prioritizing their image over genuine efforts for social progress. - -It lacks authenticity and seems to be stated only because it’s what the rest of the world expects. - -Yes, we needed to know if the grocery store down the street was shutting down entirely or if they reduced their hours. Same for restaurants and pharmacies. We didn’t need to know if the tire company was doing it. - -Performative activism. - -You Do Want to Be Authentic - -On the flip side, organizations that align their actions with stated values have the potential to cultivate trust and foster genuine connections. When organizations demonstrate consistency between their words and deeds, they establish a sense of authenticity. This alignment signifies a commitment to values-driven decision-making and ethical practices, which can build a foundation of trust and credibility. - -By following through on their promises, organizations can show that their engagement with social issues is not merely performative but grounded in a genuine desire for positive change. - -This authenticity creates an opportunity for meaningful connections, as stakeholders perceive the organization as a reliable and principled ally in addressing societal challenges. Such genuine connections can lead to increased loyalty, advocacy, and a stronger bond between the organization and its stakeholders. - -The First Step Is to Be Inclusive - -As organizations look to create positive change, a crucial aspect of their communications is the need for inclusive dialogue. This entails amplifying marginalized voices and actively seeking out and engaging with different viewpoints. By facilitating open conversations and listening to a variety of opinions, organizations can foster an environment that encourages understanding, empathy, and growth…BEFORE they begin to speak externally. - -When combining a true sense of open conversation internally, communications pros should also set a path for conducting thorough research and analysis to grasp the sentiments, beliefs, and values of their customers. - -We’ve seen what can happen when they fail to do so, which is more than just being in the news for 24 hours—it results in reputational damage and lost trust. As Warren Buffet famously said, “If you lose money for the firm, I will be understanding. If you lose reputation, I will be ruthless.” - -That’s because, as we all know, it takes a lifetime to build trust and about 3.2 seconds to lose it if you do things incorrectly. - -That’s not to say we should bury our heads in the sand and advise our clients or executives not to stand up for societal and cultural change. Au contraire! - -And Stay On Message - -About a decade ago, Susan G. Komen decided to no longer fund Planned Parenthood—an organization they not only supported for several years, but leaned into their messaging and their values, too. - -I remember watching Nancy Brinker, the founder of the organization, go on the morning news shows to talk about their decision—and how, seemingly every hour or two, she flip-flopped on their decision. - -At the time, I didn’t agree with their decision, but I always recognized that there is a lot that happens inside an organization that we are not privy to. What bothered me the most about the whole thing is Brinker didn’t stay on message and would change her mind based on who was asking the questions. - -Ultimately, they reversed their decision and Brinker stepped down. I still believe that had she kept on message and stood her ground, people would have been furious, but it wouldn’t have caused the backlash and reputational damage it did. I’m not sure they’ve fully recovered even 10 years later. - -The Susan G. Komen situation is a great example of how not to do things. We have lots of those failures to look to, which provide a great opportunity for communications professionals to help an organization (or organizations) stand up for its beliefs. - -And hooray for them! We just have to help prepare everyone for what’s to come—and how to stand up to anyone we’re going to upset. - -And Then Understand the Importance of Timing - -One of the key things to consider is timing. Organizations must carefully consider the context and current events when addressing sensitive issues. Taking a reactive stance without a thorough understanding and thoughtful reflection can backfire and lead to accusations of insincerity or opportunism. - - - -On the other hand, organizations that proactively anticipate and address societal concerns can demonstrate leadership and earn respect. By staying attuned to the pulse of society, communication professionals can help executives identify the right moment to engage in conversations about polarizing topics. - -While Aligning Internally - -As I mentioned, aligning internally is the most important thing to do before speaking externally. We once had a client who wanted us to revise their website copy. Their CEO wanted the copy to reflect a fun place to work—board games at lunchtime, booze at the end of every day, Cubs games throughout the summertime, and catered meals every week. Sounds like a fun place to work, right? The problem was, none of that was true. We talked to the CEO about the importance of displaying the same culture internally and externally. He didn’t care. That’s the copy he wanted. That’s why he’s a former client. - - - -As it turns out, inconsistencies between what is communicated externally and the realities within the organization can result in credibility loss and erode trust. Our job is to facilitate conversations between executives and employees to ensure that values are lived and breathed throughout the organization. This internal alignment strengthens the organization’s authenticity and empowers employees to be genuine ambassadors of its values. - - - -(That former client, BTW? They ended up going out of business because their investors got tired of the employee churn they had.) - -Consider External Partnerships and Collaboration - -In addition to internal alignment, external partnerships and collaborations can enhance an organization’s ability to advocate for change. We can help executives identify potential allies and forge meaningful partnerships with organizations, influencers, or community leaders that share similar values and objectives. - - - -Collaborative efforts amplify the collective voice and demonstrate a commitment to advancing societal progress beyond self-interest. By fostering these partnerships, organizations can tap into the power of collective action and create lasting positive change. - - - -Your job is to find the right partnerships and be ready for the backlash some can create, like what Bud Light experienced. I can armchair QB that situation all day, but I believe that had they done a better job of aligning their internal and external messaging and not backing down to the vocal minority, a bunch of their marketing team would not have lost their jobs. - -Be Clear On Messaging - -This is the one you should spend the most time on, particularly in coaching and training your spokespeople. I like to do some “if this, then that” planning. If we get backlash on this particular statement or action, we are going to take this stance. You are not going to make everyone happy—and that’s OK. But you should be prepared to hold your ground and have messaging ready for the naysayers. Doing so will ensure you’re serious about your actions and that you won’t back down because a few people yelled at you. - -Understand There Will Be Risks - -Speaking out, standing up for your values, and wanting to make change are not without risks. Your organization—or your client’s organizations—may face backlash and criticism, regardless of their intentions or actions. Developing robust crisis communication plans that anticipate potential challenges and prepare appropriate responses is crucial. - -Properly Navigate Polarizing Topics - -Your job is to guide executives in anticipating different scenarios, crafting empathetic and transparent messages, and engaging in active listening and dialogue with stakeholders. Organizations can minimize reputational damage and swiftly regain public trust by effectively managing potential crises. - -We are about to head into yet another contentious election year. And experts are predicting it’s going to be an election of artificial intelligence, which will make it even more contentious. Sounds fun, doesn’t it? - -This means you will need to become adept at adapting your strategies to effectively address polarizing topics. The days of avoiding those topics are long gone. As comms pros, we play a critical role in helping organizations do that while protecting and enhancing their reputations.",1731883769,4dc781f5bc,5a86c5a037,,,1731883769 -https://www.autofinancenews.net/allposts/earnings/upstart-adds-stellantis-decreases-funding-time/,https://www.autofinancenews.net/feed/,"Upstart adds Stellantis, decreases funding time","THIS WEBSITE USES COOKIES - - - -We use cookies on our website to give you the most relevant experience by remembering your preferences and repeat visits. By clicking “I CONSENT”, you consent to the use of ALL the cookies. - - - -",1731883672,e5c42d52b4,5ae8b39bde,,,1731883672 -https://www.dividendinvestor.com/10-ways-for-identifying-top-dividend-stocks/,https://www.dividendyieldhunter.com/feed/,10 Ways for Identifying Top Dividend Stocks,"By: Ned Piplovic, November 14, 2024 - -Regardless of any specific portfolio needs, investors must be able to identify the top dividend stocks for their specific investment strategy. Equity analysis became quite complex with the use of computer analysis and the introduction of artificial intelligence modeling. However, even with just a few basic performance metrics, investors can relatively easily narrow their selection of top dividend stocks from tens of thousands of available equities to just a handful of potential investment options. - -Before focusing specifically on dividend distribution, investors should narrow the selection of potential top dividend stocks by identifying high quality stocks with a positive long-term horizon outlook. No single indicator or financial metric can identify the absolutely best candidates that could be top dividend stocks. Furthermore, equities that qualify as top dividend stocks for one investor’s specific portfolio strategy, might not fulfill another investor’s distinctive portfolio goals. Therefore, investors should use several of the financial metrics below, as well as additional indicators, to craft a specific set of analytical insights for identifying and selecting top dividend stocks that have the potential to deliver reliable and steadily rising income flow accompanied by moderate asset appreciation. - -Advertisement. - -10 Ways for Identifying Top Dividend Stocks: #1 - -Stable revenue and revenue growth outlook - -Investors should indeed seek investment opportunities that offer high potential for overall returns. However, high returns generally carry a high level of risk, and a lower percentage of high-risk investment deliver returns. While investors can allocate a small fraction of their funds for investing in high-risk investment vehicles, the majority of their portfolio should comprise a sturdy base of securities that offer relatively reliable returns. Therefore, companies that offer stable revenues, and have a good outlook for revenue growth, should be the main focus of investors seeking top dividend stocks. - -10 Ways for Identifying Top Dividend Stocks: #2 - -Profitability - -While certainly important characteristics of equities that can potentially offer substantial and reliable income payouts, stable and rising revenues are just one side of the equation. For overall stability and growth, companies must provide strong profitability. Therefore, in conjunction with steady and rising revenues, equities must minimize their costs. Only after establishing reliable net earnings can equities even consider distributing dividends to their stakeholders. - -10 Ways for Identifying Top Dividend Stocks: #3 - -Dividend Payout Amount - -Once an equity has the earnings to support dividend payouts, investors should obviously seek high distribution amounts. High distribution payouts translate to high cash flows, which is important to all, but especially income-focused investors. Equities pay distributions at different frequencies — monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. Therefore, instead of evaluating equities on their dividend payout amounts for each period, investors must make the comparison on a total-annualized-payout basis. - -10 Ways for Identifying Top Dividend Stocks: #4 - -Dividend Yield - -While the absolute dividend payout amount indicates the total dividends distribution, the dividend yield is a better indicator for conveying return on an investment. With a simple ratio of the equity’s total annual dividend distribution amount and the equity’s current share price, the dividend yield is easy to calculate, and is readily available from most sources of information on investment markets. - -While higher yields are obviously better, investors must make sure that the high yield stems from rising dividend payouts and not declining share prices. A sudden share price drop will result in a yield spike, which can make the equity appear more desirable than it actually is. Also, a share price spike will push the yield lower. - -Therefore, investors must use the dividend yield in conjunction with other metrics to discover the top dividend stocks for their portfolio. The total return over the trailing 12-month period is an easy metric to use in these situations. As long as the one-year total return exceeds the yield, the equity has managed to provide at least minimal asset appreciation to accompany the dividend distributions. - -Advertisement. - -10 Ways for Identifying Top Dividend Stocks: #5 - -Dividend Payout Ratio - -Another simple metric is the Dividend Payout Ratio. This ratio indicates the share of net earnings that an equity distributes as dividend income. Investors generally consider a payout ratio in the 30% to 50% range to be optimal. Dividend payout ratios below 30% indicate that the share of earnings, which is distributed as dividends, is not substantial enough to make the equity desirable to income investors. - -Alternatively, equities might not be able to sustain dividend payouts that exceed half of their net income and could end up announcing dividend cuts, or even the outright elimination of dividend distributions. However, certain types of companies, such as real estate investment trusts (REITs), pay higher payout ratios by design. Some equities must distribute at least 90% of their earnings as dividends to achieve and maintain special IRS requirements that exempt them from paying corporate taxes. - -10 Ways for Identifying Top Dividend Stocks: #6 - -Dividend Coverage Ratio - -The dividend coverage ratio indicates how many times an equity can pay a dividend from its current net earnings. Calculated as the inverse of the payout ratio, the coverage ratio is derived by dividing the annual earnings per share by the total annual dividend distribution. Alternatively, the coverage ratio also can be calculated by dividing net income — minus dividend payouts to preferred shareholders — by dividends applicable to common shares. Unlike the payout ratio, where lower levels are generally more desirable, investors seek a higher-dividend-coverage ratio. - -10 Ways for Identifying Top Dividend Stocks: #7 - -Dividend Payout Frequency - -Considering that most dividend metrics use the total annualized payout amount, some investors might overlook distribution frequency as an important metric to identify top dividend stocks. Even with identical payouts for the full year, monthly dividend payouts can deliver higher total returns over extended periods. However, to achieve these additional returns, investors must reinvest the monthly dividend distributions immediately. - -The advantage of reinvesting monthly dividends, versus annual payouts, to enjoy the benefits of the compounding effect, should be obvious. However, even compared to quarterly payouts, reinvested monthly distributions offer additional returns. Assuming a total return rate of just 6% annually, monthly compounding delivers an additional 6.23% in returns, above the returns generated by reinvesting quarterly payouts. - -This advantage compounds to an even greater advantage over an extended time horizon. The two-year advantage of compounding monthly dividend payouts is more than 13% and reaches 50% after just six years. Furthermore, compounding reinvested monthly payouts delivers two and five time returns over 10 and 20 years, respectively. - -10 Ways for Identifying Top Dividend Stocks: #8 - -Rising Dividends - -As important as all these previous metrics are, another crucial indicator is rising dividend payouts. As an equity’s share price increases, flat dividend payouts will decrease the dividend yield, which will make that equity less desirable to income investors. Alternatively, rising dividend payouts generally indicate which equities tend to outperform overall markets over the extended horizon. However, share prices tend to grow faster during bull markets, which suppresses the yield. While generally unable to keep pace with share price uptrends, rising dividend payouts can at least minimize the yield deterioration. - -10 Ways for Identifying Top Dividend Stocks: #9 - -Dividend Growth Rate - -Not all rising dividends are created equal. Another important indicator is the rate at which dividend payouts increase. For instance, W.P. Carey, Inc. (NYSE:WPC), boosted its dividend payout amount each quarter, for 28 consecutive hikes over the past seven years. In addition to this dividend growth streak, W.P. Carey currently offers a 5%-plus dividend yield and total returns on shareholders’ investment of more than 55% over the last five years. However, despite the long streak of consecutive quarterly dividend hikes and robust returns, which makes WPC a desirable income stock, the company’s small incremental dividend growth translates to an annualized growth rate of just 1.5%. - -Alternatively, AbbVie, Inc. (NYSE:ABBV), offers a dividend yield of slightly above 5% just like W.P. Carey currently does. However, AbbVie has boosted its annual dividend payout only nine times over the past seven years. Yet, AbbVie looks like a better choice for income investors as its dividend growth rate is nearly 20% over the same period. AbbVie’s share price did outperform WPC’s asset appreciation by six percentage points (30% versus 24%) over the last five years. However, driven by the faster rising dividend payouts, AbbVie’s total return from dividend income and asset appreciation share price of nearly 90% outpaced WPC’s total return over the same period by 35 percentage points, or nearly two-thirds. - -10 Ways for Identifying Top Dividend Stocks: #10 - -Debt - -Even if all the metrics listed above look positive, investors should be cautious of companies that hold high levels of debt. While most mid- and large-cap companies can still deliver stable gains over short periods, even with higher-than-average debt levels, excessive leverage over extended periods can lead to diminished earnings growth, lower dividend boosts or even dividend cuts. - -Advertisement. - -The debt-to-equity ratio is a good basic measure of any company’s leverage level. To determine the debt-to-equity ratio, we divide an equity’s total liabilities by its total shareholders’ equity. Because of different portfolio strategies, different risk tolerances and other unique factors, individual investors will have different notions of what constitutes acceptable debt-to-risk ratio. - -Ideally, investors would seek equities with debt-to-equity ratios below one. This indicates that the shareholders’ equity exceeds total debt. However, companies that are investing in growth and expansion will generally have more leverage. Therefore, as long as other indicators are positive and the company’s overall fundamentals are sound, it is acceptable for debt to exceed equity. However, most investors looking at a long-term investment horizon should generally avoid companies with debt-to-equity ratios above two. - -Investors use many more performance indicators to analyze equities in search of the ones best suited for the individual portfolio strategy and goals. However, the indicators on the list above are adequate enough for even novice investors to identify a few top dividend stocks suitable for building a well-balanced portfolio with steady income distributions, and a good potential for robust capital gains. - -Related Articles: - -Best Strategies for Finding Top Dividend Stocks - -5 Top Dividend Stocks to Buy Now - -3 Top Dividend Stocks Yielding 5%-Plus - -Top Dividend-Paying Stocks to Buy If ‘Risk-Off’ Concerns Cause a Market Retreat - -Dividend increases and dividend decreases, new dividend announcements, dividend suspensions and other dividend changes occur daily. To make sure you don’t miss any important announcements, sign up for our E-mail Alerts. Let us do the hard work of gathering the data and sending the relevant information directly to your inbox. - -In addition to E-mail Alerts, you will have access to our powerful dividend research tools. Take a quick video tour of the tools suite. - -Advertisement.",1731883623,4813de54e0,5ac2dbbce4,,,1731883623 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/15/ab-ac-architects-luxury-of-less-pavilion-dubai-design-week/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,"Tranluscent chiffon enshrouds demountable ""temple"" by AB + AC Architects","Lebanese-Italian studio AB + AC Architects has hidden a space for quiet contemplation inside two nesting boxes in Dubai's busy design district as part of a pavilion commissioned by carmaker BMW. - -Created for Dubai Design Week, the Luxury of Less pavilion was designed to be entirely demountable and consists of a cube within a cube, both based on the same modular timber framing system. - -Husband-and-wife duo Arianna Bavuso and Andre Chedid of AB + AC Architects designed the mindfulness ""temple"" as a space for rest and reflection, drawing on research about how our brain responds to pleasurable stimuli. - -""When you think about all these rapid technological changes and climate change disasters, I feel like everything is making us way more detached and disconnected from our environment,"" Bavuso told Dezeen. - -""So we thought it could be a great idea to develop a project, in which we help the audience to be a bit grounded for once, a bit present,"" she continued. - -""BMW gave us this massive platform to do this pop-up but the goal for us is really to be able to tackle this in residential spaces, in office spaces, in schools, basically in our daily spaces."" - -The Luxury of Less pavilion is part of AB + AC Architects' ongoing investigation into the psychological impact of architecture and how spaces can be manipulated to improve the wellbeing of their inhabitants. - -In this case, the studio used gossamer-thin midnight blue chiffon to clad the structure's outermost box, partially obscuring the smaller orange box within to elicit feelings of intrigue from passersby. - -""We wanted, from afar, to evoke curiosity and pique people's interest,"" said Bavuso, who teaches a post-graduate course on architecture and neuroscience at the Gritnova Global Campus. - -""Then immediately, what happens in our brain is there is a sense of wanting to discover more."" - -To reach the quiet sanctuary hidden inside the smaller box, which seems to float at the centre of the pavilion, guests have to ascend a long ramp that wraps all the way around its perimeter. - -Along the way, visitors can catch glimpses of the inner sanctum through small peepholes in the silky, sunset-orange wall tiles, to build a sense of anticipation before the final reveal. - -The journey culminates in a pared-back, monochromatic space enveloped in sandy-hued faux suede, where guests can sit and rest on plush pillows reminiscent of desert dunes. - -Composed of identically sized wall and floor tiles, the interior surrounds visitors in a subtle grid that is emphasised through intermittently placed tubular lights. - -""It's not only a way to bring in light but also a way to create some kind of pattern,"" Bavuso said. ""This sense of repetition reassures the nervous system that there is nothing unexpected, everything is just calm and safe and under control."" - -""A lot of visitors have been expressing the fact that it's so curious to have such a calming and grounding space in the middle of an open-air fair with so much activation and excitement, just because of the design, the way it was made."" - -In the absence of proper government funding for mental healthcare, Bavuso believes that architecture and interior design interventions like this have a role to play in helping people feel better in their daily lives. - -""Of course, there are ways to tackle that through the pharmaceutical industry,"" Bavuso said. ""But I also believe strongly that we, as architects and designers, have the tools to really help people ground themselves."" - -""Because sure, you can go do your mindfulness session at the yoga studio, you can put in your 10,000 steps every day, you can have organic food and be mindful about vitamins,"" she continued. ""But then if we spend the whole rest of the time in a nasty or unhealthy environment, sitting eight to 10 hours a day, that's not going to help right?"" - -Designed, manufactured and assembled in only 10 weeks, the pavilion is entirely modular and held together without any glue. - -This allows it to be easily mended, disassembled and its components repurposed in a nod to BMW's efforts to become more circular in its material use. - -""It has already been assembled twice,"" Bavuso said, referencing a previous trial assembly the team attempted in a warehouse. ""Therefore, we know it could be reused and readapted for future use."" - -""We're just looking for different locations for an afterlife,"" she added. - -AB + AC Architects is based in Lisbon but also works between Milan and Beirut, where its founders hail from. - -This year's Dubai Design Week featured a number of standout pavilions including a parametric cardboard structure from Ross Lovegrove's new Emirates-based studio Deond and an emergency shelter for Gaza. - -The photography is by Matteo Viti. - -Dezeen was a media partner of Dubai Design Week 2024, which took place from 5 to 10 November. See Dezeen Events Guide for an up-to-date list of architecture and design events taking place around the world.",1731883647,8f8dc0373b,5ab4043b95,,,1731883647 -https://hr-gazette.com/dorie-clark-the-long-game-of-strategic-thinking/,https://hr-gazette.com/feed/,Dorie Clark: The Long Game of Strategic Thinking,"The Long Game of Strategic Thinking: My Conversation with Dorie Clark on HRchat - -I recently had the pleasure of speaking with the brilliant Dorie Clark in HRchat episode 752. Dorie is a renowned keynote speaker, best-selling author, and expert in leadership and strategy. If you’ve been on LinkedIn or read Harvard Business Review, you’ve likely come across her thought-provoking insights. During our conversation, we dove into some powerful ideas that HR professionals, and anyone, can apply to build a successful career and personal brand. - -HR Professionals: Investing in Others and Themselves - -One of the key topics we explored was how HR professionals often invest so much in others that they forget to invest in their careers. Dorie pointed out that this isn’t uncommon, as HR tends to attract individuals who are passionate about helping people. However, it’s crucial not to neglect personal career growth. Dorie shared insights from her colleague Marshall Goldsmith, noting that we often put our jobs ahead of our careers—focusing on doing a great job today but not necessarily thinking about how to position ourselves for the future. - -HR’s Strategic Role - -We also discussed the massive shift HR has undergone, especially during the pandemic. HR went from being seen as a cost center to a central player in managing strategic workforce initiatives. With hybrid work models, AI, and ongoing talent challenges, HR is now at the heart of driving organizational success. - -Dorie emphasized that HR professionals must claim their place at the strategy table by focusing on long-term thinking. Her latest book, The Long Game, stresses that strategic thinking is one of the most critical skills for leadership. HR leaders should be seizing this moment to redefine their roles as true strategic partners in their organizations. - -Building Thought Leadership - -Dorie and I also touched on the importance of building thought leadership, especially for HR professionals. It’s about more than just doing your job well—it’s about sharing your insights and creating a platform for your ideas. Whether through writing, speaking, or engaging with industry publications, sharing your expertise helps elevate your personal brand and ensures that you’re not taken for granted internally. - -As Dorie explained, one of the best ways to build your reputation is by creating content that allows your ideas to travel beyond your immediate circle. Whether you’re writing for industry journals, speaking at conferences, or even sharing your thoughts on LinkedIn, it’s all about positioning yourself as a thought leader in your field. - -Networking the Right Way - -We closed our conversation by addressing one of the trickiest aspects of career growth: networking. Dorie offered practical advice on how to build meaningful relationships without coming off as transactional or insincere. Her principle of “no asks for a year” resonated deeply with me. It’s about taking the time to genuinely connect with people and not rushing to ask for favors. Build relationships first, and the rest will follow. - -A Final Thought - -If you’re looking to up your game in strategic thinking, career growth, or building a personal brand, Dorie’s insights are invaluable. I highly recommend her book The Long Game for anyone interested in thinking beyond short-term wins and focusing on long-term success. - -You can also download her free Strategic Thinking Self-Assessment at dorieclark.com/thelonggame. Trust me, it’s worth your time. - -Related Content",1731883633,477c4818ad,5b11b34e03,,,1731883633 -https://www.theverge.com/2024/11/17/24298962/larry-dean-harmon-charged-bitcoin-laundering-helix-mixer-cryptocurrency-darknet,https://www.theverge.com/rss/index.xml,An Ohio man guilty of Bitcoin laundering must forfeit over $400 million in assets,"An Ohio man named Larry Dean Harmon will serve three years in prison and forfeit more than $400 million worth of cryptocurrency and other assets, the Department of Justice announced on Friday. Harmon was indicted in 2020 on money laundering conspiracy charges related to Helix, a darkweb cryptocurrency “mixer” service he ran. - -Also known as crypto “tumbling,” services like Helix are designed to hide cryptocurrency transactions — often for illegal drugs — and the identity of people involved. From 2014 to 2017, Harmon processed more than 350,000 Bitcoin (about $311 million USD at the time) in such transactions, according to the DOJ’s announcement. - -Harmon, who pleaded guilty to conspiracy to commit money laundering in August 2021, will be on the hook for three years of supervised release after serving his prison sentence. He also received a $311,145,854 forfeiture money judgment.",1731883666,8c3d9d5d77,5a60563ffe,,,1731883666 -https://securityboulevard.com/2024/11/cyber-crisis-management-plan-shield-for-brand-reputation/,https://securityboulevard.com/feed/,Cyber Crisis Management Plan: Shield for Brand Reputation,"Despite advances in security technology, cybersecurity attacks and data breaches are increasingly common as attackers keep discovering new vulnerabilities and infiltration methods. Organizations now understand that a cyberattack or data breach is often inevitable—it’s typically a question of when, not if. The positive side is that cybersecurity crisis management plans can help businesses prepare effectively for these incidents. To grasp the meaning of crisis management in cybersecurity, it’s essential first to review concepts like crisis, crisis management, and cyberattacks. In this blog we will discuss about cyber crisis management plan in detail. - -What is a Cyber Crisis Management Plan? - -The term “crisis” comes from the Greek word “krisis,” meaning a decisive moment in illness, leading either to recovery or decline. Today, “crisis” generally refers to a challenging period faced by an individual, group, or—when it comes to IT issues—a company. - -In France, the equivalent of the UK’s Home Office, IHEMI, defines a cyber crisis as a situation involving a cyberattack that specifically targets a company’s digital assets, technical infrastructure, or information systems. - -Addressing cyber crises requires a multi-faceted crisis management approach, including: - -preventing crises before they arise, - -applying a crisis resolution process once an IT breach is confirmed, - -deploying tools and strategies to counter the breach, - -refining the crisis management procedure based on feedback. - -Cyber crises have unique characteristics and risks: - -They are nearly always IT-related and inherently technical. - -They are often detected late, after the hacker may have been active for months. - -Their impact is generally significant, affecting internal and external perceptions and damaging both employee morale and the company’s reputation. - -They demand cross-functional management, involving teams unaccustomed to working together. - -Traditional communication channels may be compromised and unavailable. - -Resolving a cyber crisis is seldom a quick process. - -Why Organizations Require Cyber Crisis Management Plan? - -An effective cyber crisis management plan minimizes the impact of security incidents. Established playbooks promote calm, strategic decision-making, enabling swift and effective responses when threats arise. A key advantage is faster incident response: quickly identifying, isolating, and mitigating an attack significantly reduces damage. Engaging third-party experts, such as cybersecurity firms, can further accelerate threat containment. - -Comprehensive response plans help lower costs and mitigate legal or regulatory penalties by preventing threat spread. Without a plan, breaches often escalate, affecting more employees, halting operations, and causing reputational harm. In the U.S., companies may face federal and state penalties if negligence is found to have allowed large-scale breaches. - -How an organization handles a cyberattack also influences public perception and brand reputation. Companies that manage breaches transparently can still earn trust; for instance, the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) received positive feedback after a cyberattack exposed employee and customer data by openly communicating and committing to strengthened security. Documenting a management plan provides evidence of due diligence, supporting audits and instilling confidence in preparedness for worst-case scenarios. - -Book a Free Consultation with our Cyber Security Experts Name Email Company Name Phone Number - - - -Steps to Create a Cyebr Crisis Management Plan - -Creating a strong cybersecurity crisis management plan usually takes weeks or even months and requires support from top leadership. Although plans vary by organization, here are some essential steps to consider. - -Step 1: Assemble an Incident Response Team - -Appoint the team or individuals responsible for leading your organization’s crisis response efforts, with ongoing involvement in developing and updating the plan as risks evolve. - -Key roles on an incident response team may include: - -CISO or head of information security - -IT security engineers - -Legal counsel - -Communications lead - -Business continuity manager - -Third-party forensics firm - -The team’s size and structure will depend on available resources and expected incident types, with external experts often offering essential support. - -Step 2: Classify Crisis Safety - -Not all cybersecurity incidents demand full crisis management. It’s important to establish thresholds based on potential business impacts, such as significant financial, legal, reputational, or operational disruptions beyond routine incidents. - -Examples include: - -Major data loss requiring public disclosure - -Ransomware causing operational blackouts - -Safety risks from compromised industrial control systems - -CLOUD Act warrants potentially exposing intellectual property - -Step 3: Map Out Escalation Process with Flowcharts - -Visual aids simplify crisis response protocols. Use step-by-step flowcharts to outline key actions, such as assessment, containment, remediation, reporting, public communication, and recovery. - -Create tailored flowcharts for specific incident types: - -Data breaches - -Denial-of-service attacks - -Critical IT infrastructure failures - -Supply chain disruptions - -Insider threats - -Third-party risks - -Common attack vectors - -Step 4: Conduct Ongoing Risk Assessments - -Continuous risk assessments are crucial for effective crisis communication management. Regular evaluations help teams: - -Identify potential threats - -Highlight significant risks - -Gather information for relevant stakeholders based on the RACI chart - -Collect feedback to guide next steps - -Periodic risk assessments allow teams to identify and prioritize risks, vulnerabilities, and potential attack vectors, organizing them by threat level. Partnering with third-party penetration testing experts can also help uncover overlooked weaknesses. - -Kratikal’s Approach to Cyber Crisis Management Plan - -Kratikal’s approach to Cyber Crisis Management Plan focuses on proactive preparedness and swift response to minimize the impact of security incidents. Here are the key components: - -Identification of Problem Statement - -This is part of an enterprise resilience program that identifies critical business services to inform planning for potential disruptions. By understanding the organization’s cyber response capabilities and critical services, Kratikal enhances resilience and preparedness for cyber incidents and disruptions. - -Developing a Communication Plan - -The communication plan ensures timely, accurate, and consistent information sharing during a cyber incident. It includes defining the strategy, roles, and responsibilities of communication team members, along with specifying communication methods. - -Creation of Response Procedures - -Kratikal helps organizations prepare with response procedures. These procedures act as a roadmap, guiding teams through the steps of detecting, assessing, containing, and recovering from cyber incidents, minimizing damage, and getting organizations day to day operations back on track quickly. - -Conducting Drill Exercise - -Drill exercises within a cyber crisis management plan are vital for evaluating plan effectiveness, assessing incident response team readiness, identifying gaps, and enhancing overall cyber resilience. These exercises simulate different cyber crisis scenarios, enabling the team to practice response procedures in a controlled setting. - -Review and Update the Plan - -Regular reviews and updates are crucial to uphold the effectiveness and relevance of the cyber crisis management plan. This process should include a thorough evaluation of the plan’s components, response procedures, communication strategies, and incident response team readiness. - - - - - -How can Kratikal Help in Cyber Crisis Management Plan? - -Kratikal’s Cyber Crisis Management Plan focuses on preparing organizations for cyber incidents by developing comprehensive strategies, roles, and communication protocols. It emphasizes the identification of risks, the creation of response procedures, and the execution of crisis drills to ensure business continuity. The approach includes policy drafting, gap assessments, implementation, and certification, following ISO 27001 standards to enhance resilience. Kratikal helps organizations navigate cyber crises with tailored, efficient plans that reduce risks, minimize reputational damage, and ensure a swift recovery. For more details, visit Kratikal’s Cyber Crisis Management Plan. - -FAQs - -What are the 5 P’s of cyber crisis management plan? The National Crisis Management Framework outlines a structured approach to crisis management, focusing on the 5Ps: Predict, Prevent, Prepare, Perform, and Post-Action and Assessment. These components guide organizations through identifying, mitigating, responding to, and learning from crises to enhance resilience and readiness for future challenges. What is a crisis management plan? A crisis management plan details how a business will respond to a crisis, specifying the actions and roles of individuals involved. Its primary goal is to minimize harm and quickly restore normal business operations. By clearly defining responsibilities and procedures, it ensures a more organized and effective response during crucial situations. - -The post Cyber Crisis Management Plan: Shield for Brand Reputation appeared first on Kratikal Blogs. - -*** This is a Security Bloggers Network syndicated blog from Kratikal Blogs authored by Shikha Dhingra. Read the original post at: https://kratikal.com/blog/cyber-crisis-management-plan-shield-for-brand-reputation/",1731883656,d901805b6c,5aa9ace832,,,1731883656 -https://techncruncher.blogspot.com/2022/03/sellfy-review-2022-how-good-is-this.html,http://feeds.feedburner.com/TechCrunch/,Sellfy Review 2022: How Good Is This Ecommerce Platform?," - - - -Are you searching for an ecomerce platform to help you build an online store and sell products? - -In this Sellfy review, we'll talk about how this eCommerce platform can let you sell digital products while keeping full control of your marketing. - -And the best part? Starting your business can be done in just five minutes. - -Let us then talk about the Sellfy platform and all the benefits it can bring to your business. - -What is Sellfy? - -Sellfy is an eCommerce solution that allows digital content creators, including writers, illustrators, designers, musicians, and filmmakers, to sell their products online. Sellfy provides a customizable storefront where users can display their digital products and embed ""Buy Now"" buttons on their website or blog. Sellfy product pages enable users to showcase their products from different angles with multiple images and previews from Soundcloud, Vimeo, and YouTube. Files of up to 2GB can be uploaded to Sellfy, and the company offers unlimited bandwidth and secure file storage. Users can also embed their entire store or individual project widgets in their site, with the ability to preview how widgets will appear before they are displayed. - -Features - -Sellfy includes: - -Online Store - -Sellfy is a powerful e-commerce platform that helps you personalize your online storefront. You can add your logo, change colors, revise navigation, and edit the layout of your store. Sellfy also allows you to create a full shopping cart so customers can purchase multiple items. And Sellfy gives you the ability to set your language or let customers see a translated version of your store based on their location. - -Sellfy gives you the option to host your store directly on its platform, add a custom domain to your store, and use it as an embedded storefront on your website. Sellfy also optimizes its store offerings for mobile devices, allowing for a seamless checkout experience. - -Product hosting - -Sellfy allows creators to host all their products and sell all of their digital products on one platform. Sellfy also does not place storage limits on your store but recommends that files be no larger than 5GB. Creators can sell both standard and subscription-based products in any file format that is supported by the online marketplace. Customers can purchase products instantly after making a purchase – there is no waiting period. - -You can organize your store by creating your product categories, sorting by any characteristic you choose. Your title, description, and the image will be included on each product page. In this way, customers can immediately evaluate all of your products. You can offer different pricing options for all of your products, including ""pay what you want,"" in which the price is entirely up to the customer. This option allows you to give customers control over the cost of individual items (without a minimum price) or to set pricing minimums—a good option if you're in a competitive market or when you have higher-end products. You can also offer set prices per product as well as free products to help build your store's popularity. - -Sellfy is ideal for selling digital content, such as ebooks. But it does not allow you to copyrighted material (that you don't have rights to distribute). - -Embed options - -Sellfy offers several ways to share your store, enabling you to promote your business on different platforms. Sellfy lets you integrate it with your existing website using ""buy now"" buttons, embed your entire storefront, or embed certain products so you can reach more people. Sellfy also enables you to connect with your Facebook page and YouTube channel, maximizing your visibility. - -Payments and security - -Sellfy is a simple online platform that allows customers to buy your products directly through your store. Sellfy has two payment processing options: PayPal and Stripe. You will receive instant payments with both of these processors, and your customer data is protected by Sellfy's secure (PCI-compliant) payment security measures. In addition to payment security, Sellfy provides anti-fraud tools to help protect your products including PDF stamping, unique download links, and limited download attempts. - -Marketing and analytics tools - -The Sellfy platform includes marketing and analytics tools to help you manage your online store. You can send email product updates and collect newsletter subscribers through the platform. With Sellfy, you can also offer discount codes and product upsells, as well as create and track Facebook and Twitter ads for your store. The software's analytics dashboard will help you track your best-performing products, generated revenue, traffic channels, top locations, and overall store performance. - -Integrations - -To expand functionality and make your e-commerce store run more efficiently, Sellfy offers several integrations. Google Analytics and Webhooks, as well as integrations with Patreon and Facebook Live Chat, are just a few of the options available. Sellfy allows you to connect to Zapier, which gives you access to hundreds of third-party apps, including tools like Mailchimp, Trello, Salesforce, and more. - -Pricing and Premium Plan Features - -Get Sellfy 14 day free trail from here - -Free Plan - -Price: $0 - -The free plan comes with: - -Up to 10 products - -Print-on-demand products - -Physical products - -Starter Plan - -Price: $19/month - -Starter plan comes with: - -Everything is Free, plus: - -Unlimited products - -Digital products - -Subscription products - -Connect your domain - -2,000 email credits - -Business Plan - -Price: $49/month - -The business plan comes with: - -Everything in Starter, plus: - -Remove ""Sellfy"" branding - -Store design migration - -Cart abandonment - -Product upselling - -10,000 email credits - -Premium Plan - -Price: $99/month - -The premium plan comes with: - -Everything in Business, plus: - -Product migration - -Priority support - -50,000 email credits - -Sellfy Review: Pros and Cons - -Sellfy has its benefits and downsides, but fortunately, the pros outweigh the cons. - -Pros - -It takes only a few minutes to set up an online store and begin selling products. - -You can sell your products on a single storefront, even if you are selling multiple product types. - -Sellfy supports selling a variety of product types, including physical items, digital goods, subscriptions, and print-on-demand products. - - - - - -Sellfy offers a free plan for those who want to test out the features before committing to a paid plan. - -You get paid the same day you make a sale. Sellfy doesn't delay your funds as some other payment processors do. - -Print-on-demand services are available directly from your store, so you can sell merchandise to fans without setting up an integration. - -You can conduct all store-related activities via the mobile app and all online stores have mobile responsive designs. - -Everything you need to make your website is included, including a custom domain name hosting, security for your files, and the ability to customize your store - -The file security features can help you protect your digital property by allowing you to put PDF stamps, set download limits, and SSL encryption. - -Sellfy provides unlimited support. - -Sellfy provides simple and intuitive tax and VAT configuration settings. - -Marketing strategies include coupons, email marketing, upselling, tracking pixels, and cart abandonment. - -Cons - -Although the free plan is helpful, but it limits you to only 10 products. - -Payment plans often require an upgrade if you exceed a certain sales amount per year. - -The storefront designs are clean, but they're not unique templates for creating a completely different brand image. - -Sellfy's branding is removed from your hosted product when you upgrade to the $49 per month Business plan. - -The free plan does not allow for selling digital or subscription products. - -Conclusion - -In this article, we have taken a look at some of the biggest benefits associated with using sellfy for eCommerce. Once you compare these benefits to what you get with other platforms such as Shopify, you should find that it is worth your time to consider sellfy for your business. After reading this article all of your questions will be solved but if you have still some questions let me know in the comment section below, I will be happy to answer your questions. - -Note: This article contains affiliate links which means we make a small commission if you buy sellfy premium plan from our link. - - - -",1731883628,f0ec6af36b,5aebe77748,,,1731883628 -https://www.brooklynvegan.com/whats-going-on-saturday-375/,https://www.brooklynvegan.com/feed/,What's Going on Saturday?,"TONIGHT IN & AROUND NYC - -STAY IN TOUCH - -Find BrooklynVegan on FACEBOOK and TWITTER and INSTAGRAM and BLUESKY and THREADS and YOUTUBE and SPOTIFY and TIKTOK. - -Join our EMAIL LIST. - -Subscribe to our FREE DIGITAL MAGAZINE. - -For even more metal, visit Invisible Oranges and follow them on Facebook & Twitter. - -SHOP OUR STORE",1731883619,d7f1518f3a,5aec01ff8a,,,1731883619 -https://esportsedition.com/hearthstone/hearthstone-control-shaman/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Hearthstone Control Shaman Guide,"Quest Shaman is one of the most popular decks in Year of the Dragon so far. It’s an extremely flexible deck that shows good results against any class on every stage of the game. In the recent meta, after the nerfs, Quest Shaman is definitely a tier-one deck. The overall percentage of victories of the archetype is more than 50%. - -With the right approach, Quest Shaman is a strong and dangerous deck: players easily hit high Legend ranks with this deck. In this guide we will guide you through all the details, so you can understand the concept of the deck as well as all the intricacies to minimize misplays. - -Early Game - -The first four turns are simple for the Shaman: fill the board with minions, try to play on curve and proceed with the Quest. Do not be greedy to trade you minions – you want to trade evenly, one to one. - -If you did not play EVIL Totem plus Coin on turn one, then try to find a right moment later. Protect it with taunt minions. It’s ok if an opponent kills it. EVIL totem is a dangerous card that will put some pressure on your opponent, especially if you’re playing against control decks. - -Do not be afraid to play Weaponized Wasp with active Battlecry. Do not keep it for the late game to deal 6 damage. Your board dominance is paramount with this deck. Basically, what you want to do in early game is to squeeze the most out of EVIL Cable Rat, EVIL totem, and Sludge Slurper. You can also opt for a tempo turn with Lifedrinker + Mutate in tempo match-ups. - -Middle Game - -By this time, the Shaman is gaining strength as he completes the quest. Although it’s very tempting to use your hero power once the Quest is completed, don’t be so eager to do so. Use it wisely with Lackeys to fit the curve, because it’s really Lackeys that give you presence on the board in the middle game. - -If you’re overloaded and losing the board, don’t be so greedy to play Battlecry minions without Hero Power. - -In this stage of the game you’ll have powerful combos with Mutate. Former Champ and Giggling Inventor perfectly synergize with Mutate. Although, you should keep those cards against Warriors and try to play them with Barista. Eventually, Warriors will be out of removals, which is just as good for you when it comes to the fatigue stage. - -In most cases you will certainly be ahead of the opponent thanks to the hero power, but it does not mean that you should Smorg (go all face). Trading and controlling the board is always handy. - -Late Game - -This stage will blow your mind: abundance of cards in the hand, a lot of options, edgy games on fatigue, risky trades, and much more. In the late game you will play a new hero power almost every turn. In rare cases, you can leave the Coin to play Shudderwock with the hero power in slow-paced match-ups, but usually it is not necessary. - -Shudderwock is just an additional resource. Thanks to the repetition of all the Battlecries, it will fill your hand with Lackeys, spells, and precious resources. - -Do not be afraid to play greedily and drag out the game. In most cases, you’ll outvalue your opponent. Try to find profit from each card, generate even more cards, and discover cards that suit you best depending on the situation in the game. - -Important thing worth mentioning is Shudderwock: it often helps you to find lethal or clean the table. Try to remember—at least partially—which battlecries were played. There is a possibility that the Battlecry of the Bog Slosher will trigger and the Shudderwock will return to your hand! Then you can have fun again. Keep pressuring you opponent, and the victory will not take long. Set up lethal with Lifedrinker and Weaponized Wasp. Keep the Mutate for expensive minions like Mogu-Fleshshaper or Former Champ. - -Image via EsportsEdition. - -Tips - -Always leave the Corrupt the Waters, Questing Explorer, EVIL Cable Rat and the Sludge Slurper in your hand. - -Keep Mogu-Fleshshaper in fast-paced match-ups. Play it with Mutate. - -Plan ahead and do not play cards with overload if it slows you down. - -Count all the battlecries to know what Shudderwock will do. - -If you are behind at the beginning of the game, try to return in the game with Mind Control Tech, Sandstorm Elemental, and Mutate. However, it`s usually the Shaman who controls the board. - -Play around AoE removals, study modern archetypes and get ready for the most common ones. - -Cards to Keep in Mulligan vs Each Class - -Warrior: Questing Explorer, EVIL Cable Rat, Sludge Slurper, EVIL totem, Novice Engineer, Shudderwock. - -Paladin: Questing Explorer, EVIL totem, Sludge Slurper, EVIL Cable Rat. With a good hand — Mogu-Fleshshaper. - -Hunter: Questing Explorer, Sludge Slurper, EVIL totem, EVIL Cable Rat. With a good hand — Mogu-Fleshshaper. - -Druid: Questing Explorer, EVIL totem, Sludge Slurper. - -Rogue: Questing Explorer, Novice engineer, Sludge Slurper, EVIL Cable Rat. With a good hand — Mogu-Fleshshaper. - -Shaman: Questing Explorer, EVIL totem, EVIL Cable Rat, Mogu-Fleshshaper, Mind Control Tech, Sludge Slurper . With a good hand — Sandstorm Elemental. - -Mage: EVIL totem, Questing Explorer, Sludge Slurper, EVIL Cable Rat - -Priest: EVIL totem, Novice Engineer, Questing Explorer, Sludge Slurper, EVIL Cable Rat. With a good hand — Mogu-Fleshshaper. - -Warlock: Mind Control Tech, Questing Explorer, Slimy slobber, Mogu-Fleshshaper.",1731883717,76f59da961,5b2531ae48,,,1731883717 -https://qutech.nl/2024/09/18/tu-delft-excellence-fund-supports-anasua-chatterjee/,https://qutech.nl/feed/,TU Delft Excellence Fund supports Anasua Chatterjee,"Dr Anasua Chatterjee receives support from TU Delft Excellence Fund to bring her expertise to TU Delft. The TU Delft Excellence Fund supports TU Delft’s excellence strategy based on the three pillars of Research, Education and Valorisation. The first focus of the Excellence Fund is to attract top international scientists and to help accelerate high potentials. - -Dr Chatterjee’s research will focus on semiconductor-superconductor circuits for quantum technologies, addressing critical challenges in scaling quantum control, calibration, and readout in arrays of semiconductor qubits. Her work targets overcoming the “growing pains” that quantum devices experience when transitioning from successful qubit archetypes to more complex qubit arrays. Specifically, she aims to optimize the control of numerous parameters in these systems, using techniques like fast readout and gate control to enhance performance. A key part of her research will combine the strengths of superconducting and semiconducting qubit types, exploring the hybrid physics that underpins them. - -A Global Career in Quantum Science - -Chatterjee’s move to TU Delft marks a new chapter for her. Having led an experimental group at the Niels Bohr Institute at the University of Copenhagen, she brings a wealth of cross-disciplinary expertise. At Copenhagen, her research focused on building and scaling solid-state quantum hardware using algorithmic techniques, hybrid materials, and highly sensitive readout systems. Her past work includes contributions to the development of superconducting-semiconducting nanowire devices at Princeton University and the study of hybrid quantum-dot dopant devices during her PhD at University College London. - -Driving Research Impact at QuTech - -Joining QuTech as an Associate Professor in the field of quantum nanoscience, Dr Chatterjee is excited about the potential of quantum research at TU Delft: “The quantum research here is very well positioned and the opportunities for collaboration and funding are immense,” she notes. With her team of PhD researchers and postdocs, she plans to expand TU Delft’s research on hybrid semiconductor-superconductor systems, particularly in developing robust, scalable qubit systems and improving control strategies through machine learning. She aims to bridge gaps in the current research landscape, bringing in knowledge from her previous academic experiences and contributing to the dynamic quantum ecosystem at QuTech. - -A vision for quantum’s real-world applications - -Chatterjee’s ambition extends beyond the lab. She is keen to push quantum research past theoretical milestones, translating discoveries into practical, real-world solutions. She envisions a future where quantum technology can drive societal change, whether in drug development or solving complex global challenges. By fostering open science and sharing knowledge widely, Chatterjee hopes to demystify quantum science, making its revolutionary potential more accessible and beneficial to all. - -TU Delft Excellence Fund supports top scientists - -Thanks to the Excellence Fund and the continued support from alumni and other private donors, Chatterjee’s arrival at TU Delft not only strengthens the university’s position as a global leader in quantum research but also promises to enhance the broader academic and entrepreneurial ecosystem. With several PhD and postdoc positions available in her group, her work will continue to attract top talent, paving the way for cutting-edge breakthroughs in the quantum world. - -Also starting at TU Delft with the support of the fund is Dr Stefan Witte, who has has been appointed professor of Optics for nanoscale metrology in the Imaging Physics department at TU Delft’s Faculty of Applied Sciences. Previously, Dr Witte led the EUV Generation & Imaging group at ARCNL and served as an associate professor at Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam. His research focuses on visualizing 3D nanostructures, such as those in computer chips, using extreme ultraviolet (EUV) light and advanced techniques like ‘lensless microscopy’. His appointment him to quickly establish a research group and start impactful experiments. Dr Witte sees optics as both a fundamental tool and an enabler for interdisciplinary collaboration across the university.",1731883650,855509a49b,5b0bd0cfca,,,1731883650 -https://incomeschool.com/5-things-you-can-do-now-to-earn-passive-income-for-years/,https://incomeschool.com/feed/,5 Things You Can Do Now to Earn Passive Income For Years,"Most of us spend most of our waking hours each day working hard to make other people rich. It’s tough to get ahead when every time you get a paycheck, the previous paycheck is already spent! - -The answer is passive income. You only have so much time in life, and trading most of that time for a little bit of money isn’t a very good deal for you. That’s why every wealthy person I’ve ever met does this one thing to change the equation. That one thing is to earn a passive income. So we’ve put together a list of 5 ways we earn passive income. - -Every idea on this list is something you can do in about 1 month’s time to earn a passive income for years to come. I encourage you to spend some of your available time (when you’re not working hard to make someone else rich) on one or more of these projects to completely change your life and your future. - -Write an E-Book - -One of the most often overlooked sources of passive income is e-books. - -E-books might not seem as exciting or even profitable as some other sources of online income, but in my experience, they can be a great source of long-term passive income. Especially if you’re looking for something you can create this month to generate passive income for years. - -Here are a few things I love about e-books. - -You can literally start now and be done in a month’s time. There’s no real ongoing work or updating required to earn income from it unless you use some other channel to market it. Really, if you want, you can write it, list it, and be done. - -You can earn income for years! Some other sources of passive income fizzle out really fast if you don’t keep updating them or adding new content. But in my experience, e-books will keep earning you a paycheck for several years. - -Lots of people are afraid to write an e-book. They don’t think they know enough or they think they’re not a very good writer. You don’t have to be an expert or an amazing writer to earn an income from an e-book. Just pick a topic you know something about, or that you’re passionate about. Write what you know and don’t pretend to be an expert if you’re not. - -Books from the perspective of a beginner or someone who’s learning have a lot of value. They make you really relateable to the reader. - -So here’s what you do. Write your book in a word processor like Microsoft Word. Most e-books are about 50,000 words. If you can get above about 30,000 then you’ll probably be fine. Once you’re done, have a friend or someone read through it and help you fix any typos or things that don’t make sense to them. - -Next, go to smashwords.com. They’ll take your Word document and put it in the format it needs to be in and distribute it out to Amazon, Barnes and Noble, and all the other major e-book sites. - -Then you’re done! - -If you have a website or YouTube channel to market your e-book, that’s great. But if not then you can check the box. You’re now an author. And then get back to normal life and wait for those checks to roll in! - -Time to Earn Your First Dollar: 1 month - -How Long You’ll Keep Getting Paid: 10 years - -Earning Potential for 30 Days Work: $100 to $1,000 per month—really depends how you market it - -Ongoing Work Required: Almost none - -Build a Passive Income Website - -This is actually what we do full-time and what we teach to hundreds of people at any given time. Building your own informational website is a great way to earn a large, passive income for a long time - -Here’s the basic idea. Take the same type of content you would put in an e-book and put it on your own website website. If you target the right keywords then with about 30 posts you can get enough traffic to earn a great income. - -And how do you earn this income? There are 3 ways we use all the time. - -Affiliate products—you link to products that other people are selling (on Amazon or various other sites) and you earn a commission for every sale. Advertising—Once you start to get some traffic, you can place ads from premium ad networks on your sites. This is getting to be a more and more exciting way to earn income every day. Information products—Take some of your content and organize it into a premium content package. It can be in the format of a written guide, audio guide, or video course. However you want it to be. You start selling this on your site to those who want the premium information and suddenly your site income gets really interesting! - -This is actually a lot simpler than most people would think. PontoonGuide.com was build almost entirely in 30 days (about 1-2 hours per day) and within 2 years it was earning over $4,000 per month just for affiliate products. - -The biggest mistake people make is that they quit too soon. They write their 30 articles and when they don’t earn an money in 3 months they quit and delete their site! This is a HUGE mistake. It’s normal for a new site to take 3-6 months for its content to start to bring in any substantial amount of traffic. - -It’s easy to get overwhelmed even thinking about building a website. But we’ve got you covered. We’ve taught hundreds of people how to do it with our program called Project 24. - -In Project 24 we help you build up your online income so that it can replace your full-time income in about 24 months. You can learn more about it here. - -Time to Earn Your First Dollar: 3 months - -How Long You’ll Keep Getting Paid: 2 to 15 years depending on the topic - -Earning Potential for 30 Days Work: $500 to $5,000 per month - -Ongoing Work Required: Check in every couple months - -Start a YouTube Channel - -YouTube is a huge opportunity right now. In fact, we recommend to everyone in Project 24 that they also make a YouTube channel for their website. But even without a website, a YouTube channel can be a great source of passive income. - -This works just like the website. Pick a topic you can share information about and then start recording videos. Keep them simple. Use a cell phone camera and YouTube’s video editor. - -Once you start to get views on your YouTube channel, you can start making money with ads. But that’s not even the exciting part. You can also start making money just like we talked about on your website. You can recommend affiliate products and even sell your own info products. So if you’re not up for writing a bunch this month, just start making some videos. - -Let me give you a little example. - -Our YouTube channel for CamperReport.com has only 8 videos on it that were filmed on an iPhone. Now, about a year later, that channel has had over a million total views. It’s crazy awesome! - -So here’s my recommendation. Spend this month making 30 videos. Upload them to YouTube and schedule them to post once a week for 30 weeks. If it starts to pick up, you’ll probably decide you want to make more videos because the income will be just too exciting! - -Time to Earn Your First Dollar: 5 months - -How Long You’ll Keep Getting Paid: 1 to 5 years - -Earning Potential for 30 Days Work: $400 per month - -Ongoing Work Required: Adding more video content on a regular basis will dramatically grow your earnings—but if you don’t add more content, then no ongoing work is required - -Record a Podcast - -There are reasons that podcasting isn’t our number 1 recommendation. We actually talk about them in this YouTube video. But it’s still a viable business. - -A podcast is going to work just like the YouTube channel, just through a different medium. - -My recommendation is that you record a season of a podcast. Like a TV show. That way you’re not committing to an ongoing, weekly episode. Spend the next month recording 30 episodes on any topic you want and schedule them to go out once a week. I would pick something informational or entertaining. - -Time to Earn Your First Dollar: 1 month - -How Long You’ll Keep Getting Paid: Less than 2 years - -Earning Potential for 30 Days Work: $50 to $500 - -Ongoing Work Required: Like a YouTube channel, to continue to earn on an ongoing basis and take your earnings to the next level, you’ll need to keep adding content - -Start Investing - -The most important source of passive income over the course of your life is investments. If you’re not putting money away into some kind of investment from a young age, you’re missing out on more money than if you miss just about any other opportunity. - -The difference in how much wealth you will accumulate if you start investing at 25 vs 45 is astounding. And it’s the #1 way that most wealthy people generate passive income. - -Here’s what I recommend. Just look online for a good investment broker. If you’re in the United States, TD Ameritrade or Fidelity are two great brokerages that will let you open an account without having to work with a slick financial adviser who just wants to make a commission on your investments. - -Set aside a little bit of money. Most investment accounts require a minimum of either $500 or $1,000 to open a new account. So get that much set aside. Then, open an account and make a deposit. If you don’t know anything at all about investing, just put it in an S&P500 index fund. It’s not the top investment out there, but it’s a good mix of a bunch of stocks so it’s about as safe as an investment in the stock market can be. - -From there, I recommend you keep investing every month. But if you don’t, at least put some money in whenever you can. I also recommend you learn as much as you can about mutual funds and investing. The more you know, the better you can invest. - -I just want to reiterate one point. I make really good money using the methods I’ve talked about in this article. But I have made and will definitely make a lot more money from this one than all four of the others combined. And that’s saying something because internet marketing is my full-time job. - -Time to Earn Your First Dollar: Immediate - -How Long You’ll Keep Getting Paid: Forever - -Earning Potential for 30 Days Work: Infinite - -Ongoing Work Required: Check in occasionally, invest more! - -Pro Tip—Start Tracking Your Net Worth Now - -Net worth tracking is one of the best things I’ve ever done when it comes to making sure I have a solid financial future. On this page we have a video explaining why that is as well as a way you can get our free net worth calculator and tracker. - -Error processing API data.",1731883627,42f3d227a2,5b1e1cb989,,,1731883627 -https://www.zerohedge.com/economics/their-final-meeting-xi-tells-biden-china-ready-work-trump-administration,https://feeds.feedburner.com/zerohedge/feed,"In Their Final Meeting, Xi Tells Biden China Is ""Ready to Work"" With Trump Administration","By Ryan Morgan and Emel Akan of The Epoch Times - -President Joe Biden met with Chinese leader Xi Jinping on Saturday for their final in-person meeting of Biden’s presidency. During their discussion, which lasted one hour and 40 minutes, Xi expressed China’s readiness to work with the incoming U.S. administration. - -The meeting took place on the sidelines of the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) summit in Lima, Peru, at the hotel where Xi was staying. - -During his opening remarks, Xi told Biden, “The United States has recently concluded its elections. China’s goal of a stable, healthy, and sustainable China–U.S. relationship remains unchanged.” - -“China is ready to work with the new U.S. administration to maintain communication, expand cooperation, and manage differences, so as to strive for a steady transition of the China–U.S. relationship for the benefit of the two peoples.” - -White House national security adviser Jake Sullivan told reporters after the meeting that Biden and Xi covered a wide range of issues, describing their discussion as “candid” and “constructive.” - -Biden told Xi that “he has worked hard to responsibly manage the competition” with China for the past four years to prevent it from spiraling into conflict, Sullivan said. - -Both leaders are committed to responsibly managing this relationship during the critical transition period, he added. - -WATCH: Biden takes a back seat to other world leaders during an international trip, relegated to a corner spot in the traditional family photo of the world's most powerful figures, while China's president takes the prominent front-and-center position. pic.twitter.com/dyOkaPwqNW — Fox News (@FoxNews) November 17, 2024 - -The two leaders also spoke about “areas of friction,” Sullivan said, citing China’s support for Russia’s defense industrial base, military activity around Taiwan, unfair trade policies, and increasing aggression in the South China Sea. - -Biden and Xi also touched on China’s relationship with North Korea, particularly as U.S. and Western intelligence assessments indicate North Korea has deployed troops to assist Russian forces in their ongoing war with Ukraine. - -During the meeting, Biden expressed “grave concern” about North Korea’s involvement, Sullivan said. - -The White House earlier indicated that the United States and its allies—South Korea and Japan—believed “China has a role to play” in dissuading the growing Russia-North Korea partnership. - -Trump’s Return - -President-elect Donald Trump’s impending return to the White House also loomed large over the Biden–Xi meeting. - -Trump has repeatedly signaled he will employ tariffs of up to 60 percent on made-in-China products arriving in the United States. - -Trump is also set to staff his incoming administration with several China hawks. He has already named Sen. Marco Rubio (R-Fla.) and Rep. Michael Waltz (R-Fla.)—two staunch China critics—as his picks for secretary of state and national security adviser, respectively. - -Beijing sanctioned Rubio twice in 2020 and banned him from entering China. - -Sullivan declined to comment about Beijing’s reaction to Trump’s tariff plan. - -“Look, I’m not going to comment on a future administration’s policies that have neither been formulated nor articulated,” he told reporters. “What I will say is that we have laid out in clear terms our concerns about non-market economic practices that the PRC has undertaken.” - -Sullivan defended U.S. tariffs on Chinese goods, stating that many countries have taken measures to address China’s overcapacity problem in critical sectors. - -Continue reading at Epoch Times",1731883613,efc81dd613,5b3a8acd2c,,,1731883613 -https://www.investopedia.com/s-and-p-500-gains-and-losses-today-palantir-stock-jumps-as-listing-heads-to-nasdaq-8746516,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_investing,S&P 500 Gains and Losses Today: Palantir Stock Jumps as Listing Heads to Nasdaq,"Key Takeaways The S&P 500 fell 1.3% on Friday, Nov. 15, after the Fed chair struck a cautious tone on additional rate cuts and a report showed strong retail sales in October. - -Semiconductor equipment maker Applied Materials issued soft current-quarter sales guidance, citing weakness in China, and its shares tumbled. - -Palantir Technologies shares surged after the analytics software provider said it will transfer its stock listing to the Nasdaq. - - - -Major U.S. equities indexes dropped to close out the trading week after Federal Reserve Chair Jerome Powell suggested that the central bank has leeway to ease off on its rate-cutting campaign if needed. - -Meanwhile, retail sales data from October came in stronger than expected, with consumer spending remaining robust despite uncertainty around the election and the impact of several major storms. While the strong retail sales figures are a signal of economic resilience, this could provide the Fed with more flexibility as it considers the urgency of additional interest-rate reductions. - -The S&P 500 fell 1.3%, while the Dow slipped 0.7%. Underperformance in the tech sector pressured the Nasdaq, which dropped 2.2%. - -Applied Materials (AMAT) exceeded top- and bottom-line estimates for the recently completed quarter, but the semiconductor equipment provider offered lower-than-expected sales guidance for the current quarter. Applied Materials shares tumbled 9.2% on Friday, losing the most of any S&P 500 stock. - -Shares of marketing and corporate communications firm Omnicom Group (OMC) dropped 7.8%. In its most recent earnings report, released a month ago, Omnicom topped sales and profit expectations, benefitting from its acquisition of digital commerce platform Flywheel Digital, which closed at the beginning of this year. However, analysts indicate that Omnicom faces challenges related to managing costs as well economic uncertainties and possible technological disruptions. - -Moderna (MRNA) shares lost 7.3% following reports that President-elect Donald Trump intends to nominate Robert F. Kennedy Jr., who has openly expressed his skepticism about vaccines, as the leader of the Department of Health and Human Services. Kennedy has indicated that he will push for significant changes to the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). Shares of fellow vaccine maker Pfizer (PFE) slid 4.7%. - -Palantir Technologies (PLTR) shares logged the top performance of any S&P 500 constituent on Friday, surging 11.1%. The analytics software firm announced that it would move its stock listing to the Nasdaq from the New York Stock Exchange. Palantir's Class A shares are set to begin trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, maintaining the ""PLTR"" ticker, the company said. - -Shares of Walt Disney (DIS) soared 5.4% on Friday, adding to gains posted in the previous session after the entertainment giant topped consensus estimates with its fiscal fourth-quarter revenue and adjusted profit. Disney's streaming services posted strong profit growth, while revenue from its Experiences division, which includes its theme parks and cruise ships, ticked higher year-over-year. - -DaVita (DVA) shares added 3.9%. Friday's uptick extended the stock's recovery from a sharp post-earnings decline. In its report released on Oct. 29, the kidney dialysis provider fell short of quarterly profit forecasts. Despite declining net income and increasing costs, analysts have expressed optimism about DaVita's operational success and growth potential.",1731883669,ab219445cc,5b57a0c551,,,1731883669 -https://www.npr.org/2024/11/05/nx-s1-5173783/how-the-associated-press-reports-election-results-differently-from-other-news-outlets,https://www.npr.org/rss/rss.php?id=1020,How the Associated Press reports election results differently from other news outlets,"How the Associated Press reports election results differently from other news outlets - -Here at NPR, we rely on the Associated Press for our election results. The news agency doesn't make projections, but rather declarations based on math. - -AILSA CHANG, HOST: - -Sometime soon, America will know who its next president will be. But between now and then, poll workers in each of the 50 states will be counting the ballots cast for former President Donald Trump and Vice President Kamala Harris. Television networks may call states for each candidate well before the election results are final, but here at NPR, we rely on The Associated Press for our results. Joining us now to talk about why we use the AP and how that process is different is NPR senior political editor and correspondent Domenico Montanaro. Hey, Domenico. - -DOMENICO MONTANARO, BYLINE: Hey - great to be with you. - -CHANG: Great to have you. OK, so just first explain. Remind listeners why NPR relies on the Associated Press to make calls on races. - -MONTANARO: Yeah. The AP has a long history of providing election results and making calls. We don't have a decision desk with statisticians here like the AP or other TV networks, so NPR won't be making calls, but we will report and follow what the AP does. So when you hear calls that are made on the air, we'll always attribute them to the AP. Our editors are and will be in direct communication with the AP. And live results will be updated online and will come directly from the AP. Check marks in our online results graphics, for example, will be automatically updated when AP makes a call, and we'll reflect that in our stories and on the air while always attributing to the AP. - -CHANG: And just to remind everyone, the AP's calls are often slower than those made by the TV networks like NBC, CNN and Fox. Why is that? - -MONTANARO: The AP doesn't make projections. They make calls, they say - you know, declarations. AP wants to be fast, but they also want to be certain. So the AP doesn't say someone has won a race until they're nearly 100% certain that a trailing candidate can't catch up to the leader based on the math. You know, they do this by looking at multiple data points - you know, the history of a state, advanced vote data like early voting, as well as their preelection surveys that have about 4,000 people per state - that's way more than we usually see - and actual votes that are cast, especially those in key precincts. - -CHANG: Right. OK, and when you say, Domenico, that they don't make projections, that they make calls instead, can you just explain more about the difference between the two? - -MONTANARO: Yeah. They'll say based on the data, this person or that person has won and that the other candidate does not have a path left to win. So it's a way of them making it conscious for themselves, for their whole team, that they want to be absolutely sure and not getting out over their skis, basing too much on, say, exit polls or models or their entrance polls, you know, the way others might do with the exit polls at the networks, as good as those do tend to be. - -CHANG: And is there a situation where NPR might disagree with the AP's call? - -MONTANARO: Maybe, but would be very, very extreme and rare. You know, news leadership here does reserve the right to void a call, but that would only be considered in extreme circumstances, in consultation with NPR standards team and others. I would not expect that to happen. We've never done that before. Like I said, we don't have a team of statisticians here, so it's best to rely on the experts. - -You know, there are likely to be close calls, of course. You know, in 2020, AP got way out ahead of others in calling Arizona for Joe Biden. They determined that even if everything had broken Trump's way, he would still lose by some 10,000 votes. Well, everything did break his way, and he lost by some 10,000 votes. So they were ultimately proven correct, but not without some heavy beads of sweat on a lot... - -CHANG: (Laughter). - -MONTANARO: ...Of people's foreheads. - -CHANG: OK, so the million-dollar question - when is the AP likely going to call the presidential race, you think? - -MONTANARO: It's going to depend on the margins. I mean, it's possible that the race is called in the wee hours of the morning Wednesday, but only if the margins are wide enough. I mean, remember in 2020, the presidential election wasn't called until Saturday... - -CHANG: Right. - -MONTANARO: ...After Election Day because of how close places like Arizona and Georgia were. This time, it could be Pennsylvania that we're all waiting for. We do expect a call for the Senate sometime after midnight Eastern time, potentially because Republicans are favored to win there. The House, don't expect to call for it this week. You know, there are just too many close races. That's all normal, happens every election, despite those who might prematurely declare victory. - -CHANG: That is NPR's Domenico Montanaro. Thank you, Domenico. - -MONTANARO: You got it. - -Copyright © 2024 NPR. All rights reserved. Visit our website terms of use and permissions pages at www.npr.org for further information. - -NPR transcripts are created on a rush deadline by an NPR contractor. This text may not be in its final form and may be updated or revised in the future. Accuracy and availability may vary. The authoritative record of NPR’s programming is the audio record.",1731883662,5ef0df535a,5b815e5a11,,,1731883662 -https://finance.yahoo.com/news/pass-those-tariff-costs-back-190017675.html,https://finance.yahoo.com/rss/commodities,"""We Will Pass Those Tariff Costs Back To The Consumer,"" Says CEO Of AutoZone. Here's A Look At Other Companies Raising Prices","""We Will Pass Those Tariff Costs Back To The Consumer,"" Says CEO Of AutoZone. Here's A Look At Other Companies Raising Prices - -President-elect Donald Trump’s proposed tariffs have already begun to upend businesses in several industries and many are taking action to safeguard their profits. The tariffs, which include a 10-20% tax on all imports and a potential 60-100% on goods from China, are causing significant concern – and the costs are likely coming right to consumers' wallets. - -Don't Miss: - -Philip Daniele, the CEO of AutoZone (NYSE:AZO), has stated unequivocally that if these tariffs are imposed, consumers will bear the expense. On a recent earnings call, Daniele said, “If we get tariffs, we will pass those tariff costs back to the consumer.” The company expects to raise prices even before the tariffs take effect, anticipating how these new policies will impact its margins. - -Who Else Is Raising Prices? - -Many other businesses, particularly those that depend significantly on foreign suppliers, are also preparing for possible price increases, so AutoZone is not the only company preparing for these changes. - -Steve Madden (NASDAQ:SHOO) is one of the first companies to make a move. The shoe retailer, which sources 70% of its products from China, announced that it will cut its reliance on Chinese production by half, moving to places like Vietnam, Cambodia and Mexico. Even with these changes, customers should anticipate price increases as Steve Madden manages the higher expenses related to the effects of tariffs and changing supply chains. - -Trending: ‘Scrolling to UBI': Deloitte's #1 fastest-growing software company allows users to earn money on their phones – invest today with $1,000 for just $0.25/share - -Columbia Sportswear (NASDAQ:COLM) also raised concerns about how tariffs would make it more difficult to maintain the affordability of its products. According to CEO Tim Boyle, the company may be forced to raise prices to cover the additional tariff charges. - -The National Retail Federation expressed similar views, describing the tariffs as “a tax on American families” and warning that the cost of daily goods like furniture, shoes and clothes might rise sharply. - -According to their research, a $90 pair of sneakers might cost $106-116 and a $100 coat could cost up to $21 more. Footwear companies, in particular, are worried – since nearly 99% of all shoes sold in the U.S. are made abroad, it will be tough to move production to the U.S. anytime soon.",1731883713,6e579b027f,5b37bda50e,,,1731883713 -https://www.ren21.net/renewables-2024-global-status-report-economic-social-value-creation/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=renewables-2024-global-status-report-economic-social-value-creation,http://www.ren21.net/feed/,Renewables for Economic & Social Value Creation,"Renewables for Energy Access and Affordability: - -In 2022, 685 million people worldwide still lacked electricity, and 2.1 billion were without access to clean cooking solutions. Renewable energy, particularly solar photovoltaic (PV) technology, is instrumental in addressing this gap. Solar home systems and mini-grid projects are connecting millions to power, providing reliable energy access in underserved regions. Although the cost of renewable energy continues to decrease, significant disparities persist between low- and high-income countries in terms of accessibility and affordability. - -Capital Flows: - -The private sector leads investment in renewable energy, with households increasingly contributing to the transition to clean energy. Governments promote renewables through fiscal policies such as subsidies and tax incentives, yet public funding for clean energy remains far below the levels of fossil fuel subsidies. New financing models, including community-led projects and peer-to-peer energy trading, are further advancing distributed renewable energy systems. - -Economic Development and Local Value Creation: - -In 2023, renewable energy contributed 7% to global GDP growth, with job creation in the sector rising to 16.2 million roles—half of which are based in China. Efforts to localise supply chains are also increasing, with the United States and European Union implementing policies to boost domestic renewable manufacturing. Meanwhile, skilling and educational programmes are preparing a workforce ready to support the expanding renewables sector. - -Local Ownership and Energy Democracy: - -Renewable energy enables decentralised and locally-owned energy projects, fostering energy democracy worldwide. Community-led energy initiatives are growing globally, with Indigenous Peoples playing significant roles in some areas. These initiatives empower communities to control their own energy sources, increasing resilience and local benefit. - -Renewable Energy for Climate Adaptation and Resilience: - -Renewables support climate adaptation by providing power for essential services during extreme weather and sustaining agriculture, food security, and water access through systems like irrigation and desalination. Decentralised renewable energy systems enhance resilience by reducing vulnerability to climate impacts and enabling communities to adapt more effectively to changing environmental conditions.",1731883653,c318c793d5,5add88ec07,,,1731883653 -https://www.vg247.com/gta-trilogy-definitive-edition-grove-street-games-mentions-ceo-responds,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"After GTA Trilogy Definitive Edition update ditches some mentions of the studio, Grove Street Games boss says it's ""a dick move"" to yank devs from credits via updates","The CEO of Grove Street Games, the studio which developed The GTA Trilogy's Definitive Edition - yes, the version that came out in a pretty shocking state - has tweeted a thinly veiled response to Rockstar's latest update to the trilogy removing some mentions of the studio from the three remastered games. - -Following the release of the update - which brings a heap of fixes, including lighting tweaks that at least one of our lovely regular contributors is a big fan of - players have noticed that some mentions of Grove Street Games are now absent. The main references removed are in the start-up splashes for the collection's GTA 3, San Andreas, and Vice City remasters, as well as copyright blurbs. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Seemigly responding to the online chatter this inevitably spawned, GSG CEO Thomas Williamson posted: ""Speaking entire hypothetically: It's a dick move to remove primary developers from credits in an update, especially when an update includes hundreds of fixes that were provided by those developers that stayed out of players' hands for years."" - -While the Trilogy update hasn't removed Grove Street Games from the end credits of the games, as GTANet points out, you can understand why a developer might be unhappy at evcen some mentions of their studio being taken out of a game it helped develop, and faced plenty of criticism for the launch state of after being being given the project by Rockstar. - -Speaking entire hypothetically: It's a dick move to remove primary developers from credits in an update, especially when an update includes hundreds of fixes that were provided by those developers that stayed out of players' hands for years. — Thomas Williamson (@TSWilliamson) November 14, 2024 To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -The second half of Williamson's tweet is also interesting, given that it appears like it could suggest that fixes for the game weren't deployed right away, instead allegedly being held back in some fashion. While this would seem a strange thing to have happened with any game, depending on the factors at play, the developer didn't elaborate on it any further. - -We'll have to see if anything else comes of this, but for now it's a strange end to what was an altogether pretty weird release of remasters for three widely beloved games that it doesn't exactly take much to persuade most GTA fans to replay.",1731883668,374d98cbb9,5b561ac952,,,1731883668 -https://www.collegecrosse.com/2021/8/21/22635261/the-jersey-crosse-report-episode-2-mainland-regional-high-school-assistant-coach-tim-hanna-mustangs,https://www.collegecrosse.com/rss/current.rss,The Jersey Crosse Report Episode 2: Mainland Regional High School Assistant Coach Tim Hanna,"Hello! Welcome back to another episode of The Jersey Crosse Report. In this show we travel down to South Jersey to talk to Mainland Regional High School Assistant Coach Tim Hanna. - -Mainland Regional High School is a regional public high school in Linwood, NJ that serves students in Linwood, Northfield and Somers Point in Atlantic County, New Jersey. - -Mainland competes in the Cape Atlantic League and is considered one of the best high schools in South Jersey. (Full Disclosure: I’m a proud Mainland alum. GO MUSTANGS!) - -It was a pleasure talking to Coach Hanna as he’s a very insightful and thoughtful person. We discussed how he got into the game, stepped away from it for a little while, and then returned and got into coaching. - -Additionally, coach discussed how he stresses keeping the game in perspective to his players, as that message can something get lost in the increasingly competitive college admissions race for high school students. - -Coach Hanna also provided a lot of background on how boys lacrosse went from a regional club lacrosse team in the area into a varsity sport at Mainland all within the last 15 years and how lacrosse has grown in the area in general. Indeed, despite New Jersey’s reputation as a lacrosse hotbed, as recently as 20 years ago, there were only a handful of teams in all of South Jersey. - -You can find this pod over on our Podomatic page or by subscribing on iTunes, Google Play, or Spotify. Additionally, you can also play this episode in the player directly below. If you like what you’ve heard today or on any of our previous episodes, please give us a five-star review on iTunes or Google Play, as that helps our metrics and lets us know how to improve the pods. Thank you for listening to the podcast and supporting the site..",1731883650,8021db6cf2,5b81eb089c,,,1731883650 -https://www.prdaily.com/one-org-one-voice-how-to-keep-comms-consistent-in-a-charged-political-climate/,https://www.prdaily.com/feed/,"One org, one voice: How to keep comms consistent in a charged political climate","Leading comms at a large organization is never easy — especially in the bristling political landscape we are all experiencing right now — but smooth collaboration among departments can keep leadership united through even the fiercest reputational storms. - -At Ragan’s 2024 Future of Communications Conference in Austin, Texas, industry experts gathered to share their best advice on how communicators can promote unity and create clarity amid increasing societal and organizational complexities. The opening keynote panel addressed the challenges and benefits of getting different departments on the same page around messaging and deciding when an org should speak up on key issues. - -Moderator Marco Pena, EVP and GM of Edelman Austin, led the conversation with Anh Selissen, chief information officer at the Texas Department of Transportation; John Hallock, chief communications and marketing officer at Quantum Health; Elizabeth Monteleone, chief legal officer at Bumble; and Alise Marshall, senior director of corporate affairs and impact at Pinterest. - -Read on for their best advice. - -Values and vision - -As businesses face calls to take public stances on social issues, panelists discussed when and how companies should respond. Marshall argued for a consistent, values-driven approach: “Instead of shape-shifting to match the moment, take a long view,” she urged, advising organizations to focus on what matters most to their consumer base and avoid opportunistic “performative” statements that lack authenticity. - -She emphasized the need for companies to reinforce shared values and truths that orgs use to keep their heading through rough seas, and she advised communicators to work with leaders to frame company missions around community service and societal impact, rather than solely shareholder value alone. - -“Regardless of that polarization that we see across the electorate, folks still want the same basic things out of this life,” she said. “They want to be able to go to work in a dignified manner and role. They want to be able to give back to their communities and to those loved ones.” - -Reinforcing these shared values by providing clear evidence of non-performative community impact, as well as opportunities for employees to get behind a message of societal support, can help companies meet consumer and staff expectations without inciting partisan ire. - -Although Monteleone said Bumble favors “policies, not politics,” it is a women-founded, women-led and women-focused organization that has consistently been supportive of reproductive healthcare — a highly politicized topic during the 2024 election. The company organized election triage and crisis teams to ensure both legal and communications alignment around Bumble’s response to the outcome of the election and its implications. - -“It’s key for every industry… to continue to stick to the mission and the values that you as a company are committed to,” she said. “There are a ton of things that are going to come up. You don’t need to respond to every single one of them. But on those that we have committed to, regardless of what the political landscape is going to be, we’re going to continue to show up. And that consistency builds trust. It builds authenticity in your employee base and your consumer base. “ - -Truth and consistency - -When in doubt, Selissen advised, get back to the heart of any comms role — delivering on business objectives through clear communications. “Every organization has a critical mission,” she said. ”Regardless of political landscape… you have a core mission to deliver open and accurate information, regardless of the function that you serve.” - -It can be easy to shy away from directness when societal dynamics require organizations to make decisions and express positions on issues that impact the business, but transparency and consistency are the best path to both employee and public buy-in. - -Clear protocols and policies around what issues the organization will address can help even the most ardent employees know what to expect. “I think that we don’t give the employee base enough credit,” Marshall said. “They understand that the leadership of a company is facing lots of different complex questions and navigating lots of different dynamics and has to be thoughtful and measured and how to move.” - -Hallock explained that Quantum Health positions marketing and communications under corporate communications to maintain narrative control around the expression of company values when working with different clients — say, an airline that operates under different regulations than an oil company. - -Partnering with legal and IT from the outset is critical to that balance because it can help organizations pick their battles and choose when not to speak up — and it’s the guidance from corporate levels that ensures that awareness of nuance is consistent across the board. “I see corporate comms continuing to take a larger, more strategic role in most companies, because … it lends itself to just being the most powerful lever to bring all these things together. - -Key Takeaways: - -Values-driven messaging : Anchor communication strategies around shared values to build unity amid polarization. - -: Anchor communication strategies around shared values to build unity amid polarization. Accuracy and collaboration : Engage legal and IT teams early to ensure accurate, regulation-compliant messaging. - -: Engage legal and IT teams early to ensure accurate, regulation-compliant messaging. Consistency : Maintain a consistent stance on core issues instead of reacting to every societal trend, building authenticity with both consumers and employees. - -: Maintain a consistent stance on core issues instead of reacting to every societal trend, building authenticity with both consumers and employees. Integrated communication structures: Make sure leadership is positioned to help craft clearer, cohesive storytelling across functions and channels. - -For more lessons from Comms Week, join us a FREE webinar Nov. 19.",1731883617,602c3549f1,5b10ce331c,,,1731883617 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/jake-tapper-reponse-to-kennedy-pick_n_67370bc4e4b079b4c02a5ba7,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,Jake Tapper Doesn't Hold Back With Grim Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Punchline,"By entering your email and clicking Sign Up, you're agreeing to let us send you customized marketing messages about us and our advertising partners. You are also agreeing to our Terms of Service and Privacy Policy.",1731883676,b2d88cb862,5b5e0f9313,,,1731883676 -https://spectrum.ieee.org/video-friday-robot-dog-handstand,https://spectrum.ieee.org/rss/fulltext,"Robot Videos: Unitree's Quadruped, Meta AI's Finger, and More","Video Friday is your weekly selection of awesome robotics videos, collected by your friends at IEEE Spectrum robotics. We also post a weekly calendar of upcoming robotics events for the next few months. Please send us your events for inclusion. - -Humanoids 2024: 22–24 November 2024, NANCY, FRANCE - -Enjoy today’s videos! - -Just when I thought quadrupeds couldn’t impress me anymore... - -[ Unitree Robotics ] - -Researchers at Meta FAIR are releasing several new research artifacts that advance robotics and support our goal of reaching advanced machine intelligence (AMI). These include Meta Sparsh, the first general-purpose encoder for vision-based tactile sensing that works across many tactile sensors and many tasks; Meta Digit 360, an artificial fingertip-based tactile sensor that delivers detailed touch data with human-level precision and touch-sensing; and Meta Digit Plexus, a standardized platform for robotic sensor connections and interactions that enables seamless data collection, control and analysis over a single cable. - -[ Meta ] - -The first bimanual Torso created at Clone includes an actuated elbow, cervical spine (neck), and anthropomorphic shoulders with the sternoclavicular, acromioclavicular, scapulothoracic and glenohumeral joints. The valve matrix fits compactly inside the ribcage. Bimanual manipulation training is in progress. - -[ Clone Inc. ] - -Equipped with a new behavior architecture, Nadia navigates and traverses many types of doors autonomously. Nadia also demonstrates robustness to failed grasps and door opening attempts by automatically retrying and continuing. We present the robot with pull and push doors, four types of opening mechanisms, and even spring-loaded door closers. A deep neural network and door plane estimator allow Nadia to identify and track the doors. - -[ Paper preprint by authors from Florida Institute for Human and Machine Cognition ] - -Thanks, Duncan! - -In this study, we integrate the musculoskeletal humanoid Musashi with the wire-driven robot CubiX, capable of connecting to the environment, to form CubiXMusashi. This combination addresses the shortcomings of traditional musculoskeletal humanoids and enables movements beyond the capabilities of other humanoids. CubiXMusashi connects to the environment with wires and drives by winding them, successfully achieving movements such as pull-up, rising from a lying pose, and mid-air kicking, which are difficult for Musashi alone. - -[ CubiXMusashi, JSK Robotics Laboratory, University of Tokyo ] - -Thanks, Shintaro! - -An old boardwalk seems like a nightmare for any robot with flat feet. - -[ Agility Robotics ] - -This paper presents a novel learning-based control framework that uses keyframing to incorporate high-level objectives in natural locomotion for legged robots. These high-level objectives are specified as a variable number of partial or complete pose targets that are spaced arbitrarily in time. Our proposed framework utilizes a multi-critic reinforcement learning algorithm to effectively handle the mixture of dense and sparse rewards. In the experiments, the multi-critic method significantly reduces the effort of hyperparameter tuning compared to the standard single-critic alternative. Moreover, the proposed transformer-based architecture enables robots to anticipate future goals, which results in quantitative improvements in their ability to reach their targets. - -[ Disney Research paper ] - -Human-like walking where that human is the stompiest human to ever human its way through Humanville. - -[ Engineai ] - -We present the first static-obstacle avoidance method for quadrotors using just an onboard, monocular event camera. Quadrotors are capable of fast and agile flight in cluttered environments when piloted manually, but vision-based autonomous flight in unknown environments is difficult in part due to the sensor limitations of traditional onboard cameras. Event cameras, however, promise nearly zero motion blur and high dynamic range, but produce a large volume of events under significant ego-motion and further lack a continuous-time sensor model in simulation, making direct sim-to-real transfer not possible. - -[ Paper University of Pennsylvania and University of Zurich ] - -Cross-embodiment imitation learning enables policies trained on specific embodiments to transfer across different robots, unlocking the potential for large-scale imitation learning that is both cost-effective and highly reusable. This paper presents LEGATO, a cross-embodiment imitation learning framework for visuomotor skill transfer across varied kinematic morphologies. We introduce a handheld gripper that unifies action and observation spaces, allowing tasks to be defined consistently across robots. - -[ LEGATO ] - -The 2024 Xi’an Marathon has kicked off! STAR1, the general-purpose humanoid robot from Robot Era, joins runners in this ancient yet modern city for an exciting start! - -[ Robot Era ] - -In robotics, there are valuable lessons for students and mentors alike. Watch how the CyberKnights, a FIRST robotics team champion sponsored by RTX, with the encouragement of their RTX mentor, faced challenges after a poor performance and scrapped its robot to build a new one in just nine days. - -[ CyberKnights ] - -In this special video, PAL Robotics takes you behind the scenes of our 20th-anniversary celebration, a memorable gathering with industry leaders and visionaries from across robotics and technology. From inspiring speeches to milestone highlights, the event was a testament to our journey and the incredible partnerships that have shaped our path. - -[ PAL Robotics ] - -Thanks, Rugilė!",1731883660,5887b2bb51,5b8ebafb86,,,1731883660 -https://www.cnet.com/tech/services-and-software/seahawks-vs-49ers-livestream-how-to-watch-nfl-week-11-online-today/#ftag=CAD590a51e,https://www.cnet.com/rss/news/,Seahawks vs. 49ers Livestream: How to Watch NFL Week 11 Online Today,"When to watch the Seahawks vs. 49ers? - -Sunday, Nov. 17 at 1:05 p.m. PT (4:05 p.m. ET). - -Where to watch? - -The Seahawks-49ers game will air on Fox. - -The 49ers have won two in a row and trail the Cardinals by a half a game in the NFC West. With the return of star running back Christian McCaffrey, the Niners are in a great position to make a run for the playoffs and a return trip to the Super Bowl. - -The Seahawks, meanwhile, appear to be fading. After starting the year 3-0, Seattle has lost five of its last six games to fall from first to last place in the division. But with no team running away with the NFC West, it's not too late for the Seahawks to turn it around. - -The Seahawks and 49ers kick off in Santa Clara at 1:05 p.m. PT (4:05 p.m. ET) on Fox. Here's how you can watch, even if the game isn't available on your local Fox channel. - -Christian McCaffrey returned to the 49ers lineup in their 23-20 victory over the Bucs last weekend, after recovering from an Achilles injury. Kevin Sabitus/Getty Images - -Seahawks vs. 49ers game today: When and where? - -This matchup sees the 49ers host the Seahawks at 1:05 p.m. PT (4:05 p.m. ET) on Sunday. The game will take place at Levi's Stadium in Santa Clara, California, home of the 49ers. - -How to watch the Seahawks vs. 49ers game online from anywhere using a VPN - -If you find yourself unable to view the game locally due to incorrectly applied blackout restrictions, you may need a different way to watch the game and that's where using a VPN can come in handy. A VPN is also the best way to stop your ISP from throttling your speeds on game day by encrypting your traffic, plus it's a great idea for when you're traveling and find yourself connected to a Wi-Fi network, and you want to add an extra layer of privacy for your devices and logins. - -With a VPN, you're able to virtually change your location on your phone, tablet or laptop to get access to the game. So if your internet provider or mobile carrier has stuck you with an IP address that incorrectly shows your location in a blackout zone, a VPN can correct that problem by giving you an IP address in your correct, nonblackout area. Most VPNs, like our Editors' Choice, ExpressVPN, make it really easy to do this. - -Using a VPN to watch or stream sports is legal in any country where VPNs are legal, including the US and Canada, as long as you've got a legitimate subscription to the service you're streaming. You should be sure your VPN is set up correctly to prevent leaks: Even where VPNs are legal, the streaming service may terminate the account of anyone it deems to be circumventing correctly applied blackout restrictions. - -Looking for other options? Be sure to check out some of the other great VPN deals taking place right now. - -James Martin/CNET ExpressVPN Best VPN for streaming Latest Tests DNS leaks detected, 25% speed loss in 2024 tests Network 3,000 plus servers in 105 countries Jurisdiction British Virgin Islands ExpressVPN is our current best VPN pick for people who want a reliable and safe VPN, and it works on a variety of devices. It's normally $13 a month, but if you sign up for an annual subscription for $100 you'll get three months free and save 49%. That's the equivalent of $6.67 a month with code SPECIALDEAL, which should be automatically applied. Note that ExpressVPN offers a 30-day money-back guarantee. 82% off with 24mo plan (+6 free months) See at ExpressVPN - -How to watch Seahawks vs. 49ers in the US - -Sunday's Seahawks vs. 49ers game is on Fox nationally. The good news for football fans is that Fox is available on most of the major live TV streaming services. The least expensive such service is Sling TV Blue. - -Sling/CNET Sling TV Blue: $45 (in some markets $40) Carries Fox in Seattle (KCPQ) Sling TV's Blue plan includes NBC, Fox and the NFL Network, though it does not have CBS, ABC or ESPN. Enter your address here to see which local channels are available where you live. NFL RedZone is also available for an extra $11 a month. Note that to get ABC and ESPN, you'll need to switch to the similarly priced Orange plan (which drops Fox, NBC and NFL Network) or go for the combined $60 a month Orange and Blue bundle that includes channels from both packages. With the combined plan, the Sports Extra add-on, which has RedZone, is an extra $15 a month. One important caveat: In our experience, Fox local affiliates will only be available if your billing address is in one of the 18 metropolitan areas covered in Sling's agreement. If you're outside of one of these areas, you're probably better off going with one of the alternate services listed below. See at Sling TV - -Numerous other live TV streaming services carry local Fox stations as well, namely YouTube TV, Hulu Plus Live TV, DirecTV Stream and Fubo. They all cost far more than Sling, but they also carry a full complement of live channels, including football broadcasting channels like CBS and ESPN. Check out our live TV streaming services guide for details. - -Fubo Fubo Carries Fox for $92 per month Fubo costs at least $92 per month when you factor in the RSN fees it charges, which you don't need for NFL games but must pay for anyway. Fubo's base plan costs $80 but it charges an extra $12 a month if you get one RSN or $15 a month if you have two or more in your area. RedZone is available for an extra $11 per month, and you can get 4K broadcasts with its $90-a-month Elite plan. It's worth noting that Fubo has recently introduced a new $30 off for the first month offer for its Pro, Elite With Sports Plus and Deluxe plans. Click here to see which local channels you get in your region with Fubo. Read our Fubo review. See at Fubo - -All the live TV streaming services above offer free trials, allow you to cancel anytime and require a solid internet connection. Looking for more information? Check out our live TV streaming services guide. - -An over-the-air antenna connected to your TV provides another option for Fox. The best part about antennas is that there are no streaming or monthly fees required, although you will need to make sure you have good reception. - -Quick tips for streaming the Seahawks vs. 49ers game using a VPN",1731883652,f5e6f52c79,5ba3e3572d,,,1731883652 -https://www.ufc.com/news/ufc-309-best-bets-draftkings-sportsbook,https://www.ufc.com/rss/news,UFC 309 Best Bets | DraftKings Sportsbook,"Craig is also not a great distance striker. Craig has absorbed more strikes than he has landed, which is a red flag in his striking metrics. Craig's striking defense on a rate basis is poor, avoiding only 44% of opponent significant strike attempts. In addition, five of Craig's eight career losses are by KO/TKO, including his most recent fight against Caio Borralho where Craig was knocked out by a combination that ended with a power left straight from a southpaw stance, which is notable given Nickal also stands southpaw and also has huge power in his left hand. - -Charles Oliveira To Win and Under 3.5 Total Rounds (-144) - -Oliveira has only lost two fights since 2017, going 12-2 with 11 finishes over that stretch. The only fighters to beat Oliveira during that span were Islam Makhachev and Arman Tsarukyan, who are currently the two best fighters in the division. - -Oliveira holds the record for most finishes in UFC history with 20 and has finished about 90% of his UFC wins. Oliveira also holds the record for most wins via submission in UFC history with 16. Oliveira is an excellent jiu-jitsu black belt and uses his jiu-jitsu for potent offense, actively hunting submissions during his fights, even when he has his opponent hurt from strikes. Oliveira’s dangerous bottom game generally makes opponents hesitant to take the fight to the ground, which can give Oliveira margin for error when clipped with a strike, as some opponents allow Oliveira to stand back up, which gives Oliveira time to recover. Oliveira has also developed very good striking, most notably showcasing his striking progression in his wins over Justin Gaethje, Michael Chandler and Beneil Dariush. - -Oliveira has a rematch against Chandler at UFC 309. In their first fight, Chandler had strong moments, dropping Oliveira in the first round and threatening a stoppage.",1731883672,2c774cd014,5b9152d7fd,,,1731883672 -https://www.coindesk.com/markets/2024/11/15/this-og-bitcoin-investor-just-turned-120-into-178m/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=rss&utm_campaign=headlines,https://www.coindesk.com/feed,This OG Bitcoin (BTC) Investor Just Turned $120 Into $178M,"This is not the first time older wallets have woken up as bitcoin started to hit new all-time highs this year. There have been at least two instances this year where millions of BTC from a period of late 2009 to 2011 called the ""Satoshi Era"" were moved from dormant wallets. Whether those bitcoin were sold is hard to gauge, but not impossible given the massive profits the users could reap at current prices.",1731883661,c08a28b4dd,5ba889bf7e,,,1731883661 -http://money.cnn.com/2018/09/20/news/economy/brexit-blind-uncertainty/index.html?section=money_news_economy,http://rss.cnn.com/rss/money_news_economy.rss,Blind Brexit? Businesses fear even more uncertainty,"Business is worried enough about Britain crashing out of the European Union. Now it has a new nightmare: a blind Brexit that could extend the uncertainty over trade for years. - -Fears are rising that the United Kingdom may leave the European Union in March 2019 with a deal so vague that it gives companies and investors no greater clarity on the future than they had in June 2016 when voters backed Brexit in a referendum. - -The political pressure increased Thursday when the only firm proposal for Brexit was panned by a key EU leader and French President Emmanuel Macron described people who said leaving the bloc would be easy as ""liars."" - -""The prospect of a vague Brexit, with only a slimline political declaration about the future EU-UK relationship published alongside a legally-binding withdrawal agreement, is gaining ground,"" said Mujtaba Rahman of the political risk consultancy Eurasia Group. - -A blind Brexit may be even worse for some companies than a scenario where the United Kingdom leaves in March without an agreement on preferential access to Europe's vast markets. That would deliver a major shock but executives would at least know what they're dealing with. - -Stephen Phipson, CEO of the manufacturing trade group EEF, said further years of uncertainty would be most painful for large foreign manufacturers with complicated supply chains that crisscross borders. - -Investments on hold - -Global companies such as Airbus (EADSF), Siemens (SMAWF), BMW (BMWYY), and Nissan (NSANF) are in the firing line. - -""An automotive manufacturer that has three plants here and one in Eastern Europe, he's going to put his investment over there,"" said Phipson. ""Boards won't release capital to invest because they're not sure of the environment."" - -Many companies have put investments on hold following the vote for Brexit because they don't know whether they'll face new regulations, tariffs or customs checks at borders. It's also unclear if they'll be able to move staff between the European Union and the United Kingdom, or be forced to pay new taxes. - -BMW (BMWYY) said Tuesday that it would shut its Mini factory in England for one month of maintenance immediately after Brexit because it can't be sure of getting the parts it needs. Jaguar cited uncertainty over Brexit as one reason for putting 1,000 workers on a three-day work week until Christmas. - -Some executives have pinned their hopes on a proposal developed by British Prime Minister Theresa May that would maintain close trading ties in goods and agricultural products and include a transition period of nearly two years. - -But the European Union's top political leader Donald Tusk took a hard line on the plan — known as Chequers — after a meeting of EU leaders in Salzburg on Thursday, saying the proposal would not work because it risks undermining the bloc's single market in goods and services. - -'Very unappealing' - -May insisted that her plan is the only way forward. Still, she could be forced back to the drawing board by pressure from the European Union, her own party or the opposition. - -But even a blind Brexit would have opponents, including some that argue Britain would be giving up its negotiating ace: money it owes to the European Union. - -""Hardliners will fight back by saying that the UK is throwing away its best card — the £39 billion divorce payment to the EU — for vague warm words about the future relationship and so would have little or no leverage during the talks on it during the transitional phase,"" said Rahman. - -Asked about a scenario where a blind Brexit was followed by Britain eventually crashing out the bloc without a final deal on trade, Phipson was unequivocal. - -""That sounds very unappealing,"" he said.",1731883626,49683961c9,5badc1ffdf,,,1731883626 -https://cleantechnica.com/2024/11/15/climefi-launches-global-1000-carbon-removal-challenge-with-xprize/,https://cleantechnica.com/feed/,ClimeFi Launches Global 1000 Carbon Removal Challenge With XPrize,"Sign up for daily news updates from CleanTechnica on email. Or follow us on Google News - -Today, ClimeFi, in partnership with XPRIZE, formally launched the Global 1000 CDR Challenge at the 29th United Nations Climate Change conference (COP29 Azerbaijan) taking place in Baku. - -The challenge calls for immediate action by each of the world’s largest 1,000 companies to enter new purchase agreements for at least 1,000 tonnes of permanent carbon dioxide removal (CDR) in 2025. The Challenge will realize a collective commitment that could exceed one million tonnes of new demand for CDRs globally by the end of next year. - -Participating companies will be recognized on a dedicated leaderboard, providing visibility to those leading the way. By fostering demand and ensuring access to creditworthy off-takes, the Challenge paves the way for scalable and durable carbon removals. - -Speaking at the announcement, Philip Moss, Chief Investment Officer of ClimeFi highlights: - -“We need to scale carbon removal rapidly to minimise the worst impacts of 1.5 overshoot by building a market for permanent carbon solutions today. True market transformation hinges on liquidity and accessibility, yet less than 80 companies globally have purchased 1,000 tonnes or more since 2020 despite the need to remove 5 Gt/year by 2035.” Mr. Moss added, ”By providing companies with a simple mechanism to stimulate demand for CDR projects, we hope to lower barriers for companies to engage in this market while building the base of creditworthy offtakes that are required by projects to secure financing.” - -The Challenge invites companies ranked among the Forbes Global 1000 to commit to new purchase agreements for at least 1,000 tonnes of permanent CDR by the end of 2025. Participants will be recognized on a dedicated leaderboard at www.global1000challenge.org. Special recognition will also be extended to privately held companies and those within the broader Forbes Global 2000. - -In addition to driving demand, the Challenge seeks to demystify common misconceptions surrounding carbon removal transactions, pricing, and accessibility. By providing corporations with a clear pathway to engage in the CDR market, it aims to unlock the liquidity required to secure project financing and ensure long-term scalability. - -“This is not just about setting targets; it’s about rapidly scaling the market to ensure that CDR projects can secure the significant financing they require to be truly effective,” said Nikki Batchelor, Executive Director of the $100M XPRIZE Carbon Removal competition. “By incentivizing companies through this challenge, we’re catalyzing action and laying the foundation for large corporations to access a supply of high-quality carbon removal needed to realize their Net Zero targets.” - -While reducing emissions and preserving natural carbon sinks remain essential, the large-scale deployment of carbon removal technologies is critical to meeting climate goals. The Global 1000 CDR Challenge (read more) underscores the need for immediate and collective corporate action to address the pressing challenges of market liquidity and scalability.",1731883661,befffecf30,5baf514a4b,,,1731883661 -https://www.thespike.gg/valorant/news/riot-games-esports-leader-of-south-asia-claims-valorant-is-the-most-well-received-ip-in-the-region/5805,https://www.thespike.gg/rss.xml,Riot Games Esports Leader of South Asia claims VALORANT is the most well-received IP in the region,"THESPIKE: About Wild Rift. LoL has been obviously the biggest IP for Riot, and although MOBA hasn't that seen great success comparatively to other regions, when Wild Rift was initially announced, a lot of Indian fans were hoping for it to come to India. Riot has always been communicative about their plans, but we haven't seen any official announcements. So, if you could go over it, if there are any issues that you can mention for the Indian, and in fact the South Asian, fans aware of. - -Sukamal: So, it's very difficult for us to benchmark ourselves to say, ""what is the potential for us to expand our IP list when one game is already doing so well."" But that does not mean that we don't value people who play our other games, like League of Legends for that matter. And I think in 2024, we have a very strong plan of how we're going to reignite League of Legends on PC. I think this is one big complaint from our fans that are saying, ""hey, we might be a small community, but we are not that small of a community."" Very vocal, very well established, and have been playing the game, engaging with the community for such a long time. And I can say that, thanks guys for not cutting the slack on us. We have heard you and we are coming back to you with some experiences that are very unique to India and South Asia. And not just with the game, but I think also with esports, you should be hearing some really exciting news, hopefully in the next five to six months. And hopefully we should be able to deliver some of the things that we have not been able to do for you guys. Together, we should be able to create one more success story for a game that people love playing here. - -THESPIKE: Congratulations on hosting the first-ever official Riot-backed VALORANT tournament in India. How was this idea brought up, and how was it finally executed? Who was the one who pitched the idea and how did the building of this tournament start? - -Sukamal: Fantastic question. So, it's like a Bollywood story. It's almost as if once we see the events, the thought process behind saying, ""hey, this is a great event, they must have been planning for a long time because this does not happen overnight,"" right? And in India, of course, we love stories. And I think Convergence is a great story. It's very long, but I'm going to shorten it for you because our audience doesn't really believe in long-form content anymore. - -So, the intent was very simple. This year we were looking at saying, ""hey, one of our biggest fan bases and player base is from India."" So, the question that we had to ask ourselves is what are we doing here for our Indian VALORANT fan this year? Of course, we had Global Esports playing in Pacific, then we had one of the best-produced domestic CL’s in the form of the Nodwin VALORANT Challengers League, which was one of the best-produced products in that tier and also well appreciated by the fans. But our question was what more are we doing? We wanted to do something that has never been done before, not even at the APAC level. We have never owned off-seasons. We always look at off-seasons as something that we give out to our partners to manage and we just give them guidelines on what it should be. So, this is the first time that Riot actually owned the off-season product, saying this is one event that we're going to do. And where is the place that has the most value for a product like this? The answer is very simple, right? - -We looked at all the big markets for VALORANT in APAC, and we outright noticed the Indian VALORANT fans, although being one of the biggest in the region, are not being serviced enough. So, Convergence should happen in India, and it should be designed to keep the Indian fan at the center and build on that experience. So, if you look at the choice of teams that we have brought in, very careful, right? It has nothing to do with randomness. We carefully thought about the tier of teams that has to be invited here, which have not been seen before, as in playing together. There's excitement. Of course, if you go for some of the bigger teams that are already existing, people have seen them performing at Masters or Champions. So, there is kind of, let's say, under expectancy, saying this is the outcome of these matchups. But now we have a set of teams that most people have not seen play each other. So, there's curiosity, not just from the fan's perspective, but also from the team's perspective, right? And that was the reason why we chose very carefully the teams that we wanted to bring to this place. - -Also, we wanted to make sure that we cater to our Indian ecosystem, esports organizations. So, we feel that that they have enough opportunities to actually go ahead and test themselves at this stage. And so, we made sure that the teams that really are performing well in this entire circuit this year, they get a shot at being able to compete with the best and also feel that they belong. And, of course, everything was designed with the Indian fan in mind. - -So, we had a very careful selection, saying, ""hey, how do we build this together with a partner?"" We found a very good partner in the form of The Esports Club. And we couldn't be happier. This is happening in their backyard. They know this place inside out and they were very confident saying that we will be able to pull it off. And, of course, it was not easy because we have never worked at that caliber with them. Our team, when it comes to owning operations or stage design or anything to do with, like, player comps, we have a huge checklist. It's not easy. And luckily we have the confidence seeing the handshake between the teams saying we are happy and comfortable with what you guys are able to bring to the table. And we will get this done. And like I said, we would not have said no to anything because this is designed for the fans and we will not compromise. And this is the outcome of all this effort of the last three to four months. We moved really fast. We did all our checklist and TEC was kind enough to bear with us all with all our requirements and checklists. And here we are.",1731883664,0c89bedf6b,5bd5e09c25,,,1731883664 -https://www.pv-tech.org/3gw-single-site-pv-project-goes-online-in-china/,https://www.pv-tech.org/feed,3GW single-site PV project goes online in China,"According to CHN Energy, annual power generation from the project will reach 5.7 billion kWh, meeting the consumption needs of 2 million households annually. According to the calculation of standard coal consumption of thermal power plants, the project can save 1.71 million tons of standard coal and reduce carbon dioxide emissions by about 4.7 million tons per year, which is equivalent to planting 62,700 hectares of trees. - -The project uses steel instead of traditional concrete as the foundation material for the PV trackers. Compared to concrete precast piles, the pile diameter was reduced from 400mm to 100mm, thus significantly reducing the impact on grassland ecosystem. - -The project also makes use of new rare earth alloy grounding materials, which has lowered overall costs by 40%, according to CHN Energy. - -According to Chuang Xihong, deputy director of the Engineering Construction Department of Guodian Power Group, CHN Energy’s parent company, this project is also the world’s first to propose an “integrated” design for module-tracker connection. The four sides are fastened and connected through the innovatively designed installation groove, and the racks above the purlin are assembled through a plug-in connection method to form an integrated module structure. This connection method uses an assembly robot to install off-site to form an integrated module structure in support of large-scale mechanical operation. - -Compared to traditional module structures, this approach reduced the overall cost of the integrated structure by RMB0.01/Wp, improved the installation efficiency by 25% and guarantees installation quality. - -Chuang Xihong said the project had been developed according to a model of “power generation on the panel, sheep farming under the panel, rural revitalisation and industrial tourism”. Fine forage and sand-fixing plants are planted under the PV modules, providing grazing for Australian White Sheep and chickens. A composite ecological development model will be established where PV power generation and breeding will go hand in hand.",1731883668,971e36339b,5bb79801e4,,,1731883668 -https://www.mmanews.com/news/ufc/ufc-309-jones-vs-miocic-results-highlights/,https://www.mmanews.com/feed/,UFC 309 Results & Highlights: Jon Jones TKOs Stipe Miocic,"UFC 309 took place tonight from Madison Square Garden in New York, and MMA News has you covered with all the results and highlights! - -In the main event, Jon Jones put his heavyweight title on the line against Stipe Miocic. While in the co-main event, Charles Oliveira faced Michael Chandler in a lightweight matchup. - -Make sure to catch all the UFC 309 results and highlights as they happen below! - -UFC 309 Results: Main Card - -Heavyweight Championship Main Event: Jon Jones def. Stipe Miocic via TKO: R3, 4.29 - -Lightweight Co-Main Event: Charles Oliveira def. Michael Chandler via unanimous decision (49-46×2, 49-45) - - - -Middleweight: Bo Nickal def. Paul Craig via unanimous decision (30-27×3) - -Women’s Flyweight: Viviane Araújo def. Karine Silva via unanimous decision (29-28×3) - -Catchweight (165lbs): Mauricio Ruffy def. James Llontop via unanimous decision (29-28×3) - - - -Preliminary Card - -Bantamweight: Marcus McGhee def. Jonathan Martinez via unanimous decision (29-28×3) - -Lightweight: Jim Miller def. Damon Jackson via submission: R1, 2:44 - -Featherweight: David Onama def. Roberto Romero via unanimous decision (30-27×3) - - - -Early Preliminary Card - -Heavyweight: Marcin Tybura def. Jhonata Diniz via TKO (doctor’s stoppage): R2, 5.00 - -Welterweight: Ramiz Brahimaj def. Mickey Gall via TKO: R1, 2.55 - -Welterweight: Oban Elliott def. Bassil Hafez via KO: R3, 0.40 - -Women’s Flyweight: Eduarda Moura def. Veronica Hardy via unanimous decision (30-27, 29-28×2) - -Preliminary Card Highlights - -Oban Elliott def. Bassil Hafez - -In this welterweight matchup, Oban Elliott earned a KO of Bassil Hafez in the third round. - -A DEVASTATING RIGHT HAND FROM OBAN ELLIOTT 👊 #UFC309 pic.twitter.com/lEITNsBet7 — ESPN MMA (@espnmma) November 17, 2024 - -Ramiz Brahimaj def. Mickey Gall - -Ramiz Brahimaj earned a first-round TKO of Mickey Gall in their welterweight scrap. - -BRONX'S OWN BRAHIMAJ SHOWED OUT IN NYC 💥 #UFC309 pic.twitter.com/dFTHdvDAK1 — ESPN MMA (@espnmma) November 17, 2024 - -Marcin Tybura def. Jhonata Diniz - -In this heavyweight bout, Marcin Tybura earned a TKO of Jhonata Diniz by way of doctor’s stoppage. - -MASSIVE elbows from Marcin Tybura to close the round 😳 #UFC309 pic.twitter.com/qcnHORCN3N — ESPN MMA (@espnmma) November 17, 2024 - -The fight between Marcin Tybura and Jhonata Diniz was stopped after the second round due to a doctor stoppage for Diniz. #UFC309 pic.twitter.com/fmR6GK64f3 — ESPN MMA (@espnmma) November 17, 2024 - -Jim Miller def. Damon Jackson - -In this lightweight bout, Jim Miller earned a first-round submission of Damon Jackson. - -Main Card Highlights - -Mauricio Ruffy def. James Llontop - -In this 165-pound catchweight bout, Mauricio Ruffy earned a unanimous decision against James Llontop. - -Put another notch in the win column 🤓 - - - -Mauricio Ruffy comes out on top at #UFC309! pic.twitter.com/P4Yr30cSkL — UFC (@ufc) November 17, 2024 - -Viviane Araújo def. Karine Silva - -Viviane Araújo got it done on the scorecards against Karine Silva in their flyweight bout. - -Back in the win column 👏@ViviAraujoMMA secures the UD after 3 tough rounds at #UFC309! pic.twitter.com/zWwVNa5y5K — UFC (@ufc) November 17, 2024 - -Bo Nickal def. Paul Craig - -Bo Nickal kept his unbeaten streak alive with a unanimous decision against Paul Craig. - -""I'M HAVING SO MUCH FUN."" - - - -Paul Craig's convo with his corner in-between rounds 🤣 #UFC309 pic.twitter.com/2m8MTgW0bl — ESPN MMA (@espnmma) November 17, 2024 - -Charles Oliveira def. Michael Chandler - -In the co-main event, Charles Oliveira got it done on the scorecards against Michael Chandler. - -Chandler was smiling at the end of the round 😅 #UFC309 | LIVE NOW on ESPN+ PPV 🍿 https://t.co/r6vTwiPiXt pic.twitter.com/58nmrtE36o — SportsCenter (@SportsCenter) November 17, 2024 - -DOMINANCE FROM DO BRONXS@CharlesDoBronxs powers through five rounds for the decision! #UFC309 pic.twitter.com/ECNGkfJ3o7 — UFC (@ufc) November 17, 2024 - -Jon Jones def. Stipe Miocic - -In the main event, Jon Jones retained his heavyweight title with a TKO of Stipe Miocic in the third round.",1731883654,42b4597525,5bef875e91,,,1731883654 -http://www.historytoday.com/archive/history-matters/brushing-britain,https://www.historytoday.com/feed/rss.xml,Brushing for Britain,"To continue reading this article you need to purchase a subscription, available from only £5. - -Start my trial subscription now - -If you have already purchased access, or are a print & archive subscriber, please ensure you are logged in. - -Please email digital@historytoday.com if you have any problems.",1731883669,96608eb700,5bc1901e34,,,1731883669 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/best-gaming-chair-cyber-monday-deals-2023/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/feed/,Early Black Friday Gaming Chair Deals 2024: As cheap as $90,"Update 11/13/24: If you’re thinking of snagging a new gaming chair, then the new early Black Friday deals we’ve added may be right up your alley! We’ve also gone ahead and updated all the prices so you get the latest info, but you should check back regularly as we update our list. - - - -If you’re the type of person who games on for an hour or more, then having a proper gaming chair can make a big difference, and the upcoming Black Friday sale on November 29 is the perfect time to pick one up. There is a huge range of early black Friday deals on chairs out there, from leather to fabric and from budget to high-end, so a lot of it depends on your needs and may not even come down to buying one of the best gaming chairs on the market. That’s why we’ve gone out and collected a selection of great gaming chairs for you to check out. - -Also, if you’re putting together a whole new gaming setup, it might be worth checking out these early Black Friday gaming PC deals, Black Friday gaming laptop deals, and headset deals. - -GTPLAYER Gaming Chair — $80 $190 58% off - -This GTPLAYER Gaming Chair is a great entry-level option if you’re looking to not spend too much money, and with this massive 58% discount, you’re getting it for just $80 instead of the usual $190. Surprisingly it does have some great features, like a footrest and lumbar support, so it’s well worth considering. - -Dowinx Gaming Chair Fabric with Pocket Spring Cushion — $160 $202 21% off - -It’s not often that you see a fabric chair, and if you’re the sort of person who doesn’t like the feel of leather, then this Dowinx is an excellent option if you want to try out something different. It comes with a footrest, a 290-pound max weight, lumbar support, and a solid 21% discount. - -CORSAIR TC100 Fabric Gaming Chair — $236 $248 5% off - -You may be familiar with Corsair as the company that makes keyboards and mice, and if you’re looking to keep brand loyalty going, this gaming chair has quite a lot of great features. For $220 instead of $250, you get adjustable armrests, adjustable lumbar support, a gas lift, and 264 pounds of max weight. - -Arozzi Torretta Supersoft Upholstery Fabric Gaming Chair — $260 $400 35% off - -If you like the idea of a fabric chair but want something with a few more features, this 35% discount on the Arozzi Torretta upholstered chair is probably the way to go. It comes with adjustable armrests, a bit better cooling, lumbar support, and a max weight of 265 pounds. - -Next Level Racing Go Kart Plus Simulator Cockpit — $394 $500 21% off - -While this Next Level Racing Go Kart Plus Simulator Cockpit is ostensibly made for go-carting, there’s no reason you can’t use it for other motorsports as well. It has compatibility with quite a lot of various wheels and pedals, as well as a pretty excellent 21% discount. - -Arozzi Vernazza Series Premium XL Soft PU Gaming Chair — $430 $500 14% off - -This Arozzi Vernazza Series comes with premium PU leather, so it’s perfect if you want something a bit higher-end, although it’s worth noting that it doesn’t come with an opening to help keep you cool. Even so, it has a solid $70 discount and comes with a full range of features like adjustable armrests and lumbar support. - -How to Choose a Gaming Chair on Black Friday - -When it comes to gaming chairs, there are a few different options, but ultimately, a lot of it comes down to the sort of fabric you want and the size you are, and that really goes both ways. For example, if you’re on the larger side, it’s not just important to have a chair that can handle the weight but also adjustable armrests so you can find comfort. On the other hand, if you’re shorter, then you’ll want to grab a gaming chair that has a lower minimum height so you can comfortably rest your legs and feet on the floor instead of having them dangling in the air and being uncomfortable. - -Another thing to consider is whether you want any sort of ventilation for your gaming chair or not, and how much of it you need. Gaming for long periods, especially in hotter weather, can make you uncomfortably sweaty, so having an opening vent at the back can be helpful. Besides that, most gaming chairs have the similar features, such as lumbar support and side support so that your body sits in the chair and is hugged by it, so you don’t need to worry about those aspects as much. - -How We Chose These Gaming Chair Black Friday Deals - -The biggest blocker of any gaming chair is going to be cost, and the reality is that many chairs marketed as gaming chairs are overpriced. That’s why we do our best to find excellent gaming chairs that are valued at or below what they offer, including any deals that are on them. That way, we do our best to ensure you’re not only getting the cheapest option but also the best bang for your buck so that you aren’t wasting any of your hard-earned money. We also appreciate that gaming chairs can be quite personal to each person’s needs, so having a good selection of various different types is important to give you the best chance at finding your perfect chair.",1731883666,f8bbd45a63,5bef78ebb4,,,1731883666 -https://www.npr.org/2024/04/26/1197958900/bhairav-masks-stolen-rubin-museum-nepal,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"The stolen Bhairav masks, and the art detectives who helped return them to Nepal : Planet Money : NPR","The case of the stolen masks - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Anil Chandra Shrestha Anil Chandra Shrestha - -About thirty years ago, Yagya Kumar Pradhan woke up to the news that the temple he and his clan used had been broken into. The temple had been ransacked. And someone had stolen two holy Bhairav masks. Yagya says they had been in his family for more than five hundred years – since the 16th century. - -Yagya is a kind of Hindu priest for his clan. And he says, these Bhairav masks were very holy. People made offerings to them during Dashaun, a festival held in the fall. - -Yagya thought the masks were gone for good. He didn't realize... they were hiding in plain sight. - -Sponsor Message - -On today's show: The story of a group of amateur art detectives who use modern tools, subterfuge, and the power of the law to return stolen artifacts to their rightful owners. And we dive into the world of high-end auctions and art museums to ask: Can the art world survive the legacy of cultural theft? - -This episode was hosted by Erika Beras and Nick Fountain. It was produced by James Sneed, edited by Jess Jiang, fact-checked by Sierra Juarez, and engineered by Cena Loffredo. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR SourceAudio - ""Droid March,"" ""On The Rocks,"" and ""Yellowstone.""",1731884595,8181d7a585,5c20dd2674,,,1731884595 -https://www.uploadvr.com/last-stand-quest-early-access-release-date/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,PvP Mixed Reality Shooter Last Stand Enters Early Access Today On Quest,"Last Stand, the new multi-location mixed reality PvP shooter, enters early access today on Quest. - -Announced in August, Last Stand is the latest game from Soul Assembly, whose recent titles include Drop Dead: The Cabin, Soul Spire, and Just Dance VR. This 1v1 shooter utilizes full-body tracking and turns your play space into a strategic stronghold for an online 1v1 shootout, integrating the home environment of both players. - -0:00 / 1:29 1× - -During its initial announcement in August, Soul Assembly stated it aims to recreate Hollywood-esque action shootouts across your home through destructible environments. Walls can degrade, windows and doors can be barricaded, while items in your home can be ""destroyed during a shootout. - -We briefly went hands-on with the pre-alpha build during Gamescom 2024, going up against a member of the development team. At the time, we said Last Stand feels like ""the next evolution"" of Drop Dead: The Cabin's MR mode, Home Invasion. - -Last Stand arrives today in early access for the Quest 3 family and Quest Pro. A full release date remains unconfirmed.",1731883658,9397b145ff,5c21703a16,,,1731883658 -https://design-milk.com/f5-sallyann-corn-on-independent-bookstores-saunas-more/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=f5-sallyann-corn-on-independent-bookstores-saunas-more,https://design-milk.com/feed/,"F5: Sallyann Corn on Independent Bookstores, Saunas + More","Sallyann Corn always knew that she would end up in a profession where she could utilize her imagination and translate ideas into forms. Growing up in a small town, however, meant that she had only heard of three potential tracks: art, architecture, and fashion. Her interest in clothing then led to an exploration of visual merchandising. But when she switched to an industrial design program in college there was an immediate click. “I knew that was exactly the path meant for me,” Corn says. “It felt so all-encompassing, and it has allowed me the freedom to pursue many mediums, scales, and project types.” - -In 2008, Corn founded the Seattle-based studio fruitsuper with Joe Kent. Partners in business and life, the duo’s collaboration emphasizes playful simplicity, spanning a range of arenas from products to physical environments and curation. - -Yet the pair not only caters to individual clients, they also welcome the public to join in and experience the energy for themselves. Their retail space and wine bar in Pioneer Square serves as a neighborhood hub, featuring fruitsuper’s signature items alongside pieces by other makers from across the United States. It is here that the team hosts rotating exhibitions, panel discussions, gatherings, and private events. These endeavors are part of fruitsuper’s ultimate mission – to celebrate a diverse and growing independent creative community. - -With jobs and the day-to-day often intertwined, at times it has been challenging to maintain a healthy balance, especially when Corn and Kent had one shared space for all of their activities. Even with the separate studio they have today, the couple still finds easy ways to help make the switch from work mode to down time, like lighting candles or changing outfits. - -There’s one element, however, that remains essential, and offers endless inspiration. “Travel is imperative to our practice, because it immediately makes us see the everyday in a new way,” Corn notes. “Objects as simple as toothpaste, traffic signals, and garbage cans surprise and delight us.” - -Today, Sallyann Corn joins us for Friday Five! - -1. Independent bookstores - -To label us “Book Lovers” would be an understatement. We love to scour, hunt, and bury ourselves in local bookstores, no matter what city we’re in. We find that a small, independent bookstore with teetering stacks and narrow paths truly showcases the unique voice of each store owner and their city. We never shy from purchasing books while traveling, as we’ve found some of our absolute favorite literary treasures around the globe. A few of our favorites: Arcana Books (Los Angeles), Book/Shop (Oakland), Books & Things (Kyoto), Booklarder (Seattle), Casa Bosques (Mexico City), and Monograph Bookwerks (Portland). - -2. Bicycle Rental - -We’re less spandex-wearing and gear-focused and more the bells and baskets, stop-when-we-see-a-wine-bar type of bicycle riders. But we find nothing more exciting than renting bikes to explore new areas. During travel and at home, we love to find a neighborhood spot that provides bicycle rentals; as they’re almost always far better quality bikes than hourly rentals and often come with personalized route suggestions, bike adjustments and favorite neighborhood tips. Renting a bike for a day allows us to cover so much more ground and explore more than we ever could on foot. And always provides a much deeper connection to new neighborhoods than jumping in a car or on public transportation. - -3. Saunas & Soaking - -From a dry cedar sauna to natural hot springs, inside or outside, we love a soak/steam it out session. It’s such a meditative and restorative activity! We love that it essentially forces you to be nothing but present; no phones, books or other distractions can be involved. So your only focus is on your breathing, your sweat, your thoughts and your company. It’s incredibly invigorating! - -4. Walking - -For years I was foolish enough to not make time for walking. But now that I’m in the habit, I find myself less able to focus and be productive if I haven’t gone on at least two long walks each week. My commute from home to our studio or shop is around 3 miles and takes me about one hour. I’m not a headphone wearing person, so this hour of solitude is fantastic and now integral to my creative practice. I’ve found that I now arrive at work with a clear head and I’m much more prepared and ready to start my day. Between weather shifts and route options, it feels like endless choose-your-own adventure paths that lead me to new observations in places I’ve walked by dozens of times before. Two favorite walking spots that provide endless inspiration are the Myrtle Edwards Park/Olympic Sculpture Park in Seattle and the Highline in NYC. - -5. Small(er) Art+Design Festivals - -For the past 3 years we’ve been fortunate to participate in DesignMarch in Reykjavik. We’ve fallen in love with smaller (by comparison to Milan, NYC, etc.) art and design festivals. The scale of these smaller/shorter festivals feels far more manageable and the work feels less dominated by large corporations and budgets and instead filled with young, independent, fresh work. We love seeing what can be created and presented with the constraints of smaller budgets and limitless enthusiasm. - -Works by fruitsuper:",1731883614,fd84d171f7,5be8b02dbb,,,1731883614 -https://www.npr.org/2023/10/25/1197954439/four-day-school-week-pros-and-cons,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Four-day school weeks are becoming more common. How well do they work? : Planet Money : NPR,"The rise of the four-day school week - -Right now, a lot of school districts across the country are making a pretty giant change to the way public education usually works. Facing teacher shortages and struggling to fill vacant spots, they are finding a new recruitment tool: the four-day school week. - -Those districts are saying to teachers, ""You can have three-day weekends all the time, and we won't cut your pay."" As of this fall, around 900 school districts – that's about 7% of all districts in the U.S. – now have school weeks that are just four days long. - -And this isn't the first time a bunch of schools have scaled back to four days, so there is a lot of data to lean on to figure out how well it works. - -Sponsor Message - -In this episode, teachers love the four-day school week, and it turns out even parents love it, too. But is it good for students? - -This episode was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler with help from Willa Rubin. It was edited by Molly Messick and engineered by Maggie Luthar. Fact-checking by Sierra Juarez. Alex Goldmark is our executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Wrong Conclusion,"" ""Bossa Nova Dream,"" and ""Please Hold""",1731884618,8181d7a585,5c229121a6,,,1731884618 -https://esportsedition.com/featured/dota-2-dark-willow/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Break the Meta and Control Your Game,"DotA 2 Dark Willow Guide - -With all the meta changes lately, there are more opportunities for high-tier supports. - -Dark Willow is not a very popular hero, and as a result many people don’t know how to play it correctly. We’ll do our best to change this and walk you through what to do when playing on this hero. - -Dark Willow has a win rate of 52%. This is quite reasonable, the hero is very good at gathering farm and experience, so a slow meta of the new patch (7.27 a) makes this hero stronger. Moreover, her strong AoE control always comes in handy. If you buy Eul and reach level 18, the potential for solo kills is guaranteed. Moreover, with the new meta out there, getting to this phase of the game is much easier. - -Advantages - -1. The biggest advantage of the hero is that she has a lot of control (Stun, Fear, Roots) - -2. Explosive magical damage. - -3. Fast attack speed on the first level, which helps in harassment. - -4. Built-in escape. - -5. Useful talents. - -6. Good improvement from Aghanim’s Scepter. - -7. Does not lose relevance into the late game. - -Disadvantages - -1. Unreliable control. Most of the skills require high precision. Most of them can be dispelled - -2. There is targeted damage, all damage can be absorbed by creeps or illusions. - -3. Low rate of armor and health. - -4. Totally useless against BKB. - -Abilities build - -In most cases, the priority is on Shadow Realm, this is a good harass of the enemy carry on the line and a good safe skill. This skill should be maxed to level 7 as it deals great damage for most supports and thin carry. If you need control in the lane, or there is an opportunity to gank other lanes, you can take Bramble Maze in 2 on level 3, or even max it to the level 7. - -Gameplay - -Early game - -At level one, Dark Willow has 150 base attack speed, which is quite a lot and allows you to harass enemy support, inflicting 1-2 hits more than he does to you. The game on the lane is simple, you should carefully harass enemy carry/support using the Shadow Realm. If the opportunity arises, catch them with Bramble Maze and kill by hitting and running. At 18 or 48 seconds, pool a large camp of creeps, it would be better to stack it before, so that the neutrals would kill the pack before a Carry approaches it. - -If you have a ward, it would be nice to block a small spawn of creeps to prevent the enemy pools. In lane, Mars would be a good ally; it’s easy to dominate the lane with his Spear. The same applies to Wraith King and Sand Kind, you need to be as aggressive as possible with them. - -There are heroes with safe abilities (for example Windranger or Enchantress) which can play solo. If you do not kill anyone, it is better to go to the triple lane and crush the easy lane or help in mid. - -When playing against heroes who are farming in woods (Alchemist, Naga, Meepo), you can buy a pair of sentries and block neutral creep spawns. Wards should be placed carefully so that enemy can’t destroy two of your wards with his single one. Periodically you can (and in this meta you even need to) stack neutrals. Triangle is the best spot; attack the middle camp at 53 second, then attack the big camp at 55-56 seconds. - -Midgame - -In the mid-game, try to move around with the team, if possible, push/farm free lines, stack camps, or farm with Bedlam. Do not get too far with farming. Although it`s advisable to have some items, you should not steal farm from your carry. - -If it is possible to make a kill, but the enemy has a safe ability (Lifestealer, Ember, Weaver, Slark), you need to start with Terrorize to get an instant disable. With Blink you can disable enemies with a combination of Cursed Crown -> Eul -> Bramble Maze (If the enemy has an instant safe like Dark Pact, it is better to Eul them right after the Blink, because Cursed Crown has cast animation and the enemy may have time to use his ability). In late, the combo will look like this: Blink into Scythe + Bedlam + Shadow Realm. - -Counter Pick - -Dark Willow has a lot of control, so it’s good against heroes who are vulnerable to it. - -Here are some heroes that can be countered by Dark Willow. - -Shadow Realm is a great move for controlling the lane. Image via DotA 2 Wiki. - -Timbersaw. Shadow Realm with great magical damage on early-stage gives hell to any Timbersaw. It can dramatically slow down his snowball and even move him away from the lane. - -Void can be feared from his own Chronosphere. - -Ursa needs space and very vulnerable to control. Can be juked by Shadow Realm. - -Slark has little HP + vulnerable to control over the area. Countered by Terrorize in the ultimate. - -Storm Spirit and Ember are countered by the combo of Blink, Cursed Crown, and Eul. - -Dark Willow is very good against PL. Until he has Manta Style, can be easily countered by the Crown+Blink+Eul. In the late game, he’s very weak against Terrorize and Scythe of Vise. - -Other enemy heroes that are good for Dark Willow: Weaver, Windranger, PA, Necrophos, Enchantress, Terrorblade. - -Conclusion - -Dark Willow has a lot of control over the area, and great magical damage. She can easily turn off enemy supports and bring trouble to weak enemy cores. On the heels of the new patch and the end of the zoo meta, she has become one of the greatest supports to play. This fairly versatile hero can cause a lot of problems at any stage of the game and counter a lot of meta cores in the new patch. Have fun mastering the hero!",1731883688,76f59da961,5c8d6a91c0,,,1731883688 -https://www.npr.org/2022/10/28/1132355122/planet-money-records-the-negotiation-inflation-earnest-jackson-music-label,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Planet Money Records, Inflation song, and the music business : Planet Money : NPR","Planet Money Records Vol. 2: The Negotiation - -Enlarge this image Kaz Fantone/NPR Kaz Fantone/NPR - -In 1975, a group of young guys walked into Sea-Saint Studios in New Orleans to record a song that captured the economic moment at the time. They called the song, ""Inflation."" - -On this episode of our Planet Money Records series, we delve into the music business. We want to release ""Inflation"" to the world. And now, we have to figure out how exactly to do that. We find out what goes into making a record label, how record deals work, and why the industry can be so fraught with tension between artists. And, spoilers, we put ""Inflation"" out, in the hopes of making it into a hit. - -Sponsor Message - -This is part two of the Planet Money Records series. Here's part one and part three. - -Update: We now have merch! We released a line of Inflation song gear — including a limited edition vinyl record; a colorful, neon hoodie; and 70s-inspired stickers. You can find it here: n.pr/shopplanetmoney. - -Music: ""Inflation,"" ""Mumbo Gumbo,"" and ""Black-n-Blue."" - -Listen to ""Inflation"" on Apple Music, Spotify, YouTube Music, Tidal, Amazon Music & Pandora. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok & our weekly Newsletter.",1731884660,8181d7a585,5c20f2a440,,,1731884660 -https://mashable.com/gifts/best-gifts-for-kids,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,Finding a gift that kids actually like is tricky. This guide will make it easier.,"Finding the best gift for a kid requires attention to detail — and an ear for their reactions to various toy commercials. - -Kids can be particular. The things kids like change not just with age, but also with evolving trends from TV shows and new technology. If parents are lucky enough, their kid will write a long list of the precise items they'd like as a birthday gift or a Christmas gift and put it up on the fridge in pride — but sometimes, it can be as much of a crapshoot as coming up with a gift idea for someone else's kid. - -Instead of buying yet another random stuffed animal, here are some tips on how to successfully zone in on the best gifts for kids of all ages. - -What to get for a toddler - -Everyone is familiar with the ""terrible twos"" rep that the not-a-baby-but-not-yet-an-independent-kid stage of development gets. At this age, kids are bouncing constantly between the desire to explore on their own and the reliance on parents for most basic needs like eating, getting dressed, or going to the bathroom. That's a lot of frustrating emotions to go through in a day. Kitchen play sets, toys that involve different motor skills, and anything with music are gifts that can let toddlers feel in charge without too much assistance from a parent — making them ideal for this age category. - -What to get for elementary and middle school kids - -Potentially a more daunting phase than the terrible twos: The one where the pressure to be cool is relentless. This is that age. Though ""cool"" can lend itself to multiple interpretations, gifts that contribute to an older kid's evolving critical thinking skills and sense of independence, responsibility, and style are all smart ideas. These could be anything from STEM toys to beginner's makeup tools to a fitness tracker or a pretend pet that encourages routine-making. Anything that involves an app, tablet, or e-reader is also a guaranteed win. - -What to get for teenagers - -Finding a gift that a teenager will think is cool (and that will be on-trend for longer than a few months) might be some of the trickiest shopping you'll do all year. They'll probably offer up a few big softball suggestions, but if you're going the surprise route, remember that they care about brands. Thanks to social media influencers promoting products directly to teens on Instagram or TikTok, Gen Z kids are loyal to very specific brands of tech, accessories, and even water bottles. If you follow the trends as closely as they do (trust us, we do), cracking the ""best gifts for teenagers"" code isn't rocket science. - -So, without further ado, here are the best gifts for kids of all ages — including toy and non-toy gifts alike:",1731883679,644d6c1ea1,5bf00c7ab4,,,1731883679 -https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/ec2-image-builder-now-supports-building-and-testing-macos-images/,https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/feed/,EC2 Image Builder now supports building and testing macOS images,"I’m thrilled to announce macOS support in EC2 Image Builder. This new capability allows you to create and manage machine images for your macOS workloads in addition to the existing support for Windows and Linux. - -A golden image is a bootable disk image, also called an Amazon Machine Image (AMI), pre-installed with the operating system and all the tools required for your workloads. In the context of a continuous integration and continuous deployment (CI/CD) pipeline, your golden image most probably contains the specific version of your operating system (macOS) and all required development tools and libraries to build and test your applications (Xcode, Fastlane, and so on.) - -Developing and manually managing pipelines to build macOS golden images is time-consuming and diverts talented resources from other tasks. And when you have existing pipelines to build Linux or Windows images, you need to use different tools for creating macOS images, leading to a disjointed workflow. - -For these reasons, many of you have been asking for the ability to manage your macOS images using EC2 Image Builder. You want to consolidate your image pipelines across operating systems and take advantage of the automation and cloud-centered integrations that EC2 Image Builder provides. - -By adding macOS support to EC2 Image Builder, you can now streamline your image management processes and reduce the operational overhead of maintaining macOS images. EC2 Image Builder takes care of testing, versioning, and validating the base images at scale, saving you the costs associated with maintaining your preferred macOS versions. - -Let’s see it in action - -Let’s create a pipeline to create a macOS AMI with Xcode 16. You can follow a similar process to install Fastlane on your AMIs. - -At a high level, there are four main steps. - -I define a component for each tool I want to install. A component is a YAML document that tells EC2 Image Builder what application to install and how. In this example, I create a custom component to install Xcode. If you want to install Fastlane, you create a second component. I use the ExecuteBash action to enter the shell commands required to install Xcode. I define a recipe. A recipe starts from a base image and lists the components I want to install on it. I define the infrastructure configuration I want to use to build my image. This defines the pool of Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances to build the image. In my case, I allocate an EC2 Mac Dedicated Host in my account and reference it in the infrastructure configuration. I create a pipeline and a schedule to run on the infrastructure with the given recipes and an image workflow. I test the output AMI and deliver it at the chosen destination (my account or another account) - -It’s much easier than it sounds. I’ll show you the steps in the AWS Management Console. I can also configure EC2 Image Builder with the AWS Command Line Interface (AWS CLI) or write code using one of our AWS SDKs. - -Step 1: Create a component - -I open the console and select EC2 Image Builder, then Components, and finally Create component. - -I select a base Image operating system and the Compatible OS Versions. Then, I enter a Component name and Component version. I select Define document content and enter this YAML as Content. - -name: InstallXCodeDocument description: This downloads and installs Xcode. Be sure to run `xcodeinstall authenticate -s us-east-1` from your laptop first. schemaVersion: 1.0 phases: - name: build steps: - name: InstallXcode action: ExecuteBash inputs: commands: - sudo -u ec2-user /opt/homebrew/bin/brew tap sebsto/macos - sudo -u ec2-user /opt/homebrew/bin/brew install xcodeinstall - sudo -u ec2-user /opt/homebrew/bin/xcodeinstall download -s us-east-1 --name ""Xcode 16.xip"" - sudo -u ec2-user /opt/homebrew/bin/xcodeinstall install --name ""Xcode 16.xip"" - name: validate steps: - name: TestXcode action: ExecuteBash inputs: commands: - xcodebuild -version && xcode-select -p - -I use a tool I wrote to download and install Xcode from the command line. xcodeinstall integrates with AWS Secrets Manager to securely store authentication web tokens. Before running the pipeline, I authenticate from my laptop with the command xcodeinstall authenticate -s us-east-1 . This command starts a session with Apple server’s and stores the session token in Secrets Manager. xcodeinstall uses this token during the image creation pipeline to download Xcode. - -When you use xcodeinstall with Secrets Manager, you must give permission to your pipeline to access the secrets. Here is the policy document I added to the role attached to the EC2 instance used by EC2 Image Builder (in the following infrastructure configuration). - -{ ""Sid"": ""xcodeinstall"", ""Effect"": ""Allow"", ""Action"": [ ""secretsmanager:GetSecretValue"" ""secretsmanager:PutSecretValue"" ], ""Resource"": ""arn:aws:secretsmanager:us-east-1::secret:xcodeinstall*"" } - -To test and debug these components locally, without having to wait for long cycle to start and recycle the EC2 Mac instance, you can use the AWS Task Orchestrator and Executor (AWSTOE) command. - -Step 2: Create a recipe - -The next step is to create a recipe. On the console, I select Image recipes and Create image recipe. - -I select macOS as the base Image Operating System. I choose macOS Sonoma ARM64 as Image name. - -In the Build components section, I select the Xcode 16 component I just created during step 1. - -Finally, I make sure the volume is large enough to store the operating system, Xcode, and my builds. I usually select a 500 Gb gp3 volume. - -Steps 3 and 4: Create the pipeline (and the infrastructure configuration) - -On the EC2 Image Builder page, I select Image pipelines and Create image pipeline. I give my pipeline a name and select a Build schedule. For this demo, I select a manual trigger. - -Then, I select the recipe I just created (Sonoma-Xcode). - -I chose Default workflows for Define image creation process (not shown for brevity). - -I create or select an existing infrastructure configuration. In the context of building macOS images, you have to allocate Amazon EC2 Dedicated Hosts first. This is where I choose the instance type that EC2 Image Builder will use to create the AMI. I may also optionally select my virtual private cloud (VPC), security group, AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles with permissions required during the preparation of the image, key pair, and all the parameters I usually select when I start an EC2 instance. - -Finally, I select where I want to distribute the output AMI. By default, it stays on my account. But I can also share or copy it to other accounts. - -Run the pipeline - -Now I’m ready to run the pipeline. I select Image pipelines, then I select the pipeline I just created (Sonoma-Xcode). From the Actions menu, I select Run pipeline. - -I can observe the progress and the detailed logs from Amazon CloudWatch. - -After a while, the AMI is created and ready to use. - -Testing my AMI - -To finish the demo, I start an EC2 Mac instance with the AMI I just created (remember to allocate a Dedicated Host first or to reuse the one you used for EC2 Image Builder). - -Once the instance is started, I connect to it using secure shell (SSH) and verify that Xcode is correctly installed. - -Pricing and availability - -EC2 Image Builder for macOS is now available in all AWS Regions where EC2 Mac instances are available: US East (Ohio, N. Virginia), US West (Oregon), Asia Pacific (Mumbai, Seoul, Singapore, Sydney, Tokyo), and Europe (Frankfurt, Ireland, London, Stockholm) (not all Mac instance types are available in all Regions). - -It comes at no additional cost, and you’re only charged for the resources in use during the pipeline execution, namely the time your EC2 Mac Dedicated Host is allocated, with a minimum of 24 hours. - -The preview of macOS support in EC2 Image Builder allows you to consolidate your image pipelines, automate your golden image creation processes, and use the benefits of cloud-focused integrations on AWS. As the EC2 Mac platform continues to expand with more instance types, this new capability positions EC2 Image Builder as a comprehensive solution for image management across Windows, Linux, and macOS. - -Create your first pipeline today!",1731883613,cabe785f85,5c232bc6b7,,,1731883613 -https://www.npr.org/2022/06/22/1106861476/the-tale-of-the-onion-king-update,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How one commodities trader may have made some of your groceries more expensive. : Planet Money : NPR,"The tale of the Onion King (Update) - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Jess Jiang/NPR Jess Jiang/NPR - -Note: This episode originally ran in 2015. - -People around the world are feeling the effects of inflation most acutely at the grocery store. In the past year we've seen food prices increase by more than 10%. Most of that is down to the abstract forces of inflation, but some blame for one item may lie with one man. A commodities trader named Vince Cosuga had a simple dream in the 1950s: to dominate the onion market. - -In today's episode, we look back on his quest to corner the market and why it may still be costing you a little extra at the grocery store nearly 70 years later. - -Sponsor Message - -Music: Get that Groove, ​​Back Then, and Think Twice. - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Get bonus episodes of Planet Money by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884673,8181d7a585,5c362dbc53,,,1731884673 -https://www.brooklynvegan.com/jack-white-shares-new-song-you-got-me-searching/,https://www.brooklynvegan.com/feed/,"Jack White shares new song ""You Got Me Searching""","Jack White has shared a new song, “You Got Me Searching.” The high-octane ripper is a No Name outtake that’s the b-side on a new 7″ for album highlight “That’s How I’m Feeling.” The vinyl is available November 22 at Third Man stores (and their website), but Jack’s made the song available to stream now. Listen below. - -If you missed the news last night, Jack announced an extensive 2025 tour of mid-size theaters, including two NYC shows: February 11 at Kings Theatre and February 12 at Brooklyn Paramount. Tickets for all 2025 dates are on Third Man Vault presale now, with more presales starting Monday, November 18 at 10 AM local time, and they go on sale to the general public on Friday, November 22 at 10 AM local. - -All dates are below. - -Jack White – 2024/2025 Tour Dates - -Nov 15, 2024 – Austin, TX – Paper Tiger - -Nov 17, 2024 – San Antonio, TX – Corona Capital - -Dec 1, 2024 – Mexico City, Mexico – Clockenflap Festival Hong Kong - -Dec 2, 2024 – Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam – Capital Theatre - -Dec 5, 2024 – Brisbane, Australia – The Fortitude Music Hall - -Dec 6, 2024 – Ballarat, Australia – Civic Hall (Sold Out) - -Dec 7, 2024 – Melbourne, Australia – Corner Hotel (Sold Out) - -Dec 9, 2024 – Melbourne, Australia – Forum Melbourne - -Dec 11, 2024 – Hobart, Australia – Odeon Theatre - -Dec 13, 2024 – Sydney, Australia – Enmore Theatre - -Dec 17, 2024 – Auckland, New Zealand – Auckland Town Hall - -Feb 6, 2025 – Toronto, Canada – HISTORY - -Feb 7, 2025 – Toronto, Canada – Massey Hall - -Feb 8, 2025 – Toronto, Canada – Massey Hall - -Feb 11, 2025 – Brooklyn, NY – Kings Theatre - -Feb 12, 2025 – Brooklyn, NY – Brooklyn Paramount - -Feb 17, 2025 – Boston, MA – Roadrunner - -Feb 18, 2025 – Boston, MA – Roadrunner - -Mar 10, 2025 – Hiroshima, Japan – Blue Live - -Mar 12, 2025 – Osaka, Japan – Gorilla Hall - -Mar 13, 2025 – Nagoya, Japan – Diamond Hall - -Mar 15, 2025 – Tokyo, Japan – Toyosu Pit - -Mar 17, 2025 – Tokyo, Japan – Toyosu Pit - -Apr 3, 2025 – St. Louis, MO – The Factory - -Apr 4, 2025 – Kansas City, MO – Uptown Theater - -Apr 5, 2025 – Omaha, NE – Steelhouse Omaha - -Apr 7, 2025 – Saint Paul, MN – Palace Theatre - -Apr 8, 2025 – Saint Paul, MN – Palace Theatre - -Apr 10, 2025 – Chicago, IL – The Salt Shed - -Apr 11, 2025 – Chicago, IL – The Salt Shed - -Apr 12, 2025 – Detroit, MI – The Masonic Temple Theatre - -Apr 13, 2025 – Detroit, MI – The Masonic Temple Theatre - -Apr 15, 2025 – Grand Rapids, MI – GLC Live at 20 Monroe - -Apr 16, 2025 – Cleveland, OH – Agora Theatre - -Apr 18, 2025 – Nashville, TN – The Pinnacle - -Apr 19, 2025 – Nashville, TN – The Pinnacle - -May 4, 2025 – Austin, TX – ACL Live at The Moody Theater - -May 5, 2025 – Austin, TX – ACL Live at The Moody Theater - -May 6, 2025 – Dallas, TX – South Side Ballroom - -May 8, 2025 – Denver, CO – Mission Ballroom - -May 9, 2025 – Denver, CO – Mission Ballroom - -May 10, 2025 – Salt Lake City, UT – The Union Event Center - -May 12, 2025 – Los Angeles, CA – Hollywood Palladium - -May 13, 2025 – Los Angeles, CA – Hollywood Palladium - -May 15, 2025 – Santa Barbara, CA – Santa Barbara Bowl - -May 16, 2025 – Oakland, CA – Fox Theater - -May 17, 2025 – San Francisco, CA – The Masonic - -May 19, 2025 – Seattle, WA – The Paramount Theatre - -May 20, 2025 – Seattle, WA – The Paramount Theatre - -May 22, 2025 – Vancouver, Canada – The Commodore Ballroom - -May 23, 2025 – Vancouver, Canada – The Commodore Ballroom - -May 24, 2025 – Troutdale, OR – Edgefield Concerts on the Lawn",1731883624,d7f1518f3a,5c9221fa70,,,1731883624 -https://www.predictiveanalyticsworld.com/machinelearningtimes/artificial-intelligence-in-marketing/13606/,https://www.predictiveanalyticsworld.com/machinelearningtimes/feed/,Artificial Intelligence in Marketing,"This content is restricted to site members. If you are an existing user, please log in on the right (desktop) or below (mobile). If not, register today and gain free access to original content and industry news. See the details here. - -“Nearly half of S&P 500 companies have talked about AI during earnings calls since May [2023], an NBC News analysis of S&P 500 earnings calls found. In fact, AI was mentioned about as often as the Federal Reserve and interest rates. But the hype isn’t translating into real-world use: A November[2023] survey from the Census Bureau found that just 4.4% of businesses nationwide reported using AI to produce goods or services recently.”1 Could this be? We marketers have been using the technology for years with remarkable success. But many of us, immersed in our own work silos, may",1731883645,efa8b73dd0,5cd5e6beb9,,,1731883645 -https://www.cbssports.com/nfl/news/2024-week-11-nfl-score-predictions-game-picks-odds-model-gives-exact-scores-from-10000-simulations/,https://www.cbssports.com/rss/headlines/NFL/,"2024 Week 11 NFL score predictions, game picks, odds: Model gives exact scores from 10,000 simulations","After winning four of their first six games of the season, the Chicago Bears have lost three straight, most recently suffering a 19-3 defeat at home against the New England Patriots. Chicago will try to get back in the win column when the Bears host the Green Bay Packers on Sunday for a heated NFC North rivalry. The Bears are six-point underdogs at home according to the latest Week 11 NFL odds. Other Week 11 NFL lines include Ravens vs. Steelers (+3, 48.5), Chiefs vs. Bills (-2.5, 46.5) and Bengals vs. Chargers (-1.5, 48). If you're looking for an avenue to have a high return on your sports betting investment, nailing Week 11 NFL score predictions can be highly profitable. - -Making NFL score predictions on all 14 Week 11 games can help form not only NFL spread picks, but also NFL over/under picks, NFL parlay picks, and even your NFL survivor strategy and NFL office pool picks. Which Week 11 NFL games will be lopsided, and which ones will play out closer to their NFL betting odds? Before you make any Week 11 NFL picks, make sure you see what SportsLine's advanced computer model has to say. - -The model, which simulates every NFL game 10,000 times, is up well over $7,000 for $100 players on top-rated NFL picks since its inception. The model enters Week 11 of the 2024 NFL season on an incredible 17-7 betting hot streak on top-rated NFL picks this year. Longer term, it is on a 197-136 roll on top-rated NFL picks that dates back to the 2017 season and a 51-29 roll on top-rated NFL picks since Week 7 of 2022. - -The model also ranked in the top 10 on NFLPickWatch four of the past six years on straight-up NFL picks and beat more than 94% of CBS Sports Football Pick'em players four times during that span. Anyone following at sportsbooks and on betting apps has seen strong returns at their best sports betting app. - -Now, the model has simulated every Week 11 game 10,000 times. You can only see the model's Week 11 NFL exact score predictions at SportsLine. - -Top Week 11 NFL picks - -After diving into every game on the Week 11 NFL schedule, the model is backing the Minnesota Vikings (-5.5, 39.5) to beat the Tennessee Titans, 22-18, on the road. The Titans have struggled in recent weeks, losing four of their last five games. Tennessee's offense has been stagnant during that stretch, failing to score more than 20 points in any of those five games. On Sunday, the Titans will square off against one of the league's stingiest defenses. - -The Vikings enter Sunday's showdown giving up just 17.4 points per game, the third-fewest in the NFL. In last week's 12-7 win over the Jaguars, Minnesota's defense held Jacksonville to 143 total yards while recording three sacks and two interceptions. In addition, the Vikings have won six of the past eight meetings between these two teams. SportsLine's model projects Vikings quarterback Sam Darnold will throw for 229 yards and two touchdowns, while Minnesota's defense racks up four sacks on average. See the model's other Week 11 NFL score predictions at SportsLine. - -How to make Week 11 NFL score predictions - -In addition, the model has locked in exact score predictions for this week's biggest matchups including Chiefs vs. Bills, Ravens vs. Steelers and Bengals vs. Chargers. It's also calling for a hefty home underdog to win outright, shocking the NFL. Nailing these results is key to making profitable Week 11 NFL picks. You can only see them at SportsLine. - -Who wins each Week 11 NFL game, and which upset shocks the NFL? Visit SportsLine now to get the model's NFL Week 11 score predictions, all from the model on a 197-136 roll on top-rated NFL picks, and find out.",1731883656,fad4a9cc43,5cf8617448,,,1731883656 -http://money.cnn.com/2018/09/16/investing/stocks-week-ahead-emerging-markets/index.html?section=money_news_economy,http://rss.cnn.com/rss/money_news_economy.rss,These countries are most vulnerable to the emerging market storm,"1. Trouble in paradise: For the past decade, a river of easy money rushed into emerging markets. - -Now that powerful force is reversing. Rising interest rates, along with trade wars, have started a stampede out of some emerging markets. The Turkish lira and Argentine peso have crashed, while China's stock market is stuck in a bear market. - -Problems long masked by extremely low interest rates are now coming into sharp focus. - -""The tide ... is receding and some countries have been, or will be, caught naked,"" Jason Daw, head of emerging markets strategy at Societe Generale, wrote to clients last week. - -Developing economies may not get relief anytime soon. The Federal Reserve is expected to keep steadily lifting interest rates off the floor. The rate hikes represent a vote of confidence in the strong American economy, which continues to prop up US stocks. - -However, the end of easy money — along with a surge of trade tensions — is causing serious headaches in other parts of the world. - -Higher rates strengthen the US dollar, making it more difficult for countries like Turkey that took out a ton of dollar-denominated debt. Moreover, the rate hikes have lured money that had flocked to far-flung places back to the United States. - -But not all emerging markets are feeling the pain equally. Some, like South Korea and Thailand, seem to be weathering the storm relatively well. That's a huge flip from two decades ago, when an Asian financial crisis began with the implosion of the Thai baht. - -Others, like Turkey, have gotten crushed. The Turkish central bank had to resort to a surprisingly strong interest rate hike last week to stem the bleeding in the lira. Argentina's central bank hiked interest rates to 60%. The central bank of Russia, which has been hammered by sanctions from Washington, surprised investors on Friday with the first interest rate hike since 2014. South Africa's central bank, which meets on Thursday, could be forced to do the same. - -Daw said that countries most susceptible to the emerging market stress have several things in common. - -First, they've piled on lots of dollar-denominated debt -- much of which is due soon. Second, they have relatively high overall levels of debt and low rainy-day funds. And these emerging markets are running trade and budget deficits. - -So which countries fit these categories? Daw called out Turkey, South Africa, Malaysia, India and Indonesia as the most vulnerable. - -""The misallocation of capital following a decade of cheap money is starting to be exposed,"" Daw said. - -2. More earnings: It's a slower week for earnings, but some notable companies will post results, including Oracle, FedEx, General Mills, AutoZone and Olive Garden owner Darden Restaurants. The booming economy and lower tax rates have boosted corporate profits. - -3. New Apple products: Apple's new iPhone models hit store shelves on Friday. The company is also releasing iOS 12, Apple Watch and software updates to its HomePod and tvOS devices. Apple's (AAPL) stock is up 32% this year. - -4. S&P reclassification: The S&P 500 is undergoing some changes on Friday. A number of major tech and telecommunications stocks will move to the communication services unit, including Facebook (FB), Netflix (NFLX) and Alphabet (GOOGL). - -5. Coming this week: - -Monday — Oracle (ORCL) and FedEx (FDX) earnings; iOS 12 launches - -Tuesday — General Mills (GIS) and AutoZone (AZO) earnings; US Treasury foreign bond ownership stats - -Thursday — Darden (DRI) Restaurants and Micron Technology (MU) earnings - -Friday — S&P reclassification; new iPhones and Apple Watch hit stores",1731883639,49683961c9,5ca3813f2e,,,1731883639 -https://www.amnavigator.com/blog/2024/06/26/affiliate-program-technology-partners/,http://www.amnavigator.com/blog/feed/,Affiliate Program and Technology Partners: What to Consider,"Share Post Share Email - -We tend to associate technology partners with cart abandonment technologies and retargeting software. However, tech partners offer much more. Awin, one of the first affiliate networks to highlight these partners, classifies them into various categories, including mobile measurement, e-commerce, CSS, analytics, and tech partner plugins. This last category often requires the most attention and is particularly interesting to brands and retailers. But is partnering with these tech companies always beneficial, or could some partnerships compromise your affiliate program‘s good health? - -In this post, we’ll explore the implications and nuances of collaborating with tech partners for your affiliate program. We will also discuss why a personalized, case-by-case approach is essential for success, providing insights into how to tailor your strategy for optimal results. - -Understanding Technology Partners in Affiliate Marketing - -Technology partners include a variety of service providers and technologies designed to optimize affiliate campaigns and achieve results. These partners often operate as affiliates and are integrated into a brand’s affiliate program being paid based on performance. - -The solutions they provide typically include: - -Cart Abandonment Solutions - -Techniques like reminder emails, discount offerings, streamlined checkout processes, and additional payment options to convert abandoned carts into completed purchases. - -Exit Intent Technology - -Detects when a user is about to leave a website and prompts them with targeted messages or offers to retain them and increase conversions. - -Product Recommendations and Bundling - -Personalizes the shopping experience by showing relevant products at the right time or packaging related products together. - -Email Remarketing & IP-based Retargeting - -Sends personalized messages or offers to website visitor emails to convince them to resume shopping and check out. - -Display Networks (Prospecting/Retargeting) - -Use visual advertisements to reach specific audiences and re-engage visitors who did not complete a transaction. - -Dynamic Couponing - -Increases conversion rates by offering relevant deals and boosting the average order value. - -Referral Marketing Solutions - -Help you leverage your existing customers as brand ambassadors to acquire new customers. - -Push Notifications - -Sends clickable messages to devices, even when the consumer is not on the website, to maintain engagement and prompt actions. - -Look-alike Audience Tools - -Create existing customer profiles to help you identify and target similar audiences to increase website traffic and sales. - -Incorporating technology partners into your affiliate program can significantly enhance its effectiveness, offering such benefits as increased conversions, reduced cart abandonment, boosted average order value (AOV), and increased customer spend. However, a strategic approach is essential to safely integrate these solutions and achieve optimal results. While the potential benefits are highly attractive, they can also come with challenges and costs. - -Costs and Payment Models - -While many successful tech partners operate on a performance-based payment model, others charge an integration fee. A good tech partner should ideally work on a CPA basis. They should conduct a thorough forecast using the brand’s metrics, such as conversion rate and monthly unique visitors, to estimate the number of additional sales they can generate. If the partnership does not prove sustainable based on these projections, it may not be worth implementing. - -Potential Loss of Content Partners - -Working with a tech affiliate can initially boost your sales. However, if their efforts overwrite those of a major content affiliate, this can create problems. The content affiliate, noticing a drop in their earnings, may decide to stop promoting your brand. This results in a double loss: the sales from the content affiliate and reduced effectiveness of the tech partner due to less traffic for retargeting. - -Furthermore, if other affiliates see the tech partner’s links in popups or during shopping cart recovery, they may raise concerns in affiliate groups. This can lead to existing affiliates withdrawing their support and potential affiliates being discouraged from partnering with your brand. - -Implementation Considerations - -To test these strategies, brands need to integrate the tech partner’s tag on their site. Many tech partners are already integrated with major networks, allowing the tech partner tag to be placed without any additional development work from the brand. When this integration is not available, some extra effort is required. While most brands don’t see this as a disadvantage, some may worry about the additional effort and costs. - -Further Risks and Possible Conflicts - -In some rare cases, conflicts between the tech partners’ code and existing code, apps, and integrations appear and affect various functionalities. For example, bundling and payment integrations may impact tracking. Exit intent popups may slow down the website. - -There are also cases when tech affiliates don’t disclose everything about their services and the tags or code the brand has to install passes on more information than required or agreed. - -Final Tips on Evaluating & Selecting the Best Tech Partners - -Tech partners can make or break a brand’s affiliate program. That’s why there’s no universal agreement on whether they should or should not be integrated. The best solution is for every brand to assess its own needs and capabilities to implement the above-mentioned tech solutions. - -Converting website visitors should be a priority for every merchant, and that’s what most tech partners provide: conversion optimization solutions, be it through display and email retargeting, personalized buyer journeys, exit intent popups, and shopping cart recovery. - -Brands that can’t implement such solutions on their own or that don’t see results with their in-house campaigns will benefit the most from partnering with a tech affiliate. However, not all tech affiliates are created equal, and not all tech partnerships will prove beneficial in the long term. - -It’s important to: - -Choose tech partners with proven expertise and experience in working with similar brands. - -Work together to create and personalize the campaigns, not just implement standard, impersonal solutions. - -Ensure that your costs (through affiliate commissions ) are acceptable and in line with the value of the provided services. - -Test integrations and campaigns before they go live, assessing functionality, compliance with the brand’s guidelines, and shoppers’ experience. - -Once the decision to work with a tech partner has been made, it is extremely important to monitor how the actual partnership unfolds: - -How does the affiliate live up to its claims and promises? - -What is the actual increase in sales? - -Do the benefits justify the costs? - -How does the new partnership affect existing affiliates and their earnings? - -What further improvements/optimizations can be made? - -In other words, approaching these partnerships with a clear strategy and understanding of the potential challenges is vital. Only by carefully considering all the above aspects or working with an experienced affiliate program manager, you can make informed decisions that enhance your program’s effectiveness and ensure long-term sustainable growth.",1731883671,051c9996fd,5c9d29d26c,,,1731883671 -https://techcrunch.com/2022/09/01/blocks-cash-app-will-now-let-users-pay-online-beyond-the-square-network/,https://techcrunch.com/tag/mobile-payments/feed/,Block's Cash App lets users pay online beyond Square network,"Block’s (formerly known as Square) Cash App is now letting users make payments on e-commerce sites outside the Square network. Until now, users could only make payments using Cash App Pay on Square terminals or online Square merchant partners. - -The company has partnered with American Eagle, Aerie, Tommy Hilfiger, Finish Line and JD Sports for the launch with more merchants like Romwe, Savage x Fenty, SHEIN, thredUP and Wish coming to follow in the coming months. - -Users can either explore discounts and promotions offered by these brands from the Cash App’s Discover tab or go to their website and select the Cash App Pay option at checkout. They can use Cash App credit or debit cards to pay for items they purchase. - -The company said it’s automatically offering a 10% discount to users when they make their first purchases with these merchants using Cash App Pay. - -Block first introduced Cash App Pay last year to let customers easily make payments to Square merchant partners in-person or online by scanning a QR code or pressing the button on their app. Users can also use the Cash app debit card to make payments across merchants. - -This new move of letting users make payments outside the Square network might help Block compete better with rivals like Apple Pay, which has a long list of online partners. The firm announced in June that it’s working with Apple to support the tap-to-pay on iPhone feature — which was announced back in February — on the Square app later this year. - -In April, Block confirmed a massive data breach where a former employee download unauthorized reports from the Cash App that included information like full customer names, brokerage account numbers and in some cases full information about their investment portfolio. - -Cash App, which has more than 80 million annual active users on its platform, is a major revenue feature driver for Block and offers services like investment in stocks and Bitcoin. The company posted $1.47 billion in profit for Q2 2022 with 29% year-on-year growth, but its Bitcoin business revenue was down due to the volatile crypto market.",1731883663,3aa6d26c70,5c233fc08e,,,1731883663 -https://transom.org/2012/two-cape-cods/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Two Cape Cods,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/06/Two-Cape-Cods.mp3 Download Listen to “Two Cape Cods” - -Sean Corcoran made the leap. And just in time. - -A few years ago, right around the time newspaper readership plummeted and papers shut-down one after another, Sean left newspaper reporting for radio. He was smitten by the sound of an interviewee’s voice he recorded merely for note taking and said to himself “I wish I was in radio.” He’s now the Senior Reporter at WCAI, the public radio station in Woods Hole, Massachusetts. - -We taught him how to do Sonic IDs. Now he's our friend. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Journalism is journalism but print reporting is not radio reporting. To make the transition, Sean had to think differently about interviewing, writing, and story structure never mind all the gear and editing. - -On this HowSound, Sean talks about what he learned from his leap to radio. He offers excellent insight on radio storytelling for print reporters who are now in the same boat he was a few years ago. And, he says there are print conventions radio producers could benefit from, too. - -All that and a story from Sean’s Two Cape Cods, a series that received an Alfred I. Dupont-Columbia University award on HowSound today. Listen up. - -Here are links to some of Sean’s other radio work:",1731883730,c00d35bf2d,5cf9a03b68,,,1731883730 -https://design-milk.com/2024-best-modern-travel-gifts-for-the-jetsetter/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=2024-best-modern-travel-gifts-for-the-jetsetter,https://design-milk.com/feed/,2024 Best Modern Travel Gifts for the Jetsetter,"Got a travel enthusiast in your life? Or maybe you’re the one that’s always on the go with a passport in hand? As the holiday season sneaks up, it’s the perfect time to bring a little magic to those upcoming journeys with gifts that add comfort, ease, and a dash of style to travel plans. And let’s be real – we all know someone who’s constantly jetting off (or daydreaming about it!). Whether it’s a quick staycation, an off-the-grid adventure, or the ultimate trip of a lifetime, giving the traveler in your life something to elevate their journey might just earn your present the award of Best Gift of the Year. Dive into our curated picks for the most chic and functional travel gifts of 2024. - -I’ve been a fan of Away for years and it never fails to impress me in terms of quality, service, and collaborations. The luggage brand’s latest innovation is The Train Case, made from the same durable material as their larger counterparts. Not only does it look chic, I love that it can be used in so many different ways by different people. Photographers can use it to stash lenses, while parents can fill it with toys and activities for long flights with kids. The various compartments allow you to organize cables, skincare, travel gear, and more. This train case is one of those travel essentials that will adapt to everyone’s unique journey. - -Ever tried balancing your personal item on top of your suitcase, only to have it slip and slide as you dash through the airport? Enter the Cincha Travel Belt – a total game-changer for the traveler with multiple items. This handy strap secures your bag to your luggage handle, making airport strolls infinitely easier. With vibrant patterns and colors, Cincha transforms a simple travel hack into a stylish accessory. - -For long flights, compression socks are a must to keep the blood flowing and prevent that post-flight puffiness. But why settle for plain, no-frills black socks when you could go for something a little more fun? Stylish compression socks are an easy way to add a touch of flair to your travel outfit while keeping things comfortable. - -Tote bags are a traveler’s best friend – just toss everything in and go! This tote brings a peace of mind knowing you have room to add in that neck pillow, a yummy lunch alternative to the airplane food, or those “had to have it” souvenirs. The striped colorway makes it extra special. - -Packing chargers and cables can feel like wrestling with a tangled mess of spaghetti. The Counterpart Charger makes life so much easier. With a 4-foot retractable USB-C cord, you can avoid cable chaos entirely – just pull it out when you need it and push the front-facing button to snap it back when you don’t. Whether you’re facing a flight delay or need a quick recharge at a cafe, this little gadget has you covered. - -Need to refresh your travel gear? The Dusen Dusen collection of travel accessories has all the essentials – luggage tags, cardholders, passport cases, and weekend bags. Each piece brings Dusen Dusen’s playful patterns into the travel space, proving that organization doesn’t have to be boring. - -On our last family trip, this suitcase was a game changer – so much so that a passerby watched as we strolled along and said “I like that. Now that’s smart.” It’s a suitcase that turns into a seat for your kids (or yourself!) with a quick flip. A notch in the backrest acts as a hook so that you can hang your toddler’s backpack and an included seat belt easily attaches to safely secure your little one. Imagine strolling through the airport without the “I’m tired” chorus – this case is worth every penny! - -For skincare lovers who can’t bear to leave behind a single serum or cream, Parallelle’s travel bag is a total game-changer. Gone are the days of bottles rolling around in a cluttered makeup bag (cue the spills and endless digging). With a flat bottom and foldable sides, this bag keeps everything neatly organized and standing upright, so you can see exactly what you need. It opens up fully to reveal an impressive layout of 20 pockets, six mesh pockets, and three adjustable main compartments, making it easy to keep your skincare essentials within reach and perfectly in place. - -Speaking of skincare, I’ll admit it – I’ve bought my fair share of refillable bottles from big-box stores, the kind made from flimsy plastic that always seem to leak by trip number two. Let’s just say, they’ve never exactly enhanced my travel experience. So, for my next adventure, I’m upgrading to Ries, the refillable bottles that are built to last. With an airless, non-pressurized pump, these beauties let you easily dispense your products without that desperate bottle-banging. And the best part? This system means I can skip the single-use travel minis, keeping my skincare routine eco-friendly and luggage leak-free! - -Lastly, a cozy lounge set is always a must-pack for me when I travel – there’s nothing like sinking into a hotel bed in pure comfort after a long day. Especially on work trips, that moment when I can clock out, slip into my pajamas, and finally unwind is everything. I’m completely obsessed with Comme Si’s loungewear; it’s simple yet luxurious, and after their collab with USM Modular (recently exhibited at the Neutra VDL House in Los Angeles!), I’m even more in love. These pieces are perfect for lounging but stylish enough to step out in, making them my go-to travel essentials! - -Follow along so you don’t miss any of our 2024 Gift Guides this year! - -This post contains affiliate links, so if you make a purchase from an affiliate link, we earn a commission. Thanks for supporting Design Milk!",1731883615,fd84d171f7,5d07c98672,,,1731883615 -https://www.cnbc.com/2024/11/15/why-home-depot-acquired-srs-distribution.html,https://www.cnbc.com/id/100003114/device/rss/rss.html,Why Home Depot made an $18.25 billion bet on the pro business,"In this article HD Follow your favorite stocks CREATE FREE ACCOUNT - -A warehouse for Texas Pool Supply, a company that's part of SRS Distribution, carries pool parts such as filters and heaters, along with large buckets of pool chemicals. It's an example of the specialized business that Home Depot includes after acquiring SRS. Melissa Repko | CNBC - -PLANO, Texas — In a suburban warehouse, giant buckets of pool sanitizer and boxed-up heaters and pumps line the shelves. This isn't a Home Depot store, but these aisles — and the company behind them — will shape the home improvement retailer's success over the next decade. Home Depot made its biggest bet yet on expanding its business earlier this year when it bought SRS Distribution, a Texas-based company that sells supplies to professionals in the roofing, pool and landscaping businesses. The company has more than 11,000 employees and more than 780 branches across 47 states, including in the Dallas area. With the $18.25 billion deal, which closed in June, Home Depot signaled to investors that its growth will come not just from its big-box stores. It will also rely on large online orders placed by home professionals who need a long list of specific supplies for installing swimming pools, repairing roofs and tackling complex remodels. In its first few months, the deal has buoyed Home Depot's business at a time when consumers are taking on fewer of their own home improvement projects. Earlier this week, the retailer said the acquisition fueled a more than 6% increase in fiscal third-quarter sales, even as shoppers went to stores less and spent less per transaction than in the year-ago period. In both of the past two quarters, Home Depot's revenue would have fallen year over year if SRS' sales were excluded. In an interview with CNBC, CEO Ted Decker said Home Depot bought the company not to offset the softer do-it-yourself market, but because it fits into its strategy to sell more to pros. Home Depot has long acted as a convenience store for pros, who might drop in to buy a tool or last-minute item. Over the past four years, it has built a nationwide distribution network with hubs in metro areas such as Dallas, Atlanta and Los Angeles, so it can deliver larger, truckload-size orders directly to the job site of a contractor or other pro. Yet SRS caught the retailer's attention because it offered a different area of expertise: Catering to home improvement pros with specialties, Decker said. SRS CEO Dan Tinker said the specialty distributor brings a deeper catalog of merchandise, a dedicated sales force and a large network that delivers to about 15,000 job sites per day. It also offers trade credit, a financing arrangement that allows a customer to receive a big order and pay later. Home Depot, for its part, has just started offering that option to a small portion of its own pro customers. ""What we bring to them is an accelerant to their pro strategy,"" he said. At the time of the deal, Home Depot estimated the acquisition expands the company's total addressable market to approximately $1 trillion, an increase of approximately $50 billion. SRS came with a steep price tag but could add rocket fuel to Home Depot's pro growth, said Joe Feldman, a senior research analyst for Telsey Advisory Group. He compared the deal to Walmart's $3.3 billion acquisition of Jet.com, an e-commerce player. Some industry watchers and Walmart's own CEO have credited the move for accelerating Walmart's online business, even though it eventually shut down Jet.com as a standalone. ""They see it as an opportunity to enter a completely new market with a very established player,"" he said. ""It will take a few years to see if it pays off."" - -Home Depot acquired SRS Distribution in March for $18.25 billion. The Texas-based company sells supplies to professionals for pools, landscaping and roofing. Melissa Repko | CNBC - -A jolt to the business - -For Home Depot, the expansion into the pro business comes at a challenging time. With housing turnover near its lowest in decades, the pro business has also felt pressure. On Tuesday, the company hiked its full-year forecast, but only because of a shorter-term boost in business. Hurricane-related preparation and repairs, and homeowners taking advantage of warmer, drier weather with outdoor-related purchases and smaller projects, drove additional sales in the third quarter. Customers have delayed home sales and purchases, or springing for pricier projects, as they wait for lower mortgage and borrowing rates. Home Depot's ""biggest challenge — and really, their only challenge — is when do we see a great retail vertical over the past few years get back to being that way?"" said Chuck Grom, a senior analyst who covers retail for Gordon Haskett. Home Depot's stock has underperformed the S&P 500. As of Thursday's close, shares of the company are up 17% this year, but trail the S&P 500's nearly 25% gains. Yet investors have expressed some optimism. Telsey Advisory Group's Feldman recently upgraded Home Depot's stock. While he said he expects negative comparable sales next quarter and perhaps even in the first quarter of next year, he said he anticipates a return to growth next spring. In other interest rate easing cycles, he said it's typically taken about six to nine months to see housing demand pick up. The Federal Reserve kicked off interest rate cuts in September and has made one other reduction since then, with more expected. Grom said Home Depot's growing pro business is what helps to attract investors and set it apart from its main competitor, Lowe's . About half of its business comes from home pros compared with about 20% to 25% at Lowe's. Pros are typically steadier and bigger spenders, and some of the businesses they serve better weather ups and downs in the economy. For example, about 80% of the roofing business comes from repairs or re-roofing projects rather than for new homes, Decker said. He cited that as one of the factors that made SRS attractive. Tinker said SRS is more insulated than Home Depot is from economic changes. As families hold off on moving, SRS has gotten business from investment companies that have been buying properties to fix up and rent, he said. ""There's such a huge need for people to rent until they can afford to buy,"" he said. SRS is expected to contribute about $6.4 billion in incremental sales this year, according to Home Depot. Those sales include only the period after the deal closed in mid-June. The SRS deal and the focus on pro does not mean Home Depot is abandoning efforts to jolt the rest of its business. Decker said the retailer is still trying to attract more do-it-yourself sales. It has opened 10 new stores in the U.S. since late January and it plans to open two more by early February. - -Combining forces",1731883665,a25f737359,5c8ee88903,,,1731883665 -https://new.nsf.gov/news/snakes-dont-go-their-gut-they-regenerate-it,https://www.nsf.gov/rss/rss_www_news.xml,"Snakes don't go with their gut, they regenerate it","Humans aren't capable of regrowing limbs like some salamanders or full organs like some snails and zebrafish, but we do renew some of our cells, including the absorptive lining of our intestines. In contrast to the relatively minor turnover of cells seen in human intestines, some snakes, including boas and pythons, undergo extensive regenerative transformation of their intestine upon feeding. New research supported by the U.S. National Science Foundation has found that the method these snakes use to renew their guts, while different from the process humans use for regular cell renewal, is similar to mechanisms observed in mammalian wound healing and to how human intestines respond to a particular form of gastric bypass. This discovery increases researchers' understanding of intestinal physiology and could have applications in treating metabolic and gastrointestinal disorders like diabetes and celiac disease, and possibly even cancer. - -Humans regularly renew intestinal cells by activating stem cells found in microscopic caverns in the intestinal wall known as intestinal crypts. Boas and pythons don't have these crypts but regenerate their intestines after feeding in one of the most extreme examples of intestinal regeneration found in the animal kingdom — from shrunken and nearly non-functioning to double the size and with a rebuilt structure capable of digesting and absorbing their meal. The new research solved key elements of the mystery of how these snakes accomplished this feat, finding that it involves the unique coordination of pathways also present in humans. It also involves many of the signaling pathways observed in humans after a Roux-en-Y gastric bypass procedure, which is used to aid in weight loss and treat type 2 diabetes. - -""By determining the mechanisms that control this fascinating phenomenon in snakes, we can now work to understand the role those mechanisms play in modulating human intestinal regenerative capacity, metabolic reprogramming and responses to Roux-en-Y gastric bypass, which may direct future targeting of drugs to manipulate these responses,"" said Todd Castoe, corresponding author and a professor at The University of Texas at Arlington. ""This could eventually provide treatments for the millions of people living with diabetes and celiac, Crohn's disease, colitis and other gastrointestinal diseases, and may also provide new perspectives for treatment of gastrointestinal cancers.""",1731883635,9816183432,5d56b438a5,,,1731883635 -https://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/4-easy-ways-to-make-better-instagram-reels/,https://www.socialmediaexaminer.com/feed/,4 Easy Ways to Make Better Instagram Reels : Social Media Examiner,"Are you struggling to make Reels? Does your video content strategy need to change? - -In this article, we’ll explore four easy ways to make better Instagram Reels. - -This article was co-created by Shannon McKinstrie and Michael Stelzner. For more about Shannon, scroll to the end of this article. - -Why Instagram Reels Matter - -Instagram Reels have become an important tool for businesses and creators to reach new audiences. However, many people struggle to create engaging Reel content. - -Before diving into the strategies, it's important to understand why Reels are so valuable. Reels offer a unique opportunity to reach people who don't follow you. While other Instagram features like hashtags have become less effective for discovery, Reels are still “reach heavy,” according to social strategist Shannon McKinstrie. This means your Reels have a good chance of being shown to new potential followers. - -Reels also help build trust quickly. In a world where we're constantly scrolling through content, video allows you to make a stronger connection with viewers. If you want to grow your following and stay top of mind with your audience, Reels are a great way to do it. Reels are particularly effective for getting in front of new audiences, which is crucial for many businesses. - -Another advantage of Reels is that they don't require a background in video production. Anyone can create effective Reels with just a smartphone and some creativity. This accessibility makes Reels a powerful tool for businesses of all sizes. - -#1: How to Create Instagram Reels Content That Makes People Feel Heard - -The first pillar of Shannon's Reels strategy is to create content that makes your audience feel heard and understood. This type of content helps people feel validated and creates a human connection. When someone feels heard when they see your content, it can have a powerful impact, even if the Reel doesn't go viral. - -To create “feeling heard” content, consider your audience's challenges, frustrations, or experiences. For example, a nutritionist might create a Reel saying, “I don't know who needs to hear this, but worrying about the ice cream is more unhealthy than just having a bowl of ice cream,” with footage of swirled ice cream in a cone. This simple message acknowledges many people's everyday struggles and offers a comforting perspective. - -The key is to put the main message as text on the screen all at once, rather than revealing it slowly. This approach caters to today's fast-paced content consumption habits. - -Other approaches to creating “feeling heard” content include using phrases like “I don't mean to interrupt your scrolling, but…,” “This is your sign to…,” or “I wish more people knew…” These introductions signal to viewers that you're about to share something relatable or important. You can also offer reminders or pep talks related to your niche. For instance, if you're a social media marketer, you might remind your audience that taking a break from posting is okay if they're feeling overwhelmed. - -The key to this type of content is understanding your audience deeply. What are their daily struggles? What keeps them up at night? By addressing these issues, you create content that resonates on a personal level, fostering a stronger connection with your viewers. - -#2: How to Create Instagram Reels That Are Helpful - -The second pillar of Shannon's strategy is to create helpful content. This is where you can share tips, tricks, and educational information. But be sure to keep it simple and easy to digest. “So what I tend to do for my clients, for the helpful, if it is going to be a list of like five, 10 things again, be so specific and keep it so simple and doable where they don't have to go out and buy the thing. They don't have to go out and build the thing,” Shannon says. - -When creating helpful content, focus on providing value your audience can immediately act on. This could be a quick tip related to your industry, a short how-to guide, or a simple solution to a common problem. For example, if you're a coffee shop owner, you might share a quick tip on how to froth milk at home for the perfect latte. - -You can also use the phrase “I found” to introduce helpful content. For instance, “I found the best podcast mic for beginners as a newbie podcaster” or “Here's how I use Meta Business Suite to schedule my content as a social media manager.” This approach feels more personal and authentic than simply telling people what they should do. It also establishes your expertise in a friendly, approachable way. - -Ready to Supercharge Your Marketing Strategy? Get expert training and an unbeatable conference experience when you attend Social Media Marketing World—from your friends at Social Media Examiner. - - - -Broaden your reach, skyrocket your engagement, and grow your sales. Become the marketing hero your company or clients need! 🔥 As a valued reader, you can save $790 on an All-Access ticket if you act now. Sale Ends Tuesday! 🔥 GET THE DETAILS - -Another effective format for helpful content is the “POV” (Point of View) Reel. For example, one of Shannon's clients created a POV Reel for parents dealing with toddler tantrums. The Reel said, “POV: You're tired of your toddler having tantrums at the grocery store, and then you find my account.” The video shows the creator holding her child's hand. In the caption, the creator provided helpful tips for managing tantrums. - -This format allows you to present a problem and offer a solution in a relatable way. You want to demonstrate the customer's desired feeling or end state here. For example: “POV: You're a coffee lover in Raleigh, NC, and you find this brand new coffee shop that serves birthday cake lattes.” The Reel could show a person enjoying the latte. - -Remember, your helpful content doesn't always need to be complex or revolutionary. Sometimes, the simplest tips can be the most valuable to your audience. The key is to make your content actionable and easy to implement. - -#3: How to Create Instagram Reels Using Humor - -The third pillar of Shannon's strategy is humor. This might seem intimidating, especially if you don't consider yourself naturally funny. But it doesn't have to be side-splitting humor—even a small chuckle can be effective. - -To create humorous content, create a bank of ideas by thinking of relatable situations in your industry or niche. For example, you could create humor for marketers by “poking fun at Meta Business Suite and how complicated it is” or “thinking this Reel's gonna go viral and it gets 200 views and one spam account.” These situations are relatable to anyone who works in social media marketing, making them perfect for humorous content. - -One way to incorporate humor into your Reels is by using trending audio clips. These are often snippets from movies, TV shows, or popular songs that people lip-sync to while adding their own visual content. You don't even have to lip-sync if you're uncomfortable doing so— you can simply use the audio as a background while showing relevant visuals. - -Note: Choose trending audio that is not overly saturated (less than 5K uses). If you have a business account on Instagram, you can go to your professional dashboard and scroll to trending audio to look for the most popular sounds. - -If you're uncomfortable being on camera or lip-syncing, use tools like CapCut to create simple, funny video edits. CapCut allows you to use stock footage or GIFs and add your own captions to create humorous content. For example, you could use a funny GIF of someone looking confused and add text relating it to a common challenge in your industry. For inspiration, look at TikTok, Shannon says. - -Curious About How to Use AI? Our newest show, AI Explored, might be just what you're looking for. It's for marketers, creators, and entrepreneurs who want to understand how to use AI in their business. - - - -It's hosted by Michael Stelzner and explores this exciting new frontier in easy-to-understand terms. - - - -Pull up your favorite podcast app and search for AI Explored. Or click the button below for more information. I WANT TO LEARN MORE ABOUT AI - -Pro Tip: Open your Instagram app and go to the Reels camera. Select your video, and then visit the Clip hub to find funny GIFs. - -Instagram's Stories camera is also a valuable tool for creating Reel content. It automatically films in the correct dimensions for Reels (9:16 aspect ratio), making it easier to create content that fits the format. - -Remember, the goal of using humor in your Reels is to be relatable and bring a smile to your audience's face. You don't need to be a comedian to add a touch of humor to your content. Often, simply acknowledging the everyday challenges or quirks of your industry can be enough to create a connection with your viewers. - -#4: How to Create Instagram Reels That Share Happenings - -The final pillar of Shannon's strategy is to share “happenings”—behind-the-scenes content, stories, and updates from your life or business. This type of content helps your audience feel connected to you and your brand on a more personal level. - -“Happenings” content is what makes social media truly powerful. It lets you share your journey, challenges, and triumphs with your audience. This could include sharing your founder's story, giving a behind-the-scenes look at your work process, showcasing your team or workspace, or sharing updates about new products or services. - -For example, if you run a coffee shop, you might create Reels showing how you open the shop in the morning, introducing your baristas, or demonstrating how you make your most popular drinks. Shannon suggests ideas like “Pack a $200 order with me” for eCommerce businesses, showing the process of fulfilling an order. - -While this type of content might not always go viral, it serves an important purpose. It helps build a stronger connection with your existing audience, giving them a reason to keep following you and helping them feel more invested in your brand. This content is particularly effective for local businesses, as Instagram often pushes content to Instagram users who are geographically close to you. - -When creating “happenings” content, don't be afraid to get personal. Share your journey, your challenges, and your victories. This could be as simple as sharing a quick update about a conference you attended or as in-depth as telling your full founder's story. - -Create a longer, more detailed “happenings” Reel to pin to your profile grid. Your pinned content (you can pin up to three pieces of content to your IG grid) could serve as an introduction to new visitors, much like an “About” page on a website. This serves as a home base for people considering your product or business. Think of your pinned Reels as a mini-website, with one Reel introducing you or your brand, another showcasing your services, and perhaps a third highlighting a key achievement or popular product. - -Making Your Instagram Reels Stand Out: ‘The 3 S's’ - -To make your Reels more effective, Shannon recommends focusing on what she calls the “Three S's”: - -Simple: Is your content easy to understand and digest quickly? In today's fast-paced social media environment, you need to get your message across quickly and clearly. Avoid complex explanations or ideas that require a lot of background knowledge. Also, study the text placement in Reels. Make sure it's centered in the middle, not cut off by icons. You want people to notice your text when it appears in your IG grid. Shareable: Would someone want to share this with their friends? You want to create content that makes people want to be the “group chat hero”—the person who shares something so good that all their friends react positively. Think about what makes you want to share content with your own friends and try to recreate that feeling in your Reels. Specific: Are you being clear about why people should care about your content? It's important to be specific, especially in your hooks (the opening of your Reel). Instead of a general “Instagram tip,” try something like “Instagram Tip to get out of 500-View Jail” or “Instagram Reel idea that helped me get 1K new followers.” By being specific, you're telling viewers exactly why they should care about your content. - -When creating your Reels, always ask yourself these questions—think like your ideal follower. The more you can say “yes” to each of these, the more likely your Reel is to perform well. - -Specificity is critical in today's crowded social media landscape. A few years ago, you could simply say “Instagram tip” and get attention, but now you need to be much more specific to stand out. Always consider why your audience should care about what you're sharing and make that clear from the start. - -Overcoming Common Instagram Reel Challenges - -If you're feeling intimidated by creating Reels, you're not alone. Many people struggle with various aspects of creating video content. Here are some common challenges and how to overcome them: - -“I'm not comfortable on camera”: You don't always need to show your face in your Reels. You can use B-roll footage (supplemental or alternative video clips) instead. This could be as simple as filming your hands while you work, showing your product in use, or even using stock footage related to your message. You can then add text overlays to convey your main points. - -“I'm not funny”: Remember, humor doesn't have to mean laugh-out-loud funny. Even a relatable situation that makes people smile can work. Focus on the everyday situations or frustrations that your audience experiences and present them in a lighthearted way. Often, simply acknowledging a common challenge can be enough to create a connection with your viewers. - -“I don't have time to create complex videos”: Many successful Reels are very simple. A Reel can be as short as 5–6 seconds. It could be a single shot with on-screen text or even just you smiling at the camera with a text overlay sharing your message. Don't let the idea that you need to create elaborate productions hold you back from creating Reels. - -“I don't know what to post about “: Use Shannon's four pillars (Heard, Helpful, Humor, Happenings) to brainstorm ideas. Keep a running list of potential topics. Pay attention to the questions your customers frequently ask, the challenges they face, or the aspects of your work that others find interesting. These can all be sources of content for your Reels. - -Remember, the goal is to create content that resonates with your audience. It doesn't have to be perfect—authenticity often performs better than polished perfection. Experiment with different types of content and see what works best for your brand and target audience. - -Shannon Mckinstrie is a social strategist who specializes in helping small business owners with short-form video content. She's host of the Good Content podcast, and her membership is The Reels Lab. You can find her on Instagram and LinkedIn. Check out more resources here. - -Other Notes From This Episode - -Connect with Michael Stelzner @Stelzner on Instagram and @Mike_Stelzner on X. - -Watch this interview and other exclusive content from Social Media Examiner on YouTube. - -Listen to the Podcast Now This article is sourced from the Social Media Marketing Podcast, a top marketing podcast. Listen or subscribe below. - -Where to subscribe: | | YouTube Music | YouTube | Amazon Music | - -✋🏽 If you enjoyed this episode of the Social Media Marketing podcast, please head over to Apple Podcasts, leave a rating, write a review, and subscribe. - -Stay Up-to-Date: Get New Marketing Articles Delivered to You! - -Don't miss out on upcoming social media marketing insights and strategies! Sign up to receive notifications when we publish new articles on Social Media Examiner. Our expertly crafted content will help you stay ahead of the curve and drive results for your business. Click the link below to sign up now and receive our annual report!",1731883612,d4ca980507,5d3113724f,,,1731883612 -https://www.vg247.com/mass-effect-tv-series-confirmed-fast-and-furious-writer,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Mass Effect is officially getting an Amazon TV series, penned by the writer of that Fast & Furious film where Vin Diesel and John Cena have a big fight about family","Do you live your life a quarter star system at a time? Well, if you do, and you're into Mass Effect, here's some good news. It's been revealed that BioWare's sci-fi RPG series is getting its own TV show from Amazon, with development having already kicked off. - -So, not only is BioWare turning its focus game-wise back to Mass Effect now that Dragon Age: The Veilguard is out of the door, this is in the works too. Whatever you thought of this year's N7 Day celebrations, you can't say you're not getting enough positive developments ME-wise. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Variety reports that Amazon MGM Studios is working on this Mass Effect TV series, with Karim Zreik, Ari Arad, and EA developer Michael Gamble - the current lead on the next Mass Effect game - all executive producing. - -Meanwhile, on the writing front, while no plot details have been revealed yet, we do know that Daniel Casey is set to pen the scripts in addition being another executive producer, because you can apparently never have enough of those. What's Casey worked on previously, you ask? - -Well, the answer is Fast and Furious 9, which he co-wrote with director Justin Lin. It sees top Hollywood bald man Vin Diesel's Dominic Toretto have a big fight with John Cena - portraying Dom's muscly brother Jakob. They tackle each other a bit, there's some shouting, and it's all about family because Fast and Furious. I'll be honest, as someone who's been pretty much tuned out of the series since about Fast 6, despite having seen Tokyo Drift more times than I can count, I can't tell you whether F9's good or not. - -Who knows, maybe we'll get a tale about the default male Commander Shepard - who kinda looks like he'd not seem too out of place behind the wheel of some supercar or a bright yellow 60s Camaro with a massive bug catcher and underglow neon - learning that he's got a secret brother who's been working with the reapers. Probably not, though. - -Anyway, the idea of a Mass Effect TV series is something that's been talked about for a while now, so here's hoping it's good. If you're playing BioWare's latest release, make sure to check out our Veilguard guides, which can help you nail those pesky choices and get your hands on some nice loot",1731883715,374d98cbb9,5d010f35b1,,,1731883715 -https://www.lighthousehockey.com/2024/11/16/24298076/nyi-ny-new-york-islanders-gameday-news-swimming-in-the-deep-this-afternoon-seattle-kraken-engvall,https://www.lighthousehockey.com/rss/current,Islanders Gameday News: Swimming in The Deep this afternoon,"This afternoon, the New York Islanders will try to build off of their most complete game of the season, Thursday’s road win against the Vancouver Canucks, when they visit the Seattle Kraken. It’s a 4:00 p.m. start. Old friend and now Seattle captain Jordan Eberle got hurt last game and won’t play today, unfortunately. - -It has been remarkable to see the Islanders come together with the injuries they have endured. Hopefully, they can keep it going on this trip. - -FIGs go here. - -Islanders News - -#Isles at #SeaKraken 4pET - - - -- Isles on season-best 5-game point streak (3-0-2) - -- Kraken won 2 shootouts vs. Isles last season - -- Kraken w/o Jordan Eberle, hurt last game - -- Sorokin can earn his 100th reg. season W - -- Lee needs 1 assist to reach 200 - -- Dobson needs 2 points for 200 — Andrew Gross (@AGrossNewsday) November 16, 2024 - -Part of what made the Isles successful the other night against Vancouver was the defensemen activating and playing low in the offensive zone. [THN] - -Since being recalled, Pierre Engvall has been playing at another level, driving the net and combining well with Casey Cizikas and Simon Holmstrom. [Newsday] - -Engvall has been playing more consistently following Patrick Roy’s less-than-approving comments when he was first called up. [Post] - -The Anders Lee - Bo Horvat - J-G Pageau line has been really good too, which begs the question of who Anthony Duclair and Mathew Barzal will play with when they return. [Post] - -And of course, the second line has been excellent, one of the best in hockey right now. Not to mention, Max Tsyplakov demolished Quinn Hughes to set the tone on Thursday. [THN] - -Elsewhere - -Last night’s NHL scores include the Penguins getting decimated by the Blue Jackets and the Red Wings blowing a 3-1 lead and losing in regulation to the Ducks, with the game-winner scored by none other than our old friend, Ross Johnston.",1731883652,711815cad2,5d627200ae,,,1731883652 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/articles/c5yx465w9jdo,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,Skeleton World Cup: Great Britain's Freya Tarbit and Amelia Coltman win golds,"Freya Tarbit claimed her first top-tier medal with Britain's second World Cup gold of the weekend at the women's skeleton series opener in Pyeongchang. - -It follows team-mate Amelia Coltman's victory in Saturday's race one in South Korea in which Tarbit finished fourth, 0.02 seconds off a medal. - -Tarbit, 24, was competing in only her 11th World Cup race on Sunday but led after the first run and consolidated her advantage in the second, finishing in one minute 44.68 seconds - 0.96 secs clear of Olympic champion Hannah Neise of Germany. - -Experienced Austrian Janine Flock was third, adding to her silver on Saturday, while Briton Tabby Stoecker was fifth and Coltman 19th. - -In Sunday's men's race, Marcus Wyatt and Matt Weston, who won the overall title last season, clinched their second silver and bronze medals of the weekend, finishing behind Germany's Christopher Grotheer for the second day in a row.",1731883679,bcdff126e2,5c9457885e,,,1731883679 -https://www.npr.org/2023/10/13/1197954347/maria-bamford-net-worth-debt-salary-graduation-speech-book,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Maria Bamford on her financial transparency, from debt to net worth : Planet Money : NPR","Maria Bamford gets personal (about) finance - -Enlarge this image Robyn Von Swank/Maria Bamford Robyn Von Swank/Maria Bamford - -Note: There is swearing in this episode. - -In 2017, The University of Minnesota asked comedian Maria Bamford to give their commencement speech. But the University may not have known what it was in for. In her speech, Bamford told the crowd of graduates how much the university offered to pay her (nothing), her counteroffer ($20,000), and the amount they settled on ($10,000), which (after taxes and fees, etc.) she gave away to students in the audience to pay down their student loans. - -Maria Bamford is a big believer in full disclosure of her finances, a philosophy she's adopted after decades in a Debtors Anonymous support group. In meetings, she learned important financial tips and tricks to go from thousands of dollars in debt to her current net worth of $3.5 million (a number which, true to her philosophy, she will share with anyone). - -Sponsor Message - -She spoke with us about her financial issues, how she recovered, and why she believes in total financial transparency, even when it makes her look kinda bad. - -Disclaimer: Planet Money is not qualified or certified to give financial advice. And Maria is not a spokesperson for Debtors Anonymous in any way. - -This show was hosted by Kenny Malone and Mary Childs. It was produced by Emma Peaslee, edited by Jess Jiang, fact-checked by Sierra Juarez, and engineered by Neisha Heinis. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: NPR Source Audio - ""Labios Azul"" and ""Out of My Mind""",1731884619,8181d7a585,5c595b6992,,,1731884619 -https://www.itproportal.com/features/you-are-what-you-eat-how-blockchain-technology-can-help-us-understand-where-our-food-comes-from,https://www.itproportal.com/rss/,What is blockchain?,"For the past few years, blockchain has remained one of the biggest buzz words in the tech industry. - -It's not all hype, though, as blockchain is a seriously disruptive technology. It is a form of distributed ledger technology, made famous because it is the system on which Bitcoin and other cryptocurrencies are built upon. But, as we are slowly beginning to find out, there is more to blockchain than just digital money. - -There are a number of different use cases being explored. HSBC, for example, is using it as a digitised record of transactions. This was launched in 2019, as a 'custody blockchain' platform that enables investors to access records of private assets instead of requesting a search of paper-based documents. HSBC said it aimed to move $20 billion (£15 billion) worth of assets this way by March 2020. - -Similarly, IBM used blockchain as part of a system that can track the origin and ownership of jewellery. This was dubbed 'TrustChain' which is a robust system of record that the jewellery industry could use, running from precious metal suppliers through to jewellers. - -The basic premise of blockchain is that it is a secure method of data storage, as data resides in a limited number of 'blocks' that make up a chain. The data sent or received over the chain can be seen by any person, whenever they like, and all changes are confirmed and uploaded at the same time. The blocks form a chain, which each new one including a cryptographic hash of the previous one and the time it was saved. - -New use cases - -No-one really knows who invented blockchain. Its initial research paper was published under the name 'Satoshi Nakamoto', the same person attributed to the creation of Bitcoin but it's likely that the name on the paper was a pseudonym for a group of people who all had a hand in the technology's development. - -Blockchain solved the problem of 'double spending', recording what transactions had taken place on the network and preventing users from using the same digital token more than once. It also presented the opportunity for the currency to be decentralised, so governments and other authorities were not required to regulate or oversee it, making it a completely free, global currency. - -Get the ITPro. daily newsletter Receive our latest news, industry updates, featured resources and more. Sign up today to receive our FREE report on AI cyber crime & security - newly updated for 2024. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -However, the idea of having a distributed ledger that is not owned by anyone clearly has benefits. For one, it's super-secure because no one owns the original file and it can be updated without the threat of a hack. - -It also means even the most sensitive information such as that related to personal identities, medical information and insurance records can be stored in a place that can be made accessible by all parties in a way that's trusted. - -Now that the technology has been in the public domain for a good few years, companies are finding innovative ways of deploying it. There are, for example, a slew of cannabis startups using blockchain to get a head start in an emerging industry. Most recently, startup TruTrace Technologies partnered with auditing firm Deloitte to track cannabis using blockchain technology, according to Proactive Investors. - -The system tracks the drug from seed to sale in order for customers and retailers to know the history of the product as it passes through the supply and consumption chain. - -The rise of blocks - -(Image credit: Shutterstock) - -Blockchain relies on blocks of data connected in a chain, as its autonym name suggests. The chain is cryptographically secured and distributed among those that want to change or tweak parts using a network. As the chain evolves, new blocks are added and the person or node that adds that block is solely responsible for authorising it and ensuring it's correct. - -What's unique about blockchain technologies is that none of the blocks can be changed or removed after being added - a reason to ensure it's definitely correct or accurate before adding to the chain. - -The way blockchains are created makes them perfect for highly regulated industries that need to have a paper trail of changes. Because it's tamper-proof, the financial sector is one of the industries taking the technology seriously and it was created for Bitcoin for exactly this reason. - -Bitcoin miners add the blocks, acting as nodes in a huge peer-to-peer (P2P) network. Everyone works together to validate transactions, without changing anything in the chain. Because every block is linked together in a chain, nothing can be changed without breaking the chain and to change anything, it would need every person who's ever added a block to change their additions - an impossible task when so many people are using a single network. - -Not all blockchains are built the same, and the time it takes to process blocks of transactions can vary. Given the nature of buying and selling, cryptocurrency blockchains tend to be the quickest examples. The Ethereum blockchain, which supports the Ether cryptocurrency as well as countless other industry projects, is able to process transactions in around 15 seconds, whereas Bitcoin's network generally takes around 15 minutes. - -More affordable and efficient - -Blockchain networks can operate through multiple computers across the world, sometimes thousands, in an open P2P configuration. There is no centralised database or server, and because of this users, or nodes, can organise and audit information quicker and more effectively. But the time taken to verify information does scale with the size of the network. - -There are benefits to the nature of blockchain networks, with implications for privacy and security. For instance, the fact the data is not stored in any one location means it is difficult, if not impossible, to hack these networks and steal any data, or shut them down. They are also able to withstand the risk of outages, as all nodes would have to be individually taken down for the blockchain to be knocked offline. - -Cooperation and collaboration are normally at the heart of most blockchain networks too, with the various users operating under a shared goal. For example, users in the financial services sector would be working to building a safer and more secure method for storing and processing transaction information. While a physical file room may have once been a fixture of such operations, a blockchain network can enable one to transmit data far quicker, and more accurately. - -The scope for blockchain to reduce the risks of fraud, and allow for more affordable financial processes, is greater too - with many systems such as these, albeit in their infancy, already producing some results. Santander, for example, earlier this year rolled out a blockchain technology based on Ripple that could accelerate payments across borders. - -Public vs private - -Much like the field of cloud computing, the function and implementation of blockchain can vary significantly depending on whether it's designed to be public or private. The primary distinction between these types comes down to who can access a system. - -Public - -Public blockchains operate a shared network that allows anyone to maintain the ledger and participate in the execution of blockchain protocol - in other words, authorise the creation of blocks. It's essential for services such as Bitcoin, which operates the largest public blockchain, as it needs to encourage as many users as possible to its ledger to ensure the currency grows. - -Public blockchains are considered entirely decentralised, but in order to maintain trust, they typically employ economic incentives, such as cryptocurrencies, and cryptographic verification. This verification process requires every user, or 'node', to solve increasingly complex and resource intensive problems known as a 'proof of work', in order to stay in sync. - -This means public blockchains often require immense computational power to maintain the ledger, which only worsens as more nodes are added, and predicting how much that will increase is difficult. Given the number of voices in the community, it's also incredibly difficult to reach a consensus on any technical changes to a public blockchain - as demonstrated by Bitcoin's two recent hard forks. - -Private - -Private blockchains are arguably the antithesis of what the technology was originally designed for. Instead of a decentralised, open ledger, a private blockchain is entirely centralised, maintained by nodes belonging to a single organisation or entity. - -It's a novel design tweak that has allowed the technology to flourish within those organisations looking for the same streamlined transactions afforded by public blockchains, only with highly restricted access. As there are fewer participants on the network, transactions are normally cheaper and verified far quicker on private chains, and fixes to faults or network upgrades can be implemented almost immediately. - -In order to share the data stored on a private chain, they often operate using a permission-based system, in which node participants are able to grant read access to external parties, such as auditors or regulators looking to check the inner workings of a company. - -Unfortunately, as there are fewer nodes maintaining the blockchain, it can't offer the same high levels of security afforded by decentralised chains. - -Consortium - -'Consortium' is best described as the 'hybrid cloud' of blockchain. It provides the robust controls and 'high trust' transactions of private blockchains, only without being confined to the oversight of a single entity. - -It sits somewhere in the middle. Although they provide the same limited access and high efficiency afforded by private blockchains, dedicated nodes are set aside to be controlled by external companies or agents, instead of having only read access under a private blockchain. - -The easiest way to understand how it differs is to think of consortium blockchains as the equivalent of a council group - with each member having responsibility for maintaining the blockchain, and each having permissions to give read access. - -Given its collaborative design, it's a perfect solution for supporting the work of government committees or industry action groups where a number of companies may come together to tackle an issue - whether that be industries working to combat climate change or maintaining a shared ledger to support the work of the United Nations. - -Blockchain vs Distributed Ledger Technology - -The term blockchain is often deployed to refer to a host of similar yet different technologies and is often falsely used to refer to any decentralised distributed database. Blockchain is, in reality, only one form of the emerging distributed ledger technology (DLT). - -DLT is a form of technology comparable to a database but distributed across multiple physical sites and locations, regardless of how near or far from one another. The purpose of such a phenomenon is to avoid having to rely on a centralised storage system or the need for a middle-man, like a network, to authorise and record changes to the records. When changes are requested, the lack of a centralised system means approval is demanded from all notes across a DLT network. - -This concept is being adopted by businesses and organisations at a fast pace, and across various industries. This is not just an innovation developed and taken up by tech companies, but sectors like manufacturing and finance. - -There are a number of formats in which DLT arises, but the central idea of a diversity of control is at the heart of all of these. One form of distributed ledger, for example, allows data to be stored on separate nodes, such as banking records beginning with each letter of the alphabet dispersed among different locations Rather than replicated to each area, like in a database as we've always known, the data is spread across parts of a network. - -Blockchain simply refers to one iteration of this form of technology, more specifically, a data structure that takes the shape of entries stored in blocks. This form of structuring data offers an element of synchronisation between parts of a network - and it's essential for supporting innovations like Bitcoin. - -Despite its success as the building block of currencies like Bitcoin, the system doesn't necessarily need to have miners and tokens to qualify as a blockchain - the term simply refers to the structure of arranging data into blocks. Blockchains, as a result, are decentralised ledgers where data is replicated rather than distributed. - -Unfortunately, the frequency at which blockchain and distributed ledger are used interchangeably has created confusion over the technology as a whole, leading many to dismiss blockchain as simply a tool for Bitcoin.",1731883654,ccc25c2a24,5d73404c1c,,,1731883654 -https://www.predictiveanalyticsworld.com/machinelearningtimes/chemistry-nobel-goes-to-developers-of-alphafold-ai-that-predicts-protein-structures/13653/,https://www.predictiveanalyticsworld.com/machinelearningtimes/feed/,Chemistry Nobel goes to developers of AlphaFold AI that predicts protein structures,"Originally published in Nature, Oct 9, 2024. - -This year’s prize celebrates computational tools that have transformed biology and have the potential to revolutionize drug discovery. - -For the first time — and probably not the last — a scientific breakthrough enabled by artificial intelligence (AI) has been recognized with a Nobel prize. The 2024 chemistry Nobel was awarded to John Jumper and Demis Hassabis at Google DeepMind in London, for developing a game-changing AI tool for predicting protein structures called AlphaFold, and David Baker, at the University of Washington in Seattle, for his work on computational protein design, which has been bolstered by Al in the past few years. - -To continue reading this article, click here.",1731883638,efa8b73dd0,5d62e70341,,,1731883638 -https://esportsedition.com/dota-2/dota-2-aracanas/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,DotA 2 Arcanas and Immortals,"Dota 2 Arcanas and Immortals – Best of the Best! - -In this article, we are going to look at the best thing we’ve got so far in Dota 2. No, it`s not matchmaking. These are skins. We present to you the top 8 skins and items in Dota 2! - -Censer of Gliss - -The 8th place goes to the Shadow Shaman’s Censer of Gliss. A long time ago, Valve released another Immortal weapon which changed the hero’s Hex ability – Lamb to the Slaughter. And if we compare the price of these two items, we will see that the latter one is 20 times expensive. Of course, one of the criteria of this top is a price-quality ratio, which makes Censer of Gliss a perfect candidate for 8th place. - -Sure Lamb to the Slaughter offers ambient customization, changes for Hex model, as well as the sound of the ability. But so does the Censer of Gliss. The immortal item that changes your Hero customization and visual spell for just $2 should not go unnoticed. - -Edict of Shadows - -Edict of Shadows is another underrated Immortal item with ambient effect, animation of Smoke Screen, sound, and ability icon. But what makes this Immortal really stand out is PRICE! Today you can purchase this Immortal on the market place for JUST $0.11! Who could possibly think that such incredible skin as this one would be that cheap? Besides, Riki is kind of in the meta right now. So this is a perfect time to get this skin. - -Bracers of Forlorn Precipice - -Not that long ago almost every Dota 2 player wanted to get his hands on ANY golden skin. It didn’t matter whether you played Earth Shaker or not, you just wanted his Genuine Golden Gravelmaw. But there’s one small snag, it costs almost 300$. Well, who could`ve thought that in 2020 Golden Skin from International Treasure would cost just $0.15? Yes, we are talking about the Golden version of Dark Seer’s Bracers. For just $0.15 this item offers animation that spins faster when Dark Seer spawns, attacks, and uses abilities. It also changes ability icon and default sound of Surge. - -Golden Profane Union - -Considering there are not that many sets for Lifestealer, this one particularly standout. How come that there are so many great and affordable Immortals out there in 2020? This is another Golden skin that you can buy for as little as $0.60 on the Steam Marketplace. It changes your Rage effect, ability icon, ambient, and idle animation. Although released in 2017, this is still the most popular skin for Lifestealer, and a lot of pro players use it. - -Mournful Reverie - -Another great example of a classical set for Vengeful Spirit that everyone probably has. It’s a shoulder Immortal slot released back in 2018. The origin of this skin is Immortal Treasure 2018. This is probably one of the best skins for Vengeful Spirit, with the exception of Crimson Mournful Reverie. You can check the difference between them here. Although the price is apparent to the naked eye, both of them are still Immortal quality, both change ambient animation, and Magic Missile effect and sound. - -Price-wise, you can get them for just $0.22. Queen of Pain’s Genuine Bloodfeather Wings, for instance, would cost you for as much as $8. - -Ghastly Nocturne - -Burn everything to the ground with Ghastly Nocturne Immortal for Batrider. Released in 2018, this is still one of the popular mounts for Batrider. You could see this set used by W33 at the ESL Los Angeles in the game against OG. For just $0.18 you get the best mount for Batrider that changes loadout spawn animation, Firefly effect, debuff, and ability icon. You can also drop your opponent’s fps down by 50 and emerge victorious. - -Manifold Paradox - -Sure, this Arcana does not add new voice responses, it just changes and modifies previous ones. But it does not mean that this Arcana should go unnoticed. Not only does it change the appearance of the hero, but it also dramatically adds up to the lore of Phantom Assassin. Don’t forget that this Arcana was released with the addition of the new hero – Oracle. So, Valve decided to kill two birds with one stone by releasing a small event and comic book. Not bad for 2014. - -The customization and style of the Arcana is 10 out of 10. The thing is that most of the new Immortals and Arcanas dramatically change the style and appearance of a hero. That ruins the initial concept of the hero, his color-grade etcetera. A case in point is Lion’s Finger of Death, Juggernaut’s Arcana, and other recently added sets. As a result, all we have are just bright pixels. - -Phantom Assassin’s Arcana, however, does not ruin the concept and lore of the hero. Without any exaggerated effects, it still manages to emphasize the default cold-blooded nature of the character. - -Like any other Arcanas, it changes the Spawn, Run, Teleport, Attack, Loadout, and Spells animations. - -Paradox Memorial is another unique mechanics that Arcana offers. After killing an enemy, a permanent memorial appears on the map. It can be selected by any player to view the details of the kill. - -Feast of Abscession - -Let`s come to the heavy artillery – Pudge’s Arcana Feast of Abscession. First of all, Pudge is the most popular hero in the game. This fact alone should tell you something about the Arcane and what it means to the community. - -Feast of Abcession. Image via Valve. - -This skin has 1000 voice responses, as well as re-recorded lines. They all add to the lore and relationships between the heroes. This is, perhaps, the most diverse and elaborate skin in the gaming industry. Customization includes 9 dismember gibs for every single hero in the game, 4 Meat Hook animations, Teleport animation, 6 attack animation (regular and injured), 5 Loadout Animations, Rare Run and Haste animation, Hero Icons (including on the map), Ability Icons, loads of sounds for Dismember, Hook, and movement. - -This skin drastically changes the concept of the hero. With this Arcane, you will no longer play a plump butcher, but a bloody, cutthroat machine.",1731883701,76f59da961,5d7bb947d5,,,1731883701 -https://www.cnet.com/tech/services-and-software/chiefs-vs-bills-how-to-watch-nfl-week-11-online-today/#ftag=CAD590a51e,https://www.cnet.com/rss/news/,Chiefs vs. Bills: How to Watch NFL Week 11 Online Today,"When to watch the Chiefs vs. Bills? - -Sunday, Nov. 17 at 4:25 p.m. ET (1:25 p.m. PT). - -Where to watch? - -The Chiefs-Bills game will air on CBS. - -Another week of football, another improbable and remarkable Chiefs win. After winning games thanks to their impressive offense and defense, Week 10 saw the Chiefs pull off another victory thanks to their special teams. A field goal would've won the game for the Broncos last Sunday, but the Chiefs made a game-winning block to keep Kansas City's undefeated season alive for another week. KC has now won 15 straight games going back to last season. - -On Sunday they head to Buffalo for what could be yet another potential playoff preview. The Bills are riding a five-game win streak after taking down the Colts last Sunday. At 8-2, Josh Allen and company are sitting comfortably atop the AFC East, though are only a half game ahead of the Steelers and a game ahead of the Ravens for the AFC's second seed. - -Kickoff for Sunday's contest is called for 4:25 p.m. ET (1:25 p.m. PT) on CBS. Here's how you can watch or stream it live. - -The game will be shown on TV nationally (according to 506 Sports) and on live TV streaming services, but there may be cases where you're blocked because of an internet location glitch. There is an option that doesn't require subscribing to something like NFL Sunday Ticket or NFL Plus or searching the internet for a sketchy website: You can use a virtual private network. - -Here's how you can watch the game from anywhere in the US with a VPN. - -Read more: NFL 2024: How to Watch and Stream Games and RedZone With or Without Cable - -Kansas CIty's special teams coordinator Dave Toub received praise for the Chiefs' execution of a game-winning field goal block in their victory over the Denver Broncos last Sunday. Kevin Sabitus/Getty Images - -Chiefs vs. Bills: When and where? - -This Week 11 NFL matchup sees the Bills host the Chiefs at 1 p.m. ET (10 a.m. PT) on Sunday. The game will take place at Highmark Stadium in Orchard Park, New York, home of the Bills. - -How to watch the Chiefs vs. Bills game online from anywhere using a VPN - -If you find yourself unable to view the game locally due to incorrectly applied blackout restrictions, you may need a different way to watch the game and that's where using a VPN can come in handy. A VPN is also the best way to stop your ISP from throttling your speeds on game day by encrypting your traffic, plus it's a great idea for when you're traveling and find yourself connected to a Wi-Fi network, and you want to add an extra layer of privacy for your devices and logins. - -With a VPN, you're able to virtually change your location on your phone, tablet or laptop to get access to the game. So if your internet provider or mobile carrier has stuck you with an IP address that incorrectly shows your location in a blackout zone, a VPN can correct that problem by giving you an IP address in your correct, nonblackout area. Most VPNs, like our Editors' Choice, ExpressVPN, make it really easy to do this. - -Using a VPN to watch or stream sports is legal in any country where VPNs are legal, including the US and Canada, as long as you've got a legitimate subscription to the service you're streaming. You should be sure your VPN is set up correctly to prevent leaks: Even where VPNs are legal, the streaming service may terminate the account of anyone it deems to be circumventing correctly applied blackout restrictions. - -Looking for other options? Be sure to check out some of the other great VPN deals taking place right now. - -James Martin/CNET ExpressVPN Best VPN for streaming Latest Tests DNS leaks detected, 25% speed loss in 2024 tests Network 3,000 plus servers in 105 countries Jurisdiction British Virgin Islands ExpressVPN has servers in the New York area, where this game is being shown. The service is our current best VPN pick for people who want a reliable and safe VPN, and it works on a variety of devices. It's normally $13 a month, but if you sign up for an annual subscription for $100 you'll get three months free and save 49%. That's the equivalent of $6.67 a month with code SPECIALDEAL, which should be automatically applied. Note that ExpressVPN offers a 30-day money-back guarantee. 82% off with 24mo plan (+6 free months) See at ExpressVPN - -How to watch the Chiefs vs. Bills game in the US - -This week's Chiefs-Bills game is on CBS, so in addition to a VPN, you'll need a live TV streaming service that carries a local CBS affiliate that's broadcasting the game. The good news for football fans is that CBS is available on most of the major streaming services. The least expensive option is Paramount Plus. - -Numerous other live TV streaming services carry local CBS stations as well, namely YouTube TV, Hulu Plus Live TV, DirecTV Stream and Fubo. They all cost far more than Paramount Plus, but they also carry many live channels, including football broadcasting channels like Fox and ESPN. Check out our live TV streaming services guide for details. - -If you live in an area where the game is being broadcast, an over-the-air antenna connected to your TV provides another option for CBS. The best part about antennas is that there are no streaming or monthly fees required, though you will need to make sure you have good reception. - -Quick tips for streaming the Chiefs vs. Bills game using a VPN",1731883650,f5e6f52c79,5db9321f16,,,1731883650 -https://cleantechnica.com/2024/11/15/us-offshore-wind-industry-pulls-the-supply-chain-card-in-effort-to-survive/,https://cleantechnica.com/feed/,US Offshore Wind Industry Pulls The Supply Chain Card,"Sign up for daily news updates from CleanTechnica on email. Or follow us on Google News - -If the US offshore wind industry goes down after Inauguration Day 2025, it will go down swinging. Stakeholders have been scrambling to make their case before the new administration takes office on January 20, and they are not relying on clean kilowatts to do it. Instead, they are rolling out the supply chain defense. - -Connecticut Offshore Wind Industry To White House: Look At Me! - -The Connecticut Wind Collaborative is among the stakeholders making the supply chain case for the domestic offshore wind industry. On November 14, CWC announced the launch of a new supply chain study to be conducted by The Pew Charitable Trusts and the leading energy transition firm Xodus Group under the somewhat innocuous title, “Connecticut Offshore Wind Industry Study.” - -The study has two aims, one of which is to call attention to the state’s leadership role in the US offshore wind industry. “Connecticut has played a pivotal role as a first mover in advancing the offshore wind industry with Connecticut businesses and workers contributing to every East Coast offshore wind project to date and State Pier in the Port of New London serving as a marshaling and assembly hub for three projects,” CWC asserts. - -New York and Massachusetts may have something to say about that. Both states were among the first to lay plans for offshore wind farms, back in 2018. Then there’s Rhode Island, which was the very first US state to get a commercial-scale offshore wind array up and running. Virginia was also off to an early start with two turbines in the water in June of 2020. - -Still, those are timeline achievements, not a measurement of supply chain relationships. Also, the Rhode Island and Virginia arrays have a combined capacity of just 42 megawatts. That’s a drop in the bucket compared to the resources that are being called into play for the scale of offshore activity stirred up since 2021, after the Biden-Harris administration took office with a goal of installing 30 gigawatts’ worth of offshore turbines by 2030 (see more Atlantic coast offshore background here). - -The Rise Of The Offshore Wind Supply Chain - -That brings us to the second aim of the study, which is to come up with recommendations for coordinating supply chain resources on a regional basis, with the potential for a ripple effect nationwide. - -“Connecticut has the potential to be an important link in the offshore wind supply chain, a growing sector that can enable the state to add jobs and boost economic growth,” explained Courtney Durham Shane, who holds the title of Senior Officer at The Pew Charitable Trusts. - -“This study will be unique in recognizing not only the powerful role Connecticut businesses play in the emergent offshore wind sector, but also the benefits of what can be further achieved when working in partnership with neighboring states to develop regional capability,” emphasized Andy Logan, the Head of Industry Development at Xodus. - -The inter-regional wheels are already in motion. In an email dated November 15, the non-profit offshore wind advocacy organization Oceantic Network reminded CleanTechnica that Massachusetts partnered with other New England states, New York, and New Jersey last year, in an effort to win federal support for an inter-regional offshore wind planning initiative that would address the transmission infrastructure among other issues. The state also partnered with Rhode Island in September of this year, to engineer the first ever multi-state offshore wind procurement in the US. - -New York and New Jersey have also paired up to support regional cooperation. In October, the two states hosted a gathering of 350 offshore wind stakeholders, aimed at connecting local businesses with suppliers and developers in support of the offshore industry both regionally and nationally. - -The Offshore Wind Supply Chain Gloves Come Flying Off - -If the incoming administration is really serious about pulling the plug on the US offshore wind industry, they face a monumental task. The Bureau of Ocean Energy Management in the Department of the Interior, which administers the leasing process for offshore areas, has been very busy over the past several years. - -“Under the Biden-Harris administration, the Department of the Interior has approved more than 15 GW of clean energy from ten offshore wind projects, enough to power nearly 5.25 million homes,” BOEM reported on November 8. - -Unpeeling all that activity is going to take some doing, but President-elect Trump has only himself to blame. His first administration was the one that streamlined the previously unwieldy lease process, setting the stage for the pace of offshore development today. Before BOEM took over, wind developers had to go to the US Army Corps of Engineers to get a lease. - -“Eight years ago, the first Trump administration laid out the fundamental framework for our modern offshore wind industry,” observed Oceantic Network President and CEO Liz Burdock in a public statement on November 6. - -“The momentum started by that administration resulted in thousands of new jobs and $40 billion in new investment,” she added for good measure, noting that more than 450 supply chain stakeholders are members of Oceantic Network. - -Twisting the knife a little more, Burdock also noted that the domestic supply chain covers bipartisan territory. Of the $40 billion in new investment, $24 billion consists of “direct investments towards manufacturing, vessel-building and shipyard upgrades, port infrastructure, transmission planning, and workforce development across 39 red and blue states,” she stated. - -It remains to be seen if the supply chain defense changes changes hearts and minds in the White House after the new administration takes the reins. If you have any thoughts about that, drop a note in the comment thread. - -Meanwhile, consider the plight of seaside communities along the Atlantic coast that have spent years trying to block wind farms. They may soon find themselves with oil rigs at their doorsteps instead of wind turbines. - -On April 28 of 2017, just a few months into his first term in office, then-President Trump issued the “Implementing an America-First Offshore Energy Strategy” Executive Order, which opened up more offshore areas for oil and gas drilling in US waters, including areas along the Atlantic coast. - -The Atlantic coast has been ideal for launching the US offshore wind industry, with the advantages of relatively shallow coastal waters, loads of energy-hungry coastal communities nearby, and ample seaport resources. Those same factors make the Atlantic coast appealing to oil and gas developers, too. BOEM notes that a number of Atlantic lease sales for oil and gas drilling were held in the 1970’s and 1980’s. Though these initial efforts proved unproductive, after a 40-year hiatus perhaps some fossil energy stakeholders are willing to give it another go. - -Not to worry, at least, not yet, and not in some states. The Trump administration had second thoughts about the sweeping nature of the EO and eventually withdrew some areas off the coasts of the Carolinas, Georgia, and Florida from the leasing program. - -In addition, President Biden signed an EO of his own on the day he took office, on January 20, 2021, which revoked the previous EO and restored protections — for the time being, that is. - -Follow me via LinkTree, or @tinamcasey on Threads, LinkedIn, and Bluesky. - -Photo (cropped): Facing rough political waters in the coming years, the US offshore wind industry aims to leverage its sprawling domestic supply chain for support (courtesy of National Renewable Energy Laboratory).",1731883658,befffecf30,5d71d98c61,,,1731883658 -https://meetings.skift.com/2024/11/12/adelaide-invests-in-business-events-to-drive-economic-growth/,https://www.eventmanagerblog.com/feed,Adelaide Invests in Business Events to Drive Economic Growth,"The South Australian government has committed additional funds to support business events in Adelaide. These financial incentives seem to be working. - -An influx of luxury hotels and the refurbishment of existing ones have contributed to Adelaide’s popularity for business events. - -For example, the 285-room Marriott Hotel opened in August in the landmark General Post Office building. Sofitel opened in November of 2021. It was the first new-build, international five-star hotel to open in Adelaide’s central business district in 30 years. The Adelaide Oval Hotel and Eos by SkyCity both opened in 2020. - -Last year, Business Events Adelaide, previously the Adelaide Convention Bureau, secured 174 business events for future years. More than 60,000 attendees are expected to attend, valued at over $336 million. - -Rates in the city have increased and the amount of delegate economic impact had to be recalculated. The South Australian Centre for Economic Studies from the University of Adelaide upped the estimated per day spend of a business event delegate from $415 to $765. - -Financial Incentives for Meeting in Adelaide - -In addition, the South Australian government has committed an additional $9.2 million over four years to support business events. A financial incentive is available for business events that meet specific criteria. In particular, those that align with the strategic priorities of the state including health and medical research, innovation, renewable and clean energy production, space, AI, and machine learning. There is also a focus on business events that occur during the winter months of June, July, and August. - -The latest conference to book Adelaide is the Asia-Pacific International Mining Exhibition (AIMEX). It just signed a 10-year contract that begins next year. - -Business Events Adelaide CEO Damien Kitto said AIMEX is a significant win for Adelaide, one which will generate more than $250 million for the South Australian economy over the next 10 years. - -The entire country of Australia is experiencing a business events surge. Tourism Research Australia data shows arrivals are back to 75 percent of 2019 levels, with 757,000 international business event visitors coming to Australia in the year ending March 2024. Meanwhile, international business event expenditures have surpassed COVID levels at nearly $4.57 billion.",1731883624,22219df62c,5dea6b5e17,,,1731883624 -https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/article/easyjet-picks-oliver-establish-in-house-agency/1895856,https://www.campaignlive.co.uk/rss/news,EasyJet picks Oliver to establish in-house agency,"EasyJet picks Oliver to establish in-house agency - -Six other agencies took part in the competitive pitch. - -by Marianne Calnan",1731883624,ec257e8cc3,5deb9855aa,,,1731883624 -https://markets.businessinsider.com/news/stocks/bsx-watchman-flx-device-reduces-bleeding-risk-matches-stroke-prevention-after-cardiac-ablation-1034027159,https://markets.businessinsider.com/rss/news,"BSX : WATCHMAN FLX Device Reduces Bleeding Risk, Matches Stroke Prevention After Cardiac Ablation","(RTTNews) - Boston Scientific Corp. (BSX) announced positive three-year primary endpoint results from the OPTION global clinical trial of the WATCHMAN FLX Left Atrirl Appendage Closure (LAAC) Device. The device demonstrated superior bleeding risk Reduction to oral Anticoagulation following a Cardiac Ablation in the trial. - -The data also demonstrated that the stroke risk reduction device is as effective as oral anticoagulants for patients with atrial fibrillation following a cardiac ablation. - -The company noted that trial met the primary safety endpoint of non-procedural major bleeding or clinically relevant non-major bleeding at 36 months, with the WATCHMAN FLX device demonstrating superiority to OAC. It also met the primary efficacy endpoint of all-cause death, stroke or systemic embolism at 36 months, with the data showing non-inferiority of the device to OAC. Additional findings included non-inferiority of the WATCHMAN FLX device for the combined secondary endpoint of procedural and non-procedural major bleeding at 36 months. - -In recent years, the number of patients with atrial fibrillation who have undergone a cardiac ablation procedure to prevent symptoms has grown significantly. Due to the risk of atrial fibrillation recurrence following an ablation, current treatment guidelines recommend that patients with multiple stroke risk factors remain on OAC long term to reduce the risk of stroke. However, symptomatic relief can lead these patients to stop taking their blood thinners, increasing this risk, while long-term use of OAC also presents a risk of serious bleeding. - -The company noted that randomized, controlled OPTION trial included 1,600 patients enrolled across 114 sites in the United States, Europe and Australia, and demonstrated high rates of procedural success. In the trial, approximately 60% of device patients had their WATCHMAN FLX implant 90-180 days following their ablation procedure. The other nearly 40% of the device patients had the two procedures performed concomitantly, with the WATCHMAN FLX implant taking place after the ablation. - -For More Such Health News, visit rttnews.com.",1731883648,8438d5f6f4,5e11e926de,,,1731883648 -https://www.streakingthelawn.com/2024/11/16/24297966/uva-football-notre-dame-how-to-watch-peacock-nbc-anthony-colandrea-tony-elliott,https://www.streakingthelawn.com/rss/current.rss,How to watch UVA football versus Notre Dame and GAME THREAD,"Virginia Cavaliers vs. Notre Dame Fighting Irish - -HOW TO WATCH THE ‘HOOS: - -The Virginia Cavaliers head to South Bend to take on the No. 8 Notre Dame Fighting Irish Saturday afternoon at 3:30 PM ET. The game will be on NBC and Peacock meaning you can watch with any television provider on NBC or via a Peacock subscription as a streaming option. - -Location: South Bend, Indiana - -Date: November 16th, 2024 - -Time: 3:30 PM ET - -Channel: NBC/Peacock - -Spread: Notre Dame -21.5 - -Pregame Content - -Game Thread - -Stay tuned to Streaking the Lawn before, during, and after the game for immediate analysis and coverage of the final result. - -We’ll also be active on Twitter throughout the game and all season long so follow along on there for our staff’s live reactions. - -Streaking the Lawn – @STL_UVA - -Zach Carey – @Zach_Carey_ - -Dan Siegel – @DanSiegel_ - -Corbin Lathrop – @CorbinLathrop - -John Kurcina – @JohnKurcina - -Trey Kelleher – @TreyKelleher3 - -Gavin Booker – @GavinBookerPxP - -Garrett Keogh – @Garrett_Keogh01 - -Game Notes - -Lastly, here are game notes from UVA: - -INSIDE SATURDAY’S MATCHUP - -Virginia will play Notre Dame for the fifth time in program history and the second time ever in Notre Dame Stadium. The Fighting Irish have won all four meetings including a 28-3 decision in Charlottesville in 2021. - -The Fighting Irish, have been ranked in the top-10 in all four meetings against UVA (#2 in 1989; #9 in 2015; #10 in 2019; #7 in 2021). Notre Dame has never lost to an ACC team at home while ranked in the top-25, a total of 33 games. - -Virginia is 1-1 this season against AP Top-25 teams and is 2-3 against ranked foes under head coach Tony Elliott. Both wins top-25 wins have come on the road. - -The Cavaliers have one win in 32 all-time road games against top-10 teams. That win came under Elliott last season when UVA defeated then-No. 10 North Carolina 31-27 in Chapel Hill. - -Virginia is 3-1 on the road this season, the most road wins since 2011. UVA is one of seven ACC teams and 36 FBS squads with three or more road wins this season. The Cavaliers have not won four games on the road since 2007. - -UVA is 5-4 overall and 3-3 in ACC play. It marks the first five-win season since 2020 and most league wins since earning four in 2021. - -Virginia has held a lead in all nine games this season, including a 10-3 advantage early in the second quarter on the road at then-No. 10 Clemson and a three-point lead until the 1:55 mark in the fourth quarter against Louisville. - -TOP STORYLINES",1731883600,92d29055e1,5d64bc99f6,,,1731883600 -https://www.hopperhq.com/blog/2024-instagram-rich-list/,https://www.hopperhq.com/rss,The Top 10 Profiles for the 2024 Instagram Rich List,"Find out the top profiles for the 2024 Instagram Rich List, who’s jumped the rankings, and who has fallen down it. Some come as a surprise… - -With Christiano Ronaldo still in the lead for the 2nd year in a row., he has also been nominated as the top social media unicorn for 2024, accumulating over 1 billion followers on all his social channels. - -Based on Hopper HQ internal data, agency rates, and public information, you can now find out just how much your favorite celebrities are earning for their sponsored posts in this current year. - -With AI influencers on the rise, we’ve also ranked the top AI influencers, with many new candidates present for this year! Of course, we can’t forget TikTok and its top-paid profiles! - -👉 Check out the full 2024 Instagram Rich List here! 👈 - -🤑 The Top 10 Highest-Earning Instagram Stars 🤑 - -1. Cristiano Ronaldo - -👥 633 million followers - -💵 $3,432,000 per post - -Cristiano Ronaldo continues to sit at the top of the list with the highest-ever potential earning, making an average of $ 3.4 million per post compared to $3.2 million per post last year. Not only is Cristiano Ronaldo at the forefront of the Instagram rich list but also the top 2024 Social Media Unicorn, with a total following of 945,000,000 million. - -2. Lionel Messi - -👥 503 million followers - -💵 $2,731.000 per post - -It’s no surprise that Lionel Messi places himself right behind his competitor Ronaldo. The increase of around 30 million followers may have come from his successful move to MLS and media partnership with Apple TV last summer, but it’s also inextricably linked to who he is as a person. - -3. Selena Gomez - -👥 426 million followers - -💵 $2,560,000 per post - -Selena Gomez still holds strong in 3rd place on the Instagram Richlist. With not much change in followers or price per post, she continues to be the most followed female profile in the world. Even though recently shared her relationship with Benny Blanco, this has not impact her presence one bit! - -4. Kylie Jenner - -👥 399 million followers - -💵 $2,395,000 per post - -Kylie Jenner, who used to be the runner-up, has fallen to 4th place in the 2023 Instagram Rich List but continues to hold her position for 2024. With the release of her new brand, Khy, you would think that her popularity would have increased more than just 2 million, however, she might have not gotten the success she hoped for with it. - -5. Dwayne Johnson - - - -👥 396 million followers - -💵 $2,382,000 per post - -Dwayne Johnson, commonly known as “The Rock” continues at 5th on the 2024 Rich List, the same position as in 2023 and 2022. However, with a 9 million increase in followers since last year, proven to be one of the social media favorites. It might be due to his presence in several types of entertainment, from movies to game shows like Titan that came out on Netflix earlier this year. - -Simple Post, Story + Reel Scheduling ✨ Visually plan your social content. Instagram, TikTok, Twitter, Facebook, LinkedIn + Pinterest Try Hopper HQ Now - -6. Ariana Grande - - - -👥 378 million followers - -💵 $2,272,000 per post - -Ariana Grande with an increase of 1 million followers, still holds at 6th place in the 2024 Instagram Rich List. The release of her most recent album “Internal Sunshine” is most likely the culprit of this slight jump in followings. We may be looking at another jump in followers with the release of her next movie “Wicked”. - -7. Kim Kardashian - -👥 361 million followers - -💵 $2,172,000 per post - -At 7th place you can find Kim Kardashian, who’s dropped down to this position since 2022 as she has gotten quite a bit of backlash when it comes to her partnership with Balenciaga. Now she has lost another 1 million followers, which many are relating to the diss track, “thanK you aIMee” in Talor Swifts new album. - -8. Beyonce - -👥 317 million followers - -💵 $1,908,000 per post - -Beyonce however, has kept her eighth place for the fourth year in a row! The Queen B continues to keep her place in the top 10 richest Instagram celebrities. Her Renassiance Tour where her daughter Blue Ivy was present, has contributed to the 3 million increase in followers. - -9. Khloe Kardashian - -👥 310 million followers - -💵 $1,865,236 per post - -Khloe Kardashian jumps to 9th place, shown to be a favourite amongst the Kardashian fans. Making her the 3rd best-paid Kardashian/Jenner after Kylie and Kim. Having had a tough time with her relationship with Tristian Thompson and the birth of her second child, she has won her fans’ hearts. - -10. Justin Bieber - -👥 293 million followers - -💵 $1,762,436 per post - -Justin Bieber continues to hold the 10 best-paid Instagram celebrities, his following and cost per post however, haven’t made much growth compared to 2023. With Hailey Biebers’ recent pregnancy announcement, we should expect Justin to fall lower in the rankings as he starts his “dad life”. - -Check out the full 2024 Instagram Rich List here – featuring the highest-earning social media stars. - -You might also like: - -– The 2024 TikTok Rich List - -– The 2024 Top AI Influencers - -– The 2024 Social Media Unicorns - -– The Most Followed Brands in 2024",1731883665,1b90b10e2b,5df295d021,,,1731883665 -https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/03/110803.asp,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_articles&term=financial%20education,Can a Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) Be Converted to a Roth IRA?,"You can convert a Simplified Employee Pension (SEP) to a Roth IRA. As you may know, if you already have a SEP IRA, it is just a traditional IRA that an employer or a self-employed person establishes. Except for allowable contribution amounts, it operates basically as an individual IRA does. - -As with any Roth IRA conversion, you’ll need to follow Internal Revenue Service (IRS) rules. You'll owe taxes on the amount converted in the year that the conversion takes place. - -In this article, we cover some of the basics of a conversion as well as some of the key considerations if you're thinking of making the switch. - - - -Key Takeaways A Simplified Employee Pension individual retirement account is a traditional IRA that is designed for small business owners and the self-employed. - -You can convert your SEP account to a Roth IRA the same way you would any other IRA. - - - -You will owe income taxes for that tax year on the entire balance since you're rolling over funds from an account funded with pre-tax dollars to one funded with after-tax dollars offering tax-free withdrawals. - -Your IRA trustee can oversee the conversion process for you from beginning to end. - -If you elect to receive a check and fund the account yourself, you must do so within 60 days, or the amount will count as a distribution. - -Understanding the SEP IRA - -Like a traditional IRA, you can open a SEP IRA at just about any bank or financial institution. There are also a variety of investment options available to fund your account. Earnings grow on a tax-deferred basis and withdrawals are taxable as ordinary income when you retire. - -A variation of the traditional IRA, the SEP IRA is designed for small businesses and those who are self-employed. With a SEP IRA, employers make tax-deductible contributions on behalf of eligible employees. An employee cannot contribute to their SEP-IRA. If you are self-employed, you are both the employer and the employee, which means you're able to fund your own account. - -The SEP IRA is intended to be easy to set up and flexible to use. An employer can decide at the end of the year whether or not to make a contribution. They can also decide how much to contribute. - -An employer who contributes to their own account must also contribute to every eligible employee's account. SEP IRAs have higher annual contribution limits than traditional and Roth IRAs. - -You must have earned income or what the IRS calls taxable compensation to contribute to a Roth IRA. - -Converting a SEP IRA to a Roth IRA - -Making the conversion from a SEP IRA to a Roth account isn't as difficult as you may think; however, there are a few things you should consider before you make the switch. We've highlighted some of the key considerations below. - -Taxes Owed Upon Conversion - -Just as with a traditional IRA, contributions to a SEP IRA are made with pre-tax earnings and are tax-deductible. When a SEP IRA account holder withdraws their money in retirement, they owe taxes on the withdrawn amounts. - -With a Roth IRA, contributions are made with after-tax earnings (earnings that have already been taxed) so there's no immediate tax break; however—and this is the Roth's major benefit—you'll owe no taxes on money that you begin withdrawing after the age of 59½. - -Therefore, when you convert a SEP IRA to a Roth IRA, you'll pay taxes on the balance that you convert in the tax year that you convert it. In other words, you'll pay the tax you'd normally owe on a distribution from an IRA. Then, the money that goes into your new Roth IRA will be an after-tax contribution, as required by all Roth IRAs. - -How much tax you pay will depend on your tax bracket and the amount you convert (which is taxed as ordinary income). If your annual income is high, you'll be subject to a higher tax rate on the rollover amount. - -Distributions - -Another benefit of the Roth IRA is that you are not required to make annual withdrawals. These withdrawals are called required minimum distributions (RMDs). RMDs are the government's way of ensuring it gets the tax revenue that it's waited for over the years. It also prevents taxpayers from growing their tax-deferred retirement plan balances indefinitely. - -You must begin taking RMDs from your retirement accounts by age 73 if you were born between 1951 and 1959 or age 75 if you were born in 1960 or after. The age threshold for taking RMDs was changed in 2020 to 72. Prior to that year, investors had to start taking withdrawals at age 70½. It was then changed again in December 2022 to the current ages. - -To determine the RMD amount, you can use a worksheet provided by the IRS. The formula involves dividing the fair market value (FMV) of your account at the end of the prior year by the life expectancy or total distribution period. Typically, though, your RMDs will be calculated by your account custodian or trustee. - -Early-Withdrawal Penalties - -Any time you make a withdrawal from a retirement account before it's allowed (at age of 59½), the IRS imposes an early withdrawal penalty. That penalty is 10% of the withdrawn amount. Keep in mind that this penalty is in addition to the taxes you will owe on the withdrawal. - -There are exceptions to the early-withdrawal rule. For instance, anyone who takes money from their account(s) for qualified tuition expenses for themselves, their spouse, or a dependent is exempt from any tax-related penalties. Additionally, qualified taxpayers can withdraw up to $10,000 from their IRA accounts to purchase their first homes. - -Converting a SEP IRA to a Roth IRA can be a sound retirement planning strategy if you can afford to pay the taxes now. This is especially true if you expect to be in a higher tax bracket after you retire. - -How To Convert a SEP to a Roth IRA - -Contact the financial institution that manages your SEP IRA to start the process of converting your account to a Roth IRA. This is the trustee for the account. You can roll over the money into a Roth IRA account at that institution or somewhere else if you choose. - -The most straightforward way to convert to a Roth IRA is to request that the trustee transfer the funds to the Roth IRA directly. This is what the IRS calls a trustee-to-trustee transfer since the financial institution holding your SEP IRA makes the payment directly from that account to the financial institution holding the new Roth IRA. - -It’s more complicated to have the funds paid directly to you. This means that a check is made out to your name and sent to you. Once you receive the check, if you don’t deposit it to the new Roth IRA within 60 days, it counts as a distribution. You’ll owe taxes—plus an early withdrawal penalty of 10% if you’re under the age of 59½. - -Should I Convert My SEP IRA to a Roth IRA? That depends. Converting your SEP IRA to a Roth account triggers a taxable event. That's because you're rolling money from an account that was funded with pre-tax dollars to an account that is funded with after-tax dollars. So you'll owe taxes on your conversion amount. Having said that, rolling a SEP IRA into a Roth IRA can be a good choice if you're able to afford to pay the associated taxes. Of course, a Roth IRA can be a great idea if you'll be in a higher tax bracket during retirement; however, it makes all-around good sense for any retiree in any tax bracket who simply wants to cut the taxes they pay in their later years. - -What Is a Roth Individual Retirement Account Conversion? A Roth individual retirement account (IRA) conversion takes place when retirement funds from either a traditional IRA, including a Simplified Employee Plan (SEP) IRA, or a 401(k) are transferred into a Roth account. You’ll pay tax on the money converted, but withdrawals from the Roth IRA are tax-free when you reach age 59½. - -How Much Is the Early Withdrawal Penalty? The early withdrawal penalty for Roth and traditional IRAs is 10% of the amount that you withdraw before age 59½. You will also owe income tax. You can withdraw contributions (but not earnings) at any time from a Roth IRA without being subject to the penalty or tax. - -How Much Can I Contribute to My Roth IRA? The contribution limit for a Roth (and traditional) IRA is $7,000 for both 2024 and 2025. If you are age 50 or older, you can contribute an additional catch-up contribution of $1,000. - -The Bottom Line - -Converting a SEP IRA to a Roth IRA is fairly simple and straightforward. Just contact your account custodian or trustee and request it. You'll face the same taxable event that results from converting from a traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. - -Should you make the switch? That depends. It may make sense if you expect to be in a higher tax bracket when you retire and want to benefit from the tax-free withdrawals that Roth IRAs provide. You also won’t be subject to required minimum distributions. - -Correction—Sept. 17, 2022: A previous version of this article misstated that SEP IRA and personal IRA contributions are made with after-tax dollars.",1731883634,279fc3a863,5d893eef35,,,1731883634 -https://www.packagingstrategies.com/articles/105183-c-p-flexible-packaging-earns-aa-rating-from-brcgs,https://www.packagingstrategies.com/rss/articles,C-P Flexible Packaging Earns AA+ Rating from BRCGS,"C-P Flexible Packaging (C-P) has earned the highest ratings achievable from BRCGS (Brand Reputation Compliance Global Standards). BRCGS is a global consumer protection organization recognized for building the world’s most rigorous supply chain assurance program, and the first to be benchmarked by the Global Food Safety Initiative (GFSI). - -C-P earned the highest BRCGS rating achievable (AA+) through an unannounced audit at C-P’s Fond du Lac, Wisconsin manufacturing facility. The highest rating achievable for an announced audit (AA) was also earned at C-P’s manufacturing facility in Lakeville, Minnesota. These ratings are reserved for the highest performance in meeting the exacting requirements of the BRCGS Global Standard for Packaging Materials. - -The BRCGS Global Standard for Packaging Materials encompasses hundreds of requirements that cover every facet of the production of safe, hygienic, high-quality packaging materials. According to the Safe Food Alliance, “When you achieve BRCGS certification, it tells the world that you are committed to an increased level of food safety sophistication and a reduction in risk.” - -""BRCGS certification requires the utmost dedication to product safety and quality. Our employees’ dedication is apparent in these BRCGS ratings,” says Mike Hoffman, CEO of C-P Flexible Packaging. “We’re very proud that our employees maintain such high standards and produce consistently high-quality packaging.” - -To learn more about C-P Flexible Packaging, visit www.cpflexpack.com.",1731883635,c925e986aa,5dd6825fcd,,,1731883635 -https://www.achievers.com/blog/employee-recognition-gifts-appreciation/,https://www.achievers.com/blog/feed/,25 employee recognition gift ideas to show appreciation,"Our platform - -Discover the all-in-one platform to transform your people strategy, built to meet the needs of your changing workforce.",1731883642,d6c893b4ec,5d773e8770,,,1731883642 -https://webinarninja.com/blog/webinar-length/,https://webinarninja.com/blog/feed/,How Long Should a Webinar Be: The Ideal Webinar Length,,1731883634,f9ee9cad7c,5e17a514f6,,,1731883634 -https://dividendearner.com/best-sp500-etfs/,https://www.dividendearner.com/feed/,The Best S&P 500 ETFs In Canada For 2024,"Looking to invest in the US market but you don’t want to deal with currency exchange? One of the easiest way to do so is to buy a Canadian ETF (Exchange Traded-Fund) that invests in the US market through a stock index such as the S&P 500 index. - -Keeping it simple and cost-effective is what ETFs offer investors. ETFs have much lower fees than mutual funds and some discount brokers let you trade them for free. - -One of the best US index to start with when investing in the US is the S&P 500 index (maintained by S&P Global). It’s filled with companies that are operating locally within the US but also internationally providing you with a good exposure to many economies. - -It should not be a surprised to learn that it has outperform the TSX over the long term. In fact, this beginner portfolio example starts with an S&P 500 index. - -What is the S&P 500 Index? - -The S&P 500 Index, managed by S&P Global, is a world renowned float-adjusted market capitalization weighted Index that tracks the securities of the largest and most liquid public companies in the United States. - -Constituent securities must pass minimum float-adjusted and liquidity screens to qualify and maintain membership in the Index. Index weights are reviewed quarterly. - -The index includes 500 leading companies and covers approximately 80% of available market capitalization. Furthermore, the index rebalances quarterly in March, June, September, and December. (500 is not a hard number as it has 505 in the index at the time of writing) - -Generally speaking, the index is considered to be a proxy of the U.S. equity market. Below are the top 10 holdings representing approximately 29% of the ETF. - -wdt_ID Logo Ticker Company 1 NASDAQ:AAPL Apple 3 NASDAQ:MSFT Microsoft 4 NASDAQ:GOOGL Alphabet 5 NASDAQ:AMZN Amazon 6 NASDAQ:FB Facebook 7 9 NASDAQ:TSLA Tesla 12 NASDAQ:NVDA Nvidia 13 NYSE:BRK.B Berkshire Hathaway 14 NYE:JPM JPMorgan Chase 15 NYSE:JNJ Johnson & Johnson - -Choosing Your S&P 500 ETF – To Hedge or Not to Hedge? - -How can choosing an ETF that covers the S&P 500 be so confusing? Isn’t there just one index and shouldn’t all the ETFs covering the index be the same? and perform the same? - -Unfortunately for Canadians, the currency conversion is the complication. While the ETF trades on the TSX in Canadian dollars, it’s replicating the US index by buying the same index on the NYSE. - -Essentially, you hold a Canadian ETF that buys a US ETF. Something you could do on your own, in fact, but the asset management firms want to make it easy for investors. - -To help reduce the impact of currency fluctuation, the ETF companies have create a Canadian dollar hedged version of the simple S&P 500 ETF. The desired intention is to seek a balance in the value of the ETF against the currency fluctuations. - -But is the CAD-Hedge S&P 500 ETF better than its counterpart? While you can’t easily predict currency fluctuations, there is enough data to start showing which is performing better between all the S&P 500 ETFs traded in Canada. - -List of S&P 500 ETF for Canadians - -The list of available S&P500 ETFs for Canadians is outlined below. Doesn’t seem like much when presented this way but still confusing for many. - -ETF Company Unhedge ETF CAD-Hedge ETF Vanguard VFV VSP Black Rock iShares XUS XSP BMO ZSP ZUE Horizons HXS HSH - -Let’s see what the various offerings have in common and where they differ. - -ETF Company Ticker NAV MER FEE Yield Frequency Vanguard VFV 5.578B 0.08% 0.08% 1.06% Quarterly Vanguard VSP 1.824B 0.09% 0.08% 1.04% Quarterly iShares XUS 4.491B 0.10% 0.09% 0.90% Semi-Annual iShares XSP 7.930B 0.10% 0.09% 0.92% Semi-Annual BMO ZSP 10.150B 0.09% 0.08% 1.32% Quarterly BMO ZUE 1.563B 0.09% 0.08% 1.25% Quarterly Horizons HXS 2.305B 0.10% 0.10% 1.38% ? Horizons HSH 0.220B 0.10% 0.10% 1.38% ? - -Let’s review and compare the same ETFs with currency hedging and no currency hedging to narrow down the process. There is a clear winner in each case. - -VFV ETF wins over VSP ETF - -XUS ETF wins over XSP ETF - -ZSP ETF wins over ZUE ETF - -HXS ETF & HSH ETF both lose - -Either of them cannot beat the S&P 500 like 3 of the others. - -The Best S&P 500 ETFs - -Once you understand what the various ETFs have in common and where they differ, the decision to select the best S&P 500 ETF is easy. - -Especially after you realize that the currency-hedge version lags behind not only the S&P500 but also the non-hedge ETF - -The best is now between VFV, XUS and ZSP. If you look at the graph below, representing the last 5 years, there are no clear winner between the top 3 S&P 500 ETFs. Whichever you can trade for free should be the one you go with and save on the trading fees. - -Otherwise, the winner is based on the lowest MER with Vanguard leading the way with the lowest fees. - -VFV ETF – Vanguard S&P 500 Index ETF ZSP ETF – BMO S&P 500 Index ETF XUS ETF – iShares Core S&P 500 Index ETF - -S&P 500 Canadian ETF FAQ",1731883605,212118f5e6,5e31922537,,,1731883605 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/digital-marketing-future-ai/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,The Future of Digital Marketing In an AI-Driven World,"How many of you have deactivated your Twitter account? Almost every day, I see a post by a friend on a different social network saying they tried really hard to keep their account alive, but Twitter, er X, has become so toxic, they have left completely. - -Are you of the same mindset? I haven’t left yet, but I only check it once a week and only to make sure I haven’t missed anything. And, in several months of doing this, I have missed exactly…nothing. - -It makes me sad because Twitter is, in my mind, where it all started. Back in the day, we had Twitter happy hour parties. Someone would bring the music via a playlist, someone else would send GIFs of apps and drinks, and someone else would create conversation starters. And we would all hang out in this magical place that allowed us to connect with people all around the globe. - -It afforded me a new way to do business development, gain speaking engagements, and open our content to new audiences. Those things would never have happened without Twitter, so you can imagine how sad it is to watch it dive into despair. - -Elon Musk has certainly done his best to ensure he doesn’t get a return on that investment as advertisers and individuals alike flee for greener pastures. - -But it’s not just Twitter, though they are taking the brunt of it. The internet is becoming a place less and less of us want to hang out in—and it’s becoming even more challenging to do any digital marketing. - -And now we have my new BFF, ChatGPT, that could very well be the straw that breaks the camel’s back. - -Will the Marketers Ruin AI? - -The internet and the subsequent social media were created for human interconnectivity. It has enhanced our lives in so many ways that I can’t imagine ever living without it. How would I look up the lyrics to Taylor Swift songs or learn how to pronounce the name of my little one’s latest favorite dinosaur or figure out what to replace grapeseed oil with because I hate the taste of it (extra virgin olive oil works well!)? And how would I stay up with all my friends and family daily versus once a month or twice a year when I saw them in person? - -It has made our lives much more productive and efficient and connected us in ways nothing else has done before. I love it. And it has evolved in many ways—good and bad. - -I joke that marketers ruined social media, but there is some truth to that. And generative AI is on the cusp of being ruined, as well. Like the early days of organizations doing content marketing and practicing keyword stuffing, which made content gross, we are on the verge of seeing AI-induced content farms and creators taking over the internet world. - -It will happen. Many business leaders will say, “We can save some money by using AI for our content versus humans.” And through that practice, they will contribute to an ever-expanding sea of fluff that says nothing. Just like they did back in the day when they hired content farms to scrape copy off competitor’s websites for their own. It will happen. We can’t stop it. But we can educate and inform against it. - -AI Certainly Will Change Digital Marketing - -Imagine a world where AI writes every piece of content on the internet—and it all says and sounds the same. Gross. But it’s coming! In fact, I just had a friend complain that his Forbes article was turned away because they ran it through an AI checker and found he had used it to formulate some of his thinking. It was 96% original, but that 4%, man. They weren’t having it. - -Which is great to hear, but how long will it last? We will soon see individuality replaced by copy and paste; thought leaders turned into thought robots; and storytellers superseded by formulas. - -And this won’t happen because of AI. It will happen because we’re human beings and human beings like shortcuts. We want overnight success, literally overnight, so we’ll use the technology to help us try to achieve something that isn’t achievable. We’ll do it because it’ll make the algorithms happy and it’ll be how the game is played, at least in the short term. - -Just because we can doesn’t mean we should. - -3 Things to Consider - -Let’s talk about how we can take better responsibility for what we produce, especially as we learn to use AI more effectively. - -There are some things you’ll want to consider: - -What great content looks like no matter the trend or latest technology or algorithm shift - -Why approach content with an editorial mindset - -How to create great content that very well may start with AI—one that has a soul - -E-E-A-T Your Content - -In the past, we’ve talked about the changes that Google is making to ensure they stay alive as generative AI takes over our lives. Historically, they have emphasized content that showcases expertise, authority, and trust—or EAT. Now they’ve added another “E,” which stands for experience. - -If your content has experience via a case study or testimonial, expertise via thought leadership, authority via other sites linking to your content, and trust via people commenting on and sharing, it won’t matter what the algorithms do or how AI evolves. You will always have the best content on the internet for your topic. - -And guess what AI cannot do? It cannot provide the E-E-A-T for you. It can absolutely outline a draft for you. It can give you topic ideas. It can provide research. It can give you citations to learn more or to add value. But it cannot provide experience, expertise, authority, and trust. - -Only you can do that. - -That is what great content looked like yesterday, it’s what it looks like today, and it’s what it will look like tomorrow. If you use AI to create your content without adding in the E-E-A-T, you will look and sound like everyone else. And you will drown in the sea of mediocre content. - -But if you focus on creating great content? Nothing will ever beat that. - -Approach Content As An Editor - -The second thing to consider is why to approach content with an editorial mindset. I will admit that I’m notoriously bad about this for my content, but crazy good about it for clients. Every one of our clients has a sophisticated editorial calendar, but I create content based on what’s happening in the world at the very moment. There are pros and cons to both. - -But don’t be me. Have an editorial calendar to create content that follows E-E-A-T and helps you build brand awareness, thought leadership, credibility, authority, and all of the fun things that come along with people knowing of you and respecting you. - -Then you want to think about how that calendar is focused on an editorial mindset. This means you’re researching your topic, providing valuable insight, removing bias, telling a story people are curious about, and motivating them to take action. - -In other words, think like a journalist, not a salesperson. There is room for content that sells, but as a communicator, your role is to educate and inform. - -If it has expertise, experience, authority, and trust, you will almost always have content with an editorial bent. - -Content Needs a Soul - -Lastly is how to create content that may start with AI but ends with the human. Content that has a soul. If I were to ask AI to write an article about how it could ruin content as we know it, it’d give me something plain. Actually, let’s do a quick test. - -Dear ChatGPT, how will generative AI ruin content in the future? - -Here is what it told me: - -There are quality and originality concerns; - -There is disinformation and manipulation; - -There will be job displacement; and - -There will be bias and stereotyping. - -Interestingly enough, it didn’t speak to the content concern outside of quality and originality. - -Digital Marketing Is Evolving - -The point is that you’ll get some content you can start with, but it’s the very beginning. It’s not even the middle and definitely not the end. It doesn’t have expertise or experience baked into it. There is no storytelling. It’s not interesting. It lacks a soul. - -We’re all accountable for our content and the ripples they create. As you use AI next year, think about how you’ll E-E-A-T your content every time to stand out among the crowd and ensure your corner of the internet has a soul.",1731883746,4dc781f5bc,5e44160ef0,,,1731883746 -https://esportsedition.com/path-of-exile/path-of-exile-harvest/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Path of Exile Harvest Breaking Onto the Scene With Lots of Buffs,"Path of Exile Harvest Teasers - -The newest Path of Exile league has finally been announced, and it’s looking like it’ll be a fun one. Introducing Path of Exile Harvest, or, as many are calling it, Path of Exile Farmville! With just over a week to go until launch, we’ve started to see some very interesting skills and mechanics. We’ll cover some of the bigger things here and keep our eyes peeled for more over the next week! - -Harvest League Mechanics - -As the fun name implies, Harvest league is all about getting seeds from maps, planting them, and growing your very own monsters – as gardening should be. From the trailer it appears you will be clicking on a group of pods within a map – likely opened as a result of slaying the surrounding monsters – and gathering the seeds that drop out. Once you have a handful of seeds, you can take them to the new NPC and travel to the ‘sacred grove’. When you are ready you can choose to sprout the seeds, which will spawn monsters to kill. These monsters will power nearby machines that you can place, allowing you to do crafting recipes within it. The machine system seems rather complex, allowing you to take fuel from one machine to another via cables. We’ll know more about how this works as it gets closer to launch. - -Look at all the cute monsters blooming! Image via Path of Exile. - -This mechanic is interesting in many ways, but the biggest thing is that it is meant to make crafting far more accessible to the majority of players. It isn’t meant to push items to new crazy power levels, as other leagues such as Synthesis did, but it is meant to allow the average player far more access to higher tiers of gear. It is also all entirely within the game, so you won’t have to go to external resources to understand the systems, like you did in Bestiary and Synthesis. It is meant to improve the game without breaking it, and from what we’ve seen so far, it looks like it strikes a good balance. - -Harvest League Skill Reworks - -There are a ton of skill reworks going into Harvest league. The major changes are coming to Brands, Slam Skills, and Warcries. - -Brand skills were fully reworked. The biggest difference comes in the fact that now brands snap back to where they were first cast upon the death of their target, and now Brand Recall does not refresh the brand duration, meaning the Archmage shenanigans are gone. However, there are three new brands and a new brand support to compensate. Arcanist brand casts linked spells each time it activates. Wow. Just wow. That’s insanely strong. Penance brand doesn’t deal any damage during its duration, instead spreading to nearby enemies gradually. Upon being removed from the target, it detonates dealing massive damage. Wintertide brand deals cold damage over time to the attached target, dealing more damage the longer it is attached. The new brand support is Swiftbrand support, which lowers the active and inactive duration of a brand, but increases its activation rate. This is a massive damage increase with multiple brands in play. - -Slam skills are being given, generally, larger AoE, higher damage numbers, and more reliable mechanics. Skills such as Sunder and Perforate are being changed mechanically to be more reliable. Tectonic Slam is having its ‘charged slam’ mechanic removed and replaced with larger AoE for number of endurance charges. It is also being smoothed out by losing one charge every three attacks, rather than with a 35% chance. There is a new slam skill being added as well, Earthshatter, which “sends out five damaging fissures in all directions when you slam the ground”. It also leaves spikes at the end of each fissure, which then explode if hit by another slam or warcry skill. - -Tectonic Slam is one of many changed abilities. Image via Path of Exile. - -Warcries have been buffed across the board. Enduring cry now has a burst of healing as well as elemental resistances built into the existing skill. Intimidating cry can now be used as a gem rather than through items, and it empowers your next attacks to deal double damage. Ancestral cry is an entirely new ability which causes your next few strikes to also target nearby enemies. Seismic cry is another new ability which causes your slam effects to have larger AoE. Rallying cry now gives nearby allies a buff that grants a percentage of their weapon’s damage as additional damage, as well as boosting your next few attacks. Infernal cry is the new Abyssal cry, and now coats nearby enemies in ash, causing them to explode on death. Lastly General’s cry is yet another new ability which can be linked to melee attacks, and when used create ghosts that will use the ability once before dissipating – similar to how The Savior works. - -Obviously there is a ton of new stuff coming, and I can’t wait to try it all out. Hopefully you guys are as excited as I am to test everything! - -Skill Tree Changes - -The biggest change, as usual, comes in the form of skill tree reworks. There are a huge number of them coming this time around, allowing for a ton of build diversity and many entirely new builds. Many of the changes come from the Timeless Keystones, where several of them have become core on the tree, while also being replaced by entirely new keystones within the jewels. For example, The Agnostic was previously part of the Militant Faith timeless jewel, but now it will be on the tree naturally. Within the jewel, it will be replaced by a new keystone, Transcendence. Transcendence reads: “Armour applies to Fire, Cold, and Lightning Damage taken from Hits instead of Physical Damage. -5% to all maximum Elemental Resistances.” As you can see, there are some very unique and build defining keystones coming out, this is just one of many. - -There are also new notable clusters being added around the tree. As usual, they are extremely powerful, with new notables that give Elusive on kill, stronger brands, and even Tribal Fury as a natural notable on the tree – no more need to anoint it! Across the board these are strong buffs to a variety of builds, and enable many more. And there are still lots to come! - -So far my personal favourite of the new additions is a timeless jewel keystone called Supreme Ostentation. It reads: “Ignore Attribute Requirements. Gain no inherent bonuses from Attributes.” This is absolutely the definition of build-enabling. Right off the bat this allows the use of Garb of the Ephemeral, which is likely the best item in the game, if you can wear it. But it also allows easier gearing for any build that doesn’t heavily care about stats. Which largely means that any build not heavily focused on health, energy shield, or stat-stacking can likely benefit from this. In particular the whole Shadow class will benefit in a major way, since they tend to have lower life totals, scant amounts of ES, and not scale off of dexterity in any way. I’m excited to see Garb of the Ephemeral shoot up to 100ex, and try my best to find one! - -Final Word - -This is everything we know so far about Harvest League, but there is so much more to come, and so many more exciting things to cover and try out. This league is already shaping up to be an exciting one, hopefully they can deliver on so many incredible concepts!",1731883693,76f59da961,5e237036b6,,,1731883693 -https://www.npr.org/2024/01/19/1197956536/econ-battle-zone-supply-chain-healing-labor-hoarding-r-star-disinflation,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"Supply chain healing, labor hoarding, and r-star. Enter the Econ Battle Zone : Planet Money : NPR","Econ Battle Zone: Disinflation Confrontation - -Enlarge this image Jack Corbett/NPR Jack Corbett/NPR - -After very high inflation, the United States is finally feeling some relief in the form of ""disinflation."" But, why exactly has inflation slowed down? - -Three Planet Money hosts try to answer that question while competing to be the winner of our very own reporting challenge: Econ Battle Zone! - -It's economics journalism meets high-stakes reality TV competition! Will our contestants be able to impress our celebrity judges? How will they manage to incorporate their mystery ingredients? Who will take home the championship belt? Tune in for the inaugural episode of...Econ Battle Zone! - -This episode was hosted by Keith Romer, Amanda Aronczyk, Erika Beras, and Alexi Horowitz-Ghazi. James Sneed produced this episode with help from Emma Peaslee. The show was edited by Molly Messick, engineered by Cena Loffredo, and fact checked by Sierra Juarez. Alex Goldmark is our executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: SourceAudio - ""Brass Herald,"" ""Game Changers,"" ""Heavyweight Champions,"" ""True Grit,"" ""The Challenge Begins,"" ""Camera Confessional,"" ""Playful Pause,"" ""Restless Rummage,"" ""Overcome The Challenge,"" ""Play The Game,"" ""Desert Confrontation,"" ""Sharpen Your Knives,"" ""Under The Big Top,"" ""Farewell Finale,"" ""And Then There Were Three,"" ""Judges Decision,"" ""Mild Risk,"" ""Moment Of Glory,"" and ""Double Pump Dunk.""",1731884608,8181d7a585,5df0bcb726,,,1731884608 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/14/more-photos-from-the-2008-fedsoc-party-at-ted-olsons-house/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,More Photos From The 2008 FedSoc Party at Ted Olson's House,"Yesterday I wrote about my memorable experience at the 2008 FedSoc student leadership conference at Ted Olson's house. I regret that I did not take a photograph of Ted that day. Fortunately, my friend and contemporary Steve Klein did. This photo catches the ambiance of the day, perfectly. - -And Steve managed to take a group shot of the students. I'm in there, scratching my heads for reasons I cannot recall. Remember this was 2008, between my second and third year of law school. There was no Twitter and no blog. I was just getting ready to apply for clerkships–an experience I wrote about here. - -More on the 2024 convention shortly.",1731883646,6a1d127262,5e4a0a2316,,,1731883646 -http://android-developers.googleblog.com/2024/09/introduction-to-large-language-models-for-android-developers.html,https://android-developers.googleblog.com/feeds/posts/default,Quick introduction to Large Language Models for Android developers," - - - -Posted by Thomas Ezan , Sr Developer Relation Engineer - -Android has supported traditional machine learning models for years. Frameworks and SDKs like LiteRT (formerly known as TensorFlow Lite), ML Kit and MediaPipe enabled developers to easily implement tasks like image classification and object detection. - -In recent years, generative AI (gen AI) and large language models (LLMs), have opened up new possibilities for language understanding and text generation. We have lowered the barriers for integrating gen AI features into your apps and this blog post will provide you with the necessary high-level knowledge to get started. - -Before we dive into the specificities of generative AI models, let’s take a high level look: how is machine learning (ML) different from traditional programming. - -Machine learning as a new programming paradigm - -A key difference between traditional programming and ML lies in how solutions are implemented. - -In traditional programming, developers write explicit algorithms that take input and produce a desired output. - -Machine learning takes a different approach: developers provide a large set of previously collected input data and the corresponding output, and the ML model is trained to learn how to map the input to the output. - -Then, the model is deployed on the Cloud or on-device to process input data. This step is called inference. - -This paradigm enables developers to tackle problems that were previously difficult or impossible to solve with rule-based programming. - -Traditional machine learning vs. generative AI on Android - -Traditional ML on Android includes tasks such as image classification that can be implemented using mobilenet and LiteRT, or pose estimation that can be easily added to your Android app with the ML Kit SDK. These models are often trained on specific datasets and perform extremely well on well-defined, narrow tasks. - -Generative AI introduces the capability to understand inputs such as text, images, audio and video and generate human-like responses. This enables applications like chatbots, language translation, text summarization, image captioning, image or code generation, creative writing assistance, and much more. - -Most state of the art generative AI models like the Gemini models are built on the transformer architecture. To generate images, diffusion models are often used. - -Understanding large language models - -At its core, an LLM is a neural network model trained on massive amounts of text data. It learns patterns, grammar, and semantic relationships between words and phrases, enabling it to predict and generate text that mimics human language. - -As mentioned earlier, most recent LLMs use the transformer architecture. It breaks down input into tokens, assigns numerical representations called “embeddings” (see Key concepts below) to these tokens, and then processes these embeddings through multiple layers of the neural network to understand the context and meaning. - -LLMs typically go through two main phases of training: - -1. Pre-training phase: The model is exposed to vast amounts of text from different sources to learn general language patterns and knowledge. 2. Fine-tuning phase: The model is trained on specific tasks and datasets to refine its performance for particular applications. - -Classes of models and their capabilities. - -Gen AI models come in various sizes, from smaller models like Gemini Nano or Gemma 2 2B, to massive models like Gemini 1.5 Pro that run on Google Cloud. The size of a model generally correlates with the capabilities and compute power required to run it. - -Models are constantly evolving, with new research pushing the boundaries of their capabilities. These models are being evaluated on tasks like question answering, code generation, and creative writing, demonstrating impressive results. - -In addition some models are multimodal which means that they are designed to process and understand information from multiple modalities, such as images, audio, and video, alongside text. This allows them to tackle a wider range of tasks, including image captioning, visual question answering, audio transcription. Multiple Google Generative AI models such as Gemini 1.5 Flash, Gemini 1.5 Pro, Gemini Nano with Multimodality and PaliGemma are multimodal. - -Key concepts - -Context Window - -Context window refers to the amount of tokens (converted from text, image, audio or video) the model considers when generating a response. For chat use cases, it includes both the current input and a history of past interactions. For reference, 100 tokens is equal to about 60-80 English words.For reference, Gemini 1.5 Pro currently supports 2M input tokens. It is enough to fit the seven Harry Potter books… and more! - -Embeddings - -Embeddings are multidimensional numerical representations of tokens that accurately encode their semantic meaning and relationships within a given vector space. Words with similar meanings are closer together, while words with opposite meanings are farther apart. - -The embedding process is a key component of an LLM. You can try it independently using MediaPipe Text Embedder for Android. It can be used to identify relations between words and sentences and implement a simplified semantic search directly on-device. - -A (very) simplified representation of the embeddings for the words “king”, “queen”, “man” and “woman” - -Top-K, Top-P and Temperature - -Parameters like Top-K, Top-P and Temperature enable you to control the creativity of the model and the randomness of its output. - -Top-K filters tokens for output. For example a Top-K of 3 keeps the three most probable tokens. Increasing the Top-K value will increase the randomness of the model response (learn about Top-K parameter). - -Then, defining the Top-P value adds another step of filtering. Tokens with the highest probabilities are selected until their sum equals the Top-P value. Lower Top-P values result in less random responses, and higher values result in more random responses (learn about Top-P parameter). - -Finally, the Temperature defines the randomness to select the tokens left. Lower temperatures are good for prompts that require a more deterministic and less open-ended or creative response, while higher temperatures can lead to more diverse or creative results (learn about Temperature). - -Fine-tuning - -Iterating over several versions of a prompt to achieve an optimal response from the model for your use-case isn’t always enough. The next step is to fine-tune the model by re-training it with data specific to your use-case. You will then obtain a model customized to your application. - -More specifically, Low rank adaptation (LoRA) is a fine-tuning technique that makes LLM training much faster and more memory-efficient while maintaining the quality of the model outputs. The process to fine-tune open models via LoRA is well documented. See, for example, how you can fine-tune Gemini models through Google AI Studio without advanced ML expertise. You can also fine-tune Gemma models using the KerasNLP library. - -The future of generative AI on Android - -With ongoing research and optimization of LLMs for mobile devices, we can expect even more innovative gen AI enabled features coming to Android soon. In the meantime check out other AI on Android Spotlight Week blog posts, and go to the Android AI documentation to learn more about how to power your apps with gen AI capabilities!",1731883612,1ebe0fd7fe,5e367bf0e5,,,1731883612 -https://transom.org/2012/an-open-letter-to-a-fussy-woman/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,An Open Letter to a Fussy Woman at a Toll Booth,"Intro from Jay Allison: Donald Whalen is a computer programmer, among other things. He makes stories, like this one, because he has something to say. It is an eloquent statement about casual oppression that many will understand. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/08/openletter.mp3 Download Listen to “An Open Letter to a Fussy Woman at a Toll Booth” - -About An Open Letter to a Fussy Woman at a Toll Booth - -Toll collection is the second oldest profession. - -In Greek mythology, Charon the ferryman (one of the oldest service workers) required that a toll be paid to carry souls across the rivers between here and Hades. Souls unable to pay were left to wander around for eternity searching for the damn place. - -This is the story of a nightmarish customer who felt entitled to a free ride across the river Styx. - -What it is like to work in a tollbooth - -(That, above, was hyperbole.) - -In 2005 I was in school and working at the parking ramps. I bugged them for weeks to hire me because the idea of being paid to sit alone in a booth seemed absurd and amazing. Up until then all my income was made through doing magic shows for birthdays and banquets, and I was ready for something that felt a little less exposed. Parking seemed to accommodate the level of introversion I was seeking and provided some spare time to work on a few media projects. - -Here is a video from that time. - -http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7S8RLXb3C4M&feature=youtu.be - -Personally, I feel that paying for parking is a fool’s errand, but I am also a cheapskate and have burned whole tanks of fuel hunting for a free place to ditch my car. I did not blame any of my customers for valuing convenience, however. - -I produced this piece in 2006 through a course in the Iowa Writer’s Workshop. The group was led by Jeff Porter, who helped me to focus in on the specifics of my fascination with the tantrum I had witnessed. - -This was not intended to be a strong commentary on socioeconomic separation. At the time, my perception was that the low wage working class was rather small, and that we, the members of it, were simply biding our time until becoming doctors and professors, or wealthy and imbued with clout by some other means. This was simply the affect of the times in a liberal arts town like Iowa City, and the basis on which many of us were funneled into school. - -Think about supporting a different kind of school. Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Dedication - -I have always felt a bit of sympathy for the woman in this story. I have to assume that this was not one of her proudest moments. Perhaps she went on sabbatical to Tibet following this experience, and is a much calmer person now. Who knows? - -While the story is about her, it is certainly not for her. Instead it is a love letter to my friends in the service industry: the overeducated under employed, and the undereducated over employed. It is dedicated to anyone who can state, without looking, how many dollars and cents are in their wallet and bank account. To people who accept work in stations vulnerable to deprecation and demoralizing treatment. It is to any barista who has made me a beautiful design in my latte as thanks for a tip. It is to the bussing crews at buffets who turn tips over to lost and found. - -To the messengers and foot soldiers who show up, stand all day, and then walk to job number two. Mainly, it is to the ones who share themselves with the world, rather than assuming the world will be privileged to receive them.",1731883728,c00d35bf2d,5e4d6454c7,,,1731883728 -https://www.litmus.com/blog/interactive-emails-top-trend-anyone-using,https://www.litmus.com/blog/feed/,7 Interactive Emails for Inspiration,"Videos - -Video in email can be an effective way to show how your products or services work, as well as add personality to your brand. - -The following example from Wistia uses an embedded video in email. - -One caveat with video: It’s not supported everywhere. If you add a video to your next email, make sure to include a good fallback. The above example from Wistia uses a thumbnail fallback for non-supported clients. - -(Want to learn more? We cover the ins and outs of video in email here). - -Polls - -Polls are a great way to get a quick pulse check on what your subscribers really want. It’s a low-stakes opportunity to learn more about your audience, plus an engaging way to add interactivity to your emails. - -The below example from Bulk uses live polling to collect real-time interest indicators. As subscribers open and click through, the votes update. Recipients can revisit the email to see live poll results. Additionally, the click data captured from live polls can be used as more data points for more personalization. Win-win! - -Add to cart - -Add-to-cart functionality lets subscribers go through their options before clicking through to make their payment. This removes the need to click through to a landing page, creating a more seamless checkout process. - -Below is an example of an add-to-cart email from Google. Subscribers can toggle between color selections before adding the product to their cart. - - - - - -Source: Really Good Emails - -Opportunities and challenges with interactive emails - -With the examples above, we’ve only scratched the surface with the possibilities of interactivity in email. Other types of interactive email elements include: - -Tabbed content - -Hamburger menus - -Hot spots - -Quizzes - -Anchor tags - -Forms or radio button selection - -Accordions - -Offer reveals - -Review and rating submissions - -Search bar entries - -With such a wide variety of elements, the future of interactive email looks bright. When we asked our audience on LinkedIn whether or not they’re using it in their emails, 38% answered “Yes—and we’ll continue to.” The most common response to whether or not an email marketer has used interactivity was “No, but we plan to try,” with 39% of responses. - -Let’s take a look at what’s holding so many marketers back. - -Interactivity may seem intimidating (or frivolous) - -Coding an interactive email design may be intimidating. Email service provider (ESP) support for different interactive elements has varied over the past few years, which might make designers shy away from implementing interactivity. - -We suspect that email marketers may also view interactivity as a tactic reserved for the biggest companies and “best” email developers. It doesn’t help that most of the current examples are from well-known companies. If an email marketer heads to Really Good Emails’ interactive email examples, they would see Xfinity, Taco Bell, Adidas, BBC, and more. If you look a bit closer at the examples from household names, like the one from the BBC below, you might notice that not all interactivity is overly intricate. This email doesn’t have a bunch of different effects or elements at play. - -Some email marketers may also view interactivity as a bit frivolous. In email games and quizzes, like Taco Bell’s holiday maze, there’s an undeniable element of fun. - -In the grand scheme of all the tasks an email marketing team needs to tackle, it might not seem worth it to learn a new skill for one email a year. Perhaps email interactivity will become more widespread when companies begin to use various elements in the emails they regularly send. - -The bottom line? Interactive emails don’t have to be scary–and they don’t have to be used only by large companies. - -Where should curious email developers start? - -The first place beginner interactive email developers can start is with hover effects. Adding a hover effect to an email element, such as a link or image, makes the email more engaging and indicates clickability. You can add hover effects to nearly every aspect of the email, from text to images to buttons. - -Another place to start is with email accessibility. An estimated 1.3 billion people live with visual impairment, and interactive elements such as high contrast switchers make sure every customer can enjoy your emails. In a past newsletter of ours (which you can interact with here), our email team adapted Paul Airy’s accessibility switcher to create a fully interactive email, featuring switchers and hover effects. If you want to try out these effects on your own emails, Alice Li teaches you how in this Litmus Community post. - -Interactivity is common on websites and apps, but this popular design trend isn’t yet widespread in email marketing. Some teams have experience with it, but there are still plenty who’ve yet to commit. If you’ve been putting off giving interactivity a try, you’re not alone. Here are some great resources to help you get started with using interactive elements in your emails:",1731883635,1c5c9cddb6,5e5d0e3be7,,,1731883635 -https://www.vg247.com/world-of-warcraft-player-housing-is-the-most-ambitious-feature-in-a-wow-expansion-ever-according-to-game-director,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"World of Warcraft player housing is the ""most ambitious feature in a WoW expansion ever"" according to game director","In a press roundtable following the Warcraft 30th anniversary direct, World of Warcraft game director Ion Hazzikostas stated that player housing is the ""most ambitious feature in a WoW expansion ever"". - -In a response to a question from the press, Hazzikostas stated, ""Dare I say it's our most ambitious feature in a WoW expansion ever. Part of why it's taken such a long time to present it is that we knew we couldn't really phone it in and put out a barebones foundation, even if we were to build on it in the future. I think everything we do needs to be great, but especially something with so much expectation and so much history across the MMO genre. We know it needs to be excellent, and it'll be a foundation for years and years of further development and growth upon those foundations to follow."" - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -Ahead of this question, we asked why the development team shifted from the prior stance against implementing player housing, to the new embrace of the feature. Hazzikostas's response revealed more about why the feature is being revealed now. - -""Player housing is something that the team has thought about and discussed for a long, long time. It's something the community has been asking for and wondering about for a long time, and that's not lost on us. When you say it wasn't embraced in the past, there wasn't anything philosophical that was standing in the way, in that we didn't have a feeling it wasn't a good idea or thought it wouldn't be an improvement to the social ecosystem of the MMO."" - -""I think frankly we were looking at what it would take to make it real, and make it at the quality level our players expect and deserve. That includes our resources, customisation options, the underlying tech required to have it really feel integrated into the world. In the past, many of those pieces just weren't there, in that we had to choose between doing housing or everything else in an expansion, and everything else just won out."" - -It's something we've been working on in the background for a few years at this point. It's something we knew would take more than one expansion development cycle to create, and we're really excited to finally bring it to players with Midnight. We'll have a lot more details to share on exactly it'll work, what it is, what it isn't, where it's going in the year ahead. But really, we wanted to pull back the curtain a little bit and give players a peak of what' coming on the horizon. - -""Maybe a bit selfishly, to kick of discussion among the community about housing, on what they want it to be and what they want it to not be. That way, we can check our instincts and make sure we're on the right track with our development."" - -More updates can be expected, according to Hazzikostas, over 2025 through blog posts and similar official Blizzard platforms. So we'll have to sit back and wait for more news!",1731883667,374d98cbb9,5e37129a15,,,1731883667 -https://racingnews.co/2024/11/08/phoenix-results-november-8-2024-nascar-truck-series/,https://www.racingnews.co/feed/,"Phoenix Results: November 8, 2024 (NASCAR Truck Series)","NASCAR Truck Series drivers have unloaded in Phoenix, Arizona. The 1-mile of Phoenix Raceway is set to host the championship race. - -View the Phoenix results for the NASCAR Truck Series below. - -Phoenix Menu - -ARCA: Race - -Truck: Prac/Qual | Race - -Xfinity: Prac | Qual | Race - -Cup: Prac | Qual | Race - -Phoenix TV Schedule - -Four drivers are in the championship battle. The format is now simple as the highest finisher in this race of those four drivers will be declared the champion. - -Championship 4 (Trucks) : Grant Enfinger; Christian Eckes; Corey Heim; Ty Majeksi - -Ty Majeski and Corey Heim set the front row. 150 laps of truck racing are up next… - -Phoenix Trucks - -Stage 1 – Report - -Laps: 45 (1-45 / 150) - -Green flag, Majeski gets the jump and he’s clear into turn one. - -7 to go in stage one, Heim has closed to the bumper of Majeski as the leader works heavy lap traffic. Heim cuts the dogleg and works under him into turn one. Heim to the lead! - -4 to go, Frankie Muniz spins right in front of the leaders but they avoid him. The caution is out. - -Corey Heim wins stage one at Phoenix Raceway! - -Phoenix Results (Stage 1) : 1. Corey Heim; 2. Ty Majeski; 3. Christian Eckes; 4. Nick Sanchez; 5. Grant Enfinger; 6. Dean Thompson; 7. Connor Mosack; 8. Layne Riggs; 9. Conner Jones; 10. Stewart Friesen; - -Phoenix Trucks - -Stage 2 – Report - -Laps: 45 (46-90 / 150) - -Heim leads the field to the pit lane. Majeski wins the race to the pit exit as it’s a slow stop for Heim. - -Green flag on stage two, Majeski and Eckes run side by side into turn one. Majeski wins the battle on the outside off turn two. Heim follows him through and Heim reclaims 2nd. - -Lap 59, Jack Wood, Bayley Currey and Matt Crafton run three wide into turn one. Currey pinches him down and Wood gets loose. Wood backs it into the fence, caution. - -Green, Heim drives it deep to the bottom in turn one. He slides Majeski for the lead. Heim takes the lead away off turn two. - -Majeski works under Heim into turn three. They rub doors! A lap later, Majeski completes the pass on the outside and retakes the lead. - -Ty Majeski wins stage two at Phoenix Raceway! - -Phoenix Results (Stage 1) : 1. Ty Majeski; 2. Corey Heim; 3. Layne Riggs; 4. Nick Sanchez; 5. Christian Eckes; 6. Connor Mosack; 7. Grant Enfinger; 8. Taylor Gray; 9. Stewart Friesen; 10. Ben Rhodes; - -Phoenix Trucks - -Stage 3 – Report - -Laps: 60 (91-150 / 150) - -Green flag on stage three, Majeski and Sanchez run side by side into turn one. Sanchez attempts to slide him but he can’t clear him, Majeski holds the lead. - -Big trouble behind them! Connor Mosack runs wide off turn two and tags the wall. Tyler Ankrum, Frankie Muniz, William Sawalich and Stefan Parsons tangle as they try to avoid Mosack. The caution is out. - -Penalty: Heim will drop to the rear after changing lanes before the start/finish on the restart. - -Green, Majeski is clear into turn one as they run three wide for 2nd. Layne Riggs takes 2nd away. - -40 to go - -40 to go, Heim is already up to 10th after serving the penalty! Conner Jones spins and the caution is out. - -Enfinger and Eckes head for the pit lane with a handful of others. - -Green, Majeski leads. Layne Riggs misses the bottom and slides into the left rear of Nick Sanchez. Riggs is around and the caution is back out. Heim has climbed back to 3rd. - -Green, Majeski leads Heim off turn two. Eckes has new tires, he’s three wide and flying through the field. - -24 to go, Eckes slides Sanchez for 3rd. - -4 to go, Majeski leads Heim by 4 seconds. - -Ty Majeski wins at Phoenix Raceway and he claims the 2024 NASCAR Truck Series championship! - -Phoenix Raceway - -Race Results - -November 8, 2024 - -NASCAR Cup Series - -Pos | Driver - -1. Ty Majeski - -2. Corey Heim - -3. Christian Eckes - -4. Nick Sanchez - -5. Grant Enfinger - -6. Taylor Gray - -7. Kaden Honeycutt - -8. Connor Mosack - -9. Ben Rhodes - -10. Layne Riggs - -11. Tanner Gray - -12. Chase Purdy - -13. Rajah Caruth - -14. Jake Garcia - -15. Dean Thompson - -16. Brett Moffitt - -17. Conner Jones - -18. Stewart Friesen - -19. Matt Crafton - -20. Dawson Sutton - -21. Bayley Currey - -22. Timmy Hill - -23. Stefan Parsons - -24. Daniel Dye - -25. Matt Mills - -26. Nathan Byrd - -27. Thad Moffitt - -28. Spencer Boyd - -29. Keith McGee - -30. Lawless Alan - -31. Andres Perez - -32. William Sawalich - -33. Tyler Ankrum - -34. Frankie Muniz - -35. Jack Wood - -NASCAR Truck Series - -Championship - -1. Ty Majeski - -2. Corey Heim - -3. Christian Eckes - -4. Grant Enfinger - -Phoenix Raceway - -Video Highlights - -Pending - -Links - -Phoenix Raceway | NASCAR",1731883647,d62396e274,5e4f1e8540,,,1731883647 -https://datainnovation.org/2024/11/10-bits-the-data-news-hotlist-485/,https://www.datainnovation.org/feed/,10 Bits: The Data News Hotlist,"This week’s list of top data news highlights covers November 2, 2024 to November 8, 2024, and includes articles on using AI to recap TV shows and using satellite data to protect coastal ecosystems. - -1. Studying Autism - -Researchers at Chongqing University in China have used a machine learning algorithm to discover three distinct subtypes of autism in men, each with unique brain structure patterns and behavioral traits. The researchers analyzed brain scans from 225 men with autism using machine learning to study gray matter networks, which helped them identify specific patterns that differentiate the subtypes. Their findings could help design more targeted autism interventions based on brain structure subtypes, which could lead to more personalized and effective treatments for individuals with autism. - -2. Applying for Grants - -The State of Pennsylvania has launched a digital tool on the state government website to centralize access to over 300 state grant programs from different government agencies. The tool allows users to filter grants by applicant type, category, deadlines, and eligibility criteria. The tool streamlines access to state grants by making it easier for small businesses, non-profits, schools, and local governments to find and apply for grants that were previously scattered across numerous agency websites. - -3. Restoring Marine Ecosystems - -A San Francisco-based startup called Ulysses has developed an autonomous underwater robot that can plant seagrass seeds on the ocean floor, restoring seagrass populations 100 times faster than manual planting methods. Seagrass meadows support marine ecosystems and filter ocean water but have been declining worldwide due to climate change. - -4. Recapping TV Shows - -Amazon has launched X-Ray Recaps, a new feature in Prime Video that uses generative AI to provide personalized text summaries of TV show episodes and seasons users have already watched. The feature analyzes video segments, subtitles, and dialogue, and generates concise recaps tailored to the viewer’s progress, ensuring there are no details from the episodes or seasons that the viewer has yet to watch. The new feature can enhance the user experience by helping viewers quickly catch up on shows, especially if a lot of time has elapsed since viewers watched previous seasons. - -5. Predicting Alzheimer’s Progression - -Researchers at Genentech, a San Francisco-based biotech company, have developed a deep learning model to predict how Alzheimer’s disease progresses in individuals from different demographic backgrounds. The model could help identify patterns that vary by race and sex, especially for populations traditionally underrepresented in clinical trials, allowing doctors to take preventive measures and personalize Alzheimer’s treatment. - -6. Combating Counterfeit Products - -A New York-based startup called Osmo has developed a tool to certify the authenticity of sneakers and other retail products by using AI to analyze the digitized smell of an item. Osmo created a scent map from 5,000 aromatic molecules, which allows the AI tool to detect counterfeit products by identifying differences in chemicals that constitute the scents of production materials. The tool can enhance counterfeit detection and help brands safeguard their reputation. - -7. Protecting Coastal Ecosystems - -Researchers at the Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology in Australia have developed a tool to help governments and civil society better monitor plastic debris on coastlines using high-resolution satellite data. The tool can accurately distinguish plastic waste from natural materials like sand and vegetation, outperforming existing detection methods. The tool can help organize targeted cleanups and better allocate resources in protecting coastal ecosystems. - -8. Transforming Financial Services - -Quantum Motion, a U.K.-based quantum scale-up company, has partnered with Goldman Sachs to develop a quantum algorithm that can handle large amounts of data on financial assets, prices, and transactions to perform complex calculations faster. Quantum Motion created a method that helps increase the number of qubits that quantum hardware needs to run such complex calculations, which can help process huge amounts of data in seconds. - -9. Finding Dates - -Dating app Grindr is developing a virtual wingman that will autonomously connect users, facilitate conversations, and plan dates using AI. Each user will have a wingman, and the chatbots will use the preferences set by the user to communicate with each other, check for compatibility, and save time for users by identifying new potential dates. - -10. Securing Supply Chains - -A Seattle-based food and drinkware manufacturer called Stanley 1913 is using a data analytics platform from Kinaxis, an Ottawa-based software company, to track and prevent supply chain disruptions in real-time. The platform aggregates data on procurement, production, planning, and fulfillment from various sources and uses AI to identify potential risks or disruptions both for the short-term and long-term operations of the company. - -Image credit: Horst Joachims",1731883648,e4a7f9406f,5e84f3af78,,,1731883648 -http://www.communitysignal.com/building-inclusive-communities-workplaces-and-an-inclusive-profession/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,"Building Inclusive Communities, Workplaces, and an Inclusive Profession","If you’re reading this, we’re guessing that you are in the community management profession. Hi, how are you holding up? Between the COVID-19 pandemic, the murder of George Floyd and too many other Black people, ongoing protests for an end to systemic racism and inequality, and a looming presidential election that has a lot riding on it, life has been more challenging than usual, to say the least. And as community managers, we’re at the center of many of these conversations. - -Whether we’re creating spaces for people to safely discuss these challenging topics, working to build and foster diverse communities and teams, or helping companies make the leap to a fully digital workplace, our skills and work are in high demand. - -In this episode of Community Signal, Patrick speaks to three community professionals about how current events have impacted their lives and how they think about building inclusive communities. In the day-to-day, that might mean guiding conversations within our communities. In the broader sense, it’s thinking about how we build communities, tools, and platforms that have diversity, equity, inclusion, and the knowledge from our collective decades of experience in community management baked in from day one. - -As our guest Bassey Etim puts it, “we stand on the shoulders of the people before us, and we’re Called, and I mean ‘called’ with a capital C, Called to try to make this a more fair and just world.” - -Listen to Patrick, Bassey, Marjorie Anderson, and Nina Collins as they discuss the following and more: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsors: Vanilla, a one-stop shop for online community and Localist, plan, promote, and measure events for your community. - -On fostering communities that embody inclusivity and empathy (3:55): “What’s the tone that you set the minute that people sign up to come into your community and participate? What does that look and feel like? If it’s not one where it feels like people can speak up and have their voices be heard, then it’s really hard to course-correct [later on] and start to cultivate that feeling of belonging.” – @MarjorieAyyeee - -Do paid communities encourage less moderation and more ownership? (22:10): “I’m finding now on The Woolfer community, we have people who behave; people are in bad moods, people are feeling sensitive sometimes, but generally, they are much more earnest, and I’ve attributed it to the fact that they’re paying for it, that people value things they pay for so they take better care of the space.” -Nina Collins - -When what you share is what people will hold against you (37:34): “There is always this Libertarian utopian edge to [Mark Zuckerberg’s] promises and the promise of the internet where once we free ourselves of all of our clothing, once we put everything we are out there and everybody else is naked, it’ll be like, ‘Oh, well we’re all naked. Whatever.’ It turns out that some people, even when they’re naked, they’re going to be extremely judgmental about it. I don’t think this was necessarily something that was unknowable from the perspective of a lot of the folks who built platforms that undergird the internet today.” – @BasseyE - -Talking to your community members (in a real way!) about the issues that impact their lives: - -“Open up the conversation gently. It doesn’t have to be, ‘What do you think of Black Lives Matter?’ It can be, ‘This is an unprecedented time that we’re in. I want to know how you’re feeling,’ and let them talk. … You know there are people who are likely hurting and [if] you ignore that, how much does that make them feel like this is the community for them?” – @MarjorieAyyeee (51:23) - -“This moment is a real moment for humility and for people to show up vulnerable and honest and careful about boundaries, but to be able to really talk about [race and racism] is vitally important. We’ve tried to make the space for them to do that.” -Nina Collins (55:08) - -Our responsibility as leaders and community builders (1:23:16): “The domination of the major [social media] platforms isn’t infinite. It’s going to end one day. It’s our responsibility to think about what are we going to build in its place.” – @BasseyE - -Choosing to talk about race (1:26:54): “As someone who runs a community for women over 40, where we talk a lot about sex, health, and relationships, I’m known in my little teeny world for talking about anything. I’ll talk about my vagina. But I realized I was not talking about race with these women. Here I am, a Black woman running a community of lots of white women, and I was never talking about race. I’ve decided that’s over. I’m going to be having these conversations, and I’m okay with it.” -Nina Collins - -On the responsibility of speaking up for diversity and inclusion within our organization (1:28:27): “As Black folks in America, if we’re in positions in organizations where we have voices that are going to be listened to, a big part of the legacy is that we stand on the shoulders of the people before us, and we’re Called, and I mean ‘called’ with a capital C, to try to make this a more fair and just world. … We need to be agitating for getting professionals who can work on these things. We need to be agitating for change. … For folks who do have the emotional energy to be able to deal with this, I definitely encourage you to make your voice heard.” – @BasseyE - -Bassey Etim is the editorial director for CNN’s NewsCo. He was previously the community editor at the New York Times. - -Marjorie Anderson is the manager of digital communities at Project Management Institute and she also manages Community by Association, a resource for community builders in the association space. - -Nina Collins is a writer, entrepreneur, and the founder of The Woolfer, an online platform for like-minded women over forty. - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals, sponsored by Vanilla, a one-stop-shop for online community and Localist, plan, promote, and measure events for your community. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[00:00:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello, and welcome to the show. On this episode, we’ll be having a wide-ranging conversation tied together by a common theme of creating online spaces that are safe for Black people. This includes community building and management strategy, supporting hard conversations in spaces where they need to happen, building platforms that encourage diversity and stamp out racism, identifying broader candidate groups when hiring, designing systems that allow for proper flagging of abuse and more. - -As Facebook, Twitter, YouTube and other platforms have swallowed up the time that we spend online, they have also come to typify the internet, but those of us who do this work know that there is this great wealth and diversity of online communities that exist from extremely tiny to very big, that are intersectional in nature and safe for Black voices, communities that are inclusive. - -When I decided to have this conversation, I recruited a panel of experienced community pros, all of them, previous guests of the show who have done the work and we kicked ideas around. The topics that we discuss on this episode are a result of that collaboration. I also invited thoughts from others where anonymity was requested. - -The good news is that most folks who listen to our show are probably already doing good work. We’ve already been building thoughtful spaces. Let’s talk about it and talk about how we can make it better. - -Our panel includes Bassey Etim, editorial director at CNN NewsCo who previously spent a decade building out the community desk at the New York Times, Marjorie Anderson, manager of digital communities at Project Management Institute, who also manages Community by Association, a resource for community builders in the association space and Nina Collins, founder of The Woolfer, an online community for women over 40. Thank you to Bassey, Marjorie, and Nina for their contributions to this episode. Marjorie, especially deserves special recognition as she was really my coauthor in crafting the initial direction for this episode before it expanded to a panel. - -I’d also like to thank our supporters on Patreon, through which we are empowered to create programs like this. If you’d like to join this group, which includes Carol Benovic-Bradley, Rachel Medanic, and Luke Zimmer, please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -Bassey, welcome back. - -[00:02:18] Bassey Etim: Thanks. Thanks for having me. - -[00:02:19] Patrick O’Keefe: My pleasure. Marjorie, welcome. - -[00:02:21] Marjorie Anderson: Thanks for having me. - -[00:02:23] Patrick O’Keefe: Nina, welcome back. - -[00:02:24] Nina Collins: Hi, I’m glad to be here. - -[00:02:26] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s so great to have you all. I talked a fair amount about the content of the show with Marjorie. I’m going to reference Marjorie a few times in our conversations to make sure she gets credit for some of the things that she suggested and some of the wordings she had. One of the first things that Marjorie told me when we were putting together this episode, “it goes deeper than just donating to causes that support Black lives. That helps, but what are we actively and collectively doing as a profession that says that this behavior will not be tolerated?” Let’s start there. Some might consider this to be maybe a little bit beginner for this show, but when you think about the foundational elements on the community management side that lead to a community where Black people can safely contribute, what comes to mind? - -[00:03:09] Marjorie Anderson: I think it’s guidelines. I think it’s the user guidelines certainly help in terms of how we want people to behave. I also think that there needs to be something in your terms of use that also says, legally, if you are harassing people or something like that, these are the things that we are expecting from a legal standpoint and if you violate these terms of use, this is what you can expect to happen. - -User guidelines I feel like sometimes community members tend to take them lightly. It’s more light and fluffy. It’s more, “Hey, don’t be a jerk in our forums versus listen, we really need to set the expectation of this is what will happen if you violate certain things.” Yes, I think the user guidelines help, but then also what’s the culture that you create within your community. What’s the tone that you set the minute that people sign up to come into your community and participate? ?hat does that look and feel like? If it’s not one where it feels like people can speak up and have their voices be heard, then it’s really hard for six months, a year down the line to try to course-correct, 20 years down the line to try to course-correct, and then start to cultivate that feeling of belonging. Even to the people that you invite into your community as early adopters, that they need to set the tone at the start and if you miss that opportunity, sometimes it’s really hard to course correct and get back I think. - -[00:04:32] Patrick O’Keefe: Bassey, you worked in a really highly politically-charged environment at the times where you’re creating conversation around a lot of hot button issues and you have a wide audience and the paper of record in the country. What were some of the things or the considerations that you thought about as you tried to build a space that was inclusive? - -[00:04:54] Bassey Etim: I think for me, you think about the New York Times community and how they keep it healthy for people from a wide range of backgrounds to participate. I think it’s simply like understanding that some people are coming to the community and they’re coming to the news with rage and aggression. This is a community where I can’t particularly control the membership. Then it really came back to me to say, “Okay, how can I do everything I can with our team to make it absolutely clear that this is not going to be a place where you’re going to get away with putting your rage out there into the world and onto other people?” - -I think physical enforcement of the rules is really important, but then also it’s the white blood cells of the community itself. It’s like are people seeing the rules, the regulars, the few hundred people who go to every single post, have they seen the rules enforced enough to where they’re comfortable chiming in and being like, “Hey, you can’t do this. This is wrong before I even see it.” I think that’s just so critical. - -[00:06:02] Nina Collins: I agree. I think a lot of it is it comes down to modeling. We do in our terms of use and because our community now is subscription-based and smaller. We describe ourselves as we’re looking for like-minded women. The idea already when people come in is that there’s a certain sensibility and people figure out pretty quickly if they’re not a good fit, but we’re pretty explicit in our terms of service that if you behave in a certain way, we can remove you with no refunds and you’re just out. - -Then I think the two words that come to mind for me are both modeling and representation. We’re also a website; we produce a lot of content. We’re constantly thinking about what images and whose work we’re putting out in the world, whose voices we’re supporting. I think the representation really tells people who were looking for, what people we would want in our community. Then to Bassey’s point, we have like 2,500 women who are in our community constantly, and they really know who we are. They’re setting the tone as much as I am, often. - -[00:07:02] Patrick O’Keefe: What I hear here is that a lot of the things that are good community building practice that most people will tell you are good community building practice, even if maybe they don’t know how to implement it well will lead to the types of environments that we’re talking about. Things like guidelines and having good moderator processes and having good training and handbooks and just enforcing your guidelines. I want to step back for just a second to talk about training. Is there anything when it comes to training in organizations that people should be thinking about? - -Marjorie, for some reason, I’m thinking about associations because it’s often a lot of orgs are short-staffed, it’s not just associations and nonprofits, but a lot of association community folks I talk to are very much in the mindset of part-time managing the community and part-time doing something else or there’s one person. There’s not many associations that I know of that have multiple people doing this full time. There are some I’m sure. On the training end, when you have just a limited set of eyes looking at this content, is there anything that you think would be particularly helpful? - -[00:08:00] Marjorie Anderson: I think from a training perspective it comes down to really understanding that there are going to be different voices there that you need to pay attention to. It’s hard because, for me, we’ve got a team of people, I’ve got six people who’ve got eyes on the community at all times, understanding that that’s not the case for most communities. I think one of the big things for me, I came from a customer service background and that was a huge help in helping me understand what are people’s pain points? What are they really saying that they need when they’re acting out those types of things? I think that if you provide some sensitivity training or some maybe even customer experience training to folks who might be just keeping an eye over here and then also have their foot in something else to help them understand that these are people that you’re working with. This is not about the technology, because a lot of associations and some of the larger companies invest in community technology in order “meet the needs of the people who engage there”. They think that technology is going to take care of everything. We set some automation rules, and it will be great. People are going to love it and that’s not it at all. I think there needs to be an understanding of, “Hey, you are dealing with real people who have real feelings and real needs, this is how you need to engage with them.” - -It’s not like someone who pays your membership dues every year, because they liked to get the events for free, or they like to get discounts on things. It’s a totally different mindset. I liken it to volunteer management. If you’ve never managed volunteers before, they always have a set of expectations that far exceed the expectations that you’ve set for their engagement. - -I think that having some insight into how to engage people in settings such as that is critical, especially if you’ve never done it before. I think that if you lean on areas within your organization who do that already then I think that can be helpful. I just think that we missed the boat, especially when it’s just one person, either doing it all by themselves or part-time when we try to have them figure it out on their own, because they think the technology is going to do it for them. I think it’s important to stress that it’s not the technology. You really need to understand people to manage communities. - -[00:10:22] Patrick O’Keefe: When I think about training, I think about bias because I think that’s one of the core issues that you try to get rid of when you train moderators and when you train community folks, and I have a limited experience with AI. I know Bassey has a bunch of experience with AI and machine learning. - -A lot of companies, a lot of the big platforms have turned to AI and algorithms as a solution for moderation and what we’re finding is that the algorithms reinforce the biases of the people who wrote them, which are often people or someone who is not having the decision applied to them in the same way. I’m just curious about, I have set of simple tricks I’ve tried to kick out bias within volunteer moderator groups where there’s no resources and it’s a hobbyist community, but I think that the topic of bias and how you train around it is worth exploring. - -[00:11:13] Bassey Etim: Yes, for sure. I think when it comes to machine learning, AI, in comment sections and in communities generally, is that it’s bad because it tempts you to see it as a way to save money. Maybe it is possible that downstream of it you can save money, but when you build it with a plan to save money, what you’re doing is before you really see it in action for a long period of time, you’re saying that the AI is going to make this decision point and that decision point and this other decision point. - -When basically you’re taking all of like the bias of all of society, like the endemic racism in society and applying it strictly to your community in that whatever particular horrible way that that’s going to become real. If you come at it from the sense of, this is a tool for this moderator to be able to make the most important decisions first, then the less important decisions later, then it can work, but it’s just been so rare. I think a lot of it is just because a lot of the public hype, and maybe this is a press problem too, about AI, the hype just encourages managers to think of it as a way to extract earnings as opposed to a way to make a better community. - -[00:12:41] Marjorie Anderson: I also think that it’s one of those things where people think it’s the ultimate problem solver. This will solve all your problems. We’ll tell you all the insights you need to know, and it will do all the things that you needed to do, without a person. And people are complex and you can’t use technology to help people feel heard in that way. I think that’s to your point Bassey, you have to use it smartly. - -[00:13:03] Bassey Etim: Yes, maybe there’s a parallel here. In terms of training people –– you train AI, not to be biased simply by not using the AI in a way where it’s a debit bias will manifest. Then when you’re training a person not to be biased, what I used to do is just really challenge them, give them things that seem obvious prompts things to moderate. I personally had a little bit of fun. I would write my own racist comments. I’d write them in ways that just like, beyond the rules or just inside of the rules, and I really try to interrogate people Black, white, liberal, conservative and trying to think of, “Okay, you see how your biases are determining the way that you are reading this text.” It’s a feelings business. It has to be because the way people feel is the community. What you have to start to get to a place where your feelings are going to be really helpful. You have to first start from a place of textualism to a certain extent where it’s like, you’re not this person. What do these words literally say and then start from there. - -[00:14:14] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s take a moment to talk about our great sponsor, Vanilla. - -Vanilla provides a one-stop-shop solution that gives community leaders all the tools they need to create a thriving community. Engagement tools like ideation and gamification promote vibrant discussion and powerful moderation tools allow admins to stay on top of conversations and keep things on track. All of these features are available out of the box, and come with best-in-class technical and community support from Vanilla’s Success Team. Vanilla is trusted by King, Acer, Qualtrics, and many more leading brands. Visit vanillaforums.com. - -When I think about the foundational community question, again, like I said, a lot of it’s beginner stuff, but one thing that stood out to me as I was thinking it through is just the idea of seeding and how we typically think of seeding a new community, because we talk about diversity on the company side and on the management side, and we talk about diversity in the membership. At some point, you have that conversation and you look at how diverse your membership group is, but I don’t necessarily see a lot of people talking about it on the very beginning of the community in the small group that you include in that first round of people you led into the community. - -We tend to be in a maybe a different mental mode there. We’re looking for people who will contribute today and we’re like, who are the closest people we have to us? We’re not thinking about the viewpoints they represent or the lived experiences that they have. A lot of communities don’t have identity in the sense that we see as a core part of that community, but in the communities that do especially professional communities, where people are likely to identify as themselves and you can Google and find their picture, if they don’t upload it themselves. I think seeding is such a low-cost high reward opportunity to bake inclusivity into the community because that initial group is going to set the tone. If that initial group is representing a diverse perspective, whatever that means to you in this case, Black voices, and you have Black people that are actively part of that community at the start, you are therefore going to, I’m not going say you’ve got it in the bag, but you’re going to be far more likely to cultivate a community that is welcoming to those people. - -[00:16:18] Nina Collins: It’s been super interesting for us right in this way, because when we left Facebook we had 32,000 women and we were going from a free group to a paid group. We were told, we’d be very lucky to get 10% of our members to pay if that, and we really didn’t know. On the day we hit go, are we going to get 10,000 people or we’re going to get a hundred and we didn’t know who they’d be. - -Would they be all the Black members? Would they be the fun members? Would they be the members that were more difficult? We just had no idea what we were getting into. We did get around 10%, I guess now we’re a little over that. We have 5,000 paying members and then we started doing some analysis, some surveys to figure out who they were. - -The group is a little bit richer and a little bit whiter than it was on Facebook. Right away, we realized, okay, we have to figure out to that question of seeding. Our core team is quite mixed. There are five of us and one’s Asian and two of us are Black, or [there’s] six of us, three of us are white, but we have been pretty intentional about trying to bring people in. In fact, our biggest challenge being a paid community is how to just get new subscribers and so before all this recent round of protests hit and we have very little money, we have one small investor, but we decided to spend some money on hiring a Black PR agent. - -This is the way I always say it. If I’m not enjoying being in the community, it’s not going to work. We have to really figure out because I really am going to read the thread all the way through. I like the women who were in there, but I need more people where I just feel like it’s the right mix of people. We’ve actually hired and then COVID happens and then we were like, “Oh, can we afford this and should we go ahead?” We did go ahead. We’ve been very intentionally seeking out the kind of women we want in the community and building content around them, interviewing them and giving them free memberships, like went overboard on trying to seed it the way we want. - -Bassey, I want to go back to something you said, because Marjorie kind of alluded this to us just moderating in public and having people see that things happen. Bad people come in, bad people make bad comments, bad people are dealt with. Our nature I think and I don’t know if this is my nature and probably the nature of all of you as well is, we don’t want to air people’s dirty laundry. We’re not in the business of making anyone look bad necessarily. We do occasionally when they really deserve it maybe, but we’re just taking care of inappropriate content. We have a lot of content to sift through, see bad, take care of bad, and move onto the next piece of content. Marjorie alluded to something pre-show and something that I think I see a lot too is, Twitter is for example, which I don’t know that I consider Twitter a community. I consider it a communication platform, but their guidelines are perfectly fine. They sound fine. They sound nice. These are good guidelines. This is a site I’d like to be on as per the guidelines, but saying the right thing and being well-meaning in wording isn’t the same as actually getting things done. Sounding nice isn’t what makes community guidelines effective. I think we have that responsibility to enforce the guidelines, but expanding on that a little more. What are some examples of moderating in public or examples of ways that we reaffirm the fact that these guidelines are not just words on a page, but that they actually have meaning? - -[00:19:23] Bassey Etim: Thanks. I actually do have some sympathy, not for all these players, but for a Twitter of the world, for example, where it’s at the scale of what they’re dealing with and the way the company was funded, they are really in a Gordian knot of how do we do this? I wouldn’t want to be the person figuring that out because I think the fundamental problem was probably the conception of the website [chuckles] but it’s already going. What do you do now? - -I do think there’s a lot more they could do though. This funding right into what you asked about moderating by example. Sometimes we want to do these things in public, especially it’s great when there’s a bad post from a person who’s usually pretty good. Maybe the person was just angry at the time, or maybe they made an honest mistake and going too far with something to get in there and say, “Hey, I took this down for X, Y, and Z reasons.” - -To have them argue with a little bit, other people argue with it a little bit, it meant to like, honestly, openly engage with those people. Allowing them if you have points that aren’t refuted, but saying that well, this is just the way I physically have to do it. That’s one core way to do it. I just think if I were Twitter, I might try to do something where number one, you all don’t have community managers and that’s like, it’s going to be hard to add them now because they just get laughed out of the place. - -What if they were to add community managers from the beginning and people were going into threads and just being like, “Hey, this might cause a problem down the line to these people because X, Y, and Z. We’re worried about people who follow you brigading this person’s posts.” They’re going to get hundreds of them. Maybe there’s something you could say about it or something that if they were out there, even if sometimes people are just in response screw you, whatever. - -I had a really smart person, I believe he’s a DJ. He said, and this was about two years ago. He said to me, “I think earnesty is the new wave. That’s the new wave.” Like irony and all that stuff. Sarcasm is dying and being really earnest is the way to be cool. That’s really stuck with me because I think that earnesty applied over time, it just wins people over. It’s hard to combat it with sarcasm, irony, anger, all of those things. - -[00:21:47] Nina Collins: That’s funny. That’s an interesting point because in my community now that it’s smaller and paid, people are much more earnest. On Facebook, we were constantly moderating people. I really did believe that we should do it by example. We very rarely wrote to people privately. We usually did it in the thread and we would say, that’s not cool or we would give people a warning. Then we would say, we’re removing you now. - -Then, because we really wanted to show people what’s not acceptable. I’m finding now on The Woolfer community, we have people who behave; people are in bad moods, people are feeling sensitive sometimes, but generally, they are much more earnest and I’ve kind of attributed it to the fact that they’re paying for it, that people value things they pay for so they take better care of the space, but I appreciate your point. When we think about that, is earnesty the new something? I don’t know. - -[00:22:33] Patrick O’Keefe: I wonder, if you don’t want to go full-on public have at it, [chuckles] as you both alluded to, I wonder if there are examples of when you remove a post and you remove a series of posts, there’s nothing stopping us from digesting those and either partially rewinding them or at least not saying who made them, and then having sort of a digest from time to time, just to remind people every so often say, “Hey, these are the types of pieces of content that we’ve removed in the last quarter or whatever it is just so this is the type of community we want to cultivate here. This isn’t allowed, and it speaks to who we attract as an audience.” That’s it. Provide some examples with some anonymous elements of them. - -[00:23:11] Marjorie Anderson: Yes. I think that makes perfect sense. I also think that when delivering those types of messages, you have to let your community know that the reason that we don’t accept this type of behavior, this type of content is because, this is your space. We want to make sure that you feel comfortable in the space that you come to, that you trust us to provide you every day. Continuing to allow that type of stuff erodes at the trust that you try to build within communities and the minute that someone feels like that they’re not safe enough to post or have conversations there they’re gone. - -They may not even tell you that they’re leaving. They might not have been said that there was a problem they might just leave. You don’t know the effect that those types of interactions are having on people. Yes, since you violated our user guidelines, but we care enough about you to make sure that we create a space that’s safe for you to be able to interact. - -I think that’s an important message that also needs to be put out there when you’re communicating, “Hey, we take these types of posts down. Here’s why we do it. Not just because it’s against our user guidelines or in terms of use, but the space is for you to feel like you can come and have conversations that matter to you. We can’t tolerate this type of behavior. Then we want to make sure that that we’re keeping an eye on it and we’re here for you.” I think that speaks volumes. - -[00:24:30] Bassey Etim: Yes, I think that’s a great point, Marjorie. Maybe the community world can learn a little bit from GitHub or something like that, where it’s like, can we just have like a log somewhere of the actions taken and then can we use that to create content that is for the greater good of the community? - -[00:24:51] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned something interesting, Marjorie, around people leaving in silence, because that’s what I do. I don’t use the block feature on Twitter, I use mute. I don’t want people to know that I blocked them. I’m not giving anyone satisfaction. I just want to mute them. It makes me think about something that has come up recently and just something that I’ve been kicking around which is, it really ties in a bias to is this idea that you’d make a thing and you share that thing. - -J.K. Rowling I think is an example recently, her talk about trans people and so she has made these tweets and you can find all these people who agree with her. You can find no limit of people who are like, those are great statements, brave statements, you said these great things, okay, whatever. When you’re doing these things, when you’re making a choice as she is on her platform, or you’re making a moderation choice, and you have people who are like, yes, great decision, even though it wasn’t. - -There’s this quotient or something, some algorithm I need to work through, but it’s what I’m calling racism adjacency. If you are advocating for something, or you’re doing something and even though you might feel it’s coming from a good place, and you might feel well-meaning, how would adjacent is it placing you to racists? Who are the people that are agreeing with you? Who are the people that are like, that’s a great idea, that’s a great decision? - -Who are the people you’re seeing more of in the community? If you’re doing things that are putting you next to people who would otherwise not be who you want to attract or who otherwise disgust you or their advocacy is just bananas as far as your original core values, which isn’t the issue with J.K. Rowling apparently sadly, but for us, it will be, it’s worth stepping back and saying like, how adjacent am I to this person? I’m thinking about a lot of things I share in that light. - -[00:26:35] Marjorie Anderson: There’s a saying that goes, and I’m probably butchering it, that goes something like, you’re only as good as the company that you keep. I think those are definitely things that we have to think about and not only from a personal standpoint but then what does that represent for your community? If that’s the type of behavior that continues on in your community, then is that where people are going to want to engage? I think that’s something that has to be top of mind. - -[00:26:59] Nina Collins: Yes, I would say in our community, this comes up in a couple of different ways. It’s not specifically about racism, but it’s this idea of for a long time, I was a big believer and I wanted our community to not be political. I felt like there were other groups for that. I felt like we were really addressing women’s issues and women’s health issues and emotional issues about all women, even if you support Trump. - -I would basically say to people, if you’re a Trump supporter, you can still be in our community as long as you don’t talk about him. If you come in our community and start spouting off against abortion, you’re going to end up having to leave because people will be so angry. We really wanted all women. I started to feel differently about that. - -Basically, we’ve become much more political in the last year and much more vocal about racism and things like that. For a long time, I really tried to not do that. Then I ultimately felt like it was irresponsible. I feel like I run this community and I have certain beliefs and I’m plowing in. The other place that comes up as the anti-vaxxers, for example. - -We really tried for a while to tolerate some anti-vaccination talk. Then I was finally like, I can’t do this. I just can’t. I will just say to people again, you can have those views, but you need to stop talking about them at this point here. It’s tricky because you don’t want to be a fascist. I do want to tolerate all views, but then it intersects with a sense of responsibility I feel and being true. - -[00:28:28] Patrick O’Keefe: I’m a fascist for anti-vaxxers on my community. Don’t worry about it. - -[00:28:23] Bassey Etim: Those are great points. It’s interesting because the community I spent the most time running, of course, what was on the topic was anything that was discussed in the article in question? You can get out a lot of terrible things you could weed them out just by widening your net and saying, okay, maybe a slightly wider variety of things is off-topic here than other topics. We are in a place where, look, if you suspect someone is posting racist comments, look, they don’t violate the letter of the rules, but you can smell the racism on the comment wasn’t in a position where we could actually get rid of that. - -Then on health threads, similar things like if an article is about maybe not just about vaccines, but if it has a couple of paragraphs that mention anti-vaxxers well, then anti-vaccine is suddenly on topic. I can’t take it off the topic it is explicitly mentioned. What do you do then? I landed on this thing where I still honestly think about the morality of it, I think about a lot, but where I landed was that you can make a racist argument within the rules, but because of the rules, you can’t attack people personally. You can’t attack classes of people either. What that did, I hope, was give people a chance to have arguments with racists that wouldn’t conclude with just like insults against a race, like you need to make your intellectual case for racism in a way that doesn’t directly insult the people here and people would try to do that if you became good at trying to do that. - -What you saw was that absence the power of like the raw hatred you could give to people absent that, they wind up getting like basically blown away and like rage quitting, because it’s like, can’t win this argument if you can’t just call someone the N-word at the end. Now, you have to deal with it intellectually. Was that the right thing, the right way to handle it, I don’t know. I think it was just considering journalism principles and considering what we were trying to do in the community. It was just the best thing I could come up with. - -[00:30:32] Patrick O’Keefe: A lot of abuse and racism obviously happens in a way we don’t see, it’s not in public, it’s in the DMs. It’s in the private messages or the direct messages and people might be afraid to report it because they’re afraid of retribution or they don’t know that they should or they don’t think it’s an appropriate thing to report or it’s private. It’s like reporting a text message essentially or they just leave as Marjorie said a while ago, I could just leave and don’t come back and we don’t know about it because again, it was private and we had no way of knowing. Just managing communities, I think we’ve all received abuse of some kind. For me as a white person, I can’t recall any of it being and at my race, I did get a dirty Irish fuck bag once and I’m talking about the nationality of my name, but nothing racist. Nothing directed at my skin color. It’s a different experience for me. I thought about how to phrase this question. I was going to say, all of you have received racist abuse via direct message or private message before and just assume you had. I was like, let me just say, let me just assume a little bit better for the world and say, have any of you receive racist abuse via direct message or private message. - -[00:31:38] Nina Collins: I had not. - -[00:31:39] Patrick O’Keefe: Okay, good for you. Bassey, I think you’ve probably. - -[00:31:42] Bassey Etim: Yes, I have, but far more often it was racist abuse directed at me like in a public forum. - -[00:31:49] Patrick O’Keefe: Okay, Marjorie. - -[00:31:50] Marjorie Anderson: I have not. - -[00:31:52] Patrick O’Keefe: Wow. Okay. I’m actually very happy to hear that. That’s only one at a three. I think the internet is a terrible place, really. - -[00:31:59] Nina Collins: I’ve certainly had lots of people be angry at me, but they’re not hurling racial invective, no. - -[00:32:03] Patrick O’Keefe: I think where I want to go with this is, should we normalize the idea that private messages should be reportable and reviewable? Private messages that exist on our site, DMs, that’s content we host, when you go to our domain, you see it or use our app you see it. Should we normalize the idea that those are reportable and reviewable and that we should encourage people to report or if not, should we encourage that and if so, how? - -[00:32:31] Bassey Etim: Yes. Well, it’s interesting because there’s this implied privacy setting there. I’m actually in my current work at CNN NewsCo, I’m dealing with exactly this policy issue where it’s like, how do you deal with exactly this issue? I find myself trending toward thinking, if you want to send your DMs send to us, like, is there a way you can send them to us? Otherwise, we don’t have access to them. I tend to think that puts intellectual labor, obviously, on the person being attacked, but at least I haven’t been creative enough to figure out a solution that can both sell for the enforcement need there and to respect like the implied privacy of DMs. - -[00:33:14] Patrick O’Keefe: Nina, does your app have private messages? - -[00:33:16] Nina Collins: We do. We have private messages and we can’t see them. I don’t think we should be able to see them, but there’s probably some backend way we could if we really wanted it. That’s a big question, but no, I think that they should be private. I agree if people want to report something, they can and should and should send it to me but I think they should be private. - -[00:33:34] Patrick O’Keefe: I see agreement there. Marjorie. - -[00:33:37] Marjorie Anderson: Our community we can if you are marked an unsafe user. What that means is if you’ve previously misbehaved on the community, we can mark you on safe and we can monitor your activity. What we don’t do is monitor activity for people who are not. We’re not looking at people’s messages who are just going about their day and taking part in the community. - -What I do think that we should be doing as managers is building in language that sets the expectation, whether that be in our user guidelines or in terms of use, it probably belongs in terms of use because there could be some legal implications around privacy. What happens if someone retaliates because they got reported or things like that, but there needs to be, I think, language in our terms of use that says, if you are harassing someone, they have the right to report this activity and we have a responsibility to act. That sets the expectation that if you want to be a jackass, we’re going to know about it. If you want to go ahead and play that card, you can try it, but we’re going to do something about it. - -We then have to figure out how do we protect the person who reported it because it’s likely not someone spamming the entire community saying, hey, this, that and the other, it’s probably targeted at one or two people and if we address it with that person, they know who reported it. Then how do we protect the person who reported that and ensure that we are taking the necessary steps to prevent that harassment or that activity from happening again. I think that there are some things that need to be put in place in order to protect the person who reports the abuse, but I absolutely believe that we have a responsibility to protect our community members and we should empower them to report those types of incidents when they occur. - -[00:35:28] Patrick O’Keefe: I think that emotional labor piece, that Bassey reference, I think that’s really the random factor. Like you said, Marjorie, well, it’s not the same as the report because that already exists with post reports and comment reports. When you remove something, how many times have we heard Paul reported that on me, dignity? It’s like it doesn’t matter. You violated the guidelines. There was a report, not a report who knows, who cares, it doesn’t matter. - -In this case, obviously, it’s only usually two people seeing that mess as the sender and the recipient. If you see it therefore as reported by one of them, yes, that’s the part we can’t really control for except to be proactive in tools. There might be other ways, but like mute and block. When you report a message, do you also want to mute this person that doesn’t control abuse outside of your site, which can happen. - -Then there’s the easier side, I think, which is the technical tool side. A lot of apps don’t have a report function for their private messages where you can just click a button and say, send this to a member or staff. I literally just reported a private message on an old website yesterday because it was a spam message and I don’t feel any fear of retribution. It’s no big deal. - -I didn’t think two seconds about it, but there was a little report button on the private message that sent it to staff. That’s the easy part is adding a report button and communicating even to people and saying, “Hey, you can report these private messages if it’s abusive.” I guess the hard part is really as is the case, whenever someone turns someone in for something one way or another is protecting the accuser or we’re protecting the person who reported it. - -In an online community context, we’re limited in what we can do. I appreciate, it’s a tone of responsibility here. - -One more point on that is that, I’ve been applying my guidelines, private messages for like 20 years. I had it in my guidelines, had it in my policies. People can report it. I can look and I’ve had a lot of pushback on that over the years. There’s not a ton of pushback here. There’s good pushback, but I want to ascribe it up to the fact that the internet failed that maybe fail isn’t the right word, but it’s nastier than it was hoped to be 20 years ago. Now, people are slowly gone actually people are really jerks and private and we can’t let people be nasty. That’s, I guess, disappointing in one way. - -[00:37:30] Bassey Etim: Yes. I think Mark Zuckerberg is maybe the best example of what you’re talking about. There is always this Libertarian utopian edge to his promises and the promise of the internet where once we free ourselves, once we free ourselves of all of our clothing, once we put everything we are out there and everybody else is naked, it’ll be like, ‘Oh, well we’re all naked. Whatever.’ It turns out that some people, even when they’re naked, they’re going to be extremely judgmental about it. - -I don’t think this was necessarily something that was unknowable from the perspective of a lot of the folks who built platforms that undergird the internet today. The thing I’ve learned from it, especially one of my big motivations, like now working more in the tech field on tech projects is really seeing like, okay, I think people like me who like don’t read about engineering and science stuff, but who do like read a lot about commodities and human behavior. People like me need to be involved in the early stages of building things like this. - -[00:38:40] Patrick O’Keefe: I want to pause here to welcome a brand new sponsor to the show, Localist. - -Localist is an event marketing platform that aggregates, automates, and analyzes all of your virtual, in-person, and hybrid events so you can grow and engage your community. Their platform allows you to centralize your event calendar, automate email and social media promotion, and measure and analyze the ROI of your events. Localist integrates with your existing tools and you can even predict future event success using their Event Reach and Event Score features. Find out more at localist.com/communitysignal and take your event strategy virtual with Localist. - -I want to talk about identity specifically pseudonymity. The idea that you have a username, that’s your identity. No one really knows what you look like or where you’re from or this is another area where our perception is skewed by the big platforms because so many people participate under their real name and picture on Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, obviously on LinkedIn, but on these bigger platforms, it’s most of the people I follow have a real name attached to them. - -There’s only a few accounts these days that are like truly fully anonymous, but in most online communities, that’s not necessarily the norm or even encouraged. Now, you pick a username and then the rest is you self identifying. If you want to post a picture of yourself, you probably can. If you want to share your name and where you live, you probably can, but by default, all people know is your username and I’ve given recognition to many members over the years for my communities who are being recognized by my words or through a community award or through a volunteer moderator spot, without having any idea what they look like. I don’t know their race, gender, physical ability, age. - -I might know where they live or where they’re from. They’re judged somewhat strictly on their contributions to the community. I’ve experienced this as a contributor myself and as a community builder where I started when I was a teenager and I never really hit it, but I also didn’t advertise it. People who would never have taken me seriously if they encountered me on the street did so online because of what I had created or added. I guess to say that a different way is, I’m talking about creating a space for identity in spaces where identity is truly optional or even uncommon. Usually, we post on forums without knowing what someone looks like. What do you think that means within this conversation? - -[00:40:52] Nina Collins: Well, I think if we’re talking about race, it makes it impossible. I mean, we want people to be able to be who they are. We want them to be able to share their racial identity. In our community, we really encourage people, even if you want to use a fake name, we encourage everyone to have any real-ish names. Anne Smith, Kendra, whatever, just some name. We like people to have a picture so that everyone feels like they’re talking to an actual person. We really discourage the fake numbers or whatever, because we are really a sisterhood. The idea is about connection and friendship and sharing information and trust. I think particularly with race or disability and we’re only women, we’re women over forty. It’s very important to us. You cannot be a man in our community. I guess the answer from my perspective is that it’s super important that we all know who we are. If you’re talking about race, I mean, how can you really talk about race if you don’t know who everyone is? - -[00:41:48] Patrick O’Keefe: I feel like Nina and Marjorie, your communities are going to have a lot of identity where you know what people look like, where I think Bassey, you’ve probably dealt with more pseudonymity. I don’t know, with subscribers only at the Times, but I don’t know if that actually meant that it would be out like who people were and what they look like. - -[00:42:04] Bassey Etim: The regulars would let it be known. If you came day after day, you’d know the basic bios of everybody because folks, especially if you’re a regular, you’re kind of harping out the same talking points over and over. In the more insular communities I’ve been a part of, I guess it’s a little hard for me to imagine, let’s say a message board style community where everybody doesn’t eventually, because eventually somebody’s going to slip and like post a picture of their dimple or something or have themselves holding something. It’s just a matter of time. The dimple was a personal slip. Gave myself away there. [chuckles] - -[00:42:45] Patrick O’Keefe: Marjorie, do you have something? - -[00:42:47] Marjorie Anderson: No. I was just going to say because we’re a professional community and the engagement really hinges upon people’s ability to provide content and to contribute, we need to know who those people are. The culture of the community that we have is that you have to identify yourself because it’s not only tied to the contribution to the community itself, it’s also tied to how you interact the association. We have to know who you are in order for you to be able to contribute and to interact within the online community. - -I think for professional associations and for communities, like Nina’s, there’s an element to an expectation of being transparent about who you are in terms of your real name and what your face looks like. I mean, we even have it built into our user guidelines that you can’t use a logo or anything like that for your profile picture. We have to be able to see who you are because we don’t want to make, we want to make sure there’s no spammers. We want to make sure that people aren’t there to just sell to the community because that’s not what they’re there for. We’ve got some controls in place that really set the tone and the culture of this is what is expected of you if you want to be here. If you don’t want to be here, that’s fine. Find another community to participate in. If you want to participate here, this is how we expect you to show up. It’s a little bit different in that respect. - -It’s funny because community members will report accounts that aren’t following those rules. They’ll be like, “Hey, Acme Company doesn’t have a, this isn’t a real profile.” They’re very self-moderating in that respect, which is nice. Again, I think it just goes back to that culture of your community and how people show up. - -[00:44:19] Nina Collins: That’s interesting. We don’t do it quite as strictly as you, because we do want to allow for women sometimes it’ll happen. Like a woman will come into the community and maybe her child’s kindergarten teacher is also in the community. She may have a reason she wants some privacy. We do allow people again to choose a fake name if they want to. You don’t have to have a photograph, but members will complain if they suspect someone’s profile. If it’s all in numbers, if there’s something really off looking about it. We do in our terms of service, as I said before, we reserved the right that if we feel like someone is not complying with the rules, for example, if we think there’s a man in the community, we will sniff in and remove that person. That, luckily, has not happened so far. It’s interesting to hear how you do it. - -[00:44:59] Bassey Etim: I was just thinking that the best communities tend to be the ones that you all folks talk about, where you have a common purpose and it’s a little bit more closed off. I think when you’re dealing with these like open community spaces, it’s interesting because when you hit a certain level of openness where it’s like having a photo on everything you do of your own can really become like a vector of attack and make people more vicious. - -It’s surprising maybe a decade ago, I think the common thought was always like, well, real names like that will make people more civil, but it’s not the real names that make people more civil. It’s the shared sense of purpose, the shared sense of community. When you’re in a position where not everybody shares that same purpose in an online gathering place, people actually tend to be– overall, the interactions are a little bit more polite when people can be pseudonymous, which I think is just like really interesting. - -I think also speaks to the fact that maybe being pseudonymous maybe you didn’t see those three or four really bad troll conversations where somebody made fun of that picture. If that never happens then maybe you would never go down the path and treating her enemy the same way. That thing is modeled and spreads. That’s just an interesting topic as well. - -[00:46:18] Patrick O’Keefe: There’s a lot of communities out there. There’s a lot of people, a lot of ages, a lot of kids, teenagers, vulnerable people, people who are targeted for any number of reasons, race, and others. There is comfort to be found in spaces where they can contribute without feeling like they have to identify in a particular way within that community. - -[00:46:39] Bassey Etim: One recent example maybe is on Twitter just last week, a writer, Thomas Chatterton Williams, a trans person posted a comment criticizing his argument, just in fairly benign for the internet parliamentary terms, frankly criticizing his argument. He writes a reply that simply says, “You look interesting.” - -[00:46:58] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, I saw that. - -[00:47:00] Bassey Etim: Then you see the interview later where he’s just talking around in circles about, “Oh, well, I wouldn’t judge.” He just talked himself into a spiral of nothingness to get out of the question in his New Yorker interview. That really brought it home to me where it’s just like, there’s certain people who their arguments and their level of competence in themselves and their arguments is so weak that they just try to score. They get flustered and try to score quick points against people. It’s like, if your community is centered around arguing, you want to center around the argument itself. Then when your community is focused on bringing people together, that’s when you want to focus on the people maybe that’s the distinction. - -[00:47:42] Patrick O’Keefe: Got to love thinkers that don’t think. He strikes me as the type of person who was one of those “debate me” folks like debate me discuss, but when he has the chance, it goes to “you look interesting.” What I would say to people who manage communities like that on what you can take away from this conversation is not that you need to change or make people identify or do anything different in your selection process. I don’t think anyway, feel free to disagree with me, please. You don’t need to change like how you identify a moderator if you already have a system that works, but that you can learn things. - -If you’re listening to this podcast, I assume you’re a thoughtful person who cares about these issues. You want your policies to reflect that. You can take, we’re talking about here, but also look at what other people are doing as far as codes of conduct and enforcement and moderation. When they set out to create spaces that are inclusive to whatever group, but for the context of our conversation, Black people, and just apply those standards to your community. There’s a lot that you can learn because I don’t know that it even really matters. If your goal is to be more inclusive, then it doesn’t matter that your members identify or not. What matters is that you create the system through which they’ll feel comfortable participating no matter who they are and maybe one day even feel comfortable to identify, but that’s up to them. - -Marjorie, you wrote a blog post about supporting hard conversations and in it, you’ve touched on something that I had been thinking about when you said, “As a community manager, you have a responsibility to facilitate these hard conversations if your community needs it. It isn’t easy and there’s the balance between holding space for community members to talk and continuing to move the goals and purpose of the community forward. It certainly doesn’t have to be one or the other, but it’s tricky to navigate.” I haven’t allowed generally political, religious, or world event type discussions in my communities for 20 years. That’s not uncommon for online communities because one generally understood thing among community professionals about those types of discussions and, Bassey, I know you couldn’t avoid this at the Times, is that if you allow them, your community can become consumed by them. They can dominate the time of your members and most critically, your limited resource of moderators and staff. For example, the moderators of a community about the martial arts as I’ve managed for a long time could spend 90% of their time moderating the one political or off-topic forum. Then what happens in there spills over to your other forums too and there are plenty of places to have those conversations. They don’t have to exist in your forum. - -I don’t think Black Lives Matter is a political statement. Some of the changes that need to happen are political, whether that’s changing laws or budgets or voting people out of office, those are conversations that touch on politics, and gosh, before Trump, I generally thought of my mission as connecting people around their common interests and once they became friends in that way, they would take their relationship off the community, exchange more personal information, such as political and religious leanings. Then they can find out how much they need to hate each other, but they didn’t need to do that on my community. This is a unique time and since 2016, my social channels are just a disaster of politics. It is a unique time and depending on your community, you may find that tough conversations need to be facilitated in this moment. Here’s the question for all that talk, how can we approach that with sensitivity and respect while still keeping the focus on the purpose of the community? Marjorie, since I quoted you, what do you think? - -[00:50:55] Marjorie Anderson: I think the first thing that community managers need to do is acknowledge that while you’re managing a community, there are likely people in your community that are hurting because of what is happening and maybe they don’t have anywhere else to go to have a conversation. Maybe they just are interviewing and they felt some bias in their interview process and it’s frustrating because they can’t find a job, or whatever that is. You have to acknowledge the fact that there might be people in your community that are hurting. - -That said, open up the conversation gently. It doesn’t have to be, “What do you think of Black Lives Matter?” It can be, “This is an unprecedented time that we’re in. I want to know how you’re feeling,” and let them talk. It doesn’t have to be a thread that lives on forever, but give them the space to say, “I’ve had six job interviews and I’m highly qualified and no one will hire me and this is why I think no one’s hiring me.” Allow them the space to have that conversation because that might be the only time that they can get it out and maybe get another perspective or connect with someone within the community that can then take that conversation offline and speak deeply with them about it, but I think that if you don’t allow them that space, they’re people, right? You know that there are people who are likely hurting and you ignore that. How much does that make them feel like this is the community for them? - -You might not get a whole lot of activity in that thread. It may just be two people who are like, “This is my experience,” or they might reach out to you in a DM and say, ‘I’m so glad that you posted this. Can we hop on a call? I really need to talk to someone,” but showing your community that, “Hey, if you need to talk, we’re here for you,” I think is incredibly important especially at a time like this, it can’t be all business as usual. You have to let them know that they’re cared for and that you care about what’s happening to them and that you want to help in some way, shape, or form, even if that’s just to be a listening ear. - -I think that’s incredibly important. I think if community managers still attend to it in that way, it’s a missed opportunity. I think we’ve got a responsibility because we are community managers. Our charge is to bring people together and help them feel like they’ve got a place to belong. That’s a missed opportunity if we don’t take it. - -[00:53:13] Nina Collins: I completely agree with everything you said. In our community, what we did is we have subgroups or forums. We already had a Women of Color subgroup, but we actually have added an unlearning racism subgroup and we’ve added an unlearning racism class. We’ve been doing Rachel Cargle’s class every day at noon on Zoom. We did it for 30 days and now we’re doing it every Monday. - -We decided to really offer it as a space for anyone in the community that wanted it. The unlearning racism class has been mostly white women, although not all, it’s been around 30 women, a couple of Asian, some mixed, we’ve had Black women coming and going, but what we’ve tried to do is just to last space. In the Women of Color forum, it’s actually called WOC and Allies. We almost thought about dropping the allies and then we didn’t. It’s WOC and Allies, but what we found in the last couple of months is that it has become a space where some of our Black members will post more specifically to talk about what’s going on from their perspective. - -The unlearning racism forum has been a space where all women, we talk about all sorts of things, privilege, and implicit bias, and healthcare and all sorts of things. What has been interesting is there’s been a little bit of a dynamic of the white women wanting the Black women to explain a little bit and I’ve had to moderate there and explain why yes, it’s great when we have more voices to the questions, but you can’t expect Black women or anyone who doesn’t want to, to do that work for you, but that’s gone pretty well. We’ve had a few uncomfortable moments, typical racism moments where a white woman referred to a Black woman as articulate, for example, or when it’s become clear for some of our white members how few Black people they actually know in real life. There’s been a huge education opportunity in this moment. I think a lot of running a community does go back to modeling. What I’ve been trying to really stress is that this moment is a real moment for humility and for people to show up vulnerable and honest and careful about boundaries, but to be able to really talk about this stuff is vitally important. We’ve tried to make the space for them to do that. I agree with Marjorie. You have to try and address the needs of your community, and obviously, even though I’ve always avoided talking about a lot of politics, it just feels like we can’t anymore. We all need to be talking about these things. COVID has become political. Everything is political. - -[00:55:39] Bassey Etim: I totally agree with all that and I think in terms of forum rules and having posts on this subject, it’s like, at the end of the day, we live in a society. You have to be comfortable being subjective and saying, “This is something that affects literally everything including whatever we’re talking about. So we’re going to talk about that subject.” I think it’s also important in those cases to be, if it’s a sports forum or if it’s a golf forum, we don’t have to be like, “What’s the golf angle?” - -Obviously, I think all of us over the last bunch of months, all year probably, have seen quite a few if you’ve gone there, some cringe headlines on ESPN.com or something like that where it’s like, “Oh, boy, you’re really digging for the sports angle here. All right.” I think having those conversations for the sake of having those conversations and then trusting that good dialogue where you are is going to filter into dialogues that are more on topic. That’s an important thing. I also think that especially, you’re out there running a community where maybe there’s not so many minorities in it, or whatever it may be, or you never talk about these issues, it’s really important as a community manager to reward the bravery of people with minority views and that goes across the board I think. - -Especially here, I think the best way to do that can really be just about encouraging conversation, responding in the way that you feel like is the ideal way that that person wanted, and encouraging conversations about the specific subtopics that their initial post was interested in. I just think it’s so important to reward that kind of bravery, so people don’t feel like they just burned themselves out of their favorite community just because they were feeling emotional about a topic that maybe isn’t directly related. - -[00:57:33] Nina Collins: I agree with that. - -[00:57:36] Patrick O’Keefe: I was talking to someone who works with a community that I used to be responsible for, and it’s a private community, the organization behind it — how do I put this? Not my favorite. [chuckles] I had issues with them around different things, different content in the community, and not just racist content, but sexist content and other sorts of inappropriate comments and jokes and boys’ club-style nonsense. I’ve been out of that community for a while, but I talked to someone who is still in there and they were talking about how not only did the organization not make a statement of any kind, which for that community, knowing it as I do, I would have urged them to make a statement of some kind after George Floyd’s murder. - -I’m not surprised, but what happened is a member of the community made a post and said, “Hey, why hasn’t anyone said anything about this, or why aren’t we talking about this?” The type of people who run this community are the type of people who say nothing and close it and just leave it there with no reply but don’t delete it because it’s almost like the half measure is worse than — just delete it. Either delete it or respond to it, but don’t half-measure it. I think that’s probably the worst thing you could do, but in their mind, it’s like, “Well, we don’t want to offend the member by deleting it. Also, we don’t want to offend the people in our community who probably are substantially racist or at least have issues. We don’t want to offend those people either, so let’s leave it up, and let’s just alienate everybody.” People talk. It’s not just the community, but the people who I left who were still working there, it’s just yet another dagger. It’s just yet another backstabbing moment where the company fails to take responsibility because they are afraid of offending people. - -Inside of a bubble, that might seem like a good decision to you, but man, it plays so poorly overall in the spaces that you don’t have access to or with the people that you don’t talk to. When you look and you see people leave you to go to another job, there’s churn in your jobs, or people are quitting the community still and you don’t know why, it’s going to be the reason, and it’s just devastating to see that silence as much as anything else, to all of your points. - -That leads us into this job we have of community management. It’s already super stressful. Systemic racism has existed forever, so that’s nothing new, but we have all this other stuff. You mentioned COVID. COVID was going on and then George Floyd was murdered and then we have, I don’t even know how I want to phrase it, just more focus on equality and anti-racism and social justice issues. There’s already a ton of stress in your lives with all this already there and this is just adding additional layers of stress. What is your self-care been like during this time? Nina, I’ll ask you to go first. - -[01:00:23] Nina Collins: Well, let’s see I’m quarantined with like four 20-year-olds in a small house and my boyfriend comes and goes. My self-care always is the same when I’m really feeling overwhelmed. I go to my bed. I guess, also, truthfully COVID has actually ended up making our community work a little bit more interesting, which has been a little unexpected. We have a social platform and we create content and I don’t know why it never occurred to me before COVID. I did Zoom meetings, but we didn’t do Zoom meetups, but because of COVID, we started doing a ton of Zoom meetups. We do two different forms. We do like what we call Woolfer TV, where I’ll interview someone interesting live on Facebook Live and YouTube, and then it just goes to our site. We also do these conversations. We’re having the unlearning racism conversation and we’re having a French conversation series and we’re having more book clubs. We’re having a Monday night after this call, I’m doing a Monday night sex conversation and we’re getting guest speakers to come on tonight. We’re talking about polyamory. My work has actually gotten busier and more interesting. - -The self-care, there’s the stress of uncertainty that we all have and like, where is the world’s going? It’s also tricky right now because we’re a brand new platform. We launched in November. We’re really trying to get subscribers. It’s a really difficult moment to try and ask anyone to pay for anything. So, that’s tricky or to get advertisers is tricky. Yes, stress is high. Although I keep saying, I’m so lucky, I’m in a safe house and there’s so much worse going on in the world. Everyone’s healthy, knock on wood, right now. I actually find weirdly, I don’t know if you guys are having this, I find Sundays and Mondays the hardest days of the week now. I think it’s hard to get going in the week. There’s just that feeling sometimes of like, “What the hell are we all doing?” When I’m super stressed out, I go to bed and then I get up. [laughs] I work from bed. - -[01:02:12] Patrick O’Keefe: Bassey, you actually had COVID, and it hit you pretty hard, right? - -[01:02:15] Bassey Etim: That is right. I was laid up for a while, had a person sitting on my chest for a while after that, but I’m okay now. I’m very privileged despite having been sick for months, I feel very privileged because number one, my company had just been bought by Warner Media, so I was able to have the understanding that, okay, I’m going to be employed there for a minimum of X amount of time, be able to get a new apartment so that my partner and I aren’t on top of each other constantly in a three-room house downtown thing, which is nice, our apartment downtown, which is nice. - -I feel incredibly lucky and privileged. I’ve just been trying to donate to as many places for folks who didn’t have like the work luck of me as possible, but in terms of self-care, turning to your actual question. - -[01:03:10] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s part of it. - -[01:03:10] Bassey Etim: I would say, I think last weekend, what I did all weekend is a great example of it, which is simply like I remembered an old video game that I liked to play in 2001. It’s impossible to get it to work on new computers. Nobody on the internet seems to have figured out how to do it. I basically just spent the entire weekend just like desperately trying hours and hours on end, trying to get this old video game to work, figured out a bunch of weird things, figured it out, finally got it working, and it’s just a baseball game from 2003, that’s a complete time-waster. You just sit around, you manage your fake rosters, your AAA, and your AA. You swing the bat a few times. Just playing really boring, repetitive video games. Early in quarantine, I was playing NASCAR and IVA, literally just driving around in circles for hours and hours on end just to relax myself. That’s what I’ve been doing. - -[01:04:07] Patrick O’Keefe: What’s the baseball game? - -[01:04:08] Bassey Etim: High Heat Baseball 2003. If anybody wants to get it working on PC, I’m literally the only person on there. - -[01:04:20] Patrick O’Keefe: I used to play Baseball Mogul. I don’t know if you’re of that era, too. Baseball Mogul, I’ve played that out. It’s funny you mentioned that because I’ve been playing more video games. Dead by Daylight is a game I play on PS4. Playing more games with my brothers because we’re across the country and I’m missing birthdays and we’re coming up, we’re on probably the longest period of time that we’ve ever not seen each other. If this goes, which is going to go 6, 9, 12 months, I’d never gone 6 months without seeing my brothers and my parents. I lived next to them for almost my whole life. Even coming out here, I made a point to fly back. Just getting that into my life. As I said, I built– I don’t know if I said this, I built a bookcase. I’m proud of that. You mentioned baseball, you know what I’ve gotten into again that I used to do as a kid is baseball cards. I sit here at my desk. It’s a mess in here, but there are stacks and stacks of baseball cards and I’m just focused on the 1980s, ’70s, ’80s, ’60s cards and finding good deals, and it’s totally a thrill of the hunt things, almost like when you are trying to get a program to work, or software on a computer. It’s like trying different parts like, “Okay, I found this great card in this stack of other cards and it’s worth something.” I guess the same reason I’ve always liked yard sales but can’t really do that now, so yeah, that’s me. Marjorie? - -[01:05:29] Marjorie Anderson: For me, I think the major thing that I’m doing for self-care is once I’m done for my day job, I turn off my computer and I turn off my work phone. I used to keep my work phone on until about seven just to keep an eye on email, but I’ve started to set the expectation that once I disconnect, unless it’s on fire, unless your hair is literally in flames, do not call me. I will respond to you the next day and then what seems counterintuitive is that I’ve started taking on projects with people in my network that seem fun and exciting. - -I like to do stuff that I’ve never tried before or to work on community because it’s just work that I absolutely love. I’ve been taking on some community-related projects on the side as well as planning a virtual event for my community and a few other things that keep the joy in my heart. Those things really just spark a lot of joy for me and when I just really have some downtime, I just try to read. - -Those are just some things that really just help me stay centered because when the stuff really started coming to our head, it really put me in a place where I felt really, really a sense of deep grief. I needed to figure out how to get out of that and just starting to network with people who I care about, who care about me, and then reading and those types of things really helped to pull me out of that, that’s really become my cornerstone and my rock. - -[01:06:55] Patrick O’Keefe: I want to talk about talent development and recruiting because I think it’s definitely part of the answer in this conversation. I talk a lot to community pros, and the reality is a lot of them fall into it. They started a community or they joined a company and then there was a job opening internally and they applied for it, I think that was the case with you, Marjorie when we talked and I had you on the show. Just a larger question and this is purposely vague, how can we bring more people into this work? - -[01:07:24] Bassey Etim: The most interesting thing I can say about this time is part of my job at the Times was to try to get reporters and columnists to get into regular interactions with the community that views that topic all the time and talks about it online. In that case, where I had the most success was really by getting more people involved in the work was by linking it to their work. - -Charles Duhigg, he won the Pulitzer-prize for his Toxic Water series. Before he won the Pulitzer obviously, we worked together where every single part of the series we would spend hours afterwards figuring out how to respond to reader comments, helping to edit them, getting them in, having back and forths, using that stuff as grist for future stories in the Toxic Water series. - -Same thing for columnists in terms of- from that perspective, it’s –– all right, you are contracting this argument and you see this “crazy” people going nuts in your comments. Maybe you want to know a little bit about how whether or not if you were to engage with them whether they are actually crazy or whether there is some kind of misunderstanding. I always tried to come back to like how can I connect this to the main thing I’m passionate about and then seeing that there is a community component to my work because it does affect communities. I need to use the internet as a tool in that way to engage with those communities. - -[01:08:52] Patrick O’Keefe: Is this a career that somehow gets in front of kids? Part of my question is this a career that people see themselves getting into and possibly as part of the larger STEM conversation? I don’t know, I never heard of community professionals as being a part of STEM. It’s definitely like a role that involves technology and a lot of people go into developer advocacy or DevRel, and that’s certainly relevant to STEM, but just cultivating a more diverse professional pool of talent, I even don’t know what the answer is. - -[01:09:20] Bassey Etim: In terms of the kids, whether or not they can eventually turn this into being professional, there is someone who did turn community building into being a professional, that’s Lil Nas X. If you are really active in the meme community and you are out there redistributing people’s memes, helping to plan meme wars and all as it were, like collecting all the funniest stuff, if you can become a hub where people are interested in creating memetic art, come together, then I think people have seen that example and you see that with all those meme networks. It’s something that kids are doing with content creation. In terms of as a career, us here may just have to watch and see how generation alpha takes it to the next level. - -[01:10:06] Nina Collins: Yes, I agree. We have no idea what’s going to happen with the growth of communities, like what’s going to happen to Facebook, and are there going to be a lot more of these smaller communities everywhere? In which case, sure, it will become an actual job. I feel like right now, I guess you, Patrick, see it as really a career. You spend all your time talking to people who do this and you’ve done it for so long. I completely fell into it as you talked about. I created something that I wanted just for me, and then it just grew and grew and I went with it. My guess is yes, it will probably become more of a thing. Communities do seem to be here to stay and they’re going to keep evolving and the big question for me, what’s going to happen to Facebook? Are people are going to start to rebel more and more against Facebook, or is it here forever? I don’t know. - -[01:10:53] Marjorie Anderson: I also think that there’s an element, for lack of a better word, legitimizing the profession because it’s not like last year community became big. Community has been around for a long time. I think that there’s got to be an element to validating the skills that community managers have and bringing people together, building relationships and getting them engaged and getting them connected to each other, the information that they need, in some cases, the organizations that are building these communities. I think there needs to be something there, but I think from a recruitment standpoint, listen, LinkedIn’s a big place. The world is a big place that people have access to other people in ways that are bigger than we’ve ever dreamed. It’s as simple as typing in a hashtag. As a community manager, you can find all of this information, all the people connected to it. I think there’s probably someone who maybe not knowingly, but they may be connected to someone who’s in the community management profession, reach out to that person and say, “Hey, I’ve got this position open. Do you have any referrals?” Ask for referrals, put it out there get people’s eyes on it. - -I think that it doesn’t have to be as hard as it feels but then I also think that there’s a piece of it that then we have to, as a profession, figure out how do we validate the skill that it takes so that people start to take community management seriously as a profession. It is not the technology. It is the skill that it takes to build a community and keep it going that is incredibly valuable. I think that we, as a profession, need to figure out how do we do that. How do we do that? Do we create a credential? Do we provide a certification? Is there some other way? I even see it in the profession that I work in, the profession that my community serves is project managers. We are on a quest to inject project management into schools. We were an integral part of the PMIAA legislation that really made project management an integral piece of the federal government and how they manage projects, and we’re trying to filter that out throughout the United States in different states. I think we have to think that big in order for people to really see the value in it for people to then think that is something that I want to do because it’s valuable. It’s something that absolutely needs to be done, but people don’t really know. When you think community management, they’re like, “Oh, you mean like Facebook or Twitter?” No, that’s not what I mean, it’s something completely different. I think that as a profession, we need to really figure out how do we then, for lack of a better word, legitimize community management as a profession and not just a thing that you do on the side or an afterthought. - -[01:13:40] Bassey Etim: That’s such a great point, Marjorie. Thinking about like the way that platforms are constructed, there needs to be a new generation of them that does like take the learnings of the community management industry into account. I like to think that I’m working on one now, but so much of this is going to be about if Facebook had been designed more responsibly to spread, if Twitter had been designed more responsibly, I think we might be there already and maybe the place we’re going to is just to get there anyway, but I think the undercurrent of your question, Patrick, which is like, what can we do now? Boy, it’s a troubling one, like in this environment, particularly, but I’m super optimistic about it simply because I just think the world is changing as a result of this and the way that we connect with people. You see all these workplaces go remote, you see all these communications –– there’s so many things that point toward the need for good community management. - -[01:14:41] Patrick O’Keefe: I think, Marjorie, that was just an outstanding practical point. I think the reality for community is that I don’t think that the resources we have in this space care about that as much as maybe they would like you to think or us to think or maybe they would talk about, I think it’s mostly focused on a gold rush or a land rush of how many things they can claim right now. It sounds like PMI has actually taken steps to what I’ll just describe as getting on the list of possible careers when a guidance counselor, whoever, a career counselor in high school says, “This is a thing,” or whatever it is to get on the list of jobs. - -Even if you go out there and you search compensation studies that are outside the community industry, you go to whatever LinkedIn offers to say how much you should make and you search community manager, it’s not even a recognized thing and it’s merged with people who manage apartment buildings. It’s not on the list, [chuckles] so just something said for people who really care about the profession. I think Bassey’s point about the memetic arts which is a terminal thing I’ve heard, as just a breeding ground for talent, is really good and just probably where a lot of great future community professionals are now getting their footing. That’s a fun way to think about it. - -I would say beyond that, representation matters. I think the more people who talk about this work and say that they do this work and the more that people see that people who look like them, identify like them, are like them, do this work, then it’s like everything else, you see yourself in it, so that’s powerful stuff. - -A practical question, you hinted at this right away, Marjorie, where I was going, which is, if you’re hiring right now, finding a broader talent pool, like a broader candidate pool, you’re getting applications, you’re not liking what you’re seeing. You want to get more people in the space. Maybe you’re looking to grow a more diverse team, LinkedIn, obviously a great tool. Are there any others, any other recommendations from the group? If not, I have one. - -I would just say an easy thing because I was just talking to a group of white men about this the other day. The easy trick that I would mention is contact the WeSupportNYC newsletter, @wesupportnyc on Twitter. Next to Marjorie’s site, it’s the only other community resource that I regularly pay attention to and there probably is a couple of others, so don’t get offended by that, because they have a really good tuned-in diverse audience and they’ll put your job in their newsletter for free and it goes out, I think it’s every week, and it’s just a great way to easily attract a broader talent pool and they do a great job. Carol Benovic-Bradley, who is my editorial lead on the show here, Alex Dao, who has been on the show before, and Steve Niebauer do a great job curating that newsletter, so I just recommend that as a resource to anyone who’s hiring and again, free. - -[01:17:15] Nina Collins: Great. Thank you. - -[01:17:15] Patrick O’Keefe: I don’t think you can argue with that. I think we’ve hinted at the taint of Facebook and how Facebook has impacted all facets of the work that we do. - -Community software, technology, diversity in the communities, hiring people, how people view the work, how people view the profession, what they think we do, how they view other spaces, how they view other communities, our communities, when they go into them based upon their experience on Facebook, and really, as I was thinking about this, remembered back to 2017 when ProPublica published some of Facebook’s moderation training manuals. As part of that, there was this quiz and the quiz asked people trained to be a moderator or content reviewer, they said, “Which one of these three subsets of people is protected from hate speech?” There’s three subsets. One was female drivers. Two was Black children. Three was white men. The correct answer to the quiz was white men. Only white men of those subsets was a subset protected from hate speech. It’s both a stupid question and a stupid answer. - -I think it’s definitely stupid all the way around to exist in the quiz, but one larger point that brings me back to when we think about the taint of Facebook is just how it can adjust the perception of the web as a whole and how people see our communities when they come in, and people may think that all spaces are the same, even when we know that each community is unique and operates differently, it may lead to people being on the defensive or even behaving in a certain way when they come to our community, just because of how a major social media platform treated a particular issue. In other words, they might be jaded by one poorly run platform or in this case, a few big ones. When it comes to our community, how do we tackle education? How do we turn that around? How do we change the perception of how social interaction looks on the web? At least in our small corner of it. - -[01:18:59] Nina Collins: For me, I would say it’s slow. It’s been interesting to leave Facebook. We left in November and now it’s almost August. Communities are very interesting, as we all know, they’re very organic at best and they evolve, so it’s never the same. The community today is not what it was three months ago. It’s completely different from when I started it almost five years ago on Facebook, particularly mine because it’s so personal. It’s about women in their emotional, physical lives. - -When I started it, I was 46 and now I’m almost 51, so my interests have changed, the example being wanting to talk more about racism or politics or just my physical, the stage I am in terms of menopause. We’re constantly evolving and I would say, in our example, I’m finding our community is much more intentional, much less, as we talked about, less ironic, less sarcastic and there are upsides and downsides to that. It’s not as addictive as Facebook and that’s bad for business. You want your business to be addictive. It’s also much more intellectually interesting. There’s more serious, interesting stuff that goes on. I guess I’m saying you have to be comfortable with the idea of change and something that’s ever-evolving and I always just try and tell people, it’s clear, we have a lot of the features now that Facebook has after six months of working really hard at it and basically copying them, there were features that people were just too addicted to we couldn’t really let go of, but it’s a completely different tone. Honestly, I feel like I’ve gotten my life back. That addictive thing has been mostly just good to not feel like you’re a slave to the Facebook algorithm, but it takes adjustment. It takes time. - -[01:20:44] Marjorie Anderson: I think there was a quote that has stuck with me and I think you said it, Patrick, is that the difference between social media platforms and communities is that social media platforms are all about me. Communities are about we. I think that if we really start to dig our heels in and start getting people to think in those terms, like when you join a community, it’s about the collective. It’s not just about you, and I think we’re starting to see that. People are more interested in helping than they are serving themselves. I think if we keep that in mind in how we really think about how we bring people together and the purpose for them coming together, that can really change the way they interact in social spaces holistically. For me, leaning into that community being about ‘we’ and how we interact socially is going to be an integral part in how we change the way people interact with one another in all social spaces. - -[01:21:46] Patrick O’Keefe: Bassey, one thing I’ll throw out too is you mentioned earlier how you’re working on an app. Nina mentioned how in development there are features Facebook had that were just too addicting. They added those features. They felt that pressure to add those features. Let’s see, how would I phrase this? Is Facebook hanging over you like a cloud? Are these big social apps hanging over the ideas that you’re having in this dark way where it’s like, “Well, people are used to this, and we want to cultivate this, but therefore, what’s the middle ground, or how should we backwards compatible our app to people’s mental-” how they’re trained right now by Facebook?” - -[01:22:21] Bassey Etim: First of all, how could we not? Second of all, a lot of the super talented people on our team came from Facebook-owned properties and previous jobs. - -[01:22:33] Patrick O’Keefe: Boy, I really put you in a tough spot there. I’m sorry about that. [laughs] - -[01:22:37] Bassey Etim: I think it’s really important to, number one, acknowledge Facebook’s success and other platforms understand why those things happen. Then it’s also important to not get deflated about it and to perceive it as like a second-mover advantage where it’s like major social properties right now if you’re building something new, whether it’s big or small, you’re going to be pivoting off of that. That’s how everything works from science to literature to music. Some big structure is created and then that big structure is built on and through building it, it is subverted. The domination of the major platforms isn’t infinite. It’s going to end one day. It’s our responsibility to think about what are we going to build in its place. - -[01:23:27] Patrick O’Keefe: Nina said the word modeling a few times. - -[01:23:30] Nina Collins: I’m taking those words to heart. That was super helpful. Thank you. - -[01:23:54] Patrick O’Keefe: I think it’s interesting because people on Facebook in my general experience behave okay, often bad, but it’s more often bad than I see in individual smaller communities I’m a part of, and I think that’s a mass problem, not necessarily just a Facebook problem, but again it’s a modeling problem. Derek Powazek and Heather Champ, two veteran community builders, who I have had on the show, really smart people, they have this sentence that always I always come back to, and it’s, “You are what you tolerate.“ - -That’s pretty much it. Facebook is what it is because it tolerated something. Bassey, you mentioned this earlier with Twitter. It’s foundational. You can’t go back. There weren’t community people there at the start. We’re just where we are at right now because of what we did before. I think the greatest community building hack you can have is to start it right and then work for 10 years, and boom, you’ve done it. - -I put a call out to a few folks asking for input into this program and one person shared the following asking to remain anonymous, “As a Black woman in a managerial role, I’ve noticed that myself and other BIPOC,” and that’s Black, Indigenous, and People of Color if you’re not familiar, “often end up doing the emotional labor of explaining or speaking up for ‘diversity and inclusion,'” they put quotes around that, diversity and inclusion, “internally at the organizations we belong to. This takes many forms, e.g. marketing asking for help with finding the right words to express solidarity, managing difficult conversations about social unrest and protests internally, reminding the company that diversity and inclusion can’t just be a one-time marketing or social media campaign. I could go on. These conversations are obviously valuable, but they’re emotionally taxing, and in my opinion, signify a lack of commitment for many companies in hiring trained DEI professionals.” - -I suspect, and I believe, Nina, you talked about this with your community, the emotional labor of explaining, of Black women explaining to white women why XYZ, I suspect some or all of you, probably all of you can relate to this, essentially being the Black person in the room and having heads turn your way for answers on these issues when you’re really just there to do your job, like everyone else. Thoughts on that person’s predicament and what you suggest they do or just commiseration, if you will, I guess. - -[01:25:40] Marjorie Anderson: I think it’s tricky because on one point, I think you feel a sense of responsibility to speak up because there might be people who don’t feel empowered to say something. I think we can use our influence to absolutely affect change. The other side of that coin is that I’m not the spokesperson for Black people within the organization. If you want to know if something resonates or if you want to know if something makes sense, talk to other folks, I am not the delegate for the Black population within the organization. It’s a catch-22. If you’ve got a voice, then you can speak up. I think that there’s a sense of responsibility there. Also, use that voice to say, “I’m not the only one you need to be talking to, go talk to other people as well,” and make them do the legwork. I think it’s okay to say, “I’m glad you asked me, but you need to be asking other people, too.” - -[01:26:36] Nina Collins: Yes, I agree. I think it’s a very individual thing. I have felt pretty comfortable taking the lead on this. I’m working with a white admin on this unlearning racism thing we’re doing. I feel like if we don’t start talking more about this stuff, we’re never really going to get anywhere. The line I keep repeating is, someone who runs a community for women over 40, where we talk a lot about sex and health and relationships, I’m known in my little teeny world for talking about anything. I’ll talk about my vagina. I’ll talk about- but I realized like I was not talking about race with these women. Here I am, a Black woman running a community of lots of white women, and I was never talking about ra",1731883702,b6cef58d91,5d910d863c,,,1731883702 -https://petapixel.com/2024/11/14/vidu-is-a-chinese-ai-video-generator-that-lets-you-combine-still-images-into-one-video/,https://petapixel.com/feed/,Vidu is a Chinese AI Video Generator That Lets You Combine Still Images Into One Video,"Chinese AI video generator Vidu has launched its 1.5 model which can take elements from different photos and blend them into one video. - -Vidu has a “Multiple-Entity Consistency Feature” which lets users upload separate images that bear no relation to each other and the program will merge them. This tools allows the user to choose up to three reference images. - -PetaPixel uploaded a photo of a DSLR camera, Brad Pitt, and a studio to try and get a video of Pitt holding the camera moving around the studio. The attempts were largely unsuccessful because the character never looked like Pitt but it did successfully combine all three source pictures. - -In another attempt, PetaPixel tried to take a camera lens and customize it by giving it a camouflage wrap. - -Vidu is the first AI video platform to have Multi-Entity Consistency and the company says that it’s also unique in that Vidu 1.5 will maintain the unique attributes of multiple characters throughout a video. Instead of morphing or becoming inconsistent the way they do in most AI videos. - -Another feature in Vidu is “Multiple Angle Consistency” which will build a “360-degree view” of a subject by using one to three still images. The AI will fill in the missing details and create a “cohesive video” that can look at the subject from any angle. - -Vidu 1.5 also has an “Advanced Control” feature which enables “greater precision over camera movements, angles, and cinematic technique.” The Beijing-based company say Advanced Control has “advanced cinematographer styles” that include “adjustable dynamic ranges offering a higher degree of control over speed and scale resulting in complex shots like zooming, panning, and tilting or a combination of these.” - -Vidu can also generate AI videos in 1080p but the quality of the videos isn’t particularly good so perhaps the foundation model needs to be improved before touting high-resolution AI video. - -“The future of content creation is here, and it is powered by the limitless possibilities of AI,” says Jiayu Tang, CEO and co-founder of Shengshu Technology. - -“Together, we can ignite a global wave of inspiration, reshaping industries, and democratizing creativity. At the core of this transformation lies the ability for anyone to engage in high-quality content production, unlocking new opportunities and breaking down traditional limitations.” - -You can sign up to Vidu for free now via its website. Users get 80 credits monthly. If you want more then plans currently start at $7.99 per month.",1731883675,fdbb004d85,5e6816d4f5,,,1731883675 -https://esportsedition.com/league-of-legends/top-five-champions-for-climbing/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,Easiest Way to Climb in League: Top Five Champions,"Easiest Way to Climb in League of Legends - -Climbing the ranks in League of Legends can be difficult. It’s a lot harder when you cannot play your role of choice. In case you fall victim to the queue curse, here are a list of go-to champions that make for the easiest way to climb in League. There are some updates to be made, although some things never change. - -Top - -An easiest way to climb in League is with Cho’Gath. Cho’Gath is everything you want in a tank. He’s huge, does a lot of damage and has a lot of crowd control. He wins his lanes by eating people, which in turn makes him larger – literally – for team fights. Ever since Cho’Gath’s stack rework, he has been a force to be reckoned with in the top lane. His sustain allows him to trade easily and his base damage is incredibly high. His reworked E in particular does far more damage than anyone ever anticipates. - -The new runes have played a significant role in making Cho’Gath so impactful by being able to deal damage based on your health, heal off of it and gain maximum life. Gaining percentage health whenever things die near you is nothing to scoff at. A Cho’Gath getting over 6,000 life is not unheard of or even that surprising. But the real reason Cho is so powerful for beginners is that he does not need to win his lane to be strong. If you lose but passively farm, eating minions as you go, you will still have 3,000 to 4,000 life in the mid game with only one or two items. That’s more than enough to be a body for your back lane – your true purpose. - -Mid - -Tried and true, Annie is one of the best choices. She has long range autos for CSing in lane and her Q refunds mana when it kills anything, making CSing a piece of cake. She can build more life than other midlaners because of her high base damage as well. Rod of Ages is a little girl’s best friend and the easiest way to climb in League. - -But, of course, Annie’s true strength is in her passive paired with Tibbers. You get enough charges to stun, then slam down your ult and decimate everyone around you with a point-and-click targeted area stun. Doesn’t get much easier than that! Because your base damage is so high, you will be able to kill most ADCs with your combo (Ult, Q, E) fairly easily. Tibbers also enrages if you die, making it even easier for you to secure kills – even if you mess up. - -Jungle - -The easiest way to climb in League when it comes to the jungle is Shyvana. There are two main reasons why Shyvana is my pick for easiest jungler to make the climb. First of all, she is considered one of the top junglers on many tier lists right now. But far more importantly, she does not need to interact - -with lanes to win. Shyvana’s strength comes from her ability to clear the jungle incredibly quickly and safely, then take Dragon solo. If you can sneak the first Dragon or two, it is a massive advantage to your lanes without ever setting foot in them. - -You’ll run into issues sometimes if the enemy jungle is highly aggressive and your lanes are being bullied. Shyvana is not the best ganker, by any means. Pre-six, she does not have much to do other than run at them. In some cases that is enough, but oftentimes you will at best blow a flash. So, what do you do if the enemy jungler is doing well? Counter their jungle! The best way to put a jungler behind – aside from killing them – is stealing their buffs. You notice they are ganking top lane while their bottom buff has come up? Run in and steal it. Even if they get a kill top, they will be put behind while you’re put ahead. - -Optimally you’ll want to do counter-ganks as well, something that you don’t require crowd control to pull off. But again, Shyvana’s strength comes from her ability to win without direct lane interaction. - -ADC - -If you are not great at ADC, the easiest way to be relevant is to CS properly, and the easiest way to do that is to have longer range than your opponent. They cannot poke you easily if you outrange them, which is why our choice for easy ADC is Varus. Caitlyn was certainly a strong contender, but her mechanics are a bit more complex. Also, Varus is arguably stronger at the moment. - -Varus makes use of his long range to CS incredibly easily. His Q and E are also great tools if he is dealing with large waves of minions. His passive only makes it much harder to miss CS when paired with plenty of attack speed. The base bonus damage on his W is just one more small thing to make him a CSing machine – exactly what you want to be in order to get to late game. As long as you are farming better than your opponent and not feeding, you will always be relevant. Remember, a kill is approximately 20 CS. If you are up 40 CS by twenty minutes, then bam! You’re up two kills on them. - -Support - -Some things truly never change. The Soraka reworks made her harder, but not hard enough to justify not including her here. Your entire kit is built around healing - -your ADC and doing… very little else. There’s not much that goes into such a simple goal. Have health potions, land your Qs for more life where possible and funnel all your excess life into your ADC. That’s really it for laning. Your ult is an amazing tool for saving lives or turning team fights, and it is about as simple as an ult can be. Just see someone low and smack the button. - -The weak point of Soraka is that she is incredibly squishy. If you get caught you will die, and you will die fast. You do not have any tools to heal yourself, or any movement skills, so you are very vulnerable. The solution is simple: stay with your team whenever possible. As a support, you should typically be doing this anyway so it is not a major drawback. If anything, it forces proper play by lower-quality support players. Stay behind your team and heal them, stick close and do not get caught. Well, what do you know? - -You’re now a Soraka main.",1731883671,76f59da961,5e6801e4cb,,,1731883671 -https://www.accountingweb.co.uk/community/industry-insights/how-integrating-salesforce-and-aedonaccounting-elevates-revenue,https://www.accountingweb.co.uk/rss.xml,How Integrating Salesforce and Aedon.Accounting Elevates Revenue Operations,"Integrating Salesforce Sales Cloud with Aedon.Accounting creates a streamlined, efficient revenue operations engine, optimising workflows from sales to finance, and enhancing the customer experience. - -Aedon.Accounting NECL Consulting - -A Game-Changer: Integrating Salesforce with Aedon.Accounting - -For businesses looking to maximise revenue efficiency, integrating Salesforce Sales Cloud with Aedon.Accounting is a logical next step. This integration enables automation of essential processes, boosts data accuracy, and bridges the gap between sales and finance for better collaboration. - -Aedon.Accounting automates the transfer of opportunity data from Salesforce, making data entry errors a thing of the past. Once in Aedon.Accounting, this data flows smoothly to create sales orders and generate invoices. Salesforce’s mobile-friendly approval workflows also accelerate decision-making, allowing team members to approve orders on the go. With streamlined order processing and invoicing, the integration speeds up the billing cycle and ultimately improves cash flow by reducing Days Sales Outstanding (DSO). - -Enhanced Visibility and Control - -Real-time insights give businesses a complete view of customer transactions, outstanding invoices, and overall sales performance, all accessible in one place. Custom dashboards allow teams to track revenue metrics from both systems, creating a powerful tool for monitoring financial health. Businesses can also set up alerts for key events, such as overdue invoices, allowing them to respond proactively and maintain positive cash flow. - -Improved Collaboration and Communication - -The integration of Aedon.Accounting and Salesforce provides a unified source of information for sales and finance teams, centralising communication related to orders and approvals. This setup ensures smooth collaboration, as both teams access the same data in real-time. Instant notifications keep team members updated on order statuses, approvals, and other important events, preventing delays and enhancing productivity. - -Advanced Reporting and Analysis - -Automated reports can be scheduled to provide key revenue metrics on a regular basis, reducing manual reporting effort and enabling better tracking. Salesforce’s reporting capabilities also offer granular insights, allowing businesses to analyze trends and make data-driven decisions to improve strategies. By leveraging Salesforce’s reporting tools, businesses can gain a comprehensive understanding of sales performance, customer behavior, and revenue trends. - -Superior Customer Experience - -Automation speeds up order fulfillment, which leads to happier customers. By reducing invoicing errors, businesses can minimize the risk of disputes and foster stronger customer relationships. The integration also provides customers with real-time order tracking through Salesforce portals, enhancing transparency and allowing customers to stay informed about their order statuses. - -With Aedon.Accounting and Salesforce working in tandem, businesses can enjoy a closed-loop revenue operations system where sales teams close deals in Salesforce, orders are generated in Aedon.Accounting, and payment status updates are synced back to Salesforce. This provides a complete, up-to-date view of the customer journey, helping businesses optimize revenue operations and enhance the customer experience. - -Taking It Further with SmarterPay Integration - -SmarterPay enhances this setup by automating direct debits and embedding payment links on invoices, making prompt payment easier for customers. SmarterPay’s direct debit feature is ideal for subscription-based businesses, as it automates payments and reduces the need for manual payment chasing. Predictable cash flow improves financial planning, and automated transactions reduce the administrative load on finance teams. - -For one-off payments, secure payment links embedded on invoices provide a quick and easy payment option for customers, encouraging faster payment cycles. The convenience of multiple payment options improves the customer experience, making it easier for customers to pay on time. - -Bringing It All Together - -The process begins with Salesforce capturing closed-won sales opportunities, which flow automatically to Aedon.Accounting for order creation. SmarterPay enables automatic direct debit or payment link options, providing flexible ways for customers to settle invoices. Once payment is processed, information synchronizes back across both systems, giving businesses complete, real-time visibility into payment statuses. - -The Benefits of This Enhanced Integration - -This setup maximises efficiency across the entire order-to-cash process, from order generation to payment collection. Predictable payments and timely collections improve cash flow and reduce manual intervention costs. With a smooth, convenient payment experience, customer satisfaction is elevated, increasing loyalty and retention. By providing integrated data visibility, businesses gain a full understanding of revenue operations, supporting better-informed decisions and strategic growth. - -Ready to transform your revenue operations? Visit Aedon.Accounting to book a demo and see how our solution can optimise your workflow. - -Book a Demo with Aedon.Accounting",1731883641,a53b283167,5eb7ca70fc,,,1731883641 -https://publicwords.com/2024/08/20/a-counter-intuitive-way-to-deal-with-stage-fright/,https://www.publicwords.com/feed/,A Counter-Intuitive Way to Deal with Stage Fright,"I was instructing the mid-career executives on “Persuasion and Influence” recently at Harvard’s Division of Continuing Education, and I was encouraging them to dive deep and ask the questions that mattered to them and their own personal development. No one asked about performance anxiety, AKA stage fright. I thought, “hmmm, they’re either in denial or this is a singularly confident bunch of executives.” Later on that day, in a slightly different context, I asked them more directly, “how many of you suffer from nerves occasionally?” - -All the hands went up. - -It’s universal. Great actors, politicians, you, and me – and even Paul McCartney, get stage fright at different times and at different levels of panic and for different reasons. But that primal fear, of standing up in front of a crowd, and having to hold forth, is near-universal. - -From time to time, I write on the subject – how to cope with the feeling of anxiety, or nerves, various techniques for mitigating the extremes, mantras to chant to empower oneself to motor through the feelings, and so on. - -Here’s the good news: they all work. You have to find the right mix for you, but there is indeed a mix that will work. - -Here’s the bad news: you actually have to do them. And long before you are facing the crowd. Each of the techniques, including breathing, relaxation and meditation, mantras and mental imaging – all of it only works if you do the work, and well in advance. - -Now here’s a study that gives you a shortcut to all this effort. The study, from 2013, found that saying 3 simple words to yourself works better than trying to calm yourself down. Half the people in this study were instructed to say “I am calm” before giving a speech, and the other half were instructed to say “I am excited.” - -That’s it. Just say, “I am excited” before you start. - -The excited people were “more persuasive, competent, confident and persistent.” That last word, ‘persistent’, caught my eye. It turns out that the excited folks spoke for longer than the calm people. Were they enjoying themselves more? Apparently. More research is required! - -But the chief takeaway here is that it may be better to ride the wave of your excitement rather than trying to damp down your feelings. As Obi-Wan Kenobi (and indeed, all the other Jedi masters) was wont to say, “Trust your feelings. Go with the force.” Or sometimes, “Let the force be with you.” - -This coincides with the advice I used to give my undergraduates at Princeton, when I taught public speaking there, who readily embraced the connection between nerves and energy. At 20 years of age, they were keen to go get the world, and so they frequently fastened on a mantra like “I am up for this! I am ready!” when we did the mantra work. They tended to eschew the calmer mantras. I attributed it to youthful enthusiasm, but now it’s clear that they were on to something. When adrenaline is coursing through your system, ride the wave of energy and use that power to give an outstanding speech. - -As I said earlier this year, my personal favorite way to handle the public speaking chore is to embrace the symptoms that adrenaline produces and tell yourself that it means that you’re about to do something exciting, and that your body is now geared up to do it. In other words, re-frame the symptoms from negative nerves to positive excitement. - -Then, you’ll not only be more able to cope with the nerves, but you might actually have fun doing it.",1731883678,70da3d3370,5eeb839e20,,,1731883678 -http://www.influencerupdate.biz/news/68606/top-10-streamed-games-of-the-week/,https://www.influencerupdate.biz/rss/news/,Top 10 streamed games: Fall Guys continues to climb while Valorant shines,"InfluencerUpdate.biz has teamed up with esports and streaming analytics firm Stream Hatchet to bring you weekly charts of the most popular games in the streaming space. - -This chart documents the most-watched games by hours across Twitch, YouTube Gaming and Facebook. - -Each week we'll be documenting the top ten most-watched titles across all the major streaming platforms so you can see which games are thriving among content creators and which titles are waning in popularity. - -This chart covers the week commencing August 17th 2020. - -Most-watched games - -One again, League of Legends take the top spot in the chart this week with 38.2 million hours watched over the last week. That being said, the title did see a 10.6 decrease. PUBG Mobile is still in second place for another week, but the pocket-sized battle royale sees a decrease of 19.6 per cent. - -Fall Guys shoots up into third place after another successful week, seeing an 18 per cent rise in views. Mediatonic's beany menace racked up over 30.6 million hours watched last week. - -Garena Free Fire takes fourth place with 28.5 million hours watched over the last seven days. It's followed by the ever-present Grand Theft Auto V which amassed just over 28 million hours also. - -Fortnite sits in sixth with 27.8 million hours watched and a 17.3 per cent decrease in hours watched - the lowest the title has been for a while. Call of Duty: Modern Warfare takes eighth with 22.6 million hours watched and a 22.6 per cent view decrease. - -Valorant is a grower this week, re-entering the top 10 after an 11.6 per cent rise in views. Valorant's new season pass launched this month, bringing some players back into the fold. CS:GO closes the chart with a 24.7 per cent increase in views - the largest rise on the board this week.",1731883681,e34caba76d,5e61c1d8ce,,,1731883681 -https://www.theguardian.com/sport/2024/nov/15/alexander-zverev-beats-alcaraz-at-atp-finals-to-set-up-fritz-semi-final,https://www.theguardian.com/sport/tennis/rss,Alexander Zverev beats Alcaraz at ATP Finals to set up Fritz semi-final,"Alexander Zverev continued his strong form at the ATP Finals by moving into the semi-finals in Turin with a commanding 7-6 (5), 6-4 win over the third seed Carlos Alcaraz. - -After success at the Paris Masters in his previous tournament, Zverev, the second seed, is on an eight-match winning streak following victories over Alcaraz, Casper Ruud and Andrey Rublev in Turin. - -In a tough, competitive opening set, the German held a set point on Alcaraz’s serve before the Spaniard forced a tiebreak where Zverev was rewarded for his excellent serving while Alcaraz struck a loose forehand at 4-5. - -Zverev carried the momentum to the second set, breaking serve early and serving extremely well in the decisive moments. The 27-year-old finished the match with 79% first serves in, nine aces and just one double fault. - -Alcaraz’s form in Turin has been significantly affected by a viral illness he picked up before the event. Even in the various promotional activities before the tournament, the Spaniard was constantly coughing and blowing his nose. He struggled badly in his opening loss to Casper Ruud before keeping himself in the contest on Wednesday with a straight-sets win over Rublev. - -In the semi-finals on Saturday, Zverev will face Taylor Fritz, the fifth seed, who finished second in his group behind the world No 1 Jannik Sinner. Fritz defeated Zverev at Wimbledon and the US Open this year, reaching his first grand slam final at the latter tournament. - -Alcaraz’s exit was confirmed on Friday night when Ruud saw off Rublev to claim second spot in the group. Ruud faces the daunting task of taking on Sinner after seeing off Rublev 6-4, 5-7, 6-2. The Norwegian only needed a set to be sure of progressing to the last four for the third time in three appearances.",1731883636,b5dd9fce7b,5e9b64b3f4,,,1731883636 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/movies/simon-pegg-mission-impossible-final-reckoning-best-yet/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/feed/,Pegg says Final Reckoning is best Mission: Impossible movie,"In addition to being one of the longest-running franchises, Mission: Impossible has also managed to retain an impressive level of quality. The teaser for Mission: Impossible – The Final Reckoning suggests that the next installment will keep that trend alive, and now, star Simon Pegg has said that the next chapter may even be the best in the entire franchise. - -On Inside of You with Michael Rosenbaum, Pegg said that he had just finished shooting and was ready to hype the film up. “I have just finished shooting. I have one day left of pickups to do,” he explained. “I’ve seen it. It’s bananas. It’s absolutely bananas. What he does in this one, it boggles the mind. I think this one is the best one ever. And I’m not just saying that because it’s like, ‘Oh, you’ve got to say that.’ It is going to be great.” - -While we don’t yet know if The Final Reckoning is actually the final Mission: Impossible movie, it would make sense for Tom Cruise and director Christopher McQuarrie to save the best for last. The title certainly indicates that this is the culmination of something. Pegg has been part of the franchise since the third installment and has become a crucial element to the franchise as it’s continued to evolve. The Final Reckoning is set to hit theaters on May 23, 2025, and also stars Ving Rhames, Haley Atwell, Angela Bassett, and Pom Klementieff.",1731883618,9267d9058a,5ebdc3f82b,,,1731883618 -https://www.npr.org/2024/09/06/1197961641/ja-biztown-children-economy-junior-achievement,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,A summer camp where kids run the economy : Planet Money : NPR,"Summer camp capitalism - -Enlarge this image Sally Helm/NPR Sally Helm/NPR - -Summer camp is a classic rite of passage in the U.S. It's a place of self-discovery, where kids come to make new friends and take on new challenges. But what if it were ALSO a place where children came to learn how to survive in a free market economy? - -That's part of the idea behind a summer camp at JA BizTown, in Portland, Oregon. Kids at the camp run tiny fake businesses in a tiny fake town. There are retail stores and restaurants, insurance companies and power utilities. As camp begins, a gaggle of child CEOs take out business loans from their peers in the tiny fake banking industry – and they spend the day racing to run their businesses profitably enough to get out of debt before pickup time. - -Sponsor Message - -On today's show, Planet Money takes a romp through capitalism summer camp. Will the children of BizTown be able to make ends meet and pay back their loans to the banks? Or will a string of defaults send this dollhouse economy into financial collapse? It's Shark Tank meets Lord of the Flies. - -This episode was hosted by Alexi Horowitz-Ghazi and Sally Helm. It was produced by James Sneed, and edited by Jess Jiang. It was fact-checked by Sierra Juarez and engineered by Gilly Moon. Planet Money's executive producer is Alex Goldmark. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: SourceAudio - ""Love Is A Feeling,"" ""LIKE THIS,"" and ""Transmission.""",1731884580,8181d7a585,5ec1fcac7c,,,1731884580 -https://derivsource.com/2024/09/12/lch-clears-first-zaronia-swaps/,https://derivsource.com/feed,LCH clears first ZARONIA swaps,"• LCH is the first CCP to introduce a clearing capability for Overnight Index Swaps (OIS) benchmarked to the South African Rand Overnight Index Average (ZARONIA). - -• ABSA Bank, Investec Bank, Nedbank Limited, The Standard Bank of South Africa and RMB, a division of FirstRand Bank Limited were the first participants to clear ZARONIA swaps, with Deutsche Bank and J.P. Morgan acting as clearing brokers. - -• LCH is committed to supporting interest rate benchmark reform in South Africa and globally. - -LCH SwapClear, an LSEG business, today announces that it has cleared the first swaps referencing ZARONIA, the new risk-free rate for South African Rand-denominated swaps. This new clearing capability demonstrates LCH’s commitment to supporting benchmark transition and aligns with the objectives of the Market Practitioners Group (MPG), established by the South African Reserve Bank (SARB) in 2018, to direct orderly benchmark transition in ZAR Rates markets. - -Susi de Verdelon, Group Head of SwapClear and Listed Rates, LCH Ltd, said: “We are delighted to extend our SwapClear service to include ZARONIA OIS and to become the first CCP to clear the product. LCH is committed to supporting the South African market in its transition to ZARONIA and to contribute to the industry-wide efforts to ensure adoption of new risk-free rates globally.” - -Dr Rashad Cassim, Deputy Governor of the South African Reserve Bank and Chairperson of the MPG, said: “We welcome LCH offering a cleared solution for the nascent ZARONIA swaps market. This is a significant development for the South African derivatives markets, as demonstrated by the number of firms participating in this milestone. The clearing solution will be a key component in building liquidity in this new product with domestic and international participants, paving the way for a smooth transition to ZARONIA in line with our timetable.” - -SARB started to publish ZARONIA in November 2022, following its identification by the MPG as the preferred successor to the Johannesburg Interbank Average Rate (JIBAR) in 2021. ABSA Bank, Investec Bank, Nedbank Limited, The Standard Bank of South Africa and RMB, a division of FirstRand Bank Limited were the counterparties to the first ZARONIA trades cleared through LCH SwapClear, with Deutsche Bank and J.P. Morgan facilitating the transaction as clearing brokers. - -The South African rand represented LCH SwapClear’s seventh largest currency in terms of registered notional in the past year, with ZAR 223 trillion registered in 2023. LCH SwapClear offers clearing services in 27 currencies and is committed to support the benchmark transition initiatives in the cleared swaps market globally. Learn more about our services here.",1731883735,9dd65a327d,5edd709600,,,1731883735 -https://www.credible.com/blog/yahoo/how-to-get-a-personal-loan-after-bankruptcy/,https://www.credible.com/blog/student-loans/feed/,How to Get a Personal Loan After Bankruptcy,"Our goal is to give you the tools and confidence you need to improve your finances. Although we receive compensation from our partner lenders, whom we will always identify, all opinions are our own. Credible Operations, Inc. NMLS # 1681276, is referred to here as ""Credible."" - -Content provided by Credible. Although we do promote products from our partner lenders who compensate us for our services, all opinions are our own. - -This article first appeared on the Credible blog. - -While bankruptcy can sometimes be the right choice for managing debilitating debt, it’s also one of the most damaging items to have on your credit report. - -Because of this, it could be very difficult to take out a new loan after you’ve filed for bankruptcy. However, keep in mind that there are several lenders willing to work with borrowers who have bad credit — for example, you might still be able to qualify for a personal loan after bankruptcy with certain lenders, depending on your credit. - -With Credible, you can compare personal loan rates from various lenders in minutes. - -Can you get approved for a personal loan after bankruptcy? - -After filing for Chapter 7 or Chapter 13 bankruptcy, your credit score could drop by 130 to 200 points, depending on the credit score you had before filing. For example, if you had a credit score of 700, you could end up with a score of 500 following bankruptcy. - -Most personal loans require borrowers to have good to excellent credit — a good credit score is usually considered to be 700 or higher. There are also several lenders that offer personal loans for bad credit, which means you might still be able to get approved after bankruptcy. - -However, these loans tend to come with higher interest rates compared to good credit loans. - -Tip: A bankruptcy can remain on your credit report for up to 10 years after the date you filed. And any accounts that were delinquent prior to the bankruptcy discharge will stay on your credit report for up to seven years. - -But as time goes on, these negative items will generally have less and less of an impact on your overall credit score. - -8 personal loans after filing for bankruptcy - -If you’re considering a personal loan after bankruptcy, it’s important to compare as many lenders as possible. This way, you can find the right loan for your situation. - -The following Credible partners offer personal loans for bad credit, which means you might be eligible after bankruptcy depending on your credit. - -Avant - -Fixed rates: 9.95% – 35.99% APR - -Loan amount: $2,000 to $35,000 - -Min. credit score: 550 - -Loan terms: 2 to 5 years - -Best Egg - -Fixed rates: 7.99% – 35.99% APR - -Loan amount: $2,000 to $35,000 - -Min. credit score: 600 - -Loan terms: 2 to 5 years - -LendingClub - -Fixed rates: 7.04% – 35.89% APR - -Loan amount: $1,000 to $40,000 - -Min. credit score: 600 - -Loan terms: 3 or 5 years - -LendingPoint - -Fixed rates: 9.99% – 35.99% APR - -Loan amount: $2,000 to $36,500 - -Min. credit score: 580 - -Loan terms: 2 to 6 years - -OneMain Financial - -Fixed rates: 18.0% – 35.99% APR - -Loan amount: $1,500 to $20,000 - -Min. credit score: None - -Loan terms: 2 to 5 years - -Universal Credit - -Fixed rates: 8.93% – 35.93% APR - -Loan amount: $1,000 to $20,000 - -Min. credit score: 560 - -Loan terms: 3 or 5 years - -Upgrade - -Fixed rates: 5.94% – 35.97% APR - -Loan amount: $1,000 to $50,000 - -Min. credit score: $1,000 to $50,000 - -Loan terms: 2, 3, 5, or 6 years - -Upstart - -Fixed rates: 4.37% – 35.99% APR - -Loan amount: $1,000 to $50,000 - -Min. credit score: 580 - -Loan terms: 3 to 5 years - -How to apply for a personal loan after bankruptcy - -If you’re ready to apply for a personal loan after bankruptcy, follow these four steps: - -Check your credit. Lenders will consider your credit to determine your creditworthiness — which makes it a good idea to check your credit beforehand to know where you stand. You can use a site like AnnualCreditReport.com to review your credit reports for free. If you find any errors, dispute them with the appropriate credit bureaus to potentially boost your credit score. Also make sure that any information that should have changed following your bankruptcy discharge has been updated. Compare lenders and choose a loan option. Be sure to compare as many lenders as you can to find the right loan for your needs. Consider not only interest rates but also repayment terms, any fees charged by the lender, and eligibility requirements. After this, choose the loan option that best suits your needs. Complete the application. Once you’ve picked a lender, you’ll need to fill out a full application and submit any required documentation, such as tax returns or pay stubs. Get your funds. If you’re approved, the lender will have you sign for the loan so the funds can be released to you. The time to fund for personal loans is usually about one week — though some lenders will fund loans as soon as the same or next business day after approval. - -Before you take out a personal loan, it’s also important to consider how much the loan will cost you. This way, you can be prepared for any added expenses. You can estimate how much you’ll pay for a loan using our personal loan calculator below. - -Need a personal loan? Compare rates without affecting your credit score. 100% free! - -What to avoid when looking for a loan post-bankruptcy - -Unfortunately, there are many predatory lenders and scam artists willing to take advantage of people looking for a loan — including borrowers recovering from bankruptcy. - -Here are a couple of things to avoid while you search for a loan post-bankruptcy: - -Expensive short-term loans: If you’re desperate for a loan, it could be appealing to turn to short-term options like payday loans, pawn shop loans, or car title loans as they often don’t require a credit check. However, these loans tend to come with astronomical rates and fees — sometimes as high as 500% APR — that could land you in a nearly inescapable debt cycle. You could also end up losing valuable collateral if you can’t repay the loan. Because of this, it’s best to avoid these types of loans except as a last resort. - -If you’re desperate for a loan, it could be appealing to turn to short-term options like payday loans, pawn shop loans, or car title loans as they often don’t require a credit check. However, these loans tend to come with astronomical rates and fees — sometimes as high as 500% APR — that could land you in a nearly inescapable debt cycle. You could also end up losing valuable collateral if you can’t repay the loan. Because of this, it’s best to avoid these types of loans except as a last resort. Personal loan scams: Before you take out a personal loan, it’s critical to make sure the loan company is legitimate. Some warning signs of personal loan scams to watch out for include demanding money upfront, pressuring you to make a fast decision, and not requiring a credit check. - -Alternatives to personal loans after filing for bankruptcy - -While there are several lenders that offer personal loans for bad credit, it’s still possible that you might be denied a loan — especially if the bankruptcy was recent. Thankfully, there are also other options available that might help you access the funds you need. - -Credit-builder loans - -Best for: Borrowers who want to rebuild their credit - -A credit-builder loan is a type of loan specifically designed to help borrowers improve their credit. Unlike a typical loan, you’ll make payments on a credit-builder loan that are deposited into a dedicated savings account. - -At the end of the repayment term, you’ll get this balance back minus any interest or fees. - -Making on-time payments on a credit-builder loan can help you build a positive payment history, which can boost your credit score. And because credit-builder loans are meant to help borrowers with bad credit, you don’t need to worry about having good credit to get approved. - -Cosigned loans - -Best for: Borrowers who know someone with good credit who is willing to cosign a loan - -If you’re struggling to get approved for a personal loan, you could consider applying with a creditworthy cosigner. Not all lenders allow cosigners on personal loans, but some do. Having a cosigner might also help you get a lower interest rate than you’d get on your own. - -Tip: A cosigner can be anyone with good credit — such as a parent, other relative, or trusted friend — who is willing to share responsibility for the loan. - -Keep in mind that this means they’ll be on the hook if you can’t make your payments. - -Secured credit cards - -Best for: Borrowers with enough funds for a deposit who want access to a revolving credit line - -Unlike a traditional credit card, a secured credit card requires a cash deposit as collateral for your account, which can be used by the lender to pay off your balance if you fail to make your payments. The amount you deposit will also act as your credit limit. - -If you make on-time payments on your card, you could see an improvement in your score. Additionally, many lenders provide the option to switch from a secured credit card to a regular credit card once you’ve made a certain number of consecutive, on-time payments, which means you can get your deposit back. - -Secured personal loan - -Best for: Borrowers with a valuable item to use as collateral - -Most personal loans are unsecured, which means they don’t require collateral. But there are also some lenders that offer secured personal loans. To take out a secured personal loan, you’ll need to provide collateral, such as jewelry, machinery, or another valuable item. - -Because there’s less risk to the lender with this added security, you might have an easier time getting approved for a secured personal loan compared to a regular unsecured loan. - -Just keep in mind that if you can’t make your payments, you risk losing your collateral. - -Home equity loan or HELOC - -Best for: Homeowners with at least 15% to 20% equity in their home who have spent time rebuilding their credit - -If you own your home, you might be able to tap into your home’s equity with a home equity loan or home equity line of credit (HELOC). With a home equity loan, you’ll receive a lump-sum payment to use as you wish while a HELOC provides a revolving line of credit that you can repeatedly draw on and pay off. - -Because these types of loans are secured by your house, they often come with lower interest rates compared to personal loans. But this also means you risk losing your home if you can’t keep up with your payments. - -Keep in mind: Home equity loans and HELOCs generally require a credit score of at least 680, so you generally won’t qualify for this kind of loan after bankruptcy unless you’ve spent some time rebuilding your credit first. - -How to improve your credit score quickly - -There are several strategies that can help you build your credit after going through bankruptcy, for example: - -Make on-time payments: Your payment history is one of the biggest factors that make up your credit score. If you pay all of your bills on time, you could see an improvement in your credit score. - -Your payment history is one of the biggest factors that make up your credit score. If you pay all of your bills on time, you could see an improvement in your credit score. Pay down credit card balances: Another major factor in your credit score is your credit utilization ratio — this refers to the amount you owe on credit cards or lines of credit compared to your total credit limit. Paying down balances on credit cards could help bring your credit utilization ratio down, which could boost your credit score. - -Another major factor in your credit score is your credit utilization ratio — this refers to the amount you owe on credit cards or lines of credit compared to your total credit limit. Paying down balances on credit cards could help bring your credit utilization ratio down, which could boost your credit score. Become an authorized user: A creditworthy family member or friend can add you as an authorized user on their credit card account. This lets you benefit from their good credit habits without even needing to use the card yourself. - -A creditworthy family member or friend can add you as an authorized user on their credit card account. This lets you benefit from their good credit habits without even needing to use the card yourself. Get credit for other bills: Some services — such as a credit-monitoring service like Experian Boost — let you have other bills reported to the credit bureaus that typically wouldn’t be, such as cell phone or subscription payments. By getting credit for on-time payments on these other bills, you could see a quick improvement in your credit score. - -How soon will my credit score recover after filing for bankruptcy? - -This depends on the steps you take following bankruptcy. If you’re careful to maintain good credit habits — such as paying all of your bills on time and keeping your debt balances as low as possible — you could see an improvement in your credit score in the 12 to 18 months after you filed for bankruptcy. - -Tip: After you’ve gone through bankruptcy, it’s important to reassess your financial habits so you can avoid filing for bankruptcy again in the future. - -For example, take it slow to apply for new credit so you can manage your balances without straining your budget. - -If you decide to take out a personal loan after bankruptcy, remember to consider as many lenders as possible to find the right loan for you. Credible makes this easy — you can compare your prequalified rates from multiple lenders in two minutes. - -Ready to find your personal loan? Credible makes it easy to find the right loan for you. - -About the author: Angela Brown is a student loan, personal finance, and real estate authority and a contributor to Credible. Her work has appeared in Fox Business, LendingTree, FinanceBuzz, and Yahoo Finance. - -About Rates and Terms: Rates for personal loans provided by lenders on the Credible platform range between 3.49%-35.99% APR with terms from 12 to 84 months. Rates presented include lender discounts for enrolling in autopay and loyalty programs, where applicable. Actual rates may be different from the rates advertised and/or shown and will be based on the lender’s eligibility criteria, which include factors such as credit score, loan amount, loan term, credit usage and history, and vary based on loan purpose. The lowest rates available typically require excellent credit, and for some lenders, may be reserved for specific loan purposes and/or shorter loan terms. The origination fee charged by the lenders on our platform ranges from 0% to 8%. Each lender has their own qualification criteria with respect to their autopay and loyalty discounts (e.g., some lenders require the borrower to elect autopay prior to loan funding in order to qualify for the autopay discount). All rates are determined by the lender and must be agreed upon between the borrower and the borrower’s chosen lender. For a loan of $10,000 with a three year repayment period, an interest rate of 7.99%, a $350 origination fee and an APR of 11.51%, the borrower will receive $9,650 at the time of loan funding and will make 36 monthly payments of $313.32. Assuming all on-time payments, and full performance of all terms and conditions of the loan contract and any discount programs enrolled in included in the APR/interest rate throughout the life of the loan, the borrower will pay a total of $11,279.43. As of March 12, 2019, none of the lenders on our platform require a down payment nor do they charge any prepayment penalties.",1731883695,4eb16f9c1e,5ef4880c71,,,1731883695 -https://www.npr.org/2024/11/06/nx-s1-5182270/donald-trump-president-entertainment,https://www.npr.org/rss/rss.php?id=1020,How personality trumped policy in this media election cycle,"How personality trumped policy in this media election cycle - -toggle caption Chip Somodevilla/Getty Images - -Looking at the media coverage leading to and throughout President-elect Donald Trump’s massive electoral success Tuesday, I wonder if we are seeing — at least a little bit — the impact of politics rendered as entertainment and spectacle. - -Former Trump press aide Erin Perrine touched on the point Tuesday during the chatty live election night special hosted by ex-NBC anchor Brian Williams on Amazon’s Prime Video. Perrine noted Vice President Kamala Harris may have spent too much time during the campaign focused on her opponent, making the election seem like a referendum on his personality. - -Sponsor Message - -“Not only are we a deeply divided nation, but we aren’t sure where we want to go directionally at this point,” Perrine said early in the evening, before the size of Trump’s victory was apparent. “It’s a policy versus personality conversation that voters are having with themselves.” - -Williams’ election special itself seemed to reflect the turn toward spectacle, conducted from a studio set in Los Angeles with huge screens to display sweeping graphics, deploying the kind of technology used to film TV shows like Disney+’s The Mandalorian. They had no decision desk for calling vote projections — which kinda seems the point of live election specials — forcing the audience to focus on the entertainment of seeing big-name guests spar with each other while Williams cited results originally reported on other news platforms. - -That turn toward entertainment benefits a candidate like Trump, who is an expert at building an image aimed at captivating and engaging people, using the news media as his messenger. Over his presidential campaign, there was plenty of coverage detailing what policies he proposed to advance in a second term — from extensive tariffs to mass deportations of undocumented immigrants. - -But I suspect what really moves many Trump fans is his unique charisma, turning rallies into a display where he can say and do things which would typically end a conventional politician’s career. (Remember what he did with a faulty microphone at a recent rally?) - -Helping him out are areas in media — and elsewhere — that pundit Matthew Sheffield has labeled “partisan ecosystems,” like Fox News Channel, Newsmax and conservative-friendly podcasters like Joe Rogan. Sheffield notes these corners of media can provide lots of important benefits to politicians: attacking political opponents, defending candidates’ behavior, keeping people loyal to the party and encouraging people who may feel negatively about the candidate to vote with the party. - -Sponsor Message - -It’s a media environment where politics is often presented as an entertaining spectacle, with amped-up conflict featuring distinct heroes and villains. - -Over the past election season, my thoughts have turned many times to a legendary book, Neil Postman’s prescient 1985 analysis, Amusing Ourselves to Death: Public Discourse in the Age of Show Business — often used as a textbook in many media analysis and ethics classes. It argues a now-obvious idea: as entertainment becomes a larger element in news coverage, especially on TV, a political leader’s image and ability to entertain us may become more important than their actual policies or actions. - -And creating a powerful image is what Trump has excelled at, from his earliest days decades ago building his persona as a real estate baron in New York, to his modern incarnation as a political strongman promising to impose his will on American society. His supporters find him entertaining and feisty; even critics who hate his policies or his demeanor find it difficult to avoid talking about him. - -When Harris first stepped up to assume the Democratic nomination from President Joe Biden, it seemed she might have found a way to create her own spectacle — focusing the political conversation on her rapid rise, selection of a running mate, unique identity and the need to introduce herself to voters, despite serving as vice president for nearly four years. - -Watching the sitting vice president navigate a wave of media interest that included memes after pop star Charli XCX declared “Kamala is brat” and suggestions she go on the celebrities-interviewed-while-eating-hot-wings YouTube show Hot Ones, you couldn’t escape the sense that Harris faced pressure to entertain the public while explaining why she should be elected president. - -But that dynamic quickly changed again, as talk turned to the outrageousness of Trump’s actions — from using expletives to refer to Harris in speeches to presenting a rally in New York City featuring a comic who joked about Puerto Rico as a “floating island of garbage.” It seemed an extension of an ethic Trump developed long ago: That being talked about in the press is always better than not being talked about, even if people are mostly saying he’s terrible. - -Sponsor Message - -And the media elements connected to his effort — from selling keepsake Bibles to hawking Trump-centered NFT’s with gaudy images and appearing with popular podcasters like Rogan — kept the public focused on the GOP candidate’s outsized image. - -Trump’s ability to yank back the spotlight persisted, even when Harris pulled off her own spectacles — like superstar endorsements from Beyoncé and an appearance on Saturday Night Live with her doppelganger, Maya Rudolph. - -Media ubiquity – where people are entertained and feel a connection to a big personality – doesn’t just excite supporters. It seems calculated to reach voters who are less involved in the political process, like undecideds and first timers. - -That kind of media ubiquity – where people are entertained and feel a connection to a big personality — doesn’t just excite supporters. It seems calculated to reach voters who are less involved in the political process, like undecideds and first timers. It also can make extreme policies seem more palatable, allowing supporters to shrug off or downplay Trump’s talk of prosecuting enemies or deporting masses of undocumented immigrants. - -What once struck me about conservatism in a simpler time — say, the days of George W. Bush and Sarah Palin — was that the party developed a way of talking about the issues anyone could adopt, like learning a language. But Trump’s ability to leverage media attention as entertainment seems more unique to him — something that legendarily awkward figures like JD Vance and Ron DeSantis might have trouble re-creating, raising questions about how lasting the impact may be. - -In the days and weeks to come, there will likely be a lot of columns like this, trying to make sense of a result that some didn’t see coming, and which heralds tremendous change for society and media. - -But it may be wise to consider how the rise of politics as entertainment, and the media’s contribution to that ascent, has shaped the current social landscape. - -Edited by Jennifer Vanasco. Web page produced by Beth Novey.",1731883662,5ef0df535a,5ed632cf10,,,1731883662 -https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/news/liverpool-realmadrid-france-mbappe-konate-34129069,https://www.mirror.co.uk/sport/football/rss.xml,Liverpool star Ibrahima Konate picks a side in Kylian Mbappe France row with clear message,"Ibrahima Konate has promised to “always help” Kylian Mbappe amid his France woes. - -The Real Madrid star was surprisingly axed from Les Blues latest international squad. It was the second selection in a row that Mbappe was omitted from. - -The decision came after talks with France boss Didier Deschamps. It comes amid a tricky personal campaign for the 2018 World Cup winner as despite his form, he has struggled to adapt to life with Real Madrid. - -But one of his teammates Konate has spoken out and has vowed to stick by Mbappe amid his troubles. Speaking to Telefoot, the Liverpool defender said: “Beyond being a footballer, he is one of my friends, someone that I have a lot of affection for. If Kylian has psychological problems in his life, we’ll always be there to help him. - -“But we know the qualities that Kylian has; he is a formidable player and one of the best in the world. Every player in their career has had a little blip so I’m not worried about him. I can’t wait for him to get back to his best level.” - -France boss Deschamps explained earlier this week just why Mbappe has been left out of his squad. Speaking in a press conference, he said: “It's a fact that he's in a complicated situation. - -“I'm behind him. He is going through a period that is not the happiest of his career. He wanted to come, I repeat. But I think it's better right now for him. Everyone has the right to have a complicated period, there is the physical, psychological aspect. - -“There are always interpretations, whether I speak or not. I am careful to weigh my words, but I do not want to fuel debates that lead nowhere. He's not here.” - -Image: Getty Images) Getty Images) - -Did Kylian Mbappe make the right decision to sign for Real Madrid? Share your thoughts in the comments below - -Mbappe will now have to wait for a while for his next outing for his country. The 25-year-old will hope to return to the squad for March’s international break. - -In order to do that, he will have to continue the form he has found for Real Madrid. Mbappe has scored eight goals for the Spanish giants since his arrival from Paris Saint-Germain despite accusations he is being played in the wrong position by Carlo Ancelotti. - -Deschamps has since responded to those claims and does not believe it is the case. The Frenchman said: ""He can play in several positions, after that it's a question of association. You might tell me that I'm 'crazy' to put him as a centre forward but he also played centre forward with his last two coaches [Ancelotti and PSG's Luis Enrique]. - -""He doesn't have [Olivier] Giroud's profile of course so it all depends on which team we're playing against. When he's in the centre, he has a preference for the left centre rather than the right centre even though I saw him at Real Madrid rather occupying the right centre. It's a balance."" - -Join our new WhatsApp community and receive your daily dose of Mirror Football content. We also treat our community members to special offers, promotions, and adverts from us and our partners. If you don't like our community, you can check out any time you like. If you're curious, you can read our Privacy Notice.",1731883632,312e351df6,5f2f2077cf,,,1731883632 -https://www.wmagazine.com/fashion/bella-hadid-bangs-vintage-dress-chopard-event-dubai,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,Bella Hadid Mixes Messy Jane Birkin Bangs With Regal 2000s Vintage,"She dabbled in the Office Siren look earlier this year, and now Bella Hadid just unveiled her “Sexy Librarian Bangs.” But instead of pairing her new fringe with something bookish down below, she’s opted for something classically Bella: some keenly selected vintage. - -Bella attended the launch party of Chopard’s new “Ice Cube” collection in Dubai earlier this week. The supermodel looked like fashion royalty in an ornate couture gown from Elie Saab’s spring 2004 runway show. Bella’s vintage find was lit up with silver sequins and strips of whimsical chiffon cascading down her shoulders. The model accented her dress’s plunging neckline and steep leg slit with Chopard jewels, naturally. - -@chopard - -Victor VIRGILE/Gamma-Rapho/Getty Images - -Of course, Bella and her stylist Molly Dickson didn’t just settle on one pre-loved outfit to wear during the model’s stay in Dubai. For a second Chopard appearance, Bella slipped into a sleek and chic Thierry Mugler look that dated back to the 1980s. The model buttoned her shirt dress up to the top and even nodded to her recent embrace of Western style by cinching her waist with a thick statement belt. - -@chopard - -It appears as though Hadid chopped some fringe into her hair after making a quick trip to New York City this past weekend. In the Big Apple, Hadid was spotted rocking vintage Chloé pants, a Valentino tote bag, and tousled model off-duty hair—sans bangs, that is. - -Chops like Bella’s wispy fringe, which she achieved with some help from the hair stylist Syd Hayes, are all this rage fall. Look no further than Sabrina Carpenter’s bottle blonde bangs, Daisy Edgar-Jones’s messy fringe, or even Jennifer Lopez’s new ’70s hair. They’re partly derivative of the ’70s and ’80s when stars like Jane Birkin and Cher were all rocking messy, face-framing layers. Perhaps, that’s why Bella decided to unveil her nostalgia-inspired cut with some nostalgia-inspired fashion.",1731883679,f8844306b1,5f22e3ad0f,,,1731883679 -https://www.nerdwallet.com/article/credit-cards/u-s-bank-altitude-reserve-closed-to-new-applications,https://www.nerdwallet.com/blog/feed/,U.S. Bank Altitude Reserve Closed to New Applications,"We believe everyone should be able to make financial decisions with confidence. And while our site doesn’t feature every company or financial product available on the market, we’re proud that the guidance we offer, the information we provide and the tools we create are objective, independent, straightforward — and free. - -So how do we make money? Our partners compensate us. This may influence which products we review and write about (and where those products appear on the site), but it in no way affects our recommendations or advice, which are grounded in thousands of hours of research. Our partners cannot pay us to guarantee favorable reviews of their products or services. Here is a list of our partners.",1731883664,860dfc29ed,5f7f13a29b,,,1731883664 -https://devblogs.microsoft.com/xamarin/upgrade-xamarin-ios-android-to-dotnet6-dotnet7/,https://devblogs.microsoft.com/xamarin/feed/,Tips & Tricks on Upgrading Xamarin.iOS & Xamarin.Android to .NET for iOS & Android,"There has never been a better time to update & migrate your Xamarin.iOS and Xamarin.Android apps to the latest version of .NET. The update process for most apps should be quick and when you are finished you will be able to take advantage of the latest features of .NET 7 including C# 11 and the new project system. In addition, iOS & Android apps built against .NET 6 and .NET 7 have large performance improvements and developer productivity features as they take advantage of build system enhancements. The team has just released upgrade documentation for apps, so go head over there for a full walkthrough. In this blog, I will walk you through some tips & tricks to get started with your update. - -If you are looking to update and migrate your Xamarin.Forms based applications then skip this blog and follow the self-guided documentation that outlines out to manually update or take advantage of the .NET Upgrade Assistant. - -Work in a Branch - -Before you start your update process it is a good idea to work in a branch if you are using git! This will ensure you can easily roll back and iterate over time if you have a complex project. - -Analyze NuGet Packages - -The first step in the upgrade process is to check your NuGet packages in your projects. You will need to ensure that they have been updated and re-compiled against .NET 6 or .NET 7 for iOS and Android. - -Consider my Xamarin.Android app that I am looking to update, it has references to AndroidX, Material Design, Xamarin.Essentials, and a few of my own libraries: - - - -You can browse NuGet.org to find your packages and see what frameworks they support. In the case of Xamarin.AndroidX.AppCompat we can see that it supports both monoandroid12.0 (Xamarin.Android) and net6.0-android31.0 (compiled against .NET 6). - -Note: For Xamarin.Android projects it is recommended to migrate from Android Support Libraries as they are not supported in .NET 6+ Android projects. You can do this by migrating to AndroidX by following the migration guide documentation. - -In this case, this library is fully compatible with the latest versions of .NET for Android. If the version of a NuGet package isn’t compatible with the latest framework you may need to update to a new version or find a replacement. Monkey Cache for example only supports only supported Xamarin apps in version 1.5.2, but version 2.0.1 was recompiled against .NET 6 and will be compatible. - -Update Project Files - -Android and iOS are now integrated directly into .NET. This means that they have have new Target Framework Monikers of net7.0-android and net7.0-ios . They also use the new .NET SDK project style. This means the configuration inside of your projects .csproj has been greatly simplified. The next step in the process is to unload your Android and iOS Projects. The easiest thing to do is delete all of the content inside of it and add the new base SDK style project settings: - -Android: - - net7.0-android Exe - -iOS: - - net7.0-ios Exe - -Notice here that there is no longer the need to manually reference individual files, resources, or compilation settings for Debug or Release . The project system is automatically configured to use defaults. You can always update these settings with the new project settings dialog. - -Before reloading the project it is a good idea to manually delete the obj and bin folders for the project. - -Android: Delete Resource.designer.cs - -In Xamarin.Android projects a Resource.designer.cs file was generated when resources changed and added into the Resources folder. This file is no longer needed and can be deleted as they are auto generated as a code generation step. - -Delete AssemblyInfo.cs - -Similar to the Resource.designer.cs the AssemblyInfo.cs file is automatically generated based on project settings. These files can be deleted from the Properties folder for both iOS and Android. - -Note: You may have had permission settings in your Android project’s AssemblyInfo.cs file. You can leave these and remove everything else, or move them to another file. - -Xamarin.Essentials to .NET MAUI Essentials - -Xamarin.Essentials was a fundamental library for nearly every Xamarin application. If you were using this NuGet package, you will want to remove it as Xamarin.Essentials is now part of .NET MAUI. The team has worked hard to ensure that while it comes pre-configured with every .NET MAUI application, it is still available to all iOS and Android apps built with .NET. - - true - -Once you update to .NET MAUI Essentials, you will need to update any using Xamarin.Essentials; using statements to the new .NET MAUI Essentials namespaces, which you can find in the documentation. - -Add & Update NuGet Packages - -Going back to the NuGet packages that we previously analyzed, now we can add them back into our project. For our Android app we will move over and update the packages to the latest versions that are compatible, and remove the reference to Xamarin.Essentials: - - - -Project References - -If you reference any other .NET Standard libraries you can add them as a project reference. Any Xamarin.iOS or Xamarin.Android class library or binding library will also need to be updated to the new formats and then added back as references. You may want to consider updating your .NET Standard libraries to .NET 6 or .NET 7 to take advantage of the latest features of .NET and C#! - -Use New Features - -There are several enhancements to the project system that help you easily manage app settings. Now, you can manage your app versions, supported platform versions, app identifiers, and more! - -Here are a few settings you can add to your ProjectGroup in your project: - -MyApp 21 com.companyname.myapp 1 1.0 - -Once these are added you can remove them from your AndroidManifest.xml and Info.plist . Additionally, you can remove the node from the AndroidManifest.xml as these are now outlined with these settings. There are many more options that you can find on documentation for Android and documentation for iOS - -Additionally, you may want to consider turning on implicit usings and enabling nullable reference types - -enable enable - -Summary - -I hope that you found this upgrade guide nifty on getting your Xamarin.iOS and Xamarin.Android apps updated to the latest version of iOS & Android for .NET. I tried to cover a lot of tips & tricks, but be sure to read the full migration documentation for even more. - -For more information on the performance improvements be sure to browse through the amazing blog posts from Jonathan Peppers on .NET 6 improvements and .NET 7 improvements. - -I also have uploaded full before and after code samples available on my GitHub. - -Don’t forget to read through the Xamarin support policy to make sure you plan your upgrade and migration.",1731883655,c0e6a23527,5f160dc3f1,,,1731883655 -https://www.cnet.com/health/sleep/best-sunrise-alarm-clock/#ftag=CAD590a51e,https://www.cnet.com/rss/news/,The 5 Best Sunrise Alarm Clocks and How to Choose One,"Even if you are a morning person, it can be jarring to wake up to a traditional alarm sound. If you want to wake up more gently and naturally, we recommend investing in a sunrise alarm clock which will stir you with gradual light and calming nature sounds. Skip the snooze button and improve your wake-up routine with the best sunrise alarm clocks. - -Read more: 31 of the Best Tech Gifts Under $100 for 2024 - -For those not in the know, a sunrise alarm clock gently wakes up your body in a natural manner by simulating dawn. Instead of blasting you in the face with the power of the sun, it allows light to gradually illuminate your room as though the sun is rising and shining through your window. Far calmer than a loud alarm ringing, a sunrise alarm clock could be just the thing to align your body with a more natural rhythm over time. And even if it isn't for you, it might be the perfect holiday gift for that special someone. - -A sunrise alarm clock can also help those with limited sun exposure or those at risk for seasonal affective disorder improve their mental health in dark, wintry months. Experts recommend getting bright light early in the morning, as it boosts serotonin production and can have a positive impact on your mood. Not to mention, a silent alarm will also mean you feel less stress each morning, with the sunrise alarm acting as light therapy just as you start your day. - -Read more: Best Memory Foam Mattress 2024 - -Jamie Gold, a wellness design consultant and author, told CNET she came across these types of noise-optional alarm clocks during her research surrounding noise pollution: ""Our lives and homes are filled with noise, and this creates the potential for insomnia, anxiety and stress. I love the idea of these silent alarm clocks for tying in with our natural circadian rhythms and helping start our days on a calmer note. Some heavy sleepers may need a stronger wake-up system, but if you're not one of them, it's definitely a solution worth considering."" - -Since I started using a sunrise alarm clock, I've had a better night's sleep. Waking up without the loud sound of an alarm has also made my mornings happier and my days more productive. According to a small study in the journal Behavioral Brain Research, exposure to artificial light in the mornings can also improve cognitive performance throughout the day. - -If all of this sounds like something you'd be down to try, particularly if you're looking for a calmer start to your day, we've rounded up the best sunrise alarm clocks on the market -- from basic models to those that come with sleep timers, snooze functionality or even reading lights. - -Best sunrise alarm clock - -Nasha Addarich Martínez/CNET Hatch Restore 2 Best overall sunrise alarm clock $170 at Amazon $170 at Walmart $170 at Best Buy After testing the Hatch Restore 2 for a few weeks, this sunrise alarm clock stands out as my top choice because of its functionality options and design. You can customize the light options to your liking to create the perfect sunrise. Whether you like to wake up to warm golden tones or a gentle amber glow, the Hatch Restore 2 offers a wide range of hues that mimic a sunrise to ease you into your day. Since using the Hatch Restore 2, my bedroom has become phone-free at night, which has significantly improved my sleep quality. Another feature that I really like about the Restore 2 is the collection of sounds to pair with your sunrise light. You can choose from soothing nature sounds to peaceful melodies to create the perfect ambiance to wake up or fall asleep to. I have mine set to the sound of ocean shores to wake up and light rain at night to help me wind down after a long day. The ability to mix and match your light and sound options is endless. To properly use the Hatch 2 Restore you must download the app. It's a straightforward, user-friendly app where you set up your personalized routines. I control the alarm time, light settings and sounds all from my phone. For $4.99 a month, you can subscribe to Hatch+, a library of meditations, music, bedtime stories and ASMR. $170 at Amazon $170 at Walmart $170 at Best Buy - -Jall Jall Wake Up Light Sunrise Alarm Clock Best sunrise alarm clock on a budget $50 at Amazon If you're not quite ready to shell out $100 or more on a sunrise alarm clock, this budget-friendly sunrise simulation clock from Jall should do the trick. It has all of the basics and makes for a rather customizable sunrise: Choose from seven colors and 20 brightness levels to end your sunrise, as well as seven natural sounds to accompany the light. You can also choose to wake up to FM radio. The Jall Wake Up Light Sunrise Alarm Clock functions as a night light and bedside lamp, and you can adjust the brightness level for both. It doesn't have a sunset function like some others on this list, nor does it double as a white noise machine. If you only want the sunrise function, that doesn't matter. The majority of reviewers on Amazon love this clock: It has 4.3 stars and nearly 100% of the reviews are favorable. It seems that most people who bought this clock were looking for a less abrupt way to wake up, and the Jall Wake Up Light did the trick for them. Buyers also love that it's easy to set up and simple enough for kids to operate on their own. $50 at Amazon - -Nasha Addarich Martínez/CNET Casper Glow Light Best versatile sunrise alarm clock $176 at Amazon The Casper Glow Light makes our roundup as most versatile sunrise alarm clock for good reason. Once charged, the Glow Light becomes a portable night light I can carry around, whether it's a trip the the restroom or the kitchen for a midnight snack. The Casper Glow app adds another layer of convenience to your alarm clock. From the app, you can customize the brightness, sync multiple glows to wake up or fall asleep and schedule your wakeup time. I really like the fading options for falling asleep as it signals to my brain that it's time to start preparing for bed. Of all the sunrise alarm clocks on this list, the Casper Glow is probably the most unique one to use. Besides the app, it also uses tactile controls, like flipping the device to turn off the light. Its minimalist, sleek design goes with just about any type of decor. $176 at Amazon - -Lumie Lumie Bodyclock Rise 100 Best no-frills sunrise alarm clock $99 at Amazon The Lumie Bodyclock Rise 100 is a simpler version of the Lumie Shine 300. It's a high-quality intro-level sunrise simulator alarm clock for people who are looking for just the basics: The Lumie Rise 100 features a 30-minute sunrise with the option to set the final light intensity. You can also program a sunset to help you fall asleep. The Lumie Rise 100 does not have nature or ambient sounds to add to your sunrise and sunset, although you can program the optional beeping alarm to start when your sunrise reaches maximum light intensity. Like the Lumie Shine 300, the Lumie Rise 100 has a tap-control snooze feature and an auto-dimming display. $99 at Amazon - -If you want a broader selection -- not just sunrise clocks -- check out our separate list of the best alarm clocks for 2024. If you need a good night's sleep, check out the best mattresses you can buy online and the best pillows too. - -How we chose the best sunrise alarm clock - -Our roundup of the best sunrise alarm clocks entailed a comprehensive evaluation of several key metrics to ensure a great user experience. - -Customization: We prioritized sunrise alarm clocks that offer customizable light settings and included some models that offer sound selections to pair with your light. - -Features: We looked at what special features the sunrise alarm clocks offer. For example, app integration for seamless control, sound libraries and portability. - -Design: There's nothing we love more than an aesthetic but practical design. We chose models that can blend into almost any decor you have in your home. - -Durability: Our staff members personally tested these alarm clocks to assess each device's quality and longevity.",1731883647,f5e6f52c79,5f606e7c57,,,1731883647 -https://www.wmagazine.com/fashion/ariana-grande-sequin-bag-heels-pink-top-airport-travel-style,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,Ariana Grande Looks Like The Chicest Book Nerd Ever in a Baggy Loewe Outfit,"It’s fair to say Ariana Grande may identify as more of a theater nerd, but photographed on her way to the Sydney airport yesterday she looked more like the president of the eccentric book club. However, she still managed to tie it all into the overriding fashion theme of her Wicked press tour so far with a bit of “Glinda” pink. - -She started off her look with a baggy Loewe button down (in pink, of course) and even baggier trousers. But it was Grande’s accessory choices that stood out. Grande slipped into a blinged-out pairt of Loewe’s “Toy” pumps that featured an almond-toe front and a cartoonish peg heel. To store all her travel necessities, Grande slung the brand’s celebrity-favorite “Squeeze” bag over her shoulder. But unlike the popular leather versions, Grande’s bag was embroidered with vibrant sequins in the shape of fruits and vegetables. - -Media-Mode - -Grande’s airport look—from the bubblegum pink blouse to the dreamy accessories—brought an elevated touch her Wicked press style. It was almost as if Glinda kept up with the ins-and-outs of Paris Fashion Week in her off time. - -On Monday, Grande brought a bit of Manhattan’s Lower East Side to the film’s Sydney photo call. She donned a playful, bow-trimmed two-piece from the Downtown brand Bode. Like her airport moment, this outfit was less about perfectly channeling Glinda and more about weaving in bits and pieces of the beloved character into her own personal style. - -Brendon Thorne/Getty Images Entertainment/Getty Images - -For the film’s first major premiere the day prior, Grande made a bold, on-the-nose statement in a custom Vivienne Westwood confection. Her gown was inspired by an outfit her fellow Glinda Billie Burke wore during the Wizard of Oz in 1939. - -Don Arnold/WireImage/Getty Images - -It appears as though Grande’s three looks lay out how she’ll approach the remainder of her Wicked press tour. There was the capital-M Method dressing moment courtesy of Vivienne Westwood, her cool girl Bode set, and her more pared-back bookish Loewe airport ‘fit.",1731883679,f8844306b1,5f166aae27,,,1731883679 -https://designshack.net/articles/inspiration/business-corporate-powerpoint-templates/,https://designshack.net/feed/,70+ Best Business & Corporate PowerPoint Templates 2025,"70+ Best Business & Corporate PowerPoint Templates 2025 - -Today we’re featuring a collection of elegant business and corporate PowerPoint templates you can use to create all kinds of professional presentations. - -Having a creative and attractive slideshow is the key to delivering a more impactful presentation. You need to use the right template to achieve that goal. - -Whether you’re making a slideshow for a startup, a corporate agency, or a multinational brand, this collection has both free and premium templates for all purposes. - -Top Pick Aspect – Corporate & Business PowerPoint Template Aspect is a clean and minimal PowerPoint template designed specifically for making slideshows for corporate businesses and brands. This PowerPoint template comes with 36 unique slide designs, all of which you can easily customize to change colors, fonts, and images. All of the graphics and shapes are also resizable as well. Why This Is A Top Pick Thanks to its drag and drop editing features and master slide layouts, you’ll be able to create many different kinds of business presentations using this PowerPoint template. - -This PowerPoint template is designed to simplify your business reporting. Its professional design embeds high-quality graphics, easy customization features, and master slides that are perfect for showcasing vital KPIs, financial results, and strategic insights. - -This PowerPoint template helps agencies demonstrate their branding aptitude with a visually impressive format. Perfect for uses such as client pitches or portfolio reviews, this template features a professional layout with a distinct font theme, a color scheme, and placeholders for images. - -A sleek business PowerPoint template featuring 20 stylish slides with a widescreen (16:9) layout. This template, based on Master Slides, allows for easy image replacement via drag-and-drop plus free fonts usage. It includes a PowerPoint (.PPTX) file and a helpful .pdf guide. - -This is a stylish PowerPoint template offering 20 sleek slides that’s ideal for modern businesses. Its widescreen format and intuitive, master slide-based structure make formatting a breeze. Handy features like drag-and-drop image replacement, and free font usage enrich this versatile pack. - -This PowerPoint template is perfect for all your business-related presentations. It’s professionally pre-designed, allowing you to focus more on crafting a compelling narrative. It’s versatile and suitable for showcasing OKRs, meeting reports, strategy alignments, company profiles, and more. Your presentation just got a whole lot easier with this time-saving asset. - -A practical and stylish PowerPoint template designed for business presentations, particularly company profiles. It features a user-friendly layout that includes 25 unique slides in a widescreen 16:9 format. It’s perfect for modern corporate companies as well. - -This PowerPoint template has been crafted for showcasing ideas effectively and impressively to potential investors, clients, and stakeholders. Perfect for startups, entrepreneurs, and businesses, this refined and modernistic template features a professional design with easy customization and high-quality graphics. - -A versatile PowerPoint template for crafting compelling presentations. Suitable for business pitches, startup proposals, marketing plans, financial reports, and educational workshops, it comes with customizable font themes and color schemes, placeholders for images, and free fonts. A PPTx file and PDF documentation is included. - -This a comprehensive PowerPoint template designed to simplify your data presentations. Ideal for business strategists, marketers, and analysts, it uses visual aids to convert complex data into easy-to-understand graphics. This template includes a font theme, color scheme, and an image placeholder. - -A business-oriented PowerPoint template that enhances presentations. Consisting of 20 modish slides in a widescreen (16:9) layout, this template relies on Master Slides and includes quick image replacement through drag-and-drop. - -This is an easy-to-use PowerPoint template for creating professional business presentations. It comes with 25 unique slides in a widescreen format (16:9) geared towards showcasing your company profile. It features vibrant and colorful slides full of gradients. Of course, you can also edit and change the colors to your preference. - -This is an excellent PowerPoint template designed for business and corporate presentations. With 25 unique slides in widescreen format, it’s user-friendly and adaptable for a variety of uses such as brand guidelines and pitch decks. It’s an innovative way to enhance the experience of your presentation. - -Bizme is a versatile PowerPoint template ideal for various types of business presentations. From creative agencies to portfolios or start-ups, it can be easily edited to fit your requirements. It features 30 slides, resizable and editable images, free web fonts, and is based on Master Slides with a 16:9 widescreen ratio. - -This creative PowerPoint template can revolutionize your business presentations. It’s specially designed for showcasing creative and effective branding strategies. With 20 professional slides, a vibrant color scheme, and an organized structure including master slides and image placeholders, it makes conveying your innovative marketing ideas a breeze. - -Silvio is a minimalist PowerPoint template designed to help businesses establish their values, personality, and positioning. Ideal for online businesses such as designers, e-commerce, fashion, bloggers, and more. Features 20 unique, easily editable, multipurpose slides based on Master slides with a widescreen ratio. - -This is a versatile PowerPoint template, perfect for diverse presentations ranging from business, creative agency profiles, and startup pitches to personal portfolios. This template, consisting of 30 slides in three color options, features resizable and editable graphics, 16:9 wide screen ratio, and user-friendly picture placeholders. - -This PowerPoint template is ideal for corporate presentations. It boasts a modern, sleek design, perfect for agencies, freelancers, and professionals. It comes with 30+ unique slides, access to 4000+ icons, editable graphics, and much more. - -This PowerPoint template offers a unique platform for enhancing your business presentations. With 25 distinct slides and easy-to-use functionality, you can formulate an immersive presentation experience, suitable for company profiles or various other uses. - -Globalize is a PowerPoint template with a professional look. It’s ideal for diverse purposes such as various corporate and business presentations, digital marketing, tech startups, or personal portfolios. The package includes 24 original slides, over 500 icons, easily resizable and editable graphics all based on Master Slides. - -Joint is a modern, creative PowerPoint template perfect for business-related slideshows. It’s versatile and fits startups, corporate presentations, or multipurpose business projects. Extremely user-friendly, you can effortlessly adjust slide layout, color scheme, and various elements. - -Fifty-Two is a modern PowerPoint template that comes with a set of multipurpose slide layouts. You can use it to make all kinds of presentations, including business and corporate slideshows. Each slide can be easily customized to your preference. - -Mecta is a minimal PowerPoint template with a clean slide design. This template is ideal for digital marketing and creative agencies for designing presentations to showcase projects. The template includes 30 unique slides. - -This is one of the best business PowerPoint templates you’ll find on our list. It not only comes with a beautiful design but also includes some of the most useful slide layouts. The template has everything you need to design corporate business plan presentations. - -Every business marketing and sales meeting involves dashboards. They are essential for showcasing stats and data. With this PowerPoint template, you’ll have 31 different dashboard slides in 5 color schemes to choose from. - -You can download this PowerPoint template for free to make slideshows for monthly sales meetings. The template includes 26 unique slides with beautiful gradient colors and shapes. It’s available in Google Slides format too. - -With 25 unique table slide layouts to choose from, this PowerPoint template will allow you to design the perfect charts and tables to showcase data in your presentations. Each slide also comes in light and dark color themes. - -This PowerPoint template is most suitable for making business presentations for fashion and lifestyle brands. It has slides featuring big image placeholders to add more visuals to your slideshow. There are 39 different slides in this template. - -The clean and simple slide design of this template will help you make professional-looking corporate business presentations with ease. It comes with many different types of slide designs including ones for SWOT analysis, revenue model, AIDA model, and more. - -Design the perfect pitch deck to win over your investors and employers with this pitch deck template. The template has a modern design across 24 stylish slide layouts. Each slide includes editable vector graphics, image placeholders, and master slides. - -This free PowerPoint template will help you design more attractive presentations to promote your travel or tourism agency. There are 38 unique slides in this template that you can fully customize to change colors, fonts, and images. - -A clean and professional design is the most important aspect of a winning business proposal presentation. And this template has both elements. It’s the perfect PPT for making project proposals for various types of projects. It includes 30 unique slide layouts with editable shapes, colors, fonts, and elements. - -If you’re looking for a unique PowerPoint template to create a company profile that makes your business stand out, this template is made just for you. It comes with 30 fully customizable slide designs. Each slide has editable vector graphics, shapes, Google Fonts, and so much more. - -This is the perfect PowerPoint template for making a pitch deck to introduce your startup or brand to investors. It’s also ideal for making presentations for events and conferences. The template includes 32 slide layouts with master slide designs. - -Just as the name suggests, this PowerPoint template uses a mix of orange and black colors quite brilliantly to create a stylish slide theme that’s perfect for modern business presentations. It has 30 slides featuring 400 icons, editable vector graphics, charts, and infographics. - -Grab this free PowerPoint business template to make simple and minimalist pitch decks to present your startup ideas. You can choose from 30 different slides to create a slide deck that effectively highlights content above all else. - -If you’re looking for a PowerPoint template with a modern design to create more relevant and attractive presentations for your business, this template is for you. It comes with 30 unique slides featuring master slide layouts, editable graphics, and image placeholders. - -Dilling is a PowerPoint template made for modern businesses and corporate agencies. The template features a set of 30 unique slides with stylishly minimal layouts. Each slide contains easily editable designs with vector shapes, icons, and free fonts. - -This creative PowerPoint template is perfect for creating presentations for startups and modern corporate businesses. The template comes with 30 slides featuring a very unique style of design. It will surely help your business and brand stand out from the crowd. - -Working on a presentation for a tech startup or a business? Then use this PowerPoint template to create a professional presentation without an effort. The template includes a fully customizable design with image placeholders, transition effects, and more. - -Here we have a modern, professional PowerPoint template for corporate business needs. It features a massive collection of more than 150 slides, 5 pre-made color schemes, hand-crafted infographics, and pixel-perfect illustrations. - -Bold and beautiful, Causier is a template that can be put to use for a wide range of professional business applications. It features 40 master slide layouts, resizable and editable graphics, a drag and drop image placeholder, and powerful use of typography that is sure to make an impression. - -Next up we have a pitch deck template for PowerPoint that will surely help you bring your A-game to the table and make the clients really happy. It consists of 100 minimal, yet elegant slides that can be fully customized to your heart’s content. - -Check out Rouge, a clean, modern PowerPoint format that will take your upcoming presentation to a whole new level, and leave the investors in awe of your professionalism. It comes with 50 custom slides, 3D vector infographics, and easy-to-change colors. - -Pixxel is a multipurpose, uncluttered PowerPoint template purpose-built to cater to virtually any corporate or industry under the sun. The best part is that it’s available for free download. Get your hands on it now! - -This is a free PowerPoint template you can use to design professional business proposal presentations. The template includes lots of vector elements, icons, and comes with 20 unique slide designs. - -A PowerPoint template with a modern design. This template is perfect for designing presentations for agencies and lifestyle brands. It comes with 15 unique slide layouts featuring master slide layouts, editable graphics, and easily editable image placeholders. - -This colorful PowerPoint template features 30 unique slide layouts and they are available in 5 different color schemes. You can use it to create presentations for creative agencies and design portfolios. Each slide in the template is fully customizable. - -Use this minimal and clean PowerPoint template to design professional presentations for corporations and businesses. The clean layout of the slides will help get more attention to your content. The template features 20 unique and customizable slide layouts. - -This beautiful and modern PowerPoint template is designed just for corporate and small businesses, mainly for showcasing the company SWOT analysis. Template includes 120 unique slides in 4 different color schemes. - -Buildstu is a creative and minimal PowerPoint template featuring more than 30 unique slides you can use to design professional and business presentations. The template also features master slides and vector icon pack. - -Wynter is a modern PowerPoint template most suitable for making portfolio and business presentations for agencies and companies. The template includes 38 unique slides with master slide layouts and editable vector graphics. - -This beautifully minimalist PowerPoint template features 30 unique slide layouts. You can use it to create presentations for modern businesses and brands. It also includes easily editable master slide layouts as well as an icon pack. - -Another professional PowerPoint template designed for making presentations for showcasing businesses, projects, and proposals. This template includes 30 unique slides that are fully customizable and comes with image placeholders for drag and drop editing as well. - -Craft a simple yet effective business plan presentations using this free PowerPoint template. It includes more than 300 slides filled with infographics, graphs, vector graphics, and more. - -Conference is a free PowerPoint template that features a set of slides designed for crafting pitch decks for presenting ideas, startups, and businesses to audiences. The template includes many vector graphics and elements as well. - -Emira is a modern business and corporate company PowerPoint template featuring 25 unique slide design. It also lets you choose from 5 different premade color schemes as well. You can also create your own slides using its master slide layouts as well. - -Minola Business PowerPoint template features a highly professional design that allows you to create a presentation that stands out from the crowd. The template lets you choose from 30 unique slide layouts filled with vector shapes and graphics. - -Featuring an elegant dark color theme, this creative PowerPoint template is ideal for making slideshows for creative agency, business, and brand presentations. The template comes with 45 unique slide layouts with editable vector icons and shapes. - -This minimalist PowerPoint template is most suitable for crafting presentations for corporate brands and businesses. It includes a set of 70 professionally designed slides you can easily customize to your preference. - -Altezza is a free PowerPoint template that includes 11 unique slide designs for crafting minimal and elegant business presentations. It also features master slide layouts and editable graphics. - -Epsilon is a complete free PowerPoint template you can use to create both personal and commercial presentations. The template comes with dozens of slides that include infographics, charts, graphs, and much more. - -Are you designing a slideshow to present a new business or a project proposal? Then this PowerPoint template will help you get the job done. This template features 20 unique slides designed for making effective business proposal presentations. - -This colorful and creative PowerPoint template is the perfect choice for designing slideshows for modern business and creative agency presentations. The template comes with 15 unique slides featuring lots of attractive illustrations. You can easily edit the graphics to your preference as well. - -You can create more attractive and impactful business presentations using this modern PowerPoint template which includes 30 unique slide designs. The template is easily customizable and includes slide designs for all kinds of presentations. - -Creating the perfect slideshow to present a business plan takes a lot of work. This is a great PowerPoint template that will help you avoid all that work. It includes a set of creative slides filled with editable graphics, master slides, and image placeholders for easier editing. - -This elegant PowerPoint template comes with 50 unique slide designs you can use to create all kinds of business presentations. The slides are also available in 10 different premade color schemes. It’s a must-have template for all designers and businesses. - -Blue Business is a clean and simple PowerPoint template designed for making presentations for corporate businesses and agencies. The template lets you choose from 28 unique slide designs to craft highly professional presentations for various business purposes. - -This minimalist and elegant PowerPoint template is perfect for crafting a slideshow to present your business plans and proposals. The template includes 20 unique slides with easily editable designs. - -Another creative free PowerPoint template featuring professional slide designs. It comes with more than 20 unique slides with master slide layouts, animations, and image placeholders. - -For more high-quality templates, check out our best animated PowerPoint templates collection.",1731883658,0f4f0bc78f,5f41e94b28,,,1731883658 -http://www.communitysignal.com/from-engineer-to-community-manager-to-engineer-to-community-manager/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,From Engineer to Community Manager to Engineer to Community Manager,"As we’ve shared on many episodes of Community Signal, community professionals come from numerous career paths, educational backgrounds, and areas of interest. In this conversation, Patrick talks with Matt Nevill, customer community manager at Agilent Technologies, about his transition from engineer to community manager. As a one-person community team, Matt discusses how he partners with other teams within his organization to ensure the success of Agilent’s community and gets advice from Patrick on when and how to scale the team. - -If you’re thinking about how to justify adding another team member or quantifying your community’s value, the advice is all here. As Matt and Patrick explain it, it’s all about clearly communicating that a more engaged community means happier customers that turn into repeat customers. - -They also discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Discourse. - -Deciding when and how to scale your community team (24:25): “What I like to think about is depth versus width. We make choices all the time where we sacrifice depth for width. Meaning, how much can we interact with an individual community member? How good of an experience can we give to that one person versus serving everyone? If you throw one person into a sea with 30,000 people, then there’s a limit to how much they can actually give individualized support to those people.” – @patrickokeefe - -The value of having an open community (43:47): “I think part of providing a good experience is less hurdles to jump over. If you have an open community, then people can find [your] content because it’s indexed by external search engines. Not only that, but if they just visit your community, they can poke around and read the content without feeling like they’re trapped into [creating an account]. Some people don’t want to do that. My theory is if you have a good community site that is easy and people like to use, people are going to be more willing to create a meaningful membership in that community.” -Matt Nevill - -Evaluating community platforms (48:25): “When you’re weighing your [community platform] options, you want to look at what seems to be the most stable. What has a good support structure when we need help? What has a good partner network? If it doesn’t do what we want to do, what can we customize? … When you first evaluate different platforms and pick something that you’re comfortable with, you’re going to expect to be able to use it for at least probably three to five years.” -Matt Nevill - -Matt Nevill has over 17 years of experience in various customer-facing and digital roles at tech companies. He is currently the customer community manager for Agilent Technologies. Agilent Technologies is a global leader in life sciences, diagnostics, and applied chemical markets. The company generated revenue of over $5 billion in fiscal 2019 and employs 16,300 people worldwide. - -Over his career, Matt’s responsibilities have included community management, customer service and support, support management, systems engineering, process improvement, digital customer experience, content standards, and customer self-help strategies. He graduated from Texas A&M in 2002 with a Bachelor’s in Telecommunications Engineering Technology and later obtained an MBA from Houston Baptist University. Matt has worked remotely for the last 13 years and is based out of Houston, Texas. - -[0:00] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, a podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Discourse, civilized discussion for teams, customers, fans, and communities. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[0:24] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and thank you for listening to Community Signal. We’re talking with network engineer-turned community pro-turned network engineer-turned community pro again, Matt Nevill, about that career path, being a team of one at a $5 billion company, and what the director of community title means. I’m blown away by the continued support of our backers on Patreon, all of which have now been with us over the long term. This includes Luke Zimmer, Marjorie Anderson, and Jules Standen. It means a lot. If you’d like to join them, please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -Matt Nevill has over 17 years of experience in various customer-facing and digital roles at tech companies. He’s currently the customer community manager for Agilent Technologies. Agilent Technologies is a global leader in life sciences, diagnostics, and applied chemical markets. The company generated revenue of over 5 billion in fiscal 2019 and employs 16,300 people worldwide. - -Over his career, Matt’s responsibilities have included community management, customer service and support, support management, systems engineering, process improvement, digital customer experience, content standards, and customer self-help strategies. He graduated from Texas A&M in 2002 with a Bachelor’s in Telecommunications Engineering Technology and later obtained an MBA from Houston Baptist University. Matt has worked remotely for the last 13 years and is based out of Houston, Texas. Matt, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:43] Matt Nevill: Thanks, Patrick. Pleasure to be here. - -[00:01:45] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s good to have you. As I was looking at your background and your career, I saw how you started in your profession. You took a degree. It was really in engineering and you turn that into what looks to be a successful career, network engineering at ADTRAN for well over 10 years where you went from a network engineer to a lead network engineer, to a senior network engineer. You’re building out this career for a decade and then you switched over to support community manager. What happened? - -[00:02:13] Matt Nevill: Yes. As a part of some of those roles and it was more like when I became a lead engineer to lead a team of support engineers, well, we have a vested interest in making sure that customers can find things to not call us [chuckles] and make our job easier in support. Part of that job was trying to consolidate, organize, and just make our contents available and easy to find, and figuring out what we didn’t have that we needed to bridge those gaps. - -What happened was we were looking around the landscape at our competition and trying to figure out, what does everybody else have digitally that we do not have that can help us to deflect more calls and be more efficient and support? Looked around and it was pretty obvious, we needed a community like everybody else had a community of some sort. It’s just a great way. - -As a consumer yourself, you’ll go out and try to find help for something and often starts with a Google search, which leads you to a forum thread, which leads you directly to your answer. We knew what we needed and what we had to do. That was where it started was we decided, “Okay. We’re going to launch a community,” and then we did the market research, figured out who was the best fit platform-wise for our needs and requirements that we add. - -After that, part of the onboarding was getting consulting so they could tell you, “You’ve never done this before, but here’s the way that this show works,” is you have these resources that operate this way and it helps to make a community successful. One of the things that came out of that was a community manager obviously. It was nice that that came externally because that was from the platform. We use Jive at the time and Jive was fantastic with the consulting. - -They harped on it pretty hard that having a community manager is going to help ensure the success of this. You don’t want to just launch the thing and not have any direction or an overseer or a facilitator or anything like that. I started out. My role at the time, I was still technical. I was still talking to customers doing debugs, troubleshooting, that kind of stuff. I still had part of online content as my job and especially since I was told to go investigate this. - -Once we got into it and started launching it, then I was trying to build out the structure and the strategy and everything else while I was still helping the support team. It just got into where I’m starting to get pulled into different directions. I’m sure you’ve heard this story a million times, but that’s basically how it started was I was getting pulled into different directions and we’d made this investment. We wanted it to be successful. That’s when I went back and said, “I need to be able to do this full-time,” and so got permission and made that my official job at that point. I loved it. It was great. - -[00:05:04] Patrick O’Keefe: What did that do to your salary? - -[laughter] - -[00:05:08] Matt Nevill: I actually got to keep the same salary that I had. It was more a shift of job responsibilities. It was great because I was working remote at the time. Some people may be concerned, “How do you launch a community while you’re remote and things like that?” You figure out as a remote worker, we were talking about this before the show started, it’s for some people, it’s not for some people, but you kind of learn how to be effective if you’re the type of person that working remotely resonates with. - -Got everything ready and launched it. I got to keep my old salary and a lot of the job responsibilities. They were great about letting me kind of have a combined role. I could still do community management full-time, but I was still able to act as like a subject-matter expert for one area of the community and actually take on the role as the person that’s responding, adding tags, categorizing, that kind of stuff. - -[00:06:03] Patrick O’Keefe: At ADTRAN, your support staff was getting crushed with calls. That’s why you are one of the reasons they chose to go in this direction. As you just said, you started their first community. You told me that it really ended up making that support team scalable. Tell that story. - -[00:06:18] Matt Nevill: We had some attrition, when you’re already getting buried in calls. I remember one time, we would look at our software that kind of manage the call queue. You’d refresh it and it would never get smaller even though everybody on the team was on the phone or taking tickets. In the midst of all of that, that’s kind of when we started looking at this. If memory serves me right, things actually got worse before they got better. - -We decided we’re going to launch a community, but then we still were just getting killed like really bad with incoming support tickets. A lot of people would look at this like, “Why are you taking a resource away that could be helping with all of these tickets that are coming in?” You kind of had to do some selling and explaining to people like, look, the long-term vision is we get this running and it’s going to, in turn, deflect a lot of this volume so then we can concentrate on harder types of calls or the easy stuff will be out there where people can self-serve and self-help. That’s how that started. - -[00:07:23] Patrick O’Keefe: If I understood what you said, at first when you launched the community, it got worse like the calls? Is that what you meant? - -[00:07:29] Matt Nevill: Well, it was really bad timing. If I look at all the time that I was in support, we would have waves where the volume would be bearable and the volume would be unbearable. We just launched it during a time where we had more complex products. Any tickets that did come in, they were automatically harder. Like I mentioned, we had some attrition at the time. It could create this just downward spiral of, “Oh man, this is just a pressure cooker job. Who wants to be here just getting killed on the phone all day?” - -What I was trying to say is it was during one of these bad times when everything was turning up as far as our volume, as far as complexity, how hard it was to actually get a resolution to an issue. That’s when I was trying to launch the community and started to take off. At that point, I had to really decide, “Do I want to stay technical and do this kind of stuff or do the community management stuff?” I really love the community management stuff. - -I can focus on that and make sure that that’s successful and try to sell everybody else and make them believe. Once we have a good, healthy community, we’ve got good activity, we’ve got answers to questions, we’ve got content in there, then it’s not going to be like overnight. The day we turn this on and make it live, everything’s not just going to go away. No one’s going to call in, but there’s going to be a ramp to where this is going to be a very useful resource for customers. We’ll see the fruits of that. It just is going to take some time to happen. - -[00:08:56] Patrick O’Keefe: How did you recognize that it made that team scalable? For example, what was happening before the community? Was it, for example, we were having to hire people at an untenable rate that just was not going to scale financially? After that, you were able to slow hiring in that area because people were self-serving? - -Did you notice call volume went down markedly after a period of time, after you had invested in the community and spent that time to develop it into a useful resource? People were self-serving and Google results were increasing and you were getting more searches and traffic and things like that. How did you really say, “Okay. This has worked. This is what we saw happen as a result after, whatever, six months, nine months, 12 months?” - -[00:09:33] Matt Nevill: Once we launched and fast-forward, we could tell that the call volume drops. Instead of us looking at the huge software and seeing it just increase every time you refreshed it, there would be like a normal, manageable amount for the amount of people we had on the phones to actually support it. It kind of stayed, so it flattened. There was a significant amount of calls that just didn’t come in. - -You could look by activity in the community. You could tell if someone asked a question and got an answer. We see that that thread is getting a lot of views. It’s a common thing like it’s a common call that we would take in support. We know that that was providing some value. One of the biggest things that I think helped us the most is we had this knowledge base at the time. It was so frustrating because we had thrown all of our documentation into it because we wanted to create a one-stop-shop for post-sales, user manuals, quick start guides, hardware installation guides like all of our official documentation. We also had articles that support would create. They weren’t official. They didn’t go through our tech pubs department. These were things that people like me and other support engineers would write. - -We had a pretty good set and it was organized by product. It was great for browsing, but the search engine on it was just terrible. Even worse than that is it was not visible to external search engines, so Google couldn’t index it. Our website at the time, it wasn’t connected and integrated with the knowledge base, the knowledge base was a separate site. We did our best to link to it to help people find it. - -If you went to our website and searched, you couldn’t find anything. If you finally stumbled across the knowledge base and found it and you searched, you couldn’t find much. Once we transitioned to the community, we said, “We’re going to have questions and answers from questions that come from customers, but we’re also going to shut down this knowledge base. We’re going to pick up all of the content that we have and we’re going to move it over into the new community.” - -Jive was great about that because they supported PDFs and we had a lot of PDF content. Also, it had a really good editor where we could create our own content like create new documents. We could also embed videos. Another part is we didn’t have a lot of video content, but we did hear a lot of customers and I’m same way, the first thing I want to do if I need help with something, I want to see a video. I want a short video that tells me how to do what I want to do. Show me. Don’t just tell me. - -We were trying to start increasing the video content that we had. What happened was there weren’t a lot of people that felt comfortable doing that. Some people don’t want their voice on the video. Some people don’t feel comfortable with the software. I decided to take that head-on and I’m like, okay. I’m going to try to figure out what our most common calls are that we take just hundreds of times a week and they’re big-time sucks. Once we get on the phone, they just eat up a lot of time. - -It’ll be so much easier if I could say, “You know what? We have a video on this exact topic. Let me send you this link and watch it. If you have questions, we will totally help you out, but I promise that this is what you want to do.” I started building up slowly this video library. Later, other parts of the organization jumped on and we did it. We also launched our first support YouTube channel because a lot of companies, they divide up where they want the branding and the marketing to be their own social channels and support is different. We wanted to honor that. We just said, “This will work better because then, we don’t have to go through another organization within the company to get stuff published. We just have direct access to it.” We created the support YouTube channel and then we would load the videos there and then embed them back in the community as a new community video article. We had Google Analytics, so we could tell people are finding this stuff. - -They’re coming from these sources from Google searches directly from these links that we have on our website. We could just tell so much more because we had so much more analytics. We could tell that the volume was dropping by a significant amount. We felt like we had some breathing room. I remember it was really cool because, finally, when things calmed down, we got to a point where we could tell all of the engineers, “We want you to have some lab time.” - -Before we were so busy, you couldn’t just do extra stuff. Now, you’re going to have X hours a week to go in the lab, set up stuff, figure things out, do whatever you want to to help further your education and get you sharper and more competent and help you learn more. We couldn’t do that until the community had paid off and paved the way for us to have some more resources. - -[00:14:21] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s interesting. I don’t know that I’ve heard a lot of people say that the community freed up people to go and better themselves on staff. Let’s take a pause here to talk about our great sponsor, Discourse, who we’re really glad to have. - -Discourse allows you to brand your community and enhance engagement through an extensive theme and component ecosystem. With their powerful moderation tools, you’ll be able to keep discussions civil, and you’ll never be locked into licensing costs or hosting. - -Whether you have a community of 10 or 10,000, Discourse scales with you. And thanks to their out of the box community health metrics, you’ll be able to measure success. Visit discourse.org to sign up for a 100% free, never-start-your-subscription-automatically trial. Use coupon code CS2019 to get 50% off your first 2 months on a Standard or Business plan. - -When that call queue dropped from a crazy number to something more manageable, was anyone worried that people stopped using the product? Was their initial concern like, “Why aren’t people calling us? What’s happened? Did sales go down?” - -[00:15:18] Matt Nevill: No. We could see that while sales were up, training was up, everything was showing signs of health. The call volume was dropping. That’s one of the reasons we felt so great about it that it was making a big impact. We knew that if we didn’t have the community, then like– Let’s say that we just, for a test, turned off the community for a month, it would have been horrible. - -I’m positive we would have had just crazy volume. In fact, there were some times when we had like some single sign-on problems here and there, stuff happens sometimes. Whenever the community couldn’t be accessed, we would hear about it and we would hear about it quick because there were people all over using this thing and relied on it. - -[00:15:59] Patrick O’Keefe: You spent three and a half years in that support community manager role and then you took a job at Layer 3 Communications where you went back to being an engineer. At least according to your LinkedIn profile, a senior systems engineer. Why the switch back? - -[00:16:11] Matt Nevill: I had just finished my MBA. I loved the company that I was with and my job, but it was that thing where I was torn apart. I can either stay technical or I can be a community manager. I struggled with this a little bit to where I made the choice to be community manager and I loved it. When I graduated and got my MBA, I was a little more marketable in the Houston area. - -That’s where I live and that’s where this opportunity came up. It just landed in my lap out of nowhere and I’m like, you know what? I’m never going to know for sure if I don’t try this. ADTRAN was my first job out of college. I was there 12 and a half years. It was honestly really hard to go when you’ve been with the company that long. I felt a lot of loyalty and everything and the people there were just fantastic. I loved everybody that I worked with. They were great. - -When I took this other job, I had nothing to do with community and I started to miss it almost immediately. That’s when I was trying to do some other things like a Facebook community that I was involved in. I would still check up within the Jive community of Jive customers. Even though I wasn’t doing anything, I would still read the threads and see if I could help out and answer questions because I still miss that part of it. - -I went and did this technical role. Once I had done it for so long– Here’s a funny story. A community management job opportunity had come up actually with Agilent, the job that I have now. When I took the job at Layer 3, I went through the interview process and I got the job, but I decided, you know what? I really need to try this re-seller job first to make sure that this is not what I want to do.” - -It was a really good opportunity. It was local. I turned down the Agilent job, did this. The world goes around and the stars align and the same job comes back up available. It just pops up on my LinkedIn and I’m like [chuckles], this is what I really thought I wanted to do until this job came along. I really do miss community management. I’ve got a passion for it. I like it a lot and I still like the technical stuff. - -Anyway, I went back to Agilent and interviewed again, got the job, and then it’s just been fantastic ever since. It was just so ironic that the same job had come up and I had to face this same choice again. Do I want to stay technical or do I want to take this community management job? It’s been fantastic. I started with Agilent in January of 2017 and I’ve been with them ever since just trying to make the community better. It’s been such a great job. - -[00:18:52] Patrick O’Keefe: What has that done for your career? You have this engineering background. You’ve worked engineering. You’ve looked at engineering jobs, had interviews focused on engineering, compensation, everything that goes into that field. You’ve done that for community too. Now, not only at ADTRAN having the opportunity but also going out and interviewing for a job, getting it, looking at community jobs out there. What kind of perspective has that given you on the career path for community? Do you feel like you’re more limited? Do you feel like you have less opportunities? Is it the same? Is it more? What’s the perspective? - -[00:19:25] Matt Nevill: It’s hard to tell. What I think is that when somebody’s looking at my experience and attributes, et cetera, they see that I’m technical and I like the community management stuff and I’ve had a lot of success with it. There are some jobs and I’ve even heard it on your podcast like, “Should the manager of the community be someone that knows a lot about this product or technology or whatever?” - -They’re the best one to be the community manager is someone that has been neck-deep in it for so long. I struggle with that too because that’s how I started at ADTRAN and I’m like, it made sense. It fit. It was perfect. At Agilent, I’m not the person that’s answering the questions. We have absolutely wonderful support people that kind of watched all of the different areas and provide the answers. - -When I moved over to Agilent, I didn’t have the background to be able to hop into the different areas of the community and start answering the questions and helping out. I kind of had to struggle with that and figure out, is this really required? I don’t think it is. My opinion is, personally, you don’t have to be an expert and have a PhD in whatever to be the community manager that is kind of supporting a community that runs whatever that is. - -For me anyway, to get back to your original question, you’re asking, what do you think that’s done for your career? I think that it’s helped. I think I could totally handle any type of community management, anything. I’m the typical one-man show. I was for ADTRAN and for Agilent. You’re doing strategy. You’re doing the day-to-day. You’re doing operations. You’re doing metrics. You’re looking at the roadmap. You’re dealing with integrations and with enhancements and things like that with bugs. Whenever issues come up, you would create the support tickets and work with support. I think it’s helped my community management career side for sure. At the same time, I have all these network certifications. - -I was just nerding out with my brother-in-law the other day. He’s also in the IT world. [chuckles] He was over here for New Year’s and we were just talking. He was like, “Well, hey, how does this work?” I just kind of went off like how the OSI model and layer two, layer three work together and ARP and stuff like that. I have all these certifications and I have such a deep background in that that I still get hit up all the time from people trying to, I guess, interest me in networking jobs, but I’m so firm now that community management is where I want to be that I don’t want to change. [laughs] - -[00:21:56] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned, as you put it to me before the show, the all-too-common one-man show for community. You are there at Agilent. Agilent is a big company, billions of dollars in revenue. You’ve been there for three years now. Do you see that changing? Do you see a path for you to advance and build community into something bigger at Agilent? - -[00:22:15] Matt Nevill: Yes. Let me clarify. As far as community strategy and things like that, I’m the one-man show, but how it works, it’s a little different and I suppose it is with any organization. We work with partnerships. We have partnerships with support to where they don’t report to me, but they all have an agreement to help answer the questions. We have all these different rules and processes that go on with the community. - -I partner with all these people that help to make it run and be efficient and be successful, but it does get to a point at some time where you’re kind of like, “Okay. If we want to do X, Y, and Z, we’re either going to have to prioritize when we do this kind of stuff or we’re going to need some extra resources to figure out how we could do this kind of stuff.” I could see it as something that’s growing. We’re getting a lot of traction and even external recognition. We just won like a Frost & Sullivan award for the community where we were up against Microsoft and Constant Contact recently. We were super excited about that. - -[00:23:22] Patrick O’Keefe: Sticking with the subject a little bit, as we were talking about the direction of this show before we sat down to record it, you mentioned the director of community title and that it was something that you were interested and would like to talk about. Sort of the role that I have right now, at least I have that title, whatever it means. When it makes sense to have one, what kind of staffing structure best supports it, I think that’s really interesting. Where should we start? [laughs] - -[00:23:45] Matt Nevill: I wanted to get your take on that, hear your story, your side, and if there is a formula where you can say, these factors are happening and that’s when it makes sense to pivot from this structure to that structure that includes the director of community and a community manager and a community strategist. I’m just really curious what you have to say on that. - -[00:24:06] Patrick O’Keefe: I’ve heard different ways to get to this point. One thing I’ve heard is when the boss wants you to do something but you’re already at capacity, that’s an opportunity to grow a team. When he wants something or she wants something but you can’t do it, that could be a good reason. I know it’s hard to tell people no, but we all have capacity by which we operate as humans. At some point, it’s too much. What I like to think about is depth versus width. We make choices all the time where we sacrifice depth for width, meaning how much can we interact with an individual community member? How good of an experience can we give that one person versus serving everyone? If you throw one person into a sea with 30,000 people, then there’s a limit to how much they can actually give individualized support to those people and how much they can really deal one-to-one and proactive. - -It depends on your scale, right? If you have a service where people have to pay you, let’s say, $10,000 for that service, it’s not outside the realm of possibility that someone beyond an account manager might want to pick up the phone and call them and have an individual relationship with them as a community member where they help to bring them into the community and help them to start their first conversation and help them to get answers and help them to meet other people, who are in the same industry or field or using the product the same way. That takes time to do that on a one-to-one basis. - -For me, it’s really like, how much can I get done? What do I need to get done and do I need more people to do that? Part of it is just being able to filter through the financial lingo and figure out the way that the community speaks to the bottom line. I think the way that people do this most directly and the easiest way. I say “easy,” but it’s not that difficult. Especially in enterprise instances, you look at the community. You look at who’s in the community and you look at what they do. What do community members do that non-community members don’t? How much more often do they retain? How much more do they buy add-on services? Do they show up at events? What else did they do that asked them the financial bottom line? - -I can show that members of a community retain at a rate that is X percent higher. That X percent represents X dollars in annual revenue. That’s revenue that my team generates. If I’m doing that and I’m growing the business in that way and my salary is far less than that, [chuckles] then why wouldn’t you give me another person? Imagine what I can do with another person on this team once I’ve shown that the community generates X amount of dollars. - -There’s a lot of ways to get to that figure. Call deflections are one way that you mentioned. Call deflections can be tough because you have to be able to show like, “Did that person channel shop? Did they hit Twitter and Facebook and forum? Did they call and did they email?” If you can crack that egg, then you’re in a pretty good place as far as saying, that’s one way to save money, which is definitely generating revenue. - -How else does the community generate revenue? I always like to look at those community advocates and what they do and how they impact the bottom line because at the end of the day, forum posts and those sorts of things aren’t essentially strong metrics. They’re more community health or even vanity metrics sometimes. Executives just don’t really care about forum posts all that much. They care about what they represent to the bottom line. I think that’s the one thing that you just have to filter your knowledge through. A lot of people get stressed about that and it seems like a really difficult thing. Just find that one thing that translates to the bottom line and start there and there’s got to be something. You just have to really think about it and drill down on it. That’s when you have the opportunity, I think, to really grow a team. - -[00:27:20] Matt Nevill: Once you have that in place and you say, “Okay. I need some more people. You have a director,” then how was that for you where you would shift the responsibility and define? It’s not a common thing between two companies. Your roles as director may be completely different from someone else’s roles as director of community. - -[00:27:40] Patrick O’Keefe: For me, I came in as a team of one. I was the first hire on the team that I have now. I now lead a team of eight. One senior community manager, two community managers, a community specialists, and then three off-hours community moderators who are part-time to my team. When I first got here, it was just me. I was doing everything. - -I built everything from scratch here as far as our playbooks, our policies, our processes, onboarding onto the communities that we serve, everything. I built for the most part that wasn’t there. None of that stuff was there. I wrote those things from scratch. I was managing the communities as we do hand-to-hand in the trenches. I love that work. I could do that tomorrow. I’d be fine. I did that. - -I got to a point where it was like, okay. We’ve got this number of members, this number of active members. If you want me to look at big picture things, I can’t. I cannot look at bigger objectives and things that would move the needle in the wider company because I am head down in these communities every day. If you want this program to grow and the benefit of these members to grow, I’m at scale. We can’t do more. That’s it. I’m scaled out. - -That was how I got the first community manager and then I kept managing communities. I split them with her and then transitioned her to run the day-to-day with me supporting and then me taking a more senior role where I was looking at and supporting her day-to-day work, making sure that she was set up for success, looking at how the communities impact the other areas of the business, really honing into deeper metrics, setting up things like better reporting structures for analytics and for the data collection, software considerations, software choices. - -We just finished a massive migration from Facebook groups onto our own hosted platform. That was an undertaking that was years in the making that I talked about in my job interview two and a half years ago, was that we need to get off Facebook groups. It’s for the long-term survival of the company. I said that I’ll do the best I can with Facebook groups for you, but you have to get off them because Facebook will always get between you and your community. We finally are very close to doing that this month with most of our communities. - -It started with that first person. I transitioned off the communities and then we launched more communities and then it was like, “Okay. This one person can’t do these things. We need someone else.” We launched more communities. We’ve grown active members by X-fold, several folds. It just was like there’s too many people here. - -If you want to maintain the same level of quality experience, we need more people because we know that these people generate this amount of revenue, that money should be there for me to hire more people. It was one of the time, but it’s always a fight. It is a fight. I fight every day for proper metrics. I disagree with people all the time about what the proper metrics are. I fight for what I think is meaningful for the community and meaningful for my team and try to protect my team to the very best of my ability sometimes in ways that may not even be in my own best interest and my own self-preservation. I believe in the work that they’re doing. - -As you hit on, there’s not necessarily a ton of director of community roles out there. There are some. There are fewer that have people reporting into them. In some ways, it’s very possible to achieve that. It’s also something that I fight for all the time and how I represent the community and the wider company of how I calculate data and analytics and constantly make a point of reminding people of the value that the community creates. It doesn’t come easy. Those three full-timers and four part-timers were hard-fought, people that I had to go and really push for and try to justify in the best way that I knew how. Yes. The answer is that it’s a fight, but you just have to find what convinces the right people that the community matters. That’s easier said than done. I know. - -[00:31:13] Matt Nevill: That brings up an interesting question and I’m sorry I’m interviewing you here. [laughs] - -[00:31:17] Patrick O’Keefe: No, it’s fine. It’s a conversation. - -[00:31:19] Matt Nevill: Because I’m sure a lot of your listeners start out in the same boat where they know that they’re going to start a community. The two choices are, you start out with a team from the get-go and try to build it out and scale it to what your vision is or you start out small and wait until demand catches up with that. - -[00:31:38] Patrick O’Keefe: I would start conservatively. If you need one person, you need one person. It’s one of two things. First of all, I always like to set expectations for things. I’m not just trying to lead a team here and blow resources. I just don’t want people to have people. When I start the community, I’m like, okay. Maybe I just need me, but then I’m constantly having on those check-ins with the people I report to. - -I’m constantly setting expectations that, okay. If things go this well, if we’re at this point in August, in January, in March, I’m going to want someone. We’re going to need someone to keep the momentum going. If we don’t, then the momentum might plateau or might shrink. I’m just checking in with people and setting the expectation that we have a hire that we have to make in this amount of time so that, budget-wise, it’s being accounted for. You rarely control meaningful budget as a community professional, so you need the people that do control the budget to know that these things are coming so it’s in the budget that you have marked that’s for you if you need that person and you can afford to make that hire. I always like to start small but set expectations for the future. Yes, I think you grow on to the team over time. - -When I took this job, one of the things that I wanted was to have the opportunity to build a team. I communicated that in the interview process. I knew the communities they had. I had experience looking at them. I knew what we could do, I guessed what the future might look like based upon my experience. I was like, “Okay. I’m going to want to build a team here. That’s something that I want as a condition of taking this job.” - -I was very clear about that and very communicative. I come at it from a different point of leverage though and the experience level that I have and where I was at at that point. If you want to be, then that was something that I wanted. I think part B of that is if you’re good at this, community professionals are stereotypically described as being bad at promoting themselves. The nature of the job is we’re stage managers, right? - -[00:33:31] Matt Nevill: Yes. - -[00:33:31] Patrick O’Keefe: I don’t like rock star as a community manager euphemism. We’re not rock stars. We’re stage managers. When we take the spotlight, we put it on people that are on stage. The side of that you have to be careful with is that if you don’t look out for yourself and value yourself, no one else will. What you have to do is do great work, be selfless, support others, but always document everything that you do. Always document all of your accomplishments, know how good you are. - -If the company doesn’t believe in you, and that can take any number of forms. It doesn’t have to be that they give you a team. It can be raises, advancement, other opportunities in the company. If they don’t believe in you, there are other companies out there that want this experience. Don’t just accept something because you’ve always been there. Don’t accept that, okay, some people have this thought that it’s like a once-in-a-lifetime thing. I got a job as a community manager. I might never get this job again. - -It’s not that rare. Not right now. Just be aware of your own value. If you get stagnant in a company, if there’s no opportunity for advancement, you get junk raises like it’s no good, look around. Find a company that will give you that opportunity. When you get it, leave. I think that’s the bottom line because no one is entitled to have you. We all love our communities. We all can get connected to our communities, but not at your own detriment. You just have to look out for yourself and wait for that opportunity and then take it. Maybe they’ll realize what they lost and they’ll treat the next person better. - -Look out for yourself and find those roles. Make sure you document your successes along the way and make it a part of your communication with your managers that these things are happening, that these milestones are being achieved, that these revenues are being generated. These things are happening. I don’t love it. I don’t love writing my own bio or anything like that. Also, now that I have a team, I view it as my responsibility to make sure that the company understands the value that team creates. I regularly tell people we’re doing all of these things with this team. We’re doing a lot over here. A lot of good things are happening. That sounds like self-praise, but it’s really the team that I’m trying to praise and lift up and make sure that everyone knows. It’s tough because you have to shed that persona of being always selfless and always not praising yourself and realize that there are cases where you need to step up and just be aware of your value. - -[00:35:45] Matt Nevill: Got it. - -[00:35:46] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s switch back to you. I can always talk about these things all day. Everyone has my email address. I’m always happy to chat. [chuckles] Someone else is hosting a podcast about me and all. We could record a conversation separately. I wanted to go back to something you said about the partnerships. What you said, it was kind of funny. You said that they had agreements to help. Almost like it was like a shotgun [chuckles] to get in that forum. I want to talk about those partnerships and how they span and what kind of roles they play in the community. - -[00:36:12] Matt Nevill: Yes. I think it depends on the type of community you have. Both communities that I’ve managed were support communities. They’re intended for, basically, customer success. We’re trying to let the customers that have purchased our products self-help, get the most value out of them, figure them out, enjoy them. That turns into repeat business. - -In both instances, what we did is we figured out– Depending on the product in the industry and what expertise level and complexity and things like that, you may be able to contract out help for moderators or community managers to actually dive in there and help out. Of course, you always want your users to help other users. Customers helping customers is like a grand vision. - -In order to foster that and help it build up people who visit your community for the first time, they need to have a good experience, right? Because if they find your community and they make a post and it’s horrible, then they’re never coming back. You’ve essentially maybe lost your best advocate, your best superuser, whatever. The way the partnerships have worked at both companies is really support had to see the value and what this could do in the long term to benefit them because they’re one of the biggest stakeholders. - -Once they realize that, and especially the story we’re talking about with ADTRAN where we saw all this call deflection and we had breathing room, you could turn that into more training time for self-improvement and things like that. In both accounts, it took some communicating and swaying and trying to show people and telling them stories of other communities that have done this and people that have blazed the trail and gone before us. - -Once they do, then they all have agreed, “Yes, We think that this strategy makes the most sense where we have somebody.” It’s not full-time. It’s a part-time job, but they are committed to actually put their eyes on this stuff and to help. If users are talking to each other, then they can take the backseat and just supervise that conversation and correct any misinformation and clean stuff up, metadata, and make it easier to find and more promoted, and things like that. - -In both cases, I think the partnership has been really critical. Unlike you, so it sounds like you would have maybe that same structure, but they report directly into you versus my role. I’m a facilitator and they’re a partner, where we both have a vested interest in this being successful. The fruit that they see is that it’s going to help in call deflection and reduce their support load. They can take different types of cases, things that are more interesting, things like that. - -[00:39:00] Patrick O’Keefe: I get the sense that those people that are parting from other departments have counterparts in those departments who do the same work they do, but maybe not in the community. If it’s a partnership from this part of the business and that part of the business, a really easy example. It’s just like they handle customer service for this thing. There’s like five of them. There might not be, but there’s five of them. That one person agrees to spend a certain amount of their time doing what they do over there, but instead doing it in the forum and helping people in that way. - -Those people have their own accountability structure, right? They have their own things. They’re responsible for possibly metrics, possibly goals, possibly other things. Maybe the forums don’t tie into that and it takes them away from it. Is that ever a concern or is it their goals are adjusted for the forum to be a part of those? I’m not trying to say that look at it selfishly, but everyone, as we just said, looks out for themselves, knows their value. Do you ever run into that sort of resistance? - -[00:39:53] Matt Nevill: Well, luckily, we’ve all been aligned from the beginning that from their side, they’re like, we’re going to give part of a resource away. We want to make sure that they’re doing on this, not of time but this time doing something different that they’re doing what they’re supposed to do. Everybody’s been aligned and agreed from the beginning, even with ADTRAN, that should be a part of what they are judged on for performance. For MBOs that would come out, there’s some level of community participation that’s outlined to say part of your job– and that makes the person that’s doing this work feel better too because they don’t feel like if I help in the community, I don’t see any benefit from it. I’m just doing extra work that other people aren’t doing. - -[00:40:38] Patrick O’Keefe: Got it. - -[00:40:39] Matt Nevill: That’s been really helpful to have. - -[00:40:40] Patrick O’Keefe: You’re a big advocate for openly sharing as much content as possible, which can sometimes be a struggle at enterprise or B2B companies. There’s sometimes can be this desire to keep information in house. Maybe they feel it’s proprietary. Sometimes it is, sometimes it’s not. It’s just there’s a feeling. When I asked you what you consider your biggest accomplishments, getting permission to share content was among them. That tells me that there were probably some fights on your part to get information into knowledge bases and into the public. Talk about that. - -[00:41:11] Matt Nevill: Yes. I wouldn’t call them fights. Probably reservations and concerns. - -[00:41:15] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s what happens in hockey. One player has a reservation or concern with another player and then they throw the gloves down and they start fighting over their reservations and concerns. - -[00:41:25] Matt Nevill: [laughs] Right. As a consumer, to me, I don’t know. This just makes common sense that the more that you have out there that people can find, the more they’re going to help themselves. Nobody ever says, “Oh, I just bought this new GoPro camera and what I really want to do is call technical support and ask them how this thing works or how to do X, Y, Z on it.” - -People want to self-help. We’ve trained ourselves. Now, the first thing we do is we go to Google. Back years ago, and I know that you can relate to this, you used to download every manual for everything you ever had. You created your own library. Sometimes even printed this stuff out and then you kept it in your office or in a filing cabinet or something like that just in case you ever needed it. Now, there is so much content out there that it’s so much easier to let that go and just say, “I’ll just Google it.” Whenever I have a problem, I’ll go to Google and I’ll find my answer. - -[00:42:20] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s funny. I thought you’re going to go farther back than that because I had it. There was a video game Home Alone 2: Lost in New York on Super Nintendo when I was a kid. I could not figure out how to beat it, so I actually wrote a letter to Nintendo. [chuckles] I post the letter, wrote it to them. They sent me a letter back that was like a page-long and I used to play. I still have it. A page-long from one of the game counselors and it explained how to beat the game and I beat the game. - -[00:42:43] Matt Nevill: That was awesome. - -[00:42:44] Patrick O’Keefe: Now, of course, you Google it and have it in two seconds. Back then, I actually wrote a letter and waited. - -[00:42:49] Matt Nevill: Wow, that’s awesome. They didn’t tell you just subscribe to Nintendo Power. - -[00:42:52] Patrick O’Keefe: I was a subscriber, to be fair. That was a great magazine. - -[00:42:57] Matt: [laughs] Yes. I think when companies are first starting out, and this doesn’t just have to relate to community, this could be your user manuals or whatever you have to document how to do things in your products, I think there’s sometimes concerns where, “Oh, there’s going to be a competitive advantage of somebody knows too much about our products.” - -I think the reality is those people could go to Google and search for whatever you’re afraid of. If you’re not the one providing it, someone else is. Somebody else has made their own YouTube videos. Someone else has made their own document or something like that. As part of launching the community, you can decide, “Do we want people to be able to browse around and find things or do we want to force them to create an account?” - -I think part of providing a good experience is less hurdles to jump over, right? If you have an open community, then people can, number one, find the content because it’s indexed by external search engines, Google, Bing, Baidu, whatever. Not only that, but if they just visit your community, they can poke around and read the content without feeling like they’re trapped into, “Oh well, now, I have to create an account. Now, I have to type the CAPTCHA form like five times and listen to the audio for it to finally work that I can’t hear.” - -Some people don’t want to do that. What my theory is, and I’d like to hear your take on it too, if you have a good community site that is easy and people like to use, people are going to be more willing to create a meaningful membership in that community. You don’t want a membership just to have a membership just to see your numbers go up. You want to have a membership of people that actually see this as something that’s interesting, valuable, helps them, and that they will contribute to and consume. - -[00:44:44] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, for sure. Also, one thing that helps you in those cases is having people that you report to that actually understand what the path looks like for people like someone who comes to your community. Of course, multi-channel attribution is a dream for a lot people where you say someone comes to the forum or a community for the knowledge base to find this piece of content. Maybe they go away. Maybe they come back a month later and then they register. They sign up and they give you $50,000. If you can track that, that’s the Holy Grail like, there you go. You got the business based upon that original search result entry to the community’s knowledge. The fact that this was there, at least part of the attribution belongs to that. Where some people who are short-sided make it say, “Okay. If we get them into our system, we get them to register, we can start emailing them now. We can get them into the drip funnel now and start emailing them every three days until they respond.” - -That might make sense to some people. To others, it’s shortsighted and it’s now playing a long-term game and it’s losing the people that never bothered to register. You’re only getting that small group of people who sign up, give you an email address for as long until they unsubscribe from your emails. - -[00:45:45] Matt Nevill: [chuckles] Exactly. - -[00:45:46] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s a really shortsighted way to look at it. If you have people who understand that there is value to doing this and maybe you can track that sometimes, that helps a lot also. - -[00:45:55] Matt Nevill: Agreed. Awesome. - -[00:45:57] Patrick O’Keefe: You’ve been using Jive for many years at two different companies going back to 2011. You were in the Jive Champion program, so you’ve used Jive a lot. Jive has changed hands over the years and gone through some changes. How comfortable are you with Jive right now? - -[00:46:15] Matt Nevill: Oh, super comfortable. I feel like I know the platform very well. I would even like to look at different challenges and creative ways to not hack the software, but there are things like there’s a URL redirect engine and you could do fun things with it. I know the databases and I’m an analytics nut. I love getting deep in metrics. It’s really fun, especially when you’ve got people that are experts at SQL queries to help you create the right queries and things like that where you can basically find out anything that you want to. - -It’s been a really, really great platform and I’ve just loved all the features. I was a little apprehensive and sad. I’m sure all customers were when they decided to sell and then it went to Aurea. Aurea later took a knife and cut it in half and kept internal Jive for themselves and the external Jive went to Lithium. Lithium has their own communities product. That was a little scary [laughs] to say the least. - -I think once Lithium took it over and they’re now Khoros, once they merged with Spredfast, but they’ve done a great job of still supporting the product. Whenever issues or bugs would come up, they’ve just been excellent to work with. It’s a really, really good platform. I’m sad that I don’t think there’s going to be any more development for it per se because there’s another community product there. It was such a good first platform to start on for me anyway. - -[00:47:43] Patrick O’Keefe: It sounds like they’re slowly trying to migrate customers over to Khoros. That’s what I take from that. Jive is an interesting platform because, obviously, a lot of people have used it over the years. It requires a substantial investment and people made an investment. I don’t know what the expectation is on your end. When you chose Jive initially and committed to it, how long do you see that relationship as being tied to that initial investment? How long do you expect to use Jive and have it be actively updated and maintained? Is that a three to five-year window? Is it longer? Is it indefinitely? What are you thinking when you make that choice? - -[00:48:21] Matt Nevill: I think no one can look into a crystal ball and say it’s going to be around X many years. When you’re weighing your options, you want to look at what seems to be the most stable, what has a good support structure when we need help, what has a good partner network? If it doesn’t do what we want to do, what can we customize, things like that. Once all the boxes are checked, then, of course, if you’re catching wind of acquisitions and mergers and things like that, you’d probably stay away. - -I think when you first just evaluate different platforms and pick something that you’re comfortable with that you’re going to expect to be able to use it for at least probably three to five years. To me, it wouldn’t be surprising if the whole landscape changes because software and technology, it changes all the time. There’s new people coming up. There’s other people where if they don’t innovate, they die. Anything could happen. - -It’s interesting because enterprise software, like to your point, it’s so expensive and it takes so much to actually launch it and get all this stuff in place and then you rely on it. I don’t know that there’s any system you can trust to be around indefinitely. In the back of my mind, no matter what it is, whether it’s CRM, whether it’s community, whether it’s website, anything like that, I think you run that risk, but three to five years feels like a good answer. - -[00:49:43] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, nothing’s forever. If it’s like two to three years, that feels like a short window given the amount of money that some people spend on these platforms. Khoros certainly falls into that category as well. That enterprise, tens of thousands, six figures, in some cases, investment went to these platforms. - -The sad thing, I think, sometimes is that when it doesn’t go well or when those platforms fall short, it’s the community professional that ends up taking the blame even if they were not part of the decision that much when it came to the platform. A lot of these deals are made at a conference schmoozing somewhere else by an executive who doesn’t feel like he needed to consult the person who will actually use the tool, which is always a recipe for success. It’s always good to give people tools that they didn’t ask for. They’re always going to work out. Sarcasm. - -It’s interesting because even Khoros used to be Lithium. Jive used to be here. Jive used to be there. Higher Logic has bought a couple of people, I think, because there’s so much consolidation. You said something interesting, which is that if you get wind of acquisition, you’re– [chuckles] - -[00:50:50] Matt Nevill: It makes you nervous, yes. - -[00:50:51] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, very nervous because you don’t know what’s going to happen next. I don’t know if “plague” is the right word, but it plagues the high investment community software market. You don’t so much worry about what the lower-end cost options or open-source options just because the investment tends to be less. Depending if you have to pay people to develop it, it can creep up too. It’s interesting. - -Matt, thank you so much for the conversation. I really enjoyed it. It was great to have you on. - -[00:51:19] Matt Nevill: Absolutely. It was a great pleasure and an honor. Thank you for having me. - -[00:51:23] Patrick O’Keefe: We have been talking with Matt Nevill, customer community manager at Agilent Technologies. To connect with Matt, find him on LinkedIn at linkedin.com/in/matt-nevill. Nevill is N-E-V-I-L-L. To see the Agilent community he’s responsible for, visit community.agilent.com. - -For the transcript from this episode plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Until next time.",1731883716,b6cef58d91,5f0b278d72,,,1731883716 -https://www.cnbc.com/2024/11/15/spacex-gwynne-shotwell-starlink-competition.html,https://www.cnbc.com/id/100727362/device/rss/rss.html,"SpaceX president says 'there is plenty of room for competition,' as Starlink nears 5 million customers","SpaceX President and Chief Operation Officer Gwynne Shotwell speaks during the NASA Commercial Crew Program (CCP) astronaut visit at the SpaceX headquarters in Hawthorne, California, U.S., on Monday, Aug. 13, 2018. - -SpaceX's second-in-command urged on rivals in comments Friday, describing competition as healthy for Elon Musk's space company. - -""I hope others can catch up, right? Competition is good for industries. … It keeps us tight; it keeps us very focused,"" SpaceX President and COO Gwynne Shotwell said, speaking at the 2024 Baron Investment Conference in New York. - -""It's going to be hard to catch us, but I certainly hope people try,"" Shotwell added. - -SpaceX has reached a dominant position in the global launch industry as its semi-reusable Falcon rockets have launched more than 100 times this year and counting. The next closest U.S. rocket company, Rocket Lab , has launched to orbit 12 times this year, with others in the single digits. - -Additionally, the 15,000-person company has won billions of dollars in government contracts from the Department of Defense and NASA, serving the latter as the sole U.S. option for delivering crew to and from the International Space Station with its Dragon capsule. - -And SpaceX's Starlink satellite internet network is now serving almost 5 million customers, Shotwell said. - -Starlink has become disruptive to incumbent satellite telecommunications companies. With nearly 7,000 Starlink satellites in orbit, SpaceX has expanded Starlink's product offerings from consumers into enterprise markets such as aviation and maritime.",1731883655,75e1d84fca,5f14e3da82,,,1731883655 -https://www.zerohedge.com/political/trump-faces-economic-catch-22-his-first-day-office-what-can-he-do-about-it,https://feeds.feedburner.com/zerohedge/feed,Trump Faces An Economic Catch-22 His First Day In Office... What Can He Do About It?,"Authored by Brandon Smith - -For the past several months I've been discussing the high probability of Donald Trump's return to the White House. Specifically, I have warned that the Biden/Harris Administration along with the Democrats have been using data manipulation to hide the growing threat of a stagflationary collapse within the U.S. within the next couple of years. - -In my article Smoke and Mirrors: What Happens After Biden’s Economic Manipulations Disappear? published in September, I outlined the specific tricks Biden's team has been using to obscure the decline in the labor market, hide the true inflation problem, marginalize the exploding national debt issue and manipulate the CPI while artificially propping up GDP with government spending. In that article I noted: - -If someone was to ask me what I predict, I would have to say Trump will be president again. From all the evidence I’ve seen the Harris campaign is an astroturf movement with a limited voter base. She’s obviously not very bright and I don’t think the theatrical “joy” strategy is convincing very many people of her competency. Her economic policies (including price controls) are full bore communist and would be devastating to any form of U.S. recovery. Her fiscal plan will be even worse than Bidenomics has been... - - - -I suspect that if Trump enters office once again there will be a multitude of changes to our economic data and they will happen quickly. Some of the rigging is already being exposed, just not on a level where the majority of the populace is aware of it... - -Now that the election outcome has been decided and Trump is the clear winner by a landslide in the electoral college and the popular vote, we should keep in mind that the real fight for the future of America starts in 2025. We should also consider the fact that the fate of the conservative ideal (and perhaps the ideals of all western civilization) are now inexorably tied to the success or failure of the Trump Administration. - -Meaning, when Trump enter office again the establishment will seek to blame every negative event not just on Trump, but on ALL conservative and liberty minded principles. This is a problem because Trump is about to inherit perhaps the worst economic time bomb in American history. - -I call it a Catch-22 trap and I predicted this dangerous outcome back in 2021. Here's how it works: - -Because of dollar overprinting and government overspending the U.S. is now in a stagflationary death spiral. It took decades to produce this financial singularity, but it is finally upon U.S. and it will be very difficult to reverse. - -When the government and the Federal Reserve were finally forced to acknowledge the stagflation crisis in 2022, the Fed had to be seen as at least trying to stop the bleeding. So, they launched interest rate hikes. The problem is, the U.S. is also suffering from exponential national debt and each rate hike greatly increases the amount of interest the nation has to pay per year. For now, the U.S. pays around $1 trillion in gross interest every three months. This means our national debt will skyrocket while rates are high. - -But the Fed has entered a process of rate cuts, you say? Inflation is defeated, you say? - -The whole calamity has been conveniently solved by Joe Biden and friends right before Trump takes over, you say? - -No. - -Inflation is still a problem (concealed by statistics) - -The problem is that the inflation threat has not been solved, it has been hidden. CPI is not a measure of cumulative inflation, it is a measure of monthly inflation diluted by tens of thousands of goods and services, most of them not necessities. For the past couple years Biden has been dumping U.S. strategic oil reserves on the market in order to bring energy prices down and artificially reduce CPI, but this has not lowered cumulative inflation. - -As the Fed cuts rates through 2025, the inflation panic will return. - -And if the Fed keeps rates high to counter inflation, the national debt climbs to disastrous levels. - -If they cut rates, then inflation returns and price increases will continue to spiral. - -Damned if we do and damned if we don't, and guess who gets the blame? That's right, Trump and his cabinet. - -And for those who argue that Americans won't blame Trump because they'll know that the decline was caused by Biden, I would note that public patience shrinks as quickly as their bank accounts. They will blame whoever is in power now, when the bomb goes off, regardless of who lit the fuse. - -The Democrats already tried to blame Trump for the majority of the stagflation crisis and the covid crisis (even though it was Democrat states that attempted to keep lockdowns in place permanently). You know they'll keep the propaganda pumping constantly for the next four years. - -But what can the Trump Administration do to defuse the situation? I could write an entire book on this but here are the first few actions I would take if I were in his shoes: - -#1 - Expose Biden’s data manipulation - -The first thing Trump needs to do is set up an economic advisory board (Ron Paul would be a great candidate to lead such a project) and one of their primary tasks should be to expose how the Biden Admin has been hiding the real economic data from the nation at large. - -The temptation will be to keep this data under wraps for fear that it will destroy the country should everyone know the facts. I think the country has voted in great numbers for an end to the status quo and that they want transparency. We can handle the truth. - -If Trump doesn't educate the public on how the Democrats and the establishment have been rigging the numbers, then the public will ultimately blame conservatives for any eventual crash. Also, when the public knows the truth, they will also understand why dramatic changes to policy need to be made. - -#2 - Offset tariffs with incentives for domestic industry and manufacturing - -A major pillar of Trump's economic plan includes tariffs on foreign goods as a way to pay off the national debt, reduce taxes and fund the government. Leftists claim tariffs are actually a “tax on the American consumer” and will end in disaster as prices rise. They're ignoring the fundamental point. - -Tariffs cause an increase in prices on foreign-made goods, not American made products. We simply need to manufacture more in the U.S. Why does the U.S. need to remain stuck as a consumer country only? Why can't we also produce? - -First, tariffs are not just a tax, they are leverage. Europe is already talking about buying more commodities and goods from the U.S. so they can avoid high tariffs. China is likely to do the same. The U.S. is the biggest consumer market in the world with 30% of global share. No other nation comes close. Producer nations would face economic disaster without access to U.S. customers. - -That said, it's not enough. There needs to be a backstop of domestic production and I think this could also help reduce price increases. How? If the U.S. focuses on what I call the “quality economy” then prices will be higher for a time, but in the long run inflation will drop significantly. The key is that we produce goods with a high quality standard – products that last for many years and have a significant warranty attached. - -If our goods are better than foreign products and they last longer, then people will buy less stuff over time. This means reduced spending, more savings, lower demand and ultimately lower prices. - -There's a number of ways Trump could subsidize this domestic manufacturing boom while also greatly increasing American wages and the standard of living. Biden pretended he was going to do this with his so-called Inflation Reduction Act and his green energy programs. - -Trump could do it for real. - -#3 - Issue government debt backed by gold or silver (and precious metals savings accounts) - -Currently, the U.S. is facing rising costs on debt with declining foreign interest in “investing” in federal IOUs. In order to stop the death plunge of national debt and the explosion of debt service payments, radical measures need to be taken. - -The inflation and debt issues are not going to solve themselves. The Federal Reserve does not have the tools to fix the situation even if they wanted to. However, Trump does have the power to issue special debt backed by the gold and silver reserves of the U.S. government. This allows him to bypass the Fed. - -A maturity of around 5 years or more would be ideal to fund his short-term initiatives. He could set the payoff at maturity according to the true market price of gold and silver. (First, a federal investigation into gold and silver price manipulation by major banks would need to be pursued concluded.) At maturity, they’d be redeemable in dollars or physical gold or silver. That’s always been the #1 method of instilling trust in assets. - -A similar idea would be to create a savings account backed by U.S. gold and silver reserves. Make a term deposit of currency and, upon maturity, the account can be exchanged for physical gold and silver metals or dollars. Or a debit card, or even cryptocurrency could be issued for those savings. - -I believe this could solve the national debt issue by reviving foreign enthusiasm for federal government debt. Furthermore, this would alleviate the inflation problem by offering all Americans easy access to inflation-resistant gold and silver to protect their savings from inflation (and making a little extra money on the side). The more people who participate, the higher the value of metals will go. - -Americans can and should buy physical precious metals, but let’s be honest, gold coins and silver bars don't spend easily in everyday transactions. We need an intermediary system that offers people liquidity. Shifting directly back to a gold standard would cause significant chaos in U.S. and global financial systems. - -Let’s face it – we can't go cold turkey on the Federal Reserve note. We need to wean the nation off unbacked, intrinsically-worthless currency. Opening up access to our nation’s gold reserves is a starting point. - -I'm also sure there's plenty of Keynesians out there that will claim that giving citizens access to gold and silver is impossible and it will destroy the economy. I tell you it’s Keynesian thinking that got us here in the first place. - -What I'm proposing here is a middle ground option that could lead to a commodity backed currency system in the future. We must deal with our immediate debt crisis and inflation crisis, but it's not impossible. - -#4 - A moratorium on debt ceiling increases - -The gold and silver savings account program and tariffs would allow the federal government to continue funding itself while also cutting taxes and putting a stop to deficit spending by cutting out waste. - -Every time there's a debate over the debt ceiling and conservatives call for a stop to the madness, Democrats (and neocons) accuse them of putting the country in peril. They hold the country hostage with tales of collapse until fiscal conservatives inevitably give in and the debt continues to rise. - -No more. - -We cannot keep consuming debt poison and expect our national health to improve. - -When Elon Musk took on the ownership of Twitter he fired over 80% of the existing workforce. Leftists said the website would implode within months. They were wrong (again) and the site now functions better than ever despite far higher user traffic. The federal government is a lot like the old Twitter – It's a bloated and obese bureaucracy loaded with self-serving dead weight that needs to be torched before it causes a systemic heart attack. - -This is the only way things will get better, not just for us, but for our children and their children.",1731883615,efc81dd613,5f81d6ce31,,,1731883615 -https://www.fodors.com/news/news/how-much-does-it-cost-to-buy-lightning-lane-premier-pass-at-disneyland-and-disney-world,https://www.fodors.com/feed,Skipping the Lines at Disney Parks Will Cost $400 per Person (in Addition to a Park Ticket),"Skipping lines at Disney comes at a shocking price. - -Trips to Disneyland and Disney World demand meticulous planning, often comparable to that of an international journey. It’s not just about the finances—though spending days in this magical realm can be costly—but also about strategically navigating your time to make the most of your visit. For some Disney enthusiasts, the announcement of the “Lightning Lane Premier Pass” may come as a welcome relief, as it allows guests to bypass lines in their quest to experience the attractions. However, there is a catch: these passes come at a steep price, adding to the already hefty cost of admission tickets. - -Related: You Should Read the Disney+ Fine Print Before Going to a Disney Park - -What Does the Lightning Lane Premier Pass Cost? - -The Lightning Lane Premier Pass at Disneyland comes at a flat rate of $400 per person per day through this year, but the prices will range between $300 and $400 in 2025, depending on demand. At Disney World, the price for this top-tier pass can go up to $449 per person per day. This is on top of the ticket prices ($104 and up for Disneyland and $119 and up for Disney World for a single ticket), and not every ride offers fast lane services. - -For a family, these costs can easily reach thousands. Clearly, the service isn’t meant for just about everyone; it’s an added pass for those who are short on time and not worried about costs. - -The company already offers the Lightning Lane Multi Pass and Lightning Lane Single Pass, and these will continue. For both options, you need to book an available slot for the ride, but the Multi-Pass can be used one time on each available attraction, while the Single Pass offers a one-time use on a ride. With the new Lightning Lane Premier Pass, you won’t have to book a slot, though. The pass also offers Disney PhotoPass downloads for the day. - -Continue Reading Article After Our Video Recommended Fodor’s Video - -Related: Your Day at Disney Theme Parks Is About to Change in a Big Way - -Disneyland, California - -Disneyland will pilot its Premier Pass on October 23, and guests can buy this two days in advance of their visit. Until December 31, 2024, it’s a flat rate of $400 per pass, but in 2025, it will have dynamic pricing within a range of $300 to $400. There are limited passes available, and you need to have a theme park admission ticket and park reservation before you can grab the pass. - -If you have a Park Hopper addition to your entry ticket, you can use the Premier Pass at both Disneyland Park and Disney California Adventure Park. - -Disney World, Florida - -The Lightning Lane Premier Pass for Disney World isn’t available for everyone—it will first be piloted to guests staying at Disney hotels and resorts (including Disney’s Animal Kingdom Lodge, Disney’s Wilderness Lodge, Disney’s Animal Kingdom Villas – Kidani Village, and Walt Disney World Dolphin Hotel, among others). You need a valid theme park ticket before you can buy this pass. It launches on October 30, and guests can book them up to seven days in advance of their stay. Unlike Disneyland, there is no single price to visit all parks; each has its own price, which depends on demand. Disney’s Magic Kingdom is the priciest of them all, with pass costs up to $449 plus tax per day per person during peak season. - -– Animal Kingdom: $129-$199 plus tax - -– Magic Kingdom: $329-$449 plus tax - -– EPCOT: $169-$249 plus tax - -– Hollywood Studios: $269-$349 plus tax - -Disney has faced criticism over its price hikes that are making the theme parks unaffordable for American families. Just this month, Disneyland announced price hikes for all tiers other than the basic entry-level ticket and the Magic Key Annual Pass (which went up between $100 and $125). It’s not just the ticket—food, accommodation, and extra services like fast track add up to the spending at the theme parks. - -One way you can save thousands of dollars is by choosing off-peak seasons and skipping the parks during Halloween and Christmas. The company uses dynamic pricing for its entry tickets and now also for the passes, so you can plan your trip around those if you are able. - -Related: 9 Theme Parks That Are More Affordable Than Disney",1731883688,ed13a32224,5f32be1487,,,1731883688 -https://abcnews.go.com/Politics/wireStory/democrat-josh-harder-wins-reelection-us-house-californias-115919473,https://abcnews.go.com/abcnews/politicsheadlines,Democrat Josh Harder wins reelection to U.S. House in California's 9th Congressional District,"Democrat Josh Harder wins reelection to U.S. House in California's 9th Congressional District - -Democrat Josh Harder wins reelection to U.S. House in California's 9th Congressional District",1731883660,948678c443,5f8e062098,,,1731883660 -https://www.npr.org/2024/11/13/nx-s1-5181806/how-proposed-tariffs-would-impact-american-businesses-and-consumers,https://www.npr.org/rss/rss.php?id=1017,How proposed tariffs would impact American businesses and consumers,"How proposed tariffs would impact American businesses and consumers - -MICHEL MARTIN, HOST: - -You might remember that news of Donald Trump's White House win sent stock markets soaring. Businesses, though, are less enthused about this. - -(SOUNDBITE OF ARCHIVED RECORDING) - -DONALD TRUMP: To me, the most beautiful word in the dictionary is tariff. And it's my favorite word. - -A MARTÍNEZ, HOST: - -The president-elect campaigned on this issue a lot, like here on Bloomberg News last month. Tariffs are taxes on imported goods. Trump falsely claims they'll be paid by foreign countries. In fact, they'll be paid by the American businesses buying the foreign goods. - -(SOUNDBITE OF ARCHIVED RECORDING) - -TRUMP: When I do the 10% - first of all, 10%, when you collect it, is hundreds of billions of dollars. The numbers that you're talking - all reducing our deficit. - -MARTIN: Now, Trump is correct when he says that tariffs can bring in revenue for the government. That's what taxes do, but not that much. Economic experts say hundreds of billions is a huge overestimate, but businesses who buy foreign goods have to prepare for this. So how are they doing that? Joseph Ferrara is the CEO of Ferrara Manufacturing, based in New York City. His company makes high-end clothes for brands like Ralph Lauren and Calvin Klein. He says tariffs will help his company by countering one country in particular. - -JOSEPH FERRARA: China will find a way to get its product into the United States through whichever country it is most efficient. And so you'll have products coming in from parts of Europe, where it's 70% made in China. So we are very excited about across-the-board, worldwide tariffs across every country for the products that we make, because then China can't find a way into the United States without going through tariffs. - -MARTÍNEZ: Ferrara says if imported clothing is more expensive, his made-in-America garments will be more competitive. So he's hoping for an increase in demand. - -FERRARA: We're ready and able to hire an additional 200 employees. And we have the building for it. We have the real estate for it. We just need the business to do it. - -MARTIN: So that's one view. Our co-host Steve Inskeep heard another view during a reporting trip in Pennsylvania before the election. Alaina Webber and Matt Katase own a brewery and a bar in Braddock. - -(SOUNDBITE OF ARCHIVED NPR BROADCAST) - -ALAINA WEBBER: Everything we make is based on international commodity pricing - grain, wheat, hops. - -MATT KATASE: Aluminum. - -STEVE INSKEEP: Tariffs would affect you. - -WEBBER: Yeah. - -KATASE: Significantly. - -WEBBER: Hundred percent. Significantly. - -MARTIN: We called them back to see how they're preparing now that Trump is president-elect. - -KATASE: The first consideration that we had was, you know, we're writing and working on annual business planning, kind of those things, and looking at price adjustment because we want to be proactive rather than reactive. You know, if the cost of a can goes up 2 to 3 cents, for a case of beer, that's 50 cents to 75 cents, and on already tight margins, if we're not proactive about price adjustments, we could find ourselves a little bit behind. - -MARTÍNEZ: All right. For a broader perspective on what tariffs could mean for U.S. businesses, we're joined now by Mary Lovely. She's a senior fellow at the Peterson Institute for International Economics, a nonpartisan research organization. So, Mary, we heard from two different perspectives. Both are valid from where business owners sit, you think? Or which ones are most valid to you? - -MARY LOVELY: Well, I think both are valid. And just as you said, they're sitting in different places. So the apparel manufacturer wants to be import competing. He wants to successfully compete against imports. Tariffs will help him do that. Brewery owners are in a very different spot because most of - a lot of what they use to make the beer is imported, and they're going to face higher costs. They're going to have to pass that on to consumers, lower sales, less employment. So we have to ask, what does this all add up to for the sort of macro economy, for the greater economy? On net, are we going to gain jobs, or are we going to lose jobs? - -MARTÍNEZ: Yeah, 'cause it sounds like depending on the kind of business you have, Mary, it could be great, or if you have a different kind of business, it could be bad. But, I mean, overall, though, good or bad for American businesses? - -LOVELY: Overall, it's bad. And we've known this for years, and we have new evidence coming from the trade war that we had starting in 2018. So what happens is that we do create some jobs, perhaps in places like the apparel company that you spoke with, but we lose jobs in lots of other places. So we heard from the brewery owner who will have to raise prices, will have less sales, higher import costs. When people have to pay more for clothing, let's say I want to buy a suit for business; I buy it from the man you interviewed; I have to pay more. There's less that I can spend. It can be on anything. It could be that I buy less food for my table, or I don't get a service, like, getting my nails done or my hair done. It can show up in lots of different places in the economy. - -A place where we know job losses really occur is companies that use imported intermediates, which are things that companies use to build other things. So a good example might be an imported electric motor that's used in a fishing boat that's made in the U.S. That manufacturer is going to have to pay higher prices. Is he going to be able to pass that on to consumers? Maybe, to some extent, but don't forget that American manufacturers are going to have to compete with lots of other countries that aren't going to face these tariffs, both here and abroad. - -MARTÍNEZ: But, Mary, how wouldn't that cost go to consumers? It just seems like, isn't that the way business is done? If a business has to pay to get a product or make a product, the consumer is the one that's going to have to foot the bill. - -LOVELY: Well, for a certain amount of time, we believe that importers and the companies that they serve actually reduced their profits when we saw tariffs hit in 2018. Many thought the tariffs might be temporary. I think we all remember that President Trump was trying to cut a deal with the Chinese. He did in January 2020. So companies may have thought, I don't want to upset my customers, potentially lose customers by passing on those prices - those price increases. Eventually, those prices do work their way through to the consumer. - -MARTÍNEZ: So speaking of China, the big target of Trump's campaign promises around tariffs is China. How would that in particular - tariffs on Chinese goods on Chinese products - affect U.S. businesses? - -LOVELY: Well, I'm sure there's businesses who will benefit because they will be able to build or create domestically. But for many other manufacturers, it's going to be a big negative, because, again, they're going to see the prices of the things that they import to build here in the United States increase. And although all of us think about Chinese products as what we see on the shelf at Walmart or at Target, in fact, most of what we import from China are things that manufacturers use. I think one perhaps unappreciated note is that many consumer electronics were not taxed in the first rounds of the trade war under the first Trump administration. So we're talking your cellphone, laptops, games, and those would be subject to very high tariffs. That's an enormous amount of spending that comes in. - -MARTÍNEZ: Mary, we're going to have to leave it right there. Mary Lovely, senior fellow at the Peterson Institute, a nonpartisan economic think tank. Mary, thank you. - -LOVELY: Thank you. - -(SOUNDBITE OF ARCHIVED RECORDING) - -Copyright © 2024 NPR. All rights reserved. Visit our website terms of use and permissions pages at www.npr.org for further information. - -NPR transcripts are created on a rush deadline by an NPR contractor. This text may not be in its final form and may be updated or revised in the future. Accuracy and availability may vary. The authoritative record of NPR’s programming is the audio record.",1731883640,f0f87aba2e,5fbfe6fd23,,,1731883640 -https://cleantechnica.com/2024/11/14/rivian-volkswagen-throw-each-other-a-lifeline/,https://cleantechnica.com/feed/,Rivian & Volkswagen Throw Each Other A Lifeline,"Sign up for daily news updates from CleanTechnica on email. Or follow us on Google News - -This past summer, Rivian and Volkswagen formed a joint venture to develop the next generation of electric and electronic controls for electric vehicles. That architecture determines how the various electrical and electronic functions of an EV are designed and embedded in vehicles and how they interact. Each company owns 50% of the new enterprise, but Volkswagen ponied up $5 billion to fund the project. Rivian will contribute its expertise at making electric vehicles that actually operate properly. Volkswagen already has a division that is supposed to do that called CARIAD, but if it is shoveling money to Rivian, it seems to be a safe assumption that CARIAD still cannot get its sums right after five years of trying. - -Andreas Mundt, president of Germany’s Federal Cartel Office, which had to approve the arrangement, said “At its core the cooperation project is about the way in which a large number of complex functions and components are best organised in cars and how they interact with each other. As cars become increasingly digital and connected, the question of the right system architecture is nothing less than a key competition parameter. When it comes to cooperation projects set up to develop new products and technologies in key cutting-edge sectors, particularly those involving large companies, we take a close look at competition in innovation. The project does not raise any concerns in this respect, nor does it raise any other serious competition concerns.” - -Volkswagen Ups The Ante - -At a press event in Palo Alto, California, on November 13, 2024, Volkswagen Group CEO Oliver Blume said the first vehicles to use the new architecture are expected to arrive in 2027, starting with Volkswagen brand vehicles and then expanding to Audi, Scout, Porsche, and other brands within the Volkswagen Group, according to a report by Bloomberg. Blume made the announcement in Palo Alto because that is where the JV will have its headquarters. The software developed by it will be used by both parent companies and could be marketed to other automakers in the future. CATL this week also announced it will develop an electric car chassis for use by other companies. - -Bloomberg says the deal offers an important financial shot in the arm for Rivian, which is operating at a loss due to a decreased in demand for electric vehicles in the US. The next administration is poised to take a sledgehammer to federal EV incentives, which could put further pressure on Rivian. In the last quarter, Rivian reported a $392 million loss against $874 million in revenue, despite delivering around 10,000 vehicles. Volkswagen in the same period, managed to deliver nearly 2.2 million vehicles for gross sales of €78.5 billion ($83.3 billion) and a €1.58 billion profit after taxes — a substantial decrease from last year. Blume has announced that Volkswagen may need to close up to three factories in Germany to offset lower sales. - -As part of his remarks in California this week, Blume let it be known that Volkswagen has raised its investment in the new joint venture by an additional $800 million, signaling its commitment to its new US partner even as electric vehicle demand softens and the incoming Trump administration threatens to curtail supportive policies. The increase may ease concerns about Rivian’s cash flow problems. - -The joint venture will be known as Rivian and VW Group Technology and will be led by co-chief executive officers Wassym Bensaid, Rivian’s chief software officer, and Carsten Helbing, chief technology officer at Volkswagen, About 1.000 employees drawn from both companies are expected to staff the joint venture. “This is an acceleration of our plans for the future,” Bensaid said in an interview at Rivian’s Palo Alto office, according to Bloomberg. At that press conference, a prototype was shown to a small group of reporters. It integrates Rivian’s software-based vehicle architecture into an unmarked VW test vehicle, which Bensaid said was outfitted by the JV’s engineers over a 12-week period. - -Help For Rivian - -The venture with Rivian may prove critical for Volkswagen as the manufacturer struggles despite massive investment. In the aftermath of the 2015 diesel scandal, Europe’s largest carmaker laid out what was arguably the industry’s most ambitious EV push under then-CEO Herbert Diess. But buggy software delayed key electric models, contributing to his ouster in 2022. - -Helbing, who will also serve as chief operations officer of the venture, said the technology will be easily translatable to commercially available Volkswagen models. He added that accelerated decision making and development are a side benefit of the collaboration with a smaller and more nimble partner like Rivian. “For us, the impressive part was the speed and pace of implementation,” Helbing said in the interview. “The intention is to keep the pace.” Bensaid added that Rivian sees the venture as a way to boost cost savings by leveraging the economies of scale enjoyed by its larger partner, which he expects will improve Rivian’s own vehicle margins. - -The new Scout brand also plans to use technology from the Rivian/Volkswagen joint venture, he added. That sparks an interesting question. Scout plans two body styles — a pickup truck and an SUV. Rivian currently manufactures a pickup truck and an SUV. The design sketches for Scout look a lot like Rivian’s products. Are the two going to cooperate on the software side and then compete against each other in the marketplace? - -Labor Unrest At Volkswagen - -“We view the deal as a less expensive way for Volkswagen to finance its software-defined vehicle architecture goals and for Rivian to receive funding to get to its R2 launch,” RBC Capital Markets analyst Tom Narayan told investors this week, Bloomberg reports. The question for Volkswagen is whether this increasingly pricey Rivian partnership will hurt its position at the bargaining table. After it reported its least profitable quarter in years a few weeks ago, management has elected to pursue increasingly drastic measures. - -Labor leaders last month said they would resist proposals made by the company, including a 10% wage cut and closing up to three factories in Germany. A grace period in those tense negotiations runs out at the end of this month, with warning strikes expected for early December if no agreement is reached before then. - -A question rocketing around the plush CleanTechnica employees lounge is, where does this leave the supposed link up with XPeng that Volkswagen announced earlier this year? That was supposed to also leverage another company’s technical prowess to get Volkswagen out of the digital hole it has dug for itself. We have to assume that a.) that was just for the China market or b.) it did not bear fruit and has been quietly dropped. Either way, it appears mighty Volkswagen doesn’t have the technology chops to build electric cars without outside help. Will it even survive at this rate until the end of this decade or will both companies drag each other down? Inquiring minds want to know.",1731883666,befffecf30,5fc1618540,,,1731883666 -https://blockonomi.com/bitcoin-price-could-push-to-120k-before-christmas-2024-taking-rcof-from-0-05-to-1/,https://blockonomi.com/feed/,Bitcoin Price Could Push to $120k Before Christmas 2024 Taking RCOF From $0.05 to $1,"The Bitcoin price is gaining momentum, with some experts predicting it could reach $120,000 before Christmas 2024. This potential surge could have a ripple effect on other cryptocurrencies. Notably, AI-powered altcoin RCOF, currently priced at just $0.05, might see a massive jump to $1. - -As the Bitcoin price rally attracts more investors, can RCOF benefit from the influx of capital? - -Bitcoin Price Could Reach $120,000 by Late 2024, Analysts Predict - -In the past, we have seen many crypto analysts predict a bullish run for Bitcoin prices many years ahead. Several reasons can see its price rise to $120,000 by the close of 2024. - -One reason is the growing adoption of Bitcoin by many institutions. Many institutional players have recently opened Bitcoin ETFs, and more are on the way. - -Also, Bitcoin’s increasing tendency to be used as an investment to combat inflation helps a lot. With central banks increasing the money supply, several investors have considered Bitcoin a better place to preserve their wealth. Since there are around 21 million bitcoins and a rigid supply boundary, many who fear currency depreciation are comforted. - -Nonetheless, it has not all been and continues. Bitcoin has its ups and downs and its price can also be affected by regulatory policies. However, given strong fundamentals and increasing demand, most analysts believe the Bitcoin price could be 120K in less than a month. - -Bitcoin’s price is $88,900, which is a new price record. It is said that the Bitcoin price may increase further owing to Donald Trump’s election victory. - -Revolutionizing Trading: RCO Finance’s Innovative Platform - -RCO Finance has won the Hottest Token Presale of the Year award due to its unique worth and innovative aspects. This breakthrough platform presents an unlimited scope of financial tools and services, comprising more than 120,000 instruments and 12,500 classes of assets. - -Furthermore, RCO Finance stands out because of its unique advantage of leverage, allowing traders to grow their positions up to 1000 times. This unprecedented leverage enables traders to make life-changing profits with relatively small market movements. - -However, RCO Finance’s offerings extend far beyond its impressive leverage capabilities. The platform is equipped with a revolutionary AI-powered tool designed to help traders achieve success. - -Introducing the RCO Finance Robo Advisor, a next-generation technology harnessing advanced AI and ML models. - -To craft tailored strategies, the RCO Finance Robo Advisor takes a personalized approach, considering individual traders’ goals, risk tolerance, and market preferences. The Advisor ensures informed, data-driven decision-making by leveraging historical and real-time data and eliminating emotional biases. - -High-net-worth investors have rapidly moved to secure early positions in this SolidProof audited platform, recognizing its immense utility and value and seeking to capitalize on the potential rewards. - -The RCO Finance Robo Advisor operates 24/7, aggregating real-time information from reputable global sources such as Bloomberg and Reuters. This enables traders to stay ahead of market trends, identify opportunities, and make informed decisions. - -With RCO Finance’s groundbreaking features, traders can capitalize on market movements in all conditions, up or down. By combining extensive asset access and AI-driven insights, RCO Finance empowers traders to achieve remarkable success in the financial markets. - -RCO Finance Presale: Don’t Miss Out on 5,000% Gains! - -The crypto sector’s growing demand for innovation drives investors away from established tokens like Bitcoin and towards newer options like RCO Finance. - -In Stage 3 of its presale, RCOF tokens are available at $0.055. With over $4.6 million raised so far, investor interest is surging, and projections indicate a potential listing price of $0.60 to $0.80 on major exchanges. - -This represents a potential ROI exceeding 1,000% for early investors. Investors can access unique benefits within the RCO Finance ecosystem by participating in the presale. - -These perks include lower trading fees, governance influence, passive income through staking, and exclusive access to private syndicate ETF funds for portfolio diversification. - -As interest in crypto AI solutions grows, RCO Finance is poised to redefine crypto trading. Joining the community now offers a strategic advantage. With its innovative platform and promising projections, RCO Finance is an attractive opportunity for crypto investors seeking growth and innovation. - -For more information about the RCO Finance Presale: - -Visit RCO Finance Presale - -Join The RCO Finance Community - -This is a Press Release provided by a third party who is responsible for the content. Please conduct your own research before taking any action based on the content.",1731883618,0902409fa9,5fc42d6830,,,1731883618 -https://front.moveon.org/roundup-jill-stein-teams-up-with-republicans-to-siphon-votes-from-vice-president-harris-in-the-final-hour/,https://front.moveon.org/feed/,ROUNDUP: Jill Stein Teams Up With Republicans to Siphon Votes From Vice President Harris in the Final Hour,"ROUNDUP: Jill Stein Teams Up With Republicans to Siphon Votes From Vice President Harris in the Final Hour - -WASHINGTON, D.C. – As we approach the final week before Election Day, Republicans are leaving no stone unturned to help Donald Trump take back the White House and implement their dangerous Project 2025 plan. Since entering the race, Jill Stein has boosted Trump, downplayed his racist and violent rhetoric, and made it clear she is interested only in damaging Vice President Kamala Harris’s chances of winning the White House. Even her own family has asked her to leave the race, but Stein refuses to back out because she’s a Republican in green clothing, and that’s also why she continues to accept help from Trump’s allies, donors, and attorneys. - -A damning piece from the Washington Post shows that a Republican Super PAC, Badger Values PAC, is spending big money to boost Stein in the key battleground state of Wisconsin. Badger Values PAC, founded by a longtime Republican operative with ties to Senate GOP leadership, reported spending $982,905 on ads in October, including at least $307,000 on ads or direct mailers that mention Stein. - -Meanwhile, climate groups, like Friends of the Earth, the Sunrise Movement, the League Of Conservation Voters, and the Sierra Club, and climate-conscious voters are blasting Stein for her hypocritical anti-environmental record, highlighting that Stein personally profits from Big Oil companies like Exxon Mobil and Chevron. - -More happenings from third-party candidates this week: - -### - -MoveOn is celebrating 25 years of people-powered progress this year. For more than a generation, MoveOn has built independent political power and mobilized the left to elect Democrats and enact progressive change. MoveOn is a bulwark against the radical right, channeling our collective voices to drive progressive foreign policy, protect democracy, and advance justice for all.",1731883648,d0f9e09372,5fd192e599,,,1731883648 -https://finovate.com/visa-expands-its-flexible-credential-card-to-the-u-s/,https://finovate.com/feed/,Visa Expands its Flexible Credential Card to the U.S.,"Visa’s Flexible Credential card is now available in the U.S. and U.A.E., offering cardholders flexibility to pay from multiple account funding sources. - -In the U.S., Affirm will integrate VFC into its buy now, pay later (BNPL) Affirm Card, while UAE-based Liv will leverage VFC to enable multi-currency transactions through a single card. - -The VFC is similar to Curve’s multi-payment card offerings, however, Visa’s VFC requires users to select the payment type before transactions. - -Payments giant Visa announced earlier this week it has expanded its Visa Flexible Credential (VFC) payment card to launch in both the U.S. and the U.A.E. The unique credit card allows users to pay from different account funding sources, ultimately offering cardholders more options and greater control over how they pay. - -In the U.S., VFC will roll out in partnership with buy now, pay later (BNPL) company Affirm. The BNPL company will use VFC for its Affirm Card. With 1.4 million consumers, the Affirm Card offers consumers flexibility to pay at the time of their transaction or pay over time in the Affirm app. - -“We’re excited about the partnership we’ve formed with Visa,” said Affirm CEO Max Levchin. “Since our founding, our mission has remained the same — build honest financial products that improve lives. Part of building better financial products also means giving consumers more control and flexibility, which has always been a key feature of the new Affirm Card. We look forward to bringing millions more people a product that seamlessly brings debit and credit together, without late or hidden fees.” - -In the U.A.E., the VFC card will launch in partnership with digital banking platform Liv, which will enable cardholders to access multiple currency accounts from a single card. The VFC will automatically route the transaction to the account with the selected currency. Cardholders can use the Liv mobile app to move money between local and foreign currency accounts. - -“At Liv we stay true to our promise of providing the most innovative products to our customers,” said Emirates NBD Chief Digital Officer, Retail Banking and Wealth Management, Pedro Sousa Cardoso. “As the UAE’s first digital bank, we are pleased to collaborate with Visa to offer our customers a simple, flexible card solution that better serves their evolving financial needs.” - -“Working with innovative partners like Affirm, Liv and SMCC helps us turn that idea into a reality. Together we’re enabling more ways to pay and adapting to the unique needs of consumers – wherever they are in the world, or in their financial journey,” said Visa Chief Product and Strategy Officer Jack Forestell. - -VFC first launched just over a year ago in Japan through a partnership with Sumitomo Mitsui Card Company (SMCC), which uses VFC to power its Olive card. Today, SMCC has more than three million cardholders using the Olive card, 70% of which use the card to toggle between different account funding sources like debit, credit, and prepaid. - -Visa plans to roll out its VFC to other geographies in the future. - -Overall, there are not many card companies competing on Visa’s VFC. COIN, a digital smart card that promised to replace all of the cards in consumers’ wallets, tried and failed in 2016. - -Today, the strongest competition in the multi-payment type card market comes from U.K.-based Curve, which offers a credit card that allows users to toggle between different payment cards. Unique to Curve, users can spare themselves from embarrassment at the point of sale with the Anti-Embarrassment mode that allows the payment to go through even if the card is declined (with restrictions). Curve also offers a Go Back in Time feature that enables users to change which card is used for a transaction up to 30 days after the fact. - -With Visa’s VFC, however, cardholders must choose the funding source or payment type for their transaction before they initiate the purchase. It does not allow them to retroactively change the payment type or card type after a transaction is completed. - -Photo by Rann Vijay - -Views: 217",1731883633,1a585e84c9,5fddd757da,,,1731883633 -http://android-developers.googleblog.com/2024/10/tas-24-teaser.html,https://android-developers.googleblog.com/feeds/posts/default,"Set a reminder: tune in for our Fall episode of #TheAndroidShow on October 31, live from Droidcon!","Posted by Anirudh Dewani – Director, Android Developer Relations - -In just a few days, on Thursday, October 31st at 10AM PT, we’ll be dropping our Fall episode of #TheAndroidShow, on YouTube and on developer.android.com! - -In our quarterly show, this time we’ll be live from Droidcon in London, giving you the latest in Android Developer news with demos of Jetpack Compose and more. You can set a reminder to watch the livestream on YouTube, or click here to add to your calendar. - -In our Fall episode, we’ll be taking the lid off the biggest update to Gemini in Android Studio, so you don’t want to miss out! We also had a number of recent wearable, foldable and large screen device launches and updates, and we’ll be unpacking what you need to know to get building for these form factors. - -Get your #AskAndroid questions answered live! - -And we’ve assembled a team of experts from across Android to answer your #AskAndroid questions on building excellent apps, across devices - share your questions now and tune in to see if they are answered live on the show! - -#TheAndroidShow is your conversation with the Android developer community, this time hosted by Simona Milanović and Alejandra Stamato. You'll hear the latest from the developers and engineers who build Android. Don’t forget to tune in live on October 31 at 10AM PT, live on YouTube and on developer.android.com/events/show!",1731883608,1ebe0fd7fe,5fc588642d,,,1731883608 -https://salesgravy.com/building-relationships-on-linkedin-engage-dont-pitch-feat-brynne-tillman/,https://salesgravy.com/feed/,"Building Relationships on LinkedIn: Engage, Don't Pitch","In this episode of The Sales Gravy Podcast, host Jeb Blount Jr. sits down with LinkedIn expert and OutBound speaker Brynne Tillman to discuss the keys to leveraging LinkedIn for sales success. - -Brynne shares essential information on avoiding common mistakes like the dreaded “pitch slap,” the importance of personalization over automation, and how to truly engage with prospects on LinkedIn. - -Key Takeaways: - -– LinkedIn as a Networking Tool: Approach LinkedIn interactions like networking at an event. Your first conversation should not be a pitch but rather meaningful engagement with others’ content, showing genuine interest and adding value. - -– The Power of Engagement: Engaging with someone’s content purposefully, by reading and leaving thoughtful comments, is a better strategy than sending unsolicited pitches. It creates a connection by making the interaction about them, not you. - -– Avoiding the “Pitch Slap”: Sending unsolicited, impersonal sales pitches (referred to as a “pitch slap”) is ineffective and can be perceived as obnoxious. Personalized, relationship-driven outreach is far more impactful. - -– Personalization vs. Automation: When using sales automation, it’s crucial to remain authentic. Don’t try to appear personalized if your outreach is automated. Authenticity in personalization makes a big difference in building genuine connections. - -– The Importance of OutBound Conference: OutBound is a key event for sales professionals, offering insights into improving pipeline productivity and performance. It’s described as a must-attend for those wanting a competitive edge in sales. - -– Sales Gravy University Resources: Sales Gravy University offers valuable courses, taught by top experts like Brynne, providing resources to improve skills in sales and LinkedIn prospecting. - -Avoiding Common Mistakes on LinkedIn - -LinkedIn is a powerful platform for sales professionals, but many people miss its potential by using the wrong approach. While it can seem like a place to make a quick pitch, the real strength of LinkedIn lies in how it mirrors a networking event. Building relationships and establishing trust are far more valuable than rushing to sell. - -LinkedIn is Like a Networking Event - -When thinking about LinkedIn, it’s important to compare it to how you act at a networking event. At an event, your first conversation with someone isn’t about immediately selling a product or service. Instead, it’s about making connections, learning about the other person, and finding common ground. - -This same concept applies to LinkedIn. The first step should be to engage with someone’s content in a meaningful way. By commenting mindfully on their posts, you show interest in what they care about. This approach gets you noticed in a more positive light than jumping straight into a pitch. - -Engage, Don’t Pitch - -A common mistake that salespeople make on LinkedIn is pitching too early. Sending a message that dives right into selling feels impersonal and can be easily ignored. However, if you take the time to engage with someone’s posts by leaving thoughtful comments, you build a connection. These comments should clearly relate to the content, showing that you took the time to read and understand it. This makes your interactions feel more genuine and builds trust over time. - -For instance, instead of sending a cold pitch, you should be liking their posts and sharing insightful comments about them. This can make a huge difference. Over time, these kinds of interactions can naturally lead to a conversation about sales without feeling forced. - -Avoid the “Pitch Slap” - -One of the most disliked tactics on LinkedIn is what’s known as the “pitch slap”—a sudden, unsolicited sales message that appears right after connecting with someone. This method often leads to frustration. People receiving these messages view them as intrusive and, in most cases, simply delete them. - -Many professionals on LinkedIn experience this kind of message frequently. Instead of helping, it hurts the chances of building a productive relationship. It’s essential to remember that LinkedIn is not just another sales platform but a community. Being patient and building a connection first can have a lasting impact on your sales prospects. - -Personalization Over Automation - -Another issue in modern sales is finding the balance between automation and personalization. While sales tools can help save time, they shouldn’t take away the personal touch. Automated messages often lack the authenticity needed to build trust. - -Personalized outreach, on the other hand, shows that you’ve done your homework. Instead of sending a generic message, a personalized one reflects that you’ve taken the time to learn about the person you’re reaching out to. This approach is far more effective in generating interest and meaningful responses. - -Building Authentic Relationships on LinkedIn - -LinkedIn offers a unique opportunity to connect with prospects in a way that feels more natural and less sales-focused. By treating LinkedIn like a networking event, avoiding hard pitches, and focusing on genuine engagement, sales professionals can build better relationships. Avoiding the common mistakes of “pitch slapping” and focusing on personalized interactions instead of automation can go a long way in increasing success on the platform. - -A Salesperson’s Resource: The OutBound Conference - -For sales professionals looking to improve their skills, conferences like OutBound offer valuable insights. OutBound is described as one of the top events for salespeople who want to get better at pipeline productivity, performance, and prospecting. It brings together industry experts who share strategies and tips to improve sales tactics. - -Attending events like these helps salespeople stay ahead of trends and sharpen their skills. If you’re serious about improving in sales, conferences and resources like Sales Gravy University offer courses that can further develop your abilities in areas like LinkedIn selling. - -Explore Brynne Tillman’s courses on Sales Gravy University to master your social selling so you can sell more.",1731883612,b0f1cb9274,5fafd2d656,,,1731883612 -https://store.steampowered.com/news/226055/,https://store.steampowered.com/feeds/news.xml?id=457140,Team Fortress 2 Update Released,"Updated pl_embargo to fix visual glitches - - - -An update to Team Fortress 2 has been released. The update will be applied automatically when you restart Team Fortress 2. The major changes include:",1731883672,d2832f4a9a,5f843b3af1,,,1731883672 -https://www.practicalecommerce.com/popular-pinterest-accounts-for-marketing-inspiration,https://www.practicalecommerce.com/category/social-media/feed,20 Popular Pinterest Accounts for Marketing Inspiration,"At its September 2023 Investor Day, Pinterest stated more than half of its users view the platform as a place to shop, and buyable items saved to its boards increased 50% year-over-year. - -Pinterest continues its efforts to make the platform more shoppable. The company recently introduced mobile deep links for Pinterest-managed advertisers and added direct links as new ways to help shoppers go from discovery to purchase. Mobile deep links send users to a specific page in a retailer’s mobile app. Direct links take people from a Pinterest ad to a retailer’s website with one click. - -Additionally, Pinterest has expanded its ecommerce ecosystem with new integrations for Salesforce Commerce Cloud and Adobe Commerce, building on existing integrations with Shopify and WooCommerce. The new integrations allow merchants to manage their Pinterest product catalogs directly within the Salesforce or Adobe applications they already use. - -Merchants interested in Pinterest’s ecommerce efforts can learn from top brands and influencers. - -Here is a list of the most popular accounts on Pinterest. There are inspirational style boards, brand collections, product tags to shop, and more. - -Oh Joy, the most followed account on Pinterest, is from the L.A.-based lifestyle brand and design company by Joy Cho. Oh Joy creates licensed product lines for Target, Petco, Band-Aid, and more. Popular Pinterest boards include Clothing, Recipes, and For the Home. 15.1 million followers. - -– - -Poppytalk is a creative studio and lifestyle brand based in Vancouver and founded by Jan Halvarson. Launched to catalog inspiration from typography to interior design, Poppytalk now covers design elements, do-it-yourself projects, entertaining and recipe creations, art and photography, interior design, architecture, and more. Its Entertaining + Fun board has 6 million followers alone. 10.4 million followers. - -– - -Tasty, from BuzzFeed, is a network for quick food videos and recipes. Tasty was originally a BuzzFeed Facebook page that featured short, comfort-food videos. Its Pinterest boards include food genres and meal hacks, such as Chicken Dinners, Pastas, and Desserts. Tasty attracts more than 10 million monthly views. 10.3 million followers. - -– - -Maryann Rizzo is an interior designer with boards of inspirational images to design, decorate, craft, cook, garden, entertain, dress, and travel in style. Her popular board Everything has 4.5 million followers. 9 million followers. - -– - -Mamas Uncut is a parenting site by Bekka Palmer. It features boards on mom Q&A, parenting news, home hacks, baby names, and lifestyle-related content (e.g., tattoos and humor). Popular boards include Baby, Lifestyle and Inspiration, and Mamasuncut Inspiration. Mamas Uncut attracts more than 10 million monthly views. 8.5 million followers. - -– - -Cathie Hong Interiors is an interior design firm based in San Francisco. Its inspirational boards pin content on interior and outdoor design, tile and materials, stores and displays, packaging and branding, general inspiration, as well as the studio’s own work. The Dining Inspiration board has over 3 million followers. 7.9 million followers. - -– - -Jane Wang is the mother of Pinterest co-founder Ben Silbermann. Jane Wang’s boards contain inspirational content across a range of topics, including DIY, Octopus, and Small things that work very well. Her food-focused Delicious board has over 6 million followers. 7.7 million followers. - -– - -HonestlyWTF, curated by Erica Chan Coffman, features anything extraordinary. It has boards on walls, art, shoes, lighting, spaces, jewelry, shoes, beauty, typography, and more. Popular boards include DIY and Home Sweet Home. HonestlyWTF attracts more than 10 million monthly views. 7.2 million followers. - -– - -Bonnie Tsang is a visual artist and a mom of two girls. Her boards feature inspirational and stylish images of architecture, fashion, color, stripes, places to go, and food design. Popular boards include Living Spaces and Workspace. 7 million followers. - -– - -Pejper is a Swedish lifestyle blog focusing on interior design and the environment. Pejper’s Pinterest boards include Work Rooms and Green Living – Garden. Its Lovely Living board has over 3.3 million followers. 6.8 million followers. - -– - -Evelyn has a range of topics across nearly 200 boards, including Passport to Western Europe, Nature’s WIndows, and America the Beautiful, Traveling the USA. 6.8 million followers. - -– - -Style Me Pretty focuses on weddings with inspirational images and featured products. Popular boards include Bridal Hair & Hairstyles and Wedding Cakes. Style Me Pretty attracts more than 10 million monthly views. 6.4 million followers. - -– - -Harper’s Bazaar pins items from its magazine, including tagged content to shop at its online store, and attracts more than 10 million monthly views. Popular boards include Street Style and Beauty & Hair. 6.4 million followers. - -– - -Trey Ratcliff is the creator, writer, and photographer behind the daily travel blog StuckInCustoms.com. His Pinterest boards feature travel images. The My Favorite Travel Photos board has over 6.2 million followers. 6.4 million followers. - -– - -Nordstrom pins and curates images on women’s fashion, men’s style, handbags, shoes, home decor, and more. Followers can also shop tagged images. Nordstrom attracts more than 10 million monthly views. Popular boards include Women’s Style, Home, and Skincare & Beauty. 5.4 million followers. - -– - -Veanad is curated by a Seattle-based architect with boards focusing on space, jewelry, wardrobe, and weekend images. Its popular board Beauty has over 5 million followers. - -5.2 million followers. - -– - -L.L.Bean pins its product images on boards such as L.L.Bean Style, L.L.Bean Footwear, and Be an Outsider. L.L.Bean attracts more than 10 million monthly views. 5 million followers. - -– - -Christine Martinez Loya pins inspirational images across various subjects, including Looks I Love, Interiors I Dream Of, and DIY Projects I’ll actually make time for. Her popular board Words to Live By has over 4.4 million followers. 5 million followers. - -– - -Wedding Checks curates inspirational wedding images and fashion with boards such as Wedding Dresses and Venues. It also covers wedding planning, such as Guestbooks Ideas, Gift Ideas & Wedding Apps, and DIY Projects. Wedding Chicks attracts more than 10 million monthly views. 4.9 million followers. - -– - -Stephanie Brinkerhoff is an event hair and makeup artist, as well as a hairstyling educator. Her account includes boards on Hair Accessories, Lifestyle, Fashion, and Pretty Hair. 4.9 million followers.",1731883648,5e1ceba4cb,5fd0cb1ac9,,,1731883648 -https://medium.com/flutter/how-we-built-it-creating-the-i-o-crossword-puzzle-powered-by-ai-2210e39b04b9?source=rss----4da7dfd21a33---4,https://medium.com/feed/flutter,"How we built it: Creating the I/O Crossword puzzle, powered by AI","Adding a fun, helpful twist to a classic word game with Flutter, Firebase Genkit, and the Gemini API - -For this year’s I/O, Very Good Ventures partnered with the Flutter and Firebase teams at Google to create a unique, digital experience to showcase the power of the Gemini API. - -The fun (and challenge) of crossword puzzles is solving the clues to complete the board. A natural place to start for words and clues was everything we’ve talked about at I/O this year. To generate the game content, we gave videos of the keynotes to Gemini Advanced and asked it to create a list of topical technology-related words and clues to make playing the game a fun way to learn about everything announced this year at I/O. - -Keep reading to learn how we built the UI with Flutter and check out the open-source code for the game, which you can access on GitHub. - -How to play - -When you log in to the puzzle, you are prompted to choose your team. As you correctly answer a clue, the word fills in and the cells change to your team color. Your team earns points for every word you solve and you earn a bonus for a streak of solving words without asking for hints. - -Need a hint? Click the Hint button, then ask up to ten yes-or-no questions about the concealed word. The Gemini API privately responds to your questions so you can fill in more words and help your team claim Victory! - -The design of the hint feature is a great example of how different technologies can work together to solve a problem. Hints are powered by Firebase Genkit, a new framework for AI development announced at I/O, and are deployed as a Firebase Function. - -The network request to the API includes the answer to the clue, so to keep the response hidden from the client in the message data, we built a simple Dart backend using the Dart Frog package to make the experience more robust. The Frog backend calls Genkit to get the hint and retrieves the answer from the database. That way players can’t simply inspect the network call to figure out the answers to the game. - -You can read more about how the Genkit flow was built in the Firebase deep dive blog. - -Rendering a performant crossword board with Flutter - -The board is one of the core pieces of the game. We optimized player movement on the puzzle to ensure good performance and make the best user experience for players. - -We considered two options to build the board: straight Flutter or leverage the Flame game engine. The most compelling feature of Flame for this game is its camera API, which allows the mascots to easily move and supports zoom controls. However, since that was really the only feature of Flame we would be using, we ultimately decided that using a full game engine like Flame would be overkill for this scenario. - -Looking for an alternative solution, we explored the InteractiveViewer widget, which allows rendering the words in a canvas of a custom size, and moving the mascots around freely with matrix transformations. InteractiveViewer was a simpler solution for our needs with less dependencies and load, which better allowed us to showcase the flexibility and performance of Flutter. - -The power and flexibility of the InteractiveViewer - -The InteractiveViewer has built-in zoom gestures, but we wanted to add more intuitive buttons for the desktop experience. Leveraging the matrix transformations, we implemented zoom controls by first calculating the change in scale and updating the new viewport with the center as a constant reference point: - -Once we have the new tentative viewport, we have to ensure that it fits within the boundaries of the board. We have two scenarios that we must allow for: when the viewport is bigger than the board, or when it’s positioned out of bounds. We update both the change in scale and the translation of the viewport to ensure it fits within the boundaries by tweaking the zoom level or the location of the viewport, as shown in the following code: - -Finally, calculate the transformation and apply it to the InteractiveViewer controller: - -With this code, we’ve extended the zoom controls of the InteractiveViewer and transformed the viewport according to our needs. - -Boosting performance with WebAssembly in Flutter - -WebAssembly support for Flutter web apps was one of the major announcements for the Flutter community this year at IO. With players across the world playing the game at the same time, performance was a critical factor. We leveraged WebAssembly (Wasm), built into Flutter, to reduce performance bottlenecks and maintain a smooth frame rate, particularly when it comes to the character and board animations in the game. - -Dart Backend and Cloud Run: Seamless code sharing between backend and frontend - -To ensure a smooth gaming experience for all users, our Dart backend is built with the Dart Frog package and is hosted on Google Cloud Run, to leverage the auto scaling capabilities. This helps to maintain optimal performance regardless of the active number of players as the game makes multiple calls, such as every time a user is created, or when a player submits a word or asks for a hint. - -Using a backend to confirm the answers to each clue also allowed us to safeguard the crossword puzzle and prevent cheating. Specifically, the app reads information with the Flutter Firestore SDK but the database only allows changes from the Dart back end. This also allowed for faster development since we could use the same language (Dart) between the front end and the back end. - -We can see this pattern in action in the Player data model, for example, which creates a player using the Dart Frog API. - -The app directly accesses the players leaderboard, reusing the same model and avoiding duplication and desynchronization: - -Start playing: Solve the I/O Crossword puzzle! - -Start playing the crossword on your own in all its across-and-down glory. For those who want to dig into the details, check out its open-source code and the Developer Learning Pathway to showcase how we built it. Catch the recap of Google I/O to learn more about everything announced this year!",1731883614,ce730ccd82,5fd045fc5f,,,1731883614 -https://voicebot.ai/2024/02/01/shopify-expands-generative-ai-features-with-synthetic-image-editor-for-product-backgrounds-and-more/,https://voicebot.ai/category/voice-commerce/feed/,Shopify Expands Generative AI Features with Synthetic Image Editor for Product Backgrounds and More,"Shopify Expands Generative AI Features with Synthetic Image Editor for Product Backgrounds and More - -Shopify is releasing a Magic Media Editor for sellers to synthesize background images to pictures of products. The e-commerce platform augmented its generative AI features as part of its Winter Edition update this week, joining Amazon, Google, and other online shopping markets in incorporating synthetic image engines for the benefit of advertisers and merchants. - -Shopify Background AI - -The Magic Media Editor leverages generative AI to offer backgrounds to produce in seven pre-set styles, or a merchant can write custom prompts to produce new backgrounds that match their brand aesthetic. The editor also allows users to remove a background with a click. The AI will also start suggesting possible backgrounds that would work with what’s in the merchant’s library later this year. The tool is very similar to Google’s Product Studio scene generation tool and Amazon’s advertiser toolkit for creating synthetic images to use in ads. - -“Building an online store requires tons of high quality media assets, which can cost hundreds of dollars per image and weeks to produce. Our new Media Editor lets you use generative AI to DIY your product images instantly and for free, directly within your Shopify Admin,” Shopify wrote in its announcement. “Create original images and professional-level edits with a few clicks or keywords, no design skills needed. Soon, you’ll be able to erase unwanted pixels and enhance details in a low-resolution image (up to 4K).” - -Additionally, Shopify is rolling out improved semantic search that goes beyond keywords to understand intent and context. Referencing a season like winter might suggest insulated jackets, and mentioning a location like a beach might bring back swimwear. To better showcase product variants, Shopify now supports up to 2,000 combinations based on changing attributes. A new app for Shopify Plus customers allows users to manage unique descriptions, images, and URLs for each variant to target different audiences. - -Shopify has been keen on generative AI for a while. The Magic Editor is part of the Shopify Magic suite of generative AI tools introduced last year, including the Shopify Sidekick, a ‘co-pilot’ style assistant for finding goods. The company was also among the first brands to sign up for ChatGPT plug-ins. - -Follow @voicebotaiFollow @erichschwartz - -5",1731883624,ec3d105200,5fabb34822,,,1731883624 -https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/centrally-managing-root-access-for-customers-using-aws-organizations/,https://aws.amazon.com/blogs/aws/feed/,Centrally managing root access for customers using AWS Organizations,"AWS Identity and Access Management (IAM) is launching a new capability allowing security teams to centrally manage root access for member accounts in AWS Organizations. You can now easily manage root credentials and perform highly privileged actions. - -Managing root user credentials at scale - -For a long time, Amazon Web Services (AWS) accounts were provisioned with highly privileged root user credentials, which had unrestricted access to the account. This root access, while powerful, also posed significant security risks. Each AWS account’s root user had to be secured by adding layers of protection like multi-factor authentication (MFA). Security teams were required to manage and secure these root credentials manually. The process involved rotating credentials periodically, storing them securely, and making sure that the credentials complied with security policies. - -As our customers expanded their AWS environments, this manual approach became cumbersome and prone to error. For example, large enterprises operating hundreds or thousands of member accounts struggled to secure root access consistently across all accounts. The manual intervention not only added operational overhead but also created a lag in account provisioning, preventing full automation and increasing security risks. Root access, if not properly secured, could lead to account takeovers and unauthorized access to sensitive resources. - -Furthermore, whenever specific root actions such as unlocking an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) bucket policy or an Amazon Simple Queue Service (Amazon SQS) resource policy were required, security teams had to retrieve and use root credentials, which only increased the attack surface. Even with rigorous monitoring and strong security policies, maintaining long-term root credentials opened doors to potential mismanagement, compliance risks, and manual errors. - -Security teams began seeking a more automated, scalable solution. They needed a way to not only centralize the management of root credentials but also programmatically manage root access without needing long-term credentials in the first place. - -Centrally manage root access - -With the new ability to centrally manage root access, we address the longstanding challenge of managing root credentials across multiple accounts. This new capability introduces two essential capabilities: the central management of root credentials and root sessions. Together, they offer security teams a secure, scalable, and compliant way to manage root access across AWS Organizations member accounts. - -Let’s first discuss the central management of root credentials. With this capability, you can now centrally manage and secure privileged root credentials across all accounts in AWS Organizations. Root credentials management allows you to: - -Remove long-term root credentials – Security teams can now programmatically remove root user credentials from member accounts, confirming that no long-term privileged credentials are left vulnerable to misuse. - -– Security teams can now programmatically remove root user credentials from member accounts, confirming that no long-term privileged credentials are left vulnerable to misuse. Prevent credential recovery – It not only removes the credentials but also prevents their recovery, safeguarding against any unintended or unauthorized root access in the future. - -– It not only removes the credentials but also prevents their recovery, safeguarding against any unintended or unauthorized root access in the future. Provision secure-by-default accounts – Because you can now create member accounts without root credentials from the start, you no longer need to apply additional security measures like MFA after account provisioning. Accounts are secure by default, which drastically reduces security risks associated with long-term root access and helps simplify the entire provisioning process. - -– Because you can now create member accounts without root credentials from the start, you no longer need to apply additional security measures like MFA after account provisioning. Accounts are secure by default, which drastically reduces security risks associated with long-term root access and helps simplify the entire provisioning process. Help to stay compliant – Root credentials management allows security teams to demonstrate compliance by centrally discovering and monitoring the status of root credentials across all member accounts. This automated visibility confirms that no long-term root credentials exist, making it easier to meet security policies and regulatory requirements. - -But how can we make sure it remains possible to perform selected root actions on the accounts? This is the second capability we launch today: root sessions. It offers a secure alternative to maintaining long-term root access. Instead of manually accessing root credentials whenever privileged actions are required, security teams can now gain short-term, task-scoped root access to member accounts. This capability makes sure that actions such as unlocking S3 bucket policies or SQS queue policies can be performed securely without the need for long-term root credentials. - -Root sessions key benefits include: - -Task-scoped root access – AWS enables short-term root access for specific actions, adhering to the best practices of least privilege. This limits the scope of what can be done and minimizes the duration of access, reducing potential risks. - -– AWS enables short-term root access for specific actions, adhering to the best practices of least privilege. This limits the scope of what can be done and minimizes the duration of access, reducing potential risks. Centralized management – You can now perform privileged root actions from a central account without needing to log in to each member account individually. This streamlines the process and reduces the operational burden on security teams, allowing them to focus on higher-level tasks. - -– You can now perform privileged root actions from a central account without needing to log in to each member account individually. This streamlines the process and reduces the operational burden on security teams, allowing them to focus on higher-level tasks. Alignment with AWS best practices – By using short-term credentials, organizations align themselves with AWS security best practices, which emphasize the principle of least privilege and the use of short-term, temporary access where possible. - -This new capability does not grant full root access. It provides temporary credentials for performing one of these five specific actions. The first three actions are possible with central management of root accounts. The last two come when enabling root sessions. - -Auditing root user credentials – Read-only access to review root user information - -Read-only access to review root user information Re-enabling account recovery – Reactivating account recovery without root credentials - -Reactivating account recovery without root credentials Deleting root user credentials – Removing console passwords, access keys, signing certificates, and MFA devices - -Removing console passwords, access keys, signing certificates, and MFA devices Unlocking an S3 bucket policy – Editing or deleting an S3 bucket policy that denies all principals - -Editing or deleting an S3 bucket policy that denies all principals Unlocking an SQS queue policy – Editing or deleting an Amazon SQS resource policy that denies all principals - -How to obtain root credentials on a member account - -In this demo, I show you how to prepare your management account, create a member account without root credentials, and obtain temporary root credentials to make one of the five authorized API call on the member account. I assume you have an organization already created. - -First, I create a member account. - -aws organizations create-account \ --email stormacq+rootaccountdemo@amazon.com \ --account-name 'Root Accounts Demo account' { ""CreateAccountStatus"": { ""Id"": ""car-695abd4ee1ca4b85a34e5dcdcd1b944f"", ""AccountName"": ""Root Accounts Demo account"", ""State"": ""IN_PROGRESS"", ""RequestedTimestamp"": ""2024-09-04T20:04:09.960000+00:00"" } } - -Then, I enable the two new capabilities on my management account. Don’t worry, these commands don’t alter the behavior of the accounts in any way other than enabling use of the new capability. - -➜ aws organizations enable-aws-service-access \ --service-principal iam.amazonaws.com ➜ aws iam enable-organizations-root-credentials-management { ""OrganizationId"": ""o-rlrup7z3ao"", ""EnabledFeatures"": [ ""RootCredentialsManagement"" ] } ➜ aws iam enable-organizations-root-sessions { ""OrganizationId"": ""o-rlrup7z3ao"", ""EnabledFeatures"": [ ""RootSessions"", ""RootCredentialsManagement"" ] } - -Alternatively, I can also use the console on the management account. Under Access management, I select Account settings. - -Now, I’m ready to make requests to obtain temporary root credentials. I have to pass one of the five managed IAM policies to scope down the credentials to a specific action. - -➜ aws sts assume-root \ --target-principal \ --task-policy-arn arn=arn:aws:iam::aws:policy/root-task/S3UnlockBucketPolicy { ""Credentials"": { ""AccessKeyId"": ""AS....XIG"", ""SecretAccessKey"": ""ao...QxG"", ""SessionToken"": ""IQ...SS"", ""Expiration"": ""2024-09-23T17:44:50+00:00"" } } - -Once I obtain the access key ID, the secret access key, and the session token, I use them as usual with the AWS Command Line Interface (AWS CLI) or an AWS SDKs. - -For example, I can pass these three values as environment variables. - -$ export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=ASIA356SJWJITG32xxx $ export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=JFZzOAWWLocoq2of5Exxx $ export AWS_SESSION_TOKEN=IQoJb3JpZ2luX2VjEMb//////////wEaCXVxxxx - -Now that I received the temporary credentials, I can make a restricted API call as root on the member account. First, I verify I now have root credentials. The Arn field confirms I’m working with the root account. - -# Call get Caller Identity and observe I'm root in the member account $ aws sts get-caller-identity { ""UserId"": ""012345678901"", ""Account"": ""012345678901"", ""Arn"": ""arn:aws:iam::012345678901:root"" } - -Then, I use the delete-bucket-policy from S3 to remove an incorrect policy that has been applied to a bucket. The invalid policy removed all bucket access for everybody. Removing such policy requires root credentials. - -aws s3api delete-bucket-policy --bucket my_bucket_with_incorrect_policy - -When there is no output, it means the operation is successful. I can now apply a correct access policy to this bucket. - -Credentials are valid only for 15 minutes. I wrote a short shell script to automate the process of getting the credentials as JSON, exporting the correct environment variables, and issuing the command I want to run as root. - -Availability - -Central management of root access is available at no additional cost in all AWS Regions except AWS GovCloud (US) and AWS China Regions, where there is no root account. Root sessions are available everywhere. - -You can start using it through the IAM console, AWS CLI or AWS SDK. For more information, visit AWS account root user in our documentation and follow best practices for securing your AWS accounts.",1731883609,cabe785f85,5ff96ca0c3,,,1731883609 -https://www.frugalrules.com/rocket-money-review/,https://www.frugalrules.com/feed/,Rocket Money App Review [Is Rocket Money Safe?],"Staying on top of your bills is essential if you want to improve your finances. Rocket Money can track your due dates and monitor how you spend your money so you can avoid unexpected expenses. - -The app can also help you cancel unwanted subscriptions, make a budget, and provide personalized suggestions to improve your spending habits. These free and premium features are useful if you’re on a tight budget. - -Our Rocket Money review reveals how the various app features can help lower your monthly bills and which membership tier is ideal for your needs. - -What is Rocket Money? - -Rocket Money is a personal finance app that was initially launched in 2015 as Truebill. The app rebranded under its current name in 2022 after being acquired by Rocket Companies. - -It connects to your bank accounts and credit cards to download recent expenses, retrieve your current account balances, and forecast your monthly spending. You can see the details in easy-to-read charts that you can categorize for increased accuracy. - -This money app also provides personalized suggestions to help you save money, such as reducing recurring expenses. - -How Does the Rocket Money App Work? - -Rocket Money is mobile-only and accessible from Android or iOS smartphones and tablets. You can sign up from a web browser but must download the app to link your accounts and utilize the finance tools. - -Rocket Money homepage - -There are free and paid pricing plans that offer various money management tools specializing in reducing expenses and planning for future purchases. - -Core features available to all members include: - -Account balance syncing - -Bill negotiation - -Budgeting - -Canceling unwanted subscriptions - -Credit score monitoring - -Downloading transactions - -Fee refunds - -Payment reminders - -You can easily keep tabs on your spending, create a budget, and receive personalized insights with this free budgeting app. - -A premium subscription makes assessing your complete financial picture easier since there are more automated features to reduce current expenses and plan long-term financial goals. Additionally, a paid membership is needed for joint accounts. - -Some of the platform’s premium tools include: - -Automated savings - -Cancellation concierge - -Creating unlimited budgets - -Credit report updates - -Exporting data - -Net worth tracking - -Premium chat customer service - -Real-time account balance updates - -Shared accounts - -If you prefer unlimited app access or the convenience of automated features, the paid subscription is better. - -How Much Does Rocket Money Cost? - -The free version never incurs fees, but you’ll have limited capabilities. For example, you can only make a basic budget and can’t request on-demand account updates. - -For any paid membership, you choose how much you want to pay based on what you think is fair. - -The app offers a seven-day free trial to decide if you’ll benefit from the in-depth features, including the ability to create unlimited budgets, net worth tracking, and more hands-on customer support. - -Upgrading to Rocket Money Premium costs between $3 and $12 monthly. An annual subscription costs $36 or $48 and is billed upfront. - -Although it’s an optional service, a one-time fee applies when the bill negotiation feature successfully lowers a recurring subscription like your cable or cell phone bill. - -Features - -Here are the various tools that can help you take better control of your financial life. - -Account Syncing - -You can start by linking your bank, credit card, and investment accounts to the app. The service uses Plaid to connect securely. It’s possible to exclude specific accounts that you don’t use to pay bills or don’t want the app to monitor for privacy. - -After connecting to your financial institution, the free plan updates your account balances and transactions daily. In comparison, premium members have on-demand access and can see their real-time balance throughout the day. - -Being able to link your accounts for free is one of this app’s most valuable features since you can track every purchase and know exactly how you spend your money. - -Bill Negotiation - -The negotiation service is initially free for all users and is an effortless way to see if you qualify for discounts on expensive recurring subscriptions. Then, after analyzing your spending habits, the app will prompt you when it believes it can reduce an expense. - -Bill negotiation - -Contract-based cell phone plans, cable TV, and home internet have the most savings potential because existing customers usually pay higher rates than new customers. - -After linking your service account or uploading a recent monthly bill, a billing expert will see if discounts or newer plans can offer similar services at a lower monthly cost. If so, you pay a one-time success fee of 30 to 60 percent of the annual savings. - -This fee is similar to other bill negotiation services that reduce or cancel recurring expenses. While it’s an expense, you spend less money and save time by not contacting service providers on your own. - -Subscription Tracking - -Free and paid users can also track how much they spend monthly on recurring bills like their phone, internet, or streaming services. Tapping on a particular provider lets you see how much you spend per month and is an easy way to look for billing increases. - -Subscription tracking - -This tool can help identify unwanted subscriptions you may want to cancel or renegotiate for a lower fee. For example, there might be a streaming service you haven’t watched in several months and thought was already canceled. - -The app provides detailed steps to cancel subscriptions at no extra cost. You can tap a button to call the cancellation line or visit the cancellation page to submit your request. - -Premium members can enjoy the subscription cancellation concierge, where the app automatically cancels a service at your request. This saves you time and lets you avoid a stressful phone call where the representative may pressure you to stay. - -Requesting Refunds for Fees and Outages - -Rocket Money searches for potential overdraft and late fees in your banking history that can be eligible for a refund. Free users can access a script to read when calling an institution to request a refund. - -It’s even possible to request partial refunds during service outages, like when your satellite or internet service is unavailable for several days. - -With the premium plan, the app will automatically try to request refunds and credits on your behalf. - -Budgeting - -You can create a basic budget that helps prevent you from overspending. This feature is useful for a casual budget that requires minimal maintenance. - -The free and paid budgeting tools won’t provide the in-depth insights and planning features that other premium budget software offers. Individuals who need hands-on help to create a spending plan or map out financial goals may find Rocket Money inadequate. - -Budgeting feature - -Free users can break down their spending into four categories: - -Bills and utilities - -Groceries - -Fees - -Everything else - -The finance app will measure your remaining income for the month and your projected savings. These tools are sufficient if you want to monitor spending, but other free budgeting software can provide more in-depth features if you prefer greater detail. - -Paid users can create unlimited budgeting categories and categorization rules. This customization can make it easier to know exactly how much you are spending on certain expenses when you’re serious about saving more money. - -Automated Savings - -Premium users can schedule recurring deposits for savings goals into a Smart Savings account. You can choose the deposit amount and frequency. Additionally, the app displays your savings progress and gives you full account control. - -Automated savings platform - -The money transfers from a linked checking account into a savings account at a partner bank that is FDIC insured. An overdraft protection system won’t initiate transfers when it suspects there won’t be enough remaining funds to pay your bills. - -You can make multiple accounts if you want to save for several goals. For instance, you might have a vacation fund and another for a replacement vehicle. - -Track Your Net Worth - -In addition to being a budgeting app, the premium plan has a net worth tracker that calculates the value of your liquid assets, such as your savings and investments. You can manually add accounts and loans and update the balance as necessary. - -Net worth tracker - -It’s easy to enable several toggles to exclude certain assets from your net worth total. For instance, it’s normal not to count the value of your primary residence, vehicle, or checking account since you won’t sell them to invest or pay for expenses. - -This feature can help monitor your overall financial progress as you reduce discretionary spending, pay off debt, and prioritize savings goals. - -Credit Score Tracking - -All users can view their free credit score and chart their score history in the app. It updates monthly and is the VantageScore 3.0 that uses your Experian credit report. - -Premium subscribers can view their full credit report, which refreshes monthly. Seeing your full report lets you look for reporting errors and any negative marks. - -How Trustworthy is Rocket Money? - -Rocket Money protects your data using bank-level encryption and multifactor authentication (MFA). They also use Plaid, which is a trusted third-party service, to sync your account and avoid storing sensitive information on the app’s servers. - -These security measures don’t make the app breach-proof, but the practices are similar to other personal finance platforms. - -Another potential concern for individuals can be privacy. Your identity remains anonymous, but you may receive ads and product offers from Rocket Companies and third-party partners for loans, investments, or other financial services. - -Pros and Cons - -Here are some of the app’s strengths and weaknesses. - -Pros of Rocket Money - -Free budgeting and expense-cutting tools - -Syncs with bank accounts and credit cards - -Customizable budgets and categorizations - -Easy to use - -Cons of Rocket Money - -Limited free features - -Several tools require a paid membership - -Budgets are too simple for serious planning - -Mobile-only - -If you need help managing your money and streamlining your expenses, Rocket Money could be worth a try. - -Apps Like Rocket Money - -Rocket Money makes it easy to monitor your spending and look for ways to cut costs. However, certain users might find its features lacking and may benefit from other platforms . - -Here’s a preview of the top choices: - -These are the best alternatives to Rocket Money. - -YNAB - -You Need a Budget (YNAB) is a favorite for individuals who need hands-on help making an in-depth budget. This app’s primary purpose is to help you stop living paycheck to paycheck and assign each dollar you earn a job to maximize your savings. - -This platform is accessible by computer or mobile device. After joining, it walks you through an extensive setup process to allocate your monthly budget for common and less common expenses. - -It connects to your financial accounts, and there are many colorful charts to visualize your progress. - -The service is free for the first 34 days and costs $14.99 monthly or $99 when paid annually. College students enjoy 12 months of complimentary access. - -Tiller - -Consider Tiller Money if you prefer spreadsheet budgets using Google Sheets or Microsoft Excel. First, you link your banking accounts. Then, the app automatically imports your transactions into a universal budget template. - -Next, you can create different sheets to track specific transaction types or pursue multiple budgeting strategies. You can implement auto-categorization rules or community-created templates to make it easier to track your income and spending. - -After the first 30 days, an annual subscription costs $79. - -Empower - -Empower (formerly Personal Capital) is a free finance app. You only pay fees if you use its wealth management services for investing. - -Most people use this platform to track their net worth, make a basic budget, and receive a complimentary investment portfolio analysis. - -Empower lets you create a basic budget with unlimited categories and account syncing. Of the three Rocket Money alternatives, it has the most limited budgeting capabilities, but it’s ideal for comparing your monthly spending and income. - -The free net worth tracker is one of the best since you can effortlessly track liquid and physical assets. There is also an entry-level retirement planner and savings goals to map your financial future. - -Read our Empower review to learn more. - -Rocket Money Review Ease of Use - -Tools and Resources - -Commissions and Fees - -Customer Service - -Availability Rocket Money Review Rocket Money is a useful personal finance app that helps you manage your budget and identify services to cancel and bills to negotiate to increase your savings. Overall 4.3 Pros ✔️ Free to use - -✔️ Customizable budgets - -✔️ Syncs with financial accounts - -✔️ Intuitive interface - -✔️ Budgeting tools are free Cons ❌ Not all offerings are free - -❌ Mobile only - -❌ You may need more advanced budgeting features - -Bottom Line - -You will benefit the most from using Rocket Money if you want to track your expenses by a specific transaction or look for ways to reduce spending on recurring bills. - -The app’s budgeting tools are sufficient for making a starter spending plan that is easy to follow and ideal for casual users who might be intimidated by more sophisticated and pricier platforms. - -There is a seven-day free trial to test drive the app and decide if the free or paid version is a better fit for your financial goals. With no risk to give it a try, it’s worth checking out. - -What do you look for in a money management app?",1731883631,e18025b98e,5fe418401a,,,1731883631 -https://esportsedition.com/league-of-legends/league-of-legends-season-10-preseason/,https://www.esportsedition.com/feed/,League of Legends Season 10 Preseason Changes,"League of Legends’ ninth season will soon come to an end, and we know what follows next— the immensely chaotic time that is known as the preseason update. Preseason updates are often full of huge changes not only in terms of the usual champion, item, or rune balance, but ones that entail fundamental game changes that intend to keep our League of Legends experience “fresh”. - -This year’s preseason will not be any different. There will be changes to Elemental Drakes, to side lanes, to experience gained, and of course, to items. Let’s dive into all of them: - -Drake Changes - -This particular preseason’s main theme is The Rise of The Elements, and it brings us some changes to Summoners’ Rift brought about by the only elementals we know so far: Drakes. The third drake changes the landscape of the Rift before it spawns and after that, its element will be the only one to spawn for the rest of the game. An Infernal Drake will create an Infernal Rift, wherein some walls and brushes around the jungle disappear, seemingly burned off. An Ocean Drake is said to “bring new life” to Summoner’s Rift, creating an Ocean Rift, causing some additional brushes to appear in the dragon pit and in the jungle. A Cloud Drake would spawn air currents to create a Cloud Rift. The air currents would flow around the jungle and the dragon pit, creating a movement speed boost for nearby champions. A Mountain Drake, on the other hand, would trigger some sort of seismic event that would make some rocks emerge from the earth, creating new choke points around the dragon pit and in the jungle. - -The Drake buffs will also change significantly in the coming season. The Infernal and Ocean Drakes remain mostly the same, while the Cloud Drake will now provide cooldown reduction for ultimate abilities— imagine running ultimate hunter with that! The Mountain Drake will no longer provide bonus damage to neutral objectives and structures, but will instead provide a percentage increase in Armor and Magic Resistance. When a team kills its fourth elemental drake, a Dragon Soul is gained, and these bonuses persist through death and last until the game ends. An Infernal Dragon Soul will cause spells or attacks to gain a small area-of-effect explosion, dealing adaptive damage. An Ocean Dragon Soul will cause champions to gain immense resource regeneration upon dealing damage. Cloud Dragon Souls will lower the cooldown of one’s base abilities. The Mountain Dragon Soul provides a shield after not taking damage for a while. After a Dragon Soul is claimed, the Elder Drake takes the pit, which means that only one team can have a Dragon Soul per game. - -The Elder Drake no longer scales off of the Elemental Drake buffs, and now creates an execution mechanic: if the Elder Drake’s burn damage affects a low-health enemy, they are instantly killed. - -Elder Buff animation. Image via League of Legends. - -All of this implies a great shift of focus towards the bottom lane, especially in professional play. Drakes would be contested heavily, and having a draft with a favorable bottom lane matchup can increase a team’s chances of securing these. - -Other Changes - -The side lanes now have some alcoves: this means that there are more options for players in terms of juking or outplaying their opponents. This also means that there are more areas champions could hide in. In addition, new brush opposite the Baron and Dragon pits will be added, possibly enabling more strategic play. - -New bushes across from Dragon. Image via League of Legends. - -Jungle paths will no longer be centered around Krugs as the experience and gold that they give off will be decreased. Additionally, the experience and gold given by the Gromp will be increased, to make up for the Krug nerf and so that junglers could hit level 3 off of one buff, Gromp or Krugs, and any third camp. Additionally, timers will be added to the minimap for every camp— this means you will no longer have to take note of each camp’s respawn timer! - -Top lane influence will also be looked at, with some increase into experience gained from minions in solo lanes (approximately 2% more), and a decrease in the amount of experience generated when minions are shared so that bottom lane will level up a bit slower than we are used to (approximately 2% slower). In addition, jungle experience is slightly decreased (also 2%). So as not to fully invalidate the relevance of top lane due to the Elemental Drake changes, the Rift Herald can spawn twice in a game if killed early on in the game, so junglers, please make sure you give your top laner some love once in a while. - -Support items will also face some changes, with Ancient Coin being removed entirely. Tier 1 support items have a gold generation passive, and tier 2 support items have capacities for 3 wards. Another upgrade will give major stats upgrades and have the capacity for four wards, but then the gold generation passive is removed. In addition, the Spellthief’s and Targon’s items are “split” into two paths: for Spellthief’s, there is an option of high attack damage and low HP, and the other being high in ability power while also having low HP improvement; on the other hand, the Targon’s items will now give a high HP improvement, and is also split into an attack damage option and an ability power option. - -Lethality items will get some changes as well. While Duskblade of Draktharr and Youmuu’s Ghostblade remain the same, Edge of Night will have its passive become similar to Banshee’s Veil. A new Lethality item, Sanguine Blade, makes its way to the Rift— it will be a huge splitpushing item as it will provide a burst of attack speed when no allies are nearby. - -Speaking of items, Spear of Shojin will be gone from the shop next season. This mainly means that we may no longer see Renekton be a viable option in professional play. Further into that discussion about Renekton, Conqueror will also be nerfed by removing its true damage component and will have a greater focus on the adaptive force that it provides. - -Kleptomancy in its current state will also be removed from the game to prevent it from skewing some matchups and removing a rather “farming your opponent” style of play. It will be replaced with a new keystone that cycles through other keystones randomly. Aftershock will also be adjusted further to avoid squishier champions from depending on the rune. - -Final Notes - -Another season is coming to a close, and several changes are about to hit Summoner’s Rift as the new one begins. While all of these may be a bit difficult to track at first, make sure that you study up on these changes before you hit the Rift. Good luck, Summoners!",1731883713,76f59da961,5fd3ddeb92,,,1731883713 -https://www.dexerto.com/boxing/netflix-crashing-for-thousands-as-jake-paul-vs-mike-tyson-overwhelms-platform-2981650/,https://www.dexerto.com/feed/,Netflix crashing for thousands as Jake Paul vs Mike Tyson overwhelms platform,"Both Paul and Tyson are set to take home tens of millions for their Netflix fight. - -Netflix is having trouble keeping up with the hype surrounding Jake Paul vs Mike Tyson as the streaming platform is already crashing, with thousands struggling to watch the main card. - -After months of anticipation, Jake Paul and Mike Tyson are finally stepping into the ring. The November 15 clash has been in headlines for most of 2024 and now, push is finally coming to shove. - -However, Netflix has taken a hit in the process of bringing the fight to the masses. As one of the first live broadcasts in Netflix history, certainly the first of this magnitude, millions of viewers are turning to the platform for the high-stakes contest. - -Article continues after ad - -Though as early as the second bout on the main card, thousands of prospective viewers have expressed difficulties using the platform. Be it on mobile devices, laptops, or TVs, Netflix is struggling to keep up as the world tunes in to Jake Paul vs Mike Tyson. The co-main event was even briefly postponed while Netflix attempted to iron out some issues. - -Article continues after ad - -Dexerto can verify, we’ve indeed faced our own troubles watching the Netflix broadcast. While it looks to be mostly stable on desktop, at least at the time of writing, watching on TV has been more of a hassle, with the stream crashing from time to time. - -Article continues after ad - -Many other viewers have chimed in across social media to report the same. “The second this fight started getting good Netflix f***ing crashed again,” one viewer said during the prelims. “I’m getting super annoyed.” - -“Spent all this money to stream ‘the greatest boxing match ever’ only to crash 3 fights before the main event,” another chimed in. - -For some, the temporary workaround has been to crawl back a few moments in the broadcast and watch on a slight delay. While not exactly live, it has allowed some viewers to avoid buffering. - -Article continues after ad - -The crashes appear to be widespread across all of Netflix, meaning households not even planning to watch the Jake Paul vs Mike Tyson fight are still being hindered. - -Article continues after ad - -Netflix is yet to comment on the matter, though it’d be safe to expect the stream to continue facing some difficulties for the remainder of the broadcast. We’ll keep you updated here with all the latest.",1731883654,9d7eb4fc17,5e4c2dbfe0,,,1731883654 -https://www.huffpost.com/entry/trump-senate-constitutional-crisis-cabinet-picks_n_6737baa2e4b0dea4b670191c,https://www.huffpost.com/section/politics/feed,Donald Trump Already Setting Up A Potential Constitutional Crisis Over His Appointments,"LOADING ERROR LOADING - -WASHINGTON ― Four years after sending a violent mob to the U.S. Capitol to coerce Congress into giving him a second term despite his election loss, Donald Trump is again trying to bully lawmakers, this time by demanding they adjourn and let him bypass their constitutional role if they will not quickly confirm his choices for his administration. - -The test cases could be Matt Gaetz, a former congressman being investigated by his colleagues over accusations of having sex with a high school student, and Robert F. Kennedy Jr., a conspiracy theorist and vaccine opponent. - -Advertisement - -The former and soon-to-be-president wants Gaetz to be attorney general and Kennedy as secretary of health and human services. - -“Both the Gaetz appointment and the RFK appointment are sort of as a ‘fuck you’ to America,” said Ty Cobb, a lawyer in Trump’s White House during his first term who, like many others who had worked for Trump, now see him as a threat to democracy. “He’s not trying to show anyone who’s boss…. It’s actually more to see what impediments he has to supremacy.” - -Trump said this week that if senators won’t confirm his nominees, then the Senate should get out of his way so he can make “recess appointments” ― effectively telling senators to abdicate one of their core responsibilities under the Constitution. - -Trump lawyer Alina Habba said late Thursday that he means what he says. “President Trump doesn’t fold to pressure or make decisions lightly. He stands by the people he trusts, and I’ve seen firsthand that he picks leaders who will deliver for America. The American people voted for change, and that’s exactly what’s coming,” Habba wrote in a social media post. - -Advertisement - -Looming in the background is a course of action that Trump actually threatened to take in 2020: to adjourn Congress himself by invoking a never-before-used power of the presidency and then install his Cabinet by fiat. - -Rep. Jamie Raskin (D-Md.), a former constitutional law professor, said he suspects Trump doesn’t actually want a constitutional crisis ― but also doesn’t care if he triggers one if that’s what it takes to get a loyalist like Gaetz running the Department of Justice. - -“He wants what he wants, and he’s not going to allow the Constitution to stand in the way,” Raskin told HuffPost. “But you know, he has happened upon, really, one of the Senate’s core functions.” - -Former Rep. Matt Gaetz (R-Fla.), left, and Boris Epshteyn, an adviser to President-elect Donald Trump, arrive for a House Republican conference meeting Wednesday in Washington. Tierney L. Cross/Bloomberg via Getty Images - -Raskin is optimistic that Republican senators, who this week elected Sen. John Thune of South Dakota as their incoming majority leader, will stand up for their institutional prerogatives. Thune has said he wouldn’t discard the filibuster, for example, and offered only a half-hearted endorsement of allowing recess appointments. - -Advertisement - -“I don’t think, in the final analysis, that members of Congress are going to surrender our essential constitutional functions,” Raskin said. - -Former Democratic House Speaker Nancy Pelosi, meanwhile, could see no good outcome if the choice is between installing the likes of Gaetz into the top law enforcement job in the country or bringing on a constitutional crisis. - -“I don’t even know what the difference is, what you just described. They both sound like the same thing,” Pelosi said. - -For his part, Thune suggested Thursday evening in a Fox News interview that if Trump did not have the votes to get someone like Gaetz through the Senate, then he also did not have the votes he would need to have the chamber agree to an adjournment. - -“The same Republicans... that might have a problem voting for somebody under regular order probably also have a problem voting to put the Senate into recess,” Thune said. - -Advertisement - -George Conway, whose former wife ran Trump’s 2016 campaign and who backed Trump that year but soon became among his most vocal critics, said people are making a mistake if they think Trump is not ready to adjourn Congress on his own to get what he wants.",1731883665,b2d88cb862,60478b3419,,,1731883665 -https://www.securityweek.com/cisa-warns-of-two-more-palo-alto-expedition-flaws-exploited-in-attacks/,https://www.securityweek.com/rss.xml,CISA Warns of Two More Palo Alto Expedition Flaws Exploited in Attacks,"The cybersecurity agency CISA on Thursday warned about two additional Palo Alto Networks Expedition vulnerabilities exploited in attacks. - -On November 7, CISA informed organizations that it had become aware that CVE-2024-5910, a Palo Alto Networks Expedition vulnerability patched in July, has been exploited in attacks. - -CVE-2024-5910 is a critical missing authentication issue that allows an attacker with network access to Expedition to take over administrator accounts. The flaw puts credentials and configuration secrets at risk. - -Expedition is a tool designed to make it easier for users to migrate a configuration from a third-party vendor such as Check Point or Cisco to a Palo Alto Networks product. - -On November 14, CISA warned about the exploitation of two additional Expedition vulnerabilities. The flaws, tracked as CVE-2024-9463 and CVE-2024-9465, are critical flaws that were patched by the vendor in early October. - -Palo Alto Networks updated its initial advisory on Thursday to say that it learned about the active exploitation of CVE-2024-9463 and CVE-2024-9465 from CISA. - -CVE-2024-9463 is an OS command injection vulnerability that allows an unauthenticated attacker to run arbitrary OS commands as root, resulting in the disclosure of cleartext credentials, device configurations, and API keys. - -CVE-2024-9465 is an SQL injection flaw that can be exploited by an unauthenticated attacker to obtain sensitive information from the Expedition database, and to create and read arbitrary files on the system. - -Advertisement. Scroll to continue reading. - -News of the two additional Expedition vulnerabilities being exploited in the wild comes just as Palo Alto Networks has confirmed that a new remote code execution vulnerability impacting its firewalls has been exploited in attacks as a zero-day. The new zero-day does not have a CVE identifier at the time of writing. - -The attacks do not appear to be related as Palo Alto said it learned about the exploitation of all of the Expedition vulnerabilities from CISA. - -There does not seem to be any public information on the attacks exploiting the three Expedition vulnerabilities. It’s unclear if the three flaws have been exploited by the same threat actor or in unrelated attacks. - -The technical details of CVE-2024-5910 and CVE-2024-9465 were disclosed on October 9 by cybersecurity firm Horizon3.ai. - -All of the Palo Alto Networks Expedition flaws have been added to CISA’s Known Exploited Vulnerabilities (KEV) catalog, with the agency instructing government organizations to take action to prevent potential exploitation. - -Related: Palo Alto Networks Confirms New Firewall Zero-Day Exploitation - -Related: Palo Alto Networks Adds New Capabilities to OT Security Solution - -Related: Palo Alto Patches Critical Firewall Takeover Vulnerabilities",1731883648,e06d185714,60238e9a59,,,1731883648 -https://photographylife.com/news/photo-news-03-11-24,https://photographylife.com/feed/,"Photography News: New M4 MacBook Pros, Nikon Gear Sale","In photography, something that rarely gets enough attention is the importance of organization. There are a few layers to it: organizing your camera equipment, organizing the photos on your computer, even organizing your priorities and mindset. And in all these cases, having a messy system will lead to missed opportunities as a photographer. - -This topic is on my mind today more than usual. That’s because all week, I’ve been reorganizing the file structure on my computer and the backup system for my photos and videos. Everything is a lot more streamlined now, and what a difference it makes! I even found some old photos that I missed the first time, like the image below. Now I just need to do the same for my studio… - -Anyway, while I’m packing shelves and backing up photos, now’s a good time to catch up on the photography news that you may have missed last week! - -Recent Announcements - -M4 MacBook Pros: Apple announced a lot of new computers this week, but the new M4 MacBook Pros might be the most interesting for photographers. Already we’re seeing benchmarks that put the M4 chip as one of the fastest on the market. The new matte glass option (Apple calls it “nano texture”) on the MacBook Pros is something I’d welcome for photo editing. Also announced are new 24″ iMacs and a new Mac mini, both with the M4 chip. - -Nikon Arcrest II Filters: A new line of clear protective filters from 46mm to 95mm. Nikon’s anti-static coatings on the front make it easier to clean dust, oil, and water from the filter. Multicoating helps minimize any additional flare. I’m not much of a protective filter guy myself, but if I were, it’s hard to beat Nikon-approved glass and coatings. - -Sennheiser Profile 2-Person Mic: A new kit from one of the top microphone companies today. This two-mic system is wireless and includes a pair of clip-on microphones, a receiver, and a charging bar. The mics have transmitters built in, so you’ve got pretty much everything necessary for a two-person mic setup. The price of $299 is very reasonable, especially for Sennheiser (and comes in at $50 less than the comparable DJI Mic 2 system). - -Viltrox 135mm f/1.8… or not : This lens was officially announced on October 30th, going up for sale on both B&H and Viltrox’s website. And now, it’s nowhere to be found! All mention of the lens has been scrubbed from Viltrox’s site. Maybe the reason is related to this early review on PCMag, where they found that the lens malfunctioned and turned into a brick when attempting to update the firmware. File this one under “weird.” - -The Rumor Mill - -Sony a1 II and 28-70mm f/2 rumors are lighting up - -We might be on the verge of seeing some new high-end Sony camera gear! Some convincing rumors suggest that the Sony a1 II and a new Sony 28-70mm f/2 will be announced together on November 19th (including a possible photo of the new camera and lens). The a1 II is said to have the same resolution as its predecessor, 50 megapixels – but faster autofocus, a higher frame rate, faster CFExpress A standards, and C2PA content authentication support. Meanwhile, rumors say the lens will be much lighter than the Canon RF 28-70mm f/2 (about 900 grams compared to 1430). - -Via Sony Alpha Rumors - -A new Nikon camera registered in Asia - -This week, a new Nikon camera with WiFi and bluetooth was registered in Asia under the temporary name N2326. Nikon Rumors says that it’s likely part of the Z system and speculates about a Z50 replacement. This follows our update for you last week that Nikon UK’s website briefly had a placeholder for a new camera. Keep your eyes peeled in case we’re getting close to an announcement! - -Via Nikon Rumors - -An updated Voigtlander 50mm f/2 in two weeks? - -This one seems pretty likely: we can expect a new Voigtlander APO-LANTHAR 50mm f/2 Aspherical II to be announced later this month, most likely November 14! The current Voigtlander APO lenses have something of a cult following among Nikon and Sony photographers, even though they’re manual focus only. I’m already planning to add these lenses to our reviews next year (I just have to wrap up the few remaining Nikon Z lens reviews first). - -Via Nikon Rumors - -Good Deals and New Sales - -Nikon is back with a lot of camera and lens discounts! Even the Nikon Z6 III is on sale. You can see the full list of deals here at B&H. Some of the standouts are below: - -Mirrorless - -DSLR - -Also, not technically a sale, but Apple has changed their cheapest MacBook Air to include 16 GB RAM by default rather than 8 GB, without raising the price. Personally, I would still consider waiting until the M4 MacBook Air is announced next year. But if you’re looking for an ultralight laptop right now, you can get the baseline M3 MacBook Air with 16 GB RAM for $1100 (13 inch) or $1300 (15 inch). - -Other Pages of Interest - -The European Wildlife Photographer of the Year awards just published their winners, and as usual, the top images are incredible. The winning photograph, In the Forest of the Monarchs by Jamie Rojo, is a stunning landscape-style photo (or should I say Animalscape) of a forest in sunlight – except the “leaves” of the trees are really monarch butterflies. The competition is full of beautiful work and great inspiration, so check it out! - -It’s not just us Earthlings who get to see solar eclipses. The Mars rover Perseverance caught an eclipse at the end of September when Mars’s moon Phobos passed in front of the sun. Actually, the word “transit” is probably more appropriate than “eclipse,” because Mars’s moons are too small to totally cover the sun. But it makes for an incredible sight nonetheless. Last week, NASA posted a video of the transit on their YouTube page that is well worth watching if you’re an astrophotography enthusiast. - -On Friday, the photography software company Pixelmator announced that they’re being purchased by Apple, pending regulatory approval. It’s noteworthy that Apple is still apparently considering a role in the photo editing business – maybe this will give some more competition to Adobe! (Apple’s Final Cut Pro X already competes with Adobe Premiere Pro for videographers, but there isn’t really a Lightroom or Photoshop competitor in Apple’s ecosystem.) This writeup on Petapixel gives a good explanation of why this could turn out to be a big deal. - -Photo Theme Challenge, Week #74 - -Last week’s theme was unexpected, and you can see the results in this thread. Thank you to everyone for your submissions! This week’s theme is cities, and you can submit your results here by Saturday, November 2, 2024! - -Week #73 Results - -First, we have an unexpected encounter with an ermine from our reader @rjbphoto: - -A good example of why you should always bring a camera along with you! - -Next up is some unexpected timing from @vidmarko – one of the photographers in the crowd must have taken a photo at exactly the same moment, because their flash is lighting up the scene perfectly: - -That’s the type of thing you can’t plan, but can always appreciate when it happens! - -Finally, we have a surprising rainbow positioned over Navy Pier by @tom-pazol. As someone who used to live near Chicago, I can tell you that this is a really unexpected sight given the typical Chicago weather: - -I’m feeling a sense of Galen Rowell’s “Rainbow Over the Potala Palace” with that one. Nice work Tom, and everyone else who sent in their photos this week! I hope to see more next week in the cities theme.",1731883656,94ff4c69ce,5fc67320ce,,,1731883656 -http://money.cnn.com/2018/10/02/news/volkswagen-audi-rupert-stadler/index.html?section=money_markets,http://rss.cnn.com/rss/money_markets.rss,Volkswagen dumps jailed Audi CEO amid emissions probe,"London CNN — - -Volkswagen has severed ties with suspended Audi CEO Rupert Stadler, who has been jailed since June in connection with an emissions investigation. - -Stadler has left the board of management of Audi parent company Volkswagen (VLKAF) and stepped down as chairman of the premium brand’s management board, the autos group said in a statement Tuesday. - -“Due to his ongoing pretrial detention, he is unable to fulfill his duties as a member of the board of management and wishes to concentrate on his defense,” the statement said of Stadler. - -Munich prosecutors said in June that Stadler, who has worked for Volkswagen since 1990, had been detained because of concerns he could influence witnesses in an ongoing investigation. - -He is the highest ranking Volkswagen executive to be arrested in connection to a costly diesel emissions scandal that burst into public view in 2015. - -Volkswagen previously said that Stadler would be considered innocent until proven guilty. Audi tapped its top sales executive to lead the company after Stadler was detained. - -The German carmaker has admitted that it rigged millions of diesel engines to cheat on emissions tests. - -Diesel cars from Volkswagen and its Audi subsidiary cheated on clean air rules with software that made emissions look less toxic than they actually were. - -The scandal sent its share price plunging, and trashed confidence among consumer and regulators in diesel technology. The episode has already cost Volkswagen more than $30 billion in recalls, legal penalties and settlements. - -In a separate announcement on Tuesday, Volkswagen said it would offer incentives to customers in Germany who wanted to swap older diesel cars for cleaner models. - -Martin Winterkorn, the former chief executive officer of Volkswagen, was indicted by US prosecutors in May. He was charged with wire fraud, and conspiracy to defraud American customers and violate the Clean Air Act. - -Matthias Mueller, who was brought in to replace Winterkorn, stepped down earlier this year and was replaced by BMW (BMWYY) veteran Herbert Diess. - -Diess acknowledged at a press conference in April that Volkswagen had “lost a great deal of trust,” and that it would take years to restore public confidence in the automaker.",1731883677,a64cfbdd97,605f200298,,,1731883677 -https://www.dexerto.com/youtube/leak-reveals-mrbeast-making-youtube-video-with-football-legend-cristiano-ronaldo-2982006/,https://www.dexerto.com/feed/,Leak reveals MrBeast making YouTube video with football legend Cristiano Ronaldo,"A leaked image with some pretty atrocious face censoring revealed that MrBeast and Cristiano Ronaldo will be doing a YouTube collab. With the footballer claiming his next collaboration would “break the internet”, there are few other creators it could be. - -Despite all of the controversy surrounding MrBeast, he’s still the biggest creator on the platform by a mile. His videos aren’t performing quite as well as they used to, but he still gets tens of millions of views on each upload in a matter of hours. - -Article continues after ad - -Cristiano Ronaldo, on the other hand, is relatively new to the space. But he’s such an international superstar that he was able to grow his YouTube subscriber base in record time, hitting almost 20 million subs within 24 hours of creating his channel. He currently sits at 67 million. - -The footballer claims his next collab is going to break the internet, and its been paired with leaked images of MrBeast and him standing next to a film set. - -Article continues after ad - -Article continues after ad - -Behind the drawn-over censors on their faces, it’s clear to see the two men are MrBeast and Cristiano Ronaldo. Additionally, the person in the middle appears to be holding a Lunchly. further cementing MrBeast’s involvement. - -Despite being embroiled in various controversies from workplace misconduct to being sued by people working sets for his shows, MrBeast continues to be a media juggernaut that generates millions of views no matter what he uploads. - -Additionally, MrBeast’s Lunchly product line has run into its fair share of snags, with many customers finding mold in their meals. - -Article continues after ad - -Cristiano Ronaldo, meanwhile, has had stranger crossovers than this. He’s set to guest star in the upcoming fighting game Fatal Fury: City of the Wolves, though it’s unknown to what extent he’ll be involved and whether or not the footballer will be a playable fighter.",1731883634,9d7eb4fc17,605890b60b,,,1731883634 -https://www.prdaily.com/the-rise-of-independent-journalists-and-tips-for-engaging-with-them/,https://www.prdaily.com/feed/,The rise of independent journalists and tips for engaging with them,"Matt Purdue is senior strategist at Magnitude, Inc. - -The rise of independent journalism is a booming trend that bears watching by all PR professionals. Impacted by shrinking newsrooms, budget cuts and other negative pressures, more journalists are leaving traditional media platforms to start their own brands. - -Some of these personalities have robust reputations and massive followings, making them a potentially vital component to a successful communications strategy. However, engaging with them effectively requires careful consideration and coordination. - -What’s driving this trend? - -In 2023, more than 21,000 corporate media jobs were cut, a 467% increase over 2022. Companies from NPR to the Washington Post and News Corp. announced massive layoffs. Simultaneously, journalists at traditional brands are exhausted from doing more with less. More than half of them have considered quitting in 2024, citing fatigue and/or burnout (recent Muck Rack survey), so there’s no reason to think the trend of journalists jumping ship will end anytime soon. - -In fact, media consumers don’t want it to end. They are demanding changes in the industry. Today, Americans’ trust in media is at an all-time low, with only 32% of people feeling “a great deal” or “a fair amount” of confidence that the media is reporting the news fairly and accurately. - -Consumers are more than willing to seek out alternative news sources. Per a recent Free Press survey, 51% agree that “having more independent news outlets is important to stopping disinformation.” Meanwhile, 72% of Americans are consuming at least some of their news via social media. - -All these forces are driving a growing market for indie journalists and the PR pros who work with them. “The media space has never been more fragmented,” said Ashley Forrester, Director, Strategic Communications, Samsung Electronics Americas, who is speaking next week on a panel at Ragan’s Future of Communications Conference called The New Newsroom: Earning Attention in a Seismic Media Landscape. “Newsrooms are shrinking while consumers have so many options. What they want is relevant, authentic news they can consume in the way they want to consume it.” - -What’s different about today’s indie journalists? - -The concept of independent journalism isn’t new. PR pros have been working with freelance reporters for decades. But these aren’t your grandmother’s freelancers. Many of today’s indie journalists are award-winning industry veterans who come with tens of thousands of followers to their new platforms.. - -A list of names that have gone independent recently reads like a roster of journalism all-stars: - -Taylor Lorenz left the Washington Post to start User Mag, focused on tech and online culture. - -Jason Koebler, Joseph Cox and Samantha Cole left Vice to launch 404 Media, which also covers tech-centric topics. - -Tech reporter Casey Newton, formerly of the San Francisco Chronicle and The Verge, now runs his media brand The Platformer. - -Oliver Darcy moved on from CNN to start Status, covering media and the information space. - -For PR pros, it’s important to note that these creators are not following one consistent business model. Some have started their own websites, others newsletters and still others podcasts and/or Substacks. (PR Daily’s Allison Carter recently wrote about the rise of Substack journalists.) - -This diversity can make it confusing for PR practitioners looking to engage with these journalists – but it’s a challenge that must be overcome given the huge reach some of them boast. “Traditional media are not going anywhere,” Forrester said. “But PR pros need to fire on all cylinders. If you are not building relationships with these independent journalists, that’s only playing half the game.” - -Tips for engaging with indie journalists - -When it comes to building fruitful relationships, experts offer several best practices. - -Remember, they’re still respected journalists: Even though they no longer have a WaPo email address, be sure to work with them like the seasoned pros they are. “Treat them the same way you would treat the traditional press,” said Meredith Klein, a former communications executive at Pinterest and Walmart who pitches indie journalists on a regular basis. “Offer them exclusives. Take them out for coffee. Don’t just add them to your media list – get to know them.” - -Do your homework. Then do it again: Without corporate owners or editors looking over their shoulders, indie journalists are free to develop their unique styles. Woe to the PR pro who ignores this reality. “There’s not a one-size-fits-all approach to working with them,” Klein added. “Each one is different, so acclimate yourself with each one.” - -Klein suggests analyzing the tone of their content and gauging how much personal opinion they inject into it. “Some of them can get snarky, so use caution,” she says. - -Put on your creativity hat: Given the various types of platforms launched by indie journalists, PR pros need to be inventive when pitching them. While one might be open to a written Q&A, another might need a podcast guest. “They may not want to do a long interview,” said Klein. “They want Skim-esqe stories. They want to hear news quickly from a credible source so their audiences can easily understand what they need to know.” - -Samsung’s Forrester suggests getting creative when pitching subject-matter experts. “The doors are open to a wider array of voices,” she explained. “They are not just looking for traditional spokespeople. Instead, offer the researcher in the lab or the employee on the frontline. There are few limits as to what the content needs to look like.” - -Open your wallet: These journalists are also businesspeople who need to drive revenue. Make sure you are supporting them financially by subscribing to their paid content. Also, view their revenue-producing programs as options for serious return on investment. “Ask yourself: Does it make sense for me to connect with a content creator to fill any gaps in my strategy with an audience that has opted in and is really engaged?,” Forrester said. “You can work with them to create a story that can really hit home with your target audience in ways that are authentic, personalized and land in near-real time.” - -Klein summed up the relationship-building opportunities this wave of indie journalists presents to PR pros. “You have to be an early adopter,” she said. “Create and nurture those relationships. If you are there for them, they will be there for you.” - -PARKING LOT & STATISTICS - -Journalists are finding new business opportunities flourishing - -Substack now has 20 million+ subscribers and more than 2 million paying subscriptions. Over 17,000 writers make money on Substack. - -Number of global podcast listeners reached 7 million in 2024, a 7.85% increase over 2023. - -in 2024, a 7.85% increase over 2023. In the US, an estimated 135 million consumers have listened to at least one podcast per month this year, an increase from 120 million monthly podcast listeners in 2023. - -What’s driving this trend? - -Pressure on traditional newsrooms. - -Layoffs: In 2023 as a whole, more than 21,400 media jobs were lost, the highest (excluding 2020) since 2009, when more than 22,300 jobs were cut, and 2008, when 28,800 or so jobs were cut – both in the wake of the 2008 financial crisis and Great Recession. (Challenger, Gray & Christmas via Fast Company) - -The trend is not likely to abate any time soon, as more journalists want to leave their jobs. - -More than half of journalists in the U.S. have considered quitting in 2024 citing fatigue and/or burnout, according to a recent Muck Rack survey. - -Poll of 402 journalists in August: 56% of journalists have thought about quitting this year 40% have previously left a job because of burnout. - - - -Meanwhile, the demand is hot for new media platforms. - -Americans’ trust in media is at an all-time low. (Gallup poll) - -​​Only 32% of the population reports having “a great deal” or “a fair amount” of confidence that the media reports the news in a full, fair and accurate way. - -72% of Americans get at least some of their news from social media (Pew) - -Recent Free Press survey: 51% agree that “having more independent news outlets is important to stopping disinformation.”",1731883625,602c3549f1,606a48aee9,,,1731883625 -https://myemma.com/blog/email-list-management-best-practices/,https://myemma.com/blog/feed,Email List Management Best Practices,"A successful email marketing strategy depends on having a strong, clean list. Email list management encompasses a number of actions you’ll want to master in order to grow a loyal list of subscribers. From managing bounced emails to adding double opt-in signup forms and creating re-engagement campaigns, the goal is to grow your subscriber base with engaged opt-ins, turning browsers into shoppers and prospects into customers. - -Keeping your list engaged - -Keeping your list engaged - -ensures your email campaigns earn the results you’re looking for. If no one opens your emails, then certainly no one’s reading them either. Plus, sending emails only to have them wind up in spam folders or go to nonexistent addresses will negatively impact your sender reputation as well as that of your IP, lowering your deliverability rate. - -The inevitably of churn - -Email churn refers to the number of people who leave your list through unsubscribing, report you as spam, have undeliverable addresses (resulting in bounces), or don’t open your emails at all. Either they are not engaging with your emails, or they have disengaged from your brand altogether. While some churn seems inevitable, using email list hygiene best practices will help rejuvenate your list and slow the churn to a manageable rate. - -6 email list management best practices - -Email list hygiene is a necessity for a successful email marketing campaign — especially to get the results you want. These six management techniques will help you keep your list up-to-date with engaged subscribers, increasing your ROI and meeting your KPIs. - -1. Warmly welcome new subscribers - -Start engaging subscribers at their first contact with you, when their experience is fresh, and their excitement about your company is at an all-time high. Begin by sending an automated - -welcome email or series of emails triggered by their opt-in - -. - -The first welcome email should thank your subscriber for joining your list. Be sure to ask them to “allowlist” your email in their address book, so you can stay out of the spam folder. Take the opportunity to personalize this welcome series as much as possible, direct subscribers to your best content, and aim to make them feel welcome and invested in your brand. - -This welcome email also gives your the perfect opportunity to let your subscribers know how often you’ll be messaging them and with what content. So, be clear about how your subscribers can contact you, adjust their preferences, or unsubscribe. - -2. Listen to subscribers' messaging preferences - -In their research of more than 2,000 consumers, closely reflecting U.S. demographics, - -MarketingSherpa - -reports that consumers most often cite receiving too many emails as their primary reason for unsubscribing to lists. - -By allowing subscribers to easily choose the frequency at which they receive your mail, you’ll take the guesswork out of segmenting, and keep subscribers engaged and happy to hear from you. Giving subscribers the option to unsubscribe from emails they don’t want, while staying connected to the content they do, is a great way to show your contacts how much you value your relationship with them. - -3. Practice good list hygiene - -“ - -List hygiene - -” has become a buzzword throughout email marketing circles. And with good reason — - -keeping your list clean - -is important to the success of your marketing efforts. Consider cleaning your list a few times a year, or when you notice a spike in bounce rates, whichever comes first. - -Here’s what you can do to keep your list fresh: - -Remove duplicate addresses - -Remove addresses with typos - -Fix addresses with typos - -Update invalid addresses - -Remove invalid addresses - -Delete addresses that bounce - -Don’t worry if you have a lot of invalid email addresses when you clean your list — people move, change jobs, and get new addresses all the time, often forgetting to update their opt-ins. Removing these addresses from your list is important; the higher your bounce rate, the more your sender reputation declines, meaning that actually getting your mail delivered will become less likely. - -4. Re-engage or eliminate old contacts - -An unengaged contact is a valid email address that is subscribed to your marketing but that doesn’t open or read your emails. Even if they haven’t actually clicked the unsubscribe button, they’re probably deleting your emails. - -You have two options: you can remove their address since they’re not helping your sender reputation or ROI, or you can try to re-engage them. - -Re-engagement campaigns are a fantastic way - -to re-ignite lagging subscribers’ interest in your product or service. - -Only send re-engagement emails to those list members who haven’t opened or clicked for 6 months to a year. Send them a targeted email, perhaps with the updated benefits of subscribing, and ask them to re-subscribe. If they don’t, you can feel good about removing them from your list, knowing you’ll ultimately see better results from more engaged subscribers. - -5. Make unsubscribing easy - -If one of your contacts wants to unsubscribe, they’re going to — one way or another. If they can’t easily scan your email to see where to unsubscribe, they’ll mark you as spam instead. - -Having a prominent unsubscribe button keeps you on the right side of CAN-SPAM and keeps users happy, even if they aren’t a good fit for your campaigns. With unengaged users off the list, you can concentrate on delivering targeted, relevant content to the people who are excited to hear from you — and that’s what brings in an increased ROI. - -6. Do not buy email lists - -Put simply: buying lists is illegal. You could face legal backlash from violating CAN-SPAM and end up paying $16,000 in fines for each email sent improperly. Most purchased or rented email lists are - -poor quality - -; the addresses aren’t targeted for your brand, niche, or industry, and you’re unlikely to get value from interacting with them. These lists also consist of spam traps — once-valid email addresses that will automatically get your IP blocklisted for sending to them. - -Keep your list strong & healthy - -A strong email list can - -improve your deliverability - -, increase your ROI, and position your business for digital success. But, no matter how much you want to have a huge list, remember quality is determined by results — not the number of addresses on your list. Grow your list of subscribers organically with permission-based tactics and manage it by conducting frequent, scheduled maintenance. - -Learn more optimizing your email experience with our guide on Email Subject Line Tips and Best Practices for 2023. Get the guide here",1731883669,9bf3f002d9,6053483c00,,,1731883669 -https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/082515/how-do-you-calculate-penalties-ira-or-roth-ira-early-withdrawal.asp,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_articles&term=financial%20education,Early Withdrawal Penalties for Traditional and Roth IRAs,"Early distributions from individual retirement accounts (IRAs) are made before you reach age 59½. This is something most financial experts say is rarely (if ever) a good idea. That's because early IRA withdrawals put a dent in future earnings and come with a high cost: a 10% tax penalty plus any income tax you may owe on the distribution. - -The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) imposes the penalty to dissuade IRA holders from using their savings before retirement. But the penalty only applies if you withdraw taxable funds. - - - -Key Takeaways Financial experts don't suggest making early withdrawals from your IRAs. - - - -Early withdrawals from a traditional IRA may trigger income taxes and a 10% penalty whether they are your contributions or earnings. - -You can withdraw Roth IRA contributions at any time with no tax or penalty. - -If you withdraw earnings early from a Roth IRA, you may owe income tax and a 10% penalty. - -Some early withdrawals are tax-free and penalty-free. - -What Are the Early Withdrawal Penalties for IRAs? - -As noted above, it's never really a good idea to make early withdrawals from your IRAs. But you may have no choice. For instance, you may have a medical emergency, need to pay educational bills, want to buy a new home, or are struggling financially. Whatever the reason, it's important to know what the implications are and how they can affect you. - -Roth IRAs - -Contributions to Roth IRAs are made using after-tax dollars. This means that you pay income tax on your contributions for the year when you make them. As a result, withdrawals of Roth contributions are not subject to income tax, as this would be double taxation. - -If you take out an amount equivalent to the sum that you put into your Roth, the distribution is not considered taxable income, regardless of your age, nor is it subject to penalty. - -But if you withdraw an amount above that (meaning that you start dipping into the account’s earnings), that amount is generally considered taxable income. It also may be subject to the 10% early distribution penalty and the money would be treated as income. - - - -After accounting for the impact of income taxes and penalties, an early distribution from a traditional IRA is rarely an efficient use of funds. - -Traditional IRAs - -Early distributions from traditional IRAs generally incur heavy penalties. Contributions to this type of account are made with pretax dollars. Your contributions are subtracted from your taxable income for the year, effectively reducing the amount of income tax that you owe. - -This means you get an up-front tax break when you contribute to a traditional IRA, but you’ll pay taxes on your withdrawals in retirement. This generally means that your entire traditional IRA balance is composed of taxable income. So if you withdraw funds before age 59½, the 10% tax penalty likely applies to the full amount of the distribution. - -To calculate the penalty on an early withdrawal, multiply the taxable distribution amount by 10%. For example, an early distribution of $10,000 would incur a $1,000 tax penalty and would be treated (and taxed) as additional income. - - - -Note There’s no up-front tax benefit for Roth IRA contributions, but earnings grow tax free and withdrawals in retirement are tax free as well. - -Early Withdrawals From Roth IRAs - -Qualified distributions from a Roth IRA are tax- and penalty-free. The IRS considers a distribution to be qualified if it has been at least five years since you first contributed to a Roth IRA. The withdrawal should meet the following criteria: - -Made when you’re age 59½ or older - -Taken because you have a permanent disability - -Made by your beneficiary or estate after you pass away - -Used to buy, build, or rebuild a home that meets the first-time homebuyer exception - -Non-qualified distributions are any withdrawals that don’t meet these guidelines. For these withdrawals, you’ll owe taxes at your ordinary income tax rate (remember, it just applies to earnings) and a 10% penalty. - -Exceptions - -There are still certain exceptions that apply. You can get out of the penalty (but not the tax) if you take the distribution for the following reasons: - -A series of substantially equal distributions - -Unreimbursed medical expenses that exceed 10% of your adjusted gross income (AGI) - -Medical insurance premiums after losing your job - -An IRS levy - -Qualified reservist distributions - -Qualified higher education expenses - - - -Pros and Cons of Early Roth IRA Withdrawals - -Pros Tax- and penalty-free withdrawals - -Early withdrawal penalties and taxes are exempt in certain situations - -Can be used for emergency funds Cons Penalty on early withdrawal of earnings - -You generally can't pay back your IRA after withdrawing - -You’ll miss out on growth - -Taking out money from a Roth IRA (or any other retirement account, for that matter) before you have to isn't recommended. But you may come across times when it may be necessary. Let's take a look at the pros and cons of making early withdrawals from a Roth IRA. - -Pros Explained - -Tax- and penalty-free withdrawals : Roth IRA contributions are made using after-tax dollars, which means you've already been taxed. As such, you can pull out the contribution amount on a tax- and penalty-free basis. This doesn't apply to earnings, as we explain below. - -: Roth IRA contributions are made using after-tax dollars, which means you've already been taxed. As such, you can pull out the contribution amount on a tax- and penalty-free basis. This doesn't apply to earnings, as we explain below. Early withdrawal penalties and taxes are exempt in certain situations : There are certain situations where you may make early Roth IRA withdrawals without being penalized. As noted above, you don't incur penalties or taxes if you can prove that you are using the funds to pay for qualified medical or education expenses. A full list of exceptions are noted on the IRS website. - -: There are certain situations where you may make early Roth IRA withdrawals without being penalized. As noted above, you don't incur penalties or taxes if you can prove that you are using the funds to pay for qualified medical or education expenses. A full list of exceptions are noted on the IRS website. Can be used for emergency funds: If all else fails and you have no other option, you can count on your Roth IRA as a last resort. But remember, you should only take this route if you absolutely must and have exhausted all other avenues. - -Cons Explained - -Penalty on early withdrawal of earnings : Any earnings from your contributions that are withdrawn incur penalties unless they pass the five-year holding rule. Earnings only become penalty- and tax-free five years after you first contribute to any Roth IRA you have. - -: Any earnings from your contributions that are withdrawn incur penalties unless they pass the five-year holding rule. Earnings only become penalty- and tax-free five years after you first contribute to any Roth IRA you have. You generally can't pay back your IRA after withdrawing : The IRS only allows you to withdraw and deposit the money back within 60 days. This means you're out of luck if you plan to use the money and plan to put it back after day 61. - -: The IRS only allows you to withdraw and deposit the money back within 60 days. This means you're out of luck if you plan to use the money and plan to put it back after day 61. You’ll miss out on growth: Retirement accounts work on the principle of compounding interest, which means that the interest you earn also earns interest. If you withdraw money from your Roth IRA account early, you will miss out on any additional interest or dividends. - -Borrowing from a Roth IRA - -While you can’t borrow from a Roth IRA the same way you would from a 401(k), you can temporarily borrow funds as long as you return them to the same Roth IRA or a traditional IRA within 60 days. This is known as a rollover. There are very stringent requirements, including only one Roth rollover in a year, so work with your financial institution to make sure that your short-term loan isn’t treated as a non-qualified distribution. - - - -Special COVID-19 benefits under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act—which applied only to the 2020 tax year—allowed account holders to borrow up to $100,000 from their IRAs and repay them within three years without a penalty. - -There is no penalty for distributions taken at any time if you withdraw funds that are not subject to income tax. Whether funds are taxable comes down to what type of IRA you own. - -Tax Implications - -There is yet another loophole for earnings on Roth contributions. If you contribute and withdraw within the same tax year, then the contribution is treated as if it was never made. - -For example, if you contribute $5,000 in the current year and those funds generate $500 in earnings, you can withdraw the full $5,500 penalty-free, as long as the distribution is taken before your tax filing due date. However, you would have to report those earnings as investment income. - -Traditional to Roth IRA Conversions - -Investors have the option to convert their traditional IRA to a Roth IRA. There are many benefits to converting, such as no required minimum distributions (RMDs) within the account holder’s lifetime. - -The benefit of converting also depends on your tax bracket. If you decide to go through with it, you will have to pay taxes on the amount that you convert. If you expect to be in a lower tax bracket in the future when you withdraw the funds, then it might not make sense to convert now. - -If you are under age 59½, and you use your traditional IRA funds to pay for the taxes when you do convert, you will incur a 10% penalty. Notably, a conversion itself is not a withdrawal, so there are no withdrawal penalties associated with a conversion. - -Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) - -How Much Is the Early Withdrawal Penalty for IRAs? The early withdrawal penalty for a traditional or Roth individual retirement account is 10% of the amount withdrawn. Keep in mind that you may also owe income tax in addition to the penalty. You can withdraw contributions (but not earnings) early from a Roth IRA without being subject to income tax and the penalty. - -When Can I Withdraw From an IRA? In general, you can withdraw from either type of IRA penalty free when you’re age 59½ or older. To withdraw earnings from a Roth IRA without owing taxes or penalties, the account also has to be at least five years old. This is known as the five-year rule. - -What Are the Contribution Limits for IRAs? The annual contribution limit for traditional and Roth IRAs is $7,000 for both 2024 and 2025. If you are 50 years and older, you can contribute an additional $1,000. This allows you to put away $8,000 into your IRA during those tax years. - -The Bottom Line - -If you have a Roth IRA, you can take out your contributions (but not earnings) at any time without paying taxes and penalties. Otherwise, if you remove money early from either a traditional or Roth IRA, you can expect to pay a 10% penalty plus taxes on the income (unless you qualify for an exception). - -The decision to take an early withdrawal should never be taken lightly. You could miss out on years of potential growth and earnings, which could have a detrimental effect on your nest egg. But if you must access your funds before retirement, then many of the best brokers for IRAs have further information on how to avoid these penalties.",1731883632,279fc3a863,6000e573fc,,,1731883632 -https://www.npr.org/2021/10/01/1042525315/the-rent-help-is-too-damn-slow,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Why COVID Rental Assistance Is So Slow : Planet Money : NPR,"The Rent Help Is Too Damn Slow - -Enlarge this image toggle caption ROBYN BECK/AFP via Getty Images ROBYN BECK/AFP via Getty Images - -Back in December of 2020, Congress set aside a gigantic pile of money: $25 billion for rental assistance. Even more money would be approved in later bills. - -This is a massive amount of money just to help people pay rent, a historically massive amount. - -Akira Johnson remembers hearing about this on the news. She remembers it because she was one of the millions of people who would need help paying her rent. She qualified. She applied. And then she waited. Nine full months after Senators first announced, ""help is on the way,"" Akira Johnson and so many others have yet to receive that help. Today on the show, we try to find out what's been going wrong. We follow the money, from that moment it was set aside by Congress, through logjam after logjam, past well-intentioned obstacles, and ""cold-blooded"" obstructionists, all the way down to Akira's mailbox... hopefully. - -Sponsor Message - -Music: ""Cut Glass Stars,"" ""Strelitzia Number 5"" and ""Delta Cycle"" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to the weekly Planet Money newsletter.",1731884700,8181d7a585,609acfbc90,,,1731884700 -https://racingnews.co/2024/11/08/phoenix-starting-lineup-november-2024-nascar-truck-series/,https://www.racingnews.co/feed/,Phoenix Starting Lineup: November 2024 (NASCAR Truck Series),"NASCAR Truck Series starting positions for tonight’s finale at Phoenix Raceway - -Tonight, the NASCAR Truck Series will take the green flag in Phoenix, Arizona. The 1-mile of Phoenix Raceway hosts the NCTS finale. - -View the Phoenix results for the NASCAR Truck Series below. - -Phoenix Menu - -ARCA: Race - -Truck: Prac/Qual | Race - -Xfinity: Prac | Qual | Race - -Cup: Prac | Qual | Race - -Phoenix TV Schedule",1731883649,d62396e274,60a1f25a20,,,1731883649 -https://mashable.com/article/italy-france-uefa-nations-league-2024-live-stream-for-free,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,How to watch Italy vs. France in the UEFA Nations League online for free,"TL;DR: Live stream Italy vs. France in the UEFA Nations League for free on RaiPlay. Access this free streaming site from anywhere in the world with ExpressVPN. - -The UEFA Nations League isn't the most exciting competition, but it does bring together some of the biggest and best international sides in the world. It doesn't have the drama or tension of the World Cup or European Championships, but seeing Italy take on France is something all fans can appreciate. - -If you want to watch Italy vs. France in the UEFA Nations League for free from anywhere in the world, we have all the information you need. - -When is Italy vs. France? - -Italy vs. France in the UEFA Nations League kicks off at 7:45 p.m. GMT on Nov. 17. This fixture takes place at the San Siro. - -How to watch Italy vs. France for free - -Italy vs. France in the UEFA Nations League is available to live stream for free on RaiPlay in Italy. - -Mashable Top Stories Stay connected with the hottest stories of the day and the latest entertainment news. Sign up for Mashable's Top Stories newsletter Loading... Sign Me Up By signing up you agree to our Terms of Use and Privacy Policy Thanks for signing up! - -If you're abroad for this fixture, you might need to use a VPN to unblock RaiPlay. These tools can hide your real IP address (digital location) and connect you to a secure server in Italy, meaning you can access free live streams on RaiPlay from anywhere in the world. - -Access a free live stream of Italy vs. France by following these simple steps: - -Subscribe to a streaming-friendly VPN (like ExpressVPN) Download the app to your device of choice (the best VPNs have apps for Windows, Mac, iOS, Android, Linux, and more) Open up the app and connect to a server in Italy Visit RaiPlay Live stream Italy vs. France for free from anywhere in the world - -The best VPNs for streaming are not free, but most do offer free-trials or money-back guarantees. By leveraging these offers, you can watch Italy vs. France in the UEFA Nations League without actually spending anything. This clearly isn't a long-term solution, but it does give you enough time to stream select UEFA Nations League fixtures before recovering your investment. - -What is the best VPN for RaiPlay? - -ExpressVPN is the best choice for bypassing geo-restrictions to stream live sport on RaiPlay, for a number of reasons: - -Servers in 105 countries including Italy - -Easy-to-use app available on all major devices including iPhone, Android, Windows, Mac, and more - -Strict no-logging policy so your data is secure - -Fast connection speeds free from throttling - -Up to eight simultaneous connections - -30-day money-back guarantee - -A one-year subscription to ExpressVPN is on sale for $99.95 and includes an extra three months for free — 49% off for a limited time. This plan also includes a year of free unlimited cloud backup and a generous 30-day money-back guarantee. - -Stream Italy vs. France in the UEFA Nations League for free with ExpressVPN.",1731883638,644d6c1ea1,607879e546,,,1731883638 -https://store.steampowered.com/news/231671/,https://store.steampowered.com/feeds/news.xml?id=457140,Team Fortress 2 Update Released,"Reverted BLU Scout pants fix because it conflicts with too many existing cosmetics - - - -Updated the Fleet Commander again to fix import problems from the previous update - - - -Updated the Phantom Plague and Haunting Haze Unusual effects to fix sometimes spawning away from the player - - - -Updated cp_freaky_fair Fixed issues related to the gamemode logic Reapplied check that was mistakenly removed to check if the player is actively buying upgrades in a station or not - -Implemented new custom system to refund upgrades to hopefully address inconsistencies both in-round and across rounds - -Implemented logic to handle mismatches in recorded vs actual currency values when leaving the upgrade trigger and having not accepted de-bought upgrades - -Reverted code to do with Ghosts and Sentry busters to fix bugs related to their effects not de-applying - -Implemented a way to force kill players to address edge cases where you could survive as the sentry buster past their explosion (Thanks MilkMaster!) - -Improved the logic which checks if you can apply a new potion effect to yourself to address bugs where effects can overlap - -Fixed sniper and demo shields not having their upgrades cleared - -Fixed canteens not having their values cleared when refunding whilst not equipped Increased the height of the skybox - -Increased last point capture time from 6s to 7s - -Changed some clipping to stop giants from building on roofs - -Smoothed out a divot (Thanks Midnite!) - -Updated zi_atoll, zi_blazehattan, zi_devastation_final1, zi_murky, zi_sanitarium, and zi_woods General Re-encoded all Zombie Infection sound effects as .WAV This fixes issues with sound effects not playing correctly and spewing errors in the console Bug fixes Fixed a bug that caused Sniper's Spit Pool to deal much more damage than intended - -Fixed a bug that caused team names to not display correctly when playing on mp_tournament mode - -Fixed a bug where Engineer would sometimes scream like a charging Demoman while throwing an EMP Grenade Zombie Changes Sniper's Spit Pool damage vs Survivors no longer stacks when standing in multiple zones - -Zombie Heavy is no longer immune to Critical Hits - -Zombie Heavy's max health raised to 525 (from 450) - -Zombie Pyro's max health raised to 250 (from 175) - -Zombie Pyro now drops a medium health kit on death Survivor Changes Crossbow weapons no longer have a flat damage multiplier against Zombies - -The B.A.S.E Jumper can no longer be deployed if you are one of the last three survivors - -Jumper Weapons can no longer store reserve ammunition - -Updated zi_murky (additional changes) Added more respawn room triggers around the new spawn zones - - - -An update to Team Fortress 2 has been released. The update will be applied automatically when you restart Team Fortress 2. The major changes include:",1731883668,d2832f4a9a,6098f65c0e,,,1731883668 -https://www.adweek.com/brand-marketing/hellmanns-is-back-in-the-super-bowl-for-the-5th-consecutive-year/,https://www.adweek.com/feed/?category_name=Social-Pro-Daily,Hellmann's Is Back for Super Bowl 2025,"ADWEEK House is headed to Las Vegas on January 8! Our house is your house to unwind, recharge and network during the industry’s largest consumer tech moment. RSVP . - -Hellmann’s is back for Super Bowl 59. - -The Unilever-owned mayonnaise brand is making its fifth consecutive appearance in the Big Game in 2025, the brand announced today. - -VML is handling the Super Bowl creative, which will introduce viewers to Hellmann’s new mascot, Manny Mayo. - -In previous years, the condiment brand has used its multi-million-dollar ad slot to promote mayonnaise as a solution to food waste. - -Kate McKinnon and Pete Davidson starred in last year’s 30-second ad, “Mayo Cat.” In it, McKinnon’s cat meows something that sounds like “mayo,” inspiring the actor to use Hellmann’s to upgrade her leftovers. That sends the cat on a path to stardom, where it inevitably has a short relationship with comedian Pete Davidson. - -Hellmann’s Super Bowl ads debuted in 2021. Jon Hamm, Brie Larson, and Amy Schumer have also appeared in Hellmann’s Super Bowl ads. Davidson has been a constant since 2022 when he was brutally tackled by football player Jerod Mayo. In 2023, he found Larson and Hamm in his fridge. - -“For our fifth year, Hellmann’s will remind fans how to bring out the best in game day dishes with a fresh creative take to this year’s advertisement,” Jessica Grigoriou, senior vice president of condiments marketing at Unilever North America, said in a statement. - -It’s estimated that a 30-second ad during Fox’s broadcast of Super Bowl 59 costs at least $7 million. Fox said in its earnings call this week that it had sold out of inventory for the game at “record pricing.” - -For the latest Super Bowl 59 advertising news—who’s in, who’s out, teasers, full ads and more—check out Adweek’s Super Bowl 2025 Ad Tracker and the rest of our stories here. And join us on the evening of Feb. 9 for the best in-game coverage of the commercials.",1731883634,833b83b547,6035a2816d,,,1731883634 -https://www.credible.com/blog/student-loans/bank-of-america-alternatives/,https://www.credible.com/blog/student-loans/feed/,8 Bank of America Student Loan Alternatives,"Bank of America once offered both federal and private student loans, but the company hasn’t offered education loans for more than a decade. The bank cut its private student loans program in 2008, and it stopped issuing federal loans through the Federal Family Education Loan program in 2010. Though you can no longer borrow for college from Bank of America, there are other alternatives available. And if you already have a loan originally issued by the bank, you may consider refinancing your Bank of America student loans. Does Bank of America offer student loans? After selling off its student loan portfolio in 2017, Bank of America no longer offers or services student loans after . “Since the sale, it’s quite possible for the loans to be sold multiple times, so you may have a different servicer than you did last year or five years ago,” says Kat Tretina, a certified student loan counselor. If you aren’t sure who your loan servicer is, you can request copies of your credit reports by visiting AnnualCreditReport.com. You can also log in to your StudentAid.gov account to view a list of your current federal loans and who services them. Best private student loans Bank of America doesn’t offer student loans, but there are other lenders to consider if you need to borrow money to cover your college expenses. It’s important to compare your options when looking for a private student loan that meets your needs. The companies in the table below are Credible’s approved partner lenders. - -Advertiser Disclosure Lender Fixed (APR) Loan Amounts Min. Credit Score 4.3 Credible rating 3.49% - 15.49% $1,000 up to 100% of school-certified cost of attendance Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Sallie Mae offers the Smart Option Student Loan for undergraduate students and a suite of loans for graduate students. You can borrow up to your school-certified cost of attendance and apply just once annually to get the funds you need for the entire academic year. Plus, applying for a Smart Option Student Loan with a cosigner may help you get a better rate. - - - -Through Sallie Mae, you can find a variety of loans designed for specific needs, including loans for MBA programs, law school, medical school, and health profession programs. pros Can borrow up to school-certified cost of attendance - -No prepayment or origination fees - -Loans available to noncitizens with an eligible cosigner - -Cosigner release after 12 on-time payments cons No parent loan options - -No option to check your rates through prequalification - -Loan terms not disclosed until after you apply Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 10 to 15 years for the Smart Option Student Loan; 15 years for law school, MBA, and graduate school loans; 20 years for medical school loans - -Loan amounts $1,000 up to school-certified cost of attendance. Student must be listed as the borrower, and a parent may cosign. Cosigner release After you graduate, make 12 one-time principal and interest payments, and meet certain credit requirements Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident enrolled in an eligible program. Noncitizens residing and attending school in the U.S. may qualify by applying with a creditworthy cosigner, who must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, and providing an unexpired government-issued photo ID. Read full review 4.9 Credible rating 3.59% - 17.99% $1,000 up to 100% of the school-certified cost of attendance Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview College Ave offers student loans for almost every type of degree program, with a range of repayment options, including a unique eight-year repayment term. Additionally, you can get extended grace periods of as long as 36 months on graduate, dental, and medical student loans. It's also possible to get loan approval for multiple school years at one time. About 90% of undergraduates applying with a cosigner are approved for additional student loans. However, you must complete at least half of your repayment term before you can remove a cosigner for your loan. Some lenders allow cosigners to be released much sooner, after as few as one to two years of payments. pros Rate discount of one-quarter of a percentage point for using autopay - -Does not charge origination or application fees - -May qualify for multiyear approval - -Grace periods between 9 and 36 months for graduate, MBA, law, dental, and medical school loans and 36 months cons Parents borrowers are required to pay at least the interest while the student is in school - -Cosigners not eligible for release until at least half the repayment term of the loan is completed Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 8, 10, or 15 years for most borrowers (law, dental, medical, and other health profession students have up to 20 years) Loan amounts $1,000 minimum up to your school’s annual cost of attendance; lifetime limits depend on your degree and credit profile Cosigner release Available after more than half of the scheduled repayment period has elapsed and other requirements are met Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident at an eligible institution. International students with a Social Security number and a qualified cosigner may also qualify. Applicants who can’t meet financial, credit, or other requirements may qualify with a cosigner. Read full review 4.8 Credible rating 3.69% - 14.22% $1,000 up to cost of attendance 680 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview ELFI a division of Tennessee-based SouthEast Bank, offers private student loans and refinancing for undergraduates, graduates, and parents. Borrowers can take out loans starting at $1,000, with options up to the full cost of attendance at their school. ELFI student loans are available to students nationwide who are enrolled in a bachelor's degree program or higher. Borrowers can choose from multiple repayment terms and benefit from competitive interest rates and support from a dedicated Student Loan Advisor. However, ELFI doesn't offer cosigner release or rate discounts, which may limit flexibility for some borrowers. pros Receive support from a dedicated Student Loan Advisor - -Transparent credit and income requirements - -Flexible repayment terms cons Must be enrolled in a bachelor’s degree program or higher - -Cosigners can’t be released from the loan - -No autopay rate discounts available Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score 680 Minimum income $35,000 Loan terms 5, 7, 10, or 15 years Loan amounts $1,000 - Cost of attendance Cosigner release A cosigner may not be taken off a loan, but the borrower can apply for a new loan without their cosigner. Eligibility All 50 states as well as Washington DC and Puerto Rico. Read full review 4.8 Credible rating 3.69% - 15.04% $2,001 to $400,000 Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview While Ascent provides traditional student loans for undergraduate, graduate, and medical programs, it also stands out with some options that are uncommon among private student loan lenders. For example, its Outcomes-Based Loan, which doesn't require established credit or a cosigner, is available to juniors and seniors. When assessing your application, Ascent considers factors including your school, major, and GPA to determine if you're eligible. Ascent also offers its Progressive Repayment plan to qualified borrowers. It allows you to begin with smaller payments at the start of the repayment term and then gradually pay more each month over time. If you borrow with a cosigner, they can be released after you make as few as 12 monthly payments. However, cosigners for loans for international students do not qualify. pros Doesn’t charge application fees or origination fees - -Offers discounts of 0.25 to 1 percentage points when using automatic payment - -Can get a 1% cash-back reward after you graduate - -Grace periods from 9 months to 36 months cons May find lower interest rates with some competitors - -International students don’t have option to release cosigners Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 7, 10, 12, 15, or 20 years Loan amounts $2,001 minimum up to your school’s annual cost of attendance; lifetime limits of $200,000 for undergrads and $400,000 for graduates Cosigner release 12 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or DACA student enrolled at least half time at an eligible institution. International students with a qualified cosigner may also qualify. Applicants who can’t meet financial, credit, or other requirements may qualify with a cosigner. Read full review 4.8 Credible rating 3.99% - 15.61% $1,000 to $350,000 (depending on degree) 720 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Citizens Bank offers private student loans for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as parents. With its multiyear approval option, you can apply for a loan once, and as long as you qualify, you won't need to reapply each year. This means you can secure loans for future academic years without multiple hard credit checks. Citizens borrowers can also take advantage of interest rate discounts. If you or your cosigner has an account with Citizens Bank, you can reduce your rate by 0.25 percentage points. Another 0.25 percentage points can be shaved off by enrolling in automatic payments, giving you the chance to lower your rate by up to 0.5 percentage points. pros Multiyear approval lets you secure funding for future school years - -You can reduce your rate by 0.5 percentage points with autopay and loyalty discounts - -International students can apply with a qualified cosigner cons Fewer repayment terms to choose from than some other lenders - -Long wait time for cosigner release - -Parents can’t defer payments while student is in school Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 10, or 15 years for student loans; 5 or 10 years for parent loans Loan amounts $1,000 minimum, up to a maximum of $225,000 for undergraduate and graduate degrees; $300,000 for MBA and law; and $225,000 or $400,000 for health care student loans, depending on the degree type Cosigner release 36 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident enrolled at least half-time in a degree-granting program at an eligible institution. International students can apply with a cosigner who’s a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. Read full review 4.4 Credible rating 4.24% - 14.02% $1,000 to $99,999 annually $180,000 aggregate limit) Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Citizens Bank offers private student loans for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as parents. With its multiyear approval option, you can apply for a loan once, and as long as you qualify, you won't need to reapply each year. This means you can secure loans for future academic years without multiple hard credit checks. Citizens borrowers can also take advantage of interest rate discounts. If you or your cosigner has an account with Citizens Bank, you can reduce your rate by 0.25 percentage points. Another 0.25 percentage points can be shaved off by enrolling in automatic payments, giving you the chance to lower your rate by up to 0.5 percentage points. pros Multiyear approval lets you secure funding for future school years - -You can reduce your rate by 0.5 percentage points with autopay and loyalty discounts - -International students can apply with a qualified cosigner - -Offers parent student loans cons Fewer repayment terms to choose from than some other lenders - -Long wait time for cosigner release - -Parents can’t defer payments while student is in school Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 7, 10, or 15 years Loan amounts $1,000 to $99,999 per year (lifetime limit of $180,000) Cosigner release 36 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident at an eligible institution. You must also meet Custom Choice’s underwriting criteria for income and credit, or apply with a cosigner who does. Eligible noncitizens such as DACA residents can also qualify by applying with a cosigner who’s a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. Read full review 4.6 Credible rating 4.80% - 8.54% $1,001 up to 100% of school certified cost of attendance 670 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview INvested is an Indiana company that offers affordable student loans exclusively to state residents. Loans are available to Indiana students and parents who can meet income and credit requirements, or who have an eligible cosigner. Borrowers can borrow as little as $1,001 or as much as the school-certified cost of attendance minus other aid. INvested provides detailed information on eligibility so borrowers can quickly determine whether to apply for a loan — however, there’s no option to prequalify with a soft credit check. Cosigner release is also available after just 12 on-time payments, considerably shorter than many other lenders. pros Low minimum borrowing limits - -Autopay discount of 0.25 percentage points - -Short cosigner release requirements - -Transparent qualification requirements cons Loans are available only to Indiana residents - -No prequalification option to view your rates - -No loan options for international students Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score 670 Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 10, or 15 years Loan amounts $1,001 minimum, up to the school certified cost of attendance Cosigner release 12 months Eligibility Loans are available to Indiana residents only. Borrowers must have a FICO score of 670 or higher, a 30% maximum debt-to-income ratio or minimum monthly income of $3,333, continuous employment over two years, and no major collections or defaults in recent years. Borrowers who do not meet income or credit requirements can apply with a cosigner. Read full review 4.8 Credible rating 5.75% - 8.95% $1,500 up to school’s certified cost of attendance less aid 670 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Massachusetts Educational Financing Authority (MEFA) offers student loans to borrowers with good credit. However, you won't be able to see your potential rate before applying. The lender doesn't charge any fees and its rates are competitive, though MEFA only offers two repayment terms. You can add a cosigner to your loan if you're unable to qualify, but only one repayment plan allows you to release your cosigner. pros Doesn’t charge any fees - -Low maximum rate compared with some lenders - -Can borrow up to the school-certified cost of attendance cons No discounts for borrowers - -Limited repayment terms - -No prequalification available Interest rates Fixed Minimum credit score 670 Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 10 or 15 years Loan amounts $1,500 minimum up to school-certified cost of attendance Cosigner release 48 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, enrolled at least half time at a degree-granting, nonprofit institution, and must maintain satisfactory academic progress. Must have no history of default on an education loan and no history of bankruptcy or foreclosure in the past 60 months. Applicants who can’t meet the minimum credit and income requirements may apply with a cosigner. Read full review 4.3 4.3 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 3.49% - 15.49% Loan Amounts $1,000 up to 100% of school-certified cost of attendance Min. Credit Score Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Sallie Mae offers the Smart Option Student Loan for undergraduate students and a suite of loans for graduate students. You can borrow up to your school-certified cost of attendance and apply just once annually to get the funds you need for the entire academic year. Plus, applying for a Smart Option Student Loan with a cosigner may help you get a better rate. - - - -Through Sallie Mae, you can find a variety of loans designed for specific needs, including loans for MBA programs, law school, medical school, and health profession programs. pros Can borrow up to school-certified cost of attendance - -No prepayment or origination fees - -Loans available to noncitizens with an eligible cosigner - -Cosigner release after 12 on-time payments cons No parent loan options - -No option to check your rates through prequalification - -Loan terms not disclosed until after you apply Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 10 to 15 years for the Smart Option Student Loan; 15 years for law school, MBA, and graduate school loans; 20 years for medical school loans - -Loan amounts $1,000 up to school-certified cost of attendance. Student must be listed as the borrower, and a parent may cosign. Cosigner release After you graduate, make 12 one-time principal and interest payments, and meet certain credit requirements Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident enrolled in an eligible program. Noncitizens residing and attending school in the U.S. may qualify by applying with a creditworthy cosigner, who must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, and providing an unexpired government-issued photo ID. Read full review 4.9 4.9 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 3.59% - 17.99% Loan Amounts $1,000 up to 100% of the school-certified cost of attendance Min. Credit Score Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview College Ave offers student loans for almost every type of degree program, with a range of repayment options, including a unique eight-year repayment term. Additionally, you can get extended grace periods of as long as 36 months on graduate, dental, and medical student loans. It's also possible to get loan approval for multiple school years at one time. About 90% of undergraduates applying with a cosigner are approved for additional student loans. However, you must complete at least half of your repayment term before you can remove a cosigner for your loan. Some lenders allow cosigners to be released much sooner, after as few as one to two years of payments. pros Rate discount of one-quarter of a percentage point for using autopay - -Does not charge origination or application fees - -May qualify for multiyear approval - -Grace periods between 9 and 36 months for graduate, MBA, law, dental, and medical school loans and 36 months cons Parents borrowers are required to pay at least the interest while the student is in school - -Cosigners not eligible for release until at least half the repayment term of the loan is completed Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 8, 10, or 15 years for most borrowers (law, dental, medical, and other health profession students have up to 20 years) Loan amounts $1,000 minimum up to your school’s annual cost of attendance; lifetime limits depend on your degree and credit profile Cosigner release Available after more than half of the scheduled repayment period has elapsed and other requirements are met Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident at an eligible institution. International students with a Social Security number and a qualified cosigner may also qualify. Applicants who can’t meet financial, credit, or other requirements may qualify with a cosigner. Read full review 4.8 4.8 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 3.69% - 14.22% Loan Amounts $1,000 up to cost of attendance Min. Credit Score 680 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview ELFI a division of Tennessee-based SouthEast Bank, offers private student loans and refinancing for undergraduates, graduates, and parents. Borrowers can take out loans starting at $1,000, with options up to the full cost of attendance at their school. ELFI student loans are available to students nationwide who are enrolled in a bachelor's degree program or higher. Borrowers can choose from multiple repayment terms and benefit from competitive interest rates and support from a dedicated Student Loan Advisor. However, ELFI doesn't offer cosigner release or rate discounts, which may limit flexibility for some borrowers. pros Receive support from a dedicated Student Loan Advisor - -Transparent credit and income requirements - -Flexible repayment terms cons Must be enrolled in a bachelor’s degree program or higher - -Cosigners can’t be released from the loan - -No autopay rate discounts available Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score 680 Minimum income $35,000 Loan terms 5, 7, 10, or 15 years Loan amounts $1,000 - Cost of attendance Cosigner release A cosigner may not be taken off a loan, but the borrower can apply for a new loan without their cosigner. Eligibility All 50 states as well as Washington DC and Puerto Rico. Read full review 4.8 4.8 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 3.69% - 15.04% Loan Amounts $2,001 to $400,000 Min. Credit Score Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview While Ascent provides traditional student loans for undergraduate, graduate, and medical programs, it also stands out with some options that are uncommon among private student loan lenders. For example, its Outcomes-Based Loan, which doesn't require established credit or a cosigner, is available to juniors and seniors. When assessing your application, Ascent considers factors including your school, major, and GPA to determine if you're eligible. Ascent also offers its Progressive Repayment plan to qualified borrowers. It allows you to begin with smaller payments at the start of the repayment term and then gradually pay more each month over time. If you borrow with a cosigner, they can be released after you make as few as 12 monthly payments. However, cosigners for loans for international students do not qualify. pros Doesn’t charge application fees or origination fees - -Offers discounts of 0.25 to 1 percentage points when using automatic payment - -Can get a 1% cash-back reward after you graduate - -Grace periods from 9 months to 36 months cons May find lower interest rates with some competitors - -International students don’t have option to release cosigners Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 7, 10, 12, 15, or 20 years Loan amounts $2,001 minimum up to your school’s annual cost of attendance; lifetime limits of $200,000 for undergrads and $400,000 for graduates Cosigner release 12 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or DACA student enrolled at least half time at an eligible institution. International students with a qualified cosigner may also qualify. Applicants who can’t meet financial, credit, or other requirements may qualify with a cosigner. Read full review 4.8 4.8 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 3.99% - 15.61% Loan Amounts $1,000 to $350,000 (depending on degree) Min. Credit Score 720 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Citizens Bank offers private student loans for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as parents. With its multiyear approval option, you can apply for a loan once, and as long as you qualify, you won't need to reapply each year. This means you can secure loans for future academic years without multiple hard credit checks. Citizens borrowers can also take advantage of interest rate discounts. If you or your cosigner has an account with Citizens Bank, you can reduce your rate by 0.25 percentage points. Another 0.25 percentage points can be shaved off by enrolling in automatic payments, giving you the chance to lower your rate by up to 0.5 percentage points. pros Multiyear approval lets you secure funding for future school years - -You can reduce your rate by 0.5 percentage points with autopay and loyalty discounts - -International students can apply with a qualified cosigner cons Fewer repayment terms to choose from than some other lenders - -Long wait time for cosigner release - -Parents can’t defer payments while student is in school Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 10, or 15 years for student loans; 5 or 10 years for parent loans Loan amounts $1,000 minimum, up to a maximum of $225,000 for undergraduate and graduate degrees; $300,000 for MBA and law; and $225,000 or $400,000 for health care student loans, depending on the degree type Cosigner release 36 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident enrolled at least half-time in a degree-granting program at an eligible institution. International students can apply with a cosigner who’s a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. Read full review 4.4 4.4 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 4.24% - 14.02% Loan Amounts $1,000 to $99,999 annually $180,000 aggregate limit) Min. Credit Score Does not disclose Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Citizens Bank offers private student loans for undergraduate and graduate students, as well as parents. With its multiyear approval option, you can apply for a loan once, and as long as you qualify, you won't need to reapply each year. This means you can secure loans for future academic years without multiple hard credit checks. Citizens borrowers can also take advantage of interest rate discounts. If you or your cosigner has an account with Citizens Bank, you can reduce your rate by 0.25 percentage points. Another 0.25 percentage points can be shaved off by enrolling in automatic payments, giving you the chance to lower your rate by up to 0.5 percentage points. pros Multiyear approval lets you secure funding for future school years - -You can reduce your rate by 0.5 percentage points with autopay and loyalty discounts - -International students can apply with a qualified cosigner - -Offers parent student loans cons Fewer repayment terms to choose from than some other lenders - -Long wait time for cosigner release - -Parents can’t defer payments while student is in school Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score Does not disclose Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 7, 10, or 15 years Loan amounts $1,000 to $99,999 per year (lifetime limit of $180,000) Cosigner release 36 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident at an eligible institution. You must also meet Custom Choice’s underwriting criteria for income and credit, or apply with a cosigner who does. Eligible noncitizens such as DACA residents can also qualify by applying with a cosigner who’s a U.S. citizen or permanent resident. Read full review 4.6 4.6 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 4.80% - 8.54% Loan Amounts $1,001 up to 100% of school certified cost of attendance Min. Credit Score 670 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview INvested is an Indiana company that offers affordable student loans exclusively to state residents. Loans are available to Indiana students and parents who can meet income and credit requirements, or who have an eligible cosigner. Borrowers can borrow as little as $1,001 or as much as the school-certified cost of attendance minus other aid. INvested provides detailed information on eligibility so borrowers can quickly determine whether to apply for a loan — however, there’s no option to prequalify with a soft credit check. Cosigner release is also available after just 12 on-time payments, considerably shorter than many other lenders. pros Low minimum borrowing limits - -Autopay discount of 0.25 percentage points - -Short cosigner release requirements - -Transparent qualification requirements cons Loans are available only to Indiana residents - -No prequalification option to view your rates - -No loan options for international students Interest rates Fixed or variable Minimum credit score 670 Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 5, 10, or 15 years Loan amounts $1,001 minimum, up to the school certified cost of attendance Cosigner release 12 months Eligibility Loans are available to Indiana residents only. Borrowers must have a FICO score of 670 or higher, a 30% maximum debt-to-income ratio or minimum monthly income of $3,333, continuous employment over two years, and no major collections or defaults in recent years. Borrowers who do not meet income or credit requirements can apply with a cosigner. Read full review 4.8 4.8 Credible rating Fixed (APR) 5.75% - 8.95% Loan Amounts $1,500 up to school’s certified cost of attendance less aid Min. Credit Score 670 Check Rates on Credible’s website View Details Overview Massachusetts Educational Financing Authority (MEFA) offers student loans to borrowers with good credit. However, you won't be able to see your potential rate before applying. The lender doesn't charge any fees and its rates are competitive, though MEFA only offers two repayment terms. You can add a cosigner to your loan if you're unable to qualify, but only one repayment plan allows you to release your cosigner. pros Doesn’t charge any fees - -Low maximum rate compared with some lenders - -Can borrow up to the school-certified cost of attendance cons No discounts for borrowers - -Limited repayment terms - -No prequalification available Interest rates Fixed Minimum credit score 670 Minimum income Does not disclose Loan terms 10 or 15 years Loan amounts $1,500 minimum up to school-certified cost of attendance Cosigner release 48 months Eligibility Must be a U.S. citizen or permanent resident, enrolled at least half time at a degree-granting, nonprofit institution, and must maintain satisfactory academic progress. Must have no history of default on an education loan and no history of bankruptcy or foreclosure in the past 60 months. Applicants who can’t meet the minimum credit and income requirements may apply with a cosigner. Read full review All APRs reflect autopay and loyalty discounts where available | LightStream disclosure | SoFi Disclosures | Read more about Rates and Terms - -Methodology Credible evaluated private student loan lenders in 10 different categories to determine the best alternatives to Bank of America student loans. This included interest rates, repayment options, terms, fees, discounts, customer service availability, as well as eligibility requirements and cosigner release options. Can I refinance my BofA student loans to change lenders? “If a borrower has outstanding BofA loans and is unhappy with their existing loan servicer, they can refinance their debt to get another servicer,” says Tretina. “However, Bank of America did handle federal FFEL loans, so keep in mind that refinancing those loans will cause you to lose out on federal loan benefits.” Still, refinancing may make sense if you want to lower your loan’s interest rate and save money. Follow these steps to refinance your student loan: 1. Check your credit Since your credit score is a significant factor in determining your eligibility, consider reviewing your credit report and credit score before you apply for a student loan refinance. Your lender may require you to have a minimum credit score. Generally, the higher your credit score, the better your odds of qualifying for a loan and receiving a favorable interest rate. If your credit score falls short of the minimum requirement, you may want to apply with a cosigner who has good credit or take some time to improve your credit before applying. - -2. Pay down debt Another eligibility factor for private student loans is your debt-to-income (DTI) ratio, which is the amount of debt you carry compared to your gross income. The maximum debt-to-income ratio when refinancing a student loan varies by lender but generally speaking, the lower, the better. - -Keep in mind: You can lower your DTI ratio by paying off debt or increasing your income. - -3. Compare rates with multiple lenders Researching student loan refinancing rates and comparing multiple lenders can be an effective strategy for finding the best student loan offer. While finding loan offers with the lowest interest rate is important, you should also consider other factors such as the repayment terms, monthly payment, fees, and eligibility requirements. - -Compare student loan rates from top lenders Compare now Excellent 7,974 reviews on Trustpilot - -4. Choose a lender and loan offer Review any loan offers you receive and choose the loan with the best interest rate and terms. You can enter the loan terms into a student loan refinancing calculator to see how much money you might save with your new interest rate. Running the numbers can help you determine the best loan term for you, such as a five-year, 10-year, or longer repayment term. While a shorter term may help you snag a lower interest rate and pay off your debt faster, your monthly payment may be higher. By contrast, a longer repayment term could lower your monthly payments, but you’d pay more interest over the loan term and it would take longer to wipe out the debt. 5. Fill out a loan application You must complete a full application to lock in your new interest rate. Your lender will typically run a hard credit inquiry and request supporting documents, such as: Government-issued ID or driver’s license - -Social Security number - -Paperwork on your existing Bank of America loans - -Proof of income - -Proof of graduation 6. Sign your new loan documents Once your lender approves your new loan, you’ll sign the loan documents. But don’t stop making payments on your old loans just yet, since it may take the new lender a few weeks to process your refinance loan. Avoid late fees and negative credit marks on your credit report by making payments on your old debt until the account is closed for good. Bank of America doesn’t issue federal student loans anymore. Still, borrowers with FFEL loans from Bank of America or another lender might take advantage of Direct Consolidation Loans to combine multiple federal loans into one. You don’t need good credit to qualify for a Direct Consolidation Loan, but you won’t receive a lower interest rate either. Instead, you’ll receive a fixed rate that’s the weighted average of your current loans’ rates, rounded up to the nearest one-eighth of 1%. With only a single monthly payment to remember, federal student loan consolidation can make managing your student loan debt easier without sacrificing access to federal repayment options and forgiveness programs. Check Out: How to Consolidate Your Student Loans",1731883678,4eb16f9c1e,6038ddff1b,,,1731883678 -https://www.vg247.com/indiana-jones-and-the-great-circle-deep-dive-shows-off-the-whip-disguises-combat-more,https://www.vg247.com/feed/,"Indiana Jones and The Great Circle's latest deep dive shows just how useful a whip can be, and that our titular hero looks pretty snazzy as a vicar","MachineGames has kindly offered up a deep dive into the upcoming Indiana Jones and the Great Circle, and it's looking good! - -Been feeling like you need a good long look at Indiana Jones and the Great Circle before you consider picking it up next month? Well it's your lucky day, as there's 15 whole minutes of gameplay to check out, and to be honest, it seems like we might be on to a pretty solid winner with the Wolfenstein developer's latest. Kicking things off is a classic Indy moment of stealing an artefact from a temple (archeologists, am I right?) before having to make his escape, which is as good a way to start as any. Much like how Indiana has to put the pieces together in the films, you'll also be having to look for clues and figure out how to progress throughout the game too. - -You'll find more than just clues, though, as there's little puzzles scattered throughout the game and its various locales, which in turn lets you uncover all kinds of secrets (and occasionally more, uh, clues). The deep dive puts plenty of emphasis on just how useful Indy's whip is too, as of course there's plenty of opportunities to swing across gaps with it, but you'll also find it's pretty hand when you want to break a bottle from a distance to distract a guard. You can also create makeshift poles to swing from by throwing spears and the like at particular spots which is pretty neat! And of course as seen previously it's plenty useful in combat too. - -To see this content please enable targeting cookies. Manage cookie settings - -One of my favourite gameplay details is that you have a camera that you can use to take pictures of important locations or objects, and they'll give you more clues for the puzzles you need to solve, but the feature also lets you ask for hints if you get stuck on particular puzzles. It's just a cute touch! Indy will also end up wearing a range of disguises throughout his adventure, and I have to say, he cleans up pretty good as a vicar. - -Combat looks solid as well, impressive considering it's first-person melee which isn't' an easy thing to get right - you won't just be punching blindly, you have to put some thought into it, which feels in the spirit of the movies. In fact, overall it feels like the game is emulating the films quite well, which is exactly what you want from something like this. - -The full deep dive goes into a few more details, so check it out above if you're keen for more. - -Indiana Jones and the Great Circle is out December 9 on Xbox Series X/S and PC, and will be out on PS5 early 2025.",1731883699,374d98cbb9,60e88ed412,,,1731883699 -https://www.hopperhq.com/blog/2024-instagram-rich-list-straight-into-your-inbox/,https://www.hopperhq.com/rss,2024 Instagram Rich List Straight into Your Inbox,"We are excited to announce what everyone has been waiting for, the upcoming release of the 2024 Instagram Rich List! - -This list is your ultimate guide to the top influencers, celebrities, and personalities dominating Instagram with their massive followings and pricey sponsored posts. Whether you’re a social media enthusiast, marketing professional, or simply curious about who’s making waves online, you won’t want to miss this. - -Why Sign Up? - -Stay Updated : Be among the first to know who tops the list this year. - -: Be among the first to know who tops the list this year. Exclusive Insights : Gain access to the influencers’ earnings and follower counts, as well as top countries and niches - -: Gain access to the influencers’ earnings and follower counts, as well as top countries and niches Marketing Inspiration: Learn from the strategies of the top Instagram earners and apply these insights to your own social media efforts. - -How to Get Your Copy - -Simply add your email to our mailing list, and we’ll send the 2024 Instagram Rich List straight to your inbox as soon as it’s released. It’s quick, easy, and ensures you won’t miss out on it!",1731883666,1b90b10e2b,60aacd69d7,,,1731883666 -https://www.investopedia.com/tech/190-cryptocurrency-exchanges-so-how-choose/,https://www.investopedia.com/feedbuilder/feed/getfeed/?feedName=rss_articles&term=financial%20education,Cryptocurrency Exchanges: What They Are and How to Choose,"What Are Cryptocurrency Exchanges? - -Cryptocurrency exchanges are online platforms hosted by companies or other entities that make it convenient for users to purchase and sell cryptocurrency. - -When cryptocurrency was first introduced, you had to manually enter a command in a terminal to send a coin to someone. Eventually, user interfaces were designed that made it easier to access cryptocurrency. Realizing that cryptocurrency could only make a mainstream appearance by making it less technical for average users, businesses began hosting exchanges that provided services for people interested in owning and transacting in crypto. - -Cryptocurrency exchanges now work similarly to a broker, giving you the tools to trade, buy, and sell cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin, Ethereum, and Tether. - -Key Takeaways Cryptocurrency exchanges make it easy to buy and sell the currencies you want with low fees and strong security features. - -You can choose from centralized and decentralized exchanges, each of which suits different styles and preferences. - -When you’re looking for an exchange to use, it’s essential to do your research and find out about accounts, key storage, wallets, security, user satisfaction, and features. - -Fees can whittle away at your finances, so make sure you understand how each exchange and blockchain charge you for transactions. - -Be Cautious When Choosing an Exchange - -The first thing to remember when searching for digital currency exchanges—and when considering any aspect of cryptocurrency investing—is that scams and fraud are out there and can have a genuine impact on individual investors. - -Mt. Gox, one of the earliest digital currency exchanges and once one of the most popular, collapsed after a hack. Others have also been hacked or otherwise compromised; even exchange owners and executives have been caught stealing clients' funds (FTX). - -How can one ensure that a particular cryptocurrency exchange offers a legitimate service? In the U.S., you can start by checking for the exchange's physical address. If the address is not readily available on its website, you should investigate further. - -Where to Search for Crypto Exchanges - -First, check CoinMarketCap's or CoinGecko's list of cryptocurrency spot exchanges. These aggregator services rank exchanges on traffic, liquidity, trading volume, and legitimacy or trust to help viewers decide where to trade. These sites will have summaries of each exchange, supported cryptos, whether they are centralized and registered, decentralized, and more. - -For centralized exchanges, check the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network system or your country's equivalent. This will give more details on what it is registered as, such as a money services business or money transmitter. - -Decentralized exchanges will not be registered with any authorities, so you'll need to rely on reviews, aggregator sites, and other sources for information. - -The image below is Kraken's money services business registration with FINCEN. The exchange also reports to the Wyoming Division of Banking. - -Kraken FINCEN Registration Form. - -The next image shows the search for Coinbase on FINCEN's website and lists all of its business entities and where they are licensed to conduct business. - -By using aggregation services and regulatory searches and then comparing the results to website information and how they claim to be regulated, you can generally learn whether exchanges are legitimate or not. - -The next step is to decide which type of exchange you want to use. - - - -Centralized Exchanges - -Centralized exchanges are usually businesses that operate as intermediaries for traders. They facilitate trades and offer many other financial services. Traders who prefer more anonymity may not like using centralized exchanges because they are often required to comply with anti-money laundering laws, which means verifying identities and reporting to regulators. - -However, there are many reasons you should use centralized and registered exchanges. First, too many investors have been fooled by fake exchanges. Second, without knowing where the exchange is based, you won’t have a good sense of the legal ramifications of your investments. Third, should your account get hacked, it is much easier to address these issues with the exchange and any regulators that may need to be involved if you have a physical address for the exchange itself. - -Fourth, many centralized exchanges carry crime insurance, use banks and custodians to store client funds and cryptocurrency private keys, and are regularly audited. For safety, most traders should use a centralized exchange. - -Decentralized Exchanges - -Decentralized exchanges (DEXs) are blockchain-based platforms that allow traders to connect directly to each other for peer-to-peer trading. The only third parties involved are the entities that develop, host, and secure the website. Trades are generally conducted using smart contracts, which automate the trading process to remove the need for trust. CoinGecko also has a list of decentralized exchanges (actually, their native tokens), which includes UniSwap, Jupiter, dYdX, and PancakeSwap. to use these exchanges, a user generally only needs to have a wallet and connect it to the exchange by entering its address, and they can start trading. - -Some DEXs exchanges use automated market makers (AMMs), which are programs that provide liquidity through user funds and prices are determined by algorithms. Other DEXs use order-books, where traders create bid and ask orders. Many of these exchanges run on Ethereum, but there are other blockchains capable of running decentralized exchanges, such as Avalanche, Arbitrum, and Polygon. - - - -Important Cryptocurrency Exchange Tips - -When it comes to cryptocurrencies and exchanges, reputation counts. Before you even go so far as to create an account or connect your wallet, take time to research the exchange you're considering thoroughly. - -What do other users say about the exchange? What does the exchange say about itself? Have there been issues with security in the past? If so, how has that exchange addressed those problems? - -In your search, dig deep; look for stories that the exchange would not want potential customers to see. There may be news stories about the exchanges or legal actions brought against them by regulators that might demonstrate an exchange's ethics and practices. - -At this point in cryptocurrency's evolution, there is no need to choose an exchange blindly—there are more than 250 to choose from, and the more reputable and popular are well-known, reviewed, and documented. - -Higher Security Is Better - -The more you have to do to create an account at a centralized exchange, the better. If it’s too easy to generate an account, this suggests that the exchange is not following the rules. Decentralized exchanges are a different story, so it helps to learn more about their issues before using their services. - -Regardless of the exchange you choose, keeping most of your digital assets in an offline storage service like a cold wallet, which is often an option for staked coins, is a good idea. Exchanges should also not keep any more assets accessible that aren’t required for liquidity purposes. - -Beware of Fees and Pairs - -You’ve sifted through the pool of potential exchanges and found some that appear to have excellent reputations, stellar histories concerning security, and no history of hacks or scams. That’s a great start, but now you’ll need to consider how each exchange will affect your daily investing. - -Two major factors that distinguish different exchanges are the fees and the currency pairs they offer. - -Most crypto exchanges will include some fee for your transactions; these can be based on the transaction size, or they may depend on your activity level. In some cases, they may be unrelated to either of those factors. - - - -Learn about the fees and consider how they would impact your investing based on your style. Do you plan to be highly active and make daily transactions? If so, perhaps consider an exchange with a lower per-transaction fee. Additionally, you should be aware of the blockchain transaction fees you’ll need to pay that are paid to blockchain participants for work done on the chain. - -Another important consideration is the cryptocurrency pairs that an exchange offers. Coinbase, one of the world’s most popular and successful exchanges, offers more than 204 digital assets on its exchange, with 300 available in tradeable pairs. - -If you’re looking for obscure altcoins to trade, you may want to look elsewhere. However, Coinbase, Binance, and other popular exchanges are considered excellent in terms of security, user experience, and other trading considerations. Make sure that you keep in mind how your own investment practices will relate to the features (and limitations) of any exchange you might use. - -Are Crypto Exchanges Safe? Some cryptocurrency exchanges are safer than others regarding hacking prevention practices, private key storage, limited insurance, and account security. Others may not be as secure, so it helps to di your research and learn as much about their security as you can. - -What Is the Best Exchange for Cryptocurrency? Which exchange is best depends on your preferences, the fees you're charged, and your comfort level. If you prefer peer-to-peer exchanges without an intermediary, decentralized exchanges like PancakeSwap, UniSwap, SushiSwap, or dYdX are popular. If you want a regulated experience with an intermediary facilitating trades, Coinbase, Kraken, and Binance are some of the most used exchanges in the U.S. - - - -Which Cryptocurrency Exchange Is Best for Beginners? An exchange's reputation, years of operation, and security measures are important when you're first starting. Regulated and centralized exchanges like Binance, Coinbase, and Kraken are best for beginners. - - - -The Bottom Line - -The most popular and straightforward way of buying, selling, and staking digital assets is through a cryptocurrency exchange. Sound simple? Perhaps not when you account for the fact that roughly 252 of these exchanges are currently available globally. - -When you’re deciding on which exchange to choose, it’s important to look at the currencies supported, pricing, fees, withdrawal options, and security. - -The comments, opinions, and analyses expressed on Investopedia are for informational purposes online. Read our warranty and liability disclaimer for more info. As of the date this article was written, the author owns BTC and XRP.",1731883636,279fc3a863,60b9d7bf12,,,1731883636 -http://money.cnn.com/2018/09/30/news/california-requires-women-board-of-directors/index.html?section=money_markets,http://rss.cnn.com/rss/money_markets.rss,California has a new law: No more all-male boards,"New York CNN Business — - -Companies headquartered in California can no longer have all-male boards. - -That’s according to a new law, enacted Sunday, which requires publicly traded firms in the state to place at least one woman on their board of directors by the end of 2019 — or face a penalty. - -It also requires companies with five directors to add two women by the end of 2021, and companies with six or more directors to add at least three more women by the end of the same year. - -It’s the first such law on the books in the United States, though similar measures are common in European countries. - -The measure was passed by California’s state legislature last month. And it was signed into law by Gov. Jerry Brown on Sunday, along with a trove of other bills that look to “protect and support women, children and working families,” the governor’s office said in a release. - -A majority of companies in the S&P 500 have at least one woman on their boards, but only about a quarter have more than two, according to a study from PwC. - -California state Sen. Hannah-Beth Jackson told The Wall Street Journal last month when the legislation passed that “one-fourth of California’s publicly traded companies still do not have a single woman on their board, despite numerous independent studies that show companies with women on their board are more profitable and productive.” - -“With women comprising over half the population and making over 70% of purchasing decisions, their insight is critical to discussions and decisions that affect corporate culture, actions and profitability,” she told the outlet. - -Some see California’s law as a crucial step toward establishing better parity in corporate leadership. - -But setting quotas can be controversial, Vicki W. Kramer, lead author of the landmark 2006 study, “Critical Mass on Corporate Boards,” told CNN last month. Opponents argue that pressure from quotas will lead to unqualified female members and potential discrimination against male candidates. - -When quotas are not set, however, companies may fail to diversify their ranks. She points to more “aspirational” legislation in other states, like in Pennsylvania, where a 2017 resolution urged both public and private companies to have a minimum of 30% women on their boards by 2020. But without teeth in the law, Kramer said, better numbers won’t follow. - -Kramer said California’s legislation is weak compared to the laws in Norway and other European countries, which require a certain percentage of women on boards. For larger Norwegian companies, the legislation requires that women make up as much as 40% of the board.",1731883689,a64cfbdd97,60c3641e0c,,,1731883689 -https://techcrunch.com/2024/11/16/tiktok-parent-bytedance-reportedly-values-itself-at-300-billion/,https://techcrunch.com/startups/feed/,TikTok parent ByteDance reportedly values itself at $300 billion,"In Brief - -ByteDance, the Chinese company that owns TikTok, valued itself at $300 billion in a recent share buyback offer, according to a new report in The Wall Street Journal. - -That number might sound familiar, as the WSJ previously reported on a ByteDance buyback offer at a $300 billion valuation back in September 2022. But a year later, the company’s valuation had reportedly fallen 26%, to $223 billion. - -TikTok’s prospects in the United States may be looking up following the election of Donald Trump to his second term as US president. - -In April, President Joe Biden signed a bill that would ban TikTok from the United States if ByteDance failed to sell the short-form video app. The company was given nine months to make the sale, with the president given the option to extend the deadline by an extra three months. (ByteDance is suing the US government over the ban.) - -While Trump had also called for a TikTok ban during his first term, he has subsequently posted that he will “SAVE TIK TOK IN AMERICA,” and Republican megadonor Jeff Yass is a major ByteDance investor.",1731883627,878296e4f0,60f5570e22,,,1731883627 -https://www.technologyreview.com/2024/09/25/1104475/nobel-prize-winners-cancel-crispr-patents-europe/,https://news.ycombinator.com/rss,Two Nobel Prize winners want to cancel their own CRISPR patents in Europe,"The chief intellectual-property attorney at the University of California, Randi Jenkins, confirmed the plan to revoke the two patents but downplayed their importance. - -“These two European patents are just another chapter in this long-running saga involving CRISPR-Cas9,” Jenkins said. “We will continue pursuing claims in Europe, and we expect those ongoing claims to have meaningful breadth and depth of coverage.” - -The patents being voluntarily disavowed are EP2800811, granted in 2017, and EP3401400, granted in 2019. Jenkins added the Nobelists still share one issued CRISPR patent in Europe, EP3597749, and one that is pending. That tally doesn’t include a thicket of patent claims covering more recent research from Doudna’s Berkeley lab that were filed separately. - -Freedom to operate - -The cancellation of the European patents will affect a broad network of biotech companies that have bought and sold rights as they seek to achieve either commercial exclusivity to new medical treatments or what’s called “freedom to operate”—the right to pursue gene-slicing research unmolested by doubts over who really owns the technique. - -These companies include Editas Medicine, allied with the Broad Institute; Caribou Biosciences and Intellia Therapeutics in the US, both cofounded by Doudna; and Charpentier’s companies, CRISPR Therapeutics and ERS Genomics. - -ERS Genomics, which is based in Dublin and calls itself “the CRISPR licensing company,” was set up in Europe specifically to collect fees from others using CRISPR. It claims to have sold nonexclusive access to its “foundational patents” to more than 150 companies, universities, and organizations who use CRISPR in their labs, manufacturing, or research products. - -For example, earlier this year Laura Koivusalo, founder of a small Finnish biotech company, StemSight, agreed to a “standard fee” because her company is researching an eye treatment using stem cells that were previously edited using CRISPR. - -Although not every biotech company thinks it’s necessary to pay for patent rights long before it even has a product to sell, Koivusalo decided it would be the right thing to do. “The reason we got the license was the Nordic mentality of being super honest. We asked them if we needed a license to do research, and they said yes, we did,” she says.",1731883661,7198d80d03,60905e7ec9,,,1731883661 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/10/19/premier-league-live-latest-updates/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Man Utd vs Brentford result fight back from goal down to beat Brentford,"Factor in that he has also been the victim of some strange selection decisions from his manager that have seemed to disrupt rather than facilitate the momentum he has been quietly building and Rashford seems determined to make the best of the hand he is being dealt. - -Whether this result marks the start of a corner turned remains to be seen. United came from behind to claim an important win against Brentford at Old Trafford a year ago but it did not have the galvanising effect they hoped for. They will wish for better this time around, starting away to Jose Mourinho’s Fenerbahce in Istanbul on Thursday. - -Rashford will doubtless want to get one over a man he did not always see eye to eye with and Mourinho would be right to pinpoint him as United’s dangerman once again. - -He did not score against Brentford but it was his exquisite pass-cum-cross for Alejandro Garnacho, which was met with an equally sweet volley, that instigated the comeback soon after the restart and from there Rashford never relented. He had been his side’s most likely catalyst in a first period when United were second best and behind to a contentious goal in the fifth minute of stoppage time, despite Ten Hag’s strange assertion that they felt they had the game under control. - -There had been something of a precursor to the pass for Garnacho’s goal when Rashford released the Argentine with a stunning switch-pass only for his team-mate to blaze wide. But it was clear that if United were going to get something from the game, Rashford and Garnacho were paramount, the pair switching flanks to good effect and never giving Brentford time to rest. - -It probably helped that United had a left-footer at left-back, Lisandro Martinez moving out of central defence, allowing Diogo Dalot to revert to his preferred place on the right. United were balanced for it. “I really enjoyed how he played,” Ten Hag said of Rashford. “You see what he is capable of. We want to see this every game, what he can contribute to the team, really intense and then a brilliant cross [for the first goal].”",1731883752,4301cc1e14,60af7be117,,,1731883752 -https://www.theverge.com/2024/11/12/24294492/chrome-app-ios-google-lens-image-text-search,https://www.theverge.com/google/rss/index.xml,Chrome on your iPhone can search using pictures and words at the same time,"The iOS version of Google’s Chrome browser is getting upgraded with several features from the Android iteration, including simultaneous Google Lens image and text search. Chrome for iOS could already use Google Lens to search for a picture on your iPhone or one taken from the camera, but now you can add words along with it to narrow your search in one go. - -For instance, you can upload a picture of a t-shirt design you like into Lens and type the name of a color that you prefer into search, and it will try to find the shirt you want. This update comes as Apple launched its own Visual Intelligence search, which only works on iPhone 16 and 16 Pro. - -Search a picture of a snowboard design you like, but see if it comes in purple. GIF: Google - -The new iOS Chrome also lets you save images and files (such as PDFs) from the web directly to Google Photos and Google Drive, allowing you to access them elsewhere quickly and not take up your iPhone’s local storage. This could be helpful for those who have already filled up Apple’s paltry 5GB of free iCloud storage or who would prefer to use Google Drive. - -You can save this PDF straight to Google Drive. GIF: Google - -Additionally, iOS Chrome is getting Shopping Insights, which can notify you of a “Good Deal Now” in the address bar on products you’re searching for and get access to a price tracker. You’ll have to sync your browsing history with Google and turn on “Make searches & browsing better,” which sends Google URLs of pages you visit. - -The “Good deal now” pop-up. Image: Google - -Tap on an address in websites to get the “mini-map.” GIF: Google",1731883603,fd9bf73ed0,60e0b6d4f9,,,1731883603 -https://www.hopperhq.com/blog/the-top-5-linktree-alternatives-to-consider/,https://www.hopperhq.com/rss,The Top 5 Linktree Alternatives to Consider in 2024,"Are you looking for Linktree alternatives? Well, you’re in the right place. - -Since Linktree launched in 2016, the tool has been used by millions of users to create a link in bio page. It is one of the most popular link-in bio tools among social media managers, influencers, brands, and content creators. - -But although this tool is widely known, it has major shortcomings that might not make it a good choice for many people: - -Many Linktree users have reported that their accounts were taken down without any warning or explanation - -There is little to no support from Linktree customer support. Many users complain that customer support is not helpful or non-responsive - -The user experience and interface can be a bit complicated and hard to use - -In today’s article, we will review 5 Linktree alternatives to consider. Each alternative outlined here will include important details like key features, pros and cons, pricing, and more. - -1) Use1.link by HopperHQ - -Use1.link, developed by HopperHQ, is a simple and powerful tool that allows you to create an attractive landing page that combines multiple links into a single URL. - -It’s a major free Linktree alternative that offers an easy-to-use drag-and-drop interface, enabling users to personalize their landing page with minimal design skills. You can incorporate links to your social media accounts, products, websites, and other content. You also have the option to embed images and videos as well in your landing page. - -Benefits - -Customization: Use1.link allows you to design and customize your link in bio page to showcase your brand’s distinct identity by selecting colors, fonts, and layouts that resonate with your style. - -Use1.link allows you to design and customize your link in bio page to showcase your brand’s distinct identity by selecting colors, fonts, and layouts that resonate with your style. Click Tracking: You can monitor the performance of each link to identify which ones attract the most clicks, providing insights into audience preferences that can inform your strategy. - -You can monitor the performance of each link to identify which ones attract the most clicks, providing insights into audience preferences that can inform your strategy. Link Management: This link in bio tool simplifies access for your followers by gathering all important links—such as new products, social media, or promotions—on a single page. - -Weaknesses - -Basic Design Options: The customization capabilities for the link in bio page are somewhat limited compared to competitors. It doesn’t have the advanced design features. - -The customization capabilities for the link in bio page are somewhat limited compared to competitors. It doesn’t have the advanced design features. Limited Tracking: Unlike some other link in bio tools, Hopper HQ’s feature does not provide comprehensive analytics. - -Pricing - -There is no extra charge to use Hopper HQ’s link in bio feature. You simply sign up for Hopper HQ, create a bio link page with Use1.link, and paste that link into the “website” field in your Instagram or TikTok profile and you’re good to go. - -Try Hopper HQ for free and benefit from both social media scheduling as well as a link in bio! - -2) Taplink - -Taplink is another Linktree competitor that allows you to create a customizable landing page that can host multiple links. With this platform, you can create a single link that directs your followers to multiple destinations. - -This is particularly useful for businesses, influencers, and content creators who want to drive traffic to various products, services, or social media profiles without needing a dedicated website. - -Benefits - -Increased Visibility: By allowing users to share multiple links, Taplink helps enhance visibility for various offerings, driving traffic and potential sales. - -By allowing users to share multiple links, Taplink helps enhance visibility for various offerings, driving traffic and potential sales. User-Friendly Interface: The drag-and-drop functionality and ready-made templates make it easy for users to create and customize their landing pages without needing technical skills. - -The drag-and-drop functionality and ready-made templates make it easy for users to create and customize their landing pages without needing technical skills. Time Efficiency: Users can set up their Taplink page quickly, often within 20 minutes, making it a convenient option for busy entrepreneurs and influencers. - -Weaknesses - -Limited Customization Options: Despite offering a range of templates, Taplink’s customization options for certain design elements can be restrictive. Users have expressed a desire for more flexibility to create unique and personalized pages that align closely with their branding needs. - -Despite offering a range of templates, Taplink’s customization options for certain design elements can be restrictive. Users have expressed a desire for more flexibility to create unique and personalized pages that align closely with their branding needs. Complexity for Beginners: While Taplink is designed to be user-friendly, some users might find the array of features overwhelming, especially those who are new to creating landing pages. This complexity can lead to a steeper learning curve compared to simpler, more streamlined link in bio tools. - -While Taplink is designed to be user-friendly, some users might find the array of features overwhelming, especially those who are new to creating landing pages. This complexity can lead to a steeper learning curve compared to simpler, more streamlined link in bio tools. Performance Issues: Some users have reported performance issues, such as slow loading times or glitches when accessing their Taplink pages. This can detract from the user experience and potentially lead to lost engagement from visitors. - -Pricing - -Below are the different tiers of Taplink pricing plans: - -Free plan: Permanently free but with limited features. - -Permanently free but with limited features. Pro plan: $6 per month. It supports additional features like click analytics, custom HTML, price lists display, and more. - -$6 per month. It supports additional features like click analytics, custom HTML, price lists display, and more. Business plan: $12 per month. Allows you to accept payments, remove Taplink branding, and add countdowns and custom domains. - - - -3) Link in Bio by Later - -Link in Bio by Later is another alternative to Linktree that allows you to create a mini web page that consolidates multiple links into a single, easily accessible URL. By placing this link in their bio, users can direct followers to various destinations, such as product pages, blog posts, or external websites, thereby streamlining the process of content discovery and engagement. - - - -Benefits - -Customizable Design: The tool allows users to fully customize the appearance of their Link in Bio page to match their brand’s aesthetic. This includes choosing colors, fonts, themes, and images that align with their overall branding. - -The tool allows users to fully customize the appearance of their Link in Bio page to match their brand’s aesthetic. This includes choosing colors, fonts, themes, and images that align with their overall branding. Multiple Link Integration: Link in Bio by Later enables users to add unlimited clickable links to their page, allowing them to direct followers to their most important content and offerings. This could include links to a homepage, product pages, blog posts, lead magnets, or other social media profiles. - -Link in Bio by Later enables users to add unlimited clickable links to their page, allowing them to direct followers to their most important content and offerings. This could include links to a homepage, product pages, blog posts, lead magnets, or other social media profiles. Analytics and Tracking: The tool provides detailed analytics tracking link clicks, visitor demographics, and other key engagement metrics. This data-driven approach helps users understand what content resonates most with their audience and make informed decisions to optimize their strategies. - -Weaknesses - -Limited to One Link Per Account : Later only allows you to have one link in bio profile per Instagram account, while some competitors like Linktree don’t have this limitation. This means you can’t use Link in Bio to manage multiple Instagram profiles from the same Later account. - -: Later only allows you to have one link in bio profile per Instagram account, while some competitors like Linktree don’t have this limitation. This means you can’t use Link in Bio to manage multiple Instagram profiles from the same Later account. Limited Customization Options: While Link in Bio offers a good amount of customization, some users may want even more advanced options for things like custom CSS, HTML, or JavaScript to fully control the look and feel of their link in bio page. Competitors like Linktree provide more flexibility in this area. - -While Link in Bio offers a good amount of customization, some users may want even more advanced options for things like custom CSS, HTML, or JavaScript to fully control the look and feel of their link in bio page. Competitors like Linktree provide more flexibility in this area. Lack of Certain Integrations: This tool integrates with the major social platforms, it may not have integrations with some niche tools or services that other link in bio tools support. For example, Later doesn’t currently integrate with Shopify, while some competitors do. - -Pricing - -Link in Bio by Later is free to use at no additional charge. - -4) Flodesk - -Flodesk is originally an email marketing platform designed to help entrepreneurs and businesses create visually appealing emails and manage their marketing campaigns. This platform also includes a link in bio feature that allows you to create a branded landing page that consolidates multiple links into one URL. - -Flodesk’s link in bio serves as a powerful email-capturing tool, enabling you to grow your email list directly from your social media presence. It has ready-to-use templates that you can easily customize to match your brand’s aesthetic. - -Benefits of Flodesk - -Audience Ownership: Flodesk’s link in bio allows you to capture email addresses directly from your social media profiles. You can also segment subscribers into specific groups within your Flodesk account. This enables targeted communication and personalized marketing efforts, improving engagement rates. - -Flodesk’s link in bio allows you to capture email addresses directly from your social media profiles. You can also segment subscribers into specific groups within your Flodesk account. This enables targeted communication and personalized marketing efforts, improving engagement rates. Multiple Links in One Place: You can include multiple links in your Link in Bio page, directing followers to various important destinations such as your website, online store, or specific promotions. This consolidates your key online touchpoints in one easily accessible location. - -You can include multiple links in your Link in Bio page, directing followers to various important destinations such as your website, online store, or specific promotions. This consolidates your key online touchpoints in one easily accessible location. Fully Customizable Templates: You can adjust colors, fonts, and images to maintain a consistent brand experience across all platforms. - -Weaknesses - -Limited Integration Options: Compared to other link in bio tools, Flodesk may have fewer integration options with third-party applications or platforms. This can restrict users who want to connect their Link in Bio with various marketing tools or social media platforms for a more streamlined workflow. - -Compared to other link in bio tools, Flodesk may have fewer integration options with third-party applications or platforms. This can restrict users who want to connect their Link in Bio with various marketing tools or social media platforms for a more streamlined workflow. Customization Complexity: Although Flodesk offers customization options for the Link in Bio templates, some users may find the process complex or time-consuming. Those who are less tech-savvy might struggle with creating a visually appealing and functional page, which could hinder their ability to effectively use the feature. - -Although Flodesk offers customization options for the Link in Bio templates, some users may find the process complex or time-consuming. Those who are less tech-savvy might struggle with creating a visually appealing and functional page, which could hinder their ability to effectively use the feature. Analytics Limitations: While Flodesk provides some analytics to track performance, the depth of these analytics may not be as comprehensive as those offered by dedicated link management platforms. Users seeking in-depth insights into user behavior or link performance might find Flodesk’s analytics lacking. - -Pricing - -Flodesk’s Link in Bio is free to use at no additional charge. - -5) Jotform App - -Jotform App is a no-code app builder that also lets you create a landing page with multiple links. This is an effective tool for individuals and businesses looking to enhance their online presence, especially on platforms like Instagram where a single bio link is allowed. - -Benefits - -Ease of Use: Jotform’s drag-and-drop interface makes it simple to create a professional-looking link in bio page, even for those without coding or design experience. Users can easily add links, images, videos, forms, and other elements to their pages. - -Jotform’s drag-and-drop interface makes it simple to create a professional-looking link in bio page, even for those without coding or design experience. Users can easily add links, images, videos, forms, and other elements to their pages. Customization Options: This tool allows you to customize the look and feel of their link in bio page to match their brand identity. This includes choosing colors, fonts, layouts, and adding a logo. - -This tool allows you to customize the look and feel of their link in bio page to match their brand identity. This includes choosing colors, fonts, layouts, and adding a logo. Multi Page Navigation: Jotform supports multi-page navigation. This enables users to create a more comprehensive online presence with additional pages for things like forms, payments, and social media profiles. - -Weaknesses - -Limited Customization: Jotform is primarily focused on form building, so the customization options for link-in-bio pages may be more limited compared to tools that specialize in this use case. You may have less flexibility in terms of layouts, colors, fonts, and overall branding. - -Jotform is primarily focused on form building, so the customization options for link-in-bio pages may be more limited compared to tools that specialize in this use case. You may have less flexibility in terms of layouts, colors, fonts, and overall branding. Steeper Learning Curve: It has a lot of advanced features for forms, which can make it more complex to use compared to dedicated link in bio tools. If you just need a simple page with links, the learning curve for Jotform may be higher than necessary. - -It has a lot of advanced features for forms, which can make it more complex to use compared to dedicated link in bio tools. If you just need a simple page with links, the learning curve for Jotform may be higher than necessary. No In-Depth Analytics: While Jotform provides analytics for form submissions, it may not offer the same level of link-specific analytics that some link in bio tools provide. This could make it harder to track which links are driving the most traffic from your Instagram bio. - -Pricing Plans - -Jotform has different tiers of pricing plans: - -Free Plan: Offers you basic form-building capabilities with limited submissions and storage. - -Offers you basic form-building capabilities with limited submissions and storage. Starter Plan: Cost $29 per month. It offers increased submission limits, form views, and access to essential integrations. - -Cost $29 per month. It offers increased submission limits, form views, and access to essential integrations. Bronze Plan: Cost $39 per month. This plan offers additional submissions and storage, along with advanced features like payment processing and conditional logic. - -Cost $39 per month. This plan offers additional submissions and storage, along with advanced features like payment processing and conditional logic. Silver Plan: Cost: $49 per month. It offers higher limits on submissions and storage, along with advanced form features, integrations, and priority support. - -Cost: $49 per month. It offers higher limits on submissions and storage, along with advanced form features, integrations, and priority support. Gold Plan: Cost: $99 per month. With this plan, you get access to maximum submissions and storage, advanced features, and priority support. - -Cost: $99 per month. With this plan, you get access to maximum submissions and storage, advanced features, and priority support. Enterprise Plan: Custom pricing based on organizational needs. - -Hopper HQ: Simple LinkTree alternatives with scheduling - -Hopper HQ is a social media management tool designed to assist you in scheduling and publishing content on various platforms. This tool allows you to create posts and share them across other platforms. - -One of the standout features of Hopper HQ is its ability to create a link in bio page, allowing users to consolidate multiple links into a single, easily accessible location. This is particularly useful for Instagram and TikTok users, where linking directly to posts is not possible. - -Benefits to using Hopper HQ - -Here are some of the key benefits of using Hopper HQ: - -Centralized Platform - -Hopper HQ allows you to manage all your social media accounts from a single platform. You can connect your Instagram, Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Pinterest, and TikTok accounts to Hopper HQ, making it easier to monitor and engage with your audience across multiple platforms. - -Scheduling - -One of the biggest benefits of using Hopper HQ is its ability to help you plan and schedule your social media posts in advance. You can create and edit your posts and then set them to publish automatically at your chosen times, saving you valuable time and effort. - -Team Collaboration - -Hopper HQ offers collaboration features that make it easier for teams to work together on social media content. You can assign roles, leave comments, and ensure everyone is on the same page with the content approval process. - -Analytics and Reporting - -Hopper HQ offers in-depth analytics and reporting features to help you measure the performance of your social media campaigns. You can understand your audience better, measure post-performance, and identify opportunities for improvement. - -Pricing - -Hopper HQ also provides a 14-day free trial for new users, allowing them to explore the platform before committing to a subscription. - -The pricing for Hopper HQ starts at $16 per month offering unlimited posts, a calendar planner, analytics, and bulk creation for a single user. - -Wrapping up - -In exploring the best LinkTree alternatives it’s clear that various tools cater to different needs, from customization to analytics. - -Each option offers unique features that can enhance your online presence and improve user engagement. Among these alternatives, Use1.link by Hopper HQ stands out as a comprehensive link-in-bio tool. It allows for seamless integration of multiple links while providing robust analytics and customization options to align with your brand identity. - -If you like to consider use1.link, feel free to try it out here! - -",1731883664,1b90b10e2b,60eff6af65,,,1731883664 -https://uxdesign.cc/continuous-planning-for-ux-teams-04a0c45fe52d?source=rss----138adf9c44c---4,https://uxdesign.cc/feed,Continuous planning for UX teams,"Continuous planning for UX teams - -Manage UX backlogs the Agile way Raquel Piqueras · Follow Published in UX Collective · 6 min read · 2 days ago 2 days ago -- 7 Share - -Photo by Niklas Bischop on Unsplash - -If your UX team partners with an agile development team, you know that staying ahead of the curve is crucial (and avoiding mid-sprint fire drills and unpleasant curve balls even more). - -A key element to delivering better results and minimizing disruptions is robust planning and organization of your backlog. After a turbulent semester with unexpected shifts in priorities, our partners decided to move from Semester Planning to Continuous Planning. Our UX team adapted to align with their cadence and continue providing inputs to our roadmaps. - -Continuous Planning embeds better UX in the agile process software development operates on. - -The shift from Semester to Continuous Planning - -Semester Planning - -Before we moved to continuous planning, our team worked at a semester cadence. We would meet with our partners to review plans, request UX dependencies, and negotiate our capacity to commit to the work. While this system allowed us to plan ahead, the challenge came with change. There were little touchpoints during our milestones (2-month sprints), making alignment hard and resulting in last-minute asks due to poor…",1731883649,efe18eb280,6108ca0b37,,,1731883649 -https://techncruncher.blogspot.com/2022/01/top-9-free-ai-tools-that-make-your-life.html,http://feeds.feedburner.com/TechCrunch/,Top 9 Free AI Tools That Make Your Life Easier," - - - - - - - - - - - -First one on the list is copy.ai. It is an AI based copy writer tool. Basically what a copywriter tool does is, it gives you content that you can post on your blog or video when you give it a few descriptions about the topic you want content on.So copy ai can help you write instagram captions gives you blog idea, product descriptions, facebook content, startup ideas, viral ideas, a lot of things it can do, you just make an account in this website, then select a tool and fill in the necessary description and the AI will generate content on what you ask for. - -For tutorials go to their official Youtube channel .An awesome tool that is going to be really handy in the future. - - - - - -Hotpot.ai offers a collection of AI tools for designers, as well as for anyone, it has an “AI picture restorer” which removes scratches ,and basically restores your old photo into amazing pictures and makes it look brand new. - -Ai picture colorizer , turns your black and white photo into color. And there is a background remover tool, picture enlarger and a lot more for designers, check it out,and explore all the tools. - - - - - - - - - -Deep-nostalgia became very popular on the internet when people started - -making reaction videos of their parents reacting to animated pictures of their grandparents. So deep - nostalgia is a very cool app, that will animate any photo of a person. - -So what makes it really cool is that fact that you can upload an old photo of your family and see them animate and living. Which is pretty cool and creepy at the same time if they are dead already.. Really amazing service from myheritage, I created a lot of cool animations with my old photos as well as with the photos of my grandparents. - -Having a nice looking profile picture is really important if you want that professional feel in your socials. Whether in linkedin or twitter having a - -distinct and catchy profile picture can make all the difference. So that's where pfpmaker comes in. it a free online tool to create amazing professional profile pictures that fits you. It generates a lot of profile pictures and you can also make small changes to already created profile pictures if you want to,as well. - - - - - - - - - -Speaking of brands, getting a good logo for your brand is the most frustrating - -thing ever, so brandmark.io makes it super easy. It will create a logo for your brand within 2 clicks. So you goto this website. Type in your brand name and slogan if you have any, and give BRAND KEYWORDS that relate to your brand, then pick a color style and done, the ai will - -generate amazing logos for you. - -You can also make minor edits to the suggested logos to better fit your needs as well. But to get that png you need to pay a hefty price, but if you are looking for some logo ideas, this is a great place to start. - - - - - - - - - -Even in the previous websites, some had picture enlarger tools. This deep-image.ai is a dedicated image enlarger, which supports upto 4x enlargement for free. The UI is pretty good and the tool is pretty fast with amazing results. - - - - - -Bigjpg does the same as deep-image.ai , but this service offers a little bit more options like if your photo is an artwork it scales image differently than normal photos and it supports upto 4x enlargement for free and you can also set noise reduction options. Very good tool, - - - - - -Lumen5 is an online marketing video maker that makes it really easy to create branding or informational videos within a couple of clicks. They have really great templates and various aspect ratios for various social media platforms. - -You can also edit each element of the video if you don't like the preset, and the best part is, they have a ton of , I mean a ton of free stock photos and videos.You can also upload your own videos or any type of media. Definitely a good tool if you don't know how to work with complex tools like after effects, but want to create a sick video for your brand.",1731883633,f0ec6af36b,60e9a0a09a,,,1731883633 -https://taxfoundation.org/data/all/state/premium-cigar-taxes-by-state-2024/,https://taxfoundation.org/feed/,"Premium Cigar Taxes by State, 2024","Table of Contents - -Over 500 million premium cigars were sold in the United States in 2023. With each sale comes a complex tax A tax is a mandatory payment or charge collected by local, state, and national governments from individuals or businesses to cover the costs of general government services, goods, and activities. landscape. - -All large cigars are subject to a federal tax of 52.75 percent, capped at $0.4026 per cigar. Large cigars and premium cigars are also subject to state-level excise taxes of varying rates and structures. Premium cigars are a subset of large cigars that are handmade entirely from tobacco. Several states levy a different tax on premium cigars than other large cigars or have a specific cap on the tax levied on premium cigars. Tax treatment of the various types of cigars varies significantly across states and across product types. - -Taxes are levied on tobacco products both to discourage consumption of tobacco products and to generate revenues to address public health effects associated with their use. Large cigars, especially premium cigars, tend to be used in a different social context than cigarettes and for different reasons. Dangers associated with cigars depend primarily on the level of exposure—in cigars per day and inhalation level. Frequent cigar smokers may experience worse health effects than cigarette smokers, but casual cigar users may experience significantly lower risk of negative health effects. - -Some states levy an ad quantum tax per cigar and other states levy percentage ad valorem taxes on wholesale or retail prices. To make the rates comparable across states, we calculated the tax that would be charged on a cigar that retails for $11.79 and is sold wholesale for $5.90. - -Utah levies the highest tax of 86 percent, followed by New York and Colorado at 75 percent and 56 percent, respectively. Florida, Pennsylvania, and New Hampshire have exempted premium cigars from an excise tax An excise tax is a tax imposed on a specific good or activity. Excise taxes are commonly levied on cigarettes, alcoholic beverages, soda, gasoline, insurance premiums, amusement activities, and betting, and typically make up a relatively small and volatile portion of state and local and, to a lesser extent, federal tax collections. entirely, with the next lowest taxes levied by Texas and Alabama at $0.01 and $0.04 per cigar. States with high-rate, uncapped ad valorem taxes tend to levy significantly higher taxes, especially on premium cigars which tend to be more expensive than standard large cigars. - -Maryland and New Hampshire levy significantly lower taxes on premium cigars than other large cigars. Minnesota, Montana, Nevada, and Ohio only cap the tax levied on premium cigars, leaving the tax on other large cigars uncapped. Nevada has also established a floor for the per cigar tax at $0.30. - -Seventeen states capped the tax levied on each premium cigar. Most states cap the excise tax at $0.50 per cigar. Other states set the cap as high as $4 per cigar in Vermont or as low as $0.30 per cigar in North Carolina. - -Capping the ad valorem tax on each cigar helps prevent the revenue volatility that excise taxes tend to generate, as fluctuations in market prices will have less influence on revenues collected. Price-based taxes do not directly target the actual harm-causing elements of the products, but placing a cap on the tax means that most cigars, above a certain value, will effectively experience a specific tax per cigar of the capped rate. - -Taxes levied on cigars with low prices are price-based, keeping them low to reflect the low prices. Conversely, taxes on cigars with high prices are capped to a specific tax per cigar, more directly targeting the harm-causing element of tobacco in each cigar. Higher-priced tobacco leaves and more finely crafted cigars do not have significantly greater negative externalities, so significantly higher taxes from a price-based tax would be excessive. This helps avoid imposing an undue burden on both particularly low-priced and especially high-priced cigars. - -Premium cigar sales experienced a significant increase in 2021 and have continued to grow since. As more people consume this type of tobacco product, the impact that these taxes have on the public grows—as does the revenue potential. Structuring premium cigar taxes to effectively generate necessary revenues to address the public health effects of tobacco smoking, without imposing an excessive burden on consumers or producers, is an increasingly important consideration as this sector of the tobacco market continues to grow. - -State Premium Cigar Taxes Total Tax Levied on Premium Cigars across States in $ per cigar, as of October 2024 State Total Tax Levied on a Sample Premium Cigar ($/Cigar) Rate Alabama $ 0.041 $0.0405 Alaska $ 4.421 75% of wholesale Arizona $ 0.218 $0.218 Arkansas $ 0.618 68% of wholesale (not to exceed $0.50/cigar + 2% of manufacturer's invoiced selling price) California $ 3.120 52.92% of wholesale Colorado $ 3.301 56% of wholesale Connecticut $ 0.500 50% of wholesale (not to exceed $0.50/cigar) Delaware $ 1.769 30% of wholesale District of Columbia $ 4.185 71% of wholesale Florida $ - No Tax Georgia $ 1.356 23% of wholesale Hawaii $ 2.948 50% of wholesale Idaho $ 0.500 40% of wholesale (not to exceed $0.50/cigar) Illinois $ 2.122 36% of wholesale Indiana $ 1.000 24% of wholesale (not to exceed $1/cigar) Iowa $ 0.500 50% of wholesale (not to exceed $0.50/cigar) Kansas $ 0.590 10% of wholesale Kentucky $ 1.769 15% of retail Louisiana $ 1.179 20% of wholesale Maine $ 2.535 43% of wholesale Maryland $ 0.884 15% of wholesale Massachusetts $ 2.358 40% of wholesale Michigan $ 0.500 32% of wholesale (not to exceed $0.50/cigar) Minnesota $ 0.500 95% of wholesale (not to exceed $0.50/cigar) Mississippi $ 0.884 15% of wholesale Missouri $ 0.590 10% of wholesale Montana $ 0.350 50% of wholesale (not to exceed $0.35/cigar) Nebraska $ 1.179 20% of wholesale Nevada $ 0.500 30% of wholesale (not to exceed $0.50/cigar) New Hampshire $ - No Tax New Jersey $ 1.769 30% of wholesale New Mexico $ 0.500 25% of wholesale (not to exceed $0.50/cigar) New York $ 4.421 75% of wholesale North Carolina $ 0.300 12.8% of wholesale (not to exceed $0.30/cigar) North Dakota $ 1.651 28% of wholesale Ohio $ 0.640 17% of wholesale (not to exceed $0.64/cigar) Oklahoma $ 0.120 $0.12 Oregon $ 1.000 65% of wholesale (not to exceed $1.00/cigar) Pennsylvania $ - No Tax Rhode Island $ 0.500 80% of wholesale (not to exceed $0.50/cigar) South Carolina $ 0.295 5% of wholesale South Dakota $ 2.063 35% of wholesale Tennessee $ 0.389 6.6% of wholesale Texas $ 0.011 $0.011 Utah $ 5.070 86% of wholesale Vermont $ 2.000 92% of wholesale (not to exceed $2/cigar or $4/cigar if the wholesale cost is greater than $10) Virginia $ 1.179 20% of wholesale Washington $ 0.650 95% of wholesale (not to exceed $0.65/cigar) West Virginia $ 0.707 12% of wholesale Wisconsin $ 0.500 71% of wholesale (not to exceed $0.50/cigar) Wyoming $ 1.179 20% of wholesale Notes: Taxes calculated using a sample premium cigar that retails for $11.79 and is sold wholesale for $5.90. - -Sources: Bloomberg Tax, Cigar Association of America, State Statutes - -Stay informed on the tax policies impacting you. Subscribe to get insights from our trusted experts delivered straight to your inbox. Subscribe - -Share this article",1731883673,e5f91fc857,60e00ad8e8,,,1731883673 -https://taxfoundation.org/blog/how-the-payroll-tax-base-has-changed-over-time/,https://taxfoundation.org/feed/,How the Payroll Tax Base Has Changed Over Time,"The Social Security trust funds face looming insolvency if policymakers don’t reform the program. One issue that garners a lot of attention in the debate over solutions is the payroll tax A payroll tax is a tax paid on the wages and salaries of employees to finance social insurance programs like Social Security, Medicare, and unemployment insurance. Payroll taxes are social insurance taxes that comprise 24.8 percent of combined federal, state, and local government revenue, the second largest source of that combined tax revenue. cap. Some have proposed raising the cap to increase the share of wage and salary income covered by the payroll tax A tax is a mandatory payment or charge collected by local, state, and national governments from individuals or businesses to cover the costs of general government services, goods, and activities. . But policymakers should also recognize that broader changes in how workers are compensated have contributed to the decline in wages subject to payroll taxes. Therefore, expanding the payroll tax base The tax base is the total amount of income, property, assets, consumption, transactions, or other economic activity subject to taxation by a tax authority. A narrow tax base is non-neutral and inefficient. A broad tax base reduces tax administration costs and allows more revenue to be raised at lower rates. to include all forms of worker compensation should also be on the table. - -When Social Security was introduced in 1937, it applied a 2 percent payroll tax to the first $3,000 of earnings ($66,000 in today’s dollars). It covered about 92 percent of taxable earnings at the time, and only 3 percent of workers earned more than the taxable maximum. From 1937 to 1950, the cap was fixed, and the share of workers earning more than the taxable maximum quickly rose from 3 percent to as high as 29 percent by 1950. Legislation over the next two decades periodically raised the cap, but it wasn’t until the 1977 amendments introduced wage indexing that the cap would increase each year. Since then, the cap automatically adjusts each year based on the average growth in wages, and the share of workers earning above the taxable maximum has stabilized around 6 percent. - -But even with the payroll cap rising to $160,000 today, the share of wages and salaries covered by the payroll tax has fallen to about 82 percent. The last time it reached as high as 90 percent was during the 1983 Social Security amendments, which increased the payroll tax to address the funding crisis that had occurred at the time. On average, the payroll tax has covered about 83 percent of wages since Social Security’s inception. - -One underappreciated contributor to the decline in how much wage income faces the payroll tax is the rise in employee-provided fringe benefits, the largest of which is health insurance. Employer-provided health insurance is tax deductible, and thus faces neither the income nor payroll tax. Other fringe benefits exempt from income and payroll taxes include group-term life insurance, disability insurance, certain transportation expenses, contributions to health savings accounts, and business expense reimbursements for travel. - -Fringe benefits grew from 7 percent of compensation in 1950 to 19.3 percent in 1993. Since then, the trend has somewhat flattened, generally hovering between 17 and 20 percent of total compensation. The trendline has generally tracked with the Social Security tax rate. The combined Social Security payroll tax rate, including both the employee and employer burden, rose from 3 percent in 1950 to 12.4 percent in 1990, where it has remained since. - -Currently, Social Security faces a $3.5 trillion shortfall over the next decade. By 2035, the trust fund will be depleted, and current payroll taxes will only be able to fund 83 percent of the scheduled benefits. If policymakers were to eliminate the tax exclusion for employer-provided health insurance, for example, that alone would generate $5.0 trillion in additional tax revenue over the next decade on a conventional basis, in line with CBO estimates. About 28 percent of that, or $1.4 trillion, would be specifically payroll tax revenue. - -Revenue Effects of Eliminating Tax-Exclusion for Employer-Provided Health Insurance 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2025 - 2034 Total Conventional Income Revenue $282.2 $318.6 $342.7 $349.7 $361.0 $372.2 $383.5 $394.6 $405.4 $421.1 $3,631.0 Total Conventional Payroll Revenue $109.5 $123.6 $132.9 $135.6 $140.0 $144.4 $148.8 $153.1 $157.3 $163.3 $1,408.5 Total Conventional Revenue $391.7 $442.2 $475.6 $485.3 $501.1 $516.6 $532.3 $547.7 $562.6 $584.5 $5,039.5 Source: Tax Foundation General Equilibrium Model, October 2024 - -While difficult choices will have to be made to restore fiscal solvency to Social Security, policymakers searching for ways to boost the trust fund revenues as part of some broader bipartisan reform might want to consider curtailing these various tax exclusions for fringe benefits. - -Stay informed on the tax policies impacting you. Subscribe to get insights from our trusted experts delivered straight to your inbox. Subscribe - -Share this article",1731883662,e5f91fc857,60b798415f,,,1731883662 -https://www.practicalecommerce.com/robert-cialdini-on-social-commerce,https://www.practicalecommerce.com/category/social-media/feed,Robert Cialdini on Social Commerce,"I attended a live webinar last month led by Dr. Robert Cialdini. He’s the author of the seminal book “Influence: The Psychology of Persuasion.” If you haven’t read his work, you almost certainly know of his impact on ecommerce. He’s arguably the intellectual brains behind many of the conversion optimization techniques we all rely on. He invented the concept of social proof. - -Through his work, Cialdini has evolved persuasion from the offline world to online. And there’s an emerging component of the role of social media in shopping. - -Product Discovery - -How consumers discover products has changed. - -Studies suggest that upwards of three-quarters of online shoppers now discover products on social media. Two-thirds use social media for shopping every week. The percentages are even higher for Gen Zs — teenagers to mid-20s — who largely use Instagram or TikTok when looking for a new product or service. - -Yet while social enables discovery, three-quarters of consumers prefer to buy directly from the brand or retailer. - -Thus the sales funnel now looks very different with buying journeys that often start on social but end on an ecommerce site. - -Reduce Uncertainty - -Much of Cialdini’s work aims to reduce uncertainty to help consumers make purchase decisions. On social there is a paradox. Lack of trust causes consumers to hesitate. But creators and influencers offer reassurance, as does the built-in social proof of likes, follows, comments, and ratings. - -Which brings me to the webinar. I asked Dr. Cialdini how brands should use social media, given his principles of authority, social proof, scarcity, and reciprocity. - -He pointed out that brands should leverage the power of the medium and emphasize their own strengths. - -He told me, “If a brand has true scarcity or dwindling availability, use it. If it has true expert voices, that’s the one. And if it has evidence of a lot of people moving toward it, use that one.” - -Social media is a game changer, he said, because “now we have access to opinions of people who have similar interests and are making similar choices to us, from all over the world. Thousands of them can weigh in on their experience. We’ve never had that before — technology has allowed it. What your friends and those around you are doing has always been powerful, but now we can access the information like never before.” - -With social media, we can get “98% of the world into this uncertainty-reducing tool. That’s why it’s become so powerful and why the more we employ it, the more people want to consider what we offer in that process.” - -Human Connection - -I asked Dr. Cialdini about the role of social media influencers as a source of paid-for authority. - -He addressed the human dimension. “I saw a study recently that in the last 10 years, handmade products have increased in popularity by 37% even though the quality of the products has declined. Why the increase? Because there’s a real person there. Increasingly we shop separately and work separately. We entertain ourselves separately by pushing buttons on screens. Consumers are looking for a human connection. ” - -Cialdini continued by referencing the many studies that show how evidence persuades shoppers. He especially likes the evidence from testimonials because they are real people, stating, “If there’s a person there, consumers will be more inclined to pay attention to it.” - -Lastly, Cialdini had intriguing advice on reviews. - -“We’re being systematically separated from one another because of technology. We get social proof from the number and quality of reviews, which gives us authority. But I’m going to suggest a small change. Instead of listing the number of reviews, merchants should list the number of reviewers. Instead of listing the number of testimonials, we should list the number of testifiers because those are real people.” - -He added, “What’s a review? It’s a click. What’s a reviewer or a testifier? That’s a person — somebody like me. An individual.”",1731883645,5e1ceba4cb,60d040f3bb,,,1731883645 -https://www.coindesk.com/tech/2024/11/13/the-protocol-reinvent-ethererum-and-just-dont-break-bitcoin/?utm_medium=referral&utm_source=rss&utm_campaign=headlines,https://www.coindesk.com/feed,"The Protocol: Reinvent Ethererum, and Just Don't Break Bitcoin","Loyal readers of The Protocol will recall that we launched this newsletter on April 26, 2023, to cover technological developments across the blockchain industry, after winding down its predecessor, Valid Points, which was focused exclusively on Ethereum . (In case you're interested in that history, we wrote here about how we turned $15,000 into $70,000 running an Ethereum validator.) We started covering Bitcoin technology in the newsletter along with Solana and Cosmos and Sui and everything else. Over time, the format evolved, and got a bit longer — as I increasingly geeked out over blockchain tech and found myself incrementally incompetent at leaving cool stuff out. I say that with utmost earnestness, because as the main author of The Protocol, I also got more and more snarky and cynical and jaded about the various news developments, especially regarding the money end of the business, while simultaneously getting more and more wowed by all of the developers and entrepreneurs in this space coming out with hundreds of fascinating projects and updates every week, as duly highlighted in the Protocol Village column . We launched an accompanying podcast that got really good until it was, er, paused indefinitely earlier this year due to the lack of a sponsor and departure of our producer.",1731883699,c08a28b4dd,619481d49c,,,1731883699 -https://www.bundesliga.com/en/bundesliga/news/bochum-bayer-leverkusen-match-report-highlights-matchday-10-wirtz-29669,https://www.bundesliga.com/rss,Xabi Alonso's Bayer Leverkusen thwarted again as Koji Miyoshi snatches late draw for Bochum,"Bochum secured a dramatic 1-1 draw against defending Bundesliga champions Bayer Leverkusen in Dieter Hecking's first match in charge as coach. Patrik Schick scored the opener for the visitors but Koji Miyoshi's first Bundesliga goal at the death salvaged a point for the hosts. - -Bochum 1-1 Bayer Leverkusen - -Goals: 0-1 Schick 18' (assist: Wirtz), 1-1 Miyoshi 89' - -The Vonovia Ruhrstadion witnessed a thrilling encounter as Bochum, under new coach Dieter Hecking, secured a dramatic 1-1 draw against the reigning champions. The hosts went into the game with just one point from their opening nine matches - the joint-lowest total since the Bundesliga's inauguration. Leverkusen, meanwhile, arrived unbeaten in their last 21 Bundesliga away games, although having drawn four of their previous five, home and away, in the division. - -Watch: Hrádecký: ""This is completely unnecessary"" - -Schick breaks the deadlock - -Leverkusen dominated possession in the early stages, and their pressure paid off in the 18th minute. Florian Wirtz showcased his vision with a perfectly weighted through ball, allowing Schick to break free. The Czech striker's effort struck Patrick Drewes, but the ball spun through the goalkeeper and nestled in the net via the inside of the post. It was Schick's first Bundesliga goal since last May, coincidentally also against Bochum. - -Patrik Schick slots home the opening goal past Patrick Drewes to give Leverkusen the lead. - Leon Kuegeler - -Want more Bundesliga Action? GET THE UPDATES! - -Bochum's resilience - -Despite falling behind, Bochum showed signs of improvement under Hecking's guidance. Moritz Broschinski tested Lukáš Hrádecký with a powerful shot, while Gerrit Holtmann's pace caused problems for the Leverkusen defence. The hosts' determination was evident as they registered more shots than their opponents by the end of the match, although Leverkusen maintained control with their superior possession. - -Gerrit Holtmann and Jeremie Frimpong battle for possession. - IMAGO/pepphoto / Horst Mauelshagen - -Late drama unfolds - -As the match entered its final stages, Leverkusen appeared to be heading for victory. They thought they had doubled their lead in the 73rd minute when Jeremie Frimpong found the net, but the goal was ultimately disallowed for offside. Bochum's persistence paid off in dramatic fashion. In the 89th minute, Miyoshi found himself in the right place at the right time. He reacted quickest to squeeze the ball in from a tight angle, sending the Ruhrstadion into raptures. The late equaliser was a just reward for Bochum's improved second-half performance and Hecking's tactical acumen. - -Leverkusen celebrated first in an engaging contest in Bochum. - IMAGO/VITALII KLIUIEV - -Player of the Match: Florian Wirtz - -While Schick's goal was crucial, Wirtz's performance stood out throughout the match. The young midfielder's assist for Schick's goal showcased his vision and passing ability. He was at the heart of Leverkusen's attacking play, consistently creating chances and maintaining possession under pressure. His influence was reflected in the match statistics, where he led his team in fantasy points and was involved in numerous key moments. - -Jonas Hofmann challenges Moritz Broschinski. - IMAGO/Tim Rehbein/RHR-FOTO - -Bundesliga Match Facts - -xGoals: Bochum 0.73 - Leverkusen 1.24 - -Fastest player: Gerrit Holtmann (Bochum), 34.54 km/h - -Lowest goal probability: 1-1 by Koji Miyoshi (Bochum), 11.08 percent - -Pass efficiency: Felix Passlack (Bochum), 5.48 - -Fantasy Heroes: Florian Wirtz (Bayer Leverkusen, 339 Points), Alejandro Grimaldo (Bayer Leverkusen, 236 Points), Maximilian Wittek (Bochum 1848, 248 Points)",1731883661,26eff8ae46,6120d0f30b,,,1731883661 -https://www.ufc.com/news/chris-weidman-i-feel-im-going-some-redemption-ufc-309-jones-vs-miocic,https://www.ufc.com/rss/news,Chris Weidman: 'I feel Like I'm Going In For Some Redemption',"Like Chris Weidman’s reign as middleweight champion. For 889 days from 2013 to 2015, the Long Islander ruled the division, not only dethroning an all-time great in Anderson Silva and beating him a second time, but also defeating two more former champions in Lyoto Machida and Vitor Belfort before losing his crown to Luke Rockhold. - -Weidman’s reign, which was bested only by Silva and Israel Adesanya, doesn’t get its just due these days, but when the 185-pound belt has changed four times in the last two years, it shows how special this achievement was. - -Order UFC 309: Jones vs Miocic - -“I appreciate that,” said Weidman when I talk about his time as champion. “Any love I get from people for what I've done in the past and what I'm still doing, especially with all the adversity that I've come across, is great.” - -You might think that this is a post-mortem on a heck of a career, but we’re not here to bury “The All-American.” On the contrary, Weidman has a new lease on his fighting life at 40 as he approaches his Saturday bout with Eryk Anders.",1731883666,2c774cd014,61b7d67ff6,,,1731883666 -https://www.cnbc.com/2024/11/16/elon-musk-howard-lutnick-treasury-endorsement.html,https://www.cnbc.com/id/100003114/device/rss/rss.html,Elon Musk endorses Trump's transition co-chair Howard Lutnick for Treasury secretary,"Elon Musk at the tenth Breakthrough Prize ceremony held at the Academy Museum of Motion Pictures on April 13, 2024 in Los Angeles, California. - -On Saturday, Elon Musk shared who he is endorsing for Treasury secretary on X, a cabinet position President-elect Donald Trump has yet to announce his preference to fill. - -Musk wrote that Howard Lutnick, Trump-Vance transition co-chair and CEO and chairman of Cantor Fitzgerald, BGC Group and Newmark Group chairman, will ""actually enact change."" - -Lutnick and Key Square Group founder and CEO Scott Bessent are reportedly top picks to run the Treasury Department. - -Musk, CEO of Tesla and SpaceX, also included his thoughts on Bessent in his post on X. - -""My view fwiw is that Bessent is a business-as-usual choice,"" he wrote. - -""Business-as-usual is driving America bankrupt so we need change one way or another,"" he added. - -Musk also stated it would be ""interesting to hear more people weigh in on this for @realDonaldTrump to consider feedback.""",1731883659,a25f737359,616b60de1a,,,1731883659 -https://www.wmagazine.com/fashion/phillip-lim-31-leaving-brand-creative-director,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,Phillip Lim Steps Down as Creative Director of 3.1 Phillip Lim,"It’s surprising enough when a designer steps down from a job. But when one departs from a brand that holds their name—which they built from the ground up—it is a different beast entirely. That might explain the shocked reactions to the news on November 13 that the designer Phillip Lim will leave his post as creative director of 3.1 Phillip Lim, a label he founded 20 years ago. - -WWD reported the news on Tuesday, sharing a joint statement from Lim and 3.1’s co-founder and chief executive officer, Wen Zhou. “It is with great respect and gratitude for each other and our long partnership that we have decided to part ways at 3.1 Phillip Lim,” they said. “This moment marks a natural turning point for both of us, each with new goals and different visions for the future.” They statement further explained that Zhou will stay on as CEO and sole proprietor of the brand, while Lim heads off to “pursue new ventures.” Currently, there is no news regarding Lim’s future plans or a replacement creative director. - -Lim on the runway following his spring 2025 show in September 2024. Paul Morigi/Getty Images Entertainment/Getty Images - -Lim and Zhou co-founded 3.1 Phillip Lim in New York City in 2005, quickly becoming a runway and red carpet staple, with offerings that included ready-to-wear, shoes, and bags. In 2007, the CFDA awarded Lim the award for Emerging Talent in Womenswear; at that time, the Southern California native was becoming known for his downtown designs that emphasized functionality along with style. Over the past two decades, 3.1 Phillip Lim has remained relevant while still maintaining independence, expanding into menswear and opening stores in New York, Hawaii, China, and Japan. - -Like many brands, especially independent ones, 3.1 struggled during the pandemic, but Lim and Zhou made it through, with Lim designing a comfort-focused line of “at-leisure” wear, his answer to ath-leisure. That was also around the time Lim co-founded the House of Slay, a collective made up of “The Slaysians,” Prabal Gurung, Laura Kim, Tina Leung, and other Asian creators in the fashion industry, in an effort to fight back against anti-Asian sentiments. “Our idea was to be unapologetically celebratory of who we are, what we do, the lives we live, and each other,” he told W in 2022. - -Some of “The Slaysians” Phillip Lim, Tina Leung, Prabal Gurung, and Ezra William. Roy Rochlin/Getty Images Entertainment/Getty Images - -Following the pandemic, 3.1 Phillip Lim took a break from the runway, presenting collections instead by private appointment. But the label returned for Lim’s spring 2024 collection, and has remained a NYFW staple for the subsequent seasons. In September, Lim presented his spring 2025 collection for 3.1 as part of New York Fashion Week. The show acted as a 20th anniversary celebration for the brand. But in hindsight, it will also now be known as Lim’s final collection for his eponymous brand.",1731883674,f8844306b1,61c7a2c744,,,1731883674 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/roblox-is-limiting-access-to-social-hangouts-and-unrated-games-for-children-aged-under-13,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,Roblox is limiting access to social hangouts and unrated games for children aged under 13,"Roblox is making changes in an attempt to keep younger players safe in the online platform. Beginning later this month, children under the age of 13 will no longer be able to search, discover or play unrated experiences within Roblox, and will be unable to access social hangout experiences. - -""Parents and young users need accurate information about the experiences they are playing. Moving forward, all creators must complete a questionnaire for each experience they want available for users under 13. This means that all unrated experiences will be filtered out of search and any public or recommended sorts for users under 13,"" says the announcement. - -Creators have until December 3rd to fill out the questionnaire if they want their content rated for play for those under the of 13. After that point, the unrated content will be filtered out. - -The changes to social hangouts will take effect earlier, on November 18th. - -""We are also updating our policies to address user behavior that can potentially pose a risk to our youngest users,"" says the post, desperately trying to avoid using words like 'pedophiles' or 'predators'. ""Starting November 18, experiences with certain types of interactive features, specifically social hangouts and free-form 2D user creation, will only be playable to users over the age of 13. Creators will always be able to play their own experience or any experience they have edit access to."" - -Earlier this year, a report by Bloomberg addressed the scale of child safety issues within Roblox, highlighting 13,316 instances of child exploitation reported on the platform in 2023. The following month, Hindenberg Research - an organisation which reports on businesses in order to profit from short-selling - published its own report labelling Roblox a ""pedophile hellscape"". Roblox responded to claims in both reports, saying Bloomberg's coverage featured ""glaring mischaracterisations"" and that it ""rejects"" Hindenberg's report. - -It's arguably worth putting that number in context, since Roblox is vastly successful with 78 million daily active users as of earlier this year. It's also worth noting that if you perfectly set the parental controls and dodge the predators, the reward is that your kid gets to safely play some of the worst, most exploitatively-designed video games imaginable. You think the skinner box design, FOMO and gambling tactics are bad in mainstream free-to-play games? Wait until you see what they're like when they're created by companies with no public reputation or licensors to protect. - -My kid's school recently sent home a leaflet about Roblox, explaining what it is and how parents can keep children safe in it. Part of the leaflet explained the concept of ""ODers"", which apparently stands for ""Online Daters"", who in this context are adults who use Roblox to find an adult romantic partner. I looked it up and this is apparently a real thing and I've been spiralling ever since. I always thought I'd be the sort of person to keep up with technological and social trends, but I'm sloping into middle age and realising that no, I can't, I won't. They've changed what 'it' is and now what's 'it' seems weird and scary to me. - -I tell every parent I meet what I'll tell you: under 13 or over 13, safe or not safe, don't let your kids play Roblox. Teach them to have taste.",1731883657,ad45c610da,619e1f4f5f,,,1731883657 -https://mikevardy.com/podcast559/,https://productivityist.com/feed/,Episode 559: Jason Silver Talks About Finding Happiness in Work and the Power of Reflection,,1731883640,abe8315a83,611e13399a,,,1731883640 -https://www.fourfourtwo.com/features/defenders-who-scored-hat-tricks,https://www.fourfourtwo.com/rss.xml,Defenders who scored hat-tricks,"Ronald Koeman celebrates after scoring the winner for Barcelona against Sampdoria in the 1992 European Cup final. - -Defenders are not usually prolific scorers. Their main job, after all, is self-explanatory: to defend their goal. - -But over the years, there have been a number of defenders known for chipping in with their fair share of goals at the other end of the pitch. - -Some of those are set-piece specialists; others a threat in the air at free-kicks and corners. But a few just had a knack of being in the right place at the right time. - -Here, a look at some of the defenders from the men's game who scored hat-tricks during their careers... - -16. Yassine Meriah - -Yassine Meriah celebrates after scoring for Tunisia against Niger in October 2018. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -Yassine Meriah scored a hat-trick for Espérance de Tunis against US Tataouine in June 2023, with all three goals coming from the penalty spot. - -A Greek Cup winner at Olympiacos and Saudi Pro League champion with Al Ain, Meriah was named in the Team of the Tournament at the 2019 Africa Cup of Nations after his impressive performances for Tunisia. - -15. Musaed Neda - -Musaed Neda (left) of the Kuwait XI team and Luis Figo (right) of the World Stars XI team pose prior to the Kuwait Champions Challenge match between a Football Champions Tour team and a Kuwait All-Stars team in December 2015. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -Musaed Neda won over 100 caps for Kuwait and the defender was a prolific scorer during his career. - -Get FourFourTwo Newsletter The best features, fun and footballing quizzes, straight to your inbox every week. Contact me with news and offers from other Future brands Receive email from us on behalf of our trusted partners or sponsors - -Neda scored a hat-trick for Qadsia SC in a 3-0 win over Kuwait SC in May 2004 in the Kuwaiti Premier League and added another in a 3-1 victory against Umm Salal in the 2005 Gulf Club Champions Cup. - -14. Ionuț Larie - -Steaua Bucharest's Ionut Darie and Sporting CP's Bas Dost compete for the ball in a Champions League qualifier in August 2017. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -Romanian defender Ionuț Larie started his career at Farul Constanța and returned to his first club in 2021. - -The former Steaua Bucharest defender scored a hat-trick for Farul in a 4-1 win over FC Voluntari in Romania's top flight in 2023, converting three penalties. - -13. Ronald Araújo - -Ronald Araujo in action for Uruguay's Under-20 team against Ukraine in March 2019. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -Before moving to Barcelona in 2018, Uruguayan centre-back Ronald Araújo played for Rentistas and Boston River in his homeland. - -During his time at Rentistas, the Uruguay defender scored a hat-trick in a 3-2 win over Villa Española in the nation's second tier in June 2017. - -12. Réver - -Rever celebrates a goal for Atletico Mineiro against Colon in September 2019. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -A centre-back who could also play as a defensive midfielder, Réver had two long spells at Atlético Mineiro and also won a handful of caps for Brazil. - -In March 2013, he scored a perfect hat-trick for Atlético against América MG in the Campeonato Mineiro. - -11. Naldo - -Naldo celebrates after scoring for Werder Bremen against Eintracht Frankfurt in December 2006. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -A Brazilian international defender who spent 14 seasons in the Bundesliga with Werder Bremen, Wolfsburg and Schalke, Naldo was also a prolific scorer. - -The centre-back scored over 70 career goals and three of those came in a 6-2 win for Werder Bremen against Eintracht Frankfurt in December 2006. - -10. Daley Blind - -Daley Blind and Hakim Ziyech pose with match balls after each scoring hat-tricks for Ajax in an 8-0 win over De Graafschap in December 2018. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -Ajax thrashed De Graafschap 8-0 in the Eredivisie in December 2018 and two players scored hat-tricks for the Amsterdam club. - -Winger Hakim Ziyech was one, completing his treble midway through the second half. The other was defender Daley Blind, who scored in the 65th, 74th and 90th minutes to round off a huge win at the Johan Cruyff Arena. - -9. Alvin Martin - -Alvin Martin in action for West Ham against Oxford United in October 1987. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -Alvin Martin made close to 600 first-team appearances in a 19-year career at West Ham and won 17 caps for England. - -The defender also achieved the unusual feat of scoring a hat-trick past three different goalkeepers, beating Martin Thomas (who was then injured) and then outfield players Chris Hedworth and Peter Beardsley in an 8-1 win over Newcastle in April 1986. - -8. Gary Gillespie - -Gary Gillespie at Liverpool in 1991. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -Gary Gillespie spent eight years at Liverpool between 1983 and 1991 and the former Scotland defender helped the Reds to three First Division titles in that time. - -In the first of those title wins, Gillespie scored a hat-trick in a 5-0 win over Birmingham City at Anfield in April 1986, netting twice from open play and then with a penalty. - -7. Layvin Kurzawa - -Layvin Kurzawa celebrates after scoring for Paris Saint-Germain against Anderlecht in the Champions League in October 2017. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -Layvin Kurzawa became the first defender to score a hat-trick in the Champions League when he netted three times for Paris Saint-Germain against Anderlecht in October 2017. - -The left-back scored PSG's third, fourth and fifth goals against the Belgian side at the Parc des Princes after first-half efforts from Marco Verratti and Neymar in the group-stage clash in Paris. - -6. Alpay Özalan - -Turkey's Alpay Özalan in action against Japan at the 2002 World Cup. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -One of the most-capped players in Turkey's history, Alpay Özalan played 90 games for his national side between 1995 and 2005. - -The defender scored three of his four international goals in a 3-3 draw against Macedonia in a World Cup qualifier in June 2001. - -5. Bernard Dietz - -Bernard Dietz on the ball for MSV Duisburg against Bayern Munich and Frank Beckenbauer in October 1975. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -A left-back or sweeper who captained West Germany and won the European Championship in 1980, Bernard Dietz was also a prolific scorer. - -Dietz hit four goals for MSV Duisburg against Bayern Munich in an impressive 6-3 win for the Zebras in a Bundesliga clash in November 1977. - -4. Siniša Mihajlović - -Sinisa Mihajlovic takes a free-kick for Lazio against Dynamo Kyiv in September 1999. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -One of the best free-kick takers of all time, Siniša Mihajlović carved out a successful career in Serie A after winning the European Cup with Red Star Belgrade in the early 1990s. - -Mihajlović had long spells at both Sampdoria and Lazio and the former Serbia and Montenegro defender hit a hat-trick of free-kicks for the Rome-based side in a 5-2 win over his ex-club in 1998. - -3. Aad Mansveld - -ADO Den Haag's Aad Mansveld is brought down in a match against Feyenoord in October 1972. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -Aad Mansveld spent 13 years at ADO Den Haag and the former Dutch international later returned to the Storks for two more spells. - -The talented libero scored two hat-tricks for the club: the first in a 4-3 victory against West Ham United in the European Cup Winners' Cup quarter-finals in March 1976; and another in an 8-2 win over Go Ahead Eagles in the Eredivisie in October that year. - -2. Ronald Koeman - -Ronald Koeman celebrates a goal for Barcelona against Porto in April 1994. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -Ronald Koeman scored the winning goal for Barcelona against Sampdoria in the 1992 European Cup final as the Blaugrana claimed the trophy for the first time. - -The Dutch defender was a set-piece specialist and scored three career hat-tricks at three different clubs: one for Ajax in a 14-0 win over Red Boys Differdange in 1984; another for PSV in a 6-1 victory versus RKC Waalwijk in 1986; and a third as Barcelona thrashed Trabzonspor 7-2 in 1990. - -1. Fernando Hierro - -Fernando Hierro in action for Real Madrid against Bayern Munich in May 2001. (Image credit: Getty Images) - -Fernando Hierro was a central defender who could also play in midfield and the former Real Madrid captain scored 29 goals for Spain. - -Hierro hit four hat-tricks during his time at Real Madrid: the first in a 5-1 win at Espanyol in 1991; four in a 7-0 victory over the Catalan club in 1992; three in a 5-2 beating of Torpedo Moscow in the UEFA Cup later in the year; and another treble in a 3-1 success against Real Zaragoza in La Liga in 2002.",1731883648,464f0e51ee,60f609ef01,,,1731883648 -https://www.mlbtraderumors.com/2024/11/mets-sign-donovan-walton-to-minors-contract.html,https://www.mlbtraderumors.com/feed,Mets Sign Donovan Walton To Minors Contract,"The Mets signed Donovan Walton to a minor league contract, according to the infielder’s MLB.com profile page. Walton elected to become a free agent at the start of November when the Giants outrighted him off their 40-man roster — since Walton had previously been outrighted in his career, he has the right to opt for free agency rather than accept another outright assignment. - -The 30-year-old appeared in nine games after San Francisco selected Walton’s contract to the active roster in mid-September, which marked Walton’s first big league playing time since 2022. Walton broke into the majors with the Mariners in 2019 and played in 37 games over parts of four seasons before Seattle traded him to the Giants in May 2022. That season was cut short by a shoulder surgery that also kept him on the shelf for a good chunk of the 2023 campaign, as Walton spent the entirety of that season in the Giants’ minor league system. - -If the 2023 season was just about getting back to good health for Walton, he looked sharper this season in hitting .306/.380/.441 over 387 plate appearances with Triple-A Sacramento. This more or less matches his .287/.370/.454 slash line across 975 career PA at the Triple-A level, but Walton hasn’t been able to carry that production into the Show, as he has hit only .174/.227/.305 in 205 PA with the Mariners and Giants. - -Walton has mostly split his time between the two middle infield positions, though he has some experience as a third baseman and left fielder. Though his lack of offense limits his ceiling, Walton is a left-handed hitter who can play multiple positions, making him an interesting option for teams looking to fill out a roster. The Mets can give Walton a look during Spring Training and see what he can bring to the table as a depth piece for either the big league squad or at Triple-A.",1731883653,2697e1b9fe,61427950ff,,,1731883653 -https://www.nichepursuits.com/vinny-delgiudice-always-from-scratch/,https://www.nichepursuits.com/feed/,How Vinny DelGiudice Grew His Italian-American Food Blog to +100k Page Views a Month,"Vinny DelGiudice first dove into blogging to pass the time when he moved to Nevada by himself just out of grad school. - -Although that blog never really took off, he did learn a lot from the process. - -A few years later, he and his wife decided to start an Italo-American food blog called Always From Scratch . Both of them had very fond memories of eating their families’ homemade cooking as children, and they decided to share it with the world. - -It was a good decision: today their blog brings in a solid extra revenue stream and they’ve built up their page views to +100k per month and a following of 136k on Instagram. - -Keep reading to find out: - -What he did before blogging - -What his first blog was about - -Why he decided to try food blogging - -How his traffic has grown - -Where his income comes from - -His main marketing strategy - -His thoughts on SEO - -His keyword research process - -His content creation process - -The resources that have helped him - -His go-to tools - -His biggest challenge - -His main accomplishment - -His major mistake - -His advice for other entrepreneurs - -Meet Vinny DelGiudice - -My name is Vinny. I’m originally from New York, but we live in North Carolina now. I’ve worked in restaurants and delis from when I was 13 until I finished grad school. - -I grew up in an Italian household where the idea of going out to dinner was specifically saved for special occasions so we always ate my mom’s home cooking. - -She’d send us to school with chicken cutlet sandwiches, make us pasta and meatballs every Sunday, and always made whatever the meal was, from scratch. - -I went to school to be a speech pathologist. I worked in a specific niche of voice and swallowing. I started blogging and working in digital media because when I took my first job after grad school, I moved to Nevada by myself and I was so bored when I wasn’t at work. Blogging became a way for me to distract myself at the beginning of living in a new place. - -I was a speech pathologist for 7 years but now I’m full-time digital media and photography. - -In the beginning, I would guest blog about craft beer and sports mainly. My blog was a story-based blog. - -It was just me venting about things that would happen to me throughout the day. I didn’t have any financial success but it got me used to putting myself out there on the internet. - -Why He Created His Website - -I had been blogging and posting on social media for years before we came up with the idea for Always From Scratch. - -After we had our first kid, I stopped blogging and posting altogether. It was a hobby at the time and something I didn’t care to spend time on when I could spend that time with my family. I was also using a “character” to post as and would act as a more stereotypical Italian when I posted. - -I came up with the idea for Always from Scratch on a walk with my wife in 2020. I wanted to create a blog that represented our family’s culture as we went from being Italian to American. My wife is a second-generation American, and I’m fourth-generation American. - -We had a really unique experience with her family having so many different Italian recipes than mine and I wanted to share all of them. - -I started out with just one post at a time, with the goal of getting to 100. - -Basically how I work every recipe is a few simple steps: - -Recipe test Shoot photography and videography for recipe Edit photos and videos for blog and Instagram Write the recipe blog Post the recipe video - -Sometimes I start by hunting for keywords. Especially when I feel like my creative juices aren’t flowing, keyword research gets me thinking. It's a good way to get your brain going. - -For a lot of my family recipes, I start with a thought and look to find a keyword that works for that idea. - -The main revenue is from ads on the website. Once you start getting enough traffic to your website you can apply for an ad platform. - -Over the past 2 years, we’ve grown from about 1000 pageviews a month to over 100k pageviews a month. - -Right before I owned this business, my wife and I owned a charcuterie business. We would cater large charcuterie boards. The business didn’t necessarily fail, but we discontinued it because, as new parents, only one of us could be with the business, so we were never able to spend time together. - -We ended up closing in early 2020. - -I work on the blog for about 30 hours per week. - -Where His Income Comes From - -The income streams are brand sponsorships, photography shoots, and ad revenue. Ad revenue is my favorite income stream because although it's not actually passive, it's the least stressful. - -We can’t live on the Always From Scratch income right now but it is trending in the right direction of providing our family with extra income. - -Vinny’s Marketing Strategy - -My #1 marketing strategy is SEO. It is my number one concern and thought process. Everything I create begins through the lens of SEO. I rarely will just create something for Instagram. - -Instagram, as great as it is for some things, does not convert to traffic for my blog, which is where I want people to go. The bulk of my traffic is from Google. - -So when I post videos on Instagram, it’s for 2 reasons: - -To connect with my audience. I want to be able to talk to my audience and understand what they want and how they want to see it. To attract brands to want to work with me. My Instagram account is @vindelgiudice . - -Vinny’s Thoughts on SEO - -SEO is very important. I’m not an expert. I’m nowhere near an expert. But I read as much as I can about it and try to learn about it as much as I can. - -Casey Markee has been a big part of my success in SEO, as well as the entire team at Top Hat Rank. All of their videos and help over the years have driven my success. - -I didn’t know a thing about SEO when I launched my first blog. Thankfully, when I launched Always From Scratch, I had been researching as much as I could about it. - -But there really is no teacher like real experience. Until you can see your posts start ranking, you don’t know if you’re doing it right. - -Keyword Research - -I won’t go into the nitty-gritty of how I do keyword research but I started by taking a keyword research class, Cooking with Keywords by Aleka. She is an amazing teacher and taught me so much about keyword research. - -I basically start with an idea and then start Googling it. I see what other people’s titles are. Then I put it into a keyword tool like Semrush or KeySearch and start parsing out what the best keywords to try to rank for are and how much volume they have. - -If there is no volume, then I may not even share the recipe because it might be that no one will ever see it. - -Link Building - -Link building is not that important to me at the moment. I write high-quality articles in the hopes that someone will link to them. - -Is it a great strategy? No. But right now that’s about all I have time for. - -I’ve done interviews in the past and worked with companies who have been gracious enough to link back to my page. - -His Content Creation Process - -I basically come up with ideas by going out to dinner, eating with friends, reading recipe books, and talking to my parents and my wife. - -Once I have an idea, the keyword research starts to see if it is even worth writing about. After that, I’ll start recipe testing. Sometimes I hit it on the first try, especially if it’s an old family recipe. Otherwise, I’ll have to try a few times. Then once that’s done, I do the photo/video shoot, write the blog, edit the video, and post. - -We have about 150 blogs live. We post at minimum once per week in blog form and 2 times per week on Instagram. - -His Email List - -I have an email list. It’s pretty small with about 700 people. I grow it by using pop-ups on my website and sharing it on my Instagram. - -Vinny’s Main Resources - -Join Food Blogger Pro. They’re great. They have a forum where you can talk with like-minded people and they have tons of classes for just getting started. They have been a huge part of my success. Their podcast is great too! - -Read anything that Casey Markee writes or is in whether it be a podcast or a video. He has so much knowledge and is giving this information for free. He also does site audits that obviously have a cost, but in the beginning, start with free resources. - -Top Hat Rank has so many videos on their YouTube all about SEO. - -Cooking with Keywords is a course I took that I still go back to and learn more. She is an amazing teacher and will teach you everything about keyword research. - -The three most useful tools for me are Adobe products, keyword research software, and my accountant. All three of these things save me astronomical amounts of time. - -I edit everything with Adobe. They have a great workflow. And it’s what I learned on, so It’s what I continue to use. - -Keyword software like KeySearch, Ahrefs, and Semrush are so important for keyword research. They provide you with a lot of information so you can decide whether or not you should even write about your idea. - -My accountant is by far my most important tool. He helps me make sure everything I’m doing will make me money. He helps me organize all my costs and keep everything straight. I’m forever grateful and lucky to have someone like my accountant. - -His Main Challenge - -My biggest challenge is time. I’m a dad and a husband. I work a full-time job for an amazing company. I refuse to sacrifice any time that would come before those three things. - -I consider myself so lucky to be in a position where I get to enjoy fatherhood, have an amazing wife, and get to go to work every day. - -I was laid off for 4 months about a year ago. My priorities are my family and my job. Then my business. So every hour I spend working on the business is usually early mornings and late nights. - -His Greatest Accomplishment - -My most important accomplishment is not giving up. - -I’ve started so many things before this blog where I just gave up. Never stopping despite how little money I was making. - -Looking back on it, my biggest accomplishment wasn’t getting on an ad network, getting a viral video, or hitting a certain number of followers. - -It’s that when things were not going that great, when I was only getting 10 blog views a month, when I only had friends and family following me on Instagram, I just kept going. - -What He Wishes He Knew When He Started - -I wish I had known that you can’t learn without doing. - -I was always so hesitant to do things in the beginning because I wanted to get them 100% right. I would spend too much time planning before starting. I would tell my younger self to just go and figure it out along the way. - -SEO is important to learn. I couldn’t see that I was doing the right thing until I actually saw my first post rank. Once I had my first post rank, I was able to compare it to my other posts and start adapting. I used it as the model for everything moving forward. - -His Biggest Mistake - -My main mistake was thinking my business was full-time ready when it was not. When I got laid off last summer, I thought I could take my blog from making about 10k a year to 100k in four months with hard work and fortitude. - -Well, I forgot about time. It takes time to build anything. Could this eventually be a full-time job? Maybe. - -I forgot the reason I started the blog and lost sight of why I was doing it. If you’re doing it for the money, go do something else. Because it is hard work, and if you just want money, just go get a job. - -Remembering to enjoy what I was making and doing was something I regained while I was laid off and allowed me to refocus my priorities and get into a job that is focused on digital media. - -His Advice for Other Entrepreneurs - -Bjork Ostrom at Food Blogger Pro has a rule that I’m a devout follower of. - -He always says 1% more. You just have to do 1% today. You don’t have to climb the mountain today. You just have to take it 1 step at a time. 1% at a time. - -So when you feel overwhelmed with everything building a business requires, just do 1%. One small piece will grow exponentially every day.",1731883678,bc6317dd1d,61a91ed8e1,,,1731883678 -https://blog.roll20.net/posts/two-factor-authentication-2fa-is-live-on-roll20/,https://blog.roll20.net/feed/,Two-Factor Authentication (2FA) is Live on Roll20,"something you have, like a hardware or software authenticator - -something you are, such as facial or fingerprint recognition - -Our team quickly ruled out biometric authentication. While standards exist for it, the additional hardware required, such as supported webcams or fingerprint readers, wouldn’t be practical for most of our players. Since our goal is to make stronger security accessible to as many users as possible, requiring extra hardware didn’t fit our approach. - -That left us with “something you have” as the second factor. We explored two common options: SMS-based authentication and Time-based One-Time Passwords (TOTP). While SMS authentication is widely used, it has security vulnerabilities and relies on access to a cell phone, which may not be available to all users in all the places our users play. - -We ultimately chose Time-based One-Time Passwords (TOTP), as outlined in the IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) RFC 6238 standard. This method is used by apps like Google Authenticator and Authy, as well as many password managers, and works using a secret key to generate a six-digit code that users can use to authenticate themselves. We’re confident in TOTP as it strikes the right balance between security and accessibility. It’s free to use, doesn’t require special hardware, and can be easily managed with a mobile device if desired.” - -We’re excited to bring you these enhanced security features, giving you peace of mind as you explore new adventures on Roll20. Stay tuned for more updates as we continue to improve your gaming experience, and don’t forget to enable 2FA today for an extra layer of protection!",1731883613,b48d702765,61db6b1458,,,1731883613 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/what-are-we-all-playing-this-weekend-308,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,What are we all playing this weekend?,"Alright everyone, let's put this new comments section through its paces. I want to hear deep and detailed roundups of everything you've been playing over the past two weeks this time! We're gonna make our tech team weep. Here's what we're clicking on this weekend! - -Brendy - -Both the second season of Arcane and the follow-up to Wolf Hall are starting this weekend on TV, so I will probably forgo games entirely to enjoy those. But having finished Mouthwashing (read Ed's review!) I'm in the mood for more good surreal horror. So maybe I'll squeeze in some... Paratopic? Always meant to play that one. - -Ed - -Likely Baldur's Gate 3 or Remnant 2 with some pals, both of which we've been meaning to play for weeks now. Then it's cleaning my flat time, which will be agony. - -Edwin - -More Dragon Age for me this weekend, but I've also been meaning to try Grunn, and I have a slight itch to play new horror-tinted 4X Zephon. Generally speaking, I'm in the mood for a game I can write a diary series about. I'm away from work all next week: perhaps I'll dip into a few gameworlds and see if any ideas for against-the-grain playthroughs occur. - -Graham - -I've been editing a big list feature this week and being inspired to play around 15 different games. I seem particularly drawn to first-person shooters at the moment, so maybe I'm finally about to dive into a modern Doom. I've also just installed EA Sports 25, which gives it a 50/50 chance of being booted up. - -James - -God help me, I think I'm beginning to unironically enjoy Call of Duty: Black Ops 6's multiplayer. It's fast and crisp in the way that COD should be, and there seems to be more of a focus on straight gunslinging than on who can fill the sky with the most auto-aiming godcopters. Or maybe that's just because I've been playing Domination mode and everyone just dies too fast to get killstreaks going. - -Jeremy - -This weekend I will continue to play the heck out of Vampire Survivors: Ode to Castlevania, a DLC that's so hefty and full of fan service that it might end up being one of my late-arriving games of the year! There's a reason that Vampire Survivors became the most played Steam Deck game after this DLC came out. I'm now haunted by the spectre of Sonia Belmont shrouded in an array of rotating crosses, her whip exploding out at the speed of light as a billion skeletal dragons disintegrate around her. - -Kiera - -The homing missile continues to circle Kiera's house; passers-by for miles around can hear the ""WAPAPAPAPAPAPA"" sound the missile makes as it hones in on its target... - -Nic - -Fully Remedy-pilled at the moment, so going to see if I can finally meet Control's combat on its own (heinously balanced) terms, and probably some more Alan Wake 2 on NG+. - -Ollie - -Should I start lying each week when I tell you what I'm playing, so that there's at least a small amount of variation and you don't think I'm a one-dimensional game-player? Let me ponder that question while I continue to plug away at Fulgora, the fourth of the planets I've visited so far in my Factorio: Space Age playthrough. - -But you, reader dear, what are you playing this weekend?...",1731883650,ad45c610da,61caed8045,,,1731883650 -https://www.npr.org/2022/06/01/1102501551/the-bank-war-classic,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,The bank war (Classic) : Planet Money,"The bank war (Classic) - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Museum of American Finance, NYC Museum of American Finance, NYC - -Note: This episode originally ran in 2017. - -Banks and governments have been fighting each other for hundreds of years, but never more dramatically than during the showdown between President Andrew Jackson and Nicholas Biddle, the president of the Second Bank of the United States. - -Jackson was a populist, who rode to victory on promises to wrest control of the country from the East Coast elite. He was angry at the power structure, and he was furious at the banks. To him, they were the phantom controllers of the economy, issuing spurious scripts that often vanished when the banks collapsed. - -Sponsor Message - -Biddle was pretty much the opposite of Jackson, raised in one of the country's earliest aristocratic families. He was a poetical kid and a classics scholar, who started Princeton when he was 17. He believed in banks and he believed that a well-run bank would serve the nation and create stability. - -In the 1830s their two views of the nation collided, with disastrous and long-ranging results. - -Music: ""Been a Long Time"" and ""Love To Go."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884675,8181d7a585,61497c8043,,,1731884675 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/mobile/fitbit-ionic-recall/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/wearables/feed/,Fitbit recalls Ionic smartwatch after several burn reports,"Fitbit Ionic smartwatch users need to stop using their devices right now. The company has recalled its Ionic wearable after over 150 reports of the watch’s lithium-ion battery overheating, and 78 reports of burn injuries to the users. It will offer a refund of $299 to the Fitbit Ionic smartwatch users who return the device. - -Fitbit has received at least 115 reports in the United States and over 50 reports internationally about the Ionic smartwatch’s battery overheating. It is recalling the device as there are two reports of third-degree burns and four reports of second-degree burns out of the 78 total burn injuries report. - -Recommended Videos - -According to the advisory issued by Fitbit, customers should immediately stop using the recalled Ionic smartwatches. If you are one of them, you should contact Fitbit to receive pre-paid packaging to return the wearable. The company will issue you a refund of $299 after the receipt of the device. It will also provide you with a discount code for 40% off select Fitbit devices. - -The Fitbit Ionic was sold with a polyurethane band attached to the 1.4-inch LCD display. It was sold in slate blue/burnt orange (FB503CPBU), charcoal/smoke gray (FB503GYBK), and blue-gray/silver-gray (FB503WTGY). There was also a special edition co-branded with Adidas in ink blue/silver-gray (FB503WTNV). Fitbit will issue a refund for all of these color variants, so if your color option or model number isn’t mentioned here, you won’t be eligible for a refund or the discount coupon. However, we advise you to stop using the device, despite the said model number not being on the list. - -About 1 million Fitbit Ionic smartwatches were sold in the U.S. between 2017 and 2021. While the smartwatch might still be available at some stores, the company has already stopped its production in 2020.",1731883673,f10d42ef81,620db2ff41,,,1731883673 -https://mikevardy.com/podcast561/,https://productivityist.com/feed/,Episode 561: Dave Radparvar Talks About the Power of Journaling and Human Flourishing,,1731883639,abe8315a83,611e007020,,,1731883639 -https://cleantechnica.com/2024/11/15/ev-station-charger-planning/,https://cleantechnica.com/feed/,EV Station & Charger Planning,"Sign up for daily news updates from CleanTechnica on email. Or follow us on Google News - -The following is a theoretical comparative analysis for vehicle(s) driving between stations. The values for number of packs per vehicle are comparative and not absolute. - -In the real world, cars are not charged solely at fast charging stations, and the number of fast charging stations per vehicles is much less than one. The same is true for swap stations. Cars are primarily charged at low power at home or near place of residence. The percentage of trips more than 100 miles is very low. - -Cars more often travel short daily distances. Trucks have different use profiles and higher daily use rates. Taxis also have high daily use rates. - -Electric vehicle charging station planning can be seen from the perspective of vehicles along a single route, multiple routes, and in network patterns of various types — mesh, grid, star, and more. The simplest sub-pattern is a route that is a continuous line connected in an unbroken sequence. All the large map routes — like mesh or star — are supersets of a line. Taken as it is, a line route can be analyzed along multiple dimensions, considering the number of vehicles, time, distance, and the nature of the charging along the route. In a trivial case, a vehicle originates at a location with a pack and travels the route to destination and returns successfully, given the round trip route is shorter than the vehicle range and the vehicle is fully charged at the start. There must be a charger at either the destination or origin to start or repeat this route. The nature of routing is iterative and cyclical. In complex routing networks, routes may superpose. In a repeating, scheduled routing system, charging requirements are deterministic. In a randomly varying system, routing acquires a probabilistic nature. - -The line route provides relationships between variables. In particular, distances between stations, numbers of chargers required, and route times. The relationship between origin times, arrival times, number of chargers required, and arrival coincidence can be predicted. - -If formulas are not for you, you can jump down to section on “Swap Station Continuous Operation” for some general conclusions. - -The simple case can be expanded to include multiple vehicles at the origin point. For fast and slow charging, the number of packs, P, is just the number of vehicles, T. - -P = T - -If route start time is simultaneous, the number of chargers per station, C, required on a route must increase by the number of trucks, T, if all trucks do not wait for charging. - -C = T, for no charger wait. - -If the route is lengthened, charging stations must be placed at intervals Sd less than vehicle range, R. - -Sd < R ; Sd charging station distance, R vehicle range. - -The number of stations must increase with distance, where the number of stations is S, and route distance is D, the range R. - -S = D/R – 1, where S is next higher whole number. - -Charging time, Ct, must be less than travel time between stations. S is a discrete variable, with integer values. - -The number of chargers scales with the number of trucks and the number of stations. - -C = T, for simultaneous truck arrivals, one station. - -Total chargers, C, for the route, must be number of chargers per station × stations. Chargers per station equals Tsim, the number of vehicles arriving at a station simultaneously. - -Tsim = Cs, where Tsim is the number of simultaneous vehicle arrivals. Cs is chargers per station. - -C = Tsim × S - -If route start time is not simultaneous, but spread out over time, and if there are no returning trucks on the route, there will be no simultaneous charging. If start times, Tstart are spaced at longer intervals than station charging time, Ct, each vehicle will charge and leave before the next vehicle in line arrives. In this manner, vehicles may be spaced in time along the route so there is always a vehicle leaving and arriving at a charging station. - -Tstart > Ct, for no charger arrival conflict, where Ct is charging time, Tstart is starting interval - -If vehicles return from destination immediately, returning vehicles may arrive at charging stations simultaneous with vehicles en route to destination, resulting in two vehicles charging at the same time, increasing the chargers per station by 2×. Additional fast chargers are necessary at destination if vehicle return is fast. Chargers at destination would then be Tsim. - -Any time delay in return will avoid outbound and return vehicle simultaneity, but charger crowding and wait times cannot be avoided unless there is sufficient time for both vehicles to charge. To do that, the chain of outbound and returning vehicles must have one vehicle en route to a charger on the return link, and one on the outbound link, but their arrival at stations must be spaced apart such that each vehicle arrives at intervals > Ct, charging time. - -Round Trip Chain & Charge Rate - -For vehicles traveling in both directions, in order to avoid simultaneous charging and no overlap in charging times, a return delay of one charging time may be added at destination. - -From this, we can determine that more vehicles may be added outbound without overlapping inbound by adding an interval in the chain of vehicles. Continuing, we realize that for full optimization of the loop, and because there are trucks outbound and inbound, we may add vehicles up to a limit by travel time between stations, Sd/v, where Sd is station distance, and v is vehicle velocity, if all vehicles travel at the speed limit. - -The vehicles are in a continuous departure and arrival chain, or chain departure. - -St is driving time between stations. - -St = Sd/v where Sd is station distance, Sd < R, and St is driving time between stations, and v is velocity, the speed limit, and all vehicles travel the same speed. - -The maximum number of trucks, Tchain, that the route can handle is: - -Tchain = St/Ct = Sd/(v x Ct); Ct is charging time, v is velocity the speed limit, Sd station distance, and Tchain is a whole number dropping remainder. Since the limit of station distance is R, - -Tchain < R/(v x Ct) - -The maximum chargers per station Cs, is Tsim, the number of arriving trucks, and the minimum number of chargers per station is 1. - -1 <= C <= Tsim is the range of values of C, total chargers. - -Results extend to fast charging and slow charging. If the maximum trucks Tchain was attained, every fast charger would be operating simultaneously at the maximum power from the power source. - -If fast charging stations are at full utilization, with one vehicle per charger, the number of vehicles is proportional to stations, S and chargers per station, Cs. - -T = Cs x S, full utilization - -If vehicles start in a single pulse equal to the number of chargers per station, and all but one stations are empty, - -T = Cs, where Cs is the number of chargers per station. - -If there are S stations, (S – 1) x C chargers are unused. - -The total number of chargers on a route is S x Cs. - -C = S x Cs - -Result: - -For full utilization, there is one charger per vehicle. C = T. - -If there is underutilization, there is more than one charger per vehicle. The number of chargers and stations grows with route length and chargers per station. - -Battery Swap - -For battery swap, the equation for number of stations is the same, given by route distance and range. With swap, the number of packs, P, needs consideration. There must be a charged pack at truck arrival in each case, and a pack is dropped off at each station. - -Maximum spacing distance between stations is the same, - -Sd < R ; Sd Charging station distance, R vehicle range. - -Swap offers the possibility of carrying fewer packs on board if station spacing distance is lower than this limit. - -This inequality still holds true. - -S > D/R , where S is the next higher whole number, D distance between stations. - -Charging time, Ct, must be less than travel time. - -For battery swap, the inequality still holds, only if charging time equals driving time between stations, St, Ct = St. - -Cs = T (simultaneous), for no charger wait. Cs is chargers per station. - -Fewer chargers may be needed within the swap station if faster charging is done, but since Swap may be slow charged, we can continue without further analysis in this matter. - -For our purposes, the number of chargers is not as important. What is important is the number of packs. If simultaneous arrival happens, the number of packs, P, must increase to avoid waits. In the swap slow charge case, with charging times maximized, vehicles serviced at each station without wait is the number of packs at each station. If swap packs are slow charged, and swap packs are depleted, either the wait becomes the slow charging interval or means such as a fast charger may be accessed, reverting to fast charge mathematics. Because the interval between charging is related to range and driving time, overloading points the way to using a cascade of Swap, Fast Charge, and Slow Charge. When all charging resources are saturated, wait happens. - -For continuous staggered departure, arrival of single vehicles at each station, - -P = S + T, - -where P is packs, and T is the number of vehicles, S is stations, because one pack is on the truck and the other is in the swap station at every transaction. If all stations are doing transactions, this is the case. - -For routes longer than range R, the number of stations increases. - -S = D/R – 1, where D is route distance and S is the next highest whole number, and one vehicle on a route. - -For one vehicle or one set of vehicles arriving simultaneously at one station on a route, - -P = 2T, - -For 1 < D/R < 2, or S = 1, in other words only one station en route, one vehicle, because there is only one station, one pack per vehicle, and one pack arriving with each vehicle. - -For continuous multiple vehicle staggered departure, every station may have one pack per arriving vehicle. - -P = 2T, T is vehicles. This case has one vehicle arriving for every station pack. - -Swap Rate and Round Trip Chain - -A round trip chain may be started in a route with vehicles returning from destinations. - -The swap rate, is just the number of swaps Swap divided by time. - -Swap Rate = Swap/t - -Swap chain dynamics are not limited by charging time, for the slow charged swap case. Instead, they are mainly limited by the number of packs available. Since swaps take time, whereas charging may be simultaneous with number of chargers, in detail, swap time does stagger swaps and swap station charging. With waiting multiple vehicles served, depleted packs are gathered at swap intervals. Slow charged pack charge completion happens at staggered times equal to swap time. With limited packs, the first packs are accessed, then charge chaining can proceed with similar dynamics to the fast charge case. Fast charge chaining also exhibits staggered times if waits happen. - -The number of swaps possible in the interval between station driving times, St, is just station interval time, Sd, divided by swap time, St. - -Swaps = Sd/St, the next lower whole number. - -Since swap times may be in minutes, and driving times at full range may be in hours, the number of vehicles stuffed into a chain can be high with unlimited packs, increasing the number of vehicles with the number of packs, one per vehicle and one per vehicle per swap station. The maximum vehicle capacity, Tmax, scales with packs and stations. - -Tmax = (Pstation) x S, with all stations stuffed with vehicles. - -or Tmax is equal to the number of Packs per Station (Pstation) x the number of Stations, S. In this case with simultaneous arrivals, Pstation is also the number of simultaneous arriving vehicles. - -Station Utilization Efficiency - -With simultaneous arrival of all vehicles at one station, and all other stations empty, utilization is low, with all stations designed for peak simultaneous swap, - -P = S x (T + 1), for simultaneous arrival at only one station, with multiple empty stations en route. This is a bad utilization case, probably worse than real world. - -Better planning would have vehicle departure staggered at intervals related to range and station distance. That could put one vehicle per station, and the number of packs required would be less. This would be a case of one pack per station with one vehicle arriving at each station. - -For T vehicles, staggered single departure, T = S, and P = 2T - -If there are simultaneous departures at staggered intervals continuously, arrivals can be expanded, such that there are always two packs per vehicle, one on the vehicle, and one at the swap station, and - -P = 2T, at full utilization, multiple, staggered vehicle departures. - -Result: - -The relationship between number of packs and vehicles depends on swap station utilization. If utilization is 100%, P = 2T and every station has the same number of packs, and every station is filled at each swap. - -In general, if it is arranged so that vehicles are arriving at all stations with the number of vehicles arriving equal to the number of packs, then - -P = 2T - -With staggered departures, stations are fully utilized. - -Route Stuffing - -Route stuffing is planning stations such that multiple vehicles are en route between stations. It is possible to design stations so that route stuffing is possible. For fast charging stations, the limit without wait is related to the charging time and driving time between stations. - -The maximum number of trucks, Tchain, that the route can handle is: - -Tchain = St/Ct = Sd/(v x Ct); Ct is charging time, v is velocity the speed limit, Sd station distance, and Tchain is a whole number dropping remainder. Since the limit of station distance is R, - -Tchain < R/(v x Ct) - -For swap stations, this is also the case. By charging in less time than vehicle arrivals, more than one group or single vehicle may be positioned between stations. Charging speed must be balanced with power demand. By stuffing the route between stations, the number of chargers or packs per vehicle can be reduced. - -Peak Power - -Peak power is a consideration for vehicle power. Stations are peak power limited. They may employ stationary buffer storage to reduce peak power demand. Fast charger power scales with the number of chargers and the speed of charging. Swap charging may be slow or fast. Swap station power depends on the number of simultaneous packs charging, and the charging rate. With multiple chargers, the peak power demand is just the sum of charger power. - -With full utilization, one group of vehicles en route between stations, Swap P = 2T. - -If packs are all slow charged, then charging time <= driving time. - -Driving time = Range/v , where v is vehicle speed, the power is: - -Peak Power = (Pack Capacity ( kWh )/ St )x Ps; where St is driving time between stations, Ps the number of packs per swap stations. - -If the route is stuffed with more vehicles, - -For fast charge, P = T without buffer storage. Peak power is given by number of stations, S, chargers per station, Cs, and charger power. - -Peak Power = S x Cs x Charger Power = S x Cs x Pack Capacity/Charging Time - -Charging time = Pack Capacity (kWh)/Charger Power(kW) - -For swap, routes cannot be stuffed if slow charging is timed so that station driving time limits charge rate. If charge rate is increased, route stuffing comes at the expense of increased peak power. For fast charge, peak power is fixed. Stuffing reaches a limit with charging time. - -In general, for fast charge versus slow charged swap, peak power is a function of simultaneous fast charge or per station, or number of packs per station, Ps. - -Cs = Ps - -The ratio of peak power between swap and fast charge is: - -Pfc/Psw = St/Ct , where St is station driving time, Ct is fast charge time. - -Pfc = Fast Charge Power - -Psw = Swap Power - -This simply says two things. The faster the charging, the more vehicles can be charged per charger. The faster the charging, the greater the peak power. Swap uses the driving time between stations to charge swap packs slowly. - -Swap Station Continuous Operation - -If swap stations have sufficient pack storage, they can reach a continuous output rate. - -For example, if a swap station uses fast charge of 40 minutes, and there are 8 packs stored, and it has 5 minute swap capability, then it can operate continuously delivering packs at 5 minute intervals nonstop. At start, all packs are already charged. As the process continues, the first pack is swapped and starts charging. At each stage, another pack is swapped. By the time the eighth pack is delivered, the first swapped pack is fully charged and successive packs complete charging just before the next swap. - -In general, continuous swap operation exists if the number of packs stored, P, is proportional the ratio of charge time, Ct, versus swap time, Swt. - -P = Ct / Swt - -Latent Traffic Staggering, Spreading - -Traffic is staggered by any event that limits simultaneous or coincident movement. In particular, waits or bottlenecks cause traffic staggering or spreading. For example, if multiple vehicles arrive at a station and a single charger is in use, all vehicles wait for that charger, then charge one at a time and leave one at a time. Swap stations have a small staggering with swap time. Other examples of spreading are rest stops, traffic lights, onramps, bridges, lanes narrowing, and any traffic congestion. Roads themselves spread traffic, simply because vehicles cannot occupy the same space. Even at vehicle depots, or work parking lots, vehicles cannot exit at the same time, but are metered out by single lane exits. - -Extended Route Networks - -Other networks can be analyzed by extension from line networks using superposition. At node intersections, the number of chargers or swap packs for no waits increases with traffic. For star networks, the center point becomes the origin of a line. Mesh networks are an extension of line networks including intersections. There can be stubs, routes that are endpoints. There can be planning for depots and overnight slow charging according to schedules. The networks can be planned according to charging type required. The selection of chargers can also be made according to expected vehicle frequency. - -Station Planning via Vehicle Route Frequency - -While the analysis of required station, pack, and charger infrastructure shows requirements per vehicle, route station plan decisions can be made on the basis of vehicle frequency along routes. Vehicle travel frequency must be added to the analysis of charger, station, and packs per vehicle and utilization. The analysis shows that continuous staggered departures at intervals related to station distance optimizes utilization, putting vehicles at every station. From a frequency perspective, frequency distributions come into play. Planning decisions are made on the basis of vehicle frequency along routes, costs, and payback. If full utilization may not happen all day long, it may be acceptable if all stations, chargers, or station packs get used at some frequency or time interval during the day. An analysis of frequency of charger and station pack use can be the basis of decisions of cost versus wait times, in adding additional packs or chargers. It can also guide the decision whether to electrify a route with stations or not. - -A simultaneous departure may have vehicles spread out as they split off the main roads. The number of stations and chargers will decrease as routes branch. - -A network may be designed for a fleet of vehicles filling the network at full optimum capacity with one charger per truck or two packs per truck. Route stuffing may increase trucks per charger or per pack, at the price of faster charging and greater power. If simultaneous charge request or swap packs are insufficient, wait is the result. Some amount of underutilization may also be tolerated. Station expansion for rare events results in underutilization.",1731883661,befffecf30,620c88cbe4,,,1731883661 -https://www.nytimes.com/2024/11/09/obituaries/gowongo-mohawk-overlooked.html,https://www.nytimes.com/svc/collections/v1/publish/https://www.nytimes.com/topic/subject/race-and-ethnicity/rss.xml,"Overlooked No More: Go-won-go Mohawk, Trailblazing Indigenous Actress","This article is part of Overlooked, a series of obituaries about remarkable people whose deaths, beginning in 1851, went unreported in The Times. - -For a long time, theatrical roles for Indigenous characters were laden with stereotypes: the savage, the tragic martyr, the helpless drunk. And it was rare in stories of any kind, on the page or on the stage, for an Indigenous character to have a starring role. - -By the late 1880s, the actress Go-won-go Mohawk had had enough. “I grew tired of being cast in uncongenial roles,” like meek princesses or submissive women who were restrained in corsets, she told The Des Moines Register and Leader in 1910. So she decided to write her own roles, ultimately carving out a groundbreaking career in which she told stories onstage about Indigenous people as the heroes of their own lives. And she did it while performing as a man.",1731883635,581190c2c6,6228457781,,,1731883635 -https://forbiddenplanet.com/442978-wandering-witch-the-journey-of-elaina-volume-15-light-novel/?utm_source=products&utm_medium=rss,https://forbiddenplanet.com/rss/products/,Wandering Witch: The Journey Of Elaina: Volume 15 (Light Novel),"Copy and paste the following code where you want the embed to appear. - -If you're an affiliate make sure your code is set in the “Affiliate” section.",1731883689,0b8b73a382,625917b90f,,,1731883689 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/pr-crisis-management/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,4 Considerations for Crisis Management,"Dig into the definition, and you will find that part of the definition explains that a crisis is a difficult time — no surprise there. Read on, however, and you discover that a crisis is also a time when a solution is needed, often with some urgency. - -When you consider the full definition of a crisis, it’s easy to understand the importance of PR crisis management. After all, a crisis requires a quick solution because any delays in response can prove damaging. Without a crisis management plan in place, there is little chance of the business responding with the type of efficiency needed to manage and minimize reputational damage. - -Establishing a PR crisis management plan is something every business can (and should) do. The following are some key factors to be considered when developing and activating a plan. - -Crisis Management Requires Communication - -Communication is the heart of an effective crisis management plan. A crisis occurs because someone — a news source, social media influencer, regulatory agency, or another organization — is communicating about your business, so you must be ready to shift the communications from a monologue to a dialogue to manage the crisis. - -Assigning communications roles is central to a crisis communications strategy, and identifying a spokesperson is particularly critical. A crisis will often result in calls from the media asking for information. If those calls are not routed to the correct person, unvetted information can quickly get out to the media. - -It is also crucial to ensure the designated spokesperson has access to information so they can provide an informed and accurate response. “We have no comment at this time” will rarely be seen as an adequate response. - -A crisis plan should also define the channels to be used for communication. While the company’s normal communication framework will typically inform this aspect of the plan, the company may want to consider limiting how its official response is released. An announcement on social media, for example, can quickly prompt a barrage of responses and reposts. If a company is not prepared to keep up with the rapid flow of social media, it may want to consider limiting its response to press releases or press conferences. - -The planning phase should also involve proactive efforts to identify and address potential risks. For example, if a crisis threatens to adversely affect relationships with key vendors or other partners, the plan should identify that possibility and include steps to preserve healthy relationships. - -While a crisis plan should involve as many details as possible, it should also have space for flexibility because every crisis has unique elements. If a particular crisis seems to demand a customized response, companies should be ready to shift accordingly. - -Companies should also regularly revisit their crisis communications plan to ensure it is still valid. If key players shift or move on, new players should be put in place and brought up to speed. If a business adopts new communication channels, it must consider the role those channels will play in managing the crisis. If a business begins working with a PR company, the support it can provide should be explored. - -Respond With Speed and Transparency - -A crisis requires a speedy response. But it also requires an honest one. Companies facing a crisis should be ready to step forward and acknowledge what is happening, how people are responding, and what they plan to do moving forward. - -A recent crisis that involved the fast food restaurant Wendy’s illustrates how this can play out. The crisis was triggered by a comment made by the company’s CEO about “dynamic pricing,” but the comment was understood to mean Wendy’s would be implementing “surge pricing” — a practice that increases the cost of items when demand is highest. - -The misunderstanding led to a media crisis in which Wendy’s received negative attention in the news, social media, and late-night TV. Wendy’s responded within a week with a clear explanation that identified the misunderstanding, explained its intent, clarified its position, and reminded consumers of its brand values. When the media reached out, spokespeople from Wendy’s shared a unified message. - -Wendy’s response addressed what occurred, what was understood, what was meant, and what it will be doing moving forward, providing consumers and the media with a high level of transparency. Responding in that way during a crisis is paramount because it shows the company is listening. Attempting to deflect the crisis with “no comment” or another statement denying any wrongdoing does not position a company as trustworthy or willing to hear consumers’ concerns. - -Pay Attention and Adapt - -The current media landscape sees news moving at a rapid pace through a wide variety of channels, making it easy for a crisis to quickly escalate. However, it also makes it easy for companies to know how their crisis communication is being received. - -An ongoing analysis of how the crisis is evolving is an important part of crisis management. Companies should pay close attention to real-time feedback shared on social media and news sites. If more information is needed, provide it. If your message isn’t getting through, double down. - -A recent crisis involving the baby clothing brand Kyte Baby revealed how this can play out. The brand received negative attention when it denied a worker’s request to work remotely so she could be with her hospitalized newborn. As a result, customers threatened to boycott the company and the company responded by posting a video apology from its CEO, but when the video was criticized for being inauthentic, the company listened and learned. The CEO went on video again, confessing that her earlier video was scripted and offering a more authentic response. - -Debriefing in the aftermath of a crisis is also valuable for refining your response plan. Determine what worked and what didn’t and adjust the plan to better respond next time. - -Understand and Avoid Pitfalls - -A crisis is a difficult time, but even seemingly little mistakes on the company’s part can ultimately make it much worse. Denying the crisis, responding defensively or in an angry tone, delaying a response, or engaging in efforts to spread misinformation are all pitfalls that must be avoided. To minimize damage, companies must prioritize accurate communications, demonstrate empathy, and take responsibility for their actions. - -Few companies avoid experiencing a crisis at some point in their history, which is why all companies should be prepared to engage in PR crisis management. By having a solid plan in place, communicating well, and staying flexible, companies can survive a crisis and emerge stronger once the dust settles.",1731883712,4dc781f5bc,6262d352d4,,,1731883712 -http://www.communitysignal.com/moving-a-community-for-women-over-40-from-facebook-groups-to-a-paid-subscription-app/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,Moving a Community for Women Over 40 From Facebook Groups to a Paid Subscription App,"If you’ve ever Googled a medical condition or a new symptom that you’ve experienced you know that the search results leave much to be desired. When Nina Lorez Collins posted about symptoms of perimenopause on Facebook, she saw that many women in her network were looking for a space to talk about the same symptoms that she was experiencing. The conversation flourished into a Facebook group of over 30,000 women looking for answers and support through all stages of menopause and aging. - -As the What Would Virginia Woolf Do? community (now The Woolfer) continued to grow, it tested the limits of Facebook’s product and support and Nina found herself looking for alternatives. She faced the realization that she could not sustain the group as a free community. It needed dedicated resources and income to continue operating at the same level. If you’re looking to launch or move your community to a paid model or debating changing community platforms, Nina offers lots of suggestions on what to consider as you’re negotiating with new platforms and keeping your community in the loop. - -Nina and Patrick discuss: - -On feeling used by Facebook (3:44): “As we grew, [Facebook] would occasionally reach out to us [because] they were interested in featuring us in videos or they asked us if we wanted to join their subscription pilot when they started it. We had ended up saying no. Every time we tried to reach out to them with a question or for help with something, we wouldn’t hear from anyone. They would direct us to their big Facebook groups for people who are managing groups, but it was so impersonal, and I started to feel a little bit used. Here we were directing all this traffic and having all this intense engagement and we couldn’t really get an answer from anyone.” -Nina Lorez Collins - -Facebook’s propensity to silently take features away (4:21): “[With Facebook Groups], we would lose features. We had the topics feature for a long time, which we really loved and used and then it disappeared one day. Dozens of times, we wrote to Facebook and couldn’t figure out where it had gone and couldn’t get an answer. The lack of ability to communicate with these people who were essentially hosting us was impossible. … It started to feel increasingly over time like there was so much we couldn’t control, and it didn’t make sense. I started to feel a little bit like we were slaving away for this machine that we couldn’t manage the way we wanted to.” -Nina Lorez Collins - -The pros and cons of breaking away from Facebook (22:05): “A friend said to me, ‘… I’ve come to be addicted to Facebook. I’m not feeling addicted to the [new community] app, so I have to remember to check it.’ I thought that was interesting. On the one hand, we’re relieved that we’re breaking our addiction to Facebook, this thing that we resent. On the other hand, it is like second nature to all of us. I mean, they’ve made it very smooth. While our app has a lot of the same features, it’s different.” -Nina Lorez Collins - -Thoughtful Woolfers addressed the barrier of joining a paid community (28:40): “We were very concerned about people who might feel that the cost [of joining the paid community] was prohibitive, and we immediately had lots of Woolfers offering scholarships. We did create a way for members who wanted to sponsor people and for people who wanted to be sponsored. We’ve to date, I think, sponsored 280 women. [They] have gotten into the app for free through the generosity of other Woolfers, which is awesome.” -Nina Lorez Collins - -Nina Lorez Collins is the founder of The Woolfer, a community for women over 40. The Woolfer started as a Facebook group called “What Would Virginia Woolf Do?” and has recently migrated to its own platform and app. - -Nina has written a book, What Would Virginia Woolf Do? And Other Questions I Ask Myself As I Attempt to Age Without Apology, which came out in April 2018. She’s a graduate of Barnard College, has a Masters degree from Columbia in the field of Narrative Medicine, and has a long professional background in book publishing, both as a literary scout and then as an agent. She has four nearly grown children and lives in Brooklyn. - -[0:00] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[0:24] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and thank you for listening to Community Signal. Our guest is Nina Lorez Collins, founder of The Woolfer, a community for women over 40 that recently moved from a 30,000 plus strong member Facebook group to a paid app. We’re talking about software choices, costs, and the pain points of moving from a free group to a paid community. - -If you can’t tell, I’m on day nine of some sort of illness and my voice is not to be trusted and I sound a little bit different. Sorry about that, but I’m never sorry to thank our Patreon supporters, including Marjorie Anderson, Rachel Medanic and Maggie McGary. We’re grateful for your support. If you’d like to join their ranks, please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -Nina Lorez Collins is the founder of The Woolfer, a community for women over 40 that started as a Facebook group called What Would Virginia Woolf Do?, and has recently migrated to its own platform and app found at thewoolfer.com. She’s written a book, What Would Virginia Woolf Do?: And Other Questions I Ask Myself As I Attempt To Age Without Apology, which came out in April 2018. - -She’s a graduate of Barnard College, has a masters degree from Columbia in the field of Narrative Medicine, and has a long professional background in book publishing both as a literary scout and then as an agent. She has four nearly grown children and lives in Brooklyn. - -Nina, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:34] Nina Lorez Collins: Hi. Thanks for having me. - -[00:01:35] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s my pleasure. Was What Would Virginia Woolf Do the first online community that you had started or managed? - -[00:01:42] Nina Lorez Collins: Absolutely, the first. I didn’t really even know what I was doing, I barely knew what groups were. It grew out of purely a moment where I really enjoyed Facebook and had been like an avid Facebook user, and I had a conversation on my regular page where I made a joke about perimenopause. I said that, “Do you know that impending sense of doom is an actual documented symptom of perimenopause on Google?” I thought this was really funny. In the ensuing conversation, a bunch of my female friends were laughing and joking about it and we said maybe we should start our own community. - -About a week later, I was alone in a hotel room and wanting to talk about aging, and I don’t even know how I knew Facebook groups existed. Anyway, I started the group purely just for me and my girlfriends. Even though I liked Facebook, I’d never done any group chats or chat rooms or I’d never been part of a community. - -[00:02:37] Patrick O’Keefe: How strict is the women over 40 line? How do you verify that? - -[00:02:41] Nina Lorez Collins: Well, it is strict but we do make exceptions. If you’re a woman who’s gone into early menopause, for example, we’ll let you in. There’ve always been people with my assistant, for example, who’s been with us now for a little over a year, she’s 25, and the different people we work with, marketing people or people who might want to learn about us, we definitely let people in. We do not allow men at all. I guess for the rare exception, there may have been one or two times when we’ve let men in for a brief period of time for business reasons to understand what we’re doing, like when we were figuring out how to leave Facebook. - -[00:03:16] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s a funny way to explain it. We just had to let them in temporary for business reasons, business is conducted, they’re back out. You started the community in 2015 as you mentioned, as a Facebook group and it grew. As Facebook groups grow, the problems with the tool and the limitations that it has, in my experience, become more and more glaring to where Facebook can even become a bit of a hindrance. What were some of the areas that really frustrated you about how Facebook groups scaled? - -[00:03:42] Nina Lorez Collins: There are a lot. One of the biggest frustrations is as we grew, they would occasionally reach out to us to maybe invite us to, not audition, but at different points they were interested in having us maybe featuring us in videos or they asked us if we wanted to join their subscription pilot when they started it, we had ended up saying no. - -Every time we tried to reach out to them with a question or for help with something, we wouldn’t hear from anyone. We’d have to go, they would direct us to their big Facebook groups for people who are managing groups, but it was so impersonal and I started to feel really a little bit used. - -Here we were directing all this traffic and having all this intense engagement and we couldn’t really get an answer from anyone about Facebook about anything. Then we would lose features. We had the topics feature, for example, for a long time which we really loved and used and then it disappeared one day. Dozens of times we wrote to Facebook and couldn’t figure out where it had gone and couldn’t get an answer. The lack of ability to communicate with these people who were essentially hosting us was impossible. - -Then the other problem was just more of an administrative problem. Facebook is a flat landscape. Originally we started as What Would Virginia Woolf Do, but over time we grew something like 37 subgroups. We had a couple of admin groups, we had subject groups, regional groups. In order to manage them, each one, even though we called them subgroups, they were really just additional groups, so we’d have to work in and out of them. There was no way to manage everything as a whole and that was just really time-consuming. - -Like if we wanted to change the cover photo on one group, we had to change it on 37 groups. If we were making an announcement…Actually, that’s another problem. We found it incredibly frustrating because of a Facebook algorithm, it’s very hard for us to know who was seeing what and so we overtime grew a whole kind of empire strong. We have a podcast, we have a website, we have a newsletter and often when we would survey our members, we’d find that they didn’t know. Many of them had no idea we had a podcast because there was no way for us to make sure one particular message was going to everyone in our community. - -It started to feel increasingly over time, like there was so much we couldn’t control and it didn’t make sense. I started to feel a little bit like we were slaving away for this machine that we couldn’t manage the way we wanted to. - -[00:05:55] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s interesting you mentioned how they wanted you to be a part of their videos and whatnot. They have tried to make some inroads I think, with people who manage groups, but it’s very, in my opinion, superficial. I live in Hollywood and if I walk down Sunset, which is a block away, they have ads on a building down here, the Sunset-Vine building, some language like, “Have you met your group?” Or “Have you met your collection?” whatever it is. - -They have bus stop ads in New York City, I believe. - -[00:06:19] Nina Lorez Collins: Yes, I’ve seen them. - -[00:06:20] Patrick O’Keefe: They had this idealistic piece of it but it’s like, you could take that and you could maybe be the spotlight for a little while, but it’s almost like some sort of a bad bargain. It’s a little bit of a spotlight and then you’ll just go back to having to deal with the same frustrating tool tomorrow. - -[00:06:34] Nina Lorez Collins: Well, it’s an interesting debate. There’s another group that’s in our space called Grown and Flown which is much bigger than we are, than we got on Facebook, and they kind of took the opposite. They really got in bed with Facebook and seemed to really like it. I don’t know where it will go for them but there was that moment, I think, in 2018 when they approached us about doing their subscription pilot, and I had to really think long and hard about it and we ultimately said no, and I wondered if I was making a big mistake like would it be smarter strategically to go along with Facebook? Now, I’m glad we didn’t do that but only time will tell whether I was right. We’ll see. - -[00:07:09] Patrick O’Keefe: Gosh, managing 38 groups, what a nightmare. I think it’s only gotten worse. We use Facebook Groups for my day job and when I joined the company, Facebook allowed you API access to your analytics data in the groups. We had a third-party contractor that I knew that we worked with, to extract data and a little bit of data that we can get, which was always very small. Things like active members, members that posted, that sort of thing and then when they made their GDPR changes, they cut that off. - -We stopped that contract obviously and our data ended there and so from that point, my team’s basically hand-counted a lot of data, which is, suffice to say, not a good use of my team’s time and just pretty lame, on the whole. I like to say and it’s not even like a sarcastic thing, but I’ve been managing communities for a long time and in 2000, I used a software called phpBB 1 which is still around and people use it, but it’s not as popular as it once was. phpBB 1 came out in the year 2000. I turned 16 that year, I was managing online communities and I installed it and I used it and I learned how PHP worked and all that stuff. - -The tool that I had then, the administrative tool, it was stronger. It’s not a joke, it was stronger than what Facebook Groups gives people now when you go to the manage panel. It’s ridiculous, there’s nothing in there. - -[00:08:20] Nina Lorez Collins: That’s really interesting to hear. It does support the feeling that I had certainly, like, I didn’t know that, but there’s just this feeling that they’re essentially kind of using all these groups for their benefit and we’re not really getting much out of it. - -[00:08:33] Patrick O’Keefe: I love that you mentioned that your features would disappear and crop up with no warning. It’s ridiculous how often that happens. One of my favorites is when Facebook decided that Facebook Pages could join groups and for us, first of all, we never allow people to do that with like a profile they pretended was a page because people used to do that. They used to create a profile and use a company name against Facebook terms, but we always made them use a name for the trust of the group. When Facebook said that pages could join groups, they turned it on and the way we found out was pages were in the queue to join the group and we turned it off and it’s come back on. - -I don’t know by what measure that’s happening, but it’s happened at least once where mysteriously it’s re-enabled and then the person on my team who manages the joining process for our groups will say, “Hey, there’s a page in the queue.” It’s like, didn’t we turn that off? I think we did. I could search a Slack conversation and find it and be like, “Okay, we did turn that off.” It’s just so incredibly frustrating how they miss just very basic communication. Forget asking me what I think, forget my feelings, just tell me it’s happening. - -[00:09:37] Nina Lorez Collins: Right, exactly. I completely agree. It’s interesting now that we’re on a new platform that it’s not perfect, there are problems. There are things we’re trying to figure out but we keep reminding both our members and ourselves that it wasn’t perfect on Facebook either. [chuckles] Things were disappearing, there were features we didn’t like. Things that were always changing. It’s similar, but at least now we’re in a space we can control. - -[00:09:58] Patrick O’Keefe: Right. Facebook is a pain, they changed things without telling you, they ignored you. When did you start to look around for alternatives? - -[00:10:04] Nina Lorez Collins: Very early on actually, in the first like six months, we started talking to Mighty Networks, at the time they were called Mighty Bell, I’m not sure if they changed yet again. I liked them, but wasn’t sure and then basically decided to stay on Facebook, I’d say every year. I started the Facebook group four years ago and I would say every six to 12 months, I would look at Mighty Bell, and then decide I shouldn’t do it. It was only in the last year that, because I was also starting to talk to possible investors and VCs and the idea of like, should we go to an app, should we not, and people were very divided. - -We got a lot of advice that apps were not the way of the future and it would be stupid, and we spent like a year and a half really trying to explore every possible way to make this group sustainable, to monetize it, not even necessarily to really have it make money, but to cover the expenses of managing it. Finally, we just decided that what we have, that the heart of what we have is community. It is people wanting to talk to each other and that ultimately, they were going to have to pay for it but there was no other real way. We were doing affiliate sales and sponsored content and events, but nothing was really bringing in enough money. - -Once we decided we were going to make it a subscription model, then it seemed obvious to go to an app. So I’d say it was in the last six to eight months, we started talking to various platforms and we ended up really liking these people at TopFan the best. Mighty Networks was our second choice and we liked them too. They have two different models, I’m sure you know, you can kind of do where you’re a group on their platform or you can do a branded platform, which is what we decided we wanted and then we were speaking to them we didn’t quite feel like we were going to get enough personal attention in developing it. - -We felt like the relationship seemed like it was going to be we’re going to get more one on one with the people there at TopFan so we went with them, even though it was slightly more. - -[00:11:53] Patrick O’Keefe: Did you find TopFan on your own? - -[00:11:55] Nina Lorez Collins: No. We found them actually– One of our moderators is digital streaming executive in LA and she met the guy at TopFan, I can’t remember how and she introduced us months ago, maybe back in March. We spent many months talking to them and talking to other people and then we signed a contract in August. - -[00:12:13] Patrick O’Keefe: I’m just curious, what sort of name has popped up on your radar. TopFan is where you went, Mighty Networks was number two. I was curious, obviously working through a network, were you Google searching, what were the names that popped up? - -[00:12:22] Nina Lorez Collins: We were really getting recommendations. Sometimes people would write to us on Facebook and be like, “I run a group too and I’m thinking of going to–” It was everything from Slack– I’d have to ask Sydney to write the names. There were all these things that we looked at online that just didn’t feel good enough. We also talked to fancier people. We talked to people who were like, “We’ll build you an app, and it’ll cost $250,000 and cost $100,000 a year to maintain.” We were like, “No, we can’t do that.” - -So we kind of narrowed it down basically, there was like the places that wouldn’t really be our own thing like Slack, it’s a different way of using it and then there were the super customized versions and we decided okay, let’s try and find an essentially black coffee or someone who delivers a basic app that we then adapt. From there, we narrowed it down to just TopFan and Mighty Networks and made the choice. I’m sure there are other people that we didn’t even know to talk to. It was all kind of word of mouth and a lot of conversations with people. - -[00:13:17] Patrick O’Keefe: What’s the cost of TopFan? Is it a revenue share or do you pay them sort of as a vendor? Or how does that work? - -[00:13:22] Nina Lorez Collins: It’s both, a little bit of a revenue share and a little bit of a vendor. I think because of the terms of my contract, I’m not sure how explicit I should be, but there was an article about our move on something called Tech.co recently. Basically our costs for the first year are around $100,000 for build and maintenance. - -[00:13:39] Patrick O’Keefe: Got you. - -[00:13:39] Nina Lorez Collins: Then for a little bit of rev share in there. - -[00:13:41] Patrick O’Keefe: Forget the specific number. Part of it is a rev share, it’s not like all like a sum cost you have to make or like, you’re going to be in trouble. - -[00:13:49] Nina Lorez Collins: We pay flat fee for what they delivered for an app and then I’ve paid some extra money for features that we really felt we had to have. A lot of Facebook-like features, I anticipate that going forward, there’s going to be a fair amount of money that’s going to get sunk back into custom development. Some of the things we had to pay to adapt right off the bat where we wanted the ability to approve posts, which their basic model didn’t have. - -We purposely paid for increased and darkened and font size. We paid for their basic model had a 300 character maximum count for posts and comments which we can’t have because our members write often very long things. Although on Facebook, they sometimes write really overly long posts, which we would reject. What we’ve built is a 2500 character maximum. We’re paying for extra features that we want and then we’re paying ongoing maintenance, a monthly maintenance fee for them to just maintain the app and service it and then they’re getting a small revenue share out of all the income we bring in. - -[00:14:51] Patrick O’Keefe: I know if they’re listening and they probably will be I would say some of those things should be included TopFan. Just make sure those small customization tweaks you should be including some of those things. - -[00:15:00] Nina Lorez Collins: Yes, we’ve been fighting back with it every step of the way, particularly because it turns out, while TopFan has been great, I do think as often happens in these things, they kind of unfolds in certain ways. I don’t think they’ve taken a Facebook group off Facebook, there are other communities who you probably know are things like big country music fans and big sporting companies, and teams. - -I feel we’re making their product much, much better. I mean, it’s been a very intense launch. They’re working really, really hard with us and we really like the product, but a lot of these things we should have had from day one. It was hard doing the contract, we didn’t know what we didn’t know, right, which often happens, so certain things we just really didn’t realize, like the character count thing or anyway, it’s been a learning process. - -[00:15:42] Patrick O’Keefe: You’ve made a substantial investment in this product. I have to imagine that when you actually flip the switch, no matter how good of feeling you had about it, no matter how many members you talked with beforehand, and sort of the general optimism there was sort of a gulp moment, right? Where you were like, okay, got to flip the switch. Talk about that moment and then how have you gone so far, as far converting members over to your community on TopFan? - -[00:16:05] Nina Lorez Collins: It was really scary, you’re right. I mean basically, for the last year, I’ve been grappling with do I just shut down the community? Or do I invest money and make this – [crosstalk] - -[00:16:14] Patrick O’Keefe: Right, because you’re at the point now, where it’s taking the amount of your time where investment-wise of your time where it’s like, I need to draw money from this, or I need to be able to pay people for their time to take it off my plate. One or the other, right? - -[00:16:25] Nina Lorez Collins: Right, and I was already paying someone. I started paying someone about a year ago, and we have many, many mods who work for free. I was spending money and feeling like I really had to stop. I couldn’t keep spending money endlessly for the entertainment and edification of thousands and thousands of women. I was spending all my time, so either it has to become a business or I have to shut it down. Then shutting it down really felt hard because the women are really attached to it. I’m really attached to it, we’ve created this special thing that we all love. - -I decided to make this leap. We really didn’t know what would happen. We spent months and we did the contract. We built the app, we did a beta and I had to be fully aware that we might flip the switch and no one would join. It was very scary, but I have to say the day we announced it on October 15, I didn’t know how I would feel and I felt immense relief. We had done some pre-talking to people, we had done a SurveyMonkey in the community saying if we did this at this amount of money, who would go, and in that survey, something like 30% of the women said they would come with us, but everyone had told us that we’d be very lucky to get anywhere from five to 15% of the women to make the move. - -I mean, obviously going from free to paid is a huge leap, but yes, the day we announced it, I felt liberated from Facebook and that’s been consistent. I feel really, really good that we left Facebook, it was just– I felt I was on a treadmill to nowhere and now we have a thing that we own that we’ve created and we feel we have an actual product, and it’s gone I think really incredibly well knock on wood. I mean, we’ve got a long way to go, but we have I think 3,600 paid members right now and 5,200 total registered so there’s a gap of a little under 2,000 women who have registered for the site but have not yet paid for membership. - -That’s, 15% of our membership. We had 31,000 women on Facebook when we closed and it’s only been three weeks since we made the announcement. Now our challenge, of course, is how are we going to get people who weren’t in the Facebook group to join the app? I mean, we have many challenges ahead, but we feel good. - -[00:18:27] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, it’s interesting because I think in a different way, you’re going to have to tap into the– I mean, how did you get people to join the Facebook group, right? People talked about it, people told each other about it, I mean, this group so of course, the commitment is, as you said, is bigger even making people pay, I don’t know, my girlfriend works at Netflix, and I pay them $12 a month and it’s still a thought. [laughs] People complain online and we’ll see about say, unbundling a cable just a to draw from that example, like they used to pay cable this but now I’m signing up for Netflix and Disney+ and Amazon and all these things are adding up and everything is an incremental build these days. - -On some level, you compete with everything I think these days, you’re competing with everything that charges a monthly fee- - -[00:19:00] Nina Lorez Collins: Yep. - -[00:19:00] Patrick O’Keefe: – which is interesting, I guess, in some way and when people do give you their money, then it actually means something. - -[00:19:06] Nina Lorez Collins: Yes, no, I completely agree, but in a way, we felt, first of all, we are offering it monthly, but overwhelmingly, I think, only like five people have chosen the monthly option, and they’re all doing the annual, which is $35 a year, but we have a discount right now for $20. Ultimately, I felt like they’re going to have to pay for it and if they value it, they will and if they don’t value it, they won’t and then we’ll know. Because I don’t want to spend the rest of my life doing something that isn’t actually valued. [chuckles] - -It does feel kind of gratifying to feel the women who have come with us really understand what the value is, and now it’s my job to make sure it keeps being valuable. If it’s not, they shouldn’t do it, right? That’s the challenge. - -[00:19:42] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve talked about sort of the tech side of it a little bit, what have been sort of the biggest pain points outside of that right, the points around sort of communication, education, getting people to sign up, we’re such creatures of habit- - -[00:19:55] Nina Lorez Collins: Yep. - -[00:19:55] Patrick O’Keefe: -and Facebook, for better or worse, in some ways worse, we know they do things to sort of addict people, or at least they have in the past to the platform. You get used to what a norm is on Facebook and how this works and how we click here, and where do we go, and getting people to try something different, it doesn’t matter what age group its for, but getting people to try something different, there’s a learning curve. What have been the main pain points in dealing with people so far? - -[00:20:19] Nina Lorez Collins: It’s fun talking to you because you so completely understand everything we’re dealing with. Yes, when we were in beta, at one point, I posted a joke, I said something like, there’s a joke to be made somewhere in here about teaching thousands of menopausal women how to use a new app. We’re, for the most part, women over 40, in our 50s and 60s, and it’s really, really hard to learn a new technology. There are a million pain points and to your point, kind of psychological, just the idea of adding. A lot of people have said, I don’t want to have another app on my phone. - -A lot of people have said, I’m still going to be on Facebook all the time because that’s where all my friends and family are, you’re adding this extra step and I resent it. A lot of people were just mad at me for charging money because they feel it’s unfair. They’ve had it for free. They love the way it is, why should I charge money? On the other hand, I was overwhelmingly super surprised how supportive women were and how much they got it. A lot of my friends during those first two weeks called me and said, “Are you okay? Women are flipping out on the Facebook page, and they’re being so mean to you.” I was like, “I am fine.” We expected the response to be so much harsher. Women really get it, they know how hard we work. We’ve been really slaving at this. - -I’d say the big pain points are technological, actually one of the things that we didn’t anticipate, and it’s a little bit something we fought TopFan for, although we like them and it’s been mostly a good experience, we had a lot more customer service issues in the first two weeks than we anticipated, and if one of my mods hadn’t stepped up to help, I don’t know that I’d be alive right now. The first 10 days, we had thousands of women emailing us and complaining and writing and they couldn’t figure out how to download it. They couldn’t figure out how to pay, and we’ve now pretty much ironed out, we now understand what the customer service issues are and we’ve made changes. - -Now that’s feeling more under control but that was hugely unexpected, I had no idea that was going to happen and it was really stressful for about 10 days there. A friend that comes out the other night, and a friend said to me, I’m loving the app, but I have to say, for better or worse is you just said, it’s not addictive in the way Facebook is. I’ve come to be addicted to Facebook. I’m not feeling addicted to the app, so I have to remember to check it, and I thought that was interesting. On the one hand, we’re relieved that we’re breaking our addiction to Facebook to this thing that we resent. On the other hand, it is like second nature to all of us. I mean, they’ve made it very smooth. While our app has a lot of the same features, it’s different. Just like anything. - -[00:22:37] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, I would embrace that and trumpet it. I would have an article on your homepage tomorrow, that, we want you to live your lives and to get stuff outside and breathe air once in a while. - -[00:22:47] Nina Lorez Collins: I completely agree. Personally, I am feeling so much calmer, it’s amazing. I mean, I’m super happy about it. - -[00:22:53] Patrick O’Keefe: One other challenge you mentioned to me before the show was, “Managing member emotions around our recent change.” You talked about that a little bit, I think with the reaction that you received positive, negative, a mix, and more positive than you thought you would. This is interesting because you’re resolved in your change, right? I feel like, in talking to you, it wouldn’t have mattered necessarily, not that it doesn’t matter how people respond, but just that you had reached a point in your life with this community where something needed to change. If people liked it, loved it, hated it, your life still needed to change professionally, at least and your time needed to change so something had to go. - -[00:23:29] Nina Lorez Collins: Yep. - -[00:23:29] Patrick O’Keefe: That was happening, whether it’s shutting down, it’s going to someone else’s hands, it’s being sold, it’s launching an app, whatever it is, it’s changing. - -[00:23:36] Nina Lorez Collins: Yep. - -[00:23:37] Patrick O’Keefe: There’s, sort of a resolution that comes with that, but still, actually, these are people you like, people you built relationships with. I think it’s an interesting way to put it, managing member emotions around our recent change, what does that look like? - -[00:23:48] Nina Lorez Collins: It’s been hard and I appreciate you asking, which is like a therapy session, I’m loving the phone call. It’s been really draining because ultimately, I’m at the top and I’ve made all the decisions. Even my moderators, I mean, they were crying the day we closed down the group but it has been a really emotional roller coaster. This community has, I wouldn’t have stuck with it. When I started it, I wasn’t looking to start an online business of any sort. I’ve only done it because it’s been such a compelling experience and such an organic, interesting business but the whole experience has been wild, but so there’s a lot of emotional investment in it for a lot of people. - -I have I feel pretty good boundaries in general emotionally, so I’ve just had to be really clear, this is what I need to do. I’ve thought about it long and hard, this makes sense. I wish people well who don’t want to come with us. I’m very grateful to people who do. - -One of the core beliefs of the community, in general, is transparency and emotional honesty, so I think my members appreciate how thoroughly honest with them I’ve been about the decision about why about the money. We did hold a Facebook Live pretty much every day for the two weeks of the transition. - -We announced on October 15 and closed, archived the groups on November 1st. Pretty much every day I did a Facebook Live where I was answering questions. I suppose the hardest part has been the emotions from the women who have been with us from day one and from the moderators and really, the thousand or so members who I know personally and they’ve been along for the whole ride. Some of them have been mad at us and I’m sorry, but I have to say it makes me a little angry sometimes also when people, like do they think I should work for free for the rest of my life? That doesn’t make sense. [chuckles] There’s a little bit of that too. - -[00:25:29] Patrick O’Keefe: You’re an example of something that’s happened in community since the dawn of time, I think pre-Internet, is this idea that- because I help a lot of people start communities- we need more. More diversity, more communities, there’s always space. I started because I wanted to start a community about whatever sports, other things that I was interested in. - -When you go looking for something and you don’t find it in the way you want and you start a community about it, one of the things that happens that’s funny I think or ironic in some way, is that you go for your hobby or your interests, or whatever you want to connect people around, in this case, women over 40, but in doing that, you find this entirely new hobby, which is managing an online community and it takes you away from that first thing. The time and you could sit on that first thing instead of talking with women over 40, you start talking about the Yankees, whatever it is. You now have this new job and I hope you like it, because it’s a time-consuming endeavor, maintaining this space where other people can do the thing that you really sought out for initially. - -[00:26:24] Nina Lorez Collins: Yes, I know. That’s actually a super interesting question and it’s helpful for me to think about. I’ve actually been very lucky in that way. I’m naturally an entrepreneurial person. I had a company in my 20s that I started and then closed and the second company in my 30s, both in the literary book publishing world and then I didn’t feel very entrepreneurial for about eight years. I went to graduate school and wasn’t really sure if I would ever work or have a company again. When this started to develop, it was super compelling to me and as I said, I stuck with it and I’ve watched it grow. I’ve figured out how to make it grow and it’s been a really interesting experience. - -I actually like both, it’s incredibly frustrating sometimes and I feel like I’m not a Millennial and I don’t know the first thing about online marketing, I’ve enjoyed the learning process and I do still feel like I get what I originally loved out of the community. I really do love the conversation and the connection. - -[00:27:20] Patrick O’Keefe: When you make a change like this, you accept there’s some, risk might not be the right word, potential of splintering, right. You have a group of people, 30,000 people, a lot of people. It’s not unlike a small town and when you say, “We’re going to move this app where it’s going to be paid,” some people make that move. If you want to think of it this way, splinter with you, or they come with you. Some people may hate it just out of hate of change, some people may not be able to justify the costs. - -[00:27:48] Nina Lorez Collins: Yep. - -[00:27:49] Patrick O’Keefe: Maybe they feel like they can’t afford it, maybe they don’t have a phone that works well enough for the app. I don’t know, right? It’s all sorts of reasons. - -[00:27:54] Nina Lorez Collins: All those things have happened. Absolutely. - -[00:27:56] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. All these things happen, so people splinter. I don’t know, I like to think of it, when I close a community which I have in the past, or sometimes when I ban a popular member, I create a new community. I create a new community around that person I’ve banned. It’s happened half a dozen times in my life, where that has actually happened, that exact scenario. You have people who can’t make the journey with you for whatever reason, because these are, as you mentioned, deep relationships, years founded between each other with members one another that are leaving this space that they’re used to. - -Did you encourage them to find a home for those people to splinter off into those groups, the people who couldn’t join you to maintain those relationships, and if you did encourage it just how so? - -[00:28:34] Nina Lorez Collins: I just did two things. One is, we were very concerned about people who might feel that the cost was prohibitive and we immediately had lots of members, lots of Woolfers offering scholarships. We did create a way for members who wanted to sponsor people and for people who wanted to be sponsored. We’ve to date, I think sponsored 280 women, have gotten into the app for free through the generosity of other Woolfers which is awesome. - -[00:28:57] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s very nice. - -[00:28:58] Nina Lorez Collins: Then what we have said to everyone is, of course, it’s natural that some of you won’t want to come and you may want to create your own groups and that’s completely fine. Please do not use our name which is trademarked. There was one woman who immediately created a group with our name and we wrote to her and said, “We will pursue legal action, you can not use our name. This is a brand that we’ve spent four years building and you can’t use it, but please by all means go ahead and create your own group for women over 40 under a different name.” - -People have and that’s fine. We really feel like, again, that’s an interesting thing also to think about. We’ve spent four years doing this and we are a community and we’re also, we have content and we have events and we are actually a brand and a company now, we’re not in the same place we were two or three years ago. If someone wants to create her own community and start from scratch, God bless her. That’s fine. - -[00:29:48] Patrick O’Keefe: I know you archived the group the other day. Another scary moment to hit that button, hit the archive button? I don’t know what Facebook gives you. I don’t know if they gave you a recourse they might like delete your profile. I’ve actually never archived a group, but I have to imagine that was just like dropping a weight. - -[00:30:00] Nina Lorez Collins: It was a weird feeling and there were some tears shed, not by me but by some of our moderators. I mean the truth is, when you archive a group, you can unarchive it instantly. That’s a funny feeling too. The only way you can make it completely disappear is if you remove every single member, including yourself. We did completely disappear. One of our admin groups that we no longer needed, we’ve archived like 35 groups and fully closed I think two. We will probably over time fully close all of them, but we’re going to really give it a while. We want people to be able to go in and search for things. The way it works, and I’m sure you know this, when you archive a Facebook group, anyone who’s still a member can go in and search, they just can’t comment or post. - -Anyone who’s not a member will not be able to find the group when it’s archived. So we also created a dummy What Would Virginia Woolf Do Group that in theory, if people find it, they can see where we’ve gone. - -[00:30:52] Patrick O’Keefe: I saw that one, smart move. It worked for me. I searched for the group name. - -[00:30:55] Nina Lorez Collins: Good. Well, that makes me happy because we’re getting still like 200 requests a day to join, so I don’t know what’s going to happen to all those people. We also, of course, have kept up our public page, The Woolfer page, where we will direct content and talk about the group and blah, blah, blah. We’re just starting to play with Facebook ads for the app, and we’ll see how that works. Of course, we have our Instagram. - -[00:31:15] Patrick O’Keefe: Can’t fully escape them. - -[00:31:16] Nina Lorez Collins: No. - -[00:31:17] Patrick O’Keefe: You tried. - -[00:31:19] Nina Lorez Collins: Now, I’m getting like 60 notifications a day as opposed to hundreds of notifications a day. I do feel like I jumped off a cliff. - -[00:31:27] Patrick O’Keefe: From the number of members that you mentioned earlier, even with the discount, it sounds like you pretty much covered your operating costs for the first year, so it seems like you’re good there. You mentioned part of the thought here is this becoming a full-time thing, maybe paying some of those volunteers, bringing people on who can really dedicate more time and pay them for their time because it’s obviously worth money. Twelve months from now, after that first year, how do you think you’ll measure success of this? How will you determine that year or two, another 100 grand or whatever it is, right? Whatever the value is, whatever the investment is, you continue to expand, you hire someone new, whatever. How will you consider this to be successful and worth continuing? - -[00:32:05] Nina Lorez Collins: Well, I think that there are two different ways we’re looking at it. One is we were talking to potential investors and thinking about how we want to grow. Investors want you to say we’re going to get millions of members we’re going to be worth gazillion dollars. That’s one possible route, right? The other route is that we build a nice community that is self-sustaining, that maybe brings in a couple hundred thousand dollars a year, we can afford to pay a couple of people and give the moderator something, and it becomes a well-oiled machine that takes time but doesn’t dominate my life and I don’t feel like, oh my god, I need to be making a six-figure salary. I’m doing a really good thing for the world and for these women, and we’re all supporting each other. - -I don’t totally know yet what we want, but I would say the latter would be lovely. If we could just get to that place, we’d be super happy. I’d say for year one to year two, I think we would be really successful if we got to say 10,000 paid members, right? We’re a little over 3,000 now, and a couple really well-placed advertisers, like people we really think are great. - -For example, I’m not wearing it now, pretty much all the time if you see pictures of me, I’m always bringing this thing called the La LOOP. It’s this necklace that holds my glasses. I don’t know why I’m not wearing it right this minute, but there are certain brands that we really believe align with the Woolfers. The La LOOP is actually not an advertiser of ours, but they would be perfect. If we could find a couple. Right now, the only advertiser we have is a skincare company called Pause Well-Aging, which is a great new brand that just launched in June, run by a Woolfer, and a moisturizer, hot flash spray. I think if we had maybe two or three or tops five advertisers. We decided we don’t want to do any one-off advertising. We’re only going to try and work with people who commit to us for longer periods of time, so sponsors essentially, then I think we’d be in fantastic shape. Then we could see where we want to go from there. - -I’m not bullshitting when I say the community means a lot to me. I’m not interested in doing anything that’s going to sell it out. If it’s not interesting to me, I don’t want to do it. It has to remain a place that I find satisfying and where I get answers and I can participate just like everyone else. - -[00:34:17] Patrick O’Keefe: Nina, thanks so much for taking time. It’s been a great conversation. I really have enjoyed it. - -[00:34:20] Nina Lorez Collins: Yes, me too. Thank you so much. - -[00:34:23] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with Nina Lorez Collins, founder of The Woolfer at thewoolfer.com. That’s T-H-E W-O-O-L-F-E-R.com. Find them on facebook at facebook.com/thewoolfer. To connect with Nina, visit facebook.com/wwvwdbook. - -For the transcript from this episode plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. We’ll see you next time.",1731883719,b6cef58d91,61f8b778fc,,,1731883719 -https://publicwords.com/2024/10/08/what-do-we-see-when-we-see-our-opponents/,https://www.publicwords.com/feed/,What Do We See When We See Our Opponents?,"It’s commonplace for political observers to decry the polarization that afflicts our political scene here in the United States. I include myself among the number of those lamenting our mutual hostility. - -The causes of our alienation from one another when it comes to politics are usually ascribed to things like the online world, the 24/7 news cycle, our cell phones, disinformation, money in politics, Republicans, Democrats, Fox News, the NY Times – pick your cause and start slinging the blame. Most of these in themselves don’t seem to be sufficient to account for the monster we have unleashed, so maybe it’s some sort of grab bag of all of them. - -Now there’s a study that sheds a little light on the mystery, if it is one, or at the least gives us one more reason to glare at each other from across the political fence with mistrust and loathing: we don’t understand each other. - -Whatever the topic the researchers asked about, whether it was immigration, race, the death penalty, military spending, or abortion, it turns out that while we understand the views of people like us, we grossly distort the views of the other side. For example, Republicans believe that just under a third of all Democrats are LGBT, whereas the real number is 6%. And Democrats believe that more than a third of all Republicans earn over a quarter of a million dollars per year, whereas the actual number is 2%. - -We have distorted views of each other, in other words. We create opposing figures in our minds, ascribe all sorts of opinions to them, building up an image of someone who is easy to dislike, because they believe everything we don’t, only more so. - -It was Ronald Reagan’s communications team that brilliantly started the practice of embodying the enemy by taking an outlier from the news and intimating that this person, who was easy for the public to dislike, was representative of a whole tribe of them. We got ‘welfare queens’ who were bilking the system of huge amounts of money through fraud, driving fancy cars and living high off the hog. It was much easier to hate a vivid symbol like that, than a statistic. And so modern identity politics was born. - -It has devolved to a point where the vice-presidential candidate of one party has repeatedly (and falsely) accused his own constituents of being illegal immigrants, when they are not, and of eating their neighbors’ pets, when they haven’t. When Teddy Roosevelt talked about the ‘bully’ pulpit of politics, he meant ‘bully’ in the slang sense of ‘marvelous’, but Senator Vance has updated the idea to encompass true bullying by the rich and powerful to make the lives of the poor and ordinary miserable and unsafe. - -It’s a despicable performance, and it comes directly from misunderstanding your ‘opponents’ – in this case, assuming that because you are a different color and come from somewhere else, you are necessarily lawbreakers and practitioners of repugnant dietary habits. - -We all need to take a deep breath and pledge to try to understand each other better. The American presidential race used to retain a modicum of dignity and a fig leaf of decorum. We used to believe that competing for the most powerful position in the world carried with it an implicit promise to take the power seriously and act with a sense of responsibility. - -Perhaps political debates should include instant fines for lying, a sort of inverse game show format, where the more often a politician lied the more money he or she would be forced to donate to the other party – or some good cause picked by the other debater. The totals lately would have been impressive. - -And, yes — I need to get to work trying to understand Senator Vance.",1731883671,70da3d3370,6228f0ec99,,,1731883671 -https://www.entrepreneurshiplife.com/why-more-entrepreneurs-are-turning-to-bsv-for-their-online-applications-and-businesses/,https://www.entrepreneurshiplife.com/feed/,Why More Entrepreneurs are Turning to BSV for their Online Applications and Businesses,"By - -While Bitcoin Core (BTC) and Bitcoin Cash (BCH) get plenty of attention as the cryptocurrency market ebbs and flows for its many investors, Bitcoin SV (BSV) has, in stark contrast, leveraged stability to become a prime blockchain environment for businesses. When BTC was rampaging in price, many onlookers presented a side panel that the price isn’t what makes Bitcoin great. Rather, it’s the underpinning blockchain technology. - -As BTC continued to be the epitome of volatility, its blockchain looked to be unusable by entrepreneurs eager to make use of the technology. Of course, there are many other blockchains out there now, such as the ever-popular Ethereum, but version 0.1 protocol of Bitcoin was so endearing that many wanted to buy in. With the 2018 hard fork of BSV, all of the boxes were ticked, with the CoinGeek deep dive showing many pivoted to BSV. - -So, what is it about the blockchain that makes it so appealing to entrepreneurs? - -Transparency as a Selling Point - -One of the main elements of the blockchain that’s made the technology so appealing to users is its inherent transparency. This isn’t to say that everything on the blockchain can just be seen by anyone online. Instead, it’s more a case of all transactions and data on the network being recorded, and then anyone with access to the system can see all of these movements. So, transactions and data can be validated for their authenticity. - -Being able to automatically validate and log data and transactions is a core perk of blockchain technology, ensuring that data is always in the right place and transactions can’t be forged. The creator of Bitcoin, Satoshi Nakamoto (a pseudonym), made this a core feature of what they intended to usurp fiat currencies and the value tampering from central banks and bad actors. For many businesses, having this transparency is a huge selling point. - -For business-to-customer relations, having a protocol that ensures every transaction is proper and logged, as well as having tech that guarantees fairness can be hugely important. This is certainly the case for the PeerGame table games . There’s American roulette, French roulette, European roulette, and blackjack, all of which rely on random number generators. - -In the platform’s Fairness Calculation and Provably Fair sections, it’s laid out how the running of the cryptographic algorithm of Bitcoin SV enables its algorithm to produce fully transparent and verifiable game results. You can even input your bet transaction ID codes to calculate that bet’s fairness. With the distributed ledger of the blockchain, the chance for fraud and unfairness can be all but eliminated, enhancing trust in the business. - -Increasing Speed and Lowering Costs - -Making use of a blockchain can make many processes much more efficient, from their logging to their verifications. Plus, on a blockchain like BSV, transaction costs are very low – even compared to other low-fee cryptocurrencies. A big part of doing business that is sped up by using a blockchain is auditing and reporting. All of the activity, data, and transactions are logged in and verified by the blockchain, so it’s easy to quickly produce reports or get details. - -Naturally, all of this efficiency results in the business being able to function with more speed. Throw in its ability to handle more data inputs and transactions all at once, and you can see another perk blockchains offer to business speed. One business making full use of this on BSV is the Centbee payments app . The digital wallet leverages the transparency of blockchain to comply legally and taps into how low-cost transactions are on BSV. - -Front-facing and internally, setting up on a blockchain like BSV offers many benefits. To customers and investors, entrepreneurs can point to the transparency and validity of the business, while in-house, they benefit from a more efficient approach.",1731883635,d1b4edb237,623100219f,,,1731883635 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/athletics/articles/cn8y4mky8v9o,http://feeds.bbci.co.uk/sport/rss.xml,Sri Chinmoy 24hr track race: Running around in circles for 24 hours,"It is midnight in central London and the rain is bouncing off the ground. - -Most of the city is asleep, but on an athletics track just south of the River Thames one man - shivering and soaked to the bone in shorts, T-shirt and makeshift gilet fashioned from a black bin bag - is running laps. - -A pensioner, who flew in from Norway that morning, is doing the same in a blue pound-shop poncho. - -There is a small pile of vomit on the inside of the track, where a runner emptied his stomach an hour earlier. Job done, he picked himself up and carried on. - -Plenty of others have also been sick, including a 74-year-old former librarian. Twice. - -It is hardly a surprise. After all, these people have been running around the same track for 12 hours. They have another 12 to go. - -Welcome to the world of 24-hour racing, where the boundaries of pain, pleasure and possibility are redefined by a special band of runners who are as exceptional as they are utterly normal. - -The format could not be simpler: complete as many laps of the 400m track as you can in 24 hours and whoever clocks up the most miles wins. - -But as the puddles swell and the temperature drops in the small hours at Battersea Park Athletics Club, the only thing on runners’ minds is survival. - -So why do people choose to do this? What keeps them going when their body - and mind - is at breaking point? And how far can a human actually run in 24 hours?",1731883686,bcdff126e2,62102dbfae,,,1731883686 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/articles/cjr4q75lev7o,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,Wheelchair Masters: Alfie Hewett and Gordon Reid miss out on doubles title,"Alfie Hewett and Gordon Reid failed to retain their Wheelchair Masters doubles title with a straight-set defeat by Martin de la Puente and Joachim Gerard in the Netherlands. - -The British duo, who won the title for a third time together in 2023, lost 6-4 6-2 to the Spanish-Belgian pair. - -Reid and Hewett, who clinched the Paralympic doubles title in Paris this summer, had previously won the season-ending tournament in 2017 and 2021. - -Reid has a second shot at silverware in Arnhem, however, after sealing his place in the singles final earlier on Saturday. - -He defeated De la Puente 6-2 6-1 in his semi-final, but defending singles champion Hewett could not make it an all-British affair as he was beaten 6-4 4-6 6-3 by Japan's Paralympic champion Tokito Oda. - -Reid has never won the Wheelchair Masters singles title, a status he will look to change in Sunday's final against 2022 champion Oda.",1731883638,95caee0db1,628f5050c0,,,1731883638 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/i-felt-something-special-wanted-part-carroll-talks-commitment-kentucky/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,'I really felt it was something special I wanted to be a part of.' Kaelyn Carroll talks her commitment to Kentucky WBB,"On Wednesday, 2025 five-star wing Kaelyn Carroll announced her commitment to Kentucky over Villanova, Minnesota, Florida State, South Carolina, North Carolina and Virginia Tech. She talked about her decision with KSR. - -The relationship that Carroll built with Kenny Brooks during her recruitment was the main thing that sold her on being a Wildcat. - -“I started building my relationship with Coach Brooks and the coaching staff while at Virginia Tech, and when he moved to Kentucky and re-offered me, there was no question I wanted to take an official [visit] and learn more about UK,” Carroll told KSR. “My visit was awesome, the campus was great and meeting the players and the chemistry they had already started to build so quickly; I really felt it was something special I wanted to be a part of.” - -She added, “That was important to me in finally choosing a school, was being part of a growing program and seeing the relationship the coaches have with their players. I think chemistry is so important in achieving goals as a team and the best way to make a run in the SEC and NCAA Tournaments. I want to be part of that build and plan for success.” - -Being a 6-foot-2 wing with tons of potential, Carroll is going to provide a level of versatility that will allow her to thrive under Brooks’ coaching. - -“We have had a lot of great conversations on how I can come in and use my versatility to contribute in different ways,” Carroll explained. “I like that a lot. I feel I’m very efficient in certain areas and love the development plan they have for me on things I can work on to be successful at the next level . I just can’t wait to work with the team and be a piece of the plan Coach Brooks has for Kentucky women’s basketball.”",1731883643,b2069ab8ff,629f91a22a,,,1731883643 -https://www.slashfilm.com/1709201/south-park-family-guy-feud-explained/,https://www.slashfilm.com/feed/,"The Bitter Feud Between South Park And Family Guy, Fully Explained","In the two-part ""South Park"" episode ""Cartoon Wars"" from 2006, it's revealed that an upcoming episode of ""Family Guy"" will feature the Prophet Muhammad as a character. The citizens of the titular town become terrified over the thought of military retaliation from various Islam-majority countries, since depictions of Muhammad are typically seen as blasphemous to many Muslim adherents. The episode came in the wake of a 2005 controversy when the Danish newspaper Jyllands-Posten published comic strips that depicted Muhammad, sparking protests and even riots. - -By the end of the episode, the citizens of South Park are literally burying their heads in the sand, trying to prove that they haven't been looking at the ""Family Guy"" Muhammad episode. ""South Park"" creators Matt Stone and Trey Parker were trying to state, in their clumsy, cynical way, that it's silly to get offended by such things, and no one should be sensitive to the beliefs of others. 2006 was a time when ""South Park"" shifted from being a crass and sardonic spoof of good manners to being outwardly bitter about everything. - -But, as it turns out, the Muhammad controversy proved to be the backdrop for Stone's and Parker's true object of criticism: Seth MacFarlane, the creator of ""Family Guy."" - -In ""Cartoon Wars,"" the ordinarily evil Cartman (Parker) sensitively finds that the makers of ""Family Guy"" did something that was genuinely offensive to Muslims, and goes to the ""Family Guy"" studio in Hollywood to express his distaste. It turns out, though, that he doesn't care about Muslims and instead really just wants to sabotage ""Family Guy"" because he hates their lazy gag-writing. He is merely using his censorship-based outrage as a way inside. - -Cartman eventually finds that ""Family Guy"" doesn't hire human writers, but an aggregation of trained manatees to come up with its ""gags."" - -This episode, an earnest criticism, kicked off a bitter rivalry between Stone & Parker and MacFarlane that has never been resolved.",1731883649,b237a9df8d,6296513191,,,1731883649 -https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/oh-thank-horace-our-comments-system-is-up-and-running-again,https://www.rockpapershotgun.com/feed/,"Oh thank Horace, our comments system is up and running again","""Never read the comments,"" is a truth much-rehearsed by senior games journalists, but I have long since levelled-up past this axiom and entered into a new world of benevolent narcissism. I always read the comments, for all commenters are my children. They exist to glorify and preserve me in my dotage. True, occasionally my children say things like ""I think your writing and opinions are appalling, and that you deserve to be repeatedly run over by a herd of deer"", but it is the nature of children to rebel. - -All of which is to say that the comments downtime during a tech transition this week has been painful for me. I've missed you all! I don't have anything particular to say in this post - I just thought we could do with a place to convene after this long, strange purgatory of articles being published with no accompanying trickle or waterfall of reader insights. What have you all been up to? Any news to share? I hear there's been some kind of election somewhere. I promise you the comments outage is unrelated.",1731883666,ad45c610da,62980173b9,,,1731883666 -https://kotaku.com/overwatch-2-classic-symmetra-basketball-turret-control-1851699249,https://kotaku.com/rss,Overwatch Classic Has Players Once Again Killing Each Other With A Basketball,"Overwatch 2 is running a limited-time event called Overwatch Classic that reverts the game to its original roster, rulesets, and hero kits. It’s miserable to go back to, especially if you have no nostalgia for Overwatch as it existed in 2016. However, it is bringing back some old meme-y strategies from back in the day, and those throwbacks are spreading through the Overwatch community. One that is extremely funny to see back in the game eight years later is the strategy that lets you kill enemies with a basketball. Literally. Symmetra’s basketball tech is undefeated. - -Ranking Overwatch 2 Season 10's Biggest Changes CC Share Subtitles Off - -English view video Ranking Overwatch 2 Season 10's Biggest Changes - -Ranking Overwatch 2 Season 10's Biggest Changes CC Share Subtitles Off - -English Ranking Overwatch 2 Season 10's Biggest Changes - -Back in the day Symmetra, who was a support hero at launch and has since been retooled into a damage one, was able to attach her beam-firing turrets onto objects in the environment rather than surfaces like walls and the ground. Those objects include the basketballs you can toss around spawn points in Control matches which, these days, serve little purpose but letting you try to score a basket or two before the game starts. However, back when you could attach Symmetra’s turrets to them, you could then knock them out of the spawn area and into the battlefield. The turrets lock on to foes and fire high-damage beams at any nearby enemy, which means that if you have several of them attached to a basketball, you can knock the ball of death near enemies and watch it drain their health in seconds. - -Advertisement - -Advertisement - -Advertisement - -It’s fun seeing how much of Overwatch’s refinement over the years has sanded away some of the funny and chaotic strategies players once utilized. You can still find Reddit threads about Symmetra’s basketball of death that are nearly a decade old. But as silly and creative as the strat is, I’m glad that Overwatch 2 is in a much better state these days overall. Well, in terms of balance and polish, I mean. Don’t get me started on my feelings about its status as a sequel and product. - - - -",1731883665,a0840ab3b4,62c040d934,,,1731883665 -https://www.lighthousehockey.com/2024/11/16/24298373/kraken-vs-islanders-brock-nelson-sorokin,https://www.lighthousehockey.com/rss/current,"Kraken 3, Islanders 2: Strong effort falls short as Isles sag late in the third","The Islanders played about 50 minutes of a really good, almost ideal road game in Seattle on Saturday afternoon, but a mistake and a bounce in the third period ended up leaving them without a point to show for their efforts. - -The 3-2 outcome stings, but their approach, really picking up where they left off the other night in Vancouver, was a promising sign. Nothing flashy, but all four lines looked in sync again as they put pucks to good places and consistently covered for each other to keep plays alive. - -[Game Center | Game Summary | Event Summary | Natural Stat Trick | HockeyViz] - -After a strong start by the Islanders, they conceded the first goal on a bit of poor luck. Brandon Tanev circled the net and sent a shot that bounced off Yanni Gourde’s upper body and dropped into the net behind Ilya Sorokin. - -That was at 8:10, but the Isles didn’t let it dent their play. And at 13:38, for the second game in a row Pierre Engvall scored on a rebound by going to the net and outmaneuvering his man. Ryan Pulock blasted the initial shot, which caromed perfectly for Engvall, though he had to be quick to get his stick on the puck first. - -The reached both intermissions still tied 1-1, as the second period was scoreless and a little less eventful than the first. Still, the way the Isles were playing at 5-on-5 — and surviving a second penalty kill — was promising. - -In the third period, the Kraken’s third power play of the game looked like it might be a pivotal moment, pushing the Isles’ luck after their struggling penalty kill had killed the first two. But instead of cashing it in for the lead, the Kraken conceded a shorthanded goal. Noah Dobson got to a bouncing puck in the Isles zone while Brock Nelson drifted deep in the neutral zone to receive Dobson’s bank pass. Nelson broke down the left wing and made a deke, which Kraken goalie Joey Daccord disrupted, but Nelson was able to reach in and shovel the rebound slowly over the line. - -If that looked like it would be the feel-good moment on the way to a win, the feeling didn’t last long. Just 37 seconds later, Scott Mayfield took a puzzling route to the left side to join Ryan Pulock, who needed no help, and that left Jared McCann a wide open lane through the middle to receive a pass and beat Ilya Sorokin from the slot with a shot inside the post. - -That shift in fortunes seemed to lift Seattle’s spirits, and they steadily improved for their best stretch of the game. - -Ten minutes later, a Jamie Oleksiak shot from the point had eyes through a Brock Nelson screen and trickled over the line to give Seattle a 3-2 lead with 3:15 to go. In a desperate move, the Islanders challenged for goaltender interference since Tanev had bumped Sorokin before the shot. But Sorokin had time to push off and face the shot, and the real impactful variable was Nelson’s screen. The challenge, which the Isles probably made only because they’ve seen similar calls puzzlingly given, was denied. - -Roy says explanation given to him on why it wasn’t goalie interference was because it “wasn’t enough.” He believes #Isles were “robbed.” - - - -Sorokin was also very confused about what is and what isn’t goalie interference. — Andrew Gross (@AGrossNewsday) November 16, 2024 - -So the Kraken went to the power play to help burn two of the final three-plus minutes left in regulation. Toward the end of a PK shift, Nelson had a golden breakaway chance to get a second shorty and tie the game, but Daccord stopped Nelson’s low-blocker shot from the mid slot. - -The Isles had a few more beefs with the officials in the final minute — a bizarre icing waiving of icing when no Islander could’ve legally played the puck, then a refusal to add a few more seconds back on the clock after the Kraken shot a puck off the crossbar of the empty net and out of play. But those moments didn’t really matter. It just wasn’t their day, despite their best efforts. - -Up Next - -So that’s game three of this five-game trip in the books. They’ll be in Calgary on Tuesday and then wrap it up in Detroit on Thursday.",1731883651,711815cad2,62667406a4,,,1731883651 -https://www.npr.org/2023/10/04/1197954201/chaos-alaska-airlines-flight-attendants-union-strike,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How the U.A.W. strike looks a lot like a successful strike from 30 years ago : Planet Money : NPR,"The flight attendants of CHAOS - -When contract negotiations between Alaska Airlines and their flight attendants' union broke down in 1993, the union had a choice to make. - -The union — The Association of Flight Attendants-CWA — knew that if they chose to strike, Alaska Airlines could use a plan. While Alaska Airlines technically couldn't fire someone on strike, they could permanently replace the striking flight attendants with new workers. Essentially, if the union went on strike, they could risk thousands of people's jobs. The flight attendants knew they needed a counter-strategy. - -They went with a strategy they called CHAOS: ""Create Havoc Around Our System."" - -Sponsor Message - -The strategy had two phases. Phase one: The union kept Alaska guessing about when, where, and how a strike might happen. They kept everyone, even their own members, in the dark. And in turn, Alaska Airlines had to be prepared for a strike at any place and any time. Phase two was to go on strike in a targeted and strategic way. - -The havoc that the flight attendants created set off a sort-of labor-dispute arms race and would go on to inspire strikes today. And, it showed how powerful it can be to introduce a little chaos into negotiations. - -Our show today was hosted by Nick Fountain and Kenny Malone. It was produced by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler with help from Dave Blanchard and Willa Rubin, edited by Jess Jiang, fact-checked by Sierra Juarez, and audio-engineering by Hans Copeland. Ayda Pourasad helped with research. Alex Goldmark is our Executive Producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Take Me Back Again,"" ""HIgh Plains Drifter,"" and ""Believe""",1731884620,8181d7a585,62c27bd82d,,,1731884620 -https://justcreative.com/adobe-creative-cloud-discounts/,https://justcreative.com/feed/,"Adobe Creative Cloud Discounts, Sales & Deals (40-70% Off) 2023","Is Adobe available as a one time purchase? - -How to get the best Adobe Creative Cloud Discount in 2024 - -How To Get Adobe CC For Free - -How to get an Adobe teacher discount? - -How To Get Adobe Deals For Existing Subscribers: - -How To Get Adobe Deals For New Users: - -The Best Adobe Creative Cloud Discounts Available Right Now (2024) - -Brazil, Mexico, and Chile – Get up to 40% off on: - -Australia, New Zealand, Singapore, etc (Singles Day Off) – Get 50% off: - -Looking for the best Adobe Creative Cloud discounts? - -Adobe offers industry-leading software when it comes to graphic design, mobile apps, and creative work, so we don’t blame you! - -sponsored message - -The problem is that Adobe subscriptions can be quite expensive, which is why we’ve put together this list of Adobe discounts. - -As Adobe partners, we can offer you 40-70% off all of Adobe’s best creative software. - -Adobe Creative Cloud is a set of applications used by creatives, designers, and other professionals, to bring their ideas to life. This includes Adobe Photoshop, Adobe Illustrator, Adobe InDesign, Adobe Lightroom, Adobe XD, Spark, Premiere Pro, and more providing comprehensive services for both personal and business needs. - -So if you’re looking for how to save on Adobe software in 2024, this article is for you! - -The Best Adobe Creative Cloud Discounts Available Right Now (2024) - -Whether you are a student, educator, or professional, there is probably a discount suited to your needs. Each category points out the major methods of saving the most value for the investment that you make. Keep watching this list, as it tends to change frequently. - -We’ve compiled a list of the best Adobe Creative Cloud discounts in a number of different categories as per below: - -Read on to get the best Adobe discount! - -How To Get Adobe Discount - -Trying to find a discount on Adobe CC software can be challenging as there are so many different options, plans, and apps. - -Adobe do push their Creative Cloud All Apps subscription however, you can also buy Adobe apps separately, such as Photoshop or Illustrator, which is more than suitable for graphic design, video editing, and UX design. - -To give you more clarity, we have put together this guide on how to get the best deals on Adobe CC for new & existing subscribers. - -Further below are the latest Adobe Creative deals for students, individuals, and more. - - - -How To Get Adobe Deals For New Users: - -To get an Adobe deal as a new subscriber, you should first check to see if you’re eligible for a student discount or other discounted plan below. - -You then can choose if you want the full Creative Cloud All Apps subscription or just a single app subscription. - -If you’re buying more than 2 single apps then it’s worth getting the Creative Cloud All Apps subscription, unless it is Photoshop+Lightroom. - -You can then decide if you want to pay monthly or yearly. Paying yearly saves you more. - -If your Adobe subscription is getting too expensive, Adobe does have three options available for you. - -A) 2 Months Free Offer - -Did you know that you may be eligible to get two months free from Adobe? This discount is provided for compassionate reasons for those wishing to cancel their subscription because of the price. - -To apply for the 2 free months, head to your Adobe account page and cancel your subscription. When asked to do so, you must select “price” as the reason. You may be offered two months free. If not, you can try chatting with their customer service. - -B) Adobe COVID-19 Discount - -Adobe is offering a ‘quarantine discount’ and is giving away 2-3 months free to help those affected by COVID-19. - -Click here and then chat or ring support to receive the discount stating COVID as the reason. - -C) Upgrade & Save Offer - -Another way to get a discount is to buy a single app purchase and then upgrade to the full CC suite. This sometimes becomes cheaper than if you just bought Creative Cloud All Apps straight out. - -Adobe Discount For Students & Teachers - -Did you know that students and teachers are eligible for a discount on Adobe? - -How to get an Adobe student discount? - -If you are a current student or teacher you are eligible for up to 65% off Adobe Creative Cloud on their Students & Teachers plan. - -Who qualifies for an Adobe student discount? To qualify as a student for Adobe you must provide some proof of your education, whether it be part-time or full-time. There is certain criterion that needs to be met in order to become a student. These are laid down on Adobe’s site. - -If you’re not a student or teacher, you can easily become a student and then save up to 65% off on Adobe’s most popular annual plan, CC All Apps. See the instructions below. - -Sign up to the Adobe Certified LogoCore logo design course (just $80) to qualify you as a legitimate student. - -You can then get Creative Cloud for 65% off for one year, saving you ~$385. - -Once you’re a student, click here to go to Adobe’s student discount page. - -Adobe Creative Cloud Student Discount FAQ - -Is Adobe free for students? Students don’t get Adobe for free but they can save up to 65% on Adobe’s plans which is their best deal right now. - -Is there is an Adobe student discount after graduation? After you graduate you can keep Adobe Creative Cloud for a “year grace period” as specified by Adobe: - -“Graduated students will receive an email notification about the upcoming price increase thirty days before the contract renewal date. If the education status is not verified after the grace year, the subscription is upgraded to a higher non-education price on the contract renewal date.” - -If you have more questions see our full guide on how to get an Adobe Creative Cloud Student Discount. - -How to get an Adobe teacher discount? - -The same discounts apply to teachers so if you’re looking for an Adobe discount for educators—pick the Students & Teachers plan. - -Adobe Discount for Individuals - -Adobe’s student deal is the best deal however for individuals you can still save some money including 35% off their regular plan. - -How to get Adobe discount for individuals? — As an individual, you can pre-pay for the full year and save 35% which nets out to a savings of a few hundred dollars. - -If you pay for the full year upfront, you also get a month free on Adobe Stock which includes 10 free premium photos. - -Adobe Creative Cloud Discount: 35% Off Adobe Creative Cloud - -Get all of Adobe’s apps for 35% off with our exclusive partner deal suitable for UK, USA, Canada, Australia and Mexico, on sale dates only. - -Adobe Creative Cloud Discount for Teams (inc. Schools & Universities) - -The Adobe subscription price for teams varies depending on how you pay and for what apps you use and if you are eligible for a discount or not. - -Adobe Creative Cloud Pricing for Teams (including schools & universities) - -Monthly plan – $79.99/month per license - -– $79.99/month per license Prepaid annual plan – $599.88/year per license ($49.99/month) - -– $599.88/year per license ($49.99/month) Single App – $33.99/month per license or $19.99 for Photoshop+Lightroom - -How to get Adobe team discount? — As a team, you can pre-pay for the full year and save 35% which nets out to a savings of a few hundred dollars per license. - -If you pay for the full year upfront, you also get a month free on Adobe Stock which includes 10 free premium photos. - -Adobe Creative Cloud Express Discount - -How to get Adobe Express discount? - -You don’t need to pay for Adobe’s full Creative All Apps subscription to get access to Adobe’s lighter version, aptly named Adobe Express, formerly known as Adobe Creative Cloud Express. - -With Adobe Express, you can use thousands of beautiful templates made available for free. Adobe Creative Cloud Express is for you if you are focused on the outcome and not the process. When you create a design, you may not want to start with a blank page. You can use the images from the Adobe Stock library. - -The good news is that you can access Adobe Creative Cloud Express for free. - -Adobe Express is free forever and requires no credit card to get started. You can upgrade to their Pro version for premium features which is $9.99/month. - -Adobe Photoshop Discount - -How to get Adobe discount on Photoshop? - -You don’t need to pay for Adobe’s full Creative All Apps subscription to get access to their most popular software. - -You can simply pay per software such as a subscription to Adobe Photoshop. - -You can also combine software and get a further discount such as combining Photoshop & Lightroom in a package which will save you approximately 50% on your subscription. - -This Adobe Creative Cloud Photography Plan bundle offered by Adobe is the best deal on Adobe Photoshop & Lightroom. - -This is currently the best way to get an Adobe photography plan discount. - -There are currently no other special offers on single apps like Adobe Illustrator or InDesign just yet. You may want to check out our Adobe Illustrator alternatives post or InDesign alternatives. Plus, our post on how to download Adobe Illustrator. - -You could also make use of their free 7 day trial: - -Adobe Photoshop Student Discount - -Looking for an Adobe student discount on Photoshop? We’ve compiled all the info you need regarding the best Adobe Photoshop student discounts. - -First off, you should know that Adobe do not offer a student discount on Adobe Photoshop as a stand alone single app subscription. - -Adobe Photoshop remains at full price ($9.99-$19.99) for both students and individuals and that subscription comes with Adobe Photoshop & Adobe Lightroom. - -For an Adobe Photoshop student discount, you must get the Adobe Creative Cloud All Apps subscription which will give you access to Adobe Photoshop and Lightroom. - -This Adobe student discount offer gives you access to Adobe Photoshop and 20+ other apps all for the price of a single app ($19.99). - -You can however get individual subscriptions to just Adobe Photoshop and Adobe Lightroom which are available for $9.99 or $19.99 depending on how much storage space you wish to use, 20GB or 1TB respectively. - -As a student, you could also make use of Adobe’s free 7 day trial: - -Adobe Creative Cloud Discounts for Government, Non-Profit, Military, Veterans & Seniors - -Does Adobe offer discounts for non-profits? Yes, Adobe do have some available discounts for non-profits. - -Adobe also offer Enterprise & Government Employee discounts. - -Adobe do not offer military discounts, veteran discounts or seniors discounts however you can try talking to their chat support team. - -Adobe do not offer promo codes, coupons or discount codes, but rather list the sale price on their website for limited amounts of time. - -Adobe Stock Discount (10 Images Free) - -Adobe Stock is a vast collection of stock images, 3D models, audio files, films, templates, and vectors may be found at Adobe Stock. Access to millions of high-quality photos and other assets is available through Adobe Stock. This gives your work a polished appearance. - -You can get 10 images free if you sign up for Adobe Stock for one year ($30/month), or simply try for free for 30 days. - -How To Get Adobe CC For Free - -To get Adobe Creative Cloud for free, simply sign up to their 7-day free trial. - -Select your plan and enter your credit card information, try it for free for 7 days and then cancel or delete it before the 7 days are up. - -Can I get Adobe Creative Cloud for free? — In theory, you can with a free trial however using a ‘free’ cracked version of Adobe Creative Cloud is illegal. - -Other ways to get Adobe CC for free or cheap is to use an older version of Adobe software, or you could set up a new trial each week or split the license with a friend. - -These methods are illegal and you can get your account terminated or suspended by Adobe. - -If you’re trying to reduce costs with the Adobe subscription, you could consider buying a license to just one software such as Adobe Photoshop instead of the whole Adobe Creative Cloud. - -So basically there is no such thing as free Adobe Creative Cloud outside of their free 7 day trial. For more detailed instructions see our guides: - -How to get the best Adobe Creative Cloud Discount in 2024 - -Are you wondering how to get a discount on Adobe CC? - -The best way to get discounts on Adobe subscriptions is follow industry influencers & partners (such as Just Creative) as they will promote the sales as soon as they are available. - -We recommend you bookmark this page & follow our social accounts linked in the footer. - -From past experience, Adobe Creative Cloud have discount sales every 3-5 months and for 3-5 days at a time. - -You could also check the official Adobe coupons, promos, discounts and special offers page. - -We’ve listed all their previous sales further below so you can get the best price. - -Creative Cloud All Apps Discount - -How to get Adobe discount on Creative Cloud? A good way to get an Adobe Creative Cloud All Apps discount is to know exactly when they have sales and when they are due for one. We have outlined their previous sale history below. - -Adobe Creative Cloud is a package of 20+ integrated creative apps and web services for design, video, web, UX, and your subscription plan includes access to all of them as well as Creative Cloud Libraries, Adobe Stock, free assets, Adobe Fonts (see here for the best Adobe fonts and how to add fonts to Adobe), Acrobat Pro DC and 100GB of cloud storage. The subscription also ensures you get the latest version of each app as soon as it’s released. - -If you bought each app separately (even if you need just 3) you would end up spending much more than if you had bought the whole CC suite. - -To clarify, the best deal on Adobe Creative Suite is their Student discount as outlined above. - -It’s also worth noting that Adobe have consistently held sales every 3-5 months and consistently on Black Friday & Cyber Monday (late November) with a further 25-40% off all their apps. - -You will also be able to snag an Adobe Photography Plan discount at this time. - -Adobe Black Friday Sale - -Historically, the 2024 Adobe Black Friday Sale allows you to save up to 70%! In 2023, these sales were valid from November 18 to November 24, 2023! - -If we are to use this same rough date pattern, we estimate the 2024 Adobe Cyber Monday sale to be available from November 29 to December 3, 2024. - -These were the deals from 2023, but will likely be similar for 2024. Time will tell! - -In 2023, even existing subscribers were able to get the 50% off offer. You could just go to your Account tab to see your special offer. If there was no offer showing, you would contact support. - -Previous Adobe Discount Sales & Deals - -Adobe Creative Cloud has also held flash sales with 40-70% off on these past dates: - -November 29-December 3 – Cyber Week Sales (40-70% off) - -November 22-29 – Black Friday Sale (40-70% off) - -September 27-October 1 – 20% off Creative Cloud on selected single apps (Photoshop, Illustrator and Premiere Pro) for US and Canada. - -Aug 17 to Sep 3 – Back to School Sale - -Adobe Substance 3D Collection Deal – Save 20% - -Aug 24-September – 20% Discount for EMEA (Europe, the Middle East and Africa) – Please note that this offer is not available in Poland, Portugal, Turkey, Russia, Italy, Ukraine, Kenya, South Africa and Nigeria. - -August 3 to August 16 2021 – 25% Off Adobe Creative Cloud Sale Discount for USA - -April 27 to May 2, 2021 – 40% off Adobe Creative Cloud All Apps for USA & Canada - -Feb 9 to 14 – 25% Off – Off All Apps in US, Canada, LATAM - -Nov 27 to Dec 4 for Global Black Friday & Cyber Monday - -July 14-17 – 25% off for USA, Canada and Mexico - -March 31 to April 5th – 25% off – USA, Canada and Mexico - -Nov 19 to Nov 29 2019 – 40% to 70% off for Black Friday (Global) - -November 10-17 2019 (Australia) - -August 21-27, 2019 (UK, Europe) - -July 13 to July 19th (USA) - -May 14-17, 2019 - -Feb 26-March 1st, 2019 - -November 25-28, 2018 - -June 13-17, 2018 - -August 24-31 2018 (Students who prepay for 12 months, receive one month free!) - -Adobe Creative Cloud Free Trials - -Did you know that Adobe offer free trials on their most popular creative software? All you have to do is choose your plan and you can try it for free. - -Simply enter your credit card information, try it for free for 7 days and then cancel it before the 7 days are up. - -Adobe Creative Cloud Discount Video - -Learn how to save up to 75% of your Adobe Creative Cloud subscription, watch this video: - -Video Credit: Signature Edits/YouTube - -Adobe Creative Cloud FAQ - -What does Adobe Creative Cloud cost? The full Adobe Suite costs $52.99/mo. Single app subscriptions are approximately $19.99/mon per app. You can read our detailed Adobe Creative Cloud Pricing Guide. Is Adobe available as a one time purchase? No, the Adobe Creative Cloud software is not available outright as Adobe only offer a subscription model. You can not buy Photoshop or Illustrator or any other Adobe software permanently. Is Adobe CC worth it? Yes. The price of Adobe Creative Cloud is well worth it for working designers and creatives. If you're just starting, it makes sense to think about the student plan as a way to save costs. How to cancel Adobe free trial? To cancel your free trial go to your Adobe Account then click “Manage plan” then click ""Cancel plan"". Is there a free version of Photoshop / Illustrator? No, there is not a fully free version of Photoshop or Illustrator or Adobe CC. You can get a 7 day free trial to all apps including PS and AI however you will need to enter your credit card information. See our guide on how to download Photoshop for free or how to download Illustrator free. - -Adobe Creative Cloud Resource RoundUps - -We’re big fans of Adobe products and have created some round up resources for your pleasure: - -When or how did you snag an Adobe Creative Cloud sale deal or special offer? - -Adobe Creative Cloud discounts are announced at specific times throughout the year. How do you hear about these? Stay tuned to this page as we will update it with the latest Adobe Creative Cloud sales as soon as they are available.",1731883663,b7a65c143b,62e1e57b1e,,,1731883663 -https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/baddiehub/,https://www.smarthomeperfected.com/feed/,Baddiehub: The Ultimate Social Media Platform for Influencers,"At SmartHomePerfected we pride ourselves on providing trustworthy, unbiased information. If you buy through links on our site, we may earn a small affiliate commission at no extra cost to you. Learn more - -BaddieHub grows fast and grabs attention with its wide array of content that attracts all kinds of interests. It spotlights fashion, style, and beauty, perfect for folks who love expressing themselves with flair. BaddieHub combines engaging content, turning it into a hotspot for enthusiasts who dive into these vibrant subjects. - -In addition to offering free videos, BaddieHub has carved out a niche in showcasing the latest trends and stylistic choices embraced by baddies worldwide. The site provides an excellent resource for individuals seeking inspiration in their personal style and beauty routines. Whether exploring various categories or catching the latest updates, users find something new and exciting daily. - -BaddieHub's commitment to high-quality content has made it a standout among similar platforms. It blends traditional elements with modern twists, appealing to a broad audience. By providing a vibrant space for fashion, style, and beauty. BaddieHub. ensures that users are consistently engaged and inspired. - -The Baddiehub Experience - -Baddiehub provides a unique digital experience through its intuitive interface, vibrant community, and exclusive content aimed at encouraging creativity and confident self-expression. - -Navigating the Platform - -Baddiehub emphasizes a user-friendly interface. The platform's design ensures seamless navigation, making it accessible for users of all levels. Clear menus and intuitive icons guide users effortlessly to sections like trending videos, exclusive content, and profile management. - -Users can easily adjust settings to personalize their experience. The customization options allow them to tailor their browsing and viewing preferences. The platform also includes an efficient search function, making it simple to find specific content or creators. Overall, Baddiehub aims to create an engaging and smooth user experience. - -Building Your Personal Style - -Baddiehub is a hub for creative self-expression. Users are encouraged to develop and showcase their personal style through various content forms. This includes uploading videos, sharing photos, and engaging in direct interactions with their audience. - -Subscription options offer additional features for content creators. Subscribers gain access to exclusive tools that enhance content customization and visibility. These tools empower users to refine their style and connect more deeply with their audience. The platform supports diverse forms of creativity, enabling users to express themselves confidently and uniquely. - -The Role of Community and Support - -The Baddiehub Community plays a crucial role in the platform's appeal. Users can join groups, participate in discussions, and support each other’s content. This sense of community fosters a supportive and interactive environment. - -In addition, Baddiehub offers robust support options for users. This includes FAQs, help guides, and direct support channels. The platform is committed to ensuring users feel empowered and confident while navigating and utilizing its features. - -Exclusive content and subscription options further enhance the community experience. Subscribers can engage more closely with influencers and creators, fostering deeper connections and mutual support. The community and support systems are integral to the Baddiehub experience, promoting empowerment and interaction. - -Content and Engagement - -Baddiehub excels in crafting engaging content while also fostering deep connections with influencers, which significantly enhances audience interaction and platform growth. - -Connecting with Influencers - -Baddiehub emphasizes strategic partnerships with influencers to amplify reach and engagement. Influencers are chosen based on their relevance and follower demographics, ensuring alignment with the brand’s image. - -Key Benefits: - -Increased Visibility : Influencer collaborations boost content reach. - -: Influencer collaborations boost content reach. Engagement: Higher interaction rates through personalized influencer interactions. - -Influencers bring a sense of authenticity and community, making followers more likely to engage with the platform. Successful partnerships result in mutually beneficial growth and sustained audience engagement. - -Creating Compelling Content - -Baddiehub's content strategy focuses on high-quality, unique, and visually appealing material. The platform leverages analytics to understand user preferences and optimize content accordingly. - -Content Features: - -Visual Appeal : High-resolution images and videos. - -: High-resolution images and videos. Relevance : Content tailored to audience interests. - -: Content tailored to audience interests. Exclusivity: Premium subscribers access unique content. - -Regularly updating content helps keep the audience engaged. User-generated content is also encouraged, fostering a sense of community and ensuring a continuous stream of fresh material. - -Cultural Impact and Evolution - -Baddiehub has significantly influenced modern culture, particularly on social media platforms like Instagram. It intertwines fashion, beauty trends, and societal perceptions, creating a robust community that promotes empowerment and self-expression. - -Fashion and Beauty Trends - -The Baddiehub aesthetic has popularized numerous fashion and beauty trends. Originating from hip-hop fashion, it commonly features bodycon dresses, bold makeup, and striking accessories. Androgyny is also celebrated, allowing seamless blending of feminine and masculine styles. This phenomenon has created a distinctive look characterized by confidence and flair. The community’s iconic looks often influence mainstream fashion designers and beauty brands, setting new trends and redefining beauty standards. - -Baddiehub and Societal Perceptions - -Baddiehub has reshaped societal perceptions of beauty and self-expression. Baddies project an image of confidence, independence, and empowerment, which often challenges traditional beauty norms. The use of slang and a distinctive attitude reflects a sense of belonging and identity within the community. This subculture encourages individuals to embrace their unique styles, fostering a sense of community and shared values among its followers. - -Intersection of Fashion and Digital World - -Digital platforms, especially Instagram, are pivotal in the evolution of Baddiehub. Fashion and beauty trends quickly spread through viral posts, stories, and influencers. This digital dissemination enables baddies to connect globally, share their lifestyles, and stay updated with the latest trends. The constant engagement and visibility across social media platforms amplify the cultural phenomenon further, making it a significant force in contemporary fashion and lifestyle discussions. - -Frequently Asked Questions - -This section addresses common inquiries about lifestyle and fashion platforms, including content types, staying updated with trends, community features, individual contributions, benefits, and empowerment through social platforms. - -What type of content can users typically find on lifestyle and fashion platforms? - -Users can explore a variety of content such as curated fashion tips, beauty tutorials, product reviews, and personalized style recommendations. These platforms often feature exclusive photos, videos, live broadcasts, and interactive sessions with influencers. - -How can one stay updated with the latest trends in urban fashion and beauty? - -To stay updated, users can follow their favorite influencers and brands, subscribe to newsletters, join fashion-forward communities, and regularly check trend reports. Engaging in social media discussions also helps in keeping abreast of the latest styles and beauty hacks. - -What are the key features to look for in a community focused on style and self-expression? - -Key features include a user-friendly interface, community engagement tools, and interactive elements. Platforms should provide avenues for users to share their creations, participate in discussions, and connect with like-minded individuals to foster a sense of belonging. - -How can individuals contribute and get involved in fashion-forward online communities? - -Individuals can contribute by sharing their own fashion and beauty content, participating in community challenges, and engaging with posts from other members. They can also collaborate with influencers and brands to enhance their visibility and influence within the community. - -What are the benefits of joining a platform that caters to style and trend enthusiasts? - -Joining such platforms provides access to exclusive content, promotional offers, and a network of style-savvy individuals. Members can gain inspiration for their personal style, receive support from the community, and have opportunities to build a personal brand. - -In what ways do social platforms foster a sense of empowerment and confidence in personal style? - -Social platforms foster empowerment by providing spaces where users can freely express their unique styles, receive positive feedback, and find inspiration. The interactive environment and supportive community help individuals build confidence in their personal fashion and beauty choices. - -Sources - -forbes.com - -Smart Home Perfected",1731883608,1c7041163b,6277d7e986,,,1731883608 -https://www.dezeen.com/2024/11/15/off-grid-cabins-helsinki-finland-majamaja-littow-architectes/,https://www.dezeen.com/feed/,Littow Architectes creates trio off-grid cabins on Helsinki archipelago,"Paris-based Littow Architectes has designed a group off-grid holiday homes on the coast in the Helsinki archipelago, Finland. - -Named the Majamaja Off-Grid Village, the cabins are located on a rocky site on the water's edge, which had little access to transportation infrastructure or public utilities. - -The retreat was developed by Majamaja, a Finnish brand specialising in providing off-grid living solutions, which was co-founded by Littow Architectes founder Pekka Littow. - -Due to the inaccessibility of the site, the team created a prefabricated cabin that could be assembled on-site without heavy machinery. - -The holiday homes were built with factory-made wooden frame structures, coupled with cellulose wool for thermal insulation. - -""These structures are breathable and moisture-resistant, with no plastic films involved, allowing the Majamaja houses to remain unheated during the winter season if desired,"" Littow told Dezeen. - -At the heart of each cabin is an ""all-in-one technology module"" that the utility systems run on. - -Rainwater and seawater are collected and purified for use through a customised purification system, while greywater can also be reused. - -A dry toilet has been installed in each cabin, ensuring autonomy from the public sewage system. The technology module also stores solar and wind energy, which power the living areas of the cabin. - -According to the brand, this technology module is internationally patented and will soon be available as a stand-alone product for other off-grid properties. - -""Majamaja is committed to sustainable land development in areas lacking infrastructure, minimising environmental damage associated with the pre-construction work like connecting to utilities and building roads,"" the brand told Dezeen. - -""This autonomy can reduce the environmental footprint by up to 80 per cent and significantly lower the pre-construction costs of a project."" - -Within the cabin, the interiors were designed to be space-saving, with most of the furniture being fold-away and multi-use. - -""Adapting building technology to tight spaces introduces unique challenges, distinct from conventional construction,"" explained Littow. Every inch of space must be optimised precisely."" - -""The planning and manufacturing processes demand accuracy so that each element fits seamlessly on-site with minimal installation work,"" he continued. - -Littow hopes that Majamaja will serve as a model for a new era of off-grid thinking. - -""Majamaja is a humble manifesto against high-rises and mega-construction efforts, which is what human beings often turn towards during economic booms,"" he said. - -""Things get easily out of hand, and the sense of proportion and scale is lost."" - -Majamaja Off-Grid Village is shortlisted in the Small project category of this year's Dezeen Awards. - -Other off-grid projects recently featured on Dezeen include a rural farmhouse in Australia by Gardiner Architects and a cocoon-like timber cabin in England by Peter Markos. - -The photography is by Joonas Linkola.",1731883643,8f8dc0373b,632d82838b,,,1731883643 -https://9to5toys.com/2024/11/12/dji-avata-drone-combo-goggles-2-new-low/,https://dronedj.com/feed/,DJI Avata Pro-View Drone Combo with Goggles 2 falls to new $748 low ahead of Black Friday (Save $640),"As a part of its Holiday Head Start sale event with daily deals on cameras, drones, and other gear, B&H is now offering the DJI Avata first-person view (FPV) drone combo with DJI Goggles 2 down at $748 shipped. That’s straight up a $640 discount on a combo that is typically listed for $1,388. Today’s 46% discount on this DJI combo, knocks it $40 below its previous all-time from September, marking the lowest price we have tracked for it to date. Head below for more and be sure to snag this rare, limited-time deal. - -Some of my favorite gear LISEN 2-in-1 MagSafe travel charging stand for iPhone 16 - -You are essentially looking at a solid FPV combo that gets you the 4K ultra-wide-angle Avata FPV drone with the brand’s Goggles 2 which costs $437 on its own on Amazon. This package bundles DJI’s Motion Controller as opposed to the RC Motion 2, so keep that in mind. This indoor-friendly drone with up to 18 minutes of flight time features a 1/1.7-inch CMOS sensor with an f/2.8 aperture and an ultra-wide-angle lens with 155 degrees viewing angle. Its wider field of view enables immersive aerial photography with 48 MP captures and videography at up to 4k/60fps, and you can even use it to record slow-motion footage at 2.7K/100fps. - -The DJI Goggles 2, on the other hand, support diopter adjustment from +1.0 to -8.0 D, meaning you can really dial the settings in and go glasses-free. Other highlights here include high-resolution micro-OLED screens for immersive viewing, low-latency video transmission, and support for AR Home Point, among other things. The Motion Controller offers an intuitive and natural flight experience. Unlike traditional gamepad remotes, you simply squeeze a trigger to accelerate and twist your wrist to steer. - -Also, be sure to check out our DJI Osmo Action 5 Pro review while you are here. It delivers a solid experience as a reliable motovlogging camera, giving a tough competition to the likes of the new GoPro Hero 13. - -Avata Pro-View Combo with Goggles 2 and Motion Controller features: - -Shoot in D-Cinelike mode to allow for advanced color grading during post-production - -Ducted aerodynamic design for up to 18 minutes of flight time - -Three speed modes: Normal (up to 17.9 mph), Sport (up to 31.3 mph), and Manual (up to 60.4 mph) - -Take still JPEG photos at up to 4000 x 3000 resolution - -Capable of withstanding Level 5 winds of up to 24 mph - -microSD slot for optional cards up to 256GB - -Compatible with FPV Remote Controller 2 and FPV Goggles V2 - -FTC: 9to5Toys is reader supported, we may earn income on affiliate links - -Subscribe to the 9to5Toys YouTube Channel for all of the latest videos, reviews, and more!",1731883631,e90a6ba11c,62c633766a,,,1731883631 -https://www.thetruthaboutmortgage.com/chase-relationship-pricing-offers-discounted-mortgage-rates-for-up-to-1-off/,https://www.thetruthaboutmortgage.com/feed/,Chase Relationship Pricing Offers Discounted Mortgage Rates for Up to 1% Off,"If you recall, Chase took over troubled First Republic Bank back in May 2023. - -Prior to First Republic going under, they were the leading jumbo home loan lender in the United States. - -They catered to very wealthy homeowners and businesspeople. And it was ironically their ultra-low rate mortgages that eventually took them down. - -Today, Chase is the top jumbo loan lender in the nation, with production of more than $8 billion in the first half of 2024, per Inside Mortgage Finance. - -Like First Republic, they too are wooing high-net worth individuals with special mortgage rate discounts. - -Up to 1% Off Mortgage Rates If You Bring Money to the Bank - -In 2023, Chase was the third largest mortgage originator in the country, per HMDA data. And the largest depository issuer of home loans. - -They were only beaten out by two nonbanks, United Wholesale Mortgage and Rocket Mortgage. - -Their acquisition of troubled First Republic has only made them bigger, and put an even stronger emphasis on jumbo loan lending at the bank. - -In essence, they are carrying on some of the same principles, though likely with added guardrails to avoid the same fate. - -One of those practices is offering mortgage rate discounts to their wealthiest customers, namely those willing to park lots of money at the bank. - -The NYC-based bank’s so-called “Relationship Pricing Program” offers mortgage rate discounts ranging from 0.125% and 1% based on new and existing balances at the bank. - -These apply whether you’re buying a home or refinancing an existing mortgage. - -As seen in the chart, those who can muster $37,500 in new money or investments can receive a 0.125% rate discount. - -While that’s nothing big, customers who are able to bring in $300,000 in new money or investments can get a full 1.00% discount on their interest rate. - -For example, if the offered mortgage rate were 6.5%, they could give you a rate of 5.5%. And that could be hard to beat by outside lenders. - -On a large loan amount, we’re talking about some significant savings. - -Using a $1,500,000 loan amount, the difference would be roughly $965 per month. Or $11,580 annually. - -They also offer a rate discount of up to 0.25% for existing balances at the bank (0.125% for $500k-$999k, 0.25% for $1M+). - -How the Relationship Pricing Program Works - -To receive the interest rate discount, new money must be deposited in the customer’s Chase account at least 10 calendar days prior to the scheduled mortgage closing date. - -Note that certain accounts don’t qualify, including business, deferred compensation, student, custodial, 529b college savings, donor-advised funds, select retirement accounts, and non-vested RSUs. - -So make sure the new funds will actually count toward the discount. - -Customers will be underwritten via the actual note rate before the discount, per Inside Mortgage Finance. - -In other words, it doesn’t appear that you can qualify at the lower rate, assuming you needed to. - -And note that funds that settle in a customer’s deposit and/or investment accounts 14 calendar days or more prior to the completion of a mortgage application aren’t eligible for the new money discount. - -It’s also possible to receive a post-close rate discount if funds are received and settled within 30 days of loan closing. - -But it might be lower than discounts available prior to closing, and the customer must sign a rate change modification. - -These customers will also not receive a refund of any interest already paid prior to the rate change taking effect. - -And while new and existing balance discounts can be combined, the total rate discount can’t exceed 1%. - -Lastly, for adjustable-rate mortgages, the rate discount will apply during the initial rate period only. - -For example, the first five years on a 5/6 ARM, or first seven years on a 7/6 ARM. - -Good Deal or Not? - -As with any of these types of deals, you need to compare what you could receive elsewhere. - -I always look at the all-in cost of the mortgage. That includes both closing costs and the interest rate received. - -A discount means nothing if another bank or lender can offer a lower mortgage rate with fewer closing costs. - -For example, 1% off a rate of 7% is 6%. If another lender can give me 5.875%, who cares if it’s 1% off? - -And how much do I need to pay to get that interest rate? Points, origination fees, etc.? - -So take the time to compare offers, and also consider how much your money is expected to earn while parked in a Chase account. - -There’s opportunity cost to consider here as well, which can cloud the comparison when expected returns aren’t guaranteed. - -But if Chase is blowing the competition out of the water, then it might be a no-brainer and further reason to use them versus another mortgage company.",1731883668,4be4f1848e,6323fe727d,,,1731883668 -https://www.popsci.com/sponsored-content/costco-executive-gold-star-membership-digital-gift-card-deal/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,Executive Gold Star Membership + a $45 Digital Costco Shop Card* for $130,"We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more › - -As the holiday season approaches, there’s no better time to maximize your savings with a Costco 1-Year Executive Gold Star Membership. For just $130, not only do you get a year of exclusive Costco goodness, but you’ll also receive a $45 digital Costco Shop Card* to kickstart your holiday shopping. But this is set to run only through Dec. 22. - -An Executive Gold Star Membership gives you access to over 500 Costco warehouses nationwide and all of the value you can find online or in-store like you would with the Gold Star Membership. You also get a Household Card to give to a household member 18 or over, giving your family even more convenience. - -Why Executive Gold Star Membership? - -The Executive Gold Star Membership is Costco’s highest membership level, and for good reason. With every qualified Costco and Costco Travel purchase, you’ll earn a 2 percent reward (up to $1,250 annually). That 2 percent annual reward on purchases really adds up. If you’re a regular Costco shopper or enjoy their travel services, this membership level is designed to make each purchase work harder for you. - -Executive Gold Star Members also enjoy greater discounts on services, such as more value on check printing and other services. You can also shop at Costco Business Centers. Plus, you still get access to other perks, like the Costco Tire Center, in-warehouse pharmacies, and other specialty areas. - -The Holidays and Beyond - -With a Costco membership in hand, your holiday shopping becomes easier and more affordable. From bulk buys on family favorites to top-brand electronics and holiday decorations, you’ll find everything under one roof. Plus, you get access to seasonal finds for an entire year. - -And don’t forget, you get a $45 Digital Costco Shop Card with purchase to set you on your way. - -Get a Costco 1-Year Executive Gold Star Membership with a $45 digital Costco Shop Card* for $130 through Dec. 22. - -Costco 1-Year Executive Gold Star Membership + $45 Digital Costco Shop Card* – $130 - -Get It Here - -StackSocial prices subject to change. - -*Services are provided to Costco members by third parties. - -*To receive a Digital Costco Shop Card, you must provide a valid email address at the time of sign-up. If you elect not to provide a valid email address, a Digital Costco Shop Card will not be emailed. Valid only for nonmembers for their first year of membership. Limit one per household. Nontransferable and may not be combined with any other promotion. New members will receive their Digital Costco Shop Card by email within 2 weeks of sign-up. Costco Shop Cards are not redeemable for cash, except as required by law. Digital Costco Shop Cards are not accepted at Gas Stations, Car Washes, or Food Court Kiosks. A Costco membership is $65 a year. An Executive Membership is an additional $65 upgrade fee a year. Each membership includes one free Household Card. May be subject to sales tax. Costco accepts all Visa cards, as well as cash, checks, debit/ATM cards, EBT and Costco Shop Cards. Departments and product selection may vary.",1731883667,741b88dd6e,630b0d4532,,,1731883667 -https://transom.org/2015/burroughs-at-100/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Burroughs at 100,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/01/Burroughs-At-100.mp3 Download Listen to “Burroughs at 100” - -The long awaited get together – William Burroughs and Iggy Pop. Two icons and iconoclasts in one radio program Burroughs at 100. The documentary won a “Director’s Choice” award at the 2014 Third Coast Festival. - -Iggy Pop with photo of William Burroughs - -Colin McNulty produced the doc for Whistledown Productions and BBC 4 . On this edition of HowSound, I’m featuring excerpts from the program as well as my interview with Colin recorded live at Third Coast. Colin and I chat about the documentary, working with Iggy, and some of the differences between documentary production in the U.K. and the U.S. - -You can find the entire documentary at Third Coast’s website. And, once you’ve finished listening check out two of Colin’s favorite BBC programs: Desert Island Discs and The Reunion. He swears the BBC isn’t as stodgy as we think it is (and, he says, the U.S. is not as navel-gazey as the Brits think we are). - -If you enjoy Burrows at 100, you should also add Falling Tree Productions – one of Whistledown’s competitors – to your playlist. - -Happy listening.",1731883704,c00d35bf2d,6362db003b,,,1731883704 -https://business-ethics.com/2024/07/28/getting-unstuck-and-regaining-opportunities/,https://business-ethics.com/feed/,Getting Unstuck and Regaining Opportunities,"by Gael O’Brien - -We fuel possibility through the strength of our ideas and actions … unless we are stuck. - -The universal problem of being stuck and staying stuck indefinitely impedes developing ideas and solutions that benefit companies and others. It also harms well-being. I’ve had my share of slipping from flow to stuck as have leaders, employees, and nearly everyone. - -Being stuck has become more common than we realize. In a meeting with 10 people talking about education issues, I asked who had experienced getting stuck; every hand went up. - -A new book, Anatomy of a Breakthrough: How to Get Unstuck When It Matters Most, gets to the heart, head and habit of getting unstuck. Author Adam Alter, a professor of marketing at NYU’s Stern School of Business has spent nearly 20 years researching tools to support a protocol for getting unstuck. - -The result is what Alter calls “a strategic guide to the war against stuck” filled with dozens of stories about how leaders, athletes, musicians and others moved themselves out of being stuck. - -The realities of stuck - -According to Alter, three things indicate that you’re stuck: - -“you’re temporarily unable to make progress in a domain that matters to you;” - -“you’ve been fixed in place for long enough to feel psychological discomfort; and - -“your existing habits and strategies aren’t solving the problem.” - -These indicators signal curtailed productivity. Being stuck limits our thinking and opportunities that we can’t see because perfectionism has taken over or self-doubt, anxiety or fear of failing. - -“At the first sign of friction,” Alter writes, “we despair that we’ll perhaps never make progress again.” In that emotion “…too often we surrender just a few steps short of the finish line.” - -Desperation about getting unstuck can create the potential for unethical behavior, according to Alter. “People are more likely to behave unethically or to compromise their morals,” he says, “to make progress when they’re stuck midway to a goal – at moments when they feel especially hopeless and therefore willing to sacrifice the high ground for a desperate step forward.” - -Alter argues that getting unstuck requires a blend of emotional, mental, and behavioral tools, which he calls Heart, Head and Habit. The tools reflect ways of seeing and being, and what to expect or change to get unstuck. Heart focuses on the range of emotions that surround stuckness; Head focuses on mental strategies; and Habit focuses on actions supporting breakthrough. - -Heart - -The emotional consequences of being stuck include stress, anxiety, and fear. Alter writes that the heart forces us to focus on what’s blocking us. He indicates that how we master, accept, and work through our emotional response to being stuck changes our capability. When we’re able to do that it’s a critical step in getting unstuck. The sooner we stop flailing around, he writes, feeling we have to do more when we’re trapped mentally, the sooner we’ll begin to reduce how long we’re stuck. - -Anxiety plays a big role in emotional consequences. Rather than focusing on ourselves when anxiety shows up, Alter writes, it’s much more productive to focus on others and the situation that’s occurred. When failures happen, he adds, mastering that anxiety and discomfort becomes a major difference between people who achieve breakthroughs and those who stay mired. - -Anatomy of a Breakthrough includes research from Stanford Psychologist Alia Crum and her colleagues which indicates that “seeing stress as beneficial boosts performance dramatically.” (In an interview independent of the book, Crum explains that “Stress is inevitable when you’re living a life that’s connected with things you care about. And learning how to work with it is really what helps us thrive and grow and perform at our highest level.”) - -Mastering responses to stress and other emotions will depend on how we choose to experience them. Then learning how to think about being stuck and getting out of it opens options. - -Head - -When you’re stuck and gravitating to what you’ve done before that didn’t work, it’s time for mental strategies. I especially like Alter’s quote: “The best way often to move forward is to simplify the problem, identify opportunities to deviate from an existing path, and get input from others.” While this isn’t an unusual strategy, how it’s executed opens so many opportunities. - -Alter encourages getting diverse opinions from others when they work on ideas, strategies, and opportunities. He suggests “100 Ways to Get Unstuck;” here are four: - -“Seek other people’s opinions. Seek many more than you think you need. Seek them before, during and after you tackle any task, experience, or problem.” - -“Seek, particularly, the opinions of novices and outsiders—smart people who aren’t domain experts.” - -“Seek nonredundancy. Assemble a motley band of people to critique, comment on, and verify every idea or path forward.” - -“The value of diversity and nonredundancy goes up the more complex the task. Simple tasks work best with teams of people who think and approach issues the same way; complex tasks benefit from difference.” - -A strategy called recombination in business and other fields is another way of creating new opportunities if we’re stuck. It’s a simple process, Alter explains, using two or more existing novel combinations to blend together in a way that’s new and useful. As an example, Alter notes that Bob Dylan’s career flourished when the performer found a way to combine blues, poetry, and acoustic folk music. Dylan and others, says Alter, “embraced an incremental definition of originality that recognized new ideas almost always stand on the shoulders of existing ideas.” - -Two decades ago, Alter started collecting information and ideas into a journal. If he was stuck, he’d put two or three ideas together to make something new. The idea journal is another strategy to help when stuck. - -The power of unsticking in mastering emotions and developing mental strategies takes us to action. Alter calls action “the great unsticker because it necessarily replaces inertia with movement.” - -Habit - -Action changes how we see ourselves, which can get us unstuck. Thinking about a habit and not doing anything about it does nothing to help you get unstuck. An action like moving your body is a path to mental unsticking. - -Alter uses an example of perceiving ourselves: Those who run occasionally might tell someone “I run.” If you run several times a week you might say, “I am a runner.” Says Alter: “Seeing yourself as a runner, rather than as someone who runs sometimes is a great force for unsticking.” - -Singer and guitarist Jeff Tweedy demonstrates how strategically lowering standards can help one to move forward when you’re stuck, according to Alter. Tweedy explains: “To avoid writer’s block, I write songs I don’t like. I get an idea for a song, and I just go ahead and do it, even though I don’t think I’m going to like it. And that frees me up to go to the next song.” - -Getting unstuck can be hard work, but it’s worth it. Meditation teacher Matthew Hepburn, whom I follow on the Ten Percent Happier app, has a relevant ending on being stuck: “You will get stuck in life,” he says, “but remember you get to choose how you respond and that response is the beginning of a new movement forward.” - -It matters a great deal to be unstuck, to fuel possibility through the strength of our ideas and actions because that’s where opportunities are created. - -Gael O’Brien is a catalyst in leaders leading with purpose and impact through clarity, presence and connection. She is an executive coach, culture coach, speech coach and presenter. She publishes The Week in Ethics and is also a Business Ethics Magazine columnist, on the Advisory Board of the Hoffman Center for Business Ethics at Bentley University, and a Senior Fellow at The Institute for Social Innovation at Babson College.",1731885413,7aebd4fe1c,63326a411a,,,1731885413 -https://www.justsecurity.org/104804/early-edition-november-13-2024/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=early-edition-november-13-2024,https://www.justsecurity.org/feed/,"Early Edition: November 13, 2024","Signup to receive the Early Edition in your inbox here. - -A curated weekday guide to major news and developments over the past 24 hours. Here’s today’s news: - -U.S. PRESIDENTIAL TRANSITION - -President Biden and President-elect Trump will meet in the Oval Office today to discuss transition arrangements. Matt Viser and Isaac Arnsdorf report for the Washington Post. - -Trump yesterday said he plans to nominate Pete Hegseth to be Defense Secretary and former Arkansas Gov. Mike Huckabee to be U.S. Ambassador to Israel. Trump also said he has chosen John Ratcliffe to be the next CIA director. Helene Cooper and Maggie Haberman report for the New York Times; Patrick Svitek reports for the Washington Post; Hannah Rabinowitz, Evan Perez, and Piper Hudspeth Blackburn report for CNN. - -Elon Musk and Vivek Ramaswamy will lead a new “Department of Government Efficiency,” Trump announced yesterday. It is not clear what the entity involves, as the President-elect said the two would “provide advice and guidance from outside of Government.” Piper Hudspeth Blackburn, Tami Luhby, Aaron Pellish, and Matt Egan report for CNN. - -Trump will not appoint more House Republicans to his administration for the time being, Speaker Mike Johnson said yesterday, following concerns over further appointments threatening a possible GOP majority. Jordain Carney and Olivia Beavers report for POLITICO. - -The Trump transition team is considering a draft executive order establishing a “warrior board” of retired senior military personnel with the power to recommend removal of senior officers deemed unfit for leadership. Vivian Salama, Nancy A. Youssef, and Lara Seligman report for the Wall Street Journal. - -Senate Democrats yesterday began a push to confirm as many new federal judges nominated by President Biden as possible before Trump takes office, Senate Majority Leader Chuck Schumer said. Nate Raymond reports for Reuters. - -The fallout of Trump’s mass deportation promise will depend on his priorities in implementing it, the Wall Street Journal Editorial Board writes in cautioning against the most expansive deportations policies. - -TRUMP LEGAL MATTERS - -Special Counsel Jack Smith plans to finish his work and resign before Trump takes office in January, according to sources familiar with the plan. Devlin Barrett and Glenn Thrush report for the New York Times. - -A New York judge yesterday granted a request to temporarily pause Trump’s criminal hush money prosecution until Nov. 19, delaying the sentencing in respect of Trump’s only conviction to date. Ivana Saric reports for Axios. - -The Texas Attorney General on Monday asked a federal judge for an emergency order forcing Special Counsel Jack Smith to preserve investigative records in the criminal cases he has brought against Trump. Alan Feuer reports for the New York Times. - -The Supreme Court yesterday rejected a request by Trump’s former White House chief of staff Mark Meadows to transfer the Georgia election interference case against him to federal court. Ann E. Marimow reports for the Washington Post. - -A judge in Arizona’s 2020 election subversion prosecution against some of Donald Trump’s top allies recused himself yesterday after an email surfaced in which he urged colleagues to speak out against attacks on the Harris campaign. Jacques Billeaud reports for AP News. - -OTHER U.S. DOMESTIC DEVELOPMENTS - -A jury yesterday found a defense contractor that supplied interrogators to the U.S Army Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq liable for abuse of three detainees held in the facility, awarding a total of $42 million to the victims. Mattathias Schwartz reports for the New York Times. - -A federal judge yesterday sentenced former Massachusetts Air National Guard member Jack Teixeira to 15 years in prison after he pleaded guilty to leaking highly sensitive military documents related to the Ukraine war. Michael Casey reports for AP News. - -ISRAEL-HAMAS WAR - -Israeli airstrikes killed at least 46 people in the Gaza Strip in the past 24 hours, Palestinian medical officials said. The Guardian reports. - -The Palestinian Islamic Jihad militant group yesterday released a new video of an Israeli hostage who has been held in Gaza for over a year. AP News reports. - -ISRAEL-HAMAS WAR — U.S. RESPONSE - -The United States will keep supplying military aid to Israel after assessing that the country is not in violation of U.S. law, a State Department spokesperson said yesterday, after the Biden administration’s deadline for improving the Gaza aid supply expired. Edward Wong and Farnaz Fassihi report for the New York Times. - -Secretary of State Antony Blinken today said Israel failed to live up to all of the U.S. demands to ease civilian suffering in Gaza, adding that the United States wants “real and extended” humanitarian pauses in fighting. Michael Birnbaum reports for the Washington Post; the Guardian reports. - -Israel largely failed to comply with the Biden administration’s three core demands on Gaza aid, a Washington Post analysis based on interviews with humanitarian workers found. Miriam Berger reports. - -U.S. Ambassador to the U.N. Linda Thomas-Greenfield yesterday stressed that “there must be no forcible displacement, nor policy of starvation in Gaza” by Israel in remarks to the Security Council. Michelle Nichols reports for Reuters. - -ISRAEL-HAMAS WAR — INTERNATIONAL RESPONSE - -Conditions in Gaza are “unfit for human survival,” the acting U.N. relief chief told the U.N. Security Council yesterday. - -Australia has amended or lapsed at least 16 defense-related Israel export permits in recent weeks, government officials confirmed, with a full review of the existing 66 permits expected to conclude in the coming months. Deputy secretary of defense Hugh Jeffrey explained that such a change can occur under laws that impose requirements due to civilian casualties. Sarah Basford Canales reports for the Guardian. - -ISRAEL-HEZBOLLAH WAR - -The Israeli army today issued fresh evacuation orders for south Beirut, the third such warning in 24 hours. Meanwhile, Russia asked Israel to avoid launching aerial strikes targeting Hezbollah in the vicinity of Moscow’s bases in Syria. The Guardian reports via AFP. - -ISRAEL-HEZBOLLAH WAR — U.S. RESPONSE - -“There is a shot” of securing a Lebanon ceasefire soon, Biden’s senior adviser Amos Hochstein told Axios. Barak Ravid reports. - -ISRAEL-IRAN CONFLICT — U.S. RESPONSE - -U.S. forces yesterday conducted a second round of strikes in Syria against Iranian-aligned militia groups in response to further attacks on U.S. personnel in Syria, Central Command said. AP News reports. - -ISRAEL-SYRIA CONFLICT - -U.N. peacekeepers warned yesterday that Israel has committed “severe violations” of the country’s cease-fire agreement with Syria, following an AP News report that the Israeli military is carrying out a major construction project in the demilitarized zone separating Golan Heights from Syria. Jon Gambrell reports for AP News. - -HOUTHI DEVELOPMENTS - -Yemen’s Houthi rebels on Monday unsuccessfully targeted two U.S. Navy warships with multiple drones and missiles, the Defense Department said yesterday. Jon Gambrell and Tara Copp report for AP News. - -RUSSIA-UKRAINE WAR - -Ukraine has received a $1.35 billion humanitarian and social program grant from the United States, the country’s prime minister said today. Olena Harmash reports for Reuters. - -Blinken yesterday left for Brussels to meet with NATO and European officials to discuss Ukraine’s war against Russia, the State Department said. Michael Crowley reports for the New York Times. - -U.S. FOREIGN AFFAIRS - -The Biden administration will allow speakers subject to U.S. sanctions to participate in overseas conferences sponsored by American organizations, the Treasury Department said in a court filing yesterday. Charlie Savage reports for New York Times. - -The United States yesterday imposed sanctions on a Rapid Support Forces (RSF) commander over accusations of human rights abuses in West Darfur. Daphne Psaledakis reports for Reuters. - -GLOBAL DEVELOPMENTS - -The Federal Aviation Administration yesterday prohibited U.S. airlines from flying to Haiti for 30 days following the shooting of two U.S. planes. Separately, the U.N. announced it was temporarily suspending flights to Port-au-Prince, limiting aid deliveries to the violence-plagued country. Evens Sanon and Megan Janetsky report for AP News. - -A committee of Guinean opposition groups, civil society organizations, and activists yesterday called on the junta to give way to civilian rule by Jan. 1, 2025. Saliou Samb reports for Reuters. - -A man drove a vehicle into a crowd in a south China city on Monday, killing 35 people, local police said, in a rare episode of deadly violence in the intensely surveilled country. Alexandra Stevenson, Zixu Wang, and Muyi Xiao report for the New York Times. - -The International Court of Justice yesterday ruled that competing anti-discrimination cases between Azerbaijan and Armenia can move forward. Stephanie van den Berg reports for Reuters.",1731883669,cb888a0738,6362e68b34,,,1731883669 -https://www.scotusblog.com/2024/11/the-morning-read-for-friday-nov-8/,https://www.scotusblog.com/feed/,"The morning read for Friday, Nov. 8","Featured Posts Slide 1 Wisconsin parents challenge school support plan for transgender students READ MORE Slide 2 Justices debate particularity of complaint in NVIDIA securities fraud suit READ MORE Slide 3 Supreme Court will hear case on second majority-Black district in Louisiana redistricting READ MORE Slide 4 Justices skeptical about Facebook’s data breach disclosure to investors READ MORE - -Archives Archives Select Month November 2024 October 2024 September 2024 August 2024 July 2024 June 2024 May 2024 April 2024 March 2024 February 2024 January 2024 December 2023 November 2023 October 2023 September 2023 August 2023 July 2023 June 2023 May 2023 April 2023 March 2023 February 2023 January 2023 December 2022 November 2022 October 2022 September 2022 August 2022 July 2022 June 2022 May 2022 April 2022 March 2022 February 2022 January 2022 December 2021 November 2021 October 2021 September 2021 August 2021 July 2021 June 2021 May 2021 April 2021 March 2021 February 2021 January 2021 December 2020 November 2020 October 2020 September 2020 August 2020 July 2020 June 2020 May 2020 April 2020 March 2020 February 2020 January 2020 December 2019 November 2019 October 2019 September 2019 August 2019 July 2019 June 2019 May 2019 April 2019 March 2019 February 2019 January 2019 December 2018 November 2018 October 2018 September 2018 August 2018 July 2018 June 2018 May 2018 April 2018 March 2018 February 2018 January 2018 December 2017 November 2017 October 2017 September 2017 August 2017 July 2017 June 2017 May 2017 April 2017 March 2017 February 2017 January 2017 December 2016 November 2016 October 2016 September 2016 August 2016 July 2016 June 2016 May 2016 April 2016 March 2016 February 2016 January 2016 December 2015 November 2015 October 2015 September 2015 August 2015 July 2015 June 2015 May 2015 April 2015 March 2015 February 2015 January 2015 December 2014 November 2014 October 2014 September 2014 August 2014 July 2014 June 2014 May 2014 April 2014 March 2014 February 2014 January 2014 December 2013 November 2013 October 2013 September 2013 August 2013 July 2013 June 2013 May 2013 April 2013 March 2013 February 2013 January 2013 December 2012 November 2012 October 2012 September 2012 August 2012 July 2012 June 2012 May 2012 April 2012 March 2012 February 2012 January 2012 December 2011 November 2011 October 2011 September 2011 August 2011 July 2011 June 2011 May 2011 April 2011 March 2011 February 2011 January 2011 December 2010 November 2010 October 2010 September 2010 August 2010 July 2010 June 2010 May 2010 April 2010 March 2010 February 2010 January 2010 December 2009 November 2009 October 2009 September 2009 August 2009 July 2009 June 2009 May 2009 April 2009 March 2009 February 2009 January 2009 December 2008 November 2008 October 2008 September 2008 August 2008 July 2008 June 2008 May 2008 April 2008 March 2008 February 2008 January 2008 December 2007 November 2007 October 2007 September 2007 August 2007 July 2007 June 2007 May 2007 April 2007 March 2007 February 2007 January 2007 December 2006 November 2006 October 2006 September 2006 August 2006 July 2006 June 2006 May 2006 April 2006 March 2006 February 2006 January 2006 December 2005 November 2005 October 2005 September 2005 August 2005 July 2005 June 2005 May 2005 April 2005 March 2005 February 2005",1731883665,3fde2f4577,62c1a0a8a5,,,1731883665 -https://www.uploadvr.com/bootstrap-island-overlord-update/,https://uploadvr.com/feed/,Bootstrap Island Update Adds Fearsome Boss & New Area To The PC VR Survival Game,"Bootstrap Island, the PC VR survival game, adds its first boss and a new location in today's major update. - -Currently available in early access, today's 'Overlord Update' for Bootstrap Island introduces several major changes. Most prominent is the 'Dark Lair' area that's home to a formidable giant ape known only as the Jungle Overlord that's out to kill you. Other additions include a day counter, food-spoiling mechanics, and boots that increase your walking and running speed. - -0:00 / 1:06 1× - -""A towering beast found within the depths of the island's interior, the Jungle Overlord knows the terrain and can easily utilize the surroundings to gain the advantage. Survivors must be prepared, ensuring their equipment is well-maintained to take on this powerful foe,"" states developer Maru VR. - -It's the second major update we've seen since February's early access launch, the first being June's 'Building and Inventory' update. That introduced a new building system where you can construct shelters for your protection, and enhanced inventory management that lets you store essential items in a satchel. - -We enjoyed Bootstrap Island during our Gamescom 2024 hands-on, where we praised its ""intuitive"" gameplay systems. While we noted there weren't many things you could do yet as an early access game, we believed that ""this survival game feels for what VR is best at: putting you and your two hands into a new world."" - -Bootstrap Island is available now on Steam Early Access and Viveport, and the full release targets late 2025.",1731883671,9397b145ff,6309866ac1,,,1731883671 -https://www.thepinknews.com/2024/11/15/sophie-turner-lara-croft-phoebe-waller-bridge-tomb-raider/,https://www.pinknews.co.uk/feed/,Sophie Turner could be set to play lesbian favourite Lara Croft,"Joan star Sophie Turner has reportedly lined up her next big role, starring in a new series based on Tomb Raider protagonist Lara Croft. - -If there’s one thing Sophie Turner knows how to do, it’s survive. After a decade of playing Game of Thrones’ sufferer-in-chief Sansa Stark, she’s adept at yielding weapons, wiping out enemies, and protecting the things she cares about. - -Thankfully, those three qualities are pretty integral to Tomb Raider pin-up and British archeologist Lara Croft, a character who Turner is apparently in the running to play in the near future. - -According to Deadline, the Emmy-nominated, bisexual Brit is set to take up the mantle of portraying the gaming legend, following in the footsteps of stars including Angelina Jolie, Minnie Drive, and most recently, Hayley Atwell. - -The video game series is being adapted by actress and writer Phoebe Waller-Bridge as one of her biggest projects post the generation-defining BBC hit, Fleabag, and will stream on Prime Video. - -Waller-Bridge has previously said that the character and original gaming franchise “mean a lot” to her, while Amazon boss Jennifer Salke has dubbed the upcoming series an “epic” and “globe-trotting” adventure that will be a “huge” franchise for the streamer. - -You may like to watch - -In the near 30 years since the first Tomb Raider video game dropped in 1996, Lara Croft has been frequently namechecked as a sexual awakening for queer women around the globe. - -you can’t spell lara croft without lesbianpic.twitter.com/z3L61zM7xn — sam (@clairesjill) August 6, 2024 - -As a powerful, badass treasure-hunter, Lara Croft was one of the first leading women in a hit video game franchise, and is celebrated for helping to redefine the role of women in games. - -Her sexuality has long been a topic of discussion, most recently following the release of Atwell’s animated Netflix series Tomb Raider: The Legend of Lara Croft in August this year. - -you know lara croft is a lesbian bc only a lesbian has the stamina to survive this much shit pic.twitter.com/BswFcYRK3U — ria . arcane s2 spoilers (@sapphcore) November 6, 2023 - -i have never seen lara flirting with men but she sure flirts with women all the time… my girl is a LESBIAN pic.twitter.com/06hzKUX74R — mari ☁️ (@larasbians) October 13, 2024 - -While the Netflix series by no means confirms Lara Croft to be a lesbian, it is hinted that she’s not exactly straight. Though for any queer person who has enjoyed Tomb Raider and its many iterations over the years, those gay undertones have always been bubbling under the surface. - -In 2020, Jackson Lanzing, one of the co-writers of comic Tomb Raider: Inferno confirmed that there was a planned queer kiss for Lara Croft in his adaptation, but it ended up being edited out in favour of… a hug. - -Of course, a flurry of YouTube reviewers and social media dwellers were unimpressed at the hints in the Netflix series that our gun-toting do-gooder could be a lesbian, while on the flip side, the sapphic Croft stans went wild. - -It seems sadly unlikely that Waller-Bridge’s adaptation will finally make Lara Croft the canon queer woman many already see her as, but still, she’ll always be one of the community’s ultimate gaming icons. - -Share your thoughts! Let us know in the comments below, and remember to keep the conversation respectful.",1731883655,729e030595,633e6935d9,,,1731883655 -https://transom.org/2013/the-last-of-the-iron-lungs/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,The Last of the Iron Lungs,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/The-Last-of-the-Iron-Lungs.mp3 Download Listen to “The Last of the Iron Lungs” - -Julia Scott had no interest in climbing into an “iron lung.” She told me the device looks like something only Dracula would lay in. Of course, Martha Lillard, who uses the iron lung pictured above, is no Dracula. She’s a victim of the polio epidemic of the 1950s and needs the lung to stay alive. - -Julia produced a story on Martha and her iron lung — one of only about a dozen still in use in the United States — for PRX’s Stem Story Project, a series of features focused on science, technology, engineering, and math. After interviewing and collecting the sound of the machine, Martha asked Julia if she’d like to get in and try it out. Despite her trepidation, Julia timidly said “yes” and she’s glad she did. - -Laying inside the lung gave Julia a new perspective. She says she viscerally became aware of what it meant to have a machine take over breathing, an understanding she couldn’t have gained from an interview alone. To be sure, Julia didn’t use the lung for nearly sixty years like Martha has, but that sort of “participant observation,” even if brief, was incredibly valuable when writing the story, she says. - -Have a listen to Julia’s feature “The Last of the Iron Lungs” on this edition of HowSound. - -Enjoying this feature? Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now.",1731883714,c00d35bf2d,63528a81eb,,,1731883714 -https://dronedj.com/2024/11/14/dji-terra-drone-mapping-workflow/,https://dronedj.com/feed/,DJI Terra improves drone mapping workflow with new data tools,"DJI has released version 4.3.0 of Terra software, a powerful drone mapping solution used widely across industries such as construction, agriculture, electricity, oil and gas, and public safety. This update, which builds on Terra’s established capabilities in creating 2D and 3D maps from aerial imagery, adds features to streamline workflows and improve model editing for professionals. - -One key addition is the ability to display flight trajectories for tasks performed using the Zenmuse L2 LiDAR payload, providing users a clearer understanding of flight paths during data collection. Another enhancement allows users to import 3D mesh models directly into DJI Modify, a tool within Terra that supports intricate model editing. These mesh models, compatible with Terra versions 3.5.0 and above, open up possibilities for users to refine reconstructions directly within the software, eliminating the need for external tools. - -Additionally, version 4.3.0 introduces XML output for Aerotriangulation, which lets users restart the reconstruction process after completing a visible light reconstruction mission. This feature provides flexibility for users who want to optimize or troubleshoot their mapping tasks without starting from scratch, making it especially useful for professionals managing complex or high-volume data. - -Launched in 2019, DJI Terra continues to evolve to meet the needs of industries that rely on drone-generated geospatial data. Its recent improvements follow earlier 2024 updates, which included enhanced support for LiDAR data processing, expanded coordinate systems, and a seven-parameter transformation function to streamline geospatial alignment. - -Read more: DJI Goggles 3 update boosts Avata 2, Neo FPV drone experience - -FTC: We use income earning auto affiliate links. More.",1731883626,e90a6ba11c,637fa9bb70,,,1731883626 -https://www.thetruthaboutmortgage.com/first-time-home-buyer-share-hits-record-low-why-that-might-be-a-good-thing/,https://www.thetruthaboutmortgage.com/feed/,First-Time Home Buyer Share Hits Record Low: Why That Might Be a Good Thing,"The National Association of Realtors (NAR) reported that the first-time home buyer share fell to a historic low of just 24%. - -That was down from 32% a year earlier based on transactions between July 2023 and June 2024. - -At the same time, the typical home buyer age reached an all-time high of 56 years old. - -This all speaks to a housing market that has becoming increasingly unaffordable, especially for renters and young people. - -But there is a silver lining; we aren’t seeing a flood of questionable home purchases as we did in the early 2000s. - -Improved Underwriting Standards Prevent Risky Home Sales - -I’ll start by saying the data is clearly negative. - -Those statistics from NAR certainly don’t paint a pretty picture for the housing market at the moment. - -The FTHB share hit a record low 24% in 2024, going all the way back to 1981. And it’s well below the historic norm of 40% prior to 2008. - -It’s a sign that homes have become unaffordable for most, especially those who have never owned one before. - -Without a large amount of sales proceeds (think repeat home buyers), it’s difficult to come up with the necessary down payment. - -And without a big salary, it’s near-impossible to afford the monthly payment at today’s prices. - -So obviously not great if you’re a young person or a renter without a parent willing to gift you a down payment. Or co-sign your mortgage. - -Contrast that to the early 2000s when we had similar conditions in terms of housing affordability. - -Back then, instead of home sales slowing, they kept rising thanks to things like stated income loans, and pay option ARMs. - -So while we can sit here and complain about affordability, we could also arguably be happy that home sales have slowed at a time when purchasing them might not be ideal. - -Sure, it’s not great for those who work in the industry nor prospective home buyers, especially first-time home buyers. - -But it would be even worse if sales kept chugging along when perhaps they shouldn’t. - -Imagine If We Just Kept Approving Everyone for a Mortgage - -While fewer FTHBs are getting into homes, the typical age of home buyers has never been higher. - -It increased to 56 years old for all buyers, 38 for FTHBs, and 56 for repeat buyers, all record highs! - -In the early 2000s, we saw a ton of sales volume while home prices were close to their peak. - -The reason home prices kept climbing and sales kept moving along was because exotic financing was pervasive. - -Back then, you could get approved for a home loan with simply a credit score. - -It didn’t matter if you couldn’t document your income or come up with a down payment. Or if you had no money in the bank. - -And once you were approved, chances are they would give you an adjustable rate mortgage that wasn’t really affordable. - -Or a 40-year mortgage or something else not sustainable or conducive to success as a homeowner. And after just a few months, there was a decent chance you’d already defaulted. - -So from that point of view, it’s a healthy and natural reaction for home sales to slow. - -If they kept on moving higher with affordability as bad as it is today, it’d be much more troubling. Instead, sales have been stopped in their tracks. - -The Housing Market Is Naturally Resetting - -All the data really tells us is that the housing market is resetting. And it’s a sign that either home prices need to ease. Or mortgage rates need to come down. Or wages need to increase. - -Or perhaps a combination of all three. - -It’s OK if we see a period of slowing home sales. - -It tells us that something needs to change. That not all is well in the housing market. Or perhaps even the economy. - -That’s arguably better than forcing home sales to continue with creative financing. And getting ourselves into the same mess we got into more than a decade ago. - -I’m already reading about calls to bring back high-risk lending, including a proposal for a zero down FHA loan. - -It’s already only a 3.5% minimum down payment, and they want to take it down to zero. - -Maybe instead of that we need sellers to be more reasonable. Or perhaps we need more homes to be built. - -But just forcing more sales with new forms of flexible financing seems like an all too familiar path we don’t want to go down again.",1731883668,4be4f1848e,6387972b78,,,1731883668 -https://recruitingdaily.com/the-holistic-candidate-evaluation-going-beyond-the-resume/,https://recruitingdaily.com/feed/,The Holistic Candidate Evaluation: Going Beyond the Resume,"Let’s get real for a minute—lying on resumes is more common than you might think. - -A whopping 70% of workers admit to fudging the truth on their CVs, and 37% do it frequently. It’s a bold move, but let’s face it, in the cutthroat world of job hunting, some folks feel like an embellishment is their ticket to landing that dream job. - -From an employer’s perspective, the truth is invaluable because it builds a foundation of trust and integrity. When candidates are honest about their skills and experiences, it allows accurately assess their fit for the role and the company culture. This honesty leads to better hiring decisions, reducing turnover and fostering a more reliable and cohesive work environment. - -Ultimately, employees who start their journey honestly are more likely to contribute positively and grow with the company, making the truth their best asset in the long run. - -Hence, in today’s competitive job market, finding the right candidate requires more than just looking at a resume. Companies must adopt a holistic approach to candidate evaluation to ensure hiring individuals who possess the necessary technical skills and align with the company’s culture and values. - -But there is no one way to test candidates’ fit in an organization. They should try various permutations and combinations of the judging candidates to make it holistic and suitable for the organization’s needs. - -Before assessing a candidate, the thorough preparation of the ideal candidate profile is a must. Let us see how to do it. - -Preparation: Defining the Ideal Candidate Profile - -Before you even start reviewing applications, it’s crucial to define what your ideal candidate looks like. This profile should include: - -– Technical Skills: Specific expertise and knowledge required for the role. - -– Soft Skills: Communication, teamwork, and problem-solving abilities. - -– Experience: Relevant industry experience and past achievements. - -– Cultural Fit: Alignment with company values, work style, and team dynamics. - -Having a clear benchmark ensures consistency and focus throughout the evaluation process. - -Assessment Techniques: A Multifaceted Approach - -1.Resume and Cover Letter Review - -Beyond checking for relevant skills and experience, pay attention to the candidate’s communication style and enthusiasm. According to a CareerBuilder survey, 45% of employers say they are less likely to interview a candidate if they don’t include a cover letter, and 30% find it a significant factor in hiring decisions. A well-crafted cover letter can reveal a candidate’s motivation and attention to detail. - -2. Skill Assessments - -Implement job-specific tests or simulations to evaluate technical proficiency. According to the latest data from the Society for Human Resource Management (SHRM), 82% of companies use some form of skill assessment during the hiring process, underscoring its importance in verifying technical capabilities. Also, companies that use skill assessments report a 24% higher quality of hire, highlighting the effectiveness of this method. - -3. Behavioral Interviewing - -Use structured questions that explore past experiences. This method helps understand how candidates have handled real-world situations, their problem-solving approaches, and their ability to work in a team. For instance, asking, “Can you describe a time when you had to resolve a conflict within your team?” can provide insights into their interpersonal skills and conflict resolution abilities. - -4. Culture Fit Assessment - -Include questions about company values, preferred work style, and team dynamics. This step is vital as a poor cultural fit can lead to decreased job satisfaction and higher turnover rates. According to a study by the Harvard Business Review, up to 80% of employee turnover is due to poor hiring decisions related to cultural fit. Additionally, companies with established cultures see a 4x increase in revenue growth. - -5. Work Sample Tests - -Provide tasks or projects that mimic the job’s requirements. This practical assessment can be one of the most accurate predictors of job performance as candidates demonstrate their skills in a real-world context. - -6. Reference Checks - -Contact previous employers or supervisors to verify the candidate’s work history, skills, and performance. A report from CareerBuilder indicates that 70% of employers have changed their minds about a candidate after speaking to their references, highlighting the importance of this step. Furthermore, thorough reference checks can reduce the risk of hiring errors that cost companies up to 30% of an employee’s annual salary, according to the U.S. Department of Labor. - -What Else to Consider for a Comprehensive Evaluation - -Standardization - -Use consistent evaluation criteria and rubrics for all candidates to ensure a fair and unbiased assessment. This approach mitigates unconscious bias and helps in making objective comparisons. - -Multiple Evaluators - -Involve a diverse panel of interviewers from different departments to gain a well-rounded perspective on the candidate. This collaborative approach can uncover different strengths and potential red flags that a single evaluator might miss. - -Candidate Experience - -Ensure a positive candidate experience with clear communication and timely updates. The Candidate Experience Report by the Talent Board shows that candidates who have a positive experience are 38% more likely to accept a job offer. Additionally, candidates with a negative experience are 60% less likely to be a customer in the future, indicating the broader impact of the hiring process on the company’s reputation. - -Conclusion - -Companies can build a comprehensive picture of each candidate by implementing these techniques. This holistic evaluation ensures hiring on a candidate’s overall suitability for the role and their potential to thrive within the company culture. Such a thorough process not only helps in finding the best talent but also in building a cohesive and effective team. - -A holistic candidate evaluation approach is not just a best practice but a necessity in today’s dynamic business environment. Companies that invest time and resources into developing a robust evaluation process will see significant returns in employee performance, satisfaction, and retention. Embrace this comprehensive strategy to secure top talent and drive your organization toward success. - -Categories - -Tags - -Authors",1731883646,42302586b8,6369f7830a,,,1731883646 -https://www.npr.org/2022/04/08/1091736131/how-manatees-got-into-hot-water,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,How power plants and environmentalists got manatees hooked on fossil fuels : Planet Money : NPR,"How manatees got into hot water - -Enlarge this image toggle caption Alexi Horowitz-Ghazi/NPR Alexi Horowitz-Ghazi/NPR - -In the 1970s, manatees were on the brink of extinction, endangered by speed boats and a disappearing habitat. But when power companies noticed manatees hanging out near their power plants in search of warm water, they saw an opportunity. - -The power companies proposed working together with environmentalists. That alliance helped to turn the warm waters of the power plants into manatee refuges — helping to save the sea cows, while potentially saving the power companies hundreds of millions of dollars. But nearly fifty years later, there's a new dilemma: Florida's manatees are hooked on fossil fuels. - -Sponsor Message - -Music: ""Cold Heart,"" ""Cut Glass Stars,"" and ""Pyramid Thoughts."" - -Find us: Twitter / Facebook / Instagram / TikTok - -Subscribe to our show on Apple Podcasts, Spotify; and NPR One. - -Want economics stories from the comfort of home? Subscribe to Planet Money's weekly newsletter.",1731884680,8181d7a585,6384ec739c,,,1731884680 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/taylor-swift-pr-playbook/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Unlocking the Taylor Swift PR Playbook to Build Your Brand,"Though I tried valiantly, I was not one of the lucky ones who scored tickets to Taylor Swift’s Eras concert as she toured the U.S. Trying to get tickets in Chicago was laughable, so I tried other cities, to no avail. - -I wasn’t too, too upset by it because my small one is only ten years old; we have plenty of time to see her again. - -But when she released a movie of her concert, I wasn’t about to let that one sneak by us! I bought tickets several weeks ago, and we finally saw it. - -We were floored. I honestly didn’t think seeing a movie of a concert would be an incredible experience, and I was wrong. I loved being able to see things we wouldn’t have been able to see at the concert—like her chipped fingernail polish, the red soles on their shoes, the faces of all of the dancers and band members, and her bangs plastered to her forehead from sweat, just like mine do when I ride my bike. - -But more, I sat there in awe as I watched this 33-year-old command not just a sold-out audience in LA but in movie theaters across the country. Kind of makes you wonder what you’ve done with your life. But also…dang! She is a PR dream. - -Everything she does is a lesson in how to do PR extraordinarily well and how long it takes to execute it flawlessly. - -The PR Playbook Taylor Swift Employs - -I like Taylor Swift. Her music is fun and catchy. I have a great memory of being at INBOUND when “Shake It Off” was first out. I was standing in the hotel lobby with Chris Penn and some other friends when it came through the overhead speakers. Chris started to belt out the song and do a little dance; to this day, it makes me laugh. Of all people! Even Chris Penn likes Taylor Swift! (He probably will hate that I just told all of you that story, which makes it even more delightful.) - -But I’ve never considered myself a Swiftie. And then two things happened: I started working with a woman who is a HUGE fan. I mean, huge. Everything she does is Taylor Swift-related, and it’s hilarious. When Midnights was released, she stayed up until midnight and messaged us all that it was out. Of course, most of us didn’t see the message until the next morning, but we appreciated the effort. - -The other thing that happened is my little one and her friends became obsessed with her. When I have a bunch of little girls in the back of the car, they always request Taylor Swift. When you’re surrounded like that, you have to give in. - -But even still. It wasn’t until I saw her movie that I really got it. She came out on stage and took a minute for herself to soak it all in. What a great reminder for us to stop and smell the roses. I’ll bet she stood there a full 30 seconds and just looked at the stadium—A SOLD-OUT STADIUM—full of fans and took it all in. - -She also seems so….real. I’ve seen many great performers in my day and heard lots of great music, but I’ve never seen someone so relatable. From the stories she told and her self-deprecating humor to her chipped nail polish and bangs stuck to her forehead from sweat, she seems like someone you’d genuinely like to hang out with (and I guess Travis Kelce is proving us all right!). - -But even if you don’t believe all the hype or are not a fan, there is a huge lesson here: she’s a public relations master. - -Let’s talk about how. - -Her Authenticity Is Unapologetic - -Remember a few weeks ago when we talked about storytelling, and I joked that the number one rule is to be authentic because every one of my tips began with authenticity? Well, it turns out that’s what makes Taylor Swift a super megastar: she’s authentic. - -Authenticity is my noticing during the movie that she seems so real. You can’t fake that. To be authentic, you have to, in the words of my mother, “remember who you are and what you stand for.” - -This means that you must clearly define your brand values and stick by them, even if it means you’ll eventually piss someone off. There are plenty of Taylor Swift detractors, but she doesn’t stray from who she is. I laughed out loud when she said, “I’m just a Millennial who sits at home covered in cat hair.” That makes her approachable, authentic, and real. - -She Has Retaken Control of Her Art - -She’s a masterful storyteller. During her concert, she talked about how each era represented her life, and it was easy to put yourself in the same spot—from high school through adulthood. - -Of late, one of the stories she has mastered is re-telling the eras of her career and journey by taking back the rights to her music. As she re-records every album, she labels them with “Taylor’s Version,” so fans are invested in updating their playlists and only streaming her version of each song. - -And that’s not just about storytelling, either. It’s a genius business move that gives her control of her art without relying on (or giving royalties to) someone else. - -And speaking of genius business moves, when Ticketmaster bombed the selling of her concert tickets, she moved to release her concert film. She cut out the Hollywood middleman and went straight to AMC theaters. Not only did it provide an opportunity for more people to see her in concert (for a lot less than the price of a ticket), but it boosted her personal revenue in a big way. - -She Is an Engagement Master - -I love me some user-generated content, and so does Taylor Swift. She engages fans by hiding Easter eggs in her lyrics, music videos, performances, public appearances, and promotions. Her costumes, props, elaborate stage design, and dance moves hold clues about future projects, eliciting wild analyses, speculation, and fan theories on TikTok (or #SwiftTok) about what these cryptic messages could mean. - -By doing this, she infuses elements of surprise to engage her fans by including videos they’ve created using her creations. It’s akin to the Star Wars fans—she allows her fans to create stories inside stories inside stories and then highlight some of her favorites publicly. - -There is so much more, but I want to have time to talk you through the Taylor Swift PR Playbook that you can use in your own campaigns. - -Authenticity Is Key - -Could I be more of a broken record lately with the authenticity drum I’ve been beating? But that is the number one rule to all of this—storytelling, controlling the narrative, engaging an audience, and excelling at PR. - -There are many ways to do this (and not do it), but the general idea is that you must know who you are as an organization and what you stand for. That means if you upset a subset of your audience because of your core values, you can live with it because you’re not faking it. - -For instance, I named my second business Spin Sucks because I hate, I mean HATE, the idea that people think we lie for a living. That means everything we do has to be above reproach—and it’s part of our story. Do we make mistakes? Of course. But ethics is our guiding light so we use that to make good on our mishaps. - -I explored this idea with the San Diego Zoo when I was visiting with my family. We had a private tour, and they talked about how much they do for animals and conservation. Our tour guide said, “Everything we do has to be above reproach because we don’t want to harm any living thing.” - -So while there will be detractors—the San Diego Zoo has them, Taylor Swift has them, my team and I have them—it’s easy to stay the course because it’s a value you will never stray from. - -Plus, if you are truly authentic, your audience will back you up forcefully when a mistake is made, or there is a crisis. Be authentic. - -Develop Strong Brand Storytelling - -We talked about this a few weeks ago. People relate to stories. Stories build trust. People buy from people they trust. - -Storytelling provides an insider’s view and helps leaders demonstrate vision, inspire action, challenge the process, enable others to act, and engage the heart. After all, people are more likely to remember something if told through a story and if it moves them. - -Build and Engage with Your Audience - -Invest in building a loyal and engaged customer base. SO MANY execs look at the community we built with Spin Sucks, and they say, “We want that!” I always say, “Great! It will take years. You will get frustrated and won’t see its value immediately, so you’ll shut it down and blame us for it not working.” - -Then they argue with me about why I’m wrong. But I’m not wrong. Like Taylor Swift has spent 20 years building and engaging with her audience. We have spent ten years. It didn’t take either of us that long to build community, but it did take more than a few weeks or months. Longer than most want to invest. - -All to say, part of your PR playbook is to build and engage with your audience. So, set the budget aside to do that and be OK with not seeing a return on that investment for several years. - -Create Philanthropic Initiatives - -Align your brand with social causes that resonate with your audience—and align with your core values. It demonstrates your commitment to social responsibility and enhances your brand’s image as a socially conscious and caring entity. - -To boot, it will set your brand apart from your competition. It shows that you are not solely focused on profit but on giving back to the community or addressing social and environmental issues. - -It also provides compelling stories to tell and engages your audience on a deeper level—both things your Taylor Swift PR Playbook needs to include. - -Strategic PR Management - -If you don’t already have a crisis management plan, get one. We talked about this recently, too. A crisis plan is akin to having insurance—you should have it just in case you’ll eventually need it. And, in today’s world, it’s more likely than not that you’ll need it. - -If you don’t already have a skilled PR team to help you navigate challenges and maintain a positive image, you know where to find me. But find someone or a team to help you proactively address issues and clearly communicate your brand’s stance. - -Cultivate Partnerships and Collaborations - -It’s challenging to go it alone, particularly when you need to reach new audiences. That’s where collaborations and partnerships come into play. Work with brands and influencers that align with your values and seek partnerships that expand your reach and introduce your brand to new audiences. - -The collaborations should be authentic and mutually beneficial—just like Taylor Swift cutting out the Hollywood middleman and going straight to the theaters. - -Awards and Industry Recognition - -Listen, I’m not a big fan of awards and industry recognition, mostly because they’re pay-to-play. I feel like if you’re going to win something, it should be organic. - -But, I also recognize that winning these types of things helps you reach new audiences if they’re strategically placed. They will help you build trust and credibility, even if you pay to be considered. - -Engage Your Fans or Customers - -Create loyalty programs, exclusive events, or rewards for your most dedicated customers. Hide Easter eggs in your content. Make your customers feel valued and appreciated. - -When you do these things, they will become your most powerful salesforce—telling everyone who will listen to them about you. They will create content you can use, provide word-of-mouth marketing, amplify your good work, and even help you create new products or services. - -I often lean on the Spin Sucks Community when considering something new because they are always willing to help. - -Surprise and Delight - -To engage your customers, occasionally surprise them with unexpected announcements or releases. This can foster a strong emotional connection between your brand and customers. When people feel valued and appreciated, they are more likely to remain loyal. It can also be a great way to generate new user-generated content and include your community in your efforts. - -Some ways to do this might include: - -Sending personalized thank-you notes or gifts to loyal customers. - -Offering unexpected discounts or freebies. - -Hosting exclusive events or product launches for a select group of customers. - -Recognizing and celebrating customer milestones, such as birthdays or anniversaries. - -Conducting random acts of kindness or charitable initiatives on behalf of your brand. - -Stay Relevant and Adaptable - -I tell this story often because I continue to be impressed by it. When I served on the board of a company that sold right before the pandemic (the timing of that was impeccable), the founder would begin each meeting with a state of the industry report. - -It was incredibly helpful to understand where the industry was and where it was predicted to go because it informed many of our decisions. - -If you do the same thing at least once a quarter, you can adapt your brand strategy accordingly. You can continuously refresh your content to keep it interesting and timely. - -Every year, I share our first blog post to show that, with practice, everyone gets better at all things communications-related, even if it’s their expertise. Taylor Swift did the same as she’s evolved from country crooner to pop megastar. - -Don’t be afraid to evolve to stay relevant. - -Your Own PR Playbook - -The playbook is a large one that will take multiple years to execute, but hopefully, Taylor Swift and I have given you a great place to start. - -Be authentic, become a master storyteller, build community, give back to society, be on top of crisis management, cultivate partnerships, submit for awards and recognition, engage your customers, surprise and delight, and stay relevant. - -That’s how you will win.",1731883759,4dc781f5bc,633bea09eb,,,1731883759 -https://spectrum.ieee.org/marine-snow,https://spectrum.ieee.org/rss/fulltext,Oceans Absorb Far Less CO2 Than Previously Thought,"Research expeditions conducted at sea using a rotating gravity machine and microscope found that the Earth’s oceans may not be absorbing as much carbon as researchers have long thought. - -Oceans are believed to absorb roughly 26 percent of global carbon dioxide emissions by drawing down CO 2 from the atmosphere and locking it away. In this system, CO 2 enters the ocean, where phytoplankton and other organisms consume about 70 percent of it. When these organisms eventually die, their soft, small structures sink to the bottom of the ocean in what looks like an underwater snowfall. - -This “marine snow” pulls carbon away from the surface of the ocean and sequesters it in the depths for millennia, which enables the surface waters to draw down more CO 2 from the air. It’s one of Earth’s best natural carbon-removal systems. It’s so effective at keeping atmospheric CO 2 levels in check that many research groups are trying to enhance the process with geoengineering techniques. - -But the new study, published on 11 October in Science, found that the sinking particles don’t fall to the ocean floor as quickly as researchers thought. Using a custom gravity machine that simulated marine snow’s native environment, the study’s authors observed that the particles produce mucus tails that act like parachutes, putting the brakes on their descent—sometimes even bringing them to a standstill. - -The physical drag leaves carbon lingering in the upper hydrosphere, rather than being safely sequestered in deeper waters. Living organisms can then consume the marine snow particles and respire their carbon back into the sea. Ultimately, this impedes the rate at which the ocean draws down and sequesters additional CO 2 from the air. - -The implications are grim: Scientists’ best estimates of how much CO 2 the Earth’s oceans sequester could be way off. “We’re talking roughly hundreds of gigatonnes of discrepancy if you don’t include these marine snow tails,” says Manu Prakash, a bioengineer at Stanford University and one of the paper’s authors. The work was conducted by researchers at Stanford, Rutgers University in New Jersey, and Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution in Massachusetts. - -Oceans Absorb Less CO 2 Than Expected - -Researchers for years have been developing numerical models to estimate marine carbon sequestration. Those models will need to be adjusted for the slower sinking speed of marine snow, Prakash says. - -The findings also have implications for startups in the fledgling marine carbon geoengineering field. These companies use techniques such as ocean alkalinity enhancement to augment the ocean’s ability to sequester carbon. Their success depends, in part, on using numerical models to prove to investors and the public that their techniques work. But their estimates are only as good as the models they use, and the scientific community’s confidence in them. - -“We’re talking roughly hundreds of gigatonnes of discrepancy if you don’t include these marine snow tails.” —Manu Prakash, Stanford University - -The Stanford researchers made the discovery on an expedition off the coast of Maine. There, they collected marine samples by hanging traps from their boat 80 meters deep. After pulling up a sample, the researchers quickly analyzed the contents while still on board the ship using their wheel-shaped machine and microscope. - -The researchers built a microscope with a spinning wheel that simulates marine snow falling through sea water over longer distances than would otherwise be practical. Prakash Lab/Stanford - -The device simulates the organisms’ vertical travel over long distances. Samples go into a wheel about the size of a vintage film reel. The wheel spins constantly, allowing suspended marine-snow particles to sink while a camera captures their every move. - -The apparatus adjusts for temperature, light, and pressure to emulate marine conditions. Computational tools assess flow around the sinking particles and custom software removes noise in the data from the ship’s vibrations. To accommodate for the tilt and roll of the ship, the researchers mounted the device on a two-axis gimbal. - -Slower Marine Snow Reduces Carbon Sequestration - -With this setup, the team observed that sinking marine snow generates an invisible halo-shaped comet tail made of viscoelastic transparent exopolymer—a mucus-like parachute. They discovered the invisible tail by adding small beads to the seawater sample in the wheel, and analyzing the way they flowed around the marine snow. “We found that the beads were stuck in something invisible trailing behind the sinking particles,” says Rahul Chajwa, a bioengineering postdoctoral fellow at Stanford. - -The tail introduces drag and buoyancy, doubling the amount of time marine snow spends in the upper100 meters of the ocean, the researchers concluded. “This is the sedimentation law we should be following,” says Prakash, who hopes to get the results into climate models. - -The study will likely help models project carbon export—the process of transporting CO 2 from the atmosphere to the deep ocean, says Lennart Bach, a marine biochemist at the University of Tasmania in Australia, who was not involved with the research. “The methodology they developed is very exciting and it’s great to see new methods coming into this research field,” he says. - -But Bach cautions against extrapolating the results too far. “I don’t think the study will change the numbers on carbon export as we know them right now,” because these numbers are derived from empirical methods that would have unknowingly included the effects of the mucus tail, he says. - - - -Marine snow may be slowed by “parachutes” of mucus while sinking, potentially lowering the rate at which the global ocean can sequester carbon in the depths. Prakash Lab/Stanford - -Prakash and his team came up with the idea for the microscope while conducting research on a human parasite that can travel dozens of meters. “We would make 5- to 10-meter-tall microscopes, and one day, while packing for a trip to Madagascar, I had this ‘aha’ moment,” says Prakash. “I was like: Why are we packing all these tubes? What if the two ends of these tubes were connected?” - -The group turned their linear tube into a closed circular channel—a hamster wheel approach to observing microscopic particles. Over five expeditions at sea, the team further refined the microscope’s design and fluid mechanics to accommodate marine samples, often tackling the engineering while on the boat and adjusting for flooding and high seas. - -In addition to the sedimentation physics of marine snow, the team also studies other plankton that may affect climate and carbon-cycle models. On a recent expedition off the coast of Northern California, the group discovered a cell with silica ballast that makes marine snow sink like a rock, Prakash says. - -The crafty gravity machine is one of Prakash’s many frugal inventions, which include an origami-inspired paper microscope, or “foldscope,” that can be attached to a smartphone, and a paper-and-string biomedical centrifuge dubbed a “paperfuge.”",1731883662,5887b2bb51,63a556558d,,,1731883662 -https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/articles/cy801wdv8p1o,https://www.bbc.com/sport/tennis/rss.xml,Rafael Nadal: Novak Djokovic and Roger Federer lead tributes after retirement announcement,"Jannik Sinner, the current men's world number one, said: ""It's tough news for all the tennis world. I was very lucky to get to know him and he's an unbelievable person. - -""He gave to all of us a lot of emotions when we saw him playing."" - -Women's world number four Coco Gauff said: ""You are amazing! It's been so incredible to witness your greatness and work ethic and be able to learn from it."" - -Ons Jabeur, the former world number two, said: ""Thank you Rafa for inspiring me and all of us. You will be missed."" - -The French Open posted on X: ""14 thanks for the millions of memories!"", while Wimbledon posted on Instagram: ""Thank you for everything, Rafa."" - -The Australian Open's X account posted: ""Legendary memories. You are so loved around the world and here with us in Australia. Grateful for all the unforgettable moments. Gracias, Rafa. For everything!"" - -Former British tennis player Greg Rusedski described Nadal as ""a great competitor"" and predicted nobody will beat the Spaniard's record of 14 French Open titles. - -""He's a legend of our game, he'll be truly missed,"" Rusedski told BBC Sport news correspondent Laura Scott. ""To win that many matches on clay, no one will ever accomplish that feat again and that sort of winning record at the French Open."" - -The ATP Tour posted: ""There are no words for how this feels, the day we wished would never come. You have given us all the most incredible moments and memories."" - -ITF president David Haggerty said: ""Rafael Nadal is one of the greatest male tennis players of all time and as sad as it is to hear this news, I would like to congratulate him on his phenomenal career."" - -International Olympic committee president Thomas Bach said: ""You are a legend. A true Olympian and a great champion who understands the power of sport to make the world a better place. Whatever you do next, I am certain you will continue to give everything you have - as you have done throughout your career."" - -Among the other sports stars to pay tribute to Nadal, Real Madrid and France footballer Kylian Mbappe posted on Instagram: ""Well done on your career Rafa, you're an example as a player and a person. You will always be a legend."" - -Portugal captain Cristiano Ronaldo said: ""Rafa, what an incredible race you've had! Your dedication, passion and incredible talent have inspired millions around the world. It has been an honour to witness your journey and to be able to call you a friend. Congrats on an amazing career! Enjoy your retirement!""",1731883639,95caee0db1,63d9fbe929,,,1731883639 -https://kotaku.com/ghostface-mk1-mortal-kombat-dlc-different-people-killer-1851699247,https://kotaku.com/rss,Ghostface In Mortal Kombat 1 Is Actually Three Different People,"Ghostface arrives in Mortal Kombat 1 later this month. The iconic killer from the Scream films is a bit of a horror movie oddball as each one has been a different person, often working with others. And that’s true in Mortal Kombat 1, too. Plus two of the killers are actually mysterious Mortal Kombat characters. - -The Week In Games: What’s Coming Out Beyond Mortal Kombat 1 CC Share Subtitles Off - -English view video The Week In Games: What’s Coming Out Beyond Mortal Kombat 1 - -The Week In Games: What’s Coming Out Beyond Mortal Kombat 1 CC Share Subtitles Off - -English The Week In Games: What’s Coming Out Beyond Mortal Kombat 1 - -Released in 2023, Mortal Kombat 1 is a fine entry in the franchise with all the blood, gore, and wacky hijinks you’ve come to expect from the long-running fighting game series. As has been the case for multiple entries now, MK1 has received numerous post-release DLC characters, including guest fighters from other franchises. The latest guest character is Ghostface from the Scream movies. And according to MK1's devs, they might be one of the most unique characters in the history of the series. - -Advertisement - -During November 13's Kombat Kast video stream, developer NetherRealm’s lead QA analyst Stephanie Brownback talked about Ghostface and called the character a “jack of all trades” that works alongside two other masked killers to pull off various moves and fatalities. The main Ghostface you play as has been transported from the movies to the MK universe. And this is where it gets interesting because according to Brownback, this singular Ghostface killer then partners up with two people from Kano’s Black Dragon Clan. - -WB Games - -In the video Browback called the two helpers “Black Dragon Enforcer” and “Black Dragon Assassin” and explained that these aren’t random anonymous characters, but that the devs actually know who they are. - -Advertisement - -“I know who they are...but one of the fun things about Scream is the whodunnit aspect,” said Brownback. - -Advertisement - -“You shouldn’t figure out who the killer is till the third act reveal. So for this stream we’re not going to name any names. It’s up to you to look at the clues, the Easter eggs, and maybe try to figure it out for yourselves. Argue amongst yourselves.” - -Advertisement - -Brownback didn’t reveal the characters’ identities because that would “very much go against the spirit of the Scream movies.” - -So who are the masked killers in Mortal Kombat 1? Perhaps Kira, a lesser-known character from the PS2 era of games that loves knives and is kind of wacko? Maybe Jarek, who is a very strong brute that you might describe as an enforcer and who has been referenced already in MK1? I assume fans and MK nerds will figure this out within hours of the characters being available. - -Advertisement - -Ghostface officially joins MK1's roster on November 26. However, if you own the Khaos Reigns Expansion, you can play as the killer as early as November 19. - -. - -",1731883664,a0840ab3b4,63e3d1a43d,,,1731883664 -https://www.wmagazine.com/culture/sofia-coppola-musee-des-arts-decoratifs-parisian-ball-artistic-director,https://www.wmagazine.com/rss/fashion,Sofia Coppola Is Revitalizing Parisian Ball Culture,"Sofia Coppola is returning to Paris. Nineteen years after she depicted the French capital in her cult-classic film Marie Antoinette, the director is putting on an event worthy of the last Queen of France as the artistic director of the grand Parisian ball. - -The fête, to be held at the Musée des Arts Décoratifs on July 6, will celebrate the centenary of the 1925 International Exhibition of Decorative Arts. It will act as a tribute to French elegance and art, a fund-raiser for the institution, and a kick-off of the haute couture fall/winter 2025 season. - -“I am honored to be entrusted with the artistic direction of the Bal d’Été,” Coppola said in a press release. “This city is my beloved second home, so to celebrate this icon of French culture is especially inspiring to me.” - -Thom Browne’s haute couture fall/winter 2024-2025 show at the Musée des Arts Décoratifs in June 2024. Kristy Sparow/Getty Images - -The Musée des Arts Décoratifs houses over 1.5 million works of furniture, jewelry, art, and design objects, among other artifacts. The ornate, Baroque building—which sits in the northwestern wing of the Louvre—also has a long relationship with fashion, housing exhibitions for Thierry Mugler, Iris Van Herpen, Louis Vuitton, Dries Van Noten, and Dior. In 2024 alone, both Thom Browne and Wales Bonner staged shows in the space. - -Coppola’s experience with France, fashion, and celebrity made her “the natural choice” for the artistic director role, according to Jean-Victor Meyers, president of the honorary committee for the gala. He called the director “an artist who effortlessly blends fashion, music, cinema, art, and design into immersive worlds.”",1731883674,f8844306b1,62887ca1eb,,,1731883674 -https://medium.com/flutter/best-practices-for-optimizing-flutter-web-loading-speed-7cc0df14ce5c?source=rss----4da7dfd21a33---4,https://medium.com/feed/flutter,Best practices for optimizing Flutter web loading speed,"Best practices for optimizing Flutter web loading speed Cheng Lin · Follow Published in Flutter · 6 min read · May 6, 2024 -- 1 Listen Share - -As a Flutter developer working with the Google Flutter team and personally in my private time, I encounter and understand the concerns regarding the loading speed of Flutter web apps. Optimizing loading speed is crucial for better performance and a positive user experience, especially as Flutter developers expand into web development. This guide offers actionable strategies and best practices to accelerate the performance of your Flutter web apps. - -Rendering - -CanvasKit, the default renderer for Flutter web applications, offers high performance and pixel-perfect consistency across platforms by leveraging WebGL. This capability is particularly beneficial for complex graphical applications that require rich animations and high fidelity. However, the inherent file size of CanvasKit (around 1.5 MB) can be a drawback, especially for apps where initial load time is critical. - -Although the flutter.js load API parallelizes the download of CanvasKit and main.dart.js , all Flutter widgets have to wait for them to be fully loaded into the browser, potentially leading to noticeable delays before the application becomes interactive. To mitigate these concerns and optimize the loading experience, developers can choose the Wasm rendering mode. - -As WebAssembly support in Flutter web is considered experimental and subject to change, these steps are for developers willing to experiment with cutting-edge features. Features and commands might evolve, so always refer to the latest Flutter documentation for current practices. - -Compatibility - -The dart:html package is not supported when building with Wasm. This limitation means you must carefully consider the APIs on which your app depends. Alternatively, the web package is supported by both dart2wasm and dart2js. - -Performance - -Wasm not only reduces app size compared to CanvasKit, it’s also faster to start up compared to JavaScript. - -Lazy loading - -Dart’s deferred imports allow you to split your code and load parts of it only when needed, reducing the initial load time. The following sections discuss how you can use deferred loading. - -Declare a deferred import - -At the top of your Dart file, declare the import that you want to defer. In your import statement, specify deferred as followed by an identifier. When you need to use the library, load it asynchronously using the loadLibrary() method on the deferred import: - -import 'package:myapp/hello.dart' deferred as hello; - - - -Future loadHelloLibrary() async { - -await hello.loadLibrary(); - -hello.sayHi(); - -} - -Call the load function - -In your Flutter app, call this function when needed, for example, as a response to user interactions. The following example loads the needed library when the user presses a widget: - -import 'package:flutter/material.dart'; - - - -void main() { - -runApp(MaterialApp(home: MyApp())); - -} - - - -class MyApp extends StatelessWidget { - -@override - -Widget build(BuildContext context) { - -return Scaffold( - -body: Center( - -child: ElevatedButton( - -onPressed: () { - -loadHelloLibrary(); - -}, - -child: Text('Load Feature'), - -), - -), - -); - -} - -} - -Unawaited function calls - -In order to reduce the time taken to display the initial widget of your app, try to not await for costly futures before calling runApp . Some futures can be left un-awaited so they update the UI after they complete. The unawaited function allows app programmers to explicitly tell the “unawaited futures” lint that those futures are not expected to be awaited. This improvement enhances the user experience during both app startup and page loading by making the app feel more responsive. However, it’s important to manage such functions carefully to avoid issues related to app state consistency and resource management. - -import 'dart:async'; - -import 'package:flutter/material.dart'; - - - -void main() { - -unawaited(downloadVideos().then(videos) { - -playlist.add(videos); - -}); - - - -runApp(const MyApp()); - -} - -Media files - -Displaying assets at optimal resolution - -Flutter automatically handles loading assets at the appropriate resolution based on the device’s pixel density. This ensures optimal visuals across different screen sizes. While it’s important to optimize assets for efficient delivery, prioritize providing assets at the exact resolutions needed before exploring alternative image formats, as we’ll talk about in the next section. - -Better image compression - -PNG and JPG are among the most prevalent image formats used on websites. These formats are renowned for their widespread support and compatibility. However, emerging next-generation formats like WebP and AVIF offer significant advancements in reducing file sizes without substantially compromising image quality. For instance, a PNG image with an original size of 319 KB can be compressed to just 38 KB in WebP format or, even more impressively, to 10 KB in AVIF format. These reductions in file size are achieved with minimal perceptible loss in quality to the human eye, demonstrating the potential of these formats to enhance website loading speeds while maintaining visual fidelity. - -PNG 319 KB / WebP 38 KB / AVIF 10 KB - -However, it’s important to note that not all browsers support WebP and AVIF images. Before integrating these formats into your website, verify their compatibility with the browsers your audience uses most frequently. This will help you determine whether these next-generation image formats align with your website’s requirements and audience needs. - -Caching - -Memory, disk, service workers cache - -Leveraging the capabilities of memory cache, disk cache, and Service Workers can significantly reduce loading times after the initial page load. This is because these caching mechanisms require files to be loaded once before they can cache them. Memory cache, stored in RAM, offers rapid access speeds but is volatile. On the other hand, disk cache, although slower, provides persistence. Service Workers act as programmable network proxies, enabling sophisticated caching strategies across both memory and disk. - -Browsers or operating systems usually manage memory and disk caches automatically, eliminating the need for manual intervention unless there’s a specific requirement to manipulate them programmatically. While Flutter manages Service Workers to some extent, developers have the flexibility to implement custom Service Workers alongside Flutter for enhanced control over caching and network interactions. - -Wasm - -Browsers cache Wasm files (like CanvasKit, and soon dart2wasm output) as well as their compiled native code. This means cached Wasm modules load as quickly as native binaries, unlike JavaScript, which requires reparsing, recompilation, and reJIT (Just-In-Time) processing. - -While Flutter’s Wasm build option isn’t fully stable yet, adopting modern JS-interop practices benefit you when dart2wasm stabilizes. For example, avoid using legacy libraries like dart:html and dart:js , and prefer package:web and dart:js_interop . Also, consider checking whether other packages you are using are compatible with Wasm. - -Preloading - -HTML , HTTP response headers - -Preloading assets like images, fonts, and JavaScript files can significantly improve webpage loading speed. By preloading within the HTML tag or using HTTP response headers, you instruct the browser to download these resources before they’re needed for rendering. This eliminates delays and ensures a smoother user experience. To preload assets, add the tag in the section and set the rel attribute to preload . Only preload assets that are used immediately, optimally in the first screen of your app, otherwise browsers will consider the preloading as a waste of bandwidth. - -HTML tag - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -HTTP response headers for Firebase hosting - -The following code block is a firebase.json example with a key/value combo demonstrating how to add HTTP headers for asset preloading. - -""headers"": [ - -{ - -""key"": ""Link"", - -""value"": ""; rel=preload; as=image"" - -} - -] - -Landing page - -Flutter empowers you to build fully interactive landing pages for your app using plain HTML/CSS. While users engage with your landing page, flutter.js preloads your Flutter app — ensuring instant launches when the user navigates to the Flutter app. This is especially beneficial for games with a Play button and apps that require logging in. - -Loading/splash screen - -While we’ve focused on technical optimizations for app loading speed, perceived loading speed is more critical. Your goal should be to make your app feel fast. - -Loading/splash screens are highly effective in enhancing this perception. By providing visual activity, they reassure users that the app is launching promptly. In contrast, a blank screen breeds uncertainty, potentially leading to frustration and page refreshes. - -For the fastest responsiveness, implement your splash screen directly in your index.html file using plain CSS/HTML. This minimizes any potential delays. - -For an example, check out the Flutter Gallery implementation. - -Conclusion - -In this doc, we’ve explored ways to accelerate both the initial loading and rendering performance of your Flutter web app. There are various strategies you can employ, but remember that each solution involves trade-offs. Choose the optimizations that best suit your specific needs and those of your users. By combining these approaches, you’ll create a smoother, more responsive user experience for your Flutter web apps.",1731883616,ce730ccd82,6370cad4e8,,,1731883616 -https://www.npr.org/2023/07/28/1190725808/tackle-your-medical-debt-with-life-kit,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,Medical bills can cause a financial crisis. Here's how to negotiate them : Planet Money : NPR,"Tackle your medical debt with Life Kit - -Enlarge this image Shannon Wright/Shannon Wright for NPR Shannon Wright/Shannon Wright for NPR - -There's an estimated $195 billion of medical debt in America. But just because a medical bill comes in the mail doesn't mean you have to pay that exact price. In this special episode from our friends at Life Kit, you'll learn how to eliminate, reduce or negotiate a medical bill. - -If you liked this episode, you can check out more Life Kit here. They have episodes on how to choose a bank, and how to save money at the grocery store. - -Sponsor Message - -This episode of Life Kit was produced by Sylvie Douglis. Their visuals editor is Beck Harlan, and their digital editor is Danielle Nett. Meghan Keane is their supervising editor, and Beth Donovan is their executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and get bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, Google Podcasts, NPR One or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter.",1731884628,8181d7a585,640fa35c06,,,1731884628 -https://www.npr.org/2024/07/19/1197961103/pantone-colors-lawrence-herbert-stuart-semple-standards,https://www.npr.org/rss/podcast.php?id=510289,"How Lawrence Herbert created a color empire, and the artist who challenged that : Planet Money : NPR","The company that owns colors - -In 2022, artist Stuart Semple opened up his laptop to find that all his designs had turned black overnight. All the colors, across files on Adobe products like Photoshop and Illustrator, were gone. Who had taken the colors away? The story of what happened begins with one company, Pantone. - -Pantone is known for their Color of the Year forecasts, but they actually make the bulk of their money from selling color reference guides. These guides are the standard for how designers pretty much anywhere talk about color. - -On today's show, how did Pantone come to control the language of the rainbow? We look back at the history of Pantone, beginning with the man who made Pantone into the industry standard. And, we hear from Stuart, who tried to break the color monopoly. - -Sponsor Message - -Share your thoughts — What color should we choose to be Planet Money's color? - -This episode was hosted by Sam Yellowhorse Kesler and Jeff Guo, and produced by Willa Rubin with help from James Sneed. It was edited by Jess Jiang and fact-checked by Sierra Juarez. Engineering by Debbie Daughtry with help from Carl Craft. Alex Goldmark is Planet Money's executive producer. - -Help support Planet Money and hear our bonus episodes by subscribing to Planet Money+ in Apple Podcasts or at plus.npr.org/planetmoney. - -Always free at these links: Apple Podcasts, Spotify, the NPR app or anywhere you get podcasts. - -Find more Planet Money: Facebook / Instagram / TikTok / Our weekly Newsletter. - -Music: Universal Production Music - ""Up All Night,"" ""So Take Me Home"" ; Audio Network - ""Raise Up.""",1731884585,8181d7a585,637e735087,,,1731884585 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/strategic-thinking-pr/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,Strategic Thinking for PR: How to Prepare for Black Swan Events,"Years ago, when I was at the end of my senior year at American University in Washington, D.C., I took a course titled Wicked Problems in National Security. As part of this course, we read The Black Swan and Antifragile by Nassim Taleb about how to create resilient strategies to succeed no matter what comes at you. Through Taleb’s ideas, I learned how to carry out long-term strategic thinking and look at the world through the prism of randomness. - -This way of strategic thinking, which includes taking into account unknowns, identifying cognitive biases, and learning to think as all-encompassing as possible, has served me well throughout my life and throughout my career in PR. It enables me to clearly see the bigger picture and maneuver in such a way that I’m able to succeed in any situation. - -The Blueprint of a Successful PR Campaign - -When beginning any campaign, you have to ask yourself, “What am I trying to achieve?” What is the ultimate goal? I’m not talking about “coverage for coverage’s sake,” but what do you want for your organization? - -Instead, I’m talking about a big-picture goal. Does your organization want to be known as a David going up against the Goliaths? As the adult in the room with a wealth of experience? As the most powerful force in its region? - -Once this goal is determined, you need a way to get to it—and that’s your campaign’s strategy or “what”. What steps do you need to take to achieve your goal? What objectives need to be achieved before you can move forward? What are the second and third-order effects of your actions to get to your objective, and will these effects benefit you? - -Meanwhile, it’s important to note the difference between tactics and strategies. Tactics are the “how” of a campaign. How will you get from one objective in the strategy to the next? What do you need to do to get to the next step in your strategy? And how does this tactic fit into the overall strategy? - -Use Data With Precision - -One of the best ways to begin creating your strategy is to look at data to understand the landscape. This could be anything from market analysis, technological developments, troop movements, market differentiators, prevailing currents in ideas, and much more. Of course, as a PR pro, it’s always important to understand what journalists are looking for in pitches to get the most earned media coverage possible. - -However, you won’t be able to get the most out of the data if you don’t look at the information holistically and in the proper context. Looking at data in a vacuum might give you a slight edge initially, but it’s only by understanding the circumstances that the information you’re relying on to create your strategy was derived from that you can give yourself a qualitative edge over your competition. - -The Power of Calculated Risks - -An often ignored aspect of data utilization, especially statistical data, is understanding data asymmetry. As Taleb says, if the stats benefit him, he’ll use them. If not, then he won’t. What does this mean? - -It does NOT mean ignoring the data if it says you’re likely to crash and burn. Instead, you should try to understand how much you stand to benefit from something. Use the numbers to ensure that the likelihood of you doing something that benefits you is high while the costs of something going wrong are limited. - -This is called “asymmetry,” and it’s used everywhere, from the battlefield to the boardroom. Here’s how it works. - -Let’s say you’re coming up with a crisis communications strategy to manage your international organization’s reputation in light of a catastrophic event reported worldwide. You come up with a strategy (Strategy X), and it works based on your data and your experience. You estimate that, if all goes well, you’ll get ten pieces of positive media coverage in the national news of the country where the catastrophe happened. However, if it fails, you estimate your organization will receive 30 pieces of negative media coverage in international outlets. Are the risks of using this strategy worth the rewards? In this case, I’d say they aren’t. - -However, assuming the above scenario, let’s say you come up with another strategy (Strategy Y). You estimate that you’ll get 15 pieces of positive international coverage if it works. However, you estimate you’ll get five pieces of negative local coverage if it fails. Are the risks of using this strategy worth the rewards? In this case, I’d say they are. - -Monkeys In a Room - -In Nassim Taleb’s book Fooled by Randomness, he talks about the fact that randomness plays a large role in how and why the world works. Not everything happens for a logical reason, and a lot of events simply happen because of factors beyond the control of us mere mortals. One of his ideas I use regularly is that a superficial understanding of data can lead you to make worse decisions than if you had no data. How is this possible? - -Taleb uses the example of an infinite number of monkeys slamming away at computers (I’m going to update the story a little bit). Eventually, one of them is going to write Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone. If given the chance, would you take that monkey and task it with writing Harry Potter and the Chamber of Secrets? Does this monkey have some super-ability that the others lack? Or, would you look at the bigger picture and understand that this monkey writing the first book of the Harry Potter series is a random, one-in-a-zillion chance? - -I use this same thought process for devising a PR strategy. While it’s important to use data, I also put it into context. What was the economic and social climate like when Barbie and Oppenheimer implemented their wildly successful PR strategies? What was going on in the world that enabled Oculus to become such a hit while Google Glass flopped? - -Survivorship Bias - -Just as it’s important to know what makes a strategy work, we also need to look at what makes them fail. According to Taleb, when we look at data, we tend only to see the winners, giving us a distorted view of the odds of something working out. This is because we want to know how to succeed and completely ignore how not to lose. - -Therefore, it’s important to figure out not only what went right when it succeeded, but also what went wrong when it fails. This way, you’ll be able to avoid the pitfalls experienced by others while better picking your way along the path of success. Understanding failures and successes needs to factor into your strategizing to create a campaign that will work for you and your particular circumstance. - -And, of course, you need to count the luck factor. As Robert Burns once wrote, “The best-laid plans of mice and men oft go awry.” Few people will ever confess that luck was the primary driver of their success. After all, who wants to admit they weren’t in complete control of their own destiny? And yet, many times, this is exactly the case. With this in mind, you should create a strategy that enables you to take advantage of any random door that luck opens along the way while staying flexible enough to avoid any stumbling blocks randomly placed in your path. - -Anticipation, Not Prediction - -There’s an ancient Greek parable about a hedgehog and a fox. In it, the fox tries dozens of different ways to eat the hedgehog, but the hedgehog keeps doing one thing—rolling into a ball and sticking out its spines. The fox knows many tricks, but the hedgehog has one big trick, and in the fable, the hedgehog always wins. But in the real world, the fox is able to adapt, improvise, and ultimately overcome. - -According to psychologist Phil Tetlock, the fable of the fox and the hedgehog represent two different ways of thinking. In his view, hedgehogs are more big idea people, decisive, and reduce every problem to one central idea. Meanwhile, foxes are more accepting of nuance, know that life is full of contradictions and paradoxes, and are typically more open to using different kinds of approaches to tackle unique problems. - -According to Taleb, people in finance will have better long-term success if they think like a fox. I believe that PR professionals need to strategize like foxes but be like hedgehogs in our messaging. We need to create resilient strategies that can evolve with new information but create strong, poignant messaging that instills confidence. - -I create these strategies by understanding the need to anticipate that something down the road has the potential to become an obstacle and shove me into the ditch. While I don’t try to predict what might happen, I use data to understand my surroundings to ensure that my strategy will enable me to reach my goal. And, of course, I’m always on the lookout for a wild black swan. - -Adapting with Nuance In PR - -Before Europeans went to Australia, they thought all swans were white. In fact, the term “black swan” was an ancient Roman phrase describing something impossible. Then, once Europeans landed in Australia and found black swans, they realized that these animals could, in fact, exist. - -This is the framework in which Taleb describes black swan events. They are events that, upon happening, completely change the way things are done. Specifically, he says they have three main criteria. To be a black swan, an event must be “an outlier, as it lies outside the realm of regular expectations, because nothing in the past can convincingly point to its possibility. Second, it carries an extreme ‘impact’. Third, in spite of its outlier status, human nature makes us concoct explanations for its occurrence after the fact, making it explainable and predictable.” - -Some recent black swan events include the collapse of the Soviet Union, the 9/11 terror attacks, the rise of the internet, and generative AI. - -While black swans can’t be predicted, we always have to keep in mind that they can happen and be ready for a quick adjustment in the event they do. To do this, strategists need to be foxes, relying less on top-down planning and instead leaving room for as much iteration and change as possible as new information becomes available. - -One of the things that I try to do is understand what I don’t know to help create a strategy. I try to get as much general information as possible instead of being completely precise. By being general in my strategy, I’ve found I’m better able to bend with the winds of change, be it a sudden catastrophic breakdown in the world economy or a new piece of technology changing the way I do PR. - -Of course, you don’t know what you don’t know. Therefore, try to think creatively using previous data and history to try to predict a few theories as to what is possible—this requires REALLY generalized thinking and a good amount of Bayesian inference (i.e. a subjective and fluid method of estimating probabilities that something will happen). This prevents something Taleb calls “tunneling,” whereby the strategist ignores sources of uncertainty outside the plan itself. By bearing in mind that SOMETHING can happen, I can create a strategy that will almost always put me in the perfect position to take advantage of any surprises, black swan or otherwise. - -An Antifragile Strategy - -This makes any strategy I make antifragile. Another of Taleb’s concepts argues that strategies must protect their downsides while positioning themselves to benefit disproportionately from anything that happens. Basically, you need to ensure that not only will your strategy protect you from an unanticipated external event, but that you’ll be able to benefit from it. - -The best ways to do this are to voraciously read the news, analyze the data, understand historical trends, and become an expert on a wide range of subjects. With this wider view, you can determine what’s likely to happen or, just as importantly, NOT happen. The more information you absorb, the more you can insulate your strategy to make it more resistant to any external event. - -By maintaining an antifragile strategy, you’ll be able to take anything thrown at you and roll with the punches to come out ahead. All you need is a decent amount of data, a wide view of the landscape, and the will to do it.",1731883764,4dc781f5bc,6402367450,,,1731883764 -https://www.conquestchronicles.com/2021/6/3/22513803/trojans-usc-football-2022-4-star-kevin-green-jr,https://www.conquestchronicles.com/rss/current.rss,Trojans land local 2022 4-star WR Kevin Green Jr.,"The Trojans have landed a big-time wide receiver prospect in Kevin green Jr., a four-star right in the school’s backyard. Green announced his commitment on his Twitter account this past Sunday. - -According to 247Sports, the 5’11, 165-pound Green is the 38th-ranked wide receiver in the class of 2022. He plays his prep ball at local Bishop Alemany High School in Mission Hills, California. - -The final eight schools Green had been deciding between included other Pac-12 powers in Oregon and Stanford, but also included Big Ten blue blood, Nebraska. At the end of the day, Green wants to stay close to home.",1731883637,d3b6ef58ae,63b11889f9,,,1731883637 -https://reason.com/volokh/2024/11/11/monday-open-thread-79/,https://reason.com/volokh/feed/,Monday Open Thread,"To get the Volokh Conspiracy Daily e-mail, please sign up here. - -Email (Required) Email This field is for validation purposes and should be left unchanged. Δ",1731883656,6a1d127262,63e1c8fcae,,,1731883656 -http://www.communitysignal.com/when-your-first-day-as-an-online-community-manager-is-your-first-day-at-a-computer/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,When Your First Day as an Online Community Manager is Your First Day at a Computer,"As community professionals, the array of platforms, reading material, conferences, and thought leaders available to us only continues to grow. And if you’ve read or written a job description for a community opportunity recently, you know that there’s often an expectation around technical literacy for everyone in the field. - -In a time when a lot of our day-to-day takes place in front of a screen, I felt a little punch in the gut while listening to this episode of Community Signal, when I learned that John Coate, an early community manager, had no knowledge of the tools available when he first started at The WELL. In fact, he says that his first day on the job was the first day that he sat down in front of a computer! - -So, why was I surprised? Has our industry placed too much influence on speaking engagements, platform knowledge, and revenue-focused metrics instead of the values and actual community-related experience that should govern our work? As John puts it, “computers are just a way to connect people. Never forget that you’re talking to real people, and it’s good to treat them as if you really are in the same room with them.” Sounds simple, but imagine if platforms like Facebook or Twitter followed this golden rule. We’d have a much different internet today. Patrick and John discuss this exact point and the work that John is doing to get us there. Because not surprisingly, the values that guided his work at The WELL 35 years ago are the same ones we need to call upon today. - -John and Patrick also talk about: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Discourse. - -The “online gift economy” that The WELL helped create (8:14): “The WELL, because of its open nature and desire to experiment, opened up chunks of the operating system for programmers to actually play with and make little utilities for the people as a way of practicing. There was this maker culture going on at the same time. As Howard Rheingold put it once, it was where the tool makers meet the tool users. In addition to being a place where people can converse, it was also a kind of birthplace of a sort of online gift economy.” -John Coate - -Is web rage the new road rage? (15:15): “Just the other day, I was thinking that in a way, [web rage is] not too unlike road rage, where you can yell at somebody in the car that cut you off … knowing that it’s almost certain they’re not going to stop and make you get out of your car and work it out with them physically. It’s safe. … [Online], it is kind of a power spot that you’re sitting in. This becomes part of your identity and you’re confident and you say things and some people can too easily go about that in an ill-considered way, forgetting that if you were face-to-face with somebody in the same room, you would factor that into however you talk to them.” -John Coate - -Don’t forget, there are still people new to online gatherings (16:35): “Amazingly enough, there are a lot of people who are still kind of new to online gatherings where groups try to come together in one form or another. The main thing is to remind people that the computers are just a way to connect people. Never forget that you’re talking to real people and it’s good to treat them as if you really are in the same room with them and you’re talking directly to them and do the best you can to sort of simulate mentally some feeling of that if you can pull it off, which is not exactly that simple. I think it takes practice but I think it’s easy enough to imagine, even if you haven’t really done it that much. It did take me a while to learn it frankly.” -John Coate - -On creating your own online experience (25:50): “I think it should never be forgotten by anybody that even though the internet is dominated by Facebook, Amazon, all the big guys, all the big organizations, that doesn’t have to dominate your experience. You can still find, I think, almost anything you want out there if you look for it long enough and far enough or if somebody turns you on to something.” -John Coate - -John Coate started in online community work at the beginning of 1986 at The WELL in Sausalito, California. As marketing director, he focused on the user base developing relationships with each other as the basis of the community. - -In 1994, he co-founded sfgate.com. As general manager until 2001, he and his team pioneered a number of innovations, many of which are now standard features on most news websites. He also spent time at gaming company Sulake and worked as an in-game adult supervisor in their avatar-based world of Habbo Hotels. - -Since 2015, Mr. Coate has been working with Edgeryders, teaching online community creation and management of workshops and managing portions of European Commission funded projects around the future of the internet and the rise of populism in Europe. In particular, he hosts and manages the Edgeryders forum, Internet of Humans, as part of the larger next-generation internet initiative known as NGI Forward. Another project, The Reef, studies a deep green co-housing and co-working space. - -Edgeryders is an organization and community that acts as a talent pool for social benefit projects. They also work with the Swedish group that operates a large co-working creative space on the waterfront in Stockholm called Blivande. - -[0:00] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, a podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Discourse, civilized discussion for teams, customers, fans, and communities. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[0:24] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and thank you for listening to Community Signal. Our guest for this, the 150th episode of the show, is John Coate who joined pioneering online community, the WELL, in 1986 as the marketing director, employee number two. - -Title aside, the work he did really made him a community manager right at the dawn of online communities. We are going to talk about the WELL, ageism in this profession, ethnography in online communities, and more. - -If you are a regular listener of the show, please consider supporting us on Patreon at communitysignal.com/innercircle. You will be joining long term supporters we really appreciate like Maggie McGary, Serena Snoad and Rachel Medanic. - -Also, if you have any community strategy questions and would like to support a good cause, a close friend of mine is in need after suffering a big heart attack. If you give him a $100 and tell me about it, we will schedule a 30-minute call and I will answer anything you want. Visit chrispian.com/help for the details. That’s C-H-R-I-S-P-I-A-N.com/help. The link will be in the show notes, too. - -John Coate started in online community work at the beginning of 1986 at the WELL in Sausalito, California. As marketing director, he focused on the user base developing relationships with each other as the basis of the community. - -In 1994, he co-founded sfgate.com. As general manager until 2001, he and his team pioneered a number of innovations many of which are now standard features on most news websites. He also spent time in gaming company Sulake and worked as in-game adult supervisor in their avatar-based world of Habbo Hotels. - -Since 2015, Mr. Coate has been working with Edgeryders teaching online community creation and management of workshops and managing portions of European Commission funded projects around the future of the internet and the rise of populism in Europe. In particular, he hosts and manages the Edgeryders forum Internet of Humans as part of the larger next generation internet initiative known as NGI Forward. Another project, the Reef, studies a deep green co-housing and co-working space. - -Edgeryders is an organization and community that acts as a talent pool for social benefit projects. They also work with the Swedish group that operates a large co-working creative space on the waterfront in Stockholm called Blivande. - -Mr. Coate, welcome to the show. - -[00:02:28] John Coate: Thank you. Thank you for having me. - -[00:02:31] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s a pleasure to have you. I want to talk about a bunch of different things. Not just the WELL but in reading your pre-show questionnaire , there was something that was kind of a funny thing, a funny story. You said that the day you went to work for the WELL, at the beginning of 1986, was the first day that you ever sat down in front of a computer. What a thing? What a moment? And then that moment set you down on this online community path. I would love to hear that story. - -[00:02:54] John Coate: Yes, that is true, because I was hired to work at the WELL back at the very beginning of 1986 when it was a one-person operation headed by a close friend, Matthew McClure. I knew him because he and I had lived communally together for a number of years in Tennessee at a big commune called the Farm. - -Matthew had worked for the Whole Earth Catalog before then, before the Farm and when we along with other people decided to move on from living in Tennessee at that big place and come back to California. He went to work for the Whole Earth Catalog organization which later spun off the WELL. - -I got jobs in auto mechanic in Marin County, and was fixing cars, supporting my small children. I didn’t know anything about computers. I guess I was a pretty well spoken guy with an interesting set of experiences. - -I was also feeling bad that I was underachieving as much as I was. In 1985, I was at a party with Matthew and I was complaining about my lot in life. He said, “Well, I need some help. Why don’t you come work for me?” I’m like, “Really? Where will that be? When will that mean?” He said, “The WELL. This is computer communications.” “I don’t know anything about computers.” - -He said, “Well, you know things about communication and you’ve been trained to fix European automobiles. You shouldn’t have any trouble learning how to use a computer.” I said, “Well, okay.” It was a window that opened and I jumped through it. - -I can’t overstate how I felt at the time. I’m working in a car shop. That’s hard work standing on concrete all day long and all that entails. There was an opening and I just jumped through it. It’s true I didn’t know a thing about computers. - -I showed up very shortly at the Whole Earth office and there was a Mac 128, a first edition Macintosh. I sat down in a room with another guy who was an editor for the Whole Earth and started working, there I was, it is amazing. - -[00:05:31] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s so funny because we joke these days about sort of in 2020 about community roles that have requirements for experience and they don’t list community experience. They might list marketing experience or something like that and so they don’t tend to be online community jobs, in title only right? - -Back then you were taking this role as marketing director, which we now we look back at his community manager as sort of the dawn of online communities, and having used a computer was not a requirement for that job because frankly how many people had? - -In general I think that given the timing I imagine that a lot of the people who visited The WELL, not just in ’85, ’86 but also in the ’80’s as a whole, were just sort of figuring out computers for themselves and that it had sort of a very experimental vibe because of that. - -[00:06:15] John Coate: No question many were and there were a lot of different kinds of computers at that time too, there was CPM, Commodore 64 and TRS-80 and Amiga. All of these different kinds of operating systems and stuff, it was highly experimental and it wasn’t easy to use either. A lot of what was going on was people giving each other advice about how to deal with it. - -The mutual support aspect was definitely important and so the people using it were certainly computer professionals, programmers, writers, teachers, people who had a reason to have a networked computer. - -It should also be pointed out very important that the well ran on the Unix operating system, and the Unix operating system, which was you know created in Bell Labs, specifically as a communicating, networking operating system, also that would be dynamic in that it could be improved by the people using it. It wasn’t fixed, it was actually rather open source in certain ways. - -Also, at that time, Unix wouldn’t run on a PC and there was no Linux yet. People who wanted to play with that operating system, which was, if you wanted to get into network engineering, it was pretty necessary. This was one of the few ways that you could do it if you didn’t already work at a university or a company or some place that had either a mainframe or one of these mini computers, as they call them now, except they were the size of refrigerators. - -That was a very important aspect of it, and also The WELL, because of its sort of open nature and its desire to experiment, opened up chunks of the operating system for programmers to actually play with and make little utilities for the people as a way of kind of practicing. There was this maker culture going on at the same time. As Howard Rheingold put it once it was where the tool makers meet with the tool users. In addition to being a place where people can converse it was also a kind of birthplace of a sort of online gift economy. - -[00:08:53] Patrick O’Keefe: The WELL has rolled along to this daym still would people actively contributing in 2020, it turned 35 this year, which is you know amazing, and I saw that on Edgeryders in January, you had posted a link to a conversation that Bruce Sterling and John Kowski were having, and so The WELL, it appears still is a place that holds your interest in 2020. Why do you think that is? - -[00:09:14] John Coate: For me, my interest of course, I have a historic affinity for it and it’s still my email address, but it’s still a gathering place for interesting, well-spoken people. I mean that’s a perfect case in point. - -Bruce Sterling is such a fascinating guy but he’s also a super expert at writing for the medium. You know that’s writing but it’s more casual than a document per se, that sort of talking by writing. It’s now pretty common that people are good at it doing it but it’s been interesting to see how that develops. - -Also I would add that I think social media and especially Twitter, has definitely had an influence in that increasingly with the world’s shrinking attention span, you’ve got to be able to get to your point as quickly as possible and make it clearly. I think the overall situation is perhaps a little less wordy too than it used to be. - -[00:10:23] Patrick O’Keefe: Do you think that’s a positive influence? - -[00:10:25] John Coate: I do, sure, because you can just belabor a point. You can make a point and then you can, “Oh maybe I didn’t state it right enough,” then you go on and remake it with some little variation. Everybody needs an editor, but most people don’t have one. - -[00:10:46] Patrick O’Keefe: I’d definitely say Twitter’s increased my brevity, in the sense that not only that in the individual tweet sense, but also in the threaded sense. People post these threads of tweets, and you want to have a cohesive series of thoughts, but also you want to have thoughts that individually can be shared. Even if it’s a thread of five to 10 tweets, you also want each of those tweets to stand on their own to a certain extent and have enough meaning where they can be individually understood. It’s interesting to see that improve. - -[00:11:16] John Coate: Twitter, it only functions a little as a conversational medium. Just like Facebook, Facebook for example, which I use quite a bit because I have so many friends who do use it. Also Facebook is a very good way to share pictures, their picture uploading and all of that, the way that all works is really well done and smart. - -The way I see conversation in Facebook, it reminds me of more the dynamics of when you’re at a party where little groups, little circles of people, one, two, three, four, whatever, will come together and talk about something. Everybody or most people will make one or two remarks, maybe more, but just a few things get said, a few points get made. Then that little cluster of people breaks up and reforms in some other way and new comments get made. - -It’s not a symposium or anything like that, but of course it’s become the dominant way for people to converse or a dominant way and you got to work with it. It’s not perfect, but it’s not even that good for a long conversation. Good for short stuff. - -[00:10:50] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s take a moment to talk about our great sponsor, Discourse. - -Discourse allows you to brand your community and enhance engagement through an extensive theme and component ecosystem. With their powerful moderation tools, you’ll be able to keep discussions civil, and you’ll never be locked into licensing costs or hosting. - -Whether you have a community of 10 or 10,000, Discourse scales with you. And thanks to their out of the box community health metrics, you’ll be able to measure success. Visit discourse.org to sign up for a 100% free, never-start-your-subscription-automatically trial. Use coupon code CS2020 to get 50% off your first 2 months on a Standard or Business plan. - -You mentioned Facebook and as I was reading the pre-show questionnaire, there was a few things that I pieced together on a similar thread. Maybe it’s off the mark but I’ll say it anyway. You help manage portions of European Commission funded projects around the future of the internet and the rise of populism in Europe. You also host the internet of humans section within the Edgeryders community, where you discuss what the internet should do for humanity. - -In the questionnaire you mentioned that one of the challenges you’re thinking about, and I think you just alluded to it, is how to find a way to, “Not have Facebook suck a certain kind of attention from everyone at the expense of other sites that could build stronger community spirit, while actually being ethical and honest.” - -I can’t help but feel like, those three things are related. That Facebook doesn’t always operate in an ethical, honest way. That they’ve aided the rise of populism and that Facebook as a platform isn’t doing what it should for humanity. Am I on the right track there? - -[00:14:07] John Coate: Oh yes. I agree on all three points. Of course, it’s not that it doesn’t have certain kinds of virtues. Amongst friends, it’s all of those things, but it can just influence people’s habits in funny kinds of ways. It’s a little too easy if you don’t know the people well to drop in and make comments, more like you might see in YouTube or somewhere like that, the little micro-flamage type things. - -Rather than what you might see in a site where people are trying to have longer conversations, trying to keep it civilized to the point where people aren’t just having these drive by comments that are sort of ripping on the other person. ‘You idiot’ type things, platforms like Discourse, I see a lot more people sort of trying to maintain a basis of civilization. - -Just the other day, I was thinking that in a way, it’s not too unlike road rage, where you can yell at somebody in the car that cut you off, or, they’re not going fast enough, or they do something and you think, ‘You idiot’ or you even take more extreme measures, knowing that it’s almost certain they’re not going to stop and make you get out of your car and work it out with them physically. It’s safe. - -I think that one of the things that I’ve seen over the years is when it feels safe when you’re online, of course a lot of people do it on their phone. Now we’re sitting in a cafe or whatever, but for the most part, even if you’re not in your home, or your office, it is kind of a power spot that you’re sitting in wherever it is. - -This becomes part of your identity and you’re confident and you say things and some people I think, can too easily go about that in an ill-considered way, forgetting that if you were face to face with somebody in the same room, you would factor that into however you talk to them. - -In fact, that’s a lot of when I give advice to people, particularly, amazingly enough, there are a lot of people who are still kind of new to online gatherings where groups try to come together in one form or another. The main thing is to remind people that the computers are just a way to connect people. Never forget that you’re talking to real people and it’s good to treat them as if you really are in the same room with them and you’re talking directly to them and do the best you can to sort of simulate mentally some feeling of that if you can pull it off, which is not exactly that simple. I think it takes practice but I think it’s easy enough to imagine and even if you haven’t really done it that much, I don’t know if that makes sense. - -It did take me a while to learn it frankly. When I look back at some of the stuff that I used to write when I was first starting out, I thought it was pretty inarticulate. I was still pretty much very hippie back then and was full of all kinds of new agey jargon that I never use anymore, stuff like that. - -Anyway, I’m not excluding myself from the fact that it takes practice to be good at figuring out what your point is, and making it in a way that is not only understandable, but conveys a certain kind of empathy and kindness along with it. - -[00:17:58] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s funny you mentioned road rage. I live in Hollywood and just last week, I walk a lot in the area, pretty much every day and I was walking around the corner. I don’t know why, who would know these corners, but it’s the corner of Selma and Ivar in Hollywood. I was crossing the street and there was a car in the crosswalk and I walk, which is fine. I walk behind the car, not in the crosswalk and I continue along the crosswalk, had the right of way, had the signal, then a guy drove from the other intersection and took a hard right into the crosswalk and accelerated through the crosswalk and it was no big deal. No one was in any danger. I put my hand up, he stopped. Not a dramatic stop. It wasn’t that bad. - -As I was walking on the sidewalk next to the road, and he was driving, he lowered his window and he yelled out, “I’ll hit you next time.” I said, “Why’d you accelerate through a crosswalk?” and he didn’t say anything. He said [mumbles] and I said, “Just follow the signal,” and then he drove for like a half a second next to me and then sped off his way and took a right. - -I don’t know, is that a death threat? It’s not really, it’s just someone who was angry at the time, but I was like, “Wow, that’s a lot like even pedestrian rage sometimes,” I guess. - -[00:19:08] John Coate: Well, we live in hairy times. I mean, everybody knows that tensions are everywhere and I think it’s always good to be mindful of this stuff, but particularly now, and I’m not claiming that I’m any better at remembering that than anybody else but I do wish to remember it. - -[00:19:31] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned influencing behavior and sort of Facebook and a larger social media’s role in that and I think that’s always an interesting kind of topic, because I see that in a couple of ways. I think one of the ways that you just alluded to was just sort of behavioral and how people act in these spaces and then they assume they can act that way in other spaces, right? - -Facebook, Twitter, even YouTube, I would say, and then going back, whatever, MySpace, Friendster but encourages a certain amount of me to that, right? It’s my profile. You follow me. You friend me. You opt into me, essentially this is my space. I say what I want. I basically don’t have any rules except for they have policies of whatever twitter.com enforces, whatever facebook.com enforces. - -That encourages a certain, I don’t want to say it’s all bad, but self-centeredness is the bad way of it, I guess. Then people come to more community spaces and behave that way and then are mad when they can’t have the me, me, me be the conversation. - -That’s one side of it, and then the other side of it is the legal side, because as we talk, Section 230 is a big conversation point in the US in both political parties, really. We both taking turns that suggesting maybe they will change it or do something with it. The reason that that’s happening really is because of larger platforms and what they are doing, not doing, or what politicians feel they’re doing or not doing. - -Things something like Facebook, Twitter, YouTube has this impact on everyone. Then the reality is, as you know, obviously 99.9% of online communities and social spaces are smaller. It’s just like one person or a small team trying to make something nice for the most part for people, host some sort of platform and laws like Section 230 protect them just the same as they protect Facebook. - -Facebook has this fallout, and it’s social media as a whole, but these big companies have this fallout that hits us. Obviously, it wasn’t always like that. I started moderating forums in ’98 and even then it was different. It wasn’t like this. I don’t know that I have a question there. I think it’s just the wider concern for me and for, I think a lot of people who do this work is Facebook, is we were there because our friends are, like you said, but the impact it could have on the work that we do is potentially damaging and I feel like it’s only a matter of time before they cause some, or maybe they already have caused some substantially negative effect that impacts these smaller communities, which is most of us. - -[00:21:52] John Coate: Yes, I do agree with you there. I think that the thing that Facebook will never really do is divulge what’s really behind the curtain in any given context or interaction or set of interactions because their business model needs you to not know all that stuff. - -I think that they would rather not censor things I think, but they get put in that position. They’re having to always make, what they call, community standards, but it all has to be calibrated against something that the rest of us can’t really know completely about. They create this board of arbitration, some Supreme court of what can and can’t be said on Facebook and stuff like that. - -To me, that is an endless round of wrangling that will never end, but to me, it would be fixable if they would just allow we, the users, to have more direct control over our experience. - -Now that, of course, conflicts directly with the nature of their data gathering model. It would only, I think, really work if you actually paid them directly and subscribed to a service, but there’s just too much money in spying on your customers now compared to that. Besides if you start taking money from directly from people, then we become the customers, all that stuff. - -To me, the conversations around this, I’ve read a gazillion news stories about it and I’m sure you, and almost all of our listeners have, there’s a certain BS at the core of it all, I think, because they’re never really going to give you that much control over your experience. - -[00:23:58] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. It makes me wonder, I think Facebook is this behemoth, but it hasn’t existed for that long. I think one of the interesting things, and it’s extremely anecdotal and it’s not really proof of anything, and I think Facebook will be here for quite a while. I think they’re going to find ways to innovate and integrate themselves and they’re already doing it into all areas of our lives. - -Well, I think there was a comedy skit somewhere about you need a Facebook account to vote. I don’t know if it’ll get that bad, but, I think they’re going for it. The WELL’s been around for 35 years. I have a community I started in 2001 called KarateForums.com and it’s still around. It’s 18 years old. It turns 19 on May 21st. - -One of the fun things of being involved with a community for so long is that you have people who leave, and they leave for all sorts of reasons, but some of those reasons include that they were mad about something. They didn’t like the policy. They wanted to do something and they left. - -When you’re around that long, you have people who come back. I’ve had people who came back to karateforums.com after like 10 years, it’s a crazy thing. They came back and they’re like, “Hey, I’m so glad this is still here. I’m glad this is still around because I did use Facebook, I was on Twitter, I did that stuff, and I’ve just burned out of it.” - -It’s always funny to me to see those people come back because they’ve seen the wider web or whatever exploded and they’re choosing to come back here, and they’re also in a different stage of life in a lot of cases, which is funny and interesting. - -Just one of those things that is really fascinating to see that, I don’t know if it’s a phenomenon, but just to see that happen with the online landscape, because 35 years isn’t all that long, obviously, in the context of humanity. You see people just ebbing and flowing and learning and saying, “Oh, I did like that thing that I had before.” It’s just a fun thing to witness as we see these platforms evolve. - -[00:25:48] John Coate: Oh, no question. I think it should never be forgotten by anybody that even though the internet is dominated by Facebook, Amazon, all the big guys, all the big organizations. That doesn’t have to dominate your experience. You can still find, I think, almost anything you want out there if you look for it long enough and far enough or if somebody turns you on to something. - -One of the things that I’m learning about involved in this European Commission project, looking at what could the internet become if it was more human-centered and things, and what I’m finding is an increasing group of people who are focusing on de-centralization of products, of services, and of networks. I’ve run into a lot of people, for example, who use this protocol and set of networks they call Scuttlebutt, you heard about that? - -[00:26:51] Patrick O’Keefe: No, I haven’t. I don’t think so. - -[00:26:52] John Coate: In some ways, it reminds me of the old store and forward networks. In a way, it’s primitive where you control almost absolutely who can and can’t and will and won’t see whatever it is you have to say so that you’re maintaining a smaller but highly controlled network. Meaning you can open it up to the public if you want, but it is a set of protocols that tries to operate outside of the watchful eye of your ISP and your phone company and all of these things. - -It’s not just used by Europeans, I know people in Canada and New Zealand all around who use it, and again, they’re trying to have a DIY experience for themselves to see what they can build for themselves that works for them outside of the auspices of giant institutions. - -Part of why you never hear about it is because it’s a word of mouth thing. I didn’t know anything about it either, but it turns out there’s quite a few people who do this. What the European Commission is finding, at least when they run into fringier, if you will, people who have ideas about how communication online ought to work is a growing trend toward decentralizing things away from concentrating everything in large, big sites. - -I think that’s a pretty interesting trend. Certainly in Europe, of course, the big focus is on privacy and personal privacy and how that’s going to work, and especially now that’s growing in terms of what they call Smart Cities, AI, huge amounts of surveillance going on and what happens to your data, all that kind of stuff. It’s really the whole big ball’s getting a lot fuzzier, that’s for sure. - -[00:29:07] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s always interesting to hear about what’s happening in other countries. It makes me think about what we’re dealing with now with coronavirus and how different countries are approaching it differently, and how there’s countries where it’s like, “Stay inside for two weeks,” and people do it. People for all sorts of reasons, maybe it’s not the most, it’s an oppressive government, whatever it is, but they listen. - -I was thinking about here in the US, if by some chance this administration got its act together, I hope everything goes very well. It goes as good as possible. The smart people actually make the decisions. Oh gosh, fingers crossed, but if our governments said to us, “Hey, stay inside for two weeks, this thing will go away.” A lot of people would say, “I’m not doing that. That’s not freedom.” Go outside just to spite them. - -I was thinking about like how Americans are so unique in certain ways and how it’s like, “Well, just it’s okay. We can’t do that. Sorry. We can’t stay inside for two weeks because we’re Americans and that’s just not freedom. The government’s got to tell me to do that, we’ll cut off our nose to spite our face.” I don’t know, it’s funny and it’s sad at the same time, but I don’t know, it just came to mind. - -[00:30:06] John Coate: We’re all either renegades or descendants of renegades of some sort. Also, in my lifetime, I grew up in a world where there was fairly high trust in government and I watched that trust in government deteriorate and continue to deteriorate over the course of decades. - -That process began when I was a teenager in the mid-1960s and has, to me, continued almost unabated to now where the people who don’t trust the government the most run the government and are making it as untrustworthy as they possibly can. - -In this country, if the government tells you to do something, I don’t know. I guess if I’m in a national park and the park ranger tells me to do something, then I’m probably going to do it, but otherwise, I think we all question. I think that something was lost in the process. - -I don’t know, it’s going to take a long time to rebuild that trust in government, everything is skewed toward now, we must always trust the private sector in the marketplace for everything except some social problems are so big, I don’t see how the marketplace really exactly fixes it. - -On the other hand, if you’re China, they tell you to do something. I guess if you don’t do it, they’re not going to do anything, but if you speak out against it, then you go to jail. There’s got to be a middle ground in there somewhere. - -[00:31:44] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned Discourse before for the Edgeryder’s forum, you use Discourse. Howard Rheingold has also said a lot of really nice things about Discourse, and I should say Discourse is currently a sponsor of Community Signal, but I’d be asking this question even if they weren’t. I’ve known the VP of community over there, Sarah Hawk for a decade now. I have followed her career progression and think the world of her. - -What I find interesting about this is that they have managed to win over real veterans of the space. People who have been around for a long time have seen a lot of platforms come and go. I’ve read a lot of praise from people like that. I was curious, what is it for you about Discourse? What are they doing right? - -[00:32:21] John Coate: Not everything, there are certain things that I would like to have work there where I would have to hack the source myself to make it happen, which of course, I cannot do. - -[00:32:33] Patrick O’Keefe: I should say we can criticize Discourse, they know the rules of the podcast. - -[00:32:36] John Coate: I know Sarah too, I think she’s great, but I would say that it has two critical virtues. One, it’s pretty easy to understand as a first-timer without sacrificing all of its sophistication because usually to a first time user, you got to dumb things down or simplify things, I guess would be a kinder way to say it, so that they don’t get too confused because when you are engaging in online conversation for the first time and particularly when it is text and writing based, it can be difficult to see the benefit of it right away. - -Being easy to use I think is extremely critical while offering reasonable sophistication and gets me to the second part that is to me, so important and a deal-breaker. It does a good job of remembering what you’ve seen right down to the remark level, and it gives you multiple ways of reminding you where you are in a given conversation so that you can easily go back to it and pick up the thread without having to do too much work. Without that, it is so hard to get people to do this kind of stuff, but with it, it’s just not that hard. - -We figure that when we put it out there for people to use, yes, there’s some people that don’t get it or they need a little help, but it’s not much and you don’t need a big fat manual to use it really basically and you can bounce around a little bit and soon enough, it makes enough sense. - -Above all else, it does a good job of keeping your place. If you have too many topics, you can get confused when you look at the screens and a lot of things like there’s certain display aspects of it that I would improve. Again, remembering what you’ve seen, they do a really good job of that. - -[00:34:46] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s always interesting to hear what features stand out the most and it’s not always, but it’s quite often the smaller things like that seems like a small thing. Obviously, it’s not a small thing because it impacts every thread you look at. It impacts almost all the time on the site, but people would think of that as a small thing. How do you pitch that as a feature? How do you sell that in the sales manual? It’s not calendar, it’s not new blogs or something. It’s like I can remember a time when other forums software and community softwares, the way they would expand out was to say, “Okay, we’re adding– Be a social network, basically. It was like, you disable those features. That’s just not what you wanted. - -[00:35:22] John Coate: Right. A lot of the early web-based systems would remember what you saw by just changing color based on whether you’d linked on it, and so you would get these nested lists and stuff you’d have to go look. To me, speed is still the sexiest thing. - -Speed, get you to what you want as fast as you can get there. You’re going to win every time no matter what. Speed. If it saves you time and makes it so you don’t have to go, “Now where was I?” Because, come on, where our brains are already jammed with all information and stuff. You know, “What? You’re giving me one more thing to remember how to find.” It’s like, “Oh, man,” and Google won’t do it for you. To me, it’s not a simple thing, it is the thing because, otherwise, you just have to labor too much and then that makes it not fun. - -[00:36:22] Patrick O’Keefe: You had mentioned before the show that you’ve been delighted by renewed interest in your ideas about the internet and community from younger generations living in Europe and North Africa, and that the past few years have been a lot of fun for you because of that. I love to hear that thing. - -It brought the topic of ageism to mind. I have a friend who is older than me and has been doing community work for longer than me like I said, ’98, so imagine before that. Not quite as long as you but a long time, and he really understands the profession and has had a tough time finding work. - -He has a good resume, from my perspective, my view and when I think about him, one thing that comes to mind is ageism, and, of course, it exists in general, everywhere in all facets of life, but for this profession, given its adjacency to tech and to startups and to the mentalities and things that those things breed, I guess, I feel like the pressure could be even greater, which is a shame. - -If you were to ask me to narrow down the three to five, let’s say, greatest community professionals that I know that I respect the most, I feel like it would all be people older than me. I’m not that young. I’m not my 20s. I’ve been doing this for a while, but everyone that I would put on the list will be older than me. More often than not, I find myself referring to those people, so I thought we might talk a little bit about ageism. When I say that, what comes to mind for you immediately? - -[00:37:42] John Coate: For me, I wouldn’t call it ageist per se but even though LinkedIn tells me how many searches I’ve appeared in pretty frequently, I don’t think there’s at least living in the San Francisco region, that there’s a lot of mutual interest between me and companies making products. - -Also, I’ve been a manager. I have managed large projects before and I think when you get older, when the boss is 10, 20 years younger than you are, right or wrong, I think it’s a little bit natural to think, “Oh man, I don’t know if I want this guy saying,” Well, that’s not how we did it.” That kind of stuff. - -When I was a young manager, in addition to doing The WELL, I started or co-started the SFGate website back in 1994, and that was attached to not just the San Francisco Chronicle, but the San Francisco Examiner and the newspaper agency because it was a joint operating agreement. Talking about thousands of people, many of whom had already been there for many decades and then suddenly, here I am in there trying to create an electronic medium for them to operate in, and a lot of what I wound up doing was negotiating that same territory between new ideas and old habits. - -I think that there is a natural aversion to that. Now, what I have found working with Europeans, and this has been my experience in general before, is that at least the Europeans that I have met and hung out with and interacted with over the decades like to have a mix of ages because wisdom and energy aren’t always found in the same person. - -If you don’t sell your ideas, maybe too hard, I found that there’s a lot of people who are younger than my own kids who really enjoy me being around and they like to hear the perspective of what did and didn’t work. They not only feel unthreatened but they welcome it, they like it. I find it to be a very welcoming environment for me. Around here, most interest I get is from the computer museum or do I want to give a free talk down at Stanford or something. - -[00:40:15] Patrick O’Keefe: [laughs] Yes. That’s really interesting to hear. I think, again, I’m in my 30s, so even I was, and I’m looking around at different opportunities and figuring out what I’m going to do next since I left my last role in January. I see job descriptions that are like, “If you can keep up with the founder.” Even now, even at my age at 30s sound like, “I don’t like how that sounds. I don’t like what it sounds like. I don’t like the implication there, that this is like that,” because to me that just screams like, “Oh, you want me to work 80 hours a week.” I get what you’re saying there. I don’t need to keep up with the founder. I do a very good job of what I do but I also want to achieve a certain balance. - -Even now because I’ll be getting married probably this year and maybe having kids. Doing these things, it’s like, “You know, I want to work somewhere where there’s a healthy balance because no one’s more driven than I am during normal hours of working.” Yes, I want to have a life beyond that. I want to watch, for example, my parents age and not spend time with them. I don’t want to lose my connection with my brothers and my friends. - -Anyway, it’s just sort of a funny thing now even at my age, but also by giving a free talk at Stanford, I’m sure you have seen this happen so many times. It feels like, I know people who are in their 20s who express this thing I’m about to say, which is that ideas come back over and over again. - -I’m sure that you’ve seen things that you thought while managing The WELL in the ’80s and the concepts of community, they change. They do, but they don’t change that much. A lot of things come back over and over again. - -I wrote a book that was published in 2008, by then there was plenty of books before me. Not just like more– I don’t know how we put it. More The Virtual Community type of books but also about management specifically things like Derek Powazek, Design for Community in 2003, 2004. Amy Jo Kim’s work, books in the ’90s, there was a lot of books that came. - -I’m sure that my book included– I know that my book actually included things that they had talked about in theirs. It’s like, and now that I see that myself too. I see things that I wrote about and talked about come back and it’s a new idea for someone. There’s this, I don’t know, I think that there’s two sides, right? It’s like the devil and the angel on your shoulder. It’s like the devil is like, “Oh my gosh, like you talked about that 15 years ago. How can they think it’s new?” The angels like, “Well, you know they’re discovering it for themselves. That’s just part of the process. You were there before.” - -It’s such a funny thing to witness, not, no, no, funny isn’t the right word, but it’s interesting to witness when you’ve been doing this for so long because the ideas that you would share with them as someone who’s super experienced are probably ideas that they would think are good coming from them or if they just discovered them. That’s why a free talk at Stanford, they want you to share the ideas but it’s almost like the market wants the idea to come from someone else, which is an odd thing, I think. I don’t know. - -[00:43:10] John Coate: I think that in terms of online community management work, it depends a lot on the nature of the job itself too, because a lot of online community work is essentially what I would call a form of crowd sourced product support. I don’t mean that in a disparaging way. It just is a fact that you’re working for a company that sells a product or a service and they want their customers to get value in it. It can be a really great way for customers to help each other figure this kind of stuff out. You see it all over the place. I haven’t been an auto-mechanic for a long time but I still work on my own cars sometimes. I go to these car sites for advice from other people who work on their cars and there’s just goldmines of that kind of stuff. - -In other kinds of work, a great deal more empathy you could say would be called for. Suppose you got hired by an organization that was a set of support groups for cancer patients, for example, or for people who had some other issue that they needed to deal with. Or the parents of troubled children, I don’t know. Anything like that where you had to have high amounts of empathy which could not be faked. You would have to be able to convey either through relaying your own experiences. Something more than, ” I hear what you say,” or “Gee, that’s really interesting.” Somehow, you got to get across to people that you could at least walk a few steps in their shoes before you make your own pronouncements. - -I think it also depends on the job and so the more life experience I had the more I would look for people who needed that life experience as being sort of built into the core rather than by contrast being really fast, if you had support issues, for example. - -A long time ago, when was it early 2000s, I almost got hired by Craigslist to run their support because Craig was kind of getting out of it like that, and so it was between me and this other guy, they hired the other guy who was much younger and much faster, because the speed was more critical to that work and so I couldn’t fault their decision. Long way of saying I think that it depends on the job, but the majority of paying jobs in online community do seem to be related to product and service support, from what I can tell. I don’t know. Do you think that? - -[00:46:15] Patrick O’Keefe: I think there’s a lot of jobs that kind of skew that way in one way or another. I think it’s it might be, because I don’t even know that it’s accurate to say this, but it’s perception, I think, that a lot of how people think about valuing community the first point of ROI, I guess, that people see or that people have talked about often times is something like call deflection, which is like how many calls can you prevent to a call center as opposed to having someone self service in our online community, like someone answers them or maybe someone from the company? - -I would say that’s one of the bigger corporate accepted metrics that was accepted at an earlier date than some other things. A lot of the work kind of gets settled that way. I don’t want to say this not a cost savings, it is, but it’s kind of a, it’s a short-sighted way to only value community. - -It’s such a hard metric because unless you’ve unified your data properly, how the heck do you know if someone sent a tweet versus made a call versus posted in the forum? Do you have all those accounts linked up so that you know, who did what when, do you know they’re not just shopping to different support channels. Unless you do, it’s like you’re estimating, you’re estimating call deflection. - -Unfortunately yes, I think a lot of people have got pigeonholed into that role. I mean for me like, I’ve worked to support products, but I’ve never necessarily worked in a role that was customer service, customer support in definition. - -The roles that I have been more interested tend to skew towards more roles where you’re creating a place for people to build relationships. It can be around a product but more relationship-based community and that’s what I am I guess most passionate about, where there are people who dedicate themselves to those support base communities and are infinitely more qualified than I am, to lead them just because of their experience. Yes, I think it’s definitely a discipline within a discipline, if you will. - -[00:48:07] John Coate: No question. You know, I first met you in 2013 because we were at this conference that Rebecca Newton had put together in London and you know one takeaway I have from that conference was how many people had come there who were in what I would call high empathy online community jobs related to health, there was a bunch of healthcare people there. There were also people who are more like enthusiasts. There was a bunch of audio nuts there for example and stuff. - -I really liked it from that point of view because it had such a wide spectrum, it wasn’t just the people trying to make sure that the mission of the marketing department was carried out well, but involved all of these other things, so anyway, I enjoyed that. - -[00:49:03] Patrick O’Keefe: The last thing I wanted to bring up with something that you told me before the show as far as how Edgeryders sees value in its online community. You told me that the organization has developed a unique method of ethnographically analyzing the conversations that occur in your community so that the best ideas get preserved and passed on, and that you do this through a combination of individual trained ethnographers, coding online conversations and then analyzing the conversations for the value of their content. - -In this way you say that you capture online conversation as part of a record designed to influence policy. That sounds interesting to me and I don’t know anything about it or where it starts so I just love to hear about that process. - -[00:49:43] John Coate: Yes, I mean it’s pretty labor-intensive right now but the idea is that you set up an online platform to talk about something, some issue, in our particular case we did one a few years ago that was Europeans figuring out new models for local communities to care for each other rather than just relying on the government. We call that open care. - -Now, we have another contract that’s related to figuring a more humanist internet, for example. Next Generation Internet. We have another one that’s discussing the rise of populism. These are very different subjects. - -What you would do is you try to bring people in as many as you can. Some with expertise, some just with self-appointed expertise, or ideas or whatever. You bring people in to an online conversation, you just get them talking, sharing, and hopefully, even thinking about collaborating, like in the case of the internet, a more human-centered internet. We have people coming together who have different ideas for projects that they would like to try, looking for collaborators, kicking around ideas, all this kind of stuff. - -We also then have one or two persons who are highly trained in this kind of work, who basically go through this stuff and it’s a form of tagging, but it’s not tagging the way we think of it. It is coding the conversation with certain keywords that they discern, describe the meaning of it most accurately. - -[00:51:37] Patrick O’Keefe: Is it just sentiment analysis or does it go a little deeper than that? - -[00:51:40] John Coate: It’s sentiment analysis plus whatever factual material would come out but it also, the other part of it, it also looks at who’s talking to whom and what the relationships are. Then later, these things get statistically graphed so you can see what gets talked about the most, then who talks about what and how those things relate in these visuals. - -The ethnographic summary really is designed as a way to get these online conversations in front of people who otherwise would not take the time but would be well advised to consider them. - -Our premise is also that, while we call ourselves Edgeryders is that we see ourselves as a go-between of larger institutions who want to know things and Europeans, they like to study things. I think they recognize, or I hope they do, that if the establishment and status quo is so great, why do we have so many problems, and that we are in touch with people who are outside of the usual establishment realm a lot of the time but are doing very interesting things. - -We like to say that the R&D of society takes place at the edges. That’s a little bit of our value proposition. The ethnography is a way to bring interesting things front and center to people who might not have considered it because they just simply wouldn’t take the time to do it. We’re developing it as a technology and it is labor-intensive but it is a way to do it. - -[00:53:37] Patrick O’Keefe: It reminds me of some conversations we’ve had on this show about anthropology, how online communities are relevant to, I guess, society and how society has evolved at least in the last, I don’t know, 40 years. How we don’t necessarily think of it that way at the time. If not influential to the whole, also influential in specific areas. - -Easy example, when IMDb shut down their message boards after 20 years and just erase them from the internet with two weeks notice. If within a slice of culture, a slice of a slice, let’s say, movie criticism and film, that’s incredibly meaningful in a historical context. Looking forward to the future and people looking back at how people dissected movies at this point in time. What did film look like? - -Now we look at silent films and things of that nature. It’s possible that in the future people will look back at the internet, how it impacted movies, film and that part of culture, that online community might be possibly the most meaningful part or one of the more meaningful parts of that wave of internet criticism and influence and they just poof, gone. With no notice after 20 years of community. I think it’s fascinating to think about ways that we can make these conversations, I don’t know, to say more than conversation sounds derogatory but obviously, they’re who we are and they’re who our civilization is right now. - -[00:55:04] John Coate: Absolutely and what a shame, what a loss, to just say, “Well, okay, there’s no value here,” or, “We can’t afford it.” I mean, gosh, they probably could have bundled that all up in a TAR file that they could stick on a thumb drive. I mean, goodness gracious. Those things are a loss and I think it’s an interesting direction of trying to put value in online conversation by establishing that value, how well we do it, how much we influence policy. I don’t know. I hope. - -Sometimes I think these reports and stuff wind up like the final scene of Raiders of the Lost Ark, where the forklift truck takes a box into a warehouse with a million boxes in it and just sticks it somewhere, even though it’s the Ark of the Covenant. I don’t know. - -It’s an interesting quest. We’re trying to develop better technology around, showing graphically how conversations work and the dynamics of it. We work with these people at the University of Bordeaux on some sort of custom graphing programs and stuff to bring this kind of stuff out. - -Again, the idea is just to remind policymakers that there’s a lot of value out there in conversation above, or in addition to people who write carefully researched papers and things like that, particularly because there are some people working on interesting projects and they don’t have time to write a paper about it, but if you can grab them for an hour or something, they’d be willing to talk about it. Especially if it looks like you might want to think about collaborating with them, a lot of people out there looking for collaborators right now. - -[00:56:59] Patrick O’Keefe: Well, I hope it doesn’t get the warehouse treatment. We’ll have to check back in at a later date to see if that actually happened but in the meanwhile, it’s been a pleasure to chat with you. I’m really grateful for your time and it’s been an honor to have you on. Thanks for joining us. - -[00:57:13] John Coate: Thank you, Patrick. I very much enjoyed it. - -[00:57:16] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with John Coate board member for Edgeryders. For more about their work visit edgeryders.eu that’s E-D-G-E-R-Y-D-E-R-S.eu. To connect with Mr. Coate, go to johncoate.com, Coate is spelled C-O-A-T-E. - -For the transcript from this episode plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. 150 episodes down, thanks for listening.",1731883712,b6cef58d91,63875377fd,,,1731883712 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/words-with-friends-new-games-announcement/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/feed/,Words With Friends launches more games to compete with Wordle,"Words With Friends is expanding. What was once just a popular way to play unofficial multiplayer Scrabble on mobile has now become a larger hub for other daily word games. - -Mobile development juggernaut Zynga announced that it’s added four games to the app. Mini Crosswords gives you a new crossword to complete every day and a leaderboard for competing against other players. Word Wheel is an anagram game where players connect letters in a wheel to form words. Word Search provides a new puzzle theme each day. Finally, Guess Word is like Wordle, with players having to guess a word in six tries. - -Recommended Videos - -“Words With Friends has always been about connecting players through friendly competition,” said Yaron Leyvand, executive vice president of mobile games, in a press release. “Our players asked if they could do even more, so we’ve added a whole new layer of personally fulfilling solo minigames where you can disconnect from the world and play word games, with or without friends.” - -Before there was Wordle, there was Words With Friends. It launched in 2009, and like other Zynga games at the time, it found success through letting users connect with friends through Facebook. It’s since become one of the most well-known online multiplayer mobile games. There isn’t a chat function, but players can message offline and compete with friends and random strangers. By 2021, the app was a huge partof Zynga’s reported $616 million in Take-Two revenue that quarter. - -With this move, Words With Friends is on track to compete with apps like Puzzmo and NYT Games, which bundle together games into one hub that updates daily. There has been a lot of growth in this area, with The New York Times in particular expanding its game offerings with Strands and Connections over the past couple years.",1731883688,f8bbd45a63,639cd50035,,,1731883688 -https://www.communitysignal.com/what-makes-an-online-community-a-home/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,What Makes an Online Community a Home?,"May 21st, 2021 marked 20 years since the launch of KarateForums.com. In this episode of Community Signal, Patrick speaks with five forum members that have been on KarateForums.com for nearly 65 years, collectively. Together, they discuss what keeps them coming back to the community as members, moderators, and martial artists. - -While each member brings different experiences and background to the community, Bob, Brian, Danielle, Devin, and Noah all cite the quality of the interactions that they’ve had in the community and how it has brought out their skills as community members, teachers, and students of the martial arts. Those interactions helped these folks launch their own martial arts schools, grow as martial artists, and pay it forward to hundreds of thousands of other folks seeking out knowledge. - -Whether you’re listening to this episode with 20 years of community management experience or you’re working on approaching that milestone, a few things emerge as truths from this episode –– that it’s not the size of a community that matters, but the level of care that you find there. That community members can go from the verge of being banned to becoming model community members, if given the chance. That communities thrive when they help their members achieve their goals and pay it forward to others. Whether this is your first year as a community manager or your twentieth, we hope that you find these lessons and stories helpful. And here’s to another 20 years of KarateForums.com! - -They also discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Vanilla, a one-stop shop for online community. - -Martial arts instructors have been shaped by KarateForums.com (07:06): “If we talk about my martial arts career, [KarateForums.com] really shaped … how I approach teaching other people. I obviously went to university; after that, I got a job. KarateForums.com has probably been with me for all of my life-defining moments.” -Danielle Williams - -How Danielle’s needs as a community member have evolved since she first joined the community (08:09): “[When I] initially [joined KarateForums.com], I probably would have been talking about techniques, or training methods, or thinking about it as an individual. Now, I come back and a lot of my conversations are, as an instructor, how can I do this? How can I change this? How can I help my own students?” -Danielle Williams - -Why Danielle continues to be a moderator after so many years (12:46): “If you get benefits from something, then you need to give back. I’ve been able to take so much from [KarateForums.com]. The experience of others and just having that sounding board, a community to come back to, and just have a chat. I’d classify a lot of the members of KarateForums.com … as friends now. I’ve taken a lot, so for me, it’s really important to be able to give back and help chaperone the community forwards.” -Danielle Williams - -What makes KarateForums.com feel like home (17:50): “KarateForums.com is the melting pot for both martial artists and non-martial artists alike, to get together, as a cohesive whole, to discuss a plethora of topics in a safe, fun, and informative atmosphere. … There’s a unique and unbreakable camaraderie that I’ve found that makes KarateForums.com a place that we call home.” -Robert “Bob” Mitcham - -Different perspectives on KarateForums.com bring value to all members (33:48): “Being able to talk with so many people with different perspectives in a positive, constructive manner just added to what I could take back to my classes, or when I go read another book, and think about it from my perspective or a perspective that somebody posted on a thread.” -Brian Walker - -When an online community stops you from regressing in your martial art (41:58): “[After moving to an area where I didn’t have a dojo, KarateForums.com allowed me to] stay connected, so that when I did go back to a place where I had a dojo, it wasn’t starting from scratch. I felt like I had that continuity the entire time I was away. It also gave me things to work on, on my own. Something that I thought was interesting was I actually made progress. When I went back to my dojo, I actually went up a rank rather than regressing, which most people would expect to do after two years away. … It was unexpected.” -Devin Van Curen - -Quality of interactions goes a long way for any community (43:28): “The moderators are very invested in [KarateForums.com]. The standards are much higher for interaction, for being charitable, for staying on topic. That really changes the quality of the interactions, even though it might not be as active as the larger forums on the larger websites, the quality is much higher.” -Devin Van Curen - -It can take time to appreciate how a community is moderated (51:00): “[That I became a moderator] is actually an interesting twist because when I first joined [KarateForums.com], my initial thought was, ‘Oh man, this is really strictly moderated,’ in comparison to all the other forums that were basically a free-for-all. At first, I actually felt a little stifled. … Over the first couple of years that I was there, it became apparent to me that it was the one forum that I had found that, while it may not be the busiest – there’s not constant activity flooding threads with posts – the conversations that were there didn’t devolve into nonsense all the time. It stayed on topic. It stayed respectful and beneficial. Whereas a lot of the other communities that I was a part of, somebody would post what was a legitimate question, somebody would answer with some snide remark, and then you’d get three pages of responses just building off of the snide remark.” – @nmlegel - -Giving back as a moderator and community member (52:10): “I really value the level of moderation [on KarateForums.com] and so when the opportunity was presented for me to join the moderation team, I thought that was a good opportunity for me to give back in a sense of helping to preserve that … general feeling that if you start a conversation or join a conversation there, that you will be able to engage in a conversation that is respectful and on-topic, and not just a free-for-all.” – @nmlegel - -For this episode, we’re joined by five members of KarateForums.com. In order of appearance, this includes: - -Danielle Williams, a KarateForums.com member for over 14 years. If you’re ever in Nuneaton, Warwickshire, England, visit Danielle’s school, Nuneaton Taekwon-Do. - -Robert “Bob” Mitcham, a martial artist for more than 50 years, who has been a member of KarateForums.com for over 13 years. In support of Bob and those fighting cancer, please support Cancer Treatment Centers of America. - -Brian Walker, who has more posts on KarateForums.com than any other contributor and has been a member for over 15 years. - -Devin Van Curen, a member of KarateForums.com for 12 years. - -Noah Legel, who has been a member of KarateForums.com for over a decade. Visit Noah’s Karate Obsession and find it on Facebook and Instagram. - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Vanilla, a one-stop-shop for online community. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[music] - -[00:00:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello, and thank you for listening to Community Signal. May 21st, 2021 was a special day because it marked 20 years since the launch of KarateForums.com. I’ve been managing this community since before day one, and it is a unique experience, in this work, to be with a community for so long. I’m grateful for it, and I wanted to bring together a small group of our members and staff members to talk about their member journey, what the community has meant to them, and why they stick around in an era dominated by massive consolidated social media platforms. - -Our Patreon supporters are a group of listeners who find value in the show, and demonstrate that by contributing to the show’s production financially. We’re really glad to have their support. Thank you to Heather Champ, Jules Standen, and Paul Bradley, and everyone who backs the show. For more info, please visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. - -To some, KarateForums.com might seem like just another forum, but like many forums and online communities out there that are only known to their members, it’s special. As a profession, when some people get the bull horn, they say things like, “Community is not just forums,” or, “Community is not just moderation.” They say that because they want to broaden the work, or at least their work, and how it’s perceived, but you don’t need to put down core foundational elements of the work in order to boost our profession. - -No matter who I am working with, from big brands like CNN, or FedEx, to one person hobbyist community builders, I routinely draw from what I’ve learned in my 20 years managing KarateForums.com because the work is the work, and it all has more in common than it does dissimilar. - -Back in May, we had a low-key celebration where we marked 20 years by sharing stories, honoring members, and talking about the next 20 years. Could I see myself managing the same community for 40 years? I don’t know, but I know that I am not stopping anytime soon. Right now I’m focused on migrating to a new platform and securing the future of this community. That migration has been a big process, and likely will be the subject of a future episode of Community Signal. - -I’m really proud of KarateForums.com. I was talking with another community builder recently about self-rejection in a community setting, about what communities will stand for without intervention from an administrator, or a manager, or a moderator. The great thing about KarateForums.com is that I generally trust that they will reject bad actors before our staff even sees them. That’s not easy. It’s not automatic. It comes from a long-term commitment to the work. The secret, the hack to building a strong community is to show up every day and do the work over a long period of time. Not much of a hack, is it? - -The reason that KarateForums.com is so special is because of our amazing members. Let’s meet some of them. - -I started KarateForums.com as a teenager, and I met Danielle Williams when she registered for the community as a teenager. She quickly became a moderator, and the community has had the privilege to watch her grow as a martial artist. All the way from student to Black Belt, to instructor, to school owner. Her voice has always been one that I felt incredibly fortunate to have in our community. Her school is Nuneaton Taekwon-Do, which is in Warwickshire, England. Their website is nuneatontkd.com. - -Danielle, welcome to the show. - -[00:03:28] Danielle Williams: Patrick, thanks. Thanks for having me. - -[00:03:30] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s a pleasure to have you, and it’s been a pleasure to have you on KarateForums.com for about 14 and a half years. Can you talk about Danielle in January of 2007 joining this community and what she was looking for? - -[00:03:44] Danielle Williams: Has it really been 14 and a half years? - -[00:03:45] Patrick O’Keefe: It has been, yes. - -[00:03:47] Danielle Williams: That’s a long time ago. Wow. Okay. I think probably compared to other staff members where I was at that point, it’s going to be very, very different. Which month did I join? - -[00:03:56] Patrick O’Keefe: January 2007. - -[00:03:58] Danielle Williams: I would have been 16. I’m not going to say how old I am. You can probably work out that, but I would have been 16. Very impressionable. I hate to think probably the type of things I was writing. I’d probably go back. If I looked at it now, I’d probably be absolutely cringing about some of the things I would have said. For me, I was just probably been a 2nd dan black belt. For people who aren’t so well versed in Taekwon-Do belts or martial arts belts, that’s the second level of black belt. - -I’d probably had about six years of training at that point, and I guess I was probably just looking for somewhere to have a wider conversation about martial arts and about myself. I guess at 16, late teens, you’re on that self-discovery thing. Before you go to university, before you go to college, you want to know about things. For me, my Taekwon-Do group was quite- I don’t want to say insular, but you only talked to certain people. It was quite a tight-knit community, which is a good thing, but maybe you’re not exposed to the wider concepts, or wider principles, or just how other people do things. - -That’s why I came. I was looking for questions. I had lots and lots of questions, and I wanted answers to things. - -[00:04:57] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s interesting because one thing I’ve picked up on through being a part of the community for so long is- and they’re always criticized in our community, I think, but sometimes instructors don’t like when students go outside of the school, or the dojo to look for other information, or to find other knowledge, or other takes on things. In some ways, I think online communities and I could be wrong. I’ve been honest about the fact that I’m not a martial arts expert. I rely on you and other staff members, but it seems like this avenue of communities of people seeking out community outside of their school, could be seen as adversarial sometimes. - -[00:05:26] Danielle Williams: Oh, for sure. I think a lot of instructors get really precious over that. Sometimes it’s a fear of a student finding something better and then leaving you, or sometimes it’s just they’re coming back with contradictory ideas, that maybe what you’re teaching, maybe it’s not the best thing. I look at my approach in my school, and I’m very much, “Everybody, go try everything, go learn everything. Come back to me, bring what works to the table.” I’m quite happy for people to do that. You’re right, I’m not with my original instructor anymore, but I certainly never told him, at the time, that’s what I was doing. I don’t even think he would know today that I would be involved in something like this. I don’t actually think that most of my martial arts peers would know either. I wouldn’t say it’s a very private thing for me, but it’s something where I can talk to people without prejudice. Nobody knows me, so, it’s just my opinions rather than, “Oh, that’s Danielle. She’s such and such,” or, “She goes to this school. She’s involved with that.” For me, it’s quite a personal thing. - -[00:06:17] Patrick O’Keefe: You mentioned how you have a school now yourself. I know it’s tough to sum up 15 years of growth since you joined the community. I know it’s tough to talk about oneself, or it seems promotional whatever, but could you talk a little bit about the journey from then to where you are now as a martial artist? - -[00:06:32] Danielle Williams: Oh, like I said, when I joined, 16 years old, second dan, I hadn’t really done much at that point outside of my own school, except maybe done a few national tournaments or a few exchanges with local clubs, but I’d never really seen any of the martial arts or done anything like that. I think I’d been with you maybe two years, three years, then I went across to university. That introduces you to a whole wider community. There is seeing lots of other things going on, so, I took part in the martial arts. - -I took part in a different style of Taekwon-Do, and it was interesting to me to see some of the parallels between what I was seeing, and what I was discussing in KarateForums. If we talk about my martial arts career, it really shaped how I approach my teaching nowadays, and how I approach teaching other people or just different opinions. I obviously went to university, after that, I got a job. KarateForums has probably been with me for all of my life-defining or life-changing moments, which is interesting that that has become, Taekwon-Do is obviously a real important constant for me, but KarateForums has also been there through those changes as well. - -I set up my school late 2018, so, September 2018. That was probably because I was quite frustrated with how things had been done at my current school, but I’ll be honest, I thought I could do it better, or at least that I could have a different approach to it. I’d had various experiences in those 14 years, not just at KarateForums but elsewhere. Everything I was talking to the guys at KarateForums, it was just saying to myself that, actually, I do know what I’m talking about, maybe I could give this a go. Today, the club has grown from strength to strength. - -I always come back to the guys at KarateForums. It’s nice to have that. Whereas I think initially, I probably would have been talking about techniques, or training methods, or thinking about it as an individual. Now, I come back and a lot of my conversations are, as an instructor, how can I do this? How can I change this? How can I help my own students? - -[00:08:19] Patrick O’Keefe: You’re younger than me by a few years but not very far. It’s really been amazing to watch, from a very outward online friend perspective, of your growth from being a student, an instructor, now operating and owning your own school, which is an endeavor unto itself. I just want to say real quick, actually, Danielle mentioned TKD, Taekwon-Do, and its KarateForums, but it’s a martial arts community, so, we talk about all sorts of martial arts. - -Danielle, you mentioned earlier how you were scared to look back at what you posted 14 and a half years ago, but I was there. You became a staff member and a moderator very quickly. You’ve been a staff member for 14 years, and besides Brian, you’re the longest-running staff member that both this community and I have ever had. Your posts back there may be different based upon where you were at experience level, but always outstanding. Just to become a staff member so fast meant that not only I felt that way but other staff members have felt that way, too. - -This is my way of getting to this other thing I wanted to ask you about, which just is, we talk about this passage of time, and 14 and a half years as a member, now 14 on staff. Definitely, a long time, as you’ve said. Why do you stick around? - -[00:09:29] Danielle Williams: That is a good question. First of all, thank you because, as a 16-year-old, I remember getting the private message from you, because I went and told my mom. I went in, I said, “Mom, look at this. This kind of thing has happened to me. I can’t believe that they asked me to do this.” As a 16-year-old, I wouldn’t say I was the most confident 16-year-old, but that was reinforcing that maybe the way I was interacting with people was a good thing, coming from quite an insular community within Taekwon-Do. I was like, “Oh, maybe people are listening to what I’m saying and I’m saying things in a good way.” - -[00:10:01] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s awesome. I assume she said yes and encouraged you, so, thank you. [laughs] - -[00:10:06] Danielle Williams: You know what? Actually, no, no, I don’t think she cared– I don’t think she knew, A, what it was, what a forum was, and B, whether she cared or not. - -[00:10:13] Patrick O’Keefe: Oh, got you, okay. - -[00:10:13] Danielle Williams: Not in a bad way, not in a bad way. She was encouraging. - -[00:10:16] Patrick O’Keefe: Well, thank you for not stopping Danielle, then. Some moms would say, “No more of this.” It’s funny you say that in that confidence-building because that’s amazing to hear. Also, as someone who started moderating forums when I was 13, I had this feeling, it’s tough because when someone found out how old you were if they did, it was a knock on the value of your opinion. Not to say that it’s not totally undeserved in some cases. There is a value to lived experience, but on a wholesale basis, putting down someone’s opinion obviously just because of their age is not a good thing to do. - -For that reason, a lot of teenagers don’t really share their ages online for safety reasons, but also just for being taken seriously. I’ve heard a million times, “Do you feel mighty and powerful from your mom’s basement?” Stuff like that, as a teenager running communities. A lot of teenagers have started a lot of great communities, moderated a lot of great communities, and really made these spaces that a lot of people have found benefit in. You’re one of those people, not to interrupt you, sorry. - -[00:11:14] Danielle Williams: No, I think it’s a really good point. I didn’t know you started when you were 13. - -[00:11:17] Patrick O’Keefe: Why have you stuck around so long? - -[00:11:19] Danielle Williams: To be honest, for me, I could say that it’s a nice community outside of my own echo chamber because it’s not a problem I had this really wide network, and I’m fortunate enough to have this really wide network globally almost, of Taekwon-Do. I’ve had a lot of experiences traveling, I’ve got to train with people from other countries. However, they are reinforcing the same things over and over again, so, they teach the same things, and they generally teach in the same way. We do get some variation. For me, it’s nice having a safe, supportive community that I can come back to. I can ask questions, and I can bring ideas by them. They don’t have to agree with me. It’s usually better if they don’t agree with me, and give me some sort of a contrast to my opinion. For me, it’s always been quite a nice sounding board even just to figure out my own ideas. I’m not always right. In fact, majority of times, I’m wrong. Especially because, for me, throughout my journey from age 16 to where I am now, a lot of the things were first to me, or new things for me, so, when I started competing, that wasn’t something I dabbled in it when I was younger, but I started taking it seriously. There were other people with those experiences already on KarateForums, and same with teaching. There were other people who have made the mistakes, they’ve done things wrong, and now they can advise me. For me, that’s so beneficial, being able to have a chat with people outside of my own echo chamber, who’ve probably got something to give me. - -[00:12:36] Patrick O’Keefe: Why do you think you’ve stayed on staff? - -[00:12:37] Danielle Williams: Because I’m sad and have nothing better to do. - -[laughter] - -[00:12:40] Patrick O’Keefe: Don’t we all? - -[00:12:41] Danielle Williams: No, no, no. You know what? For me, my feelings with these, with Taekwon-Do, with KarateForums, is that, if you get benefits from something, then you need to give back. I’ve been able to take so much from it, like I said. The experience of others and just having that sounding board, a community to come back to, and just have a chat. I’d classify a lot of the members of KarateForums, people like Brian, Bob as friends now. I’ve taken a lot, so, for me, it’s really important to be able to give back as well and help chaperone the community forwards. - -[00:13:10] Patrick O’Keefe: Danielle, thank you for, first of all, being such an outstanding member on KarateForums.com and being such an outstanding detail-oriented moderator. I really think of you as just the best at what our community has to offer. Thank you for that, and thank you for spending some time with us today. - -[00:13:25] Danielle Williams: Thank you, Patrick. It’s been great, thank you. - -[00:13:28] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ll be talking with the Brian I referenced in a moment, but I love hearing from Danielle, how influential KarateForums.com has been on her journey and how it’s been with her for all of her life-changing moments. How it helped give her the confidence to believe in her knowledge and expertise and open a school. I also wanted to highlight what she said about pseudonymous communities, meaning communities where you have a username, and then choose what to disclose about yourself. Those types of communities, she said, had allowed her to find a space where people could, “talk to people without prejudice.” I think that’s a really important observation and something that is worth thinking about when you create systems of identity. - -[00:14:08] Patrick O’Keefe: I want to stop right here to thank our generous sponsor, Vanilla. - -Vanilla provides a one-stop-shop solution that gives community leaders all the tools they need to create a thriving community. Engagement tools like ideation and gamification promote vibrant discussion and powerful moderation tools allow admins to stay on top of conversations and keep things on track. All of these features are available out of the box, and come with best-in-class technical and community support from Vanilla’s Success Team. Vanilla is trusted by King, Acer, Qualtrics, and many more leading brands. Visit vanillaforums.com. - -Our next member is Robert Mitcham. Bob has been a martial artist for more than 50 years, and a member of our community for 13 plus. He has a really interesting history with the community, which I’ll let him tell you more about. Bob asked that we promote Cancer Treatment Centers of America, cancercenter.com, as he’s engaged in a fight against cancer, a fight he is sharing with our community, where members are supporting him. - -Bob, welcome to the show. - -[00:15:02] Robert Mitcham: Thank you for having me. I appreciate it very much. - -[00:15:04] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s my pleasure. You’ve been a staff member on KarateForums.com for almost a decade. A member for 13 plus years, and a martial artist for obviously much, much longer. Why do you keep coming back to this community? - -[00:15:17] Robert Mitcham: That’s a very interesting question. There’s three distinctive reasons why I keep coming back in no particular order whatsoever. For the 13 years I’ve been a KF member, KF has provided me an escape valve away from the Shindokan administrative bubble. I talk about that all the time, the Shindokan bubble, and from my current medical issues. Shindokan’s administrative side will chew you up, spit you out, and will do it so unmercifully. It’s a very harsh world to live in when you’re in the administrative side of karate than there is the technical side of karate. - -In the five and a half decades that I’ve been a member of the SKKA, the Shindokan Karate Kobudo Association, I’ve been a staunch proponent of the SKKA’s hierarchy. That’s been going on for about 30 years now. 30 plus years, from being a member of the regions to being the elected kaicho, which is a president of the governing body. A traumatic horizon was before us at the SKKA, with the passing of Soke and Dai Soke, came confusion. The near closing of the SKKA and the Hombu, that was terrible. - -I was elected to the kaicho, and, with that, came the return of order. The SKKA experienced a dramatic and tragic moment in their history. When my scheduled end as the kaicho of the SKKA came about, the new hierarchy took over. Then slowly but surely, it down spiraled into no existence. Matter of fact, it splintered so bad, Patrick, that there is no more SKKA, there is no governing body no more. That’s fine. That’s fine. I guess things like that are supposed to happen, maybe even more so in the martial arts world, but I thought, for sure, SKKA would be around beyond me, it would still be around. - -When Soke and Dai Soke, passed away, that really changed a lot of things, so, an escape valve was very necessary for me. Thank God for you, Patrick, and for KarateForums.com. I can’t thank you guys enough for everything. That escape valve was very important to get me away from the SKKA administrative bubble. That’s number one. Number two is, KarateForums is the melting pot for both martial artists and non-martial artists alike, to get together, as a cohesive whole, to discuss a plethora of topics in a safe, fun, and informative atmosphere. - -Of course, that’s due to your professionalism, your mentorship, and your leadership. That makes everything. I think if KarateForums didn’t have Patrick, KarateForums would have been a moment, and that’s all. Instead of what it is now. - -[00:18:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Thanks, Bob. I appreciate that. You’re going to make me blush here, but it’s very kind. Obviously, it’s a lot of people in the community, a lot of special members who help to make it such a great place. I’m one person who helps facilitate that and I do my best, but yes, I appreciate the kind words. Please continue. - -[00:18:40] Robert Mitcham: No problem. You deserve all the accolades. You deserve them all. You deserve them all, sir. There’s a unique and unbreakable camaraderie that I’ve found that makes KarateForums a place that we call home. Guess where people go a lot? They go home. KarateForums has been my home for 13 years, and I keep coming back. I keep coming back because this is home to me. - -KarateForums is the exclamation point to the theme behind Dr. Spencer Johnson’s book Who Moved My Cheese? That is, change is inevitable. Without change – you either change, or you die. You’ve made so many changes to KarateForums. A matter of fact, we worked on some things recently, and we’re still working on things to come up with a new format and et cetera, et cetera. That change is like that new freshness that companies need to do. What’s that expression? They need to–? - -[00:19:42] Patrick O’Keefe: Reinvigorate? - -[00:19:43] Robert Mitcham: Yes, a business needs to do that, and to me, karate is a business. I ran my own dojo for a long, long time. I never treated it as a dojo, I treated it as a business because I had bills to pay. You have bills to pay, so, because of that, let me say this, we are very excited about the new changes. - -[00:20:03] Patrick O’Keefe: I’m glad because I hope they work out so we’ll see. - -[00:20:04] Robert Mitcham: Very excited. Every time we read one of your posts announcing changes, and where you are in the process, I get a big old smile on my face, and go, “Man, I just can’t wait to see the changes.” Once again to the nth degree, you are making it so that KarateForums.com is not stagnant. If it isn’t renewed, then you will be, I guess like the other people in this media that the KarateForum lives in. Next thing you know, we don’t reach 20 years like we’ve done. For you to reach 20 years, and you talk about it a lot, that’s a milestone that you cannot ignore. - -Because this is home, that’s why I come back. The last reason why I come back is, first and foremost, as the martial arts is concerned, I’m a student. Nothing more, nothing less. As a student of the martial arts, I’m quite aware that there’s no such thing as the most complete or the best martial art. That’s an illusion. Ever since I’ve been a junior black belt, I’ve cross-trained in so many other martial art disciplines. Never just one because limitations exist in every martial art. At KarateForums.com, that melting pot exists, where martial arts, non-martial artists can exchange a wide plethora of ideas with one another. - -I come back still to KarateForums because, as a martial arts student, I want to increase my martial arts betterment, my knowledge, my experience, and I never know what’s around the corner. They say there’s more than one way to skin a cat, and there is. I’ve skinned many a cats because if I had stayed with just Shindokan, Shindokan is all I need, then I have really, really limited myself. Because I can come back to KarateForums, and I can talk to other martial artists, talk to other people that aren’t martial artists, and just talk about– - -We have a lot of things on there. We have so many different threads and forums that we don’t have to talk about martial arts all the time, and we don’t. That’s the beautiful thing about it. I returned to those three reasons. One because it was an escape valve for me. Two, it’s home, and three, I’m a student in the martial arts. I can converse with both martial artists and non-martial artists about a wide, wide variety of topics. You never know what’s around the corner. - -[00:22:42] Patrick O’Keefe: Why have you continued to be on staff? - -[00:22:45] Robert Mitcham: Let’s go back to my beginnings at KarateForums. I know it’s in the past, but I keep it first in mind. - -[00:22:51] Patrick O’Keefe: Distant past, and water under the bridge. - -[00:22:53] Robert Mitcham: I understand it’s water under the bridge. - -[00:22:54] Patrick O’Keefe: Dead and buried. - -[00:22:57] Robert Mitcham: Had it not been for that moment, where it could have been the very end, KarateForums needed more out of me than, “I’m a martial artist, and I know this, and I know that. If you don’t like it, tough.” No, they needed more than that. I had to learn a lot of things. I was surprised when you promoted me to sempai. I was surprised. I was excited about it because behind the scenes now, I could go behind the scenes. I had to learn a whole different things that we were responsible and accountable for as sempai, as part of staff. - -Then I was even more surprised when you promoted me to sensei. I was really surprised with that. Then again, I had to learn more stuff. I had to learn more responsibilities and accountabilities that I had to, as a member of KarateForums staff, I keep coming back and as a staff because there is still so much for me to learn. I am the most computer illiterate in the staff. I really am. I’ve not kept that a secret. I’ve shared a lot of things about myself over the 13 years. One of them is that, man, I don’t know anything about computers at all. I’m learning those things. I’m learning things from you. You mentoring me on how to do some certain things. - -Once in a while, you still have to constantly remind me and other staff members that, “Hey, remember we don’t do this, we do this instead.” Then we come back going, “Yes, you’re right, Patrick. Yes, that’s what we should have done.” I keep coming back because, like in karate, I’m a student of karate. On the administrator side of KarateForums, I’m a student learning this new media that is so, so brand new to me. I got to keep coming back because man, I am at the bottom of the totem pole of experience with any other members that we have now, or have had in the past, in my opinion. That’s my opinion. My opinion. - -[00:25:02] Patrick O’Keefe: Bob, you may have had a rocky start many years ago. - -[00:25:06] Robert Mitcham: I may have? What do you mean I may have? - -[laughter] - -[00:25:11] Patrick O’Keefe: Just to provide some context for people as sometimes members will come into the community, violate the guidelines, that stuff happens. Sometimes they do it repeatedly. That happened with Bob, and there was definitely a point where me and Bob had a conversation. It was just like, “Hey, Bob, you make all these great posts, but then these are also violations. There’s a point where this comes to an end. I need you to go in a different direction if you really want to stay on this community.” It’s a conversation I’ve had with let’s say 20, 30, 40 people over the years, across different communities. - -A lot of the time, it doesn’t go very well for me. That person ends up being banned, but sometimes it does help, and much to your credit, Bob, it did. You leaned into the things you were already doing that were strengths, and that were really good, and that the community valued. You’ve become over the last, I don’t even know when that happened, it’s so ancient now, 10 years ago, whenever that was. You’ve become an important figure in the community. I think it’s obvious to me that your contributions to KarateForums.com have helped, it’s always hard to estimate, but it’s hundreds of thousands of people, I think. People that we don’t know about, people who access your contribution through a search engine, don’t register, don’t post, don’t reply. We never meet them, but they just read those things and see them. - -You’ve obviously gone from almost being banned to being one of the most, in my opinion, well-liked and beloved members in the community. First of all, thank you for all the contributions that you’ve made to the community over the years. It’s made an incredible difference. It’s helped to what you have helped to make KarateForums.com, the special place that it is. - -Thank you for that, and thank you for coming on and spending some time with us. - -[00:26:43] Robert Mitcham: Thank you. Thank you from the first day, 13 years ago, to now, because there was that moment where I had to look at it. There’s a person who said this very well. He says it’s difficult, to be honest with yourself. When I almost faced that ban, I had to look at that mirror. I didn’t like what I saw. I feel that I went from the before picture to the after picture, then the after picture is much better than what it was before. I had to learn. Again, I come back to KarateForums, what I explained earlier, I come back as staff. The same thing, I’m a student. - -I still have a lot to still learn. I have to remember where I was, so I don’t repeat those. Oh, don’t kid yourself one bit for one second, Patrick. There are moments where I just want to type, “Are you kidding me?” but I don’t because that’s not the right way. That’s the old Bob, and I don’t do it because, one, it’s wrong. I keep coming back as staff because I have a lot to learn from you still. I still have a lot to learn from you, a lot to learn from the other staff member, a lot to learn. - -There are a lot of staff members that I miss a lot that we used to have. I miss their voices. I miss their conversations and even members that have gone to the wayside, same thing. I missed them because I’m a 9th Degree, Black Belt, but I can listen to a White Belt all day long. I can listen to the non-martial arts all day. Why? Patrick, I don’t know everything. I don’t, I don’t. You want to talk about Shindokan? I’m top of the heap. I know that. I keep coming back because I want to learn. I’m going to keep learning. I’m going to help people. I want to give them whatever I might have within me that helps them. Whether it’s martial arts or anything. - -I’ve been in business for a long, long, long time. That’s why I get on forums for that one forum we have that’s owners. Owners, and– - -[00:28:37] Patrick O’Keefe: Instructors. - -[00:28:38] Robert Mitcham: Thank you. Owners and instructors can have all that experience because I’m going to be able to help, but I learn so much from other people too. They bring me ideas, I go, “Wow, five and a half decades later, I never even thought about that.” - -[00:28:49] Patrick O’Keefe: I know what I know, and it’s a limited set of things. I know online community building, and I know breathing, and then everything else, I try to fill in. - -[00:28:57] Robert Mitcham: You are quite humble. - -[00:28:58] Patrick O’Keefe: My point is that I rely on you and other staff members, just as much, in areas where I’m don’t know things like the martial arts. I’m well aware of my limited knowledge in that area, and so, I’ve definitely not only relied on but learned a lot from you and from all of the great staff members that we’ve had over the years. I appreciate the kind words and throw them back at you. Thanks, Bob. It’s been a pleasure. - -[00:29:22] Robert Mitcham: It’s been a pleasure. I thank you once again for bringing me aboard and sharing these moments. Nothing can replace you, Patrick. I thank you so much for everything. - -[00:29:31] Patrick O’Keefe: Funny enough, I cut the recording off there because his praise was starting to embarrass me, and the very next thing he said was, “I’m sure you’ll cut this out.” I kid you not. He was right. - -Bob’s story is a great one because it illustrates how so many great members might initially stumble a bit, and even go all the way to the brink of being banned, but if you try to be direct with them, sometimes you can turn it around. There’s a reason we warn people about things, there’s a reason we try to talk to people and try to use guideline violations as an educational opportunity instead of a punitive thing. A lot of the time people just end up being banned, but sometimes, it ends up in a much more positive place. As I said, Bob is one of our most well-known members, widely respected in the community, and that past is but a distant memory. - -Brian Walker has more posts on KarateForums.com than anyone else. As you’ll learn from hearing him, what makes him a great member isn’t the numbers. - -Brian, welcome to the show. - -[00:30:29] Brian Walker: Thanks for having me, Patrick. - -[00:30:30] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s my pleasure. You’ve been a member at KarateForums.com for well over 15 years and a staff member for almost as long. You’ve made more posts than anyone else on the community. Assuming you don’t leave us in the next couple of months, knock on wood, you’ll be the first staff member to reach 15 years on the team. - -[00:30:45] Brian Walker: No, don’t think so. - -[00:30:49] Patrick O’Keefe: You are the longest-running volunteer moderator I’ve ever had on any community I’ve managed, and probably longer than anyone listening to this in the communities they’ve managed. That’s a long time. I’m sure that when you joined KarateForums.com, that’s not maybe what you thought would happen, but here we are. Can you talk about why you have stuck around KarateForums.com, and then what the community means to you? - -[00:31:15] Brian Walker: Probably stuck around as long as I have, for about the same reason that I have stuck around with martial arts as long as I have. It’s always been what I do. When I found KarateForums, it was a way to express more about Taekwon-Do. That’s what I do, not just Taekwon-Do, but other martial arts as well. Even though I do Taekwon-Do, that’s what I’ve spent most of my time doing, I’ve dabbled very little in some other stuff, but I have a library that is not solely inclusive to Taekwon-Do. I’ve got so many other books. My wife refers to our basement as a fire hazard because of my library. I have so many books down there, and just being able to read those, and then being able to come to KarateForums and share anything from my own class experiences, to what now has become more of teaching experiences, it seems like I do more teaching than I do learning now. Although there’s a saying that goes when one teaches to learn, so, I still get my fair share of learning in. Being able to come to a place like KarateForums, and just being able to bounce ideas and topics off of so many other people, people like Danielle, who do Taekwon-Do, but a little different flavor of Taekwon-Do than I do. - -Then people like Alex, that used to be on a lot, that did a lot of self-defense-related stuff, and then started his own Brazilian Jiu-Jitsu academy. Getting to meet guys like Bob, sensei8, who had a style of karate that I’d never heard of. Eventually even actually being able to meet with him, and train with him, and see what kind of stuff he did. Those are the kind of things that drew me into the community, having such a wide base of different flavors, different people doing different things, but all a common interest. Just having all the different flavors to kick around, everybody’s different perspectives, and everything. - -The fact that we’re able to get together and discuss those things in an environment like KarateForums where there isn’t a lot of arguing that goes on, it’s all, this is my point of view, this is this person’s point of view. We come together, and we may not always agree, but we don’t end up tearing each other down or anything like that. It’s just always been a constructive environment to talk about stuff like that. The stuff that those of us that are at KarateForums, stuff that we love, martial arts in general. Then most of us, our own style in particular. - -Still being able to talk with so many people with different perspectives in a positive constructive manner just added to what I could take back to my classes, or when I go read another book, and think about it from my perspective, or a perspective that somebody posted on a thread or something like that. - -[00:34:06] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve met in person, in Kansas, several years ago. - -[00:34:07] Brian Walker: Yes. - -[00:34:09] Patrick O’Keefe: Bob is actually out in Las Vegas now just recently, which is about four and a half hours from where I live now in Los Angeles. - -[00:34:15] Brian Walker: You guys will be able to hook up then. - -[00:34:16] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, I know. We just talked about that yesterday when I recorded with him. Maybe we’ll get together at some point because we need to get together say hey, take a picture for the forum. - -[00:34:24] Brian Walker: There you go. - -[00:34:24] Patrick O’Keefe: Show everybody that we met up. - -[00:34:26] Brian Walker: Exactly. - -[00:34:27] Patrick O’Keefe: I know that because we talked about it, and the funny thing about Bob coming over to KarateForums.com is that Bob is there because you referred him to KarateForums.com years and years ago because you were in another community. It’s something that we’ve talked about because – how to say this? Even though you’re a staff member at KarateForums.com, there’s no territorialism here. You are a martial artist and a person with your own freedom, and so you participate at other online communities. - -[00:34:53] Brian Walker: There just weren’t any better. - -[00:34:55] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s what I wanted to ask you. Maybe you touched on this a little bit as far as not tearing each other down. Maybe that’s a big reason, but you’ve been out there, you’ve participated in various communities, as well as KarateForums.com, over the past 15 years. You haven’t just been here. Is that the main thing that continues to bring you back to KarateForums.com is just that there is that collaborative spirit that you won’t tear each other down, or is there anything else that comes to mind immediately? - -[00:35:18] Brian Walker: That’s a big part of it is just the positivity there. If there’s any kind of criticism, it’s constructive criticism, which is helpful, because it comes with ideas to get better, or something different to think about, and stuff like that because it’s not just an echo chamber. It may seem like we’re just a bunch of martial artists, and we talk martial arts, and we all just love what we’re talking about, but it’s not just an echo chamber. There are so many of us there that just have differing opinions or different experiences that we can bounce things off of. - -That’s what’s always been appealing is the constructive part of it. I remember one thread, and it was some time ago, it was back when I was working in our jail, I posted about an incident that I had, where things got physical, and I had to take someone down at the table. I talked through what I did and how it went. I don’t remember the name of the thread, if it was the thread I started, or if it’s something I just posted in as a response to that subject matter. I remember somebody saying, “Here’s how I see the way you said it is like maybe you’re not where you need to be.” - -I was grateful for that. I was like, “Yes, I understand what you’re saying exactly. I know I can get better.” Receiving, I wouldn’t necessarily call it a form of online instruction, but just getting feedback like that, that helps me. I take it back into my school or my club, and I can work on it, and try to apply different things that people mention. It’s things like that, that have made it so appealing. When I got to meet with Bob, and we trained for three days, I honestly don’t know if I taught him anything. He had so much experience and had so many years doing it, I picked up so much stuff from him. He was extremely knowledgeable. Just being able to have that kind of thing in person manifest from posting into forums like that, that’s the only time that I’ve been able to meet somebody to train through KarateForums. I know we got to meet in a different environment at the– - -[00:37:13] Patrick O’Keefe: Podcamp Topeka conference. - -[00:37:15] Brian Walker: Exactly. Even then, you were more than happy to allow me to join you in some of your discussions where you were bringing up KarateForums and moderating in particular. - -[00:37:23] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, it was fun. - -[00:37:24] Brian Walker: Just being able to learn from other people, and then to take that back, and being all done in a positive constructive manner, just makes it that much easier to receive. - -[00:37:36] Patrick O’Keefe: You’ve likened being on KarateForums.com to being a martial artist, and how this is just something that you do. It’s part of your life. Presumably, it makes you happy. It gives you purpose. It helps you in many ways. As you know, the community just turned 20, and one thing that you think about when you’ve done something for so long sometimes is, how does it end? When does it end? Does it ever end? When do I step away? When do I stop? You’ve been an active member, to my memory– Really, everyone steps away for a while, has a vacation, has some things with their kids. - -Whatever it is, and needs a break, and that’s always encouraged. For the most part, you’ve been pretty active without any really substantial lulls, to my memory, for the last 15 years, which is a long time. Your contributions to the community have been immense and have helped a lot of people. Is there an end in sight? Is this just par for the course? You’re a martial artist, you’re someone who contributes to KarateForums.com, and that’s just something that you see as something you’ll continue to do for a long time? - -[00:38:31] Brian Walker: Yes. Unless the internet and computers go away, I don’t see me going away from KarateForums anytime soon. Even if it got to the point where physically it was difficult for me to do Taekwon-Do anymore, even if I can’t do something physically, I’ve still got so much going through my head. I can always talk about it. I maybe not be able to do it, but I know there’s people I can help do it. I don’t see me going away from it, like you said, unless the apocalypse happens, and then we’ve all got bigger things to worry about. - -[00:38:58] Patrick O’Keefe: Then you’ll have to get out there and fight with your martial arts skills. - -[00:39:01] Brian Walker: Exactly. - -[00:39:03] Patrick O’Keefe: Brian, there’s a reason you’ve won the Community Spirit Award six times, and you’re the most nominated member in the KarateForums.com Awards ever. You are one of the people who really exemplifies the community with just your kind spirit, the expertise that you bring, but also the openness for other people to create space for other people, and to be open to what they say as well. You really set a great example for the community and really exemplify what it’s all about. Thank you so much for that, and thank you for spending some time with us today. - -[00:39:28] Brian Walker: Hey, thank you for having me, Patrick. I appreciate it. - -[00:39:31] Patrick O’Keefe: One thing I wanted to call out from talking with Brian is the brief part where we discussed his usage of other martial arts forums. Brian is a member with the most posts in our history. If there was any member to be protective over from a traditional community standpoint, it’s probably Brian, but that’s a broken mindset. Brian didn’t become an active member because, I don’t know, I was protective of him, or catering toward him in some way. He became one because he loves the community. The way to ensure Brian continues to be a member isn’t to do something like forbidding staff members for being active on other forums. Not only is that short-sighted, it simply doesn’t work. Instead, the way to do it is to make sure that KarateForums.com keeps being a solid community. In other words, to continue to be that place that he, I, and others consider to be a home, online. The ironic thing, as I mentioned is that my open mentality on these issues has brought us more members. The most obvious example, as we discussed, is that Brian brought Bob from another forum where they met because Brian had registered and was participating. All that happened naturally and organically. I was never involved or even knew about and until after the fact. - -Next up, I want to bring on Devin Van Curen. Devin has a great story about where the community entered her life at a point where she was unable to train in the martial arts, and how it kept her involved and even helped her rank up when she was finally able to test in person again. - -Devin, welcome to the show. - -[00:40:53] Devin Van Curen: Thank you. - -[00:40:54] Patrick O’Keefe: Thanks for coming on. You joined KarateForums.com back in 2009, and you have a great story about why you joined. Could you share it with us? - -[00:41:02] Devin Van Curen: During that time I was serving with AmeriCorps, which if you don’t know what that is, it’s like the Peace Corps, only instead of serving in other countries, you serve in low-income areas of the United States. I was working on the Navajo Reservation as a second-grade teacher out there. I basically lived in the middle of the desert. There wasn’t very much karate out there. - -There weren’t very many dojos, no places to train, so, I looked to KarateForums.com to help me with my training, and with developing a community aspect, interacting with the martial arts community while I was out there, apart from a community to train with. I found that very, very helpful. - -[00:41:45] Patrick O’Keefe: You didn’t have anywhere you could go train in person, so, it helped you to continue your interest in the martial arts, talk to people about it, maybe even train some yourself, and maintain that interest in the arts. - -[00:41:57] Devin Van Curen: Yes. I was able to, first of all, stay connected to that, so that when I did go back to a place where I had the dojo, it wasn’t starting from scratch. I felt like I had had that continuity the entire time I was away. It also gave me things to work on on my own. Something that I thought was interesting was I actually made progress while I was working on my own. When I went back to my dojo, I actually went up the rank rather than regressing, which most people would expect to do after two years away. - -[00:42:32] Patrick O’Keefe: You came back. First night back, according to you, and got promoted the first night back despite not having been in that class for two years? - -[00:42:38] Devin Van Curen: Yes. - -[00:42:39] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s a fun story. - -[00:42:40] Devin Van Curen: That was really fun. It was. It was unexpected. - -[00:42:43] Patrick O’Keefe: As I mentioned, you’ve been a member for 12ish years now, and there are a lot of places, as everyone knows, you can go online. There are a lot of places you can talk about the martial arts. There are a lot of things you can do with your time. You’ve continued to be an active member on KarateForums.com thankfully, and you made just so many great contributions over the years, helped a lot of people through your contributions. Why do you continue to come back to a community like KarateForums.com? - -[00:43:09] Devin Van Curen: It definitely has a different feel, a smaller community feel than, say, finding a group on Facebook or Reddit, sub-Reddit, or something like that. I do go to those forums, but KarateForums has that small community feel. Just being an independent site, it’s very well managed. The moderators are very invested in it. The standards, I think, are much higher for interaction, for being charitable, for staying on topic. I think that really changes the quality of the interactions, even though it might not be as active as the larger forums in the larger websites, the quality is much higher. - -[00:43:51] Patrick O’Keefe: You’re one of the reasons for that. All of your outstanding contributions, over the years, both as a member of staff and as a member, have helped to set a tone for people and to guide new members as they come in and helped maintain that. I really like the phrase you use there, being charitable with each other. I think it’s an interesting phrasing. It’s obviously been a stressful time for a lot of people for any number of reasons over the last year and a half, and being charitable with each other. Another thing we say around here is giving grace to each other. - -Being charitable each other is not necessarily something that– You find it a lot online, but it’s in certain pockets. It’s in the right spaces where you find people that are charitable to each other. That’s a really interesting phrase that you used. - -[00:44:33] Devin Van Curen: It’s something that I try in my own personal life to just really keep in mind that it is another person on the other side of the screen, and we lose sight of that a lot. I think the larger the community is, the more likely people are to lose sight of that. - -[00:44:48] Patrick O’Keefe: Devin, thanks so much for all the contributions you’ve made to KarateForums.com over the years, and also for spending some time with us today. I really appreciate it. - -[00:44:55] Devin Van Curen: Thank you for everything that you’ve done in keeping the forum going, and just making it such a positive place. - -[00:45:02] Patrick O’Keefe: Thank you. I really appreciate that. Being charitable, I just love that description of our community. - -Our last guest is Noah Legel. A sysadmin by trade, Noah has been a member for over a decade, and a staff member for about as long. During that time, his martial arts experience has grown, and he’s become an instructor. He runs KarateObsession.com, which is on both Facebook and Instagram, @karateobsession. - -Noah, welcome. - -[00:45:26] Noah Legel: Thank you. - -[00:45:27] Patrick O’Keefe: I’d love for you to talk about your journey as a member at KarateForums.com. You joined almost 11 years ago, where were you then, and where have you gone in that time? - -[00:45:36] Noah Legel: At the time that I joined, I would have just recently started training with Richard Poage, who would become my main or my primary karate instructor until his passing. I had just gone through two years of martial arts training by myself karate-wise. I trained at an actual Judo club during those two years, but karate-wise, I didn’t have a place to train, so, I was doing a lot of studying, and a lot of research on my own, and practicing on my own. I had just gone through a big transition from one style to another and had a total mindset change in what I was looking for, and so then I started looking around for that sort of community online. - -There were a lot of different places available, and a lot of them still are available. Just trying to find like-minded people in various places that were looking for the kind of karate that I was. Even people who weren’t necessarily, but had good things to provide input-wise, and trying to restart my martial education in a way. Not that I had ever stopped it, but that I was switching directions. It was very much a watershed moment in my life in general at the time that I joined. It was a key pointer then. - -[00:47:01] Patrick O’Keefe: I know it’s hard to sum up 11 years, but now, obviously, you’re still a martial artist, you instruct other people. You have a website that is read by a fair number of people, maybe talk about that growth a little bit. You said you were just starting a new art at that time, now you are, I know martial arts expertise, and a lot of people are humble, but you have expert level knowledge and proficiency. Now you’re out there talking about it and helping people learn about it, so talk about that a little bit. - -[00:47:26] Noah Legel: Sure. Ever since I started training in martial arts, I’ve been obsessed with it and training in it as much as I can. That wasn’t any different when I joined a new school with a new instructor and a new style. I tried to help out as much as I could because I did have previous experience, it was in a different style. I did some things differently, and I had a different curriculum, but I could still teach White Belt children and things like that, and so, I helped out as much as I could. Over time I ended up becoming my Sensei’s right-hand man in a lot of respect. - -I was not by any means the highest-ranking member of the dojo, there were several people who outranked me. There were a couple of people who technically outranked him but chose to train under him because of how good he was, and how much he knew. Over the course of that time, we developed a YouTube series that ran for three years called Waza Wednesday, that a lot of people were familiar with. People got to know me through that as well since I was involved in it. - -I was his uke for most of it, his demonstration dummy. I got to learn a really great collection of material from him, and I ended up earning Nidan, which is a 2nd Degree Black Belt rank from him before he passed. I’ve also been training in another martial art called KishimotoDi. While Shorin-ryu is my primary art, KishimotoDi is a secondary art that I started practicing in 2014, very old school, not even really karate. [chuckles] I brought all these things in along with my Judo experience, and the style that I started in. I’ve been making articles online. - -I’ve been trying to engage with people in various forums, including forums such as yours, but all over social media as well. Just trying to educate people about the sorts of things that you can learn in karate, and what all there is within it that may not necessarily be taught everywhere that my Sensei was kind enough to share with me. I’ve gotten to the point where I teach here in Arizona. I have done seminars in various different states across the country, and I’ve done webinars with people all over the world. It’s been a really, really cool experience to get to connect with so many different people over the course of the years. - -I think as far as my involvement in online communities, I’d say I’m essentially doing the same thing now as I was then. I probably don’t engage quite as frequently as I used to, but I also have a lot of things that I can just point to. Yes, I already addressed that in this article or this video, but I’m still that excited person who wants to talk about martial arts, so, there. - -[00:50:16] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, and then almost 11 years later, you continue to contribute on a regular basis, and you’ve made an incredible mark in the community with your posts, helped- it’s always hard to estimate numbers, but I always think a single post can help 10,000, 50,000, 100,000 people. The views are certainly there. A great contribution can help so many people. You’ve been a staff member for eight-plus years, as well as a volunteer moderator. After all that time and so many different things you could do on the internet, why do you continue to be both a moderator and an active member at KarateForums.com? - -[00:50:49] Noah Legel: As I said, part of it is just the wanting to be engaged and talking about the stuff I’m interested in, and being able to share that kind of material with people, so, obviously, remaining a contributor is part of that. The moderator part is actually an interesting twist because when I first joined the community, my initial thought was, “Oh man, this is really strictly moderated,” in comparison to all the other forums that were basically free for all. At first, I actually felt a little stifled, like, I’m not sure if I should share this thing because I don’t want it to be advertising. - -Over the first couple of years that I was there, it became apparent to me that it was the one forum that I had found that while it may not be the busiest, there’s not constant activity flooding threads with posts, the conversations that were there didn’t devolve into nonsense all the time. It stayed on topic. It stayed respectful and beneficial. Whereas a lot of the other communities that I was a part of, somebody would post what was a legitimate question, somebody would answer with some snide remark, and then you’d get three pages of responses just building off of the snide remark. - -I really tend to value the level of moderation that the community had, and so when the opportunity was presented for me to join the moderation team, I thought that was a good opportunity for me to give back in a sense of helping to preserve that, I don’t want to say sanctity of the community, but that general feeling that if you start a conversation or join a conversation there, that you will be able to engage in a conversation that is respectful and on-topic and not just a free-for-all. - -[00:52:50] Patrick O’Keefe: There is something, they’re not sanctified. There is something beautiful about it. I find it helpful to think of those things that I do as art, whether or not they are. [laughs] There is just something beautiful about being able to do that. One of the reasons that it’s like that is because of the outstanding contributions that you’ve made, and the efforts that you’ve made as a member of staff to not only get it there but help it stay that way. Thank you, Noah. Thank you for everything that you’ve done, and thank you for stopping by today. - -[00:53:15] Noah Legel: Absolutely. Happy to do it. - -[00:53:17] Patrick O’Keefe: I thought what Noah said at the end was interesting about scale and scaling thoughtfully, being quieter but more purposeful, just as Devin had said earlier. Also that, initially, the moderation felt stifling, but as he looked around to other communities he came to value it and the environment that it contributed to, and wanted to give back and help to maintain that environment as a moderator. That’s really interesting. That’s our show. - -A huge thank you to Danielle Williams, Bob Mitcham, Brian Walker, Devin Van Curen, and Noah Legel for taking the time to chat. If you find yourself in Nuneaton, Warwickshire ,England, visit Danielle’s school Nuneaton Taekwon-Do at nuneatontkd.com. In support of Bob and those fighting cancer, please support Cancer Treatment Centers of America, cancercenter.com. For a great karate resource, check out Noah’s Karate Obsession at karateobsession.com, and on Facebook and Instagram @karateobsession. - -For the transcript from this episode plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Thanks for listening. - -[music]",1731883681,b6cef58d91,63f333d7f1,,,1731883681 -https://www.golfwrx.com/749728/not-another-golf-show-new-golfwrx-pod-ryder-cup-pay-debate-caitlin-clark-three-putt-of-picks/,https://www.golfwrx.com/feed/,"Not Another Golf Show: New GolfWRX pod? Ryder Cup pay debate, Caitlin Clark + Three-Putt of Picks","EMS (Electro Muscle Stimulation) training is a highly effective and time-efficient workout that can benefit people of all ages and fitness levels. It involves using a special suit that delivers electrical impulses to the muscles, causing them to contract and work harder than they would during traditional exercise. The Team at Wisdom in Golf has partnered with the Katalyst team, which has sought to bring EMS training at the leisure of your own home. Their ultimate goal is to help everyone develop with this technology at their own pace. - -In a recent podcast, we did, with the CEO & Founder of Katalyst, Bjoern Woltermann, set the tone for what the EMS training is all about and what potential it has for every golfer out there, amateur or professional: - -[Minute 02:09] “We’re talking about a new way of working out for the first time in 3000 years. Because for 3000 years, if we think about it, the Olympic Games are still the same, right? We wrestle, and we throw things, and we run, and we lift things. You know, it sure to be a rock, and now it’s a little bit more refined, but at the End of the day, we measure how much we can lift over our head. That’s literally what we measure.” – Bjoern Woltermann, CEO & Founder of Katalyst - -This technology has been used for decades in physical therapy and rehabilitation settings but is now gaining popularity as a workout tool. One of the main benefits of EMS training is that it allows people to achieve maximum results in minimal time. A 20-minute EMS session can be equivalent to a two-hour traditional gym workout. This is especially beneficial for busy professionals and those with hectic schedules who struggle to find time for exercise. - -Whether you want to lose weight, build muscle, or improve your overall health, EMS can help you achieve your objectives more efficiently than traditional exercise. Another advantage of EMS training is that it can be customized to suit individual needs and fitness goals. Within a month (Mid-March to Late-April) of utilizing the Katalyst Suit, the team at Wisdom in Golf claims to have seen profound gains in their golf swing, improvement with mind and body connection that is enhanced by the suit, and a better sense of well being. - -Here is what Shawn said after using it for a month: - -[Minute 35:09] “I did notice in the last week and a half I feel stronger over the ball, and I’m feeling more capable, and that’s, that’s a really fun feel to have for your confidence. So then I proceed to go through my practice session […] my beginning clubhead speed lately has been 102mph-104mph, and I can ramp it up to 110mph-112mph clubhead speed, and that’s pretty much where I have been staying. Last year it was at 114mph clubhead speed”, [35:53],” I haven’t been at 117mph clubhead speed since my 40s, I’m 57 years old, so I ramp it up to 114mph, Wow that’s pretty cool!”,[36:52],” Here I am at a 117mph clubhead speed at 57 years old, and I’m thinking I’m the king of the world right now, and then when I had a nice moment of gratitude, and I thought of you guys {Katalyst Team}.” – Shawn Clement - -Furthermore, EMS is low impact and can be adapted to suit all fitness levels, making it an excellent option for people of all ages and abilities. It’s also ideal for those with joint or mobility issues, as the electrical stimulation can be used to target specific muscles without putting additional stress on the joints. Overall, EMS training is a highly effective and versatile workout tool that can benefit every demographic. With its time-saving and customizable approach, it’s no wonder why it’s quickly becoming a popular choice for those looking to achieve maximum results in minimal time. - -Listen to the full podcast here. - -Additional resources:",1731883656,008370814d,644f8d7213,,,1731883656 -https://transom.org/2015/radio-luck-and-the-gift-of-character-change/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Radio Luck And The Gift Of Character Change,"http://www.podtrac.com/pts/redirect.mp3/media.blubrry.com/howsound/p/transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/Robot-Babies-Radio-Luck-and-the-Gift-of-Character-Change.mp3 Download Listen to “Radio Luck And The Gift Of Character Change” - -I’ll make a bet with you. I bet you’ll say “Wait, what??!” at least five times when you listen to Hillary Frank’s story “Real Teens, Fake Babies.” The story is that good, that surprising. - -“Real Teens, Fake Babies” was produced for Hillary’s podcast The Longest, Shortest Time. It also aired on This American Life. - -For the story, Hillary followed two teens — Rachel and Paige — in Baby Think It Over, a sex-education/parenting program for high school students who are given robot babies for 48 hours. The babies are remarkably lifelike and so is the experience of taking care of them. - -The characters, the scenes, the plot twists in the story are remarkable. Actually, now that I think about it, I bet you’ll say “Wait, what??!” at least seven times. And, I bet you’ll say “No way!” when the characters change in the story; they shift their point of view, significantly. - -In fact, Hillary says the character change in the story is the centerpiece. She structured the story around that moment. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/Clip-1-Structuring-Around-Character-Change.mp3 Download Listen to “Structuring Around Change” - -In addition to radio and podcasting, Hillary writes young adult novels. She says that character change is so important in her writing, she’ll actually map out the arc of a character. In the chart, Hillary plotted out the ups and down of Ellie and her relationship with Nate from her book Better Than Running at Night. And, even though she didn’t draw a similar chart for the characters in “Real Teens, Fake Babies,” she did create an outline that accomplished the same thing. - -Hillary’s chart for her book characters Nate and Ellie. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/05/Clip-2-Charts-and-outlines.mp3 Download Listen to “Charts and outlines” - -I don’t feature the entirety of “Real Teens, Fake Babies” in HowSound. So, to get the full effect of all the “Wait, what!??” moments, I suggest you take a listen and subscribe to The Longest Shortest Time while you’re at it. - -*photo of Hillary Frank by Natalie Chitwood.",1731883700,c00d35bf2d,647b3a5255,,,1731883700 -https://webinarninja.com/blog/on-demand-webinar-software/,https://webinarninja.com/blog/feed/,Best On-Demand Webinar Software & Tools in 2024,,1731883637,f9ee9cad7c,646d9e8566,,,1731883637 -https://www.on3.com/teams/kentucky-wildcats/news/live-blog-kentucky-wbb-vs-no-18-louisville/,https://www.kentuckysportsradio.com/feed/,LIVE BLOG: Kentucky WBB vs. No. 18 Louisville,"Following three wins against non-power conference opponents, Kentucky will look to stay hot against No. 18 Louisville (6 p.m. ET, SEC Network+). KSR’s new and improved LIVE BLOG will bring you all the sights and sounds from Historic Memorial Coliseum. - -Kenny Brooks has led Kentucky to a 3-0 record, but the Cardinals could very well hand Kentucky their first loss of the season. Jeff Walz has a unique team this year — one that is primarily led by a talented freshman class. It should be interesting to see how Kentucky’s experience matches up against Louisville’s youth. - -The game will stream on SEC Network+, so if you’re unable to watch, we’ve got you covered. Refresh the feed below for updates and our takes on the game, from both Memorial Coliseum and the couch. You can also join the conversation on the KSBoard Game Thread - -By: KatieHutchison Kentucky WINS!!!! After a CRAZY four quarters (and overtime), the ‘Cats come out with the DUB over the Louisville Cardinals for the first time in seven year. - - - -L’S DOWN!!!!! - - - -Kentucky 71 | Louisville 61 | FINAL - -By: KatieHutchison Kentucky hits four free throws in a row, extends the lead to four Teonni Key and Clara Strack hit all four of their free throws. The ‘Cats lead by four with three minutes to go. - -By: KatieHutchison THE GAME HEADS TO OVERTIME Louisville ties the game with 26 seconds to go and plays just enough defense to make it to overtime. We got more basketball, folks. - - - -Kentucky 58 | Louisville 58 | 5:00 OT - -By: KatieHutchison Amelia Hassett clutches the ‘Cats In lieu of tying the game, Hassett also drained both of her free throws, giving the ‘Cats a two point lead. Louisville turns the ball over and Brooks calls his second timeout of the quarter. - - - -Kentucky 58 | Louisville 56 | 1:18 4Q - -By: KatieHutchison Kenny Brooks calls a timeout after trouble crossing half-court It’s a loud moment in Memorial Coliseum when fans have a chance to win free Chick-Fil-A chicken. Unfortunately, that noise caused some miscommunication and confusion for Kentucky. Brooks uses his first of three timeouts to avoid the call. - - - -Kentucky 54 | Louisville 56 | 3:04 4Q - -By: KatieHutchison Kentucky is outscoring the Cards this quarter Midway through the fourth, this game just keeps getting sloppier and sloppier. However, Kentucky is outscoring the Cards 10-7. Five minutes to go and the ‘Cats trail by one. - - - -Kentucky 52 | Louisville 53 | 4:56 4Q - -By: KatieHutchison Kentucky 46, Louisville 42, End 3Q It looks cleaner, but Kentucky’s offense is still stagnant. The ‘Cats trail by four. 10 minutes to go. - - - -Georgia Amoore leads all scorers with 15 points and adds six assists. Not a single Cardinal has made it to double-digits yet. - -By: KatieHutchison Former UK recruiting prospect drains THREE three-pointers in a row Yep, former Kenny Brooks prospect Imari Berry drained three three-points to give the Cards a seven point lead. Thank goodness for Georgia Amoore. - - - -Kentucky 42 | Louisville 46 | :30 3Q - -By: KatieHutchison KENTUCKY TAKES THE LEAD! Late in the third, Kentucky takes the lead after a Georgia Amoore THREE and a reverse layup by Amelia Hassett. The ‘Cats haven’t lead since the end of the first quarter. Jeff Walz calls a timeout. - - - -Stat breakdown: - -Amoore – 12 points, six assists, a block, and a steal - -Key – 11 points, five rebounds, three blocks, and an assist - -Lawrence – seven points, one rebound, two assists - -Strack – six points, seven rebounds, two assists, and a block - -Hassett – two points, seven rebounds, and an assist - - - -Kentucky 38 | Louisville 36 | 3:38 3Q - -By: KatieHutchison Louisville’s defense is ELITE The ‘Cats can’t seem to get any kind of consistent offensive production. They had a chance to take the lead after being down two early in the third. Now? Kentucky is down four. - - - -Kentucky 32 | Louisville 36 | 5:42 3Q - -By: KatieHutchison Kentucky 27, Louisville 30, Halftime After an unfortunate five-point Cardinal lead, the ‘Cats closed the gap and trail by three. Time to reconvene and iron out some mistakes. AKA the 12 turnovers… - - - -Georgia Amoore leads all scorers with nine. Teonni Key adds eight. Louisville’s Ja’Leah Williams leads the Cardinals with eight. - -By: KatieHutchison Kentucky’s stats looking… not great. So far, the ‘Cats have committed five fouls, and added NINE turnovers. Unfortunately, the Cardinals are capitalizing off Kentucky’s mistakes. - - - -Kentucky 16 | Louisville 21 | 7:30 2Q - -By: KatieHutchison Kenny Brooks calls timeout one minute into second Louisville took the lead, make that six lead changes so far. Brooks called a timeout at the nine minute mark after some scrappy defense, likely to calm his team down. Kentucky trails by one. - - - -Kentucky 16 | Louisville 17 | 9:00 2Q - -By: KatieHutchison Kentucky 16, Louisville 15 – End 1Q At the end of the first, Kentucky leads by one. So far, two Wildcats have four points: Clara Strack and Teonni Key. Dazia Lawrence adds two and Georgia Amoore leads with six. - -By: KatieHutchison Three lead changes already… Kentucky in front This is going to be a very close game, especially with three lead changes so far in the first quarter. - - - -Kentucky 14 | Louisville 13 | 1:42 1Q - -By: KatieHutchison You can TELL this is a heated rivalry. Midway through the first, the ‘Cats are on a roll. Teonni Key and Clara Strack lead Kentucky with four points a piece, and Georgia Amoore has two. Louisville head coach Jeff Walz is already frustrated at the lack of fouls called. Kenny Brooks is calm, cool, and collected. We’re barely five minutes in, folks. - - - -Kentucky 10 | Louisville 9 | 4:59 1Q #20 Kentucky 10 | #18 Louisville 4 | 5:50 1Q - - - -BIG. GAME. ENERGY. Cats on top early. - - - -LIVE BLOG: https://t.co/myPH87Zaqu - - - -GAME THREAD: https://t.co/VCYdVd35pf pic.twitter.com/UqDjZcez2x — Phoenix Stevens (@PStevensKSR) November 16, 2024 - -By: KatieHutchison Kentucky Wildcats’ Starting Lineup #3 – Georgia Amoore (11.7 PPG, 4.7 RPG, 8.3 APG) - -#7 – Teonni Key (9.7 PPG, 8.3 RPG, 2.3 APG) - -#10 – Dazia Lawrence (12.7 PPG, 1.0 RPG, 1.7 APG) - -#13 – Clara Strack(17.7 PPG, 11.3 RPG, 5.0 APG) - -#32 – Amelia Hassett (8.0 PPG, 10.3 RPG, 1.7 APG) - -By: KatieHutchison Louisville Cardinals’ Starting Lineup #2 – Nyla Harris (10.3 PPG, 3.0 RPG, 1.3 APG) - -#4 – Mackenly Randolph (3.7 PPG, 3.0 RPG, 2.0 APG) - -#12 – Ja’Leah Williams (8.0 PPG, 5.3 RPG, 4.7 APG) - -#22 – Tajianna Roberts (15.0 PPG, 2.7 RPG, 1.7 APG) - -#44 – Olivia Cochran (12.3 PPG, 5.7 RPG, 1.0 APG) - -By: KatieHutchison The stands are filling up quickly! The stands at Memorial are filling up, but there’s still PLENTY of room… 45 minutes to go 😸💙 pic.twitter.com/EYIpz7SCzS — Katie Hutchison (@KHutchisonKSR) November 16, 2024",1731883658,b2069ab8ff,649797621d,,,1731883658 -https://qutech.nl/2024/10/30/a-rudimentary-quantum-network-link-between-dutch-cities/,https://qutech.nl/feed/,A rudimentary quantum network link between Dutch cities,"Moving out of the lab - -An international team led by Ronald Hanson at QuTech—a collaboration between the TU Delft and TNO—was able to connect two small quantum computers between the Dutch cities of Delft and The Hague. “The distance over which we create quantum entanglement in this project, via 25 km of deployed underground fiber, is a record for quantum processors,” says Hanson. “This is the first time such quantum processors in different cities are connected.” - -A few years ago the team reported the first multi-node quantum network inside the lab. “We were faced with new major challenges in going from these lab experiments to realizing a quantum link between cities. We had to design a flexible system that lets the nodes work independently over long distances, we needed to mitigate the impact of photon loss on the connection speed, and we had to ensure reliable confirmation each time the entanglement link was successfully created. Without these innovations, such a large distance would not have been possible.” - -‘Like keeping the moon at a constant distance’ - -To tackle the challenge of photon loss, the team established the quantum connection using a photon-efficient protocol that required very precise stabilization of the connecting fiber link. Co-author Arian Stolk explains using an analogue: “The link needed to be stable well within the wavelength of the photons (smaller than a micrometer) over 25 kilometer of optical fiber. That challenge compares to keeping the distance between the earth and the moon constant with the accuracy of only a few millimeter. Through a combination of research insights and applied engineering, we were able to solve this puzzle.” - -“In this work, we demonstrate successful entanglement between two quantum network nodes containing diamond spin qubits. The independently operated nodes are connected through a midpoint station via optical fiber. We were able to reliably deliver a pre-specified entangled state between the nodes.” - -Collaboration between academia and industry - -Co-author Kian van der Enden explains how indispensable the broad expertise of the team was for the success of the project: “Fraunhofer ILT developed a critical component for this demonstration, a new type of quantum frequency converter. OPNT delivered state-of-the-art timing hardware, Element6 provided high-quality qubit chip substrates and Toptica developed high-stability lasers. Finally, Dutch telecom provider KPN provided the fiber infrastructure as well as the locations of the nodes, the midpoint, and the node in The Hague.” - -Solid foundation for European quantum internet - -This result is an important milestone that addresses key scaling challenges for future quantum networks. Jesse Robbers, Director Industry & Digital Infrastructure of Quantum Delta NL that co-funded the research, adds: “We continue to show leadership in the development of the future fundament of our Digital Infrastructure and how to make it applicable, which is the core of the national and European strategy.” - -The architecture and methods are directly applicable to other qubit platforms, including the next-generation scalable qubits that the team is currently developing. The successful use of deployed, conventional internet infrastructure sets the stage for a new phase on the road towards a quantum internet. Hanson: “This work marks the crucial step out of the research lab into the field, enabling exploration of first quantum processor networks at metropolitan scale.” - -Publication details - -Stolk & Van der Enden, et al. (2024) ‘Metropolitan-scale heralded entanglement of solid-state qubits’, Science Advances, DOI: 10.1126/sciadv.adp6442 - -Publication details",1731883647,855509a49b,649b74739a,,,1731883647 -https://www.brooklynvegan.com/watch-charli-xcx-host-snl-and-perform-360-sympathy-is-a-knife/,https://www.brooklynvegan.com/feed/,"Watch Charli XCX host SNL and perform ""360"" & ""Sympathy is a knife""","Charli XCX pulled double-duty on Saturday Night Live this week as both host and musical guest. She performed BRAT songs “360” (introduced by Julia Fox, who’s in the song’s video) and “Sympathy is a knife” (introduced by Bowen Yang, who has impersonated her on SNL and does sp again this week, see below), both solo, no backing musicians or dancers necessary. - -Charli was in nearly every sketch, including both another return of the Digital Shorts, a song/video called “Here I Go” with Andy Samberg, and a Please Don’t Destroy taped piece. Other sketches: a sequel to the bridesmaids sketch a while back with Ariana Grande, and this time they perform Chappel Roan’s “Hot to Go!”; ‘Wicked Auditions’ (Charli impersonates Adele, and then Troye Sivan to Bowen Yang’s Charli); a Thanksgiving-themed edition of the recurring Bake-Off sketch (which also features former SNL cast member Kyle Mooney); the “It Girl Thanksgiving Special” with fashionistas Marc Jacobs (Yang) and Julia Fox (Chloe Fineman) and Charli as Victoria Beckham; and a sketch about three friends who go to see Shrek: The Musical and and each have unique yet similar experience’s with its star. - -Watch those sketches and more from SNL below. - -SNL takes a few weeks off but returns December 7 with Gladiator II star Paul Mescal as host and Shaboozey as musical guest.",1731883618,d7f1518f3a,646668b497,,,1731883618 -http://www.communitysignal.com/community-programs-for-brands-ambassadors-and-your-team/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,"Community Programs for Brands, Ambassadors, and Your Team","Nicholas Tolstoshev is talking programs. Brand representative programs, where brands pay you for access to your community. Ambassador programs, where you reward your best contributors. And empathy programs, where you help your coworkers see things from the eyes of your members and customers. - -This discussion also ends on a note that we probably all need to hear right now, and that’s the importance of leaning on and being honest with each other about our shared challenges of navigating life and work during the pandemic. Nicholas shares how he has worked to start these honest and difficult conversations at Automox. Here’s to workplaces that are being encouraging and understanding during these difficult times. - -Patrick and Nicholas also discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Discourse. - -Balancing your brand ambassador program (11:33): “[When creating a brand ambassador program], you’ve got to balance the rewards versus what [the ambassadors are] doing. You don’t want to either over or under reward and then have to course-correct later because much like having something be free and then charging for it, that’s always a hard thing to overcome.” – @tolstoshev - -Empowering your users to build their own communities (27:50): “If you don’t make room for people to have [unofficial] conversations on your own site, it’s not going to stop them from having those conversations. They’re just going to go have them somewhere else. That was the lesson that an early mentor of mine drummed into me. Be part of the conversation and the best way to do that is to make a place for it. If somebody has already made a place for it, then go meet them where they are.” – @tolstoshev - -The positive effects of community during the pandemic (40:10): “Since the pandemic hit … I was finding myself stuck at home and feeling isolated and depressed and not having much motivation to work. I had the idea to do this program where a small group of us get together and just share what’s going on and what’s frustrating in their lives. … It was a huge benefit for me. I rolled this out to the rest of the company and fortunately, the execs saw the benefit in doing it. It’s been rewarding to build community internally within the company and help people get through such a difficult time.” – @tolstoshev - -Nicholas Tolstoshev is a sysadmin turned community manager having worked on technical communities for Intuit, Spiceworks, Webroot, LogRhythm, and currently Automox. He also launched Growers Network, a community in the cannabis space. - -[0:00] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, a podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Discourse, civilized discussion for teams, customers, fans, and communities. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[0:25] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and thanks for listening to Community Signal. On this episode, we’re talking programs; customer empathy programs, ambassador programs, and brand representative programs. - -Our guest is Nicholas Tolstoshev, senior community manager for Automox. A big thanks to Luke Zimmer, Heather Champ, and Marjorie Anderson for supporting our show via Patreon. If you’d like to join them, visit communitysignal.com/innercircle. It’s always a happy day when we get a new supporter backing the show. - -Nicholas Tolstoshev is a sysadmin turned community manager having worked on technical communities for Intuit, Spiceworks, Webroot, LogRhythm, and currently Automox. He also launched Growers Network, a community in the cannabis space. Nick, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:06] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Thanks for having me, Patrick. - -[00:01:07] Patrick O’Keefe: My pleasure. It’s funny how you come to be a guest on the show, at least to me. For our last episode, I talked with Sean Dahlberg from Spiceworks and as I was conducting my research for that episode, I was reading posts in the Spiceworks forums and, by chance, the most recent thread or one of the threads that I clicked into, which was among the most recent, you were on and I happened to read a forum post you had made and saw that your username was green. You were denoted as a brand representative. I decided that I wanted to talk about that on this show. I actually referenced you and that post on our last episode to ask Sean about the Spiceworks brand representative program and come to find out as he said on the show, you were the one who hired him more than eight years ago and now here you are. - -[00:01:52] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Yes, it’s funny getting to be on both sides of the fence like that. I was the community manager when we designed and built the brand representative program and grew that from early test pilot into a full feature and now I get to be one. It’s interesting to see things from multiple perspectives like that. - -[00:02:10] Patrick O’Keefe: You hit on exactly, perfectly where I wanted to go next because I’m always interested in programs where companies pay independent online communities in order to have a presence on that community. Sean talked about the Spiceworks partner program from the Spiceworks side, so I thought I’d ask you to talk about it from the vendor side, programs like this in general really, but the Spiceworks partner program is certainly a good example. I don’t know if you participate in more than one. Looking at Spiceworks, like what does it cost you time-wise, money-wise, and what do you get out of it? - -[00:02:38] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Yes, so the base program, I think it’s about a thousand dollars a month per account. If you want to have two brand reps on there to cover multiple time zones, that’s $2,000 a month. Then they also have some add ons. Each of the brand reps gets their own company page, much like a LinkedIn or a Facebook company page, and you can post stuff on there and if you pay extra, you can do additional customizations to that page and such. The main benefit is just getting to go in there and talk to our users; answering questions if they come up about our products or if people are shopping for a particular type of solution for a market that we’re in, then we can go in there and be like, “Hey, make sure you check us out. Here’s what we do better than our competitors,” and things like that. Then it’s also just a great way to be in there and represent the brand as a human being, have a personality and have fun and goof around. Once you make those relationships, then people will naturally just reach out to you. When there is someone shopping for patch management, they’ll think, “Oh, Nick Automox, he’s a cool guy, he hangs out in the community. Let me go talk to him about my patch management needs.” - -[00:03:44] Patrick O’Keefe: How much time do you spend in the community, would you estimate? - -[00:03:47] Nicholas Tolstoshev: That is a good question because it’s spread out so much throughout the day. Actually, posting on the Spiceworks community is probably less than an hour, but I also spend a lot of time hanging out in various chat rooms. There’s a lot of ad hoc chat rooms that have sprung up around various communities that I’ve managed and they can be anywhere. They can be an IRC or Discord or Google Hangouts, and there is an unofficial Spiceworks Discord. I hang out over there and chit chat with people on a day to day basis. Probably I spend more time doing that honestly than on the community. Pro-tip, if you are a new startup without a thousand bucks a month to drop on a green guy account on Spiceworks, you can just hang out in the Spiceworks Discord and get to know the Spiceworks community that way. - -[00:04:31] Patrick O’Keefe: In Spiceworks, that’s really the only way for you to participate representing a brand. You have to sign up for this partner program. - -[00:04:37] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Yes. If you’re going to go in there and talk about your brands and want to promote things, then you do have to be part of that program, otherwise, it will get deleted as unsolicited spam. If you’re just in there to do research and read and have conversations, but you’re not pitching your brand, then they’re not going to care about that. - -[00:04:55] Patrick O’Keefe: There are certainly community professionals listening to this show that have communities where a program like this could make sense. - -[00:05:01] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Yes. - -[00:05:02] Patrick O’Keefe: They might hear $1,000 a month and think, “That’d be a great revenue plus,” but, obviously, it’s a specific type of community that’s generating a specific type of value. How do you justify that on the Automox side? I’m going to spend this amount of money every month and I’m going to spend my time for which you pay me in this community, X amount of hours every month, and this is the value we get out of it? How do you talk about that and break that down? - -[00:05:26] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Well, obviously, there’s the cold hard numbers around leads that you might get from that community, either people who’ve clicked on an ad, so you may be running an ad campaign in Spiceworks in addition to having a vendor rep in there. You can see the benefit of people who’ve clicked through to get to your website and potentially end up making a purchase. Then there are some other areas that are useful. They have a local user meetup group so you can sponsor those and talk to people and do giveaways or raffles and collect leads that way. Then see what potential sales volume you’re getting out of it. I would also classify it in the same spending bucket as any other social media program. If you’re spending money on Twitter, or, Facebook, or LinkedIn, it goes into the same bucket. It’s gotten to the point these days where I don’t get asked to justify the spend on these very often because people get it now- - -[00:06:18] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes. - -[00:06:18] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Rather than 10 years ago where they’re like, “What’s the ROI?” - -[00:06:22] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s interesting because our initial position might be to look at it as its own spend within, I don’t know, community or outreach or something like that. Really, you could spend $1,000 in ads on Spiceworks, right? - -[00:06:36] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Yes. - -[00:06:36] Patrick O’Keefe: You could do that. You could certainly do it that way. You could spend that money. You could give someone $1,000 for ads or you could give someone $1,000 to participate in the community. Some would argue that’s a better relationship, possibly better ROI. I guess it goes without saying that the Spiceworks community is right in the wheelhouse of the type of people that Automox wants to talk to. - -[00:06:57] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Yes, exactly. They’re all sysadmins and IT professionals and they have a very big audience, which is what makes that value worthwhile for vendors to go in there and do that. They also have a program where, say you don’t have someone in-house who can represent the brand on Spiceworks, they have folks that can represent you on your behalf. That’s another aspect to the green guy program on Spiceworks is if you don’t have a rep, they can provide one for you who will work with you to get the message out. - -[00:07:28] Patrick O’Keefe: I believe you said at this top of the show that you were part of the team that helped to design the partner program, right? - -[00:07:33] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Yes, we were. It was an interesting experiment at the time because we didn’t really know of anybody else that was doing this and there was a lot of fear that we could screw something up. Right. You let a bunch of annoying salespeople and marketers in there and they’re just going to spam left and right and rile people up and get on everyone’s nerves. We had a lot of worries about that in the beginning, which is why we tested it out with just a handful of hand-selected brand reps who really understood how to represent a company in there and how not to be too salesy and overly pushy and not be PM-ing people left and right offering demos. Once we’d got through that and it was successful and we could see what was going on, then we open the program wider. - -We did have some interesting learnings along the way. For instance, the brand rep for HP at the time, well I think she still is on Spiceworks, her name is Priscilla. She came in and it was very clear that she was not at all technical, which I was worried about from a user point of view because these are sysadmins, they’re highly technical. They want answers to their questions. They don’t want to talk to someone who doesn’t know what they’re talking about but she ended up proving me wrong and doing a great job and won the awards they give out to the best vendor reps on the community at their annual user conference and is just upheld as one of the examples of doing things right. - -The reason she got there is because she is extremely helpful. If you have any questions or problem related to HP, you can post it on there and she will get a solution for you. She doesn’t have to know the answers, but she’s fantastic at getting them. - -[00:09:11] Patrick O’Keefe: When you launched that program, did you previously allow people to participate from brands in the community and then kind of said, “Okay, you have to stop this,” or “Here’s a line,” or were they never allowed and this was a new thing? - -[00:09:24] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Yes, they were never allowed previously. This was a new thing when we launched it with this vision of it being useful and not just another ad in the middle of your feed instead of on the sidebar. - -[00:09:35] Patrick O’Keefe: I think that might’ve made it easier for you. I don’t know. I think on some level, because if you had had all these brand reps already in the forum for free, and people in the community knew them and they were used to that, valuing that at zero to participate, then you flip that switch and say, “Hey, give us money now.” It seems like that guideline or whatever that policy was prescient to the future plans for keeping Spiceworks profitable online. - -[00:09:59] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Yes. That was definitely the way to go because you know when you take a free service and try and monetize it, it generally goes extremely poorly as evidenced by Meetup trying to charge $2 per attendee and there was so much outcry because it was previously free that they had to go back on their decision. - -[00:10:18] Patrick O’Keefe: Let’s take a moment to talk about our excellent sponsor, Discourse, who by coincidence Automox uses for their community. - -Discourse allows you to brand your community and enhance engagement through an extensive theme and component ecosystem. With their powerful moderation tools, you’ll be able to keep discussions civil, and you’ll never be locked into licensing costs or hosting. - -Whether you have a community of 10 or 10,000, Discourse scales with you. And thanks to their out of the box community health metrics, you’ll be able to measure success. Visit discourse.org to sign up for a 100% free, never-start-your-subscription-automatically trial. Use coupon code CS2020 to get 50% off your first 2 months on a Standard or Business plan. - -When I was reading your pre-show questionnaire, there was a pretty clear trend to me that I wanted to jump on, which was community programs, programs within communities because you talked about three big ones in that questionnaire and that’s what I want to talk about today. The first is brand representatives, the last one will be customer empathy, and the second one is going to be an ambassador program. You’re now at the point with Automox where you are beginning to plan out your ambassador program. What will make the Automox program unique? - -[00:11:25] Nicholas Tolstoshev: That’s a good question. I don’t know if I’m shooting for unique or just avoiding making some of the mistakes that you can make when you make a brand ambassador program. You’ve got to balance the rewards versus what they’re doing. You don’t want to either over or under reward and then have to course-correct later because, you know, much like having something to be free and then charging for it, that’s always a hard thing to overcome. - -The other thing you want to do is you want to make sure that the people that are out there being ambassadors for the company will represent you well. In some regards, there’s some hand-selection to it where it’s like if this is someone who loves your product but tends to get into fights online with people and arguments, in the end, they’re not doing you any favors. If they’re out there having fights as the Automox fan boy or fan girl, then in the end, that’s going to do more harm than good. I think those are the main two things I’m focusing on is just the right balance to start with and always go more conservatively. It’s always easier to up the rewards, then cut them back and then just making sure that what we’re getting out of it does represent us well. - -[00:12:31] Patrick O’Keefe: I think there’s two things that jump out to me and probably most people when they think about an ambassador program, technical space, nontechnical space, ambassador programs, in general, one is what you highlighted there, which is that these are people who like you or love you in some way or use your product or something along those lines, but they’re also representative of you. There’s this push and pull between having people out there who are, you say fanboy, like big fans of your product. Sometimes these are people with big followings. It could be somebody who’s like super into the community, helps a lot of people, goes to techie conferences and doesn’t really have much of a presence online. Oftentimes, it’s people who are out there talking about their trade on YouTube or on Twitter or whatever and they have a large following and there’s this risk that you enter into when you have someone as an ambassador with a big following because there might come a time where maybe they go and argue with people and they embarrass you in some way or maybe they do something worse. The idea is that you might cut them off and you might burn that bridge at some point and then they use their falling against you. What that really leads to, I think the problem when you break it down is that it leads to people letting people get away with things and not enforcing the program or being afraid, managing afraid, which is always a dangerous thing to do. I talk about that a little bit. How do you create a program? Because you’re in a good space right now. Automox seems like it’s got some momentum. That’s why you’re creating this program. You have the fortune of not cleaning up someone else’s mistake. You have a ton of experience yourself on all sides of the table. How are you laying the foundation to sort of limit that risk? - -[00:14:06] Nicholas Tolstoshev: I think the foundation of that starts with the relationships you have with the people on your community. When I talk about power users or people, like you said, with big followings and big voices, it’s a double-edged sword because if these people love you, they’ll tell everyone. If you piss them off and they hate you, they’ll tell everyone. A lot of that is maintaining that relationship, checking in with them. In any relationship, there’s going to be missteps and stumbles and potentially hurt feelings about something. When those come up, it’s important to not to just let them fester. If there is an issue, I will reach out to people and talk with them. If it’s a difficult conversation, I’m going to jump on the phone and do that or a video chat versus in writing because it’s such a richer communication mechanism. The other flip side of the coin is if you can have a conversation with a detractor and talk with them and get around your issues, they could become a huge promoter for you. - -For instance, we had someone join the Spiceworks community who clearly was an ex-employee of a vendor that was on the community and he was going around asking pointed questions of them, clearly had insider knowledge and had worked there. He was being very disruptive on the community. I had to reach out to him and I could have just hit the ban button and got rid of him. I was like, “What’s this guy’s deal? What’s going on?” I talked to him, I said, “Hey, would you be open to a phone conversation?” I got him on the phone, and it was pretty clear that he probably had some untreated mental health issues going on. I suspect maybe bipolar. Basically, he talked my ear off for about two hours straight, which can happen when somebody’s in that manic phase. - -After me just listening to him, ran for two hours, I all of a sudden became his best friend and he was like, “You know what? You’re a good guy. You listened to me,” et cetera, et cetera. Then at the end of the call, I was like, “Well, hey, since we’re buddies now, can you do me the favor of not coming on and disrupting our community?” It ended up being a much more positive interaction than if I just banned him and then he created a bunch of more sockpuppet accounts and then I’d spend my week playing whack-a-mole. - -It’s that thing you got to be willing to do because a lot of these big personalities are very unique and they have their quirks and idiosyncrasies and you’ve got to learn to work with that and what help they may need if they’re in a bad spot on any given day. - -[00:16:28] Patrick O’Keefe: The short version is just that you have to be willing to do the work and spend the time and not shy away from those tough conversations. There are times when you obviously have to cut people off. I’m sure there’s people that wanted to be in the Spiceworks partner program, that’s a drawback to that that you wouldn’t take $1,000 from even if they offered it to you just wouldn’t want in the community because of something that happened somewhere at a developer conference, at an event, online, something they did, something they violated a license. Maybe they took some open source code, used it in a bad way, something, right, anything that would damage their credibility in that community. It’s just not worth the money and it’s just not worth this person’s audience in the case of an ambassador program. - -[00:17:05] Nicholas Tolstoshev: We’ve even caught at Spiceworks a handful of scammers. There was one on there who was promising all these amazing computing results and they were suspicious and it was actually one of our top power users on the community who figured out that they were actually scammers and like they did things like pull up the street view for their address and found out it was like some house with graffiti all over it and what looked like a prime neighborhood to go buy drugs. It was like, these are not real people with a real business. This is just a scam they’re trying to run. We ended up having to fire them and give them their money back and tell them to get lost. - -[00:17:43] Patrick O’Keefe: I mentioned the one side of it is power users and telling people no and building those people up. The other thing that I think is pretty common of a concern for people who start an ambassador program is creating a tiered community, creating a community that feels excluded in some way where you have this great program, ambassador program, you have the great people in it. Not everyone can be in it just by the definition of the program. People apply and maybe you see something that’s like, “Uhhh,” like you said, maybe they are a liar or maybe they just aren’t there yet. Maybe they just haven’t done enough in the community. You tell some people no and then they wonder why. Or even if you explain it to them, they feel like they’re excluded from that community. People worry about turning people away or alienating people. How do you manage around that? - -[00:18:26] Nicholas Tolstoshev: A lot of it is giving them a path forward so if they’re not there yet, make sure they understand what there looks like and what their path is to get there. Giving them a way forwards if they’re really set on becoming an ambassador and also if they’re that gung ho, that says a lot as well. Maybe if they’re initially rejected and then they’re like, “Why? I’m a real fan of your product and I really want to be in.” You have a conversation with them. Maybe there’s a different decision and you do let them in because this is something that means so much to them. - -It is tricky sometimes. For instance, on the Spiceworks community, we want to make sure it’s IT professionals talking to each other and not home users with home user questions. - -We had someone on there who was asking a lot of questions that looked like someone who didn’t know what they’re talking about. I ended up chatting with him. It turns out he was going to community college and working at the local radio station and they were giving him all the equipment that was so old, not even a community college radio station could do anything with it. He would take it home, tinker with it and come ask questions on the community. It turns out he was actually somebody who was in the IT space. He just wasn’t quite there yet. We’d let him on there as long as he agreed not to ask questions about stuff that was like 20 years old and stick to something more recent. He’s stuck around for a while. In the end, I think after I left, they ended up kicking him off just because he wasn’t ever actually getting there and asking real IT-type questions. - -[00:19:57] Patrick O’Keefe: It’s funny cause there’s a community as big as Spiceworks is, especially in IT. We talk about stories, whether it’s with you or with Sean, it’s always about individuals. It’s like there was this one guy who needed help installing Windows and you know what? We spend time with it. We tried, we didn’t just kick them out. It’s like that one story, it’s that one guy, it’s about the individuals. It’s just funny to see that just as a trend because it’s true for pretty much everyone that works in this space. - -[00:20:21] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Yes, and as part of that story, we ended up creating a space for people who are maybe not in IT yet, but have aspirations to be so they’re in school, they’re studying or maybe they have a really elaborate home lab, and they’re really endeavoring to up their game to an IT pro level. Here, we’ll set a space aside where IT pros can go and help you if they have the time for that so as not to mess it in with all the more general IT pro questions. - -[00:20:49] Patrick O’Keefe: I want to go back to something you talked about a little bit before and also you mentioned in your questionnaire. You mentioned how there’s an unofficial Discord for Spiceworks and before the show, you told me that you “like having a chat room as an adjunct to a forum for a community” and you’ve used everything from IRC to Slack to Discord to Google Hangouts for those and you like having the community run the chat platform themselves so that it’s not managed by the parent company. The chat room is more for daily chitchat and quick answers and the forum is more for in-depth conversations that need to be more permanent, more easily searchable. - -Is this something you have in place at Automox? - -[00:21:22 Nicholas Tolstoshev: Not yet, mainly because the community hasn’t asked for it yet. That’s generally my threshold is once we’ve gotten big enough and somebody said, “Hey, I’ve got an idea. Why don’t we have a Slack channel?” Then I can be like, “Hey, that’s a great idea. Would you like to run it?” Usually, they’ll say yes and set it up and I let them be the admin of it. It’s a natural thing that happens once you’ve reached a certain size. That was the same story at Spiceworks. After being there a couple of years, people are like, “Hey I made an unofficial Spiceworks IRC channel and here’s the link.” - -[00:21:52] Patrick O’Keefe: Break it down a little bit. Why do you like that and why do you not want to have oversight over it? - -[00:21:58] Nicholas Tolstoshev: “With oversight comes responsibility,” to misquote Uncle Ben from Spiderman. If you have a chat room, just like a community, there’s a certain expectation that you’re going to keep an eye on everything that goes in there and make sure that people aren’t posting torrent links or sharing illegal stuff. Part of it is to make the parent company comfortable with the chat room being out there. - -The other thing besides just the legal aspect is it gives the community a great sense of ownership over the chat room. They’re the ones who are running it and coming it up with their own rules. It really encourages that self-organizing structure that the best communities end up having where it’s the users who run the show and you’re just there to facilitate and host the party. - -[00:22:44] Patrick O’Keefe: Do you think that’s something that maybe is unique to a technical community? Would you take a similar approach say if you were running, I don’t know what I want to throw out there, consumer goods maybe or even a hobbyist community? Is there something about technical communities that makes them better for allowing to self organize something like a chatroom? - -[00:23:04] Nicholas Tolstoshev: I might make the distinction between B2B versus B2C versus just purely on the technical level. I’ve noticed that in B2B type communities, people tend to have their professional hat on, which cuts down on the amount of unprofessional behavior. Obviously, it doesn’t ever go away completely, but there’s less of it. In a consumer-focused product, it might be harder to run the chat room and you might see more people coming in and grieving. If it’s a video game chat room, for instance, if you go on Twitch and look at a popular streamer and look at the chat room, it’s just a massive emojis and people posting stupid links, swearing, stuff like that. I think a lot of it depends on your audience, whether it’s the technicality or whether they’re there as a professional versus a consumer or is it something that’s appealing to 13-year-old kids who haven’t fully grown up yet. - -[00:23:58] Patrick O’Keefe: When I think about this idea, I see explosions. I’ll just be honest but what I also am a big-time believer in is that there is no one path to good community building and that there is a lot of good approaches out there. This is certainly possible to be one of them. What I’m interested in also is sort of the line between when you have something that’s unofficial, you have something that’s official, there’s a difference there obviously how it’s seen internally. There can be a difference in the line through which you allow an unofficial channel access to official channels I guess would be one way to put it. When you sit out to do that thing, when you say, “Here’s a great idea.” “Okay, great. Go do it. Go set it up. That’s awesome. We don’t have the resources but let’s do it.” How much are you willing to support that? How much are you willing to allow them to promote it in the community? Where does the support end do you think? - -[00:24:46] Nicholas Tolstoshev: I’m all about them promoting the community. For instance, when a community does launch their own chat room to go along with the community, I’ll promote it. I’ll put a widget on the homepage with the link to get there and how to log in and stuff like that. I’m generally in favor of that. Again, that being said, yes, you are putting a lot of the power in the hands of your users but that’s the power they innately have anyway. If your product starts sucking, the customer experience starts being bad, they’re going to go back and change their glowing reviews to bad ones and tell their friends to avoid you. I see this power they already have, I’m just enabling them to use it in a way that hopefully benefits both of us. - -[00:25:27] Patrick O’Keefe: That’s obviously true because they can start their own unofficial community now. - -[00:25:33] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Yes, I can’t stop them. - -[00:25:34] Patrick O’Keefe: Yes, exactly. They could always do that and I think the flip side of that is I’ve managed a lot of different types of communities and one type of community I’ve managed several times as an unofficial fan community. Just because I was interested in that thing whether it was, I had the largest unofficial resource for phpBB once upon a time, phpBBhacks.com. I ran that for 11 years and it had more add-ons for phpBB than the official site did. I ran a site for Bad Boy Records. I’m a big fan of Puff Daddy, always will be. Photoshopforums.com was a community I ran for a long time and I’ve always found it interesting how different brands react differently. It’s like one brand will take just a militant approach and it’s not always what you think. Like it’s not like- we’re not talking about the spirit and liquor industry, we’re not talking about regulated industry. I’m not creating a fan site for Johnny Walker Red or something. It’s a video game. It’s a sports figure. It’s this. Some people are just like you could have this community of 50,000 people who love them and give them money probably generate millions of dollars in revenue and they’ll just come down the hardest possible way they can and send us the worst boilerplate threatening letter that they can come up with. - -Then you have people who on the other side of things like years ago, I had a domain name with the word Flickr in it. I was going to do a Flickr site for people who use Flickr. I think it was head counsel for Yahoo because, obviously, they were owned by Yahoo then and he sent me a message that said, “Hey, we want this name. Would you be willing to give it to us?” I said, “Yes, I could do that. I would like to start a site though because I like Flickr. If I registered another name, would you give me a letter that says that I can use that?” He said, “Yes, sure.” I have this letter on file. I don’t even have the domain name anymore I don’t think but I have this letter on file from the head of counsel Yahoo once upon a time that said, “Patrick O’Keefe can use this name for this Flickr fan site.” - -There’s this whole way of saying, “Okay, this thing is okay.” That’s trademark law. You can protect your trademark without threatening people. There’s a lot of ways to do that too. You can license it, you can give up an expiring license that you renew every year to the fansite for free and say, “You can use it. We could take it away.” It’s just such a crazy thing. I got off the rails there but I think that the bottom line is that they can do it anyway. You can either be a part of that conversation or you can not and I think that’s really where you’re going. - -[00:27:49] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Yes, exactly. Like you said, if you don’t make room for people to have conversations like that on your own site, it’s not going to stop them from having those conversations. They’re just going to go have them somewhere else. That was the lesson that an early mentor of mine drummed into me. Be part of the conversation and the best way to do that is to make a place for it. If somebody has already made a place for it, then go meet them where they are. - -There’s a fantastic tool I use called boardreader.com which is a search engine just for online communities. If I want to go out and see what people are saying about me or about Automox online, I can search Twitter, I can search Facebook, but then I can search BoardReader and find all the mentions that may be on a Microsoft tech community or somewhere else and go and meet those people and be like, “I work for Automox. Here’s the answer to your question,” or “If you need help or something, here’s how you can reach me.” Just those kinds of outreaches and like you said, making friends with the super fans and cooperating with them is way better than a cease and desist letter. You’ve got companies like Nintendo who are so protective of their IP that there’s very few people streaming Nintendo games because there’s so likely to get sued and they’re just hurting themselves with losing all of that free publicity and marketing. - -[00:29:05] Patrick O’Keefe: Boardreader, that’s a name I haven’t heard in a minute but I searched for Automox on there just now. I’m seeing a lot of positive stuff. “Just got a trial of Automox, I like it.” “We use Automox. It’s good stuff.” Someone would like to see Automax succeed, blah, blah, blah. Super positive stuff over there. - -Continuing the theme of conversation, I think we talked about power users and I found it interesting of the metrics that you value before the show, you told me that you play specific emphasis on the participation rate of the power users. “That’s a mine canary that will tell you if things are going off the rails.” How so? - -[00:29:38] Nicholas Tolstoshev: It’s a bit of a if you build it, they will come philosophy. If you have good content, the lurkers and the readers will show up. To generate that content, you really have to cultivate and find those power users who are going to be on your community day in and day out and they’re loyal. They’ll forgive you missteps and mistakes as long as you own up to it and apologize and be like, “Oops, we goofed. You’re right. I’m sorry. Here’s something to make up for it.” - -If you’ve pissed them off to the point where they’re either just not showing up anymore, which is the most concerning thing. If they tell you you’re screwing up, that’s the good option. Some people just are like, “You’re screwing up. I’m just going to leave quietly and walk out of the party.” When that happens, you’ve got to go be like, “Did I say something that pissed you off? Did we make a mistake or are you just going through some difficult period of life or you’re very busy at work and you just don’t have time anymore?” That’s the stat I keep an eye on and we’ll do individual outreach if I see a bigger than average decline in power user participation during a certain period. - -[00:30:40] Patrick O’Keefe: Power users are typically defined by you as–? - -[00:30:44] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Generally, it’s frequency. The people that come in pretty much every day and post a lot, it’s the old 99-1 rule. The 1% of your users who talk a lot and, in my experience, people generally tend to be that way innately. I’ve not had great success turning lurkers into posters. It’s more the people that are likely to post and be outspoken like that, they’re just 1% of the population and that’s just how it is. You have to find those people, reach out to them, cultivate them, identify them early when they join your community so you can make sure to reinforce what they’re doing. - -Again, they’re some of your greatest feedback in terms of what’s going well and what’s not going well. - -[00:31:28] Patrick O’Keefe: I think the beautiful thing about a lot of company-run B2B communities is that the number of people in the community is not so large that you can’t notice and contact one person. The scale of most B2B communities, most company, most developer communities, there are some exceptions to that, obviously, like Microsoft has a massive developer community, but a lot of companies tend to operate in that small to mid-range where their community is maybe dozens, hundreds of active users every week, every day, every month. When you’re in that scale, and sometimes, it’s just because your product is expensive. I don’t know much about Automox and how that factors in but sometimes with a B2B product, obviously, the cost is in the forum space, for example, there are platforms that you’re not going to run for less than mid-five figures or six figures just because of how they’re set up as a product. The audience there, of course, is substantially smaller because of the gate to enter. You can say, “Hey, oh, yes, Joe stopped posting. He was active for months and then he disappeared last month. We know that’s an active person. We know they use our product, we know they give us X dollars a month, what the heck happened?” You can actually contact him and move that needle on a one-to-one basis. That does drive revenue. - -[00:32:40] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Yes, exactly. If you’re at a company large enough to have a customer success team, they’re a fantastic resource to work very closely with because they’ve got the pulse on what your biggest and most important customers are feeling and they talk to a lot of those folks on the phone, day in and day out. It’s important to share notes and be like, this is my list of power users and they have their list of important clients and you want to see where the overlap is and make sure you’re using all of that info and data to keep a good pulse on the most important people that are your clients and customers. - -[00:33:10] Patrick O’Keefe: I teased this earlier, we’re near the end of the show, the third program I want to talk about is you mentioned. I don’t know if I’ve heard this phrasing exactly before, that customer empathy initiative that you’re running at Automox. Tell us about that. - -[00:33:22] Nicholas Tolstoshev: This is something I’ve thought a lot about over the years working at different companies and it’s been my experience that there’s two things that are really critical to have when you’re in the smaller startup phase is you want as many people in your company as possible talking directly. We’ve got lots of job functions that have no reason to talk to customers, but it is a huge motivator if you can do that. Even if someone works in finance and you can get them to monitor the community and talking with your customers, then that has benefit because they get to understand and have empathy for your customers and know them as people so that when they’re making decisions about what to do, whether it’s a new feature or a pricing change or change to the support experience, you’re not just being like, “Oh, well, 5% of people might hate this, but it’s just 5%, it’s a small number,” versus going, “If we make this change, Bob’s really going to be pissed at me.” - -It has a different weight to it and I think it encourages a lot better and more human decisions versus thinking of people as numbers and statistics and just a big amorphous blob without a face to it. To that end, at Spiceworks, we even started a pen pal program where every employee of the company was paired up with someone on the community as a pen pal and they would direct message each other on the community and just check in and develop a relationship like that. - -The other benefit is when you develop those relationships then when an engineer is building something and has a quick question that’s not worth spinning up a focus group to answer, they can just go ping that one person and be like, “What do you think? I could go down path A or path B. Which one would work better for you or which one do you think is the right decision?” Shortening that feedback loop, I think is critical to continue to innovate as your company grows to the size where 90% of your employees don’t talk to customers. The other prong is making sure that you’re familiar with your own product. It would be very hard to be a bicycle salesperson if you’d never ridden a bicycle. I try and make sure as much as possible, obviously, some products, it doesn’t make sense because they are too intricate or too high level for a lot of people in the company to really get into. - -I think there’s huge benefit in making sure everybody at your company has had some hands-on time with the product. Again, makes this so you understand better what you’re doing. Even your thirty-second elevator pitches are going to be better because you’ve done it firsthand. The whole phrase of eating your own dog food or drinking your own champagne means that they will feel the pain firsthand. If there is a crappy UI element or something that’s confusing, there’s nothing better than to run into that firsthand yourself and really see it. Anytime you can get someone seeing or experiencing that pain within the company, then that empathy directly with the customer leads to better decisions and better designs. - -[00:36:16] Patrick O’Keefe: I would think for a program like this to be successful, you have to have structure and routine where people are scheduled, I guess is another way to put it. They’re scheduled to do these things. Like you know that Tuesday at that time you’re going to go to the forum or you’re going to get on a call with a customer or you’re going to take this demo, or you’re going to do something because otherwise, it’s just one more thing to find a way to make time for. Talk about that structure a little bit and how you schedule people in and make sure that they do take the time to build this empathy. - -[00:36:46] Nicholas Tolstoshev: On that front, it’s important to have buy-in with your execs, so they’re willing to back you up and tell people to go to these things you set up. - -[00:36:52] Patrick O’Keefe: I tried to get our people at a previous job into our communities. I was just, “No.” I wanted to do it, but I will go to my grave believing that it was a good idea. At the end of the day, they were not willing to commit an hour from, let’s say, one of the technical executives to come into the community and talk to people every month or they were not willing to bank in that time at all. It’s worth noting. - -[00:37:15] Nicholas Tolstoshev: I have the luxury of working for a place that really gets it. Onboarding and creating a community count is part of every new hire’s process. In the training, I don’t just show them what to do, I make them create their account, upload a picture and make their first post in the introduce yourself thread so that they’ve jumped in the pool. I’m not just going to give them a swimsuit and send them home and be like, “Well, try and go for swim sometime when you think about it.” - -For the customer empathy exercise, the first thing I started doing was setting up site visits with local customers. I identified all our local customers and I reached out to them and be like, “Hey, can we bring a couple of engineers and maybe a product person and someone from marketing to come tour your site and watch you use the product and talk to you about what you like and don’t like?” I started doing that and it was very successful and then the pandemic hits. - -That was the end of site visits for a while. I had to transition that into something else. We’re looking at what we’re going to do now. Probably, the easiest one to do is get people shadowing and sitting in on customer success calls and also potentially some sales calls or support calls just so they can get that experience. I definitely want them talking and interacting with the customer, not just listening because I feel like that’s richer. I want engineers to come in and be like, “Hey, here’s something we’re struggling with to design or here’s a feature that we’re trying to figure out the best way to do it, what do you think? What would you like us to do?” They come prepared with that kind of stuff. For the…using the product, that one I’ve basically had to take on myself. I created a training program and set up some VMs and I’m taking our employees through that four at a time because it’s very hands-on and I’m having to interact a lot with them and help them. They’re going in, they’re installing our agent on a VM and making sure it shows up in the console and then we’re setting some patch policies and installing some software through our software using the software deployment capabilities so that they can see it happen and they can click on the buttons and they can really get what we’re doing. - -I’ve gotten a huge amount of positive feedback from the people who have gone through that class. They’re like, “Oh, my God, everything makes a lot more sense to me now.” They’re not just writing marketing materials or documentation based on a theoretical understanding of the product. - -One of the things I focus on a lot is not just external community building with customers, it’s also internal community building. That’s also key at a startup that’s growing rapidly. Ninety percent of the people at Automox have been there a year or less. We’re all still getting to know each other and geling as teams. I started a program called Random Coffee, which is random employees get paired up with each other to meet and just chit chat and get to know each other. Since the pandemic hit, I transitioned that into more of a support group program. I was finding myself stuck at home and really feeling isolated and depressed and not having much motivation to work. I had the idea to do this program where like a small group of us get together and just share what’s going on and what’s frustrating in their lives and how the kids are driving us nuts. The dog won’t leave me alone while I’m trying to work. - -It was a huge benefit for me. I rolled this out to the rest of the company and fortunately, the execs saw the benefit in doing it. It’s been really rewarding to build community internally within the company and help people get through such a difficult time and share some of the tough stuff they’re going through whether it’s…We have one person who has his significant others from China and she went back home for the New Year and she’s been stuck there for the last three months. What’s that like to go through and how can we support him and be understanding of where his priorities are. This sharing even within the company and community building I see is just as important as the external community building. - -[00:41:07] Patrick O’Keefe: It sounds like you work at a good place. - -[laughter] - -[00:41:09] Nicholas Tolstoshev: I do. - -[00:41:11] Patrick O’Keefe: I’ve heard a fair amount of stories and they, that’s a positive one, so I appreciate you sharing it and I appreciate you spending time with us today. Thanks for coming on, Nick. - -[00:41:20] Nicholas Tolstoshev: Thanks for having me. Looking forward to coming back and chatting with you sometime in the future and telling you how various programs I’ve been working on are going. - -[00:41:28] Patrick O’Keefe: We’ve been talking with Nicholas Tolstoshev, senior community manager at Automox. Check out their community at community.automox.com. Automox is A-U-T-O-M-O-X. For the transcript from this episode plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. - -Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. Thanks for listening.",1731883709,b6cef58d91,64181c28e8,,,1731883709 -https://cryptomining-blog.com/13525-2-gh-s-pci-e-lokotech-hashblade-scrypt-asics-now-up-for-pre-order/,https://cryptomining-blog.com/feed/,2 GH/s PCI-E Lokotech Hashblade Scrypt ASICs Now Up for Pre-Order,"2 GH/s PCI-E Lokotech Hashblade Scrypt ASICs Now Up for Pre-Order 10 Nov - -2023 - -The next generation of Scrypt mining performance and efficiency comes from Lokotech, a Norwegian company, that has opened pre-orders for their Lokotech Hashblade Scrypt ASIC boards offering about 2 GH/s mining hashrate at just 145 Watts of power (about 0.0726 J/MH) and the mining boards come in the form of PCI-E cards. The device comes in the form of a PCI-E x1 board with 128 pieces of the S1 ASICs mounted on it, air or immersion cooled and powered by 2x 6/8-pin PCI-E power connectors, communication with the computer is done either over PCI-E x1 or USB cable. And now for the most important question – the price – it is currently set at $1999 USD per board for the just opened pre-orders with shipping expected in the second half of 2024. Lokotech is also offering for pre-order a complete mining system with 10 of their Hashblades inside giving you around 20 GH/s hashrate with around 1750 Watts of power usage, also shipping in the second half of 2024 with a price tag of $20199 USD. - -We haven’t seen much of development from other already known manufacturers of Scrypt ASIC miners for a while now, so maybe Lokotech will help a bit in moving and shaking that space as well with their upcoming release that offers better hashrate and power efficiency. So, if you pre-order now it will be more than half a year before you get your mining hardware and you should have that in mind as a lot can and will probably happen next year in the crypto world. Some of you might know that earlier this year we’ve had another Litecoin (LTC) halving with the block reward going down from 12.5 LTC to 6.25 LTC and the next halving will be in 4 more years, so that is a while before mining profitability for LTC goes down significantly due to another halving. Then there is the merged mining of LTC and DOGE, so this is probably what most people will point their Scrypt miners at anyway, but then again you will also have the option to mine other alternative Scrypt-based crypto coins as well. - -– For more information about the preorder of Lokotech’s Scrypt ASIC miners…",1731883659,bd0c3a08cb,649a6830fd,,,1731883659 -https://www.docker.com/blog/testcontainers-cloud-vs-docker-in-docker-for-testing-scenarios/,https://www.docker.com/blog/feed/,Why Testcontainers Cloud Is a Game-Changer Compared to Docker-in-Docker for Testing Scenarios,"Why Testcontainers Cloud Is a Game-Changer Compared to Docker-in-Docker for Testing Scenarios - -Navigating the complex world of containerized testing environments can be challenging, especially when dealing with Docker-in-Docker (DinD). As a senior DevOps engineer and Docker Captain, I’ve seen firsthand the hurdles that teams face with DinD, and here I’ll share why Testcontainers Cloud is a transformative alternative that’s reshaping the way we handle container-based testing. - -Understanding Docker-in-Docker - -Docker-in-Docker allows you to run Docker within a Docker container. It’s like Inception for containers — a Docker daemon running inside a Docker container, capable of building and running other containers. - -How Docker-in-Docker works - -Nested Docker daemons: In a typical Docker setup, the Docker daemon runs on the host machine, managing containers directly on the host’s operating system. With DinD, you start a Docker daemon inside a container. This inner Docker daemon operates independently, enabling the container to build and manage its own set of containers. - -In a typical Docker setup, the Docker daemon runs on the host machine, managing containers directly on the host’s operating system. With DinD, you start a Docker daemon inside a container. This inner Docker daemon operates independently, enabling the container to build and manage its own set of containers. Privileged mode and access to host resources: To run Docker inside a Docker container, the container needs elevated privileges. This is achieved by running the container in privileged mode using the --privileged flag: - -docker run --privileged -d docker:dind - -The --privileged flag grants the container almost all the capabilities of the host machine, including access to device files and the ability to perform system administration tasks. Although this setup enables the inner Docker daemon to function, it poses significant security risks, as it can potentially allow the container to affect the host system adversely. - -Filesystem considerations : The inner Docker daemon stores images and containers within the file system of the DinD container, typically under /var/lib/docker . Because Docker uses advanced file system features like copy-on-write layers, running an inner Docker daemon within a containerized file system (which may itself use such features) can lead to complex interactions and potential conflicts. - -: The inner Docker daemon stores images and containers within the file system of the DinD container, typically under . Because Docker uses advanced file system features like copy-on-write layers, running an inner Docker daemon within a containerized file system (which may itself use such features) can lead to complex interactions and potential conflicts. Cgroups and namespace isolation: Docker relies on Linux kernel features like cgroups and namespaces for resource isolation and management. When running Docker inside a container, these features must be correctly configured to allow nesting. This process can introduce additional complexity in ensuring that resource limits and isolation behave as expected. - -Why teams use Docker-in-Docker - -Isolated build environments : DinD allows each continuous integration (CI) job to run in a clean, isolated Docker environment, ensuring that builds and tests are not affected by residual state from previous jobs or other jobs running concurrently. - -: DinD allows each continuous integration (CI) job to run in a clean, isolated Docker environment, ensuring that builds and tests are not affected by residual state from previous jobs or other jobs running concurrently. Consistency across environments: By encapsulating the Docker daemon within a container, teams can replicate the same Docker environment across different stages of the development pipeline, from local development to CI/CD systems. - -Challenges with DinD - -Although DinD provides certain benefits, it also introduces significant challenges, such as: - -Security risks : Running containers in privileged mode can expose the host system to security vulnerabilities, as the container gains extensive access to host resources. - -: Running containers in privileged mode can expose the host system to security vulnerabilities, as the container gains extensive access to host resources. Stability issues : Nested containers can lead to storage driver conflicts and other instability issues, causing unpredictable build failures. - -: Nested containers can lead to storage driver conflicts and other instability issues, causing unpredictable build failures. Complex debugging: Troubleshooting issues in a nested Docker environment can be complicated, as it involves multiple layers of abstraction and isolation. - -Real-world challenges - -Although Docker-in-Docker might sound appealing, it often introduces more problems than it solves. Before diving into those challenges, let’s briefly discuss Testcontainers and its role in modern testing practices. - -What is Testcontainers? - -Testcontainers is a popular open source library designed to support integration testing by providing lightweight, disposable instances of common databases, web browsers, or any service that can run in a Docker container. It allows developers to write tests that interact with real instances of external resources, rather than relying on mocks or stubs. - -Key features of Testcontainers - -Realistic testing environment : By using actual services in containers, tests are more reliable and closer to real-world scenarios. - -: By using actual services in containers, tests are more reliable and closer to real-world scenarios. Isolation : Each test session, or even each test can run in a clean environment, reducing flakiness due to shared state. - -: Each test session, or even each test can run in a clean environment, reducing flakiness due to shared state. Easy cleanup: Containers are ephemeral and are automatically cleaned up after tests, preventing resource leaks. - -Dependency on the Docker daemon - -A core component of Testcontainers’ functionality lies in its interaction with the Docker daemon. Testcontainers orchestrates Docker resources by starting and stopping containers as needed for tests. This tight integration means that access to a Docker environment is essential wherever the tests are run. - -The DinD challenge with Testcontainers in CI - -When teams try to include Testcontainers-based integration testing in their CI/CD pipelines, they often face the challenge of providing Docker access within the CI environment. Because Testcontainers requires communication with the Docker daemon, many teams resort to using Docker-in-Docker to emulate a Docker environment inside the CI job. - -However, this approach introduces significant challenges, especially when trying to scale Testcontainers usage across the organization. - -Case study: The CI pipeline nightmare - -We had a Jenkins CI pipeline that utilized Testcontainers for integration tests. To provide the necessary Docker environment, we implemented DinD. Initially, it seemed to work fine, but soon we encountered: - -Unstable builds : Random failures due to storage driver conflicts and issues with nested container layers. The nested Docker environment sometimes clashed with the host, causing unpredictable behavior. - -: Random failures due to storage driver conflicts and issues with nested container layers. The nested Docker environment sometimes clashed with the host, causing unpredictable behavior. Security concerns : Running containers in privileged mode raised red flags during security audits. Because DinD requires privileged mode to function correctly, it posed significant security risks, potentially allowing containers to access the host system. - -: Running containers in privileged mode raised red flags during security audits. Because DinD requires privileged mode to function correctly, it posed significant security risks, potentially allowing containers to access the host system. Performance bottlenecks : Builds were slow, and resource consumption was high. The overhead of running Docker within Docker led to longer feedback loops, hindering developer productivity. - -: Builds were slow, and resource consumption was high. The overhead of running Docker within Docker led to longer feedback loops, hindering developer productivity. Complex debugging: Troubleshooting nested containers became time-consuming. Logs and errors were difficult to trace through the multiple layers of containers, making issue resolution challenging. - -We spent countless hours trying to patch these issues, but it felt like playing a game of whack-a-mole. - -Why Testcontainers Cloud is a better choice - -Testcontainers Cloud is a cloud-based service designed to simplify and enhance your container-based testing. By offloading container execution to the cloud, it provides a secure, scalable, and efficient environment for your integration tests. - -How TestContainers Cloud addresses DinD’s shortcomings - -Enhanced security - -No more privileged mode : Eliminates the need for running containers in privileged mode, reducing the attack surface. - -: Eliminates the need for running containers in privileged mode, reducing the attack surface. Isolation : Tests run in isolated cloud environments, minimizing risks to the host system. - -: Tests run in isolated cloud environments, minimizing risks to the host system. Compliance-friendly: Easier to pass security audits without exposing the Docker socket or granting elevated permissions. - -Improved performance - -Scalability : Leverage cloud resources to run tests faster and handle higher loads. - -: Leverage cloud resources to run tests faster and handle higher loads. Resource efficiency: Offloading execution frees up local and CI/CD resources. - -Simplified configuration - -Plug-and-play integration : Minimal changes are required to switch from local Docker to Testcontainers Cloud. - -: Minimal changes are required to switch from local Docker to Testcontainers Cloud. No nested complexity: Avoid the intricacies and pitfalls of nested Docker daemons. - -Better observability and debugging - -Detailed logs : Access comprehensive logs through the Testcontainers Cloud dashboard. - -: Access comprehensive logs through the Testcontainers Cloud dashboard. Real-time monitoring: Monitor containers and resources in real time with enhanced visibility. - -Getting started with Testcontainers Cloud - -Let’s dive into how you can get the most out of Testcontainers Cloud. - -Switching to Testcontainers Cloud allows you to run tests without needing a local Docker daemon: - -No local Docker required : Testcontainers Cloud handles container execution in the cloud. - -: Testcontainers Cloud handles container execution in the cloud. Consistent environment: Ensures that your tests run in the same environment across different machines. - -Additionally, you can easily integrate Testcontainers Cloud into your CI pipeline to run the same tests without scaling your CI infrastructure. - -Using Testcontainers Cloud with GitHub Actions - -Here’s how you can set up Testcontainers Cloud in your GitHub Actions workflow. - -1. Create a new service account - -Log in to Testcontainers Cloud dashboard. - -Navigate to Service Accounts: Create a new service account dedicated to your CI environment. - -Generate an access token: Copy the access token. Remember, you can only view it once, so store it securely. - - - -2. Set the TC_CLOUD_TOKEN environment variable - -In GitHub Actions: Go to your repository’s Settings > Secrets and variables > Actions . Add a new Repository Secret named TC_CLOUD_TOKEN and paste the access token. - - - -3. Add Testcontainers Cloud to your workflow - -Update your GitHub Actions workflow ( .github/workflows/ci.yml ) to include the Testcontainers Cloud setup. - -Example workflow: - -name: CI Pipeline on: push: branches: [ main ] pull_request: branches: [ main ] jobs: build: runs-on: ubuntu-latest steps: - uses: actions/checkout@v3 # ... other preparation steps (dependencies, compilation, etc.) ... - name: Set up Java uses: actions/setup-java@v3 with: distribution: 'temurin' java-version: '17' - name: Setup Testcontainers Cloud Client uses: atomicjar/testcontainers-cloud-setup-action@v1 with: token: ${{ secrets.TC_CLOUD_TOKEN }} # ... steps to execute your tests ... - name: Run Tests run: ./mvnw test - -Notes: - -The atomicjar/testcontainers-cloud-setup-action GitHub Action automates the installation and authentication of the Testcontainers Cloud Agent in your CI environment. - -GitHub Action automates the installation and authentication of the Testcontainers Cloud Agent in your CI environment. Ensure that your TC_CLOUD_TOKEN is kept secure using GitHub’s encrypted secrets. - -Clarifying the components: Testcontainers Cloud Agent and Testcontainers Cloud - -To make everything clear: - -Testcontainers Cloud Agent (CLI in CI environments) : In CI environments like GitHub Actions, you use the Testcontainers Cloud Agent (installed via the GitHub Action or command line) to connect your CI jobs to Testcontainers Cloud. - -: In CI environments like GitHub Actions, you use the Testcontainers Cloud Agent (installed via the GitHub Action or command line) to connect your CI jobs to Testcontainers Cloud. Testcontainers Cloud: The cloud service that runs your containers, offloading execution from your CI environment. - -In CI environments: - -Use the Testcontainers Cloud Agent (CLI) within your CI jobs. - -Authenticate using the TC_CLOUD_TOKEN . - -. Tests executed in the CI environment will use Testcontainers Cloud. - -Monitoring and debugging - -Take advantage of the Testcontainers Cloud dashboard: - -Session logs : View logs for individual test sessions. - -: View logs for individual test sessions. Container details : Inspect container statuses and resource usage. - -: Inspect container statuses and resource usage. Debugging: Access container logs and output for troubleshooting. - -Why developers prefer Testcontainers Cloud over DinD - -Real-world impact - -After integrating Testcontainers Cloud, our team observed the following: - -Faster build times : Tests ran significantly faster due to optimized resource utilization. - -: Tests ran significantly faster due to optimized resource utilization. Reduced maintenance : Less time spent on debugging and fixing CI pipeline issues. - -: Less time spent on debugging and fixing CI pipeline issues. Enhanced security : Eliminated the need for privileged mode, satisfying security audits. - -: Eliminated the need for privileged mode, satisfying security audits. Better observability: Improved logging and monitoring capabilities. - -Addressing common concerns - -Security and compliance - -Data isolation : Each test runs in an isolated environment. - -: Each test runs in an isolated environment. Encrypted communication : Secure data transmission. - -: Secure data transmission. Compliance: Meets industry-standard security practices. - -Cost considerations - -Efficiency gains : Time saved on maintenance offsets the cost. - -: Time saved on maintenance offsets the cost. Resource optimization: Reduces the need for expensive CI infrastructure. - -Compatibility - -Multi-language support : Works with Java, Node.js, Python, Go, .NET, and more. - -: Works with Java, Node.js, Python, Go, .NET, and more. Seamless integration: Minimal changes required to existing test code. - -Conclusion - -Switching to Testcontainers Cloud, with the help of the Testcontainers Cloud Agent, has been a game-changer for our team and many others in the industry. It addresses the key pain points associated with Docker-in-Docker and offers a secure, efficient, and developer-friendly alternative. - -Key takeaways - -Security : Eliminates the need for privileged containers and Docker socket exposure. - -: Eliminates the need for privileged containers and Docker socket exposure. Performance : Accelerates test execution with scalable cloud resources. - -: Accelerates test execution with scalable cloud resources. Simplicity : Simplifies configuration and reduces maintenance overhead. - -: Simplifies configuration and reduces maintenance overhead. Observability: Enhances debugging with detailed logs and monitoring tools. - -As someone who has navigated these challenges, I recommend trying Testcontainers Cloud. It’s time to move beyond the complexities of DinD and adopt a solution designed for modern development workflows. - -Additional resources",1731883632,fbb77a7456,64caed5b70,,,1731883632 -https://blogs.getty.edu/iris/cultural-heritage-under-attack-the-united-nations-and-uyghur-china/,https://blogs.getty.edu/iris/feed/,Cultural Heritage Under Attack: The United Nations and Uyghur China,"JAMES CUNO: Hello, I’m Jim Cuno, former president of the J. Paul Getty Trust. Welcome to Art + Ideas. I am your host for a three-episode series on the need to protect cultural heritage during times of war and mass atrocities. - -SIMON ADAMS: Culture isn’t just dead stones and statues; culture is life. Culture is, you know, all the ways in which we move and interact together as peoples. - -CUNO: In this episode, I speak with Simon Adams and Rachel Harris about current approaches and issues in cultural heritage protection in conflict zones. - -In 2005, the United Nations agreed to a new framework for preventing genocide, war crimes, ethnic cleansing, and crimes against humanity. Called the Responsibility to Protect or R2P, this new norm does not explicitly call for the protection of cultural heritage. Yet in times of conflict, cultural heritage continues to be targeted for destruction, particularly in cases of genocide or ethnic cleansing. - -I recently spoke with Rachel Harris, expert on Uyghur culture and professor of ethnomusicology at SOAS, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, and Simon Adams, president and CEO of the Center for Victims of Torture, about the role of the UN in protecting cultural heritage in times of crisis and the current case of the Uyghur people in China. Both Rachel and Simon are contributors to the recent book Cultural Heritage and Mass Atrocities, which can be downloaded free of charge at getty.edu/publications/. This episode is part three of a three-part series with authors of this volume. - -Thank you, Simon and Rachel, for speaking with me on this podcast episode. Our book developed from the compelling need to stop, and hopefully prevent, the destruction of cultural heritage, and its links to mass atrocities, which UN member states agreed to at the 2005 World Summit, under the norm of the Responsibility to Protect. Simon, you’ve done a lot of work in this area. Give us a sense of the meaning and legacy of R2P. - -ADAMS: Sure. You know, I think that R2P, or the Responsibility to Protect, was kind of the UN’s attempt to deal with the tragic kind of aftermath of genocide in Rwanda and in Yugoslavia during the 1990s, and an attempt to kind of look at that and to think, “Well, maybe if we can’t fix everything in the world, we can at least respond in a more timely and decisive way when the worst kinds of atrocities happen in the world.” - -And so I think it kind of shifted the frame of thought away from the idea that big powers have a right to do what they wanna do to help who they wanna help and ignore who they want to ignore in the world, and the idea that all states and all people in this world have a responsibility to protect one another. So it’s been a defining idea of the last decade. But unfortunately, as with all things to do with the United Nations, implementation is a lot more difficult than simply creating a new norm and putting it into words in a piece of paper. - -CUNO: How long as R2P been in existence? - -ADAMS: You know, it kind of starts in the aftermath of Rwanda and in the aftermath of Srebrenica, the genocide in Bosnia. But it really doesn’t become a kind of an emerging norm or a, you know, proper, fully-fledged kind of diplomatic idea until after the UN World Summit in 2005, when it’s adopted in the outcome document of that summit. Which means that, you know, 175 heads of state and government subscribe to the idea. And then the very difficult job, as I said, began of actually trying to make it not just rhetoric, but reality. - -CUNO: How does it renew itself over time? - -ADAMS: Well, I think, it’s a norm of behavior for states. And I think like all great ideas, whether it be human rights or international justice, it’s something that requires political will in order to have an impact in the real world. And so I think the ideas live on. And certainly, live on in the minds and in the words of people around the world who are facing persecution, conflict, and atrocities, and want the international community to do something about it. - -But again, the challenge is making sure that there’s consistent implementation of all these norms around human rights, international justice, and the responsibility to protect, wherever people face the threat of the concentration camp or the mass grave or any other kinds of atrocities. - -CUNO: We’ve attempted in the podcast and in the book with which the podcast is linked, to associate the destruction of cultural heritage with mass atrocities. Rachel, you’ve been a strong voice against China’s campaign of destruction of the religious heritage of the Turkic Muslim Uyghur peoples. Give us a sense of these cultures and China’s campaigns against them. - -RACHEL HARRIS: Well, the Uyghur people, they do live now within China’s borders; but culturally, they’re really Central Asian. They are Muslims. They’re really closer to the Uzbeks. They speak a Turkic language which is much closer to Turkish than it is to Chinese. They live in the oasis cities around the Taklamakan Desert, the Tarim Basin, in the cities of Hotan and Kucha. Those might be familiar to those of you interested in the more kind of ancient Buddhist culture. - -But the Uyghurs began to convert to Islam around the tenth century. And that was a kind of Islam that was brought by Sufi teachers, mainly, and they went on to establish these important lineages, especially in the city of Kashgar. And so today, you find the Taklamakan Desert is really dotted with shrines to these Sufi sheikhs, these leaders of the lineages; and also the martyrs who died bringing Islam to the region. - -And certainly, up until a few years ago, people would go on pilgrimages to the shrines and would hold big festivals at the shrines. - -CUNO: Well, what about the effect of the Chinese government’s control, or increasing control, over the peoples of the area? - -HARRIS: So these shrines are now— as far as we know, they are completely bulldozed. They’re gone. And alongside that kind of destruction of built heritage, all kinds of everyday religious practice—praying, fasting, growing a beard—all of these have become a criminal offense over the last five or six years. And beginning then in 2017, we’ve seen hundreds of thousands of people—estimates reach over 1.8 million—having been sent to what are variously termed reeducation camps or sometimes concentration camps, where they’ve been subject to maltreatment and abuse, and taught that their culture, their language, and their faith are a crime. - -CUNO: Simon, how do these campaigns fall within the norm of R2P? And if they do, why can’t the UN prevent their destruction? - -ADAMS: Well, I think I would answer that in reverse order, Jim, which is that, you know, as with all things, these require political will. It requires the states of the United Nations, whether that be the UN Security Council, to take action whenever something like this happens. And unfortunately, with China being a veto-wielding member of the UN Security Council, it has essentially tried to inoculate itself against any kind of international action. - -But I think that it has discredited itself. And I think that we’ve seen, over— probably over the last, you know, five, six, seven years, that the issue of the Uyghurs and the issue of Xinjiang has gone from being a kind of a marginal concern that might’ve been of interest to academic scholars like Rachel and human rights activists, and advocates like myself, but wasn’t really known more generally. Whereas I think that that is no longer the case. - -People are aware of what’s happening in Xinjiang. It’s had a lot of media attention. People more generally are aware that something very sinister is underway in that part of China, and that there seems to be an ongoing campaign to not just change the design of mosques, but to actually irradicate the cultural traditions that hold the Uyghur people together. And under international law, that would constitute genocide. - -CUNO: Now Rachel, you write eloquently about the Mosque Rectification Campaign. What is that, and how does it relate to the larger question of China’s campaign against the increasing number of Uyghurs in Western China? - -HARRIS: I mean, there is always such a wide gap between the official narrative and what is actually happening on the ground in Xinjiang. - -So in my view, this is really all about territory. The region is strategically significant. It’s rich in resources. It’s a gateway for China’s expanding influence in Asia. So Islam has been a primary target of the campaigns. And they’ve all been presented to the outside world, of course, as ways of countering terrorism, countering Islamic extremism. But really, as Simon is suggesting there, what China’s been trying to do is really to rewrite the history, and of course, the future of the region. And with it, the whole identity of the people who live there. And really, it’s about tying that region more tightly to the Chinese sphere. - -So mosque rectification is presented as something to make sure that these structures are safe, they’re earthquake-proof. But really, it was about two things, I think. It was about reducing the overall number of mosques, by knocking them down. And it was also making sure that the remaining mosques didn’t look too foreign—you know, they didn’t look too Middle Eastern. So they removed a lot of minarets and domes. This was really part of a wider campaign to Sinicize Islam. And so under this, really thousands of mosques were damaged or destroyed. Of course, it was all done on a— under a great veil of secrecy, so it’s difficult to get exact figures. - -But some of the human rights organizations in the West, or research institutes, have done detailed investigations. They’ve used satellite imagery and testimonies. So the ASPI, the Australian Strategic Policy Institute, has given a conservative estimate of 16,000 mosques have been damaged or destroyed. That’s about 65% of the total number of mosques in the region. - -So I think it is important to understand that this is not just the destruction of the buildings; this is part of the wider campaign of cultural erasure, or indeed, genocide, as many nation states and independent observers have labeled the situation in Xinjiang. It’s not just that the mosques have been destroyed, but also the imam, the religious leaders, have been jailed; the worshippers have been sent for reeducation; and the communities have been uprooted. - -I think it’s also significant that it’s not just the shrines and the mosques that have been destroyed; it’s also graveyards. Those are also important sites for religious practice. People go to pray at family graves. But that also has the effect to tying people to the locality. It’s a center for the community. And that is also what is, I think, a target of the campaigns. - -CUNO: How easy is it to get into the area to see these things, and to quantify the destruction of mosques, for example? - -HARRIS: It’s been extremely difficult. Western journalists have been officially banned. People traveling in the region have been followed, harassed. I myself have not been given visa to China since 2014. So Xi Jinping famously called for walls of iron and nets of steel to go up around the region. And part of that has been the secrecy surrounding all these campaigns, and very strong denials, of course, when these reports come out. - -CUNO: Now Simon, how does the UN distinguish between cultural and religious differences in groups of people? And Uyghur people are an example of this. - -ADAMS: Well, I’m not sure the UN has a huge amount to say, in terms of the definition of those different things. But I think what we all know is that there is an overlap for many peoples, between culture and religion. - -Of course, the Universal Declaration of Human Rights says that freedom of belief, freedom of cultural expression are universal human rights. And where those issues kind of converge— And I think, you know, what Rachel’s talking about with the Chinese state is a great example. That is precisely why the Chinese state sees the Uyghurs as a threat, because it sees any expression of culture, any expression of religious difference that is outside of the norm of Chinese state practice, as somehow posing some sort of an existential threat to the continuation of the Chinese state. And in the case of the Uyghurs, it’s clearly decided that that cannot be allowed to stand. - -CUNO: Now Rachel, you point out UNESCO’s apparent inability to counter—or as you write in our book, even protest abuses of the heritage system of state partners. What do you mean by that, and how do you see this changing any time soon? - -HARRIS: Well, China has a very comprehensive national system for sustaining heritage. It’s huge. It is a huge thing in China. They have systems of research; they have lists at so many different levels; they have programs for revitalization. A lot of money goes into heritage. But fundamentally, everything is done to serve government policy. - -It works within soft power initiatives; obviously, within nation building. And the ultimate goal, really, is about upholding the rule of the Chinese Communist party. All this is really very explicit in government legislation. And a lot of it really is directly contrary to UNESCO ideals. - -But China is a major player in the international heritage system. It’s a major partner for UNESCO, perhaps particularly in the sphere of intangible cultural heritage. And so it has a very powerful voice. And it aggressively pursues dissenting voices within the cultural sphere, as well as in all other spheres, really. It has an extremely powerful voice across the UN. - -So we saw this with the extraordinary circus around Michelle Bachelet’s visit to Xinjiang, the UN Commissioner for Human Rights. And after she’d gone to visit the region, and she came back and gave an official statement which was really couched in the language of China’s governmental views of what was happening in the region. And the Uyghurs living in exile, living outside of the region, they were devastated. - -I think they had really hoped, at that point, that the UN would do something. And that was a real moment of loss of hope. But you know, I mean, Michelle Bachelet did finally manage to publish her report. There was a long-awaited UN report on human rights in Xinjiang, much delayed through Chinese pressure. And she did actually slip out that report, literally minutes to midnight, on the day that she was due to step down from her role. And it was strong. It spoke about crimes against humanity. - -So that finally did give me some hope. Clearly, to uphold these kind of international principles does take a lot of tenacity and strength. But I think there is possibility to keep pushing. So I am committed to keeping pushing in my own small sphere. - -I think, also, that it’s important to look within China. I think ultimately, if there is any hope of the softening of the line from the Chinese government, then that will come from within. Perhaps, as we’ve seen with the protests in China against the COVID lockdowns, there is hope still that the Chinese people can have a voice, that they may mobilize and actually affect government policy in different spheres. - -China is not a monolith. There are different voices within government and there are different views, obviously, amongst the Chinese people. So perhaps that is where we should be putting our hope, also. - -CUNO: Now Simon, you see a similar development in Myanmar, among the Rohingya people. You close your essay in our book by quoting Irina Bokova, former Director General of UNESCO and an author of our book, by claiming that “it is possible to protect people by protecting culture.” But what do you mean by that? - -ADAMS: What I mean by that is, I think that, you know, there’s a traditional view of these things that is sometimes played out in international politics, where we’ve looked at a major cultural monument. - -And I think the most dramatic example is probably the destruction of the Bamiyan Buddhas in Afghanistan. And the focus was very much on this as an act of kind of cultural vandalism by the Taliban. And the international community kind of rallied around trying to defend this great piece of UNESCO World Heritage. And that was the right thing to do. But if you go back and look at the discussion at the time, it kind of ignored the fact that the Hazara people who lived around the Bamiyan Buddhas were also being destroyed by the Taliban at the time, who were systematically targeting them. And they were kind of left out of the equation of the protection of the Bamiyan Buddhas. - -And of course, the Taliban ultimately did destroy those Buddhas, and it also continued to try to destroy the Hazara people. So I guess the point I was trying to make—and I think it’s a point that Irina makes very powerfully—is that there shouldn’t be a false dichotomy created here. You know, those who, to paraphrase somebody else, those who burn books, eventually burn people. Those who smash and destroy monuments, religious sites, and cultural heritage also wanna smash and destroy the people who built them or who inherited them or who live around them. - -And I think we just have so many examples from the world of the last decade. The Uyghurs, I think, as Rachel has shown so powerfully, is a terrifying example. But look at ISIS, for example, and what they did with the Yazidi people in northern Iraq. They wanted to scrub the map of the Middle East, and they wanted to repaint it black. And for there to be no room for Yazidis and other people who they felt didn’t fit into that world culturally, religiously, and otherwise, to be part of it. - -And I think even now, look around the world. Look at what’s happening in Ukraine. I mean, I think it’s shocking to see, for example, where the theater in Mariupol was bombed by the Russians. Civilians died inside that building. The Russians have now put, literally, a curtain around the outside of that theater, upon which they’ve put the faces of major Russian cultural figures. So again, an attempt to kind of obscure their war crimes, obliterate the unique cultural heritage of the Ukrainian people, and replace it with something else, replace it with their cultural context. And I think that that process is, unfortunately, part of modern warfare. - -That idea that Irina advanced, of kind of cultural cleansing, of mass atrocities. This has just become part now of the way that some states and some non-state armed groups wage war against people and against culture. - -HARRIS: I mean, if I may just give a quick response to Simon’s comment there¬— - -CUNO: Please. - -HARRIS: I think that the way that China is using heritage in order to present its own narratives of its right to control that region, how the region’s culture is safe in its hands, is extremely striking. You know, we have a report coming out quite soon, which specifically looks at the items of heritage which are on UNESCO’s lists which are based within that region, and the ways in which China has been twisting the narrative on those, and also quite ruthlessly controlling alternative narratives. I think that Xinjiang makes a very clear example of that kind of process. And also, I would say that UNESCO is really very directly complicit in that process, in the case of Xinjiang. - -CUNO: Now Rachel, you close your essay by proposing that, quote, “Perhaps hope for the survival of the unique culture surrounding the Uyghur people lies in the very transient nature of its architecture.” Tell us about that. - -HARRIS: There’s a New York artist, actually, called Lisa Ross, who’s spent a long time, many years, traveling around that region taking photographs of those shrines, those Sufi shrines in the desert. She was working with my Uyghur colleague Rahile Dawut, who was detained in 2017 and is still detained without charge today. - -But Lisa’s photos, they give an incredible impression of the fragility and the transience of the sacred architecture and the sacred objects of those shrines, and also their spiritual power. Lisa can photograph a twig with a scrap of material tied around it, stuck in the sand, and make it look as important as any great stone Buddha, you know. So these shrines, they’re not towering monuments. They’re simple mudbrick buildings. - -But what’s extraordinary about them is that every year, the pilgrims would come carrying these great big flags, singing and playing drums as they went. And they would gather these flags together and build them into these extraordinary flag mountains. So with this kind of transient architecture, which is renewed every year, it seems to me that as long as the memories remain, of the practices, then the practices can be revived and the shrines themselves can spring back life. - -CUNO: Well, that’s very hopeful. Simon, what is your ambitions in all of this and what do you think the fate of culture in the region is? - -ADAMS: Yeah, I think, as I said, to follow on from the, you know, the last point I made, it just seems to be part of the feature of modern warfare that states are more and more conscious of the need to, as they see it, obliterate not just their enemies on the battlefield, but to obliterate civilian populations, to obliterate the cultural underpinnings of the people. - -And I think that, you know, we have to just constantly kind of remind ourselves that culture is how we live and breathe as people. Culture isn’t just dead stones and statues; culture is life. Culture is, you know, all the ways in which we move and interact together as peoples. And so again, I think it goes back to Irina’s point that when we think about how we want to live as human beings in the twenty-first century, part of that has to be making sure that we maintain diversity of cultural practices around the planet that we honor the human civilizations that came before us and the cultural traditions that make us up as modern peoples around the world; and we make sure that the people who target civilians, try to attack culture, and carry out cultural cleansing are held accountable and are called out for what they are, which is war criminals. - -CUNO: Well, thank you both for helping us navigate these difficult cultural differences and the protection of cultural heritage. We committed ourselves to writing and editing this book precisely because we believe both are possible, and necessary to do so at this violent, hostile time. And the recent outbreak of violence and destruction in Ukraine by Russia, is only one of the most recent evidence that this is so. So thank you again very much, both of you. - -ADAMS: Thank you. - -HARRIS: Thank you. - -CUNO: This episode was produced by Zoe Goldman, with audio production by Gideon Brower and mixing by Myke Dodge Weiskopf. - -Our theme music comes from the “The Dharma at Big Sur” composed by John Adams, for the opening of the Walt Disney Concert Hall in Los Angeles in 2003 and is licensed with permission from Hendon Music. - -For new episodes of Art and Ideas, subscribe on Apple Podcasts, Spotify, and other podcast platforms. For photos, transcripts, and other resources, visit getty.edu/podcasts and if you have a question, or an idea for an upcoming episode, write to us at podcasts@getty.edu. - -Thanks for listening",1731883659,4aea77adc2,647d90050c,,,1731883659 -https://spinsucks.com/communication/newsjacking-landed-forbes-interview/,https://spinsucks.com/feed/,How Newsjacking Helped Me Land an Interview With Forbes,"Have you ever seen something in the news, thought to yourself, “my company fits this topic perfectly,” and then realized that you need to figure out how to insert your company into the cycle quickly? - -It sounds like you need to practice some newsjacking! - -However, newsjacking to further your brand’s message and turn your company into a leading industry expert on a particular subject often requires a couple of prerequisites: - -An idea that makes you newsworthy; and - -Speed. - -This timely and quick turnaround project can yield great results, but if you aren’t quick on the draw, you might lose your chance because of how fast the news cycle changes. - -Done well, it can catapult awareness of your organization and cause it to be thought of as a leading player in your industry. - -Done poorly, however, and it can be seen as a sad attempt to gain attention during a time of hardship. - -This process doesn’t have to be a complete time suck. - -I want to share with you how I was able to reduce the newsjacking process from what would typically take a full work day and several people to approximately 5+ hours working alone (including a lunch break!), with a response rate of 10% (compared to an industry-wide average of approximately 3%), and snagged an interview opportunity with Forbes. - -I recently started a newsjacking campaign for Global Accessibility Awareness Day, and the following case study shows how I could do that. - -Let’s dive in. - -Start With Your Media List - -The first thing is to make sure you’re targeting the right journalists. Whether you have a media list already or need to make one, having everything centralized in one platform will help this process. - -If you already have a media list, perfect, upload it to your PRM. - -I made a new one from scratch using Propel PRM, started researching journalists who had previously written about Global Accessibility Awareness Day, and instantly added them to a media list I would reference later. - -In just one hour, I created a list of 50 journalists to pitch instead of having it take up most of my day and potentially miss the opening. - -Customize Your Outreach - -Then, using the Propel Gmail plugin, I uploaded my pitch and media list to my email quickly and simply. I hit “create drafts”, and all the pitches to all 50 journalists went into my drafts folder, where I could customize each pitch to every journalist as needed. - -I also scheduled them to go out based on each journalist’s personal email preferences and the time of day they were most likely to open it. - -Monitor Progress - -As you send the pitches, you can see which ones have been opened, by whom, and how many times they were opened. - -The more opens a pitch receives, the higher the journalist’s interest. They might be asking their editor to see if they can interview their client or just trying to think of how to insert you into the story. - -This is exciting, but you don’t want to rush it. If they still haven’t reached out after opening the pitch a significant number of times (think more than 10), wait about seven or eight hours and then send them a follow-up email, depending on the time zone. - -This is a newsjack, so you might want to push a little harder than you would for a standard pitch. - -Newsjacking Results - -In the end, after investing a little over five hours into the newsjack, I was able to: - -Send 50 customized pitches - -Get 30 opens - -Receive five responses to the pitch (a 10% response rate, as opposed to the industry average of 3.25%) - -One response from Forbes for an interview opportunity - -Without speed, you’ll miss the wave of the news cycle and, along with it, the opportunity to become a thought leader in your industry. So get yourself ahead of the pack by significantly cutting down on the time between when news breaks and when your organization can comment on it. It may make all the difference. - -By the way, Propel has a free tool, so you can do everything I did yourself for free, even if you are using another database. Check it out, and I can’t wait to hear all the newsjacking success stories!",1731883684,4dc781f5bc,64d7aba21d,,,1731883684 -https://www.popsci.com/environment/weather-photographer-of-the-year-2024/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,10 striking snapshots from the Weather Photographer of the Year awards,"Foreboding clouds, snow-kissed countrysides, and clashes of seasons. The winners of this year’s Standard Chartered Weather Photographer of the Year Competition showcase our planet’s volatile beauty. - -Photographer Gerson Turelly took home the competition’s inaugural Standard Chartered Climate Award, which was implemented to document the connection between weather patterns and the broader implications of climate change. Turelly’s photograph (below) shows a kayaker navigating the streets of Porto Alegre, Brazil after destructive floods pummeled the area last spring. - -“Rowing” - -Climate Award - -This compelling image shows the centre of Porto Alegre, Brazil, during the devastating Rio Grande do Sul floods in Spring 2024. In this image, a road has turned into a waterway down which a young man paddles his kayak. Gerson notes that the kayaker was headed towards the worst affected areas to help rescue stranded people. - -Credit: Gerson Turelly - -The Royal Meteorological Society announced the winners, selected by a panel of experts from the fields of meteorology, photography and journalism. This year, the competition received entries from photographers in 84 countries. - -“I’m delighted with the variety and quality of this year’s winning photographs which show a real window into the world’s weather and climate, in both its regional differences and its interconnectivity,” judge and Chief Executive of the Royal Meteorological Society Liz Bentley said. “From African dust impacting on Athens to tranquil weather over volcanoes, from a sudden local downpour to increased intense rainfall and flooding around the world, we are reminded that climate change is impacting on weather patterns everywhere, and that the global community needs to come together to act now and curb any further temperature rise.” - -“Sprites Dancing in the Dark Night” - -Standard Chartered Weather Photographer of the Year 2024 - -As multiple thunderstorms raged around Shanghai, Xin travelled to the Chongming District and after a few hours, a “faint red figure” flashed in their eyes and this remarkable image was captured. The judges commented that it is rare to see an image with this extent and number of sprites. - -Credit: Wang Xin - -“Circular Rainbow” - -Smartphone Third Place - -Peter held his camera phone steady through a turbulent landing at Seattle- Tacoma International Airport to capture this complete circular rainbow. Our judges enjoyed how the image “encapsulates the spirit of smartphone photography” in its opportunism. The circular rainbow would have been there for just a second and Peter captured it. - -Credit: Peter Reinold Peter Reinold - -“Fire and Ice” - -Young Weather Photographer Third Place - -Lincoln grabbed his camera and took this picture from his house in Austin, Texas, as a thunderstorm began rolling in. The Gulf of Mexico is warming rapidly due to climate change, boosting the supply of moist air and raising the potential of intense storms in the region. - -Credit: Lincoln Wheelwright - -“Hoarfrost Heaven” - -Main Title Runner up - -A spectacular display of hoar frost over the Derwent Valley, UK. Judges loved the colours and light in Andy’s photo, as well as the sense of layers provided by the rolling hills, the different types of trees and the thin layers of mist. As one judge put it: “The more you stare at it, the more you see.” - -Credit: Andy Gray - -“African Dust Over Athens” - -Smartphone Runner Up - -The influence of Saharan dust on Athens during April 2023 and is a reminder of the interconnectivity of weather conditions around the world, an aspect that particularly impressed the judges. - -Credit: Lesley Hellgeth - -“Saturated Earth and Sky’s Promise“ - -Young Weather Photographer Runner Up - -A panoramic image of Cuckmere Valley in East Sussex. The judging panel noted how the photograph seems to contain two seasons: summer on the left and autumn on the right. The beauty of the sky contrasted with the flooding on the ground is a reminder of both the wonder and misery the sky can bring. - -Credit: Ellis Skelton - -Untitled - -Standard Chartered Smartphone Weather Photographer of the Year Winner - -[The photographer] had gone out with the expectation of capturing a sunrise but was instead rewarded with this glorious view of smoking volcanoes in East Java, Indonesia. The judging panel praised the subtlety of the shot, appreciating the combination of the curves of the landscape and the curves of the tree in the foreground with the basin of clouds and the blue sky above. - -Credit: Nur Syaireen Natasya Binti Azaharin",1731883731,741b88dd6e,649e4d1292,,,1731883731 -https://www.bjpenn.com/mma-news/colby-covington/colby-covington-replaces-ian-machado-garry-to-face-joaquin-buckley-at-ufc-tampa/?utm_source=rss&utm_medium=rss&utm_campaign=colby-covington-replaces-ian-machado-garry-to-face-joaquin-buckley-at-ufc-tampa,https://www.bjpenn.com/feed/,Colby Covington replaces Ian Machado Garry to face Joaquin Buckley at UFC Tampa,"UFC star Colby Covington is set to replace Ian Machado Garry in the main event of UFC Tampa against Joaquin Buckley. - -For Colby Covington, the future has been uncertain ever since he was beaten by Leon Edwards. Many felt as if that marked the end of his championship days and, unless he puts a few wins together, they could be right. With that being said, he seems determined to get back in the cage and prove he can still compete with the best welterweights in the world. - -RELATED: Shavkat Rakhmonov to face Ian Machado Garry in UFC 310 co-main event slot - -The veteran has been searching for opportunities for a while now which included the idea of a potential showdown with Ian Machado Garry. Instead, the Irishman was booked against Joaquin Buckley in the main event of UFC Tampa. - -However, with Machado Garry being pushed into a number one contender fight against Shavkat Rakhmonov, the door has been opened for Covington to slot in and face Buckley. The news was confirmed by Dana White last night. - -https://twitter.com/ufcontnt/status/1857665541688771031",1731883647,eda10ed51d,6432882427,,,1731883647 -https://www.casualhoya.com/2024/11/11/24293653/tommy-fresh-georgetown-center-thomas-sorber-named-big-east-freshman-of-the-week-hoyas-cooley,https://www.casualhoya.com/rss/current.rss,TOMMY FRESH: Georgetown Center Thomas Sorber Named BIG EAST Freshman of the Week,"Your Georgetown Hoyas’ Thomas Sorber has been named the BIG EAST Freshman of the Week, the league office announced Monday. The 6-foot-10 forward/center from Trenton, New Jersey, had an impressive opening week, averaging a double-double with 22.5 points and 11.0 rebounds per game. In his collegiate debut, Sorber recorded 20 points and 13 rebounds against Lehigh. He followed that up with a game-high 25 points and nine rebounds against - -️TOMMY!@ThomasSorber_ averaged 22.5 and 11 rebounds through his first two collegiate games for @GeorgetownHoops! pic.twitter.com/YpwBKSBXmm — BIG EAST MBB (@BIGEASTMBB) November 11, 2024 - -Fairfield. Sorber’s strong defensive play has also been noteworthy, as he’s averaging 2.0 blocks and 2.0 steals per game. - - - -The BIG EAST account on X seems to be a big fan of Sorber, but who can blame them? - -The Hoyas will next face the Notre Dame Fighting Irish on Saturday, November 16th at 1 PM ET at Capital One Arena. The game will be featured on NBC with John Fanta and Donny Marshall, or tune into Rich Chvotkin’s radio call (106.7 The Fan or Team 980). - -Another game, another 20 piece for our big man - - - -25 PTS, 9 REB#HoyaSaxa pic.twitter.com/tgnuyVEZTw — Georgetown Hoops (@GeorgetownHoops) November 9, 2024 - -Here are some other links and tweets: - -Thomas Sorber looks the part as Georgetown earns its second straight win | WaPo via MSN - -The 6-foot-10 center shot 11 for 16, further cementing himself as a central figure in the Hoyas’ offense. And while not everything about his afternoon was perfect — he was aghast when he blocked a shot in the second half, only to be called for goaltending — he still wore down the Stags (0-2) in the second half. He had 17 points after the break, helping Georgetown gradually expand its 36-33 halftime lead. He had the Hoyas’ first two baskets of the half, had back-to-back buckets to push their advantage to eight for the first time and later converted his first career three-pointer to make it 61-49. “My teammates and coaches just told me to take my time anytime I try to score the ball and just be patient with myself,” Sorber said. “Anytime I see a double come, I dish it off. Or if I have a one-on-one, I try to get to the basket, try to get fouled, try to get an and-one.” This game was an inverse of the usual Georgetown script in recent seasons. Rather than leaning on scoring to escape when an opponent menaced the Hoyas’ porous defense, Georgetown tightened up after a shaky start and limited Fairfield to 27.6 percent shooting after halftime. - -Big man came up big in week ☝️ - - - -Freshman Thomas Sorber was named the BIG EAST Freshman of the Week #HoyaSaxa pic.twitter.com/uqFknkyPG0 — Georgetown Hoops (@GeorgetownHoops) November 11, 2024 - -Thomas the Tank: Sorber shines as men’s basketball beats Fairfield | Georgetown Voice - -The Hoyas had a rough start to the second half, with five turnovers in the first five minutes. Despite those mistakes, Georgetown opened up a 49-41 lead heading into the under-12 break, led by Sorber’s dominant post play, who kept maneuvering around Fairfield sophomore forward Peyton Smith. Sorber finished the game with 25 points and 9 rebounds. The Hoyas and Sorber kept that momentum going throughout the rest of the game, expanding their lead to double digits and never looking back. They also cleaned up some of the offensive miscues that plagued them early in the game, only committing four turnovers after the under-12 break. They ended the game with a 69-57 win, looking dominant at times and very shaky at others. - -A @GeorgetownHoops tradition of great young centers continuing with @ThomasSorber_ The Freshman helped lead the Hoyas to a 2 and 0 start with another big performance in a 69-57 win over Fairfield #HoyaSaxa #wearegeorgetown @BIGEAST @BIGEASTMBB pic.twitter.com/WWgZAPZuFL — Jeremy Huber (@jrhubersxm) November 10, 2024 - -Georgetown Hoyas Defeat Fairfield Stags 69-57, Improve to 2-0 | BVM Sportsdesk - -Georgetown Hoyas secured their second win of the season, defeating the Fairfield Stags 69-57. Freshman center Thomas Sorber dominated the game with 25 points and 9 rebounds, supporting the team after a shaky start where they found themselves down 13-5. The Hoyas managed to tighten their interior defense and utilized a balanced 10-player rotation to gradually take control of the game. Despite some turnovers, they led at halftime and maintained the advantage, ultimately dominating the second half to clinch the win... Thomas Sorber scored 25 points, along with 9 rebounds and 2 blocks. The Hoyas had a narrow halftime lead of 36-33 after overcoming a 13-5 deficit... The Hoyas improved to 2-0 on the season, showing potential with strong contributions from freshmen. - -Basketball: Thomas Sorber is the first Georgetown freshman with 20+ points in each of his first two games since Othella Harrington in December 1992. — HoyaSaxa.com (@hoyatalk) November 10, 2024 - -Full list of Georgetown freshmen with multiple 20-point outings since 2004-05: - - - -Jeff Green (6), Mac McClung (6), James Akinjo (4), Aminu Mohammed (4), Greg Monroe (2), Jamorko Pickett (2) and Thomas Sorber (2). — Patrick Stevens (@D1scourse) November 10, 2024 - -Game notes feature the pronunciation guide and some interesting tidbits. https://t.co/ebiYv4RpnY pic.twitter.com/RbKZJGeshX — Philadelphia Hoyas (@PhillyHoyas) November 7, 2024 - -Sorber’s 25 Lifts Hoyas to 69-57 Win over Fairfield | GUHoyas - -“I definitely want to give a lot of credit to Fairfield. We played a well coached team, a team that was urgent, a team that made a lot of tough shots in the first half. I thought once we settled in that our defense in the second half was elite. I thought our guys had a different purpose, a different edge and a different physicality. I? was also really encouraged by our crowd today, our energy that was in here today. I want to thank everybody that came out to watch our guys as we continue to grow.” - Head Coach Ed Cooley “I just try to do anything that I can do to help my team win. My teammates tell me to go out there and dominate, so that’s what I do. I feel like we’re coming along great with our team chemistry and we just got to get back into the gym and keep working on it.” - Thomas Sorber “We saw the matchups and we know how good our big men are. Thomas is one of the best big men in the country as a freshman, in my opinion. I don’t think anybody can guard him down there, especially when he does what he’s supposed to do. He’s unselfish and he’ll pass it out if they double. So I always tell Coach to look down there and try to get him established to just open up the rest of the game.” - Jayden Epps - -Georgetown secures 69-57 victory over Fairfield | Associated Press - -Thomas Sorber scored 25 points as Georgetown beat Fairfield 69-57 on Saturday night. Sorber also contributed nine rebounds for the Hoyas (2-0). Jayden Epps shot 3 for 8 (1 for 4 from 3-point range) and 5 of 6 from the free-throw line to add 12 points. Micah Peavy had eight points and shot 3 for 11, including 2 for 4 from beyond the arc. - -40th anniversary Celebration & Gretchen & David Walsh practice facility appreciation with Hoya Family @gmba pic.twitter.com/rYvkABtmdl — Gene Smith (@gsmit8) November 9, 2024 - -From last night at Georgetown, the Hoyas' revamped roster pulled away late from Lehigh as freshman Thomas Sorber collected 20 points and 13 rebounds in his college debut. - - - -For @PostSports.https://t.co/XSDUvTwbSP — Patrick Stevens (@D1scourse) November 7, 2024 - -After its latest roster reset, Georgetown opens with a win over Lehigh | WaPo via MSN - -Thomas Sorber’s college debut left Georgetown men’s basketball coach Ed Cooley wanting even more... Of course, 20 points and 13 rebounds provided a solid place to start for the Hoyas freshman. Sorber had 14 points after halftime as Georgetown pulled away from Lehigh, 85-77, in its season opener. “He has a chance to be one of the special young players in the country, but I’m going to challenge him to get in tip-top shape,” said Cooley, who counted three missed layups in the second half that he chalked up to conditioning issues. “If he does that, I’ve told everyone from day one, this kid is definitely going to be someone to reckon with.” Micah Peavy collected 20 points in his first game at Georgetown before a crowd of 2,008 at the Hoyas’ cozy on-campus McDonough Arena. - -Hoyas season opener. Live from McDonough arena in front of a sold out crowd. pic.twitter.com/SYPhQR5Luq — Thompson’s Towel (@ThompsonsTowel) November 6, 2024 - -Georgetown Pushes Past Lehigh, 85-77, in Front of a Sold Out Crowd at McDonough Arena | GUHoyas - -“I really enjoyed our preparation leading up to the game. Obviously, happy about the win. I thought Lehigh did an incredible job bouncing back from their game the other day when they played Northwestern. They made a lot of tough shots. They made shots early. They made shots late. Credit to Micah (Peavy). I thought he really got us going with his energy and his toughness, getting to the rim. Once the game settled in, we got our feet underneath us. I really thought Lehigh played great and I give them a lot of credit, really a lot of credit. And obviously, very, very happy with the win. We’ll have a preparation day tomorrow. We’ll clean up what we did today and prepare for Fairfield, and continue to try to move forward.” - Head Coach Ed Cooley “Yeah, I felt like in the first half I was just trying to get used to the college game in general. In the second half my teammates were telling me to just lock in, you know, and just dominate. We just had to come out with a different type of energy and to just get in a good winning mindset. It also felt really good to wear the new threads for the first time.” - Thomas Sorber",1731883638,e1a7087ff1,64a5a45015,,,1731883638 -https://www.nimble.com/blog/never-miss-a-beat-on-your-leads-introducing-nimble-daily-alerts-on-ios-and-android/,https://www.nimble.com/blog/feed/,Never Miss a Beat On Your Leads: Introducing Nimble Daily Alerts on iOS and Android,,1731883645,b6a9bddcc9,64d760d116,,,1731883645 -https://telestreamblog.telestream.net/2022/08/stream-4k-video/,https://telestreamblog.telestream.net/category/wirecast/feed/,Why You Should Capture and Stream 4K Video Over 1080P,"As the creative advantages to 4K video streaming and production have risen, cost and complexity have fallen. - -It seems like only yesterday that professional content creators began capturing and producing video in high definition, particularly in 1080p 60 frames per second (FPS). But technology is always on the march. Today’s live video streaming professionals are now retooling for the next industry standard, Ultra High Definition (UHD), or 4K. As the demand to stream 4K video rises, content creators need to keep up to avoid being outpaced by competitors. - -With four times the pixel resolution, 4K’s professional 3840×2160 quality ensures that any video, event, webcast, or show shot today in 4K will remain evergreen. Converting 4K source footage down to 1080p HD brings more production value and flexibility than footage originally shot in a 1080p resolution. - -In this blog, we’ll answer key questions like: - -Why should you consider shooting video in 4K vs. HD? - -What unique advantages does 4K video acquisition offer for both live and post-production? - -Why should you shoot in 4K now, even when the output video stream will only be 1080p or 720p HD? - -How can you stream 4K video without breaking the bank? - -Getting Your Hands On 4K Footage - -Going back a decade or two, if you wanted to shoot in native UHD/4K resolution, there were no affordable consumer camera options. You needed an expensive, high-end 4K camcorder that could have a price tag of $10,000 or more. It was heavy, cumbersome, and required complex, expensive technology to support the production and storage of the acquired 4K footage. - -Fast forward to today where consumers and pros alike have affordable, user-friendly, and highly mobile 4K camera options, such as: - -iPhone 13/iPhone 13 Pro with 4K/60fps HDR video recording and 1 TB capacity, priced at roughly $1500 - -Samsung Galaxy S22 Ultra with 8K/24fps or 4K/60fps video recording with 1 TB capacity for roughly $1600 - -Google Pixel 6 Pro with 4K/60fps video recording with 128 GB capacity for roughly $900 - -GoPro Hero 10 camera with 5.3K/60fps and 4K/120fps resolutions under $600 - -Shooting, producing, and streaming 4K video is now possible at attractive price points. - -More Than Just A Pretty Picture - -Not only does shooting in 4K produce clearer, sharper pictures, but it also offers greater creative freedom. 4K resolution lets you perform digital zooms and pans — virtual PTZ — without the need for a pan/tilt/zoom (PTZ) camera. - -With virtual PTZ, you can digitally zoom into and/or pan to portions of a 4K video image, without losing quality. Since the source footage began at such a high resolution, there’s no noticeable degradation of image quality. In practical terms, virtual PTZ means that camera operators can glide from a wide shot of their on-camera talent to a close-up without stopping to reframe the picture or adjust the focus. - -Similarly, in post-production, editors can crop 4K source footage to a 1080p window and easily stabilize shaky camera footage. They can also crop or zoom into any 4K source video to change its perspective. There’s no need to resort to a jump cut and the video is more visually interesting. Also, zooming into the picture can make it easier for viewers to see fine on-screen picture details. With this robust image quality, you can achieve more professional-looking results with fix-it-in-post or other digital video effects. Watch this video to see this in action: Adrian Tucker captures his screen in 4K. - -4K Barriers Are Falling - -A decade ago, 4K was too onerous to deal with because of its hefty data volume, costs, and file sizes. Most content creators were priced out of systems that could reliably capture, process, and deliver 4K video streams. - -As we’ve noted in this blog, barriers to 4K are falling as more affordable 4K cameras, production, and streaming systems have come to market. Users can also access and store footage indefinitely using cloud-based storage options. Networking is also advancing. While the professional SDI networking protocol supports 4K/UHD, budget-conscious content creators and non-traditional broadcasters employ NDI video-over-IP networking. This methodology touts 4K support with less cost and complexity. - -How Wirecast Empowers 4K Video Streaming & Production - -The Wirecast brand empowers users with professional tools and exceptional encoding for broadcast-quality video streaming with limitless creative freedom. The creative freedom of 4K ensures that production standards rise, not costs. From software to hardware, Wirecast has solutions for video producers and live-streamers of all experience levels and budgets. - -With Wirecast 15, we at Telestream have improved the support for 4K sources. For more information about the Wirecast 15 software release, check out our recent blog post, “Wirecast 15: Powerful Software to Empower Live Video Streaming.” Wirecast supports capturing 4K camera and media, as well as efficient 4K playback and streaming. Bring 4K video sources into Wirecast using 4K-ready smartphones, Go Pro cameras, or any device that shoots 4K/60. - -With software like Wirecast for live video streaming, as well as 4K-ready camera devices, the ability to shoot, produce, and stream 4K video is no longer just for premium content producers. And users have unprecedented creative freedom, such as performing virtual PTZ on 4K footage with Wirecast’s built-in production tools. - -Click here for more information about Wirecast live-streaming and video production software.",1731883678,7cd02aafbf,65623a80f2,,,1731883678 -https://www.popsci.com/science/chimp-performance-crowd/,https://www.popsci.com/feed/,"Like humans, chimps often perform tasks differently when crowds are watching","Human performance—be it artistic, academic, social, or otherwise—is often influenced by the size of the crowd around them. But we aren’t the only species that adjusts to an audience. According to recent research, some of our closest animal relatives display the same crowd-induced performance boosts and limitations depending on crowd size. The new evidence indicates these innate psychological influences date back to well before the evolution of human cultures that valued reputation and authority. - -It’s already well known that chimpanzees organize themselves into hierarchical societies, but experts previously disagreed on how much their peers may influence their emotions, actions, and performance capabilities. But as a study published on November 8th in the journal, iScience, details, even chimps appear susceptible to the “audience effect” in certain social situations. - -[Related: Chimp conversations can take on human-like chaos.] - -To assess how this effect manifests in chimps, researchers at Japan’s Kyoto University relied on their study facility’s comparatively unique environment. There, chimps interact with humans on a nearly daily basis through the use of touch screen-based, food reward experiments. Because of this, the team offered six chimpanzees three different, numerical-based touch screen tasks that varied in complexity and cognitive requirements. - -In the first task, chimps needed to touch numbers 1-19 sequentially after they appeared in adjacent order on their screen. The second game again required the animals to select the numbers in order, but only after the numerals displayed in disparate places across the screen. Task three, the most difficult, had chimps select the numbers in order once more. This time, however, all other numbers would disappear when the primates pressed a single digit, requiring them to quickly memorize the positions in real-time. Researchers then analyzed each primate’s performance results collected from thousands of sessions over six years of testing. - -Reviewing the data identified two particular trends. Chimps’ average performances improved by a “statistically significant” amount on their most difficult task in tandem with an increased number of fellow experimenters. But for the easiest task, the animals performed worse if they knew more chimps or familiar humans were standing nearby. - -“Our findings suggest that how much humans care about witnesses and audience members may not be quite so specific to our species,” Shinya Yamamoto, a study co-author at Japan’s Kyoto University, said in a statement on Friday. “… [I]f chimpanzees also pay special attention towards audience members while they perform their tasks, it stands to reason that these audience-based characteristics could have evolved before reputation-based societies emerged in our great ape lineage.” - -Study co-author Christen Lin added that while one might not expect a chimp to care if another species watches them performing a task, “the fact that they seem to be affected by human audiences even depending on the difficulty of the task suggests that this relationship is more complex than we would have initially expected.” - -The team noted that they still aren’t certain what neurological mechanisms trigger these behavioral changes in both primates and humans. Still, they hope that further studies of our ape relatives may help one day better explain these shared, cross-species experiences.",1731883738,741b88dd6e,65471ffa24,,,1731883738 -https://www.collegecrosse.com/2021/9/6/22635311/closer-look-jane-doe-v-syracuse-university-lacrosse-federal-lawsuit,https://www.collegecrosse.com/rss/current.rss,A Closer Look at Jane Doe vs. Syracuse University,"Over the course of the last few days numerous reports appeared that a federal lawsuit was filed on August 30th by Jane Doe against Defendants Syracuse University, Director of Athletics for SU John Wildhack, and former Syracuse men’s lacrosse head coach John Desko. - -The allegations in Doe’s complaint revolve around events before and after an alleged late night on-campus event that was classified as a domestic incident (hereinafter “April Incident”) between Jane Doe and former Syracuse men’s lacrosse player Chase Scanlan following Syracuse’s 21-9 loss to North Carolina on April 17th. - -The events at Syracuse in and around the April Incident were indisputably the biggest off the field event of the 2021 season and led to a cascade of stories over the next few weeks. - -Given the sensitive nature of the charges and Family Court, there have been few news reports about Scanlan’s matter since it was transferred in June. - -One recent update comes from an August 12th Syracuse.com article. The article referred to a recent status hearing and noted that “prosecutors described the deal they reached for how Scanlan could avoid jail time or a criminal conviction.” - -However, the August 12th article also noted that “An attorney for a woman accusing former Syracuse men’s lacrosse star Chase Scanlan of domestic violence hinted Thursday that he was aware of ‘certain facts and circumstances’ that could mean Scanlan will face additional criminal charges” and that “more information will come to light in the near future, but he would not say what or when.” - -Syracuse officials have been tightlipped about what happened this past spring. - -On April 29th in a press conference before Syracuse’s May 1st game versus Notre Dame, former men’s lacrosse head coach John Desko announced that it was his decision to reinstate Scanlan on April 26th, stated that Scanlan would not be traveling with the team for their upcoming game versus Notre Dame, and declined to provide further comment due to federal student privacy laws. A Syracuse spokesman declined to comment on the Scanlan situation that same day for similar reasons. - -On May 11th, Inside Lacrosse posted an article that speculated that recent Title IX regulations played a role in Scanlan’s initial suspension and subsequent reinstatement; specifically the final rule, which was changed under former President Donald Trump's Department of Education: - -“That rule was delivered on May 17, 2020, adding more power to the guidance of the prior three years, which — broadly speaking — emphasized the rights of ‘respondents’ to complaints (another way to refer to people that were accused in a complaint). The new regulations both increased the burden of proof and level of due process necessary to impose disciplinary measures.” - -Additionally, the posted noted: - -“Simply put, legal experts tell IL that it appears clear that both the team and coaching staff would have preferred an immediate suspension from April 20 running through May 9 and beyond, but were told they could not do so because of a relatively new, very powerful legal rule.” - -Interestingly, the post also included this segment: - -“Sources familiar with Scanlan’s Title IX case at Syracuse tell IL that when the attackman was first notified by the coaching staff in the wake of the April 17 incident, he was not told that he was suspended, rather informally told that he was not to come to practice. A source says that Scanlan learned of his suspension via media reports, and when he inquired as to why he was suspended, he was told that he violated COVID protocol. Concurrently, he met with the Title IX office about the April 17 incident.” - -We aren’t Title IX experts and some of the things written online and on social media in the weeks after the April Incident only caused us to have more questions about, among other things, what happened this past spring at Syracuse, who knew about it, how SU officials responded, and if there were any signs that should have alerted people to a potential problem. - -Nevertheless, we were pessimistic about ever getting transparency or more context. As a private university, Syracuse is under no obligation to provide records via an open records request. - -However, after a few months of inactivity, a lot more information has become available. - -Indeed, almost immediately after Plaintiff’s complaint was filed, attorneys for Defendants Syracuse University, John Wildhack, and John Desko filed a motion to dismiss Plaintiff’s complaint for failure to state a claim upon which relief can be granted. - -We obtained copies of the complaint filed by Jane Doe and Defendants’ motion to dismiss and intend to examine what’s been filed so far in a series of posts & podcasts. We will review new information as it becomes available. - -One note, in addition to the complaint, Plaintiff also filed a motion for permission to proceed using a pseudonym. - -Defendants’ motion to dismiss noted that: “Until such time as it is determined whether Doe may proceed using a pseudonym, the University will not use the actual names of any students in this proceeding. Defendants refer to the male student who allegedly harassed and assaulted Doe as ‘John Roe.’” - -The motion to proceed under a pseudonym was granted on September 1st permitting Plaintiff to proceed anonymously. The Text Order states that, “The parties are directed to refer to the plaintiff as ‘Jane Doe’ in this litigation, and to refrain from filing, on the public docket, any pleading or document that reveals the name or other personal identifiers of the plaintiff.” - -The remainder of this post will mainly focus on Plaintiff’s four Title IX claims and Defendants’ motion to dismiss as it relates to those claims. - -Plaintiff’s Title IX Legal Claims - -Plaintiff’s four Title IX legal claims are against Syracuse University only. - -Plaintiff’s first two Title IX legal claims against SU are for deliberate indifference. - -DELIBERATE INDIFFERENCE - -Plaintiff’s first claim is that Defendant SU acted with deliberate indifference to Plaintiff’s January 2021 report of alleged sexual harassment. - -Plaintiff alleges that she sustained harassment that was “so severe, pervasive and/or objectively offensive that it deprived her of access to educational programs and opportunities, including the health, educational, and athletic career benefits that Plaintiff would have enjoyed as a Division I athlete at Defendant SU, but for the sexual harassment.” - -Additionally, Plaintiff alleges that because she & Scanlan were enrolled students of SU and lived in student dorms maintained by SU, that the alleged harassment Plaintiff endured “was subject to Defendant SU’s control and Defendant SU could have taken remedial action.” - -Plaintiff further alleges that by January 4, 2021 “employees with authority to address the alleged sexual harassment and institute corrective measures had actual knowledge of the sexual harassment sustained by Plaintiff and failed to adequately respond, despite Defendant SU having independently been put on notice since September 12, 2020, of Scanlan’s prior violent behavior against his own teammates.” - -Regarding the September 12, 2020 allegation, in the General Allegations portion of the complaint, Plaintiff alleges that “On September 12, 2020, Scanlan engaged in a physical altercation with other members of the SU Men’s Lacrosse Team, striking two of his teammates in the face. This incident was reported to the entire SU Men’s Lacrosse Team Coaching Staff, including Defendant Desko, and Scanlan was temporarily suspended from the SU Men’s Lacrosse Team.” - -Plaintiff alleges in her second deliberate indifference claim that, among other things, Defendant SU acted with deliberate indifference to Plaintiff’s report of domestic violence with regard to the alleged April Incident and by failing to properly investigate the circumstances and threat to Plaintiff both on that date and in the weeks that followed. - -Deliberate indifference is a high bar to meet. Defendants’ motion to dismiss contends that Plaintiff's complaint fails to meet this threshold because, among other things, Defendants attest that Syracuse didn’t act unreasonably to Plaintiff’s reports of alleged harassment. - -Defendants’ motion cites case law that states that deliberate indifference means that a Title IX funding recipient may potentially be liable in certain circumstances if it can be proven that it had actual knowledge of severe harassment or discrimination, and that its response was clearly unreasonable in light of the circumstances or the response occurred following a lengthy and unjustifiable delay. - -You can read more about the important 1999 Supreme Court case, Davis vs. Monroe County Board of Education, that the Defendants cited in their motion to dismiss in this NY Times article. - -Aside from the memorandum in support of its motion, Defendants motion to dismiss also includes 25 exhibits, many of which are ostensibly emails, correspondences, and other forms of communications between SU officials, Plaintiff, Plaintiff’s relatives, and others, which they contend demonstrate that SU robustly & timely responded to Plaintiff’s reports of alleged harassment, and was in complete congruence with what is required under Title IX. - -HOSTILE ENVIRONMENT - -Plaintiff’s next Title IX claim is hostile environment. Plaintiff alleges that SU “actively created and/or condoned and/or was deliberately indifferent to a culture of sexual harassment and domestic violence against women.” - -Plaintiff alleges, among other things, that SU’s failed to adequately discipline Scanlan, didn’t properly investigate Plaintiff’s reports of alleged harassment by Scanlan, and failed to accommodate her interests in staying at SU and instead encouraged her to leave the University. - -Defendants’ motion to dismiss contends, among other things, that Plaintiff fails to meet the hostile environment standard for an educational facility, which is deliberate indifference, because it attests that Defendant SU responded “promptly and vigorously” to Doe’s reports of alleged misconduct. - -RETALIATION - -Plaintiff’s last Title IX claim is for retaliation. Plaintiff alleges that she engaged in a protected activity when she reported the alleged harassment and that her engagement in the protected activity was ""closely followed by adverse action, treatment, and conditions by Defendant SU.” - -With regards to the retaliation claim: - -Plaintiff alleges that a SU official made comments that she could potentially lose her scholarship money if she left the school in a “nasty way” or by “burning bridges.” - -Plaintiff alleges that a newly named Syracuse women’s lacrosse head coach tried to dissuade her from staying at Syracuse by implying that Plaintiff should not remain at SU if she didn’t feel safe. - -Plaintiff further alleges that in the same conversation she was asked if she was contemplating legal action on matters related to the events of this past spring against the school. - -Defendants’ motion to dismiss contends, among other things, that Plaintiff fails to meet the standard for retaliation because none of Plaintiff’s examples of purportedly retaliatory conduct meet the standard of having “had any adverse or negative effect on [Doe], her education, or her lawsuit.” - -This concludes our first look at Doe v. Syracuse University et al. We are going to do a podcast on our initial reactions to Plaintiff’s complaint & Defendants’ motion to dismiss and will release it soon. - -Regarding the case, the last entry on the docket is a September 1st Text Order from the court adjourning the Rule 16 conference set for 11/30/2021 and the 11/23/2021 deadline for the submission of a joint Civil Case Management Plan without date. The hearing and deadline “will be reset, if deemed necessary, after disposition of the motion to dismiss.” - -Plaintiff’s response to Defendants’ motion should be coming in the next 2-3 weeks.",1731883649,8021db6cf2,649809f2dd,,,1731883649 -http://www.skysports.com/rugby-league/news/12040/13255820/745-game-honouring-rob-burrow-doddie-weir-and-ed-slater-ends-with-rugby-league-victory-over-rugby-union,https://www.skysports.com/rss/12040,"745 Game honouring Rob Burrow, Doddie Weir and Ed Slater ends with Rugby League victory over Rugby Union","The '745 Game' was named as such in honour of the shirt numbers worn by Rob Burrow, former Gloucester player Ed Slater and Scotland great Doddie Weir; the 13-a-side showdown at Headingley, held to aid research into Motor Neurone Disease, was won 33-21 by the Rugby League side - -The 745 Game, a hybrid of rugby league and rugby union rules, was an idea Rob Burrow and Ed Slater were developing before Burrow passed away in June this year - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player - -Rugby League won a unique battle of the codes match against Rugby Union labelled the '745 Game' at Headingley that was held to aid research into Motor Neurone Disease. - -The '745 Game' was named as such in honour of the shirt numbers worn by Rob Burrow, former Gloucester player Ed Slater and Scotland great Doddie Weir. - -Former England rugby union and rugby league stars including Danny Cipriani, Billy Twelvetrees and Danny McGuire - who won eight Super Grand Finals alongside Burrow - were among those who played on Sunday, the match ending in a 33-21 victory for the league side. - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Sky Sports' tribute to the life and legacy of Rob Burrow CBE, following his tragic death from motor neurone disease. - -""It was great to get everyone in the same stadium for a great cause,"" said Cipriani, who pulled his boots back on for the first time since he left Premiership club Bath in 2022. - -""How often do we all get together in one place? There's no rivalries or division, no segregation, we're all here for the same reason and that's why it feels so good."" - -Burrow's daughters Macy and Maya and Slater's daughters Edie and Flo led out the two teams, while Jackson Burrow and Frank Slater delivered the match ball to referee Ben Thaler. - -Image: Rob Burrow's daughters Maya and Macy pictured ahead of the '745 Game' at Headingley - -The 13-a-side showdown included unlimited tackles in each team's own half but six after halfway, uncontested scrums and line-outs, with five points awarded for a try and two each for a conversion and a drop goal. - -Within the first two minutes, Cipriani sent 42-year-old former Exeter and England flanker Tom Johnson ploughing half the length of the pitch to open the scoring under the posts. - -McGuire, who was recently installed as head coach of Castleford, nipped through to level for the league side and Paul McShane and Waine Pryce also crossed before ex-Bath winger Matt Banahan pulled one back to make the half-time score 19-14 to Burrow's team. - -A converted try by Twelvetrees gave Slater's side the edge before McGuire fittingly ignited Burrow's men to victory with his second try, Pryce also completed his double to wrap up victory. - -Image: Team Burrow's Waine Pryce celebrates a try during the '745 Game' at Headingley - -Another Leeds great, 52-year-old Barrie McDermott, who was tempted out of his usual role in the Headingley hospitality suite at the last minute to play a short cameo role, paid tribute to Burrow. - -""We're all here to support our friends and I know one man who would be laughing his socks off, looking down from above and saying, 'you silly old fool',"" laughed McDermott, who was comically sent off in the final seconds. - -Echoing Cipriani's views on the unique nature of the cross-code challenge, he added: ""There's no animosity, no tribalism. We're here to support rugby as a collective."" - -Burrow spent his entire career with Leeds Rhinos, cementing his place as one of the club's all-time greats. - -Following his MND diagnosis, he - alongside his friend and former team-mate Kevin Sinfield - raised millions to help build a new care centre for MND patients. - -Please use Chrome browser for a more accessible video player Kevin Sinfield says Rob Burrow taught him several important lessons, including how important it is to give time to others and also made him a better friend. - -Former Gloucester and England star Slater was diagnosed with the disease in 2022, while Weir died that same year after a brave five-year battle. - -The cross-code fixture represented a new development in matches between the two codes, with previous meetings involving halves or whole matches played under established union and league rules respectively. - -In two matches in 1996, Wigan beat Bath 82-6 under league rules, before Bath won the union rematch 44-19. - -In a match between Sale and St Helens in 2003, the former built up a 41-0 half-time lead under union rules, before Saints responded with 39 unanswered points under league rules after the break. - -You can donate to the MND Association at www.mndassociation.org/skysports",1731883641,fc4744035e,64ac15a8fc,,,1731883641 -https://www.flexoffers.com/blog/promote-these-online-subscription-services-for-the-holiday-season/,https://www.flexoffers.com/blog/feed/,Promote these Online Subscription Services for the Holiday Season,"Ready or not, the holiday season is upon us. Whether seeking gourmet treats, reliable at-home entertainment, or the latest tech gadgets, our team has curated a list of top online subscription services to promote during the holiday season and help customers find exactly what they need. - -Let your site visitors discover these and other top online subscription services with enticing deals for the holiday season at FlexOffers.com!",1731883647,7343470052,65456e5399,,,1731883647 -https://www.dataquest.io/blog/learn-python-the-right-way/,https://www.dataquest.io/feed/,Learn Python (Step-By-Step),"How to Learn Python (Step-by-Step) - -Learning Python was hard for me, but it didn't have to be. - -A decade ago, I was a fresh college grad armed with a history degree and not much else. Fast forward to today, and I'm a successful machine learning engineer, data science and deep learning consultant, and founder of Dataquest. - -Currently, I am working on some deep learning projects, Marker and Surya. But let me be real with you—it wasn't all smooth sailing. My journey to learn Python was long, filled with setbacks, and often frustrating. - -If I could turn back time, I'd do things much differently. This article will guide you through the steps to learning Python the right way. If I had this information when I started, it would have fast-tracked my career, saved thousands of hours of wasted time, and prevented much stress. - -Read this article, bookmark it, and then read it again. It's the only Python learning guide you'll ever need. - -Why Most New Learners Fail - -Learning Python doesn't have to be difficult. If you’re using the right resources, it can be easy (and fun). - -The Problem With Most Learning Resources - -Many of the courses out there make learning more difficult than it has to be. Let me give you a personal example to illustrate my point. - -When I first started learning to program, I wanted to do the things that excited me, like making websites or utilizing AI. Unfortunately, my course forced me to spend months on boring syntax. It was agony! - -Throughout the course, Python code continued to look foreign and confusing. It was like an alien language. It’s no surprise I quickly lost interest. - -Regrettably, most Python tutorials are very similar to this. They assume you need to learn all of Python syntax before you can start doing anything interesting. This is why most new learners give up. - -An Easier Way - -After many failed attempts, I found a process that worked better for me. I believe it's the best way to learn Python programming. - -The process is simple. First, spend as little time as possible memorizing Python syntax. Then, take what you learn and dive headfirst into a project you actually find interesting. - -This minimizes the time spent on mundane tasks and maximizes the fun parts of learning Python. Think analyzing data, building a website, or creating an autonomous drone with artificial intelligence! - -This better way of learning is why I built Dataquest. Our courses will have you building projects immediately with minimal time spent doing the boring stuff. - -But how do you execute this learning process? The following five steps will explain everything you need to know. Your journey to learn Python starts now. - -Step 1: Identify What Motivates You - -With the right motivation, anyone can become highly proficient in Python programming. - -As a beginner, I struggled to keep myself awake when trying to memorize syntax. However, when I needed to apply Python fundamentals to build an interesting project, I happily stayed up all night to finish it. - -What’s the lesson here? You need to find what motivates you and get excited about it! To get started, find one or two areas that interest you: - -Data Science / Machine learning - -Mobile Apps - -Websites - -Computer Science - -Games - -Data Processing and Analysis - -Hardware / Sensors / Robots - -Automating Work Tasks - -Yes, you can make robots using the Python programming language! This is from the Raspberry Pi Cookbook. - -Step 2: Learn the Basic Syntax, Quickly - -I know, I know. I said we’d spend as little time as possible on syntax. Unfortunately, we can't avoid it entirely. - -Here are some good resources to help you learn the Python basics without killing your motivation: - -Introduction to Python Programming Course — A beginner-friendly course that gets you coding quickly and helps you practice as you learn. - -Learn Python the Hard Way — A book that teaches Python concepts from the basics to more in-depth programs. - -Python Tutorial — A comprehensive tutorial that will walk you through the foundational concepts and get you off to a good start. - -I can’t emphasize this enough: Learn what syntax you can and move on. Ideally, you will spend a couple of weeks on this phase but no more than a month. - -The sooner you can start working on projects, the faster you will learn. You can always refer back to the syntax later if necessary. - -Step 3: Make Structured Projects - -Once you’ve learned the basic Python syntax, start doing projects. Applying your knowledge right away will help you remember everything you’ve learned. - -It’s better to begin with structured projects until you feel comfortable enough to create your own. - -Here are some examples of actual Dataquest projects. Which one ignites your curiosity? - -Inspiration for Structured Projects - -Remember, there is no right place to start when it comes to structured projects. Let your motivations and goals guide you. - -Are you interested in general data science or machine learning? Do you want to build something specific, like an app or website? Here are some recommended resources for inspiration, organized by category: - -Data Science / Machine Learning - -Dataquest — Teaches you Python and data science interactively. You analyze a series of interesting datasets, ranging from CIA documents to NBA player stats. You eventually build complex algorithms, including neural networks and decision trees. - -Scikit-learn Documentation — Scikit-learn is the main Python machine learning library. It has some great documentation and tutorials. - -CS109 — This is a Harvard class that teaches Python for data science. They have some of their projects and other materials online. - -Mobile Apps - -Kivy Guide — Kivy is a tool that lets you make mobile apps with Python. They have a guide for getting started. - -Websites - -Bottle Tutorial — Bottle is another web framework for Python. Here’s a guide for getting started with it. - -How To Tango With Django — A guide to using Django, a complex Python web framework. - -Games - -Pygame Tutorials — Here’s a list of tutorials for Pygame, a popular Python library for making games. - -Making Games with Pygame — A book that teaches you how to make games using Python. - -Invent Your Own Computer Games with Python — A book that walks you through how to make several games using Python. - -An example of a game you can make with Pygame. This is Barbie Seahorse Adventures 1.0, by Phil Hassey. - - - -Hardware/Sensors/Robots - -Scripts to Automate Your Work - -Automate the Boring Stuff with Python — Learn how to automate day-to-day tasks using Python. - -Projects are crucial. They stretch your capabilities, help you learn new Python concepts, and allow you to showcase your abilities to potential employers. Once you’ve done a few structured projects, you can move on to working on your own projects. - -Step 4: Work on Python Projects on Your Own - -After you’ve worked through a few structured projects, it’s time to kick things up a notch. Now, it's time to speed up learning by working on independent Python projects. - -Here’s the key: Start with a small project. It's better to finish a small project than embark on a huge one that is never finished. - -Tips to Discover Captivating Python Projects - -I know it can feel daunting to find a good Python project to work on. Here are some tips to finding interesting projects: - -Extend the projects you were working on before and add more functionality. Check out our list of Python projects for beginners. Go to Python meetups in your area and find people working on interesting projects. Find open-source packages to contribute to. See if any local nonprofits are looking for volunteer developers. Find projects other people have made and see if you can extend or adapt them. Github is a good place to start. Browse through other people’s blog posts to find interesting project ideas. Think of tools that would make your everyday life easier. Then, build them. - -Data Science/Machine Learning - -A map that visualizes election polling by state - -An algorithm that predicts the local weather - -A tool that predicts the stock market - -An algorithm that automatically summarizes news articles - -Try making a more interactive version of this map from RealClearPolitics. - - - -Mobile Apps - -An app to track how far you walk every day - -An app that sends you weather notifications - -A real-time, location-based chat - -Website Projects - -A site that helps you plan your weekly meals - -A site that allows users to review video games - -A note-taking platform - -Python Game Projects - -A location-based mobile game, in which you capture territory - -A game in which you solve puzzles through programming - -Hardware/Sensors/Robots Projects - -Sensors that monitor your house remotely - -A smarter alarm clock - -A self-driving robot that detects obstacles - -Work Automation Projects - -A script to automate data entry - -A tool to scrape data from the web - -The key is to pick something and do it. If you get too hung up on finding the perfect project, you risk never starting one. - -My first independent project consisted of adapting my automated essay-scoring algorithm from R to Python. It didn't look pretty, but it gave me a sense of accomplishment and started me on the road to building my skills. - -Obstacles are inevitable. As you build your project, you will encounter problems and errors with your code. Here are some resources to help you. - -Resources If You Get Stuck - -Don’t let setbacks discourage you. Instead, check out these resources that can help: - -StackOverflow — A community question and answer site where people discuss programming issues. You can find Python-specific questions here. - -Google — The most commonly used tool of any experienced programmer. Very useful when trying to resolve errors. Here’s an example. - -Python Documentation — A good place to find reference material on Python. - -Step 5: Keep Working on Harder Projects - -As you find success with independent projects, keep increasing the difficulty and scope of your projects. Learning Python is a process, and you’ll need momentum to get through it. - -Once you’re completely comfortable with what you’re building, it’s time to try something harder. Continue to find new projects that challenge your skills and push you to grow. - -5 Prompts for Mastering Python - -Here are some ideas for when that time comes: - -Try teaching a novice how to build one of your projects. - -Ask yourself: Can you scale your tool? Can it work with more data, or can it handle more traffic? - -Try making your program run faster. - -Imagine how you might make your tool useful for more people. - -Imagine how to commercialize what you’ve made. - -Final Words - -Remember, Python is continually evolving. There are only a few people in the world who can claim to understand Python completely. And these are the people who created it! - -Where does that leave you? In a constant state of learning and working on new projects to hone your skills. - -Six months from now, you’ll look back on your code and realize how terrible it is. At this point, you’ll know you’re on the right track. - -If you thrive with minimal structure, then you have all you need to start your journey. However, if you need a little more guidance, our courses may help. - -I founded Dataquest to help people learn quickly and avoid the things that make people quit. Our courses will have you writing actual code within minutes and completing real projects within hours. - -If you want to learn Python to become a business analyst, data analyst, data engineer, or data scientist, we have career paths designed to take you from complete beginner to job-ready in months. - -Common Questions about Learning Python (FAQs) - -Why should I learn Python? - -1. You Can Automate Tasks - -Python is a versatile programming language, which means there's something in it for everyone. Once you learn Python, you'll be able to do the following: - -Work with massive datasets easily. - -Scrape data from the web and access APIs - -Use it to power-up your work in Excel - -Automate all sorts of tasks. - -Learning to automate tasks independently can be incredibly powerful because your time is valuable. Let the robots send your emails and fetch data from the internet. And if you're feeling extra ambitious, you can even create the next coffee delivery app to get your caffeine fix every morning easily. (That may take a little bit more work, though.) More likely, you'll be able to start finding creative solutions for the people and companies you work for. When you learn Python, you’re literally learning a new language that is built on identifying and predicting patterns. As you find patterns, you'll be able to communicate those findings in a way that makes a big impact in your industry and the world. - -2. You Can Impress Your Boss - -Learning Python is also a great way to impress at work (or get that promotion you've been vying for). To those who can't code, the ability to program sometimes seems like a superpower. Programming gives you the ability to leverage your knowledge and multiply your output. With it, you may be able to get ten times as much work done in the same amount of time. As we mentioned above, when you learn Python, you'll be able to gather data quickly and translate the numbers to real-world solutions. For example, in a business setting, you could add value by doing things like web scraping, sending emails automatically, or even analyzing supply chain production to find missed opportunities for cost savings or quality control. If your boss has mentioned that understanding data science could help you move toward your career goals, a self-paced Python course that helps you learn Python online could be the perfect way to balance a data career and personal development. - -3. It Creates Exciting New Career Opportunities - -If you're looking for an entirely new career or maybe aren't feeling fulfilled in your current job, you've come to the right place. Demand for Python developers, especially in the data science field, has never been higher. Data science is rewarding, and it pays exceptionally well. These opportunities are sometimes available remotely, so you can work from anywhere for a U.S. company without being tied to a U.S. location. Data science is a relatively new field, and with that freshness comes modern hiring practices. An emphasis on understanding your craft and being able to drive results is slowly beginning to trump the need for a four-year degree and an office down the hallway. We've seen many of our alumni find rewarding careers (either in an office or remotely) after completing our Data Science paths. In fact, we’ve structured our courses to help you leave with a leg up on the job hunt. You'll have experience working with real-world data and a portfolio full of finished data science projects. For human resources offices evaluating your resume, this can be far more important than your degree. - -4. Build the foundation to learn AI and Machine learning - -In the age of generative AI, Python's significance in 2024 cannot be overstated. It serves as the foundation for AI and machine learning, with key frameworks like TensorFlow and PyTorch relying on Python for development and innovation. Its effectiveness in automating tasks and analyzing large datasets is crucial for training AI models. Python's seamless integration with AI tools and its widespread use in AI research makes it indispensable for anyone involved in this field. The language's extensive community support, resource availability, and versatility across various domains, including web development and data science, further enhance its importance. Additionally, understanding Python is vital for navigating the ethical and governance aspects of AI, ensuring responsible development and application of AI technologies. Thus, Python's role extends beyond mere programming, becoming a crucial tool for shaping and understanding the future of AI. - -Is it hard to learn Python? - -Learning Python can certainly be challenging. However, if you take the step-by-step approach I’ve outlined here, you’ll find that it’s much easier than you think. Python is actually considered one of the easiest programming languages to learn. While anyone can learn Python programming — even if you've never written a line of Python code before — you should expect that it will take time, and you should expect moments of frustration. - -Can you learn Python for free? - -There are many free Python learning resources. At Dataquest, for example, we have dozens of free Python tutorials. - -The downside to free resources is the lack of structure; you’ll need to patch together several free resources. This means you’ll spend extra time researching what you need to learn next and how to learn it. It may find that you've wasted time learning the wrong things or often get stuck because you lack the prerequisite knowledge to complete a project or tutorial. - -Premium platforms may offer better teaching methods (like the interactive, in-browser coding Dataquest offers) and save you time finding and building your own curriculum. - -Can you learn Python from scratch (with no coding experience)? - -Yes. Python is a great language for programming beginners because you don’t need prior experience with code to pick it up. Dataquest helps students with no coding experience get jobs as data analysts, data scientists, and data engineers. - -How long does it take to learn Python? - -If you’re looking for a general answer, here it is: Learning the Python basics may only take a few weeks. However, if you’re pursuing a career as a programmer or data scientist, you can expect it to take four to twelve months to learn enough advanced Python to be job-ready. (This estimate comes from learners who have taken our Python for Data Science path.) - -The personalized answer depends on several factors. The good news: it is probably less than you think if you take the right approach. Let’s look at some examples … - -A Marketer Who Wants an Edge: If you're a marketer who'd like to analyze Google Analytics data more rigorously, you could learn fundamental Python syntax and the required pandas techniques in a matter of weeks. This wouldn't make you a job-qualified Python developer or data analyst, but it would be enough to solve your problem. - -A Begineer Seeking a New Career in Data Science: If you're learning from the beginning and are looking for full-time work using Python, you can expect to spend at least a few months studying part-time. How many months will depend on the job you're looking for. Working through our Data Analyst in Python course path, for example, would prepare you to apply for jobs as a Data Analyst. Most learners take at least three months to complete this path. To be clear, though, you could spend a lifetime learning Python. There are hundreds of libraries, many of them regularly improving and evolving, and the language itself also changes over time. It doesn't take too long to become capable of solving problems with Python, but to master Python means continually learning and growing over the course of your career. - -Exploring a career in web development or software engineering: If you're keen on web development and want to learn Python's role in it, our AI Development with Python path is a great place to start. In weeks, you'll grasp Python fundamentals tailored for web development, work with numerical and text data, make API calls to the web, and build your own projects. - -Is learning Python still worth it? - -Yes. Learning Python is worth it from a career outlook, financial return, and versatility perspective. - -Demand for Python skills is High: In 2024, Python's importance in the tech industry is indisputable, particularly in fields like machine learning and artificial intelligence, where it's the language of choice for many. Its usage has seen a significant 22.5% year-over-year increase, reflecting its widespread adoption across various industries. Professionals proficient in Python are highly sought after, with the machine learning job market alone projected to reach $31 billion by 2024. Python skills not only open doors to diverse and lucrative career opportunities but also enhance overall employability. With Python's applications spanning multiple roles—from data analysis to software development—learning this versatile language is an invaluable investment for any tech-focused career in today's evolving job market. - -Lucrative Salaries : Careers that require Python skills can earn salaries well over $100,000 per year in the United States. Here’s a list of jobs requiring Python programming knowledge — and their U.S. salaries: Software Engineer: $113K–$174K Entry Level Data Analyst: $55K–$83K (become one here) Data Analyst: $66K–$103K (become one here) Data Engineer: $103K–$152K (become one here) Data Scientist: $130K–$190K (become one here) Python Developer: $89K–$128K Deep Learning Engineer: $118K–$181K Machine Learning Engineer: $124K–$186K - -: Careers that require Python skills can earn salaries well over $100,000 per year in the United States. Here’s a list of jobs requiring Python programming knowledge — and their U.S. salaries: - -Incredible Versatility: There's an inside joke in the Python community that Python is the second-best language for everything. Of course, what’s best is subjective, but Python is incredibly flexible. It’s the most commonly used language for data science and machine learning. One reason for its widespread popularity is that it’s one of the easier languages to learn and use when working with data. And, fortunately for employers and data scientists alike, it doesn't require years of study to master. - -Can you teach yourself Python? - -Yes, it's very possible to learn Python on your own. There are many learning resources available on the web to help you learn Python for everything from web development to artificial intelligence. Here at Dataquest, we've helped thousands of students learn Python and get jobs in data science, all on their own schedules and from the comfort of their own homes. Teaching yourself Python does take time, though. You must also be sure that you're writing code and applying what you learn in real-world scenarios rather than just watching lecture videos and answering multiple-choice questions. Taking the right approach to learning Python can also be the difference between success or failure when you're learning through self-study. - -Do you have any tips on learning Python faster? - -If you're learning Python on your own, creative time-management habits will be very helpful — especially if you want to learn Python sooner rather than later. While five hours may seem like a lot to fit into your already-busy weekly schedule, it's very achievable for someone working a full-time job — or with a full calendar of school commitments. Here are a few ways you might find the spare hours … - -Set your alarm alock for 30 minutes earlier: The best time you can set aside to learn Python each day is in the morning. Biologically, your best, most productive time is around the first two hours of each day. You don't want to sacrifice any sleep, but you may want to get to bed earlier so you can practice a bit before work. It's a commitment, for sure. But, if you set aside your clothes the night before, have your coffee ready to go, and already know what aspects of Python you are going to work on, it's a bit easier. Tell yourself that you can't look at your phone or emails until you dedicate 30 minutes to learning Python, and make it a habit! The time it saves and the advancement in your career will be worth the extra effort. As an added benefit, you'll feel extra healthy when you get a productive head start on your day. - -Log off your evening Netflix habit: If you already wake up at 5 am to get to work each day, waking up earlier may not be the best option for you. In that case, you might take the first two hours when you get home from work each day to learn Python. If you’re overwhelmed by the idea of finding two hours between your commute, gym, dinnertime, and downtime, spend a week really looking at how you spend your evenings. Write down exactly what you did each day this week: How much time did you spend on Netflix? Did you waste a few hours on social media? Did you get lost scrolling through Amazon? Can you prepare your meals on Sunday to cut back on weeknight cooking? - -If you already wake up at 5 am to get to work each day, waking up earlier may not be the best option for you. In that case, you might take the first two hours when you get home from work each day to learn Python. If you’re overwhelmed by the idea of finding two hours between your commute, gym, dinnertime, and downtime, spend a week really looking at how you spend your evenings. Write down exactly what you did each day this week: - -Take advantage of quiet Saturday mornings: We've seen that practicing every day is the best way to master Python as quickly as possible. It's important to be consistent, but sometimes life gets in the way. That's what weekends are for. If you're completely booked from 5 am to 6 pm every day, you can keep yourself on track by putting in extra hours on the weekend. Plus, this is a great way to find uninterrupted time in a space you've dedicated just for learning Python. One thing to keep in mind: studying two hours a day is far better than ten hours in one day on the weekend. If you have other commitments during the week, even ten minutes each morning will make a difference compared to only looking at Python materials once a week. - -Join A Community of Python Programmers: Joining a community of Python developers will help you stay on track toward your goal to learn Python. Python meetups are fairly common on Meetup.com, and you'll get recommendations from other members of these groups. Additionally, Dataquest's students use our Members' community to network and discuss Python problems, troubleshooting, and data science portfolio projects. If you carve out a few minutes each day for networking, you'll complete your coursework with a new skill and a new network as you enter the job market! - -Find a Project you are interested in working on: The best way to learn how to complete data projects is by building data projects. Dataquest learners spend their time working through real-world data challenges that teach learners to combine multiple skills and tools to solve a problem or accomplish a task. Projects created out of genuine curiosity stand out, as opposed to those made just for the sake of it. Take your time to find a topic that captures your attention or choose from hundreds of data science projects on the Dataquest learning platform. - -Compete on Kaggle: Kaggle hosts data science competitions. Signing up is free, and members submit Python scripts to find the best model for a given dataset. You'll find a lot of competitions with objectives similar to the guided projects in your Dataquest portfolio. If you're one of those Fortnite fans we mentioned above, collaborating with other Dataquest students on Kaggle competitions can help replace some of your game time in a way that helps you learn Python without losing that competitive fix! - -Do you need a Python certification to find work? - -Probably not. In data science, certificates don’t carry much weight. Employers care about skills, not paper credentials. - -Translation? A GitHub full of great Python code is much more important than a certificate. - -What types of jobs can you get knowing Python? - -Many jobs can benefit from Python skills. Here are a few careers that you can break into if you know Python: - -Python Developer - -Data Analyst - -Data Scientist - -Data Engineer - -Business Analyst - -Machine Learning Engineer - -Software Engineer - -Is Python relevant outside of data science/machine learning? - -Yes. Python is a popular and flexible language that’s used professionally in a wide variety of contexts. - -We teach Python for data science and machine learning, but you can also apply your skills in other areas. Python is used in finance, web development, software engineering, game development, and more. - -Having some data analysis skills with Python can also be useful for various other jobs. If you work with spreadsheets, for instance, there are likely things you could be doing faster and better with Python. - -Where can you learn basic Python programming? - -Plenty of online Python courses, books, boot camps, and free guides online exist. We always recommend Dataquest, but we're a bit biased. - -Basic Python skills you'll need to learn include: - -Python lists - -Python loops - -Python strings - -Python functions - -Python arrays - -Python operators - -Python syntax - -Etc - -Here at Dataquest, we teach the basics while expediting the time required to apply what you learned with a fun project. Try our introductory Python course here.",1731883654,2e61ed019e,6557059b4d,,,1731883654 -http://www.communitysignal.com/news-membership-as-a-community-model/,https://www.communitysignal.com/feed/,News Membership as a Community Model,"Local newsrooms are tasked with representing their local communities and the issues and topics that matter to them. For that reason, it seems especially important for there to be reader advisory boards and feedback loops in place to ensure that the local community can share feedback with the newsroom. But if your newsroom or publication is in a pre-community state, Rebecca Quarl has suggestions on scalable measures that you can take to let your audience know that you value their readership. - -Rebecca has the unique vantage of having worked across 28 for and non-profit news organizations with the News Revenue Hub, originally starting her career as a journalist. Her firsthand experience with news membership as a community model raises an interesting approach for scaling community tactics across the newsroom. - -Patrick and Rebecca also discuss: - -If you enjoy our show, please know that it’s only possible with the generous support of our sponsor: Higher Logic. - -On making time to connect with your readers: “For our clients who are spread pretty thin, if they don’t have time to manage an online community or don’t have time to really harness crowdsourcing, I tell them that’s okay. Let’s instead do an audit of your e-mail products and figure out how to drive that daily habit and essentialness and make it something that people are opening and clicking regularly. Instead of using that time to moderate an online community, let’s make sure that at the end of each day you’re checking all of the responses that you got from e-mail subscribers and responding to each one.” – @rebeccarives - -On the importance of buy-in for membership: “Where we’re seeing membership programs really take off is [in] the newsrooms that see membership as a shared responsibility. [In] the newsroom [that] has decided together that membership, more than page views or unique visitors or the latest newfangled metric from Google or Facebook, becomes the highest indicator of success and so there’s a collective buy-in on this notion that membership is the highest sign of engagement for our newsroom, that’s when the magic happens.” – @rebeccarives - -On membership as a community model: “Membership, first and foremost, is a newsroom saying that we believe the healthiest business model for the news is one in which readers help sustain it, and that sustainment is not about exclusivity. They’re not donating because they are going to get something that other readers cannot. It’s about creating a sense of belonging, again, in this sort of membership community and feeling like you’re putting your hard earned dollar between something that is holding the powerful to account.” – @rebeccarives - -Rebecca Quarls is the director of client relationships for the News Revenue Hub, working with 28 for and non-profit news organizations around the country to preserve the sustainability of public service journalism. Specifically, the Hub is focused on helping client organizations grow their email subscriber list, loyalty and engagement within that list and then conversion to membership. At the Hub, membership—not unique visitors, not page views, is the highest measure of success and the ultimate sign of an engaged reader community. Rebecca was previously the membership manager for the Texas Tribune. - -[00:00:04] Announcer: You’re listening to Community Signal, the podcast for online community professionals. Sponsored by Higher Logic, the community platform for community managers. Tweet with @communitysignal as you listen. Here’s your host, Patrick O’Keefe. - -[00:00:28] Patrick O’Keefe: Hello and thank you for listening to Community Signal. We’re talking with Rebecca Quarls about membership models for news organizations, the untapped potential of your e-mail list, and the rejection of the paywall. If you enjoy our show and find value in it, please consider supporting us on Patreon. Full details at communitysignal.com/innercircle. We are grateful for all of our backers including Maggie McGarry, Marjorie Anderson, and Carol Benovic-Bradley. - -Rebecca Quarls is the director of client relationships for the News Revenue Hub, working with 28 for and nonprofit news organizations around the country on the big experiment that is sustainability of public service journalism. Specifically, the Hub is focused on helping client organizations grow their e-mail subscriber lists, as well as loyalty and engagement within that list and then conversion to membership. At the Hub, membership not unique visitors, not page views, not insert the latest metric as dictated by Google or Facebook here, is the highest measure of success and the ultimate sign of an engaged reader community. - -What really makes them happiest, what validates the effort that goes into producing everything on and off of their client organizations websites, is when regular people were so compelled and engaged by the newsroom’s work that they make a small dollar contribution that is meaningful to them and to their partners. Previously, she was the membership manager for the Texas Tribune. Rebecca, welcome to the show. - -[00:01:44] Rebecca Quarls: Hi, Patrick. Great to hear from you. Glad we were able to make something work. - -[00:01:46] Patrick: Me too. We met at South by Southwest in 2015 when you were working at an agency doing marketing, PR, and crisis management. Prior to that, for two years you had worked in a community facing role at NOLA.com, The Times-Picayune in New Orleans and then after you left the agency job for two years just about you worked at the Texas Tribune. Really, but in that gap you had spent about 18 months away from news organizations. In that time, did anything change? Like when you started at the Texas Tribune, did you notice anything thing like, “Hey, this is different”? - -[00:02:29] Rebecca: Yes. To back it up even further Patrick, my first job out of college was as a community reporter for a magazine in Baton Rouge, Louisiana. I went to college at LSU. I started as a reporter doing profiles and features on everyone from the local bookstore owner to prominent women in the community that were breaking the glass ceiling of their jobs and then moved into the community engagement space at NOLA.com and the Times-Picayune as you indicated. - -I’ve had the interesting and fortunate advantage of seeing a couple of different news models up close from a local print lifestyle magazine that was doing really well in terms of local advertising in a small community, to a daily national newspaper that’s owned by a large corporation. Then again, whenever I did re-enter the news at the Texas Tribune working for a nonprofit newsroom and seeing the difference in the way that reporters comfort themselves whenever they’re working for a nonprofit versus when they’re working for a large daily owned by a corporation. - -It’s been interesting to see from the way that the reporters and editors interact with one another to the way that folks are perceiving audience engagement. It was different in each space. - -[00:03:40] Patrick: What brought you back? When you left that space for a little while, you went agency side, applied your skills, certainly, and skills that you learned as a journalist, as someone who works at news organizations, you get a better understanding of PR crisis management, it ties in very well. Not an uncommon switch for someone who works in media to go to the agency side, go to PR and crisis management because they see it play out on the media side. Why was it that you went back to the media after that agency time? - -[00:04:06] Rebecca: Sure. Good question. I think that working on the agency side, I’m surrounded by folks that are doing media relations at their desks every day and I’m hearing my colleagues make phone calls to former colleagues at theTimes-Picayunee. They would just sort of be a heart-bursting moment where I know that my colleague here at the agency who would be on the other end of the phone with an editor, and I just missed it. There’s part of the news that has just gotten under my skin, and I love the industry. - -In addition to that, I think, a decision on my part to go back to the news was about being able to expand my impact on this industry that I’d fallen in love in. Taking those communications, marketing, and audience engagement skills and being able to apply them in a way that felt meaningful to me and felt meaningful to the newsrooms for which I work. - -[00:04:59] Patrick: You’re at News Revenue Hub now and listeners to the show will be familiar with the membership model for news organizations because we just recently had Jay Rosen from NYU on the show and talked at length about that. You mentioned to me before this show that, “There are a lot of pie-in-the-sky ideas out there right now in the membership space.” Give me some examples. - -[00:05:18] Rebecca: I’m passionate about taking some of those pie-in-the-sky ideas and making them feel actionable and feel right to each organization. We’re working with 28 non-profit and for-profit newsrooms around the country. Most of my contacts at these organizations are wearing a lot of hats. Most of them are not only trying to think about how to grow their e-mail list and engage their subscribers and make their newsletter products more sticky. They’re also trying to figure out the membership marketing piece and how to talk to folks in a way that’s meaningful and that’s aligned with their editorial mission and their editorial tone and authenticity. - -Whenever you’re working with folks that are wearing a lot of hats, we’ve got to talk about prioritization. I think the pie-in-the-sky portion comes from taking time again to think about the newsletter first and foremost. If your time is limited, maybe thinking about that before you think about starting a Facebook group for your readers or starting an advisory council with your readers. - -There are some engagement ideas that I don’t currently have any data that indicate like a downstream effect on the organization’s financial sustainability. I’m working with folks who do have limited time and for example, we’re finding that e-mail drives loyalty and conversion to membership more than any other marketing mechanism combined. We’re finding the ability for you to move people through the middle of the funnel if you will, so from a website user to an e-mail subscriber, to a converted donor is more correlated to downstream sustainability than it is to have a large and passive website audience. - -Again that means working with folks on driving loyalty, driving the amount that they find your e-mail newsletter products essential to their day-to-day lives, so they’re consistently opening and clicking them. Like I said, trying to drill down on that. - -[00:07:10] Patrick: Let’s take a pause and talk about our great sponsor, Higher Logic. - -Higher Logic is the community platform for community managers with over 25 million engaged users in more than 200,000 communities. Organizations worldwide use Higher Logic to bring like-minded people together by giving their community a home where they can meet, share ideas and stay connected. The platform’s granular permissions and powerful tools, including automated workflows and consolidated email digests, empower users to create their own interest-based communities, schedule and manage events, and participate in volunteer and mentoring programs. Tap into the power your community can generate for you. Higher Logic, all together. - -Let me flip that question then, what’s a pie-in-the-sky idea that you hear being repeated a lot, that you think is not a good idea or something that is not productive? - -That doesn’t require anyone to name names or talk about specific outlets, but certainly, there’s a lot of strategies talked about. I talked to a lot of organizations working on similar problems. What’s one thing that is something that you hear people say, a fair amount but internally either by data or simply your own intuition from your experience in the space which is deep, something like, that’s really not worth the time investment? - -[00:08:13] Rebecca: One of those pie-in-the-sky ideas right now would be managing a robust online community. As you know that’s pretty resource intensive and I don’t have data currently that shows a correlation between having a robust online community for a newsroom, and its downstream effect on a newsroom’s financial sustainability. We’re seeing products out there right now that a lot of our clients are installing to their sites that allows readers to submit questions to reporters and to participate more in the process of journalism. - -I think there’s most certainly a value there. I’ve seen that the quality of engagement amongst those folks that are participating in journalism as a qualified need to become a donor or a member of your newsroom later on. I’m not seeing the direct through line there. For our clients who are spread pretty thin, if they don’t have time to manage an online community or don’t have time to really harness crowdsourcing, I tell them that’s okay. - -Let’s actually instead do an audit of your e-mail products and figure out how to drive that daily habit and essentialness and make it something that people are opening and clicking regularly and maybe instead of using that time to moderate an online community, let’s make sure that you at the end of each day are checking all of the responses that you got from e-mail subscribers and responding to each individual one. - -[00:09:42] Patrick: That’s a great touching our point because I think if you’re on Community Signal, we are very interested in the community aspect of it, but again that’s not always saying, “Push in the community.” In membership programs, I took a look at several of the News Revenue Hub partners and in the membership tiers and what’s offered. To what you’re saying, I didn’t see much tied to reader-to-reader online engagement or online community with readers. In-person events, yes, but anything online with readers interacting not as much. - -Now, it sounds like that represents a strategy point. Part of this is maybe this side conversation about data unification. If someone starts a Facebook group, for example, and I know this because I manage several active Facebook groups as part of my day job, and this is the challenge we have, and the challenge we’re addressing is, we want to tie those names to retention. We want to say that these people are in this forum. They retain at this rate, people who are not in the forum retain it this rate, people who are active retain at this rate. - -We want to know sort of how likely people are to continue with us based upon the services that they utilize. Facebook gives you very little access to data and graph insights is a joke of an analytical product. We can’t say like, in an easy way, we can’t correlate this person is in the forum, this person retains and have it be in a scalable way. We have to manually check that data, something I actually just recently did, because I was curious myself. We segmented it out for a few months period of time, we verified every single person who retained or canceled and what their activity level was in the forum by hand, and whether or not they were in the forum by hand so that we could see in forecast what it meant for us. - -You can’t necessarily say right now that this person in the Facebook group retains at this rate. So part of it is sort of the data mess. All this data is spread out in different channels. News organizations have trusted Facebook with a substantial portion of that community where previously they might be on site and if they were still on site, which is your background obviously at the Times-Picayune, there’s a lot of on site community and comments, you can at least own the data to a point where you can pull out names and e-mail addresses and tie that to billing of subscribers and see, what does this look like? - -That’s part of that argument. I realize I’m getting a little long-winded here, but to go back to the main point is the conversations you’re having, is there any point in advocating for on site community right now? Are you talking about that? Are any of your partners offering that as a subscriber benefit, where the ability to comment, interact with fellow readers online is tied to being a subscriber or being a member of the publication? - -[00:12:08] Rebecca: Sure. Most of the newsrooms that we’re working with, have an online community, it’s open to all readers, not just readers that donate or contribute financially. I totally hear you on the issue in tracking efficacy. The best thing how we try to help clients is working with them on mapping the signup source of those folks that are community members on Facebook or as a commenter on your site. - -Is there a way within your e-mail service provider to tag and release those folks so that you can watch over time how engaged a subscriber that came to you via your Facebook group versus a subscriber that came to you via participating in a crowdsourcing project on your site versus a subscriber that came to you just by signing up on your homepage? What are the relative engagement levels of those subscribers, and how often are they again, opening and clicking your e-mail newsletter products? Because for us, again, we’re seeing that the funnel is web to e-mail, e-mail to donor, and e-mail is the driver of loyalty and conversion in our wheelhouse. - -[00:13:13] Patrick: I feel like just to round out the point that I made in a long-winded fashion. I feel like part of the reason for that is because you actually have the e-mail addresses, so e-mail, they subscribe, whether it’s via MailChimp or something else, you have the e-mail address. You can actually see most likely they use the same e-mail address when they sign up for a membership. - -You can see like, e-mail is driving this percent of membership, because we can see that these e-mail subscribers, this percent of e-mail subscribers are actually joining and participating in the program where with some of these other tools and platforms that news organizations have, installed over time, or chosen to use, they just don’t have access. E-mail is sort of a pure, I don’t know what you would call it, it’s not web 1.0, it’s baked in. E-mail is such a core internet feature that because you have access to the e-mail, you own that data, it is that much more trackable, and you can prove that this is a driver and use that in your research. - -[00:14:02] Rebecca: Right. As you know, working with newsrooms means that they’re in a uniquely prime position in that e-mail subscribers still really want to hear from you on a regular basis. They actually across all of the newsrooms that we work with, when we work on an audience survey with them to get them started with the Hub, all of the audience survey respondents indicate that they’re news junkies. That keeping up with national, regional and local news via e-mail is essential and that it’s something they want on a daily basis. We’re not up against some of the challenges that other marketers might be dealing with. - -[00:14:42] Patrick: You brought up e-mail, that’s what beat you to the punch, because I had read a blog post on the News Revenue Hub website about the top three KPIs that you should track for a successful membership strategy and number of e-mail subscribers was listed first. Another post mentioned that if you used a modal, I remember seeing the word modal a lot today, modal like the overlay on [chuckles] a webpage. - -If you use an e-mail subscription model, Hub clients that implement that have raised on average an additional $4,500 per month compared to those who didn’t, so it’s clear and I think it makes a lot of sense honestly, that news organizations, just because of the cash strap nature that many find themselves in to focus on something that already ties in to what they’re doing. They already have e-mail lists in many cases, so it’s just a matter of refactoring how they utilize that list, how they grow that list, the content that they put out on that list and how they promote the membership effort. To me, it seems like a very approachable, low hanging fruit entry point into membership. Am I reading that right? - -[00:15:40] Rebecca: Yes, correct. We see that pool of subscribers as a community for each of these newsrooms. As I said, your ability to follow-up with individual subscribers regardless of if they contribute financially to your newsroom is imperative. Your ability to take their feedback and distill it into iterating on the products that you have already created is going to be imperative and then your ability once you have converted those individuals to membership, creating a greater sense of connectivity between those subscribers and those members and the newsroom in which they donate to is also imperative and so it is community building I guess just in a different sense, if you will. - -[00:16:21] Patrick: I mean I think a lot of people, myself included, would define community as when you facilitate a space where people who are not you can interact with one another. I think with a lot of partners it seems like that happens at in-person events. I saw that come up in a few of the membership levels that I read through from the News Revenue Hub partners, which makes sense. Community takes all forms. Doesn’t have to be online. Obviously, our show talks about online, so [laughs] that’s why we’re talking a lot about it too. - -[00:16:46] Rebecca: Right. Beyond the in-person Patrick, I’d say we’re seeing newsrooms conduct virtual events that do allow members to interact with one another in meaningful ways. From hosting a live stream where you have an editor from the newsroom and a reporter breakdown a specific issue or give you sort of the ten things you need to watch going into the next legislative session, and then allowing members to ask questions of one another and of the moderators. We’re seeing that foster meaningful interactions. Also, we’ve got a client who once a month will live stream one of their editorial meetings and members are able to tune in, in person or virtually, and be a part of the conversation in that way. - -[00:17:31] Patrick: Are you finding that the partners that you work with and the organizations that you’re talking to and onboarding, are they designating the responsibility for membership to an individual? Are they moving in that direction or are they making it a part of someone else’s job? - -[00:17:47] Rebecca: Good question. I think it is beneficial to have one person in your organization owning membership, to be thinking about it all the time, to be sitting in on editorial meetings asking themselves, “How are we going to talk to members about this latest investigative series that we’re working on, and how are we going to make that part of the launch plan?” I do think you need someone to own that. - -Conversely though, where we’re seeing membership programs really take off is the newsrooms that see membership as a shared responsibility. The newsroom has decided together collectively that membership more than page views or unique visitors or the latest newfangled metric from Google or Facebook becomes the highest indicator of success and so there’s a collective buy-in on this notion that membership is the highest sign of engagement for our newsroom, that’s when the magic happens. To sound cheesy. - -[00:18:44] Patrick: That makes sense, and there’s always an opportunity to expand upon it once you do knock out that easier entry point. I guess part of the reason I asked the question is because you certainly, early in your career you had the role of on site community at the Times-Picayune and it’s interesting to talk about that role. I mean, you get different answers. Regionally, it’s hard. Nationally, there are a few examples. Internationally there are a few examples because they’re bigger newsrooms, bigger organizations, bigger scale. The New York Times, for example, Bassey Etim over there has a very senior role, leads a large team and he’ll tell you, “We correlated comments to subscription revenue.” That’s a big organization that has their own financial challenges and maybe constantly assailed by people in power in this country, but they have analytics there that have shown them the value where they can have a 14-person community team. Not so true at a regional level. Regionally, it often does fall to someone else to do something like this. - -Whether it’s membership and coordinating membership events and working membership into editorial, like you said, sitting in meetings or on site community or whatever it is. Whatever falls under that blanket of, in some cases audience engagement, in some cases I assume now membership, those roles are somewhat rare for regional outlets at least in my experience, and when they are there, they’re super junior and always looked at as junior. - -There’s not like a step up, which I think is unfortunate. Hopefully through finding revenue models and additional revenue models that money won’t just go to say hiring the fourteenth journalist or the seventh journalist or the ninth journalist, but also recognizing that this revenue comes from a source and that source should be cultivated. Hopefully, I feel like these sorts of models present an opportunity for that job as you described of membership to be something that someone can make a career out rather than just being a stepping stone. - -[00:20:37] Rebecca: Absolutely. We are actually in the process of working on a study in that regard with the American Journalism Project. Where we’re trying to design the ideal org chart for newsrooms that, as you said, so often we get sort of a dog chasing the tail scenario where you apply for a grant, in so doing you promise that you’re going to do a different or new type of work as your way to fulfill your grant promise. - -Whenever you receive the grant, you turn around and you need to hire more reporters to then do that work. That was not being done previously. Creating opportunities for individuals who are either editorially minded or have editorial experience to also flex in business skills and to flash out their business surfs is going to be critical to the sustainability of these newsrooms. - -[00:21:27] Patrick: I think part of that even ties into the sustainability of your efforts. I know that there’s, and it’s not like a public fee, I read an article about it preparing for this interview about the fees that are charged in different clients but just making sure these sort of things can have sustainability in existing a resource like this. I know it was created through grants. I see efforts like, for example, the Coral Project, which I think did a lot of really good things and their grant ran out. Now, they’re looking for the next thing to help push this forward. It’s ironic in a way, a sad irony, that the efforts to bring stronger membership and therefore stronger revenue to news organizations often struggle themselves to have revenue to exist beyond a couple of years or a grant cycle. - -[00:22:15] Rebecca: I think that is part of why the News Revenue Hub was founded. It’s not the sexy part of the industry but the capacity building portion, clients that maybe can’t have someone dedicated full-time to membership can lean on the Hub to help them build meaningful relationships with their readers through ongoing campaigns and communications that we help execute with them but on their behalf as well. - -[00:22:39] Patrick: On your services page, the News Revenue Hub mentions that you conduct an audience survey. What are you asking readers before you launch these programs? - -[00:22:49] Rebecca: Good question. We like the survey to be a mix of getting an understanding of the editorial service that they’re providing, as well as priming their audience for the prospective launch of the membership program. The survey is not only, “Let’s assess the interest in what the organization is doing now but let’s assess the reader’s propensity to give once we do launch their program.” - -We ask the run-of-the-mill questions about demographics, news consumption, political biddings but then we also go into net promoter score questions like how likely is it that you would recommend this news organization to a friend, or how useful do you find this news organization’s newsletters to you, or if this news organization ceased to exist tomorrow, would you feel like you’ve lost a source of news that you can’t find anywhere else? Would you feel like you’ve lost a source of news but someone else could produce similar content or would you not be impacted one way or another? - -We’ve standardized the questions that we ask and now we’re actually able to do some comparative analysis. Whenever I go and onboard a new newsroom, we can look at how useful your news organization is perceived by its correspondents compared to 28 other newsrooms across the spectrum. The question of “if we cease to exist tomorrow,” we now have the responses for about 28 other newsrooms so we can see again where you factor into the respondent’s view of your essentialness. - -[00:24:18] Patrick: Obviously there’s the type of person who would take a survey, first of all, I would say I would do that. That person can play in extremes, they can be your biggest fun or they can just not like you. In reviewing those surveys, has there ever been one that was really bad like your readers just don’t value you? They would not care if you disappeared and it’s like, “Maybe this isn’t going to work out very well.” I picture that in my head and I find it funny, not for the news organization. Has there been anything like that? - -[00:24:43] Rebecca: Yes. To your first point, I agree. Surveys are interesting and they do have their caveats in that you’re going to get the hand raisers amongst your audience. Those are going to be folks that feel passionate about what you do but also equally vocal about telling you what you’re not doing right. Yes, sometimes whenever we conduct these audience surveys jointly with our clients and then we go to analyze the results, it does lead to some uncomfortable conversations with the newsroom and it goes back to having to level about audience understanding and how are you serving them. - -Are you meeting them where they are or are you expecting to be the arbiter of how they consume the news? Yes, we have had to have those conversations. Sometimes whenever we’re starting, we can launch a membership program, but the newsroom still is going to have to be thinking constantly about how are we serving our audience? - -[00:25:38] Patrick: Have you taken a look at all about how membership supports might be related to leaning of the news organization? For context, news organizations at least in my opinion that I appreciate and this could be, we all have bias. They report things in a way that I find to be honest, truthful, and balanced. There are news organizations who are very clear about the side they’re leaning. They could still report things truthfully, but they come from an angle. Left-leaning, right-leaning, being popular examples. You’ve got extremes of what a liberal news organization looks like and what conservative organization looks like. Those extremes seem to get more polarized all the time. - -My curiosity is like — and of course this takes some, I don’t know how you’d identified it, I guess independent. There’s independent organizations that measure like, “Okay, this is a left-leaning, slightly left-leaning, center, right center, very far right, news organization.” Have you looked at, at all sort of is an organization that is more leaning a way stronger to the left or to the right more likely to embolden people to support them? E.G, they have a viewpoint, so that people are more interested in the news that agrees with that viewpoint and so they’re more likely to support them as they cultivate this image of, “It’s everyone against us.” We are the news organization giving you the truth. Is there anything to that, that ties to revenue or anything that you’ve looked at that looks at the leaning of the organization and how that relates to fanatical support or revenue-based support? - -[00:27:04] Rebecca: No, I don’t have any data indicating the left or right or center leaningness of the organization as a correlation to how successful their membership program is. I’d say we do though encourage clients whenever as part of say their new subscriber welcome series, to come out with a memorandum of sorts, a front-facing newsletter that subscribers get as their welcome to their list that says, “This is what we stand for.” It will be We believe that there should be quality schools in our community or that our environment is going to impact the quality of life that we have in this area. - -I think, you can have biases in the way that are about, “I’m producing public service journalism in the interest of serving that community.” Stating what you stand for and the organizations that are pretty forthright about that do intend to do better. I’d say that in that regard, I believe in the news and objectivity but I do believe as an organization you can decide that there are certain issues that you’re going to advocate for. For example, we’ve got a lot of hyperlocal clients who when they’re talking to members say, “We are the ones fighting for your streetlights and for safer streets.” They’re very, like I said, forthright about that and that’s okay. That actually benefits them in the long run. - -[00:28:23] Patrick: I would have been surprised if you had the data, but hey, that would have been interesting if one day you get that data. I’m sure that would give you some media coverage just whatever the headline was, left-leaning outlets tend to generate X% more revenue than right or right this. Interesting to see that. Just like it’d be interesting to see like anyone who does community seriously on site, you know what that looks like obviously but a lot of media organizations don’t and see how that correlates to membership revenues. There’s always studies out there, I’m just asking things I’m curious about. - -I mentioned, when I heard Jay Rose on this show before. When I had him on, he drew sort of a line between membership and subscription saying that subscription is when you pay for a product and receive the product, while membership is when someone joins a CAUSE because they support it. Following that definition, if we accept that, do you think news organizations should be careful about who they take money from? - -[00:29:13] Rebecca: I think that news organizations in general should be transparent about who they’re taking money from. Most of our clients are diligent about disclaiming if a particular area business is the focal point of coverage that also is a supporter of the newsroom financially, but you are clear in your disclaimers about that. I don’t think accepting money from any party should impact your editorial coverage of that party. I just think there is a little bit of church and state still in that regard. Equal opportunist in terms of diversifying revenue streams and accepting money from those willing to give it to you but that it doesn’t ultimately go back to any sort of editorial planning. - -[00:29:56] Patrick: Yes. I think just to provide some additional context to that question. When you look at someone who does a bad thing. They could become a pariah, or they’ve done something legitimately bad. They’ve hurt someone, and so, separating product from cause. If this terrible person bought a product from Amazon, no one cares. That’s a private customer relationship. If someone is supporting the cause of say, I don’t know, donating to a political campaign or supporting a non-profit. - -These days, there’s often calls to give that money back IF the person has done something that is so heinous that a substantial portion of the public is disgusted by them being associated with whatever that thing is or that politician. It just strikes me as possibly a downside of this cause-driven side of it, is that you’re lying to people who support your cause. I will not be shocked one day when a news organization may have to say, “You know what? We don’t want you as a member anymore, because you did this terrible thing and you are not the type of person that we want supporting us.” - -Of course, hopefully, at the rate we’re talking about $12 a month, $14 a month, $8 a month, whatever it is, that won’t be such a catastrophic impact to the bottom line, and yet it’s still a statement that one day it might need to be made. Even if it feels strange to say that now, I feel like that won’t be a huge shocking thing when and if it does happen. - -[00:31:16] Rebecca: No, absolutely. I think that newsrooms do have to make tough decisions from time to time when it comes to some of those larger gifts. As you said, the everyday donor that’s supporting your newsroom, those folks, we’re not so much worried about the alignment of their value. We are, of course, we want them to value the product, and we value their feedback, but I think you’re talking about more like the big fish givers if you will. Yes? - -[00:31:37] Patrick: I know any and all. Honestly, because I feel like the cause-driven mentality blends you to a cause where you align on a values perspective, oftentimes, whether or not that’s fair is a whole another question, but when you position yourself that way, I think it aligns with the idea that we are supporting this cause. Do you want that person supporting your cause? As opposed to, I went down the street and bought USA Today. - -No one cares. They don’t care. They don’t know me. They don’t really care if I live or die. I’m paraphrasing what I think they might be saying. I think it could be any and all. I think it’s just this idea of, I’m contributing to a cause, I support that cause, do you want my support? Just the tricky, when you get into deeper personal relationships like that, where it gets back to the like, I support this cause. There are different nuances that come up in that relationship. - -[00:32:25] Rebecca: I think that would be why in launching a membership program, one of the bigger goals is that membership even more than corporate revenue or major gift revenue, your membership revenue is the one that lends most to you as an organization, your transparency and your credibility because the more diverse that pool of everyday donors is, the better because, again, it’s representative of the whole community and not one particular agenda. - -[00:32:54] Patrick: Would it be fair to describe membership models as a rejection of the idea of a paywall? - -[00:33:01] Rebecca: Yes. I believe membership first and foremost is a newsroom saying that we believe the healthiest business model for the news is one in which readers help sustain it, and that sustainment is not about exclusivity. They’re not donating because they are going to get something that other readers cannot. It’s about creating a sense of belonging, again, in this sort of membership community and feeling like you’re putting your hard earned dollar between something that is holding the powerful to account. - -[00:33:30] Patrick: That’s a great place to wrap up. Rebecca, thank you so much for taking the time with us today. I’ve enjoyed the conversation and best of luck at News Revenue Hub. - -[00:33:39] Rebecca: Thanks, Patrick. It was great talking with you. - -[00:33:41] Patrick: We have been talking with Rebecca Quarls, director of client relationships at the News Revenue Hub. Visit fundjournalism.org for more information. For the transcript from this episode plus highlights and links that we mentioned, please visit communitysignal.com. Community Signal is produced by Karn Broad and Carol Benovic-Bradley is our editorial lead. See you next episode. - -[music]",1731883740,b6cef58d91,6510d43194,,,1731883740 -https://glaad.org/glaad-statement-on-the-presidential-election/,https://www.glaad.org/rss.xml,GLAAD Statement on the Presidential Election,"“The LGBTQ community has been here before, as have all other marginalized communities, and the pain is real today. But as we saw from the Lavender Scare to the Stonewall uprising, from the HIV epidemic to the defeat and victory for marriage, every breakdown can lead to a breakthrough. We must see this moment of crisis as another catalyst for change. - -Our community knows how to take care of each other, and how to push our country and world forward. The mission remains: Hold leaders accountable to We, the People. Empower each person to use their voice for progress with kindness. Correct the record. Shape culture. Change hearts and minds. Rise up for intersectional issues including racial justice, abortion and immigration. GLAAD was founded nearly forty years ago with the knowledge that LGBTQ people and our stories would create a better world. Our work has renewed importance and urgency. LGBTQ people belong and are essential to the promise of America as a beacon of equality and acceptance.”",1731883641,82dbee0d09,64f3410e78,,,1731883641 -https://transom.org/2011/jay-allison-invitation-prpd-benediction/,https://transom.org/feed/podcast/,Invitation: PRPD Benediction by Jay Allison,"Download “Invitation: PRPD Benediction” Manifesto (PDF) - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/PRPD_092311_Jay-Allison-Benediction.mp3 Download Listen to “Invitation: PRPD Benediction” - -In the 1970s, a guy at NPR loaned me a tape recorder, and I just made myself at home on M Street, producing pieces, editing day and night. They didn’t have a security system in those days; I think they just assumed I worked there. But I was a citizen of this country and they let me in. It was a favor — an act I still hope is embedded in the DNA of public radio — and I have devoted my life to repaying that favor. And this morning I hope to convince some of you to join that invitational cause. - -A “benediction” suggests a license to preach — a great temptation for anyone in public radio — and I’m going to take advantage of it a little bit. Partly, I’ll be preaching to myself, which I do all the time: I’m getting lazy, not doing enough, not doing enough good, I’m not sufficiently honoring our purpose and public trust. So you’ll have the pleasure of being included today in these flagellations. We can be chastised together, and find possibilities for redemption, together. - -I come at this from three angles — a national producer, a local station founder, and an Internet guy. I’ve been independent all these years (in fact, I’ve never had a real job), working with the networks and national shows, with our station, and creating new series and digital spaces. - -I’ve come to know the pressures on the ground at stations, and also the excuses. - -I find at these conferences, if you take away one or two thoughts that abide, a couple of actionable notions, you’re doing pretty well. So I hope you can find some in this hour, because many of you are the gatekeepers. You decide who gets in, what gets heard. In many ways, you determine our collective identity. It’s in your hands. You’re responsible. - -And to spice my little benediction, which is divided into chapters, I’m going to play some Sonic IDs from our station on Cape Cod — something we put on our air in the interstitial time, every broadcast day. I know some of you are familiar with these and have even replicated them at your stations. We’ve done this since we first went on the air and now we have hundreds in rotation. - -The IDs interrupt the block programming in a good way. Suddenly, in the middle of the world news, there’s a 30- or 60-second portrait, an overheard moment, some found real-life poetry from right here where we live. The IDs create a signature that makes us sound a little different from anyone else, and describe our home by building a sonic space comprised of the people who live here. - -Sonic ID Break - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/01-Hanging-Laundry1.mp3 Download Listen to “Hanging Laundry” - -[Jaunty piano music begins.] JAY: Eileen McGrath on Nantucket. EILEEN: All right, here we go. Now you’re gonna see the correct way to put the wash on the line. If it’s a windy day, you’ve got to decide which way you’re gonna stand, because otherwise you’ll have them wrapped right around your head as you hang them up, you see. If I were a careless laundry hanger, I’d do this [flapping sound] uhhh — I just threw it over the line and then, you know, speared it with a couple of clothes pins. Very careless work. You should do it just exactly the way so everything is shipshape. It’s a lost art. [Piano fades up.] JAY: You’re listening to the Cape and Islands NPR stations, a service of WGBH. [Piano end.] - -Chapter 1: The Correct Way to Put Wash on the Line or…Purpose - -We are appropriately focused on change, but some values don’t change, like in laundry-hanging. We don’t have to change everything. Our mission still stands. That’s comforting. - -It was mission that sucked many of us in and it still binds us together. I was a bright-eyed idealist in my 20s (still am, to a degree) and I know there are plenty of us out there, young ones (and old ones) ready to sign on to something they believe in. - -Public radio is a mission-based enterprise. Everything rightfully follows that. Really, all we ever have to do is be as good and as true as we say we are. - -We all have some version of mission at our stations. Here’s my friend Bill Siemering’s writing from the early days of NPR: - -“The total service should be trustworthy, enhance intellectual development, expand knowledge, deepen aural esthetic enjoyment, increase the pleasure of living in a pluralistic society and result in a service to listeners which makes them more responsive, informed human beings and intelligent responsible citizens of their communities and the world.” - -Bingo. This doesn’t have to change. It’s as inclusive and non-elitist and non-politically biased as you could ask for. - -We need to remember how beautiful our mission is. Many of us have staked our lives’ meaning on it. We don’t take it lightly. Listeners honor us for doing that. As Sarah Vowell posted on Transom, “I still believe in public radio’s potential. Because it’s the one mass medium that’s still crafted almost entirely by true believers.” - -It’s true. I know I went away in the ’90s for a bit and worked for Ted Koppel at Nightline. I loved it. It was a great journalistic outfit. But I missed the mission, and I missed radio. I came back and renewed my vow of poverty. - -For many of us, for some important core of us, public radio is a calling. We believe in a civic responsibility and in civil behavior. That’s a precious combination, because it’s increasingly rare. Our listeners know this about us. It’s why they trust us. And it’s why people want to join our cause — as supporters and participants. I’ll come back to that. - -When the Reverend Allison speaks, tis time to tithe! Help Transom get new work and voices to public radio by donating now. - -Sonic ID Break - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/02-The-Clock-Job.mp3 Download Listen to “The Clock Job” - -[Large clock ticking.] THOMAS: I only held the clock job for, oh, five or six years. JAY: Thomas Hodgson, former keeper of the clock at the Congregational Church in West Tisbury. THOMAS: I’m afraid my confession about the ultimate reason for wanting to retire is that I don’t really care what time it is. [Ticking continues.] And I would rather — I’d rather rely on an internal clock than a machine, though this is certainly a beautiful machine. [Clock chime winds up.] JAY: You’re listening to the Cape and Islands NPR stations. [Clock chimes twice and winds down.] - -Chapter 2: A Beautiful Machine or…Maintenance - -So, we get older. Time goes by. Our eyes get less bright, our backs tire, our children need tuition. Mission can become inconvenient sometimes, too much work. - -Understandably, as an enterprise, we crave success, too. And money. For one thing, those are quantifiable. - -And this is tricky, because when success and audience numbers and money are the goal, our mission can become a burden. There are easier ways to get money, and we get lazy. - -I think of the musical nostalgia fundraisers on public TV, for example, pre-empting Frontline. That’s a break in the trust. It’s cynical, it’s a short sell, and it’s the beginning of the end. We haven’t done that yet in public radio. But the risk of dedicating ourselves primarily to fulfilling metrics or budgets is always there. - -Another note on mission: The original purpose of public broadcasting, I think it’s worth remembering, was broadly educational. Education is an unassailable civic good, to my way of thinking, unless you are someone who wants an ignorant workforce you can exploit, or an ignorant population you can manipulate politically, but that’s the subject of a different benediction. - -Our original mission was not “to report the news of the day.” Certainly that can fit within a broadly educational mandate, but Congress did not direct us explicitly to report the news. - -It’s odd, in fact, after so many years tagging along behind newspapers, to find ourselves one of the strongest bastions of journalism in the country. We should be proud of that and never diminish the importance of our news reporting but always remember that it has a context, which is life itself, and the broadly educational purpose to help create a better-informed citizenry. - -It’s sharing the meaningful, unexpected, transformational stories of our lives, here in America and around the world, that sets us apart. Our listeners depend on us for the news. But they love us for Our Heart. It’s easy to find the latest news these days. One click. But it’s hard to find anywhere the kind of heart that’s at the core of our sensibility. - -Sonic ID Break - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/03-Here-We-Intend-to-Stay.mp3 Download Listen to “Here We Intend to Stay” - -BARBARA: My husband is a retired dairy farmer. A dairy farmer works seven days a week. He had never seen the ocean. So when we were married, we came to the Cape so he could see the ocean. JAY: Barbara Yamamoto of Harwichport. BARBARA: His eyes filled with tears and he said, “I have to live here.” And here we are, and here we intend to stay. JAY: You’re listening to the Cape and Islands NPR stations. - -Chapter 3: And Here We Intend To Stay or…Neighborliness - -If you came in late — I’m playing WCAI’s Sonic IDs as an organizing principle. Like that one — it’s less than 30 seconds long, but doesn’t it have an amazing amount of information and heart in it? It’s so short, but not rushed. Our PD used to say about the sonics, “If you don’t like it, it’s over.” - -They also raise an interesting point, because sometimes they sound like mistakes for a second when they start. The listener, momentarily, wonders what’s going on and feels lost, but then recovers — a bit refreshed. It sharpens the mind to feel lost and then found. I always say that the sonics are a success if they make you look at the radio. - -Eventually, my dream is to put everybody on the air, the whole place — an epic poem of community, created in collaboration with the community. - -So, neighborliness. That’s the word I’ve come to favor as a way to describe the quality our radio station should aspire to: Being neighborly. These IDs propound neighborliness. We don’t know each other but we have our place in common, and in some way, these stories weave us all into the fabric of the place. We get to know each other a little bit. We feel friendly toward strangers. - -A guy named Jim Haynes wrote a This I Believe essay for our series on NPR. He’s a wonderfully social man who hosts huge weekly dinner parties at his flat in Paris. Everyone signs up in advance and then appears. Here’s a quote from his This I Believe essay that I think relates to our own identity: - -“All ages, nationalities, races, professions gather here, and since there is no organized seating, the opportunity for mingling couldn’t be better. I love the randomness. I believe in introducing people to people. I have a good memory, so each week I make it a point to remember everyone’s name on the guest list and where they’re from and what they do, so I can introduce them to each other, effortlessly. If I had my way, I would introduce everyone in the whole world to each other.” - -How’s that for neighborly? I think of us in public radio that way — as hosts, with our convening, curatorial attributes — inviting everyone, everyone talking together, all ages and ethnicities, with civility and intelligence and good humor. - -All of this is Utopian, of course, but so what? The world needs Utopians. We don’t have to succeed in building a Utopia, we just need to get closer. - -In fact, I see our role not just as reporting on our place, but as actively involved in improving it. - -To do that, we should seek out our likely collaborators. Build partnerships with other groups who have kinship with us: arts groups, civic organizations, schools, museums, social services, all the nonprofits involved in making our places better. We can act as a key connector in community. The other day, I heard a remark by the longtime public radio leader Dennis Haarsager that went something like this: “We used to see ourselves as the nonprofit arm of the media world. Perhaps we should see ourselves as the media arm of the nonprofit world.” - -We have natural allies there, and there is strength in collaborative energy. - -In any case, I like the idea of a public radio actively committed to positive change in the places we live. David Gessner, an environmental writer who also wrote a This I Believe essay for us, sums up his environmental action this way in his recent book, and I think it works for us, too: “Fall in love with a place and fight for it.” - -Sonic ID Break: - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/04-Chief-Flying-Eagle.mp3 Download Listen to “Chief Flying Eagle” - -EARL: “Wah-ta-honk. Ah-ki-ee.” There’s a feeling that gives you goosebumps. It’s such a nice, nice sound to be able to hear how your ancestors must have spoken: “wee-noh-wahs”—“onion;” “ah-kash-ki”—“groundhog;” “ah-ki-aiou”—It mean “bottom,” “down on the floor.” My soul is a jar, and there’s only certain things that enter it, and this language thing is one of those. It enters and it . . . it exhilarates me. “Ah-ki-oumous” mean a “bee.” The sound of that sounds like a bee. “ah-ki-oumous.” JAY: Earl Mills, Chief Flying Eagle of the Wampanoag Tribe of Mashpee. You’re listening to the Cape and Islands NPR stations. - -Chapter 4: My Soul is a Jar or…Sound - -Forget for a moment new technology, multiple platforms, delivery systems, social media — just for a moment, forget all that — and remember, we work in sound. That’s where we started and that’s what we’re known for. We do it better than anyone else. - -I don’t mean that we ignore the other senses, but we should be the masters of this one. - -I know it’s almost heretical to say it these days, to invoke the name of radio, when some are deleting the word from our identity. Even my own nonprofit organization is Atlantic Public Media (the first APM, by the way), and I am a strong advocate for occupying all the digital spaces, for being everywhere all the time, but sound is our home. - -I can’t help but quote the great sound designer Walter Murch (Apocalypse Now, The Conversation, The Godfather) from his Manifesto on our website, Transom.org: - -“Hearing is the first of our senses to be switched on, four-and-a-half months after we are conceived. “. . . Birth wakens the other four sleepyhead senses and they scramble for the child’s attention — a race ultimately won by the darting and powerfully insistent Sight — but there is no getting around the fact that Sound was there before any of them, already waiting in the womb’s darkness as consciousness emerged, and was its tender midwife. “So although our mature consciousness may be betrothed to sight, it was suckled by sound, and if we are looking for the source of sound’s ability — in all its forms — to move us more deeply than the other senses and occasionally give us a mysterious feeling of connectedness to the universe, this primal intimacy is a good place to begin. - -I co-produced the wonderful series Lost and Found Sound with my friends the Kitchen Sisters. Sometimes, I would listen all day to the voices of dead people. The listeners who would call our Quest for Sound line would describe their old tape or phonograph or whatever contained the voice of their loved one and say, “It’s all I have left,” as if it were an actual part of the person, full of life and breath. And in a way, it was. The connection to the remaining voice is not at all like a photograph, it’s much deeper. Sound has the ghostly power to enter our bodies, unbidden. - -The playwright Marsha Norman talks about a time after her husband died, finding a plastic blow-up beach ball in the back of the closet and realizing it contained her husband’s breath. That resonates with me. It reminds me of the kind of power we hold in our medium. - -As we become more focused on other media, as we find ourselves newspaper-ized, as our attention is drawn away from our craft — remember the power of sound. We have the opportunity to wield it if we want. - -Sonic ID Break: - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/05-Fado-Footwear.mp3 Download Listen to “Fado Footwear” - -[Fado music begins. A duet.] JAY: Ana and Jose Vinagre, Portuguese Fado singers from New Bedford. [Ana sings.] ANA: I can’t wear shoes when I’m singing. I gotta feel where I’m at. I can’t. I can, but it doesn’t sound — it’s not being true to myself. I gotta kick the shoes off. [Jose sings.] JOSE: My item of better singing is high-heel boots. (He chuckles.) The boots help me — uh — open my diaphragm a little better rather than flat shoes. And when I put on a pair of high-heel, black, Spanish-style, black boots, I feel strong about being a better Fado singer. [They sing together.] JAY: You’re listening to the Cape and Islands NPR stations. [Song ends.] - -Chapter 5: Bare Feet, High Heels or…Story - -Beyond sound, or within sound, there is story. I have five children and on that limited sampling, I’m willing to extrapolate: We’re hard-wired for stories told out loud. - -Among my 2-year-old son’s first words was “story.” And then “again.” “Story.” “Again.” “Story, again.” This summer we went to the Fourth of July fireworks at the beach, and he sat on my lap, looking up while the fireworks shot off in the sky and he kept turning to me, saying, “Story. Tell. Story.” It was happening right in front of him, but he wanted me to tell him about it. He wanted to hear about what he was experiencing. - -In public radio, our signature is story. It’s what we’re known for. We have masters of story already working with us — many here at this conference and more who are willing to join. - -One of the simplest storytelling programs we air is The Moth Radio Hour, which I’m privileged to produce. I should say it’s not as simple as it seems, perhaps, because The Moth’s directors do magic to create that illusion in their work with the storytellers, but finally, it’s storytelling reduced to its essence. My Pro Tools sessions are the opposite of the insane one Jad showed you at the beginning of this conference. They’re one track. (And a bleep track, sometimes.) - -It’s just someone telling a true story, other people listening. It’s primitive, like in a cave, by a fire. It’s also got the wonderful quality that something might go wrong; there’s risk. It’s that Mistake Thing again. In public radio, you always feel everything is going to turn out all right, that there won’t be any surprises, that everything’s under control. But The Moth is on a tightrope, or like a sporting event — the kind of thing Brecht wanted from the theater. Something might be different this time, something might go wrong. The storytellers themselves are vulnerable, taking a chance with what they’re telling us. It can be riveting. - -It’s also what we champion at Transom, which we call “Slow Radio.” Radio that contains breath and takes its time to render a full humanity. Moth stories go for 18 minutes sometimes. One voice, no editing. Insane, right? It’ll never work. But hundreds of people are turned away from live Moth events. My teenage kids hate a lot of public radio; they love The Moth. - -I think it partly ties to what Studs Terkel said on Transom about what he wanted from his radio. “Something real.” Just something real. - -Sonic ID Break: - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/06-Hairdresser.mp3 Download Listen to “Hairdresser” - -DOUGIE: We try to have fun here, and we try to be creative here, and we address the client’s needs the best way we can. [Clipping noise in background.] JAY: Provincetown hairdresser Dougie Freeman. DOUGIE: We’re bringing back dancing and kissing. I ordered a stripper pole from Palomino Poles in Las Vegas, which is where the best poles, dance stripper poles come from, and we installed it in the salon and it was a huge success. You had to be under 200 pounds and you could only dance five minutes — that was the stipulation. Also, we have a kissing booth going on now, on Saturday nights, and that’s $2 a kiss, and it’s kissing with Saran Wrap, which is another application for Saran Wrap so — you have the confidence when you’re kissing — the confidence of Saran Wrap. [Clip, clip, clip.] JAY: You’re listening to the Cape and Islands NPR stations. [Clip, clip, clip.] - -Chapter 6: We Try to Have Fun Here and We Try to Be Creative or…Talent - -This seems like such an obvious point, but where does creativity come from? It comes from creative people. - -We so often tend to design top-down programming. Invent a vehicle and find talent to drive it. That can work in some cases, but the highway is littered with abandoned public radio vehicles of that sort. - -Really, we know: Our lasting work rises up from the grassroots, from talent, from singular vision. - -I want us to throw open the doors more often to people of singular vision. Welcome the bright-eyed, mission-driven people who will carry us forward. Bring in the future poets of the medium. - -We can function like the real estate market: Encourage some artists to move in, let them make the place cool and then everyone wants in. - -I was emailing with my friend Robert Krulwich while I was here, both of us happy about Jad’s MacArthur fellowship and he wrote: - -“For a while there, maybe eight to ten years ago, when Transom was just getting going, I was wondering, where are the people who are going to inherit this thing we helped make, and make it their own? What if it goes the way of public TV and just dies in place? But it isn’t doing that. Partly, I think, because of [those of us] who just recruit new folks in and give them room to breathe and grow, let ’em suffer their way through and learn, and . . . up pops, oh, say . . . Jad.” - -Jad came in through an open door. - -At this conference, Dan Grech of WLRN said to me, “But Jad is not replicable. Radiolab is not replicable.” That’s absolutely true, but fortunately, it doesn’t matter. The process is replicable. The process. WNYC and Mikel Ellcessor opened a door, they stuck with Jad because they had faith something good was there, even if it hadn’t yet formed. Dean Cappello overlooked the complainers and stayed the course, because his gut told him to. As Jad said, “They left me alone to do weird things.” - -That’s risk. Many of you do it, and I admire you: WBEZ, KUOW, North Country, Remix Radio, KUT, KCRW, and, happily, so many more. - -As a producer, I can always know there will be a core group of stations that will gamble, that are willing to be first. That helps give me the strength to try. - -But why not all of us? Being willing to risk and try new things first — why isn’t that part of our collective identity? - -Sonic ID Break: - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/07-Boredom.mp3 Download Listen to “Boredom” - -STEVEN: The worst thing about living on Nantucket for a teenager… [Slow music starts.] is probably . . . [More slow music.] the boredom. [More music.] JAY: Steven Hamblin of Nantucket. [More music.] JAY: You’re listening to the Cape and Islands NPR stations. [Music fades out.] - -CHAPTER 7: The Boredom or…The Boredom - -So, here are some specific practical ideas on how to spice up our air and realize this goal of identifying and welcoming talent. - -First of all, the whole world is auditioning for us, whether they know it or not. The Internet is the world’s largest audition stage. It’s never been easier to find talented people — podcasters, bloggers, musicians, poets, comedians. They’re right there, waiting for us to notice and bring them in. Many of them want in. Just ask. - -At PRX, we ran the Talent Quest and found in a very short time a pool of people wanting to join us. We got Al Letson and Glynn Washington, both remarkable additions to our roster, and left dozens of intriguing people on the table. We had about 1,400 people create audition pieces. If I had some funding right now, I’d go back into that list and find some people and start collaborating with them. - -Beyond that, there’s PRX itself: an absolute mine of talent and new programming. Explore in there. It’s amazing. It’s easy to use. For the active programmer, who is really scheduling every day like it’s special, PRX is a dream. - -Jump on AIR’s new Localore project. That could be transformative for both a station and a producer. - -Look for people who scare you a little, and welcome them, too. We should be magnets. Find the person in your shop who understands talented people and can manage them with respect and delicacy. Use that person. We should be known as a place where creativity is embraced, understood and employed in service of mission. - -Bring on interns. Give them something real to do. Invite them to surprise us. Let them search the Internet for cool things our listeners should hear. Make them PRX-Jockeys. - -Remember the legacy producers, the ones who defined our sound and are eager to keep redefining. Don’t let them all leave us for lack of support. Warning: that’s happening. To lots of us. - -In the independent community, we’ve developed all sorts of training and baton-passing like Krulwich and I were emailing about—outfits like PRX, AIR, Third Coast, and Transom. And, Ira Glass and This American Life have singlehandedly spread the public radio gospel to a generation. - -At Atlantic Public Media, we’re about to start the first-ever Transom Story Workshop October 3rd, right in our little village of Woods Hole, Mass., in cooperation with WCAI. It will run for seven weeks, and we’re charging something comparable to college tuition but without the credit. We did no publicity, but just announced it on the Web, and got 60 applicants from all over the world. We accepted eight to come be in residence. This is not multimedia, but radio story — a beginning course, taught by the former instructor at the Salt Institute, Rob Rosenthal. Ira Glass and Kelly McEvers and many other great producers will come help teach. Students will leave with a portfolio. We’re excited. - -But when we’re done training, can you help them stay in public radio? Let us know you’re interested, so we can send good ones your way. - -As Torey Malatia said, “It’s easy to support talent. Hire it.” - -Sonic ID Break: - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/08-Mildred-in-MIchigan.mp3 Download Listen to “In MIchigan” - -MILDRED: We got out to Michigan on Lake Finch, a beautiful spot. I hated the place the minute I stepped into it — I couldn’t stand it. JAY: The late Mildred Huntington of Vineyard Haven. MILDRED: We finally got this place right on the lake — closer to water than this. I would walk down there, take a deep breath and there’s nothing — it’s complete void. It didn’t smell like salt water; there’s no smell to it. I couldn’t stand the place. I didn’t like the food out there. You couldn’t buy any baked beans unless you had tomato sauce in them. I don’t like beans with tomato sauce. You couldn’t buy any salt mixed pork, so I couldn’t make a chowder. You couldn’t buy any hardtack that goes with the chowder. You couldn’t buy any New England rum, which Gale and I both like to have a drink of at night. There wasn’t anything about that place I liked. It was horrible. JAY: You’re listening to the Cape and Islands NPR stations. - -Chapter 8: A Complete Void or…Starting from Scratch - -(That ID has a bit of a twist, since it expresses love of place by describing hatred of another place.) - -I should mention that with these IDs, I have an ongoing task I didn’t anticipate when we began. Like in that one, I have to go back and record to add “the late” to my copy as people pass away. But their voices stay on our air, like a living oral history. - -When I was founding WCAI, I asked just about everybody for advice, “What would you do if you were starting from scratch with a brand-new public radio station, a blank slate?” Everyone had ideas. - -Here is just a tiny sampling: - -Jeffrey Dvorkin - -Vice President, News, NPR, Washington DC We need to remember that people who will listen want to be astonished. Not all the time. But regularly. They want to be able to say, “Did you hear that?” Lorenzo Milam - -Founder of numerous community radio stations, Author, “Sex and Broadcasting” What you should do is create a model of original radio. The listeners will catch on quickly — and will be part of your on-going works (if you let them). Ron Kramer - -G.M, Jefferson Public Radio, Oregon Don’t be afraid to do things “differently” than the industry “standard” approach. - -Have fun. If your staff is enjoying what they do each day, it comes out through the speaker and is contagious. Martin Spinelli - -Professor of Radio at CUNY Brooklyn College The key to truly riveting radio is toying with expectations, fulfilling them in unexpected ways, reinventing them, even thwarting them in loving ways. Susan Stamberg - -Host, Journalist, NPR, Washington, D.C. I don’t want anybody AUTHORITATIVE sounding — NPR gives me plenty of that. I want people I can COUNT on — Make the radio station a community of people looking out for one another. Larry Josephson - -Independent Producer, NYC All I can tell you is be open to people who don’t fit the mold. Art Silverman - -Producer, All Things Considered, NPR The constant is one thing: surprise. Above all: fun, adventure, juxtaposition, fearlessness. - -Almost nobody said, “Do exactly what we’re doing now.” Not that they repudiated it, far from it, but they were dreaming of something more, something with more life and surprise and energy. - -If we can imagine it, why don’t we do it? Repeat: If we can imagine it, why don’t we do it? - -Sonic ID Break: - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/09-Faucet.mp3 Download Listen to “Board of Shame” - -DR. INSLEY: This is the Board of Shame that contains numerous objects removed from the outside of peoples’ bodies. JAY: Dr. Robert Insley of Chatham on his office exhibit. DR. INSLEY: We have a faucet up here that I personally removed from a gentleman that works at a local boat yard. When he was trying to pry off a rusted bolt, the bolt broke and he went flying backwards impaling himself on this faucet, breaking it off, and then therefore having to come in here with a faucet embedded in his rear end. And this was removed and obviously he did not want to take it with him. JAY: You’re listening to the Cape and Islands NPR stations. DR. INSLEY: I will fail to give the patient’s name because he’s still roaming around here, and he would probably never be able to be seen downtown if anybody knew that was removed from him. - -Chapter 9: The Board of Shame or…Excuses - -Okay, two main excuses: Money and Time. - -Money, I understand. I’m broke, too. But we have to figure out how to pay for content. - -John Barth of PRX tells me when he talks to stations about great new content he hears back, “Well, we’re not going to pay for anything.” I’m sure that’s none of you here. It’s those other stations, but . . . excuse me? Is content not the most important thing to pay for? Even in a financial crisis? Especially in a financial crisis? Isn’t that all our listeners really care about? - -And, another thing. Aren’t we accusing our non-supportive listeners of the same thing? Taking our content and not paying for it? We chastise the 90 percent who don’t honor our content with their support. We have whole pledge drives devoted to that theme, and yet we’re doing the same thing. - -We need to examine our consciences on this one. There won’t be any of the change we’ve talked about here if we won’t pay for new content. Start a fund, a risk fund, a fun fund. Find the money. We can do it. It’s one thing we could do, leaving this conference on the Content Conversation, to move it from talking to action. - -Next excuse: Time. Time in our schedules. I think this one is simpler. - -We can make time to try new things. Start here: Pick your weakest rolled-over program and devote that slot to something new and exciting you want to gamble on. Take some risks late in the evening. Every week. Then do it some more. Get adventurous and put something powerful where your audience will be surprised by it. Put it in the middle of the day. - -Open the schedule. Listeners don’t plan their days around our schedules. They want something great, that’s all. Replace something good with something great. - -There are lots of stations making this happen in all different ways. Share your tricks. It gives producers hope to have the knowledge that their work, if it’s good enough, will find an audience, because enough stations are giving it a chance. - -Sonic ID Break: - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/6150-carpenter.mp3 Download Listen to “Carpenter” - -CARLO: Well, I’m a carpenter you know. I spend most of my time working on houses to make a living, but when I work on a boat, I really feel like I’m doing something that satisfies me deep down in my soul. Everything that you do on a boat is challenging. They’re all curves; there’s steam bending. Plus they’re, they’re so visual, you know, they’re so beautiful. And I’ve always had a passion for boats, my entire life, as long as I can remember. Everyone should have a passion in life, and mine’s boats, I guess. [Music fades in.] CARLO: And dogs. . . . I like dogs a lot (chuckle). [A little more music.] CARLO: I’m Carlo D’Antonio from Martha’s Vineyard. You’re listening to the Cape and Islands NPR stations (chuckle). [Music ends.] - -Chapter 10: Deep Down in My Soul or…Two Kinds of Fear - -First, the bad kind. We’re scared to change. We’re scared of our audience. We’re scared of people not liking us, or criticizing us, saying we’re liberal, or saying that we’re corporate tools, that we’re too safe, or too edgy. We’re afraid of “alienating the core.” So we allow self-censorship and create mealy, middle-of-the-road, vanilla work. - -There’s the fear of getting yelled at. Editors sometimes think this way: If I do what I did yesterday, it should be fine, because I didn’t get yelled at yesterday. That’s a cop-out and unimaginative and is exactly why people say we’re boring. - -We need to overcome these fears by being brave. No short cuts. - -Then there’s another kind of fear. Fear of really trying. Of saying, “I stand behind this. I’m putting myself on the line, this is mine.” - -This I Believe was like that. It was a statement for the ages, which made it scary for people to step up, standing virtually naked in front of millions, speaking their innermost thoughts, saying, “This is the heart of me.” I have great respect for all the people who cut close to their own bones and did it. - -Feeling the fear of this kind of honesty and commitment can be good. It can mean we’re approaching the center, our own truth. We’re on the edge, we’re creating. - -Maybe you can create an environment in your radio station where, every day, someone feels nervous like that, because they’re taking a creative chance. Maybe you can produce something or put something on the air that gives you the nervousness of pride — that makes you want to grab people and say, “Listen to this. Isn’t this amazing?” - -I heard an NPR interview by Audie Cornish, talking to the makers of the new movie 50/50, where one of the main characters works in public radio, and the writers/producers said, “Well, we wanted him to have a job where he was creative but not too creative.” Doesn’t that sum it up? - -We all dance at that edge, wanting to go the whole hog, but just worried that our audience won’t go there with us. Again, we’re afraid of alienating the core. Perhaps we imagine we’re protecting our audience by proxy. But they don’t want protection; they want our passion. - -So, in my role as pastor today, let me give us all permission. Let’s just commit to it: Next week, we’ll do something that’s too creative. Or we’ll give someone we respect the chance to do it. We’ll just go crazy. - -A little at first. See how it goes. - -Sonic ID Break: - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/11-In-The-Chair.mp3 Download Listen to “Everyone In The Chair” - -BONNIE: When I was 10 or 11 years old, we had this great big brown rocking chair, and my brother Jake would take us on trips. JAY: Bonnie Robinson of Chatham. BONNIE: One day he said, “Let’s go to Africa.” So Peggy and Rita — those are my two older sisters — they sat on the big rocking chair and I stood on the other side of the rocking chair, and Jake said, “Everybody in the chair; everybody is holding on tight because we’re traveling very fast.” And we traveled, and he said, “Well, we finally made it.” And he said, “Just look around, but everybody’s gotta be quiet because you know they have a lot of big animals here.” And then he said, “Oh,” he said, “Look on the ground there’s a baby elephant.” And we looked, and sure enough there was that little baby elephant there. JAY: You’re listening to the Cape and Islands NPR stations. - -Chapter 11, the last chapter: Everybody Is Holding on Tight Because We’re Traveling Very Fast or…Imagination and Invitation - -I want to acknowledge some of the people who recorded tape for our Sonic IDs: Viki Merrick, Samantha Broun, Sydney Lewis, Linsey Lee, Jeremy Hobson, Sarah Reynolds, Helen Woodward, Jim Sulzer, Chelsea Merz, Franny Carr, Ibby Caputo, and many others. Everyone throws in — interns, community members, volunteers. We loan out machines, we ask our reporters to give us their favorite out-takes. We encourage everyone to come out and play. - -So. The invitation. Along with Sonic IDs, we experiment with other ways to ask listeners to become the content of the station. On our good days, we keep the door open to talent. - -One person who took us up early on was Carol Wasserman. She just showed up one day and we ended up collaborating a lot, and later she wrote a statement about how public radio had been important in her life, and I want to play it for you because it’s such an affirming story, and it makes me feel better every time I hear it. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/12-Carol1.mp3 Download Listen to “Carol Wasserman” - -CAROL: Imagine that you are a young woman who has made several unfortunate choices and finds herself alone with her child on the hardscrabble coast of Massachusetts. Without a clue what to do next. CAROL: You will take a succession of meaningless jobs, for little money. State law requires an employer to provide health insurance to those who work 20 hours a week. You will be hired to work 19. You will spend your life providing the Department of Transitional Assistance with photocopies of your pitiful bank statement and your electricity bills and — frequently — copies of your medical records. So that anyone might answer for themselves the question which you have asked yourself over and over and over, namely: ‘What is wrong with you?’ CAROL: There is nothing wrong with you, but you don’t know that yet. You spend your evenings with the radio on, listening to the voices in the darkness. You spend your days in a factory, counting things into piles of 10 as they pass in front of you on a conveyor belt. But when you get home, public radio is there to tell you what happened while you were gone. - -This is where the invitation came in. Carol brought us a typed essay to the station — a lovely one, about the hard life in a resort town after Labor Day. We produced it, and many more from her in the coming years. She became a regular on All Things Considered nationally, and listening to her own voice coming over the radio she was, as she said, amazed at the woman she had become. - -https://transom.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/10/13-Carol2.mp3 Download Listen to “Carol Wasserman” - -CAROL: “But all you have become is part of the achingly important institution of public radio. Which pulled you from deep water and into the boat. Which gave you a voice, and surprised you with the news that there is nothing wrong with you at all, except that you had not yet told your stories. “Not yet learned to accept the invitation which public radio has always extended to all of us. To listen. And, if we will, speak up.” - -When our radio station first signed on, the transmitter was powered up, silence cleaned out the static, and the first word to emerge from the silence — I got to say it — the first word was, “Listen.” - -LISTEN. And with that word, we joined what Carol called — rightly, I think — “the achingly important institution of public radio,” of which we are the shepherds. - -In my neighborhood — in the largest sense, where I live in my town and on the planet — I want to hear what’s happening, who lives here with me, what needs to change, and what we must keep from changing. - -In whatever creative ways it can, I ask my public radio station, “Tell me the story of this life.” Just as my 2-year-old son, even looking right up at the wondrous bursting lights right in front of his eyes, still wants to hear about what he sees. To my public radio friends: Tell me the story of the fireworks. - -Amen. - -==================== - -*Thanks to the Public Radio Program Director’s Association for providing audio of this speech. Audio of other conference presentations is available for streaming at PRPD.org.",1731883738,c00d35bf2d,650f0cf0d8,,,1731883738 -https://dronedj.com/2024/11/13/what-a-republican-controlled-government-likely-means-for-the-dji-ban/,https://dronedj.com/feed/,What a Republican controlled government likely means for the DJI ban,"Last week, Americans across the country went to the polls to vote for their local and national representatives. The result was concise: the Democratic Party was out and the Republicans in. Anti-China regulation has been widely bipartisan for the last few years; however, DJI’s ban here in the States has been championed mostly by the right. With them now in nearly full power, what does this mean? - -Former President Trump strongly won his bid to return to the White House in January against Vice President Kamala Harris. The conclusion was a shocking surprise to many, as all pre-election analysts stated that it would be an extremely close race that could last days or weeks with recounts. However, by 11:00 P.M. on election night, the winner was clear. - -What was also quickly becoming clear was the Republicans’ run to regain a majority in the US Senate. The party gained four seats, securing 53 of the 100 seats available. - -What is still somewhat up in the air is the House of Representatives; it is expected that the Republicans will gain a foothold here as well. Of the currently called races, the GOP has 217 of the 435 seats available. The party will need 218 for a majority; 10 races are still yet to be called, but at least three of those are in heavily red districts. - -The Countering CCP Drone Act passed the House in September and is now working its way through the Senate. With the elections changing plenty of seats in both houses, a law like this might be pushed to the side until the new Congress is sworn in. - -With the Republicans regaining the majority, it is likely the bill will pass as it is and move to the White House for signing into law. President Trump has spoken of toughening relationships with China, including high tariffs, and with the law’s goal to strengthen U.S. drone companies, this has Trump written all over it. - -DJI could sue the government, claiming that the law is unconstitutional or for another reason. The drone manufacturer is currently suing the Department of Defense for being listed as a “Chinese Military Company.” - -This is where we bring in the final kicker for Republicans controlling all of government: the courts. While Democratically appointed federal judges (judges appointed by a Democratic president) do have a strong majority nationwide, the Supreme Court has a strong 6-3 Republican lean. It would be unlikely that any suit by DJI that made it to the Supreme Court would result in a decision made against the law. - -While none of us recreational flyers would want to see this go through, especially since there is not a single option to replace it, except for another Chinese brand that could likely also be banned (Autel or Potensic), it might be a reality we will have to live with. - -FTC: We use income earning auto affiliate links. More.",1731883629,e90a6ba11c,656c9ed387,,,1731883629 -https://www.nytimes.com/2024/11/17/obituaries/lawrence-robbins-dead.html,https://rss.nytimes.com/services/xml/rss/nyt/Politics.xml,"Lawrence Robbins, Lawyer for Prominent D.C. Figures, Dies at 72","Lawrence Robbins, an influential trial and appellate lawyer who argued 20 cases before the Supreme Court, prepared high-profile witnesses for their congressional testimonies and made his debut as a novelist last month, died on Nov. 2 in Manhattan. He was 72. - -The cause was liver failure, his wife, Leslie Danoff, said. - -In 2019, Marie Yovanovitch hired Mr. Robbins to guide her through a close-door deposition and interview with three House committees, and a public hearing before the House Intelligence Committee, during the first impeachment inquiry of President Donald J. Trump. - -She had been dismissed as the ambassador to Ukraine on Mr. Trump’s orders and was devastated to learn that Mr. Trump told the Ukrainian president, Volodymyr Zelensky, that she was “bad news” and warned that “she’s going to go through some things” in a phone call in July 2019. - -“I cannot tell you how hopeless I was feeling,” Ms. Yovanovitch said in an interview. “And he was like the sword and the shield, which really gave me confidence to stand up for myself and my profession.”",1731883653,6207fdc2b2,6588a24731,,,1731883653 -https://blogs.getty.edu/iris/art-and-poetry-connecting-stories-at-the-national-museum-of-african-american-history-and-culture/,https://blogs.getty.edu/iris/feed/,Art and Poetry: Connecting Stories at the National Museum of African American History and Culture,"LeRonn Brooks: Hello, I am LeRonn Brooks, associate curator for Modern and Contemporary Collections at the Getty Research Institute. Welcome to Art + Ideas. I’m your host for a three-episode series about poetry and visual art. - -Kevin Young: African American history is American history. You can’t tell it without talking about the contributions, the questions, the very heart of the creativity of African American culture. - -Brooks: In this episode I speak with Kevin Young, director of the National Museum of African American History and Culture - -Kevin Young thinks a lot about how music, visual art, pop culture, and poetry are linked. In his role as museum director and his life as a poet, he draws out vital relationships, like those between the blues and poetry, or the cakewalk and Black Twitter. His creative and nuanced understanding of the history and culture of African American life comes through every time we talk. - -Kevin is the Andrew W. Melon director of the Smithsonian’s National Museum of African American History and Culture. He is also a recipient of numerous awards and honors including the Graywolf Press Nonfiction Prize, the PEN Open Book Award, and he was a finalist for the National Book Critics Circle Award for criticism. He is also the poetry editor of the New Yorker. - -In this episode, I speak with Kevin about how Black American culture is visible and invisible and where he finds inspiration. - -Welcome, Kevin Young, to the Getty Art and Ideas podcast. Would you wanna start this conversation with a poem you’ve written? - -Young: Sure, this poem is from my book Stones, my latest book. And it’s called Egrets. It’s set in Louisiana, where both my parents are from. - -Egrets - -Some say beauty - -may be the egret - -in the field - -who follows after - -the cows - -sensing slaughter— - -but I believe - -the soul is neither - -air nor water, not - -this winged thing - -nor the cattle - -who moan - -to make themselves - -known. - -Instead, the horses - -standing almost fifteen - -hands high— - -like regret they come - -most the time - -when called. - -Hungry, the greys eat - -from your palm, - -tender-toothed— - -their surprising - -plum-dark tongues - -flashing quick - -& rough as a match— - -your hand, your - -arm, startled - -into flame. - -Brooks: That was wonderful. Thank you, Kevin. - -Young: Thanks. - -Brooks: I was reading some of your poems. And I was like, research is so important to your work. And sometimes people don’t understand that poetry actually can require research. - -Young: Sure, yeah. - -Brooks: Because, it’s, for many people, I guess, it’s such a reduced form that they don’t understand, or they may not understand that the reduced form comes from thinking of words as sort of loaded objects. - -Young: Yeah, I mean, I think of it as condensed, not necessarily reduced, but also expansive. And that’s one of the pleasures of poetry and the sort of things that make it unique, I think, is it’s both really tight, and has to be. But I think the best poems zoom out somewhere. They take a simultaneously close shot and then a kind of, you know, aerial view. - -Brooks: Yeah. And thinking about poetry as a structure, too. And the structure of your poems— I mean, it’s really thought about. - -How did you develop that? Or did it come naturally, the form in which you write? - -Young: I, you know, practiced not at all. I just woke up one day like this. You know, okay. - -The work, I’ve been doing it long enough that it’s hard for me to point at my origins. Or if I do, I’m probably obscuring some that I don’t even know. But I think the most obvious ones for me are the kind of talk that I grew up hearing. - -Both my parents are from Louisiana. And it’s both the things they said and the things my relatives said, but also the things they didn’t say. And you know, the way that Miles Davis is playing the notes, but also the silence, in a silent way, I think always was important to me. And one aspect of that is making sure the page and the sound kinda unify or unite or coordinate somehow. - -Some of this surely came from a teacher I had named Denise Levertov, a wonderful poet, who wrote some of the best pieces about what it meant to write what she called organic form. But she also talks about the line. And in class, there were grown folks in there. I was fairly young, but the other people, you know, had kids and lives and— You know, she would stop you cold, no matter who you were, if she thought you weren’t reading your line breaks right. - -And she’d then say, you know, “The page is a score.” And this idea that the reader is a conductor, I took really seriously, and I think I already thought, but she articulated better than I could. And the idea that poems are made up outta speech, I leaned from people she learned from, like William Carlos Williams; but also Langston Hughes and Gwendolyn Brooks and people who were really, I think, sonically able to capture the way that Black folks speak. - -And if you read something like Montage of a Dream Deferred, you see that condensed language, those kind of American and African American haiku. And I think that always charmed me, always made me feel like it got to the heart of the matter. And there was always a way that that’s the point, is to sort of see that. I would also be remiss if I didn’t mention Lucille Clifton, who picked my first book. She’s really reaching for large things in these little mini moments, let’s call ’em. And that’s sort of what life feels like to me, and what aspects of thinking about Black culture, these moments of improvisation or yearning or achievement, they happen, and then they connect to this larger flow that we’re all in. - -Brooks: You said the whole thing, Kevin. You said the whole thing. Silence and speech. And for me what came to mind is, in terms of painting, positive and negative space. The whole thing. Just because it’s blank canvas doesn’t mean that’s not a form of communication. - -Young: Sure. - -Brooks: And so for me, it’s this connection of poetics—the visual and then you have the language. But if you understand the translation, you’re closer to the ways in which not only mediums speak, but how people speak through their craft. - -Young: Yeah, absolutely. Well, and a lot of the artists you’re talking about are interested in notes in minimalism, but also the ways that a line, a color, a black mass, a moment speaks very largely. - -Brooks: And so when you said music, or there’s a musicality, or that the lines— I don’t think you said sing, but lines do sing, in terms of poetry. And the blues. Can you explain the importance of the blues to your work? - -Young: Sure. You know, the blues is a form I grew up hearing with my father’s records, all of which I still have. He was a fan of the blues and Zydeco, which my grandfather, his father, played. I still have my grandfather’s fiddle. So music was something that coursed through that family, though my dad couldn’t sing a lick. - -And so for me, the blues offered a real chance to think about something intimate, personal, but not necessarily strictly autobiographical. Like, you could talk about things using what I ended up called the blues correlative. You know, like you could talk about pain through talking about the river or the train or the ways that the American landscape offered you shorthand to access these moments. - -That kind of condensing is really what attracts me to the blues, I think. But it was also a sound. I was really interested in the country blues when I started writing a book called Jelly Roll: a blues, my third book of poems. And it was always called that. It was always these kind of little musical moments of heartbreak. It had that blues echo. - -You know, when I started to write about Louisiana again— I had written about it in my first book, but I was writing these poems that would eventually become Dear Darkness, about halfway through, my father died. And so, you know, there was blues just beyond blues. And so for me to be able to use this form, which thinks about humor and tragedy mixed together, informed not only those poems, but a kinda outlook, I guess. - -And I always think about Ralph Ellison saying, “It’s fingering the jagged grain.” You know, you’re kinda worrying a thing till you can, if not get past it, then sort of live with it. And that kinda naming pain to get past it was really a powerful part of the blues legacy to me. Music still is the thing that can soothe me. So I keep returning to it. - -Brooks: What a wonderful thing. What a wonderful thing, to find sanctuary in words. - -Young: Well, and breath and beats and song. - -Brooks: It’s almost anthropological, the blues, that sort of mining of culture. Right? - -Young: Well, yeah. I think of it more like, from the other side. I mean, I have, you know, huge piles of anthropology myself, but that’s another podcast. But you know, like doing Bunk and thinking about fakes and some’a the histories of the conman and the exhibiting of people and the kind of close links between that and the Harvard that I went to that had Louis Agassiz as one of is progenitors of the American version of anthropology, which of course, believed that there were two separate origins. Black people, we were a separate species. - -It’s hard for me to just be like, “Oh, yeah, anthropological,” you know. And I also think of, you know, Baraka’s Blues People, which I think is a book that’s trying to understand, how did we get here? You know, how did this sense of Americanness tie intimately to Blackness, even though Baraka sees them as somewhat separate in that book. But I was heartened that he had a footnote in one of his later, later books, you know, that said, you know, “I actually realize now that you can’t have this Americanness without African Americanness.” - -And of course, I started to think that a long time ago; probably was born thinking that, in some way. But I think once I started writing about that in The Gray Album, that’s how I started refining thinking about the origins of Black culture and American culture, and how intertwined they were. - -Brooks: It’s interesting to think that those kinds of investigations of Americanness and African Americanness, right, Albert Murray, Amiri Baraka, that we are still so— How can I put this? That it’s still very early since emancipation, by which we can still just need to explore these things that should’ve been done a long time ago; that the history of segregation and enslavement are still right here before us; that in the 1960s, this kind of examination is going on, you know. A sort of claiming. - -Young: Yeah, yeah. Well said. I mean, I think that there’s such a rich, important moment to still be talking about. And I just have been fortunate to be at the National Museum of African American History and Culture, and that’s its assumption. And you know, that’s a real treat, to be at a place that— and I think has changed that conversation and helped people understand the ways that African American history is American history. You can’t tell it without talking about the contributions, the questions, the very heart of the creativity of African American culture. - -Brooks: And the idea that now blues is American culture and that so many other cultures in America see the blues and jazz as sort of American classic music. But the origin is a people trying to process their reality. Do you see that as a contradiction? - -Young: Well, I would say even they’re often protesting their reality in ways that can be guised, but also guided by, you know, what’s going on. And it’s fascinating to look back at the ways that often, say, white listeners, or even white slaveholders, didn’t understand they were being mocked or talked about or that the enslaved had something to say back. - -And things like the cakewalk or the spirituals. You know, and the cakewalk being a dance where people were parodying ballroom dancing, European-style ballroom dancing in the Americas, which then went over and they performed cakewalks for the queen and things like that, you know, are really fascinating to me because you have, a real— I think Du Bois would call it a veiled experience, but I think it’s masked, it’s performative, it’s a wink and a nod. It’s Black Twitter before there’s Black Twitter, you know? - -And so to me, there’s a kind of codedness, as you said. And in The Gray Album, I was interested in exploring those codes, starting with the spirituals, in a way they were codes for escape; and then all the way down to hip hop and the way those are different kinda codes. And sometimes it’s escapism and sometimes it’s kinda rough reality, but that verges on fantasy. All those things are mixed together, I think. - -But they start, if we’re going even further back, with the spirituals; and even beyond that, with African song and its being banned. And it’s the ways that people worked around that to protest, to provide, and to provide outlets. And to express their beliefs, which were about a kind of liberation theology, often, in the spirituals. They were coded, of course, forms of escape. Swing Low Sweet Chariot. You know, there’s a few less people in the field the next day, right? - -Brooks: Yeah. - -Young: But it’s also a way of saying Pharoah doesn’t end so well. There’s retribution afoot, and that there’s a higher justice being meted out. - -Brooks: So it’s interesting, also, because the history of African American visual art didn’t have that cover. So the history of African American visual art could not sustain a survival during a time in which lives were at stake. And so you couldn’t visualize that stuff. - -Young: Couldn’t or we can’t visualize the way that they visualize? - -Brooks: Correct. Correct. - -Young: ‘Cause we could have a argument. It’s too early for argument, but— - -David Drake—Dave the Potter, as he sometimes was called—you know, I think he is a great example of how in plain sight, people hid in plain sight. - -And I think they use forms and folkways and foodways and— You know, like, it isn’t just the pot; it’s the pot they made for themselves on the side, the face jugs, that were made from the Edgefield Potters, of which Dave was one, which scholars now think was, you know, the private pots. These, you know, sorta hideous, quote/unquote, “faces” that are, you know, masks or they’re scaring off spirits. But they’re also like, “This is mine.” You know? It’s like wearing a skull or something. You know, it’s like a warding off. But it’s also, it’s like, you’re not gonna look too closely at what’s in this jug of mine. - -I do take your point, though, that visual art has a different risk. In a world which bans expression, which doesn’t sound that far away from where we are now… - -Brooks: That’s right. - -Young: …we had to come up with different ways of doing so. And you know, you can stop a people from not expressing themselves maybe not at all or not very long or not completely. - -But the other thing that I think you see is the ways that, in my experience, those arts are not singular. You know, poets were always novelists and playwrights. You know, African American studies is multidisciplinary by nature. - -Brooks: Absolutely. [inaudible] - -Young: But let’s talk about that visual art. Let’s talk about the seen and the unseen. - -Brooks: You know, Dave the Potter, it’s utilitarian, coming from histories of making that descend across the Atlantic. So they land here, they have a use value, right, in terms of the everydayness of the object; but they have that other presence, as well, right? A sort of recognition. When one looks at the object, the object recognizes the seer, to a certain degree. Or affirms the seer. - -Young: Sure. - -Brooks: And so the idea of visual art, art for art’s sake— No, no, this is something that has a deep memory to it. - -Young: Yeah. - -Brooks: You know, much like the blues, it’s about survival, in that the thing you make recognizes you, as well. - -Young: Sure. Well, and I think, also, you had to be good at it. That’s why they both embrace, but also resist study, in some way, because the blues is good time music. You’re supposed to dance to it. If it’s not entertaining in some way, if you don’t laugh a little bit or move a little bit or have some transformation, you’ve not done it. - -And so to me, that’s the standard. And so to say then that, like, say, other forms of Abstract Expressionism, say, don’t need to have something that they do, I don’t think is true. I think they do. The art that I love does move us, and it transforms us in some way, even if its utility isn’t as obvious or isn’t as stressed traditionally, in sort of European versions of the story. But I think we’re in a moment that we’re starting to understand that there was this, not only huge Black contribution to that, but also the ways that we might be asking different questions now of some of the same work that moved us in different ways. - -Brooks: Because we need it differently, maybe. So how do we understand the lineages of the kinds of art forms that helped us to survive and give us voice. - -Young: Sure. - -Brooks: And how do those things transform or continue into a future where they’re also as useful as they used to be, right? - -Young: That’s a big question, man. I like it. We’re in it. We’re in it to today. - -Brooks: I’m asking the right person! - -Young: I mean, I think there’s— You know, we need all the voices. That’s how I think about it. You know what I mean? And not one place can do all of that. But I’m happy, for instance, that our two institutions, the National Museum of African American History and Culture and the Getty, are working together to help us think together about African American lives and images, with the Johnson Publishing Company Archive. Which of course, the Ford Foundation, the Mellon Foundation, and the MacArthur also help to secure. - -And it’s such a wonderful gift to the world. And I think it’s really important, as we digitize it together and it’s slowing coming online— But it’s four and a half million images, most of which are unseen, and that doesn’t count the audio-visual material, all that. The Fashion Fair, which I remember my mom having Fashion Fair stuff as a kid. And those Ebony-Jet legacies. We don’t know what the twentieth century was. You know? Especially for Black folks. - -And so to see that past anew and to see the way that that’s gonna change the future, and why we might need it now, as you so eloquently put it, I think is really important. But I think it’s gonna take institutions who are invested in this to really go deep and to think big, and not to do patchwork-y kind of bandaids; but rather, to reinvest in not only seeing the past anew, but also finding a different future together. - -And I see that in practical ways. It’s not, like, a vague thing to me. I see it daily in the ways we’re making choices. We have Afrofuturism show up right now. You know, but it isn’t just about right now; it’s about extending and reorganizing and rethinking what Afrofuturism means and that there’s things that were Afrofuturist before that term existed. Benjamin Banneker, for instance, his almanacs, his surveying D.C. In a way, he’s reaching from the earth of D.C., where I’m sitting now, to the stars, and making those kinda connections, that’s what we have to do collectively, individually, and institutionally. - -Brooks: Yeah. In many ways, Afrofuturism is an acknowledgment of the expanded consciousness and intellectual imagination of, let’s say, Benjamin Banneker. You know, to say that is the future; but that was also his present, at the same time. So it’s not out there talking about Star Wars or something; it’s about someone with a broad capacity to bring a certain kind of insight into the world through his objects, through his city planning and things like that, that people didn’t expect it from him in the first place. - -Young: That’s right. If you came and did a almanac today, people would be like, “What’s LeRonn doing with a almanac right now?” You know what I mean? But imagine it being 1790-something and you’re like, “You know what? I’m printing this sucker right now. You know, I’m saying what the earth and the stars have to say to me.” - -And it was ever thus, though, you know, when we trace it back into African forms of cosmology and astronomy. And that goes all the way to astronauts. And you know, one’a the most powerful things, as you know, is Trayvon Martin’s flight suit, which is in the exhibition. ’Cause he wanted to be an astronaut. He wanted to be an aviator and went to space camp. And to see that and his name written across it, which I hadn’t quite realize was on there, seeing it in the case next to Lieutenant Uhura, Nichelle Nichol’s uniform from Star Trek, tells us about the dreams that she inspired and the dreams cut short with Trayvon Martin. - -And so I think that complication of Afrofuturism is at once a escape, and also is a kind of escapism—these are two different things, I would say. But it’s also a critique, right, of a world where you have to be from Mars, like Sun Ra. Or you’ve gotta think about the mothership taking us away, you know? - -Brooks: You know, I used to teach Black studies. And I used show him in his uniform. - -Young: You still are, brother. You still are. You’re still out here. You’re doing the Lord’s work out here, man. Don’t say you’re not teaching no more. - -Brooks: Well, well, I’m in the tradition of the lineage we’re talking about. - -And my students would see Trayvon Martin in his space suit. It spoke many things. It spoke of two parents who actually may have not been together, but they invested in their child to send him funds. An emotional reality they had to come to terms with. To send him to that camp. And so he was a manifestation of not only his own imagination, but his parents’ imagination for him and who they allowed him the space to think he could imagine to be. - -Young: That’s right. And he had other inspirations. And I think that’s so important, in this moment when we forget. We can forget too much, the humanity of our fellow humans. And too often, you know, I think what that does is people start trying to argue humanity. “Black people are human.” Well, that’s a given. Let’s go from something else. Let’s go to the other places we’re talking about, and talk about the richness of that imagination, rather than the possibility of humanity, which I think is, you know, indisputable. - -And I think what I love about visual art is it approaches you in a different way than music. You know, music is temporal, which is one of its wonderful things. But it also can feel like it vanishes, though you carry it with you, I think. You know, you carry a poem in your body. But something visual, and this moment of, finally, recognition of African American artists is really important ’cause it names this thing that was always there, we know; but also is in a particular moment of renaissance, let’s say. - -Brooks: Yeah. - -Young: And so how do we kinda understand that? Because we’ve had other renaissances that people have forgotten about. There’s the ones we talk about, the Harlem Renaissance— And you and I lived in Harlem when we were both in New York. And, you know, that place is a visual feast. Right? - -Brooks: Yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah. - -Young: And art, visual art, you would never go to Harlem and say, “There ain’t no visual art in Harlem.” You know, you’d be like, listen. You’d be in a lecture from the little old man, the librarian, the archivist who’s just sitting there in the audience, you know, quietly listening. You know what I mean? And I think that’s what’s important, is that rich legacy that we’re both talking about. - -Brooks: And people have to redefine or expand what their definition of art is. To see everyday beauty and to see that the little things, to see how people do things artfully. - -And so when we see the littlest things, sometimes, in places like Harlem, the littlest gestures or some verbal wit— some something, it can be traced to a larger, larger reality. But to say it quickly and succinctly and with an impact, with a performativity, is art. - -Young: Absolutely. I mean, that’s why Black Twitter, I think, is still undefeated. Even when, you know— Because there’ll be a moment and then it, like, comes back to life again, just when you think you might not be hearing from it as much or differently. Like, if you did the meme counter of the, you know, crying Jordan or this or that, that memes are really powerful. - -Brooks: You know, I wanna go back to this conversation about music having a bodily effect. If I think about contemporary art, I think of someone like Mark Bradford or Torkwase Dyson, and I feel there’s a visceral reality when you see their work, that it’s bodily. That something that you take in through your eyes, but your body processes it because it doesn’t give you all its knowing at once. But it does translate or put before you its power, its sort of scale, in terms of the handling of it. - -Young: Well, I don’t need to say anything. You said it exactly right. But we have a Dyson in the collection, and I was looking at it yesterday. It is a piece that’s called I Can’t Breathe—that just deepens and deepens the more I look at it, you know? And it does have those layers you’re talking about. And mystery. I think that’s some of what you’re saying, is, I think, those artists and all the artists I admire, they have an element of mystery to them. You know, you could call it beauty, too; you could call it transformation; you could call it bodilyness, as you did. - -I also think, in those specific cases, Bradford and Dyson, scale is really important. And they work at a scale that, it isn’t minimalist, in a size sense. It really is about those layers and the feeling of a poster or a billboard or an obelisk or a silo or a landmass or the soul. You know? And I think all those kinda things, it’s interested in making you reflect on. And the environmental aspects of it, I would also argue, are there. - -Brooks: William T. Williams once said to me, in front of one of his paintings, that there’s a body-to-body relationship there. That the scale, right, does matter, in terms of one’s interpretation and feeling for the thing in front of it, the work in front of it. But also the ways in which visual art and, in terms of music, the style, how style can cloak, let’s say, one’s— How style can give an artist a way of being in the world that doesn’t give everything. - -It gives very poignant things, but it doesn’t give everything. Like Miles Davis skipping over notes. And getting right to the succinct spot, when he needs to be there. - -Young: Sure. Sure. - -Brooks: It’s very close to a painter’s handling. - -Young: Yeah, that’s right. I was, in The Gray Album, writing about Charlie Parker, and I was really trying to understand what I ended up calling plenty. You know, in the way that Charlie Parker’s plenty is really important. But we also have to think about exactly what we’re saying. That silence, you know? - -Someone once asked me the themes in my work. And my best answer was, “Music, silence, and noise,” you know? And to me, those things aren’t necessarily in that order, and they’re in different permutations in different work, but I feel like it’s there. - -I’m also really interested in—and especially now in the museum—in the way that we tell stories. And I think what the museum has done incredibly well is tell the story and tell a number of stories. And not always—and in fact, recurringly—not stories you may have heard. And even a story you thought you knew, they’re gonna tell you the full truth of it, which nine times outta ten, you don’t know the full story. And that historical depth, that research, that’s what draws me there and makes me excited, ’cause I discover something new every day. - -Case in point: We were doing Afrofuturism. It was about to open, and I was down in the history galleries, which as you know, we’re five floors above ground and five floors below ground. So I’m at the very bottom of the museum, looking through the part that is so powerful, looking at the history of slavery and how it leads to modernity. It funds it. Once you start to grapple with that, it’s hard to reckon with. And I look over and there’s something I also wrote about in The Gray Album, which is a cosmogram that someone had made with beads, an enslaved person had made with beads. They’d carried this African cosmology with them. And they had made it with beads and arranged it. And luckily, whoever had discovered it knew what they were looking at. - -And I just think about that so much, that this was a lot of what we’re talking about; something someone carried on their person. It was intimate. And they made this thing that was probably private, probably shared with their loved ones. But beyond that, making it was the thing, right? Did it need to be seen by everyone? Yes, I think the people who saw it, it needed to be seen by. But it had to be visualized, it had to be rendered. - -And that’s so powerful to me, ’cause it’s Afrofuturist, but it’s also spiritual and artistic and combining all the things. It’s of use because it had to be done. And just because we don’t know the artist, the person of faith, the individual who made it, doesn’t mean there wasn’t that person. But also, it speaks to a community’s need. And I think that’s what’s really important to tell as a story. You know, it isn’t just telling the famous stories of stories of now famous people. It’s not about firsts; it’s about community and collaboration and cosmology. - -Brooks: Well, you know, things that emerged from the Black interior, I think, had the inherent value. All of that emerges from an interiority that need not be public, but it has an inherent value to the maker and those who see. - -Young: Sure. The fact that it was hidden in plain sight, let’s say, is important to note. They had to hide it; but they also had to make it. And I think we’re in a time, especially, where “I didn’t see it, so it must not have existed,” you know? And so we also have to interrogate the ways that things might be mysterious to us, too. - -Brooks: When I think about the Johnson Publishing Company Archive, how do we think through that? - -How do we think through that 4.58 million images and really capture some of what we’ve forgotten? And how do we actually think about the kind of fortitude it took for John H. Johnson and Eunice Johnson to hold that company together? How can we take care of it in a way that they took care of it? - -Young: That’s right. - -Brooks: How can we think about it in a generative way that in some way, can approach how they understood their company or what it meant to the Black community in the age of segregation? - -Young: Yeah. Or the age of, let’s call it, revolution. Because for me, I know I grew up seeing on the end table, on the coffee table, saw it in the barbershop, on the newsstand. You know, and that reflection, let’s call it, was so key in all these eras, you know? And I think that’s what we’re gonna be seeing and sorting, is a kind of mirror. So I think that’s really exciting. - -But I also think, as you know, there’s many, many collections within that collection. I think this is true of most collections. But it’s gonna be a exciting future, who can see into in ways that you and I can only hope to; but also, you know, we hope to help. And I think that’s what’s exciting to me about archives in general, is they kinda wait for you to be ready for them. You know, they’re there, you know? And so I think it’s the real right moment to be doing this work and helping picture what these pictures are. - -The hiddenness hasn’t really ended, in some sense, even in this moment of Black popular culture and popular culture being so Black. But again, it was ever thus. The first popular culture in America is blackface. And so that kind of isn’t about Black people, but it is about an idea of Blackness, you know? And that’s the conflation. I think that’s the thing we’re still wrestling with, is people sometimes mistake the image for the person. And the image is often crafted not by the person. - -Brooks: Yeah. I would show my students Al Jolson, The Jazz Singer, and they didn’t know what to do with it. They were offended, but they were so in shock. Like, it was just surreal. You know? - -Young: Sure. I mean, I had a student once, a grad student, say that another professor had told her that blackface had ended, like, in the nineteenth century. So, you know, like, I was like, “Uh, no.” At the break, I went to my office and pulled off, you know, images of Judy Garland in blackface. Fred Astaire or whatever. Whoever you can think of, it was a rite of passage, in the twentieth century. - -And apparently, every Halloween, it’s another rite of passage for some folks, still. You know, so we’re still in it. We’re still in a lot of these things. These stories or moments are still ongoing. - -Brooks: One more question, Kevin. What are you looking forward to in your work, either with your poetry or through NMAAHC? What are you looking forward to? - -Young: That’s the biggest question. I mean, I think the museum is, you know, we’re over a hundred years in the seeking, you know, when Black veterans, in 1915, came and petitioned for a monument on the Mall. What I find is that we’re really telling these stories—Afrofuturism, or before that, we had a show called Make Good the Promises, about Reconstruction—that connect to those legacies and connect to now, and helping people to understand what we call living history and the way that living history was tied to the past. - -And that we’re still in that long legacy. And how do we wrestle with it in good and bad ways? And for me personally, you know, I’m always writing through music, I’m writing through moments when I’m finishing a book and starting to publish some of the poems now that sort of refract Dante and refract sort of these experiences of loss through that framework of heaven, hell, and purgatory. Which also speak to these kinda cosmologies we’ve been talking about. You know, they aren’t simply Dantean; they’re the way that, you know, growing up in an AME church where— And my mom was raised Baptist and my father was raised Catholic. - -That there are these kind of imprinted stories that are African American, but also have this cosmic origin that I also try to understand though African cosmologies like we’re talking about. And so trying to grapple with that is what I’m interested in personally. But what’s nice is being at a museum that’s thinking of that publicly. - -Brooks: With that, thank you, Kevin Young, for speaking with me today. - -Young: Thanks, LeRonn. Always good to see ya. - -Brooks: Same here. - -This episode was produced by Zoe Goldman, with audio production by Gideon Brower and mixing by Myke Dodge Weiskopf. - -Our theme music comes from “The Dharma at Big Sur” composed by John Adams, for the opening of the Walt Disney Concert Hall in Los Angeles in 2003 and is licensed with permission from Hendon Music. - -For photos, transcripts, and other resources, visit getty.edu/podcasts and if you have a question, write to us at podcasts@getty.edu. - -Thanks for listening.",1731883656,4aea77adc2,656e0ff9fc,,,1731883656 -https://www.cryptoglobe.com/latest/2024/11/solanex-token-sale-raises-over-1000000-to-revolutionize-the-defi-trading-on-solana/,https://www.cryptoglobe.com/latest/feed/,"Solanex Token Sale Raises Over $1,000,000 to Revolutionize the DeFi Trading on Solana","London, UK, November 14th, 2024, Chainwire - -Solanex, the next generation DEX using AI on Solana, has already reached more than $1M in $SOLDEX presale. Solana’s weekly DEX volume dominance across all chains has reached an all-time high of 35%. - -With a $15.78 billion volume, Solana surpasses Ethereum’s $8.87 billion by 77.91%, marking its greatest weekly lead over ETH to date. Solanex DEX is poised to further widen this dominance gap and is set to become the future of the Solana ecosystem. - -The project aims to create a unified DeFi trading platform powered by AI and has attracted over 1,000 $SOLDEX holders. - -The presale is LIVE now and open to the public. The price in the current round is: 1 $SOLDEX = $0.00523. The presale accepts ETH, USDT, BNB, and credit/debit card payments. - -After the Presale stage is completed, the Solanex team announces listing on the centralized exchange, as per the roadmap. - -Tokenonics Breakdown : - -1B $SOLDEX for Pre-sale Investors. Total Supply of $SOLDEX tokens is capped at 3,000,000,000. More than 80% of them are allocated for the development of the Ecosystem and for the project users. - -35% Allocation to early investors - -18% For Partnerships, Ecosystem expansion, and the Integrations - -16% Funds dedicated to supporting long-term sustainability and future initiatives - -12% Rewards for the community to stimulate growth - -12% CEX & DEX Liquidity - -7% Allocation for the team and advisors - -The distribution is carefully planned to balance the needs of platform development, community incentives, and sustainable growth. - -Solanex AI Q4 2024 Roadmap - -In the next phase, the Solanex team will focus on expanding the functionality for decentralized trading. On Twitter, the team announced that in Q3 they made important launches. - -Creation of the technical foundation for Solanex AI, on which the entire platform will be built in the future. - -Development of a smart contract and launch of the $SOLDEX token. - -Users can read the latest update of the roadmap and find out what’s next: - -The official release of Solanex AI DEX. - -Improvements and enhancements to the management system. - -Launch of a staking program to encourage long-term participation. - -The $SOLDEX token has recently passed a security audit. - -Solanex has officially completed its security audit with Guard – the leader in blockchain security. This represents a significant step in enhancing trust and protection. - -Reasons Projects Select Solana - -VanEck, a $100 billion asset manager, recently predicted that Solana has the potential to reach 50% of Ethereum’s market cap. By joining Solanex AI early, users can potentially become a part of this momentous growth. - -Recently, the Solana network flipped Ethereum in 24-hour DEX volume, reclaiming the top spot across all chains with DEX dominance reaching a staggering 23%. This surge signifies a shift in the DeFi landscape, and Solanex DEX might drive this growth with the power of AI. - -Solanex vs. Traditional DEXs - -The platform’s AI-powered governance system dynamically optimizes liquidity distribution, ensuring that traders always have access to the best prices. Additionally, Solanex AI’s innovative Reserve-Based Virtual Pools eliminate the need for indirect trades, reducing slippage and lowering overall trading costs. - -The Power of AI in Crypto - -AI-Powered Trade Optimization: Solanex AI’s AI algorithms optimize trade execution for reduced slippage and efficient pricing. - -Solanex AI’s AI algorithms optimize trade execution for reduced slippage and efficient pricing. Real-Time Market Analysis: Solanex AI’s AI-powered tools provide users with up-to-the-minute insights into market trends, enabling them to make informed trading decisions. - -Solanex AI’s AI-powered tools provide users with up-to-the-minute insights into market trends, enabling them to make informed trading decisions. User-Friendly Interface: Solanex AI is designed with the user in mind, offering a simple and intuitive interface that is accessible to traders of all levels. - -About Solanex AI - -Solanex AI is committed to delivering advanced trading solutions within the Solana ecosystem, leveraging AI for a dynamic, user-focused DEX experience. The platform’s foundational AI technology is intended to enhance liquidity management, streamline trade execution, and deliver market insights in real-time. - -Contact - -Arthur - -Solanex - -[email protected]",1731883618,799d8f00ed,657522a9a4,,,1731883618 -https://techncruncher.blogspot.com/2022/02/top-10-best-plrprivate-label-rights.html,http://feeds.feedburner.com/TechCrunch/,Top 10 Best PLR(Private Label Rights) Websites | Which One You Should Join in 2022?,"Content creation is one of the biggest struggles for many marketers and business owners. It often requires both time and financial resources, especially if you plan to hire a writer. - -Today, we have a fantastic opportunity to use other people's products by purchasing Private Label Rights. - - - -To find a good PLR website, first, determine the type of products you want to acquire. One way to do this is to choose among membership sites or PLR product stores. Following are 10 great sites that offer products in both categories. - - - -What are PLR websites? - -Private Label Rights (PLR) products are digital products that can be in the form of an ebook, software, online course videos, value-packed articles, etc. You can use these products with some adjustments to sell as your own under your own brand and keep all the money and profit yourself without wasting your time on product creation. - -The truth is that locating the best website for PLR materials can be a time-consuming and expensive exercise. That’s why we have researched, analyzed, and ranked the best 10 websites: - -1. PLR.me - -PLR.me is of the best places to get PLR content in 2021-2022. It offers a content marketing system that comes with courses, brandable tools, and more. It is the most trusted PLR website, among other PLR sites. The PLR.me platform features smart digital caching PLR tools for health and wellness professionals. The PLR.me platform, which was built on advanced caching technology, has been well-received by big brands such as Toronto Sun and Entrepreneur. The best thing about this website is its content marketing automation tools. - - - -Pricing - -Pay-as-you-go Plan – $22 - -100 Monthly Plan – $99/month - -400 Annual Plan – $379/year - -800 Annual Plan – $579/year - -2500 Annual Plan – $990/year - -Pros - -Access over 15,940+ ready-to-use PLR coaching resources. - -Content marketing and sliding tools are provided by the site. - -You can create courses, products, webinars, emails, and nearly anything else you can dream of. - -You can cancel your subscription anytime. - -Cons - -Compared to other top PLR sites, this one is a bit more expensive. - -2. InDigitalWorks - -InDigitalWorks is a leading private label rights membership website established in 2008. As of now, it has more than 100,000 members from around the globe have joined the platform. The site offers thousands of ready-to-be-sold digital products for online businesses in every single niche possible. InDigitalWorks features hundreds of electronic books, software applications, templates, graphics, videos that you can sell right away. - - - -Pricing: - -3 Months Plan – $39 - -1 Year Plan – $69 - -Lifetime Plan – $79 - -Pros - -IndigitalWorks promotes new authors by providing them with 200 free products for download. - -Largest and most reputable private label rights membership site. - -20000+ digital products - -137 training videos provided by experts to help beginners set up and grow their online presence for free. - -10 GB of web hosting will be available on a reliable server. - -Cons - -Fewer people are experiencing the frustration of not getting the help they need. - -3. BuyQualityPLR - -BuyQualityPLR’s website is a Top PLR of 2021-2022! It's a source for major Internet Marketing Products and Resources. Whether you’re an Affiliate Marketer, Product Creator, Course Seller, BuyQualityPLR can assist you in the right direction. You will find several eBooks and digital products related to the Health and Fitness niche, along with a series of Security-based products. If you search for digital products, Resell Rights Products, Private Label Rights Products, or Internet Marketing Products, BuyQualityPLR is among the best websites for your needs. - - - -Pricing - -Free PLR articles packs, ebooks, and other digital products are available - -Price ranges from 3.99$ to 99.9$ - -Pros - -Everything on this site is written by professionals - -The quick download features available - -Doesn't provide membership. - -Offers thousand of PLR content in many niches - -Valuable courses available - -Cons - -You can't buy all content because it doesn't provide membership - -4. IDPLR - -The IDPLR website has helped thousands of internet marketers since 2008. This website follows a membership approach and allows you to gain access to thousands of PLR products in different niches. The best thing about this site is the quality of the products, which is extremely impressive. - -This is the best PLR website of 2021-2022, offering over 200k+ high-quality articles. It also gives you graphics, templates, ebooks, and audio. - - - -Pricing - -3 Months ACCESS: $39 - -1 YEAR ACCESS: $69 - -LIFETIME ACCESS: $79 - -Pros - -You will have access to over 12,590 PLR products. - -You will get access to training tutorials and Courses in a Gold membership. - -10 GB of web hosting will be available on a reliable server. - -You will receive 3D eCover Software - -It offers an unlimited download limit - -Most important, you will get a 30 day money-back guarantee - -Cons: - -A few products are available for free membership. - -5. PLRMines - -PLRmines is a leading digital product library for private label rights products. The site provides useful information on products that you can use to grow your business, as well as licenses for reselling the content. You can either purchase a membership or get access through a free trial, and you can find unlimited high-quality resources via the site's paid or free membership. Overall, the site is an excellent resource for finding outstanding private label rights content. - - - -Pricing - -Lifetime membership: $97 - -Pros - -4000+ ebooks from top categories - -Members have access to more than 660 instructional videos covering all kinds of topics in a membership area. - -You will receive outstanding graphics that are ready to use. - -They also offer a variety of helpful resources and tools, such as PLR blogs, WordPress themes, and plugins - -Cons - -The free membership won't give you much value. - -6. Super-Resell - -Super-Resell is another remarkable provider of PLR material. The platform was established in 2009 and offers valuable PLR content to users. Currently, the platform offers standard lifetime memberships and monthly plans at an affordable price. Interested users can purchase up to 10,000 products with digital rights or rights of re-sale. Super-Resell offers a wide range of products such as readymade websites, article packs, videos, ebooks, software, templates, and graphics, etc. - - - -Pricing - -6 Months Membership: $49.90 - -Lifetime membership: $129 - -Pros - -It offers you products that come with sales pages and those without sales pages. - -You'll find thousands of digital products that will help your business grow. - -Daily News update - -Cons - -The company has set up an automatic renewal system. This can result in costs for you even though you are not using the service. - -7. Unstoppable PLR - -UnStoppablePLR was launched in 2006 by Aurelius Tjin, an internet marketer. Over the last 15 years, UnStoppablePLR has provided massive value to users by offering high-quality PLR content. The site is one of the best PLR sites because of its affordability and flexibility. - - - -Pricing - -Regular Price: $29/Month - -Pros - -You’ll get 30 PLR articles in various niches for free. - -100% money-back guarantee. - -Members get access to community - -It gives you access to professionally designed graphics and much more. - -Cons - -People often complain that not enough PLR products are released each month. - -8. Resell Rights Weekly - -Resell Rights Weekly, a private label rights (PLR) website, provides exceptional PLR content. It is among the top free PLR websites that provide free membership. You will get 728+ PLR products completely free and new products every single week. The Resell Rights Weekly gives you free instant access to all products and downloads the ones you require. - - - -Pricing - -Gold Membership: $19.95/Month - -Pros - -Lots of products available free of cost - -Free access to the members forum - -Cons - -The prices for the products at this PLR site are very low quality compared to other websites that sell the same items. - -9. MasterResellRights - -MasterResellRights was established in 2006, and it has helped many successful entrepreneurs. Once you join MasterResellRights, you will get access to more than 10,000 products and services from other members. It is one of the top PLR sites that provide high-quality PLR products to members across the globe. You will be able to access a lot of other membership privileges at no extra price. The website also provides PLR, MRR, and RR license products. - - - -Pricing - -⦁ One Month Membership: $19.97 - -⦁ Three Month Membership: $47.00 - - - -Pros - -⦁ Access more than 10,000 high-quality, PLR articles in different niches. - -⦁ Get daily fresh new updates - -⦁ Users get 8 GB of hosting space - -⦁ You can pay using PayPal - - - -Cons - -⦁ Only members have access to the features of this site. - - - -10. BigProductStore - -BigProductStore is a popular private label rights website that offers tens of thousands of digital products. These include software, videos, video courses, eBooks, and many others that you can resell, use as you want, or sell and keep 100% of the profit. - -The PLR website updates its product list daily. It currently offers over 10,000 products. - -The site offers original content for almost every niche and when you register as a member, you can access the exclusive products section where you can download a variety of high-quality, unique, and exclusive products. - - - -Pricing - -Monthly Plan: $19.90/Month 27% off - -One-Time-Payment: $98.50 50% off - -Monthly Ultimate: $29.90/Month 36% off - -One-Time-Payment Ultimate: $198.50 50% off - -Pros - -You can use PLR products to generate profits, give them as bonuses for your affiliate promotion campaign, or rebrand them and create new unique products. - -Lifetime memberships for PLR products can save you money if you’re looking for a long-term solution to bulk goods. - -The website is updated regularly with fresh, quality content. - -Cons",1731883629,f0ec6af36b,6576314045,,,1731883629 -https://techcrunch.com/2024/11/14/tourlane-the-german-travel-startup-raises-26m-led-by-sequoia/,https://techcrunch.com/startups/feed/,German travel startup Tourlane raises $26M led by Sequoia,"Global travel continues to gain ground, with the World Travel and Tourism Council predicting the industry will cross $11 trillion in revenues this year. Consumers are evolving from the so-called “revenge travel” of the post-COVID-19 years, dedicating a growing share of their budget to a wider array of experiences away from home. Add AI to the mix, and we now have renewed investor interest in startups looking to disrupt the landscape with something new. - -Riding the travel train, Berlin-based Tourlane — an agent-esque platform that lets users plan and budget trips, bringing together flights, accommodations, activities, and tickets — has raised a fresh €25 million ($26 million) in funding in hopes of capitalizing on those trends. - -The Series D, led by Sequoia Capital, is intended as a bridge to help the company reach profitability, Julian Weselek, Tourlane’s CEO and co-founder, told TechCrunch. The startup will use the funds also to expand its tech, double down on AI, and potentially expand to more origination markets beyond its current bases in France and Germany. - -The AI investment may be the detail that catches your eye. Weselek said the company is bringing in generative AI around the front end of the service to build more intuitive ways to help steer users toward options for what they want. - -He said that won’t spell a full replacement of humans, though. “Is it possible to build the tech to give customers a fully automated offer? Yes, sure that can be done,” Weselek said. “I think the question is, if you know your marriage depends on this next holiday, do you want [that, or] to have a consultation with someone who has been in the country to make a sign off on the booking?” - -Tourlane is also making a significant bet on the back end, where AI will help evaluate the thousands of permutations of flights, accommodation, cars, activities, time of year, and other variables to maximize the chances of getting users what they want — and Tourlane more revenues, too, as a result. - -The company, Weselek added, has around 500 employees, of which about 150 are customer agents. He said as a “relative number” that figure is “going down,” compared to how many customers each agent helps. “They are becoming more efficient.” - -Beyond AI, perhaps equally significant for Tourlane is the question of scale. Founded in 2015, the startup is now nearly a decade old, and to date, it says it has booked trips for 100,000 individuals (each person in a booking counts as an individual). - -It’s also serving more customers: Weselek said last year was five times stronger than its last year before COVID-19 hit. - -Still, relatively speaking, 100,000 isn’t a huge number. Figures from the UN estimate that the number of travelers globally totaled 790 million in the first seven months of 2024. - -And it’s unclear what the payoff is for Tourlane. Like traditional travel agents, Tourlane makes a commission on the services it sells, but it does not disclose how much, instead saying the fee varies depending on different factors and partners. - -Nonetheless, this is clearly a bet that Sequoia Capital feels is worth taking. The venture firm is now Tourlane’s largest outside investor. - -“This is a unique moment in the history of travel. With AI, every traveler will have the opportunity to see the world through personalized custom travel experiences,” Andrew Reed, the Sequoia partner who led this investment, said in a statement. “Tourlane is positioned to delight millions of travelers in the years to come.” - -Sequoia is an interesting name to have on the cap table, given the success the storied venture firm has had in travel so far. Its past investments have included Airbnb (one of its earliest investors, Sequoia became one of the biggest winners when it IPO’d), Skyscanner (one of Sequoia’s first investments in Europe, now part of Trip.com), Klook, and Kayak (now part of Booking), along with many other smaller startups in the space. - -Other investors participating in the Series D include Target Global (a new backer), Jared Smith (co-founder of Qualtrics), and HV Capital. - -Tourlane isn’t disclosing its current valuation, but for context, the last time it raised money — a $20 million Series C extension round — it had a $242 million valuation, the same as what it was valued in its original $47 million Series C. The first tranche of that Series C round closed just months before the pandemic hit, and the second closed in the middle of it, when Tourlane raised money to hang on until people traveled again. - -Perhaps because of the rollercoaster that Tourlane has lived through so far, or because the valuation is modest this time as well, Weselek said he does not treat that number as a focus or priority. - -“Company valuations in the private market are highly volatile and strongly influenced by several external factors that we can’t control, such as the cost of capital, investment hype cycles, and perceived risk levels,” he said. “What is important to us right now is the fact that we have successfully secured €25 million of funding from world-class investors, which enables us to bridge the path to profitability while further investing in our product, our service, and our growth. If we succeed in our ambitions, we will generate a lot of shareholder value in the years to come.”",1731883634,878296e4f0,65cb44b331,,,1731883634 -https://www.dividendinvestor.com/3-best-dividend-stocks-to-buy-now-2/,https://www.dividendyieldhunter.com/feed/,3 Best Dividend Stocks to Buy Now,"By: Paul Dykewicz, November 16, 2024 - -Three best dividend stocks to buy now feature a trio of companies who were highlighted at the 31st Annual Baron Investment Conference on Friday, Nov. 15. Company founder Ron Baron has said consistently that his company invests in dedicated and innovative people, not organizations. - -The three best dividend stocks to buy now offer strong growth opportunities as well as consistent income payouts to sweeten their appeal to investors. All three companies have seasoned executives at the helm who Baron portfolio managers indicate are well worth backing for the long term. - -“We look for talented and inspired entrepreneurs and driven executives… and we give them time to work their wonders,” according to a banner hung from a window of the Metropolitan Opera House in New York City where the conference was held. - -Advertisement. - -Three Best Dividend Stocks to Buy Now: MSCI, Inc. - -New York-based MSCI, Inc., (NYSE: MSCI) provides research, data and technology to enable its clients to understand and analyze key drivers of risk and return that are essential in building effective investment portfolios. The company aims to provide its clients with industry-leading, research-enhanced solutions to gain insight into and improve the investment process. - -MSCI offers a current dividend yield of 1.06% and seeks to bring enhanced transparency to financial markets, using innovation to drive healthy global economies that stimulate job creation, encourage infrastructure development and generate the returns necessary to improve living standards. Baron has been recommending MSCI for the past 17 years. - -MSCI’s Analytics business offers institutional investors a view of risk and return by integrating risk tools and performance insights into investment decision processes. Using models and quality-reviewed data, MSCI tries to help its clients improve investment decisions and enhance understanding and analysis of market, factor, credit, liquidity and counterparty risk across asset classes, spanning short-, medium- and long-term. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -Three Best Dividend Stocks to Buy Now: MSCIs Index Business - -The largest and most profitable segment could be MSCI’s index business that provides benchmarking to asset managers and asset owners. In addition, MSCI has amassed more than $1.4 trillion in exchange-traded fund (ETF) assets linked to its indexes. - -The MSCI analytics segment provides portfolio management and risk management analytics software to asset managers and asset owners. In private assets, MSCI provides real restate reporting, market data, benchmarking, and analytics to investors and real estate managers. - -Advertisement. - -Since going public in 2007, MSCI provides data and software to asset managers and asset owners. Its crown jewel could be its index segment, which makes up about 60% of overall company revenue and 80% of operating profit, according to Morningstar. - -Henry Fernandez, chairman and chief executive officer of MSCI, told attendees he became the company’s leader several decades ago with the business took the form of a troubled joint venture with Morgan Stanley. Since then, the company has been built into a “highly successful and diversified global franchise.” - -MSCI has turned into the “most important company that an average investor has never heard of,” Fernandez said. - -Three Best Dividend Stocks to Buy Now: Verisk Analytics, Inc. - -Verisk Analytics, Inc. (NASDAQ: VRSK), is a Jersey City, New Jersey-based multinational data analytics and risk assessment firm that serves customers in insurance, natural resources, government and risk management sectors. Verisk’s President and Chief Executive Officer Lee Shavel told attendees at the Baron Investment Conference that the transfer of risk is a tradition that is moved forward with science, math and data. - -Upon becoming the CEO of Verisk, Shavel said one of the first calls he made for advice was to MSCI’s Fernandez. Shavel said he was counseled that if value is created for one’s clients and employees, value also must be delivered to one’s shareholders. - -Shavel also said he asked Ron Baron for advice. Baron’s counseled that the CEO should make decisions as if he personally owned the company, Shavel said. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -Three Best Dividend Stocks to Buy Now: Verisk Innovations - -Increasingly valuable data and new technology such as artificial intelligence (AI) are key components of advancing capability in assessing and managing risks. Verisk currently has 40 AI projects, Shavel told attendees at the conference. - -During a question-and-answer session with the audience at the conference, I asked Shavel if he would consider the sale of the 40 AI projects or his other businesses that may be considered non-core, since he following that strategy in April 2022. At that time, TransUnion (NYSE: TRU) completed the acquisition of Verisk Financial Services, the then-financial services business unit of Verisk, for $515 million. - -Shavel did not rule out any further business unit sales to enhance shareholder value. But he also spoke about the importance of improving the value of all aspects of the company operations to serve its clients. - -Key trends that Verisk is helping its clients navigate include the rising costs of materials and labor costs, as well as the increasing number of “severe weather events,” Shavel said. Current insurance industry challenges include severe flooding in Spain, as well as technology outages that disrupt businesses. - -Despite the catastrophes, Verisk has delivered growth each of the past 15 years, Shavel said. Those gains have not come easily. - -For example, until recently, California did not allow forward-looking models for policy pricing, Shavel told conference attendees. Nonetheless, Verisk has been averaging an 8.3% compound annual growth rate (CAGR). - -Advertisement. - -Verisk also rates fire departments around the country, Shavel said. He specifically complimented the New York City Fire Department for ranking among the best. Another innovative is to apply geospatial analysis for risks of flooding and typhoons, Shavel said. - -Verisk offers a current dividend yield of 0.55% and began trading on the NASDAQ exchange under the ticker symbol VRSK on October 7, 2009, providing an all-in-one platform for brokers, underwriters and managing general agents (MGAs) to negotiate and place business in the global reinsurance and insurance markets. - -Three Best Dividend Stocks to Buy Now: Red Rock Resorts - -Las Vegas-based Red Rock Resorts, Inc. (NASDAQ: RRR) operates 20 strategically located casino and entertainment properties and pays a current dividend yield of 1.99% The company has developed more than $9 billion of regional gaming and entertainment destinations in multiple jurisdictions. - -Two of its top leaders, Chief Executive Officer Fran Fertitta III and Vice Chairman of the Board Lorenzo Fertitta, represented Red Rock Resorts during its presentation at the Baron Investment Conference. Their responsibilities include controlling seven gaming-entitled sites consisting of almost 600 acres in Las Vegas and 30 acres in Reno, Nevada. - -In addition, Red Rock Resorts is involved in Native American gambling as the developer of multiple properties, including the newest one that will operate in central California. The company began operations in 1976 with a 5,000 square foot casino featuring 100 slot machines but has grown through development and acquisitions to provide gambling and entertainment for residents of the Las Vegas regional market and visitors. - -Chart courtesy of www.stockcharts.com - -Three Best Dividend Stocks to Buy Now: Red Rock Expansion - -The Las Vegas portfolio includes seven major gaming facilities and 11 smaller casinos, including three that are 50% owned, offering approximately 16,333 slot machines, 317 table games, 3,030 hotel rooms, and 257,472 square feet of convention and meeting space. The Las Vegas properties are broadly distributed throughout the market and easily accessible, with more than 90% of the Las Vegas population located within five miles of one of the facilities. - -Other amenities offer convenience and a wide variety of gaming and non-gaming entertainment options including movie theaters, bowling centers, dining options and two full-service spas and salons. Management also aims to provide friendly service and exceptional value in a comfortable environment. - -Most of Red Rock’s major properties are planned for expansion, enabling further development of its facilities as demand dictates. Red Rock Resorts reported robust financial results on Nov. 7 for the third quarter ended September 30, 2024. - -Three Best Dividend Stocks to Buy Now: Red Rock Revenues - -Third-quarter consolidated operations produced net revenues of $468.0 million, an increase of 13.7%, or $56.4 million, from $411.6 million in the same period of 2023. Net income for the third quarter reached $55.4 million, down 19.0%, or $13.0 million, from $68.4 million in the same period of 2023. - -Advertisement. - -As for adjusted EBITDA, it reached $182.7 million for the third quarter of 2024, an increase of 4.3%, or $7.5 million, from $175.2 million in the same period of 2023. - -As for the company’s Las Vegas operations, net revenues reached $464.7 million for the third quarter of 2024, a jump of 13.9%, or $56.8 million, from $408.0 million in the same period of 2023. Adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) from Las Vegas operations rose to $202.6 million for the third quarter of 2024, a gain of 5.8%, or $11.1 million, from $191.4 million in the same period of 2023. - -As for Red Rock’s balance sheet, the company’s cash and cash equivalents on September 30, 2024, totaled $117.5 million. Also on that date, total principal debt outstanding touched $3.5 billion. - -Mark Skousen, PhD, a Baron client and the head of the Forecasts & Strategies investment newsletter, has been a big fan of the company’s funds for many years. The Baron Investment Conference, in particular, has been one of his favorite annual events to attend due to the access to the company’s key leaders, portfolio managers and even the CEOs of top companies like MSCI, Inc., Verisk Analytics, Inc. and Red Rock Resorts. - -Mark Skousen, head of Five Star Trader and scion of Ben Franklin, talks to Paul Dykewicz. - -Three Best Dividend Stocks to Buy Now: Summary - -Whether investors attended the Baron Investment Conference personally or not, the three best dividend stocks to buy now are worth considering strongly. Each of the companies features seasoned and entrepreneurial leadership that aids in growth. - -Paul Dykewicz, www.pauldykewicz.com, is an accomplished, award-winning journalist who has written for Dow Jones, the Wall Street Journal, Investor’s Business Daily, USA Today, the Journal of Commerce, Seeking Alpha, GuruFocus and other publications and websites. Paul is the editor of StockInvestor.com and DividendInvestor.com , a writer for both websites and a columnist. He further is the editorial director of Eagle Financial Publications in Washington, D.C., where he edits monthly investment newsletters, time-sensitive trading alerts, free e-letters and other investment reports. Paul previously served as business editor of Baltimore’s Daily Record newspaper. Paul also is the author of an inspirational book, “Holy Smokes! Golden Guidance from Notre Dame’s Championship Chaplain ,” with a foreword by former national championship-winning football coach Lou Holtz. Follow Paul on Twitter @PaulDykewicz .",1731883623,4813de54e0,65bfd08668,,,1731883623 -https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/2024/10/22/arsenal-vs-shakhtar-donetsk-live-score-champions-league/,https://www.telegraph.co.uk/football/rss,Fortune shines on Arsenal in win over Shakhtar but injury problems mount,"Hello and welcome to coverage from the Champions League as Arsenal host Shakhtar Donetsk at the Emirates. - -The Premier League side were shocked by Saturday as they slipped to 2-0 defeat by Bournemouth. William Saliba became the third Arsenal player to be sent off this season and leading to questions about their discipline. - -“We cannot continue to play with 10 men, easier to say it then to get it done in the specific moment,” Arteta told reporters on Monday. - -“Reacting (after) we had a defeat (but under) very specific conditions. Let’s move on, take that pain we have and use it tomorrow night. - -“We need to eradicate the issue (of red cards), it’s clear. The reasons, how - it doesn’t matter. We have to focus.” - -Shakhtar are winless in their Champions League campaign after a goalless draw at Bologna and a 3-0 loss to Atalanta. The team have had to adjust to playing on the road, having moved out of Donetsk a decade ago after pro-Russian separatists seized large areas of the region. - -Early in September, two days before they were scheduled to play Kryvbas in the domestic league, their hotel was hit by a Russian missile. - -The team left the capital on Friday, stopping for a day to train in Lviv in the west of the country before setting off around midday on Sunday for Rzeszow, from where they flew to London. - -“This is a fact,” said Pushych. “We face these, I wouldn’t call them problems. In general, it is unbelievable how we have to travel for these away matches. - -“In fact, I have to say that we play all matches away from home, let’s start with that, unfortunately. Yes, we drove for 13 hours, it is a very difficult move that takes a lot of time and energy. - -“At the same time, we are a very motivated team and we are mentally ready. So, despite all these circumstances, we did not come here to complain. This is simply a fact that, unfortunately, we constantly face.”",1731883738,4301cc1e14,65e0fce90b,,,1731883738 -https://spectrum.ieee.org/mobile-3d-printer,https://spectrum.ieee.org/rss/fulltext,This Mobile 3D Printer Can Print Directly on Your Floor,"Waiting for each part of a 3D-printed project to finish, taking it out of the printer, and then installing it on location can be tedious for multi-part projects. What if there was a way for your printer to print its creation exactly where you needed it? That’s the promise of MobiPrint , a new 3D printing robot that can move around a room, printing designs directly onto the floor. - -MobiPrint, designed by Daniel Campos Zamora at the University of Washington, consists of a modified off-the-shelf 3D printer atop a home vacuum robot. First it autonomously maps its space—be it a room, a hallway, or an entire floor of a house. Users can then choose from a prebuilt library or upload their own design to be printed anywhere in the mapped area. The robot then traverses the room and prints the design. - -It’s “a new system that combines robotics and 3D printing that could actually go and print in the real world,” Campos Zamora says. He presented MobiPrint on 15 October at the ACM Symposium on User Interface Software and Technology . - -Campos Zamora and his team started with a Roborock S5 vacuum robot and installed firmware that allowed it to communicate with the open source program Valetudo . Valetudo disconnects personal robots from their manufacturer’s cloud, connecting them to a local server instead. Data collected by the robot, such as environmental mapping, movement tracking, and path planning, can all be observed locally, enabling users to see the robot’s LIDAR -created map. - -Campos Zamora built a layer of software that connects the robot’s perception of its environment to the 3D printer’s print commands. The printer, a modified Prusa Mini+ , can print on carpet, hardwood, and vinyl, with maximum printing dimensions of 180 by 180 by 65 millimeters. The robot has printed pet food bowls, signage, and accessibility markers as sample objects. - -MakeabilityLab/YouTube - -Currently, MobiPrint can only “park and print.” The robot base cannot move during printing to make large objects, like a mobility ramp. Printing designs larger than the robot is one of Campos Zamora’s goals in the future. To learn more about the team’s vision for MobiPrint, Campos Zamora answered a few questions from IEEE Spectrum. - -What was the inspiration for creating your mobile 3D printer? - -Daniel Campos Zamora: My lab is focused on building systems with an eye towards accessibility. One of the things that really inspired this project was looking at the tactile surface indicators that help blind and low vision users find their way around a space. And so we were like, what if we made something that could automatically go and deploy these things? Especially in indoor environments, which are generally a little trickier and change more frequently over time. - -We had to step back and build this entirely different thing, using the environment as a design element. We asked: how do you integrate the real world environment into the design process, and then what kind of things can you print out in the world? That’s how this printer was born. - -What were some surprising moments in your design process? - -Campos Zamora: When I was testing the robot on different surfaces, I was not expecting the 3D printed designs to stick extremely well to the carpet. It stuck way too well. Like, you know, just completely bonded down there. - -I think there’s also just a lot of joy in seeing this printer move. When I was doing a demonstration of it at this conference last week, it almost seemed like the robot had a personality. A vacuum robot can seem to have a personality, but this printer can actually make objects in my environment, so I feel a different relationship to the machine. - -Where do you hope to take MobiPrint in the future? - -Campos Zamora: There’s several directions I think we could go. Instead of controlling the robot remotely, we could have it follow someone around and print accessibility markers along a path they walk. Or we could integrate an AI system that recommends objects be printed in different locations. I also want to explore having the robot remove and recycle the objects it prints.",1731883659,5887b2bb51,65cbe708ae,,,1731883659 -https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/like-a-dragon-pirate-yakuza-in-hawaii-release-date/,https://www.digitaltrends.com/gaming/feed/,"Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii: release date, trailers, gameplay, and more","Yes, you read that headline correctly. Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii, the next entry in the ongoing Like a Dragon (formerly Yakuza) franchise, is taking the series into uncharted waters. This might sound like a quick turnaround for an entirely new game considering that the last game, Like a Dragon: Infinite Wealth, only came out at the beginning of 2024, but game developer Ryu Ga Gotoku is almost terrifyingly efficient in developing massive games on a near-yearly basis. But this game is not going to follow our old friend Ichiban, nor will it continue being a turn-based RPG. There are a lot of treasures to find, so let’s get digging into everything we know about Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii. - -Release date - -Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii’s release date was moved up a week from its original date to give more room to Monster Hunter Wilds, and will now come out on February 21, 2025. - -Recommended Videos - -Platforms - -Like past entries, Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii will not be exclusive to any platform. Likewise, it also isn’t a current-gen exclusive. It will be available on PlayStation 4, PS5, Xbox One, Xbox Series X/S, and PC. While the Switch is getting its first Like a Dragon games with Kiwami, it sadly won’t be able to handle this one. - -Trailers - -Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii | Announce Trailer - -The announcement trailer for Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii is surprisingly long, coming in at just over 7 minutes. However, that does give us a lot to dissect and learn regarding this oddball game. - -It begins with longtime antihero Goro Majima recounting the events that took place six months prior. After mysteriously waking up on a beach, similar to the first trailer for Infinite Wealth, he realizes he’s lost all his memories. He meets a young boy named Noah and his pet tiger on the Rich Island off the coast of Hawaii and gets into a fight with some pirates. By knocking out the previous captain of a ship, Majima claims the title for himself and embraces life as a modern-day pirate. - -The plot will tie directly into the events of Infinite Wealth, specifically surrounding Nele Island and the toxic waste stored there. Of course, what pirate game would be complete without some legendary treasure? One character mentions the “Lost Treasure of the Esperanza” which Majima seems very motivated to find. - -Gameplay - -Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii will go back to the action-heavy gameplay of the original series. Majima will face off against dozens of foes in real time using combos, weapons, and guns alongside his crew. You will have two stances to switch between called Mad Dog and Sea Dog. The former is all about speed and flashy moves that inflict stun on enemies. Sea Dog, on the other hand, allows you to fight with two short swords and pull off pirate-themed moves and combos. - -A new element to gameplay revolves around captaining your ship. Not only will you recruit and build up your crew of pirates — which can include many characters from previous games — but you can also invest in upgrades. - -The Naval Combat trailer confirms that the ship isn’t just for show. We will be able to freely sail the seas and engage in full-on naval battles that look very similar to the kind in Assassin’s Creed: Black Flag. There’s also dedicated ship competitions and challenges, plus a robust ship customization menu to give your ship a unique personality. - -The Battle Trailer shows you just how deep the two combat systems are. We see how Mad Dog style flows, focusing on knife strikes, juggles, and even some ranged moves, but the clones you can summon after filling the Madness Gauge seem to be the real strength of this style. Sea Dog has its own set of flashy combos and Heat Actions, but the Madness Gauge in this style will let you summon dark deities from the deep. These moves do require finding treasures called Dark Instruments, however, which you get from defeating rival pirate ships. - -Preorder - -With the release date set in stone, preorders for Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii are up for grabd. There is the base game and a Digital Deluxe Edition on offer. Here’s a rundown of what each one contains: - -Standard – $60 - -Like a Dragon: Pirate Yakuza in Hawaii game - -Ichiban pirate crew set preorder bonus - -Ichiban special outfit set preorder bonus - -Digital Deluxe Edition – $70 - -",1731883683,f8bbd45a63,6663a3ba55,,,1731883683 -https://mashable.com/roundup/best-robot-vacuums-for-carpet-2024,http://feeds.mashable.com/Mashable,Need a robot vacuum that aces carpet? Look out for these 3 on Black Friday.,"Nearly any robot vacuum can sufficiently clear tile or hardwood floors of the hair and crumbs blowing across them like tumbleweeds. But for a robot vacuum to work on carpet, more suction power and concentrated airflow are required to uproot the debris embedded in those fibers. - -Do robot vacuums work on carpet? - -Yes, several robot vacuum cleaners do a pretty phenomenal job on carpets and rugs. In fact, the best robot vacuum brands such as iRobot, Roborock, Eufy, and Shark have been mastering the art for several years, particularly honing in on pet hair pickup and hair tangling in the roller brush. - -For homes with varying floor types and a notable amount of foot traffic, buying the cheapest robot vacuum will likely create more hassle. Every time that bot gets stuck on a rug corner or welcomes you home to pet hair still visibly clinging to the living room carpet, you'll be tempted to do the job yourself — but rest assured that that's not an inevitable experience with every robovac. - -The best robot vacuums for carpet have powerful suction, of course, aided by brush roll systems designed to dig into low- and high-pile carpet to pinch hair and large chunks while simultaneously inhaling fine debris that a weaker robot vac would pass right over. The most common way to measure suction power is in Pascals (though top contenders like iRobot and Shark just have to be different by not adhering to that method). When suction power in Pa is advertised, look for at least 5,000 Pa, and under no circumstances entertain anything lower than 4,000 Pa. For reference, robot vacuums at the premium end of the spectrum clock between 10,000 and 12,000 Pa. - -Our top picks use automatic suction adjustment to customize cleaning based on floor type, leading to stronger cyclonic force on soft floors. All our picks also come with a self-emptying dock (or at least offer the option) to mitigate the frequency of trips to the trash bin, which would be a lot if the robovac is deep cleaning the amount of gunk from your carpets that it should be. - -What about robot vacuums on different floor types? - -If a robot vacuum has mastered carpet — the hardest floor type to tackle — these models definitely won't struggle to sweep up debris from hard floors like hardwood, tile, and laminate. Speaking of hard floors, if you're already eyeing a robot vacuum with market-leading suction power, chances are that that model is also one of the most advanced at mopping. Typically, the super powerful premium robot vacuums are also outfitted with pressurized mopping pads that wash and dry themselves, plus sensors that alert them to stop mopping on carpet. Unless it's a bumbling artifact from 2018, most robot vacuums transition between floor types without a blip (though even the best ones often still struggle to not trip on a bath mat). - -Do robot vacuums go on sale for Black Friday? - -Yes, robot vacuum deals go hard in November. Making your move on a robot vacuum during the Black Friday season is particularly strategic if carpet cleaning is your main priority. Of all of the floor types, carpet is the most stubborn — and only the more advanced robot vacuums can loosen and lift tricky debris like pet hair from the grasp of carpet pile. Black Friday is your chance to score one of those premium high-powered vacs for a few hundred dollars less than usual. - -Automatic emptying is also a crucial feature for homes with lots of carpet. While self-emptying has become much more affordable over the past few years, the vacuums with the best self-cleaning docks (some also wash and dry their own mopping pads , if you're into that) will push your budget to the limit. So, this is a great time to scope out deals on premium self-emptying robot vacuums . - -Not sure which robot vacuum is the best one to snag on Black Friday? I test and compare a ton of top robot vacs in my own home to narrow down the best options. For this list, I kept an extra close eye on performance on a variety of carpet pile lengths, rugs, and bath mats, pet hair and debris pick up, transitions between floor types, automatic suction settings, and more. Here are my three favorites of 2024:",1731883627,644d6c1ea1,65d953fb2f,,,1731883627 -https://www.getresponse.com/blog/automotive-landing-page,https://www.getresponse.com/blog/feed,How to Create High-Converting Automotive Landing Pages,"Cars sell better when you sell the experience of driving them, as do all car-related products. While you can sell this experience in the car dealerships with a great salesperson, how do you do it online? - -The answer is— an optimized automotive landing page! - -When your automotive business goes online, you can use digital ad campaigns to target your audience better. However, ad money goes down the drain if you can’t capture your audience’s attention and tickle their fancies with an attractive landing page. - -This article gives you everything you need to create a high-converting landing page for your automotive company, including: - -What is an automotive landing page? - -Importance of landing pages for car company - -Different types of automotive landing pages - -Key components of an automotive landing page - -Three examples of landing pages in the automotive industry - -Let’s speed into the topic! - -What is an automotive landing page? - -An automotive landing page is a website page used to promote a specific automotive product or service. Its primary purpose is to convert visitors into leads or customers. - -An automotive landing page persuades users to take action with the right message. - -For example, you can have a car rental landing page or a landing page for car dealerships for each product, every car dealership location, and current deals/offers. - -Importance of landing pages for car businesses - -You must build an automotive landing page if boosting conversions is your primary goal. - -A landing page dedicates itself to achieving a single objective. This single objective in the automotive industry can be anything, like: - -Getting a price estimate - -Encouraging car dealership visits - -Collecting e-financing and loan applications - -Increasing test drive signups - -In addition to helping you get more conversions, optimized landing pages also help automotive businesses with: - -Lead generation: Customers are likelier to find the information they need and fill out a contact form on an optimized landing page. A simple contact form, a striking CTA button, and minimal distractions make it easy for visitors to submit their information. Showcasing products: The landing page focuses only on a single product, capturing 100% of visitors’ attention on the offer. It’s a dedicated page to showcase your car products or services, boasting all the features and special price offers that help your automotive business stand out. Enhancing the user experience: Page layouts that focus on certain car offers or vehicles allow you to provide visitors with the most relevant information, pictures, and material. This targeted experience will appeal more to prospective clients than a generic site. Improved SEO performance: Use keywords across the landing page to increase your website’s exposure on search engines like Google. Include them in the title, content, image alt text, and meta descriptions. Search engines will give more weight to a targeted landing page with a distinct message and subject matter than a generic homepage. - -Let’s now look at the different types of landing pages you can create for your automotive business. - -Types of automotive landing pages - -Automotive landing pages come in two main types: - -The traditional landing page The product landing page. - -Let’s understand the two types of landing pages so you know which one to use to optimize lead generation and conversion rates. - -The traditional landing page - -These landing pages focus on one goal—lead generation. To achieve the goal, they present the value of their product/offer without any other distractions, with: - -Coupons - -Financing options - -Test drive signups - -Exclusive or promotional event invitations - -A traditional automotive landing page is characterized by very few clickable elements, such as: - -The main CTA - -A contact form - -The contact information of the car dealerships - -Here is an example of a traditional automotive landing page from Village Ford: - -This page streamlines the process for customers interested in taking a Ford for a spin. - -The product landing page - -While a traditional landing page is the first stop in a sales funnel, an automotive product landing page focuses more on educating and nurturing visitors as they purchase your car products or services. These pages target more casual browsers and website visitors than serious car buyers. - -Many of the design elements of the product landing page are the same as those of a traditional landing page. Therefore, even these landing pages can attract potential buyers. However, unlike the conventional automotive landing page, the main goal of the product landing page is informing, not selling. - -The product landing page often allows visitors to: - -Explore product features - -Discover incentives and eligibility process - -Understand how to initiate the car-buying process - -Here’s an example: - -This page showcases the 2023 Dodge CHALLENGER SXT with all elements spot on. - -You’re now interested in creating a landing page for your car business. But where do you start? Let’s see. - -Critical components of an automotive landing page - -To create an impactful automotive landing page for your car dealership, you’ll need to focus on the following key components. - -1. A compelling headline - -Don’t ignore your headlines if you want potential customers to stay on your page. Your automotive landing page’s headline is its first impression, so it must make an impact. - -The following tips will help you write great headlines: - -Be direct and truthful . Tell the reader the offer and benefit, and don’t exaggerate. - -. Tell the reader the offer and benefit, and don’t exaggerate. Keep it concise: Deliver the value in a short statement that makes them want to learn more. - -Deliver the value in a short statement that makes them want to learn more. Keep it simple: Use simple language by avoiding technical jargon. - -Use simple language by avoiding technical jargon. Use numbers and power words: Headlines with numbers are 36% more powerful. Therefore, it would be great if you could quantify your value proposition and communicate this in the headline. - -Headlines with numbers are 36% more powerful. Therefore, it would be great if you could quantify your value proposition and communicate this in the headline. Create urgency: Get your visitors to take quick action by specifying a time frame for the offer. - -Get your visitors to take quick action by specifying a time frame for the offer. Stay focused: Focus on only one feature/benefit that gets them to click on your CTA button. - -2. Call-to-Action (CTA) buttons - -Believe it or not, visitors need prompts to take the next step. One crucial thing you must do right on the automotive landing page is the CTA. - -The conversion rate is 202% greater for automotive landing pages that use personalized CTAs than generic ones. So, how do you nail this crucial landing page element? - -Make them stand out : Using good visuals or color contrasts is a CTA best practice to make them visually appealing and prominent. Studies show that red CTA buttons have 21% better conversion rates. - -: Using good visuals or color contrasts is a CTA best practice to make them visually appealing and prominent. Studies show that red CTA buttons have 21% better conversion rates. Keep them connected to the headline: Are you promising something in the headline? Your CTA button should direct visitors to the action that benefits them from the promise. E.g., a free quote or test drive. - -Are you promising something in the headline? Your CTA button should direct visitors to the action that benefits them from the promise. E.g., a free quote or test drive. Place CTAs above the fold: “Above the fold” placement means the CTA is immediately visible when visitors land on your page, i.e., they don’t have to scroll to see it. You may also want to add CTAs at different locations throughout your page, especially if you have a long landing page. - -“Above the fold” placement means the CTA is immediately visible when visitors land on your page, i.e., they don’t have to scroll to see it. You may also want to add CTAs at different locations throughout your page, especially if you have a long landing page. Stick to a single action-oriented CTA: Don’t try to get your website visitors to take too many actions. Instead, focus on a single action with a compelling CTA. - -Don’t try to get your website visitors to take too many actions. Instead, focus on a single action with a compelling CTA. Use A/B testing: Use A/B testing to test different elements of your CTAs, like the CTA text, color, and placement, to see what combination attracts the highest conversions. These tests remove guesswork and assumptions, allowing you to build an optimized data-driven landing page. If you use GetResponse’s free landing page builder, it comes with inbuilt A/B testing and analytics features. - -Here’s a great example of impactful CTA buttons in an automotive landing page from the Your Mechanic: - -This landing page has a single CTA that’s readily accessible from anywhere on the landing page. - -3. Images and videos - -Have you ever noticed that most automotive landing pages have a stunning banner of an image or video at the top? This is the hero section of the landing page, and it usually takes up most of the above-the-fold area. - -Images and videos in the hero section are vital in supporting the rest of your landing page copy. They also make your landing page more engaging by showing the fine details of your product or service. - -Use powerful imagery, including close-ups of your product flaunting the intricate details, to capture attention with a WOW factor and build a desire. Hiring professionals to take pictures of your product or service in action is wise to make your landing page look professional. - -Check out the banner video on the 2024 Mazda 3 landing page: - -The Mazda 3 sedan’s landing page shows the visitor how smoothly the car drives. It isn’t just selling a product but an experience. Also, note how high-quality the video is. It gives a glimpse of the tiniest details that appeal to the viewers. - -4. Forms - -If you’re going to collect lead data, you’ll need contact forms. User experience is paramount with these forms because potential customers won’t bother filling them out if they appear complicated. - -In addition to making them simple and straightforward, make them worth filling out by giving them a clear end goal (your CTA). - -Here are some tips to help you create an effective lead capture form: - -Keep them short: Shorter forms get you more conversions, but remember to capture crucial lead information. - -Shorter forms get you more conversions, but remember to capture crucial lead information. Add essential fields: Collect names, contact information, and location details so sales teams can follow up efficiently. - -Collect names, contact information, and location details so sales teams can follow up efficiently. Use placeholder text: This gives potential customers an example of what should be entered. - -This gives potential customers an example of what should be entered. Balance content and space: Keep the form layout uncluttered and easy to read with plenty of white space. - -Keep the form layout uncluttered and easy to read with plenty of white space. Use responsive layout: Ensure the form is fully responsive and works seamlessly on mobile devices. - -Here’s a contact form example from Citreon that we like: - -You can build lead capture forms with GetResponse’s free form builder, which easily integrates with the landing page builder. - -5. Trust signals - -Reviews greatly impact what people purchase online. Research shows that 93% of online consumers read reviews before making a purchase. While trust elements are an optional element of an automotive landing page, social proof can be very helpful as cars and car-related purchases are significant. - -If you have a car rental landing page or a used car landing page, trust signals can benefit you in the following ways: - -Increase your brand’s authority and credibility - -Establish trustworthiness among potential customers - -Here’s how you could use different trust signals: - -Seek customer testimonials: Collect testimonials from previous customers and showcase them on your landing page. Where possible, add the customer’s name and picture to boost the authenticity of those testimonials. - -Collect testimonials from previous customers and showcase them on your landing page. Where possible, add the customer’s name and picture to boost the authenticity of those testimonials. Collect reviews and ratings: Seek reviews from your past clients and share them on your website and independent business review platforms like Yelp and Google Reviews. - -Seek reviews from your past clients and share them on your website and independent business review platforms like Yelp and Google Reviews. Show off recognition: Display any certifications and awards your automotive dealership may have received. - -Check out how Car Wow shares reviews from Trustpilot right above the fold. - -This is essential, especially in the used car market, where customers tend to be very wary of the business they work with. - -Best examples of automotive landing pages - -Let’s now look at three automotive landing page examples, examining what’s good and what areas need improvement. - -1. Tesla Model 3 - -What works: - -Stunning visuals: We love how Tesla uses high-quality images and visuals to sell the experience. There’s not much left that needs words to express. - -We love how Tesla uses high-quality images and visuals to sell the experience. There’s not much left that needs words to express. Efficient layout: Buttons, navigation bar drop-downs, pop-ups, and sliding banners allow more information to fit in less space. - -Buttons, navigation bar drop-downs, pop-ups, and sliding banners allow more information to fit in less space. Interactive content: Using numbers, tables, and animations allows car buyers to imagine the car specs better. - -Areas of improvement: - -Clumsiness: It doesn’t always load smoothly when you scroll too quickly. - -2. Lexus IS - -What works: - -The hero section: The Lexus IS’s hero video is everything that sells a great experience. It delivers excitement, thrill, and style! - -The Lexus IS’s hero video is everything that sells a great experience. It delivers excitement, thrill, and style! Strong visuals: The gallery section is very creative, with a sliding banner displaying the highest-quality images and videos to display the best IS features. - -The gallery section is very creative, with a sliding banner displaying the highest-quality images and videos to display the best IS features. The interactive customization: Click to change colors and see how your new car’s exterior, interior, and wheels will look. It’s so fun! - -Areas of improvement: - -Lack of content: While Tesla had more images and less text, it still provided the necessary information in an easy-to-navigate form. It would be nice if all the essential information were right in front of the customer. - -While Tesla had more images and less text, it still provided the necessary information in an easy-to-navigate form. It would be nice if all the essential information were right in front of the customer. The features section: A features section is necessary for a conversion-optimized landing page. Given the limited information available, it is difficult to get all the information required to promote a conversion. - -3. Geico Car Insurance - -What works: - -Effective use of white space: The design is clean and uncluttered, making it easy for users to focus on the main content and CTA. Ample white space helps to reduce distractions and direct attention to the key elements. - -The design is clean and uncluttered, making it easy for users to focus on the main content and CTA. Ample white space helps to reduce distractions and direct attention to the key elements. Secondary CTA: While the primary CTA is prominent, the landing page offers convenience to returning users with the secondary CTA of “Continue your previous quote.” - -Areas of improvement: - -Lack of high-impact visuals: While the illustrations are friendly, they lack the WOW factor to capture more attention. Adding high-quality images of cars or happy customers would be a good idea. - -While the illustrations are friendly, they lack the WOW factor to capture more attention. Adding high-quality images of cars or happy customers would be a good idea. Storytelling elements: While there is social proof as you scroll down, testimonials could create a stronger emotional connection and build trust with storytelling. - -Conclusion - -An optimized landing page takes on the role of a salesperson in a physical car dealership. Its only goal is to convert visitors into leads and eventually paying customers. - -This guide covered everything you need about automotive landing pages, from their definition and importance to the key components and examples. Use the tips we gave to implement compelling headlines, effective CTAs, engaging visuals, user-friendly forms, and trust signals. - -These will help you create a targeted, visually appealing, and informative landing page that will significantly improve your conversion rates and overall user experience. - -Check out the GetResponse AI landing page builder to create your dealership or car rental landing pages. Get started with the process by creating a free account today!",1731883656,90dc77288c,664fe28c01,,,1731883656 -https://devblogs.microsoft.com/xamarin/the-journey-to-accessible-apps-meaningful-content-ordering/,https://devblogs.microsoft.com/xamarin/feed/,The Journey to Accessible Apps: Meaningful Content Ordering,"A critical part of developing apps is laying out the various elements on the screen, both in design and in code. It is crucial that the content ordering is meaningful. Without meaningful, logical ordering, drastically varying in-app experiences get delivered to the wide range of app users. - -Meaningful ordering is a key aspect of developing accessible apps. - -Meaningful content ordering - -The first step towards approaching meaningful content ordering is understanding what exactly makes content ordering “meaningful”. A great place to start is with the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG). According to Success Criterion 1.3.2 on Meaningful Sequence: - -The intent of this Success Criterion is to enable a user agent to provide an alternative presentation of content while preserving the reading order needed to understand the meaning. It is important that it be possible to programmatically determine at least one sequence of the content that makes sense. Content that does not meet this Success Criterion may confuse or disorient users when assistive technology reads the content in the wrong order, or when alternate style sheets or other formatting changes are applied. A sequence is meaningful if the order of content in the sequence cannot be changed without affecting its meaning. For example, if a page contains two independent articles, the relative order of the articles may not affect their meaning, as long as they are not interleaved. In such a situation, the articles themselves may have meaningful sequence, but the container that contains the articles may not have a meaningful sequence. The semantics of some elements define whether or not their content is a meaningful sequence. For instance, in HTML, text is always a meaningful sequence. Tables and ordered lists are meaningful sequences, but unordered lists are not. The order of content in a sequence is not always meaningful. For example, the relative order of the main section of a Web page and a navigation section does not affect their meaning. They could occur in either order in the programmatically determined reading sequence. As another example, a magazine article contains several callout sidebars. The order of the article and the sidebars does not affect their meaning. In these cases there are a number of different reading orders for a Web page that can satisfy the Success Criterion. For clarity: Providing a particular linear order is only required where it affects meaning. There may be more than one order that is “correct” (according to the WCAG 2.0 definition). Only one correct order needs to be provided. - -In many guidelines for meaningful content ordering, including the one above, there are often references to many different types of “order”: - -Source order - -Programmatically determined order - -Visual order - -Reading order - -Focus order - -Screen reader order - -Keyboard order - -Navigation order - -Tab order - -Sequential order - -Logical order - -…and the list goes on! - -In discussing meaningful content ordering, these terms can be confused very quickly and easily – and while they are all important approaches to different facets of meaningful ordering, these various types are still very different and in no way comprehensively “meaningful” on their own. So let’s take a closer look by breaking them down into three main types: - -Source order Visual order Semantic order - -To achieve meaningful content ordering in your apps, all of these should be in sync. - -Source order - -Source order, also referred to as programmatically determined order or DOM order, refers to the order in which the elements are implemented in code. In Xamarin.Forms or .NET MAUI layouts, for example, this refers to the order in which the elements are written in XAML or the order in which they are added to the parent layout in C#. Often, although not always, the source order will determine the visual order. - -Visual order - -The visual order refers to the order in which the elements are visually rendered on the screen. It is the order in which many sighted users may see the elements laid out on the screen. Many times, this also includes the need for a logical reading order, which typically means the elements should be ordered left-to-right, and top-to-bottom. (Note: This is not always the case, as with right-to-left languages.) - -Although the visual order is often affected by and is ideal when aligned with the source order, the source order and visual order are not always the same, especially as layouts become more complicated. Therefore, it is important to be mindful of the differences, especially when considering semantic order. - -Semantic order - -In .NET MAUI, semantic order refers to the order in which content is interpreted by assistive technologies like screen readers and keyboards. While apps will often have meaningful source order and visual order, the semantic order is too often overlooked – yet, meaningful semantic order is essential for an inclusive and accessible app experience, as well as for WCAG compliance. - -With screen readers, semantic order refers to the order in which the screen reader focus moves and in which screen readers read out the elements on the screen. Depending on the screen reader, the semantic order itself may further vary based on the navigation mode – touch (tapping or swiping on the screen with a finger) or keyboard (using the tab or arrow keys). If you’re not familiar with screen readers, be sure to check out the previous blog post on screen readers to learn more. - -With keyboards, semantic order refers to the order in which the keyboard focus moves on the screen. Depending on the platform and screen reader, the keyboard focus may be the same as the screen reader focus, and in the same vein, the semantic order for keyboard accessibility and the semantic order for screen reader accessibility may also be the same. However, it is important to be mindful of the differences, and understand how semantic order varies with the various assistive technologies that come into play. When it comes to keyboard accessibility, users should be able to navigate and activate all interactive elements in a logical order. - -For the most part, the built-in platforms automatically enable a great semantic order, based on the source order or visual order. The influence that source order and visual order have on semantic order is a key reason that all three types are crucial for meaningful and accessible ordering. Check out the “order content for accessibility” unit and exercise of the Xamarin.Forms accessible apps learning module to explore these concepts further. - -Semantic ordering APIs - -While meaningful source order and visual order are key to influencing the abstracted semantic order, there are scenarios in which further tools may be required. Custom controls and unconventional situations may require developers to manually manipulate the semantic ordering with the help of semantic ordering APIs. Such APIs should only be considered when there are no reasonable alternatives and should always be used with caution. - -Tab Index - -Tab Index is a property offered by some platforms, like Windows and Web-based platforms. The general premise behind the attribute is that an index can be assigned to various controls to dictate the order in which they are navigated via the Tab key. Some developers use the property to influence keyboard tab order, some use it to influence screen reader order, some use it to influence both, and some use it for totally different reasons. Yet, whatever the reason, the semantic order is always affected, and when misused, this leads to an inaccessible user experience. - -To further complicate things, guidance behind proper usage of the property is very mixed and nuanced, as articulated by WebAIM and The A11y Project, among various other sources. Needless to say, there are many different interpretations for how the API should be used across different platforms, and even within a single platform. TabIndex as an API is not clearly defined. - -Therefore, the general wisdom from accessibility experts is that TabIndex should not be used. - -From speaking with Xamarin.Forms developers about their experiences, we learned that TabIndex is rarely needed or used, and in the cases that it has been, developers unintentionally created a more inaccessible experience for their users. Initial misunderstandings about the property led to flawed accessibility experiences, especially on mobile platforms like Android that don’t have built-in support for TabIndex. - -While Xamarin.Forms did not benefit from the new learnings we have today, our customer research and consultations with accessibility experts have led us to revisit and reevaluate existing APIs like TabIndex for .NET MAUI. - -Semantic Order View - -Since there still exist cases, typically involving custom or grouped views, in which developers have found TabIndex helpful, those experiences must still be considered. Beyond the intricacies of TabIndex, each of the supported platforms offer a myriad of APIs to take into consideration. For example, Android offers accessibilityTraversalBefore, accessibilityTraversalAfter and separate keyboard navigation APIs among others, while iOS requires utilizing an array of accessibilityElements. This inconsistency across platforms means that there are a complex variety of custom options for cross-platform frameworks like Xamarin.Forms and .NET MAUI. - -From exploring the various APIs, the Xamarin.Forms and .NET MAUI team arrived at Semantic Order View as a first approach to semantic ordering. SemanticOrderView, which is now implemented in the Xamarin Community Toolkit (XCT), allows folks to indicate the order in which a group of labelled controls should be navigated via screen readers, as captured in the sample XAML and C# code below. - -